<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
<DLPSTEXTCLASS>
<HEADER>
<FILEDESC>
<TITLESTMT>
<TITLE>
Title 49: Transportation</TITLE>
<AUTHOR TYPE="nameinv">
</AUTHOR>
</TITLESTMT>
<PUBLICATIONSTMT>
<PUBLISHER>
</PUBLISHER>
<PUBPLACE>
</PUBPLACE>
<IDNO TYPE="title">
49</IDNO>

</PUBLICATIONSTMT>
<SERIESSTMT>
<TITLE>
</TITLE>
</SERIESSTMT>

</FILEDESC>

<PROFILEDESC>
<TEXTCLASS>
<KEYWORDS>
</KEYWORDS>
</TEXTCLASS>
</PROFILEDESC>
</HEADER>
<TEXT>
<BODY>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>June 11, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="1" NODE="49:1" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 49—Transportation--Volume 1</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<PTHD>Part 
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT>SUBTITLE A—<E T="04">Office of the Secretary of Transportation</E> 
</SUBJECT>
<PG>1


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>

<DIV3 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> Subtitle A—Office of the Secretary of Transportation</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1—ORGANIZATION AND DELEGATION OF POWERS AND DUTIES


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 19819, Apr. 5, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.1.2.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.1   Overview.</HEAD>
<P>This part describes the organization of the United States Department of Transportation and provides for the performance of duties imposed upon, and the exercise of powers vested in, the Secretary of Transportation by law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.2" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.1.2.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.2   Organization of the Department.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary of Transportation is the head of the Department.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department comprises the Office of the Secretary of Transportation (OST), the Office of the Inspector General (OIG), and the following Operating Administrations, each headed by an Administrator who reports directly to the Secretary:
</P>
<P>(1) The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
</P>
<P>(2) The Federal Highway Administration (FHWA).
</P>
<P>(3) The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA).
</P>
<P>(4) The Federal Railroad Administration (FRA).
</P>
<P>(5) The Federal Transit Administration (FTA).
</P>
<P>(6) The Maritime Administration (MARAD).
</P>
<P>(7) The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA).
</P>
<P>(8) The Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA).
</P>
<P>(9) The Research and Innovative Technology Administration (RITA).
</P>
<P>(10) The Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation (SLSDC).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.1.2.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.3   Exercise of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In exercising powers and performing duties delegated by this part or redelegated pursuant thereto, officials of the Department of Transportation are governed by applicable laws, Executive Orders and regulations and by policies, objectives, plans, standards, procedures, and limitations as may be issued from time to time by or on behalf of the Secretary, or, with respect to matters under their jurisdictions, by or on behalf of the Deputy Secretary, the Under Secretary, the General Counsel, an Assistant Secretary, the Inspector General, or an Administrator. This includes, wherever specified, the requirement for advance notice to, prior coordination with, or prior approval by an authority other than that of the official proposing to act.
</P>
<P>(b) Subject to the reservations of authority to the Secretary of Transportation in § 1.21, the Deputy Secretary, the Under Secretary, the General Counsel, the Assistant Secretaries, the Inspector General, and the Administrators exercise the powers and perform the duties delegated to them under this part.
</P>
<P>(c) For delegations of authority vested in the Secretary by Executive Order 13526 (see also Executive Orders 12958 and 12065) originally to classify documents as secret and confidential, see § 8.11 of this subtitle. Previous delegations of authority to Department of Transportation officials to originally classify information as secret and confidential are hereby rescinded.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.4" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.1.2.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.4   Construction.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) “Federal Aviation Administrator” is synonymous with “Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration.”
</P>
<P>(b) “Federal Highway Administrator” is synonymous with “Administrator of the Federal Highway Administration.”
</P>
<P>(c) “Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator” is synonymous with “Administrator of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.”
</P>
<P>(d) “Federal Railroad Administrator” is synonymous with “Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration.”
</P>
<P>(e) “Federal Transit Administrator” is synonymous with “Administrator of the Federal Transit Administration.”
</P>
<P>(f) “Maritime Administrator” is synonymous with “Administrator of the Maritime Administration.”
</P>
<P>(g) “National Highway Traffic Safety Administrator” is synonymous with “Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.”
</P>
<P>(h) “Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administrator” is synonymous with “Administrator of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration.”
</P>
<P>(i) “Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation Administrator” is synonymous with “Administrator of the Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation.”


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Office of the Secretary</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.11   Overview.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart sets forth the OST's key responsibilities, its basic organizational structure, and the line of Secretarial succession in time of need. It also describes the key responsibilities of OST officials, and sets forth delegations and reservations of authority to those officials.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.13   OST key responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The OST is responsible for:
</P>
<P>(1) Providing leadership in formulating and executing well-balanced national and international transportation objectives, policies, and programs to ensure the Nation has safe, economically competitive transportation systems that support U.S. interests, that are maintained in a state of good repair, that foster environmental sustainability, and that support livable communities;
</P>
<P>(2) Chairing the Department's Safety Council;
</P>
<P>(3) Stimulating and promoting research and development in all modes and types of transportation, with special emphasis on transportation safety;
</P>
<P>(4) Coordinating the various transportation programs of the Federal Government;
</P>
<P>(5) Encouraging maximum private development of transportation services;
</P>
<P>(6) Providing responsive, timely, and effective liaison with Congress and public and private organizations on transportation matters;
</P>
<P>(7) Providing innovative approaches to urban transportation and environmental enhancement programs;
</P>
<P>(8) Overseeing the Department's multimodal freight policy;
</P>
<P>(9) Providing effective management of the Department as a whole to ensure it achieves organizational excellence;
</P>
<P>(10) Leading Department-wide efforts for greater transparency and accountability;
</P>
<P>(11) Administering the Department's Livable Communities initiative to increase access to convenient and affordable transportation choices and improve transportation networks that accommodate pedestrians and bicycles;
</P>
<P>(12) Coordinating the Department's credit and financial assistance programs by leading the Credit Council to ensure responsible financing for the Nation's transportation projects;
</P>
<P>(13) Formulating and executing policies to ensure effective operation of the Department's aviation economic program including functions related to consumer protection and civil rights, domestic airline licensing matters, competition oversight, airline data collection, and review of international route negotiations and route awards to carriers; and
</P>
<P>(14) Leading and coordinating Federal Government transportation fringe benefit programs.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.15   OST structure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Secretary and Deputy Secretary.</I> The Secretary and Deputy Secretary are assisted by the following, all of which report directly to the Secretary:
</P>
<P>(1) The Chief of Staff;
</P>
<P>(2) The Executive Secretariat;
</P>
<P>(3) The Departmental Office of Civil Rights;
</P>
<P>(4) The Office of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization;
</P>
<P>(5) The Office of Intelligence, Security and Emergency Response;
</P>
<P>(6) The Office of Public Affairs;
</P>
<P>(7) The Office of the Chief Information Officer; and
</P>
<P>(8) The Office of Drug &amp; Alcohol Policy &amp; Compliance.
</P>
<P>(b) The Under Secretary of Transportation for Policy, the General Counsel, and the Assistant Secretaries for Administration, Budget and Programs, and Governmental Affairs also report directly to the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Office of the Under Secretary of Transportation for Policy.</I> This Office is composed of:
</P>
<P>(1) The Office of the Assistant Secretary for Transportation Policy, which includes:
</P>
<P>(i) The Office of Policy Development, Strategic Planning and Performance;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Office of Infrastructure Finance and Innovation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The Office of the Chief Economist.
</P>
<P>(2) The Office of the Assistant Secretary for Aviation and International Affairs, which includes:
</P>
<P>(i) The Office of International Transportation and Trade;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Office of International Aviation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The Office of Aviation Analysis.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Office of the General Counsel.</I> This Office is composed of:
</P>
<P>(1) The Office of General Law;
</P>
<P>(2) The Office of International Law;
</P>
<P>(3) The Office of Litigation;
</P>
<P>(4) The Office of Legislation;
</P>
<P>(5) The Office of Regulation and Enforcement;
</P>
<P>(6) The Office of Operations, which includes the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) Office;
</P>
<P>(7) The Office of Aviation Enforcement and Proceedings, which includes the Aviation Consumer Protection Division; and
</P>
<P>(8) The Center for Alternative Dispute Resolution.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Office of the Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs.</I> This Office is composed of:
</P>
<P>(1) The Office of Budget and Program Performance;
</P>
<P>(2) The Office of Financial Management;
</P>
<P>(3) The Office of the Chief Financial Officer for the Office of the Secretary; and
</P>
<P>(4) The Office of Credit Oversight and Risk Management.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Office of the Assistant Secretary for Governmental Affairs.</I> This Office contains the following functional areas: Congressional Affairs and Intergovernmental Affairs; and includes a Deputy Assistant Secretary for Tribal Government Affairs.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Office of the Assistant Secretary for Administration.</I> This Office is composed of:
</P>
<P>(1) The Office of Audit Relations;
</P>
<P>(2) The Office of Human Resource Management;
</P>
<P>(3) The Office of Hearings;
</P>
<P>(4) The Office of Security;
</P>
<P>(5) The Office of the Senior Procurement Executive;
</P>
<P>(6) The Office of Financial Management and Transit Benefit Programs; and
</P>
<P>(7) The Office of Facilities, Information and Asset Management.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.17   OST line of secretarial succession.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following officials, in the order indicated, shall act as Secretary of Transportation, in case of the absence or disability of the Secretary, until the absence or disability ceases, or in the case of a vacancy, until a successor is appointed. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the President retains discretion, to the extent permitted by the law, to depart from this order in designating an acting Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(1) Deputy Secretary.
</P>
<P>(2) Under Secretary of Transportation for Policy.
</P>
<P>(3) General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(4) Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs.
</P>
<P>(5) Assistant Secretary for Transportation Policy.
</P>
<P>(6) Assistant Secretary for Governmental Affairs.
</P>
<P>(7) Assistant Secretary for Aviation and International Affairs.
</P>
<P>(8) Assistant Secretary for Administration.
</P>
<P>(9) Administrator of the Federal Highway Administration.
</P>
<P>(10) Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(11) Administrator of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(12) Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(13) Administrator of the Federal Transit Administration.
</P>
<P>(14) Administrator of the Maritime Administration.
</P>
<P>(15) Administrator of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(16) Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(17) Administrator of the Research and Innovative Technology Administration.
</P>
<P>(18) Administrator of the Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation.
</P>
<P>(19) Regional Administrator, Southern Region, Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(20) Director, Resource Center, Lakewood, Colorado, Federal Highway Administration.
</P>
<P>(21) Regional Administrator, Northwest Mountain Region, Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(b) Without regard to the foregoing, a person directed to perform the duties of the Secretary pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 3347 (the Vacancies Act) shall act as Secretary of Transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="2" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>OST Officials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.20" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.20   Secretary of Transportation.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary is the head of the Department. The Secretary exercises oversight of all of the OST components, as well as each of the Operating Administrations, and overall planning, direction, and control of the Department's agenda.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.21   Reservations of Authority to the Secretary of Transportation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All powers and duties that are not delegated by the Secretary in this part, or otherwise vested in officials other than the Secretary, are reserved to the Secretary. Except as otherwise provided, the Secretary may exercise powers and duties delegated or assigned to officials other than the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(b) The delegations of authority in subpart C (Office of the Inspector General) and subpart D (Operating Administrations) of this part do not extend to the following actions, authority for which is reserved to the Secretary or the Secretary's delegatee within the Office of the Secretary:
</P>
<P>(1) General transportation matters.
</P>
<P>(i) Transportation leadership authority pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 301 (Duties of the Secretary of Transportation: Leadership, consultation, and cooperation).
</P>
<P>(ii) Functions relating to transportation activities, plans, and programs under 49 U.S.C. 304 (Joint activities with the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development).
</P>
<P>(iii) Authority to develop, prepare, coordinate, transmit, and revise transportation investment standards and criteria under 49 U.S.C. 305 (Transportation investment standards and criteria).
</P>
<P>(iv) Authority relating to standard time zones and advanced (daylight) time (15 U.S.C. 260 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Legislation, rulemakings, and reports.</I> (i) Submission to the President, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, or Congress of proposals or recommendations for legislation, significant rulemakings and related documents as authorized by law, Executive Orders, proclamations or reorganization plans, or other Presidential action.
</P>
<P>(ii) Submission to the President or Congress of any report or any proposed transportation policy or investment standards or criteria, except with the prior written approval of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(iii) Submission of the annual statement on systems of internal accounting and administrative control under the Federal Managers' Financial Integrity Act of 1982 (FMFIA) (31 U.S.C. 3512 note).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Budget and finance.</I> (i) Approval and submission to the Office of Management and Budget of original or amended budget estimates or requests for allocations of personnel ceiling (31 U.S.C. 1108).
</P>
<P>(ii) Approval of requests for legislation which, if enacted, would authorize subsequent appropriations for the Department (31 U.S.C. 581b).
</P>
<P>(iii) Transfer of the balance of an appropriation from one operating element to another within the Department (31 U.S.C. 581c).
</P>
<P>(iv) Submission to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget of requests for the transfer of the balance or portions of an appropriation from one element to another within the Department (31 U.S.C. 665).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Personnel.</I> (i) Recommendations to the Office of Personnel Management regarding the allocation of a position to the Senior Executive Service (SES) or Senior Level (SL), or Scientific and Professional Positions (ST) (5 U.S.C. 5108).
</P>
<P>(ii) Recommendations to the Office of Personnel Management of approval of the qualifications of any candidate for a position in the SES or SL.
</P>
<P>(iii) Recommendations to the Office of Personnel Management of a Lump-Sum Incentive Award in Excess of $10,000 (5 U.S.C. 4502).
</P>
<P>(iv) Approval of the following actions relating to Schedules A, B, C, or D (5 CFR part 213) and noncareer executive assignment positions or incumbents, except for actions under Schedules A and B limited to one year or less at grade GS-9 or lower, or an equivalent level:
</P>
<P>(A) Establishment or abolition of positions;
</P>
<P>(B) Hires;
</P>
<P>(C) Promotions other than quality and periodic within-grade promotions;
</P>
<P>(D) Transfer of personnel to Schedule A, B, C, or D positions or non-career executive assignment positions, either permanently or on detail; and
</P>
<P>(E) Transfer of personnel from Schedule A, B, C, or D or non-career executive assignment positions to career Civil Service positions.
</P>
<P>(v) Approval of employment of experts or consultants.
</P>
<P>(vi) Authority to determine the maximum limit of age for appointment of air traffic controllers as provided by 5 U.S.C. 3307(b).
</P>
<P>(vii) Authority to develop, coordinate, and issue wage schedules under the Federal Wage system.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Security.</I> (i) Authorizing the filling of a critical-sensitive position for a limited period by a person on whom a preappointment full field investigation has not been completed (Executive Order 10450) as amended and Executive Order 12968 as amended by Executive Order 13467.
</P>
<P>(ii) Requesting Presidential approval of a claim of executive privilege with respect to information requested by a Congressional committee or Member of Congress.
</P>
<P>(iii) Making determinations prescribed by Executive Order 12968 as amended by Executive Order 13467 and 32 CFR part 147 relating to the adjudication and final denial of access to classified information to industry personnel.
</P>
<P>(iv) Making those determinations or delegations prescribed by Executive Order 13526 that are reserved to the head of the Department.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Procurement.</I> Exercising the extraordinary authority for defense contracts provided for in Pub. L. 85-804 [(50 U.S.C. 1431-1435)].
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Printing.</I> Requesting approval of the Joint Committee on Printing for any procurement or other action requiring Committee approval.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Interagency agreements.</I> Executing any written interdepartmental or interagency agreement with the head of another executive department or agency.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Withholding of funds.</I> Withholding or suspension of Federal-Aid Highway funds on a state-wide basis and the waiver or compromise of such withholding or suspension, except for the administration of 23 U.S.C. 141, 158, 159, 161, and 163 which are specifically delegated in §§ 1.85 (FHWA) and 1.95 (NHTSA).
</P>
<P>(10) <I>National Highway Safety Advisory Committee.</I> Directing the National Highway Safety Advisory Committee to meet (23 U.S.C. 404(c)).
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Maritime Subsidy Board.</I> Reviewing decisions, reports, orders and other actions of the Maritime Subsidy Board.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Cash purchases of passenger transportation.</I> The authority under 41 CFR 301-51.100 to authorize and approve cash purchases for emergency passenger transportation services costing more than $100.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Solicitation of gifts.</I> The implied authority to solicit gifts associated with 49 U.S.C. 326(a).
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Foreign travel.</I> Approving official travel outside of the United States.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>United States Merchant Marine Academy.</I> Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 51303, the authority to appoint each year without competition as cadets at the United States Merchant Marine Academy not more than 40 qualified individuals with qualities the Secretary considers to be of special value to the Academy.
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Challenges and competitions.</I> Approving any challenge or competition administered by any office or Operating Administration of the Department.
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Committees.</I> Approving the establishment, modification, extension, or termination of all advisory committees (including industry advisory committees) subject to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463; 5 U.S.C. App.), and the designation of Departmental representatives to those committees.
</P>
<P>(18) <I>Credit assistance approval.</I> Granting final approval of applications for credit assistance under the Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (TIFIA), 23 U.S.C. 601-609.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.22" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.22   Deputy Secretary.</HEAD>
<P>Along with the Secretary, the Deputy Secretary exercises oversight of all of the OST components, as well as each of the Operating Administrations, and overall planning, direction, and control of the Department's agenda. The Deputy Secretary:
</P>
<P>(a) May exercise the authority of the Secretary, except where specifically limited by law, order, regulation, or instructions of the Secretary;
</P>
<P>(b) Serves as the Chief Operating Officer; and
</P>
<P>(c) Serves as the Chief Acquisition Officer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.23   Delegations to the Deputy Secretary.</HEAD>
<P>The Deputy Secretary may exercise the authority of the Secretary, except where specifically limited by law, order, regulations, or instructions of the Secretary. In addition, the Deputy Secretary is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Exercise executive control over Departmental Budgeting and Program Evaluation.
</P>
<P>(b) Serve as Chairman of the Departmental Executive Resources Board and its Executive Committee.
</P>
<P>(c) Serve as the Chair of the Department's Safety Council.
</P>
<P>(d) Serve as the Chair of the Department's Credit Council.
</P>
<P>(e) Approve the establishment, modification, extension, or termination of:
</P>
<P>(1) Department-wide (intra-department) committees affecting more than one program.
</P>
<P>(2) OST-sponsored interagency committees.
</P>
<P>(f) Approve the designation of:
</P>
<P>(1) Departmental representatives and the chairman for interagency committees sponsored by the Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(2) Departmental members for international committees.
</P>
<P>(g) Serve as the representative of the Secretary on the board of directors of the National Railroad Passenger Corporation and carry out the functions vested in the Secretary as a member of the board by 49 U.S.C. 24302.
</P>
<P>(h) Approve the initiation of regulatory action, as defined in Executive Order 12866, by Secretarial offices and Operating Administrations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.24" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.24   Under Secretary of Transportation for Policy.</HEAD>
<P>The Under Secretary provides leadership in the Department's development of policies and programs to protect and enhance the safety, adequacy, and efficiency of the transportation system and services. The Office of the Under Secretary serves as the focal point within the Federal Government for coordination of intermodal transportation policy, which brings together departmental intermodal perspectives, advocates intermodal interests, and provides secretarial leadership and visibility on issues that involve or affect more than one Operating Administration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.25   Delegations to the Under Secretary of Transportation for Policy.</HEAD>
<P>The Under Secretary is delegated the following authorities:
</P>
<P>(a) Lead the development of transportation policy and serve as the principal adviser to the Secretary on all transportation policy matters.
</P>
<P>(b) Establish policy and ensure uniform departmental implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, Pub. L. 91-190, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321-4347) within the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) Oversee the implementation of 49 U.S.C. 303 (Policy on lands, wildlife and waterfowl refuges, and historic sites).
</P>
<P>(d) Represent the Secretary of Transportation on various interagency boards, committees, and commissions to include the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation and the Trade Policy Review Group and the Trade Policy Staff Committee.
</P>
<P>(e) Serve as the Department's designated principal conservation officer pursuant to section 656 of the Department of Energy Organization Act, Pub. L. 94-91 [42 U.S.C. 7266], and carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 656 of the Act, which pertains to planning and implementing energy conservation matters with the Department of Energy.
</P>
<P>(f) Carry out the functions of the Secretary pertaining to aircraft with respect to Transportation Order T-1 (44 CFR chapter IV) under the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended, Pub. L. 81-774, 64 Stat. 798 [50 U.S.C. App. 2061 <I>et seq.</I>] and Executive Order 10480, as amended (see also Executive Order 10773 and 12919).
</P>
<P>(g) Serve as Department of Transportation member of the Interagency Group on International Aviation, and pursuant to Executive Order 11382, as amended, serve as Chair of the Group.
</P>
<P>(h) Serve as second alternate representing the Secretary of Transportation to the Trade Policy Committee as mandated by Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1979 (5 U.S.C. App. at 1381), as amended, and Executive Order 12188, as amended.
</P>
<P>(i) As supplemented by 14 CFR part 385, and except as provided in §§ 1.99(j) (RITA), and 1.27 (General Counsel) of this part, carry out the functions transferred to the Department from the Civil Aeronautics Board and other related functions and authority vested in the Secretary under the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Sections 40103(a)(2) (relating to the consultation with the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board before prescribing regulations or procedures that will have a significant impact on accessibility of commercial airports for handicapped individuals), and (c) (relating to foreign aircrafts); 40105 (relating to international negotiations, agreements, and obligations); 40109(a), (c), (g), 46301(b) (smoke alarm penalty), (d), (f), (g) (relating to the authority to exempt certain air carriers) and (h); 40113(a) and (c); 40114(a) (relating to reports and records); 40115 (relating to the withholding of information from public disclosure) of Chapter 401 of 49 U.S.C.; and 40116 (relating to the Anti-Head Tax Act);
</P>
<P>(2) The following chapters of title 49, U.S.C., except as related to departmental regulation of airline consumer protection and civil rights which is delegated to the General Counsel at § 1.27:
</P>
<P>(i) Chapter 411 of title 49, U.S.C., relating to air carrier certification;
</P>
<P>(ii) Chapter 413 of title 49, U.S.C., relating to foreign air transportation;
</P>
<P>(iii) Chapter 415 of title 49, U.S.C., relating to pricing;
</P>
<P>(iv) Chapter 417 of title 49, U.S.C., relating to the operations of air carriers, except sections 41721-41723;
</P>
<P>(v) Chapter 419 of title 49, U.S.C. and 39 U.S.C. 5402, relating to the transportation of mail; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Section 42303 of 49 U.S.C., relating to the management of the Web site regarding the use of insecticides in passenger aircraft.
</P>
<P>(3) Section 42111 of title 49, U.S.C. with respect to mutual aid agreements as it relates to foreign air transportation;
</P>
<P>(4) Chapters 461 and 463 of title 49, U.S.C., relating to aviation investigations, proceedings, and penalties under Part A of Subtitle VII of title 49, U.S.C. except for those sections delegated to the General Counsel under § 1.27, and to the Federal Aviation Administrator under § 1.83;
</P>
<P>(5) Chapter 473 of title 49, U.S.C., relating to international airport facilities.
</P>
<P>(6) Section 11 of the Clayton Act, Pub. L. 63-212 [15 U.S.C. 21], relating to air carriers and foreign air carriers.
</P>
<P>(7) Section 3 of An Act to Encourage Travel in the United States, and for other purposes, Pub. L. 76-755, 54 Stat. 773 [16 U.S.C. 18b].
</P>
<P>(8) Sections 108(a)(4), 621(b)(5), 704(a)(5), and 814(b)(5) of the Consumer Credit Protection Act, Pub. L. 90-321 [15 U.S.C. 1607(a)(4), 1681s(b)(5), 1691c(a)(5), and 1692l(b)(5)].
</P>
<P>(j) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 44907(b)(1), (c), and (e) related to the security of foreign airports in coordination with the General Counsel, the Federal Aviation Administrator, and the Assistant Secretary for Administration.
</P>
<P>(k) Carry out section 101(a)(2) of the Air Transportation Safety and System Stabilization Act, Pub. L. 107-42 [49 U.S.C. 40101 note], as delegated to the Secretary of Transportation by the President pursuant to the Presidential Memorandum dated September 25, 2001, 3 CFR, 2001 Comp., p. 911.
</P>
<P>(l) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by section 11143 of the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users, Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144 (SAFETEA-LU), to manage the day-to-day activities associated with implementation of section 11143 regarding private activity bonds and tax-exempt financing of highway projects and rail-truck facilities.
</P>
<P>(m) In coordination with the General Counsel, carry out the duties of the Secretary under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 to establish the values of time and statistical life in connection with assessing the costs and benefits of Departmental regulatory action.
</P>
<P>(n) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 47129, relating to resolution of disputes over the reasonableness of fees imposed upon air carriers.
</P>
<P>(o) Carry out the functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by 23 U.S.C. 167(f) (National Freight Strategic Plan).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.25a" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.25a   Redelegations by the Under Secretary of Transportation for Policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Assistant Secretary for Transportation Policy is redelegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Redelegate and authorize successive redelegation of authority granted in this paragraph (a) to officials within the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Transportation Policy, except as limited by law or specific administrative reservation.
</P>
<P>(ii) Publish, in appendix A of this part, redelegations made under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Establish policy and maintain oversight of implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, Pub. L. 91-190, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321-4347) within the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) Oversee the implementation of 49 U.S.C. 303 (Policy on lands, wildlife and waterfowl refuges, and historic sites).
</P>
<P>(4) Represent the Secretary of Transportation on various interagency boards, committees, and commissions to include the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation and the Trade Policy Review Group and the Trade Policy Staff Committee.
</P>
<P>(5) Serve as the Department's designated principal conservation officer pursuant to section 656 of the Department of Energy Organization Act, Pub. L. 94-91 [ 42 U.S.C. 7266], and carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 656 of the Act, which pertains to planning and implementing energy conservation matters with the Department of Energy.
</P>
<P>(6) Carry out the functions of section 42303 of 49 U.S.C., relating to the management of the Web site regarding the use of insecticides in passenger aircraft.
</P>
<P>(7) In coordination with the General Counsel, carry out the duties of the Secretary under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 to establish the value of statistical life in connection with assessing the costs and benefits of Departmental regulatory action.
</P>
<P>(8) Carry out the duties of the Secretary under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 to establish the value of time in connection with assessing the costs and benefits of Departmental regulatory action.
</P>
<P>(b) The Assistant Secretary for Aviation and International Affairs is redelegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Redelegate and authorize successive redelegation of authority granted in this paragraph (b) to officials within the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Aviation and International Affairs, except as limited by law or specific administrative reservation.
</P>
<P>(ii) Publish, in appendix A of this part, redelegations made under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Carry out the functions of the Secretary pertaining to aircraft with respect to Transportation Order T-1 (44 CFR chapter IV) under the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended, Pub. L. 81-774, 64 Stat. 798 [50 U.S.C. App. 2061 <I>et seq.</I>] and Executive Order 10480, as amended (see also Executive Order 10773 and 12919).
</P>
<P>(3) Serve as Department of Transportation member of the Interagency Group on International Aviation, and pursuant to Executive Order 11382, serve as Chair of the Group.
</P>
<P>(4) Serve as second alternate representing the Secretary of Transportation to the Trade Policy Committee as mandated by Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1979 (5 U.S.C. App. at 1381), as amended, and Executive Order 12188.
</P>
<P>(5) Represent the Department of Transportation at the Trade Policy Committee Review Group and the Trade Policy Staff Committee, which were established at 15 CFR part 2002 as subordinate bodies of the Trade Policy Committee.
</P>
<P>(6) As supplemented by 14 CFR part 385, and except as provided in §§ 1.99 (RITA), and 1.27 (General Counsel), carry out the functions transferred to the Department from the Civil Aeronautics Board and other related functions and authority vested in the Secretary under the following provisions of Title 49, U.S.C.:
</P>
<P>(i) Sections 40103(a)(2) (relating to the consultation with the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board before prescribing regulations or procedures that will have a significant impact on accessibility of commercial airports for handicapped individuals), and (c) (relating to foreign aircrafts); 40105 (relating to international negotiations, agreements, and obligations); 40109(a), (c), (g), 46301(b) (smoke alarm penalty), (d), (f), (g) (relating to the authority to exempt certain air carriers) and (h); 40113(a) and (c); 40114(a) (relating to reports and records); 40115 (relating to the withholding of information from public disclosure; and 40116 (relating to the Anti-Head Tax Act);
</P>
<P>(ii) The following chapters of title 49, U.S.C., except as related to departmental regulation of airline consumer protection and civil rights which is delegated to the General Counsel at § 1.27:
</P>
<P>(A) Chapter 411, relating to air carrier certification;
</P>
<P>(B) Chapter 413, relating to foreign air transportation;
</P>
<P>(C) Chapter 415, relating to pricing;
</P>
<P>(D) Chapter 417, relating to the operations of air carriers, except section 41721-41723;
</P>
<P>(E) Chapter 419, and 39 U.S.C. 5402, relating to the transportation of mail;
</P>
<P>(iii) Section 42111 of title 49, U.S.C. with respect to mutual aid agreements as it relates to foreign air transportation;
</P>
<P>(iv) Chapters 461 and 463 of title 49, U.S.C., relating to aviation investigations, proceedings, and penalties under Part A of 49 U.S.C. Subtitle VII except for those sections delegated to the General Counsel under § 1.27, and to the Federal Aviation Administrator under § 1.83;
</P>
<P>(v) Chapter 473 of title 49, U.S.C., relating to international airport facilities.
</P>
<P>(vi) Section 11 of the Clayton Act, Pub. L. 63-212 [15 U.S.C. 21], relating to air carriers and foreign air carriers.
</P>
<P>(vii) Section 3 of An Act to Encourage Travel in the United States, and for other purposes, Pub. L. 76-755, 54 Stat. 773 [16 U.S.C. 18b].
</P>
<P>(viii) Sections 108(a)(4), 621(b)(5), 704(a)(5), and 814(b)(5) of the Consumer Credit Protection Act, Pub. L. 90-321 [15 U.S.C. 1607(a)(4), 1681s(b)(5), 1691c(a)(5), and 1692l(b)(5)].
</P>
<P>(7) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 44907(b)(1), (c), and (e) related to the security of foreign airports in coordination with the General Counsel, the Federal Aviation Administrator, and the Assistant Secretary for Administration.
</P>
<P>(8) Carry out section 101(a)(2) of the Air Transportation Safety and System Stabilization Act, Pub. L. 107-42 [49 U.S.C. 40101 note], as delegated to the Secretary of Transportation by the President pursuant to the Presidential Memorandum dated September 25, 2001, 3 CFR, 2001 Comp., p. 911.
</P>
<P>(9) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 47129, relating to resolution of disputes over the reasonableness of fees imposed upon air carriers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.26" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.26   General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>The General Counsel is the chief legal officer of the Department, legal advisor to the Secretary, and final authority within the Department on questions of law. The Office of the General Counsel provides legal advice to the Secretary and secretarial offices, and supervision, coordination, and review of the legal work of the Chief Counsel Offices in the Department. The General Counsel participates with each Operating Administrator in the performance reviews of Chief Counsel. The General Counsel is responsible for retention of outside counsel, and for the approval of the hiring and promotion of departmental attorneys (other than in the Federal Aviation Administration). The General Counsel is also responsible for departmental regulation under statutes including the Air Carrier Access Act, statutes prohibiting unfair and deceptive practices in air transportation, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise program, and the Uniform Time Act. The General Counsel coordinates all international legal matters, and departmental participation in proceedings before other federal and state agencies. The General Counsel provides oversight of departmental litigation, regulation, legislation, Freedom of Information Act compliance, and administrative enforcement.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.27   Delegations to the General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>The General Counsel is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Conduct all rulemaking proceedings under the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise program, and the Uniform Time Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. 260 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(b) Determine the practicability of applying the standard time of any standard time zone to the movements of any common carrier engaged in interstate or foreign commerce and issue operating exceptions in any case in which the General Counsel determines that it is impractical to apply the standard time (49 CFR 71.1).
</P>
<P>(c) Issue regulations making editorial changes or corrections to the regulations of the Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(d) Grant permission, under specific circumstances, to deviate from a policy or procedure prescribed by the regulations of the Office of the Secretary (49 CFR part 9) with respect to the testimony of OST employees as witnesses in legal proceedings, the serving of legal process and pleadings in legal proceedings involving the Secretary or his Office, and the production of records of that Office pursuant to subpoena.
</P>
<P>(e) Respond to petitions for rulemaking or petitions for exemptions in accordance with 49 CFR 5.13(c)(2), and notify petitioners of decisions in accordance with 49 CFR 5.13(c)(4)(v).
</P>
<P>(f) Provide counsel to employees on questions of conflict of interest covered by departmental regulations on employee responsibility and conduct.
</P>
<P>(g) Coordinate the issuance of proposed Executive Orders and proclamations for transmittal to the Office of Management and Budget for action by the White House.
</P>
<P>(h) Except with respect to proceedings relating to safety fitness of an applicant (49 U.S.C. 307), decide on requests to intervene or appear before courts (with the consent of the Department of Justice) or agencies to present the views of the Department, subject to the concurrence of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(i) Exercise the authority delegated to the Department by the Assistant Attorney General, Land and Natural Resources Division, in his order of October 2, 1970, to approve the sufficiency of the title to land being acquired by purchase or condemnation by the United States for the use of the Department. (See also Appendix 1 relating to delegations to Operating Administration Chief Counsel).
</P>
<P>(j) Exercise the Secretary's authority under 28 U.S.C. 2672 and 28 CFR part 14, related to the administrative disposition of federal tort claims, for claims involving the Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(k) Compromise, suspend collection action on, or terminate claims of the United States that are referred to, or arise out of the activities of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(l) Conduct coordination with foreign governments under section 118 of the Deep Seabed Hard Mineral Resources Act (30 U.S.C. 1428).
</P>
<P>(m) Exercise review authority under 49 U.S.C. 41307 (related actions about foreign air transportation) delegated to the Secretary by the President in Executive Order 12597.
</P>
<P>(n) Assist and protect consumers in their dealings with the air transportation industry and conduct all departmental regulation of airline consumer protection and civil rights pursuant to chapters 401 (General Provisions), 411 (Air Carrier Certificates), 413 (Foreign Air Transportation), 417 (Operations of Carriers), and 423 (Passenger Air Service Improvements) of title 49 U.S.C.
</P>
<P>(o) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 40119(b) (Security and research and development activities), as implemented by 49 CFR part 15 (Protection of Sensitive Security Information), in consultation and coordination with the Office of Intelligence, Security and Emergency Response.
</P>
<P>(p) Appear on behalf of the Department on the record in hearing cases, and initiate and carry out enforcement actions on behalf of the Department, under the authority transferred to the Department from the Civil Aeronautics Board as described in §§ 1.25 and 1.25a (delegations to and redelegations by the Under Secretary), and 1.99 (RITA). This includes the authority to compromise penalties under 49 U.S.C. 46301 (civil penalties); to issue appropriate orders, including cease and desist orders, under 49 U.S.C. 46101 (complaints and investigations); and to require the production of information, under 49 U.S.C. 41708, enter carrier property and inspect records, under 49 U.S.C. 41709, and inquire into the management of the business of a carrier under 49 U.S.C. 41711 (Air carrier management inquiry and cooperation with other authorities), as appropriate to the enforcement responsibilities. In the event that such an enforcement matter comes before the Secretary of Transportation for adjudication, the Deputy General Counsel shall advise the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(q) Initiate and carry out enforcement actions relating to:
</P>
<P>(1) Foreign airport security on behalf of the Department under 49 U.S.C. 44907; and
</P>
<P>(2) The Consumer Credit Protection Act under section 4(a)(5) of the Civil Aeronautics Board Sunset Act of 1984 (Pub. L. 98-443) [15 U.S.C. 1607(a)(4), 1681s(b)(5), 1691c(a)(5) and 1692l(b)(5)].
</P>
<P>(r) Administer 5 U.S.C. 552 (FOIA) and 49 CFR part 7 (Public Availability of Information) in connection with the records of the Office of the Secretary and issue procedures to ensure uniform departmental implementation of statutes and regulations regarding public access to records.
</P>
<P>(s) Prepare reports by carriers on incidents involving animals during air transport pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 41721.
</P>
<P>(t) Exercise authority vested in the Secretary by the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-410, 104 Stat. 890), as amended by the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-134, 110 Stat. 1321), to promulgate rules that adjust civil penalties with respect to aviation enforcement.
</P>
<P>(u) In coordination with the Under Secretary, to carry out the duties of the Secretary under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 to establish the value of statistical life in connection with assessing the costs and benefits of Departmental regulatory action.
</P>
<P>(v) Approve the initiation of regulatory action, as defined in Executive Order 12866, by Secretarial offices and Operating Administrations in the event that the Deputy Secretary is absent or otherwise unavailable to exercise such authority (see § 1.23(h)).
</P>
<P>(w) Approve requests to reclassify rulemakings as non-significant under DOT procedures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19819, Apr. 5, 2016, as amended at 84 FR 71717, Dec. 27, 2019; 86 FR 17294, Apr. 2, 2021; 91 FR 22437, Apr. 27, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.27a" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.27a   Delegations to the Career Deputy General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>The career Deputy General Counsel is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Serve as the Department's Designated Agency Ethics Official in accordance with 5 CFR 2638.202;
</P>
<P>(b) Serve as the Department's Dispute Resolution Specialist pursuant to section 3(b) of the Alternative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104-320, 5 U.S.C. App.; and
</P>
<P>(c) Serve as the Department's Chief FOIA Officer under 5 U.S.C. 552(j).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.27b" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.27b   Delegations to the Assistant General Counsel for General Law.</HEAD>
<P>The Assistant General Counsel for General Law is delegated authority to serve as the Department's Alternate Agency Ethics Official in accordance with 5 CFR 2638.202.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.30" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.30   Assistant Secretaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In performing their functions, the Assistant Secretaries are responsible for continuing liaison and coordination among themselves and with the Operating Administrations to:
</P>
<P>(1) Avoid unnecessary duplication of effort by or in conflict with the performance of similar activities by the Operating Administrations and the other Assistant Secretaries pursuant to their Secretarial delegations of authority or other legal authorities; and
</P>
<P>(2) Assure that the views of the Operating Administrations are considered in developing departmental policies, plans, and proposals. The Assistant Secretaries are also available to assist, as appropriate, the Operating Administrations in implementing departmental policy and programs. As primary staff advisors to the Secretary, the Assistant Secretaries are concerned with transportation matters of the broadest scope, including modal, intermodal, and other matters of Secretarial interest.
</P>
<P>(b) There are exceptions to the normal staff role described in paragraph (a) of this section. In selected instances, the Secretary has specifically delegated to Assistant Secretaries authority which they may exercise on the Secretary's behalf.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.31   Assistant Secretary for Transportation Policy.</HEAD>
<P>The Assistant Secretary for Transportation Policy provides policy advice to the Secretary, the Deputy Secretary, and the Under Secretary. The Office of the Assistant Secretary for Transportation Policy is responsible for: Public policy development, coordination, and evaluation for all aspects of transportation, except in the areas of aviation and international affairs, with the goal of making the Nation's transportation resources function as an integrated national system; evaluation of private transportation sector operating and economic issues; evaluation of public transportation sector operating and economic issues; regulatory and legislative initiatives and review; energy, environmental, disability, and safety policy and program development and review; and transportation infrastructure assessment and review. For delegations to the Assistant Secretary for Transportation Policy, see § 1.25a(a).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.32" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.32   Assistant Secretary for Aviation and International Affairs.</HEAD>
<P>The Office of the Assistant Secretary for Aviation and International Affairs is responsible for policy development, coordination, and evaluation of issues involving aviation, as well as international issues involving all areas of transportation; private sector evaluation; international transportation and transport-related trade policy and issues; regulatory and legislative initiatives and review of maritime/shipbuilding policies and programs; transport-related trade promotion; coordination of land transport relations with Canada and Mexico; economic regulation of the airline industry while placing maximum reliance on market forces and on actual and potential competition; the essential air service program and other rural air service programs; and, in coordination with the FAA, promotion of the aerospace industry. For delegations to the Assistant Secretary for Aviation and International Affairs, see § 1.25a(b).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.33   Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chief Financial Officer (CFO) is the principal budget and financial advisor to the Secretary and serves as Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs. The CFO and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs provides oversight and policy guidance for all budget, financial management, program performance, and internal control activities of the Department and its Operating Administrations.
</P>
<P>(b) The CFO and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs concurs in the appointment and promotion of Chief Financial Officers, Budget Officers, and Directors of Finance of the Department and its Operating Administrations, and participates with each Administrator in the performance reviews of Chief Financial Officers, Budget Officers, and Directors of Finance in each of the Operating Administrations.
</P>
<P>(c) The CFO and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs, in consultation with the Chief Information Officer, may designate any information technology system as a financial management system under the CFO's policy and oversight area of responsibility.
</P>
<P>(d) The CFO and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs serves as the Vice Chair of the Department's Credit Council. The Office of the Assistant Secretary supports the Department's Credit Council by analyzing applications for the Department's various credit programs. The CFO also oversees the TIFIA program and the TIFIA Joint Program Office on behalf of the Secretary, including the evaluation of individual projects, and provides overall policy direction and program decisions for the TIFIA program.
</P>
<P>(e) The CFO and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs is responsible for preparation, review, and presentation of Department budget estimates; liaison with the Office of Management and Budget and Congressional Budget and Appropriations Committees; preparation of the Department's annual financial statements; departmental financial plans, apportionments, reapportionments, reprogrammings, and allotments; program and systems evaluation and analysis; program evaluation criteria; program resource plans; analysis and review of legislative proposals and one-time reports and studies required by Congress; and budget and financial management relating to the Office of the Secretary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.34" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.34   Delegations to the Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs.</HEAD>
<P>The Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Serve as the Department's Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 901 (Establishment of Agency Chief Financial Officers).
</P>
<P>(b) Exercise day-to-day operating management responsibility over the Office of Budget and Program Performance, the Office of the OST Chief Financial Officer, the Office of Financial Management, and the Office of Credit Oversight and Risk Management.
</P>
<P>(c) Direct and manage the Departmental planning, evaluation, budget, financial management, and internal control activities.
</P>
<P>(d) Exercise oversight and provide exclusive policy guidance to the Enterprise Services Center (ESC) regarding all financial management activities conducted by ESC and financial systems operated by ESC. This authority includes concurrence with any organizational changes within the Federal Aviation Administration that may affect financial management operations of the ESC.
</P>
<P>(e) Request apportionment or reapportionment of funds by the Office of Management and Budget, provided that no request for apportionment or reapportionment which anticipates the need for a supplemental appropriation shall be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget without appropriate certification by the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(f) Issue allotments or allocations of funds to components of the Department.
</P>
<P>(g) Authorize and approve official travel and transportation for staff members of the Immediate Office of the Secretary including authority to sign and approve related travel orders and travel vouchers, but not including requests for overseas travel.
</P>
<P>(h) Issue monetary authorizations for use of reception and representation funds.
</P>
<P>(i) Except as otherwise delegated, establish or operate or both, any special funds that are required by statute or administrative determination.
</P>
<P>(j) Exercise the Secretary's authority under 31 U.S.C. 3711 to collect, compromise, suspend collection action on, or terminate claims of the United States which are referred to, or arise out of the activities of, the Office of the Secretary (excluding claims pertaining to the Working Capital Fund), subject to the limits on that authority imposed by 31 U.S.C. 3711 and the Federal Claims Collection Standards, 31 CFR chapter IX.
</P>
<P>(k) Exercise the Secretary's authority under the Improper Payments Elimination and Recovery Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-204) (33 U.S.C. 3301 note).
</P>
<P>(l) Exercise the Secretary's authority under the Improper Payments Information Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-300) (31 U.S.C. 3321 note).
</P>
<P>(m) Exercise the Secretary's authority under the Recovery Auditing Act (Section 831, Defense Authorization Act for FY 2002 (Pub. L. 107-107)).
</P>
<P>(n) Exercise the Secretary's authority under the Federal Financial Management Improvement Act of 1996 (31 U.S.C. 3512 note).
</P>
<P>(o) Exercise the Secretary's authority under Federal Managers' Financial Integrity Act of 1982 (FMFIA) (31 U.S.C. 3512 note).
</P>
<P>(p) Exercise the Secretary's authority under the Accounting and Auditing Act of 1950 (31 U.S.C. 3512), as amended by FMFIA.
</P>
<P>(q) Exercise the Secretary's authority under the Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA) (Pub. L. 103-623).
</P>
<P>(r) Exercise the Secretary's authority under the Accountability of Tax Dollars Act of 2002, 31 U.S.C. 3515.
</P>
<P>(s) Exercise the Secretary's authority under the Government Management Reform Act of 1994 (GMRA) (Pub. L. 103-356).
</P>
<P>(t) Exercise the Secretary's authority under 5 U.S.C. 5584 and the OMB memorandum, “Determination with Respect to Transfer of Functions Pursuant to Public Law 104-316” (December 17, 1996) to waive claims of the United States arising out of an erroneous payment to an employee of pay or allowances, or travel, transportation, or relocation expenses and allowances, and deny requests for waiver of such claims.
</P>
<P>(u) Serve as the Department's Performance Improvement Officer under 31 U.S.C. 1124.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.35   Assistant Secretary for Governmental Affairs.</HEAD>
<P>The Assistant Secretary for Governmental Affairs serves as the Department's primary point of contact for Congressional offices, as well as State and locally elected officials; works with other departmental offices to ensure that Congressional mandates are fully implemented by the Department; and works with the White House, other Federal agencies, and Congress to fulfill the Department's legislative priorities. The Assistant Secretary coordinates congressional and intergovernmental activities with governmental affairs offices in the Operating Administrations and is the final authority on governmental affairs issues within the Department. The Assistant Secretary participates with each Administrator in the hiring decisions (other than in the Federal Aviation Administration) and performance reviews of all of the Operating Administrations' Directors of Governmental Affairs. The Assistant Secretary supervises the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Tribal Government Affairs who plans and coordinates the Department's policies and programs with respect to Indian tribes and tribal organizations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 19192, Apr. 26, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.36" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.36   Delegations to the Assistant Secretary for Governmental Affairs.</HEAD>
<P>The Assistant Secretary for Governmental Affairs is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Establish procedures for responding to Congressional correspondence; and
</P>
<P>(b) Supervise the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Tribal Government Affairs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.37   Assistant Secretary for Administration.</HEAD>
<P>The Assistant Secretary for Administration is the principal advisor to the Secretary and Deputy Secretary on Department-wide administrative matters and is the final authority on these matters within the Department. The Assistant Secretary for Administration serves as the Designated Agency Safety and Health Official. The Office of the Assistant Secretary for Administration's responsibilities include: Strategic management of human capital; monitoring the progress of departmental offices related to sustainability goals; controls and standards to ensure that procurement and financial assistance programs are in accord with good business practice; follow-up and resolution of Government Accountability Office and Inspector General audit reviews; information resource management; property management information; facilities; and security. The Assistant Secretary for Administration is responsible for recommending performance objectives for the Operating Administrations' Directors of Human Resources. The Assistant Secretary for Administration participates with each Administrator in the hiring decisions (other than in the Federal Aviation Administration) and performance reviews of all of the Operating Administrations' Associate Administrators for Administration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 19192, Apr. 26, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.38" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.38   Delegations to the Assistant Secretary for Administration.</HEAD>
<P>The Assistant Secretary for Administration is delegated authority for the following:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Acquisition.</I> (1) Exercise procurement authority with respect to requirements of the Office of the Secretary or an Operating Administration, if requested under an agreement with that Operating Administration.
</P>
<P>(2) Make the required determinations with respect to mistakes in bids relative to sales of personal property conducted by the Office of the Secretary without power of redelegation.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as delegated to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administrator by § 1.95, carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 3 of Executive Order 11912 (“Delegation of Authorities Relating to Energy Policy and Conservation”), as amended.
</P>
<P>(4) Carry out the functions delegated to the Secretary from time to time by the Administrator of General Services to lease real property for Department use.
</P>
<P>(5) Carry out the duties and responsibilities of agency head for departmental procurement within the meaning of the Federal Acquisition Regulation. This authority as agency head for departmental procurement excludes duties, responsibilities, and powers expressly reserved for the Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(6) Serve as Deputy Chief Acquisition Officer.
</P>
<P>(7) Provide departmental guidance on grants, cooperative agreements, and other financial assistance transactions, but not including loans, loan guarantees, interest subsidies, or insurance.
</P>
<P>(8) Issue departmental procurement regulations, subject to coordination with the General Counsel and interested Operating Administrations. In commenting upon proposed provisions for the procurement regulations, the Operating Administrations will indicate the nature and purpose of any additional implementing or supplementing policy guidance which they propose to issue at the Operating Administration level.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Personnel.</I> (1) Conduct a personnel management program for the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, with authority to take, direct others to take, recommend or approve any personnel action with respect to such authority.
</P>
<P>(2) Serve as Vice Chair of the Departmental Executive Resources Board.
</P>
<P>(3) Exercise emergency authority to hire without the prior approval of the Deputy Secretary normally required by departmental procedures implementing general employment limitations when in the judgment of the Assistant Secretary immediate action is necessary to effect the hire and avoid the loss of a well-qualified job applicant, and for similar reasons.
</P>
<P>(4) Review proposals of the Office of the Secretary for each new appointment or transfer to verify the essentiality of the position.
</P>
<P>(5) Approve employment of experts and consultants in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 3109.
</P>
<P>(6) Provide policy and overall direction in the execution of the DOT Labor-Management Relations Program.
</P>
<P>(7) Develop and operate the Federal Employee Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Program in accordance with Executive Order 12564 and The Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, Public Law 102-143, Title V.
</P>
<P>(8) Serve as the Chief Human Capital Officer:
</P>
<P>(i) Oversee, direct, and execute all authorities included in the Chief Human Capital Officers Act of 2002 (5 U.S.C. 1401 <I>et seq.</I>); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Advise the Secretary on the Department's human capital needs and obligations, and implement all related rules and regulations of the President and the Office of Personnel Management, and all laws governing human resource management.
</P>
<P>(9) Serve as the Telework Managing Officer under 5 U.S.C. 6505.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sustainability.</I> (1) Responsible for ensuring that the Department meets its sustainability goals pursuant to the Energy Independence and Security Act (EISA) of 2007 (Pub. L. 110-140); the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (Pub. L. 109-58); and Executive Order 13693 (“Planning for Federal Sustainability in the Next Decade”).
</P>
<P>(2) Serve as the Chief Sustainability Officer under Executive Order 13693.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Finance.</I> (1) Settle and pay claims by employees of the Office of the Secretary for personal property losses as provided by 31 U.S.C. 3721.
</P>
<P>(2) Oversee the Working Capital Fund for the Office of the Secretary, established by 49 U.S.C. 327.
</P>
<P>(3) Exercise the Secretary's authority under 31 U.S.C. 3711 to collect, compromise, suspend collection action on, or terminate claims of the United States which are referred to, or arise out of the activities of the Working Capital Fund, subject to the limits on that authority imposed by 31 U.S.C. 3711 and the Federal Claims Collection Standards, 31 CFR chapter IX.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Security.</I> (1) Serves as the agency representative appointed by the Secretary of Transportation to participate on the Interagency Security Committee in accordance with Executive Order 12977, to establish policies for the security in and protection of Federal facilities.
</P>
<P>(2) Represents the department on the White House Communications Agency Principal Communications Working Group and the Department of State Overseas Security Policy Board.
</P>
<P>(3) Conducts an internal security management program for the Department of Transportation with authority to take, direct others to take, recommend, or approve security actions with respect to such authorities related to personnel security, physical security, technical security, and classified and sensitive information management.
</P>
<P>(4) Issues identification media as directed by Homeland Security Presidential Directive 12, “Policy for Common Identification Standard for Federal Employees and Contractors” and other identification media (including credentials, passports and visas) by direction of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(5) Manages the Department's classified information program as directed by Executive Order 13526 (“Classified National Security Information”).
</P>
<P>(6) Takes certain classified actions on behalf of the Department in connection with technical counter-surveillance programs as required by Executive Order 13526 (“Classified National Security Information”).
</P>
<P>(7) In conjunction with the Office of Security, Intelligence and Emergency Response, and the Office of the General Counsel, carries out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 40119(b), as implemented by 49 CFR part 15, related to the protection of information designated as Sensitive Security Information.
</P>
<P>(8) Ensure Department-wide compliance with Executive Orders 12968 as amended, 13467, 13488, 13526, 13556, and related regulations and issuances.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Printing.</I> Request approval of the Joint Committee on Printing, Congress of the United States, for any procurement or other action requiring Committee approval.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Hearings.</I> Provide logistical and administrative support to the Department's Office of Hearings.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Federal real property management.</I> Carry out the functions assigned to the Secretary with respect to Executive Order 13327, as amended.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>The Uniform Act.</I> Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary to implement the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Act of 1970 (Uniform Act), 42 U.S.C. Chapter 61, with respect to programs administered by the Office of the Secretary. The Assistant Secretary may prescribe additional Uniform Act guidance that is appropriate to those particular programs, provided that such additional guidance must be consistent with the Uniform Act and 49 CFR part 24. The lead agency for Uniform Act matters is the Federal Highway Administration (see § 1.85 and 49 CFR part 24).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Designated Agency Safety and Health Official.</I> Serve as the Designated Agency Safety and Health Official under 29 CFR 1960.6(a) to represent the interest of, and support, the Department's occupational safety and health program.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Senior Real Property Officer.</I> Serve as the Senior Real Property Officer for the Department pursuant to Executive Order 13327 (“Federal Real Property Asset Management”) (as amended), and chair the Departmental Real Property Planning Council.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Transportation fringe benefits.</I> (1) Oversee the Department's transportation fringe benefit program under 5 U.S.C. 7905 and 26 U.S.C. 132(f).
</P>
<P>(2) Consult with and provide guidance to other Federal agencies on transportation fringe benefit programs under 5 U.S.C. 7905 and 26 U.S.C. 132(f).
</P>
<P>(3) Establish and maintain uniform Federal Government standards for developing and supporting Federal agencies' transportation fringe benefit programs under 5 U.S.C. 7905 and 26 U.S.C. 132(f).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.38a" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.38a   Redelegations by the Assistant Secretary for Administration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Director, Office of the Senior Procurement Executive is redelegated the authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Carry out the duties and responsibilities of agency head for departmental procurement within the meaning of the Federal Acquisition Regulation except for those duties expressly reserved for the Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) Carry out the functions of the Chief Acquisition Officer (CAO) except for those functions specifically reserved for the Deputy Secretary. In carrying out these functions and in support of requirements under Services Acquisition Reform Act (SARA), enacted as part of the National Defense Authorization Act for 2004—Public Law 108-136, the Senior Procurement Executive (SPE) is expected to interact directly, and without intervening authority, with the CAO on issues related to strategic acquisition policy, implementation, and management. The nature and frequency of interactions with the CAO will be determined mutually between the SPE and the CAO.
</P>
<P>(3) Procure and authorize payment for property and services for the Office of the Secretary, with power to re-delegate and authorize successive re-delegations.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of Human Resources Management is redelegated the authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Develop departmental human capital policies and objectives, and monitor and oversee the implementation of those policies.
</P>
<P>(2) Establish departmental human capital performance objectives and metrics.
</P>
<P>(3) Conduct a personnel management program for the Office of the Secretary with authority to take, direct others to take, recommend or approve any personnel action with respect to such authority.
</P>
<P>(4) Concur in the appointment and promotion of all Human Resources (HR) Directors in each Operating Administration and participate in the performance reviews of HR Directors.
</P>
<P>(5) Provide policy and overall direction in the execution of the DOT Labor-Management Relations Program.
</P>
<P>(6) Develop and operate the Federal Employee Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Program in accordance with Executive Order 12564 and The Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, Public Law 102-143, Title V.
</P>
<P>(7) Develop, coordinate, and issue wage schedules for Department employees under the Federal Wage System.
</P>
<P>(c) The Director of Financial Management within the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Administration is redelegated the authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Settle and pay claims by Working Capital Fund employees for personal property losses as provided by 31 U.S.C. 3721 if the amount of the payment does not exceed $500.
</P>
<P>(d) The Director, Transit Benefit Program is redelegated the authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Oversee the Department's transportation fringe benefit program under 5 U.S.C. 7905 and 26 U.S.C. 132(f).
</P>
<P>(2) Consult with and provide guidance to other Federal agencies on transportation fringe benefit programs under 5 U.S.C. 7905 and 26 U.S.C. 132(f).
</P>
<P>(3) Establish and maintain uniform Federal Government standards for developing and supporting Federal agencies' transportation fringe benefit programs under 5 U.S.C. 7905 and 26 U.S.C. 132(f).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.39   Executive Secretariat.</HEAD>
<P>The Executive Secretariat provides organized staff services to the Secretary and Deputy Secretary to assist them in carrying out their management functions and their responsibilities for formulating, coordinating and communicating major policy decisions. The Office controls and coordinates internal and external material directed to the Secretary and Deputy Secretary and ensures that their decisions and instructions are implemented.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.40" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.40   Departmental Office of Civil Rights.</HEAD>
<P>The Departmental Office of Civil Rights serves as the Department's Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Officer and Title VI Coordinator. The Director also serves as principal advisor to the Secretary and the Deputy Secretary on the civil rights and nondiscrimination statutes, regulations, and Executive Orders applicable to the Department, including titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, the ADA Amendments Act of 2008, and the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008. The Departmental Office of Civil Rights provides guidance to the Operating Administrations and Secretarial officers on these matters. The Office periodically reviews and evaluates the civil rights programs of the Operating Administrations to ensure that recipients of financial assistance meet applicable Federal civil rights requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.41   Delegations to the Director of the Departmental Office of Civil Rights.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Departmental Office of Civil Rights is delegated authority to conduct all stages of the formal employment discrimination complaints process (including acceptance/dismissal, investigation, and final adjudication); to provide guidance to the Operating Administrations and Secretarial officers concerning the implementation and enforcement of all civil rights laws, regulations and Executive Orders for which the Department is responsible; to otherwise perform activities to ensure compliance with external civil rights programs; and to review and evaluate the Operating Administrations' enforcement of these authorities. These authorities include:
</P>
<P>(a) Title VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. 2000d <I>et seq.</I> and 2000e <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) Sections 501 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 791 and 794-794a.
</P>
<P>(c) Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, 29 U.S.C. 621 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(d) Age Discrimination Act of 1975, 42 U.S.C. 6101 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. 12101-121213.
</P>
<P>(f) ADA Amendments Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-325) [42 U.S.C. 12101 Note].
</P>
<P>(g) Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008, 42 U.S.C. 2000ff <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(h) Equal Pay Act of 1963, 29 U.S.C. 206(d).
</P>
<P>(i) Alcohol, Drug Abuse, and Mental Health Administration Reorganization Act (Pub. L. 102-321)
</P>
<P>(j) Chapter XIV of subtitle B, of title 29 of the CFR (Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Regulations).
</P>
<P>(k) Title VIII of the Civil Rights Act of 1968 (Pub. L. 90-284) [42 U.S.C. 3601 <I>et seq.</I>].
</P>
<P>(l) 40 U.S.C. 476 (prohibition on sex discrimination).
</P>
<P>(m) Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. 1681.
</P>
<P>(n) In coordination with the Assistant Secretary for Transportation Policy, Executive Order 12898 (“Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations”) (See also Executive Order 12948).
</P>
<P>(o) 49 U.S.C. 306 (prohibition on discrimination in programs receiving financial assistance), 5310 (transportation for elderly persons and persons with disabilities), 5332 (nondiscrimination in mass transportation), 41705 (discrimination by air carriers against handicapped persons), 47113 (minority and disadvantaged business participation), and 47123 (nondiscrimination in airport improvement programs).
</P>
<P>(p) 23 U.S.C. 324 and 402(b)(1)(D) (nondiscrimination in highway programs).
</P>
<P>(q) The Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991, Public Law 102-240, 105 Stat. 1919, section 1003.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.42" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.42   Office of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Office of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization ensures that the Department's small and disadvantaged business policies and programs are developed in a fair, efficient, and effective manner. The Office is responsible for the Department's implementation and execution of the functions and duties under the Small Business Act, and providing opportunities, technical assistance, and financial services to the small and disadvantaged business community.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.43   Delegations to the Director of the Office of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Exercise departmental responsibility for the implementation and execution of functions and duties under sections 2[8] and 2[15] of the Small Business Act (Pub. L. 85-836) [15 U.S.C. 637 and 644].
</P>
<P>(b) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 332 (Minority Resource Center).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.44" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.44   Office of Intelligence, Security and Emergency Response.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Office of Intelligence, Security and Emergency Response is responsible for the development, coordination, and execution of plans and procedures for the Department to balance transportation security requirements with the safety, mobility and economic needs of the Nation through effective intelligence, security, preparedness and emergency response programs. The Director is the Department's principal Emergency Coordinator for the implementation of these programs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.45   Delegations to the Director of the Office of Intelligence, Security and Emergency Response.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of Intelligence, Security, and Emergency Response is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Carry out the functions related to emergency preparedness and response vested in the Secretary by the following authorities: 49 U.S.C. 101 and 301; Executive Order 12148, as amended (“Federal Emergency Management”); Executive Order 12656 (“Assignment of Emergency Preparedness Responsibilities”) (as amended; see Executive Order 13286); Executive Order 12742 (“National Security Industrial Responsiveness”); Executive Order 13434 (“National Security Professional Development”); Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1978 (5 U.S.C. app at 235 (2012); and such other statutes, executive orders, and other directives as may pertain to emergency preparedness and response.
</P>
<P>(b) Serve as the Department's Continuity Coordinator in accordance with National Security Presidential Directive 51/Homeland Security Presidential Directive 20, <I>National Continuity Policy,</I> and Federal Continuity Directives (FCD) 1 <I>Federal Executive Branch National Continuity Program and Requirements</I> and FCD 2 <I>Federal Executive Branch Mission Essential Function and Primary Mission Essential Function Identification and Submission Process.</I> Provide leadership for departmental programs pertaining to intelligence related to the transportation sector, transportation security policy, and civil transportation emergency preparedness and response activities.
</P>
<P>(c) Lead departmental collaboration efforts with the Department of Homeland Security and other Departments and Agencies related to transportation security and transportation infrastructure protection as required by Homeland Security Presidential Directive 7, <I>Critical Infrastructure Identification, Prioritization, and Protection.</I>
</P>
<P>(d) Together with the Assistant Secretary for Administration, carry out oversight and management of the duties pertaining to national security professional development assigned to the Secretary under Executive Order 13434 (“National Security Professional Development”).
</P>
<P>(e) Together with the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Aviation and International Affairs, coordinate the Department's responsibilities under National Security Presidential Directive 44, <I>Management of Interagency Efforts Concerning Reconstruction and Stabilization,</I> and Presidential Decision Directive 56, <I>Managing Complex Contingency Operations,</I> pertaining to interagency reconstruction and stabilization assistance.
</P>
<P>(f) Lead departmental efforts pertaining to transportation-related international civil emergency preparedness activities, including coordinating DOT representation on North Atlantic Treaty Organization committees, as directed under Executive Order 12656 (as amended; see Executive Order 13286).
</P>
<P>(g) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 40119(b), as implemented by 49 CFR part 15, in consultation and coordination with the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(h) Oversee the Department's protective service program.
</P>
<P>(i) Serve as the Secretary's representative to the Transportation Security Oversight Board, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 115, when so designated.
</P>
<P>(j) Lead Departmental participation in internal and interagency planning efforts related to preparedness in accordance with Presidential Policy Directive 8, National Preparedness, in coordination with the Under Secretary.
</P>
<P>(k) Serve as the Secretary's senior advisor on matters pertaining to public health, biological, and medical matters.
</P>
<P>(l) Develop departmental plans to support the Department of Defense Civil Reserve Air Fleet (CRAF) program and allocate civil air carrier aircraft to CRAF based on Department of Defense requirements.
</P>
<P>(m) Oversee operation of the Department's Crisis Management Center.
</P>
<P>(n) Lead departmental efforts for all interaction with the Program Manager, Information Sharing Environment to include appointing the Associate Director for Intelligence as the DOT Information Sharing Program Manager to coordinate day-to-day Information Sharing Environment matters.
</P>
<P>(o) Carry out departmental responsibilities under Executive Order 13587 (“Structural Reforms to Improve the Security of Classified Networks and the Responsible Sharing and Safeguarding of Classified Information”) including overseeing classified information sharing and safeguarding efforts for DOT. Oversee the day-to-day activities for monitoring the Top Secret and Secret classified network used by DOT and function as the Senior Official principally responsible for establishing and implementing the DOT Insider Threat Program.
</P>
<P>(p) Serve as the department's program manager responsible for oversight of all intelligence programs, to include the DOT Counterintelligence effort as it pertains to the DOT classified networks, and coordinate intelligence matters throughout the department. Nothing in this provision is intended to prohibit or limit a component's ability to conduct intelligence activities authorized by law.
</P>
<P>(q) Carry out the functions under the Defense Production Act of 1950, Public Law 81-774, 64 Stat. 798, as amended (50 U.S.C. app. 2061 <I>et seq.</I>), that were vested in the Secretary by Executive Order 13603 (“National Defense Resources Preparedness”).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.46" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.46   Office of Public Affairs.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of Public Affairs is the principal advisor to the Secretary and Secretarial Officers on public affairs issues and the final authority on public affairs issues within the Department. The Office of Public Affairs prepares news releases and supporting media materials, and maintains a new media presence. The Office also provides information to the Secretary on opinions and reactions of the public and news media on programs and transportation issues. The Office of Public Affairs is responsible for the supervision, coordination, and review of the activities of the public affairs offices within the Operating Administrations. The Director of Public Affairs participates with each Administrator in the hiring decisions (other than in the Federal Aviation Administration) and performance reviews of all of the Operating Administrations' Directors of Public Affairs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 19193, Apr. 26, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.47" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.47   Delegations to the Assistant to the Secretary and Director of Public Affairs.</HEAD>
<P>The Assistant to the Secretary and Director of Public Affairs is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Monitor the overall public information program and review and approve departmental informational materials having policy-making ramifications before they are printed and disseminated.
</P>
<P>(b) Carry out the functions to promote carpooling and vanpooling transferred to the Department of Transportation by section 310 of the Department of Energy Organization Act of 1977 (Pub. L. 95-91) [42 U.S.C. 7159].


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.48" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.48   Office of the Chief Information Officer.</HEAD>
<P>The Chief Information Officer (CIO) is the principal information technology (IT), cyber security, privacy, and records management advisor to the Secretary, and is the final authority on these matters within the Department. The Office of the CIO supports the Organizational Excellence Strategic Goal by providing leadership on all matters associated with the Department's IT portfolio. The CIO participates with each Administrator in the hiring decisions and performance reviews of the Operating Administrations' CIOs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 19193, Apr. 26, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.49" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.49   Delegations to the Chief Information Officer.</HEAD>
<P>The Chief Information Officer is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Carry out all functions and responsibilities assigned to the Secretary with respect to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3506);
</P>
<P>(b) Carry out all functions and responsibilities assigned to the Secretary with respect to the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (40 U.S.C. 11312 to 11314, and 11317);
</P>
<P>(c) Carry out all functions and responsibilities assigned to the Secretary with respect to the E-Government Act of 2002, Public Law 107-347;
</P>
<P>(d) Carry out all functions and responsibilities necessary to ensure compliance with the Federal Information Security Management Act of 2002 (44 U.S.C. 3534 and 3544);
</P>
<P>(e) Serve as the Chief Privacy Officer, 42 U.S.C. 2000ee-2, and administer the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, and 49 CFR part 10 (Maintenance of and Access to Records Pertaining to Individuals) in connection with the records of the Office of the Secretary;
</P>
<P>(f) Carry out all functions and responsibilities necessary to issue notices of Department of Transportation systems of records as required by the Privacy Act;
</P>
<P>(g) Carry out all functions and responsibilities assigned to the Secretary with respect to the Federal Records Act (44 U.S.C. 3101-3102) and necessary to ensure compliance with the regulations of the National Archives and Records Administration (36 CFR parts 1220 through 1299; 44 U.S.C. Chapters 21, 29, 31, and 33), in coordination with the General Counsel; and
</P>
<P>(h) Serve as the Senior Agency Official for Geospatial Information under Office of Management and Budget Memorandum M-06-07, “Designation of a Senior Agency Official for Geospatial Information” (March 3, 2006).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.50" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.50   Office of Drug &amp; Alcohol Policy &amp; Compliance.</HEAD>
<P>The Office of Drug &amp; Alcohol Policy &amp; Compliance advises the Secretary on national and international drug testing and control issues and is the principal advisor to the Secretary on rules related to the drug and alcohol testing of safety-sensitive transportation employees in aviation, trucking, railroads, mass transit, pipelines, and other transportation industries. The Office, in coordination with the Office of the General Counsel, publishes and provides interpretations of rules related to 49 CFR part 40 on the conduct of drug and alcohol tests, including how to conduct tests, and which procedures to use when testing. The Office coordinates with Federal Agencies and assists foreign governments in developing drug and alcohol testing programs and implementing the President's National Drug Control Strategy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.60" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.2.2.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.60   General Authorizations and Delegations to Secretarial Officers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Acting in his or her own name and title, the Under Secretary, the General Counsel, and each Assistant Secretary, within his or her sphere of responsibility, is authorized to identify and define the requirements for, and to recommend to the Secretary, new or revised departmental policies, plans, and proposals. Each of these officers is authorized to issue departmental standards, criteria, systems and procedures that are consistent with applicable laws, Executive Orders, Government-wide regulations and policies established by the Secretary, and to inspect, review, and evaluate departmental program performance and effectiveness and advise the Secretary regarding the adequacy thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for nondelegable statutory duties including those that transfer as a result of succession to act as Secretary of Transportation, each Deputy Assistant Secretary and Deputy General Counsel is authorized to act for and perform the duties of his or her principal in the absence or disability of the principal and as otherwise directed by the principal.
</P>
<P>(c) The Deputy Secretary, the Under Secretary, the General Counsel, and the Assistant Secretaries for Administration, Budget and Programs, and Governmental Affairs are delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Redelegate and authorize successive redelegations of authority granted by the Secretary within their respective organizations, except as limited by law or specific administrative reservation, including authority to publish those redelegations in appendix A of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Authorize and approve official travel (except foreign travel) and transportation for themselves, their subordinates, and others performing services for, or in cooperation with, the Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(3) Establish ad hoc committees for specific tasks within their assigned staff area.
</P>
<P>(4) Establish, modify, extend, or terminate standing committees within their specific areas of responsibility when directed or authorized to do so by the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(5) Designate members of interagency committees when such committees are specifically concerned with responsibilities of direct interest to their office.
</P>
<P>(6) Exercise the following authorities with respect to positions in the Senior Executive Service and Senior Level within their respective areas of responsibility:
</P>
<P>(i) Determine how executive level positions will be filled; <I>i.e.,</I> by reassignment, promotion, or appointment.
</P>
<P>(ii) Establish selection criteria to be used in identifying eligible candidates.
</P>
<P>(iii) Confer with the Administrators on selection criteria and candidates for an executive level position that is a counterpart of an activity or position in the Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(iv) Recommend final selection for executive level positions, subject to review by the Executive Committee of the Departmental Executive Resources Board and approval by the Secretary and the Office of Personnel Management.
</P>
<P>(7) Enter into inter- and intra-departmental reimbursable agreements other than with the head of another department or agency (31 U.S.C. 686). This authority may be redelegated only to office directors or other comparable levels and to contracting officers.
</P>
<P>(8) Administer and perform the functions described in their respective functional statements.
</P>
<P>(9) Exercise the authority of the Secretary to make certifications, findings and determinations under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (Pub. L. 96-354) with regard to any rulemaking document for which issuance authority is delegated by other sections in this part. This authority may be redelegated to those officials to whom document issuance authority has been redelegated.
</P>
<P>(10) Exercise the authority of the Secretary to resolve informal allegations of discrimination arising in or relating to their respective organizations through Equal Employment Opportunity counseling or the Alternative Dispute Resolution process and to develop and implement affirmative action and diversity plans within their respective organizations.
</P>
<P>(11) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 326(a) and 31 U.S.C. 1353 to accept, subject to the concurrence of the Designated Agency Ethics Official, the following: Gifts of property (other than real property) not exceeding $1,000 in value, gifts of services (in carrying out aviation duties and powers) not exceeding $1,000 in value, and reimbursement of travel expenses from non-federal sources not exceeding $3,000 in value. Acceptance of gifts or travel reimbursement that exceed these limits in value or are otherwise significant may only take place with the additional concurrence of the General Counsel. This delegation extends only to the acceptance of gifts or travel expenses and does not authorize the solicitation of gifts, which is reserved to the Secretary at § 1.21.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Office of Inspector General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.70" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.70   Overview.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart describes the key responsibilities of the Office of Inspector General, the structure of the office, and the authority of the Inspector General.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.71" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.3.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.71   Key responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>The Inspector General conducts, supervises, and coordinates audits and investigations; reviews existing and proposed legislation and makes recommendations to the Secretary and Congress concerning their effect on the economy and efficiency of program administration, or the prevention and detection of fraud and abuse; recommends policies for and conducts, supervises, or coordinates other activities of the Department for the purpose of promoting economy and efficiency in program administration, or preventing and detecting fraud and abuse; and keeps the Secretary and the Congress fully and currently informed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.72" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.3.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.72   Structure.</HEAD>
<P>This Office is composed of:
</P>
<P>(a) The Office of the Deputy Inspector General;
</P>
<P>(b) The Office of the Principal Assistant Inspector General for Investigations;
</P>
<P>(c) The Office of the Principal Assistant Inspector General for Auditing and Evaluation;
</P>
<P>(d) The Office of the Assistant Inspector General for Administration; and
</P>
<P>(e) The Office of the Assistant Inspector General for Legal, Legislative and External Affairs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.73" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.3.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.73   Authority of Inspector General.</HEAD>
<P>The Inspector General shall report to and be under the general supervision of the Secretary and Deputy Secretary. The Inspector General has such authority as is provided by the Inspector General Act of 1978, as amended, and as is otherwise provided by law. Authorities provided to the Inspector General by law are reserved to the Inspector General. In accordance with the statutory intent of the Inspector General Act to create an independent and objective unit, the Inspector General is authorized to make such investigations and reports relating to the administration of the programs and operations of the Department as are, in the judgment of the Inspector General, necessary and desirable. Neither the Secretary nor the Deputy Secretary shall prevent or prohibit the Inspector General from initiating, carrying out, or completing any audit or investigation, or from issuing any subpoena during the course of any audit or investigation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.74" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.3.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.74   Delegations to Inspector General.</HEAD>
<P>The Inspector General is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Redelegate and authorize successive redelegations of authority granted by the Secretary within the Office of Inspector General, except as limited by law or specific administrative reservation.
</P>
<P>(b) Authorize and approve official travel, including foreign travel and transportation for themselves, their subordinates, and others performing services for, or in cooperation with, the Office of Inspector General.
</P>
<P>(c) Exercise the authority of the Secretary to resolve informal allegations of discrimination arising in or relating to the Office of Inspector General through Equal Employment Opportunity counseling or the Alternative Dispute Resolution process and to develop and implement affirmative action and diversity plans.
</P>
<P>(d) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 326(a) to accept gifts of property (other than real property) or services (in carrying out aviation duties and powers), and the authority to accept travel reimbursements from non-federal sources under 31 U.S.C. 1353.
</P>
<P>(e) Exercise the implied authority to solicit gifts associated with 49 U.S.C. 326(a), notwithstanding the reservation of authority to the Secretary in § 1.21.
</P>
<P>(f) Carry out the emergency preparedness functions assigned to the Secretary by Executive Order 12656 (as amended; see Executive Order 13286) and by the Federal Emergency Management Agency and General Services Administration (FEMA and GSA) as they pertain to the Office of Inspector General, including those relating to continuity of operations, emergency resource management, and training.
</P>
<P>(g) Determine the existence and amount of indebtedness and the method of collecting repayments from employees and members within the Office of Inspector General and collect repayments accordingly, as provided by 5 U.S.C. 5514.
</P>
<P>(h) Waive claims of the United States arising out of an erroneous payment to an employee of the Office of Inspector General of pay or allowances, or travel, transportation, or relocation expenses and allowances, and deny requests for waiver of such claims, as authorized by 5 U.S.C. 5584 and the OMB memorandum, “Determination with Respect to Transfer of Functions Pursuant to Public Law 104-316” (December 17, 1996). But for claims arising from erroneous payments to current employees, this delegation of authority is limited to claims greater than $500. For claims arising from erroneous payments to former employees, this delegation of authority is not limited by claim amount. Redelegation of this authority may be made only to the principal officials responsible for financial management or such officials' principal assistants.
</P>
<P>(i) Settle and pay claims by employees of the Office of Inspector General for personal property losses as provided by 31 U.S.C. 3721 (Claims of personnel of agencies and the District of Columbia government for personal property damage or loss).
</P>
<P>(j) Review and approve for payment any voucher for $25 or less the authority for payment of which is questioned by a certifying or disbursing officer.
</P>
<P>(k) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(l) Exercise the Secretary's authority under 31 U.S.C. 3711 to collect, compromise, suspend collection action on, or terminate claims of the United States which are referred to, or arise out of the activities of, the Office of Inspector General, subject to the limits on that authority imposed by 31 U.S.C. 3711 and the Federal Claims Collection Standards, 31 CFR chapter IX.
</P>
<P>(m) Exercise the Secretary's authority under 28 U.S.C. 2672 and 28 CFR part 14, related to the administrative disposition of federal tort claims, for claims involving the Office of Inspector General. The Inspector General may request the approval of the Attorney General to adjust, compromise, and settle any such claim if the amount of the adjustment, compromise, or award exceeds $100,000, but only after the General Counsel concurs with the request. If the Inspector General believes that a pending claim presents a novel question of law or of policy, he or she shall coordinate with the General Counsel to obtain the advice of the Assistant Attorney General in charge of the Civil Division. If the Inspector General settles a claim for an amount greater than $50,000, the Inspector General shall prepare a memorandum fully explaining the basis for the action taken and coordinate with the General Counsel before sending a copy of the memorandum to the Director, Federal Torts Claims Act Staff, Torts Branch of the Civil Division, U.S. Department of Justice.
</P>
<P>(n) Make written requests under subsection (b)(7) of the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(7), for records maintained by other agencies that are necessary to carry out an authorized law enforcement activity.
</P>
<P>(o) Administer the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552, and 49 CFR part 7 (Public Availability of Information) in connection with the records of the Office of the Inspector General.
</P>
<P>(p) Administer the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, and 49 CFR part 10 (Maintenance of and Access to Records Pertaining to Individuals) in connection with the records of the Office of the Inspector General.
</P>
<P>(q) Exercise the authority of the Secretary over and with respect to any personnel within the Office of Inspector General, except as prescribed by the Secretary or limited by law.
</P>
<P>(r) Approve payment of recruitment, relocation, and retention incentives under 5 U.S.C. 5753 and 5754.
</P>
<P>(s) Administer 49 CFR part 9 (Testimony of Employees of the Department and Production of Records in Legal Proceedings) in connection with the records of the Office of Inspector General and testimony of current and former employees of the Office of Inspector General.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Operating Administrations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.80" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.80   Overview.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart sets forth the key responsibilities of the Operating Administrations, and the delegations of authority from the Secretary of Transportation to the Administrators.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.81" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.81   Delegations to all Administrators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as prescribed by the Secretary of Transportation, each Administrator is authorized to:
</P>
<P>(1) Exercise the authority of the Secretary over and with respect to any personnel within their respective organizations.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary to prescribe regulations under 49 U.S.C. 322(a) with respect to statutory provisions for which authority is delegated by other sections in this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Carry out the functions of the Secretary concerning environmental enhancement by 49 U.S.C. 303 (Duties of the Secretary of Transportation: Policy on lands, wildlife and waterfowl refuges, and historic sites) and 23 U.S.C. 138 as they relate to matters within the primary responsibility of each Operating Administration.
</P>
<P>(5) Carry out the functions of the Secretary under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 <I>et seq.</I>), section 176(c) of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7506(c)), and related environmental laws as they relate to matters within the primary responsibility of each Operating Administration.
</P>
<P>(6) Carry out the functions of the Secretary under section 106 of the Historic Preservation Act of 1966, 16 U.S.C. 470f, as they relate to matters within the primary responsibility of each Operating Administration.
</P>
<P>(7) Administer FOIA and 49 CFR part 7 (Public Availability of Information) in connection with the records of the Operating Administration.
</P>
<P>(8) Administer the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, and 49 CFR part 10 (Maintenance of and Access to Records Pertaining to Individuals) in connection with the records of the Operating Administration.
</P>
<P>(9) Make written requests under subsection (b)(7) of the Privacy Act for records maintained by other agencies that are necessary to carry out an authorized law enforcement activity.
</P>
<P>(10) Carry out the emergency preparedness functions assigned to the Secretary by Executive Order 12656, (as amended; see Executive Order 13286) and by the Federal Emergency Management Agency and General Services Administration (FEMA and GSA) as they pertain to his or her administration, including those relating to continuity of operations, emergency resource management, associated Federal claimant procedures, facilities protection and warfare effects monitoring and reporting, research, stockpiling, financial aid, and training.
</P>
<P>(11) Enter into inter- and intradepartmental reimbursable agreements other than with the head of another department or agency. This authority may be redelegated only to Office Directors, Regional Directors, District Commanders or other comparable levels and Contracting Officers.
</P>
<P>(12) Determine the existence and amount of indebtedness and the method of collecting repayments from employees within their respective administrations and collect repayments accordingly, as provided by 5 U.S.C. 5514. Redelegation of this authority may be made only to the principal officials responsible for financial management or such officials' principal assistants.
</P>
<P>(13) Waive claims of the United States arising out of an erroneous payment to an employee of the Operating Administration of pay or allowances, or travel, transportation, or relocation expenses and allowances, and deny requests for waiver of such claims, as authorized by 5 U.S.C. 5584 and the OMB memorandum, “Determination with Respect to Transfer of Functions Pursuant to Public Law 104-316” (December 17, 1996). But for claims arising from erroneous payments to current employees, this delegation of authority is limited to claims greater than $500. For claims arising from erroneous payments to former employees, this delegation of authority is not limited by claim amount. Redelegation of this authority may be made only to the principal officials responsible for financial management or such officials' principal assistants.
</P>
<P>(14) Settle and pay claims by employees of the Operating Administration for personal property losses as provided by 31 U.S.C. 3721 (Claims of personnel of agencies and the District of Columbia government for personal property damage or loss). This authority may be redelegated only to Office Directors, Regional Directors, or other comparable levels and to those individuals that report to the above officials.
</P>
<P>(15) Exercise the authority of the Secretary to resolve informal allegations of discrimination arising in or relating to their respective organizations through Equal Employment Opportunity counseling or the Alternative Dispute Resolution process and to develop and implement affirmative action and diversity plans within their respective organizations. With regard to external civil rights programs, each Administrator exercises authority pursuant to statutes, regulations, Executive Orders, or delegations in this subpart to carry out these programs, under the guidance of the Director of the Departmental Office of Civil Rights, including conducting compliance reviews and other activities relating to the enforcement of these statutes, regulations, and Executive Orders.
</P>
<P>(16) Review and approve for payment any voucher for $25 or less the authority for payment of which is questioned by a certifying or disbursing officer.
</P>
<P>(17) Authorize and approve official non-foreign travel and transportation for themselves, their subordinates, and others performing services for, or in cooperation with, their Operating Administrations.
</P>
<P>(18) Exercise the authority of the Secretary to make certifications, findings and determinations under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601, <I>et seq.</I>) with regard to any rulemaking document for which issuance authority is delegated by other sections in this part. This authority may be redelegated to those officials to whom document issuance authority has been delegated.
</P>
<P>(19) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 15 U.S.C. 3710(a), which authorizes agencies to permit their laboratories to enter into cooperative research and development agreements.
</P>
<P>(20) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(21) Exercise the Secretary's authority under 31 U.S.C. 3711 to collect, compromise, suspend collection action on, or terminate claims of the United States which are referred to, or arise out of the activities of, the Operating Administration, subject to the limits on that authority imposed by 31 U.S.C. 3711 and the Federal Claims Collection Standards, 31 CFR chapter IX.
</P>
<P>(22) Exercise the Secretary's authority under 28 U.S.C. 2672 and 28 CFR part 14, related to the administrative disposition of federal tort claims, for claims involving the Operating Administration. The Administrator may request the approval of the Attorney General to adjust, compromise, and settle any such claim if the amount of the adjustment, compromise, or award exceeds $100,000, but only after the General Counsel concurs with the request. If the Administrator believes that a pending claim presents a novel question of law or of policy, he or she shall coordinate with the General Counsel to obtain the advice of the Assistant Attorney General in charge of the Civil Division. If the Administrator settles a claim for an amount greater than $50,000, the Administrator shall prepare a memorandum fully explaining the basis for the action taken and coordinate with the General Counsel before sending a copy of the memorandum to the Director, Federal Torts Claims Act Staff, Torts Branch of the Civil Division, U.S. Department of Justice.
</P>
<P>(23) Enter into memoranda of agreement with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) in regard to setting and enforcing occupational safety or health standards and whistleblower protection for employees in DOT-regulated industries. The General Counsel shall concur in each memorandum of understanding with OSHA prior to its execution by the Administrator of the Operating Administration concerned.
</P>
<P>(24) Enter into memoranda of agreement with the Mine Safety Health Administration (MSHA) in regard to setting and enforcing safety standards for employees in DOT-regulated industries while on mine property. The General Counsel shall concur in each memorandum of agreement with MSHA prior to its execution by the Administrator of the Operating Administration concerned.
</P>
<P>(25) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by Section 329A of the Department of Transportation and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 1995, Public Law 103-331, 329A, 108 Stat. 2471, 2493 (September 30, 1994), to enter into grants, cooperative agreements, and other transactions with any person, agency, or instrumentality of the United States, any unit of state or local government, any educational institution, and any other entity in execution of the Technology Reinvestment Project authorized under the Defense Conversion, Reinvestment, and Transition Assistance Act of 1992, Public Law 102-484, 106 Stat. 2658 (October 23, 1992), and related legislation.
</P>
<P>(26) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 40119(b), as implemented by 49 CFR part 15, in coordination with the Office of the General Counsel and the Office of Intelligence, Security and Emergency Response, relating to the determination that information is Sensitive Security Information within their respective organizations.
</P>
<P>(27) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 326(a) and 31 U.S.C. 1353 to accept, subject to the concurrence of the Operating Administration's Deputy Ethics Official, the following: Gifts of property (other than real property) not exceeding $1,000 in value, gifts of services (in carrying out aviation duties and powers) not exceeding $1,000 in value, and reimbursement of travel expenses from non-federal sources not exceeding $3,000. Acceptance of gifts or travel reimbursement that exceed these limits in value or are otherwise significant may only take place with the additional concurrence of the General Counsel. This delegation extends only to the acceptance of gifts or travel expenses and does not authorize the solicitation of gifts, which is reserved to the Secretary at § 1.21.
</P>
<P>(28) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-410, 104 Stat. 890), as amended by the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-134, 110 Stat. 1321), to promulgate rules that adjust civil penalties.
</P>
<P>(29) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary to implement the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Act of 1970 (Uniform Act), 42 U.S.C. Chapter 61, with respect to programs administered by their respective Operating Administrations. Each Operating Administration may prescribe additional Uniform Act guidance that is appropriate to those particular programs, provided that such additional guidance must be consistent with the Uniform Act and 49 CFR part 24. The lead agency for Uniform Act matters is the Federal Highway Administration (see § 1.85 and 49 CFR part 24).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.81a" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.81a   Redelegation by all Administrators.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise specifically provided in this part, each Administrator may redelegate and authorize successive redelegations of authority within the organization under that official's jurisdiction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.82" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.82   The Federal Aviation Administration.</HEAD>
<P>Is responsible for:
</P>
<P>(a) Promulgating and enforcing regulations on all safety matters relating to the operation of airports, the manufacture, operation, and maintenance of aircraft, and the efficiency of the National Airspace System;
</P>
<P>(b) Planning and supporting the development of an integrated national system of airports, with due consideration of safety, capacity, efficiency, environmental compatibility and sustainability;
</P>
<P>(c) Administering federal financial assistance programs for airports including airport grants-in-aid;
</P>
<P>(d) Preserving and enhancing the safety and efficiency of the Nation's air transportation system by implementing NextGen and other technologies, as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(e) Registering aircraft and recording rights in aircraft;
</P>
<P>(f) Developing, modifying, testing, and evaluating systems, procedures, facilities, and devices needed for the safe and efficient navigation and traffic control of aircraft;
</P>
<P>(h) Locating, constructing or installing, maintaining and operating Federal aids to air navigation, wherever necessary;
</P>
<P>(i) Developing air traffic regulations, and administering air navigation services for control of civil and military air operations within U.S. airspace, as well as administering such air navigation services as the FAA has accepted responsibility for providing in international airspace and the airspace of foreign countries;
</P>
<P>(j) Promoting aviation safety and efficiency through technical aviation assistance to foreign aviation authorities;
</P>
<P>(k) Developing strategies to improve runway safety at all commercial service airports;
</P>
<P>(l) Administering the Continuous Lower Energy, Emissions and Noise program, improving connections to surface transportation, and other efforts to increase the environmental sustainability of the Nation's air transportation systems;
</P>
<P>(m) Conducting an effective airport technology research program to improve airport safety, efficiency, and sustainability;
</P>
<P>(n) Exercising the final authority for carrying out all functions, powers, and duties of the Administration in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 106(f) and adjudication in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 40110(d) and that such authorities supersede any conflicting provisions elsewhere in this part.
</P>
<P>(o) Promoting and encouraging U.S. leadership in commercial space activities, and promulgating and enforcing regulations on safety matters relating to commercial space transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.83" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.83   Delegations to the Federal Aviation Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>The Federal Aviation Administrator is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Carry out the following functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. Subtitle VII (Aviation Programs):
</P>
<P>(1) Sections 40103(a)(2), relating to the consultation with the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board before prescribing regulations or procedures that will have a significant impact on accessibility of commercial airports or commercial air transportation for individuals with disabilities; 40109(c), but only as it relates to the regulation of 49 U.S.C. 46301(b) (smoke alarm device penalties), and 40109(e), relating to maximum flying hours 40113(a) as it relates to the functions vested in the Secretary and delegated in this section; 40114, relating to reports and records requirements; 40115, relating to withholding information from public disclosure; 40116, relating to the prohibition on State taxation as the prohibition may affect an airport sponsor's grant assurances; 40117, relating to passenger facility charges; 40119(b), relating to the issuance of regulations on disclosure of information obtained or developed in ensuring security; and 40127(b) of chapter 401, relating to prohibition on discrimination by private airports;
</P>
<P>(2) Section 41723 of subchapter I of chapter 417, relating to notice concerning aircraft assembly;
</P>
<P>(3) Section 44102(b) of chapter 441, relating to defining the term “based and primarily used in the United States”;
</P>
<P>(4) Chapter 443, relating to insurance;
</P>
<P>(5) Chapter 445, relating to facilities, personnel, and research, except section 44502(a)(3) as it relates to authorizing a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government to carry out any duty or power under subsection 44502(a) with the consent of the head of the department, agency, or instrumentality;
</P>
<P>(6) Chapter 447, relating to safety regulation;
</P>
<P>(7) Chapter 451, relating to alcohol and controlled substances testing;
</P>
<P>(8) Subpart IV of Part A of 49 U.S.C. Subtitle VII (chapters 461-465) relating to the Secretary's authority to enforce and impose penalties under sections of Subtitle VII that have been delegated to the Federal Aviation Administrator in this section;
</P>
<P>(9) Part B of 49 U.S.C. Subtitle VII (chapters 471-475) relating to airport development and noise, except 49 U.S.C. 47129(a);
</P>
<P>(10) Part C of 49 U.S.C. Subtitle VII (chapters 481-483) relating to financing; and
</P>
<P>(11) Part E of 49 U.S.C. Subtitle VII (chapter 501) relating to Buy-American Preferences.
</P>
<P>(b) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by chapters 509 and 511 (commercial space) of title 51, U.S.C. and coordinate with the Assistant Secretary for Aviation and International Affairs regarding those functions related to the promotion of the aerospace industry.
</P>
<P>(c) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by part B of title II of the Clean Air Act, as amended (Pub. L. 91-604, sec. 11, 84 Stat. 1703), and by 40 CFR part 87 as it relates to exemptions from aircraft air pollution standards.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Except as delegated to the Under Secretary of Transportation for Policy by § 1.25, carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 5121(a), (b), (c), and (d), 5122, 5123, and 5124, relating to the transportation or shipment of hazardous materials by air.
</P>
<P>(2) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 5114, relating to the establishment of procedures for monitoring and enforcing regulations with respect to the transportation of radioactive materials on passenger-carrying aircraft.
</P>
<P>(3) Participate, with the Administrator of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, in the Dangerous Goods Panel at the International Civil Aviation Organization, under the authority vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 5120.
</P>
<P>(e) Serve, or designate a representative to serve, as Vice Chairman and alternate Department of Transportation member of the Interagency Group on International Aviation (IGIA) pursuant to the interagency agreement of December 9, 1960, and Executive Order 11382, and provide for the administrative operation of the IGIA Secretariat.
</P>
<P>(f) Carry out the functions assigned to the Secretary by Executive Order 12465 relating to commercial expendable launch vehicle activities.
</P>
<P>(g) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 1993 (Pub. L. 102-588, 106 Stat 5119, November 4, 1992).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.84" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.84   The Federal Highway Administration.</HEAD>
<P>Is responsible for:
</P>
<P>(a) Improving mobility on our Nation's highways through national leadership, innovation, and program delivery.
</P>
<P>(b) Developing safety strategies using a data-driven, systematic approach to address safety for motorists, bicyclists, and pedestrians from engineering, education, enforcement, and emergency medical services perspectives and coordinating with FMCSA and NHTSA as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) Planning, in cooperation with the States, the nation's highway system.
</P>
<P>(d) Improving, in cooperation with the States (via the provision of grants), infrastructure condition, safety, mobility and freight movement roads on the National Highway System, including the Interstate System and to other federal-aid roads and other surface transportation infrastructure.
</P>
<P>(e) Identifying and deploying innovation aimed at shortening project delivery, enhancing the safety of our roadways, and protecting the environment.
</P>
<P>(f) Surveying and constructing Federal lands transportation facilities, Federal lands access transportation facilities, tribal transportation facilities, defense highways and access roads, and parkways and roads in national parks and other federally-administered areas.
</P>
<P>(g) Developing and administering uniform State standards for highway safety programs with respect to identification and surveillance of crash locations; highway design, construction, and maintenance, including context sensitive solutions, highway-related aspects of pedestrian safety, and traffic control devices.
</P>
<P>(h) Administering the Department's National Bridge Inspection Standards and the National Tunnel Inspection Standards to ensure the Nation has safe, well-maintained bridges and tunnels for use by the traveling public.
</P>
<P>(i) In coordination with NHTSA, RITA, and FMCSA, conducting vehicle-to-vehicle and vehicle-to-infrastructure research.
</P>
<P>(j) Managing TIFIA funds, 23 U.S.C. 601-609, in conjunction with the TIFIA Joint Program Office, including managing accounting and budgeting activities, and procuring any necessary financial or technical support services for the TIFIA program.
</P>
<P>(k) Maximizing the positive impacts on the U.S. economy by encouraging domestic manufacturing on highway projects through the enforcement of Buy America provisions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.85" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.85   Delegations to the Federal Highway Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Federal Highway Administrator is delegated authority to administer the following provisions of title 23, U.S.C. (Highways):
</P>
<P>(1) Chapter 1, Federal-Aid Highways, except for:
</P>
<P>(i) Section 142 (as it relates to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Transit Administrator);
</P>
<P>(ii) The following sections as they relate to matters within the primary responsibility of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration: 153, 154, 158, 161, 163, and 164; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Section 167(f) (National Freight Strategic Plan).
</P>
<P>(2) Chapter 2, Other Highways, except for section 205.
</P>
<P>(3) Chapter 3, General Provisions (as it relates to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Highway Administration), except for section 322.
</P>
<P>(4) Section 409 of chapter 4, Highway Safety.
</P>
<P>(5) Chapter 5, Research, Technology, and Education, except for section 508.
</P>
<P>(6) Chapter 6, Infrastructure Finance, subject to the limitations set forth in §§ 1.33 (Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs) and 1.21 (reservation to the Secretary of final approval of TIFIA credit assistance applications).
</P>
<P>(b) The Federal Highway Administrator is delegated authority to administer the following provisions of title 49, U.S.C. (Transportation):
</P>
<P>(1) Section 20134(a) with respect to the laws administered by the Federal Highway Administrator pertaining to highway safety and highway construction; and
</P>
<P>(2) Sections 31111 and 31112 (as it relates to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Highway Administration).
</P>
<P>(3) Section 31314 (as it relates to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Highway Administration).
</P>
<P>(c) The Federal Highway Administrator is delegated authority to administer the following laws relating generally to highways:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 502(c) of the General Bridge Act of 1946, as amended, Public Law 79-601, tit. V, 60 Stat. 847, [33 U.S.C. 525(c)].
</P>
<P>(2) Reorganization Plan No. 7 of 1949 (63 Stat. 1070).
</P>
<P>(3) The Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1954, as amended (Pub. L. 83-350, 68 Stat. 70).
</P>
<P>(4) The Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1956, as amended (Pub. L. 84-627, tit. I, 70 Stat. 374).
</P>
<P>(5) The Highway Revenue Act of 1956, as amended (Pub. L. 84-627, tit. II, 70 Stat. 374, 387).
</P>
<P>(6) The Alaska Omnibus Act, as amended (Pub. L. 86-70, 73 Stat. 141).
</P>
<P>(7) The Act of September 26, 1961, as amended (Pub. L. 87-307, 75 Stat. 670).
</P>
<P>(8) The Act of April 27, 1962 (Pub. L. 87-441, 76 Stat. 59).
</P>
<P>(9) The Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1962, as amended (Pub. L. 87-866, 76 Stat. 1145).
</P>
<P>(10) The Joint Resolution of August 28, 1965, as amended (Pub. L. 89-139, 79 Stat. 578).
</P>
<P>(11) The Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1966, as amended (Pub. L. 889-574, 80 Stat. 766).
</P>
<P>(12) The Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1968, as amended (Pub. L. 90-495, 82 Stat. 815).
</P>
<P>(13) The Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1970, as amended (except section 118) (Pub. L. 91-605, 84 Stat. 1713).
</P>
<P>(14) Sections 103, 104, 111(b), 128(b), 131, 135, 136, 141, 147, 149, 154, 158 through 161, 163, 203, 206, 401, and 402 of the Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1973, as amended (Pub. L. 93-87, 87 Stat. 250; Pub. L. 93-643, 88 Stat. 2281).
</P>
<P>(15) Sections 102(b) (except subparagraph (2)) and (c); 105 (b)(1) and (c); 141; 146; 147; and 152 of the Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1976 (Pub. L. 94-280, 90 Stat. 425).
</P>
<P>(16) The Highway Beautification Act of 1965, as amended (Pub. L. 89-285, 79 Stat. 1028, 23 U.S.C. 131 <I>et seq.,</I> notes).
</P>
<P>(17) The Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1982 (Pub. L. 97-327, 96 Stat. 1611), except section 6 as it relates to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Transit Administrator.
</P>
<P>(18) The Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982, as amended, (Pub. L. 97-424, 96 Stat. 2097) except:
</P>
<P>(i) Sections 165 and 531 as they relate to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Transit Administrator;
</P>
<P>(ii) Sections 105(f), 413; 414(b)(2); 421, 426, and Title III; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Section 414(b)(1), unless with the concurrence of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administrator.
</P>
<P>(19) Sections 103(e), 105(a) through (g), 106(a), and (b), 110(b), 114(d), 117(f), 120(c) and (d), 123(g) and (i), 133(f), 134, 136, 137, 139 through 145, 146(b), 147(c), 149(a) through (f), (h), (i), (k), 151 through 157, 164, and 208 of the Surface Transportation and Uniform Relocation Assistance Act of 1987 (Pub. L. 100-17, 101 Stat. 132).
</P>
<P>(20) Sections 105, 107(c) through (e), 123(a) and (b), 124(c), 126(d) through (g), 138(c), 142, 144, 147 through 154, 167, and 171, Title IV, as amended (as it relates to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Highway Administrator), and sections 502-504 of Title V of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1978 (Pub. L. 95-599, 92 Stat. 2689).
</P>
<P>(21) Sections 201 through 205, 327 through 336, 339, 340, 349, 352, 353, and 408 of the National Highway System Designation Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-59, 109 Stat. 568).
</P>
<P>(22) Sections 1002(e), 1006(h), 1009(c), 1012(b) and (d) through (f), 1015, 1016(g), 1017(c), 1021(c) and (d), 1022(c), 1023(f) through (g), 1032(d), 1038 through 1041, 1044, 1046(d), 1047, 1051, 1057 through 1060, 1072, 1073, 1105, and 6016 of the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (Pub. L. 102-240, 105 Stat. 1914).
</P>
<P>(23) Sections 1108(f) and (g) and 1224 of the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (Pub. L. 105-178, 112 Stat. 107).
</P>
<P>(24) Sections 1101(a), 1102, 1109(f), 1111(b)(4), 1112, 1115(c), 1116(a) and (b), 1117, 1119(n), 1120(c), 1201, 1301, 1302, 1303, 1304, 1305, 1306, 1308, 1310, 1404, 1408, 1409(a) and (b), 1410, 1411, 1502, 1604, 1803, 1907, 1908, 1910, 1911, 1916, 1917, 1918, 1923, 1928, 1934, 1935, 1937, 1939, 1940, 1941, 1943, 1944, 1945, 1948, 1949, 1950, 1952, 1957, 1959, 1962, 1964, 4404 (as it relates to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Highway Administrator), 5101(b), 5202(b)(3)(B), (c), and (d), 5203(e) and (f), 5204(g) and (i), 5304, 5305, 5306, 5307, 5308, 5309, 5502, 5504, 5508, 5511, 5512, 5513(b), (f), (k), and (m) (as (m) relates to (b), (f), and (k)), 5514, 6009(b) (as they relate to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Highway Administrator), 6017, 6018, 10210, and 10212 of the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144).
</P>
<P>(25) Sections 1101(a), 1102, 1106(b), 1112(b), 1113(c), 1116, 1123, 1201(b), 1315 (as it relates to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Highway Administration), 1316 (as it relates to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Highway Administration), 1317 (as it relates to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Highway Administration), 1318(a) and (b) (as it relates to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Highway Administration), 1323 (a) and (b), 1401(b), (c) and (d), 1405, 1503(c), 1512(b), 1519(a), 1520, 1522, 1523, 1524, 1525, 1526, 1527 (as it relates to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Highway Administration), 1528, 1529, 1530 (as it relates to matters within the primary responsibility of the Federal Highway Administration), 1533, 1534, 1535, 32801, 32802, and 51001 of the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405).
</P>
<P>(d) The Federal Highway Administrator is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary of Transportation by section 601 of the Pipeline Safety Act of 1992 (Pub. L. 102-508, 106 Stat. 3289) relating to construction of the Page Avenue Extension Project in Missouri.
</P>
<P>(2) Carry out the functions of the Secretary under the Appalachian Regional Development Act of 1965, 40 U.S.C. Subtitle IV.
</P>
<P>(3) Carry out the Act of September 21, 1966, Public Law 89-599, relating to certain approvals concerned with a compact between the States of Missouri and Kansas.
</P>
<P>(4) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 5 (as it relates to bridges, other than railroad bridges, not over navigable waters), and section 8(a) (as it relates to all bridges other than railroad bridges) of the International Bridge Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-434, 86 Stat. 731) [33 U.S.C. 535c and 535e(a)].
</P>
<P>(5) Carry out the Highway Safety Act of 1966, as amended (Pub. L. 89-564, 80 Stat. 731) for highway safety programs, research, and development relating to highway design, construction and maintenance, traffic control devices, identification and surveillance of crash locations, and highway-related aspects of pedestrian safety.
</P>
<P>(6) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 20134(a) with respect to the laws administered by the Federal Highway Administrator pertaining to highway safety and highway construction
</P>
<P>(7) Prescribe regulations, as necessary, at part 24 of this title, to implement the Uniform Act, 42 U.S.C. Chapter 61, and to act as the lead agency in carrying out all other functions vested in the Secretary by the Uniform Act, in coordination with the Under Secretary.
</P>
<P>(8) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by sections 101, 118, 120(b), 123 and 124 of the Federal-Aid Highway Amendments of 1974 (Pub. L. 93-643, January 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2281).
</P>
<P>(9) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary of Transportation by section 114 of Part C of the Paperwork Reduction Reauthorization Act of 1986 (contained in the Act Making Continuing Appropriations for Fiscal Year 1987 and for Other Purposes, Public Law 99-591, 100 Stat. 3341, 2241-349), relating to construction of Interstate Highway H-3 in Hawaii.
</P>
<P>(10) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by Public Law 98-229, 98 Stat. 55, insofar as it relates to apportioning certain funds for construction of the Interstate Highway System in Fiscal Year 1985, apportioning certain funds for Interstate substitute highway projects, and increasing amounts available for emergency highway relief.
</P>
<P>(11) Carry out all of the functions vested in the Secretary under section 324 of the Fiscal Year 1986 Department of Transportation Appropriations Act (Pub. L. 99-190, 99 Stat. 1288), notwithstanding the reservation of authority under § 1.21.
</P>
<P>(12) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary of Transportation by section 505 of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976, as amended, (Pub. L. 94-210, 90 Stat. 31) relating to the Alameda Corridor Project in consultation with the Federal Railroad Administrator.
</P>
<P>(13) Act as the lead DOT agency in matters relating to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, Public Law 91-190, 83 Stat. 852 [42 U.S.C. 4321 <I>et seq.</I>] pertinent to the authority vested in the Secretary to establish, operate, and manage the Nationwide Differential Global Positioning System (NDGPS) by section 346 of the Department of Transportation and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 1998 (Pub. L. 105-66, 111 Stat. 1425).
</P>
<P>(14) Exercise the responsibilities of the Secretary under 49 U.S.C. 309 (high speed ground transportation).
</P>
<P>(15) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 201(4)(d) and (e) of the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act, as amended (Pub. L. 96-487, 94 Stat. 2377) [16 U.S.C. 410hh(4)(d) and (e)].


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.86" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.86   The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.</HEAD>
<P>Is responsible for:
</P>
<P>(a) Managing program and regulatory activities, including administering laws and promulgating and enforcing regulations on safety matters relating to motor carrier safety;
</P>
<P>(b) Carrying out motor carrier registration and authority to regulate household goods transportation;
</P>
<P>(c) Developing strategies for improving commercial motor vehicle, operator, and carrier safety and administering grants to implement these strategies;
</P>
<P>(d) Inspecting records and equipment of commercial motor carriers, and investigating accidents and reporting violations of motor carrier safety regulations;
</P>
<P>(e) Carrying out research, development, and technology transfer activities to promote safety of operation and equipment of motor vehicles for the motor carrier transportation program; and
</P>
<P>(f) Carrying out an effective communications and outreach program which includes providing relevant safety data to the public.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.87" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.87   Delegations to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Carry out the following functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C., Subtitle IV, part B:
</P>
<P>(1) Chapter 131, relating to general provisions on transportation policy;
</P>
<P>(2) Chapter 133, relating to administrative provisions;
</P>
<P>(3) Chapter 135, relating to jurisdiction;
</P>
<P>(4) Sections 13704 and 13707 of chapter 137, relating to rates, routes, and services;
</P>
<P>(5) Chapter 139, relating to registration and financial responsibility requirements, except section 13907(d)(2);
</P>
<P>(6) Chapter 141, relating to operations of motor carriers;
</P>
<P>(7) Sections 14501, 14502, and 14504a relating to Federal-State relations, and section 14506 relating to identification of vehicles.
</P>
<P>(8) Sections 14701 through 14705, 14707, 14708, 14710, and 14711 of chapter 147, relating to enforcement remedies, investigations and motor carrier liability; and
</P>
<P>(9) Sections 14901 through 14913, 14915, and 14916 of chapter 149 relating to civil and criminal penalties for violations of 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B.
</P>
<P>(b) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by sections 104 and 204 of the ICC Termination Act of 1995, Public Law 104-88, 109 Stat. 803, relating to self-insurance rules and a savings clause.
</P>
<P>(c) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 42 U.S.C. 4917, relating to procedures for the inspection, surveillance and measurement of commercial motor vehicles for compliance with interstate motor carrier noise emission standards and related enforcement activities including the promulgation of necessary regulations.
</P>
<P>(d) Carry out the following functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by chapter 51 of title 49, U.S.C.:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as delegated to the Under Secretary of Transportation for Policy by § 1.25, carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 5121(a), (b), (c), and (d), 5122, 5123, and 5124, relating to the transportation or shipment of hazardous materials by highway.
</P>
<P>(2) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 5105(e), relating to inspections of motor vehicles carrying hazardous material; 49 U.S.C. 5109, relating to motor carrier safety permits, except subsection (f); 49 U.S.C. 5112, relating to highway routing of hazardous materials; 49 U.S.C. 5113, relating to unsatisfactory safety ratings of motor carriers; 49 U.S.C. 5119, relating to uniform forms and procedures; and 49 U.S.C. 5125(a) and (c)-(f), relating to preemption determinations or waivers of preemption of hazardous materials highway routing requirements.
</P>
<P>(e) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by:
</P>
<P>(1) Chapter 313 of 49, U.S.C., relating to commercial motor vehicle operators; and
</P>
<P>(2) Section 4123(c), (d) and (e) of SAFETEA-LU relating to grants, funding, and contract authority and availability, respectively, for commercial driver's license information system modernization.
</P>
<P>(f) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by subchapters I, III, and IV of chapter 311, title 49, U.S.C., and 49 U.S.C. 31111, relating to commercial motor vehicle programs, safety regulation, and international activities, except that the authority to promulgate safety standards for commercial motor vehicles and equipment subsequent to initial manufacture is limited to standards that are not based upon and similar to a Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard promulgated under chapter 301 of title 49, U.S.C.
</P>
<P>(g) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 5701 relating to food transportation inspections of commercial motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(h) Carry out the functions and exercise the authority delegated to the Secretary in section 2(d)(2) of Executive Order 12777, as amended, with respect to highway transportation, relating to the approval of means to ensure the availability of private personnel and equipment to remove, to the maximum extent practicable, a worst case discharge, the review and approval of response plans, and the authorization of motor carriers, subject to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, Pub. L. 87-88, as amended [33 U.S.C. 1321], to operate without approved response plans.
</P>
<P>(i) Carry out chapter 315 of title 49, U.S.C., relating to motor carrier safety.
</P>
<P>(j) Carry out 49 U.S.C. 502, 503, 504, 506, and 523 to the extent they relate to motor carriers, motor carriers of migrant workers, and motor private carriers; 49 U.S.C. 507 to the extent it relates to motor carriers, motor carries of migrant workers, motor private carriers, or freight forwarders; and 49 U.S.C. 505, 508, 521(b), and 525.
</P>
<P>(k) Carry out the functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by 23 U.S.C. 502(a)(1)(A).
</P>
<P>(l) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by the following sections of SAFETEA-LU:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 4105(b)(1) relating to the study concerning predatory tow truck operations;
</P>
<P>(2) Section 4126, relating to the commercial vehicle information systems and networks deployment program;
</P>
<P>(3) Section 4127, relating to outreach and education;
</P>
<P>(4) Section 4128, relating to grants under the safety data improvement program;
</P>
<P>(5) Section 4130-4133, amending section 229 of the Motor Carrier Safety Improvement Act of 1999 (49 U.S.C. 31136 note) relating to the operators of vehicles transporting agricultural commodities and farm supplies, and hours of service for miscellaneous vehicle operators;
</P>
<P>(6) Section 4134 (49 U.S.C. 31301 note), relating to the grant program for persons to train operators of commercial motor vehicles;
</P>
<P>(7) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(8) Section 4136 relating to interstate vans;
</P>
<P>(9) Section 4138 relating to high risk carrier compliance (49 U.S.C. 31144 note);
</P>
<P>(10) Section 4139(a)(1), relating to the training of and outreach to State personnel; section (b)(1) relating to a review of Canadian and Mexican compliance with Federal motor vehicles safety standards; and the first sentence of section (b)(2) relating to the report concerning the findings and conclusions of the review required by section (b)(1) (see 49 U.S.C. 31100 note);
</P>
<P>(11) Section 4143, granting authority to stop commercial motor vehicles, 18 U.S.C. 3064;
</P>
<P>(12) Section 4144, relating to a motor carrier safety advisory committee;
</P>
<P>(13) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(14) Section 4147, relating to emergency conditions requiring immediate response (amending section 229 of the Motor Carrier Safety Improvement Act of 1999 (49 U.S.C. 31136 note);
</P>
<P>(15) Section 4213, relating to the establishment of a working group for the development of practices and procedures to enhance Federal-State relations (49 U.S.C. 14710 note);
</P>
<P>(16) Section 4214, relating to the establishment of a system for collecting consumer complaint information and issuing regulations related to reporting requirements under the system (49 U.S.C. 14701 note); and
</P>
<P>(17) Section 4308, granting authority to adopt regulations to carry out SAFETEA-LU, Title IV, subtitle C (49 U.S.C. 13902 note).
</P>
<P>(m) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by the following sections of the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405):
</P>
<P>(1) Section 32101(b) concerning proficiency examination (49 U.S.C. 13902 note).
</P>
<P>(2) Section 32101(c) concerning conforming amendments to proficiency examinations (49 U.S.C. 31144 note).
</P>
<P>(3) Section 32101(d) concerning agricultural and farm transportation exemption (49 U.S.C. 31136 note).
</P>
<P>(4) Section 32104 concerning a study of financial responsibility requirements (49 U.S.C. 13903 note).
</P>
<P>(5) Section 32206 concerning a rental truck accident study.
</P>
<P>(6) Section 32301(a) requiring an hours of service study.
</P>
<P>(7) Section 32302(c)(2) regarding the establishment of state licensing agency oversight (49 U.S.C. 31149 note).
</P>
<P>(8) Section 32303(b) relating to the establishment of a driver record notification system (49 U.S.C. 31304 note).
</P>
<P>(9) Section 32303(c) relating to a plan for national notification system.
</P>
<P>(10) Section 32308 regarding a study, plan, report and implementation of accelerated veteran's licensing procedures (49 U.S.C. 31301 note).
</P>
<P>(11) Section 32603(i) relating to the administration of grant programs (49 U.S.C. 31100).
</P>
<P>(12) Section 32605 related to a report on the commercial vehicle information system and networks.
</P>
<P>(12) Sections 32702, 32707(b), 32708, 32709, 32710, and 32711 related to the Motorcoach Enhanced Safety Act of 2012 (49 U.S.C. 31136 note).
</P>
<P>(13) Section 32918(b) relating to broker and forwarder financial responsibility rulemaking requirement (49 U.S.C. 13906 note).
</P>
<P>(14) Section 32934 related to exemptions from requirements for covered farm vehicles (49 U.S.C. 31136 note).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.88" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.88   The Federal Railroad Administration.</HEAD>
<P>Is responsible for:
</P>
<P>(a) Regulating safety functions pertaining to railroads;
</P>
<P>(b) Conducting research and development activity in support of safer and more efficient rail transportation;
</P>
<P>(c) Investigating and issuing reports concerning collisions, derailments, and other railroad accidents resulting in serious injury to persons or to the property of a railroad;
</P>
<P>(d) Developing safety strategies to combat the causes of collisions, derailments, and other railroad accidents, as well as to reduce overall risk in the Nation's rail systems;
</P>
<P>(e) Promoting and strengthening the national rail system, including freight rail and high speed and higher performing intercity passenger rail.
</P>
<P>(f) Providing financial assistance, including grants, loans and loan guarantees, for rail freight and intermodal development, as well as high-speed and intercity passenger rail development;
</P>
<P>(g) Maximizing the positive impacts on the U.S. economy by encouraging domestic manufacturing on rail projects through the enforcement of Buy America provisions; and
</P>
<P>(h) Strengthening local communities by supporting station-area development and strong connections among rail passenger service, intercity bus, local transit, bicycle/pedestrian, and airport facilities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.89" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.89   Delegations to the Federal Railroad Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>The Federal Railroad Administrator is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Carry out the functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. Subtitle V, Part A (Safety, chapter 201 <I>et seq.</I>), Part B (Assistance, chapter 221 <I>et seq.</I>), Part C (Passenger Transportation, chapter 241 <I>et seq.</I>), Part D (High-speed Rail, chapter 261), and section 28101 of Part E, relating to the law enforcement authority of railroad police officers; except 49 U.S.C. 20134 with respect to highway, traffic, and motor vehicle safety and highway construction.
</P>
<P>(b) Carry out the functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-432, Div. A, 122 Stat. 4848).
</P>
<P>(c) Carry out the functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by the Passenger Rail Investment and Improvement Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-432, Div. B, 122 Stat. 4907), except Title VI (122 Stat. 4968) as it relates to capital and preventive maintenance projects for the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority.
</P>
<P>(d) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 5 (as it relates to railroad bridges not over navigable waterways) and section 8(a) (as it relates to railroad bridges) of the International Bridge Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-434, 86 Stat. 731) (33 U.S.C. 535c and 535e(a)).
</P>
<P>(e) Exercise the administrative powers vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. Subtitle I, Chapter 5 (section 501 <I>et seq.</I>) pertaining to railroad safety and 49 U.S.C. 103 (Federal Railroad Administration).
</P>
<P>(f) Promote and undertake research and development relating to rail matters generally (49 U.S.C. Chapter 3 (section 301 <I>et seq</I>). and 49 U.S.C. 102).
</P>
<P>(g) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 45 U.S.C. Ch. 15 (section 601 <I>et seq.</I>) with respect to emergency rail services, except the authority to make findings required by 45 U.S.C. 662(a) and the authority to sign guarantees of certificates issued by trustees.
</P>
<P>(h) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 45 U.S.C. chapter 17 (section 801 <I>et seq.</I>) with respect to railroad revitalization and regulatory reform and the Railroad Rehabilitation and Improvement Financing program.
</P>
<P>(i) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 45 U.S.C. chapter 21 (section 1201 <I>et seq.</I>) related to the Alaska Railroad transfer.
</P>
<P>(j) Except as delegated to the Under Secretary of Transportation for Policy by § 1.25, carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 5121-5124 relating to the transportation or shipment of hazardous materials by railroad.
</P>
<P>(k) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 7 of Executive Order 12580 (delegating sections 108 and 109, respectively, of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 as amended (49 U.S.C. 9615 <I>et seq.</I>), insofar as they relate to rolling stock.
</P>
<P>(l) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 33 U.S.C. 493, relating to disputes over the terms and compensation for use of railroad bridges built under that statute.
</P>
<P>(m) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 5701 with respect to transportation of food and other products by railroad.
</P>
<P>(n) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 23 U.S.C. 322 (Magnetic Levitation Transportation Technology Deployment Program).
</P>
<P>(o) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by sections 1307 (see note to 23 U.S.C. 322), and 1946 of SAFETEA-LU as they relate to deployment of magnetic levitation transportation projects and a study of rail transportation and regulation.
</P>
<P>(p) Carry out the function vested in the Secretary by the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 1163), which relates to the nomination of trustees for rail carriers in reorganization, with the concurrence of the Office of the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(q) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 23 U.S.C. 327, as it relates to railroad projects.
</P>
<P>(r) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by the sections 1318(d) and 1534 of Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405), as they relate to railroads.
</P>
<P>(s) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 2(d)(2) of Executive Order 12777, with respect to rail transportation, relating to the approval of means to ensure the availability of private personnel and equipment to remove, to the maximum extent practicable, a worst case discharge, the review and approval of response plans, and the authorization of railroads to operate without approved response plans.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.90" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.90   The Federal Transit Administration.</HEAD>
<P>Is responsible for:
</P>
<P>(a) Providing grants that support the development of safe, comprehensive and coordinated public transportation systems;
</P>
<P>(b) Creating and implementing a national public transportation safety program that includes the development of safety practices and standards;
</P>
<P>(c) Assisting public transportation systems to achieve and maintain their infrastructure, equipment and vehicles in a state of good repair;
</P>
<P>(d) Promoting the environmental benefits of public transportation through continuing, cooperative, and comprehensive planning that improves the performance of the intermodal transportation system.
</P>
<P>(e) Supporting research, development, demonstration, and deployment projects dedicated to assisting in the delivery of safe, efficient and effective public transportation service;
</P>
<P>(f) Supporting, in coordination with FHWA and FRA, strong connections between public transportation and other modes of transportation, including bicycle/pedestrian facilities and station-area development that strengthen local communities; and
</P>
<P>(g) Maximizing the positive impacts on the U.S. economy by encouraging domestic manufacturing on transit projects through the enforcement of Buy America provisions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.91" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.91   Delegations to the Federal Transit Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>The Federal Transit Administrator is delegated authority to carry out the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Chapter 53 of title 49, United States Code, and notes thereto.
</P>
<P>(b) Sections 3 and 9 through 15 of the National Capital Transportation Act of 1969 (Pub. L. 91-143, 83 Stat. 320), as amended (DC Code, section 9-1101.01 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(c) Sections of title 23, United States Code, and notes thereto that involve public transportation projects, including those provisions that pertain to planning, environmental reviews and use of historic resources for public transportation projects.
</P>
<P>(d) Section 303 of title 49, United States Code, as it involves public transportation projects.
</P>
<P>(e) The following sections of Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405):
</P>
<P>(1) Sections 1315 [23 U.S.C. 109 note], 1316 [23 U.S.C. 109 note], 1317 [23 U.S.C. 109 note], 1318 [23 U.S.C. 109 note], and 1321, as they relate to public transit projects; and
</P>
<P>(2) Sections 20005(b) [49 U.S.C. 5303 note], 20008(b) [49 U.S.C. 5309 note], 20013(b) [49 U.S.C. 5315 note], 20017(b) [49 U.S.C. 5324 note], 20021(b), and 20025(b) [49 U.S.C. 5335 note].
</P>
<P>(f) Section 601 of the Passenger Rail Investment and Improvement Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-432, Div. B).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.92" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.92   The Maritime Administration.</HEAD>
<P>Is responsible for:
</P>
<P>(a) Fostering the development and maintenance of a United States merchant marine sufficient to meet the needs of the national security and of the domestic and foreign commerce of the United States;
</P>
<P>(b) Operating the U.S. Merchant Marine Academy in order to train officers for the Nation's merchant marine;
</P>
<P>(c) Promoting development of ports and intermodal transportation systems through investments in port infrastructure via grant programs and America's Marine Highway program;
</P>
<P>(d) Promoting the growth and modernization of the U.S. merchant marine and U.S. shipyards by administering loan and guarantee programs;
</P>
<P>(e) Overseeing the administration of cargo preference statutes;
</P>
<P>(f) Maintaining custody of, operating, and preserving ships in the National Defense Reserve Fleet as well as other vessels under the custody of MARAD and managing, maintaining and operating its Ready Reserve Force component;
</P>
<P>(g) Conducting research and development to improve and promote the waterborne commerce of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.93" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.93   Delegations to the Maritime Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>The Maritime Administrator is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Carry out the functions and exercise the authorities vested in the Secretary under Subtitle V of title 46, U.S.C., except for 46 U.S.C. 51303 and 55601(c) and (d);
</P>
<P>(b) Carry out the functions and exercise the authorities vested in the Secretary under Subtitle III of title 46, U.S.C.;
</P>
<P>(c) Carry out the functions and exercise the authorities vested in the Secretary under the Merchant Ship Sales Act of 1946, as amended (50 U.S.C. App. 1735 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(d) Carry out the functions and exercise the authorities vested in the Secretary under 50 U.S.C. App 1744 with respect to the National Shipping Authority;
</P>
<P>(e) Exercise the authority vested in the Administrator of General Services by the Act of June 1, 1948, Public Law 80-566, 62 Stat. 281, 40 U.S.C. 318-318c and the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended, Public Law 81-152, 63 Stat. 377, and delegated to the Secretary of Transportation by the Administrator of General Services on March 23, 2000, relating to the enforcement of laws for the protection of property and persons at the United States Merchant Marine Academy, located in Kings Point, New York. This may be accomplished through appointment of uniformed personnel as special police, establishment of rules and regulations governing conduct on the affected property, and execution of agreements with other Federal, State, or local authorities.
</P>
<P>(f) Carry out the functions and exercise the authorities vested in the Secretary by section 3(d) of the Act to Prevent Pollution from Ships (33 U.S.C. 1902(d)) as it relates to ships owned or operated by the Maritime Administration when engaged in noncommercial service;
</P>
<P>(g) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 40 U.S.C. 554 relating to authority to convey surplus real property to public entities for use in the development or operation of port facilities;
</P>
<P>(h) Carry out the following powers and duties and exercise the authorities vested in the Secretary by the Deepwater Port Act of 1974, Public Law 93-627, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1501 <I>et seq.</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) Section 4: The authority to issue, transfer, amend, or reinstate a license for the construction and operation of a deepwater port (33 U.S.C. 1503(b));
</P>
<P>(2) Section 4: The authority to process applications for the issuance, transfer, amendment, or reinstatement of a license for the construction and operation of a deepwater port (33 U.S.C. 1503(b)), in coordination with the Commandant of the Coast Guard;
</P>
<P>(3) Section 5(h)(2): Approval of fees charged by adjacent coastal States for use of a deepwater port and directly related land-based facilities (33 U.S.C. 1504(h)(2));
</P>
<P>(4) Section 4: Make Adjacent Coastal State designations pursuant to 33 U.S.C. 1508(a)(2);
</P>
<P>(5) Section 11: In collaboration with the Assistant Secretary for Aviation and International Affairs and the Assistant Secretary for Transportation Policy, consultation with the Secretary of State relating to international actions and cooperation in the economic, trade and general transportation policy aspects of the ownership and operation of deepwater ports (33 U.S.C. 1510);
</P>
<P>(6) Section 16(b): Submission of notice of the commencement of a civil suit (33 U.S.C. 1515(b));
</P>
<P>(7) Section 16(c): Intervention in any civil action to which the Secretary is not a party (33 U.S.C. 1515(c));
</P>
<P>(8) Sections 8(b), 12: Authority to request the Attorney General to seek the suspension or termination of a deepwater port license and to initiate a proceeding before the Surface Transportation Board (33 U.S.C. 1507, 1511);
</P>
<P>(i) Carry out the functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by section 109 of the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, Public Law 107-295, 116 Stat. 2064, 46 U.S.C. 70101 note, to provide training for maritime security professionals;
</P>
<P>(j) Exercise all the powers of the Secretary under 49 U.S.C. 336 with respect to civil penalties;
</P>
<P>(k) Carry out all of the duties, authorities and powers of the Secretary under the Reefs for Marine Life Conservation law, 16 U.S.C. 1220 <I>et seq.</I>;
</P>
<P>(l) In consultation and coordination with the Office of Intelligence, Security and Emergency Response, carry out the functions under the Defense Production Act of 1950, Public Law 81-774, 64 Stat. 798, as amended (50 U.S.C. app. 2061 <I>et seq.</I>), that were vested in the Secretary by Executive Order 13603 (“National Defense Resources Preparedness”) as such authorities relate to the use of sealift support and port facilities, and other maritime industry related facilities and services, and maritime-related voluntary agreements pursuant to Section 708 of the Act;
</P>
<P>(m) Carry out the functions related to the National Defense Reserve Fleet vested in the Secretary pursuant to 50 U.S.C. App. 1744;
</P>
<P>(n) Carry out all of the duties, authorities and powers of the Secretary under the following statutes:
</P>
<P>(1) 10 U.S.C. 2218, the National Defense Sealift Fund;
</P>
<P>(2) 40 U.S.C. 3134, Bond waiver authority for certain contracts;
</P>
<P>(3) 46 U.S.C. 501(b), Waiver of navigation and vessel-inspection laws and determination of non-availability of qualified U.S. flag vessels;
</P>
<P>(4) 46 U.S.C. 3316, granting authority to appoint a representative to Executive Board of the American Bureau of Shipping (ABS);
</P>
<P>(5) 46 U.S.C. 12119(a)(5), authority to waive or reduce the qualified proprietary cargo requirements and determine citizenship;
</P>
<P>(6) 50 U.S.C. 196, Emergency foreign vessel acquisition; purchase and requisition of vessels lying idle in United States waters;
</P>
<P>(7) 50 U.S.C. 197, Voluntary purchase or charter agreement;
</P>
<P>(8) 50 U.S.C. 198, granting authority over requisitioned vessels;
</P>
<P>(o) Carry out all of the duties, authorities and powers of the Secretary with respect to 16 U.S.C. 1220 <I>et seq.</I> (use of obsolete ships as reefs for marine life conservation);
</P>
<P>(p) Carry out all of the duties, powers and authorities delegated to the Secretary of Transportation by the Administrator of General Services with respect to the leasing and management of property under 41 CFR 102-72.30, Delegations of Authority;
</P>
<P>(q) Carry out all of the duties, authorities and powers vested in the Secretary by 46 U.S.C. 70101 note, to provide training for maritime security professionals;
</P>
<P>(r) Carry out the duties, authorities and powers of the Secretary under the following statutes:
</P>
<P>(1) Title XV, Subtitle B of the Food, Agriculture, Conservation, and Trade Act of 1990, Public Law 101-624 (104 Stat. 3359, 3665), 7 U.S.C. 1421 and Chapter 553 of Title 46, U.S.C., authorizing the Secretary to designate “American Great Lakes” vessels that are exempt from the restrictions relating to the carriage of preference cargoes;
</P>
<P>(2) 46 U.S.C. 2302(e) (determination of substandard vessels);
</P>
<P>(3) Section 304(a) of Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2006, 33 U.S.C. 1503(i), a program to promote liquefied natural gas tanker transportation;
</P>
<P>(4) Section 306 of Public Law 111-281, concerning the phaseout of vessels supporting oil and gas development;
</P>
<P>(s) Carry out the functions and exercise the authorities vested in the President by Section 1019 of John Warner National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2007 (Pub. L. 109-364) and delegated to the Secretary by the President;
</P>
<P>(t) Lead efforts pertaining to civil emergency planning for sealift support for North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) operations, including coordinating DOT representation on sealift-related committees, in coordination with the Office of Intelligence, Security and Emergency Response;
</P>
<P>(u) Carry out the duties, functions, authorities, and powers of the Secretary under 49 U.S.C. 109(e), (f), (h), (j)(3);
</P>
<P>(v) Carry out all of the duties, authorities, and powers of the Secretary of Transportation, with respect to matters involving the Clarification Act, Public Law 78-17, 57 Stat. 45, as amended (50 U.S.C. App. 1291);
</P>
<P>(w) Carry out all of the duties, authorities, and powers of the Secretary under 46 U.S.C. 12102(d).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.94" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.94   The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.</HEAD>
<P>Is responsible for:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>In highway safety,</I> setting uniform guidelines for a coordinated national highway safety formula grant program carried out by the States and local communities; conducting research and development activities, including demonstration projects and the collection and analysis of highway and motor vehicle safety data and related information; administering highway safety grant programs to encourage State efforts in such areas as occupant protection, impaired and distracted driving, traffic safety data information system improvements, motorcyclist safety, child safety restraints, and graduated driver's licensing; determining State compliance with highway traffic safety law requirements; administering a nationwide high visibility enforcement program; administering the National Driver Register; and leading and coordinating efforts to establish, expand, and improve State, local, tribal, and regional emergency medical services and 9-1-1 systems.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>In motor vehicle safety,</I> establishing and enforcing safety standards and regulations for the manufacture and importation of motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment; conducting research, development, and testing concerning motor vehicle safety, including vehicle-to-vehicle and vehicle-to-infrastructure technologies and other new or advanced vehicle technologies; and investigating safety-related defects and non-compliance in motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment and administering related recalls.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>In automobile fuel economy,</I> establishing automobile fuel economy standards for passenger and non-passenger automobiles and fuel efficiency standards for medium and heavy vehicles.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>In consumer protection and information,</I> establishing requirements and carrying out programs for passenger motor vehicle information, such as the New Car Assessment Program; bumper standards for passenger motor vehicles; odometer requirements; and passenger motor vehicle theft prevention standards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.95" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.95   Delegations to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>The National Highway Traffic Safety Administrator is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary under chapters 301, 303, 321, 323, 325, 327, 329, and 331, of Title 49, U.S.C., except for 49 U.S.C. 32916(b).
</P>
<P>(b) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 20134(a) with respect to laws administered by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration pertaining to highway, traffic and motor vehicle safety.
</P>
<P>(c) Carry out, in coordination with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator, the authority vested in the Secretary by subchapter III of chapter 311 of title 49, U.S.C., to promulgate safety standards for commercial motor vehicles and equipment subsequent to initial manufacture when the standards are based upon and similar to a Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard promulgated, either simultaneously or previously, under chapter 301 of title 49, U.S.C.
</P>
<P>(d) Carry out the Highway Safety Act of 1966, as amended (Pub. L. 89-564, 80 Stat. 731), for highway safety programs, research, and development except those relating to highway design, construction and maintenance, traffic control devices, identification and surveillance of crash locations, and highway-related aspects of pedestrian safety.
</P>
<P>(e) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary under chapter 4 of title 23, U.S.C., except for 23 U.S.C. 409.
</P>
<P>(f) Carry out the functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary for the following provisions of title 23, U.S.C. (with respect to matters within the primary responsibility of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration): 153, 154, 158, 161, 163, 164, and 313 (Buy America).
</P>
<P>(g) Carry out the consultation functions vested in the Secretary by Executive Order 11912, as amended (“Delegation of Authorities Relating to Energy Policy and Conservation”) relating to automobiles.
</P>
<P>(h) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by section 210(2) of the Clean Air Act, Public Law 90-148, as amended [42 U.S.C. 7544(2)].
</P>
<P>(i) Carry out the functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by the following sections of the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users, Public Law 109-59:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 1906 [23 U.S.C. 402 note], relating to the grant program to prohibit racial profiling;
</P>
<P>(2) Section 2010 [23 U.S.C. 402 note], relating to motorcyclist safety;
</P>
<P>(3) Section 2011 [23 U.S.C. 405 note], relating to child safety and child booster seat incentive grants;
</P>
<P>(4) Section 10202 [42 U.S.C. 300d-4], relating to emergency medical services, as amended by section 31108 of the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act, Public Law 112-141;
</P>
<P>(5) Section 10305(b) [49 U.S.C. 30101 note], relating to the publication of non-traffic incident data collection; and
</P>
<P>(6) Section 10309(a), relating to the testing of 15-passenger van safety.
</P>
<P>(j) Carry out the following functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary under the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (Pub. L. 110-140):
</P>
<P>(1) Section 106 [49 U.S.C. 32902 note], relating to the continued applicability of existing standards;
</P>
<P>(2) Section 107 [49 U.S.C. 32902 note], relating to the National Academy of Sciences studies;
</P>
<P>(3) Section 108, relating to the National Academy of Sciences study of medium-duty and heavy-duty truck fuel economy;
</P>
<P>(4) Section 110 [49 U.S.C. 32908 note], relating to the periodic review of accuracy of fuel economy labeling;
</P>
<P>(5) Section 113 [49 U.S.C. 32904 note], relating to the exemption from separate calculation requirement;
</P>
<P>(6) Section 131(b)(2) and (c)(1) [42 U.S.C. 17011(b)(2), (c)(1)], relating to the Plug-in Electric Drive Vehicle Program;
</P>
<P>(7) Section 225(a), relating to the study of optimization of flexible fueled vehicles to use E-85 fuel;
</P>
<P>(8) Section 227(a), relating to the study of optimization of biogas used in natural gas vehicles;
</P>
<P>(9) Section 242 [42 U.S.C. 17051], relating to renewable fuel dispenser requirements; and
</P>
<P>(10) Section 248(a) [42 U.S.C. 17054(a)], relating to biofuels distribution and advanced biofuels infrastructure.
</P>
<P>(k) Carry out the functions and exercise the motor vehicle safety authority vested in the Secretary under section 7103 of the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century, Public Law 105-178.
</P>
<P>(l) Carry out the functions and exercise the motor vehicle safety authority vested in the Secretary under sections 3(d), 10, 11 and 13 through 17 [uncodified provisions] of the Transportation Recall Enhancement, Accountability, and Documentation (TREAD) Act, Public Law 106-414.
</P>
<P>(m) Carry out the functions and exercise the motor vehicle safety authority vested in the Secretary under Anton's Law, Public Law 107-318.
</P>
<P>(n) Carry out the functions and exercise the motor vehicle safety authority vested in the Secretary under the Cameron Gulbransen Kids Transportation Safety Act of 2007 or the K.T. Safety Act of 2007, Public Law 110-189.
</P>
<P>(o) Carry out the functions and exercise the motor vehicle safety authority vested in the Secretary under the Pedestrian Safety Enhancement Act of 2010, Public Law 111-373.
</P>
<P>(p) Carry out the functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by the following sections of the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act, Public Law 112-141:
</P>
<P>(1) Sections 31101(d) and (f) (23 U.S.C. 402 note), Authorization of Appropriations;
</P>
<P>(2) Sections 31203(b), Civil Penalty Criteria Rule, 31301, Public Availability of Recall Information, 31302, NHTSA Outreach to Manufacturer, Dealer, and Mechanic Personnel, 31309(a), Study of Crash Data Collection, 31401, NHTSA Electronics, Software, and Engineering Expertise, 31402, Electronics Systems Performance, 31501, Child Safety Seats, 31502, Child Restraint Anchorage Systems, 31503, Rear Seat Belt Reminders, 31504, Unattended Passenger Reminders, 31505, New Deadline, and 31601, Rulemaking on Visibility of Agricultural Equipment;
</P>
<P>(3) Section 32201, Crashworthiness Standards; and
</P>
<P>(4) Sections 32703, Regulations for Improved Occupant Protection, Passenger Evacuation, and Crash Avoidance, 32704, Fire Prevention and Mitigation, 32705, Occupant Protection, Collision Avoidance, Fire Causation, and Fire Extinguisher Research and Testing, and 32706, Concurrence of Research and Rulemaking.
</P>
<P>(q) Carry out the functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary to implement section 3(g)-(h) of the Automobile Information Disclosure Act (Pub. L. 85-506, 72 Stat. 325), as amended (15 U.S.C. 1232(g)-(h)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.96" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.96   The Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration.</HEAD>
<P>Is responsible for:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Pipelines.</I> (1) Administering a national program of safety in natural gas and hazardous liquid pipeline transportation including identifying pipeline safety concerns, developing uniform safety standards, and promulgating and enforcing safety regulations;
</P>
<P>(2) Increasing the gas and liquid pipeline industry's focus on safety beyond compliance with minimum standards, with particular attention to developing strong safety cultures in regulated entities;
</P>
<P>(3) Enhancing information awareness systems at the State and local levels to reduce pipeline damage from excavation and providing grants to support these systems; and
</P>
<P>(4) Encouraging the timely replacement of aging and deteriorating pipelines in distribution systems, especially in areas with high potential negative consequences to public safety and the environment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hazardous materials.</I> (1) Administering a national program of safety, including security, in multi-modal hazardous materials transportation including identifying hazardous materials safety concerns, developing uniform safety standards, and promulgating and enforcing safety and security regulations; and
</P>
<P>(2) Conducting outreach and provide available grants assistance to increase awareness and emergency preparedness.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.97" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.97   Delegations to the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>The Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administrator is delegated responsibility to:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Pipelines.</I> (1) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary under chapter 601 of title 49, U.S.C.
</P>
<P>(2) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary under section 28 of the Mineral Leasing Act, as amended (30 U.S.C. 185(a) and 30 U.S.C. 185(w)(3)).
</P>
<P>(3) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary under section 21 of the Deepwater Port Act of 1974, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1520) relating to the establishment, enforcement and review of regulations concerning the safe construction, operation or maintenance of oil or natural gas pipelines on Federal lands and the Outer Continental Shelf.
</P>
<P>(4) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 5 (as it relates to pipelines not over navigable waterways) and section 8(a) (as it relates to pipelines) of the International Bridge Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-434, 86 Stat. 731) (33 U.S.C. 535c and 535e(a)).
</P>
<P>(5) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, as amended (43 U.S.C. 1331 <I>et seq.</I>) with respect to the establishment, enforcement and review of regulations concerning pipeline safety.
</P>
<P>(6) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 7 of Executive Order 12580 (delegating sections 108 and 109, respectively, of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 as amended (49 U.S.C. 9615 <I>et seq.</I>), insofar as they relate to pipelines.
</P>
<P>(7) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 60301 as it relates to pipeline safety user fees.
</P>
<P>(8) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 6101 <I>et seq.</I> as it relates to pipeline damage prevention One Call programs.
</P>
<P>(9) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-355, 116 Stat. 2985).
</P>
<P>(10) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by the Pipeline Safety, Regulatory Certainty, and Job Creation Act of 2011 (Pub. L. 112-90).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hazardous materials.</I> Except as delegated to the Under Secretary of Transportation for Policy by § 1.25:
</P>
<P>(1) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 5121(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e), 5122, 5123, and 5124, with particular emphasis on the shipment of hazardous materials and the manufacture, fabrication, marking, maintenance, reconditioning, repair or test of multi-modal containers that are represented, marked, certified, or sold for use in the transportation of hazardous materials; and
</P>
<P>(2) Participate, with the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration, in the Dangerous Goods Panel at the International Civil Aviation Organization, under the authority vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 5120; and
</P>
<P>(3) Carry out, in coordination with the Administrators of the Federal Aviation Administration (for matters relating to the transport of hazardous materials by aircraft), the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (for matters relating to the transport of hazardous materials by public highway), and the Federal Railroad Administration (for matters relating to the transport of hazardous materials by rail), the functions vested in the Secretary by all other provisions of the Federal hazardous material transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.</I>) except as delegated by §§ 1.83(d)(2) and (3) (FAA) and 1.87(d)(2) (FMCSA) and by paragraph 2(99) of Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.
</P>
<P>(4) Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary by sections 33005 (49 U.S.C. 5121 note), 33006, 33008 (49 U.S.C. 5121 note), 33009(b)(2) (49 U.S.C. 5121 note), and 33012 (49 U.S.C. 5117 note) of the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405).
</P>
<P>(c) Exercise the authority delegated to the Secretary in the following sections of Executive Order 12777:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 2(b)(2) relating to the establishment of procedures, methods, equipment and other requirements to prevent discharges from, and to contain oil and hazardous substances in, pipelines, motor carriers, and railroads; and
</P>
<P>(2) Section 2(d)(2) relating to the issuance of regulations requiring the owners or operators of pipelines, motor carriers, and railroads, subject to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1321 <I>et seq.</I>), to prepare and submit response plans. For pipelines subject to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, this authority includes the approval of means to ensure the availability of private personnel and equipment to remove, to the maximum extent practicable, a worst case discharge, the review and approval of response plans, and the authorization of pipelines to operate without approved response plans.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.98" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.98   The Research and Innovative Technology Administration.</HEAD>
<P>Is responsible for:
</P>
<P>(a) Coordinating, facilitating, and reviewing the Department's research and development programs and activities, except as related to NHTSA;
</P>
<P>(b) After consultation with Operating Administration and OST offices, making recommendations to the Secretary on all Operating Administration and OST research budgets;
</P>
<P>(c) Providing leadership on technical, navigation, communication, and systems engineering activities, and spectrum management on behalf of the civil and civilian PNT communities;
</P>
<P>(d) Directing and administering university transportation research grants;
</P>
<P>(e) In coordination with FHWA, NHTSA, and FMCSA, conducting vehicle-to-vehicle and vehicle-to-infrastructure research;
</P>
<P>(f) Advancing Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) research and deployment of real-time multi-modal travel information for travelers, carriers, and public agencies;
</P>
<P>(g) Providing oversight of the activities of the Volpe National Transportation Systems Center, the ITS Joint Program Office, the Bureau of Transportation Statistics, and the Transportation Safety Institute; and
</P>
<P>(h) Providing technical support to advance the mission of the Secretary's Safety Council.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.99" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.99   Delegations to the Research and Innovative Technology Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>The Research and Innovative Technology Administrator is delegated authority for the following:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Coordination of departmental research and development programs and activities.</I> (1) Coordinate, facilitate, and review all departmental research and development programs and activities, except those carried out by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, as described in section 4(b) of the Norman Y. Mineta Research and Special Programs Improvement Act (Pub. L. 108-426, 118 Stat. 2423).
</P>
<P>(2) After consultation with Operating Administration and OST offices, RITA shall make recommendations to the Secretary on all Operating Administration and OST research budgets.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Science and technology.</I> (1) With respect to scientific and technological matters, serve as principal advisor to the Secretary and representative of the Department to the academic community, the private sector, professional organizations, and other federal, state and local government agencies.
</P>
<P>(2) Serve as principal liaison official for the Department of Transportation with the Office of Science and Technology Policy in the Executive Office of the President, the National Science and Technology Council, and the President's Committee of Advisors on Science and Technology.
</P>
<P>(3) Serve as primary official responsible for coordination and oversight of the Department's implementation of section 2 of the Federal Technology Transfer Act of 1986 (15 U.S.C. 3710a), relating to the transfer of Federal technology to the marketplace; and section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-113), as implemented by OMB Circular A-119: Federal Participation in the Development and Use of Voluntary Consensus Standards and in Conformity Assessment Activities.
</P>
<P>(4) Serve as Chair and Executive Secretary of the Department of Transportation's Research, Development and Technology Planning Council and Planning Team.
</P>
<P>(5) Advocate Department of Transportation policy and program coordination efforts associated with transportation research.
</P>
<P>(6) Represent the Department of Transportation on departmental, national and international committees and meetings dealing with transportation research and development (R &amp; D).
</P>
<P>(7) Manage the strategic planning process for transportation R &amp; D across the Department of Transportation and, through the National Science and Technology Council, across the Federal Government.
</P>
<P>(8) Carry out the transportation research and development strategic planning function vested in the Secretary by 23 U.S.C. 508.
</P>
<P>(9) Conduct transportation system-level assessments and policy research.
</P>
<P>(10) Facilitate the creation of transportation public/private partnerships.
</P>
<P>(11) Foster innovation in the transportation sector.
</P>
<P>(12) Disseminate information on departmental, national, and international transportation R &amp; D activities.
</P>
<P>(13) Provide legal support for Departmental intellectual property and patent issues.
</P>
<P>(14) Manage department- and government-wide (inter/multimodal) transportation R &amp; D programs.
</P>
<P>(15) Oversee such advisory boards that deal with transportation system-level R &amp; D assessments and issues, such as the Transportation Research Board Committee on the Federal Transportation R &amp; D Strategic Planning Process.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Advanced vehicle technology.</I> Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 5111 of the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (49 U.S.C. 5506), as extended by the Surface Transportation Extension Act of 2004, Part V, Public Law 108-310, September 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 1144, and section 5513(j) of SAFETEA-LU.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Remote sensing technology.</I> Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 5113 of the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (23 U.S.C. 502 Note), as extended by the Surface Transportation Extension Act of 2004, Part V, Public Law 108-310, September 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 1144, and section 5506 of SAFETEA-LU.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>University transportation research.</I> Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 5110 of the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (49 U.S.C. 5505), as extended by the Surface Transportation Extension Act of 2004, Part V, Public Law 108-310, September 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 1144, and sections 5401 and 5402 of SAFETEA-LU.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Volpe National Transportation Systems Center.</I> Exercise the authority vested in the Secretary with respect to the activities of the Volpe National Transportation Systems Center as described in 49 U.S.C. 112(d)(1)(E) and carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 328 with respect to the working capital fund for financing the activities of the Volpe National Transportation Systems Center.
</P>
<P>(g) Exercise authority over the Transportation Safety Institute.
</P>
<P>(h) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 111 relating to transportation statistics, analysis, and reporting.
</P>
<P>(i) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 5503(d) (Office of Intermodalism).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Aviation information.</I> (1) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. 329(b)(1) relating to the collection and dissemination of information on civil aeronautics.
</P>
<P>(2) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 4(a)(7) of the Civil Aeronautics Board Sunset Act of 1984 (Pub. L. 98-443) relating to the reporting of the extension of unsecured credit to political candidates (section 401, Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971; 2 U.S.C. 451), in conjunction with the General Counsel and the Assistant Secretary for Aviation and International Affairs.
</P>
<P>(3) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by: 49 U.S.C. 40113 (relating to taking such actions and issuing such regulations as may be necessary to carry out its air commerce and safety responsibilities), 49 U.S.C. 41702 (relating to the duty of carriers to provide safe and adequate service), 49 U.S.C. 41708 and 41709 (relating to the requirement to keep information and the forms in which it is to be kept), and 49 U.S.C. 41701 (relating to establishing just and reasonable classifications of carriers and rules to be followed by each) as appropriate to carry out the responsibilities under this paragraph in conjunction with the General Counsel and the Assistant Secretary for Aviation and International Affairs.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Hazardous materials information.</I> In coordination with the Under Secretary, work with the Operating Administrations to determine data needs, collection strategies, and analytical techniques appropriate for implementing 49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(l) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 1801(e) of SAFETEA-LU (establishing and maintaining a national ferry database).
</P>
<P>(m) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 5513(c), (d), (g), (h), (i), (l), and (m) of SAFETEA-LU (establishing various research grants).
</P>
<P>(n) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 5201(m) of SAFETEA-LU (biobased transportation research program).
</P>
<P>(o) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by 23 U.S.C. 509 (establishing and supporting a national cooperative freight transportation research program).
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Positioning, navigation and timing (PNT) and spectrum management.</I> Carry out the functions described in the Secretarial memo of August 1, 2007, “Positioning, Navigation and Timing (PNT) and Spectrum Management Realignment under the Research and Innovative Technology Administration (RITA).”
</P>
<P>(q) Carry out the Secretary's authority to establish, operate and manage the Nationwide Differential Global Positioning System (NDGPS) as described in Section 346 of Public Law 105-66 (Department of Transportation and Related Agencies Appropriations Act of 1998).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.100" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.100   The Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation.</HEAD>
<P>Is responsible for the development, operation, and maintenance of that part of the Saint Lawrence Seaway within the territorial limits of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1.101" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1.101   Delegations to the Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator of the Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12 and 13 of section 2 of the Port and Tanker Safety Act of 1978 (Pub. L. 95-474, 92 Stat. 1471) [33 U.S.C. 1223-1225, 1227, and 1231-1232] as they relate to the operation of the Saint Lawrence Seaway.
</P>
<P>(b) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 5 and section 8(a) of the International Bridge Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-434, 86 Stat. 731) [33 U.S.C. 535c and 535e(a)] as it relates to the Saint Lawrence River.
</P>
<P>(c) Carry out the functions vested in the Secretary by section 3(d) of the Act to Prevent Pollution from Ships [33 U.S.C. 1902e] as it relates to ships owned or operated by the Corporation when engaged in noncommercial service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.1.4.3.24.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 1—Delegations and Redelegations by Secretarial Officers
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>Director of Budget.</I> The Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs and CFO has redelegated to the Director of Budget authority to—
</P>
<P>(a) Request apportionment and reapportionment of funds by the Office of Management and Budget, provided that no request for apportionment or reapportionment which anticipates the need for a supplemental appropriation shall be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget without appropriate certification by the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(b) Issue allotments or allocations of funds to components of the Department.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Chief Counsels.</I> The General Counsel has delegated to the Chief Counsels the authority delegated to the General Counsel by Amendment 1-41 to part 1 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, 35 FR 17658, November 17, 1970, as follows:
</P>
<P>Section 855 of the Revised Statutes, as amended by Public Law 91-393, 84 Stat. 835 (40 U.S.C. 255) authorizes the Attorney General to delegate to other departments and agencies his authority to give written approval of the sufficiency to the title to land being acquired by the United States. The Attorney General has delegated to the Assistant Attorney General in charge of the Land and Natural Resources Division the authority to make delegations under that law to other Federal departments and agencies (28 CFR 0.66). The Assistant Attorney General, Land and Natural Resources Division, has further delegated certain responsibilities in connection with the approval of the sufficiency of the title to land to the Department of Transportation as follows:
</P>
<HD2>Delegation to the Department of Transportation for the Approval of the Title to Lands Being Acquired for Federal Public Purposes
</HD2>
<P>Pursuant to the provision of Public Law 91-393, approved September 1, 1970, 84 Stat. 835, amending R.S. 355 (40 U.S.C. 255), and acting under the provisions of Order No. 440-70 of the Attorney General, dated October 2, 1970, the responsibility for the approval of the sufficiency of the title to land for the purpose for which the property is being acquired by purchase or condemnation by the United States for the use of your Department is, subject to the general supervision of the Attorney General and to the following conditions, hereby delegated to your Department.
</P>
<P>This delegation of authority is further subject to:
</P>
<P>1. Compliance with the regulations issued by the Assistant Attorney General on October 2, 1970, a copy of which is enclosed.
</P>
<P>2. This delegation is limited to:
</P>
<P>(a) The acquisition of land for which the title evidence, prepared in compliance with these regulations, consists of a certificate of title, title insurance policy, or an owner's duplicate Torrens certificate of title.
</P>
<P>(b) The acquisition of lands valued at $100,000 or less, for which the title evidence consists of abstracts of title or other types of title evidence prepared in compliance with said regulations.
</P>
<P>As stated in the above-mentioned Act, any Federal department or agency which has been delegated the responsibility to approve land titles under the Act may request the Attorney General to render his opinion as to the validity of the title to any real property or interest therein, or may request the advice or assistance of the Attorney General in connection with determinations as to the sufficiency of titles.
</P>
<P>The Chief Counsels of the Federal Aviation Administration, Federal Highway Administration, Federal Railroad Administration, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Federal Transit Administration, the Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, Maritime Administration, and Research and Innovative Technology Administration are hereby authorized to approve the sufficiency of the title to land being acquired by purchase or condemnation by the United States for the use of their respective organizations. This delegation is subject to the limitations imposed by the Assistant Attorney General, Land and Natural Resources Division, in his delegation to the Department of Transportation. Redelegation of this authority may only be made by the Chief Counsels to attorneys within their respective organizations.
</P>
<P>If the organization does not have an attorney experienced and capable in the examination of title evidence, a Chief Counsel may, with the concurrence of the General Counsel, request the Attorney General to (1) furnish an opinion as to the validity of a title to real property or interest therein, or (2) provide advice or assistance in connection with determining the sufficiency of the title.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 3—OFFICIAL SEAL
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 102(e). 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 3-3, 45 FR 75666, Nov. 17, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 3.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.2.0.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 3.1   Description.</HEAD>
<P>The official seal of the Department of Transportation is described as follows: A white abstract triskelion figure signifying motion appears within a circular blue field. The figure is symmetrical. The three branches of the figure curve outward in a counter-clockwise direction, each tapering almost to a point at the edge of the field. Surrounding the blue circle is a circular ring of letters. The upper half of the ring shows the words “Department of Transportation”. The lower half of the ring shows the words “United States of America”. The letters may be shown in either black or medium gray. The official seal of the Department is modified when embossed. It appears below in black and white.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02fe91.096.gif"/>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 5—ADMINISTRATIVE RULEMAKING, GUIDANCE, AND ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322(a).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>91 FR 22437, Apr. 27, 2026, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.1.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes general procedures that apply to rulemakings, guidance documents, and enforcement actions of the U.S. Department of Transportation (the Department or DOT), including each of its operating administrations (OAs) and all components of the Office of Secretary of Transportation (OST).
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this part, <I>Administrative Procedure Act (APA)</I> is the Federal statute, codified in scattered sections of chapters 5 and 7 of title 5, United States Code, that governs procedures for agency rulemaking and adjudication and provides for judicial review of final agency actions.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Rulemaking Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.3   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart governs all DOT employees, contractors, and others subject to supervision and control by DOT officials involved with all phases of rulemaking at DOT.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless otherwise required by statute, this subpart applies to all DOT regulations, which shall include all rules of general applicability promulgated by any components of the Department that affect the rights or obligations of persons outside the Department, including substantive rules, rules of interpretation, and rules prescribing agency procedures and practice requirements applicable to outside parties.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, this subpart applies to all regulatory actions intended to lead to the promulgation of a rule and any other generally applicable agency directives, circulars, or pronouncements concerning matters within the jurisdiction of an OA or component of OST that are intended to have the force or effect of law or that are required by statute to satisfy the rulemaking procedures specified in 5 U.S.C. 553 or 5 U.S.C. 556.
</P>
<P>(d) This subpart does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Regulations issued with respect to a military or foreign affairs function of the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) Rules addressed solely to internal agency management or personnel matters;
</P>
<P>(3) Regulations related to Federal Government procurement; or
</P>
<P>(4) Guidance documents, which are not intended to, and do not in fact, have the force or effect of law for parties outside of the Department, and which are governed by subpart C of this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.5   Regulatory policies.</HEAD>
<P>The policies in paragraphs (a) through (j) of this section govern the development and issuance of regulations at DOT:
</P>
<P>(a) There should be no more regulations than necessary. In considering whether to propose a new regulation, policy makers should consider whether the specific problem to be addressed requires agency action, whether existing rules (including standards incorporated by reference) have created or contributed to the problem and should be revised or eliminated, and whether any other reasonable alternatives exist that obviate the need for a new regulation.
</P>
<P>(b) All regulations must be supported by statutory authority and consistent with the Constitution.
</P>
<P>(c) Where they rest on scientific, technical, economic, or other specialized factual information, regulations should be supported by the best available evidence and data.
</P>
<P>(d) Regulations should be written in plain English, should be straightforward, and should be clear.
</P>
<P>(e) Regulations should be technologically neutral, and, to the extent feasible, they should specify performance objectives, rather than prescribing specific conduct that regulated entities must adopt.
</P>
<P>(f) Regulations should be designed to minimize burdens and reduce barriers to market entry whenever possible, consistent with the effective promotion of safety. Where they impose burdens, regulations should be narrowly tailored to address identified market failures or specific statutory mandates.
</P>
<P>(g) Unless required by law or compelling safety need, regulations should not be issued unless their benefits are expected to exceed their costs. For each new significant regulation issued, agencies must identify at least ten existing regulatory burdens to be revoked.
</P>
<P>(h) Once issued, regulations and other agency actions should be reviewed periodically and revised to ensure that they continue to meet the needs they were designed to address and remain cost-effective and cost-justified.
</P>
<P>(i) Full public participation should be encouraged in rulemaking actions, primarily through written comment and engagement in public meetings. Public participation in the rulemaking process should be conducted and documented, as appropriate, to ensure that the public is given adequate knowledge of substantive information relied upon in the rulemaking process.
</P>
<P>(j) The process for issuing a rule should be sensitive to the economic impact of the rule; thus, the promulgation of rules that are expected to impose greater economic costs should be accompanied by additional procedural protections and avenues for public participation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.7   Responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary of Transportation supervises the overall planning, direction, and control of the Department's Regulatory Agenda; approves regulatory documents for issuance and submission to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under Executive Order (E.O.) 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review” (Oct. 4, 1993); identifies an approximate regulatory budget for each fiscal year as required by E.O. 14192, “Unleashing Prosperity Through Deregulation” (Jan. 31, 2025); establishes the Department's Regulatory Reform Task Force (RRTF); and designates the members of the RRTF and the Department's Regulatory Reform Officer (RRO) in accordance with E.O. 13777, “Enforcing the Regulatory Reform Agenda” (Feb. 24, 2017).
</P>
<P>(b) The Deputy Secretary of Transportation assists the Secretary in overseeing overall planning, direction, and control of the Department's Regulatory Agenda and approves the initiation of regulatory action, as defined in E.O. 12866, by the OAs and components of OST. Unless otherwise designated by the Secretary, the Deputy Secretary serves as the Chair of the Leadership Council of the RRTF and as the Department's RRO.
</P>
<P>(c) The General Counsel of DOT is the chief legal officer of the Department with final authority on all questions of law for the Department, including the OAs and components of OST; serves on the Leadership Council of the RRTF; and serves as the Department's Regulatory Policy Officer pursuant to section 6(a)(2) of E.O. 12866.
</P>
<P>(d) The RRO of DOT is delegated authority by the Secretary to oversee the implementation of the Department's regulatory reform initiatives and policies to ensure the effective implementation of regulatory reforms, consistent with E.O. 13777 and applicable law.
</P>
<P>(e) DOT's noncareer Principal Deputy General Counsel is a member of the RRTF and serves as the Chair of the RRTF Working Group.
</P>
<P>(f) DOT's Assistant General Counsel for Regulation and Legislation supervises the Office of Regulation and Legislation within the Office of the General Counsel (OGC); oversees the process for DOT rulemakings; provides legal advice on compliance with APA and other administrative law requirements and executive orders, related OMB directives, and other procedures for rulemaking and guidance documents; circulates regulatory documents for departmental review and seeks concurrence from reviewing officials; submits regulatory documents to the Secretary for approval before issuance or submission to OMB; coordinates with the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) within OMB on the designation and review of regulatory documents and the preparation of the Unified Agenda of Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions; and serves as a member of the RRTF Working Group.
</P>
<P>(g) Pursuant to delegations from the Secretary under 49 CFR part 1, OA Administrators and Secretarial officers exercise the Secretary's rulemaking authority under 49 U.S.C. 322(a), and they have responsibility for ensuring that the regulatory data included in the New Environment for Information and Leadership on Rules (NEIL Rules), or a successor data management system, for their OAs and OST components is accurate and is updated at least once a month.
</P>
<P>(h) OA Chief Counsels supervise the legal staffs of the OAs; interpret and provide guidance on all statutes, regulations, executive orders, and other legal requirements governing the operation and authorities of their respective OAs; and review all rulemaking documents for legal sufficiency.
</P>
<P>(i) Each OA or OST component responsible for rulemaking will have a Regulatory Quality Officer, designated by the Administrator or Secretarial office head, who will have responsibility for reviewing all rulemaking documents for plain language, technical soundness, and general quality.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.2.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.9   Regulatory Reform Task Force.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> The Regulatory Reform Task Force (RRTF) evaluates proposed and existing regulations and makes recommendations to the Secretary regarding their promulgation, repeal, replacement, or modification, consistent with applicable law, E.O. 14192, E.O. 13777, and E.O. 12866.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Structure.</I> The RRTF comprises a Leadership Council and a Working Group.
</P>
<P>(1) The Working Group coordinates with leadership in the Secretarial offices and OAs, reviews and develops recommendations for regulatory and deregulatory action, and presents recommendations to the Leadership Council.
</P>
<P>(2) The Leadership Council reviews the Working Group's recommendations and advises the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Membership.</I> (1) The Leadership Council comprises the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The Regulatory Reform Officer (RRO), who serves as Chair;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Department's Regulatory Policy Officer, designated under section 6(a)(2) of E.O. 12866;
</P>
<P>(iii) A representative from the Office of the Under Secretary of Transportation for Policy; and
</P>
<P>(iv) At least three additional senior agency officials as determined by the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(2) The Working Group comprises the following:
</P>
<P>(i) At least one senior agency official from the Office of the General Counsel, including at a minimum the Assistant General Counsel for Regulation and Legislation, as determined by the RRO;
</P>
<P>(ii) At least one senior agency official from the Office of the Under Secretary of Transportation for Policy, as determined by the RRO; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Other senior agency officials from the Office of the Secretary, as determined by the RRO.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Functions and responsibilities.</I> In addition to the functions and responsibilities enumerated in E.O. 13777, the RRTF performs the following duties:
</P>
<P>(1) Reviews each request for a new rulemaking action initiated by an OA or OST component; and
</P>
<P>(2) Considers each regulation and regulatory policy question (which may include proposed guidance documents) referred to it and makes a recommendation to the Secretary for its disposition.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Support.</I> The Office of Regulation and Legislation within OGC provides support to the RRTF.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Meetings.</I> The Leadership Council meets approximately monthly and will hold specially scheduled meetings when necessary to address particular regulatory matters. The Working Group meets approximately monthly with each OA and each component of OST with regulatory authority, and the Working Group may establish subcommittees, as appropriate, to focus on specific regulatory matters.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Agenda.</I> The Office of Regulation and Legislation prepares an agenda for each meeting and distributes it to the members in advance of the meeting, together with any documents to be discussed at the meeting. The OA or OST component responsible for matters on the agenda will be invited to attend to respond to questions.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Minutes.</I> The Office of Regulation and Legislation prepares summary minutes following each meeting and distributes them to the meeting's attendees.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.2.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.11   Initiating a rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before an OA or component of OST may proceed to develop a regulation, the Administrator of the OA or the Secretarial officer who heads the OST component must consider the regulatory philosophy and principles of regulation identified in section 1 of E.O. 12866 and the policies set forth in § 5.5. If the OA Administrator or OST component head determines that rulemaking is warranted consistent with those policies and principles, the Administrator or component head may prepare a Rulemaking Initiation Request.
</P>
<P>(b) The Rulemaking Initiation Request should specifically state or describe:
</P>
<P>(1) A proposed title for the rulemaking;
</P>
<P>(2) The need for the regulation, including a description of the market failure or statutory mandate necessitating the rulemaking;
</P>
<P>(3) The legal authority for the rulemaking;
</P>
<P>(4) Whether the rulemaking is expected to be regulatory or deregulatory;
</P>
<P>(5) Whether the rulemaking is expected to be significant or nonsignificant, as defined by E.O. 12866;
</P>
<P>(6) Whether the rulemaking in question is expected to be an economically significant rule or high-impact rule, as defined in § 5.17(a);
</P>
<P>(7) A description of the economic impact associated with the rulemaking, including whether the rulemaking is likely to impose quantifiable costs or cost savings;
</P>
<P>(8) The tentative target dates for completing each stage of the rulemaking; and
</P>
<P>(9) Whether there is a statutory or judicial deadline, or some other urgency, associated with the rulemaking.
</P>
<P>(c) The OA or OST component submits the Rulemaking Initiation Request to the Office of Regulation and Legislation, together with any other documents that may assist in the RRTF's consideration of the request.
</P>
<P>(d) The Office of Regulation and Legislation includes the Rulemaking Initiation Request on the agenda for consideration at the OA's or OST component's next Working Group meeting.
</P>
<P>(e) If the Working Group recommends the approval of the Rulemaking Initiation Request, then the Request is referred to the Leadership Council for consideration. In lieu of consideration at a Leadership Council meeting, the Working Group, at its discretion, may submit a memorandum to the RRO seeking approval of the Rulemaking Initiation Request.
</P>
<P>(f) The OA or OST component may assign a Regulatory Information Number (RIN) to the rulemaking only upon the Leadership Council's (or RRO's) approval of the Rulemaking Initiation Request.
</P>
<P>(g) The Secretary may initiate a rulemaking on his or her own motion. The process for initiating a rulemaking as described in this section may be waived or modified for any rule with the approval of the RRO. Unless otherwise determined by the RRO, the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) may promulgate an emergency rule under 49 U.S.C. 106(f)(4)(B(iii) and 49 U.S.C. 46105(c), without first submitting a Rulemaking Initiation Request.
</P>
<P>(h) Rulemaking Initiation Requests will be considered on a rolling basis; however, the Office of Regulation and Legislation will establish deadlines for submission of Rulemaking Initiation Requests so that new rulemakings may be included in the Unified Agenda of Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.2.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.13   General rulemaking procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) <I>Significant rulemaking</I> means a regulatory action designated by OIRA under E.O. 12866 as likely to result in a rule that may:
</P>
<P>(i) Have an annual effect on the U.S. economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities;
</P>
<P>(ii) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
</P>
<P>(iii) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in E.O. 12866.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Nonsignificant rulemaking</I> means a regulatory action not designated significant by OIRA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Departmental review process.</I> (1) Except as provided in this part or as otherwise provided in writing by OGC, or otherwise prescribed by law, all departmental rulemakings are to be reviewed and cleared by the Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(ii) The FAA Administrator may promulgate emergency rules pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 106(f)(4)(B)(iii) and 49 U.S.C. 46105(c), without prior approval from OST; provided that, to the maximum extent practicable and consistent with law, the FAA Administrator will give OST advance notice of such emergency rules and will allow OST to review the rules in accordance with the provisions of this subpart upon promulgation, at the latest.
</P>
<P>(2) Leadership within the proposing OA or component of OST shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Ensure that the OA's or OST component's Regulatory Quality Officer reviews all rulemaking documents for plain language, technical soundness, and general quality;
</P>
<P>(ii) Ensure that the OA's Office of Chief Counsel (or for OST rules, the Office within OGC responsible for providing programmatic advice) reviews all rulemaking documents for legal support and legal sufficiency; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Approve the submission of all rulemaking documents, including any accompanying analyses (<I>e.g.,</I> regulatory impact analysis), to the Office of Regulation and Legislation through the New Environment for Information and Leadership on Rules (NEIL Rules), or a successor data management system, for OST review and clearance.
</P>
<P>(3) To effectuate departmental review under this subpart, the following Secretarial offices ordinarily review and approve DOT rulemakings: The Office of the Under Secretary for Policy, the Office of Public Affairs, the Office of Budget and Programs and Chief Financial Officer, OGC, and the Office of Governmental Affairs. The Office of Regulation and Legislation may also require review and clearance by other Secretarial offices and OAs depending on the nature of the particular rulemaking document.
</P>
<P>(4) Reviewing offices should provide comments or otherwise concur on rulemaking documents within 7 calendar days, unless exceptional circumstances apply that require expedited review.
</P>
<P>(5) The Office of Regulation and Legislation provides a passback of comments to the proposing OA or OST component for resolution. Comments should be resolved and a revised draft submitted to the Office of Regulation and Legislation by the OA or OST component within 14 calendar days.
</P>
<P>(6) The Office of Regulation and Legislation prepares a rulemaking package for the General Counsel to request the Secretary's approval for the rulemaking to be submitted to OMB for review and for its subsequent issuance (for significant rulemakings) or to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for publication (for nonsignificant rulemakings). These rulemaking packages are submitted through the General Counsel to the Office of the Executive Secretariat.
</P>
<P>(7) The Office of Regulation and Legislation notifies the proposing OA or OST component when the Secretary approves or disapproves the submission of the rulemaking to OMB or its issuance and submission to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(8) The Office of Regulation and Legislation is responsible for coordination with OIRA staff on the designation of all rulemaking documents, submission and clearance of all significant rulemaking documents, and all discussions or meetings with OMB concerning these documents. OAs and OST components should not schedule their own meetings with OIRA without Office of Regulation and Legislation involvement. Each OA or OST component should coordinate with the Office of Regulation and Legislation before holding any discussions with OIRA concerning regulatory policy or requests to modify regulatory documents.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Petitions for rulemaking, exemption, and retrospective review.</I> (1) Any person may petition an OA or OST component with rulemaking authority to:
</P>
<P>(i) Issue, amend, or repeal a rule;
</P>
<P>(ii) Issue an exemption, either permanently or temporarily, from any requirements of a rule; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Perform a retrospective review of an existing rule.
</P>
<P>(2) When an OA or OST component receives a petition under this paragraph (c), the petition should be filed with the Docket Clerk in a timely manner. If a petition is filed directly with the Docket Clerk, the Docket Clerk will submit the petition in a timely manner to the OA or component of OST with regulatory responsibility over the matter described in the petition.
</P>
<P>(3) The OA or component of OST should provide clear instructions on its website to members of the public regarding how to submit petitions, including, but not limited to, an email address or web portal where petitions can be submitted, a mailing address where hard copy requests can be submitted, and an office responsible for coordinating such requests.
</P>
<P>(4) Unless otherwise provided by statute or in OA regulations or procedures, the following procedures apply to the processing of petitions for rulemaking, exemption, or retrospective review:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Contents.</I> Each petition filed under this section must:
</P>
<P>(A) Be submitted, either by paper submission or electronically, to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590;
</P>
<P>(B) Describe the nature of the request and set forth the text or substance of the rule or specify the rule that the petitioner seeks to have issued, amended, exempted, repealed, or retrospectively reviewed, as the case may be;
</P>
<P>(C) Explain the interest of the petitioner in the action requested, including, in the case of a petition for an exemption, the nature and extent of the relief sought and a description of the persons to be covered by the exemption;
</P>
<P>(D) Contain any information and arguments available to the petitioner to support the action sought; and
</P>
<P>(E) In the case of a petition for exemption, unless good cause is shown in that petition, be submitted at least 60 days before the proposed effective date of the exemption.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Processing.</I> Each petition received under this paragraph (c) is referred to the head of the office responsible for the subject matter of that petition, the Office of Regulation and Legislation, and the RRO. No public hearing, argument, or other proceeding must necessarily be held directly on a petition for its disposition under this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Grants.</I> If the OA or component of OST with regulatory responsibility over the matter described in the petition determines that the petition contains adequate justification, it may request the initiation of a rulemaking action under § 5.11 or grant the petition, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Denials.</I> If the OA or component of OST determines that the petition is not justified, the OA or component of OST denies the petition in coordination with the Office of Regulation and Legislation.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Notification.</I> Whenever the OA or OST component determines that a petition should be granted or denied, and after consultation with the Office of Regulation and Legislation in the case of denial, the office concerned prepares a notice of that grant or denial for issuance to the petitioner, and issues it to the petitioner.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Review of existing regulations.</I> (1) Except as otherwise required by law, all departmental regulations are on a 10-year review cycle, except economically significant and high-impact rules, which are reviewed every 5 years in accordance with § 5.17(f).
</P>
<P>(2) The OA or OST component that issued the regulation will review it for the following:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Continued cost justification.</I> Whether the regulation requires adjustment due to changed market conditions or is no longer cost-effective or cost-justified in accordance with § 5.5(h);
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Regulatory flexibility.</I> Whether the regulation has a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities and, thus, requires review under 5 U.S.C. 610 (section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act);
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Innovation.</I> Whether there are new or emerging technologies, especially those that could achieve current levels of safety at the same or lower levels of cost or achieve higher levels of safety, use of which is precluded or limited by the regulation;
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>General updates.</I> Whether the regulation may require technical corrections, updates (<I>e.g.,</I> updated versions of voluntary consensus standards), revisions, or repeal;
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Plain language.</I> Whether the regulation requires revisions for plain language; and
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Other considerations.</I> Other considerations as required by relevant executive orders and laws.
</P>
<P>(3) The results of each OA's or OST component's review will be reported annually to the public.
</P>
<P>(4) Any member of the public may petition the Department to conduct a retrospective review of a regulation by filing a petition in accordance with the procedures contained in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Supporting economic analysis.</I> (1) Rulemakings shall include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) An assessment of the potential costs and benefits of the regulatory action (which may entail a regulatory impact analysis) or a reasoned determination that the expected impact is so minimal or the safety need so significant and urgent that a formal analysis of costs and benefits is not warranted; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the regulatory action is expected to impose costs, either a reasoned determination that the benefits outweigh the costs or, if the particular rulemaking is mandated by statute or compelling safety need notwithstanding a negative cost-benefit assessment, a detailed discussion of the rationale supporting the specific regulatory action proposed and an explanation of why a less costly alternative is not an option.
</P>
<P>(2) To the extent practicable, economic assessments shall quantify the foreseeable annual economic costs and cost savings within the United States that would likely result from issuance of the proposed rule and shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements of sections 6(a)(2)(B) and 6(a)(2)(C) of E.O. 12866 and OMB Circular A-4, as specified by OIRA in consultation with the Office of Regulation and Legislation. If the proposing OA or OST component does not have studies or data to support quantification of economic impacts, then it should commission them for discretionary regulatory rulemakings (as defined in E.O. 14192) unless an urgent and compelling safety need requires immediate action. If the proposing OA or OST component has estimated that the proposed rule will likely impose economic costs on persons outside the United States, such costs should be reported separately.
</P>
<P>(3) Deregulatory rulemakings (including nonsignificant rulemakings) shall be evaluated for quantifiable cost savings. If it is determined that quantification of cost savings is not possible or appropriate, then the proposing OA or OST component shall provide a detailed justification for the lack of quantification upon submission of the rulemaking to the Office of Regulation and Legislation. Other nonsignificant rulemakings shall include, at a minimum, the economic cost-benefit analysis described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Regulatory flexibility analysis.</I> All rulemakings subject to the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 603-604 (sections 603-604 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act), and any amendment thereto, shall include a detailed statement setting forth the required analysis regarding the potential impact of the rule on small business entities.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Advance notices of proposed rulemaking.</I> Whenever the OA or OST component responsible for a proposed rulemaking is required to publish an advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM) in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> or whenever the RRTF determines it appropriate to publish an ANPRM, the ANPRM shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Include a written statement identifying, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) The nature and significance of the problem the OA or OST component may address with a rule;
</P>
<P>(ii) The legal authority under which a rule may be proposed; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any preliminary information available to the OA or OST component that may support one or another potential approach to addressing the identified problem;
</P>
<P>(2) Solicit written data, analysis, views, and recommendations from interested persons concerning the information and issues addressed in the ANPRM; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provide for a reasonably sufficient period for public comment.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Notices of proposed rulemaking</I>—(1) <I>When required.</I> Before determining to propose a rule and following completion of the ANPRM process under paragraph (g) of this section, if applicable, the responsible OA or OST component shall consult with the RRTF concerning the need for the potential rule. If the RRTF thereafter determines it appropriate to propose a rule, the proposing OA or OST component shall publish a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> unless a controlling statute provides otherwise or unless the RRTF (in consultation with OIRA, as appropriate) determines that an NPRM is not necessary under established exceptions.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contents.</I> The NPRM shall include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of the time and place for submission of public comments and the time, place, and nature of related public rulemaking proceedings, if any;
</P>
<P>(ii) Reference to the legal authority under which the rule is proposed;
</P>
<P>(iii) The terms of the proposed rule;
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of information known to the proposing OA or OST component on the subject and issues of the proposed rule, including but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) A summary of material information known to the OA or OST component concerning the proposed rule and the considerations specified in § 5.11(a);
</P>
<P>(B) A summary of any preliminary risk assessment or regulatory impact analysis performed by the OA or OST component; and
</P>
<P>(C) Information specifically identifying all material data, studies, models, available voluntary consensus standards and conformity assessment requirements, and other evidence or information considered or used by the OA or OST component in connection with its determination to propose the rule;
</P>
<P>(v) A reasoned preliminary analysis of the need for the proposed rule based on the information described in the preamble to the NPRM, and an additional statement of whether a rule is required by statute;
</P>
<P>(vi) A reasoned preliminary analysis indicating that the expected economic benefits of the proposed rule will meet the relevant statutory objectives and will outweigh the estimated costs of the proposed rule in accordance with any applicable statutory requirements;
</P>
<P>(vii) If the rulemaking is significant, a summary discussion of:
</P>
<P>(A) The alternatives to the proposed rule considered by the OA or OST component;
</P>
<P>(B) The relative costs and benefits of those alternatives;
</P>
<P>(C) Whether the alternatives would meet relevant statutory objectives; and
</P>
<P>(D) Why the OA or OST component chose not to propose or pursue the alternatives;
</P>
<P>(viii) A statement of whether existing rules have created or contributed to the problem the OA or OST component seeks to address with the proposed rule, and, if so, whether or not the OA or OST component proposes to amend or rescind any such rules and why; and
</P>
<P>(ix) All other statements and analyses required by law, including, without limitation, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612) or any amendment thereto.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Information access and quality.</I> (i) To inform public comment when the NPRM is published, the proposing OA or OST component shall place in the docket for the proposed rule and make accessible to the public, including by electronic means, all material information relied upon by the OA or OST component in considering the proposed rule (including public complaints) unless public disclosure of the information is prohibited by law or the information would be exempt from disclosure under 5 U.S.C. 552(b). Material provided electronically should be made available in accordance with the requirements of 29 U.S.C. 794d (section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended).
</P>
<P>(ii) If the proposed rule rests upon scientific, technical, economic, or other specialized factual information, the proposing OA or OST component shall base the proposal on the best and most relevant scientific, technical, economic, and other specialized factual information reasonably available to the Department and shall identify the sources and availability of such information in the NPRM.
</P>
<P>(iii) A single copy of any relevant copyrighted material (including consensus standards and other relevant scientific or technical information) should be placed in the docket for public review if such material was relied on as a basis for the rulemaking.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Public comment.</I> (1) Following publication of an NPRM, the Department will provide interested persons a fair and sufficient opportunity to participate in the rulemaking through submission of written data, analysis, views, and recommendations.
</P>
<P>(2) The Department, in coordination with OIRA for significant rulemakings, will ensure that the public is given an adequate period for comment, taking into account the scope and nature of the issues and considerations involved in the proposed regulatory action.
</P>
<P>(3) Generally, absent special considerations to be described in the NPRM, the comment period for nonsignificant DOT rules should be at least 30 days, and typically the comment period for significant DOT rules should be 60 days.
</P>
<P>(4) Any person may petition the responsible OA or OST component for an extension of time to submit comments in response to a notice of proposed rulemaking. Petitions must be received no later than 3 days before the expiration of the time stated in the notice. The filing of the petition does not automatically extend the time for comments. The OA or OST component may grant the petition only if the petitioner shows a substantive interest in the proposed rule and good cause for the extension, or if the extension is otherwise in the public interest. The OA or OST component should notify the public, as early as practicable by publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and inclusion in the docket, whether the extension has been granted or denied. The OA or OST component may notify the public of the disposition of a petition through other appropriate means, including posting on its website.
</P>
<P>(5) All timely comments are considered before final action is taken on a rulemaking proposal. Late-filed comments may be considered so far as possible without incurring additional expense or delay.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Exemptions from notice and comment.</I> (1) Except when prior notice and an opportunity for public comment are required by statute or determined by the Secretary to be advisable for policy or programmatic reasons, the responsible OA or OST component may, subject to the approval of the RRTF (in consultation with OIRA, as appropriate), publish certain final rules in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> without prior notice and comment. These may include:
</P>
<P>(i) Rules of interpretation and rules addressing only DOT organization, procedure, or practice, provided such rules do not alter substantive obligations for parties outside the Department;
</P>
<P>(ii) Rules for which notice and comment is unnecessary to inform the rulemaking, such as rules correcting de minimis technical or clerical errors or rules addressing other minor and insubstantial matters, provided the reasons to forgo public comment are explained in the preamble to the final rule; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Rules that require finalization without delay, such as rules to address an urgent safety or national security need, and other rules for which it would be impracticable or contrary to public policy to accommodate a period of public comment, provided the responsible OA or OST component makes findings that good cause exists to forgo public comment and explains those findings in the preamble to the final rule.
</P>
<P>(2) Except when required by statute, issuing substantive DOT rules without completing notice and comment, including as interim final rules (IFRs) and direct final rules (DFRs), must be the exception. IFRs and DFRs are not favored. DFRs must follow the procedures in paragraph (l) of this section. In most cases where an OA or OST component has issued an IFR, the RRTF will expect the OA or OST component to proceed at the earliest opportunity to replace the IFR with a final rule.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Final rules.</I> The responsible OA or OST component shall adopt a final rule only after consultation with the RRTF. The final rule, which shall include the text of the rule as adopted along with a supporting preamble, shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and shall satisfy the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The preamble to the final rule shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) A concise, general statement of the rule's basis and purpose, including clear reference to the legal authority supporting the rule;
</P>
<P>(ii) A reasoned, concluding determination by the adopting OA or OST component regarding each of the considerations required to be addressed in an NPRM under paragraphs (h)(2)(v) through (ix) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) A response to each significant issue raised in the comments to the proposed rule;
</P>
<P>(iv) If the final rule has changed in significant respects from the rule as proposed in the NPRM, an explanation of the changes and the reasons why the changes are needed or are more appropriate to advance the objectives identified in the rulemaking; and
</P>
<P>(v) A reasoned, final determination that the information upon which the OA or OST component bases the rule complies with the Information Quality Act (section 515 of Pub. L. 106-554, Appendix C, 114 Stat. 2763A-153-54), or any subsequent amendment thereto.
</P>
<P>(2) If the rule rests on scientific, technical, economic, or other specialized factual information, the OA or OST component shall base the final rule on the best and most relevant evidence and data known to the Department and shall ensure that such information is clearly identified in the preamble to the final rule and is available to the public in the rulemaking record, subject to reasonable protections for information exempt from disclosure under 5 U.S.C. 552(b). If the OA or OST component intends to support the final rule with specialized factual information identified after the close of the comment period, the OA or OST component shall allow an additional opportunity for public comment on such information.
</P>
<P>(3) All final rules issued by the Department:
</P>
<P>(i) Shall be written in plain and understandable English;
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall be based on a reasonable and well-founded interpretation of relevant statutory text and shall not depend upon a strained or unduly broad reading of statutory authority; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Shall not be inconsistent or incompatible with, or unnecessarily duplicative of, other Federal regulations.
</P>
<P>(4) Effective dates for final rules must adhere to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Unless required to address a safety emergency or otherwise required by law, approved by the RRTF (or RRO), or approved by the Director of OMB (as appropriate), no regulation may be issued by an OA or component of OST if it was not included on the most recent version or update of the published Unified Agenda.
</P>
<P>(ii) No significant regulatory action may take effect until it has appeared in the Unified Agenda for at least 6 months prior to its issuance, unless good cause exists for an earlier effective date or the action is otherwise approved by the RRTF (or RRO).
</P>
<P>(iii) Absent good cause, major rules (as defined by the Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801-808) cannot take effect until 60 days after publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or submission to Congress, whichever is later. Nonmajor rules cannot take effect any sooner than submission to Congress.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Direct final rules.</I> (1) Rules that the OA or OST component determines to be noncontroversial and unlikely to result in adverse public comment may be published as direct final rules. These include noncontroversial rules that:
</P>
<P>(i) Affect internal procedures of the Department, such as filing requirements and rules governing inspection and copying of documents;
</P>
<P>(ii) Are nonsubstantive clarifications or corrections to existing rules;
</P>
<P>(iii) Update existing forms;
</P>
<P>(iv) Make minor changes in the substantive rules regarding statistics and reporting requirements;
</P>
<P>(v) Make changes to the rules implementing the Privacy Act; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Adopt technical standards set by outside organizations.
</P>
<P>(2) The <E T="04">Federal Register</E> document will state that any adverse comment must be received in writing by the OA or OST component within the specified time after the date of publication and that, if no written adverse comment is received, the rule will become effective a specified number of days after the date of publication.
</P>
<P>(3) If no written adverse comment is received by the OA or OST component within the original or extended comment period, the OA or OST component will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> indicating that no adverse comment was received and confirming that the rule will become effective on the date that was indicated in the direct final rule.
</P>
<P>(4) If the OA or OST component receives any written adverse comment within the specified time of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> the OA or OST component may proceed as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Publish a document withdrawing the direct final rule in the rules and regulations section of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and, if the OA or OST component decides a rulemaking is warranted, a proposed rule; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any other means permitted under the Administrative Procedure Act.
</P>
<P>(5) An “adverse” comment for the purpose of this subpart means any comment that the OA or OST component determines is critical of the rule, suggests that the rule should not be adopted or suggests a material change that should be made in the rule. A comment suggesting that the policy or requirements of the rule should or should not also be extended to other Departmental programs outside the scope of the rule is not adverse. A notice of intent to submit an adverse comment is not, in and of itself, an adverse comment.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Reports to Congress and the U.S. Government Accountability Office (GAO).</I> For each final rule adopted by DOT, the responsible OA or OST component shall submit the reports to Congress and GAO to comply with the procedures specified by 5 U.S.C. 801 (the Congressional Review Act), or any subsequent amendment thereto.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Negotiated rulemakings.</I> (1) DOT negotiated rulemakings are to be conducted in accordance with the Negotiated Rulemaking Act, 5 U.S.C. 561-571, and the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. ch. 10, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) Before initiating a negotiated rulemaking process, the OA or OST component should:
</P>
<P>(i) Assess whether using negotiated rulemaking procedures for the proposed rule in question is in the public interest, in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 563(a), and present these findings to the RRTF;
</P>
<P>(ii) Consult with the Office of Regulation and Legislation on the appropriateness of negotiated rulemaking and the procedures therefor; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Receive the approval of the RRTF for the use of negotiated rulemaking.
</P>
<P>(3) Unless otherwise approved by the General Counsel, all DOT negotiated rulemakings should involve the assistance of a convener and a facilitator, as provided in the Negotiated Rulemaking Act. A convener is a person who impartially assists the agency in determining whether establishment of a negotiated rulemaking committee is feasible and appropriate in a particular rulemaking. A facilitator is a person who impartially aids in the discussions and negotiations among members of a negotiated rulemaking committee to develop a proposed rule. The same person may serve as both convener and facilitator.
</P>
<P>(4) All charters, membership appointments, and <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notices must be approved by the Secretary. Any operating procedures (<I>e.g.,</I> bylaws) for negotiated rulemaking committees must be approved by OGC.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.2.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.15   Unified Agenda of Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions (Unified Agenda).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Fall editions of the Unified Agenda include the Regulatory Plan, which presents the Department's statement of regulatory priorities for the coming year. Fall editions also include the outcome and status of the Department's reviews of existing regulations, conducted in accordance with § 5.13(d).
</P>
<P>(b) The OAs and components of OST with rulemaking authority must:
</P>
<P>(1) Carefully consider the principles contained in E.O. 14192, E.O. 13777, and E.O. 12866 in the preparation of all submissions for the Unified Agenda;
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure that all data pertaining to the OA's or OST component's regulatory and deregulatory actions are accurately reflected in the Department's Unified Agenda submission; and
</P>
<P>(3) Timely submit all data to the Office of Regulation and Legislation in accordance with the deadlines and procedures communicated by that office.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.2.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.17   Special procedures for economically significant and high-impact rulemakings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) <I>Economically significant rule</I> means a significant rule likely to impose:
</P>
<P>(i) A total annual cost on the U.S. economy (without regard to estimated benefits) of $100 million or more; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A total net loss of at least 75,000 full-time jobs in the U.S. over the five years following the effective date of the rule (not counting any jobs relating to new regulatory compliance).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>High-impact rule</I> means a significant rule likely to impose:
</P>
<P>(i) A total annual cost on the U.S. economy (without regard to estimated benefits) of $500 million or more; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A total net loss of at least 250,000 full-time jobs in the U.S. over the five years following the effective date of the rule (not counting any jobs relating to new regulatory compliance).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>ANPRM or SNPRM required.</I> Unless directed otherwise by the RRTF or otherwise required by law, in the case of a rulemaking for an economically significant rule or a high-impact rule, the proposing OA or OST component shall publish an ANPRM or SNPRM in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional requirements for NPRM.</I> (1) In addition to the requirements set forth in § 5.13, an NPRM for an economically significant rule or a high-impact rule shall include a discussion explaining an achievable objective for the rule and the metrics by which the OA or OST component will measure progress toward that objective to assess the rule's effectiveness under paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Absent unusual circumstances and unless approved by the RRTF (in consultation with OIRA, as appropriate), the comment period for an economically significant rule shall be at least 60 days and for a high-impact rule at least 90 days. If a rule is determined to be an economically significant rule or high-impact rule after the publication of the NPRM, the responsible OA or OST component shall publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> that informs the public of the change in classification and discusses the achievable objective for the rule and the metrics by which the OA or OST component will measure progress toward that objective under § 5.17(c)(1), and shall extend or reopen the comment period by not less than 30 days and allow further public comment as appropriate, including comment on the change in classification.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedures for formal hearings</I>—(1) <I>Petitions for hearings.</I> Following publication of an NPRM for an economically significant rule or a high-impact rule, and before the close of the comment period, any interested party may file in the rulemaking docket a petition asking the proposing OA or OST component to hold a formal hearing on the proposed rule in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Mandatory hearing for high-impact rule.</I> In the case of a proposed high-impact rule, the responsible OA or OST component shall grant the petition for a formal hearing if the petition makes a plausible prima facie showing that:
</P>
<P>(i) The proposed rule depends on conclusions concerning one or more specific scientific, technical, economic, or other complex factual issues that are genuinely in dispute or that may not satisfy the requirements of the Information Quality Act;
</P>
<P>(ii) The ordinary public comment process is unlikely to provide the OA or OST component an adequate examination of the issues to permit a fully informed judgment on the dispute; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The resolution of the disputed factual issues would likely have a material effect on the costs and benefits of the proposed rule or on whether the proposed rule would achieve the statutory purpose.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Authority to deny hearing for economically significant rule.</I> In the case of a proposed economically significant rule, the responsible OA or OST component may deny a petition for a formal hearing that includes the showing described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section but only if the OA or OST component reasonably determines that:
</P>
<P>(i) The requested hearing would not advance the consideration of the proposed rule and the OA's or OST component's ability to make the rulemaking determinations required under this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The hearing would unreasonably delay completion of the rulemaking in light of a compelling safety need or an express statutory mandate for prompt regulatory action.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Denial of petition.</I> If the OA or OST component denies a petition for a formal hearing under this section in whole or in part, the OA or OST component shall include a detailed explanation of the factual basis for the denial in the rulemaking record, including findings on each of the relevant factors identified in paragraph (d)(2) or (3) of this section. The denial of a good faith petition for a formal hearing under this section shall be disfavored.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Notice and scope of hearing.</I> If the OA or OST component grants a petition for a formal hearing under this section, the OA or OST component shall publish notification of the hearing in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> not less than 45 days before the date of the hearing. The document shall specify the proposed rule at issue and the specific factual issues to be considered in the hearing. The scope of the hearing shall be limited to the factual issues specified in the notice.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Hearing process.</I> (i) A formal hearing for purposes of this section shall be conducted using procedures borrowed from 5 U.S.C. 556 and 5 U.S.C. 557, or similar procedures as approved by the Secretary, and interested parties shall have a reasonable opportunity to participate in the hearing through the presentation of testimony and written submissions.
</P>
<P>(ii) The OA or OST component shall arrange for an administrative judge or other neutral administrative hearing officer to preside over the hearing and shall provide a reasonable opportunity for cross-examination of witnesses at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(iii) After the formal hearing and before the record of the hearing is closed, the presiding hearing officer shall render a report containing findings and conclusions addressing the disputed issues of fact identified in the hearing notice and specifically advising on the accuracy and sufficiency of the factual information in the record relating to those disputed issues on which the OA or OST component proposes to base the rule.
</P>
<P>(iv) Interested parties who have participated in the hearing shall be given an opportunity to file statements of agreement or objection in response to the hearing officer's report, and the complete record of the proceeding shall be made part of the rulemaking record.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Actions following hearing.</I> (i) Following completion of the formal hearing process, the responsible OA or OST component shall consider the record of the hearing and, subject to the approval of the RRTF (in consultation with OIRA, as appropriate), shall make a reasoned determination whether:
</P>
<P>(A) To terminate the rulemaking;
</P>
<P>(B) To proceed with the rulemaking as proposed; or
</P>
<P>(C) To modify the proposed rule.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the decision is made to terminate the rulemaking, the OA or OST component shall publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> announcing the decision and explaining the reasons therefor.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the decision is made to finalize the proposed rule without material modifications, the OA or OST component shall explain the reasons for its decision and its responses to the hearing record in the preamble to the final rule, in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the decision is made to modify the proposed rule in material respects, the OA or OST component shall, subject to the approval of the RRTF (in consultation with OIRA, as appropriate), publish a new or supplemental NPRM in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> explaining the OA's or OST component's responses to and analysis of the hearing record, setting forth the modifications to the proposed rule, and providing an additional reasonable opportunity for public comment on the proposed modified rule.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Relationship to interagency process.</I> The formal hearing procedures under this section shall not impede or interfere with OIRA's interagency review process for the proposed rulemaking.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Additional requirements for final rules.</I> (1) In addition to the requirements set forth in § 5.13(k), the preamble to a final economically significant rule or a final high-impact rule shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) A discussion explaining the OA's or OST component's reasoned final determination that the rule as adopted is necessary to achieve the objective identified in the NPRM in light of the full administrative record and does not deviate from the metrics previously identified by the OA or OST component for measuring progress toward that objective; and
</P>
<P>(ii) In accordance with paragraph (d)(7)(iii) of this section, the OA's or OST component's responses to and analysis of the record of any formal hearing held under paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Absent exceptional circumstances and unless approved by the RRTF or Secretary (in consultation with OIRA, as appropriate), the OA or OST component shall adopt as a final economically significant rule or final high-impact rule the least costly regulatory alternative that achieves the relevant objectives.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Additional requirements for retrospective reviews.</I> For each economically significant rule or high-impact rule, the responsible OA or OST component shall publish a regulatory impact report in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> every 5 years after the effective date of the rule while the rule remains in effect. The regulatory impact report shall include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) An assessment of the impacts, including any costs, of the rule on regulated entities;
</P>
<P>(2) A determination about how the actual costs and benefits of the rule have varied from those anticipated at the time the rule was issued; and
</P>
<P>(3) An assessment of the effectiveness and benefits of the rule in producing the regulatory objectives it was adopted to achieve.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Waiver and modification.</I> The procedures required by this section may be waived or modified as necessary with the approval of the RRO or the Secretary.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.2.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.19   Public contacts in informal rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Agency contacts with the public during informal rulemakings.</I> (1) DOT personnel may have meetings or other contacts with interested members of the public concerning an informal rulemaking under 5 U.S.C. 553 or similar procedures at any stage of the rulemaking process, provided the substance of material information submitted by the public that DOT relies on in proposing or finalizing the rule is adequately disclosed and described in a memorandum in the public rulemaking docket such that all interested parties have notice of the information and an opportunity to comment on its accuracy and relevance. The responsible OA or OST component may either prepare the memorandum or ask the party requesting the meeting or initiating the contact to submit the memorandum memorializing the communication.
</P>
<P>(2) DOT personnel should avoid giving persons outside the executive branch information regarding the rulemaking that is not available generally to the public.
</P>
<P>(3) If DOT receives an unusually large number of requests for meetings with interested members of the public during the comment period for a proposed rule or after the close of the comment period, the issuing OA or component of OST should consider whether there is a need to extend or reopen the comment period, to allow for submission of a second round of “reply comments,” or to hold a public meeting on the proposed rule.
</P>
<P>(4) If the issuing OA or OST component meets with interested persons on the rulemaking after the close of the comment period, it should be open to giving other interested persons a similar opportunity to meet.
</P>
<P>(5) If DOT learns of significant new information, such as new studies or data, after the close of the comment period that the issuing OA or OST component wishes to rely upon in finalizing the rule, the OA or OST component should reopen the comment period to give the public an opportunity to comment on the new information. If the new information is likely to result in a change to the rule that is not within the scope of the NPRM, the OA or OST component should consider issuing a Supplemental NPRM to ensure that the final rule represents a logical outgrowth of DOT's proposal.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contacts during OIRA review.</I> (1) E.O. 12866 and E.O. 13563 lay out the procedures for review of significant regulations by OIRA, which include a process for members of the public to request meetings with OIRA regarding rules under OIRA review. Per E.O. 12866, OIRA invites the Department to attend these meetings. The Office of Regulation and Legislation will forward these invitations to the appropriate regulatory contact in the OA or component of OST responsible for issuing the regulation.
</P>
<P>(2) If the issuing OA or OST component wishes to attend the OIRA-sponsored meeting or if its participation is determined to be necessary by the Office of Regulation and Legislation, the regulatory contact should identify to the Office of Regulation and Legislation up to two individuals from the OA or OST component who will attend the meeting along with a representative from the Office of Regulation and Legislation. Attendance at these meetings can be by phone or in person. These OIRA meetings are generally listening sessions for DOT.
</P>
<P>(3) The attending DOT personnel should refrain from debating particular points regarding the rulemaking and should avoid disclosing the contents of a document or proposed regulatory action that has not yet been disclosed to the public, but may answer questions of fact regarding a public document.
</P>
<P>(4) Following the OIRA meeting, the attendee(s) from the issuing OA or OST component will draft a summary report of the meeting and submit it to the Office of Regulation and Legislation for review. After the report is reviewed and finalized in coordination with the Office of Regulation and Legislation, the responsible OA or OST component will place the final report in the rulemaking docket.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.2.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.21   Policy updates and revisions.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart shall be reviewed from time to time to reflect improvements in the rulemaking process or changes in Administration policy.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Guidance Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.25   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart governs all DOT employees and contractors involved with all phases of issuing DOT guidance documents.
</P>
<P>(b) Subject to the qualifications and exemptions contained in this subpart, these procedures apply to all guidance documents issued by all components of the Department after the effective date of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this subpart, the term <I>guidance document</I> includes an agency statement of general applicability, intended to have future effect on the behavior of regulated parties, that sets forth a policy on a statutory, regulatory, or technical issue, or an interpretation of a statute or regulation, but which is not intended to have the force or effect of law in its own right and is not otherwise required by statute to satisfy the rulemaking procedures specified in 5 U.S.C. 553 or 5 U.S.C. 556. The term is not confined to formal written documents; guidance may come in a variety of forms, including (but not limited to) letters, memoranda, circulars, bulletins, advisories, and may include video, audio, and Web-based formats. <I>See</I> OMB Bulletin 07-02, “Agency Good Guidance Practices,” (January 25, 2007) (“OMB Good Guidance Bulletin”).
</P>
<P>(d) This subpart does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Rules exempt from rulemaking requirements under 5 U.S.C. 553(a);
</P>
<P>(2) Rules of agency organization, procedure, or practice;
</P>
<P>(3) Decisions of agency adjudications under 5 U.S.C. 554 or similar statutory provisions;
</P>
<P>(4) Internal executive branch legal advice or legal advisory opinions addressed to executive branch officials;
</P>
<P>(5) Agency statements of specific applicability, including advisory or legal opinions directed to particular parties about circumstance-specific questions (<I>e.g.,</I> case or investigatory letters responding to complaints, warning letters), notices regarding particular locations or facilities (<I>e.g.,</I> guidance pertaining to the use, operation, or control of a Government facility or property), and correspondence with individual persons or entities (<I>e.g.,</I> congressional correspondence), except documents ostensibly directed to a particular party but designed to guide the conduct of the broader regulated public;
</P>
<P>(6) Legal briefs, other court filings, or positions taken in litigation or enforcement actions;
</P>
<P>(7) Agency statements that do not set forth a policy on a statutory, regulatory, or technical issue or an interpretation of a statute or regulation, including speeches and individual presentations, editorials, media interviews, press materials, or congressional testimony that do not set forth for the first time a new regulatory policy;
</P>
<P>(8) Guidance pertaining to military or foreign affairs functions;
</P>
<P>(9) Grant solicitations and awards;
</P>
<P>(10) Contract solicitations and awards; or
</P>
<P>(11) Purely internal agency policies or guidance directed solely to DOT employees or contractors or to other Federal agencies that are not intended to have substantial future effect on the behavior of regulated parties.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.27   Review and clearance by Chief Counsels and the Office of the General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>All DOT guidance documents, as defined in § 5.25(c), require review and clearance in accordance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(a) Guidance proposed to be issued by an OA of the Department must be reviewed and cleared by the OA's Office of Chief Counsel. In addition, as provided elsewhere in this subpart, some OA guidance documents will require review and clearance by OGC.
</P>
<P>(b) Guidance proposed to be issued by a component of OST must be reviewed and cleared by OGC.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.29   Requirements for clearance.</HEAD>
<P>DOT's review and clearance of guidance shall ensure that each guidance document proposed to be issued by an OA or component of OST satisfies the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) The guidance document complies with all relevant statutes and regulation (including any statutory deadlines for agency action);
</P>
<P>(b) The guidance document identifies or includes:
</P>
<P>(1) The term “guidance” or its functional equivalent;
</P>
<P>(2) The issuing OA or component of OST;
</P>
<P>(3) A unique identifier, including, at a minimum, the date of issuance and title of the document and its Z-RIN, if applicable;
</P>
<P>(4) The activity or entities to which the guidance applies;
</P>
<P>(5) Citations to applicable statutes and regulations;
</P>
<P>(6) A statement noting whether the guidance is intended to revise or replace any previously issued guidance and, if so, sufficient information to identify the previously issued guidance; and
</P>
<P>(7) A short summary of the subject matter covered in the guidance document at the top of the document;
</P>
<P>(c) The guidance document avoids using mandatory language, such as “shall,” “must,” “required,” or “requirement,” unless the language is describing an established statutory or regulatory requirement or is addressed to DOT staff and will not foreclose the Department's consideration of positions advanced by affected private parties;
</P>
<P>(d) The guidance document is written in plain and understandable English;
</P>
<P>(e) All guidance documents include a clear and prominent statement declaring that the contents of the document do not have the force and effect of law and are not meant to bind the public in any way, and the document is intended only to provide clarity to the public regarding existing requirements under the law or agency policies, and compliance may be achieved in more than one way; and
</P>
<P>(f) The guidance document describes several performance-based ways the public can comply with the underlying legal requirement, whenever appropriate, rather than specifying only one means of compliance.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.31   Public access to effective guidance documents.</HEAD>
<P>Each OA and component of OST responsible for issuing guidance documents shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Ensure all effective guidance documents, identified by a unique identifier which includes, at a minimum, the document's title and date of issuance or revision and its Z-RIN, if applicable, are on its website in a single, searchable, indexed database, and available to the public in accordance with 49 CFR 7.12(a)(2);
</P>
<P>(b) Note on its website that guidance documents lack the force and effect of law, except as authorized by law or as incorporated into a contract;
</P>
<P>(c) Maintain and advertise on its website how the public may comment electronically on any guidance documents that are subject to the notice-and-comment procedures described in § 5.41 and to submit requests electronically for issuance, reconsideration, modification, or rescission of guidance documents in accordance with § 5.43; and
</P>
<P>(d) Designate an office to receive and address complaints from the public that the OA or OST component is not following the requirements of OMB's Good Guidance Bulletin or is improperly treating a guidance document as a binding requirement.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.33   Good faith cost estimates.</HEAD>
<P>Even though not legally binding, some agency guidance may result in a substantial economic impact. For example, the issuance of agency guidance may induce private parties to alter their conduct to conform to recommended standards or practices, thereby incurring costs beyond the costs of complying with existing statutes and regulations. Though it may be difficult to predict with precision the economic impact of voluntary guidance, the proposing OA or component of OST shall, to the extent practicable, make a good faith effort to estimate the likely economic cost impact of the guidance document to determine whether the document might be significant. When an OA or OST component is assessing or explaining whether it believes a guidance document is significant, it should, at a minimum, provide the same level of analysis that would be required for a major determination under the Congressional Review Act. <I>See</I> OMB Memorandum M-19-14, Guidance on Compliance with the Congressional Review Act (April 11, 2019). When an agency determines that a guidance document will be economically significant, the OA or OST component should conduct and publish a Regulatory Impact Analysis of the sort that would accompany an economically significant rulemaking, to the extent reasonably possible.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.35   Approved procedures for guidance documents identified as “significant” or “otherwise of importance to the Department's interests.”</HEAD>
<P>(a) For guidance proposed to be issued by an OA, if there is a reasonable possibility the guidance may be considered “significant” or “otherwise of importance to the Department's interests” within the meaning of § 5.37 or if the OA is uncertain whether the guidance may qualify as such, the OA should email a copy of the proposed guidance document (or a summary of it) to the Office of Regulation and Legislation for review and further direction before issuance. Each proposed DOT guidance document determined to be significant or otherwise of importance to the Department's interests must be approved by the Secretary before issuance. In such instances, the Office of Regulation and Legislation will request that the proposing OA or component of OST obtain a Z-RIN for departmental review and clearance through the New Environment for Information and Leadership on Rules (NEIL Rules), or a successor data management system, and OGC will coordinate submission of the proposed guidance document to the Secretary for approval.
</P>
<P>(b) As with significant regulations, OGC will submit significant DOT guidance documents to OMB for coordinated review. In addition, OGC may determine that it is appropriate to coordinate with OMB in the review of guidance documents that are otherwise of importance to the Department's interests.
</P>
<P>(c) If the guidance document is determined not to be either significant or otherwise of importance to the Department's interests within the meaning of § 5.37, the Office of Regulation and Legislation will advise the proposing OA or component of OST to proceed with issuance of the guidance either through the Office of the Executive Secretariat (for <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notices) or through its standard clearance process. For each guidance document coordinated through the Office of the Executive Secretariat, the issuing OA or component of OST should include a statement in the action memorandum indicating that the guidance document has been reviewed and cleared in accordance with this process.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.37   Definitions of “significant guidance document” and guidance documents that are “otherwise of importance to the Department's interests.”</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>significant guidance document</I> means a guidance document that will be disseminated to regulated entities or the general public and that may reasonably be anticipated:
</P>
<P>(1) To lead to an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the U.S. economy, a sector of the U.S. economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities;
</P>
<P>(2) To create serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another Federal agency;
</P>
<P>(3) To alter materially the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
</P>
<P>(4) To raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in E.O. 12866, as further amended.
</P>
<P>(b) The term <I>significant guidance document</I> does not include the categories of documents excluded by § 5.25(b) or any other category of guidance documents exempted in writing by OGC in consultation with OMB's Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA).
</P>
<P>(c) Significant and economically significant guidance documents must be reviewed by OIRA under E.O. 12866 before issuance; and must demonstrate compliance with the applicable requirements for regulations or rules, including significant regulatory actions, set forth in E.O. 12866, E.O. 13563, E.O. 13609, E.O. 13777, and E.O. 14192.
</P>
<P>(d) Even if not “significant,” a guidance document will be considered “otherwise of importance to the Department's interests” within the meaning of this paragraph (d) if it may reasonably be anticipated:
</P>
<P>(1) To relate to a major program, policy, or activity of the Department or a high-profile issue pending for decision before the Department;
</P>
<P>(2) To involve one of the Secretary's top policy priorities;
</P>
<P>(3) To garner significant press or congressional attention; or
</P>
<P>(4) To raise significant questions or concerns from constituencies of importance to the Department, such as committees of Congress, States or Indian Tribes, the White House or other departments of the executive branch, courts, consumer or public interest groups, or leading representatives of industry.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.39   Designation procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Office of Regulation and Legislation may request an OA or OST component to prepare a designation request for certain guidance documents. Designation requests must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A summary of the guidance document; and
</P>
<P>(2) The OA or OST component's recommended designation of “not significant,” “significant,” or “economically significant,” as well as a justification for that designation.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the Office of Regulation and Legislation will seek significance determinations from OIRA for certain guidance documents, as appropriate, in the same manner as for rulemakings. Prior to publishing these guidance documents, and with sufficient time to allow OIRA to review the document in the event that a significance determination is made, the Office of Regulation and Legislation should provide OIRA with an opportunity to review the designation request or the guidance document, if requested, to determine if it meets the definition of “significant” or “economically significant” under Executive Order 13891.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless they present novel issues, significant risks, interagency considerations, unusual circumstances, or other unique issues, the categories of guidance documents found in Appendix A 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> do not require designation by OIRA.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> See Appendix A to “Memorandum on the Review and Clearance of Guidance Documents,” available at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/sites/dot.gov/files/2025-03/Review%20and%20Clearance%20of%20Guidance%20Documents.Cote%20Memo.Signed.03-11-2025.pdf.</I></P></FTNT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.41   Notice-and-comment procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, all proposed DOT guidance documents determined to be a “significant guidance document” within the meaning of § 5.37 shall be subject to the following informal notice-and-comment procedures. The issuing OA or component of OST shall publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> announcing that a draft of the proposed guidance document is publicly available, shall post the draft guidance document either in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or on its website, shall invite public comment on the draft document for a minimum of 30 days, and shall prepare and post a public response to major concerns raised in the comments, as appropriate, either in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or on its website, either before or when the guidance document is finalized and issued.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of paragraph (a) of this section will not apply to any significant guidance document or categories of significant guidance documents for which OGC finds, in consultation with OIRA, the proposing OA or component of OST, and the Secretary, good cause that notice and public procedure thereon are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest (and incorporates the finding of good cause and a brief statement of reasons therefor in the guidance issued). Unless OGC advises otherwise in writing, the categories of guidance documents listed in Appendix A 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> will be exempt from the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> See Appendix A to “Memorandum on the Review and Clearance of Guidance Documents,” available at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/sites/dot.gov/files/2025-03/Review%20and%20Clearance%20of%20Guidance%20Documents.Cote%20Memo.Signed.03-11-2025.pdf.</I></P></FTNT>
<P>(c) Where appropriate, OGC or the proposing OA or component of OST may recommend to the Secretary that a particular guidance document that is otherwise of importance to the Department's interests shall also be subject to the informal notice-and-comment procedures described in paragraph (a) of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.43   Petitions for guidance.</HEAD>
<P>Any person may petition an OA or OST component to withdraw or modify a particular guidance document by using the procedures found in § 5.13(c). The OA or OST component should respond to all requests in a timely manner, but no later than 90 days after receipt of the request.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.45   Rescinded guidance.</HEAD>
<P>No OA or component of OST may cite, use, or rely on guidance documents that are rescinded, except to establish historical facts.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.47" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3.3.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.47   Exigent circumstances.</HEAD>
<P>In emergency situations or when the issuing OA or component of OST is required by statutory deadline or court order to act more quickly than normal review procedures allow, the issuing OA or component of OST shall coordinate with OGC to notify OIRA as soon as possible and, to the extent practicable, shall comply with the requirements of this subpart at the earliest opportunity. Wherever practicable, the issuing OA or component of OST should schedule its proceedings to permit sufficient time to comply with the procedures set forth in this subpart.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.49" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.3.3.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.49   Reports to Congress and GAO.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise determined in writing by OGC, it is the policy of the Department that upon issuing a guidance document determined to be “significant” within the meaning of section 5.37, the issuing OA or component of OST will submit a report to Congress and GAO in accordance with the procedures described in 5 U.S.C. 801 (the “Congressional Review Act”).




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Enforcement Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.53" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.53   General.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements set forth in this subpart apply to all enforcement actions taken by each DOT operating administration (OA) and each component of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation (OST) with enforcement authority.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.55" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.55   Enforcement attorney responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>All attorneys of OST and the OAs involved in enforcement activities are responsible for carrying out and adhering to the policies set forth in this subpart. All supervising attorneys with responsibility over enforcement adjudications, administrative enforcement proceedings, and other enforcement actions are accountable for the successful implementation of these policies and for reviewing and monitoring compliance with this subpart by the employees under their supervision. These responsibilities include taking all steps necessary to ensure that the Department provides a fair and impartial process at each stage of enforcement actions. The Office of Litigation and Enforcement within the Office of the General Counsel (OGC) is delegated authority to interpret this subpart and provide guidance on compliance with its policies. The Office of Litigation and Enforcement shall exercise this authority in coordination with the Chief Counsels of the OAs and subject to the direction and supervision of the General Counsel.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.57" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.57   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Administrative enforcement proceeding</I> is to be interpreted broadly, consistent with applicable law and regulations, and includes, but is not limited to, administrative civil penalty proceedings; proceedings involving potential cease-and-desist or corrective action orders; preemption proceedings; safety rating appeals; pilot and mechanic revocation proceedings; grant suspensions, terminations, or other actions to remedy violations of grant conditions; and similar enforcement-related proceedings.
</P>
<P><I>Administrative law judges</I> (ALJs) are adjudicatory hearing officers appointed by a department head to serve as triers of fact in formal and informal administrative proceedings and to issue recommended decisions in adjudications. At DOT, ALJs are to be appointed by the Secretary of Transportation and assigned to the Office of Hearings.
</P>
<P><I>Adversarial personnel</I> are those persons who represent a party (including the agency) or a position or interest at issue in an enforcement action taken or proposed to be taken by or for an agency. They include the agency's employees who investigate, prosecute, or advocate on behalf of the agency in connection with the enforcement action.
</P>
<P><I>Decisional personnel</I> are employees of the agency responsible for issuing decisions arising out of the agency's enforcement actions, which include formal or informal enforcement adjudications. These employees include ALJs, hearing officers, Administrative Judges (AJs), and agency employees who advise and assist such decision makers.
</P>
<P><I>Due process</I> means procedural rights and protections afforded by the Government to affected parties to provide for a fair process in the enforcement of legal obligations, including in connection with agency actions determining a violation of law, assessing a civil penalty, requiring a party to take corrective action or to cease and desist from conduct, or otherwise depriving a party of a property or liberty interest. Due process always includes two essential elements for a party subject to an agency enforcement action: adequate notice of the proposed agency enforcement action and a meaningful opportunity to be heard by the agency decision maker.
</P>
<P><I>Enabling act</I> means the Federal statute that defines the scope of an agency's authority and authorizes it to undertake an enforcement action.
</P>
<P><I>Enforcement action</I> means an action taken by the Department upon its own initiative or at the request of an affected party in furtherance of its statutory authority and responsibility to execute and ensure compliance with applicable laws. Such actions include administrative enforcement proceedings, enforcement adjudications, and judicial enforcement proceedings.
</P>
<P><I>Enforcement adjudication</I> is the administrative process undertaken by the agency to resolve the legal rights and obligations of specific parties with regard to a particular enforcement issue pending before an agency. The outcome of an enforcement adjudication is a formal or informal decision issued by an appropriate decision maker. Enforcement adjudications require the opportunity for participation by directly affected parties and the right to present a response to a decision maker, including relevant evidence and reasoned arguments.
</P>
<P><I>Formal enforcement adjudication</I> means an adjudication required by statute to be conducted “on the record.” The words “on the record” generally refer to a decision issued by an agency after a proceeding conducted before an ALJ (or the agency head sitting as judge or other presiding employee who is not an ALJ) using trial-type procedures. It is usually the agency's enabling act, not the APA, that determines whether a formal hearing is required.
</P>
<P><I>Informal enforcement adjudication</I> means an adjudication that is not required to be conducted “on the record” with trial-like procedures. The APA provides agencies with a substantial degree of flexibility in establishing practices and procedures for the conduct of informal adjudications.
</P>
<P><I>Investigators, inspectors, and special agents</I> refer to those agency employees or agents responsible for the investigation and review of an affected party's compliance with the regulations and other legal requirements administered by the agency.
</P>
<P><I>Judicial enforcement proceeding</I> means a proceeding conducted in an Article III court, in which the Department is seeking to enforce an applicable statute, regulation, or order.
</P>
<P><I>Procedural regulations</I> are agency regulations setting forth the procedures to be followed during adjudications consistent with the agency's enabling act, the APA, and other applicable laws.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.59" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.59   Enforcement policy generally.</HEAD>
<P>It is the policy of the Department to provide affected parties appropriate due process in all enforcement actions. In the course of such actions and proceedings, the Department's conduct must be fair and free of bias and should conclude with a well-documented decision as to violations alleged and any violations found to have been committed, the penalties or corrective actions to be imposed for such violations, and the steps needed to ensure future compliance. It is in the public interest and fundamental to good government that the Department carry out its enforcement responsibilities in a fair and just manner. No person should be subject to an administrative enforcement action or adjudication absent prior public notice of both the enforcing agency's jurisdiction over particular conduct and the legal standards applicable to that conduct. The Department should, where feasible, foster greater private-sector cooperation in enforcement, promote information sharing with the private sector, and establish predictable outcomes for private conduct.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.61" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.61   Investigative functions.</HEAD>
<P>DOT's investigative powers must be used in a manner consistent with due process, basic fairness, and respect for individual liberty and private property. Congress has granted the Secretary (and by delegation from the Secretary to the OAs) and the FAA Administrator broad investigative powers, and it is an essential part of DOT's safety and consumer protection mission to investigate compliance with the statutes and regulations administered by the Department, including through periodic inspections. The OAs and components of OST with enforcement authority are appropriately given broad discretion in determining whether and how to conduct investigations, periodic inspections, and other compliance reviews, and these investigative functions are often performed by agency investigators or inspectors in the field. The employees and contractors of DOT responsible for inspections and other investigative functions must not use these authorities as a game of “gotcha” with regulated entities and should follow existing statutes and regulations. Rather, to the maximum extent consistent with protecting the integrity of the investigation, the representatives of DOT should promptly disclose to the affected parties the reasons for the investigative review and any compliance issues identified or findings made in the course of the review. The responsible enforcement attorneys within the relevant OA or component of OST shall provide effective legal guidance to investigators and inspectors to ensure adherence to the policies and procedures set forth in this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.63" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.63   Clear legal foundation.</HEAD>
<P>All DOT enforcement actions against affected parties seeking redress for asserted violations of a statute or regulation must be founded on a grant of statutory authority in the relevant enabling act. The authority to prosecute the asserted violation and the authority to impose monetary penalties, if sought, must be clear in the text of the statute. Unless the terms of a relevant statute, or of a regulation with government-wide applicability such as 2 CFR part 180, clearly and expressly authorize the OA or component of OST to enforce the relevant legal requirement directly through an administrative enforcement proceeding, the proper forum for the enforcement action is Federal court, and the enforcement action must be initiated in court by attorneys of the Department of Justice acting in coordination with DOT counsel.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.65" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.65   Proper exercise of prosecutorial and enforcement discretion.</HEAD>
<P>The Department's attorneys and policy makers have broad discretion in deciding whether to initiate an enforcement action. Nevertheless, in exercising discretion to initiate an enforcement action and in the pursuit of that action, agency counsel must not adopt or rely upon overly broad or unduly expansive interpretations of the governing statutes or regulations and should ensure that the law is interpreted and applied according to its text. All decisions by DOT to prosecute or not to prosecute an enforcement action should be based upon a reasonable interpretation of the law about which the public has received fair notice and should be made with due regard for fairness, the facts and evidence adduced through an appropriate investigation or compliance review, the availability of scarce resources, the administrative needs of the responsible OA or OST component, Administration policy, and the importance of the issues involved to the fulfillment of the Department's statutory responsibilities.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.67" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.67   Duty to review for legal sufficiency.</HEAD>
<P>In accordance with established agency procedures, enforcement actions should be reviewed by the responsible agency component for legal sufficiency under applicable statutes and regulations, judicial decisions, and other appropriate authorities. Though it may not always be feasible or necessary for agency personnel to consult with counsel before initiating an enforcement action, particularly since the OAs utilize a variety of enforcement personnel to staff their enforcement programs, including personnel located in the field, agency personnel should ensure that the basis for an enforcement action is legally sufficient before initiating it. If, in the opinion of the responsible agency component or its counsel, the evidence is sufficient to support the assertion of violation(s), then the agency may proceed with the enforcement action. If the evidence is not sufficient to support the proposed enforcement action, the agency may modify or amend the charges and bring an enforcement action in line with the evidence or return the case to the enforcement staff for additional investigation. The reviewing attorney or agency component may also recommend the closure of the case for lack of sufficient evidence. Attorneys at many of the OAs issue Notices of Probable Violations, Notice of Claims, or Demand Letters to initiate enforcement proceedings. At other OAs, these documents are issued by non-attorney program officials. The duty to review applies equally to all agency attorneys whether deciding to issue a document to initiate enforcement proceedings or to continue to prosecute based upon a document previously issued by a non-attorney program official. In the latter situation, it is important that attorneys provide legal input, training, and review of the work product of the program office. At all times, DOT attorneys are encouraged to exercise their best professional judgment in deciding to initiate, continue, or recommend closing a case, consistent with applicable legal and ethical standards. The Department will not initiate enforcement actions as a “fishing expedition” to find potential violations of law in the absence of sufficient evidence in hand to support the assertion of a violation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.69" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.69   Fair notice.</HEAD>
<P>Notice to the regulated party is a due process requirement. All documents initiating an enforcement action shall ensure notice reasonably calculated to inform the regulated party of the nature and basis for the action being taken to allow an opportunity to challenge the action and to avoid unfair surprise. The notice should include legal authorities, statutes or regulations allegedly violated, basic issues, key facts alleged, a clear statement of the grounds for the agency's action, and a reference to or recitation of the procedural rights available to the party to challenge the agency action, including appropriate procedure for seeking administrative and judicial review.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.71" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.71   Separation of functions.</HEAD>
<P>For those OAs or OST components whose regulations provide for a separation of decisional personnel from adversarial personnel in an administrative enforcement proceeding, any agency personnel who have taken an active part in investigating, prosecuting, or advocating in the enforcement action should not serve as a decision maker and should not advise or assist the decision maker in that same or a related case. In such proceedings, the agency's adversarial personnel should not furnish ex parte advice or factual materials to decisional personnel. When and as necessary, agency employees involved in enforcement actions should consult legal counsel and applicable regulations and ethical standards for further guidance on these requirements.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.73" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.73   Avoiding bias.</HEAD>
<P>Consistent with all applicable laws and ethical standards relating to recusals and disqualifications, no Federal employee or contractor may participate in a DOT enforcement action in any capacity, including as ALJ, adjudication counsel, adversarial personnel, or decisional personnel, if that person has:
</P>
<P>(a) A financial or other personal interest that would be affected by the outcome of the enforcement action;
</P>
<P>(b) Personal animus against a party to the action or against a group to which a party belongs;
</P>
<P>(c) Prejudgment of the adjudicative facts at issue in the proceeding; or
</P>
<P>(d) Any other prohibited conflict of interest.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.75" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.75   Representation of regulated parties.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to ethical standards governing post-Federal employment and applicable State bar requirements, regulated entities are free to choose their representatives—attorney or non-attorney—who will represent them before an OST component or OA. Each OST component or OA should assist <I>pro se</I> litigants and those who are unfamiliar with our procedures to the extent practical and allowable under ethical and State bar requirements.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.77" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.77   Formal enforcement adjudications.</HEAD>
<P>When a case is referred by the decision maker to the Office of Hearings or another designated hearing officer for formal adjudication (an “on the record” hearing), the assigned ALJ or hearing officer should use trial-type procedures consistent with applicable legal provisions. In formal adjudication, the APA requires findings and reasons on all material issues of fact, law, or discretion (policy). In all formal adjudications, the responsible OA or component of OST shall adhere faithfully and consistently to the procedures established in the relevant procedural regulations. Agency counsel engaged in formal adjudications on behalf of DOT are accountable for compliance with the requirements of this subpart.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.79" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.79   Informal enforcement adjudications.</HEAD>
<P>Even though informal adjudications do not require trial-type procedures, the responsible OA or component of OST should ordinarily afford the applicant or the regulated entity that is the subject of the adjudication (as the case may be), as well as other directly affected parties (if any), adequate notice and an opportunity to be heard on the matter under review, either through an oral presentation or through a written submission. Except in cases of a safety emergency or when the clear text of the relevant enabling act or government-wide regulation, such as 2 CFR part 180, expressly authorizes exigent enforcement action without a prior hearing, the responsible OA or component of OST shall give the regulated entity appropriate advance notice of the proposed enforcement action and shall advise the entity of the opportunity for an informal hearing in a manner and sufficiently in advance that the entity's representatives have a fair opportunity to prepare for and to participate in the hearing, whether in person or by writing. The notice should be in plain language and, when appropriate, contain basic information about the applicable adjudicatory process. In all informal adjudications, the responsible OA or component of OST shall adhere faithfully and consistently to the procedures established in any applicable procedural regulations.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.81" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.81   The hearing record.</HEAD>
<P>In formal hearings, the agency shall comply with the APA and shall include in the record of the hearing the testimony, exhibits, papers, and requests that are filed by parties to the hearing, in addition to the ALJ's or hearing officer's decision or the decision on appeal. For informal hearings, the record shall include the information that the agency considered “at the time it reached the decision” and its contemporaneous findings. The administrative record does not include privileged documents, such as attorney-client communications or deliberative or draft documents. Agencies are encouraged to make the record available to all interested parties to the fullest extent allowed by law, consistent with appropriate protections for the handling of confidential information.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.83" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.83   Contacts with the public.</HEAD>
<P>After the initiation of an enforcement proceeding, communications between persons outside the agency and agency decisional personnel should occur on the record. Consistent with applicable regulations and procedures, if oral, written, or electronic ex parte communications occur, they should be placed on the record as soon as practicable. Notice should be given to the parties that such communications are being placed into the record. When performing departmental functions, all DOT employees should properly identify themselves as employees of the Department, including the OA or component of OST in which they work; they should properly show official identification if the contact is made in person; and they should clearly state the nature of their business and the reasons for the contact. All contacts by DOT personnel with the public shall be professional, fair, honest, direct, and consistent with all applicable ethical standards.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.85" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.85   Duty to disclose exculpatory evidence.</HEAD>
<P>It is the Department's policy that each responsible OA or component of OST will voluntarily follow in its civil enforcement actions the principle articulated in <I>Brady</I> v. <I>Maryland</I> (373 U.S. 83 (1963)) in which the Supreme Court held that the Due Process Clause of the Fifth Amendment requires disclosure of exculpatory evidence “material to guilt or punishment” known to the government but unknown to the defendant in criminal cases. Adopting the “Brady rule” and making affirmative disclosures of exculpatory evidence in all enforcement actions will contribute to the Department's goal of open and fair investigations and administrative enforcement proceedings. This policy requires the agency's adversarial personnel to disclose materially exculpatory evidence in the agency's possession to the representatives of the regulated entity whose conduct is the subject of the enforcement action. These affirmative disclosures should include any material evidence known to the Department's adversarial personnel that may be favorable to the regulated entity in the enforcement action—including evidence that tends to negate or diminish the party's responsibility for a violation or that could be relied upon to reduce the potential fine or other penalties. The regulated entity need not request such favorable information; it should be disclosed as a matter of course. Agency counsel should recommend appropriate remedies to DOT decision makers where a <I>Brady</I> rule violation has occurred, using the factors identified by courts when applying the <I>Brady</I> rule in the criminal context.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.87" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.87   Use of guidance documents in administrative enforcement cases.</HEAD>
<P>Guidance documents cannot create binding requirements that do not already exist by statute or regulation. Accordingly, the Department may not use its enforcement authority to convert agency guidance documents into binding rules. Likewise, enforcement attorneys may not use noncompliance with guidance documents as a basis for proving violations of applicable law. Guidance documents can do no more, with respect to prohibition of conduct, than articulate the agency or Department's understanding of how a statute or regulation applies to particular circumstances. The Department may cite a guidance document to convey this understanding in an administrative enforcement action or adjudication only if it has notified the public of such document in advance through publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or on the Department's website. Additional procedures related to guidance documents are contained in subpart C of this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.89" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.89   Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR).</HEAD>
<P>The OAs and the components of OST with enforcement authority are encouraged to use ADR to resolve enforcement cases where appropriate. The Department's ADR policy describes a variety of problem-solving processes that can be used in lieu of litigation or other adversarial proceedings to resolve disputes over compliance.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.91" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.91   Duty to adjudicate proceedings promptly.</HEAD>
<P>Agency attorneys should promptly initiate proceedings or prosecute matters referred to them. In addition, cases should not be allowed to linger unduly after the adjudicatory process has begun. Attorneys should seek to settle matters where possible or refer the case to a decision maker for proper disposition when settlement negotiations have reached an impasse. Absent the showing of unusual or extenuating circumstances, or if necessitated for good cause, each OST component or OA with enforcement authority shall apply limiting principles to the duration of investigations. On-site investigations should generally be limited to 10 business days or less and enforcement staff shall make a decision on pursuing an administrative action within 30 days of the completion of the inspection or investigation and commence an enforcement action as soon as possible thereafter—unless otherwise required by statute.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.93" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.93   Termination of investigation.</HEAD>
<P>When the facts disclosed by an investigation indicate that further action is not warranted, the OST component or OA with enforcement authority will close the investigation without prejudice to further investigation and will notify the person being investigated of the decision. This notification requirement should only be applied where a subject of an investigation has previously been made aware of the investigation, or other pre-enforcement activity. Nothing in this section precludes civil enforcement action at a later time related to the findings of the investigation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.95" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.95   Initiation of additional investigations.</HEAD>
<P>OST components and OAs should not initiate additional investigations of a party after commencing an enforcement action absent a showing of good cause (<I>e.g.,</I> new complaints, accidents, or incidents), except when the additional investigation is prompted by facts uncovered in the initial investigation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.97" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.97   Agency decisions.</HEAD>
<P>Agency counsel may be used in the conduct of informal hearings and to prepare initial recommended decisions for the agency decision maker. The agency must notify the directly affected parties of its decision, and the decision must reasonably inform the parties in a timely manner of the additional procedural rights available to them.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.99" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.99   Settlements.</HEAD>
<P>Settlement conferences may be handled by appropriate agency counsel without the involvement of the agency's decision maker. Once a matter is settled by compromise, that agreement should be reviewed and accepted by an appropriate supervisor. The responsible OA or component of OST should issue an order adopting the terms of the settlement agreement as the final agency decision, where and as authorized by statute or regulation. No DOT settlement agreement, consent order, or consent decree should be used to adopt or impose new regulatory obligations for entities that are not parties to the settlement. Unless required by law, settlement agreements are not confidential and are subject to public disclosure.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.101" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.101   OGC approval required for certain settlement terms.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever a proposed settlement agreement, consent order, or consent decree would impose behavioral commitments or obligations on a regulated entity that go beyond the requirements of relevant statutes and regulations, including the appointment of an independent monitor or the imposition of novel, unprecedented, or extraordinary obligations, the responsible OA or OST component should obtain the approval of OGC before finalizing the settlement agreement, consent order, or consent decree.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.103" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.103   Basis for civil penalties and disclosures thereof.</HEAD>
<P>No civil penalties will be sought in any DOT enforcement action except when and as supported by clear statutory authority and sufficient findings of fact. Where applicable statutes vest the agency with discretion with regard to the amount or type of penalty sought or imposed, the penalty should reflect due regard for fairness, the scale of the violation, the violator's knowledge and intent, and any mitigating factors (such as whether the violator is a small business). The assessment of proposed or final penalties in a DOT enforcement action shall be communicated in writing to the subject of the action, along with a full explanation of the basis for the calculation of asserted penalties. In addition, the agency shall voluntarily share penalty calculation worksheets, manuals, charts, or other appropriate materials that shed light on the way penalties are calculated to ensure fairness in the process and to encourage a negotiated resolution where possible.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.105" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.105   Publication of decisions.</HEAD>
<P>The agency's decisions in informal adjudications are not required to be published under the APA. However, where the agency intends to rely on its opinions in future cases, those opinions must generally be made available on agency websites or in agency reading rooms (and publication on Westlaw, Lexis, or similar legal services is also highly recommended). The APA has been read to require that opinions in formal adjudications must be made “available for public inspection and copying.” Agencies are strongly encouraged to publish all formal decisions on Westlaw, Lexis, or similar legal services.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.107" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.107   Coordination with the Office of Inspector General on criminal matters.</HEAD>
<P>All Department employees must comply with the operative DOT Order(s) addressing referrals of potential criminal matters to the Office of Inspector General (OIG), consistent with the respective roles of the OIG and DOT OAs and components of OST in criminal investigations and the OIG's investigative procedures under the Inspector General Act of 1978, as amended.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.109" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.109   Standard operating procedures.</HEAD>
<P>All legal offices that participate in or render advice in connection with enforcement actions should, to the extent practicable, operate under standard operating procedures. Such offices include, but are not limited to, those that oversee investigatory matters and serve as adversarial personnel in the agency's enforcement matters. These standard operating procedures, which can be contained in manuals, can be used to outline step-by-step requirements for attorney actions in the investigative stage and the prosecution stage; the role of an attorney as counselor, adjudicator, or litigator; the rulemaking process; and the process for issuance of guidance documents, letters of interpretation, preemption decisions, legislative guidance, contract administration, and a variety of other legal functions performed in the legal office. Each DOT OA and each OST component that conducts administrative inspections shall operate under those procedures governing such inspections and shall adopt such administrative inspection procedures if they do not exist. Those procedures shall be updated in a timely manner as needed.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.111" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.111   Cooperative information sharing.</HEAD>
<P>The Department, as appropriate and to the extent practicable and permitted by law, shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Encourage voluntary self-reporting of regulatory violations by regulated parties in exchange for reduction or waivers of civil penalties;
</P>
<P>(b) Encourage voluntary information sharing by regulated parties; and
</P>
<P>(c) Provide pre-enforcement rulings to regulated parties (formal and informal interpretations).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.113" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.113   Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA).</HEAD>
<P>The Department shall comply with the terms of SBREFA when conducting administrative inspections and adjudications, including section 223 of SBREFA (reduction or waivers of civil penalties, where appropriate). The Department will also cooperate with the Small Business Administration (SBA) when a small business files a comment or complaint related to DOT's inspection authority and when requested to answer SBREFA compliance requests.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.115" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.115   Referral of matters for judicial enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>In considering whether to refer a matter for judicial enforcement by the Department of Justice, DOT attorneys should consult the applicable procedures set forth by the General Counsel, including in the document entitled “Partnering for Excellence: Coordination of Legal Work Within the U.S. Department of Transportation,” and any update or supplement to such document issued hereafter by the General Counsel. The specific procedures for initiating an affirmative litigation request are currently found in the coordination document at section 11.B.l., “Affirmative Litigation Requests to the Department of Justice.” In most instances, requests to commence affirmative litigation must be reviewed by OGC, with such reviews coordinated through the Office of Litigation and Enforcement.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.117" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.117   Publicly available decisional quality and efficiency metrics.</HEAD>
<P>Each OST component or OA should annually identify, collect, and make publicly available decisional quality and efficiency metrics regarding adjudication under administrative, judicial, and split enforcement models (of adjudication), to include, <I>e.g.,</I> the number of matters that have been pending with the agency over relevant time periods, the number of matters disposed by the agency annually, and data on the types of matters before and disposed of by the agency. This data shall be made available and prominently published on the OST component or OA's website within 180 days of the close of the fiscal year.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 5.119" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.3.4.3.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 5.119   Enforcement rights.</HEAD>
<P>Regulated parties that are the subject of a DOT enforcement action may, during the course of the enforcement action, petition the DOT General Counsel for a determination that responsible DOT personnel violated one or more provisions of this subpart with respect to the enforcement action. If the General Counsel chooses to review the petition and determines that DOT personnel did not follow the provisions of this subpart, the General Counsel may elect to direct the relevant agency decisionmaker to award the following type of relief, as warranted by the circumstances and consistent with law:
</P>
<P>(a) Removal of the enforcement team from the particular matter;
</P>
<P>(b) Elimination of certain issues or the exclusion of certain evidence or the directing of certain factual findings in the course of the enforcement action; and
</P>
<P>(c) Restarting the enforcement action again from the beginning or recommencing the action from an earlier point in the proceeding.

 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="6" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 6—IMPLEMENTATION OF EQUAL ACCESS TO JUSTICE ACT IN AGENCY PROCEEDINGS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 504; 28 U.S.C. 2412. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>48 FR 1070, Jan. 10, 1983, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.1.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.1   Purpose of these rules.</HEAD>
<P>The Equal Access to Justice Act, 5 U.S.C. 504 (called “the Act” in this part), provides for the award of attorney fees and other expenses to eligible individuals and entities who are parties to certain administrative proceedings (called “adversary adjudications”) before government agencies, such as the Department of Transportation or any of its operating administrations. The rules in this part describe the parties eligible for awards and the proceedings that are covered. They also explain how to apply for awards, and the procedures and standards that this agency will use to make them. The use of the term “Department”, in this rule, will be understood to mean the Department of Transportation or any of its operating administrations, unless otherwise specified. The term “agency counsel” will be understood to mean counsel for the Department of Transportation or any of its operating administrations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 1070, Jan. 10, 1983, as amended at 62 FR 19233, Apr. 21, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.1.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>Section 6.9(a) applies to any adversary adjudication pending before the Department on or after October 1, 1981. In addition, applicants for awards must also meet the standards of § 6.9(b) for any adversary adjudication commenced on or after March 29, 1996.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 19233, Apr. 21, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.1.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.5   Proceedings covered.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Act applies to adversarial adjudications conducted by the Department of Transportation. These are adjudications under 5 U.S.C. 554 in which the position of the Department is represented by an attorney or other representative who enters an appearance and participates in the proceeding. Coverage of the Act begins at designation of a proceeding or issuance of a charge sheet. Any proceeding in which the Department may prescribe or establish a lawful present or future rate is not covered by the Act. Proceedings to grant or renew licenses are also excluded, but proceedings to modify, suspend, or revoke licenses are covered if they are otherwise “adversary adjudications.” For the Department of Transportation, the types of proceedings covered include, but may not be limited to: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) automotive fuel economy enforcement under 49 CFR part 511; Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) enforcement of motor carrier safety regulations under 49 CFR 386; and the Department's aviation economic enforcement proceedings conducted by its Office of Aviation Enforcement and Proceedings pursuant to 14 CFR Chapter II. Also covered is any hearing conducted under Chapter 38 of title 31 of the U.S. Code or the Religious Freedom Restoration Act of 1993 (42 U.S.C. 2000bb <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(b) If a proceeding includes both matters covered by the Act and matters specifically excluded from coverage, any award made will include only fees and expenses related to covered issues.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 1070, Jan. 10, 1983, as amended at 62 FR 19233, Apr. 21, 1997; 81 FR 71385, Oct. 17, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.1.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.7   Eligibility of applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be eligible for an award of attorney fees and other expenses under the Act, the applicant must be a party to an adversary adjudication for which it seeks an award. The term “party” is defined in 5 U.S.C. 504(b)(1)(B). The applicant must show that it meets all conditions of eligibility set out in this subpart and in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The types of eligible applicants are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) An individual with a net worth of not more than $2 million;
</P>
<P>(2) The sole owner of an unincorporated business who has a net worth of not more than $7 million, including both personal and business interests, and not more than 500 employees.
</P>
<P>(3) A charitable or other tax-exempt organization as described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)) with not more than 500 employees;
</P>
<P>(4) A cooperative association as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 1141j(a)) with a net worth of not more than $5 million and not more than 500 employees.
</P>
<P>(5) Any other partnership, corporation, association, or public or private organization with a net worth of not more than $7 million and not more than 500 employees.
</P>
<P>(6) For the purposes of § 6.9(b), eligible applicants include small entities as defined in 5 U.S.C. 601.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of eligibility, the net worth and number of employees of an applicant shall be determined as of the date the proceeding was designated.
</P>
<P>(d) An applicant who owns an unincorporated business will be considered an “individual” rather than a “sole owner of an unincorporated business” if the issues on which the applicant prevails are related primarily to personal interests rather than to business interests.
</P>
<P>(e) The number of employees of an applicant includes all persons who regularly perform services for remuneration for the applicant, under the applicant's direction and control. Part-time employees shall be included on a proportional basis.
</P>
<P>(f) The net worth and number of employees of the applicant and all of its affiliates shall be aggregated to determine eligibility. Any individual, corporation or other entity that directly or indirectly controls or owns a majority of the voting shares or other interest of the applicant, or any corporation or other entity of which the applicant directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting shares or other interest, will be considered an affiliate for purposes of this part, unless the administrative law judge determines that such treatment would be unjust and contrary to the purposes of the Act in light of the actual relationship between the affiliated entities. In addition, the administrative law judge may determine that financial relationships of the applicant other than those described in this paragraph constitute special circumstances that would make an award unjust.
</P>
<P>(g) An applicant that participates in a proceeding primarily on behalf of one or more other persons or entities that would be ineligible is not itself eligible for an award.
</P>
<P>(h) An applicant who appears <I>pro se</I> in a proceeding is ineligible for award of attorney fees. However, eligibility for other expenses is not affected by <I>pro se</I> representation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 1070, Jan. 10, 1983, as amended at 62 FR 19234, Apr. 21, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.1.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.9   Standards for awards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An eligible applicant may receive an award for fees and expenses incurred by that party in connection with a decision in favor of the applicant in a proceeding covered by this Part, unless the position of the Department over which the applicant has prevailed was substantially justified or special circumstances make the award sought unjust. The burden of proof that an award should not be made to an eligible applicant is on the Department where it has initiated the proceeding. No presumption arises that the Department's position was not substantially justified simply because the Department did not prevail. Whether or not the position of the Department was substantially justified shall be determined on the basis of the administrative record, as a whole, in the adversary adjudication for which fees and other expenses are sought. The “position of the Department” means, in addition to the position taken by the agency in the adversary adjudication, the action or failure to act by the Department upon which the adversary adjudication may be based.
</P>
<P>(b) In the context of a Departmental proceeding to enforce a party's compliance with a statutory or regulatory requirement, if the demand by the Department is substantially in excess of the amount awarded to the government pursuant to the decision of the adjudicative officer and is unreasonable when compared with such decision, under the facts and circumstances of the case, the adjudicative officer shall award to an eligible applicant party the fees and expenses related to defending against the excessive demand, unless the applicant party has committed a willful violation of law or otherwise acted in bad faith, or special circumstances make an award unjust. Fees and expenses awarded under this paragraph shall be paid only as a consequence of appropriations provided in advance. As used in this section, “demand” means the express demand of the Department which led to the adversary adjudication, but does not include a recitation by the Department of the maximum statutory penalty 
</P>
<P>(i) In the administrative complaint, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Elsewhere when accompanied by an express demand for a lesser amount.
</P>
<P>(c) The decision of the Department on the application for fees and other expenses shall be the final administrative decision under this section.
</P>
<P>(d) An award will be reduced or denied if the applicant has unduly or unreasonably protracted the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 19234, Apr. 21, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.1.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.11   Allowable fees and expenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Awards will be based on rates customarily charged by persons engaged in the business of acting as attorneys, agents or expert witnesses.
</P>
<P>(b) No award for the fee of an attorney or agent under these rules may exceed $125.00 per hour. This amount shall include all other expenses incurred by the attorney or agent in connection with the case. No award to compensate an expert witness may exceed the highest market rate at which the Department pays expert witnesses, or $24.09 per hour, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(c) In determining the reasonableness of the fee sought for an attorney, agent or expert witness, the administrative law judge shall consider the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If the attorney, agent or witness is in private practice, his or her customary fee for similar services, or, if an employee of the applicant, the fully allocated cost of the services;
</P>
<P>(2) The prevailing rate for similar services in the community in which the attorney, agent or witness ordinarily performs services;
</P>
<P>(3) The time actually spent in the representation of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(4) The time reasonably spent in light of the difficulty or complexity of the issues in the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(5) Such other factors as may bear on the value of the services provided.
</P>
<P>(d) The reasonable cost of any study, analysis, engineering report, test, project or similar matter prepared on behalf of a party may be awarded, to the extent that the charge for the service does not exceed the prevailing rate for similar services, and the study or other matter was necessary for preparation of the applicant's case.
</P>
<P>(e) Fees may be awarded only for work performed after designation of a proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 1070, Jan. 10, 1983, as amended at 62 FR 19234, Apr. 21, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.1.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.13   Delegations of authority.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of Transportation delegates to the head of each operating administration of this Department the authority to take final action, other than rulemaking, on matters pertaining to the Act in actions that require section 554 proceedings. The head of each operating administration may redelegate this authority. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Information Required from Applicants</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.17   Contents of application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for an award of fees and expenses under the Act shall identify the applicant and the proceeding for which an award is sought. The application shall show that the applicant has prevailed and identify the position of an agency or agencies in the proceeding that the applicant alleges was not substantially justified. Unless the applicant is an individual, the application shall also state that it did not have more than 500 employees at the time the proceeding was initiated, giving the number of employees of the applicant and describing briefly the type and purpose of its organization or business.
</P>
<P>(b) The application shall also include a statement that the applicant's net worth does not exceed $1 million (if an individual) or $5 million (for all other applicants, including their affiliates). However, an applicant may omit this statement if:
</P>
<P>(1) It attaches a copy of a ruling by the Internal Revenue Service that it qualifies as an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)) or, in the case of a tax-exempt organization not required to obtain a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service on its exempt status, a statement that describes the basis for the applicant's belief that it qualifies under such section; or
</P>
<P>(2) It states that it is a cooperative association as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 114j(a)).
</P>
<P>(c) The application shall state the amount of fees and expenses for which an award is sought.
</P>
<P>(d) The application may also include any other matters that the applicant wishes this agency to consider in determining whether and in what amount an award should be made.
</P>
<P>(e) The application shall be signed by the applicant or an authorized officer or attorney of the applicant. It shall also contain or be accompanied by a written verification under oath or under penalty of perjury that the information provided in the application is true and correct.
</P>
<P>(f) If the applicant is a partnership, corporation, association, or organization, or a sole owner of an unincorporated business, the application shall state that it did not have more than 500 employees at the time the proceeding was initiated, giving the number of its employees and describing briefly the type and purpose of its organization or business. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.19   Net worth exhibit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each applicant except a qualified tax-exempt organization or cooperative association must provide with its application a detailed exhibit showing the net worth of the applicant and any affiliates (as defined in this part) when the proceeding was designated. If any individual, corporation, or other entity directly or indirectly controls or owns a majority of the voting shares or other interest of the applicant, or if the applicant directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting shares or other interest of any corporation or other entity, the exhibit must include a showing of the net worth of all such affiliates or of the applicant including the affiliates. The exhibit may be in any form convenient to the applicant that provides full disclosure of the applicant's and its affiliates' assets and liabilities and is sufficient to determine whether the applicant qualifies under the standards in this subpart. The administrative law judge may require an applicant to file additional information to determine its eligibility for an award.
</P>
<P>(b) The net worth exhibit shall describe any transfers of assets from, or obligations incurred by, the applicant or any affiliate, occurring in the one-year period prior to the date on which the proceeding was initiated, that reduced the net worth of the applicant and its affiliates below the applicable net worth ceiling. If there were no such transactions, the applicant shall so state.
</P>
<P>(c) The net worth exhibit shall be included in the public record of the proceeding. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.21   Documentation of fees and expenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The application shall be accompanied by full documentation of the fees and expenses, including the cost of any study, analysis, engineering report, test, project or similar matter, for which an award is sought.
</P>
<P>(b) The documentation shall include an affidavit from any attorney, agent, or expert witness representing or appearing in behalf of the party, stating the actual time expended and the rate at which fees and other expenses were computed and describing the specific services performed.
</P>
<P>(1) The affidavit shall state the services performed. In order to establish the hourly rate, the affidavit shall state the hourly rate which is billed and paid by the majority of clients during the relevant time periods.
</P>
<P>(2) If no hourly rate is paid by the majority of clients because, for instance, the attorney or agent represents most clients on a contingency basis, the attorney or agent shall provide information about two attorneys or agents with similar experience, who perform similar work, stating their hourly rate.
</P>
<P>(c) The documentation shall also include a description of any expenses for which reimbursement is sought and a statement of the amounts paid and payable by the applicant or by any other person or entity for the services provided.
</P>
<P>(d) The administrative law judge may require the applicant to provide vouchers, receipts, or other substantiation for any expenses claimed.
</P>
<P>(e) The administrative law judge may, within his or her discretion, make a determination as to whether a study, conducted by the applicant, was necessary to the preparation of the applicant's case.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Procedures for Considering Applications</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.23   Filing and service of documents.</HEAD>
<P>Any application for an award or other pleading or document related to an application shall be filed and served on all parties to the proceeding in the same manner as other pleadings in the proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.3.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.25   Answer to application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 30 calendar days after service of an application, the agency counsel may file an answer to the application. Unless the agency counsel requests an extension of time for filing or files a statement of intent to negotiate under paragraph (b) of this section, failure to file an answer within the 30-day period may be treated as a consent to the award request.
</P>
<P>(b) If agency counsel and applicant believe that they can reach a settlement concerning the award, the agency counsel may file a statement of intent to negotiate. The filing of such a statement shall extend the time for filing an answer an additional 30 days.
</P>
<P>(c) The answer shall explain in detail any objections to the award requested and identify the facts relied on in support of the Department's position. If the answer is based on any alleged facts not already in the record of the proceeding, the Department shall include with the answer either supporting affidavits or a request for further proceedings under § 6.3.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 1070, Jan. 10, 1983, as amended at 62 FR 19234, Apr. 21, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.3.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.27   Comments by other parties.</HEAD>
<P>Any party to a proceeding, other than the applicant and the Department may file comments on an application within 30 days after it is served or on an answer within 15 days after it is served. A commenting party may not participate further in proceedings on the application.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.3.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.29   Settlement.</HEAD>
<P>The applicant and agency counsel may agree on a proposed settlement of the award before final action on the application, either in connection with a settlement of the underlying proceeding, or after the underlying proceeding has been concluded, in accordance with the agency's standard settlement procedure. If a prevailing party and the agency counsel agree on a proposed settlement of an award before an application has been filed the application shall be filed with the proposed settlement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.3.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.31   Further proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Ordinarily, the determination of an award will be made on the basis of the written record. However, on request of either the applicant or agency counsel, or on his or her own initiative, the administrative law judge may order further proceedings, such as an informal conference, oral argument, additional written submissions or an evidentiary hearing.
</P>
<FP>Such further proceedings shall be held only when necessary for full and fair resolution of the issues arising from the application, and shall be conducted as promptly as possible.
</FP>
<P>(b) A request that the administrative law judge order further proceedings under this section shall specifically identify the information sought or the disputed issues and shall explain why the additional proceedings are necessary to resolve the issues.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.3.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.33   Decision.</HEAD>
<P>The administrative law judge shall issue an initial decision on the application as soon as possible after completion of proceedings on the application. The decision shall also include, if at issue, findings on whether the Department's position was substantially justified, whether the applicant unduly protracted the proceedings, or whether special circumstances make an award unjust. If the applicant has sought an award against more than one agency, the decision shall allocate responsibility for payment or any award made among the agencies, and shall explain the reasons for the allocation made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.3.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.35   Agency review.</HEAD>
<P>Where Department review of the underlying decision is permitted, either the applicant or agency counsel, may seek review of the initial decision on the fee application, or the Department may decide to review the decision on its own initiative. If neither the applicant nor the agency counsel seeks review within 30 days after the decision is issued, it shall become final.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.3.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.37   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>Judicial review of final agency decisions on awards may be sought as provided in 5 U.S.C. 504(c)(2).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 6.39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.4.3.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 6.39   Payment of award.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant seeking payment of an award from the Department of Transportation or any of its operating administrations under this part shall submit a copy of the Department of Transportation's or any of its operating administration's final decisions granting the award, accompanied by a statement that the applicant will not seek review of the decision in the United States courts. The copy of the decision and the statement should be submitted to the head of the affected operating administration or the Secretary of Transportation, where the Department of Transportation, Office of the Secretary, has initiated the proceedings. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 7—PUBLIC AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 552; 31 U.S.C. 9701; 49 U.S.C. 322; E.O. 12600; E.O. 13392.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 16209, Mar. 25, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.1.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.1   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part implements the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552, as amended, and prescribes rules governing the public availability of Department of Transportation (DOT) records.
</P>
<P>(b) Subpart B of this part contains the DOT regulations concerning the public availability of:
</P>
<P>(1) Records and indices that DOT is required to publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(1) (described in § 7.11(a)); and
</P>
<P>(2) Records and indices that DOT is required to make available to the public in a reading room without need for a specific request, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2) (described in § 7.12(a)).
</P>
<P>(c) Subpart C of this Part contains the DOT regulations concerning records that may be requested from DOT under the FOIA, namely, records that DOT is not required to publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or make publicly available in a reading room under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2)(A), (B), (C), and (E) and frequently requested records even if DOT has made them publicly available as required under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2)(D). Because DOT and its components make many of these records available on their Web pages (<I>http://www.dot.gov</I> or <I>http://www.dot.gov/foia</I>), requesters may find it preferable to obtain such records directly from the Web pages instead of submitting a FOIA request, if the Web pages contain records that meet their needs.
</P>
<P>(d) Subpart D of this part contains the DOT regulations concerning time limits applicable to processing requests for records under subpart C.
</P>
<P>(e) Subpart E of this part contains the DOT regulations concerning processing fees applicable to records made available under subpart B or requested under subpart C.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.2" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.1.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context requires otherwise, the following definitions apply in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> and <I>FOIA</I> mean the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552, as amended.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the head of each Operating Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Components</I>—see the definition of Department in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Concurrence</I> means that the approval of the individual being consulted is required in order for the subject action to be taken.
</P>
<P><I>Confidential commercial information</I> means trade secrets and confidential, privileged, and/or proprietary business or financial information submitted to DOT by any person.
</P>
<P><I>Consultation</I> has its ordinary meaning; the approval of the individual being consulted is not required in order for the subject action to be taken.
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> or <I>DOT</I> means the Department of Transportation, including the Office of the Secretary, the Office of Inspector General, and all DOT Operating Administrations, any of which may be referred to as a DOT component.
</P>
<P><I>First-party request</I> means a request by an individual for records pertaining to that individual.
</P>
<P><I>Hourly rate</I> means the actual hourly base pay for a civilian employee.
</P>
<P><I>Operating Administration</I> means one of the following components of the Department:
</P>
<P>(1) Federal Aviation Administration;
</P>
<P>(2) Federal Highway Administration;
</P>
<P>(3) Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration;
</P>
<P>(4) Federal Railroad Administration;
</P>
<P>(5) Federal Transit Administration;
</P>
<P>(6) Maritime Administration;
</P>
<P>(7) National Highway Traffic Safety Administration;
</P>
<P>(8) Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration; and
</P>
<P>(9) Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation.
</P>
<P><I>Reading room records</I> are those records required to be made available to the public without a specific request under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2), as described in § 7.12.
</P>
<P><I>Record</I> includes any writing, drawing, map, recording, diskette, DVD, CD-ROM, tape, film, photograph, or other documentary material, regardless of medium, by which information is preserved. The term also includes any such documentary material stored electronically by computer.
</P>
<P><I>Redact</I> means delete or mark over.
</P>
<P><I>Representative of the news media</I> means any person or entity that gathers information of potential interest to a segment of the public, uses its editorial skills to turn the raw materials into a distinct work, and distributes that work to an audience. “News” means information that is about current events or that would be of current interest to the public.
</P>
<P><I>Responsible DOT official</I> means the head of the DOT Operating Administration concerned, or the General Counsel or the Inspector General, as the case may be, or the designee of any of them authorized to take an action under this Part.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation or any individual to whom the Secretary has delegated authority in the matter concerned.
</P>
<P><I>Toll</I> means temporarily stop the running of a time limit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 16209, Mar. 25, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 21139, May 5, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Information Required To Be Made Public by DOT</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.11   What records are published in the Federal Register, and how are they accessed?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(1), DOT publishes the following records in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and makes an index of the records publicly available. For purposes of this paragraph, material that is reasonably available to the class of persons affected by the material is considered to be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> when the material is incorporated by reference with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register.
</P>
<P>(1) Descriptions of DOT's organization and the established places at which, the officers from whom, and the methods by which, the public may secure information and make submittals or obtain decisions;
</P>
<P>(2) Statements of the general course and methods by which DOT's functions are channeled and determined, including the nature and requirements of all formal and informal procedures available;
</P>
<P>(3) Rules of procedure, descriptions of forms available or the places at which forms may be obtained, and instructions as to the scope and contents of all papers, reports, or examinations;
</P>
<P>(4) Substantive rules of general applicability adopted as authorized by law and statements of general policy or interpretations of general applicability formulated and adopted by DOT; and
</P>
<P>(5) Each amendment, revision, or repeal of any material listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Federal Register locations.</I> DOT makes its <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publications and indices publicly available at the physical locations identified in § 7.12(b). The publications and indices can be accessed online at <I>http://www.federalregister.gov.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.12" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.12   What records are available in reading rooms, and how are they accessed?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2), unless the following records are promptly published and offered for sale or published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> DOT and its components make the following records, and an index to the records, available in a reading room, including an electronic reading room if the records were created by DOT on or after November 1, 1996:
</P>
<P>(1) Final opinions, including concurring and dissenting opinions, as well as orders, made in the adjudication of cases;
</P>
<P>(2) Statements of policy and interpretations, including guidance documents as defined in 49 CFR 5.25(c), that have been adopted by DOT;
</P>
<P>(3) Administrative staff manuals and instructions to staff that affect a member of the public; and
</P>
<P>(4) Copies of all records, regardless of form or format, that have been released to any person under subpart C of this part and that:
</P>
<P>(i) Because of the nature of their subject matter, DOT determines have become or are likely to become the subject of subsequent requests for substantially the same records; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Have been requested three or more times.
</P>
<P>(5) A general index of the records listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reading room locations.</I> DOT makes its reading room records and indices (in the form of lists or links) available at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/foia.</I> To the extent that DOT continues to make reading rooms available at a physical location, those locations are listed on the DOT FOIA Web site at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/foia.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 16209, Mar. 25, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 21139, May 5, 2017; 84 FR 71733, Dec. 27, 2019; 86 FR 17295, Apr. 2, 2021; 91 FR 22453, Apr. 27, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.13   How are copies of publicly available records obtained?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Copies of materials covered by this subpart that are published and offered for sale.</I> Records that are ordinarily made available to the public as a part of an information program of the Government, such as news releases and pamphlets, may be obtained upon request by contacting the appropriate DOT location identified in § 7.12(b) or the sources identified in § 7.41(g), and paying the applicable duplication fee or purchase price. Whenever practicable, DOT also makes the publications available at the appropriate physical locations identified in § 7.12(b).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Copies of materials covered by this subpart that are not published and offered for sale.</I> Such records may be ordered, upon payment of the appropriate fee (if any fee applies), through the applicable FOIA Requester Service Center or through the DOT Dockets Office identified in § 7.12(b):
</P>
<P>(1) Per copy of each page (not larger than 8.5 × 14 inches) reproduced by photocopy or similar means—US $0.10.
</P>
<P>(2) Per copy prepared by any other method of duplication—actual direct cost of production.
</P>
<P>(3) Copies are certified upon request by contacting the applicable FOIA Requester Service Center listed in § 7.27 and paying the fee prescribed in § 7.41(e).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.14" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.2.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.14   Redaction of information that is exempt from disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever DOT determines it to be necessary to prevent the disclosure of information required or authorized to be withheld by FOIA or another Federal statute (such as, to prevent a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy), DOT redacts such information from any record covered by this subpart that is published or made available. A full explanation of the justification for the deletion accompanies the record published or made available.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.2.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.15   Protection of records.</HEAD>
<P>Records made available to the public under this subpart may not be removed, altered, destroyed, or mutilated (this excludes duplicate copies that are provided to a member of the public to take and keep). 18 U.S.C. 641 provides for criminal penalties for embezzlement or theft of Government records. 18 U.S.C. 2071 provides for criminal penalties for the willful and unlawful concealment, mutilation or destruction of, or the attempt to conceal, mutilate, or destroy, Government records.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Availability of Reasonably Described Records Under the Freedom of Information Act</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.21   What does this subpart cover?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart applies to reasonably described records that are made available in response to written requests under FOIA.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Records published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(2) Records published and offered for sale.
</P>
<P>(3) Records (other than frequently requested records) made available in a reading room.
</P>
<P>(4) Records or information compiled for law enforcement purposes and covered by the disclosure exemption described in § 7.23(c)(7)(A) if—
</P>
<P>(i) The investigation or proceeding involves a possible violation of criminal law; and
</P>
<P>(ii) There is reason to believe that—
</P>
<P>(A) The subject of the investigation or proceeding is not aware of its pendency; and
</P>
<P>(B) Disclosure of the existence of the records could reasonably be expected to interfere with enforcement proceedings.
</P>
<P>(5) Informant records maintained by any criminal law enforcement component of DOT under an informant's name or personal identifier, if requested by a third party according to the informant's name or personal identifier, unless the informant's status as an informant has been officially confirmed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.22" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.3.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.22   Who administers this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Chief FOIA Officer is appointed by the Secretary to oversee DOT's compliance with the Act pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(k). The DOT Chief FOIA Officer is designated at 49 CFR 1.27a as the Career Deputy General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(b) Each DOT FOIA Requester Service Center listed in § 7.27 is the initial point of contact for providing information about its processing of requests.
</P>
<P>(c) One or more Public Liaisons are designated by the Chief FOIA Officer for each DOT FOIA Requester Service Center listed in § 7.27. Public Liaisons assist requesters in reducing delays and resolving disputes, as described in 5 U.S.C. 552(k)(6).
</P>
<P>(d) Authority to administer this subpart and to issue determinations with respect to initial requests and appeals of initial denials has been delegated as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) To the General Counsel for the records of the Office of the Secretary by 49 CFR 1.27.
</P>
<P>(2) To the Inspector General for records of the Office of Inspector General by 49 CFR 1.74.
</P>
<P>(3) To the Administrator of each DOT Operating Administration for records of that component by 49 CFR 1.81.
</P>
<P>(4) Each responsible DOT official may redelegate the authority to issue final determinations of appeals of initial denials to that official's deputy or to not more than one other officer who reports directly to the official and who is located at the headquarters of that DOT component.
</P>
<P>(5) Any such final determination by an Administrator or an Administrator's designee (following an appeal of an initial denial) is subject to concurrence by the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee, if the final determination is not to disclose a record or portion of a record under this part, or not to grant a request for a fee waiver or reduction.
</P>
<P>(6) The Inspector General or the Inspector General's designee must consult with the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee before issuing a final determination following an appeal of an initial denial, if the final determination is not to disclose a record or portion of a record under this part, or not to grant a request for a fee waiver or reduction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.3.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.23   What limitations apply to disclosure?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Policy.</I> It is DOT policy to make its records available to the public to the greatest extent possible, in keeping with the spirit of FOIA. This includes releasing reasonably segregable and meaningful nonexempt information in a document from which exempt information is withheld.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Statutory disclosure requirement.</I> As provided in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(3)(A), DOT makes reasonably described records available upon request from a member of the public, when the request is submitted in accordance with this subpart, except to the extent that the records contain information exempt from FOIA's mandate of disclosure as provided in 5 U.S.C. 552(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Statutory exemptions.</I> Exempted from FOIA's statutory disclosure requirement are matters that are:
</P>
<P>(1) Specifically authorized under criteria established by an Executive Order to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy, and are in fact properly classified pursuant to such Executive Order;
</P>
<P>(2) Related solely to the internal personnel rules and practices of an agency;
</P>
<P>(3) Specifically exempted from disclosure by statute (other than the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a, or Open Meetings Act, 5 U.S.C. 552b, as amended), in that the statute:
</P>
<P>(i) Requires that the matters be withheld from the public in such a manner as to leave no discretion on the issue, establishes particular criteria for withholding, or refers to particular types of matters to be withheld; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Specifically allows withholding from release under FOIA by citation to 5 U.S.C. 552;
</P>
<P>(4) Trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential;
</P>
<P>(5) Inter-agency or intra-agency memorandums or letters that would not be available by law to a party other than an agency in litigation with the agency, provided that the deliberative process privilege shall not apply to records created 25 years or more before the date on which the records were requested;
</P>
<P>(6) Personnel and medical files and similar files the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy;
</P>
<P>(7) Records or information compiled for law enforcement purposes, but only to the extent that the production of such law enforcement records or information—
</P>
<P>(i) Could reasonably be expected to interfere with enforcement proceedings;
</P>
<P>(ii) Would deprive a person of a right to a fair or an impartial adjudication;
</P>
<P>(iii) Could reasonably be expected to constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy;
</P>
<P>(iv) Could reasonably be expected to disclose the identity of a confidential source, including a State, local, tribal, or foreign agency or authority or any private institution which furnished information on a confidential basis, and, in the case of a record or information compiled by a criminal law enforcement authority in the course of a criminal investigation or by an agency conducting a lawful national security intelligence investigation, information furnished by a confidential source;
</P>
<P>(v) Would disclose techniques and procedures for law enforcement investigations or prosecutions or would disclose guidelines for law enforcement investigations or prosecutions, if such disclosure could reasonably be expected to risk circumvention of the law; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Could reasonably be expected to endanger the life or physical safety of any individual;
</P>
<P>(8) Contained in or related to examination, operating, or condition reports prepared by, on behalf of, or for the use of an agency responsible for the regulation or supervision of financial institutions; or
</P>
<P>(9) Geological and geophysical information and data, including maps, concerning wells.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Application of exemptions.</I> DOT shall withhold information pursuant to a statutory exemption only if:
</P>
<P>(1) DOT reasonably foresees that disclosure would harm an interest protected by an exemption under paragraph (c) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Disclosure is prohibited by law or otherwise exempted from disclosure under paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Redacted information.</I> DOT indicates the amount of information redacted from records released under the FOIA and the exemption(s) relied upon in redacting the information, at the place in the record where the redaction is made, when technically feasible and when doing so does not harm an interest protected by the exemption concerned.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Non-confidentiality of requests.</I> DOT releases the names of FOIA requesters and descriptions of the records they have sought, as shown on DOT FOIA logs, except to the extent that a statutory exemption authorizes or requires withholding of the log information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 16209, Mar. 25, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 21139, May 5, 2017; 82 FR 25740, June 5, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.24" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.3.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.24   How do I submit a FOIA request?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person desiring access to or a copy of a record covered by this subpart must make a written request (via paper, facsimile or electronic mail) for the record. The request should—
</P>
<P>(1) Indicate that it is being made under FOIA;
</P>
<P>(2) Display the word “FOIA” prominently on the envelope or on the subject line of the email or facsimile;
</P>
<P>(3) Be addressed to the appropriate FOIA Requester Service Center as set forth in § 7.27;
</P>
<P>(4) State the format (e.g., paper, compact disc) in which the information is sought, if the requester has a preference (see § 7.26(c)); and
</P>
<P>(5) Describe the record or records sought to the fullest extent possible. In this regard, the request should describe the subject matter of the record and, if known, indicate the date when it was made, the place where it was made, and the individual or office that made it. If the description does not enable the office handling the request to identify or locate the record sought, that office will contact the requester for additional information. So that the office may contact the requester for additional information, the request should provide the requester's complete contact information, including name, address, telephone number, and email address, if any.
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to fees, the request must—
</P>
<P>(1) Specify the fee category (commercial use, news media, educational institution, noncommercial scientific institution, or other; see § 7.42(g)) in which the requester claims the request falls and the basis of this claim (see subpart E of this Part for fees and fee waiver requirements);
</P>
<P>(2) Support any request for fee waiver by addressing, to the fullest extent possible, how the criteria set out in § 7.43(c) for establishing that the request is in the public interest have been met, if relevant;
</P>
<P>(3) State the maximum amount of fees that the requester is willing to pay and/or include a request for a fee waiver or reduction (if a maximum amount is not stated by the requester, DOT will assume the requester is willing to pay up to US $25);
</P>
<P>(c) If the requester seeks expedited processing at the time of the initial request, the request must include a statement supporting expedited processing, as set forth in § 7.31(c);
</P>
<P>(d) A request is not considered to be a FOIA request if the record or records sought are insufficiently described such that DOT is unable to respond as required by FOIA. The twenty Federal working day limit for responding to requests, described in § 7.31(a)(2), will not start to run until the request is determined by DOT to be sufficiently understood to enable DOT to respond as contemplated under FOIA (or would have been so determined with the exercise of due diligence by an employee of DOT) and is considered received (see paragraph (e)); and
</P>
<P>(e) Provided the request is considered to be a FOIA request (see paragraph (d)), the request is considered received when it is first received by the FOIA office to which it should have been originally sent, as shown in § 7.27, but in any event not later than ten Federal working days after it is first received by any DOT FOIA Requester Service Center identified in § 7.27.
</P>
<P>(f) As provided in § 7.35, DOT's time limit for responding to a FOIA request as set forth in subpart D may be tolled one time to seek additional information needed to clarify the request and as often as necessary to clarify fee issues with the requester.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.3.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.25   How does DOT handle first-party requests?</HEAD>
<P>(a) DOT processes FOIA requests from first-party requesters in accordance with this regulation. DOT also processes such requests in accordance with the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a) if the records reside in a Privacy Act system of records (defined in 5 U.S.C. 552a(a)(5) as a system from which information is retrieved by the individual's name or some other personal identifier). Whichever statute provides greater access is controlling.
</P>
<P>(b) First party requesters must establish their identity to DOT's satisfaction before DOT will process the request under the Privacy Act. DOT may request that first party requesters authenticate their identity to assist with our evaluation of the application of FOIA exemptions, such as FOIA Exemption 6, 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(6), to the requested records. Acceptable methods of authenticating the requester's identity include those outlined in DOT's Privacy Act regulations at 49 CFR 10.37.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.26" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.3.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.26   To what extent and in what format are records searched and made available?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Existing records.</I> A request may seek only records that are in existence at the time of the request. In determining which records are responsive to a request, DOT ordinarily will include only records in its possession as of the date it begins its search for them. If any other date is used, DOT will inform the requester of that date. DOT considers records created after the beginning of the search to be non-responsive to a request. A request made under this subpart may not require that new records be created in response to the request by, for example, combining or compiling selected items from manual files, preparing a new computer program, or calculating proportions, percentages, frequency distributions, trends, or comparisons. DOT may, in its discretion, create a new record as an alternative to disclosing existing records, if DOT determines that creating a new record will be less burdensome than disclosing large volumes of unassembled material and if the requester consents to accept the newly-created record in lieu of the existing records.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic records.</I> DOT makes a reasonable effort to search electronic records without significantly interfering with the operation of the affected information system.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Format of production.</I> DOT provides records in the form or format sought by the requester, if the records are readily reproducible in that form or format.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Photocopying of records.</I> Original records ordinarily are copied except where, in DOT's judgment, copying would endanger the quality of the original or raise the reasonable possibility of irreparable harm to the record. Original records are not released from DOT custody. DOT may make records requested under this subpart available for inspection and copying during regular business hours at the place where the records are located.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>If no responsive record is located.</I> If DOT cannot locate a requested record in agency files after a reasonable search (e.g., because the record was never created or was disposed of), DOT so notifies the requester.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.3.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.27   What are the designated DOT FOIA Requester Service Centers?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A request for a record under this subpart may be submitted via paper, facsimile, or electronic mail to the FOIA Requester Service Center designated for the DOT component where the records are located, at the electronic mail addresses or facsimile numbers identified at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/foia</I> or the mailing addresses indicated below (unless a more up-to-date mailing address has been designated at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/foia</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) FOIA Requester Service Centers at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590:
</P>
<P>(i) FOIA Requester Service Center at Federal Highway Administration, Room E64-302 (unless a more specific address has been designated by FHWA at <I>http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/foia</I>);
</P>
<P>(ii) FOIA Requester Service Center at Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Room W66-458;
</P>
<P>(iii) FOIA Requester Service Center at Federal Railroad Administration, Room W33-437;
</P>
<P>(iv) FOIA Requester Service Center at Federal Transit Administration, Room E42-315;
</P>
<P>(v) FOIA Requester Service Center at Maritime Administration, Room W24-233;
</P>
<P>(vi) FOIA Requester Service Center at National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Room W41-311;
</P>
<P>(vii) FOIA Requester Service Center at Office of the Secretary of Transportation, Room W94-122;
</P>
<P>(viii) FOIA Requester Service Center at Office of Inspector General, Room W70-329;
</P>
<P>(ix) FOIA Requester Service Center at Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Room E23-306; and
</P>
<P>(2) FOIA Requester Service Center at Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Room 306, Washington, DC 20591 (unless a more specific address has been designated by FAA at <I>http://www.faa.dot.gov/foia</I>).
</P>
<P>(3) FOIA Requester Service Center at Associate Administrator's Office, Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, 180 Andrews Street, P.O. Box 520, Massena, NY 13662-0520.
</P>
<P>(b) If the person making the request does not know where in DOT the records are located, the person may submit the request to the FOIA Requester Service Center at Office of the Secretary of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W94-122, Washington, DC 20590 or by facsimile: 202-366-8536. Requesters also may contact the FOIA Requester Service Center at the Office of the Secretary of Transportation at 202-366-4542 with questions about how to submit a FOIA request or to confirm the mailing addresses indicated in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Requests for records under this part, and FOIA inquiries generally, may be made by accessing the DOT Home Page on the Internet (<I>https://www.transportation.gov</I>) and clicking on the Freedom of Information Act link (<I>https://www.transportation.gov/foia</I>).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 16209, Mar. 25, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 21139, May 5, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.28" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.3.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.28   How does DOT handle requests that concern more than one Government agency?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the release of a DOT-created record covered by this subpart would be of concern to DOT and one or more other Federal agencies, the determination as to release is made by DOT, but only after consultation with the other concerned agency.
</P>
<P>(b) If the release of a DOT-created record covered by this subpart would be of concern to DOT and a State, local, or tribal Government, a territory or possession of the United States, or a foreign Government, the determination as to release is made by DOT, but only after consultation with the other concerned Governmental jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(c) DOT refers a request for a non-DOT-created record covered by this subpart (or the relevant portion thereof) for decision by the Federal agency that is best able to determine the record's exemption status (usually, this is the agency that originated the record), but only if that agency is subject to FOIA. DOT makes such referrals expeditiously and notifies the requester in writing that a referral has been made. DOT informs the requester that the Federal agency to which DOT referred the request will respond to the request, unless DOT is precluded from attributing the record in question to that agency.
</P>
<P>(d) DOT components will handle all consultations and referrals they receive from other agencies or DOT components according to the date the FOIA request initially was received by the first agency or DOT component, not any later date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.3.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.29   When and how does DOT consult with submitters of commercial information?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If DOT receives a request for a record that includes information designated by the submitter of the information as confidential commercial information, or that DOT has some other reason to believe may contain information of that type (see § 7.23(c)(4)), DOT notifies the submitter expeditiously and asks the submitter to submit any written objections to release (unless paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section apply). At the same time, DOT notifies the requester that notice and an opportunity to comment are being provided to the submitter. To the extent permitted by law, DOT affords the submitter a reasonable period of time to provide a detailed statement of any such objections. The submitter's statement must specify all grounds for withholding any of the information. The burden is on the submitter to identify with specificity all information for which exempt treatment is sought and to persuade the agency that the information should not be disclosed.
</P>
<P>(b) The responsible DOT component, to the extent permitted by law, considers carefully a submitter's objections and specific grounds for nondisclosure prior to determining whether to disclose commercial information. Whenever DOT decides to disclose such information over the objection of a submitter, the office responsible for the decision provides the submitter with a written notice of intent to disclose, which is sent to the submitter a reasonable number of days prior to the specified date upon which disclosure is intended. The written notice to the submitter includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the reasons for which the submitter's disclosure objections were not accepted;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the commercial information to be disclosed; and
</P>
<P>(3) A specific disclosure date.
</P>
<P>(c) The notice requirements of this section do not apply if:
</P>
<P>(1) DOT determines that the information should not be disclosed;
</P>
<P>(2) The information lawfully has been published or otherwise made available to the public; or
</P>
<P>(3) Disclosure of the information is required by law (other than 5 U.S.C. 552).
</P>
<P>(d) The procedures established in this section do not apply in the case of:
</P>
<P>(1) Information submitted to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and addressed in 49 CFR part 512.
</P>
<P>(2) Information contained in a document to be filed or in oral testimony that is sought to be withheld pursuant to Rule 12 of the Rules of Practice in Aviation Economic Proceedings (14 CFR 302.12).
</P>
<P>(3) Information submitted to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration and addressed in 49 CFR 389.9.
</P>
<P>(e) Whenever a requester brings suit seeking to compel disclosure of confidential commercial information, the responsible DOT component promptly notifies the submitter. The submitter may be joined as a necessary party in any suit brought against DOT or a DOT component for nondisclosure.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 16209, Mar. 25, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 21139, May 5, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Time Limits</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.4.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.31   What time limits apply to DOT with respect to initial determinations?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> (1) DOT ordinarily responds to requests according to their order of receipt.
</P>
<P>(2) DOT makes an initial determination whether to release a record requested pursuant to subpart C of this Part within twenty Federal working days after the request is received by the appropriate FOIA Requester Service Center designated in § 7.27, except that DOT may extend this time limit by up to ten Federal working days, or longer, in accordance with § 7.34. In addition, DOT may toll this time limit one time to seek additional information needed to clarify the request and as often as necessary to clarify fee issues with the requester (see § 7.35).
</P>
<P>(3) DOT notifies the requester of DOT's initial determination. If DOT decides to grant the request in full or in part, DOT makes the record (or the granted part) available as promptly as possible and provides the requester with written notification of DOT's determination, the reasons for the determination, and the right of the requester to seek assistance from the FOIA Public Liaison. If DOT denies the request in full or in part, because the record (or the denied part) is subject to an exemption, is not within DOT's custody and control, or was not located following a reasonable search, DOT notifies the requester of the denial in writing and includes in the notice the reason for the determination, the right of the requester to appeal the determination, the name and title of each individual responsible for the initial determination to deny the request, and the requester's right to seek dispute resolution services from the FOIA Public Liaison or the Office of Government Information Services. The denial letter includes an estimate of the volume of records or information withheld, in number of pages or other reasonable form of estimation. This estimate does not need to be provided if the volume is otherwise indicated through deletions on records disclosed in part, or if providing an estimate would harm an interest protected by an applicable exemption. DOT marks or annotates records disclosed in part to show both the amount and location of the information deleted whenever practicable (see § 7.23(d)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Multi-track processing of initial requests.</I> (1) A DOT component may use two or more processing tracks by distinguishing between simple and more complex requests based on the amount of work and/or time needed to process the request, or based on the number of pages involved.
</P>
<P>(2) A DOT component using multi-track processing may provide requesters in its slower track(s) with an opportunity to limit the scope of their requests in order to qualify for faster processing within the specified limits of the component's faster track(s). In that event, the component contacts the requester either by telephone, letter, facsimile, or electronic mail, whichever is most efficient in each case.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon receipt of a request that will take longer than ten days to process, a DOT component shall assign an individualized tracking number to the request and notify the requester of the assigned number. Requesters may contact the appropriate DOT component FOIA Requester Service Center to determine the status of the request.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Expedited processing of initial requests.</I> (1) Requests are processed out of order and given expedited treatment whenever a compelling need is demonstrated and DOT determines that the compelling need involves:
</P>
<P>(i) Circumstances in which the lack of expedited treatment could reasonably be expected to pose an imminent threat to the life or physical safety of an individual; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A request made by a person primarily engaged in disseminating information, with a time urgency to inform the public of actual or alleged Federal Government activity.
</P>
<P>(2) A request for expedited processing may be made at the time of the initial request for records or at any later time. For a prompt determination, the request for expedited processing must be received by the FOIA office for the component that maintains the records requested, as identified in § 7.27.
</P>
<P>(3) A requester who seeks expedited processing must submit a statement, certified to be true and correct to the best of that individual's knowledge and belief, explaining in detail the basis for requesting expedited processing. A requester within the category in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section must establish a particular urgency to inform the public about the Government activity involved in the request, beyond the public's right to know about Government activity generally.
</P>
<P>(4) Within ten calendar days of receipt of a request for expedited processing, the proper component decides whether to grant it and notifies the requester of the decision. If DOT grants a request for expedited treatment, the request is given priority and is processed as soon as practicable. If DOT denies a request for expedited processing, any appeal of that denial is acted on expeditiously.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 16209, Mar. 25, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 21139, May 5, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.32" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.4.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.32   What time limits apply to a requester when appealing DOT's initial or final determination?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Denial of records request.</I> When the responsible DOT official determines that a record request will be denied, in whole or in part, because the record is subject to an exemption, is not in DOT's custody and control, or was not located following a reasonable search, DOT provides the requester with the written statement described in § 7.31(a)(3).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Denial of fee waiver.</I> When the responsible DOT official denies, in whole or in part, a request for a waiver of fees made pursuant to § 7.24(b) or § 7.43(c), DOT provides the requester with written notification of that determination, the reasons for the determination, the right of the requester to appeal the determination within DOT, and the requester's right to seek assistance in resolution of disputes from the FOIA Public Liaison or Office of Government Information Services.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Denial of expedited processing.</I> When the responsible DOT official denies a request for expedited processing made pursuant to § 7.31(c), DOT provides the requester with written notice of that determination, the reasons for the determination, the right to appeal the determination within DOT, and the requester's right to seek dispute resolution services from the FOIA Public Liaison or Office of Government Information Services.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Right to administrative appeal.</I> Any requester to whom a record has not been made available within the time limits established by § 7.31 and any requester who has been provided a written determination pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of this section may appeal to the responsible DOT official.
</P>
<P>(1) Each appeal must be made in writing to the appropriate DOT appeal official and postmarked or, in the case of electronic or facsimile transmissions transmitted, within ninety calendar days from the date the initial determination is signed and should include the DOT file or reference number assigned to the request and all information and arguments relied upon by the person making the request. The contact information for all DOT component appeal officials is identified in the DOT FOIA Reference Guide available at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/foia.</I> The envelope in which a mailed appeal is sent or the subject line of an appeal sent electronically or by facsimile should be prominently marked: “FOIA Appeal.” The twenty Federal working day limit described in § 7.33(a) will not begin to run until the appeal has been received by the appropriate office and identified as an appeal under FOIA, or would have been so identified with the exercise of due diligence, by a DOT employee.
</P>
<P>(2) Whenever the responsible DOT official determines it is necessary, the official may require the requester to furnish additional information, or proof of factual allegations, and may order other proceedings appropriate in the circumstances. DOT's time limit for responding to an appeal may be extended as provided in § 7.34. The decision of the responsible DOT official as to the availability of the record, the appropriateness of a fee waiver or reduction, or the appropriateness of expedited processing, constitutes final agency action for the purpose of judicial review.
</P>
<P>(3) The decision of the responsible DOT official to deny a record request, to deny a request for a fee waiver or reduction, or to deny a request for expedited processing is considered to be a denial by the Secretary for the purpose of 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(B).
</P>
<P>(4) When the responsible DOT official denies an appeal, the requester is informed in writing of the reasons for the denial of the request and the names and titles or positions of each person responsible for the determination, and that judicial review of the determination is available in the United States District Court for the judicial district in which the requester resides or has his or her principal place of business, the judicial district in which the requested records are located, or the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Right to judicial review.</I> Any requester who has not received an initial determination on his or her request within the time limits established by § 7.31 can seek immediate judicial review, which may be sought without the need to first submit an administrative appeal. Any requester who has received a written determination denying his or her administrative appeal or who has not received a written determination of his or her administrative appeal within the time limits established by § 7.33 can seek judicial review. A determination that a record request is denied, that a request for a fee waiver or reduction is denied, and/or that a request for expedited processing is denied does not constitute final agency action for the purpose of judicial review unless it is made by the responsible DOT official. Judicial review may be sought in the United States District Court for the judicial district in which the requester resides or has his or her principal place of business, the judicial district in which the requested records are located, or the District of Columbia.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 16209, Mar. 25, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 21139, May 5, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.4.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.33   What time limits apply to DOT with respect to administrative appeals (final determinations)?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> (1) DOT ordinarily processes appeals according to their order of receipt.
</P>
<P>(2) DOT issues a determination with respect to any appeal made pursuant to § 7.32(d) within twenty Federal working days after receipt of such appeal, except that in unusual circumstances DOT may extend this time limit by up to ten Federal working days in accordance with § 7.34(a) or for more than ten Federal working days in accordance with § 7.34(b). DOT notifies the requester making the appeal immediately, in writing, if the agency takes an extension of time. DOT may inform the requester making the appeal, at any time, of exceptional circumstances delaying the processing of the appeal (see § 7.34(c)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Multi-track processing of appeals.</I> (1) A DOT component may use two or more processing tracks by distinguishing between simple and more complex appeals based on the amount of work and/or time needed to process the appeal, or based on the amount of information involved.
</P>
<P>(2) A DOT component using multi-track processing may provide persons making appeals in its slower track(s) with an opportunity to limit the scope of their appeals in order to qualify for faster processing within the specified limits of the component's faster track(s). A component doing so will contact the person making the appeal either by telephone, letter, facsimile, or electronic mail, whichever is most efficient in each case.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Expedited processing of appeals.</I> (1) An appeal is processed out of order and given expedited treatment whenever a compelling need is demonstrated and DOT determines that the compelling need involves:
</P>
<P>(i) Circumstances in which the lack of expedited treatment could reasonably be expected to pose an imminent threat to the life or physical safety of an individual; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A request made by a person primarily engaged in disseminating information, with a time urgency to inform the public of actual or alleged Federal Government activity.
</P>
<P>(2) A request for expedited processing may be made at the time of the appeal or at a later time. For a prompt determination, a request for expedited processing must be received by the component that is processing the appeal for the records requested.
</P>
<P>(3) A requester who seeks expedited processing must submit a statement, certified to be true and correct to the best of that individual's knowledge and belief, explaining in detail the basis for requesting expedited processing. A requester within the category in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section must establish a particular time urgency to inform the public about the Government activity involved in the request, beyond the public's right to know about Government activity generally. A person granted expedited processing under § 7.31(c) need merely certify that the same circumstances apply.
</P>
<P>(4) Within ten calendar days of receipt of a request for expedited processing, the proper component will decide whether to grant it and will notify the requester of the decision. If a request for expedited treatment is granted, the appeal will be given priority and will be processed as soon as practicable. If a request for expedited processing of an appeal is denied, no further administrative recourse is available.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.34" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.4.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.34   When and how are time limits applicable to DOT extended?</HEAD>
<P>(a) In unusual circumstances as specified in this section, DOT may extend the time limits prescribed in §§ 7.31 and 7.33 by written notice to the person making the request or appeal, setting forth the reasons for the extension and the date on which a determination is expected to be issued. Such notice may not specify a date that would result in a cumulative extension of more than ten Federal working days without providing the requester an opportunity to modify the request as noted in this section. As used in this paragraph, “unusual circumstances” means, but only to the extent reasonably necessary to the proper processing of the particular request:
</P>
<P>(1) The need to search for and collect the requested records from field facilities or other establishments that are separate from the office processing the request;
</P>
<P>(2) The need to search for, collect, and appropriately examine a voluminous amount of separate and distinct records that are demanded in a single request; and/or
</P>
<P>(3) The need for consultation, which will be conducted with all practicable speed, with any other agency having a substantial interest in the determination of the request or among two or more DOT components having substantial interest therein.
</P>
<P>(b) When the extension is for more than ten Federal working days, the written notice provides the requester with an opportunity to either modify the request (<I>e.g.,</I> by narrowing the record types or date ranges) so that it may be processed within the extended time limit, or arrange an alternative time period with the DOT component for processing the request (<I>e.g.,</I> by prioritizing portions of the request). The written notice also will notify the requester of the right to seek dispute resolution services from the Office of Government Information Services.
</P>
<P>(c) The DOT component may inform the requester, at any time, of exceptional circumstances that apply to the processing of the request or appeal (e.g., if the component is reducing a backlog of requests or appeals in addition to processing current requests, or is experiencing an unexpected deluge of requests or appeals), as provided in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(C).
</P>
<P>(d) When a DOT component reasonably believes that multiple requests submitted by a requester, or by a group of requesters acting in concert, constitute a single request that would otherwise involve unusual circumstances, and the requests involve clearly related matters, DOT may aggregate the requests for the purposes of fees and processing activities, which may result in an extension of the processing time. Multiple requests involving unrelated matters are not aggregated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 16209, Mar. 25, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 21140, May 5, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.4.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.35   When and how is the twenty day time limit for rendering an initial determination tolled?</HEAD>
<P>The twenty Federal working day time period in which to render an initial determination will proceed without interruption except as provided in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(a) DOT may toll the initial twenty Federal working day time period one time for the purpose of seeking additional information needed to clarify the request. Examples of such instances include but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) When clarification is needed with regard to the scope of a request; or
</P>
<P>(2) When the description of the record(s) being sought does not enable the component handling the request to identify or locate the record(s).
</P>
<P>(b) DOT may toll the initial twenty Federal working day time period as often as necessary to clarify fee issues with the requester. Examples of such instances include but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) When the requester has not sufficiently identified the fee category applicable to the request;
</P>
<P>(2) When the requester has not stated a willingness to pay fees as high as anticipated by DOT; or
</P>
<P>(3) When a fee waiver request is denied and the requester has not included an alternative statement of willingness to pay fees as high as anticipated by DOT.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Fees</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.5.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.41   When and how are processing fees imposed for records that are made available under subpart B or processed under subpart C of this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) DOT imposes fees for services that DOT performs for the public under subparts B and C of this part. Fees apply to all required and special services performed by DOT employees, including employees of non-appropriated fund activities, and contractors, if utilized.
</P>
<P>(b) DOT may assess a fee for time spent searching for records requested under subpart C even if the search fails to locate records or the records located are determined to be exempt from disclosure. In addition, if records are requested for commercial use, DOT may assess a fee for time spent reviewing any responsive records located to determine whether they are exempt from disclosure.
</P>
<P>(c) When a request is made under subpart C by a first-party requester and DOT processes the request under both FOIA and the Privacy Act, DOT determines the fees for records in DOT Privacy Act systems of record in accordance with the Privacy Act (as implemented by DOT regulations at 49 CFR part 10) rather than the FOIA.
</P>
<P>(d) When DOT aggregates requests made under subpart C (see § 7.34(d)), DOT apportions fees as set forth in § 7.43(b).
</P>
<P>(e) As a special service, DOT may certify copies of records made available under subpart B or released under subpart C, upon request and payment of the applicable fee: with the DOT seal (where authorized)—US $10; or true copy, without seal—US $5. Certified copies can be requested by contacting the applicable FOIA Requester Service Center (see § 7.27) or the DOT Dockets Office identified in § 7.12(b)(1).
</P>
<P>(f) DOT makes transcripts of hearings or oral arguments available for inspection only. If transcripts are prepared by a nongovernmental contractor and the contract permits DOT to handle the reproduction of further copies, DOT assesses duplication fees as set forth in § 7.42(d). If the contract for transcription services reserves the sales privilege to the reporting service, any duplicate copies must be purchased directly from the reporting service.
</P>
<P>(g) In the interest of making documents of general interest publicly available at as low a cost as possible, DOT arranges alternative sources whenever possible. In appropriate instances, material that is published and offered for sale may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402-0001; U.S. Department of Commerce's National Technical Information Service (NTIS), Springfield, VA 22151; or National Audio-Visual Center, National Archives and Records Administration, Capital Heights, MD 20743-3701.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.42" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.5.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.42   What is DOT's fee schedule for records requested under subpart C of this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) DOT calculates the hourly rates for manual searching, computer operator/programmer time, and time spent reviewing records, when performed by employees, based on the grades and rates in the General Schedule Locality Pay Table for the Locality of Washington-Baltimore-Northern Virginia, DC-MD-VA-WV-PA, or equivalent grades, plus 16% to cover fringe benefits, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) GS-1 through GS-8 (or equivalent)—Hourly rate of GS-5 step 7 plus 16%;
</P>
<P>(2) GS-9 through GS-12 (or equivalent)—Hourly rate of GS-10 step 7 plus 16%;
</P>
<P>(3) GS-13 through GS-14 (or equivalent)—Hourly rate of GS-13 step 7 plus 16%; and
</P>
<P>(4) GS-15 and above (or equivalent)—Hourly rate of GS-15 step 7 plus 16%.
</P>
<P>(b) DOT determines the standard fee for a manual or electronic search to locate records by multiplying the searcher's hourly rate as set forth in paragraph (a) of this section by the time spent conducting the search.
</P>
<P>(c) DOT's standard fee for review of records is the reviewer's rate set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, multiplied by the time the reviewer spent determining whether the located records are responsive to the request and whether the responsive records or segregable portions are exempt from disclosure, as explained in paragraphs (h), (i), and (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) DOT determines the standard fee for duplication of records as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Per copy of each page (not larger than 8.5 × 14 inches) reproduced by photocopy or similar means (includes costs of personnel and equipment)—US $0.10.
</P>
<P>(2) Per copy prepared by any other method of duplication—actual direct cost of production.
</P>
<P>(e) If DOT utilizes a contractor to perform any services described in this section, the standard fee is based on the equivalent hourly rate(s). DOT does not utilize contractors to discharge responsibilities that only DOT may discharge under the FOIA.
</P>
<P>(f) In some cases, depending upon the category of requester and the use for which the records are requested, the fees computed in accordance with the standard fee schedule in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section are either reduced or not charged, as prescribed by other provisions of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(g) For purposes of fees only, there are four categories of FOIA requests:
</P>
<P>(1) Requests submitted by a commercial entity and/or for a commercial use;
</P>
<P>(2) Requests submitted by an educational or noncommercial scientific institution whose purpose is scholarly or scientific research (and not for a commercial use);
</P>
<P>(3) Requests submitted by a representative of the news media; and
</P>
<P>(4) All other requests.
</P>
<P>(h) When records are requested by a commercial requester and/or for a commercial use, the fees assessed are reasonable standard charges for document search, duplication, and review.
</P>
<P>(i) When records are requested by an educational or noncommercial scientific institution whose purpose is scholarly or scientific research or by a representative of the news media (i.e., for a non-commercial use), fees are limited to reasonable standard charges for document duplication.
</P>
<P>(j) For any request not described in paragraph (h) or (i) of this section, fees are limited to reasonable standard charges for document search and duplication.
</P>
<P>(k) Fees under this subpart do not apply to any special study, special statistical compilation, table, or other record requested under 49 U.S.C. 329(c). The fee for the performance of such a service is the actual cost of the work involved in compiling the record. All such fees received by DOT in payment of the cost of such work are deposited in a separate account administered under the direction of the Secretary, and may be used for the ordinary expenses incidental to providing the information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.5.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.43   When are fees waived or reduced for records requested under subpart C of this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) DOT does not charge fees to any requester making a request under subpart C of this part for the following services:
</P>
<P>(1) Services for which the total amount of fees that could be charged for the particular request (or aggregation of requests) is less than US $20, after taking into account all services that must be provided free of charge or at a reduced charge.
</P>
<P>(2) The first two hours of search time, unless the records are requested for commercial use.
</P>
<P>(3) Duplication of the first 100 pages (standard paper, not larger than 8.5 × 14 inches) of records, unless the records are requested for commercial use.
</P>
<P>(4) Review time spent determining whether a record is exempt from disclosure, unless the record is requested for commercial use. DOT does not charge for review time except with respect to an initial review to determine the applicability of a particular exemption to a particular record or portion of a record. DOT does not charge for review at the administrative appeal level. However, when records or portions of records withheld under an exemption that is subsequently determined not to apply are reviewed again to determine the applicability of other exemptions not previously considered, this is considered an initial review for purposes of assessing a review charge.
</P>
<P>(b) When DOT aggregates requests as provided in § 7.34(d), DOT charges each requester a ratable portion of the fees charged for combined services rendered on behalf of all requesters.
</P>
<P>(c) DOT waives or reduces the fees described in § 7.42(i) and (j) when the requester makes a fee waiver or reduction request as provided in § 7.24(b) and establishes that disclosure of the information is in the public interest as provided in 5 U.S.C. 552 and this paragraph, and the DOT official having initial denial authority determines that disclosure of the information is in the public interest and is not primarily in the commercial interest of the requester. The requester must establish all of the following factors to DOT's satisfaction to show that the request is in the public interest:
</P>
<P>(1) That the subject matter of the requested records concerns the operations or activities of the Federal Government;
</P>
<P>(2) That the disclosure is likely to contribute to an understanding of Federal Government operations or activities;
</P>
<P>(3) That disclosure of the requested information will contribute to the understanding of the public at large, as opposed to the understanding of the individual requester or a narrow segment of interested persons (to establish this factor, the requester must show an intent and ability to disseminate the requested information to a reasonably broad audience of persons interested in the subject);
</P>
<P>(4) That the contribution to public understanding of Federal Government operations or activities will be significant; and
</P>
<P>(5) That the requester does not have a commercial interest that would be furthered by the requested disclosure or that the magnitude of any identified commercial interest to the requester is not sufficiently large in comparison with the public interest in disclosure to render the disclosure one that is primarily in the commercial interest of the requester.
</P>
<P>(d) DOT furnishes documents without charge or at a reduced charge when the official having initial denial authority determines that the request concerns records related to the death of an immediate family member who was, at the time of death, a DOT employee.
</P>
<P>(e) DOT furnishes documents without charge or at a reduced charge when the official having initial denial authority determines that the request is by the victim of a crime who seeks the record of the trial at which the requester testified.
</P>
<P>(f) Except as provided in paragraphs (f)(1) through (3) of this section, DOT does not assess search fees otherwise chargeable under § 7.42(h) and (j) or duplication fees otherwise chargeable under § 7.42(i) when DOT fails to comply with the time limits under § 7.31 or § 7.33.
</P>
<P>(1) If DOT has determined that unusual circumstances apply (as defined in § 7.34(a)), 5,000 pages or less are necessary to respond to the request, and DOT has provided a timely written notice to the requester in accordance with § 7.34(a), a failure to comply with the time limits under § 7.31 or § 7.33 is excused for an additional 10 days. If DOT does not comply with the extended time limit, DOT does not assess search fees otherwise chargeable under § 7.42(h) and (j) or duplication fees otherwise chargeable under § 7.24(i);
</P>
<P>(2) If DOT has determined that unusual circumstances apply (as defined under § 7.34(a)) and more than 5,000 pages are necessary to respond to the request, DOT may charge search fees under § 7.42(h) and (j) or duplication fees under § 7.42(j) if DOT has provided timely written notice to the requester in accordance with § 7.34(a) and (b), and DOT has discussed with the requester via written mail, electronic mail, or telephone (or made not less than three good faith attempts to do so) how the requester could effectively limit the scope of the request.
</P>
<P>(3) If a court determines that exceptional circumstances exist (as that term is defined in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(C)), failure to comply with time limits under § 7.31 or § 7.33 shall be excused for the length of time provided by the court order.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 16209, Mar. 25, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 21140, May 5, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.44" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.5.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.44   How can I pay a processing fee for records requested under subpart B or subpart C of this part?</HEAD>
<P>Fees typically should be paid online, using a credit card, debit card, or electronic check. The DOT FOIA page (<I>http://www.dot.gov/foia</I>) has direct links to the electronic payment site. Any fees paid with a paper check, draft, or money order must be made payable to the U.S. Treasury and delivered as directed by the applicable FOIA Requester Service Center identified in § 7.27 (if the fees are for records made available under subpart C) or the DOT Dockets Office identified in § 7.12(b)(1) (if the fees are for records made available under subpart B).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.5.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.45   When are pre-payments required for records requested under subpart C of this part, and how are they handled?</HEAD>
<P>(a) When DOT estimates that the search charges, review charges, duplication fees, or any combination of fees that could be charged to the requester will likely exceed US $25, DOT notifies the requester of the estimated amount of the fees, unless the requester has previously indicated a willingness to pay fees as high as those anticipated. In cases where DOT notifies the requester that actual or estimated fees may amount to more than US $25, the time limit for responding to the request is tolled until the requester has agreed to pay the anticipated total fee (see § 7.35). The notice also informs the requester how to consult with the appropriate DOT officials with the object of reformulating the request to meet his or her needs at a lower cost.
</P>
<P>(b) DOT may require payment of fees prior to actual duplication or delivery of any releasable records to a requester. However, advance payment, i.e., before work is commenced or continued on a request, is not required unless:
</P>
<P>(1) Allowable charges that a requester may be required to pay are likely to exceed US $250; or
</P>
<P>(2) The requester has failed to pay within 30 days of the billing date fees charged for a previous request to any part of the U.S. Government.
</P>
<P>(c) When paragraph (b)(1) of this section applies, DOT notifies the requester of the estimated cost. If the requester has a history of prompt payment of FOIA fees, the requester must furnish satisfactory assurance of full payment of the estimated charges. Otherwise, the requester may be required to make advance payment of any amount up to the full estimated charges.
</P>
<P>(d) When paragraph (b)(2) of this section applies, DOT requires the requester to either demonstrate that the fee has been paid or pay the full amount owed, including any applicable interest, late handling charges, and penalty charges as discussed in § 7.46. DOT also requires such a requester to make an advance payment of the full amount of the estimated fee before DOT begins processing a new request or continues processing a pending request.
</P>
<P>(e) In the event that a DOT component is required to refund a prepayment, the processing of the refund may necessitate collection of the requester's Taxpayer Identification Number or Social Security Number and direct deposit information (bank routing number and bank account number) under 31 U.S.C. 3325, 31 U.S.C. 3332, and 31 CFR Part 208.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 7.46" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.5.5.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 7.46   How are late payments handled?</HEAD>
<P>(a) DOT assesses interest on an unpaid bill starting on the 31st day following the day on which the notice of the amount due is first mailed to the requester. Interest accrues from the date of the notice of amount due at the rate prescribed in 31 U.S.C. 3717. Receipt by DOT of a payment for the full amount of the fees owed within 30 calendar days after the date of the initial billing stops the accrual of interest, even if the payment has not been processed.
</P>
<P>(b) If DOT does not receive payment of the fees charged within 30 calendar days after the date the initial notice of the amount due is first mailed to the requester, DOT assesses an administrative charge to cover the cost of processing and handling the delinquent claim. In addition, DOT applies a penalty charge with respect to any principal amount of a debt that is more than 90 days past due. Where appropriate, DOT uses other steps permitted by Federal debt collection statutes, including disclosure to consumer reporting agencies and use of collection agencies, to encourage payment of amounts overdue.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="8" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 8—CLASSIFIED INFORMATION: CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION/ACCESS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>E.O. 10450, 18 FR 2489, 3 CFR, 1949-1953 Comp., p. 936, amended by E.O. 10491, 18 FR 6583, 3 CFR, 1949-1953 Comp., p. 973, E.O. 10531, 19 FR 3069, 3 CFR, 1949-1953 Comp., p. 973, E.O. 10548, 19 FR 4871, 3 CFR, 1954-1958 Comp., p. 200, E.O. 10550, 19 FR 4981, 3 CFR, 1954-1958 Comp., p. 200, E.O. 11605, 20 FR 2747, 3 CFR, 1971-1975 Comp., p. 580, E.O. 11785, 39 FR 20053, 3 CFR, 1971-1975 Comp., p. 874, E.O. 12107, 44 FR 1055, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 266; E.O. 12829, 58 FR 3479, 3 CFR, 1993 Comp., p. 570, amended by E.O. 12885, 58 FR 65863, 3 CFR, 1993 Comp., p. 684; E.O. 13526, 75 FR 707, 3 CFR, 2010 Comp., p. 298; E.O. 12968, 3 CFR, 1995 Comp., p. 391, amended by E.O. 13467, 73 FR 38103, 3 CFR, 2009 Comp., p. 196.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 23661, May 1, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.1.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part sets forth procedures for the classification, declassification, and availability of information that must be protected in the interest of national security, in implementation of Executive Order 13526 of December 29, 2010, “Classified National Security Information;” and for the review of decisions to revoke, or not to issue, national security information clearances, or to deny access to classified information, under Executive Order 12968 of August 2, 1995, “Access to National Security Information,” as amended by Executive Order 13467 of June 30, 2008, “Reforming Processes Related to Suitability for Government Employment, Fitness for Contractor Employees, and Eligibility for Access to Classified National Security Information.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 45980, July 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.1.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all elements of the Department of Transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.1.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Authorized holder</I> is any individual who has been granted access to specific classified information in accordance with Executive Order 13526 or any successor order.
</P>
<P><I>Classification</I> means the act or process by which information is determined to be classified information.
</P>
<P><I>Classification levels</I> means the following three levels at which information may be classified:
</P>
<P>(a) Top secret. Information that requires the highest degree of protection, and the unauthorized disclosure of which could reasonably be expected to cause exceptionally grave damage to the national security that the original classification authority is able to identify or describe.
</P>
<P>(b) Secret. Information that requires a substantial degree of protection, and the unauthorized disclosure of which could reasonably be expected to cause serious damage to the national security that the original classification authority is able to identify or describe.
</P>
<P>(c) Confidential. Information that requires protection and the unauthorized disclosure of which could reasonably be expected to cause damage to the national security that the original classification authority is able to identify or describe.
</P>
<P><I>Classified information</I> or “classified national security information” means information that has been determined under Executive Order 13526, or any predecessor or successor order, to require protection against unauthorized disclosure, and is marked to indicate its classified status when in documentary form.
</P>
<P><I>Clearance</I> means that an individual is eligible, under the standards of Executive Orders 10450, 12968, 13467, and appropriate DOT regulations, for access to classified information.
</P>
<P><I>Damage to the national security</I> means harm to the national defense or foreign relations of the United States from the unauthorized disclosure of information, taking into consideration such aspects of the information as the sensitivity, value, utility, and provenance of that information.
</P>
<P><I>Declassification</I> means the authorized change in the status of information from classified information to unclassified information.
</P>
<P><I>Downgrading</I> means a determination by a declassification authority that information classified and safeguarded at a specific level shall be classified and safeguarded at a lower level.
</P>
<P><I>Information</I> means any knowledge that can be communicated, or documentary material, regardless of its physical form or characteristics, that is owned by, produced by or for, or is under the control of the United States Government. “Control” means the authority of the agency that originates information, or its successor in function, to regulate access to the information.
</P>
<P><I>Mandatory declassification review</I> means the review for declassification of classified information in response to a request for declassification that meets the requirements of section 3.5 of Executive Order 13526.
</P>
<P><I>Original classification</I> means an initial determination that information requires, in the interest of national security, protection against unauthorized disclosure.
</P>
<P><I>Original classification authority</I> means an individual authorized in writing, either by the President, the Vice President, or by agency heads or other officials designated by the President, to classify information in the first instance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 23661, May 1, 1997, as amended at 81 FR 45980, July 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.1.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.7   Spheres of responsibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to section 5.4(d) of Executive Order 13526, and to section 6.1 of Executive Order 12968, the Assistant Secretary for Administration is hereby designated as the senior agency official of the Department of Transportation with assigned responsibilities to assure effective compliance with and implementation of Executive Order 13526, Executive Order 12968, Office of Management and Budget Directives, the regulations in this part, and related issuances.
</P>
<P>(b) In the discharge of these responsibilities, the Assistant Secretary for Administration will be assisted by the Director of Security , who, in addition to other actions directed by this part, will evaluate the overall application of and adherence to the security policies and requirements prescribed in this part and who will report his/her findings and recommendations to the Assistant Secretary for Administration, heads of Departmental elements, and, as appropriate, to the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(c) Secretarial Officers and heads of Departmental elements will assure that the provisions in this part are effectively administered, that adequate personnel and funding are provided for this purpose, and that corrective actions that may be warranted are taken promptly.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 23661, May 1, 1997, as amended at 81 FR 45980, July 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Classification/Declassification of Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.9   Information Security Review Committee.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department of Transportation Information Security Review Committee has the authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Act on all suggestions and complaints not otherwise resolved with respect to the Department's administration of Executive Order 13526 and implementing directives, including those regarding overclassification, failure to declassify, or delay in declassifying;
</P>
<P>(2) Act on appeals of requests for classification reviews, and appeals of requests for records under 5 U.S.C. 552 (Freedom of Information Act) when the initial, and proposed final, denials are based on continued classification of the record; and
</P>
<P>(3) Recommend to the Secretary, when necessary, appropriate administrative action to correct abuse or violation of any provision of Executive Order 12598 and implementing directives.
</P>
<P>(b) The Information Security Review Committee will be composed of the Assistant Secretary for Administration, who will serve as Chair; the General Counsel; and the Director of Security. When matters affecting a particular Departmental component are at issue, the Associate Administrator for Administration for that component (or for the Federal Aviation Administration, the Associate Administrator for Security and Hazardous Materials Safety) will participate as an ad hoc member, together with the Chief Counsel of that component. Any regular member may designate a representative with full power to serve in his/her place.
</P>
<P>(c) In carrying out its responsibilities to review decisions to revoke or not to issue clearances, or to deny access to classified information, the Committee will establish whatever procedures it deems fit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 23661, May 1, 1997, as amended at 81 FR 45981, July 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.11   Authority to classify information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Presidential Order of December 29, 2009, “Original Classification Authority” confers upon the Secretary of Transportation the authority to originally classify information as SECRET or CONFIDENTIAL with further authorization to delegate this authority.
</P>
<P>(b) The following delegations of authority originally to classify information as “Secret” or “Confidential”, which may not be redelegated, are hereby made:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Office of the Secretary of Transportation.</I> The Deputy Secretary; Assistant Secretary for Administration; Director of Intelligence, Security and Emergency Response; Director of Security.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Federal Aviation Administration.</I> Administrator; Associate Administrator for Security and Hazardous Materials Safety.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Maritime Administration.</I> Administrator.
</P>
<P>(c) Although the delegations of authority set out in paragraph (b) of this section are expressed in terms of positions, the authority is personal and is invested only in the individual occupying the position. The authority may not be exercised “by direction of” a designated official. The formal appointment or assignment of an individual to one of the identified positions or a designation in writing to act in the absence of one of these officials, however, conveys the authority to originally classify information as SECRET or CONFIDENTIAL.
</P>
<P>(d) Previous delegations and redelegations of authority within the Department of Transportation originally to classify information are hereby rescinded.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 23661, May 1, 1997, as amended at 76 FR 19708, Apr. 8, 2011; 81 FR 45981, July 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.13   Authority to downgrade or declassify.</HEAD>
<P>Information originally classified by the Department may be specifically downgraded or declassified by either the official authorizing the original classification, if that official is still serving in the same position, the originator's current successor in function, a supervisory official of either, officials delegated declassification authority in writing by the Secretary, or by the Departmental Information Security Review Committee.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.2.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.15   Mandatory review for classification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Mandatory declassification review requests will be processed in accordance with 32 CFR 2001.33.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph b of section 3.5 of Executive Order 13526, all information classified by the Department of Transportation under Executive Order 13526 or predecessor orders shall be subject to a review for declassification if:
</P>
<P>(1) The request for review describes the information with sufficient specificity to enable its location with a reasonable amount of effort;
</P>
<P>(2) The information has not been reviewed for declassification within the prior two years. If the information has been reviewed within the prior two years, or the information is the subject of pending litigation, the requestor will be informed of this fact, and of the Department's decision not to declassify the information and of his/her right to appeal the Department's decision not to declassify the information to the Interagency Security Classification Appeals Panel (ISCAP);
</P>
<P>(3) The document or material containing the information responsive to the request is not contained within an operational file exempted from search and review, publication, and disclosure under 5 U.S.C. 552 in accordance with law; and
</P>
<P>(4) The information is not the subject of pending litigation.
</P>
<P>(c) All information reviewed for declassification because of a mandatory review will be declassified if it does not meet the standards for classification in Executive Order 13526. The information will then be released unless withholding is otherwise authorized and warranted under applicable law.
</P>
<P>(d) Mandatory declassification review requests for information that has been classified by the Department of Transportation may be addressed to the Director of Security, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, Washington, DC 20590. The Director will forward the request to the appropriate Departmental Original Classification Authority for processing.
</P>
<P>(e) Denied requests may be appealed to the DOT Information Security Review Committee (DISRC) through the Director of Security within 60 days of receipt of the denial. If the DISRC upholds the denial, it will inform the requestor of his or her final appeal rights to the ISCAP.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 45981, July 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.2.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.17   Classification challenges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Authorized holders of information classified by the Department of Transportation who, in good faith, believe that its classification status is improper are encouraged and expected to challenge the classification status of the information before the Original Classification Authority (OCA) having jurisdiction over the information. A formal challenge must be in writing, but need not be any more specific than to question why information is or is not classified, or is classified at a certain level.
</P>
<P>(b) Classification challenges to DOT information must be addressed to the DOT Original Classification Authority (OCA) who is responsible for the information. If unsure of the OCA, address the challenge to the DOT Director of Security.
</P>
<P>(c) Classification challenges will be processed according to 32 CFR 2001.14.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 45981, July 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.2.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.19   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.2.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.21   Burden of proof.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose of determinations to be made under §§ 8.15 and 8.17, the burden of proof is on the originating Departmental component to show that continued classification is warranted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 23661, May 1, 1997, as amended at 81 FR 45981, July 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.2.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.23   Classified information transferred to the Department of Transportation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Classified information officially transferred to the Department in conjunction with a transfer of functions, and not merely for storage purposes, will be considered to have been originated by the Department.
</P>
<P>(b) Classified information in the custody of the Department originated by another department or agency that has ceased to exist and for whom there is no successor agency will be deemed to have been originated by the Department. This information may be declassified or downgraded by the Department after consultation with any other agency that has an interest in the subject matter of the information. Such agency will be allowed 30 calendar days in which to express an objection, if it so desires, before action is taken. A difference of opinion that cannot be resolved at a lower level will be referred to the Departmental Information Security Review Committee, which will consult with its counterpart committee for the other agency.
</P>
<P>(c) Classified information transferred to the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) will be declassified or downgraded by the Archivist of the United States in accordance with Executive Order 13526, directives issued pursuant to Executive Order 13526, Departmental classification guides, and any existing procedural agreement between NARA and the Department. The Department will take all reasonable steps to declassify information contained in records determined to have permanent historical value before they are accessioned into the National Archives .
</P>
<P>(d) To the extent practicable, the Department will adopt a system of records management that will facilitate the public release of documents at the time such documents are declassified under the provisions for automatic declassification in section 3.3 of Executive Order 13526 and its implementing directives. To the maximum extent possible without destroying the integrity of the Department's files, all such material will be segregated or set aside for public release upon request. The Department will cooperate with the Archivist in efforts to establish a Government-wide database of information that has been declassified.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 23661, May 1, 1997, as amended at 81 FR 45981, July 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Access to Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.25   Personnel Security Review Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department of Transportation Personnel Security Review Board will, on behalf of the Secretary of Transportation (except in any case in which the Secretary personally makes the decision), make the administratively final decision on an appeal arising in any part of the Department from:
</P>
<P>(1) A decision not to grant access to classified information;
</P>
<P>(2) A decision to revoke access to classified information; or
</P>
<P>(3) A decision under § 8.29 to deny access to classified information.
</P>
<P>(b) The Personnel Security Review Board will be composed of:
</P>
<P>(1) Two persons appointed by the Assistant Secretary for Administration: One from the Office of Human Resource Management, and one, familiar with personnel security adjudication, from the Office of Security, who will serve as Chair;
</P>
<P>(2) One person appointed by the General Counsel, who, in addition to serving as a member of the Board, will provide to the Board whatever legal services it may require;
</P>
<P>(3) One person appointed by the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration; and
</P>
<P>(4) One person appointed by the Administrator of the Federal Highway Administration.
</P>
<P>(5) Any member may designate a representative, meeting the same criteria as the member, with full power to serve in his/her place.
</P>
<P>(c) In carrying out its responsibilities to review final decisions to revoke or deny access to classified information, the Board will establish whatever procedures it deems fit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 23661, May 1, 1997, as amended at 81 FR 45981, July 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.3.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.27   Public availability of declassified information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It is a fundamental policy of the Department to make information available to the public to the maximum extent permitted by law. Information that is declassified for any reason loses its status as material protected in the interest of national security. Accordingly, declassified information will be handled in every respect on the same basis as all other unclassified information. Declassified information is subject to the Departmental public information policies and procedures, with particular reference to the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) and implementing Departmental regulations (49 CFR Part 7).
</P>
<P>(b) In furtherance of this policy, all classified material produced after June 1, 1972 that is of sufficient historical or other value to warrant preservation as permanent records in accordance with appropriate records administrative standards, and that becomes declassified, will be systematically reviewed prior to the end of each calendar year for the purpose of making the material publicly available. To the maximum extent possible without destroying the integrity of the Department's files, all such material will be segregated or set aside for public release upon request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.3.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.29   Access by historical researchers and former Presidential appointees.</HEAD>
<P>Access to classified information may be granted to historical researchers and former Presidents and Vice-Presidents and their appointees as outlined in Executive Order 13526 or its successor order. The general guidelines for access to classified information are contained in Executive Order 12968.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 45982, July 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 8.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.6.3.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 8.31   Industrial security.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Background.</I> The National Industrial Security Program was established by Executive Order 12829 of January 6, 1993 for the protection of information classified pursuant to Executive Order 12356 of April 2, 1982, National Security Information, or its predecessor or successor orders, and the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended. The Secretary of Defense serves as the Executive Agent for inspecting and monitoring contractors, licensees, grantees, and certificate holders that require or will require access to, or that store or will store, classified information, and for determining the eligibility for access to classified information of contractors, licensees, certificate holders, and grantees, and their respective employees.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Implementing regulations.</I> The Secretary of Transportation has entered into an agreement for the Secretary of Defense to render industrial security services for the Department of Transportation. Regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Defense to fulfill the provisions of Executive Order 12829 have been extended to protect release of classified information for which the Secretary of Transportation is responsible. Specifically, this regulation is DOD 5220.22-M, National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual, and is effective within the Department of Transportation. Appropriate security staff, project personnel, and contracting officers must assure that actions required by the regulation are taken.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 23661, May 1, 1997, as amended at 81 FR 45982, July 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 9—TESTIMONY OF EMPLOYEES OF THE DEPARTMENT AND PRODUCTION OF RECORDS IN LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 45 U.S.C. 41-42; 49 U.S.C. 322; 49 U.S.C. 504(f); 23 U.S.C. 409. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 6724, Feb. 2, 1993, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 9.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.7.0.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part sets forth procedures governing the testimony of an employee in legal proceedings in which the United States is a party. It also sets forth procedures to be followed when an employee is issued a subpoena, order or other demand (collectively referred to in this part as a “demand”) by a court or other competent authority, or is requested by a private litigant, to provide testimony or produce records concerning information acquired in the course of performing official duties or because of the employee's official status. It also prescribes the policies and procedures of the Department with respect to the acceptance of service of legal process and pleadings in legal proceedings involving the Department. 
</P>
<P>(b) The purposes of this part are to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Conserve the time of employees for conducting official business; 
</P>
<P>(2) Minimize the possibility of involving the Department in controversial issues not related to its mission; 
</P>
<P>(3) Maintain the impartiality of the Department among private litigants; 
</P>
<P>(4) Avoid spending the time and money of the United States for private purposes; and 
</P>
<P>(5) To protect confidential, sensitive information and the deliberative processes of the Department. 
</P>
<P>(c) Agency counsel, in his or her discretion, may permit an exception from any requirement in this part. The exception may be granted only when the deviation will not interfere with matters of operational or military necessity, and when agency counsel determines that: 
</P>
<P>(1) It is necessary to prevent a miscarriage of justice; 
</P>
<P>(2) The Department has an interest in the decision that may be rendered in the legal proceeding; or 
</P>
<P>(3) The exception is in the best interest of the Department or the United States.
</P>
<FP>For Office of Inspector General employees and documents, the Inspector General, in conjunction with the General Counsel of the Department, may permit an exception from any requirement of this part if the Inspector General determines, based on the Inspector General Act of 1978, as amended, that application of the requirement would be inappropriate.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.2" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.7.0.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to the testimony of an employee in legal proceedings in which the United States is a party. It also applies in legal proceedings between private litigants to requests or demands for testimony or records concerning information acquired in the course of an employee performing official duties or because of the employee's official status. This part does not apply to any legal proceeding in which an employee is to testify as to facts or events that are in no way related to the employee's official duties or the functions of the Department. Nor does it apply to Congressional demands for testimony or documents.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.7.0.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> means the Department of Transportation (DOT), including the Office of the Secretary (which encompasses the Office of the Inspector General) and the following operating administrations while they are part of DOT:
</P>
<P>(a) The U.S. Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(b) The Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(c) The Federal Highway Administration.
</P>
<P>(d) The Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(e) The Federal Transit Administration.
</P>
<P>(f) The St. Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation.
</P>
<P>(g) The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(h) The Maritime Administration.
</P>
<P>(i) The Research and Special Programs Administration.
</P>
<P>(j) Any DOT operating administration established after the effective date of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Legal proceeding</I> means any case or controversy pending before any federal, state, or local court (including grand jury proceedings), any administrative proceeding pending before any federal, state, or local agency, or any legislative proceeding pending before any state or local agency.
</P>
<P><I>Legal proceeding between private litigants</I> means any legal proceeding in which neither the Department of Transportation nor the United States (including any federal agency or officer of the United States in his or her official capacity) is a party.
</P>
<P><I>Employee of the Department</I> or <I>Employee</I> means any current or former officer or employee of the Department; any active duty, retired, or former officer or enlisted member of the Coast Guard; or any current or former contractor (including any corporation or other entity and any employee or subcontractor).
</P>
<P><I>Agency counsel</I> means the General Counsel of the Department or the Chief Counsel of any operating administration of the Department concerned, any person to whom the General Counsel or Chief Counsel has delegated authority, or any person who is authorized to represent the Department in a specific legal proceeding.
</P>
<P><I>Testimony</I> means any written or oral statement by a witness, including depositions, answers to interrogatories, affidavits, declarations, and statements at a hearing or trial.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.7.0.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.5   General prohibition of production or disclosure in legal proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>No employee of the Department may provide testimony or produce any material contained in the files of the Department, or disclose any information relating to, or based upon, material contained in the files of the Department, or disclose any information or produce any material acquired as part of the performance of that employee's official duties or because of that employee's official status unless authorized in accordance with this part, or by other applicable law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.7.0.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.7   Testimony by employees before the Department or in other legal proceedings in which the United States is a party.</HEAD>
<P>In any legal proceeding before the Department or in which the United States (including any federal agency or officer of the United States) is a party:
</P>
<P>(a) Agency counsel shall arrange for an employee to testify as a witness for the United States whenever the attorney representing the United States requests it.
</P>
<P>(b) An employee may testify for the United States both as to facts within the employee's personal knowledge and as an expert or opinion witness. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, an employee may not testify as an expert or opinion witness, with regard to any matter arising out of the employee's official duties or the functions of the Department, for any party other than the United States in any legal proceeding in which the United States is a party. An employee who receives a demand to testify on behalf of a party other than the United States may testify as to facts within the employee's personal knowledge, provided that the testimony be subject to the prior approval of agency counsel and to the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and any applicable claims of privilege. 
</P>
<P>(c) An employee may testify as an expert or opinion witness on behalf of an officer or enlisted member of the Coast Guard in any legal proceeding conducted by the Coast Guard.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.7.0.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.9   Legal proceedings between private litigants: General rules.</HEAD>
<P>In legal proceedings between private litigants:
</P>
<P>(a) The proper method for obtaining testimony or records from an employee is to submit a request to agency counsel as provided in §§ 9.13 and 9.15 of this part, not to serve a demand on the employee. Whenever, in a legal proceeding between private litigants, an employee is served with a demand, or receives a request, to testify in that employee's official capacity or produce records, the employee shall immediately notify agency counsel.
</P>
<P>(b) If authorized to testify pursuant to these rules, an employee may testify only as to facts within that employee's personal knowledge with regard to matters arising out of his or her official duties.
</P>
<P>(1) When the proceeding arises from an accident, an employee may testify only as to personally known facts, not reasonably available from other sources, observed by the employee or uncovered during the employee's investigation of the accident or observed by the employee even if he or she did not investigate the accident. The employee shall decline to testify regarding facts beyond the scope of his or her official duties.
</P>
<P>(2) The employee shall not testify to facts that are contained in a report, or any part of a report, unless the employee has obtained permission from agency counsel to disclose the information.
</P>
<P>(3) The employee shall not disclose confidential or privileged information unless the employee has obtained permission from agency counsel to disclose the information.
</P>
<P>(4) The employee shall not testify as to facts when agency counsel determines that the testimony would not be in the best interest of the Department or the United States if disclosed.
</P>
<P>(c) An employee shall not testify as an expert or opinion witness with regard to any matter arising out of the employee's official duties or the functions of the Department. An employee who is asked questions that call for expert or opinion testimony shall decline to answer on the grounds that it is forbidden by this part. Agency counsel shall advise the employee on how to proceed if the presiding officer directs the employee to provide expert or opinion testimony.
</P>
<P>(d) An employee shall not provide testimony at a trial or hearing. An employee's testimony shall be limited to a single deposition, affidavit, or set of interrogatories, concerning the circumstances (e.g. an accident) from which the proceeding arose. Where multiple legal proceedings concerning those circumstances are pending, or can occur, it shall be the duty of the private litigant seeking the testimony to ascertain, to the extent feasible, the identities of all parties, or potential parties, to those proceedings and notify them that a deposition has been granted and that they have the opportunity to participate. The private litigant shall submit an affidavit or certification describing the extent of the search for parties and potential parties and listing the names of the parties and potential parties notified. 
</P>
<P>(e) Where an employee has already provided testimony, any party wishing to obtain further testimony from that employee concerning the same matter or occurrence, whether in the same or a different private legal proceeding, may submit a request to agency counsel to waive the restrictions of paragraph (d) of this section. The request shall, in addition to meeting the requirements of § 9.15 of this part, state why the requester should be permitted to gather additional information despite not having previously requested the information when it had an opportunity to do so, and why the additional testimony is now required and the prior testimony or previously supplied documents are insufficient.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.7.0.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.11   Legal proceedings between private litigants: Demands.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an employee receives a demand that has not been validly issued or served, agency counsel may instruct the employee not to comply with the demand.
</P>
<P>(b) If an employee receives a demand (validly issued and served) to testify or produce records, agency counsel, in his or her discretion, may grant the employee permission to testify or produce records only if the purposes of this part are met or agency counsel determines that an exception is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) If a demand is issued to an employee, agency counsel shall contact the requester of the demand, inform that person of the requirements of this part, and may, in agency counsel's discretion, ask that the demand be withdrawn.
</P>
<P>(d) If the requester of the demand refuses to have it withdrawn or fails to comply with this part, the Department may seek to quash the demand.
</P>
<P>(e) If the court or other competent authority declines to grant the Department's motion to quash, agency counsel shall instruct the employee whether to testify or produce documents pursuant to the demand. Agency counsel may permit the testimony under § 9.1(c) of this part. If response to a demand is required before the court or other competent authority rules on the motion to quash and the court fails to stay the demand, the employee must appear at the stated time and place, produce a copy of this part, and respectfully refuse to provide any testimony or produce any documents. Agency counsel shall take steps to arrange for legal representation for the employee. Agency counsel shall advise the employee how to respond, including not to testify, if the court or other competent authority rules that the demand must be complied with irrespective of these regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.7.0.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.13   Legal proceedings between private litigants: Procedures to request records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In a legal proceeding between private litigants, a party who wishes to obtain records from the Department shall submit to agency counsel a request for the records. The request will ordinarily be handled in accordance with the Department's procedures concerning requests for records found at 49 CFR part 7. If the party does not follow the procedures specified in that part, the request must be accompanied by a statement setting forth the relevance of the records to the proceeding. The request should be resolved before any request for testimony under § 9.15 is submitted. Where a request for testimony includes a request for additional records, it shall indicate precisely how this new request differs in scope from any previous request in order to avoid agency duplication of effort. Agency counsel shall notify the requester of the approval or denial of the request.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.7.0.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.15   Legal proceedings between private litigants: Procedures to request testimony.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party seeking the testimony of an employee in a legal proceeding between private litigants, concerning facts within the employee's personal knowledge with regard to matters arising out of the employee's official duties, shall, rather than serving a demand for the testimony, request the testimony at least 30 days before it is intended to be taken or received. The request must be submitted to agency counsel and must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The title of the case, docket number, and the court, or otherwise clearly identify the legal proceeding involved;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement setting forth the basic facts in the proceeding, such as the type, date, and location of an accident;
</P>
<P>(3) A summary of the unresolved issues applicable to the testimony sought;
</P>
<P>(4) A summary of the testimony sought and its relevant to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(5) A certification with support, that the information desired is not reasonably available from other sources, including Departmental documents;
</P>
<P>(6) Pursuant to § 9.9(d) of this part, an affidavit or certification describing the extent of a search of parties and potential parties and listing the names of the parties and potential parties notified; and
</P>
<P>(7) A declaration that the party will not seek expert or opinion testimony from the witness or seek the testimony of the witness at a hearing or trial in the proceeding.
</P>
<FP>The request shall specify which form of testimony (deposition, affidavit, declaration, or answers to interrogatories) is desired and the date by which it is desired; however, only one form, the one least burdensome to the Department that will provide the needed information, will be permitted for each witness. 
</FP>
<P>(b) The party seeking the testimony shall include with its request for testimony a copy of any prior request(s) made by the same requester to the Department or other agency of the United States for records pertaining to the matter being litigated and of the response (not including the records themselves) to the request(s). The party seeking the testimony shall also comply with any agency counsel request that copies of the records previously disclosed by the Department, or a list of those records, be furnished. 
</P>
<P>(c) In accordance with the requirement of this section and the general provisions of this part, agency counsel shall notify the requester of the approval or denial of the request. Agency counsel may attach special conditions to its approval. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.7.0.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.17   Legal proceedings between private litigants: Procedures for taking testimony.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Testimony of an employee of the Department may be taken only at the office to which the employee is assigned, or any other place designated by agency counsel. Additional conditions may be specified under § 9.15(c) of this part. The time shall be reasonably fixed to avoid substantial interference with the performance of the employee's or agency counsel's official duties. 
</P>
<P>(b) Upon completion of the testimony of an employee of the Department, a copy of the transcript of the testimony shall be furnished, at the expense of the party requesting the testimony, to agency counsel for the Department's files. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 9.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.7.0.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 9.19   Acceptance of service on behalf of Secretary.</HEAD>
<P>In any legal proceeding, at the option of the server, process or pleadings may be served on agency counsel, with the same effect as if served upon the Secretary or the head of the operating administration concerned, as the case may be. The official accepting service under this section shall acknowledge the service and take appropriate action. This section does not in any way abrogate or modify the requirements of Rule 4(d)(4) and 4(d)(5) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure regarding service of summons and complaint.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="10" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 10—MAINTENANCE OF AND ACCESS TO RECORDS PERTAINING TO INDIVIDUALS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 552a; 49 U.S.C. 322. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 8993, Feb. 11, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Applicability and Policy</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.1.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part implements section 552a of title 5, United States Code, as well as other provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974, and prescribes rules governing the availability of those records of the Department of Transportation which relate to citizens of the United States and aliens lawfully admitted for permanent residence.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 8993, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended at 62 FR 23666, May 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.1.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.3   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>It is the policy of the Department of Transportation to comply with the letter and the spirit of the Privacy Act (the Act). Therefore, personal data contained in each system of records is afforded adequate protection against unauthorized access, is as accurate as is feasible, and is limited to that necessary to accomplish the stated use or uses of the system. Further, no system of records is exempted from the requirements of the Act unless it is determined that to do so is in the best interest of the government with due concern for individual rights.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.1.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context requires otherwise, the following definitions apply in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the head of an operating administration and includes the Under Secretary for Security and the Commandant of the Coast Guard.
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> means the Department of Transportation, including the Office of the Secretary, the Office of Inspector General, and the following operating administrations: This definition specifically excludes the Surface Transportation Board, which has its own Privacy Act regulations (49 CFR Part 1007), except to the extent that any system of records notice provides otherwise.
</P>
<P>(1) Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(2) Federal Highway Administration.
</P>
<P>(3) Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(4) Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(5) Federal Transit Administration.
</P>
<P>(6) National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(7) St. Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation.
</P>
<P>(8) Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(9) Research and Innovative Technology Administration.
</P>
<P>(10) Maritime Administration.
</P>
<P><I>General Counsel</I> means the General Counsel of the Department.
</P>
<P><I>Includes</I> means “includes but is not limited to;”
</P>
<P><I>Individual</I> means a citizen of the United States or an alien lawfully admitted;
</P>
<P><I>Maintain</I> includes maintain, collect, use, or disseminate;
</P>
<P><I>May</I> is used in a permissive sense to state authority or permission to do the act prescribed;
</P>
<P><I>Record</I> means any item, collection, or grouping of information about an individual that is maintained by the Department including, but not limited to, education, financial transactions, medical history, and criminal or employment history and that contains the name of, or an identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to, the individual, such as a finger or voice print or a photograph;
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation or any person to whom has been delegated authority in the matter concerned;
</P>
<P><I>System of records</I> means a group of any records under the control of the Department from which information is retrieved by the name of the individual or by some identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual;
</P>
<P><I>Statistical record</I> means a record in a system of records maintained for statistical research or reporting purposes only and not in whole or in part in making any determination about an identifiable individual, except as provided by section 8 of title 13, United States Code; and
</P>
<P><I>Routine use</I> means, with respect to the disclosure of a record, the use of such record for a purpose which is compatible with the purpose for which it was collected. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 8993, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended at 62 FR 23667, May 1, 1997; 65 FR 48184, Aug. 7, 2000; 67 FR 54746, Aug. 26, 2002; 73 FR 33329, June 12, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.11   Administration of part.</HEAD>
<P>Authority to administer this part in connection with the records of the Office of the Secretary is delegated to the Chief Information Officer. Authority to administer this part in connection with records in each operating administration is delegated to the Administrator concerned. An Administrator may redelegate to officers of that administration the authority to administer this part in connection with defined systems of records. An Administrator, however, may redelegate his or her duties under subparts F and G of this part only to his or her deputy and to not more than one other officer who reports directly to the Administrator and who is located at the headquarters of that administration or at the same location as the majority of that administration's systems of records. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 8993, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended at 62 FR 23667, May 1, 1997; 73 FR 33329, June 12, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.13   Privacy Officer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To assist with implementation, evaluation, and administration issues, the Chief Information Officer appoints a principal coordinating official with the title Privacy Officer, and one Privacy Act Coordinator from his/her staff.
</P>
<P>(b) Inquiries concerning Privacy Act matters, or requests for assistance, may be addressed to the Privacy Act Officer (S-80), Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(c) Administrators may designate Privacy Officers or Coordinators to act as central coordinators within their administrations to assist them in administering the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 33329, June 12, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.15   Protection of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may, without permission, remove any record made available for inspection or copying under this part from the place where it is made available. In addition, no person may steal, alter, mutilate, obliterate, or destroy, in whole or in part, such a record. 
</P>
<P>(b) Section 641 of title 18 of the United States Code provides, in pertinent part, as follows: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Whoever * * * steals, purloins, or knowingly converts to his use or the use of another, or without authority, sells, conveys or disposes of any record * * * or thing of value of the United States or of any department or agency thereof * * * shall be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned not more than 10 years or both; but if the value of such property does not exceed the sum of $100, he shall be fined not more than $1,000 or imprisoned not more than one year or both * * *.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) Section 2071 of title 18 of the United States Code provides, in pertinent part, as follows: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Whoever willfully and unlawfully conceals, removes, mutilates, obliterates, or destroys, or attempts to do so, or with intent to do so takes and carries away any record, proceeding, map, book, paper, document, or other thing, filed or deposited * * * in any public office, or with any * * * public officer of the United States, shall be fined not more than $2,000 or imprisoned not more than 3 years, or both.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Maintenance of Records</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.21   General.</HEAD>
<P>Except to the extent that a system of records is exempt in accordance with subpart G of this part, the Department, with respect to each system of records: 
</P>
<P>(a) Maintains in its records only such information about an individual as is relevant and necessary to accomplish a purpose of the Department required to be accomplished by statute or by executive order of the President; 
</P>
<P>(b) Collects information to the greatest extent practicable directly from the subject individual when the information may result in adverse determinations about an individual's rights, benefits, or privileges under Federal programs; 
</P>
<P>(c) Informs each individual whom it asks to supply information, on the form which it uses to collect the information or on a separate form that can be retained by the individual of: 
</P>
<P>(1) The authority (whether granted by statute, or by executive order of the President) which authorizes the solicitation of the information and whether disclosure of such information is mandatory or voluntary; 
</P>
<P>(2) The principal purpose or purposes for which the information is intended to be used; 
</P>
<P>(3) The routine uses, as published pursuant to paragraph (d)(4) of this section, which may be made of the information; and 
</P>
<P>(4) The effects, if any, on the individual of not providing all or any part of the requested information; 
</P>
<P>(d) Publishes in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> at least annually a notice of the existence and character of the system of records, including: 
</P>
<P>(1) The name and location of the system; 
</P>
<P>(2) The categories of individuals on whom records are maintained in the system; 
</P>
<P>(3) The categories of records maintained in the system; 
</P>
<P>(4) Each routine use of the records contained in the system, including the categories of users and the purpose of such use; 
</P>
<P>(5) The policies and practices regarding storage, retrievability, access controls, retention, and disposal of the records; 
</P>
<P>(6) The title and business address of the official responsible for the system of records; 
</P>
<P>(7) The procedures whereby an individual can be notified upon request if the system of records contains a record pertaining to that individual; 
</P>
<P>(8) The procedures whereby an individual can be notified upon request how to gain access to any record pertaining to that individual contained in the system of records, and how to contest its content; and 
</P>
<P>(9) The categories of sources of records in the system; 
</P>
<P>(e) Maintains all records which are used in making any determination about any individual with such accuracy, relevancy, timeliness, and completeness as is reasonably necessary to assure fairness to the individual in the determination; 
</P>
<P>(f) Prior to disseminating any record about an individual to any person other than an agency, unless the dissemination is made pursuant to § 10.35(a)(2), makes reasonable efforts to assure that such records are accurate, complete, timely, and relevant for the Department's purposes; 
</P>
<P>(g) Maintains no record describing how any individual exercises rights guaranteed by the First Amendment unless: 
</P>
<P>(1) Expressly authorized by the General Counsel; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Expressly authorized by statute or by the individual about whom the record is maintained or unless pertinent to and within the scope of an authorized law enforcement activity; 
</P>
<P>(h) Makes reasonable efforts to serve notice on an individual when any record on such individual is made available to any person under compulsory legal process when such process becomes a matter of public record. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.3.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.23   Accounting of disclosures.</HEAD>
<P>Each operating administration, the Office of Inspector General, and the Office of the Secretary, with respect to each system of records under its control:
</P>
<P>(a) Except for disclosures made under § 10.35(a) (1) or (2) of this part, keep an accurate accounting of: 
</P>
<P>(1) The date, nature, and purpose of each disclosure of a record to any person or to another agency made under § 10.33; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The name and address of the person or agency to whom the disclosure is made; 
</P>
<P>(b) Retains the accounting made under paragraph (a) of this section for at least five years or the life of the record, whichever is longer, after the disclosure for which the accounting is made; 
</P>
<P>(c) Except for disclosures made under § 10.33(a)(7) of this part, makes the accounting made under paragraph (a)(1) of this section available to the individual named in the record at his request; and 
</P>
<P>(d) Informs any person or other agency about any correction or notation of dispute made by the agency in accordance with § 10.45 of any record that has been disclosed to the person or agency if an accounting of the disclosure was made. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 8993, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended at 62 FR 23667, May 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.3.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.25   Mailing lists.</HEAD>
<P>An individual's name and address is not sold or rented unless such action is specifically authorized by law. This provision shall not be construed to require the withholding of names and addresses otherwise permitted to be made public. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.3.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.27   Government contractors.</HEAD>
<P>When the Department provides by a contract for the operation by or on behalf of the Department of a system of records to accomplish a function of the Department, the requirements of this part are applied to such system. For purposes of subpart I, Criminal Penalties, any such contractor and any employee of the contractor are considered, in accordance with section 3(m) of the Privacy Act, to be employees of the Department. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.3.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.29   Social Security numbers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No individual is denied any right, benefit, or privilege provided by law because of such individual's refusal to disclose his Social Security account number. 
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any disclosure which is required by Federal statute; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The disclosure of a Social Security number when such disclosure was required under statute or regulation adopted prior to January 1, 1975, to verify the identity of an individual. 
</P>
<P>(c) When an individual is requested to disclose his or her Social Security account number, that individual is informed whether that disclosure is mandatory or voluntary, by what statutory or other authority such number is solicited, what uses are made of it, and what detriments, including delay in the location of records, are incurred if the number is not provided. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Availability of Records</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.4.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.31   Requests for records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Ordinarily, each person desiring to determine whether a record pertaining to him/her is contained in a system of records covered by this part or desiring access to a record covered by this part, or to obtain a copy of such a record, shall make a request in writing addressed to the system manager. The “Privacy Act Issuances” published by the Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, describes the systems of records maintained by all Federal agencies, including the Department and its components. In exceptional cases oral requests are accepted. A description of DOT Privacy Act systems notices is available through the Internet free of charge at <I>http://www.access.gpo.gov/su_docs/aces/PrivacyAct.shtml?desc015.html.</I> See § 10.13(b) regarding inquiries concerning Privacy Act matters or requests for assistance.
</P>
<P>(b) Each request shall specify the name of the requesting individual and the system of records in which the subject record is located or thought to be located. If assistance is required to determine the system of records identification number assigned in the systems notices, such assistance may be obtained from the appropriate Privacy Act officer or his assistant. Refer to § 10.13 for procedures for requesting assistance. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 8993, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended at 62 FR 23667, May 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.4.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.33   Acknowledgment and access.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Requests by an individual to determine whether he or she is the subject of a record in a system of records, or requesting access to a record in a system of records, should be acknowledged within 10 working days, where the request is by mail. For requests in person, an immediate response is given, either granting access or informing such individual when notification or access may be expected.
</P>
<P>(b) If the response granting access or copies of the record is made within 10 working days, separate acknowledgment is not required.
</P>
<P>(c) Although requests for access to a record are normally in writing, <I>e.g.,</I> by filing a written form or letter, it is the option of the individual to mail or present the request form in person.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.4.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.35   Conditions of disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No record that is contained within a system of records of the Department is disclosed by any means of communication to any person, or to another agency, except pursuant to a written request by, or with the prior written consent of, the individual to whom the record pertains, unless disclosure of the record would be:
</P>
<P>(1) To those officers and employees of the Department who have a need for the record in the performance of their duties; 
</P>
<P>(2) Required under part 7 of this title which implements the Freedom of Information Act;
</P>
<P>(3) For a routine use as defined in § 10.5 and described pursuant to § 10.21(d)(4);
</P>
<P>(4) To the Bureau of the Census for purposes of planning or carrying out a census or survey or related activity pursuant to the provisions of title 13, United States Code;
</P>
<P>(5) To a recipient who has provided the Department with advance adequate written assurance that the record will be used solely as a statistical research or reporting record, and the record is to be transferred in a form that is not individually identifiable; 
</P>
<P>(6) To the National Archives of the United States as a record which has sufficient historical or other value to warrant its continued preservation by the U.S. Government, or for evaluation by the Administrator of General Services or his designee to determine whether the record has such value;
</P>
<P>(7) To another agency or to an instrumentality of any governmental jurisdiction within or under the control of the United States for a civil or criminal law enforcement activity if the activity is authorized by law, and if the head of the agency or instrumentality has made a written request to the agency which maintains the record specifying the particular portion desired and the law enforcement activity for which the record is sought;
</P>
<P>(8) To a person pursuant to a showing of compelling circumstances affecting the health or safety of an individual if upon such disclosure notification is transmitted to the last known address of such individual;
</P>
<P>(9) To either House of the Congress, or to the extent of matters within its jurisdiction, any committee or subcommittee thereof, any joint committee of the Congress or subcommittee of any such joint committee; 
</P>
<P>(10) To the Comptroller General, or any authorized representatives, in the course of the performance of the duties of the General Accounting Office; or
</P>
<P>(11) Pursuant to the order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(12) To a consumer reporting agency in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3711(f).
</P>
<P>(b) Any individual requesting access to his or her record or to any information pertaining to that individual which is contained within a system of records within the Department has access to that record or information unless the system of records within which the record or information is contained is exempted from disclosure in accordance with subpart G, provided, however, that nothing in this part is deemed to require that an individual be given access to any information compiled in reasonable anticipation of a civil action or proceeding. No exemption contained in subpart G of part 7 of the regulations of the Office of the Secretary is relied upon to withhold from an individual any record which is otherwise accessible to such individual under the provisions of this part. Any individual who is given access to a record or information pertaining to him is permitted to have a person of his or her own choosing accompany him and to have a copy made of all or any portion of the record or information in a form comprehensible to the individual. When deemed appropriate, the individual may be required to furnish a written statement authorizing discussion of his record in the accompanying person's presence.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Medical records.</I> Where requests are for access to medical records, including psychological records, the decision to release directly to the individual, or to withhold direct release, shall be made by a medical practitioner. Where the medical practitioner has ruled that direct release will do harm to the individual who is requesting access, normal release through the individual's chosen medical practitioner will be recommended. Final review and decision on appeals of disapprovals of direct release will rest with the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(d) Any person requesting access to records or to any information pertaining to other individuals is not granted such access unless that person can show that he or she has obtained permission for such access from the individual to whom the record pertains, unless the request comes within one of the exceptions of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 8993, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended at 62 FR 23667, May 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.4.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.37   Identification of individual making request.</HEAD>
<P>No record or information contained in a system of records is disclosed to an individual nor is any correction of a record in accordance with subpart E made at the request of an individual unless that individual demonstrates that he or she is who he or she claims to be. Normally, identity can be proven for individuals who appear in person by the presentation of an identifying document issued by a recognized organization (<I>e.g.,</I> a driver's license or a credit card) and which contains a means of verification such as a photograph or a signature. For requests by mail, the unique identifier used in the system should be included if known. Responses to mail requests are normally sent only to the name and address listed in the system of records. In the case of particularly sensitive records, additional identification requirements may be imposed. In such cases, these additional requirements are listed in the public notice for the system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 8993, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended at 62 FR 23667, May 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.4.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.39   Location of records.</HEAD>
<P>Each record made available under this subpart is available for inspection and copying during regular working hours at the place where it is located, or, upon reasonable notice, at the document inspection facilities of the Office of the Secretary or each administration. Original records may be copied but may not be released from custody. Upon payment of the appropriate fee, copies are mailed to the requester.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 23667, May 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Correction of Records</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.5.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.41   Requests for correction of records.</HEAD>
<P>Any person who desires to have a record pertaining to that person corrected shall submit a written request detailing the correction and the reasons the record should be so corrected. Requests for correction of records shall be submitted to the System Manager.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 23667, May 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.5.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.43   Time limits.</HEAD>
<P>Within ten days (excluding Saturday, Sunday, and legal holidays) of the receipt in accordance with § 10.41 of a request by an individual to amend a record pertaining to him, the receipt of the request is acknowledged in writing. If a determination is made to correct the record as requested, the correction is promptly made. If a determination is made not to correct a record the individual is informed promptly of the right to appeal in accordance with subpart F. If an appeal of a refusal to correct a record is in accordance with subpart F, a determination whether to correct the record is made within thirty days (excluding Saturday, Sunday, and legal holidays) of the receipt of the appeal unless, for good cause shown the Administrator concerned, or in the case of the Office of the Secretary, the General Counsel, extends such period. Where an extension is taken, the party taking the appeal is promptly notified of such fact. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.5.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.45   Statement of disagreement.</HEAD>
<P>If a determination is made not to amend a record, the requester is informed of the right to file a concise statement setting forth the reasons for disagreement with the refusal to amend. In any disclosure containing information about which an individual has filed such a statement of disagreement, the portions of the record which are disputed are noted clearly and copies of the statement of disagreement provided. If the Administrator concerned or his or her delegee, or in the case of the Office of the Secretary, the General Counsel or his or her delegee, deems it appropriate, copies of a concise statement of the reasons for not making the amendments requested may be provided along with the statement of disagreement.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Procedures for Reconsidering Decisions Not To Grant Access to or Amend Records</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.51" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.6.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.51   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each officer or employee of the Department who, upon a request by a member of the public for a record under this part, makes a determination that access is not to be granted or who determines not to amend a record in a requested manner, gives a written statement of the reasons for that determination to the person making the request and indicates the name and title or position of each person responsible for the denial of such request and the procedure for appeal within the Department.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person:
</P>
<P>(1) Who has been given a determination pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, that access will not be granted; or
</P>
<P>(2) Who has been informed that an amendment to a requested record will not be made; may apply to the Administrator concerned, or in the case of the Office of the Secretary, to the General Counsel for review of that decision. A determination that access will not be granted or a record amended is not administratively final for the purposes of judicial review unless it was made by the Administrator concerned or his or her delegee, or the General Counsel or his or her delegee, as the case may be. Upon a determination that an appeal will be denied, the requester is informed in writing of the reasons for the determination, and the names and titles or positions of each person responsible for the determination, and that the determination may be appealed to the District Court of the United States in the district in which the complainant resides, or has his or her principal place of business, or in which the records are located, or in the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(c) Each application for review must be made in writing and must include all information and arguments relied upon by the person making the request, and be submitted within 30 days of the date of the initial denial; exceptions to this time period are permitted for good reason.
</P>
<P>(d) Upon a determination that a request for the correction of a record will be denied, the requester is informed that he may file a concise statement in accordance with § 10.45. 
</P>
<P>(e) Each application for review must indicate that it is an appeal from a denial of a request made under the Privacy Act. The envelope in which the application is sent should be marked prominently with the words “Privacy Act.” If these requirements are not met, the time limits described in § 10.43 do not begin to run until the application has been identified by an employee of the Department as an application under the Privacy Act and has been received by the appropriate office.
</P>
<P>(f) The Administrator concerned, or the General Counsel, as the case may be, may require the person making the request to furnish additional information, or proof of factual allegations, and may order other proceedings appropriate in the circumstances. The decision of the Administrator concerned, or the General Counsel, as the case may be, as to the availability of the record or whether to amend the record is administratively final.
</P>
<P>(g) The decision by the Administrator concerned, or the General Counsel, as the case may be, not to disclose a record under this part is considered a determination for the purposes of section 552a(g) of title 5, United States Code, “Civil Remedies.”
</P>
<P>(h) Any final decision by an Administrator or his/her delegate not to grant access to or amend a record under this part is subject to concurrence by the General Counsel or his or her delegate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 8993, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended at 62 FR 23667, May 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Exemptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.61" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.7.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.61   General exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Assistant Secretary for Administration, with regard to the Investigations Division; and the Federal Aviation Administrator, with regard to the FAA's Investigative Record System (DOT/FAA 815) may exempt from any part of the Act and this part except subsections (b), (c)(1) and (2), (e)(4)(A) through (F), (e)(6), (7), (9), (10), and (11), and (i) of the Act, and implementing §§ 10.35, 10.23(a) and (b), 10.21(d)(1) through (6), 10.81, 10.83, and 10.85 of this chapter, any systems of records, or portions thereof, which they maintain which consist wholly of; 
</P>
<P>(1) Information compiled for the purpose of identifying individual criminal offenders and alleged offenders and consisting only of identifying data and notations of arrests, the nature and disposition of criminal charges, sentencing, confinement, release, and parole and probation status;
</P>
<P>(2) Information compiled for the purpose of a criminal investigation, including reports of informants and investigators, and associated with an identifiable individual; or
</P>
<P>(3) Reports identifiable to an individual compiled at any stage of the process of enforcement of the criminal laws from arrest or indictment through release from supervision.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements (including general notice) of sections 553(b)(1), (2) and (3), and (c) and (e) of title 5, United States Code, will be met by publication in appendix A to this part, which must, at a minimum, specify:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the system; and
</P>
<P>(2) The specific provisions of the Act from which the system is to be exempted and the reasons therefor.
</P>
<P>(c) Any decision to exempt a system of records under this section is subject to concurrence by the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(d) Any person may petition the Secretary in accordance with the provisions of part 5 of this title, to institute a rulemaking proceeding for the amendment or repeal of any exemptions established under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 8993, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended at 58 FR 67697, Dec. 22, 1993; 73 FR 33329, June 12, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.63" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.7.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.63   Specific exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary or his or her delegee, in the case of the Office of the Secretary; or the Administrator or his or delegee, in the case of an operating administration; or the Inspector General or his or her delegee, in the case of the Office of Inspector General, may exempt any system of records that is maintained by the Office of the Secretary, an operating administration, or the Office of Inspector General, as the case may be, from subsections (c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (H), and (I), and (f) of the Act and implementing §§ 10.23(c); 10.35(b); 10.41; 10.43; 10.45; 10.21(a) and 10.21(d)(6), (7), and (8) of this chapter, under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) The system of records must consist of:
</P>
<P>(1) Records subject to the provisions of section 552(b)(1) of title 5, United States Code;
</P>
<P>(2) Investigatory material compiled for law enforcement purposes, other than material within the scope of § 10.61(a)(2): Provided, however, That if any individual is denied any right, privilege, or benefit to which that individual would otherwise be entitled by Federal law, or for which that individual would otherwise be eligible, as a result of the maintenance of such material, such material is provided to such individual, except to the extent that the disclosure of such material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, or, prior to September 27, 1975, the effective date of the Privacy Act of 1974, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence;
</P>
<P>(3) Records maintained in connection with providing protective services to the President of the United States or other individuals pursuant to section 3056 of title 18, United States Code;
</P>
<P>(4) Records required by statute to be maintained and used solely as statistical records;
</P>
<P>(5) Investigatory material compiled solely for the purpose of determining suitability, eligibility, or qualifications for Federal civilian employment, military service, Federal contracts, or access to classified information, but only to the extent that the disclosure of such material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, or, prior to September 27, 1975, the effective date of the Privacy Act of 1974, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence; 
</P>
<P>(6) Testing or examination material used solely to determine individual qualifications for appointment or promotion in the Federal service the disclosure of which would compromise the objectivity or fairness of the testing or examination process; or
</P>
<P>(7) Evaluation material used to determine potential for promotion in the armed services, but only to the extent that the disclosure of such material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, or, prior to the effective date of this section, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements (including general notice) of sections 553 (b) (1), (2) and (3), and (c) and (e) of title 5, United States Code, will be met by publication in appendix A to this part, which must, at a minimum, specify:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the systems; and
</P>
<P>(2) The specific provisions of the Act from which the system is to be exempted and the reasons therefor.
</P>
<P>(c) Any decision to exempt a system of records under this section is subject to the concurrence of the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(d) Any person may petition the Secretary in accordance with the provisions of 49 CFR part 5, to institute a rulemaking for the amendment or repeal of any exemptions established under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 8993, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended at 62 FR 23667, May 1, 1997; 73 FR 33329, June 12, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Fees</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.71" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.8.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.71   General.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes fees for services performed for the public under this part by the Department.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.73" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.8.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.73   Payment of fees.</HEAD>
<P>The fees prescribed in this subpart may be paid by check, draft, or postal money order payable to the Treasury of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.75" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.8.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.75   Fee schedule.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a) Copies of documents by photocopy or similar method:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Each page not larger than 11 × 17 inches:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">First page</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Each page</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(b) Copies of documents by typewriter: Each page</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(c) Certified copies of documents:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(1) With Department of Transportation seal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(2) True copy, without seal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(d) Photographs:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(1) Black and white print (from negative)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(2) Black and white print (from print)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(3) Color print (from negative)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(4) Color print (from print)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(e) Duplicate data tapes—each reel of tape or fraction thereof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>The applicant must furnish the necessary number of blank magnetic tapes. The tapes must be compatible for use in the supplier's computer system, 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch wide and 2,400 feet long, and must be capable of recording data at a density of 556 or 800 characters per inch. Unless otherwise designated, the tapes will be recorded at 556 CPI density. The Department of Transportation is not responsible for damaged tape. However, if the applicant furnishes a replacement for a damaged tape, the duplication process is completed at no additional charge. 
</FP>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(f) Microreproduction fees are as follows:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(1) Microfilm copies, each 100 foot roll or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$3.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(2) Microfiche copies, each standard size sheet (4″ × 6″ containing up to 65 frames)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(3) Apertune card to hard copy, each copy</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(4) 16mm microfilm to hard copy:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">First</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Additional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.07
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(g) Computerline printer output, each 1,000 lines or fraction thereof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.77" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.8.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.77   Services performed without charge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No fee is charged for time spent in searching for records or reviewing or preparing correspondence related to records subject to this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) No fee is charged for documents furnished in response to: 
</P>
<P>(1) A request from an employee or former employee of the Department for copies of personnel records of the employee; 
</P>
<P>(2) A request from a Member of Congress for official use; 
</P>
<P>(3) A request from a State, territory, U.S. possession, county or municipal government, or an agency thereof; 
</P>
<P>(4) A request from a court that will serve as a substitute for the personal court appearance of an officer or employee of the Department; 
</P>
<P>(5) A request from a foreign government or an agency thereof, or an international organization. 
</P>
<P>(c) Documents are furnished without charge or at a reduced charge, if the Chief Information Officer or the Administrator concerned, as the case may be, determines that waiver or reduction of the fee is in the public interest, because furnishing the information can be considered as primarily benefiting the general public. 
</P>
<P>(d) When records are maintained in computer-readable form rather than human-readable form, one printed copy is made available which has been translated to human-readable form without a charge for translation but in accordance with § 10.75(g), regarding computer line-printed charges. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 8993, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended at 73 FR 33329, June 12, 2008; 75 FR 5244, Feb. 2, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Criminal Penalties</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.81" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.9.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.81   Improper disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>Any officer or employee of the Department who by virtue of his or her employment or official position, has possession of, or access to, agency records which contain individually identifiable information the disclosure of which is prohibited by this part and who knowing that disclosure of the specific material is so prohibited, willfully discloses the material in any manner to any person or agency not entitled to receive it, is guilty of a misdemeanor and fined not more than $5,000 in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a(i)(1). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.83" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.9.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.83   Improper maintenance of records.</HEAD>
<P>Any officer or employee of the Department who willfully maintains a system of records without meeting the notice requirements of § 10.21(d) of this part is guilty of a misdemeanor and fined not more than $5,000 in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a(i)(2). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 10.85" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.9.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 10.85   Wrongfully obtaining records.</HEAD>
<P>Any person who knowingly and willfully requests or obtains any record concerning an individual from the Department under false pretenses is guilty of a misdemeanor and fined not more than $5,000 in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a(i)(3).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.8.9.3.4.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 10—Exemptions
</HEAD>
<HD2>Part I. General Exemptions 
</HD2>
<P>Those portions of the following systems of records that consist of (a) Information compiled for the purpose of identifying individual criminal offenders and alleged offenders and consisting only of identifying data and notations of arrests, the nature and disposition of criminal charges, sentencing, confinement, release, and parole and probation status; (b) information compiled for the purpose of a criminal investigation, including reports of informants and investigators, and associated with an identifiable individual; or (c) reports identifiable to an individual compiled at any stage of the process of enforcement of the criminal laws from arrest or indictment through release from supervision, are exempt from all parts of 5 U.S.C. 552a except subsections (b) (Conditions of disclosure); (c) (1) and (2) (Accounting of certain disclosures); (e)(4) (A) through (F) (Publication of existence and character of system); (e)(6) (Ensure records are accurate, relevant, timely, and complete before disclosure to person other than an agency and other than pursuant to a Freedom of Information Act request), (7) (Restrict recordkeeping on First Amendment rights), (9) (Rules of conduct), (10) (Safeguards), and (11) (Routine use publication); and (i) (Criminal penalties): 
</P>
<P>A. The Investigative Records System maintained by the Assistant Inspector General for Investigations, Office of the Inspector General, Office of the Secretary (DOT/OST 100). 
</P>
<P>B. Police Warrant Files and Central Files maintained by the Federal Aviation Administration (DOT/FAA 807). 
</P>
<P>C. The Investigative Records System maintained by the Federal Aviation Administration regarding criminal investigations conducted by offices of Investigations and Security at headquarters and FAA Regional and Center Security Divisions (DOT/FAA 815).
</P>
<P>D. General Investigations Record System, maintained by the Office of Investigations and Security, Office of the Secretary (DOT/OST 016).
</P>
<P>These exemptions are justified for the following reasons: 
</P>
<P>1. From subsection (c)(3), because making available to a record subject the accounting of disclosures from records concerning him/her would reveal investigative interest by not only DOT but also the recipient agency, thereby permitting the record subject to take appropriate measures to impede the investigation, as by destroying evidence, intimidating potential witnesses, fleeing the area to avoid the thrust of the investigation, etc. 
</P>
<P>2. From subsections (d), (e)(4) (G) and (H), (f), and (g), because granting an individual access to investigative records, and granting him/her rights to amend/contest that information, interfere with the overall law enforcement process by revealing a pending sensitive investigation, possibly identify a confidential source, disclose information that would constitute an unwarranted invasion of another individual's personal privacy, reveal a sensitive investigative technique, or constitute a potential danger to the health or safety of law enforcement personnel. 
</P>
<P>3. From subsection (e)(1), because it is often impossible to determine relevancy or necessity of information in the early stages of an investigation. The value of such information is a question of judgement and timing: what appears relevant and necessary when collected may ultimately be evaluated and viewed as irrelevant and unnecessary to an investigation. In addition, DOT may obtain information concerning the violation of laws other than those within the scope of its jurisdiction. In the interest of effective law enforcement, DOT should retain this information because it may aid in establishing patterns of unlawful activity and provide leads for other law enforcement agencies. Further, in obtaining evidence during an investigation, information may be provided to DOT that relates to matters incidental to the main purpose of the investigation but that may be pertinent to the investigative jurisdiction of another agency. Such information cannot readily be identified. 
</P>
<P>4. From subsection (e)(2), because in a law enforcement investigation it is usually counterproductive to collect information to the greatest extent practicable directly from the subject of the information. It is not always feasible to rely upon the subject of an investigation as a source for information that may implicate him/her in illegal activities. In addition, collecting information directly from the subject could seriously compromise an investigation by prematurely revealing its nature and scope, or could provide the subject with an opportunity to conceal criminal activities, or intimidate potential sources, in order to avoid apprehension. 
</P>
<P>5. From subsection (e)(3), because providing such notice to the subject of an investigation, or to other individual sources, could seriously compromise the investigation by prematurely revealing its nature and scope, or could inhibit cooperation, permit the subject to evade apprehension, or cause interference with undercover activities. 
</P>
<HD2>Part II. Specific Exemptions
</HD2>
<P>A. The following systems of records are exempt from subsection (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures), (d) (Access to Records), (e)(4)(G), (H), and (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules) of 5 U.S.C. 552a, to the extent that they contain investigatory material compiled for law enforcement purposes, in accordance 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2):
</P>
<P>1. Investigative Record System (DOT/FAA 815) maintained by the Federal Aviation Administration at the Office of Civil Aviation Security in Washington, DC; the FAA regional Civil Aviation Security Divisions; the Civil Aviation Security Division at the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; the FAA Civil Aviation Security Staff at the FAA Technical Center in Atlantic City, New Jersey; and the various Federal Records Centers located throughout the country.
</P>
<P>2. FHWA Investigations Case File System, maintained by the Office of Program Review and Investigations, Federal Highway Administration (DOT/FHWA 214).
</P>
<P>3. Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Enforcement Management Information System, maintained by the Chief Counsel, FMCSA (DOT/FMCSA 002).
</P>
<P>4. DOT/NHTSA Investigations of Alleged Misconduct or Conflict of Interest, maintained by the Associate Administrator for Administration, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (DOT/NHTSA 458).
</P>
<P>5. Civil Aviation Security System (DOT/FAA 813), maintained by the Office of Civil Aviation Security Policy and Planning, Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>6. Suspected Unapproved Parts (SUP) Program, maintained by the Federal Aviation Administration (DOT/FAA 852).
</P>
<P>7. Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS), maintained by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (DOT/FMCSA 001).
</P>
<P>8. Suspicious Activity Reporting (SAR) database, maintained by the Office of Intelligence, Security, and Emergency Response, Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>9. Departmental Office of Civil Rights System (DOCRS).
</P>
<P>10. Insider Threat Program (DOT/ALL 26).
</P>
<P>These exemptions are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>1. From subsection (c)(3), because making available to a record subject the accounting of disclosures from records concerning him/her would reveal investigative interest by not only DOT but also the recipient agency, thereby permitting the record subject to take appropriate measures to impede the investigation, as by destroying evidence, intimidating potential witnesses, fleeing the area to avoid the thrust of the investigation, etc.
</P>
<P>2. From subsections (d), (e)(4)(G), (H), and (I), and (f), because granting an individual access to investigative records, and granting him/her access to investigative records with that information, could interfere with the overall law enforcement process by revealing a pending sensitive investigation, possibly identify a confidential source, disclose information that would constitute an unwarranted invasion of another individual's personal privacy, reveal a sensitive investigative technique, or constitute a potential danger to the health or safety of law enforcement personnel.
</P>
<P>B. The following systems of records are exempt from subsections (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures) and (d) (Access to Records) of 5 U.S.C. 552a, in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2):
</P>
<P>1. General Air Transportation Records on Individuals, maintained by various offices in the Federal Aviation Administration (DOT/FAA 847).
</P>
<P>2. Investigative Records System, maintained by the Assistant Inspector General for Investigations in the Office of the Inspector General (DOT/OST 100).
</P>
<P>3. General Investigations Record System, maintained by the Office of Investigations and Security, Office of the Secretary (DOT/OST 016).
</P>
<P>4. Insider Threat Program (DOT/ALL 26).
</P>
<P>These exemptions are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>1. From subsection (c)(3), because making available to a record subject the accounting of disclosures from records concerning him/her would reveal investigative interest by not only DOT but also the recipient agency, thereby permitting the record subject to take appropriate measures to impede the investigation, as by destroying evidence, intimidating potential witnesses, fleeing the area to avoid the thrust of the investigation, etc.
</P>
<P>2. From subsection (d), because granting an individual access to investigative records could interfere with the overall law enforcement process by revealing a pending sensitive investigation, possibly identify a confidential source, disclose information that would constitute an unwarranted invasion of another individual's personal privacy, reveal a sensitive investigative technique, or constitute a potential danger to the health or safety of law enforcement personnel. 
</P>
<P>C. The system of records known as the Alaska Railroad Examination of Operating Personnel, maintained by the Alaska Railroad, Federal Railroad Administration (DOT/FRA 100), is exempt from the provisions of subsection (d) of 5 U.S.C. 552a. The release of these records would compromise their value as impartial measurement standards for appointment and promotion within the Federal Service.
</P>
<P>D. Those portions of the following systems of records consisting of investigatory material compiled for the purpose of determining suitability, eligibility, or qualifications for Federal civilian employment, military service, or access to classified information or used to determine potential for promotion in the armed services, are exempt from sections (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures), (d) (Access to Records), (e)(4) (G), (H), and (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules) of 5 U.S.C. 552a to the extent that disclosure of such material would reveal the identity of a source who provided information to the Government under an express or, prior to September 27, 1975, an implied promise of confidentiality (5 U.S.C. 552a(k) (5) and (7)): 
</P>
<P>1. Investigative Records System, maintained by the Assistant Inspector General for Investigations in the Office of the Inspector General (DOT/OST 100). 
</P>
<P>2. Investigative Record System, maintained by the Federal Aviation Administration at FAA Regional and Center Air Transportation Security Divisions; the Investigations and Security Division, Aeronautical Center; and Office of Investigations and Security, Headquarters, Washington, D.C. (DOT/FAA 815). 
</P>
<P>3. Files pursuant to suitability for employment with National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (DOT/NHTSA-457) containing confidential investigatory reports.
</P>
<P>4. Personnel Security Records System, maintained by the Office of Investigations and Security, Office of the Secretary (DOT/OST 035).
</P>
<P>The purpose of these exemptions is to prevent disclosure of the identities of sources who provide information to the government concerning the suitability, eligibility, or qualifications of individuals for Federal civilian employment, contracts, access to classified information, or appointment or promotion in the armed services, and who are expressly or, prior to September 27, 1975, implied promised confidentiality (5 U.S.C. 552a(k) (5) and (7)). 
</P>
<P>E. Those portions of the following systems of records consisting of testing or examination material used solely to determine individual qualifications for appointment or promotion in the Federal Service are exempt from subsections (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures), (d) (Access to Records), (e)(4) (G), (H) and (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules) of 5 U.S.C. 552a: 
</P>
<P>1. Reference Files (DOT/NHTSA 457), maintained by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration personnel offices to determine fitness for employment prior to hiring.
</P>
<P>The purpose of these exemptions is to preserve the value of these records as impartial measurement standards for appointment and promotion within the Federal service.
</P>
<P>F. Those portions of the following systems of records which consist of information properly classified in the interest of national defense or foreign policy in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(1) are exempt from sections (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures), (d) (Access to Records), (e)(4) (G), (H) and (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules) of 5 U.S.C. 552a:
</P>
<P>1. Investigative Record System maintained by the Assistant Inspector General for Investigations in the Office of the Inspector General (DOT/OST 100).
</P>
<P>2. Personnel Security Records System, maintained by the Office of Investigations and Security, Office of the Secretary (DOT/OST 035).
</P>
<P>3. Civil Aviation Security System (DOT/FAA 813), maintained by the Office of Civil Aviation Security, Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>4. General Investigations Record System, maintained by the Office of Investigations and Security, Office of the Secretary (DOT/OST 016).
</P>
<P>5. Insider Threat Program (DOT/ALL 26).
</P>
<P>The purpose of these exemptions is to prevent the disclosure of material authorized to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy, in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(1) and 552a(k)(1).
</P>
<P>G. Those portions of the following systems of records which consist of information properly classified in the interest of national defense or foreign policy in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(1) are exempt from subsections (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures) and (d) (Access to Records) of 5 U.S.C. 552a:
</P>
<P>1. Investigative Record System (DOT/FAA 815) maintained by the Federal Aviation Administration at the Office of Civil Aviation Security in Washington, DC; the FAA regional Civil Aviation Security Divisions; the Civil Aviation Security Division at the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; the FAA Civil Aviation Security Staff at the FAA Technical Center in Atlantic City, New Jersey; and the various Federal Records Centers located throughout the country.
</P>
<P>2. Insider Threat Program (DOT/ALL 26).
</P>
<P>The purpose of these exemptions is to prevent the disclosure of material authorized to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy, in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(1) and 552a(k)(1).
</P>
<P>H. The following systems of records are exempt from subsection (d) (Access to Records) of the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a, to the extent that they contain investigatory material compiled for law enforcement purposes, in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2):
</P>
<P>1. Aviation Consumer Complaint Appropriation System, maintained by the Office of the Assistant General Counsel for Aviation Enforcement and Proceedings in the Office of the Secretary (DOT/OST 102).
</P>
<P>This exemption is justified because granting an individual access to investigatory records could interfere with the overall law enforcement process by revealing a sensitive investigative technique, or confidential sources or information. 
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting appendix A to part 10, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 11—PROTECTION OF HUMAN SUBJECTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; 42 U.S.C. 300v-1(b).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>82 FR 7274, Jan. 19, 2017, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 11.101" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.101   To what does this policy apply?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as detailed in § 11.104, this policy applies to all research involving human subjects conducted, supported, or otherwise subject to regulation by any Federal department or agency that takes appropriate administrative action to make the policy applicable to such research. This includes research conducted by Federal civilian employees or military personnel, except that each department or agency head may adopt such procedural modifications as may be appropriate from an administrative standpoint. It also includes research conducted, supported, or otherwise subject to regulation by the Federal Government outside the United States. Institutions that are engaged in research described in this paragraph and institutional review boards (IRBs) reviewing research that is subject to this policy must comply with this policy.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) Department or agency heads retain final judgment as to whether a particular activity is covered by this policy and this judgment shall be exercised consistent with the ethical principles of the Belmont Report.
<SU>62</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>62</SU> The National Commission for the Protection of Human Subjects of Biomedical and Behavioral Research.- Belmont Report. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. 1979.</P></FTNT>
<P>(d) Department or agency heads may require that specific research activities or classes of research activities conducted, supported, or otherwise subject to regulation by the Federal department or agency but not otherwise covered by this policy comply with some or all of the requirements of this policy.
</P>
<P>(e) Compliance with this policy requires compliance with pertinent federal laws or regulations that provide additional protections for human subjects.
</P>
<P>(f) This policy does not affect any state or local laws or regulations (including tribal law passed by the official governing body of an American Indian or Alaska Native tribe) that may otherwise be applicable and that provide additional protections for human subjects.
</P>
<P>(g) This policy does not affect any foreign laws or regulations that may otherwise be applicable and that provide additional protections to human subjects of research.
</P>
<P>(h) When research covered by this policy takes place in foreign countries, procedures normally followed in the foreign countries to protect human subjects may differ from those set forth in this policy. In these circumstances, if a department or agency head determines that the procedures prescribed by the institution afford protections that are at least equivalent to those provided in this policy, the department or agency head may approve the substitution of the foreign procedures in lieu of the procedural requirements provided in this policy. Except when otherwise required by statute, Executive Order, or the department or agency head, notices of these actions as they occur will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or will be otherwise published as provided in department or agency procedures.
</P>
<P>(i) Unless otherwise required by law, department or agency heads may waive the applicability of some or all of the provisions of this policy to specific research activities or classes of research activities otherwise covered by this policy, provided the alternative procedures to be followed are consistent with the principles of the Belmont Report.
<SU>63</SU>
<FTREF/> Except when otherwise required by statute or Executive Order, the department or agency head shall forward advance notices of these actions to the Office for Human Research Protections, Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), or any successor office, or to the equivalent office within the appropriate Federal department or agency, and shall also publish them in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or in such other manner as provided in department or agency procedures. The waiver notice must include a statement that identifies the conditions under which the waiver will be applied and a justification as to why the waiver is appropriate for the research, including how the decision is consistent with the principles of the Belmont Report.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>63</SU> <I>Id.</I></P></FTNT>
<P>(j) Federal guidance on the requirements of this policy shall be issued only after consultation, for the purpose of harmonization (to the extent appropriate), with other Federal departments and agencies that have adopted this policy, unless such consultation is not feasible.
</P>
<P>(k) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(l) Compliance dates and transition provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Pre-2018 Requirements.</I> For purposes of this section, the <I>pre-2018 Requirements</I> means this subpart as published in the 2016 edition of the Code of Federal Regulations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>2018 Requirements.</I> For purposes of this section, the <I>2018 Requirements</I> means the Federal Policy for the Protection of Human Subjects requirements contained in this part. The general compliance date for the 2018 Requirements is January 21, 2019. The compliance date for § 11.114(b) (cooperative research) of the 2018 Requirements is January 20, 2020.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Research subject to pre-2018 requirements.</I> The pre-2018 Requirements shall apply to the following research, unless the research is transitioning to comply with the 2018 Requirements in accordance with paragraph (l)(4) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Research initially approved by an IRB under the pre-2018 Requirements before January 21, 2019;
</P>
<P>(ii) Research for which IRB review was waived pursuant to § 11.101(i) of the pre-2018 Requirements before January 21, 2019; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Research for which a determination was made that the research was exempt under § 11.101(b) of the pre-2018 Requirements before January 21, 2019.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Transitioning research.</I> If, on or after July 19, 2018, an institution planning or engaged in research otherwise covered by paragraph (l)(3) of this section determines that such research instead will transition to comply with the 2018 Requirements, the institution or an IRB must document and date such determination.
</P>
<P>(i) If the determination to transition is documented between July 19, 2018, and January 20, 2019, the research shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Beginning on the date of such documentation through January 20, 2019, comply with the pre-2018 Requirements, except that the research shall comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Section 11.102(l) of the 2018 Requirements (definition of research) (instead of § 11.102(d) of the pre-2018 Requirements);
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Section 11.103(d) of the 2018 Requirements (revised certification requirement that eliminates IRB review of application or proposal) (instead of § 11.103(f) of the pre-2018 Requirements); and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Section 11.109(f)(1)(i) and (iii) of the 2018 Requirements (exceptions to mandated continuing review) (instead of § 11.103(b), as related to the requirement for continuing review, and in addition to § 11.109, of the pre-2018 Requirements); and
</P>
<P>(B) Beginning on January 21, 2019, comply with the 2018 Requirements.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the determination to transition is documented on or after January 21, 2019, the research shall, beginning on the date of such documentation, comply with the 2018 Requirements.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Research subject to 2018 Requirements.</I> The 2018 Requirements shall apply to the following research:
</P>
<P>(i) Research initially approved by an IRB on or after January 21, 2019;
</P>
<P>(ii) Research for which IRB review is waived pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section on or after January 21, 2019; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Research for which a determination is made that the research is exempt on or after January 21, 2019.
</P>
<P>(m) Severability: Any provision of this part held to be invalid or unenforceable by its terms, or as applied to any person or circumstance, shall be construed so as to continue to give maximum effect to the provision permitted by law, unless such holding shall be one of utter invalidity or unenforceability, in which event the provision shall be severable from this part and shall not affect the remainder thereof or the application of the provision to other persons not similarly situated or to other dissimilar circumstances.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 7274, Jan. 19, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 2894, Jan. 22, 2018; 83 FR 28519, June 19, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.102" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.102   Definitions for purposes of this policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Certification</I> means the official notification by the institution to the supporting Federal department or agency component, in accordance with the requirements of this policy, that a research project or activity involving human subjects has been reviewed and approved by an IRB in accordance with an approved assurance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Clinical trial</I> means a research study in which one or more human subjects are prospectively assigned to one or more interventions (which may include placebo or other control) to evaluate the effects of the interventions on biomedical or behavioral health-related outcomes.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Department or agency head</I> means the head of any Federal department or agency, for example, the Secretary of HHS, and any other officer or employee of any Federal department or agency to whom the authority provided by these regulations to the department or agency head has been delegated.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Federal department or agency</I> refers to a federal department or agency (the department or agency itself rather than its bureaus, offices or divisions) that takes appropriate administrative action to make this policy applicable to the research involving human subjects it conducts, supports, or otherwise regulates (<I>e.g.,</I> the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the U.S. Department of Defense, or the Central Intelligence Agency).
</P>
<P>(e)(1) <I>Human subject</I> means a living individual about whom an investigator (whether professional or student) conducting research:
</P>
<P>(i) Obtains information or biospecimens through intervention or interaction with the individual, and uses, studies, or analyzes the information or biospecimens; or (ii) Obtains, uses, studies, analyzes, or generates identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Intervention</I> includes both physical procedures by which information or biospecimens are gathered (<I>e.g.,</I> venipuncture) and manipulations of the subject or the subject's environment that are performed for research purposes.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Interaction</I> includes communication or interpersonal contact between investigator and subject.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Private information</I> includes information about behavior that occurs in a context in which an individual can reasonably expect that no observation or recording is taking place, and information that has been provided for specific purposes by an individual and that the individual can reasonably expect will not be made public (<I>e.g.,</I> a medical record).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Identifiable private information</I> is private information for which the identity of the subject is or may readily be ascertained by the investigator or associated with the information.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>An identifiable biospecimen</I> is a biospecimen for which the identity of the subject is or may readily be ascertained by the investigator or associated with the biospecimen.
</P>
<P>(7) Federal departments or agencies implementing this policy shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Upon consultation with appropriate experts (including experts in data matching and re-identification), reexamine the meaning of “identifiable private information,” as defined in paragraph (e)(5) of this section, and “identifiable biospecimen,” as defined in paragraph (e)(6) of this section. This reexamination shall take place within 1 year and regularly thereafter (at least every 4 years). This process will be conducted by collaboration among the Federal departments and agencies implementing this policy. If appropriate and permitted by law, such Federal departments and agencies may alter the interpretation of these terms, including through the use of guidance.
</P>
<P>(ii) Upon consultation with appropriate experts, assess whether there are analytic technologies or techniques that should be considered by investigators to generate “identifiable private information,” as defined in paragraph (e)(5) of this section, or an “identifiable biospecimen,” as defined in paragraph (e)(6) of this section. This assessment shall take place within 1 year and regularly thereafter (at least every 4 years). This process will be conducted by collaboration among the Federal departments and agencies implementing this policy. Any such technologies or techniques will be included on a list of technologies or techniques that produce identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens. This list will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> after notice and an opportunity for public comment. The Secretary, HHS, shall maintain the list on a publicly accessible Web site.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Institution</I> means any public or private entity, or department or agency (including federal, state, and other agencies).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>IRB</I> means an institutional review board established in accord with and for the purposes expressed in this policy.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>IRB approval</I> means the determination of the IRB that the research has been reviewed and may be conducted at an institution within the constraints set forth by the IRB and by other institutional and federal requirements.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Legally authorized representative</I> means an individual or judicial or other body authorized under applicable law to consent on behalf of a prospective subject to the subject's participation in the procedure(s) involved in the research. If there is no applicable law addressing this issue, <I>legally authorized representative</I> means an individual recognized by institutional policy as acceptable for providing consent in the nonresearch context on behalf of the prospective subject to the subject's participation in the procedure(s) involved in the research.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Minimal risk</I> means that the probability and magnitude of harm or discomfort anticipated in the research are not greater in and of themselves than those ordinarily encountered in daily life or during the performance of routine physical or psychological examinations or tests.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Public health authority</I> means an agency or authority of the United States, a state, a territory, a political subdivision of a state or territory, an Indian tribe, or a foreign government, or a person or entity acting under a grant of authority from or contract with such public agency, including the employees or agents of such public agency or its contractors or persons or entities to whom it has granted authority, that is responsible for public health matters as part of its official mandate.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Research</I> means a systematic investigation, including research development, testing, and evaluation, designed to develop or contribute to generalizable knowledge. Activities that meet this definition constitute research for purposes of this policy, whether or not they are conducted or supported under a program that is considered research for other purposes. For example, some demonstration and service programs may include research activities. For purposes of this part, the following activities are deemed not to be research:
</P>
<P>(1) Scholarly and journalistic activities (<I>e.g.,</I> oral history, journalism, biography, literary criticism, legal research, and historical scholarship), including the collection and use of information, that focus directly on the specific individuals about whom the information is collected.
</P>
<P>(2) Public health surveillance activities, including the collection and testing of information or biospecimens, conducted, supported, requested, ordered, required, or authorized by a public health authority. Such activities are limited to those necessary to allow a public health authority to identify, monitor, assess, or investigate potential public health signals, onsets of disease outbreaks, or conditions of public health importance (including trends, signals, risk factors, patterns in diseases, or increases in injuries from using consumer products). Such activities include those associated with providing timely situational awareness and priority setting during the course of an event or crisis that threatens public health (including natural or man-made disasters).
</P>
<P>(3) Collection and analysis of information, biospecimens, or records by or for a criminal justice agency for activities authorized by law or court order solely for criminal justice or criminal investigative purposes.
</P>
<P>(4) Authorized operational activities (as determined by each agency) in support of intelligence, homeland security, defense, or other national security missions.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Written,</I> or <I>in writing,</I> for purposes of this part, refers to writing on a tangible medium (<I>e.g.,</I> paper) or in an electronic format.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.103" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.103   Assuring compliance with this policy—research conducted or supported by any Federal department or agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each institution engaged in research that is covered by this policy, with the exception of research eligible for exemption under § 11.104, and that is conducted or supported by a Federal department or agency, shall provide written assurance satisfactory to the department or agency head that it will comply with the requirements of this policy. In lieu of requiring submission of an assurance, individual department or agency heads shall accept the existence of a current assurance, appropriate for the research in question, on file with the Office for Human Research Protections, HHS, or any successor office, and approved for Federal-wide use by that office. When the existence of an HHS-approved assurance is accepted in lieu of requiring submission of an assurance, reports (except certification) required by this policy to be made to department and agency heads shall also be made to the Office for Human Research Protections, HHS, or any successor office. Federal departments and agencies will conduct or support research covered by this policy only if the institution has provided an assurance that it will comply with the requirements of this policy, as provided in this section, and only if the institution has certified to the department or agency head that the research has been reviewed and approved by an IRB (if such certification is required by § 11.103(d)).
</P>
<P>(b) The assurance shall be executed by an individual authorized to act for the institution and to assume on behalf of the institution the obligations imposed by this policy and shall be filed in such form and manner as the department or agency head prescribes.
</P>
<P>(c) The department or agency head may limit the period during which any assurance shall remain effective or otherwise condition or restrict the assurance.
</P>
<P>(d) Certification is required when the research is supported by a Federal department or agency and not otherwise waived under § 11.101(i) or exempted under § 11.104. For such research, institutions shall certify that each proposed research study covered by the assurance and this section has been reviewed and approved by the IRB. Such certification must be submitted as prescribed by the Federal department or agency component supporting the research. Under no condition shall research covered by this section be initiated prior to receipt of the certification that the research has been reviewed and approved by the IRB.
</P>
<P>(e) For nonexempt research involving human subjects covered by this policy (or exempt research for which limited IRB review takes place pursuant to § 11.104(d)(2)(iii), (d)(3)(i)(C), or (d)(7) or (8)) that takes place at an institution in which IRB oversight is conducted by an IRB that is not operated by the institution, the institution and the organization operating the IRB shall document the institution's reliance on the IRB for oversight of the research and the responsibilities that each entity will undertake to ensure compliance with the requirements of this policy (<I>e.g.,</I> in a written agreement between the institution and the IRB, by implementation of an institution-wide policy directive providing the allocation of responsibilities between the institution and an IRB that is not affiliated with the institution, or as set forth in a research protocol).
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under Control Number 0990-0260)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.104" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.104   Exempt research.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless otherwise required by law or by department or agency heads, research activities in which the only involvement of human subjects will be in one or more of the categories in paragraph (d) of this section are exempt from the requirements of this policy, except that such activities must comply with the requirements of this section and as specified in each category.
</P>
<P>(b) Use of the exemption categories for research subject to the requirements of subparts B, C, and D: Application of the exemption categories to research subject to the requirements of 45 CFR part 46, subparts B, C, and D, is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Subpart B.</I> Each of the exemptions at this section may be applied to research subject to subpart B if the conditions of the exemption are met.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Subpart C.</I> The exemptions at this section do not apply to research subject to subpart C, except for research aimed at involving a broader subject population that only incidentally includes prisoners.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Subpart D.</I> The exemptions at paragraphs (d)(1), (4), (5), (6), (7), and (8) of this section may be applied to research subject to subpart D if the conditions of the exemption are met. Paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section only may apply to research subject to subpart D involving educational tests or the observation of public behavior when the investigator(s) do not participate in the activities being observed. Paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section may not be applied to research subject to subpart D.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) Except as described in paragraph (a) of this section, the following categories of human subjects research are exempt from this policy:
</P>
<P>(1) Research, conducted in established or commonly accepted educational settings, that specifically involves normal educational practices that are not likely to adversely impact students' opportunity to learn required educational content or the assessment of educators who provide instruction. This includes most research on regular and special education instructional strategies, and research on the effectiveness of or the comparison among instructional techniques, curricula, or classroom management methods.
</P>
<P>(2) Research that only includes interactions involving educational tests (cognitive, diagnostic, aptitude, achievement), survey procedures, interview procedures, or observation of public behavior (including visual or auditory recording) if at least one of the following criteria is met:
</P>
<P>(i) The information obtained is recorded by the investigator in such a manner that the identity of the human subjects cannot readily be ascertained, directly or through identifiers linked to the subjects;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any disclosure of the human subjects' responses outside the research would not reasonably place the subjects at risk of criminal or civil liability or be damaging to the subjects' financial standing, employability, educational advancement, or reputation; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The information obtained is recorded by the investigator in such a manner that the identity of the human subjects can readily be ascertained, directly or through identifiers linked to the subjects, and an IRB conducts a limited IRB review to make the determination required by § 11.111(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Research involving benign behavioral interventions in conjunction with the collection of information from an adult subject through verbal or written responses (including data entry) or audiovisual recording if the subject prospectively agrees to the intervention and information collection and at least one of the following criteria is met:
</P>
<P>(A) The information obtained is recorded by the investigator in such a manner that the identity of the human subjects cannot readily be ascertained, directly or through identifiers linked to the subjects;
</P>
<P>(B) Any disclosure of the human subjects' responses outside the research would not reasonably place the subjects at risk of criminal or civil liability or be damaging to the subjects' financial standing, employability, educational advancement, or reputation; or
</P>
<P>(C) The information obtained is recorded by the investigator in such a manner that the identity of the human subjects can readily be ascertained, directly or through identifiers linked to the subjects, and an IRB conducts a limited IRB review to make the determination required by § 11.111(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(ii) For the purpose of this provision, benign behavioral interventions are brief in duration, harmless, painless, not physically invasive, not likely to have a significant adverse lasting impact on the subjects, and the investigator has no reason to think the subjects will find the interventions offensive or embarrassing. Provided all such criteria are met, examples of such benign behavioral interventions would include having the subjects play an online game, having them solve puzzles under various noise conditions, or having them decide how to allocate a nominal amount of received cash between themselves and someone else.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the research involves deceiving the subjects regarding the nature or purposes of the research, this exemption is not applicable unless the subject authorizes the deception through a prospective agreement to participate in research in circumstances in which the subject is informed that he or she will be unaware of or misled regarding the nature or purposes of the research.
</P>
<P>(4) Secondary research for which consent is not required: Secondary research uses of identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens, if at least one of the following criteria is met:
</P>
<P>(i) The identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens are publicly available;
</P>
<P>(ii) Information, which may include information about biospecimens, is recorded by the investigator in such a manner that the identity of the human subjects cannot readily be ascertained directly or through identifiers linked to the subjects, the investigator does not contact the subjects, and the investigator will not re-identify subjects;
</P>
<P>(iii) The research involves only information collection and analysis involving the investigator's use of identifiable health information when that use is regulated under 45 CFR parts 160 and 164, subparts A and E, for the purposes of “health care operations” or “research” as those terms are defined at 45 CFR 164.501 or for “public health activities and purposes” as described under 45 CFR 164.512(b); or
</P>
<P>(iv) The research is conducted by, or on behalf of, a Federal department or agency using government-generated or government-collected information obtained for nonresearch activities, if the research generates identifiable private information that is or will be maintained on information technology that is subject to and in compliance with section 208(b) of the E-Government Act of 2002, 44 U.S.C. 3501 note, if all of the identifiable private information collected, used, or generated as part of the activity will be maintained in systems of records subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, and, if applicable, the information used in the research was collected subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(5) Research and demonstration projects that are conducted or supported by a Federal department or agency, or otherwise subject to the approval of department or agency heads (or the approval of the heads of bureaus or other subordinate agencies that have been delegated authority to conduct the research and demonstration projects), and that are designed to study, evaluate, improve, or otherwise examine public benefit or service programs, including procedures for obtaining benefits or services under those programs, possible changes in or alternatives to those programs or procedures, or possible changes in methods or levels of payment for benefits or services under those programs. Such projects include, but are not limited to, internal studies by Federal employees, and studies under contracts or consulting arrangements, cooperative agreements, or grants. Exempt projects also include waivers of otherwise mandatory requirements using authorities such as sections 1115 and 1115A of the Social Security Act, as amended.
</P>
<P>(i) Each Federal department or agency conducting or supporting the research and demonstration projects must establish, on a publicly accessible Federal Web site or in such other manner as the department or agency head may determine, a list of the research and demonstration projects that the Federal department or agency conducts or supports under this provision. The research or demonstration project must be published on this list prior to commencing the research involving human subjects.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(6) Taste and food quality evaluation and consumer acceptance studies:
</P>
<P>(i) If wholesome foods without additives are consumed, or
</P>
<P>(ii) If a food is consumed that contains a food ingredient at or below the level and for a use found to be safe, or agricultural chemical or environmental contaminant at or below the level found to be safe, by the Food and Drug Administration or approved by the Environmental Protection Agency or the Food Safety and Inspection Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
</P>
<P>(7) Storage or maintenance for secondary research for which broad consent is required: Storage or maintenance of identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens for potential secondary research use if an IRB conducts a limited IRB review and makes the determinations required by § 11.111(a)(8).
</P>
<P>(8) Secondary research for which broad consent is required: Research involving the use of identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens for secondary research use, if the following criteria are met:
</P>
<P>(i) Broad consent for the storage, maintenance, and secondary research use of the identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens was obtained in accordance with § 11.116(a)(1) through (4), (a)(6), and (d);
</P>
<P>(ii) Documentation of informed consent or waiver of documentation of consent was obtained in accordance with § 11.117;
</P>
<P>(iii) An IRB conducts a limited IRB review and makes the determination required by § 11.111(a)(7) and makes the determination that the research to be conducted is within the scope of the broad consent referenced in paragraph (d)(8)(i) of this section; and (iv) The investigator does not include returning individual research results to subjects as part of the study plan. This provision does not prevent an investigator from abiding by any legal requirements to return individual research results.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under Control Number 0990-0260)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 11.105-11.106" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 11.105-11.106   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.107" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.107   IRB membership.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each IRB shall have at least five members, with varying backgrounds to promote complete and adequate review of research activities commonly conducted by the institution. The IRB shall be sufficiently qualified through the experience and expertise of its members (professional competence), and the diversity of its members, including race, gender, and cultural backgrounds and sensitivity to such issues as community attitudes, to promote respect for its advice and counsel in safeguarding the rights and welfare of human subjects. The IRB shall be able to ascertain the acceptability of proposed research in terms of institutional commitments (including policies and resources) and regulations, applicable law, and standards of professional conduct and practice. The IRB shall therefore include persons knowledgeable in these areas. If an IRB regularly reviews research that involves a category of subjects that is vulnerable to coercion or undue influence, such as children, prisoners, individuals with impaired decision-making capacity, or economically or educationally disadvantaged persons, consideration shall be given to the inclusion of one or more individuals who are knowledgeable about and experienced in working with these categories of subjects.
</P>
<P>(b) Each IRB shall include at least one member whose primary concerns are in scientific areas and at least one member whose primary concerns are in nonscientific areas.
</P>
<P>(c) Each IRB shall include at least one member who is not otherwise affiliated with the institution and who is not part of the immediate family of a person who is affiliated with the institution.
</P>
<P>(d) No IRB may have a member participate in the IRB's initial or continuing review of any project in which the member has a conflicting interest, except to provide information requested by the IRB.
</P>
<P>(e) An IRB may, in its discretion, invite individuals with competence in special areas to assist in the review of issues that require expertise beyond or in addition to that available on the IRB. These individuals may not vote with the IRB.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.108" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.108   IRB functions and operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In order to fulfill the requirements of this policy each IRB shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Have access to meeting space and sufficient staff to support the IRB's review and recordkeeping duties;
</P>
<P>(2) Prepare and maintain a current list of the IRB members identified by name; earned degrees; representative capacity; indications of experience such as board certifications or licenses sufficient to describe each member's chief anticipated contributions to IRB deliberations; and any employment or other relationship between each member and the institution, for example, full-time employee, part-time employee, member of governing panel or board, stockholder, paid or unpaid consultant;
</P>
<P>(3) Establish and follow written procedures for:
</P>
<P>(i) Conducting its initial and continuing review of research and for reporting its findings and actions to the investigator and the institution;
</P>
<P>(ii) Determining which projects require review more often than annually and which projects need verification from sources other than the investigators that no material changes have occurred since previous IRB review; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Ensuring prompt reporting to the IRB of proposed changes in a research activity, and for ensuring that investigators will conduct the research activity in accordance with the terms of the IRB approval until any proposed changes have been reviewed and approved by the IRB, except when necessary to eliminate apparent immediate hazards to the subject.
</P>
<P>(4) Establish and follow written procedures for ensuring prompt reporting to the IRB; appropriate institutional officials; the department or agency head; and the Office for Human Research Protections, HHS, or any successor office, or the equivalent office within the appropriate Federal department or agency of
</P>
<P>(i) Any unanticipated problems involving risks to subjects or others or any serious or continuing noncompliance with this policy or the requirements or determinations of the IRB; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any suspension or termination of IRB approval.
</P>
<P>(b) Except when an expedited review procedure is used (as described in § 11.110), an IRB must review proposed research at convened meetings at which a majority of the members of the IRB are present, including at least one member whose primary concerns are in nonscientific areas. In order for the research to be approved, it shall receive the approval of a majority of those members present at the meeting.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under Control Number 0990-0260)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.109" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.109   IRB review of research.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An IRB shall review and have authority to approve, require modifications in (to secure approval), or disapprove all research activities covered by this policy, including exempt research activities under § 11.104 for which limited IRB review is a condition of exemption (under § 11.104(d)(2)(iii), (d)(3)(i)(C), and (d)(7), and (8)).
</P>
<P>(b) An IRB shall require that information given to subjects (or legally authorized representatives, when appropriate) as part of informed consent is in accordance with § 11.116. The IRB may require that information, in addition to that specifically mentioned in § 11.116, be given to the subjects when in the IRB's judgment the information would meaningfully add to the protection of the rights and welfare of subjects.
</P>
<P>(c) An IRB shall require documentation of informed consent or may waive documentation in accordance with § 11.117.
</P>
<P>(d) An IRB shall notify investigators and the institution in writing of its decision to approve or disapprove the proposed research activity, or of modifications required to secure IRB approval of the research activity. If the IRB decides to disapprove a research activity, it shall include in its written notification a statement of the reasons for its decision and give the investigator an opportunity to respond in person or in writing.
</P>
<P>(e) An IRB shall conduct continuing review of research requiring review by the convened IRB at intervals appropriate to the degree of risk, not less than once per year, except as described in § 11.109(f).
</P>
<P>(f)(1) Unless an IRB determines otherwise, continuing review of research is not required in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(i) Research eligible for expedited review in accordance with § 11.110;
</P>
<P>(ii) Research reviewed by the IRB in accordance with the limited IRB review described in § 11.104(d)(2)(iii), (d)(3)(i)(C), or (d)(7) or (8);
</P>
<P>(iii) Research that has progressed to the point that it involves only one or both of the following, which are part of the IRB-approved study:
</P>
<P>(A) Data analysis, including analysis of identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens, or
</P>
<P>(B) Accessing follow-up clinical data from procedures that subjects would undergo as part of clinical care.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(g) An IRB shall have authority to observe or have a third party observe the consent process and the research.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under Control Number 0990-0260)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.110" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.110   Expedited review procedures for certain kinds of research involving no more than minimal risk, and for minor changes in approved research.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary of HHS has established, and published as a Notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> a list of categories of research that may be reviewed by the IRB through an expedited review procedure. The Secretary will evaluate the list at least every 8 years and amend it, as appropriate, after consultation with other federal departments and agencies and after publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for public comment. A copy of the list is available from the Office for Human Research Protections, HHS, or any successor office.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) An IRB may use the expedited review procedure to review the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Some or all of the research appearing on the list described in paragraph (a) of this section, unless the reviewer determines that the study involves more than minimal risk;
</P>
<P>(ii) Minor changes in previously approved research during the period for which approval is authorized; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Research for which limited IRB review is a condition of exemption under § 11.104(d)(2)(iii), (d)(3)(i)(C), and (d)(7) and (8).
</P>
<P>(2) Under an expedited review procedure, the review may be carried out by the IRB chairperson or by one or more experienced reviewers designated by the chairperson from among members of the IRB. In reviewing the research, the reviewers may exercise all of the authorities of the IRB except that the reviewers may not disapprove the research. A research activity may be disapproved only after review in accordance with the nonexpedited procedure set forth in § 11.108(b).
</P>
<P>(c) Each IRB that uses an expedited review procedure shall adopt a method for keeping all members advised of research proposals that have been approved under the procedure.
</P>
<P>(d) The department or agency head may restrict, suspend, terminate, or choose not to authorize an institution's or IRB's use of the expedited review procedure.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.111" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.111   Criteria for IRB approval of research.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In order to approve research covered by this policy the IRB shall determine that all of the following requirements are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(1) Risks to subjects are minimized:
</P>
<P>(i) By using procedures that are consistent with sound research design and that do not unnecessarily expose subjects to risk, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Whenever appropriate, by using procedures already being performed on the subjects for diagnostic or treatment purposes.
</P>
<P>(2) Risks to subjects are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits, if any, to subjects, and the importance of the knowledge that may reasonably be expected to result. In evaluating risks and benefits, the IRB should consider only those risks and benefits that may result from the research (as distinguished from risks and benefits of therapies subjects would receive even if not participating in the research). The IRB should not consider possible long-range effects of applying knowledge gained in the research (<I>e.g.,</I> the possible effects of the research on public policy) as among those research risks that fall within the purview of its responsibility.
</P>
<P>(3) Selection of subjects is equitable. In making this assessment the IRB should take into account the purposes of the research and the setting in which the research will be conducted. The IRB should be particularly cognizant of the special problems of research that involves a category of subjects who are vulnerable to coercion or undue influence, such as children, prisoners, individuals with impaired decision-making capacity, or economically or educationally disadvantaged persons.
</P>
<P>(4) Informed consent will be sought from each prospective subject or the subject's legally authorized representative, in accordance with, and to the extent required by, § 11.116.
</P>
<P>(5) Informed consent will be appropriately documented or appropriately waived in accordance with § 11.117.
</P>
<P>(6) When appropriate, the research plan makes adequate provision for monitoring the data collected to ensure the safety of subjects.
</P>
<P>(7) When appropriate, there are adequate provisions to protect the privacy of subjects and to maintain the confidentiality of data.
</P>
<P>(i) The Secretary of HHS will, after consultation with the Office of Management and Budget's privacy office and other Federal departments and agencies that have adopted this policy, issue guidance to assist IRBs in assessing what provisions are adequate to protect the privacy of subjects and to maintain the confidentiality of data.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(8) For purposes of conducting the limited IRB review required by § 11.104(d)(7)), the IRB need not make the determinations at paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section, and shall make the following determinations:
</P>
<P>(i) Broad consent for storage, maintenance, and secondary research use of identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens is obtained in accordance with the requirements of § 11.116(a)(1)-(4), (a)(6), and (d);
</P>
<P>(ii) Broad consent is appropriately documented or waiver of documentation is appropriate, in accordance with § 11.117; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If there is a change made for research purposes in the way the identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens are stored or maintained, there are adequate provisions to protect the privacy of subjects and to maintain the confidentiality of data.
</P>
<P>(b) When some or all of the subjects are likely to be vulnerable to coercion or undue influence, such as children, prisoners, individuals with impaired decision-making capacity, or economically or educationally disadvantaged persons, additional safeguards have been included in the study to protect the rights and welfare of these subjects.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.112" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.112   Review by Institution</HEAD>
<P>Research covered by this policy that has been approved by an IRB may be subject to further appropriate review and approval or disapproval by officials of the institution. However, those officials may not approve the research if it has not been approved by an IRB.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.113" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.113   Suspension or Termination of IRB Approval of Research.</HEAD>
<P>An IRB shall have authority to suspend or terminate approval of research that is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB's requirements or that has been associated with unexpected serious harm to subjects. Any suspension or termination of approval shall include a statement of the reasons for the IRB's action and shall be reported promptly to the investigator, appropriate institutional officials, and the department or agency head.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under Control Number 0990-0260)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.114" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.114   Cooperative Research.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Cooperative research projects are those projects covered by this policy that involve more than one institution. In the conduct of cooperative research projects, each institution is responsible for safeguarding the rights and welfare of human subjects and for complying with this policy.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Any institution located in the United States that is engaged in cooperative research must rely upon approval by a single IRB for that portion of the research that is conducted in the United States. The reviewing IRB will be identified by the Federal department or agency supporting or conducting the research or proposed by the lead institution subject to the acceptance of the Federal department or agency supporting the research.
</P>
<P>(2) The following research is not subject to this provision:
</P>
<P>(i) Cooperative research for which more than single IRB review is required by law (including tribal law passed by the official governing body of an American Indian or Alaska Native tribe); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Research for which any Federal department or agency supporting or conducting the research determines and documents that the use of a single IRB is not appropriate for the particular context.
</P>
<P>(c) For research not subject to paragraph (b) of this section, an institution participating in a cooperative project may enter into a joint review arrangement, rely on the review of another IRB, or make similar arrangements for avoiding duplication of effort.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.115" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.115   IRB Records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An institution, or when appropriate an IRB, shall prepare and maintain adequate documentation of IRB activities, including the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Copies of all research proposals reviewed, scientific evaluations, if any, that accompany the proposals, approved sample consent forms, progress reports submitted by investigators, and reports of injuries to subjects.
</P>
<P>(2) Minutes of IRB meetings, which shall be in sufficient detail to show attendance at the meetings; actions taken by the IRB; the vote on these actions including the number of members voting for, against, and abstaining; the basis for requiring changes in or disapproving research; and a written summary of the discussion of controverted issues and their resolution.
</P>
<P>(3) Records of continuing review activities, including the rationale for conducting continuing review of research that otherwise would not require continuing review as described in § 11.109(f)(1).
</P>
<P>(4) Copies of all correspondence between the IRB and the investigators.
</P>
<P>(5) A list of IRB members in the same detail as described in § 11.108(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(6) Written procedures for the IRB in the same detail as described in § 11.108(a)(3) and (4).
</P>
<P>(7) Statements of significant new findings provided to subjects, as required by § 11.116(c)(5).
</P>
<P>(8) The rationale for an expedited reviewer's determination under § 11.110(b)(1)(i) that research appearing on the expedited review list described in § 11.110(a) is more than minimal risk.
</P>
<P>(9) Documentation specifying the responsibilities that an institution and an organization operating an IRB each will undertake to ensure compliance with the requirements of this policy, as described in § 11.103(e).
</P>
<P>(b) The records required by this policy shall be retained for at least 3 years, and records relating to research that is conducted shall be retained for at least 3 years after completion of the research. The institution or IRB may maintain the records in printed form, or electronically. All records shall be accessible for inspection and copying by authorized representatives of the Federal department or agency at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under Control Number 0990-0260)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.116" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.116   General Requirements for Informed Consent.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> General requirements for informed consent, whether written or oral, are set forth in this paragraph and apply to consent obtained in accordance with the requirements set forth in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section. Broad consent may be obtained in lieu of informed consent obtained in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section only with respect to the storage, maintenance, and secondary research uses of identifiable private information and identifiable biospecimens. Waiver or alteration of consent in research involving public benefit and service programs conducted by or subject to the approval of state or local officials is described in paragraph (e) of this section. General waiver or alteration of informed consent is described in paragraph (f) of this section. Except as provided elsewhere in this policy:
</P>
<P>(1) Before involving a human subject in research covered by this policy, an investigator shall obtain the legally effective informed consent of the subject or the subject's legally authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(2) An investigator shall seek informed consent only under circumstances that provide the prospective subject or the legally authorized representative sufficient opportunity to discuss and consider whether or not to participate and that minimize the possibility of coercion or undue influence.
</P>
<P>(3) The information that is given to the subject or the legally authorized representative shall be in language understandable to the subject or the legally authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(4) The prospective subject or the legally authorized representative must be provided with the information that a reasonable person would want to have in order to make an informed decision about whether to participate, and an opportunity to discuss that information.
</P>
<P>(5) Except for broad consent obtained in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Informed consent must begin with a concise and focused presentation of the key information that is most likely to assist a prospective subject or legally authorized representative in understanding the reasons why one might or might not want to participate in the research. This part of the informed consent must be organized and presented in a way that facilitates comprehension.
</P>
<P>(ii) Informed consent as a whole must present information in sufficient detail relating to the research, and must be organized and presented in a way that does not merely provide lists of isolated facts, but rather facilitates the prospective subject's or legally authorized representative's understanding of the reasons why one might or might not want to participate.
</P>
<P>(6) No informed consent may include any exculpatory language through which the subject or the legally authorized representative is made to waive or appear to waive any of the subject's legal rights, or releases or appears to release the investigator, the sponsor, the institution, or its agents from liability for negligence.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Basic elements of informed consent.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (d), (e), or (f) of this section, in seeking informed consent the following information shall be provided to each subject or the legally authorized representative:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that the study involves research, an explanation of the purposes of the research and the expected duration of the subject's participation, a description of the procedures to be followed, and identification of any procedures that are experimental;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of any reasonably foreseeable risks or discomforts to the subject;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of any benefits to the subject or to others that may reasonably be expected from the research;
</P>
<P>(4) A disclosure of appropriate alternative procedures or courses of treatment, if any, that might be advantageous to the subject;
</P>
<P>(5) A statement describing the extent, if any, to which confidentiality of records identifying the subject will be maintained;
</P>
<P>(6) For research involving more than minimal risk, an explanation as to whether any compensation and an explanation as to whether any medical treatments are available if injury occurs and, if so, what they consist of, or where further information may be obtained;
</P>
<P>(7) An explanation of whom to contact for answers to pertinent questions about the research and research subjects' rights, and whom to contact in the event of a research-related injury to the subject;
</P>
<P>(8) A statement that participation is voluntary, refusal to participate will involve no penalty or loss of benefits to which the subject is otherwise entitled, and the subject may discontinue participation at any time without penalty or loss of benefits to which the subject is otherwise entitled; and
</P>
<P>(9) One of the following statements about any research that involves the collection of identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that identifiers might be removed from the identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens and that, after such removal, the information or biospecimens could be used for future research studies or distributed to another investigator for future research studies without additional informed consent from the subject or the legally authorized representative, if this might be a possibility; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement that the subject's information or biospecimens collected as part of the research, even if identifiers are removed, will not be used or distributed for future research studies.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional elements of informed consent.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (d), (e), or (f) of this section, one or more of the following elements of information, when appropriate, shall also be provided to each subject or the legally authorized representative:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that the particular treatment or procedure may involve risks to the subject (or to the embryo or fetus, if the subject is or may become pregnant) that are currently unforeseeable;
</P>
<P>(2) Anticipated circumstances under which the subject's participation may be terminated by the investigator without regard to the subject's or the legally authorized representative's consent;
</P>
<P>(3) Any additional costs to the subject that may result from participation in the research;
</P>
<P>(4) The consequences of a subject's decision to withdraw from the research and procedures for orderly termination of participation by the subject;
</P>
<P>(5) A statement that significant new findings developed during the course of the research that may relate to the subject's willingness to continue participation will be provided to the subject;
</P>
<P>(6) The approximate number of subjects involved in the study;
</P>
<P>(7) A statement that the subject's biospecimens (even if identifiers are removed) may be used for commercial profit and whether the subject will or will not share in this commercial profit;
</P>
<P>(8) A statement regarding whether clinically relevant research results, including individual research results, will be disclosed to subjects, and if so, under what conditions; and
</P>
<P>(9) For research involving biospecimens, whether the research will (if known) or might include whole genome sequencing (<I>i.e.,</I> sequencing of a human germline or somatic specimen with the intent to generate the genome or exome sequence of that specimen).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Elements of broad consent for the storage, maintenance, and secondary research use of identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens.</I> Broad consent for the storage, maintenance, and secondary research use of identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens (collected for either research studies other than the proposed research or nonresearch purposes) is permitted as an alternative to the informed consent requirements in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. If the subject or the legally authorized representative is asked to provide broad consent, the following shall be provided to each subject or the subject's legally authorized representative:
</P>
<P>(1) The information required in paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(5), and (b)(8) and, when appropriate, (c)(7) and (9) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) A general description of the types of research that may be conducted with the identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens. This description must include sufficient information such that a reasonable person would expect that the broad consent would permit the types of research conducted;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens that might be used in research, whether sharing of identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens might occur, and the types of institutions or researchers that might conduct research with the identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the period of time that the identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens may be stored and maintained (which period of time could be indefinite), and a description of the period of time that the identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens may be used for research purposes (which period of time could be indefinite);
</P>
<P>(5) Unless the subject or legally authorized representative will be provided details about specific research studies, a statement that they will not be informed of the details of any specific research studies that might be conducted using the subject's identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens, including the purposes of the research, and that they might have chosen not to consent to some of those specific research studies;
</P>
<P>(6) Unless it is known that clinically relevant research results, including individual research results, will be disclosed to the subject in all circumstances, a statement that such results may not be disclosed to the subject; and
</P>
<P>(7) An explanation of whom to contact for answers to questions about the subject's rights and about storage and use of the subject's identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens, and whom to contact in the event of a research-related harm.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Waiver or alteration of consent in research involving public benefit and service programs conducted by or subject to the approval of state or local officials</I>—(1) <I>Waiver.</I> An IRB may waive the requirement to obtain informed consent for research under paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section, provided the IRB satisfies the requirements of paragraph (e)(3) of this section. If an individual was asked to provide broad consent for the storage, maintenance, and secondary research use of identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens in accordance with the requirements at paragraph (d) of this section, and refused to consent, an IRB cannot waive consent for the storage, maintenance, or secondary research use of the identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Alteration.</I> An IRB may approve a consent procedure that omits some, or alters some or all, of the elements of informed consent set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section provided the IRB satisfies the requirements of paragraph (e)(3) of this section. An IRB may not omit or alter any of the requirements described in paragraph (a) of this section. If a broad consent procedure is used, an IRB may not omit or alter any of the elements required under paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Requirements for waiver and alteration.</I> In order for an IRB to waive or alter consent as described in this subsection, the IRB must find and document that:
</P>
<P>(i) The research or demonstration project is to be conducted by or subject to the approval of state or local government officials and is designed to study, evaluate, or otherwise examine:
</P>
<P>(A) Public benefit or service programs;
</P>
<P>(B) Procedures for obtaining benefits or services under those programs;
</P>
<P>(C) Possible changes in or alternatives to those programs or procedures; or
</P>
<P>(D) Possible changes in methods or levels of payment for benefits or services under those programs; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The research could not practicably be carried out without the waiver or alteration.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>General waiver or alteration of consent</I>—(1) <I>Waiver.</I> An IRB may waive the requirement to obtain informed consent for research under paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section, provided the IRB satisfies the requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this section. If an individual was asked to provide broad consent for the storage, maintenance, and secondary research use of identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens in accordance with the requirements at paragraph (d) of this section, and refused to consent, an IRB cannot waive consent for the storage, maintenance, or secondary research use of the identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Alteration.</I> An IRB may approve a consent procedure that omits some, or alters some or all, of the elements of informed consent set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section provided the IRB satisfies the requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this section. An IRB may not omit or alter any of the requirements described in paragraph (a) of this section. If a broad consent procedure is used, an IRB may not omit or alter any of the elements required under paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Requirements for waiver and alteration.</I> In order for an IRB to waive or alter consent as described in this subsection, the IRB must find and document that:
</P>
<P>(i) The research involves no more than minimal risk to the subjects;
</P>
<P>(ii) The research could not practicably be carried out without the requested waiver or alteration;
</P>
<P>(iii) If the research involves using identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens, the research could not practicably be carried out without using such information or biospecimens in an identifiable format;
</P>
<P>(iv) The waiver or alteration will not adversely affect the rights and welfare of the subjects; and
</P>
<P>(v) Whenever appropriate, the subjects or legally authorized representatives will be provided with additional pertinent information after participation.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Screening, recruiting, or determining eligibility.</I> An IRB may approve a research proposal in which an investigator will obtain information or biospecimens for the purpose of screening, recruiting, or determining the eligibility of prospective subjects without the informed consent of the prospective subject or the subject's legally authorized representative, if either of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The investigator will obtain information through oral or written communication with the prospective subject or legally authorized representative, or
</P>
<P>(2) The investigator will obtain identifiable private information or identifiable biospecimens by accessing records or stored identifiable biospecimens.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Posting of clinical trial consent form.</I> (1) For each clinical trial conducted or supported by a Federal department or agency, one IRB-approved informed consent form used to enroll subjects must be posted by the awardee or the Federal department or agency component conducting the trial on a publicly available Federal Web site that will be established as a repository for such informed consent forms.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Federal department or agency supporting or conducting the clinical trial determines that certain information should not be made publicly available on a Federal Web site (<I>e.g.</I> confidential commercial information), such Federal department or agency may permit or require redactions to the information posted.
</P>
<P>(3) The informed consent form must be posted on the Federal Web site after the clinical trial is closed to recruitment, and no later than 60 days after the last study visit by any subject, as required by the protocol.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Preemption.</I> The informed consent requirements in this policy are not intended to preempt any applicable Federal, state, or local laws (including tribal laws passed by the official governing body of an American Indian or Alaska Native tribe) that require additional information to be disclosed in order for informed consent to be legally effective.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Emergency medical care.</I> Nothing in this policy is intended to limit the authority of a physician to provide emergency medical care, to the extent the physician is permitted to do so under applicable Federal, state, or local law (including tribal law passed by the official governing body of an American Indian or Alaska Native tribe).
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under Control Number 0990-0260)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.117" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.117   Documentation of informed consent.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, informed consent shall be documented by the use of a written informed consent form approved by the IRB and signed (including in an electronic format) by the subject or the subject's legally authorized representative. A written copy shall be given to the person signing the informed consent form.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the informed consent form may be either of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A written informed consent form that meets the requirements of § 11.116. The investigator shall give either the subject or the subject's legally authorized representative adequate opportunity to read the informed consent form before it is signed; alternatively, this form may be read to the subject or the subject's legally authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(2) A short form written informed consent form stating that the elements of informed consent required by § 11.116 have been presented orally to the subject or the subject's legally authorized representative, and that the key information required by § 11.116(a)(5)(i) was presented first to the subject, before other information, if any, was provided. The IRB shall approve a written summary of what is to be said to the subject or the legally authorized representative. When this method is used, there shall be a witness to the oral presentation. Only the short form itself is to be signed by the subject or the subject's legally authorized representative. However, the witness shall sign both the short form and a copy of the summary, and the person actually obtaining consent shall sign a copy of the summary. A copy of the summary shall be given to the subject or the subject's legally authorized representative, in addition to a copy of the short form.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) An IRB may waive the requirement for the investigator to obtain a signed informed consent form for some or all subjects if it finds any of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) That the only record linking the subject and the research would be the informed consent form and the principal risk would be potential harm resulting from a breach of confidentiality. Each subject (or legally authorized representative) will be asked whether the subject wants documentation linking the subject with the research, and the subject's wishes will govern;
</P>
<P>(ii) That the research presents no more than minimal risk of harm to subjects and involves no procedures for which written consent is normally required outside of the research context; or
</P>
<P>(iii) If the subjects or legally authorized representatives are members of a distinct cultural group or community in which signing forms is not the norm, that the research presents no more than minimal risk of harm to subjects and provided there is an appropriate alternative mechanism for documenting that informed consent was obtained.
</P>
<P>(2) In cases in which the documentation requirement is waived, the IRB may require the investigator to provide subjects or legally authorized representatives with a written statement regarding the research.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under Control Number 0990-0260)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.118" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.118   Applications and proposals lacking definite plans for involvement of human subjects.</HEAD>
<P>Certain types of applications for grants, cooperative agreements, or contracts are submitted to Federal departments or agencies with the knowledge that subjects may be involved within the period of support, but definite plans would not normally be set forth in the application or proposal. These include activities such as institutional type grants when selection of specific projects is the institution's responsibility; research training grants in which the activities involving subjects remain to be selected; and projects in which human subjects' involvement will depend upon completion of instruments, prior animal studies, or purification of compounds. Except for research waived under § 11.101(i) or exempted under § 11.104, no human subjects may be involved in any project supported by these awards until the project has been reviewed and approved by the IRB, as provided in this policy, and certification submitted, by the institution, to the Federal department or agency component supporting the research.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.119" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.119   Research undertaken without the intention of involving human subjects.</HEAD>
<P>Except for research waived under § 11.101(i) or exempted under § 11.104, in the event research is undertaken without the intention of involving human subjects, but it is later proposed to involve human subjects in the research, the research shall first be reviewed and approved by an IRB, as provided in this policy, a certification submitted by the institution to the Federal department or agency component supporting the research, and final approval given to the proposed change by the Federal department or agency component.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.120" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.120   Evaluation and disposition of applications and proposals for research to be conducted or supported by a Federal department or agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The department or agency head will evaluate all applications and proposals involving human subjects submitted to the Federal department or agency through such officers and employees of the Federal department or agency and such experts and consultants as the department or agency head determines to be appropriate. This evaluation will take into consideration the risks to the subjects, the adequacy of protection against these risks, the potential benefits of the research to the subjects and others, and the importance of the knowledge gained or to be gained.
</P>
<P>(b) On the basis of this evaluation, the department or agency head may approve or disapprove the application or proposal, or enter into negotiations to develop an approvable one.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.121" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.121   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.122" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.122   Use of Federal funds.</HEAD>
<P>Federal funds administered by a Federal department or agency may not be expended for research involving human subjects unless the requirements of this policy have been satisfied.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.123" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.123   Early termination of research support: Evaluation of applications and proposals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The department or agency head may require that Federal department or agency support for any project be terminated or suspended in the manner prescribed in applicable program requirements, when the department or agency head finds an institution has materially failed to comply with the terms of this policy.
</P>
<P>(b) In making decisions about supporting or approving applications or proposals covered by this policy the department or agency head may take into account, in addition to all other eligibility requirements and program criteria, factors such as whether the applicant has been subject to a termination or suspension under paragraph (a) of this section and whether the applicant or the person or persons who would direct or has/have directed the scientific and technical aspects of an activity has/have, in the judgment of the department or agency head, materially failed to discharge responsibility for the protection of the rights and welfare of human subjects (whether or not the research was subject to federal regulation).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 11.124" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.9.0.3.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 11.124   Conditions.</HEAD>
<P>With respect to any research project or any class of research projects the department or agency head of either the conducting or the supporting Federal department or agency may impose additional conditions prior to or at the time of approval when in the judgment of the department or agency head additional conditions are necessary for the protection of human subjects. 












</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 15—PROTECTION OF SENSITIVE SECURITY INFORMATION 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 40119.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>69 FR 28078, May 18, 2004, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 15.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.10.0.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This part governs the maintenance, safeguarding, and disclosure of records and information that the Secretary of DOT has determined to be Sensitive Security Information, as defined in § 15.5. This part does not apply to the maintenance, safeguarding, or disclosure of classified national security information, as defined by Executive Order 12968, or to other sensitive unclassified information that is not SSI, but that nonetheless may be exempt from public disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act. In addition, in the case of information that has been designated as critical infrastructure information under section 214 of the Homeland Security Act, the receipt, maintenance, or disclosure of such information by a Federal agency or employee is governed by section 214 and any implementing regulations, not by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Delegation.</I> The authority of the Secretary under this part may be further delegated within DOT.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.10.0.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.3   Terms used in this part.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the terms in § 15.3 of this chapter, the following terms apply in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Under Secretary of Transportation for Security referred to in 49 U.S.C. 114(b), or his or her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Coast Guard</I> means the United States Coast Guard.
</P>
<P><I>Covered person</I> means any organization, entity, individual, or other person described in § 15.7. In the case of an individual, <I>covered person</I> includes any individual applying for employment in a position that would be a covered person, or in training for such a position, regardless of whether that individual is receiving a wage, salary, or other form of payment. <I>Covered person</I> includes a person applying for certification or other form of approval that, if granted, would make the person a covered person described in § 15.7.
</P>
<P><I>DHS</I> means the Department of Homeland Security and any directorate, bureau, or other component within the Department of Homeland Security, including the United States Coast Guard.
</P>
<P><I>DOT</I> means the Department of Transportation and any operating administration, entity, or office within the Department of Transportation, including the Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation and the Bureau of Transportation Statistics.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Flight Deck Officer</I> means a pilot participating in the Federal Flight Deck Officer Program under 49 U.S.C. 44921 and implementing regulations.
</P>
<P><I>Maritime facility</I> means any facility as defined in 33 CFR part 101.
</P>
<P><I>Record</I> includes any means by which information is preserved, irrespective of format, including a book, paper, drawing, map, recording, tape, film, photograph, machine-readable material, and any information stored in an electronic format. The term <I>record</I> also includes any draft, proposed, or recommended change to any record.
</P>
<P><I>Security contingency plan</I> means a plan detailing response procedures to address a transportation security incident, threat assessment, or specific threat against transportation, including details of preparation, response, mitigation, recovery, and reconstitution procedures, continuity of government, continuity of transportation operations, and crisis management.
</P>
<P><I>Security program</I> means a program or plan and any amendments developed for the security of the following, including any comments, instructions, or implementing guidance:
</P>
<P>(1) An airport, aircraft, or aviation cargo operation;
</P>
<P>(2) A maritime facility, vessel, or port area; or
</P>
<P>(3) A transportation-related automated system or network for information processing, control, and communications.
</P>
<P><I>Security screening</I> means evaluating a person or property to determine whether either poses a threat to security.
</P>
<P><I>SSI</I> means sensitive security information, as described in § 15.5.
</P>
<P><I>Threat image projection system</I> means an evaluation tool that involves periodic presentation of fictional threat images to operators and is used in connection with x-ray or explosives detection systems equipment.
</P>
<P><I>TSA</I> means the Transportation Security Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Vulnerability assessment</I> means any review, audit, or other examination of the security of a transportation infrastructure asset; airport; maritime facility, port area, vessel, aircraft, train, commercial motor vehicle, or pipeline, or a transportation-related automated system or network, to determine its vulnerability to unlawful interference, whether during the conception, planning, design, construction, operation, or decommissioning phase. A <I>vulnerability assessment</I> may include proposed, recommended, or directed actions or countermeasures to address security concerns.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.10.0.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.5   Sensitive security information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 40119(b)(1), SSI is information obtained or developed in the conduct of security activities, including research and development, the disclosure of which the Secretary of DOT has determined would—
</P>
<P>(1) Constitute an unwarranted invasion of privacy (including, but not limited to, information contained in any personnel, medical, or similar file);
</P>
<P>(2) Reveal trade secrets or privileged or confidential information obtained from any person; or
</P>
<P>(3) Be detrimental to transportation safety.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information constituting SSI.</I> Except as otherwise provided in writing by the Secretary of DOT in the interest of public safety or in furtherance of transportation security, the following information, and records containing such information, constitute SSI:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Security programs and contingency plans.</I> Any security program or security contingency plan issued, established, required, received, or approved by DOT or DHS, including—
</P>
<P>(i) Any aircraft operator or airport operator security program or security contingency plan under this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any vessel, maritime facility, or port area security plan required or directed under Federal law;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any national or area security plan prepared under 46 U.S.C. 70103; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any security incident response plan established under 46 U.S.C. 70104.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Security Directives.</I> Any Security Directive or order—
</P>
<P>(i) Issued by TSA under 49 CFR 1542.303, 1544.305, or other authority;
</P>
<P>(ii) Issued by the Coast Guard under the Maritime Transportation Security Act, 33 CFR part 6, or 33 U.S.C. 1221 <I>et seq.</I> related to maritime security; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any comments, instructions, and implementing guidance pertaining thereto.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Information Circulars.</I> Any notice issued by DHS or DOT regarding a threat to aviation or maritime transportation, including any—
</P>
<P>(i) Information Circular issued by TSA under 49 CFR 1542.303 or 1544.305, or other authority; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Navigation or Vessel Inspection Circular issued by the Coast Guard related to maritime security.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Performance specifications.</I> Any performance specification and any description of a test object or test procedure, for—
</P>
<P>(i) Any device used by the Federal government or any other person pursuant to any aviation or maritime transportation security requirements of Federal law for the detection of any weapon, explosive, incendiary, or destructive device or substance; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any communications equipment used by the Federal government or any other person in carrying out or complying with any aviation or maritime transportation security requirements of Federal law.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Vulnerability assessments.</I> Any vulnerability assessment directed, created, held, funded, or approved by the DOT, DHS, or that will be provided to DOT or DHS in support of a Federal security program.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Security inspection or investigative information.</I> (i) Details of any security inspection or investigation of an alleged violation of aviation or maritime transportation security requirements of Federal law that could reveal a security vulnerability, including the identity of the Federal special agent or other Federal employee who conducted the inspection or audit.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of inspections or investigations performed by TSA, this includes the following information as to events that occurred within 12 months of the date of release of the information: the name of the airport where a violation occurred, the airport identifier in the case number, a description of the violation, the regulation allegedly violated, and the identity of any aircraft operator in connection with specific locations or specific security procedures. Such information will be released after the relevant 12-month period, except that TSA will not release the specific gate or other location on an airport where an event occurred, regardless of the amount of time that has passed since its occurrence. During the period within 12 months of the date of release of the information, TSA may release summaries of an aircraft operator's, but not an airport operator's, total security violations in a specified time range without identifying specific violations or locations. Summaries may include total enforcement actions, total proposed civil penalty amounts, number of cases opened, number of cases referred to TSA or FAA counsel for legal enforcement action, and number of cases closed.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Threat information.</I> Any information held by the Federal government concerning threats against transportation or transportation systems and sources and methods used to gather or develop threat information, including threats against cyber infrastructure.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Security measures.</I> Specific details of aviation or maritime transportation security measures, both operational and technical, whether applied directly by the Federal government or another person, including—
</P>
<P>(i) Security measures or protocols recommended by the Federal government;
</P>
<P>(ii) Information concerning the deployments, numbers, and operations of Coast Guard personnel engaged in maritime security duties and Federal Air Marshals, to the extent it is not classified national security information; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Information concerning the deployments and operations of Federal Flight Deck Officers, and numbers of Federal Flight Deck Officers aggregated by aircraft operator.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Security screening information.</I> The following information regarding security screening under aviation or maritime transportation security requirements of Federal law:
</P>
<P>(i) Any procedures, including selection criteria and any comments, instructions, and implementing guidance pertaining thereto, for screening of persons, accessible property, checked baggage, U.S. mail, stores, and cargo, that is conducted by the Federal government or any other authorized person.
</P>
<P>(ii) Information and sources of information used by a passenger or property screening program or system, including an automated screening system.
</P>
<P>(iii) Detailed information about the locations at which particular screening methods or equipment are used, only if determined by TSA to be SSI.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any security screener test and scores of such tests.
</P>
<P>(v) Performance or testing data from security equipment or screening systems.
</P>
<P>(vi) Any electronic image shown on any screening equipment monitor, including threat images and descriptions of threat images for threat image projection systems.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Security training materials.</I> Records created or obtained for the purpose of training persons employed by, contracted with, or acting for the Federal government or another person to carry out any aviation or maritime transportation security measures required or recommended by DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Identifying information of certain transportation security personnel.</I> (i) Lists of the names or other identifying information that identify persons as—
</P>
<P>(A) Having unescorted access to a secure area of an airport or a secure or restricted area of a maritime facility, port area, or vessel or;
</P>
<P>(B) Holding a position as a security screener employed by or under contract with the Federal government pursuant to aviation or maritime transportation security requirements of Federal law, where such lists are aggregated by airport;
</P>
<P>(C) Holding a position with the Coast Guard responsible for conducting vulnerability assessments, security boardings, or engaged in operations to enforce maritime security requirements or conduct force protection;
</P>
<P>(D) Holding a position as a Federal Air Marshal; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The name or other identifying information that identifies a person as a current, former, or applicant for Federal Flight Deck Officer.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Critical aviation or maritime infrastructure asset information.</I> Any list identifying systems or assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the aviation or maritime transportation system that the incapacity or destruction of such assets would have a debilitating impact on transportation security, if the list is—
</P>
<P>(i) Prepared by DHS or DOT; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Prepared by a State or local government agency and submitted by the agency to DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Systems security information.</I> Any information involving the security of operational or administrative data systems operated by the Federal government that have been identified by the DOT or DHS as critical to aviation or maritime transportation safety or security, including automated information security procedures and systems, security inspections, and vulnerability information concerning those systems.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Confidential business information.</I> (i) Solicited or unsolicited proposals received by DHS or DOT, and negotiations arising therefrom, to perform work pursuant to a grant, contract, cooperative agreement, or other transaction, but only to the extent that the subject matter of the proposal relates to aviation or maritime transportation security measures;
</P>
<P>(ii) Trade secret information, including information required or requested by regulation or Security Directive, obtained by DHS or DOT in carrying out aviation or maritime transportation security responsibilities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Commercial or financial information, including information required or requested by regulation or Security Directive, obtained by DHS or DOT in carrying out aviation or maritime transportation security responsibilities, but only if the source of the information does not customarily disclose it to the public.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Research and development.</I> Information obtained or developed in the conduct of research related to aviation or maritime transportation security activities, where such research is approved, accepted, funded, recommended, or directed by the DHS or DOT, including research results.
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Other information.</I> Any information not otherwise described in this section that TSA determines is SSI under 49 U.S.C. 114(s) or that the Secretary of DOT determines is SSI under 49 U.S.C. 40119. Upon the request of another Federal agency, the Secretary of DOT may designate as SSI information not otherwise described in this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Loss of SSI designation.</I> The Secretary of DOT may determine in writing that information or records described in paragraph (b) of this section do not constitute SSI because they no longer meet the criteria set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.10.0.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.7   Covered persons.</HEAD>
<P>Persons subject to the requirements of part 15 are:
</P>
<P>(a) Each airport operator and aircraft operator subject to the requirements of Subchapter C of this title.
</P>
<P>(b) Each indirect air carrier, as defined in 49 CFR 1540.5.
</P>
<P>(c) Each owner, charterer, or operator of a vessel, including foreign vessel owners, charterers, and operators, required to have a security plan under Federal or International law.
</P>
<P>(d) Each owner or operator of a maritime facility required to have a security plan under the Maritime Transportation Security Act, (Pub. L. 107-295), 46 U.S.C. 70101 <I>et seq.,</I> 33 CFR part 6, or 33 U.S.C. 1221 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) Each person performing the function of a computer reservation system or global distribution system for airline passenger information.
</P>
<P>(f) Each person participating in a national or area security committee established under 46 U.S.C. 70112, or a port security committee.
</P>
<P>(g) Each industry trade association that represents covered persons and has entered into a non-disclosure agreement with the DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(h) DHS and DOT.
</P>
<P>(i) Each person conducting research and development activities that relate to aviation or maritime transportation security and are approved, accepted, funded, recommended, or directed by DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(j) Each person who has access to SSI, as specified in § 15.11.
</P>
<P>(k) Each person employed by, contracted to, or acting for a covered person, including a grantee of DHS or DOT, and including a person formerly in such position.
</P>
<P>(l) Each person for which a vulnerability assessment has been directed, created, held, funded, or approved by the DOT, DHS, or that has prepared a vulnerability assessment that will be provided to DOT or DHS in support of a Federal security program.
</P>
<P>(m) Each person receiving SSI under § 1520.15(d) or (e).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.10.0.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.9   Restrictions on the disclosure of SSI.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duty to protect information.</I> A covered person must—
</P>
<P>(1) Take reasonable steps to safeguard SSI in that person's possession or control from unauthorized disclosure. When a person is not in physical possession of SSI, the person must store it a secure container, such as a locked desk or file cabinet or in a locked room.
</P>
<P>(2) Disclose, or otherwise provide access to, SSI only to covered persons who have a need to know, unless otherwise authorized in writing by TSA, the Coast Guard, or the Secretary of DOT.
</P>
<P>(3) Refer requests by other persons for SSI to TSA or the applicable component or agency within DOT or DHS.
</P>
<P>(4) Mark SSI as specified in § 15.13.
</P>
<P>(5) Dispose of SSI as specified in § 15.19.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Unmarked SSI.</I> If a covered person receives a record containing SSI that is not marked as specified in § 1520.13, the covered person must—
</P>
<P>(1) Mark the record as specified in § 15.13; and
</P>
<P>(2) Inform the sender of the record that the record must be marked as specified in § 15.13.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duty to report unauthorized disclosure.</I> When a covered person becomes aware that SSI has been released to unauthorized persons, the covered person must promptly inform TSA or the applicable DOT or DHS component or agency.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Additional requirements for critical infrastructure information.</I> In the case of information that is both SSI and has been designated as critical infrastructure information under section 214 of the Homeland Security Act, any covered person who is a Federal employee in possession of such information must comply with the disclosure restrictions and other requirements applicable to such information under section 214 and any implementing regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.10.0.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.11   Persons with a need to know.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A person has a need to know SSI in each of the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) When the person requires access to specific SSI to carry out transportation security activities approved, accepted, funded, recommended, or directed by DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(2) When the person is in training to carry out transportation security activities approved, accepted, funded, recommended, or directed by DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(3) When the information is necessary for the person to supervise or otherwise manage individuals carrying out transportation security activities approved, accepted, funded, recommended, or directed by the DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(4) When the person needs the information to provide technical or legal advice to a covered person regarding transportation security requirements of Federal law.
</P>
<P>(5) When the person needs the information to represent a covered person in connection with any judicial or administrative proceeding regarding those requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Federal employees, contractors, and grantees.</I> (1) A Federal employee has a need to know SSI if access to the information is necessary for performance of the employee's official duties.
</P>
<P>(2) A person acting in the performance of a contract with or grant from DHS or DOT has a need to know SSI if access to the information is necessary to performance of the contract or grant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Background check.</I> The Secretary of DOT may make an individual's access to the SSI contingent upon satisfactory completion of a security background check and the imposition of procedures and requirements for safeguarding SSI that are satisfactory to the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Need to know further limited by the DHS or DOT.</I> For some specific SSI, DHS or DOT may make a finding that only specific persons or classes of persons have a need to know.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 28078, May 18, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 1381, Jan. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.10.0.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.13   Marking SSI.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Marking of paper records.</I> In the case of paper records containing SSI, a covered person must mark the record by placing the protective marking conspicuously on the top, and the distribution limitation statement on the bottom, of—
</P>
<P>(1) The outside of any front and back cover, including a binder cover or folder, if the document has a front and back cover;
</P>
<P>(2) Any title page; and
</P>
<P>(3) Each page of the document.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Protective marking.</I> The protective marking is: SENSITIVE SECURITY INFORMATION.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Distribution limitation statement.</I> The distribution limitation statement is:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>WARNING:</I> This record contains Sensitive Security Information that is controlled under 49 CFR parts 15 and 1520. No part of this record may be disclosed to persons without a “need to know”, as defined in 49 CFR parts 15 and 1520, except with the written permission of the Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration or the Secretary of Transportation. Unauthorized release may result in civil penalty or other action. For U.S. government agencies, public disclosure is governed by 5 U.S.C. 552 and 49 CFR parts 15 and 1520.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Other types of records.</I> In the case of non-paper records that contain SSI, including motion picture films, videotape recordings, audio recording, and electronic and magnetic records, a covered person must clearly and conspicuously mark the records with the protective marking and the distribution limitation statement such that the viewer or listener is reasonably likely to see or hear them when obtaining access to the contents of the record.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.10.0.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.15   SSI disclosed by DOT.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this section, and notwithstanding the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552), the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a), and other laws, records containing SSI are not available for public inspection or copying, nor does DOT release such records to persons without a need to know.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act and the Privacy Act.</I> If a record contains both SSI and information that is not SSI, DOT, on a proper Freedom of Information Act or Privacy Act request, may disclose the record with the SSI redacted, provided the record is not otherwise exempt from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act or Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disclosures to committees of Congress and the General Accounting Office.</I> Nothing in this part precludes DOT from disclosing SSI to a committee of Congress authorized to have the information or to the Comptroller General, or to any authorized representative of the Comptroller General.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disclosure in enforcement proceedings</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The Secretary of DOT may provide SSI to a person in the context of an administrative enforcement proceeding when, in the sole discretion of the Secretary, access to the SSI is necessary for the person to prepare a response to allegations contained in a legal enforcement action document issued by DOT.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Security background check.</I> Prior to providing SSI to a person under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the Secretary of DOT may require the individual or, in the case of an entity, the individuals representing the entity, and their counsel, to undergo and satisfy, in the judgment of the Secretary of DOT, a security background check.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Other conditional disclosure.</I> The Secretary of DOT may authorize a conditional disclosure of specific records or information that constitute SSI upon the written determination by the Secretary that disclosure of such records or information, subject to such limitations and restrictions as the Secretary may prescribe, would not be detrimental to transportation safety.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Obligation to protect information.</I> When an individual receives SSI pursuant to paragraph (d) or (e) of this section that individual becomes a covered person under § 15.7 and is subject to the obligations of a covered person under this part.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>No release under FOIA.</I> When DOT discloses SSI pursuant to paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, DOT makes the disclosure for the sole purpose described in that paragraph. Such disclosure is not a public release of information under the Freedom of Information Act.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Disclosure of Critical Infrastructure Information.</I> Disclosure of information that is both SSI and has been designated as critical infrastructure information under section 214 of the Homeland Security Act is governed solely by the requirements of section 214 and any implementing regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.10.0.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.17   Consequences of unauthorized disclosure of SSI.</HEAD>
<P>Violation of this part is grounds for a civil penalty and other enforcement or corrective action by DOT, and appropriate personnel actions for Federal employees. Corrective action may include issuance of an order requiring retrieval of SSI to remedy unauthorized disclosure or an order to cease future unauthorized disclosure.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 15.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.10.0.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 15.19   Destruction of SSI.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>DOT.</I> Subject to the requirements of the Federal Records Act (5 U.S.C. 105), including the duty to preserve records containing documentation of a Federal agency's policies, decisions, and essential transactions, DOT destroys SSI when no longer needed to carry out the agency's function.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other covered persons</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> A covered person must destroy SSI completely to preclude recognition or reconstruction of the information when the covered person no longer needs the SSI to carry out transportation security measures.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> Paragraph (b)(1) of this section does not require a State or local government agency to destroy information that the agency is required to preserve under State or local law.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 17—INTERGOVERNMENTAL REVIEW OF DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION PROGRAMS AND ACTIVITIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Executive Order 12372, July 14, 1982 (47 FR 30959), as amended April 8, 1983 (48 FR 15887): sec. 401 of the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act of 1968, as amended (31 U.S.C. 6506); sec. 204 of the Demonstration Cities and Metropolitan Development Act of 1966, as amended (42 U.S.C. 3334).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>48 FR 29272, June 24, 1983, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 17.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11.0.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.1   What is the purpose of these regulations?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in this part implement Executive Order 12372, “Intergovernmental Review of Federal Programs,” issued July 14, 1982, and amended on April 8, 1983. These regulations also implement applicable provisions of section 401 of the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act of 1968 and section 204 of the Demonstration Cities and Metropolitan Development Act of 1966.
</P>
<P>(b) These regulations are intended to foster an intergovernmental partnership and a strengthened Federalism by relying on state processes and on state, areawide, regional and local coordination for review of proposed Federal financial assistance and direct Federal development.
</P>
<P>(c) These regulations are intended to aid the internal management of the Department, and are not intended to create any right or benefit enforceable at law by a party against the Department or its officers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.2" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11.0.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.2   What definitions apply to these regulations?</HEAD>
<P><I>Department</I> means the U.S. Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Order</I> means Executive Order 12372, issued July 14, 1982, and amended April 8, 1983, and titled “Intergovernmental Review of Federal Programs.”
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Transportation or an official or employee of the Department acting for the Secretary under a delegation of authority.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means any of the 50 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the U.S. Virgin Islands, or the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11.0.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.3   What programs and activities of the Department are subject to these regulations?</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary publishes in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a list of the Department's programs and activities that are subject to these regulations and identifies which of these are subject to the requirements of section 204 of the Demonstration Cities and Metropolitan Development Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.4" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11.0.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.4   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11.0.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.5   What is the Secretary's obligation with respect to Federal interagency coordination?</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary, to the extent practicable, consults with and seeks advice from all other substantially affected Federal departments and agencies in an effort to assure full coordination between such agencies and the Department regarding programs and activities covered under these regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.6" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11.0.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.6   What procedures apply to the selection of programs and activities under these regulations?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A state may select any program or activity published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> in accordance with § 17.3 of this part for intergovernmental review under these regulations. Each state, before selecting programs and activities shall consult with local elected officials.
</P>
<P>(b) Each state that adopts a process shall notify the Secretary of the Department's programs and activities selected for that process.
</P>
<P>(c) A state may notify the Secretary of changes in its selections at any time. For each change, the state shall submit to the Secretary an assurance that the state has consulted with elected local elected officials regarding the change. The Department may establish deadlines by which states are required to inform the Secretary of changes in their program selections.
</P>
<P>(d) The Secretary uses a state's process as soon as feasible, depending on individual programs, and activities, after the Secretary is notified of its selections.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11.0.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.7   How does the Secretary communicate with state and local officials concerning the Department's programs and activities?</HEAD>
<P>(a) For those programs and activities covered by a state process under § 17.6, the Secretary, to the extent permitted by law:
</P>
<P>(1) Uses the state process to determine views of state and local elected officials; and,
</P>
<P>(2) Communicates with state and local elected officials, through the state process, as early in a program planning cycle as is reasonably feasible to explain specific plans and actions.
</P>
<P>(b) The Secretary provides notice to directly affected state, areawide, regional, and local entities in a state of proposed Federal financial assistance or direct Federal development if:
</P>
<P>(1) The state has not adopted a process under the Order; or
</P>
<P>(2) The assistance or development involves a program or activity not selected for the state process.
</P>
<FP>This notice may be made by publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or other appropriate means, which the Department in its discretion deems appropriate.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.8" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11.0.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.8   How does the Secretary provide states an opportunity to comment on proposed Federal financial assistance and direct Federal development?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except in unusual circumstances, the Secretary gives state processes or state, areawide, regional and local officials and entities at least:
</P>
<P>(1) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) 60 days from the date established by the Secretary to comment on proposed direct Federal development or Federal financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(b) This section also applies to comments in cases in which the review, coordination, and communication with the Department have been delegated.
</P>
<P>(c) Applicants for programs and activities subject to section 204 of the Demonstration Cities and Metropolitan Act shall allow areawide agencies a 60-day opportunity for review and comment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11.0.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.9   How does the Secretary receive and respond to comments?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary follows the procedures in § 17.10 if:
</P>
<P>(1) A state office or official is designated to act as a single point of contact between a state process and all federal agencies, and
</P>
<P>(2) That office or official transmits a state process recommendation for a program selected under § 17.6.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The single point of contact is not obligated to transmit comments from state, areawide, regional or local officials and entities where there is no state process recommendation.
</P>
<P>(2) If a state process recommendation is transmitted by a single point of contact, all comments from state, areawide, regional, and local officials and entities that differ from it must also be transmitted.
</P>
<P>(c) If a state has not established a process, or is unable to submit a state process recommendation, state, areawide, regional and local officials and entities may submit comments either to the applicant or to the Department.
</P>
<P>(d) If a program or activity is not selected for a state process, state, areawide, regional and local officials and entities may submit comments either to the applicant or to the Department. In addition, if a state process recommendation for a nonselected program or activity is transmitted to the Department by the single point of contact, the Secretary follows the procedures of § 17.10 of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) The Secretary considers comments which do not constitute a state process recommendation submitted under these regulations and for which the Secretary is not required to apply the procedures of § 17.10 of this part, when such comments are provided by a single point of contact, by the applicant, or directly to the Department by a commenting party.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.10" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11.0.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.10   How does the Secretary make efforts to accommodate intergovernmental concerns?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a state process provides a state process recommendation to the Department through its single point of contact, the Secretary either:
</P>
<P>(1) Accepts the recommendation;
</P>
<P>(2) Reaches a mutually agreeable solution with the state process; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Provides the single point of contact with a written explanation of the decision, in such form as the Secretary in his or her discretion deems appropriate. The Secretary may also supplement the written explanation by providing the explanation to the single point of contact by telephone, other telecommunication, or other means.
</P>
<P>(b) In any explanation under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the Secretary informs the single point of contact that:
</P>
<P>(1) The Department will not implement its decision for at least ten days after the single point of contact receives the explanation; or
</P>
<P>(2) The Secretary has reviewed the decision and determined that, because of unusual circumstances, the waiting period of at least ten days is not feasible.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of computing the waiting period under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a single point of contact is presumed to have received written notification 5 days after the date of mailing of such notification.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11.0.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.11   What are the Secretary's obligations in interstate situations?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary is responsible for:
</P>
<P>(1) Identifying proposed federal financial assistance and direct federal development that have an impact on interstate areas;
</P>
<P>(2) Notifying appropriate officials and entities in states which have adopted a process and which select the Department's program or activity.
</P>
<P>(3) Making efforts to identify and notify the affected state, areawide, regional, and local officials and entities in those states that have not adopted a process under the Order or do not select the Department's program or activity;
</P>
<P>(4) Responding pursuant to § 17.10 of this part if the Secretary receives a recommendation from a designated areawide agency transmitted by a single point of contact, in cases in which the review, coordination, and communication with the Department have been delegated.
</P>
<P>(b) The Secretary uses the procedures in § 17.10 if a state process provides a state process recommendation to the Department through a single point of contact.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.12" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11.0.3.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.12   How may a state simplify, consolidate, or substitute federally required state plans?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Simplify</I> means that a state may develop its own format, choose its own submission date, and select the planning period for a state plan.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Consolidate</I> means that a state may meet statutory and regulatory requirements by combining two or more plans into one document and that the state can select the format, submission date, and planning period for the consolidated plan.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Substitute</I> means that a state may use a plan or other document that it has developed for its own purposes to meet Federal requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) If not inconsistent with law, a state may decide to try to simplify, consolidate, or substitute federally required state plans without prior approval by the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(c) The Secretary reviews each state plan that a state has simplified, consolidated, or substituted and accepts the plan only if its contents meet federal requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 17.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.11.0.3.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 17.13   May the Secretary waive any provision of these regulations?</HEAD>
<P>In an emergency, the Secretary may waive any provision of these regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="18-19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 18-19 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="20" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 20—NEW RESTRICTIONS ON LOBBYING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 319, Public Law 101-121 (31 U.S.C. 1352); 49 U.S.C. 322(a).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>55 FR 6737, 6756, Feb. 26, 1990, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>See also Office of Management and Budget notice published at 54 FR 52306, December 20, 1989.</P></CROSSREF>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.100" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.1.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.100   Conditions on use of funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No appropriated funds may be expended by the recipient of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative ageement to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with any of the following covered Federal actions: the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person who requests or receives from an agency a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement shall file with that agency a certification, set forth in appendix A, that the person has not made, and will not make, any payment prohibited by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Each person who requests or receives from an agency a Federal contract, grant, loan, or a cooperative agreement shall file with that agency a disclosure form, set forth in appendix B, if such person has made or has agreed to make any payment using nonappropriated funds (to include profits from any covered Federal action), which would be prohibited under paragraph (a) of this section if paid for with appropriated funds.
</P>
<P>(d) Each person who requests or receives from an agency a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan shall file with that agency a statement, set forth in appendix A, whether that person has made or has agreed to make any payment to influence or attempt to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with that loan insurance or guarantee.
</P>
<P>(e) Each person who requests or receives from an agency a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan shall file with that agency a disclosure form, set forth in appendix B, if that person has made or has agreed to make any payment to influence or attempt to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with that loan insurance or guarantee.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.105" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.1.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.105   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Agency,</I> as defined in 5 U.S.C. 552(f), includes Federal executive departments and agencies as well as independent regulatory commissions and Government corporations, as defined in 31 U.S.C. 9101(1).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Covered Federal action</I> means any of the following Federal actions:
</P>
<P>(1) The awarding of any Federal contract;
</P>
<P>(2) The making of any Federal grant;
</P>
<P>(3) The making of any Federal loan;
</P>
<P>(4) The entering into of any cooperative agreement; and,
</P>
<P>(5) The extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
</P>
<FP>Covered Federal action does not include receiving from an agency a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan. Loan guarantees and loan insurance are addressed independently within this part.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>Federal contract</I> means an acquisition contract awarded by an agency, including those subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), and any other acquisition contract for real or personal property or services not subject to the FAR.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Federal cooperative agreement</I> means a cooperative agreement entered into by an agency.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Federal grant</I> means an award of financial assistance in the form of money, or property in lieu of money, by the Federal Government or a direct appropriation made by law to any person. The term does not include technical assistance which provides services instead of money, or other assistance in the form of revenue sharing, loans, loan guarantees, loan insurance, interest subsidies, insurance, or direct United States cash assistance to an individual.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Federal loan</I> means a loan made by an agency. The term does not include loan guarantee or loan insurance.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Indian tribe</I> and <I>tribal organization</I> have the meaning provided in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450B). Alaskan Natives are included under the definitions of Indian tribes in that Act.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Influencing or attempting to influence</I> means making, with the intent to influence, any communication to or appearance before an officer or employee or any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with any covered Federal action.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Loan guarantee</I> and <I>loan insurance</I> means an agency's guarantee or insurance of a loan made by a person.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Local government</I> means a unit of government in a State and, if chartered, established, or otherwise recognized by a State for the performance of a governmental duty, including a local public authority, a special district, an intrastate district, a council of governments, a sponsor group representative organization, and any other instrumentality of a local government.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Officer or employee of an agency</I> includes the following individuals who are employed by an agency:
</P>
<P>(1) An individual who is appointed to a position in the Government under title 5, U.S. Code, including a position under a temporary appointment;
</P>
<P>(2) A member of the uniformed services as defined in section 101(3), title 37, U.S. Code; 
</P>
<P>(3) A special Government employee as defined in section 202, title 18, U.S. Code; and,
</P>
<P>(4) An individual who is a member of a Federal advisory committee, as defined by the Federal Advisory Committee Act, title 5, U.S. Code appendix 2.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Person</I> means an individual, corporation, company, association, authority, firm, partnership, society, State, and local government, regardless of whether such entity is operated for profit or not for profit. This term excludes an Indian tribe, tribal organization, or any other Indian organization with respect to expenditures specifically permitted by other Federal law.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Reasonable compensation</I> means, with respect to a regularly employed officer or employee of any person, compensation that is consistent with the normal compensation for such officer or employee for work that is not furnished to, not funded by, or not furnished in cooperation with the Federal Government. 
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Reasonable payment</I> means, with respect to perfessional and other technical services, a payment in an amount that is consistent with the amount normally paid for such services in the private sector.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Recipient</I> includes all contractors, subcontractors at any tier, and subgrantees at any tier of the recipient of funds received in connection with a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. The term excludes an Indian tribe, tribal organization, or any other Indian organization with respect to expenditures specifically permitted by other Federal law. 
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Regularly employed</I> means, with respect to an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement or a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan, an officer or employee who is employed by such person for at least 130 working days within one year immediately preceding the date of the submission that initiates agency consideration of such person for receipt of such contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement, loan insurance commitment, or loan guarantee commitment. An officer or employee who is employed by such person for less than 130 working days within one year immediately preceding the date of the submission that initiates agency consideration of such person shall be considered to be regularly employed as soon as he or she is employed by such person for 130 working days. 
</P>
<P>(q) <I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, a territory or possession of the United States, an agency or instrumentality of a State, and a multi-State, regional, or interstate entity having governmental duties and powers. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.110" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.1.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.110   Certification and disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person shall file a certification, and a disclosure form, if required, with each submission that initiates agency consideration of such person for: 
</P>
<P>(1) Award of a Federal contract, grant, or cooperative agreement exceeding $100,000; or 
</P>
<P>(2) An award of a Federal loan or a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan exceeding $150,000. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each person shall file a certification, and a disclosure form, if required, upon receipt by such person of: 
</P>
<P>(1) A Federal contract, grant, or cooperative agreement exceeding $100,000; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A Federal loan or a commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan exceeding $150,000,
</P>
<FP>Unless such person previously filed a certification, and a disclosure form, if required, under paragraph (a) of this section. 
</FP>
<P>(c) Each person shall file a disclosure form at the end of each calendar quarter in which there occurs any event that requires disclosure or that materially affects the accuracy of the information contained in any disclosure form previously filed by such person under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section. An event that materially affects the accuracy of the information reported includes: 
</P>
<P>(1) A cumulative increase of $25,000 or more in the amount paid or expected to be paid for influencing or attempting to influence a covered Federal action; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A change in the person(s) or individual(s) influencing or attempting to influence a covered Federal action; or, 
</P>
<P>(3) A change in the officer(s), employee(s), or Member(s) contacted to influence or attempt to influence a covered Federal action. 
</P>
<P>(d) Any person who requests or receives from a person referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) A subcontract exceeding $100,000 at any tier under a Federal contract; 
</P>
<P>(2) A subgrant, contract, or subcontract exceeding $100,000 at any tier under a Federal grant; 
</P>
<P>(3) A contract or subcontract exceeding $100,000 at any tier under a Federal loan exceeding $150,000; or, 
</P>
<P>(4) A contract or subcontract exceeding $100,000 at any tier under a Federal cooperative agreement,
</P>
<FP>Shall file a certification, and a disclosure form, if required, to the next tier above.
</FP>
<P>(e) All disclosure forms, but not certifications, shall be forwarded from tier to tier until received by the person referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section. That person shall forward all disclosure forms to the agency.
</P>
<P>(f) Any certification or disclosure form filed under paragraph (e) of this section shall be treated as a material representation of fact upon which all receiving tiers shall rely. All liability arising from an erroneous representation shall be borne solely by the tier filing that representation and shall not be shared by any tier to which the erroneous representation is forwarded. Submitting an erroneous certification or disclosure constitutes a failure to file the required certification or disclosure, respectively. If a person fails to file a required certification or disclosure, the United States may pursue all available remedies, including those authorized by section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code.
</P>
<P>(g) For awards and commitments in process prior to December 23, 1989, but not made before that date, certifications shall be required at award or commitment, covering activities occurring between December 23, 1989, and the date of award or commitment. However, for awards and commitments in process prior to the December 23, 1989 effective date of these provisions, but not made before December 23, 1989, disclosure forms shall not be required at time of award or commitment but shall be filed within 30 days.
</P>
<P>(h) No reporting is required for an activity paid for with appropriated funds if that activity is allowable under either subpart B or C.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Activities by Own Employees</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.200" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.200   Agency and legislative liaison.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The prohibition on the use of appropriated funds, in § 20.100 (a), does not apply in the case of a payment of reasonable compensation made to an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement if the payment is for agency and legislative liaison activities not directly related to a covered Federal action.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, providing any information specifically requested by an agency or Congress is allowable at any time.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, the following agency and legislative liaison activities are allowable at any time only where they are not related to a specific solicitation for any covered Federal action:
</P>
<P>(1) Discussing with an agency (including individual demonstrations) the qualities and characteristics of the person's products or services, conditions or terms of sale, and service capabilities; and, 
</P>
<P>(2) Technical discussions and other activities regarding the application or adaptation of the person's products or services for an agency's use.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, the following agencies and legislative liaison activities are allowable only where they are prior to formal solicitation of any covered Federal action:
</P>
<P>(1) Providing any information not specifically requested but necessary for an agency to make an informed decision about initiation of a covered Federal action; 
</P>
<P>(2) Technical discussions regarding the preparation of an unsolicited proposal prior to its official submission; and, 
</P>
<P>(3) Capability presentations by persons seeking awards from an agency pursuant to the provisions of the Small Business Act, as amended by Public Law 95-507 and other subsequent amendments. 
</P>
<P>(e) Only those activities expressly authorized by this section are allowable under this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.205" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.205   Professional and technical services.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The prohibition on the use of appropriated funds, in § 20.100 (a), does not apply in the case of a payment of reasonable compensation made to an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement or an extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement if payment is for professional or technical services rendered directly in the preparation, submission, or negotiation of any bid, proposal, or application for that Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement or for meeting requirements imposed by or pursuant to law as a condition for receiving that Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, “professional and technical services” shall be limited to advice and analysis directly applying any professional or technical discipline. For example, drafting of a legal document accompanying a bid or proposal by a lawyer is allowable. Similarly, technical advice provided by an engineer on the performance or operational capability of a piece of equipment rendered directly in the negotiation of a contract is allowable. However, communications with the intent to influence made by a professional (such as a licensed lawyer) or a technical person (such as a licensed accountant) are not allowable under this section unless they provide advice and analysis directly applying their professional or technical expertise and unless the advice or analysis is rendered directly and solely in the preparation, submission or negotiation of a covered Federal action. Thus, for example, communications with the intent to influence made by a lawyer that do not provide legal advice or analysis directly and solely related to the legal aspects of his or her client's proposal, but generally advocate one proposal over another are not allowable under this section because the lawyer is not providing professional legal services. Similarly, communications with the intent to influence made by an engineer providing an engineering analysis prior to the preparation or submission of a bid or proposal are not allowable under this section since the engineer is providing technical services but not directly in the preparation, submission or negotiation of a covered Federal action.
</P>
<P>(c) Requirements imposed by or pursuant to law as a condition for receiving a covered Federal award include those required by law or regulation, or reasonably expected to be required by law or regulation, and any other requirements in the actual award documents.
</P>
<P>(d) Only those services expressly authorized by this section are allowable under this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.210" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.210   Reporting.</HEAD>
<P>No reporting is required with respect to payments of reasonable compensation made to regularly employed officers or employees of a person.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Activities by Other Than Own Employees</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.300" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.300   Professional and technical services.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The prohibition on the use of appropriated funds, in § 20.100 (a), does not apply in the case of any reasonable payment to a person, other than an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving a covered Federal action, if the payment is for professional or technical services rendered directly in the preparation, submission, or negotiation of any bid, proposal, or application for that Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement or for meeting requirements imposed by or pursuant to law as a condition for receiving that Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) The reporting requirements in § 20.110 (a) and (b) regarding filing a disclosure form by each person, if required, shall not apply with respect to professional or technical services rendered directly in the preparation, submission, or negotiation of any commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, “professional and technical services” shall be limited to advice and analysis directly applying any professional or technical discipline. For example, drafting or a legal document accompanying a bid or proposal by a lawyer is allowable. Similarly, technical advice provided by an engineer on the performance or operational capability of a piece of equipment rendered directly in the negotiation of a contract is allowable. However, communications with the intent to influence made by a professional (such as a licensed lawyer) or a technical person (such as a licensed accountant) are not allowable under this section unless they provide advice and analysis directly applying their professional or technical expertise and unless the advice or analysis is rendered directly and solely in the preparation, submission or negotiation of a covered Federal action. Thus, for example, communications with the intent to influence made by a lawyer that do not provide legal advice or analysis directly and solely related to the legal aspects of his or her client's proposal, but generally advocate one proposal over another are not allowable under this section because the lawyer is not providing professional legal services. Similarly, communications with the intent to influence made by an engineer providing an engineering analysis prior to the preparation or submission of a bid or proposal are not allowable under this section since the engineer is providing technical services but not directly in the preparation, submission or negotiation of a covered Federal action.
</P>
<P>(d) Requirements imposed by or pursuant to law as a condition for receiving a covered Federal award include those required by law or regulation, or reasonably expected to be required by law or regulation, and any other requirements in the actual award documents.
</P>
<P>(e) Persons other than officers or employees of a person requesting or receiving a covered Federal action include consultants and trade associations.
</P>
<P>(f) Only those services expressly authorized by this section are allowable under this section.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Penalties and Enforcement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.400" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.4.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.400   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who makes an expenditure prohibited herein shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such expenditure.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who fails to file or amend the disclosure form (see appendix B) to be filed or amended if required herein, shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
</P>
<P>(c) A filing or amended filing on or after the date on which an administrative action for the imposition of a civil penalty is commenced does not prevent the imposition of such civil penalty for a failure occurring before that date. An administrative action is commenced with respect to a failure when an investigating official determines in writing to commence an investigation of an allegation of such failure.
</P>
<P>(d) In determining whether to impose a civil penalty, and the amount of any such penalty, by reason of a violation by any person, the agency shall consider the nature, circumstances, extent, and gravity of the violation, the effect on the ability of such person to continue in business, any prior violations by such person, the degree of culpability of such person, the ability of the person to pay the penalty, and such other matters as may be appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) First offenders under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section shall be subject to a civil penalty of $10,000, absent aggravating circumstances. Second and subsequent offenses by persons shall be subject to an appropriate civil penalty between $10,000 and $100,000, as determined by the agency head or his or her designee.
</P>
<P>(f) An imposition of a civil penalty under this section does not prevent the United States from seeking any other remedy that may apply to the same conduct that is the basis for the imposition of such civil penalty.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.405" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.4.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.405   Penalty procedures.</HEAD>
<P>Agencies shall impose and collect civil penalties pursuant to the provisions of the Program Fraud and Civil Remedies Act, 31 U.S.C. sections 3803 (except subsection (c)), 3804, 3805, 3806, 3807, 3808, and 3812, insofar as these provisions are not inconsistent with the requirements herein.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.410" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.4.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.410   Enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>The head of each agency shall take such actions as are necessary to ensure that the provisions herein are vigorously implemented and enforced in that agency.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Exemptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.500" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.5.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.500   Secretary of Defense.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary of Defense may exempt, on a case-by-case basis, a covered Federal action from the prohibition whenever the Secretary determines, in writing, that such an exemption is in the national interest. The Secretary shall transmit a copy of each such written exemption to Congress immediately after making such a determination.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department of Defense may issue supplemental regulations to implement paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Agency Reports</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.600" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.6.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.600   Semi-annual compilation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The head of each agency shall collect and compile the disclosure reports (see appendix B) and, on May 31 and November 30 of each year, submit to the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives a report containing a compilation of the information contained in the disclosure reports received during the six-month period ending on March 31 or September 30, respectively, of that year.
</P>
<P>(b) The report, including the compilation, shall be available for public inspection 30 days after receipt of the report by the Secretary and the Clerk.
</P>
<P>(c) Information that involves intelligence matters shall be reported only to the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate, the Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives, and the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives in accordance with procedures agreed to by such committees. Such information shall not be available for public inspection.
</P>
<P>(d) Information that is classified under Executive Order 12356 or any successor order shall be reported only to the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives or the Committees on Armed Services of the Senate and the House of Representatives (whichever such committees have jurisdiction of matters involving such information) and to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives in accordance with procedures agreed to by such committees. Such information shall not be available for public inspection.
</P>
<P>(e) The first semi-annual compilation shall be submitted on May 31, 1990, and shall contain a compilation of the disclosure reports received from December 23, 1989 to March 31, 1990.
</P>
<P>(f) Major agencies, designated by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), are required to provide machine-readable compilations to the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives no later than with the compilations due on May 31, 1991. OMB shall provide detailed specifications in a memorandum to these agencies.
</P>
<P>(g) Non-major agencies are requested to provide machine-readable compilations to the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives.
</P>
<P>(h) Agencies shall keep the originals of all disclosure reports in the official files of the agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 20.605" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.6.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 20.605   Inspector General report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Inspector General, or other official as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, of each agency shall prepare and submit to Congress each year, commencing with submission of the President's Budget in 1991, an evaluation of the compliance of that agency with, and the effectiveness of, the requirements herein. The evaluation may include any recommended changes that may be necessary to strengthen or improve the requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of an agency that does not have an Inspector General, the agency official comparable to an Inspector General shall prepare and submit the annual report, or, if there is no such comparable official, the head of the agency shall prepare and submit the annual report.
</P>
<P>(c) The annual report shall be submitted at the same time the agency submits its annual budget justifications to Congress.
</P>
<P>(d) The annual report shall include the following: All alleged violations relating to the agency's covered Federal actions during the year covered by the report, the actions taken by the head of the agency in the year covered by the report with respect to those alleged violations and alleged violations in previous years, and the amounts of civil penalties imposed by the agency in the year covered by the report. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.8.3.1.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 20—Certification Regarding Lobbying
</HEAD>
<HD2>Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans, and Cooperative Agreements
</HD2>
<P>The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
</P>
<P>(1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
</P>
<P>(2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instructions.
</P>
<P>(3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.
</P>
<P>This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
</P>
<HD2>Statement for Loan Guarantees and Loan Insurance
</HD2>
<P>The undersigned states, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
</P>
<P>If any funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this commitment providing for the United States to insure or guarantee a loan, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instructions.
</P>
<P>Submission of this statement is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required statement shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.



</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.13.8.3.1.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 20—Disclosure Form To Report Lobbying

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/ec02fe91.097.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec02fe91.098.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec02fe91.099.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 21—NONDISCRIMINATION IN FEDERALLY-ASSISTED PROGRAMS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION—EFFECTUATION OF TITLE VI OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>42 U.S.C. 2000d, 2000d-1, 2000d-7; E.O. 12250, 45 FR 72995, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 298; E.O. 14281, 90 FR 17537.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>35 FR 10080, June 18, 1970, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 21.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to effectuate the provisions of title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (hereafter referred to as the Act) to the end that no person in the United States shall, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department of Transportation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.3   Application of this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to any program for which Federal financial assistance is authorized under a law administered by the Department, including the types of Federal financial assistance listed in appendix A to this part. It also applies to money paid, property transferred, or other Federal financial assistance extended after the effective date of this part pursuant to an application approved before that effective date. This part does not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any Federal financial assistance by way of insurance or guaranty contracts; 
</P>
<P>(2) Money paid, property transferred, or other assistance extended before the effective date of this part, except where such assistance was subject to the title VI regulations of any agency whose responsibilities are now exercised by this Department; 
</P>
<P>(3) Any assistance to any individual who is the ultimate beneficiary; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Any employment practice, under any such program, of any employer, employment agency, or labor organization, except to the extent described in § 21.5(c). 
</P>
<FP>The fact that a type of Federal financial assistance is not listed in appendix A to this part shall not mean, if title VI of the Act is otherwise applicable, that a program is not covered. Other types of Federal financial assistance under statutes now in force or hereinafter enacted may be added to appendix A to this part. 
</FP>
<P>(b) In any program receiving Federal financial assistance in the form, or for the acquisition, of real property or an interest in real property, to the extent that rights to space on, over, or under any such property are included as part of the program receiving that assistance, the nondiscrimination requirement of this part shall extend to any facility located wholly or in part in that space. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 10080, June 18, 1970, as amended at 68 FR 51389, Aug. 26, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.5   Discrimination prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> No person in the United States shall, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination under, any program to which this part applies. 
</P>
<P>(b) Specific discriminatory actions prohibited: 
</P>
<P>(1) A recipient to which this part applies may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin.
</P>
<P>(i) Deny a person any service, financial aid, or other benefit provided under the program; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide any service, financial aid, or other benefit to a person which is different, or is provided in a different manner, from that provided to others under the program; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Subject a person to segregation or separate treatment in any matter related to his receipt of any service, financial aid, or other benefit under the program; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Restrict a person in any way in the enjoyment of any advantage or privilege enjoyed by others receiving any service, financial aid, or other benefit under the program; 
</P>
<P>(v) Treat a person differently from others in determining whether he satisfies any admission, enrollment, quota, eligibility, membership, or other requirement or condition which persons must meet in order to be provided any service, financial aid, or other benefit provided under the program; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Deny a person an opportunity to participate in the program through the provision of services or otherwise or afford him an opportunity to do so which is different from that afforded others under the program; or 
</P>
<P>(vii) Deny a person the opportunity to participate as a member of a planning, advisory, or similar body which is an integral part of the program. 
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(3) In determining the site or location of facilities, a recipient or applicant may not make selections with the purpose of excluding persons from, denying them the benefits of, or subjecting them to discrimination under any program to which this regulation applies, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin; or with the purpose of defeating or substantially impairing the accomplishment of the objectives of the Act or this part. 
</P>
<P>(4) As used in this section the services, financial aid, or other benefits provided under a program receiving Federal financial assistance include any service, financial aid, or other benefit provided in or through a facility provided with the aid of Federal financial assistance. 
</P>
<P>(5) The enumeration of specific forms of prohibited discrimination in this paragraph does not limit the generality of the prohibition in paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(6) Examples demonstrating the application of the provisions of this section to certain types of Federal financial assistance administered by the Department of Transportation are contained in appendix C of this part. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Employment practices.</I> (1) Where a primary objective of the Federal financial assistance to a program to which this part applies is to provide employment, a recipient or other party subject to this part shall not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, subject a person to discrimination on the ground of race, color, or national origin in its employment practices under such program (including recruitment or recruitment advertising, hiring, firing, upgrading, promotion, demotion, transfer, layoff, termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation or benefits, selection for training or apprenticeship, use of facilities, and treatment of employees).
</P>
<P>(2) Federal financial assistance to programs under laws funded or administered by the Department that have as a primary objective the providing of employment include those set forth in appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Selection of site or location.</I> A recipient may not make a selection of a site or location of a facility if the purpose of that selection is to exclude individuals from participation in, to deny them the benefits of, or to subject them to discrimination under any program or activity to which this rule applies, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin; or if the purpose is to substantially impair the accomplishment of the objectives of this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 10080, June 18, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 72-2, 38 FR 17997, July 5, 1973; 68 FR 51389, Aug. 26, 2003; 91 FR 35432, June 11, 2026] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.7   Assurances required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Every application for Federal financial assistance to which this part applies, except an application to which paragraph (b) of this section applies, and every application for Federal financial assistance to provide a facility shall, as a condition to its approval and the extension of any Federal financial assistance pursuant to the application, contain or be accompanied by, an assurance that the program will be conducted or the facility operated in compliance with all requirements imposed by or pursuant to this part. Every awardof Federal financial assistance shall require the submission of such an assurance. In the case where the Federal financial assistance is to provide or is in the form of personal property, or real property or interest therein or structures thereon, the assurance shall obligate the recipient, or, in the case of a subsequent transfer, the transferee, for the period during which the property is used for a purpose for which the Federal financial assistance is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits, or for as long as the recipient retains ownership or possession of the property, whichever is longer. In all other cases the assurance shall obligate the recipient for the period during which Federal financial assistance is extended to the program. The Secretary shall specify the form of the foregoing assurances, and the extent to which like assurances will be required of subgrantees, contractors and subcontractors, transferees, successors in interest, and other participants. Any such assurance shall include provisions which give the United States a right to seek its judicial enforcement. 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case where Federal financial assistance is provided in the form of a transfer of real property, structures, or improvements thereon, or interest therein, from the Federal Government, the instrument effecting or recording the transfer shall contain a covenant running with the land assuring nondiscrimination for the period during which the real property is used for a purpose for which the Federal financial assistance is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits. Where no transfer of property or interest therein from the Federal Government is involved, but property is acquired or improved with Federal financial assistance, the recipient shall agree to include such covenant in any subsequent transfer of such property. When the property is obtained from the Federal Government, such covenant may also include a condition coupled with a right to be reserved by the Department to revert title to the property in the event of a breach of the covenant where, in the discretion of the Secretary, such a condition and right of reverter is appropriate to the statute under which the real property is obtained and to the nature of the grant and the grantee. In such event if a transferee of real property proposes to mortgage or otherwise encumber the real property as security for financing construction of new, or improvement of existing, facilities on such property for the purposes for which the property was transferred, the Secretary may agree, upon request of the transferee and if necessary to accomplish such financing, and upon such conditions as he deems appropriate, to subordinate such right of reversion to the lien of such mortgage or other encumbrance. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Continuing Federal financial assistance.</I> Every application by a State or a State agency for continuing Federal financial assistance to which this part applies (including the types of Federal financial assistance listed in appendix A to this part) shall as a condition to its approval and the extension of any Federal financial assistance pursuant to the application: (1) Contain or be accompanied by a statement that the program is (or, in the case of a new program, will be) conducted in compliance with all requirements imposed by or pursuant to this part, and (2) provide or be accompanied by provision for such methods of administration for the program as are found by the Secretary to give reasonable guarantee that the applicant and all recipients of Federal financial assistance under such program will comply with all requirements imposed by or pursuant to this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 10080, June 18, 1970, as amended at 68 FR 51389, Aug. 26, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.9   Compliance information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Cooperation and assistance.</I> The Secretary shall to the fullest extent practicable seek the cooperation of recipients in obtaining compliance with this part and shall provide assistance and guidance to recipients to help them comply voluntarily with this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compliance reports.</I> Each recipient shall keep such records and submit to the Secretary timely, complete, and accurate compliance reports at such times, and in such form and containing such information, as the Secretary may determine to be necessary to enable him to ascertain whether the recipient has complied or is complying with this part. In the case in which a primary recipient extends Federal financial assistance to any other recipient, such other recipient shall also submit such compliance reports to the primary recipient as may be necessary to enable the primary recipient to carry out its obligations under this part. In general recipients should have available for the Secretary racial and ethnic data showing the extent to which members of minority groups are beneficiaries of programs receiving Federal financial assistance. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Access to sources of information.</I> Each recipient shall permit access by the Secretary during normal business hours to such of its books, records, accounts, and other sources of information, and its facilities as may be pertinent to ascertain compliance with this part. Where any information required of a recipient is in the exclusive possession of any other agency, institution, or person and this agency, institution, or person fails or refuses to furnish this information, the recipient shall so certify in its report and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information to beneficiaries and participants.</I> Each recipient shall make available to participants, beneficiaries, and other interested persons such information regarding the provisions of this part and its applicability to the program for which the recipient receives Federal financial assistance, and make such information available to them in such manner, as the Secretary finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured them by the Act and this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 10080, June 18, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 72-2, 38 FR 17997, July 5, 1973; 68 FR 51389, Aug. 26, 2003] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.11   Conduct of investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Periodic compliance reviews.</I> The Secretary shall from time to time review the practices of recipients to determine whether they are complying with this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Complaints.</I> Any person who believes himself or any specific class of persons to be subjected to discrimination prohibited by this part may by himself or by a representative file with the Secretary a written complaint. A complaint must be filed not later than 180 days after the date of the alleged discrimination, unless the time for filing is extended by the Secretary. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Investigations.</I> The Secretary will make a prompt investigation whenever a compliance review, report, complaint, or any other information indicates a possible failure to comply with this part. The investigation will include, where appropriate, a review of the pertinent practices and policies of the recipient, the circumstances under which the possible noncompliance with this part occurred, and other factors relevant to a determination as to whether the recipient has failed to comply with this part. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Resolution of matters.</I> (1) If an investigation pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section indicates a failure to comply with this part, the Secretary will so inform the recipient and the matter will be resolved by informal means whenever possible. If it has been determined that the matter cannot be resolved by informal means, action will be taken as provided for in § 21.13. 
</P>
<P>(2) If an investigation does not warrant action pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section the Secretary will so inform the recipient and the complainant, if any, in writing. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Intimidatory or retaliatory acts prohibited.</I> No recipient or other person shall intimidate, threaten, coerce, or discriminate against any individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by section 601 of the Act or this part, or because he has made a complaint, testified, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation, proceeding, or hearing under this part. The identity of complainants shall be kept confidential except to the extent necessary to carry out the purposes of this part, including the conduct of any investigation, hearing, or judicial proceeding arising thereunder. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 10080, June 18, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 72-2, 38 FR 17997, July 5, 1973] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.13   Procedure for effecting compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> If there appears to be a failure or threatened failure to comply with this part, and if the noncompliance or threatened noncompliance cannot be corrected by informal means, compliance with this part may be effected by the suspension or termination of or refusal to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance or by any other means authorized by law. Such other means may include, but are not limited to: (1) A reference to the Department of Justice with a recommendation that appropriate proceedings be brought to enforce any rights of the United States under any law of the United States (including other titles of the Act), or any assurance or other contractual undertaking, and (2) any applicable proceeding under State or local law. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Noncompliance with § 21.7.</I> If an applicant fails or refuses to furnish an assurance required under § 21.7 or otherwise fails or refuses to comply with a requirement imposed by or pursuant to that section, Federal financial assistance may be refused in accordance with the procedures of paragraph (c) of this section. The Department shall not be required to provide assistance in such a case during the pendency of the administrative proceedings under such paragraph. However, subject to § 21.21, the Department shall continue assistance during the pendency of such proceedings where such assistance is due and payable pursuant to an application approved prior to the effective date of this part. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Termination of or refusal to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance.</I> No order suspending, terminating, or refusing to grant or continue Federal financial assistance shall become effective until:
</P>
<P>(1) The Secretary has advised the applicant or recipient of his failure to comply and has determined that compliance cannot be secured by voluntary means; 
</P>
<P>(2) There has been an express finding on the record, after opportunity for hearing, of a failure by the applicant or recipient to comply with a requirement imposed by or pursuant to this part; 
</P>
<P>(3) The action has been approved by the Secretary pursuant to § 21.17(e); and 
</P>
<P>(4) The expiration of 30 days after the Secretary has filed with the committee of the House and the committee of the Senate having legislative jurisdiction over the program involved, a full written report of the circumstances and the grounds for such action. 
</P>
<FP>Any action to suspend or terminate or to refuse to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance shall be limited to the particular political entity, or part thereof, or other applicant or recipient as to whom such a finding has been made and shall be limited in its effect to the particular program, or part thereof, in which such noncompliance has been so found. 
</FP>
<P>(d) <I>Other means authorized by law.</I> No action to effect compliance with title VI of the Act by any other means authorized by law shall be taken by this Department until:
</P>
<P>(1) The Secretary has determined that compliance cannot be secured by voluntary means; 
</P>
<P>(2) The recipient or other person has been notified of its failure to comply and of the action to be taken to effect compliance; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The expiration of at least 10 days from the mailing of such notice to the recipient or other person. During this period of at least 10 days, additional efforts shall be made to persuade the recipient or other person to comply with the regulation and to take such corrective action as may be appropriate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.15   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Opportunity for hearing.</I> Whenever an opportunity for a hearing is required by § 21.13(c), reasonable notice shall be given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the affected applicant or recipient. This notice shall advise the applicant or recipient of the action proposed to be taken, the specific provision under which the proposed action against it is to be taken, and the matters of fact or law asserted as the basis for this action, and either: (1) Fix a date not less than 20 days after the date of such notice within which the applicant or recipient may request of the Secretary that the matter be scheduled for hearing or (2) advise the applicant or recipient that the matter in question has been set down for hearing at a stated place and time. The time and place so fixed shall be reasonable and shall be subject to change for cause. The complainant, if any, shall be advised of the time and place of the hearing. An applicant or recipient may waive a hearing and submit written information and argument for the record. The failure of an applicant or recipient to request a hearing under this paragraph or to appear at a hearing for which a date has been set shall be deemed to be a waiver of the right to a hearing under section 602 of the Act and § 21.13(c) and consent to the making of a decision on the basis of such information as is available. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time and place of hearing.</I> Hearings shall be held at the offices of the Department in Washington, D.C., at a time fixed by the Secretary unless he determines that the convenience of the applicant or recipient or of the Department requires that another place be selected. Hearings shall be held before the Secretary, or at his discretion, before a hearing examiner appointed in accordance with section 3105 of title 5, United States Code, or detailed under section 3344 of title 5, United States Code. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Right to counsel.</I> In all proceedings under this section, the applicant or recipient and the Department shall have the right to be represented by counsel. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedures, evidence, and record.</I> (1) The hearing, decision, and any administrative review thereof shall be conducted in conformity with sections 554 through 557 of title 5, United States Code, and in accordance with such rules of procedure as are proper (and not inconsistent with this section) relating to the conduct of the hearing, giving of notices subsequent to those provided for in paragraph (a) of this section, taking of testimony, exhibits, arguments and briefs, requests for findings, and other related matters. Both the Department and the applicant or recipient shall be entitled to introduce all relevant evidence on the issues as stated in the notice for hearing or as determined by the officer conducting the hearing at the outset of or during the hearing. 
</P>
<P>(2) Technical rules of evidence do not apply to hearings conducted pursuant to this part, but rules or principles designed to assure production of the most credible evidence available and to subject testimony to test by cross-examination shall be applied where reasonably necessary by the officer conducting the hearing. The hearing officer may exclude irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious evidence. All documents and other evidence offered or taken for the record shall be open to examination by the parties and opportunity shall be given to refute facts and arguments advanced on either side of the issues. A transcript shall be made of the oral evidence except to the extent the substance thereof is stipulated for the record. All decisions shall be based upon the hearing record and written findings shall be made. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Consolidated or joint hearings.</I> In cases in which the same or related facts are asserted to constitute noncompliance with this part with respect to two or more Federal statutes, authorities, or other means by which Federal financial assistance is extended and to which this part applies, or noncompliance with this part and the regulations of one or more other Federal departments or agencies issued under title VI of the Act, the Secretary may, by agreement with such other departments or agencies, where applicable, provide for the conduct of consolidated or joint hearings, and for the application to such hearings of rules or procedures not inconsistent with this part. Final decisions in such cases, insofar as this regulation is concerned, shall be made in accordance with § 21.17. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 10080, June 18, 1970, as amended at 68 FR 51389, Aug. 26, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.17   Decisions and notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedure on decisions by hearing examiner.</I> If the hearing is held by a hearing examiner, the hearing examiner shall either make an initial decision, if so authorized, or certify the entire record including his recommended findings and proposed decision to the Secretary for a final decision, and a copy of such initial decision or certification shall be mailed to the applicant or recipient. Where the initial decision is made by the hearing examiner the applicant or recipient may, within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of initial decision, file with the Secretary his exceptions to the initial decision, with his reasons therefor. In the absence of exceptions, the Secretary may, on his own motion, within 45 days after the initial decision, serve on the applicant or recipient a notice that he will review the decision. Upon the filing of such exceptions or of notice of review, the Secretary shall review the initial decision and issue his own decision thereon including the reasons therefor. In the absence of either exceptions or a notice of review the initial decision shall, subject to paragraph (e) of this section, constitute the final decision of the Secretary. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Decisions on record or review by the Secretary.</I> Whenever a record is certified to the Secretary for decision or he reviews the decision of a hearing examiner pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, or whenever the Secretary conducts the hearing, the applicant or recipient shall be given reasonable opportunity to file with him briefs or other written statements of its contentions, and a written copy of the final decision of the Secretary shall be sent to the applicant or recipient and to the complainant, if any. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Decisions on record where a hearing is waived.</I> Whenever a hearing is waived pursuant to § 21.15, a decision shall be made by the Secretary on the record and a written copy of such decision shall be sent to the applicant or recipient, and to the complainant, if any. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rulings required.</I> Each decision of a hearing examiner or the Secretary shall set forth his ruling on each finding, conclusion, or exception presented, and shall identify the requirement or requirements imposed by or pursuant to this part with which it is found that the applicant or recipient has failed to comply. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Approval by Secretary.</I> Any final decision by an official of the Department, other than the Secretary personally, which provides for the suspension or termination of, or the refusal to grant or continue Federal financial assistance, or the imposition of any other sanction available under this part or the Act, shall promptly be transmitted to the Secretary personally, who may approve such decision, may vacate it, or remit or mitigate any sanction imposed. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Content of orders.</I> The final decision may provide for suspension or termination of, or refusal to grant or continue Federal financial assistance, in whole or in part, to which this regulation applies, and may contain such terms, conditions, and other provisions as are consistent with and will effectuate the purposes of the Act and this part, including provisions designed to assure that no Federal financial assistance to which this regulation applies will thereafter be extended to the applicant or recipient determined by such decision to be in default in its performance of an assurance given by it pursuant to this part, or to have otherwise failed to comply with this part, unless and until it corrects its noncompliance and satisfies the Secretary that it will fully comply with this part. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Post termination proceedings.</I> (1) An applicant or recipient adversely affected by an order issued under paragraph (f) of this section shall be restored to full eligibility to receive Federal financial assistance if it satisfies the terms and conditions of that order for such eligibility or if it brings itself into compliance with this part and provides reasonable assurance that it will fully comply with this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any applicant or recipient adversely affected by an order entered pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section may at any time request the Secretary to restore fully its eligibility to receive Federal financial assistance. Any such request shall be supported by information showing that the applicant or recipient has met the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section. If the Secretary determines that those requirements have been satisfied, he shall restore such eligibility. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the Secretary denies any such request, the applicant or recipient may submit a request for a hearing in writing, specifying who it believes such official to have been in error. It shall thereupon be given an expeditious hearing, with a decision on the record in accordance with rules or procedures issued by the Secretary. The applicant or recipient will be restored to such eligibility if it proves at such a hearing that it satisfied the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<FP>While proceedings under this paragraph are pending, the sanctions imposed by the order issued under paragraph (f) of this section shall remain in effect. 
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 10080, June 18, 1970, as amended at 68 FR 51389, Aug. 26, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.19   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>Action taken pursuant to section 602 of the Act is subject to judicial review as provided in section 603 of the Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.21   Effect on other regulations, forms, and instructions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Effect on other regulations.</I> All regulations, orders, or like directions issued before the effective date of this part by any officer of the Department which impose requirements designed to prohibit any discrimination against individuals on the grounds of race, color, or national origin under any program to which this part applies, and which authorize the suspension or termination of or refusal to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance to any applicant for a recipient of such assistance for failure to comply with such requirements, are hereby superseded to the extent that such discrimination is prohibited by this part, except that nothing in this part may be considered to relieve any person of any obligation assumed or imposed under any such superseded regulation, order, instruction, or like direction before the effective date of this part. Nothing in this part, however, supersedes any of the following (including future amendments thereof): (1) Executive Order 11246 (3 CFR, 1965 Supp., p. 167) and regulations issued thereunder or (2) any other orders, regulations, or instructions, insofar as such orders, regulations, or instructions prohibit discrimination on the ground of race, color, or national origin in any program or situation to which this part is inapplicable, or prohibit discrimination on any other ground. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Forms and instructions.</I> The Secretary shall issue and promptly make available to all interested persons forms and detailed instructions and procedures for effectuating this part as applied to programs to which this part applies and for which he is responsible. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Supervision and coordination.</I> The Secretary may from time to time assign to officials of the Department, or to officials of other departments or agencies of the Government with the consent of such departments or agencies, responsibilities in connection with the effectuation of the purposes of title VI of the Act and this part (other than responsibility for final decision as provided in § 21.17), including the achievement of effective coordination and maximum uniformity within the Department and within the Executive Branch of the Government in the application of title VI and this part to similar programs and in similar situations. Any action taken, determination made or requirement imposed by an official of another department or agency acting pursuant to an assignment of responsibility under this paragraph shall have the same effect as though such action had been taken by the Secretary of this Department. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 10080, June 18, 1970, as amended at 68 FR 51389, Aug. 26, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 21.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 21.23   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context requires otherwise, as used in this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Applicant</I> means a person who submits an application, request, or plan required to be approved by the Secretary, or by a primary recipient, as a condition to eligibility for Federal financial assistance, and “application” means such an application, request, or plan. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Facility</I> includes all or any part of structures, equipment, or other real or personal property or interests therein, and the provision of facilities includes the construction, expansion, renovation, remodeling, alteration or acquisition of facilities. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Federal financial assistance</I> includes: 
</P>
<P>(1) Grants and loans of Federal funds; 
</P>
<P>(2) The grant or donation of Federal property and interests in property; 
</P>
<P>(3) The detail of Federal personnel; 
</P>
<P>(4) The sale and lease of, and the permission to use (on other than a casual or transient basis), Federal property or any interest in such property without consideration or at a nominal consideration, or at a consideration which is reduced for the purpose of assisting the recipient, or in recognition of the public interest to be served by such sale or lease to the recipient; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Any Federal agreement, arrangement, or other contract which has as one of its purposes the provision of assistance. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Primary recipient</I> means any recipient that is authorized or required to extend Federal financial assistance to another recipient. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Program or activity</I> and <I>program</I> mean all of the operations of any entity described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (4) of this section, any part of which is extended Federal financial assistance:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) A department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The entity of such State or local government that distributes such assistance and each such department or agency (and each other State or local government entity) to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A local educational agency (as defined in 20 U.S.C. 7801), system of vocational education, or other school system;
</P>
<P>(3)(i) An entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship—
</P>
<P>(A) If assistance is extended to such corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or
</P>
<P>(B) Which is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which Federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any other entity which is established by two or more of the entities described in paragraph (e)(1), (2), or (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Recipient</I> may mean any State, territory, possession, the District of Columbia, or Puerto Rico, or any political subdivision thereof, or instrumentality thereof, any public or private agency, institution, or organization, or other entity, or any individual, in any State, territory, possession, the District of Columbia, or Puerto Rico, to whom Federal financial assistance is extended, directly or through another recipient, including any successor, assignee, or transferee thereof, but such term does not include any ultimate beneficiary. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation or, except in § 21.17 (e), any person to whom he has delegated his authority in the matter concerned. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 10080, June 18, 1970, as amended at 68 FR 51389, Aug. 26, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.13.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 21—Activities to Which This Part Applies
</HEAD>
<P>1. Use of grants made in connection with Federal-aid highway systems (23 U.S.C. 101 <I>et seq.</I>). 
</P>
<P>2. Use of grants made in connection with the Highway Safety Act of 1966 (23 U.S.C. 401 <I>et seq.</I>). 
</P>
<P>3. Use of grants in connection with the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 (15 U.S.C. 1391-1409, 1421-1425). 
</P>
<P>4. Lease of real property and the grant of permits, licenses, easements and rights-of-way covering real property under control of the Coast Guard (14 U.S.C. 93 (n) and (o)). 
</P>
<P>5. Utilization of Coast Guard personnel and facilities by any State, territory, possession, or political subdivision thereof (14 U.S.C. 141(a)). 
</P>
<P>6. Use of Coast Guard personnel for duty in connection with maritime instruction and training by the States, territories, and Puerto Rico (14 U.S.C. 148). 
</P>
<P>7. Use of obsolete and other Coast Guard material by sea scout service of Boy Scouts of America, any incorporated unit of the Coast Guard auxiliary, and public body or private organization not organized for profit (14 U.S.C. 641(a)). 
</P>
<P>8. U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary Program (14 U.S.C. 821-832). 
</P>
<P>9. Use of grants for the support of basic scientific research by nonprofit institutions of higher education and nonprofit organizations whose primary purpose is conduct of scientific research (42 U.S.C. 1891). 
</P>
<P>10. Use of grants made in connection with the Federal-aid Airport Program (secs. 1-15 and 17-20 of the Federal Airport Act, 49 U.S.C. 1101-1114, 1116-1120). 
</P>
<P>11. Use of U.S. land acquired for public airports under:
</P>
<P>a. Section 16 of the Federal Airport Act, 49 U.S.C. 1115; and 
</P>
<P>b. Surplus Property Act (sec. 13(g) of the Surplus Property Act of 1944, 50 U.S.C. App. 1622(g), and sec. 3 of the Act of Oct. 1, 1949, 50 U.S.C. App. 1622b). 
</P>
<P>12. Activities carried out in connection with the Aviation Education Program of the Federal Aviation Administration under sections 305, 311, and 313(a) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended (49 U.S.C. 1346, 1352, and 1354(a)). 
</P>
<P>13. Use of grants and loans made in connection with public transportation programs (49 U.S.C. chapter 53).
</P>
<P>14. Use of grants made in connection with the High Speed Ground Transportation Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. 631-642). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 10080, June 18, 1970, as amended at 79 FR 21405, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.13.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 21—Activities to Which This Part Applies When a Primary Objective of the Federal Financial Assistance Is To Provide Employment
</HEAD>
<P>1. Appalachia Regional Development Act of 1965 (40 U.S.C. App. 1 <I>et seq.</I>). 


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.14.0.3.13.7" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 21—Application of Part 21 to Certain Federal Financial Assistance of the Department of Transportation
</HEAD>
<HD1>Nondiscrimination on Federally Assisted Projects
</HD1>
<P>(a) <I>Examples.</I> The following examples, without being exhaustive, illustrate the application of the nondiscrimination provisions of this part on projects receiving Federal financial assistance under the programs of certain Department of Transportation operating administrations: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Federal Aviation Administration.</I> (i) The airport sponsor or any of his lessees, concessionaires, or contractors may not differentiate between members of the public because of race, color, or national origin in furnishing, or admitting to, waiting rooms, passenger holding areas, aircraft tiedown areas, restaurant facilities, restrooms, or facilities operated under the compatible land use concept. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The airport sponsor and any of his lessees, concessionaires, or contractors must offer to all members of the public the same degree and type of service without regard to race, color, or national origin. This rule applies to fixed base operators, restaurants, snack bars, gift shops, ticket counters, baggage handlers, car rental agencies, limousines and taxis franchised by the airport sponsor, insurance underwriters, and other businesses catering to the public at the airport. 
</P>
<P>(iii) An aircraft operator may not be required to park his aircraft at a location that is less protected, or less accessible from the terminal facilities, than locations offered to others, because of his race, color, or national origin. 
</P>
<P>(iv) The pilot of an aircraft may not be required to help more extensively in fueling operations, and may not be offered less incidental service (such as windshield wiping), than other pilots, because of his race, color, or national origin. 
</P>
<P>(v) No pilot or crewmember eligible for access to a pilot's lounge or to unofficial communication facilities such as a UNICOM frequency may be restricted in that access because of his race, color, or national origin. 
</P>
<P>(vi) Access to facilities maintained at the airport by air carriers or commercial operators for holders of first-class transportation tickets or frequent users of the carrier's or operator's services may not be restricted on the basis of race, color, or national origin. 
</P>
<P>(vii) Passengers and crewmembers seeking ground transportation from the airport may not be assigned to different vehicles, or delayed or embarrassed in assignment to vehicles, by the airport sponsor or his lessees, concessionaires, or contractors, because of race, color, or national origin. 
</P>
<P>(viii) Where there are two or more sites having equal potential to serve the aeronautical needs of the area, the airport sponsor shall select the site least likely to adversely affect existing communities. Such site selection shall not be made on the basis of race, color, or national origin. 
</P>
<P>(ix) Employment at obligated airports, including employment by tenants and concessionaires shall be available to all regardless of race, creed, color, sex, or national origin. The sponsor shall coordinate his airport plan with his local transit authority and the Federal Transit Administration to assure public transportation, convenient to the disadvantaged areas of nearby communities to enhance employment opportunities for the disadvantaged and minority population.
</P>
<P>(x) The sponsor shall assure that the minority business community in his area is advised of the opportunities offered by airport concessions, and that bids are solicited from such qualified minority firms, and awards made without regard to race, color, or national origin. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Federal Highway Administration.</I> (i) The State, acting through its highway department, may not discriminate in its selection and retention of contractors, including without limitation, those whose services are retained for, or incidental to, construction, planning, research, highway safety, engineering, property management, and fee contracts and other commitments with person for services and expenses incidental to the acquisition of right-of-way. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The State may not discriminate against eligible persons in making relocation payments and in providing relocation advisory assistance where relocation is necessitated by highway right-of-way acquisitions. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Federal-aid contractors may not discriminate in their selection and retention of first-tier subcontractors, and first-tier subcontractors may not discriminate in their selection and retention of second-tier subcontractors, who participate in Federal-aid highway construction, acquisition of right-of-way and related projects, including those who supply materials and lease equipment. 
</P>
<P>(iv) The State may not discriminate against the traveling public and business users of the federally assisted highway in their access to and use of the facilities and services provided for public accommodations (such as eating, sleeping, rest, recreation, and vehicle servicing) constructed on, over or under the right-of-way of such highways. 
</P>
<P>(v) Neither the State, any other persons subject to this part, nor its contractors and subcontractors may discriminate in their employment practices in connection with highway construction projects or other projects assisted by the Federal Highway Administration. 
</P>
<P>(vi) The State shall not locate or design a highway in such a manner as to require, on the basis of race, color, or national origin, the relocation of any persons. 
</P>
<P>(vii) The State shall not locate, design, or construct a highway in such a manner as to deny reasonable access to, and use thereof, to any persons on the basis of race, color, or national origin. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Federal Transit Administration.</I> (i) Any person who is, or seeks to be, a patron of any public vehicle which is operated as a part of, or in conjunction with, a project shall be given the same access, seating, and other treatment with regard to the use of such vehicle as other persons without regard to their race, color, or national origin. 
</P>
<P>(ii) No person who is, or seeks to be, an employee of the project sponsor or lessees, concessionaires, contractors, licensees, or any organization furnishing public transportation service as a part of, or in conjunction with, the project shall be treated less favorably than any other employee or applicant with regard to hiring, dismissal, advancement, wages, or any other conditions and benefits of employment, on the basis of race, color, or national origin. 
</P>
<P>(iii) No person or group of persons shall be discriminated against with regard to the routing, scheduling, or quality of service of transportation service furnished as a part of the project on the basis of race, color, or national origin. Frequency of service, age and quality of vehicles assigned to routes, quality of stations serving different routes, and location of routes may not be determined on the basis of race, color, or national origin. 
</P>
<P>(iv) The location of projects requiring land acquisition and the displacement of persons from their residences and businesses may not be determined on the basis of race, color, or national origin. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Obligations of the airport operator</I>—(1) <I>Tenants, contractors, and concessionaires.</I> Each airport operator shall require each tenant, contractor, and concessionaire who provides any activity, service, or facility at the airport under lease, contract with, or franchise from the airport, to covenant in a form specified by the Administrator, Federal Aviation Administration, that he will comply with the nondiscrimination requirements of this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notification of beneficiaries.</I> The airport operator shall: (i) Make a copy of this part available at his office for inspection during normal working hours by any person asking for it, and (ii) conspicuously display a sign, or signs, furnished by the FAA, in the main public area or areas of the airport, stating that discrimination based on race, color, or national origin is prohibited on the airport. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reports.</I> Each airport owner subject to this part shall, within 15 days after he receives it, forward to the Area Manager of the FAA Area in which the airport is located a copy of each written complaint charging discrimination because of race, color, or national origin by any person subject to this part, together with a statement describing all actions taken to resolve the matter, and the results thereof. Each airport operator shall submit to the area manager of the FAA area in which the airport is located a report for the preceding year on the date and in a form prescribed by the Federal Aviation Administrator. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 10080, June 18, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 21-1, 38 FR 5875, Mar. 5, 1973; Amdt. 21-3, 40 FR 14318, Mar. 31, 1975; 79 FR 21405, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="22" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 22—SHORT-TERM LENDING PROGRAM (STLP)
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 332.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>75 FR 19290, Apr. 14, 2010, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.1.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of the DOT OSDBU STLP is to provide financial assistance in the form of short-term loans from Participating Lenders that are guaranteed by DOT OSDBU, to DBEs and SDBs for the execution of DOT funded and supported transportation-related contracts.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.1.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Accounts receivable</I> means monies that are due to the borrower for work performed or services rendered under a contract, subcontract, or purchase order.
</P>
<P><I>Activation date</I> means the date that the STLP loan is established on the Participating Lender's books and recorded as an open loan. It is also the date that the borrower can begin to drawn funds from the line of credit. Activation date is also the date in which the DOT OSDBU guarantee becomes effective.
</P>
<P><I>Assigned contract</I> means the transportation-related contract(s), subcontract(s), and/or purchase order(s) that has been pledged as collateral to a STLP loan and perfected through an assignment form executed by all appropriate parties.
</P>
<P><I>Borrower</I> is the obligor of a DOT OSDBU guaranteed loan.
</P>
<P><I>Cooperative agreement</I> is the written agreement between DOT OSDBU and a Participating Lender that outlines the terms and conditions under which the lender may submit eligible loan requests to DOT OSDBU for consideration of its loan guarantee. The cooperative agreement further outlines the responsibilities and requirements of the lender in order to participate in the STLP.
</P>
<P><I>Director</I> means Director, Office of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization, U.S. Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Disadvantaged business enterprise or DBE</I> means a business that is certified as such by a recipient of DOT financial assistance as provided in 49 CFR part 23 or 49 CFR part 26.
</P>
<P><I>Guarantee agreement</I> means DOT OSDBU's written agreement with a Participating Lender that provides the terms and conditions under which DOT OSDBU will guarantee a STLP loan. It is not a contract to make a direct loan to the borrower.
</P>
<P><I>Loan guarantee</I> means the agreement of DOT OSDBU to issue a guarantee of payment of a specified portion of an approved STLP loan to the Participating Lender, under DOT OSDBU stated terms and conditions, in the event that the borrower defaults on the loan.
</P>
<P><I>Loan purpose</I> means the approved uses for STLP loan proceeds. That is, only for short-term working capital needs related to the direct costs of an eligible transportation-related contract.
</P>
<P><I>Other eligible certifications</I> mean the following certifications obtained by a borrower through the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA): Small Disadvantaged Business (SDB); Section 8(a) Program participant; HUBZONE Empowerment Contracting Program; and Service-Disabled Veteran Program (SDV).
</P>
<P><I>Participating Lender</I> (PL) is a bank or other lending institution that has agreed to the terms of a cooperative agreement and has been formally accepted into the STLP by DOT OSDBU.
</P>
<P><I>Small and disadvantaged business (SDB)</I> includes 8(a); small disadvantaged business; women-owned business, HubZone, and service-disabled veteran-owned business.
</P>
<P><I>Socially and economically disadvantaged individual</I> has the same meaning as stated in 49 CFR 26.5.
</P>
<P><I>Technical assistance</I> means service provided by the Participating Lender to the DBE or SDB that will enable the DBE or SDB to become more capable of managing its transportation-related contracts. Technical assistance can be provided by collaborating with agencies that offer small business management counseling such as the SBA, the U. S. Department of Commerce's Minority Business Development Centers (MBDCs), the Service Corps of Retired Executives (SCORE), Procurement Technical Assistance Centers (PTACs), and Small Business Development Centers (SBDCs).
</P>
<P><I>Transportation-related contract</I> means a contract, subcontract, or purchase order, at any tier, for the maintenance, rehabilitation, restructuring, improvement, or revitalization of any of the nation's modes of transportation that receive DOT funding.
</P>
<P><I>Work-out</I> means a plan that offers options to avoid loan default or collateral foreclosure and/or liquidation that is intended to resolve delinquent loans or loans in imminent default, which may include, but not limited to: deferring or forgiving principal or interest, reducing the borrower's interest rate, extending the loan maturity and the government guarantee to the Participating Lender, or postponing collection action.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Policies Applying to STLP Loans</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.11   Eligibility criteria.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligible Borrower.</I> To be eligible to apply for a STLP loan guarantee, a borrower must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Be a for-profit entity;
</P>
<P>(2) Have an eligible transportation-related contract;
</P>
<P>(3) Demonstrate an eligible use for the desired credit;
</P>
<P>(4) Be an established business with experience in the transportation industry and trade for which the STLP loan is sought;
</P>
<P>(5) Be certified as a DBE or have another eligible certification issued by the SBA; and
</P>
<P>(6) Be current on all federal, state, and local tax liabilities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Eligible Transportation-Related Contract.</I> Any fully-executed transportation-related contract, subcontract, or purchase order held directly with DOT or with grantees and recipients receiving federal funding from DOT for the maintenance, rehabilitation, restructuring, improvement or revitalization of any of the nation's modes of transportation shall be considered an eligible contract.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Eligibility Period.</I> A borrower is eligible for participation in the STLP for a period up to a total of five (5) years. The STLP renewal is not automatic. The borrower has to demonstrate its continued eligibility and creditworthiness for STLP and must submit a complete application package.
</P>
<P>(1) The continued eligibility of any borrower who would exceed the period limit in paragraph (c) of this section will be determined on a case-by-case basis by the OSDBU Director and is subject to the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(i) The STLP loan guarantee may be reduced; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The STLP loan interest rate may be increased.
</P>
<P>(2) Should any borrower currently in the STLP become ineligible per paragraph (a) of this section during the term of a STLP loan, the failure to comply with a specific requirement must be brought to the immediate attention of all remaining parties.
</P>
<P>(3) Borrower ineligibility may result in a termination of the current guarantee.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.13   Loan terms and conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Amount.</I> The maximum face amount for an individual STLP loan may not exceed seven hundred and fifty thousand ($750,000) dollars, unless the requested increased amount is authorized by the OSDBU Director.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interest Rates.</I> All STLP loans shall have a variable interest rate.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Initial Interest Rate.</I> The base rate guideline for STLP loans is the prime rate in effect on the first business day of the month in which the STLP loan guarantee is approved by DOT OSDBU. The prime rate is the rate printed in a national financial newspaper published each business day. The Participating Lender may increase the base rate by the maximum allowable percentage points currently allowed by STLP policies and procedures and as communicated in subsequent DOT OSDBU notices.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Frequency of Change.</I> The first change may occur on the first calendar day of the month following the initial loan disbursement, using the above base rate in effect on the first business day of the month. Subsequent interest rate changes may occur no more than monthly.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Loan Structure and Term.</I> A STLP loan shall be set up as a revolving line of credit. The line permits the borrower to request principal advances, pay them back, and then re-borrow, not to exceed the face value of the line of credit. Participating Lenders are required to provide DOT OSDBU written notification of the activation date of each line of credit under the STLP. The term of the Federal guarantee of the line of credit commences on the activation date.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Repayment.</I> Interest payments must be made monthly. The principal of the loan is repaid as payment from approved accounts receivable are received by the Participating Lender through a joint payee check system. The assigned contract supporting the STLP loan is the primary source of repayment.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Use of Loan Proceeds.</I> STLP loans must be used to finance short-term working capital needs, specifically direct costs generated by the assigned contract. Proceeds may not be used for the following purposes:
</P>
<P>(1) For long term working capital;
</P>
<P>(2) To repay delinquent State or Federal withholding taxes, local taxes, sales taxes or similar funds that should be held in trust or escrow; and/or
</P>
<P>(3) To provide funds for the distribution or payment to the owners, partners or shareholders of the business; and/or
</P>
<P>(4) To retire short or long-term debt.
</P>
<P>(f) Non-compliance by the DBE in using the STLP loan for purposes not consistent with these regulations will result in a non-renewal of the STLP loan and in forfeiture of the STLP loan guarantee to the PL on any ineligible principal advances requested by the borrower and made by the PL.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Disbursements.</I> STLP funds may only be released to an eligible borrower upon the submission and verification of a valid written accounts receivable invoice, showing labor and/or materials amounts due for completed work on the contract. The Participating Lender must verify the accuracy of the invoice with the paying transportation government agency, if the borrower is a prime contractor, and/or with the prime contractor, if the borrower is a subcontractor. This verification must be obtained by the Participating Lender prior to advancing funds. No more than 85% of an approved accounts receivable invoice shall be advanced to the borrower by the Participating Lender.
</P>
<P>(1) Processing time. Disbursement of STLP funds to the borrower should be accomplished within three (3) business days of an accounts receivable invoice approval by the paying agency and/or prime contractor.
</P>
<P>(2) Electronic funds transfer. If the disbursement of STLP funds is being sent to the borrower through a local Participating Lender, the disbursement should be made by electronic funds transfer with the preferred method of payment being the Automated Clearing House (ACH) system.
</P>
<P>(3) Wire transfers. Wire transfers can be used if the ACH system is not available or if a same day disbursement is required.
</P>
<P>(4) Joint payee check system. A two-party payee check system is required in which the Participating Lender and the borrower will be the co-payees of any checks paid to the borrower for performance under the assigned contract. Alternative payment methods must have prior written approval by DOT OSDBU.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Personal Guarantees.</I> Individuals who own at least a 20% ownership interest in the borrower shall personally guarantee the STLP loan. DOT OSDBU, in its discretion and in consulting with the Participating Lender, may require other appropriate guarantees for the loan as well.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Collateral.</I> All advances under the STLP loan must be secured, at a minimum, by the assignment of the proceeds due under the transportation-related contract(s) being funded with loan proceeds (the Assigned Contract). The Participating Lender must have first lien position on the Accounts Receivable generated by the Assigned Contract. The Participating Lender and/or DOT OSDBU may request additional collateral on any loan request or loan guarantee request in order to mitigate the credit risk and reduce potential defaults and loan losses.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Key Person Life Insurance.</I> The assignment of existing life insurance policies of personal guarantors or other individuals critical to the borrower's operations may be required by the Participating Lender and/or DOT OSDBU in certain instances; and it is encouraged for those business applicants that do not have a management succession plan clearly in place or where a personal guarantee provides nominal financial strength to the credit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.15   Delinquency on Federal, State, or Municipality Debt.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The borrower must not be delinquent on any Federal, State, or municipality debt, including tax debts. Further, none of the principals and/or owners of the borrower can be delinquent on any Federal, State, or municipality debt, including personal tax debt. The borrower must acknowledge its status in writing as part of any STLP loan guarantee application. Participating Lenders and the DOT OSDBU must verify the borrower's status through the use of business and personal credit reports, as well as other appropriate Federal and State databases.
</P>
<P>(b) If any delinquencies are determined during the application process, consideration of the request must be suspended until the delinquency is satisfactorily resolved, as determined and approved by the Director. If the delinquency cannot be resolved within a reasonable amount of time, the loan request must be declined.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.2.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.17   Compliance with child support obligations.</HEAD>
<P>Any holder of 50% or more of the ownership interest in the recipient of a STLP Loan must certify that he or she is not more than 60 days delinquent on any obligation to pay child support arising under:
</P>
<P>(a) An administrative order;
</P>
<P>(b) A court order;
</P>
<P>(c) A repayment agreement between the holder and a custodial parent; or
</P>
<P>(d) A repayment agreement between the holder and a State agency providing child support enforcement services.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.2.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.19   Credit criteria.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant for a STLP loan must be creditworthy and demonstrate an ability to repay the loan as well as satisfactory handling of the repayment of past and current debts. The Participating Lender and DOT OSDBU shall consider:
</P>
<P>(a) Character, reputation, and credit history of the applicant, its principals and owners, and all other guarantors;
</P>
<P>(b) Experience and depth of key management in the industry;
</P>
<P>(c) Financial strength of the business;
</P>
<P>(d) Past earnings, projected earnings and cash flow, and work in progress;
</P>
<P>(e) Ability to repay the loan;
</P>
<P>(f) Sufficient equity to operate on a sound financial basis; and
</P>
<P>(g) Capacity to perform under the transportation-related contract(s).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Participating Lenders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.21   Participation criteria.</HEAD>
<P>A lender who participates in the STLP must meet the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(a) It must operate as a lending institution certified by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), Federal Reserve Board, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Office of Thrift Supervision, Community Development Corporation (CDC), or Community Development Financial Institution (CDFI), for at least five (5) years;
</P>
<P>(b) It must demonstrate a philosophy and history of lending to small, disadvantaged and women-owned businesses in their communities. Information will be requested by the Director on the number of short-term loans made to companies listed in paragraph (a)(5) of § 22.11. The Participating Lender shall submit information showing its efforts in relationship to its overall portfolio;
</P>
<P>(c) It must demonstrate experience in administering monitored lines of credit, such as construction loans, accounts receivable financing, and/or contract financing for at least two years. Such experience should be held by any Participating Lender representative managing, reviewing or authorizing STLP loan portfolios;
</P>
<P>(d) It must have at least two (2) years experience with other federal government lending programs such as U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA), Agriculture Rural Development, Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA), Economic Development Administration (EDA), Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), Export Import Bank of the United States and/or state loan programs.
</P>
<P>(e) It must have at least a satisfactory or better Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) rating;
</P>
<P>(f) It must designate a Participating Lender representative to effectively administer the STLP loan portfolio;
</P>
<P>(g) It must have the ability to evaluate, process, close, disburse, service and liquidate STLP loans;
</P>
<P>(h) It must demonstrate the ability to implement, monitor and manage a two-party payee check system, in which the Participating Lender and borrower are joint payees of any checks paid to the borrower for performance under the assigned contract(s);
</P>
<P>(i) It must not currently be debarred or suspended from participation in a government contract or delinquent on a government debt. The Participating lender must submit a current form DOT F 2309-1 Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension. The certification form is available at <I>http://www.osdbu.dot.gov/financial/docs/Cert_Debarment_DOT_F_2309-1.pdf.</I>
</P>
<P>(j) It must be a drug-free workplace. The Participating Lender must execute current form DOT F 2307-1 Drug-Free Workplace Act Certification For A Grantee Other Than An Individual. The certification form is available at <I>http://www.osdbu.dot.gov/financial/docs/Cert_Drug-Free_DOT_F_2307-1.pdf.;</I> and
</P>
<P>(k) It must certify that no Federal funds will be utilized for lobbying by executing a current form DOT F 2308-1 Certificate Regarding Lobbying For Contracts, Grants, Loans, and Cooperative Agreements in compliance with section 1352, title 21, of the U.S. Code. The certification form is available at <I>http://www.osdbu.dot.gov/financial/docs/Cert_Lobbying_DOT_F_2308-1.pdf.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.3.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.23   Agreements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) DOT OSDBU may enter into a cooperative agreement with a lender that meets the criteria defined in § 22.21 in order for the lender to become a Participating Lender in the STLP. Such an agreement does not obligate DOT OSDBU to participate in any specific proposed loan that a lender may submit. The existence of a cooperative agreement does not limit the rights of DOT OSDBU to deny a specific loan or establish general policies. The current cooperative agreement is available at <I>http://www.osdbu.dot.gov/financial/docs/Coop_Agreement.pdf.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) The cooperative agreement is generally for a minimum period of twenty-four (24) months. DOT OSDBU will consider the cooperative agreement for renewal at the end of the designated term. If a cooperative agreement has expired, no further applications for the STLP shall be submitted to DOT OSDBU by the Participating Lender until a new cooperative agreement is executed by both parties.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless instructed otherwise by DOT OSDBU, after the expiration of the cooperative agreement, the Participating Lender will complete the documentation of any loans which have been given final DOT OSDBU approval prior to expiration of the cooperative agreement.
</P>
<P>(d) Following the expiration of the cooperative agreement, the Participating Lender may, subject to the written concurrence of DOT OSDBU, sell its STLP loans to another bank or to another Participating Lender that assumes the original rights and responsibilities to fund, service and collect the loan or loans.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.3.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.25   Lender deliverables and delivery schedule.</HEAD>
<P>All Participating Lenders must adhere to certain required periodic reports, submissions, and other actions that are outlined in the cooperative agreement and the loan guarantee agreements, as well as to the required due dates to DOT OSDBU.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.3.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.27   Eligible reimbursements to participating lenders.</HEAD>
<P>Participating Lenders will be reimbursed by DOT OSDBU for reasonable expenses and costs that are incurred in the processing, administration, and monitoring of a STLP loan. The Participating Lender will be reimbursed as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Processing/Underwriting Fee.</I> A fee, as specified in the cooperative agreement will be reimbursed by DOT OSDBU, with a minimum fee of not less than one thousand ($1,000), per approved STLP loan guarantee, provided that DOT OSDBU receives proper notification of the activation date of the STLP loan.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional Administrative Fee:</I> For total loan amounts of $150,000.00 or less, the Participating Lender can request an additional one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) percent administrative fee for the increased loan monitoring and administrative assistance required to process the loan. The request must be supported with the information specified in the cooperative agreement.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Travel Expenses.</I> For any pre-approved travel expenses, the Participating Lender will be reimbursed for certain costs, provided that paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section are met:
</P>
<P>(1) A written request for travel, along with a statement of the purpose of the travel and proposed cost estimate, is submitted for DOT OSDBU for its approval no less than ten (10) business days prior to travel; and
</P>
<P>(2) A travel invoice accompanied by a written report explaining the findings of the travel is submitted to DOT OSDBU no later than thirty (30) days following the approved travel. Payment or reimbursement for travel shall be in accordance with the Joint Travel Regulations, Federal Travel Regulations and DOD FAR 31.205.46.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Attorney Fees.</I> Legal fees incurred by the PL may be eligible for reimbursement. Prior written approval from DOT OSDBU is required. Attorney fees will be reimbursed on a pro-rata basis in proportion to the percentage of the government loan guarantee in relation to the total loan amount.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.3.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.29   DOT access to participating lenders files.</HEAD>
<P>A Participating Lender must allow the authorized representatives of DOT OSDBU, as well as representatives of the Office of Inspector General (OIG) and General Accountability Office (GAO), access to its STLP loan files to review, inspect, and copy all records and documents pertaining to DOT OSDBU guaranteed loans. Record retention of all relevant documents and other materials is specified in the cooperative agreement between DOT OSDBU and the Participating Lender.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.3.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.31   Suspension or revocation of eligibility to participate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) DOT OSDBU may suspend or revoke the eligibility of a Participating Lender to participate in the STLP by giving written notice in accordance with the terms and conditions cited in the cooperative agreement. Such notice may be given because of a violation of DOT OSDBU regulations; a breach of any agreement with DOT OSDBU; a change of circumstance resulting in the Participating Lender's inability to meet operational requirements; or a failure to engage in prudent lending practices. A suspension or revocation will not invalidate a loan guarantee previously approved by DOT OSDBU, providing that the specific loan was handled in accordance with its guarantee agreement, the cooperative agreement and/or these regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) The written notice to suspend or revoke participation in the STLP will specify the corrective actions that the Participating Lender must take, as well as the time period allowed for cure, prior to DOT OSDBU considering a termination of the cooperative agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.3.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.33   Termination of participation in the STLP.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>DOT OSDBU Termination for Convenience.</I> DOT OSDBU may terminate a cooperative agreement for the convenience of the government, and without cause, upon prior written notice of thirty (30) days of its intent to terminate. Upon termination, DOT OSDBU shall remain liable on the pro-rata share of the loan guarantee(s) received by the PL which received the Director's final approval, prior to the effective date of termination.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Participating Lender's Termination.</I> The Participating Lender may terminate a cooperative agreement with written notice of sixty (60) days to DOT OSDBU of its intent to terminate. Upon termination, DOT OSDBU shall remain liable on the pro-rata share of the loan guarantee(s) received by the Participating Lender which received the Director's final approval, prior to the effective date of termination of the cooperative agreement.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>DOT OSDBU Termination for Cause.</I> DOT OSDBU may terminate a cooperative agreement, in whole or in part, at any time before the expiration of the term of the cooperative agreement or the expiration of any renewal term of the cooperative agreement, and without allowing any cure period as described in this section, if it determines that the Participating Lender failed to comply with any terms and conditions of its cooperative agreement and such failure cannot be reasonably addressed. DOT OSDBU shall promptly notify the Participating Lender in writing of this determination and the reasons for the termination, together with the effective date of termination.
</P>
<P>(d) DOT OSDBU may also terminate for cause any cooperative agreement with a Participating Lender that fails to comply with the corrective actions requested in a written notice of suspension of revocation within the specified cure period, in accordance with the terms and conditions further described in the cooperative agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Loan Application Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.4.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.41   Application procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A STLP loan guarantee request application package shall consist of the DOT OSDBU Application for Loan Guarantee and supporting documentation as outlined below at paragraph (b) of this section. The application may be obtained directly from the office of DOT OSDBU, from a current Participating Lender, or online from the agency's Web site, currently at <I>http://osdbu.dot.gov/documents/pdf/stlp/stlpapp.pdf.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) Supporting documentation may include, but is not limited to, the following items: Business, trade or job performance reference letters; current DBE or SDB eligibility certification letters and/or affidavit; signed and dated borrower certification that all federal, state and local taxes are current; business tax returns; business financial statements; personal income tax returns; personal financial statements; schedule of work in progress; signed and dated copy of transportation-related contracts; business debt schedule; income and cash flow projections; and evidence of bonding and insurance. It also includes, from the Participating Lender, the lender's internal credit approval memo and analysis and other third-party credit verifications obtained.
</P>
<P>(c) Application packages are submitted directly to a Participating Lender, which will perform its own credit review. The Participating Lender must initially approve or decline the loan based upon its internal analysis of the request. Loans approved by the Participating Lender are then forwarded to DOT OSDBU for its STLP eligibility review, independent credit review, and for presentation to the DOT OSDBU Loan Committee. All loan approvals shall require the final approval of the Director, or the Director's designee, for the issuance of a Government Loan Guarantee.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.4.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.43   Approval or denial.</HEAD>
<P>If a loan guarantee is approved by DOT OSDBU, a Guarantee Agreement, form DOT F 2314-1, will be issued to the Participating Lender. If a loan guarantee is declined by the Participating Lender, the Participating Lender is responsible for communicating the reasons for the decline to the applicant. The Participating Lender must notify the applicant, in writing, of the reasons for the decline; and a copy of this notification must be sent to DOT OSDBU. If a loan guarantee is declined by the DOT OSDBU, DOT OSDBU will be responsible for communicating the reasons for the decline to the applicant. The form is available at <I>http://www.osdbu.dot.gov/financial/docs/Loan_Guarantee_DOT_F_2314-1.pdf.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.4.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.45   Allowable fees to borrowers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application Fees.</I> The Participating Lender may charge the applicant a non-refundable loan application fee, as determined from time to time by DOT OSDBU, for each STLP loan application processed, whether a new loan request or a renewal request.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reasonable Closing Expenses.</I> Provided the Participating Lender charges similar fees to its non-STLP borrowers, the Participating Lender may collect reasonable closing expenses from the borrower, provided that full disclosure of such fees is made to the borrower prior to the loan closing date. These expenses include necessary out-of-pocket expenses to third parties such as filing and recordation fees, as well as loan closing document preparation fees.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Loan Administration</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.51" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.5.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.51   Loan closings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Participating Lender must promptly close all STLP loans in accordance with the terms and conditions approved by DOT OSDBU in its Guarantee Agreement. The Participating Lender must report circumstances concerning any STLP loans not closed within a reasonable time period after DOT OSDBU approval.
</P>
<P>(b) The Participating Lender uses its own internal loan closing documents and must use standard banking practices and procedures to ensure proper execution of the debt and perfection of the collateral. The Participating Lender must forward copies of all executed closing documents and filings to DOT OSDBU within the time period specified in the cooperative agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.53" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.5.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.53   Loan monitoring and servicing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>The Participating Lender must review STLP principal advance requests, process loan disbursements, and payments, and maintain contact with the borrower during the term of the loan. The Participating Lender must monitor the progress of the project being financed and the borrower's continued compliance with the terms and conditions of the loan. The Participating Lender must promptly report any material adverse change in the financial condition or business operations of the borrower to DOT OSDBU.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.57" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.5.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.57   Loan reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>The STLP is subject to the requirements of the Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990 (FCRA) that includes certain budgeting and accounting requirements for Federal credit programs. To fulfill the requirements of FCRA, the Participating Lender must provide DOT OSDBU prompt written notification of the activation date by the time period specified in the cooperative agreement. The Participating Lender must submit to OSDBU a form DOT F 2303-1 Bank Verification Loan Activation Form that indicates the date in which the loan has been activated/funded. The form is available at <I>http://www.osdbu.dot.gov/financial/docs/Loan_Activation_DOT_F_2303-1.pdf.</I> The Participating Lender must also provide DOT OSDBU prompt written notification of the date the loan is repaid and closed. The Participating Lender must submit to OSDBU a form DOT F 2304-1 Bank Acknowledgement Loan Close-Out Form upon full repayment of the STLP loan, or upon expiration of the loan guarantee. The form is available at <I>http://www.osdbu.dot.gov/financial/docs/Loan_Close-Out_DOT_F_2304-1.pdf.</I> To fulfill this requirement, the Participating Lender must also submit a monthly report to the DOT OSDBU detailing the previous month's activity for their STLP loans. The Participating Lender must submit form DOT F 2306-1 Pending Loan Status Report and form DOT F 2305-1 Guaranty Loan Status Report. These forms are available at <I>http://www.osdbu.dot.gov/financial/docs/Pending_Loan_DOT_F_2306-1.xls</I> and <I>http://www.osdbu.dot.gov/financial/docs/Guaranty_Loan_DOT_F_2305-1.xls</I> respectively.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.59" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.5.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.59   Loan modifications.</HEAD>
<P>Any modification to the terms of the DOT OSDBU guarantee agreement must have prior written approval of the Director, and executed in writing as an Addendum to the original guarantee agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.61" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.5.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.61   Loan guarantee extensions.</HEAD>
<P>An extension of the original loan guarantee may be requested, in writing, by the Participating Lender. The Participating lender must submit to OSDBU a form DOT F 2310-1 to request an extension of the original loan guarantee for a maximum period of ninety (90) days. The form is available at <I>http://www.osdbu.dot.gov/financial/docs/Loan_Extension_DOT_F_2310-1.pdf.</I> The request must comply with the terms and conditions described in the guarantee agreement and with the STLP policies and procedures. All extension requests must be approved by the Director.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.63" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.5.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.63   Loan close outs.</HEAD>
<P>Upon full repayment of the STLP loan, or upon expiration of the loan guarantee, the Participating Lender must submit to OSDBU a form DOT F 2304-1 Bank Acknowledgement Loan Close-Out Form. The form is available at <I>http://www.osdbu.dot.gov/financial/docs/Loan_Close-Out_DOT_F_2304-1.pdf.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.65" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.5.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.65   Subordination.</HEAD>
<P>DOT OSDBU must not be placed in a subordinate position to any other debt.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.67" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.5.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.67   Delinquent loans and loan defaults.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Participating Lender must bring to the immediate attention of the Director any delinquent STLP loans. The Participating Lender and DOT OSDBU are jointly responsible for establishing collection procedures and must exercise due diligence with respect to collection of delinquent debt. The Participating Lender is responsible for initiating actions to recover such debt. DOT OSDBU must approve any compromise of a claim, resolution of a dispute, suspension or termination of collection action, or referral for litigation. A work-out solution will only be considered if it is expected to minimize the cost to the federal government in resolving repayment delinquencies and/or loan default. They must only be used when the borrower is likely to be able to repay the loan under the terms of the work-out, and if the cost of establishing the work-out plan is less than the costs of loan default and/or foreclosure.
</P>
<P>(b) In an appropriate situation, DOT OSDBU may authorize the Participating Lender to undertake legal action deemed necessary to collect delinquent loans and DOT will reimburse the Participating Lender on a pro rata basis in proportion to the loan guarantee percentage for the associated fees and costs, with prior authorization from the Director. Penalties and late fees are not eligible for reimbursement. Any legal action undertaken by the Participating Lender without OSDBU authorization will not be eligible for a pro rata basis reimbursement of the associated fees and costs. Net recoveries applicable to accrued interest must be applied on a pro rata basis in proportion to the formula used during the term of the loan.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 22.69" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.15.5.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 22.69   Claim process.</HEAD>
<P>After reasonable efforts have been exhausted to collect on a delinquent debt, the Participating Lender may demand in writing that DOT OSDBU honor its loan guarantee, provided however that the maximum liability of DOT OSDBU shall not at any time exceed the guaranteed amount. The borrower must be in default for no less than thirty (30) days, and the Participating Lender must have made written demand for payment from the borrower, in accordance with the guarantee agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 23—PARTICIPATION OF DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE IN AIRPORT CONCESSIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 47107 and 47113; 42 U.S.C. 2000d; 49 U.S.C. 322; E.O. 12138, 44 FR 29637, 3 CFR, 1979 Comp., p. 393.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.1.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.1   What are the objectives of this part?</HEAD>
<P>This part seeks to achieve several objectives:
</P>
<P>(a) To ensure nondiscrimination in the award and administration of opportunities for concessions by airports receiving DOT financial assistance;
</P>
<P>(b) To create a level playing field on which ACDBEs can compete fairly for opportunities for concessions;
</P>
<P>(c) To ensure that the Department's ACDBE program operates in a nondiscriminatory manner and without regard to race or sex, while maximizing efficiency of service;
</P>
<P>(d) To ensure that only firms that fully meet this part's eligibility standards are permitted to participate as ACDBEs;
</P>
<P>(e) To help remove barriers to the participation of ACDBEs in opportunities for concessions at airports receiving DOT financial assistance;
</P>
<P>(f) To promote the use of ACDBEs in all types of concessions activities at airports receiving DOT financial assistance;
</P>
<P>(g) To assist the development of firms that can compete successfully in the marketplace outside the ACDBE program; and
</P>
<P>(h) To provide appropriate flexibility to airports receiving DOT financial assistance in establishing and providing opportunities for ACDBEs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 24956, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47977, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.1.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.3   What do the terms used in this part mean?</HEAD>
<P><I>ACDBE-conscious</I> measure or program is one that is focused specifically on assisting only ACDBEs.
</P>
<P><I>ACDBE-neutral</I> measure or program is one that is, or can be, used to assist all small business concerns.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
</P>
<P><I>Affiliation</I> has the same meaning the term has in the Small Business Administration (SBA) regulations, 13 CFR part 121, except that the provisions of SBA regulations concerning affiliation in the context of joint ventures (13 CFR 121.103(h)) do not apply to this part.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as otherwise provided in 13 CFR part 121, concerns are affiliates of each other when, either directly or indirectly:
</P>
<P>(i) One concern controls or has the power to control the other; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A third party or parties controls or has the power to control both; or
</P>
<P>(iii) An identity of interest between or among parties exists such that affiliation may be found.
</P>
<P>(2) In determining whether affiliation exists, it is necessary to consider all appropriate factors, including common ownership, common management, and contractual relationships. Affiliates must be considered together in determining whether a concern meets small business size criteria and the statutory cap on the participation of firms in the ACDBE program.
</P>
<P><I>Airport Concession Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (ACDBE)</I> means a firm seeking to operate as a concession that is a for-profit small business concern—
</P>
<P>(1) That is at least 51 percent owned by one or more individuals who are both socially and economically disadvantaged or, in the case of a corporation, in which 51 percent of the stock is owned by one or more such individuals; and
</P>
<P>(2) Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more of the socially and economically disadvantaged individuals who own it.
</P>
<P><I>Alaska Native</I> means a citizen of the United States who is a person of one-fourth degree or more Alaskan Indian (including Tsimshian Indians not enrolled in the Metlakatla Indian Community), Eskimo, or Aleut blood, or a combination of those bloodlines. The term includes, in the absence of proof of a minimum blood quantum, any citizen whom a Native village or Native group regards as an Alaska Native if their father or mother is regarded as an Alaska Native.
</P>
<P><I>Alaska Native Corporation (ANC)</I> means any Regional Corporation, Village Corporation, Urban Corporation, or Group Corporation organized under the laws of the State of Alaska in accordance with the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (43 U.S.C. 1601 <I>et seq.</I>)
</P>
<P><I>Assets</I> has the same meaning the term has in 49 CFR part 26.
</P>
<P><I>Car dealership</I> means an establishment primarily engaged in the retail sale of new and/or used automobiles. Car dealerships frequently maintain repair departments and carry stocks of replacement parts, tires, batteries, and automotive accessories. Such establishments also frequently sell pickup trucks and vans at retail. In the standard industrial classification system, car dealerships are categorized in NAICS code 441110.
</P>
<P><I>Concession</I> means one or more of the types of for-profit businesses that serve the traveling public listed in paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition:
</P>
<P>(1) A business, located on an airport subject to this part, that is engaged in the sale of consumer goods or services to the traveling public under an agreement with the recipient, another concessionaire, or the owner or lessee of a terminal, if other than the recipient.
</P>
<P>(2) A business conducting one or more of the following covered activities, even if it does not maintain an office, store, or other business location on an airport subject to this part, as long as the activities take place on the airport: Management contracts and subcontracts, a web-based or other electronic business in a terminal or which passengers can access at the terminal, an advertising business that provides advertising displays or messages to the public on the airport, or a business that provides goods and services to concessionaires.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1 to paragraph (2):</HED><PSPACE>A supplier of goods or a management contractor maintains its office or primary place of business off the airport. However, the supplier provides goods to a retail establishment in the airport; or the management contractor operates the parking facility on the airport. These businesses are considered concessions for purposes of this part.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(3) For purposes of this subpart, a business is not considered to be “located on the airport” solely because it picks up and/or delivers customers under a permit, license, or other agreement. For example, providers of taxi, limousine, car rental, or hotel services are not considered to be located on the airport just because they send shuttles onto airport grounds to pick up passengers or drop them off. A business is considered to be “located on the airport,” however, if it has an on-airport facility. Such facilities include in the case of a taxi operator, a dispatcher; in the case of a limousine, a booth selling tickets to the public; in the case of a car rental company, a counter at which its services are sold to the public or a ready return facility; and in the case of a hotel operator, a hotel located anywhere on airport property.
</P>
<P>(4) Any business meeting the definition of concession is covered by this subpart, regardless of the name given to the agreement with the recipient, concessionaire, or airport terminal owner or lessee. A concession may be operated under various types of agreements, including but not limited to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Leases.
</P>
<P>(ii) Subleases.
</P>
<P>(iii) Permits.
</P>
<P>(iv) Contracts or subcontracts.
</P>
<P>(v) Other instruments or arrangements.
</P>
<P>(5) The conduct of an aeronautical activity is not considered a concession for purposes of this subpart. Aeronautical activities include scheduled and non-scheduled air carriers, air taxis, air charters, and air couriers, in their normal passenger or freight carrying capacities; fixed base operators; flight schools; recreational service providers (<I>e.g.,</I> skydiving, parachute-jumping, flying guides); and air tour services.
</P>
<P>(6) Other examples of entities that do not meet the definition of a concession include flight kitchens and in-flight caterers servicing air carriers, government agencies, industrial plants, farm leases, individuals leasing hangar space, custodial and security contracts, telephone and electric service to the airport facility, holding companies, and skycap services under contract with an air carrier or airport.
</P>
<P><I>Concessionaire</I> means a firm that owns and controls a concession or a portion of a concession.
</P>
<P><I>Contingent liability</I> means a liability that depends on the occurrence of a future and uncertain event. This includes, but is not limited to, guaranty for debts owed by the applicant firm, legal claims and judgments, and provisions for Federal income tax.
</P>
<P><I>Days</I> means calendar days. In computing any period of time described in this part, the day from which the period begins to run is not counted, and when the last day of the period is a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, the period extends to the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday. Similarly, in circumstances where the recipient's offices are closed for all or part of the last day, the period extends to the next day on which the agency is open.
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> or <I>DOT</I> means the U.S. Department of Transportation, including the Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<P><I>Direct ownership arrangement</I> means a joint venture, partnership, sublease, licensee, franchise, or other arrangement in which a firm owns and controls a concession.
</P>
<P><I>Good faith efforts</I> means efforts to achieve an ACDBE goal or other requirement of this part that, by their scope, intensity, and appropriateness to the objective, can reasonably be expected to meet the program requirement.
</P>
<P><I>Immediate family member</I> means father, mother, husband, wife, son, daughter, brother, sister, grandmother, grandfather, grandson, granddaughter, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, or registered domestic partner.
</P>
<P><I>Indian Tribe</I> means any Indian Tribe, band, nation, or other organized group or community of Indians, including any ANC, which is recognized as eligible for the special programs and services provided by the United States to Indians because of their status as Indians, or is recognized as such by the State in which the Tribe, band, nation, group, or community resides. See definition of “tribally-owned concern” in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Joint venture</I> means an association of an ACDBE firm and one or more other firms to carry out a single, for-profit business enterprise, for which the parties combine their property, capital, efforts, skills and knowledge, and in which the ACDBE is responsible for a distinct, clearly defined portion of the work of the contract and whose shares in the capital contribution, control, management, risks, and profits of the joint venture are commensurate with its ownership interest. Joint venture entities are not certified as ACDBEs.
</P>
<P><I>Large hub primary airport</I> means a commercial service airport that has a number of passenger boardings equal to at least one percent of all passenger boardings in the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Liabilities</I> mean financial or pecuniary obligations. This includes, but is not limited to, accounts payable, notes payable to bank or others, installment accounts, mortgages on real estate, and unpaid taxes.
</P>
<P><I>Management contract or subcontract</I> means an agreement with a recipient or another management contractor under which a firm directs or operates one or more business activities, the assets of which are owned, leased, or otherwise controlled by the recipient. The managing agent generally receives, as compensation, a flat fee or a percentage of the gross receipts or profit from the business activity. For purposes of this subpart, the business activity operated or directed by the managing agent must be other than an aeronautical activity, be located at an airport subject to this subpart, and be engaged in the sale of consumer goods or provision of services to the public.
</P>
<P><I>Material amendment</I> means a significant change to the basic rights or obligations of the parties to a concession agreement. Examples of material amendments include an extension to the term not provided for in the original agreement or a substantial increase in the scope of the concession privilege. Examples of nonmaterial amendments include a change in the name of the concessionaire or a change to the payment due dates.
</P>
<P><I>Medium hub primary airport</I> means a commercial service airport that has a number of passenger boardings equal to at least 0.25 percent of all passenger boardings in the United States but less than one percent of such passenger boardings.
</P>
<P><I>Native Hawaiian</I> means any individual whose ancestors were natives, prior to 1778, of the area that now comprises the State of Hawaii.
</P>
<P><I>Native Hawaiian Organization</I> means any community service organization serving Native Hawaiians in the State of Hawaii that is a not-for-profit organization chartered by the State of Hawaii, and is controlled by Native Hawaiians
</P>
<P><I>Noncompliance</I> means that a recipient has not correctly implemented the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Nonhub primary airport</I> means a commercial service airport that has more than 10,000 passenger boardings each year but less than 0.05 percent of all passenger boardings in the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Operating Administration</I> or <I>OA</I> means any of the following: Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), and Federal Transit Administration (FTA). The “Administrator” of an OA includes his or her designee(s).
</P>
<P><I>Part 26</I> means 49 CFR part 26, DOT's Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program regulation.
</P>
<P><I>Personal net worth or PNW</I> has the same meaning the term has in 49 CFR part 26.
</P>
<P><I>Primary airport</I> means a commercial service airport that the Secretary determines to have more than 10,000 passengers enplaned annually.
</P>
<P><I>Primary industry classification</I> means the North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) code designation that best describes the primary business of a firm. The NAICS Manual is available through the U.S. Census Bureau of the U.S. Department of Commerce. The U.S. Census Bureau also makes materials available through its website (<I>https://www.census.gov/naics/</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Principal place of business</I> means the business location where the individuals who manage the firm's day-to-day operations spend most working hours and where top management's business records are kept. If the offices from which management is directed and where business records are kept are in different locations, the recipient will determine the principal place of business for ACDBE program purposes.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> is any entity, public or private, to which DOT financial assistance is extended, whether directly or through another recipient, through the programs of the FAA, FHWA, or FTA, or who has applied for such assistance.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation or his/her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Set-aside</I> means a contracting practice restricting eligibility for the competitive award of a contract solely to ACDBE firms.
</P>
<P><I>Small Business Administration</I> or <I>SBA</I> means the United States Small Business Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Small business concern</I> means a for profit business that does not exceed the size standards of § 23.33.
</P>
<P><I>Small hub airport</I> means a publicly owned commercial service airport that has a number of passenger boardings equal to at least 0.05 percent of all passenger boardings in the United States but less than 0.25 percent of such passenger boardings.
</P>
<P><I>Socially and economically disadvantaged individual</I> means any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who a certifier finds to be socially and economically disadvantaged on a case-by-case basis. A determination that an individual is socially and economically disadvantaged must not be based in whole or in part on race or sex. For that reason, applicants may qualify as socially and economically disadvantaged only if they can meet the relevant criteria described in § 26.67.
</P>
<P><I>Subconcession</I> means a firm that has a sublease or other agreement with a prime concessionaire rather than with the airport itself, to operate a concession at the airport.
</P>
<P><I>Sublease</I> means a lease by a lessee (tenant) to a sublessee (subtenant). Sublease is an example of a subconcession in which the sublessee is independently responsible for the full financing and operation of the subleased concession location(s) and activities. A sublease passes on to the sublessee all requirements applicable to the concession under the primary lease, including proportionate share of the rent and capital expenditures.
</P>
<P><I>Tribally-owned concern</I> means any concern at least 51 percent owned by an Indian Tribe as defined in this section.
</P>
<P><I>You</I> refers to a recipient, unless a statement in the text of this part or the context requires otherwise (<I>i.e.,</I> “You must do XYZ” means that recipients must do XYZ).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24956, Apr. 9, 2024, as amended at 90 FR 47977, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.1.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.5   To whom does this part apply?</HEAD>
<P>If you are a recipient that has received a grant for airport development at any time after January 1988 that was authorized under Title 49 of the United States Code, this part applies to you.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.1.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.7   Program reviews.</HEAD>
<P>In 2010, and thereafter at the discretion of the Secretary, the Department will initiate a review of the ACDBE program to determine what, if any, modifications should be made to this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 16358, Apr. 1, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.1.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.9   What are the nondiscrimination and assurance requirements of this part for recipients?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a recipient, you must meet the non-discrimination requirements provided in part 26, § 26.7 with respect to the award and performance of any concession agreement, management contract or subcontract, purchase or lease agreement, or other agreement covered by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) You must also take all necessary and reasonable steps to ensure nondiscrimination in the award and administration of contracts and agreements covered by this part.
</P>
<P>(c) You must include the following assurances in all concession agreements and management contracts you execute with any firm after April 21, 2005:
</P>
<P>(1) “This agreement is subject to the requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation's regulations, 49 CFR part 23. The concessionaire or contractor agrees that it will not discriminate against any business owner because of the owner's race, color, national origin, or sex in connection with the award or performance of any concession agreement, management contract, or subcontract, purchase or lease agreement, or other agreement covered by 49 CFR part 23.
</P>
<P>(2) “The concessionaire or contractor agrees to include the above statements in any subsequent concession agreement or contract covered by 49 CFR part 23, that it enters and cause those businesses to similarly include the statements in further agreements.”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.1.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.11   What compliance and enforcement provisions are used under this part?</HEAD>
<P>The compliance and enforcement provisions of part 26 (§§ 26.101 and 26.105 through 26.109) apply to this part in the same way that they apply to FAA recipients and programs under part 26.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 15616, Apr. 2, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.1.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.13   How does the Department issue guidance, interpretations, exemptions, and waivers pertaining to this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Only guidance and interpretations (including interpretations set forth in certification appeal decisions) consistent with this part 23 and issued after April 21, 2005, express the official positions and views of the Department of Transportation or the Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(b) The Secretary of Transportation, Office of the Secretary of Transportation, and the FAA may issue written interpretations or written guidance concerning this part. Written interpretations and guidance are valid, and express the official positions and views of the Department of Transportation or the FAA, only if they are issued over the signature of the Secretary of Transportation or if they contain the following statement:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The General Counsel of the Department of Transportation has reviewed this document and approved it as consistent with the language and intent of 49 CFR part 23.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) You may apply for an exemption from any provision of this part. To apply, you must request the exemption in writing from the Office of the Secretary of Transportation or the FAA. The Secretary will grant the request only if it documents special or exceptional circumstances, not likely to be generally applicable, and not contemplated in connection with the rulemaking that established this part, that make your compliance with a specific provision of this part impractical. You must agree to take any steps that the Department specifies to comply with the intent of the provision from which an exemption is granted. The Secretary will issue a written response to all exemption requests.
</P>
<P>(d) You can apply for a waiver of any provision of subpart B or D of this part including, but not limited to, any provisions regarding administrative requirements, overall goals, contract goals or good faith efforts. Program waivers authorize you to operate an ACDBE program that achieves the objectives of this part by means that may differ from one or more of the requirements of subpart B or D of this part. To receive a program waiver, you must follow these procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) You must apply through the FAA. The application must include a specific program proposal and address how you will meet the criteria of paragraph (d)(2) of this section. Before submitting your application, you must have had public participation in developing your proposal, including consultation with the ACDBE community and at least one public hearing. Your application must include a summary of the public participation process and the information gathered through it.
</P>
<P>(2) Your application must show that—
</P>
<P>(i) There is a reasonable basis to conclude that you could achieve a level of ACDBE participation consistent with the objectives of this part using different or innovative means other than those that are provided in subpart B or D of this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Conditions at your airport are appropriate for implementing the proposal;
</P>
<P>(iii) Your proposal would prevent discrimination against any individual or group in access to concession opportunities or other benefits of the program; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Your proposal is consistent with applicable law and FAA program requirements.
</P>
<P>(3) The FAA Administrator has the authority to approve your application. If the Administrator grants your application, you may administer your ACDBE program as provided in your proposal, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) ACDBE eligibility is determined as provided in subpart C of this part, and ACDBE participation is counted as provided in §§ 23.53 through 23.55.
</P>
<P>(ii) Your level of ACDBE participation continues to be consistent with the objectives of this part;
</P>
<P>(iii) There is a reasonable limitation on the duration of the your modified program; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other conditions the Administrator makes on the grant of the waiver.
</P>
<P>(4) The Administrator may end a program waiver at any time and require you to comply with this part's provisions. The Administrator may also extend the waiver, if he or she determines that all requirements of this section continue to be met. Any such extension shall be for no longer than period originally set for the duration of the program waiver.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 15616, Apr. 2, 2007; 89 FR 24958, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—ACDBE Programs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.21   Who must submit an ACDBE program to FAA, and when?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are a primary airport and receive FAA financial assistance, you must submit an ACDBE program plan meeting the requirements of this part to the FAA for approval.
</P>
<P>(1) The recipient must submit this program plan on the same schedule as provided for in 23.45(a) of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Timely submission and FAA approval of a recipient's ACDBE program plan is a condition of eligibility for FAA financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(b) If you are a primary airport that does not have an ACDBE program, and you apply for a grant of FAA funds for airport planning and development under 49 U.S.C. 47107 <I>et seq.,</I> you must submit an ACDBE program plan to the FAA at the time of your application. Timely submission and FAA approval of your ACDBE program are conditions of eligibility for FAA financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(c) If you are the owner of more than one airport that is required to have an ACDBE program, you may implement one plan for all your locations. However, you must establish a separate ACDBE goal for each airport.
</P>
<P>(d) If a recipient makes any significant changes to their ACDBE program at any time, the recipient must provide the amended program to the FAA for approval before implementing the changes.
</P>
<P>(e) If a recipient is a non-primary airport, non-commercial service airport, a general aviation airport, reliever airport, or any other airport that does not have scheduled commercial service, it is not required to have an ACDBE program. However, the recipient must take appropriate outreach steps to encourage available ACDBEs to participate as concessionaires whenever there is a concession opportunity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24958, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.23   What administrative provisions must be in a recipient's ACDBE program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If, as a recipient that must have an ACDBE program, the program must include provisions for a policy statement, liaison officer, and directory, as provided in part 26, §§ 26.23, 26.25, and 26.31, as well as certification of ACDBEs as provided by Subpart C of this part. You must include a statement in your program committing you to operating your ACDBE program in a nondiscriminatory manner.
</P>
<P>(b) You may combine your provisions for implementing these requirements under this part and part 26 (<I>e.g.</I>, a single policy statement can cover both Federally-assisted airport contracts and concessions; the same individual can act as the liaison officer for both part 23 and part 26 matters).
</P>
<P>(c) You must thoroughly investigate the full extent of services offered by financial institutions owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals in their community and make reasonable efforts to use these institutions. You must also encourage prime concessionaires to use such institutions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 24959, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.25   What measures must recipients include in their ACDBE programs to ensure nondiscriminatory participation of ACDBEs in concessions?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must include in your ACDBE program a narrative description of the types of measures you intend to make to ensure nondiscriminatory participation of ACDBEs in concession and other covered activities.
</P>
<P>(b) Your ACDBE program must provide for setting goals consistent with the requirements of Subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Your ACDBE program must provide for seeking ACDBE participation in all types of concession activities, rather than concentrating participation in one category or a few categories to the exclusion of others.
</P>
<P>(d) Your ACDBE program must include ACDBE-neutral measures that you will take. You must maximize the use of ACDBE-neutral measures, obtaining as much as possible of the ACDBE participation needed to meet overall goals through such measures. These are responsibilities that you directly undertake as a recipient, in addition to the efforts that concessionaires make, to obtain ACDBE participation. The following are examples of ACDBE-neutral measures you can implement:
</P>
<P>(1) Locating and identifying ACDBEs and other small businesses who may be interested in participating as concessionaires under this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Notifying ACDBEs of concession opportunities and encouraging them to compete, when appropriate;
</P>
<P>(3) When practical, structuring concession activities to encourage and facilitate the participation of ACDBEs;
</P>
<P>(4) Providing technical assistance to ACDBEs in overcoming limitations, such as inability to obtain bonding or financing;
</P>
<P>(5) Ensuring that competitors for concession opportunities are informed during pre-solicitation meetings about how the recipient's ACDBE program will affect the procurement process;
</P>
<P>(6) Providing information concerning the availability of ACDBE firms to competitors to assist them in obtaining ACDBE participation; and
</P>
<P>(7) Establishing a business development program (<I>see</I> § 26.35 of this chapter); technical assistance program; or taking other steps to foster ACDBE participation in concessions.
</P>
<P>(e) Your ACDBE program must also provide for the use of ACDBE-conscious measures when ACDBE-neutral measures, standing alone, are not projected to be sufficient to meet an overall goal. The following are examples of ACDBE-conscious measures you can implement:
</P>
<P>(1) Establishing concession-specific goals for particular concession opportunities.
</P>
<P>(i) In setting concession-specific goals for concession opportunities other than car rental, you are required to explore, to the maximum extent practicable, all available options to set goals that concessionaires can meet through direct ownership arrangements. A concession-specific goal for any concession other than car rental may be based on purchases or leases of goods and services only when the analysis of the relative availability of ACDBEs and all relevant evidence reasonably supports that there is <I>de minimis</I> availability for direct ownership arrangement participation for that concession opportunity.
</P>
<P>(ii) In setting car rental concession-specific goals, you cannot require a car rental company to change its corporate structure to provide for participation via direct ownership arrangement. When your overall goal for car rental concessions is based on purchases or leases of goods and services, you are not required to explore options for direct ownership arrangements prior to setting a car rental concession-specific goal based on purchases or leases of goods and services.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the objective of the concession-specific goal is to obtain ACDBE participation through a direct ownership arrangement with an ACDBE, calculate the goal as a percentage of the total estimated annual gross receipts from the concession.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the goal applies to purchases or leases of goods and services from ACDBEs, calculate the goal as a percentage of the total estimated dollar value of all purchases to be made by the concessionaire.
</P>
<P>(v) To be eligible to be awarded the concession, competitors must make good faith efforts to meet this goal. A competitor may do so either by obtaining enough ACDBE participation to meet the goal or by documenting that it made sufficient good faith efforts to do so.
</P>
<P>(vi) The administrative procedures applicable to contract goals in §§ 26.51 through 26.53 of this chapter apply with respect to concession-specific goals.
</P>
<P>(2) Negotiation with a potential concessionaire to include ACDBE participation, through direct ownership arrangements or measures, in the operation of the non-car rental concession.
</P>
<P>(3) With the prior approval of FAA, other methods that take a competitor's ability to provide ACDBE participation into account in awarding a concession.
</P>
<P>(f) Your ACDBE program must require businesses subject to car rental and non-car rental ACDBE goals at the airport to make good faith efforts to meet goals when set pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) As provided in § 23.61 of this part, you must not use set-asides and quotas as means of obtaining ACDBE participation.
</P>
<P>(h) Effective October 3, 2025, you may not use any of the measures described in paragraph (e) of this section until the UCP that covers you has completed the reevaluation process described in § 23.81.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 24959, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47978, Oct. 3, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.26" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.2.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.26   Fostering small business participation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Your ACDBE program must include an element to provide for the structuring of concession opportunities to facilitate competition by small business concerns, taking all reasonable steps to eliminate obstacles to their participation, including unnecessary and unjustified bundling of concession opportunities that may preclude small business participation in solicitations.
</P>
<P>(b) This element must be submitted to the FAA for approval as a part of your ACDBE program. As part of this program element, you may include, but are not limited to including, the following strategies:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish an ACDBE-neutral small business set-aside for certain concession opportunities. Such a strategy would include the rationale for selecting small business set-aside concession opportunities that may include consideration of size and availability of small businesses to operate the concession.
</P>
<P>(2) Consider the concession opportunities available through all concession models.
</P>
<P>(3) On concession opportunities that do not include ACDBE contract goals, require all concession models to provide subleasing opportunities of a size that small businesses, including ACDBEs, can reasonably operate.
</P>
<P>(4) Identify alternative concession contracting approaches to facilitate the ability of small businesses, including ACDBEs, to compete for and obtain direct leasing opportunities.
</P>
<P>(c) This element should include an objective, definition of small business, verification process, monitoring plan, and implementation timeline.
</P>
<P>(d) Your element must include the following assurances:
</P>
<P>(1) Your element is authorized under State law;
</P>
<P>(2) Certified ACDBEs that meet the size criteria established under your element are presumptively eligible to participate in your element;
</P>
<P>(3) There are no geographic preferences or limitations imposed on any concession opportunities included in your element;
</P>
<P>(4) There are no limits on the number of concession opportunities awarded to firms participating in your element but that every effort will be made to avoid creating barriers to the use of new, emerging, or untried businesses;
</P>
<P>(5) You will take aggressive steps to encourage those socially and economically disadvantaged firms eligible for ACDBE certification to become certified; and
</P>
<P>(6) Your element is open to small businesses regardless of their location (<I>i.e.,</I> that there is no local or other geographic preference).
</P>
<P>(e) A State, local, or other program, in which eligibility requires satisfaction of race, sex, or other criteria in addition to business size, may not be used to comply with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(f) This element must not include local geographic preferences per § 23.79.
</P>
<P>(g) You must submit an annual report on small business participation obtained through the use of your small business element. This report must be submitted in a format acceptable to the FAA based on a schedule established and posted to the agency's website, available at <I>https://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/acr/bus_ent_program.</I>
</P>
<P>(h) You must actively implement your program elements to foster small business participation. Doing so is a requirement of good faith implementation of your ACDBE program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24959, Apr. 9, 2024, as amended at 90 FR 47978, Oct. 3, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.2.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.27   What information does a recipient have to retain and report about implementation of its ACDBE program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a recipient, you must retain sufficient basic information about your program implementation, your certification of ACDBEs, and the award and performance of agreements and contracts to enable the FAA to determine your compliance with this part. You must retain this data for a minimum of three years following the end of the concession agreement or other covered contract.
</P>
<P>(b) You must submit an annual report on ACDBE participation to the FAA by March 1 following the end of each fiscal year. This report must be submitted in the format acceptable to the FAA and contain all of the information described in the Uniform Report of ACDBE Participation.
</P>
<P>(c) You must create and maintain active participants list information as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section and enter it into a system designated by the FAA.
</P>
<P>(1) The purpose of this active participants list is to ensure that you have the most accurate data possible about the universe of ACDBE and non-ACDBEs who seek work in your airport concessions program as a tool to help you set your overall goals, and to provide the Department with data for evaluating the extent to which the objectives of § 23.1 are being achieved.
</P>
<P>(2) You must obtain the following active participants list information about ACDBE and non-ACDBEs who seek to work on each of your concession opportunities.
</P>
<P>(i) Firm name;
</P>
<P>(ii) Firm address including ZIP code;
</P>
<P>(iii) Firm status as an ACDBE or non-ACDBE;
</P>
<P>(iv) NAICS code applicable to the concession contract in which the firm is seeking to perform;
</P>
<P>(v) Age of the firm; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The annual gross receipts of the firm. You may obtain this information by asking each firm to indicate into what gross receipts bracket they fit (<I>e.g.,</I> less than $1 million; $1-3 million; $3-6 million; $6-10 million, etc.) rather than requesting an exact figure from the firm.
</P>
<P>(3) You must collect the data from all active participants for your concession opportunities by requiring the information in paragraph (c)(2) of this section to be submitted with their proposals or initial responses to negotiated procurements. You must enter this data in FAA's designated system no later than March 1 following the fiscal year in which the relevant concession opportunity was awarded.
</P>
<P>(d) The State department of transportation in each Unified Certification Program (UCP) established pursuant to § 26.81 of this chapter must report to DOT's Departmental Office of Civil Rights each year, the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The number of ACDBE certification applications received from in-state and out-of-state firms and the number found eligible and ineligible;
</P>
<P>(2) The number of decertified firms:
</P>
<P>(i) Total in-state and out-of-state firms decertified;
</P>
<P>(ii) Names of in-state and out-of-state firms decertified because SEDO exceeded the personal net worth cap;
</P>
<P>(iii) Names of in-state and out-of-state firms decertified for excess gross receipts beyond the relevant size standard.
</P>
<P>(3) Number of in-state and out-of-state ACDBEs summarily suspended;
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 24960, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47978, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.2.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.29   What monitoring and compliance procedures must recipients follow?</HEAD>
<P>As a recipient, you must implement appropriate mechanisms to ensure compliance with the requirements of this part by all participants in the program. You must include in your concession program the specific provisions to be inserted into concession agreements and management contracts setting forth the enforcement mechanisms and other means you use to ensure compliance. These provisions must include a monitoring and enforcement mechanism to verify that the work committed to ACDBEs is actually performed by the ACDBEs. This mechanism must include a written certification that you have reviewed records of all contracts, leases, joint venture agreements, or other concession-related agreements and monitored the work on-site at your airport for this purpose. The monitoring to which this paragraph refers may be conducted in conjunction with monitoring of concession performance for other purposes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 36931, June 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Certification and Eligibility of ACDBEs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.31   What certification standards and procedures do recipients use to certify ACDBEs?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a recipient, you must use, except as provided in this subpart, the procedures and standards of part 26, §§ 26.61-91 for certification of ACDBEs to participate in your concessions program. Your ACDBE program must incorporate the use of these standards and procedures and must provide that certification decisions for ACDBEs will be made by the Unified Certification Program (UCP) in your state (<I>see</I> part 26, § 26.81).
</P>
<P>(b) The UCP's directory of eligible DBEs must specify whether a firm is certified as a DBE for purposes of part 26, an ACDBE for purposes of part 23, or both.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 24960, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.3.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.33   What size standards do recipients use to determine the eligibility of applicants and ACDBEs?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, recipients must treat a firm as a small business eligible to be certified as an ACDBE if the gross receipts of the applicant firm and its affiliates, calculated in accordance with 13 CFR 121.104 averaged over the firm's previous five fiscal years, do not exceed $56.42 million.
</P>
<P>(b) The following types of businesses have size standards that differ from the standard set forth in paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Banks and financial institutions.</I> $1 billion in assets;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Passenger car rental companies.</I> $75.23 million average annual gross receipts over the firm's previous five fiscal years;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Pay telephones.</I> 1,500 employees; and
</P>
<P>(4) <I>New car dealers.</I> 350 employees.
</P>
<P>(c) For size purposes, gross receipts (as defined in 13 CFR 121.104(a)), of affiliates should be included in a manner consistent with 13 CFR 121.104(d), except in the context of joint ventures. For gross receipts attributable to joint venture partners, a firm must include in its gross receipts its proportionate share of joint venture receipts, unless the proportionate share already is accounted for in receipts reflecting transactions between the firm and its joint ventures (<I>e.g.,</I> subcontracts from a joint venture entity to joint venture partners).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24960, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.3.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.35   What role do business development and mentor-protégé programs have in the DBE program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) An owner whose PNW exceeds $2,047,000 is not presumed economically disadvantaged.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department will adjust the PNW cap by May 9, 2027 by multiplying $1,600,000 by the growth in total household net worth since 2019 as described by “Financial Accounts of the United States: Balance Sheet of Households (Supplementary Table B.101.h)” produced by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (<I>https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/z1/</I>), and normalized by the total number of households as collected by the Census in “Families and Living Arrangements” (<I>https://www.census.gov/topics/families/families-and-households.html</I>) to account for population growth. The Department will adjust the PNW cap every 3 years on the anniversary of the adjustment date described in this section. The Department will post the adjustments on the Departmental Office of Civil Rights' web page, available at <I>https://www.Transportation.gov/DBEPNW.</I> Each such adjustment will become the currently applicable PNW limit for purposes of this regulation.
</P>
<P>(c) The Department will use formula 1 to this paragraph (c) to adjust the PNW limit:
</P>
<TCAP>Formula 1 to Paragraph (c)
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er03jy24.130.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 55088, July 3, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.3.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.37   Are firms certified under 49 CFR part 26 eligible to participate as ACDBEs?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must presume that a firm that is certified as a DBE under part 26 is eligible to participate as an ACDBE. By meeting the size, disadvantage (including personal net worth), ownership and control standards of part 26, the firm will have also met the eligibility standards for part 23.
</P>
<P>(b) However, before certifying such a firm, you must ensure that the disadvantaged owners of a DBE certified under part 26 are able to control the firm with respect to its activity in the concessions program. In addition, you are not required to certify a part 26 DBE as a part 23 ACDBE if the firm does not perform work or provide services relevant to the airport's concessions program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 24961, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.3.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.39   What are other ACDBE certification requirements?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions of § 26.83(c)(1) of this chapter do not apply to certifications for purposes of this part. Instead, in determining whether a firm is an eligible ACDBE, you must take the following steps:
</P>
<P>(1) Visit the firm's principal place of business, virtually or in person, and interview the SEDO, officers, and key personnel. You must review those persons' résumés and/or work histories. You must maintain a complete audio recording of the interviews. The certifier must also visit one or more active job sites (if there is one). These activities comprise the “on-site review” (OSR), a written report of which the certifier must keep in its files.
</P>
<P>(2) Analyze documentation related to the legal structure, ownership, and control of the applicant firm. This includes, but is not limited to, articles of incorporation/organization; corporate by-laws or operating agreements; organizational, annual and board/member meeting records; stock ledgers and certificates; and State-issued certificates of good standing;
</P>
<P>(3) Analyze the bonding and financial capacity of the firm; lease and loan agreements; and bank account signature cards;
</P>
<P>(4) Determine the work history of the firm, including any concession contracts or other contracts it may have received; and payroll records;
</P>
<P>(5) Obtain or compile a list of the licenses of the firm and its key personnel to perform the concession contracts or other contracts it wishes to receive;
</P>
<P>(6) Obtain a statement from the firm of the type(s) of concession(s) it prefers to operate or the type(s) of other contract(s) it prefers to perform;
</P>
<P>(7) Obtain complete Federal income tax returns (or requests for extensions) filed by the firm, its affiliates, and the socially and economically disadvantaged owners for the last 5 years. A complete return includes all forms, schedules, and statements filed with the Internal Revenue Service; and
</P>
<P>(8) Require applicants for ACDBE certification to complete and submit an appropriate application form, except as otherwise provided in § 26.85 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) In reviewing the Declaration of Eligibility required by § 26.83(j) of this chapter, you must ensure that the ACDBE applicant provides documentation that it meets the applicable size standard in § 23.33.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this part, the term <I>prime contractor</I> in § 26.87(j) of this chapter includes a firm holding a contract with an airport concessionaire to provide goods or services to the concessionaire or a firm holding a prime concession agreement with a recipient.
</P>
<P>(d) With respect to firms owned by Alaska Native Corporations (ANCs), the provisions of § 26.63(c)(2) of this chapter do not apply. The eligibility of ANC-owned firms for purposes of this part is governed by § 26.63(c)(1) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) You must use the Uniform Certification Application found in part 26 of this chapter without change. However, you may provide in your ACDBE program, with the written approval of the concerned Operating Administration, for supplementing the form by requesting specified additional information consistent with this part. The applicant must state that it is applying for certification as an ACDBE and complete all of section 5.
</P>
<P>(f) Car rental companies and private terminal owners or lessees are not authorized to certify firms as ACDBEs. As a car rental company or private terminal owner or lessee, you must obtain ACDBE participation from firms which a recipient or UCPs have certified as ACDBEs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24961, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Goals, Good Faith Efforts, and Counting</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.4.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.41   What is the basic overall goal requirement for recipients?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are a recipient who must implement an ACDBE program, you must, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, establish two separate overall ACDBE goals. The first is for car rentals; the second is for concessions other than car rentals.
</P>
<P>(b) If your annual car rental concession revenues, averaged over the three-years preceding the date on which you are required to submit overall goals, do not exceed $200,000, you are not required to submit a car rental overall goal. If your annual revenues for concessions other than car rentals, averaged over the three years preceding the date on which you are required to submit overall goals, do not exceed $200,000, you are not required to submit a non-car rental overall goal.
</P>
<P>(c) Each overall goal must cover a three-year period. You must review your goals annually to make sure they continue to fit your circumstances appropriately. You must report to the FAA any significant adjustments that you make to your goal in the time before your next scheduled submission.
</P>
<P>(d) Effective October 3, 2025, you are not required to update your overall goals until the UCP that covers you has completed the reevaluation process described in § 23.81.
</P>
<P>(e) If you fail to establish and implement goals as provided in this section, you are not in compliance with this part. If you establish and implement goals in a way different from that provided in this part, you are not in compliance with this part. If you fail to comply with this requirement, you are not eligible to receive FAA financial assistance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 90 FR 47978, Oct. 3, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.4.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.43   What are the consultation requirements in the development of recipients' overall goals?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a recipient, you must consult with stakeholders before submitting your overall goals to FAA.
</P>
<P>(b) Stakeholders with whom you must consult include, but are not limited to, business groups, community organizations, trade associations representing concessionaires currently located at the airport, as well as existing concessionaires themselves, and other officials or organizations that could be expected to have information concerning the availability of disadvantaged businesses and the recipient's efforts to increase participation of ACDBEs.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements of this section do not apply if no new concession opportunities will become available during the goal period. However, recipients must take appropriate outreach steps to encourage available ACDBEs to participate as concessionaires whenever there is a concession opportunity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 24961, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47978, Oct. 3, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.4.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.45   What are the requirements for submitting overall goal information to the FAA?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must submit your overall goals to the appropriate FAA Regional Civil Rights Office for approval. Your overall goals meeting the requirements of this subpart are due based on a schedule established by the FAA and posted on the FAA's website.
</P>
<P>(b) You must then submit goals every three years based on the published schedule.
</P>
<P>(c) Timely submission and FAA approval of your overall goals is a condition of eligibility for FAA financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(d) In the time before you make your first submission under paragraph (a) of this section, you must continue to use the overall goals that have been approved by the FAA before the effective date of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) Your overall goal submission must include a description of the method used to calculate your goals and the data you relied on. You must “show your work” to enable the FAA to understand how you concluded your goals were appropriate. This means that you must provide to the FAA the data, calculations, assumptions, and reasoning used in establishing your goals.
</P>
<P>(f) Your submission must include your projection of the portions of your overall goals you propose to meet through use of ACDBE-neutral and ACDBE-conscious means, respectively, and the basis for making this projection (see § 23.51(d)(5)).
</P>
<P>(g) FAA may approve or disapprove the way you calculated your goal, including your ACDBE-neutral/ACDBE-conscious “split,” as part of its review of your plan or goal submission. Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, the FAA does not approve or disapprove the goal itself (<I>i.e.,</I> the number).
</P>
<P>(h) If the FAA determines that your goals have not been correctly calculated or the justification is inadequate, the FAA may, after consulting with you, adjust your overall goal or ACDBE-neutral/ACDBE-conscious “split.” The adjusted goal represents the FAA's determination of an appropriate overall goal for ACDBE participation in the recipient's concession program, based on relevant data and analysis. The adjusted goal is binding.
</P>
<P>(i) If a new concession opportunity, the estimated average annual gross revenues of which are anticipated to be $200,000 or greater, arises at a time that falls between normal submission dates for overall goals, you must submit an appropriate adjustment to your overall goal to the FAA for approval no later than 90 days before issuing the solicitation for the new concession opportunity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 77 FR 36931, June 20, 2012; 89 FR 24962, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47978, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.47" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.4.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.47   What is the base for a recipient's goal for concessions other than car rentals?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a recipient, the base for your goal includes the total gross receipts of concessions, except as otherwise provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) This base does not include the gross receipts of car rental operations.
</P>
<P>(c) The dollar amount of a management contract or subcontract with a non-ACDBE and the gross receipts of business activities to which a management or subcontract with a non-ACDBE pertains are not added to this base.
</P>
<P>(d) This base does not include any portion of a firm's estimated gross receipts that will not be generated from a concession.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example to paragraph (d):</HED><PSPACE>A firm operates a restaurant in the airport terminal which serves the traveling public and under the same lease agreement, provides in-flight catering service to air carriers. The projected gross receipts from the restaurant are included in the overall goal calculation, while the gross receipts to be earned by the in-flight catering services are not.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.49" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.4.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.49   What is the base for a recipient's goal for car rentals?</HEAD>
<P>Except in the case where you use the alternative goal approach of § 23.51(c)(5)(ii), the base for your goal is the total gross receipts of car rental operations at your airport. You do not include gross receipts of other concessions in this base.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.51" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.4.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.51   How are a recipient's overall goals expressed and calculated?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Your objective in setting a goal is to estimate the percentage of the base calculated under §§ 23.47 through 23.49 that would be performed by ACDBEs in the absence of social and economic disadvantage and its effects.
</P>
<P>(1) This percentage is the estimated ACDBE participation that would occur if there were a “level playing field” for firms to work as concessionaires for your airport.
</P>
<P>(2) In conducting this goal setting process, you are determining the extent, if any, to which the firms in your market area have been impacted by social and economic disadvantage in connection with concession opportunities or related business opportunities.
</P>
<P>(3) You must complete the goal-setting process separately for each of the two overall goals identified in § 23.41 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Each overall concessions goal must be based on demonstrable evidence of the availability of ready, willing and able ACDBEs relative to all businesses ready, willing and able to participate in your ACDBE program (hereafter, the “relative availability of ACDBEs”).
</P>
<P>(2) You cannot simply rely on the 10 percent national aspirational goal, your previous overall goal, or past ACDBE participation rates in your program without reference to the relative availability of ACDBEs in your market.
</P>
<P>(3) Your market area is defined by the geographical area in which the substantial majority of firms which seek to do concessions business with the airport are located and the geographical area in which the firms which receive the substantial majority of concessions-related revenues are located. Your market area may be different for different types of concessions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Step 1.</I> You must begin your goal setting process by determining a base figure for the relative availability of ACDBEs. The following are examples of approaches that you may take toward determining a base figure. These examples are provided as a starting point for your goal setting process. Any percentage figure derived from one of these examples should be considered a basis from which you begin when examining the evidence available to you. These examples are not intended as an exhaustive list. Other methods or combinations of methods to determine a base figure may be used, subject to approval by the FAA.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Use DBE Directories and Census Bureau Data.</I> Determine the number of ready, willing and able ACDBEs in your market area from your ACDBE directory. Using the Census Bureau's County Business Pattern (CBP) data base, determine the number of all ready, willing and able businesses available in your market area that perform work in the same NAICS codes. (Information about the CBP data base may be obtained from the Census Bureau at their Web site, <I>https://www.census.gov/programs-surveys/cbp.html.</I>) Divide the number of ACDBEs by the number of all businesses to derive a base figure for the relative availability of ACDBEs in your market area.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Use an Active Participants List.</I> Determine the number of ACDBEs that have participated or attempted to participate in your airport concessions program in previous years. Determine the number of all businesses that have participated or attempted to participate in your airport concession program in previous years. Divide the number of ACDBEs who have participated or attempted to participate by the number for all businesses to derive a base figure for the relative availability of ACDBEs in your market area.
</P>
<P>(3) Use data from a disparity study. Use a percentage figure derived from data in a valid, applicable disparity study. Any disparity study utilized must provide a detailed capacity analysis, including the methodology used.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Use the goal of another recipient.</I> If another airport or other DOT recipient in the same, or substantially similar, market has set an overall goal in compliance with this rule, you may use that goal as a base figure for your goal.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Alternative methods.</I> (i) You may use other methods to determine a base figure for your overall goal. Any methodology you choose must be based on demonstrable evidence of local market conditions and be designed to ultimately attain a goal that is rationally related to the relative availability of ACDBEs in your market area.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a car rental goal, where it appears that all or most of the goal is likely to be met through the purchases by car rental companies of vehicles or other goods or services from ACDBEs, one permissible alternative is to structure the goal entirely in terms of purchases of goods and services. In this case, you would calculate your car rental overall goal by dividing the estimated dollar value of such purchases from ACDBEs by the total estimated dollar value of all purchases to be made by car rental companies.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Step 2.</I> Once you have calculated a base figure, you must examine all relevant evidence reasonably available in your jurisdiction to determine what adjustment, if any, is needed to the base figure in order to arrive at your overall goal.
</P>
<P>(1) There are many types of evidence that must be considered when adjusting the base figure. These include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) The current capacity of ACDBEs to perform work in your concessions program, as measured by the volume of work ACDBEs have performed in recent years; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Evidence from disparity studies conducted anywhere within your jurisdiction, to the extent it is not already accounted for in your base figure.
</P>
<P>(2) If your base figure is the goal of another recipient, you must adjust it for differences in your market area and your concessions program.
</P>
<P>(3) If available, you must consider evidence from related fields that affect the opportunities for ACDBEs to form, grow and compete. These include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Statistical disparities in the ability of ACDBEs to get the financing, bonding and insurance required to participate in your program;
</P>
<P>(ii) Data on employment, self-employment, education, training and union apprenticeship programs, to the extent you can relate it to the opportunities for ACDBEs to perform in your program.
</P>
<P>(4) If you attempt to make an adjustment to your base figure to account for the continuing effects of past discrimination, or the effects of an ongoing ACDBE program, the adjustment must be based on demonstrable evidence that is logically and directly related to the effect for which the adjustment is sought.
</P>
<P>(5) Among the information you submit with your overall goal (see § 23.45(e)), you must include description of the methodology you used to establish the goal, including your base figure and the evidence with which it was calculated, as well as the adjustments you made to the base figure and the evidence relied on for the adjustments. You should also include a summary listing of the relevant available evidence in your jurisdiction and an explanation of how you used that evidence to adjust your base figure. You must also include your projection of the portions of the overall goal you expect to meet through ACDBE-neutral and ACDBE-conscious measures, respectively (see §§ 26.51(c) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(e) You are not required to obtain prior FAA concurrence with your overall goal (<I>i.e.</I>, with the number itself). However, if the FAA's review suggests that your overall goal has not been correctly calculated, or that your method for calculating goals is inadequate, the FAA may, after consulting with you, adjust your overall goal or require that you do so. The adjusted overall goal is binding on you.
</P>
<P>(f) If you need additional time to collect data or take other steps to develop an approach to setting overall goals, you may request the approval of the FAA Administrator for an interim goal and/or goal-setting mechanism. Such a mechanism must:
</P>
<P>(1) Reflect the relative availability of ACDBEs in your local market area to the maximum extent feasible given the data available to you; and
</P>
<P>(2) Avoid imposing undue burdens on non-ACDBEs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 24962, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47978, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.53" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.4.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.53   How do car rental companies count ACDBE participation toward their goals?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a car rental company, you may, in meeting the goal the airport has set for you, include purchases or leases of vehicles from any vendor that is a certified ACDBE.
</P>
<P>(b) As a car rental company, if you choose to meet the goal the airport has set for you by including purchases or leases of vehicles from an ACDBE vendor, you must also submit to the recipient documentation of the good faith efforts you have made to obtain ACDBE participation from other ACDBE providers of goods and services.
</P>
<P>(c) While this part does not require you to obtain ACDBE participation through direct ownership arrangements, you may count such participation toward the goal the airport has set for you.
</P>
<P>(d) The following special rules apply to counting participation related to car rental operations:
</P>
<P>(1) Count the entire amount of the cost charged by an ACDBE for repairing vehicles, provided that it is reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services.
</P>
<P>(2) Count the entire amount of the fee or commission charged by an ACDBE to manage a car rental concession under an agreement with the concessionaire toward ACDBE goals, provided that it is reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services.
</P>
<P>(3) Do not count any portion of a fee paid by a manufacturer to a car dealership for reimbursement of work performed under the manufacturer's warranty.
</P>
<P>(e) For other goods and services, count participation toward ACDBE goals as provided in part 26, § 26.55 and § 23.55 of this part. In the event of any conflict between these two sections, § 23.55 controls.
</P>
<P>(f) If you have a national or regional contract, count a pro-rated share of the amount of that contract toward the goals of each airport covered by the contract. Use the proportion of your applicable gross receipts as the basis for making this pro-rated assignment of ACDBE participation.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example to paragraph (f):</HED><PSPACE>Car Rental Company X signs a regional contract with an ACDBE car dealer to supply cars to all five airports in a state. The five airports each account for 20 percent of X's gross receipts in the state. Twenty percent of the value of the cars purchased through the ACDBE car dealer would count toward the goal of each airport.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(g) Effective October 3, 2025, you as a car rental company may not count any ACDBE participation toward the goal that an airport has set for you until the UCP covering that airport has completed the reevaluation process described in part 26, § 23.81.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 24962, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47979, Oct. 3, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.55" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.4.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.55   How do recipients count ACDBE participation toward goals for items other than car rentals?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You count only ACDBE participation that results from a commercially useful function. For purposes of this part, the term commercially useful function has the same meaning as in part 26, § 26.55(c), except that the requirements of § 26.55(c)(3) do not apply to concessions.
</P>
<P>(b) Count the total dollar value of gross receipts an ACDBE earns under a concession agreement and the total dollar value of a management contract or subcontract with an ACDBE toward the goal. However, if the ACDBE enters into a subconcession agreement or subcontract with a non-ACDBE, do not count any of the gross receipts earned by the non-ACDBE.
</P>
<P>(c) When an ACDBE performs as a subconcessionaire or subcontractor for a non-ACDBE, count only the portion of the gross receipts earned by the ACDBE under its subagreement.
</P>
<P>(d) When an ACDBE performs as a participant in a joint venture, count a portion of the gross receipts equal to the distinct, clearly defined portion of the work of the concession that the ACDBE performs with its own forces toward ACDBE goals.
</P>
<P>(e) Count 100 percent of fees or commissions charged by an ACDBE firm for a bona fide service, provided that, as the recipient, you determine this amount to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services. Such services may include, but are not limited to, professional, technical, consultant, legal, security systems, advertising, building cleaning and maintenance, computer programming, or managerial.
</P>
<P>(f) Count 100 percent of the cost of goods obtained from an ACDBE manufacturer. For purposes of this part, the term manufacturer has the same meaning as in part 26, § 26.55(e)(1)(ii).
</P>
<P>(g) Count 100 percent of the cost of goods purchased or leased from an ACDBE regular dealer. For purposes of this part, the term “regular dealer” has the same meaning as in part 26, § 26.55(e)(2)(ii).
</P>
<P>(h) Count credit toward ACDBE goals for goods purchased from an ACDBE which is neither a manufacturer nor a regular dealer as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Count 100 percent of fees or commissions charged for assistance in the procurement of the goods, provided that this amount is reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services. Do not count any portion of the cost of the goods themselves.
</P>
<P>(2) Count 100 percent of fees or transportation charges for the delivery of goods required for a concession, provided that this amount is reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services. Do not count any portion of the cost of goods themselves.
</P>
<P>(i) If a firm has not been certified as an ACDBE in accordance with the standards in this part, do not count the firm's participation toward ACDBE goals.
</P>
<P>(j) When an ACDBE is decertified because one or more of its disadvantaged owners exceed the PNW cap or the firm exceeds the business size standards of this part during the performance of a contract or other agreement, the firm's participation may continue to be counted toward ACDBE goals for the remainder of the term of the contract or other agreement. However, you must verify that the firm in all other respects remains an eligible ACDBE and you must not count the concessionaire's participation toward ACDBE goals beyond the termination date for the concession agreement in effect at the time of the decertification (<I>e.g.,</I> in a case where the agreement is renewed or extended, or an option for continued participation beyond the current term of the agreement is exercised).
</P>
<P>(1) The firm must inform the recipient in writing of any change in circumstances affecting its ability to meet ownership or control requirements of subpart C of this part or any material change. Reporting must be made as provided in § 26.83(i) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The firm must provide to the recipient, annually on December 1, a Declaration of Eligibility, affirming that there have been no changes in the firm's circumstances affecting its ability to meet ownership or control requirements of subpart C of this part or any other material changes, other than changes regarding the firm's business size or the owner's personal net worth.
</P>
<P>(k) Do not count costs incurred in connection with the renovation, repair, or construction of a concession facility (sometimes referred to as the “build-out”).
</P>
<P>(l) Do not count the ACDBE participation of car rental companies toward your ACDBE achievements toward this goal.
</P>
<P>(m) Effective October 3, 2025, you may not count any ACDBE participation toward ACDBE goals until the UCP covering you has completed the reevaluation process described in § 23.81.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 24962, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47979, Oct. 3, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.57" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.4.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.57   What happens if a recipient falls short of meeting its overall goals?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You cannot be penalized, or treated by the Department as being in noncompliance with this part, simply because your ACDBE participation falls short of your overall goals. You can be penalized or treated as being in noncompliance only if you have failed to administer your ACDBE program in good faith.
</P>
<P>(b) If the awards and commitments shown on your Uniform Report of ACDBE Participation (found in Appendix A to this Part) at the end of any fiscal year are less than the overall goal applicable to that fiscal year, you must do the following in order to be regarded by the Department as implementing your ACDBE program in good faith:
</P>
<P>(1) Analyze in detail the reasons for the difference between the overall goal and your awards and commitments in that fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(2) Establish specific steps and milestones to correct the problems you have identified in your analysis and to enable you to meet fully your goal for the new fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(3)(i) If you are a CORE 30 airport or other airport designated by the FAA, you must submit, by April 1, the analysis and corrective actions developed under paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section to the FAA for approval.
</P>
<P>(ii) As an airport not meeting the criteria of paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, you must retain analysis and corrective actions in your records for three years and make it available to the FAA, on request, for their review.
</P>
<P>(4) The FAA may impose conditions on the recipient as part of its approval of the recipient's analysis and corrective actions including, but not limited to, modifications to your overall goal methodology, changes in your ACDBE-neutral/ACDBE-conscious split, or the introduction of additional ACDBE-neutral or ACDBE-conscious measures.
</P>
<P>(5) You may be regarded as being in noncompliance with this part, and therefore subject to the remedies in § 23.11 of this part and other applicable regulations, for failing to implement your ACDBE program in good faith if any of the following things occur:
</P>
<P>(i) You do not submit your analysis and corrective actions to FAA in a timely manner as required under paragraph (b)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) FAA disapproves your analysis or corrective actions; or
</P>
<P>(iii) You do not fully implement:
</P>
<P>(A) The corrective actions to which you have committed, or
</P>
<P>(B) Conditions that FAA has imposed following review of your analysis and corrective actions.
</P>
<P>(c) If information coming to the attention of FAA demonstrates that current trends make it unlikely that you, as an airport, will achieve ACDBE awards and commitments that would be necessary to allow you to meet your overall goal at the end of the fiscal year, FAA may require you to make further good faith efforts, such as modifying your ACDBE-conscious/ACDBE-neutral split or introducing additional ACDBE-neutral or ACDBE-conscious measures for the remainder of the fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(d) Effective October 3, 2025, you are not subject to this section until the UCP that covers you has completed the reevaluation process described in § 23.81.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 77 FR 36931, June 20, 2012; 89 FR 24962, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47979, Oct. 3, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.59" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.4.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.59   What is the role of the statutory 10 percent goal in the ACDBE program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The statute authorizing the ACDBE program provides that, except to the extent the Secretary determines otherwise, not less than 10 percent of concession businesses are to be ACDBEs.
</P>
<P>(b) This 10 percent goal is an aspirational goal at the national level, which the Department uses as a tool in evaluating and monitoring ACDBEs' opportunities to participate in airport concessions.
</P>
<P>(c) The national 10 percent aspirational goal does not authorize or require recipients to set overall or concession-specific goals at the 10 percent level, or any other particular level, or to take any special administrative steps if their goals are above or below 10 percent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 24962, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.61" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.4.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.61   Can recipients use quotas or set-asides as part of their ACDBE programs?</HEAD>
<P>You must not use quotas or set-asides for ACDBE participation in your program.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Other Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.71" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.5.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.71   Does a recipient have to change existing concession agreements?</HEAD>
<P>When an extension or option to renew such an agreement is exercised, or when a material amendment is made, you must assess potential for ACDBE participation and may, if permitted by the agreement, use any means authorized by this part to obtain a modified amount of ACDBE participation in the renewed or amended agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 24962, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.73" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.5.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.73   What requirements apply to privately-owned or leased terminal buildings?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are a recipient who is required to implement an ACDBE program on whose airport there is a privately-owned or leased terminal building that has concessions, or any portion of such a building, this section applies to you.
</P>
<P>(b) You must pass through the applicable requirements of this part to the private terminal owner or lessee via your agreement with the owner or lessee or by other means. You must ensure that the terminal owner or lessee complies with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) If your airport is a primary airport, you must obtain from the terminal owner or lessee the goals and other elements of the ACDBE program required under this part. You must incorporate this information into your concession plan and submit it to the FAA in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(d) If the terminal building is at a non-primary commercial service airport or general aviation airport or reliever airport, you must ensure that the owner complies with the requirements in § 23.21(e).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.75" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.5.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.75   Can recipients enter into long-term, exclusive agreements with concessionaires?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, you must not enter into long-term, exclusive agreements for concessions.
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of this section, a long-term agreement is one having a term of more than ten years, including any combination of base term and options or holdovers to extend the term of the agreement, if the effect is a term of more than ten years.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, an exclusive agreement is one having a type of business activity that is conducted solely by a single business entity on the entire airport, irrespective of ACDBE participation.
</P>
<P>(b) You may enter into a long-term, exclusive concession agreement only under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Special local circumstances exist that make it important to enter such agreement; and
</P>
<P>(2) The responsible FAA regional office approves your plan for meeting the standards of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) In order to obtain FAA approval of a long-term exclusive concession agreement, you must submit the following information to the FAA regional office, the items in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section must be submitted at least 60 days before the solicitation is released and items in paragraphs (c)(4) through (7) of this section must be submitted at least 45 days before contract award:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the special local circumstances that warrant a long-term, exclusive agreement.
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the solicitation.
</P>
<P>(3) ACDBE contract goal analysis developed in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Documentation that ACDBE participants are certified in the appropriate NAICS code in order for the participation to count towards ACDBE goals.
</P>
<P>(5) A general description of the type of business or businesses to be operated by the ACDBE, including location and concept of the ACDBE operation.
</P>
<P>(6) Information on the investment required on the part of the ACDBE and any unusual management or financial arrangements between the prime concessionaire and ACDBE, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(7) Final long-term exclusive concession agreement, subleasing or other agreements.
</P>
<P>(d) In order to obtain FAA approval of a long-term exclusive concession agreement that has been awarded through direct negotiations, you must submit the items in paragraphs (c)(1) and (3) through (7) of this section at least 45 days before contract award.
</P>
<P>(e) In order to obtain FAA approval of an exclusive concession agreement that becomes long-term as a result of a holdover tenancy, you must submit to the responsible FAA regional office a holdover plan for FAA approval at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the current lease term. The holdover plan shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the special local circumstances that warrant the holdover.
</P>
<P>(2) Anticipated date for renewal or re-bidding of the agreement.
</P>
<P>(3) The method to be applied for renewal or re-bidding of the agreement.
</P>
<P>(4) Submission of all items required under paragraphs (c)(3), (4), (6), and (7) of this section for the agreement in holdover status or an explanation as to why the item is not available or cannot be submitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24962, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.77" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.5.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.77   Does this part preempt local requirements?</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the event that a State or local law, regulation, or policy differs from the requirements of this part, the recipient must, as a condition of remaining eligible to receive Federal financial assistance from the DOT, take such steps as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) You must clearly identify any State or local law, regulation, or policy pertaining to minority, women's, or Disadvantaged Business Enterprise concerning airport concessions that adds to, goes beyond, or imposes more stringent requirements than the provisions of this part. FAA will determine whether such a law, regulation, or policy conflicts with this part, in which case the requirements of this part will govern.
</P>
<P>(c) If not deemed in conflict by the FAA, you must write and administer such a State or local law, policy, or regulation separately from the ACDBE program.
</P>
<P>(d) You must provide copies of any such provisions and the legal authority supporting them to the FAA with your ACDBE program submission. FAA will not approve an ACDBE program if there are such provisions that conflict with the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) However, nothing in this part preempts any State or local law, regulation, or policy enacted by the governing body of a recipient, or the authority of any State or local government or recipient to adopt or enforce any law, regulation, or policy relating to ACDBEs, as long as the law, regulation, or policy does not conflict with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 14508, Mar. 22, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 24963, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.79" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.5.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.79   Does this part permit recipients to use local geographic preferences?</HEAD>
<P>No. As a recipient you must not use a local geographic preference. For purposes of this section, a local geographic preference is any requirement that gives a concessionaire located in one place (<I>e.g.,</I> your local area) an advantage over concessionaires from other places in obtaining business as, or with, a concession at your airport.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24963, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 23.81" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.16.5.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 23.81   ACDBE reevaluation process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Effective October 3, 2025, each UCP must:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify each currently certified ACDBE;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide each firm identified pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section with the opportunity to submit documentation demonstrating its ACDBE eligibility under the standards set forth in this part;
</P>
<P>(3) Determine whether each firm identified pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section meets the ACDBE eligibility standards set forth in this part; and
</P>
<P>(4) Issue a written decision to each firm reevaluated pursuant to subparagraph (a)(3), indicating that it has either been recertified or is decertified.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of § 26.87 of this chapter shall not apply to any action taken pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Each UCP must reevaluate each firm identified pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section as quickly as practicable and must promptly notify the Department when it has done so. The Department reserves the right to review a UCP's reevaluation process.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 47979, Oct. 3, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="24" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 24—UNIFORM RELOCATION ASSISTANCE AND REAL PROPERTY ACQUISITION FOR FEDERAL AND FEDERALLY ASSISTED PROGRAMS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>42 U.S.C. 4601 <I>et seq.</I>; 49 CFR 1.85.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 36944, May 3, 2024, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.1.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to promulgate rules to implement the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4601 <I>et seq.</I>) (Uniform Act), in accordance with the following objectives:
</P>
<P>(a) To ensure that owners of real property to be acquired for Federal and federally assisted projects are treated fairly and consistently, to encourage and expedite acquisition by agreements with such owners, to minimize litigation and relieve congestion in the courts, and to promote public confidence in Federal and federally assisted land acquisition programs;
</P>
<P>(b) To ensure that persons displaced as a direct result of Federal or federally assisted projects are treated fairly, consistently, and equitably so that such displaced persons will not suffer disproportionate injuries as a result of projects designed for the benefit of the public as a whole; and
</P>
<P>(c) To ensure that agencies implement the regulations in this part in a manner that is efficient and cost effective.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.2" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.1.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.2   Definitions and acronyms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> Unless otherwise noted, the following terms used in this part shall be understood as defined in this section:
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> means any entity utilizing Federal funds or Federal financial assistance for a project or program that acquires real property or displaces a person.
</P>
<P>(i)<I> Federal agency</I> means any department, agency, or instrumentality in the executive branch of the United States Government, any wholly owned U.S. Government corporation, the Architect of the Capitol, the Federal Reserve Banks and branches thereof, and any person who has the authority to acquire property by eminent domain under Federal law.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>State agency</I> means any department, agency, or instrumentality of a State or of a political subdivision of a State, any department, agency, or instrumentality of two or more States or of two or more political subdivisions of a State or States, and any person who has the authority to acquire property by eminent domain under State law.
</P>
<P><I>Alien not lawfully present in the United States</I> means an alien who is not “lawfully present” in the United States as defined in 8 CFR 103.12 and includes:
</P>
<P>(i) An alien present in the United States who has not been admitted or paroled into the United States pursuant to the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101 <I>et seq.</I>) and whose stay in the United States has not been authorized by the U.S. Secretary of Homeland Security; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An alien who is present in the United States after the expiration of the period of stay authorized by the U.S. Secretary of Homeland Security or who otherwise violates the terms and conditions of admission, parole, or authorization to stay in the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Appraisal</I> means a written statement independently and impartially prepared by a qualified appraiser setting forth an opinion of defined value of an adequately described property as of a specific date, supported by the presentation and analysis of relevant market information.
</P>
<P><I>Business</I> means any lawful activity, except a farm operation, that is conducted:
</P>
<P>(i) Primarily for the purchase, sale, lease, and/or rental of personal and/or real property, and/or for the manufacture, processing, and/or marketing of products, commodities, and/or any other personal property;
</P>
<P>(ii) Primarily for the sale of services to the public;
</P>
<P>(iii) Primarily for outdoor advertising display purposes, when the display must be moved as a result of the project; or
</P>
<P>(iv) By a nonprofit organization that has established its nonprofit status under applicable Federal or State law.
</P>
<P><I>Citizen</I> for purposes of this part includes both citizens of the United States and noncitizen nationals.
</P>
<P><I>Comparable replacement dwelling</I> means a dwelling which is:
</P>
<P>(i) Decent, safe, and sanitary as described in the definition of <I>decent, safe, and sanitary</I> in this paragraph (a);
</P>
<P>(ii) Functionally equivalent to the displacement dwelling. The term <I>functionally equivalent</I> means that it performs the same function and provides the same utility. While a comparable replacement dwelling need not possess every feature of the displacement dwelling, the principal features must be present. Generally, functional equivalency is an objective standard, reflecting the range of purposes for which the various physical features of a dwelling may be used. However, in determining whether a replacement dwelling is functionally equivalent to the displacement dwelling, the agency may consider reasonable trade-offs for specific features when the replacement unit is equal to or better than the displacement dwelling (<I>see</I> appendix A of this part, <I>Section 24.2(a) Comparable replacement dwelling</I>);
</P>
<P>(iii) Adequate in size to accommodate the occupants;
</P>
<P>(iv) In an area not subject to unreasonable adverse environmental conditions;
</P>
<P>(v) In a location generally not less desirable than the location of the displaced person's dwelling with respect to public utilities and commercial and public facilities, and reasonably accessible to the person's place of employment;
</P>
<P>(vi) On a site that is typical in size for residential development with normal site improvements, including customary landscaping. The site need not include special improvements such as outbuildings, swimming pools, or greenhouses. (<I>See also</I> § 24.403(a)(2));
</P>
<P>(vii) Currently available to the displaced person on the private market except as provided in paragraph (ix) of this definition (<I>see</I> appendix A to this part, Section 24.2(a), definition of <I>comparable replacement dwelling</I>); and
</P>
<P>(viii) Within the financial means of the displaced person:
</P>
<P>(A) A replacement dwelling purchased by a homeowner in occupancy at the displacement dwelling for at least 90 days prior to initiation of negotiations (90-day homeowner) is considered to be within the homeowner's financial means if the homeowner will receive the full price differential as described in § 24.401(c), all increased mortgage interest costs as described at § 24.401(d) and all incidental expenses as described at § 24.401(f), plus any additional amount required to be paid under § 24.404.
</P>
<P>(B) A replacement dwelling rented by an eligible displaced person is considered to be within his or her financial means if, after receiving rental assistance under this part, the person's monthly rent and estimated average monthly utility costs for the replacement dwelling do not exceed the person's base monthly rental for the displacement dwelling as described at § 24.402(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(C) For a displaced person who is not eligible to receive a replacement housing payment because of the person's failure to meet length-of-occupancy requirements, comparable replacement rental housing is considered to be within the person's financial means if an agency pays that portion of the monthly housing costs of a replacement dwelling which exceeds the person's base monthly rent for the displacement dwelling as described in § 24.402(b)(2). Such rental assistance must be paid under § 24.404.
</P>
<P>(ix) For a person receiving Government housing assistance before displacement, a dwelling that may reflect similar Government housing assistance. In such cases any requirements of the Government housing assistance program, including fair housing, civil rights, and those relating to the size of the replacement dwelling, shall apply. However, nothing in this part prohibits an agency from offering, or precludes a person from accepting, assistance under a Government housing program, even if the person did not receive similar assistance before displacement, subject to the eligibility requirements of the Government housing assistance program. An agency is obligated to inform the person of his or her options under this part and the implications of accepting a different form of assistance than the assistance that the person may currently be receiving. If a person accepts assistance under a Government housing assistance program, the rules of that program apply, and the rental assistance payment under § 24.402 would be computed on the basis of the person's actual out-of-pocket cost for the replacement housing and associated utilities after the applicable Government housing assistance has been applied. In determining comparability of housing under this part:
</P>
<P>(A) A public housing unit may qualify as a comparable replacement dwelling only for a person displaced from a public housing unit.
</P>
<P>(B) A privately owned unit with a housing project—based rental program subsidy (<I>e.g.,</I> tied to the unit or building) may qualify as a comparable replacement dwelling only for a person displaced from a similarly subsidized unit or public housing unit.
</P>
<P>(C) An offer for tenant-based rental assistance, such as a HUD Section 8 Housing Choice Voucher, may be provided along with an offer of a comparable replacement dwelling to a person receiving a similar subsidy assistance or occupying a privately owned subsidized unit or public housing unit before displacement. The displacing agency must confirm that the owner will accept tenant based rental assistance before offering the unit as comparable replacement housing. <I>(see</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.2(a), definition of <I>comparable replacement dwelling</I>)
</P>
<P><I>Contribute materially</I> means that during the 2 taxable years prior to the taxable year in which displacement occurs, or during such other period as the agency determines to be more equitable, a business or farm operation:
</P>
<P>(i) Had average annual gross receipts of at least $5,000; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Had average annual net earnings of at least $1,000; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Contributed at least 33
<FR>1/3</FR> percent of the owner's or operator's average annual gross income from all sources.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the application of the above criteria creates an inequity or hardship in any given case, the agency may approve the use of other criteria as determined appropriate. <I>(See</I> appendix A of this part, section 24.305(e))
</P>
<P><I>Decent, safe, and sanitary (DSS) dwelling</I> means a dwelling which meets the requirements of paragraphs (i) through (vii) of this definition or the most stringent of the local housing code, Federal agency regulations, or the agency's regulations or written policy. The DSS dwelling shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Be structurally sound, weather tight, and in good repair;
</P>
<P>(A) Many local housing and occupancy codes require the abatement of deteriorating paint, including lead-based paint and lead-based paint dust, in protecting the public health and safety. Where such standards exist, they must be honored;
</P>
<P>(B) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(ii) Contain a safe electrical wiring system adequate for lighting and other devices;
</P>
<P>(iii) Contain a heating system capable of sustaining a healthful temperature (of approximately 70 degrees) for a displaced person, except in those areas where local climatic conditions do not require such a system;
</P>
<P>(iv) Be adequate in size with respect to the number of rooms and area of living space needed to accommodate the displaced person. The number of persons occupying each habitable room used for sleeping purposes shall not exceed that permitted by the most stringent of the local housing code, Federal agency regulations or requirements, or the agency's regulations or written policy. In addition, the Federal funding agency shall follow the requirements for separate bedrooms for children of the opposite gender included in local housing codes or in the absence of local codes, the policies of such agencies;
</P>
<P>(v) There shall be a separate, well lighted and ventilated bathroom that provides privacy to the user and contains a sink, bathtub, or shower stall, and a toilet, all in good working order and properly connected to appropriate sources of water and to a sewage drainage system. When required by local code standards for residential occupancy, there shall be a kitchen area that contains a fully usable sink, properly connected to potable hot and cold water and to a sewage drainage system, and adequate space and utility service connections for a stove and refrigerator (<I>see</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.2(a), definition of <I>DSS</I>);
</P>
<P>(vi) Contains unobstructed egress to safe, open space at ground level; and
</P>
<P>(vii) For a displaced person with a disability, be free of any barriers which would preclude reasonable ingress, egress, or use of the dwelling by such displaced person. (<I>See</I> appendix A of this part, <I>Section 24.2(a),</I> definition of <I>DSS</I>)
</P>
<P><I>Displaced person</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Generally.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (ii) of this definition, any person who permanently moves from the real property or moves his or her personal property from the real property. (This includes a person who occupies the real property prior to its acquisition, but who does not meet the length of occupancy requirements of the Uniform Act as described at §§ 24.401(a) and 24.402(a).)
</P>
<P>(A) As a direct result of a written notice of intent to acquire, rehabilitate, and/or demolish (<I>see</I> § 24.203(d)), the initiation of negotiations for, or the acquisition of, such real property in whole or in part for a project;
</P>
<P>(B) As a direct result of rehabilitation or demolition for a project; or
</P>
<P>(C) As a direct result of a written notice of intent to acquire, or the acquisition, rehabilitation or demolition of, in whole or in part, other real property on which the person conducts a business or farm operation, for a project. However, eligibility for such person under this paragraph (i)(C) applies only for purposes of obtaining relocation assistance advisory services under § 24.205(c), and moving expenses under § 24.301, § 24.302, or § 24.303.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Persons required to move temporarily.</I> A person who is required to move or moves his or her personal property from the real property as a direct result of the project but is not required to relocate permanently. Such determination shall be made by the agency in accordance with any requirement, policy, or guidance established by the Federal agency funding the project (<I>see</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.2(a)). All benefits for persons required to move on a temporary basis are described in § 24.202(a).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Voluntary acquisitions.</I> A tenant who moves as a direct result of a voluntary acquisition as described in § 24.101(b)(1) through (3) is eligible for relocation assistance when there is a binding written agreement between the agency and the owner that obligates the agency, without further election, to purchase the real property. Federal Funding agencies should develop policies identifying the types of agreements used in its programs or projects which it considers to be binding and which would therefore trigger eligibility for tenants as displaced persons. Agreements such as options to purchase and conditional purchase and sale agreements are not considered a binding agreement within the meaning of this paragraph (iii) until all conditions to the agency's obligation to purchase the real property have been satisfied. Provided that, the agency may determine that a tenant who moves before there is a binding agreement is eligible for relocation assistance once a binding agreement exists allowing establishment of eligibility (<I>see</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.2(a)).
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Persons not displaced.</I> The following is a nonexclusive listing of persons who do not qualify as displaced persons under this part:
</P>
<P>(A) A person who moves before the initiation of negotiations (<I>see</I> § 24.403(d)), unless the agency determines that the person was displaced as a direct result of the program or project;
</P>
<P>(B) A person who initially enters into occupancy of the property after the date of its acquisition for the project;
</P>
<P>(C) A person who has occupied the property for the purpose of obtaining assistance under the Uniform Act;
</P>
<P>(D) An owner-occupant who moves as a result of an acquisition of real property as described in § 24.101(a)(2) or (b)(1) or (2), or as a result of the rehabilitation or demolition of the real property. (However, the displacement of a tenant as a direct result of any acquisition, rehabilitation, or demolition for a Federal or federally assisted project is subject to this part.);
</P>
<P>(E) A person whom the agency determines is not displaced as a direct result of a partial acquisition;
</P>
<P>(F) A person who, after receiving a notice of relocation eligibility (described at § 24.203(b)), is notified in writing that he or she will not be displaced for a project. Such written notification shall not be issued unless the person has not moved and the agency agrees to reimburse the person for any expenses incurred to satisfy any binding contractual relocation obligations entered into after the effective date of the notice of relocation eligibility;
</P>
<P>(G) An owner-occupant who conveys his or her property, as described in § 24.101(a)(2) or (b)(1) or (2), after being informed in writing that if a mutually satisfactory agreement on terms of the conveyance cannot be reached, the agency will not acquire the property. In such cases, however, any resulting displacement of a tenant is subject to the regulations in this part;
</P>
<P>(H) A person who retains the right of use and occupancy of the real property for life following its acquisition by the agency;
</P>
<P>(I) An owner who retains the right of use and occupancy of the real property for a fixed term after its acquisition by the Department of the Interior under Public Law 93-477, Appropriations for National Park System, or Public Law 93-303, Land and Water Conservation Fund, except that such owner remains a displaced person for purposes of subpart D of this part;
</P>
<P>(J) A person who is determined to be in unlawful occupancy prior to or after the initiation of negotiations, or a person who has been evicted for cause, under applicable law, as provided for in § 24.206. However, advisory assistance may be provided to unlawful occupants at the option of the agency in order to facilitate the project;
</P>
<P>(K) A person who is not lawfully present in the United States and who has been determined to be ineligible for relocation assistance in accordance with § 24.208; or
</P>
<P>(L) Temporary, daily, or emergency shelter occupants are in most cases not considered displaced persons. However, agencies may determine that a person occupying a shelter is a displaced person due to factors which could include reasonable expectation of a prolonged stay, or other extenuating circumstances. At a minimum, agencies shall provide advisory assistance to all occupants at initiation of negotiations. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.2(a), definition of <I>displaced persons.</I>)
</P>
<P><I>Dwelling</I> means the place of permanent or customary and usual residence of a person, according to local custom or law, including a single-family house; a single-family unit in a two-family, multi-family, or multi-purpose property; a unit of a condominium or cooperative housing project; a mobile home, or any other residential unit.
</P>
<P><I>Dwelling site</I> means a land area that is typical in size for similar dwellings located in the same neighborhood or rural area. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.2(a).)
</P>
<P><I>Farm operation</I> means any activity conducted solely or primarily for the production of one or more agricultural products or commodities, including timber, for sale or home use, and customarily producing such products or commodities in sufficient quantity to be capable of contributing materially to the operator's support.
</P>
<P><I>Federal financial assistance</I> means a grant, loan, or contribution provided by the United States, except any Federal guarantee, insurance or tax credits (Low Income Housing Tax Credit) and any interest reduction payment to an individual in connection with the purchase and occupancy of a residence by that individual.
</P>
<P><I>Household income</I> means total gross income received for a 12-month period from all sources (earned and unearned) including, but not limited to wages, salary, child support, alimony, unemployment benefits, workers compensation, social security, or the net income from a business. It does not include income received or earned by dependent children under 18, or full-time students who are students for at least 5 months of the year and are under the age of 24. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.2(a), for examples of exclusions to income.)
</P>
<P><I>Initiation of negotiations,</I> unless a different action is specified in applicable Federal program regulations, means the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Whenever the displacement results from the acquisition of the real property by a Federal agency or State agency, the term means the delivery of the initial written offer of just compensation by the agency to the owner or the owner's representative to purchase the real property for the project. However, if the Federal agency or State agency issues a notice of its intent to acquire, rehabilitate, or demolish the real property, and a person moves after that notice, but before delivery of the initial written purchase offer, the term means the actual move of the person from the property.
</P>
<P>(ii) Whenever the displacement is caused by rehabilitation, demolition, or privately undertaken acquisition of the real property (and there is no related acquisition by a Federal agency or a State agency), the term means the notice to the person that he or she will be displaced by the project or, if there is no notice, the actual move of the person from the property.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a permanent relocation to protect the public health and welfare, under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-510, or Superfund), the term means the formal announcement of such relocation or the Federal or federally-coordinated health advisory where the Federal Government later decides to conduct a permanent relocation.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of permanent relocation of a tenant as a result of a voluntary-acquisition of real property described in § 24.101(b)(1) the tenant is not eligible for relocation assistance under this part, until there is a binding written agreement between the agency and the owner that obligates the agency, without further election, to purchase the real property. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.2(a).) Agreements such as options to purchase and conditional purchase and sale agreements are not considered a binding agreement within the meaning of this part unless such agreements satisfy the requirements of the Federal agency providing the Federal financial assistance or until all conditions to the agency's obligation to purchase the real property have been satisfied.
</P>
<P><I>Lead Agency</I> means the Department of Transportation acting through the Federal Highway Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Mobile home (manufactured home),</I> when used in this part, includes manufactured homes and recreational vehicles used as residences. The term <I>manufactured home</I> is defined at 24 CFR part 3280 (<I>see</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.2(a)).
</P>
<P><I>Mortgage</I> means such classes of liens as are commonly given to secure advances on, or the unpaid purchase price of, real property, under the laws of the State in which the real property is located, together with the credit instruments, if any, secured thereby.
</P>
<P><I>Nonprofit organization</I> means an organization that is incorporated under the applicable laws of a State as a nonprofit organization and exempt from paying Federal income taxes under section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501).
</P>
<P><I>Owner of a dwelling</I> means a person who is considered to have met the requirement to own a dwelling if the person purchases or holds any of the following interests in real property:
</P>
<P>(i) Fee title, a life estate, a land contract, a 99-year lease, or a lease including any options for extension with at least 50 years to run from the date of acquisition; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An interest in a cooperative housing project which includes the right to occupy a dwelling; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A contract to purchase any of the interests or estates described in this section; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other interest, including a partial interest, which in the judgment of the agency warrants consideration as ownership.
</P>
<P><I>Owner's or tenant's designated representative</I> means a representative designated by a property owner or tenant to receive all required notifications and documents from the agency. The owner or tenant must provide the agency a written notification which states that they are designating a representative, provide that person's name and contact information and what if any notices or information, the representative is not authorized to receive.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, family, partnership, corporation, or association.
</P>
<P><I>Program or project</I> means any activity or series of activities undertaken by a Federal agency or with Federal financial assistance received or anticipated in any phase of an undertaking in accordance with the Federal funding agency guidelines.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means a non-Federal entity that receives a Federal award directly from a Federal agency to carry out an activity under a Federal program. The recipient is accountable to the Federal funding agency for the use of the funds and for compliance with applicable Federal requirements. The term recipient does not include subrecipients.
</P>
<P><I>Reverse mortgage (also known as a Home Equity Conversion Mortgage (HECM))</I> means a first mortgage which provides for future payments to the homeowner based on accumulated equity and which a housing creditor is authorized to make under any Federal law or State constitution, law, or regulation. See 12 U.S.C. 1715z-20 for additional information. It is a class of lien generally available to persons 62 years of age or older. Reverse mortgages do not require a monthly mortgage payment and can also be used to access a home's equity. The reverse mortgage becomes due when none of the original borrowers lives in the home, if taxes or insurance become delinquent, or if the property falls into disrepair.
</P>
<P><I>Salvage value</I> means the probable sale price of an item offered for sale to knowledgeable buyers with the requirement that it be removed from the property at a buyer's expense (<I>i.e.,</I> not eligible for relocation assistance). This includes items for re-use as well as items with components that can be re-used or recycled when there is no reasonable prospect for sale except on this basis.
</P>
<P><I>Small business</I> means a business having not more than 500 employees working at the site being acquired or displaced by a program or project, which site is the location of economic activity. Sites occupied solely by outdoor advertising signs, displays, or devices do not qualify as a business for purposes of § 24.303 or § 24.304.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means any of the several States of the United States or the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, any territory or possession of the United States, or a political subdivision of any of these jurisdictions.
</P>
<P><I>Subrecipient</I> means a government agency or legal entity that enters into an agreement with a recipient to carry out part or all of the activity funded by Federal program grant funds. A subrecipient is accountable to the recipient for the use of the funds and for compliance with applicable Federal requirements.
</P>
<P><I>Temporary, daily, or emergency shelter (shelter)</I> means any facility, the primary purpose of which is to provide a person with a temporary overnight shelter which does not allow prolonged or guaranteed occupancy. A shelter typically requires the occupants to remove their personal property and themselves from the premises on a daily basis, offers no guarantee of reentry in the evening, and in most cases does not meet the definition of dwelling as used in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Tenant</I> means a person who has the temporary use and occupancy of real property owned by another.
</P>
<P><I>Uneconomic remnant</I> means a parcel of real property in which the owner is left with an interest after the partial acquisition of the owners' property, and which the agency has determined has little or no value or utility to the owner.
</P>
<P><I>Uniform Act</I> or <I>Act</I> means the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970 (Pub. L. 91-646, 84 Stat. 1894; 42 U.S.C. 4601 <I>et seq.</I>), and amendments thereto.
</P>
<P><I>Unlawful occupant</I> means a person who occupies without property right, title, or payment of rent, or a person legally evicted, with no legal rights to occupy a property under State law. An agency, at its discretion, may consider such person to be in lawful occupancy for the purpose of determining eligibility for assistance under the Uniform Act.
</P>
<P><I>Utility costs</I> means expenses for electricity, gas, other heating and cooking fuels, water, and sewer.
</P>
<P><I>Utility facility</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any line, facility, or system for producing, transporting, transmitting, or distributing communications, cable, television, power, electricity, light, heat, gas, oil, crude products, water, steam, waste, storm water not connected with highway drainage, or any other similar commodity, including any fire or police signal system or street lighting system, which directly or indirectly serves the public; any fixtures, equipment, or other property associated with the operation, maintenance, or repair of any such system. A utility facility may be publicly, privately, or cooperatively owned.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term shall also mean the utility company including any substantially owned or controlled subsidiary. For the purposes of this part the term includes those utility-type facilities which are owned or leased by a Government agency for its own use, or otherwise dedicated solely to Governmental use. The term utility includes those facilities used solely by the utility which are part of its operating plant.
</P>
<P><I>Utility relocation</I> means the adjustment of a utility facility required by the program or project undertaken by the agency. It includes removing and reinstalling the facility, including necessary temporary facilities; necessary right-of-way on a new location; moving, rearranging, or changing the type of existing facilities; and taking any necessary safety and protective measures. It shall also mean constructing a replacement facility that has the functional equivalency of the existing facility and is necessary for the continued operation of the utility service, the project economy, or sequence of project construction.
</P>
<P><I>Waiver valuation</I> means the valuation process used and the product produced when the agency determines that an appraisal is not required, pursuant to § 24.102(c)(2) appraisal waiver provisions. Waiver valuations are not appraisals as defined by the Uniform Act and this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acronyms.</I> The following acronyms are commonly used in the implementation of programs subject to this part:
</P>
<P>(1) DOT (U.S. Department of Transportation).
</P>
<P>(2) FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency).
</P>
<P>(3) FHA (Federal Housing Administration).
</P>
<P>(4) FHWA (Federal Highway Administration).
</P>
<P>(5) FIRREA (Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989).
</P>
<P>(6) HLR (housing of last resort).
</P>
<P>(7) HUD (U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development).
</P>
<P>(8) MIDP (mortgage interest differential payment).
</P>
<P>(9) RHP (replacement housing payment).
</P>
<P>(10) STURAA (Surface Transportation and Uniform Relocation Assistance Act of 1987).
</P>
<P>(11) UA or URA (Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970).
</P>
<P>(12) USCIS (U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services).
</P>
<P>(13) USPAP (Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.1.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.3   No duplication of payments.</HEAD>
<P>No person shall receive any payment under this part if that person receives a payment under Federal, State, local law, or insurance proceeds which is determined by the agency to have the same purpose and effect as such payment under this part. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.3.)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.4" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.1.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.4   Assurances, monitoring, and corrective action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Assurances.</I> (1) Before a Federal agency may approve any grant to, or contract, or agreement with, an agency under which Federal financial assistance will be made available for a project which results in real property acquisition or displacement that is subject to the Uniform Act, the agency must provide appropriate assurances that it will comply with the Uniform Act and this part. An agency's assurances shall be in accordance with sections 4630 and 4655 of the Uniform Act. The agency's Uniform Act section 4655 assurances must contain specific reference to any State law which the agency believes provides an exception to sections 4651 or 4652 of the Uniform Act. If, in the judgment of the Federal agency, Uniform Act compliance will be served, an agency may provide these assurances at one time to cover all subsequent federally assisted programs or projects. An agency, which both acquires real property and displaces persons, may combine its sections 4630 and 4655 of the Uniform Act assurances in one document.
</P>
<P>(2) If a Federal agency or recipient provides Federal financial assistance to a person causing displacement, such Federal agency or recipient is responsible for ensuring compliance with the requirements of this part, notwithstanding the person's contractual obligation to the recipient to comply with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) As an alternative to the assurance requirement described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a Federal agency may provide Federal financial assistance to a recipient after it has accepted a certification by such recipient in accordance with the requirements in subpart G of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Monitoring and corrective action.</I> The Federal agency will monitor compliance with this part, and the agency shall take whatever corrective action is necessary to comply with the Uniform Act and this part. The Federal agency may also apply sanctions in accordance with applicable program regulations. (<I>Also see</I> § 24.603)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prevention of fraud, waste, and mismanagement.</I> The agency shall take appropriate measures to carry out this part in a manner that minimizes fraud, waste, and mismanagement.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.1.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.5   Manner of notices and electronic signatures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each notice that the agency is required to provide to a property owner or occupant under this part, except the notice described at § 24.102(b), shall be personally served or sent by certified or registered first-class mail, return receipt requested (or by companies other than the United States Postal Service that provide the same function as certified mail with return receipts) and documented in agency files. A Federal funding agency may approve a process to permit the displaced person to elect to receive required notices by electronic delivery in lieu of the use of certified or registered first-class mail, return receipt requested, or personally served notices, when an agency demonstrates a means to document receipt of such notices by the property owner or occupant. A Federal funding agency may approve a process to permit the use of electronic signature which meet the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) An agency requesting use of electronic delivery of notices must include the following safeguards:
</P>
<P>(1) A process to inform property owners and occupants they will continue to receive Notices as described in paragraph (a) of this section unless they voluntarily elect to receive electronic notices.
</P>
<P>(2) A process to document and record when information is legally delivered in digital format. A date and timestamp must establish the date of delivery and receipt with an electronic record capable of retention.
</P>
<P>(3) A process to link the electronic signature with an electronic document in a way that can be used to determine whether the electronic document was changed subsequent to when an electronic signature was applied to the document.
</P>
<P>(4) A certification that use of electronic notices is consistent with existing State and Federal laws.
</P>
<P>(c) Each notice shall be written in plain, understandable language. Persons who are unable to read and understand the notice must be provided with appropriate translation and counseling. Each notice shall indicate the name and telephone number of a person who may be contacted for answers to questions or other needed help. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.5.)
</P>
<P>(d) A property owner or tenant may designate a representative to receive offers, correspondence, and information and to provide any information on their behalf required by the displacing agency by providing a written request to the agency (see § 24.2(a), definition of <I>owner's or tenant's designated representative</I>).
</P>
<P>(e) An agency requesting use of electronic signature of documents must include the following safeguards:
</P>
<P>(1) A process to document and record when information is legally delivered in digital format. A date and timestamp must establish the date of delivery and receipt with an electronic record capable of retention.
</P>
<P>(2) A process to link the electronic signature with an electronic document in a way that can be used to determine whether the electronic document was changed subsequent to when an electronic signature was applied to the document.
</P>
<P>(3) A certification that use of electronic signatures is consistent with existing State and Federal laws.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.6" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.1.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.6   Administration of jointly-funded projects.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever two or more Federal agencies provide financial assistance to an agency or agencies, other than a Federal agency, to carry out functionally or geographically related activities which will result in the acquisition of property or the displacement of a person, the Federal agencies may by agreement designate one such agency as the cognizant Federal agency. In the unlikely event that agreement among the agencies cannot be reached as to which agency shall be the cognizant Federal agency, then the Lead Agency shall designate one of such agencies to assume the cognizant role. At a minimum, the agreement shall set forth the federally assisted activities which are subject to its terms and cite any policies and procedures, in addition to this part, that are applicable to the activities under the agreement. Under the agreement, the cognizant Federal agency shall ensure that the project is in compliance with the provisions of the Uniform Act and this part. All federally assisted activities under the agreement shall be deemed a project for the purposes of this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.1.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.7   Federal agency waiver of regulations in this part.</HEAD>
<P>The Federal agency funding the project may waive any requirement in this part not required by law if it determines that the waiver does not reduce any assistance or protection provided to an owner or displaced person under this part. Any request for a waiver shall be justified on a case-by-case basis.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.8" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.1.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.8   Compliance with other laws and regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The implementation of this part must be in compliance with other applicable Federal laws and implementing regulations, including, but not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Section I of the Civil Rights Act of 1866 (42 U.S.C. 1982 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(b) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(c) The Fair Housing Act (42 U.S.C. 3601 <I>et seq.</I>), as amended.
</P>
<P>(d) The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(e) Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 790 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(f) The Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 (42 U.S.C. 4002 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(g) The Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C. 6101 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(h) Executive Order 11063—Equal Opportunity and Housing, as amended by Executive Order 12892.
</P>
<P>(i) Executive Order 11246—Equal Employment Opportunity, as amended.
</P>
<P>(j) Executive Order 11625—Minority Business Enterprise.
</P>
<P>(k) Executive Orders 11988—Floodplain Management, and 11990—Protection of Wetlands.
</P>
<P>(l) Executive Order 12250—Leadership and Coordination of Non-Discrimination Laws.
</P>
<P>(m) Executive Order 12630—Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights.
</P>
<P>(n) Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 5121 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(o) Executive Order 12892—Leadership and Coordination of Fair Housing in Federal Programs: Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.1.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.9   Recordkeeping and reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Records.</I> The agency shall maintain adequate records of its acquisition and displacement activities in sufficient detail to demonstrate compliance with this part. These records shall be retained for at least 3 years after each owner of a property and each person displaced from the property receives the final payment to which he or she is entitled under this part, or in accordance with the applicable regulations of the Federal funding agency, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Confidentiality of records.</I> Records maintained by an agency in accordance with this part are confidential regarding their use as public information, unless applicable law provides otherwise.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reports.</I> Each Federal agency that has programs or projects requiring the acquisition of real property or causing a displacement from real property subject to the provisions of the Uniform Act shall provide to the Lead Agency an annual summary report by November 15 that describes the real property acquisitions, displacements, and related activities conducted by the Federal agency for the prior calendar year. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.9(c).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.10" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.1.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.10   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The agency shall promptly review appeals in accordance with the requirements of applicable law and this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Actions which may be appealed.</I> Any aggrieved person may file a written appeal with the agency in any case in which the person believes that the agency has failed to properly consider the person's application for assistance under this part. Such assistance may include, but is not limited to, the person's eligibility for, or the amount of, a payment required under § 24.106 or § 24.107, or a relocation payment required under this part. The agency shall consider a written appeal regardless of form.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time limit for initiating appeal.</I> The agency may set a reasonable time limit for a person to file an appeal. The time limit shall not be less than 60 days after the person receives written notification of the agency's determination on the person's claim.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Right to representation.</I> A person has a right to be represented by legal counsel or other representative in connection with his or her appeal, but solely at the person's own expense.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Review of files by person making appeal.</I> The agency shall permit a person to inspect and copy all materials pertinent to his or her appeal, except materials which are classified as confidential by the agency. The agency may, however, impose reasonable conditions on the person's right to inspect, consistent with applicable laws.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Scope of review of appeal.</I> In deciding an appeal, the agency shall consider all pertinent justification and other material submitted by the person, and all other available information that is needed to ensure a fair and full review of the appeal.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Determination and notification after appeal.</I> Promptly after receipt of all information submitted by a person in support of an appeal, the agency shall make a written determination on the appeal, including an explanation of the basis on which the decision was made, and furnish the person a copy. If the full relief requested is not granted, the agency shall inform the person that the determination is the agency's final decision and that the person may seek judicial review of the agency's determination.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Agency official to review appeal.</I> The agency official conducting the review of the appeal shall be either the head of the agency or his or her authorized designee. However, the official shall not have been directly involved in the action appealed.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.1.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.11   Adjustments of limits and payments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Lead Agency may adjust the following valuation limits and maximum relocation benefits payments:
</P>
<P>(1) The waiver valuation limits at § 24.102(c)(2)(ii) introductory text and (c)(2)(ii)(C);
</P>
<P>(2) The conflict of interest valuation limits at § 24.102(n)(3); and
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum amounts of relocation payments provided at §§ 24.301, 24.304, 24.305, 24.401, 24.402, 24.502, and 24.503.
</P>
<P>(b) The head of the Lead Agency will evaluate whether the cost of living, inflation, or other factors indicate that limits, and payments provided in paragraph (a) of this section, should be adjusted to meet the policy objectives of the Uniform Act. The Lead Agency will divide the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) index for the year of the assessment (current year), by the CPI-U index for the year of the previous assessment (base year index/year of last adjustment) to determine the effect of inflation over the assessment period. If adjustments are determined to be necessary, the head of the Lead Agency will publish the new maximum benefit limits eligible for Federal participation in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.11.) 




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Real Property Acquisition</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.101" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.101   Applicability of acquisition requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Direct Federal program or project.</I> (1) The requirements of this subpart apply to any acquisition of real property for a direct Federal program or project, except acquisition for a program or project that is undertaken by the Tennessee Valley Authority or the Rural Utilities Service. <I>(See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.101(a).)
</P>
<P>(2) If a Federal agency (except for the Tennessee Valley Authority or the Rural Utilities Service) will not acquire a property because negotiations fail to result in an agreement, the owner of the property or the owner's designated representative shall be so informed in writing. Owners of such properties are not displaced persons, and as such, are not entitled to relocation assistance benefits. However, tenants on such properties may be eligible for relocation assistance benefits. (<I>See</I> § 24.2(a).)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Programs and projects receiving Federal financial assistance.</I> The requirements of this subpart apply to any acquisition of real property for programs and projects where there is Federal financial assistance in any part of project costs except for the acquisitions described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section. The relocation assistance provisions in this part are not applicable to owner-occupants who move as a result of a voluntary acquisition. (<I>See</I> § 24.2(a), definition of <I>displaced person.</I>) The relocation assistance provisions in this part are applicable to tenants who must permanently relocate as a result of an acquisition described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section. Such tenants are considered displaced persons. (<I>See</I> § 24.2(a), definition of <I>displaced person.</I>)
</P>
<P>(1) The agency will not use the power of eminent domain to acquire the property, and the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) No later than the time of the offer the agency informs the owner of the property or the owner's designated representative in writing of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The agency will not acquire the property if negotiations fail to result in an amicable agreement; and
</P>
<P>(B) The agency's estimate of fair market value for the property to be acquired. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, sections 24.101(b)(1)(i) and 24.101(b)(1)(i)(B).)
</P>
<P>(ii) Where an agency wishes to purchase more than one property within a general geographic area on this basis, all owners are to be treated similarly. <I>(See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.101(b)(1)(ii).)
</P>
<P>(iii) The property to be acquired is not part of an intended, planned, or designated project area where all or substantially all of the property within the area must be acquired within specific time limits. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.101(b)(1)(iii).)
</P>
<P>(2) The acquisition of real property by a cooperative from a person who, as a condition of membership in the cooperative, has agreed to provide without charge any real property that is needed by the cooperative.
</P>
<P>(3) Acquisition for a program or project that receives Federal financial assistance from the Tennessee Valley Authority or the Rural Utilities Service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Less-than-full-fee interest in real property.</I> (1) The provisions of this subpart apply when acquiring fee title subject to retention of a life estate or a life use; to acquisition by leasing where the lease term, including option(s) for extension, is 50 years or more; and, to the acquisition of permanent and/or temporary easements necessary for the project. However, the agency may apply the regulations in this subpart to any less-than-full-fee acquisition that, in its judgment, should be covered.
</P>
<P>(2) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to temporary easements or permits needed solely to perform work intended exclusively for the benefit of the property owner, which work may not be done if agreement cannot be reached.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Federally-assisted projects.</I> For projects receiving Federal financial assistance, the provisions of §§ 24.102, 24.103, 24.104, and 24.105 apply to the greatest extent practicable under State law. (<I>See</I> § 24.4(a).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.102" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.102   Basic acquisition policies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Expeditious acquisition.</I> The agency shall make every reasonable effort to acquire the real property expeditiously by negotiation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice to owner.</I> As soon as feasible, the agency shall notify the owner in writing of the agency's interest in acquiring the real property and the basic protections provided to the owner by law and this part. (<I>See</I> §§ 24.203 and 24.5(d) and appendix A to this part, section 24.102(b).)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Appraisal, waiver thereof, and invitation to owner.</I> (1) Before the initiation of negotiations, the real property to be acquired shall be appraised, except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, and the owner, or the owner's designated representative, shall be given an opportunity to accompany the appraiser during the appraiser's inspection of the property.
</P>
<P>(2) An appraisal is not required if:
</P>
<P>(i) The owner is donating the property and releases the agency from its obligation to appraise the property; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The agency determines that an appraisal is unnecessary because the valuation problem is uncomplicated and has a low fair market value, and the anticipated value of the proposed acquisition is estimated at $15,000 or less, based on a review of available data. The agency representative making the determination to use the waiver valuation option must understand valuation principles, techniques, and use of appraisals in order to be able to determine whether the valuation of the proposed acquisition is uncomplicated and has a low fair market value. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.102(c)(2).)
</P>
<P>(A) When an appraisal is determined to be unnecessary, the agency shall prepare a waiver valuation.
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Waiver valuations are not appraisals by definition in this part (<I>See</I> § 24.2). Persons preparing or reviewing a waiver valuation are precluded from complying with Standards Rules 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the “Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice,” as promulgated by the Appraisal Standards Board of The Appraisal Foundation 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> (<I>see</I> appendix A to this part, sections 24.102(c) and 24.103(a).)
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP). Published by The Appraisal Foundation, a nonprofit educational organization. Copies may be ordered from The Appraisal Foundation.</P></FTNT>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Because a waiver valuation is not an appraisal, a review of a waiver valuation is not required. However, some recipients may also be subject to State laws or agency requirements to review a waiver valuation.
</P>
<P>(B) The person performing the waiver valuation must have sufficient understanding of the local real estate market in order to be qualified to perform the waiver valuation.
</P>
<P>(C) The Federal agency funding the project may approve exceeding the $15,000 threshold, up to an amount of $35,000, if the agency acquiring the real property offers the property owner the option of having the agency appraise the property.
</P>
<P>(D) If the agency determines that the proposed acquisition is uncomplicated and has a low fair market value, and if the agency acquiring the real property offers the property owner the option of having the agency appraise the property, the agency may request approval from the Federal funding agency to use a waiver valuation for properties with estimated values of more than $35,000 and up to $50,000. Approval for using a waiver valuation of more than $35,000, but up to $50,000 may only be requested on a project-by-project basis and the request for doing so shall be made in writing to the Federal funding agency setting forth the anticipated benefits of, and reasons for, raising the waiver valuation ceiling above $35,000. Within 6 months of completion of acquisition activities a close-out report measuring cost/time benefits, condemnation rate, settlement rate, and any other relevant metric which the funding agency requires to adequately document both the administrative savings and accuracy and efficacy of the waiver valuations of more than $35,000, but up to $50,000 shall be submitted to the funding agency.
</P>
<P>(E) Under paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(C) and (D) of this section, if the property owner elects to have the agency appraise the property, the agency must obtain an appraisal and shall not use the waiver valuation procedures described in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) through (D) of this section. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.102(c)(2).)
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Establishment and offer of just compensation.</I> Before the initiation of negotiations, the agency shall establish an amount which it believes is just compensation for the real property. The amount shall not be less than the approved appraisal or waiver valuation of the fair market value of the property, taking into account the value of allowable damages or benefits to any remaining property. An agency official must establish the amount believed to be just compensation. (<I>See</I> § 24.104.) Promptly thereafter, the agency shall make a written offer to the owner or the designated owner's representative to acquire the property for the full amount believed to be just compensation. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.102(d).)
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Summary statement.</I> Along with the initial written purchase offer, the owner or the designated owner's representative shall be given a written statement of the basis for the offer of just compensation, which shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the amount offered as just compensation. In the case of a partial acquisition, the compensation for the real property to be acquired and the compensation for damages, if any, to the remaining real property shall be separately stated.
</P>
<P>(2) A description and location identification of the real property and the interest in the real property to be acquired.
</P>
<P>(3) An identification of the buildings, structures, and other improvements (including removable building equipment and trade fixtures) which are included as part of the offer of just compensation. Where appropriate, the statement shall identify any other separately held ownership interest in the property, <I>e.g.,</I> a tenant-owned improvement, and indicate that such interest is not covered by this offer.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Basic negotiation procedures.</I> The agency shall make all reasonable efforts to contact the owner or the owner's designated representative and discuss its offer to purchase the property, including the basis for the offer of just compensation and explain its acquisition policies and procedures, including its payment of incidental expenses in accordance with § 24.106. The owner shall be given reasonable opportunity to consider the offer and present material which the owner believes is relevant to determining the value of the property and to suggest modification in the proposed terms and conditions of the purchase. The agency shall consider the owner's or the designated owner's representative's presentation. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.102(f).)
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Updating offer of just compensation.</I> If the information presented by the owner, or a material change in the character or condition of the property, indicates the need for new waiver valuation or appraisal information, or if a significant delay has occurred since the time of the appraisal(s) or waiver valuation of the property, the agency shall have the appraisal(s) or waiver valuation updated or obtain a new appraisal(s) or waiver valuation. If the latest appraisal or waiver valuation information indicates that a change in the purchase offer is warranted, the agency shall promptly reestablish just compensation and offer that amount to the owner in writing.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Coercive action.</I> The agency shall not advance the time of condemnation, or defer negotiations or condemnation, or the deposit of funds with the court, or take any other coercive action in order to induce an agreement on the price to be paid for the property.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Administrative settlement.</I> The purchase price for the property may exceed the amount offered as just compensation when reasonable efforts to negotiate an agreement at that amount have failed and an authorized agency official approves such administrative settlement as being reasonable, prudent, and in the public interest. When Federal funds pay for or participate in acquisition costs, a written justification shall be prepared, which states what available information, including trial risks, supports such a settlement. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.102(i).)
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Payment before taking possession.</I> Before requiring the owner to surrender possession of the real property, the agency shall pay the agreed purchase price to the owner, or in the case of a condemnation, deposit with the court, for the benefit of the owner, an amount not less than the agency's approved appraisal of the fair market value of such property, or the court award of compensation in the condemnation proceeding for the property. In exceptional circumstances, with the prior approval of the owner or the owner's designated representative, the agency may obtain a right-of-entry for construction purposes before making payment available to an owner. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.102(j).)
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Uneconomic remnant.</I> If the acquisition of only a portion of a property would leave the owner with an uneconomic remnant, the agency shall offer to acquire the uneconomic remnant along with the portion of the property needed for the project. (<I>See</I> § 24.2(a).)
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Inverse condemnation.</I> If the agency intends to acquire any interest in real property by exercise of the power of eminent domain, it shall institute formal condemnation proceedings and not intentionally make it necessary for the owner to institute legal proceedings to prove the fact of the taking of the real property.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Fair rental.</I> If the agency permits a former owner or tenant to occupy the real property after acquisition for a short term, or a period subject to termination by the agency on short notice, the rent shall not exceed the fair market rent for such occupancy. <I>(See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.102(m).)
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Conflict of interest.</I> (1) The appraiser, review appraiser, or person performing the waiver valuation shall not have any interest, direct or indirect, in the real property being valued for the agency. Compensation for developing an appraisal or waiver valuation shall not be based on the reported opinion of value.
</P>
<P>(2) No person shall attempt to unduly influence or coerce an appraiser, review appraiser, or waiver valuation preparer regarding any valuation aspect of an appraisal, waiver valuation, or review of appraisals or waiver valuations. Persons functioning as negotiators may not supervise or formally evaluate the performance of any appraiser, waiver valuation preparer, or review appraiser performing appraisal or appraisal review work, except that, for a program or project receiving Federal financial assistance, the Federal funding agency may waive this requirement if it determines it would create a hardship for the agency.
</P>
<P>(3) An appraiser, review appraiser, or waiver valuation preparer may be authorized by the agency to act as a negotiator for the acquisition of real property for which that person has performed an appraisal, appraisal review or waiver valuation only if the offer to acquire the property is $15,000, or less. Agencies that wish to use this same authority to act as the negotiator on a valuation greater than $15,000, and up to $35,000, may not use a waiver valuation, and these acquisitions are subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) For those acquisitions where the appraiser or review appraiser will also act as the negotiator, an appraisal must be performed in compliance with § 24.103 and reviewed in compliance with § 24.104;
</P>
<P>(ii) Agencies and recipients desiring to exercise this option must request approval in writing from the Federal funding agency;
</P>
<P>(iii) The requesting agency shall have a separate and distinct quality control process in place and set forth in the written procedures approved by the Federal funding agency; and
</P>
<P>(4) Agencies wishing to allow subrecipients to use conflict of interest waivers of more than $15,000 must determine and document that the subrecipient has a separate and distinct quality control process in place which is set forth in written procedures approved by the agency or in an agency approved subrecipient's written procedures. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.102(n).) Agencies and recipients desiring to exercise this option must request approval in writing from the Federal funding agency.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.103" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.103   Criteria for appraisals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appraisal requirements.</I> This section sets forth the requirements for real property acquisition appraisals for Federal and federally assisted programs. Appraisals are to be performed according to this section, which is intended to be consistent with the USPAP. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.103(a).) The agency may have appraisal requirements that supplement this section, including, and to the extent appropriate, the Uniform Appraisal Standards for Federal Land Acquisition (UASFLA), also commonly referred to as the “Yellow Book”. The USPAP is published by The Appraisal Foundation. The UASFLA is published by the Appraisal Foundation in partnership with the Department of Justice on behalf of the Interagency Land Acquisition Conference. The UASFLA is a compendium of Federal eminent domain appraisal law, both case and statute, regulations, and practices.
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> Copies of the USPAP and the UASFLA may be ordered from The Appraisal Foundation in print and electronic forms.
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> <I>www.justice.gov/file/408306/download.</I></P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> <I>http://www.appraisalfoundation.org/imis/TAF/Standards/Appraisal_Standards/TAF/Standards.aspx.</I></P></FTNT>
<P>(1) The agency acquiring real property has a legitimate role in contributing to the appraisal process, especially in developing the scope of work and defining the appraisal problem. The scope of work and performance of an appraisal under this section depends on the complexity of the appraisal problem.
</P>
<P>(2) The agency has the responsibility to assure that the appraisals it obtains are relevant to its program needs, reflect established and commonly accepted Federal and federally assisted program appraisal practice, and at a minimum, comply with the definition of appraisal in § 24.2(a) and the requirements in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (v) of this section. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, sections 24.103 and Section 24.103(a).)
</P>
<P>(i) An adequate description of the physical characteristics of the property being appraised (and, in the case of a partial acquisition, an adequate description of the remaining property), including items identified as personal property, a statement of the known and observed encumbrances, if any, title information, location, zoning, present use, an analysis of highest and best use, and at least a 5-year sales history of the property. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.103(a)(1).)
</P>
<P>(ii) All relevant and reliable approaches to value consistent with established Federal and federally assisted program appraisal practices. If the appraiser uses more than one approach, there shall be an analysis and reconciliation of approaches to value use that is sufficient to support the appraiser's opinion of value. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.103(a).)
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of comparable sales, including a description of all relevant physical, legal, and economic factors such as parties to the transaction, source and method of financing, and verification by a party involved in the transaction.
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement of the value of the real property to be acquired and, for a partial acquisition, a statement of the value of the damages and benefits, if any, to the remaining real property, where appropriate.
</P>
<P>(v) The effective date of valuation, date of appraisal, signature, and certification of the appraiser.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Influence of the project on just compensation.</I> The appraiser shall disregard any decrease or increase in the fair market value of the real property caused by the project for which the property is to be acquired, or by the likelihood that the property would be acquired for the project, other than that due to physical deterioration within the reasonable control of the owner. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.103(b).)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Owner retention of improvements.</I> If the owner of a real property improvement is permitted to retain it for removal from the project site, the amount to be offered for the interest in the real property to be acquired shall not be less than the difference between the amount determined to be just compensation for the owner's interest in the real property and the salvage value (defined at § 24.2(a)) of the retained improvement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Qualifications of appraisers and review appraisers.</I> (1) The agency shall establish criteria for determining the minimum qualifications and competency of appraisers and review appraisers. Qualifications shall be consistent with the scope of work for the assignment. The agency shall review the experience, education, training, certification/licensing, designation(s) and other qualifications of appraisers, and review appraisers, and use only those determined by the agency to be qualified. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.103(d)(1).)
</P>
<P>(2) If the agency uses a contract (fee) appraiser to perform the appraisal, such appraiser shall be State licensed or certified in accordance with title XI of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (12 U.S.C. 3331 <I>et seq.</I>).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.104" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.2.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.104   Review of appraisals.</HEAD>
<P>The agency shall have an appraisal review process and, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(a) A qualified review appraiser (<I>see</I> § 24.103(d)(1) and appendix A to this part, section 24.104) shall examine the presentation and analysis of market information in all appraisals to ensure that they meet the definition of appraisal found in § 24.2(a), appraisal requirements found in § 24.103, and other applicable requirements (including, to the extent appropriate, the UASFLA), and support the appraiser's opinion of value. The level of review analysis depends on the complexity of the appraisal problem (<I>see</I> § 24.103(a)(1) and appendix A, section 24.104(a)). As needed, the review appraiser shall, prior to acceptance of an appraisal report, seek necessary corrections or revisions. The review appraiser shall identify each appraisal report as recommended (as the basis for the establishment of the amount believed to be just compensation), accepted (meets all requirements, but not selected as recommended or approved), or not accepted. If authorized by the agency to do so, the staff review appraiser shall also approve the appraisal (as the basis for the establishment of the amount believed to be just compensation), and, if also authorized to do so, develop and report the amount believed to be just compensation. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.104(a).)
</P>
<P>(b) If the review appraiser is unable to recommend (or approve) an appraisal as an adequate basis for the establishment of the offer of just compensation, and it is determined by the agency that it is not practical to obtain an additional appraisal, the review appraiser may, as part of the review, present and analyze market information in conformance with § 24.103 to support a recommended (or approved) value. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.104(b).)
</P>
<P>(c) The review appraiser shall prepare a written report that identifies the appraisal reports reviewed and documents the findings and conclusions arrived at during the review of the appraisal(s). Any damages or benefits to any remaining property shall be identified in the review appraiser's report. The review appraiser shall also prepare a signed certification that states the parameters of the review. The certification shall state the approved value and, if the review appraiser is authorized to do so, the amount believed to be just compensation for the acquisition. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.104(c).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.105" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.2.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.105   Acquisition of tenant-owned improvements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Acquisition of improvements.</I> When acquiring any interest in real property, the agency shall offer to acquire at least an equal interest in all buildings, structures, or other improvements located upon the real property to be acquired, which it requires to be removed or which it determines will be adversely affected by the use to which such real property will be put. This shall include any improvement owned by a tenant-owner who has the right or obligation to remove the improvement at the expiration of the lease term.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Improvements considered to be real property.</I> Any building, structure, or other improvement, which would be considered real property if owned by the owner of the real property on which it is located, shall be considered to be real property for purposes of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Appraisal and establishment of just compensation for a tenant-owned improvement.</I> Just compensation for a tenant-owned improvement is the amount which the improvement contributes to the fair market value of the whole property, or its salvage value, whichever is greater. (Salvage value is defined at § 24.2(a).)
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special conditions for tenant-owned improvements.</I> No payment shall be made to a tenant-owner for any real property improvement unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The tenant-owner, in consideration for the payment, assigns, transfers, and releases to the agency all of the tenant-owner's right, title, and interest in the improvement;
</P>
<P>(2) The owner of the real property on which the improvement is located disclaims all interest in the improvement; and
</P>
<P>(3) The payment does not result in the duplication of any compensation otherwise authorized by law.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Alternative compensation.</I> Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to deprive the tenant-owner of any right to reject payment under this subpart and to obtain payment for such property interests in accordance with other applicable law.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.106" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.2.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.106   Expenses incidental to transfer of title to the agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The owner of the real property shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses the owner necessarily incurred for:
</P>
<P>(1) Recording fees, transfer taxes, documentary stamps, evidence of title, boundary surveys, legal descriptions of the real property, and similar expenses incidental to conveying the real property to the agency. However, the agency is not required to pay costs solely required to perfect the owner's title to the real property;
</P>
<P>(2) Penalty costs and other charges for prepayment of any preexisting recorded mortgage entered into in good faith encumbering the real property; and
</P>
<P>(3) The pro rata portion of any prepaid real property taxes which are allocable to the period after the agency obtains title to the property or effective possession of it, whichever is earlier.
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever feasible, the agency shall pay these costs directly to the billing agent so that the owner will not have to pay such costs and then seek reimbursement from the agency.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.107" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.2.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.107   Certain litigation expenses.</HEAD>
<P>The owner of the real property shall be reimbursed for any reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorney, appraisal, and engineering fees, which the owner actually incurred because of a condemnation proceeding, if:
</P>
<P>(a) The final judgment of the court is that the agency cannot acquire the real property by condemnation;
</P>
<P>(b) The condemnation proceeding is abandoned by the agency other than under an agreed-upon settlement; or
</P>
<P>(c) The court having jurisdiction renders a judgment in favor of the owner in an inverse condemnation proceeding or the agency effects a settlement of such proceeding.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.108" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.2.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.108   Donations.</HEAD>
<P>An owner whose real property is being acquired may, after being fully informed by the agency of the right to receive just compensation for such property, donate such property or any part thereof, any interest therein, or any compensation paid therefore, to the agency as such owner shall determine. The agency is responsible for ensuring that an appraisal of the real property is obtained unless the owner releases the agency from such obligation, except as provided in § 24.102(c)(2). 




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—General Relocation Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.201" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.201   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes general requirements governing the provision of relocation payments and other relocation assistance in this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.202" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.3.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.202   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements in this subpart apply to the relocation of any permanently or temporarily displaced person, as defined at § 24.2(a). Any person who qualifies as a permanently or temporarily displaced person must be fully informed of his or her rights and entitlements to relocation assistance and payments provided by the Uniform Act and this part. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.202.)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Persons required to move temporarily.</I> (1) Appropriate notices must be provided in accordance with § 24.203 and appropriate advisory services must be provided in accordance with § 24.205;
</P>
<P>(2) For persons occupying a dwelling, at least one comparable dwelling, is made available prior to requiring a person to move, except in the case of an emergency move as described in § 24.204(b)(1), (2), or (3) (see appendix A, to this part, section 24.202);
</P>
<P>(3) Similarly, if a person's business will be shut down due to a project which either requires the occupant to vacate the property or which denies physical access to the property, it may be temporarily relocated and reimbursed for all reasonable out of pocket expenses or must be determined to be permanently displaced at the agency's option;
</P>
<P>(4) Payment is provided for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the temporary relocation as the agency determines to be reasonable and necessary, associated with comparable replacement dwelling, and incidental to selecting a temporary comparable replacement dwelling. Such payments may include the reasonable and necessary costs of temporarily moving personal property from the real property and returning to the real property. Storage of the personal property may be allowed when approved by the displacing agency;
</P>
<P>(5) A person's temporary move from their dwelling or business for the project may not exceed 12 months. The agency must contact any person who has temporarily moved from their dwelling or business when that temporary move has lasted for a period beyond 12 months because that person is considered permanently displaced and eligible as a displaced person. The agency shall offer such eligible persons all required relocation assistance benefits and services for permanently displaced persons. An agency may not deduct any temporary relocation assistance benefits previously provided when determining permanent relocation benefits eligibility; and
</P>
<P>(6) A person who is not lawfully present in the United States and who has been determined to be ineligible for relocation assistance in accordance with § 24.208 is not eligible for temporary relocation assistance unless such denial of benefits would create an extremely unusual hardship to a designated family member in accordance with § 24.208(h).
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.203" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.3.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.203   Relocation notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General information notice.</I> As soon as feasible, a person who may be displaced or who may be required to move temporarily shall be furnished with a general written description of the agency's relocation program which does at least the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Informs the person that he or she may be displaced (or, if appropriate, required to move temporarily from his or her unit) for the project and generally describes the relocation payment(s) for which the person may be eligible, the basic conditions of eligibility, and the procedures for obtaining the payment(s);
</P>
<P>(2) Informs the displaced person (or person required to move temporarily from his or her unit, if appropriate) that he or she will be given reasonable relocation advisory services, including referrals to replacement properties, help in filing payment claims, and other necessary assistance to help the displaced person successfully relocate;
</P>
<P>(3) Informs the displaced person (or person required to move temporarily from his or her dwelling when required by the Federal funding agency) that he or she will not be required to move without at least 90 days advance written notice (see paragraph (c) of this section), and informs any person to be displaced from a dwelling, either permanently or temporarily (when required by the Federal funding agency), that he or she cannot be required to move unless at least one comparable replacement dwelling has been made available;
</P>
<P>(4) Informs the displaced person or person required to move temporarily that any person who is an alien not lawfully present in the United States is ineligible for relocation advisory services and relocation payments under this part, unless such ineligibility would result in exceptional and extremely unusual hardship to a qualifying spouse, parent, or child, pursuant to § 24.208(h); and
</P>
<P>(5) Describes to the displaced person (or persons required to move temporarily) their right to appeal the agency's determination as to a person's application for assistance for which a person may be eligible under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of relocation eligibility.</I> Eligibility for relocation assistance shall begin on the earliest of: the date of a notice of intent to acquire, rehabilitate, and/or demolish (described in paragraph (d) of this section); the initiation of negotiations (defined in § 24.2(a)); the date that an agreement for voluntary acquisition becomes binding (defined in § 24.2(a)); or actual acquisition. When this occurs, the agency shall promptly notify all occupants in writing of their eligibility for applicable relocation assistance.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Ninety-day notice</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> No lawful occupant shall be required to move unless he or she has received at least 90 days advance written notice of the earliest date by which he or she may be required to move.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Timing of notice.</I> The agency may issue the notice 90 days or earlier before it expects the person to be displaced.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Content of notice.</I> The 90-day notice shall either state a specific date as the earliest date by which the occupant may be required to move, or state that the occupant will receive a further notice indicating, at least 30 days in advance, the specific date by which he or she must move. If the 90-day notice is issued before a comparable replacement dwelling is made available, the notice must state clearly that the occupant will not have to move earlier than 90 days after such a dwelling is made available. (<I>See</I> § 24.204(a).)
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Urgent need.</I> In unusual circumstances, an occupant may be required to vacate the property on less than 90 days advance written notice if the agency determines that a 90-day notice is impracticable, such as when the person's continued occupancy of the property would constitute a substantial danger to health or safety. A copy of the agency's determination shall be included in the applicable case file.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice of intent to acquire, rehabilitate, and/or demolish.</I> A notice of intent to acquire, rehabilitate, and/or demolish is an agency's written communication that is provided to a person to be displaced, including persons required to temporarily move, which clearly sets forth that the agency intends to acquire, rehabilitate, and/or demolish the property. A notice of intent to acquire, rehabilitate, and/or demolish establishes eligibility for relocation assistance prior to the initiation of negotiations and/or prior to the commitment of Federal financial assistance to the activity. (<I>See</I> § 24.2 (a).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.204" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.3.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.204   Availability of comparable replacement dwelling before displacement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> No person to be permanently displaced shall be required to move from his or her dwelling unless at least one comparable replacement dwelling (defined at § 24.2(a)) has been made available to the person. Information on comparable replacement dwellings that were used in the determination process must be provided to permanently displaced persons. When possible, three or more comparable replacement dwellings shall be made available. A comparable replacement dwelling will be considered to have been made available to a person, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The person is informed in writing of its location;
</P>
<P>(2) The person has sufficient time to negotiate and enter into a purchase or lease agreement for the property; and
</P>
<P>(3) Subject to reasonable safeguards, the person is assured of receiving the relocation assistance and acquisition payment to which the person is entitled in sufficient time to complete the purchase or lease of the property.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Circumstances permitting waiver.</I> The Federal agency funding the project may grant a waiver of the requirement in paragraph (a) of this section in any case where it is demonstrated that a person must move because of:
</P>
<P>(1) A major disaster as defined in section 102 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 5122);
</P>
<P>(2) A presidentially declared national emergency; or
</P>
<P>(3) Another emergency which requires immediate vacation of the real property, such as when continued occupancy of the displacement dwelling constitutes a substantial danger to the health or safety of the occupants or the public.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Basic conditions of emergency move.</I> Whenever a person to be displaced is required to move from the displacement dwelling for a temporary period because of an emergency as described in paragraph (b) of this section, the agency shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Take whatever steps are necessary to assure that the person who is required to move from their dwelling is relocated to a DSS dwelling;
</P>
<P>(2) Pay the actual reasonable out-of-pocket moving expenses and any reasonable increase in rent and utility costs incurred in connection with the emergency move; and
</P>
<P>(3) Make available to the displaced person as soon as feasible, at least one comparable replacement dwelling. (For purposes of filing a claim and meeting the eligibility requirements for a relocation payment; the date of displacement is the date the person moves from their dwelling due to the emergency.)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.205" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.3.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.205   Relocation planning, advisory services, and coordination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Relocation planning.</I> During the early stages of development, an agency shall plan Federal and federally assisted programs or projects in such a manner that recognizes the problems associated with the displacement of individuals, families, businesses, farms, and nonprofit organizations and develop solutions to minimize the adverse impacts of displacement. Such planning, where appropriate, shall precede any action by an agency which will cause displacement, and should be scoped to the complexity and nature of the anticipated displacing activity including an evaluation of program resources available to carry out timely and orderly relocations. Planning may involve a relocation survey or study, which may include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An estimate of the number of households to be displaced including information such as owner/tenant status, estimated value and rental rates of properties to be acquired, family characteristics, and special consideration of the impacts on minorities, the elderly, large families, and persons with disabilities when applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) An estimate of the number of comparable replacement dwellings in the area (including price ranges and rental rates) that are expected to be available to fulfill the needs of those households permanently or temporarily displaced. When an adequate supply of comparable housing is not expected to be available, the agency should consider housing of last resort actions.
</P>
<P>(3) An estimate of the number, type, and size of the businesses, farms, and nonprofit organizations to be displaced and the approximate number of employees that may be affected.
</P>
<P>(4) An estimate of the availability of replacement business sites. When an adequate supply of replacement business sites is not expected to be available, the impacts of displacing or temporarily moving the businesses should be considered and addressed. Planning for permanently and temporarily displaced businesses which are reasonably expected to involve complex or lengthy moving processes or small businesses with limited financial resources and/or few alternative relocation sites should include an analysis of business moving problems.
</P>
<P>(5) Consideration of any special relocation advisory services that may be necessary from the agency displacing a person and other cooperating agencies.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Loans for planning and preliminary expenses.</I> In the event that an agency elects to consider using the duplicative provision in section 4635 of the Uniform Act which permits the use of project funds for loans to cover planning and other preliminary expenses for the development of additional housing, the Lead Agency will establish criteria and procedures for such use upon the request of the Federal Agency funding the program or project.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Relocation assistance advisory services</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> The agency shall carry out a relocation assistance advisory program which satisfies the requirements of title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d <I>et seq.</I>), title VIII of the Civil Rights Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 3601 <I>et seq., as amended.</I>), and Executive Order 11063 (3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 652), and offer the services described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. If the agency determines that a person occupying property adjacent to the real property acquired for the project is caused substantial economic injury because of such acquisition, it may offer advisory services to such person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Services to be provided.</I> The advisory program shall include such measures, facilities, and services as may be necessary or appropriate in order to:
</P>
<P>(i) Determine, for nonresidential (businesses, farm, and nonprofit organizations) displacements, the relocation needs and preferences of each business (farm and nonprofit organization) to be displaced or, when determined to be necessary by the funding agency, temporarily displaced and explain the relocation payments and other assistance for which the business may be eligible, the related eligibility requirements, and the procedures for obtaining such assistance. This shall include a personal interview with each business. At a minimum, interviews with displaced business owners and operators should include the following items:
</P>
<P>(A) The business's replacement site requirements, current lease terms and other contractual obligations and the financial capacity of the business to accomplish the move.
</P>
<P>(B) Determination of the need for outside specialists in accordance with § 24.301(g)(13) that will be required to assist in planning the move, assistance in the actual move, and in the reinstallation of machinery and/or other personal property.
</P>
<P>(C) For businesses, an identification and resolution of personalty and/or realty issues. Every effort must be made to identify and resolve personalty and/or realty issues prior to, or at the time of, the appraisal of the property.
</P>
<P>(D) An estimate of the time required for the business to vacate the site.
</P>
<P>(E) An estimate of the anticipated difficulty in locating a replacement property.
</P>
<P>(F) An identification of any advance relocation payments required for the move, and the agency's legal capacity to provide them.
</P>
<P>(ii) Determine, for residential displacements, the relocation needs and preferences of each person to be displaced, or temporarily displaced when the funding agency determines it to be necessary, and explain the relocation payments and other assistance for which the person may be eligible, the related eligibility requirements, and the procedures for obtaining such assistance. This shall include a personal interview with each residential displaced person and, when the funding agency determines it to be necessary, each temporarily displaced person.
</P>
<P>(A) Provide current and continuing information on the availability, purchase prices, and rental costs of comparable replacement dwellings, and explain that the person cannot be required to move unless at least one comparable replacement dwelling is made available as set forth in § 24.204(a).
</P>
<P>(B) As soon as feasible, the agency shall inform the person in writing of the specific comparable replacement dwelling and the price or rent used for establishing the upper limit of the replacement housing payment (<I>see</I> § 24.403(a) and (b)) and the basis for the determination, so that the person is aware of the maximum replacement housing payment for which he or she may qualify.
</P>
<P>(C) Where feasible, comparable housing shall be inspected prior to being made available to assure that it meets applicable standards (<I>see</I> § 24.2(a).) If such an inspection is not made, the agency shall notify the person to be displaced in writing of the reason that an inspection of the comparable was not made and, that if the comparable is purchased or rented by the displaced person, a replacement housing payment may not be made unless the replacement dwelling is subsequently inspected and determined to be decent, safe, and sanitary. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.205(c)(2)(ii)(C).)
</P>
<P>(D) Whenever possible, minority persons, including those temporarily displaced, shall be given reasonable opportunities to relocate to decent, safe, and sanitary replacement dwellings, not located in an area of minority concentration, that are within their financial means. This does not require an agency to provide a person a larger payment than is necessary to enable a person to relocate to a comparable replacement dwelling. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.205(c)(2)(ii)(D).)
</P>
<P>(E) The agency shall offer all persons transportation to inspect housing to which they are referred.
</P>
<P>(F) Any displaced person that may be eligible for Government housing assistance at the replacement dwelling shall be advised of any requirements of such Government housing assistance program that would limit the size of the replacement dwelling (<I>see</I> § 24.2(a)), as well as of the long-term nature of such rent subsidy, and the limited (42 month) duration of the relocation rental assistance payment.
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide, for nonresidential moves, current and continuing information on the availability, purchase prices, and rental costs of suitable commercial and farm properties and locations. Assist any person displaced from a business or farm operation to obtain and become established in a suitable replacement location.
</P>
<P>(iv) Minimize hardships to persons in adjusting to relocation by providing counseling, advice as to other sources of assistance that may be available, and such other help as may be appropriate.
</P>
<P>(v) Supply persons to be displaced with appropriate information concerning Federal and State housing programs, disaster loan and other programs administered by the Small Business Administration, and other Federal and State programs offering assistance to displaced persons, and technical help to persons applying for such assistance.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Coordination of relocation activities.</I> Relocation activities shall be coordinated with project work and other displacement-causing activities to ensure that, to the extent feasible, persons displaced receive consistent treatment and the duplication of functions is minimized. (<I>See</I> § 24.6.)
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Subsequent occupants.</I> Any person who occupies property acquired by an agency, when such occupancy began subsequent to the acquisition of the property, and the occupancy is permitted by a short-term rental agreement or an agreement subject to termination when the property is needed for a program or project, shall be eligible for advisory services, as determined by the agency.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.206" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.3.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.206   Eviction for cause.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Eviction for cause must conform to applicable Federal, State, and local law. Any person who occupies the real property and is in lawful occupancy on the date of the initiation of negotiations is presumed to be entitled to relocation payments and other assistance set forth in this part unless the agency determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The person received an eviction notice prior to the initiation of negotiations and as a result of that notice is later evicted; or
</P>
<P>(2) The person is evicted after the initiation of negotiations for serious or repeated violation of material terms of the lease or occupancy agreement; and
</P>
<P>(3) In either case the eviction was not undertaken for the purpose of evading the obligation to make available the payments and other assistance set forth in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of determining eligibility for relocation payments, the date of displacement is the date the person moves, or if later, the date a comparable replacement dwelling is made available. This section applies only to persons who would otherwise have been displaced by the project. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.206.)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.207" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.3.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.207   General requirements—claims for relocation payments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Documentation.</I> Any claim for a relocation payment shall be supported by such documentation as may be reasonably required to support expenses incurred, such as bills, certified prices, appraisals, or other evidence of such expenses. A displaced person or person required to move temporarily must be provided reasonable assistance necessary to complete and file any required claim for payment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Expeditious payments.</I> The agency shall review claims in an expeditious manner. The claimant shall be promptly notified as to any additional documentation that is required to support the claim. Payment for a claim shall be made as soon as feasible following receipt of sufficient documentation to support the claim.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Advanced payments.</I> If a person demonstrates the need for an advanced relocation payment in order to avoid or reduce a hardship, the agency shall issue the payment, subject to such safeguards as are appropriate to ensure that the objective of the payment is accomplished.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time for filing.</I> (1) All claims for a relocation payment shall be filed with the agency no later than 18 months after:
</P>
<P>(i) For tenants, the date of displacement or temporary move.
</P>
<P>(ii) For owners, the date of displacement or the date of the final payment for the acquisition of the real property, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(2) The agency shall waive this time period for good cause.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice of denial of claim.</I> If the agency disapproves all or part of a payment claimed or refuses to consider the claim on its merits because of untimely filing or other grounds, it shall promptly notify the claimant in writing of its determination, the basis for its determination, and the procedures for appealing that determination.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>No waiver of relocation assistance.</I> An agency shall not propose or request that a person waive his or her rights or entitlements to relocation assistance and benefits provided by the Uniform Act and this part. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.207(f).)
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Expenditure of payments.</I> Payments, provided pursuant to this part, shall not be considered to constitute Federal financial assistance. Accordingly, this part does not apply to the expenditure of such payments by, or for, a displaced person.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Deductions from relocation payments.</I> An agency shall deduct the amount of any advance relocation payment from the relocation payment(s) to which a person is otherwise entitled. The agency shall not withhold any part of a relocation payment to a person to satisfy any other obligation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.208" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.3.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.208   Aliens not lawfully present in the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person seeking relocation payments or relocation advisory assistance shall, as a condition of eligibility, certify:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of an individual, that they are a citizen, or an alien who is lawfully present in the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a family, that each family member is a citizen or an alien who is lawfully present in the United States. The certification may be made by the head of the household on behalf of other family members.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of an unincorporated business, farm, or nonprofit organization, that each owner is a citizen or an alien who is lawfully present in the United States. The certification may be made by the principal owner, manager, or operating officer on behalf of other persons with an ownership interest.
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of an incorporated business, farm, or nonprofit organization, that the corporation is authorized to conduct business within the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) The certification provided pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section shall specify the person's status as a citizen or an alien who is lawfully present in the United States. Requirements concerning the certification in addition to those contained in this section shall be within the discretion of the Federal funding agency and, within those parameters, that of the agency carrying out such displacements.
</P>
<P>(c) In computing relocation payments under the Uniform Act, if any member(s) of a household or owner(s) of an unincorporated business, farm, or nonprofit organization is (are) determined to be ineligible because of a failure to be lawfully present in the United States, no relocation payments may be made to him or her. Any payment(s) for which such household, unincorporated business, farm, or nonprofit organization would otherwise be eligible shall be computed for the household, based on the number of eligible household members and for the unincorporated business, farm, or nonprofit organization, based on the ratio of ownership between eligible and ineligible owners. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.208(c).)
</P>
<P>(d) The agency shall consider the certification provided pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section to be valid, unless the agency determines in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section that it is invalid based on a review of documentation or other information that the agency considers reliable and appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) Any review by the agency of the certifications provided pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall be conducted in a nondiscriminatory fashion. Each agency will apply the same standard of review to all such certifications it receives, except that such standard may be revised periodically.
</P>
<P>(f) If, based on a review of a person's documentation or other credible evidence, an agency has reason to believe that a person's certification is invalid (for example a document reviewed does not on its face reasonably appear to be genuine), and that, as a result, such person may be an alien not lawfully present in the United States, it shall obtain the following information before making a final determination:
</P>
<P>(1) For a person who has certified that they are an alien lawfully present in the United States, the agency shall obtain verification of the person's status by using the Systematic Alien Verification for Entitlements (SAVE) program administered by USCIS to verify immigration status.
</P>
<P>(2) For a person who has certified that they are a citizen or national, if the agency has reason to believe that the certification is invalid, the agency shall request evidence of United States citizenship or nationality and, if considered necessary, verify the accuracy of such evidence with the issuer or other appropriate source.
</P>
<P>(g) No relocation payments or relocation advisory assistance shall be provided to a person who has not provided the certification described in this section or who has been determined to be not lawfully present in the United States, unless such person can demonstrate to the agency's satisfaction that the denial of relocation assistance will result in an exceptional and extremely unusual hardship to such person's spouse, parent, or child who is a citizen of the United States or an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence in the United States.
</P>
<P>(h) For purposes of paragraph (g) of this section, “exceptional and extremely unusual hardship” to such spouse, parent, or child of the person not lawfully present in the United States means that the denial of relocation payments and advisory assistance to such person will directly result in (<I>see</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.208(h)):
</P>
<P>(1) A significant and demonstrable adverse impact on the health or safety of such spouse, parent, or child;
</P>
<P>(2) A significant and demonstrable adverse impact on the continued existence of the family unit of which such spouse, parent, or child is a member; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any other impact that the agency determines will have a significant and demonstrable adverse impact on such spouse, parent, or child.
</P>
<P>(i) The certification referred to in paragraph (a) of this section may be included as part of the claim for relocation payments described in § 24.207.
</P>
<P>(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2105-0508.)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.209" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.3.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.209   Relocation payments not considered as income.</HEAD>
<P>No relocation payment received by a displaced person or person required to move temporarily under this part shall be considered as income for the purpose of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, which has been redesignated as the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (title 26, U.S.C.), or for the purpose of determining the eligibility or the extent of eligibility of any person for assistance under the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 301 <I>et seq.</I>) or any other Federal law, except for any Federal law providing low-income housing assistance. 






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Payments for Moving and Related Expenses</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.301" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.4.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.301   Payment for actual reasonable moving and related expenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Any owner-occupant or tenant who qualifies as a displaced person (defined at § 24.2(a)) and who moves from a dwelling (including a mobile home) or who moves from a business, farm, or nonprofit organization is entitled to payment of his or her actual moving and related expenses, as the agency determines to be reasonable and necessary.
</P>
<P>(2) A non-occupant owner of a rented mobile home is eligible for actual cost reimbursement under this section to relocate the mobile home. If the mobile home is not acquired as real estate, but the homeowner-occupant obtains a replacement housing payment under one of the circumstances described at § 24.502(a)(3), the homeowner-occupant is not eligible for payment for moving the mobile home but may be eligible for a payment for moving personal property from the mobile home.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Moves from a dwelling.</I> A displaced person's actual, reasonable, and necessary moving expenses for moving personal property from a dwelling may be determined based on the cost of one, or a combination of the methods in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section (eligible expenses for moves from a dwelling include the expenses described in paragraphs (g)(1) through (7) of this section):
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commercial move.</I> Moves performed by a professional mover.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Self-move.</I> Moves that may be performed by the displaced person in one or a combination of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Fixed Residential Moving Cost Schedule.</I> The Fixed Residential Moving Cost Schedule described in § 24.302.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Actual cost move.</I> Supported by receipted bills for labor and equipment. Hourly labor rates should not exceed the cost paid by a commercial mover for moving staff necessary for moving the residential personal property. Costs for moving personal property that requires special handling should not exceed the hourly market rate for a commercial specialist. Equipment rental fees should be based on the actual cost of renting the equipment but not exceed the cost paid by a commercial mover.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>A moving cost estimate.</I> Prepared by a qualified agency staff person, as developed from the agency's thorough review of the personal property to be moved and documented costs for materials, equipment, and labor. Hourly labor rates should not exceed the cost paid by a commercial mover for moving staff. Costs for moving residential personal property that requires special handling should not exceed the hourly rate for a commercial specialist. Equipment rental fees should be based on the actual cost of renting the equipment but not exceed the cost paid by a commercial mover. The cost of materials should equal those readily available locally.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Commercial mover estimate.</I> Based on the lower of two bids from a commercial mover. Federal funding agencies may establish policies and procedures which require its grantees to calculate and subtract an estimated amount of overhead and profit from the moving cost bids to establish a reimbursement eligibility.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Moves from a mobile home.</I> Eligible expenses for moves from a mobile home include those expenses described in paragraphs (g)(1) through (7) of this section. In addition to the items in paragraph (a) of this section, the owner-occupant of a mobile home that is moved as personal property and used as the person's replacement dwelling, is also eligible for the moving expenses described in paragraphs (g)(8) through (10) of this section. A displaced person's actual, reasonable, and necessary moving expenses for moving personal property from a mobile home may be determined based on the cost of one, or a combination of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commercial move.</I> Moves performed by a professional mover.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Self-move.</I> Moves that may be performed by the displaced person in one or a combination of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Fixed Residential Moving Cost Schedule.</I> The Fixed Residential Moving Cost Schedule described in § 24.302.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Actual cost move.</I> Supported by receipted bills for labor and equipment. Hourly labor rates should not exceed the cost paid by a commercial mover for moving staff necessary for moving the residential personal property. Costs for moving personal property that requires special handling should not exceed the hourly market rate for a commercial specialist. Equipment rental fees should be based on the actual cost of renting the equipment but not exceed the cost paid by a commercial mover.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>A moving cost estimate.</I> Prepared by a qualified agency staff person, as developed from the agency's thorough review of the personal property to be moved, and documented estimated costs for materials, equipment, and labor. Hourly labor rates should not exceed the cost paid by a commercial mover for moving staff. Costs for moving residential personal property that requires special handling should not exceed the hourly rate for a commercial specialist. Equipment rental fees should be based on the actual cost of renting the equipment but not exceed the cost paid by a commercial mover. The cost of materials should equal those readily available locally.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Commercial mover estimate.</I> Based on the lower of two bids from a commercial mover. Federal funding agencies may establish policies and procedures which require its grantees to calculate and subtract an estimated amount of overhead and profit from the moving cost bids to establish a reimbursement eligibility.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Moves from a business, farm, or nonprofit organization.</I> Eligible expenses for moves from a business, farm, or nonprofit organization include those expenses described in paragraphs (g)(1) through (7) and (11) through (18) of this section and § 24.303. Personal property as determined by an inventory from a business, farm, or nonprofit organization may be moved by one or a combination of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commercial move.</I> Based on the lower of two bids or estimates prepared by a commercial mover. At the agency's discretion, payment for a low cost or uncomplicated move may be based on a single bid or estimate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Self-move.</I> A self-move payment may be based on one or a combination of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The lower of two bids or estimates prepared by a commercial mover or qualified agency staff person. At the agency's discretion, payment for a low cost or uncomplicated move may be based on a single bid or estimate; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Supported by receipted bills for labor and equipment. Hourly labor rates should not exceed the rates paid by a commercial mover to employees performing the same activity and, equipment rental fees should be based on the actual rental cost of the equipment but not to exceed the cost paid by a commercial mover.
</P>
<P>(iii) A qualified agency staff person may develop a move cost finding by estimating and determining the cost of a small uncomplicated nonresidential personal property move of $5,000 or less, with the written consent of the person. This estimate may include only the cost of moving personal property which does not require disconnect and reconnect and/or specialty moving services necessary for activities including crating, lifting, transportation, and setting of the item in place.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Personal property only.</I> Eligible expenses for a person who is required to move personal property from real property but is not required to move from a dwelling (including a mobile home), business, farm, or nonprofit organization include those expenses described in paragraphs (g)(1) through (7) and (18) of this section. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.301(e).)
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Advertising signs.</I> The amount of a payment for direct loss of an advertising sign, which is personal property shall be the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(1) The depreciated reproduction cost of the sign, as determined by the agency, less the proceeds from its sale; or
</P>
<P>(2) The estimated cost of moving the sign, but with no allowance for storage.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Eligible actual moving expenses.</I> (1) Transportation of the displaced person and personal property. Transportation costs for a distance beyond 50 miles are not eligible, unless the agency determines that relocation beyond 50 miles is justified.
</P>
<P>(2) Packing, crating, unpacking, and uncrating of the personal property.
</P>
<P>(3) Disconnecting, dismantling, removing, reassembling, and reinstalling relocated household appliances and other personal property. For businesses, farms, or nonprofit organizations this includes machinery, equipment, substitute personal property, and connections to utilities available within the building; it also includes modifications to the personal property, including those mandated by Federal, State, or local law, code, or ordinance, necessary to adapt it to the replacement structure, the replacement site, or the utilities at the replacement site, and modifications necessary to adapt the utilities at the replacement site to the personal property.
</P>
<P>(4) An agency may determine that the storage of personal property is a reasonable and necessary moving expense for a displaced person or person required to move temporarily under this part. Agencies may approve a payment for storage when the process of relocating from the acquired site to the replacement site is delayed for reasons beyond the control of the displaced person. Storage may not be longer than 12 months, starting at the date of vacation from the acquired site and ending when the replacement site becomes available. Agencies may approve storage for more than 12 months in unusual instances as justified, documented, and approved by the agency.
</P>
<P>(5) Insurance for the replacement value of the property in connection with the move and necessary storage.
</P>
<P>(6) The replacement value of property lost, stolen, or damaged in the process of moving (not through the fault or negligence of the displaced person, his or her agent, or employee) where insurance covering such loss, theft, or damage is not reasonably available.
</P>
<P>(7) A displaced tenant is entitled to reasonable reimbursement, as determined by the agency, for actual expenses not to exceed $1,000, incurred for rental replacement dwelling application fees or credit reports required to lease a replacement dwelling.
</P>
<P>(8) Other moving-related expenses that are not listed as ineligible under paragraph (h) of this section, as the agency determines to be reasonable and necessary.
</P>
<P>(9) The reasonable cost of disassembling, moving, and reassembling any appurtenances attached to a mobile home, such as porches, decks, skirting, and awnings, which were not acquired, anchoring of the unit, and utility “hookup” charges.
</P>
<P>(10) The reasonable cost of repairs and/or modifications so that a mobile home can be moved and/or made decent, safe, and sanitary.
</P>
<P>(11) The cost of a nonrefundable mobile home park entrance fee, to the extent it does not exceed the fee at a comparable mobile home park, if the person is displaced or temporarily moved from a mobile home park or the agency determines that payment of the fee is necessary to effect relocation.
</P>
<P>(12) Any actual, reasonable, or necessary costs of a license, permit, fee, or certification required of the displaced person to operate a business, farm, or nonprofit at the replacement location. However, the payment may be based on the remaining useful life of the existing license, permit, fees, or certification.
</P>
<P>(13) Professional services as the agency determines to be actual, reasonable, and necessary for:
</P>
<P>(i) Planning the move of the personal property;
</P>
<P>(ii) Moving the personal property; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Installing the relocated personal property at the replacement location.
</P>
<P>(14) Relettering signs, replacing stationery on hand at the time of displacement or temporary move, and making reasonable and necessary updates to other media that are made obsolete as a result of the move. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.301(g)(14).)
</P>
<P>(15) Actual direct loss of tangible personal property incurred as a result of moving or discontinuing the business or farm operation. The payment shall consist of:
</P>
<P>(i) If the item is currently in use, the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(A) The estimated cost to move the item up to 50 miles and reinstall; or
</P>
<P>(B) The fair market value in place of the item, as is for continued use, less the proceeds from its sale. To be eligible for payment, the claimant must make a good faith effort to sell the personal property, unless the agency determines that such effort is not necessary.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the item is not currently in use: The estimated cost of moving the item 50 miles, as is.
</P>
<P>(iii) When payment for property loss is claimed for goods held for sale, the fair market value shall be based on the cost of the goods to the business, not the potential selling prices. (<I>See</I> appendix A of this part, section 24.301(g)(15).)
</P>
<P>(16) The reasonable cost incurred in attempting to sell an item that is not to be relocated.
</P>
<P>(17) If an item of personal property, which is used as part of a business or farm operation is not moved but is promptly replaced with a substitute item that performs a comparable function at the replacement site, the displaced person is entitled to payment of the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(i) The cost of the substitute item, including installation costs of the replacement site, minus any proceeds from the sale or trade-in of the replaced item; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The estimated cost of moving and reinstalling the replaced item but with no allowance for storage. At the agency's discretion, the estimated cost for a low cost or uncomplicated move may be based on a single bid or estimate.
</P>
<P>(18) Searching for a replacement location.
</P>
<P>(i) A business or farm operation is entitled to reimbursement for actual expenses, not to exceed $5,000, as the agency determines to be reasonable, which are incurred in searching for a replacement location, including:
</P>
<P>(A) Transportation;
</P>
<P>(B) Meals and lodging away from home;
</P>
<P>(C) Time spent searching, based on reasonable salary or earnings;
</P>
<P>(D) Fees paid to a real estate agent or broker to locate a replacement site, exclusive of any fees or commissions related to the purchase of such sites;
</P>
<P>(E) Time spent in obtaining permits and attending zoning hearings; and
</P>
<P>(F) Expenses negotiating the purchase of a replacement site based on a reasonable salary or fee, including actual, reasonable, and necessary attorney's fees.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Federal funding agency may, on a program wide or project basis, allow a one-time payment of $1,000 for search expenses with minimal or no documentation as an alternative payment method to paragraph (g)(18)(i) of this section. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.301(g)(18).)
</P>
<P>(19) When the personal property to be moved is of low value and high bulk, and the cost of moving the property would be disproportionate to its value in the judgment of the agency, the allowable moving cost payment shall not exceed the lesser of: the amount which would be received if the property were sold at the site; or the replacement cost of a comparable quantity delivered to the new business location. Examples of personal property covered by this paragraph (g)(19) include, but are not limited to, stockpiled sand, gravel, minerals, metals, and other similar items of personal property as determined by the agency.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Ineligible moving and related expenses.</I> The following is a nonexclusive listing of payments a displaced person is not entitled to:
</P>
<P>(1) The cost of moving any structure or other real property improvement in which the displaced person reserved ownership. (However, this part does not preclude the computation under § 24.401(c)(2)(iii));
</P>
<P>(2) Interest on a loan to cover moving expenses;
</P>
<P>(3) Loss of goodwill;
</P>
<P>(4) Loss of profits;
</P>
<P>(5) Loss of trained employees;
</P>
<P>(6) Any additional operating expenses of a business or farm operation incurred because of operating in a new location except as provided in § 24.304(a)(6);
</P>
<P>(7) Personal injury;
</P>
<P>(8) Any legal fee or other cost for preparing a claim for a relocation payment or for representing the claimant before the agency;
</P>
<P>(9) Expenses for searching for a temporary or replacement dwelling which include costs for mileage, meals, lodging, time and professional real estate broker or attorney's fees;
</P>
<P>(10) Physical changes to the real property at the temporary or replacement location of a business or farm operation except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section and § 24.304(a);
</P>
<P>(11) Costs for storage of personal property on real property already owned or leased by the displaced person or person to be moved temporarily;
</P>
<P>(12) Refundable security and utility deposits; and
</P>
<P>(13) Cosmetic changes to a replacement or temporary dwelling, which are not required by State or local law, such as painting, draperies, or replacement carpet or flooring.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Notification and inspection (nonresidential).</I> The agency shall inform the displaced person and persons required to move temporarily, in writing, of the requirements of this section as soon as possible after the initiation of negotiations. This information may be included in the relocation information provided the person as set forth in § 24.203. To be eligible for payments under this section the person must:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide the agency reasonable advance notice of the approximate date of the start of the move or disposition of the personal property and an inventory of the items to be moved. However, the agency may waive this notice requirement after documenting its file accordingly.
</P>
<P>(2) Permit the agency to make reasonable and timely inspections of the personal property at both the displacement and replacement sites and to monitor the move.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Transfer of ownership (nonresidential).</I> Upon request and in accordance with applicable law, the claimant shall transfer to the agency ownership of any personal property that has not been moved, sold, or traded in.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.302" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.4.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.302   Fixed payment for moving expenses—residential moves.</HEAD>
<P>Any person displaced from a dwelling or a seasonal residence or a dormitory style room is entitled to receive a fixed moving cost payment as an alternative to a payment for actual moving and related expenses under § 24.301. This payment shall be determined according to the Fixed Residential Moving Cost Schedule approved by FHWA and published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> on a periodic basis. The payment to a person with minimal personal possessions who is in occupancy of a dormitory style room or a person whose residential move is performed by an agency at no cost to the person shall be limited to the amount stated in the most recent edition of the Fixed Residential Moving Cost Schedule. In addition, an agency may approve storage for a displaced person's personal property for a period of up 12 months as a reasonable, actual and necessary moving expense under § 24.301(g)(4).
</P>
<P>(a) An agency may determine that the storage of personal property is a reasonable and necessary moving expense for a displaced person under this part. The determination shall be based on the needs of the displaced person; the nature of the move; the plans for permanent relocation; the amount of time available for the relocation process; and, whether storage will facilitate relocation. If the agency determines that storage is reasonable and necessary in conjunction with a fixed cost moving payment made under this section, the agency shall pay the actual, reasonable, and necessary storage expenses in accordance with § 24.301(g)(4). However, regardless of whether storage is approved, the Fixed Residential Move Cost Schedule provides a one-time payment for one move from the displacement dwelling to the replacement dwelling, or storage facility. Consequently, displaced persons must be fully informed that reimbursement of costs to move the personal property to storage and the cost of approved storage, if applicable, represent a full reimbursement of their eligibility for moving costs under this part. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.302.)
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) The Fixed Residential Moving Cost Schedule is available at the following URL: <I>www.fhwa.dot.gov/real_estate/uniform_act/relocation/moving_cost_schedule.cfm.</I>




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.303" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.4.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.303   Related nonresidential eligible expenses.</HEAD>
<P>The following expenses, in addition to those provided by § 24.301 for moving personal property, shall be provided if the agency determines that they are actual, reasonable, and necessary:
</P>
<P>(a) Connection to available utilities from the replacement site's property line to improvements at the replacement site. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, <I>Section 24.303(a).</I>)
</P>
<P>(b) Professional services performed prior to the purchase or lease of a replacement site to determine its suitability for the displaced person's business operation including, but not limited to, soil testing or feasibility and marketing studies (excluding any fees or commissions directly related to the purchase or lease of such site). At the discretion of the agency a reasonable pre-approved hourly rate may be established. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.303(b).)
</P>
<P>(c) Impact fees and one-time assessments for anticipated heavy utility usage, as determined necessary by the agency. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.303(c).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.304" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.4.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.304   Reestablishment expenses—nonresidential moves.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the payments available under §§ 24.301 and 24.303, a small business, farm, or nonprofit organization is entitled to receive a payment, not to exceed $33,200, for expenses actually incurred in relocating and reestablishing such small business, farm, or nonprofit organization at a replacement site.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Eligible expenses.</I> Reestablishment expenses must be reasonable and necessary, as determined by the agency. They include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Repairs or improvements to the replacement real property as required by Federal, State, or local law, code, or ordinance.
</P>
<P>(2) Modifications to the replacement property to accommodate the business operation or make replacement structures suitable for conducting the business.
</P>
<P>(3) Construction and installation costs for exterior signing to advertise the business.
</P>
<P>(4) Redecoration or replacement of soiled or worn surfaces at the replacement site, such as paint, paneling, or carpeting.
</P>
<P>(5) Advertisement of replacement location.
</P>
<P>(6) Estimated increased costs of operation during the first 2 years at the replacement site for such items as:
</P>
<P>(i) Lease or rental charges;
</P>
<P>(ii) Personal or real property taxes;
</P>
<P>(iii) Insurance premiums; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Utility charges, excluding impact fees.
</P>
<P>(7) Other items that the agency considers essential to the reestablishment of the business.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ineligible expenses.</I> The following is a nonexclusive listing of reestablishment expenditures not considered to be reasonable, necessary, or otherwise eligible:
</P>
<P>(1) Purchase of capital assets, such as office furniture, filing cabinets, machinery, or trade fixtures.
</P>
<P>(2) Purchase of manufacturing materials, production supplies, product inventory, or other items used in the normal course of the business operation.
</P>
<P>(3) Interest on money borrowed to make the move or purchase the replacement property.
</P>
<P>(4) Payment to a part-time business in the home which does not contribute materially, defined at § 24.2(a), to the household income.
</P>
<P>(5) Construction costs for a new building at the business replacement site, or costs to construct, reconstruct or rehabilitate an existing building. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.304(b)(5).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.305" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.4.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.305   Fixed payment for moving expenses—nonresidential moves.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Business.</I> A displaced business may be eligible to choose a fixed payment in lieu of the payments for both actual moving and related expenses, as well as actual reasonable reestablishment expenses provided by §§ 24.301, 24.303, and 24.304. Such fixed payment, except for payment to a nonprofit organization, shall equal the average annual net earnings of the business, as computed in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, but not less than $1,000 nor more than $53,200. The displaced business is eligible for the payment if the agency determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The business owns or rents personal property which must be moved in connection with such displacement and for which an expense would be incurred in such move and the business vacates or relocates from its displacement site;
</P>
<P>(2) The business cannot be relocated without a substantial loss of its existing patronage (clientele or net earnings). A business is assumed to meet this test unless the agency determines that it will not suffer a substantial loss of its existing patronage;
</P>
<P>(3) The business is not part of a commercial enterprise having more than three other entities which are not being acquired by the agency, and which are under the same ownership and engaged in the same or similar business activities;
</P>
<P>(4) The business is not operated at a displacement dwelling solely for the purpose of renting such dwelling to others;
</P>
<P>(5) The business is not operated at the displacement site solely for the purpose of renting the site to others; and
</P>
<P>(6) The business contributed materially to the income of the displaced person during the 2 taxable years prior to displacement. (<I>See</I> § 24.2(a).)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determining the number of businesses.</I> In determining whether two or more displaced legal entities constitute a single business, which is entitled to only one fixed payment, all pertinent factors shall be considered, including the extent to which:
</P>
<P>(1) The same premises and equipment are shared;
</P>
<P>(2) Substantially identical or interrelated business functions are carried out and business and financial affairs are commingled;
</P>
<P>(3) The entities are held out to the public, and to those customarily dealing with them, as one business; and
</P>
<P>(4) The same person or closely related persons own, control, or manage the affairs of the entities.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Farm operation.</I> A displaced farm operation (defined at § 24.2(a)) may choose a fixed payment, in lieu of the payments for both actual moving as well as related expenses and actual reasonable reestablishment expenses, in an amount equal to its average annual net earnings as computed in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, but not less than $1,000 nor more than $53,200. In the case of a partial acquisition of land, which was a farm operation before the acquisition, the fixed payment shall be made only if the agency determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The acquisition of part of the land caused the operator to be displaced from the farm operation on the remaining land; or
</P>
<P>(2) The partial acquisition caused a substantial change in the nature of the farm operation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Nonprofit organization.</I> A displaced nonprofit organization may choose a fixed payment of $1,000 to $53,200, in lieu of the payments for both actual moving as well as related expenses and actual reasonable reestablishment expenses, if the agency determines that it cannot be relocated without a substantial loss of existing patronage (membership or clientele). A nonprofit organization is assumed to meet this test unless the agency demonstrates otherwise. Any payment in excess of $1,000 must be supported with financial statements for the two 12-month periods prior to the acquisition. The amount to be used for the payment is the average of 2 years annual gross revenues less administrative expenses. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.305(d).)
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Average annual net earnings of a business or farm operation.</I> The average annual net earnings of a business or farm operation are one-half of its net earnings before Federal, State, and local income taxes during the 2 taxable years immediately prior to the taxable year in which it was displaced. If the business or farm was not in operation for the full 2 taxable years prior to displacement, net earnings shall be based on the actual period of operation at the displacement site during the 2 taxable years prior to displacement, projected to an annual rate (<I>see</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.305(e), for sample calculations). Average annual net earnings may be based upon a different period of time when the agency determines it to be more equitable. Net earnings include any compensation obtained from the business or farm operation by its owner, the owner's spouse, and dependents. The displaced person shall furnish the agency proof of net earnings through income tax returns, certified financial statements, or other reasonable evidence, which the agency determines is satisfactory. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.305(e).)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.306" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.4.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.306   Discretionary utility relocation payments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever a program or project undertaken by an agency causes the relocation of a utility facility (defined at § 24.2(a)) and the relocation of the facility creates extraordinary expenses for its owner, the agency may, at its option, make a relocation payment to the owner for all or part of such expenses, if the following criteria are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The utility facility legally occupies State or local government property, or property over which the State or local government has an easement or right-of-way;
</P>
<P>(2) The utility facility's right of occupancy thereon is pursuant to State law or local ordinance specifically authorizing such use, or where such use and occupancy has been granted through a franchise, use and occupancy permit, or other similar agreement;
</P>
<P>(3) Relocation of the utility facility is required by and is incidental to the primary purpose of the project or program undertaken by the agency;
</P>
<P>(4) There is no Federal law, other than the Uniform Act, which clearly establishes a requirement for the payment of utility moving costs that is applicable to the agency's program or project; and
</P>
<P>(5) State or local government reimbursement for utility moving costs or payment of such costs by the agency is in accordance with State law.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section, the term extraordinary expenses mean those expenses which, in the opinion of the agency, are not routine or predictable expenses relating to the utility's occupancy of rights-of-way, and are not ordinarily budgeted as operating expenses, unless the owner of the utility facility has explicitly and knowingly agreed to bear such expenses as a condition for use of the property or has voluntarily agreed to be responsible for such expenses.
</P>
<P>(c) A relocation payment to a utility facility owner for moving costs under this section may not exceed the cost to functionally restore the service disrupted by the federally assisted program or project, less any increase in value of the new facility and salvage value of the old facility. The agency and the utility facility owner shall reach prior agreement on the nature of the utility relocation work to be accomplished, the eligibility of the work for reimbursement, the responsibilities for financing and accomplishing the work, and the method of accumulating costs and making payment. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.306.) 




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Replacement Housing Payments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.401" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.5.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.401   Replacement housing payment for 90-day homeowner-occupants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligibility.</I> A displaced person is eligible for the replacement housing payment for a 90-day homeowner-occupant if the person:
</P>
<P>(1) Has actually owned and occupied the displacement dwelling for not less than 90 days immediately prior to the initiation of negotiations; and
</P>
<P>(2) Purchases and occupies a decent, safe, and sanitary replacement dwelling within 1 year after the later of the following dates (except that the agency may extend such 1 year period for good cause):
</P>
<P>(i) The date the displaced person receives final payment for the displacement dwelling or, in the case of condemnation, the date the full amount of the estimate of just compensation is deposited in the court; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The date the agency's obligation under § 24.204 is met.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Amount of payment.</I> The replacement housing payment for an eligible 90-day homeowner-occupant may not exceed $41,200 (<I>see also</I> § 24.404). The payment under this subpart is limited to the amount necessary to relocate to a comparable replacement dwelling within 1 year from the date the displaced homeowner-occupant is paid for the displacement dwelling, or the date a comparable replacement dwelling is made available to such person, whichever is later. The payment shall be the sum of:
</P>
<P>(1) The amount by which the cost of a replacement dwelling exceeds the acquisition cost of the displacement dwelling, as determined in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The increased interest costs and other debt service costs which are incurred in connection with the mortgage(s) on the replacement dwelling, as determined in accordance with paragraph (d) or (e) of this section, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(3) The reasonable expenses incidental to the purchase of the replacement dwelling, as determined in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Price differential</I>—(1) <I>Basic computation.</I> The price differential to be paid under paragraph (b)(1) of this section is the amount which must be added to the acquisition cost of the displacement dwelling and site (<I>see</I> § 24.2(a)) to provide a total amount equal to the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(i) The reasonable cost of a comparable replacement dwelling as determined in accordance with § 24.403(a); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The purchase price of the DSS replacement dwelling actually purchased and occupied by the displaced person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Owner retention of displacement dwelling.</I> If the owner retains ownership of his or her dwelling, moves it from the displacement site, and reoccupies it on a replacement site, the purchase price of the replacement dwelling shall be the sum of:
</P>
<P>(i) The cost of moving and restoring the dwelling to a condition comparable to that prior to the move;
</P>
<P>(ii) The cost of making the unit a DSS replacement dwelling (<I>see</I> § 24.2(a));
</P>
<P>(iii) The current fair market value for residential use of the replacement dwelling site (<I>see</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.401(c)(2)(iii)), unless the claimant rented the displacement site and there is a reasonable opportunity for the claimant to rent a suitable replacement site; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The retention value of the dwelling if such retention value is reflected in the “acquisition cost” used when computing the replacement housing payment.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Increased mortgage interest costs.</I> The agency shall determine the factors to be used in computing the amount to be paid to a displaced person under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (e) of this section, the payment for increased mortgage interest cost shall be the amount which will reduce the mortgage balance on a new mortgage to an amount which could be amortized with the same monthly payment for principal and interest as that for the mortgage(s) on the displacement dwelling. In addition, payments shall include other debt service costs, if not paid as incidental costs, and shall be based only on bona fide mortgages that were valid liens on the displacement dwelling for at least 180 days prior to the initiation of negotiations. Paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of this section shall apply to the computation of the increased mortgage interest costs payment, which payment shall be contingent upon a mortgage being placed on the replacement dwelling.
</P>
<P>(1) The payment shall be based on the unpaid mortgage balance(s) on the displacement dwelling; however, in the event the displaced person obtains a smaller mortgage than the mortgage balance(s) computed in the buydown determination, the payment will be prorated and reduced accordingly. (See appendix A to this part, section 24.401(d).) In the case of a home equity loan the unpaid balance shall be that balance which existed 180 days prior to the initiation of negotiations or the balance on the date of acquisition, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(2) The payment shall be based on the remaining term of the mortgage(s) on the displacement dwelling or the term of the new mortgage, whichever is shorter.
</P>
<P>(3) The interest rate on the new mortgage used in determining the amount of the payment shall not exceed the prevailing fixed interest rate for conventional mortgages currently charged by mortgage lending institutions in the area in which the replacement dwelling is located.
</P>
<P>(4) Purchaser's points and loan origination or assumption fees, but not seller's points, shall be paid to the extent:
</P>
<P>(i) They are not paid as incidental expenses;
</P>
<P>(ii) They do not exceed rates normal to similar real estate transactions in the area;
</P>
<P>(iii) The agency determines them to be necessary; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The computation of such points and fees shall be based on the unpaid mortgage balance on the displacement dwelling, less the amount determined for the reduction of the mortgage balance under this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The displaced person shall be advised of the approximate amount of this payment and the conditions that must be met to receive the payment as soon as the facts relative to the person's current mortgage(s) are known and the payment shall be made available at or near the time of closing on the replacement dwelling in order to reduce the new mortgage as intended.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reverse mortgages.</I> The payment for replacing a reverse mortgage shall be the difference between the existing reverse mortgage balance and the minimum dollar amount necessary to purchase a replacement reverse mortgage which will provide the same or similar terms as that for the reverse mortgage on the displacement dwelling. In addition, payments shall include other debt service costs, if not paid as incidental costs, and shall be based only on reverse mortgages that were valid liens on the displacement dwelling for at least 180 days prior to the initiation of negotiations. Paragraphs (e)(1) through (4) of this section shall apply to the computation of the mortgage interest differential payment required under paragraph (d) of this section, which payment shall be contingent upon a new reverse mortgage being purchased for the replacement dwelling.
</P>
<P>(1) The payment shall be based on the difference between the reverse mortgage balance and the minimum amount needed to qualify for a reverse mortgage with the similar terms as the reverse mortgage on the displacement dwelling; however, in the event the displaced person obtains a reverse mortgage with a smaller principal balance than the reverse mortgage balance(s) computed in the buydown determination, the payment will be prorated and reduced accordingly. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.401(e).) The reverse mortgage balance shall be that balance which existed 180 days prior to the initiation of negotiations or the reverse mortgage balance on the date of acquisition, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(2) The interest rate on the new reverse mortgage used in determining the amount of the eligibility shall not exceed the prevailing rate for reverse mortgages currently charged by mortgage lending institutions for owners with similar amounts of equity in their units in the area in which the replacement dwelling is located.
</P>
<P>(3) Purchaser's points and loan origination, but not seller's points, shall be paid to the extent:
</P>
<P>(i) They are not paid as incidental expenses;
</P>
<P>(ii) They do not exceed rates normal to similar real estate transactions in the area;
</P>
<P>(iii) The agency determines them to be necessary; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The computation of such points and fees shall be based on the reverse mortgage balance on the displacement dwelling plus any amount necessary to purchase the new reverse mortgage.
</P>
<P>(4) The displaced person or their representative shall be advised of the approximate amount of this eligibility and the conditions that must be met to receive the reimbursement as soon as the facts relative to the person's current reverse mortgage are known; the payment shall be made available at or near the time of closing on the replacement dwelling in order to purchase the new reverse mortgage as intended.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Incidental expenses.</I> The incidental expenses to be paid under paragraph (b)(3) of this section or § 24.402(c)(1) are those necessary and reasonable costs actually incurred by the displaced person incident to the purchase of a replacement dwelling, and customarily paid by the buyer, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Legal, closing, and related costs, including those for title search, preparing conveyance instruments, notary fees, preparing surveys and plats, and recording fees.
</P>
<P>(2) Lender, FHA, or VA application and appraisal fees.
</P>
<P>(3) Loan origination or assumption fees that do not represent prepaid interest.
</P>
<P>(4) Professional home inspection, certification of structural soundness, and termite inspection.
</P>
<P>(5) Credit report.
</P>
<P>(6) Owner's and mortgagee's evidence of title, <I>e.g.,</I> title insurance, not to exceed the costs for a comparable replacement dwelling.
</P>
<P>(7) Escrow agent's fee.
</P>
<P>(8) State revenue or documentary stamps, sales, or transfer taxes (not to exceed the costs for a comparable replacement dwelling).
</P>
<P>(9) Such other costs as the agency determines to be incidental to the purchase.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Rental assistance payment for 90-day homeowner.</I> A 90-day homeowner-occupant, who could be eligible for a replacement housing payment under paragraph (a) of this section but elects to rent a replacement dwelling, is eligible for a rental assistance payment. The amount of the rental assistance payment is based on a determination of market rent for the acquired dwelling compared to a comparable rental dwelling available on the market. The difference, if any, is computed in accordance with § 24.402(b)(1), except that the limit of $9,570 does not apply, and is disbursed in accordance with § 24.402(b)(3). Under no circumstances would the rental assistance payment exceed the amount that could have been received under paragraph (b)(1) of this section had the 90-day homeowner elected to purchase and occupy a comparable replacement dwelling. Payments allowed under § 24.402(c) are not applicable.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.402" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.5.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.402   Replacement housing payment for 90-day tenants and certain others.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligibility.</I> A tenant or homeowner displaced from a dwelling is entitled to a payment not to exceed $9,570 for rental assistance, as computed in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, or down payment assistance, as computed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, if such displaced person:
</P>
<P>(1) Has actually and lawfully occupied the displacement dwelling for at least 90 days immediately prior to the initiation of negotiations; and
</P>
<P>(2) Has rented or purchased and occupied a DSS replacement dwelling within 1 year (unless the agency extends this period for good cause) after the date he or she moves from the displacement dwelling.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rental assistance payment</I>—(1) <I>Amount of payment.</I> An eligible displaced person under paragraph (a) of this section who rents a replacement dwelling is entitled to a payment not to exceed $9,570 for rental assistance. (<I>See</I> § 24.404) Such payment shall be 42 times the amount obtained by subtracting the base monthly rental for the displacement dwelling from the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(i) The monthly rent and estimated average monthly cost of utilities for a comparable replacement dwelling; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The monthly rent and estimated average monthly cost of utilities for the DSS replacement dwelling actually occupied by the displaced person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Base monthly rental for displacement dwelling.</I> The base monthly rental for the displacement dwelling is the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(i) The average monthly cost for rent and utilities at the displacement dwelling for a reasonable period prior to displacement, as determined by the agency (for an owner-occupant, use the fair market rent for the displacement dwelling; for a tenant who paid little or no rent for the displacement dwelling, use the fair market rent, unless its use would result in a hardship because of the person's income or other circumstances);
</P>
<P>(ii) Thirty (30) percent of the displaced person's average monthly gross household income if the amount is classified as “low income” by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) in its most recently published Uniform Relocation Act Income Limits (“Survey”). The base monthly rental shall be established solely on the criteria in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section for persons with income exceeding the Survey's “low income” limits, for persons refusing to provide appropriate evidence of income, and for persons who are dependents. A full-time student or resident of an institution may be assumed to be a dependent, unless the person demonstrates otherwise; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The total of the amounts designated for shelter and utilities if the displaced person is receiving a welfare assistance payment from a program that designates the amounts for shelter and utilities.
</P>
<P>Note 1 to paragraph (b)(2): The Survey's income limits are updated annually and are available on FHWA's website at <I>https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/real_estate/low_income_calculations/index.cfm.</I>
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Manner of disbursement.</I> A rental assistance payment may, at the agency's discretion, be disbursed in either a lump sum or in installments. However, except as limited by § 24.403(f), the full amount vests immediately, whether or not there is any later change in the person's income or rent, or in the condition or location of the person's replacement housing.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Down payment assistance payment</I>—(1) <I>Amount of payment.</I> An eligible displaced person under paragraph (a) of this section who purchases a replacement dwelling is entitled to a down payment assistance payment in the amount the person would receive under paragraph (b) of this section if the person rented a comparable replacement dwelling. At the agency's discretion, a down payment assistance payment that is less than $9,570 may be increased to any amount not to exceed $9,570. However, the payment to a displaced person shall not exceed the amount the homeowner would receive under § 24.401(b) if he or she met the 90-day occupancy requirement. If the agency elects to provide the maximum payment of $9,570 as a down payment, the agency shall apply this discretion in a uniform and consistent manner, so that eligible displaced persons in like circumstances are treated equally. A displaced person eligible to receive a payment as a 90-day owner-occupant under § 24.401(a) is not eligible for this payment. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.402(c) for payments to less than 90-day occupants and for a discussion of those who fail to meet the 90-day occupancy requirements.)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Application of payment.</I> The full amount of the replacement housing payment for down payment assistance must be applied to the purchase price of the replacement dwelling and related incidental expenses.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.403" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.5.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.403   Additional rules governing replacement housing payments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Determining cost of comparable replacement dwelling.</I> The upper limit of a replacement housing payment shall be based on the cost of a comparable replacement dwelling. (<I>See</I> § 24.2(a).)
</P>
<P>(1) If available, at least three comparable replacement dwellings shall be considered and the payment computed on the basis of the dwelling most nearly representative of, and equal to or better than, the displacement dwelling. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.403(a)(1).)
</P>
<P>(2) If the site of the comparable replacement dwelling lacks a major exterior attribute of the displacement dwelling site, (<I>e.g.,</I> the site is significantly smaller or does not contain a swimming pool), the contributory value of such attribute as determined by the agency shall be subtracted from the acquisition cost of the displacement dwelling for purposes of computing the payment. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.403(a)(2).)
</P>
<P>(3) If the acquisition of a portion of a typical residential property causes the displacement of the owner from the dwelling and the agency determines that the remainder has economic value to the owner, the agency may offer to purchase the entire property. If the owner refuses to sell the remainder to the agency, the fair market value of the remainder may be added to the acquisition cost of the displacement dwelling for purposes of computing the replacement housing payment. (<I>See</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.403(a)(3).)
</P>
<P>(4) To the extent feasible, comparable replacement dwellings shall be selected from the neighborhood in which the displacement dwelling was located or, if that is not possible, in nearby or similar neighborhoods where housing costs are generally the same or higher.
</P>
<P>(5) When there are multiple occupants of one displacement dwelling and if two or more occupants of the displacement dwelling move to separate replacement dwellings, each occupant is entitled to a reasonable prorated share, as determined by the agency, of any relocation payments that would have been made if the occupants moved together to a comparable replacement dwelling. However, if the agency determines that two or more occupants maintained separate households within the same dwelling, such occupants have separate entitlements to relocation payments.
</P>
<P>(6) An agency shall deduct the amount of any advance relocation payment from the relocation payment(s) to which a displaced person is otherwise entitled. The agency shall not withhold any part of a relocation payment to a displaced person to satisfy an obligation to any other creditor.
</P>
<P>(7) For mixed-use and multifamily properties, if the displacement dwelling was part of a property that contained another dwelling unit and/or space used for nonresidential purposes, and/or is located on a lot larger than typical for residential purposes, only that portion of the acquisition payment which is actually attributable to the displacement dwelling shall be considered the acquisition cost when computing the replacement housing payment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inspection of replacement dwelling.</I> Before making a replacement housing payment or releasing the initial payment from escrow, the agency or its designated representative shall inspect the replacement dwelling and determine whether it is a DSS dwelling as defined at § 24.2(a).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Purchase of replacement dwelling.</I> A displaced person is considered to have met the requirement to purchase a replacement dwelling, if the person:
</P>
<P>(1) Purchases a dwelling;
</P>
<P>(2) Purchases and rehabilitates a substandard dwelling;
</P>
<P>(3) Relocates a dwelling which he or she owns or purchases;
</P>
<P>(4) Constructs a dwelling on a site he or she owns or purchases;
</P>
<P>(5) Contracts for the purchase or construction of a dwelling on a site provided by a builder or on a site the person owns or purchases; or
</P>
<P>(6) Currently owns a previously purchased dwelling and site, valuation of which shall be on the basis of current fair market value.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Occupancy requirements for displacement or replacement dwelling.</I> No person shall be denied eligibility for a replacement housing payment solely because the person is unable to meet the occupancy requirements set forth in this part for a reason beyond his or her control, including:
</P>
<P>(1) A disaster, an emergency, or an imminent threat to the public health or welfare, as determined by the President, the Federal agency funding the project, or the agency; or
</P>
<P>(2) Another reason, such as a delay in the construction of the replacement dwelling, military duty, or hospital stay, as determined by the agency.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Conversion of payment.</I> A displaced person who initially rents a replacement dwelling and receives a rental assistance payment under § 24.402(b) is eligible to receive a payment under § 24.401 or § 24.402(c) if he or she meets the eligibility criteria for such payments, including purchase and occupancy within the prescribed 1-year period. Any portion of the rental assistance payment that has been disbursed shall be deducted from the payment computed under § 24.401 or § 24.402(c).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Payment after death.</I> A replacement housing payment is personal to the displaced person and upon his or her death the undisbursed portion of any such payment shall not be paid to the heirs or assigns, except that:
</P>
<P>(1) The amount attributable to the displaced person's period of actual occupancy of the replacement housing shall be paid.
</P>
<P>(2) Any remaining payment shall be disbursed to the remaining family members of the displaced household in any case in which a member of a displaced family dies.
</P>
<P>(3) Any portion of a replacement housing payment necessary to satisfy the legal obligation of an estate in connection with the selection of a replacement dwelling by or on behalf of a deceased person shall be disbursed to the estate.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Insurance proceeds.</I> To the extent necessary to avoid duplicate compensation, the amount of any insurance proceeds received by a person in connection with a loss to the displacement dwelling due to a catastrophic occurrence (fire, flood, etc.) shall be included in the acquisition cost of the displacement dwelling when computing the price differential. (<I>See</I> § 24.3.)




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.404" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.5.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.404   Replacement housing of last resort.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Determination to provide replacement housing of last resort.</I> Whenever a program or project cannot proceed on a timely basis because comparable replacement dwellings are not available within the monetary limits for owners or tenants, as specified in § 24.401 or § 24.402, as appropriate, the agency shall provide additional or alternative assistance under the provisions of this subpart. Any decision to provide last resort housing assistance must be adequately justified either:
</P>
<P>(1) On a case-by-case basis, for good cause, which means that appropriate consideration has been given to:
</P>
<P>(i) The availability of comparable replacement housing in the program or project area;
</P>
<P>(ii) The resources available to provide comparable replacement housing; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The individual circumstances of the displaced person; or
</P>
<P>(2) By a determination that:
</P>
<P>(i) There is little, if any, comparable replacement housing available to displaced persons within an entire program or project area; and, therefore, last resort housing assistance is necessary for the area as a whole;
</P>
<P>(ii) A program or project cannot be advanced to completion in a timely manner without last resort housing assistance; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The method selected for providing last resort housing assistance is cost effective, considering all elements, which contribute to total program or project costs.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Basic rights of persons to be displaced.</I> Notwithstanding any provision of this subpart, no person shall be required to move from a displacement dwelling unless comparable replacement housing is available to such person. No person may be deprived of any rights the person may have under the Uniform Act or this part. The agency shall not require any displaced person to accept a dwelling provided by the agency under the procedures in this part (unless the agency and the displaced person have entered into a contract to do so) in lieu of any acquisition payment or any relocation payment for which the person may otherwise be eligible.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Methods of providing comparable replacement housing.</I> Agencies shall have broad latitude in implementing this subpart, but implementation shall be for reasonable cost, on a case-by-case basis unless an exception to case-by-case analysis is justified for an entire project.
</P>
<P>(1) The methods of providing replacement housing of last resort include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) A replacement housing payment in excess of the limits set forth in § 24.401 or § 24.402. A replacement housing payment under this section may be provided in installments or in a lump sum at the agency's discretion.
</P>
<P>(ii) Rehabilitation of and/or additions to an existing replacement dwelling.
</P>
<P>(iii) The construction of a new replacement dwelling.
</P>
<P>(iv) The provision of a direct loan, which requires regular amortization or deferred repayment. The loan may be unsecured or secured by the real property. The loan may bear interest or be interest-free.
</P>
<P>(v) The relocation and, if necessary, rehabilitation of a dwelling.
</P>
<P>(vi) The purchase of land and/or a replacement dwelling by the agency and subsequent sale or lease to, or exchange with a displaced person.
</P>
<P>(vii) The removal of barriers for persons with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(2) Under special circumstances, consistent with the definition of a comparable replacement dwelling in § 24.2(a), modified methods of providing replacement housing of last resort permit consideration of replacement housing based on space and physical characteristics different from those in the displacement dwelling (<I>see</I> appendix A to this part, section 24.404(c)), including upgraded, but smaller replacement housing that is DSS and adequate to accommodate individuals or families displaced from marginal or substandard housing with probable functional obsolescence. In no event, however, shall a displaced person be required to move into a dwelling that is not functionally equivalent in accordance with § 24.2(a), comparable replacement housing.
</P>
<P>(3) The agency shall provide assistance under this subpart to a displaced person who is not eligible to receive a replacement housing payment under §§ 24.401 and 24.402 because of failure to meet the length of occupancy requirement when comparable replacement rental housing is not available at rental rates within the displaced person's financial means. (<I>See</I> § 24.2(a).) Such assistance shall cover a period of 42 months. 




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Mobile Homes</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.501" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.6.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.501   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This subpart describes the requirements governing the provision of replacement housing payments to a person displaced from a mobile home and/or mobile home site who meets the basic eligibility requirements of this part. Except as modified by this subpart, such a displaced person is entitled to:
</P>
<P>(1) A moving expense payment in accordance with subpart D of this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) A replacement housing payment in accordance with subpart E of this part to the same extent and subject to the same requirements as persons displaced from conventional dwellings. Moving cost payments to persons occupying mobile homes are covered in § 24.301(g)(1) through (11).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Partial acquisition of mobile home park.</I> The acquisition of a portion of a mobile home park property may leave a remaining part of the property that is not adequate to continue the operation of the park. If the agency determines that a mobile home located in the remaining part of the property must be moved as a direct result of the project, the occupant of the mobile home shall be considered to be a displaced person who is entitled to relocation payments and other assistance under this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.502" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.6.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.502   Replacement housing payment for a 90-day mobile homeowner displaced from a mobile home and/or from the acquired mobile home site.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligibility.</I> An owner-occupant displaced from a mobile home is entitled to a replacement housing payment, not to exceed $41,200, under § 24.401 if:
</P>
<P>(1) The person occupied the mobile home on the displacement site for at least 90 days immediately before:
</P>
<P>(i) The initiation of negotiations to acquire the mobile home, if the person owned the mobile home and the mobile home is real property;
</P>
<P>(ii) The initiation of negotiations to acquire the mobile home site if the mobile home is personal property, but the person owns the mobile home site; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The date of the agency's written notification to the owner-occupant that the owner is determined to be displaced from the mobile home as described in paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (iv) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The person meets the other basic eligibility requirements at § 24.401(a)(2); and
</P>
<P>(3) The agency acquires the mobile home as real estate, or acquires the mobile home site from the displaced owner, or the mobile home is personal property, but the owner is displaced from the mobile home because the agency determines that the mobile home:
</P>
<P>(i) Is not, and cannot economically be made decent, safe, and sanitary;
</P>
<P>(ii) Cannot be relocated without substantial damage or unreasonable cost;
</P>
<P>(iii) Cannot be relocated because there is no available comparable replacement site; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Cannot be relocated because it does not meet mobile home park entrance requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Replacement housing payment computation for a 90-day owner that is displaced from a mobile home.</I> The replacement housing payment for an eligible displaced 90-day owner is computed as described at § 24.401(b) incorporating the following, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) If the agency acquires the mobile home as real estate and/or acquires the owned site, the acquisition cost used to compute the price differential payment is the actual amount paid to the owner as just compensation for the acquisition of the mobile home, and/or site, if owned by the displaced mobile homeowner.
</P>
<P>(2) If the agency does not purchase the mobile home as real estate but the owner is determined to be displaced from the mobile home and eligible for a replacement housing payment based on paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the eligible price differential payment for the purchase of a comparable replacement mobile home, is the lesser of the displaced mobile homeowner occupant's net cost to purchase a replacement mobile home (<I>i.e.,</I> purchase price of the replacement mobile home less trade-in or sale proceeds of the displacement mobile home); or, the cost of the agency's selected comparable mobile home less the agency's estimate of the salvage or trade-in value for the mobile home from which the person is displaced.
</P>
<P>(3) If a comparable replacement mobile home site is not available, the price differential payment shall be computed on the basis of the reasonable cost of a conventional comparable replacement dwelling.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Replacement housing payment for a 90-day owner-occupant that is displaced from a leased or rented mobile home site.</I> If the displacement mobile homeowner-occupant's site is leased or rented, a 90-day owner-occupant is entitled to a rental assistance payment computed as described in § 24.402(b). This rental assistance replacement housing payment may be used to lease a replacement site, may be applied to the purchase price of a replacement site, or may be applied, with any replacement housing payment attributable to the mobile home, toward the purchase of a replacement mobile home and the purchase or lease of a site or the purchase of a conventional decent, safe, and sanitary dwelling.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Owner-occupant not displaced from the mobile home.</I> If the agency determines that a mobile home is personal property and may be relocated to a comparable replacement site, but the owner-occupant elects not to do so, the owner is not entitled to a replacement housing payment for the purchase of a replacement mobile home. However, the owner is eligible for moving costs described at § 24.301 and any replacement housing payment for the purchase or rental of a comparable site as described in this section as applicable.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.503" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.6.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.503   Replacement housing payment for 90-day mobile home occupants.</HEAD>
<P>A displaced tenant or owner-occupant of a mobile home and/or site is eligible for a replacement housing payment, not to exceed $9,570, under § 24.402 if:
</P>
<P>(a) The person actually occupied the displacement mobile home on the displacement site for at least 90 days immediately prior to the initiation of negotiations;
</P>
<P>(b) The person meets the other basic eligibility requirements at § 24.402(a); and
</P>
<P>(c) The agency acquires the mobile home and/or mobile home site, or the mobile home is not acquired by the agency, but the agency determines that the occupant is displaced from the mobile home because of one of the circumstances described at § 24.502(a)(3). 




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Certification</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.601" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.7.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.601   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart permits a State agency to fulfill its responsibilities under the Uniform Act by certifying that it shall operate in accordance with State laws and regulations which shall accomplish the purpose and effect of the Uniform Act, in lieu of providing the assurances required by § 24.4.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.602" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.7.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.602   Certification application.</HEAD>
<P>An agency wishing to proceed on the basis of a certification may request an application for certification from the Lead Agency Director, Office of Real Estate Services, HEPR-1, Federal Highway Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. The completed application for certification must be approved by the governor of the State, or the governor's designee, and must be coordinated with the Federal funding agency, in accordance with application procedures.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 24.603" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.7.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 24.603   Monitoring and corrective action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Federal Lead Agency shall, in coordination with other Federal agencies, monitor from time to time State agency implementation of programs or projects conducted under the certification process and the State agency shall make available any information required for this purpose.
</P>
<P>(b) The Lead Agency may require periodic information or data from affected Federal or State agencies.
</P>
<P>(c) A Federal agency may, after consultation with the Lead Agency, and notice to and consultation with the governor, or his or her designee, rescind any previous approval provided under this subpart if the certifying State agency fails to comply with its certification or with applicable State law and regulations. The Federal agency shall initiate consultation with the Lead Agency at least 30 days prior to any decision to rescind approval of a certification under this subpart. The Lead Agency will also inform other Federal agencies, which have accepted a certification under this subpart from the same State agency and will take whatever other action that may be appropriate.
</P>
<P>(d) Section 103(b)(2) of the Uniform Act, as amended, requires that the head of the Lead Agency report biennially to the Congress on State agency implementation of section 103. To enable adequate preparation of the prescribed biennial report, the Lead Agency may require periodic information or data from affected Federal or State agencies.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.9.3.1.8" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 24—Additional Information
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix provides additional information to explain the intent of certain provisions of this part.
</P>
<HD1>Subpart A—General
</HD1>
<P><I>Section 24.2 Definitions and acronyms.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.2(a) Comparable replacement dwelling, (ii).</I> The requirement that a comparable replacement dwelling be “functionally equivalent” to the displacement dwelling, means that it must perform the same function and provide the same utility. The section states that it need not possess every feature of the displacement dwelling. However, the principal features must be present.
</P>
<P>For example, if the displacement dwelling contains a pantry and a similar dwelling is not available, a replacement dwelling with ample kitchen cupboards may be acceptable. Insulated and heated space in a garage might prove an adequate substitute for basement workshop space. A dining area may substitute for a separate dining room. Under some circumstances, attic space could substitute for basement space for storage purposes, and vice versa.
</P>
<P>Only in unusual circumstances may a comparable replacement dwelling contain fewer rooms or, consequentially, less living space than the displacement dwelling. Such may be the case when a decent, safe, and sanitary replacement dwelling (which by definition is “adequate to accommodate” the displaced person) may be found to be “functionally equivalent” to a larger but very run-down substandard displacement dwelling. Another example is when a displaced person accepts an offer of Government housing assistance and the applicable requirements of such housing assistance program require that the displaced person occupy a dwelling that has fewer rooms or less living space than the displacement dwelling.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.2(a) Comparable replacement dwelling, (vii).</I> The definition of comparable replacement dwelling requires that a comparable replacement dwelling for a person, who is not receiving assistance under any Government housing program before displacement, must be currently available on the private market without any subsidy under a Government housing program.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.2(a) Comparable replacement dwelling, (ix).</I> If a person accepts assistance under a Government housing assistance program, the rules of that program governing the size of the dwelling apply, and the rental assistance payment under § 24.402 would be computed on the basis of the person's actual out-of-pocket cost for the replacement housing and associated utilities after the applicable Government assistance has been applied.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.2(a) Decent, safe, and sanitary, (i)(A).</I> Even where Federal or local law does not mandate adherence to standards requiring the abatement of deteriorating paint, including lead-based paint and lead-based paint dust, it is strongly recommended that they be considered as a matter of public policy.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.2(a) Decent, safe, and sanitary, (v).</I> Some local code standards for occupancy do not require kitchens. However, selection of comparable dwellings that provide a kitchen is recommended. The FHWA believes this is good practice and in most cases should be easily achievable. If the displacement dwelling had a kitchen, the comparable dwelling must have a kitchen. If the displacement dwelling did not have a kitchen but local code standards for occupancy require one, the comparable dwelling must contain a kitchen. If the displacement dwelling did not have a kitchen and local code standards for occupancy do not require one, an agency does not have to provide a kitchen in the comparable dwelling. If a kitchen is provided in the comparable dwelling, at a minimum it must contain a fully usable sink, properly connected to potable hot and cold water and to a sewage drainage system, and adequate space and utility service connections for a stove and refrigerator.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.2(a) DSS—Persons with a disability, (vii).</I> Reasonable accommodation of a displaced person with a disability at the replacement dwelling means the agency is required to address comparability for persons with a physical impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities. In these situations, reasonable accommodation should include the following at a minimum: Doors of adequate width; ramps or other assistance devices to traverse stairs and access bathtubs, shower stalls, toilets and sinks; storage cabinets, vanities, sink and mirrors at appropriate heights. Kitchen accommodations will include sinks and storage cabinets built at appropriate heights for access. The agency shall also consider other items that may be necessary, such as physical modification to a unit, based on the displaced person's needs. Requirements include but are not limited to Fair Housing Act (FHA), 42 U.S.C. 3604 (f)(3)(A)-(C), and/or HUD's regulations for newly constructed assisted housing under section 504, 24 CFR 8.22.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.2(a) Displaced person—Occupants of a temporary, daily, or emergency shelter, (iii)(L).</I> Shelters can serve many purposes, and each will have specific rules and requirements as to who can occupy or use the shelter and whether prolonged and continuous occupancy is allowed. Persons who are occupying a shelter that only allows overnight stays and requires the occupants to remove their personal property and themselves from the premises on a daily basis and that offers no guarantee of reentry in the evening typically would not meet the definition of displaced persons as used in this part, nor would the shelter meet the definition of dwelling as used in this part. Persons who live at the shelter on a continuous, prolonged, or permanent basis may be considered displaced. These determinations are fact-based determinations. Facts that might assist in the determination include whether the person is employed because they work to pay their rent or there may be a residential landlord-tenant relationship. The FHWA expects it would be unusual to displace a shelter occupant who meets the criteria for making a determination that he or she is a displaced person. Agencies should make reasonable effort to provide information about proposed vacation date or other plans for the shelter to relocate. Providing advisory assistance to shelter occupants may be a challenge due to the transient nature of shelter occupancy, but such assistance must be provided to the maximum extent practicable.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.2(a) Dwelling site.</I> This definition ensures that the computations of replacement housing payments are accurate and realistic (a) when the dwelling is located on a larger than normal site, (b) when mixed-use properties are acquired, (c) when more than one dwelling is located on the acquired property, or (d) when the replacement dwelling is retained by an owner and moved to another site.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.2(a) Household income (exclusions).</I> Household income for purposes of this part does not include program benefits that are not considered income by Federal law such as food stamps and the Women Infants and Children program. For a more detailed list of income exclusions see FHWA, Office of Real Estate Services website.
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> Contact the Federal agency administering the program if there is a question on whether to include income from a specific program.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> <I>http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/realestate/.</I></P></FTNT>
<P><I>Section 24.2(a) Initiation of negotiations.</I> This section provides a special definition for acquisition and displacements under Public Law 96-510 or Superfund. The order of activities under Superfund may differ slightly in that temporary relocation may precede acquisition. Superfund is a program designed to clean up hazardous waste sites. When such a site is discovered, it may be necessary, in certain limited circumstances, to alert individual owners and tenants to potential health or safety threats and to offer to temporarily relocate them while additional information is gathered. If a decision is later made to permanently relocate such persons, those who had been temporarily relocated under Superfund authority would no longer be on site when a formal, written offer to acquire the property was made, and thus would lose their eligibility for a replacement housing payment. In order to prevent this unfair outcome, FHWA has provided a definition of initiation of negotiation, which is based on the date the Federal Government offers to temporarily relocate an owner or tenant from the subject property.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.2(a) Initiation of negotiations, Tenants, (iv).</I> Tenants who occupy property that may be voluntarily acquired, without recourse to the use of the power of eminent domain, must be fully informed as to their potential eligibility for relocation assistance when negotiations are initiated. If negotiations fail to result in a binding agreement the agency should notify tenants that negotiations have failed to result in a binding agreement and that the agency has concluded its efforts to acquire the property. If a tenant is not readily accessible, as the result of a disaster or emergency, the agency must provide these notifications and document its efforts in writing. As used in this definition, agreements such as options to purchase and conditional purchase and sale agreements are not considered binding agreements until all conditions to the agency's obligation to purchase the real property have been satisfied. A right to purchase property is not binding agreement because it does not require the State to purchase the property necessary for the project unless they elect to do so. A binding agreement as used in this definition is a legally enforceable document in which the property owner agrees to sell certain property rights necessary for a project and the agency agrees, without further election, to make that purchase. If negotiations fail to result in a binding agreement the agency should notify tenants that negotiations have failed to result in a binding agreement and that the agency has concluded its efforts to acquire the property. If a tenant is not readily accessible, as the result of a disaster or emergency, the agency must make a good faith effort to provide these notifications and document its efforts in writing.
</P>
<P>Applications for many Federal programs permit site control to be demonstrated by option contracts. Once the application for Federal financial assistance is approved, the acquiring agency must execute the purchase contract to receive the Federal financial assistance for the program or project. Therefore, if the purchase agreement satisfies the site control requirements of the Federal agency providing the Federal financial assistance, then the application date is the date of the initiation of negotiations for that program or project. Setting the initiation of negotiations at the earlier of the date of application or when all conditions to the obligation to purchase the real property have been satisfied, ensures that residents of a project are treated fairly, given that application approval and the ultimate sale of the property could be as long as six months to a year after the application date taking into account the application review and processing periods.
</P>
<P>A binding agreement as used in this section is a legally enforceable document in which the property owner agrees to sell certain property rights necessary for a project and the agency agrees to that purchase for a specified consideration.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.2(a) Mobile home.</I> In this part, the term “mobile home” will continue to be used to include those homes that are defined at 24 CFR part 3280 as a “manufactured home.”
</P>
<P>Regulations at 24 CFR 3280.2 defines “manufactured home.” The term “mobile home” was changed to “manufactured home” in 24 CFR part 3280 in 1979.
</P>
<P>The following examples provide additional guidance on the types of mobile homes that can be found acceptable as replacement dwellings for persons displaced from mobile homes. A recreational vehicle that is capable of providing living accommodations may be considered a replacement dwelling if the following criteria are met: the recreational vehicle is purchased and occupied as the “primary” place of residence; it is located on a purchased or leased site and connected to or has available all necessary utilities for functioning as a housing unit on the date of the agency's inspection; and, the dwelling, as sited, meets all local, State, and Federal requirements for a decent, safe, and sanitary dwelling. (The regulations of some local jurisdictions will not permit the consideration of these vehicles as DSS dwellings. In those cases, the recreational vehicle will not qualify as a replacement dwelling.)
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.3 No duplication of payments.</I> This section prohibits an agency from making a payment to a person under this part that would duplicate another payment the person receives under Federal, State, or local law. The agency is not required to conduct an exhaustive search for such other payments; it is only required to avoid creating a duplication based on the agency's knowledge at the time a payment is computed.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.5 Manner of Notices and Electronic Signatures.</I> Property owners or occupants must voluntarily elect to receive notices, offers, correspondence and information via electronic methods. Alternatively, property owners or occupants may request delivery of notices, offers, correspondence and information via certified or registered first class mail, return receipt requested, instead of electronic means. Agencies must accommodate the property owner's or occupant's preference. The FHWA continues to believe that providing notices, offers, correspondence and information by either first-class mail or electronic means should not be used as a substitute for face-to-face meetings, but rather as a supplemental means of communication that accommodates an owner's or occupant's preference.
</P>
<P>An agency must be able to demonstrate to the Federal funding agency the ability to securely document the notice delivery and receipt confirmation in order to receive approval from the Federal funding agency for use of electronic delivery of notices, offers, correspondence, information, and electronic signature. Additional minimum safeguards that the agency must put in place prior to delivering notices, offers, correspondence, and information by electronic means and for the use of electronic signatures are included in the regulation at § 24.5. Prior to the use of electronic delivery or electronic signature, there must be an agency process or procedure outlined in writing and approved by the Federal funding agency that details the requirements and rules the agency will follow when using electronic means for delivery of notices, offers, correspondence, and information. Should an agency decide to allow electronic signature the agency must develop procedures to ensure that signatures can be verified and documented appropriately. The FHWA understands that certain documents that are essential to the conveyance of the real property interests may not allow for electronic signature(s).
</P>
<P>Agencies must determine and document instances when electronic deliveries of notices or use of electronic signature are appropriate. An example of an appropriate use of electronic delivery of notices, offers, correspondence, and information might be to notify a property owner of his or her right to accompany an appraiser as required at § 24.102(c)(1). Other appropriate uses may be to secure a release of mortgage or to confirm a property owners' receipt of the acquisition and relocation brochures.
</P>
<P>An example of when the use of electronic delivery or electronic signatures may not be appropriate is when the document being signed requires notarization or other similar verification. Electronic delivery of notices, offers, correspondence, and information may not always be a good option for relocation assistance where many actions are conducted in person at the displacement or replacement dwelling or business and require advisory services to be provided as part of the process. The FHWA notes that relocation assistance in part requires ongoing and continuous advisory services be provided (§ 24.205(c)). This may be best accomplished by face to face meetings during which the displaced person may more easily raise questions, request assistance, or indicate a need for additional advisory assistance.
</P>
<P>These examples are not intended to be all-inclusive, nor are they exclusive of other opportunities to use this tool. For additional information, the specific Federal regulations that set out the format and examples for an electronic signature can be found at 37 CFR 1.4(d)(2). The regulations in 37 CFR 1.4(d)(2) fall under the purview of the United States Patent and Trademark Office, which provides examples of what is considered to be proper format in a variety of electronically signed documents.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.9(c) Reports.</I> Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (MAP-21) amended 42 U.S.C. 4633(b)(4) to require that each Federal agency subject to the Uniform Act submit an annual report describing activities conducted by the Federal agency. The FHWA believes that such a report that details activity provides a good indication of program health and scope.
</P>
<P>FHWA realizes that not all agencies subject to this reporting requirement currently have the ability to collect all information requested on the reporting form. However, Federal agencies may elect to provide a narrative report that focuses on their respective efforts to improve and enhance delivery of Uniform Act benefits and services. Narrative report information would include information on training offered, reviews conducted, or technical assistance provided to recipients.
</P>
<P>Agencies are not required by the Uniform Act to keep records of their efforts to improve the housing conditions of economically disadvantaged persons. However, agencies must ensure that their relocations are carried out in a manner which is consistent with the requirements of section 4621 of the Uniform Act.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.11 Adjustment of Limits and Payments.</I> FHWA will use the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) Seasonally Adjusted to determine if inflation, cost of living or other factors indicate that an adjustment to relocation benefits is warranted.
</P>
<FP-1>Sample calculation:
</FP-1>
<P>Assume CPI-U was 110.0 when the final rule was published. The fixed payment for nonresidential moving expenses has a ceiling of $53,200. During a subsequent evaluation after publication of the final rule, the CPI-U is calculated to be 115.5.
</P>
<P>Divide the new index by the base year index = 115.5/110.0 = 1.050 or 5 percent. This means there has been a 5 percent increase in prices and the fixed payment for nonresidential moving expenses ceiling should be increased 5 percent.
</P>
<P>Calculate fixed payment benefit ceiling = $53,200 × 1.05 = $55,860.
</P>
<HD1>Subpart B—Real Property Acquisition
</HD1>
<P>For Federal eminent domain purposes, the terms “fair market value” (as used throughout this subpart) and “market value,” which may be the more typical term in private transactions, are synonymous.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.101(a) Direct Federal program or project.</I> All the requirements in subpart B of this part (real property acquisition) apply to all direct acquisitions for Federal programs and projects by Federal agencies, except for acquisitions undertaken by the Tennessee Valley Authority or the Rural Utilities Service.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.101(b)(1)(i)(B).</I> This section provides that, for programs and projects receiving Federal financial assistance described in § 24.101(b)(1), agencies are to inform the owner(s) or their designated representative(s) in writing of the agency's estimate of the fair market value for the property to be acquired.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.101(b)(1)(i)(B).</I> While this part does not require an appraisal or waiver valuation for these transactions, agencies may still decide that an appraisal or waiver valuation is necessary to support their determination of the fair market value of these properties, and, in any event, persons developing a waiver valuation must have sufficient knowledge of the local market (§ 24.102(c)(2)(ii)(B)) in order to establish some reasonable basis for their determination of fair market value. In addition, some of the concepts inherent in Federal Program appraisal practice are appropriate for these determinations. It would be appropriate for agencies to adhere to project influence restrictions, as well as guard against discredited “public interest value” valuation concepts.
</P>
<P>After an agency has established an amount it believes to be the fair market value of the property and has notified the owner of this amount in writing, an agency may negotiate freely with the owner in order to reach agreement. Since these transactions are voluntary, accomplished by a willing buyer and a willing seller, negotiations may result in agreement for the amount of the original estimate, an amount exceeding it, or for a lesser amount. Although not required by this part, it would be entirely appropriate for agencies to ensure that estimates of fair market value are documented and shared with the property owner during negotiations, and to apply the administrative settlement concept and procedures in § 24.102(i) to negotiate amounts that exceed the original estimate of fair market value. Agencies shall not take any coercive action in order to reach agreement on the price to be paid for the property.
</P>
<P>There may be an extraordinary circumstance in which use of eminent domain may be necessary. In those instances, the Federal funding agency may consider granting a waiver of regulations in this part under authority of § 24.7. The Federal funding agency will make a fact based, case by case determination as to whether a waiver of this part's requirements may be allowed.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.101(b)(1)(ii).</I> The term “general geographic area” is used to clarify that an agency carrying out a project or program can achieve the purpose of the project or program by purchasing any of several properties that are not necessarily contiguous or are not limited to a specific group of properties.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.101(b)(1)(ii) and (iii)—nexus.</I> The funding agency should review the acquisition records and consider the relevant facts for the properties acquired to determine if the intent of the acquisition was to incorporate the real property into, or in some other way support or otherwise advance, a Federal or federally assisted program or project. If the property was acquired by other means (<I>e.g.,</I> local government acquisition via tax delinquency or exaction), documentation may be provided to show that the property was not acquired with the intent of including it in a Federal or federally assisted program or project. However, if at the time of acquisition, there is a nexus between the property's acquisition and a Federal or federally assisted program or project and if the intent was to acquire the property for a Federal or federally assisted program or project, the Uniform Act requirements must be followed to maintain Federal eligibility. If the agency is certain that eminent domain authority will not be used for the intended project or program, then the limited requirements of voluntary acquisition would apply. The agency must also consider that acquiring the property and applying only the voluntary acquisition requirements would in most cases preclude the agency from later using eminent domain authority to acquire the property should voluntary acquisitions not result in an agreement to sell the property to the agency. <I>(See also</I> discussion in 24.101(b)(1)(i)(B) of this appendix.)
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.101(b)(1)(iii) Private entities who acquire property to create wetlands.</I> Private entities who acquire property to create wetlands for wetland banking purposes cannot be required to comply with the Uniform Act if there is no planned or anticipated use by a Federal or federally assisted program or project. Establishment of such wetland banks, which may include a Federal or federally funded project or program among its future users, do not necessarily trigger application of the Uniform Act requirements.
</P>
<P>There is not one answer that fits all third-party (private entities) environment mitigation scenarios. These determinations are fact-based by nature. However, the key issue is whether the acquisition of property for wetlands is specifically for mitigation of impacts on Federal or federally assisted programs or projects. When making a fact-based determination, the purpose of the wetland bank, the existence of any agency funding for the bank or commitment to use the bank, and whether the wetland bank restricts who may purchase mitigation credits from it, are among the factors to consider in determining applicability of Uniform Act requirements.
</P>
<P>If an agency provides Federal financial assistance for creating a wetland bank or has a prior agreement that the banked wetlands will be used to mitigate impacts on a specific Federal or federally assisted programs or projects, then the property acquisitions for the wetland bank must conform to Uniform Act requirements. If an agency contracts with a private third-party provider which does not use the power of eminent domain, the acquisition may qualify for treatment as a voluntary acquisition and only the limited requirements as set forth in § 24.101(b)(1) would apply.
</P>
<P>If the wetland bank proposal has received necessary permits and was established without any Federal funding participation prior to use of Federal funds for acquisition of wetland mitigation credits and was not planned to be used only for mitigation of impacts due to Federal and federally assisted projects and programs, the Uniform Act requirements do not apply. The actions which the wetland bank developer took in carrying out their private activity can be viewed with regard to the Uniform Act in the same manner as other actions taken by private parties without the anticipated or actual benefit of Federal financial assistance.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.101(c) Less-than-full-fee interest in real property.</I> Section 24.101(c) provides a benchmark beyond which the requirements of the subpart clearly apply to leases.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.102(b) Notice to owner.</I> In the case of condominiums and other types of housing with common or community areas, notification should be given to the appropriate parties. The appropriate parties could be a condominium or homeowner's board, a designated representative, or all individual owners when common or community property is being acquired for the project.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.102(c)(2) Appraisal, waiver thereof, and invitation to owner.</I> The purpose of the appraisal waiver provision is to provide agencies a technique to avoid the costs and time delay associated with appraisal requirements for uncomplicated valuation problems within the low fair market value limits established in this part. In most cases, uncomplicated valuation problems are considered to be those involving unimproved strips of land. Acquisitions involving improvements, damages, changes of highest and best use, or significant costs to cure are considered to be complicated and, as such, are beyond the application of waiver valuations as contemplated in this part. The intent is that non-appraisers make the waiver valuations, freeing appraisers to do more complex work.
</P>
<P>The agency representative making the determination to use the waiver valuation option must have enough understanding of appraisal principles, techniques, and use of appraisals to be able to determine whether the proposed acquisition is uncomplicated and within the low fair market value limits in this part.
</P>
<P>Waiver valuations are not appraisals as defined by the Uniform Act and this part; therefore, appraisal performance requirements or standards, regardless of their source, are not required for waiver valuations by this part. Since waiver valuations are not appraisals, neither is there a requirement for an appraisal review. Agencies should put procedures in place to ensure that waiver valuations are accurate and that they are consistent with the unit values on the project as determined by appraisals and appraisal reviews. The agency must have a reasonable basis for the waiver valuation and an agency official must still establish an amount believed to be just compensation to offer the property owner(s) (<I>see</I> § 24.102(d)).
</P>
<P>The definition of “appraisal” in the Uniform Act and waiver valuation provisions of the Uniform Act and this part are Federal law and public policy and should be considered as such when determining the impact of appraisal requirements levied by others.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.102(d) Establishment of offer of just compensation.</I> The initial offer to the property owner may not be less than the amount of the agency's approved appraisal or waiver valuation of the fair market value of the property but may exceed that amount if the agency determines that a greater amount reflects just compensation for the property.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.102(f) Basic negotiation procedures.</I> An offer should be adequately presented to an owner, and the owner should be properly informed. Personal, face-to-face contact should take place, if feasible, but this section does not require such contact in all cases.
</P>
<P>This section also requires that the property owner be given a reasonable opportunity to consider the agency's offer and to present relevant material to the agency. In order to satisfy the requirement in § 24.102(f), agencies must allow owners time for analysis, research and development, and compilation of a response, including perhaps getting an appraisal. The needed time can vary significantly, depending on the circumstances, but 30 days would seem to be the minimum time these actions can be reasonably expected to require. Regardless of project time pressures, property owners must be afforded this opportunity.
</P>
<P>In some jurisdictions, there is pressure to initiate formal eminent domain procedures at the earliest opportunity because completing the eminent domain process, including gaining possession of the needed real property, is very time consuming. The provisions of § 24.102(f) are not intended to restrict this practice, so long as it does not interfere with the reasonable time that must be provided for negotiations, described in § 24.102(f), and the agencies adhere to the Uniform Act ban on coercive action Section 4651(7) of the Uniform Act and § 24.102(h)).
</P>
<P>If the owner expresses intent to provide an appraisal report, agencies are encouraged to provide the owner and/or their appraiser a copy of agency appraisal requirements and inform them that their appraisal should be based on those requirements.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.102(i) Administrative settlement.</I> This section provides guidance on administrative settlement as an alternative to judicial resolution of a difference of opinion on the value of a property in order to avoid unnecessary litigation and congestion in the courts.
</P>
<P>All relevant facts and circumstances should be considered by an agency official delegated this authority. Appraisers, including review appraisers, shall not be unduly influenced or coerced to adjust an estimate of value for the purpose of justifying such settlements (see § 24.102(n)(2)). Such actions are contrary to the requirements of this part and to the overarching goal of providing just compensation.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.102(j) Payment before taking possession.</I> It is intended that a right-of-entry for construction purposes be obtained only in the exceptional case, such as an emergency project, when there is no time to make an appraisal and purchase offer and the property owner is agreeable to the process.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.102(m) Fair rental.</I> Section 4651(6) of the Uniform Act limits what an agency may charge when a former owner or previous occupant of a property is permitted to rent the property for a short term or when occupancy is subject to termination by the agency on short notice. Such rent may not exceed “the fair rental value of the property to a short-term occupier.” Generally, the agency's right to terminate occupancy on short notice (whether or not the renter also has that right) supports the establishment of a lesser rental than might be found in a longer, fixed-term situation.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.102(n) Conflict of interest.</I> The overall objective is to minimize the risk of fraud, waste, and abuse while allowing agencies to operate as efficiently as possible. There are three parts to the provision in § 24.102(n).
</P>
<P>The first provision is the prohibition against having any interest in the real property being valued by the appraiser (for an appraisal), the valuer (for a waiver valuation), or the review appraiser (for an appraisal review).
</P>
<P>The second provision is that no person functioning as a negotiator for a project or program can supervise or formally evaluate the performance of any appraiser, waiver valuation preparer, or review appraiser performing appraisal, waiver valuation, or appraisal review work for that project or program. The intent of this provision is to ensure appraisal and/or waiver valuation independence and to prevent inappropriate influence. It is not intended to prevent agencies or recipients from providing appraiser and/or waiver valuers with appropriate project information or participating in determining the scope of work for the appraisal or waiver valuation. For a program or project receiving Federal financial assistance, the Federal funding agency may waive this requirement if it would create a hardship for the agency or recipient. The intent is to accommodate Federal financial aid recipients that have a small staff where this provision would be unworkable.
</P>
<P>The third provision is to minimize situations where administrative costs exceed acquisition costs. Section 24.102(n) provides that the same person may perform a waiver valuation or appraisal and negotiate that acquisition, if the waiver valuation or appraisal estimate amount is $15,000 or less. Agencies or recipients are not required to use those who perform a waiver valuation or appraisal of $15,000 or less to negotiate the acquisition. All appraisals must be reviewed in accordance with § 24.104. This includes appraisals of real property valued at $15,000, or less.
</P>
<P>The third provision has been expanded to allow Federal funding agencies to permit use of a single agent for values of more than $15,000, but less than $35,000, but, as a safeguard, requires that an appraisal and appraisal review be done if the waiver valuation preparer or the appraiser will also act as the negotiator. Agencies or recipients desiring to exercise this option must request approval in writing from the Federal funding agency. The requesting agency shall have a separate and distinct quality control process for implementing this authority in place and set forth in the written procedures approved by the Federal funding agency. Agencies and recipients may delegate this authority to a subrecipient to use their approved authority if the subrecipient has an agency or recipient approved oversight mechanism to assure proper use and review of the authority.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.103 Criteria for Appraisals.</I> The term “requirements” is used throughout this section to avoid confusion with The Appraisal Foundation's Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) “standards.” Although this section discusses appraisal requirements, the definition of “appraisal” itself at § 24.2(a) includes appraisal performance requirements that are an inherent part of this section.
</P>
<P>The term “Federal and federally assisted program or project” is used to better identify the type of appraisal practices that are to be referenced and to differentiate them from the private sector, especially mortgage lending, appraisal practice.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.103(a) Appraisal requirements.</I> The first sentence instructs readers that requirements for appraisals for Federal and federally assisted programs or projects are located in this part. These are the basic appraisal requirements for Federal and federally assisted programs or projects. However, agencies may enhance and expand on them, and there may be specific project or program legislation that references other appraisal requirements.
</P>
<P>The appraisal requirements in § 24.103(a) are necessarily designed to comply with the Uniform Act and other Federal eminent domain based appraisal requirements. They are also considered to be consistent with Standards Rules 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the USPAP. Consistency with USPAP has been a feature of these appraisal requirements since the beginning of USPAP. This “consistent” relationship was more formally recognized in Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Bulletin 92-06. While these requirements are considered consistent with USPAP, neither can supplant the other; their provisions are neither identical, nor interchangeable. Appraisals performed for Federal and federally assisted real property acquisition must follow the requirements in this part. Compliance with any other appraisal requirements is not within the purview of this part. An appraiser who is committed to working within the bounds of USPAP should recognize that compliance with both USPAP and the requirements in this part may be achieved by using the Scope of Work Rule and the Jurisdictional Exception Rule of USPAP, where applicable.
</P>
<P>The term “scope of work” defines the general parameters of the appraisal. It reflects the needs of the agency and the requirements of Federal and federally assisted program appraisal practice. It should be developed cooperatively by the assigned appraiser and an agency official who is competent to both represent the agency's needs and respect valid appraisal practice. The scope of work statement should include the purpose and/or function of the appraisal, a definition of the estate being appraised, whether it is fair market value, its applicable definition, and the assumptions and limiting conditions affecting the appraisal. It may include parameters for the data search and identification of the technology, including approaches to value, to be used to analyze the data. The scope of work should consider the specific requirements in § 24.103(a)(2)(i) through (v) and address them as appropriate.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.103(a)(1).</I> The appraisal report should identify the items considered in the appraisal to be real property, as well as those identified as personal property.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.103(a)(2).</I> All relevant and reliable approaches to value are to be used. However, where an agency determines that the sales comparison approach will be adequate by itself and yield credible appraisal results because of the type of property being appraised and the availability of sales data, it may limit the appraisal assignment to the sales comparison approach. This should be reflected in the scope of work.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.103(b) Influence of the project on just compensation.</I> As used in this section, the term “project” means an undertaking which is planned, designed, and intended to operate as a unit.
</P>
<P>When the public is aware of the proposed project, project area property values may be affected. Therefore, property owners should not be penalized because of a decrease in value caused by the proposed project nor reap a windfall at public expense because of increased value created by the proposed project.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.103(d)(1).</I> The appraiser and review appraiser must each be qualified and competent to perform the appraisal and appraisal review assignments, respectively. Among other qualifications, State licensing or certification and professional society designations can help provide an indication of an appraiser's abilities.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.104 Review of appraisals.</I> The term “review appraiser” is used rather than “reviewing appraiser,” to emphasize that “review appraiser” is a separate specialty and not just an appraiser who happens to be reviewing an appraisal. Federal agencies have long held the perspective that appraisal review is a unique skill that, while it certainly builds on appraisal skills, requires additional skills. The review appraiser should possess both appraisal technical abilities and the ability to comprehend and communicate to the appraiser the agency's real property valuation needs, while recognizing and respecting the professional standards to which an appraiser is required to adhere.
</P>
<P>Agency review appraisers typically perform a role in land acquisition project management in addition to technical appraisal review. They are often involved in early project development by assisting the agency with project cost estimates for alternative project scenarios, identifying particularly complicated valuation problems that may need additional valuation specialties. In addition, they often provide the acquiring agency preliminary determinations about valuation problems, scope of work considerations, and types of appraisal reports necessary to complete a project. Later they may be involved in devising the scope of work statements and participate in making appraisal assignments to fee and/or staff appraisers. They are also mentors and technical advisors, especially on agency policy and requirements, to appraisers, both staff and fee. In addition, review appraisers are frequently technical advisors to other agency officials.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.104(a).</I> Section 24.104(a) states that the review appraiser is to review the appraiser's presentation and analysis of market information and that it is to be reviewed against § 24.103 and other applicable requirements, including, to the extent appropriate, the Uniform Appraisal Standards for Federal Land Acquisition. The appraisal review is to be a technical review by an appropriately qualified review appraiser. The qualifications of the review appraiser and the level of explanation of the basis for the review appraiser's recommended (or approved) value depend on the complexity of the appraisal problem. If the initial appraisal submitted for review is not acceptable, the review appraiser is to communicate and work with the appraiser to the greatest extent possible to facilitate the appraiser's performance of an acceptable appraisal.
</P>
<P>In doing this, the review appraiser is to remain in an advisory role, not directing the appraisal, and retaining objectivity and options for the appraisal review itself.
</P>
<P>If the agency intends that the staff review appraiser approve the appraisal (as the basis for the establishment of the amount believed to be just compensation) or establish the amount the agency believes is just compensation, she/he must be specifically authorized by the agency to do so. If the review appraiser is not specifically authorized to approve the appraisal (as the basis for the establishment of the amount believed to be just compensation), or establish the amount believed to be just compensation, that authority remains with another agency official.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.104(b).</I> In performing and reporting an independent approved or recommended value, the review appraiser may reference any acceptable resource, including acceptable parts of any appraisal, including an otherwise unacceptable appraisal. When a review appraiser performs their review assignment and reports an independent value different from the conclusions in the appraisal being reviewed, while retaining the appraisal review, that independent value also becomes the approved appraisal of the fair market value for Uniform Act section 4651(3) purposes. It is within agency discretion to decide whether a second review is needed if the first review appraiser establishes a value different from that in the appraisal report or reports on the property.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.104(c).</I> Before acceptance of an appraisal, the review appraiser must create a review report that documents the reviewer's determination that the appraiser's documentation, including valuation data and analysis of that data, demonstrates the soundness of the appraiser's opinion of value. For the purposes of this part, an acceptable appraisal is any appraisal that, on its own, meets the requirements of § 24.103. An approved appraisal is the one acceptable appraisal that is determined to best fulfill the requirement to be the basis for the amount believed to be just compensation. Recognizing that appraisal is not an exact science, there may be more than one acceptable appraisal of a property, but for the purposes of this part, there can be only one approved appraisal. See § 24.102(d).
</P>
<P>At the agency's discretion, for a low value property requiring only a simple appraisal solution, the review appraiser's recommendation (or approval), endorsing the appraiser's report, may be determined to satisfy the requirement for the review appraiser's signed report and certification.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.106(a). Expenses incidental to transfer of title to the agency.</I> Generally, the agency is able to pay such incidental costs directly and, where feasible, is required to do so. In order to prevent the property owner from making unnecessary out-of-pocket expenditures and to avoid duplication of expenses, the property owner should be informed early in the acquisition process of the agency's intent to make such arrangements. Such expenses must be reasonable and necessary.
</P>
<HD1>Subpart C—General Relocation Requirements
</HD1>
<P><I>Section 24.202 Applicability and Section 24.205(c) Relocation Advisory Services to be provided.</I> In extraordinary circumstances, when a displaced person is not readily accessible, the agency must make a good faith effort to comply with §§ 24.202 and 24.205(c) and the Uniform Act and document its efforts in writing.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.204 Availability of comparable replacement dwelling before displacement.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.204(a) General.</I> Section 24.204(a) requires that no one may be required to move from a dwelling without a comparable replacement dwelling having been made available. In addition, § 24.204(a) requires that, where possible, three or more comparable replacement dwellings shall be made available. Thus, the basic standard for the number of referrals required under this section is three. Only in situations where three comparable replacement dwellings are not available (<I>e.g.,</I> when the local housing market does not contain three comparable dwellings) may the agency make fewer than three referrals.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.205 Relocation assistance advisory services.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.205(a).</I> As part of the relocation planning process agencies should, to the extent practical, identify relocations that may require additional time for advisory services and coordination for their relocations. Such relocations may include the elderly, those with medical needs, and those in public housing or other federally subsidized housing. In each of these examples, the nature of the relocation means that the unique needs of the relocated person should be determined early and that the relocation agent should make full use of available social services and other program support (examples include local transportation services that may be available in certain areas, financial support available from local, Federal, and State agencies, and community support services that may be available) in considering and developing a relocation plan.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.205(c)(2)(ii)(C).</I> Where feasible, comparable replacement housing must be inspected. The comparable replacement dwellings should be inspected by a walk through and physical interior and exterior inspection before being offered to a displaced person. Reliance on an exterior visual inspection or examination of a multiple listing service (MLS) listing, in most cases, does not constitute a complete DSS inspection. If an inspection is not possible, the displaced person must be informed in writing that an inspection was not possible and be provided an explanation of why the inspection was not possible. They also must be informed in writing that if the uninspected comparable is selected as a replacement dwelling a replacement housing payment may not be made until the replacement dwelling is inspected and determined to be decent, safe, and sanitary. Should the selected comparable later be found to not be DSS then the agency's policies and procedures must ensure that the requirements of § 24.2(a), definition of <I>decent, safe and sanitary dwelling,</I> are met. If the agency does not recalculate the eligibility in these instances, FHWA does not believe that the requirement to ensure comparable housing is made available to the displaced person can be met.
</P>
<P>Each agency should clearly inform displaced persons that a DSS inspection as required by this part is only a brief inspection to ensure that certain requirements as they relate to the definition of DSS in this part are being met. These DSS inspections are not the same as a full home inspection similar to that which a home inspector would be hired to do.
</P>
<P>Agencies may develop more restrictive DSS inspection requirements which may include required DSS inspections for selected comparable dwellings, all comparable dwellings used to establish a displaced persons replacement housing payment eligibility, or other more stringent DSS inspection requirements for comparable dwellings.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.205(c)(2)(ii)(D)</I> This section emphasizes that if the comparable replacement dwellings are located in areas of minority concentration, minority persons should, if possible, also be given opportunities to relocate to replacement dwellings not located in such areas to improve their housing condition when they relocate.
</P>
<P>The focus on those displaced from areas of minority concentration in this section has been consistently applied for almost 40 years. The FHWA believes that where practical and feasible, agencies carrying out relocations should provide those who live in areas of minority concentration opportunities to improve their living situations.
</P>
<P>To the extent practical, agencies should maintain adequate written documentation of efforts made to locate such comparable replacement housing.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.206 Eviction for cause.</I> An eviction necessitated by project related non-compliance (<I>e.g.,</I> failure to move or relocate when instructed, or to cooperate in the relocation process) does not negate a person's entitlement to relocation payments and other assistance set forth in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.207 General Requirements—Claims for relocation payments.</I> Section 24.207(a) allows an agency to make a payment for low cost or uncomplicated nonresidential moves without additional documentation, as long as the payment is limited to the amount of the lowest acceptable bid or estimate, as provided for in § 24.301(d)(1).
</P>
<P>While § 24.207(f) prohibits an agency from proposing or requesting that a person waive his or her rights or entitlements to relocation assistance and payments, an agency may accept a written statement from the person that states that they have chosen not to accept some or all of the payments or assistance to which they are entitled. Any such written statement must clearly show that the individual knows what they are entitled to receive (a copy of the Notice of Eligibility which was provided may serve as documentation) and their statement must specifically identify which assistance or payments they have chosen not to accept. The statement must be signed and dated and may not be coerced by the agency.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.208(c) Aliens not lawfully present in the United States—computing relocation payments if some members of a displaced family are present lawfully but others are present unlawfully.</I>
</P>
<P>If a person who is a member of a family being displaced is not eligible for and does not receive Uniform Act benefits because he or she is not lawfully in the United States, that person's income shall not be excluded from the computation of family income. The person's income is counted unless the agency is certain that the ineligible person will not continue to reside with the family. To exclude the ineligible person's income would result in a windfall by providing a higher relocation payment.
</P>
<P>There are two different methods for computing relocation payments in situations where some members of a displaced family are present lawfully, but others are present unlawfully. For moving expenses, the payment is to be based on the proportion of lawfully present occupants to the total number of occupants. For example, if four out of five members of a family to be displaced are lawfully present, the proportion of lawful occupants is 80 percent and that percentage is to be applied against the moving expenses payment that otherwise would have been received. Similarly, unlawful occupants are not counted as a part of the family for RHP calculations. Thus, a family of five, one of whom is a person not lawfully present in the U.S., would be counted as a family of four. The comparable replacement dwelling for the family would reflect the makeup of the remaining four persons, and the RHP would be computed accordingly.
</P>
<P>A “pro rata” approach to an RHP calculation is not permitted unless use of the two permitted methods discussed in this section would create an exceptional and extremely unusual hardship (consistent with Pub. L. 105-117; codified at 42 U.S.C. 4605). Following such a calculation would require that the agency disregard alien status for comparability determination, select a comparable and then apply a percentage to the RHP amount. A “pro rata” calculation approach for RHP may result in a higher RHP eligibility than the displaced persons would otherwise be eligible to receive. The “pro rata” approach of providing a percentage of the calculated RHP eligibility is contrary to the requirements of the Uniform Act and this part. A correct example of a calculation would be:
</P>
<FP-2>Household of seven (including one alien not lawfully present individually occupying one bedroom.)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Displacement dwelling—4 BR unit, with rent/utilities of $1,200/month
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Housing requirements for all lawful occupants (six) is a 3 BR unit
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Comparable dwelling
</FP-2>
<FP-2>3 BR unit with rent/utilities of $1,300/month
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Calculation of RHP under § 24.208(c) (alien not lawfully present excluded)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>$1,300 (comparable)−$1,200 (displacement unit) = $100 RHP × 42 months = $4,200 RHP
</FP-2>
<P><I>Section 24.208(h)</I> The meaning of the term “exceptional and extremely unusual hardship” focuses on significant and demonstrable impacts on health, safety, or family cohesion. This phrase is intended to allow judgment on the part of the agency and does not lend itself to an absolute standard applicable in all situations.
</P>
<P>When considering whether a hardship exemption is appropriate, an agency may examine only the impact on an alien's spouse, parent, or child who is a citizen, or an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence in the United States. In determining who is a spouse, agencies should use the definition of that term under State or other applicable law.
</P>
<P>A standard of hardship involves more than the loss of relocation payments and/or assistance alone. Also, income alone (for example, measured as a percentage of income spent on housing) would not make the denial of benefits an “exceptional and extremely unusual hardship” and qualify for a hardship exemption. In keeping with the principle of allowing agencies maximum reasonable discretion, FHWA believes the decision regarding what documentation is required to support a claim of hardship is one best left to the Federal funding agency, as long as the decision is handled in a nondiscriminatory manner.
</P>
<HD1>Subpart D—Payments for Moving and Related Expenses
</HD1>
<P><I>Section 24.301 Payment for Actual Reasonable Moving and Related Expenses.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.301(e) Personal property only.</I> Examples of personal property only moves might be: personal property that is located on a portion of property that is being acquired, but the business, farm, nonprofit or residence will not be acquired and the business can still operate after the acquisition; personal property that is located in a mini-storage facility that will be acquired or relocated; or, personal property that is stored on vacant land that is to be acquired. For such a residential personal property move, there may be situations in which the costs of obtaining moving bids may exceed the cost to move. In those situations, the agency may allow an eligibility determination and payment based upon the use of the “additional room” category of the Fixed Residential Move Cost Schedule at <I>www.fhwa.dot.gov/real_estate/uniform_act/relocation/moving_cost_schedule.cfm.</I>
</P>
<P>For a nonresidential personal property only move, the owner of the personal property has the options of moving the personal property by using a commercial mover or a self-move. If a question arises concerning the reasonableness of an actual cost move, the agency may obtain estimates from qualified movers to use as the standard in determining the payment.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.301(g)(3) Modifications to personal property or to utilities.</I> Construction costs for a new building at the business replacement site, costs to substantially reconstruct a building, or rehabilitate a building are generally ineligible for reimbursement as are expenses for disconnecting, dismantling, removing, reassembling, and reinstalling relocated personal property.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.301(g)(14) Relettering signs and replacing stationery.</I> This may include changes to the content of other media that need correcting due to the displacement, such as DVDs and CDs. This may also include modifications to websites that would modify and edit contact and new location information made necessary because of the move. Agencies will need to determine when these costs are actual, reasonable, and necessary.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.301(g)(15)(i)</I> This section only applies when equipment is not being moved to replacement site and therefore it becomes an actual loss of tangible personal property. Under § 24.301(g)(15)(i), if the piece of equipment is operational at the acquired site, the estimated cost to reconnect the equipment shall be based on the cost to install the equipment as it currently exists and shall not include the cost of code-required betterments or upgrades that may apply at the replacement site.
</P>
<P>As prescribed in the part, the allowable in-place value estimate (§ 24.301(g)(15)(i)(B)) and moving cost estimate must reflect only the “as is” condition and installation of the item at the displacement site. The in-place value estimate may not include costs that reflect code or other requirements that were not in effect at the displacement site.
</P>
<P>The in-place value estimate may also not include installation costs for machinery or equipment that is not operable or not installed at the displacement site (§ 24.301(g)(15) (ii)). Value in place can be obtained by hiring a machinery and equipment (M&amp;E) appraiser or value can be estimated via websites available for M&amp;E valuations. An example of one resource is The Association of Machinery and Equipment Appraisers (AMEA) website.
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> The AMEA is a nonprofit professional association whose mission is to accredit certified equipment appraisers. Another example of available resources can be found on the website of The American Society of Appraisers, a multi-discipline, nonprofit, international organization of professional appraisers. They maintain a separate web page for machinery and equipment appraisers.
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> Should an agency find itself in need of a machinery and equipment appraisal, a web search for either “machinery and equipment appraisers” or “machinery and equipment appraiser's organizations” will provide a number of resources which can be used to find the necessary services and resources. It is important to note that FHWA does not endorse or recommend any organization, society, or professional group. The information provided in this appendix is strictly informational.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> <I>http://www.amea.org/</I>.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> <I>http://www.appraisers.org/Disciplines/Machinery-Technical-Specialties</I>.</P></FTNT>
<P><I>Section 24.301(g)(18) Searching expenses.</I> In special cases where the agency determines it to be reasonable and necessary, certain additional categories of searching costs may be considered for reimbursement. These include those costs involved in investigating potential replacement sites and the time of the business owner, based on salary or earnings, required to apply for licenses or permits, zoning changes, and attendance at zoning hearings. Necessary attorney's fees required to obtain such licenses or permits are also reimbursable. Expenses negotiating the purchase of a replacement business site are also reimbursable based on a reasonable salary or earnings rate. In those instances when such additional costs to investigate and acquire the site exceed $5,000, the agency may consider requesting a waiver of the cost limitation under the § 24.7 waiver provision. Such a waiver should be subject to the approval of the Federal funding agency in accordance with existing delegation of authority. As an alternative to the preceding sentences in this section, Federal funding agencies may determine that it is appropriate to allow for payment of searching expenses of $1,000 with minimal or no documentation under this part. It is expected that each Federal funding agency will consider and address the potential for waste, fraud, or abuse and may develop additional requirements to implement this provision. Such requirements may include development of procedures or by requiring specific changes or inclusions in the written procedures approved by the Federal funding agency.
</P>
<P>Search expenses may be incurred anytime the business anticipates it may be displaced, including prior to project authorization or the initiation of negotiations. However, such expenses cannot be reimbursed until the business has received the notice in § 24.203(b) and only after the agency has determined such costs to be actual, reasonable, and necessary as a result of the displacement.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.302</I>—The occupant of a seasonal residence could receive a payment based upon the Fixed Residential Move Cost Schedule or actual moving expenses in accordance with § 24.301. Persons owning or renting seasonal residences are generally not eligible for any relocation payments other than personal property moving expenses.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.303(a).</I> Actual, reasonable, and necessary reimbursement for connection to available utilities are for the necessary improvements to utility services currently available at the replacement property. Examples include (a) a Laundromat business that requires a larger service tap than the typical business service tap already on the property, and (b) a business that requires an upgrade or enhancement of the existing single phase electrical service to provide 3-phase electrical service.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.303(b) Professional services.</I> If a question should arise as to what is a “reasonable hourly rate,” the agency should compare the rates of other similar professional providers in that area.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.303(c) Impact fees and one-time assessments for anticipated heavy utility usage.</I>
</P>
<P>Section 24.303(c) limits impact fees or one-time assessments to those levied for anticipated heavy utility usage to utilities, <I>e.g.,</I> water, sewer, gas, and electric. Impact fees and one time assessments that may be levied on a nonresidential relocated person in their replacement location for other major infrastructure construction or use such as roads, fire stations, regional drainage improvements, and parks are not eligible. Providing information on the potential eligibility of impact fees for anticipated heavy utility usage is an important advisory service.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.304(b)(5) Ineligible expenses.</I> The cost of constructing, reconstructing, or rehabilitating a replacement structure, is a capital expenditure, normally beyond the scope of § 24.304(a)(2) and is generally ineligible for reimbursement as a reestablishment expense. In those rare instances when a business cannot relocate without construction, reconstruction, or rehabilitation of a replacement structure, an agency or recipient may request a waiver of § 24.304(b)(5) under the provisions of § 24.7. An example of such an instance would be in a rural area where there are no suitable buildings available and the new construction, reconstruction, or rehabilitation of a replacement structure is the only option that will enable the business to remain a viable commercial operation. If a waiver is granted, the cost of new construction, reconstruction, or rehabilitation of a replacement structure will be considered an eligible reestablishment expense subject to the regulatory limit on such payment.
</P>
<P>In markets where existing and new buildings are available for rental (and sometimes for purchase), the buildings or the various units available within the buildings often have only the basic amenities such as heat, light, and water, and sewer available. These buildings or units are referred to as shells. The cost of constructing, reconstructing, or rehabilitating a shell is not an eligible reestablishment expense because the shell is considered a capital real estate improvement (a capital asset). However, this determination does not preclude the consideration by an agency of certain modifications to an existing replacement business building as reestablishment costs if the agency applies a waiver under § 24.7.
</P>
<P>A certain degree of construction costs are generally expected by the market because shells are designed to be customized by the tenant. An agency using a waiver may determine costs for these types of improvements or modifications are eligible for reimbursement, up to the amount of $33,200. Such costs may include the addition of necessary facilities such as bathrooms, room partitions, built-in display cases, and similar items, if required by Federal, State, or local codes, ordinances, or simply considered reasonable and necessary for the operation of the business. By contrast, a structure or shell which is dilapidated or is in disrepair and which requires construction, reconstruction, or rehabilitation would not be eligible for reimbursement under this part.
</P>
<P>Section 24.305 Fixed payment for moving expenses—nonresidential moves.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.305(a) Business.</I> If a business elects the fixed payment for moving expenses (in lieu of payment) option, the payment represents its full and final payment for all relocation expenses. Should the business elect to receive this payment, it would not be eligible for any other relocation assistance payments including actual moving or related expenses, or reestablishment expenses.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.305(c) Farm operation.</I> If a farm operation elects the fixed payment for moving expenses (in lieu of payment) option, the payment represents its full and final payment for all relocation expenses. Should the farm elect to receive this payment, it would not be eligible for any other relocation assistance payments including actual moving or related expenses, and reestablishment expenses.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.305(d) Nonprofit organization.</I> Gross revenues may include membership fees, class fees, cash donations, tithes, receipts from sales, or other forms of fund collection that enables the nonprofit organization to operate. Administrative expenses are those for administrative support such as rent, utilities, salaries, advertising, and other like items, as well as fundraising expenses. Operating expenses for carrying out the purposes of the nonprofit organization are not included in administrative expenses. The monetary receipts and expense amounts may be verified with certified financial statements or financial documents required by public agencies.
</P>
<P>If a nonprofit organization elects the fixed payment for moving expenses (in lieu of payment) option, the payment represents its full and final payment for all relocation expenses. Should the nonprofit organization elect to receive this payment, it would not be eligible for any other relocation assistance payments including actual moving or related expenses, or reestablishment expenses.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.305(e) Average annual net earnings of a business or farm operation.</I> Section 24.305(a)(6) requires that the business contribute materially to the income of the displaced person during the 2 taxable years prior to displacement. This does not mean that the business needed to be in existence for a minimum of 2 years prior to displacement to be eligible for this payment.
</P>
<P>If a business has been in operation for only a short period of time (<I>i.e.,</I> 6 months) prior to displacement, the fixed payment would be based on the net earnings of the business at the displacement site for the actual period of operation projected to an annual rate. If a business was not in operation for a full 2 years, the existing net earnings income data should be used to project what the net earnings could be if the business were in operation for a full 2 years. If the business is seasonal, the business' operating season net income represents the full annual income for the purposes of calculating this benefit.
</P>
<P>For Example:</P>
<P>(1) Business in operation for only 6 months earned $ 10,000.
</P>
<P><I>Computation:</I> ($10,000/6) × 12 = $20,000 annual net earnings × 2 years = $40,000 divided by 2 = $20,000; Eligibility = $20,000. (Average annual net earnings.)
</P>
<P>(2) Business in operation 18 months earned $20,000.
</P>
<P><I>Computation:</I> $20,000 divided by 18 months = $1,111 per month × 24 months = $26,664 divided by 2 years = $13,332; Eligibility = $13,332 (Average annual net earnings)
</P>
<P>(3) Business is seasonal—open summer only for 4 months and earns $5,000.
</P>
<FP-2><I>Computation:</I> $5,000 was the seasonal net earnings 1 year and $6,000 was the seasonal net earnings a second year. $11,000 divided by 2 = $5,500; Eligibility = $5,500. (Average annual net earnings)
</FP-2>
<P>If the average annual net earnings of the displaced business, farm, or nonprofit organization are determined to be less than $1,000, even $0 or a negative amount, the minimum payment of $1,000 shall be provided (49 CFR 24.305(a)).
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.306 Discretionary utility relocation payments.</I> Section 24.306(c) describes the issues that the agency and the utility facility owner must agree to in determining the amount of the relocation payment. To facilitate and aid in reaching such agreement, the practices in 23 CFR part 645, subpart A, should be followed.
</P>
<HD1>Subpart E—Replacement Housing Payments
</HD1>
<P><I>Section 24.401 Replacement housing payment for 90-day homeowner-occupants.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.401(a)(2).</I> An extension of eligibility may be granted if some event beyond the control of the displaced person such as acute or life threatening illness, bad weather preventing the completion of construction, or physical modifications required for reasonable accommodation of a replacement dwelling, or other like circumstances causes a delay in occupying a decent, safe, and sanitary replacement dwelling.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.401(c)(2)(iii) Price differential.</I> The provision in § 24.401(c)(2)(iii) to use the current fair market value for residential use does not mean the agency must have the property appraised. Any reasonable method for arriving at the fair market value may be used.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.401(d) Increased mortgage interest costs.</I> The provision in § 24.401(d) sets forth the factors to be used in computing the payment that will be required to reduce a person's replacement mortgage (added to the down payment) to an amount which can be amortized at the same monthly payment for principal and interest over the same period of time as the remaining term on the displacement mortgages. This payment is commonly known as the “buydown.”
</P>
<P>The agency must know the remaining principal balance, the interest rate, and monthly principal and interest payments for the old mortgage as well as the interest rate, points, and term for the new mortgage to compute the increased mortgage interest costs. If the combination of interest and points for the new mortgage exceeds the current prevailing fixed interest rate and points for conventional mortgages and there is no justification for the excessive rate, then the current prevailing fixed interest rate and points shall be used in the computations. Justification may be the unavailability of the current prevailing rate due to the amount of the new mortgage, credit difficulties, or other similar reasons.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Sample Computation
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Old Mortgage:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Remaining Principal Balance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$50,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Monthly Payment (principal and interest)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$458.22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Interest rate (percent)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New Mortgage:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Interest rate (percent)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Points</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Term (years)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>Remaining term of the old mortgage is determined to be 174 months. Determining, or computing, the actual remaining term is more reliable than using the data supplied by the mortgagee. However, if it is shorter, use the term of the new mortgage and compute the needed monthly payment.
</P>
<P>Amount to be financed to maintain monthly payments of $458.22 at 10% = $42,010.18.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calculation:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Remaining Principal Balance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$50,000.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Minus Annual Monthly Payment (principal and interest)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−42,010.18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Increased mortgage interest costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,989.82
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3 points on $42,010.18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,260.31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total buydown necessary to maintain payments at $458.22/month</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9,250.13</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>If the new mortgage actually obtained is less than the computed amount for a new mortgage ($42,010.18), the buydown shall be prorated accordingly. If the actual mortgage obtained in our example were $35,000, the buydown payment would be $7,706.57 ($35,000 divided by $42,010.18 = .8331; $9,250.13 multiplied by .83 = $7,706.57).
</P>
<P>The agency is obligated to inform the displaced person of the approximate amount of this payment and to advise the displaced person of the interest rate and points used to calculate the payment.
</P>
<P>The FHWA has an online tool to calculate increased mortgage interest costs for fixed, and interest only loans at <I>https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/real_estate/uniform_act/relocation/midpcalcs/.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.401(e) Reverse Mortgage.</I> The provision in § 24.401(e) sets forth the factors to be considered to estimating an amount, after paying off the existing balance, sufficient to purchase a replacement reverse mortgage that provides a tenure or term payment, line of credit, or lump-sum disbursement. The agency must know the value of the acquired dwelling, existing balance of displacement reverse mortgage, remaining equity, and price of the selected comparable or actual replacement dwelling, to compute the estimated reverse mortgage supplement payment for a replacement reverse mortgage. In cases where there is a tenure or term payment additional information such as the age of the youngest borrower, amounts of the tenure payment, amount and remaining term of term payment and the current interest rate, is needed to calculate the payment and will require the assistance of a reverse mortgage broker.
</P>
<P>Below are four scenarios for relocation payment eligibilities. As you will note, the eligibility is the same in each case; however, benefit amounts will vary depending on the individual's circumstance and existing reverse mortgage terms. This appendix also contains a list of other possible agency options, should a displaced person elect to use them; however, they are not recommended by FHWA because they do not place the person into a replacement reverse mortgage.
</P>
<P>Situation 1—Owner has sufficient remaining equity to obtain a replacement reverse mortgage for purchase.
</P>
<P>Situation 2—Owner's existing reverse mortgage has a tenure disbursement payment and there is not sufficient remaining equity to obtain a replacement reverse mortgage.
</P>
<P>Situation 3—Owner's existing reverse mortgage has a term disbursement payment and there is not sufficient remaining equity to obtain a replacement reverse mortgage.
</P>
<P>Situation 4—Owner's existing reverse mortgage is a line of credit and there is not sufficient remaining equity to obtain a replacement reverse mortgage.
</P>
<P>The displaced homeowner may be eligible for the following relocation payments:
</P>
<P>• <I>A price differential payment in accordance with § 24.401(c).</I>
</P>
<P>The owner would be eligible for a price differential payment (the difference between the comparable replacement dwelling and the acquisition cost of the displacement dwelling).
</P>
<P>• <I>The administrative costs and incidental expenses necessary to establish the new reverse mortgage.</I>
</P>
<P>Incidental costs incurred with a replacement reverse mortgage are reimbursable and fall into three categories—Mortgage insurance premium (MIP), loan origination fee, and closing costs.
</P>
<P>• <I>A mortgage interest differential payment if the homeowner incurs a higher interest rate on the new reverse mortgage.</I>
</P>
<P>The payment would be based on the difference between the displacement adjustable-rate mortgage (ARM) cap rate at the initiation of negotiations and the available ARM cap rate and those rates would be used as the components to calculate the MIDP in accordance with the sample calculation provided at section 24.401(d) of this appendix. The agency must advise the displaced person of the interest rate used to calculate the payment. Note that most reverse mortgages are monthly adjustable rate mortgages, so any interest differential payment would be minimal.
</P>
<P>• <I>If the displaced homeowner elects to relocate into rental housing rather than remain a homeowner, then the agency will calculate relocation assistance payments in accordance with § 24.401(g).</I>
</P>
<P>For example, the agency computes a rental assistance payment of $10,000 for the owners based on a comparable replacement rental dwelling. When the owners settle with the agency, the owner will pay off the balance of the reverse mortgage and retain any remaining equity in the property. They are eligible for the rental assistance payment when they rent and occupy the DSS replacement dwelling.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>In all situations, if the displaced homeowner elects to relocate into rental housing rather than remain homeowner, then the agency will calculate relocation assistance payments in accordance with § 24.401(g).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>If the existing reverse mortgage was a lump-sum or line-of-credit which has been exhausted, then the agency is not under obligation to replace those amounts, but only to replace the reverse mortgage with a reverse mortgage with terms and equity similar to the displacement reverse mortgage.</P></NOTE>
<P><I>Other agency options (not recommended unless elected by the displaced person, since they do not place the person into the same situation as the displacement reverse mortgage provided):</I>
</P>
<P>• A direct loan as set forth in § 24.404 under housing of last resort.
</P>
<P>• A life estate interest in a comparable replacement dwelling under replacement housing of last resort.
</P>
<P>• Agency purchases a comparable replacement dwelling and retains ownership and conveys a leasehold interest to the owner for his/her lifetime.
</P>
<P>• Agency offers a comparable replacement rental dwelling to convert the homeowner-occupant to tenant status.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.402 Replacement Housing Payment for 90-day tenants and certain others.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.402(b)(2) Low income calculation example.</I> The Uniform Act requires that an eligible displaced person who rents a replacement dwelling is entitled to a rental assistance payment calculated in accordance with § 24.402(b). One factor in this calculation is to determine if a displaced person is classified as having “low income,” as defined by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development's annual survey of income limits for the Public Housing and Section 8 Programs. To make such a determination, the agency must: (1) Determine the total number of members in the household (including all adults and children); (2) locate the appropriate table for income limits applicable to the Uniform Act for the State in which the displaced residence is located (found at: <I>https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/real_estate/policy_guidance/low_income_calculations/index.cfm</I>); (3) from the list of local jurisdictions shown, identify the appropriate county, Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA),* or Primary Metropolitan Statistical Area (PMSA)* in which the displacement property is located; and (4) locate the appropriate income limit in that jurisdiction for the size of this displaced person/family. The income limit must then be compared to the household income (defined at § 24.2(a)) which is the gross annual income received by the displaced family, excluding income from any dependent children and full-time students under the age of 18. If the household income for the eligible displaced person/family is less than or equal to the income limit, the family is considered “low income.” For example:
</P>
<P>Tom and Mary Smith and their three children are being displaced. The information obtained from the family and verified by the agency is as follows:
</P>
<FP-2>Tom Smith, employed, earns $21,000/yr.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Mary Smith, receives disability payments of $6,000/yr.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Tom Smith, Jr., 21, employed, earns $10,000/yr.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Mary Jane Smith, 17, student, has a paper route, earns $3,000/yr. (Income is not included because she is a dependent child and a full-time student under 18)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Sammie Smith, 10, full-time student, no income.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Total family income for five persons is: $35,000 + 12,000 + $18,000 = $65,000
</FP-2>
<P>The displacement residence is located in the State of Maryland, Caroline County. The low income limit for a five person household is: $77,950. (2022 Income Limits)
</P>
<P>This household is considered “low income.”
</P>
<P>* A complete list of counties and towns included in the identified MSAs and PMSAs can be found under the bulleted item “Income Limit Area Definition” posted on the FHWA's website at: <I>https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/real_estate/.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.402(c) Down payment assistance.</I> The down payment assistance provisions in § 24.402(c) limit such assistance to the amount of the computed rental assistance payment for a tenant. It does, however, provide the latitude for agency discretion in offering down payment assistance that exceeds the computed rental assistance payment, up to the $9,570 statutory maximum. This does not mean, however, that such agency discretion may be exercised in a selective or discriminatory fashion. The agency should develop a policy or requirement that affords equal treatment for displaced persons in like circumstances and this or requirement should be applied uniformly throughout the agency's programs or projects.
</P>
<P>For the purpose of this section, a displaced homeowner who elects to rent a replacement dwelling may not receive more than the eligibility the homeowner would have received as an eligible displaced homeowner purchasing a home.
</P>
<P>Section 24.404(c)(3) requires the agency to provide assistance to a displaced owner or tenant occupant who fails to meet the 90-day requirement for length of occupancy of the displacement dwelling, prior to the initiation of negotiations, which is required for eligibility to receive a replacement housing payment under §§ 24.401 and 24.402.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.403(a)(1) Determining cost of comparable replacement dwelling.</I> The requirement that if available at least 3 comparable dwellings should be considered when selecting a comparable dwelling when determining and calculating a replacement housing payment eligibility. Consideration, examination, or the viewing of an MLS listing does not equate to the inspection of the comparable dwelling required by § 24.205(c)(2)(ii)(C), which requires that at a minimum, the comparable dwelling should be physically inspected. When an inspection is not feasible, the displaced person must be informed in writing that a physical inspection of the interior or exterior was not performed, the reason that the inspection was not performed, and that if the comparable is selected as a replacement dwelling a replacement housing payment may not be made unless the replacement dwelling is subsequently inspected and determined to be decent, safe, and sanitary. Should the selected comparable dwelling later be found to not be DSS then the agency's policies and procedures must ensure that the requirements of § 24.2(a), definition of <I>decent, safe and sanitary dwelling,</I> are met. If the agency does not recalculate the eligibility in these instances, FHWA does not believe that the requirement to ensure comparable housing is made available to the displaced person can be met.
</P>
<P>Some Federal funding agency requirements, such as those of the Department of Housing and Urban Development, prohibit reliance on an exterior visual inspection when selecting a comparable replacement dwelling or as part of determining the cost of comparable replacement dwellings. This is because the physical condition standards for such governmental housing assistance programs could not be met without an in-person physical inspection.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.403(a)(2) Carve Out of a Major Exterior Attribute.</I> When determining the cost of a replacement dwelling, this section requires that the contributory value of a major exterior attribute, as determined in the real property valuation, be subtracted from the acquisition price of the displacement dwelling for purposes of computing the replacement housing payment if the comparable replacement dwelling lacks the major exterior attribute. The adjustment to the value of the displacement dwelling for the purpose of computing a replacement housing payment eligibility when a major exterior attribute is not available in the comparable replacement housing on the open market is often referred to as a “carve out.” Examples of such major exterior attributes may include land in excess of that typical in size for the neighborhood, a swimming pool, shed, or garage. Use of a carve out allows agencies to ensure comparable dwellings are available to the displaced person. The displaced person has received just compensation for the carved out attribute and may decide to use that compensation to replace the attribute. However, it should be noted that some carved out attributes, acreage as one example, cannot always be replaced in the immediate market and a displaced person may then have to decide whether they want to expand their search area and reconsider their desired replacement home location. The following are examples of the calculation process.
</P>
<HD2>(Example A)
</HD2>
<P><I>RHP Computation for Carve Out of a Major Exterior Attribute of a Displacement Property's Land in Excess of a Typical Lot:</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Value of residential displacement real property on a larger lot than typical site for the neighborhood</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">$200,000</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Minus the value of displacement property's land in excess of a typical site &amp; not in comparable housing</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">15,000</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Adjusted value of the displacement real property less carve out of the excess land</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">185,000</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">List Price of the Selected Comparable Housing</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">210,000</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Minus the adjusted value of the displacement real property resulting from carve out of the excess land</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">185,000</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Replacement Housing Payment Price Differential Payment Eligibility</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">25,000</E></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>(Example B)
</HD2>
<P><I>RHP Computation for Carve Out of a Major Exterior Attribute of Displacement Property's Inground Swimming Pool:</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Value of residential displacement real property with an inground swimming pool</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">$250,000</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Minus the contributory value of displacement property's inground swimming pool not in the comparable</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">14,000</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Adjusted value of the displacement real property less carve out of the inground swimming pool</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">236,000</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">List Price of the Selected Comparable Housing</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">245,000</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Minus the adjusted value of the displacement real property less the inground swimming pool carve out</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">236,000</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Replacement Housing Payment Price Differential Payment Eligibility</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">11,000</E></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Section 24.403(a)(3) Additional rules governing replacement housing payments.</I> The economic value to the owner of a remainder may be as an actual buildable lot for sale to an adjoining property owner, or for some other purpose for which the agency attributes an economic value to the owner. When allowed for under applicable law, a single offer that includes the value of the remainder property should be made. The purpose of making an offer to purchase the remainder is to allow for an RHP calculation and benefit determination that includes the value of the remainder as part of the compensation offered to the owner for acquisition, whether the property owner sells the remainder or choses to retain it. Should a property owner decide to retain a remainder then he would be responsible for the value of the remainder when he purchases his replacement property. Example B of this section shows the effect that a property owner's decision to retain a remainder or a State's inability to, or election not to, make an offer to purchase the remainder would have on the calculation of benefits.
</P>
<P>The price differential portion of the replacement housing payment would be the difference between the comparable replacement dwelling and the agency's highest written acquisition offer. In the following examples, the before value of the typical residential dwelling and lot is $180,000; the remnant is valued at $15,000, and the part needed for the project (including the dwelling) is valued at $165,000, the comparable replacement dwelling is valued at $200,000. The price differential would be calculated as follows in the two scenarios:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">(Example A) Agency Offers To Acquire Remainder
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Comparable Replacement Dwelling</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$200,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Before value of parcel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180,000
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minus: Remainder Value</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15,000
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acquisition of Part Needed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165,000
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Agency's highest written offer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Price Differential Payment Eligibility</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">(Example B) Agency Does Not Offer To Acquire Remainder
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Comparable Replacement Dwelling</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$200,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Before value of parcel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180,000
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minus: Remainder Value (owner retains)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15,000
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acquisition of Part Needed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165,000
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Agency's highest written offer for part needed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Price Differential Payment Eligibility</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Section 24.404 Replacement housing of last resort.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.404(b) Basic rights of persons to be displaced.</I> Section 24.404(b) affirms the right of a 90-day homeowner-occupant, who is eligible for a replacement housing payment under § 24.401, to a reasonable opportunity to purchase a comparable replacement dwelling. However, it should be read in conjunction with the definition of “owner of a dwelling” at § 24.2(a). The agency is not required to provide persons owning only a fractional interest in the displacement dwelling a greater level of assistance to purchase a replacement dwelling than the agency would be required to provide such persons if they owned fee simple title to the displacement dwelling. If such assistance is not sufficient to buy a replacement dwelling, the agency may provide additional purchase assistance or rental assistance.
</P>
<P><I>Section 24.404(c) Methods of providing comparable replacement housing.</I> Section 24.404(c) emphasizes the use of cost effective means of providing comparable replacement housing. The term “reasonable cost” is used to highlight the fact that while innovative means to provide housing are encouraged, they should be cost-effective. Section 24.404(c)(2) permits the use of last resort housing, in special cases, which may involve variations from the usual methods of obtaining comparability. However, such variation should never result in a lowering of housing standards, nor should it ever result in a lower quality of living style for the displaced person. The physical characteristics of the comparable replacement dwelling may be dissimilar to those of the displacement dwelling, but they may never be inferior.
</P>
<P>One example might be the use of a new mobile home to replace a very substandard conventional dwelling in an area where comparable conventional dwellings are not available.
</P>
<P>Another example could be the use of a superior, but smaller, decent, safe, and sanitary dwelling to replace a large, old substandard dwelling, only a portion of which is being used as living quarters by the occupants and no other large comparable dwellings are available in the area.






</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.17.9.3.1.9" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 24—Statistical Report Form
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix sets forth the statistical information collected from Federal agencies in accordance with § 24.9(c).
</P>
<HD1>General
</HD1>
<P>1. <I>Report coverage.</I> This report covers all relocation and real property acquisition activities under a Federal or a federally assisted project or program subject to the provisions of the Uniform Act. If the exact numbers are not easily available, an agency may provide what it believes to be a reasonable estimate.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Report period.</I> Activities shall be reported on a Federal fiscal year basis, <I>i.e.,</I> October 1 through September 30.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Where and when to submit report.</I> Submit a copy of this report to the Lead Agency as soon as possible after September 30, but not later than November 15. Lead Agency address: Federal Highway Administration, Office of Real Estate Services (HEPR), 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>4. <I>How to report relocation payments.</I> The full amount of a relocation payment shall be reported as if disbursed in the year during which the claim was approved, regardless of whether the payment is to be paid in installments.
</P>
<P>5. <I>How to report dollar amounts.</I> Round off all money entries in parts of this section A, B, and C to the nearest dollar.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Regulatory references.</I> The references in parts A, B, C, and D of this section indicate the subpart of this part pertaining to the requested information.
</P>
<HD1>Part A. Real Property Acquisition Under the Uniform Act
</HD1>
<P><I>Line 1.</I> Report all parcels acquired during the report year where title or possession was vested in the agency during the reporting period. The parcel count reported should relate to ownerships and not to the number of parcels of different property interests (such as fee, perpetual easement, temporary easement, etc.) that may have been part of an acquisition from one owner. For example, an acquisition from a property that includes a fee simple parcel, a perpetual easement parcel, and a temporary easement parcel should be reported as 1 parcel not 3 parcels. (Include parcels acquired without Federal financial assistance, if there was or will be Federal financial assistance in other phases of the project or program.)
</P>
<P><I>Line 2.</I> Report the number of parcels reported on Line 1 that were acquired by condemnation. Include those parcels where compensation for the property was paid, deposited in court, or otherwise made available to a property owner pursuant to applicable law in order to vest title or possession in the agency through condemnation authority.
</P>
<P><I>Line 3.</I> Report the number of parcels in Line 1 acquired through administrative settlement where the purchase price for the property exceeded the amount offered as just compensation and efforts to negotiate an agreement at that amount have failed.
</P>
<P><I>Line 4.</I> Report the total of the amounts paid, deposited in court, or otherwise made available to a property owner pursuant to applicable law in order to vest title or possession in the agency in Line 1.
</P>
<HD1>Part B. Residential Relocation Under the Uniform Act
</HD1>
<P><I>Line 5.</I> Report the number of households who were permanently displaced during the fiscal year by project or program activities and moved to their replacement dwelling. The term “households” includes all families and individuals. A family is reported as “one” household, <I>not</I> by the number of people in the family unit.
</P>
<P><I>Line 6.</I> Report the total amount paid for residential moving expenses (actual expense and fixed payment).
</P>
<P><I>Line 7.</I> Report the total amount paid for residential replacement housing payments including payments for replacement housing of last resort provided pursuant to § 24.404.
</P>
<P><I>Line 8.</I> Report the number of households in Line 5 who were permanently displaced during the fiscal year by project or program activities and moved to their replacement dwelling as part of last resort housing assistance.
</P>
<P><I>Line 9.</I> Report the number of tenant households in Line 5 who were permanently displaced during the fiscal year by project or program activities, and who purchased and moved to their replacement dwelling using a down payment assistance payment under this part.
</P>
<P><I>Line 10.</I> Report the total sum costs of residential relocation expenses and payments (excluding agency administrative expenses) in Lines 6 and 7.
</P>
<HD1>Part C. Nonresidential Relocation Under the Uniform Act
</HD1>
<P><I>Line 11.</I> Report the number of businesses, nonprofit organizations, and farms who were permanently displaced during the fiscal year by project or program activities and moved to their replacement location. This includes businesses, nonprofit organizations, and farms, that upon displacement, discontinued operations.
</P>
<P><I>Line 12.</I> Report the total amount paid for nonresidential moving expenses (actual expense and fixed payment.)
</P>
<P><I>Line 13.</I> Report the total amount paid for nonresidential reestablishment expenses.
</P>
<P><I>Line 14.</I> Report the total sum costs of nonresidential relocation expenses and payments (excluding agency administrative expenses) in Lines 12 and 13.
</P>
<HD1>Part D. Relocation Appeals
</HD1>
<P><I>Line 15.</I> Report the total number of relocation appeals filed during the fiscal year by aggrieved persons (residential and nonresidential).
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er03my24.000.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 25—NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF SEX IN EDUCATION PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES RECEIVING FEDERAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>20 U.S.C. 1681, 1682, 1683, 1685, 1686, 1687, 1688. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 52865, 52894, Aug. 30, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Introduction</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.100" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.1.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.100   Purpose and effective date.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of these Title IX regulations is to effectuate Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended (except sections 904 and 906 of those Amendments) (20 U.S.C. 1681, 1682, 1683, 1685, 1686, 1687, 1688), which is designed to eliminate (with certain exceptions) discrimination on the basis of sex in any education program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance, whether or not such program or activity is offered or sponsored by an educational institution as defined in these Title IX regulations. The effective date of these Title IX regulations shall be September 29, 2000. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.105" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.1.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.105   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in these Title IX regulations, the term: 
</P>
<P><I>Administratively separate unit</I> means a school, department, or college of an educational institution (other than a local educational agency) admission to which is independent of admission to any other component of such institution. 
</P>
<P><I>Admission</I> means selection for part-time, full-time, special, associate, transfer, exchange, or any other enrollment, membership, or matriculation in or at an education program or activity operated by a recipient. 
</P>
<P><I>Applicant</I> means one who submits an application, request, or plan required to be approved by an official of the Federal agency that awards Federal financial assistance, or by a recipient, as a condition to becoming a recipient. 
</P>
<P><I>Designated agency official</I> means Director, Departmental Office of Civil Rights. 
</P>
<P><I>Educational institution</I> means a local educational agency (LEA) as defined by 20 U.S.C. 8801(18), a preschool, a private elementary or secondary school, or an applicant or recipient that is an institution of graduate higher education, an institution of undergraduate higher education, an institution of professional education, or an institution of vocational education, as defined in this section. 
</P>
<P><I>Federal financial assistance</I> means any of the following, when authorized or extended under a law administered by the Federal agency that awards such assistance: 
</P>
<P>(1) A grant or loan of Federal financial assistance, including funds made available for: 
</P>
<P>(i) The acquisition, construction, renovation, restoration, or repair of a building or facility or any portion thereof; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Scholarships, loans, grants, wages, or other funds extended to any entity for payment to or on behalf of students admitted to that entity, or extended directly to such students for payment to that entity. 
</P>
<P>(2) A grant of Federal real or personal property or any interest therein, including surplus property, and the proceeds of the sale or transfer of such property, if the Federal share of the fair market value of the property is not, upon such sale or transfer, properly accounted for to the Federal Government. 
</P>
<P>(3) Provision of the services of Federal personnel. 
</P>
<P>(4) Sale or lease of Federal property or any interest therein at nominal consideration, or at consideration reduced for the purpose of assisting the recipient or in recognition of public interest to be served thereby, or permission to use Federal property or any interest therein without consideration. 
</P>
<P>(5) Any other contract, agreement, or arrangement that has as one of its purposes the provision of assistance to any education program or activity, except a contract of insurance or guaranty. 
</P>
<P><I>Institution of graduate higher education</I> means an institution that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Offers academic study beyond the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree, whether or not leading to a certificate of any higher degree in the liberal arts and sciences; 
</P>
<P>(2) Awards any degree in a professional field beyond the first professional degree (regardless of whether the first professional degree in such field is awarded by an institution of undergraduate higher education or professional education); or
</P>
<P>(3) Awards no degree and offers no further academic study, but operates ordinarily for the purpose of facilitating research by persons who have received the highest graduate degree in any field of study. 
</P>
<P><I>Institution of professional education</I> means an institution (except any institution of undergraduate higher education) that offers a program of academic study that leads to a first professional degree in a field for which there is a national specialized accrediting agency recognized by the Secretary of Education. 
</P>
<P><I>Institution of undergraduate higher education</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) An institution offering at least two but less than four years of college-level study beyond the high school level, leading to a diploma or an associate degree, or wholly or principally creditable toward a baccalaureate degree; or
</P>
<P>(2) An institution offering academic study leading to a baccalaureate degree; or 
</P>
<P>(3) An agency or body that certifies credentials or offers degrees, but that may or may not offer academic study. 
</P>
<P><I>Institution of vocational education</I> means a school or institution (except an institution of professional or graduate or undergraduate higher education) that has as its primary purpose preparation of students to pursue a technical, skilled, or semiskilled occupation or trade, or to pursue study in a technical field, whether or not the school or institution offers certificates, diplomas, or degrees and whether or not it offers full-time study. 
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means any State or political subdivision thereof, or any instrumentality of a State or political subdivision thereof, any public or private agency, institution, or organization, or other entity, or any person, to whom Federal financial assistance is extended directly or through another recipient and that operates an education program or activity that receives such assistance, including any subunit, successor, assignee, or transferee thereof. 
</P>
<P><I>Student</I> means a person who has gained admission. 
</P>
<P><I>Title IX</I> means Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Public Law 92-318, 86 Stat. 235, 373 (codified as amended at 20 U.S.C. 1681-1688) (except sections 904 and 906 thereof), as amended by section 3 of Public Law 93-568, 88 Stat. 1855, by section 412 of the Education Amendments of 1976, Public Law 94-482, 90 Stat. 2234, and by Section 3 of Public Law 100-259, 102 Stat. 28, 28-29 (20 U.S.C. 1681, 1682, 1683, 1685, 1686, 1687, 1688). 
</P>
<P><I>Title IX regulations</I> means the provisions set forth at §§ 25.100 through 25.605. 
</P>
<P><I>Transition plan</I> means a plan subject to the approval of the Secretary of Education pursuant to section 901(a)(2) of the Education Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. 1681(a)(2), under which an educational institution operates in making the transition from being an educational institution that admits only students of one sex to being one that admits students of both sexes without discrimination. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.110" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.1.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.110   Remedial and affirmative action and self-evaluation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Remedial action.</I> If the designated agency official finds that a recipient has discriminated against persons on the basis of sex in an education program or activity, such recipient shall take such remedial action as the designated agency official deems necessary to overcome the effects of such discrimination. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Affirmative action.</I> In the absence of a finding of discrimination on the basis of sex in an education program or activity, a recipient may take affirmative action consistent with law to overcome the effects of conditions that resulted in limited participation therein by persons of a particular sex. Nothing in these Title IX regulations shall be interpreted to alter any affirmative action obligations that a recipient may have under Executive Order 11246, 3 CFR, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339; as amended by Executive Order 11375, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 684; as amended by Executive Order 11478, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 803; as amended by Executive Order 12086, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 230; as amended by Executive Order 12107, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 264. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Self-evaluation.</I> Each recipient education institution shall, within one year of September 29, 2000: 
</P>
<P>(1) Evaluate, in terms of the requirements of these Title IX regulations, its current policies and practices and the effects thereof concerning admission of students, treatment of students, and employment of both academic and non-academic personnel working in connection with the recipient's education program or activity; 
</P>
<P>(2) Modify any of these policies and practices that do not or may not meet the requirements of these Title IX regulations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Take appropriate remedial steps to eliminate the effects of any discrimination that resulted or may have resulted from adherence to these policies and practices. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Availability of self-evaluation and related materials.</I> Recipients shall maintain on file for at least three years following completion of the evaluation required under paragraph (c) of this section, and shall provide to the designated agency official upon request, a description of any modifications made pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section and of any remedial steps taken pursuant to paragraph (c)(3) of this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.115" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.1.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.115   Assurance required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Either at the application stage or the award stage, Federal agencies must ensure that applications for Federal financial assistance or awards of Federal financial assistance contain, be accompanied by, or be covered by a specifically identified assurance from the applicant or recipient, satisfactory to the designated agency official, that each education program or activity operated by the applicant or recipient and to which these Title IX regulations apply will be operated in compliance with these Title IX regulations. An assurance of compliance with these Title IX regulations shall not be satisfactory to the designated agency official if the applicant or recipient to whom such assurance applies fails to commit itself to take whatever remedial action is necessary in accordance with § 25.110(a) to eliminate existing discrimination on the basis of sex or to eliminate the effects of past discrimination whether occurring prior to or subsequent to the submission to the designated agency official of such assurance. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duration of obligation.</I> (1) In the case of Federal financial assistance extended to provide real property or structures thereon, such assurance shall obligate the recipient or, in the case of a subsequent transfer, the transferee, for the period during which the real property or structures are used to provide an education program or activity. 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of Federal financial assistance extended to provide personal property, such assurance shall obligate the recipient for the period during which it retains ownership or possession of the property. 
</P>
<P>(3) In all other cases such assurance shall obligate the recipient for the period during which Federal financial assistance is extended. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form.</I> (1) The assurances required by paragraph (a) of this section, which may be included as part of a document that addresses other assurances or obligations, shall include that the applicant or recipient will comply with all applicable Federal statutes relating to nondiscrimination. These include but are not limited to: Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended (20 U.S.C. 1681-1683, 1685-1688). 
</P>
<P>(2) The designated agency official will specify the extent to which such assurances will be required of the applicant's or recipient's subgrantees, contractors, subcontractors, transferees, or successors in interest. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.120" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.1.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.120   Transfers of property.</HEAD>
<P>If a recipient sells or otherwise transfers property financed in whole or in part with Federal financial assistance to a transferee that operates any education program or activity, and the Federal share of the fair market value of the property is not upon such sale or transfer properly accounted for to the Federal Government, both the transferor and the transferee shall be deemed to be recipients, subject to the provisions of §§ 25.205 through 25.235(a). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.125" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.1.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.125   Effect of other requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Effect of other Federal provisions.</I> The obligations imposed by these Title IX regulations are independent of, and do not alter, obligations not to discriminate on the basis of sex imposed by Executive Order 11246, 3 CFR, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339; as amended by Executive Order 11375, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 684; as amended by Executive Order 11478, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 803; as amended by Executive Order 12087, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 230; as amended by Executive Order 12107, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 264; sections 704 and 855 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 295m, 298b-2); Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000e <I>et seq.</I>); the Equal Pay Act of 1963 (29 U.S.C. 206); and any other Act of Congress or Federal regulation. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effect of State or local law or other requirements.</I> The obligation to comply with these Title IX regulations is not obviated or alleviated by any State or local law or other requirement that would render any applicant or student ineligible, or limit the eligibility of any applicant or student, on the basis of sex, to practice any occupation or profession. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of rules or regulations of private organizations.</I> The obligation to comply with these Title IX regulations is not obviated or alleviated by any rule or regulation of any organization, club, athletic or other league, or association that would render any applicant or student ineligible to participate or limit the eligibility or participation of any applicant or student, on the basis of sex, in any education program or activity operated by a recipient and that receives Federal financial assistance. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.130" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.1.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.130   Effect of employment opportunities.</HEAD>
<P>The obligation to comply with these Title IX regulations is not obviated or alleviated because employment opportunities in any occupation or profession are or may be more limited for members of one sex than for members of the other sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.135" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.1.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.135   Designation of responsible employee and adoption of grievance procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Designation of responsible employee.</I> Each recipient shall designate at least one employee to coordinate its efforts to comply with and carry out its responsibilities under these Title IX regulations, including any investigation of any complaint communicated to such recipient alleging its noncompliance with these Title IX regulations or alleging any actions that would be prohibited by these Title IX regulations. The recipient shall notify all its students and employees of the name, office address, and telephone number of the employee or employees appointed pursuant to this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Complaint procedure of recipient.</I> A recipient shall adopt and publish grievance procedures providing for prompt and equitable resolution of student and employee complaints alleging any action that would be prohibited by these Title IX regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.140" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.1.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.140   Dissemination of policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notification of policy.</I> (1) Each recipient shall implement specific and continuing steps to notify applicants for admission and employment, students and parents of elementary and secondary school students, employees, sources of referral of applicants for admission and employment, and all unions or professional organizations holding collective bargaining or professional agreements with the recipient, that it does not discriminate on the basis of sex in the educational programs or activities that it operates, and that it is required by Title IX and these Title IX regulations not to discriminate in such a manner. Such notification shall contain such information, and be made in such manner, as the designated agency official finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured them by Title IX and these Title IX regulations, but shall state at least that the requirement not to discriminate in education programs or activities extends to employment therein, and to admission thereto unless §§ 25.300 through 25.310 do not apply to the recipient, and that inquiries concerning the application of Title IX and these Title IX regulations to such recipient may be referred to the employee designated pursuant to § 25.135, or to the designated agency official. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each recipient shall make the initial notification required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section within 90 days of September 29, 2000 or of the date these Title IX regulations first apply to such recipient, whichever comes later, which notification shall include publication in: 
</P>
<P>(i) Newspapers and magazines operated by such recipient or by student, alumnae, or alumni groups for or in connection with such recipient; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Memoranda or other written communications distributed to every student and employee of such recipient. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Publications.</I> (1) Each recipient shall prominently include a statement of the policy described in paragraph (a) of this section in each announcement, bulletin, catalog, or application form that it makes available to any person of a type, described in paragraph (a) of this section, or which is otherwise used in connection with the recruitment of students or employees. 
</P>
<P>(2) A recipient shall not use or distribute a publication of the type described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section that suggests, by text or illustration, that such recipient treats applicants, students, or employees differently on the basis of sex except as such treatment is permitted by these Title IX regulations. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Distribution.</I> Each recipient shall distribute without discrimination on the basis of sex each publication described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and shall apprise each of its admission and employment recruitment representatives of the policy of nondiscrimination described in paragraph (a) of this section, and shall require such representatives to adhere to such policy. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Coverage</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.200" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.200   Application.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in §§ 25.205 through 25.235(a), these Title IX regulations apply to every recipient and to each education program or activity operated by such recipient that receives Federal financial assistance. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.205" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.205   Educational institutions and other entities controlled by religious organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exemption.</I> These Title IX regulations do not apply to any operation of an educational institution or other entity that is controlled by a religious organization to the extent that application of these Title IX regulations would not be consistent with the religious tenets of such organization. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemption claims.</I> An educational institution or other entity that wishes to claim the exemption set forth in paragraph (a) of this section shall do so by submitting in writing to the designated agency official a statement by the highest-ranking official of the institution, identifying the provisions of these Title IX regulations that conflict with a specific tenet of the religious organization. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.210" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.210   Military and merchant marine educational institutions.</HEAD>
<P>These Title IX regulations do not apply to an educational institution whose primary purpose is the training of individuals for a military service of the United States or for the merchant marine. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.215" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.2.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.215   Membership practices of certain organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Social fraternities and sororities.</I> These Title IX regulations do not apply to the membership practices of social fraternities and sororities that are exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, 26 U.S.C. 501(a), the active membership of which consists primarily of students in attendance at institutions of higher education. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>YMCA, YWCA, Girl Scouts, Boy Scouts, and Camp Fire Girls.</I> These Title IX regulations do not apply to the membership practices of the Young Men's Christian Association (YMCA), the Young Women's Christian Association (YWCA), the Girl Scouts, the Boy Scouts, and Camp Fire Girls. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Voluntary youth service organizations.</I> These Title IX regulations do not apply to the membership practices of a voluntary youth service organization that is exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, 26 U.S.C. 501(a), and the membership of which has been traditionally limited to members of one sex and principally to persons of less than nineteen years of age.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.220" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.2.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.220   Admissions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Admissions to educational institutions prior to June 24, 1973, are not covered by these Title IX regulations. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Administratively separate units.</I> For the purposes only of this section, §§ 25.225 and 25.230, and §§ 25.300 through 25.310, each administratively separate unit shall be deemed to be an educational institution. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application of §§ 25.300 through .310.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, §§ 25.300 through 25.310 apply to each recipient. A recipient to which §§ 25.300 through 25.310 apply shall not discriminate on the basis of sex in admission or recruitment in violation of §§ 25.300 through 25.310. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Educational institutions.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section as to recipients that are educational institutions, §§ 25.300 through 25.310 apply only to institutions of vocational education, professional education, graduate higher education, and public institutions of undergraduate higher education. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Public institutions of undergraduate higher education.</I> §§ 25.300 through 25.310 do not apply to any public institution of undergraduate higher education that traditionally and continually from its establishment has had a policy of admitting students of only one sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.225" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.2.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.225   Educational institutions eligible to submit transition plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application.</I> This section applies to each educational institution to which §§ 25.300 through 25.310 apply that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Admitted students of only one sex as regular students as of June 23, 1972; or
</P>
<P>(2) Admitted students of only one sex as regular students as of June 23, 1965, but thereafter admitted, as regular students, students of the sex not admitted prior to June 23, 1965. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Provision for transition plans.</I> An educational institution to which this section applies shall not discriminate on the basis of sex in admission or recruitment in violation of §§ 25.300 through 25.310. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.230" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.2.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.230   Transition plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submission of plans.</I> An institution to which § 25.225 applies and that is composed of more than one administratively separate unit may submit either a single transition plan applicable to all such units, or a separate transition plan applicable to each such unit. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content of plans.</I> In order to be approved by the Secretary of Education, a transition plan shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) State the name, address, and Federal Interagency Committee on Education Code of the educational institution submitting such plan, the administratively separate units to which the plan is applicable, and the name, address, and telephone number of the person to whom questions concerning the plan may be addressed. The person who submits the plan shall be the chief administrator or president of the institution, or another individual legally authorized to bind the institution to all actions set forth in the plan. 
</P>
<P>(2) State whether the educational institution or administratively separate unit admits students of both sexes as regular students and, if so, when it began to do so. 
</P>
<P>(3) Identify and describe with respect to the educational institution or administratively separate unit any obstacles to admitting students without discrimination on the basis of sex. 
</P>
<P>(4) Describe in detail the steps necessary to eliminate as soon as practicable each obstacle so identified and indicate the schedule for taking these steps and the individual directly responsible for their implementation. 
</P>
<P>(5) Include estimates of the number of students, by sex, expected to apply for, be admitted to, and enter each class during the period covered by the plan. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nondiscrimination.</I> No policy or practice of a recipient to which § 25.225 applies shall result in treatment of applicants to or students of such recipient in violation of §§ 25.300 through 25.310 unless such treatment is necessitated by an obstacle identified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section and a schedule for eliminating that obstacle has been provided as required by paragraph (b)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effects of past exclusion.</I> To overcome the effects of past exclusion of students on the basis of sex, each educational institution to which § 25.225 applies shall include in its transition plan, and shall implement, specific steps designed to encourage individuals of the previously excluded sex to apply for admission to such institution. Such steps shall include instituting recruitment programs that emphasize the institution's commitment to enrolling students of the sex previously excluded. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.235" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.2.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.235   Statutory amendments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section, which applies to all provisions of these Title IX regulations, addresses statutory amendments to Title IX. 
</P>
<P>(b) These Title IX regulations shall not apply to or preclude: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any program or activity of the American Legion undertaken in connection with the organization or operation of any Boys State conference, Boys Nation conference, Girls State conference, or Girls Nation conference; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any program or activity of a secondary school or educational institution specifically for: 
</P>
<P>(i) The promotion of any Boys State conference, Boys Nation conference, Girls State conference, or Girls Nation conference; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The selection of students to attend any such conference; 
</P>
<P>(3) Father-son or mother-daughter activities at an educational institution or in an education program or activity, but if such activities are provided for students of one sex, opportunities for reasonably comparable activities shall be provided to students of the other sex; 
</P>
<P>(4) Any scholarship or other financial assistance awarded by an institution of higher education to an individual because such individual has received such award in a single-sex pageant based upon a combination of factors related to the individual's personal appearance, poise, and talent. The pageant, however, must comply with other nondiscrimination provisions of Federal law. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Program or activity</I> or <I>program</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) All of the operations of any entity described in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section, any part of which is extended Federal financial assistance: 
</P>
<P>(i)(A) A department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or 
</P>
<P>(B) The entity of such State or local government that distributes such assistance and each such department or agency (and each other State or local government entity) to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government; 
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) A college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or 
</P>
<P>(B) A local educational agency (as defined in section 8801 of title 20), system of vocational education, or other school system; 
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) An entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship— 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) If assistance is extended to such corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Which is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation; or
</P>
<P>(B) The entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which Federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other entity that is established by two or more of the entities described in paragraphs (c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) <I>Program or activity</I> does not include any operation of an entity that is controlled by a religious organization if the application of 20 U.S.C. 1681 to such operation would not be consistent with the religious tenets of such organization. 
</P>
<P>(ii) For example, all of the operations of a college, university, or other postsecondary institution, including but not limited to traditional educational operations, faculty and student housing, campus shuttle bus service, campus restaurants, the bookstore, and other commercial activities are part of a “program or activity” subject to these Title IX regulations if the college, university, or other institution receives Federal financial assistance. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Nothing in these Title IX regulations shall be construed to require or prohibit any person, or public or private entity, to provide or pay for any benefit or service, including the use of facilities, related to an abortion. Medical procedures, benefits, services, and the use of facilities, necessary to save the life of a pregnant woman or to address complications related to an abortion are not subject to this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in this section shall be construed to permit a penalty to be imposed on any person or individual because such person or individual is seeking or has received any benefit or service related to a legal abortion. Accordingly, subject to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, no person shall be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any academic, extracurricular, research, occupational training, employment, or other educational program or activity operated by a recipient that receives Federal financial assistance because such individual has sought or received, or is seeking, a legal abortion, or any benefit or service related to a legal abortion. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Discrimination on the Basis of Sex in Admission and Recruitment Prohibited</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.300" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.300   Admission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> No person shall, on the basis of sex, be denied admission, or be subjected to discrimination in admission, by any recipient to which §§ 25.300 through §§ 25.310 apply, except as provided in §§ 25.225 and §§ 25.230. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specific prohibitions.</I> (1) In determining whether a person satisfies any policy or criterion for admission, or in making any offer of admission, a recipient to which §§ 25.300 through 25.310 apply shall not: 
</P>
<P>(i) Give preference to one person over another on the basis of sex, by ranking applicants separately on such basis, or otherwise; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Apply numerical limitations upon the number or proportion of persons of either sex who may be admitted; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Otherwise treat one individual differently from another on the basis of sex. 
</P>
<P>(2) A recipient shall not administer or operate any test or other criterion for admission that has a disproportionately adverse effect on persons on the basis of sex unless the use of such test or criterion is shown to predict validly success in the education program or activity in question and alternative tests or criteria that do not have such a disproportionately adverse effect are shown to be unavailable. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prohibitions relating to marital or parental status.</I> In determining whether a person satisfies any policy or criterion for admission, or in making any offer of admission, a recipient to which §§ 25.300 through 25.310 apply: 
</P>
<P>(1) Shall not apply any rule concerning the actual or potential parental, family, or marital status of a student or applicant that treats persons differently on the basis of sex; 
</P>
<P>(2) Shall not discriminate against or exclude any person on the basis of pregnancy, childbirth, termination of pregnancy, or recovery therefrom, or establish or follow any rule or practice that so discriminates or excludes; 
</P>
<P>(3) Subject to § 25.235(d), shall treat disabilities related to pregnancy, childbirth, termination of pregnancy, or recovery therefrom in the same manner and under the same policies as any other temporary disability or physical condition; and
</P>
<P>(4) Shall not make pre-admission inquiry as to the marital status of an applicant for admission, including whether such applicant is “Miss” or “Mrs.” A recipient may make pre-admission inquiry as to the sex of an applicant for admission, but only if such inquiry is made equally of such applicants of both sexes and if the results of such inquiry are not used in connection with discrimination prohibited by these Title IX regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.305" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.3.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.305   Preference in admission.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient to which §§ 25.300 through 25.310 apply shall not give preference to applicants for admission, on the basis of attendance at any educational institution or other school or entity that admits as students only or predominantly members of one sex, if the giving of such preference has the effect of discriminating on the basis of sex in violation of §§ 25.300 through 25.310. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.310" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.3.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.310   Recruitment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Nondiscriminatory recruitment.</I> A recipient to which §§ 25.300 through 25.310 apply shall not discriminate on the basis of sex in the recruitment and admission of students. A recipient may be required to undertake additional recruitment efforts for one sex as remedial action pursuant to § 25.110(a), and may choose to undertake such efforts as affirmative action pursuant to § 25.110(b). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recruitment at certain institutions.</I> A recipient to which §§ 25.300 through 25.310 apply shall not recruit primarily or exclusively at educational institutions, schools, or entities that admit as students only or predominantly members of one sex, if such actions have the effect of discriminating on the basis of sex in violation of §§ 25.300 through 25.310. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Discrimination on the Basis of Sex in Education Programs or Activities Prohibited</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.400" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.4.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.400   Education programs or activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided elsewhere in these Title IX regulations, no person shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any academic, extracurricular, research, occupational training, or other education program or activity operated by a recipient that receives Federal financial assistance. Sections 25.400 through 25.455 do not apply to actions of a recipient in connection with admission of its students to an education program or activity of a recipient to which §§ 25.300 through 25.310 do not apply, or an entity, not a recipient, to which §§ 25.300 through 25.310 would not apply if the entity were a recipient. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specific prohibitions.</I> Except as provided in §§ 25.400 through 25.455, in providing any aid, benefit, or service to a student, a recipient shall not, on the basis of sex: 
</P>
<P>(1) Treat one person differently from another in determining whether such person satisfies any requirement or condition for the provision of such aid, benefit, or service; 
</P>
<P>(2) Provide different aid, benefits, or services or provide aid, benefits, or services in a different manner; 
</P>
<P>(3) Deny any person any such aid, benefit, or service; 
</P>
<P>(4) Subject any person to separate or different rules of behavior, sanctions, or other treatment; 
</P>
<P>(5) Apply any rule concerning the domicile or residence of a student or applicant, including eligibility for in-state fees and tuition; 
</P>
<P>(6) Aid or perpetuate discrimination against any person by providing significant assistance to any agency, organization, or person that discriminates on the basis of sex in providing any aid, benefit, or service to students or employees; 
</P>
<P>(7) Otherwise limit any person in the enjoyment of any right, privilege, advantage, or opportunity. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Assistance administered by a recipient educational institution to study at a foreign institution.</I> A recipient educational institution may administer or assist in the administration of scholarships, fellowships, or other awards established by foreign or domestic wills, trusts, or similar legal instruments, or by acts of foreign governments and restricted to members of one sex, that are designed to provide opportunities to study abroad, and that are awarded to students who are already matriculating at or who are graduates of the recipient institution; <I>Provided,</I> that a recipient educational institution that administers or assists in the administration of such scholarships, fellowships, or other awards that are restricted to members of one sex provides, or otherwise makes available, reasonable opportunities for similar studies for members of the other sex. Such opportunities may be derived from either domestic or foreign sources. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Aids, benefits or services not provided by recipient.</I> (1) This paragraph (d) applies to any recipient that requires participation by any applicant, student, or employee in any education program or activity not operated wholly by such recipient, or that facilitates, permits, or considers such participation as part of or equivalent to an education program or activity operated by such recipient, including participation in educational consortia and cooperative employment and student-teaching assignments. 
</P>
<P>(2) Such recipient: 
</P>
<P>(i) Shall develop and implement a procedure designed to assure itself that the operator or sponsor of such other education program or activity takes no action affecting any applicant, student, or employee of such recipient that these Title IX regulations would prohibit such recipient from taking; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall not facilitate, require, permit, or consider such participation if such action occurs. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.405" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.4.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.405   Housing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> A recipient shall not, on the basis of sex, apply different rules or regulations, impose different fees or requirements, or offer different services or benefits related to housing, except as provided in this section (including housing provided only to married students). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Housing provided by recipient.</I> (1) A recipient may provide separate housing on the basis of sex. 
</P>
<P>(2) Housing provided by a recipient to students of one sex, when compared to that provided to students of the other sex, shall be as a whole: 
</P>
<P>(i) Proportionate in quantity to the number of students of that sex applying for such housing; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Comparable in quality and cost to the student. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other housing.</I> (1) A recipient shall not, on the basis of sex, administer different policies or practices concerning occupancy by its students of housing other than that provided by such recipient. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A recipient which, through solicitation, listing, approval of housing, or otherwise, assists any agency, organization, or person in making housing available to any of its students, shall take such reasonable action as may be necessary to assure itself that such housing as is provided to students of one sex, when compared to that provided to students of the other sex, is as a whole: 
</P>
<P>(A) Proportionate in quantity; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Comparable in quality and cost to the student. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A recipient may render such assistance to any agency, organization, or person that provides all or part of such housing to students of only one sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.410" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.4.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.410   Comparable facilities.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient may provide separate toilet, locker room, and shower facilities on the basis of sex, but such facilities provided for students of one sex shall be comparable to such facilities provided for students of the other sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.415" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.4.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.415   Access to course offerings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient shall not provide any course or otherwise carry out any of its education program or activity separately on the basis of sex, or require or refuse participation therein by any of its students on such basis, including health, physical education, industrial, business, vocational, technical, home economics, music, and adult education courses. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) With respect to classes and activities in physical education at the elementary school level, the recipient shall comply fully with this section as expeditiously as possible but in no event later than one year from September 29, 2000. With respect to physical education classes and activities at the secondary and post-secondary levels, the recipient shall comply fully with this section as expeditiously as possible but in no event later than three years from September 29, 2000. 
</P>
<P>(2) This section does not prohibit grouping of students in physical education classes and activities by ability as assessed by objective standards of individual performance developed and applied without regard to sex. 
</P>
<P>(3) This section does not prohibit separation of students by sex within physical education classes or activities during participation in wrestling, boxing, rugby, ice hockey, football, basketball, and other sports the purpose or major activity of which involves bodily contact. 
</P>
<P>(4) Where use of a single standard of measuring skill or progress in a physical education class has an adverse effect on members of one sex, the recipient shall use appropriate standards that do not have such effect. 
</P>
<P>(5) Portions of classes in elementary and secondary schools, or portions of education programs or activities, that deal exclusively with human sexuality may be conducted in separate sessions for boys and girls. 
</P>
<P>(6) Recipients may make requirements based on vocal range or quality that may result in a chorus or choruses of one or predominantly one sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.420" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.4.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.420   Access to schools operated by LEAs.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient that is a local educational agency shall not, on the basis of sex, exclude any person from admission to: 
</P>
<P>(a) Any institution of vocational education operated by such recipient; or
</P>
<P>(b) Any other school or educational unit operated by such recipient, unless such recipient otherwise makes available to such person, pursuant to the same policies and criteria of admission, courses, services, and facilities comparable to each course, service, and facility offered in or through such schools. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.425" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.4.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.425   Counseling and use of appraisal and counseling materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Counseling.</I> A recipient shall not discriminate against any person on the basis of sex in the counseling or guidance of students or applicants for admission. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Use of appraisal and counseling materials.</I> A recipient that uses testing or other materials for appraising or counseling students shall not use different materials for students on the basis of their sex or use materials that permit or require different treatment of students on such basis unless such different materials cover the same occupations and interest areas and the use of such different materials is shown to be essential to eliminate sex bias. Recipients shall develop and use internal procedures for ensuring that such materials do not discriminate on the basis of sex. Where the use of a counseling test or other instrument results in a substantially disproportionate number of members of one sex in any particular course of study or classification, the recipient shall take such action as is necessary to assure itself that such disproportion is not the result of discrimination in the instrument or its application. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disproportion in classes.</I> Where a recipient finds that a particular class contains a substantially disproportionate number of individuals of one sex, the recipient shall take such action as is necessary to assure itself that such disproportion is not the result of discrimination on the basis of sex in counseling or appraisal materials or by counselors. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.430" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.4.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.430   Financial assistance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, in providing financial assistance to any of its students, a recipient shall not: 
</P>
<P>(1) On the basis of sex, provide different amounts or types of such assistance, limit eligibility for such assistance that is of any particular type or source, apply different criteria, or otherwise discriminate; 
</P>
<P>(2) Through solicitation, listing, approval, provision of facilities, or other services, assist any foundation, trust, agency, organization, or person that provides assistance to any of such recipient's students in a manner that discriminates on the basis of sex; or
</P>
<P>(3) Apply any rule or assist in application of any rule concerning eligibility for such assistance that treats persons of one sex differently from persons of the other sex with regard to marital or parental status. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Financial aid established by certain legal instruments.</I> (1) A recipient may administer or assist in the administration of scholarships, fellowships, or other forms of financial assistance established pursuant to domestic or foreign wills, trusts, bequests, or similar legal instruments or by acts of a foreign government that require that awards be made to members of a particular sex specified therein; <I>Provided,</I> that the overall effect of the award of such sex-restricted scholarships, fellowships, and other forms of financial assistance does not discriminate on the basis of sex. 
</P>
<P>(2) To ensure nondiscriminatory awards of assistance as required in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, recipients shall develop and use procedures under which: 
</P>
<P>(i) Students are selected for award of financial assistance on the basis of nondiscriminatory criteria and not on the basis of availability of funds restricted to members of a particular sex; 
</P>
<P>(ii) An appropriate sex-restricted scholarship, fellowship, or other form of financial assistance is allocated to each student selected under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) No student is denied the award for which he or she was selected under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section because of the absence of a scholarship, fellowship, or other form of financial assistance designated for a member of that student's sex. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Athletic scholarships.</I> (1) To the extent that a recipient awards athletic scholarships or grants-in-aid, it must provide reasonable opportunities for such awards for members of each sex in proportion to the number of students of each sex participating in interscholastic or intercollegiate athletics. 
</P>
<P>(2) A recipient may provide separate athletic scholarships or grants-in-aid for members of each sex as part of separate athletic teams for members of each sex to the extent consistent with this paragraph (c) and § 25.450. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.435" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.4.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.435   Employment assistance to students.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Assistance by recipient in making available outside employment.</I> A recipient that assists any agency, organization, or person in making employment available to any of its students: 
</P>
<P>(1) Shall assure itself that such employment is made available without discrimination on the basis of sex; and
</P>
<P>(2) Shall not render such services to any agency, organization, or person that discriminates on the basis of sex in its employment practices. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employment of students by recipients.</I> A recipient that employs any of its students shall not do so in a manner that violates §§ 25.500 through 25.550. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.440" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.4.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.440   Health and insurance benefits and services.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to § 25.235(d), in providing a medical, hospital, accident, or life insurance benefit, service, policy, or plan to any of its students, a recipient shall not discriminate on the basis of sex, or provide such benefit, service, policy, or plan in a manner that would violate §§ 25.500 through 25.550 if it were provided to employees of the recipient. This section shall not prohibit a recipient from providing any benefit or service that may be used by a different proportion of students of one sex than of the other, including family planning services. However, any recipient that provides full coverage health service shall provide gynecological care. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.445" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.4.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.445   Marital or parental status.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Status generally.</I> A recipient shall not apply any rule concerning a student's actual or potential parental, family, or marital status that treats students differently on the basis of sex. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pregnancy and related conditions.</I> (1) A recipient shall not discriminate against any student, or exclude any student from its education program or activity, including any class or extracurricular activity, on the basis of such student's pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, or recovery therefrom, unless the student requests voluntarily to participate in a separate portion of the program or activity of the recipient. 
</P>
<P>(2) A recipient may require such a student to obtain the certification of a physician that the student is physically and emotionally able to continue participation as long as such a certification is required of all students for other physical or emotional conditions requiring the attention of a physician. 
</P>
<P>(3) A recipient that operates a portion of its education program or activity separately for pregnant students, admittance to which is completely voluntary on the part of the student as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, shall ensure that the separate portion is comparable to that offered to non-pregnant students. 
</P>
<P>(4) Subject to § 25.235(d), a recipient shall treat pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy and recovery therefrom in the same manner and under the same policies as any other temporary disability with respect to any medical or hospital benefit, service, plan, or policy that such recipient administers, operates, offers, or participates in with respect to students admitted to the recipient's educational program or activity. 
</P>
<P>(5) In the case of a recipient that does not maintain a leave policy for its students, or in the case of a student who does not otherwise qualify for leave under such a policy, a recipient shall treat pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, and recovery therefrom as a justification for a leave of absence for as long a period of time as is deemed medically necessary by the student's physician, at the conclusion of which the student shall be reinstated to the status that she held when the leave began. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.450" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.4.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.450   Athletics.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> No person shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, be treated differently from another person, or otherwise be discriminated against in any interscholastic, intercollegiate, club, or intramural athletics offered by a recipient, and no recipient shall provide any such athletics separately on such basis. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Separate teams.</I> Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, a recipient may operate or sponsor separate teams for members of each sex where selection for such teams is based upon competitive skill or the activity involved is a contact sport. However, where a recipient operates or sponsors a team in a particular sport for members of one sex but operates or sponsors no such team for members of the other sex, and athletic opportunities for members of that sex have previously been limited, members of the excluded sex must be allowed to try out for the team offered unless the sport involved is a contact sport. For the purposes of these Title IX regulations, contact sports include boxing, wrestling, rugby, ice hockey, football, basketball, and other sports the purpose or major activity of which involves bodily contact. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Equal opportunity.</I> (1) A recipient that operates or sponsors interscholastic, intercollegiate, club, or intramural athletics shall provide equal athletic opportunity for members of both sexes. In determining whether equal opportunities are available, the designated agency official will consider, among other factors: 
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the selection of sports and levels of competition effectively accommodate the interests and abilities of members of both sexes; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The provision of equipment and supplies; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Scheduling of games and practice time; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Travel and per diem allowance; 
</P>
<P>(v) Opportunity to receive coaching and academic tutoring; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Assignment and compensation of coaches and tutors; 
</P>
<P>(vii) Provision of locker rooms, practice, and competitive facilities; 
</P>
<P>(viii) Provision of medical and training facilities and services; 
</P>
<P>(ix) Provision of housing and dining facilities and services; 
</P>
<P>(x) Publicity. 
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, unequal aggregate expenditures for members of each sex or unequal expenditures for male and female teams if a recipient operates or sponsors separate teams will not constitute noncompliance with this section, but the designated agency official may consider the failure to provide necessary funds for teams for one sex in assessing equality of opportunity for members of each sex. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Adjustment period.</I> A recipient that operates or sponsors interscholastic, intercollegiate, club, or intramural athletics at the elementary school level shall comply fully with this section as expeditiously as possible but in no event later than one year from September 29, 2000. A recipient that operates or sponsors interscholastic, intercollegiate, club, or intramural athletics at the secondary or postsecondary school level shall comply fully with this section as expeditiously as possible but in no event later than three years from September 29, 2000. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.455" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.4.3.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.455   Textbooks and curricular material.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in these Title IX regulations shall be interpreted as requiring or prohibiting or abridging in any way the use of particular textbooks or curricular materials. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Discrimination on the Basis of Sex in Employment in Education Programs or Activities Prohibited</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.500" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.5.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.500   Employment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) No person shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination in employment, or recruitment, consideration, or selection therefor, whether full-time or part-time, under any education program or activity operated by a recipient that receives Federal financial assistance. 
</P>
<P>(2) A recipient shall make all employment decisions in any education program or activity operated by such recipient in a nondiscriminatory manner and shall not limit, segregate, or classify applicants or employees in any way that could adversely affect any applicant's or employee's employment opportunities or status because of sex. 
</P>
<P>(3) A recipient shall not enter into any contractual or other relationship which directly or indirectly has the effect of subjecting employees or students to discrimination prohibited by §§ 25.500 through 25.550, including relationships with employment and referral agencies, with labor unions, and with organizations providing or administering fringe benefits to employees of the recipient. 
</P>
<P>(4) A recipient shall not grant preferences to applicants for employment on the basis of attendance at any educational institution or entity that admits as students only or predominantly members of one sex, if the giving of such preferences has the effect of discriminating on the basis of sex in violation of these Title IX regulations. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application.</I> The provisions of §§ 25.500 through 25.550 apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Recruitment, advertising, and the process of application for employment; 
</P>
<P>(2) Hiring, upgrading, promotion, consideration for and award of tenure, demotion, transfer, layoff, termination, application of nepotism policies, right of return from layoff, and rehiring; 
</P>
<P>(3) Rates of pay or any other form of compensation, and changes in compensation; 
</P>
<P>(4) Job assignments, classifications, and structure, including position descriptions, lines of progression, and seniority lists; 
</P>
<P>(5) The terms of any collective bargaining agreement; 
</P>
<P>(6) Granting and return from leaves of absence, leave for pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, leave for persons of either sex to care for children or dependents, or any other leave; 
</P>
<P>(7) Fringe benefits available by virtue of employment, whether or not administered by the recipient; 
</P>
<P>(8) Selection and financial support for training, including apprenticeship, professional meetings, conferences, and other related activities, selection for tuition assistance, selection for sabbaticals and leaves of absence to pursue training; 
</P>
<P>(9) Employer-sponsored activities, including social or recreational programs; and
</P>
<P>(10) Any other term, condition, or privilege of employment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.505" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.5.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.505   Employment criteria.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient shall not administer or operate any test or other criterion for any employment opportunity that has a disproportionately adverse effect on persons on the basis of sex unless: 
</P>
<P>(a) Use of such test or other criterion is shown to predict validly successful performance in the position in question; and 
</P>
<P>(b) Alternative tests or criteria for such purpose, which do not have such disproportionately adverse effect, are shown to be unavailable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.510" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.5.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.510   Recruitment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Nondiscriminatory recruitment and hiring.</I> A recipient shall not discriminate on the basis of sex in the recruitment and hiring of employees. Where a recipient has been found to be presently discriminating on the basis of sex in the recruitment or hiring of employees, or has been found to have so discriminated in the past, the recipient shall recruit members of the sex so discriminated against so as to overcome the effects of such past or present discrimination. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recruitment patterns.</I> A recipient shall not recruit primarily or exclusively at entities that furnish as applicants only or predominantly members of one sex if such actions have the effect of discriminating on the basis of sex in violation of §§ 25.500 through 25.550. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.515" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.5.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.515   Compensation.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient shall not make or enforce any policy or practice that, on the basis of sex: 
</P>
<P>(a) Makes distinctions in rates of pay or other compensation; 
</P>
<P>(b) Results in the payment of wages to employees of one sex at a rate less than that paid to employees of the opposite sex for equal work on jobs the performance of which requires equal skill, effort, and responsibility, and that are performed under similar working conditions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.520" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.5.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.520   Job classification and structure.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient shall not: 
</P>
<P>(a) Classify a job as being for males or for females; 
</P>
<P>(b) Maintain or establish separate lines of progression, seniority lists, career ladders, or tenure systems based on sex; or 
</P>
<P>(c) Maintain or establish separate lines of progression, seniority systems, career ladders, or tenure systems for similar jobs, position descriptions, or job requirements that classify persons on the basis of sex, unless sex is a bona fide occupational qualification for the positions in question as set forth in § 25.550. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.525" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.5.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.525   Fringe benefits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>“Fringe benefits” defined.</I> For purposes of these Title IX regulations, <I>fringe benefits</I> means: Any medical, hospital, accident, life insurance, or retirement benefit, service, policy or plan, any profit-sharing or bonus plan, leave, and any other benefit or service of employment not subject to the provision of § 25.515. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibitions.</I> A recipient shall not: 
</P>
<P>(1) Discriminate on the basis of sex with regard to making fringe benefits available to employees or make fringe benefits available to spouses, families, or dependents of employees differently upon the basis of the employee's sex; 
</P>
<P>(2) Administer, operate, offer, or participate in a fringe benefit plan that does not provide for equal periodic benefits for members of each sex and for equal contributions to the plan by such recipient for members of each sex; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Administer, operate, offer, or participate in a pension or retirement plan that establishes different optional or compulsory retirement ages based on sex or that otherwise discriminates in benefits on the basis of sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.530" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.5.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.530   Marital or parental status.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A recipient shall not apply any policy or take any employment action: 
</P>
<P>(1) Concerning the potential marital, parental, or family status of an employee or applicant for employment that treats persons differently on the basis of sex; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Which is based upon whether an employee or applicant for employment is the head of household or principal wage earner in such employee's or applicant's family unit. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pregnancy.</I> A recipient shall not discriminate against or exclude from employment any employee or applicant for employment on the basis of pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, or recovery therefrom. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pregnancy as a temporary disability.</I> Subject to § 25.235(d), a recipient shall treat pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, recovery therefrom, and any temporary disability resulting therefrom as any other temporary disability for all job-related purposes, including commencement, duration, and extensions of leave, payment of disability income, accrual of seniority and any other benefit or service, and reinstatement, and under any fringe benefit offered to employees by virtue of employment. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Pregnancy leave.</I> In the case of a recipient that does not maintain a leave policy for its employees, or in the case of an employee with insufficient leave or accrued employment time to qualify for leave under such a policy, a recipient shall treat pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, and recovery therefrom as a justification for a leave of absence without pay for a reasonable period of time, at the conclusion of which the employee shall be reinstated to the status that she held when the leave began or to a comparable position, without decrease in rate of compensation or loss of promotional opportunities, or any other right or privilege of employment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.535" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.5.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.535   Effect of state or local law or other requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibitory requirements.</I> The obligation to comply with §§ 25.500 through 25.550 is not obviated or alleviated by the existence of any State or local law or other requirement that imposes prohibitions or limits upon employment of members of one sex that are not imposed upon members of the other sex. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Benefits.</I> A recipient that provides any compensation, service, or benefit to members of one sex pursuant to a State or local law or other requirement shall provide the same compensation, service, or benefit to members of the other sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.540" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.5.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.540   Advertising.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient shall not in any advertising related to employment indicate preference, limitation, specification, or discrimination based on sex unless sex is a bona fide occupational qualification for the particular job in question. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.545" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.5.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.545   Pre-employment inquiries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Marital status.</I> A recipient shall not make pre-employment inquiry as to the marital status of an applicant for employment, including whether such applicant is “Miss” or “Mrs.” 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sex.</I> A recipient may make pre-employment inquiry as to the sex of an applicant for employment, but only if such inquiry is made equally of such applicants of both sexes and if the results of such inquiry are not used in connection with discrimination prohibited by these Title IX regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.550" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.5.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.550   Sex as a bona fide occupational qualification.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient may take action otherwise prohibited by §§ 25.500 through 25.550 provided it is shown that sex is a bona fide occupational qualification for that action, such that consideration of sex with regard to such action is essential to successful operation of the employment function concerned. A recipient shall not take action pursuant to this section that is based upon alleged comparative employment characteristics or stereotyped characterizations of one or the other sex, or upon preference based on sex of the recipient, employees, students, or other persons, but nothing contained in this section shall prevent a recipient from considering an employee's sex in relation to employment in a locker room or toilet facility used only by members of one sex. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.600" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.6.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.600   Notice of covered programs.</HEAD>
<P>Within 60 days of September 29, 2000, each Federal agency that awards Federal financial assistance shall publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a notice of the programs covered by these Title IX regulations. Each such Federal agency shall periodically republish the notice of covered programs to reflect changes in covered programs. Copies of this notice also shall be made available upon request to the Federal agency's office that enforces Title IX.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 25.605" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.18.6.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 25.605   Enforcement procedures.</HEAD>
<P>The investigative, compliance, and enforcement procedural provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d) (“Title VI”) are hereby adopted and applied to these Title IX regulations. These procedures may be found at 49 CFR part 21.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 52895, Aug. 30, 2000]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="26" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 26—PARTICIPATION BY DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES IN DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>23 U.S.C. 304 and 324; 42 U.S.C. 2000d, <I>et seq.;</I> 49 U.S.C. 47113, 47123; Sec. 1101(b), Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1324 (23 U.S.C. 101 note); Sec. 150, Pub. L. 115-254, 132 Stat. 3215 (23 U.S.C. 101 note); Pub. L. 117-58, 135 Stat. 429 (23 U.S.C. 101 note).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.1.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.1   What are the objectives of this part?</HEAD>
<P>This part seeks to achieve several objectives:
</P>
<P>(a) To ensure nondiscrimination in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts in the Department's highway, transit, and airport financial assistance programs;
</P>
<P>(b) To create a level playing field on which DBEs can compete fairly for DOT-assisted contracts;
</P>
<P>(c) To ensure that the Department's DBE program operates in a nondiscriminatory manner and without regard to race or sex, while maximizing efficiency of service;
</P>
<P>(d) To ensure that only firms that fully meet this part's eligibility standards are permitted to participate as DBEs;
</P>
<P>(e) To help remove barriers to the participation of DBEs in DOT-assisted contracts;
</P>
<P>(f) To promote the use of DBEs in all types of federally assisted contracts and procurement activities conducted by recipients.
</P>
<P>(g) To assist the development of firms that can compete successfully in the marketplace outside the DBE program; and
</P>
<P>(h) To provide appropriate flexibility to recipients of Federal financial assistance in establishing and providing opportunities for DBEs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 79 FR 59592, Oct. 2, 2014; 89 FR 24963, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47979, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.1.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.3   To whom does this part apply?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are a recipient of any of the following types of funds, this part applies to you:
</P>
<P>(1) Federal-aid highway funds authorized under Titles I (other than Part B) and V of the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ISTEA), Public Law 102-240, 105 Stat. 1914, or Titles I, III, and V of the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (TEA-21), Public Law 105-178, 112 Stat. 107. Titles I, III, and V of the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (SAFETEA-LU), Public Law 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144; Divisions A and B of the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (MAP-21), Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405; Titles I, II, III, and VI of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (FAST Act) Public Law 114-94;, and Divisions A and C of the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law (BIL), enacted as the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act (IIJA), Public Law 117-58.
</P>
<P>(2) Federal transit funds authorized by Titles I, III, V and VI of ISTEA, Public Law 102-240 or by Federal transit laws in Title 49, U.S. Code, or Titles I, III, and V of the TEA-21, Public Law 105-178. Titles I, III, and V of the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (SAFETEA-LU), Public Law 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144; Divisions A and B of the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (MAP-21), Public Law 112-141, 126 Stat. 405; Titles I, II, III, and VI of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (FAST Act) Public Law 114-94; and Divisions A and C of the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law (BIL), enacted as the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act (IIJA) (Pub. L. 117-58), Public Law 117-58.
</P>
<P>(3) Airport funds authorized by 49 U.S.C. 47101, <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) If you are letting a contract, and that contract is to be performed entirely outside the United States, its territories and possessions, Puerto Rico, Guam, or the Northern Mariana Islands, this part does not apply to the contract.
</P>
<P>(d) If you are letting a contract in which DOT financial assistance does not participate, this part does not apply to the contract.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24963, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.1.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Affiliation</I> has the same meaning the term has in the Small Business Administration (SBA) regulations, 13 CFR part 121.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as otherwise provided in 13 CFR part 121, concerns are affiliates of each other when, either directly or indirectly:
</P>
<P>(i) One concern controls or has the power to control the other; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A third party or parties controls or has the power to control both; or
</P>
<P>(iii) An identity of interest between or among parties exists such that affiliation may be found.
</P>
<P>(2) In determining whether affiliation exists, it is necessary to consider all appropriate factors, including common ownership, common management, and contractual relationships. Affiliates must be considered together in determining whether a concern meets small business size criteria and the statutory cap on the participation of firms in the DBE program.
</P>
<P><I>Alaska Native</I> means a citizen of the United States who is a person of one-fourth degree or more Alaskan Indian (including Tsimshian Indians not enrolled in the Metlakatla Indian Community), Eskimo, or Aleut blood, or a combination of those bloodlines. The term includes, in the absence of proof of a minimum blood quantum, any citizen whom a Native village or Native group regards as an Alaska Native if their father or mother is regarded as an Alaska Native.
</P>
<P><I>Alaska Native Corporation</I> (ANC) means any Regional Corporation, Village Corporation, Urban Corporation, or Group Corporation organized under the laws of the State of Alaska in accordance with the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, as amended (43 U.S.C. 1601, <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Assets</I> mean all the property of a person available for paying debts or for distribution, including one's respective share of jointly held assets. This includes, but is not limited to, cash on hand and in banks, savings accounts, IRA or other retirement accounts, accounts receivable, life insurance, stocks and bonds, real estate, and personal property.
</P>
<P><I>Business, business concern or business enterprise</I> means an entity organized for profit with a place of business located in the United States, and which operates primarily within the United States or which makes a significant contribution to the United States economy through payment of taxes or use of American products, materials, or labor.
</P>
<P><I>Compliance</I> means that a recipient has correctly implemented the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Contingent Liability</I> means a liability that depends on the occurrence of a future and uncertain event. This includes, but is not limited to, guaranty for debts owed by the applicant concern, legal claims and judgments, and provisions for federal income tax.
</P>
<P><I>Contract</I> means a legally binding relationship obligating a seller to furnish supplies or services (including, but not limited to, construction and professional services) and the buyer to pay for them. For purposes of this part, a lease is considered to be a contract.
</P>
<P><I>Contractor</I> means one who participates, through a contract or subcontract (at any tier), in a DOT-assisted highway, transit, or airport program.
</P>
<P><I>Days</I> mean calendar days. In computing any period of time described in this part, the day from which the period begins to run is not counted, and when the last day of the period is a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, the period extends to the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday. Similarly, in circumstances where the recipient's offices are closed for all or part of the last day, the period extends to the next day on which the agency is open.
</P>
<P><I>DBE-conscious</I> measure or program is one that is focused specifically on assisting only DBEs.
</P>
<P><I>DBE-neutral</I> measure or program is one that is, or can be, used to assist all small businesses.
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> or <I>DOT</I> means the U.S. Department of Transportation, including the Office of the Secretary, the Departmental Office of Civil Rights, the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), and the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
</P>
<P><I>Disadvantaged Business Enterprise</I> or <I>DBE</I> means a for-profit small business concern—
</P>
<P>(1) That is at least 51 percent owned by one or more individuals who are both socially and economically disadvantaged; and
</P>
<P>(2) Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more of the socially and economically disadvantaged individuals who own it.
</P>
<P><I>DOT-assisted contract</I> means any contract between a recipient and a contractor (at any tier) funded in whole or in part with DOT financial assistance, including letters of credit or loan guarantees, except a contract solely for the purchase of land.
</P>
<P><I>FTA Tier I recipient</I> means an FTA recipient to whom this part applies that will award prime contracts (excluding transit vehicle purchases) the cumulative total value of which exceeds $670,000 in FTA funds in a Federal fiscal year.
</P>
<P><I>FTA Tier II recipient</I> means an FTA recipient to whom this part applies who will award prime contracts (excluding transit vehicle purchases) the cumulative total value of which does not exceed $670,000 in FTA funds in a Federal fiscal year.
</P>
<P><I>Good faith efforts</I> means efforts to achieve a DBE goal or other requirement of this part which, by their scope, intensity, and appropriateness to the objective, can reasonably be expected to fulfill the program requirement.
</P>
<P><I>Immediate family member</I> means father, mother, husband, wife, son, daughter, brother, sister, grandfather, grandmother, father-in-law, mother-in-law, sister-in-law, brother-in-law, and domestic partner and civil unions recognized under State law.
</P>
<P><I>Indian Tribe</I> or <I>Native American Tribe</I> means any federally or State-recognized Tribe, band, nation, or other organized group of Indians (Native Americans), or an ANC.
</P>
<P><I>Joint venture</I> means an association of a DBE firm and one or more other firms to carry out a single, for-profit business enterprise, for which the parties combine their property, capital, efforts, skills and knowledge, and in which the DBE is responsible for a distinct, clearly defined portion of the work of the contract and whose share in the capital contribution, control, management, risks, and profits of the joint venture are commensurate with its ownership interest.
</P>
<P><I>Liabilities</I> mean financial or pecuniary obligations. This includes, but is not limited to, accounts payable, notes payable to bank or others, installment accounts, mortgages on real estate, and unpaid taxes.
</P>
<P><I>Native Hawaiian</I> means any individual whose ancestors were natives, prior to 1778, of the area which now comprises the State of Hawaii.
</P>
<P><I>Native Hawaiian Organization</I> means any community service organization serving Native Hawaiians in the State of Hawaii which is a not-for-profit organization chartered by the State of Hawaii, is controlled by Native Hawaiians, and whose business activities will principally benefit such Native Hawaiians.
</P>
<P><I>Noncompliance</I> means that a recipient has not correctly implemented the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Notice of decision</I> or <I>NOD</I> means determination that denies a firm's application or decertifies a DBE.
</P>
<P><I>Notice of intent</I> or <I>NOI</I> means recipients letter informing a DBE of a suspension or proposed decertification.
</P>
<P><I>Operating Administration</I> or <I>OA</I> means any of the following parts of DOT: the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), and Federal Transit Administration (FTA). The “Administrator” of an operating administration includes his or her designees.
</P>
<P><I>Personal net worth</I> or <I>PNW</I> means the net value of an individual's reportable assets and liabilities, per the calculation rules in § 26.68.
</P>
<P><I>Primary industry classification</I> means the most current North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) designation which best describes the primary business of a firm. The NAICS is described in the North American Industry Classification Manual—United States, which is available online on the U.S. Census Bureau website: <I>www.census.gov/naics/.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Primary recipient</I> means a recipient which receives DOT financial assistance and passes some or all of it on to another recipient.
</P>
<P><I>Principal place of business</I> means the business location where the individuals who manage the firm's day-to-day operations spend most working hours. If the offices from which management is directed and where the business records are kept are in different locations, the recipient will determine the principal place of business. The term does not include construction trailers or other temporary construction sites.
</P>
<P><I>Program</I> means any undertaking on a recipient's part to use DOT financial assistance, authorized by the laws to which this part applies.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means any entity, public or private, to which DOT financial assistance is extended, whether directly or through another recipient, through the programs of the FAA, FHWA, or FTA, or that has applied for such assistance.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means DOT's Secretary of Transportation or the Secretary's designee.
</P>
<P><I>Set-aside</I> means a contracting practice restricting eligibility for the competitive award of a contract solely to DBE firms.
</P>
<P><I>Small Business Administration</I> or <I>SBA</I> means the United States Small Business Administration.
</P>
<P><I>SBA certified firm</I> refers to firms that have a current, valid certification from or recognized by the SBA under the 8(a) BD or SDB programs. 
</P>
<P><I>Small business concern</I> means, with respect to firms seeking to participate as DBEs in DOT-assisted contracts, a small business concern as defined pursuant to section 3 of the Small Business Act and Small Business Administration regulations implementing it (13 CFR part 121) that also does not exceed the cap on average annual gross receipts specified in § 26.65(b).
</P>
<P><I>Socially and economically disadvantaged individual</I> means any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who a certifier finds to be socially and economically disadvantaged on a case-by-case basis. A determination that an individual is socially and economically disadvantaged must not be based in whole or in part on race or sex. For that reason, all applicants shall qualify as socially and economically disadvantaged if they can meet the relevant criteria described in § 26.67. Being born in a particular country does not, standing alone, mean that a person is necessarily socially and economically disadvantaged.
</P>
<P><I>Spouse</I> means a married person, including a person in a domestic partnership or a civil union recognized under State law.
</P>
<P><I>Transit vehicle manufacturer (TVM)</I> means any manufacturer whose primary business purpose is to manufacture vehicles built for mass transportation. Such vehicles include, but are not limited to buses, rail cars, trolleys, ferries, and vehicles manufactured specifically for paratransit purposes. Businesses that perform retrofitting or post-production alterations to vehicles so that such vehicles may be used for public transportation purposes are also considered TVMs. Businesses that manufacture, mass-produce, or distribute vehicles primarily for personal use are not considered TVMs.
</P>
<P><I>Tribally-owned concern</I> means any concern at least 51 percent owned by an Indian tribe as defined in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Unsworn declaration</I> means an unsworn statement, dated and in writing, subscribed as true under penalty of perjury.
</P>
<P><I>You</I> refers to a recipient, unless a statement in the text of this part or the context requires otherwise (i.e., ‘You must do XYZ’ means that recipients must do XYZ).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 34570, June 28, 1999; 68 FR 35553, June 16, 2003; 76 FR 5096, Jan. 28, 2011; 79 FR 59592, Oct. 2, 2014; 89 FR 24963, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47979, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.1.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.7   What discriminatory actions are forbidden?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must never exclude any person from participation in, deny any person the benefits of, or otherwise discriminate against anyone in connection with the award and performance of any contract covered by this part on the basis of race, color, sex, or national origin.
</P>
<P>(b) In administering your DBE program, you must not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, use criteria or methods of administration that have the effect of defeating or substantially impairing accomplishment of the objectives of the program with respect to individuals of a particular race, color, sex, or national origin.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.1.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.9   How does the Department issue guidance and interpretations under this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Only guidance and interpretations (including interpretations set forth in certification appeal decisions) consistent with this part 26 and issued after March 4, 1999 express the official positions and views of the Department of Transportation or any of its operating administrations.
</P>
<P>(b) The Secretary of Transportation, Office of the Secretary of Transportation, FHWA, FTA, and FAA may issue written interpretations of or written guidance concerning this part. Written interpretations and guidance are valid, and express the official positions and views of the Department of Transportation or any of its operating administrations, only if they are issued over the signature of the Secretary of Transportation or if they contain the following statement:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The General Counsel of the Department of Transportation has reviewed this document and approved it as consistent with the language and intent of 49 CFR part 26.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 15617, Apr. 2, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.1.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.11   What records do recipients keep and report?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must submit a report on DBE participation to the concerned Operating Administration containing all the information described in the Uniform Report to this part. This report must be submitted at the intervals required by, and in the format acceptable to, the concerned Operating Administration.
</P>
<P>(b) You must continue to provide data about your DBE program to the Department as directed by DOT Operating Administrations.
</P>
<P>(c) You must obtain bidders list information as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section and enter it into a system designated by the Department.
</P>
<P>(1) The purpose of this bidders list information is to compile as accurate data as possible about the universe of DBE and non-DBE contractors and subcontractors who seek to work on your federally assisted contracts for use in helping you set your overall goals, and to provide the Department with data for evaluating the extent to which the objectives of § 26.1 are being achieved.
</P>
<P>(2) You must obtain the following bidders list information about all DBE and non-DBEs who bid as prime contractors and subcontractors on each of your federally assisted contracts:
</P>
<P>(i) Firm name;
</P>
<P>(ii) Firm address including ZIP code;
</P>
<P>(iii) Firm's status as a DBE or non-DBE;
</P>
<P>(iv) NAICS code applicable to each scope of work the firm sought to perform in its bid;
</P>
<P>(v) Age of the firm; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The annual gross receipts of the firm. You may obtain this information by asking each firm to indicate into what gross receipts bracket they fit (<I>e.g.,</I> less than $1 million; $1-3 million; $3-6 million; $6-10 million; etc.) rather than requesting an exact figure from the firm.
</P>
<P>(3) You must collect the data from all bidders for your federally assisted contracts by requiring the information in paragraph (c)(2) of this section to be submitted with their bids or initial responses to negotiated procurements. You must enter this data in the Department's designated system no later than December 1 following the fiscal year in which the relevant contract was awarded. In the case of a “design-build” contracting situation where subcontracts will be solicited throughout the contract period as defined in a DBE Performance Plan pursuant to § 26.53(e), the data must be entered no later than December 1 following the fiscal year in which the design-build contractor awards the relevant subcontract(s).
</P>
<P>(d) You must maintain records documenting a firm's compliance with the requirements of this part. At a minimum, you must keep a complete application package for each certified firm and all Declarations of Eligibility, change notices, and on-site visit reports. These records must be retained in accordance with applicable record retention requirements for the recipient's financial assistance agreement. Other certification or compliance related records must be retained for a minimum of three (3) years unless otherwise provided by applicable record retention requirements for the recipient's financial assistance agreement, whichever is longer.
</P>
<P>(e) The State department of transportation in each Unified Certification Program (UCP) established pursuant to § 26.81 must report to DOT's Departmental Office of Civil Rights each year, the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The number of DBE certification applications received from in-state and out-of-state firms and the number found eligible and ineligible;
</P>
<P>(2) The number of decertified firms:
</P>
<P>(i) Total in-state and out-of-state firms decertified;
</P>
<P>(ii) Names of in-state and out-of-state firms decertified because SEDO exceeded the personal net worth cap;
</P>
<P>(iii) Names of in-state and out-of-state firms decertified for excess gross receipts beyond the relevant size standard.
</P>
<P>(3) The number of in-state and out-of-state firms summarily suspended;
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24964, Apr. 9, 2024, as amended at 90 FR 47979, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.1.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.13   What assurances must recipients and contractors make?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each financial assistance agreement you sign with a DOT operating administration (or a primary recipient) must include the following assurance: The recipient shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the award and performance of any DOT-assisted contract or in the administration of its DBE program or the requirements 49 CFR part 26. The recipient shall take all necessary and reasonable steps under 49 CFR part 26 to ensure nondiscrimination in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. The recipient's DBE program, as required by 49 CFR part 26 and as approved by DOT, is incorporated by reference in this agreement. Implementation of this program is a legal obligation and failure to carry out its terms shall be treated as a violation of this agreement. Upon notification to the recipient of its failure to carry out its approved program, the Department may impose sanctions as provided for under 49 CFR part 26 and may, in appropriate cases, refer the matter for enforcement under 18 U.S.C. 1001 and/or the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 (31 U.S.C. 3801 et seq.).
</P>
<P>(b) Each contract you sign with a contractor (and each subcontract the prime contractor signs with a subcontractor) must include the following assurance: The contractor, sub recipient or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate, which may include, but is not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Withholding monthly progress payments;
</P>
<P>(2) Assessing sanctions;
</P>
<P>(3) Liquidated damages; and/or
</P>
<P>(4) Disqualifying the contractor from future bidding as non-responsible.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 59593, Oct. 2, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.1.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.15   How can recipients apply for exemptions or waivers?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You can apply for an exemption from any provision of this part. To apply, you must request the exemption in writing from the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, FHWA, FTA, or FAA. The Secretary will grant the request only if it documents special or exceptional circumstances, not likely to be generally applicable, and not contemplated in connection with the rulemaking that established this part, that make your compliance with a specific provision of this part impractical. You must agree to take any steps that the Department specifies to comply with the intent of the provision from which an exemption is granted. The Secretary will issue a written response to all exemption requests.
</P>
<P>(b) You can apply for a waiver of any provision of Subpart B or C of this part including, but not limited to, any provisions regarding administrative requirements, overall goals, contract goals or good faith efforts. Program waivers are for the purpose of authorizing you to operate a DBE program that achieves the objectives of this part by means that may differ from one or more of the requirements of Subpart B or C of this part. To receive a program waiver, you must follow these procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) You must apply through the concerned operating administration. The application must include a specific program proposal and address how you will meet the criteria of paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Before submitting your application, you must have had public participation in developing your proposal, including consultation with the DBE community and at least one public hearing. Your application must include a summary of the public participation process and the information gathered through it.
</P>
<P>(2) Your application must show that—
</P>
<P>(i) There is a reasonable basis to conclude that you could achieve a level of DBE participation consistent with the objectives of this part using different or innovative means other than those that are provided in subpart B or C of this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Conditions in your jurisdiction are appropriate for implementing the proposal;
</P>
<P>(iii) Your proposal would prevent discrimination against any individual or group in access to contracting opportunities or other benefits of the program; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Your proposal is consistent with applicable law and program requirements of the concerned operating administration's financial assistance program.
</P>
<P>(3) The Secretary has the authority to approve your application. If the Secretary grants your application, you may administer your DBE program as provided in your proposal, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) DBE eligibility is determined as provided in subparts D and E of this part, and DBE participation is counted as provided in § 26.49;
</P>
<P>(ii) Your level of DBE participation continues to be consistent with the objectives of this part;
</P>
<P>(iii) There is a reasonable limitation on the duration of your modified program; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other conditions the Secretary makes on the grant of the waiver.
</P>
<P>(4) The Secretary may end a program waiver at any time and require you to comply with this part's provisions. The Secretary may also extend the waiver, if he or she determines that all requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section continue to be met. Any such extension shall be for no longer than period originally set for the duration of the program.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Administrative Requirements for DBE Programs for Federally Assisted Contracting</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.21   Who must have a DBE program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are in one of these categories and let DOT-assisted contracts, you must have a DBE program meeting the requirements of this part:
</P>
<P>(1) All FHWA primary recipients receiving funds authorized by a statute to which this part applies;
</P>
<P>(2) All FTA recipients receiving planning, capital and/or operating assistance must maintain a DBE program.
</P>
<P>(i) FTA Tier I recipients must have a DBE program meeting all the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) Beginning 180 days after the publication of the final rule, FTA Tier II recipients must maintain a program locally meeting the following requirements of this part:
</P>
<P>(A) Reporting and recordkeeping under § 26.11;
</P>
<P>(B) Contract assurances under § 26.13;
</P>
<P>(C) Policy statement under § 26.23;
</P>
<P>(D) Fostering small business participation under § 26.39; and
</P>
<P>(E) Transit vehicle procurements under § 26.49.
</P>
<P>(3) FAA recipients receiving grants for airport planning or development that will award prime contracts the cumulative total value of which exceeds $250,000 in FAA funds in a Federal fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) You must submit a conforming DBE program to the concerned Operating Administration (OA). Once the OA has approved your program, the approval counts for all of your DOT-assisted programs (except goals that are reviewed by the relevant OA).
</P>
<P>(2) You do not have to submit regular updates of your DBE program plan if you remain in compliance with this part. However, you must submit significant changes to the relevant OA for approval.
</P>
<P>(c) You are not eligible to receive DOT financial assistance unless DOT has approved your DBE program and you are in compliance with it and this part. You must continue to carry out your DBE program until all funds from DOT financial assistance have been expended.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24965, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.23   What is the requirement for a policy statement?</HEAD>
<P>You must issue a signed and dated policy statement that expresses your commitment to your DBE program, states its objectives, and outlines responsibilities for its implementation. You must circulate the statement throughout your organization and to the DBE and non-DBE business communities that perform work on your DOT-assisted contracts.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.25   What is the requirement for a liaison officer?</HEAD>
<P>You must have a DBE liaison officer, who shall have direct, independent access to your Chief Executive Officer concerning DBE program matters. The liaison officer shall be responsible for implementing all aspects of your DBE program. You must also have adequate staff to administer the program in compliance with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.2.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.27   What efforts must recipients make concerning DBE financial institutions?</HEAD>
<P>You must thoroughly investigate the full extent of services offered by financial institutions owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals in your community and make reasonable efforts to use these institutions. You must also encourage prime contractors to use such institutions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.2.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.29   What prompt payment mechanisms must recipients have?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must establish, as part of your DBE program, a contract clause to require prime contractors to pay subcontractors for satisfactory performance of their contracts no later than 30 days from receipt of each payment you make to the prime contractor. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must ensure prompt and full payment of retainage from the prime contractor to the subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. You must use one of the following methods to comply with this requirement: 
</P>
<P>(1) You may decline to hold retainage from prime contractors and prohibit prime contractors from holding retainage from subcontractors. 
</P>
<P>(2) You may decline to hold retainage from prime contractors and require a contract clause obligating prime contractors to make prompt and full payment of any retainage kept by prime contractor to the subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. 
</P>
<P>(3) You may hold retainage from prime contractors and provide for prompt and regular incremental acceptances of portions of the prime contract, pay retainage to prime contractors based on these acceptances, and require a contract clause obligating the prime contractor to pay all retainage owed to the subcontractor for satisfactory completion of the accepted work within 30 days after your payment to the prime contractor. 
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, a subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed when all the tasks called for in the subcontract have been accomplished and documented as required by the recipient. When a recipient has made an incremental acceptance of a portion of a prime contract, the work of a subcontractor covered by that acceptance is deemed to be satisfactorily completed. 
</P>
<P>(d) Your DBE program must include the mechanisms you will use for proactive monitoring and oversight of a prime contractor's compliance with subcontractor prompt payment and return of retainage requirements in this part. Reliance on complaints or notifications from subcontractors about a contractor's failure to comply with prompt payment and retainage requirements is not a sufficient monitoring and oversight mechanism. 
</P>
<P>(e) Your DBE program must provide appropriate means to enforce the requirements of this section. These means must be described in your DBE program and should include appropriate penalties for failure to comply, the terms and conditions of which you set. Your program may also provide that any delay or postponement of payment among the parties may take place only for good cause, with your prior written approval.
</P>
<P>(f) Prompt payment and return of retainage requirements in this part also apply to all lower-tier subcontractors.
</P>
<P>(g) You may also establish, as part of your DBE program, any of the following additional mechanisms to ensure prompt payment: 
</P>
<P>(1) A contract clause that requires prime contractors to include in their subcontracts language providing that prime contractors and subcontractors will use appropriate alternative dispute resolution mechanisms to resolve payment disputes. You may specify the nature of such mechanisms. 
</P>
<P>(2) A contract clause providing that the prime contractor will not be reimbursed for work performed by subcontractors unless and until the prime contractor ensures that the subcontractors are promptly paid for the work they have performed. 
</P>
<P>(3) Other mechanisms, consistent with this part and applicable state and local law, to ensure that DBEs and other contractors are fully and promptly paid.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35553, June 16, 2003, as amended at 89 FR 24965, Apr. 9, 2024; 89 FR 55089, July 3, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.2.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.31   What information must a UCP include in its DBE/ACDBE directory?</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the directory required under § 26.81(g), you must list all firms eligible to participate as a DBE and/or ACDBE in your program. In the listing for each firm, you must include its business address, business phone number, firm website(s), and the types of work the firm has been certified to perform as a DBE and/or ACDBE.
</P>
<P>(b) You must list each type of work a DBE and/or ACDBE is eligible to perform by using the most specific NAICS code available to describe each type of work the firm performs. Pursuant to § 26.73(a), your directory must allow for NAICS codes to be supplemented with specific descriptions of the type(s) of work the firm performs.
</P>
<P>(c) Your directory may include additional data fields of other items readily verifiable in State or locally maintained databases, such as State licenses held, Prequalifications, and Bonding capacity.
</P>
<P>(d) Your directory must be an online system that permits the public to search and/or filter for DBEs by:
</P>
<P>(1) Physical location;
</P>
<P>(2) NAICS code(s);
</P>
<P>(3) Work descriptions; and
</P>
<P>(4) All optional information added pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section. The directory must include a prominently displayed disclaimer (<I>e.g.,</I> large type, bold font) that states the information within the directory is not a guarantee of the DBE's capacity and ability to perform work.
</P>
<P>(e) You must make any changes to your current directory entries by November 5, 2024.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24965, Apr. 9, 2024; 89 FR 55089, July 3, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.2.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.33   What steps must a recipient take to address overconcentration of DBEs in certain types of work?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you determine that DBE firms are so overconcentrated in a certain type of work as to unduly burden the opportunity of non-DBE firms to participate in this type of work, you must devise appropriate measures to address this overconcentration.
</P>
<P>(b) These measures may include the use of incentives, technical assistance, business development programs, mentor-protégé programs, and other appropriate measures designed to assist DBEs in performing work outside of the specific field in which you have determined that non-DBEs are unduly burdened. You may also consider varying your use of contract goals, to the extent consistent with § 26.51, to unsure that non-DBEs are not unfairly prevented from competing for subcontracts.
</P>
<P>(c) You must obtain the approval of the concerned DOT operating administration for your determination of overconcentration and the measures you devise to address it. Once approved, the measures become part of your DBE program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.2.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.35   What role do business development and mentor-protégé programs have in the DBE program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may or, if an operating administration directs you to, you must establish a DBE business development program (BDP) to assist firms in gaining the ability to compete successfully in the marketplace outside the DBE program. You may require a DBE firm, as a condition of receiving assistance through the BDP, to agree to terminate its participation in the DBE program after a certain time has passed or certain objectives have been reached. See Appendix C of this part for guidance on administering BDP programs.
</P>
<P>(b) As part of a BDP or separately, you may establish a “mentor-protégé” program, in which another DBE or non-DBE firm is the principal source of business development assistance to a DBE firm.
</P>
<P>(1) Only firms you have certified as DBEs before they are proposed for participation in a mentor-protégé program are eligible to participate in the mentor-protégé program.
</P>
<P>(2) In the mentor-protégé relationship, you must:
</P>
<P>(i) Not award DBE credit to a non-DBE mentor firm for using its own protégé firm for more than one half of its goal on any contract let by the recipient; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Not award DBE credit to a non-DBE mentor firm for using its own protégé firm for more than every other contract performed by the protégé firm.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of making determinations of business size under this part, you must not treat protégé firms as affiliates of mentor firms, when both firms are participating under an approved mentor-protégé program. See Appendix D of this part for guidance concerning the operation of mentor-protégé programs.
</P>
<P>(c) Your BDPs and mentor-protégé programs must be approved by the concerned operating administration before you implement them. Once approved, they become part of your DBE program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 89 FR 24966, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.2.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.37   What are a recipient's responsibilities for monitoring?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient must implement appropriate mechanisms to ensure compliance with the requirements in this part by all program participants (<I>e.g.,</I> applying legal and contract remedies available under Federal, State, and local law). The recipient must set forth these mechanisms in its DBE program.
</P>
<P>(b) A recipient's DBE program must also include a monitoring and enforcement mechanism to ensure that work committed, or in the case of DBE-neutral participation, the work subcontracted, to all DBEs at contract award or subsequently is performed by the DBEs to which the work was committed or subcontracted to, and such work is counted according to the requirements of § 26.55. This mechanism must include a written verification that you have reviewed contracting records and monitored the work site to ensure the counting of each DBE's participation is consistent with its function on the contract. The monitoring to which this paragraph (b) refers may be conducted in conjunction with monitoring of contract performance for other purposes such as a commercially useful function review.
</P>
<P>(c) You must effectively implement the following running tally mechanisms:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to achieving your overall goal, you must use a running tally that provides for a frequent comparison of cumulative DBE awards/commitments to DOT-assisted prime contract awards to determine whether your current implementation of contract goals is projected to be sufficient to meet your annual goal. This mechanism should inform your decisions to implement goals on contracts to be advertised according to your established contract goal-setting process.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to each DBE commitment, you must use a running tally that provides for a frequent comparison of payments made to each listed DBE relative to the progress of work, including payments for such work to the prime contractor to determine whether the contractor is on track with meeting its DBE commitment and whether any projected shortfall exists that requires the prime contractor's good faith efforts to address to meet the contract goal pursuant to § 26.53(g).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24966, Apr. 9, 2024, as amended at 90 FR 47979, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.2.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.39   Fostering small business participation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Your DBE program must include an element to structure contracting requirements to facilitate competition by small business concerns, taking all reasonable steps to eliminate obstacles to their participation, including unnecessary and unjustified bundling of contract requirements that may preclude small business participation in procurements as prime contractors or subcontractors.
</P>
<P>(b) This element must be submitted to the appropriate DOT operating administration for approval as a part of your DBE program. As part of this program element you may include, but are not limited to, the following strategies:
</P>
<P>(1) Establishing a DBE-neutral small business set-aside for prime contracts under a stated amount (<I>e.g.,</I> $1 million).
</P>
<P>(2) In multi-year design-build contracts or other large contracts (<I>e.g.,</I> for “megaprojects”) requiring bidders on the prime contract to specify elements of the contract or specific subcontracts that are of a size that small businesses, including DBEs, can reasonably perform.
</P>
<P>(3) On prime contracts not having DBE contract goals, requiring the prime contractor to provide subcontracting opportunities of a size that small businesses, including DBEs, can reasonably perform, rather than self-performing all the work involved.
</P>
<P>(4) Identifying alternative acquisition strategies and structuring procurements to facilitate the ability of consortia or joint ventures consisting of small businesses, including DBEs, to compete for and perform prime contracts.
</P>
<P>(5) To meet the portion of your overall goal you project to meet through DBE-neutral measures, ensuring that a reasonable number of prime contracts are of a size that small businesses, including DBEs, can reasonably perform.
</P>
<P>(c) You must actively implement your program elements to foster small business participation. Doing so is a requirement of good faith implementation of your DBE program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 5097, Jan. 28, 2011, as amended at 89 FR 24966, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47980, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Goals, Good Faith Efforts, and Counting</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.41   What is the role of the statutory 10 percent goal in this program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The statutes authorizing this program provide that, except to the extent the Secretary determines otherwise, not less than 10 percent of the authorized funds are to be expended with DBEs.
</P>
<P>(b) This 10 percent goal is an aspirational goal at the national level, which the Department uses as a tool in evaluating and monitoring DBEs' opportunities to participate in DOT-assisted contracts.
</P>
<P>(c) The national 10 percent goal does not authorize or require recipients to set overall or contract goals at the 10 percent level, or any other particular level, or to take any special administrative steps if their goals are above or below 10 percent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.3.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.43   Can recipients use set-asides or quotas as part of this program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You are not permitted to use quotas for DBEs on DOT-assisted contracts subject to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) You may not set-aside contracts for DBEs on DOT-assisted contracts subject to this part, except that, in limited and extreme circumstances, you may use set-asides when no other method could be reasonably expected to redress egregious instances of discrimination.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.3.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.45   How do recipients set overall goals?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, you must set an overall goal for DBE participation in your DOT-assisted contracts.
</P>
<P>(2) If you are an FTA Tier II recipient who intends to operate a DBE-neutral program, or if you are an FAA recipient who reasonably anticipates awarding $250,000 or less in FAA prime contract funds in a Federal fiscal year, you are not required to develop overall goals for FTA or FAA, respectively, for that Federal fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(b) Your overall goal must be based on demonstrable evidence of the availability of ready, willing, and able DBEs relative to all businesses ready, willing, and able to participate on your DOT-assisted contracts (hereafter, the “relative availability of DBEs”). The goal must reflect your determination of the level of DBE participation you would expect absent the effects of social and economic disadvantage. You cannot simply rely on either the 10 percent national goal, your previous overall goal, or past DBE participation rates in your program without reference to the relative availability of DBEs in your market.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Step 1.</I> You must begin your goal setting process by determining a base figure for the relative availability of DBEs. The following are examples of approaches that you may take toward determining a base figure. These examples are provided as a starting point for your goal setting process. Any percentage figure derived from one of these examples should be considered a basis from which you begin when examining all evidence available in your jurisdiction. These examples are not intended as an exhaustive list. Other methods or combinations of methods to determine a base figure may be used, subject to approval by the concerned operating administration.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Use DBE Directories and Census Bureau Data.</I> Determine the number of ready, willing and able DBEs in your market from your DBE directory. Using the Census Bureau's County Business Pattern (CBP) data base, determine the number of all ready, willing and able businesses available in your market that perform work in the same NAICS codes. (Information about the CBP data base may be obtained from the Census Bureau at their web site, <I>https://www.census.gov/programs-surveys/cbp.html;</I>) Divide the number of DBEs by the number of all businesses to derive a base figure for the relative availability of DBEs in your market.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Use a bidders list.</I> Determine the number of DBEs that have bid or quoted (successful and unsuccessful) on your DOT-assisted prime contracts or subcontracts in the past three years. Determine the number of all businesses that have bid or quoted (successful and unsuccessful) on prime or subcontracts in the same time period. Divide the number of DBE bidders and quoters by the number of all businesses to derive a base figure for the relative availability of DBEs in your market. When using this approach, you must establish a mechanism (documented in your goal submission) to directly capture data on DBE and non-DBE prime and subcontractors that submitted bids or quotes on your DOT-assisted contracts.
</P>
<P>(3) Use data from a disparity study. Use a percentage figure derived from data in a valid, applicable disparity study. Any disparity study utilized must provide a detailed capacity analysis, including the methodology used.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Use the goal of another DOT recipient.</I> If another DOT recipient in the same, or substantially similar, market has set an overall goal in compliance with this rule, you may use that goal as a base figure for your goal.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Alternative methods.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, you may use other methods to determine a base figure for your overall goal. Any methodology you choose must be based on demonstrable evidence of local market conditions and be designed to ultimately attain a goal that is rationally related to the relative availability of DBEs in your market. The exclusive use of a list of prequalified contractors or plan holders, or a bidders list that does not comply with the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, is not an acceptable alternative means of determining the availability of DBEs.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Step 2.</I> Once you have calculated a base figure, you must examine all of the evidence available in your jurisdiction to determine what adjustment, if any, is needed to the base figure to arrive at your overall goal. If the evidence does not suggest an adjustment is necessary, then no adjustment shall be made.
</P>
<P>(1) There are many types of evidence that must be considered when adjusting the base figure. These include:
</P>
<P>(i) The current capacity of DBEs to perform work in your DOT-assisted contracting program, as measured by the volume of work DBEs have performed in recent years;
</P>
<P>(ii) Evidence from disparity studies conducted anywhere within your jurisdiction, to the extent it is not already accounted for in your base figure. To the extent that the disparity study provides a detailed capacity analysis, include the methodology used;
</P>
<P>(iii) If your base figure is the goal of another recipient, you must adjust it for differences in your local market and your contracting program.
</P>
<P>(2) If available, you must consider evidence from related fields that affect the opportunities for DBEs to form, grow and compete. These include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Statistical disparities in the ability of DBEs to get the financing, bonding and insurance required to participate in your program;
</P>
<P>(ii) Data on employment, self-employment, education, training and union apprenticeship programs, to the extent you can relate it to the opportunities for DBEs to perform in your program.
</P>
<P>(3) If you attempt to make an adjustment to your base figure to account for the effects of an ongoing DBE program, the adjustment must be based on demonstrable evidence that is logically and directly related to the effect for which the adjustment is sought.
</P>
<P>(e) Once you have determined a percentage figure in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, you should express your overall goal as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If you are an FHWA recipient, as a percentage of all Federal-aid highway funds you will expend in FHWA-assisted contracts in the forthcoming three fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(2) If you are an FTA or FAA recipient, as a percentage of all FT or FAA funds (exclusive of FTA funds to be used for the purchase of transit vehicles) that you will expend in FTA or FAA-assisted contracts in the three forthcoming fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(3) In appropriate cases, the FHWA, FTA or FAA Administrator may permit or require you to express your overall goal as a percentage of funds for a particular grant or project or group of grants and/or projects, including entire projects. Like other overall goals, a project goal may be adjusted to reflect changed circumstances, with the concurrence of the appropriate operating administration.
</P>
<P>(i) A project goal is an overall goal, and must meet all the substantive and procedural requirements of this section pertaining to overall goals.
</P>
<P>(ii) A project goal covers the entire length of the project to which it applies.
</P>
<P>(iii) The project goal should include a projection of the DBE participation anticipated to be obtained during each fiscal year covered by the project goal.
</P>
<P>(iv) The funds for the project to which the project goal pertains are separated from the base from which your regular overall goal, applicable to contracts not part of the project covered by a project goal, is calculated.
</P>
<P>(f)(1)(i) If you set your overall goal on a fiscal year basis, you must submit it to the applicable DOT operating administration by August 1 at three-year intervals, based on a schedule established by the FHWA, FTA, or FAA, as applicable, and posted on that agency's website.
</P>
<P>(ii) You may adjust your three-year overall goal during the three-year period to which it applies, in order to reflect changed circumstances. You must submit such an adjustment to the concerned operating administration for review and approval.
</P>
<P>(iii) The operating administration may direct you to undertake a review of your goal if necessary to ensure that the goal continues to fit your circumstances appropriately.
</P>
<P>(iv) While you are required to submit an overall goal to FHWA, FTA, or FAA only every three years, the overall goal and the provisions of Sec. 26.47(c) apply to each year during that three-year period.
</P>
<P>(v) You may make, for informational purposes, projections of your expected DBE achievements during each of the three years covered by your overall goal. However, it is the overall goal itself, and not these informational projections, to which the provisions of section 26.47(c) of this part apply.
</P>
<P>(2) If you are a recipient and set your overall goal on a project or grant basis as provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, you must submit the goal for review at a time determined by the FHWA, FTA or FAA Administrator, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) You must include with your overall goal submission a description of the methodology you used to establish the goal, including your base figure and the evidence with which it was calculated, and the adjustments you made to the base figure and the evidence you relied on for the adjustments. You should also include a summary listing of the relevant available evidence in your jurisdiction and, where applicable, an explanation of why you did not use that evidence to adjust your base figure. You must also include your projection of the portions of the overall goal you expect to meet through DBE-neutral and DBE-conscious measures, respectively (<I>see</I> § 26.51(c)).
</P>
<P>(4) You are not required to obtain prior operating administration concurrence with your overall goal. However, if the operating administration's review suggests that your overall goal has not been correctly calculated or that your method for calculating goals is inadequate, the operating administration may, after consulting with you, adjust your overall goal or require that you do so. The adjusted overall goal is binding on you. In evaluating the adequacy or soundness of the methodology used to derive the overall goal, the operating administration will be guided by goal setting principles and best practices identified by the Department in guidance issued pursuant to § 26.9.
</P>
<P>(5) If you need additional time to collect data or take other steps to develop an approach to setting overall goals, you may request the approval of the concerned operating administration for an interim goal and/or goal-setting mechanism. Such a mechanism must:
</P>
<P>(i) Reflect the relative availability of DBEs in your local market to the maximum extent feasible given the data available to you; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Avoid imposing undue burdens on non-DBEs.
</P>
<P>(6) Timely submission and operating administration approval of your overall goal is a condition of eligibility for DOT financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(7) If you fail to establish and implement goals as provided in this section, you are not in compliance with this part. If you establish and implement goals in a way different from that provided in this part, you are not in compliance with this part. If you fail to comply with this requirement, you are not eligible to receive DOT financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) In establishing an overall goal, you must provide for consultation and publication. This includes:
</P>
<P>(i) Consultation with general contractor groups, community organizations, and other officials or organizations that could be expected to have information concerning the availability of disadvantaged and non-disadvantaged businesses and your efforts to establish a level playing field for the participation of DBEs. The consultation must include a scheduled, direct, interactive exchange (<I>e.g.,</I> a face-to-face meeting, video conference, teleconference) with as many interested stakeholders as possible focused on obtaining information relevant to the goal setting process, and it must occur before you are required to submit your methodology to the operating administration for review pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section. You must document in your goal submission the consultation process you engaged in. Notwithstanding paragraph (f)(4) of this section, you may not implement your proposed goal until you have complied with this requirement.
</P>
<P>(ii) A published notice announcing your proposed overall goal before submission to the operating administration on August 1st. The notice must be posted on your official internet website and may be posted in any other sources (<I>e.g.,</I> trade association publications). If the proposed goal changes following review by the operating administration, the revised goal must be posted on your official internet website.
</P>
<P>(2) At your discretion, you may inform the public that the proposed overall goal and its rationale are available for inspection during normal business hours at your principal office and for a 30-day comment period. Notice of the comment period must include addresses to which comments may be sent. The public comment period will not extend the August 1st deadline set in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) Effective October 3, 2025 you are not required to update your overall goals until the UCP that covers you has completed the reevaluation process described in § 26.111.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 34570, June 28, 1999; 65 FR 68951, Nov. 15, 2000; 68 FR 35553, June 16, 2003; 75 FR 5536, Feb. 3, 2010; 76 FR 5097, Jan. 28, 2011; 79 FR 59593, Oct. 2, 2014; 89 FR 24966, Apr. 9, 2024; 89 FR 55089, July 3, 2024; 90 FR 47980, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.47" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.3.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.47   Can recipients be penalized for failing to meet overall goals?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You cannot be penalized, or treated by the Department as being in noncompliance with this rule, because your DBE participation falls short of your overall goal, unless you have failed to administer your program in good faith.
</P>
<P>(b) If you do not have an approved DBE program or overall goal, or if you fail to implement your program in good faith, you are in noncompliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(c) If the awards and commitments shown on your Uniform Report of Awards or Commitments and Payments at the end of any fiscal year are less than the overall goal applicable to that fiscal year, you must do the following in order to be regarded by the Department as implementing your DBE program in good faith:
</P>
<P>(1) Analyze in detail the reasons for the difference between the overall goal and your awards and commitments in that fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(2) Establish specific steps and milestones to correct the problems you have identified in your analysis and to enable you to meet fully your goal for the new fiscal year;
</P>
<P>(3)(i) If you are a state highway agency; one of the 50 largest transit authorities as determined by the FTA; or an CORE 30 airport or other airport designated by the FAA, you must submit, within 90 days of the end of the fiscal year, the analysis and corrective actions developed under paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section to the appropriate operating administration for approval. If the operating administration approves the report, you will be regarded as complying with the requirements of this section for the remainder of the fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(ii) As a transit authority or airport not meeting the criteria of paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, you must retain analysis and corrective actions in your records for three years and make it available to FTA or FAA on request for their review.
</P>
<P>(4) FHWA, FTA, or FAA may impose conditions on the recipient as part of its approval of the recipient's analysis and corrective actions including, but not limited to, modifications to your overall goal methodology, changes in your DBE-conscious/DBE-neutral split, or the introduction of additional DBE-neutral or DBE-conscious measures.
</P>
<P>(5) You may be regarded as being in noncompliance with this Part, and therefore subject to the remedies in § 26.103 or § 26.105 of this part and other applicable regulations, for failing to implement your DBE program in good faith if any of the following things occur:
</P>
<P>(i) You do not submit your analysis and corrective actions to FHWA, FTA, or FAA in a timely manner as required under paragraph (c)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) FHWA, FTA, or FAA disapproves your analysis or corrective actions; or
</P>
<P>(iii) You do not fully implement the corrective actions to which you have committed or conditions that FHWA, FTA, or FAA has imposed following review of your analysis and corrective actions.
</P>
<P>(d) If, as recipient, your Uniform Report of DBE Awards or Commitments and Payments or other information coming to the attention of FTA, FHWA, or FAA, demonstrates that current trends make it unlikely that you will achieve DBE awards and commitments that would be necessary to allow you to meet your overall goal at the end of the fiscal year, FHWA, FTA, or FAA, as applicable, may require you to make further good faith efforts, such as by modifying your DBE-conscious/DBE-neutral or introducing additional DBE-neutral or DBE-conscious measures for the remainder of the fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(e) Effective October 3, 2025, you are not subject to this section until the UCP that covers you has completed the reevaluation process described in § 26.111.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 76 FR 5098, Jan. 28, 2011; 89 FR 24966, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47980, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.49" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.3.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.49   What are the requirements for transit vehicle manufactures (TVMs) and for awarding DOT-assisted contracts to TVMs?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are an FTA recipient, you must require in your DBE program that each TVM, as a condition of being authorized to bid or propose on FTA assisted transit vehicle procurements, certify that it has complied with the requirements of this section. You do not include FTA assistance used in transit vehicle procurements in the base amount from which your overall goal is calculated.
</P>
<P>(1) Only those TVMs listed on FTA's list of eligible TVMs, or that have submitted a goal methodology to FTA that has been approved or has not been disapproved at the time of solicitation are eligible to bid.
</P>
<P>(2) A TVM that fails to follow the requirements of this section and this part will be deemed as non-compliant, which will result in removal from FTA's eligible TVMs list and ineligibility to bid.
</P>
<P>(3) An FTA recipient's failure to comply with the requirements set forth in paragraph (a) of this section may result in formal enforcement action or appropriate sanction as determined by FTA (<I>e.g.,</I> FTA declining to participate in the vehicle procurement).
</P>
<P>(4) Within 30 days of becoming contractually required to procure a transit vehicle, an FTA recipient must report to FTA:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the TVM that was the successful bidder; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Federal share of the contractual commitment at that time.
</P>
<P>(b) If you are a TVM, you must establish and submit to FTA an annual overall percentage goal for DBE participation.
</P>
<P>(1) In setting your overall goal, you should be guided, to the extent applicable, by the principles underlying § 26.45. The base from which you calculate this goal is the amount of FTA financial assistance included in transit vehicle contracts on which you will bid on during the fiscal year in question, less the portion(s) attributable to the manufacturing process performed entirely by your own forces.
</P>
<P>(i) You must consider and include in your base figure all domestic contracting opportunities made available to non-DBEs.
</P>
<P>(ii) You must exclude from this base figure funds attributable to work performed outside the United States and its territories, possessions, and commonwealths.
</P>
<P>(iii) In establishing an overall goal, you must provide for public participation. This includes consultation with interested parties consistent with § 26.45(g).
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of this part with respect to submission and approval of overall goals apply to you as they do to recipients, except that TVMs set and submit their goals annually and not on a triennial basis.
</P>
<P>(c) TVMs must comply with the reporting requirements of § 26.11, including the requirement to submit the Uniform Report of DBE Awards or Commitments and Payments, in order to remain eligible to bid on FTA assisted transit vehicle procurements.
</P>
<P>(d) TVMs must implement all other requirements of this part, except those relating to UCPs and DBE certification procedures.
</P>
<P>(e) If you are an FHWA or FAA recipient, you may, with FHWA or FAA approval, use the procedures of this section with respect to procurements of vehicles or specialized equipment. If you choose to do so, then the manufacturers of the equipment must meet the same requirements (including goal approval by FHWA or FAA) that TVMs must meet in FTA assisted procurements.
</P>
<P>(f) Recipients may establish project-specific goals for DBE participation in the procurement of transit vehicles from specialized manufacturers when a TVM cannot be identified.
</P>
<P>(1) Project-specific goals established pursuant to this section are subject to the same review and approval and must be established as prescribed in the project goal provisions of § 26.45.
</P>
<P>(2) FTA must approve the decision to use a project goal before the recipient issues a public solicitation for the vehicles in question.
</P>
<P>(3) To support the request to develop a project goal, recipients must demonstrate that no TVMs are available to manufacture the vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24966, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.51" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.3.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.51   What means do recipients use to meet overall goals?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must meet the maximum feasible portion of your overall goal by using DBE-neutral means of facilitating DBE-neutral participation. DBE-neutral participation includes any time a DBE wins a prime contract through customary competitive procurement procedures or is awarded a subcontract on a prime contract that does not carry a DBE contract goal.
</P>
<P>(b) DBE-neutral means include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Arranging solicitations, times for the presentation of bids, quantities, specifications, and delivery schedules in ways that facilitate participation by DBEs and other small businesses and by making contracts more accessible to small businesses, by means such as those provided under § 26.39 of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Providing assistance in overcoming limitations such as inability to obtain bonding or financing (e.g., by such means as simplifying the bonding process, reducing bonding requirements, eliminating the impact of surety costs from bids, and providing services to help DBEs, and other small businesses, obtain bonding and financing);
</P>
<P>(3) Providing technical assistance and other services;
</P>
<P>(4) Carrying out information and communications programs on contracting procedures and specific contract opportunities (e.g., ensuring the inclusion of DBEs, and other small businesses, on recipient mailing lists for bidders; ensuring the dissemination to bidders on prime contracts of lists of potential subcontractors; provision of information in languages other than English, where appropriate);
</P>
<P>(5) Implementing a supportive services program to develop and improve immediate and long-term business management, record keeping, and financial and accounting capability for DBEs and other small businesses;
</P>
<P>(6) Providing services to help DBEs, and other small businesses, improve long-term development, increase opportunities to participate in a variety of kinds of work, handle increasingly significant projects, and achieve eventual self-sufficiency;
</P>
<P>(7) Establishing a program to assist new, start-up firms, particularly in fields in which DBE participation has historically been low;
</P>
<P>(8) Ensuring distribution of your DBE directory, through print and electronic means, to the widest feasible universe of potential prime contractors; and
</P>
<P>(9) Assisting DBEs, and other small businesses, to develop their capability to utilize emerging technology and conduct business through electronic media.
</P>
<P>(c) Each time you submit your overall goal for review by the concerned operating administration, you must also submit your projection of the portion of the goal that you expect to meet through DBE-neutral means and your basis for that projection. This projection is subject to approval by the concerned operating administration, in conjunction with its review of your overall goal.
</P>
<P>(d) You must establish contract goals to meet any portion of your overall goal you do not project being able to meet using DBE-neutral means.
</P>
<P>(e) The following provisions apply to the use of contract goals:
</P>
<P>(1) You may use contract goals only on those DOT-assisted contracts that have subcontracting possibilities.
</P>
<P>(2) You are not required to set a contract goal on every DOT-assisted contract. You are not required to set each contract goal at the same percentage level as the overall goal. The goal for a specific contract may be higher or lower than that percentage level of the overall goal, depending on such factors as the type of work involved, the location of the work, and the availability of DBEs for the work of the particular contract. However, over the period covered by your overall goal, you must set contract goals so that they will cumulatively result in meeting any portion of your overall goal you do not project being able to meet through the use of DBE-neutral means.
</P>
<P>(3) Operating administration approval of each contract goal is not necessarily required. However, operating administrations may review and approve or disapprove any contract goal you establish.
</P>
<P>(4) Your contract goals must provide for participation by all certified DBEs and must not be subdivided into group-specific goals.
</P>
<P>(f) To ensure that your DBE program continues to be narrowly tailored to overcome the effects of social and economic disadvantage, you must adjust your use of contract goals as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If your approved projection under paragraph (c) of this section estimates that you can meet your entire overall goal for a given year through DBE-neutral means, you must implement your program without setting contract goals during that year, unless it becomes necessary in order meet your overall goal.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1 to paragraph (f)(1):</HED><PSPACE>Your overall goal for Year I is 12 percent. You estimate that you can obtain 12 percent or more DBE participation through DBE-neutral measures, without any use of contract goals. In this case, you do not set any contract goals for the contracts that will be performed in Year I. However, if part way through Year I, your DBE awards or commitments are not at a level that would permit you to achieve your overall goal for Year I, you could begin setting DBE-conscious contract goals during the remainder of the year as part of your obligation to implement your program in good faith.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(2) If, during any year in which you are using contract goals, you determine that you will exceed your overall goal, you must reduce or eliminate the use of contract goals to the extent necessary to ensure that the use of contract goals does not result in exceeding the overall goal. If you determine that you will fall short of your overall goal, then you must make appropriate modifications in your use of DBE-neutral or DBE-conscious measures to allow you to meet the overall goal.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2 to paragraph (f)(2):</HED><PSPACE>In Year II, your overall goal is 12 percent. You have estimated that you can obtain 5 percent DBE participation through use of DBE-neutral measures. You therefore plan to obtain the remaining 7 percent participation through use of DBE goals. By September, you have already obtained 11 percent DBE participation for the year. For contracts let during the remainder of the year, you use contract goals only to the extent necessary to obtain an additional one percent DBE participation. However, if you determine in September that your participation for the year is likely to be only 8 percent total, then you would increase your use of DBE-neutral or DBE-conscious means during the remainder of the year in order to achieve your overall goal.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(3) If the DBE participation you have obtained by DBE-neutral means alone meets or exceeds your overall goals for two consecutive years, you are not required to make a projection of the amount of your goal you can meet using such means in the next year. You do not set contract goals on any contracts in the next year. You continue using only DBE-neutral means to meet your overall goals unless and until you do not meet your overall goal for a year.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 3 to paragraph (f)(3):</HED><PSPACE>Your overall goal for Years I and Year II is 10 percent. The DBE participation you obtain through DBE-neutral measures alone is 10 percent or more in each year. (For this purpose, it does not matter whether you obtained additional DBE participation through using contract goals in these years.) In Year III and following years, you do not need to make a projection under paragraph (c) of this section of the portion of your overall goal you expect to meet using DBE-neutral means. You simply use DBE-neutral means to achieve your overall goals. However, if in Year VI your DBE participation falls short of your overall goal, then you must make a paragraph (c) of this section projection for Year VII and, if necessary, resume use of contract goals in that year.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(4) If you obtain DBE participation that exceeds your overall goal in two consecutive years using contract goals (<I>i.e.,</I> not through DBE-neutral means alone), you must reduce your use of contract goals proportionately in the following year.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 4 to paragraph (f)(4):</HED><PSPACE>In Years I and II, your overall goal is 12 percent, and you obtain 14 and 16 percent DBE participation, respectively. You have exceeded your goals over the two-year period by an average of 25 percent. In Year III, your overall goal is again 12 percent, and your paragraph (c) of this section projection estimates that you will obtain 4 percent DBE participation through DBE-neutral means and 8 percent through contract goals. You then reduce the contract goal projection by 25 percent (<I>i.e.,</I> from 8 to 6 percent) and set contract goals accordingly during the year. If in Year III you obtain 11 percent participation, you do not use this contract goal adjustment mechanism for Year IV, because there have not been two consecutive years of exceeding overall goals.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(g) In any year in which you project meeting part of your goal through DBE-neutral means and the remainder through contract goals, you must maintain data separately on DBE achievements in those contracts with and without contract goals, respectively. You must report this data to the concerned operating administration as provided in § 26.11.
</P>
<P>(h) Effective October 3, 2025, you may not set any contract goals until the UCP that covers you has completed the reevaluation process described in § 26.111.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 76 FR 5098, Jan. 28, 2011; 79 FR 59595, Oct. 2, 2014; 89 FR 24967, Apr. 9, 2024; 90 FR 47981, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.53" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.3.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.53   What are the good faith efforts procedures recipients follow in situations where there are contract goals?</HEAD>
<P>(a) When you have established a DBE contract goal, you must award the contract only to a bidder/offeror who makes good faith efforts to meet it. You must determine that a bidder/offeror has made good faith efforts if the bidder/offeror does either of the following things:
</P>
<P>(1) Documents that it has obtained enough DBE participation to meet the goal; or
</P>
<P>(2) Documents that it made adequate good faith efforts to meet the goal, even though it did not succeed in obtaining enough DBE participation to do so. If the bidder/offeror does document adequate good faith efforts, you must not deny award of the contract on the basis that the bidder/offeror failed to meet the goal. See appendix A of this part for guidance in determining the adequacy of a bidder/offeror's good faith efforts.
</P>
<P>(b) In your solicitations for DOT-assisted contracts for which a contract goal has been established, you must require the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Award of the contract will be conditioned on meeting the requirements of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) All bidders or offerors will be required to submit the following information to the recipient, at the time provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The names and addresses of DBE firms that will participate in the contract;
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of the work that each DBE will perform. To count toward meeting a goal, each DBE firm must be certified in a NAICS code applicable to the kind of work the firm would perform on the contract;
</P>
<P>(iii) The dollar amount of the participation of each DBE firm participating;
</P>
<P>(iv) Written documentation of the bidder/offeror's commitment to use a DBE subcontractor whose participation it submits to meet a contract goal; and
</P>
<P>(v) Written confirmation from each listed DBE firm that it is participating in the contract in the kind and amount of work provided in the prime contractor's commitment. Each DBE listed to perform work as a regular dealer or distributor must confirm its participation according to the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vi) If the contract goal is not met, evidence of good faith efforts (see Appendix A of this part). The documentation of good faith efforts must include copies of each DBE and non-DBE subcontractor quote submitted to the bidder when a non-DBE subcontractor was selected over a DBE for work on the contract; and
</P>
<P>(3)(i) At your discretion, the bidder/offeror must present the information required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section—
</P>
<P>(A) Under sealed bid procedures, as a matter of responsiveness, or with initial proposals, under contract negotiation procedures; or
</P>
<P>(B) No later than 7 days after bid opening as a matter of responsibility. The 7 days shall be reduced to 5 days beginning January 1, 2017.
</P>
<P>(ii) Provided that, in a negotiated procurement, such as a procurement for professional services, the bidder/offeror may make a contractually binding commitment to meet the goal at the time of bid submission or the presentation of initial proposals but provide the information required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section before the final selection for the contract is made by the recipient. This paragraph (b)(3)(ii) does not apply to a design-build procurement, which must follow the provisions in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) You must make sure all information is complete and accurate and adequately documents the bidder/offeror's good faith efforts before committing yourself to the performance of the contract by the bidder/offeror.
</P>
<P>(1) For each DBE listed as a regular dealer or distributor you must make a preliminary counting determination to assess its eligibility for 60 or 40 percent credit, respectively, of the cost of materials and supplies based on its demonstrated capacity and intent to perform as a regular dealer or distributor, as defined in § 26.55(e)(2)(iv)(A), (B), and (C) and (e)(3) under the contract at issue. Your preliminary determination shall be made based on the DBE's written responses to relevant questions and its affirmation that its subsequent performance of a commercially useful function will be consistent with the preliminary counting of such participation. Where the DBE supplier does not affirm that its participation will meet the specific requirements of either a regular dealer or distributor, you are required to make appropriate adjustments in counting such participation toward the bidder's good faith efforts to meet the contract goal. The bidder is responsible for verifying that the information provided by the DBE supplier is consistent with the counting of such participation toward the contract goal.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) If you determine that the apparent successful bidder/offeror has failed to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, you must, before awarding the contract, provide the bidder/offeror an opportunity for administrative reconsideration.
</P>
<P>(1) As part of this reconsideration, the bidder/offeror must have the opportunity to provide written documentation or argument concerning the issue of whether it met the goal or made adequate good faith efforts to do so.
</P>
<P>(2) Your decision on reconsideration must be made by an official who did not take part in the original determination that the bidder/offeror failed to meet the goal or make adequate good faith efforts to do so.
</P>
<P>(3) The bidder/offeror must have the opportunity to meet in person with your reconsideration official to discuss the issue of whether it met the goal or made adequate good faith efforts to do so.
</P>
<P>(4) You must send the bidder/offeror a written decision on reconsideration, explaining the basis for finding that the bidder did or did not meet the goal or make adequate good faith efforts to do so.
</P>
<P>(5) The result of the reconsideration process is not administratively appealable to the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(e) In a design-build contracting situation, in which the recipient solicits proposals to design and build a project with minimal-project details at time of letting, the recipient may set a DBE goal that proposers must meet by submitting a DBE Open-Ended DBE Performance Plan (OEPP) with the proposal. The OEPP replaces the requirement to provide the information required in paragraph (b) of this section that applies to design-bid-build contracts. To be considered responsive, the OEPP must include a commitment to meet the goal and provide details of the types of subcontracting work or services (with projected dollar amount) that the proposer will solicit DBEs to perform. The OEPP must include an estimated time frame in which actual DBE subcontracts would be executed. Once the design-build contract is awarded, the recipient must provide ongoing monitoring and oversight to evaluate whether the design-builder is using good faith efforts to comply with the OEPP and schedule. The recipient and the design-builder may agree to make written revisions of the OEPP throughout the life of the project, <I>e.g.,</I> replacing the type of work items the design-builder will solicit DBEs to perform and/or adjusting the proposed schedule, as long as the design-builder continues to use good faith efforts to meet the goal.
</P>
<P>(f)(1)(i) You must require that a prime contractor not terminate a DBE or any portion of its work listed in response to paragraph (b)(2) of this section (or an approved substitute DBE firm per paragraph (g) of this section) without your prior written consent, unless you cause the termination or reduction. A termination includes any reduction or underrun in work listed for a DBE not caused by a material change to the prime contract by the recipient. This requirement applies to instances that include, but are not limited to, when a prime contractor seeks to perform work originally designated for a DBE subcontractor with its own forces or those of an affiliate, a non-DBE firm, or with another DBE firm.
</P>
<P>(ii) You must include in each prime contract a provision stating that:
</P>
<P>(A) The contractor must utilize the specific DBEs listed to perform the work and supply the materials for which each is listed unless the contractor obtains your written consent as provided in this paragraph (f); and
</P>
<P>(B) Unless your consent is provided under this paragraph (f), the prime contractor must not be entitled to any payment for work or material unless it is performed or supplied by the listed DBE.
</P>
<P>(2) You may provide such written consent only if you agree, for reasons stated in your concurrence document, that the prime contractor has good cause to terminate the listed DBE or any portion of its work.
</P>
<P>(3) Good cause does not exist if the prime contractor seeks to terminate a DBE or any portion of its work that it relied upon to obtain the contract so that the prime contractor can self-perform the work for which the DBE contractor was engaged, or so that the prime contractor can substitute another DBE or non-DBE contractor after contract award. For purposes of this paragraph (f)(3), good cause includes the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(i) The listed DBE subcontractor fails or refuses to execute a written contract;
</P>
<P>(ii) The listed DBE subcontractor fails or refuses to perform the work of its subcontract in a way consistent with normal industry standards. Provided, however, that good cause does not exist if the failure or refusal of the DBE subcontractor to perform its work on the subcontract results from the bad faith or discriminatory action of the prime contractor;
</P>
<P>(iii) The listed DBE subcontractor fails or refuses to meet the prime contractor's reasonable, nondiscriminatory bond requirements;
</P>
<P>(iv) The listed DBE subcontractor becomes bankrupt, insolvent, or exhibits credit unworthiness;
</P>
<P>(v) The listed DBE subcontractor is ineligible to work on public works projects because of suspension and debarment proceedings pursuant to 2 CFR parts 180, 215, and 1200 or applicable State law;
</P>
<P>(vi) You have determined that the listed DBE subcontractor is not a responsible contractor;
</P>
<P>(vii) The listed DBE subcontractor voluntarily withdraws from the project and provides to you written notice of its withdrawal;
</P>
<P>(viii) The listed DBE is ineligible to receive DBE credit for the type of work required;
</P>
<P>(ix) A DBE owner dies or becomes disabled with the result that the listed DBE contractor is unable to complete its work on the contract; and
</P>
<P>(x) Other documented good cause that you determine compels the termination of the DBE subcontractor.
</P>
<P>(4) Before transmitting to you its request to terminate a DBE subcontractor or any portion of its work, the prime contractor must give notice in writing to the DBE subcontractor, with a copy to you sent concurrently, of its intent to request to terminate and the reason for the proposed request.
</P>
<P>(5) The prime contractor's written notice must give the DBE 5 days to respond, advising you and the contractor of the reasons, if any, why it objects to the proposed termination of its subcontract/or portion thereof and why you should not approve the prime contractor's request. If required in a particular case as a matter of public necessity (<I>e.g.,</I> safety), you may provide a response period shorter than 5 days.
</P>
<P>(6) In addition to post-award terminations, the provisions of this section apply to pre-award deletions or changes to DBEs or their listed work put forward by offerors in negotiated procurements.
</P>
<P>(g) When a DBE subcontractor or any portion of its work is terminated by the prime contractor as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, or the firm fails to complete its work on the contract for any reason, including when work committed to a DBE is not countable or reduced due to overestimations made prior to award, the prime contractor must use good faith efforts to include additional DBE participation to the extent needed to meet the contract goal. The good faith efforts shall be documented by the contractor. If the recipient requests documentation under this provision, the contractor shall submit the documentation within 7 days, which may be extended for an additional 7 days, if necessary, at the request of the contractor, and the recipient shall provide a written determination to the contractor stating whether or not good faith efforts have been demonstrated.
</P>
<P>(h) You must include in each prime contract the contract clause required by § 26.13(b) stating that failure by the contractor to carry out the requirements of this part is a material breach of the contract and may result in the termination of the contract or such other remedies set forth in that section you deem appropriate if the prime contractor fails to comply with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) You must apply the requirements of this section to DBE bidders/offerors for prime contracts. In determining whether a DBE bidder/offeror for a prime contract has met a contract goal, you count the work the DBE has committed to performing with its own forces as well as the work that it has committed to be performed by DBE subcontractors and DBE suppliers.
</P>
<P>(j) You must require the contractor awarded the contract to make available upon request a copy of all DBE subcontracts. The subcontractor shall ensure that all subcontracts or an agreement with DBEs to supply labor or materials require that the subcontract and all lower tier subcontractors be performed in accordance with this part's provisions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 76 FR 5098, Jan. 28, 2011; 79 FR 59595, Oct. 2, 2014; 89 FR 24967, Apr. 9, 2024; 89 FR 55089, July 3, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.55" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.3.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.55   How is DBE participation counted toward goals?</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a DBE participates in a contract, you count only the value of the work performed by the DBE toward DBE goals.
</P>
<P>(1) Count the entire amount of that portion of a construction contract (or other contract not covered by paragraph (a)(2) of this section) that is performed by the DBE's own forces. Include the cost of supplies and materials obtained by the DBE for the work of the contract, including supplies purchased or equipment leased by the DBE (except supplies and equipment the DBE subcontractor purchases or leases from the prime contractor or its affiliate).
</P>
<P>(2) Count the entire amount of fees or commissions charged by a DBE firm for providing a bona fide service, such as professional, technical, consultant, or managerial services, or for providing bonds or insurance specifically required for the performance of a DOT-assisted contract, toward DBE goals, provided you determine the fee to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services.
</P>
<P>(3) When a DBE subcontracts part of the work of its contract to another firm, the value of the subcontracted work may be counted toward DBE goals only if the DBE's subcontractor is itself a DBE. Work that a DBE subcontracts to a non-DBE firm does not count toward DBE goals.
</P>
<P>(b) When a DBE performs as a participant in a joint venture, count a portion of the total dollar value of the contract equal to the distinct, clearly defined portion of the work of the contract that the DBE performs with its own forces toward DBE goals.
</P>
<P>(c) Count expenditures to a DBE contractor toward DBE goals only if the DBE is performing a commercially useful function on that contract.
</P>
<P>(1) A DBE performs a commercially useful function when it is responsible for execution of the work of the contract and is carrying out its responsibilities by performing, managing, and supervising the work involved. To perform a commercially useful function, the DBE must also be responsible, with respect to materials and supplies used on the contract, for negotiating price, determining quality and quantity, ordering the material, and installing (where applicable) and paying for the material itself. To determine whether a DBE is performing a commercially useful function, you must evaluate the amount of work subcontracted, industry practices, whether the amount the firm is to be paid under the contract is commensurate with the work it is performing and the DBE credit claimed for its performance of the work, and other relevant factors.
</P>
<P>(2) A DBE does not perform a commercially useful function if its role is limited to that of an extra participant in a transaction, contract, or project through which funds are passed to obtain the appearance of DBE participation. In determining whether a DBE is such an extra participant, you must examine similar transactions, particularly those in which DBEs do not participate.
</P>
<P>(3) If a DBE does not perform or exercise responsibility for at least 30 percent of the total cost of its contract with its own work force, or the DBE subcontracts a greater portion of the work of a contract than would be expected within normal industry practice for the type of work involved, you must presume that it is not performing a commercially useful function.
</P>
<P>(4) When a DBE is presumed not to be performing a commercially useful function as provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, the DBE may present evidence to rebut this presumption. You may determine that the firm is performing a commercially useful function given the type of work involved and normal industry practices.
</P>
<P>(5) Your decisions on commercially useful function matters are subject to review by the concerned operating administration, but are not administratively appealable to DOT.
</P>
<P>(d) Use the following factors in determining whether a DBE trucking company is performing a commercially useful function:
</P>
<P>(1) The DBE must be responsible for the management and supervision of the entire trucking operation for which it is responsible on a particular contract, and there cannot be a contrived arrangement for the purpose of meeting DBE goals.
</P>
<P>(2) The DBE must itself own and operate at least one fully licensed, insured, and operational truck used on the contract.
</P>
<P>(3) The DBE receives credit for the total value of the transportation services it provides on the contract using trucks it owns, insures, and operates using drivers it employs.
</P>
<P>(4) The DBE may lease trucks from another DBE firm, including an owner-operator who is certified as a DBE. The DBE who leases trucks from another DBE receives credit for the total value of the transportation services the lessee DBE provides on the contract.
</P>
<P>(5) The DBE may also lease trucks from a non-DBE firm, including from an owner-operator. The DBE that leases trucks equipped with drivers from a non-DBE is entitled to credit for the total value of transportation services provided by non-DBE leased trucks equipped with drivers not to exceed the value of transportation services on the contract provided by DBE-owned trucks or leased trucks with DBE employee drivers. Additional participation by non-DBE owned trucks equipped with drivers receives credit only for the fee or commission it receives as a result of the lease arrangement. If a recipient chooses this approach, it must obtain written consent from the appropriate DOT operating administration.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example to paragraph (d)(5):</HED><PSPACE>DBE Firm X uses two of its own trucks on a contract. It leases two trucks from DBE Firm Y and six trucks equipped with drivers from non-DBE Firm Z. DBE credit would be awarded for the total value of transportation services provided by Firm X and Firm Y, and may also be awarded for the total value of transportation services provided by four of the six trucks provided by Firm Z. In all, full credit would be allowed for the participation of eight trucks. DBE credit could be awarded only for the fees or commissions pertaining to the remaining trucks Firm X receives as a result of the lease with Firm Z.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(6) The DBE may lease trucks without drivers from a non-DBE truck leasing company. If the DBE leases trucks from a non-DBE truck leasing company and uses its own employees as drivers, it is entitled to credit for the total value of these hauling services.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example to paragraph (d)(6):</HED><PSPACE>DBE Firm X uses two of its own trucks on a contract. It leases two additional trucks from non-DBE Firm Z. Firm X uses its own employees to drive the trucks leased from Firm Z. DBE credit would be awarded for the total value of the transportation services provided by all four trucks.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(7) For purposes of this paragraph (d), a lease must indicate that the DBE has exclusive use of and control over the truck. This does not preclude the leased truck from working for others during the term of the lease with the consent of the DBE, so long as the lease gives the DBE absolute priority for use of the leased truck. Leased trucks must display the name and identification number of the DBE.
</P>
<P>(e) Count expenditures with DBEs for materials or supplies toward DBE goals as provided in the following:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) If the materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE manufacturer, count 100 percent of the cost of the materials or supplies.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this paragraph (e)(1), a manufacturer is a firm that owns (or leases) and operates a factory or establishment that produces, on the premises, the materials, supplies, articles, or equipment required under the contract and of the general character described by the specifications. Manufacturing includes blending or modifying raw materials or assembling components to create the product to meet contract specifications. When a DBE makes minor modifications to the materials, supplies, articles, or equipment, the DBE is not a manufacturer. Minor modifications are additional changes to a manufactured product that are small in scope and add minimal value to the final product.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) If the materials or supplies are purchased from a DBE regular dealer, count 60 percent of the cost of the materials or supplies (including transportation costs).
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this section, a regular dealer is a firm that owns (or leases) and operates, a store, warehouse, or other establishment in which the materials, supplies, articles or equipment of the general character described by the specifications and required under the contract are bought, kept in sufficient quantities, and regularly sold or leased to the public in the usual course of business.
</P>
<P>(iii) Items kept and regularly sold by the DBE are of the “general character” when they share the same material characteristics and application as the items specified by the contract.
</P>
<P>(iv) You must establish a system to determine that a DBE regular dealer per paragraph (e)(2)(iv)(A) of this section, over a reasonable period of time, keeps sufficient quantities and regularly sells the items in question. This system must also ensure that a regular dealer of bulk items per (e)(2)(iv)(B) of this section owns/leases and operates distribution equipment for the products it sells. This requirement may be administered through questionnaires, inventory records reviews, or other methods to determine whether each DBE supplier has the demonstrated capacity to perform a commercially useful function (CUF) as a regular dealer prior to its participation. The system you implement must be maintained and used to identify all DBE suppliers with capacity to be eligible for 60 percent credit, contingent upon the performance of a CUF. This requirement is a programmatic safeguard apart from that described in § 26.53(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(A) To be a regular dealer, the firm must be an established business that engages, as its principal business and under its own name, in the purchase and sale or lease of the products in question. A DBE supplier performs a CUF as a regular dealer and receives credit for 60 percent of the cost of materials or supplies (including transportation cost) when all, or at least 51 percent of, the items under a purchase order or subcontract are provided from the DBE's inventory, and when necessary, any minor quantities delivered from and by other sources are of the general character as those provided from the DBE's inventory.
</P>
<P>(B) A DBE may be a regular dealer in such bulk items as petroleum products, steel, concrete or concrete products, gravel, stone, or asphalt without owning and operating a place of business as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section if the firm both owns and operates distribution equipment used to deliver the products. Any supplementing of regular dealers' own distribution equipment must be by a long-term operating lease and not on an ad hoc or contract-by-contract basis.
</P>
<P>(C) A DBE supplier of items that are not typically stocked due to their unique characteristics (<I>e.g.,</I> limited shelf life or items ordered to specification) should be considered in the same manner as a regular dealer of bulk items per paragraph (e)(2)(iv)(B) of this section. If the DBE supplier of these items does not own or lease distribution equipment, as descried above, it is not a regular dealer.
</P>
<P>(D) Packagers, brokers, manufacturers' representatives, or other persons who arrange, facilitate, or expedite transactions are not regular dealers within the meaning of paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If the materials or supplies are purchased from a DBE distributor that neither maintains sufficient inventory nor uses its own distribution equipment for the products in question, count 40 percent of the cost of materials or supplies (including transportation costs). A DBE distributor is an established business that engages in the regular sale or lease of the items specified by the contract. A DBE distributor assumes responsibility for the items it purchases once they leave the point of origin (<I>e.g.,</I> a manufacturer's facility), making it liable for any loss or damage not covered by the carrier's insurance. A DBE distributor performs a CUF when it demonstrates ownership of the items in question and assumes all risk for loss or damage during transportation, evidenced by the terms of the purchase order or a bill of lading (BOL) from a third party, indicating Free on Board (FOB) at the point of origin or similar terms that transfer responsibility of the items in question to the DBE distributor. If these conditions are met, DBE distributors may receive 40 percent for drop-shipped items. Terms that transfer liability to the distributor at the delivery destination (<I>e.g.,</I> FOB destination), or deliveries made or arranged by the manufacturer or another seller do not satisfy this requirement.
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to materials or supplies purchased from a DBE that is neither a manufacturer, a regular dealer, nor a distributor, count the entire amount of fees or commissions charged that you deem to be reasonable, including transportation charges for the delivery of materials or supplies. Do not count any portion of the cost of the materials and supplies themselves.
</P>
<P>(5) You must determine the amount of credit awarded to a firm for the provisions of materials and supplies (<I>e.g.,</I> whether a firm is acting as a regular dealer, distributor, or a transaction facilitator) on a contract-by-contract basis.
</P>
<P>(f) If a firm is not currently certified as a DBE in accordance with the standards of subpart D of this part at the time of the execution of the contract, do not count the firm's participation toward any DBE goals, except as provided for in § 26.87(j)).
</P>
<P>(g) Do not count the dollar value of work performed under a contract with a firm after it has ceased to be certified toward your overall goal.
</P>
<P>(h) Do not count the participation of a DBE subcontractor toward a contractor's final compliance with its DBE obligations on a contract until the contractor has paid the DBE the amount being counted.
</P>
<P>(i) Effective October 3, 2025, you may not count any DBE participation toward DBE goals until the UCP that covers you has completed the reevaluation process described in § 26.111.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 68951, Nov. 15, 2000; 68 FR 35554, June 16, 2003; 79 FR 59595, Oct. 2, 2014; 89 FR 24968, Apr. 9, 2024; 89 FR 55089, July 3, 2024; 90 FR 47982, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Certification Standards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.61" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.4.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.61   Burden of proof</HEAD>
<P>(a) In determining whether to certify a firm, the certifier must apply the standards of this subpart. Unless the context indicates otherwise, singular terms include their plural forms and vice versa.
</P>
<P>(b) The firm has the burden of demonstrating, by a preponderance of the evidence, <I>i.e.,</I> more likely than not, that it satisfies all of the requirements in this subpart. In determining whether the firm has met its burden, the certifier must consider all the information in the record, viewed as a whole. In a decertification proceeding the certifier bears the burden of proving, by a preponderance of the evidence, that the firm is no longer eligible for certification under the rules of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24969, Apr. 9, 2024, as amended at 90 FR 47982, Oct. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.63" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.4.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.63   General certification rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rules.</I> Except as otherwise provided:
</P>
<P>(1) The firm must be for-profit and engaged in business activities.
</P>
<P>(2) In making eligibility determinations, a certifier may not consider whether a firm performs a commercially useful function (CUF), or the potential effect on goals or counting.
</P>
<P>(3) A certifier cannot condition eligibility on State prequalification requirements for bidding on contracts.
</P>
<P>(4) Certification is not a warranty of competence or suitability.
</P>
<P>(5) A certifier determines eligibility based on the evidence it has at the time of its decision, not on the basis of historical or outdated information, giving full effect to the “curative measures” provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(6) Entering into a fraudulent transaction or presenting false information to obtain or maintain DBE certification is disqualifying.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Indirect ownership.</I> A subsidiary (<I>i.e.,</I> S) that SEDOs own and control indirectly is eligible, if it satisfies the other requirements of this part and only under the following circumstances.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Look-through.</I> SEDOs own at least 51 percent of S through their ownership of P (<I>i.e.,</I> the parent firm) as shown in the examples following.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Control.</I> SEDOs control P, and P controls S.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>One tier of separation.</I> The SEDOs indirectly own S through P and no other intermediary. That is, no applicant or DBE may be more than one entity (P) removed from its individual SEDOs.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Examples.</I> The following examples assume that S and its SEDOs satisfy all other requirements in this part.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Example 1 to paragraph (b)(4).</I> SEDOs own 100 percent of P, and P owns 100 percent of S. S is eligible for certification.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Example 2 to paragraph (b)(4).</I> Same facts as Example 1, except P owns 51 percent of S. S is eligible.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Example 3 to paragraph (b)(4).</I> SEDOs own 80 percent of P, and P owns 70 percent of S. S is eligible because SEDOs indirectly own 56 percent of S. The calculation is 80 percent of 70 percent or .8 × .7 = .56.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Example 4 to paragraph (b)(4).</I> SEDOs own and control P, and they own 52 percent of S by operation of this paragraph (b). However, a non-SEDO controls S. S is ineligible.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Example 5 to paragraph (b)(4).</I> SEDOs own 60 percent of P, and P owns 51 percent of S. S is ineligible because SEDOs own just 31 percent of S.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Example 6 to paragraph (b)(4).</I> P indirectly owns and controls S and has other affiliates. S is eligible only if its gross receipts, plus those of all of its affiliates, do not exceed the applicable small business size cap of § 26.65. Note that all of P's affiliates are affiliates of S by virtue of P's ownership and/or control of S.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Indian Tribes, NHOs, and ANCs</I>—(1) <I>Indian Tribes and NHOs.</I> A firm that is owned by an Indian Tribe or Native Hawaiian organization (NHO), rather than by Indians or Native Hawaiians as individuals, is eligible if it meets all other certification requirements in this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Alaska Native Corporations (ANCs).</I> (i) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this subpart, a subsidiary corporation, joint venture, or partnership entity of an ANC is eligible for certification if it meets all the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) The Settlement Common Stock of the underlying ANC and other stock of the ANC held by holders of the Settlement Common Stock and by Natives and descendants of Natives represents a majority of both the total equity of the ANC and the total voting power of the corporation for purposes of electing directors;
</P>
<P>(B) The shares of stock or other units of common ownership interest in the subsidiary, joint venture, or partnership entity held by the ANC and by holders of its Settlement Common Stock represent a majority of both the total equity of the entity and the total voting power of the entity for the purpose of electing directors, the general partner, or principal officers; and
</P>
<P>(C) The subsidiary, joint venture, or partnership entity has been certified by the Small Business Administration under the 8(a) or small disadvantaged business program.
</P>
<P>(ii) As a certifier to whom an ANC-related entity applies for certification, a certifier must not use the Uniform Certified Application. The certifier must obtain from the firm documentation sufficient to demonstrate that the entity meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. The certifier must also obtain sufficient information about the firm to allow the certifier to administer its program (<I>e.g.,</I> information that would appear in a UCP directory).
</P>
<P>(iii) If an ANC-related firm does not meet all the conditions of paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, then it must meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section in order to be certified.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24969, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.65" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.4.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.65   Business size determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>By NAICS Code.</I> A firm (including its affiliates) must be a small business, as defined by the Small Business Administration (SBA). The certifier must apply the SBA business size limit in 13 CFR part 121 which corresponds to the applicable primary industry classifications (NAICS codes). The firm is ineligible when its affiliated “receipts” (computed on a cash basis), as defined in 13 CFR 121.104(a) and averaged over the firm's preceding five fiscal years, exceed the applicable SBA size cap(s).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Statutory cap.</I> Even if a firm is a small business under paragraph (a) of this section, it is ineligible to perform DBE work on FHWA or FTA assisted contracts if its affiliated annual gross receipts, as defined in 13 CFR 121.104, averaged over the firm's previous three fiscal years exceed $30.72 million (as of March 1, 2024). The Department will adjust this amount annually and post the adjusted amount on its website available at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/DBEsizestandards</I>.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24970, Apr. 9, 2024; 89 FR 55089, July 3, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.67" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.4.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.67   Social and economic disadvantage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Non-presumptive Disadvantage.</I> All applicants must demonstrate social and economic disadvantage (SED) affirmatively based on their own experiences and circumstances within American society, and without regard to race or sex.
</P>
<P>(1) To satisfy the SED requirement and ensure all determinations of disadvantage are not based in whole or in part on race or sex, an owner must provide the certifier a Personal Narrative (PN) that establishes the existence of disadvantage by a preponderance of the evidence based on individualized proof regarding specific instances of economic hardship, systemic barriers, and denied opportunities that impeded the owner's progress or success in education, employment, or business, including obtaining financing on terms available to similarly situated, non-disadvantaged persons.
</P>
<P>(2) The PN must state how and to what extent the impediments caused the owner economic harm, including a full description of type and magnitude, and must establish the owner is economically disadvantaged in fact relative to similarly situated non-disadvantaged individuals.
</P>
<P>(3) The owner must attach to the PN a current PNW statement and any other financial information he considers relevant.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 47982, Oct. 3, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.68" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.4.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.68   Personal net worth.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> An owner whose PNW exceeds $2,047,000 is not presumed economically disadvantaged. The Department will adjust the PNW cap pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required documents.</I> Each owner on whom the firm relies for certification must submit a DOE and a corroborating personal net worth (PNW) statement, including required attachments. The owner must report PNW on the form, available at <I>https://www.Transportation.gov/DBEFORMS.</I> A certifier may require an owner to provide additional information on a case-by-case basis to verify the accuracy and completeness of the PNW statement. The certifier must have a legitimate and demonstrable need for the additional information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting.</I> The following rules apply without regard to State community property, equitable distribution, or similar rules. The owner reports assets and liabilities that she owns or is deemed to own. Ownership tracks title to the asset or obligor status on the liability except where otherwise provided or when the transaction results in evasion or abuse.
</P>
<P>(1) The owner excludes her ownership interest in the applicant or DBE.
</P>
<P>(2) The owner excludes her share of the equity in her primary residence. There is no exclusion when the SEDO does not own the home.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1 to paragraph (c)(2):</HED><PSPACE>The owner and her spouse hold joint title to their primary residence, for which they paid $300,000 and are coequal debtors on a bank mortgage and a home equity line of credit with current combined balances of $150,000. The owner may exclude her $75,000 share of the $150,000 of total equity.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(3) The owner includes the full value of the contents of her primary residence unless she cohabits with a spouse or domestic partner, in which case she excludes only 50 percent of those assets.
</P>
<P>(4) The owner includes the value of all motor vehicles, including watercraft and ATVs, titled in her name or of which she is the principal operator.
</P>
<P>(5) The owner excludes the liabilities of any other party and those contingent on a future event or of undetermined value as of the date of the PNW Statement.
</P>
<P>(6) The owner includes her proportional share of the balance of a debt on which she shares joint and severable liability with other primary debtors.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2 to paragraph (c)(6):</HED><PSPACE>When the owner co-signs a debt instrument with two other individuals, the rule considers her liable for one-third of the current loan balance.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(7) The owner includes assets transferred to relatives or related entities within the two years preceding any UCA or DOE, when the assets so transferred during the period have an aggregate value of more than $20,000. Relatives include the owner's spouse or domestic partner, children (whether biological, adopted or stepchildren), siblings (including stepsiblings and those of the spouse or domestic partner), and parents (including stepparents and those of the spouse or domestic partner). Related entities include for-profit privately held companies of which any relative is an owner, officer, director, or equivalent; and family or other trusts of which the owner or any relative is grantor, trustee, or beneficiary, except when the transfer is irrevocable.
</P>
<P>(8) The owner excludes direct payments, on behalf of immediate family members or their children, to unrelated providers of healthcare, education, or legal services.
</P>
<P>(9) The owner excludes direct payments to providers of goods and services directly related to a celebration of an immediate family member's or that family member's child's significant, normally non-recurring life event.
</P>
<P>(10) The owner excludes from net worth all assets in qualified retirement accounts but must report those accounts, the value of assets in them, and any significant terms and restrictions concerning the assets' use, to the certifier.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Regulatory adjustments.</I> (1) The Department will adjust the PNW cap by May 9, 2027 by multiplying $1,600,000 by the growth in total household net worth since 2019 as described by “Financial Accounts of the United States: Balance Sheet of Households (Supplementary Table B.101.h)” produced by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (<I>https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/z1/</I>), and normalized by the total number of households as collected by the Census in “Families and Living Arrangements” (<I>https://www.census.gov/topics/families/families-and-households.html</I>) to account for population growth. The Department will adjust the PNW cap every 3 years on the anniversary of the adjustment date described in this section. The Department will post the adjustments on the Departmental Office of Civil Rights' web page, available at <I>https://www.Transportation.gov/</I>DBEPNW. Each such adjustment will become the currently applicable PNW limit for purposes of this regulation.
</P>
<P>(2) The Department will use formula 1 to this paragraph (d)(2) to adjust the PNW limit:
</P>
<TCAP>Formula 1 to Paragraph (d)
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er03jy24.131.gif"/>
<P>(e) <I>Confidentiality.</I> Notwithstanding any provision of Federal or State law, a certifier must not release an individual's PNW statement nor any documents pertaining to it to any third party without the written consent of the submitter. Provided, that you must transmit this information to DOT in any certification appeal proceeding under § 26.89 or to any other State to which the individual's firm has applied for certification under § 26.85.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24971, Apr. 9, 2024; 89 FR 55089, July 3, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.69" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.4.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.69   Ownership.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> A SEDO must own at least 51 percent of each class of ownership of the firm. Each SEDO whose ownership is necessary to the firm's eligibility must demonstrate that her ownership satisfies the requirements of this section. If not, the firm is ineligible.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Overall Requirements.</I> A SEDO's acquisition and maintenance of an ownership interest meets the requirements of this section only if the SEDO demonstrates the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Acquisition.</I> The SEDO acquires ownership at fair value and by one or more “investments,” as defined in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Proportion.</I> No owner derives benefits or bears burdens that are clearly disproportionate to their ownership shares.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Maintenance.</I> This section's requirements continue to apply after the SEDO's acquisition and the firm's certification. That is, the SEDO must maintain her investment and its proportion relative to those of other owners.
</P>
<P>(i) The SEDO may not withdraw or revoke her investment.
</P>
<P>(ii) When an existing co-owner contributes significant, additional, post-acquisition cash or property to the firm, the SEDO must increase her own investment to a level not clearly disproportionate to the non-SEDO's investment.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Example 1 to paragraph (b)(3)(ii).</I> SEDO and non-SEDO own DBE 60/40. Their respective investments are approximately $600,000 and $400,000. The DBE has operated its business under this ownership and with this capitalization for 2 years. In Year 3, the non-SEDO contributes a $2 million asset to the business. The SEDO, as a result, owns 60 percent of a $2 million asset without any additional outlay. Her ownership interest, assuming no other pertinent facts, is worth $1.2 million more than it was before. Unless the SEDO increases her investment significantly, it is clearly disproportionate to the non-SEDO's investment and to her nominal 60 percent ownership. She has not maintained her investment.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Example 2 to paragraph (b)(3)(ii).</I> Same facts except that the DBE purchases the asset with a combination of 30 percent operating income and 70 percent proceeds of a bank loan. The SEDO maintains her investment because it remains in proportion to the non-SEDO's investment and to the value of her 60 percent ownership interest.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Example 3 to paragraph (b)(3)(ii).</I> Same facts except that the non-SEDO, not a bank, is the DBE's creditor. The SEDO has not maintained her investment because the benefits and burdens of her ownership are clearly disproportionate to those of the non-SEDO. The transaction may also raise § 26.71 concerns.
</P>
<P>(iii) An organic increase in the value of the business does not affect maintenance because the value of the owners' investments remains proportional. In Example 2 above, the SEDO and the non-SEDO own the new asset at 60 percent and 40 percent of its net value of $60,000.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Investments.</I> A SEDO may acquire ownership by purchase, capital contribution, or gift. Subject to the other requirements of this section, each is considered an “investment” in the firm, as are additional purchases, contributions, and qualifying gifts.
</P>
<P>(1) Investments are unconditional and at full risk of loss.
</P>
<P>(2) Investments include a significant outlay of the SEDO's own money.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this part, title determines ownership of assets used for investments and of ownership interests themselves. This rule applies regardless of contrary community property, equitable distribution, banking, contract, or similar laws, rules, or principles.
</P>
<P>(i) The person who has title to the asset owns it in proportion to her share of title.
</P>
<P>(ii) However, the title rule is deemed not to apply when it produces a certification result that is manifestly unjust.
</P>
<P>(4) If the SEDO jointly (50/50) owns an investment of cash or property, the SEDO may claim at least a 51 percent ownership interest only if the other joint owner formally transfers to the SEDO enough of his ownership in the invested asset(s) to bring the SEDO's investment to at least 51 percent of all investments in the firm. Such transfers may be gifts described in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Purchases and capital contributions.</I> (1) A purchase of an ownership interest is an investment when the consideration is entirely monetary and not a trade of property or services.
</P>
<P>(2) Capital that the SEDO contributes directly to the company is an investment when the contribution is all cash or a combination of cash and tangible property and/or realty.
</P>
<P>(3) Contributions of time, labor, services, and the like are not investments or components of investments.
</P>
<P>(4) Loans are not investments. The proceeds of loans may be investments to the extent that they finance the SEDO's qualifying purchase or capital contribution.
</P>
<P>(5) Debt-financed purchases or capital contributions are investments when they comply with the rules in this section and in § 26.70.
</P>
<P>(6) Guarantees are not investments.
</P>
<P>(7) The firm's purchases or sales of property, including ownership in itself or other companies, are not the SEDO's investments.
</P>
<P>(8) Other persons' or entities' purchases or capital contributions are not the SEDO's investments.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Gifts.</I> A gift to the SEDO is an investment when it meets the requirements of this section. The gift rules apply to partial gifts, bequests, inheritances, trust distributions, and transfers for inadequate consideration. They apply to gifts of ownership interests and to gifts of cash or property that the SEDO invests. The following requirements apply to gifts on which the SEDO relies for her investment.
</P>
<P>(1) The transferor/donor is or immediately becomes uninvolved with the firm in any capacity and in any other business that contracts with the firm other than as a lessor or provider of standard support services;
</P>
<P>(2) The transferor does not derive undue benefit; and
</P>
<P>(3) A writing documents the gift. When the SEDO cannot reasonably produce better evidence, a receipt, cancelled check, or transfer confirmation suffices, if the writing identifies transferor, transferee, amount or value, and date.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Curative measures.</I> The rules of this section do not prohibit transactions that further the objectives of, and compliance with, the provisions of this part. A SEDO or firm may enter into legitimate transactions, alter the terms of ownership, make additional investments, or bolster underlying documentation in a good faith effort to remove, surmount, or correct defects in eligibility, as long as the actions are consistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(1) The certifier may notify the firm of eligibility concerns and give the firm time, if the firm wishes, to attempt to remedy impediments to certification.
</P>
<P>(2) The firm may, of its own volition, take curative action up to the time of the certifier's decision. However, it must present evidence of curation before the certifier's decision.
</P>
<P>(3) The certifier may provide general assistance and guidance but not professional (legal, accounting, valuation, etc.) advice or opinions.
</P>
<P>(4) While the certifier may not affirmatively impede attempts to cure, it may maintain its decision timeline and make its decision based on available evidence.
</P>
<P>(5) The certifier must deny or remove certification when the firm's efforts or submissions violate the rules in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Anti-abuse rules.</I> (1) The substance and not the form of transactions drives the eligibility determination.
</P>
<P>(2) The certifier must deny applications based on sham transactions or false representations, and it must decertify DBEs that engage in or make them. Transactions or representations designed to evade or materially mislead subject the firm to the same consequences.
</P>
<P>(3) Fraud renders the firm ineligible and subjects it to sanctions, suspension, debarment, criminal prosecution, civil litigation, and any other consequence or recourse not proscribed in this part.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1 to paragraph (g)(3):</HED><PSPACE>SEDO claims an investment consisting of a contribution of equipment and a significant amount of her own cash. She shows that she transferred title to the equipment and wrote a check from an account she alone owns. She does not disclose that her brother-in-law lent her the money and she must repay him. The firm is ineligible under paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24972, Apr. 9, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.70" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.4.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.70   Debt-financed investments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the other provisions of this subpart, a SEDO may borrow money to <I>finance</I> a § 26.69(c) investment entirely or partially if the SEDO has paid, on a net basis, at least 15 percent of the total value of the investment by the time the firm applies for certification.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1 to paragraph (a) introductory text:</HED><PSPACE>A SEDO who borrows $9,000 of her $10,000 cash investment in Applicant, Inc., must have repaid, from her own funds, at least $500 of the loan's principal by the time Applicant, Inc. applies for certification.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2 to paragraph (a) introductory text:</HED><PSPACE>A SEDO who finances $8,000 of a $10,000 investment in Applicant may apply for Applicant's certification at any time.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 3 to paragraph (a) introductory text:</HED><PSPACE>A SEDO who contributes to the Applicant equipment worth $40,000, which she purchased with $10,000 of her own money and $30,000 of seller financing may apply for Applicant's certification at any time.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(1) The SEDO pays the net 15 percent portion of the investment to Seller or Applicant (as the case may be) from her own, not borrowed, money.
</P>
<P>(2) Money that the SEDO receives as a § 26.69(e) gift is her own money.
</P>
<P>(3) The firm, whether Applicant or DBE, does not finance any part of the investment, directly or indirectly.
</P>
<P>(b) The loan is real, enforceable, not in default, not offset by another agreement, and on standard commercial, arm's length terms. The following conditions also apply.
</P>
<P>(1) The SEDO is the sole debtor.
</P>
<P>(2) The firm is not party to the loan in any capacity, including as a guarantor.
</P>
<P>(3) The SEDO does not rely on the company's credit or other resources to repay any part of the debt or otherwise to finance any part of her investment.
</P>
<P>(4) The loan agreement requires level, regularly recurring payments of principal and interest, according to a standard amortization schedule, at least until the SEDO satisfies requirements in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The loan agreement permits prepayments, including by refinancing.
</P>
<P>(c) If the creditor forgives or cancels all or part of the debt, or the SEDO defaults, the entire debt-financed portion of the SEDO's purchase or capital contribution is no longer an investment.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 4 to paragraph (c):</HED><PSPACE>SEDO finances $40,000 of a $50,000 investment, and the firm becomes certified. When the SEDO has repaid half of the loan's principal and associated interest, the creditor forgives the remaining $20,000 debt. The SEDO's investment is now $10,000.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(d) Paragraph (c) of the section does not prohibit refinancing with debt that meets the requirements of this section or preclude prompt curation under § 26.69(f).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24973, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.71" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.4.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.71   Control.</HEAD>
<P>(a)<I> General rules.</I> (1) One or more SEDOs of the firm must control it.
</P>
<P>(2) Control determinations must consider all pertinent facts, viewed together and in context.
</P>
<P>(3) A firm must have operations in the business for which it seeks certification at the time it applies. Certifiers do not certify plans or intentions, or issue contingent or conditional certifications.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>SEDO as final decision maker.</I> A SEDO must be the ultimate decision maker in fact, regardless of operational, policy, or delegation arrangements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Governance.</I> Governance provisions may not require that any SEDO obtain concurrence or consent from a non-SEDO to transact business on behalf of the firm.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Highest officer position.</I> A SEDO must hold the highest officer position in the company (<I>e.g.,</I> chief executive officer or president).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Board of directors.</I> Except as detailed in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, a SEDO must have present control of the firm's board of directors, or other governing body, through the number of eligible votes.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Quorum requirements.</I> Provisions for the establishment of a quorum must not block the SEDO from calling a meeting to vote and transact business on behalf of the firm.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Shareholder actions.</I> A SEDO's authority to change the firm's composition via shareholder action does not prove control within the meaning of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Partnerships.</I> In a partnership, at least one SEDO must serve as a general partner, with control over all partnership decisions.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exception.</I> Bylaws or other governing provisions that require non-SEDO consent for extraordinary actions generally do not contravene the rules in paragraph (c) of this section. Non-exclusive examples are a sale of the company or substantially all of its assets, mergers, and a sudden, wholesale change of type of business.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Expertise.</I> At least one SEDO must have an overall understanding of the business and its essential operations sufficient to make sound managerial decisions not primarily of an administrative nature. The requirements of this paragraph (d) vary with type of business, degree of technological complexity, and scale.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>SEDO decisions.</I> The firm must show that the SEDO critically analyzes information provided by non-SEDOs and uses that analysis to make independent decisions.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Delegation.</I> A SEDO may delegate administrative activities or operational oversight to a non-SED individual as long as at least one SEDO retains unilateral power to fire the delegate(s), and the chain of command is evident to all participants in the company and to all persons and entities with whom the firm conducts business.
</P>
<P>(1) No non-SED participant may have power equal to or greater than that of a SEDO, considering all the circumstances. Aggregate magnitude and significance govern; a numerical tally does not.
</P>
<P>(2) Non-SED participants may not make non-routine purchases or disbursements, enter into substantial contracts, or make decisions that affect company viability without the SEDO's consent.
</P>
<P>(3) Written provisions or policies that specify the terms under which non-SED participants may sign or act on the SEDO's behalf with respect to recurring matters generally do not violate this paragraph (f), as long as they are consistent with the SEDO having ultimate responsibility for the action.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Independent business.</I> (1) If the firm receives from or shares personnel, facilities, equipment, financial support, or other essential resources, with another business (whether a DBE or non-DBE firm) or individual on other than commercially reasonable terms, the firm must prove that it would be viable as a going concern without the arrangement.
</P>
<P>(2) The firm must not regularly use another firm's business-critical vehicles, equipment, machinery, or facilities to provide a product or service under contract to the same firm or one in a substantially similar business.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Exception 1.</I> Paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section do not preclude the firm from providing services to a single customer or to a small number of them, provided that the firm is not merely a conduit, captive, or unnecessary third party acting on behalf of another firm or individual. Similarly, providing a volume discount to such a customer does not impair viability unless the firm repeatedly provides the service at a significant and unsustainable loss.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exception 2.</I> A firm may share essential resources and deal exclusively with another firm that a SEDO controls and of which the SEDO owns at least 51 percent ownership.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Franchise and license agreements.</I> A business operating under a franchise or license agreement may be certified if it meets the standards in this subpart and the franchiser or licenser is not affiliated with the franchisee or licensee. In determining whether affiliation exists, the certifier should generally not consider the restraints relating to standardized quality, advertising, accounting format, and other provisions imposed on the franchisee or licensee by the franchise agreement or license, if the franchisee or licensee has the right to profit from its efforts and bears the risk of loss commensurate with ownership. Alternatively, even though a franchisee or licensee may not be controlled by virtue of such provisions in the franchise agreement or license, affiliation could arise through other means, such as common management or excessive restrictions on the sale or transfer of the franchise interest or license.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24973, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.73" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.4.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.73   NAICS codes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A certifier must grant certification to a firm only for specific types of work that the SEDO controls. To become certified in an additional type of work, the firm must demonstrate to the certifier only that its SEDO controls the firm with respect to that type of work. The certifier must not require that the firm be recertified or submit a new application for certification but must verify the SEDO's control of the firm in the additional type of work.
</P>
<P>(1) A correct NAICS code is the one that describes, as specifically as possible, the principal goods or services which the firm would provide to DOT recipients. Multiple NAICS codes may be assigned where appropriate. Program participants must rely on, and not depart from, the plain meaning of NAICS code descriptions in determining the scope of a firm's certification.
</P>
<P>(2) If there is not a NAICS code that fully, clearly, or sufficiently narrowly describes the type(s) of work for which the firm seeks certification, the certifier must supplement or limit the assigned NAICS code(s) with a clear, specific, and concise narrative description of the type of work in which the firm is certified. A vague, general, or confusing description is insufficient.
</P>
<P>(3) Firms and certifiers must check carefully to make sure that the NAICS codes cited in a certification are kept up-to-date and accurately reflect work which the UCP has determined the firm's owners can control. The firm bears the burden of providing detailed company information the certifying agency needs to make an appropriate NAICS code designation.
</P>
<P>(4) A certifier may change a certification classification or description if there is a factual basis in the record, in which case it must notify the firm 30 days before making the change. Certifiers may not apply such changes retroactively.
</P>
<P>(5) In addition to applying the appropriate NAICS code, the certifier may apply a descriptor from a classification scheme of equivalent detail and specificity. Such a descriptor (<I>e.g.,</I> a “work code”) does not supersede or limit the types of work for which a DBE is eligible under an appropriate NAICS code.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24974, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Certification Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.81" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.5.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.81   Unified Certification Programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) You and all other DOT recipients in your state must participate in a Unified Certification Program (UCP).
</P>
<P>(1) All recipients in the same jurisdiction (normally a State) must sign an agreement establishing a UCP and submit the agreement to the Secretary for approval.
</P>
<P>(2) The agreement must provide for the establishment of a UCP meeting all the requirements of this section. The agreement must specify that the UCP will follow all certification procedures and standards of this part, on the same basis as recipients; that the UCP shall cooperate fully with oversight, review, and monitoring activities of DOT and its operating administrations; and that the UCP shall implement DOT directives and guidance concerning certification matters. The agreement shall also commit recipients to ensuring that the UCP has sufficient resources and expertise to carry out the requirements of this part. The agreement shall include an implementation schedule ensuring that the UCP is fully operational no later than 18 months following the approval of the agreement by the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(3) Subject to approval by the Secretary, the UCP in each state may take any form acceptable to the recipients in that state.
</P>
<P>(4) The Secretary shall review the UCP and approve it, disapprove it, or remand it to the recipients in the state for revisions. A complete agreement which is not disapproved or remanded within 180 days of its receipt is deemed to be accepted.
</P>
<P>(b) The UCP shall make all certification decisions on behalf of all DOT recipients in the state with respect to participation in the DOT DBE Program.
</P>
<P>(1) Certification decisions by the UCP shall be binding on all DOT recipients within the state.
</P>
<P>(2) The UCP shall provide “one-stop shopping” to applicants for certification, such that an applicant is required to apply only once for a DBE certification that will be honored by all recipients in the state.
</P>
<P>(3) All obligations of recipients with respect to certification and nondiscrimination must be carried out by UCPs, and recipients may use only UCPs that comply with the certification and nondiscrimination requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) All certifications by UCPs shall be pre-certifications; i.e., certifications that have been made final before the due date for bids or offers on a contract on which a firm seeks to participate as a DBE.
</P>
<P>(d) A UCP is not required to process an application for certification from a firm having its principal place of business outside the state if the firm is not certified by the UCP in the state in which it maintains its principal place of business. The Jurisdiction of Original Certification UCP shall share its information and documents concerning the firm with other UCPs that are considering the firm's application.
</P>
<P>(e) Subject to DOT approval as provided in this section, recipients in two or more states may form a regional UCP. UCPs may also enter into written reciprocity agreements with other UCPs. Such an agreement shall outline the specific responsibilities of each participant. A UCP may accept the certification of any other UCP or DOT recipient.
</P>
<P>(f) Pending the establishment of UCPs meeting the requirements of this section, you may enter into agreements with other recipients, on a regional or inter-jurisdictional basis, to perform certification functions required by this part. You may also grant reciprocity to other recipient's certification decisions.
</P>
<P>(g) Each UCP must maintain a unified DBE directory containing, for all firms certified by the UCP (including those from other States certified under the provisions of this part), the information required by § 26.31. The UCP must make the directory available to the public electronically, on the internet. The UCP must update the electronic version of the directory by including additions, deletions, and other changes as soon as they are made.
</P>
<P>(h) Except as otherwise specified in this section, all provisions of this subpart and subpart D of this part pertaining to recipients also apply to UCPs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 76 FR 5100, Jan. 28, 2011; 89 FR 24974, Apr. 9, 2024; 89 FR 55089, July 3, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.83" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.5.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.83   What procedures do certifiers follow in making certification decisions?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must ensure that only firms certified as eligible DBEs under this section participate as DBEs in your program.
</P>
<P>(b) You must determine the eligibility of firms as DBEs consistent with the standards of subpart D of this part. When a UCP is formed, the UCP must meet all the requirements of subpart D of this part and this subpart that recipients are required to meet.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) You must take all the following steps in determining whether a DBE firm meets the standards of subpart D of this part:
</P>
<P>(i) A certifier must visit the firm's principal place of business, virtually or in person, and interview the SEDO, officers, and key personnel. The certifier must review those persons' résumés and/or work histories. The certifier must maintain a complete audio recording of the interview. The certifier must also visit one or more active job sites (if there is one). These activities comprise the “on-site review” (OSR), a written report of which the certifier must keep in its files.
</P>
<P>(ii) Analyze documentation related to the legal structure, ownership, and control of the applicant firm. This includes, but is not limited to, Articles of Incorporation/Organization; corporate by-laws or operating agreements; organizational, annual and board/member meeting records; stock ledgers and certificates; and State-issued Certificates of Good Standing
</P>
<P>(iii) Analyze the bonding and financial capacity of the firm; lease and loan agreements; bank account signature cards;
</P>
<P>(iv) Determine the work history of the firm, including contracts it has received, work it has completed; and payroll records;
</P>
<P>(v) Obtain a statement from the firm of the type of work it prefers to perform as part of the DBE program and its preferred locations for performing the work, if any.
</P>
<P>(vi) Obtain or compile a list of the equipment owned by or available to the firm and the licenses the firm and its key personnel possess to perform the work it seeks to do as part of the DBE program;
</P>
<P>(vii) Obtain complete Federal income tax returns (or requests for extensions) filed by the firm, its affiliates, and the socially and economically disadvantaged owners for the last 3 years. A complete return includes all forms, schedules, and statements filed with the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(viii) Require potential DBEs to complete and submit an appropriate application form, except as otherwise provided in § 26.85 of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) You must use the application form available at <I>https://transportation.gov/DBEFORMS</I> without change or revision. However, you may provide in your DBE program, with the written approval of the concerned operating administration, for supplementing the form by requesting specified additional information not inconsistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(3) The certifier must ensure that the SEDO signs the Declaration of Eligibility (DOE) at the end of the Uniform Certification Application (UCA), subscribed to as true under penalty of perjury that all information provided is current, accurate, and complete.
</P>
<P>(4) You must review all information on the form prior to making a decision about the eligibility of the firm. You may request clarification of information contained in the application at any time in the application process.
</P>
<P>(d) When another certifier, in connection with its consideration of the eligibility of a firm, makes a written request for certification information you have obtained about that firm (e.g., including application materials or the report of a site visit, if you have made one to the firm), you must promptly make the information available to the other certifier.
</P>
<P>(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) Subject to the approval of the concerned operating administration as part of your DBE program, you may impose a reasonable application fee for certification. Fee waivers shall be made in appropriate cases.
</P>
<P>(g) You must safeguard from disclosure to unauthorized persons information gathered as part of the certification process that may reasonably be regarded as proprietary or other confidential business information, consistent with applicable Federal, state, and local law.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) Once a certifier has certified a firm, the firm remains certified unless and/or until the certifier removes certification, in whole or in part (<I>i.e.,</I> NAICS code removal), through the procedures of § 26.87.
</P>
<P>(2) The certifier may not require a DBE to reapply for certification, renew its certification, undergo a recertification, or impose any functionally equivalent requirement. The certifier may, however, conduct a certification review at any reasonable time and/or at regular intervals of at least two years. The certification review may, at the certifier's discretion, include a new OSR. The certifier may also make an unannounced visit to the DBE's offices and/or job site. The certifier may also rely on another certifier's report of its OSR of the DBE.
</P>
<P>(i) If you are a DBE, you must inform the certifier or UCP in writing of any change in circumstances affecting your ability to meet size, disadvantaged status, ownership, or control requirements of this part or any material change in the information provided in your application form.
</P>
<P>(1) Changes in management responsibility among members of a limited liability company are covered by this requirement.
</P>
<P>(2) You must attach supporting documentation describing in detail the nature of such changes.
</P>
<P>(3) The DBE must notify the certifier of a material change in its circumstances that affects its continued eligibility within 30 days of its occurrence, explain the change fully, and include a duly executed DOE with the notice. The DBE's non-compliance is a § 26.109(c) failure to cooperate.
</P>
<P>(j) A DBE must provide its certifier(s), every year on the anniversary of its original certification, a new DOE along with the specified documentation in § 26.65(a), including gross receipts for its most recently completed fiscal year, calculated on a cash basis regardless of the DBE's overall accounting method. The sufficiency of documentation (and its probative value) may vary by business type, size, history, resources, and overall circumstances. However, the following documents may generally be considered “safe harbors,” provided that they include all reportable receipts, properly calculated, for the full reporting period: audited financial statements, a CPA's signed attestation of correctness and completeness, or all income-related portions of one or more (when there are affiliates) signed Federal income tax returns as filed. Non-compliance, whether full or partial, is a § 26.109(c) failure to cooperate.
</P>
<P>(k) The certifier must advise each applicant within 30 days of filing whether the application is complete and suitable for evaluation and, if not, what additional information or action is required.
</P>
<P>(l)(1) The certifier must render a final eligibility decision within 90 days of receiving all information required from the applicant under this part. The certifier may extend this time period once, for no more than an additional 30 days, upon written notice to the firm, explaining fully and specifically the reasons for the extension. On a case-by-case basis, the concerned OA may give the certifier one deadline extension if it approves a written request explaining why the certifier needs more time. The certifier's failure to issue a compliant decision by the applicable deadline is a constructive denial of the application, appealable to DOT under § 26.89. In this case, the certifier may be subject to enforcement actions described in §§ 26.103 and 26.105.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(m)(1) A certifier may notify the applicant about ineligibility concerns and allow the firm to rectify deficiencies within the period in paragraph (l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If a firm takes curative measures before the certifier renders a decision, the certifier must consider any evidence it submits of having taken such measures. The certifier must not automatically construe curative measures as successful or abusive.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Example 1 to paragraph (m)(2).</I> The firm may obtain proof of an investment, transaction, or other fact on which its eligibility depends.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Example 2 to paragraph (m)(2).</I> An owner or related party may create a legally enforceable document of irrevocable transfer to the SEDO.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Example 3 to paragraph (m)(2).</I> The firm may amend an operating agreement, bylaw provision, or other governance document, provided that the amendment accurately reflects the parties' relationships, powers, responsibilities, and other pertinent circumstances.
</P>
<P>(n) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (n), if an applicant for DBE certification withdraws its application before the certifier issues a decision, the applicant can resubmit the application at any time. However, the certifier may place the reapplication at the “end of the line,” behind other applications that have been made since the firm's previous application was withdrawn. The certifier may apply the § 26.86(c) waiting period to a firm that has established a pattern of withdrawing applications before its decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 68 FR 35555, June 16, 2003; 76 FR 5100, Jan. 28, 2011; 79 FR 59598, Oct. 2, 2014; 89 FR 24974, Apr. 9, 2024; 89 FR 55090, July 3, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.85" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.5.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.85   Interstate certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to a DBE certified in any UCP.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General rule.</I> When a DBE applies to another UCP for certification, the new UCP must accept the DBE's certification from its jurisdiction of original certification (JOC). The JOC is the State in which the firm maintains its principal place of business at the time of application unless and until the firm loses certification in that jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application procedure.</I> To obtain certification by an additional UCP, the DBE must provide:
</P>
<P>(1) A cover letter that specifies that the DBE is applying for interstate certification, identifies all UCPs in which the DBE is certified (including the UCP that originally certified it)
</P>
<P>(2) An electronic image of the UCP directory of the original UCP that shows the DBE certification; and
</P>
<P>(3) A new DOE.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Confirmation of eligibility.</I> Within 10 business days of receiving the documents required under paragraph (c) of this section, the additional UCP must confirm the certification of the DBE preferably by reference to the UCP directory of the JOC.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Certification.</I> If the DBE fulfills the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section and the UCP confirms the DBE's certification per paragraph (d) of this section, the UCP must certify the DBE immediately without undergoing further procedures and provide the DBE with a letter documenting its certification.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Noncompliance.</I> Failure of the additional UCP to comply with paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section is considered non-compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Post-interstate certification proceedings.</I> (1) After the additional UCP certifies the DBE, the UCP may request a fully unredacted copy of all, or a portion of, the DBE's certification file from any other UCP in which the DBE is certified.
</P>
<P>(2) A UCP must provide a complete unredacted copy of the DBE's certification materials to the additional UCP within 30 days of receiving the request. Confidentiality requirements of §§ 26.83(d) and 26.109(b) do not apply.
</P>
<P>(3) Once the new UCP certifies, then it must treat the DBE as it treats other DBEs, for all purposes.
</P>
<P>(4) The DBE must provide an annual DOE with documentation of gross receipts, under § 26.83(j), to certifying UCPs on the anniversary date of the DBE's original certification by its JOC.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Decertifications.</I> (1) If any UCP has reasonable cause to remove a DBE's certification, in whole or in part (<I>i.e.,</I> NAICS code removal), it must notify the other UCPs in which the DBE is certified (“other jurisdictions”) via email. The notice must explain the UCP's reasons for believing the DBE's certification should be removed.
</P>
<P>(2) Within 30 days of receiving the notice, the other jurisdictions must email the UCP contemplating decertification a concurrence or non-concurrence with the proposed action. The other jurisdictions' responses may provide written arguments and evidence and may propose additional reasons to remove certification. A jurisdiction's failure to timely respond to the reasonable cause notice will be deemed to be a concurrence.
</P>
<P>(3) After a UCP receives all timely responses, it must make an independent decision whether to issue a NOI and what grounds to include.
</P>
<P>(4) Other UCPs may, before the hearing, submit written arguments and evidence concerning whether the firms should remain certified, but may not participate in the hearing.
</P>
<P>(5) If the UCP finds the firm ineligible the firm immediately loses certification in all jurisdictions in which it is certified. The NOD must include appeal instructions provided on the Departmental Office of Civil Rights' web page, available at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/dbeappeal</I>. The UCP must email a copy of its decision to the other jurisdictions within 3 business days.
</P>
<P>(6) The rules of paragraph (h) do not apply to attempts to decertify based upon a DBE's actions or inactions pertaining to §§ 26.83(j) (Declaration of Eligibility) and 26.109(c) (failure to cooperate).
</P>
<P>(7) Decertifications under this paragraph (h) must provide due process to DBEs.
</P>
<P>(i) If a UCP decides not to issue a NOD removing the DBE's certification, no jurisdiction may initiate decertification proceedings, within one year, on the same or similar grounds and underlying facts.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a DBE believes a UCP unfairly targets it with repeated decertification attempts, the DBE may file a complaint to the appropriate OA.
</P>
<P>(8) The Department's appeal decisions are binding on all UCPs unless stated otherwise.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24975, Apr. 9, 2024; 89 FR 55090, July 3, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.86" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.5.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.86   Decision letters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a certifier denies a firm's request for certification or decertifies the firm, the certifier must provide the firm a NOD explaining the reasons for the adverse decision, specifically referencing the evidence in the record that supports each reason. A certifier must also include, verbatim, the instructions found on the Departmental Office of Civil Rights' web page, available at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/dbeappeal</I>.
</P>
<P>(b) The certifier must promptly provide the applicant copies of all documents and other information on which it based the denial if the applicant requests them.
</P>
<P>(c) The certifier must establish a waiting period for reapplication of no more than 12 months. That period begins to run the day after the date of the decision letter is emailed. After the waiting period expires, the denied firm may reapply to any member of the UCP that denied the application. The certifier must inform the applicant of that right, and specify the date the waiting period ends, in its decision letter.
</P>
<P>(d) An appeal does not extend the waiting period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24976, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.87" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.5.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.87   Decertification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Burden of proof.</I> To decertify a DBE, the certifier bears the burden of proving, by a preponderance of the evidence, that the DBE does not meet the certification standards of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initiation of decertification proceedings.</I> (1) A certifier may determine on its own that it has reasonable cause to decertify a DBE.
</P>
<P>(2) If an OA determines that there is reasonable cause to believe that a DBE does not meet the eligibility criteria of this part, the OA may direct the certifier to initiate a proceeding to remove the DBE's certification.
</P>
<P>(i) The OA must provide the certifier and the DBE written notice describing the reasons for the directive, including any relevant documentation or other information.
</P>
<P>(ii) The certifier must immediately commence a proceeding to decertify as provided by paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Any person may file a complaint explaining, with specificity, why the certifier should decertify a DBE. The certifier need not act on a general allegation or an anonymous complaint. The certifier must keep complainants' identities confidential as provided in § 26.109(b).
</P>
<P>(i) The certifier must review its records concerning the DBE, any material the DBE and/or complainant provides, and any other available information. The certifier may request additional information from the DBE or conduct any other investigation that it deems necessary.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the certifier determines that there is reasonable cause to decertify the DBE, it initiates a decertification proceeding. If it determines that there is not such reasonable cause, it notifies the complainant and the DBE in writing of its decisions and the reasons for it.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice of intent (NOI).</I> A certifier's first step in any decertification proceeding must be to email a notice of intent (NOI) to the DBE.
</P>
<P>(1) The NOI must clearly and succinctly state each reason for the proposed action, and specifically identify the supporting evidence for each reason.
</P>
<P>(2) The NOI must notify the DBE of its right to respond in writing, at an informal hearing, or both.
</P>
<P>(3) The NOI must inform the DBE of the hearing scheduled on a date no fewer than 30 days and no more than 45 days from the date of the NOI.
</P>
<P>(4) If the ground for decertification is that the DBE has been suspended or debarred for conduct related to the DBE program, the certifier issues a NOD decertifying the DBE. In this case, there is no NOI or opportunity for a hearing or written response.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Response to NOI.</I> (1) If the DBE wants a hearing, it must email the certifier saying so within 10 days of the NOI. If the DBE does not do so, it loses its opportunity for a hearing.
</P>
<P>(2) The certifier and DBE may negotiate a different hearing date from that stated in the NOI. Parties must not engage in dilatory tactics.
</P>
<P>(3) If the DBE does not want a hearing, or does not give timely notice to the certifier that it wants one, the DBE may still provide written information and arguments to the certifier rebutting the reasons for decertification stated in the NOI.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Hearings.</I> (1) The purpose of the hearing is for the certifier to present its case and for the DBE to rebut the certifier's allegations.
</P>
<P>(2) The hearing is an informal proceeding with rules set by the hearing officer. The SEDO's attorney, a non-SEDO, or other individuals involved with the DBE may attend the hearing and answer questions related to their own experience or more generally about the DBE's ownership, structure and operations.
</P>
<P>(3) The certifier must maintain a complete record of the hearing, either in writing, video or audio. If the DBE appeals to DOT under § 26.89, the certifier must provide that record to DOT and to the DBE.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Separation of functions.</I> The certifier must ensure that the decision in a decertification case is made by an individual who did not take part in actions leading to or seeking to implement the proposal to decertify the DBE and is not subject, with respect to the matter, to direction from the office or personnel who did take part in these actions.
</P>
<P>(1) The certifier's method of implementing this requirement must be made part of its DBE program and approved by the appropriate OA.
</P>
<P>(2) The decisionmaker must be an individual who is knowledgeable about the certification requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Notice of decision.</I> The certifier must send the firm a NOD no later than 30 days of the informal hearing and/or receiving written arguments/evidence from the firm in response to the NOI.
</P>
<P>(1) The NOD must describe with particularity the reason(s) for the certifier's decision, including specific references to the evidence in the record that supports each reason. The NOD must also inform the firm of the consequences of the decision under paragraph (i) of this section and of its appeal rights under § 26.89.
</P>
<P>(2) The certifier must send copies of the NOD to the complainant in an ineligibility complaint or to the OA that directed the certifier to initiate the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(3) When sending a copy of an NOD to a complainant other than an OA, the certifier must not include information reasonably construed as confidential business information, unless the certifier has the written consent of the firm that submitted the information.
</P>
<P>(4) The certifier must make an entry in DOCR's Online Portal within 5 days of the action. The certifier must enter the name of the firm, names(s) of the firm's owner(s), date of decision, and the reason(s) for its decision.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Status of firm during proceeding.</I> A DBE remains certified until the certifier issues a NOD.
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Consequences.</I> Decertification has the following effects on contract and overall goals and DBE participation:
</P>
<P>(1) When a prime contractor has made a commitment to use a DBE, but a subcontract has not been executed before the certifier issues the NOD as provided for in paragraph (g) of this section, the committed firm does not count toward the contract goal. The recipient must direct the prime contractor to meet the contract goal with an eligible DBE or demonstrate to the recipient that it has made good faith efforts to do so.
</P>
<P>(2) When the recipient has made a commitment to using a DBE prime contractor, but a contract has not been executed before the certifier issues the NOD, the decertified firm does not count toward the recipient's overall DBE goal.
</P>
<P>(3) If a prime contractor has executed a subcontract with a DBE before the certifier issues the NOD, the prime contractor may continue to receive credit toward the contract goal for the firm's work. In this case, however, the prime contractor may not extend or add work to the contract without prior written consent from the recipient.
</P>
<P>(4) If a prime contractor has executed a subcontract with a DBE before the certifier issues the NOD, the prime contractor may continue to receive credit toward the contract goal as set forth in paragraph (j)(3) of this section; however, the portion of the decertified firm's continued performance of the contract must not count toward the recipient's overall goal.
</P>
<P>(5) If the recipient executed a prime contract with a DBE that was later decertified, the portion of the decertified firm's performance of the contract remaining after the certifier issued the NOD must not count toward an overall goal, but the DBE's performance of the contract may continue to count toward satisfying any contract goal.
</P>
<P>(6) The following exceptions apply to this paragraph (j):
</P>
<P>(i) If a certifier decertifies a firm solely because it exceeds the business size standard during the performance of the contract, the recipient may continue to count the portion of the decertified firm's performance of the contract remaining after the certifier issued the NOD toward the recipient's overall goal as well as toward the contract goal.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the certifier decertifies the DBE because it was acquired by or merged with a non-DBE, the recipient may not continue to count the portion of the decertified firm's performance on the contract remaining, after the certifier issued a NOD, toward either the contract goal or the overall goal, even if a prime contractor has executed a subcontract with the firm or the recipient has executed a prime contract with the DBE that was later decertified. In this case, if eliminating the credit of the decertified firm will affect the prime contractor's ability to meet the contract goal, the recipient must direct the prime contractor to subcontract to an eligible DBE to the extent needed to meet the contract goal or demonstrate to the recipient that it has made good faith efforts to do so.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24976, Apr. 9, 2024; 89 FR 55090, July 3, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.88" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.5.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.88   Summary suspension of certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> Summary suspension is an extraordinary remedy for lapses in compliance that cannot reasonably or adequately be resolved in a timely manner by other means.
</P>
<P>(1) A firm's certification is suspended under this part as soon as the certifier transmits electronic notice to its owner at the last known email address.
</P>
<P>(2) During the suspension period, the DBE may not be considered to meet a contract or participation goal on contracts executed during the suspension period.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Mandatory and elective suspensions</I>—(1) <I>Mandatory</I>. The certifier must summarily suspend a DBE's certification when:
</P>
<P>(i) The certifier has clear and credible evidence of the DBE's or its SEDO's involvement in fraud or other serious criminal activity.
</P>
<P>(ii) The OA with oversight so directs.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Elective.</I> (i) The certifier has discretion to suspend summarily if it has clear and credible evidence that the DBE's continued certification poses a substantial threat to program integrity.
</P>
<P>(ii) An owner upon whom the firm relies for eligibility does not timely file the declaration and gross receipts documentation that § 26.83(j) requires.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Coordination with other remedies.</I> In most cases, a simple information request or a § 26.87 NOI is a sufficient response to events described in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section. The certifier should consider the burden to the DBE and to itself in determining whether summary suspension is a more prudent and proportionate, effective response. The certifier may <I>elect</I> to suspend the same DBE just once in any 12-month period.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedures</I>—(1) <I>Notice.</I> The certifier must notify the firm, by email, of its summary suspension notice (SSN) on a business day during regular business hours. The SSN must explain the action, the reason for it, the consequences, and the evidence on which the certifier relies.
</P>
<P>(i) Elective SSNs may not cite more than one reason for the action.
</P>
<P>(ii) Mandatory SSNs may state multiple reasons.
</P>
<P>(iii) The SSN, regardless of type, must demand that the DBE show cause why it should remain certified and provide the time and date of a virtual show-cause hearing at which the firm may present information and arguments concerning why the certifier should lift the suspension. The SSN must also advise that the DBE may provide written information and arguments in lieu of or in addition to attending the hearing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Hearing.</I> The hearing date must be a business day that is at least 15 but not more than 25 days after the date of the notice. The DBE may respond in writing in lieu of or in addition to attending the hearing; however, it will have waived its right to a hearing if it does not confirm its attendance within 10 days of the notice and will have forfeited its certification if it does not acknowledge the notice within 15 days. The show-cause hearing must be conducted as a video conference on a standard commercial platform that the DBE may readily access at no cost.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Response.</I> The DBE may provide information and arguments concerning its continuing eligibility until the 15th day following the suspension notice or the day of the hearing, if any, whichever is later. The DBE must email any written response it provides. Email submissions correctly addressed are effective when sent. The certifier may permit additional submissions after the hearing, as long as the extension ends on a business day that is not more than 30 days after the notice.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Scope and burdens.</I> (i) Suspension proceedings are limited to the suspension ground specified in the notice.
</P>
<P>(ii) The certifier may not amend its reason(s) for summarily suspending certification, nor may it electively suspend the firm again during the 12-month period following the notice.
</P>
<P>(iii) The DBE has the burden of producing information and/or making arguments concerning its continued eligibility, but it need only contest the reason cited.
</P>
<P>(iv) The certifier has the burden of proving its case by a preponderance of the evidence. It must issue an NOD within 30 days of the suspension notice or lift the suspension. Any NOD must rely only on the reason given in the summary suspension notice.
</P>
<P>(v) The DBE's failure to provide information contesting the suspension does not impair the certifier's ability to prove its case. That is, the uncontested evidence upon which the certifier relies in its notice, if substantial, will constitute a preponderance of the evidence for purposes of the NOD.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Duration.</I> The DBE remains suspended during the proceedings described in this section but in no case for more than 30 days. If the certifier has not lifted the suspension or provided a rule-compliant NOD by 4:30 p.m. on the 30th day, then it must lift the suspension and amend applicable DBE lists and databases by 12 p.m. the following business day.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Recourse</I>—(1) <I>Appeal.</I> The DBE may appeal a final decision under paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this section, as provided in § 26.89(a), but may <I>not</I> appeal the suspension itself, unless paragraph (e)(2) of this section applies.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Enforcement.</I> (i) The DBE may immediately petition the Department for an order to vacate a certifier's action if:
</P>
<P>(A) The certifier sends a second elective SSN within 12 months, or
</P>
<P>(B) Cites multiple reasons in an elective SSN contrary to paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The DBE may also petition to the Department for an order to compel if the certifier fails to act within the time specified in paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) In either case, the DBE must:
</P>
<P>(i) Email the request under the subject line, “REQUEST FOR ENFORCEMENT ORDER” in all caps;
</P>
<P>(ii) Limit the request to a one-page explanation that includes:
</P>
<P>(A) The certifier's name and the suspension dates;
</P>
<P>(B) Contact information for the certifier, the DBE, and the DBE's SEDO(s); and
</P>
<P>(C) The general nature and date of the firm's response, if any, to the second suspension notice; and
</P>
<P>(D) The suspension notice(s).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24977, Apr. 9, 2024; 89 FR 55090, July 3, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.89" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.5.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.89   Appeals to the Department.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Applicants and decertified firms may appeal adverse NODs to the Department.
</P>
<P>(2) An ineligibility complainant or applicable Operating Administration (the latter by the terms of § 26.87(c)) may appeal to the Department if the certifier does not find reasonable cause to issue an NOI to decertify or affirmatively determines that the DBE remains eligible.
</P>
<P>(3) Appellants must email appeals as directed in the certifier's decision letter within 45 days of the date of the letter. The appeal must at a minimum include a narrative that explains fully and specifically why the firm believes the decision is in error, what outcome-determinative facts the certifier did not consider, and/or what part 26 provisions the certifier misapplied.
</P>
<P>(4) The certifier's decision remains in effect until the Department resolves the appeal or the certifier reverses itself.
</P>
<P>(b) When it receives an appeal, the Department requests a copy of the certifier's complete administrative record including a video, audio, or transcript of any hearing, which the certifier must provide within 20 days of the Department's request. The Department may extend this time period when the certifier demonstrates good cause. The certifier must ensure that the administrative record is well organized, indexed, and paginated and the certifier must provide the appellant a copy of any supplemental information it provides to DOT.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The Department may accept an untimely or incomplete appeal if it determines, in its sole discretion, that doing so is in the interest of justice.
</P>
<P>(2) The Department may dismiss non-compliant or frivolous appeals without further proceedings.
</P>
<P>(d) The Department will avail itself of whatever remedies for noncompliance it considers appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) The Department decides only the issue(s) presented on appeal. It does not conduct a <I>de novo</I> review of the matter, assess all eligibility requirements, or hold hearings. It considers the administrative record and any additional information that it considers relevant.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) The Department affirms the certifier's decision if it determines that the decision is consistent with applicable rules and supported by substantial evidence.
</P>
<P>(2) The Department reverses decisions that do not meet the standard in paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The Department need not reverse if an error or omission did not result in fundamental unfairness or undue prejudice.
</P>
<P>(4) The Department may remand the case with instructions for further action. When the Department specifies further actions, the certifier must take them without delay.
</P>
<P>(5) The Department generally does not uphold the certifier's decision based on grounds not specified in its decision.
</P>
<P>(6) The Department resolves appeals on the basis of facts demonstrated, and evidence presented, at the time of the certifier's decision.
</P>
<P>(7) The Department may summarily dismiss an appeal. Reasons for doing so include, but are not limited to, non-compliance, abuse of process, appellant or certifier request, and failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted.
</P>
<P>(g) The Department does not issue advisory opinions.
</P>
<P>(h) All decisions described in paragraph (f) of this section are administratively final unless they say otherwise.
</P>
<P>(i) DOCR posts final decisions to its website, available at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/DBEDecisions</I>.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 24978, Apr. 9, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.91" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.5.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.91   What actions do certifiers take following DOT certification appeal decisions?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are the certifier from whose action an appeal under § 26.89 is taken, the decision is binding. It is not binding on other certifiers.
</P>
<P>(b) If you are a certifier to which a DOT determination under § 26.89 is applicable, you must take the following action:
</P>
<P>(1) If the Department determines that you erroneously certified a firm, you must remove the firm's eligibility on receipt of the determination, without further proceedings on your part. Effective on the date of your receipt of the Department's determination, the consequences of a removal of eligibility set forth in § 26.87(j) take effect.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Department determines that you erroneously failed to find reasonable cause to remove the firm's eligibility, you must expeditiously commence a proceeding to determine whether the firm's eligibility should be removed, as provided in § 26.87.
</P>
<P>(3) If the Department determines that you erroneously declined to certify or removed the eligibility of the firm, you must certify the firm, effective on the date of your receipt of the written notice of Department's determination.
</P>
<P>(4) If the Department determines that you erroneously determined that the presumption of social and economic disadvantage either should or should not be deemed rebutted, you must take appropriate corrective action as determined by the Department.
</P>
<P>(5) If the Department affirms your determination, no further action is necessary.
</P>
<P>(c) Where DOT has upheld your denial of certification to or removal of eligibility from a firm, or directed the removal of a firm's eligibility, other certifiers with whom the firm is certified may commence a proceeding to remove the firm's eligibility under § 26.87. Such certifiers must not remove the firm's eligibility absent such a proceeding. Where DOT has reversed your denial of certification to or removal of eligibility from a firm, other certifiers must take the DOT action into account in any certification action involving the firm. However, other certifiers are not required to certify the firm based on the DOT decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 89 FR 24979, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Compliance and Enforcement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.101" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.6.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.101   What compliance procedures apply to recipients?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you fail to comply with any requirement of this part, you may be subject to formal enforcement action under § 26.103 or § 26.105 or appropriate program sanctions by the concerned operating administration, such as the suspension or termination of Federal funds, or refusal to approve projects, grants or contracts until deficiencies are remedied. Program sanctions may include, in the case of the FHWA program, actions provided for under 23 CFR 1.36; in the case of the FAA program, actions consistent with 49 U.S.C. 47106(d), 47111(d), and 47122; and in the case of the FTA program, any actions permitted under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53 or applicable FTA program requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) As provided in statute, you will not be subject to compliance actions or sanctions for failing to carry out any requirement of this part because you have been prevented from complying because a Federal court has issued a final order in which the court found that the requirement is unconstitutional.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.103" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.6.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.103   What enforcement actions apply in FHWA and FTA programs?</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this section apply to enforcement actions under FHWA and FTA programs:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Noncompliance complaints.</I> Any person who believes that a recipient has failed to comply with its obligations under this part may file a written complaint with the concerned operating administration's Office of Civil Rights. If you want to file a complaint, you must do so no later than 180 days after the date of the alleged violation or the date on which you learned of a continuing course of conduct in violation of this part. In response to your written request, the Office of Civil Rights may extend the time for filing in the interest of justice, specifying in writing the reason for so doing. The Office of Civil Rights may protect the confidentiality of your identity as provided in § 26.109(b). Complaints under this part are limited to allegations of violation of the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compliance reviews.</I> The concerned operating administration may review the recipient's compliance with this part at any time, including reviews of paperwork and on-site reviews, as appropriate. The Office of Civil Rights may direct the operating administration to initiate a compliance review based on complaints received.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reasonable cause notice.</I> If it appears, from the investigation of a complaint or the results of a compliance review, that you, as a recipient, are in noncompliance with this part, the appropriate DOT office promptly sends you, return receipt requested, a written notice advising you that there is reasonable cause to find you in noncompliance. The notice states the reasons for this finding and directs you to reply within 30 days concerning whether you wish to begin conciliation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conciliation.</I> (1) If you request conciliation, the appropriate DOT office shall pursue conciliation for at least 30, but not more than 120, days from the date of your request. The appropriate DOT office may extend the conciliation period for up to 30 days for good cause, consistent with applicable statutes.
</P>
<P>(2) If you and the appropriate DOT office sign a conciliation agreement, then the matter is regarded as closed and you are regarded as complying. The conciliation agreement sets forth the measures you have taken or will take to ensure compliance. While a conciliation agreement is in effect, you remain eligible for FHWA or FTA financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(3) The concerned operating administration shall monitor your implementation of the conciliation agreement and ensure that its terms are complied with. If you fail to carry out the terms of a conciliation agreement, you are in noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(4) If you do not request conciliation, or a conciliation agreement is not signed within the time provided in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, then enforcement proceedings begin.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Enforcement actions.</I> (1) Enforcement actions are taken as provided in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) Applicable findings in enforcement proceedings are binding on all DOT offices.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 89 FR 24979, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.105" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.6.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.105   What enforcement actions apply in FAA programs?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Compliance with all requirements of this part by airport sponsors and other recipients of FAA financial assistance is enforced through the procedures of Title 49 of the United States Code, including 49 U.S.C. 47106(d), 47111(d), and 47122, and regulations implementing them.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of § 26.103(b) and this section apply to enforcement actions in FAA programs.
</P>
<P>(c) Any person who knows of a violation of this part by a recipient of FAA funds may file a complaint under 14 CFR part 16 with the Federal Aviation Administration Office of Chief Counsel.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.107" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.6.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.107   What enforcement actions apply to firms participating in the DBE program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are a firm that does not meet the eligibility criteria of subpart D of this part and that attempts to participate in a DOT-assisted program as a DBE on the basis of false, fraudulent, or deceitful statements or representations or under circumstances indicating a serious lack of business integrity or honesty, the Department may initiate suspension or debarment proceedings against you under 2 CFR parts 180 and 1200.
</P>
<P>(b) If you are a firm that, in order to meet DBE contract goals or other DBE program requirements, uses or attempts to use, on the basis of false, fraudulent or deceitful statements or representations or under circumstances indicating a serious lack of business integrity or honesty, another firm that does not meet the eligibility criteria of subpart D of this part, the Department may initiate suspension or debarment proceedings against you under 2 CFR parts 180 and 1200.
</P>
<P>(c) In a suspension or debarment proceeding brought under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, the concerned operating administration may consider the fact that a purported DBE has been certified by a recipient. Such certification does not preclude the Department from determining that the purported DBE, or another firm that has used or attempted to use it to meet DBE goals, should be suspended or debarred.
</P>
<P>(d) The Department may take enforcement action under 49 CFR Part 31, Program Fraud and Civil Remedies, against any participant in the DBE program whose conduct is subject to such action under 49 CFR part 31.
</P>
<P>(e) The Department may refer to the Department of Justice, for prosecution under 18 U.S.C. 1001 or other applicable provisions of law, any person who makes a false or fraudulent statement in connection with participation of a DBE in any DOT-assisted program or otherwise violates applicable Federal statutes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 76 FR 5101, Jan. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.109" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.6.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.109   What are the rules governing information, confidentiality, cooperation, and intimidation or retaliation?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability of records.</I> (1) In responding to requests for information concerning any aspect of the DBE program, the Department complies with provisions of the Federal Freedom of Information and Privacy Acts (5 U.S.C. 552 and 552a). The Department may make available to the public any information concerning the DBE program release of which is not prohibited by Federal law.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding any provision of Federal or state law, you must not release any information that may reasonably be construed as confidential business information to any third party without the written consent of the firm that submitted the information. This includes applications for DBE certification and supporting information. However, you must transmit this information to DOT in any certification appeal proceeding under § 26.89 of this part or to any other state to which the individual's firm has applied for certification under § 26.85 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Confidentiality of information on complainants.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, the identity of complainants shall be kept confidential, at their election. If such confidentiality will hinder the investigation, proceeding or hearing, or result in a denial of appropriate administrative due process to other parties, the complainant must be advised for the purpose of waiving the privilege. Complainants are advised that, in some circumstances, failure to waive the privilege may result in the closure of the investigation or dismissal of the proceeding or hearing. FAA follows the procedures of 14 CFR part 16 with respect to confidentiality of information in complaints.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cooperation.</I> All participants in the Department's DBE program (including, but not limited to, recipients, DBE firms and applicants for DBE certification, complainants and appellants, and contractors using DBE firms to meet contract goals) are required to cooperate fully and promptly with DOT and recipient compliance reviews, certification reviews, investigations, and other requests for information. Failure to do so shall be a ground for appropriate action against the party involved (e.g., with respect to recipients, a finding of noncompliance; with respect to DBE firms, denial of certification or removal of eligibility and/or suspension and debarment; with respect to a complainant or appellant, dismissal of the complaint or appeal; with respect to a contractor which uses DBE firms to meet goals, findings of non-responsibility for future contracts and/or suspension and debarment).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Intimidation and retaliation.</I> If you are a recipient, contractor, or any other participant in the program, you must not intimidate, threaten, coerce, or discriminate against any individual or firm for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by this part or because the individual or firm has made a complaint, testified, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation, proceeding, or hearing under this part. If you violate this prohibition, you are in noncompliance with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 5126, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended at 68 FR 35556, June 16, 2003; 76 FR 5101, Jan. 28, 2011]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 26.111" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.6.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 26.111   DBE reevaluation process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Effective October 3, 2025, each UCP must:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify each currently certified DBE;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide each firm identified pursuant to subparagraph (a)(1) with the opportunity to submit documentation demonstrating its DBE eligibility under the standards set forth in this part;
</P>
<P>(3) Determine whether each firm identified pursuant to subparagraph (a)(1) meets the DBE eligibility standards set forth in this part; and
</P>
<P>(4) Issue a written decision to each firm reevaluated pursuant to subparagraph (a)(3), indicating that it has either been recertified or is decertified.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of § 26.87 of this part shall not apply to any action taken pursuant to paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(c) Each UCP must reevaluate each firm identified pursuant to subparagraph (a)(1) as quickly as practicable and must promptly notify the Department when it has done so. The Department reserves the right to review a UCP's reevaluation process.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 47982, Oct. 3, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.8.3.1.10" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 26—Guidance Concerning Good Faith Efforts
</HEAD>
<P>I. When, as a recipient, you establish a contract goal on a DOT-assisted contract for procuring construction, equipment, services, or any other purpose, a bidder must, in order to be responsible and/or responsive, make sufficient good faith efforts to meet the goal. The bidder can meet this requirement in either of two ways. First, the bidder can meet the goal, documenting commitments for participation by DBE firms sufficient for this purpose. Second, even if it doesn't meet the goal, the bidder can document adequate good faith efforts. This means that the bidder must show that it took all necessary and reasonable steps to achieve a DBE goal or other requirement of this part which, by their scope, intensity, and appropriateness to the objective, could reasonably be expected to obtain sufficient DBE participation, even if they were not fully successful.
</P>
<P>II. In any situation in which you have established a contract goal, Part 26 requires you to use the good faith efforts mechanism of this part. As a recipient, you have the responsibility to make a fair and reasonable judgment whether a bidder that did not meet the goal made adequate good faith efforts. It is important for you to consider the quality, quantity, and intensity of the different kinds of efforts that the bidder has made, based on the regulations and the guidance in this Appendix.
</P>
<P>The efforts employed by the bidder should be those that one could reasonably expect a bidder to take if the bidder were actively and aggressively trying to obtain DBE participation sufficient to meet the DBE contract goal. Mere pro forma efforts are not good faith efforts to meet the DBE contract requirements. We emphasize, however, that your determination concerning the sufficiency of the firm's good faith efforts is a judgment call. Determinations should not be made using quantitative formulas.
</P>
<P>III. The Department also strongly cautions you against requiring that a bidder meet a contract goal (<I>i.e.</I>, obtain a specified amount of DBE participation) in order to be awarded a contract, even though the bidder makes an adequate good faith efforts showing. This rule specifically prohibits you from ignoring bona fide good faith efforts.
</P>
<P>IV. The following is a list of types of actions which you should consider as part of the bidder's good faith efforts to obtain DBE participation. It is not intended to be a mandatory checklist, nor is it intended to be exclusive or exhaustive. Other factors or types of efforts may be relevant in appropriate cases.
</P>
<P>A. (1) Conducting market research to identify small business contractors and suppliers and soliciting through all reasonable and available means the interest of all certified DBEs that have the capability to perform the work of the contract. This may include attendance at pre-bid and business matchmaking meetings and events, advertising and/or written notices, posting of Notices of Sources Sought and/or Requests for Proposals, written notices or emails to all DBEs listed in the State's directory of transportation firms that specialize in the areas of work desired (as noted in the DBE directory) and which are located in the area or surrounding areas of the project.
</P>
<P>(2) The bidder should solicit this interest as early in the acquisition process as practicable to allow the DBEs to respond to the solicitation and submit a timely offer for the subcontract. The bidder should determine with certainty if the DBEs are interested by taking appropriate steps to follow up initial solicitations.
</P>
<P>B. Selecting portions of the work to be performed by DBEs in order to increase the likelihood that the DBE goals will be achieved. This includes, where appropriate, breaking out contract work items into economically feasible units (for example, smaller tasks or quantities) to facilitate DBE participation, even when the prime contractor might otherwise prefer to perform these work items with its own forces. This may include, where possible, establishing flexible timeframes for performance and delivery schedules in a manner that encourages and facilitates DBE participation.
</P>
<P>C. Providing interested DBEs with adequate information about the plans, specifications, and requirements of the contract in a timely manner to assist them in responding to a solicitation with their offer for the subcontract.
</P>
<P>D. (1) Negotiating in good faith with interested DBEs. It is the bidder's responsibility to make a portion of the work available to DBE subcontractors and suppliers and to select those portions of the work or material needs consistent with the available DBE subcontractors and suppliers, so as to facilitate DBE participation. Evidence of such negotiation includes the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of DBEs that were considered; a description of the information provided regarding the plans and specifications for the work selected for subcontracting; and evidence as to why additional Agreements could not be reached for DBEs to perform the work.
</P>
<P>(2) A bidder using good business judgment would consider a number of factors in negotiating with subcontractors, including DBE subcontractors, and would take a firm's price and capabilities as well as contract goals into consideration. However, the fact that there may be some additional costs involved in finding and using DBEs is not in itself sufficient reason for a bidder's failure to meet the contract DBE goal, as long as such costs are reasonable. Also, the ability or desire of a prime contractor to perform the work of a contract with its own organization does not relieve the bidder of the responsibility to make good faith efforts. Prime contractors are not, however, required to accept higher quotes from DBEs if the price difference is excessive or unreasonable.
</P>
<P>E. (1) Not rejecting DBEs as being unqualified without sound reasons based on a thorough investigation of their capabilities. The contractor's standing within its industry, membership in specific groups, organizations, or associations and political or social affiliations (for example union vs. non-union status) are not legitimate causes for the rejection or non-solicitation of bids in the contractor's efforts to meet the project goal. Another practice considered an insufficient good faith effort is the rejection of the DBE because its quotation for the work was not the lowest received. However, nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to require the bidder or prime contractor to accept unreasonable quotes in order to satisfy contract goals.
</P>
<P>(2) A prime contractor's inability to find a replacement DBE at the original price is not alone sufficient to support a finding that good faith efforts have been made to replace the original DBE. The fact that the contractor has the ability and/or desire to perform the contract work with its own forces does not relieve the contractor of the obligation to make good faith efforts to find a replacement DBE, and it is not a sound basis for rejecting a prospective replacement DBE's reasonable quote.
</P>
<P>F. Making efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining bonding, lines of credit, or insurance as required by the recipient or contractor.
</P>
<P>G. Making efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining necessary equipment, supplies, materials, or related assistance or services.
</P>
<P>H. Effectively using the services of available minority/women community organizations; minority/women contractors' groups; local, State, and Federal minority/women business assistance offices; and other organizations as allowed on a case-by-case basis to provide assistance in the recruitment and placement of DBEs.
</P>
<P>V. In determining whether a bidder has made good faith efforts, it is essential to scrutinize its documented efforts. At a minimum, you must review the performance of other bidders in meeting the contract goal. For example, when the apparent successful bidder fails to meet the contract goal, but others meet it, you may reasonably raise the question of whether, with additional efforts, the apparent successful bidder could have met the goal. If the apparent successful bidder fails to meet the goal, but meets or exceeds the average DBE participation obtained by other bidders, you may view this, in conjunction with other factors, as evidence of the apparent successful bidder having made good faith efforts. As provided in § 26.53(b)(2)((vi), you must also require the contractor to submit copies of each DBE and non-DBE subcontractor quote submitted to the bidder when a non-DBE subcontractor was selected over a DBE for work on the contract to review whether DBE prices were substantially higher; and contact the DBEs listed on a contractor's solicitation to inquire as to whether they were contacted by the prime. Pro forma mailings to DBEs requesting bids are not alone sufficient to satisfy good faith efforts under the rule.
</P>
<P>VI. A promise to use DBEs after contract award is not considered to be responsive to the contract solicitation or to constitute good faith efforts except in design-build procurement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 59600, Oct. 2, 2014, as amended at 89 FR 24979, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.8.3.1.11" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 26 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.8.3.1.12" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 26—DBE Business Development Program Guidelines
</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this program element is to further the development of DBEs, including but not limited to assisting them to move into non-traditional areas of work and/or compete in the marketplace outside the DBE program, via the provision of training and assistance from the recipient.
</P>
<P>(A) Each firm that participates in a recipient's business development program (BDP) program is subject to a program term determined by the recipient. The term should consist of two stages; a developmental stage and a transitional stage.
</P>
<P>(B) In order for a firm to remain eligible for program participation, it must continue to meet all eligibility criteria contained in part 26.
</P>
<P>(C) By no later than 6 months of program entry, the participant should develop and submit to the recipient a comprehensive business plan setting forth the participant's business targets, objectives and goals. The participant will not be eligible for program benefits until such business plan is submitted and approved by the recipient. The approved business plan will constitute the participant's short and long term goals and the strategy for developmental growth to the point of economic viability in non-traditional areas of work and/or work outside the DBE program.
</P>
<P>(D) The business plan should contain at least the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An analysis of market potential, competitive environment and other business analyses estimating the program participant's prospects for profitable operation during the term of program participation and after graduation from the program.
</P>
<P>(2) An analysis of the firm's strengths and weaknesses, with particular attention paid to the means of correcting any financial, managerial, technical, or labor conditions which could impede the participant from receiving contracts other than those in traditional areas of DBE participation.
</P>
<P>(3) Specific targets, objectives, and goals for the business development of the participant during the next two years, utilizing the results of the analysis conducted pursuant to paragraphs (C) and (D)(1) of this appendix;
</P>
<P>(4) Estimates of contract awards from the DBE program and from other sources which are needed to meet the objectives and goals for the years covered by the business plan; and
</P>
<P>(5) Such other information as the recipient may require.
</P>
<P>(E) Each participant should annually review its currently approved business plan with the recipient and modify the plan as may be appropriate to account for any changes in the firm's structure and redefined needs. The currently approved plan should be considered the applicable plan for all program purposes until the recipient approves in writing a modified plan. The recipient should establish an anniversary date for review of the participant's business plan and contract forecasts.
</P>
<P>(F) Each participant should annually forecast in writing its need for contract awards for the next program year and the succeeding program year during the review of its business plan conducted under paragraph (E) of this appendix. Such forecast should be included in the participant's business plan. The forecast should include:
</P>
<P>(1) The aggregate dollar value of contracts to be sought under the DBE program, reflecting compliance with the business plan;
</P>
<P>(2) The aggregate dollar value of contracts to be sought in areas other than traditional areas of DBE participation;
</P>
<P>(3) The types of contract opportunities being sought, based on the firm's primary line of business; and
</P>
<P>(4) Such other information as may be requested by the recipient to aid in providing effective business development assistance to the participant.
</P>
<P>(G) Program participation is divided into two stages; (1) a developmental stage and (2) a transitional stage. The developmental stage is designed to assist participants to overcome their social and economic disadvantage by providing such assistance as may be necessary and appropriate to enable them to access relevant markets and strengthen their financial and managerial skills. The transitional stage of program participation follows the developmental stage and is designed to assist participants to overcome, insofar as practical, their social and economic disadvantage and to prepare the participant for leaving the program.
</P>
<P>(H) The length of service in the program term should not be a pre-set time frame for either the developmental or transitional stages but should be figured on the number of years considered necessary in normal progression of achieving the firm's established goals and objectives. The setting of such time could be factored on such items as, but not limited to, the number of contracts, aggregate amount of the contract received, years in business, growth potential, etc.
</P>
<P>(I) Beginning in the first year of the transitional stage of program participation, each participant should annually submit for inclusion in its business plan a transition management plan outlining specific steps to promote profitable business operations in areas other than traditional areas of DBE participation after graduation from the program. The transition management plan should be submitted to the recipient at the same time other modifications are submitted pursuant to the annual review under paragraph (E) of this section. The plan should set forth the same information as required under paragraph (F) of steps the participant will take to continue its business development after the expiration of its program term.
</P>
<P>(J) When a participant is recognized as successfully completing the program by substantially achieving the targets, objectives and goals set forth in its program term, and has demonstrated the ability to compete in the marketplace, its further participation within the program may be determined by the recipient.
</P>
<P>(K) In determining whether a concern has substantially achieved the goals and objectives of its business plan, the following factors, among others, should be considered by the recipient:
</P>
<P>(1) Profitability;
</P>
<P>(2) Sales, including improved ratio of non-traditional contracts to traditional-type contracts;
</P>
<P>(3) Net worth, financial ratios, working capital, capitalization, access to credit and capital;
</P>
<P>(4) Ability to obtain bonding;
</P>
<P>(5) A positive comparison of the DBE's business and financial profile with profiles of non-DBE businesses in the same area or similar business category; and
</P>
<P>(6) Good management capacity and capability.
</P>
<P>(L) Upon determination by the recipient that the participant should be graduated from the developmental program, the recipient should notify the participant in writing of its intent to graduate the firm in a letter of notification. The letter of notification should set forth findings, based on the facts, for every material issue relating to the basis of the program graduation with specific reasons for each finding. The letter of notification should also provide the participant 45 days from the date of service of the letter to submit in writing information that would explain why the proposed basis of graduation is not warranted.
</P>
<P>(M) Participation of a DBE firm in the program may be discontinued by the recipient prior to expiration of the firm's program term for good cause due to the failure of the firm to engage in business practices that will promote its competitiveness within a reasonable period of time as evidenced by, among other indicators, a pattern of inadequate performance or unjustified delinquent performance. Also, the recipient can discontinue the participation of a firm that does not actively pursue and bid on contracts, and a firm that, without justification, regularly fails to respond to solicitations in the type of work it is qualified for and in the geographical areas where it has indicated availability under its approved business plan. The recipient should take such action if over a 2-year period a DBE firm exhibits such a pattern.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.19.8.3.1.13" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 26—Mentor-Protégé Program Guidelines
</HEAD>
<P>(A) The purpose of this program element is to further the development of DBEs, including but not limited to assisting them to move into non-traditional areas of work and/or compete in the marketplace outside the DBE program, via the provision of training and assistance from other firms. To operate a mentor-protégé program, a recipient must obtain the approval of the concerned operating administration.
</P>
<P>(B)(1) Any mentor-protégé relationship shall be based on a written development plan, approved by the recipient, which clearly sets forth the objectives of the parties and their respective roles, the duration of the arrangement and the services and resources to be provided by the mentor to the protégé. The formal mentor-protégé agreement may set a fee schedule to cover the direct and indirect cost for such services rendered by the mentor for specific training and assistance to the protégé through the life of the agreement. Services provided by the mentor may be reimbursable under the FTA, FHWA, and FAA programs.
</P>
<P>(2) To be eligible for reimbursement, the mentor's services provided and associated costs must be directly attributable and properly allowable to specific individual contracts. The recipient may establish a line item for the mentor to quote the portion of the fee schedule expected to be provided during the life of the contract. The amount claimed shall be verified by the recipient and paid on an incremental basis representing the time the protégé is working on the contract. The total individual contract figures accumulated over the life of the agreement shall not exceed the amount stipulated in the original mentor/protégé agreement.
</P>
<P>(C) DBEs involved in a mentor-protégé agreement must be independent business entities which meet the requirements for certification as defined in subpart D of this part. A protégé firm must be certified <I>before</I> it begins participation in a mentor-protégé arrangement. If the recipient chooses to recognize mentor/protégé agreements, it should establish formal general program guidelines. These guidelines must be submitted to the operating administration for approval prior to the recipient executing an individual contractor/ subcontractor mentor-protégé agreement.






</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 27—NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF DISABILITY IN PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES RECEIVING FEDERAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 U.S.C. 794); 49 U.S.C. 5332.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 31468, May 31, 1979, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.1.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to carry out the intent of section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794) as amended, to the end that no otherwise qualified individual with a disability in the United States shall, solely by reason of his or her disability, be excluded from the participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.1.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to each recipient of Federal financial assistance from the Department of Transportation and to each program or activity that receives such assistance.
</P>
<P>(b) Design, construction, or alteration of buildings or other fixed facilities by public entities subject to part 37 of this title shall be in conformance with appendices B and D of 36 CFR part 1191, as modified by appendix A to part 37 of this title. All other entities subject to section 504 shall design, construct, or alter buildings, or other fixed facilities, in conformance with appendices B and D of 36 CFR part 1191, as modified by appendix A to part 37 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 31468, May 31, 1979, as amended at 56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991; 68 FR 51390, Aug. 26, 2003; 80 FR 46513, Aug. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.1.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Public Law 93-112, as amended.
</P>
<P><I>Applicant</I> means one who submits an application, request, or plan to be approved by a Departmental official or by a primary recipient as a condition to eligibility for Federal financial assistance, and <I>application</I> means such an application, request, or plan.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial service airport</I> means an airport that is defined as a commercial service airport for purposes of the Federal Aviation Administration's Airport Improvement Program and that enplanes annually 2500 or more passengers and receives scheduled passenger service of aircraft. 
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> means the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Discrimination</I> means denying persons with a disability the opportunity to participate in or benefit from any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance.
</P>
<P><I>Facility</I> means all or any portion of buildings, structures, vehicles, equipment, roads, walks, parking lots, or other real or personal property or interest in such property.
</P>
<P><I>Federal financial assistance</I> means any grant, loan, contract (other than a procurement contract or a contract of insurance or guaranty), or any other arrangement by which the Department provides or otherwise makes available assistance in the form of:
</P>
<P>(a) Funds;
</P>
<P>(b) Services of Federal personnel; or 
</P>
<P>(c) Real or personal property or any interest in, or use of such property, including: 
</P>
<P>(1) Transfers or leases of such property for less than fair market value or for reduced consideration; and
</P>
<P>(2) Proceeds from a subsequent transfer or lease of such property if the Federal share of its fair market value is not returned to the Federal Government.
</P>
<P><I>Person with a disability</I> means (1) any person who (a) has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities, (b) has a record of such an impairment, or (c) is regarded as having such an impairment. (2) As used in this definition, the phrase: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Physical or mental impairment</I> means (i) any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; respiratory, including speech organs; cardiovascular, reproductive; digestive; genito-urinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and endocrine; or (ii) any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities. The term <I>physical or mental impairment</I> includes, but is not limited to, such diseases and conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech, and hearing impairments; cerebral palsy; epilepsy; muscular dystrophy; multiple sclerosis; cancer; heart disease; mental retardation; emotional illness; drug addiction; and alcoholism. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Major life activities</I> means functions such as caring for one's self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, and working. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Has a record of such an impairment</I> means has a history of, or has been classified, or misclassified, as having a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Is regarded as having an impairment</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) Has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit major life activities but that is treated by a recipient as constituting such a limitation; 
</P>
<P>(2) Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits major life activity only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such an impairment; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Has none of the impairments set forth in paragraph (1) of this definition, but is treated by a recipient as having such an impairment. 
</P>
<P><I>Head of Operating Administration</I> means the head of an operating administration within the Department (U.S. Coast Guard, Federal Highway Administration, Federal Aviation Administration, Federal Railroad Administration, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Federal Transit Administration, and Research and Special Programs Administration) providing Federal financial assistance to the recipient. 
</P>
<P><I>Primary recipient</I> means any recipient that is authorized or required to extend Federal financial assistance from the Department to another recipient.
</P>
<P><I>Program or activity</I> means all of the operations of any entity described in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this definition, any part of which is extended Federal financial assistance:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) A department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The entity of such State or local government that distributes such assistance and each such department or agency (and each other State or local government entity) to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A local educational agency (as defined in 20 U.S.C. 7801), system of vocational education, or other school system;
</P>
<P>(3)(i) An entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship—
</P>
<P>(A) If assistance is extended to such corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or
</P>
<P>(B) Which is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which Federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any other entity which is established by two or more of the entities described in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified person with a disability</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to employment, a person with a disability who, with reasonable accommodation and within normal safety requirements, can perform the essential functions of the job in question, but the term does not include any individual who is an alcoholic or drug abuser whose current use of alcohol or drugs prevents such person from performing the duties of the job in question or whose employment, by reason of such current alcohol or drug abuse, would constitute a direct threat to property or the safety of others; and 
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to other services, a person with a disability who meets the essential eligibility requirements for the receipt of such services. 
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means any State, territory, possession, the District of Columbia, or Puerto Rico, or any political subdivision thereof, or instrumentality thereof, any public or private agency, institution, organization, or other entity, or any individual in any State, territory, possession, the District of Columbia, or Puerto Rico, to whom Federal financial assistance from the Department is extended directly or through another recipient, including any successor, assignee, or transferee thereof, but such term does not include any ultimate beneficiary. 
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Section 504</I> means section 504 of the Act. 
</P>
<P><I>Special service system</I> means a transportation system specifically designed to serve the needs of persons who, by reason of disability, are physically unable to use bus systems designed for use by the general public. Special service is characterized by the use of vehicles smaller than a standard transit bus which are usable by persons with a disability, demand-responsive service, point of origin to point of destination service, and flexible routing and scheduling.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 31468, May 31, 1979, as amended by Amdt. 1, 46 FR 37492, July 20, 1981; Amdt. 27-3, 51 FR 19017, May 23, 1986; 56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991; 61 FR 32354, June 24, 1996; 61 FR 56424, Nov. 1, 1996; 68 FR 51390, Aug. 26, 2003; 79 FR 21405, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.1.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.7   Discrimination prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> No qualified person with a disability shall, solely by reason of his disability, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity that receives Federal financial assistance administered by the Department of Transportation. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Discriminatory actions prohibited.</I> (1) A recipient, in providing any aid, benefit, or service, may not, directly or through contractual, licensing, or other arrangements, on the basis of disability: 
</P>
<P>(i) Deny a qualified person with a disability the opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Afford a qualified person with a disability an opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service that is not substantially equal to that afforded persons who are not disabled; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide a qualified person with a disability with an aid, benefit, or service that is not as effective in affording equal opportunity to obtain the same result, to gain the same benefit, or to reach the same level of achievement as persons who are not disabled; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide different or separate aid, benefits, or services to persons with a disability or to any class of persons with a disability unless such action is necessary to provide qualified persons with a disability with aid, benefits or services that are as effective as those provided to persons who are not disabled; 
</P>
<P>(v) Aid or perpetuate discrimination against a qualified person with a disability by providing financial or other assistance to an agency, organization, or person that discriminates on the basis of disability in providing any aid, benefit, or service to beneficiaries of the recipient's program or activity; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Deny a qualified person with a disability the opportunity to participate in conferences, in planning or advising recipients, applicants or would-be applicants, or 
</P>
<P>(vii) Otherwise limit a qualified person with a disability in the enjoyment of any right, privilege, advantage, or opportunity enjoyed by others receiving an aid, benefit, or service. 
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this part, aids, benefits, and services, to be equally effective, are not required to produce the identical result or level of achievement for persons with and without a disability, but must afford persons with a disability equal opportunity to obtain the same result, to gain the same benefit, or to reach the same level of achievement, in the most integrated setting that is reasonably achievable. 
</P>
<P>(3) Even if separate or different aid, benefits, or services are available to persons with a disability, a recipient may not deny a qualified person with a disability the opportunity to participate in the programs or activities that are not separate or different. 
</P>
<P>(4) A recipient may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, utilize criteria or methods of administration: 
</P>
<P>(i) That have the effect of subjecting qualified persons with a disability to discrimination on the basis of disability, 
</P>
<P>(ii) That have the purpose or effect of defeating or substantially reducing the likelihood that persons with a disability can benefit by the objectives of the recipient's program or activity, or 
</P>
<P>(iii) That yield or perpetuate discrimination against another recipient if both recipients are subject to common administrative control or are agencies of the same State. 
</P>
<P>(5) In determining the site or location of a facility, an applicant or a recipient may not make selections: 
</P>
<P>(i) That have the effect of excluding persons with a disability from, denying them the benefits of, or otherwise subjecting them to discrimination under any program or activity that receives Federal financial assistance, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) That have the purpose or effect of defeating or substantially impairing the accomplishment of the objectives of the program or activity with respect to persons with a disability. 
</P>
<P>(6) As used in this section, the aid benefit, or service provided under a program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance includes any aid, benefit, or service provided in or through a facility that has been constructed, expanded, altered, leased or rented, or otherwise acquired, in whole or in part, with Federal financial assistance. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Communications.</I> Recipients shall take appropriate steps to ensure that communications with their applicants, employees, and beneficiaries are available to persons with impaired vision and hearing. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Aid, benefits, or services limited by Federal law.</I> For aid, benefits, or services authorized by Federal statute or executive order that are designed especially for persons with a disability, or for a particular class of persons with a disability, the exclusion of persons without a disability or other classes of persons with a disability is not prohibited by this part. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reasonable accommodations.</I> A recipient shall make reasonable accommodations in policies, practices, or procedures when such accommodations are necessary to avoid discrimination on the basis of disability unless the recipient can demonstrate that making the accommodations would fundamentally alter the nature of the service, program, or activity or result in an undue financial and administrative burden. For the purposes of this section, the term reasonable accommodation shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the term “reasonable modifications” as set forth in the Americans with Disabilities Act title II regulations at 28 CFR 35.130(b)(7), and not as it is defined or interpreted for the purposes of employment discrimination under title I of the ADA (42 U.S.C. 12111-12112) and its implementing regulations at 29 CFR part 1630.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 31468, May 31, 1979, as amended at 68 FR 51390, Aug. 26, 2003; 79 FR 21405, Apr. 16, 2014; 80 FR 13260, Mar. 13, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.1.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.9   Assurance required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each application for Federal financial assistance to which this part applies, and each application to provide a facility, shall, as a condition to approval or extension of any Federal financial assistance pursuant to the application, contain, or be accompanied by, written assurance that the program or activity will be conducted or the facility operated in compliance with all the requirements imposed by or pursuant to this part. An applicant may incorporate these assurances by reference in subsequent applications to the Department. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Future effect of assurances.</I> Recipients of Federal financial assistance, and transferees of property obtained by a recipient with the participation of Federal financial assistance, are bound by the recipient's assurance under the following circumstances: 
</P>
<P>(1) When Federal financial assistance is provided in the form of a conveyance of real property or an interest in real property from the Department of Transportation to a recipient, the instrument of conveyance shall include a convenant running with the land binding the recipient and subsequent transferees to comply with the requirements of this part for so long as the property is used for the purpose for which the Federal financial assistance was provided or for a similar purpose. 
</P>
<P>(2) When Federal financial assistance is used by a recipient to purchase or improve real property, the assurance provided by the recipient shall obligate the recipient to comply with the requirements of this part and require any subsequent transferee of the property, who is using the property for the purpose for which the Federal financial assistance was provided, to agree in writing to comply with the requirements of this part. The obligations of the recipient and transferees under this part shall continue in effect for as long as the property is used for the purpose for which Federal financial assistance was provided or for a similar purpose. 
</P>
<P>(3) When Federal financial assistance is provided to the recipient in the form of, or is used by the recipient to obtain, personal property, the assurance provided by the recipient shall obligate the recipient to comply with the requirements of this part for the period it retains ownership or possession of the property or the property is used by a transferee for purposes directly related to the operations of the recipient. 
</P>
<P>(4) When Federal financial assistance is used by a recipient for purposes other than to obtain property, the assurance provided shall obligate the recipient to comply with the requirements of this part for the period during which the Federal financial assistance is extended to the program or activity. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 31468, May 31, 1979, as amended at 68 FR 51390, Aug. 26, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.1.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.11   Remedial action, voluntary action and compliance planning.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Remedial action.</I> (1) If the responsible Departmental official finds that a qualified person with a disability has been excluded from participation in, denied the benefits of, or otherwise subjected to discrimination under, any program or activity in violation of this part, the recipient shall take such remedial action as the responsible Departmental official deems necessary to overcome the effects of the violation. 
</P>
<P>(2) Where a recipient is found to have violated this part, and where another recipient exercises control over the recipient that has violated this part, the responsible Departmental official, where appropriate, may require either or both recipients to take remedial action. 
</P>
<P>(3) The responsible Departmental official may, where necessary to overcome the effects of a violation of this part, require a recipient to take remedial action: 
</P>
<P>(i) With respect to persons with a disability who are no longer participants in the recipient's program or activity but who were participants in the program or activity when such discrimination occurred, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to persons with a disability who would have been participants in the program or activity had the discrimination not occurred. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Voluntary action.</I> A recipient may take steps, in addition to any action that is required by this part, to assure the full participation in the recipient's program or activity by qualified persons with a disability. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Compliance planning.</I> (1) A recipient shall, within 90 days from the effective date of this part, designate and forward to the head of any operating administration providing financial assistance, with a copy to the responsible Departmental official the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the persons responsible for evaluating the recipient's compliance with this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) A recipient shall, within 180 days from the effective date of this part, after consultation at each step in paragraphs (c)(2) (i)-(iii) of this section with interested persons, including persons with a disability and organizations representing persons with a disability: 
</P>
<P>(i) Evaluate its current policies and practices for implementing these regulations, and notify the head of the operating administration of the completion of this evaluation; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify shortcomings in compliance and describe the methods used to remedy them; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Begin to modify, with official approval of recipient's management, any policies or practices that do not meet the requirements of this part according to a schedule or sequence that includes milestones or measures of achievement. These modifications shall be completed within one year from the effective date of this part; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Take appropriate remedial steps to eliminate the effects of any discrimination that resulted from previous policies and practices; and 
</P>
<P>(v) Establish a system for periodically reviewing and updating the evaluation. 
</P>
<P>(3) A recipient shall, for at least three years following completion of the evaluation required under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, maintain on file, make available for public inspection, and furnish upon request to the head of the operating administration: 
</P>
<P>(i) A list of the interested persons consulted; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of areas examined and any problems indentified; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of any modifications made and of any remedial steps taken. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 31468, May 31, 1979, as amended at 68 FR 51390, Aug. 26, 2003; 79 FR 21405, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.1.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.13   Designation of responsible employee and adoption of complaint procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Designation of responsible employee.</I> Each recipient shall designate at least one person to coordinate its efforts to comply with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Adoption of complaint procedures.</I> A recipient shall adopt procedures that incorporate appropriate due process standards and provide for the prompt and equitable resolution of complaints alleging any action prohibited by this part and 49 CFR parts 37, 38, and 39. The procedures shall meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The process for filing a complaint, including the name, address, telephone number, and email address of the employee designated under paragraph (a) of this section, must be sufficiently advertised to the public, such as on the recipient's Web site;
</P>
<P>(2) The procedures must be accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities;
</P>
<P>(3) The recipient must promptly communicate its response to the complaint allegations, including its reasons for the response, to the complainant by a means that will result in documentation of the response.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 13260, Mar. 13, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.1.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.15   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient shall take appropriate initial and continuing steps to notify participants, beneficiaries, applicants, and employees, including those with impaired vision or hearing, and unions or professional organizations holding collective bargaining or professional agreements with the recipient, that it does not discriminate on the basis of disability. The notification shall state, where appropriate, that the recipient does not discriminate in admission or access to, or treatment or employment in, its programs or activities. The notification shall also include an identification of the responsible employee designated pursuant to § 27.13(a). A recipient shall make the initial notification required by this section within 90 days of the effective date of this part. Methods of initial and continuing notification may include the posting of notices, publication in newspapers and magazines, placement of notices in recipients' publications and distribution of memoranda or other written communications. 
</P>
<P>(b) If a recipient publishes or uses recruitment materials or publications containing general information that it makes available to participants, beneficiaries, applicants, or employees, it shall include in those materials or publications a statement of the policy described in paragraph (a) of this section. A recipient may meet the requirement of this paragraph either by including appropriate inserts in existing materials and publications or by revising and reprinting the materials and publications. In either case, the addition or revision must be specially noted. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.1.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.17   Effect of State or local law.</HEAD>
<P>The obligation to comply with this part is not obviated or affected by any State or local law. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.1.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.19   Compliance with Americans with Disabilities Act requirements and FTA policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Recipients subject to this part (whether public or private entities as defined in 49 CFR part 37) shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101-12213) including the Department's ADA regulations (49 CFR parts 37 and 38), the regulations of the Department of Justice implementing titles II and III of the ADA (28 CFR parts 35 and 36), and the regulations of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) implementing title I of the ADA (29 CFR part 1630). Compliance with the EEOC title I regulations is required as a condition of compliance with section 504 for DOT recipients even for organizations which, because they have fewer than 25 or 15 employees, would not be subject to the EEOC regulation in its own right. Compliance with all these regulations is a condition of receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department of Transportation. Any recipient not in compliance with this requirement shall be subject to enforcement action under subpart C of this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) Consistent with FTA policy, any recipient of Federal financial assistance from the Federal Transit Administration whose solicitation was made before August 26, 1990, and is for one or more inaccessible vehicles, shall provide written notice to the Secretary (e.g., in the case of a solicitation made in the past under which the recipient can order additional new buses after the effective date of this section). The Secretary shall review each case individually, and determine whether the Department will continue to participate in the Federal grant, consistent with the provisions in the grant agreement between the Department and the recipient.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 40763, Oct. 4, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991; 61 FR 32354, June 24, 1996; 79 FR 21405, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Accessibility Requirements in Specific Operating Administration Programs: Airports, Railroads, and Highways</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.71" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.71   Airport facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to all terminal facilities and services owned, leased, or operated on any basis by a recipient of DOT financial assistance at a commercial service airport, including parking and ground transportation facilities. 
</P>
<P>(b) Airport operators shall ensure that the terminal facilities and services subject to this section shall be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs. Airport operators shall be deemed to comply with this section 504 obligation if they meet requirements applying to state and local government programs or activities and facilities under Department of Justice (DOJ) regulations implementing Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 
</P>
<P>(c) The airport shall ensure that there is an accessible path between the gate and the area from which aircraft are boarded. 
</P>
<P>(d) Systems of inter-terminal transportation, including, but not limited to, shuttle vehicles and people movers, shall comply with applicable requirements of the Department of Transportation's ADA rules. 
</P>
<P>(e) The Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAGs), including section 10.4 concerning airport facilities, shall be the standard for accessibility under this section. 
</P>
<P>(f) Contracts or leases between carriers and airport operators concerning the use of airport facilities shall set forth the respective responsibilities of the parties for the provision of accessible facilities and services to individuals with disabilities as required by this part and applicable ADA rules of the Department of Transportation and Department of Justice for airport operators and applicable Air Carrier Access Act rules (49 CFR part 382) for carriers. 
</P>
<P>(g) If an airport operator who receives Federal financial assistance for an existing airport facility has not already done so, the recipient shall submit a transition plan meeting the requirements of § 27.65(d) of this part to the FAA no later than March 3, 1997.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Service animal relief areas.</I> Each airport with 10,000 or more annual enplanements shall cooperate with airlines that own, lease, or control terminal facilities at that airport to provide wheelchair accessible animal relief areas for service animals that accompany passengers departing, connecting, or arriving at the airport subject to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Airports must consult with one or more service animal training organizations regarding the design, dimensions, materials and maintenance of service animal relief areas;
</P>
<P>(2) Airports must establish at least one relief area in each airport terminal;
</P>
<P>(3) Airports must establish the relief area required by paragrah (h)(2) of this section in the sterile area of each airport terminal unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The Transportation Security Administration prohibits the airport from locating a relief area in the sterile area, or
</P>
<P>(ii) A service animal training organization, the airport, and the carriers in the terminal in which the relief area will be located agree that a relief area would be better placed outside the terminal's sterile area. In that event, the airport must retain documentation evidencing the recommendation that the relief area be located outside of the sterile area; and
</P>
<P>(4) To the extent airports have established service animal relief areas prior to the effective date of this paragraph:
</P>
<P>(i) Airports that have not consulted with a service animal training organization shall consult with one or more such organizations regarding the sufficiency of all existing service animal relief areas,
</P>
<P>(ii) Airports shall meet the requirements of this section August 4, 2016.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>High-contrast captioning (captioning that is at least as easy to read as white letters on a consistent black background) on television and audio-visual displays.</I> This paragraph applies to airports with 10,000 or more annual enplanements.
</P>
<P>(1) Airport operators must enable or ensure high-contrast captioning at all times on all televisions and other audio-visual displays that are capable of displaying captions and that are located in any gate area, ticketing area, first-class or other passenger lounge provided by a U.S. or foreign carrier, or any common area of the terminal to which any passengers have access and that are owned, leased, or controlled by the airport.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any televisions and other audio-visual displays located in any gate area, ticketing area, first-class or other passenger lounge provided by a U.S. or foreign carrier, or any common area of the terminal to which any passengers have access that provide passengers with safety briefings, information, or entertainment that do not have high-contrast captioning capability, an airport operator must replace or ensure the replacement of these devices with equipment that does have such capability whenever such equipment is replaced in the normal course of operations and/or whenever areas of the terminal in which such equipment is located undergo substantial renovation or expansion.
</P>
<P>(3) If an airport installs new televisions and other audio-visual displays for passenger safety briefings, information, or entertainment on or after October 5, 2015, such equipment must have high-contrast captioning capability.
</P>
<P>(j) Shared-use automated airport kiosks. This paragraph applies to U.S. airports with 10,000 or more annual enplanements.
</P>
<P>(1) Airport operators that jointly own, lease, or control automated airport kiosks with carriers at U.S. airports must ensure that all shared-use automated kiosks installed on or after December 12, 2016 meet the design specifications set forth in paragraph (k) of this section until at least 25 percent of kiosks provided in each location at the airport (i.e., each cluster of kiosks and all stand-alone kiosks at the airport) meet this specification.
</P>
<P>(2) Airport operators must ensure that at least 25 percent of shared-use automated airport kiosks they jointly own, lease, or control with carriers in each location at the airport meet the design specifications in paragraph (k) of this section by December 12, 2022.
</P>
<P>(3) When shared-use kiosks provided in a location at the airport perform more than one function (e.g., print boarding passes/bag tags, accept payment for flight amenities such as seating upgrades/meals/WiFi access, rebook tickets, etc.), the accessible kiosks must provide all the same functions as the inaccessible kiosks in that location.
</P>
<P>(4) Each shared-use automated kiosk that meets the design specifications in paragraph (k) of this section must be visually and tactilely identifiable to users as accessible (e.g., an international symbol of accessibility affixed to the front of the device) and maintained in proper working condition.
</P>
<P>(5) Airport operators are jointly and severally liable with carriers for ensuring that shared-use automated airport kiosks are compliant with the requirements of paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(k) Shared-use automated airport kiosks provided in accordance with paragraph (j) of this section must conform to the following technical accessibility standards with respect to their physical design and the functions they perform:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Self contained.</I> Except for personal headsets and audio loops, automated kiosks must be operable without requiring the user to attach assistive technology.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Clear floor or ground space.</I> A clear floor or ground space complying with section 305 of the U.S. Department of Justice's 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design, 28 CFR 35.104 (defining the “2010 Standards” for title II as the requirements set forth in appendices B and D to 36 CFR part 1191 and the requirements contained in 28 CFR 35.151) (hereinafter 2010 ADA Standards) must be provided.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Operable parts.</I> Operable parts must comply with section 309 of the 2010 ADA Standards, and the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Identification.</I> Operable parts must be tactilely discernible without activation;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Timing.</I> Where a timed response is required, the user must be alerted visually and by touch or sound and must be given the opportunity to indicate that more time is required;
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Status indicators.</I> Status indicators, including all locking or toggle controls or keys (e.g., Caps Lock and Num Lock keys), must be discernible visually and by touch or sound; and
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Color.</I> Color coding must not be used as the only means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual element.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Privacy.</I> Automated airport kiosks must provide the opportunity for the same degree of privacy of input and output available to all individuals. However, if an option is provided to blank the screen in the speech output mode, the screen must blank when activated by the user, not automatically.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Output.</I> Automated airport kiosks must comply with paragraphs (k)(5)(i) through (iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Speech output enabled.</I> Automated airport kiosks must provide an option for speech output. Operating instructions and orientation, visible transaction prompts, user input verification, error messages, and all other visual information for full use must be accessible to and independently usable by individuals with vision impairments. Speech output must be delivered through a mechanism that is readily available to all users, including but not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset. Speech output must be recorded or digitized human, or synthesized. Speech output must be coordinated with information displayed on the screen. Speech output must comply with paragraphs (k)(5)(i)(A) through (D) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) When asterisks or other masking characters are used to represent personal identification numbers or other visual output that is not displayed for security purposes, the masking characters must be spoken (“*” spoken as “asterisk”) rather than presented as beep tones or speech representing the concealed information.
</P>
<P>(B) Advertisements and other similar information are not required to be audible unless they convey information that can be used in the transaction being conducted.
</P>
<P>(C) Speech for any single function must be automatically interrupted when a transaction is selected or navigation controls are used. Speech must be capable of being repeated and paused by the user.
</P>
<P>(D) Where receipts, tickets, or other outputs are provided as a result of a transaction, speech output must include all information necessary to complete or verify the transaction, except that -
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Automated airport kiosk location, date and time of transaction, customer account numbers, and the kiosk identifier are not required to be audible;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Information that duplicates information available on-screen and already presented audibly is not required to be repeated; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Printed copies of a carrier's contract of carriage, applicable fare rules, itineraries and other similar supplemental information that may be included with a boarding pass are not required to be audible.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Volume control.</I> Automated kiosks must provide volume control complying with paragraphs (k)(5)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Private listening.</I> Where speech required by paragraph (k)(5)(i) is delivered through a mechanism for private listening, the automated kiosk must provide a means for the user to control the volume. A function must be provided to automatically reset the volume to the default level after every use.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Speaker volume.</I> Where sound is delivered through speakers on the automated kiosk, incremental volume control must be provided with output amplification up to a level of at least 65 dB SPL. Where the ambient noise level of the environment is above 45 dB SPL, a volume gain of at least 20 dB above the ambient level must be user selectable. A function must be provided to automatically reset the volume to the default level after every use.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Captioning.</I> Multimedia content that contains speech or other audio information necessary for the comprehension of the content must be open or closed captioned.
</P>
<P>Advertisements and other similar information are not required to be captioned unless they convey information that can be used in the transaction being conducted.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Tickets and boarding passes.</I> Where tickets or boarding passes are provided, tickets and boarding passes must have an orientation that is tactilely discernible if orientation is important to further use of the ticket or boarding pass.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Input.</I> Input devices must comply with paragraphs (k)(6)(i) through (iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Input controls.</I> At least one input control that is tactilely discernible without activation must be provided for each function. Where provided, key surfaces not on active areas of display screens, must be raised above surrounding surfaces. Where touch or membrane keys are the only method of input, each must be tactilely discernible from surrounding surfaces and adjacent keys.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Alphabetic keys.</I> Alphabetic keys must be arranged in a QWERTY keyboard layout. The “F” and “J” keys must be tactilely distinct from the other keys.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Numeric keys.</I> Numeric keys must be arranged in a 12-key ascending or descending keypad layout or must be arranged in a row above the alphabetic keys on a QWERTY keyboard. The “5” key must be tactilely distinct from the other keys.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Function keys.</I> Function keys must comply with paragraphs (k)(6)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Contrast.</I> Function keys must contrast visually from background surfaces. Characters and symbols on key surfaces must contrast visually from key surfaces. Visual contrast must be either light-on-dark or dark-on-light. However, tactile symbols required by (k)(6)(iv)(B) are not required to comply with paragraph (k)(6)(iv)(A) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Tactile symbols.</I> Function key surfaces must have tactile symbols as follows: Enter or Proceed key: raised circle; Clear or Correct key: raised left arrow; Cancel key: raised letter ex; Add Value key: raised plus sign; Decrease Value key: raised minus sign.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Display screen.</I> The display screen must comply with paragraphs (k)(7)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Visibility.</I> The display screen must be visible from a point located 40 inches (1015 mm) above the center of the clear floor space in front of the automated kiosk.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Characters.</I> Characters displayed on the screen must be in a sans serif font. Characters must be 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum based on the uppercase letter “I.” Characters must contrast with their background with a minimum luminosity contrast ratio of 3:1.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Braille instructions.</I> Braille instructions for initiating the speech mode must be provided. Braille must comply with section 703.3 of the 2010 ADA Standards.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Biometrics.</I> Biometrics must not be the only means for user identification or control, unless at least two biometric options that use different biological characteristics are provided.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 56424, Nov. 1, 1996, as amended at 68 FR 51391, Aug. 26, 2003; 78 FR 67917, Nov. 12, 2013; 80 FR 46513, Aug. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.72" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.72   Boarding assistance for aircraft.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to airports with 10,000 or more annual enplanements.
</P>
<P>(b) Airports shall, in cooperation with carriers serving the airports, provide boarding assistance to individuals with disabilities using mechanical lifts, ramps, or other devices that do not require employees to lift or carry passengers up stairs. This section applies to all aircraft with a passenger capacity of 19 or more passenger seats, except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section. Paragraph (c) of this section applies to U.S. carriers and paragraph (d) of this section applies to foreign carriers.
</P>
<P>(c) Each airport operator shall negotiate in good faith with each U.S. carrier serving the airport concerning the acquisition and use of boarding assistance devices to ensure the provision of mechanical lifts, ramps, or other devices for boarding and deplaning where level-entry loading bridges are not available. The airport operator must have a written, signed agreement with each U.S. carrier allocating responsibility for meeting the boarding and deplaning assistance requirements of this section between or among the parties. The agreement shall be made available, on request, to representatives of the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(1) All airport operators and U.S. carriers involved are jointly and severally responsible for the timely and complete implementation of the agreement.
</P>
<P>(2) The agreement shall ensure that all lifts and other accessibility equipment are maintained in proper working condition.
</P>
<P>(d) Each airport operator shall negotiate in good faith with each foreign carrier serving the airport concerning the acquisition and use of boarding assistance devices to ensure the provision of mechanical lifts, ramps, or other devices for boarding and deplaning where level-entry loading bridges are not available. The airport operator shall, by no later than November 3, 2015, sign a written agreement with the foreign carrier allocating responsibility for meeting the boarding and deplaning assistance requirements of this section between or among the parties. The agreement shall be made available, on request, to representatives of the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(1) The agreement shall provide that all actions necessary to ensure accessible boarding and deplaning for passengers with disabilities are completed as soon as practicable, but no later than December 3, 2015.
</P>
<P>(2) All airport operators and foreign carriers involved are jointly and severally responsible for the timely and complete implementation of the agreement.
</P>
<P>(3) The agreement shall ensure that all lifts and other accessibility equipment are maintained in proper working condition.
</P>
<P>(e) Boarding assistance agreements required in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section are not required to apply to the following situations:
</P>
<P>(1) Access to float planes;
</P>
<P>(2) Access to the following 19-seat capacity aircraft models: The Fairchild Metro, the Jetstream 31 and 32, the Beech 1900 (C and D models), and the Embraer EMB-120;
</P>
<P>(3) Access to any other aircraft model determined by the Department of Transportation to be unsuitable for boarding and deplaning assistance by lift, ramp, or other suitable device. The Department will make such a determination if it concludes that—
</P>
<P>(i) No existing boarding and deplaning assistance device on the market will accommodate the aircraft without significant risk of serious damage to the aircraft or injury to passengers or employees, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Internal barriers are present in the aircraft that would preclude passengers who use a boarding or aisle chair from reaching a non-exit row seat.
</P>
<P>(f) When level-entry boarding and deplaning assistance is not required to be provided under paragraph (e) of this section, or cannot be provided as required by paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section (<I>e.g.,</I> because of mechanical problems with a lift), boarding assistance shall be provided by any available means to which the passenger consents. However, hand-carrying (<I>i.e.,</I> directly picking up the passenger's body in the arms of one or more carrier personnel to effect a level change the passenger needs to enter or leave the aircraft) must never be used, even if the passenger consents, unless this is the only way of evacuating the individual in the event of an emergency.
</P>
<P>(g) In the event that airport personnel are involved in providing boarding assistance, the airport shall ensure that they are trained to proficiency in the use of the boarding assistance equipment used at the airport and appropriate boarding assistance procedures that safeguard the safety and dignity of passengers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 46514, Aug. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.75" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.75   Federal Highway Administration—highways.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>New facilities</I>—(1) <I>Highway rest area facilities.</I> All such facilities that will be constructed with Federal financial assistance shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the accessibility standards referenced in § 27.3(b) of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Curb cuts.</I> All pedestrian crosswalks constructed with Federal financial assistance shall have curb cuts or ramps to accommodate persons in wheelchairs, pursuant to section 228 of the Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1973 (23 U.S.C. 402(b)(1)(F)). 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Pedestrian over-passes, under-passes and ramps.</I> Pedestrian over-passes, under-passes and ramps, constructed with Federal financial assistance, shall be accessible to persons with a disability, including having gradients no steeper than 10 percent, unless: 
</P>
<P>(i) Alternate safe means are provided to enable mobility-limited persons to cross the roadway at that location; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) It would be infeasible for mobility-limited persons to reach the over-passes, under-passes or ramps because of unusual topographical or architectural obstacles unrelated to the federally assisted facility. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Existing facilities—Rest area facilities.</I> Rest area facilities on Interstate highways shall be made accessible to persons with a disability, including wheelchair users, within a three-year period after the effective date of this part. Other rest area facilities shall be made accessible when Federal financial assistance is used to improve the rest area, or when the roadway adjacent to or in the near vicinity of the rest area is constructed, reconstructed or otherwise altered with Federal financial assistance. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 31468, May 31, 1979, as amended by Amdt. 27-3, 51 FR 19017, May 23, 1986. Redesignated at 56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 79 FR 21405, Apr. 16, 2014] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.77" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.2.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.77   Recipients of Essential Air Service subsidies.</HEAD>
<P>Any air carrier receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department of Transportation under the Essential Air Service Program shall, as a condition of receiving such assistance, comply with applicable requirements of this part and applicable section 504 and ACAA rules of the Department of Transportation. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 56425, Nov. 1, 1996, as amended at 68 FR 51391, Aug. 26, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Enforcement</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 31468, May 31, 1979, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 27.121" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.3.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.121   Compliance information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Cooperation and assistance.</I> The responsible Departmental official, to the fullest extent practicable, seeks the cooperation of recipients in securing compliance with this part and provides assistance and guidance to recipients to help them comply with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compliance reports.</I> Each recipient shall keep on file for one year all complaints of noncompliance received. A record of all such complaints, which may be in summary form, shall be kept for five years. Each recipient shall keep such other records and submit to the responsible Departmental official or his/her designee timely, complete, and accurate compliance reports at such times, and in such form, and containing such information as the responsible Department official may prescribe. In the case in which a primary recipient extends Federal financial assistance to any other recipient, the other recipient shall also submit compliance reports to the primary recipient so as to enable the primary recipient to prepare its report.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Access to sources of information.</I> Each recipient shall permit access by the responsible Departmental official or his/her designee during normal business hours to books, records, accounts, and other sources of information, and to facilities that are pertinent to compliance with this part. Where required information is in the exclusive possession of another agency or person who fails or refuses to furnish the information, the recipient shall so certify in its report and describe the efforts made to obtain the information. Considerations of privacy or confidentiality do not bar the Department from evaluating or seeking to enforce compliance with this part. Information of a confidential nature obtained in connection with compliance evaluation or enforcement is not disclosed by the Department, except in formal enforcement proceedings, where necessary, or where otherwise required by law.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information to beneficiaries and participants.</I> Each recipient shall make available to participants, beneficiaries, and other interested persons such information regarding the provisions of this regulation and its application to the program or activity for which the recipient receives Federal financial assistance, and make such information available to them in such manner, as the responsible Departmental official finds necessary to apprise them of the protections against discrimination provided by the Act and this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 31468, May 31, 1979. Redesignated at 56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991. 68 FR 51391, Aug. 26, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.123" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.3.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.123   Conduct of investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Periodic compliance reviews.</I> The responsible Departmental official or his/her designee, from time to time, reviews the practices of recipients to determine whether they are complying with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Complaints.</I> Any person who believes himself/herself or any specific class of individuals to be harmed by failure to comply with this part may, personally or through a representative, file a written complaint with the responsible Departmental official. A Complaint must be filed not later than 180 days from the date of the alleged discrimination, unless the time for filing is extended by the responsible Departmental official or his/her designee.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Investigations.</I> The responsible Departmental official or his/her designee makes a prompt investigation whenever a compliance review, report, complaint, or any other information indicates a possible failure to comply with this part. The investigation includes, where appropriate, a review of the pertinent practices and policies of the recipient, and the circumstances under which the possible noncompliance with this part occurred.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Resolution of matters.</I> (1) If, after an investigation pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, the responsible Departmental official finds reasonable cause to believe that there is a failure to comply with this part, the responsible Departmental official will inform the recipient. The matter is resolved by informal means whenever possible. If the responsible Departmental official determines that the matter cannot be resolved by informal means, action is taken as provided in § 27.125.
</P>
<P>(2) If an investigation does not warrant action pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the responsible Departmental official or his/her designee so informs the recipient and the complainant, if any, in writing.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Intimidating and retaliatory acts prohibited.</I> No employee or contractor of a recipient shall intimidate, threaten, coerce, or discriminate against any individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by section 504 of the Act or this part, or because the individual has made a complaint, testified, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation, hearing, or proceeding, under this part. The identity of complainants is kept confidential at their election during the conduct of any investigation, hearing or proceeding under this part. However, when such confidentiality is likely to hinder the investigation, the complainant will be advised for the purpose of waiving the privilege.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.125" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.3.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.125   Compliance procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> If there is reasonable cause for the responsible Departmental official to believe that there is a failure to comply with any provision of this part that cannot be corrected by informal means, the responsible Departmental official may recommend suspension or termination of, or refusal to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance, or take any other steps authorized by law. Such other steps may include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) A referral to the Department of Justice with a recommendation that appropriate proceedings be brought to enforce any rights of the United States under any law of the United States (including other titles of the Act), or any assurance or other contractural undertaking; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any applicable proceeding under State or local law.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Refusal of Federal financial assistance.</I> (1) No order suspending, terminating, or refusing to grant or continue Federal financial assistance becomes effective until:
</P>
<P>(i) The responsible Departmental official has advised the applicant or recipient of its failure to comply and has determined that compliance cannot be secured by voluntary means; and
</P>
<P>(ii) There has been an express finding by the Secretary on the record, after opportunity for hearing, of a failure by the applicant or recipient to comply with a requirement imposed by or pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Any action to suspend, terminate, or refuse to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance is limited to the particular recipient who has failed to comply, and is limited in its effect to the particular program or activity, or part thereof, in which noncompliance has been found.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other means authorized by law.</I> No other action is taken until:
</P>
<P>(1) The responsible Departmental official has determined that compliance cannot be secured by voluntary means;
</P>
<P>(2) The recipient or other person has been notified by the responsible Departmental official of its failure to comply and of the proposed action;
</P>
<P>(3) The expiration of at least 10 days from the mailing of such notice to the recipient or other person. During this period, additional efforts are made to persuade the recipient or other person to comply with the regulations and to take such corrective action as may be appropriate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 31468, May 31, 1979. Redesignated at 56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991. 68 FR 51391, Aug. 26, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.127" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.3.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.127   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Opportunity for hearing.</I> Whenever an opportunity for a hearing is required by § 27.125(b), reasonable notice is given by the responsible Departmental official by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the affected applicant or recipient. This notice advises the applicant or recipient of the action proposed to be taken, the specific provision under which the proposed action is to be taken, and the matters of fact or law asserted as the basis for this action, and either:
</P>
<P>(1) Fixes a date not less than 20 days after the date of such notice within which the applicant or recipient may request a hearing; or
</P>
<P>(2) Advises the applicant or recipient that the matter in question has been set for hearing at a stated place and time.
</P>
<FP>The time and place shall be reasonable and subject to change for cause. The complainant, if any, also is advised of the time and place of the hearing. An applicant or recipient may waive a hearing and submit written information and argument for the record. The failure of an applicant or recipient to request a hearing constitutes a waiver of the right to a hearing under section 504 of the Act and § 27.125(b), and consent to the making of a decision on the basis of such information as may be part of the record. 
</FP>
<P>(b) If the applicant or recipient waives its opportunity for a hearing, the responsible Departmental official shall notify the applicant or recipient that it has the opportunity to submit written information and argument for the record. The responsible Departmental official may also place written information and argument into the record. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time and place of hearing.</I> Hearings are held at the office of the Department in Washington, DC, at a time fixed by the responsible Departmental official unless he/she determines that the convenience of the applicant or recipient or of the Department requires that another place be selected. Hearings are held before an Administrative Law Judge designated in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 3105 and 3344 (section 11 of the Administrative Procedure Act). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Right to counsel.</I> In all proceedings under this section, the applicant or recipient and the responsible Departmental official have the right to be represented by counsel. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Procedures, evidence and record.</I> (1) The hearing, decision, and any administrative review thereof are conducted in conformity with sections 554 through 557 of title 5 of the United States Code, and in accordance with such rules of procedure as are proper (and not inconsistent with this section) relating to the conduct of the hearing, giving notice subsequent to those provided for in paragraph (a) of this section, taking testimony, exhibits, arguments and briefs, requests for findings, and other related matters. The responsible Departmental official and the applicant or recipient are entitled to introduce all relevant evidence on the issues as stated in the notice for hearing or as determined by the officer conducting the hearing. Any person (other than a government employee considered to be on official business) who, having been invited or requested to appear and testify as a witness on the government's behalf, attends at a time and place scheduled for a hearing provided for by this part may be reimbursed for his/her travel and actual expenses in an amount not to exceed the amount payable under the standardized travel regulations applicable to a government employee traveling on official business. 
</P>
<P>(2) Technical rules of evidence do not apply to hearings conducted pursuant to this part, but rules or principles designed to assure production of the most credible evidence available and to subject testimony to cross examination are applied where reasonably necessary by the Administrative Law Judge conducting the hearing. The Administrative Law Judge may exclude irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious evidence. All documents and other evidence offered or taken for the record are open to examination by the parties and opportunity is given to refute facts and arguments advanced by either side. A transcript is made of the oral evidence except to the extent the substance thereof is stipulated for the record. All decisions are based on the hearing record and written findings shall be made. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Consolidation or joint hearings.</I> In cases in which the same or related facts are asserted to constitute noncompliance with this regulation with respect to two or more Federal statutes, authorities, or other means by which Federal financial assistance is extended and to which this part applies, or noncompliance with this part and the regulations of one or more other Federal departments or agencies issued under section 504 of the Act, the responsible Departmental official may, in agreement with such other departments or agencies, where applicable, provide for consolidated or joint hearings. Final decisions in such cases, insofar as this regulation is concerned, are made in accordance with § 27.129. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 31468, May 31, 1979. Redesignated at 56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991. 68 FR 51391, Aug. 26, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 27.129" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.20.3.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 27.129   Decisions and notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Decisions by Administrative Law Judge.</I> After the hearing, the Administrative Law Judge certifies the entire record including his recommended findings and proposed decision to the Secretary for a final decision. A copy of the certification is mailed to the applicant or recipient and to the complainant, if any. The responsible Departmental official and the applicant or recipient may submit written arguments to the Secretary concerning the Administrative Law Judge's recommended findings and proposed decision. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Final decision by the Secretary.</I> When the record is certified to the Secretary by the Administrative Law Judge, the Secretary reviews the record and accepts, rejects, or modifies the Administrative Law Judge's recommended findings and proposed decision, stating the reasons therefor. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Decisions if hearing is waived.</I> Whenever a hearing pursuant to § 27.125(b) is waived, the Secretary makes his/her final decision on the record, stating the reasons therefor. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rulings required.</I> Each decision of the Administrative Law Judge or the Secretary contains a ruling on each finding or conclusion presented and specifies any failures to comply with this part. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Content of orders.</I> The final decision may provide for suspension or termination, or refusal to grant or continue Federal financial assistance, in whole or in part, to which this first regulation applies. The decision may contain such terms, conditions, and other provisions as are consistent with and will effectuate the purposes of the Act and this part, including provisions designed to assure that no Federal financial assistance to which this regulation applies will thereafter be extended unless and until the recipient corrects its noncompliance and satisfies the Secretary that it will fully comply with this part. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Subsequent proceedings.</I> (1) An applicant or recipient adversely affected by an order issued under paragraph (e) of this section is restored to full eligibility to receive Federal financial assistance if it satisfies the terms and conditions of that order or if it brings itself into compliance with this part and provides reasonable assurance that it will fully comply with this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any applicant or recipient adversely affected by an order entered pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section may, at any time, request the responsible Departmental official to restore its eligibility, to receive Federal financial assistance. Any request must be supported by information showing that the applicant or recipient has met the requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this section. If the responsible Departmental official determines that those requirements have been satisfied, he/she may restore such eligibility, subject to the approval of the Secretary. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the responsible Departmental official denies any such request, the applicant or recipient may submit a request, in writing, for a hearing specifying why it believes the responsible Departmental official should restore it to full eligibility. It is thereupon given a prompt hearing, with a decision on the record. The applicant or recipient is restored to eligibility if it demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary at the hearing that it satisfied the requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) The hearing procedures of § 27.127(b) through (c) and paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section apply to hearings held under paragraph (f)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(5) While proceedings under this paragraph are pending, the sanctions imposed by the order issued under paragraph (e) of this section shall remain in effect. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 31468, May 31, 1979. Redesignated at 56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991. 68 FR 51391, Aug. 26, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="28" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 28—ENFORCEMENT OF NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF HANDICAP IN PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES CONDUCTED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>29 U.S.C. 794
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 37296, Aug. 6, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 28.101" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.101   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to carry out section 119 of the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978, which amended section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 to prohibit discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies, including this Department, or the United States Postal Service. 49 CFR part 27 implements section 504 in the Department's financial assistance programs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.102" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.102   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all programs or activities conducted by the Department except for programs and activities conducted outside the United States that do not involve individuals with handicaps in the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.103" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.103   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, the term— 
</P>
<P><I>Assistant Attorney General</I> means the Assistant Attorney General, Civil Rights Division, United States Department of Justice. 
</P>
<P><I>Auxiliary aids</I> means services or devices that enable persons with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills to have an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, programs or activities conducted by the Department. For example, auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired vision include readers, Brailled materials, audio recordings, and other similar services and devices. Auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired hearing include telephone handset amplifiers, telephones compatible with hearing aids, telecommunication devices for deaf persons (TDD's), interpreters, notetakers, written materials, and other similar services and devices. 
</P>
<P><I>Complete complaint</I> means a written statement that contains the complainant's name and address and describes the Department's alleged discriminatory actions in sufficient detail to inform the Department of the nature and date of the alleged violation of section 504. It shall be signed by the complainant or by someone authorized to do so on his or her behalf. Complaints filed on behalf of classes or third parties shall describe or identify (by name, if possible) the alleged victims of discrimination. 
</P>
<P><I>Current illegal use of drugs</I> means illegal use of drugs that occurred recently enough to justify a reasonable belief that a person's drug use is current or that continuing use is a real and ongoing problem. 
</P>
<P><I>Drug</I> means a controlled substance, as defined in schedules I through V of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812). 
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> or <I>DOT</I> means the U.S. Department of Transportation, including the Office of the Secretary and all operating administrations. 
</P>
<P><I>Departmental Element</I> (or “DOT element”) means any one of the following organizations within the Department: 
</P>
<P>(a) Office of the Secretary (OST). 
</P>
<P>(b) United States Coast Guard (USCG). 
</P>
<P>(c) Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). 
</P>
<P>(d) Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). 
</P>
<P>(e) Federal Railroad Administration (FRA). 
</P>
<P>(f) National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA). 
</P>
<P>(g) Federal Transit Administration (FTA). 
</P>
<P>(h) Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA). 
</P>
<P>(i) Maritime Administration (MARAD). 
</P>
<P>(j) St. Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation (SLSDC).
</P>
<P><I>Facility</I> means all or any portion of buildings, structures, equipment, roads, walks, parking lots, rolling stock or other conveyances, or other real or personal property. 
</P>
<P><I>Illegal use of drugs</I> means the use of one or more drugs, the possession or distribution of which is unlawful under the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812) The term “illegal use of drugs” does not include the use of a drug taken under supervision by a licensed health care professional, or other uses authorized by the Controlled Substances Act or other provisions of Federal law. 
</P>
<P><I>Individual with handicaps</I> means any person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities, has a record of such an impairment, or is regarded as having such an impairment. 
</P>
<P>As used in this definition, the phrase: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Physical or mental impairment</I>— 
</P>
<P>(i) Includes any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: Neurological; muscular; skeletal; special sense organs; respiratory, including speech organs; cardiovascular; reproductive; digestive; genitourinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and endocrine; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Includes any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Includes, but is not limited to, such diseases or conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech, and hearing impairments, cerebral palsy, epilepsy, muscular dystrophy, multiple sclerosis, cancer, heart disease, diabetes, mental retardation, emotional illness, drug addiction, and alcoholism. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Major life activities</I> includes functions such as caring for one's self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, and working. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Has a record of such an impairment</I> means has a history of, or has been misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Is regarded as having an impairment</I> means— 
</P>
<P>(i) Has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit major life activities but is treated by the Department as constituting such a limitation; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits major life activities only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such impairment; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Has none of the impairments defined in paragraph (1) of this definition but is treated by the Department as having such an impairment. 
</P>
<P><I>Qualified individual with handicaps</I> means— 
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to education services provided by the U.S. Merchant Marine Academy or the U.S. Coast Guard Academy, an individual with handicaps who meets the essential eligibility requirements for participation in and receipt of such services, including the physical standards applicable to the U.S. Naval Reserve or the U.S. Coast Guard. 
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any other Department program or activity under which a person is required to perform services or to achieve a level of accomplishment, an individual with handicaps who meets the essential eligibility requirements and who can achieve the purpose of the program or activity without modifications in the program or activity that the Department can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in its nature. The essential eligibility requirements include the ability to participate without endangering the safety of the individual or others. 
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to any other program or activity, an individual with handicaps who meets the essential eligibility requirements for participation in, or receipt of benefits from, that program or activity and 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Qualified handicapped person</I> as that term is defined for purposes of employment in 29 CFR 1613.702(f), which is made applicable to this part by § 28.140. 
</P>
<P><I>Section 504</I> means section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93-112, 87 Stat. 394 (29 U.S.C. 794)), as amended by the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1974 (Pub. L. 93-516, 88 Stat. 1617), the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978 (Pub. L. 95-602, 92 Stat. 2955); the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1986 (Pub. L. 99-506, 100 Stat. 1810); the Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987 (Pub. L. 100-259, 102 Stat. 28), and Handicapped Program Technical Amendments Act of 1988 (Pub. L. 100-630, 102 Stat. 3312). As used in this part, section 504 applies only to programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies and not to federally assisted programs. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 37296, Aug. 6, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 32354, June 24, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 28.104-28.109" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 28.104-28.109   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.110" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.110   Self-evaluation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department shall, by one year of the effective date of this part, evaluate its current policies and practices, and effects thereof, that do not or may not meet the requirements of this part, and, to the extent modification of any such policies and practices is required, the Department shall proceed to make the necessary modifications. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Department shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including individuals with handicaps, agency employees with handicaps, and organizations representing individuals with handicaps, to participate in the self-evaluation process by submitting comments (both oral and written). 
</P>
<P>(c) The Department shall, until at least three years following completion of the evaluation required under paragraph (a) of this section, or until such time as all modifications identified by the self-evaluation to be necessary to comply with section 504 have been completed, whichever occurs later, maintain on file and make available for public inspection— 
</P>
<P>(1) A description of areas examined, regulations and nonregulatory criteria reviewed, and any problems identified; and 
</P>
<P>(2) A description of any modifications made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.111" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.111   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>The Department shall make available to employees, applicants, participants, beneficiaries, and other interested persons such information regarding the provisions of this part and its applicability to the programs or activities conducted by the Department, and make such information available to them in such manner as the Department finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured them by section 504 and this regulation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 28.112-28.129" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 28.112-28.129   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.130" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.130   General prohibition against discrimination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No qualified individual with handicaps shall, on the basis of handicap, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the Department. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The Department, in providing any aid, benefit, or service, may not, directly or through contractual, licensing, or other arrangement, on the basis of handicap— 
</P>
<P>(i) Deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Afford a qualified individual with handicaps an opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service that is not equal to that afforded others; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide a qualified individual with handicaps with an aid, benefit, or service that is not as effective in affording equal opportunity to obtain the same result, to gain the same benefit, or to reach the same level of achievement as that provided to others; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide different or separate aid, benefits, or services to individuals with handicaps or to any class of individuals with handicaps than is provided to others unless such action is necessary to provide qualified individuals with handicaps with aid, benefits, or services that are as effective as those provided to others; 
</P>
<P>(v) Deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate as a member of planning or advisory boards; or 
</P>
<P>(vi) Otherwise limit a qualified individual with handicaps in the enjoyment of any right, privilege, advantage, or opportunity enjoyed by others receiving the aid, benefit, or service. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Department may not deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate in programs or activities that are not separate or different, despite the existence of permissibly separate or different programs or activities. 
</P>
<P>(3) The Department may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, utilize criteria or methods of administration the purpose or effect of which would— 
</P>
<P>(i) Subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to individuals with handicaps. 
</P>
<P>(4) The Department may not, in determining the site or location of a facility, make selections the purpose or effect of which would— 
</P>
<P>(i) Exclude individuals with handicaps from, deny them the benefits of, or otherwise subject them to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the Department; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair the accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to individuals with handicaps. 
</P>
<P>(5) The Department, in the selection of procurement contractors, may not use criteria that subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap. 
</P>
<P>(6) The Department may not administer a licensing or certification program in a manner that subjects qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap, nor may the Department establish requirements for the programs or activities of licensees or certified entities that subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap. However, the programs or activities of entities that are licensed or certified by the Department are not, themselves, covered by this part. The Department may limit the programs or activities of a licensee or certificate holder, who is a qualified individual with handicaps, to the extent necessary to ensure the safety of that person or the safety of others. 
</P>
<P>(c) The exclusion of individuals without handicaps from the benefits of a program limited by Federal statute or Executive Order to individuals with handicaps or the exclusion of a specific class of individuals with handicaps from a program limited by Federal statute or Executive Order to a different class of individuals with handicaps is not prohibited by this part. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Department shall administer programs and activities in the most integrated setting appropriate to the needs of qualified individuals with handicaps. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.131" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.131   Illegal use of drugs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part does not prohibit discrimination against an individual based on that individual's current illegal use of drugs. 
</P>
<P>(2) The agency shall not discriminate on the basis of illegal use of drugs against an individual who is not engaging in current illegal use of drugs and who— 
</P>
<P>(i) Has successfully completed a supervised drug rehabilitation program or has otherwise been rehabilitated successfully; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is participating in a supervised rehabilitation program; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Is erroneously regarded as engaging in such use. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Health and rehabilitation services.</I> The agency shall not deny health services or services provided under titles I, II, and III of the Rehabilitation Act to an individual on the basis of that individual's current illegal use of drugs, if the individual is otherwise entitled to such services. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Drug testing.</I> (1) This part does not prohibit the agency from adopting or administering reasonable policies or procedures, including but not limited to drug testing, designed to ensure that an individual who formerly engaged in the illegal use of drugs is not engaging in current illegal use of drugs. 
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in paragraph (c) of this section shall be construed to encourage, prohibit, restrict, or authorize the conduct of testing for the illegal use of drugs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 28.132-28.139" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 28.132-28.139   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.140" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.140   Employment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No qualified individual with handicaps shall, on the basis of handicap, be subjected to discrimination in employment under any program or activity conducted by the Department. 
</P>
<P>(b) The definitions, requirements, and procedures of section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791), as established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613, shall apply to employment in federally conducted programs or activities. The provisions of this section do not apply to military personnel of the U.S. Coast Guard. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 28.141-28.148" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 28.141-28.148   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.149" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.149   Program accessibility: Discrimination prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in § 28.150, no qualified individual with handicaps shall, because the Department's facilities are inaccessible to or unusable by individuals with handicaps, be denied the benefits of, be excluded from participation in, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the Department. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.150" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.150   Program accessibility: Existing facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Department shall operate each program or activity so that the program or activity, when viewed in its entirety, is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. This paragraph does not—
</P>
<P>(1) Necessarily require the Department to make each of its existing facilities accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps; 
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(3) Require the Department to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where personnel of a DOT element believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the DOT element has the burden of proving that compliance with § 28.150(a) would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the Secretary or his or her designee, after considering all resources available for use in the funding and operation of the program or activity, and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the Department shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such burdens but would nevertheless ensure that individuals with handicaps receive the benefits and services of the program or activity. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Methods.</I> The Department may comply with the requirements of this section through such means as redesign of equipment, reassignment of services to accessible buildings, assignment of aides to beneficiaries, home visits, delivery of services at alternate accessible sites, alteration of existing facilities and construction of new facilities, use of accessible rolling stock, or any other methods that result in making its programs or activities readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. The Department is not required to make structural changes in existing facilities where other methods are effective in achieving compliance with this section. The Department, in making alterations to existing buildings, shall meet accessibility requirements to the extent compelled by the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), and any regulations implementing it. In choosing among available methods for meeting the requirements of this section, the Department shall give priority to those methods that offer programs and activities to qualified individuals with handicaps in the most integrated setting appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time period for compliance.</I> The Department shall comply with the obligations established under this section within sixty days of the effective date of this part except that where structural changes in facilities are undertaken, such changes shall be made within three years of the effective date of this part, but in any event as expeditiously as possible. Provided that, where major restructuring of fixed facilities to accommodate technological changes is planned to occur within five years from the effective date of this part, changes needed to comply with this section are not required to be made until the planned restructuring takes place. However, alternative means for participation by individuals with handicaps in DOT programs and activities in the most integrated setting possible during this interim waiting period shall be available. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Transition plan.</I> In the event that structural changes to facilities will be undertaken to achieve program accessibility, the Department shall develop, within six months of the effective date of this part, a transition plan setting forth the steps necessary to complete such changes. The agency shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including individuals with handicaps, agency employees with handicaps, or organizations representing individuals with handicaps, to participate in the development of the transition plan by submitting comments (both oral and written). A copy of the transition plan shall be made available for public inspection. The plan shall, at a minimum—
</P>
<P>(1) Identify physical obstacles in the Department's facilities that limit the accessibility of its programs or activities to individuals with handicaps; 
</P>
<P>(2) Describe in detail the methods that will be used to make the facilities accessible; 
</P>
<P>(3) Specify the schedule for taking the steps necessary to achieve compliance with this section and, if the time period of the transition plan is longer than one year, identify steps that will be taken during each year of the transition period; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Indicate the official responsible for implementation of the plan. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.151" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.151   Program accessibility: New construction and alterations.</HEAD>
<P>Each building or part of a building that is constructed or altered by, on behalf of, or for the use of the Department shall be designed, constructed, or altered so as to be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. The definitions, requirements and standards of the Architectural Barriers Act (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), as established in 41 CFR 101-19.600-607, apply to buildings covered by this section, except for military facilities of the Coast Guard, which are covered by 32 CFR part 56. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 28.152-28.159" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 28.152-28.159   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.160" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.160   Communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department shall take appropriate steps to ensure effective communication with applicants, participants, personnel of other Federal entities, and members of the public. 
</P>
<P>(1) The Department shall furnish appropriate auxiliary aids where necessary to afford an individual with handicaps an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, a program or activity conducted by the Department. 
</P>
<P>(i) In determining what type of auxiliary aid is necessary, the Department shall give primary consideration to the requests of the individual with handicaps. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The Department need not provide individually prescribed devices, readers for personal use or study, or other devices of a personal nature to applicants or participants in programs. 
</P>
<P>(2) Where the Department communicates with applicants and beneficiaries by telephone, telecommunications devices for deaf persons (TDDs) or equally effective telecommunication systems, shall be used to communicate with persons with impaired hearing. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Department shall ensure that interested persons, including persons with impaired vision or hearing, can obtain information as to the existence and location of accessible services, activities, and facilities. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Department shall provide signs at each primary entrance to each of its inaccessible facilities, directing users to a location at which they can obtain information as to the location of accessible facilities. The international symbol for accessibility shall be used at each primary entrance of an accessible facility. 
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not require the Department to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where personnel of a DOT element believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in an undue financial and administrative burden, the DOT element has the burden of proving that compliance with § 28.160 would result in such alteration or burden. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burden must be made by the Secretary or his or her designee, after considering all resources available for use in the funding and operation of the program or activity, and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action required to comply with this section would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the Department shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such a burden but would nevertheless ensure that, to the maximum extent possible, individuals with handicaps receive the benefits and services of the program or activity. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 28.161-28.169" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 28.161-28.169   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 28.170" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 28.170   Compliance procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, paragraphs (c)-(k) of this section apply to all allegations of discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs of activities conducted by the Department; 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The Department shall process complaints alleging violations of section 504 with respect to employment according to the procedures established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613 pursuant to section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791). 
</P>
<P>(2) The Department shall process complaints alleging violations of section 504 with respect to requirements of any Department safety regulation, concerning an individual's qualifications to perform a function or to receive a certificate or license, according to the procedures for a petition for an individual waiver or request for review of a standard for possible amendment or recession. The Departmental element shall inform the complainant, in writing, or the decision on the request. The complainant may request reconsideration by the Departmental element of the decision. The decision on the petition or request shall constitute the Department's final action in the matter. 
</P>
<P>(c) Responsibility for implementation and operation of this section shall be vested in the Director, Departmental Office of Civil Rights. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) The Department shall accept and investigate all complete complaints for which it has jurisdiction. All complete complaints must be filed within 180 days of the alleged act of discrimination. The Department may extend this time period for good cause. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the subject matter of a complete complaint concerns a decision by a Departmental element, under a safety regulation, concerning an individual's qualifications to perform a function or to receive a certificate or license, and the complainant has available within the Departmental element a formal review or appeal mechanism concerning that decision, the Department shall not take action on the complaint until the Departmental element's review or appeal process has been completed. 
</P>
<P>(e) If the Department receives a complaint over which it does not have jurisdiction, it shall promptly notify the complainant and shall make reasonable efforts to refer the complaint to the appropriate Government entity. 
</P>
<P>(f) The Department shall notify the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board upon receipt of any complaint alleging that a building or facility that is subject to the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), is not readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. 
</P>
<P>(g) Within 180 days of the receipt of a complete complaint for which it has jurisdiction, the Department shall notify the complainant of the results of the investigation in a letter containing—
</P>
<P>(1) Findings of fact and conclusions of law; 
</P>
<P>(2) A description of a remedy for each violation found; and 
</P>
<P>(3) A notice of the right to appeal. 
</P>
<P>(h) Appeals of the findings of fact and conclusions of law or remedies must be filed by the complainant within 90 days of receipt from the Department of the letter required by § 28.170(g). The Department may extend this time for good cause. 
</P>
<P>(i) Timely appeals shall be accepted and processed by the Assistant Secretary for Transportation Policy. The appeal will not be heard by the same person who made the initial determination on the request. The decision on the appeal shall constitute the Department's final action in the matter. 
</P>
<P>(j) The Department shall notify the complainant of the results of the appeal within 60 days of the receipt of the request. If the Department determines that it needs additional information from the complainant, it shall have 60 days from the date it receives the additional information to make its determination on the appeal. 
</P>
<P>(k) The time limits cited in paragraphs (g) and (j) of this section may be extended with the permission of the Assistant Attorney General. 
</P>
<P>(l) The Department may delegate its authority for conducting complaint investigations to other Federal agencies, except that the authority for making the final determination may not be delegated to another agency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 37296, Aug. 6, 1991, as amended at 59 FR 10061, Mar. 3, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 28.171-28.999" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.21.0.3.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 28.171-28.999   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 29—TRIBAL TRANSPORTATION SELF-GOVERNANCE PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>23 U.S.C. 207
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 33504, June 1, 2020, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.1.23.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.1   What is the purpose and authority for this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in this part implement the Tribal Transportation Self Governance Program established in 23 U.S.C. 207 and set forth rules for compacts and funding agreements negotiated between the Department and Tribes eligible under the Program.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department prepared and issued these rules pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 207(n) with the active participation and representation of Tribes, Tribal organizations, consortia, and individual Tribal members, consistent with the procedures of the Negotiated Rulemaking Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.2" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.1.23.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.2   What is the Department's policy for the Program?</HEAD>
<P>It is the Department's policy to:
</P>
<P>(a) Recognize the unique government-to-government relationship with Tribes, including the right of Tribes to self-government, and to support Tribal sovereignty and self-determination;
</P>
<P>(b) Encourage Tribes to participate in the Program;
</P>
<P>(c) Affirm and enable the United States to fulfill its obligations to Tribes under treaties and other laws, and to ensure the continuation of the trust responsibility of the United States to Tribes and Indians that exist under treaties, other laws, and Executive orders;
</P>
<P>(d) Interpret Federal laws and regulations in a manner that will facilitate the inclusion of eligible funds in funding agreements under the Program to carry out Tribal PSFAs, except as otherwise provided by law;
</P>
<P>(e) Consult with Tribes directly and meaningfully on policies that have Tribal implications and affect the Program;
</P>
<P>(f) Acknowledge that Tribes perform PSFAs as an exercise of Tribal self-determination and self-governance; are responsible for day-to-day operation of PSFAs carried out under the Program; and accept responsibility and accountability for the use of funds and satisfactory performance consistent with the terms of funding agreements; and
</P>
<P>(g) Liberally construe this part to effectuate 23 U.S.C. 207 for the benefit of Tribes participating in the Program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.1.23.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.3   What is the effect of this part on existing Tribal rights?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Tribe may apply for the Program at any time, but nothing in this part requires a Tribe to do so.
</P>
<P>(b) A Tribe's decision to participate in the Program does not:
</P>
<P>(1) Affect, modify, diminish, or otherwise impair the sovereign immunity from suit enjoyed by the Tribe;
</P>
<P>(2) Terminate, waive, modify, or reduce the trust responsibility of the United States to the Tribe or individual Indians; or
</P>
<P>(3) Reduce the amount of the Tribe's formula or discretionary funding from the Department or impair the Tribe's ability to obtain funding from another Federal program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.4" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.1.23.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.4   How do Departmental circulars, policies, manuals, guidance, or rules apply to a Tribe's performance under the Program?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe's performance under the Program is not subject to any Departmental circular, policy, manual, guidance, or rule, except for this part, unless the Department and the Tribe otherwise negotiate and agree in the compact or funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.1.23.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.5   Who is responsible for carrying out the functions connected with the Program?</HEAD>
<P>The Department will carry out the Program, including making eligibility determinations; negotiating compacts and funding agreements with Tribes; overseeing compliance with Department requirements; and otherwise administering and implementing the Program consistent with this part. As provided in § 29.402, a Tribe is responsible for day-to-day management of the Tribe's PSFAs consistent with the compact and funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.6" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.1.23.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.6   Must the Department consult with Tribes regarding matters that affect the Program?</HEAD>
<P>The Department must consult with Tribes on matters relating to the Program. The Department will carry out consultations in accordance with Executive Order 13175 and applicable Department policies, including the Department's Tribal Consultation Plan.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.1.23.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.7   What is the effect of this Program on existing Tribal Transportation Program agreements?</HEAD>
<P>This Program does not terminate existing authority for a Tribe to enter into agreements with the Federal Highway Administration, or contracts or agreements with the Department of the Interior, for the Tribal Transportation Program. A Tribe may maintain its current contracts or agreements, or include Tribal Transportation Program funds in a funding agreement under this Program. A Tribe may only have one agreement at a time for the same funds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.8" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.1.23.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.8   What happens if more than one party purports to be the authorized representative of a Tribe?</HEAD>
<P>If more than one party purports to be the authorized representative of a Tribe during the negotiation of a compact, funding agreement, or amendment, the Department will notify the parties, consult with the Department of the Interior, defer negotiation or execution of any documents, if necessary, until such authority is clarified, and provide written notice to the parties of the Department's decision to defer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.1.23.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.9   What definitions apply to this part?</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise provided, the following definitions apply to this part:
</P>
<P><I>Appeal</I> means a request by a Tribe for an administrative or judicial review of a decision by the Department.
</P>
<P><I>Self-Governance Official</I> means a Department official responsible for overseeing the Program and carrying out the responsibilities set forth in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Compact</I> means a legally binding and mutually enforceable written agreement between the Department and a Tribe entered into pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 207(c) and this part that sets forth the general terms that will govern the Tribe's participation in the Program and affirms the government-to-government relationship.
</P>
<P><I>Consortium</I> means an organization or association of Tribes that is authorized by those Tribes to participate in the Program under this part and is responsible for negotiating, executing, and implementing compacts and funding agreements on behalf of its member Tribes.
</P>
<P><I>Consultation</I> means the process by which the Department and Tribes engage in timely, substantive, and meaningful government-to-government communication, collaboration and participation, and exchange views in furtherance of the Federal trust responsibility and the principles of self-governance, before any action is taken that will have Tribal implications as defined by Executive Order 13175, in accordance with the Department's Tribal Consultation Plan, Executive Order 13175, all subsequent Presidential Memoranda regarding Tribal consultation, and applicable Federal law.
</P>
<P><I>Contractor</I> means a third party who has entered into a legally binding agreement with a Tribe to provide goods or services.
</P>
<P><I>Days</I> means calendar days. When the last day of any time period specified in this part falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, the period shall carry over to the next business day unless otherwise prohibited by law.
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> means the U.S. Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Discretionary</I> or <I>competitive grant</I> means funds provided by the Department where it selects the award amount and recipients from among all eligible applicants consistent with the legislative and regulatory requirements and selection criteria established for a program.
</P>
<P><I>Excess property</I> means real or personal property under the control of a Federal agency that is not required for the agency's needs and the discharge of its responsibilities.
</P>
<P><I>Funding agreement</I> means a legally binding and mutually enforceable written agreement between the Department and a Tribe entered into pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 207(d) and this part that identifies the funds the Tribe will use to carry out its PSFAs, and sets forth the terms and conditions under which the Tribe will receive the funds.
</P>
<P><I>Gross mismanagement</I> means a significant, clear, and convincing violation of a compact, funding agreement, or regulatory or statutory requirements applicable to Federal funds included in a compact and funding agreement that results in a significant reduction of funds available for a PSFA carried out by a Tribe.
</P>
<P><I>Imminent jeopardy</I> means an immediate threat to a trust asset, natural resource, or public health and safety that is caused by the act or omission of a Tribe and that arises out of a failure by the Tribe to carry out the compact or funding agreement.
</P>
<P><I>Indian</I> means a person who is a member or citizen of a Tribe.
</P>
<P><I>Indian Tribe</I> or <I>Tribe</I> means any Indian or Alaska Native tribe, band, nation, pueblo, village, or community (including colonies and rancherias) that is recognized as eligible for the special programs and services provided by the United States to Indians because of their status as Indians. In any case in which an Indian Tribe has authorized another Indian Tribe, an intertribal consortium, or a Tribal organization to plan for or carry out PSFAs on its behalf under this part, the authorized Indian Tribe, intertribal consortium, or Tribal organization shall have the rights and responsibilities of the authorizing Indian Tribe (except as otherwise provided in the authorizing resolution or in title 23 of the U.S. Code). In such event, the term Indian Tribe or Tribe as used in this part shall include such other authorized Indian Tribe, intertribal consortium, or Tribal organization.
</P>
<P><I>Inherent Federal functions</I> means those Federal functions that cannot legally be delegated to a non-Federal entity, including a Tribe.
</P>
<P><I>Operating Administration</I> means a component administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Program</I> means the Tribal Transportation Self-Governance Program established by 23 U.S.C. 207.
</P>
<P><I>Project</I> means any activity determined as being eligible under the U.S. Code title and program for which funds are being provided.
</P>
<P><I>Programs, services, functions, and activities</I> or <I>PSFAs</I> means programs, services, functions, and activities, or portions thereof, that a Tribe carries out using funds included in a funding agreement under the Program.
</P>
<P><I>Real property</I> means any interest in land together with the improvements, structures, and fixtures and appurtenances.
</P>
<P><I>Reassumption</I> means the termination, in whole or part, of a funding agreement and assuming or reassuming the remaining funds included in the compact and funding agreement pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 207(f)(2)(A).
</P>
<P><I>Receipt</I> means the actual date on which a submission is received. With respect to receipt by the Department, receipt is the date on which the Department official specified in this part receives the submission. Demonstration of receipt includes a postal return receipt, express delivery service receipt, or any other method that demonstrates actual receipt by the Departmental official specified in this part, including via electronic mail.
</P>
<P><I>Retrocession</I> means the voluntary return of a Tribe's PSFA and associated remaining funds for any reason before or on the expiration of the term of the funding agreement.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Self-Determination Contract</I> means a contract (or grant or cooperative agreement) entered into pursuant to title I of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 5321) between a Tribe and the appropriate Federal agency for the planning, conducting and administration of programs or services that are otherwise provided to Tribes.
</P>
<P><I>Self-governance</I> means the Federal policy of Indian self-determination and self-government rooted in the inherent sovereignty of Tribes, reflected in the government-to-government relationship between the United States and Tribes, and expressed in the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act, Public Law 93-638, as amended, and the policy of Tribal self-determination established under the Program.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means any of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, or Puerto Rico.
</P>
<P><I>Surplus government property</I> means excess real or personal property that is not required for the needs of and the discharge of the responsibilities of all Federal agencies that has been declared surplus by the General Services Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Technical assistance</I> means the process by which the Department provides targeted support to a Tribe with a development need or problem.
</P>
<P><I>Transit</I> means regular, continuing shared ride surface transportation services that are open to the general public or open to a segment of the general public defined by age, disability, or low income, excluding the transportation services set forth in 49 U.S.C. 5302(14)(B).
</P>
<P><I>Tribal Transportation Program (TTP)</I> means a program established in section 1119 of Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century (MAP-21), Public Law 112-141 (July 6, 2012), and codified in 23 U.S.C. 201 and 202. The Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (FAST Act), Public Law 114-94 (December 4, 2015) reauthorized this program.
</P>
<P><I>TTP Agreement</I> means an agreement between a Tribe and either the Federal Highway Administration or the Bureau of Indian Affairs pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 202 that authorizes a Tribe to carry out all but the inherently Federal functions of the TTP.
</P>
<P><I>Tribal Organization</I> means the recognized governing body of any Tribe, any legally established organization of Indians that is controlled, sanctioned, or chartered by such governing body or is democratically elected by the adult members of the Indian community to be served by such organization, and includes the maximum participation of Indians in all phases of its activities.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Eligibility and Negotiation Process</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.2.23" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Eligibility</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.100" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.2.23.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.100   What are the criteria for eligibility to participate in the Program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligibility.</I> A Tribe is eligible to participate in the Program if—
</P>
<P>(1) The Tribe requests participation in the Program by resolution or other official action by the governing body of the Tribe; and
</P>
<P>(2) The Department determines, based on the evidence submitted by the Tribe, that, over the 3 most recent fiscal years, the Tribe has demonstrated financial stability and financial management capability, and transportation program management capability in accordance with the criteria specified in 23 U.S.C. 207(b) and this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Financial stability and financial management capability.</I> In making the eligibility determination under 23 U.S.C. 207(b), the Department must determine that a Tribe demonstrates financial stability and financial management capability. To assist the Department in determining whether a Tribe meets the financial stability and financial management capability criterion, a Tribe must satisfy one of the following evidence standards:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Conclusive evidence.</I> A Tribe subject to the Single Audit Act demonstrates financial stability and financial management capability by providing evidence establishing that, during the preceding 3 fiscal years, the Tribe had no uncorrected significant and material audit exceptions in the required annual audit of the Tribe's self-determination contracts or self-governance funding agreements with any Federal agency. This will be conclusive evidence that the Tribe has satisfied the financial stability and financial management capability criterion.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Sufficient evidence.</I> A Tribe subject to the Single Audit Act that has a TTP Agreement, or a grant award provided by the Department may provide evidence establishing that, during the preceding 3 fiscal years, the Tribe had no uncorrected significant and material audit exceptions in its required single audit of the Tribe's Federal award programs. This will be sufficient evidence that the Tribe has satisfied the financial stability and financial management capability criterion.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Evidence without a mandate to comply with the Single Audit Act.</I> If a Tribe is not subject to the Single Audit Act, a Tribe may provide evidence of the following for the Department's determination of whether the Tribe satisfies the financial stability and financial management capability criterion:
</P>
<P>(i) An independent audit, consistent with 2 CFR 200.514, containing no uncorrected significant and material audit exceptions that covers the preceding 3 fiscal years of the Tribe's self-determination contracts or self-governance funding agreements with any Federal agency, TTP Agreements, or a grant award from the Department; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Evidence demonstrating that the Tribe has financial management systems and standards that meet or exceed the standards set forth in §§ 29.505 through 29.511 and 29.515 of this part. The Department will confirm in writing within 90 days of receipt of any such submission by the Tribe whether the Tribe's management systems meet the required standards.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Transportation program management capability.</I> In making the eligibility determination under 23 U.S.C. 207(b), the Department also must determine that a Tribe demonstrates transportation program management capability, including the capability to manage and complete projects eligible under title 23 and chapter 53 of title 49 of the U.S. Code, based on the totality of the evidence that a Tribe submits to the Department.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Evidence of transportation management capability.</I> To assist the Department in determining whether a Tribe meets the transportation program management capability criterion, a Tribe may submit evidence including:
</P>
<P>(i) Documentation showing that the Tribe has previously or is currently directing or carrying out transportation services, projects, or programs under a self-determination contract, self-governance compact, a TTP Agreement, or a grant award with the Department.
</P>
<P>(ii) Documentation showing the extent to which the Tribe previously received Federal funding and carried out management responsibilities relating to the planning, design, delivery, construction, maintenance, or operation of transportation-related projects, and whether they were completed;
</P>
<P>(iii) Documentation that the Tribe has established and maintains, as appropriate, a staffed and operational transportation or transit program, department, commission, board, or official of any Tribal government charged by its laws with the responsibility for transportation-related responsibilities, including administration, planning, maintenance, and construction activities. This documentation should identify the Tribal personnel, job descriptions, and expertise necessary to administer or implement PSFAs that the Tribe proposes to assume under the Program. The documentation may also include resolutions, other authorizations, or proposed budgets demonstrating that the Tribe has taken steps to organize a Tribal office or department to address the transportation-related needs of the Tribe and how that entity has or will demonstrate transportation program management capacity; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Documentation showing the completion of one or more transportation projects or operation of a program that is related to or similar to the PSFA the Tribe requests to include in a funding agreement negotiated between the Department and the Tribe. The Department will consider the number, complexity, and type of projects or programs that the Tribe has carried out and describes as part of this determination. This documentation should address the substantive involvement of the Tribe in operating a transportation program, which may be demonstrated by:
</P>
<P>(A) Involvement in the development of a completed and approved highway safety plan;
</P>
<P>(B) Involvement in the development of completed and approved plans, specifications, and estimates design package for one or more transportation projects to be carried out with available funding;
</P>
<P>(C) Involvement in the delivery of a completed and approved transportation construction project using Federal or non-Federal funds;
</P>
<P>(D) Oversight or operation of a public transit project or public transit system;
</P>
<P>(E) Oversight or operation of a transportation maintenance system; or
</P>
<P>(F) Other information that evidences the transportation program management capabilities of the Tribe.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Other indicia of program management capability.</I> In determining transportation program management capability, the Department will consider any other evidence that a Tribe may submit, including the operation by the Tribe of non-transportation programs of similar complexity, size, administrative need, staffing requirement, or budget.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Program eligibility determination.</I> The Department will make its determination of a Tribe's eligibility according to the following time frames:
</P>
<P>(1) Within 30 days of receipt of a Tribe's submission seeking an eligibility determination under this section to participate in the Program, the Department will notify the Tribe in writing to confirm that it has received the submission and notify the Tribe whether any evidence necessary to make the determination is missing.
</P>
<P>(3) Within 120 days of receipt of an initial submission, the Department will issue its determination of a Tribe's eligibility to participate in the Program. If the Tribe provides additional evidence to complete the application, the Department will have up to an additional 45 days after such submittal to issue its determination of the Tribe's eligibility to participate in the Program. The determination will constitute final agency action, which the Tribe may appeal in accordance with §§ 29.904 through 29.911.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Technical assistance.</I> A Tribe with one or more uncorrected significant and material audit exceptions may request technical assistance from the Department through the Self-Governance Official. To the extent feasible, the Department will provide technical assistance, such as feedback on management systems and standards or review of internal controls, with the goal of assisting the Tribe to establish eligibility for the Program. Where audit exceptions involve funding administered by another Federal agency, the Tribe will resolve those exceptions with that agency.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="24" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.2.24" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Negotiations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.101" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.2.24.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.101   How does a Tribe commence negotiations for a compact, funding agreement, or amendment?</HEAD>
<P>After the Department notifies a Tribe in writing that it is eligible to participate in the Program pursuant to § 29.100, the Tribe must submit a written request to the Self-Governance Official to begin negotiating a compact and funding agreement. A Tribe participating in the Program may submit a written request to the Self-Governance Official at any time to begin negotiating an amendment. A Tribe may send the request to <I>ttsgp@dot.gov</I> or use any other method that provides receipt.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.102" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.2.24.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.102   What information should a Tribe provide to the Department when it expresses its interest in negotiating a compact, funding agreement, or amendment?</HEAD>
<P>After the Department notifies a Tribe in writing that it is eligible to participate in the Program pursuant to § 29.100, the Tribe may express its interest in negotiating a compact, funding agreement, or amendment by written request. Such request need only request that the Department enter into negotiations for a compact, funding agreement, or amendment. To the degree the Tribe has the following information available to it, the request may include, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(a) Whether the Tribe wants to negotiate a compact, funding agreement, or amendment;
</P>
<P>(b) The funding programs that the Tribe wants to include in the funding agreement or amendment;
</P>
<P>(c) The terms the Tribe wants to include in the compact, funding agreement, or amendment;
</P>
<P>(d) Any information or technical assistance the Tribe needs from the Department to assist in pursuing the negotiation process; and
</P>
<P>(e) The Tribal official with authority to negotiate on behalf of the Tribe, the designated Tribal contact, relevant contact information, and, if applicable, the name and contact information of an attorney authorized to represent the interests of the Tribe in the negotiation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.103" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.2.24.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.103   How will the Department respond to a Tribe's written request?</HEAD>
<P>Within 15 days of receipt of a Tribe's written request, the Department will notify the Tribe in writing of the identity of the designated representative(s) of the Department who will conduct the negotiation and, to the extent feasible, will provide to the Tribe the information requested by the Tribe consistent with § 29.102(d).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.104" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.2.24.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.104   Must the Department and a Tribe follow a specific process when negotiating compacts, funding agreements, and amendments?</HEAD>
<P>The Department and a Tribe do not have to follow a specific process when negotiating compacts, funding agreements, and amendments. The Department and the Tribe should cooperate to develop a plan to address each issue subject to negotiation and provide the representatives an opportunity to address the Tribal proposals, legal or program issues of concern, the time needed to complete the negotiations, and the development of a term sheet.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.105" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.2.24.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.105   Will negotiations commence or conclude within a specified time period?</HEAD>
<P>Unless the Department and the Tribe agree otherwise, negotiations will commence within 60 days of the Department's receipt of the Tribe's written request to negotiate a compact, funding agreement, or amendment. The Department and the Tribe should make every effort to conclude negotiations within 90 days from the date on which negotiations commence, unless they agree to extend the time period for negotiations. Negotiations may proceed by electronic mail, teleconferences, or in-person meetings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.106" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.2.24.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.106   What are best practices to pursue negotiations?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department and the Tribe should collaborate and provide a clear explanation of their positions and interests. Each party should provide timely and specific responses to proposals presented during negotiations in order to conclude negotiations as soon as possible within the period provided in § 29.105.
</P>
<P>(b) In negotiating the applicable construction, design, monitoring, or health and safety requirements that apply to the PSFAs the Tribe carries out using funds included in a funding agreement, along with the other terms set forth in § 29.307, the Department and the Tribe should cooperate and the Department will prioritize the reduction of administrative requirements on the Tribe when negotiating the terms of the compact, funding agreement, or amendment to effectuate Tribal self-governance.
</P>
<P>(c) The Department and the Tribe should conduct the negotiations in order to reach agreement on as many items as possible, and to refine unresolved issues in order to avoid disputed terms. The negotiations should conclude with mutually agreed upon terms and conditions. If any unresolved issues remain, the Tribe may submit a final offer to the Department under subpart C of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.107" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.2.24.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.107   What recourse does the Department or the Tribe have if the negotiations reach an impasse?</HEAD>
<P>The Department and the Tribe should resolve disagreements informally and by mutual agreement whenever possible. If the Department and the Tribe are unable to reach agreement by the agreed upon date for completing negotiations, the Tribe may request to participate in an alternative dispute resolution process pursuant to § 29.901, or it may submit a final offer to the Self-Governance Official in accordance with subpart C of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.108" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.2.24.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.108   May the Department and the Tribe continue to negotiate after the Tribe submits a final offer?</HEAD>
<P>The Department and the Tribe may continue negotiations after the Tribe submits a final offer by mutual agreement, and may execute the remaining terms of the compact, funding agreement, or amendment not subject to the final offer, consistent with § 29.213.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.109" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.2.24.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.109   Who is responsible for drafting the compact or funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>It is the mutual obligation of the Department and the Tribe to draft the compact, funding agreement, or amendment. Either the Department or the Tribe may prepare the initial draft for the other party's review.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Final Offer Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.200" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.200   What is covered by this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>This subpart explains the final offer process for resolving, within a specific time frame, disputes that may develop in negotiation of a compact, funding agreement, or amendment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.201" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.201   In what circumstances should a Tribe submit a final offer?</HEAD>
<P>If the Department and a Tribe are unable to agree, in whole or in part, on the terms of a compact, funding agreement, or amendment, the Tribe may submit a final offer to the Department.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.202" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.202   How does a Tribe submit a final offer?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Tribe must submit a written final offer to the Self-Governance Official to <I>ttsgp@dot.gov</I> or send the final offer using any other method that provides receipt to: Self-Governance Official, U.S. Department of Transportation, Office of the Secretary, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Governmental Affairs (I-10), 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) The final offer should be a separate document from the compact, funding agreement, or amendment and clearly identified as a “Final Offer—Response due within 45 days of receipt.”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.203" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.203   What must a final offer contain?</HEAD>
<P>A final offer must contain a description of the disagreement between the Department and the Tribe, the Tribe's final proposal to resolve the disagreement, including any draft proposed terms to be included in a compact, funding agreement, or amendment, and the name and contact information for the person authorized to act on behalf of the Tribe. If the final offer is insufficient for the Department to make a decision, the Department will notify the Tribe and request additional information. A request for more information has no effect on deadlines for response.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.204" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.204   How many days does the Department have to respond to a final offer?</HEAD>
<P>The Department has 45 days to respond to the final offer. The 45-day review period begins on the date the Self-Governance Official receives the final offer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.205" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.205   How does the Department acknowledge receipt of a final offer?</HEAD>
<P>Within 10 days of the Self-Governance Official receiving the final offer, the Department will send the Tribe an acknowledgement of the final offer, together with documentation that indicates the date on which the Self-Governance Official received the final offer. The Department's failure to send the acknowledgement does not constitute approval of the final offer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.206" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.206   May the Department request and obtain an extension of time of the 45-day review period?</HEAD>
<P>The Department may request an extension of time before the expiration of the 45-day review period. The Tribe may either grant or deny the Department's request for an extension. Any grant of extension of time must be in writing and signed by a person authorized by the Tribe to grant the extension before the expiration of the 45-day review period.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.207" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.207   What happens if the Department takes no action within the 45-day review period (or any extensions thereof)?</HEAD>
<P>The final offer is accepted by operation of law if the Department takes no action within the 45-day review period (or any extensions thereof).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.208" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.208   What happens once the Department accepts the Tribe's final offer or the final offer is accepted by operation of law?</HEAD>
<P>Once the Department accepts the Tribe's final offer or the final offer is accepted by operation of law, the Department must add the terms of the Tribe's accepted final offer to the compact, funding agreement, or amendment, and transfer funds consistent with §§ 29.403 through 29.405.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rejection of Final Offers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.209" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.209   On what basis may the Department reject a Tribe's final offer?</HEAD>
<P>The Department may reject a Tribe's final offer for any of the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(a) The amount of funds proposed in the final offer exceeds the applicable funding level to which the Tribe is entitled;
</P>
<P>(b) The subject of the final offer is an inherent Federal function that cannot legally be delegated to the Tribe;
</P>
<P>(c) Carrying out the PSFA would result in significant danger or risk to public health or safety; or
</P>
<P>(d) The Tribe is not eligible to participate in self-governance under section 23 U.S.C. 207(b).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.210" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.210   How does the Department reject a final offer?</HEAD>
<P>The Department must reject a final offer by providing written notice to the Tribe based on the criteria in § 29.209 no more than 45 days after receipt of a final offer by the Self-Governance Official, or within a longer time period as agreed to by the Department and the Tribe consistent with this subpart. The notice must explain the basis for the rejection of the final offer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.211" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.211   Is technical assistance available to a Tribe to overcome rejection of a final offer?</HEAD>
<P>The Department must provide technical assistance to overcome the objections stated in the Department's rejection of a final offer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.212" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.212   May a Tribe appeal the rejection of a final offer?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe may appeal the rejection of a final offer in accordance with §§ 29.904 through 29.911.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.213" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.3.25.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.213   If a Tribe appeals a final offer, do the remaining provisions of the compact, funding agreement, or amendment not in dispute go into effect?</HEAD>
<P>If a Tribe appeals the rejection of a final offer, the Department and the Tribe may execute and make effective any non-disputed, severable provisions of the compact, funding agreement, or amendment that are not already executed and are not subject to appeal.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Contents of Compacts and Funding Agreements</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="26" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.26" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Compacts</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.300" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.26.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.300   What is included in a compact?</HEAD>
<P>A compact only includes the general terms that govern a Tribe's participation in the Program and such other terms as the Department and the Tribe mutually agree that will continue to apply from year to year, and affirms the government-to-government relationship between the Department and the Tribe. Such terms include the authority, purpose, and obligations of the Department and the Tribe. The written compact memorializes matters on which the Department and the Tribe agree. The compact will not include language not agreed to by the Department and the Tribe.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.301" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.26.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.301   Is a compact required to participate in the Program?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe must have a compact in place to participate in the Program. A compact must be in effect between the Department and the Tribe before the Tribe may enter into a funding agreement with the Department. The Tribe may negotiate a compact at the same time it is negotiating a funding agreement, so long as the compact is executed prior to or concurrent with the funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.302" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.26.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.302   What is the duration of a compact?</HEAD>
<P>A compact remains in effect until it is terminated by mutual written agreement, retrocession, or reassumption under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.303" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.26.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.303   May more than one Tribe enter into a single compact and funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>A consortium of two or more Tribes may participate in the Program by entering into a single compact and funding agreement on the same basis as an individual Tribe. A consortium may comprise a combination of one or more Tribes that may or may not be independently eligible under § 29.100, so long as the consortium is eligible.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.304" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.26.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.304   May a compact be amended?</HEAD>
<P>A compact may be amended at any time by the mutual written agreement of the Department and the Tribe.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.27" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Funding Agreements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.305" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.27.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.305   When can a Tribe initiate negotiation of a funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>Concurrent with or after a Tribe has entered into a compact with the Department, the Department and the Tribe will negotiate a funding agreement, consistent with §§ 29.101 through 29.109. The funding agreement is the legally binding written agreement that identifies the funds the Tribe will use to carry out its PSFAs, and sets forth the terms and conditions under which the Tribe will receive the funds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.306" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.27.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.306   What is the duration of a funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The duration of a funding agreement is one year unless the Department and a Tribe negotiate a multi-year funding agreement or, for an initial funding agreement, a partial-year agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) Each funding agreement will remain in full force and effect until the Department and the Tribe execute a subsequent funding agreement, except when:
</P>
<P>(1) The Tribe provides notice to the Department that it is withdrawing or retroceding funds for the operation of one or more PSFAs (or portions thereof) identified in the funding agreement;
</P>
<P>(2) The Department terminates the funding agreement under 23 U.S.C. 207(f)(2); or
</P>
<P>(3) The Department and the Tribe agree otherwise.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.307" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.27.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.307   What terms must a funding agreement include?</HEAD>
<P>A funding agreement must set forth the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The funds the Department will provide, including those funds provided on a recurring basis;
</P>
<P>(b) The PSFAs the Tribe intends to carry out using the funds;
</P>
<P>(c) The general budget category assigned to the funds;
</P>
<P>(d) The time and method of transfer of funds;
</P>
<P>(e) The responsibilities of the Department and the Tribe;
</P>
<P>(f) Any applicable statutory limitations on the use of funds;
</P>
<P>(g) Any statutory or negotiated reporting requirements;
</P>
<P>(h) Any applicable Federal or federally approved design, construction, and monitoring standards, or the Tribe's design, construction, and monitoring standards, if they are consistent with or exceed the Federal or federally approved standards;
</P>
<P>(i) Other Federal health and safety requirements that apply to the funds included in the funding agreement, or the Tribe provides adequate assurance that its relevant health and safety requirements are consistent with or exceed such requirements;
</P>
<P>(j) If the funding agreement includes TTP funds under 23 U.S.C. 202 and § 29.400(a), provisions related to planning, inventory, and allowable use of funds in 25 CFR part 170 necessary for administration of the TTP, consistent with the Program's goal to reduce administrative burdens on the Tribe, or Tribal provisions that meet or exceed those standards;
</P>
<P>(k) Any other provision agreed to by the Department and the Tribe, such as program oversight, accountability, annual reporting on expenditure of Federal funds, and technical assistance; and
</P>
<P>(l) Provisions authorizing the Department to terminate the funding agreement (in whole or in part) and reassume the remaining funding for transfer, as appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.308" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.27.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.308   May the funding agreement include additional terms from title I of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act?</HEAD>
<P>At a Tribe's request, the Department and the Tribe may incorporate into a compact or funding agreement any other provision of title I of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act, unless the Department determines there is a conflict between the provision and 23 U.S.C. 207. The Department will make the determination consistent with 23 U.S.C. 207(j).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.309" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.27.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.309   Will a funding agreement include provisions pertaining to flexible or innovative financing?</HEAD>
<P>If the Department and a Tribe agree, a funding agreement will include provisions pertaining to flexible financing and innovative financing. In that event, the Department and the Tribe will establish terms and conditions relating to the flexible and innovative financing provisions that are consistent with 23 U.S.C. 207(d)(2)(C).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.310" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.27.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.310   How is a funding agreement amended?</HEAD>
<P>A funding agreement may be amended by the mutual written agreement of the Department and the Tribe as provided for in the funding agreement. The Department will not revise, amend, or require additional terms in a new or subsequent funding agreement without the consent of the Tribe, unless such terms are required by Federal law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.311" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.4.27.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.311   Is a subsequent funding agreement retroactive to the end of the term of the preceding funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>When the Department and a Tribe execute a subsequent funding agreement, the provisions of such a funding agreement are retroactive to the end of the term of the preceding funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Rules and Procedures for Transfer and Use of Funds</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.400" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.400   What funds may a Tribe elect to include in a funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe may elect to include in a funding agreement the following funds:
</P>
<P>(a) Funds provided to the Tribe under the Tribal Transportation Program identified in 23 U.S.C. 202 in accordance with the statutory formula set forth in 23 U.S.C. 202(b);
</P>
<P>(b) Any transit funds provided to the Tribe under 49 U.S.C. 5311;
</P>
<P>(c) Funds for any discretionary or competitive grant administered by the Department awarded to the Tribe for a transportation program under title 23 of the U.S. Code or chapter 53 of title 49 of the U.S. Code;
</P>
<P>(d) Funds for any other discretionary or competitive grant for a transportation-related purpose administered by the Department otherwise available to the Tribe;
</P>
<P>(e) Federal-aid funds apportioned to a State under chapter 1 of title 23 of the U.S. Code if the State elects to transfer, pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 207(d)(2)(A)(ii) or 23 U.S.C. 202(a)(9), a portion of such funds to the Tribe for an eligible project; and
</P>
<P>(f) Formula funds awarded to a State under 49 U.S.C. 5311 that the State elects to award to the Tribe, where the Tribe and State agree that the Department will award the funds directly to the Tribe.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.401" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.401   What funds must the Department transfer to a Tribe in a funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the terms of a funding agreement, the Department must transfer to a Tribe all the funds provided for in the funding agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department must provide funds for periods covered by a joint resolution adopted by Congress making continuing appropriations and authorization extensions, to the extent permitted by such resolutions. The Department will defer payment of funds to the Tribe if the period of continuing appropriations is less than 35 days.
</P>
<P>(c) To the extent a Tribe elects to include the following funds in its funding agreement, the Department will include the amount equal to:
</P>
<P>(1) The amount awarded to the Tribe for any discretionary or competitive grant;
</P>
<P>(2) The amount transferred to the Tribe by a State;
</P>
<P>(3) The sum of the funds that the Tribe would otherwise receive in accordance with a funding formula or other allocation method set forth in title 23 of the U.S. Code or chapter 53 of title 49 of the U.S. Code; and
</P>
<P>(4) Such additional amounts as the Department determines equal the amounts that would have been withheld, if any, for the costs of the Bureau of Indian Affairs to administer the program or project on behalf of the Tribe.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.402" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.402   Is the Tribe responsible for the funds included in a funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>The Tribe is responsible for implementing the Tribe's PSFAs using the funds included in a funding agreement and for administering the funds in accordance with this part. In addition, the Tribe must carry out its PSFAs in accordance with the funding agreement, and all applicable statutes and regulations identified in the funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.403" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.403   When must the Department transfer to a Tribe the funds identified in a funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>When a funding agreement requires an annual transfer of funds to be made by the Department at the beginning of a fiscal year, or requires semiannual or other periodic transfers of funds to be made to a Tribe, the Department will make the first transfer no later than 10 days after the apportionment of such funds by the Office of Management and Budget to the Department, unless the funding agreement provides otherwise. Consistent with the Prompt Payment Act, the Department is not responsible for any interest penalty if the Department makes the transfer within 30 days.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.404" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.404   When must the Department transfer funds that were not paid as part of the initial lump sum payment (or initial periodic payment)?</HEAD>
<P>The Department must transfer any funds that were not paid in the initial lump sum payment (or initial periodic payment) within 10 days after the apportionment of such funds by the Office of Management and Budget to the Department, unless the funding agreement provides otherwise. Consistent with the Prompt Payment Act, the Department is not responsible for any interest penalty if the Department makes the transfer within 30 days.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.405" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.405   When must the Department transfer funds for a discretionary or competitive grant?</HEAD>
<P>If the Department selects a Tribe for a discretionary or competitive grant, and the Tribe elects to include the grant funds in its funding agreement, the Department will transfer the funds to the Tribe in accordance with the terms of the Notice of Funding Opportunity or as the Department and the Tribe may otherwise agree. The Department will transfer these funds no later than 10 days after the Department and the Tribe execute a funding agreement or an amendment covering the grant, unless the funding agreement provides otherwise. Consistent with the Prompt Payment Act, the Department is not responsible for any interest penalty if the Department makes the transfer within 30 days.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.406" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.406   Does the award of funds for a discretionary or competitive grant entitle a Tribe to receive the same amount in subsequent years?</HEAD>
<P>The award of funds for a discretionary or competitive grant does not entitle a Tribe to receive the same amount of funds in subsequent years.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.407" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.407   Does the award of funds for discretionary or competitive grants entitle the Tribe to receive contract support costs?</HEAD>
<P>Receipt of discretionary or competitive grant awards does not entitle the Tribe to receive contract support costs or any other amounts identified in 25 U.S.C. 5325. However, a Tribe may use grant awards to cover overhead and administrative expenses associated with operation of the grant, as provided in the grant award.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.408" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.408   How may a Tribe use interest earned on funds included in a funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe may retain interest earned on funds included in a funding agreement to carry out transportation or governmental functions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.409" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.409   May a Tribe carry over from one fiscal year to the next any funds that remain at the end of the funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe may carry over from one fiscal year to the next any funds that remain at the end of the funding agreement, consistent with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The period of availability for formula funds included in a funding agreement does not lapse. After transfer to the Tribe, such funds will remain available until expended. If a Tribe elects to carry over funds from one fiscal year to the next, such carryover funds will not diminish the amount of formula funds the Tribe is authorized to receive under its funding agreement in that or any subsequent fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(b) The period of availability for discretionary or competitive grants are specific to the funding source and will be set forth in the funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.410" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.410   May a Tribe use remaining funds from a discretionary or competitive grant included in a funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe may use remaining funds from a discretionary or competitive grant included in a funding agreement, but only with written approval from the Department. The Department must determine that the use of such funds is consistent with the statutory requirements of the grant program, including purpose and time, and is for the project for which the grant was provided.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.411" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.411   Are funds included in a compact and funding agreement non-Federal funds for purposes of meeting matching or cost participation requirements under any other Federal or non-Federal program?</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, pursuant to 25 U.S.C. 5325(j), funds included in a compact and funding agreement are considered non-Federal funds for purposes of meeting matching or cost participation requirements under any other Federal or non-Federal program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.412" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.412   May the Department increase the funds included in the funding agreement if necessary to carry out the Program?</HEAD>
<P>The Department may increase the funds included in the funding agreement if necessary to carry out the Program. However, the Department and the Tribe must agree to any transfer of funds to the Tribe unless otherwise provided for in the funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.413" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.413   How will the Department assist a Tribe with its credit requests?</HEAD>
<P>At the request of a Tribe that has applied for a loan or other credit assistance from a State infrastructure bank or other financial institution to complete an eligible transportation-related project with funds included in a funding agreement, the Department will provide documentation in its possession or control to assist the Tribe.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.414" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.414   What limitations apply to Department actions related to transfer of funds associated with PSFAs?</HEAD>
<P>The Department will not:
</P>
<P>(a) Fail or refuse to transfer to a Tribe its full share of funds due under the Program, except as required by Federal law;
</P>
<P>(b) Withhold portions of such funds for transfer over a period of years;
</P>
<P>(c) Reduce the amount of funds identified for transfer in a funding agreement to make funding available for self-governance monitoring or administration by the Department;
</P>
<P>(d) Reduce the amount of funds included in a funding agreement in subsequent years, except pursuant to:
</P>
<P>(1) A reduction in appropriations from the previous fiscal year or a change in the funding formula;
</P>
<P>(2) A congressional directive in legislation or accompanying report;
</P>
<P>(3) A Tribal authorization;
</P>
<P>(4) A change in the amount of pass-through funds;
</P>
<P>(5) Completion of a project, activity, or program for which discretionary or competitive grant funds were provided;
</P>
<P>(6) Expenditure of all discretionary or competitive grant funds authorized by the Department under separate statutory authorities for an eligible project, activity, or program; or
</P>
<P>(7) A final decision by the Department pursuant to subpart I to terminate a compact or funding agreement (or portions thereof) due to a finding of gross mismanagement or imminent jeopardy.
</P>
<P>(e) Reduce the amount of funds identified in a funding agreement to pay for Federal functions, including Federal pay costs, Federal employee retirement benefits, automated data processing, technical assistance, and monitoring of activities under the Program, except that such prohibition is inapplicable when Congress authorizes the Department to set aside a portion of the funds for Department project monitoring and oversight related functions; or
</P>
<P>(f) Reduce the amount of funds required under the Program to pay for costs of Federal personnel displaced by compacts and funding agreements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.415" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.415   Does the Prompt Payment Act apply to funds included in a funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>The Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901 <I>et seq.,</I> applies to the transfer of funds under the Program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.416" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.416   What standard applies to a Tribe's management of funds included in a funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Tribe must invest and manage funds included in a funding agreement as a prudent investor would, in light of the purpose, terms, distribution requirements, and applicable provisions, in the compact and funding agreement. This duty requires the exercise of reasonable care, skill, and caution, and is to be applied to investments not in isolation, but in the context of the investment portfolio and as a part of an overall investment strategy, which should incorporate risk and return objectives reasonably suited to the Tribe. In making and implementing investment decisions, the Tribe has a duty to diversify the investments unless, under the circumstances, it is prudent not to do so.
</P>
<P>(b) A Tribe must:
</P>
<P>(1) Conform to fundamental fiduciary duties of loyalty and impartiality;
</P>
<P>(2) Act with prudence in deciding whether and how to delegate authority and in the selection and supervision of agents; and
</P>
<P>(3) Incur only costs that are reasonable in amount and appropriate to the investment responsibilities of the Tribe.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.417" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.417   Must a Tribe continue performance of the Tribal Transportation Program or the Tribal Transit Program under a compact and funding agreement if the Department does not transfer sufficient funds?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe does not have to continue performance of the Tribal Transportation Program (23 U.S.C. 202(b)) or the Tribal Transit Program (49 U.S.C. 5311(c)(1)) that requires an expenditure of funds in excess of the amount of funds included in a funding agreement. If at any time the Tribe has reason to believe that the total amount included in a funding agreement is insufficient, the Tribe must provide reasonable notice of such insufficiency to the Self-Governance Official. If the Department does not increase the amount of funds included in the funding agreement for the Tribal Transportation Program or Tribal Transit Program, the Tribe may suspend performance of the program activity until such time as the Department transfers additional funds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.418" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.418   May a funding agreement include transfers of State funds?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State may elect to provide a portion of Federal-aid funds apportioned to the State under chapter 1 of title 23 of the U.S. Code to an eligible Tribe for a project eligible under 23 U.S.C. 202(a).
</P>
<P>(b) If a State provides such funds, the transfer may occur in accordance with 23 U.S.C. 202(a)(9), 23 U.S.C. 207(d)(2)(A)(ii), or the State may transfer the funds to the Department, and the Department will transfer the funds to the participating Tribe through the Tribe's funding agreement.
</P>
<P>(c) If a State provides such funds, the Tribe (and not the State) will be responsible for:
</P>
<P>(1) Constructing and maintaining any projects carried out using the funds;
</P>
<P>(2) Administering and supervising the projects and funds in accordance with 23 U.S.C. 207;
</P>
<P>(3) Complying with applicable post-construction requirements.
</P>
<P>(d) The receipt of any State funds transferred at the election of a State to the Tribe pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 202(a)(9), 23 U.S.C. 207(d)(2)(A)(ii), or funds awarded to a State pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5311 that are transferred at the election of a State to the Federal Transit Administration for the benefit of a Tribe does not entitle the Tribe to receive contract support costs under 25 U.S.C. 5325(a). While a Tribe is not entitled to additional funds for contract supports costs, a Tribe may use a portion of such State funds for overhead and administrative expenses if such costs are reasonable, allowable, and allocable in accordance with 2 CFR part 200 and the statutory and regulatory requirements applicable to the funding source.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.419" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.419   Does the award of formula funds entitle a Tribe to receipt of contract support costs?</HEAD>
<P>The award of formula funds does not entitle a Tribe to receive contract support costs under 25 U.S.C. 5325(a). A funding agreement will not provide additional funds for contract support costs to carry out PSFAs. While a Tribe is not entitled to additional funds for contract support costs, a Tribe may use a portion of its formula funds (§ 29.400(a) and (b)) for overhead and administrative expenses if such costs are reasonable, allowable, and allocable in accordance with 2 CFR part 200 and the statutory and regulatory requirements applicable to the funding source.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.420" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.420   Is a Tribe entitled to enter into facility leases from the Department and to receive facility support costs?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe is not entitled to enter into facility leases with the Department and receive facility support costs. A funding agreement will not provide additional funds for facility leases and facility support costs to carry out PSFAs. However, facility leases and facility support costs may be an eligible and allowable use of funds a Tribe receives under a funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.421" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.5.28.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.421   May a Tribe redesign, consolidate, reallocate, or redirect the funds included in a funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Tribe may redesign, consolidate, reallocate, or redirect funds included in a funding agreement in any manner it considers to be in the best interest of the Indian community being served, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The funds are expended on projects identified in a transportation improvement program approved by the Department, where statutorily required; and
</P>
<P>(2) The funds are used in accordance with the requirements in appropriations acts, title 23 of the U.S. Code, chapter 53 of title 49 of the U.S. Code, and any other applicable law.
</P>
<P>(b) Consistent with 23 U.S.C. 207(e)(1)(B), a Tribe may not redesign, consolidate, reallocate, or redirect any discretionary or competitive grant funds or State transfers of funds that are included in the funding agreement. A Tribe may use remaining funds from a discretionary or competitive grant in accordance with § 29.410.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Program Operations</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="28" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.28" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Audits and Cost Principles</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.500" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.28.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.500   Must a Tribe undertake an annual audit?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe that meets the applicable thresholds under 2 CFR 200.501 must undertake an annual audit pursuant to the regulations set forth in 2 CFR part 200, Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards, except to the extent that part 200 exempts a Tribe from complying with the audit requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.501" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.28.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.501   Must a Tribe submit any required audits to the Federal Audit Clearinghouse and the Department?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe must submit any required audits to the Federal Audit Clearinghouse pursuant to the Office of Management and Budget procedures and provide prompt notice to the Department it has done so.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.502" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.28.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.502   Who is responsible for compiling, copying, and paying for materials for any audit or examination?</HEAD>
<P>The agency or entity undertaking the examination or audit will be responsible for all costs associated with an audit or examination of Tribal records. A Tribe is responsible for making records available during regular business hours, and may prevent removal of the records from Tribal offices. If an agency or entity undertaking the examination or audit requests that the Tribe make copies of records for its use, the Tribe must do so, but may charge the examining agency reasonable per-page fees for photocopying or scanning of documents and records.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.503" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.28.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.503   How may the Federal Government make a claim against a Tribe relating to any disallowance of costs based on an audit conducted under this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Disallowance of costs.</I> Any claim by the Federal Government against a Tribe relating to funds included in a funding agreement based on any audit conducted pursuant to this part is subject to 25 U.S.C. 5325(f).
</P>
<P>(1) Any right of action or other remedy (other than those relating to a criminal offense) relating to any disallowance of costs is barred unless the Department provides notice of such a disallowance within 365 days from receiving any required annual audit report. The notice must set forth the Tribe's appeal and hearing rights in accordance with §§ 29.912 through 29.923.
</P>
<P>(2) To calculate the 365-day period, an audit report is deemed received by the Department on the date of electronic submission to the Federal Audit Clearinghouse. The Department has 60 days after receiving the audit report to give notice to the Tribe of its determination to reject an audit report as insufficient due to non-compliance with the applicable provisions of 2 CFR part 200 or any applicable statute.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Criminal penalties.</I> Any person, officer, director, agent, employee, or person otherwise connected with a recipient of a contract, subcontract, grant, or sub-grant under a compact or funding agreement who embezzles, willfully misapplies, steals, or obtains by fraud any of the money, funds, assets, or property provided to the recipient will be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned for not more than 2 years, or both. If the amount of funds in question does not exceed $100, then the fine will be no more than $1,000 and imprisonment not more than 1 year, or both.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.504" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.28.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.504   What cost principles must a Tribe apply in compacts and funding agreements?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Tribe must apply the applicable cost principles of the Office of Management and Budget's Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards, 2 CFR part 200, except as modified by:
</P>
<P>(1) 25 U.S.C. 5325(k), which sets forth certain categories of allowable uses of funds that a Tribe may include in a funding agreement provided that such use supports implementation of a PSFA;
</P>
<P>(2) Other provisions of Federal law; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any subsequent exemptions granted by the Office of Management and Budget.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department may not require a Tribe to apply other audit or accounting standards.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.29" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Standards for Tribal Management Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.505" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.29.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.505   What are the financial management systems that a Tribe carrying out a compact and funding agreement must develop, implement, and maintain to ensure the proper expenditure and accounting of Federal funds?</HEAD>
<P>(a)<I> Generally.</I> To ensure the proper expenditure and accounting of Federal funds, a Tribe carrying out a compact and funding agreement must develop, implement, and maintain financial management systems that meet the financial standards and minimum requirements set forth in §§ 29.506 and 29.507, unless the Department waives, in whole or in part, one or more of the standards.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicability to Tribal contractors.</I> A Tribe may require that its contractors comply with some or all of the standards and requirements in §§ 29.506 and 29.507 when the Tribe retains contractors to assist in carrying out the requirements of a funding agreement.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Evaluation.</I> When required under 2 CFR part 200, an independent auditor retained by a Tribe must evaluate the financial management systems of the Tribe through an annual audit report in accordance with the Single Agency Audit Act, 31 U.S.C. 7501-7506.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.506" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.29.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.506   What standards apply to a Tribe's financial management systems when carrying out a compact and funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>The following standards apply to a Tribe's financial management systems when carrying out a compact and funding agreement:
</P>
<P>(a) The system must expend and account for funds included in a funding agreement in accordance with:
</P>
<P>(1) The compact and funding agreement;
</P>
<P>(2) All statutory requirements applicable to the funding source; and
</P>
<P>(3) Applicable provisions of 2 CFR part 200.
</P>
<P>(b) The fiscal control and accounting procedures of a Tribe's financial management system must be sufficient to:
</P>
<P>(1) Permit the preparation of reports required by applicable Federal law, the compact, funding agreement, and this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Permit the tracing of program or project funds to a level of expenditure adequate to establish that the funds have not been used in violation of any restrictions or prohibitions contained in any statute or provision of 2 CFR part 200 that applies to the funds included in the compact and funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.507" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.29.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.507   What minimum requirements must a Tribe's financial management system include to meet the standards set forth in § 29.506?</HEAD>
<P>To meet the standards set forth in § 29.506, a Tribe's financial management system must include the following minimum requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Financial reports.</I> The financial management system must provide for accurate, current, and complete disclosure of the financial results of activities carried out by a Tribe under a compact and funding agreement;
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Accounting records.</I> The financial management system must maintain records sufficiently detailed to identify the source and application of funds transferred to a Tribe in a funding agreement. The system must contain sufficient information to identify awards, obligations and unobligated balances, assets, liabilities, outlays, or expenditures and income;
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Internal controls.</I> The financial management system must maintain effective control and accountability for all funds included in a funding agreement and for all Federal real property, personal property, and other assets furnished for use by a Tribe under its compact and funding agreement;
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Budget controls.</I> The financial management system must permit the comparison of actual expenditures or outlays with the amounts budgeted by a Tribe for each funding agreement;
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Allowable costs.</I> The financial management system must be sufficient to determine that the expenditure of funds is reasonable, allowable, and allocable based upon the terms of the compact and funding agreement and applicable provisions of 2 CFR part 200;
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Source documentation.</I> The financial management system must contain accounting records that are supported by source documentation, such as canceled checks, paid bills, payroll records, time and attendance records, contract award documents, purchase orders, and other primary records that support expenditures; and
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Cash management.</I> The financial management system must provide for accurate, current, and complete disclosure of cash revenues disbursements, cash-on-hand balances, and obligations by source and application for a Tribe so that complete and accurate cash transactions may be prepared by the Tribe.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.508" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.29.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.508   What procurement standards apply to contracts carried out using funds included in a funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each contract carried out using funds included in a funding agreement must, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify the interested parties, their respective roles and responsibilities, and the purposes of the contract;
</P>
<P>(3) State the work to be performed under the contract;
</P>
<P>(4) State the process for making any claim, the payments to be made, and the terms of the contract; and
</P>
<P>(5) State that it is subject to 25 U.S.C. 5307(b) consistent with § 29.524.
</P>
<P>(b) A Tribe that chooses to use a procurement method that is not provided for in its established procurement management standards in the delivery of a Tribal transportation project must submit the request to deviate from these standards to the Department for review and approval in accordance with § 29.515. The deviation request must specify the procurement method that the Tribe proposes to use and the project to which such method will be applied.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.509" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.29.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.509   What property management systems and standards must a Tribe maintain?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Property management system.</I> A Tribe must maintain a property management system to account for all property acquired with funds included in a funding agreement, acquired with Federal funds awarded by the Department or the Department of the Interior, or obtained as excess or surplus Federal property to be used for activities under the Program. The property management system must address the use, care, maintenance, and disposition of such property as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Where title vests in the Tribe, in accordance with Tribal law and procedures; or
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a consortium, according to the internal property procedures of the consortium.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transit asset management.</I> In addition to the property management system and standards in this section, property acquired with transit funds (chapter 53 of title 49 of the U.S. Code) is subject to the property management requirements set forth in 49 U.S.C. 5326 concerning the transit asset management plan, performance targets, and reports.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Tracking requirements under a property management system.</I> The property management system of a Tribe relating to property used under the Program must track:
</P>
<P>(1) Personal property and rolling stock with an acquisition value in excess of $5,000 per item;
</P>
<P>(2) Sensitive personal property, which is all personal property that is subject to theft and pilferage, as defined by the Tribe; and
</P>
<P>(3) Real property.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Records.</I> The property management system must maintain records that accurately describe the property, including any serial number, vehicle identification number, or other identification number. These records should contain current information such as the source, titleholder, acquisition date, acquisition cost, share of Federal participation in the cost, location, use and current condition of the property, and the date of disposal and sale price, if any.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Internal controls.</I> The property management system must maintain effective internal controls that include, at a minimum, procedures for a Tribe to:
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct periodic, physical inventories at least once every 2 years and reconcile such inventories with the Tribal internal property and accounting records;
</P>
<P>(2) Prevent loss or damage to property; and
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure that property is used by the Tribe to carry out activities under a funding agreement until the Tribe declares the property excess to the needs of the PSFAs carried out by the Tribe under the funding agreement, consistent with the property management system of the Tribe.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Maintenance requirements.</I> Required maintenance includes the performance of actions necessary to keep the property in good working condition, the procedures recommended by equipment manufacturers, and steps necessary to protect the interests of the Department and the Tribe in any express warranties or guarantees covering the property.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Disposition of personal property acquired under a funding agreement.</I> Prior to disposition of any personal property acquired under a funding agreement, including rolling stock, a Tribe must report to the Self-Governance Official in writing on the property's status (<I>e.g.,</I> worn out, lost, stolen, damaged beyond repair, or no longer needed to carry out activities under a funding agreement). The Department will provide disposition instructions in accordance with 2 CFR 200.313. A Tribe may retain, sell, or otherwise dispose of personal property with a current per unit fair market value of $5,000 or less with no further obligation to the Department.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Disposition of real property acquired under a funding agreement.</I> Prior to disposition of any real property acquired under a funding agreement, a Tribe must report to the Self-Governance Official, who will ensure the Department provides disposition instructions in accordance with 2 CFR 200.311.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="30" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.30" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Records</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.510" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.30.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.510   Must a Tribe maintain a recordkeeping system?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe must maintain records and provide Federal agency access to those records as provided in 25 U.S.C. 5386(d) and the statutory requirements of the funds included in a funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.511" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.30.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.511   Are Tribal records subject to the Freedom of Information Act and Federal Privacy Act?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except to the extent that a Tribe specifies otherwise in its compact or funding agreement, the records of the Tribe retained by the Tribe will not be considered Federal records for purposes of chapter 5 of title 5 of the U.S. Code.
</P>
<P>(b) Tribal records submitted to the Department are considered Federal records for the purposes of the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) and Federal Privacy Act. If a Tribe provides information to the Department that the Tribe considers to be trade secret, or confidential commercial or financial information, the Tribe must identify it as such. The Department will not disclose the information to the public, except to the extent required by law. In the event the Department receives a FOIA request for such information, the Department will follow the procedures described in its FOIA regulations at 49 CFR part 7.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.512" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.30.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.512   Must a Tribe make its records available to the Department?</HEAD>
<P>After 30 days advance written notice from the Department, a Tribe must provide the Department with reasonable access to such records to enable the Department to meet its minimum legal recordkeeping system and audit requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.513" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.30.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.513   How long must a Tribe keep and make available records?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe must keep books, documents, papers, and records of funding, grants, and State-provided funds for 3 years from the date of submission of the Single Audit Act audit report and provide the Department or the Comptroller General access to such records for audit and examination related to compacts, funding agreements, grants, contracts, subcontracts, sub-grants, or other arrangements under the Program.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.31" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Procurement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.514" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.31.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.514   When procuring property or services with funds included in a funding agreement, can a Tribe follow its own procurement standards?</HEAD>
<P>When procuring property or services with funds included in a funding agreement, a Tribe must have standards that conform to the procurement standards in this subpart. If a Tribe relies upon procurement standards different than those described in § 29.515, it must identify the standards it will use in in the initial negotiation of a funding agreement or as a waiver request to an existing funding agreement. The Tribe must submit the request to the Department in accordance with § 29.534.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.515" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.31.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.515   What are the minimum procurement standards that a Tribe must follow when procuring property or services with funds included in a funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe must follow the minimum procurement standards set forth in this section when procuring property or services with funds included in a funding agreement.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Minimum procurement standards.</I> (1) A Tribe must ensure that its vendors and contractors perform in accordance with the terms, conditions, and specifications of their contracts or purchase agreements or orders.
</P>
<P>(2) A Tribe must maintain written standards of conduct governing the performance of its employees who award and administer contracts paid for using funds included in a funding agreement.
</P>
<P>(i) An employee, officer, elected official, or agent of a Tribe must not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a procurement supported by Federal funds if a conflict of interest, real or apparent, as defined in the conflict of interest policies of the Tribe, would be involved.
</P>
<P>(ii) Employees, officers, elected officials, or agents of a Tribe, or of a subcontractor of the Tribe, must not solicit or accept gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value from contractors, potential contractors, or parties to sub-agreements, except that the Tribe may exempt a financial interest that is not substantial or a gift that is an unsolicited item of nominal value.
</P>
<P>(iii) The standards must also provide for penalties, sanctions, or other disciplinary actions for violations of the procurement standards.
</P>
<P>(3) A Tribe must review proposed procurements to avoid buying unnecessary or duplicative items and ensure the reasonableness of the price. The Tribe should consider consolidating or separating out procurement to obtain more economical purchases. Tribes are encouraged to realize economies of scale in the procurement of goods, services, and supplies under this part, including the negotiation of cooperative agreements with other public authorities. Where appropriate, the Tribe must compare leasing and purchasing alternatives to determine which is more economical.
</P>
<P>(4) A Tribe must conduct all major procurement transactions that exceed the simplified acquisition threshold set forth in 2 CFR 200.88 by providing full and open competition to the extent necessary to assure efficient expenditure of contract funds and to the extent feasible in the local area.
</P>
<P>(i) Consistent with 2 CFR 200.88, a Tribe may develop its own definition for a simplified acquisition threshold.
</P>
<P>(ii) To the greatest extent feasible, a Tribe must apply to any procurement award the Indian preference requirements for wages and grants contained in 25 U.S.C. 5307(b).
</P>
<P>(5) A Tribe must make procurement awards only to responsible entities with the ability to perform successfully under the terms and conditions of the proposed procurement. In making this judgment, the Tribe will consider such matters as the contractor's integrity, its compliance with public policy, its record of past performance, and its financial and technical resources.
</P>
<P>(6) A Tribe must maintain records on the significant history of all major procurement transactions. These records must include, but are not limited to, the rationale for the method of procurement, the selection of contract type, the contract selection or rejection, and the basis for the contract price.
</P>
<P>(7) A Tribe is solely responsible, using good administrative practice and sound business judgment, for processing and settling all contractual and administrative issues arising out of a procurement. These issues include, but are not limited to, source evaluation, protests, disputes, and claims.
</P>
<P>(i) The settlement of any protest, dispute, or claim will not relieve the Tribe of any obligations under a funding agreement.
</P>
<P>(ii) Violations of law must be referred to the Tribal or Federal authority having proper jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conflicts of interest.</I> A Tribe participating in the program must ensure that internal measures and controls are in place to address conflicts of interest in the administration of compacts and funding agreements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.516" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.31.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.516   Do Federal laws and regulations apply to a Tribe's contractors or subcontractors?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe's contractors or subcontractors are responsible for complying with Federal laws and regulations. Contracts between a Tribe and its contractors should inform contractors that the contract is carried out using funds included in a funding agreement, and that the contractors and its subcontractors are responsible for identifying and ensuring compliance with applicable Federal laws and regulations. The Department and the Tribe may, through negotiation, identify all or a portion of such requirements in the funding agreement and, if so identified, these requirements should be identified in the contracts the Tribe awards using funds included in a funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.517" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.31.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.517   Can a Tribe use Federal supply sources in the performance of a compact and funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe and its employees may use Federal supply sources (including lodging, airline, interagency motor pool vehicles, and other means of transportation) in the performance of a compact and funding agreement to the same extent as if the Tribe were a Federal agency. The Department will assist the Tribes, to the extent feasible, to resolve any barriers to full implementation.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="32" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.32" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Reporting</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.518" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.32.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.518   What reporting must a Tribe provide?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Tribe must provide reports mandated by statute associated with the funds included in the funding agreement. In accordance with § 29.307, the funding agreement will list these reporting requirements. The Tribe will cooperate with the Department to assist the Department in complying with its statutory reporting requirements. No additional reporting will be required of the Tribe.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, if the Tribe includes funds for a discretionary or competitive grant in a funding agreement, the Department and the Tribe will negotiate the appropriate reporting requirements to include in the funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.33" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Property</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.519" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.33.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.519   How may a Tribe use existing Department facilities, equipment, or property?</HEAD>
<P>At the request of a Tribe, the Department will permit the Tribe to use and maintain existing facilities, equipment therein or appertaining thereto, and other personal property, if applicable, owned by the Government within the Department's jurisdiction, subject to terms and conditions agreed to by the Department and the Tribe. The requested facilities, equipment, or property must be used to carry out the Tribe's PSFAs under the compact and funding agreement. Such facilities, equipment, or other personal property will be eligible for replacement, maintenance, and improvement using funds included in a funding agreement, or the Tribe may expend its own funds. The Department does not have any additional funding sources for replacement, maintenance, or improvement of such facilities, equipment, other personal property. The Department will exercise discretion in a way that gives the maximum effect to the request of the Tribe to use such facilities, equipment, or property.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.520" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.33.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.520   How may a Tribe acquire surplus or excess Federal property for use under the Program?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe may acquire any surplus or excess property for use in the performance of the compact and funding agreement consistent with the procedures established by the General Services Administration. The Tribe must notify the Self-Governance Official of the surplus or excess property it proposes to acquire and the purpose for which it will be used in the performance of the compact or funding agreement. If the Department participates in the acquisition by the Tribe of any excess or surplus Federal property, the Department will expeditiously process the request and assist the Tribe in its acquisition to the extent feasible and exercise discretion in a way that gives maximum effect to the Tribe's request for donation of the excess or surplus Federal property. When the Department's participation is required, the Department should expeditiously request acquisition of the property from the General Services Administration or the holding agency, as appropriate, by submitting the necessary documentation prior to the expiration of any “freeze” placed on the property by the Tribe or the Department on the Tribe's behalf. The Tribe must take title to any property acquired pursuant to this section. Such surplus or excess property will be eligible for replacement, maintenance, and improvement using funds included in a funding agreement, or the Tribe may expend its own funds. The Department does not have any additional funding sources for replacement, maintenance, or improvement of such surplus or excess property.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.521" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.33.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.521   How must a Tribe use surplus or excess Federal property acquired under the Program?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe must use any property acquired under this section in a manner consistent with the justification submitted at acquisition. The Tribe should notify the Self-Governance Official whenever use of the property changes significantly and upon disposal or sale.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.522" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.33.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.522   If a compact or funding agreement (or portion thereof) is retroceded, reassumed, terminated, or expires, may the Department reacquire title to property purchased with funds under any compact and funding agreement or excess or surplus Federal property that was donated to the Tribe under the Program?</HEAD>
<P>If a compact or funding agreement (or portion thereof) is retroceded, reassumed, terminated, or expires, the Tribe retains title to the property purchased with funds under any compact and funding agreement or excess or surplus Federal property donated under the Program if it is valued at $5,000 or less. If the value of the property is over $5,000 at the time of retrocession, withdrawal, or reassumption, title to such property may revert to the Department at the Department's discretion.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="34" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.34" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Technical Assistance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.523" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.34.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.523   What technical assistance is available to a Tribe from the Department?</HEAD>
<P>Upon the written request of a Tribe, and to the extent feasible, the Department will provide technical assistance, including periodic program reviews, to assist a Tribe improve its performance in carrying out the Program.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.35" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Prevailing Wages</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.524" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.35.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.524   Do the wage and labor standards in the Davis-Bacon Act apply to employees of a Tribe?</HEAD>
<P>Wage and labor standards of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply to employees of a Tribe. However, Davis-Bacon wage rates apply to all Tribal contractors and subcontractors.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="36" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.36" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Tribal Preference</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.525" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.36.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.525   Does Indian preference apply to PSFAs under the Program?</HEAD>
<P>To the greatest extent feasible, any contract, subcontract, grant, or sub-grant under a compact and funding agreement must give preference for employment and training, and the award of subcontracts and sub-grants, to Indians, Indian organizations, and Indian-owned economic enterprises, as defined in 25 U.S.C. 1452.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.526" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.36.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.526   When do Tribal employment law and contract preference laws govern?</HEAD>
<P>To the extent provided in applicable Federal law, Tribal law governs Indian preference policies in the performance of a compact and funding agreement. When a compact or funding agreement is intended to benefit one Tribe, the Tribal employment or contract preference laws adopted by such Tribe will govern with respect to the administration of the compact and funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.37" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Environmental and Cultural Resource Compliance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.527" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.37.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.527   What compliance with environmental and cultural resource statutes is required?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department must meet the requirements of applicable Federal environmental and cultural resource laws, such as the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and the National Historic Preservation Act, for a proposed project under the Program.
</P>
<P>(b) The Secretary has delegated environmental and cultural resource compliance responsibilities to the Operating Administrations, as appropriate. As such, an Operating Administration will serve as the lead agency responsible for final review and approval of environmental documents, and any associated environmental determinations and findings for a proposed project under the Program. The Secretary, as delegated to the Operating Administrations, is also responsible for making determinations and issuing approvals in accordance with 23 U.S.C. 138 and 49 U.S.C. 303 (Section 4(f)), as applicable. Tribes may consult with the Self-Governance Official to determine which Operating Administration should serve as the lead agency.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Department is conducting the environmental review process for a proposed project under the Program, the Tribe must assist the Department to satisfy the requirements of applicable Federal environmental and cultural resource laws.
</P>
<P>(d) A Tribe may manage or conduct the environmental review process for a proposed project under the Program and may prepare drafts of the appropriate environmental review documents for submission to the Department.
</P>
<P>(1) A Tribe may follow its own environmental review procedures if the procedures and documentation also satisfy the Federal environmental review requirements applicable to the project. A Tribe should work with the Operating Administration serving as lead agency to ensure the Tribal process will satisfy all applicable Federal environmental review requirements.
</P>
<P>(2) The Operating Administration serving as lead agency must determine that the Tribe's process and documentation satisfy the applicable Federal environmental review requirements.
</P>
<P>(e) As resources permit and at the request of a Tribe, the Department will provide advice and technical assistance to the Tribe to assist in the management of the Federal environmental review process and preparation of environmental documents.
</P>
<P>(f) Unless prohibited by law, a Tribe may use funds included in a funding agreement to pay for environmental review activities.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="38" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.38" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Federal Tort Claims Act</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.528" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.38.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.528   Is the Federal Tort Claims Act applicable to a Tribe when carrying out a compact and funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Section 314 of Public Law 101-512 and 25 U.S.C. 5396(a) incorporated by 23 U.S.C. 207(<I>l</I>)(8) make the Federal Tort Claims Act (FTCA), 28 U.S.C. 1346(b), 2401, 2671-2680, applicable to a Tribe carrying out a compact and funding agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) Contractors, subcontractors, or sub-recipients of a Tribe are not subject to the terms and conditions of the FTCA. The Tribe may use the regulations set forth in 25 CFR part 900, subpart M, as guidance on the Tribe's rights and responsibilities under the FTCA. Accordingly, the Tribe must include, in any contract entered into with funds provided under a compact and funding agreement, a requirement that contractors, sub-contractors, or sub-recipients maintain applicable insurance coverage, such as workers compensation, auto, and general liability insurance, consistent with statutory minimums and local industry standards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.529" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.38.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.529   What steps should a Tribe take after becoming aware of a Federal Tort Claim?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Immediately after receiving a claim or a summons and complaint filed under the FTCA, the Tribe must notify the Self-Governance Official at <I>ttsgp@dot.gov</I> or use any other method that provides receipt.
</P>
<P>(b) The Tribe, through a designated tort claims liaison assigned by the Tribe, must assist the Department in preparing a comprehensive and factually based report, which will inform the Department's report to the U.S. Department of Justice.
</P>
<P>(c) The Tribe's designated tort claims liaison must immediately provide the following significant details of the event and include, as appropriate and to the extent within their knowledge, possession, or control:
</P>
<P>(1) The date, time, and exact place of the accident or incident;
</P>
<P>(2) A concise and complete statement of the circumstances of the accident or incident;
</P>
<P>(3) The names and addresses of Tribal or Federal employees involved as participants or witnesses;
</P>
<P>(4) The names and addresses of all other eyewitnesses;
</P>
<P>(5) An accurate description of all Federal, Tribal, and privately owned property involved, and the nature and amount of damage, if any;
</P>
<P>(6) A statement as to whether any person involved was cited for violating a Federal, State, or Tribal law, ordinance, or regulation;
</P>
<P>(7) The Tribe's determination as to whether any of its employees (including Federal employees assigned to the Tribe) involved in the incident giving rise to the tort claim were acting within the scope of their employment in carrying out the funding agreement at the time the incident occurred;
</P>
<P>(8) Copies of all relevant documentation, including available police reports, statements of witnesses, newspaper accounts, weather reports, plats, and photographs of the site or damaged property, that may be necessary or useful for the Department to determine the claim; and
</P>
<P>(9) Insurance coverage information, copies of medical bills, and relevant employment records.
</P>
<P>(d) The Tribe must cooperate with and provide all necessary assistance to the U.S. Department of Justice and the Department's attorneys assigned to defend the tort claim including case preparation, discovery, and trial.
</P>
<P>(e) If requested by the Department, the Tribe must make an assignment and subrogation of all the Tribe's rights and claims (except those against the Federal Government) arising out of a tort claim against the Tribe.
</P>
<P>(f) If requested by the Department, the Tribe must authorize representatives of the Department to settle or defend any claim and to represent the Tribe in or take charge of any action. If the Federal Government undertakes the settlement or defense of any claim or action, the Tribe must provide all reasonable additional assistance in reaching a settlement or asserting a defense.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.530" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.38.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.530   Is it necessary for a compact or funding agreement to include any terms about FTCA coverage?</HEAD>
<P>Terms about FTCA coverage are optional in a compact or funding agreement, and the FTCA applies even if terms regarding FTCA are not included in a compact or funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.531" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.38.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.531   Does FTCA cover employees of the Tribe who are paid by the Tribe from funds other than those provided through the compact and funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>Subject to FTCA limitations, the FTCA covers employees of the Tribe who are not paid from compact and funding agreement funds as long as the services out of which the claim arose were performed in carrying out a compact and funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.532" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.38.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.532   May persons who are not Indians assert claims under FTCA?</HEAD>
<P>Any aggrieved person may assert claims for alleged torts arising from activities performed in carrying out compacts and funding agreements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.533" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.38.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.533   Does the year PSFAs are funded affect FTCA coverage?</HEAD>
<P>The year the funding was provided has no effect on the application of the FTCA.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.39" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Waiver of Program Regulations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.534" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.6.39.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.534   What is the process for regulation waivers under this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Tribe may request a waiver of a regulation in this part with respect to a compact or funding agreement. The Tribe must submit the request in writing to the Self-Governance Official to <I>ttsgp@dot.gov</I> or use any other method that provides receipt, at the following address: Self-Governance Official, U.S. Department of Transportation, Office of the Secretary [INSERT MAIL CODE], 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. The request must be marked with the words “REQUEST TO WAIVE REGULATIONS” on the first page of the request and on the envelope enclosing the request (or in the subject line if by electronic mail). The request must identify the regulation subject to the waiver request, the language the Tribe seeks to waive, and the basis for the request.
</P>
<P>(b) Within 10 days of receipt of the waiver request, the Self-Governance Official will send the Tribe an acknowledgement of the waiver request, together with a date-stamped cover sheet that indicates the date on which the Department received the waiver request.
</P>
<P>(c) No later than 90 days after the date of receipt of a written request under paragraph (a) of this section, the Department must approve or deny the request in writing. If the application for a waiver is denied, the Department must provide the Tribe with the reasons for the denial as part of the written response.
</P>
<P>(d) The Department will consider the following factors in making its decision on a waiver request:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the waiver is contrary to Federal law;
</P>
<P>(2) The extent to which the waiver provides flexibility to facilitate the implementation of the Program at the Tribal level consistent with the principles of self-governance;
</P>
<P>(3) The extent to which the Tribe will benefit from the waiver; and
</P>
<P>(4) Whether the waiver is consistent with Federal transportation policy.
</P>
<P>(e) If the Department does not approve or deny a request submitted under paragraph (a) of this section on or before the last day of the 90-day period, the request will be deemed approved by operation of law.
</P>
<P>(f) A decision by the Department on a waiver request is a final agency action subject to judicial review under the Administrative Procedure Act.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Withdrawal</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.600" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.7.40.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.600   May a Tribe withdraw from a consortium?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe may fully or partially withdraw from a consortium in accordance with any applicable terms and conditions of a consortium agreement with the Tribe. The withdrawing Tribe must provide written notification to the consortium and the Department of its decision to withdraw.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.601" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.7.40.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.601   When does a withdrawal from a consortium become effective?</HEAD>
<P>A withdrawal from a consortium becomes effective within the time frame specified in the resolution that authorizes the Tribe to withdraw from the consortium. In the absence of a specific time frame set forth in the resolution, such withdrawal becomes effective on:
</P>
<P>(a) The earlier of 1 year after the date of submission of such request, or the date on which the funding agreement expires; or
</P>
<P>(b) Such date as may be mutually agreed upon by the Department, the withdrawing Tribe, and the consortium that has executed the compact and funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.602" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.7.40.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.602   How are funds redistributed when a Tribe fully or partially withdraws from a compact and funding agreement administered by a consortium serving more than one Tribe and elects to enter into a compact and funding agreement with the Department?</HEAD>
<P>A withdrawing Tribe that is eligible for the Program under 23 U.S.C. 207(b) and § 29.100 may negotiate and enter into a compact and funding agreement for its share of funds supporting those PSFAs that the Tribe will carry out. The share of funds is calculated on the same basis as the funds were initially allocated in the funding agreement of the consortium, unless otherwise agreed to by the consortium and the Tribe.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.603" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.7.40.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.603   How are funds distributed when a Tribe fully or partially withdraws from a compact and funding agreement administered by a consortium serving more than one Tribe, and the withdrawing Tribe elects not to or is ineligible to enter into a compact and funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise agreed to by the consortium and the withdrawing Tribe, the consortium must return to the Department all funds not obligated and expended by the consortium associated with the withdrawing Tribe when the withdrawing Tribe elects not to or is ineligible to enter into a compact and funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Retrocession</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.700" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.8.40.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.700   May a Tribe retrocede a PSFA and the associated funds?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe may voluntarily retrocede (fully or partially) its PSFA and the associated funds under a compact and funding agreement. A Tribe may retrocede for any reason.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.701" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.8.40.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.701   How does a Tribe notify the Department of its intention to retrocede?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice to the Department.</I> A Tribe must submit a written notice of its intent to retrocede to the Self-Governance Official to <I>ttsgp@dot.gov</I> or by any other method that provides receipt. The notice must specifically identify those PSFAs the Tribe intends to retrocede.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice to the Department of the Interior.</I> The Department will send the Tribe's notice of its intention to retrocede to the Department of the Interior and request that the Department of the Interior determine whether the PSFA is associated with transportation services provided by the Department of the Interior.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.702" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.8.40.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.702   What happens if the Department of the Interior determines that it provides the transportation services the Tribe intends to retrocede?</HEAD>
<P>If the Department of the Interior determines that it provides the transportation services the Tribe intends to retrocede, the Department will notify the Tribe. The Tribe must return all remaining funds, less closeout costs, associated with those transportation services to the Department for transfer to the Department of the Interior.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.703" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.8.40.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.703   What happens if the Department of the Interior determines that it does not provide the transportation services the Tribe intends to retrocede?</HEAD>
<P>If the Department of the Interior determines that it does not provide the transportation services the Tribe intends to retrocede, the Tribe may withdraw its notice to retrocede or return all remaining funds, less closeout costs, associated with the retroceded PSFA, and the Department will distribute those funds in accordance with applicable law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.704" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.8.40.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.704   When is the retrocession effective?</HEAD>
<P>The retrocession is effective within the time frame specified in the funding agreement. In the absence of a specified date, the retrocession becomes effective:
</P>
<P>(a) On the earlier of 1 year after the date of the Tribe's submission of the request, or the date on which the funding agreement expires; or
</P>
<P>(b) Such date mutually agreed upon by the Departments and the retroceding Tribe when the Department of the Interior has agreed to assume a retroceded PSFA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.705" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.8.40.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.705   What effect will a retrocession have on a Tribe's right to compact under the Program?</HEAD>
<P>Provided that a Tribe is eligible under § 29.100, retrocession will not adversely affect any future request by the Tribe to include funds from the same program in a compact or funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.706" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.8.40.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.706   Will retrocession adversely affect future funding available for the retroceded program?</HEAD>
<P>Retrocession will not adversely affect future funding for the retroceded program. Future funding will be available to the Tribe at the same level of funding as if there had been no retrocession.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Termination and Reassumption</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.800" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.9.40.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.800   When can the Department reassume a compact or funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>The Department may terminate and reassume a compact or funding agreement (or portion thereof) when the Department makes a specific finding, in writing, to a Tribe, that the Department has found that there is:
</P>
<P>(a) Imminent jeopardy to a trust asset, natural resources, or public health and safety that is caused by an act or omission of the Tribe and that arises out of a failure by the Tribe to carry out the compact or funding agreement; or
</P>
<P>(b) Gross mismanagement with respect to funds included in a funding agreement, as determined by the Department in consultation with the Office of the Inspector General, as appropriate. Gross mismanagement means a significant, clear, and convincing violation of compact, funding agreement, or regulatory or statutory requirements applicable to Federal funds included in a compact and funding agreement that results in a significant reduction of funds available for the PSFA carried out by the Tribe.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.801" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.9.40.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.801   Can the Department reassume a portion of a compact or funding agreement and the associated funds?</HEAD>
<P>The Department may reassume a portion of a compact or funding agreement and the associated funds if the Department has sufficient grounds to do so. The Department must identify the narrowest portion of the compact or funding agreement for reassumption.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.802" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.9.40.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.802   What process must the Department follow before termination of a compact or funding agreement (or portion thereof)?</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 29.805, prior to a termination becoming effective, the Department must:
</P>
<P>(a) Notify the Tribe in writing by any method that provides receipt of the findings required under § 29.800;
</P>
<P>(b) Request specific corrective action within a reasonable period, no less than 45 days, to correct the conditions that may result in the Department's termination of a compact or funding agreement (or portion thereof);
</P>
<P>(c) To the extent feasible and if requested, provide technical assistance to assist the Tribe in overcoming the conditions that led to the findings described under paragraph (a) of this section. Technical assistance may take the form of feedback, review, and other assistance requested, as appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(d) Provide an opportunity for a hearing on the record in accordance with Subpart J of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.803" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.9.40.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.803   What happens if the Department determines that the Tribe has not corrected the conditions that the Department identified in the notice?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the Department determines that the Tribe has not corrected the conditions that the Department identified in the notice, the Department must provide a second written notice by any method that provides receipt to the Tribe notifying it that the Department will terminate the compact or funding agreement, in whole or in part.
</P>
<P>(b) The second notice must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The effective date of the termination;
</P>
<P>(2) The details and facts supporting the termination; and
</P>
<P>(3) Instructions that explain the Tribe's right to a hearing pursuant to § 29.925.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.804" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.9.40.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.804   When may the Department reassume?</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 29.805, the Department may not reassume until 30 days after receipt of the notice, the final resolution of the hearing, or the resolution of any appeals, whichever is latest, to provide the Tribe with an opportunity to take corrective action in response to any adverse final ruling.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.805" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.9.40.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.805   When can the Department immediately terminate a compact or funding agreement (or portion thereof)?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department may immediately terminate a compact or funding agreement (or a portion thereof) if:
</P>
<P>(1) The Department makes a finding of imminent substantial and irreparable jeopardy to a trust asset, natural resource, or public health and safety; and
</P>
<P>(2) The jeopardy arises out of a failure to carry out the compact or funding agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department must provide notice of immediate termination by any method that provides receipt. The notice must set forth the findings that support the Department's determination, advise the Tribe whether it will be reimbursed for any closeout costs incurred after the termination, request the return of any property, and advise the Tribe of its right to a hearing pursuant to § 29.925. Concurrently, the Department must notify the Office of Hearings that the Department intends to immediately terminate a compact or funding agreement. Pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 207(f)(2)(E) and § 29.928, the Department has the burden of proof in any hearing or appeal of an immediate termination.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.806" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.9.40.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.806   Upon termination, what happens to the funds associated with the terminated portions of the compact or funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>Upon termination, the Department will reassume the remaining funds associated with the terminated portions of the compact or funding agreement. The Department may:
</P>
<P>(a) Transfer funds associated with transportation services provided by the Department of the Interior to the Department of the Interior; or
</P>
<P>(b) Distribute any funds not transmitted to the Department of the Interior in accordance with applicable law.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Dispute Resolution and Appeals</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.900" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.40.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.900   What is the purpose of this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>This subpart sets forth procedures that a Tribe may use to resolve disputes with the Department arising before or after the execution of a compact or funding agreement. It also sets forth the process for filing and processing administrative appeals under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.901" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.40.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.901   Can the Department and a Tribe resolve disputes using alternative dispute resolution processes?</HEAD>
<P>At any time, the Department or a Tribe may request an informal process or an alternate dispute resolution procedure, such as mediation, conciliation, or arbitration, to resolve disputes. The goal of any such process (which may involve a third party) is to provide an inexpensive and expeditious mechanism to resolve disputes by mutual agreement instead of an administrative or judicial proceeding. The Department and the Tribe should resolve disputes at the lowest possible organizational level whenever possible.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.902" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.40.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.902   Does the Equal Access to Justice Act apply to the Program?</HEAD>
<P>The Equal Access to Justice Act (EAJA), 5 U.S.C. 504 and 28 U.S.C. 2414, and the relevant implementing regulations (48 CFR 6101.30 and 6101.31; 49 CFR part 6) will apply if the Tribe's compact or funding agreement make these provisions applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.903" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.40.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.903   What determinations may not be appealed under this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe may not appeal the following determinations under this subpart:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Waiver determination.</I> A waiver determination made pursuant to § 29.534 is a final agency action subject to judicial review under the Administrative Procedure Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disputes or appeals arising under other Federal laws.</I> Decisions made under other Federal statutes, such as the Freedom of Information Act and the Privacy Act. Such decisions may be appealable under those statutes and their implementing regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Selection and award decisions for discretionary or competitive grants.</I> The Department's selection and level of funding decisions for discretionary or competitive grants are not subject to appeal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="40" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.40" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Pre-Award Decisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.904" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.40.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.904   What are pre-award decisions that a Tribe may appeal?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe may appeal pre-award decisions, which include:
</P>
<P>(a) A decision whether to include a Department program in a funding agreement;
</P>
<P>(b) A decision whether an activity is an inherent Federal function;
</P>
<P>(c) A decision on a final offer before the Department and the Tribe enter into a compact or funding agreement;
</P>
<P>(d) A decision on a final offer before the Department and the Tribe execute an amendment modifying the terms of an existing compact or funding agreement; and
</P>
<P>(e) An eligibility determination.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.905" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.40.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.905   To whom does a Tribe appeal a pre-award decision?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe appeals a pre-award decision in accordance with the process in § 29.907 to a hearing official who was not involved in the initial decision and is appointed by the General Counsel of the Department.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.906" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.40.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.906   Must a Tribe exhaust its administrative remedies before initiating a civil action against the Department in the U.S. District Courts for a pre-award decision?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe must exhaust its administrative remedies before initiating a civil action against the Department in the U.S. District Courts, except a Tribe may appeal the rejection of a final offer directly to the U.S. District Courts in lieu of an administrative appeal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.907" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.40.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.907   When and how must a Tribe appeal a pre-award decision?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless a Tribe appeals, a pre-award decision becomes final 30 days after receipt by the Tribe. To appeal the pre-award decision, a Tribe must submit a written request to the Office of the General Counsel and the Self-Governance Official within 30 days of receiving the pre-award decision. The request must include a statement describing the reasons for appeal and any supporting documentation.
</P>
<P>(b) The Tribe may request to resolve the dispute using an alternative dispute resolution process before the hearing official issues a decision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.908" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.40.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.908   May a Tribe request an extension of time to file an administrative appeal?</HEAD>
<P>If a Tribe needs additional time, it may request an extension of time to file an appeal of a pre-award decision. Within 30 days of receiving a decision, a Tribe must request the extension from the Office of the General Counsel, which has the discretion to grant the extension, and notify the Self-Governance Official of the request. The request must be in writing and give a reason for not filing its administrative appeal within the 30-day period. The Department may accept an appeal after the 30-day period for good cause.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.909" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.40.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.909   When and how must the hearing official respond to the Tribe's appeal?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The hearing official must issue a decision in writing within 60 days of the receipt of the appeal. If the Tribe requests an informal hearing, the hearing official must issue a decision within 60 days of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) All decisions issued by the hearing official must include a statement describing the rights of a Tribe to appeal the decision to the U.S. District Courts. The Department must provide the decision to the Tribe by any method that provides a receipt.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.910" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.40.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.910   What is the Department's burden of proof for appeals of pre-award decisions?</HEAD>
<P>The Department must demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence the validity of a pre-award decision, and that the decision is consistent with 23 U.S.C. 207.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.911" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.40.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.911   What is the effect of a pending appeal on negotiations?</HEAD>
<P>A pending appeal of a pre-award decision will not prevent the Department from negotiating and executing the non-disputed, severable provisions of a compact or funding agreement or prevent the Department from awarding funds to the Tribe that may be included in a funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.41" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Post-Award Disputes</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.912" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.41.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.912   What is a post-award dispute?</HEAD>
<P>A post-award dispute is a claim that arises under the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (CDA), 41 U.S.C. 7101-7109. Such disputes arise once a compact or funding agreement is executed. Post-award disputes include:
</P>
<P>(a) Disputed interpretation of a provision of an executed compact or funding agreement;
</P>
<P>(b) Disallowance of costs under a funding agreement;
</P>
<P>(c) Suspension of payments under a funding agreement;
</P>
<P>(d) Allocation, distribution, or reduction of funds when a dispute arises between a consortium and a withdrawing Tribe;
</P>
<P>(e) Failure to comply with the terms of a funding agreement; and
</P>
<P>(f) Any other claim arising out of a compact or funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.913" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.41.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.913   What is a claim under the Contract Disputes Act?</HEAD>
<P>A Contract Disputes Act claim is a written demand filed by a Tribe that seeks one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Payment of a specific sum of money under the funding agreement;
</P>
<P>(b) Adjustment or interpretation of terms in a funding agreement;
</P>
<P>(c) Payment that is disputed as to liability or amount;
</P>
<P>(d) Payment that the Department has not acted upon in a reasonable time following a demand for payment; or
</P>
<P>(e) Any other claim relating to the terms of the compact or funding agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.914" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.41.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.914   How does a Tribe file a Contract Disputes Act claim?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe must submit its claim in writing to the Self-Governance Official, who serves as the Department's awarding official for the purposes of Contract Disputes Act claims. The Self-Governance Official will document the receipt of the claim.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.915" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.41.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.915   Must a Tribe certify a Contract Disputes Act claim?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe must certify a claim for more than $100,000 in accordance with the Contract Disputes Act. The Tribe must certify that:
</P>
<P>(a) The claim is made in good faith;
</P>
<P>(b) Documents or data supporting the claim are accurate and complete to the best of the Tribe's knowledge and belief;
</P>
<P>(c) The amount claimed accurately reflects the amount the Tribe believes is owed; and
</P>
<P>(d) The individual making the certification is authorized to make the claim on behalf of the Tribe and bind the Tribe with respect to the claim.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.916" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.41.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.916   Who bears the burden of proof in a Contract Disputes Act claim?</HEAD>
<P>The Tribe bears the burden of proof to demonstrate, by a preponderance of the evidence, the validity of a Contract Disputes Act claim.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.917" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.41.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.917   What is the Department's role in processing a Contract Disputes Act claim?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department must document the date that the Self-Governance Official received the claim.
</P>
<P>(b) The Self-Governance Official must provide the Tribe with an opportunity to resolve the claim informally with assistance from Department officials who have not substantially participated in the disputed matter. Such informal mechanisms may include participating in dispute resolution pursuant to § 29.901.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Department and the Tribe do not agree on a settlement, the Self-Governance Official must issue a written decision on the claim by any method that provides a receipt.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.918" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.41.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.918   What information must the Self-Governance Official's decision contain?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Self-Governance Official's decision must:
</P>
<P>(1) Describe the claim or dispute;
</P>
<P>(2) Reference the relevant terms of the compact or funding agreement;
</P>
<P>(3) Set forth the factual areas of agreement and disagreement; and
</P>
<P>(4) Set forth the Self-Governance Official's decision, and provide the facts and reasons that support the decision.
</P>
<P>(b) The Self-Governance Official must provide the decision to the Tribe and describe the Tribe's appeal rights in language similar to the following:
</P>
<P>This is a final decision. You may appeal this decision to the Civilian Board of Contract Appeals (CBCA), 1800 F Street NW, Washington, DC 20245. If you decide to appeal, you must provide written notice within 90 days of receipt of this decision to the CBCA and provide a copy to the Self-Governance Official. The notice must indicate that an appeal is intended, and refer to the decision and contract number. Instead of appealing to the CBCA, you may bring an action in the U.S. Court of Federal Claims or U.S. District Courts within 12 months of the date you receive this notice. If you do not appeal a decision within one of these time periods, it is not subject to further review.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.919" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.41.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.919   When must the Self-Governance Official issue a written decision on the claim?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the claim is for less than $100,000, the Tribe may request that the Self-Governance Official issue a decision within 60 days of the date of receipt of the claim. If the Tribe does not request that the Self-Governance Official issue a decision within 60 days of the date of receipt of the claim, the Self-Governance Official must issue a decision within a reasonable time, which will depend on the size and complexity of the claim and the adequacy of the information provided in support of the claim. The Tribe must request a decision by the Self-Governance Official before seeking an appeal in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) If the claim is for more than $100,000, the Self-Governance Official must issue a decision within 60 days of the date of receipt of the claim or notify the Tribe of the time within which the Self-Governance Official will issue a decision. Such time frame must be reasonable, which will depend on the size and complexity of the claim and the adequacy of the information provided in support of the claim.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Self-Governance Official does not issue a decision within these time frames, a Tribe may treat the delay as a denial of its claim and appeal the decision in accordance with § 29.921.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.920" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.41.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.920   Is a decision of the Self-Governance Official final?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A decision of the Self-Governance Official is final and conclusive, and not subject to review, unless the Tribe timely commences an appeal or suit pursuant to the Contract Disputes Act.
</P>
<P>(b) Once the Self-Governance Official issues a decision, the decision may not be changed except by agreement of the Department and the Tribe or under the following limited circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) Evidence is discovered that could not have been discovered through due diligence before the Self-Governance Official issued the decision;
</P>
<P>(2) The Self-Governance Official learns that there has been fraud, misrepresentation, or other misconduct by a party;
</P>
<P>(3) The decision is beyond the scope of the Self-Governance Official's authority;
</P>
<P>(4) The claim has been satisfied, released, or discharged; or
</P>
<P>(5) Any other reason justifying relief from the decision.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Self-Governance Official withdraws a decision and issues a new decision, the Tribe may appeal the new decision in accordance with § 29.921. If the Self-Governance Official does not issue a new decision, the Tribe may proceed under § 29.919(c).
</P>
<P>(d) If a Tribe files an appeal or suit, the Self-Governance Official may modify or withdraw the final decision before a decision is issued in the pending appeal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.921" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.41.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.921   Where may the Tribe appeal the Self-Governance Official's decision on a Contract Disputes Act claim?</HEAD>
<P>The Tribe may appeal the Self-Governance Official's decision on a Contract Disputes Act claim in one of the following forums:
</P>
<P>(a) The Civilian Board of Contract Appeals. The appeal must be in accordance with the Board's implementing regulations in 48 CFR part 6101;
</P>
<P>(b) The U.S. Court of Federal Claims; or
</P>
<P>(c) The U.S. District Courts.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.922" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.41.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.922   May a party appeal a Civilian Board of Contract Appeals decision?</HEAD>
<P>A party may appeal a decision of the Civilian Board of Contract Appeals within 120 days to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.923" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.41.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.923   What is the effect of a pending appeal?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Tribe must continue performance in accordance with the compact and funding agreement during the appeal of any claims to the same extent the Tribe would have performed had there been no dispute.
</P>
<P>(b) A pending dispute will not affect or prevent the negotiation or award of any subsequent compact or funding agreement between the Department and the Tribe.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="42" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.42" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Termination Appeals</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.924" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.42.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.924   May a Tribe appeal the Department's decision to terminate a compact or funding agreement?</HEAD>
<P>A Tribe may appeal the Department's decision to terminate a compact or funding agreement to the Department's Office of Hearings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.925" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.42.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.925   Is a Tribe entitled to a hearing on the record?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department must provide a Tribe with a hearing on the record for a non-immediate termination prior to or in lieu of the corrective action period set forth in the termination notice as described in § 29.802.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department must provide a Tribe with a hearing on the record for an immediate termination. The Department and the Tribe will work together to determine a mutually acceptable time and place for the hearing. The hearing on the record must commence no later than 10 days after the date of such termination or a later date upon mutual agreement. If feasible, the hearing may occur virtually or telephonically. If requested by the Tribe, the Department may arrange for an in-person hearing.
</P>
<P>(c) A Tribe may decline a hearing in writing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.926" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.42.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.926   What rights do the Department and a Tribe have in an appeal of a termination decision?</HEAD>
<P>(a) During the appeal of a termination decision, the Department and a Tribe have the right to:
</P>
<P>(1) A designated representative;
</P>
<P>(2) Present the testimony of witnesses, orally or in writing, who have knowledge of the relevant issues;
</P>
<P>(3) Cross-examine witnesses;
</P>
<P>(4) Introduce oral or documentary evidence, or both;
</P>
<P>(5) Receive, upon request and payment of reasonable costs, a copy of the transcript of the hearing, and copies of all documentary evidence that is introduced at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(6) Take depositions, request the production of documents, serve interrogatories on other parties, and request admissions; and
</P>
<P>(7) Any other procedural rights established under the Administrative Procedure Act.
</P>
<P>(b) An administrative law judge assigned by the chief administrative law judge of the Department's Office of Hearings must conduct hearings on the record for a termination decision unless the Tribe waives the hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.927" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.42.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.927   What notice and service must the Department and the Tribe provide?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department and the Tribe must file each document with U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department and the Tribe must serve copies of each document with:
</P>
<P>(1) The Self-Governance Official; and
</P>
<P>(2) The authorized Tribal representative.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.928" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.42.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.928   What is the Department's burden of proof for a termination decision?</HEAD>
<P>The Department must demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence the validity of the grounds for the termination.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.929" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.42.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.929   How will the Department communicate its decision following a hearing on a termination decision?</HEAD>
<P>After the hearing or any post-hearing briefing schedule established by the Department's Office of Hearings, the administrative law judge must send the Department and the Tribe the decision by any method that provides a receipt. The decision must contain the administrative law judge's findings of fact and conclusions of law on all the issues.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.930" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.42.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.930   May the Department or the Tribe appeal the decision of an administrative law judge?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The decision of an administrative law judge is a recommended decision that the Department or the Tribe may appeal to the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(b) The decision of an administrative law judge becomes the final decision of the Secretary 60 days after it is served on the Department and the Tribe unless a petition for review is filed in accordance with § 29.931. The decision of the Secretary is a final agency action that the Tribe may appeal to the U.S. District Courts.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.931" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.42.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.931   How can the Department or the Tribe obtain review of the recommended decision of an administrative law judge?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time for filing.</I> Within 30 days after service of any recommended decision of an administrative law judge, the Department or the Tribe may file a petition for review of the recommended decision with the Secretary. A copy must be served on the opposing party.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service.</I> Each document filed with or by the Secretary must be accompanied by a certificate of service specifying the manner in which and the date on which service was made with the Secretary and the opposing party.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form and content of objections.</I> The petition for review must set out separately and in detail each objection to the recommended decision, and the basis and reasons supporting such objection. The petition for review must state whether such objections are related to alleged errors of law or fact. The petition for review must also identify the relief requested.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Introduction of new information on review.</I> If the Department or the Tribe fail to object to any errors in the recommended decision, the party waives the right to allege such error in subsequent proceedings. The petition for review may not set forth for the first time on brief to the Secretary any matters of law or fact that were not argued before the administrative law judge.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reply briefs.</I> An opposing party has 30 days from the date of service of the petition for review to file its reply brief.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Failure to file timely and adequate objections.</I> Late filed petitions for review are not permitted, and incomplete objections will not be reviewed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.932" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.42.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.932   May a Tribe appeal the decision of the Secretary?</HEAD>
<P>The decision of the Secretary on the merits of a petition for review constitutes final agency action. A Tribe may appeal the decision to the U.S. District Courts.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 29.933" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.22.10.42.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 29.933   What is the effect of an appeal on negotiations?</HEAD>
<P>A pending appeal of a termination decision will not affect or prevent the award of another funding agreement or TTP Agreement.
</P>
<FP>However, if the Department terminates all or a portion of a compact or funding agreement due to a finding of gross mismanagement or imminent jeopardy that is sustained on appeal, and the Tribe has not corrected the adverse findings, the Department has discretion to reject a proposal to award the Tribe a new funding agreement or provide new funds in an existing funding agreement.

 


</FP>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="30" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 30—DENIAL OF PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS TO SUPPLIERS OF GOODS AND SERVICES OF COUNTRIES THAT DENY PROCUREMENT MARKET ACCESS TO U.S. CONTRACTORS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322(a); Containing Resolution on the Fiscal Year 1988 Budget 109(a), Pub. L. 100-202; Airport and Airways Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1987, 115, Pub. L. 100-223.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 19916, June 1, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 30.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.23.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The rules in this part implement section 109(a) of the Continuing Resolution on the Fiscal Year 1988 Budget, Public Law No. 100-202 (signed December 22, 1987) [the Continuing Resolution], and section 115 of the Airport and Airways Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1987, Public Law No. 100-223 (signed December 30, 1987) [the Airport Safety Act]. These rules are intended to give uniform implementation to these statutes throughout DOT procurement and grant programs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.23.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The restrictions imposed by section 109(a) of the Continuing Resolution extend to all DOT agencies as well as all recipients of DOT funds. The restrictions apply to all projects for which funds are obligated or contracts or subcontracts are awarded during fiscal year 1988, including projects and contracts under all DOT financial assistance programs. The prohibition applies to public buildings and public works projects everywhere in the United States or any territory or possession of the United States. U.S. overseas bases, installations, and embassies are not subject to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The restrictions imposed by section 115 of the Airport Safety Act extend to all projects for which funds are made available by that Act, whether or not the contracts are awarded during fiscal year 1988. The restrictions apply to all contracts entered into under grants authorized by the Airport Safety Act.
</P>
<P>(c) This part applies to projects covered by section 109(a) of the Continuing Resolution, section 115 of the Airport Safety Act, or both. Whether one or the other statute or both apply, the effect on the project shall be the same, subject to paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) In addition to construction, alteration, and repair contracts, the restrictions of this part cover all architect, engineering, and other services related to the preparation and performance of construction, alteration, and repair of public projects and public works.
</P>
<P>(e) The restrictions of this part also apply to all products used in the construction, alteration, or repair of public projects and public works; <I>Provided, however,</I> That
</P>
<P>(1) The restrictions of this part do not apply to construction equipment or vehicles that do not become part of a delivered structure, product, or project and
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (c) of this section, the restrictions of section 109(a) of the Continuing Resolution do not apply to vehicles to be used by the project, including, but not limited to, buses, trucks, automobiles, rail rolling stock, and aircraft.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.23.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.5   Effective dates.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of section 109(a) of the Continuing Resolution apply to contracts (or new subcontracts under existing contracts, whether or not subject to the restriction) entered into after December 22, 1987, its date of enactment, and before October 1, 1988. The provisions of section 115 of the Airport Safety Act apply to contracts funded by the Act and entered into after December 30, 1987, its date of enactment; the restrictions remain effective so long as money provided by the Airport Safety Act is used. Accordingly, any contracts or subcontracts subject to the restrictions of this part entered into with contractors or subcontractors owned or controlled by citizens of subject countries, as defined by §§ 30.7 and 30.9 of this part, since December 22, 1987 shall be canceled at no cost to the Government, subject to the waiver provisions of § 30.17 of this part. All public works or public buildings contracts entered into after December 22, 1987, shall include, or be modified to include, a provision prohibiting subcontracting with citizens of subject countries, as defined by §§ 30.7 and 30.9 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.23.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.7   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Funds appropriated for FY 1988 by this resolution or any other law,</I> as used in this part with reference to section 109(a) of the Continuing Resolution, means all appropriated and trust funds available to DOT, its modal administration, or their grantees for expenditure or obligation in fiscal year 1988, regardless of the fiscal year in which the funds were appropriated.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Funds made available by this Act,</I> as used in this part with reference to section 115(a) of the Airport Safety Act, means all funds, including trust funds, made available to DOT, its modal administrations, or their grantees by that Act, whether or not the contracts to be funded are awarded during fiscal year 1988.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contractor and subcontractor</I> means any person, other than a supplier of products, performing any architectural, engineering, or other service directly related to the preparation for or performance of the construction, alteration, or repair of any public building or public work in the United States or any territory or possession of the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Contractor or subcontractor of a foreign country</I> means any contractor or subcontractor that is a citizen or national of a foreign country, or is controlled directly or indirectly by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service of a foreign country</I> means any service provided by a person that is a citizen or national of a foreign country, or is controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Product of a foreign country</I> means construction materials, i.e., articles, materials, and supplies brought to the construction site for incorporation into the public works project. A product is considered to have been produced in a foreign country if more than fifty percent of the total cost of the product is allocable to production or manufacture in the foreign country.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Foreign country</I> means a country included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.23.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.9   Citizenship: Direct or indirect control.</HEAD>
<P>A contractor, subcontractor, or person providing a service shall be considered to be a citizen or national of a foreign country, or controlled directly or indirectly by citizens or nationals of a foreign country, within the meaning of this part.
</P>
<P>(a) If 50 percent or more of the contractor or subcontractor is owned by one or more citizens or nationals of the foreign country;
</P>
<P>(b) If the title to 50 percent or more of the stock of the contractor or subcontractor is held subject to trust or fiduciary obligation in favor of one or more citizens or nationals of the foreign country;
</P>
<P>(c) If 50 percent or more of the voting power in the contractor or subcontractor is vested in or exercisable on behalf of one or more citizens or nationals of the foreign country;
</P>
<P>(d) In the case of a partnership, if any general partner is a citizen or national of the foreign country;
</P>
<P>(e) In the case of a corporation, if the number of its directors necessary to constitute a quorum are citizens of the foreign country or the corporation is organized under the laws of the foreign country or any subdivision, territory, or possession thereof; or
</P>
<P>(f) In the case of a contractor or subcontractor that is a joint venture, if any participant meets any of the criteria in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.23.0.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.11   Use of solicitation provisions and contract clauses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless the President or the Secretary waives the restrictions imposed by section 109(a) of the Continuing Resolution in accordance with § 30.17 of this part, the contracting officer shall insert a clause similar to the clause at § 30.15, Restrictions on Federal Public Works Projects, in contractions and solicitations, if—
</P>
<P>(1) The contract is awarded on or after December 22, 1987, and before October 1, 1988; and
</P>
<P>(2) The contract obligates funds appropriated for use in FY 1988 by the Continuing Resolution or any other law; and
</P>
<P>(3) The contract is for the acquisition of construction, alteration and repair, architectural, engineering, or other services directly related to the preparation for, or performance of, construction, alteration, and repair for Federal public works projects inside the United States, U.S. territories, or U.S. possessions.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless the Secretary waives the restrictions imposed by section 115 of the Airport Safety Act in accordance with § 30.17 of this part, the contracting officer shall insert a clause similar to the clause at § 30.15, Restrictions on Federal Public Works Projects, in contracts and solicitations relating to any project for which funds, including grant funds, are made available by that Act, whether or not the contract is awarded during fiscal year 1988.
</P>
<P>(c) Any contract already awarded that should have contained the clause prescribed in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, but did not, shall be modified to include the clause. In the event that the contracting officer is unable to modify such contract, the contract shall be canceled at no cost to the Government, unless a waiver is granted in accordance with § 30.17 of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Contracting officers shall insert a provision similar to the solicitation provision at § 30.13 of this part, Restrictions on Public Works Projects—Certification, in solicitations containing the clause at § 30.15 of this part, Restrictions on Federal Public Works Projects.
</P>
<P>(e) Any solicitation issued before December 22, 1987, that will result in the award of a contract covered by paragraph (a) of this section after December 22, 1987, and before October 1, 1988, and that should have contained a provision similar to that § 30.13 of this part, but did not, shall be amended to include the provision if the contract has not yet been awarded.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.23.0.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.13   Restrictions on Federal public works projects: Certification.</HEAD>
<P>As prescribed in § 30.11(c) of this part, the contracting officer shall insert the following provision in solicitations containing the clause at § 30.15, <I>Restrictions on Federal Public Works Projects:</I>
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Restrictions on Federal Public Works Projects—Certification
</HD1>
<P>(a) Definitions. The definitions pertaining to this provision are those that are set forth in 49 CFR 30.7-30.9.
</P>
<P>(b) Certification. By signing this solicitation, the Offeror certifies that with respect to this solicitation, and any resultant contract, the Offeror—
</P>
<P>(1) Is [ ] is not [ ] a contractor of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminated against U.S. firms published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative (U.S.T.R.);
</P>
<P>(2) Has [ ] has not [ ] entered into any contract or subcontract with a subcontractor of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R.; and
</P>
<P>(3) Has [ ] has not [ ] entered into any subcontract for any product to be used on the Federal public works project that is produced in a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R.
</P>
<P>(c) Applicability of 18 U.S.C. 1001. This certification in this solicitation provision concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, United States Code, Section 1001.
</P>
<P>(d) Notice. The Offeror shall provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the Offeror learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
</P>
<P>(e) Restrictions on contract award. No contract will be awarded to an offeror (1) who is owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R. or (2) whose subcontractors are owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on such U.S.T.R. list or (3) who incorporates in the public works project any product of a foreign country on such U.S.T.R. list; unless a waiver to these restrictions is granted by the President of the United States or the Secretary of Transportation. (Notice of the granting of a waiver will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>)
</P>
<P>(f) System. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by paragraph (b) of this provision. The knowledge and information of an Offeror is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
</P>
<P>(g) Subcontracts. The Offeror agrees that, if awarded a contract resulting from this solicitation, it will incorporate this solicitation provision, including this paragraph (g), in each solicitation issued under such contract.</P></EXTRACT>
<HD3>(End of provision)


</HD3>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.23.0.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.15   Restrictions on Federal public works projects.</HEAD>
<P>The contracting officer shall insert the following clause in solicitations and contracts as prescribed at § 30.11(a) through (b) of this part:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Restrictions on Federal Public Works Projects
</HD1>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> The definitions pertaining to this clause are those that are set forth in 49 CFR 30.7-30.9
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General.</I> This clause implements the procurement provisions contained in the Continuing Resolution on the Fiscal Year 1988 Budget, Public Law No. 100-202, and the Airport and Airway Safety and Capacity Expansion Act of 1987, Public Law No. 100-223.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Restrictions.</I> The Contractor shall not knowingly enter into any subcontract under this contract: (1) With a subcontractor of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the United States Trade Representative (U.S.T.R.); or (2) for the supply of any product for use on the Federal Public works project under this contract that is produced or manufactured in a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certification.</I> The Contractor may rely upon the certification of a prospective subcontractor that it is not a subcontractor of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminates against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R. and that products supplied by such subcontractor for use on the Federal public works project under this contract are not products of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R., unless the contractor has knowledge that the certification is erroneous.
</P>
<P>(e) Erroneous certification. The certification in paragraph (b) of the provision entitled “Restriction on Federal Public Works Projects—Certification,” is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the Contractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Government, the Contracting Officer may cancel this contract for default at no cost to the Government.
</P>
<P>(f) Cancellation. Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived as provided in paragraph (e) of the provision entitled “Restriction on Federal Public Works Projects—Certification,” if the Contractor knowingly enters into a subcontract with a subcontractor that is a subcontractor of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R. or that supplies any product for use on the Federal public works project under this contract of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R., the Contracting Officer may cancel this contract for default, at no cost to the Government.
</P>
<P>(g) Subcontracts. The Contractor shall incorporate this clause, without modification, including this paragraph (g) in all solicitations and subcontracts under this contract:</P></EXTRACT>
<HD1>Certification Regarding Restrictions on Federal Public Works Projects—Subcontractors
</HD1>
<EXTRACT>
<P>(1) The Offeror/Contractor, by submission of an offer and/or execution of a contract certifies that the Offeror/Contractor is (i) not an Offeror/Contractor owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the United States Trade Representative (U.S.T.R.) or (2) not supplying any product for use on the Federal public works project that is produced or manufactured in a foreign country included on the list of foreign countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R.</P></EXTRACT>
<HD1>THIS CERTIFICATION CONCERNS A MATTER WITHIN THE JURISDICTION OF AN AGENCY OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE MAKING OF A FALSE FICTITIOUS, OR FRAUDULENT CERTIFICATION MAY RENDER THE MAKER SUBJECT TO PROSECUTION UNDER TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE, SECTION 1001
</HD1>
<EXTRACT>
<P>(2) The Offeror shall provide immediate written notice to the Contractor if, at any time, the Offeror learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
</P>
<P>(3) The Contractor shall not knowingly enter into any subcontract under this contract: (i) with a subcontractor of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R.; or (ii) for the supply of any product for use on the Federal public works project under this contract that is produced or manufactured in a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R. The contractor may rely upon the certification in paragraph (g)(1) of this clause unless it has knowledge that the certification is erroneous.
</P>
<P>(4) Unless the restrictions of this clause have been waived under the contract for the Federal public works project, if a contractor knowingly enters into a subcontract with a subcontractor that is a subcontractor of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R. or that supplies any product for use on the Federal public works project under this contract that is produced or manufactured in a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R., the Government Contracting Officer may direct, through higher-tier contractors, cancellation of this contract at no cost to the Government.
</P>
<P>(5) Definitions. The definitions pertaining to this clause are those that are set forth in 49 CFR 30.7-30.9.
</P>
<P>(6) The certification in paragraph (g)(1) of this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the Contractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Government, the Government Contracting Officer may direct, through higher-tier Contractors, cancellation of this subcontract at no cost to the Government.
</P>
<P>(7) The Contractor agrees to insert this clause, without modification, including this paragraph, in all solicitations and subcontracts under this clause.</P></EXTRACT>
<HD3>(End of clause)


</HD3>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.23.0.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.17   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary may waive the restrictions imposed by section 115 of the Airport Safety Act on the use of a product or service in a project if the Secretary determines that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Application of the restriction to such product, service, or project would not be in the public interest; 
</P>
<P>(2) Products or services of the same class or kind are not produced or offered in the United States, or in any foreign country that is not listed by the U.S.T.R. in sufficient and reasonable available quantities and of a satisfactory quality; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Exclusion of such product or service from the project would increase the cost of the overall project contract by more than 20 percent. 
</P>
<P>(b) The President or the Secretary may waive the restrictions imposed by section 109(a) of the Continuing Resolution with respect to an individual contract if the President or the Secretary determines that such action is necessary in the public interest, on a contract-by-contract basis. The Secretary may apply the factors listed in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section in determining whether a waiver is in the public interest. 
</P>
<P>(c) The authority of the President or the Secretary to issue waivers may not be delegated. The Department shall publish notice of any waiver granted pursuant to this part by the President or the Secretary in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within ten days. The notice shall describe in detail the contract involved, the specific reasons for granting the waiver, and how the waiver meets the criteria of this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 30.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.23.0.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 30.19   Buy American Act.</HEAD>
<P>The restrictions of this part are in addition to any other restrictions contained in Federal law, including the Buy American Act, 41 U.S.C. 10a-10d, and Buy American provisions in legislation governing DOT provisions. Normal evaluation methods for implementing the provisions of the Buy American Act in contracts for the construction, alteration, or repair of public buildings or public works will be applied after determining the offeror's eligible for award on the basis of application of the provisions in this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 31—PROGRAM FRAUD CIVIL REMEDIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3801-3812. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 881, Jan. 14, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 31.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.1   Basis and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Basis.</I> This part implements the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, Public Law No. 99-509, sections 6101-6104, 100 Stat. 1874 (October 21, 1986), to be codified at 31 U.S.C. 3801-3812. 31 U.S.C. 3809 of the statute requires each authority head to promulgate regulations necessary to implement the provisions of the statute. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> This part (1) establishes administrative procedures for imposing civil penalties and assessments against persons who make, submit, or present, or cause to be made, submitted, or presented, false, fictitious, or fraudulent claims or written statements to the authority or to certain others, and (2) specifies the hearing and appeal rights of persons subject to allegations of liability for such penalties and assessments. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.2" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>ALJ</I> means an Administrative Law Judge in the authority appointed pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 3105 or detailed to the authority pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 3344. 
</P>
<P><I>Authority</I> means the Department of Transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Authority head</I> means the Assistant Secretary or Deputy Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs, Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Benefit</I> means, in the context of “statement,” anything of value, including but not limited to any advantage, preference, privilege, license, permit, favorable decision, ruling, status, or loan guarantee.
</P>
<P><I>Claim</I> means any request, demand, or submission—
</P>
<P>(a) Made to the authority for property, services, or money (including money representing grants, loans, insurance, or benefits);
</P>
<P>(b) Made to a recipient of property, services, or money from the authority or to a party to a contract with the authority—
</P>
<P>(1) For property or services if the United States—
</P>
<P>(i) Provided such property or services;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provided any portion of the funds for the purchase of such property or services; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Will reimburse such recipient or party for the purchase of such property or services; or
</P>
<P>(2) For the payment of money (including money representing grants, loans, insurance, or benefits) if the United States—
</P>
<P>(i) Provided any portion of the money requested or demanded; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Will reimburse such recipient or party for any portion of the money paid on such request or demand; or
</P>
<P>(c) Made to the authority which has the effect of decreasing an obligation to pay or account for property, services, or money.
</P>
<P><I>Complaint</I> means the administrative complaint served by the reviewing official on the defendant under § 31.7.
</P>
<P><I>Defendant</I> means any person alleged in a complaint under § 31.7 to be liable for a civil penalty or assessment under § 31.3.
</P>
<P><I>Government</I> means the United States Government.
</P>
<P><I>Individual</I> means a natural person.
</P>
<P><I>Initial decision</I> means the written decision of the ALJ required by §§ 31.10 or 31.37 and includes a revised initial decision issued following a remand or a motion for reconsideration.
</P>
<P><I>Investigating official</I> means the Inspector General of the Department of Transportation or an officer or employee of the Office of Inspector General designated by the Inspector General and serving in a position for which the rate of basic pay is not less than the minimum rate of basic pay for grade GS-16 under the General Schedule.
</P>
<P><I>Knows or has reason to know,</I> means that a person, with respect to a claim or statement—
</P>
<P>(a) Has actual knowledge that the claim or statement is false, fictitious, or fraudulent;
</P>
<P>(b) Acts in deliberate ignorance of the truth or falsity of the claim or statement; or
</P>
<P>(c) Acts in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the claim or statement.
</P>
<P><I>Makes,</I> wherever it appears, shall include the terms presents, submits, and causes to be made, presented, or submitted. As the context requires, <I>making</I> or <I>made,</I> shall likewise include the corresponding forms of such terms.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, or private organization, and includes the plural of that term.
</P>
<P><I>Representative</I> means an attorney who is a member in good standing of the bar of any State, Territory, or possession of the United States or of the District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. This definition is not intended to foreclose pro se appearances. An individual may appear for himself or herself, and a corporation or other entity may appear by an owner, officer, or employee of the corporation or entity.
</P>
<P><I>Reviewing official</I> means the Deputy General Counsel of the Department of Transportation, or other officer or employee of the Department who is designated by the Deputy General Counsel and eligible under 31 U.S.C. 3801(a)(8).
</P>
<P><I>Statement</I> means any representation, certification, affirmation, document, record, or accounting or bookkeeping entry made—
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to a claim or to obtain the approval or payment of a claim (including relating to eligibility to make a claim); or
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to (including relating to eligibility for)—
</P>
<P>(1) A contract with, or bid or proposal for a contract with; or
</P>
<P>(2) A grant, loan, or benefit from,
</P>
<FP>the authority, or any State, political subdivision of a State, or other party, if the United States Government provides any portion of the money or property under such contract or for such grant, loan, or benefit, or if the Government will reimburse such State, political subdivision, or party for any portion of the money or property under such contract or for such grant, loan, or benefit.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.3   Basis for civil penalties and assessments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Claims.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any person who makes a claim that the person knows or has reason to know—
</P>
<P>(i) Is false, fictitious, or fraudulent;
</P>
<P>(ii) Includes or is supported by any written statement which asserts a material fact which is false, fictitious, or fraudulent;
</P>
<P>(iii) Includes or is supported by any written statement that—
</P>
<P>(A) Omits a material fact;
</P>
<P>(B) Is false, fictitious, or fraudulent as a result of such omission; and
</P>
<P>(C) Is a statement in which the person making such statement has a duty to include such material fact; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Is for payment for the provision of property or services which the person has not provided as claimed, shall be subject, in addition to any other remedy that may be prescribed by law, to a civil penalty of not more than $5,500 for each such claim. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> As adjusted in accordance with the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-140), as amended by the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-143, section 31001).</P></FTNT>
<P>(2) Each voucher, invoice, claim form, or other individual request or demand for property, services, or money constitutes a separate claim.
</P>
<P>(3) A claim shall be considered made to the authority, recipient, or party when such claim is actually made to an agent, fiscal intermediary, or other entity, including any State or political subdivision thereof, acting for or on behalf of the authority, recipient, or party.
</P>
<P>(4) Each claim for property, services, or money is subject to a civil penalty regardless of whether such property, services, or money is actually delivered or paid.
</P>
<P>(5) If the Government has made any payment (including transferred property or provided services) on a claim, a person subject to a civil penalty under paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall also be subject to an assessment of not more than twice the amount of such claim or that portion thereof that is determined to be in violation of paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Such assessment shall be in lieu of damages sustained by the Government because of such claim.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Statements.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any person who makes a written statement that—
</P>
<P>(i) The person knows or has reason to know—
</P>
<P>(A) Asserts a material fact which is false, fictitious, or fraudulent; or
</P>
<P>(B) Is false, fictitious, or fraudulent because it omits a material fact that the person making the statement has a duty to include in such statement; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Contains, or is accompanied by, an express certification or affirmation of the truthfulness and accuracy of the contents of the statement, shall be subject, in addition to any other remedy that may be prescribed by law, to a civil penalty of not more than $5,500. 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> As adjusted in accordance with the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-140), as amended by the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-143, section 31001).</P></FTNT>
<P>(2) Each written representation, certification, or affirmation constitutes a separate statement.
</P>
<P>(3) A statement shall be considered made to the authority when such statement is actually made to an agent, fiscal intermediary, or other entity, including any State or political subdivision thereof, acting for or on behalf of the authority.
</P>
<P>(c) No proof of specific intent to defraud is required to establish liability under this section.
</P>
<P>(d) In any case in which it is determined that more than one person is liable for making a claim or statement under this section, each such person may be held liable for a civil penalty under this section.
</P>
<P>(e) In any case in which it is determined that more than one person is liable for making a claim under this section on which the Government has made payment (including transferred property or provided services), an assessment may be imposed against any such person or jointly and severally against any combination of such persons.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 881, Jan. 14, 1988, as amended at 62 FR 6720, Feb. 13, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.4" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.4   Investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an investigating official concludes that a subpoena pursuant to the authority conferred by 31 U.S.C. 3804(a) is warranted—
</P>
<P>(1) The subpoena so issued shall notify the person to whom it is addressed of the authority under which the subpoena is issued and shall identify the records or documents sought;
</P>
<P>(2) The investigating official may designate a person to act on his or her behalf to receive the documents sought; and
</P>
<P>(3) The person receiving such subpoena shall be required to tender to the investigating official or the person designated to receive the documents a certification that the documents sought have been produced, or that such documents are not available and the reasons therefor, or that such documents, suitably identified, have been withheld based upon the assertion of an identified privilege.
</P>
<P>(b) If the investigating official concludes that an action under the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act may be warranted, the investigating official shall submit a report containing the findings and conclusions of such investigation to the reviewing official.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section shall preclude or limit an investigating official's discretion to refer allegations directly to the Department of Justice for suit under the False Claims Act or other civil relief, or to defer or postpone a report or referral to the reviewing official to avoid interference with a criminal investigation or prosecution.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section modifies any responsibility of an investigating official to report violations of criminal law to the Attorney General.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.5   Review by the reviewing official.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If, based on the report of the investigating official under § 31.4(b), the reviewing official determines that there is adequate evidence to believe that a person is liable under § 31.3 of this part, the reviewing official shall transmit to the Attorney General a written notice of the reviewing official's intention to issue a complaint under § 31.7.
</P>
<P>(b) Such notice shall include—
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the reviewing official's reasons for issuing a complaint;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement specifying the evidence that supports the allegations of liability;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the claims or statements upon which the allegations of liability are based;
</P>
<P>(4) An estimate of the amount of money or the value of property, services, or other benefits requested or demanded in violation of § 31.3 of this part;
</P>
<P>(5) A statement of any exculpatory or mitigating circumstances that may relate to the claims or statements known by the reviewing official or the investigating official; and
</P>
<P>(6) A statement that there is a reasonable prospect of collecting an appropriate amount of penalties and assessments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.6" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.6   Prerequisites for issuing a complaint.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The reviewing official may issue a complaint under § 31.7 only if—
</P>
<P>(1) The Department of Justice approves the issuance of a complaint in a written statement described in 31 U.S.C. 3803(b)(1), and 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of allegations of liability under § 31.3(a) with respect to a claim, the reviewing official determines that, with respect to such claim or a group of related claims submitted at the same time such claim is submitted (as defined in paragraph (b) of this section), the amount of money or the value of property or services demanded or requested in violation of § 31.3(a) does not exceed $150,000. 
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section, a related group of claims submitted at the same time shall include only those claims arising from the same transaction (<I>e.g.,</I> grant, loan, application, or contract) that are submitted simultaneously as part of a single request, demand, or submission. 
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the reviewing official's authority to join in a single complaint against a person's claims that are unrelated or were not submitted simultaneously, regardless of the amount of money, or the value of property or services, demanded or requested. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.7   Complaint.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On or after the date the Department of Justice approves the issuance of a complaint in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3803(b)(1), the reviewing official may serve a complaint on the defendant, as provided in § 31.8. 
</P>
<P>(b) The complaint shall state— 
</P>
<P>(1) The allegations of liability against the defendant, including the statutory basis for liability, an identification of the claims or statements that are the basis for the alleged liability, and the reasons why liability allegedly arises from such claims or statements; 
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum amount of penalties and assessments for which the defendant may be held liable; 
</P>
<P>(3) Instructions for filing an answer to request a hearing, including a specific statement of the defendant's right to request a hearing by filing an answer and to be represented by a representative; and 
</P>
<P>(4) That failure to file an answer within 30 days of service of the complaint will result in the imposition of the maximum amount of penalties and assessments without right to appeal, as provided in § 31.10. 
</P>
<P>(c) At the same time the reviewing official serves the complaint, he or she shall serve the defendant with a copy of these regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.8" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.8   Service of complaint.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Service of a complaint must be made by certified or registered mail or by delivery in any manner authorized by Rule 4(d) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Service of a complaint is complete upon receipt. 
</P>
<P>(b) Proof of service, stating the name and address of the person on whom the complaint was served, and the manner and date of service, may be made by— 
</P>
<P>(1) Affidavit of the individual serving the complaint by delivery; 
</P>
<P>(2) A United States Postal Service return receipt card acknowledging receipt; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Written acknowledgment of receipt by the defendant or his or her representative. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.9   Answer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The defendant may request a hearing by serving an answer on the reviewing official within 30 days of service of the complaint. Service of an answer shall be made by delivering a copy to the reviewing official or by placing a copy in the United States mail, postage prepaid and addressed to the reviewing official. Service of an answer is complete upon such delivery or mailing. An answer shall be deemed to be a request for hearing. 
</P>
<P>(b) In the answer, the defendant—
</P>
<P>(1) Shall admit or deny each of the allegations of liability made in the complaint;
</P>
<P>(2) Shall state any defense on which the defendant intends to rely;
</P>
<P>(3) May state any reasons why the defendant contends that the penalties and assessments should be less than the statutory maximum; and
</P>
<P>(4) Shall state the name, address, and telephone number of the person authorized by the defendant to act as defendant's representative, if any.
</P>
<P>(c) If the defendant is unable to file an answer meeting the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section within the time provided, the defendant may, before the expiration of 30 days from service of the complaint, serve on the reviewing official a general answer denying liability and requesting a hearing, and a request for an extension of time within which to serve an answer meeting the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. The reviewing official shall file promptly the complaint, the general answer denying liability, and the request for an extension of time as provided in § 31.11. For good cause shown, the ALJ may grant the defendant up to 30 additional days from the original due date within which to serve an answer meeting the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.10" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.10   Default upon failure to answer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the defendant does not answer within the time prescribed in § 31.9(a), the reviewing official may refer the complaint to an ALJ by filing the complaint and a statement that defendant has failed to answer on time.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon the referral of the complaint, the ALJ shall promptly serve on defendant in the manner prescribed in § 31.8, a notice that an initial decision will be issued under this section.
</P>
<P>(c) In addition, the ALJ shall assume the facts alleged in the complaint to be true, and, if such facts establish liability under § 31.3, the ALJ shall issue an initial decision imposing the maximum amount of penalties and assessments allowed under the statute.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as otherwise provided in this section, by failing to answer on time, the defendant waives any right to further review of the penalties and assessments imposed under paragraph (c) of this section, and the initial decision shall become final and binding upon the parties 30 days after it is issued.
</P>
<P>(e) If, before such an initial decision becomes final, the defendant files a motion seeking to reopen on the grounds that extraordinary circumstances prevented the defendant from answering, the initial decision shall be stayed pending the ALJ's decision on the motion.
</P>
<P>(f) If, on such motion, the defendant can demonstrate extraordinary circumstances excusing the failure to answer on time, the ALJ shall withdraw the initial decision in paragraph (c) of this section, if such a decision has been issued, and shall grant the defendant an opportunity to answer the complaint.
</P>
<P>(g) A decision of the ALJ denying a defendant's motion under paragraph (e) of this section is not subject to reconsideration under § 31.38.
</P>
<P>(h) The defendant may appeal to the authority head the decision denying a motion to reopen by filing a notice of appeal in accordance with § 31.26 within 15 days after the ALJ denies the motion. The timely filing of a notice of appeal shall stay the initial decision until the authority head decides the issue.
</P>
<P>(i) If the defendant files a timely notice of appeal, the Docket Clerk shall forward two copies of the notice of appeal to the authority head, and shall forward or make available the record of the proceeding to the authority head.
</P>
<P>(j) The authority head shall decide expeditiously whether extraordinary circumstances excuse the defendant's failure to answer on time based solely on the record before the ALJ.
</P>
<P>(k) If the authority head decides that extraordinary circumstances excused the defendant's failure to answer on time, the authority head shall remand the case to the ALJ with instructions to grant the defendant an opportunity to answer.
</P>
<P>(l) If the authority head decides that the defendant's failure to answer on time is not excused, the authority head shall reinstate the initial decision of the ALJ, which shall become final and binding upon the parties 30 days after the authority head issues such decision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.11   Referral of complaint and answer to the ALJ.</HEAD>
<P>Upon receipt of an answer, the reviewing official shall refer the matter to an ALJ by filing the complaint and answer in accordance with § 31.26.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.12" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.12   Notice of hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the ALJ receives the complaint and answer, the ALJ shall promptly serve a notice of hearing upon the defendant in the manner prescribed by § 31.8. At the time, the ALJ shall send a copy of such notice to the representative for the Government and shall file a copy with the Docket Clerk.
</P>
<P>(b) Such notice shall include—
</P>
<P>(1) The tentative time and place, and the nature of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(2) The legal authority and jurisdiction under which the hearing is to be held;
</P>
<P>(3) The matters of fact and law to be asserted;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the procedures for the conduct of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(5) The name, address, and telephone number of the representative of the Government and of the defendant, if any; and 
</P>
<P>(6) Such other matters as the ALJ deems appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.13   Parties to the hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The parties to the hearing shall be the defendant and the authority.
</P>
<P>(b) Pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3730(c)(5), a private plaintiff under the False Claims Act may participate in these proceedings to the extent authorized by the provisions of that Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.14" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.14   Separation of functions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The investigating official, the reviewing official, and any employee or agent of the authority who takes part in investigating, preparing, or presenting a particular case may not, in such case or a factually related case—
</P>
<P>(1) Participate in the hearing as the ALJ;
</P>
<P>(2) Participate or advise in the initial decision or the review of the initial decision by the authority head, except as a witness or a representative in public proceedings; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Make the collection of penalties and assessments under 31 U.S.C. 3806.
</P>
<P>(b) The ALJ shall not be responsible to, or subject to the supervision or direction of, the investigating official or the reviewing official.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, the representative for the Government may be employed anywhere in the authority, including in the offices of either the investigating official or the reviewing official.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.15   Ex parte contacts.</HEAD>
<P>No party or person (except employees of the ALJ's office) shall communicate in any way with the ALJ on any matter at issue in a case, unless on notice and opportunity for all parties to participate. This provision does not prohibit a person or party from inquiring about the status of a case or asking routine questions concerning administrative functions or procedures.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.16" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.16   Disqualification of reviewing official or ALJ.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A reviewing official or ALJ in a particular case may disqualify himself or herself at any time.
</P>
<P>(b) A party may file a motion for disqualification of a reviewing official or an ALJ. Such motion shall be accompanied by an affidavit alleging personal bias or other reason for disqualification.
</P>
<P>(c) Such motion and affidavit shall be filed promptly upon the party's discovery of reasons requiring disqualification, or such objections shall be deemed waived.
</P>
<P>(d) Such affidavit shall state specific facts that support the party's belief that personal bias or other reason for disqualification exists and the time and circumstances of the party's discovery of such facts. It shall be accompanied by a certificate of the representative of record that it is made in good faith.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) If the ALJ determines that a reviewing official is disqualified, the ALJ shall dismiss the complaint without prejudice. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the ALJ disqualifies himself or herself, the case shall be reassigned promptly to another ALJ. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the ALJ denies a motion to disqualify, the authority head may determine the matter only as part of his or her review of the initial decision upon appeal, if any. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.17   Rights of parties.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise limited by this part, all parties may— 
</P>
<P>(a) Be accompanied, represented, and advised by a representative; 
</P>
<P>(b) Participate in any conference held by the ALJ; 
</P>
<P>(c) Conduct discovery; 
</P>
<P>(d) Agree to stipulations of fact or law, which shall be made part of the record; 
</P>
<P>(e) Present evidence relevant to the issues at the hearing; 
</P>
<P>(f) Present and cross-examine witnesses; 
</P>
<P>(g) Present oral arguments at the hearing as permitted by the ALJ; and 
</P>
<P>(h) Submit written briefs and proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law after the hearing. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.18" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.18   Authority of the ALJ.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ALJ shall conduct a fair and impartial hearing, avoid delay, maintain order, and assure that a record of the proceeding is made. 
</P>
<P>(b) The ALJ has the authority to— 
</P>
<P>(1) Set and change the date, time, and place of the hearing upon reasonable notice to the parties; 
</P>
<P>(2) Continue or recess the hearing in whole or in part for a reasonable period of time; 
</P>
<P>(3) Hold conferences to identify or simplify the issues, or to consider other matters that may aid in the expeditious disposition of the proceeding; 
</P>
<P>(4) Administer oaths and affirmations; 
</P>
<P>(5) Issue subpoenas requiring the attendance of witnesses and the production of documents at depositions or at hearings; 
</P>
<P>(6) Rule on motions and other procedural matters; 
</P>
<P>(7) Regulate the scope and timing of discovery; 
</P>
<P>(8) Regulate the course of the hearing and the conduct of representatives and parties; 
</P>
<P>(9) Examine witnesses; 
</P>
<P>(10) Receive, rule on, exclude, or limit evidence; 
</P>
<P>(11) Upon motion of a party, take official notice of facts; 
</P>
<P>(12) Upon motion of a party, decide cases, in whole or in part, by summary judgment where there is no disputed issue of material fact; 
</P>
<P>(13) Conduct any conference, argument, or hearing on motions in person or by telephone; and 
</P>
<P>(14) Exercise such other authority as is necessary to carry out the responsibilities of the ALJ under this part. 
</P>
<P>(c) The ALJ does not have the authority to find Federal statutes or regulations invalid. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.19   Prehearing conferences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ALJ may schedule prehearing conferences as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(b) Upon the motion of any party, the ALJ shall schedule at least one prehearing conference at a reasonable time in advance of the hearing. 
</P>
<P>(c) The ALJ may use prehearing conferences to discuss the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Simplification of the issues; 
</P>
<P>(2) The necessity or desirability of amendments to the pleadings, including the need for a more definite statement; 
</P>
<P>(3) Stipulations and admissions of fact or as to the contents and authenticity of documents; 
</P>
<P>(4) Whether the parties can agree to submission of the case on a stipulated record; 
</P>
<P>(5) Whether a party chooses to waive appearance at an oral hearing and to submit only documentary evidence (subject to the objection of other parties) and written argument; 
</P>
<P>(6) Limitation of the number of witnesses; 
</P>
<P>(7) Scheduling dates for the exchange of witness lists and of proposed exhibits; 
</P>
<P>(8) Discovery; 
</P>
<P>(9) The time and place for the hearing; and 
</P>
<P>(10) Such other matters as may tend to expedite the fair and just disposition of the proceedings. 
</P>
<P>(d) The ALJ may issue an order containing all matters agreed upon by the parties or ordered by the ALJ at a prehearing conference. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.20" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.20   Disclosure of documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon written request to the reviewing official, the defendant may review any relevant and material documents, transcripts, records, and other materials that relate to the allegations set out in the complaint and upon which the findings and conclusions of the investigating official under § 31.4(b) are based, unless such documents are subject to a privilege under Federal law. Upon payment of fees for duplication, the defendant may obtain copies of such documents. 
</P>
<P>(b) Upon written request to the reviewing official, the defendant also may obtain a copy of all exculpatory information in the possession of the reviewing official or investigating official relating to the allegations in the complaint, even if it is contained in a document that would otherwise be privileged. If the document would otherwise be privileged, only that portion containing exculpatory information must be disclosed. 
</P>
<P>(c) The notice sent to the Attorney General from the reviewing official as described in § 31.5 is not discoverable under any circumstances. 
</P>
<P>(d) The defendant may file a motion to compel disclosure of the documents subject to the provisions of this section. Such a motion may only be filed following the serving of an answer pursuant to § 31.9. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.21   Discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following types of discovery are authorized: 
</P>
<P>(1) Requests for production of documents for inspection and copying; 
</P>
<P>(2) Requests for admissions of the authenticity of any relevant document or of the truth of any relevant fact; 
</P>
<P>(3) Written interrogatories; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Depositions. 
</P>
<P>(b) For the purpose of this section and §§ 31.22 and 31.23, the term “documents” includes information, documents, reports, answers, records, accounts, papers, and other data and documentary evidence. Nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to require the creation of a document. 
</P>
<P>(c) Unless mutually agreed to by the parties, discovery is available only as ordered by the ALJ. The ALJ shall regulate the timing of discovery. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motions for discovery.</I> (1) A party seeking discovery may file a motion. Such a motion shall be accompanied by a copy of the request for production of documents, request for admissions, or interrogatories, or in the case of depositions, a summary of the scope of the proposed deposition. 
</P>
<P>(2) Within ten days of service, a party may file an opposition to the motion and/or a motion for protective order as provided in § 31.24. 
</P>
<P>(3) The ALJ may grant a motion for discovery only if he or she finds that the discovery sought— 
</P>
<P>(i) Is necessary for the expeditious, fair, and reasonable consideration of the issues; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not unduly costly or burdensome; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Will not unduly delay the proceeding; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Does not seek privileged information. 
</P>
<P>(4) The burden of showing that discovery should be allowed is on the party seeking discovery. 
</P>
<P>(5) The ALJ may grant discovery subject to a protective order under § 31.24. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Depositions.</I> (1) If a motion for deposition is granted, the ALJ shall issue a subpoena for the deponent, which may require the deponent to produce documents. The subpoena shall specify the time and place at which the deposition will be held. 
</P>
<P>(2) The party seeking to depose shall serve the subpoena in the manner prescribed in § 31.8.
</P>
<P>(3) The deponent may file a motion to quash the subpoena or a motion for a protective order within ten days of service. If the ALJ has not acted on such a motion by the return date, such date shall be suspended pending the ALJ's final action on the motion.
</P>
<P>(4) The party seeking to depose shall provide for the taking of a verbatim transcript of the deposition, which it shall make available to all other parties for inspection and copying.
</P>
<P>(f) Each party shall bear its own costs of discovery.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.22" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.22   Exchange of witness lists, statements, and exhibits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At least 15 days before the hearing or at such other time as may be ordered by the ALJ, the parties shall exchange witness lists, copies of prior statements of proposed witnesses, and copies of proposed hearing exhibits, including copies of any written statements that the party intends to offer in lieu of live testimony in accordance with § 31.33(b). At the time the above documents are exchanged, any party that intends to rely on the transcript of deposition testimony in lieu of live testimony at the hearing, if permitted by the ALJ, shall provide each party with a copy of the specific pages of the transcript it intends to introduce into evidence.
</P>
<P>(b) If a party objects, the ALJ shall not admit into evidence the testimony of any witness whose name does not appear on the witness list of any exhibit not provided to the opposing party as provided above unless the ALJ finds good cause for the failure or that there is no prejudice to the objecting party.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless another party objects within the time set by the ALJ, documents exchanged in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section shall be deemed to be authentic for the purpose of admissibility at the hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.23   Subpoenas for attendance at hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party wishing to procure the appearance and testimony of any individual at the hearing may request that the ALJ issue a subpoena.
</P>
<P>(b) A subpoena requiring the attendance and testimony of an individual may also require the individual to produce documents at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(c) A party seeking a subpoena shall file a written request therefor not less than 15 days before the date fixed for the hearing unless otherwise allowed by the ALJ for good cause shown. Such request shall be accompanied by a proposed subpoena, which shall specify and documents to be produced and shall designate the witnesses and describe the address and location thereof with sufficient particularity to permit such witnesses to be found.
</P>
<P>(d) The subpoena shall specify the time and place at which the witness is to appear and any documents the witness is to produce.
</P>
<P>(e) The party seeking the subpoena shall serve it in the manner prescribed in § 31.8. A subpoena on a party or upon an individual under the control of party may be served by first class mail.
</P>
<P>(f) A party or the individual to whom the subpoena is directed may file a motion to quash the subpoena within ten days after service or on or before the time specified in the subpoena for compliance if it is less than ten days after service. If the ALJ has not acted on such a motion by the return date, such date shall be suspended pending the ALJ's final action on the motion.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.24" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.24   Protective order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party or a prospective witness or deponent may file a motion for a protective order with respect to discovery sought by an opposing party or with respect to the hearing, seeking to limit the availability or disclosure of evidence.
</P>
<P>(b) In issuing a protective order, the ALJ may make any order which justice requires to protect a party or person from annoyance, embarrassment, oppression, or undue burden or expense, including one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) That the discovery not be had;
</P>
<P>(2) That the discovery may be had only on specified terms and conditions, including a designation of the time or place;
</P>
<P>(3) That the discovery may be had only through a method of discovery other than that requested;
</P>
<P>(4) That certain matters not be inquired into, or that the scope of discovery be limited to certain matters;
</P>
<P>(5) That discovery be conducted with no one present except persons designated by the ALJ;
</P>
<P>(6) That the contents of discovery or evidence be sealed;
</P>
<P>(7) That a deposition after being sealed be opened only by order of the ALJ;
</P>
<P>(8) That a trade secret or other confidential research, development, commercial information, or facts pertaining to any criminal investigation, proceeding, or other administrative investigation not be disclosed or be disclosed only in a designated way; or
</P>
<P>(9) That the parties simultaneously submit to the ALJ specified documents or information enclosed in sealed envelopes to be opened as directed by the ALJ. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.25   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>The party requesting a subpoena shall pay the cost of the fees and mileage of any witness subpoenaed in the amounts that would be payable to a witness in a proceeding in United States District Court. A check for witness fees and mileage shall accompany the subpoena when served, except that when a subpoena is issued on behalf of the authority, a check for witness fees and mileage need not accompany the subpoena.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.26" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.26   Filing, form, and service of papers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing and form.</I> (1) A party filing any document under this part shall submit (i) the original and two copies to the Docket Operation Services, Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590; and (ii) two copies simultaneously to the ALJ or, if on appeal, to the authority head. The requirements of this paragraph apply to all filings under this part, regardless of whether there is a cross-reference to § 31.26.
</P>
<P>(2) Every pleading and paper filed in the proceeding shall contain a caption setting forth the title of the action, the case number assigned by the Docket Clerk, and a designation of the paper (<I>e.g.,</I> motion to quash subpoena).
</P>
<P>(3) Every pleading and paper shall be signed by, and shall contain the address and telephone nunber of, the party or the person on whose behalf the paper was filed, or his or her representative.
</P>
<P>(4) Papers are considered filed when they are mailed. Date of mailing may be established by a certificate from the party or its representative or by proof that the document was sent by certified or registered mail.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service.</I> A party filing a document shall, at the time of filing, serve a copy of such document on every other party. Service upon any party of any document other than those required to be served as prescribed in § 31.8 shall be made by delivering a copy, or by placing a copy of the document in the United States mail, postage prepaid and addressed, to the party's last known address. When a party is represented by a representative, service shall be made upon such representative in lieu of the actual party.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Proof of service.</I> A certificate of the individual serving the document by personal delivery or by mail, setting forth the manner of service, shall be proof of service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 881, Jan. 14, 1988, as amended at 73 FR 33329, June 12, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.27   Computation of time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In computing any period of time under this part or in an order issued thereunder, the time begins with the day following the act, event, or default, and includes the last day of the period, unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday observed by the Federal government, in which event it includes the next business day.
</P>
<P>(b) When the period of time allowed is less than seven days, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays observed by the Federal government shall be excluded from the computation.
</P>
<P>(c) Where a document has been served or issued by placing it in the United States mail, an additional five days will be added to the time permitted for any responses. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.28" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.28   Motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any application to the ALJ for an order or ruling shall be by motion. Motions shall state the relief sought, the authority relied upon, and the facts alleged, and shall be filed and served on all other parties.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for motions made during a prehearing conference or at the hearing, all motions shall be in writing. The ALJ may require that oral motions be reduced to writing.
</P>
<P>(c) Within 15 days after a written motion is served, or such other time as may be fixed by the ALJ, any party may file a response to such motion.
</P>
<P>(d) The ALJ may not grant a written motion before the time for filing response thereto has expired, except upon consent of the parties or following a hearing on the motion, but may overrule or deny such motion without awaiting a response.
</P>
<P>(e) The ALJ shall make a reasonable effort to dispose of all outstanding motions prior to the beginning of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(f) Except as provided by §§ 31.21(e)(3) and 31.23(f), which concern subpoenas, the filing or pendency of a motion shall not automatically alter or extend a deadline or return date. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.29   Sanctions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ALJ may sanction a person, including any party or representative, for—
</P>
<P>(1) Failing to comply with an order, rule, or procedure governing the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) Failing to prosecute or defend an action; or
</P>
<P>(3) Engaging in other misconduct that interferes with the speedy, orderly, or fair conduct of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) Sanctions include but are not limited to those specifically set forth in paragraph (c), (d), and (e) of this section. Any such sanction shall reasonably relate to the severity and nature of the failure or misconduct.
</P>
<P>(c) When a party fails to comply with an order, including an order for taking a deposition, the production of evidence within the party's control, or a request for admission, the ALJ may—
</P>
<P>(1) Draw an inference in favor of the requesting party with regard to the information sought;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of requests for admission, deem each matter of which an admission is requested to be admitted;
</P>
<P>(3) Prohibit the party failing to comply with such order from introducing evidence concerning, or otherwise relying upon, testimony relating to the information sought; and
</P>
<P>(4) Strike any part of the pleadings or other submissions of the party failing to comply with such request.
</P>
<P>(d) If a party fails to prosecute or defend an action under this part commenced by service of a notice of hearing, the ALJ may dismiss the action or may issue an initial decision imposition penalties and assessments.
</P>
<P>(e) The ALJ may refuse to consider any motion, request, response, brief or other document which is not filed in a timely fashion. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.30" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.30   The hearing and burden of proof.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ALJ shall conduct a hearing on the record in order to determine whether the defendant is liable for a civil penalty or assessment under § 31.3 and, if so, the appropriate amount of any such civil penalty or assessment considering any aggravating or mitigating factors.
</P>
<P>(b) The authority shall prove defendent's liability and any aggravating factors by a preponderance of the evidence.
</P>
<P>(c) The defendant shall prove any affirmative defenses and any mitigating factors by a preponderance of the evidence.
</P>
<P>(d) The hearing shall be open to the public unless otherwise ordered by the ALJ for good cause shown. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.31   Determining the amount of penalties and assessments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In determining an appropriate amount of civil penalties and assessments, the ALJ and the authority head, upon appeal, should evaluate any circumstances that mitigate or aggravate the violation and should articulate in their opinions the reasons that support the penalties and assessments they impose. Because of the intangible costs of fraud, the expense of investigating such conduct, and the need to deter others who might be similarly tempted, ordinarily double damages and a significant civil penalty should be imposed.
</P>
<P>(b) Although not exhaustive, the following factors are among those that may influence the ALJ and the authority head in determining the amount of penalties and assessments to impose with respect to the misconduct (<I>i.e.,</I> the false fictitious, of fraudulent claims or statements) charged in the complaint:
</P>
<P>(1) The number of false, fictitious, or fraudulent claims or statements;
</P>
<P>(2) The time period over which such claims or statements were made;
</P>
<P>(3) The degree of the defendant's culpability with respect to the misconduct;
</P>
<P>(4) The amount of money or the value of the property, services, or benefit falsely claimed; 
</P>
<P>(5) The value of the Government's actual loss as a result of the misconduct, including foreseeable consequential damages and the costs of investigation; 
</P>
<P>(6) The relationship of the amount imposed as civil penalties to the amount of the Government's loss; 
</P>
<P>(7) The potential or actual impact of the misconduct upon national defense, public health or safety, or public confidence in the management of Government programs and operations, including particularly the impact on the intended beneficiaries of such programs; 
</P>
<P>(8) Whether the defendant has engaged in a pattern of the same or similar misconduct; 
</P>
<P>(9) Whether the defendant attempted to conceal the misconduct; 
</P>
<P>(10) The degree to which the defendant has involved others in the misconduct or in concealing it; 
</P>
<P>(11) Where the misconduct of employees or agents is imputed to the defendant, the extent to which the defendant's practices fostered or attempted to preclude such misconduct; 
</P>
<P>(12) Whether the defendant cooperated in or obstructed an investigation of the misconduct; 
</P>
<P>(13) Whether the defendant assisted in identifying and prosecuting other wrongdoers; 
</P>
<P>(14) The complexity of the program or transaction, and the degree of the defendant's sophistication with respect to it, including the extent of the defendant's prior participation in the program or in similar transactions; 
</P>
<P>(15) Whether the defendant has been found, in any criminal, civil, or administrative proceeding to have engaged in similar misconduct or to have dealt dishonestly with the Government of the United States or of a State, directly or indirectly; and 
</P>
<P>(16) The need to deter the defendant and others from engaging in the same or similar misconduct. 
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the ALJ or the authority head from considering any other factors that in any given case may mitigate or aggravate the offense for which penalties and assessments are imposed. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.32" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.32   Location of hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The hearing may be held— 
</P>
<P>(1) In any judicial district of the United States in which the defendant resides or transacts business; 
</P>
<P>(2) In any judicial district of the United States in which the claim or statement in issue was made; or 
</P>
<P>(3) In such other place as may be agreed upon by the defendant and the ALJ. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each party shall have the opportunity to present written and oral argument with respect to the location of the hearing. 
</P>
<P>(c) The hearing shall be held at the place and at the time ordered by the ALJ. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.33   Witnesses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, testimony at the hearing shall be given orally by witnesses under oath or affirmation. 
</P>
<P>(b) At the discretion of the ALJ, testimony may be admitted in the form of a written statement or deposition. Any such written statement must be provided to all other parties along with the last known address of such witness, in a manner which allows sufficient time for other parties to subpoena such witness for cross-examination at the hearing. Prior written statements of witnesses proposed to testify at the hearing and deposition transcripts shall be exchanged as provided in § 31.22(a). 
</P>
<P>(c) The ALJ shall exercise reasonable control over the mode and order of interrogating witnesses and presenting evidence so as to (1) make the interrogation and presentation effective for the ascertainment of the truth, (2) avoid needless consumption of time, and (3) protect witnesses from harassment or undue embarrassment. 
</P>
<P>(d) The ALJ shall permit the parties to conduct such cross-examination as may be required for a full and true disclosure of the facts. 
</P>
<P>(e) At the discretion of the ALJ, a witness may be cross-examined on matters relevant to the proceeding without regard to the scope of his or her direct examination. To the extent permitted by the ALJ, cross-examination on matters outside the scope of direct examination shall be conducted in the manner of direct examination and may proceed by leading questions only if the witness is a hostile witness, an adverse party, or a witness identified with an adverse party. 
</P>
<P>(f) Upon motion of any party, the ALJ shall order witnesses excluded so that they cannot hear the testimony of other witnesses. This rule does not authorize exclusion of— 
</P>
<P>(1) A party who is an individual; 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a party that is not an individual, an officer or employee of the party (i) appearing for the entity pro se or (ii) designated by the party's representative; or 
</P>
<P>(3) An individual whose presence is shown by a party to be essential to the presentation of its case, including an individual employed by the Government engaged in assisting the representative for the Government. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.34" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.34   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ALJ shall determine the admissibility of evidence. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in this part, the ALJ shall not be bound by the Federal Rules of Evidence. However, the ALJ may apply the Federal Rules of Evidence where appropriate, <I>e.g.,</I> to exclude unreliable evidence. 
</P>
<P>(c) The ALJ shall exclude irrelevant and immaterial evidence. 
</P>
<P>(d) Although relevant, evidence may be excluded if its probative value is substantially outweighed by the danger of unfair prejudice, confusion of the issues, or by considerations of undue delay or needless presentation of cumulative evidence. 
</P>
<P>(e) Although relevant, evidence may be excluded if it is privileged under Federal law. 
</P>
<P>(f) Evidence concerning offers of compromise or settlement shall be inadmissible to the extent provided in Rule 408 of the Federal Rules of Evidence.
</P>
<P>(g) The ALJ shall permit the parties to introduce rebuttal witnesses and evidence.
</P>
<P>(h) All documents and other evidence offered or taken for the record shall be open to examination by all parties, unless otherwise ordered by the ALJ pursuant to § 31.24.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.35   The record.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The hearing will be recorded and transcribed. Transcripts may be obtained following the hearing from the ALJ at a cost not to exceed the actual cost of duplication.
</P>
<P>(b) The transcript of testimony, exhibits and other evidence admitted at the hearing, and all papers and requests filed in the proceeding constitute the record for the decision by the ALJ and the authority head.
</P>
<P>(c) The record may be inspected at the offices of the Docket Clerk (see § 31.26(a)(1) for address) and copied (upon payment of a reasonable fee) by anyone, unless otherwise ordered by the ALJ pursuant to § 31.24.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.36" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.36   Post-hearing briefs.</HEAD>
<P>The ALJ may require the parties to file post-hearing briefs. In any event, any party may file a post-hearing brief. The ALJ shall fix the time for filing such briefs. Such briefs may be accompanied by proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law. The ALJ may permit the parties to file reply briefs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.37   Initial decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ALJ shall issue an initial decision based only on the record, which shall contain findings of fact, conclusions of law, and the amount of any penalties and assessments imposed.
</P>
<P>(b) The findings of fact shall include a finding on each of the following issues: 
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the claims or statements identified in the complaint, or any portions thereof, violate § 31.3; 
</P>
<P>(2) If the person is liable for penalties or assessments, the appropriate amount of any such penalties or assessments considering any mitigating or aggravating factors that he or she finds in the case, such as those described in § 31.31.
</P>
<P>(c) The ALJ shall promptly serve the intitial decision on all parties within 90 days after the time for submission of post-hearing briefs and reply briefs (if permitted) has expired. The ALJ shall at the same time serve all parties with a statement describing the right of any defendant determined to be liable for a civil penalty or assessment to file a motion for reconsideration with the ALJ or a notice of appeal with the authority head. If the ALJ fails to meet the deadline contained in this paragraph, he or she shall notify the parties of the reason for the delay and shall set a new deadline.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless the initial decision of the ALJ is timely appealed to the authority head, or a motion for reconsideration of the intitial decision is timely filed, the initial decision shall constitute the final decision of the authority head and shall be final and binding on the parties 30 days after it is issued by the ALJ.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.38" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.38   Reconsideration of initial decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, any party may file a motion for reconsideration of the initial decision within 20 days of receipt of the initial decision. If service was made by mail, receipt will be presumed to be five days from the date of mailing in the absence of contrary proof.
</P>
<P>(b) Every such motion must set forth the matters claimed to have been erroneously decided and the nature of the alleged errors. Such motion shall be accompanied by a supporting brief.
</P>
<P>(c) Responses to such motions shall be allowed only upon request of the ALJ.
</P>
<P>(d) No party may file a motion for reconsideration of an initial decision that has been revised in response to a previous motion for reconsideration.
</P>
<P>(e) The ALJ may dispose of a motion for reconsideration by denying it or by issuing a revised initial decision.
</P>
<P>(f) If the ALJ denies a motion for reconsideration, the initial decision shall constitute the final decision of the authority head and shall be final and binding on the parties 30 days after the ALJ denies the motion, unless the initial decision is timely appealed to the authority head in accordance with § 31.39.
</P>
<P>(g) If the ALJ issues a revised initial decision, that decision shall constitute the final decision of the authority head and shall be final and binding on the parties 30 days after it is issued, unless it is timely appealed to the authority head in accordance with § 31.39.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.39   Appeal to authority head.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any defendant who has served a timely answer and who is determined in an initial decision to be liable for a civil penalty or assessment may appeal such decision to the authority head by filing a notice of appeal in accordance with this section and § 31.26.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) A notice of appeal may be filed at any time within 30 days after the ALJ issues an initial decision. However, if another party files a motion for reconsideration under § 31.38, consideration of the appeal shall be stayed automatically pending resolution of the motion for reconsideration.
</P>
<P>(2) If a motion for reconsideration is timely filed, a notice of appeal may be filed within 30 days after the ALJ denies the motion or issues a revised initial decision, whichever applies.
</P>
<P>(3) The authority head may extend the initial 30-day period for an additional 30 days if the defendant files with the authority head a request for an extension within the initial 30-day period and shows good cause.
</P>
<P>(c) If the defendant files a timely notice of appeal and the time for filing motions for reconsideration under § 31.38 has expired, the Docket Clerk shall forward two copies of the notice of appeal to the authority head, and shall forward or make available the record of the proceeding to the authority head.
</P>
<P>(d) A notice of appeal shall be accompanied by a written brief specifying exceptions to the initial decision and reasons supporting the exceptions.
</P>
<P>(e) The representative for the Government may file a brief in opposition to exceptions within 30 days of receiving the notice of appeal and accompanying brief.
</P>
<P>(f) There is no right to appear personally before the authority head.
</P>
<P>(g) There is no right to appeal any interlocutory ruling by the ALJ.
</P>
<P>(h) In reviewing the initial decision, the authority head shall not consider any objection that was not raised before the ALJ unless a demonstration is made of extraordinary circumstances causing the failure to raise the objection.
</P>
<P>(i) If any party demonstrates to the satisfaction of the authority head that additional evidence not presented at such hearing is material and that there were reasonable grounds for the failure to present such evidence at such hearing, the authority head shall remand the matter to the ALJ for consideration of such additional evidence.
</P>
<P>(j) The authority head may affirm, reduce, reverse, compromise, remand, or settle any penalty or assessment determined by the ALJ in any initial decision.
</P>
<P>(k) The authority head shall promptly serve each party to the appeal with a copy of the decision of the authority head and with a statement describing the right of any person determined to be liable for a penalty or assessment to seek judicial review.
</P>
<P>(l) Unless a petition for review is filed as provided in 31 U.S.C. 3805 after a defendant has exhausted all administrative remedies under this part and within 60 days after the date on which the authority head serves the defendant with a copy of the authority head's decision, a determination that a defendant is liable under § 31.3 is final and is not subject to judicial review.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.40" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.40   Stays ordered by the Department of Justice.</HEAD>
<P>If at any time the Attorney General or an Assistant Attorney General designated by the Attorney General transmits to the authority head a written finding that continuation of the administrative process described in this part with respect to a claim or statement may adversely affect any pending or potential criminal or civil action related to such claim or statement, the authority head shall stay the process immediately. The authority head may order the process resumed only upon receipt of the written authorization of the Attorney General.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.41   Stay pending appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An initial decision is stayed automatically pending disposition of a motion for reconsideration or of an appeal to the authority head.
</P>
<P>(b) No administrative stay is available following a final decision of the authority head.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.42" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.42   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>Section 3805 of title 31, United States Code, authorizes judicial review by an appropriate United States District Court of a final decision of the authority head imposing penalties or assessments under this part and specifies the procedures for such review.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.43   Collection of civil penalties and assessments.</HEAD>
<P>Sections 3806 and 3808(b) of title 31, United States Code, authorize actions for collection of civil penalties and assessments imposed under this part and specify the procedures for such actions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.44" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.44   Right to administrative offset.</HEAD>
<P>The amount of any penalty or assessment which has become final, or for which a judgment has been entered under § 31.42 or § 31.43, or any amount agreed upon in a compromise or settlement under § 31.46, may be collected by administrative offset under 31 U.S.C. 3716, except that an administrative offset may not be made under this subsection against a refund of an overpayment of Federal taxes, then or later owing by the United States to the defendant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.45   Deposit in Treasury of United States.</HEAD>
<P>All amounts collected pursuant to this part shall be deposited as miscellaneous receipts in the Treasury of the United States, except as provided in 31 U.S.C. 3806(g).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.46" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.46   Compromise or settlement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Parties may make offers of compromise or settlement at any time.
</P>
<P>(b) The reviewing official has the exclusive authority to compromise or settle a case under this part at any time after the date on which the reviewing official is permitted to issue a complaint and before the date on which the ALJ issues an initial decision.
</P>
<P>(c) The authority head has exclusive authority to compromise or settle a case under this part at any time after the date on which the ALJ issues an initial decision, except during the pendency of any review under § 31.42 or during the pendency of any action to collect penalties and assessments under § 31.43.
</P>
<P>(d) The Attorney General has exclusive authority to compromise or settle a case under this part during the pendency of any review under § 31.42 or of any action to recover penalties and assessments under 31 U.S.C. 3806.
</P>
<P>(e) The investigating official may recommend settlement terms to the reviewing official, the authority head, or the Attorney General, as appropriate. The reviewing official may recommend settlement terms to the authority head, or the Attorney General, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(f) Any compromise or settlement must be in writing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 31.47" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.24.0.43.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 31.47   Limitations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The notice of hearing with respect to a claim or statement must be served in the manner specified in § 31.8 within 6 years after the date on which such claim or statement is made.
</P>
<P>(b) If the defendant fails to serve a timely answer, service of a notice under § 31.10(b) shall be deemed a notice of hearing for purposes of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The statute of limitations may be extended by agreement of the parties.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="32" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 32—GOVERNMENTWIDE REQUIREMENTS FOR DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE (FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE)
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>41 U.S.C. 701 <I>et seq.</I>
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 66645, Nov. 26, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Purpose and Coverage</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.100" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.1.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.100   What does this part do?</HEAD>
<P>This part carries out the portion of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988 (41 U.S.C. 701 <I>et seq.,</I> as amended) that applies to grants. It also applies the provisions of the Act to cooperative agreements and other financial assistance awards, as a matter of Federal Government policy. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.105" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.1.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.105   Does this part apply to me?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Portions of this part apply to you if you are either— 
</P>
<P>(1) A recipient of an assistance award from the Department of Transportation; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A(n) DOT awarding official. (See definitions of award and recipient in §§ 32.605 and 32.660, respectively.) 
</P>
<P>(b) The following table shows the subparts that apply to you:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If you are . . . 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">see subparts . . . 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) A recipient who is not an individual</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B and E. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) A recipient who is an individual</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, C and E. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) A(n) DOT awarding official</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, D and E.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.110" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.1.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.110   Are any of my Federal assistance awards exempt from this part?</HEAD>
<P>This part does not apply to any award that the Secretary of Transportation determines that the application of this part would be inconsistent with the international obligations of the United States or the laws or regulations of a foreign government.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.115" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.1.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.115   Does this part affect the Federal contracts that I receive?</HEAD>
<P>It will affect future contract awards indirectly if you are debarred or suspended for a violation of the requirements of this part, as described in § 32.510(c). However, this part does not apply directly to procurement contracts. The portion of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988 that applies to Federal procurement contracts is carried out through the Federal Acquisition Regulation in chapter 1 of Title 48 of the Code of Federal Regulations (the drug-free workplace coverage currently is in 48 CFR part 23, subpart 23.5). 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Requirements for Recipients Other Than Individuals</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.200" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.2.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.200   What must I do to comply with this part?</HEAD>
<P>There are two general requirements if you are a recipient other than an individual. 
</P>
<P>(a) First, you must make a good faith effort, on a continuing basis, to maintain a drug-free workplace. You must agree to do so as a condition for receiving any award covered by this part. The specific measures that you must take in this regard are described in more detail in subsequent sections of this subpart. Briefly, those measures are to—
</P>
<P>(1) Publish a drug-free workplace statement and establish a drug-free awareness program for your employees (see §§ 32.205 through 32.220); and 
</P>
<P>(2) Take actions concerning employees who are convicted of violating drug statutes in the workplace (see § 32.225). 
</P>
<P>(b) Second, you must identify all known workplaces under your Federal awards (see § 32.230). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.205" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.2.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.205   What must I include in my drug-free workplace statement?</HEAD>
<P>You must publish a statement that—
</P>
<P>(a) Tells your employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in your workplace; 
</P>
<P>(b) Specifies the actions that you will take against employees for violating that prohibition; and 
</P>
<P>(c) Lets each employee know that, as a condition of employment under any award, he or she: 
</P>
<P>(1) Will abide by the terms of the statement; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Must notify you in writing if he or she is convicted for a violation of a criminal drug statute occurring in the workplace and must do so no more than five calendar days after the conviction. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.210" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.2.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.210   To whom must I distribute my drug-free workplace statement?</HEAD>
<P>You must require that a copy of the statement described in § 32.205 be given to each employee who will be engaged in the performance of any Federal award. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.215" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.2.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.215   What must I include in my drug-free awareness program?</HEAD>
<P>You must establish an ongoing drug-free awareness program to inform employees about— 
</P>
<P>(a) The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace; 
</P>
<P>(b) Your policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace; 
</P>
<P>(c) Any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs; and 
</P>
<P>(d) The penalties that you may impose upon them for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.220" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.2.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.220   By when must I publish my drug-free workplace statement and establish my drug-free awareness program?</HEAD>
<P>If you are a new recipient that does not already have a policy statement as described in § 32.205 and an ongoing awareness program as described in § 32.215, you must publish the statement and establish the program by the time given in the following table: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If . . . 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">then you . . . 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a) The performance period of the award is less than 30 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">must have the policy statement and program in place as soon as possible, but before the date on which performance is expected to be completed. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(b) The performance period of the award is 30 days or more</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">must have the policy statement and program in place within 30 days after award. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(c) You believe there are extraordinary circumstances that will require more than 30 days for you to publish the policy statement and establish the awareness program</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">may ask the DOT awarding official to give you more time to do so. The amount of additional time, if any, to be given is at the discretion of the awarding official.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.225" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.2.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.225   What actions must I take concerning employees who are convicted of drug violations in the workplace?</HEAD>
<P>There are two actions you must take if an employee is convicted of a drug violation in the workplace: 
</P>
<P>(a) First, you must notify Federal agencies if an employee who is engaged in the performance of an award informs you about a conviction, as required by § 32.205(c)(2), or you otherwise learn of the conviction. Your notification to the Federal agencies must— 
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing; 
</P>
<P>(2) Include the employee's position title; 
</P>
<P>(3) Include the identification number(s) of each affected award; 
</P>
<P>(4) Be sent within ten calendar days after you learn of the conviction; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Be sent to every Federal agency on whose award the convicted employee was working. It must be sent to every awarding official or his or her official designee, unless the Federal agency has specified a central point for the receipt of the notices. 
</P>
<P>(b) Second, within 30 calendar days of learning about an employee's conviction, you must either—
</P>
<P>(1) Take appropriate personnel action against the employee, up to and including termination, consistent with the requirements of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794), as amended; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Require the employee to participate satisfactorily in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for these purposes by a Federal, State or local health, law enforcement, or other appropriate agency. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.230" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.2.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.230   How and when must I identify workplaces?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must identify all known workplaces under each DOT award. A failure to do so is a violation of your drug-free workplace requirements. You may identify the workplaces— 
</P>
<P>(1) To the DOT official that is making the award, either at the time of application or upon award; or 
</P>
<P>(2) In documents that you keep on file in your offices during the performance of the award, in which case you must make the information available for inspection upon request by DOT officials or their designated representatives. 
</P>
<P>(b) Your workplace identification for an award must include the actual address of buildings (or parts of buildings) or other sites where work under the award takes place. Categorical descriptions may be used (<I>e.g.,</I> all vehicles of a mass transit authority or State highway department while in operation, State employees in each local unemployment office, performers in concert halls or radio studios). 
</P>
<P>(c) If you identified workplaces to the DOT awarding official at the time of application or award, as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and any workplace that you identified changes during the performance of the award, you must inform the DOT awarding official. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Requirements for Recipients Who Are Individuals</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.300" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.3.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.300   What must I do to comply with this part if I am an individual recipient?</HEAD>
<P>As a condition of receiving a(n) DOT award, if you are an individual recipient, you must agree that— 
</P>
<P>(a) You will not engage in the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance in conducting any activity related to the award; and 
</P>
<P>(b) If you are convicted of a criminal drug offense resulting from a violation occurring during the conduct of any award activity, you will report the conviction: 
</P>
<P>(1) In writing. 
</P>
<P>(2) Within 10 calendar days of the conviction. 
</P>
<P>(3) To the DOT awarding official or other designee for each award that you currently have, unless § 32.301 or the award document designates a central point for the receipt of the notices. When notice is made to a central point, it must include the identification number(s) of each affected award. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.301" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.3.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.301   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Responsibilities of DOT Awarding Officials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.400" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.4.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.400   What are my responsibilities as a(n) DOT awarding official?</HEAD>
<P>As a(n) DOT awarding official, you must obtain each recipient's agreement, as a condition of the award, to comply with the requirements in— 
</P>
<P>(a) Subpart B of this part, if the recipient is not an individual; or 
</P>
<P>(b) Subpart C of this part, if the recipient is an individual. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Violations of this Part and Consequences</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.500" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.5.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.500   How are violations of this part determined for recipients other than individuals?</HEAD>
<P>A recipient other than an individual is in violation of the requirements of this part if the Secretary of Transportation determines, in writing, that— 
</P>
<P>(a) The recipient has violated the requirements of subpart B of this part; or 
</P>
<P>(b) The number of convictions of the recipient's employees for violating criminal drug statutes in the workplace is large enough to indicate that the recipient has failed to make a good faith effort to provide a drug-free workplace. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.505" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.5.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.505   How are violations of this part determined for recipients who are individuals?</HEAD>
<P>An individual recipient is in violation of the requirements of this part if the Secretary of Transportation determines, in writing, that— 
</P>
<P>(a) The recipient has violated the requirements of subpart C of this part; or 
</P>
<P>(b) The recipient is convicted of a criminal drug offense resulting from a violation occurring during the conduct of any award activity. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.510" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.5.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.510   What actions will the Federal Government take against a recipient determined to have violated this part?</HEAD>
<P>If a recipient is determined to have violated this part, as described in § 32.500 or § 32.505, the Department of Transportation may take one or more of the following actions— 
</P>
<P>(a) Suspension of payments under the award; 
</P>
<P>(b) Suspension or termination of the award; and 
</P>
<P>(c) Suspension or debarment of the recipient under 49 CFR part 29, for a period not to exceed five years. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.515" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.5.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.515   Are there any exceptions to those actions?</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of Transportation may waive with respect to a particular award, in writing, a suspension of payments under an award, suspension or termination of an award, or suspension or debarment of a recipient if the Secretary of Transportation determines that such a waiver would be in the public interest. This exception authority cannot be delegated to any other official. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.605" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.605   Award.</HEAD>
<P><I>Award</I> means an award of financial assistance by the Department of Transportation or other Federal agency directly to a recipient. 
</P>
<P>(a) The term award includes: 
</P>
<P>(1) A Federal grant or cooperative agreement, in the form of money or property in lieu of money. 
</P>
<P>(2) A block grant or a grant in an entitlement program, whether or not the grant is exempted from coverage under the Governmentwide rule 49 CFR part 18 that implements OMB Circular A-102 (for availability, see 5 CFR 1310.3) and specifies uniform administrative requirements. 
</P>
<P>(b) The term award does not include: 
</P>
<P>(1) Technical assistance that provides services instead of money. 
</P>
<P>(2) Loans. 
</P>
<P>(3) Loan guarantees. 
</P>
<P>(4) Interest subsidies. 
</P>
<P>(5) Insurance. 
</P>
<P>(6) Direct appropriations. 
</P>
<P>(7) Veterans' benefits to individuals (<I>i.e.,</I> any benefit to veterans, their families, or survivors by virtue of the service of a veteran in the Armed Forces of the United States). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.610" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.610   Controlled substance.</HEAD>
<P><I>Controlled substance</I> means a controlled substance in schedules I through V of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812), and as further defined by regulation at 21 CFR 1308.11 through 1308.15. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.615" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.615   Conviction.</HEAD>
<P><I>Conviction</I> means a finding of guilt (including a plea of nolo contendere) or imposition of sentence, or both, by any judicial body charged with the responsibility to determine violations of the Federal or State criminal drug statutes. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.620" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.620   Cooperative agreement.</HEAD>
<P><I>Cooperative agreement</I> means an award of financial assistance that, consistent with 31 U.S.C. 6305, is used to enter into the same kind of relationship as a grant (see definition of grant in § 32.650), except that substantial involvement is expected between the Federal agency and the recipient when carrying out the activity contemplated by the award. The term does not include cooperative research and development agreements as defined in 15 U.S.C. 3710a. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.625" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.625   Criminal drug statute.</HEAD>
<P><I>Criminal drug statute</I> means a Federal or non-Federal criminal statute involving the manufacture, distribution, dispensing, use, or possession of any controlled substance. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.630" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.630   Debarment.</HEAD>
<P><I>Debarment</I> means an action taken by a Federal agency to prohibit a recipient from participating in Federal Government procurement contracts and covered nonprocurement transactions. A recipient so prohibited is debarred, in accordance with the Federal Acquisition Regulation for procurement contracts (48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4) and the common rule, Government-wide Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement), that implements Executive Order 12549 and Executive Order 12689. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.635" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.635   Drug-free workplace.</HEAD>
<P><I>Drug-free workplace</I> means a site for the performance of work done in connection with a specific award at which employees of the recipient are prohibited from engaging in the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.640" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.640   Employee.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Employee</I> means the employee of a recipient directly engaged in the performance of work under the award, including— 
</P>
<P>(1) All direct charge employees; 
</P>
<P>(2) All indirect charge employees, unless their impact or involvement in the performance of work under the award is insignificant to the performance of the award; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Temporary personnel and consultants who are directly engaged in the performance of work under the award and who are on the recipient's payroll. 
</P>
<P>(b) This definition does not include workers not on the payroll of the recipient (<I>e.g.,</I> volunteers, even if used to meet a matching requirement; consultants or independent contractors not on the payroll; or employees of subrecipients or subcontractors in covered workplaces). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.645" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.645   Federal agency or agency.</HEAD>
<P><I>Federal agency or agency</I> means any United States executive department, military department, government corporation, government controlled corporation, any other establishment in the executive branch (including the Executive Office of the President), or any independent regulatory agency. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.650" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.650   Grant.</HEAD>
<P><I>Grant</I> means an award of financial assistance that, consistent with 31 U.S.C. 6304, is used to enter into a relationship— 
</P>
<P>(a) The principal purpose of which is to transfer a thing of value to the recipient to carry out a public purpose of support or stimulation authorized by a law of the United States, rather than to acquire property or services for the Federal Government's direct benefit or use; and 
</P>
<P>(b) In which substantial involvement is not expected between the Federal agency and the recipient when carrying out the activity contemplated by the award. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.655" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.655   Individual.</HEAD>
<P><I>Individual</I> means a natural person. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.660" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.660   Recipient.</HEAD>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means any individual, corporation, partnership, association, unit of government (except a Federal agency) or legal entity, however organized, that receives an award directly from a Federal agency. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.665" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.665   State.</HEAD>
<P><I>State</I> means any of the States of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, or any territory or possession of the United States. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 32.670" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.25.6.43.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 32.670   Suspension.</HEAD>
<P><I>Suspension</I> means an action taken by a Federal agency that immediately prohibits a recipient from participating in Federal Government procurement contracts and covered nonprocurement transactions for a temporary period, pending completion of an investigation and any judicial or administrative proceedings that may ensue. A recipient so prohibited is suspended, in accordance with the Federal Acquisition Regulation for procurement contracts (48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4) and the common rule, Government-wide Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement), that implements Executive Order 12549 and Executive Order 12689. Suspension of a recipient is a distinct and separate action from suspension of an award or suspension of payments under an award.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 33—TRANSPORTATION PRIORITIES AND ALLOCATION SYSTEM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended, 50 U.S.C. 82; 50 U.S.C. App. §§ 2061-2171; 50 U.S.C. App § 468; Executive Order 12742, (56 FR 1079, January 8, 1991); Executive Order 13603, (77 FR 16651, March 16, 2012).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 59801, Oct. 1, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.1.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.1   Purpose of this part.</HEAD>
<P>This part provides guidance and procedures for use of the Defense Production Act priorities and allocations authority with respect to all forms of civil transportation. The guidance and procedures in this part are generally consistent with the guidance and procedures provided in other regulations issued under EO 13603 authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.2" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.1.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.2   Priorities and allocations authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Section 201 of Executive Order 13603 (77 FR 16651, March 16, 2012) delegates the President's authority under section 101 of the Defense Production Act to require acceptance and priority performance of contracts and orders (other than contracts of employment) to promote the national defense over performance of any other contracts or orders, and to allocate materials, services, and facilities as deemed necessary or appropriate to promote the national defense to:
</P>
<P>(1) The Secretary of Agriculture with respect to food resources, food resource facilities, livestock resources, veterinary resources, plant health resources, and the domestic distribution of farm equipment and commercial fertilizer;
</P>
<P>(2) The Secretary of Energy with respect to all forms of energy;
</P>
<P>(3) The Secretary of Health and Human Services with respect to health resources;
</P>
<P>(4) The Secretary of Transportation with respect to all forms of civil transportation;
</P>
<P>(5) The Secretary of Defense with respect to water resources; and
</P>
<P>(6) The Secretary of Commerce for all other materials, services, and facilities, including construction materials.
</P>
<P>(b) Section 202 of Executive Order 13603 states that the priorities and allocations authority delegated in section 201 of the order may be used only to support programs that have been determined in writing as necessary or appropriate to promote the national defense:
</P>
<P>(1) By the Secretary of Defense with respect to military production and construction, military assistance to foreign nations, military use of civil transportation, stockpiles, managed by the Department of Defense, space, and directly related activities;
</P>
<P>(2) By the Secretary of Energy with respect to energy production and construction, distribution and use, and directly related activities; and
</P>
<P>(3) By the Secretary of Homeland Security with respect to all other national defense programs, including civil defense and continuity of Government.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.1.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.3   Program eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>Certain programs to promote the national defense are eligible for priorities and allocations support. These include programs for military and energy production or construction, military or critical infrastructure assistance to any foreign nation, homeland security, stockpiling, space, and any directly related activity. Other eligible programs include emergency preparedness activities conducted pursuant to title VI of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5195 <I>et seq.</I>) and critical infrastructure protection and restoration.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.20" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.2.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.20   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions pertain to all sections of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Allocation</I> means the control of the distribution of materials, services, or facilities for a purpose deemed necessary or appropriate to promote the national defense.
</P>
<P><I>Allocation authority</I> means the authority of the Department of Transportation, pursuant to section 101 of the Defense Production Act, to allocate materials, services, and facilities for use in approved programs.
</P>
<P><I>Allocation order</I> means an official action to control the distribution of materials, services, or facilities for a purpose deemed necessary or appropriate to promote the national defense.
</P>
<P><I>Allotment</I> means an official action that specifies the maximum quantity of a material, service, or facility authorized for a specific use to promote the national defense.
</P>
<P><I>Approved program</I> means a program determined by the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Energy, or the Secretary of Homeland Security to be necessary or appropriate to promote the national defense, in accordance with section 202 of Executive Order 13603.
</P>
<P><I>Civil transportation</I> includes movement of persons and property by all modes of transportation in interstate, intrastate, or foreign commerce within the United States, its territories and possessions, and the District of Columbia, and related public storage and warehousing, ports, services, equipment and facilities, such as transportation carrier shop and repair facilities. “Civil transportation” also shall include direction, control, and coordination of civil transportation capacity regardless of ownership. “Civil transportation” shall not include transportation owned or controlled by the Department of Defense, use of petroleum and gas pipelines, and coal slurry pipelines used only to supply energy production facilities directly.
</P>
<P><I>Construction</I> means the erection, addition, extension, or alteration of any building, structure, or project, using materials or products which are to be an integral and permanent part of the building, structure, or project. Construction does not include maintenance and repair.
</P>
<P><I>Critical infrastructure</I> means any systems and assets, whether physical or cyber-based, so vital to the United States that the degradation or destruction of such systems and assets would have a debilitating impact on national security, including, but not limited to, national economic security and national public health or safety.
</P>
<P><I>Defense Production Act</I> means the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended (50 U.S.C. App. § 2061 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Delegate Agency</I> means a government agency authorized by delegation from the Department of Transportation to place priority ratings on contracts or orders needed to support approved programs.
</P>
<P><I>Directive</I> means an official action that requires a person to take or refrain from taking certain actions in accordance with its provisions.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency preparedness</I> means all those activities and measures designed or undertaken to prepare for or minimize the effects of a hazard upon the civilian population, to deal with the immediate emergency conditions which would be created by the hazard, and to effectuate emergency repairs to, or the emergency restoration of, vital utilities and facilities destroyed or damaged by the hazard. Such term includes the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Measures to be undertaken in preparation for anticipated hazards (including the establishment of appropriate organizations, operational plans, and supporting agreements, the recruitment and training of personnel, the conduct of research, the procurement and stockpiling of necessary materials and supplies, the provision of suitable warning systems, the construction or preparation of shelters, shelter areas, and control centers, and, when appropriate, the non-military evacuation of the civilian population).
</P>
<P>(2) Measures to be undertaken during a hazard (including the enforcement of passive defense regulations prescribed by duly established military or civil authorities, the evacuation of personnel to shelter areas, the control of traffic and panic, and the control and use of lighting and civil communications).
</P>
<P>(3) Measures to be undertaken following a hazard (including activities for fire fighting, rescue, emergency medical, health and sanitation services, monitoring for specific dangers of special weapons, unexploded bomb reconnaissance, essential debris clearance, emergency welfare measures, and immediately essential emergency repair or restoration of damaged vital facilities).
</P>
<P><I>Energy</I> means all forms of energy including petroleum, gas (both natural and manufactured), electricity, solid fuels (including all forms of coal, coke, coal chemicals, coal liquification, and coal gasification), solar, wind, other types of renewable energy, atomic energy, and the production, conservation, use, control, and distribution (including pipelines) of all of these forms of energy.
</P>
<P><I>Facilities</I> includes all types of buildings, structures, or other improvements to real property (but excluding farms, churches or other places of worship, and private dwelling houses), and services relating to the use of any such building, structure, or other improvement.
</P>
<P><I>Farm equipment</I> means equipment, machinery, and repair parts manufactured for use on farms in connection with the production or preparation for market use of food resources.
</P>
<P><I>Fertilizer</I> means any product or combination of products that contain one or more of the elements nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium for use as a plant nutrient.
</P>
<P><I>Food resources</I> means all commodities and products, (simple, mixed, or compound), or complements to such commodities or products, that are capable of being ingested by either human beings or animals, irrespective of other uses to which such commodities or products may be put, at all stages of processing from the raw commodity to the products thereof in vendible form for human or animal consumption. “Food resources” also means potable water packaged in commercially marketable containers, all starches, sugars, vegetable and animal or marine fats and oils, seed, cotton, hemp, and flax fiber, but does not mean any such material after it loses its identity as an agricultural commodity or agricultural product.
</P>
<P><I>Food resource facilities</I> means plants, machinery, vehicles (including on farm), and other facilities required for the production, processing, distribution, and storage (including cold storage) of food resources, and for the domestic distribution of farm equipment and fertilizer (excluding transportation thereof).
</P>
<P><I>Hazard</I> means an emergency or disaster resulting from—
</P>
<P>(1) A natural disaster; or
</P>
<P>(2) An accidental or man-caused event.
</P>
<P><I>Health resources</I> means drugs, biological products, medical devices, materials, facilities, health supplies, services and equipment required to diagnose, mitigate or prevent the impairment of, improve, treat, cure, or restore the physical or mental health conditions of the population.
</P>
<P><I>Homeland security</I> includes efforts—
</P>
<P>(1) To prevent terrorist attacks within the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) To reduce the vulnerability of the United States to terrorism;
</P>
<P>(3) To minimize damage from a terrorist attack in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(4) To recover from a terrorist attack in the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Item</I> means any raw, in process, or manufactured material, article, commodity, supply, equipment, component, accessory, part, assembly, or product of any kind, technical information, process, or service.
</P>
<P><I>Local government</I> means a county, municipality, city, town, township, local public authority (including any public and Indian housing agency under the United States Housing Act of 1937) school district, special district, intrastate district, council of governments (whether or not incorporated as a nonprofit corporation under state law), any other regional or interstate government entity, or any agency or instrumentality of a local government.
</P>
<P><I>Maintenance and repair and operating supplies</I> or <I>MRO</I>—
</P>
<P>(1) “Maintenance” is the upkeep necessary to continue any plant, facility, or equipment in working condition.
</P>
<P>(2) “Repair” is the restoration of any plant, facility, or equipment to working condition when it has been rendered unsafe or unfit for service by wear and tear, damage, or failure of parts.
</P>
<P>(3) “Operating supplies” are any resources carried as operating supplies according to a person's established accounting practice. Operating supplies may include hand tools and expendable tools, jigs, dies, fixtures used on production equipment, lubricants, cleaners, chemicals and other expendable items.
</P>
<P>(4) MRO does not include items produced or obtained for sale to other persons or for installation upon or attachment to the property of another person, or items required for the production of such items; items needed for the replacement of any plant, facility, or equipment; or items for the improvement of any plant, facility, or equipment by replacing items which are still in working condition with items of a new or different kind, quality, or design.
</P>
<P><I>Materials</I> includes—
</P>
<P>(1) Any raw materials (including minerals, metals, and advanced processed materials), commodities, articles, components (including critical components), products, and items of supply; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any technical information or services ancillary to the use of any such materials, commodities, articles, components, products, or items.
</P>
<P><I>National defense</I> means programs for military and energy production or construction, military or critical infrastructure assistance to any foreign nation, homeland security, stockpiling, space, and any directly related activity. Such term includes emergency preparedness activities conducted pursuant to title VI of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act and critical infrastructure protection and restoration.
</P>
<P><I>Official action</I> means an action taken by the Department of Transportation or another resource agency under the authority of the Defense Production Act, Executive Order 13603, and this part. Such actions include, but are not limited to, the issuance of Rating Authorizations, Directives, Set-Asides, Allotments, Planning Orders, Memoranda of Understanding, Demands for Information, Inspection Authorizations, and Administrative Subpoenas.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> includes an individual, corporation, partnership, association, or any other organized group of persons, or legal successor or representative thereof, or any State or local government or agency thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Planning order</I> means notification of tentative arrangements to meet national defense requirements issued in priority order or allocation order format, for planning purposes only.
</P>
<P><I>Rated order</I> means a prime contract, a subcontract, or a purchase order in support of an approved program issued in accordance with the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Resource agency</I> means any agency delegated priorities and allocations authority as specified in § 33.2.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Selective Service Act</I> refers to Section 18 of the Selective Service Act of 1948 (50 U.S.C. App. § 468).
</P>
<P><I>Services</I> includes any effort that is needed for or incidental to—
</P>
<P>(1) The development, production, processing, distribution, delivery, or use of an industrial resource or a critical technology item;
</P>
<P>(2) The construction of facilities;
</P>
<P>(3) The movement of individuals and property by all modes of civil transportation; or
</P>
<P>(4) Other national defense programs and activities.
</P>
<P><I>Set-aside</I> means an official action that requires a person to reserve materials, services, or facilities capacity in anticipation of the receipt of rated orders.
</P>
<P><I>Stafford Act</I> means title VI (Emergency Preparedness) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 5195-5197g).
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means any of the several States of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, any territory or possession of the United States, or any agency or instrumentality of a State exclusive of local governments. The term does not include any public and Indian housing agency under United States Housing Act of 1937.
</P>
<P><I>Water resources</I> means all usable water, from all sources, within the jurisdiction of the United States, that can be managed, controlled, and allocated to meet emergency requirements, except “water resources” does not include usable water that qualifies as “food resources.”


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Placement of Rated Orders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.30" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.3.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.30   Delegation of authority.</HEAD>
<P>The priorities and allocations authorities of the President under title I of the Defense Production Act with respect to all forms of civil transportation have been delegated to the Secretary of Transportation under section 201(a)(4) of Executive Order 13603 of March 16, 2012 (77 FR 16651).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.3.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.31   Priority ratings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Levels of priority.</I> (1) There are two levels of priority established by the Transportation Priorities and Allocations System regulations, identified by the rating symbols “DO” and “DX”.
</P>
<P>(2) All DO-rated orders have equal priority with each other and take precedence over unrated orders. All DX-rated orders have equal priority with each other and take precedence over DO-rated orders and unrated orders. (For resolution of conflicts among rated orders of equal priority, see § 33.34(c).)
</P>
<P>(3) In addition, a Directive regarding priority treatment for a given item issued by the resource agency with priorities jurisdiction for that item takes precedence over any DX-rated order, DO-rated order, or unrated order, as stipulated in the Directive. (For a full discussion of Directives, see § 33.62.)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Program identification symbols.</I> Program identification symbols indicate which approved program is being supported by a rated order. DOT will use the letter “T” followed by a number for all transportation-related approved programs. Programs may be approved under the procedures of Executive Order 13603 at any time. Program identification symbols, in themselves, do not connote any priority.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Priority ratings.</I> A priority rating consists of the rating symbol—DO and DX—and the program identification symbol, such as DO-T1 or DX-T1 for a priority rating under TPAS.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.32" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.3.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.32   Elements of a rated order.</HEAD>
<P>Each rated order must include:
</P>
<P>(a) The appropriate priority rating (<I>e.g.</I> DO-T1 or DX-T1);
</P>
<P>(b) A required delivery date or dates. The words “immediately” or “as soon as possible” do not constitute a delivery date. A “requirements contract,” “basic ordering agreement,” “prime vendor contract,” or similar procurement document bearing a priority rating may contain no specific delivery date or dates and may provide for the furnishing of items or service from time-to-time or within a stated period against specific purchase orders, such as “calls,” “requisitions,” and “delivery orders.” These purchase orders must specify a required delivery date or dates and are to be considered as rated as of the date of their receipt by the supplier and not as of the date of the original procurement document;
</P>
<P>(c) The written signature on a manually placed order, or the digital signature or name on an electronically placed order, of an individual authorized to sign rated orders for the person placing the order. The signature or use of the name certifies that the rated order is authorized under this part and that the requirements of this part are being followed; and
</P>
<P>(d)(1) A statement that reads in substance:
</P>
<P>This is a rated order certified for national defense use, and you are required to follow all the provisions of the Transportation Priorities and Allocations System regulation at 49 CFR Part 33.
</P>
<P>(2) If the rated order is placed in support of emergency preparedness requirements and expedited action is necessary and appropriate to meet these requirements, the following sentences should be added following the statement set forth in paragraph (d)(1) above:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This rated order is placed for the purpose of emergency preparedness. It must be accepted or rejected within <I>[INSERT NUMBER OF HOURS REQUIRED IN § 33.33]</I> hours from receipt of the order, in accordance with § 33.33(e) of the Transportation Priorities and Allocations System regulation at 49 CFR Part 33.</P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.3.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.33   Acceptance and rejection of rated orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Mandatory acceptance.</I> (1) Except as otherwise specified in this section, a person shall accept every rated order received and must fill such orders regardless of any other rated or unrated orders that have been accepted.
</P>
<P>(2) A person shall not discriminate against rated orders in any manner such as by charging higher prices or by imposing different terms and conditions than for comparable unrated orders.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Mandatory rejection.</I> Unless otherwise directed by the Department of Transportation for a rated order involving all forms of civil transportation:
</P>
<P>(1) A person shall not accept a rated order for delivery on a specific date if unable to fill the order by that date. However, the person must inform the customer of the earliest date on which delivery can be made and offer to accept the order on the basis of that date. Scheduling conflicts with previously accepted lower rated or unrated orders are not sufficient reason for rejection under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A person shall not accept a DO-rated order for delivery on a date which would interfere with delivery of any previously accepted DO- or DX-rated orders. However, the person must offer to accept the order based on the earliest delivery date otherwise possible.
</P>
<P>(3) A person shall not accept a DX-rated order for delivery on a date which would interfere with delivery of any previously accepted DX-rated orders, but must offer to accept the order based on the earliest delivery date otherwise possible.
</P>
<P>(4) If a person is unable to fill all of the rated orders of equal priority status received on the same day, the person must accept, based upon the earliest delivery dates, only those orders which can be filled, and reject the other orders. For example, a person must accept order A requiring delivery on December 15 before accepting order B requiring delivery on December 31. However, the person must offer to accept the rejected orders based on the earliest delivery dates otherwise possible.
</P>
<P>(5) A person shall not accept a rated order if the person is prohibited by Federal law from meeting the terms of the order.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Optional rejection.</I> Unless otherwise directed by the Department of Transportation for a rated order involving all forms of civil transportation, rated orders may be rejected in any of the following cases as long as a supplier does not discriminate among customers:
</P>
<P>(1) If the person placing the order is unwilling or unable to meet regularly established terms of sale or payment;
</P>
<P>(2) If the order is for an item not supplied or for a service not capable of being performed;
</P>
<P>(3) If the order is for an item or service produced, acquired, or provided only for the supplier's own use for which no orders have been filled for two years prior to the date of receipt of the rated order. If, however, a supplier has sold some of these items or provided similar services, the supplier is obligated to accept rated orders up to that quantity or portion of production or service, whichever is greater, sold or provided within the past two years;
</P>
<P>(4) If the person placing the rated order, other than the U.S. Government, makes the item or performs the service being ordered;
</P>
<P>(5) If acceptance of a rated order or performance against a rated order would violate any other regulation, official action, or order of the Department of Transportation, issued under the authority of the Defense Production Act or another relevant statute.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Customer notification requirements.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, a person must accept or reject a rated order in writing or electronically within fifteen (15) working days after receipt of a DO rated order and within ten (10) working days after receipt of a DX rated order. If the order is rejected, the person must give reasons in writing or electronically for the rejection.
</P>
<P>(2) If a person has accepted a rated order and subsequently finds that shipment or performance will be delayed, the person must notify the customer immediately, give the reasons for the delay, and advise of a new shipment or performance date. If notification is given verbally, written or electronic confirmation must be provided within five (5) working days.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exception for emergency preparedness conditions.</I> If a rated order is placed for the purpose of emergency preparedness and includes the additional statement set forth in § 33.32(d)(2), a person must accept or reject the rated order and transmit the acceptance or rejection in writing or in an electronic format:
</P>
<P>(1) Within six (6) hours after receipt of the order if the order is issued in response to a hazard that has occurred; or
</P>
<P>(2) Within the greater of twelve (12) hours from receipt of the order or the time specified in the order, if the order is issued to prepare for an imminent hazard.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.34" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.3.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.34   Preferential scheduling.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person must schedule operations, including the acquisition of all needed production items or services, in a timely manner to satisfy the delivery requirements of each rated order. Modifying production or delivery schedules is necessary only when required delivery dates for rated orders cannot otherwise be met.
</P>
<P>(b) DO-rated orders must be given production or performance preference over unrated orders, if necessary to meet required delivery dates, even if this requires the diversion of items being processed or ready for delivery or services being performed against unrated orders. Similarly, DX-rated orders must be given preference over DO-rated orders and unrated orders. (Examples: If a person receives a DO-rated order with a delivery date of June 3 and if meeting that date would mean delaying production or delivery of an item for an unrated order, the unrated order must be delayed. If a DX-rated order is received calling for delivery on July 15 and a person has a DO-rated order requiring delivery on June 2 and operations can be scheduled to meet both deliveries, there is no need to alter production schedules to give any additional preference to the DX-rated order.)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conflicting rated orders.</I> (1) If a person finds that delivery or performance against any accepted rated orders conflicts with the delivery or performance against other accepted rated orders of equal priority status, the person shall give precedence to the conflicting orders in the sequence in which they are to be delivered or performed (not to the receipt dates). If the conflicting orders are scheduled to be delivered or performed on the same day, the person shall give precedence to those orders that have the earliest receipt dates.
</P>
<P>(2) If a person is unable to resolve rated order delivery or performance conflicts under this section, the person should promptly seek special priorities assistance as provided in §§ 33.40 through 33.44. If the person's customer objects to the rescheduling of delivery or performance of a rated order, the customer should promptly seek special priorities assistance as provided in §§ 33.40 through 33.44. For any rated order against which delivery or performance will be delayed, the person must notify the customer as provided in § 33.33.
</P>
<P>(d) If a person is unable to purchase needed production items in time to fill a rated order by its required delivery date, the person must fill the rated order by using inventoried production items. A person who uses inventoried items to fill a rated order may replace those items with the use of a rated order as provided in § 33.37(b).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.3.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.35   Extension of priority ratings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person must use rated orders with suppliers to obtain items or services needed to fill a rated order. The person must use the priority rating indicated on the customer's rated order, except as otherwise provided in this part or as directed by the Department of Transportation. For example, if a person is in receipt of a DO-T1 priority rating for a bus and has several buses in inventory that are in need of repair, that person must use a DO-T1 rated order to obtain the needed bus repairs.
</P>
<P>(b) The priority rating must be included on each successive order placed to obtain items or services needed to fill a customer's rated order. This continues from contractor to subcontractor to supplier throughout the entire procurement chain.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.36" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.3.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.36   Changes or cancellations of priority ratings and rated orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The priority rating on a rated order may be changed or canceled by:
</P>
<P>(1) An official action of the Department of Transportation; or
</P>
<P>(2) Written notification from the person who placed the rated order.
</P>
<P>(b) If an unrated order is amended so as to make it a rated order, or a DO rating is changed to a DX rating, the supplier must give the appropriate preferential treatment to the order as of the date the change is received by the supplier.
</P>
<P>(c) An amendment to a rated order that significantly alters a supplier's original production or delivery schedule shall constitute a new rated order as of the date of its receipt. The supplier must accept or reject the amended order according to the provisions of § 33.33.
</P>
<P>(d) The following amendments do not constitute a new rated order: a change in shipping destination; a reduction in the total amount of the order; an increase in the total amount of the order which has negligible impact upon deliveries; a minor variation in size or design; or a change which is agreed upon between the supplier and the customer.
</P>
<P>(e) If a person no longer needs items or services to fill a rated order, any rated orders placed with suppliers for the items or services, or the priority rating on those orders, must be canceled.
</P>
<P>(f) When a priority rating is added to an unrated order, or is changed or canceled, all suppliers must be promptly notified in writing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.3.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.37   Use of rated orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person must use rated orders to obtain:
</P>
<P>(1) Items which will be physically incorporated into other items to fill rated orders, including that portion of such items normally consumed or converted into scrap or by-products in the course of processing;
</P>
<P>(2) Containers or other packaging materials required to make delivery of the finished items against rated orders;
</P>
<P>(3) Services, other than contracts of employment, needed to fill rated orders; and
</P>
<P>(4) MRO needed to produce the finished items to fill rated orders.
</P>
<P>(b) A person may use a rated order to replace inventoried items (including finished items) if such items were used to fill rated orders, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The order must be placed within 90 days of the date of use of the inventory.
</P>
<P>(2) A DO rating and the program identification symbol indicated on the customer's rated order must be used on the order. A DX rating may not be used even if the inventory was used to fill a DX-rated order.
</P>
<P>(3) If the priority ratings on rated orders from one customer or several customers contain different program identification symbols, the rated orders may be combined. In this case, the program identification symbol “T9” must be used (<I>i.e.,</I> DO-T9).
</P>
<P>(c) A person may combine DX- and DO-rated orders from one customer or several customers if the items or services covered by each level of priority are identified separately and clearly. If different program identification symbols are indicated on those rated orders of equal priority, the person must use the program identification symbol “T9” (<I>i.e.,</I> DO-T9 or DX-T9).
</P>
<P>(d) Combining rated and unrated orders.
</P>
<P>(1) A person may combine rated and unrated order quantities on one purchase order provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The rated quantities are separately and clearly identified; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The four elements of a rated order, as required by § 33.32, are included on the order with the statement required in § 33.32(d) modified to read in substance:
</P>
<P>This purchase order contains rated order quantities certified for national defense use, and you are required to follow all the provisions of the Transportation Priorities and Allocations System regulations at 49 CFR Part 33 only as it pertains to the rated quantities.
</P>
<P>(2) A supplier must accept or reject the rated portion of the purchase order as provided in § 33.33 and give preferential treatment only to the rated quantities as required by this part. This part may not be used to require preferential treatment for the unrated portion of the order.
</P>
<P>(3) Any supplier who believes that rated and unrated orders are being combined in a manner contrary to the intent of this part or in a fashion that causes undue or exceptional hardship may submit a request for adjustment or exception under § 33.80.
</P>
<P>(e) A person may place a rated order for the minimum commercially procurable quantity even if the quantity needed to fill a rated order is less than that minimum. However, a person must combine rated orders as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, if possible, to obtain minimum procurable quantities.
</P>
<P>(f) A person is not required to place a priority rating on an order for less than $75,000, or one-half of the Simplified Acquisition Threshold (as established in the Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR) (see FAR section 2.101) or in other authorized acquisition regulatory or management systems), whichever amount is greater, provided that delivery can be obtained in a timely fashion without the use of the priority rating.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.38" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.3.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.38   Limitations on placing rated orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General limitations.</I> (1) A person may not place a DO- or DX-rated order unless entitled to do so under this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Rated orders may not be used to obtain:
</P>
<P>(i) Delivery or performance on a date earlier than needed;
</P>
<P>(ii) A greater quantity of the item or services than needed, except to obtain a minimum procurable quantity. Separate rated orders may not be placed solely for the purpose of obtaining minimum procurable quantities on each order;
</P>
<P>(iii) Items or services in advance of the receipt of a rated order, except as specifically authorized by the Department of Transportation (see § 33.41(c) for information on obtaining authorization for a priority rating in advance of a rated order);
</P>
<P>(iv) Items that are not needed to fill a rated order, except as specifically authorized by the Department of Transportation, or as otherwise permitted by this part;
</P>
<P>(v) Any of the following items unless specific priority rating authority has been obtained from the Department of Transportation, a Delegate Agency, or the Department of Commerce, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(A) Items for plant improvement, expansion, or construction, unless they will be physically incorporated into a construction project covered by a rated order; and
</P>
<P>(B) Production or construction equipment or items to be used for the manufacture of production equipment (For information on requesting priority rating authority, see § 33.41); or
</P>
<P>(vi) Any items related to the development of chemical or biological warfare capabilities or the production of chemical or biological weapons, unless such development or production has been authorized by the President or the Secretary of Defense.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Jurisdictional limitations.</I> (1) Unless authorized by the resource agency with jurisdiction, the provisions of this part are not applicable to the following resources:
</P>
<P>(i) Food resources, food resource facilities, livestock resources, veterinary resources, plant health resources, and the domestic distribution of farm equipment and commercial fertilizer (Resource agency with jurisdiction—Department of Agriculture);
</P>
<P>(ii) All forms of energy (Resource agency with jurisdiction—Department of Energy);
</P>
<P>(iii) Health resources (Resource agency with jurisdiction—Department of Health and Human Services);
</P>
<P>(iv) Water resources (Resource agency with jurisdiction—Department of Defense/U.S. Army Corps of Engineers); and
</P>
<P>(v) All materials, services, and facilities, including construction materials the authority for which has not been delegated to other agencies under Executive Order 13603. (Resource Agency with jurisdiction—Department of Commerce);
</P>
<P>(vi) Communications services (Resource agency with jurisdiction—National Communications System under Executive Order 12472 of April 3, 1984).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Special Priorities Assistance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.40" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.4.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.40   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) TPAS is designed to be largely self-executing. However, from time-to-time production or delivery problems will arise. In this event, a person should immediately contact DOT's Defense Production Act Activities Coordinator, Office of Intelligence, Security, and Emergency Response, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590, for guidance or assistance. If the problem(s) cannot otherwise be resolved, special priorities assistance should be sought from the Department of Transportation through the Director, Office of Intelligence, Security, and Emergency Response, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. If the Department of Transportation is unable to resolve the problem or to authorize the use of a priority rating and believes additional assistance is warranted, the Department of Transportation may forward the request to another resource agency, as appropriate, for action. Special priorities assistance is a service provided to alleviate problems that do arise.
</P>
<P>(b) Special priorities assistance is available for any reason consistent with this part. Generally, special priorities assistance is provided to expedite deliveries, resolve delivery conflicts, place rated orders, locate suppliers, or to verify information supplied by customers and vendors. Special priorities assistance may also be used to request rating authority for items that are not normally eligible for priority treatment.
</P>
<P>(c) A request for special priorities assistance or priority rating authority must be submitted on Form OST F 1254 (OMB control number to be inserted in the subsequent final rule) to the Defense Production Act Activities Coordinator, Office of Intelligence, Security, and Emergency Response, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Form OST F 1254 may be obtained from the Department of Transportation or a Delegate Agency. A sample Form OST F 1254 is attached at Appendix I to this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.4.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.41   Requests for priority rating authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a rated order is likely to be delayed because a person is unable to obtain items or services not normally rated under this part, the person may request the authority to use a priority rating in ordering the needed items or services.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rating authority for production or construction equipment.</I> (1) A request for priority rating authority for production or construction equipment must be submitted to the U.S. Department of Commerce on FORM BIS-999. (See 15 CFR 700.51).
</P>
<P>(2) When the use of a priority rating is authorized for the procurement of production or construction equipment, a rated order may be used either to purchase or to lease such equipment. However, in the latter case, the equipment may be leased only from a person engaged in the business of leasing such equipment or from a person willing to lease rather than sell.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Rating authority in advance of a rated prime contract.</I> (1) In certain cases and upon specific request, the Department of Transportation, in order to promote the national defense, may authorize a person to place a priority rating on an order to a supplier in advance of the issuance of a rated prime contract. In these instances, the person requesting advance rating authority must obtain sponsorship of the request from the Department of Transportation or the appropriate Delegate Agency. The person shall also assume any business risk associated with the placing of rated orders if these orders have to be cancelled in the event the rated prime contract is not issued.
</P>
<P>(2) The person must state the following in the request:
</P>
<P>It is understood that the authorization of a priority rating in advance of our receiving a rated prime contract from the Department of Transportation and our use of that priority rating with our suppliers in no way commits the Department of Transportation or any other government agency to enter into a contract or order or to expend funds. Further, we understand that the Federal Government shall not be liable for any cancellation charges, termination costs, or other damages that may accrue if a rated prime contract is not eventually placed and, as a result, we must subsequently cancel orders placed with the use of the priority rating authorized as a result of this request.
</P>
<P>(3) In reviewing requests for rating authority in advance of a rated prime contract, the Department of Transportation will consider, among other things, the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(i) The probability that the prime contract will be awarded;
</P>
<P>(ii) The impact of the resulting rated orders on suppliers and on other authorized programs;
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether the contractor is the sole source;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the item being produced has a long lead time; and
</P>
<P>(v) The time period for which the rating is being requested.
</P>
<P>(4) The Department of Transportation may require periodic reports on the use of the rating authority granted under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) If a rated prime contract is not issued, the person shall promptly notify all suppliers who have received rated orders pursuant to the advanced rating authority that the priority rating on those orders is cancelled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.42" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.4.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.42   Examples of assistance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) While special priorities assistance may be provided for any reason in support of this part, it is usually provided in situations where:
</P>
<P>(1) A person is experiencing difficulty in obtaining delivery against a rated order by the required delivery date; or
</P>
<P>(2) A person cannot locate a supplier for an item or service needed to fill a rated order.
</P>
<P>(b) Other examples of special priorities assistance include:
</P>
<P>(1) Ensuring that rated orders receive preferential treatment by suppliers;
</P>
<P>(2) Resolving production or delivery conflicts between various rated orders;
</P>
<P>(3) Assisting in placing rated orders with suppliers;
</P>
<P>(4) Verifying the urgency of rated orders; and
</P>
<P>(5) Determining the validity of rated orders.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.4.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.43   Criteria for assistance.</HEAD>
<P>Requests for special priorities assistance should be timely, <I>e.g.,</I> the request has been submitted promptly and enough time exists for the Department of Transportation or the Delegate Agency to effect a meaningful resolution to the problem, and must establish that:
</P>
<P>(a) There is an urgent need for the item; and
</P>
<P>(b) The applicant has made a reasonable effort to resolve the problem.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.44" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.4.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.44   Instances where assistance may not be provided.</HEAD>
<P>Special priorities assistance is provided at the discretion of the Department of Transportation or the Delegate Agencies, when it is determined that such assistance is warranted to meet the objectives of this part. Examples where assistance may not be provided include situations when a person is attempting to:
</P>
<P>(a) Secure a price advantage;
</P>
<P>(b) Obtain delivery prior to the time required to fill a rated order;
</P>
<P>(c) Gain competitive advantage;
</P>
<P>(d) Disrupt an industry apportionment program in a manner designed to provide a person with an unwarranted share of scarce items; or
</P>
<P>(e) Overcome a supplier's regularly established terms of sale or conditions of doing business.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.4.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.45   Assistance programs with other nations. [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Allocation Actions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.50" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.5.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.50   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It is the policy of the Federal Government that the allocations authority under title I of the Defense Production Act may:
</P>
<P>(1) Only be used when there is insufficient supply of a material, service, or facility to satisfy national defense supply requirements through the use of the priorities authority or when the use of the priorities authority would cause a severe and prolonged disruption in the supply of materials, services, or facilities available to support normal U.S. economic activities; and
</P>
<P>(2) Not be used to ration materials or services at the retail level.
</P>
<P>(b) Allocation orders, when used, will be distributed equitably among the suppliers of the materials, services, or facilities being allocated and not require any person to relinquish a disproportionate share of the civilian market.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.51" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.5.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.51   General procedures.</HEAD>
<P>When the Department of Transportation plans to execute its allocations authority to address a supply problem within its resource jurisdiction, the Department shall develop a plan that includes the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) A copy of the written determination made in accordance with section 202 of Executive Order 13603, that the program or programs that would be supported by the allocation action are necessary or appropriate to promote the national defense;
</P>
<P>(b) A detailed description of the situation to include any unusual events or circumstances that have created the requirement for an allocation action;
</P>
<P>(c) A statement of the specific objective(s) of the allocation action;
</P>
<P>(d) A list of the materials, services, or facilities to be allocated;
</P>
<P>(e) A list of the sources of the materials, services, or facilities that will be subject to the allocation action;
</P>
<P>(f) A detailed description of the provisions that will be included in the allocation orders, including the type(s) of allocation orders, the percentages or quantity of capacity or output to be allocated for each purpose, and the duration of the allocation action (<I>e.g.,</I> anticipated start and end dates);
</P>
<P>(g) An evaluation of the impact of the proposed allocation action on the civilian market; and
</P>
<P>(h) Proposed actions, if any, to mitigate disruptions to civilian market operations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.52" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.5.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.52   Controlling the general distribution of a material in the civilian market.</HEAD>
<P>No allocation action by the Department of Transportation may be used to control the general distribution of a material in the civilian market, unless the Secretary of the Department of Transportation has:
</P>
<P>(a) Made a written finding that:
</P>
<P>(1) Such material is a scarce and critical material essential to the national defense, and
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of the national defense for such material cannot otherwise be met without creating a significant dislocation of the normal distribution of such material in the civilian market to such a degree as to create appreciable hardship;
</P>
<P>(b) Submitted the finding for the President's approval through the Assistant to the President and National Security Advisor and the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism; and
</P>
<P>(c) The President has approved the finding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.53" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.5.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.53   Types of allocation orders.</HEAD>
<P>There are three types of allocation orders available for communicating allocation actions. These are:
</P>
<P>(a) Set-aside: An official action that requires a person to reserve materials, services, or facilities capacity in anticipation of the receipt of rated orders;
</P>
<P>(b) Directive: An official action that requires a person to take or refrain from taking certain actions in accordance with its provisions. For example, a directive can require a person to: stop or reduce production of an item; prohibit the use of selected materials, services, or facilities; or divert the use of materials, services, or facilities from one purpose to another; and
</P>
<P>(c) Allotment: An official action that specifies the maximum quantity of a material, service, or facility authorized for a specific use.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.54" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.5.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.54   Elements of an allocation order.</HEAD>
<P>Each allocation order must include:
</P>
<P>(a) A detailed description of the required allocation action(s);
</P>
<P>(b) Specific start and end calendar dates for each required allocation action;
</P>
<P>(c) The written signature on a manually placed order, or the digital signature or name on an electronically placed order, of the Secretary. The signature or use of the name certifies that the order is authorized under this part and that the requirements of this part are being followed;
</P>
<P>(d) A statement that reads in substance: “This is an allocation order certified for national defense use. [Insert the legal name of the person receiving the order] is required to comply with this order, in accordance with the provisions of the Transportation Priorities and Allocations System regulation (49 CFR Part 33)”; and
</P>
<P>(e) A current copy of the Transportation Priorities and Allocations System regulation (49 CFR Part 33) as of the date of the allocation order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.55" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.5.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.55   Mandatory acceptance of an allocation order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise specified in this section, a person shall accept and comply with every allocation order received.
</P>
<P>(b) A person shall not discriminate against an allocation order in any manner such as by charging higher prices for materials, services, or facilities covered by the order or by imposing terms and conditions for contracts and orders involving allocated materials, services, or facilities that differ from the person's terms and conditions for contracts and orders for the materials, services, or facilities prior to receiving the allocation order.
</P>
<P>(c) If a person is unable to comply fully with the required action(s) specified in an allocation order, the person must notify the Department of Transportation immediately, explain the extent to which compliance is possible, and give the reasons why full compliance is not possible. If notification is given verbally, written or electronic confirmation must be provided within five (5) working days. Such notification does not release the person from complying with the order to the fullest extent possible, until the person is notified by the Department of Transportation that the order has been changed or cancelled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.56" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.5.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.56   Changes or cancellations of an allocation order.</HEAD>
<P>An allocation order may be changed or canceled by an official action of the Department of Transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Official Actions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.60" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.6.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.60   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department of Transportation may take specific official actions to implement the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) These official actions include, but are not limited to, Rating Authorizations, Directives, Planning Orders, and Memoranda of Understanding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.61" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.6.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.61   Rating authorizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Rating Authorization is an official action granting specific priority rating authority that:
</P>
<P>(1) Permits a person to place a priority rating on an order for an item or service not normally ratable under this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) Authorizes a person to modify a priority rating on a specific order or series of contracts or orders.
</P>
<P>(b) To request priority rating authority, see § 33.41.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.62" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.6.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.62   Directives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Directive is an official action that requires a person to take or refrain from taking certain actions in accordance with its provisions.
</P>
<P>(b) A person must comply with each Directive issued. However, a person may not use or extend a Directive to obtain any items from a supplier, unless expressly authorized to do so in the Directive.
</P>
<P>(c) A Priorities Directive takes precedence over all DX-rated orders, DO-rated orders, and unrated orders previously or subsequently received, unless a contrary instruction appears in the Directive.
</P>
<P>(d) An Allocations Directive takes precedence over all Priorities Directives, DX-rated orders, DO-rated orders, and unrated orders previously or subsequently received, unless a contrary instruction appears in the Directive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.63" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.6.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.63   Memoranda of Understanding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Memorandum of Understanding is an official action that may be issued in resolving special priorities assistance cases to reflect an agreement reached by all parties (the Department of Transportation, the Department of Commerce (if applicable), a Delegate Agency (if applicable), the supplier, and the customer).
</P>
<P>(b) A Memorandum of Understanding is not used to alter scheduling between rated orders, authorize the use of priority ratings, impose restrictions under this part, or take other official actions. Rather, Memoranda of Understanding are used to confirm production or shipping schedules that do not require modifications to other rated orders.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Compliance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.70" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.7.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.70   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department of Transportation may take specific official actions for any reason necessary or appropriate to the enforcement or the administration of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes or this part. Such actions include Administrative Subpoenas, Demands for Information, and Inspection Authorizations.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who places or receives a rated order or an allocation order must comply with the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Willful violation of the provisions of title I or Section 705 of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, this part, or an official action of the Department of Transportation, is a criminal act, punishable as provided in the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, and as set forth in section 33.74 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.71" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.7.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.71   Audits and investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Audits and investigations are official actions involving the examination of books, records, documents, other writings and information to ensure that the provisions of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, this part, and official actions have been properly followed. An audit or investigation may also include interviews and a systems evaluation to detect problems or failures in the implementation of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) When undertaking an audit, investigation, or other inquiry, the Department of Transportation shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Define the scope and purpose in the official action given to the person under investigation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Have ascertained that the information sought or other adequate and authoritative data are not available from any Federal or other responsible agency.
</P>
<P>(c) In administering this part, the Department of Transportation may issue the following documents that constitute official actions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Administrative Subpoenas.</I> An Administrative Subpoena requires a person to appear as a witness before an official designated by the Department of Transportation to testify under oath on matters of which that person has knowledge relating to the enforcement or the administration of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, this part, or official actions. An Administrative Subpoena may also require the production of books, papers, records, documents and physical objects or property.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Demands for Information.</I> A Demand for Information requires a person to furnish to a duly authorized representative of the Department of Transportation any information necessary or appropriate to the enforcement or the administration of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, this part, or official actions.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Inspection Authorizations.</I> An Inspection Authorization requires a person to permit a duly authorized representative of the Department of Transportation to interview the person's employees or agents, to inspect books, records, documents, other writings, and information, including electronically-stored information, in the person's possession or control at the place where that person usually keeps them or otherwise, and to inspect a person's property when such interviews and inspections are necessary or appropriate to the enforcement or the administration of the Defense Production Act and related statutes, this part, or official actions.
</P>
<P>(d) The production of books, records, documents, other writings, and information will not be required at any place other than where they are usually kept if, prior to the return date specified in the Administrative Subpoena or Demand for Information, a duly authorized official of the Department of Transportation is furnished with copies of such material that are certified under oath to be true copies. As an alternative, a person may enter into a stipulation with a duly authorized official of the Department of Transportation as to the content of the material.
</P>
<P>(e) An Administrative Subpoena, Demand for Information, or Inspection Authorization, shall include the name, title, or official position of the person issuing the document and of the person to be served, the evidence sought to be adduced, and its general relevance to the scope and purpose of the audit, investigation, or other inquiry. If employees or agents are to be interviewed; if books, records, documents, other writings, or information are to be produced; or if property is to be inspected; the Administrative Subpoena, Demand for Information, or Inspection Authorization will describe them with particularity.
</P>
<P>(f) Service of documents shall be made in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) Service of a Demand for Information or Inspection Authorization shall be made personally, or by Certified Mail-Return Receipt Requested at the person's last known address. Service of an Administrative Subpoena shall be made personally. Personal service may also be made by leaving a copy of the document with someone at least 18 years old at the person's last known dwelling or place of business.
</P>
<P>(2) Service upon other than an individual may be made by serving a partner, corporate officer, or a managing or general agent authorized by appointment or by law to accept service of process. If an agent is served, a copy of the document shall be mailed to the person named in the document.
</P>
<P>(3) Any individual 18 years of age or over may serve an Administrative Subpoena, Demand for Information, or Inspection Authorization. When personal service is made, the individual making the service shall prepare an affidavit as to the manner in which service was made and the identity of the person served, and return the affidavit, and in the case of subpoenas, the original document, to the issuing officer. In case of failure to make service, the reasons for the failure shall be stated on the original document.
</P>
<P>(g) This section is neither intended to limit the authority of the Inspector General of the Department of Transportation to initiate and conduct audits and investigations nor confer additional authority beyond that provided by the Inspector General Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.72" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.7.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.72   Compulsory process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a person refuses to permit a duly authorized representative of the Department of Transportation to have access to any premises or source of information necessary to the administration or the enforcement of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, or this part, the Department of Transportation representative may seek compulsory process. Compulsory process means the institution of appropriate legal action, including <I>ex parte</I> application for an inspection warrant or its equivalent, in any forum of appropriate jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(b) Compulsory process may be sought in advance of an audit, investigation, or other inquiry, if, in the judgment of the Department of Transportation there is reason to believe that a person will refuse to permit an audit, investigation, or other inquiry, or that other circumstances exist which make such process desirable or necessary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.73" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.7.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.73   Notification of failure to comply.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At the conclusion of an audit, investigation, or other inquiry, or at any other time, the Department of Transportation may inform the person in writing where compliance with the requirements of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, this part, or an official action were not met.
</P>
<P>(b) In cases where the Department of Transportation determines that failure to comply with the provisions of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, this part, or an official action was inadvertent, the person may be informed in writing of the particulars involved and the corrective action to be taken. Failure to take corrective action may then be construed as a willful violation of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, this part, or an official action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.74" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.7.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.74   Violations, penalties, and remedies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Willful violation of the provisions of title 1 or section 705 or 707 of the Defense Production Act, the priorities provisions of the Selective Service Act, this part, or an official action, is a crime and upon conviction, a person may be punished by fine or imprisonment, or both. The maximum penalty currently provided by the Defense Production Act is a $10,000 fine, or one year in prison, or both. The maximum penalty currently provided by the Selective Service Act is a $50,000 fine, or three years in prison, or both.
</P>
<P>(b) The Government may also seek an injunction from a court of appropriate jurisdiction to prohibit the continuance of any violation of, or to enforce compliance with, the Defense Production Act, this part, or an official action.
</P>
<P>(c) In order to secure the effective enforcement of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, this part, and official actions, the following are prohibited:
</P>
<P>(1) No person may solicit, influence or permit another person to perform any act prohibited by, or to omit any act required by, the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, this part, or an official action.
</P>
<P>(2) No person may conspire or act in concert with any other person to perform any act prohibited by, or to omit any act required by, the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, this part, or an official action.
</P>
<P>(3) No person shall deliver any item or perform any service if the person knows or has reason to believe that the item will be accepted, redelivered, held, or used in violation of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, this part, or an official action. In such instances, the person must immediately notify the Department of Transportation that, in accordance with this provision, delivery of the item or performance of the service has not been made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.75" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.7.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.75   Compliance conflicts.</HEAD>
<P>If compliance with any provision of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, this part, or an official action would prevent a person from filling a rated order or from complying with another provision of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, this part, or an official action, the person must immediately notify the Department of Transportation for resolution of the conflict.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Adjustments, Exceptions, and Appeals</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.80" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.8.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.80   Adjustments or exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person may submit a request to the Defense Production Act Activities Coordinator, Office of Intelligence Security, and Emergency Response, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590, for an adjustment or exception on the ground that:
</P>
<P>(1) A provision of this part or an official action results in an undue or exceptional hardship on that person not suffered generally by others in similar situations and circumstances; or
</P>
<P>(2) The consequences of following a provision of this part or an official action are contrary to the intent of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, or this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each request for adjustment or exception must be in writing and contain a complete statement of all the facts and circumstances related to the provision of this part or official action from which adjustment or exception is sought and a full and precise statement of the reasons why relief should be provided.
</P>
<P>(c) The submission of a request for adjustment or exception shall not relieve any person from the obligation of complying with the provision of this part or official action in question while the request is being considered unless such interim relief is granted in writing by the Office of Intelligence, Security, and Emergency Response.
</P>
<P>(d) A decision of the Defense Production Act Activities Coordinator under this section may be appealed to the Assistant Secretary for Administration. (For information on the appeal procedure, see § 33.81.)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.81" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.8.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.81   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who has had a request for adjustment or exception denied by the Defense Production Act Activities Coordinator under § 33.80, may appeal to the Department of Transportation's Assistant Secretary for Administration, who shall review and reconsider the denial.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, an appeal must be received by the Assistant Secretary for Administration no later than 45 days after receipt of a written notice of denial from the Defense Production Act Activities Coordinator. After this 45-day period, an appeal may be accepted at the discretion of the Assistant Secretary for Administration for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(2) For requests for adjustment or exception involving rated orders placed for the purpose of emergency preparedness, an appeal must be received by the Assistant Secretary for Administration, no later than five (5) days after receipt of a written notice of denial from the Defense Production Act Activities Coordinator. Contract performance under the order shall not be stayed pending resolution of the appeal.
</P>
<P>(c) Each appeal must be in writing and contain a complete statement of all the facts and circumstances related to the action appealed from, all necessary documents, and a full and precise statement of the reasons the decision should be modified or reversed.
</P>
<P>(d) In addition to the written materials submitted in support of an appeal, an appellant may request, in writing, an opportunity for an informal hearing. This request may be granted or denied at the discretion of the Assistant Secretary for Administration.
</P>
<P>(e) When a hearing is granted, the Assistant Secretary for Administration may designate an employee of the Office of the Senior Procurement Executive to conduct the hearing and to prepare a report. The hearing officer shall determine all procedural questions and impose such time or other limitations deemed reasonable. In the event that the hearing officer decides that a printed transcript is necessary, all expenses shall be borne by the appellant.
</P>
<P>(f) When determining an appeal, the Assistant Secretary for Administration may consider all information submitted during the appeal as well as any recommendations, reports, or other relevant information and documents available to the Department of Transportation, or consult with any other persons or groups.
</P>
<P>(g) The submission of an appeal under this section shall not relieve any person from the obligation of complying with the provision of this part or official action in question while the appeal is being considered unless such relief is granted in writing by the Assistant Secretary for Administration.
</P>
<P>(h) The decision of the Assistant Secretary for Administration shall be made within five (5) working days after receipt of the appeal, or within one (1) working day for appeals pertaining to emergency preparedness and shall be the final administrative action. It shall be issued to the appellant in writing with a statement of the reasons for the decision.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Miscellaneous Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.90" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.9.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.90   Protection against claims.</HEAD>
<P>A person shall not be held liable for damages or penalties for any act or failure to act resulting directly or indirectly from compliance with any provision of this part, or an official action, notwithstanding that such provision or action shall subsequently be declared invalid by judicial or other competent authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.91" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.9.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.91   Records and reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Persons are required to make and preserve for at least three years, accurate and complete records of any transaction covered by this part or an official action.
</P>
<P>(b) Records must be maintained in sufficient detail to permit the determination, upon examination, of whether each transaction complies with the provisions of this part or any official action. However, this part does not specify any particular method or system to be used.
</P>
<P>(c) Records required to be maintained by this part must be made available for examination on demand by duly authorized representatives of the Department of Transportation as provided in § 33.71.
</P>
<P>(d) In addition, persons must develop, maintain, and submit any other records and reports to the Department of Transportation that may be required for the administration of the Defense Production Act and other applicable statutes, and this part.
</P>
<P>(e) Section 705(d) of the Defense Production Act, as implemented by Executive Order 13603, provides that information obtained under this section which the Secretary deems confidential, or with reference to which a request for confidential treatment is made by the person furnishing such information, shall not be published or disclosed unless the Secretary determines that the withholding of this information is contrary to the interest of the national defense. Information required to be submitted to the Department of Transportation in connection with the enforcement or administration of the Defense Production Act, this part, or an official action, is deemed to be confidential under section 705(d) of the Defense Production Act and shall be handled in accordance with applicable Federal law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.92" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.9.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.92   Applicability of this part and official actions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part and all official actions, unless specifically stated otherwise, apply to transactions in any State, territory, or possession of the United States and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(b) This part and all official actions apply not only to deliveries to other persons but also include deliveries to affiliates and subsidiaries of a person and deliveries from one branch, division, or section of a single entity to another branch, division, or section under common ownership or control.
</P>
<P>(c) This part and its schedules shall not be construed to affect any administrative actions taken by the Department of Transportation, or any outstanding contracts or orders placed pursuant to any of the parts, orders, schedules or delegations of authority previously issued by the Department of Transportation pursuant to authority granted by the President to the Department under in the Defense Production Act. Such actions, contracts, or orders shall continue in full force and effect under this part unless modified or terminated by proper authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 33.93" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.9.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 33.93   Communications.</HEAD>
<P>All communications concerning this part, including requests for copies of the part and explanatory information, requests for guidance or clarification, and requests for adjustment or exception shall be addressed to the Defense Production Act Activities Coordinator, Office of Intelligence, Security and Emergency Response, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix I" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.9.43.5.14" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix I to Part 33—Sample Form OST F 1254
</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er01oc12.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er01oc12.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er01oc12.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er01oc12.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er01oc12.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er01oc12.005.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.26.9.43.5.15" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Schedule 1 to Part 33—Approved Programs
</HEAD>
<P>The programs listed in this schedule have been approved for priorities and allocations support under this part by DoD, DOE, or DHS, in accordance with section 203 of Executive Order 13603. They have equal preferential status.
</P>
<P><I>Approved Program</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Program Identification Symbol</I> [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 37—TRANSPORTATION SERVICES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES (ADA)
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>42 U.S.C. 12101-12213; 49 U.S.C. 322.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.1.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to implement the transportation and related provisions of titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.1.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part: 
</P>
<P><I>Accessible</I> means, with respect to vehicles and facilities, complying with the accessibility requirements of parts 37 and 38 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>The Act</I> or <I>ADA</I> means the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-336, 104 Stat. 327, 42 U.S.C. 12101-12213 and 47 U.S.C. 225 and 611), as it may be amended from time to time.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means Administrator of the Federal Transit Administration, or his or her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Alteration</I> means a change to an existing facility, including, but not limited to, remodeling, renovation, rehabilitation, reconstruction, historic restoration, changes or rearrangement in structural parts or elements, and changes or rearrangement in the plan configuration of walls and full-height partitions. Normal maintenance, reroofing, painting or wallpapering, asbestos removal, or changes to mechanical or electrical systems are not alterations unless they affect the usability of the building or facility.
</P>
<P><I>Alteration of a transit stop</I> means a change to or an addition of a transit stop, or a part thereof, in an existing, developed public right-of-way that affects or could affect pedestrian access, circulation, or usability. Alterations include, but are not limited to, the reconstruction of an existing transit stop, the addition of a new transit shelter, the addition of a new bench, fare vending machine, or transit sign that identifies a stop or route, reconfiguring the interface of a transit stop with the street or sidewalk network such as adding floating bus stops, adding a prepared surface for boarding and alighting, and rearrangement of transit stop elements, such as benches or fare vending machines. Normal maintenance such as painting transit shelters, replacing damaged transit shelter windows or screens, repairing a fare vending machine, replacing damaged sign posts, repairing existing curb, or repairing damaged benches or trash cans, are not alterations unless they affect the usability of the transit stop. Permanent closure of a transit stop due to service changes is also not an alteration of a transit stop.
</P>
<P><I>Automated guideway transit system</I> or <I>AGT</I> means a fixed-guideway transit system which operates with automated (driverless) individual vehicles or multi-car trains. Service may be on a fixed schedule or in response to a passenger-activated call button.
</P>
<P><I>Auxiliary aids and services</I> includes: 
</P>
<P>(1) Qualified interpreters, notetakers, transcription services, written materials, telephone headset amplifiers, assistive listening devices, assistive listening systems, telephones compatible with hearing aids, closed caption decoders, closed and open captioning, text telephones (also known as telephone devices for the deaf, or TDDs), videotext displays, or other effective methods of making aurally delivered materials available to individuals with hearing impairments;
</P>
<P>(2) Qualified readers, taped texts, audio recordings, Brailled materials, large print materials, or other effective methods of making visually delivered materials available to individuals with visual impairments;
</P>
<P>(3) Acquisition or modification of equipment or devices; or
</P>
<P>(4) Other similar services or actions.
</P>
<P><I>Bus</I> means any of several types of self-propelled vehicles, generally rubber-tired, intended for use on city streets, highways, and busways, including but not limited to minibuses, forty- and thirty-foot buses, articulated buses, double-deck buses, and electrically powered trolley buses, used by public entities to provide designated public transportation service and by private entities to provide transportation service including, but not limited to, specified public transportation services. Self-propelled, rubber-tired vehicles designed to look like antique or vintage trolleys are considered buses.
</P>
<P><I>Commerce</I> means travel, trade, transportation, or communication among the several states, between any foreign country or any territory or possession and any state, or between points in the same state but through another state or foreign country.
</P>
<P><I>Commuter authority</I> means any state, local, regional authority, corporation, or other entity established for purposes of providing commuter rail transportation (including, but not necessarily limited to, the New York Metropolitan Transportation Authority, the Connecticut Department of Transportation, the Maryland Department of Transportation, the Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority, the New Jersey Transit Corporation, the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority, the Port Authority Trans-Hudson Corporation, and any successor agencies) and any entity created by one or more such agencies for the purposes of operating, or contracting for the operation of, commuter rail transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Commuter bus service</I> means fixed route bus service, characterized by service predominantly in one direction during peak periods, limited stops, use of multi-ride tickets, and routes of extended length, usually between the central business district and outlying suburbs. Commuter bus service may also include other service, characterized by a limited route structure, limited stops, and a coordinated relationship to another mode of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Commuter rail car</I> means a rail passenger car obtained by a commuter authority for use in commuter rail transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Commuter rail transportation</I> means short-haul rail passenger service operating in metropolitan and suburban areas, whether within or across the geographical boundaries of a state, usually characterized by reduced fare, multiple ride, and commutation tickets and by morning and evening peak period operations. This term does not include light or rapid rail transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Demand responsive system</I> means any system of transporting individuals, including the provision of designated public transportation service by public entities and the provision of transportation service by private entities, including but not limited to specified public transportation service, which is not a fixed route system.
</P>
<P><I>Designated public transportation</I> means transportation provided by a public entity (other than public school transportation) by bus, rail, or other conveyance (other than transportation by aircraft or intercity or commuter rail transportation) that provides the general public with general or special service, including charter service, on a regular and continuing basis.
</P>
<P><I>Direct threat</I> means a significant risk to the health or safety of others that cannot be eliminated by a modification of policies, practices, procedures, or by the provision of auxiliary aids or services.
</P>
<P><I>Disability</I> means, with respect to an individual, a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of such individual; a record of such an impairment; or being regarded as having such an impairment.
</P>
<P>(1) The phrase <I>physical or mental impairment</I> means—
</P>
<P>(i) Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: neurological, musculoskeletal, special sense organs, respiratory including speech organs, cardiovascular, reproductive, digestive, genito-urinary, hemic and lymphatic, skin, and endocrine;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities;
</P>
<P>(iii) The term <I>physical or mental impairment</I> includes, but is not limited to, such contagious or noncontagious diseases and conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech, and hearing impairments; cerebral palsy, epilepsy, muscular dystrophy, multiple sclerosis, cancer, heart disease, diabetes, mental retardation, emotional illness, specific learning disabilities, HIV disease, tuberculosis, drug addiction and alcoholism;
</P>
<P>(iv) The phrase <I>physical or mental impairment</I> does not include homosexuality or bisexuality.
</P>
<P>(2) The phrase <I>major life activities</I> means functions such as caring for one's self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, and work.
</P>
<P>(3) The phrase <I>has a record of such an impairment</I> means has a history of, or has been misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.
</P>
<P>(4) The phrase <I>is regarded as having such an impairment</I> means—
</P>
<P>(i) Has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit major life activities, but which is treated by a public or private entity as constituting such a limitation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits a major life activity only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such an impairment; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Has none of the impairments defined in paragraph (1) of this definition but is treated by a public or private entity as having such an impairment. 
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>disability</I> does not include—
</P>
<P>(i) Transvestism, transsexualism, pedophilia, exhibitionism, voyeurism, gender identity disorders not resulting from physical impairments, or other sexual behavior disorders; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Compulsive gambling, kleptomania, or pyromania;
</P>
<P>(iii) Psychoactive substance abuse disorders resulting from the current illegal use of drugs.
</P>
<P><I>Facility</I> means all or any portion of buildings, structures, sites, complexes, equipment, roads, walks, passageways, parking lots, or other real or personal property, including the site where the building, property, structure, or equipment is located. 
</P>
<P><I>Fixed route system</I> means a system of transporting individuals (other than by aircraft), including the provision of designated public transportation service by public entities and the provision of transportation service by private entities, including, but not limited to, specified public transportation service, on which a vehicle is operated along a prescribed route according to a fixed schedule. 
</P>
<P><I>FT Act</I> means the Federal Transit Act of 1964, as amended (49 U.S.C. App. 1601 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P><I>High speed rail</I> means a rail service having the characteristics of intercity rail service which operates primarily on a dedicated guideway or track not used, for the most part, by freight, including, but not limited to, trains on welded rail, magnetically levitated (maglev) vehicles on a special guideway, or other advanced technology vehicles, designed to travel at speeds in excess of those possible on other types of railroads. 
</P>
<P><I>Individual with a disability</I> means a person who has a disability, but does not include an individual who is currently engaging in the illegal use of drugs, when a public or private entity acts on the basis of such use. 
</P>
<P><I>Intercity rail passenger car</I> means a rail car, intended for use by revenue passengers, obtained by the National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) for use in intercity rail transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Intercity rail transportation</I> means transportation provided by Amtrak.
</P>
<P><I>Light rail</I> means a streetcar-type vehicle operated on city streets, semi-exclusive rights of way, or exclusive rights of way. Service may be provided by step-entry vehicles or by level boarding.
</P>
<P><I>New vehicle</I> means a vehicle which is offered for sale or lease after manufacture without any prior use.
</P>
<P><I>Operates</I> includes, with respect to a fixed route or demand responsive system, the provision of transportation service by a public or private entity itself or by a person under a contractual or other arrangement or relationship with the entity.
</P>
<P><I>Origin-to-destination service</I> means providing service from a passenger's origin to the passenger's destination. A provider may provide ADA complementary paratransit in a curb-to-curb or door-to-door mode. When an ADA paratransit operator chooses curb-to-curb as its primary means of providing service, it must provide assistance to those passengers who need assistance beyond the curb in order to use the service unless such assistance would result in in a fundamental alteration or direct threat.
</P>
<P><I>Over-the-road bus</I> means a bus characterized by an elevated passenger deck located over a baggage compartment.
</P>
<P><I>Paratransit</I> means comparable transportation service required by the ADA for individuals with disabilities who are unable to use fixed route transportation systems.
</P>
<P><I>Private entity</I> means any entity other than a public entity.
</P>
<P><I>Public entity</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any state or local government;
</P>
<P>(2) Any department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of one or more state or local governments; and
</P>
<P>(3) The National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) and any commuter authority.
</P>
<P><I>Public right-of-way</I> means public land acquired for or dedicated to transportation purposes, or other land where there is a legally established right for use by the public for transportation purposes.
</P>
<P><I>Public school transportation</I> means transportation by schoolbus vehicles of schoolchildren, personnel, and equipment to and from a public elementary or secondary school and school-related activities.
</P>
<P><I>Purchase or lease,</I> with respect to vehicles, means the time at which an entity is legally obligated to obtain the vehicles, such as the time of contract execution.
</P>
<P><I>Rapid rail</I> means a subway-type transit vehicle railway operated on exclusive private rights of way with high level platform stations. Rapid rail also may operate on elevated or at grade level track separated from other traffic. 
</P>
<P><I>Remanufactured vehicle</I> means a vehicle which has been structurally restored and has had new or rebuilt major components installed to extend its service life. 
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation or his/her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Section 504</I> means section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93-112, 87 Stat. 394, 29 U.S.C. 794), as amended.
</P>
<P><I>Service animal</I> means any guide dog, signal dog, or other animal individually trained to work or perform tasks for an individual with a disability, including, but not limited to, guiding individuals with impaired vision, alerting individuals with impaired hearing to intruders or sounds, providing minimal protection or rescue work, pulling a wheelchair, or fetching dropped items. 
</P>
<P><I>Small operator</I> means, in the context of over-the-road buses (OTRBs), a private entity primarily in the business of transporting people that is not a Class I motor carrier. To determine whether an operator has sufficient average annual gross transportation operating revenues to be a Class I motor carrier, its revenues are combined with those of any other OTRB operator with which it is affiliated.
</P>
<P><I>Solicitation</I> means the closing date for the submission of bids or offers in a procurement.
</P>
<P><I>Specified public transportation</I> means transportation by bus, rail, or any other conveyance (other than aircraft) provided by a private entity to the general public, with general or special service (including charter service) on a regular and continuing basis.
</P>
<P><I>Station</I> means, with respect to intercity and commuter rail transportation, the portion of a property located appurtenant to a right of way on which intercity or commuter rail transportation is operated, where such portion is used by the general public and is related to the provision of such transportation, including passenger platforms, designated waiting areas, restrooms, and, where a public entity providing rail transportation owns the property, concession areas, to the extent that such public entity exercises control over the selection, design, construction, or alteration of the property, but this term does not include flag stops (<I>i.e.</I>, stations which are not regularly scheduled stops but at which trains will stop to board or detrain passengers only on signal or advance notice).
</P>
<P><I>Transit stop</I> means an area that is designated for passengers to board or alight from buses, rail cars, and other transportation vehicles that operate on a fixed route or scheduled route, including bus stops and boarding platforms. This definition does not include intercity rail except where a stop is located in the public right-of-way.
</P>
<P><I>Used vehicle</I> means a vehicle with prior use.
</P>
<P><I>Vanpool</I> means a voluntary commuter ridesharing arrangement, using vans with a seating capacity greater than 7 persons (including the driver) or buses, which provides transportation to a group of individuals traveling directly from their homes to their regular places of work within the same geographical area, and in which the commuter/driver does not receive compensation beyond reimbursement for his or her costs of providing the service.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle,</I> as the term is applied to private entities, does not include a rail passenger car, railroad locomotive, railroad freight car, or railroad caboose, or other rail rolling stock described in section 242 of title III of the Act. 
</P>
<P><I>Wheelchair</I> means a mobility aid belonging to any class of three- or more-wheeled devices, usable indoors, designed or modified for and used by individuals with mobility impairments, whether operated manually or powered.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 63101, Nov. 30, 1993; 61 FR 25415, May 21, 1996; 63 FR 51690, Sept. 28, 1998; 76 FR 57935, Sept. 19, 2011; 79 FR 21405, Apr. 16, 2014; 80 FR 13260, Mar. 13, 2015; 89 FR 102808, Dec. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.1.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.5   Nondiscrimination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No entity shall discriminate against an individual with a disability in connection with the provision of transportation service.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the provision of any special transportation service to individuals with disabilities, an entity shall not, on the basis of disability, deny to any individual with a disability the opportunity to use the entity's transportation service for the general public, if the individual is capable of using that service.
</P>
<P>(c) An entity shall not require an individual with a disability to use designated priority seats, if the individual does not choose to use these seats.
</P>
<P>(d) An entity shall not impose special charges, not authorized by this part, on individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, for providing services required by this part or otherwise necessary to accommodate them.
</P>
<P>(e) An entity shall not require that an individual with disabilities be accompanied by an attendant.
</P>
<P>(f) Private entities that are primarily engaged in the business of transporting people and whose operations affect commerce shall not discriminate against any individual on the basis of disability in the full and equal enjoyment of specified transportation services. This obligation includes, with respect to the provision of transportation services, compliance with the requirements of the rules of the Department of Justice concerning eligibility criteria, making reasonable modifications, providing auxiliary aids and services, and removing barriers (28 CFR 36.301-36.306).
</P>
<P>(g) An entity shall not refuse to serve an individual with a disability or require anything contrary to this part because its insurance company conditions coverage or rates on the absence of individuals with disabilities or requirements contrary to this part.
</P>
<P>(h) It is not discrimination under this part for an entity to refuse to provide service to an individual with disabilities because that individual engages in violent, seriously disruptive, or illegal conduct, or represents a direct threat to the health or safety of others. However, an entity shall not refuse to provide service to an individual with disabilities solely because the individual's disability results in appearance or involuntary behavior that may offend, annoy, or inconvenience employees of the entity or other persons.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Public and private entity distinctions.</I>— (1) <I>Private entity-private transport.</I> Private entities that are primarily engaged in the business of transporting people and whose operations affect commerce shall not discriminate against any individual on the basis of disability in the full and equal enjoyment of specified transportation services. This obligation includes, with respect to the provision of transportation services, compliance with the requirements of the rules of the Department of Justice concerning eligibility criteria, making reasonable modifications, providing auxiliary aids and services, and removing barriers (28 CFR 36.301-36.306).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Private entity-public transport.</I> Private entities that provide specified public transportation shall make reasonable modifications in policies, practices, or procedures, when the modifications are necessary to afford goods, services, facilities, privileges, advantages, or accommodations to individuals with disabilities, unless the entity can demonstrate that making the modifications would fundamentally alter the nature of the goods, services, facilities, privileges, advantages, or accommodations.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Public entity-public transport.</I> Public entities that provide designated public transportation shall make reasonable modifications in policies, practices, or procedures when the modifications are necessary to avoid discrimination on the basis of disability or to provide program accessibility to their services, subject to the limitations of § 37.169(c)(1)-(3). This requirement applies to the means public entities use to meet their obligations under all provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) In choosing among alternatives for meeting nondiscrimination and accessibility requirements with respect to new, altered, or existing facilities, or designated or specified transportation services, public and private entities shall give priority to those methods that offer services, programs, and activities to qualified individuals with disabilities in the most integrated setting appropriate to the needs of individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 80 FR 13260, Mar. 13, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.1.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.7   Standards for accessible vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this part, a vehicle shall be considered to be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities if it meets the requirements of this part and the standards set forth in part 38 of this title.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) For purposes of implementing the equivalent facilitation provision in § 38.2 of this subtitle, the following parties may submit to the Administrator of the applicable operating administration a request for a determination of equivalent facilitation:
</P>
<P>(i) A public or private entity that provides transportation services and is subject to the provisions of subpart D or subpart E this part; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The manufacturer of a vehicle or a vehicle component or subsystem to be used by such entity to comply with this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The requesting party shall provide the following information with its request:
</P>
<P>(i) Entity name, address, contact person and telephone;
</P>
<P>(ii) Specific provision of part 38 of this title concerning which the entity is seeking a determination of equivalent facilitation.
</P>
<P>(iii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(iv) Alternative method of compliance, with demonstration of how the alternative meets or exceeds the level of accessibility or usability of the vehicle provided in part 38 of this subtitle; and
</P>
<P>(v) Documentation of the public participation used in developing an alternative method of compliance.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a request by a public entity that provides transportation services subject to the provisions of subpart D of this part, the required public participation shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The entity shall contact individuals with disabilities and groups representing them in the community. Consultation with these individuals and groups shall take place at all stages of the development of the request for equivalent facilitation. All documents and other information concerning the request shall be available, upon request, to members of the public.
</P>
<P>(ii) The entity shall make its proposed request available for public comment before the request is made final or transmitted to DOT. In making the request available for public review, the entity shall ensure that it is available, upon request, in accessible formats.
</P>
<P>(iii) The entity shall sponsor at least one public hearing on the request and shall provide adequate notice of the hearing, including advertisement in appropriate media, such as newspapers of general and special interest circulation and radio announcements.
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of a request by a private entity that provides transportation services subject to the provisions of subpart E of this part or a manufacturer, the private entity or manufacturer shall consult, in person, in writing, or by other appropriate means, with representatives of national and local organizations representing people with those disabilities who would be affected by the request.
</P>
<P>(5) A determination of compliance will be made by the Administrator of the concerned operating administration on a case-by-case basis, with the concurrence of the Assistant Secretary for Policy and International Affairs.
</P>
<P>(6) Determinations of equivalent facilitation are made only with respect to vehicles or vehicle components used in the provision of transportation services covered by subpart D or subpart E of this part, and pertain only to the specific situation concerning which the determination is made. Entities shall not cite these determinations as indicating that a product or method constitute equivalent facilitations in situations other than those to which the determinations specifically pertain. Entities shall not claim that a determination of equivalent facilitation indicates approval or endorsement of any product or method by the Federal government, the Department of Transportation, or any of its operating administrations.
</P>
<P>(c) Over-the-road buses acquired by public entities (or by a contractor to a public entity as provided in § 37.23 of this part) shall comply with § 38.23 and subpart G of part 38 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 63101, Nov. 30, 1993; 61 FR 25416, May 21, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.1.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.9   Standards for accessible transportation facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Transportation facilities other than transit stops in the public right-of-way.</I> (1) For purposes of this part, a transportation facility shall be considered to be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities if it meets the requirements of this part and the requirements set forth in appendices B and D to 36 CFR part 1191, which apply to buildings and facilities covered by the Americans with Disabilities Act, as modified by appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Facility alterations begun before January 26, 1992, in a good faith effort to make a facility accessible to individuals with disabilities may be used to meet the key station requirements set forth in §§ 37.47 and 37.51, even if these alterations are not consistent with the requirements set forth in appendices B and D to 36 CFR part 1191 and appendix A to this part, if the modifications complied with the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS) or ANSI A117.1(1980) (American National Standards Specification for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by the Physically Handicapped). This paragraph applies only to alterations of individual elements and spaces and only to the extent that provisions covering those elements or spaces are contained in UFAS or ANSI A117.1, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) New construction or alterations of buildings or facilities on which construction has begun, or all approvals for final design have been received, before November 29, 2006, are not required to be consistent with the requirements set forth in appendices B and D to 36 CFR part 1191 and appendix A to this part, if the construction or alterations comply with the former appendix A to this part, as codified in the October 1, 2006, edition of the Code of Federal Regulations.
</P>
<P>(ii) Existing buildings and facilities that are not altered after November 29, 2006, and which comply with the former appendix A to this part, are not required to be retrofitted to comply with the requirements set forth in appendices B and D to 36 CFR part 1191 and appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) For purposes of implementing the equivalent facilitation provision in ADA chapter 1, section 103, of appendix B to 36 CFR part 1191, the following parties may submit to the Administrator of the applicable operating administration a request for a determination of equivalent facilitation:
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) A public or private entity that provides transportation facilities subject to the provisions of subpart C of this part, or other appropriate party with the concurrence of the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) With respect to airport facilities, an entity that is an airport operator subject to the requirements of part 27 of this title or regulations implementing the Americans with Disabilities Act, an air carrier subject to the requirements of 14 CFR part 382, or other appropriate party with the concurrence of the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(B) The manufacturer of a product or accessibility feature to be used in a transportation facility or facilities.
</P>
<P>(ii) The requesting party shall provide the following information with its request:
</P>
<P>(A) Entity name, address, contact person and telephone;
</P>
<P>(B) Specific provision(s) of appendices B and D to 36 CFR part 1191 or appendix A to this part concerning which the entity is seeking a determination of equivalent facilitation;
</P>
<P>(C) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(D) Alternative method of compliance, with demonstration of how the alternative meets or exceeds the level of accessibility or usability provided in appendices B and D to 36 CFR part 1191 or appendix A to this part; and
</P>
<P>(E) Documentation of the public participation used in developing an alternative method of compliance.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a request by a public entity that provides transportation facilities (including an airport operator), or a request by an air carrier with respect to airport facilities, the required public participation shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The entity shall contact individuals with disabilities and groups representing them in the community. Consultation with these individuals and groups shall take place at all stages of the development of the request for equivalent facilitation. All documents and other information concerning the request shall be available, upon request, to Department of Transportation officials and members of the public.
</P>
<P>(B) The entity shall make its proposed request available for public comment before the request is made final or transmitted to DOT. In making the request available for public review, the entity shall ensure that it is available, upon request, in accessible formats.
</P>
<P>(C) The entity shall sponsor at least one public hearing on the request and shall provide adequate notice of the hearing, including advertisement in appropriate media, such as newspapers of general and special interest circulation and radio announcements.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of a request by a manufacturer or a private entity other than an air carrier, the manufacturer or private entity shall consult, in person, in writing, or by other appropriate means, with representatives of national and local organizations representing people with those disabilities who would be affected by the request.
</P>
<P>(v) A determination of compliance will be made by the Administrator of the concerned operating administration on a case-by-case basis, with the concurrence of the Assistant Secretary for Transportation Policy.
</P>
<P>(vi)(A) Determinations of equivalent facilitation are made only with respect to transportation facilities, and pertain only to the specific situation concerning which the determination is made. Provided, however, that with respect to a product or accessibility feature that the Administrator determines can provide an equivalent facilitation in a class of situations, the Administrator may make an equivalent facilitation determination applying to that class of situations.
</P>
<P>(B) Entities shall not cite these determinations as indicating that a product or method constitutes equivalent facilitation in situations, or classes of situations, other than those to which the determinations specifically pertain.
</P>
<P>(C) Entities shall not claim that a determination of equivalent facilitation indicates approval or endorsement of any product or method by the Federal Government, the Department of Transportation, or any of its operating administrations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transportation facilities (transit stops) in the public right-of-way.</I> (1) Except as set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, if new construction or alterations of a transit stop located in the public right-of-way commence after January 17, 2025, the new construction or alterations of the transit stop shall comply with the requirements set forth in the appendix to 36 CFR part 1190, which apply to pedestrian facilities located in the public right-of-way covered by the Americans with Disabilities Act.
</P>
<P>(2) New construction or alterations of transit stops located in the public right-of-way on which construction has begun, or all approvals for final design have been received, before January 17, 2025, are not required to be consistent with the requirements set forth in the appendix to 36 CFR part 1190, but are otherwise required to be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) For purposes of implementing the equivalent facilitation provision in chapter 1, section R102.1, of the appendix to 36 CFR part 1190, the following parties may submit to the Administrator of the applicable operating administration a request for a determination of equivalent facilitation:
</P>
<P>(A) A public or private entity that provides transit stops in the public right-of-way subject to the provisions of subpart C of this part, or other appropriate party with the concurrence of the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(B) The manufacturer of a product or accessibility feature to be used in a transit stop in the public right-of-way.
</P>
<P>(ii) The requesting party shall provide the following information with its request:
</P>
<P>(A) Entity name, address, contact person and telephone;
</P>
<P>(B) Specific provision(s) of the appendix to 36 CFR part 1190 concerning which the entity is seeking a determination of equivalent facilitation;
</P>
<P>(C) Alternative method of compliance, with demonstration of how the alternative meets or exceeds the level of accessibility or usability provided in the appendix to 36 CFR part 1190; and
</P>
<P>(D) Documentation of the public participation used in developing an alternative method of compliance.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a request by a public entity that provides transit stops in the public right-of-way, the required public participation shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The entity shall contact individuals with disabilities and groups representing them in the community. Consultation with these individuals and groups shall take place at all stages of the development of the request for equivalent facilitation. All documents and other information concerning the request shall be available, upon request, to Department of Transportation officials and members of the public.
</P>
<P>(B) The entity shall make its proposed request available for public comment before the request is made final or transmitted to DOT. In making the request available for public review, the entity shall ensure that it is available, upon request, in accessible formats.
</P>
<P>(C) The entity shall sponsor at least one public hearing on the request and shall provide adequate notice of the hearing, including advertisement in appropriate media, such as newspapers of general and special interest circulation and radio announcements.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of a request by a manufacturer or a private entity, the manufacturer or private entity shall consult, in person, in writing, or by other appropriate means, with representatives of national and local organizations representing people with those disabilities who would be affected by the request.
</P>
<P>(v) A determination of compliance will be made by the Administrator of the concerned operating administration on a case-by-case basis, with the concurrence of the Assistant Secretary for Transportation Policy.
</P>
<P>(vi)(A) Determinations of equivalent facilitation are made only with respect to transit stops in the public right-of-way, and pertain only to the specific situation concerning which the determination is made. Provided, however, that with respect to a product or accessibility feature that the Administrator determines can provide an equivalent facilitation in a class of situations, the Administrator may make an equivalent facilitation determination applying to that class of situations.
</P>
<P>(B) Entities shall not cite these determinations as indicating that a product or method constitutes equivalent facilitation in situations, or classes of situations, other than those to which the determinations specifically pertain.
</P>
<P>(C) Entities shall not claim that a determination of equivalent facilitation indicates approval or endorsement of any product or method by the Federal Government, the Department of Transportation, or any of its operating administrations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 102808, Dec. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.1.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.11   Administrative enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Recipients of Federal financial assistance from the Department of Transportation are subject to administrative enforcement of the requirements of this part under the provisions of 49 CFR part 27, subpart C.
</P>
<P>(b) Public entities, whether or not they receive Federal financial assistance, also are subject to enforcement action as provided by the Department of Justice.
</P>
<P>(c) Private entities, whether or not they receive Federal financial assistance, are also subject to enforcement action as provided in the regulations of the Department of Justice implementing title III of the ADA (28 CFR part 36).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 25416, May 21, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.1.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.13   Effective date for certain vehicle specifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The vehicle lift specifications identified in §§ 38.23(b)(6), 38.83(b)(6), 38.95(b)(6), and 38.125(b)(6) of this title apply to solicitations for vehicles under this part after January 25, 1992.
</P>
<P>(b) The vehicle door height requirements for vehicles over 22 feet identified in § 38.25(c) of this title apply to solicitations for vehicles under this part after January 25, 1992.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 64215, Dec. 9, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.1.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.15   Interpretations and guidance.</HEAD>
<P>The Secretary of Transportation, Office of the Secretary of Transportation, and Operating Administrations may issue written interpretations of or written guidance concerning this part. Written interpretations and guidance shall be developed through the Department's coordinating mechanism for disability matters, the Disability Law Coordinating Council. Written interpretations and guidance constitute the official position of the Department of Transportation, or any of its operating administrations, only if they are issued over the signature of the Secretary of Transportation or if they contain the following statement: “The General Counsel of the Department of Transportation has reviewed this document and approved it as consistent with the language and intent of 49 CFR parts 27, 37, 38, and/or 39, as applicable.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 57935, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.16" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.1.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.16   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.1.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.17   Designation of responsible employee and adoption of complaint procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Designation of responsible employee.</I> Each public or private entity subject to this part shall designate at least one person to coordinate its efforts to comply with this part. (b) <I>Adoption of complaint procedures.</I> An entity shall adopt procedures that incorporate appropriate due process standards and provide for the prompt and equitable resolution of complaints alleging any action prohibited by this part and 49 CFR parts 27, 38 and 39. The procedures shall meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The process for filing a complaint, including the name, address, telephone number, and email address of the employee designated under paragraph (a) of this section, must be sufficiently advertised to the public, such as on the entity's Web site;
</P>
<P>(2) The procedures must be accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities;
</P>
<P>(3) The entity must promptly communicate its response to the complaint allegations, including its reasons for the response, to the complainant and must ensure that it has documented its response.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 13261, Mar. 13, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 37.18-37.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.1.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 37.18-37.19   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Applicability</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.2.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.21   Applicability: General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to the following entities, whether or not they receive Federal financial assistance from the Department of Transportation:
</P>
<P>(1) Any public entity that provides designated public transportation or intercity or commuter rail transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) Any private entity that provides specified public transportation; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any private entity that is not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people but operates a demand responsive or fixed route system.
</P>
<P>(b) For entities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department of Transportation, compliance with applicable requirements of this part is a condition of compliance with section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and of receiving financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(c) Entities to which this part applies also may be subject to ADA regulations of the Department of Justice (28 CFR parts 35 or 36, as applicable). The provisions of this part shall be interpreted in a manner that will make them consistent with applicable Department of Justice regulations. In any case of apparent inconsistency, the provisions of this part shall prevail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.2.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.23   Service under contract.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a public entity enters into a contractual or other arrangement (including, but not limited to, a grant, subgrant, or cooperative agreement) or relationship with a private entity to operate fixed route or demand responsive service, the public entity shall ensure that the private entity meets the requirements of this part that would apply to the public entity if the public entity itself provided the service.
</P>
<P>(b) A private entity which purchases or leases new, used, or remanufactured vehicles, or remanufactures vehicles, for use, or in contemplation of use, in fixed route or demand responsive service under contract or other arrangement or relationship with a public entity, shall acquire accessible vehicles in all situations in which the public entity itself would be required to do so by this part.
</P>
<P>(c) A public entity which enters into a contractual or other arrangement (including, but not limited to, a grant, subgrant, or cooperative agreement) or relationship with a private entity to provide fixed route service shall ensure that the percentage of accessible vehicles operated by the public entity in its overall fixed route or demand responsive fleet is not diminished as a result.
</P>
<P>(d) A private entity that provides fixed route or demand responsive transportation service under contract or other arrangement (including, but not limited to, a grant, subgrant, or cooperative agreement) with another private entity shall be governed, for purposes of the transportation service involved, by the provisions of this part applicable to the other entity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 76 FR 57935, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.2.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.25   University transportation systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Transportation services operated by private institutions of higher education are subject to the provisions of this part governing private entities not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people.
</P>
<P>(b) Transportation systems operated by public institutions of higher education are subject to the provisions of this part governing public entities. If a public institution of higher education operates a fixed route system, the requirements of this part governing commuter bus service apply to that system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.2.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.27   Transportation for elementary and secondary education systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The requirements of this part do not apply to public school transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of this part do not apply to the transportation of school children to and from a private elementary or secondary school, and its school-related activities, if the school is providing transportation service to students with disabilities equivalent to that provided to students without disabilities. The test of equivalence is the same as that provided in § 37.105. If the school does not meet the requirement of this paragraph for exemption from the requirements of this part, it is subject to the requirements of this part for private entities not primarily engaged in transporting people.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 25415, May 21, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.2.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.29   Private entities providing taxi service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Providers of taxi service are subject to the requirements of this part for private entities primarily engaged in the business of transporting people which provide demand responsive service.
</P>
<P>(b) Providers of taxi service are not required to purchase or lease accessible automobiles. When a provider of taxi service purchases or leases a vehicle other than an automobile, the vehicle is required to be accessible unless the provider demonstrates equivalency as provided in § 37.105 of this part. A provider of taxi service is not required to purchase vehicles other than automobiles in order to have a number of accessible vehicles in its fleet.
</P>
<P>(c) Private entities providing taxi service shall not discriminate against individuals with disabilities by actions including, but not limited to, refusing to provide service to individuals with disabilities who can use taxi vehicles, refusing to assist with the stowing of mobility devices, and charging higher fares or fees for carrying individuals with disabilities and their equipment than are charged to other persons.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.2.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.31   Vanpools.</HEAD>
<P>Vanpool systems which are operated by public entities, or in which public entities own or purchase or lease the vehicles, are subject to the requirements of this part for demand responsive service for the general public operated by public entities. A vanpool system in this category is deemed to be providing equivalent service to individuals with disabilities if a vehicle that an individual with disabilities can use is made available to and used by a vanpool in which such an individual chooses to participate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.2.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.33   Airport transportation systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Transportation systems operated by public airport operators, which provide designated public transportation and connect parking lots and terminals or provide transportation among terminals, are subject to the requirements of this part for fixed route or demand responsive systems, as applicable, operated by public entities. Public airports which operate fixed route transportation systems are subject to the requirements of this part for commuter bus service operated by public entities. The provision by an airport of additional accommodations (e.g., parking spaces in a close-in lot) is not a substitute for meeting the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Fixed-route transportation systems operated by public airport operators between the airport and a limited number of destinations in the area it serves are subject to the provisions of this part for commuter bus systems operated by public entities.
</P>
<P>(c) Private jitney or shuttle services that provide transportation between an airport and destinations in the area it serves in a route-deviation or other variable mode are subject to the requirements of this part for private entities primarily engaged in the business of transporting people which provide demand responsive service. They may meet equivalency requirements by such means as sharing or pooling accessible vehicles among operators, in a way that ensures the provision of equivalent service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.2.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.35   Supplemental service for other transportation modes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Transportation service provided by bus or other vehicle by an intercity commuter or rail operator, as an extension of or supplement to its rail service, and which connects an intercity rail station and limited other points, is subject to the requirements of this part for fixed route commuter bus service operated by a public entity.
</P>
<P>(b) Dedicated bus service to commuter rail systems, with through ticketing arrangements and which is available only to users of the commuter rail system, is subject to the requirements of this part for fixed route commuter bus service operated by a public entity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.2.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.37   Other applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A private entity does not become subject to the requirements of this part for public entities, because it receives an operating subsidy from, is regulated by, or is granted a franchise or permit to operate by a public entity.
</P>
<P>(b) Shuttle systems and other transportation services operated by privately-owned hotels, car rental agencies, historical or theme parks, and other public accommodations are subject to the requirements of this part for private entities not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people. Either the requirements for demand responsive or fixed route service may apply, depending upon the characteristics of each individual system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) Conveyances used by members of the public primarily for recreational purposes rather than for transportation (e.g., amusement park rides, ski lifts, or historic rail cars or trolleys operated in museum settings) are not subject to the requirements of this part. Such conveyances are subject to Department of Justice regulations implementing title II or title III of the ADA (28 CFR part 35 or 36), as applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) Transportation services provided by an employer solely for its own employees are not subject to the requirements of this part. Such services are subject to the regulations of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission under title I of the ADA (29 CFR part 1630) and, with respect to public entities, the regulations of the Department of Justice under title II of the ADA (28 CFR part 35).
</P>
<P>(e) Transportation systems operated by private clubs or establishments exempted from coverage under title II of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000-a(e)) or religious organizations or entities controlled by religious organizations are not subject to the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(f) If a parent private company is not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people, or is not a place of public accommodation, but a subsidiary company or an operationally distinct segment of the company is primarily engaged in the business of transporting people, the transportation service provided by the subsidiary or segment is subject to the requirements of this part for private entities primarily engaged in the business of transporting people.
</P>
<P>(g) High-speed rail systems operated by public entities are subject to the requirements of this part governing intercity rail systems.
</P>
<P>(h) Private rail systems providing fixed route or specified public transportation service are subject to the requirements of § 37.107 with respect to the acquisition of rail passenger cars. Such systems are subject to the requirements of the regulations of the Department of Justice implementing title III of the ADA (28 CFR part 36) with respect to stations and other facilities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.2.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.39   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Transportation Facilities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.41   Construction of transportation facilities by public entities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A public entity shall construct any new facility to be used in providing designated public transportation services so that the facility is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs. This requirement also applies to the construction of a new station for use in intercity or commuter rail transportation. For purposes of this section, a facility or station is “new” if its construction begins (<I>i.e.</I>, issuance of notice to proceed) after January 25, 1992, or, in the case of intercity or commuter rail stations, after October 7, 1991.
</P>
<P>(b) (1) Full compliance with the requirements of this section is not required where an entity can demonstrate that it is structurally impracticable to meet the requirements. Full compliance will be considered structurally impracticable only in those rare circumstances when the unique characteristics of terrain prevent the incorporation of accessibility features.
</P>
<P>(2) If full compliance with this section would be structurally impracticable, compliance with this section is required to the extent that it is not structurally impracticable. In that case, any portion of the facility that can be made accessible shall be made accessible to the extent that it is not structurally impracticable.
</P>
<P>(3) If providing accessibility in conformance with this section to individuals with certain disabilities (e.g., those who use wheelchairs) would be structurally impracticable, accessibility shall nonetheless be ensured to persons with other types of disabilities (e.g., those who use crutches or who have sight, hearing, or mental impairments) in accordance with this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 71 FR 63266, Oct. 30, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.42" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.42   Service in an Integrated Setting to Passengers at Intercity, Commuter, and High-Speed Rail Station Platforms Constructed or Altered After February 1, 2012.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to meeting the requirements of sections 37.9 and 37.41, an operator of a commuter, intercity, or high-speed rail system must ensure, at stations that are approved for entry into final design or that begin construction or alteration of platforms on or after February 1, 2012, that the following performance standard is met: individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, must have access to all accessible cars available to passengers without disabilities in each train using the station.
</P>
<P>(b) For new or altered stations serving commuter, intercity, or high-speed rail lines or systems, in which no track passing through the station and adjacent to platforms is shared with existing freight rail operations, the performance standard of paragraph (a) of this section must be met by providing level-entry boarding to all accessible cars in each train that serves the station.
</P>
<P>(c) For new or altered stations serving commuter, intercity, or high-speed rail lines or systems, in which track passing through the station and adjacent to platforms is shared with existing freight rail operations, the railroad operator may comply with the performance standard of paragraph (a) by use of one or more of the following means:
</P>
<P>(1) Level-entry boarding;
</P>
<P>(2) Car-borne lifts;
</P>
<P>(3) Bridge plates, ramps or other appropriate devices;
</P>
<P>(4) Mini-high platforms, with multiple mini-high platforms or multiple train stops, as needed, to permit access to all accessible cars available at that station; or
</P>
<P>(5) Station-based lifts;
</P>
<P>(d) Before constructing or altering a platform at a station covered by paragraph (c) of this section, at which a railroad proposes to use a means other than level-entry boarding, the railroad must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) If the railroad operator not using level-entry boarding chooses a means of meeting the performance standard other than using car-borne lifts, it must perform a comparison of the costs (capital, operating, and life-cycle costs) of car-borne lifts and the means chosen by the railroad operator, as well as a comparison of the relative ability of each of these alternatives to provide service to individuals with disabilities in an integrated, safe, timely, and reliable manner. The railroad operator must submit a copy of this analysis to FTA or FRA at the time it submits the plan required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad operator must submit a plan to FRA and/or FTA, describing its proposed means to meet the performance standard of paragraph (a) of this section at that station. The plan must demonstrate how boarding equipment or platforms would be deployed, maintained, and operated; and how personnel would be trained and deployed to ensure that service to individuals with disabilities is provided in an integrated, safe, timely, and reliable manner.
</P>
<P>(3) Before proceeding with constructing or modifying a station platform covered by paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, the railroad must obtain approval from the FTA (for commuter rail systems) or the FRA (for intercity rail systems). The agencies will evaluate the proposed plan and may approve, disapprove, or modify it. The FTA and the FRA may make this determination jointly in any situation in which both a commuter rail system and an intercity or high-speed rail system use the tracks serving the platform. FTA and FRA will respond to the railroad's plan in a timely manner, in accordance with the timetable set forth in paragraphs (d)(3)(i) through (d)(3)(iii) of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(i) FTA/FRA will provide an initial written response within 30 days of receiving a railroad's written proposal. This response will say either that the submission is complete or that additional information is needed.
</P>
<P>(ii) Once a complete package, including any requested additional information, is received, as acknowledged by FRA/FTA in writing, FRA/FTA will provide a substantive response accepting, rejecting, or modifying the proposal within 120 days.
</P>
<P>(iii) If FTA/FRA needs additional time to consider the railroad's proposal, FRA/FTA will provide a written communication to the railroad setting forth the reasons for the delay and an estimate of the additional time (not to exceed an additional 60 days) that FRA/FTA expect to take to finalize a substantive response to the proposal.
</P>
<P>(iv) In reviewing the plan, FRA and FTA will consider factors including, but not limited to, how the proposal maximizes accessibility to individuals with disabilities, any obstacles to the use of a method that could provide better service to individuals with disabilities, the safety and reliability of the approach and related technology proposed to be used, the suitability of the means proposed to the station and line and/or system on which it would be used, and the adequacy of equipment and maintenance and staff training and deployment.
</P>
<P>(e) In any situation using a combination of high and low platforms, a commuter or intercity rail operator shall not employ a solution that has the effect of channeling passengers into a narrow space between the face of the higher-level platform and the edge of the lower platform.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this paragraph, any obstructions on a platform (mini-high platforms, stairwells, elevator shafts, seats <I>etc.</I>) shall be set at least six feet back from the edge of a platform.
</P>
<P>(2) If the six-foot clearance is not feasible (<I>e.g.,</I> where such a clearance would create an insurmountable gap on a mini-high platform or where the physical structure of an existing station does not allow such clearance), barriers must be used to prevent the flow of pedestrian traffic through these narrower areas.
</P>
<P>(f) For purposes of this part, level-entry boarding means a boarding platform design in which the horizontal gap between a car at rest and the platform is no more than 10 inches on tangent track and 13 inches on curves and the vertical height of the car floor is no more than 5.5 inches above the boarding platform. Where the horizontal gap is more than 3 inches and/or the vertical gap is more than 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch, measured when the vehicle is at rest, the horizontal and vertical gaps between the car floor and the boarding platform must be mitigated by a bridge plate, ramp, or other appropriate device consistent with 49 CFR 38.95(c) and 38.125(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 57935, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.43   Alteration of transportation facilities by public entities.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) When a public entity alters an existing facility or a part of an existing facility used in providing designated public transportation services in a way that affects or could affect the usability of the facility or part of the facility, the entity shall make the alterations (or ensure that the alterations are made) in such a manner, to the maximum extent feasible, that the altered portions of the facility are readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, upon the completion of such alterations.
</P>
<P>(2) When a public entity undertakes an alteration that affects or could affect the usability of or access to an area of a facility containing a primary function, the entity shall make the alteration in such a manner that, to the maximum extent feasible, the path of travel to the altered area and the bathrooms, telephones, and drinking fountains serving the altered area are readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, upon completion of the alterations. <I>Provided,</I> that alterations to the path of travel, drinking fountains, telephones and bathrooms are not required to be made readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, if the cost and scope of doing so would be disproportionate.
</P>
<P>(3) The requirements of this paragraph also apply to the alteration of existing intercity or commuter rail stations by the responsible person for, owner of, or person in control of the station.
</P>
<P>(4) The requirements of this section apply to any alteration which begins (<I>i.e.</I>, issuance of notice to proceed or work order, as applicable) after January 25, 1992, or, in the case of intercity and commuter rail stations, after October 7, 1991.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this section, the phrase <I>to the maximum extent feasible</I> applies to the occasional case where the nature of an existing facility makes it impossible to comply fully with applicable accessibility standards through a planned alteration. In these circumstances, the entity shall provide the maximum physical accessibility feasible. Any altered features of the facility or portion of the facility that can be made accessible shall be made accessible. If providing accessibility to certain individuals with disabilities (e.g., those who use wheelchairs) would not be feasible, the facility shall be made accessible to individuals with other types of disabilities (e.g., those who use crutches, those who have impaired vision or hearing, or those who have other impairments).
</P>
<P>(c) As used in this section, a <I>primary function</I> is a major activity for which the facility is intended. Areas of transportation facilities that involve primary functions include, but are not necessarily limited to, ticket purchase and collection areas, passenger waiting areas, train or bus platforms, baggage checking and return areas and employment areas (except those involving non-occupiable spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways, or freight (non-passenger) elevators which are frequented only by repair personnel).
</P>
<P>(d) As used in this section, a “path of travel” includes a continuous, unobstructed way of pedestrian passage by means of which the altered area may be approached, entered, and exited, and which connects the altered area with an exterior approach (including sidewalks, parking areas, and streets), an entrance to the facility, and other parts of the facility. The term also includes the restrooms, telephones, and drinking fountains serving the altered area. An accessible path of travel may include walks and sidewalks, curb ramps and other interior or exterior pedestrian ramps, clear floor paths through corridors, waiting areas, concourses, and other improved areas, parking access aisles, elevators and lifts, bridges, tunnels, or other passageways between platforms, or a combination of these and other elements.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Alterations made to provide an accessible path of travel to the altered area will be deemed disproportionate to the overall alteration when the cost exceeds 20 percent of the cost of the alteration to the primary function area (without regard to the costs of accessibility modifications).
</P>
<P>(2) Costs that may be counted as expenditures required to provide an accessible path of travel include:
</P>
<P>(i) Costs associated with providing an accessible entrance and an accessible route to the altered area (e.g., widening doorways and installing ramps);
</P>
<P>(ii) Costs associated with making restrooms accessible (e.g., grab bars, enlarged toilet stalls, accessible faucet controls);
</P>
<P>(iii) Costs associated with providing accessible telephones (e.g., relocation of phones to an accessible height, installation of amplification devices or TDDs);
</P>
<P>(iv) Costs associated with relocating an inaccessible drinking fountain.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) When the cost of alterations necessary to make a path of travel to the altered area fully accessible is disproportionate to the cost of the overall alteration, then such areas shall be made accessible to the maximum extent without resulting in disproportionate costs;
</P>
<P>(2) In this situation, the public entity should give priority to accessible elements that will provide the greatest access, in the following order:
</P>
<P>(i) An accessible entrance;
</P>
<P>(ii) An accessible route to the altered area;
</P>
<P>(iii) At least one accessible restroom for each sex or a single unisex restroom (where there are one or more restrooms);
</P>
<P>(iv) Accessible telephones;
</P>
<P>(v) Accessible drinking fountains;
</P>
<P>(vi) When possible, other accessible elements (e.g., parking, storage, alarms).
</P>
<P>(g) If a public entity performs a series of small alterations to the area served by a single path of travel rather than making the alterations as part of a single undertaking, it shall nonetheless be responsible for providing an accessible path of travel.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) If an area containing a primary function has been altered without providing an accessible path of travel to that area, and subsequent alterations of that area, or a different area on the same path of travel, are undertaken within three years of the original alteration, the total cost of alteration to the primary function areas on that path of travel during the preceding three year period shall be considered in determining whether the cost of making that path of travel is disproportionate;
</P>
<P>(2) For the first three years after January 26, 1992, only alterations undertaken between that date and the date of the alteration at issue shall be considered in determining if the cost of providing accessible features is disproportionate to the overall cost of the alteration.
</P>
<P>(3) Only alterations undertaken after January 26, 1992, shall be considered in determining if the cost of providing an accessible path of travel is disproportionate to the overall cost of the alteration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.45   Construction and alteration of transportation facilities by private entities.</HEAD>
<P>In constructing and altering transit facilities, private entities shall comply with the regulations of the Department of Justice implementing Title III of the ADA (28 CFR part 36).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.47" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.47   Key stations in light and rapid rail systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each public entity that provides designated public transportation by means of a light or rapid rail system shall make key stations on its system readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs. This requirement is separate from and in addition to requirements set forth in § 37.43 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each public entity shall determine which stations on its system are key stations. The entity shall identify key stations, using the planning and public participation process set forth in paragraph (d) of this section, and taking into consideration the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) Stations where passenger boardings exceed average station passenger boardings on the rail system by at least fifteen percent, unless such a station is close to another accessible station;
</P>
<P>(2) Transfer stations on a rail line or between rail lines;
</P>
<P>(3) Major interchange points with other transportation modes, including stations connecting with major parking facilities, bus terminals, intercity or commuter rail stations, passenger vessel terminals, or airports;
</P>
<P>(4) End stations, unless an end station is close to another accessible station; and
</P>
<P>(5) Stations serving major activity centers, such as employment or government centers, institutions of higher education, hospitals or other major health care facilities, or other facilities that are major trip generators for individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Unless an entity receives an extension under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the public entity shall achieve accessibility of key stations as soon as possible, but in no case later than July 26, 1994.
</P>
<P>(2) The FTA Administrator may grant an extension of this completion date for key station accessibility for a period up to July 26, 2020, provided that two-thirds of key stations are made accessible by July 26, 2010. Extensions may be granted as provided in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The public entity shall develop a plan for compliance for this section. The plan shall be submitted to the appropriate FTA regional office by July 26, 1992. (See appendix B to this part for list.)
</P>
<P>(1) The public entity shall consult with individuals with disabilities affected by the plan. The public entity also shall hold at least one public hearing on the plan and solicit comments on it. The plan submitted to FTA shall document this public participation, including summaries of the consultation with individuals with disabilities and the comments received at the hearing and during the comment period. The plan also shall summarize the public entity's responses to the comments and consultation.
</P>
<P>(2) The plan shall establish milestones for the achievement of required accessibility of key stations, consistent with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) A public entity wishing to apply for an extension of the July 26, 1993, deadline for key station accessibility shall include a request for an extension with its plan submitted to FTA under paragraph (d) of this section. Extensions may be granted only with respect to key stations which need extraordinarily expensive structural changes to, or replacement of, existing facilities (e.g., installations of elevators, raising the entire passenger platform, or alterations of similar magnitude and cost). Requests for extensions shall provide for completion of key station accessibility within the time limits set forth in paragraph (c) of this section. The FTA Administrator may approve, approve with conditions, modify, or disapprove any request for an extension.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 63102, Nov. 30, 1993; 79 FR 21405, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.49" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.49   Designation of responsible person(s) for intercity and commuter rail stations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The responsible person(s) designated in accordance with this section shall bear the legal and financial responsibility for making a key station accessible in the same proportion as determined under this section.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a station more than fifty percent of which is owned by a public entity, the public entity is the responsible party.
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of a station more than fifty percent of which is owned by a private entity the persons providing commuter or intercity rail service to the station are the responsible parties, in a proportion equal to the percentage of all passenger boardings at the station attributable to the service of each, over the entire period during which the station is made accessible.
</P>
<P>(d) In the case of a station of which no entity owns more than fifty percent, the owners of the station (other than private entity owners) and persons providing intercity or commuter rail service to the station are the responsible persons.
</P>
<P>(1) Half the responsibility for the station shall be assumed by the owner(s) of the station. The owners shall share this responsibility in proportion to their ownership interest in the station, over the period during which the station is made accessible.
</P>
<P>(2) The person(s) providing commuter or intercity rail service to the station shall assume the other half of the responsibility. These persons shall share this responsibility. These persons shall share this responsibility for the station in a proportion equal to the percentage of all passenger boardings at the station attributable to the service of each, over the period during which the station is made accessible.
</P>
<P>(e) Persons who must share responsibility for station accessibility under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section may, by agreement, allocate their responsibility in a manner different from that provided in this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.51" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.51   Key stations in commuter rail systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The responsible person(s) shall make key stations on its system readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs. This requirement is separate from and in addition to requirements set forth in § 37.43 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each commuter authority shall determine which stations on its system are key stations. The commuter authority shall identify key stations, using the planning and public participation process set forth in paragraph (d) of this section, and taking into consideration the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) Stations where passenger boardings exceed average station passenger boardings on the rail system by at least fifteen percent, unless such a station is close to another accessible station;
</P>
<P>(2) Transfer stations on a rail line or between rail lines;
</P>
<P>(3) Major interchange points with other transportation modes, including stations connecting with major parking facilities, bus terminals, intercity or commuter rail stations, passenger vessel terminals, or airports;
</P>
<P>(4) End stations, unless an end station is close to another accessible station; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Stations serving major activity centers, such as employment or government centers, institutions of higher education, hospitals or other major health care facilities, or other facilities that are major trip generators for individuals with disabilities. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Except as provided in this paragraph, the responsible person(s) shall achieve accessibility of key stations as soon as possible, but in no case later than July 26, 1994.
</P>
<P>(2) The FTA Administrator may grant an extension of this deadline for key station accessibility for a period up to July 26, 2010. Extensions may be granted as provided in paragraph (e) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) The commuter authority and responsible person(s) for stations involved shall develop a plan for compliance for this section. This plan shall be completed and submitted to FTA by July 26, 1992. 
</P>
<P>(1) The commuter authority and responsible person(s) shall consult with individuals with disabilities affected by the plan. The commuter authority and responsible person(s) also shall hold at least one public hearing on the plan and solicit comments on it. The plan shall document this public participation, including summaries of the consultation with individuals with disabilities and the comments received at the hearing and during the comment period. The plan also shall summarize the responsible person(s) responses to the comments and consultation. 
</P>
<P>(2) The plan shall establish milestones for the achievement of required accessibility of key stations, consistent with the requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) The commuter authority and responsible person(s) of each key station identified in the plan shall, by mutual agreement, designate a project manager for the purpose of undertaking the work of making the key station accessible. 
</P>
<P>(e) Any commuter authority and/or responsible person(s) wishing to apply for an extension of the July 26, 1993, deadline for key station accessibility shall include a request for extension with its plan submitted to under paragraph (d) of this section. Extensions may be granted only in a case where raising the entire passenger platform is the only means available of attaining accessibility or where other extraordinarily expensive structural changes (e.g., installations of elevators, or alterations of magnitude and cost similar to installing an elevator or raising the entire passenger platform) are necessary to attain accessibility. Requests for extensions shall provide for completion of key station accessibility within the time limits set forth in paragraph (c) of this section. The FTA Administrator may approve, approve with conditions, modify, or disapprove any request for an extension. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 63102, Nov. 30, 1993; 79 FR 21405, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.53" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.53   Exception for New York and Philadelphia.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following agreements entered into in New York, New York, and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, contain lists of key stations for the public entities that are a party to those agreements for those service lines identified in the agreements. The identification of key stations under these agreements is deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of this Subpart. 
</P>
<P>(1) Settlement Agreement by and among Eastern Paralyzed Veterans Association, Inc., James J. Peters, Terrance Moakley, and Denise Figueroa, individually and as representatives of the class of all persons similarly situated (collectively, “the EPVA class representatives”); and Metropolitan Transportation Authority, New York City Transit Authority, and Manhattan and Bronx Surface Transit Operating Authority (October 4, 1984). 
</P>
<P>(2) Settlement Agreement by and between Eastern Paralyzed Veterans Association of Pennsylvania, Inc., and James J. Peters, individually; and Dudley R. Sykes, as Commissioner of the Philadelphia Department of Public Property, and his successors in office and the City of Philadelphia (collectively “the City”) and Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority (June 28, 1989). 
</P>
<P>(b) To comply with §§ 37.47 (b) and (d) or 37.51 (b) and (d) of this part, the entities named in the agreements are required to use their public participation and planning processes only to develop and submit to the FTA Administrator plans for timely completion of key station accessibilty, as provided in this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(c) In making accessible the key stations identified under the agreements cited in this section, the entities named in the agreements are subject to the requirements of § 37.9 of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.55" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.55   Intercity rail station accessibility.</HEAD>
<P>All intercity rail stations shall be made readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than July 26, 2010. This requirement is separate from and in addition to requirements set forth in § 37.43 of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.57" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.57   Required cooperation.</HEAD>
<P>An owner or person in control of an intercity or commuter rail station shall provide reasonable cooperation to the responsible person(s) for that station with respect to the efforts of the responsible person to comply with the requirements of this subpart. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.59" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.59   Differences in accessibility completion dates.</HEAD>
<P>Where different completion dates for accessible stations are established under this part for a station or portions of a station (e.g., extensions of different periods of time for a station which serves both rapid and commuter rail systems), accessibility to the following elements of the station shall be achieved by the earlier of the completion dates involved: 
</P>
<P>(a) Common elements of the station;
</P>
<P>(b) Portions of the facility directly serving the rail system with the earlier completion date; and 
</P>
<P>(c) An accessible path from common elements of the station to portions of the facility directly serving the rail system with the earlier completion date. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.61" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.61   Public transportation programs and activities in existing facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A public entity shall operate a designated public transportation program or activity conducted in an existing facility so that, when viewed in its entirety, the program or activity is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities. 
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not require a public entity to make structural changes to existing facilities in order to make the facilities accessible by individuals who use wheelchairs, unless and to the extent required by § 37.43 (with respect to alterations) or §§ 37.47 or 37.51 of this part (with respect to key stations). Entities shall comply with other applicable accessibility requirements for such facilities. 
</P>
<P>(c) Public entities, with respect to facilities that, as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, are not required to be made accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs, are not required to provide to such individuals services made available to the general public at such facilities when the individuals could not utilize or benefit from the services. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 37.63-37.69" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.3.43.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 37.63-37.69   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Acquisition of Accessible Vehicles By Public Entities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.71" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.71   Purchase or lease of new non-rail vehicles by public entities operating fixed route systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each public entity operating a fixed route system making a solicitation after August 25, 1990, to purchase or lease a new bus or other new vehicle for use on the system, shall ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 76 FR 57936, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.73" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.73   Purchase or lease of used non-rail vehicles by public entities operating fixed route systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided elsewhere in this section, each public entity operating a fixed route system purchasing or leasing, after August 25, 1990, a used bus or other used vehicle for use on the system, shall ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs. 
</P>
<P>(b) A public entity may purchase or lease a used vehicle for use on its fixed route system that is not readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities if, after making demonstrated good faith efforts to obtain an accessible vehicle, it is unable to do so. 
</P>
<P>(c) Good faith efforts shall include at least the following steps: 
</P>
<P>(1) An initial solicitation for used vehicles specifying that all used vehicles are to be lift-equipped and otherwise accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, or, if an initial solicitation is not used, a documented communication so stating; 
</P>
<P>(2) A nationwide search for accessible vehicles, involving specific inquiries to used vehicle dealers and other transit providers; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Advertising in trade publications and contacting trade associations. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each public entity purchasing or leasing used vehicles that are not readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities shall retain documentation of the specific good faith efforts it made for three years from the date the vehicles were purchased. These records shall be made available, on request, to the FTA Administrator and the public. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.75" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.75   Remanufacture of non-rail vehicles and purchase or lease of remanufactured non-rail vehicles by public entities operating fixed route systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to any public entity operating a fixed route system which takes one of the following actions:
</P>
<P>(1) After August 25, 1990, remanufactures a bus or other vehicle so as to extend its useful life for five years or more or makes a solicitation for such remanufacturing; or
</P>
<P>(2) Purchases or leases a bus or other vehicle which has been remanufactured so as to extend its useful life for five years or more, where the purchase or lease occurs after August 25, 1990, and during the period in which the useful life of the vehicle is extended.
</P>
<P>(b) Vehicles acquired through the actions listed in paragraph (a) of this section shall, to the maximum extent feasible, be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, it shall be considered feasible to remanufacture a bus or other motor vehicle so as to be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, unless an engineering analysis demonstrates that including accessibility features required by this part would have a significant adverse effect on the structural integrity of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) If a public entity operates a fixed route system, any segment of which is included on the National Register of Historic Places, and if making a vehicle of historic character used solely on such segment readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities would significantly alter the historic character of such vehicle, the public entity has only to make (or purchase or lease a remanufactured vehicle with) those modifications to make the vehicle accessible which do not alter the historic character of such vehicle, in consultation with the National Register of Historic Places.
</P>
<P>(e) A public entity operating a fixed route system as described in paragraph (d) of this section may apply in writing to the FTA Administrator for a determination of the historic character of the vehicle. The FTA Administrator shall refer such requests to the National Register of Historic Places, and shall rely on its advice in making determinations of the historic character of the vehicle.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.77" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.77   Purchase or lease of new non-rail vehicles by public entities operating a demand responsive system for the general public.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in this section, a public entity operating a demand responsive system for the general public making a solicitation after August 25, 1990, to purchase or lease a new bus or other new vehicle for use on the system, shall ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(b) If the system, when viewed in its entirety, provides a level of service to individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, equivalent to the level of service it provides to individuals without disabilities, it may purchase new vehicles that are not readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, a demand responsive system, when viewed in its entirety, shall be deemed to provide equivalent service if the service available to individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, is provided in the most integrated setting appropriate to the needs of the individual and is equivalent to the service provided other individuals with respect to the following service characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) Response time;
</P>
<P>(2) Fares;
</P>
<P>(3) Geographic area of service;
</P>
<P>(4) Hours and days of service;
</P>
<P>(5) Restrictions or priorities based on trip purpose;
</P>
<P>(6) Availability of information and reservations capability; and
</P>
<P>(7) Any constraints on capacity or service availability.
</P>
<P>(d) A public entity receiving FTA funds under 49 U.S.C. 5311 or a public entity in a small urbanized area which receives FTA funds under 49 U.S.C. 5307 from a state administering agency rather than directly from FTA, which determines that its service to individuals with disabilities is equivalent to that provided other persons shall, before any procurement of an inaccessible vehicle, file with the appropriate state program office a certificate that it provides equivalent service meeting the standards of paragraph (c) of this section. Public entities operating demand responsive service receiving funds under any other section of the FT Act shall file the certificate with the appropriate FTA regional office. A public entity which does not receive FTA funds shall make such a certificate and retain it in its files, subject to inspection on request of FTA. All certificates under this paragraph may be made and filed in connection with a particular procurement or in advance of a procurement; however, no certificate shall be valid for more than one year. A copy of the required certificate is found in appendix C to this part.
</P>
<P>(e) The waiver mechanism set forth in § 37.71(b)-(g) (unavailability of lifts) of this subpart shall also be available to public entities operating a demand responsive system for the general public.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 79 FR 21406, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.79" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.79   Purchase or lease of new rail vehicles by public entities operating rapid or light rail systems.</HEAD>
<P>Each public entity operating a rapid or light rail system making a solicitation after August 25, 1990, to purchase or lease a new rapid or light rail vehicle for use on the system shall ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.81" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.81   Purchase or lease of used rail vehicles by public entities operating rapid or light rail systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided elsewhere in this section, each public entity operating a rapid or light rail system which, after August 25, 1990, purchases or leases a used rapid or light rail vehicle for use on the system shall ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(b) A public entity may purchase or lease a used rapid or light rail vehicle for use on its rapid or light rail system that is not readily accessible to and usable by individuals if, after making demonstrated good faith efforts to obtain an accessible vehicle, it is unable to do so.
</P>
<P>(c) Good faith efforts shall include at least the following steps:
</P>
<P>(1) The initial solicitation for used vehicles made by the public entity specifying that all used vehicles were to be accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, or, if a solicitation is not used, a documented communication so stating;
</P>
<P>(2) A nationwide search for accessible vehicles, involving specific inquiries to manufacturers and other transit providers; and
</P>
<P>(3) Advertising in trade publications and contacting trade associations.
</P>
<P>(d) Each public entity purchasing or leasing used rapid or light rail vehicles that are not readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities shall retain documentation of the specific good faith efforts it made for three years from the date the vehicles were purchased. These records shall be made available, on request, to the FTA Administrator and the public.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.83" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.83   Remanufacture of rail vehicles and purchase or lease of remanufactured rail vehicles by public entities operating rapid or light rail systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to any public entity operating a rapid or light rail system which takes one of the following actions:
</P>
<P>(1) After August 25, 1990, remanufactures a light or rapid rail vehicle so as to extend its useful life for five years or more or makes a solicitation for such remanufacturing;
</P>
<P>(2) Purchases or leases a light or rapid rail vehicle which has been remanufactured so as to extend its useful life for five years or more, where the purchase or lease occurs after August 25, 1990, and during the period in which the useful life of the vehicle is extended.
</P>
<P>(b) Vehicles acquired through the actions listed in paragraph (a) of this section shall, to the maximum extent feasible, be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, it shall be considered feasible to remanufacture a rapid or light rail vehicle so as to be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, unless an engineering analysis demonstrates that doing so would have a significant adverse effect on the structural integrity of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) If a public entity operates a rapid or light rail system any segment of which is included on the National Register of Historic Places and if making a rapid or light rail vehicle of historic character used solely on such segment readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities would significantly alter the historic character of such vehicle, the public entity need only make (or purchase or lease a remanufactured vehicle with) those modifications that do not alter the historic character of such vehicle.
</P>
<P>(e) A public entity operating a fixed route system as described in paragraph (d) of this section may apply in writing to the FTA Administrator for a determination of the historic character of the vehicle. The FTA Administrator shall refer such requests to the National Register of Historic Places and shall rely on its advice in making a determination of the historic character of the vehicle.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.85" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.85   Purchase or lease of new intercity and commuter rail cars.</HEAD>
<P>Amtrak or a commuter authority making a solicitation after August 25, 1990, to purchase or lease a new intercity or commuter rail car for use on the system shall ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.87" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.87   Purchase or lease of used intercity and commuter rail cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided elsewhere in this section, Amtrak or a commuter authority purchasing or leasing a used intercity or commuter rail car after August 25, 1990, shall ensure that the car is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(b) Amtrak or a commuter authority may purchase or lease a used intercity or commuter rail car that is not readily accessible to and usable by individuals if, after making demonstrated good faith efforts to obtain an accessible vehicle, it is unable to do so.
</P>
<P>(c) Good faith efforts shall include at least the following steps:
</P>
<P>(1) An initial solicitation for used vehicles specifying that all used vehicles accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities;
</P>
<P>(2) A nationwide search for accessible vehicles, involving specific inquiries to used vehicle dealers and other transit providers; and
</P>
<P>(3) Advertising in trade publications and contacting trade associations.
</P>
<P>(d) When Amtrak or a commuter authority leases a used intercity or commuter rail car for a period of seven days or less, Amtrak or the commuter authority may make and document good faith efforts as provided in this paragraph instead of in the ways provided in paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) By having and implementing, in its agreement with any intercity railroad or commuter authority that serves as a source of used intercity or commuter rail cars for a lease of seven days or less, a provision requiring that the lessor provide all available accessible rail cars before providing any inaccessible rail cars.
</P>
<P>(2) By documenting that, when there is more than one source of intercity or commuter rail cars for a lease of seven days or less, the lessee has obtained all available accessible intercity or commuter rail cars from all sources before obtaining inaccessible intercity or commuter rail cars from any source.
</P>
<P>(e) Amtrak and commuter authorities purchasing or leasing used intercity or commuter rail cars that are not readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities shall retain documentation of the specific good faith efforts that were made for three years from the date the cars were purchased. These records shall be made available, on request, to the Federal Railroad Administration or FTA Administrator, as applicable. These records shall be made available to the public, on request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 63102, Nov. 30, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.89" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.89   Remanufacture of intercity and commuter rail cars and purchase or lease of remanufactured intercity and commuter rail cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to Amtrak or a commuter authority which takes one of the following actions:
</P>
<P>(1) Remanufactures an intercity or commuter rail car so as to extend its useful life for ten years or more;
</P>
<P>(2) Purchases or leases an intercity or commuter rail car which has been remanufactured so as to extend its useful life for ten years or more.
</P>
<P>(b) Intercity and commuter rail cars listed in paragraph (a) of this section shall, to the maximum extent feasible, be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, it shall be considered feasible to remanufacture an intercity or commuter rail car so as to be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, unless an engineering analysis demonstrates that remanufacturing the car to be accessible would have a significant adverse effect on the structural integrity of the car.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.91" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.91   Wheelchair locations and food service on intercity rail trains.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than July 26, 1995, each person providing intercity rail service shall provide on each train a number of spaces—
</P>
<P>(1) To park wheelchairs (to accommodate individuals who wish to remain in their wheelchairs) equal to not less than one half of the number of single level rail passenger coaches in the train; and
</P>
<P>(2) To fold and store wheelchairs (to accommodate individuals who wish to transfer to coach seats) equal to not less than one half the number of single level rail passenger coaches in the train.
</P>
<P>(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than July 26, 2000, each person providing intercity rail service shall provide on each train a number of spaces—
</P>
<P>(1) To park wheelchairs (to accommodate individuals who wish to remain in their wheelchairs) equal to not less than the total number of single level rail passenger coaches in the train; and
</P>
<P>(2) To fold and store wheelchairs (to accommodate individuals who wish to transfer to coach seats) equal to not less than the total number of single level rail passenger coaches in the train.
</P>
<P>(c) In complying with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, a person providing intercity rail service may not provide more than two spaces to park wheelchairs nor more than two spaces to fold and store wheelchairs in any one coach or food service car.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless not practicable, a person providing intercity rail transportation shall place an accessible car adjacent to the end of a single level dining car through which an individual who uses a wheelchair may enter.
</P>
<P>(e) On any train in which either a single level or bi-level dining car is used to provide food service, a person providing intercity rail service shall provide appropriate aids and services to ensure that equivalent food service is available to individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, and to passengers traveling with such individuals. Appropriate auxiliary aids and services include providing a hard surface on which to eat. 
</P>
<P>(f) This section does not require the provision of securement devices on intercity rail cars.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.93" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.93   One car per train rule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The definition of accessible for purposes of meeting the one car per train rule is spelled out in the applicable subpart for each transportation system type in part 38 of this title.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person providing intercity rail service and each commuter rail authority shall ensure that, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than July 26, 1995, that each train has one car that is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(c) Each public entity providing light or rapid rail service shall ensure that each train, consisting of two or more vehicles, includes at least one car that is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, as soon as practicable but in no case later than July 25, 1995.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.95" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.95   Ferries and other passenger vessels operated by public entities. [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 37.97-37.99" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.4.43.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 37.97-37.99   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Acquisition of Accessible Vehicles by Private Entities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.101" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.5.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.101   Purchase or lease of vehicles by private entities not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application.</I> This section applies to all purchases or leases of vehicles by private entities which are not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people, in which a solicitation for the vehicle is made after August 25, 1990.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fixed Route System. Vehicle Capacity Over 16.</I> If the entity operates a fixed route system and purchases or leases a vehicle with a seating capacity of over 16 passengers (including the driver) for use on the system, it shall ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fixed Route System. Vehicle Capacity of 16 or Fewer.</I> If the entity operates a fixed route system and purchases or leases a vehicle with a seating capacity of 16 or fewer passengers (including the driver) for use on the system, it shall ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, unless the system, when viewed in its entirety, meets the standard for equivalent service of § 37.105 of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Demand Responsive System, Vehicle Capacity Over 16.</I> If the entity operates a demand responsive system, and purchases or leases a vehicle with a seating capacity of over 16 passengers (including the driver) for use on the system, it shall ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, unless the system, when viewed in its entirety, meets the standard for equivalent service of § 37.105 of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Demand Responsive System, Vehicle Capacity of 16 or Fewer.</I> Entities providing demand responsive transportation covered under this section are not specifically required to ensure that new vehicles with seating capacity of 16 or fewer are accessible to individuals with wheelchairs. These entities are required to ensure that their systems, when viewed in their entirety, meet the equivalent service requirements of §§ 37.171 and 37.105, regardless of whether or not the entities purchase a new vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 25416, May 21, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.103" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.5.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.103   Purchase or lease of new non-rail vehicles by private entities primarily engaged in the business of transporting people.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application.</I> This section applies to all acquisitions of new vehicles by private entities which are primarily engaged in the business of transporting people and whose operations affect commerce, in which a solicitation for the vehicle is made (except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section) after August 25, 1990.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fixed route systems.</I> If the entity operates a fixed route system, and purchases or leases a new vehicle other than an automobile, a van with a seating capacity of less than eight persons (including the driver), it shall ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Demand responsive systems.</I> If the entity operates a demand responsive system, and purchases or leases a new vehicle other than an automobile, a van with a seating capacity of less than eight persons (including the driver), it shall ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, unless the system, when viewed in its entirety, meets the standard for equivalent service of § 37.105 of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Vans with a capacity of fewer than 8 persons.</I> If the entity operates either a fixed route or demand responsive system, and purchases or leases a new van with a seating capacity of fewer than eight persons including the driver (the solicitation for the vehicle being made after February 25, 1992), the entity shall ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, unless the system, when viewed in its entirety, meets the standard for equivalent service of § 37.105 of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 76 FR 57936, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.105" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.5.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.105   Equivalent service standard.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of §§ 37.101 and 37.103 of this part, a fixed route system or demand responsive system, when viewed in its entirety, shall be deemed to provide equivalent service if the service available to individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, is provided in the most integrated setting appropriate to the needs of the individual and is equivalent to the service provided other individuals with respect to the following service characteristics:
</P>
<P>(a) (1) Schedules/headways (if the system is fixed route);
</P>
<P>(2) Response time (if the system is demand responsive);
</P>
<P>(b) Fares;
</P>
<P>(c) Geographic area of service;
</P>
<P>(d) Hours and days of service;
</P>
<P>(e) Availability of information;
</P>
<P>(f) Reservations capability (if the system is demand responsive);
</P>
<P>(g) Any constraints on capacity or service availability;
</P>
<P>(h) Restrictions priorities based on trip purpose (if the system is demand responsive).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.107" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.5.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.107   Acquisition of passenger rail cars by private entities primarily engaged in the business of transporting people.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A private entity which is primarily engaged in the business of transporting people and whose operations affect commerce, which makes a solicitation after February 25, 1992, to purchase or lease a new rail passenger car to be used in providing specified public transportation, shall ensure that the car is readily accessible to, and usable by, individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs. The accessibility standards in part 38 of this title which apply depend upon the type of service in which the car will be used.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a private entity which is primarily engaged in transporting people and whose operations affect commerce, which remanufactures a rail passenger car to be used in providing specified public transportation to extend its useful life for ten years or more, or purchases or leases such a remanufactured rail car, shall ensure that the rail car, to the maximum extent feasible, is made readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs. For purposes of this paragraph, it shall be considered feasible to remanufacture a rail passenger car to be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, unless an engineering analysis demonstrates that doing so would have a significant adverse effect on the structural integrity of the car.
</P>
<P>(c) Compliance with paragraph (b) of this section is not required to the extent that it would significantly alter the historic or antiquated character of a historic or antiquated rail passenger car, or a rail station served exclusively by such cars, or would result in the violation of any rule, regulation, standard or order issued by the Secretary under the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970. For purposes of this section, a historic or antiquated rail passenger car means a rail passenger car—
</P>
<P>(1) Which is not less than 30 years old at the time of its use for transporting individuals;
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer of which is no longer in the business of manufacturing rail passenger cars; and
</P>
<P>(3) Which—
</P>
<P>(i) Has a consequential association with events or persons significant to the past; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Embodies, or is being restored to embody, the distinctive characteristics of a type of rail passenger car used in the past, or to represent a time period which has passed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.109" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.5.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.109   Ferries and other passenger vessels operated by private entities. [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 37.111-37.119" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.5.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 37.111-37.119   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Paratransit as a Complement to Fixed Route Service</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.121" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.121   Requirement for comparable complementary paratransit service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each public entity operating a fixed route system shall provide paratransit or other special service to individuals with disabilities that is comparable to the level of service provided to individuals without disabilities who use the fixed route system.
</P>
<P>(b) To be deemed comparable to fixed route service, a complementary paratransit system shall meet the requirements of §§ 37.123-37.133 of this subpart. The requirement to comply with § 37.131 may be modified in accordance with the provisions of this subpart relating to undue financial burden.
</P>
<P>(c) Requirements for complementary paratransit do not apply to commuter bus, commuter rail, or intercity rail systems.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.123" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.123   ADA paratransit eligibility: Standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Public entities required by § 37.121 of this subpart to provide complementary paratransit service shall provide the service to the ADA paratransit eligible individuals described in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) If an individual meets the eligibility criteria of this section with respect to some trips but not others, the individual shall be ADA paratransit eligible only for those trips for which he or she meets the criteria.
</P>
<P>(c) Individuals may be ADA paratransit eligible on the basis of a permanent or temporary disability.
</P>
<P>(d) Public entities may provide complementary paratransit service to persons other than ADA paratransit eligible individuals. However, only the cost of service to ADA paratransit eligible individuals may be considered in a public entity's request for an undue financial burden waiver under §§ 37.151-37.155 of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) The following individuals are ADA paratransit eligible: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any individual with a disability who is unable, as the result of a physical or mental impairment (including a vision impairment), and without the assistance of another individual (except the operator of a wheelchair lift or other boarding assistance device), to board, ride, or disembark from any vehicle on the system which is readily accessible to and usable individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(2) Any individual with a disability who needs the assistance of a wheelchair lift or other boarding assistance device and is able, with such assistance, to board, ride and disembark from any vehicle which is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities if the individual wants to travel on a route on the system during the hours of operation of the system at a time, or within a reasonable period of such time, when such a vehicle is not being used to provide designated public transportation on the route.
</P>
<P>(i) An individual is eligible under this paragraph with respect to travel on an otherwise accessible route on which the boarding or disembarking location which the individual would use is one at which boarding or disembarking from the vehicle is precluded as provided in § 37.167(g) of this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) An individual using a common wheelchair is eligible under this paragraph if the individual's wheelchair cannot be accommodated on an existing vehicle (e.g., because the vehicle's lift does not meet the standards of part 38 of this title), even if that vehicle is accessible to other individuals with disabilities and their mobility wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(iii) With respect to rail systems, an individual is eligible under this paragraph if the individual could use an accessible rail system, but—
</P>
<P>(A) There is not yet one accessible car per train on the system; or
</P>
<P>(B) Key stations have not yet been made accessible.
</P>
<P>(3) Any individual with a disability who has a specific impairment-related condition which prevents such individual from traveling to a boarding location or from a disembarking location on such system.
</P>
<P>(i) Only a specific impairment-related condition which prevents the individual from traveling to a boarding location or from a disembarking location is a basis for eligibility under this paragraph. A condition which makes traveling to boarding location or from a disembarking location more difficult for a person with a specific impairment-related condition than for an individual who does not have the condition, but does not prevent the travel, is not a basis for eligibility under this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(ii) Architectural barriers not under the control of the public entity providing fixed route service and environmental barriers (e.g., distance, terrain, weather) do not, standing alone, form a basis for eligibility under this paragraph. The interaction of such barriers with an individual's specific impairment-related condition may form a basis for eligibility under this paragraph, if the effect is to prevent the individual from traveling to a boarding location or from a disembarking location.
</P>
<P>(f) Individuals accompanying an ADA paratransit eligible individual shall be provided service as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) One other individual accompanying the ADA paratransit eligible individual shall be provided service—
</P>
<P>(i) If the ADA paratransit eligible individual is traveling with a personal care attendant, the entity shall provide service to one other individual in addition to the attendant who is accompanying the eligible individual;
</P>
<P>(ii) A family member or friend is regarded as a person accompanying the eligible individual, and not as a personal care attendant, unless the family member or friend registered is acting in the capacity of a personal care attendant;
</P>
<P>(2) Additional individuals accompanying the ADA paratransit eligible individual shall be provided service, provided that space is available for them on the paratransit vehicle carrying the ADA paratransit eligible individual and that transportation of the additional individuals will not result in a denial of service to ADA paratransit eligible individuals;
</P>
<P>(3) In order to be considered as “accompanying” the eligible individual for purposes of this paragraph (f), the other individual(s) shall have the same origin and destination as the eligible individual.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.125" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.125   ADA paratransit eligibility: Process.</HEAD>
<P>Each public entity required to provide complementary paratransit service by § 37.121 of this part shall establish a process for determining ADA paratransit eligibility.
</P>
<P>(a) The process shall strictly limit ADA paratransit eligibility to individuals specified in § 37.123 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) All information about the process, materials necessary to apply for eligibility, and notices and determinations concerning eligibility shall be made available in accessible formats, upon request.
</P>
<P>(c) If, by a date 21 days following the submission of a complete application, the entity has not made a determination of eligibility, the applicant shall be treated as eligible and provided service until and unless the entity denies the application.
</P>
<P>(d) The entity's determination concerning eligibility shall be in writing. If the determination is that the individual is ineligible, the determination shall state the reasons for the finding.
</P>
<P>(e) The public entity shall provide documentation to each eligible individual stating that he or she is “ADA Paratransit Eligible.” The documentation shall include the name of the eligible individual, the name of the transit provider, the telephone number of the entity's paratransit coordinator, an expiration date for eligibility, and any conditions or limitations on the individual's eligibility including the use of a personal care attendant.
</P>
<P>(f) The entity may require recertification of the eligibility of ADA paratransit eligible individuals at reasonable intervals.
</P>
<P>(g) The entity shall establish an administrative appeal process through which individuals who are denied eligibility can obtain review of the denial.
</P>
<P>(1) The entity may require that an appeal be filed within 60 days of the denial of an individual's application.
</P>
<P>(2) The process shall include an opportunity to be heard and to present information and arguments, separation of functions (<I>i.e.</I>, a decision by a person not involved with the initial decision to deny eligibility), and written notification of the decision, and the reasons for it.
</P>
<P>(3) The entity is not required to provide paratransit service to the individual pending the determination on appeal. However, if the entity has not made a decision within 30 days of the completion of the appeal process, the entity shall provide paratransit service from that time until and unless a decision to deny the appeal is issued.
</P>
<P>(h) The entity may establish an administrative process to suspend, for a reasonable period of time, the provision of complementary paratransit service to ADA eligible individuals who establish a pattern or practice of missing scheduled trips.
</P>
<P>(1) Trips missed by the individual for reasons beyond his or her control (including, but not limited to, trips which are missed due to operator error) shall not be a basis for determining that such a pattern or practice exists.
</P>
<P>(2) Before suspending service, the entity shall take the following steps:
</P>
<P>(i) Notify the individual in writing that the entity proposes to suspend service, citing with specificity the basis of the proposed suspension and setting forth the proposed sanction.
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide the individual an opportunity to be heard and to present information and arguments;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide the individual with written notification of the decision and the reasons for it.
</P>
<P>(3) The appeals process of paragraph (g) of this section is available to an individual on whom sanctions have been imposed under this paragraph. The sanction is stayed pending the outcome of the appeal.
</P>
<P>(i) In applications for ADA paratransit eligibility, the entity may require the applicant to indicate whether or not he or she travels with a personal care attendant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.127" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.127   Complementary paratransit service for visitors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each public entity required to provide complementary paratransit service under § 37.121 of this part shall make the service available to visitors as provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, a visitor is an individual with disabilities who does not reside in the jurisdiction(s) served by the public entity or other entities with which the public entity provides coordinated complementary paratransit service within a region.
</P>
<P>(c) Each public entity shall treat as eligible for its complementary paratransit service all visitors who present documentation that they are ADA paratransit eligible, under the criteria of § 37.125 of this part, in the jurisdiction in which they reside.
</P>
<P>(d) With respect to visitors with disabilities who do not present such documentation, the public entity may require the documentation of the individual's place of residence and, if the individual's disability is not apparent, of his or her disability. The entity shall provide paratransit service to individuals with disabilities who qualify as visitors under paragraph (b) of this section. The entity shall accept a certification by such individuals that they are unable to use fixed route transit.
</P>
<P>(e) A public entity shall make the service to a visitor required by this section available for any combination of 21 days during any 365-day period beginning with the visitor's first use of the service during such 365-day period. In no case shall the public entity require a visitor to apply for or receive eligibility certification from the public entity before receiving the service required by this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 25416, May 21, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.129" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.129   Types of service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in this section, complementary paratransit service for ADA paratransit eligible persons shall be origin-to-destination service.
</P>
<P>(b) Complementary paratransit service for ADA paratransit eligible persons described in § 37.123(e)(2) of this part may also be provided by on-call bus service or paratransit feeder service to an accessible fixed route, where such service enables the individual to use the fixed route bus system for his or her trip.
</P>
<P>(c) Complementary paratransit service for ADA eligible persons described in § 37.123(e)(3) of this part also may be provided by paratransit feeder service to and/or from an accessible fixed route.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.131" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.131   Service criteria for complementary paratransit.</HEAD>
<P>The following service criteria apply to complementary paratransit required by § 37.121 of this part.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Service Area</I>—(1) <I>Bus.</I> (i) The entity shall provide complementary paratransit service to origins and destinations within corridors with a width of three-fourths of a mile on each side of each fixed route. The corridor shall include an area with a three-fourths of a mile radius at the ends of each fixed route.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within the core service area, the entity also shall provide service to small areas not inside any of the corridors but which are surrounded by corridors.
</P>
<P>(iii) Outside the core service area, the entity may designate corridors with widths from three-fourths of a mile up to one and one half miles on each side of a fixed route, based on local circumstances.
</P>
<P>(iv) For purposes of this paragraph, the core service area is that area in which corridors with a width of three-fourths of a mile on each side of each fixed route merge together such that, with few and small exceptions, all origins and destinations within the area would be served.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Rail.</I> (i) For rail systems, the service area shall consist of a circle with a radius of 
<FR>3/4</FR> of a mile around each station.
</P>
<P>(ii) At end stations and other stations in outlying areas, the entity may designate circles with radii of up to 1
<FR>1/2</FR> miles as part of its service area, based on local circumstances.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Jurisdictional boundaries.</I> Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, an entity is not required to provide paratransit service in an area outside the boundaries of the jurisdiction(s) in which it operates, if the entity does not have legal authority to operate in that area. The entity shall take all practicable steps to provide paratransit service to any part of its service area.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Response time.</I> The entity shall schedule and provide paratransit service to any ADA paratransit eligible person at any requested time on a particular day in response to a request for service made the previous day. Reservations may be taken by reservation agents or by mechanical means.
</P>
<P>(1) The entity shall make reservation service available during at least all normal business hours of the entity's administrative offices, as well as during times, comparable to normal business hours, on a day when the entity's offices are not open before a service day.
</P>
<P>(2) The entity may negotiate pickup times with the individual, but the entity shall not require an ADA paratransit eligible individual to schedule a trip to begin more than one hour before or after the individual's desired departure time.
</P>
<P>(3) The entity may use real-time scheduling in providing complementary paratransit service.
</P>
<P>(4) The entity may permit advance reservations to be made up to 14 days in advance of an ADA paratransit eligible individual's desired trips. When an entity proposes to change its reservations system, it shall comply with the public participation requirements equivalent to those of § 37.137 (b) and (c).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fares.</I> The fare for a trip charged to an ADA paratransit eligible user of the complementary paratransit service shall not exceed twice the fare that would be charged to an individual paying full fare (<I>i.e.</I>, without regard to discounts) for a trip of similar length, at a similar time of day, on the entity's fixed route system.
</P>
<P>(1) In calculating the full fare that would be paid by an individual using the fixed route system, the entity may include transfer and premium charges applicable to a trip of similar length, at a similar time of day, on the fixed route system.
</P>
<P>(2) The fares for individuals accompanying ADA paratransit eligible individuals, who are provided service under § 37.123 (f) of this part, shall be the same as for the ADA paratransit eligible individuals they are accompanying.
</P>
<P>(3) A personal care attendant shall not be charged for complementary paratransit service.
</P>
<P>(4) The entity may charge a fare higher than otherwise permitted by this paragraph to a social service agency or other organization for agency trips (<I>i.e.</I>, trips guaranteed to the organization).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Trip purpose restrictions.</I> The entity shall not impose restrictions or priorities based on trip purpose.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Hours and days of service.</I> The complementary paratransit service shall be available throughout the same hours and days as the entity's fixed route service.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Capacity constraints.</I> The entity shall not limit the availability of complementary paratransit service to ADA paratransit eligible individuals by any of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Restrictions on the number of trips an individual will be provided;
</P>
<P>(2) Waiting lists for access to the service; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any operational pattern or practice that significantly limits the availability of service to ADA paratransit eligible persons.
</P>
<P>(i) Such patterns or practices include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Substantial numbers of significantly untimely pickups for initial or return trips; 
</P>
<P>(B) Substantial numbers of trip denials or missed trips;
</P>
<P>(C) Substantial numbers of trips with excessive trip lengths.
</P>
<P>(ii) Operational problems attributable to causes beyond the control of the entity (including, but not limited to, weather or traffic conditions affecting all vehicular traffic that were not anticipated at the time a trip was scheduled) shall not be a basis for determining that such a pattern or practice exists.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Additional service.</I> Public entities may provide complementary paratransit service to ADA paratransit eligible individuals exceeding that provided for in this section. However, only the cost of service provided for in this section may be considered in a public entity's request for an undue financial burden waiver under §§ 37.151-37.155 of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 25416, May 21, 1996; 71 FR 63266, Oct. 30, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.133" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.133   Subscription service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part does not prohibit the use of subscription service by public entities as part of a complementary paratransit system, subject to the limitations in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Subscription service may not absorb more than fifty percent of the number of trips available at a given time of day, unless there is non-subscription capacity.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the entity may establish waiting lists or other capacity constraints and trip purpose restrictions or priorities for participation in the subscription service only.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.135" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.135   Submission of paratransit plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each public entity operating fixed route transportation service, which is required by § 37.121 to provide complementary paratransit service, shall develop a paratransit plan.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initial submission.</I> Except as provided in § 37.141 of this part, each entity shall submit its initial plan for compliance with the complementary paratransit service provision by January 26, 1992, to the appropriate location identified in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Annual Updates.</I> Except as provided in this paragraph, each entity shall submit an annual update to its plan on January 26 of each succeeding year.
</P>
<P>(1) If an entity has met and is continuing to meet all requirements for complementary paratransit in §§ 37.121-37.133 of this part, the entity may submit to FTA an annual certification of continued compliance in lieu of a plan update. Entities that have submitted a joint plan under § 37.141 may submit a joint certification under this paragraph. The requirements of §§ 37.137 (a) and (b), 37.138 and 37.139 do not apply when a certification is submitted under this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(2) In the event of any change in circumstances that results in an entity which has submitted a certification of continued compliance falling short of compliance with §§ 37.121-37.133, the entity shall immediately notify FTA in writing of the problem. In this case, the entity shall also file a plan update meeting the requirements of §§ 37.137-37.139 of this part on the next following January 26 and in each succeeding year until the entity returns to full compliance.
</P>
<P>(3) An entity that has demonstrated undue financial burden to the FTA shall file a plan update meeting the requirements of §§ 37.137-37.139 of this part on each January 26 until full compliance with §§ 37.121-37.133 is attained.
</P>
<P>(4) If FTA reasonably believes that an entity may not be fully complying with all service criteria, FTA may require the entity to provide an annual update to its plan.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Phase-in of implementation.</I> Each plan shall provide full compliance by no later than January 26, 1997, unless the entity has received a waiver based on undue financial burden. If the date for full compliance specified in the plan is after January 26, 1993, the plan shall include milestones, providing for measured, proportional progress toward full compliance.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Plan implementation.</I> Each entity shall begin implementation of its plan on January 26, 1992.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Submission locations.</I> An entity shall submit its plan to one of the following offices, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual state administering agency, if it is—
</P>
<P>(i) A recipient of funding under 49 U.S.C. 5311;
</P>
<P>(ii) A small urbanized area recipient of funding under 49 U.S.C. 5307 administered by the State;
</P>
<P>(iii) A participant in a coordinated plan, in which all of the participating entities are eligible to submit their plans to the State; or
</P>
<P>(2) The FTA Regional Office (as listed in appendix B to this part) for all other entities required to submit a paratransit plan. This includes an FTA recipient under 49 U.S.C. 5307; entities submitting a joint plan (unless they meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section), and a public entity not an FTA recipient.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 25416, May 21, 1996; 61 FR 26468, May 28, 1996; 79 FR 21406, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.137" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.137   Paratransit plan development.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Survey of existing services.</I> Each submitting entity shall survey the area to be covered by the plan to identify any person or entity (public or private) which provides a paratransit or other special transportation service for ADA paratransit eligible individuals in the service area to which the plan applies.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Public participation.</I> Each submitting entity shall ensure public participation in the development of its paratransit plan, including at least the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Outreach.</I> Each submitting entity shall solicit participation in the development of its plan by the widest range of persons anticipated to use its paratransit service. Each entity shall develop contacts, mailing lists and other appropriate means for notification of opportunities to participate in the development of the paratransit plan;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Consultation with individuals with disabilities.</I> Each entity shall contact individuals with disabilities and groups representing them in the community. Consultation shall begin at an early stage in the plan development and should involve persons with disabilities in all phases of plan development. All documents and other information concerning the planning procedure and the provision of service shall be available, upon request, to members of the public, except where disclosure would be an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Opportunity for public comment.</I> The submitting entity shall make its plan available for review before the plan is finalized. In making the plan available for public review, the entity shall ensure that the plan is available upon request in accessible formats;
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Public hearing.</I> The entity shall sponsor at a minimum one public hearing and shall provide adequate notice of the hearing, including advertisement in appropriate media, such as newspapers of general and special interest circulation and radio announcements; and
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Special requirements.</I> If the entity intends to phase-in its paratransit service over a multi-year period, or request a waiver based on undue financial burden, the public hearing shall afford the opportunity for interested citizens to express their views concerning the phase-in, the request, and which service criteria may be delayed in implementation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Ongoing requirement.</I> The entity shall create an ongoing mechanism for the participation of individuals with disabilities in the continued development and assessment of services to persons with disabilities. This includes, but is not limited to, the development of the initial plan, any request for an undue financial burden waiver, and each annual submission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.139" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.139   Plan contents.</HEAD>
<P>Each plan shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) Identification of the entity or entities submitting the plan, specifying for each—
</P>
<P>(1) Name and address; and
</P>
<P>(2) Contact person for the plan, with telephone number and facsimile telephone number (FAX), if applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) A description of the fixed route system as of January 26, 1992 (or subsequent year for annual updates), including—
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the service area, route structure, days and hours of service, fare structure, and population served. This includes maps and tables, if appropriate;
</P>
<P>(2) The total number of vehicles (bus, van, or rail) operated in fixed route service (including contracted service), and percentage of accessible vehicles and percentage of routes accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities, including persons who use wheelchairs;
</P>
<P>(3) Any other information about the fixed route service that is relevant to establishing the basis for comparability of fixed route and paratransit service.
</P>
<P>(c) A description of existing paratransit services, including:
</P>
<P>(1) An inventory of service provided by the public entity submitting the plan;
</P>
<P>(2) An inventory of service provided by other agencies or organizations, which may in whole or in part be used to meet the requirement for complementary paratransit service; and
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the available paratransit services in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section as they relate to the service criteria described in § 37.131 of this part of service area, response time, fares, restrictions on trip purpose, hours and days of service, and capacity constraints; and to the requirements of ADA paratransit eligibility.
</P>
<P>(d) A description of the plan to provide comparable paratransit, including:
</P>
<P>(1) An estimate of demand for comparable paratransit service by ADA eligible individuals and a brief description of the demand estimation methodology used;
</P>
<P>(2) An analysis of differences between the paratransit service currently provided and what is required under this part by the entity(ies) submitting the plan and other entities, as described in paragraph (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) A brief description of planned modifications to existing paratransit and fixed route service and the new paratransit service planned to comply with the ADA paratransit service criteria;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the planned comparable paratransit service as it relates to each of the service criteria described in § 37.131 of this part—service area, absence of restrictions or priorities based on trip purpose, response time, fares, hours and days of service, and lack of capacity constraints. If the paratransit plan is to be phased in, this paragraph shall be coordinated with the information being provided in paragraphs (d)(5) and (d)(6) of this paragraph;
</P>
<P>(5) A timetable for implementing comparable paratransit service, with a specific date indicating when the planned service will be completely operational. In no case may full implementation be completed later than January 26, 1997. The plan shall include milestones for implementing phases of the plan, with progress that can be objectively measured yearly;
</P>
<P>(6) A budget for comparable paratransit service, including capital and operating expenditures over five years.
</P>
<P>(e) A description of the process used to certify individuals with disabilities as ADA paratransit eligible. At a minimum, this must include—
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the application and certification process, including—
</P>
<P>(i) The availability of information about the process and application materials inaccessible formats;
</P>
<P>(ii) The process for determining eligibility according to the provisions of §§ 37.123-37.125 of this part and notifying individuals of the determination made;
</P>
<P>(iii) The entity's system and timetable for processing applications and allowing presumptive eligibility; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The documentation given to eligible individuals.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the administrative appeals process for individuals denied eligibility.
</P>
<P>(3) A policy for visitors, consistent with § 37.127 of this part.
</P>
<P>(f) Description of the public participation process including—
</P>
<P>(1) Notice given of opportunity for public comment, the date(s) of completed public hearing(s), availability of the plan in accessible formats, outreach efforts, and consultation with persons with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(2) A summary of significant issues raised during the public comment period, along with a response to significant comments and discussion of how the issues were resolved.
</P>
<P>(g) Efforts to coordinate service with other entities subject to the complementary paratransit requirements of this part which have overlapping or contiguous service areas or jurisdictions.
</P>
<P>(h) The following endorsements or certifications:
</P>
<P>(1) A resolution adopted by the board of the entity authorizing the plan, as submitted. If more than one entity is submitting the plan there must be an authorizing resolution from each board. If the entity does not function with a board, a statement shall be submitted by the entity's chief executive;
</P>
<P>(2) In urbanized areas, certification by the Metropolitan Planning Organization (MPO) that it has reviewed the plan and that the plan is in conformance with the transportation plan developed under the Federal Transit/Federal Highway Administration joint planning regulation (49 CFR part 613 and 23 CFR part 450). In a service area which is covered by more than one MPO, each applicable MPO shall certify conformity of the entity's plan. The provisions of this paragraph do not apply to non-FTA recipients;
</P>
<P>(3) A certification that the survey of existing paratransit service was conducted as required in § 37.137(a) of this part;
</P>
<P>(4) To the extent service provided by other entities is included in the entity's plan for comparable paratransit service, the entity must certify that:
</P>
<P>(i) ADA paratransit eligible individuals have access to the service;
</P>
<P>(ii) The service is provided in the manner represented; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Efforts will be made to coordinate the provision of paratransit service by other providers.
</P>
<P>(i) A request for a waiver based on undue financial burden, if applicable. The waiver request should include information sufficient for FTA to consider the factors in § 37.155 of this part. If a request for an undue financial burden waiver is made, the plan must include a description of additional paratransit services that would be provided to achieve full compliance with the requirement for comparable paratransit in the event the waiver is not granted, and the timetable for the implementation of these additional services.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Annual plan updates.</I> (1) The annual plan updates submitted January 26, 1993, and annually thereafter, shall include information necessary to update the information requirements of this section. Information submitted annually must include all significant changes and revisions to the timetable for implementation;
</P>
<P>(2) If the paratransit service is being phased in over more than one year, the entity must demonstrate that the milestones identified in the current paratransit plans have been achieved. If the milestones have not been achieved, the plan must explain any slippage and what actions are being taken to compensate for the slippage.
</P>
<P>(3) The annual plan must describe specifically the means used to comply with the public participation requirements, as described in § 37.137 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.141" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.141   Requirements for a joint paratransit plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Two or more entities with overlapping or contiguous service areas or jurisdictions may develop and submit a joint plan providing for coordinated paratransit service. Joint plans shall identify the participating entities and indicate their commitment to participate in the plan.
</P>
<P>(b) To the maximum extent feasible, all elements of the coordinated plan shall be submitted on January 26, 1992. If a coordinated plan is not completed by January 26, 1992, those entities intending to coordinate paratransit service must submit a general statement declaring their intention to provide coordinated service and each element of the plan specified in § 37.139 to the extent practicable. In addition, the plan must include the following certifications from each entity involved in the coordination effort: 
</P>
<P>(1) A certification that the entity is committed to providing ADA paratransit service as part of a coordinated plan. 
</P>
<P>(2) A certification from each public entity participating in the plan that it will maintain current levels of paratransit service until the coordinated plan goes into effect. 
</P>
<P>(c) Entities submitting the above certifications and plan elements in lieu of a completed plan on January 26, 1992, must submit a complete plan by July 26, 1992. 
</P>
<P>(d) Filing of an individual plan does not preclude an entity from cooperating with other entities in the development or implementation of a joint plan. An entity wishing to join with other entities after its initial submission may do so by meeting the filing requirements of this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.143" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.143   Paratransit plan implementation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each entity shall begin implementation of its complementary paratransit plan, pending notice from FTA. The implementation of the plan shall be consistent with the terms of the plan, including any specified phase-in period. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the plan contains a request for a wavier based on undue financial burden, the entity shall begin implementation of its plan, pending a determination on its waiver request. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.145" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.145   State comment on plans.</HEAD>
<P>Each state required to receive plans under § 37.135 of this part shall: 
</P>
<P>(a) Ensure that all applicable recipients of funding under 49 U.S.C. 5307 or 49 U.S.C. 5311 have submitted plans.
</P>
<P>(b) Certify to FTA that all plans have been received. 
</P>
<P>(c) Forward the required certification with comments on each plan to FTA. The plans, with comments, shall be submitted to FTA no later than April 1, 1992, for the first year and April 1 annually thereafter. 
</P>
<P>(d) The State shall develop comments to on each plan, responding to the following points: 
</P>
<P>(1) Was the plan filed on time? 
</P>
<P>(2) Does the plan appear reasonable? 
</P>
<P>(3) Are there circumstances that bear on the ability of the grantee to carry out the plan as represented? If yes, please elaborate. 
</P>
<P>(4) Is the plan consistent with statewide planning activities? 
</P>
<P>(5) Are the necessary anticipated financial and capital resources identified in the plan accurately estimated? 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 79 FR 21406, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.147" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.147   Considerations during FTA review.</HEAD>
<P>In reviewing each plan, at a minimum FTA will consider the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) Whether the plan was filed on time; 
</P>
<P>(b) Comments submitted by the state, if applicable; 
</P>
<P>(c) Whether the plan contains responsive elements for each component required under § 37.139 of this part; 
</P>
<P>(d) Whether the plan, when viewed in its entirety, provides for paratransit service comparable to the entity's fixed route service; 
</P>
<P>(e) Whether the entity complied with the public participation efforts required by this part; and 
</P>
<P>(f) The extent to which efforts were made to coordinate with other public entities with overlapping or contiguous service areas or jurisdictions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.149" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.149   Disapproved plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a plan is disapproved in whole or in part, FTA will specify which provisions are disapproved. Each entity shall amend its plan consistent with this information and resubmit the plan to the appropriate FTA Regional Office within 90 days of receipt of the disapproval letter. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each entity revising its plan shall continue to comply with the public participation requirements applicable to the initial development of the plan (set out in § 37.137 of this part). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.151" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.151   Waiver for undue financial burden.</HEAD>
<P>If compliance with the service criteria of § 37.131 of this part creates an undue financial burden, an entity may request a waiver from all or some of the provisions if the entity has complied with the public participation requirements in § 37.137 of this part and if the following conditions apply: 
</P>
<P>(a) At the time of submission of the initial plan on January 26, 1992— 
</P>
<P>(1) The entity determines that it cannot meet all of the service criteria by January 26, 1997; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The entity determines that it cannot make measured progress toward compliance in any year before full compliance is required. For purposes of this part, measured progress means implementing milestones as scheduled, such as incorporating an additional paratransit service criterion or improving an aspect of a specific service criterion. 
</P>
<P>(b) At the time of its annual plan update submission, if the entity believes that circumstances have changed since its last submission, and it is no longer able to comply by January 26, 1997, or make measured progress in any year before 1997, as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.153" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.153   FTA waiver determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator will determine whether to grant a waiver for undue financial burden on a case-by-case basis, after considering the factors identified in § 37.155 of this part and the information accompanying the request. If necessary, the Administrator will return the application with a request for additional information. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any waiver granted will be for a limited and specified period of time. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator grants the applicant a waiver, the Administrator will do one of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Require the public entity to provide complementary paratransit to the extent it can do so without incurring an undue financial burden. The entity shall make changes in its plan that the Administrator determines are appropriate to maximize the complementary paratransit service that is provided to ADA paratransit eligible individuals. When making changes to its plan, the entity shall use the public participation process specified for plan development and shall consider first a reduction in number of trips provided to each ADA paratransit eligible person per month, while attempting to meet all other service criteria. 
</P>
<P>(2) Require the public entity to provide basic complementary paratransit services to all ADA paratransit eligible individuals, even if doing so would cause the public entity to incur an undue financial burden. Basic complementary paratransit service in corridors defined as provided in § 37.131(a) along the public entity's key routes during core service hours. 
</P>
<P>(i) For purposes of this section, key routes are defined as routes along which there is service at least hourly throughout the day.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this section, core service hours encompass at least peak periods, as these periods are defined locally for fixed route service, consistent with industry practice.
</P>
<P>(3) If the Administrator determines that the public entity will incur an undue financial burden as the result of providing basic complementary paratransit service, such that it is infeasible for the entity to provide basic complementary paratransit service, the Administrator shall require the public entity to coordinate with other available providers of demand responsive service in the area served by the public entity to maximize the service to ADA paratransit eligible individuals to the maximum extent feasible.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.155" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.155   Factors in decision to grant an undue financial burden waiver.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In making an undue financial burden determination, the FTA Administrator will consider the following factors:
</P>
<P>(1) Effects on current fixed route service, including reallocation of accessible fixed route vehicles and potential reduction in service, measured by service miles;
</P>
<P>(2) Average number of trips made by the entity's general population, on a per capita basis, compared with the average number of trips to be made by registered ADA paratransit eligible persons, on a per capita basis;
</P>
<P>(3) Reductions in other services, including other special services;
</P>
<P>(4) Increases in fares;
</P>
<P>(5) Resources available to implement complementary paratransit service over the period covered by the plan;
</P>
<P>(6) Percentage of budget needed to implement the plan, both as a percentage of operating budget and a percentage of entire budget;
</P>
<P>(7) The current level of accessible service, both fixed route and paratransit;
</P>
<P>(8) Cooperation/coordination among area transportation providers;
</P>
<P>(9) Evidence of increased efficiencies, that have been or could be effectuated, that would benefit the level and quality of available resources for complementary paratransit service; and
</P>
<P>(10) Unique circumstances in the submitting entity's area that affect the ability of the entity to provide paratransit, that militate against the need to provide paratransit, or in some other respect create a circumstance considered exceptional by the submitting entity.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Costs attributable to complementary paratransit shall be limited to costs of providing service specifically required by this part to ADA paratransit eligible individuals, by entities responsible under this part for providing such service.
</P>
<P>(2) If the entity determines that it is impracticable to distinguish between trips mandated by the ADA and other trips on a trip-by-trip basis, the entity shall attribute to ADA complementary paratransit requirements a percentage of its overall paratransit costs. This percentage shall be determined by a statistically valid methodology that determines the percentage of trips that are required by this part. The entity shall submit information concerning its methodology and the data on which its percentage is based with its request for a waiver. Only costs attributable to ADA-mandated trips may be considered with respect to a request for an undue financial burden waiver.
</P>
<P>(3) Funds to which the entity would be legally entitled, but which, as a matter of state or local funding arrangements, are provided to another entity and used by that entity to provide paratransit service which is part of a coordinated system of paratransit meeting the requirements of this part, may be counted in determining the burden associated with the waiver request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 37.157-37.159" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.6.43.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 37.157-37.159   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Provision of Service</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.161" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.7.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.161   Maintenance of accessible features: General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Public and private entities providing transportation services shall maintain in operative condition those features of facilities and vehicles that are required to make the vehicles and facilities readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities. These features include, but are not limited to, lifts and other means of access to vehicles, securement devices, elevators, signage and systems to facilitate communications with persons with impaired vision or hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) Accessibility features shall be repaired promptly if they are damaged or out of order. When an accessibility feature is out of order, the entity shall take reasonable steps to accommodate individuals with disabilities who would otherwise use the feature.
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not prohibit isolated or temporary interruptions in service or access due to maintenance or repairs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.163" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.7.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.163   Keeping vehicle lifts in operative condition: Public entities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies only to public entities with respect to lifts in non-rail vehicles.
</P>
<P>(b) The entity shall establish a system of regular and frequent maintenance checks of lifts sufficient to determine if they are operative.
</P>
<P>(c) The entity shall ensure that vehicle operators report to the entity, by the most immediate means available, any failure of a lift to operate in service.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, when a lift is discovered to be inoperative, the entity shall take the vehicle out of service before the beginning of the vehicle's next service day and ensure that the lift is repaired before the vehicle returns to service.
</P>
<P>(e) If there is no spare vehicle available to take the place of a vehicle with an inoperable lift, such that taking the vehicle out of service will reduce the transportation service the entity is able to provide, the public entity may keep the vehicle in service with an inoperable lift for no more than five days (if the entity serves an area of 50,000 or less population) or three days (if the entity serves an area of over 50,000 population) from the day on which the lift is discovered to be inoperative.
</P>
<P>(f) In any case in which a vehicle is operating on a fixed route with an inoperative lift, and the headway to the next accessible vehicle on the route exceeds 30 minutes, the entity shall promptly provide alternative transportation to individuals with disabilities who are unable to use the vehicle because its lift does not work.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.165" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.7.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.165   Lift and securement use.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to public and private entities.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in this section, individuals using wheelchairs shall be transported in the entity's vehicles or other conveyances.
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to wheelchair/occupant combinations that are larger or heavier than those to which the design standards for vehicles and equipment of 49 CFR part 38 refer, the entity must carry the wheelchair and occupant if the lift and vehicle can accommodate the wheelchair and occupant. The entity may decline to carry a wheelchair/occupant if the combined weight exceeds that of the lift specifications or if carriage of the wheelchair is demonstrated to be inconsistent with legitimate safety requirements.
</P>
<P>(2) The entity is not required to permit wheelchairs to ride in places other than designated securement locations in the vehicle, where such locations exist.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) For vehicles complying with part 38 of this title, the entity shall use the securement system to secure wheelchairs as provided in that Part.
</P>
<P>(2) For other vehicles transporting individuals who use wheelchairs, the entity shall provide and use a securement system to ensure that the wheelchair remains within the securement area.
</P>
<P>(3) The entity may require that an individual permit his or her wheelchair to be secured.
</P>
<P>(d) The entity may not deny transportation to a wheelchair or its user on the ground that the device cannot be secured or restrained satisfactorily by the vehicle's securement system.
</P>
<P>(e) The entity may recommend to a user of a wheelchair that the individual transfer to a vehicle seat. The entity may not require the individual to transfer.
</P>
<P>(f) Where necessary or upon request, the entity's personnel shall assist individuals with disabilities with the use of securement systems, ramps and lifts. If it is necessary for the personnel to leave their seats to provide this assistance, they shall do so.
</P>
<P>(g) The entity shall permit individuals with disabilities who do not use wheelchairs, including standees, to use a vehicle's lift or ramp to enter the vehicle. <I>Provided,</I> that an entity is not required to permit such individuals to use a lift Model 141 manufactured by EEC, Inc. If the entity chooses not to allow such individuals to use such a lift, it shall clearly notify consumers of this fact by signage on the exterior of the vehicle (adjacent to and of equivalent size with the accessibility symbol).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 63103, Nov. 30, 1993; 76 FR 57936, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.167" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.7.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.167   Other service requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to public and private entities.
</P>
<P>(b) On fixed route systems, the entity shall announce stops as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The entity shall announce at least at transfer points with other fixed routes, other major intersections and destination points, and intervals along a route sufficient to permit individuals with visual impairments or other disabilities to be oriented to their location.
</P>
<P>(2) The entity shall announce any stop on request of an individual with a disability.
</P>
<P>(c) Where vehicles or other conveyances for more than one route serve the same stop, the entity shall provide a means by which an individual with a visual impairment or other disability can identify the proper vehicle to enter or be identified to the vehicle operator as a person seeking a ride on a particular route.
</P>
<P>(d) The entity shall permit service animals to accompany individuals with disabilities in vehicles and facilities.
</P>
<P>(e) The entity shall ensure that vehicle operators and other personnel make use of accessibility-related equipment or features required by part 38 of this title.
</P>
<P>(f) The entity shall make available to individuals with disabilities adequate information concerning transportation services. This obligation includes making adequate communications capacity available, through accessible formats and technology, to enable users to obtain information and schedule service.
</P>
<P>(g) The entity shall not refuse to permit a passenger who uses a lift to disembark from a vehicle at any designated stop, unless the lift cannot be deployed, the lift will be damaged if it is deployed, or temporary conditions at the stop, not under the control of the entity, preclude the safe use of the stop by all passengers.
</P>
<P>(h) The entity shall not prohibit an individual with a disability from traveling with a respirator or portable oxygen supply, consistent with applicable Department of Transportation rules on the transportation of hazardous materials (49 CFR subtitle B, chapter 1, subchapter C).
</P>
<P>(i) The entity shall ensure that adequate time is provided to allow individuals with disabilities to complete boarding or disembarking from the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(j)(1) When an individual with a disability enters a vehicle, and because of a disability, the individual needs to sit in a seat or occupy a wheelchair securement location, the entity shall ask the following persons to move in order to allow the individual with a disability to occupy the seat or securement location:
</P>
<P>(i) Individuals, except other individuals with a disability or elderly persons, sitting in a location designated as priority seating for elderly and handicapped persons (or other seat as necessary);
</P>
<P>(ii) Individuals sitting in or a fold-down or other movable seat in a wheelchair securement location.
</P>
<P>(2) This requirement applies to light rail, rapid rail, and commuter rail systems only to the extent practicable.
</P>
<P>(3) The entity is not required to enforce the request that other passengers move from priority seating areas or wheelchair securement locations.
</P>
<P>(4) In all signage designating priority seating areas for elderly persons and persons with disabilities, or designating wheelchair securement areas, the entity shall include language informing persons sitting in these locations that they should comply with requests by transit provider personnel to vacate their seats to make room for an individual with a disability. This requirement applies to all fixed route vehicles when they are acquired by the entity or to new or replacement signage in the entity's existing fixed route vehicles.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 63103, Nov. 30, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.169" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.7.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.169   Process to be used by public entities providing designated public transportation service in considering requests for reasonable modification.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A public entity providing designated public transportation, in meeting the reasonable modification requirement of § 37.5(i)(3) with respect to its fixed route, demand responsive, and complementary paratransit services, shall respond to requests for reasonable modification to policies and practices consistent with this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The public entity shall make information about how to contact the public entity to make requests for reasonable modifications readily available to the public through the same means it uses to inform the public about its policies and practices.
</P>
<P>(3) This process shall be in operation no later than July 13, 2015.
</P>
<P>(b) The process shall provide a means, accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, to request a modification in the entity's policies and practices applicable to its transportation services.
</P>
<P>(1) Individuals requesting modifications shall describe what they need in order to use the service.
</P>
<P>(2) Individuals requesting modifications are not required to use the term “reasonable modification” when making a request.
</P>
<P>(3) Whenever feasible, requests for modifications shall be made and determined in advance, before the transportation provider is expected to provide the modified service, for example, during the paratransit eligibility process, through customer service inquiries, or through the entity's complaint process.
</P>
<P>(4) Where a request for modification cannot practicably be made and determined in advance (<I>e.g.,</I> because of a condition or barrier at the destination of a paratransit or fixed route trip of which the individual with a disability was unaware until arriving), operating personnel of the entity shall make a determination of whether the modification should be provided at the time of the request. Operating personnel may consult with the entity's management before making a determination to grant or deny the request.
</P>
<P>(c) Requests for modification of a public entity's policies and practices may be denied only on one or more of the following grounds:
</P>
<P>(1) Granting the request would fundamentally alter the nature of the entity's services, programs, or activities;
</P>
<P>(2) Granting the request would create a direct threat to the health or safety of others;
</P>
<P>(3) Without the requested modification, the individual with a disability is able to fully use the entity's services, programs, or activities for their intended purpose.
</P>
<P>(d) In determining whether to grant a requested modification, public entities shall be guided by the provisions of Appendix E to this Part.
</P>
<P>(e) In any case in which a public entity denies a request for a reasonable modification, the entity shall take, to the maximum extent possible, any other actions (that would not result in a direct threat or fundamental alteration) to ensure that the individual with a disability receives the services or benefit provided by the entity.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) Public entities are not required to obtain prior approval from the Department of Transportation for the process required by this section.
</P>
<P>(2) DOT agencies retain the authority to review an entity's process as part of normal program oversight.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 13261, Mar. 13, 2015, as amended at 80 FR 26196, May 7, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.171" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.7.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.171   Equivalency requirement for demand responsive service operated by private entities not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people.</HEAD>
<P>A private entity not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people which operates a demand responsive system shall ensure that its system, when viewed in its entirety, provides equivalent service to individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, as it does to individuals without disabilities. The standards of § 37.105 shall be used to determine if the entity is providing equivalent service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.173" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.7.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.173   Training requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Each public or private entity which operates a fixed route or demand responsive system shall ensure that personnel are trained to proficiency, as appropriate to their duties, so that they operate vehicles and equipment safely and properly assist and treat individuals with disabilities who use the service in a respectful and courteous way, with appropriate attention to the difference among individuals with disabilities.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Over-the-Road Buses (OTRBs)</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>63 FR 51690, Sept. 28, 1998, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 37.181" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.181   Applicability dates.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to all private entities that operate OTRBs. The requirements of the subpart begin to apply to large operators beginning October 30, 2000 and to small operators beginning October 29, 2001.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.183" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.183   Purchase or lease of new OTRBs by operators of fixed-route systems.</HEAD>
<P>The following requirements apply to private entities that are primarily in the business of transporting people, whose operations affect commerce, and that operate a fixed-route system, with respect to OTRBs delivered to them on or after the date on which this subpart applies to them:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Large operators.</I> If a large entity operates a fixed-route system, and purchases or leases a new OTRB for or in contemplation of use in that system, it shall ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Small operators.</I> If a small entity operates a fixed-route system, and purchases or leases a new OTRB for or in contemplation of use in that system, it must do one of the following two things:
</P>
<P>(1) Ensure that the vehicle is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs; or
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure that equivalent service, as defined in § 37.105, is provided to individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs. To meet this equivalent service standard, the service provided by the operator must permit a wheelchair user to travel in his or her own mobility aid.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.185" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.185   Fleet accessibility requirement for OTRB fixed-route systems of large operators.</HEAD>
<P>Each large operator subject to the requirements of § 37.183 shall ensure that—
</P>
<P>(a) By October 30, 2006 no less than 50 percent of the buses in its fleet with which it provides fixed-route service are readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(b) By October 29, 2012, 100 percent of the buses in its fleet with which it provides fixed-route service are readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Request for time extension.</I> An operator may apply to the Secretary for a time extension of the fleet accessibility deadlines of this section. If he or she grants the request, the Secretary sets a specific date by which the operator must meet the fleet accessibility requirement. In determining whether to grant such a request, the Secretary considers the following factors:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the operator has purchased or leased, since October 30, 2000, enough new OTRBs to replace 50 percent of the OTRBs with which it provides fixed-route service by October 30, 2006 or 100 percent of such OTRBs by October 29, 2012;
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the operator has purchased or leased, between October 28, 1998 and October 30, 2000, a number of new inaccessible OTRBs significantly exceeding the number of buses it would normally obtain in such a period;
</P>
<P>(3) The compliance with all requirements of this part by the operator over the period between October 28, 1998 and the request for time extension.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.187" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.187   Interline service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the general public can purchase a ticket or make a reservation with one operator for a fixed-route trip of two or more stages in which another operator provides service, the first operator must arrange for an accessible bus, or equivalent service, as applicable, to be provided for each stage of the trip to a passenger with a disability. The following examples illustrate the provisions of this paragraph (a):
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1.</HED><PSPACE>By going to Operator X's ticket office or calling X for a reservation, a passenger can buy or reserve a ticket from Point A through to Point C, transferring at intermediate Point B to a bus operated by Operator Y. Operator X is responsible for communicating immediately with Operator Y to ensure that Y knows that a passenger needing accessible transportation or equivalent service, as applicable, is traveling from Point B to Point C. By immediate communication, we mean that the ticket or reservation agent for Operator X, by phone, fax, computer, or other instantaneous means, contacts Operator Y the minute the reservation or ticketing transaction with the passenger, as applicable, has been completed. It is the responsibility of each carrier to know how to contact carriers with which it interlines (e.g., Operator X must know Operator Y's phone number).</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2.</HED><PSPACE>Operator X fails to provide the required information in a timely manner to Operator Y. Operator X is responsible for compensating the passenger for the consequent unavailability of an accessible bus or equivalent service, as applicable, on the B-C leg of the interline trip.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(b) Each operator retains the responsibility for providing the transportation required by this subpart to the passenger for its portion of an interline trip. The following examples illustrate the provisions of this paragraph (b):
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1.</HED><PSPACE>In Example 1 to paragraph (a) of this section, Operator X provides the required information to Operator Y in a timely fashion. However, Operator Y fails to provide an accessible bus or equivalent service to the passenger at Point B as the rules require. Operator Y is responsible for compensating the passenger as provided in § 37.199.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2.</HED><PSPACE>Operator X provides the required information to Operator Y in a timely fashion. However, the rules require Operator Y to provide an accessible bus on 48 hours' advance notice (<I>i.e.</I>, as a matter of interim service under § 37.193(a) or service by a small mixed-service operator under § 37.191), and the passenger has purchased the ticket or made the reservation for the interline trip only 8 hours before Operator Y's bus leaves from Point B to go to Point C. In this situation, Operator Y is not responsible for providing an accessible bus to the passenger at Point B, any more than that it would be had the passenger directly contacted Operator Y to travel from Point B to Point C.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(c) All fixed-route operators involved in interline service shall ensure that they have the capacity to receive communications at all times concerning interline service for passengers with disabilities. The following examples illustrate the provisions of this paragraph (c):
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1.</HED><PSPACE>Operator Y's office is staffed only during normal weekday business hours. Operator Y must have a means of receiving communications from carriers with which it interlines (e.g., telephone answering machine, fax, computer) when no one is in the office.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2.</HED><PSPACE>Operator Y has the responsibility to monitor its communications devices at reasonable intervals to ensure that it can act promptly on the basis of messages received. If Operator Y receives a message from Operator X on its answering machine on Friday night, notifying Y of the need for an accessible bus on Monday morning, it has the responsibility of making sure that the accessible bus is there on Monday morning. Operator Y is not excused from its obligation because no one checked the answering machine over the weekend.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.189" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.189   Service requirement for OTRB demand-responsive systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to private entities primarily in the business of transporting people, whose operations affect commerce, and that provide demand-responsive OTRB service. Except as needed to meet the other requirements of this section, these entities are not required to purchase or lease accessible buses in connection with providing demand-responsive service.
</P>
<P>(b) Demand-responsive operators shall ensure that, beginning one year from the date on which the requirements of this subpart begin to apply to the entity, any individual with a disability who requests service in an accessible OTRB receives such service. This requirement applies to both large and small operators.
</P>
<P>(c) The operator may require up to 48 hours' advance notice to provide this service.
</P>
<P>(d) If the individual with a disability does not provide the advance notice the operator requires under paragraph (a) of this section, the operator shall nevertheless provide the service if it can do so by making a reasonable effort.
</P>
<P>(e) To meet this requirement, an operator is not required to fundamentally alter its normal reservation policies or to displace another passenger who has reserved a seat on the bus. The following examples illustrate the provisions of this paragraph (e):
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1.</HED><PSPACE>A tour bus operator requires all passengers to reserve space on the bus three months before the trip date. This requirement applies to passengers with disabilities on the same basis as other passengers. Consequently, an individual passenger who is a wheelchair user would have to request an accessible bus at the time he or she made his reservation, at least three months before the trip date. If the individual passenger with a disability makes a request for space on the trip and an accessible OTRB 48 hours before the trip date, the operator could refuse the request because all passengers were required to make reservations three months before the trip date.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2.</HED><PSPACE>A group makes a reservation to charter a bus for a trip four weeks in advance. A week before the trip date, the group discovers that someone who signed up for the trip is a wheelchair user who needs an accessible bus, or someone who later buys a seat in the block of seats the group has reserved needs an accessible bus. A group representative or the passenger with a disability informs the bus company of this need more than 48 hours before the trip date. The bus company must provide an accessible bus.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 3.</HED><PSPACE>While the operator's normal deadline for reserving space on a charter or tour trip has passed, a number of seats for a trip are unfilled. The operator permits members of the public to make late reservations for the unfilled seats. If a passenger with a disability calls 48 hours before the trip is scheduled to leave and requests a seat and the provision of an accessible OTRB, the operator must meet this request, as long as it does not displace another passenger with a reservation.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 4.</HED><PSPACE>A tour bus trip is nearly sold out three weeks in advance of the trip date. A passenger with a disability calls 48 hours before the trip is scheduled to leave and requests a seat and the provision of an accessible OTRB. The operator need not meet this request if it will have the effect of displacing a passenger with an existing reservation. If other passengers would not be displaced, the operator must meet this request.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.191" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.191   Special provision for small mixed-service operators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this section, a small mixed-service operator is a small operator that provides both fixed-route and demand-responsive service and does not use more than 25 percent of its buses for fixed-route service.
</P>
<P>(b) An operator meeting the criteria of paragraph (a) of this section may conduct all its trips, including fixed-route trips, on an advance-reservation basis as provided for demand-responsive trips in § 37.189. Such an operator is not required to comply with the accessible bus acquisition/equivalent service obligations of § 37.183(b).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.193" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.193   Interim service requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Until 100 percent of the fleet of a large or small operator uses to provide fixed-route service is composed of accessible OTRBs, the operator shall meet the following interim service requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Beginning one year from the date on which the requirements of this subpart begin to apply to the operator, it shall ensure that any individual with a disability that requests service in an accessible OTRB receives such service.
</P>
<P>(i) The operator may require up to 48 hours' advance notice to provide this service.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the individual with a disability does not provide the advance notice the operator requires, the operator shall nevertheless provide the service if it can do so by making a reasonable effort.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the trip on which the person with a disability wishes to travel is already provided by an accessible bus, the operator has met this requirement.
</P>
<P>(2) Interim service under this paragraph (a) is not required to be provided by a small operator who is providing equivalent service to its fixed-route service as provided in § 37.183(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(b) Some small fixed-route operators may never have a fleet 100 percent of which consists of accessible buses (e.g., a small fixed-route operator who exclusively or primarily purchases or leases used buses). Such an operator must continue to comply with the requirements of this section with respect to any service that is not provided entirely with accessible buses.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 76 FR 57936, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.195" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.195   Purchase or lease of OTRBs by private entities not primarily in the business of transporting people.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to all purchases or leases of new vehicles by private entities which are not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people, with respect to buses delivered to them on or after the date on which this subpart begins to apply to them.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Fixed-route systems.</I> If the entity operates a fixed-route system and purchases or leases an OTRB for or in contemplation of use on the system, it shall meet the requirements of § 37.183 (a) or (b), as applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Demand-responsive systems.</I> The requirements of § 37.189 apply to demand-responsive systems operated by private entities not primarily in the business of transporting people. If such an entity operates a demand-responsive system, and purchases or leases an OTRB for or in contemplation of use on the system, it is not required to purchase or lease an accessible bus except as needed to meet the requirements of § 37.189.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.197" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.197   Remanufactured OTRBs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to any private entity operating OTRBs that takes one of the following actions:
</P>
<P>(1) On or after the date on which this subpart applies to the entity, it remanufactures an OTRB so as to extend its useful life for five years or more or makes a solicitation for such remanufacturing; or
</P>
<P>(2) Purchases or leases an OTRB which has been remanufactured so as to extend its useful life for five years or more, where the purchase or lease occurs after the date on which this subpart applies to the entity and during the period in which the useful life of the vehicle is extended.
</P>
<P>(b) In any situation in which this subpart requires an entity purchasing or leasing a new OTRB to purchase or lease an accessible OTRB, OTRBs acquired through the actions listed in paragraph (a) of this section shall, to the maximum extent feasible, be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, it shall be considered feasible to remanufacture an OTRB so as to be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, unless an engineering analysis demonstrates that including accessibility features required by this part would have a significant adverse effect on the structural integrity of the vehicle.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.199" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.199   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.201" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.201   Intermediate and rest stops.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever an OTRB makes an intermediate or rest stop, a passenger with a disability, including an individual using a wheelchair, shall be permitted to leave and return to the bus on the same basis as other passengers. The operator shall ensure that assistance is provided to passengers with disabilities as needed to enable the passenger to get on and off the bus at the stop (e.g., operate the lift and provide assistance with securement; provide other boarding assistance if needed, as in the case of a wheelchair user who has transferred to a vehicle seat because other wheelchair users occupied all securement locations).
</P>
<P>(b) If an OTRB operator owns, leases, or controls the facility at which a rest or intermediate stop is made, or if an OTRB operator contracts with the person who owns, leases, or controls such a facility to provide rest stop services, the OTRB operator shall ensure the facility complies fully with applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act.
</P>
<P>(c) If an OTRB equipped with an inaccessible restroom is making an express run of three hours or more without a rest stop, and a passenger with a disability who is unable to use the inaccessible restroom requests an unscheduled rest stop, the operator shall make a good faith effort to accommodate the request. The operator is not required to make the stop. However, if the operator does not make the stop, the operator shall explain to the passenger making the request the reason for its decision not to do so.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.203" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.203   Lift maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The entity shall establish a system of regular and frequent maintenance checks of lifts sufficient to determine if they are operative.
</P>
<P>(b) The entity shall ensure that vehicle operators report to the entity, by the most immediate means available, any failure of a lift to operate in service.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, when a lift is discovered to be inoperative, the entity shall take the vehicle out of service before the beginning of the vehicle's next trip and ensure that the lift is repaired before the vehicle returns to service.
</P>
<P>(d) If there is no other vehicle available to take the place of an OTRB with an inoperable lift, such that taking the vehicle out of service before its next trip will reduce the transportation service the entity is able to provide, the entity may keep the vehicle in service with an inoperable lift for no more than five days from the day on which the lift is discovered to be inoperative.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.205" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.205   Additional passengers who use wheelchairs.</HEAD>
<P>If a number of wheelchair users exceeding the number of securement locations on the bus seek to travel on a trip, the operator shall assign the securement locations on a first come-first served basis. The operator shall offer boarding assistance and the opportunity to sit in a vehicle seat to passengers who are not assigned a securement location. If the passengers who are not assigned securement locations are unable or unwilling to accept this offer, the operator is not required to provide transportation to them on the bus.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.207" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.207   Discriminatory practices.</HEAD>
<P>It shall be considered discrimination for any operator to—
</P>
<P>(a) Deny transportation to passengers with disabilities, except as provided in § 37.5(h);
</P>
<P>(b) Use or request the use of persons other than the operator's employees (e.g., family members or traveling companions of a passenger with a disability, medical or public safety personnel) for routine boarding or other assistance to passengers with disabilities, unless the passenger requests or consents to assistance from such persons;
</P>
<P>(c) Require or request a passenger with a disability to reschedule his or her trip, or travel at a time other than the time the passenger has requested, in order to receive transportation as required by this subpart;
</P>
<P>(d) Fail to provide reservation services to passengers with disabilities equivalent to those provided other passengers; or
</P>
<P>(e) Fail or refuse to comply with any applicable provision of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.209" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.209   Training and other requirements.</HEAD>
<P>OTRB operators shall comply with the requirements of §§ 37.161, 37.165-37.167, and 37.173. For purposes of § 37.173, “training to proficiency” is deemed to include, as appropriate to the duties of particular employees, training in proper operation and maintenance of accessibility features and equipment, boarding assistance, securement of mobility aids, sensitive and appropriate interaction with passengers with disabilities, handling and storage of mobility devices, and familiarity with the requirements of this subpart. OTRB operators shall provide refresher training to personnel as needed to maintain proficiency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.211" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.211   Effect of NHTSA and FHWA safety rules.</HEAD>
<P>OTRB operators are not required to take any action under this subpart that would violate an applicable National Highway Traffic Safety Administration or Federal Highway Administration safety rule.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.213" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.213   Information collection requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This paragraph (a) applies to demand-responsive operators under § 37.189 and fixed-route operators under § 37.193(a)(1) that are required to, and small mixed-service operators under § 37.191 that choose to, provide accessible OTRB service on 48 hours' advance notice. 
</P>
<P>(1) When the operator receives a request for an accessible bus or equivalent service, the operator shall complete lines 1-9 of the Service Request Form in Appendix A to this subpart. The operator shall transmit a copy of the form to the passenger no later than the end of the next business day following the receipt of the request. The passenger shall be required to make only one request, which covers all legs of the requested trip (e.g., in the case of a round trip, both the outgoing and return legs of the trip; in the case of a multi-leg trip, all connecting legs). 
</P>
<P>(2) The passenger shall be required to make only one request, which covers all legs of the requested trip (<I>e.g.</I>, in the case of a round trip, both the outgoing and return legs of the trip; in the case of a multi-leg trip, all connecting legs). The operator shall transmit a copy of the form to the passenger in one of the following ways:
</P>
<P>(i) By first-class United States mail. The operator shall transmit the form no later than the end of the next business day following the request;
</P>
<P>(ii) By telephone or email. If the passenger can receive the confirmation by this method, then the operator shall provide a unique confirmation number to the passenger when the request is made and provide a paper copy of the form when the passenger arrives for the requested trip; or
</P>
<P>(iii) By facsimile transmission. If the passenger can receive the confirmation by this method, then the operator shall transmit the form within twenty-four hours of the request for transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) The operator shall retain its copy of the completed form for five years. The operator shall make these forms available to Department of Transportation or Department of Justice officials at their request. 
</P>
<P>(4) Beginning October 29, 2001, for large operators, and October 28, 2002, for small operators, and on the last Monday in October in each year thereafter, each operator shall submit a summary of its forms to the Department of Transportation. The summary shall state the number of requests for accessible bus service and the number of times these requests were met. It shall also include the name, address, telephone number, and contact person name for the operator. 
</P>
<P>(b) This paragraph (b) applies to small fixed route operators who choose to provide equivalent service to passengers with disabilities under § 37.183(b)(2). 
</P>
<P>(1) The operator shall complete the Service Request Form in Appendix A to this subpart on every occasion on which a passenger with a disability needs equivalent service in order to be provided transportation. 
</P>
<P>(2) The passenger shall be required to make only one request, which covers all legs of the requested trip (<I>e.g.</I>, in the case of a round trip, both the outgoing and return legs of the trip; in the case of a multi-leg trip, all connecting legs). The operator shall transmit a copy of the form to the passenger, and whenever the equivalent service is not provided, in one of the following ways:
</P>
<P>(i) By first-class United States mail. The operator shall transmit the form no later than the end of the next business day following the request for equivalent service;
</P>
<P>(ii) By telephone or email. If the passenger can receive the confirmation by this method, then the operator shall provide a unique confirmation number to the passenger when the request for equivalent service is made and provide a paper copy of the form when the passenger arrives for the requested trip; or
</P>
<P>(iii) By facsimile transmission. If the passenger can receive the confirmation by this method, then the operator shall transmit the form within twenty-four hours of the request for equivalent service.
</P>
<P>(3) Beginning on October 28, 2002 and on the last Monday in October in each year therafter, each operator shall submit a summary of its forms to the Department of Transportation. The summary shall state the number of situations in which equivalent service was needed and the number of times such service was provided. It shall also include the name, address, telephone number, and contact person name for the operator. 
</P>
<P>(c) This paragraph (c) applies to fixed-route operators. 
</P>
<P>(1) On March 26, 2001, each fixed-route large operator shall submit to the Department a report on how many passengers with disabilities used the lift to board accessible buses for the period of October 1999 to October 2000. For fixed-route operators, the report shall reflect separately the data pertaining to 48-hour advance reservation service and other service. 
</P>
<P>(2) Beginning on October 29, 2001 and on the last Monday in October in each year thereafter, each fixed-route operator shall submit to the Department, a report on how many passengers with disabilities used the lift to board accessible buses. For fixed-route operators, the report shall reflect separately the data pertaining to 48-hour advance reservation service and other service. 
</P>
<P>(d) This paragraph (d) applies to each over the road bus operator. 
</P>
<P>(1) On March 26, 2001, each operator shall submit to the Department, a summary report listing the number of new buses and used buses it has purchased or leased for the period of October 1998 through October 2000, and how many buses in each category are accessible. It shall also include the total number of buses in the operator's fleet and the name, address, telephone number, and contact person name for the operator. 
</P>
<P>(2) Beginning on October 29, 2001 and on the last Monday in October in each year thereafter, each operator shall submit to the Department, a summary report listing the number of new buses and used buses it has purchased or leased during the preceding year, and how many buses in each category are accessible. It shall also include the total number of buses in the operator's fleet and the name, address, telephone number, and contact person name for the operator. 
</P>
<P>(e) The information required to be submitted to the Department shall be sent to the following address: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Data Analysis &amp; Information System 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, D.C. 20590.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 9053, Feb. 6, 2001, as amended at 69 FR 40796, July 7, 2004; 73 FR 33329, June 12, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 37.215" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 37.215   Review of requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Beginning October 28, 2005, the Department will review the requirements of § 37.189 and their implementation. The Department will complete this review by October 30, 2006.
</P>
<P>(1) As part of this review, the Department will consider factors including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The percentage of accessible buses in the demand-responsive fleets of large and small demand-responsive operators.
</P>
<P>(ii) The success of small and large demand-responsive operators' service at meeting the requests of passengers with disabilities for accessible buses in a timely manner.
</P>
<P>(iii) The ridership of small and large operators' demand-responsive service by passengers with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(iv) The volume of complaints by passengers with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(v) Cost and service impacts of implementation of the requirements of § 37.189.
</P>
<P>(2) The Department will make one of the following decisions on the basis of the review:
</P>
<P>(i) Retain § 37.189 without change; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Modify the requirements of § 37.189 for large and/or small demand-responsive operators.
</P>
<P>(b) Beginning October 30, 2006, the Department will review the requirements of §§ 37.183, 37.185, 37.187, 37.191 and 37.193(a) and their implementation. The Department will complete this review by October 29, 2007.
</P>
<P>(1) As part of this review, the Department will consider factors including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The percentage of accessible buses in the fixed-route fleets of large and small fixed-route operators.
</P>
<P>(ii) The success of small and large fixed-route operators' interim or equivalent service at meeting the requests of passengers with disabilities for accessible buses in a timely manner.
</P>
<P>(iii) The ridership of small and large operators' fixed-route service by passengers with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(iv) The volume of complaints by passengers with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(v) Cost and service impacts of implementation of the requirements of these sections.
</P>
<P>(2) The Department will make one of the following decisions on the basis of the review:
</P>
<P>(i) Retain §§ 37.183, 37.185, 37.187, 37.191, 37.193(a) without change; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Modify the requirements of §§ 37.183, 37.185, 37.187, 37.191, 37.193(a) for large and/or small fixed-route operators.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.8.43.19.16" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart H of Part 37—Service Request Form
</HEAD>
<HD3>Form for Advance Notice Requests and Provision of Equivalent Service
</HD3>
<FP-DASH>1. Operator's name
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>2. Address
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>3. Phone number:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>4. Passenger's name:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>5. Address:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>6. Phone number:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>7. Scheduled date(s) and time(s) of trip(s):
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>8. Date and time of request:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>9. Location(s) of need for accessible bus or equivalent service, as applicable: 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-1>10. Was accessible bus or equivalent service, as applicable, provided for trip(s)? Yes ____ no ____
</FP-1>
<FP-1>11. Was there a basis recognized by U.S. Department of transportation regulations for not providing an accessible bus or equivalent service, as applicable, for the trip(s)? Yes ____ no ____
</FP-1>
<FP-DASH>If yes, explain 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 9054, Feb. 6, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.10.43.1.17" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 37—Modifications to Standards for Accessible Transportation Facilities
</HEAD>
<P>The Department of Transportation, in § 37.9 of this part, adopts as its regulatory standards for accessible transportation facilities the revised Americans with Disabilities Act Guidelines (ADAGG) issued by the Access Board on July 23, 2004. The ADAGG is codified in the Code of Federal Regulations in Appendices B and D of 36 CFR part 1191. Note the ADAAG may also be found via a hyperlink on the Internet at the following address: <I>http://www.access-board.gov/ada-aba/final.htm.</I> Like all regulations, the ADAAG also can be found by using the electronic Code of Federal Regulations at <I>http://www.gpoaccess.gov/ecfr.</I> Because the ADAAG has been established as a Federal consensus standard by the Access Board, the Department is not republishing the regulations in their entirety, but is adopting them by cross-reference as permitted under 1 CFR 21.21(c)(4). In a few instances, the Department has modified the language of the ADAAG as it applies to entities subject to 49 CFR part 37. These entities must comply with the modified language in this Appendix rather than the language of Appendices B and D to 36 CFR part 1191.
</P>
<HD1>206.3 Location—Modification to 206.3 of Appendix B to 36 CFR Part 1191
</HD1>
<P>Accessible routes shall coincide with, or be located in the same area as general <I>circulation paths.</I> Where <I>circulation paths</I> are interior, required <I>accessible</I> routes shall also be interior. Elements such as ramps, elevators, or other circulation devices, fare vending or other ticketing areas, and fare collection areas shall be placed to minimize the distance which wheelchair users and other persons who cannot negotiate steps may have to travel compared to the general public.
</P>
<HD1>406.8—Modification to 406 of Appendix D to 36 CFR Part 1191
</HD1>
<P>A curb ramp shall have a detectable warning complying with 705. The detectable warning shall extend the full width of the curb ramp (exclusive of flared sides) and shall extend either the full depth of the curb ramp or 24 inches (610 mm) deep minimum measured from the back of the curb on the ramp surface.
</P>
<HD1>810.2.2 Dimensions—Modification to 810.2.2 of Appendix D to 36 CFR Part 1191
</HD1>
<P>Bus boarding and alighting areas shall provide a clear length of 96 inches (2440 mm), measured perpendicular to the curb or vehicle roadway edge, and a clear width of 60 inches (1525 mm), measured parallel to the vehicle roadway. Public entities shall ensure that the construction of bus boarding and alighting areas comply with 810.2.2, to the extent the construction specifications are within their control.
</P>
<HD1>810.5.3 Platform and Vehicle Floor Coordination—Modification to 810.5.3 of Appendix D to 36 CFR Part 1191
</HD1>
<P>Station platforms shall be positioned to coordinate with vehicles in accordance with the applicable requirements of 36 CFR part 1192. Low-level platforms shall be 8 inches (205 mm) minimum above top of rail. In light rail, commuter rail, and intercity rail systems where it is not operationally or structurally feasible to meet the horizontal gap or vertical difference requirements of part 1192 or 49 CFR part 38, mini-high platforms, car-borne or platform-mounted lifts, ramps or bridge plates or similarly manually deployed devices, meeting the requirements of 49 CFR part 38, shall suffice.
</P>
<P>EXCEPTION: Where vehicles are boarded from sidewalks or street-level, low-level platforms shall be permitted to be less than 8 inches (205 mm).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 63266, Oct. 30, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.10.43.1.18" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 37—FTA Regional Offices
</HEAD>
<FP-1>Region 1, Federal Transit Administration, Transportation Systems Center, Kendall Square, 55 Broadway, Suite 920, Cambridge, MA 02142
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Region 2, Federal Transit Administration, One Bowling Green, Room 429, New York, NY 10004
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Region 3, Federal Transit Administration, 1760 Market Street, Suite 500, Philadelphia, PA 19103
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Region 4, Federal Transit Administration, 230 Peachtree NW., Suite 800, Atlanta, GA 30303
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Region 5, Federal Transit Administration, 200 West Adams Street, Suite 320, Chicago, IL 60606
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Region 6, Federal Transit Administration, 819 Taylor Street, Room 8A36, Fort Worth, TX 76102
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Region 7, Federal Transit Administration, 901 Locust Street, Suite 404, Kansas City, MO 64106
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Region 8, Federal Transit Administration, 12300 West Dakota Avenue, Suite 310, Lakewood, CO 80228
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Region 9, Federal Transit Administration, 201 Mission Street, Suite 1650, San Francisco, CA 94105
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Region 10, Federal Transit Administration, Jackson Federal Building, 915 Second Avenue, Suite 3142, Seattle, WA 98174
</FP-1>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 21406, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.10.43.1.19" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 37—Certifications
</HEAD>
<HD2>Certification of Equivalent Service
</HD2>
<P>The (name of agency) certifies that its demand responsive service offered to individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, is equivalent to the level and quality of service offered to individuals without disabilities. Such service, when viewed in its entirety, is provided in the most integrated setting feasible and is equivalent with respect to:
</P>
<P>(1) Response time;
</P>
<P>(2) Fares;
</P>
<P>(3) Geographic service area;
</P>
<P>(4) Hours and days of service;
</P>
<P>(5) Restrictions on trip purpose;
</P>
<P>(6) Availability of information and reservation capability; and
</P>
<P>(7) Constraints on capacity or service availability.
</P>
<P>In accordance with 49 CFR 37.77, public entities operating demand responsive systems for the general public which receive financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. 5311 must file this certification with the appropriate state program office before procuring any inaccessible vehicle. Such public entities not receiving FTA funds shall also file the certification with the appropriate state program office. Such public entities receiving FTA funds under any other section of the FT Act must file the certification with the appropriate FTA regional office. This certification is valid for no longer than one year from its date of filing.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(name of authorized official)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(title)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(signature)
</FP>
<HD2>MPO Certification of Paratransit Plan
</HD2>
<P>The (name of Metropolitan Planning Organization) hereby certifies that it has reviewed the ADA paratransit plan prepared by (name of submitting entity (ies)) as required under 49 CFR part 37. 139(h) and finds it to be in conformance with the transportation plan developed under 49 CFR part 613 and 23 CFR part 450 (the FTA/FHWA joint planning regulation). This certification is valid for one year.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>signature
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>name of authorized official
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>title
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>date
</FP>
<HD2>Existing Paratransit Service Survey
</HD2>
<P>This is to certify that (name of public entity (ies)) has conducted a survey of existing paratransit services as required by 49 CFR 37.137 (a).
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>signature
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>name of authorized official
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>title
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>date
</FP>
<HD2>Included Service Certification
</HD2>
<P>This is to certify that service provided by other entities but included in the ADA paratransit plan submitted by (name of submitting entity (ies)) meets the requirements of 49 CFR part 37, subpart F providing that ADA eligible individuals have access to the service; the service is provided in the manner represented; and, that efforts will be made to coordinate the provision of paratransit service offered by other providers.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>signature
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>name of authorized official
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>title
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>date
</FP>
<HD2>Joint Plan Certification I
</HD2>
<P>This is to certify that (name of entity covered by joint plan) is committed to providing ADA paratransit service as part of this coordinated plan and in conformance with the requirements of 49 CFR part 37, subpart F.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>signature
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>name of authorized official
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>title
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>date
</FP>
<HD2>Joint Plan Certification II
</HD2>
<P>This is to certify that (name of entity covered by joint plan) will, in accordance with 49 CFR 37.141, maintain current levels of paratransit service until the coordinated plan goes into effect.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>signature
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>name of authorized official
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>title
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>date
</FP>
<HD2>State Certification that Plans have been Received
</HD2>
<P>This is to certify that all ADA paratransit plans required under 49 CFR 37.139 have been received by (state DOT)
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>signature
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>name of authorized official
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>title
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>date
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 79 FR 21406, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.10.43.1.20" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 37—Construction and Interpretation of Provisions of 49 CFR Part 37
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix explains the Department's construction and interpretation of provisions of 49 CFR part 37. It is intended to be used as definitive guidance concerning the meaning and implementation of these provisions. The appendix is organized on a section-by-section basis. Some sections of the rule are not discussed in the appendix, because they are self-explanatory or we do not currently have interpretive material to provide concerning them.
</P>
<P>The Department also provides guidance by other means, such as manuals and letters. The Department intends to update this Appendix periodically to include guidance, provided in response to inquiries about specific situations, that is of general relevance or interest.
</P>
<HD1>Amendments to 49 CFR Part 27
</HD1>
<P>Section 27.67(d) has been revised to reference the Access Board facility guidelines (found in appendix A to part 37) as well as the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standard (UFAS). This change was made to ensure consistency between requirements under section 504 and the ADA. Several caveats relating to the application of UFAS (e.g., that spaces not used by the public or likely to result in the employment of individuals with disabilities would not have to meet the standards) have been deleted. It is the Department's understanding that provisions of the Access Board standards and part 37 make them unnecessary.
</P>
<P>The Department is aware that there is a transition period between the publication of this rule and the effective date of many of its provisions (e.g., concerning facilities and paratransit services) during which section 504 remains the basic authority for accessibility modifications. In this interval, the Department expects recipients' compliance with section 504 to look forward to compliance with the ADA provisions. That is, if a recipient is making a decision about the shape of its paratransit service between the publication of this rule and January 26, 1992, the decision should be in the direction of service that will help to comply with post-January 1992 requirements. A recipient that severely curtailed its present paratransit service in October, and then asked for a three- or five-year phase-in of service under its paratransit plan, would not be acting consistent with this policy.
</P>
<P>Likewise, the Department would view with disfavor any attempt by a recipient to accelerate the beginning of the construction, installation or alteration of a facility to before January 26, 1992, to “beat the clock” and avoid the application of this rule's facility standards. The Department would be very reluctant to approve grants, contracts, exemption requests etc., that appear to have this effect. The purpose of the Department's administration of section 504 is to ensure compliance with the national policy stated in the ADA, not to permit avoidance of it.
</P>
<HD1>Subpart A—General
</HD1>
<HD2>Section 37.3 Definitions
</HD2>
<P>The definition of “commuter authority” includes a list of commuter rail operators drawn from a statutory reference in the ADA. It should be noted that this list is not exhaustive. Other commuter rail operators (e.g., in Chicago or San Francisco) would also be encompassed by this definition.
</P>
<P>The definition of “commuter bus service” is important because the ADA does not require complementary paratransit to be provided with respect to commuter bus service operated by public entities. The rationale that may be inferred for the statutory exemption for this kind of service concerns its typical characteristics (e.g., no attempt to comprehensively cover a service area, limited route structure, limited origins and destinations, interface with another mode of transportation, limited purposes of travel). These characteristics can be found in some transportation systems other than bus systems oriented toward work trips. For example, bus service that is used as a dedicated connecter to commuter or intercity rail service, certain airport shuttles, and university bus systems share many or all of these characteristics. As explained further in the discussion of subpart B, the Department has determined that it is appropriate to cover these services with the requirements applicable to commuter bus systems.
</P>
<P>The definitions of “designated public transportation” and “specified public transportation” exclude transportation by aircraft. Persons interested in matters concerning access to air travel for individuals with disabilities should refer to 14 CFR part 382, the Department's regulation implementing the Air Carrier Access Act. Since the facility requirements of this part refer to facilities involved in the provision of designated or specified public transportation, airport facilities are not covered by this part. DOJ makes clear that public and private airport facilities are covered under its title II and title III regulations, respectively.
</P>
<P>The examples given in the definition of “facility” all relate to ground transportation. We would point out that, since transportation by passenger vessels is covered by this rule and by DOJ rules, such vessel-related facilities as docks, wharfs, vessel terminals, etc. fall under this definition. It is intended that specific requirements for vessels and related facilities will be set forth in future rulemaking.
</P>
<P>The definitions of “fixed route system” and “demand responsive system” derive directly from the ADA's definitions of these terms. Some systems, like a typical city bus system or a dial-a-ride van system, fit clearly into one category or the other. Other systems may not so clearly fall into one of the categories. Nevertheless, because how a system is categorized has consequences for the requirements it must meet, entities must determine, on a case-by-case basis, into which category their systems fall.
</P>
<P>In making this determination, one of the key factors to be considered is whether the individual, in order to use the service, must request the service, typically by making a call.
</P>
<P>With fixed route service, no action by the individual is needed to initiate public transportation. If an individual is at a bus stop at the time the bus is scheduled to appear, then that individual will be able to access the transportation system. With demand-reponsive service, an additional step must be taken by the individual before he or she can ride the bus, i.e., the individual must make a telephone call.
</P>
<PARAUTH TYPE="N">(S. Rept. 101-116 at 54).
</PARAUTH>
<P>Other factors, such as the presence or absence of published schedules, or the variation of vehicle intervals in anticipation of differences in usage, are less important in making the distinction between the two types of service. If a service is provided along a given route, and a vehicle will arrive at certain times regardless of whether a passenger actively requests the vehicle, the service in most cases should be regarded as fixed route rather than demand responsive.
</P>
<P>At the same time, the fact that there is an interaction between a passenger and transportation service does not necessarily make the service demand responsive. For many types of service (e.g., intercity bus, intercity rail) which are clearly fixed route, a passenger has to interact with an agent to buy a ticket. Some services (e.g., certain commuter bus or commuter rail operations) may use flag stops, in which a vehicle along the route does not stop unless a passenger flags the vehicle down. A traveler staying at a hotel usually makes a room reservation before hopping on the hotel shuttle. This kind of interaction does not make an otherwise fixed route service demand responsive.
</P>
<P>On the other hand, we would regard a system that permits user-initiated deviations from routes or schedules as demand-responsive. For example, if a rural public transit system (e.g., a recipient of funds under 49 U.S.C. 5311) has a few fixed routes, the fixed route portion of its system would be subject to the requirements of subpart F for complementary paratransit service. If the entity changed its system so that it operated as a route-deviation system, we would regard it as a demand responsive system. Such a system would not be subject to complementary paratransit requirements.
</P>
<P>The definition of “individual with a disability” excludes someone who is currently engaging in the illegal use of drugs, when a covered entity is acting on the basis of such use. This concept is more important in employment and public accommodations contexts than it is in transportation, and is discussed at greater length in the DOJ and EEOC rules. Essentially, the definition says that, although drug addiction (<I>i.e.</I>, the status or a diagnosis of being a drug abuser) is a disability, no one is regarded as being an individual with a disability on the basis of current illegal drug use.
</P>
<P>Moreover, even if an individual has a disability, a covered entity can take action against the individual if that individual is currently engaging in illegal drug use. For example, if a person with a mobility or vision impairment is ADA paratransit eligible, but is caught possessing or using cocaine or marijuana on a paratransit vehicle, the transit provider can deny the individual further eligibility. If the individual has successfully undergone rehabilitation or is no longer using drugs, as explained in the preamble to the DOJ rules, the transit provider could not continue to deny eligibility on the basis that the individual was a former drug user or still was diagnosed as a person with a substance abuse problem.
</P>
<P>We defined “paratransit” in order to note its specialized usage in the rule. Part 37 uses this term to refer to the complementary paratransit service comparable to public fixed route systems which must be provided. Typically, paratransit is provided in a demand responsive mode. Obviously, the rule refers to a wide variety of demand responsive services that are not “paratransit,” in this specialized sense.
</P>
<P>The ADA's definition of “over-the-road bus” may also be somewhat narrower than the common understanding of the term. The ADA definition focuses on a bus with an elevated passenger deck over a baggage compartment (<I>i.e.</I>, a “Greyhound-type” bus). Other types of buses commonly referred to as “over-the-road buses,” which are sometimes used for commuter bus or other service, do not come within this definition. Only buses that do come within the definition are subject to the over-the-road bus exception to accessibility requirements in Title III of the ADA.
</P>
<P>For terminological clarity, we want to point out that two different words are used in ADA regulations to refer to devices on which individuals with hearing impairments communicate over telephone lines. DOJ uses the more traditional term “telecommunications device for the deaf” (TDD). The Access Board uses a newer term, “text telephone.” The DOT rule uses the terms interchangably.
</P>
<P>A “used vehicle” means a vehicle which has prior use; prior, that is, to its acquisition by its present owner or lessee. The definition is not relevant to existing vehicles in one's own fleet, which were obtained before the ADA vehicle accessibility requirements took effect.
</P>
<P>A “vanpool” is a voluntary commuter ridesharing arrangement using a van with a seating capacity of more than seven persons, including the driver. Carpools are not included in the definition. There are some systems using larger vehicles (e.g., buses) that operate, in effect, as vanpools. This definition encompasses such systems. Vanpools are used for daily work trips, between commuters' homes (or collection points near them) and work sites (or drop points near them). Drivers are themselves commuters who are either volunteers who receive no compensation for their efforts or persons who are reimbursed by other riders for the vehicle, operating, and driving costs.
</P>
<P>The definition of “wheelchair” includes a wide variety of mobility devices. This inclusiveness is consistent with the legislative history of the ADA (See S. Rept. 101-116 at 48). While some mobility devices may not look like many persons' traditional idea of a wheelchair, three- and more-wheeled devices, of many varied designs, are used by individuals with disabilities and must be transported. “Wheelchair” is defined in this rule as a mobility aid belonging to any class of three-or more-wheeled devices, usable indoors, designed or modified for and used by individuals with mobility impairments, whether operated manually or powered. The “three- or-more-wheeled” language in the definition is intended to encompass wheelchairs that may have additional wheels (<I>e.g.,</I> two extra guide wheels in addition to the more traditional four wheels).
</P>
<P>Persons with mobility disabilities may use devices other than wheelchairs to assist with locomotion. Canes, crutches, and walkers, for example, are often used by people whose mobility disabilities do not require use of a wheelchair. These devices must be accommodated on the same basis as wheelchairs. However, the Department does not interpret its rules to require transportation providers to accommodate devices that are not primarily designed or intended to assist persons with mobility disabilities (<I>e.g.,</I> skateboards, bicycles, shopping carts), apart from general policies applicable to all passengers who might seek to bring such devices into a vehicle. Similarly, the Department does not interpret its rules to require transportation providers to permit an assistive device to be used in a way that departs from or exceeds the intended purpose of the device (<I>e.g.,</I> to use a walker, even one with a seat intended to allow temporary rest intervals, as a wheelchair in which a passenger sits for the duration of a ride on a transit vehicle).
</P>
<P>The definition of wheelchair is not intended to include a class of devices known as “other power-driven mobility devices” (OPMDs). OPMDs are defined in Department of Justice ADA rules as “any mobility device powered by batteries, fuel, or other engines—whether or not designed primarily for use by individuals with mobility disabilities—that is used by individuals with mobility disabilities for the purpose of locomotion, including golf carts * * * Segway[s]<I>®,</I> or any mobility device designed to operate in areas without defined pedestrian routes, but that is not a wheelchair * * * .” DOT is placing guidance on its Web site concerning the use of Segways in transportation vehicles and facilities.
</P>
<P>The definition of “direct threat” is intended to be interpreted consistently with the parallel definition in Department of Justice regulations. That is, part 37 does not require a public entity to permit an individual to participate in or benefit from the services, programs, or activities of that public entity when that individual poses a direct threat to the health or safety of others. In determining whether an individual poses a direct threat to the health or safety of others, a public entity must make an individualized assessment, based on reasonable judgment that relies on current medical knowledge or on the best available objective evidence, to ascertain: the nature, duration, and severity of the risk; the probability that the potential injury will actually occur; and whether reasonable modifications of policies, practices, or procedures or the provision of auxiliary aids or services will mitigate the risk.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.5 Nondiscrimination
</HD2>
<P>This section states the general nondiscrimination obligation for entities providing transportation service. It should be noted that virtually all public and private entities covered by this regulation are also covered by DOJ regulations, which have more detailed statements of general nondiscrimination obligations.
</P>
<P>Under the ADA, an entity may not consign an individual with disabilities to a separate, “segregated,” service for such persons, if the individual can in fact use the service for the general public. This is true even if the individual takes longer, or has more difficulty, than other persons in using the service for the general public.
</P>
<P>One instance in which this principal applies concerns the use of designated priority seats (e.g., the so-called “elderly and handicapped” seats near the entrances to buses). A person with a disability (e.g., a visual impairment) may choose to take advantage of this accommodation or not. If not, it is contrary to rule for the entity to insist that the individual must sit in the priority seats. 
</P>
<P>The prohibition on special charges applies to charges for service to individuals with disabilities that are higher than charges for the same or comparable services to other persons. For example, if a shuttle service charges $20.00 for a ride from a given location to the airport for most people, it could not charge $40.00 because the passenger had a disability or needed to use the shuttle service's lift-equipped van. Higher mileage charges for using an accessible vehicle would likewise be inconsistent with the rule. So would charging extra to carry a service animal accompanying an individual with a disability.
</P>
<P>If a taxi company charges $1.00 to stow luggage in the trunk, it cannot charge $2.00 to stow a folding wheelchair there. This provision does not mean, however, that a transportation provider cannot charge nondiscriminatory fees to passengers with disabilities. The taxi company in the above example can charge a passenger $1.00 to stow a wheelchair in the trunk; it is not required to waive the charge. This section does not prohibit the fares for paratransit service which transit providers are allowed to charge under § 37.131(d).
</P>
<P>A requirement for an attendant is inconsistent with the general nondiscrimination principle that prohibits policies that unnecessarily impose requirements on individuals with disabilities that are not imposed on others. Consequently, such requirements are prohibited. An entity is not required to provide attendant services (e.g., assistance in toileting, feeding, dressing), etc.
</P>
<P>This provision must also be considered in light of the fact that an entity may refuse service to someone who engages in violent, seriously disruptive, or illegal conduct. If an entity may legitimately refuse service to someone, it may condition service to him on actions that would mitigate the problem. The entity could require an attendant as a condition of providing service it otherwise had the right to refuse. 
</P>
<P>The rule also points out that involuntary conduct related to a disability that may offend or annoy other persons, but which does not pose a direct threat, is not a basis for refusal of transportation. For example, some persons with Tourette's syndrome may make involuntary profane exclamations. These may be very annoying or offensive to others, but would not be a ground for denial of service. Nor would it be consistent with the nondiscrimination requirements of this part to deny service based on fear or misinformation about the disability. For example, a transit provider could not deny service to a person with HIV disease because its personnel or other passengers are afraid of being near people with that condition.
</P>
<P>This section also prohibits denials of service or the placing on services of conditions inconsistent with this part on individuals with disabilities because of insurance company policies or requirements. If an insurance company told a transit provider that it would withdraw coverage, or raise rates, unless a transit provider refused to carry persons with disabilities, or unless the provider refused to carry three-wheeled scooters, this would not excuse the provider from providing the service as mandate by this part. This is not a regulatory requirement on insurance companies, but simply says that covered entities must comply with this part, even in the face of difficulties with their insurance companies. 
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.7 Standards for Accessible Vehicles
</HD2>
<P>This section makes clear that, in order to meet accessibility requirements of this rule, vehicles must comply with Access Board standards, incorporated in DOT rules as 49 CFR part 38. Paragraph (b) of § 37.7 spells out a procedure by which an entity (public or private) can deviate from provisions of part 38 with respect to vehicles. The entity would have to describe how its alternative mode of compliance would meet or exceed the level of access to or usability of the vehicle that compliance with part 38 would otherwise provide.
</P>
<P>It should be noted that equivalent facilitation does not provide a means to get a waiver of accessibility requirements. Rather, it is a way in which comparable (not a lesser degree of) accessibility can be provided by other means. The entity must consult with the public through some means of public participation in devising its alternative form of compliance, and the public input must be reflected in the submission to the Administrator (or the Federal Railroad Administrator in appropriate cases, such as a request concerning Amtrak). The Administrator will make a case-by-case decision about whether compliance with part 38 was achievable and, if not, whether the proffered alternative complies with the equivalent facilitation standard. DOT intends to consult with the Access Board in making these determinations. 
</P>
<P>This equivalent facilitation provision can apply to buses or other motor vehicles as well as to rail cars and vehicles. An example of what could be an equivalent facilitation would concern rail cars which would leave too wide a horizontal gap between the door and the platform. If the operator used a combination of bridgeplates and personnel to bridge the gap, it might be regarded as an equivalent facilitation in appropriate circumstances. 
</P>
<P>Section 37.7(c) clarifies which specifications must be complied with for over-the-road buses purchased by public entities (under subpart D of part 37) or private entities standing in the shoes of the public entity (as described in § 37.23 of part 37). This section is necessary to make clear that over-the-road coaches must be accessible, when they are purchased by or in furtherance of a contract with a public entity. While the October 4, 1990 rule specified that over-the-road coaches must be accessible under these circumstances, we had not previously specified what constitutes accessibility. 
</P>
<P>Accordingly, this paragraph specifies that an over-the-road bus must have a lift which meets the performance requirements of a regular bus lift (see § 38.23) and must meet the interim accessibility features specified for all over-the-road buses in part 3, subpart G.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.9 Standards for Transportation Facilities
</HD2>
<P>This section makes clear that, in order to meet accessibility requirements of this rule, vehicles must comply with appendix A to part 37, which incorporates the Access Board facility guidelines. 
</P>
<P>Paragraph (b) of § 37.9 provides that, under certain circumstances, existing accessibility modifications to key station facilities do not need to be modified further in order to conform to appendix A. This is true even if the standards under which the facility was modified differ from the Access Board guidelines or provide a lesser standard of accessibility.
</P>
<P>To qualify for this “grandfathering,” alterations must have been before January 26, 1992. As in other facility sections of the rule, an alteration is deemed to begin with the issuance of a notice to proceed or work order. The existing modifications must conform to ANSI A-117.1, Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by the Physically Handicapped 1980, or the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standard. (UFAS).
</P>
<P>For example, if an entity used a Federal grant or loan or money to make changes to a building, it would already have had to comply with the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards. Likewise, if a private entity, acting without any Federal money in the project, may have complied with the ANSI A117.1 standard. So long as the work was done in conformity with the standard that was in effect when the work was done, the alteration will be considered accessible. 
</P>
<P>However, because one modification was made to a facility under one of these standards, the entity still has a responsibility to make other modifications needed to comply with applicable accessibility requirements. For example, if an entity has made some modifications to a key station according to one of these older standards, but the modifications do not make the key station entirely accessible as this rule requires, then additional modifications would have to be made according to the standards of appendix A. Suppose this entity has put an elevator into the station to make it accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs. If the elevator does not fully meet appendix A standards, but met the applicable ANSI standard when it was installed, it would not need further modifications now. But if it had not already done so, the entity would have to install a tactile strip along the platform edge in order to make the key station fully accessible as provided in this rule. The tactile strip would have to meet appendix A requirements.
</P>
<P>The rule specifically provides that “grandfathering” applies only to alterations of individual elements and spaces and only to the extent that provisions covering those elements or spaces are found in UFAS or AHSI A117.1. For example, alterations to the telephones in a key station may have been carried out in order to lower them to meet the requirements of UFAS, but telecommunications devices for the deaf (TDDs) were not installed. (Neither UFAS nor the ANSI standard include requirements concerning TDDs). However, because appendix A does contain TDD requirements, the key station must now be altered in accordance with the standards for TDDs. Similarly, earlier alteration of an entire station in accordance with UFAS or the ANSI standard would not relieve an entity from compliance with any applicable provision concerning the gap between the platform between the platform and the vehicle in a key station, because neither of these two standards addresses the interface between vehicle and platform.
</P>
<P>One further clarification concerning the implication of this provision deals with a bus loading island at which buses pull up on both sides of the island. It would be possible to read the bus pad specification to require the island to be a minimum of 84 inches wide (two widths of a bus stop pad), so that a lift could be deployed from buses on both sides of the island at the same time. A double-wide bus pad, however, is likely to exceed available space in most instances.
</P>
<P>Where there is space, of course, building a double-wide pad is one acceptable option under this rule. However, the combination of a pad of normal width and standard operational practices may also suffice. (Such practices could be offered as an equivalent facilitation.) For example, buses on either side of the island could stop at staggered locations (<I>i.e.</I>, the bus on the left side could stop several feet ahead of the bus on the right side), so that even when buses were on both sides of the island at once, their lifts could be deployed without conflict. Where it is possible, building the pad a little longer than normal size could facilitate such an approach. In a situation where staggered stop areas are not feasible, an operational practice of having one bus wait until the other's lift cycle had been completed could do the job. Finally, the specification does not require that a pad be built at all. If there is nothing that can be done to permit lift deployment on both sides of an island, the buses can stop on the street, or some other location, so long as the lift is deployable.
</P>
<P>Like § 37.7, this section contains a provision allowing an entity to request approval for providing accessibility through an equivalent facilitation.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.11 Administrative Enforcement
</HD2>
<P>This section spells out administrative means of enforcing the requirements of the ADA. Recipients of Federal financial assistance from DOT (whether public or private entities) are subject to DOT's section 504 enforcement procedures. The existing procedures, including administrative complaints to the DOT Office of Civil Rights, investigation, attempts at conciliation, and final resort to proceedings to cut off funds to a noncomplying recipient, will continue to be used.
</P>
<P>In considering enforcement matters, the Department is guided by a policy that emphasizes compliance. The aim of enforcement action, as we see it, is to make sure that entities meet their obligations, not to impose sanctions for their own sake. The Department's enforcement priority is on failures to comply with basic requirements and “pattern or practice” kinds of problems, rather than on isolated operational errors.
</P>
<P>Under the DOJ rules implementing title II of the ADA (28 CFR part 35), DOT is a “designated agency” for enforcement of complaints relating to transportation programs of public entities, even if they do not receive Federal financial assistance. When it receives such a complaint, the Department will investigate the complaint, attempt conciliation and, if conciliation is not possible, take action under section 504 and/or refer the matter to the DOJ for possible further action.
</P>
<P>Title III of the ADA does not give DOT any administrative enforcement authority with respect to private entities whose transportation services are subject to part 37. In its title III rule (28 CFR part 36), DOJ assumes enforcement responsibility for all title III matters. If the Department of Transportation receives complaints of violations of part 37 by private entities, it will refer the matters to the DOJ.
</P>
<P>It should be pointed out that the ADA includes other enforcement options. Individuals have a private right of action against entities who violate the ADA and its implementing regulations. The DOJ can take violators to court. These approaches are not mutually exclusive with the administrative enforcement mechanisms described in this section. An aggrieved individual can complain to DOT about an alleged transportation violation and go to court at the same time. Use of administrative enforcement procedures is not, under titles II and III, an administrative remedy that individuals must exhaust before taking legal action.
</P>
<P>We also would point out that the ADA does not assert any blanket preemptive authority over state or local nondiscrimination laws and enforcement mechanisms. While requirements of the ADA and this regulation would preempt conflicting state or local provisions (e.g., a building code or zoning ordinance that prevents compliance with appendix A or other facility accessibility requirements, a provision of local law that said bus drivers could not leave their seats to help secure wheelchair users), the ADA and this rule do not prohibit states and localities from legislating in areas relating to disability. For example, if a state law requires a higher degree of service than the ADA, that requirement could still be enforced. Also, states and localities may continue to enforce their own parallel requirements. For example, it would be a violation of this rule for a taxi driver to refuse to pick up a person based on that person's disability. Such a refusal may also be a violation of a county's taxi rules, subjecting the violator to a fine or suspension of operating privileges. Both ADA and local remedies could proceed in such a case.
</P>
<P>Labor-management agreements cannot stand in conflict with the requirements of the ADA and this rule. For example, if a labor-management agreement provides that vehicle drivers are not required to provide assistance to persons with disabilities in a situation in which this rule requires such assistance, then the assistance must be provided notwithstanding the agreement. Labor and management do not have the authority to agree to violate requirements of Federal law.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.13 Effective Date for Certain Vehicle Lift Specifications.
</HD2>
<P>This section contains an explicit statement of the effective date for vehicle lift platform specifications. The Department has decided to apply the new part 38 lift platform specifications to solicitations after January 25, 1992. As in the October 4, 1990, rule implementing the acquisition requirements; the date of a solicitation is deemed to be the closing date for the submission of bids or offers in a procurement.
</P>
<HD1>Subpart B—Applicability
</HD1>
<HD2>Section 37.21 Applicability—General 
</HD2>
<P>This section emphasizes the broad applicability of part 37. Unlike section 504, the ADA and its implementing rules apply to entities whether or not they receive Federal financial assistance. They apply to private and public entities alike. For entities which do receive Federal funds, compliance with the ADA and part 37 is a condition of compliance with section 504 and 49 CFR part 27, DOT's section 504 rule.
</P>
<P>Virtually all entities covered by this rule also are covered by DOJ rules, either under 28 CFR part 36 as state and local program providers or under 28 CFR part 35 as operators of places of public accommodation. Both sets of rules apply; one does not override the other. The DOT rules apply only to the entity's transportation facilities, vehicles, or services; the DOJ rules may cover the entity's activities more broadly. For example, if a public entity operates a transit system and a zoo, DOT's coverage would stop at the transit system's edge, while DOJ's rule would cover the zoo as well.
</P>
<P>DOT and DOJ have coordinated their rules, and the rules have been drafted to be consistent with one another. Should, in the context of some future situation, there be an apparent inconsistency between the two rules, the DOT rule would control within the sphere of transportation services, facilities and vehicles.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.23 Service Under Contract
</HD2>
<P>This section requires private entities to “stand in the shoes” of public entities with whom they contract to provide transportation services. It ensures that, while a public entity may contract out its service, it may not contract away its ADA responsibilities. The requirement applies primarily to vehicle acquisition requirements and to service provision requirements.
</P>
<P>If a public entity wishes to acquire vehicles for use on a commuter route, for example, it must acquire accessible vehicles. It may acquire accessible over-the-road buses, it may acquire accessible full-size transit buses, it may acquire accessible smaller buses, or it may acquire accessible vans. It does not matter what kind of vehicles it acquires, so long as they are accessible. On the other hand, if the public entity wants to use inaccessible buses in its existing fleet for the commuter service, it may do so. All replacement vehicles acquired in the future must, of course, be accessible.
</P>
<P>Under this provision, a private entity which contracts to provide this commuter service stands in the shoes of the public entity and is subject to precisely the same requirements (it is not required to do more than the public entity). If the private entity acquires vehicles used to provide the service, the vehicles must be accessible. If it cannot, or chooses not to, acquire an accessible vehicle of one type, it can acquire an accessible vehicle of another type. Like the public entity, it can provide the service with inaccessible vehicles in its existing fleet.
</P>
<P>The import of the provision is that it requires a private entity contracting to provide transportation service to a public entity to follow the rules applicable to the public entity. For the time being, a private entity operating in its own right can purchase a new over-the-road bus inaccessible to individuals who use wheelchairs. When that private entity operates service under contract to the public entity, however, it is just as obligated as the public entity itself to purchase an accessible bus for use in that service, whether or not it is an over-the-road bus.
</P>
<P>The “stand in the shoes” requirement applies not only to vehicles acquired by private entities explicitly under terms of an executed contract to provide service to a public entity, but also to vehicles acquired “in contemplation of use” for service under such a contract. This language is included to ensure good faith compliance with accessibility requirements for vehicles acquired before the execution of a contract. Whether a particular acquisition is in contemplation of use on a contract will be determined on a case-by-case basis. However, acquiring a vehicle a short time before a contract is executed and then using it for the contracted service is an indication that the vehicle was acquired in contemplation of use on the contract, as is acquiring a vehicle obstensibly for other service provided by the entity and then regularly rotating it into service under the contract.
</P>
<P>The “stand in the shoes” requirement is applicable only to the vehicles and service (public entity service requirements, like § 37.163, apply to a private entity in these situations) provided under contract to a public entity. Public entity requirements clearly do not apply to all phases of a private entity's operations, just because it has a contract with a public entity. For example, a private bus company, if purchasing buses for service under contract to a public entity, must purchase accessible buses. The same company, to the extent permitted by the private entity provisions of this part, may purchase inaccessible vehicles for its tour bus operations.
</P>
<P>The Department also notes that the “stands in the shoes” requirement may differ depending on the kind of service involved. The public entity's “shoes” are shaped differently, for example, depending on whether the public entity is providing fixed route or demand responsive service to the general public. In the case of demand responsive service, a public entity is not required to buy an accessible vehicle if its demand responsive system, when viewed in its entirety, provides service to individuals with disabilities equivalent to its service to other persons. A private contractor providing a portion of this paratransit service would not necessarily have to acquire an accessible vehicle if this equivalency test is being met by the system as a whole. Similarly, a public entity can, after going through a “good faith efforts” search, acquire inaccessible buses. A private entity under contract to the public can do the same. “Stand in the shoes” may also mean that, under some circumstances, a private contractor need not acquire accessible vehicles. If a private company contracts with a public school district to provide school bus service, it is covered, for that purpose, by the exemption for public school transportation.
</P>
<P>In addition, the requirement that a private entity play by the rules applicable to a public entity can apply in situations involving an “arrangement or other relationship” with a public entity other than the traditional contract for service. For example, a private utility company that operates what is, in essence, a regular fixed route public transportation system for a city, and which receives funding under 49 U.S.C. 5307 or 49 U.S.C. 5309 via an agreement with a state or local government agency, would fall under the provisions of this section. The provider would have to comply with the vehicle acquisition, paratransit, and service requirements that would apply to the public entity through which it receives the FTA funds, if that public entity operated the system itself. The Department would not, however, construe this section to apply to situations in which the degree of FTA funding and state and local agency involvement is considerably less, or in which the system of transportation involved is not a <I>de facto</I> surrogate for a traditional public entity fixed route transit system serving a city (e.g., a private non-profit social service agency which receives funds under 49 U.S.C. 5310 to purchase a vehicle).
</P>
<P>This section also requires that a public entity not diminish the percentage of accessible vehicles in its fleet through contracting. For example, suppose a public entity has 100 buses in its fleet, of which 20 are accessible, meaning that 20 percent of its fleet is accessible. The entity decides to add a fixed route, for which a contractor is engaged. The contractor is supplying ten of its existing inaccessible buses for the fixed route. To maintain the 20 percent accessibility ratio, there would have to be 22 accessible buses out of the 110 buses now in operation in carrying out the public entity's service. The public entity could maintain its 20 percent level of accessibility through any one or more of a number of means, such as having the contractor to provide two accessible buses, retrofitting two if its own existing buses, or accelerating replacement of two of its own inaccessible buses with accessible buses.
</P>
<P>This rule applies the “stand in the shoes” principle to transactions wholly among private entities as well. For example, suppose a taxi company (a private entity primarily engaged in the business of transporting people) contracts with a hotel to provide airport shuttle van service. With respect to that service, the taxi company would be subject to the requirements for private entities not primarily in the business of transporting people, since it would be “standing in the shoes” of the hotel for that purpose.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.25 University Transportation Systems
</HD2>
<P>Private university-operated transportation systems are subject to the requirements of this rule for private entities not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people. With one important exception, public university-operated transportation systems are subject to the requirements of the rule for public entities. The nature of the systems involved—demand-responsive or fixed route—determines the precise requirements involved.
</P>
<P>For public university fixed route systems, public entity requirements apply. In the case of fixed route systems, the requirements for commuter bus service would govern. This has the effect of requiring the acquisition of accessible vehicles and compliance with most other provisions of the rule, but does not require the provision of complementary paratransit or submitting a paratransit plan. As a result, private and public universities will have very similar obligations under the rule.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.27 Transportation for Elementary and Secondary Education Systems
</HD2>
<P>This section restates the statutory exemption from public entity requirements given to public school transportation. This extension also applies to transportation of pre-school children to Head Start or special education programs which receive Federal assistance. It also applies to arrangements permitting pre-school children of school bus drivers to ride a school bus or allowing teenage mothers to be transported to day care facilities at a school or along a school bus route so that their mothers may continue to attend school (See H. Rept. 101-485, pt. 1 at 27). The situation for private schools is more complex. According to the provision, a private elementary or secondary school's transportation system is exempt from coverage under this rule if all three of the following conditions are met: (1) The school receives Federal financial assistance; (2) the school is subject to section 504; and (3) the school's transportation system provides transportation services to individuals with disabilities, including wheelchair users, equivalent to those provided to individuals without disabilities. The test of equivalency is the same as that for other private entities, and is described under § 37.105. If the school does not meet all these criteria, then it is subject to the requirements of Part 37 for private entities not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people.
</P>
<P>The Department notes that, given the constitutional law on church-state separation, it is likely that church-affiliated private schools do not receive Federal financial assistance. To the extent that these schools' transportation systems are operated by religious entities or entities controlled by religious organizations, they are not subject to the ADA at all, so this section does not apply to them.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.29 Private Providers of Taxi Service
</HD2>
<P>This section first recites that providers of taxi service are private entities primarily engaged in the business of transporting people which provide demand responsive service. For purposes of this section, other transportation services that involve calling for a car and a driver to take one places (e.g., limousine services, of the kind that provide luxury cars and chauffeurs for senior proms and analogous adult events) are regarded as taxi services.
</P>
<P>Under the ADA, no private entity is required to purchase an accessible automobile. If a taxi company purchases a larger vehicle, like a van, it is subject to the same rules as any other private entity primarily engaged in the business of transporting people which operates a demand responsive service. That is, unless it is already providing equivalent service, any van it acquires must be accessible. Equivalent service is measured according to the criteria of § 37.105. Taxi companies are not required to acquire vehicles other than automobiles to add accessible vehicles to their fleets.
</P>
<P>Taxi companies are subject to nondiscrimination obligations. These obligations mean, first, that a taxi service may not deny a ride to an individual with a disability who is capable of using the taxi vehicles. It would be discrimination to pass up a passenger because he or she was blind or used a wheelchair, if the wheelchair was one that could be stowed in the cab and the passenger could transfer to a vehicle seat. Nor could a taxi company insist that a wheelchair user wait for a lift-equipped van if the person could use an automobile.
</P>
<P>It would be discrimination for a driver to refuse to assist with stowing a wheelchair in the trunk (since taxi drivers routinely assist passengers with stowing luggage). It would be discrimination to charge a higher fee or fare for carrying a person with a disability than for carrying a non-disabled passenger, or a higher fee for stowing a wheelchair than for stowing a suitcase. (Charging the same fee for stowing a wheelchair as for stowing a suitcase would be proper, however.) The fact that it may take somewhat more time and effort to serve a person with a disability than another passenger does not justify discriminatory conduct with respect to passengers with disabilities.
</P>
<P>State or local governments may run user-side subsidy arrangements for the general public (e.g., taxi voucher systems for senior citizens or low-income persons). Under the DOJ title II rule, these programs would have to meet “program accessibility” requirements, which probably would require that accessible transportation be made available to senior citizens or low-income persons with disabilities. This would not directly require private taxi providers who accept the vouchers to purchase accessible vehicles beyond the requirements of this rule, however. 
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.31 Vanpools
</HD2>
<P>This provision applies to public vanpool systems the requirements for public entities operating demand responsive systems for the general public. A public vanpool system is one operated by a public entity, or in which a public entity owns or purchases or leases the vehicles. Lesser degrees of public involvement with an otherwise private ridesharing arrangement (e.g., provision of parking spaces, HOV lanes, coordination or clearinghouse services) do not convert a private into a public system.
</P>
<P>The requirement for a public vanpool system is that it purchase or lease an accessible vehicle unless it can demonstrate that it provides equivalent service to individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, as it provides to individuals without disabilities. For a public vanpool system, the equivalency requirement would be met if an accessible vehicle is made available to and used by a vanpool when an individual with a disability needs such a vehicle to participate. Public vanpool systems may meet this requirement through obtaining a percentage of accessible vehicles that is reasonable in light of demand for them by participants, but this is not required, so long as the entity can respond promptly to requests for participation in a vanpool with the provision of an accessible van when needed.
</P>
<P>There is no requirement for private vanpools, defined as a voluntary arrangement in which the driver is compensated only for expenses.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.33 Airport Transportation Systems
</HD2>
<P>Fixed route transportation systems operated by public airports are regarded by this section as fixed route commuter bus systems. As such, shuttles among terminals and parking lots, connector systems among the airport and a limited number of other local destinations must acquire accessible buses, but are not subject to complementary paratransit requirements. (If a public airport operates a demand responsive system for the general public, it would be subject to the rules for demand responsive systems for the general public.)
</P>
<P>It should be noted that this section applies only to transportation services that are operated by public airports themselves (or by private contractors who stand in their shoes). When a regular urban mass transit system serves the airport, the airport is simply one portion of its service area, treated for purposes of this rule like the rest of its service area. 
</P>
<P>Virtually all airports are served by taxi companies, who are subject to § 37.29 at airports as elsewhere. In addition, many airports are served by jitney or shuttle systems. Typically, these systems operate in a route-deviation or similar variable mode in which there are passenger-initiated decisions concerning destinations. We view such systems as demand responsive transportation operated by private entities primarily engaged in the business of transporting people.
</P>
<P>Since many of these operators are small businesses, it may be difficult for them to meet equivalency requirements on their own without eventually having all or nearly all accessible vehicles, which could pose economic problems. One suggested solution to this problem is for the operators serving a given airport to form a pool or consortium arrangement, in which a number of shared accessible vehicles would meet the transportations of individuals with disabilities. As in other forms of transportation, such an arrangement would have to provide service in a nondiscriminatory way (e.g., in an integrated setting, no higher fares for accessible service). 
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.35 Supplemental Service for Other Transportation Modes
</HD2>
<P>This section applies to a number of situations in which an operator of another transportation mode uses bus or other service to connect its service with limited other points.
</P>
<P>One instance is when an intercity railroad route is set up such that the train stops outside the major urban center which is the actual destination for many passengers. Examples mentioned to us include bus service run by Amtrak from a stop in Columbus, Wisconsin, to downtown Madison, or from San Jose to San Francisco. Such service is fixed route, from the train station to a few points in the metropolitan area, with a schedule keyed to the train schedule. It would be regarded as commuter bus service, meaning that accessible vehicles would have to be acquired but complementary paratransit was not required.
</P>
<P>Another instance is one in which a commuter rail operator uses fixed route bus service as a dedicated connection to, or extension of, its rail service. The service may go to park and ride lots or other destinations beyond the vicinity of the rail line. Again, this service shares the characteristics of commuter bus service that might be used even if the rail line were not present, and does not attempt to be a comprehensive mass transit bus service for the area.
</P>
<P>Of course, there may be instances in which a rail operator uses demand responsive instead of fixed route service for a purpose of this kind. In that case, the demand responsive system requirements of the rule would apply.
</P>
<P>Private entities (i.e., those operating places of public accommodation) may operate similar systems, as when a cruise ship operator provides a shuttle or connector between an airport and the dock. This service is covered by the rules governing private entities not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people. Fixed route or demand responsive rules apply, depending on the characteristics of the system involved.
</P>
<P>One situation not explicitly covered in this section concerns <I>ad hoc</I> transportation arranged, for instance, by a rail operator when the train does not wind up at its intended destination. For example, an Amtrak train bound for Philadelphia may be halted at Wilmington by a track blockage between the two cities. Usually, the carrier responds by providing bus service to the scheduled destination or to the next point where rail service can resume.
</P>
<P>The service that the carrier provides in this situation is essentially a continuation by other means of its primary service. We view the obligation of the rail operator as being to ensure that all passengers, including individuals with disabilities, are provided service to the destination in a nondiscriminatory manner. This includes, for instance, providing service in the most integrated setting appropriate to the needs of the individual and service that gets a passenger with a disability to the destination as soon as other passengers.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.37 Other Applications
</HD2>
<P>The ADA specifically defines “public entity.” Anything else is a “private entity.” The statute does not include in this definition a private entity that receives a subsidy or franchise from a state or local government or is regulated by a public entity. Only through the definition of “operates” (see discussion of § 37.23) do private entities' relationships to public entities subject private entities to the requirements for public entities. Consequently, in deciding which provisions of the rule to apply to an entity in other than situations covered by § 37.23, the nature of the entity—public or private—is determinative.
</P>
<P>Transportation service provided by public accommodations is viewed as being provided by private entities not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people. Either the provisions of this part applicable to demand responsive or fixed route systems apply, depending on the nature of a specific system at a specific location. The distinction between fixed route and demand responsive systems is discussed in connection with the definitions section above. It is the responsibility of each private entity, in the first instance, to assess the nature of each transportation system on a case-by-case basis and determine the applicable rules.
</P>
<P>On the other hand, conveyances used for recreational purposes, such as amusement park rides, ski lifts, or historic rail cars or trolleys operated in museum settings, are not viewed as transportation under this rule at all. Other conveyances may fit into this category as well.
</P>
<P>The criterion for determining what requirements apply is whether the conveyances are primarily an aspect of the recreational experience itself or a means of getting from Point A to Point B. At a theme park, for instance, a large roller coaster (though a “train” of cars on a track) is a public accommodation not subject to this rule; the tram that transports the paying customers around the park, with a stop at the roller coaster, is a transportation system subject to the “private, not primarily” provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>Employer-provided transportation for employees is not covered by this part, but by EEOC rules under title I of the ADA. (Public entities are also subject to DOJ's title II rules with respect to employment.) This exclusion from part 37 applies to transportation services provided by an employer (whether access to motor pool vehicles, parking shuttles, employer-sponsored van pools) that is made available solely to its own employees. If an employer provides service to its own employees and other persons, such as workers of other employers or customers, it would be subject to the requirements of this part from private entities not primarily engaged in the business of transporting people or public entities, as applicable.
</P>
<P>The rule looks to the private entity actually providing the transportation service in question in determining whether the “private, primarily” or “private, not primarily” rules apply. For example, Conglomerate, Inc., owns a variety of agribusiness, petrochemical, weapons system production, and fast food corporations. One of its many subsidiaries, Green Tours, Inc., provides charter bus service for people who want to view national parks, old-growth forests, and other environmentally significant places. It is probably impossible to say in what business Conglomerate, Inc. is primarily engaged, but it clearly is not transporting people. Green Tours, Inc., on the other hand, is clearly primarily engaged in the business of transporting people, and the rule treats it as such.
</P>
<P>On the other hand, when operating a transportation service off to the side of to the main business of a public accommodation (e.g., a hotel shuttle), the entity as a whole would be considered. Even if some dedicated employees are used to provide the service, shuttles and other systems provided as a means of getting to, from, or around a public accommodation remain solidly in the “private, not primarily” category.
</P>
<HD1>Subpart C—Transportation Facilities
</HD1>
<HD2>Section 37.41 Construction of Transportation Facilities by Public Entities
</HD2>
<P>Section 37.41 contains the general requirement that all new facilities constructed after January 25, 1992, be accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities. This provision tracks the statute closely, and is analogous to a provision in the DOJ regulations for private entities. Section 226 of the ADA provides little discretion in this requirement. 
</P>
<P>The requirement is keyed to construction which “begins” after January 25, 1992. The regulation defines “begin” to mean when a notice to proceed order has been issued. This term has a standard meaning in the construction industry, as an instruction to the contractor to proceed with the work. 
</P>
<P>Questions have been raised concerning which standards apply before January 26, 1992. There are Federal requirements that apply to all recipients of federal money, depending on the circumstances.
</P>
<P>First, if an entity is a Federal recipient and uses Federal dollars to construct the facility, regulations implementing section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794), require the recipient to comply with the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards.
</P>
<P>Second, since the Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987 (Pub. L. 100-259), an operation of a recipient of federal funds would also have to comply with section 504, even though the activity was not paid for with Federal funds. Thus, the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards would apply to this construction as well.
</P>
<P>As mentioned above, the Department intends, in the period before January 26, 1991, to view compliance with section 504 in light of compliance with ADA requirements (this point applies to alterations as well as new construction). Consequently, in reviewing requests for grants, contract approvals, exemptions, etc., (whether with respect to ongoing projects or new, experimental, or one-time efforts), the Department will, as a policy matter, seek to ensure compliance with ADA standards.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.42
</HD2>
<P>Service in an integrated setting to passengers at intercity, commuter, and high-speed rail station platforms constructed or altered after February 1, 2012.
</P>
<P>Individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, must have access to all accessible cars in each train using a new or altered station. This performance standard will apply at stations where construction or alteration of platforms begins 135 days or more after the rule is published. The performance standard does not require rail operators to retrofit existing station platforms or cars. The requirement is prospective, and section 37.42 does not require retrofit of existing stations (though compliance with existing disability nondiscrimination requirements not being altered is still required). To meet this performance standard on lines or systems where track passing through stations and adjacent to platforms is shared with existing freight rail operations, passenger railroads that do not choose to provide level-entry boarding may, after obtaining FRA and/or FTA approval, use car-borne lifts, ramps or other devices, mini-high platforms (making multiple stops where necessary to accommodate passengers wishing to use different cars of the train), or movable station-based lifts.
</P>
<P>On commuter, intercity, or high-speed rail lines or systems in which track passing through stations and adjacent to platforms is not shared with existing freight rail operations, the performance standard <I>must</I> be met by providing level-entry boarding to all accessible cars in each train that serves new or altered stations on the line or system. For example, if a new commuter or high-speed rail line or system is being built, and the track adjacent to platforms is not shared with freight traffic (<I>e.g.,</I> it is a passenger rail-only system, or a passing or gauntlet track exists for freight traffic), then the stations would have to provide level-entry boarding. Other options would not be permitted.
</P>
<P>If a platform being constructed or altered is not adjacent to track used for freight, but the track and platform are used by more than one passenger railroad (<I>e.g.,</I> Amtrak and a commuter railroad), the possibility of the platform serving cars with different door heights exists. In this situation, the level-entry boarding requirement continues to exist. Generally, the platform should be level with respect to the system that has the lower boarding height. This is because it is not good safety practice to make passengers step down (or be lifted down or use ramps to get down) to board a train. For example, if Amtrak operates through a station with cars that are 15 inches ATR, and a commuter railroad uses the same platform with cars that are 25 inches ATR, the platform would be level with respect to the Amtrak cars. The commuter railroad would have to provide another means of access, such as lifts. In all such cases where mixed rail equipment will be used, the rule requires that both FRA and FTA be consulted by the railroads involved. As in other cases where level-entry boarding is not used, the railroad must obtain FTA and/or FRA approval for the means the railroad wants to use to meet the performance standard.
</P>
<P>The details of the “track passing through stations and adjacent to platforms is shared with existing freight rail operations” language are important. There may be stations that serve lines that are shared, at some points, by passenger and freight traffic, but where the freight traffic does not go through the particular station (<I>e.g.,</I> because freight traffic bypasses the station), level-entry boarding is required. There could also be situations on which multiple tracks pass through a station, and freight traffic uses only a center track, not a track which is adjacent to a platform. In such cases, the new or altered platform would have to provide level-entry boarding. It is important to note that this language refers to “existing” freight rail traffic, as opposed to the possibility that freight traffic might use the track in question at some future time. Likewise, if freight trains have not used a track passing through a station in a significant period of time (<I>e.g.,</I> the past 10 years), the Department does not view this as constituting “existing freight rail traffic.”
</P>
<P>Passenger rail operators must provide access only to accessible, available cars that people with disabilities are trying to access at a given station. If a train has eight accessible cars, and wheelchair users want to enter only cars 2 and 7 (see discussion below of passenger notification), then railroad personnel need to deploy lifts or bridge plates only at cars 2 and 7, not at the other cars. Similarly, the rule requires operators to provide access only to available cars at a station. If a train has eight accessible cars, but the platform only serves cars 1 through 6, then railroad personnel need to deploy lifts or bridge plates only at cars that people with disabilities are trying to access and that are available to all passengers. We would also point out that wheelchair positions on rail passenger cars are intended to serve wheelchair users, and railroad operators should take steps to ensure that these spaces are available for wheelchair users and not for other uses. For example, it would be contrary to the rule for a wheelchair user to be told that he or she could not use car 7 because the wheelchair spaces were filled with other passengers' luggage from a previous stop.
</P>
<P>In order to ensure that access was provided, passengers would have to notify railroad personnel. For example, if a passenger at a station wanted to use a station-based lift to access car 6, the passenger would request the use of car 6 and railroad personnel would deploy the lift at that car. Likewise, at a station using a mini-high platform, a passenger on this platform would inform train personnel that he or she wanted to enter car 5, whereupon the train would pull forward so that car 5 was opposite the mini-high platform. We contemplate that these requests would be made when the train arrives, and railroads could not insist on advance notice (<I>e.g.,</I> the railroad could not require a passenger to call a certain time in advance to make a “reservation” to use a lift to get on a particular car). As part of its submission to FTA or FRA, the railroad would describe the procedure it would use to receive and fulfill these requests.
</P>
<P>Where a railroad operator wishes to provide access to its rail cars through a means other than level-entry boarding, it is essential that it provide an integrated, safe, timely, reliable, and effective means of access for people with disabilities. A railroad is not required to choose what might be regarded as a more desirable or convenient method over a less desirable or convenient method, or to choose a more costly option over a less costly option. What a railroad must do is to ensure that whatever option it chooses works. However, to assist railroads in choosing the most suitable option, the rule requires that a railroad not using level-entry boarding, if it chooses an approach other than the use of car-borne lifts, must perform a comparison of the costs (capital, operating, and life-cycle costs) of car-borne lifts versus the means preferred by the railroad operator, as well as a comparison of the relative ability of each of the two alternatives (<I>i.e.,</I> car-borne lifts and the railroad's preferred approach) to provide service to people with disabilities in an integrated, safe, reliable, and timely manner. The railroad must submit this comparison to FTA and FRA at the same time as it submits its plan to FRA and/or FTA, as described below, although the comparison is not part of the basis on which the agencies would determine whether the plan meets the performance standard. The Department believes that, in creating this plan, railroads should consult with interested individuals and groups and should make the plan readily available to the public, including individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<P>To ensure that the railroad's chosen option works, the railroad must provide to FRA or FTA (or both), as applicable, a plan explaining how its preferred method will provide the required integrated, safe, reliable, timely and effective means of access for people with disabilities. The plan would have to explain how boarding equipment (<I>e.g.,</I> bridge plates, lifts, ramps, or other appropriate devices) and/or platforms will be deployed, maintained, and operated, as well as how personnel will be trained and deployed to ensure that service to individuals with disabilities was provided in an integrated, safe, timely, effective, and reliable manner.
</P>
<P>FTA and/or FRA will evaluate the proposed plan with respect to whether it will achieve the objectives of the performance standard and may approve, disapprove, or modify it. It should be emphasized that the purpose of FTA/FRA review of this plan is to make sure that whatever approach a railroad chooses will in fact work; that is, it will really result in an integrated, safe, reliable, timely and effective means of access for people with disabilities. If a plan, in the view of FRA or FTA, fails to meet this test, then FTA or FRA can reject it or require the railroad to modify it to meet the objectives of this provision.
</P>
<P>In considering railroads' plans, the agencies will consider factors including, but not limited to, how the proposal maximizes integration of and accessibility to individuals with disabilities, any obstacles to the use of a method that could provide better service to individuals with disabilities, the safety and reliability of the approach and related technology proposed to be used, the suitability of the means proposed to the station and line and/or system on which it would be used, and the adequacy of equipment and maintenance and staff training and deployment.
</P>
<P>For example, some commenters have expressed significant concerns about the use of station-based lifts, noting instances in which such lifts have not been maintained in a safe and reliable working order. A railroad proposing to use station-based lifts would have to describe to FTA or FRA how it would ensure that the lifts remained in safe and reliable operating condition (such as by cycling the lift daily or other regular maintenance) and how it would ensure that personnel to operate the lift were available in a timely manner to assist passengers in boarding a train. This demonstration must clearly state how the railroad expects that their operations will provide safe and dignified service to the users of such lifts.
</P>
<P>In existing stations where it is possible to provide access to every car without station or rail car retrofits, rail providers that receive DOT financial assistance should be mindful of the requirement of 49 CFR 27.7(b)(2), which requires that service be provided “in the most integrated setting that is reasonably achievable.” For example, if a set of rail cars has car-borne lifts that enable the railroad to comply with section 37.42 at new or altered station platforms, it is likely that deployment of this lift at existing stations will be reasonably achievable. Similarly, it is likely that, in a system using mini-high platforms, making multiple stops at existing stations would be reasonable achievable. The use of a station-based lift at an existing station to serve more than one car of a train may well also be reasonably achievable (<I>e.g.,</I> with movement of the lift or multiple stops, as needed). Such actions would serve the objective of providing service in an integrated setting. In addition, in situations where a railroad and the Department have negotiated access to every accessible car in an existing system (<I>e.g.,</I> with car-borne lifts and mini-high platforms as a back-up), the Department expects the railroads to continue to provide access to every accessible car for people with disabilities.
</P>
<P>Section 37.42(e) provides a safety requirement concerning the setback of structures and obstacles (<I>e.g.,</I> mini-high platforms, elevators, escalators, and stairwells) from the platform edge. This provision is based on long-standing FRA recommendations and the expertise of the Department's staff. The Department believes that it is inadvisable, with the exception of boarding and alighting a train, to ever have a wheelchair operate over the two-foot wide tactile strips that are parallel to the edge of the platform. This leaves a four-foot distance for a person in a typical wheelchair to maneuver safely past stair wells, elevator shafts, <I>etc.</I> It also is important because a wheelchair user exiting a train at a door where there is not a six-foot clearance would likely have difficulty exiting and making the turn out of the rail car door. The requirement would also avoid channeling pedestrians through a relatively narrow space where, in crowded platform conditions, there would be an increased chance of someone falling off the edge of the platform. Since the rule concerns only new and altered platforms, the Department does not believe the cost or difficulty of designing the platforms to eliminate this hazard will be significant.
</P>
<P>Section 37.42(f) provides the maximum gap allowable for a platform to be considered “level.” However, this maximum is not intended to be the norm for new or altered platforms. The Department expects transportation providers to minimize platform gaps to the greatest extent possible by building stations on tangent track and using gap-filling technologies, such as moveable platform edges, threshold plates, platform end boards, and flexible rubber fingers on the ends of platforms. The Department encourages the use of Gap Management Plans and consultation with FRA and/or FTA for guidance on gap safety issues.
</P>
<P>Even where level-entry boarding is provided, it is likely that, in many instances, bridge plates would have to be used to enable passengers with disabilities to enter cars, because of the horizontal gaps involved. Section 38.95(c)(5), referred to in the regulatory text, permits various ramp slopes for bridge plates, depending on the vertical gap in given situation. In order to maximize the opportunity of passengers to board independently, the Department urges railroads to use the least steep ramp slope feasible at a given platform.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.43 Alteration of Transportation Facilities by Public Entities
</HD2>
<P>This section sets out the accessibility requirements that apply when a public entity undertakes an alteration of an existing facility. In general, the section requires that any alteration, to the maximum extent feasible, results in the altered area being accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including persons who use wheelchairs. The provisions follow closely those adopted by the DOJ, in its regulations implementing title III of the ADA.
</P>
<P>The section requires specific activities whenever an alteration of an existing facility is undertaken.
</P>
<P>First, if the alteration is made to a primary function area, (or access to an area containing a primary function), the entity shall make the alteration in such a way as to ensure that the path of travel to the altered area and the restrooms, telephones and drinking fountains servicing the altered area are readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs.
</P>
<P>Second, alterations to drinking fountains, telephones, and restrooms do not have to be completed if the cost and scope of making them accessible is disproportionate.
</P>
<P>Third, the requirement goes into effect for alterations begun after January 25, 1992.
</P>
<P>Fourth, the term “maximum extent feasible” means that all changes that are possible must be made. The requirement to make changes to the maximum extent feasible derives from clear legislative history. The Senate Report states—
</P>
<P>The phrase “to the maximum extent feasible” has been included to allow for the occasional case in which the nature of an existing facility is such as to make it virtually impossible to renovate the building in a manner that results in its being entirely accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities. In all such cases, however, the alteration should provide the maximum amount of physical accessibility feasible.
</P>
<P>Thus, for example the term “to the maximum extent feasible” should be construed as not requiring entities to make building alterations that have little likelihood of being accomplished without removing or altering a load-bearing structural member unless the load-bearing structural member is otherwise being removed or altered as part of the alteration. (S. Rept. 101-116, at 68).
</P>
<P>Fifth, primary function means a major activity for which the facility is intended. Primary function areas include waiting areas, ticket purchase and collection areas, train or bus platforms, baggage checking and return areas, and employment areas (with some exceptions stated in the rule, for areas used by service personnel that are very difficult to access).
</P>
<P>Sixth, “path of travel” means a continuous, unobstructed way of pedestrian passage by means of which the altered area may be approached, entered, and exited, and which connects the altered area with an exterior approach and includes restrooms, telephones, and drinking fountains serving the altered area. If changes to the path of travel are disproportionate, then only those changes which are not disproportionate are to be completed.
</P>
<P>Seven, the final rule specifies that costs exceeding 20 percent would be disproportionate. This is consistent with the DOJ. In determining costs, the Department intends costs to be based on changes to the passenger service area that is scheduled for alteration.
</P>
<P>Finally, the Department has defined the term “begin”, in the context of begin an alteration that is subject to the alteration provision to mean when a notice to proceed or work order is issued. Two terms are used (instead of only notice to proceed in the context of new construction) because many alterations may be carried out by the entity itself, in which case the only triggering event would be a work order or similar authorization to begin.
</P>
<P>In looking at facility concepts like “disproportionality” and “to the maximum extent feasible,” the Department will consider any expenses related to accessibility for passengers. It is not relevant to consider non-passenger related improvements (e.g., installing a new track bed) or to permit “gold-plating” (attributing to accessibility costs the expense of non-related improvements, such as charging to accessibility costs the price of a whole new door, when only adding a new handle to the old door was needed for accessibility).
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.47 Key Stations in Light and Rapid Rail Systems
</HD2>
<HD2>Section 37.49 Designation of Responsible Person(s) for Intercity and Commuter Rail Stations
</HD2>
<P>This section sets forth a mechanism for determining who bears the legal and financial responsibility for accessibility modifications to a commuter and/or intercity rail station. The final provision of the section is the most important. It authorizes all concerned parties to come to their own agreement concerning the allocation of responsibility. Such an agreement can allocate responsibility in any way acceptable to the parties. The Department strongly encourages parties to come to such an agreement.
</P>
<P>In the absence of such an agreement, a statutory/regulatory scheme allocates responsibility. In the first, and simplest, situation posed by the statute, a single public entity owns more than 50 percent of the station. In this case, the public entity is the responsible person and nobody else is required to bear any of the responsibility.
</P>
<P>In the second situation, a private entity owns more than 50 percent of the station. The private entity need not bear any of the responsibility for making the station accessible. A public entity owner of the station, who does not operate passenger railroad service through the station, is not required to bear any of the responsibility for making the station accessible. The total responsibility is divided between passenger railroads operating service through the station, on the basis of respective passenger boardings. If there is only one railroad operating service through the station, it bears the total responsibility.
</P>
<P>The Department believes that reference to passenger boardings is the most equitable way of dividing responsibility among railroads, since the number of people drawn to the station by each is likely to reflect “cost causation” quite closely. The Department notes, however, that, as passenger boarding percentages change over time, the portion of responsibility assigned to each party also may change. Station modifications may involve long-term capital investment and planning, while passenger boarding percentages are more volatile. Some railroads may stop serving a station, while others may begin service, during the period of time before modifications to the station are complete. To help accommodate such situations, the rule refers to passenger boardings “over the entire period during which the station is made accessible.”
</P>
<P>This language is intended to emphasize that as circumstances change, the parties involved have the responsibility to adjust their arrangements for cost sharing. For example, suppose Railroad A has 30 percent of the passenger boardings in year 1, but by year 10 has 60 percent of the boardings. It would not be fair for Railroad A to pay only 30 percent of the costs of station modifications occurring in later years. Ultimately, the total cost burden for modifying the station over (for example) 20 years would be allocated on the share of the total number or boardings attributable to each railroad over the whole 20 year period, in order to avoid such unfairness.
</P>
<P>The third, and most complicated, situation is one in which no party owns 50 percent of the station. For example, consider the following hypothetical situation:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Party 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Ownership percentage 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Boardings percentage
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Private freight RR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">City</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amtrak</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commuter A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Commuter B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>The private freight railroad drops out of the calculation of who is responsible. All of the responsibility would be allocated among four public entities: the city (a public entity who does not operate railroad service), Amtrak, and the two commuter railroads. Half the responsibility would go to public entity owners of the station (whether or not they are railroads who run passenger service through the station). The other half of the responsibility would go to railroads who run passenger service through the station (whether or not they are station owners).
</FP>
<P>On the ownership side of the equation, the city and Commuter A each own half of that portion of the station that is not owned by the private freight railroad. Therefore, the two parties divide up the ownership half of the responsibility equally. Based on their ownership interest, each of these two parties bears 25 percent of the responsibility for the entire station. Note that, should ownership percentages or owners change over the period during which the station is to be made accessible, these percentages may change. It is ownership percentage over this entire period that ultimately determines the percentage of responsibility.
</P>
<P>On the passenger rail operations side of the equation, 50 percent of passenger boardings are attributable to Commuter A and 25 percent each to Commuter B and Amtrak. Therefore, half of this portion of the responsibility belongs to Commuter A, while a quarter share each goes to the other railroads. This means that, based on passenger boardings, 25 percent of the responsibility goes to Commuter A, 12.5 percent to Commuter B, and 12.5 percent to Amtrak. Again, it is the proportion of passenger boardings over the entire length of the period during which the station is made accessible that ultimately determines the percentage of responsibility.
</P>
<P>In this hypothetical, Commuter A is responsible for a total of 50 percent of the responsibility for the station. Commuter A is responsible for 25 percent of the responsibility because of its role as a station owner and another 25 percent because of its operation of passenger rail service through the station.
</P>
<P>The Department recognizes that there will be situations in which application of this scheme will be difficult (e.g., involving problems with multiple owners of a station whose ownership percentages may be difficult to ascertain). The Department again emphasizes that agreement among the parties is the best way of resolving these problems, but we are willing to work with the parties to ensure a solution consistent with this rule.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.51 Key Stations in Commuter Rail Systems
</HD2>
<P>These sections require that key stations in light, rapid, and commuter rail systems be made accessible as soon as practicable, but no later than July 26, 1993. Being made accessible, for this purpose, means complying with the applicable provisions of appendix A to this part. “As soon as practicable” means that, if modification can be made before July 26, 1993, they must be. A rail operator that failed to make a station accessible by July 1993 would be in noncompliance with the ADA and this rule, except in a case where an extension of time had been granted.
</P>
<P>What is a key station? A key station is one designated as such by the commuter authority or light/rapid rail operator, through the planning process and public participation process set forth in this section. The five criteria listed in the regulation are intended to guide the selection process but, while the entity must take these criteria into account (and this consideration must be reflected in the planning process and documents), they are not mandatory selection standards. That is, it is not required that every station that meets one of the criteria be designated as a key station. Since the criteria are not mandatory selection standards, the understanding of their terms is also a matter appropriately left to the planning process. A tight, legalistic definition is not necessary in the context of factors intended for consideration. For instance, what constitutes a major activity center or how close a station needs to be to another station to not be designated as key depend largely on local factors that it would not be reasonable to specify in this rule.
</P>
<P>Given the wide discretion permitted to rail operators in identifying key stations, there would be no objection to identifying as a key station a new (presumably accessible) station now under construction. Doing so would involve consideration of the key station criteria and would be subject to the planning/public participation process.
</P>
<P>If an extension to a rail system (e.g., a commuter system) is made, such that the system comes to include existing inaccessible stations that have not previously been part of the system, the Department construes the ADA to require application of key station accessibility in such a situation. The same would be true for a new start commuter rail system that began operations using existing stations. Key station planning, designation of key stations, and with being consistent with the ADA would be required. The Department would work with the commuter authority involved on a case-by-case basis to determine applicable time limits for accessibility, consistent with the time frames of the ADA.
</P>
<P>The entity must develop a compliance plan, subject to the public participation and planning process set forth in paragraph (d) of each of these sections. Note that this plan must be completed by July 26, 1992, not January 26, 1992, as in the case of paratransit plans. The key station plans must be submitted to FTA at that time. (The statute does not require FTA approval of the plans, however.).
</P>
<P>A rail operator may request an extension of the July 1993 completion deadline for accessibility modifications to one or more key stations. The extension for light and rapid rail stations can be up to July 2020, though two thirds of the key stations (per the legislative history of the statute, selected in a way to maximize accessibility to the whole system) must be accessible by July 2010.
</P>
<P>Commuter rail stations can be extended up to July 2010.
</P>
<P>Requests for extension of time must be submitted by July 26, 1992. FTA will review the requests on a station-by-station basis according to the statutory criterion, which is whether making the station accessible requires extraordinarily expensive alterations. An extraordinarily expensive alteration is raising the entire platform, installing an elevator, or making another alteration of similar cost and magnitude. If another means of making a station accessible (e.g., installation of a mini-high platform in a station where it is not necessary to install an elevator or to provide access to the platform for wheelchair users), then an extension can be granted only if the rail operator shows that the cost and magnitude of the alteration is similar to that of an elevator installation or platform raising.
</P>
<P>The rule does not include a specific deadline for FTA consideration of an extension request. However, since we are aware that, in the absence of an extension request, accessibility must be completed by July 1993, we will endeavor to complete review of plans as soon as possible, to give as much lead time as possible to local planning and implementation efforts.
</P>
<P>Once an extension is granted, the extension applies to all accessibility modifications in the station. However, the rail operator should not delay non-extraordinarily expensive modifications to the station. The key station plan and any extension request should include a schedule for phasing in non-extraordinarily expensive modifications to the station. For example, even if a key station is not going to be accessible to wheelchair users for 15 years, pending the installation of an elevator, the rail operator can improve its accessibility to persons with visual impairments by installing tactile strips.
</P>
<P>An extension cannot be granted except for a particular station which needs an extraordinarily expensive modification. An extension cannot be granted non-extraordinarily expensive changes to Station B because the extraordinarily expensive changes to Station A will absorb many resources. Non-extraordinarily expensive changes, however costly considered collectively for a system, are not, under the statute, grounds for granting an extension to one or more stations or the whole system. Only particular stations where an extraordinarily expensive modification must be made qualify for extensions.
</P>
<P>The FTA Administrator can approve, modify, or disapprove any request for an extension. For example, it is not a forgone conclusion that a situation for which an extension is granted will have the maximum possible extension granted. If it appears that the rail operator can make some stations accessible sooner, FTA can grant an extension for a shorter period (e.g., 2005 for a particular station rather than 2010).
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.53 Exception for New York and Philadelphia
</HD2>
<P>Consistent with the legislative history of the ADA, this section formally recognizes the selection of key stations in two identified litigation settlement agreements in New York and Philadelphia as in compliance with the ADA. Consequently, the entities involved can limit their key station planning process to issues concerning the timing of key station accessibility. The section references also § 37.9, which provides that key station accessibility alterations which have already been made, or which are begun before January 26, 1992, and which conform to specified prior standards, do not have to be re-modified. On the other hand, alterations begun after January 25, 1992 (including forthcoming key station modifications under the New York and Philadelphia agreements), must meet the requirements of appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>This is an exception only for the two specified agreements. There are no situations in which other cities can take advantage of this provision. Nor are the provisions of the two agreements normative for other cities. Other cities must do their own planning, with involvement from local citizens, and cannot rely on agreements unique to New York and Philadelphia to determine the appropriate number of percentage of key stations or other matters.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.57 Required Cooperation
</HD2>
<P>This section implements § 242(e)(2)(C) of the ADA, which treats as discrimination a failure, by an owner or person in control of an intercity rail station, to provide reasonable cooperation to the responsible persons' efforts to comply with accessibility requirements. For example, the imposition by the owner of an unreasonable insurance bond from the responsible person as a condition of making accessibility modifications would violate this requirement. See H. Rept. 101-485 at 53.
</P>
<P>The statute also provides that failure of the owner or person in control to cooperate does not create a defense to a discrimination suit against the responsible person, but the responsible person would have a third party action against the uncooperative owner or person in control. The rule does not restate this portion of the statute in the regulation, since it would be implemented by the courts if such an action is brought. Since cooperation is also a regulatory requirement, however, the Department could entertain a section 504 complaint against a recipient of Federal funds who failed to cooperate.
</P>
<P>The House Energy and Commerce Committee provided as an example of an action under this provision a situation in which a failure to cooperate leads to a construction delay, which in turn leads to a lawsuit by an individual with disabilities against the responsible person for missing an accessibility deadline. The responsible person could not use the lack of cooperation as a defense in the lawsuit, but the uncooperative party could be made to indemnify the responsible person for damages awarded the plaintiff. Also, a responsible person could obtain an injunction to force the recalcitrant owner or controller of the station to permit accessibility work to proceed. (<I>Id.</I>)
</P>
<P>This provision does not appear to be intended to permit a responsible person to seek contribution for a portion of the cost of accessibility work from a party involved with the station whom the statute and § 37.49 do not identify as a responsible person. It simply provides a remedy for a situation in which someone impedes the responsible person's efforts to comply with accessibility obligations.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.59 Differences in Accessibility Completion Date Requirements
</HD2>
<P>Portions of the same station may have different accessibility completion date requirements, both as the result of different statutory time frames for different kinds of stations and individual decisions made on requests for extension. The principle at work in responding to such situations is that if part of a station may be made accessible after another part, the “late” part of the work should not get in the way of people's use of modifications resulting from the “early” part.
</P>
<P>For example, the commuter part of a station may have to be made accessible by July 1993 (e.g., there is no need to install an elevator, and platform accessibility can be achieved by use of a relatively inexpensive mini-high platform). The Amtrak portion of the same station, by statute, is required to be accessible as soon as practicable, but no later than July 2010. If there is a common entrance to the station, that commuter rail passengers and Amtrak passengers both use, or a common ticket counter, it would have to be accessible by July 1993. If there were a waiting room used by Amtrak passengers but not commuter passengers (who typically stand and wait on the platform at this station), it would not have to be accessible by July 1993, but if the path from the common entrance to the commuter platform went through the waiting room, the path would have to be an accessible path by July 1993.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.61 Public Transportation Programs and Activities in Existing Facilities
</HD2>
<P>This section implements section 228(a) of the ADA and establishes the general requirement for entities to operate their transportation facilities in a manner that, when viewed in its entirety, is accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities. The section clearly excludes from this requirement access by persons in wheelchairs, unless these changes would be necessitated by the alterations or key station provisions.
</P>
<P>This provision is intended to cover activities and programs of an entity that do not rise to the level of alteration. Even if an entity is not making alterations to a facility, it has a responsibility to conduct its program in an accessible manner. Examples of possible activities include user friendly farecards, schedules, of edge detection on rail platforms, adequate lighting, telecommunication display devices (TDDs) or text telephones, and other accommodations for use by persons with speech and hearing impairments, signage for people with visual impairments, continuous pathways for persons with visual and ambulatory impairments, and public address systems and clocks.
</P>
<P>The Department did not prescribe one list of things that would be appropriate for all stations. For example, we believe that tactile strips are a valuable addition to platforms which have drop-offs. We also believe that most larger systems, to the extent they publish schedules, should make those schedules readily available in alternative formats. We encourage entities to find this another area which benefits from its commitment to far-reaching public participation efforts.
</P>
<HD1>Subpart D—Acquisition of Accessible Vehicles by Public Entities
</HD1>
<HD2>Section 37.71 Purchase or Lease of New Non-Rail Vehicles by Public Entities Operating Fixed Route Systems
</HD2>
<P>This section generally sets out the basic acquisition requirements for a public entity purchasing a new vehicle. The section requires any public entity that purchases or leases a new vehicle to acquire an accessible vehicle.
</P>
<P>In addition, the waiver request must include copies of advertisements in trade publications and inquiries to trade associations seeking lifts for the buses. The public entity also must include a full justification for the assertion that a delay in the bus procurement sufficient to obtain a lift-equipped bus would significantly impair transportation services in the community. There is no length of time that would be a <I>per se</I> delay constituting a “significant impairment”. It will be more difficult to obtain a waiver if a relatively short rather than relatively lengthy delay is involved. A showing of timetables, absent a showing of significant impairment of actual transit services, would not form a basis for granting a waiver.
</P>
<P>Any waiver granted by the Department under this provision will be a conditional waiver. The conditions are intended to ensure that the waiver provision does not create a loophole in the accessible vehicle acquisition requirement that Congress intended to impose. The ADA requires a waiver to be limited in duration and the rule requires a termination date to be included. The date will be established on the basis of the information the Department receives concerning the availability of lifts in the waiver request and elsewhere. In addition, so that a waiver does not become open-ended, it will apply only to a particular procurement. If a transit agency wants a waiver for a subsequent delivery of buses in the procurement, or another procurement entirely, it will have to make a separate waiver request.
</P>
<P>For example, if a particular order of buses is delivered over a period of time, each delivery would be the potential subject of a waiver request. First, the entity would request a waiver for the first shipment of buses. If all of the conditions are met, the waiver would be granted, with a date specified to coincide with the due date of the lifts. When the lifts become available those buses would have to be retrofitted with the lifts. A subsequent delivery of buses—on the same order—would have to receive its own waiver, subject to the same conditions and specifications of the first waiver.
</P>
<P>The purpose of the waiver, as the Department construes it, is to address a situation in which (because of a sudden increase in the number of lift-equipped buses requested) lift manufacturers are unable to produce enough lifts to meet the demand in a timely fashion.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.73 Purchase or Lease of Used Non-Rail Vehicles by Public Entities Operating a Fixed Route System
</HD2>
<P>The basic rule is that an acquisition of a used vehicle would have to be for an accessible vehicle.
</P>
<P>There is an exception, however, for situations in which the transit provider makes a good faith effort to obtain accessible used vehicles but does not succeed in finding them. The ADA requires transit agencies to purchase accessible used vehicles, providing a “demonstrated good faith efforts” exception to the requirement. The reports of the Senate Committee on Labor and Human Resources and the House Committee on Education and Labor offered the following guidance on what “good faith efforts” involve:
</P>
<P>The phrase “demonstrated good faith efforts” is intended to require a nationwide search and not a search limited to a particular region. For instance, it would not be enough for a transit operator to contact only the manufacturer where the transit authority usually does business to see if there are accessible used buses. It involves the transit authority advertising in a trade magazine, i.e., Passenger Transport, or contacting the transit trade association, American Public Transit Association (APTA), to determine whether accessible used vehicles are available. It is the Committee's expectation that as the number of buses with lifts increases, the burden on the transit authority to demonstrate its inability to purchase accessible vehicles despite good faith efforts will become more and more difficult to satisfy. S. Rept. 101-116 at 49; H. Rept. 101-485 at 90.
</P>
<P>Consistent with this guidance, this section requires that good faith efforts include specifying accessible vehicles in bid solicitations. The section also requires that the entity retain for two years documentation of that effort, and that the information be available to FTA and the public.
</P>
<P>It does not meet the good faith efforts requirement to purchase inaccessible, rather than accessible, used buses, just because the former are less expensive, particularly if the difference is a difference attributable to the presence of a lift. There may be situations in which good faith efforts involve buying fewer accessible buses in preference to more inaccessible buses.
</P>
<P>The public participation requirements involved in the development of the paratransit plans for all fixed route operators requires an ongoing relationship, including extensive outreach, to the community likely to be using its accessible service. We believe that it will be difficult to comply with the public participation requirements and not involve the affected community in the decisions concerning the purchase or lease of used accessible vehicles.
</P>
<P>There is an exception to these requirements for donated vehicles. Not all “zero dollar” transfers are donations, however. The legislative history to this provision provides insight.
</P>
<P>It is not the Committee's intent to make the vehicle accessibility provisions of this title applicable to vehicles donated to a public entity. The Committee understands that it is not usual to donate vehicles to a public entity. However, there could be instances where someone could conceivably donate a bus to a public transit operator in a will. In such a case, the transit operators should not be prevented from accepting a gift.
</P>
<P>The Committee does not intend that this limited exemption for donated vehicles be used to circumvent the intent of the ADA. For example, a local transit authority could not arrange to be the recipient of donated inaccessible buses. This would be a violation of the ADA. S. Rpt. 101-116, at 46; H. Rpt. 101-486, at 87.
</P>
<P>Entities interested in accepting donated vehicles must submit a request to FTA to verify that the transaction is a donation.
</P>
<P>There is one situation, in which a vehicle has prior use is not treated as a used vehicle. If a vehicle has been remanufactured, and it is within the period of the extension of its useful life, it is not viewed as a used vehicle (see H. Rept. 101-485, Pt 1 at 27). During this period, such a vehicle may be acquired by another entity without going through the good faith efforts process. This is because, at the time of its remanufacture, the bus would have been made as accessible if feasible. When the vehicle has completed its extended useful life (e.g., the beginning of year six when its useful life has extended five years), it becomes subject to used bus requirements.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.75 Remanufacture of Non-Rail Vehicles and Purchase or Lease of Remanufactured Non-rail Vehicles by Public Entities Operating Fixed Route Systems
</HD2>
<P>This section tracks the statute closely, and contains the following provisions. First, it requires any public entity operating a fixed route system to purchase an accessible vehicle if the acquisition occurs after August 25, 1990, if the vehicle is remanufactured after August 25, 1990, or the entity contracts or undertakes the remanufacture of a vehicle after August 25, 1990. The ADA legislative history makes it clear that remanufacture is to include changes to the structure of the vehicle which extend the useful life of the vehicle for five years. It clearly is not intended to capture things such as engine overhauls and the like.
</P>
<P>The term remanufacture, as used in the ADA context, is different from the use of the term in previously issued FTA guidance. The term has a specific meaning under the ADA: there must be structural work done to the vehicle and the work must extend the vehicle's useful life by five years.
</P>
<P>The ADA imposes no requirements on what FTA traditionally considers bus rehabilitation. Such work involves rebuilding a bus to original specifications and focuses on mechanical systems and interiors. Often this work includes replacing components. It is less extensive than remanufacture.
</P>
<P>The statute, and the rule, includes an exception for the remanufacture of historical vehicles. This exception applies to the remanufacture of or purchase of a remanufactured vehicle that (1) is of historic character; (2) operates solely on a segment of a fixed route system which is on the National Register of Historic Places; and (3) making the vehicle accessible would significantly alter the historic character of the vehicle. The exception only extends to the remanufacture that would alter the historic character of the vehicle. All modifications that can be made without altering the historic character (such as slip resistant flooring) must be done.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.77 Purchase or Lease of New Non-Rail Vehicles by Public Entities Operating a Demand Responsive System for the General Public
</HD2>
<P>Section 224 of the ADA requires that a public entity operating a demand responsive system purchase or lease accessible new vehicles, for which a solicitation is made after August 25, 1990, unless the system, when viewed in its entirety, provides a level of service to individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs, equivalent to the level of service provided to individuals without disabilities. This section is the same as the October 4, 1990 final rule which promulgated the immediately effective acquisition requirements of the ADA.
</P>
<P>The Department has been asked to clarify what “accessible when viewed in its entirety” means in the context of a demand responsive system being allowed to purchase an inaccessible vehicle. First, it is important to note that this exception applies only to demand responsive systems (and not fixed route systems). The term “equivalent service” was discussed during the passage of the ADA. Material from the legislative history indicates that “when viewed in its entirety/equivalent service” means that “when all aspects of a transportation system are analyzed, equal opportunities for each individual with a disability to use the transportation system must exist. (H. Rept. 101-184, Pt. 2, at 95; S. Rept. 101-116 at 54). For example, both reports said that “the time delay between a phone call to access the demand responsive system and pick up the individual is not greater because the individual needs a lift or ramp or other accommodation to access the vehicle.” (<I>Id.</I>)
</P>
<P>Consistent with this, the Department has specified certain service criteria that are to be used when determining if the service is equivalent. As in previous rulemakings on this provision, the standards (which include service area, response time, fares, hours and days of service, trip purpose restrictions, information and reservations capability, and other capacity constraints) are not absolute standards. They do not say, for example, that a person with a disability must be picked up in a specified number of hours. The requirement is that there must be equivalent service for all passengers, whether or not they have a disability. If the system provides service to persons without disabilities within four hours of a call for service, then passengers with disabilities must be afforded the same service.
</P>
<P>The Department has been asked specifically where an entity should send its “equivalent level of service” certifications. We provide the following: Equivalent level of service certifications should be submitted to the state program office if you are a public entity receiving FTA funds through the state. All other entities should submit their equivalent level of service certifications to the FTA regional office (listed in appendix B of this part). Certifications must be submitted before the acquisition of the vehicles.
</P>
<P>Paragraph (e) of this section authorizes a waiver for the unavailability of lifts. Since demand responsive systems need not purchase accessible vehicles if they can certify equivalent service, the Department has been asked what this provision is doing in this section.
</P>
<P>Paragraph (e) applies in the case in which an entity operates a demand responsive system, which is not equivalent, and the entity cannot find accessible vehicles to acquire. In this case, the waiver provisions applicable to a fixed route entity purchasing or leasing inaccessible new vehicles applies to the demand responsive operator as well.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.79 Purchase or Lease of New Rail Vehicles by Public Entities Operating Rapid or Light Rail Systems
</HD2>
<P>This section echoes the requirement of § 37.71—all new rail cars must be accessible.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.81 Purchase or Lease of Used Rail Vehicles by Public Entities Operating Rapid or Light Rail Systems
</HD2>
<P>This section lays out the requirements for a public entity acquiring a used rail vehicle. The requirements and standards are the same as those specified for non-rail vehicles in § 37.73. While we recognize it may create difficulties for entities in some situations, the statute does not include any extension or short-term leases. The Department will consider, in a case-by-case basis, how the good faith efforts requirement would apply in the case of an agreement between rail carriers to permit quick-response, short-term leases of cars over a period of time.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.83 Remanufacture of Rail Vehicles and Purchase or Lease of Remanufactured Rail Vehicles by Public Entities Operating Rapid or Light Rail System
</HD2>
<P>This section parallels the remanufacturing section for buses, including the exception for historical vehicles. With respect to an entity having a class of historic vehicles that may meet the standards for the historic vehicle exception (e.g., San Francisco cable cars), the Department would not object to a request for application of the exception on a system-wide, as approved to car-by-car, basis.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.85 Purchase or Lease of New Intercity and Commuter Rail Cars
</HD2>
<P>This section incorporates the statutory requirement that new intercity and commuter rail cars be accessible. The specific accessibility provisions of the statute (for example, there are slightly different requirements for intercity rail cars versus commuter rail cars) are specified in part 38 of this regulation. These standards are adopted from the voluntary guidelines issues by the Access Board. The section basically parallels the acquisition requirements for buses and other vehicles. It should be noted that the definition of commuter rail operator clearly allows for additional operators to qualify as commuter, since the definition describes the functional characteristics of an operator, as well as listing existing commuter rail operators.
</P>
<P>We would point out that the ADA applies this requirement to all new vehicles. This includes not only vehicles and systems that currently are being operated in the U.S., but new, experimental, or imported vehicles and systems. The ADA does not stand in the way of new technology, but it does require that new technology, and the benefits it brings, be accessible to all persons, including those with disabilities. This point applies to all vehicle acquisition provisions of this regulation, whether for rail or non-rail, private or public, fixed route or demand responsive vehicles and systems.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.87 Purchase or Lease of Used Intercity and Commuter Rail Cars
</HD2>
<P>The section also parallels closely the requirements in the ADA for the purchase or lease of accessible used rail vehicles. We acknowledge that, in some situations, the statutory requirement for to make good faith efforts to acquire accessible used vehicles may create difficulties for rail operators attempting to lease rail cars quickly for a short time (e.g., as fill-ins for cars which need repairs). In some cases, it may be possible to mitigate these difficulties through means such as making good faith efforts with respect to an overall agreement between two rail operators to make cars available to one another when needed, rather than each time a car is provided under such an agreement.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.89 Remanufacture of Intercity and Commuter Rail Cars
</HD2>
<P>This section requires generally that remanufactured cars be made accessible, to the maximum extent feasible. Feasible is defined in paragraph (c) of the section to be “unless an engineering analysis demonstrates that remanufacturing the car to be accessible would have a significant adverse effect on the structural integrity of the car.” Increased cost is not a reason for viewing other sections of this subpart concerning remanufactured vehicles.
</P>
<P>In addition, this section differs from the counterpart sections for non-rail vehicles and light and rapid rail vehicles in two ways. First, the extension of useful life needed to trigger the section is ten rather than five years. Second, there is no historic vehicle exception. Both of these differences are statutory.
</P>
<P>Remanufacture of vehicles implies work that extends their expected useful life of the vehicle. A mid-life overhaul, not extending the total useful life of the vehicle, would not be viewed as a remanufacture of the vehicle.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.93 One Car Per Train Rule
</HD2>
<P>This section implements the statutory directive that all rail operators (light, rapid, commuter and intercity) have at least one car per train accessible to persons with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs by July 26, 1995. (See ADA sections 242(a)(1), 242(b)(1), 228(b)(1).) Section 37.93 contains this general requirement. In some cases, entities will meet the one-car-per train rule through the purchase of new cars. In this case, since all new rail vehicles have to be accessible, compliance with this provision is straightforward.
</P>
<P>However, certain entities may not be purchasing any new vehicles by July 26, 1995, or may not be purchasing enough vehicles to ensure that one car per train is accessible. In these cases, these entities will have to retrofit existing cars to meet this requirement. What a retrofitted car must look like to meet the requirement has been decided by the Access Board. These standards are contained in part 38 of this rule.
</P>
<P>We would point that, consistent with the Access Board standards, a rail system using mini-high platforms or wayside lifts is not required, in most circumstances, to “double-stop” in order to give passengers a chance to board the second or subsequent car in a train at the mini-high platform or way-side lift. The only exception to this would be a situation in which all the wheelchair positions spaces in the first car were occupied. In this case, the train would have to double-stop to allow a wheelchair user to board, rather than passing the person by when there was space available in other than the first car, except where doing is necessary to comply with the provisions of section 37.42 of this part.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.95 Ferries and Other Passenger Vessels
</HD2>
<P>Although at this time there are no specific requirements for vessels, ferries and other passenger vessels operated by public entities are subject to the requirements of § 37.5 of this part and applicable requirements of 28 CFR part 35, the DOJ rule under title II of the ADA.
</P>
<HD1>Subpart E—Acquisition of Accessible Vehicles by Private Entities
</HD1>
<HD2>Section 37.101 Purchase or Lease of Non-Rail Vehicles by Private Entities Not Primarily Engaged in the Business of Transporting People
</HD2>
<HD2>Section 37.103 Purchase or Lease of New Non-Rail Vehicles by Private Entities Primarily Engaged in the Business of Transporting People
</HD2>
<HD2>Section 37.105 Equivalent Service Standard
</HD2>
<P>The first two sections spell out the distinctions among the different types of service elaborated in the ADA and requirements that apply to them. For clarity, we provide the following chart.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Private Entities “Not Primarily Engaged”
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">System type 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vehicle capacity 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Requirement
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Route</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acquire accessible vehicle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed Route</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16 or less</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acquire accessible vehicle, or equivalency.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Demand Responsive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acquire accessible vehicle, or equivalency.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Demand Responsive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16 or less</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Equivalency—see § 37.171.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Private Entities “Primarily Engaged”
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">System type 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vehicle type/capacity 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Requirement
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fixed route</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All new vehicles except auto, van with less than 8 capacity, or over the road bus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acquire accessible vehicle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Demand responsive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Same as above</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acquire accessible vehicle, or equivalency.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Either fixed route or demand responsive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New vans with a capacity of less than 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Same as above.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>Equivalency, for purposes of these requirements, is spelled out in § 37.105. It is important to note that some portions of this section (referring to response time, reservations capacity, and restrictions on trip purpose) apply only to demand responsive systems. Another provision (schedules/headways) applies only to fixed route systems. This is because these points of comparison apply only to one or the other type system. The remaining provisions apply to both kinds of systems.
</P>
<P>In applying the provisions this section, it is important to note that they are only points of comparison, not substantive criteria. For example, unlike the response time criterion of § 37.131, this section does not require that a system provide any particular response time. All it says is that, in order for there to be equivalency, if the demand responsive system gets a van to a non-disabled person in 2 hours, or 8 hours, or a week and a half after a call for service, the system must get an accessible van to a person with a disability in 2 hours, or 8 hours, or a week and a half.
</P>
<P>The vehicle acquisition and equivalency provisions work together in the following way. A private entity is about to acquire a vehicle for a transportation service in one of the categories to which equivalency is relevant. The entity looks at its present service (considered without regard to the vehicle it plans to acquire). Does the present service meet the equivalency standard? (In answering this question, the point of reference is the next potential customer who needs an accessible vehicle. The fact that such persons have not called in the past is irrelevant). If not, the entity is required to acquire an accessible vehicle. If so, the entity may acquire an accessible or an inaccessible vehicle. This process must be followed every time the entity purchases or leases a vehicle. Given changes in the mixes of both customers and vehicles, the answer to the question about equivalency will probably not be the same for an entity every time it is asked.
</P>
<P>One difference between the requirements for “private, not primarily” and “private, primarily” entities is that the requirements apply to all vehicles purchased or leased for the former, but only to new vehicles for the latter. This means that entities in the latter category are not required to acquire accessible vehicles when they purchase or lease used vehicles. Another oddity in the statute which entities should note is that the requirement for “private, primarily” entities to acquire accessible vans with less than eight passenger capacity (or provide equivalent service) does not become effective until after February 25, 1992 (This also date also applies no private entities “primarily engaged” which purchase passenger rail cars). All other vehicle acquisition requirements became effective after August 25, 1990.
</P>
<P>The Department views the line between “private, primarily” and “private, not primarily” entities as being drawn with respect to the bus, van, or other service which the entity is providing. For example, there is an obvious sense in which an airline or car rental company is primarily engaged in the business of transporting people. If the airline or car rental agency runs a shuttle bus from the airport terminal to a downtown location or a rental car lot, however, the Department views that shuttle service as covered by the “private, not primarily” requirements of the rule (see discussion of the Applicability sections above). This is because the airline or car rental agency is not primarily engaged in the business of providing transportation by bus or van. The relationship of the bus or van service to an airline's main business is analogous to that of a shuttle to a hotel. For this purpose, it is of only incidental interest that the main business of the airline is flying people around the country instead of putting them up for the night.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.109 Ferries and Other Passenger Vessels
</HD2>
<P>Although at this time there are no specific requirements for vessels, ferries and other passenger vessels operated by private entities are subject to the requirements of § 37.5 of this part and applicable requirements of 28 CFR part 36, the DOJ rule under title III of the ADA.
</P>
<HD1>Subpart F—Paratransit as a Complement to Fixed Route Service
</HD1>
<HD2>Section 37.121 Requirement for Comparable Complementary Paratransit Service
</HD2>
<P>This section sets forth the basic requirement that all public entities who operate a fixed route system have to provide paratransit service that is both comparable and complementary to the fixed route service. By “complementary,” we mean service that acts as a “safety net” for individuals with disabilities who cannot use the fixed route system. By “comparable,” we mean service that meets the service criteria of this subpart.
</P>
<P>This requirement applies to light and rapid rail systems as well as to bus systems, even when rail and bus systems share all or part of the same service area. Commuter bus, commuter rail and intercity rail systems do not have to provide paratransit, however. The remaining provisions of subpart F set forth the details of the eligibility requirements for paratransit, the service criteria that paratransit systems must meet, the planning process involved, and the procedures for applying for waivers based on undue financial burden.
</P>
<P>Paratransit may be provided by a variety of modes. Publicly operated dial-a-ride vans, service contracted out to a private paratransit provider, user-side subsidy programs, or any combination of these and other approaches is acceptable. Entities who feel it necessary to apply for an undue financial burden waiver should be aware that one of the factors FTA will examine in evaluating waiver requests is efficiencies the provider could realize in its paratransit service. Therefore, it is important for entities in this situation to use the most economical and efficient methods of providing paratransit they can devise.
</P>
<P>It is also important for them to establish and consistently implement strong controls against fraud, waste and abuse in the paratransit system. Fraud, waste and abuse can drain significant resources from a system and control of these problems is an important “efficiency for any paratransit system. It will be difficult for the Department to grant an undue financial burden waiver to entities which do not have a good means of determining if fraud, waste and abuse are problems and adequate methods of combating these problems, where they are found to exist.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.123 ADA Paratransit Eligibility—Standards 
</HD2>
<HD2>General Provisions
</HD2>
<P>This section sets forth the minimum requirements for eligibility for complementary paratransit service. All fixed route operators providing complementary paratransit must make service available at least to individuals meeting these standards. The ADA does not prohibit providing paratransit service to anyone. Entities may provide service to additional persons as well. Since only service to ADA eligible persons is required by the rule, however, only the costs of this service can be counted in the context of a request for an undue financial burden waiver.
</P>
<P>When the rule says that ADA paratransit eligibility shall be strictly limited to persons in the eligible categories, then, it is not saying that entities are in any way precluded from serving other people. It is saying that the persons who must be provided service, and counting the costs of providing them service, in context of an undue burden waiver, are limited to the regulatory categories.
</P>
<HD1>Temporary Disabilities
</HD1>
<P>Eligibility may be based on a temporary as well as a permanent disability. The individual must meet one of the three eligibility criteria in any case, but can do so for a limited period of time. For example, if an individual breaks both legs and is in two casts for several weeks, becomes a wheelchair user for the duration, and the bus route that would normally take him to work is not accessible, the individual could be eligible under the second eligibility category. In granting eligibility to such a person, the entity should establish an expiration date for eligibility consistent with the expected end of the period disability.
</P>
<HD1>Trip-by-Trip Eligibility
</HD1>
<P>A person may be ADA paratransit eligible for some trips but not others. Eligibility does not inhere in the individual or his or her disability, as such, but in meeting the functional criteria of inability to use the fixed route system established by the ADA. This inability is likely to change with differing circumstances.
</P>
<P>For example, someone whose impairment-related condition is a severe sensitivity to temperatures below 20 degrees is not prevented from using fixed route transit when the temperature is 75 degrees. Someone whose impairment-related condition is an inability to maneuver a wheelchair through snow is not prevented from using fixed route transit when there is no snow on the ground. Someone with a cognitive disability may have learned to take the same bus route to a supported employment job every day. This individual is able to navigate the system for work purposes and therefore would not be eligible for paratransit for work trips. But the individual may be unable to get to other destinations on the bus system without getting lost, and would be eligible for paratransit for non-work trips. Someone who normally drives his own car to a rail system park and ride lot may have a specific impairment related condition preventing him from getting to the station when his car is in the shop. A person who can use accessible fixed route service can go to one destination on an accessible route; another destination would require the use of an inaccessible route. The individual would be eligible for the latter but not the former.
</P>
<P>In many cases, though the person is eligible for some trips but not others, eligibility determinations would not have to be made literally on a trip-by-trip basis. It may often be possible to establish the conditions on eligibility as part of the initial eligibility determination process. Someone with a temperature sensitivity might be granted seasonal eligibility. Somebody who is able to navigate the system for work but not non-work trips could have this fact noted in his or her eligibility documentation. Likewise, someone with a variable condition (e.g., multiple sclerosis, HIV disease, need for kidney dialysis) could have their eligibility based on the underlying condition, with paratransit need for a particular trip dependent on self-assessment or a set of medical standards (e.g., trip within a certain amount of time after a dialysis session). On the other hand, persons in the second eligibility category (people who can use accessible fixed route service where it exists) would be given service on the basis of the particular route they would use for a given trip.
</P>
<P>Because entities are not precluded from providing service beyond that required by the rule, an entity that believes it is too difficult to administer a program of trip-by-trip eligibility is not required to do so. Nothing prevents an entity from providing all requested trips to a person whom the ADA requires to receive service for only some trips. In this case, if the entity intends to request an undue financial burden waiver, the entity, as provided in the undue burden provisions of this rule, must estimate, by a statistically valid technique, the percentage of its paratransit trips that are mandated by the ADA. Only that percentage of its total costs will be counted in considering the undue burden waiver request.
</P>
<HD1>Category 1 Eligibility
</HD1>
<P>The first eligibility category includes, among others, persons with mental or visual impairments who, as a result, cannot “navigate the system.” This eligibility category includes people who cannot board, ride, or disembark from an accessible vehicle “without the assistance of another individual.” This means that, if an individual needs an attendant to board, ride, or disembark from an accessible fixed route vehicles (including “navigating the system”), the individual is eligible for paratransit. One implication of this language is that an individual does not lose paratransit eligibility based on “inability to navigate the system” because the individual chooses to travel with a friend on the paratransit system (even if the friend could help the person navigate the fixed route system). Eligibility in this category is based on ability to board, ride, and disembark independently.
</P>
<P>Mobility training (e.g., of persons with mental or visual impairments) may help to improve the ability of persons to navigate the system or to get to a bus stop. Someone who is successfully mobility trained to use the fixed route system for all or some trips need not be provided paratransit service for those trips. The Department encourages entities to sponsor such training as a means of assisting individuals to use fixed route rather than paratransit.
</P>
<HD1>Category 2 Eligibility
</HD1>
<P>The second eligibility criterion is the broadest, with respect to persons with mobility impairments, but its impact should be reduced over time as transit systems become more accessible. This category applies to persons who could use accessible fixed route transportation, but accessible transportation is not being used at the time, and on the route, the persons would travel. This concept is route based, not system based.
</P>
<P>Speaking first of bus systems, if a person is traveling from Point A to Point B on route 1, and route 1 is accessible, the person is not eligible for paratransit for the trip. This is true even though other portions of the system are still inaccessible. If the person is traveling from Point A to Point C on route 2, which is not accessible, the person is eligible for that trip. If the person is traveling from Point A to Point B on accessible route 1, with a transfer at B to go on inaccessible route 3 to Point D, then the person is eligible for the second leg of the trip. (The entity could choose to provide a paratransit trip from A to D or a paratransit or on-call bus trip from B to D.)
</P>
<P>For purposes of this standard, we view a route as accessible when all buses scheduled on the route are accessible. Otherwise, it is unlikely that an accessible vehicle could be provided “within a reasonable period of [a] time” when the individual wants to travel, as the provision requires. We recognize that some systems' operations may not be organized in a way that permits determining whether a given route is accessible, even though a route-by-route determination appears to be contemplated by the statute. In such cases, it may be that category 2 eligibility would persist until the entire system was eligible.
</P>
<P>With respect to a rail system, an individual is eligible under this standard if, on the route or line he or she wants to use, there is not yet one car per train accessible or if key stations are not yet accessible. This eligibility remains even if bus systems covering the area served by the rail system have become 100 percent accessible. This is necessary because people use rail systems for different kinds of trips than bus systems. It would often take much more in the way of time, trouble, and transfers for a person to go on the buses of one or more transit authorities than to have a direct trip provided by the rail operator. Since bus route systems are often designed to feed rail systems rather than duplicate them, it may often be true that “you can't get there from here” relying entirely on bus routes or the paratransit service area that parallels them.
</P>
<P>If the lift on a vehicle cannot be deployed at a particular stop, an individual is eligible for paratransit under this category with respect to the service to the inaccessible stop. If on otherwise accessible route 1, an individual wants to travel from Point A to Point E, and the lift cannot be deployed at E, the individual is eligible for paratransit for the trip. (On-call bus would not work as a mode of providing this trip, since a bus lift will not deploy at the stop.) This is true even though service from Point A to all other points on the line is fully accessible. In this circumstance, the entity should probably think seriously about working with the local government involved to have the stop moved or made accessible. 
</P>
<P>When we say that a lift cannot be deployed, we mean literally that the mechanism will not work at the location to permit a wheelchair user or other person with a disability to disembark or that the lift will be damaged if it is used there. It is not consistent with the rule for a transit provider to declare a stop off-limits to someone who uses the lift while allowing other passengers to use the stop. However, if temporary conditions not under the operator's control (e.g., construction, an accident, a landslide) make it so hazardous for anyone to disembark that the stop is temporarily out of service for all passengers may the operator refuse to allow a passenger to disembark using the lift. 
</P>
<HD1>Category 3 Eligibility 
</HD1>
<P>The third eligibility criterion concerns individuals who have a specific impairment-related condition which prevents them from getting to or from a stop or station. As noted in the legislative history of the ADA, this is intended to be a “very narrow exception” to the general rule that difficulty in traveling to or from boarding or disembarking locations is not a basis for eligibility. 
</P>
<P>What is a specific impairment-related condition? The legislative history mentions four examples: Chronic fatigue, blindness, a lack of cognitive ability to remember and follow directions, or a special sensitivity to temperature. Impaired mobility, severe communications disabilities (e.g., a combination of serious vision and hearing impairments), cardiopulmonary conditions, or various other serious health problems may have similar effects. The Department does not believe that it is appropriate, or even possible, to create an exhaustive list. 
</P>
<P>What the rule uses as an eligibility criterion is not just the existence of a specific impairment-related condition. To be a basis for eligibility, the condition must prevent the individual from traveling to a boarding location or from a disembarking location. The word “prevent” is very important. For anyone, going to a bus stop and waiting for a bus is more difficult and less comfortable than waiting for a vehicle at one's home. This is likely to be all the more true for an individual with a disability. But for many persons with disabilities, in many circumstances, getting to a bus stop is possible. If an impairment related condition only makes the job of accessing transit more difficult than it might otherwise be, but does not prevent the travel, then the person is not eligible. 
</P>
<P>For example, in many areas, there are not yet curb cuts. A wheelchair user can often get around this problem by taking a less direct route to a destination than an ambulatory person would take. That involves more time, trouble, and effort than for someone without a mobility impairment. But the person can still get to the bus stop. On the basis of these architectural barriers, the person would not be eligible. 
</P>
<P>Entities are cautioned that, particularly in cases involving lack of curb cuts and other architectural barrier problems, assertions of eligibility should be given tight scrutiny. Only if it is apparent from the facts of a particular case that an individual cannot find a reasonable alternative path to a location should eligibility be granted. 
</P>
<P>If we add a foot of snow to the scenario, then the same person taking the same route may be unable to get to the bus stop. It is not the snow alone that stops him; it is the interaction of the snow and the fact that the individual has a specific-impairment related condition that requires him to push a wheelchair through the snow that prevents the travel. 
</P>
<P>Inevitably, some judgment is required to distinguish between situations in which travel is prevented and situations in which it is merely made more difficult. In the Department's view, a case of “prevented travel” can be made not only where travel is literally impossible (e.g., someone cannot find the bus stop, someone cannot push a wheelchair through the foot of snow or up a steep hill) but also where the difficulties are so substantial that a reasonable person with the impairment-related condition in question would be deterred from making the trip. 
</P>
<P>The regulation makes the interaction between an impairment-related condition and the environmental barrier (whether distance, weather, terrain, or architectural barriers) the key to eligibility determinations. This is an individual determination. Depending on the specifics of their impairment-related condition, one individual may be able to get from his home to a bus stop under a given set of conditions, while his next-door neighbor may not. 
</P>
<HD1>Companions 
</HD1>
<P>The ADA requires entities to provide paratransit to one person accompanying the eligible individual, with others served on a space-available basis. The one individual who is guaranteed space on the vehicle can be anyone—family member, business associate, friend, date, etc. The provider cannot limit the eligible individual's choice of type of companion. The transit authority may require that the eligible individual reserve a space for the companion when the individual reserves his or her own ride. This one individual rides even if this means that there is less room for other eligible individuals. Additional individuals beyond the first companion are carried only on a space available basis; that is, they do not displace other ADA paratransit eligible individuals.
</P>
<P>A personal care attendant (i.e., someone designated or employed specifically to help the eligible individual meet his or her personal needs) always may ride with the eligible individual. If there is a personal care attendant on the trip, the eligible individual may still bring a companion, plus additional companions on a space available basis. The entity may require that, in reserving the trip, the eligible individual reserve the space for the attendant. 
</P>
<P>To prevent potential abuse of this provision, the rule provides that a companion (e.g., friend or family member) does not count as a personal care attendant unless the eligible individual regularly makes use of a personal care attendant and the companion is actually acting in that capacity. As noted under § 37.125, a provider may require that, as part of the initial eligibility certification process, an individual indicate whether he or she travels with a personal care attendant. If someone does not indicate the use of an attendant, then any individual accompanying him or her would be regarded simply as a companion. 
</P>
<P>To be viewed as “accompanying” the eligible individual, a companion must have the same origin and destination points as the eligible individual. In appropriate circumstances, entities may also wish to provide service to a companion who has either an origin or destination, but not both, with the eligible individual (e.g., the individual's date is dropped off at her own residence on the return trip from a concert). 
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.125 ADA Paratransit Eligibility—Process
</HD2>
<P>This section requires an eligibilty process to be established by each operator of complementary paratransit. The details of the process are to be devised through the planning and public participation process of this subpart. The process may not impose unreasonable administrative burdens on applicants, and, since it is part of the entity's nondiscrimination obligations, may not involve “user fees” or application fees to the applicant.
</P>
<P>The process may include functional criteria related to the substantive eligibility criteria of § 37.123 and, where appropriate, functional evaluation or testing of applicants. The substantive eligibility process is not aimed at making a medical or diagnostic determination. While evaluation by a physician (or professionals in rehabilitation or other relevant fields) may be used as part of the process, a diagnosis of a disability is not dispositive. What is needed is a determination of whether, as a practical matter, the individual can use fixed route transit in his or her own circumstances. That is a transportation decision primarily, not a medical decision.
</P>
<P>The goal of the process is to ensure that only people who meet the regulatory criteria, strictly applied, are regarded as ADA paratransit eligible. The Department recognizes that transit entities may wish to provide service to other persons, which is not prohibited by this rule. However, the eligibility process should clearly distinguish those persons who are ADA eligible from those who are provided service on other grounds. For example, eligibility documentation must clearly state whether someone is ADA paratransit eligible or eligible on some other basis.
</P>
<P>Often, people tend to think of paratransit exclusively in terms of people with mobility impairments. Under the ADA, this is not accurate. Persons with visual impairments may be eligible under either the first or third eligibility categories. To accommodate them, all documents concerning eligibility must be made available in one or more accessible formats, on request. Accessible formats include computer disks, braille documents, audio cassettes, and large print documents. A document does not necessarily need to be made available in the format a requester prefers, but it does have to be made available in a format the person can use. There is no use giving a computer disk to someone who does not have a computer, for instance, or a braille document to a person who does not read braille.
</P>
<P>When a person applies for eligibility, the entity will provide all the needed forms and instructions. These forms and instructions may include a declaration of whether the individual travels with a personal care attendant. The entity may make further inquiries concerning such a declaration (e.g., with respect to the individual's actual need for a personal care attendant).
</P>
<P>When the application process is complete—all necessary actions by the applicant taken—the entity should process the application in 21 days. If it is unable to do so, it must begin to provide service to the applicant on the 22nd day, as if the application had been granted. Service may be terminated only if and when the entity denies the application. All determinations shall be in writing; in the case of a denial, reasons must be specified. The reasons must specifically relate the evidence in the matter to the eligibility criteria of this rule and of the entity's process. A mere recital that the applicant can use fixed route transit is not sufficient.
</P>
<P>For people granted eligibility, the documentation of eligibility shall include at least the following information:
</P>
<FP-1>—The individual's name
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—The name of the transit provider
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—The telephone number of the entity's paratransit coordinator
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—An expiration date for eligibility
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Any conditions or limitations on the individual's eligibility, including the use of a personal care attendant.
</FP-1>
<P>The last point refers to the situation in which a person is eligible for some trips but not others. Or if the traveler is authorized to have a personal care attendant ride free of charge. For example, the documentation may say that the individual is eligible only when the temperature falls below a certain point, or when the individual is going to a destination not on an accessible bus route, or for non-work trips, etc.
</P>
<P>As the mention of an expiration date implies, certification is not forever. The entity may recertify eligibility at reasonable intervals to make sure that changed circumstances have not invalidated or changed the individual's eligibility. In the Department's view, a reasonable interval for recertification is probably between one and three years. Less than one year would probably be too burdensome for consumers; over three years would begin to lose the point of doing recertifications. The recertification interval should be stated in the entity's plan. Of course, a user of the service can apply to modify conditions on his or her eligibility at any time. 
</P>
<P>The administrative appeal process is intended to give applicants who have been denied eligibility the opportunity to have their cases heard by some official other than the one who turned them down in the first place. In order to have appropriate separation of functions—a key element of administrative due process—not only must the same person not decide the case on appeal, but that person, to the extent practicable, should not have been involved in the first decision (e.g., as a member of the same office, or a supervisor or subordinate of the original decisionmaker). When, as in the case of a small transit operator, this degree of separation is not feasible, the second decisionmaker should at least be “bubbled” with respect to the original decision (i.e., not have participated in the original decision or discussed it with the original decisionmaker). In addition, there must be an opportunity to be heard in person as well as the chance to present written evidence and arguments. All appeals decisions must be in writing, stating the reasons for the decision. 
</P>
<P>To prevent the filing of stale claims, the entity may establish a 60 day “statute of limitations” on filing of appeals, the time starting to run on the date the individual is notified on the negative initial decision. After the appeals process has been completed (i.e., the hearing and/or written submission completed), the entity should make a decision within 30 days. If it does not, the individual must be provided service beginning the 31st day, until and unless an adverse decision is rendered on his or her appeal.
</P>
<P>Under the eligibility criteria of the rule, an individual has a right to paratransit if he or she meets the eligibility criteria. As noted in the discussion of the nondiscrimination section, an entity may refuse service to anindividual with a disability who engages in violent, seriously disruptive, or illegal conduct, using the same standards for exclusion that would apply to any other person who acted in such an inappropriate way.
</P>
<P>The rule also allows an entity to establish a process to suspend, for a reasonable period of time, the provision of paratransit service to an ADA eligible person who establishes a pattern or practice of missing scheduled trips. The purpose of this process would be to deter or deal with chronic “no-shows.” The sanction system—articulated criteria for the imposition of sanctions, length of suspension periods, details of the administrative process, etc.—would be developed through the public planning and participation process for the entity's paratransit plan, and the result reflected in the plan submission to FTA.
</P>
<P>It is very important to note that sanctions could be imposed only for a “pattern or practice” of missed trips. A pattern or practice involves intentional, repeated or regular actions, not isolated, accidental, or singular incidents. Moreover, only actions within the control of the individual count as part of a pattern or practice. Missed trips due to operator error are not attributable to the individual passenger for this purpose. If the vehicle arrives substantially after the scheduled pickup time, and the passenger has given up on the vehicle and taken a taxi or gone down the street to talk to a neighbor, that is not a missed trip attributable to the passenger. If the vehicle does not arrive at all, or is sent to the wrong address, or to the wrong entrance to a building, that is not a missed trip attributable to the passenger. There may be other circumstances beyond the individual's control (e.g., a sudden turn for the worse in someone with a variable condition, a sudden family emergency) that make it impracticable for the individual to travel at the scheduled time and also for the individual to notify the entity in time to cancel the trip before the vehicle comes. Such circumstances also would not form part of a sanctionable pattern or practice.
</P>
<P>Once an entity has certified someone as eligible, the individual's eligibility takes on the coloration of a property right. (This is not merely a theoretical statement. If one depends on transportation one has been found eligible for to get to a job, and the eligibility is removed, one may lose the job. The same can be said for access to medical care or other important services.) Consequently, before eligibility may be removed “for cause” under this provision, the entity must provide administrative due process to the individual.
</P>
<P>If the entity proposes to impose sanctions on someone, it must first notify the individual in writing (using accessible formats where necessary). The notice must specify the basis of the proposed action (e.g., Mr. Smith scheduled trips for 8 a.m. on May 15, 2 p.m. on June 3, 9 a.m. on June 21, and 9:20 p.m. on July 10, and on each occasion the vehicle appeared at the scheduled time and Mr. Smith was nowhere to be found) and set forth the proposed sanction (e.g., Mr. Smith would not receive service for 15 days).
</P>
<P>The entity would provide the individual an opportunity to be heard (i.e., an in-person informal hearing before a decisionmaker) as well as to present written and oral information and arguments. All relevant entity records and personnel would be made available to the individual, and other persons could testify. It is likely that, in many cases, an important factual issue would be whether a missed trip was the responsibility of the provider or the passenger, and the testimony of other persons and the provider's records or personnel are likely to be relevant in deciding this issue. While the hearing is intended to be informal, the individual could bring a representative (e.g., someone from an advocacy organization, an attorney).
</P>
<P>The individual may waive the hearing and proceed on the basis of written presentations. If the individual does not respond to the notice within a reasonable time, the entity may make, in effect, a default finding and impose sanctions. If there is a hearing, and the individual needs paratransit service to attend the hearing, the entity must provide it. We would emphasize that, prior to a finding against the individual after this due process procedure, the individual must continue to receive service. The entity cannot suspend service while the matter is pending.
</P>
<P>The entity must notify the individual in writing about the decision, the reasons for it, and the sanctions imposed, if any. Again, this information would be made available in accessible formats. In the case of a decision adverse to the individual, the administrative appeals process of this section would apply. The sanction would be stayed pending an appeal.
</P>
<P>There are means other than sanctions, however, by which a transit provider can deal with a “no-show” problem in its system. Providers who use “real time scheduling” report that this technique is very effective in reducing no-shows and cancellations, and increasing the mix of real time scheduling in a system can probably be of benefit in this area. Calling the customer to reconfirm a reasonable time before pickup can head off some problems, as can educating consumers to call with cancellations ahead of time. Training of dispatch and operator personnel can help to avoid miscommunications that lead to missed trips.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.127 Complementary Paratransit for Visitors
</HD2>
<P>This section requires each entity having a complementary paratransit system to provide service to visitors from out of town on the same basis as it is provided to local residents. By “on the same basis,” we mean under all the same conditions, service criteria, etc., without distinction. For the period of a visit, the visitor is treated exactly like an eligible local user, without any higher priority being given to either.
</P>
<P>A visitor is defined as someone who does not reside in the jurisdiction or jurisdictions served by the public entity or other public entities with which it coordinates paratransit service. For example, suppose a five-county metropolitan area provides coordinated paratransit service under a joint plan. A resident of any of the five counties would not be regarded as a visitor in any of them. Note that the rule talks in terms of “jurisdiction” rather than “service area.” If an individual lives in XYZ County, but outside the fixed route service area of that county's transit provider, the individual is still not a visitor for purposes of paratransit in PQR County, if PQR is one of the counties with which XYZ provides coordinated paratransit service.
</P>
<P>A visitor can become eligible in one of two ways. The first is to present documentation from his or her “home” jurisdiction's paratransit system. The local provider will give “full faith and credit” to the ID card or other documentation from the other entity. If the individual has no such documentation, the local provider may require the provision of proof of visitor status (i.e., proof of residence somewhere else) and, if the individual's disability is not apparent, proof of the disability (e.g., a letter from a doctor or rehabilitation professional). Once this documentation is presented and is satisfactory, the local provider will make service available on the basis of the individual's statement that he or she is unable to use the fixed route transit system.
</P>
<P>The local provider need serve someone based on visitor eligibility for no more than 21 days. After that, the individual is treated the same as a local person for eligibility purposes. This is true whether the 21 days are consecutive or parceled out over several shorter visits. The local provider may require the erstwhile visitor to apply for eligibility in the usual local manner. A visitor who expects to be around longer than 21 days should apply for regular eligibility as soon as he arrives. The same approach may be used for a service of requested visits totaling 21 days or more in a relating compact period of time. Preferably, this application process should be arranged before the visitor arrives, by letter, telephone or fax, so that a complete application can be processed expeditiously.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.129 Types of Service
</HD2>
<P>The basic mode of service for complementary paratransit is demand responsive, origin-to-destination service. This service may be provided for persons in any one of the three eligibility categories, and must always be provided to persons in the first category (e.g., people who cannot navigate the system). The local planning process should decide whether, or in what circumstances, this service is to be provided as door-to-door or curb-to-curb service.
</P>
<P>For persons in the second eligibility category (e.g., persons who can use accessible buses, but do not have an accessible bus route available to take them to their destination), origin-to-destination service can be used. Alternatively, the entity can provide either of two other forms of service. One is on-call bus, in which the individual calls the provider and arranges for one or more accessible buses to arrive on the routes he needs to use at the appropriate time. On-call bus service must meet all the service criteria of § 37.131, except that on-call buses run only on fixed routes and the fare charged can be only the fixed route fare that anyone pays on the bus (including discounts).
</P>
<P>The second option is “feeder paratransit” to an accessible fixed route that will take the individual to his or her destination. Feeder paratransit, again, would have to meet all the criteria of § 37.131. With respect to fares, the paratransit fare could be charged, but the individual would not be double charged for the trip. That is, having paid the paratransit fare, the transfer to the fixed route would be free.
</P>
<P>For persons in the third eligibility category (e.g., persons who can use fixed route transit but who, because of a specific impairment-related condition, cannot get to or from a stop), the “feeder paratransit” option, under the conditions outlined above, is available. For some trips, it might be necessary to arrange for feeder service at both ends of the fixed route trip. Given the more complicated logistics of such arrangements, and the potential for a mistake that would seriously inconvenience the passenger, the transit provider should consider carefully whether such a “double feeder” system, while permissible, is truly workable in its system (as opposed to a simpler system that used feeder service only at one end of a trip when the bus let the person off at a place from which he or she could independently get to the destination). There may be some situations in which origin to destination service is easier and less expensive.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.131 Service Criteria for Complementary Paratransit Service Area
</HD2>
<P>The basic bus system service area is a corridor with a width of 
<FR>3/4</FR> of a mile on each side of each fixed route. At the end of a route, there is a semicircular “cap” on the corridor, consisting of a three-quarter mile radius from the end point of the route to the parallel sides of the corridor.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02fe91.191.gif"/>
<P>Complementary paratransit must provide service to any origin or destination point within a corridor fitting this description around any route in the bus system. Note that this does not say that an eligible user must live within a corridor in order to be eligible. If an individual lives outside the corridor, and can find a way of getting to a pickup point within the corridor, the service must pick him up there. The same holds true at the destination end of the trip.
</P>
<P>Another concept involved in this service criterion is the core service area. Imagine a bus route map of a typical city. Color the bus routes and their corridors blue, against the white outline map. In the densely populated areas of the city, the routes (which, with their corridors attached, cut 1
<FR>1/2</FR> mile swaths) merge together into a solid blue mass. There are few, if any, white spots left uncovered, and they are likely to be very small. Paratransit would serve all origins and destinations in the solid blue mass.
</P>
<P>But what of the little white spots surrounded by various bus corridors? Because it would make sense to avoid providing service to such small isolated areas, the rule requires paratransit service there as well. So color them in too.
</P>
<P>Outside the core area, though, as bus routes follow radial arteries into the suburbs and exurbs (we know real bus route maps are more complicated than this, but we simplify for purposes of illustration), there are increasingly wide white areas between the blue corridors, which may have corridors on either side of them but are not small areas completely surrounded by corridors. These white spaces are not part of the paratransit service area and the entity does not have to serve origins and destinations there. However, if, through the planning process, the entity wants to enlarge the width of one or more of the blue corridors from the 
<FR>3/4</FR> of a mile width, it can do so, to a maximum of 1
<FR>1/2</FR> miles on each side of a route. The cost of service provided within such an expanded corridor can be counted in connection with an undue financial burden waiver request.
</P>
<P>There may be a part of the service area where part of one of the corridors overlaps a political boundary, resulting in a requirement to serve origins and destinations in a neighboring jurisdiction which the entity lacks legal authority to service. The entity is not required to serve such origins and destinations, even though the area on the other side of the political boundary is within a corridor. This exception to the service area criterion does not automatically apply whenever there is a political boundary, only when there is a legal bar to the entity providing service on the other side of the boundary.
</P>
<P>The rule requires, in this situation, that the entity take all practicable steps to get around the problem so that it can provide service throughout its service area. The entity should work with the state or local governments involved, via coordination plans, reciprocity agreements, memoranda of understanding or other means to prevent political boundaries from becoming barriers to the travel of individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<P>The definition of the service area for rail systems is somewhat different, though many of the same concepts apply.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02fe91.192.gif"/>
<P>Around each station on the line (whether or not a key station), the entity would draw a circle with a radius of 
<FR>3/4</FR> mile. Some circles may touch or overlap. The series of circles is the rail system's service area. (We recognize that, in systems where stations are close together, this could result in a service area that approached being a corridor like that of a bus line.) The rail system would provide paratransit service from any point in one circle to any point in any other circle. The entity would not have to provide service to two points within the same circle, since a trip between two points in the vicinity of the same station is not a trip that typically would be taken by train. Nor would the entity have to provide service to spaces between the circles. For example, a train trip would not get close to point x; one would have to take a bus or other mode of transportation to get from station E or F to point x. A paratransit system comparable to the rail service area would not be required to take someone there either.
</P>
<P>Rail systems typically provide trips that are not made, or cannot be made conveniently, on bus systems. For example, many rail systems cross jurisdictional boundaries that bus systems often do not. One can travel from Station A to a relatively distant Station E on a rail system in a single trip, while a bus trip between the same points, if possible at all, may involve a number of indirect routings and transfers, on two bus systems that may not interface especially well.
</P>
<P>Rail operators have an obligation to provide paratransit equivalents of trips between circles to persons who cannot use fixed route rail systems because they cannot navigate the system, because key stations or trains are not yet accessible, or because they cannot access stations from points within the circles because of a specific impairment-related condition. For individuals who are eligible in category 2 because they need an accessible key station to use the system, the paratransit obligation extends only to transportation among “circles” centered on designated key stations (since, even when the key station plan is fully implemented, these individuals will be unable to use non-key stations).
</P>
<P>It is not sufficient for a rail operator to refer persons with disabilities to an accessible bus system in the area. The obligation to provide paratransit for a rail system is independent of the operations of any bus system serving the same area, whether operated by the same entity that operates the rail system or a different entity. Obviously, it will be advantageous for bus and rail systems to coordinate their paratransit efforts, but a coordinated system would have to ensure coverage of trips comparable to rail trips that could not conveniently be taken on the fixed route bus system.
</P>
<HD1>Response Time
</HD1>
<P>Under this provision, an entity must make its reservation service available during the hours its administrative offices are open. If those offices are open 9 to 5, those are the hours during which the reservations service must be open, even if the entity's transit service operated 6 a.m. to midnight. On days prior to a service day on which the administrative offices are not open at all (e.g., a Sunday prior to a Monday service day), the reservation service would also be open 9 to 5. Note that the reservation service on any day does not have to be provided directly by a “real person.” An answering machine or other technology can suffice.
</P>
<P>Any caller reaching the reservation service during the 9 to 5 period, in this example, could reserve service for any time during the next 6 a.m. to 12 midnight service day. This is the difference between “next day scheduling” and a system involving a 24-hour prior reservation requirement, in which a caller would have to reserve a trip at 7 a.m. today if he or she wanted to travel at 7 a.m. tomorrow. The latter approach is not adequate under this rule.
</P>
<P>The entity may use real time scheduling for all or part of its service. Like the Moliere character who spoke prose all his life without knowing it, many entities may already be using some real time scheduling (e.g., for return trips which are scheduled on a when-needed basis, as opposed to in advance). A number of transit providers who have used real time scheduling believe that it is more efficient on a per-trip basis and reduces cancellations and no-shows significantly. We encourage entities to consider this form of service.
</P>
<P>Sometimes users want to schedule service well in advance, to be sure of traveling when they want to. The rule tells providers to permit reservations to be made as much as 14 days in advance. In addition, though an entity may negotiate with a user to adjust pickup and return trip times to make scheduling more efficient, the entity cannot insist on scheduling a trip more than one hour earlier or later than the individual desires to travel. Any greater deviation from desired trip would exceed the bounds of comparability. 
</P>
<HD1>Fares
</HD1>
<P>To calculate the proper paratransit fare, the entity would determine the route(s) that an individual would take to get from his or her origin to his or her destination on the fixed route system. At the time of day the person was traveling, what is the fare for that trip on those routes? Applicable charges like transfer fees or premium service charges may be added to the amount, but discounts (e.g., the half-fare discount for off-peak fixed route travel by elderly and handicapped persons) would not be subtracted. The transit provider could charge up to twice the resulting amount for the paratransit trip. 
</P>
<P>The mode through which paratransit is provided does not change the method of calculation. For example, if paratransit is provided via user side subsidy taxi service rather than publicly operated dial-a-ride van service, the cost to the user could still be only twice the applicable fixed route fare. The system operates the same regardless of whether the paratransit trip is being provided in place of a bus or a rail trip the user cannot make on the fixed route system. Where bus and rail systems are run by the same provider (or where the same bus provider runs parallel local and express buses along the same route), the comparison would be made to the mode on which a typical fixed route user would make the particular trip, based on schedule, length, convenience, avoidance of transfers, etc. 
</P>
<P>Companions are charged the same fare as the eligible individual they are accompanying. Personal care attendants ride free. 
</P>
<P>One exception to the fare requirement is made for social service agency (or other organization-sponsored) trips. This exception, which allows the transit provider to negotiate a price with the agency that is more than twice the relevant fixed route fare, applies to “agency trips,” by which we mean trips which are guaranteed to the agency for its use. That is, if an agency wants 12 slots for a trip to the mall on Saturday for clients with disabilities, the agency makes the reservation for the trips in its name, the agency will be paying for the transportation, and the trips are reserved to the agency, for whichever 12 people the agency designates, the provider may then negotiate any price it can with the agency for the trips. We distinguish this situation from one in which an agency employee, as a service, calls and makes an individual reservation in the name of a client, where the client will be paying for the transportation. 
</P>
<HD1>Restrictions and Priorities Based on Trip Purpose
</HD1>
<P>This is a simple and straightforward requirement. There can be no restrictions or priorities based on trip purpose in a comparable complementary paratransit system. When a user reserves a trip, the entity will need to know the origin, destination, time of travel, and how many people are traveling. The entity does not need to know why the person is traveling, and should not even ask. 
</P>
<HD1>Hours and Days of Service
</HD1>
<P>This criterion says simply that if a person can travel to a given destination using a given fixed route at a given time of day, an ADA paratransit eligible person must be able to travel to that same destination on paratransit at that time of day. This criterion recognizes that the shape of the service area can change. Late at night, for example, it is common for certain routes not to be run. Those routes, and their paratransit corridors, do not need to be served with paratransit when the fixed route system is not running on them. One couldn't get to destinations in that corridor by fixed route at those times, so paratransit service is not necessary either. 
</P>
<P>It should be pointed out that service during low-demand times need not be by the same paratransit mode as during higher usage periods. For example, if a provider uses its own paratransit vans during high demand periods, it could use a private contractor or user-side subsidy provider during low demand periods. This would presumably be a more efficient way of providing late night service. A call-forwarding device for communication with the auxiliary carrier during these low demand times would be perfectly acceptable, and could reduce administrative costs. 
</P>
<HD1>Capacity Constraints
</HD1>
<P>This provision specifically prohibits two common mechanisms that limit use of a paratransit system so as to constrain demand on its capacity. The first is a waiting list. Tyically, a waiting list involves a determination by a provider that it can provide service only to a given number of eligible persons. Other eligible persons are not able to receive service until one of the people being served moves away or otherwise no longer uses the service. Then the persons on the waiting list can move up. The process is analogous to the wait that persons in some cities have to endure to be able to buy season tickets to a sold-out slate of professional football games. 
</P>
<P>The second mechanism specifically mentioned is a number limit on the trips a passenger can take in a given period of time. It is a kind of rationing in which, for example, if one has taken his quota of 30 trips this month, he cannot take further trips for the rest of the month. 
</P>
<P>In addition, this paragraph prohibits any operational pattern or practice that significantly limits the availability of service of ADA paratransit eligible persons. As discussed under § 37.125 in the context of missed trips by passengers, a “pattern or practice” involves, regular, or repeated actions, not isolated, accidental, or singular incidents. A missed trip, late arrival, or trip denial now and then does not trigger this provision. 
</P>
<P>Operational problems outside the control of the entity do not count as part of a pattern or practice under this provision. For example, if the vehicle has an accident on the way to pick up a passenger, the late arrival would not count as part of a pattern or practice. If something that could not have been anticipated at the time the trip was scheduled (e.g., a snowstorm, an accident or hazardous materials incident that traps the paratransit vehicle, like all traffic on a certain highway, for hours), the resulting missed trip would not count as part of a pattern or practice. On the other hand, if the entity regularly does not maintain its vehicles well, such that frequent mechanical breakdowns result in missed trips or late arrivals, a pattern or practice may exist. This is also true in a situation in which scheduling practices fail to take into account regularly occurring traffic conditions (e.g., rush hour traffic jams), resulting in frequent late arrivals. 
</P>
<P>The rule mentions three specific examples of operational patterns or practices that would violate this provision. The first is a pattern or practice of substantial numbers of significantly untimely pickups (either for initial or return trips). To violate this provision, there must be both a substantial number of late arrivals and the late arrivals in question must be significant in length. For example, a DOT Inspector General's (IG) report on one city's paratransit system disclosed that around 30 percent of trips were between one and five hours late. Such a situation would trigger this provision. On the other hand, only a few instances of trips one to five hours late, or many instances of trips a few minutes late, would not trigger this provision.
</P>
<P>The second example is substantial numbers of trip denials or missed trips. For example, if on a regular basis the reservation phone lines open at 5 a.m. and callers after 7 a.m. are all told that they cannot travel, or the phone lines shut down after 7 a.m. and a recorded message says to call back the next day, or the phone lines are always so busy that no one can get through, this provision would be triggered. (Practices of this kind would probably violate the response time criterion as well.) Also, if, on a regular basis, the entity misses a substantial number of trips (e.g., a trip is scheduled, the passenger is waiting, but the vehicle never comes, goes to the wrong address, is extremely late, etc.), it would violate this provision.
</P>
<P>The third example is substantial numbers of trips with excessive trip lengths. Since paratransit is a shared ride service, paratransit rides between Point A and Point B will usually take longer, and involve more intermediate stops, than a taxi ride between the same two points. However, when the number of intermediate stops and the total trip time for a given passenger grows so large as to make use of the system prohibitively inconvenient, then this provision would be triggered. For example, the IG report referred to above mentioned a situation in which 9 percent of riders had one way trips averaging between two and four hours, with an average of 16 intermediate stops. Such a situation would probably trigger this provision.
</P>
<P>Though these three examples probably cover the most frequently cited problems in paratransit operations that directly or indirectly limit the provision of service that is theoretically available to eligible persons, the list is not exhaustive. Other patterns or practices could trigger this provision. For example, the Department has heard about a situation in which an entity's paratransit contractor was paid on a per-trip basis, regardless of the length of the trip. The contractor therefore had an economic incentive to provide as many trips as possible. As a result, the contractor accepted short trips and routinely denied longer trips. This would be a pattern or practice contrary to this provision (and contrary to the service area provision as well).
</P>
<HD1>Additional Service
</HD1>
<P>This provision emphasizes that entities may go beyond the requirements of this section in providing service to ADA paratransit individuals. For example, no one is precluded from offering service in a larger service area, during greater hours than the fixed route system, or without charge. However, costs of such additional service do not count with respect to undue financial burden waiver requests. Where a service criterion itself incorporates a range of actions the entity may take (e.g., providing wide corridors outside the urban core, using real time scheduling), however, costs of providing that optional service may be counted for undue financial burden waiver request purposes.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.133 Subscription Service
</HD2>
<P>As part of its paratransit service, an entity may include a subscription service component. However, at any given time of day, this component may not absorb more than 50 percent of available capacity on the total system. For example, if, at 8 a.m., the system can provide 400 trips, no more than 200 of these can be subscription trips.
</P>
<P>The one exception to this rule would occur in a situation in which there is excess non-subscription capacity available. For example, if over a long enough period of time to establish a pattern, there were only 150 non-subscription trips requested at 8 a.m., the provider could begin to provide 250 subscription trips at that time. Subsequently, if non-subscription demand increased over a period of time, such that the 50 trips were needed to satisfy a regular non-subscription demand at that time, and overall system capacity had not increased, the 50 trips would have to be returned to the non-subscription category. During times of high subscription demand, entities could use the trip time negotiation discretion of § 37.131(c)(2) to shift some trips to other times.
</P>
<P>Because subscription service is a limited subcomponent of paratransit service, the rule permits restrictions to be imposed on its use that could not be imposed elsewhere. There may be a waiting list for provision of subscription service or the use of other capacity constraints. Also, there may be restrictions or priorities based on trip purpose. For example, subscription service under peak work trip times could be limited to work trips. We emphasize that these limitations apply only to subscription service. It is acceptable for a provider to put a person on a waiting list for access to subscription service at 8 a.m. for work trips; the same person could not be wait-listed for access to paratransit service in general.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.135 Submission of Paratransit Plans
</HD2>
<P>This section contains the general requirements concerning the submission of paratransit plans. Each public entity operating fixed route service is required to develop and submit a plan for paratransit service. Where you send your plans depends on the type of entity you are. There are two categories of entities which should submit their plans to states—(1) FTA recipients and (2) entities who are administered by the state on behalf of FTA.
</P>
<P>These FTA grantees submit their plans to the states because the agency would like the benefit of the states' expertise before final review. The states' role is as a commenter, not as a reviewer.
</P>
<P>This section also specifies annual progress reports concerning the meeting of previously approved milestones, any slippage (with the reasons for it and plans to catch up), and any significant changes in the operator's environment, such as the withdrawal from the marketplace of a private paratransit provider or whose service the entity has relied upon to provide part of its paratransit service.
</P>
<P>Paragraph (d) of this section specifies a maximum time period for the phase-in of the implementation of paratransit plans. The Department recognizes that it is not reasonable to expect paratransit systems to spring into existence fully formed, like Athena from the head of Zeus. Under this paragraph, all entities must be in full compliance with all paratransit provisions by January 26, 1997, unless the entity has received a waiver from FTA based on undue financial burden (which applies only to the service criteria of § 37.131, not to eligibility requirements or other paratransit provisions).
</P>
<P>While the rule assumes that most entities will take a year to fully implement these provisions, longer than a year requires the paratransit plans to submit milestones that are susceptible to objective verification. Not all plans will be approved with a five-year lead-in period. Consistent with the proposed rule, the Department intends to look at each plan individually to see what is required for implementation in each case. DOT may approve only a shorter phase-in period in a given case.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.137 Paratransit Plan Development
</HD2>
<P>Section 35.137 establishes three principal requirements in the development of paratransit plans.
</P>
<P>First is the requirement to survey existing paratransit services within the service area. This is required by section 223(c)(8) of the ADA. While the ADA falls short of explicitly requiring coordination, clearly this is one of the goals. The purpose of the survey is to determine what is being provided already, so that a transit provider can accurately assess what additional service is needed to meet the service criteria for comparable paratransit service. The plan does not have to discuss private paratransit providers whose services will not be used to help meet paratransit requirements under this rule. However, the public entity will need to know specifically what services are being provided by whom if the entity is to count the transportation toward the overall need.
</P>
<P>Since the public entity is required to provide paratransit to all ADA paratransit eligible individuals, there is some concern that currently provided service may be cut back or eliminated. It is possible that this may happen and such action would have a negative effect on transportation provided to persons with disabilities in general. The Department urges each entity required to submit a plan to work with current providers of transportation, not only to determine what transportation services they provide, but also to continue to provide service into the foreseeable future.
</P>
<P>Second, § 37.137 specifies requirements for public participation. First, the entity must perform outreach, to ensure that a wide range of persons anticipated to use the paratransit service know about and have the opportunity to participate in the development of the plan. Not only must the entity identify who these individuals or groups are, the entity also must contact the people at an early stage in the development process.
</P>
<P>The other public participation requirements are straightforward. There must be a public hearing and an opportunity to comment. The hearing must be accessible to those with disabilities, and notice of the hearing must be accessible as well. There is a special efforts test identified in this paragraph for comments concerning a multi-year phase-in of a paratransit plan.
</P>
<P>The final general requirement of the section specifies that efforts at public participation must be made permanent through some mechanism that provides for participation in all phases of paratransit plan development and submission. The Department is not requiring that there be an advisory committee established, although this is one method of institutionalizing participation. The Department is not as interested in the specific structure used to ensure public participation as we are interested in the effectiveness of the effort.
</P>
<P>The Department believes that public participation is a key element in the effective implementation of the ADA. The ADA is an opportunity to develop programs that will ensure the integration of all persons into not just the transportation system of America, but all of the opportunities transportation makes possible. This opportunity is not without tremendous challenges to the transit providers. It is only through dialogue, over the long term, that usable, possible plans can be developed and implemented.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.139 Plan Contents
</HD2>
<P>This section contains substantive categories of information to be contained in the paratransit plan: Information on current and changing fixed route service; inventory of existing paratransit service; discussion of the discrepancies between existing paratransit and what is required under this regulation; a discussion of the public participation requirements and how they have been met; the plan for paratransit service; the budget for paratransit services; efforts to coordinate with other transportation providers; a description of the process in place or to be used to register ADA paratransit eligible individuals; a description of the documentation provided to each individual verifying eligibility; and a request for a waiver based on undue financial burden, if applicable. The final rule contains a reorganized and slightly expanded section on plan contents, reflecting requests to be more explicit, rather than less explicit.
</P>
<P>The list of required elements is the same for all entities required to submit paratransit plans. There is no document length requirement, however. Each entity (or group plan) is unique and we expect the plans to reflect this. While we would like the plan elements presented in the order listed in this section, the contents most likely will vary greatly, depending on the size, geographic area, budget, complexity of issues, etc. of the particular submitting agency.
</P>
<P>This section and § 37.139 provide for a maximum phase-in period of five years, with an assumed one-year phase-in for all paratransit programs. (The required budget has been changed to five years as well.) The Department has established a maximum five-year phase-in in the belief that not all systems will require that long, but that some, particularly those which had chosen to meet compliance with section 504 requirements with accessible fixed route service, may indeed need five years.
</P>
<P>We are confident that, through the public participation process, entities can develop a realistic plan for full compliance with the ADA. To help ensure this, the paratransit plan contents section now requires that any plan which projects full compliance after January 26, 1993 must include milestones which can be measured and which result in steady progress toward full compliance. For example, it is possible that the first part of year one is used to ensure comprehensive registration of all eligible persons with disabilities, training of transit provider staffs and the development and dissemination of information to users and potential users in accessible formats and some modest increase in paratransit service is provided. A plan would not be permitted to indicate that no activity was possible in the first year, but proportionately more progress could be planned for later years than for the first year. Implementation must begin in January 1992.
</P>
<P>Each plan, including its proposed phase-in period, will be the subject of examination by FTA. Not all providers who request a five-year phase-in will receive approval for a five-year phase-in. The plan must be careful, therefore, to explain what current services are, what the projections are, and what methods are in place to determine and provide accountability for progress toward full compliance.
</P>
<P>We have been asked for assistance in assessing what the demand for paratransit service will be. FTA's ADA Paratransit Manual provides detailed assistance in this and many other areas of the plan development process.
</P>
<P>The ADA itself contained a figure of 43 million persons with disabilities. It should be pointed out that many of these may not necessarily be eligible for ADA paratransit service. The Department's regulatory impact analysis discussing the probable costs involved in implementing this rule places the possible percentage of population who would be eligible for paratransit service at between 1.4 and 1.9 percent. This figure can vary depending on the type and variety of services you have available, or on such things as climate, proximity to medical care, family, etc. that a person with a disability may need. Clearly estimating demand is one of the most critical elements in the plan, since it will be used to make decisions about all of the various service criteria.
</P>
<P>Section 37.139 contains a new paragraph (j), spelling out in more detail requirements related to the annual submission of plans. Since there is now the possibility for five-year phase-ins, the annual plan demonstrates the progress made to date, and explains any delays.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.141 Requirements If a Joint Plan is Submitted
</HD2>
<P>The Department believes that, particularly in large, multi-provider regions, a coordinated regional paratransit plan and system are extremely important. Such coordination can do much to ensure that the most comprehensive transportation can be provided with the most efficient use of available resources. We recognize that the effort of putting together such a coordinated system can be a lengthy one. This section is intended to facilitate the process of forming such a coordinated system.
</P>
<P>If a number of entities wish to submit a joint plan for a coordinated system, they must, like other entities, submit a document by January 26, 1992. At a minimum, this document must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A general statement that the participating entities intend to file a joint coordinated plan;
</P>
<P>(2) A certification from each participating entity that it is committed to providing paratransit as a part of a coordinated plan;
</P>
<P>(3) A certification from each participating entity that it will maintain at least current levels of paratransit service until the coordinated paratransit service called for by the joint plan is implemented;
</P>
<P>(4) As many elements of the plan as possible.
</P>
<P>These provisions ensure that significant planning will precede, and plan implementation will begin by, January 26, 1992, without precluding entities from cooperating because it was not possible to complete coordinating different public entities by that date. The entities involved in a joint plan are required to submit all elements of their plan by July 26, 1992.
</P>
<P>The final provision in the section notes that an entity may later join a coordinated plan, even if it has filed its own plan on January 26, 1992. An entity must submit its own plan by January 26, 1992, if it has not provided a certification of participation in a joint plan.). In this case, the entity must provide the assurances and certifications required of all of the other participating entities.
</P>
<P>The Department fully expects that many jurisdictions filing joint plans will be able to do so by January 26, 1992. For those who cannot, the regulatory provision ensures that there will be no decrease in paratransit service. Further, since we anticipate coordinated service areas to provide more effective service, complete implementation of a joint plan could be more rapid than if each entity was providing service on its own.
</P>
<P>Entities submitting a joint plan do not have any longer than any other entities to fully implement complementary paratransit service. In any case, all plans (joint or single) must be fully implemented by January 26, 1997, absent a waiver for undue financial burden (which would, in the case of a joint plan, be considered on a joint basis).
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.143 Paratransit Plan Implementation
</HD2>
<P>As already discussed under § 37.135, the states will receive FTA recipient plans for recipients of funding under 49 U.S.C. 5311 administered by the State or any small urbanized area recipient of funds under 49 U.S.C. 5307 administered by a state. Public entities who do not receive FTA funds will submit their plans directly to the applicable Regional Office (listed in appendix B to the rule).
</P>
<P>The role of the state is to accept the plans on behalf of FTA, to ensure that all plans are submitted to it and forward the plans, with any comments on the plans, to FTA. This comment is very important for FTA to receive, since states administer these programs on behalf of FTA. Each state's specific knowledge of FTA grantees it administers will provide helpful information to FTA in making its decisions.
</P>
<P>The rule lists five questions the states must answer when they forward the plans. These questions are gauged to capitalize on the working knowledge the states possess on the grantees. FTA will send a more specific letter of instruction to each state explaining its role.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.147 FTA Review of Plans
</HD2>
<P>This provision spells out factors FTA will consider in reviewing each plan, including whether the submission is complete, whether the plan complies with the substance of the ADA regulation, whether the entity complied with the public participation requirements in developing the plan, efforts by the entity to coordinate with other entities in a plan submission, and any comments submitted by the states.
</P>
<P>These elements are not the only items that will be reviewed by FTA. Every portion of the plan will be reviewed and assessed for compliance with the regulation. This section merely highlights those provisions thought most important by the Department.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.151 Waiver for Undue Financial Burden
</HD2>
<P>The Department has adopted a five-year phase-in for paratransit service. Under this scheme, each entity required to provide paratransit service will be able to design a phase-in of its service specifically geared to local circumstances. While all jurisdictions will not receive approval for plans with a five year phase-in, each entity will be able to request what it needs based on local circumstances. Generally, the section allows an entity to request a wavier at any time it determines that it will not be able to meet a five-year phase-in or make measured progress toward its full compliance date specified in its original plan.
</P>
<P>A waiver for undue financial burden should be requested if one of the following circumstances applies. First, when the entity submits its first plan on January 26, 1992, if the entity knows it will not be able to reach full compliance within five years, or if the entity cannot make measured progress the first year it may submit a waiver request. The entity also should apply for a waiver, if, during plan implementation, there are changed circumstances which make it unlikely that compliance will be possible.
</P>
<P>The concept of measured progress should be given its plain meaning. It is not acceptable to submit a plan which shows significant progress in implementing a plan in years four and five, but no progress in years one and two. Similarly, the progress must be susceptible to objective verification. An entity cannot merely “work toward” developing a particular aspect of a plan.
</P>
<P>The Department intends that undue burden waiver requests will be given close scrutiny, and waiver will not be granted highly. In reviewing requests, however, as the legislative history indicates, FTA will look at the individual financial constraints within which each public entity operates its fixed route system. “Any determination of undue financial burden cannot have assumed the collection of additional revenues, such as those received through increases in local taxes or legislative appropriations, which would not have otherwise been made available to the fixed route operator.” (H. Rept. 101-485, Pt. 1, at 31)
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.153 FTA Waiver Determination
</HD2>
<P>If the FTA Administrator grants a waiver for undue financial burden, the waiver will be for a specified period of time and the Administrator will determine what the entity must do to meet its responsibilities under the ADA. Each determination will involve a judgment of what is appropriate on a case-by-case basis. Since each waiver will be granted based on individual circumstances, the Department does not deem it appropriate to specify a generally applicable duration for a waiver.
</P>
<P>When a waiver is granted, the rule calls for entities to look first at limiting the number of trips provided to each individual as a means of providing service that does not create an undue burden. This capacity constraint, unlike manipulations of other service criteria, will not result in a degradation of the quality of service. An entity intending to submit an undue burden waiver request should take this approach into account in its planning process.
</P>
<P>It should be noted that requiring an entity to provide paratransit service at least during core hours along key routes is one option that the Administrator has available in making a decision about the service to be provided. This requirement stems from the statutory provision that the Administrator can require the entity to provide a minimum level of service, even if to do so would be an undue financial burden. Certainly part of a request for a waiver could be a locally endorsed alternative to this description of basic service. The rule states explicitly the Administrator's discretion to return the application for more information if necessary.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.155 Factors in Decision To Grant an Undue Financial Burden Waiver
</HD2>
<P>Factors the Administrator will consider in making a decision whether to grant an undue financial burden waiver request include effects on current fixed route service, reductions in other services, increases in fares, resources available to implement complementary paratransit over the period of the plan, current level of accessible service (fixed route and paratransit), cooperation among transit providers, evidence of increased efficiencies that have been or could be used, any unique circumstances that may affect the entity's ability to provide paratransit service, the level of per capita service being provided, both to the population as a whole and what is being or anticipated to be provided to persons who are eligible and registered to receive ADA paratransit service.
</P>
<P>This final element allows some measure of comparability, regardless of the specific service criteria and should assist in a general assessment of level of effort.
</P>
<P>It is only the costs associated with providing paratransit service to ADA-paratransit eligible persons that can be counted in assessing whether or not there is an undue financial burden. Two cost factors are included in the considerations which enhance the Administrator's ability to assess real commitment to these paratransit provisions.
</P>
<P>First, the Department will allow a statistically valid methodology for estimating number of trips mandated by the ADA. While the regulation calls for a trip-by-trip determination of eligibility, this provision recognizes that this is not possible for some systems, particularly the large systems. Since only those trips provided to a person when he or she is ADA eligible may be counted in determining an undue financial burden, this provision is necessary.
</P>
<P>Second, in determining costs to be counted toward providing paratransit service, paragraph (b)(3) allows an entity to include in its paratransit budget dollars to which it is legally entitled, but which, as a matter of state or local funding arrangements, are provided to another entity that is actually providing the paratransit service.
</P>
<P>For example, a state government may provide a certain formula allocation of the revenue from a certain tax to each jurisdiction for use in providing transportation service at the local level. The funds, depending on local arrangements, may flow either to a transit authority—a regulated entity under this rule—or to a city or county government. If the funds go to the transit authority, they clearly may be counted in an undue burden calculation. In addition, however, this provision also allows funds that flow through the city or county government to be counted in the undue burden calculation, since they are basically the same funds and should not be treated differently based on the accident of previously-determined local arrangements. On the other hand, this provision does not allow funds of a private non-profit or other organization who uses Department of Health and Human Services grant or private contributions to be counted toward the entity's financial commitment to paratransit.
</P>
<HD1>Subpart G—Provision of Service
</HD1>
<HD2>Section 37.161 Maintenance of Accessible Features—General
</HD2>
<P>This section applies to all entities providing transportation services, public and private. It requires those entities to maintain in operative condition those features or facilities and equipment that make facilities and vehicles accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<P>The ADA requires that, to the maximum extent feasible, facilities be accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities. This section recognizes that it is not sufficient to provide features such as lift-equipped vehicles, elevators, communications systems to provide information to people with vision or hearing impairments, etc. if these features are not maintained in a manner that enables individuals with disabilities to use them. Inoperative lifts or elevators, locked accessible doors, accessible paths of travel that are blocked by equipment or boxes of materials are not accessible to or usable by individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<P>The rule points out that temporary obstructions or isolated instances of mechanical failure would not be considered violations of the ADA or this rule. Repairs must be made “promptly.” The rule does not, and probably could not, state a time limit for making particular repairs, given the variety of circumstances involved. However, repairing accessible features must be made a high priority. Allowing obstructions or out of order accessibility equipment to persist beyond a reasonable period of time would violate this Part, as would mechanical failures due to improper or inadequate maintenance. Failure of the entity to ensure that accessible routes are free of obstruction and properly maintained, or failure to arrange prompt repair of inoperative elevators, lifts, or other accessibility-related equipment, would also violate this part.
</P>
<P>The rule also requires that accommodations be made to individuals with disabilities who would otherwise use an inoperative accessibility feature. For example, when a rail system discovers that an elevator is out of order, blocking access to one of its stations, it could accommodate users of the station by announcing the problem at other stations to alert passengers and offer accessible shuttle bus service around the temporarily inaccessible station. If a public address system were out of order, the entity could designate personnel to provide information to customers with visual impairments.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.163 Keeping Vehicle Lifts in Operative Condition—Public Entities
</HD2>
<P>This section applies only to public entities. Of course, like vehicle acquisition requirements and other provisions applying to public entities, these requirements also apply when private entities “stand in the shoes” of public entities in contracting situations, as provided in § 37.23.
</P>
<P>This section's first requirement is that the entity establish a system of regular and frequent maintenance checks of lifts sufficient to determine if they are operative.
</P>
<P>Vehicle and equipment maintenance is an important component of successful accessible service. In particular, an aggressive preventive maintenance program for lifts is essential. Lifts remain rather delicate pieces of machinery, with many moving parts, which often must operate in a harsh environment of potholes, dust and gravel, variations in temperature, snow, slush, and deicing compounds. It is not surprising that they sometimes break down.
</P>
<P>The point of a preventive maintenance program is to prevent breakdowns, of course. But it is also important to catch broken lifts as soon as possible, so that they can be repaired promptly. Especially in a bus system with relatively low lift usage, it is possible that a vehicle could go for a number of days without carrying a passenger who uses the lift. It is highly undesirable for the next passenger who needs a lift to be the person who discovers that the lift is broken, when a maintenance check by the operator could have discovered the problem days earlier, resulting in its repair.
</P>
<P>Therefore, the entity must have a system for regular and frequent checks, sufficient to determine if lifts are actually operative. This is not a requirement for the lift daily. (Indeed, it is not, as such, a requirement for lift cycling at all. If there is another means available of checking the lift, it may be used.) If alternate day checks, for example, are sufficient to determine that lifts are actually working, then they are permitted. If a lift is used in service on a given day, that may be sufficient to determine that the lift is operative with respect to the next day. It would be a violation of this part, however, for the entity to neglect to check lifts regularly and frequently, or to exhibit a pattern of lift breakdowns in service resulting in stranded passengers when the lifts had not been checked before the vehicle failed to provide required accessibility to passengers that day.
</P>
<P>When a lift breaks down in service, the driver must let the entity know about the problem by the most immediate means available. If the vehicle is equipped with a radio or telephone, the driver must call in the problem on the spot. If not, then the driver would have to make a phone call at the first opportunity (e.g., from a phone booth during the turnaround time at the end of the run). It is not sufficient to wait until the end of the day and report the problem when the vehicle returns to the barn.
</P>
<P>When a lift is discovered to be inoperative, either because of an in-service failure or as the result of a maintenance check, the entity must take the vehicle out of service before the beginning of its next service day (with the exception discussed below) and repair the lift before the vehicle is put back into service. In the case of an in-service failure, this means that the vehicle can continue its runs on that day, but cannot start a new service day before the lift is repaired. If a maintenance check in the evening after completion of a day's run or in the morning before a day's runs discloses the problem, then the bus would not go into service until the repair had taken place. 
</P>
<P>The Department realizes that, in the years before bus fleets are completely accessible, taking buses with lifts out of service for repairs in this way would probably result in an inaccessible spare bus being used on the route, but at least attention would have to be paid quickly to the lift repair, resulting in a quicker return to service of a working accessible bus.
</P>
<P>The rule provides an exception for those situations in which there is no spare vehicle (either accessible or inaccessible) available to take the place of the vehicle with an operative lift, such that putting the latter vehicle into the shop would result in a reduction of service to the public (e.g., a scheduled run on a route could not be made). The Department would emphasize that the exception does not apply when there is any spare vehicle available.
</P>
<P>Where the exception does apply, the provider may keep the vehicle with the inoperative lift in service for a maximum of three days (for providers operating in an area of over 50,000 population) or five days (for providers operating in an area of 50,000 population or less). After these times have elapsed, the vehicle must go into the shop, not to return until the lift is repaired. Even during the three- or five-day period, if an accessible spare bus becomes available at any time, it must be used in place of the bus with the inoperative lift or an inaccessible spare that is being used in its place.
</P>
<P>In a fixed route system, if a bus is operating without a working lift (either on the day when the lift fails in service or as the result of the exception discussed above) and headways between accessible buses on the route on which the vehicle is operating exceed 30 minutes, the entity must accommodate passengers who would otherwise be inconvenienced by the lack of an accessible bus. This accommodation would be by a paratransit or other special vehicle that would pick up passengers with disabilities who cannot use the regular bus because its lift is inoperative. Passengers who need lifts in this situation would, in effect, be ADA paratransit eligible under the second eligibility category. However, since they would have no way of knowing that the bus they sought to catch would not be accessible that day, the transit authority must actively provide alternative service to them. This could be done, for example, by having a “shadow” accessible service available along the route or having the bus driver call in the minute he saw an accessible passenger he could not pick up (including the original passenger stranded by an in-service lift failure), with a short (i.e., less than 30-minute) response from an accessible vehicle dispatched to pick up the stranded passenger. To minimize problems in providing such service, when a transit authority is using the “no spare vehicles” exception, the entity could place the vehicle with the inoperative lift on a route with headways between accessible buses shorter than 30 minutes.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.165 Lift and Securement Use
</HD2>
<P>This provision applies to both public and private entities.
</P>
<P>All people using wheelchairs, as defined in the rule, and other powered mobility devices, under the circumstances provided in the rule, are to be allowed to ride the entity's vehicles.
</P>
<P>Entities may require wheelchair users to ride in designated securement locations. That is, the entity is not required to carry wheelchair users whose wheelchairs would have to park in an aisle or other location where they could obstruct other persons' passage or where they could not be secured or restrained. An entity's vehicle is not required to pick up a wheelchair user when the securement locations are full, just as the vehicle may pass by other passengers waiting at the stop if the bus is full.
</P>
<P>The entity may require that wheelchair users make use of securement systems for their mobility devices. The entity, in other words, can require wheelchair users to “buckle up” their mobility devices. The entity is required, on a vehicle meeting part 38 standards, to use the securement system to secure wheelchairs as provided in that part. On other vehicles (<I>e.g.,</I> existing vehicles with securement systems which do not comply with part 38 standards), the entity must provide and use a securement system to ensure that the mobility device remains within the securement area. This latter requirement is a mandate to use best efforts to restrain or confine the wheelchair to the securement area. The entity does the best it can, given its securement technology and the nature of the wheelchair. The Department encourages entities with relatively less adequate securement systems on their vehicles, where feasible, to retrofit the vehicles with better securement systems, that can successfully restrain a wide variety of wheelchairs. It is our understanding that the cost of doing so is not enormous.
</P>
<P>An entity may not, in any case, deny transportation to a wheelchair and its user because the wheelchair cannot be secured or restrained by a vehicle's securement system, to the entity's satisfaction. The same point applies to an OPMD and its user, subject to legitimate safety requirements.
</P>
<P>Entities have often recommended or required that a wheelchair user transfer out of his or her own device into a vehicle seat. Under this rule, it is no longer permissible to require such a transfer. The entity may provide information on risks and make a recommendation with respect to transfer, but the final decision on whether to transfer is up to the passenger.
</P>
<P>The entity's personnel have an obligation to ensure that a passenger with a disability is able to take advantage of the accessibility and safety features on vehicles. Consequently, the driver or other personnel must provide assistance with the use of lifts, ramps, and securement devices. For example, the driver must deploy the lift properly and safely. If the passenger cannot do so independently, the driver must assist the passenger with using the securement device. On a vehicle which uses a ramp for entry, the driver may have to assist in pushing a manual wheelchair up the ramp (particularly where the ramp slope is relatively steep). All these actions may involve a driver leaving his seat. Even in entities whose drivers traditionally do not leave their seats (<I>e.g.,</I> because of labor-management agreements or company rules), this assistance must be provided. This rule overrides any requirements to the contrary.
</P>
<P>Wheelchair users, especially those using electric wheelchairs, often have a preference for entering a lift platform and vehicle in a particular direction (<I>e.g.,</I> backing on or going on frontwards). Except where the only way of successfully maneuvering a device onto a vehicle or into its securement area or an overriding safety concern (<I>i.e.,</I> a direct threat) requires one way of doing this or another, the transit provider should respect the passenger's preference. We note that most electric wheelchairs are usually not equipped with rearview mirrors, and that many persons who use them are not able to rotate their heads sufficiently to see behind. People using canes or walkers and other standees with disabilities who do not use wheelchairs but have difficulty using steps (<I>e.g.,</I> an elderly person who can walk on a level surface without use of a mobility aid but cannot raise his or her legs sufficiently to climb bus steps) must also be permitted to use the lift, on request.
</P>
<P>A lift conforming to Access Board requirements has a platform measuring at least 30″ × 48″, with a design load of at least 600 pounds (<I>i.e.,</I> capable of lifting a wheelchair/occupant combination of up to 600 pounds). Working parts upon which the lift depends for support of the load, such as cables, pulleys, and shafts, must have a safety factor of at least six times the design load; nonworking parts such as the platform, frame, and attachment hardware, which would not be expected to wear, must have a safety factor of at least three times the design load.
</P>
<P>If a transportation provider has a vehicle and equipment that meets or exceeds standards based on Access Board guidelines, and the vehicle and equipment can in fact safely accommodate a given wheelchair, then it is not appropriate, under disability nondiscrimination law, for the transportation provider to refuse to transport the device and its user. Transportation providers must carry a wheelchair and its user, as long as the lift can accommodate the size and weight of the wheelchair and its user and there is space for the wheelchair on the vehicle. However, if in fact a lift or vehicle is unable to accommodate the wheelchair and its user, the transportation provider is not required to carry it.
</P>
<P>For example, suppose that a bus or paratransit vehicle lift will safely accommodate an 800-pound wheelchair/passenger combination, but not a combination exceeding 800 pounds (<I>i.e.,</I> a design load of 800 lbs.). The lift is one that exceeds the part 38 design standard, which requires lifts to be able to accommodate a 600-pound wheelchair/passenger combination. The transportation provider could limit use of that lift to a combination of 800 pounds or less. Likewise, if a wheelchair or its attachments extends beyond the 30 × 48 inch footprint found in part 38's design standards but fits onto the lift and into the wheelchair securement area of the vehicle, the transportation provider would have to accommodate the wheelchair. However, if such a wheelchair was of a size that would block an aisle and interfere with the safe evacuation of passengers in an emergency, the operator could deny carriage of that wheelchair based on a legitimate safety requirement.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.167 Other Service Requirements
</HD2>
<P>The requirements in this section apply to both public and private entities.
</P>
<P>On fixed route systems, the entity must announce stops. These stops include transfer points with other fixed routes. This means that any time a vehicle is to stop where a passenger can get off and transfer to another bus or rail line (or to another form of transportation, such as commuter rail or ferry), the stop would be announced. The announcement can be made personally by the vehicle operator or can be made by a recording system. If the vehicle is small enough so that the operator can make himself or herself heard without a P.A. system, it is not necessary to use the system.
</P>
<P>Announcements also must be made at major intersections or destination points. The rule does not define what major intersections or destination points are. This is a judgmental matter best left to the local planning process. In addition, the entity must make announcements at sufficient intervals along a route to orient a visually impaired passenger to his or her location. The other required announcements may serve this function in many instances, but if there is a long distance between other announcements, fill-in orientation announcements would be called for. The entity must announce any stop requested by a passenger with a disability, even if it does not meet any of the other criteria for announcement.
</P>
<P>When vehicles from more than one route serve a given stop or station, the entity must provide a means to assist an individual with a visual impairment or other disability in determining which is the proper vehicle to enter. Some entities have used external speakers. FTA is undertaking a study to determine what is the best available technology in this area. Some transit properties have used colored mitts, or numbered cards, to allow passengers to inform drivers of what route they wanted to use. The idea is to prevent, at a stop where vehicles from a number of routes arrive, a person with a visual impairment from having to ask every driver whether the bus is the right one. The rule does not prescribe what means is to be used, only that some effective means be provided.
</P>
<P>Service animals shall always be permitted to accompany their users in any private or public transportation vehicle or facility. One of the most common misunderstandings about service animals is that they are limited to being guide dogs for persons with visual impairments. Dogs are trained to assist people with a wide variety of disabilities, including individuals with hearing and mobility impairments. Other animals (e.g., monkeys) are sometimes used as service animals as well. In any of these situations, the entity must permit the service animal to accompany its user.
</P>
<P>Part 38 requires a variety of accessibility equipment. This section requires that the entity use the equipment it has. For example, it would be contrary to this provision for a transit authority to bolt its bus lifts shut because transit authority had difficulty maintaining the lifts. It does little good to have a public address system on a vehicle if the operator does not use it to make announcements (except, as noted above, in the situation where the driver can make himself or herself heard without recourse to amplification.)
</P>
<P>Entities must make communications and information available, using accessible formats and technology (e.g., Braille, large print, TDDs) to obtain information about transportation services. Someone cannot adequately use the bus system if schedule and route information is not available in a form he or she can use. If there is only one phone line on which ADA paratransit eligible individuals can reserve trips, and the line is chronically busy, individuals cannot schedule service. Such obstacles to the use of transportation service are contrary to this section. (The latter could, in some circumstances, be viewed as a capacity constraint.)
</P>
<P>It is inconsistent with this section for a transit provider to refuse to let a passenger use a lift at any designated stop, unless the lift is physically unable to deploy or the lift would be damaged if it did deploy (see discussion under § 37.123). In addition, if a temporary situation at the stop (e.g., construction, an accident, a landslide) made the stop unsafe for anyone to use, the provider could decline to operate the lift there (just as it refused to open the door for other passengers at the same point). The provider could not, however, declare a stop “off limits” to persons with disabilities that is used for other persons. If the transit authority has concerns about barriers or safety hazards that peculiarly affect individuals with disabilities that would use the stop, it should consider making efforts to move the stop.
</P>
<P>Under DOT hazardous materials rules, a passenger may bring a portable medical oxygen supply on board a vehicle. Since the hazardous materials rules permit this, transit providers cannot prohibit it. For further information on hazardous materials rules, as they may affect transportation of assistive devices, entities may contact the Department's Research and Special Programs Administration, Office of Hazardous Materials Transportation (202-366-0656).
</P>
<P>One concern that has been expressed is that transportation systems (particularly some rail systems) may make it difficult for persons with disabilities to board or disembark from vehicles by very rapidly closing doors on the vehicles before individuals with disabilities (who may move more slowly through crowds in the vehicle or platform than other persons) have a chance to get on or off the vehicle. Doing so is contrary to the rule; operators must make appropriate provision to give individuals with disabilities adequate time to board or disembark.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.169 Interim Requirements for Over-the-Road Bus Service Operated by Private Entities
</HD2>
<P>Private over-the-road bus (OTRB) service is, first of all, subject to all the other private entity requirements of the rule. The requirements of this section are in addition to the other applicable provisions.
</P>
<P>Boarding assistance is required. The Department cannot require any particular boarding assistance devices at this time. Each operator may decide what mode of boarding assistance is appropriate for its operation. We agree with the discussion in the DOJ Title II rule's preamble that carrying is a disfavored method of providing assistance to an individual with a disability. However, since accessible private OTRBs cannot be required by this rule, there may be times when carrying is the only available means of providing access to an OTRB, if the entity does not exercise its discretion to provide an alternative means. It is required by the rule that any employee who provides boarding assistance—above all, who may carry or otherwise directly physically assist a passenger—must be trained to provide this assistance appropriately and safely.
</P>
<P>The baggage priority provision for wheelchairs and other assistive devices involves a similar procedure to that established in the Department's Air Carrier Access Act rule (14 CFR part 382). In brief, it provides that, at any given stop, a person with a wheelchair or other assistive device would have the device loaded before other items at this stop. An individual traveling with a wheelchair is not similarly situated to a person traveling with luggage. For the wheelchair user, the wheelchair is an essential mobility device, without which travel is impossible. The rationale of this provision is that, while no one wants his or her items left behind, carrying the wheelchair is more important to its user than ordinary luggage to a traveler. If it comes to an either/or choice (the wheelchair user's luggage would not have any priority over other luggage, however). There would be no requirement, under this provision, for “bumping” baggage already on the bus from previous stops in order to make room for the wheelchair. 
</P>
<P>The entity could require advance notice from a passenger in only one circumstance. If a passenger needed boarding assistance, the entity could require up to 48 hours' advance notice for the purpose of providing needed assistance. While advance notice requirements are generally undesirable, this appears to be a case in which a needed accommodation may be able to be provided successfully only if the transportation provider knows in advance that some extra staffing is needed to accomplish it. While the primary need for advance notice appears to be in the situation of an unstaffed station, there could be other situations in which advance notice was needed in order to ensure that the accommodation could be made. Entities should not ask for advance notice in all cases, but just in those cases in which it is really needed for this purpose. Even if advance notice is not provided, the entity has the obligation to provide boarding assistance if it can be provided with available staff.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.171 Equivalency Requirement for Demand Responsive Service Operated by Private Entities Not Primarily in the Business of Transporting People
</HD2>
<P>This provision is a service requirement closely related to the private entity requirements for §§ 37.101-37.105 of this part. Entities in this category are always required to provide equivalent service, regardless of what they are doing with respect to the acquisition of vehicles. The effect of this provision may be to require some entities to arrange, either through acquiring their own accessible vehicles or coordinating with other providers, to have accessible vehicles available to meet the equivalency standards of § 37.105 or otherwise to comply with those standards.
</P>
<HD2>Section 37.173 Training
</HD2>
<P>A well-trained workforce is essential in ensuring that the accessibility-related equipment and accommodations required by the ADA actually result in the delivery of good transportation service to individuals with disabilities. The utility of training was recognized by Congress as well. (<I>See</I> S. Rept. 100-116 at 48.) At the same time, we believe that training should be conducted in an efficient and effective manner, with appropriate flexibility allowed to the organizations that must carry it out. Each transportation provider is to design a training program which suits the needs of its particular operation. While we are confident of this approach, we are mindful that the apparent lack of training has been a source of complaint to FTA and transit providers. Good training is difficult and it is essential.
</P>
<P>Several points of this section deserve emphasis. First, the requirements for training apply to private as well as to public providers, of demand responsive as well as of fixed route service. Training is just as necessary for the driver of a taxicab, a hotel shuttle, or a tour bus as it is for a driver in an FTA-funded city bus system.
</P>
<P>Second, training must be to proficiency. The Department is not requiring a specific course of training or the submission of a training plan for DOT approval. However, every employee of a transportation provider who is involved with service to persons with disabilities must have been trained so that he or she knows what needs to be done to provide the service in the right way. When it comes to providing service to individuals with disabilities, ignorance is no excuse for failure.
</P>
<P>While there is no specific requirement for recurrent or refresher training, there is an obligation to ensure that, at any given time, employees are trained to proficiency. An employee who has forgotten what he was told in past training sessions, so that he or she does not know what needs to be done to serve individuals with disabilities, does not meet the standard of being trained to proficiency.
</P>
<P>Third, training must be appropriate to the duties of each employee. A paratransit dispatcher probably must know how to use a TDD and enough about various disabilities to know what sort of vehicle to dispatch. A bus driver must know how to operate lifts and securement devices properly. A mechanic who works on lifts must know how to maintain them. Cross-training, while useful in some instances, is not required, so long as each employee is trained to proficiency in what he or she does with respect to service to individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<P>Fourth, the training requirement goes both to technical tasks and human relations. Employees obviously need to know how to run equipment the right way. If an employee will be assisting wheelchair users in transferring from a wheelchair to a vehicle seat, the employee needs training in how to do this safely. But every public contact employee also has to understand the necessity of treating individuals with disabilities courteously and respectfully, and the details of what that involves.
</P>
<P>One of the best sources of information on how best to train personnel to interact appropriately with individuals with disabilities is the disability community itself. Consequently, the Department urges entities to consult with disability organizations concerning how to train their personnel. Involving these groups in the process of establishing training programs, in addition to providing useful information, should help to establish or improve working relationships among transit providers and disability groups that, necessarily, will be of long duration. We note that several transit providers use persons with disabilities to provide the actual training. Others have reported that role playing is an effective method to instill an appreciation of the particular perspective of one traveling with a disability.
</P>
<P>Finally, one of the important points in training concerns differences among individuals with disabilities. All individuals with disabilities, of course, are not alike. The appropriate ways one deals with persons with various kinds of disabilities (e.g., mobility, vision, hearing, or mental impairments) are likely to differ and, while no one expects bus drivers to be trained as disability specialists, recognizing relevant differences and responding to them appropriately is extremely significant. Public entities who contract with private entities to have service provided—above all, complementary paratransit—are responsible for ensuring that contractor personnel receive the appropriate training.
</P>
<HD2>Appendix A to Part 37—Standards for Accessible Transportation Facilities
</HD2>
<P>Sections 504(a) and (b) of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) require the Access Board to adopt accessibility guidelines; sections 204(c) and 306(c) of the ADA require the Department of Transportation to adopt regulatory standards “consistent with the minimum guidelines and requirements” issued by the Access Board. In the original 1991 publication of part 37, the Department complied with this requirement by reproducing the Access Board's Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) in their entirety as Appendix A.
</P>
<P>The Access Board revised ADAAG in July 2004. ADAAG, including technical amendments issued in July 2005, is codified in Appendices B and D to 36 CFR part 1191. In order to avoid duplication of material that the Access Board has already included in the CFR, and which is now readily available on the Internet, the Department has adopted ADAAG by cross-reference in part 37, rather than reproducing the lengthy Access Board publication. However, there are certain provisions of ADAAG that the Department is modifying for clarity or to preserve requirements that have been in effect under the existing standards. Under the ADA, the Department, in adopting standards, has the discretion to depart from the language of ADAAG as long as the Department's standards remain consistent with the Access Board's minimum guidelines. In addition, this appendix provides additional guidance concerning some sections of the DOT standards as they apply to transportation facilities.
</P>
<HD2>Section 201.1
</HD2>
<P>The basic scoping requirement requires all areas of newly designed and newly constructed buildings and facilities to be accessible. Former § 4.1.1(5) provided a “structural impracticability” exception to the requirements for new buildings and facilities. The Access Board deleted this exception to avoid duplication with an existing requirement to the same effect in Department of Justice regulations (see 28 CFR § 36.401(c)). For consistency with the approach taken by the Access Board and Department of Justice, and to ensure consistency between facilities subject to Titles II and III of the ADA under part 37, the Department has added the language of the Department of Justice regulation to § 37.41 of this part.
</P>
<HD2>Section 206.3
</HD2>
<P>This section concerns the location of accessible paths. The Department is retaining language from former § 10.3.1(1), which provides that “Elements such as ramps, elevators, or other circulation devices, fare vending or other ticketing areas, and fare collection areas shall be placed to minimize the distance which wheelchair users and other persons who cannot negotiate steps may have to travel compared to the general public.” This concept, in our view, is implicit in the language of § 206.3. However, we believe it is useful to make explicit the concept that, in transportation facilities such as rail stations, important facility elements are placed so as to minimize the distance persons with disabilities must travel to use them. This requirement is intended to affect decisions about where to locate entrances, boarding locations (e.g., where a mini-high platform is used for boarding), and other key elements of a facility.
</P>
<HD2>Section 406.8
</HD2>
<P>To maintain the <I>status quo</I> with respect to detectable warnings in pedestrian facilities, the Department is adding a provision (not found in the current version of the new ADAAG) requiring curb ramps to have detectable warnings.
</P>
<HD2>Section 810.2.2
</HD2>
<P>The Department recognizes that there will be some situations in which the full dimensions of a bus boarding and alighting area complying with the § 810.2.2 may not be able to be achieved (e.g., there is less than 96 inches of perpendicular space available from the curb or roadway edge, because of buildings or terrain features). The Department is adding language from former § 37.9 (c) of this part, which provides that “Public entities shall ensure the construction of bus boarding and alighting areas comply with 810.2.2, to the extent the construction specifications are within their control.” Where it is not feasible to fully comply with § 810.2.2, the Department expects compliance to the greatest extent feasible.
</P>
<P>We note that there may be some instances in which it will be necessary to make operational adjustments where sufficient clearance is not available to permit the deployment of lifts or ramps on vehicles. For example, a bus driver could position the bus at a nearby point—even if not the precise location of the designated stop—so that a passenger needing a lift or ramp to get on or off the bus can do so. To avoid the need for such operational adjustments, it is important to place bus shelters, signs, etc. so that they do not intrude into the required clearances.
</P>
<HD2>Section 810.5.3
</HD2>
<P>This section concerns coordination between rail platforms and rail vehicles. The Department is adding language from the former § 10.3.1 (9) (Exception 2), which provides that “In light rail, commuter rail, and intercity rail systems where it is not operationally or structurally feasible to meet the horizontal gap or vertical difference requirements, mini-high platforms, car-borne or platform-mounted lifts, ramps or bridge plates or similarly manually deployed devices, meeting the requirements of 49 CFR Part 38 shall be permitted.”
</P>
<P>In September 2005, the Department issued guidance concerning the relationship of its ADA and 504 rules in the context of rail platform accessibility This guidance emphasized that access to all cars of a train is significant because, if passengers with disabilities are unable to enter all cars from the platform, the passengers will have access only to segregated service. This would be inconsistent with the nondiscrimination mandate of the ADA. It would also, in the case of Federal Transit Administration (FTA) and Federal Railroad Administration (FRA)-assisted projects (including Amtrak), be inconsistent with the requirement of the Department's section 504 regulation (49 CFR § 27.7), which requires service in the most integrated setting reasonably achievable. This guidance states the Department's views of the meaning of its existing rules, and the Department will continue to use this guidance in applying the provisions of this rule.
</P>
<P>The Department notes that a related section of 49 CFR part 38 has been the source of some misunderstanding. Section 38.71(b)(2) provides that “Vehicles designed for, and operated on, pedestrian malls, city streets, or other areas where level-entry boarding is not practicable shall provide wayside or car-borne lifts, mini-high platforms, or other means of access in compliance with § 38.83 (b) or (c) of this part.” The Department has received some suggestions that this provision should be interpreted to mean that, if there is any portion of a system in which level-entry boarding is not practicable, then the <I>entire</I> system can use some method other than level-entry boarding. Such an interpretation is incorrect. The authority to use alternatives to level-entry boarding pertains only to those portions of a system in which rail vehicles are “operated on” an area where level-entry boarding is not practicable.
</P>
<P>For example, suppose a light rail system's first three stops are on a pedestrian/transit mall where it is infeasible to provide level-entry boarding. The transit system could use car-borne lifts, mini-high platforms, etc. to provide access at those three stops. The system's next ten stops are part of a right-of-way in which level-entry boarding is practicable. In such a case, level-entry boarding would have to be provided at those ten stops. There is nothing inappropriate about the same system having different means of boarding in different locations, in such a case.
</P>
<P>We also caution against a potential misunderstanding of the sentence in § 810.5.3 that provides that “Low-level platforms shall be 8 inches minimum (205 mm) above top of rail.” This does not mean that high-level platforms are prohibited or that low-level platforms are the only design consistent with the rules. It simply means that where low-level platforms are otherwise permitted, such platforms must be at least 8 inches above the top of rail, except where vehicles are boarded from the street or a sidewalk. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45621, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 25416, May 21, 1996; 71 FR 63266, Oct. 30, 2006; 76 FR 57936, Sept. 19, 2011; 79 FR 21406, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.27.10.43.1.21" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 37—Reasonable Modification Requests
</HEAD>
<P>A. This appendix explains the Department's interpretation of §§ 37.5(i) and 37.169. It is intended to be used as the official position of the Department concerning the meaning and implementation of these provisions. The Department also issues guidance by other means, as provided in § 37.15. The Department also may update this appendix periodically, provided in response to inquiries about specific situations that are of general relevance or interest.
</P>
<P>B. The Department's ADA regulations contain numerous requirements concerning fixed route, complementary paratransit, and other types of transportation service. Transportation entities necessarily formulate policies and practices to meet these requirements (<I>e.g.,</I> providing fixed route bus service that people with disabilities can use to move among stops on the system, providing complementary paratransit service that gets eligible riders from their point of origin to their point of destination). There may be certain situations, however, in which the otherwise reasonable policies and practices of entities do not suffice to achieve the regulation's objectives. Implementing a fixed route bus policy in the normal way may not allow a passenger with a disability to access and use the system at a particular location. Implementing a paratransit policy in the usual way may not allow a rider to get from his or her origin to his or her destination. In these situations, subject to the limitations discussed below, the transportation provider must make reasonable modifications of its service in order to comply with the underlying requirements of the rule. These underlying provisions tell entities the end they must achieve; the reasonable modification provision tells entities how to achieve that end in situations in which normal policies and practices do not succeed in doing so.
</P>
<P>C. As noted above, the responsibility of entities to make requested reasonable modifications is not without some limitations. There are four classes of situations in which a request may legitimately be denied. The first is where granting the request would fundamentally alter the entity's services, programs, or activities. The second is where granting the request would create a direct threat to the health or safety of others. The third is where without the requested modification, the individual with a disability is able to fully use the entity's services, programs, or activities for their intended purpose. The fourth, which applies only to recipients of Federal financial assistance, is where granting the request would cause an undue financial and administrative burden. In the examples that follow, these limitations are taken into account.
</P>
<P>D. The examples included in this appendix are neither exhaustive nor exclusive. Transportation entities may need to make determinations about requests for reasonable modification that are not described in this appendix. Importantly, reasonable modification applies to an entities' own policies and practices, and not regulatory requirements contained in 49 CFR parts 27, 37, 38, and 39, such as complementary paratransit service going beyond 
<FR>3/4</FR> mile of the fixed route, providing same day complementary paratransit service, etc.
</P>
<HD1>Examples
</HD1>
<P><I>1. Snow and Ice.</I> Except in extreme conditions that rise to the level of a direct threat to the driver or others, a passenger's request for a paratransit driver to walk over a pathway that has not been fully cleared of snow and ice should be granted so that the driver can help the passenger with a disability navigate the pathway. For example, ambulatory blind passengers often have difficulty in icy conditions, and allowing the passenger to take the driver's arm will increase both the speed and safety of the passenger's walk from the door to the vehicle. Likewise, if snow or icy conditions at a bus stop make it difficult or impossible for a fixed route passenger with a disability to get to a lift, or for the lift to deploy, the driver should move the bus to a cleared area for boarding, if such is available within reasonable proximity to the stop (see Example 4 below).
</P>
<P><I>2. Pick Up and Drop Off Locations with Multiple Entrances.</I> A paratransit rider's request to be picked up at home, but not at the front door of his or her home, should be granted, as long as the requested pick-up location does not pose a direct threat. Similarly, in the case of frequently visited public places with multiple entrances (<I>e.g.,</I> shopping malls, employment centers, schools, hospitals, airports), the paratransit operator should pick up and drop off the passenger at the entrance requested by the passenger, rather than meet them in a location that has been predetermined by the transportation agency, again assuming that doing so does not involve a direct threat.
</P>
<P><I>3. Private Property.</I> Paratransit passengers may sometimes seek to be picked up on private property (<I>e.g.,</I> in a gated community or parking lot, mobile home community, business or government facility where vehicle access requires authorized passage through a security barrier). Even if the paratransit operator does not generally have a policy of picking up passengers on such private property, the paratransit operator should make every reasonable effort to gain access to such an area (<I>e.g.,</I> work with the passenger to get the permission of the property owner to permit access for the paratransit vehicle). The paratransit operator is not required to violate the law or lawful access restrictions to meet the passenger's requests. A public or private entity that unreasonably denies access to a paratransit vehicle may be subject to a complaint to the U.S. Department of Justice or U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development for discriminating against services for persons with disabilities.
</P>
<P><I>4. Obstructions.</I> For fixed route services, a passenger's request for a driver to position the vehicle to avoid obstructions to the passenger's ability to enter or leave the vehicle at a designated stop location, such as parked cars, snow banks, and construction, should be granted so long as positioning the vehicle to avoid the obstruction does not pose a direct threat. To be granted, such a request should result in the vehicle stopping in reasonably close proximity to the designated stop location. Transportation entities are not required to pick up passengers with disabilities at nondesignated locations. Fixed route operators would not have to establish flag stop or route-deviation policies, as these would be fundamental alterations to a fixed route system rather than reasonable modifications of a system. Likewise, subject to the limitations discussed in the introduction to this appendix, paratransit operators should be flexible in establishing pick up and drop off points to avoid obstructions.
</P>
<P><I>5. Fare Handling.</I> A passenger's request for transit personnel (<I>e.g.,</I> the driver, station attendant) to handle the fare media when the passenger with a disability cannot pay the fare by the generally established means should be granted on fixed route or paratransit service (<I>e.g.,</I> in a situation where a bus passenger cannot reach or insert a fare into the farebox). Transit personnel are not required to reach into pockets or backpacks in order to extract the fare media.
</P>
<P><I>6. Eating and Drinking.</I> If a passenger with diabetes or another medical condition requests to eat or drink aboard a vehicle or in a transit facility in order to avoid adverse health consequences, the request should be granted, even if the transportation provider has a policy that prohibits eating or drinking. For example, a person with diabetes may need to consume a small amount of orange juice in a closed container or a candy bar in order to maintain blood sugar levels.
</P>
<P><I>7. Medicine.</I> A passenger's request to take medication while aboard a fixed route or paratransit vehicle or in a transit facility should be granted. For example, transit agencies should modify their policies to allow individuals to administer insulin injections and conduct finger stick blood glucose testing. Transit staff need not provide medical assistance, however, as this would be a fundamental alteration of their function.
</P>
<P><I>8. Boarding Separately From Wheelchair.</I> A wheelchair user's request to board a fixed route or paratransit vehicle separately from his or her device when the occupied weight of the device exceeds the design load of the vehicle lift should generally be granted. (Note, however, that under § 37.165(b), entities are required to accommodate device/user loads and dimensions that exceed the former “common wheelchair” standard, as long as the vehicle and lift will accommodate them.)
</P>
<P><I>9. Dedicated vehicles or special equipment in a vehicle.</I> A paratransit passenger's request for special equipment (<I>e.g.,</I> the installation of specific hand rails or a front seat in a vehicle for the passenger to avoid nausea or back pain) can be denied so long as the requested equipment is not required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or the Department's rules. Likewise, a request for a dedicated vehicle (<I>e.g.,</I> to avoid residual chemical odors) or a specific type or appearance of vehicle (<I>e.g.,</I> a sedan rather than a van, in order to provide more comfortable service) can be denied. In all of these cases, the Department views meeting the request as involving a fundamental alteration of the provider's service.
</P>
<P><I>10. Exclusive or Reduced Capacity Paratransit Trips.</I> A passenger's request for an exclusive paratransit trip may be denied as a fundamental alteration of the entity's services. Paratransit is by nature a shared-ride service.
</P>
<P><I>11. Outside of the Service Area or Operating Hours.</I> A person's request for fixed route or paratransit service may be denied when honoring the request would require the transportation provider to travel outside of its service area or to operate outside of its operating hours. This request would not be a reasonable modification because it would constitute a fundamental alteration of the entity's service.
</P>
<P><I>12. Personal Care Attendant (PCA).</I> While PCAs may travel with a passenger with a disability, transportation agencies are not required to <I>provide</I> a personal care attendant or personal care attendant services to meet the needs of passengers with disabilities on paratransit or fixed route trips. For example, a passenger's request for a transportation entity's driver to remain with the passenger who, due to his or her disability, cannot be left alone without an attendant upon reaching his or her destination may be denied. It would be a fundamental alteration of the driver's function to provide PCA services of this kind.
</P>
<P><I>13. Intermediate Stops.</I> The Department views granting a paratransit passenger's request for a driver to make an intermediate stop, where the driver would be required to wait, as optional. For example, a passenger with a disability arranges to be picked up at a medical facility and dropped off at home. On the way, the passenger with a disability wishes to stop by a pharmacy and requests that the driver park outside of the pharmacy, wait for the passenger to return, and then continue the ride home. While this can be a very useful service to the rider, and in some cases can save the provider's time and money (by scheduling and providing a separate trip to and from the drug store), such a stop in the context of a shared ride system is not required. Since paratransit is, by its nature, a shared ride system, requests that could disrupt schedules and inconvenience other passengers could rise to the level of a fundamental alteration.
</P>
<P><I>14. Payment.</I> A passenger's request for a fixed route or paratransit driver to provide the transit service when the passenger with a disability cannot or refuses to pay the fare may be denied. If the transportation agency requires payment to ride, then to provide a free service would constitute a fundamental alteration of the entity's service.
</P>
<P><I>15. Caring for Service Animals.</I> A paratransit or fixed route passenger's request that the driver take charge of a service animal may be denied. Caring for a service animal is the responsibility of the passenger or a PCA.
</P>
<P><I>16. Opening Building Doors.</I> For paratransit services, a passenger's request for the driver to open an exterior entry door to a building to provide boarding and/or alighting assistance to a passenger with a disability should generally be granted as long as providing this assistance would not pose a direct threat, or leave the vehicle unattended or out of visual observation for a lengthy period of time.
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> Note that a request for “door-through-door” service (<I>i.e.,</I> assisting the passenger past the door to the building) generally would not need to be granted because it could rise to the level of a fundamental alteration.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Please see guidance issued on this topic. U.S. Department of Transportation, <I>Origin-to-Destination Service,</I> September 1, 2005, <I>available at http://www.fta.dot.gov/12325_3891.html</I> (explaining that, “the Department does not view transit providers' obligations as extending to the provision of personal services. . . . Nor would drivers, for lengthy periods of time, have to leave their vehicles unattended or lose the ability to keep their vehicles under visual observation, or take actions that would be clearly unsafe . . .”).</P></FTNT>
<P><I>17. Exposing Vehicle to Hazards.</I> If the passenger requests that a vehicle follow a path to a pick up or drop off point that would expose the vehicle and its occupants to hazards, such as running off the road, getting stuck, striking overhead objects, or reversing the vehicle down a narrow alley, the request can be denied as creating a direct threat.
</P>
<P><I>18. Hard-to-Maneuver Stops.</I> A passenger may request that a paratransit vehicle navigate to a pick-up point to which it is difficult to maneuver a vehicle. A passenger's request to be picked up in a location that is difficult, but not impossible or impracticable, to access should generally be granted as long as picking up the passenger does not expose the vehicle to hazards that pose a direct threat (<I>e.g.,</I> it is unsafe for the vehicle and its occupants to get to the pick-up point without getting stuck or running off the road).
</P>
<P><I>19. Specific Drivers.</I> A passenger's request for a specific driver may be denied. Having a specific driver is not necessary to afford the passenger the service provided by the transit operator.
</P>
<P><I>20. Luggage and Packages.</I> A passenger's request for a fixed route or paratransit driver to assist with luggage or packages may be denied in those instances where it is not the normal policy or practice of the transportation agency to assist with luggage or packages. Such assistance is a matter for the passenger or PCA, and providing this assistance would be a fundamental alteration of the driver's function.
</P>
<P><I>21. Request to Avoid Specific Passengers.</I> A paratransit passenger's request not to ride with certain passengers may be denied. Paratransit is a shared-ride service. As a result, one passenger may need to share the vehicle with people that he or she would rather not.
</P>
<P><I>22. Navigating an Incline, or Around Obstacles.</I> A paratransit passenger's request for a driver to help him or her navigate an incline (<I>e.g.,</I> a driveway or sidewalk) with the passenger's wheeled device should generally be granted. Likewise, assistance in traversing a difficult sidewalk (<I>e.g.,</I> one where tree roots have made the sidewalk impassible for a wheelchair) should generally be granted, as should assistance around obstacles (<I>e.g.,</I> snowdrifts, construction areas) between the vehicle and a door to a passenger's house or destination should generally be granted. These modifications would be granted subject, of course, to the proviso that such assistance would not cause a direct threat, or leave the vehicle unattended or out of visual observation for a lengthy period of time.
</P>
<P><I>23. Extreme Weather Assistance.</I> A passenger's request to be assisted from his or her door to a vehicle during extreme weather conditions should generally be granted so long as the driver leaving the vehicle to assist would not pose a direct threat, or leave the vehicle unattended or out of visual observation for a lengthy period of time. For example, in extreme weather (<I>e.g.,</I> very windy or stormy conditions), a person who is blind or vision-impaired or a frail elderly person may have difficulty safely moving to and from a building.
</P>
<P><I>24. Unattended Passengers.</I> Where a passenger's request for assistance means that the driver will need to leave passengers aboard a vehicle unattended, transportation agencies should generally grant the request as long as accommodating the request would not leave the vehicle unattended or out of visual observation for a lengthy period of time, both of which could involve direct threats to the health or safety of the unattended passengers. It is important to keep in mind that, just as a driver is not required to act as a PCA for a passenger making a request for assistance, so a driver is not intended to act as a PCA for other passengers in the vehicle, such that he or she must remain in their physical presence at all times.
</P>
<P><I>25. Need for Return Trip Assistance.</I> A passenger with a disability may need assistance for a return trip when he or she did not need that assistance on the initial trip. For example, a dialysis patient may have no problem waiting at the curb for a ride to go to the dialysis center, but may well require assistance to the door on his or her return trip because of physical weakness or fatigue. To the extent that this need is predictable, it should be handled in advance, either as part of the eligibility process or the provider's reservations process. If the need arises unexpectedly, then it would need to be handled on an ad hoc basis. The paratransit operator should generally provide such assistance, unless doing so would create a direct threat, or leave the vehicle unattended or out of visual observation for a lengthy period of time.
</P>
<P><I>26. Five-Minute Warning or Notification of Arrival Calls.</I> A passenger's request for a telephone call 5 minutes (or another reasonable interval) in advance or at time of vehicle arrival generally should be granted. As a matter of courtesy, such calls are encouraged as a good customer service model and can prevent “no shows.” Oftentimes, these calls can be generated through an automated system. In those situations where automated systems are not available and paratransit drivers continue to rely on hand-held communication devices (<I>e.g.,</I> cellular telephones) drivers should comply with any State or Federal laws related to distracted driving.
</P>
<P><I>27. Hand-Carrying.</I> Except in emergency situations, a passenger's request for a driver to lift the passenger out of his or her mobility device should generally be denied because of the safety, dignity, and privacy issues implicated by hand-carrying a passenger. Hand-carrying a passenger is also a PCA-type service which is outside the scope of driver duties, and hence a fundamental alteration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 13261, Mar. 13, 2015, as amended at 80 FR 26196, May 7, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="38" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 38—AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) ACCESSIBILITY SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRANSPORTATION VEHICLES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>42 U.S.C. 12101-12213; 49 U.S.C. 322.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 45756, Sept. 6, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.1.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part provides minimum guidelines and requirements for accessibility standards in part 37 of this title for transportation vehicles required to be accessible by the Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 1201 <I>et seq.</I>).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.2" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.1.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.2   Equivalent facilitation.</HEAD>
<P>Departures from particular technical and scoping requirements of these guidelines by use of other designs and technologies are permitted where the alternative designs and technologies used will provide substantially equivalent or greater access to and usability of the vehicle. Departures are to be considered on a case-by-case basis under procedures set forth in § 37.7 of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.1.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>See § 37.3 of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.4" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.1.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.4   Miscellaneous instructions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Dimensional conventions.</I> Dimensions that are not noted as minimum or maximum are absolute.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dimensional tolerances.</I> All dimensions are subject to conventional engineering tolerances for material properties and field conditions, including normal anticipated wear not exceeding accepted industry-wide standards and practices.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notes.</I> The text of these guidelines does not contain notes or footnotes. Additional information, explanations, and advisory materials are located in the Appendix.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>General terminology.</I> (1) <I>Comply with</I> means meet one or more specification of these guidelines.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>If</I> or <I>if * * * then</I> denotes a specification that applies only when the conditions described are present.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>May</I> denotes an option or alternative. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Shall</I> denotes a mandatory specification or requirement.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Should</I> denotes an advisory specification or recommendation.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Buses, Vans and Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.2.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.21   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) New, used or remanufactured buses and vans (except over-the-road buses covered by subpart G of this part), to be considered accessible by regulations in part 37 of this title shall comply with the applicable provisions of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) If portions of the vehicle are modified in a way that affects or could affect accessibility, each such portion shall comply, to the extent practicable, with the applicable provisions of this subpart. This provision does not require that inaccessible buses be retrofitted with lifts, ramps or other boarding devices.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.2.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.23   Mobility aid accessibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> All vehicles covered by this subpart shall provide a level-change mechanism or boarding device (e.g., lift or ramp) complying with paragraph (b) or (c) of this section and sufficient clearances to permit a wheelchair or other mobility aid user to reach a securement location. At least two securement locations and devices, complying with paragraph (d) of this section, shall be provided on vehicles in excess of 22 feet in length; at least one securement location and device, complying with paragraph (d) of this section, shall be provided on vehicles 22 feet in length or less.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Vehicle lift</I>—(1) <I>Design load.</I> The design load of the lift shall be at least 600 pounds. Working parts, such as cables, pulleys, and shafts, which can be expected to wear, and upon which the lift depends for support of the load, shall have a safety factor of at least six, based on the ultimate strength of the material. Nonworking parts, such as platform, frame, and attachment hardware which would not be expected to wear, shall have a safety factor of at least three, based on the ultimate strength of the material.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Controls</I>—(i) <I>Requirements.</I> The controls shall be interlocked with the vehicle brakes, transmission, or door, or shall provide other appropriate mechanisms or systems, to ensure that the vehicle cannot be moved when the lift is not stowed and so the lift cannot be deployed unless the interlocks or systems are engaged. The lift shall deploy to all levels (i.e., ground, curb, and intermediate positions) normally encountered in the operating environment. Where provided, each control for deploying, lowering, raising, and stowing the lift and lowering the roll-off barrier shall be of a momentary contact type requiring continuous manual pressure by the operator and shall not allow improper lift sequencing when the lift platform is occupied. The controls shall allow reversal of the lift operation sequence, such as raising or lowering a platform that is part way down, without allowing an occupied platform to fold or retract into the stowed position.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exception.</I> Where the lift is designed to deploy with its long dimension parallel to the vehicle axis and which pivots into or out of the vehicle while occupied (i.e., “rotary lift”), the requirements of this paragraph prohibiting the lift from being stowed while occupied shall not apply if the stowed position is within the passenger compartment and the lift is intended to be stowed while occupied.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Emergency operation.</I> The lift shall incorporate an emergency method of deploying, lowering to ground level with a lift occupant, and raising and stowing the empty lift if the power to the lift fails. No emergency method, manual or otherwise, shall be capable of being operated in a manner that could be hazardous to the lift occupant or to the operator when operated according to manufacturer's instructions, and shall not permit the platform to be stowed or folded when occupied, unless the lift is a rotary lift and is intended to be stowed while occupied.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Power or equipment failure.</I> Platforms stowed in a vertical position, and deployed platforms when occupied, shall have provisions to prevent their deploying, falling, or folding any faster than 12 inches/second or their dropping of an occupant in the event of a single failure of any load carrying component.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Platform barriers.</I> The lift platform shall be equipped with barriers to prevent any of the wheels of a wheelchair or mobility aid from rolling off the platform during its operation. A movable barrier or inherent design feature shall prevent a wheelchair or mobility aid from rolling off the edge closest to the vehicle until the platform is in its fully raised position. Each side of the lift platform which extends beyond the vehicle in its raised position shall have a barrier a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches high. Such barriers shall not interfere with maneuvering into or out of the aisle. The loading-edge barrier (outer barrier) which functions as a loading ramp when the lift is at ground level, shall be sufficient when raised or closed, or a supplementary system shall be provided, to prevent a power wheelchair or mobility aid from riding over or defeating it. The outer barrier of the lift shall automatically raise or close, or a supplementary system shall automatically engage, and remain raised, closed, or engaged at all times that the platform is more than 3 inches above the roadway or sidewalk and the platform is occupied. Alternatively, a barrier or system may be raised, lowered, opened, closed, engaged, or disengaged by the lift operator, provided an interlock or inherent design feature prevents the lift from rising unless the barrier is raised or closed or the supplementary system is engaged.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Platform surface.</I> The platform surface shall be free of any protrusions over 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch high and shall be slip resistant. The platform shall have a minimum clear width of 28
<FR>1/2</FR> inches at the platform, a minimum clear width of 30 inches measured from 2 inches above the platform surface to 30 inches above the platform, and a minimum clear length of 48 inches measured from 2 inches above the surface of the platform to 30 inches above the surface of the platform. (See Fig. 1)
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Platform gaps.</I> Any openings between the platform surface and the raised barriers shall not exceed 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch in width. When the platform is at vehicle floor height with the inner barrier (if applicable) down or retracted, gaps between the forward lift platform edge and the vehicle floor shall not exceed 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch horizontally and 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch vertically. Platforms on semi-automatic lifts may have a hand hold not exceeding 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches by 4
<FR>1/2</FR> inches located between the edge barriers.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Platform entrance ramp.</I> The entrance ramp, or loading-edge barrier used as a ramp, shall not exceed a slope of 1:8, measured on level ground, for a maximum rise of 3 inches, and the transition from roadway or sidewalk to ramp may be vertical without edge treatment up to 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch. Thresholds between 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch high shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Platform deflection.</I> The lift platform (not including the entrance ramp) shall not deflect more than 3 degrees (exclusive of vehicle roll or pitch) in any direction between its unloaded position and its position when loaded with 600 pounds applied through a 26 inch by 26 inch test pallet at the centroid of the platform.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Platform movement.</I> No part of the platform shall move at a rate exceeding 6 inches/second during lowering and lifting an occupant, and shall not exceed 12 inches/second during deploying or stowing. This requirement does not apply to the deployment or stowage cycles of lifts that are manually deployed or stowed. The maximum platform horizontal and vertical acceleration when occupied shall be 0.3g.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Boarding direction.</I> The lift shall permit both inboard and outboard facing of wheelchair and mobility aid users.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Use by standees.</I> Lifts shall accommodate persons using walkers, crutches, canes or braces or who otherwise have difficulty using steps. The platform may be marked to indicate a preferred standing position.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Handrails.</I> Platforms on lifts shall be equipped with handrails on two sides, which move in tandem with the lift, and which shall be graspable and provide support to standees throughout the entire lift operation. Handrails shall have a usable component at least 8 inches long with the lowest portion a minimum 30 inches above the platform and the highest portion a maximum 38 inches above the platform. The handrails shall be capable of withstanding a force of 100 pounds concentrated at any point on the handrail without permanent deformation of the rail or its supporting structure. The handrail shall have a cross-sectional diameter between 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or shall provide an equivalent grasping surface, and have eased edges with corner radii of not less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch. Handrails shall be placed to provide a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches knuckle clearance from the nearest adjacent surface. Handrails shall not interfere with wheelchair or mobility aid maneuverability when entering or leaving the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Vehicle ramp</I>—(1) <I>Design load.</I> Ramps 30 inches or longer shall support a load of 600 pounds, placed at the centroid of the ramp distributed over an area of 26 inches by 26 inches, with a safety factor of at least 3 based on the ultimate strength of the material. Ramps shorter than 30 inches shall support a load of 300 pounds.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Ramp surface.</I> The ramp surface shall be continuous and slip resistant; shall not have protrusions from the surface greater than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch high; shall have a clear width of 30 inches; and shall accommodate both four-wheel and three-wheel mobility aids.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Ramp threshold.</I> The transition from roadway or sidewalk and the transition from vehicle floor to the ramp may be vertical without edge treatment up to 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch. Changes in level between 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Ramp barriers.</I> Each side of the ramp shall have barriers at least 2 inches high to prevent mobility aid wheels from slipping off.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Slope.</I> Ramps shall have the least slope practicable and shall not exceed 1:4 when deployed to ground level. If the height of the vehicle floor from which the ramp is deployed is 3 inches or less above a 6-inch curb, a maximum slope of 1:4 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor from which the ramp is deployed is 6 inches or less, but greater than 3 inches, above a 6-inch curb, a maximum slope of 1:6 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor from which the ramp is deployed is 9 inches or less, but greater than 6 inches, above a 6-inch curb, a maximum slope of 1:8 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor from which the ramp is deployed is greater than 9 inches above a 6-inch curb, a slope of 1:12 shall be achieved. Folding or telescoping ramps are permitted provided they meet all structural requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Attachment.</I> When in use for boarding or alighting, the ramp shall be firmly attached to the vehicle so that it is not subject to displacement when loading or unloading a heavy power mobility aid and that no gap between vehicle and ramp exceeds 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Stowage.</I> A compartment, securement system, or other appropriate method shall be provided to ensure that stowed ramps, including portable ramps stowed in the passenger area, do not impinge on a passenger's wheelchair or mobility aid or pose any hazard to passengers in the event of a sudden stop or maneuver.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Handrails.</I> If provided, handrails shall allow persons with disabilities to grasp them from outside the vehicle while starting to board, and to continue to use them throughout the boarding process, and shall have the top between 30 inches and 38 inches above the ramp surface. The handrails shall be capable of withstanding a force of 100 pounds concentrated at any point on the handrail without permanent deformation of the rail or its supporting structure. The handrail shall have a cross-sectional diameter between 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or shall provide an equivalent grasping surface, and have eased edges with corner radii of not less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch. Handrails shall not interfere with wheelchair or mobility aid maneuverability when entering or leaving the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Securement devices</I>—(1) <I>Design load.</I> Securement systems on vehicles with GVWRs of 30,000 pounds or above, and their attachments to such vehicles, shall restrain a force in the forward longitudinal direction of up to 2,000 pounds per securement leg or clamping mechanism and a minimum of 4,000 pounds for each mobility aid. Securement systems on vehicles with GVWRs of up to 30,000 pounds, and their attachments to such vehicles, shall restrain a force in the forward longitudinal direction of up to 2,500 pounds per securement leg or clamping mechanism and a minimum of 5,000 pounds for each mobility aid.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Location and size.</I> The securement system shall be placed as near to the accessible entrance as practicable and shall have a clear floor area of 30 inches by 48 inches. Such space shall adjoin, and may overlap, an access path. Not more than 6 inches of the required clear floor space may be accommodated for footrests under another seat provided there is a minimum of 9 inches from the floor to the lowest part of the seat overhanging the space. Securement areas may have fold-down seats to accommodate other passengers when a wheelchair or mobility aid is not occupying the area, provided the seats, when folded up, do not obstruct the clear floor space required. (See Fig. 2)
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Mobility aids accommodated.</I> The securement system shall secure common wheelchairs and mobility aids and shall either be automatic or easily attached by a person familiar with the system and mobility aid and having average dexterity.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Orientation.</I> In vehicles in excess of 22 feet in length, at least one securement device or system required by paragraph (a) of this section shall secure the wheelchair or mobility aid facing toward the front of the vehicle. Additional securement devices or systems shall secure the wheelchair or mobility aid facing forward, or rearward with a padded barrier, extending from a height of 38 inches from the vehicle floor to a height of 56 inches from the vehicle floor with a width of 18 inches, laterally centered immediately in back of the seated individual. In vehicles 22 feet in length or less, the required securement device may secure the wheelchair or mobility aid either facing toward the front of the vehicle or facing rearward, with a padded barrier as described. Additional securement locations shall be either forward or rearward facing with a padded barrier. Such barriers need not be solid provided equivalent protection is afforded.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Movement.</I> When the wheelchair or mobility aid is secured in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, the securement system shall limit the movement of an occupied wheelchair or mobility aid to no more than 2 inches in any direction under normal vehicle operating conditions.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Stowage.</I> When not being used for securement, or when the securement area can be used by standees, the securement system shall not interfere with passenger movement, shall not present any hazardous condition, shall be reasonably protected from vandalism, and shall be readily accessed when needed for use.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Seat belt and shoulder harness.</I> For each wheelchair or mobility aid securement device provided, a passenger seat belt and shoulder harness, complying with all applicable provisions of part 571 of this title, shall also be provided for use by wheelchair or mobility aid users. Such seat belts and shoulder harnesses shall not be used in lieu of a device which secures the wheelchair or mobility aid itself.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.2.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.25   Doors, steps and thresholds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Slip resistance.</I> All aisles, steps, floor areas where people walk and floors in securement locations shall have slip-resistant surfaces.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contrast.</I> All step edges, thresholds and the boarding edge of ramps or lift platforms shall have a band of color(s) running the full width of the step or edge which contrasts from the step tread and riser, or lift or ramp surface, either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Door height.</I> For vehicles in excess of 22 feet in length, the overhead clearance between the top of the door opening and the raised lift platform, or highest point of a ramp, shall be a minimum of 68 inches. For vehicles of 22 feet in length or less, the overhead clearance between the top of the door opening and the raised lift platform, or highest point of a ramp, shall be a minimum of 56 inches.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.2.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.27   Priority seating signs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each vehicle shall contain sign(s) which indicate that seats in the front of the vehicle are priority seats for persons with disabilities, and that other passengers should make such seats available to those who wish to use them. At least one set of forward-facing seats shall be so designated.
</P>
<P>(b) Each securement location shall have a sign designating it as such.
</P>
<P>(c) Characters on signs required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall have a width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a stroke width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10, with a minimum character height (using an upper case “X”) of 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch, with “wide” spacing (generally, the space between letters shall be 
<FR>1/16</FR> the height of upper case letters), and shall contrast with the background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.2.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.29   Interior circulation, handrails and stanchions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Interior handrails and stanchions shall permit sufficient turning and maneuvering space for wheelchairs and other mobility aids to reach a securement location from the lift or ramp.
</P>
<P>(b) Handrails and stanchions shall be provided in the entrance to the vehicle in a configuration which allows persons with disabilities to grasp such assists from outside the vehicle while starting to board, and to continue using such assists throughout the boarding and fare collection process. Handrails shall have a cross-sectional diameter between 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or shall provide an equivalent grasping surface, and have eased edges with corner radii of not less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch. Handrails shall be placed to provide a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches knuckle clearance from the nearest adjacent surface. Where on-board fare collection devices are used on vehicles in excess of 22 feet in length, a horizontal passenger assist shall be located across the front of the vehicle and shall prevent passengers from sustaining injuries on the fare collection device or windshield in the event of a sudden deceleration. Without restricting the vestibule space, the assist shall provide support for a boarding passenger from the front door through the boarding procedure. Passengers shall be able to lean against the assist for security while paying fares.
</P>
<P>(c) For vehicles in excess of 22 feet in length, overhead handrail(s) shall be provided which shall be continuous except for a gap at the rear doorway.
</P>
<P>(d) Handrails and stanchions shall be sufficient to permit safe boarding, on-board circulation, seating and standing assistance, and alighting by persons with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(e) For vehicles in excess of 22 feet in length with front-door lifts or ramps, vertical stanchions immediately behind the driver shall either terminate at the lower edge of the aisle-facing seats, if applicable, or be “dog-legged” so that the floor attachment does not impede or interfere with wheelchair footrests. If the driver seat platform must be passed by a wheelchair or mobility aid user entering the vehicle, the platform, to the maximum extent practicable, shall not extend into the aisle or vestibule beyond the wheel housing.
</P>
<P>(f) For vehicles in excess of 22 feet in length, the minimum interior height along the path from the lift to the securement location shall be 68 inches. For vehicles of 22 feet in length or less, the minimum interior height from lift to securement location shall be 56 inches.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.2.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.31   Lighting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any stepwell or doorway immediately adjacent to the driver shall have, when the door is open, at least 2 foot-candles of illumination measured on the step tread or lift platform.
</P>
<P>(b) Other stepwells and doorways, including doorways in which lifts or ramps are installed, shall have, at all times, at least 2 foot-candles of illumination measured on the step tread, or lift or ramp, when deployed at the vehicle floor level.
</P>
<P>(c) The vehicle doorways, including doorways in which lifts or ramps are installed, shall have outside light(s) which, when the door is open, provide at least 1 foot-candle of illumination on the street surface for a distance 3 feet (915 mm) perpendicular to the bottom step tread or lift outer edge. Such light(s) shall be shielded to protect the eyes of entering and exiting passengers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45756, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 63 FR 51697, 51702, Sept. 28, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.2.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.33   Fare box.</HEAD>
<P>Where provided, the farebox shall be located as far forward as practicable and shall not obstruct traffic in the vestibule, especially wheelchairs or mobility aids. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.2.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.35   Public information system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Vehicles in excess of 22 feet in length, used in multiple-stop, fixed-route service, shall be equipped with a public address system permitting the driver, or recorded or digitized human speech messages, to announce stops and provide other passenger information within the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.2.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.37   Stop request.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where passengers may board or alight at multiple stops at their option, vehicles in excess of 22 feet in length shall provide controls adjacent to the securement location for requesting stops and which alerts the driver that a mobility aid user wishes to disembark. Such a system shall provide auditory and visual indications that the request has been made. 
</P>
<P>(b) Controls required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be mounted no higher than 48 inches and no lower than 15 inches above the floor, shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbf (22.2 N). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.2.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.39   Destination and route signs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where destination or route information is displayed on the exterior of a vehicle, each vehicle shall have illuminated signs on the front and boarding side of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(b) Characters on signs required by paragraph (a) of this section shall have a width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a stroke width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10, with a minimum character height (using an upper case “X”) of 1 inch for signs on the boarding side and a minimum character height of 2 inches for front “headsigns”, with “wide” spacing (generally, the space between letters shall be 
<FR>1/16</FR> the height of upper case letters), and shall contrast with the background, either dark-on-light or light-on-dark. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Rapid Rail Vehicles and Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.51" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.3.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.51   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) New, used and remanufactured rapid rail vehicles, to be considered accessible by regulations in part 37 of this title, shall comply with this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(b) If portions of the vehicle are modified in a way that affects or could affect accessibility, each such portion shall comply, to the extent practicable, with the applicable provisions of this subpart. This provision does not require that inaccessible vehicles be retrofitted with lifts, ramps or other boarding devices. 
</P>
<P>(c) Existing vehicles which are retrofitted to comply with the “one-car-per-train rule” of § 37.93 of this title shall comply with §§ 38.55, 38.57(b), 38.59 of this part and shall have, in new and key stations, at least one door complying with §§ 38.53 (a)(1), (b) and (d) of this part. Removal of seats is not required. Vehicles previously designed and manufactured in accordance with the accessibility requirements of part 609 of this title or the Secretary of Transportation regulations implementing section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 that were in effect before October 7, 1991, and which can be entered and used from stations in which they are to be operated, may be used to satisfy the requirements of § 37.93 of this title. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.53" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.3.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.53   Doorways.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Clear width.</I> (1) Passenger doorways on vehicle sides shall have clear openings at least 32 inches wide when open. 
</P>
<P>(2) If doorways connecting adjoining cars in a multi-car train are provided, and if such doorway is connected by an aisle with a minimum clear width of 30 inches to one or more spaces where wheelchair or mobility aid users can be accommodated, then such doorway shall have a minimum clear opening of 30 inches to permit wheelchair and mobility aid users to be evacuated to an adjoining vehicle in an emergency.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Signage.</I> The International Symbol of Accessibility shall be displayed on the exterior of accessible vehicles operating on an accessible rapid rail system unless all vehicles are accessible and are not marked by the access symbol. (See Fig. 6.)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Signals.</I> Auditory and visual warning signals shall be provided to alert passengers of closing doors. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Coordination with boarding platform</I>—(1) <I>Requirements.</I> Where new vehicles will operate in new stations, the design of vehicles shall be coordinated with the boarding platform design such that the horizontal gap between each vehicle door at rest and the platform shall be no greater than 3 inches and the height of the vehicle floor shall be within plus or minus 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch of the platform height under all normal passenger load conditions. Vertical alignment may be accomplished by vehicle air suspension or other suitable means of meeting the requirement. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> New vehicles operating in existing stations may have a floor height within plus or minus 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches of the platform height. At key stations, the horizontal gap between at least one door of each such vehicle and the platform shall be no greater than 3 inches. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception.</I> Retrofitted vehicles shall be coordinated with the platform in new and key stations such that the horizontal gap shall be no greater than 4 inches and the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, shall be within plus or minus 2 inches of the platform height.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.55" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.3.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.55   Priority seating signs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each vehicle shall contain sign(s) which indicate that certain seats are priority seats for persons with disabilities, and that other passengers should make such seats available to those who wish to use them.
</P>
<P>(b) Characters on signs required by paragraph (a) of this section shall have a width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a stroke width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10, with a minimum character height (using an upper case “X”) of 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch, with “wide” spacing (generally, the space between letters shall be 
<FR>1/16</FR> the height of upper case letters), and shall contrast with the background, either light-on-dark or dark-on-light. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.57" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.3.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.57   Interior circulation, handrails and stanchions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Handrails and stanchions shall be provided to assist safe boarding, on-board circulation, seating and standing assistance, and alighting by persons with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(b) Handrails, stanchions, and seats shall allow a route at least 32 inches wide so that at least two wheelchair or mobility aid users can enter the vehicle and position the wheelchairs or mobility aids in areas, each having a minimum clear space of 48 inches by 30 inches, which do not unduly restrict movement of other passengers. Space to accommodate wheelchairs and mobility aids may be provided within the normal area used by standees and designation of specific spaces is not required. Particular attention shall be given to ensuring maximum maneuverability immediately inside doors. Ample vertical stanchions from ceiling to seat-back rails shall be provided. Vertical stanchions from ceiling to floor shall not interfere with wheelchair or mobility aid user circulation and shall be kept to a minimum in the vicinity of doors.
</P>
<P>(c) The diameter or width of the gripping surface of handrails and stanchions shall be 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches to 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or provide an equivalent gripping surface and shall provide a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches knuckle clearance from the nearest adjacent surface.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.59" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.3.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.59   Floor surfaces.</HEAD>
<P>Floor surfaces on aisles, places for standees, and areas where wheelchair and mobility aid users are to be accommodated shall be slip-resistant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.61" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.3.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.61   Public information system.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Requirements.</I> Each vehicle shall be equipped with a public address system permitting transportation system personnel, or recorded or digitized human speech messages, to announce stations and provide other passenger information. Alternative systems or devices which provide equivalent access are also permitted. Each vehicle operating in stations having more than one line or route shall have an external public address system to permit transportation system personnel, or recorded or digitized human speech messages, to announce train, route, or line identification information.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> Where station announcement systems provide information on arriving trains, an external train speaker is not required. 
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.63" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.3.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.63   Between-car barriers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirement.</I> Suitable devices or systems shall be provided to prevent, deter or warn individuals from inadvertently stepping off the platform between cars. Acceptable solutions include, but are not limited to, pantograph gates, chains, motion detectors or similar devices.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> Between-car barriers are not required where platform screens are provided which close off the platform edge and open only when trains are correctly aligned with the doors. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Light Rail Vehicles and Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.71" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.4.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.71   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) New, used and remanufactured light rail vehicles, to be considered accessible by regulations in part 37 of this title shall comply with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Vehicles intended to be operated solely in light rail systems confined entirely to a dedicated right-of-way, and for which all stations or stops are designed and constructed for revenue service after the effective date of standards for design and construction in §§ 37.21 and 37.23 of this title shall provide level boarding and shall comply with §§ 38.73(d)(1) and 38.85 of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicles designed for, and operated on, pedestrian malls, city streets, or other areas where level boarding is not practicable shall provide wayside or car-borne lifts, mini-high platforms, or other means of access in compliance with § 38.83 (b) or (c) of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) If portions of the vehicle are modified in a way that affects or could affect accessibility, each such portion shall comply, to the extent practicable, with the applicable provisions of this subpart. This provision does not require that inaccessible vehicles be retrofitted with lifts, ramps or other boarding devices.
</P>
<P>(d) Existing vehicles retrofitted to comply with the “one-car-per-train rule” at § 37.93 of this title shall comply with § 38.75, § 38.77(c), § 38.79(a) and § 38.83(a) of this part and shall have, in new and key stations, at least one door which complies with §§ 38.73 (a)(1), (b) and (d) of this part. Vehicles previously designed and manufactured in accordance with the accessibility requirements of part 609 of this title or the Secretary of Transportation regulations implementing section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 that were in effect before October 7, 1991, and which can be entered and used from stations in which they are to be operated, may be used to satisfy the requirements of § 37.93 of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.73" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.4.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.73   Doorways.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Clear width.</I> (1) All passenger doorways on vehicle sides shall have minimum clear openings of 32 inches when open.
</P>
<P>(2) If doorways connecting adjoining cars in a multi-car train are provided, and if such doorway is connected by an aisle with a minimum clear width of 30 inches to one or more spaces where wheelchair or mobility aid users can be accommodated, then such doorway shall have a minimum clear opening of 30 inches to permit wheelchair and mobility aid users to be evacuated to an adjoining vehicle in an emergency.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Signage.</I> The International Symbol of Accessibility shall be displayed on the exterior of each vehicle operating on an accessible light rail system unless all vehicles are accessible and are not marked by the access symbol (see fig. 6).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Signals.</I> Auditory and visual warning signals shall be provided to alert passengers of closing doors.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Coordination with boarding platform</I>—(1) <I>Requirements.</I> The design of level-entry vehicles shall be coordinated with the boarding platform or mini-high platform design so that the horizontal gap between a vehicle at rest and the platform shall be no greater than 3 inches and the height of the vehicle floor shall be within plus or minus 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch of the platform height. Vertical alignment may be accomplished by vehicle air suspension, automatic ramps or lifts, or any combination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> New vehicles operating in existing stations may have a floor height within plus or minus 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches of the platform height. At key stations, the horizontal gap between at least one door of each such vehicle and the platform shall be no greater than 3 inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception.</I> Retrofitted vehicles shall be coordinated with the platform in new and key stations such that the horizontal gap shall be no greater than 4 inches and the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, shall be within plus or minus 2 inches of the platform height.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exception.</I> Where it is not operationally or structurally practicable to meet the horizontal or vertical requirements of paragraphs (d) (1), (2) or (3) of this section, platform or vehicle devices complying with § 38.83(b) or platform or vehicle mounted ramps or bridge plates complying with § 38.83(c) shall be provided.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.75" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.4.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.75   Priority seating signs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each vehicle shall contain sign(s) which indicate that certain seats are priority seats for persons with disabilities, and that other passengers should make such seats available to those who wish to use them.
</P>
<P>(b) Where designated wheelchair or mobility aid seating locations are provided, signs shall indicate the location and advise other passengers of the need to permit wheelchair and mobility aid users to occupy them.
</P>
<P>(c) Characters on signs required by paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section shall have a width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a stroke width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10, with a minimum character height (using an upper case “X”) of 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch, with “wide” spacing (generally, the space between letters shall be 
<FR>1/16</FR> the height of upper case letters), and shall contrast with the background, either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.77" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.4.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.77   Interior circulation, handrails and stanchions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Handrails and stanchions shall be sufficient to permit safe boarding, on-board circulation, seating and standing assistance, and alighting by persons with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(b) At entrances equipped with steps, handrails and stanchions shall be provided in the entrance to the vehicle in a configuration which allows passengers to grasp such assists from outside the vehicle while starting to board, and to continue using such handrails or stanchions throughout the boarding process. Handrails shall have a cross-sectional diameter between 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or shall provide an equivalent grasping surface, and have eased edges with corner radii of not less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch. Handrails shall be placed to provide a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches knuckle clearance from the nearest adjacent surface. Where on-board fare collection devices are used, a horizontal passenger assist shall be located between boarding passengers and the fare collection device and shall prevent passengers from sustaining injuries on the fare collection device or windshield in the event of a sudden deceleration. Without restricting the vestibule space, the assist shall provide support for a boarding passenger from the door through the boarding procedure. Passengers shall be able to lean against the assist for security while paying fares.
</P>
<P>(c) At all doors on level-entry vehicles, and at each entrance accessible by lift, ramp, bridge plate or other suitable means, handrails, stanchions, passenger seats, vehicle driver seat platforms, and fare boxes, if applicable, shall be located so as to allow a route at least 32 inches wide so that at least two wheelchair or mobility aid users can enter the vehicle and position the wheelchairs or mobility aids in areas, each having a minimum clear space of 48 inches by 30 inches, which do not unduly restrict movement of other passengers. Space to accommodate wheelchairs and mobility aids may be provided within the normal area used by standees and designation of specific spaces is not required. Particular attention shall be given to ensuring maximum maneuverability immediately inside doors. Ample vertical stanchions from ceiling to seat-back rails shall be provided. Vertical stanchions from ceiling to floor shall not interfere with wheelchair or mobility aid circulation and shall be kept to a minimum in the vicinity of accessible doors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.79" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.4.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.79   Floors, steps and thresholds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Floor surfaces on aisles, step treads, places for standees, and areas where wheelchair and mobility aid users are to be accommodated shall be slip-resistant.
</P>
<P>(b) All thresholds and step edges shall have a band of color(s) running the full width of the step or threshold which contrasts from the step tread and riser or adjacent floor, either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.81" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.4.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.81   Lighting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any stepwell or doorway with a lift, ramp or bridge plate immediately adjacent to the driver shall have, when the door is open, at least 2 foot-candles of illumination measured on the step tread or lift platform.
</P>
<P>(b) Other stepwells, and doorways with lifts, ramps or bridge plates, shall have, at all times, at least 2 foot-candles of illumination measured on the step tread or lift or ramp, when deployed at the vehicle floor level.
</P>
<P>(c) The doorways of vehicles not operating at lighted station platforms shall have outside lights which provide at least 1 foot-candle of illumination on the station platform or street surface for a distance of 3 feet perpendicular to all points on the bottom step tread. Such lights shall be located below window level and shielded to protect the eyes of entering and exiting passengers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.83" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.4.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.83   Mobility aid accessibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>General.</I> All new light rail vehicles, other than level entry vehicles, covered by this subpart shall provide a level-change mechanism or boarding device (e.g., lift, ramp or bridge plate) complying with either paragraph (b) or (c) of this section and sufficient clearances to permit at least two wheelchair or mobility aid users to reach areas, each with a minimum clear floor space of 48 inches by 30 inches, which do not unduly restrict passenger flow. Space to accommodate wheelchairs and mobility aids may be provided within the normal area used by standees and designation of specific spaces is not required.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> If lifts, ramps or bridge plates meeting the requirements of this section are provided on station platforms or other stops required to be accessible, or mini-high platforms complying with § 38.73(d) of this part are provided, the vehicle is not required to be equipped with a car-borne device. Where each new vehicle is compatible with a single platform-mounted access system or device, additional systems or devices are not required for each vehicle provided that the single device could be used to provide access to each new vehicle if passengers using wheelchairs or mobility aids could not be accommodated on a single vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Vehicle lift</I>—(1) <I>Design load.</I> The design load of the lift shall be at least 600 pounds. Working parts, such as cables, pulleys, and shafts, which can be expected to wear, and upon which the lift depends for support of the load, shall have a safety factor of at least six, based on the ultimate strength of the material. Nonworking parts, such as platform, frame, and attachment hardware which would not be expected to wear, shall have a safety factor of at least three, based on the ultimate strength of the material.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Controls</I>—(i) <I>Requirements.</I> The controls shall be interlocked with the vehicle brakes, propulsion system, or door, or shall provide other appropriate mechanisms or systems, to ensure that the vehicle cannot be moved when the lift is not stowed and so the lift cannot be deployed unless the interlocks or systems are engaged. The lift shall deploy to all levels (i.e., ground, curb, and intermediate positions) normally encountered in the operating environment. Where provided, each control for deploying, lowering, raising, and stowing the lift and lowering the roll-off barrier shall be of a momentary contact type requiring continuous manual pressure by the operator and shall not allow improper lift sequencing when the lift platform is occupied. The controls shall allow reversal of the lift operation sequence, such as raising or lowering a platform that is part way down, without allowing an occupied platform to fold or retract into the stowed position.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exception.</I> Where physical or safety constraints prevent the deployment at some stops of a lift having its long dimension perpendicular to the vehicle axis, the transportation entity may specify a lift which is designed to deploy with its long dimension parallel to the vehicle axis and which pivots into or out of the vehicle while occupied (i.e., “rotary lift”). The requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section prohibiting the lift from being stowed while occupied shall not apply to a lift design of this type if the stowed position is within the passenger compartment and the lift is intended to be stowed while occupied.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Exception.</I> The brake or propulsion system interlocks requirement does not apply to a station platform mounted lift provided that a mechanical, electrical or other system operates to ensure that vehicles do not move when the lift is in use.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Emergency operation.</I> The lift shall incorporate an emergency method of deploying, lowering to ground level with a lift occupant, and raising and stowing the empty lift if the power to the lift fails. No emergency method, manual or otherwise, shall be capable of being operated in a manner that could be hazardous to the lift occupant or to the operator when operated according to manufacturer's instructions, and shall not permit the platform to be stowed or folded when occupied, unless the lift is a rotary lift intended to be stowed while occupied.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Power or equipment failure.</I> Lift platforms stowed in a vertical position, and deployed platforms when occupied, shall have provisions to prevent their deploying, falling, or folding any faster than 12 inches/second or their dropping of an occupant in the event of a single failure of any load carrying component. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Platform barriers.</I> The lift platform shall be equipped with barriers to prevent any of the wheels of a wheelchair or mobility aid from rolling off the lift during its operation. A movable barrier or inherent design feature shall prevent a wheelchair or mobility aid from rolling off the edge closest to the vehicle until the lift is in its fully raised position. Each side of the lift platform which extends beyond the vehicle in its raised position shall have a barrier a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches high. Such barriers shall not interfere with maneuvering into or out of the aisle. The loading-edge barrier (outer barrier) which functions as a loading ramp when the lift is at ground level, shall be sufficient when raised or closed, or a supplementary system shall be provided, to prevent a power wheelchair or mobility aid from riding over or defeating it. The outer barrier on the outboard of the lift shall automatically rise or close, or a supplementary system shall automatically engage, and remain raised, closed, or engaged at all times that the lift is more than 3 inches above the station platform or roadway and the lift is occupied. Alternatively, a barrier or system may be raised, lowered, opened, closed, engaged or disengaged by the lift operator provided an interlock or inherent design feature prevents the lift from rising unless the barrier is raised or closed or the supplementary system is engaged.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Platform surface.</I> The lift platform surface shall be free of any protrusions over 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch high and shall be slip resistant. The lift platform shall have a minimum clear width of 28
<FR>1/2</FR> inches at the platform, a minimum clear width of 30 inches measured from 2 inches above the lift platform surface to 30 inches above the surface, and a minimum clear length of 48 inches measured from 2 inches above the surface of the platform to 30 inches above the surface. (See Fig. 1)
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Platform gaps.</I> Any openings between the lift platform surface and the raised barriers shall not exceed 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch wide. When the lift is at vehicle floor height with the inner barrier (if applicable) down or retracted, gaps between the forward lift platform edge and vehicle floor shall not exceed 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch horizontally and 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch vertically. Platforms on semi-automatic lifts may have a hand hold not exceeding 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches by 4
<FR>1/2</FR> inches located between the edge barriers.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Platform entrance ramp.</I> The entrance ramp, or loading-edge barrier used as a ramp, shall not exceed a slope of 1:8 measured on level ground, for a maximum rise of 3 inches, and the transition from the station platform or roadway to ramp may be vertical without edge treatment up to 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch. Thresholds between 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch high shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Platform deflection.</I> The lift platform (not including the entrance ramp) shall not deflect more than 3 degrees (exclusive of vehicle roll) in any direction between its unloaded position and its position when loaded with 600 pounds applied through a 26 inch by 26 inch test pallet at the centroid of the lift platform.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Platform movement.</I> No part of the platform shall move at a rate exceeding 6 inches/second during lowering and lifting an occupant, and shall not exceed 12 inches/second during deploying or stowing. This requirement does not apply to the deployment or stowage cycles of lifts that are manually deployed or stowed. The maximum platform horizontal and vertical acceleration when occupied shall be 0.3g.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Boarding direction.</I> The lift shall permit both inboard and outboard facing of wheelchairs and mobility aids.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Use by standees.</I> Lifts shall accommodate persons using walkers, crutches, canes or braces or who otherwise have difficulty using steps. The lift may be marked to indicate a preferred standing position.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Handrails.</I> Platforms on lifts shall be equipped with handrails, on two sides, which move in tandem with the lift which shall be graspable and provide support to standees throughout the entire lift operation. Handrails shall have a usable component at least 8 inches long with the lowest portion a minimum 30 inches above the platform and the highest portion a maximum 38 inches above the platform. The handrails shall be capable of withstanding a force of 100 pounds concentrated at any point on the handrail without permanent deformation of the rail or its supporting structure. Handrails shall have a cross-sectional diameter between 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or shall provide an equivalent grasping surface, and have eased edges with corner radii of not less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch. Handrails shall be placed to provide a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches knuckle clearance from the nearest adjacent surface. Handrails shall not interfere with wheelchair or mobility aid maneuverability when entering or leaving the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Vehicle ramp or bridge plate</I>—(1) <I>Design load.</I> Ramps or bridge plates 30 inches or longer shall support a load of 600 pounds, placed at the centroid of the ramp or bridge plate distributed over an area of 26 inches, with a safety factor of at least 3 based on the ultimate strength of the material. Ramps or bridge plates shorter than 30 inches shall support a load of 300 pounds.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Ramp surface.</I> The ramp or bridge plate surface shall be continuous and slip resistant, shall not have protrusions from the surface greater then 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch, shall have a clear width of 30 inches, and shall accommodate both four-wheel and three-wheel mobility aids.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Ramp threshold.</I> The transition from roadway or station platform and the transition from vehicle floor to the ramp or bridge plate may be vertical without edge treatment up to 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch. Changes in level between 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Ramp barriers.</I> Each side of the ramp or bridge plate shall have barriers at least 2 inches high to prevent mobility aid wheels from slipping off.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Slope.</I> Ramps or bridge plates shall have the least slope practicable. If the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, from which the ramp is deployed is 3 inches or less above the station platform a maximum slope of 1:4 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, from which the ramp is deployed is 6 inches or less, but more than 3 inches, above the station platform a maximum slope of 1:6 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, from which the ramp is deployed is 9 inches or less, but more than 6 inches, above the station platform a maximum slope of 1:8 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, from which the ramp is deployed is greater than 9 inches above the station platform a slope of 1:12 shall be achieved. Folding or telescoping ramps are permitted provided they meet all structural requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Attachment</I>—(i) <I>Requirement.</I> When in use for boarding or alighting, the ramp or bridge plate shall be attached to the vehicle, or otherwise prevented from moving such that it is not subject to displacement when loading or unloading a heavy power mobility aid and that any gaps between vehicle and ramp or bridge plate, and station platform and ramp or bridge plate, shall not exceed 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exception.</I> Ramps or bridge plates which are attached to, and deployed from, station platforms are permitted in lieu of vehicle devices provided they meet the displacement requirements of paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Stowage.</I> A compartment, securement system, or other appropriate method shall be provided to ensure that stowed ramps or bridge plates, including portable ramps or bridges plates stowed in the passenger area, do not impinge on a passenger's wheelchair or mobility aid or pose any hazard to passengers in the event of a sudden stop.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Handrails.</I> If provided, handrails shall allow persons with disabilities to grasp them from outside the vehicle while starting to board, and to continue to use them throughout the boarding process, and shall have the top between 30 inches and 38 inches above the ramp surface. The handrails shall be capable of withstanding a force of 100 pounds concentrated at any point on the handrail without permanent deformation of the rail or its supporting structure. The handrail shall have a cross- sectional diameter between 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or shall provide an equivalent grasping surface, and have “eased” edges with corner radii of not less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch. Handrails shall not interfere with wheelchair or mobility aid maneuverability when entering or leaving the vehicle.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.85" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.4.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.85   Between-car barriers.</HEAD>
<P>Where vehicles operate in a high-platform, level-boarding mode, devices or systems shall be provided to prevent, deter or warn individuals from inadvertently stepping off the platform between cars. Appropriate devices include, but are not limited to, pantograph gates, chains, motion detectors or other suitable devices.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.87" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.4.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.87   Public information system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each vehicle shall be equipped with an interior public address system permitting transportation system personnel, or recorded or digitized human speech messages, to announce stations and provide other passenger information. Alternative systems or devices which provide equivalent access are also permitted.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Commuter Rail Cars and Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.91" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.5.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.91   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) New, used and remanufactured commuter rail cars, to be considered accessible by regulations in part 37 of this title, shall comply with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) If portions of the car are modified in such a way that it affects or could affect accessibility, each such portion shall comply, to the extent practicable, with the applicable provisions of this subpart. This provision does not require that inaccessible cars be retrofitted with lifts, ramps or other boarding devices. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Commuter rail cars shall comply with §§ 38.93(d) and 38.109 of this part for level boarding unless structurally or operationally impracticable.
</P>
<P>(2) Where level boarding is structurally or operationally impracticable, commuter rail cars shall comply § 38.95 of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Existing vehicles retrofitted to comply with the “one-car-per-train rule” at § 37.93 of this title shall comply with §§ 38.93(e), 38.95(a) and 38.107 of this part and shall have, in new and key stations at least one door on each side from which passengers board which complies with § 38.93(d) of this part. Vehicles previously designed and manufactured in accordance with the program accessibility requirements of section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or implementing regulations of the Secretary of Transportation that were in effect before October 7, 1991; and which can be entered and used from stations in which they are to be operated, may be used to satisfy the requirements of § 37.93 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45756, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 76 FR 57939, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.93" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.5.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.93   Doorways.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Clear width.</I> (1) At least one door on each side of the car from which passengers board opening onto station platforms and at least one adjacent doorway into the passenger coach compartment, if provided, shall have a minimum clear opening of 32 inches.
</P>
<P>(2) If doorways connecting adjoining cars in a multi-car train are provided, and if such doorway is connected by an aisle with a minimum clear width of 30 inches to one or more spaces where wheelchair or mobility aid users can be accommodated, then such doorway shall have, to the maximum extent practicable in accordance with the regulations issued under the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (49 CFR parts 229 and 231), a clear opening of 30 inches.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Passageways.</I> A route at least 32 inches wide shall be provided from doors required to be accessible by paragraph (a)(1) of this section to seating locations complying with § 38.95(d) of this part. In cars where such doorways require passage through a vestibule, such vestibule shall have a minimum width of 42 inches. (See Fig. 3.)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Signals.</I> If doors to the platform close automatically or from a remote location, auditory and visual warning signals shall be provided to alert passengers or closing doors.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Coordination with boarding platform</I>—(1) <I>Requirements.</I> Cars operating in stations with high platforms, or mini-high platforms, shall be coordinated with the boarding platform design such that the horizontal gap between a car at rest and the platform shall be no greater than 3 inches and the height of the car floor shall be within plus or minus 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch of the platform height. Vertical alignment may be accomplished by car air suspension, platform lifts or other devices, or any combination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> New vehicles operating in existing stations may have a floor height within plus or minus 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches of the platform height. At key stations, the horizontal gap between at least one accessible door of each such vehicle and the platform shall be no greater than 3 inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception.</I> Where platform set-backs do not allow the horizontal gap or vertical alignment specified in paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section, car, platform or portable lifts complying with § 38.95(b) of this part, or car or platform ramps or bridge plates, complying with § 38.95(c) of this part, shall be provided,ensuring compliance with section 37.42, where applicable.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exception.</I> Retrofitted vehicles shall be coordinated with the platform in new and key stations such that the horizontal gap shall be no greater than 4 inches and the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, shall be within plus or minus 2 inches of the platform height.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Signage.</I> The International Symbol of Accessibility shall be displaced on the exterior of all doors complying with this section unless all cars are accessible and are not marked by the access symbol (see Fig. 6). Appropriate signage shall also indicate which accessible doors are adjacent to an accessible restroom, if applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45756, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 76 FR 57939, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.95" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.5.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.95   Mobility aid accessibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>General.</I> All new commuter rail cars, other than level entry cars, covered by this subpart shall provide a level-change mechanism or boarding device (e.g., lift, ramp or bridge plate) complying with either paragraph (b) or (c) of this section; sufficient clearances to permit a wheelchair or mobility aid user to reach a seating location; and at least two wheelchair or mobility aid seating locations complying with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> If level-entry boarding, portable or platform lifts, ramps or bridge plates meeting the applicable requirements of this section are provided on station platforms or other stops required to be accessible, or mini-high platforms complying with § 38.93(d) are provided, the car is not required to be equipped with a car-borne device. The access systems or devices used at a station to which section 37.42 applies must permit compliance with that section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Car Lift</I>—(1) <I>Design load.</I> The design load of the lift shall be at least 600 pounds. Working parts, such as cables, pulleys, and shafts, which can be expected to wear, and upon which the lift depends for support of the load, shall have a safety factor of at least six, based on the ultimate strength of the material. Nonworking parts, such as platform, frame, and attachment hardware which would not be expected to wear, shall have a safety factor of at least three, based on the ultimate strength of the material.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Controls</I>—(i) <I>Requirements.</I> The controls shall be interlocked with the car brakes, propulsion system, or door, or shall provide other appropriate mechanisms or systems, to ensure that the car cannot be moved when the lift is not stowed and so the lift cannot be deployed unless the interlocks or systems are engaged. The lift shall deploy to all platform levels normally encountered in the operating environment. Where provided, each control for deploying, lowering, raising, and stowing the lift and lowering the roll-off barrier shall be of a monetary contact type requiring continuous manual pressure by the operator and shall not allow improper lift sequencing when the lift platform is occupied. The controls shall allow reversal of the lift operation sequence, such as raising or lowering a platform that is part way down, without allowing an occupied platform to fold or retract into the stowed position. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exception.</I> Where physical or safety constraints prevent the deployment at some stops of a lift having its long dimension perpendicular to the car axis, the transportation entity may specify a lift which is designed to deploy with its long dimension parallel to the car axis and which pivots into or out of the car while occupied (i.e., “rotary lift”). The requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section prohibiting the lift from being stowed while occupied shall not apply to a lift design of this type if the stowed position is within the passenger compartment and the lift is intended to be stowed while occupied.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Exception.</I> The brake or propulsion system interlock requirement does not apply to a platform mounted or portable lift provided that a mechanical, electrical or other system operates to ensure that cars do not move when the lift is in use.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Emergency operation.</I> The lift shall incorporate an emergency method of deploying, lowering to ground or platform level with a lift occupant, and raising and stowing the empty lift if the power to the lift fails. No emergency method, manual or otherwise, shall be capable of being operated in a manner that could be hazardous to the lift occupant or to the operator when operated according to manufacturer's instructions, and shall not permit the platform to be stowed or folded when occupied, unless the lift is a rotary lift intended to be stowed while occupied.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Power or equipment failure.</I> Platforms stowed in a vertical position, and deployed platforms when occupied, shall have provisions to prevent their deploying, falling, or folding any faster than 12 inches/second or their dropping of an occupant in the event of a single failure of any load carrying component.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Platform barriers.</I> The lift platform shall be equipped with barriers to prevent any of the wheels of a wheelchair or mobility aid from rolling off the lift during its operation. A movable barrier or inherent design feature shall prevent a wheelchair or mobility aid from rolling off the edge closest to the car until the lift is in its fully raised position. Each side of the lift platform which, in its raised position, extends beyond the car shall have a barrier a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches high. Such barriers shall not interfere with maneuvering into or out of the car. The loading-edge barrier (outer barrier) which functions as a loading ramp when the lift is at ground or station platform level, shall be sufficient when raised or closed, or a supplementary system shall be provided, to prevent a power wheelchair or mobility aid from riding over or defeating it. The outer barrier of the lift shall automatically rise or close, or a supplementary system shall automatically engage, and remain raised, closed, or engaged at all times that the lift platform is more than 3 inches above the station platform and the lift is occupied. Alternatively, a barrier or system may be raised, lowered, opened, closed, engaged or disengaged by the lift operator provided an interlock or inherent design feature prevents the lift from rising unless the barrier is raised or closed or the supplementary system is engaged.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Platform surface.</I> The lift platform surface shall be free of any protrusions over 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch high and shall be slip resistant. The lift platform shall have a minimum clear width of 28
<FR>1/2</FR> inches at the platform, a minimum clear width of 30 inches measured from 2 inches above the lift platform surface to 30 inches above the surface, and a minimum clear length of 48 inches measured from 2 inches above the surface of the platform to 30 inches above the surface. (See Fig. 1)
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Platform gaps.</I> Any openings between the lift platform surface and the raised barriers shall not exceed 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch wide. When the lift is at car floor height with the inner barrier down (if applicable) or retracted, gaps between the forward lift platform edge and car floor shall not exceed 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch horizontally and 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch vertically.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Platform entrance ramp.</I> The entrance ramp, or loading-edge barrier used as a ramp, shall not exceed a slope of 1:8, when measured on level ground, for a maximum rise of 3 inches, and the transition from station platform to ramp may be vertical without edge treatment up to 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch. Thresholds between 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch high shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Platform deflection.</I> The lift platform (not including the entrance ramp) shall not deflect more than 3 degrees (exclusive of vehicle roll) in any direction between its unloaded position and its position when loaded with 600 pounds applied through a 26 inch by 26 inch test pallet at the centroid of the lift platform.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Platform movement.</I> No part of the platform shall move at a rate exceeding 6 inches/second during lowering and lifting an occupant, and shall not exceed 12 inches/second during deploying or stowing. This requirement does not apply to the deployment or stowage cycles of lifts that are manually deployed or stowed. The maximum platform horizontal and vertical acceleration when occupied shall be 0.3g.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Boarding direction.</I> The lift shall permit both inboard and outboard facing of wheelchairs and mobility aids.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Use by standees.</I> Lifts shall accommodate persons using walkers, crutches, canes or braces or who otherwise have difficulty using steps. The lift may be marked to indicate a preferred standing position.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Handrails.</I> Platforms on lifts shall be equipped with handrails, on two sides, which move in tandem with the lift which shall be graspable and provide support to standees throughout the entire lift operation. Handrails shall have a usable component at least 8 inches long with the lowest portion a minimum 30 inches above the platform and the highest portion a maximum 38 inches above the platform. The handrails shall be capable of withstanding a force of 100 pounds concentrated at any point on the handrail without permanent deformation of the rail or its supporting structure. The handrail shall have a cross-sectional diameter between 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or shall provide an equivalent grasping surface, and have eased edges with corner radii of not less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch. Handrails shall be placed to provide a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches knuckle clearance from the nearest adjacent surface. Handrails shall not interfere with wheelchair or mobility aid maneuverability when entering or leaving the car.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Car ramp or bridge plate</I>—(1) <I>Design load.</I> Ramps or bridge plates 30 inches or longer shall support a load of 600 pounds, placed at the centroid of the ramp or bridge plate distributed over an area of 26 inches by 26 inches, with a safety factor of at least 3 based on the ultimate strength of the material. Ramps or bridge plates shorter than 30 inches shall support a load of 300 pounds. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Ramp surface.</I> The ramp or bridge plate surface shall be continuous and slip resistant, shall not have protrusions from the surface greater than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch high, shall have a clear width of 30 inches and shall accommodate both four-wheel and three-wheel mobility aids. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Ramp threshold.</I> The transition from station platform to the ramp or bridge plate and the transition from car floor to the ramp or bridge plate may be vertical without edge treatment up to 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch. Changes in level between 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Ramp barriers.</I> Each side of the ramp or bridge plate shall have barriers at least 2 inches high to prevent mobility aid wheels from slipping off. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Slope.</I> Ramps or bridge plates shall have the least slope practicable. If the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, from which the ramp is deployed is 3 inches or less above the station platform a maximum slope of 1:4 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, from which the ramp is deployed is 6 inches or less, but more than 3 inches, above the station platform a maximum slope of 1:6 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, from which the ramp is deployed is 9 inches or less, but more than 6 inches, above the station platform a maximum slope of 1:8 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, from which the ramp is deployed is greater than 9 inches above the station platform a slope of 1:12 shall be achieved. Folding or telescoping ramps are permitted provided they meet all structural requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Attachment</I>—(i) <I>Requirement.</I> When in use for boarding or alighting, the ramp or bridge plate shall be attached to the vehicle, or otherwise prevented from moving such that it is not subject to displacement when loading or unloading a heavy power mobility aid and that any gaps between vehicle and ramp or bridge plate, and station platform and ramp or bridge plate, shall not exceed 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exception.</I> Ramps or bridge plates which are attached to, and deployed from, station platforms are permitted in lieu of car devices provided they meet the displacement requirements of paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Stowage.</I> A compartment, securement system, or other appropriate method shall be provided to ensure that stowed ramps or bridge plates, including portable ramps or bridge plates stowed in the passenger area, do not impinge on a passenger's wheelchair or mobility aid or pose any hazard to passengers in the event of a sudden stop. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Handrails.</I> If provided, handrails shall allow persons with disabilities to grasp them from outside the car while starting to board, and to continue to use them throughout the boarding process, and shall have the top between 30 inches and 38 inches above the ramp surface. The handrails shall be capable of withstanding a force of 100 pounds concentrated at any point on the handrail without permanent deformation of the rail or its supporting structure. The handrail shall have a cross-sectional diameter between 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or shall provide an equivalent grasping surface, and have eased edges with corner radii of not less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch. Handrails shall not interfere with wheelchair or mobility aid maneuverability when entering or leaving the car. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Mobility aid seating location.</I> Spaces for persons who wish to remain in their wheelchairs or mobility aids shall have a minimum clear floor space 48 inches by 30 inches. Such spaces shall adjoin, and may overlap, an accessible path. Not more than 6 inches of the required clear floor space may be accommodated for footrests under another seat provided there is a minimum of 9 inches from the floor to the lowest part of the seat overhanging the space. Seating spaces may have fold-down or removable seats to accommodate other passengers when a wheelchair or mobility aid user is not occupying the area, provided the seats, when folded up, do not obstruct the clear floor space required. (See Fig. 2.) 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45756, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 76 FR 57939, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.97" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.5.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.97   Interior circulation, handrails and stanchions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where provided, handrails or stanchions within the passenger compartment shall be placed to permit sufficient turning and maneuvering space for wheelchairs and other mobility aids to reach a seating location, complying with § 38.95(d) of this part, from an accessible entrance. The diameter or width of the gripping surface of interior handrails and stanchions shall be 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches to 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or shall provide an equivalent gripping surface. Handrails shall be placed to provide a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches knuckle clearance from the nearest adjacent surface. 
</P>
<P>(b) Where provided, handrails or stanchions shall be sufficient to permit safe boarding, on-board circulation, seating and standing assistance, and alighting by persons with disabilities. 
</P>
<P>(c) At entrances equipped with steps, handrails or stanchions shall be provided in the entrance to the car in a configuration which allows passengers to grasp such assists from outside the car while starting to board, and to continue using such assists throughout the boarding process, to the extent permitted by part 231 of this title. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.99" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.5.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.99   Floors, steps and thresholds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Floor surfaces on aisles, step treads, places for standees, and areas where wheelchair and mobility aid users are to be accommodated shall be slip-resistant. 
</P>
<P>(b) All thresholds and step edges shall have a band of color(s) running the full width of the step or threshold which contrasts from the step tread and riser or adjacent floor, either light-on-dark or dark-on-light. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.101" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.5.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.101   Lighting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any stepwell or doorway with a lift, ramp or bridge plate shall have, when the door is open, at least 2 footcandles of illumination measured on the step tread, ramp, bridge plate, or lift platform. 
</P>
<P>(b) The doorways of cars not operating at lighted station platforms shall have outside lights which, when the door is open, provide at least 1 footcandle of illumination on the station platform surface for a distance of 3 feet perpendicular to all points on the bottom step tread edge. Such lights shall be shielded to protect the eyes of entering and exiting passengers. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.103" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.5.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.103   Public information system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each car shall be equipped with an interior public address system permitting transportation system personnel, or recorded or digitized human speech messages, to announce stations and provide other passenger information. Alternative systems or devices which provide equivalent access are also permitted.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.105" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.5.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.105   Priority seating signs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each car shall contain sign(s) which indicate that certain seats are priority seats for persons with disabilities and that other passengers should make such seats available to those who wish to use them.
</P>
<P>(b) Characters on signs required by paragraph (a) shall have a width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a stroke width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10, with a minimum character height (using an upper case “X”) of 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch, with “wide” spacing (generally, the space between letters shall be 
<FR>1/16</FR> the height of upper case letters), and shall contrast with the background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.107" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.5.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.107   Restrooms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a restroom is provided for the general public, it shall be designed so as to allow a person using a wheelchair or mobility aid to enter and use such restroom as specified in paragraphs (a) (1) through (5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) The minimum clear floor area shall be 35 inches by 60 inches. Permanently installed fixtures may overlap this area a maximum of 6 inches, if the lowest portion of the fixture is a minimum of 9 inches above the floor, and may overlap a maximum of 19 inches, if the lowest portion of the fixture is a minimum of 29 inches above the floor, provided such fixtures do not interfere with access to the water closet. Fold-down or retractable seats or shelves may overlap the clear floor space at a lower height provided they can be easily folded up or moved out of the way.
</P>
<P>(2) The height of the water closet shall be 17 inches to 19 inches measured to the top of the toilet seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position.
</P>
<P>(3) A grab bar at least 24 inches long shall be mounted behind the water closet, and a horizontal grab bar at least 40 inches long shall be mounted on at least one side wall, with one end not more than 12 inches from the back wall, at a height between 33 inches and 36 inches above the floor.
</P>
<P>(4) Faucets and flush controls shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbf (22.2 N). Controls for flush valves shall be mounted no more than 44 inches above the floor.
</P>
<P>(5) Doorways on the end of the enclosure, opposite the water closet, shall have a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches. Doorways on the side wall shall have a minimum clear opening width of 39 inches. Door latches and hardware shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist.
</P>
<P>(b) Restrooms required to be accessible shall be in close proximity to at least one seating location for persons using mobility aids and shall be connected to such a space by an unobstructed path having a minimum width of 32 inches.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.109" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.5.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.109   Between-car barriers.</HEAD>
<P>Where vehicles operate in a high-platform, level-boarding mode, and where between-car bellows are not provided, devices or systems shall be provided to prevent, deter or warn individuals from inadvertently stepping off the platform between cars. Appropriate devices include, but are not limited to, pantograph gates, chains, motion detectors or other suitable devices.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Intercity Rail Cars and Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.111" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.6.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.111   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) New, used and remanufactured intercity rail cars, to be considered accessible by regulations in part 37 of this title shall comply with this subpart to the extent required for each type of car as specified below.
</P>
<P>(1) Single-level rail passenger coaches and food service cars (other than single-level dining cars) shall comply with §§ 38.113 through 38.123 of this part. Compliance with § 38.125 of this part shall be required only to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Single-level dining and lounge cars shall have at least one connecting doorway complying with § 38.113(a)(2) of this part connected to a car accessible to persons using wheelchairs or mobility aids, and at least one space complying with §§ 38.125(d) (2) and (3) of this part, to provide table service to a person who wishes to remain in his or her wheelchair, and space to fold and store a wheelchair for a person who wishes to transfer to an existing seat.
</P>
<P>(3) Bi-level dining cars shall comply with §§ 38.113(a)(2), 38.115(b), 38.117(a), and 38.121 of this part. 
</P>
<P>(4) Bi-level lounge cars shall have doors on the lower level, on each side of the car from which passengers board, complying with § 38.113, a restroom complying with § 38.123, and at least one space complying with § 38.125(d) (2) and (3) to provide table service to a person who wishes to remain in his or her wheelchair and space to fold and store a wheelchair for a person who wishes to transfer to an existing seat. 
</P>
<P>(5) Restrooms, complying with § 38.123 shall be provided in single-level rail passenger coaches and food services cars adjacent to the accessible seating locations required by paragraph (d) of this section. Accessible restrooms are required in dining and lounge cars only if restrooms are provided for other passengers. 
</P>
<P>(6) Sleeper cars shall comply with §§ 38.113 (b) through (d), 38.115 through 38.121, and 38.125, of this part, and have at least one compartment which can be entered and used by a person using a wheelchair or mobility aid and complying with § 38.127 of this part. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Unless structurally or operationally impracticable, intercity rail cars shall comply with § 38.113(d) of this part for level boarding. 
</P>
<P>(2) Where level boarding is structurally or operationally impracticable, intercity rail cars shall comply with § 38.125. 
</P>
<P>(c) If portions of the car are modified in a way that it affects or could affect accessibility, each such portion shall comply, to the extent practicable, with the applicable provisions of this subpart. This provision does not require that inaccessible cars be retrofitted with lifts, ramps or other boarding devices. 
</P>
<P>(d) Passenger coaches or food service cars shall have the number of spaces complying with § 38.125(d)(2) of this part and the number of spaces complying with § 38.125(d)(3) of this part, as required by § 37.91 of this title.
</P>
<P>(e) Existing cars retrofitted to meet the seating requirements of § 37.91 of this title shall comply with § 38.113(e), § 38.123, § 38.125(d) of this part and shall have at least one door on each side from which passengers board complying with § 38.113(d) of this part. Existing cars designed and manufactured to be accessible in accordance with the Secretary of Transportation regulations implementing section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 that were in effect before October 7, 1991, shall comply with § 38.125(a) of this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45756, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 76 FR 57939, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.113" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.6.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.113   Doorways.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Clear width.</I> (1) At least one doorway, on each side of the car from which passengers board, of each car required to be accessible by § 38.111(a) and where the spaces required by § 38.111(d) of this part are located, and at least one adjacent doorway into coach passenger compartments shall have a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches. 
</P>
<P>(2) Doorways at ends of cars connecting two adjacent cars, to the maximum extent practicable in accordance with regulations issued under the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (49 CFR parts 229 and 231), shall have a clear opening width of 32 inches to permit wheelchair and mobility aid users to enter into a single-level dining car, if available. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Passageway.</I> Doorways required to be accessible by paragraph (a) of this section shall permit access by persons using mobility aids and shall have an unobstructed passageway at least 32 inches wide leading to an accessible sleeping compartment complying with § 38.127 of this part or seating locations complying with § 38.125(d) of this part. In cars where such doorways require passage through a vestibule, such vestibule shall have a minimum width of 42 inches. (see Fig. 4)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Signals.</I> If doors to the platform close automatically or from a remote location, auditory and visual warning signals shall be provided to alert passengers of closing doors. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Coordination with boarding platforms</I>—(1) <I>Requirements.</I> Cars which provide level-boarding in stations with high platforms shall be coordinated with the boarding platform or mini-high platform design such that the horizontal gap between a car at rest and the platform shall be no greater than 3 inches and the height of the car floor shall be within plus or minus 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch of the platform height. Vertical alignment may be accomplished by car air suspension, platform lifts or other devices, or any combination. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> New cars operating in existing stations may have a floor height within plus or minus 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches of the platform height. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception.</I> Where platform set-backs do not allow the horizontal gap or vertical alignment specified in paragraph (d) (1) or (2), platform or portable lifts complying with § 38.125(b) of this part, or car or platform bridge plates, complying with § 38.125(c) of this part, may be provided ensuring compliance with section 37.42, where applicable. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exception.</I> Retrofitted vehicles shall be coordinated with the platform in existing stations such that the horizontal gap shall be no greater than 4 inches and the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, shall be within plus or minus 2 inches of the platform height. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Signage.</I> The International Symbol of Accessibility shall be displayed on the exterior of all doors complying with this section unless all cars and doors are accessible and are not marked by the access symbol (see fig. 6). Appropriate signage shall also indicate which accessible doors are adjacent to an accessible restroom, if applicable. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45756, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 63103, Nov. 30, 1993; 76 FR 57939, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.115" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.6.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.115   Interior circulation, handrails and stanchions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where provided, handrails or stanchions within the passenger compartment shall be placed to permit sufficient turning and maneuvering space for wheelchairs and other mobility aids to reach a seating location, complying with § 38.125(d) of this part, from an accessible entrance. The diameter or width of the gripping surface of interior handrails and stanchions shall be 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches to 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or shall provide an equivalent gripping surface. Handrails shall be placed to provide a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches knuckle clearance from the nearest adjacent surface. 
</P>
<P>(b) Where provided, handrails and stanchions shall be sufficient to permit safe boarding, on-board circulation, seating and standing assistance, and alighting by persons with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(c) At entrances equipped with steps, handrails or stanchions shall be provided in the entrance to the car in a configuration which allows passengers to grasp such assists from outside the car while starting to board, and to continue using such assists throughout the boarding process, to the extent permitted by part 231 of this title. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.117" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.6.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.117   Floors, steps and thresholds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Floor surfaces on aisles, step treads and areas where wheelchair and mobility aid users are to be accommodated shall be slip-resistant. 
</P>
<P>(b) All step edges and thresholds shall have a band of color(s) running the full width of the step or threshold which contrasts from the step tread and riser or adjacent floor, either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.119" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.6.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.119   Lighting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any stepwell, or doorway with a lift, ramp or bridge plate, shall have, when the door is open, at least 2 foot-candles of illumination measured on the step tread, ramp, bridge plate or lift platform. 
</P>
<P>(b) The doorways of cars not operating at lighted station platforms shall have outside lights which, when the door is open, provide at least 1 foot-candle of illumination on the station platform surface for a distance of 3 feet perpendicular to all points on the bottom step tread edge. Such lights shall be shielded to protect the eyes of entering and exiting passengers. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.121" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.6.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.121   Public information system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each car shall be equipped with a public address system permitting transportation system personnel, or recorded or digitized human speech messages, to announce stations and provide other passenger information. Alternative systems or devices which provide equivalent access are also permitted. 
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.123" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.6.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.123   Restrooms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a restroom is provided for the general public, and an accessible restroom is required by § 38.111 (a) and (e) of this part, it shall be designed so as to allow a person using a wheelchair or mobility aid to enter and use such restroom as specified in paragraphs (a) (1) through (5) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(1) The minimum clear floor area shall be 35 inches by 60 inches. Permanently installed fixtures may overlap this area a maximum of 6 inches, if the lowest portion of the fixture is a minimum of 9 inches above the floor, and may overlap a maximum of 19 inches, if the lowest portion of the fixture is a minimum of 29 inches above the floor. Fixtures shall not interfere with access to and use of the water closet. Fold-down or retractable seats or shelves may overlap the clear floor space at a lower height provided they can be easily folded up or moved out of the way.
</P>
<P>(2) The height of the water closet shall be 17 inches to 19 inches measured to the top of the toilet seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position.
</P>
<P>(3) A grab bar at least 24 inches long shall be mounted behind the water closet, and a horizontal grab bar at least 40 inches long shall be mounted on at least one side wall, with one end not more than 12 inches from the back wall, at a height between 33 inches and 36 inches above the floor.
</P>
<P>(4) Faucets and flush controls shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbf (22.2 N). Controls for flush valves shall be mounted no more than 44 inches above the floor.
</P>
<P>(5) Doorways on the end of the enclosure, opposite the water closet, shall have a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches. Doorways on the side wall shall have a minimum clear opening width of 39 inches. Door latches and hardware shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist.
</P>
<P>(b) Restrooms required to be accessible shall be in close proximity to at least one seating location for persons using mobility aids complying with § 38.125(d) of this part and shall be connected to such a space by an unobstructed path having a minimum width of 32 inches.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.125" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.6.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.125   Mobility aid accessibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>General.</I> All intercity rail cars, other than level entry cars, required to be accessible by §§ 38.111 (a) and (e) of this subpart shall provide a level-change mechanism or boarding device (e.g., lift, ramp or bridge plate) complying with either paragraph (b) or (c) of this section and sufficient clearances to permit a wheelchair or other mobility aid user to reach a seating location complying with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> If level-entry boarding, portable or platform lifts, ramps or bridge plates meeting the applicable requirements of this section are provided on station platforms or other stops required to be accessible, or mini-high platforms complying with § 38.113(d) are provided, the car is not required to be equipped with a car-borne device. The access systems or devices used at a station to which section 37.42 applies must permit compliance with that section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Car Lift</I>—(1) <I>Design load.</I> The design load of the lift shall be at least 600 pounds. Working parts, such as cables, pulleys, and shafts, which can be expected to wear, and upon which the lift depends for support of the load, shall have a safety factor of at least six, based on the ultimate strength of the material. Nonworking parts, such as platform, frame, and attachment hardware which would not be expected to wear, shall have a safety factor of at least three, based on the ultimate strength of the material.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Controls</I>—(i) <I>Requirements.</I> The controls shall be interlocked with the car brakes, propulsion system, or door, or shall provide other appropriate mechanisms or systems, to ensure that the car cannot be moved when the lift is not stowed and so the lift cannot be deployed unless the interlocks or systems are engaged. The lift shall deploy to all platform levels normally encountered in the operating environment. Where provided, each control for deploying, lowering, raising, and stowing the lift and lowering the roll-off barrier shall be of a monetary contact type requiring continuous manual pressure by the operator and shall not allow improper lift sequencing when the lift platform is occupied. The controls shall allow reversal of the lift operation sequence, such as raising or lowering a platform that is part way down, without allowing an occupied platform to fold or retract into the stowed position.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exception.</I> Where physical or safety constraints prevent the deployment at some stops of a lift having its long dimension perpendicular to the car axis, the transportation entity may specify a lift which is designed to deploy with its long dimension parallel to the car axis and which pivots into or out of the car while occupied (i.e., “rotary lift”). The requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section prohibiting the lift from being stowed while occupied shall not apply to a lift design of this type if the stowed position is within the passenger compartment and the lift is intended to be stowed while occupied.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Exception.</I> The brake or propulsion system interlocks requirement does not apply to platform mounted or portable lifts provided that a mechanical, electrical or other system operates to ensure that cars do not move when the lift is in use.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Emergency operation.</I> The lift shall incorporate an emergency method of deploying, lowering to ground or station platform level with a lift occupant, and raising and stowing the empty lift if the power to the lift fails. No emergency method, manual or otherwise, shall be capable of being operated in a manner that could be hazardous to the lift occupant or to the operator when operated according to manufacturer's instructions, and shall not permit the platform to be stowed or folded when occupied, unless the lift is a rotary lift and is intended to be stowed while occupied.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Power or equipment failure.</I> Platforms stowed in a vertical position, and deployed platforms when occupied, shall have provisions to prevent their deploying, falling, or folding any faster than 12 inches/second or their dropping of an occupant in the event of a single failure of any load carrying component.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Platform barriers.</I> The lift platform shall be equipped with barriers to prevent any of the wheels of a wheelchair or mobility aid from rolling off the lift during its operation. A movable barrier or inherent design feature shall prevent a wheelchair or mobility aid from rolling off the edge closest to the car until the lift is in its fully raised position. Each side of the lift platform which, in its raised position, extends beyond the car shall have a barrier a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches high. Such barriers shall not interfere with maneuvering into or out of the car. The loading-edge barrier (outer barrier) which functions as a loading ramp when the lift is at ground or station platform level, shall be sufficient when raised or closed, or a supplementary system shall be provided, to prevent a power wheelchair or mobility aid from riding over or defeating it. The outer barrier of the lift shall automatically rise or close, or a supplementary system shall automatically engage, and remain raised, closed, or engaged at all times that the lift platform is more than 3 inches above the station platform and the lift is occupied. Alternatively, a barrier or system may be raised, lowered, opened, closed, engaged or disengaged by the lift operator provided an interlock or inherent design feature prevents the lift from rising unless the barrier is raised or closed or the supplementary system is engaged.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Platform surface.</I> The lift platform surface shall be free of any protrusions over 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch high and shall be slip resistant. The lift platform shall have a minimum clear width of 28
<FR>1/2</FR> inches at the platform, a minimum clear width of 30 inches measured from 2 inches above the lift platform surface to 30 inches above the surface, and a minimum clear length of 48 inches measured from 2 inches above the surface of the platform to 30 inches above the surface. (See Fig. 1.)
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Platform gaps.</I> Any openings between the lift platform surface and the raised barriers shall not exceed 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch wide. When the lift is at car floor height with the inner barrier (if applicable) down or retracted, gaps between the forward lift platform edge and car floor shall not exceed 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch horizontally and 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch vertically.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Platform entrance ramp.</I> The entrance ramp, or loading-edge barrier used as a ramp, shall not exceed a slope of 1:8, when measured on level ground, for a maximum rise of 3 inches, and the transition from station platform to ramp may be vertical without edge treatment up to 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch. Thresholds between 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch high shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Platform deflection.</I> The lift platform (not including the entrance ramp) shall not deflect more than 3 degrees (exclusive of car roll) in any direction between its unloaded position and its position when loaded with 600 pounds applied through a 26 inch by 26 inch test pallet at the centroid of the lift platform.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Platform movement.</I> No part of the platform shall move at a rate exceeding 6 inches/second during lowering and lifting an occupant, and shall not exceed 12 inches/second during deploying or stowing. This requirement does not apply to the deployment or stowage cycles of lifts that are manually deployed or stowed. The maximum platform horizontal and vertical acceleration when occupied shall be 0.3g.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Boarding direction.</I> The lift shall permit both inboard and outboard facing of wheelchairs and mobility aids.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Use by standees.</I> Lifts shall accommodate persons using walkers, crutches, canes or braces or who otherwise have difficulty using steps. The lift may be marked to indicate a preferred standing position.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Handrails.</I> Platforms on lifts shall be equipped with handrails, on two sides, which move in tandem with the lift, and which shall be graspable and provide support to standees throughout the entire lift operation. Handrails shall have a usable component at least 8 inches long with the lowest portion a minimum 30 inches above the platform and the highest portion a maximum 38 inches above the platform. The handrails shall be capable of withstanding a force of 100 pounds concentrated at any point on the handrail without permanent deformation of the rail or its supporting structure. The handrail shall have a cross-sectional diameter between 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or shall provide an equivalent grasping surface, and have eased edges with corner radii of not less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch. Handrails shall be placed to provide a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches knuckle clearance from the nearest adjacent surface. Handrails shall not interfere with wheelchair or mobility aid maneuverability when entering or leaving the car.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Car ramp or bridge plate</I>—(1) <I>Design load.</I> Ramps or bridge plates 30 inches or longer shall support a load of 600 pounds, placed at the centroid of the ramp or bridge plate distributed over an area of 26 inches by 26 inches, with a safety factor of at least 3 based on the ultimate strength of the material. Ramps or bridge plates shorter than 30 inches shall support a load of 300 pounds.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Ramp surface.</I> The ramp or bridge plate surface shall be continuous and slip resistant, shall not have protrusions from the surface greater than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch high, shall have a clear width of 30 inches and shall accommodate both four-wheel and three-wheel mobility aids.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Ramp threshold.</I> The transition from station platform to the ramp or bridge plate and the transition from car floor to the ramp or bridge plate may be vertical without edge treatment up to 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch. Changes in level between 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Ramp barriers.</I> Each side of the ramp or bridge plate shall have barriers at least 2 inches high to prevent mobility aid wheels from slipping off.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Slope.</I> Ramps or bridge plates shall have the least slope practicable. If the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, from which the ramp is deployed is 3 inches or less above the station platform a maximum slope of 1:4 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, from which the ramp is deployed is 6 inches or less, but more than 3 inches, above the station platform a maximum slope of 1:6 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, from which the ramp is deployed is 9 inches or less, but more than 6 inches, above the station platform a maximum slope of 1:8 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor, under 50% passenger load, from which the ramp is deployed is greater than 9 inches above the station platform a slope of 1:12 shall be achieved. Folding or telescoping ramps are permitted provided they meet all structural requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Attachment</I>—(i) <I>Requirement.</I> When in use for boarding or alighting, the ramp or bridge plate shall be attached to the vehicle, or otherwise prevented from moving such that it is not subject to displacement when loading or unloading a heavy power mobility aid and that any gaps between vehicle and ramp or bridge plate, and station platform and ramp or bridge plate, shall not exceed 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exception.</I> Ramps or bridge plates which are attached to, and deployed from, station platforms are permitted in lieu of car devices provided they meet the displacement requirements of paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Stowage.</I> A compartment, securement system, or other appropriate method shall be provided to ensure that stowed ramps or bridge plates, including portable ramps or bridge plates stowed in the passenger area, do not impinge on a passenger's wheelchair or mobility aid or pose any hazard to passengers in the event of a sudden stop.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Handrails.</I> If provided, handrails shall allow persons with disabilities to grasp them from outside the car while starting to board, and to continue to use them throughout the boarding process, and shall have the top between 30 inches and 38 inches above the ramp surface. The handrails shall be capable of withstanding a force of 100 pounds concentrated at any point on the handrail without permanent deformation of the rail or its supporting structure. The handrail shall have a cross-sectional diameter between 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or shall provide an equivalent grasping surface, and have eased edges with corner radii of not less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch. Handrails shall not interfere with wheelchair or mobility aid maneuverability when entering or leaving the car.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Seating</I>—(1) <I>Requirements.</I> All intercity rail cars required to be accessible by §§ 38.111 (a) and (e) of this subpart shall provide at least one, but not more than two, mobility aid seating location(s) complying with paragraph (d)(2) of this section; and at least one, but not more than two, seating location(s) complying with paragraph (d)(3) of this section which adjoin or overlap an accessible route with a minimum clear width of 32 inches. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Wheelchair or mobility aid spaces.</I> Spaces for persons who wish to remain in their wheelchairs or mobility aids shall have a minimum clear floor space 48 inches by 30 inches. Such spaces shall adjoin, and may overlap, an accessible path. Not more than 6 inches of the required clear floor space may be accommodated for footrests under another seat provided there is a minimum of 9 inches from the floor to the lowest part of the seat overhanging the space. Seating spaces may have fold-down or removable seats to accommodate other passengers when a wheelchair or mobility aid user is not occupying the area, provided the seats, when folded up, do not obstruct the clear floor space provided (See Fig. 2).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Other spaces.</I> Spaces for individuals who wish to transfer shall include a regular coach seat or dining car booth or table seat and space to fold and store the passenger's wheelchair.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45756, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 63103, Nov. 30, 1993; 76 FR 57939, Sept. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.127" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.6.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.127   Sleeping compartments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Sleeping compartments required to be accessible shall be designed so as to allow a person using a wheelchair or mobility aid to enter, maneuver within and approach and use each element within such compartment. (See Fig. 5.)
</P>
<P>(b) Each accessible compartment shall contain a restroom complying with § 38.123(a) which can be entered directly from such compartment.
</P>
<P>(c) Controls and operating mechanisms (e.g., heating and air conditioning controls, lighting controls, call buttons, electrical outlets, etc.) shall be mounted no more than 48 inches, and no less than 15 inches, above the floor and shall have a clear floor area directly in front a minimum of 30 inches by 48 inches. Controls and operating mechanisms shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Over-the-Road Buses and Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.151" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.7.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.151   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) New, used and remanufactured over-the-road buses, to be considered accessible by regulations in part 37 of this title, shall comply with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Over-the-road buses covered by § 37.7 (c) of this title shall comply with § 38.23 and this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.153" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.7.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.153   Doors, steps and thresholds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Floor surfaces on aisles, step treads and areas where wheelchair and mobility aid users are to be accommodated shall be slip-resistant.
</P>
<P>(b) All step edges shall have a band of color(s) running the full width of the step which contrasts from the step tread and riser, either dark-on-light or light-on-dark.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Doors shall have a minimum clear width when open of 30 inches (760 mm), measured from the lowest step to a height of at least 48 inches (1220 mm), from which point they may taper to a minimum width of 18 inches (457 mm). The clear width may be reduced by a maximum of 4 inches (100 mm) by protrusions of hinges or other operating mechanisms.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> Where compliance with the door width requirement of paragraph (c)(1) of this section is not feasible, the minimum door width shall be 27 in (685 mm).
</P>
<P>(d) The overhead clearance between the top of the lift door opening and the sill shall be the maximum practicable but not less than 65 inches (1651 mm).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45756, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 63 FR 51698, 51702, Sept. 28, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.155" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.7.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.155   Interior circulation, handrails and stanchions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Handrails and stanchions shall be provided in the entrance to the vehicle in a configuration which allows passengers to grasp such assists from outside the vehicle while starting to board, and to continue using such handrails or stanchions throughout the boarding process. Handrails shall have a cross-sectional diameter between 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or shall provide an equivalent grasping surface, and have eased edges with corner radii of not less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch. Handrails shall be placed to provide a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches knuckle clearance from the nearest adjacent surface. Where on-board fare collection devices are used, a horizontal passenger assist shall be located between boarding passengers and the fare collection device and shall prevent passengers from sustaining injuries on the fare collection device or windshield in the event of a sudden deceleration. Without restricting the vestibule space, the assist shall provide support for a boarding passenger from the door through the boarding procedure. Passengers shall be able to lean against the assist for security while paying fares.
</P>
<P>(b) Where provided within passenger compartments, handrails or stanchions shall be sufficient to permit safe on-board circulation, seating and standing assistance, and alighting by persons with disabilities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.157" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.7.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.157   Lighting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any stepwell or doorway immediately adjacent to the driver shall have, when the door is open, at least 2 foot-candles of illumination measured on the step tread.
</P>
<P>(b) The vehicle doorway shall have outside light(s) which, when the door is open, provide at least 1 foot-candle of illumination on the pathway to the door for a distance of 3 feet (915 mm) to the bottom step tread or lift outer edge. Such light(s) shall be shielded to protect the eyes of entering and exiting passengers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45756, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 63 FR 51698, 51702, Sept. 28, 1998] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.159" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.7.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.159   Mobility aid accessibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>General.</I> All vehicles covered by this subpart shall provide a level-change mechanism or boarding device (e.g., lift or ramp) complying with paragraph (b) or (c) of this section and sufficient clearances to permit a wheelchair or other mobility aid user to reach a securement location. At least two securement locations and devices, complying with paragraph (d) of this section, shall be provided.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> If portable or station-based lifts, ramps or bridge plates meeting the applicable requirements of this section are provided at stations or other stops required to be accessible under regulations issued by the Department of Transportation, the bus is not required to be equipped with a vehicle-borne device.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Vehicle lift</I>—(1) <I>Design load.</I> The design load of the lift shall be at least 600 pounds (2665 N). Working parts, such as cables, pulleys, and shafts, which can be expected to wear, and upon which the lift depends for support of the load, shall have a safety factor of at least six, based on the ultimate strength of the material. Nonworking parts, such as platform, frame and attachment hardware which would not be expected to wear, shall have a safety factor of at least three, based on the ultimate strength of the material.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Controls</I>—(i) <I>Requirements.</I> The controls shall be interlocked with the vehicle brakes, transmission, or door, or shall provide other appropriate mechanisms or systems, to ensure that the vehicle cannot be moved when the lift is not stowed and so the lift cannot be deployed unless the interlocks or systems are engaged. The lift shall deploy to all levels (i.e., ground, curb, and intermediate positions) normally encountered in the operating environment. Where provided, each control for deploying, lowering, raising, and stowing the lift and lowering the roll-off barrier shall be of a momentary contact type requiring continuous manual pressure by the operator and shall not allow improper lift sequencing when the lift platform is occupied. The controls shall allow reversal of the lift operation sequence, such as raising or lowering a platform that is part way down, without allowing an occupied platform to fold or retract into the stowed position.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exception.</I> Where the lift is designed to deploy with its long dimension parallel to the vehicle axis and which pivots into or out of the vehicle while occupied (i.e., “rotary lift”), the requirements of this paragraph (b)(2) prohibiting the lift from being stowed while occupied shall not apply if the stowed position is within the passenger compartment and the lift is intended to be stowed while occupied.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Emergency operation.</I> The lift shall incorporate an emergency method of deploying, lowering to ground level with a lift occupant, and raising and stowing the empty lift if the power to the lift fails. No emergency method, manual or otherwise, shall be capable of being operated in a manner that could be hazardous to the lift occupant or to the operator when operated according to manufacturer's instructions, and shall not permit the platform to be stowed or folded when occupied, unless the lift is a rotary lift and is intended to be stowed while occupied.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Power or equipment failure.</I> Platforms stowed in a vertical position, and deployed platforms when occupied, shall have provisions to prevent their deploying, falling, or folding any faster than 12 inches/second (305 mm/sec) or their dropping of an occupant in the event of a single failure of any load carrying component.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Platform barriers.</I> The lift platform shall be equipped with barriers to prevent any of the wheels of a wheelchair or mobility aid from rolling off the platform during its operation. A movable barrier or inherent design feature shall prevent a wheelchair or mobility aid from rolling off the edge closest to the vehicle until the platform is in its fully raised position. Each side of the lift platform which extends beyond the vehicle in its raised position shall have a barrier a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches (13 mm) high. Such barriers shall not interfere with maneuvering into or out of the aisle. The loading-edge barrier (outer barrier) which functions as a loading ramp when the lift is at ground level, shall be sufficient when raised or closed, or a supplementary system shall be provided, to prevent a power wheelchair or mobility aid from riding over or defeating it. The outer barrier of the lift shall automatically raise or close, or a supplementary system shall automatically engage, and remain raised, closed, or engaged at all times that the platform is more than 3 inches (75 mm) above the roadway or sidewalk and the platform is occupied. Alternatively, a barrier or system may be raised, lowered, opened, closed, engaged, or disengaged by the lift operator, provided an interlock or inherent design feature prevents the lift from rising unless the barrier is raised or closed or the supplementary system is engaged.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Platform surface.</I> The platform surface shall be free of any protrusions of 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch (6.5 mm) high and shall be slip resistant. The platform shall have a minimum clear width of 28
<FR>1/2</FR> inches (725 mm) at the platform, a minimum clear width of 30 inches (760 mm) measured from 2 inches (50 mm) above the platform surface to 30 inches (760 mm) above the platform, and a minimum clear length of 48 inches (1220 mm) measured from 2 inches (50 mm) above the surface of the platform to 30 inches (760 mm) above the surface of the platform. (See Figure 1 to this part.)
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Platform gaps.</I> Any openings between the platform surface and the raised barriers shall not exceed 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch (16 mm) in width. When the platform is at vehicle floor height with the inner barrier (if applicable) down or retracted, gaps between the forward lift platform edge and the vehicle floor shall not exceed 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch (13 mm) horizontally and 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch (16 mm) vertically. Platforms on semi-automatic lifts may have a hand hold not exceeding 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches (28 mm) by 4
<FR>1/2</FR> inches (113 mm) located between the edge barriers.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Platform entrance ramp.</I> The entrance ramp, or loading-edge barrier used as a ramp, shall not exceed a slope of 1:8, measured on level ground, for a maximum rise of 3 inches (75 mm), and the transition from roadway or sidewalk to ramp may be vertical without edge treatment up to 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch (6.5 mm) . Thresholds between 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch (6.5 mm) and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch (13 mm) high shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Platform deflection.</I> The lift platform (not including the entrance ramp) shall not deflect more than 3 degrees (exclusive of vehicle roll or pitch) in any direction between its unloaded position and its position when loaded with 600 pounds (2665 N) applied through a 26 inch (660 mm) by 26 inch test pallet at the centroid of the platform.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Platform movement.</I> No part of the platform shall move at a rate exceeding 6 inches/second (150 mm/sec) during lowering and lifting an occupant, and shall not exceed 12 inches/second (300 mm/sec) during deploying or stowing. This requirement does not apply to the deployment or stowage cycles of lifts that are manually deployed or stowed. The maximum platform horizontal and vertical acceleration when occupied shall be 0.3g.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Boarding direction.</I> The lift shall permit both inboard and outboard facing of wheelchair and mobility aid users.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Use by standees.</I> Lifts shall accommodate persons using walkers, crutches, canes or braces or who otherwise have difficulty using steps. The platform may be marked to indicate a preferred standing position.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Handrails.</I> Platforms on lifts shall be equipped with handrails on two sides, which move in tandem with the lift, and which shall be graspable and provide support to standees throughout the entire lift operation. Handrails shall have a usable component at least 8 inches (200 mm) long with the lowest portion a minimum 30 inches (760 mm) above the platform and the highest portion a maximum 38 inches (965 mm) above the platform. The handrails shall be capable of withstanding a force of 100 pounds (445 N) concentrated at any point on the handrail without permanent deformation of the rail or its supporting structure. The handrail shall have a cross-sectional diameter between 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches (32 mm) and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches (38 mm) or shall provide an equivalent grasping surface, and have eased edges with corner radii of not less than 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch (3.5 mm). Handrails shall be placed to provide a minimum 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches (38 mm) knuckle clearance from the nearest adjacent surface. Handrails shall not interfere with wheelchair or mobility aid maneuverability when entering or leaving the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Vehicle ramp</I>—(1) <I>Design load.</I> Ramps 30 inches (760 mm) or longer shall support a load of 600 pounds (2665 N), placed at the centroid of the ramp distributed over an area of 26 inches by 26 inches (660 mm by 660 mm), with a safety factor of at least 3 based on the ultimate strength of the material. Ramps shorter than 30 inches (760 mm) shall support a load of 300 pounds (1332 N).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Ramp surface.</I> The ramp surface shall be continuous and slip resistant; shall not have protrusions from the surface greater than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch (6.5 mm) high; shall have a clear width of 30 inches (760 mm); and shall accommodate both four-wheel and three-wheel mobility aids.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Ramp threshold.</I> The transition from roadway or sidewalk and the transition from vehicle floor to the ramp may be vertical without edge treatment up to 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch (6.5 mm). Changes in level between 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch (6.5 mm) and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch (13 mm) shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Ramp barriers.</I> Each side of the ramp shall have barriers at least 2 inches (50 mm) high to prevent mobility aid wheels from slipping off.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Slope.</I> Ramps shall have the least slope practicable and shall not exceed 1:4 when deployed to ground level. If the height of the vehicle floor from which the ramp is deployed is 3 inches (75 mm) or less above a 6 inch (150 mm) curb, a maximum slope of 1:4 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor from which the ramp is deployed is 6 inches (150 mm) or less, but greater than 3 inches (75 mm), above a 6 inch (150 mm) curb, a maximum slope of 1:6 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor from which the ramp is deployed is 9 inches (225 mm) or less, but greater than 6 inches (150 mm), above a 6 inch curb, a maximum slope of 1:8 is permitted; if the height of the vehicle floor from which the ramp is deployed is greater than 9 inches (225 mm) above a 6 inch (150 mm) curb, a slope of 1:12 shall be achieved. Folding or telescoping ramps are permitted provided they meet all structural requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Attachment.</I> When in use for boarding or alighting, the ramp shall be firmly attached to the vehicle so that it is not subject to displacement when loading or unloading a heavy power mobility aid and that no gap between vehicle and ramp exceeds 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch (16 mm).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Stowage.</I> A compartment, securement system, or other appropriate method shall be provided to ensure that stowed ramps, including portable ramps stowed in the passenger area, do not impinge on a passenger's wheelchair or mobility aid or pose any hazard to passengers in the event of a sudden stop or maneuver.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Handrails.</I> If provided, handrails shall allow persons with disabilities to grasp them from outside the vehicle while starting to board, and to continue to use them throughout the boarding process, and shall have the top between 30 inches (760 mm) above the ramp surface. The handrails shall be capable of withstanding a force of 100 pounds (445 N) concentrated at any point on the handrail without permanent deformation of the rail or its supporting structure. The handrail shall have a cross-sectional diameter between 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches (32 mm) and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches (38 mm) or shall provide an equivalent grasping surface, and have eased edges with corner radii of not less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch (3.5 mm). Handrails shall not interfere with wheelchair or mobility aid maneuverability when entering or leaving the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Securement devices</I>—(1) <I>Design load.</I> Securement systems, and their attachments to vehicles, shall restrain a force in the forward longitudinal direction of up to 2,000 pounds (8,880 N) per securement leg or clamping mechanism and a minimum of 4,000 pounds (17,760 N) for each mobility aid.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Location and size.</I> The securement system shall be placed as near to the accessible entrance as practicable and shall have a clear floor area of 30 inches (760 mm) by 48 inches (1220 mm). Such space shall adjoin, and may overlap, an access path. Not more than 6 inches (150 mm) of the required clear floor space may be accommodated for footrests under another seat, modesty panel, or other fixed element provided there is a minimum of 9 inches (230 mm) from the floor to the lowest part of the seat overhanging the space. Securement areas may have fold-down seats to accommodate other passengers when a wheelchair or mobility aid is not occupying the area, provided the seats, when folded up, do not obstruct the clear floor space required. (See Figure 2 to this part.)
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Mobility aids accommodated.</I> The securement system shall secure common wheelchairs and mobility aids and shall either be automatic or easily attached by a person familiar with the system and mobility aid and having average dexterity.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Orientation.</I> At least one securement device or system required by paragraph (a) of this section shall secure the wheelchair or mobility aid facing toward the front of the vehicle. Additional securement devices or systems shall secure the wheelchair or mobility aid facing forward or rearward. Where the wheelchair or mobility aid is secured facing the rear of the vehicle, a padded barrier shall be provided. The padded barrier shall extend from a height of 38 inches (965 mm) from the vehicle floor to a height of 56 inches (1420 mm) from the vehicle floor with a width of 18 inches (455 mm), laterally centered immediately in back of the seated individual. Such barriers need not be solid provided equivalent protection is afforded.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Movement.</I> When the wheelchair or mobility aid is secured in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, the securement system shall limit the movement of an occupied wheelchair or mobility aid to no more than 2 inches (50 mm) in any direction under normal vehicle operating conditions.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Stowage.</I> When not being used for securement, or when the securement area can be used by standees, the securement system shall not interfere with passenger movement, shall not present any hazardous condition, shall be reasonably protected from vandalism, and shall be readily accessed when needed for use.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Seat belt and shoulder harness.</I> For each wheelchair or mobility aid securement device provided, a passenger seat belt and shoulder harness, complying with all applicable provisions of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (49 CFR part 571), shall also be provided for use by wheelchair or mobility aid users. Such seat belts and shoulder harnesses shall not be used in lieu of a device which secures the wheelchair or mobility aid itself.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 51698, 51703, Sept. 28, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.161" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.7.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.161   Moveable aisle armrests.</HEAD>
<P>A minimum of 50% of aisle seats, including all moveable or removable seats at wheelchair or mobility aide securement locations, shall have an armrest on the aisle side which can be raised, removed, or retracted to permit easy entry or exit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 51700, 51703, Sept. 28, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Other Vehicles and Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.171" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.8.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.171   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) New, used and remanufactured vehicles and conveyances for systems not covered by other subparts of this part, to be considered accessible by regulations in part 37 of this title shall comply with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) If portions of the vehicle or conveyance are modified in a way that affects or could affect accessibility, each such portion shall comply, to the extent practicable, with the applicable provisions of this subpart. This provision does not require that inaccessible vehicles be retrofitted with lifts, ramps or other boarding devices.
</P>
<P>(c) Requirements for vehicles and systems not covered by this part shall be determined on a case-by-case basis by the Department of Transportation in consultation with the U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Access Board).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.173" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.8.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.173   Automated guideway transit vehicles and systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Automated Guideway Transit (AGT) vehicles and systems, sometimes called “people movers”, operated in airports and other areas where AGT vehicles travel at slow speed (i.e., at a speed of no more than 20 miles per hour at any location on their route during normal operation), shall comply with the provisions of § 38.53 (a) through (c), and §§ 38.55 through 38.61 of this part for rapid rail vehicles and systems.
</P>
<P>(b) Where the vehicle covered by paragraph (a) will operate in an accessible station, the design of vehicles shall be coordinated with the boarding platform design such that the horizontal gap between a vehicle door at rest and the platform shall be no greater than 1 inch and the height of the vehicle floor shall be within plus or minus 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch of the platform height under all normal passenger load conditions. Vertical alignment may be accomplished by vehicle air suspension or other suitable means of meeting the requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) In stations where open platforms are not protected by platform screens, a suitable device or system shall be provided to prevent, deter or warn individuals from stepping off the platform between cars. Acceptable devices include, but are not limited to, pantograph gates, chains, motion detectors or other appropriate devices.
</P>
<P>(d) Light rail and rapid rail AGT vehicles and systems shall comply with subparts D and C of this part, respectively. AGT systems whose vehicles travel at a speed of more than 20 miles per hour at any location on their route during normal operation are covered under this paragraph rather than under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45756, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 25416, May 21, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.175" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.8.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.175   High-speed rail cars, monorails and systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All cars for high-speed rail systems, including but not limited to those using “maglev” or high speed steel-wheel-on-steel rail technology, and monorail systems operating primarily on dedicated rail (i.e., not used by freight trains) or guideway, in which stations are constructed in accordance with part 37, subpart C of this title, shall be designed for high-platform, level boarding and shall comply with § 38.111(a) of this part for each type of car which is similar to intercity rail, §§ 38.111(d), 38.113 (a) through (c) and (e), 38.115 (a) and (b), 38.117 (a) and (b), 38.121 through 38.123, 38.125(d), and 38.127 (if applicable) of this part. The design of cars shall be coordinated with the boarding platform design such that the horizontal gap between a car door at rest and the platform shall be no greater than 3 inches and the height of the car floor shall be within plus or minus 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch of the platform height under all normal passenger load conditions. Vertical alignment may be accomplished by car air suspension or other suitable means of meeting the requirement. All doorways shall have, when the door is open, at least 2 footcandles of illumination measured on the door threshold.
</P>
<P>(b) All other high-speed rail cars shall comply with the similar provisions of subpart F of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.177" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.8.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.177   Ferries, excursion boats and other vessels. [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 38.179" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.8.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 38.179   Trams, and similar vehicles, and systems</HEAD>
<P>(a) New and used trams consisting of a tractor unit, with or without passenger accommodations, and one or more passenger trailer units, including but not limited to vehicles providing shuttle service to remote parking areas, between hotels and other public accommodations, and between and within amusement parks and other recreation areas, shall comply with this section. For purposes of determining applicability of 49 CFR 37.101, 37.103, or 37.105 the capacity of such a vehicle or “train” shall consist of the total combined seating capacity of all units, plus the driver, prior to any modification for accessibility.
</P>
<P>(b) Each tractor unit which accommodates passengers and each trailer unit shall comply with § 38.25 and § 38.29 of this part. In addition, each such unit shall comply with § 38.23 (b) or (c) and shall provide at least one space for wheelchair or mobility aid users complying with § 38.23(d) of this part unless the complete operating unit consisting of tractor and one or more trailers can already accommodate at least two wheelchair or mobility aid users.



</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.8.43.6.22" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figures to Part 38



</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er28se98.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec02fe91.194.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec02fe91.195.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec02fe91.196.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45756, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 63 FR 51700, 51703, Sept. 28, 1998]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix to" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.28.8.43.6.23" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix to Part 38—Guidance Material
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix contains materials of an advisory nature and provides additional information that should help the reader to understand the minimum requirements of the standards or to design vehicles for greater accessibility. Each entry is applicable to all subparts of this part except where noted. Nothing in this appendix shall in any way obviate any obligation to comply with the requirements of the standards themselves.
</P>
<HD2>I. Slip Resistant Surface—Aisles, Steps, Floor Areas Where People Walk, Floor Areas in Securement Locations, Lift Platforms, Ramps
</HD2>
<P>Slip resistance is based on the frictional force necessary to keep a shoe heel or crutch tip from slipping on a walking surface under conditions likely to be found on the surface. While the dynamic coefficient of friction during walking varies in a complex and non-uniform way, the static coefficient of friction, which can be measured in several ways, provides a close approximation of the slip resistance of a surface. Contrary to popular belief, some slippage is necessary to walking, especially for persons with restricted gaits; a truly “non-slip” surface could not be negotiated.
</P>
<P>The Occupational Safety and Health Administration recommends that walking surfaces have a static coefficient of friction of 0.5. A research project sponsored by the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Access Board) conducted tests with persons with disabilities and concluded that a higher coefficient of friction was needed by such persons. A static coefficient of friction of 0.6 is recommended for steps, floors, and lift platforms and 0.8 for ramps.
</P>
<P>It is recognized that the coefficient of friction varies considerably due to the presence of contaminants, water, floor finishes, and other factors not under the control of transit providers and may be difficult to measure. Nevertheless, many common materials suitable for flooring are now labeled with information on the static coefficient of friction. While it may not be possible to compare one product directly with another, or to guarantee a constant measure, transit operators or vehicle designers and manufacturers are encouraged to specify materials with appropriate values. As more products include information on slip resistance, improved uniformity in measurement and specification is likely. The Access Board's advisory guidelines on Slip Resistant Surfaces provides additional information on this subject.
</P>
<HD2>II. Color Contrast—Step Edges, Lift Platform Edges
</HD2>
<P>The material used to provide contrast should contrast by at least 70%. Contrast in percent is determined by:
</P>
<FP-2>Contrast=[B−B)/B] × 100
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Where B = light reflectance value (LRV) of the lighter area
</FP-2>
<FP-2>and B = light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area.
</FP-2>
<FP>Note that in any application both white and black are never absolute; thus, B never equals 100 and B is always greater than 0.
</FP>
<HD2>III. Handrails and Stanchions
</HD2>
<P>In addition to the requirements for handrails and stanchions for rapid, light, and commuter rail vehicles, consideration should be given to the proximity of handrails or stanchions to the area in which wheelchair or mobility aid users may position themselves. When identifying the clear floor space where a wheelchair or mobility aid user can be accommodated, it is suggested that at least one such area be adjacent or in close proximity to a handrail or stanchion. Of course, such a handrail or stanchion cannot encroach upon the required 32 inch width required for the doorway or the route leading to the clear floor space which must be at least 30 by 48 inches in size.
</P>
<HD2>IV. Priority Seating Signs and Other Signage 
</HD2>
<P>A. <I>Finish and Contrast.</I> The characters and background of signs should be eggshell, matte, or other non-glare finish. An eggshell finish (11 to 19 degree gloss on 60 degree glossimeter) is recommended. Characters and symbols shall contrast with their background—either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background. Research indicates that signs are more legible for persons with low vision when characters contrast with their background by at least 70 percent. Contrast in percent shall be determined by:
</P>
<FP-2>Contrast=[B−B)/B] × 100
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Where B = light reflectance value (LRV) of the lighter area
</FP-2>
<FP-2>and B = light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area.
</FP-2>
<FP>Note that in any application both white and black are never absolute; thus, B never equals 100 and B is always greater than 0.
</FP>
<P>The greatest readability is usually achieved through the use of light-colored characters or symbols on a dark background.
</P>
<P>B. <I>Destination and Route Signs.</I> (The following specifications, which are required for buses (§ 38.39), are recommended for other types of vehicles, particularly light rail vehicles, were appropriate.)
</P>
<P>1. Where destination or route information is displayed on the exterior of a vehicle, each vehicle shall have illuminated signs on the front and boarding side of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>2. Characters on signs required by paragraph IV.B.1 of this appendix shall have a width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a stroke width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10, with a minimum character height (using an upper case “X”) of 1 inch for signs on the boarding side and a minimum character height of 2 inches for front “headsigns,” with “wide” spacing (generally, the space between letters shall be 
<FR>1/16</FR> the height of upper case letters), and shall contrast with the background, either dark-on-light or light-on-dark, or as recommended above.
</P>
<P>C. <I>Designation of Accessible Vehicles.</I> The International Symbol of Accessibility should be displayed as shown in Figure 6.
</P>
<HD2>V. Public Information Systems
</HD2>
<P>Entities are encouraged to employ any available services, signage, or alternative systems or devices that are capable of providing the same or equivalent information to persons with hearing loss. Two possible types of devices are visual display systems and listening systems. However, it should be noted that while visual display systems accommodate persons who are deaf or are hearing impaired, assistive listening systems aid only those with a partial loss of hearing.
</P>
<P>A. <I>Visual Display Systems.</I> Announcements may be provided in a visual format by the use of electronic message boards or video monitors.
</P>
<P>Electronic message boards using a light emitting diode (LED) or “flip-dot” display are currently provided in some transit stations and terminals and may be usable in vehicles. These devices may be used to provide real time or pre-programmed messages; however, real time message displays require the availability of an employee for keyboard entry of the information to be announced.
</P>
<P>Video monitor systems, such as visual paging systems provided in some airports (e.g., Baltimore-Washington International Airport), are another alternative. The Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Access Board) can provide technical assistance and information on these systems (“Airport TDD Access: Two Case Studies,” (1990)).
</P>
<P>B. <I>Assistive Listening Systems.</I> Assistive listening systems (ALS) are intended to augment standard public address and audio systems by providing signals which can be received directly by persons with special receivers or their own hearing aids and which eliminate or filter background noise. Magnetic induction loops, infra-red and radio frequency systems are types of listening systems which are appropriate for various applications. 
</P>
<P>An assistive listening system appropriate for transit vehicles, where a group of persons or where the specific individuals are not known in advance, may be different from the system appropriate for a particular individual provided as an auxiliary aid or as part of a reasonable accommodation. The appropriate device for an individual is the type that individual can use, whereas the appropriate system for a station or vehicle will necessarily be geared toward the “average” or aggregate needs of various individuals. Earphone jacks with variable volume controls can benefit only people who have slight hearing loss and do not help people who use hearing aids. At the present time, magnetic induction loops are the most feasible type of listening system for people who use hearing aids equipped with “T-coils”, but people without hearing aids or those with hearing aids not equipped with inductive pick-ups cannot use them without special receivers. Radio frequency systems can be extremely effective and inexpensive. People without hearing aids can use them, but people with hearing aids need a special receiver to use them as they are presently designed. If hearing aids had a jack to allow a by-pass of microphones, then radio frequency systems would be suitable for people with and without hearing aids. Some listening systems may be subject to interference from other equipment and feedback from hearing aids of people who are using the systems. Such interference can be controlled by careful engineering design that anticipates feedback sources in the surrounding area.
</P>
<P>The Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Access Board) has published a pamphlet on Assistive Listening Systems which lists demonstration centers across the country where technical assistance can be obtained in selecting and installing appropriate systems. The State of New York has also adopted a detailed technical specification which may be useful.
</P>
<HD2>VI. Over-the-Road Buses
</HD2>
<P>A. <I>Door Width.</I> Achieving a 30 inch wide front door on an over-the-road bus is considered not feasible if doing so would necessitate reduction of the bus approach angle, relocating the front axle rearward, or increasing the bus overall length.
</P>
<P>B. <I>Restrooms.</I> The following is provided to assist manufacturers and designers to create restrooms which can be used by people with disabilities. These specifications are derived from requirements for rail vehicles and represent compromises between space needed for use and constraints imposed by vehicle dimensions. As a result, some persons with disabilities cannot use a restroom which meets these specifications and operators who do provide such restrooms should provide passengers with disabilities sufficient advance information about design so that those passengers can assess their ability to use them. Designers should provide additional space beyond these minimum specifications whenever possible.
</P>
<P>(1) If an accessible restroom is provided, it should be designed so as to allow a person using a wheelchair or mobility aid to enter and use such restroom as specified in paragraphs (1)(a) through (e) of section VI.B of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(a) The minimum clear floor area should be 35 inches (890 mm) by 60 inches (1525 mm). Permanently installed fixtures may overlap this area a maximum of 6 inches (150 mm), if the lowest portion of the fixture is a minimum of 9 inches (230 mm) above the floor, and may overlap a maximum of 19 inches (485 mm), if the lowest portion of the fixture is a minimum of 29 inches (740 mm) above the floor, provided such fixtures do not interfere with access to the water closet. Fold-down or retractable seats or shelves may overlap the clear floor space at a lower height provided they can be easily folded up or moved out of the way.
</P>
<P>(b) The height of the water closet should be 17 inches (430 mm) to 19 inches (485 mm) measured to the top of the toilet seat. Seats should not be sprung to return to a lifted position.
</P>
<P>(c) A grab bar at least 24 inches (610 mm) long should be mounted behind the water closet, and a horizontal grab bar at least 40 inches (1015 mm) long should be mounted on at least one side wall, with one end not more than 12 inches (305 mm) from the back wall, at a height between 33 inches (840 mm) and 36 inches (915 mm) above the floor.
</P>
<P>(d) Faucets and flush controls should be operable with one hand and should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls should be no greater than 5 lbs (22.2 N). Controls for flush valves should be mounted no more than 44 inches (1120 mm) above the floor.
</P>
<P>(e) Doorways on the end of the enclosure, opposite the water closet, should have a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches (815 mm). Door latches and hardware should be operable with one hand and should not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist.
</P>
<P>(2) Accessible restrooms should be in close proximity to at least one seating location for persons using mobility aids and should be connected to such a space by an unobstructed path having a minimum width of 32 inches (815 mm).
</P>
<P>C. <I>Visibility Through a Window.</I> Care should be taken so that the lift does not obscure the vision of the person occupying the securement position.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 45756, Sept. 6, 1991, as amended at 63 FR 51702, 51703, Sept. 28, 1998; 79 FR 21407, Apr. 16, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 39—TRANSPORTATION FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES: PASSENGER VESSELS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>42 U.S.C. 12101 through 12213; 49 U.S.C. 322; 29 U.S.C. 794.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>75 FR 38893, July 6, 2010, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.1.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.1   What is the purpose of this part?</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this Part is to carry out the Americans with Disabilities Act and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 with respect to passenger vessels. This rule prohibits owners and operators of passenger vessels, including U.S. and foreign-flag vessels, from discriminating against passengers on the basis of disability; requires vessels and related facilities to be accessible; and requires owners and operators of vessels to take steps to accommodate passengers with disabilities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.1.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.3   What do the terms in this rule mean?</HEAD>
<P>In this regulation, the terms listed in this section have the following meanings:
</P>
<P>“Accessible” means, with respect to vessels and facilities, complying with the applicable requirements of this Part.
</P>
<P>“The Act” or “ADA” means the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-336, 104 Stat. 327, 42 U.S.C. 12101-12213 and 47 U.S.C. 225 and 611), as it may be amended from time to time.
</P>
<P>“Assistive device” means any piece of equipment that assists a passenger with a disability to cope with the effects of his or her disability. Such devices are intended to assist a passenger with a disability to hear, see, communicate, maneuver, or perform other functions of daily life, and may include medical devices.
</P>
<P>“Auxiliary aids and services” includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Qualified interpreters on-site or through video remote interpreting (VRI) services; notetakers; real-time computer-aided transcription services; written materials; exchange of written notes; telephone handset amplifiers; assistive listening devices; assistive listening systems; telephones compatible with hearing aids; closed caption decoders; open and closed captioning, including real-time captioning; voice, text, and video-based telecommunications products and systems, including text telephones (TTYs), videophones, and captioned telephones, or equally effective telecommunications devices; videotext displays; accessible electronic and information technology; or other effective methods of making aurally delivered information available to individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing;
</P>
<P>(2) Qualified readers, taped texts, audio recordings, brailed materials and displays, screen reader software, magnification software, optical readers, secondary auditory programs (SAP), large print materials, accessible electronic and information technology, or other effective methods of making visually delivered materials available to individuals who are blind or have low vision;
</P>
<P>(3) Acquisition or modification of equipment or devices; or
</P>
<P>(4) Other similar services or actions.
</P>
<P>“Coast Guard” means the United States Coast Guard, an agency of the Department of Homeland Security.
</P>
<P>“Commerce” means travel, trade, transportation, or communication among the several States, between any foreign country or any territory and possession and any State, or between points in the same State but through another State or foreign country.
</P>
<P>“Department” or “DOT” means the United States Department of Transportation, including any of its agencies.
</P>
<P>“Designated public transportation” means transportation provided by a public entity by passenger vessel that provides the general public with general or special service, including charter service, on a regular and continuing basis.
</P>
<P>“Direct threat” means a significant risk to the health or safety of others that cannot be eliminated by a modification of policies, practices, or procedures, or by the provision of auxiliary aids or services.
</P>
<P>“Disability” means, with respect to an individual, a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of such individual; a record of such an impairment; or being regarded as having such an impairment.
</P>
<P>(1) The phrase <I>physical or mental impairment</I> means—
</P>
<P>(i) Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: Neurological, musculoskeletal, special sense organs, respiratory including speech organs, cardiovascular, reproductive, digestive, genito-urinary, hemic and lymphatic, skin, and endocrine;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities;
</P>
<P>(iii) The term physical or mental impairment includes, but is not limited to, such contagious or noncontagious diseases and conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech, and hearing impairments; cerebral palsy, epilepsy, muscular dystrophy, multiple sclerosis, cancer, heart disease, diabetes, mental retardation, emotional illness, specific learning disabilities, HIV disease, tuberculosis, drug addiction and alcoholism;
</P>
<P>(iv) The phrase physical or mental impairment does not include homosexuality or bisexuality.
</P>
<P>(2) The phrase <I>major life activities</I> means functions such as caring for one's self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, and work.
</P>
<P>(3) The phrase <I>has a record of such an impairment</I> means has a history of, or has been misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.
</P>
<P>(4) The phrase <I>is regarded as having such an impairment</I> means—
</P>
<P>(i) Has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit major life activities, but which is treated by a public or private entity as constituting such a limitation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits a major life activity only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such an impairment; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Has none of the impairments defined in paragraph (1) of this definition but is treated by a public or private entity as having such an impairment.
</P>
<P>(5) The term disability does not include—
</P>
<P>(i) Transvestism, transsexualism, pedophilia, exhibitionism, voyeurism, gender identity disorders not resulting from physical impairments, or other sexual behavior disorders;
</P>
<P>(ii) Compulsive gambling, kleptomania, or pyromania; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Psychoactive substance abuse disorders resulting from the current illegal use of drugs.
</P>
<P>“Facility” means all or any portion of buildings, structures, sites, complexes, equipment, roads, walks, passageways, parking lots, or other real or personal property, including the site where the building, property, structure, or equipment is located.
</P>
<P>“Individual with a disability” means a person who has a disability, but does not include an individual who is currently engaging in the illegal use of drugs, when a public or private entity acts on the basis of such use.
</P>
<P>“Operates” includes, with respect to passenger vessel service, the provision of transportation by a public or private entity itself or by a person under a contractual or other arrangement or relationship with the entity.
</P>
<P>“Passenger for hire” means a passenger for whom consideration is contributed as a condition of carriage on the vessel, whether directly or indirectly flowing to the owner, charterer, operator, agent, or any other person having an interest in the vessel.
</P>
<P>“Passenger vessel” means any ship, boat, or other craft used as a conveyance on water, regardless of its means of propulsion, which accepts passengers, whether or not for hire. The term does not include boats or other craft rented or leased to and operated solely by consumers or fixed floating structures permanently moored or attached to a landside facility.
</P>
<P>“Passenger vessel owner or operator (PVO)” means any public or private entity that owns or operates a passenger vessel. When the party that owns a passenger vessel is a different party from the party that operates the vessel, both are responsible for complying with the requirements of this Part. To be a PVO for purposes of this Part, a private entity must be a private entity primarily engaged in the business of transporting people, as determined by the Department of Transportation in consultation with the Department of Justice.
</P>
<P>“Private entity” means any entity other than a public entity that is primarily engaged in the business of transporting people.
</P>
<P>“Public entity” means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any State or local government; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of one or more State or local governments (including an entity established to provide public ferry service).
</P>
<P>“Qualified individual with a disability” means an individual with a disability—
</P>
<P>(1) Who, as a passenger (referred to as a “passenger with a disability”), with respect to obtaining transportation on or use of a passenger vessel, or other services or accommodations required by this Part,
</P>
<P>(i) Buys or otherwise validly obtains, or makes a good faith effort to obtain, a ticket for transportation on a passenger vessel and presents himself or herself at the vessel for the purpose of traveling on the voyage to which the ticket pertains; or
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to use of a passenger vessel for which members of the public are not required to obtain tickets, presents himself or herself at the vessel for the purpose of using the vessel for the purpose for which it is made available to the public; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Meets reasonable, nondiscriminatory requirements applicable to all passengers; or
</P>
<P>(2) Who, with respect to accompanying or meeting a traveler, using ground transportation, using facilities, or obtaining information about schedules, fares, reservations, or policies, takes those actions necessary to use facilities or services offered by the PVO to the general public, with reasonable modifications, as needed, provided by the PVO.
</P>
<P>“Secretary” means the Secretary of Transportation or his/her designee.
</P>
<P>“Section 504” means section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93-112, 87 Stat. 394, 29 U.S.C. 794), as amended.
</P>
<P>“Service animal” means any guide dog, signal dog, or other animal individually trained to work or perform tasks for an individual with a disability, including, but not limited to, guiding individuals with impaired vision, alerting individuals with impaired hearing to intruders or sounds, alerting persons with seizure disorders to the onset of a seizure, providing minimal protection or rescue work, pulling a wheelchair, or fetching dropped items.
</P>
<P>“Specified public transportation” means transportation by passenger vessel provided by a private entity to the general public, with general or special service (including charter service) on a regular and continuing basis, where the private entity is primarily engaged in the business of transporting people.
</P>
<P>“Terminal” means, with respect to passenger vessel transportation, the portion of a property located adjacent to a dock, entry ramp, or other means of boarding a passenger vessel, including areas through which passengers gain access to land transportation, passenger shelters, designated waiting areas, ticketing areas, and baggage drop-off and retrieval sites, to the extent that the PVO owns or leases the facility or exercises control over the selection, design, construction, or alteration of the property.
</P>
<P>“United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America, including its territories, commonwealths, and possessions.
</P>
<P>“Wheelchair” means any mobility aid belonging to any class of three or four-wheeled devices, usable indoors, designed for and used by individuals with mobility impairments, whether operated manually or powered.
</P>
<P>“You” means the owner or operator of a passenger vessel, unless the context requires a different meaning.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.1.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.5   To whom do the provisions of this part apply?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, this Part applies to you if you are the owner or operator of any passenger vessel, and you are:
</P>
<P>(1) A public entity that provides designated public transportation; or
</P>
<P>(2) A private entity primarily engaged in the business of transporting people whose operations affect commerce and that provides specified public transportation;
</P>
<P>(b) If you are the PVO of a foreign-flag passenger vessel, this Part applies to you only if your vessel picks up passengers at a port in the United States, its territories, possessions, or commonwealths.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.1.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.7   What other authorities concerning nondiscrimination on the basis of disability apply to owners and operators of passenger vessels?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you receive Federal financial assistance from the Department of Transportation, compliance with applicable requirements of this part is a condition of compliance with section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and of receiving financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(b) You are also subject to ADA regulations of the Department of Justice (28 CFR part 35 or 36, as applicable).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.1.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.9   What may the owner or operator of a foreign-flag vessel do if it believes a provision of a foreign nation's law prohibits compliance with a provision of this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are the PVO of a foreign-flag vessel, and you believe that a binding legal requirement of a foreign nation precludes you from complying with a provision of this Part, you may request a waiver of the provision of this Part.
</P>
<P>(b) You must send such a waiver request to the Department.
</P>
<P>(c) Your waiver request must include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy, in the English language, of the foreign law involved;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of how the binding legal requirement of a foreign nation applies and how it precludes compliance with a provision of this Part;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the alternative means you will use, if the waiver is granted, to effectively achieve the objective of the provision of this Part subject to the waiver or, if applicable, a justification of why it would be impossible to achieve this objective in any way.
</P>
<P>(d) If you submit such a waiver request before November 3, 2010 you may continue to apply the foreign legal requirement pending the Department's response to your waiver request.
</P>
<P>(e) The Department shall grant the waiver request if it determines that the binding legal requirement of a foreign nation applies, that it does preclude compliance with a provision of this Part, and that the PVO has provided an effective alternative means of achieving the objective of the provision of this Part subject to the waiver or clear and convincing evidence that it would be impossible to achieve this objective in any way.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.1.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.11   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.1.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.13   When must PVOs comply with the provisions of this part?</HEAD>
<P>You are required to comply with the requirements of this part beginning November 3, 2010, except as otherwise provided in individual sections of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Nondiscrimination and Access to Services</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.21   What is the general nondiscrimination requirement of this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a PVO, you must not do any of the following things, either directly or through a contractual, licensing, or other arrangement:
</P>
<P>(1) You must not discriminate against any qualified individual with a disability, by reason of such disability, with respect to the individual's use of a vessel;
</P>
<P>(2) You must not require a qualified individual with a disability to accept special services that the individual does not request;
</P>
<P>(3) You must not exclude a qualified individual with a disability from or deny the person the benefit of any vessel transportation or related services that are available to other persons, except when specifically permitted by another section of this Part; and
</P>
<P>(4) You must not take any action against an individual (<I>e.g.,</I> refusing to provide transportation) because the individual asserts, on his or her own behalf or through or on behalf of others, rights protected by this part or the ADA.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) As a PVO that is a private entity, you must make reasonable modifications in policies, practices, or procedures when such modifications are necessary to afford such goods, services, facilities, privileges, advantages, or accommodations to individuals with disabilities, unless you can demonstrate that making such modifications would fundamentally alter the nature of such goods, services, facilities, privileges, advantages, or accommodations.
</P>
<P>(2) As a PVO that is a public entity, you must make reasonable modifications in policies, practices, or procedures when necessary to avoid discrimination on the basis of disability, unless you can demonstrate that making the modifications would fundamentally alter the nature of the services, programs, or activities you offer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.23   What are the requirements concerning contractors to owners and operators of passenger vessels?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If, as a PVO, you enter into a contractual or other arrangement or relationship with any other party to provide services to or affecting passengers, you must ensure that the other party meets the requirements of this Part that would apply to you if you provided the service yourself.
</P>
<P>(b) As a PVO, you must include an assurance of compliance with this Part in your contracts or agreements with any contractors who provide to the public services that are subject to the requirements of this Part. Noncompliance with this assurance is a material breach of the contract on the contractor's part. With respect to contracts or agreements existing on November 3, 2010, you must ensure the inclusion of this assurance by November 3, 2011 or on the next occasion on which the contract or agreement is renewed or amended, whichever comes first.
</P>
<P>(1) This assurance must commit the contractor to compliance with all applicable provisions of this Part in activities performed on behalf of the PVO.
</P>
<P>(2) The assurance must also commit the contractor to implementing directives issued by your Complaints Resolution Officials (CROs) under § 39.103.
</P>
<P>(c) As a PVO, you must also include such an assurance of compliance in your contracts or agreements of appointment with U.S. travel agents. With respect to contracts or agreements with U.S. travel agents existing on November 3, 2010, you must ensure the inclusion of this assurance by November 3, 2011 or on the next occasion on which the contract or agreement is renewed or amended, whichever comes first. You are not required to include such an assurance in contracts with foreign travel agents.
</P>
<P>(d) You remain responsible for your contractors' and U.S. travel agents' compliance with this part and with the assurances in your contracts with them.
</P>
<P>(e) It is not a defense to an enforcement action under this Part that your noncompliance resulted from action or inaction by a contractor or U.S. travel agent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.25   May PVOs refuse to provide transportation or use of a vessel on the basis of disability?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a PVO, you must not refuse to provide transportation or use of a vessel to a passenger with a disability on the basis of his or her disability, except as specifically permitted by this Part.
</P>
<P>(b) You must not refuse to provide transportation or use of a vessel to a passenger with a disability because the person's disability results in appearance or involuntary behavior that may offend, annoy, or inconvenience crewmembers or other passengers.
</P>
<P>(c) If you refuse to provide transportation or use of a vessel to a passenger on a basis relating to the individual's disability, you must provide to the person a written statement of the reason for the refusal. This statement must include the specific basis for your opinion that the refusal meets the standards of § 39.27 or is otherwise specifically permitted by this part. You must provide this written statement to the person within 10 calendar days of the refusal of transportation or use of the vessel.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.27   Can a PVO take action to deny transportation or restrict services to a passenger with a disability based on safety concerns?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a PVO, you may take action to deny transportation or restrict services to a passenger with a disability if necessitated by legitimate safety requirements. Safety requirements must be based on actual risks and not on mere speculation, stereotypes, or generalizations about individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1 to paragraph 39.27(a):</HED><PSPACE>You may take such action in order to comply with Coast Guard safety regulations.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2 to paragraph 39.27(a):</HED><PSPACE>You may take such action if accommodating a large or heavy wheelchair would, together with its occupant, create weight and balance problem that could affect adversely the seaworthiness of the vessel or impede emergency egress from the vessel.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 3 to paragraph 39.27(a):</HED><PSPACE>You could restrict access to a lifeboat for a mobility device that would limit access to the lifeboat for other passengers.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(b) In taking action pursuant to legitimate safety requirements, you must take the action that imposes the minimum feasible burdens or limitations from the point of view of the passenger. For example, if you can meet legitimate safety requirements by a means short of refusing transportation to a passenger, you must do so.
</P>
<P>(c) You may take action to deny transportation or restrict services to a passenger if the passenger poses a direct threat to others. In determining whether an individual poses a direct threat to the health or safety of others, the PVO must make an individualized assessment, based on reasonable judgment that relies on current medical knowledge or on the best available objective evidence, to ascertain: The nature, duration, and severity of the risk; the probability that the potential injury will actually occur; and whether reasonable modifications of policies, practices, or procedures will mitigate the risk.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.29   May PVOs limit the number of passengers with a disability on a passenger vessel?</HEAD>
<P>As a PVO, you must not limit the number of passengers with a disability other than individuals with a mobility disability on your vessel. However, if in the Captain's judgment, weight or stability issues are presented by the presence of mobility devices and would conflict with legitimate safety requirements pertaining to the vessel and its passengers, then the number of passengers with mobility aids may be limited, but only to the extent reasonable to prevent a avoid such a conflict.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.31   May PVOs limit access to transportation or use of a vessel on the basis that a passenger has a communicable disease?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must not take any of the following actions on the basis that a passenger has a communicable disease or infection, unless one of the conditions of paragraph (b) of this section exists:
</P>
<P>(1) Refuse to provide transportation or use of a vessel to the passenger;
</P>
<P>(2) Delay the passenger's transportation or use of the vessel (<I>e.g.,</I> require the passenger to take a later trip);
</P>
<P>(3) Impose on the passenger any condition, restriction, or requirement not imposed on other passengers; or
</P>
<P>(4) Require the passenger to provide a medical certificate.
</P>
<P>(b) You may take actions listed in paragraph (a) of this section only if either or both of the conditions listed in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section are met. The action you take must be the least restrictive from the point of view of the passenger, consistent with protecting the health of other passengers.
</P>
<P>(1) U.S. or international public health authorities (<I>e.g.,</I> the Centers for Disease Control, Public Health Service, World Health Organization) have determined that persons with a particular condition should not be permitted to travel or should travel only under conditions specified by the public health authorities;
</P>
<P>(2) An individual has a condition that is both readily transmissible by casual contact in the context of traveling on or using a passenger vessel and has serious health consequences.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1 to paragraph 39.31(b)(2).</HED><PSPACE>A passenger has a common cold. This condition is readily transmissible by casual contact but does not have serious health consequences. You may not take any of the actions listed in paragraph (a) of this section.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2 to paragraph 39.31(b)(2):</HED><PSPACE>A passenger has HIV/AIDS. This condition is not readily transmissible by casual contact but does have serious health consequences. You may not take any of the actions listed in paragraph (a) of this section.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 3 to paragraph 39.31(b)(2):</HED><PSPACE>A passenger has SARS or a norovirus. These conditions are readily transmissible by casual contact and have serious health consequences. You may take an action listed in paragraph (a) of this section.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 4 to paragraph 39.31(b)(2).</HED><PSPACE>A passenger has a condition that is not readily transmissible by casual contact to or does not have serious health consequences for the general passenger population. However, it is possible that it could be readily transmitted by casual contact with and have serious health consequences for an individual with a severe allergy or severely compromised immune system. You may not take any of the actions listed in paragraph (a) of this section.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(c) Any action of those listed in paragraph (a) of this section that you take under paragraph (b) of this section must be the least drastic action you can take to protect the health of other passengers. For example, if you can protect the health of other passenger by imposing a condition on the transportation of a passenger with a communicable disease (<I>e.g.,</I> limiting the passenger's access to certain facilities on the vessel for a period of time), you cannot totally deny transportation on the vessel.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of paragraph (a)(4) of this section, a medical certificate is a written statement from the passenger's physician saying that the passenger's disease or infection would not, under the present conditions in the particular passenger's case, be readily communicable to other persons by casual contact during the normal course of the passenger's transportation or use of the vessel. Such a medical certificate must state any conditions or precautions that would have to be observed to prevent the transmission of the disease or infection to other persons in the normal course of the passenger's transportation on or use of the vessel. It must be sufficiently recent to pertain directly to the communicable disease presented by the passenger at the time the passenger seeks to board the vessel.
</P>
<P>(e) If your action under this section results in the postponement of a passenger's transportation or use of the vessel, you must permit the passenger to travel or use the vessel at a later available time (up to one year from the date of the postponed trip or use of the vessel) at the cost that would have applied to the passenger's originally scheduled trip or use of the vessel without penalty or, at the passenger's discretion, provide a refund for any unused transportation or use of the vessel. If there is no available reservation within one year, you must provide a refund.
</P>
<P>(f) If you take any action under this section that restricts a passenger's transportation or use of the vessel, you must, on the passenger's request, provide a written explanation within 10 days of the request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.33   May PVOs require a passenger with a disability to provide a medical certificate?</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 39.31, you must not require a passenger with a disability to have a medical certificate as a condition for being provided transportation on your vessel.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.35   May PVOs require a passenger with a disability to provide advance notice that he or she is traveling on or using a passenger vessel when no particular services are sought?</HEAD>
<P>As a PVO, you must not require a passenger with a disability to provide advance notice of the fact that he or she is traveling on or using a passenger vessel when the passenger is not seeking particular auxiliary aids or services, or special privileges or services, that in order to be provided need to be arranged before the passenger arrives to board the vessel. The PVO always has an obligation to provide effective communication between the PVO and individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing or blind or visually impaired through the use of appropriate auxiliary aids and services.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.37   May PVOs require a passenger with a disability to provide advance notice in order to obtain particular auxiliary aids and services or to arrange group travel?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in this section, as a PVO you must not require a passenger with a disability to provide advance notice in order to obtain services or privileges required by this Part.
</P>
<P>(b) If 10 or more passengers with a disability seek to travel as a group, you may require 72 hours advance notice for the group's travel.
</P>
<P>(c) With respect to providing particular auxiliary aids and services, you may request reasonable advance notice to guarantee the availability of those aids or services.
</P>
<P>(d) Your reservation and other administrative systems must ensure that when passengers provide the advance notice that you require, consistent with this section, for services and privileges, the notice is communicated, clearly and on time, to the people responsible for providing the requested service or accommodation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.39   How do PVOs ensure that passengers with disabilities are able to use accessible cabins?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a PVO operating a vessel that has accessible cabins, you must follow the requirements of this Part to ensure that passengers with disabilities who need accessible cabins have nondiscriminatory access to them.
</P>
<P>(b) You must, with respect to reservations made by any means (<I>e.g.,</I> telephone, Internet, in person, or through a third party):
</P>
<P>(1) Modify your policies, practices, or procedures to ensure that individuals with disabilities can make reservations for accessible cabins during the same hours and in the same manner as individuals who do not need accessible cabins;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify and describe accessible features in the cabins offered through your reservations service in enough detail to permit individuals with disabilities to assess independently whether a given cabin meets his or her accessibility needs.
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure that accessible cabins are held for use by individuals with disabilities until all other cabins in that class of service have been rented;
</P>
<P>(4) Reserve accessible cabins upon request by a passenger with disabilities and ensure that the specific accessible cabin reserved by that passenger is held for him or her, even you do not normally hold specific cabins for passengers who make reservations.
</P>
<P>(c) You may release unsold accessible cabins to persons without disabilities for their own use when all other cabins in the same class of service and price for a voyage have been reserved.
</P>
<P>(d) If a passenger with a disability seeks to reserve an accessible cabin in a given class of service, and there is not an available accessible cabin in that class of service, but there is an available accessible cabin in a different class of service, you must allow the passenger to reserve that accessible cabin at the price of the requested class of service of the class of service in which the accessible cabin exists, whichever is lower.
</P>
<P>(e) As a PVO, you are never required to deny transportation to any passenger who has already reserved passage in order to accommodate a passenger with a disability in an accessible cabin.
</P>
<P>(f) You must not require proof of disability, including, for example, a doctor's note, before reserving an accessible cabin.
</P>
<P>(g) To prevent fraud in the assignment of accessible cabins (<I>e.g.,</I> attempts by individuals who do not have disabilities to reserve accessible cabins because they have greater space, you—
</P>
<P>(1) Must inquire of persons seeking to reserve such cabins whether the individual (or an individual for whom the cabin is being reserved) has a mobility disability or a disability that requires the use of the accessible features that are provided in the cabin.
</P>
<P>(2) May require a written attestation from the individual that accessible cabin is for a person who has a mobility disability or a disability that requires the use of the accessible features that are provided in the cabin.
</P>
<P>(h) You must investigate the potential misuse of accessible cabins where there is good cause to believe that such cabins have been purchased fraudulently, and you may take appropriate action against someone who has reserved or purchased such a cabin fraudulently. For example, if an individual who does not have a disability reserves an accessible cabin, after having attested that he or she has a mobility disability, you may deny transportation to the individual.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.41   May a passenger with a disability be required to travel with another person?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must not require that a passenger with a disability travel with another person as a condition of being provided transportation on or use of a passenger vessel.
</P>
<P>(b) Your personnel are not required to perform personal tasks (<I>e.g.,</I> assisting with eating, dressing, toileting) for a passenger.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.43   May PVOs impose special charges on passengers with a disability for providing services required by this rule?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a PVO, you must not charge higher fares, surcharges, or other fees to passengers with a disability that are not imposed on other passengers for transportation or use of the vessel.
</P>
<P>(b) If the accommodations on a vessel that are accessible to passengers with a disability are available only in a type or class of service or part of a vessel that are more expensive than the type or class of service or part of a vessel that the passenger requests, you must provide the accessible accommodation at the price of the type or class of service or facility that the passenger requests.
</P>
<P>(c) You must not impose special or extra charges for providing facilities, equipment, or services that this rule requires to be provided to passengers with a disability.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.45   May PVOs impose other restrictions on passengers with a disability that they do not impose on other passengers?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a PVO, you must not subject passengers with a disability to restrictions that do not apply to other passengers, except as otherwise explicitly permitted in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Restrictions you must not impose on passengers with a disability include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Restricting passengers' movement within the vessel or a terminal;
</P>
<P>(2) Requiring passengers to remain in a holding area or other location in order to receive transportation or services;
</P>
<P>(3) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) Requiring passengers to wear badges or other special identification; or
</P>
<P>(5) Requiring ambulatory passengers, including but not limited to blind or visually impaired passengers, to use a wheelchair or other mobility device in order to receive assistance required by this Part or otherwise offered to the passenger.
</P>
<P>(c) Special muster stations for disabled individuals are permissible for emergency evacuations in order to centrally locate available resources.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.47" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.2.43.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.47   May PVOs require passengers with a disability to sign waivers or releases?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a PVO, you must not require passengers with a disability to sign any release or waiver of liability not required of all passengers in order to receive transportation or use of a vessel or to receive services relating to a disability.
</P>
<P>(b) You must not require passengers with a disability to sign waivers of liability for damage to or loss of wheelchairs or other mobility or assistive devices.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Information for Passengers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.51" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.3.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.51   What is the general requirement for PVOs' provision of auxiliary aids and services to passengers?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are a PVO that is a public entity, you must furnish appropriate auxiliary aids and services where necessary to afford an individual with a disability an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, a service, program or activity. In determining what type of auxiliary aid or service is necessary, you must give primary consideration to the requests of individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(b) If you are a PVO that is a private entity, you must furnish appropriate auxiliary aids or services where necessary to ensure effective communication with individuals with disabilities.
</P>
<P>(c) If a provision of a particular auxiliary aid or service would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of the goods, services, facilities, privileges, advantages, or accommodations being offered or in an undue burden, you shall provide an alternative auxiliary aid or service, if one exists, that would not result in a fundamental alteration or undue burden but would nevertheless ensure that, to the maximum extent possible, individuals with disabilities receive the goods, services, facilities, privileges, advantages, or accommodations you offer.
</P>
<P>(d) As a PVO, it is your responsibility, not that of a passenger with a disability, to provide needed auxiliary aids and services.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.53" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.3.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.53   What information must PVOs provide to passengers with a disability?</HEAD>
<P>As a PVO, you must provide the following information to individuals who self-identify as having a disability (including those who are deaf or hard of hearing or who are blind or visually impaired) or who request disability-related information, or persons making inquiries on the behalf of such persons. The information you provide must, to the maximum extent feasible, be specific to the vessel a person is seeking to travel on or use.
</P>
<P>(a) The availability of accessible facilities on the vessel including, but not limited to, means of boarding the vessel, toilet rooms, staterooms, decks, dining, and recreational facilities.
</P>
<P>(b) Any limitations of the usability of the vessel or portions of the vessel by people with mobility impairments;
</P>
<P>(c) Any limitations on the accessibility of boarding and disembarking at ports at which the vessel will call (<I>e.g.,</I> because of the use of inaccessible lighters or tenders as the means of coming to or from the vessel);
</P>
<P>(d) Any limitations on the accessibility of services or tours ancillary to the transportation provided by the vessel concerning which the PVO makes arrangements available to passengers;
</P>
<P>(e) Any limitations on the ability of a passenger to take a service animal off the vessel at foreign ports at which the vessel will call (<I>e.g.,</I> because of quarantine regulations) and provisions for the care of an animal acceptable to the PVO that the passenger must meet when the passenger disembarks at a port at which the animal must remain aboard the vessel.
</P>
<P>(f) The services, including auxiliary aids and services, available to individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing or blind or visually impaired.
</P>
<P>(g) Any limitations on the ability of the vessel to accommodate passengers with a disability.
</P>
<P>(h) Any limitations on the accessibility of boarding and disembarking at ports at which the vessel will call and services or tours ancillary to the transportation provided by the vessel concerning which the PVO makes arrangements available to passengers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.55" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.3.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.55   Must information and reservation services of PVOs be accessible to individuals with hearing or vision impairments?</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to information and reservation services made available to persons in the United States.
</P>
<P>(a) If, as a PVO, you provide telephone reservation or information service to the public, you must make this service available to individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing and who use a text telephone (TTY) or a TTY relay service (TRS).
</P>
<P>(1) You must make service to TTY/TRS users available during the same hours as telephone service for the general public.
</P>
<P>(2) Your response time to TTY/TRS calls must be equivalent to your response time for your telephone service to the general public.
</P>
<P>(3) You must meet this requirement by [date one year from the effective date of this Part].
</P>
<P>(b) If, as a PVO, you provide written (<I>i.e.,</I> hard copy) information to the public, you must ensure that this information is able to be communicated effectively, on request, to persons with vision impairments. You must provide this information in the same language(s) in which you make it available to the general public.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.57" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.3.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.57   Must PVOs make copies of this rule available to passengers?</HEAD>
<P>As a PVO, you must keep a current copy of this Part on each vessel and each U.S. port or terminal you serve and make it available to passengers on request. If you are an entity that does not receive Federal financial assistance, you are not required to make this copy available in languages other than English. You must make it available in accessible formats on request, subject to the provisions of § 39.51(c).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Accessibility of Landside Facilities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.61" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.4.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.61   What requirements must PVOs meet concerning the accessibility of terminals and other landside facilities?</HEAD>
<P>As a PVO, you must comply with the following requirements with respect to all terminal and other landside facilities you own, lease, or control in the United States (including its territories, possessions, and commonwealths):
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to new facilities, you must do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) You must ensure that terminal facilities are readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheeled mobility assistive devices. You are deemed to comply with this obligation if the facilities meet the requirements of 49 CFR 37.9, and the standards referenced in that section.
</P>
<P>(2) You must ensure that there is an accessible route between the terminal or other passenger waiting area and the boarding ramp or device used for the vessel. An accessible route is one meeting the requirements of the standards referenced in 49 CFR 37.9.
</P>
<P>(b) When a facility is altered, the altered portion must meet the same standards that would apply to a new facility.
</P>
<P>(c) With respect to an existing facility, your obligations are the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If you are a public entity, you must ensure that your terminals and other landside facilities meet program accessibility requirements, consistent with Department of Justice requirements at 28 CFR 35.150.
</P>
<P>(2) If you are a private entity, you are required to remove architectural barriers where doing so is readily achievable, <I>i.e.,</I> easily accomplishable and able to be carried out without much difficulty or expense, consistent with Department of Justice requirements at 28 CFR 36.304 or, if not readily achievable, ensure that your goods, services, facilities, privileges, advantages, or accommodations are available through alternative methods if those methods are readily achievable, consistent with Department of Justice regulations at 28 CFR 36.305.
</P>
<P>(d) Where you share responsibility for ensuring accessibility of a facility with another entity, you and the other entity are jointly and severally responsible for meeting applicable accessibility requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.63" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.4.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.63   What modifications and auxiliary aids and services are required at terminals and other landside facilities for individuals with hearing or vision impairments?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a PVO, you must ensure that the information you provide to the general public at terminals and other landside facilities is effectively communicated to individuals who are blind or who have impaired vision and deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals, through the use of auxiliary aids and services. To the extent that this information is not available to these individuals through accessible signage and/or verbal public address announcements or other means, your personnel must promptly provide the information to such individuals on their request, in languages (<I>e.g.,</I> English, Norwegian, Japanese) in which the information is provided to the general public.
</P>
<P>(b) The types of information you must make available include, but are not limited to, information concerning ticketing, fares, schedules and delays, and the checking and claiming of luggage.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Accessibility of Vessels [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Assistance and Services to Passengers With Disabilities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.81" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.6.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.81   What assistance must PVOs provide to passengers with a disability in getting to and from a passenger vessel?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a PVO, if you provide, contract for, or otherwise arrange for transportation to and from a passenger vessel in the U.S. (<I>e.g.,</I> a bus transfer from an airport to a vessel terminal), you must ensure that the transfer service is accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, as required by this Part.
</P>
<P>(b) You must also provide assistance requested by or on behalf of a passenger with a disability in moving between the terminal entrance (or a vehicle drop-off point adjacent to the entrance) of a terminal in the U.S. and the place where people get on or off the passenger vessel. This requirement includes assistance in accessing key functional areas of the terminal, such as ticket counters and baggage checking/claim. It also includes a brief stop upon request at an accessible toilet room.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.83" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.6.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.83   What are PVOs' obligations for assisting passengers with a disability in getting on and off a passenger vessel?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a passenger with a disability can readily get on or off a passenger vessel without assistance, you are not required to provide such assistance to the passenger. You must not require such a passenger with a disability to accept assistance from you in getting on or off the vessel unless it is provided to all passengers as a matter of course.
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to a passenger with a disability who is not able to get on or off a passenger vessel without assistance, you must promptly provide assistance that ensures that the passenger can get on or off the vessel.
</P>
<P>(c) When you have to provide assistance to a passenger with a disability in getting on or off a passenger vessel, you may use any available means to which the passenger consents (<I>e.g.,</I> lifts, ramps, boarding chairs, assistance by vessel personnel).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.85" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.6.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.85   What services must PVOs provide to passengers with a disability on board a passenger vessel?</HEAD>
<P>As a PVO, you must provide services on board the vessel as requested by or on behalf of passengers with a disability, or when offered by PVO personnel and accepted by passengers with a disability, as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Assistance in moving about the vessel, with respect to any physical barriers rendering an area not readily accessible and usable to the passenger.
</P>
<P>(b) If food is provided to passengers on the vessel, assistance in preparation for eating, such as opening packages and identifying food;
</P>
<P>(c) Effective communication with passengers who have vision impairments or who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, so that these passengers have timely access to information the PVO provides to other passengers (<I>e.g.,</I> weather, on-board services, delays).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.87" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.6.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.87   What services are PVOs not required to provide to passengers with a disability on board a passenger vessel?</HEAD>
<P>As a PVO, you are not required to provide extensive special assistance to passengers with a disability. For purposes of this section, extensive special assistance includes the following activities:
</P>
<P>(a) Assistance in actual eating;
</P>
<P>(b) Assistance within a toilet room or assistance elsewhere on the vessel with elimination functions; and
</P>
<P>(c) Provision of medical equipment or services, or personal devices, except to the extent provided to all passengers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.89" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.6.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.89   What requirements apply to on-board safety briefings, information, and drills?</HEAD>
<P>As a PVO, you must comply with the following requirements with respect to safety briefings, information, or drills provided to passengers:
</P>
<P>(a) You must provide the briefings or other safety-related information through means that effectively communicate their content to persons with vision or hearing impairments, using auxiliary aids and services where necessary for effective communication. This includes providing written materials in alternative formats that persons with vision impairments can use.
</P>
<P>(b) You must not require any passenger with a disability to demonstrate that he or she has listened to, read, or understood the information presented, except to the extent that you impose such a requirement on all passengers. You must not take any action adverse to a qualified individual with a disability on the basis that the person has not “accepted” the briefing.
</P>
<P>(c) As a PVO, if you present on-board safety briefings to passengers on video screens, you must ensure that the safety-video presentation is accessible to passengers with impaired hearing (<I>e.g.,</I> through use of captioning or placement of a sign language interpreter in the video).
</P>
<P>(d) You must provide whatever assistance is necessary to enable passengers with disabilities to participate fully in safety or emergency evacuation drills provided to all passengers.
</P>
<P>(e) You must maintain evacuation programs, information, and equipment in locations that passengers can readily access and use.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.91" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.6.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.91   Must PVOs permit passengers with a disability to travel with service animals?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a PVO, you must permit service animals to accompany passengers with a disability.
</P>
<P>(b) You must permit the service animal to accompany the passenger in all locations that passengers can use on a vessel, including in lifeboats.
</P>
<P>(c) You must permit the passenger accompanied by the service animal to bring aboard a reasonable quantity of food for the animal aboard the vessel at no additional charge. If your vessel provides overnight accommodations, you must also provide reasonable refrigeration space for the service animal food.
</P>
<P>(d) You must accept the following as evidence that an animal is a service animal: Identification cards, other written documentation, presence of harnesses, tags, and/or the credible verbal assurances of a passenger with a disability using the animal.
</P>
<P>(e) If the legal requirements of a foreign government (<I>e.g.,</I> quarantine regulations) do not permit a service animal to disembark at a foreign port, as a PVO you may require the animal to remain on board while its user leaves the vessel. You must work with the animal's user to ensure that the animal is properly cared for during the user's absence.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.93" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.6.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.93   What wheelchairs and other assistive devices may passengers with a disability bring onto a passenger vessel?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a PVO subject to Title III of the ADA, you must permit individuals with mobility disabilities to use wheelchairs and manually powered mobility aids, such as walkers, crutches, canes, braces, or other similar devices designed for use by individuals with mobility disabilities in any areas open to pedestrian use.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) As A PVO subject to Title III of the ADA, you must make reasonable modifications in your policies, practices, or procedures to permit the use of other power-driven mobility devices by individuals with mobility disabilities, unless you can demonstrate that a device cannot be operated on board the vessel consistent with legitimate safety requirements you have established for the vessel.
</P>
<P>(2) In determining whether a particular other power-driven mobility device can be allowed on a specific vessel as a reasonable modification under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the PVO must consider:
</P>
<P>(i) The type, size, weight, dimensions, and speed of the device;
</P>
<P>(ii) The vessel's volume of pedestrian traffic (which may vary at different times of the day, week, month, or year);
</P>
<P>(iii) The vessel's design and operational characteristics (<I>e.g.,</I> the size and balance requirements of the vessel, the density and placement of stationary devices, and the availability of storage for the device, if requested by the user);
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether legitimate safety requirements can be established to permit the safe operation of a device in the specific vessel; and
</P>
<P>(c)(1) As a PVO subject to Title III of the ADA, you must not ask an individual using a wheelchair or other power-driven mobility device questions about the nature and extent of the individual's disability.
</P>
<P>(2) You may ask a person using an other power-driven mobility device to provide a credible assurance that the mobility device is required because of the person's disability. In response to this inquiry, you must accept the presentation of a valid, State-issued disability parking placard or card, or State-issued proof of disability as a credible assurance that the use of the other power-driven mobility device is for the individual's mobility disability. In lieu of a valid, State-issued disability parking placard or card, or State-issued proof of disability, a PVO shall accept as a credible assurance a verbal representation not contradicted by observable fact, that the other power-driven mobility device is being used for a mobility disability.
</P>
<P>(d) As a PVO subject to Title II of the ADA, you must follow the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section. In addition, any restriction you impose on the use of an other powered mobility device on your vessel must be limited to the minimum necessary to meet a legitimate safety requirement. For example, if a device can be accommodated in some spaces of the vessel but not others because of a legitimate safety requirement, you could not completely exclude the device from the vessel.
</P>
<P>(e) As a PVO, you are not required to permit passengers with a disability to bring wheelchairs or other powered mobility devices into lifeboats or other survival craft, in the context of an emergency evacuation of the vessel.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.95" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.6.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.95   May PVOs limit their liability for loss of or damage to wheelchairs or other assistive devices?</HEAD>
<P>Consistent with any applicable requirements of international law, you must not apply any liability limits with respect to loss of or damage to wheeled mobility assistive devices or other assistive devices. The criterion for calculating the compensation for a lost, damaged, or destroyed wheelchair or other assistive device is the original purchase price of the device.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Complaints and Enforcement Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.101" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.7.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.101   What are the requirements for providing Complaints Resolution Officials?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a PVO, you must designate one or more Complaints Resolution Officials (CROs).
</P>
<P>(b) You must make a CRO available for contact on each vessel and at each terminal that you serve. The CRO may be made available in person or via telephone, if at no cost to the passenger. If a telephone link to the CRO is used, TTY or TRS service must be available so that persons with hearing impairments may readily communicate with the CRO. You must make CRO service available in the language(s) in which you make your other services available to the general public.
</P>
<P>(c) You must make passengers with a disability aware of the availability of a CRO and how to contact the CRO in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) In any situation in which any person complains or raises a concern with your personnel about discrimination, policies, or services with respect to passengers with a disability, and your personnel do not immediately resolve the issue to the customer's satisfaction or provide a requested accommodation, your personnel must immediately inform the passenger of the right to contact a CRO and the location and/or phone number of the CRO available on the vessel or at the terminal. Your personnel must provide this information to the passenger in a format he or she can use.
</P>
<P>(2) Your reservation agents, contractors, and Web sites must provide information equivalent to that required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section to passengers with a disability using those services.
</P>
<P>(d) Each CRO must be thoroughly familiar with the requirements of this Part and the PVO's procedures with respect to passengers with a disability. The CRO is intended to be the PVO's “expert” in compliance with the requirements of this Part.
</P>
<P>(e) You must ensure that each of your CROs has the authority to make dispositive resolution of complaints on behalf of the PVO. This means that the CRO must have the power to overrule the decision of any other personnel, except that the CRO may not be given authority to countermand a decision of the master of a vessel with respect to safety matters.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.103" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.7.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.103   What actions do CROs take on complaints?</HEAD>
<P>When a complaint is made directly to a CRO (<I>e.g.,</I> orally, by phone, TTY) the CRO must promptly take dispositive action as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) If the complaint is made to a CRO before the action or proposed action of PVO personnel has resulted in a violation of a provision of this Part, the CRO must take, or direct other PVO personnel to take, whatever action is necessary to ensure compliance with this Part.
</P>
<P>(b) If an alleged violation of a provision of this Part has already occurred, and the CRO agrees that a violation has occurred, the CRO must provide to the complainant a written statement setting forth a summary of the facts and what steps, if any, the PVO proposes to take in response to the violation.
</P>
<P>(c) If the CRO determines that the PVO's action does not violate a provision of this Part, the CRO must provide to the complainant a written statement including a summary of the facts and the reasons, under this Part, for the determination.
</P>
<P>(d) The statements required to be provided under this section must inform the complainant of his or her right to complain to the Department of Transportation and/or Department of Justice. The CRO must provide the statement in person to the complainant in person if possible; otherwise, it must be transmitted to the complainant within 10 calendar days of the complaint.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.105" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.7.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.105   How must PVOs respond to written complaints?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a PVO, you must respond to written complaints received by any means (<I>e.g.,</I> letter, fax, e-mail, electronic instant message) concerning matters covered by this Part.
</P>
<P>(b) A passenger making a written complaint, must state whether he or she had contacted a CRO in the matter, provide the name of the CRO and the date of the contact, if available, and enclose any written response received from the CRO.
</P>
<P>(c) As a PVO, you are not required to respond to a complaint from a passenger postmarked or transmitted more than 45 days after the date of the incident.
</P>
<P>(d) As a PVO, you must make a dispositive written response to a written disability complaint within 30 days of its receipt. The response must specifically admit or deny that a violation of this part has occurred. The response must be effectively communicated to the recipient.
</P>
<P>(1) If you admit that a violation has occurred, you must provide to the complainant a written statement setting forth a summary of the facts and the steps, if any, you will take in response to the violation.
</P>
<P>(2) If you deny that a violation has occurred, your response must include a summary of the facts and your reasons, under this Part, for the determination.
</P>
<P>(3) Your response must also inform the complainant of his or her right to pursue DOT or DOJ enforcement action under this part, as applicable. DOT has enforcement authority under Title II of the ADA for public entities and under section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act for entities that receive Federal financial assistance; DOJ has enforcement authority under Title III of the ADA for private entities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.107" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.7.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.107   Where may persons obtain assistance with matters covered by this regulation?</HEAD>
<P>A passenger, PVO, or any other person may obtain information, guidance, or other assistance concerning 49 CFR part 39 from then DOT Departmental Office of Civil Rights and/or DOT Office of General Counsel, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 39.109" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.29.7.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 39.109   What enforcement actions may be taken under this Part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department of Transportation investigates complaints and conducts reviews or other inquiries into the compliance with this Part of PVOs that are Title II entities.
</P>
<P>(b) As a PVO subject to Title II of the ADA, you must be prepared to provide to the Department of Transportation a written explanation of your action in any situation in which you exclude or restrict an individual with a disability or any mobility or other assistive device used by such an individual with respect to the use of your vessel.
</P>
<P>(c) The Department of Transportation investigates complaints conducts compliance reviews or other inquiries into the compliance of this Part of PVOs, whether private or public entities, that receive Federal financial assistance from the Department, under section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended.
</P>
<P>(d) The Department may refer any matter concerning the compliance of PVOs with this Part to the Department of Justice for enforcement action.
</P>
<P>(e) The Department of Justice investigates complaints and conducts reviews or other inquiries into the compliance with this Part of PVOs that are Title III entities.
</P>
<P>(f) The Department of Justice may file suit in Federal court against both Title II and Title III PVOs for violations of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="40" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 40—PROCEDURES FOR TRANSPORTATION WORKPLACE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING PROGRAMS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED> Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 102, 301, 322, 5331, 20140, 31306, and 54101 <I>et seq.</I>
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 40 appear at 73 FR 33329, June 12, 2008.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Administrative Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.1.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.1   Who does this regulation cover?</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part tells all parties who conduct drug and alcohol tests required by Department of Transportation (DOT) agency regulations how to conduct these tests and what procedures to use. 
</P>
<P>(b) This part concerns the activities of transportation employers, safety-sensitive transportation employees (including self-employed individuals, contractors and volunteers as covered by DOT agency regulations), and service agents. 
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this part is intended to supersede or conflict with the implementation of the Federal Railroad Administration's post-accident testing program (see 49 CFR 219.200). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.1.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.3   What do the terms used in this part mean?</HEAD>
<P>In this part, the terms listed in this section have the following meanings: 
</P>
<P><I>Adulterated specimen.</I> A specimen that has been altered, as evidenced by test results showing either a substance that is not a normal constituent for that type of specimen or showing an abnormal concentration of an endogenous substance.
</P>
<P><I>Affiliate.</I> Persons are affiliates of one another if, directly or indirectly, one controls or has the power to control the other, or a third party controls or has the power to control both. Indicators of control include, but are not limited to: interlocking management or ownership; shared interest among family members; shared facilities or equipment; or common use of employees. Following the issuance of a public interest exclusion, an organization having the same or similar management, ownership, or principal employees as the service agent concerning whom a public interest exclusion is in effect is regarded as an affiliate. This definition is used in connection with the public interest exclusion procedures of Subpart R of this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Air blank.</I> In evidential breath testing devices (EBTs) using gas chromatography technology, a reading of the device's internal standard. In all other EBTs, a reading of ambient air containing no alcohol. 
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol.</I> The intoxicating agent in beverage alcohol, ethyl alcohol or other low molecular weight alcohols, including methyl or isopropyl alcohol. 
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol concentration.</I> The alcohol in a volume of breath expressed in terms of grams of alcohol per 210 liters of breath as indicated by a breath test under this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol confirmation test.</I> A subsequent test using an EBT, following a screening test with a result of 0.02 or greater, that provides quantitative data about the alcohol concentration. 
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol screening device (ASD).</I> A breath or saliva device, other than an EBT, that is approved by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) and appears on ODAPC's Web page for “Approved Screening Devices to Measure Alcohol in Bodily Fluids” because it conforms to the model specifications from NHTSA.
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol screening test.</I> An analytic procedure to determine whether an employee may have a prohibited concentration of alcohol in a breath or saliva specimen. 
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol testing site.</I> A place selected by the employer where employees present themselves for the purpose of providing breath or saliva for an alcohol test. 
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol use.</I> The drinking or swallowing of any beverage, liquid mixture or preparation (including any medication), containing alcohol. 
</P>
<P><I>Aliquot.</I> A fractional part of a specimen used for testing. It is taken as a sample representing the whole specimen.
</P>
<P><I>Alternate specimen.</I> An authorized specimen, other than the type of specimen previously collected or attempted to be collected.
</P>
<P><I>Breath Alcohol Technician (BAT).</I> A person who instructs and assists employees in the alcohol testing process and operates an evidential breath testing device. 
</P>
<P><I>Cancelled test.</I> A drug or alcohol test that has a problem identified that cannot be or has not been corrected, or which this part otherwise requires to be cancelled. A cancelled test is neither a positive nor a negative test. 
</P>
<P><I>Chain of custody.</I> The procedure used to document the handling of the urine specimen from the time the employee gives the specimen to the collector until the specimen is destroyed. This procedure uses the Federal Drug Testing Custody and Control Form (CCF) as approved by the Office of Management and Budget.
</P>
<P><I>Collection container.</I> A container used to collect a specimen. 
</P>
<P><I>Collection site.</I> A place selected by the employer where employees present themselves for the purpose of providing a specimen for a drug test. 
</P>
<P><I>Collector.</I> A person who instructs and assists employees at a collection site, who receives and makes an initial inspection of the specimen provided by those employees, and who initiates and completes the CCF. 
</P>
<P><I>Commercial Driver's License Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse (Clearinghouse).</I> A database, administered by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, containing records of commercial motor vehicle drivers' violations of controlled substances and alcohol testing program requirements, as set forth in part 382 of this title, as well as their return-to-duty status.
</P>
<P><I>Confirmatory drug test.</I> A second analytical procedure performed on a different aliquot of the original specimen to identify and quantify a specific drug or drug metabolite.
</P>
<P><I>Confirmatory validity test.</I> A second test performed on a different aliquot of the original urine specimen to further support a validity test result.
</P>
<P><I>Confirmed drug test.</I> A confirmation test result received by an MRO from a laboratory. 
</P>
<P><I>Consortium/Third-party administrator (C/TPA).</I> A service agent that provides or coordinates the provision of a variety of drug and alcohol testing services to employers. C/TPAs typically perform administrative tasks concerning the operation of the employers' drug and alcohol testing programs. This term includes, but is not limited to, groups of employers who join together to administer, as a single entity, the DOT drug and alcohol testing programs of its members. C/TPAs are not “employers” for purposes of this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Continuing education.</I> Training for substance abuse professionals (SAPs) who have completed qualification training and are performing SAP functions, designed to keep SAPs current on changes and developments in the DOT drug and alcohol testing program.
</P>
<P><I>Cutoff.</I> The analytical value (<I>e.g.,</I> drug or drug metabolite concentration) used as the decision point to determine a result (<I>e.g.,</I> negative, positive, adulterated, invalid, or substituted) or the need for further testing.
</P>
<P><I>Designated employer representative (DER).</I> An employee authorized by the employer to take immediate action(s) to remove employees from safety-sensitive duties, or cause employees to be removed from these covered duties, and to make required decisions in the testing and evaluation processes. The DER also receives test results and other communications for the employer, consistent with the requirements of this part. Service agents cannot act as DERs. 
</P>
<P><I>Dilute specimen.</I> A urine specimen with creatinine and specific gravity values that are lower than expected for human urine.
</P>
<P><I>DOT, The Department, DOT Agency.</I> These terms encompass all DOT agencies, including, but not limited to, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), and the Office of the Secretary (OST). For purposes of this part, the United States Coast Guard (USCG), in the Department of Homeland Security, is considered to be a DOT agency for drug testing purposes only since the USCG regulation does not incorporate Part 40 for its alcohol testing program. These terms include any designee of a DOT agency.
</P>
<P><I>Drugs.</I> The drugs for which tests are required under this part and DOT agency regulations are marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, phencyclidine (PCP), and opioids.
</P>
<P><I>Employee.</I> Any person who is designated in a DOT agency regulation as subject to drug testing and/or alcohol testing. The term includes individuals currently performing safety-sensitive functions designated in DOT agency regulations and applicants for employment subject to pre-employment testing. For purposes of drug testing under this part, the term employee has the same meaning as the term “donor” as found on CCF and related guidance materials produced by the Department of Health and Human Services.
</P>
<P><I>Employer.</I> A person or entity employing one or more employees (including an individual who is self-employed) subject to DOT agency regulations requiring compliance with this part. The term includes an employer's officers, representatives, and management personnel. Service agents are not employers for the purposes of this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Error Correction Training.</I> Training provided to BATs, collectors, and screening test technicians (STTs) following an error that resulted in the cancellation of a drug or alcohol test. Error correction training must be provided in person or by a means that provides real-time observation and interaction between the instructor and trainee. 
</P>
<P><I>Evidential Breath Testing Device (EBT).</I> A device that is approved by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) for the evidential testing of breath at the .02 and .04 alcohol concentrations, and appears on ODAPC's Web page for “Approved Evidential Breath Measurement Devices” because it conforms with the model specifications available from NHTSA.
</P>
<P><I>HHS.</I> The Department of Health and Human Services or any designee of the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services. 
</P>
<P><I>Initial drug test.</I> The first test used to differentiate a negative specimen from one that requires further testing for drugs or drug metabolites.
</P>
<P><I>Initial specimen validity test.</I> The first test used to determine if a specimen is adulterated, diluted, substituted, or invalid.
</P>
<P><I>Invalid result.</I> The result reported by an HHS-certified in accordance with the criteria established by HHS when a positive, negative, adulterated, or substituted result cannot be established for a specific drug or specimen validity test.
</P>
<P><I>Laboratory.</I> Any U.S. laboratory certified by HHS under the National Laboratory Certification Program as meeting the minimum standards set by HHS; or, in the case of foreign laboratories, a laboratory approved for participation by DOT under this part.
</P>
<P><I>Limit of Detection (LOD).</I> The lowest concentration at which the analyte (<I>e.g.,</I> drug or drug metabolite) can be identified.
</P>
<P><I>Limit of Quantitation (LOQ).</I> For quantitative assays, the lowest concentration at which the identity and concentration of the analyte (<I>e.g.,</I> drug or drug metabolite) can be accurately established.
</P>
<P><I>Medical Review Officer (MRO).</I> A person who is a licensed physician and who is responsible for receiving and reviewing laboratory results generated by an employer's drug testing program and evaluating medical explanations for certain drug test results. 
</P>
<P><I>Negative result.</I> The result reported by an HHS-certified laboratory to an MRO when a specimen contains no drug or the concentration of the drug is less than the cutoff concentration for the drug or drug class and the specimen is a valid specimen.
</P>
<P><I>Non-negative specimen.</I> A specimen that is reported as adulterated, substituted, positive (for drug(s) or drug metabolite(s)), or invalid.
</P>
<P><I>Office of Drug and Alcohol Policy and Compliance (ODAPC).</I> The office in the Office of the Secretary, DOT, that is responsible for coordinating drug and alcohol testing program matters within the Department and providing information concerning the implementation of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Oral fluid specimen.</I> A specimen that is collected from an employee's oral cavity and is a combination of physiological fluids produced primarily by the salivary glands. An oral fluid specimen is considered to be a direct observation collection for all purposes of this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Oxidizing adulterant.</I> A substance that acts alone or in combination with other substances to oxidize drugs or drug metabolites to prevent the detection of the drug or drug metabolites, or affects the reagents in either the initial or confirmatory drug test.
</P>
<P><I>Primary specimen.</I> In drug testing, the specimen bottle that is opened and tested by a first laboratory to determine whether the employee has a drug or drug metabolite in his or her system; and for the purpose of specimen validity testing. The primary specimen is the portion of the donor's subdivided specimen designated as the primary (“A”) specimen by the collector to distinguish it from the split (“B”) specimen, as defined in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Positive result.</I> The result reported by an HHS-certified laboratory when a specimen contains a drug or drug metabolite equal to or greater than the cutoff concentrations.
</P>
<P><I>Qualification Training.</I> The training required in order for a collector, BAT, MRO, SAP, or STT to be qualified to perform their functions in the DOT drug and alcohol testing program. Qualification training may be provided by any appropriate means (<I>e.g.,</I> classroom instruction, internet application, CD-ROM, video). 
</P>
<P><I>Reconfirmed.</I> The result reported for a split (Bottle B) specimen when the second HHS-certified laboratory corroborates the original result reported for the primary (Bottle A) specimen.
</P>
<P><I>Refresher Training.</I> The training required periodically for qualified collectors, BATs, and STTs to review basic requirements and provide instruction concerning changes in technology (<I>e.g.,</I> new testing methods that may be authorized) and amendments, interpretations, guidance, and issues concerning this part and DOT agency drug and alcohol testing regulations. Refresher training can be provided by any appropriate means (<I>e.g.,</I> classroom instruction, internet application, CD-ROM, video).
</P>
<P><I>Rejected for testing.</I> The result reported by an HHS-certified laboratory when no tests are performed for a specimen because of a fatal flaw or a correctable flaw that is not corrected.
</P>
<P><I>Screening Test Technician (STT).</I> A person who instructs and assists employees in the alcohol testing process and operates an ASD. 
</P>
<P><I>Secretary.</I> The Secretary of Transportation or the Secretary's designee. 
</P>
<P><I>Service agent.</I> Any person or entity, other than an employee of the employer, who provides services to employers and/or employees in connection with DOT drug and alcohol testing requirements. This includes, but is not limited to, collectors, BATs and STTs, laboratories, MROs, substance abuse professionals, and C/TPAs. To act as service agents, persons and organizations must meet DOT qualifications, if applicable. Service agents are not employers for purposes of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Shipping container.</I> A container that is used for transporting and protecting specimen bottles and associated documents from the collection site to the laboratory. 
</P>
<P><I>Specimen.</I> Fluid, breath, or other material collected from an employee at the collection site for the purpose of a drug or alcohol test.
</P>
<P><I>Specimen bottle.</I> The bottle that, after being sealed and labeled according to the procedures in this part, is used to hold a primary (“A”) or split (“B”) specimen during transportation to the laboratory. In the context of oral fluid testing, it may be referred to as a “vial,” “tube,” or “bottle.” 
</P>
<P><I>Split specimen.</I> In drug testing, the specimen that is sent to a first laboratory and stored with its original seal intact, and which is transported to a second laboratory for retesting at the employee's request following MRO verification of the primary specimen as positive, adulterated or substituted. 
</P>
<P><I>Split specimen collection.</I> A collection in which the single specimen collected is divided into two separate specimen bottles, the primary specimen (Bottle A) and the split specimen (Bottle B).
</P>
<P><I>SSN or Employee ID No.</I> This number serves as a unique identifier that must be used on the Federal Drug Testing Custody and Control Form (CCF) or Alcohol Testing Form (ATF) for a donor, on the MRO's reports, on SAP reports, or on other documents that are required under this part. For all purposes of this part, this term means: only the Commercial Driver's License (CDL) Number and State of issuance for drivers tested under the authority of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA); and, for all drivers and other safety-sensitive employees tested under the authority of the other DOT agencies, this can be the individual's actual Social Security Number, a unique identifier issued by the employer, a State-issued identification card number, a State-issued driver's license number (including a CDL number) or any other State-issued or federally-issued identification number.
</P>
<P><I>Stand-down.</I> The practice of temporarily removing an employee from the performance of safety-sensitive functions based only on a report from a laboratory to the MRO of a confirmed positive test for a drug or drug metabolite, an adulterated test, or a substituted test, before the MRO has completed verification of the test result. 
</P>
<P><I>Substance Abuse Professional (SAP).</I> A person who evaluates employees who have violated a DOT drug and alcohol regulation and makes recommendations concerning education, treatment, follow-up testing, and aftercare. 
</P>
<P><I>Substituted specimen.</I> An employee's specimen not consistent with a normal human specimen, as determined by HHS (<I>e.g.,</I> a urine specimen, with creatinine and specific gravity values that are so diminished, or so divergent that they are not consistent with normal human urine).
</P>
<P><I>Undiluted (neat) oral fluid.</I> An oral fluid specimen to which no other solid or liquid has been added. For example: A collection device that uses a diluent (or other component, process, or method that modifies the volume of the testable specimen) must collect at least 1 mL of undiluted (neat) oral fluid.
</P>
<P><I>Urine specimen.</I> Urine collected from an employee at the collection site for the purpose of a drug test.
</P>
<P><I>Verified test.</I> A drug test result or validity testing result from an HHS-certified laboratory that has undergone review and final determination by the MRO. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41950, Aug. 9, 2001; 71 FR 49384, Aug. 23, 2006; 71 FR 55347, Sept. 22, 2006; 73 FR 35969, June 25, 2008; 75 FR 49861, Aug. 16, 2010; 76 FR 59577, Sept. 27, 2011; 80 FR 19553, Apr. 13, 2015; 81 FR 52365, Aug. 8, 2016; 82 FR 52243, Nov. 13, 2017; 88 FR 27636, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.1.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.5   Who issues authoritative interpretations of this regulation?</HEAD>
<P>ODAPC and the DOT Office of General Counsel (OGC) provide written interpretations of the provisions of this part. These written DOT interpretations are the only official and authoritative interpretations concerning the provisions of this part. DOT agencies may incorporate ODAPC/OGC interpretations in written guidance they issue concerning drug and alcohol testing matters. Only Part 40 interpretations issued after August 1, 2001, are considered valid. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.1.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.7   How can you get an exemption from a requirement in this regulation?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you want an exemption from any provision of this part, you must request it in writing from the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, under the provisions and standards of 49 CFR part 5. You must send requests for an exemption to the following address: Department of Transportation, Deputy Assistant General Counsel for Regulation and Enforcement, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. 
</P>
<P>(b) Under the standards of 49 CFR part 5, we will grant the request only if the request documents special or exceptional circumstances, not likely to be generally applicable and not contemplated in connection with the rulemaking that established this part, that make your compliance with a specific provision of this part impracticable. 
</P>
<P>(c) If we grant you an exemption, you must agree to take steps we specify to comply with the intent of the provision from which an exemption is granted. 
</P>
<P>(d) We will issue written responses to all exemption requests. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Employer Responsibilities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.2.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.11   What are the general responsibilities of employers under this regulation?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employer, you are responsible for meeting all applicable requirements and procedures of this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) You are responsible for all actions of your officials, representatives, and agents (including service agents) in carrying out the requirements of the DOT agency regulations. 
</P>
<P>(c) All agreements and arrangements, written or unwritten, between and among employers and service agents concerning the implementation of DOT drug and alcohol testing requirements are deemed, as a matter of law, to require compliance with all applicable provisions of this part and DOT agency drug and alcohol testing regulations. Compliance with these provisions is a material term of all such agreements and arrangements. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.2.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.13   How do DOT drug and alcohol tests relate to non-DOT tests?</HEAD>
<P>(a) DOT tests must be completely separate from non-DOT tests in all respects. 
</P>
<P>(b) DOT tests must take priority and must be conducted and completed before a non-DOT test is begun. When conducting a urine DOT drug test, you must discard any excess urine left over from a DOT test and collect a separate urine void for the subsequent non-DOT test.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, you must not perform any tests on DOT specimens other than those tests specifically authorized by this part or DOT agency regulations. For example, you must not test a DOT specimen for additional drugs. In addition, a laboratory is prohibited from making a DOT specimen available for a DNA test or other types of specimen identity testing.
</P>
<P>(d) When a DOT urine drug test collection is conducted as part of a physical examination required by DOT agency regulations, it is permissible to conduct medical tests related to this physical examination (<I>e.g.,</I> for glucose) on any specimen remaining in the collection container after the DOT portion has been sealed into the specimen bottles. 
</P>
<P>(e) A non-DOT drug or alcohol test administered, as part of a physical examination, is not a DOT drug or alcohol test for purposes of this part and/or related DOT agency drug and alcohol testing rules, if that test was performed to determine if an employee is medically qualified for a license or certificate. Consequently, the results of such a test do not have consequences under this part.
</P>
<P>(f) No one is permitted to change or disregard the results of DOT tests based on the results of non-DOT tests. For example, as an employer you must not disregard a verified positive DOT drug test result because the employee presents a negative test result from a blood or urine specimen collected by the employee's physician or a DNA test result purporting to question the identity of the DOT specimen. 
</P>
<P>(g) As an employer, you must not use the CCF or the ATF in your non-DOT drug and alcohol testing programs. This prohibition includes the use of the DOT forms with references to DOT programs and agencies crossed out. You also must always use the CCF and ATF for all your DOT-mandated drug and alcohol tests.
</P>
<P>(h) No one is permitted to conduct a DOT drug or alcohol test on an individual who is not a DOT-regulated employee, as defined by the DOT agency regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27637, May 2, 2023] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.14" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.2.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.14   What collection information must employers provide to collectors?</HEAD>
<P>As an employer, or an employer's service agent—for example a C/TPA, you must ensure the collector has the following information when conducting a specimen collection for you:
</P>
<P>(a) Full name of the employee being tested.
</P>
<P>(b) SSN or Employee ID No.
</P>
<P>(c) Laboratory name and address (can be pre-printed on the CCF).
</P>
<P>(d) Employer name, address, phone number, and fax number (can be pre-printed on the CCF at Step 1-A).
</P>
<P>(e) DER information required at § 40.36.
</P>
<P>(f) MRO name, address, phone number, and fax number (can be pre-printed on the CCF at Step 1-B).
</P>
<P>(g) The DOT Agency which regulates the employee's safety-sensitive duties (the checkmark can pre-printed in the appropriate box on the CCF at Step 1-D).
</P>
<P>(h) Test reason, as appropriate: Pre-employment; Random; Reasonable Suspicion/Reasonable Cause; Post-Accident; Return-to-Duty; and Follow-up.
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the test is to be observed or not (see § 40.67 of this part).
</P>
<P>(j) (Optional) C/TPA name, address, phone, and fax number (can be pre-printed on the CCF).
</P>
<P>(k) Specimen type to be collected (<I>i.e.,</I> oral fluid or urine).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 59107, Sept. 27, 2010, as amended at 88 FR 27637, May 2, 2023; 89 FR 51983, June 21, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.2.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.15   May an employer use a service agent to meet DOT drug and alcohol testing requirements?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employer, you may use a service agent to perform the tasks needed to comply with this part and DOT agency drug and alcohol testing regulations, consistent with the requirements of Subpart Q and other applicable provisions of this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) As an employer, you are responsible for ensuring that the service agents you use meet the qualifications set forth in this part (<I>e.g.,</I> § 40.121 for MROs). You may require service agents to show you documentation that they meet the requirements of this part (<I>e.g.,</I> documentation of MRO qualifications required by § 40.121(e)). 
</P>
<P>(c) You remain responsible for compliance with all applicable requirements of this part and other DOT drug and alcohol testing regulations, even when you use a service agent. If you violate this part or other DOT drug and alcohol testing regulations because a service agent has not provided services as our rules require, a DOT agency can subject you to sanctions. Your good faith use of a service agent is not a defense in an enforcement action initiated by a DOT agency in which your alleged noncompliance with this part or a DOT agency drug and alcohol regulation may have resulted from the service agent's conduct. 
</P>
<P>(d) As an employer, you must not permit a service agent to act as your DER. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.2.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.17   Is an employer responsible for obtaining information from its service agents?</HEAD>
<P>Yes, as an employer, you are responsible for obtaining information required by this part from your service agents. This is true whether or not you choose to use a C/TPA as an intermediary in transmitting information to you. For example, suppose an applicant for a safety-sensitive job takes a pre-employment drug test, but there is a significant delay in your receipt of the test result from an MRO or C/TPA. You must not assume that “no news is good news” and permit the applicant to perform safety-sensitive duties before receiving the result. This is a violation of the Department's regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.2.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.19   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.2.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.21   May an employer stand down an employee before the MRO has completed the verification process?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employer, you are prohibited from standing employees down, except consistent with a waiver a DOT agency grants under this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) You may make a request to the concerned DOT agency for a waiver from the prohibition of paragraph (a) of this section. Such a waiver, if granted, permits you to stand an employee down following the MRO's receipt of a laboratory report of a confirmed positive test for a drug or drug metabolite, an adulterated test, or a substituted test pertaining to the employee. 
</P>
<P>(1) For this purpose, the concerned DOT agency is the one whose drug and alcohol testing rules apply to the majority of the covered employees in your organization. The concerned DOT agency uses its applicable procedures for considering requests for waivers. 
</P>
<P>(2) Before taking action on a waiver request, the concerned DOT agency coordinates with other DOT agencies that regulate the employer's other covered employees. 
</P>
<P>(3) The concerned DOT agency provides a written response to each employer that petitions for a waiver, setting forth the reasons for the agency's decision on the waiver request. 
</P>
<P>(c) Your request for a waiver must include, as a minimum, the following elements: 
</P>
<P>(1) Information about your organization: 
</P>
<P>(i) Your determination that standing employees down is necessary for safety in your organization and a statement of your basis for it, including any data on safety problems or incidents that could have been prevented if a stand-down procedure had been in place; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Data showing the number of confirmed laboratory positive, adulterated, and substituted test results for your employees over the two calendar years preceding your waiver request, and the number and percentage of those test results that were verified positive, adulterated, or substituted by the MRO; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Information about the work situation of the employees subject to stand-down, including a description of the size and organization of the unit(s) in which the employees work, the process through which employees will be informed of the stand-down, whether there is an in-house MRO, and whether your organization has a medical disqualification or stand-down policy for employees in situations other than drug and alcohol testing; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement of which DOT agencies regulate your employees. 
</P>
<P>(2) Your proposed written company policy concerning stand-down, which must include the following elements: 
</P>
<P>(i) Your assurance that you will distribute copies of your written policy to all employees that it covers; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Your means of ensuring that no information about the confirmed positive, adulterated, or substituted test result or the reason for the employee's temporary removal from performance of safety-sensitive functions becomes available, directly or indirectly, to anyone in your organization (or subsequently to another employer) other than the employee, the MRO and the DER; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Your means of ensuring that all covered employees in a particular job category in your organization are treated the same way with respect to stand-down; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Your means of ensuring that a covered employee will be subject to stand-down only with respect to the actual performance of safety-sensitive duties; 
</P>
<P>(v) Your means of ensuring that you will not take any action adversely affecting the employee's pay and benefits pending the completion of the MRO's verification process. This includes continuing to pay the employee during the period of the stand-down in the same way you would have paid him or her had he or she not been stood down; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Your means of ensuring that the verification process will commence no later than the time an employee is temporarily removed from the performance of safety-sensitive functions and that the period of stand-down for any employee will not exceed five days, unless you are informed in writing by the MRO that a longer period is needed to complete the verification process; and 
</P>
<P>(vii) Your means of ensuring that, in the event that the MRO verifies the test negative or cancels it—
</P>
<P>(A) You return the employee immediately to the performance of safety-sensitive duties; 
</P>
<P>(B) The employee suffers no adverse personnel or financial consequences as a result; 
</P>
<P>(C) For a verified negative result, the employee will not be required to submit an alternate specimen for the same testing action. For a cancelled result, the employee could be required to submit an alternate specimen on a re-collection; and
</P>
<P>(D) You maintain no individually identifiable record that the employee had a confirmed laboratory positive, adulterated, or substituted test result (<I>i.e.,</I> you maintain a record of the test only as a negative or cancelled test). 
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator of the concerned DOT agency, or his or her designee, may grant a waiver request only if he or she determines that, in the context of your organization, there is a high probability that the procedures you propose will effectively enhance safety and protect the interests of employees in fairness and confidentiality. 
</P>
<P>(1) The Administrator, or his or her designee, may impose any conditions he or she deems appropriate on the grant of a waiver. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Administrator, or his or her designee, may immediately suspend or revoke the waiver if he or she determines that you have failed to protect effectively the interests of employees in fairness and confidentiality, that you have failed to comply with the requirements of this section, or that you have failed to comply with any other conditions the DOT agency has attached to the waiver. 
</P>
<P>(e) You must not stand employees down in the absence of a waiver, or inconsistent with the terms of your waiver. If you do, you are in violation of this part and DOT agency drug testing regulations, and you are subject to enforcement action by the DOT agency just as you are for other violations of this part and DOT agency rules. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27637, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.2.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.23   What actions do employers take after receiving verified test results?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employer who receives a verified positive drug test result, you must immediately remove the employee involved from performing safety-sensitive functions. You must take this action upon receiving the initial report of the verified positive test result. Do not wait to receive the written report or the result of a split specimen test. 
</P>
<P>(b) As an employer who receives a verified adulterated or substituted drug test result, you must consider this a refusal to test and immediately remove the employee involved from performing safety-sensitive functions. You must take this action on receiving the initial report of the verified adulterated or substituted test result. Do not wait to receive the written report or the result of a split specimen test. 
</P>
<P>(c) As an employer who receives an alcohol test result of 0.04 or higher, you must immediately remove the employee involved from performing safety-sensitive functions. If you receive an alcohol test result of 0.02-0.039, you must temporarily remove the employee involved from performing safety-sensitive functions, as provided in applicable DOT agency regulations. Do not wait to receive the written report of the result of the test. 
</P>
<P>(d) As an employer, when an employee has a verified positive, adulterated, or substituted test result, or has otherwise violated a DOT agency drug and alcohol regulation, you must not return the employee to the performance of safety-sensitive functions until or unless the employee successfully completes the return-to-duty process of Subpart O of this part. 
</P>
<P>(e) As an employer who receives a drug test result indicating that the employee's specimen was dilute, take action as provided in § 40.197. 
</P>
<P>(f) As an employer who receives a drug test result indicating that the employee's test was cancelled because it was invalid and that a second collection must take place under direct observation—
</P>
<P>(1) You must immediately direct the employee to provide a new specimen under direct observation (either an oral fluid specimen or a urine specimen under direct observation). 
</P>
<P>(2) You must not attach consequences to the finding that the test was invalid other than collecting a new specimen under direct observation. 
</P>
<P>(3) You must not give any advance notice of this test requirement to the employee. 
</P>
<P>(4) You must instruct the collector to note on the CCF the same reason (<I>e.g.,</I> random test, post-accident test) and DOT Agency (e.g., check DOT and FMCSA) as for the original collection.
</P>
<P>(5) You must ensure that the collector conducts the collection under direct observation (either an oral fluid specimen or a urine specimen under direct observation).
</P>
<P>(g) As an employer who receives a cancelled test result when a negative result is required (<I>e.g.,</I> pre-employment, return-to-duty, or follow-up test), you must direct the employee to provide another specimen immediately. 
</P>
<P>(h) As an employer, you may also be required to take additional actions required by DOT agency regulations (<I>e.g.,</I> FAA rules require some positive drug tests to be reported to the Federal Air Surgeon). 
</P>
<P>(i) As an employer, you must not alter a drug or alcohol test result transmitted to you by an MRO, BAT, or C/TPA. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 71 FR 49384, Aug. 23, 2006; 73 FR 35970, June 25, 2008; 75 FR 59107, Sept. 27, 2010; 88 FR 27637, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.2.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.25   Must an employer check on the drug and alcohol testing record of employees it is intending to use to perform safety-sensitive duties?</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Yes, as an employer, you must, after obtaining an employee's written consent, request the information about the employee listed in paragraphs (b) through (j) of this section. This requirement applies only to employees seeking to begin performing safety-sensitive duties for you for the first time (<I>i.e.,</I> a new hire, an employee transferring into a safety-sensitive position). If the employee refuses to provide this written consent, you must not permit the employee to perform safety-sensitive functions.
</P>
<P>(2) If you are an employer regulated by FMCSA, you must comply with the requirements of this section by using the FMCSA's Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse in accordance with 49 CFR 382.71(a). In addition, you must continue to comply with the requirements of this § 40.25 when checking an employee's testing history with employers regulated by a DOT operating administration other than FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(3) If you are an employer regulated by FMCSA, with a prospective employee subject to drug and alcohol testing with a DOT agency other than FMCSA, you must continue to request the information about the employee listed in paragraphs (b) through (j) of this section. For example, if you are an employer regulated by both FMCSA and PHMSA, and you are hiring an employee to perform functions regulated by both DOT agencies, then you must query FMCSA's Clearinghouse to satisfy FMCSA's requirements and you must request the information listed in paragraphs (b) through (j) of this section to satisfy PHMSA's requirements. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must request the information listed in this paragraph (b) from DOT-regulated employers who have employed the employee during any period during the two years before the date of the employee's application or transfer: 
</P>
<P>(1) Alcohol tests with a result of 0.04 or higher alcohol concentration; 
</P>
<P>(2) Verified positive drug tests; 
</P>
<P>(3) Refusals to be tested (including verified adulterated or substituted drug test results); 
</P>
<P>(4) Other violations of DOT agency drug and alcohol testing regulations; and 
</P>
<P>(5) With respect to any employee who violated a DOT drug and alcohol regulation, documentation of the employee's successful completion of DOT return-to-duty requirements (including follow-up tests). If the previous employer does not have information about the return-do-duty process (<I>e.g.,</I> an employer who did not hire an employee who tested positive on a pre-employment test), you must seek to obtain this information from the employee. 
</P>
<P>(c) The information obtained from a previous employer includes any drug or alcohol test information obtained from previous employers under this section or other applicable DOT agency regulations. 
</P>
<P>(d) If feasible, you must obtain and review this information before the employee first performs safety-sensitive functions. If this is not feasible, you must obtain and review the information as soon as possible. However, you must not permit the employee to perform safety-sensitive functions after 30 days from the date on which the employee first performed safety-sensitive functions, unless you have obtained or made and documented a good faith effort to obtain this information. 
</P>
<P>(e) If you obtain information that the employee has violated a DOT agency drug and alcohol regulation, you must not use the employee to perform safety-sensitive functions unless you also obtain information that the employee has subsequently complied with the return-to-duty requirements of Subpart O of this part and DOT agency drug and alcohol regulations. 
</P>
<P>(f) You must provide to each of the employers from whom you request information under paragraph (b) of this section written consent for the release of the information cited in paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(g) The release of information under this section must be in any written form (<I>e.g.,</I> fax, e-mail, letter) that ensures confidentiality. As the previous employer, you must maintain a written record of the information released, including the date, the party to whom it was released, and a summary of the information provided. 
</P>
<P>(h) If you are an employer from whom information is requested under paragraph (b) of this section, you must, after reviewing the employee's specific, written consent, immediately release the requested information to the employer making the inquiry. 
</P>
<P>(i) As the employer requesting the information required under this section, you must maintain a written, confidential record of the information you obtain or of the good faith efforts you made to obtain the information. You must retain this information for three years from the date of the employee's first performance of safety-sensitive duties for you. 
</P>
<P>(j) As the employer, you must also ask the employee whether he or she has tested positive, or refused to test, on any pre-employment drug or alcohol test administered by an employer to which the employee applied for, but did not obtain, safety-sensitive transportation work covered by DOT agency drug and alcohol testing rules during the past two years. If the employee admits that he or she had a positive test or a refusal to test, you must not use the employee to perform safety-sensitive functions for you, until and unless the employee documents successful completion of the return-to-duty process (see paragraphs (b)(5) and (e) of this section). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27637, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.26" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.2.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.26   What form must an employer use to report Management Information System (MIS) data to a DOT agency?</HEAD>
<P>As an employer, when you are required to report MIS data to a DOT agency, you must use the U.S. Department of Transportation Drug and Alcohol Testing MIS Data Collection Form to report that data. You must use the form and instructions referenced at appendix J to part 40. You must submit the MIS report in accordance with rule requirements (<I>e.g.,</I> dates for submission; selection of companies required to submit, and method of reporting) established by the DOT agency regulating your operation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 16773, Apr. 23, 2019, as amended at 88 FR 27638, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.2.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.27   May an employer require an employee to sign a consent or release in connection with the DOT drug and alcohol testing program?</HEAD>
<P>No, as an employer, you must not require an employee to sign a consent, release, waiver of liability, or indemnification agreement with respect to any part of the drug or alcohol testing process covered by this part (including, but not limited to, collections, laboratory testing, MRO and SAP services).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41950, Aug. 9, 2001]



 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Specimen Collection Personnel</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.3.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.31   Who may collect specimens for DOT drug testing?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Collectors meeting the requirements of this subpart are the only persons authorized to collect urine specimens for DOT drug testing. 
</P>
<P>(b) A urine collector must meet training requirements of § 40.33. 
</P>
<P>(c) An oral fluid collector must meet the training requirements of § 40.35.
</P>
<P>(d) To avoid the appearance of a conflict of interest, if you are the immediate supervisor of the employee being tested, you must not act as the collector when that employee is tested, unless no other collector is available and you are permitted to do so under DOT agency drug and alcohol regulations. 
</P>
<P>(e) You must not act as the collector for the employee being tested if you work for a HHS-certified laboratory (<I>e.g.,</I> as a technician or accessioner) and could link the employee with a urine specimen, drug testing result, or laboratory report. 
</P>
<P>(f) Employees are not permitted to be their own collector.
</P>
<P>(1) An employee who is a qualified collector is not permitted to be their own collector; another qualified collector must perform the collection in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(2) To avoid a potential conflict of interest, a collector must not be related to the employee being tested (<I>e.g.,</I> spouse, ex-spouse, relative) or a close personal friend.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27637, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.3.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.33   What training requirements must a collector meet for urine collection?</HEAD>
<P>To be permitted to act as a urine collector in the DOT drug testing program, you must meet each of the requirements of this section: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Basic information.</I> You must be knowledgeable about this part, the current “DOT Urine Specimen Collection Procedures Guidelines,” and DOT agency regulations applicable to the employers for whom you perform collections. DOT agency regulations, the DOT Urine Specimen Collection Procedures Guidelines, and other materials are available from ODAPC (Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington DC, 20590, 202-366-3784, or on the ODAPC Web site (<I>https://www.transportation.gov/odapc</I>). You must keep current on any changes to these materials. You must subscribe to the ODAPC list-serve at: <I>https://www.transportation.gov/odapc/get-odapc-email-updates.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Qualification training.</I> You must receive qualification training meeting the requirements of this paragraph. Qualification training must provide instruction on the following subjects: 
</P>
<P>(1) All steps necessary to complete a collection correctly and the proper completion and transmission of the CCF; 
</P>
<P>(2) “Problem” collections (<I>e.g.,</I> situations like “shy bladder” and attempts to tamper with a specimen); 
</P>
<P>(3) Fatal flaws, correctable flaws, and how to correct problems in collections; and 
</P>
<P>(4) The collector's responsibility for maintaining the integrity of the collection process, ensuring the privacy of employees being tested, ensuring the security of the specimen, and avoiding conduct or statements that could be viewed as offensive or inappropriate; 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Initial Proficiency Demonstration.</I> Following your completion of qualification training under paragraph (b) of this section, you must demonstrate proficiency in collections under this part by completing five consecutive error-free mock collections. 
</P>
<P>(1) The five mock collections must include two uneventful collection scenarios, one insufficient quantity of urine scenario, one temperature out of range scenario, and one scenario in which the employee refuses to sign the CCF and initial the specimen bottle tamper-evident seal. 
</P>
<P>(2) Another person must monitor and evaluate your performance, in person or by a means that provides real-time observation and interaction between the instructor and trainee, and attest in writing that the mock collections are “error-free.” This person must be a qualified urine collector who has demonstrated necessary knowledge, skills, and abilities by—
</P>
<P>(i) Regularly conducting DOT urine drug test collections for a period of at least one year;
</P>
<P>(ii) Conducting urine collector training under this part for at least one year; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Successfully completing a urine “train the trainer” course. 
</P>
<P>(d) You must meet the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section before you begin to perform collector functions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Refresher training.</I> No less frequently than every five years from the date on which you satisfactorily complete the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, you must complete refresher training that meets all the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Error correction training.</I> If you make a mistake in the collection process that causes a test to be cancelled (<I>i.e.,</I> a fatal or uncorrected flaw), you must undergo error correction training. This training must occur within 30 days of the date you are notified of the error that led to the need for retraining. Errors that cause cancellation but occur outside the collection process (<I>e.g.,</I> when a specimen is crushed or otherwise damaged during the transportation process, or is lost in transit), the cancellation would not be the result of an error by the collector during the collection process and does not require the collector to be retrained. 
</P>
<P>(1) Error correction training must be provided and your proficiency documented in writing by a person who meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) Error correction training is required to cover only the subject matter area(s) in which the error that caused the test to be cancelled occurred. 
</P>
<P>(3) As part of the error correction training, you must demonstrate your proficiency in the collection procedures of this part by completing three consecutive error-free mock collections. The mock collections must include one uneventful scenario and two scenarios related to the area(s) in which your error(s) occurred. The person providing the training must monitor and evaluate your performance and attest in writing that the mock collections were “error-free.” 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Documentation.</I> You must maintain documentation showing that you currently meet all requirements of this section. You must provide this documentation on request to DOT agency representatives and to employers and C/TPAs who are using or negotiating to use your services. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000; 66 FR 3885, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 66 FR 41950, Aug. 9, 2001; 82 FR 52244, Nov. 13, 2017; 88 FR 27638, May 2, 2023; 89 FR 87798, Nov. 5, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.3.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.35   What training requirements must a collector meet for oral fluid collection?</HEAD>
<P>To be permitted to act as an oral fluid collector in the DOT drug testing program, you must meet each of the requirements of this section:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Basic information.</I> You must be knowledgeable about this part, the current “DOT Oral Fluid Specimen Collection Procedures Guidelines,” and DOT agency regulations applicable to the employers for whom you perform collections. DOT agency regulations, guidelines, and other materials are available from ODAPC (Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington DC, 20590, 202-366-3784, or on the ODAPC website (<I>https://www.transportation.gov/odapc</I>). You must keep current on any changes to these materials. You must subscribe to the ODAPC list-serve at: <I>https://www.transportation.gov/odapc/get-odapc-email-updates.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Qualification training.</I> You must receive qualification training meeting the requirements of this paragraph (b). Qualification training must provide instruction on the following subjects:
</P>
<P>(1) Training on the testing procedures of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Training to proficiency in the operation of the particular oral fluid collection device(s) you will be using.
</P>
<P>(3) All steps necessary to complete a collection correctly and the proper completion and transmission of the CCF;
</P>
<P>(4) “Problem” collections (<I>e.g.,</I> situations like “dry mouth” and attempts to tamper with a specimen);
</P>
<P>(5) Fatal flaws, correctable flaws, and how to correct problems in collections; and
</P>
<P>(6) The collector's responsibility for maintaining the integrity of the collection process, ensuring the privacy of employees being tested, ensuring the security of the specimen, and avoiding conduct or statements that could be viewed as offensive or inappropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Initial proficiency demonstration.</I> Following your completion of qualification training under paragraph (b) of this section, you must demonstrate proficiency in collections under this part by completing five consecutive error-free mock collections for each device you will use.
</P>
<P>(1) The five mock collections for each device must include one uneventful collection scenario, one insufficient specimen quantity scenario; one scenario in which the employee has something in their mouth that might interfere with the collection; one scenario in which the employee attempts to tamper with the specimen; and one scenario in which the employee refuses to sign the CCF. For each of the five mock collections, the collector must check the expiration date of the device, show it to the employee, and record the date on the CCF used. The collector must ensure, when applying the labels, they do not cover the expiration dates.
</P>
<P>(2) Another person must monitor and evaluate your performance, in person or by a means that provides real-time observation and interaction between you and the qualified collector, who must attest in writing that the mock collections are “error-free.” Except as provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, this person must be a qualified oral fluid collector who has demonstrated necessary knowledge, skills, and abilities by—
</P>
<P>(i) Regularly conducting DOT oral fluid drug test collections for a period of at least one year;
</P>
<P>(ii) Conducting oral fluid collector training under this part for at least one year; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Successfully completing an oral fluid “train the trainer” course.
</P>
<P>(3) As the person monitoring and evaluating the collector's five mock collections pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, you need not be a qualified oral fluid collector to do so if you meet the necessary knowledge, skills, and abilities in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) or (iii) until otherwise specified (one year after HHS publishes a <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notification of the first certified oral fluid drug testing laboratory (HHS notification)). Furthermore, the one-year requirement in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) is not applicable until otherwise specified (one year after the HHS notification).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Schedule for qualification training and initial proficiency demonstration.</I> You must meet the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section before you begin to perform collector functions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Refresher training.</I> No less frequently than every five years from the date on which you satisfactorily complete the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, you must complete refresher training that meets all the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Error correction training.</I> If you make a mistake in the collection process that causes a test to be cancelled (<I>i.e.,</I> a fatal or uncorrected flaw), you must undergo error correction training. This training must occur within 30 days of the date you are notified of the error that led to the need for retraining.
</P>
<P>(1) Error correction training must be provided and your proficiency documented in writing by a person who meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Error correction training is required to cover only the subject matter area(s) in which the error that caused the test to be cancelled occurred.
</P>
<P>(3) As part of the error correction training, you must demonstrate your proficiency in the collection procedures of this part by completing three consecutive error-free mock collections. The mock collections must include one uneventful scenario and two scenarios related to the area(s) in which your error(s) occurred. The person providing the training must monitor and evaluate your performance and attest in writing that the mock collections were “error-free.”
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Documentation.</I> You must maintain documentation showing that you currently meet all requirements of this section. You must provide this documentation on request to DOT agency representatives and to employers and C/TPAs who are using or negotiating to use your services.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27638, May 2, 2023, as amended at 89 FR 87798, Nov. 5, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.36" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.3.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.36   What information about the DER must employers provide to collectors?</HEAD>
<P>As an employer, you must provide to collectors the name and telephone number of the appropriate DER (and C/TPA, where applicable) to contact about any problems or issues that may arise during the testing process. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000. Redesignated at 88 FR 27639, May 2, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Collection Sites, Forms, Equipment and Supplies Used in DOT Urine and Oral Fluid Collections</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.40" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.4.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.40   What form is used to document a DOT collection?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Federal Drug Testing Custody and Control Form (CCF) must be used to document every collection required by the DOT drug testing program. You may view this form on the Department's website (<I>https://www.transportation.gov/odapc</I>) or the HHS website (<I>https://www.workplace.samhsa.gov</I>).
</P>
<P>(b) You must not use a non-Federal form or an expired CCF to conduct a DOT collection. As a laboratory, C/TPA or other party that provides CCFs to employers, collection sites, or other customers, you must not provide copies of an expired CCF to these participants. You must also affirmatively notify these participants that they must not use an expired CCF.
</P>
<P>(c) As a participant in the DOT drug testing program, you are not permitted to modify or revise the CCF except as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) You may include, in the area outside the border of the form, other information needed for billing or other purposes necessary to the collection process.
</P>
<P>(2) The CCF must include the names, addresses, telephone numbers and any other appropriate contact information (<I>e.g.,</I> an email address of the employer and the MRO), including the DER's name and contact information. All of this information must be preprinted, typed, or handwritten. Fax numbers may be included but are not required. The MRO information must include the physician's name and address, as opposed to only a generic clinic, health care organization, company name, or post office box. This information is required, and an employer, collector, service agent or any other party is prohibited from omitting it. In addition, a C/TPA's name, address, telephone and fax numbers, and any other appropriate contact information should be included, but is not required. The employer may use a C/TPA's address in place of its own, but must continue to include its name, telephone and fax numbers, and any other appropriate contact information.
</P>
<P>(3) As an employer you may preprint the box in Step 1-D of the CCF for the DOT agency under whose authority the test will occur.
</P>
<P>(4) As a collector, you may use a CCF with your name, address, telephone number, and fax number preprinted, but under no circumstances may you sign the form before the collection event. If a collection takes place at a clinic, the actual address of the clinic should be used, not a corporate address of the collection company. If the collection takes place onsite at the employer, the employer's address must be noted as the collection site address. If the collection takes place in a “mobile unit” or at an accident site, the collector must enter the actual location address of the collection or as near an approximation as possible. The collector must ensure that the required collector telephone number is the number that the laboratory, MRO, or employer may use to directly contact the individual collector and/or the collector's supervisor during the collection site's business hours. The collector must not provide a number for a call center. 
</P>
<P>(5) When using an electronic CCF, you must establish adequate confidentiality and security measures to ensure that confidential employee records are not available to unauthorized persons. This includes protecting the physical security of records, access controls, and computer security measures to safeguard confidential data in electronic form.
</P>
<P>(d) Under no circumstances may the CCF transmit personal identifying information about an employee (other than a SSN or Employee ID No.) to a laboratory. 
</P>
<P>(e) As an employer, you may use an equivalent foreign-language version of the CCF approved by ODAPC. You may use such a non-English language form only in a situation where both the employee and collector understand and can use the form in that language.
</P>
<P>(f) An employer who uses an electronic CCF must ensure that the collection site, the primary and split laboratories, and MRO have compatible systems, and that the employee and any other program participants in the testing process will receive a legible copy of the CCF.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41950, Aug. 9, 2001; 75 FR 59107, Sept. 27, 2010; 76 FR 59577, Sept. 27, 2011; 80 FR 19553, Apr. 13, 2015; 82 FR 52244, Nov. 13, 2017. Redesignated and amended at 88 FR 27639, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.4.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.41   May employers use the CCF for non-Federal collections or non-Federal forms for DOT collections?</HEAD>
<P>(a) No, as an employer, you are prohibited from using the CCF for non-Federal collections. You are also prohibited from using non-Federal forms for DOT collections. Doing either subjects you to enforcement action under DOT agency regulations. 
</P>
<P>(b) (1) In the rare case where the collector, either by mistake or as the only means to conduct a test under difficult circumstances (<I>e.g.,</I> post-accident or reasonable suspicion test with insufficient time to obtain the CCF), uses a non-Federal form for a DOT collection, the use of a non-Federal form does not present a reason for the laboratory to reject the specimen for testing or for an MRO to cancel the result. 
</P>
<P>(2) The use of the non-Federal form is a “correctable flaw.” As an MRO, to correct the problem you must follow the procedures of § 40.205(b)(2). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41950, Aug. 9, 2001. Redesignated and amended at 88 FR 27639, June 1, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.42" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.4.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.42   Where does a urine collection for a DOT drug test take place?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A urine collection for a DOT drug test must take place in a collection site meeting the requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) If you are operating a collection site, you must ensure that it meets the security requirements of § 40.43. 
</P>
<P>(c) If you are operating a collection site, you must have all necessary personnel, materials, equipment, facilities and supervision to provide for the collection, temporary storage, and shipping of urine specimens to a laboratory, and a suitable clean surface for writing. 
</P>
<P>(d) Your collection site must include a facility for urination described in either paragraph (e) or paragraph (f) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) The first, and preferred, type of facility for urination that a collection site may include is a single-toilet room, having a full-length privacy door, within which urination can occur. 
</P>
<P>(1) No one but the employee may be present in the room during the collection, except for the observer in the event of a directly observed collection. 
</P>
<P>(2) You must have a source of water for washing hands, that, if practicable, should be external to the closed room where urination occurs. If an external source is not available, you may meet this requirement by securing all sources of water and other substances that could be used for adulteration and substitution (<I>e.g.,</I> water faucets, soap dispensers) and providing moist towelettes outside the closed room. 
</P>
<P>(f) The second type of facility for urination that a collection site may include is a multistall restroom. 
</P>
<P>(1) Such a site must provide substantial visual privacy (<I>e.g.,</I> a toilet stall with a partial-length door) and meet all other applicable requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) If you use a multi-stall restroom, you must either—
</P>
<P>(i) Secure all sources of water and other substances that could be used for adulteration and substitution (<I>e.g.,</I> water faucets, soap dispensers) and place bluing agent in all toilets or secure the toilets to prevent access; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Conduct all collections in the facility as monitored collections (see § 40.69 for procedures). This is the only circumstance in which you may conduct a monitored collection. 
</P>
<P>(3) No one but the employee may be present in the multistall restroom during the collection, except for the monitor in the event of a monitored collection or the observer in the event of a directly observed collection. 
</P>
<P>(g) A collection site may be in a medical facility, a mobile facility (<I>e.g.,</I> a van), a dedicated collection facility, or any other location meeting the requirements of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000. Redesignated at 88 FR 27639, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.4.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.43   What steps must operators of collection sites and collectors take to protect the security and integrity of urine collections?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Collectors and operators of collection sites must take the steps listed in this section to prevent unauthorized access that could compromise the integrity of collections. 
</P>
<P>(b) As a collector, you must do the following before each collection to deter tampering with specimens: 
</P>
<P>(1) Secure any water sources or otherwise make them unavailable to employees (<I>e.g.,</I> turn off water inlet, tape handles to prevent opening faucets); 
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure that the water in the toilet is blue; 
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure that no soap, disinfectants, cleaning agents, or other possible adulterants are present; 
</P>
<P>(4) Inspect the site to ensure that no foreign or unauthorized substances are present; 
</P>
<P>(5) Tape or otherwise secure shut any movable toilet tank top, or put bluing in the tank; 
</P>
<P>(6) Ensure that undetected access (<I>e.g.,</I> through a door not in your view) is not possible; 
</P>
<P>(7) Secure areas and items (<I>e.g.,</I> ledges, trash receptacles, paper towel holders, under-sink areas) that appear suitable for concealing contaminants; and 
</P>
<P>(8) Recheck items in paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section following each collection to ensure the site's continued integrity. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the collection site uses a facility normally used for other purposes, like a public rest room or hospital examining room, you must, as a collector, also ensure before the collection that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Access to collection materials and specimens is effectively restricted; and
</P>
<P>(2) The facility is secured against access during the procedure to ensure privacy to the employee and prevent distraction of the collector. Limited-access signs must be posted. 
</P>
<P>(d) As a collector, you must take the following additional steps to ensure security during the collection process: 
</P>
<P>(1) To avoid distraction that could compromise security, you are limited to conducting a collection for only one employee at a time. However, during the time one employee is in the period for drinking fluids in a “shy bladder” situation (see § 40.193(b)), you may conduct a collection for another employee. 
</P>
<P>(2) To the greatest extent you can, keep an employee's collection container within view of both you and the employee between the time the employee has urinated and the specimen is sealed. 
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure you are the only person in addition to the employee who handles the specimen before it is poured into the bottles and sealed with tamper-evident seals. 
</P>
<P>(4) In the time between when the employee gives you the specimen and when you seal the specimen, remain within the collection site. 
</P>
<P>(5) Maintain personal control over each specimen and CCF throughout the collection process. 
</P>
<P>(e) If you are operating a collection site, you must implement a policy and procedures to prevent unauthorized personnel from entering any part of the site in which urine specimens are collected or stored. 
</P>
<P>(1) Only employees being tested, collectors and other collection site workers, DERs, employee and employer representatives authorized by the employer (<I>e.g.,</I> employer policy, collective bargaining agreement), and DOT agency representatives are authorized persons for purposes of this paragraph (e). 
</P>
<P>(2) Except for the observer in a directly observed collection or the monitor in the case of a monitored collection, you must not permit anyone to enter the urination facility in which employees provide specimens. 
</P>
<P>(3) You must ensure that all authorized persons are under the supervision of a collector at all times when permitted into the site. 
</P>
<P>(4) You or the collector may remove any person who obstructs, interferes with, or causes a delay in the collection process. 
</P>
<P>(f) If you are operating a collection site, you must minimize the number of persons handling specimens. 




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.44" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.4.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.44   What materials are used to collect urine specimens?</HEAD>
<P>For each DOT drug test, you must use a collection kit meeting the requirements of Appendix A of this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000. Redesignated at 88 FR 27639, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.4.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.45   What materials are used to send urine specimens to the laboratory?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, you must use a shipping container that adequately protects the specimen bottles from shipment damage in the transport of specimens from the collection site to the laboratory. 
</P>
<P>(b) You are not required to use a shipping container if a laboratory courier hand-delivers the specimens from the collection site to the laboratory. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000. Redesignated at 88 FR 27639, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.47" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.4.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.47   Where does an oral fluid collection for a DOT drug test take place?</HEAD>
<P>(a) An oral fluid collection for a DOT drug test must take place in a collection site meeting the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) If you are operating an oral fluid collection site:
</P>
<P>(1) You must ensure that it meets the security requirements of § 40.48;
</P>
<P>(2) The site may be a permanent or temporary facility located either at the work site or at a remote site;
</P>
<P>(3) The site may be in a medical facility, a mobile facility (<I>e.g.,</I> a van), a dedicated collection facility, or any other location meeting the requirements of this section; and
</P>
<P>(4) You must have all necessary personnel, materials, equipment, and facilities that include privacy and supervision to provide for the collection, temporary storage, and shipping of specimens to a laboratory, and a suitable clean surface for writing.
</P>
<P>(c) If a collection site is not accessible and there is an immediate requirement to collect an oral fluid specimen (<I>e.g.,</I> an accident investigation), another site may be used for the collection, if the collection is performed by a collector who has been trained to collect oral fluid specimens in accordance with this part and the manufacturer's procedures for the collection device.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27640, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.48" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.4.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.48   What steps must operators of collection sites and collectors take to protect the security and integrity of oral fluid collections?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Collectors and operators of collection sites must take the steps listed in this section to prevent unauthorized access that could compromise the integrity of collections.
</P>
<P>(b) As a collector, you must do the following before each collection to deter tampering with specimens:
</P>
<P>(1) Ensure that access to collection materials and specimens is effectively restricted;
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure that undetected access (<I>e.g.,</I> through a door not in your view) is not possible; and
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure the security of the facility during the collection process to maintain privacy to the employee and prevent distraction of the collector. Limited-access signs must be posted.
</P>
<P>(c) As a collector, you must take the following additional steps to ensure security during the collection process:
</P>
<P>(1) To avoid distraction that could compromise security, you are limited to conducting a collection for only one employee at a time. However, during the time one employee is in the period for drinking fluids in a “dry mouth” situation (<I>see</I> § 40.72(b)(1)), you may conduct a collection for another employee as long as the employee with “dry mouth” remains supervised.
</P>
<P>(2) To the greatest extent practicable, keep an employee's collection container within view of both you and the employee between the time the employee has provided the oral fluid specimen and the specimen is sealed.
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure you are the only person in addition to the employee who handles the specimen before it is sealed with tamper-evident seals.
</P>
<P>(4) In the time between when the employee gives you the specimen and when you seal the specimen, remain within the collection site.
</P>
<P>(5) Maintain personal control over each specimen and CCF throughout the collection process.
</P>
<P>(d) If you are operating a collection site, you must implement a policy and procedures to prevent unauthorized personnel from entering any part of the site in which oral fluid specimens are collected or stored.
</P>
<P>(1) Only employees being tested, collectors and other collection site workers, DERs, employee and employer representatives authorized by the employer (<I>e.g.,</I> employer policy, collective bargaining agreement), and DOT agency representatives are authorized persons for purposes of this paragraph (d).
</P>
<P>(2) You must ensure that all authorized persons are under the supervision of a collector at all times when permitted into the site.
</P>
<P>(3) You or the collector may remove any person who obstructs, interferes with, or causes a delay in the collection process.
</P>
<P>(e) If you are operating a collection site, you must minimize the number of persons handling specimens.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27640, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.49" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.4.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.49   What materials are used to collect oral fluid specimens?</HEAD>
<P>For each DOT drug test, you must use a collection device meeting the requirements of appendix B of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27640, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.51" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.4.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.51   What materials are used to send oral fluid specimens to the laboratory?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, you must use a shipping container that adequately protects the specimen bottles from damage in the transport of specimens from the collection site to the laboratory.
</P>
<P>(b) You are not required to use a shipping container if a laboratory courier hand-delivers the specimens from the collection site to the laboratory.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27640, May 2, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Specimen Collections</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.61" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.5.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.61   What are the preliminary steps in the drug testing collection process?</HEAD>
<P>As the collector, you must take the following steps before actually beginning a collection: 
</P>
<P>(a) When a specific time for an employee's test has been scheduled, or the collection site is at the employee's work site, and the employee does not appear at the collection site at the scheduled time, contact the DER to determine the appropriate interval within which the DER has determined the employee is authorized to arrive. If the employee's arrival is delayed beyond that time, you must notify the DER that the employee has not reported for testing, the DER must determine whether the employee has refused to test (<I>see</I> §§ 40.191(a)(1) and 40.355(i)). In a situation where a C/TPA has notified an owner/operator or other individual employee to report for testing (other than for a pre-employment test) and the employee does not appear, the C/TPA must determine whether the employee has refused to test (<I>see</I> §§ 40.191(a)(1) and 40.355(j)). 
</P>
<P>(b) Ensure that, when the employee enters the collection site, you begin the testing process without undue delay. For example, you must not wait because the employee says he or she is not ready or is unable to urinate or because an authorized employer or employee representative is delayed in arriving. 
</P>
<P>(1) If the employee is also going to take a DOT alcohol test, you must ensure, to the greatest extent practicable, that the alcohol test is completed before the drug testing collection process begins. 
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example to paragraph (b)(1):</HED><PSPACE>An employee enters the test site for both a drug and an alcohol test. Normally, the collector would wait until the BAT had completed the alcohol test process before beginning the drug test process. However, there are some situations in which an exception to this normal practice would be reasonable. One such situation might be if several people were waiting for the BAT to conduct alcohol tests, but a drug testing collector in the same facility were free. Someone waiting might be able to complete a drug test without unduly delaying his or her alcohol test. Collectors and BATs should work together, however, to ensure that post-accident and reasonable suspicion alcohol tests happen as soon as possible (<I>e.g.,</I> by moving the employee to the head of the line for alcohol tests).</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(2) If the employee needs medical attention (<I>e.g.,</I> an injured employee in an emergency medical facility who is required to have a post-accident test), do not delay this treatment to collect a specimen. 
</P>
<P>(3) You must not collect a specimen from an unconscious employee to conduct a drug test under this part.
</P>
<P>(4) You must not catheterize a conscious employee for purposes of a urine test. However, you must inform an employee who normally voids through self-catheterization that the employee is required to provide a specimen in that manner. If an employee normally voids through self-catheterization, but declines to do so for the urine test, the collector should notify the DER of the circumstances, so that the actual employer can determine whether the situation constitutes a refusal to test by the employee. 
</P>
<P>(c) Require the employee to provide positive identification. You must see a photo ID issued by the employer (other than in the case of an owner-operator or other self-employed individual) or a Federal, state, or local government (<I>e.g.,</I> a driver's license). You may not accept faxes or photocopies of identification. Positive identification by an employer representative (not a co-worker or another employee being tested) is also acceptable. If the employee cannot produce positive identification, you must contact a DER to verify the identity of the employee. 
</P>
<P>(d) If the employee asks, provide your identification to the employee. Your identification must include your name and your employer's name, but does not have to include your picture, address, or telephone number. 
</P>
<P>(e) Explain the basic collection procedure to the employee, and notify the employee that instructions for completing the CCF can be found at the HHS (<I>https://www.samhsa.gov/workplace</I>) and DOT (<I>https://www.transportation.gov/odapc</I>) websites. 
</P>
<P>(f) Direct the employee to remove outer clothing (<I>e.g.,</I> coveralls, jacket, coat, hat) that could be used to conceal items or substances that could be used to tamper with a specimen. You must also direct the employee to leave these garments and any briefcase, purse, or other personal belongings with you or in a mutually agreeable location. You must advise the employee that failure to comply with your directions constitutes a refusal to test. 
</P>
<P>(1) If the employee asks for a receipt for any belongings left with you, you must provide one. 
</P>
<P>(2) You must allow the employee to keep his or her wallet. 
</P>
<P>(3) You must not ask the employee to remove other clothing (<I>e.g.,</I> shirts, pants, dresses, underwear), to remove all clothing, or to change into a hospital or examination gown (unless the urine collection is being accomplished simultaneously with a DOT agency-authorized medical examination). 
</P>
<P>(4) You must direct the employee to empty his or her pockets and display the items in them to ensure that no items are present which could be used to adulterate the specimen. If nothing is there that can be used to adulterate a specimen, the employee can place the items back into his or her pockets. As the employee, you must allow the collector to make this observation. 
</P>
<P>(5) If, in your duties under paragraph (f)(4) of this section, you find any material that could be used to tamper with a specimen, you must: 
</P>
<P>(i) Determine if the material appears to be brought to the collection site with the intent to alter the specimen, and, if it is, either conduct a directly observed urine collection using direct observation procedures (<I>see</I> § 40.67) or an oral fluid specimen collection, make a note on the CCF and continue with collection process; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Determine if the material appears to be inadvertently brought to the collection site (<I>e.g.,</I> eye drops), secure and maintain it until the collection process is completed and conduct a normal (<I>i.e.,</I> unobserved) collection. 
</P>
<P>(g) You must instruct the employee not to list medications that he or she is currently taking on the CCF. (The employee may make notes of medications on the back of the employee copy of the form for his or her own convenience, but these notes must not be transmitted to anyone else.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27640, May 2, 2023] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.63" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.5.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.63   What steps does the collector take in the collection process before the employee provides a urine specimen?</HEAD>
<P>As the collector, you must take the following steps before the employee provides the urine specimen: 
</P>
<P>(a) Ensure all items under Step 1 of the CCF are complete and accurate (<I>e.g.,</I> if Step 1.D is not checked, put a check mark for the “Specify DOT Agency” under the authority of which the test will take place; if the address where the collection is actually taking place is not in Step 1.G, update that.) 
</P>
<P>(b) Instruct the employee to wash and dry his or her hands at this time. You must tell the employee not to wash his or her hands again until after delivering the specimen to you. You must not give the employee any further access to water or other materials that could be used to adulterate or dilute a specimen. 
</P>
<P>(c) Select, or allow the employee to select, an individually wrapped or sealed collection container from collection kit materials. Either you or the employee, with both of you present, must unwrap or break the seal of the collection container. You must not unwrap or break the seal on any specimen bottle at this time. You must not allow the employee to take anything from the collection kit into the room used for urination except the collection container. 
</P>
<P>(d) Direct the employee to go into the room used for urination, provide a specimen of at least 45 mL, not flush the toilet, and return to you with the specimen as soon as the employee has completed the void. 
</P>
<P>(1) Except in the case of an observed or a monitored collection (see §§ 40.67 and 40.69), neither you nor anyone else may go into the room with the employee. 
</P>
<P>(2) As the collector, you may set a reasonable time limit for voiding. 
</P>
<P>(e) You must pay careful attention to the employee during the entire collection process to note any conduct that clearly indicates an attempt to tamper with a specimen (<I>e.g.,</I> substitute urine in plain view or an attempt to bring into the collection site an adulterant or urine substitute). If you detect such conduct, you must require that a collection take place immediately under direct observation (<I>see</I> § 40.67) and complete Step 2 by noting the conduct in the “Remarks” line of the CCF and the fact that the collection was observed by checking the “Observed” box. You must also, as soon as possible, inform the DER and collection site supervisor that a collection took place under direct observation and the reason for doing so.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 75 FR 59107, Sept. 27, 2010; 88 FR 27641, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.65" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.5.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.65   What does the collector check for when the employee presents a urine specimen?</HEAD>
<P>As a collector, you must check the following when the employee gives the collection container to you: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Sufficiency of specimen.</I> You must check to ensure that the specimen contains at least 45 mL of urine. 
</P>
<P>(1) If it does not, you must follow “shy bladder” procedures (see § 40.193(b)). 
</P>
<P>(2) When you follow “shy bladder” procedures, you must discard the original specimen, unless another problem (<I>i.e.,</I> temperature out of range, signs of tampering) also exists. 
</P>
<P>(3) You are never permitted to combine urine collected from separate voids to create a specimen. 
</P>
<P>(4) You must discard any excess urine. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Temperature.</I> You must check the temperature of the specimen no later than four minutes after the employee has given you the specimen. 
</P>
<P>(1) The acceptable temperature range is 32-38 °C/90-100 °F. 
</P>
<P>(2) You must determine the temperature of the specimen by reading the temperature strip attached to the collection container. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the specimen temperature is within the acceptable range, you must mark the “Yes” box on the CCF (Step 2). 
</P>
<P>(4) If the specimen temperature is outside the acceptable range, you must mark the “No” box and enter in the “Remarks” line (Step 2) your findings about the temperature. 
</P>
<P>(5) If the specimen temperature is outside the acceptable range, you must immediately conduct a new urine collection using direct observation procedures (<I>see</I> § 40.67) or an oral fluid collection.
</P>
<P>(6) In a case where a specimen is collected under direct observation because of the temperature being out of range, you must process both the original specimen and the specimen collected using direct observation (including oral fluid) and send the two sets of specimens to their respective laboratories. This is true even in a case in which the original specimen has insufficient volume and the temperature is out of range. You must also, as soon as possible, inform the DER and collection site supervisor that a collection took place under direct observation and the reason for doing so. 
</P>
<P>(7) In a case where the employee refuses to provide another specimen (see § 40.191(a)(3)) or refuses to provide another specimen under direct observation (see § 40.191(a)(4)), you must notify the DER. As soon as you have notified the DER, you must discard any specimen the employee has provided previously during the collection procedure. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Signs of tampering.</I> You must inspect the specimen for unusual color, presence of foreign objects or material, or other signs of tampering (<I>e.g.,</I> if you notice any unusual odor). 
</P>
<P>(1) If it is apparent from this inspection that the employee has tampered with the specimen (<I>e.g.,</I> blue dye in the specimen, excessive foaming when shaken, or smell of bleach), you must immediately conduct a new urine collection using direct observation procedures (<I>see</I> § 40.67) or an oral fluid collection. 
</P>
<P>(2) In a case where a specimen is collected under direct observation because of showing signs of tampering, you must process both the original specimen and the specimen collected using direct observation and send the two sets of specimens to the laboratory. This is true even in a case in which the original specimen has insufficient volume but it shows signs of tampering. You must also, as soon as possible, inform the DER and collection site supervisor that a collection took place under direct observation and the reason for doing so. 
</P>
<P>(3) In a case where the employee refuses to provide a specimen under direct observation (see § 40.191(a)(4)), you must discard any specimen the employee provided previously during the collection procedure. Then you must notify the DER as soon as practicable.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Direct observations.</I> If a new urine collection using direct observation procedures or an oral fluid collection is required under § 40.65(b)(5) or (c)(1), you must check if the employer has a standing order on which specimen collection to perform. If there is no standing order, you must contact the DER on whether to continue with a directly observed urine collection or an oral fluid collection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41950, Aug. 9, 2001; 88 FR 27641, May 2, 2023; 91 FR 25511, May 11, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.67" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.5.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.67   When and how is a directly observed urine collection conducted?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employer, you must direct an immediate collection under direct observation with no advance notice to the employee, if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The laboratory reported to the MRO that a specimen is invalid, and the MRO reported to you that there was not an adequate medical explanation for the result; 
</P>
<P>(2) The MRO reported to you that the original positive, adulterated, or substituted result had to be cancelled because the test of the split specimen could not be performed; or 
</P>
<P>(3) The laboratory reported to the MRO that the specimen was negative-dilute with a creatinine concentration greater than or equal to 2 mg/dL but less than or equal to 5 mg/dL, and the MRO reported the specimen to you as negative-dilute and that a second collection must take place under direct observation (see § 40.197(b)(1)).
</P>
<P>(4) You realize a collection under direct observation was required but was not conducted or the service agent informs you that a direct observation should have been collected but was not (<I>see</I> paragraph (n) of this section).
</P>
<P>(b) As an employer, you must direct a collection under direct observation of an employee if the drug test is a return-to-duty test or a follow-up test.
</P>
<P>(c) As a collector, you must immediately conduct a collection under direct observation if: 
</P>
<P>(1) You are directed by the DER to do so (see paragraph (a) of this section); or 
</P>
<P>(2) You observed materials brought to the collection site or the employee's conduct clearly indicates an attempt to tamper with a specimen (see §§ 40.61(f)(5)(i) and 40.63(e)); or 
</P>
<P>(3) The temperature on the original specimen was out of range (<I>see</I> § 40.65(b)(5));
</P>
<P>(4) The original specimen appeared to have been tampered with (<I>see</I> § 40.65(c)(1)); or
</P>
<P>(5) The test reason is return-to-duty or follow-up. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) As the employer, you must explain to the employee the reason for a directly observed collection under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) As the collector, you must explain to the employee the reason, if known, under this part for a directly observed collection. 
</P>
<P>(e) As the collector, you must complete a new CCF for the directly observed collection. 
</P>
<P>(1) You must mark the “reason for test” block (Step 1) the same as for the first collection. 
</P>
<P>(2) You must check the “Observed, (Enter Remark)” box and enter the reason (see paragraphs (c)(2) through (4) of this section) in the “Remarks” line (Step 2). 
</P>
<P>(f) In a case where two sets of specimens are being sent to the laboratory because of suspected tampering with the specimen at the collection site, enter on the “Remarks” line of the CCF (Step 2) for each specimen a notation to this effect (<I>e.g.,</I> collection 1 of 2, or 2 of 2) and the specimen ID number of the other specimen. 
</P>
<P>(g) As the collector, you must ensure that the observer is the same sex (<I>i.e.,</I> male or female) as the employee.
</P>
<P>(1) You must never permit a person of the opposite sex to act as the observer.
</P>
<P>(2) The observer can be a different person from the collector and need not be a qualified collector.
</P>
<P>(3) If oral fluid testing is not yet available (see paragraph (g)(5) of this section) and a same sex observer is not present at the collection site, the collector must contact the DER. The DER will either arrange for a same sex observer to be present at the time of the collection or send the employee to a collection site acceptable to the employer for a directly observed urine collection as required in this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Once oral fluid testing is available (see paragraph (g)(5) of this section), and a same sex observer cannot be found for a directly observed urine collection:
</P>
<P>(i) If the employer has a standing order to allow oral fluid testing in such situations, the collector will follow that order.
</P>
<P>(ii) If there is no standing order from the employer, the collector must contact the DER, and the DER will direct the collector to either conduct an oral fluid test if the collection site is able to do so or send the employee to a collection site acceptable to the employer for the oral fluid test.
</P>
<P>(5) For an employer to use oral fluid testing, there must be at least two HHS-certified oral fluid drug testing laboratories. For employers subject to FAA regulations at 14 CFR 120.123(a), the two certified laboratories must be located in the United States. In addition, both a qualified oral fluid collector and a conforming oral fluid collection device are available at a collection site.
</P>
<P>(6) Once HHS gives notification of a second HHS-certified oral fluid drug testing laboratory, there will be an 18-month grace period to allow employers to continue to conduct directly observed urine collections (see paragraph 3 of this section) until the employer is set up to conduct oral fluid testing (see paragraphs 4 and 5). If during the 18-month grace period the employer has decided to use oral fluid drug testing and the employer is ready to conduct oral fluid drug testing, the employer must do so. ODAPC will publish a <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice to let employers and collectors know when the 18-month period begins and ends. 
</P>
<P>(h) As the collector, if someone else is to observe the collection (<I>e.g.,</I> in order to ensure a same sex observer), you must verbally instruct that person to follow procedures at paragraphs (i) and (j) of this section. If you, the collector, are the observer, you too must follow these procedures. 
</P>
<P>(i) As the observer, you must request the employee to raise his or her shirt, blouse, or dress/skirt, as appropriate, above the waist; and lower clothing and underpants to show you, by turning around, that they do not have a prosthetic device. After you have determined that the employee does not have such a device, you may permit the employee to return clothing to its proper position for observed urination.
</P>
<P>(j) As the observer, you must watch the employee urinate into the collection container. Specifically, you are to watch the urine go from the employee's body into the collection container. 
</P>
<P>(k) As the observer but not the collector, you must not take the collection container from the employee, but you must observe the specimen as the employee takes it to the collector. 
</P>
<P>(l) As the collector, when someone else has acted as the observer, you must include the observer's name in the “Remarks” line of the CCF (Step 2). 
</P>
<P>(m) As the employee, if you decline to allow a directly observed collection required or permitted under this section to occur, this is a refusal to test. 
</P>
<P>(n) As a service agent, when you learn that a directly observed collection should have been collected but was not, you must inform the employer that it must direct the employee to have an immediate recollection under direct observation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41950, Aug. 9, 2001; 68 FR 31626, May 28, 2003; 69 FR 64867, Nov. 9, 2004; 73 FR 35970, June 25, 2008; 73 FR 50223, Aug. 26, 2008; 73 FR 62910, Oct. 22, 2008; 73 FR 70284, Nov. 20, 2008; 74 FR 37952, July 30, 2009; 82 FR 52244, Nov. 13, 2017; 88 FR 27641, May 2, 2023; 91 FR 25511, May 11, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.69" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.5.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.69   How is a monitored urine collection conducted?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As stated in § 40.42(f)(2), if you are conducting a urine collection in a multi-stall restroom and you cannot secure all sources of water and other substances that could be used for adulteration and substitution, you must conduct a monitored collection. This is the only circumstance in which you must conduct a monitored collection.
</P>
<P>(b) As the collector, you must secure the room being used for the monitored collection so that no one except the employee and the monitor can enter it until after the collection has been completed. 
</P>
<P>(c) As the collector, you must ensure that the monitor is the same sex (<I>i.e.,</I> male or female), as the employee, unless the monitor is a medical professional (e.g., nurse, doctor, physician's assistant, technologist, or technician licensed or certified to practice in the jurisdiction in which the collection takes place). The monitor can be a different person from the collector and need not be a qualified collector.
</P>
<P>(d) As the collector, if someone else is to monitor the collection (e.g., in order to ensure a same-sex monitor), you must verbally instruct that person to follow the procedures of paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section. If you, the collector, are the monitor, you must follow these procedures.
</P>
<P>(e) As the monitor, you must not watch the employee urinate into the collection container. If you hear sounds or make other observations indicating an attempt to tamper with a specimen, there must be an additional collection under direct observation. <I>See</I> §§ 40.63(e), 40.65(c), and 40.67(c)(2)(3)). 
</P>
<P>(f) As the monitor, you must ensure that the employee takes the collection container directly to the collector as soon as the employee has exited the enclosure. 
</P>
<P>(g) As the collector, when someone else has acted as the monitor, you must note that person's name in the “Remarks” line of the CCF (Step 2). 
</P>
<P>(h) As the employee being tested, if you decline to permit a collection authorized under this section to be monitored, it is a refusal to test. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41951, Aug. 9, 2001; 88 FR 27641, May 2, 2023; 91 FR 25511, May 11, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.71" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.5.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.71   How does the collector prepare the urine specimen?</HEAD>
<P>(a) All collections under DOT agency drug testing regulations must be split specimen collections. 
</P>
<P>(b) As the collector, you must take the following steps, in order, after the employee brings the urine specimen to you. You must take these steps in the presence of the employee. 
</P>
<P>(1) After the collection, check the box on the CCF (Step 2) indicating that this was a “Urine” and “Split” specimen collection. 
</P>
<P>(2) You, not the employee, must first pour at least 30 mL of urine from the collection container into one specimen bottle, to be used for the primary specimen. 
</P>
<P>(3) You, not the employee, must then pour at least 15 mL of urine from the collection container into the second specimen bottle to be used for the split specimen. 
</P>
<P>(4) You, not the employee, must place and secure (<I>i.e.,</I> tighten or snap) the lids/caps on the bottles. 
</P>
<P>(5) You, not the employee, must seal the bottles by placing the tamper-evident bottle seals over the bottle caps/lids and down the sides of the bottles. 
</P>
<P>(6) You, not the employee, must then write the date on the tamper-evident bottle seals. 
</P>
<P>(7) You must then ensure that the employee initials the tamper-evident bottle seals for the purpose of certifying that the bottles contain the specimens he or she provided. If the employee fails or refuses to do so, you must note this in the “Remarks” line of the CCF (Step 2) and complete the collection process. 
</P>
<P>(8) You must discard any urine left over in the collection container after both specimen bottles have been appropriately filled and sealed. There is one exception to this requirement: you may use excess urine to conduct clinical tests (e.g., protein, glucose) if the collection was conducted in conjunction with a physical examination required by a DOT agency regulation. Neither you nor anyone else may conduct further testing (such as adulteration testing) on this excess urine and the employee has no legal right to demand that the excess urine be turned over to the employee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41951, Aug. 9, 2001; 88 FR 27641, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.72" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.5.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.72   What steps does the collector take in the collection process before the employee provides an oral fluid specimen?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The collector requests that the employee open the employee's mouth, and the collector inspects the oral cavity to ensure that it is free of any items that could impede or interfere with the collection of an oral fluid specimen (<I>e.g.,</I> candy, gum, food, or tobacco) or could be used to adulterate, substitute, or alter the specimen.
</P>
<P>(1) If the collector finds indication(s) of anything identified above, the collector will ask the employee to lift their tongue and/or separate their cheek from their gum to permit full inspection. If this occurs, the employee may cleanse his or her hands, but must not decline the collector's request for further inspection.
</P>
<P>(2) If the employee claims that he or she has a medical condition that prevents opening his or her mouth for inspection, the collector follows the procedure described in § 40.193(a).
</P>
<P>(3) If the collector observes materials brought to the collection site or the employee's conduct clearly indicates an attempt to adulterate, substitute, or alter the specimen, the collector must terminate the collection, note the circumstances in the Remarks section of the CCF, and report the circumstances to the DER, so that the employer can decide whether to deem the situation a refusal in accordance with § 40.191(a).
</P>
<P>(b) If an item is present that might impede or interfere with the collection of an oral fluid specimen, the collector must request the employee remove the item.
</P>
<P>(1) If the employee removes any item that could impede or interfere with the collection of an oral fluid specimen, the employee has abnormally colored saliva, or the employee claims to have “dry mouth,” then the collector must give the employee water, up to 8 ounces, to rinse their mouth. The employee may drink the water. The collector must then wait 10 minutes before beginning the specimen collection.
</P>
<P>(2) If the employee refuses to remove the item or rinse, the collector must terminate the collection, note the circumstances in the Remarks section of the CCF, and report the information to the DER to test as described in § 40.191(a)(8) (failure to cooperate), so that the employer can decide whether to deem the situation a refusal.
</P>
<P>(c) If there is nothing of concern in the oral cavity and no “dry mouth” condition, the collector starts a 10-minute wait period and proceeds with the steps below before beginning the specimen collection as described in § 40.73.
</P>
<P>(d) During the 10-minute wait period:
</P>
<P>(1) Review with the employee the procedures required for a successful oral fluid specimen collection as stated in the manufacturer's instructions for the specimen collection device.
</P>
<P>(2) Complete all items under Step 1 of the CCF, and for clarification:
</P>
<P>(i) In Step 1.D of the CCF, the collector must put a check mark for the “Specify DOT Agency” under whose authority the test will take place.
</P>
<P>(ii) In Step 1.G of the CCF for the “Collection Site Address”, the collector must provide the address where the collection took place.
</P>
<P>(3) The collector will provide, or the employee may select, a specimen collection device that is clean, unused, and wrapped/sealed in original packaging.
</P>
<P>(i) The collector will check the expiration date on the device or the package containing the device and show it to the employee.
</P>
<P>(ii) The collector must not use the device after its expiration date.
</P>
<P>(iii) The collector must open the specimen collection device in view of the employee.
</P>
<P>(4) The collector will complete Step 2 of the CCF.
</P>
<P>(i) Check “Oral Fluid”,
</P>
<P>(ii) For “Oral Fluid: Split Type” check “Subdivided”, and
</P>
<P>(iii) Check “Each Device Within Expiration Date?” after ensuring the device is within its expiration date.
</P>
<P>(5) The collector will enter the Split Specimen Device Expiration Date in Step 4 of the CCF. Since the collector will use one oral fluid device that will collect a single specimen, which is then subdivided in the presence of the donor, only one entry in Step 4 is to be made for the device expiration date.
</P>
<P>(6) The collector must instruct the employee to use hand sanitizer or wash and dry his or her hands.
</P>
<P>(e) To the greatest extent practicable, the collector must keep the employee's unwrapped collection device within view of both the collector and the employee, between the time the employee has provided a specimen and the specimen is sealed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27642, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.73" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.5.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.73   How is an oral fluid specimen collected?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The collector must be present and maintain visual contact with the employee during the procedures outlined in this section.
</P>
<P>(1) As the oral fluid collector, you must not allow any person other than you, the employee, or a DOT agency representative to actually witness the testing process.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) The collector must note any unusual behavior or appearance of the employee on the CCF. If the collector detects any conduct that clearly indicates an attempt to tamper with a specimen (<I>e.g.,</I> an attempt to bring into the collection site an adulterant or oral fluid substitute), the collector must terminate the collection and report the information to the DER so that the employer can decide whether to deem the situation a refusal.
</P>
<P>(c) The employee and collector must complete the specimen collection in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for the collection device.
</P>
<P>(1) Under the observation of the collector, the employee is responsible for positioning the specimen collection device for collection.
</P>
<P>(2) The collector must ensure the collection is performed correctly (<I>i.e.,</I> using the oral fluid device in the manner described by its manufacturer), that the collection device is working properly, and that a sufficient specimen volume is collected. After the employee provides a sufficient specimen, check the “Volume Indicator(s) Observed” box in Step 2 of the Federal CCF to document that you observed the volume indicator(s) during the collection.
</P>
<P>(3) If the employee states that he or she is unable to provide an oral fluid specimen or provides an insufficient specimen during the collection process, the collector must continue to make one attempt to collect, after an insufficient specimen, the collector follows the procedure in § 40.193.
</P>
<P>(4) The collector must inspect the specimen for unusual color, presence of foreign objects or material, or other signs of tampering. If it is apparent from this inspection that the employee has tampered with the specimen, the collector must conduct a new collection.
</P>
<P>(i) Document any unusual characteristics referenced above in the Remarks section of the CCF.
</P>
<P>(ii) Proceed with obtaining the new oral fluid specimen from the donor. Note on the new CCF that this is another collection for the same testing event (<I>i.e.,</I> Document in the remarks section that this is Specimen 2 of 2 and include the Specimen ID number of the other specimen). Make the same notation on the CCF of the suspect specimen.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27642, May 2, 2023, as amended at 89 FR 87798, Nov. 5, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.74" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.5.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.74   How does the collector prepare the oral fluid specimens?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The collector follows the manufacturer's instructions to package the split specimen collections.
</P>
<P>(b) A volume of at least 1 mL of undiluted (neat) oral fluid is collected for the specimen designated as “Bottle A”, and a volume of at least 1 mL of undiluted (neat) oral fluid is collected for the specimen designated as “Bottle B”, or an otherwise sufficient amount of oral fluid is collected to permit an HHS-certified laboratory to analyze the specimen(s).
</P>
<P>(c) In the presence of the employee, the collector places a tamper-evident seal from the CCF over the cap of each specimen container, taking care not to obstruct the expiration date on the collection containers. The collector must record the date of the collection on the tamper-evident seals, after they are affixed to the specimen containers.
</P>
<P>(d) The collector instructs the employee to initial the tamper-evident seals on each specimen container. If the employee declines to do so, the collector must note this in the “Remarks” line of the CCF (Step 2) and complete the collection process.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27642, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 40.75-40.78" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.5.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 40.75-40.78   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.79" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.5.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.79   How is the collection process completed?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the collector, when using the paper CCF, you must do the following things to complete the collection process. You must complete the steps called for in paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section in the employee's presence.
</P>
<P>(1) Direct the employee to read and sign the certification statement on Copy 2 of the CCF and provide all information required in Step 5. If the employee declines to sign the CCF or to provide any of the required information, you must note this in the “Remarks” line (Step 2) of the CCF and complete the collection. If the employee declines to fill out any information, you must, as a minimum, print the employee's name in the appropriate place. 
</P>
<P>(2) Complete the chain of custody on the CCF (Step 4) by printing your name (note: you may pre-print your name), recording the time and date of the collection, signing the statement, and entering the name of the delivery service transferring the specimen to the laboratory, 
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure that all copies of the CCF are legible and complete. 
</P>
<P>(4) Remove Copy 5 of the CCF and give it to the employee. 
</P>
<P>(5) Place the specimen bottles and Copy 1 of the CCF in the appropriate pouches of the plastic bag. 
</P>
<P>(6) Secure both pouches of the plastic bag. 
</P>
<P>(7) Advise the employee that he or she may leave the collection site. 
</P>
<P>(8) To prepare the sealed plastic bag containing the specimens and CCF for shipment you must: 
</P>
<P>(i) Place the sealed plastic bag in a shipping container (<I>e.g.,</I> standard courier box) designed to minimize the possibility of damage during shipment. (More than one sealed plastic bag can be placed into a single shipping container if you are doing multiple collections.) 
</P>
<P>(ii) Seal the container as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(iii) If a laboratory courier hand-delivers the specimens from the collection site to the laboratory, prepare the sealed plastic bag for shipment as directed by the courier service. 
</P>
<P>(9) Send Copy 2 of the CCF to the MRO and Copy 4 to the DER. You must fax or otherwise transmit these copies to the MRO and DER within 24 hours or during the next business day. Keep Copy 3 for at least 30 days, unless otherwise specified by applicable DOT agency regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) As a collector, when using other forms of the CCF as approved by the Office of Management and Budget, you must follow the procedures approved for that form.
</P>
<P>(c) As a collector or collection site, you must ensure that each specimen you collect is shipped to a laboratory as quickly as possible, but in any case, within 24 hours or during the next business day.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 71 FR 49384, Aug. 23, 2006; 80 FR 19553, Apr. 13, 2015. Redesignated and amended at 88 FR 27641, 27643, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Drug Testing Laboratories</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.81" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.81   What laboratories may be used for DOT drug testing?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a drug testing laboratory located in the U.S., you are permitted to participate in DOT drug testing only if you are certified by HHS under the National Laboratory Certification Program (NLCP) for each specimen testing methodology performed under this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) As a drug testing laboratory located in Canada or Mexico which is not certified by HHS under the NLCP, you are permitted to participate in DOT drug testing only if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The DOT, based on a written recommendation from HHS, has approved your laboratory as meeting HHS laboratory certification standards or deemed your laboratory fully equivalent to a laboratory meeting HHS laboratory certification standards for all testing required under this part; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The DOT, based on a written recommendation from HHS, has recognized a Canadian or Mexican certifying organization as having equivalent laboratory certification standards and procedures to those of HHS, and the Canadian or Mexican certifying organization has certified your laboratory under those equivalent standards and procedures. 
</P>
<P>(c) As a laboratory participating in the DOT drug testing program, you must comply with the requirements of this part. You must also comply with all applicable requirements of HHS in testing DOT specimens, whether or not the HHS requirements are explicitly stated in this part. 
</P>
<P>(d) If DOT determines that you are in noncompliance with this part, you could be subject to PIE proceedings under Subpart R of this part. If the Department issues a PIE with respect to you, you are ineligible to participate in the DOT drug testing program even if you continue to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27643, May 2, 2023; 89 FR 51983, June 21, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.82" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.82   What drugs do laboratories test for?</HEAD>
<P>As a laboratory, you must test for the following five drugs or classes of drugs in a DOT drug test. You must not test “DOT specimens” for any other drugs.
</P>
<P>(a) Marijuana metabolites.
</P>
<P>(b) Cocaine metabolites.
</P>
<P>(c) Amphetamines.
</P>
<P>(d) Opioids.
</P>
<P>(e) Phencyclidine (PCP).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 52244, Nov. 13, 2017. Redesignated at 88 FR 27643, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.83" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.83   How do laboratories process incoming specimens?</HEAD>
<P>As the laboratory, you must do the following when you receive a DOT specimen: 
</P>
<P>(a) You are authorized to receive only Copy 1 of the CCF. You are not authorized to receive other copies of the CCF or any copies of the alcohol testing form.
</P>
<P>(b) You must comply with applicable provisions of the HHS Guidelines concerning accessioning and processing drug specimens. 
</P>
<P>(c) You must inspect each specimen and CCF for the following “fatal flaws”:
</P>
<P>(1) There is no CCF;
</P>
<P>(2) In cases where a specimen has been collected, there is no specimen submitted with the CCF;
</P>
<P>(3) There is no printed collector's name and no collector's signature;
</P>
<P>(4) Two separate collections are performed using one CCF;
</P>
<P>(5) The specimen ID numbers on the specimen bottle and the CCF do not match;
</P>
<P>(6) The specimen bottle seal is broken or shows evidence of tampering, unless a split specimen can be redesignated (see paragraph (h) of this section);
</P>
<P>(7) There is an insufficient amount of specimen in the primary bottle for analysis, unless the specimens can be redesignated (see paragraph (h) of this section).
</P>
<P>(8) For an oral fluid collection, the collector used an expired device at the time of collection.
</P>
<P>(9) For an oral fluid collection, if the collector failed to enter the expiration date in Step 4 of the CCF and the laboratory is unable to determine the expiration date by inspecting Bottles A and B.
</P>
<P>(d) When you find a specimen meeting the criteria of paragraph (c) of this section, you must document your findings and stop the testing process. Report the result in accordance with § 40.97(b)(3) . 
</P>
<P>(e) You must inspect each CCF for the presence of the collector's signature on the certification statement in Step 4 of the CCF. Upon finding that the signature is omitted, document the flaw and continue the testing process.
</P>
<P>(1) In such a case, you must retain the specimen for a minimum of 5 business days from the date on which you initiated action to correct the flaw.
</P>
<P>(2) You must then attempt to correct the flaw by following the procedures of § 40.205(b)(1).
</P>
<P>(3) If the flaw is not corrected, report the result as rejected for testing in accordance with § 40.97(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(f) If you determine that the urine specimen temperature was not checked and the “Remarks” line did not contain an entry regarding the temperature being outside of range, you must then attempt to correct the problem by following the procedures of § 40.208.
</P>
<P>(1) In such a case, you must continue your efforts to correct the problem for five business days, before you report the result.
</P>
<P>(2) When you have obtained the correction, or five business days have elapsed, report the result in accordance with § 40.97(b).
</P>
<P>(g) If you determine that a CCF that fails to meet the requirements of § 40.40(a) (e.g., a non-Federal form or an expired Federal form was used for the collection), you must attempt to correct the use of the improper form by following the procedures of § 40.205(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(1) In such a case, you must retain the specimen for a minimum of 5 business days from the date on which you initiated action to correct the problem.
</P>
<P>(2) If the problem(s) is not corrected, you must reject the test and report the result in accordance with § 40.97(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(h) If the CCF is marked indicating that a split specimen collection was collected and if the split specimen does not accompany the primary, has leaked, or is otherwise unavailable for testing, you must still test the primary specimen and follow appropriate procedures outlined in § 40.175(b) regarding the unavailability of the split specimen for testing. 
</P>
<P>(1) The primary specimen and the split specimen can be redesignated (<I>i.e.,</I> Bottle B is redesignated as Bottle A, and vice-versa) if: 
</P>
<P>(i) The primary specimen appears to have leaked out of its sealed bottle and the laboratory believes a sufficient amount of specimen exists in the split specimen to conduct all appropriate primary laboratory testing; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The primary specimen is labeled as Bottle B, and the split specimen as Bottle A; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The laboratory opens the split specimen instead of the primary specimen, the primary specimen remains sealed, and the laboratory believes a sufficient amount of specimen exists in the split specimen to conduct all appropriate primary laboratory testing; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) The primary specimen seal is broken but the split specimen remains sealed and the laboratory believes a sufficient amount of specimen exists in the split specimen to conduct all appropriate primary laboratory testing. 
</P>
<P>(2) In situations outlined in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, the laboratory shall mark through the “A” and write “B,” then initial and date the change. A corresponding change shall be made to the other bottle by marking through the “B” and writing “A,” and initialing and dating the change. 
</P>
<P>(i) A notation shall be made on Copy 1 of the CCF (Step 5a) and on any laboratory internal chain of custody documents, as appropriate, for any fatal or correctable flaw. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41951, Aug. 9, 2001; 71 FR 49384, Aug. 23, 2006; 73 FR 35970, June 25, 2008; 75 FR 59107, Sept. 27, 2010; 82 FR 52244, Nov 13, 2017; 88 FR 27643, May 2, 2023; 89 FR 51983, June 21, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.84" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.84   How long does the laboratory retain specimens after testing?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a laboratory testing the primary specimen, you must retain a specimen that was reported with positive, adulterated, substituted, or invalid results for a minimum of one year. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must keep such a specimen in secure, long-term, frozen storage in accordance with HHS requirements. 
</P>
<P>(c) Within the one-year period, the MRO, the employee, the employer, or a DOT agency may request in writing that you retain a specimen for an additional period of time (<I>e.g.,</I> for the purpose of preserving evidence for litigation or a safety investigation). If you receive such a request, you must comply with it. If you do not receive such a request, you may discard the specimen at the end of the year. 
</P>
<P>(d) If you have not sent the split specimen to another laboratory for testing, you must retain the split specimen for an employee's test for the same period of time that you retain the primary specimen and under the same storage conditions. 
</P>
<P>(e) As the laboratory testing the split specimen, you must meet the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section with respect to the split specimen. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000. Redesignated at 88 FR 27643, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.85" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.85   What are the cutoff concentrations for urine drug tests?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a laboratory, you must use the cutoff concentrations displayed in the following table for initial and confirmatory drug tests. All cutoff concentrations are expressed in nanograms per milliliter (ng/mL). The table follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial test analyte
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial test cutoff 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Confirmatory test analyte
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Confirmatory test cutoff concentration
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Marijuana metabolites (THCA) 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 ng/mL
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">THCA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cocaine metabolite (Benzoylecgonine)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150 ng/mL 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzoylecgonine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Codeine/
<br/>Morphine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2000 ng/mL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Codeine
<br/>Morphine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2000 ng/mL.
<br/>2000 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrocodone/
<br/>Hydromorphone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">300 ng/mL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrocodone
<br/>Hydromorphone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 ng/mL.
<br/>100 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oxycodone/
<br/>Oxymorphone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 ng/mL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxycodone
<br/>Oxymorphone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 ng/mL.
<br/>100 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6-Acetylmorphine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 ng/mL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6-Acetylmorphine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phencyclidine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 ng/mL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phencyclidine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amphetamine/
<br/>Methamphetamine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">500 ng/mL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amphetamine
<br/>Methamphetamine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">250 ng/mL.
<br/>250 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MDMA 
<sup>4</sup>/MDA 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">500 ng/mL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MDMA
<br/>MDA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">250 ng/mL.
<br/>250 ng/mL.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For grouped analytes (i.e., two or more analytes that are in the same drug class and have the same initial test cutoff):
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="03">Immunoassay:</E> The test must be calibrated with one analyte from the group identified as the target analyte. The cross-reactivity of the immunoassay to the other analyte(s) within the group must be 80 percent or greater; if not, separate immunoassays must be used for the analytes within the group.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="03">Alternate technology:</E> Either one analyte or all analytes from the group must be used for calibration, depending on the technology. At least one analyte within the group must have a concentration equal to or greater than the initial test cutoff or, alternatively, the sum of the analytes present (i.e., equal to or greater than the laboratory's validated limit of quantification) must be equal to or greater than the initial test cutoff.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> An immunoassay must be calibrated with a target analyte.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> <E T="03">Alternate technology (THCA and Benzoylecgonine):</E> When using an alternate technology initial test for the specific target analytes of THCA and Benzoylecgonine, the laboratory must use the same cutoff for the initial and confirmatory tests (i.e., 15 ng/mL for THCA and 100ng/mL for Benzoylecgonine).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> Methylenedioxyamphetamine (MDA).</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) On an initial drug test, you must report a result below the cutoff concentration as negative. If the result is at or above the cutoff concentration, you must conduct a confirmation test. 
</P>
<P>(c) On a confirmation drug test, you must report a result below the cutoff concentration as negative and a result at or above the cutoff concentration as confirmed positive. 
</P>
<P>(d) You must report quantitative values for morphine or codeine at 15,000 ng/mL or above. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 75 FR 49862, Aug. 16, 2010; 77 FR 26473, May 4, 2012; 82 FR 52244, Nov. 13, 2017. Redesignated and amended at 88 FR 27643, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.86" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.86   What is urine validity testing, and are laboratories required to conduct it?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Specimen validity testing is the evaluation of the specimen to determine if it is consistent with normal human urine. The purpose of validity testing is to determine whether certain adulterants or foreign substances were added to the urine, if the urine was diluted, or if the specimen was substituted. 
</P>
<P>(b) As a laboratory, you must conduct validity testing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41951, Aug. 9, 2001; 73 FR 35970, June 25, 2008. Redesignated at 88 FR 27643, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.87" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.87   What validity tests must laboratories conduct on primary urine specimens?</HEAD>
<P>As a laboratory, when you conduct validity testing under § 40.86, you must conduct it in accordance with the requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(a) You must determine the creatinine concentration on each primary specimen. You must also determine its specific gravity if you find the creatinine concentration to be less than 20 mg/dL.
</P>
<P>(b) You must determine the pH of each primary specimen.
</P>
<P>(c) You must perform one or more validity tests for oxidizing adulterants on each primary specimen.
</P>
<P>(d) You must perform additional validity tests on the primary specimen when the following conditions are observed:
</P>
<P>(1) Abnormal physical characteristics;
</P>
<P>(2) Reactions or responses characteristic of an adulterant obtained during initial or confirmatory drug tests (<I>e.g.</I>, non-recovery of internal standards, unusual response); or
</P>
<P>(3) Possible unidentified interfering substance or adulterant.
</P>
<P>(e) If you determine that the specimen is invalid and HHS guidelines direct you to contact the MRO, you must contact the MRO and together decide if testing the primary specimen by another HHS certified laboratory would be useful in being able to report a positive or adulterated test result.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 69 FR 64867, Nov. 9, 2004. Redesignated and amended at 88 FR 27643, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.88" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.88   What criteria do laboratories use to establish that a urine specimen is dilute or substituted?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a laboratory, you must consider the primary specimen to be dilute when:
</P>
<P>(1) The creatinine concentration is greater than or equal to 2 mg/dL but less than 20 mg/dL, and
</P>
<P>(2) The specific gravity is greater than 1.0010 but less than 1.0030 on a single aliquot.
</P>
<P>(b) As a laboratory, you must consider the primary specimen to be substituted when the creatinine concentration is less than 2 mg/dL and the specific gravity is less than or equal to 1.0010 or greater than or equal to 1.0200 on both the initial and confirmatory creatinine tests and on both the initial and confirmatory specific gravity tests on two separate aliquots.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 64867, Nov. 9, 2004. Redesignated at 88 FR 27643, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.89" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.89   What are the adulterant cutoff concentrations for initial and confirmation urine tests?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a laboratory, you must use the cutoff concentrations for the initial and confirmation adulterant testing as required by the HHS Mandatory Guidelines and you must use two separate aliquots—one for the initial test and another for the confirmation test.
</P>
<P>(b) As a laboratory, you must report results at or above the cutoffs (or for pH, at or above or below the values, as appropriate) as adulterated and provide the numerical value that supports the adulterated result.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 35970, June 25, 2008. Redesignated at 88 FR 27643, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.90" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.90   What criteria do laboratories use to establish that a urine specimen is invalid?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a laboratory, you must use the invalid test result criteria for the initial and confirmation testing as required by the HHS Mandatory Guidelines, and you must use two separate aliquots—one for the initial test and another for the confirmation test.
</P>
<P>(b) As a laboratory, for a specimen having an invalid result for one of the reasons outlined in the HHS Mandatory Guidelines, you must contact the MRO to discuss whether sending the specimen to another HHS certified laboratory for testing would be useful in being able to report a positive or adulterated result.
</P>
<P>(c) As a laboratory, you must report invalid results in accordance with the invalid test result criteria as required by the HHS Guidelines and provide the numerical value that supports the invalid result, where appropriate, such as pH.
</P>
<P>(d) As a laboratory, you must report the reason a test result is invalid.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 35970, June 25, 2008. Redesignated at 88 FR 27643, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.91" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.91   What are the cutoff concentrations for oral fluid drug tests?</HEAD>
<P>As a laboratory, you must use the cutoff concentrations displayed in the following table for initial and confirmatory drug tests for oral fluid specimens. All cutoff concentrations are expressed in nanograms per milliliter (ng/mL). The table follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 40.91—Oral Fluid Testing Cutoff Concentrations
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial test analyte
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial test
<br/>cutoff 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Confirmatory test analyte
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Confirmatory test cutoff concentration
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Marijuana (THC) 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4 ng/mL 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">THC</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cocaine/Benzoylecgonine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15 ng/mL
<br/></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cocaine
<br/>Benzoylecgonine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 ng/mL.
<br/>8 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Codeine/Morphine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 ng/mL
<br/></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Codeine
<br/>Morphine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15 ng/mL.
<br/>15 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrocodone/Hydromorphone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 ng/mL
<br/></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrocodone
<br/>Hydromorphone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15 ng/mL.
<br/>15 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oxycodone/Oxymorphone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 ng/mL
<br/></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxycodone
<br/>Oxymorphone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15 ng/mL.
<br/>15 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6-Acetylmorphine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4 ng/mL 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6-Acetylmorphine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phencyclidine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 ng/mL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phencyclidine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amphetamine/Methamphetamine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 ng/mL
<br/></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amphetamine
<br/>Methamphetamine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 ng/mL.
<br/>25 ng/mL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MDMA 
<sup>4</sup>/MDA 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 ng/mL
<br/></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MDMA
<br/>MDA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 ng/mL.
<br/>25 ng/mL.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For grouped analytes (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> two or more analytes that are in the same drug class and have the same initial test cutoff):
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="03">Immunoassay:</E> The test must be calibrated with one analyte from the group identified as the target analyte. The cross reactivity of the immunoassay to the other analyte(s) within the group must be 80 percent or greater; if not, separate immunoassays must be used for the analytes within the group.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="03">Alternate technology:</E> Either one analyte or all analytes from the group must be used for calibration, depending on the technology. At least one analyte within the group must have a concentration equal to or greater than the initial test cutoff or, alternatively, the sum of the analytes present (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> with concentrations equal to or greater than the laboratory's validated limit of quantification) must be equal to or greater than the initial test cutoff.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> An immunoassay must be calibrated with the target analyte.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> <E T="03">Alternate technology (THC and 6-AM):</E> The confirmatory test cutoff must be used for an alternate technology initial test that is specific for the target analyte (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> 2 ng/mL for THC, 2 ng/mL for 6-AM).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> Methylenedioxyamphetamine (MDA).</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27643, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.92" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.92   What is oral fluid validity testing, and are laboratories required to conduct it?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Specimen validity testing is the evaluation of the specimen to determine if it is consistent with normal human oral fluid. The purpose of validity testing is to determine whether certain adulterants or foreign substances were added to the oral fluid, if the oral fluid was altered.
</P>
<P>(b) If a specimen exhibits abnormal characteristics (<I>e.g.,</I> unusual odor or color), causes reactions or responses characteristic of an adulterant during initial or confirmatory drug tests (<I>e.g.,</I> non-recovery of internal standard, unusual response), or contains an unidentified substance that interferes with the confirmatory analysis, then you may conduct validity testing.
</P>
<P>(c) If you determine that the specimen is invalid and HHS guidelines direct you to contact the MRO, you must contact the MRO and together decide if testing the primary specimen by another HHS-certified laboratory would be useful in being able to report a positive or adulterated test result.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27643, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.93" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.93   What validity tests must laboratories conduct on primary oral fluid specimens?</HEAD>
<P>As a laboratory, if you conduct validity testing under § 40.92, you must conduct it in accordance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) You may test for a biomarker such as albumin or immunoglobulin G (IgG) or a test for a specific adulterant.
</P>
<P>(b) You must follow the applicable HHS requirements for any additional validity testing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27643, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.97" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.97   What do laboratories report and how do they report it?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a laboratory, when reporting a result of any kind, you must report the specimen type.
</P>
<P>(b) You must also report the results for each primary specimen, which will fall into one of the following three categories. As a laboratory, you must report the actual results (and not the categories):
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Category 1: Negative results.</I> As a laboratory, when you find a specimen to be negative, you must report the test result as being one of the following, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) Negative, or
</P>
<P>(ii) For urine only, negative-dilute, with numerical values for creatinine and specific gravity.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Category 2: Non-negative results.</I> As a laboratory, when you find a specimen to be non-negative, you must report the test result as being one or more of the following, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) Positive, with drug(s)/metabolite(s) noted, with numerical values for the drug(s) or drug metabolite(s).
</P>
<P>(ii) Adulterated, with adulterant(s) noted, with confirmatory test values (when applicable), and with remarks(s);
</P>
<P>(iii) For urine only, positive-dilute, with drug(s)/metabolite(s) noted, with numerical values for the drug(s) or drug metabolite(s) and with numerical values for creatinine and specific gravity;
</P>
<P>(iv) For urine only, substituted, with confirmatory test values for creatinine and specific gravity; or
</P>
<P>(v) For urine only, invalid result, with remark(s). Laboratories will report actual values for pH results.
</P>
<P>(vi) For oral fluid only, invalid result, with remark(s). Laboratories must report numerical values of the specimen validity test results that support a specimen reported as invalid.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Category 3: Rejected for testing.</I> As a laboratory, when you reject a specimen for testing, you must report the result as being Rejected for Testing, with remark(s).
</P>
<P>(c) As a laboratory, you must report laboratory results directly, and only, to the MRO at his or her place of business. You must not report results to or through the DER or a service agent (<I>e.g.,</I> a C/TPA).
</P>
<P>(1) Negative results: You must fax, courier, mail, or electronically transmit a legible image or copy of the fully completed Copy 1 of the CCF which has been signed by the certifying scientist, or you may provide the laboratory results report electronically (<I>i.e.,</I> computer data file).
</P>
<P>(i) If you elect to provide the laboratory results report, you must include the following elements, as a minimum, in the report format:
</P>
<P>(A) Laboratory name and address;
</P>
<P>(B) Employer's name (you may include I.D. or account number);
</P>
<P>(C) Medical review officer's name;
</P>
<P>(D) Specimen I.D. number;
</P>
<P>(E) SSN or Employee ID from Step 1C of the CCF, if provided;
</P>
<P>(F) Reason for test, if provided;
</P>
<P>(G) Collector's name and telephone number;
</P>
<P>(H) Date of the collection;
</P>
<P>(I) For oral fluid only, collection device expiration date;
</P>
<P>(J) Date received at the laboratory;
</P>
<P>(K) Date certifying scientist released the results;
</P>
<P>(L) Certifying scientist's name;
</P>
<P>(M) Results (<I>e.g.,</I> positive, adulterated) as listed in paragraph (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(N) Remarks section, with an explanation of any situation in which a correctable flaw has been corrected.
</P>
<P>(ii) You may release the laboratory results report only after review and approval by the certifying scientist. It must reflect the same test result information as contained on the CCF signed by the certifying scientist. The information contained in the laboratory results report must not contain information that does not appear on the CCF.
</P>
<P>(iii) The results report may be transmitted through any means that ensures accuracy and confidentiality. You, as the laboratory, together with the MRO, must ensure that the information is adequately protected from unauthorized access or release, both during transmission and in storage (<I>e.g., see</I> § 40.351).
</P>
<P>(2) Non-negative and Rejected for Testing results: You must fax, courier, mail, or electronically transmit a legible image or copy of the fully completed Copy 1 of the CCF that has been signed by the certifying scientist. In addition, you may provide the electronic laboratory results report following the format and procedures set forth in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) In transmitting laboratory results to the MRO, you, as the laboratory, together with the MRO, must ensure that the information is adequately protected from unauthorized access or release, both during transmission and in storage. If the results are provided by fax or other electronic means, the electronic communication must be accessible only to authorized individuals.
</P>
<P>(e) You must transmit test results to the MRO in a timely manner, preferably the same day that review by the certifying scientist is completed.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) You must provide quantitative values for confirmed positive drug test results to the MRO.
</P>
<P>(2) You must provide numerical values that support the adulterated (when applicable) or substituted result, without a request from the MRO.
</P>
<P>(3) You must also provide the MRO numerical values for creatinine and specific gravity for the negative-dilute urine test result, without a request from the MRO.
</P>
<P>(g) You must provide quantitative values for confirmed positive morphine and/or codeine urine results at or below 15,000 ng/mL, and for confirmed positive morphine or codeine oral fluid results at or below 150 ng/mL.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27644, May 2, 2023, as amended at 89 FR 51983, June 21, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.101" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.101   What relationship may a laboratory have with an MRO?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a laboratory, you may not enter into any relationship with an MRO that creates a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest with the MRO's responsibilities for the employer. You may not derive any financial benefit by having an employer use a specific MRO. 
</P>
<P>(b) The following are examples of relationships between laboratories and MROs that the Department regards as creating conflicts of interest, or the appearance of such conflicts. This following list of examples is not intended to be exclusive or exhaustive: 
</P>
<P>(1) The laboratory employs an MRO who reviews test results produced by the laboratory; 
</P>
<P>(2) The laboratory has a contract or retainer with the MRO for the review of test results produced by the laboratory; 
</P>
<P>(3) The laboratory designates which MRO the employer is to use, gives the employer a slate of MROs from which to choose, or recommends certain MROs; 
</P>
<P>(4) The laboratory gives the employer a discount or other incentive to use a particular MRO; 
</P>
<P>(5) The laboratory has its place of business co-located with that of an MRO or MRO staff who review test results produced by the laboratory; or 
</P>
<P>(6) The laboratory permits an MRO, or an MRO's organization, to have a financial interest in the laboratory. 




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.107" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.107   Who may inspect laboratories?</HEAD>
<P>As a laboratory, you must permit an inspection, with or without prior notice, by ODAPC, a DOT agency, or a DOT-regulated employer that contracts with the laboratory for drug testing under the DOT drug testing program, or the designee of such an employer. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.109" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.109   What documentation must the laboratory keep, and for how long?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a laboratory, you must retain all records pertaining to each employee urine specimen for a minimum of two years. 
</P>
<P>(b) As a laboratory, you must also keep for two years employer-specific data required in § 40.111. 
</P>
<P>(c) Within the two-year period, the MRO, the employee, the employer, or a DOT agency may request in writing that you retain the records for an additional period of time (<I>e.g.,</I> for the purpose of preserving evidence for litigation or a safety investigation). If you receive such a request, you must comply with it. If you do not receive such a request, you may discard the records at the end of the two-year period. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.111" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.6.43.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.111   When and how must a laboratory disclose statistical summaries and other information it maintains?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a laboratory, you must transmit an aggregate statistical summary, by employer, of the data listed in appendix D of this part with respect to each specimen type for which you conduct tests to the employer on a semi-annual basis. 
</P>
<P>(1) The summary must not reveal the identity of any employee. 
</P>
<P>(2) In order to avoid sending data from which it is likely that information about an employee's test result can be readily inferred, you must not send a summary if the employer has fewer than five aggregate tests results. 
</P>
<P>(3) The summary must be sent by January 20 of each year for July 1 through December 31 of the prior year. 
</P>
<P>(4) The summary must also be sent by July 20 of each year for January 1 through June 30 of the current year. 
</P>
<P>(b) When the employer requests a summary in response to an inspection, audit, or review by a DOT agency, you must provide it unless the employer had fewer than five aggregate test results. In that case, you must send the employer a report indicating that not enough testing was conducted to warrant a summary. You may transmit the summary or report by hard copy, fax, or other electronic means. 
</P>
<P>(c) You must also release information to appropriate parties as provided in §§ 40.329 and 40.331. 
</P>
<P>(d) As a laboratory, you must transmit an aggregate statistical summary listed in appendix E of this part for each specimen type for which you conduct testing to DOT on a semi-annual basis. The summary must be sent by January 31 of each year for July 1 through December 31 of the prior year. It must be sent by July 31 of each year for January 1 through June 30 of the current year. If you withdraw or are removed from NLCP's laboratory certification during a reporting period, you must provide the aggregate statistical summary to the DOT-regulated employers and to ODAPC for the last reporting period in which you conducted DOT-regulated testing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 73 FR 35971, June 25, 2008; 88 FR 27645, May 2, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Medical Review Officers and the Verification Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.121" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.121   Who is qualified to act as an MRO?</HEAD>
<P>To be qualified to act as an MRO in the DOT drug testing program, you must meet each of the requirements of this section: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Credentials.</I> You must be a licensed physician (Doctor of Medicine or Osteopathy). If you are a licensed physician in any U.S., Canadian, or Mexican jurisdiction and meet the other requirements of this section, you are authorized to perform MRO services with respect to all covered employees, wherever they are located. For example, if you are licensed as an M.D. in one state or province in the U.S., Canada, or Mexico, you are not limited to performing MRO functions in that state or province, and you may perform MRO functions for employees in other states or provinces without becoming licensed to practice medicine in the other jurisdictions. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Basic knowledge.</I> You must be knowledgeable in the following areas: 
</P>
<P>(1) You must be knowledgeable about and have clinical experience in controlled substances abuse disorders, including detailed knowledge of alternative medical explanations for laboratory confirmed drug test results. 
</P>
<P>(2) You must be knowledgeable about issues relating to adulterated and substituted specimens as well as the possible medical causes of specimens having an invalid result. 
</P>
<P>(3) You must be knowledgeable about this part, the DOT MRO Guidelines, and the DOT agency regulations applicable to the employers for whom you evaluate drug test results, and you must keep current on any changes to these materials. You must subscribe to the ODAPC list-serve at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/odapc/get-odapc-email-updates.</I> DOT agency regulations, DOT MRO Guidelines, and other materials are available from ODAPC (Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, 202-366-3784), or on the ODAPC Web site (<I>http://www.transportation.gov/odapc</I>).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Qualification training.</I> You must receive qualification training meeting the requirements of this paragraph (c). 
</P>
<P>(1) Qualification training must provide instruction on the following subjects: 
</P>
<P>(i) Collection procedures for specimens; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Chain of custody, reporting, and recordkeeping; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Interpretation of drug and validity tests results; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The role and responsibilities of the MRO in the DOT drug testing program; 
</P>
<P>(v) The interaction with other participants in the program (<I>e.g.,</I> DERs, SAPs); and
</P>
<P>(vi) Provisions of this part and DOT agency rules applying to employers for whom you review test results, including changes and updates to this part and DOT agency rules, guidance, interpretations, and policies affecting the performance of MRO functions, as well as issues that MROs confront in carrying out their duties under this part and DOT agency rules. 
</P>
<P>(2) Following your completion of qualification training under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, you must satisfactorily complete an examination administered by a nationally-recognized MRO certification board or subspecialty board for medical practitioners in the field of medical review of DOT-mandated drug tests. The examination must comprehensively cover all the elements of qualification training listed in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) You must meet the requirements of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section before you begin to perform MRO functions.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Requalification training.</I> During each five-year period from the date on which you satisfactorily completed the examination under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, you must complete requalification training.
</P>
<P>(1) This requalification training must meet the requirements of the qualification training under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Following your completion of requalification training, you must satisfactorily complete an examination administered by a nationally-recognized MRO certification board or subspecialty board for medical practitioners in the field of medical review of DOT-mandated drug tests. The examination must comprehensively cover all the elements of qualification training listed in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Documentation.</I> You must maintain documentation showing that you currently meet all requirements of this section. You must provide this documentation on request to DOT agency representatives and to employers and C/TPAs who are using or negotiating to use your services. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41951, Aug. 9, 2001; 75 FR 49862, Aug. 16, 2010; 82 FR 52245, Nov. 13, 2017; 88 FR 27645, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.123" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.123   What are the MRO's responsibilities in the DOT drug testing program?</HEAD>
<P>As an MRO, you have the following basic responsibilities: 
</P>
<P>(a) Acting as an independent and impartial “gatekeeper” and advocate for the accuracy and integrity of the drug testing process. 
</P>
<P>(b) Providing a quality assurance review of the drug testing process for the specimens under your purview. This includes, but is not limited to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Ensuring the review of the CCF on all specimen collections for the purposes of determining whether there is a problem that may cause a test to be cancelled (see §§ 40.199-40.203). As an MRO, you are not required to review laboratory internal chain of custody documentation. No one is permitted to cancel a test because you have not reviewed this documentation; 
</P>
<P>(2) Providing feedback to employers, collection sites and laboratories regarding performance issues where necessary; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Reporting to and consulting with the ODAPC or a relevant DOT agency when you wish DOT assistance in resolving any program issue. As an employer or service agent, you are prohibited from limiting or attempting to limit the MRO's access to DOT for this purpose and from retaliating in any way against an MRO for discussing drug testing issues with DOT. 
</P>
<P>(c) You must determine whether there is a legitimate medical explanation for confirmed positive, adulterated, substituted, and invalid results from the laboratory. 
</P>
<P>(d) While you provide medical review of employees' test results, this part does not deem that you have established a doctor-patient relationship with the employees whose tests you review. 
</P>
<P>(e) You must act to investigate and correct problems where possible and notify appropriate parties (<I>e.g.,</I> HHS, DOT, employers, service agents) where assistance is needed, (<I>e.g.,</I> cancelled or problematic tests, incorrect results).
</P>
<P>(f) You must ensure the timely flow of test results and other information to employers. 
</P>
<P>(g) You must protect the confidentiality of the drug testing information. 
</P>
<P>(h) You must perform all your functions in compliance with this part and other DOT agency regulations. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 82 FR 52245, Nov. 13, 2017; 88 FR 27645, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.125" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.125   What relationship may an MRO have with a laboratory?</HEAD>
<P>As an MRO, you may not enter into any relationship with an employer's laboratory that creates a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest with your responsibilities to that employer. You may not derive any financial benefit by having an employer use a specific laboratory. For examples of relationships between laboratories and MROs that the Department views as creating a conflict of interest or the appearance of such a conflict, see § 40.101(b). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.127" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.127   What are the MRO's functions in reviewing negative test results?</HEAD>
<P>As the MRO, you must do the following with respect to negative drug test results you receive from a laboratory, prior to verifying the result and releasing it to the DER: 
</P>
<P>(a) Review Copy 2 of the CCF to determine if there are any fatal or correctable errors that may require you to initiate corrective action or to cancel the test (see §§ 40.199 and 40.203). 
</P>
<P>(b) Review the negative laboratory test result and ensure that it is consistent with the information contained on the CCF. 
</P>
<P>(c) Before you report a negative test result, you must have in your possession the following documents: 
</P>
<P>(1) Copy 2 of the CCF, a legible copy of it, or any other CCF copy containing the employee's signature; and 
</P>
<P>(2) A legible copy (fax, photocopy, image) of Copy 1 of the CCF or the electronic laboratory results report that conveys the negative laboratory test result. 
</P>
<P>(d) If the copy of the documentation provided to you by the collector or laboratory appears unclear, you must request that the collector or laboratory send you a legible copy. 
</P>
<P>(e) On Copy 2 of the CCF, place a check mark in the “Negative” box (Step 6), provide your name, and sign, initial, or stamp and date the verification statement. 
</P>
<P>(f) Report the result in a confidential manner (see §§ 40.163-40.167). 
</P>
<P>(g) Staff under your direct, personal supervision may perform the administrative functions of this section for you, but only you can cancel a test. If you cancel a laboratory-confirmed negative result, check the “Test Cancelled” box (Step 6) on Copy 2 of the CCF, make appropriate annotation in the “Remarks” line, provide your name, and sign, initial or stamp and date the verification statement.
</P>
<P>(1) On specimen results that are reviewed by your staff, you are responsible for assuring the quality of their work. 
</P>
<P>(2) You are required to personally review at least 5 percent of all CCFs reviewed by your staff on a quarterly basis, including all results that required a corrective action. However, you need not review more than 500 negative results of all specimen types combined in any quarter. 
</P>
<P>(3) Your review must, as a minimum, include the CCF, negative laboratory test result, any accompanying corrective documents, and the report sent to the employer. You must correct any errors that you discover. You must take action as necessary to ensure compliance by your staff with this part and document your corrective action. You must attest to the quality assurance review by initialing the CCFs that you review. 
</P>
<P>(4) You must make these CCFs easily identifiable and retrievable by you for review by DOT agencies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41951, Aug. 9, 2001; 88 FR 27645, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.129" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.129   What are the MRO's functions in reviewing laboratory confirmed non-negative drug test results?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the MRO, you must do the following with respect to confirmed positive, adulterated, substituted, or invalid results you receive from a laboratory, before you verify the result and release it to the DER: 
</P>
<P>(1) Review Copy 2 of the CCF to determine if there are any fatal or correctable errors that may require you to cancel the test (see §§ 40.199 and 40.203). Staff under your direct, personal supervision may conduct this administrative review for you, but only you may verify or cancel a test. 
</P>
<P>(2) Review Copy 1 of the CCF and ensure that it is consistent with the information contained on Copy 2, that the test result is legible, and that the certifying scientist signed the form. You are not required to review any other documentation generated by the laboratory during their analysis or handling of the specimen (<I>e.g.,</I> the laboratory internal chain of custody). 
</P>
<P>(3) If the copy of the documentation provided to you by the collector or laboratory appears unclear, you must request that the collector or laboratory send you a legible copy. 
</P>
<P>(4) Except in the circumstances spelled out in § 40.133 , conduct a verification interview. This interview must include direct contact in person or by telephone between you and the employee. You may initiate the verification process based on the laboratory results report. 
</P>
<P>(5) Verify the test result, consistent with the requirements of §§ 40.135 through 40.145, 40.159, and 40.160, as:
</P>
<P>(i) Negative; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Cancelled; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Positive, and/or refusal to test because of adulteration or substitution.
</P>
<P>(b) Before you report a verified negative, positive, refusal to test because of adulteration or substitution, you must have in your possession the following documents: 
</P>
<P>(1) Copy 2 of the CCF, a legible copy of it, or any other CCF copy containing the employee's signature; and
</P>
<P>(2) A legible copy (fax, photocopy, image) of Copy 1 of the CCF, containing the certifying scientist's signature. 
</P>
<P>(c) With respect to verified positive test results, place a checkmark in the “Positive” box in Step 6 on Copy 2 of the CCF, indicate the drug(s)/metabolite(s) verified positive, and sign and date the verification statement.
</P>
<P>(d) If you cancel a laboratory confirmed positive, adulterated, substituted, or invalid result, check the “test cancelled” box (Step 6) on Copy 2 of the CCF, make appropriate annotation in the “Remarks” line, sign, provide your name, and date the verification statement.
</P>
<P>(e) Report the result in a confidential manner (see §§ 40.163-40.167). 
</P>
<P>(f) With respect to adulteration or substitution test results, check the “refusal to test because:” box (Step 6) on Copy 2 of the CCF, check the “Adulterated” or “Substituted” box, as appropriate, make appropriate annotation in the “Remarks” line, sign and date the verification statement. 
</P>
<P>(g) As the MRO, your actions concerning reporting confirmed positive, adulterated, or substituted results to the employer before you have completed the verification process are also governed by the stand-down provisions of § 40.21 . 
</P>
<P>(1) If an employer has a stand-down policy that meets the requirements of § 40.21 , you may report to the DER that you have received an employee's laboratory confirmed positive, adulterated, or substituted test result, consistent with the terms of the waiver the employer received. You must not provide any further details about the test result (<I>e.g.,</I> the name of the drug involved). 
</P>
<P>(2) If the employer does not have a stand-down policy that meets the requirements of § 40.21, you must not inform the employer that you have received an employee's laboratory confirmed positive, adulterated, or substituted test result until you verify the test result. For example, as an MRO employed directly by a company, you must not tell anyone on the company's staff or management that you have received an employee's laboratory confirmed test result.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41952, Aug. 9, 2001; 73 FR 35971, June 25, 2008; 75 FR 59107, Sept. 27, 2010; 88 FR 27645, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.131" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.131   How does the MRO or DER notify an employee of the verification process after receiving laboratory confirmed non-negative drug test results?</HEAD>
<P>(a) When, as the MRO, you receive a confirmed positive, adulterated, substituted, or invalid test result from the laboratory, you must contact the employee directly (<I>i.e.,</I> actually talk to the employee), on a confidential basis, to determine whether the employee wants to discuss the test result. In making this contact, you must explain to the employee that, if he or she declines to discuss the result, you will verify the test as positive or as a refusal to test because of adulteration or substitution, as applicable. 
</P>
<P>(b) As the MRO, staff under your personal supervision may conduct this initial contact for you. 
</P>
<P>(1) This staff contact must be limited to scheduling the discussion between you and the employee and explaining the consequences of the employee's declining to speak with you (<I>i.e.,</I> that the MRO will verify the test without input from the employee). If the employee declines to speak with you, the staff person must document the employee's decision, including the date and time. 
</P>
<P>(2) A staff person must not gather any medical information or information concerning possible explanations for the test result. 
</P>
<P>(3) A staff person may advise an employee to have medical information (<I>e.g.,</I> prescriptions, information forming the basis of a legitimate medical explanation for a confirmed positive test result) ready to present at the interview with the MRO. 
</P>
<P>(4) Since you are required to speak personally with the employee, face-to-face or on the phone, your staff must not inquire if the employee wishes to speak with you. 
</P>
<P>(c) As the MRO, you or your staff must make reasonable efforts to reach the employee at the day and evening telephone numbers listed on the CCF. Reasonable efforts include, as a minimum, three attempts, spaced reasonably over a 24-hour period, to reach the employee at the day and evening telephone numbers listed on the CCF. If you or your staff cannot reach the employee directly after making these efforts, you or your staff must take the following steps: 
</P>
<P>(1) Document the efforts you made to contact the employee, including dates and times. If both phone numbers are incorrect (<I>e.g.,</I> disconnected, wrong number), you may take the actions listed in paragraph (c)(2) of this section without waiting the full 24-hour period. 
</P>
<P>(2) Contact the DER, instructing the DER to contact the employee. 
</P>
<P>(i) You must simply direct the DER to inform the employee to contact you. 
</P>
<P>(ii) You must not inform the DER that the employee has a confirmed positive, adulterated, substituted, or invalid test result. 
</P>
<P>(iii) You must document the dates and times of your attempts to contact the DER, and you must document the name of the DER you contacted and the date and time of the contact. 
</P>
<P>(d) As the DER, you must attempt to contact the employee immediately, using procedures that protect, as much as possible, the confidentiality of the MRO's request that the employee contact the MRO. If you successfully contact the employee (i.e., actually talk to the employee), you must document the date and time of the contact, and inform the MRO. You must inform the employee that he or she should contact the MRO immediately. You must also inform the employee of the consequences of failing to contact the MRO within the next 72 hours (see § 40.133(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(1) As the DER, you must not inform anyone else working for the employer that you are seeking to contact the employee on behalf of the MRO. 
</P>
<P>(2) If, as the DER, you have made all reasonable efforts to contact the employee but failed to do so, you may place the employee on temporary medically unqualified status or medical leave. Reasonable efforts include, as a minimum, three attempts, spaced reasonably over a 24-hour period, to reach the employee at the day and evening telephone numbers listed on the CCF. 
</P>
<P>(i) As the DER, you must document the dates and times of these efforts. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If, as the DER, you are unable to contact the employee within this 24-hour period, you must leave a message for the employee by any practicable means (<I>e.g.,</I> voice mail, e-mail, letter) to contact the MRO and inform the MRO of the date and time of this attempted contact. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41952, Aug. 9, 2001; 68 FR 31626, May 28, 2003; 69 FR 64867, Nov. 9, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.133" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.133   Without interviewing the employee, under what circumstances may the MRO verify a test result as positive, or as a refusal to test because of adulteration or substitution, or as cancelled because the test was invalid?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the MRO, you normally may verify a confirmed positive test (for any drug or drug metabolite, including opiates), or as a refusal to test because of adulteration or substitution, only after interviewing the employee as provided in §§ 40.135-40.145 . However, there are three circumstances in which you may verify such a result without an interview: 
</P>
<P>(1) You may verify a test result as a positive or refusal to test, as applicable, if the employee expressly declines the opportunity to discuss the test with you. You must maintain complete documentation of this occurrence, including notation of informing, or attempting to inform, the employee of the consequences of not exercising the option to speak with the you. 
</P>
<P>(2) You may verify a test result as a positive or refusal to test, as applicable, if the DER has successfully made and documented a contact with the employee and instructed the employee to contact you and more than 72 hours have passed since the time the DER contacted the employee. 
</P>
<P>(3) You may verify a test result as a positive or refusal to test, as applicable, if neither you nor the DER, after making and documenting all reasonable efforts, has been able to contact the employee within ten days of the date on which the MRO receives the confirmed test result from the laboratory. 
</P>
<P>(b) As the MRO, you may verify an invalid test result as cancelled (with instructions to recollect immediately under direct observation) without interviewing the employee, as provided at § 40.159:
</P>
<P>(1) If the employee expressly declines the opportunity to discuss the test with you;
</P>
<P>(2) If the DER has successfully made and documented a contact with the employee and instructed the employee to contact you and more than 72 hours have passed since the time the DER contacted the employee; or
</P>
<P>(3) If neither you nor the DER, after making and documenting all reasonable efforts, has been able to contact the employee within ten days of the date on which you received the confirmed invalid test result from the laboratory.
</P>
<P>(c) As the MRO, after you verify a test result as a positive or as a refusal to test under this section, you must document the date and time and reason, following the instructions in § 40.163. For a cancelled test due to an invalid result under this section, you must follow the instructions in § 40.159(a)(5).
</P>
<P>(d) As the MRO, after you have verified a test result under this section and reported the result to the DER, you must allow the employee to present information to you within 60 days of the verification to document that serious illness, injury, or other circumstances unavoidably precluded contact with the MRO and/or DER in the times provided. On the basis of such information, you may reopen the verification, allowing the employee to present information concerning whether there is a legitimate medical explanation of the confirmed test result.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 73 FR 35971, June 25, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.135" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.135   What does the MRO tell the employee at the beginning of the verification interview?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the MRO, you must tell the employee that the laboratory has determined that the employee's test result was positive, adulterated, substituted, or invalid, as applicable. You must also tell the employee of the drugs for which his or her specimen tested positive, or the basis for the finding of adulteration or substitution. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must explain the verification interview process to the employee and inform the employee that your decision will be based on information the employee provides in the interview. 
</P>
<P>(c) You must explain that, if further medical evaluation is needed for the verification process, the employee must comply with your request for this evaluation and that failure to do so is equivalent of expressly declining to discuss the test result. 
</P>
<P>(d) As the MRO, you must warn an employee who has a confirmed positive, adulterated, substituted or invalid result that you are required to provide to third parties drug test result information and medical information affecting the performance of safety-sensitive duties that the employee gives you in the verification process without the employee's consent (see § 40.327). 
</P>
<P>(1) You must give this warning to the employee before obtaining any medical information as part of the verification process. 
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (d), medical information includes information on medications or other substances affecting the performance of safety-sensitive duties that the employee reports using or medical conditions the employee reports having.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this paragraph (d), the persons to whom this information may be provided include the employer, a SAP evaluating the employee as part of the return to duty process (see § 40.293(g)), DOT, another Federal safety agency (<I>e.g.,</I> the NTSB), or any state safety agency as required by state law.
</P>
<P>(e) You must also advise the employee that, before informing any third party about any medication the employee is using pursuant to a legally valid prescription consistent with the Controlled Substances Act, you will allow 5 business days from the date you report the verified negative result for the employee to have the prescribing physician contact you to determine if the medication can be changed to one that does not make the employee medically unqualified or does not pose a significant safety risk. If, in your reasonable medical judgment, a medical qualification issue or a significant safety risk remains after you communicate with the employee's prescribing physician or after 5 business days, whichever is shorter, you must follow § 40.327. If, as the MRO, you receive information that eliminates the medical qualification issue or significant safety risk, you must transmit this information to any third party to whom you previously provided information under § 40.327.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41952, Aug. 9, 2001; 82 FR 52245, Nov. 13, 2017; 88 FR 27645, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.137" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.137   On what basis does the MRO verify test results involving marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, semi-synthetic opioids, or PCP?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the MRO, you must verify a confirmed positive test result for marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, semi-synthetic opioids (<I>i.e.,</I> hydrocodone, hydromorphone, oxycodone, and oxymorphone), and/or PCP unless the employee presents a legitimate medical explanation for the presence of the drug(s)/metabolite(s) in his or her system. In determining whether an employee's legally valid prescription consistent with the Controlled Substances Act for a substance in these categories constitutes a legitimate medical explanation, you must not question whether the prescribing physician should have prescribed the substance.
</P>
<P>(b) You must offer the employee an opportunity to present a legitimate medical explanation in all cases.
</P>
<P>(c) The employee has the burden of proof that a legitimate medical explanation exists. The employee must present information meeting this burden at the time of the verification interview. As the MRO, you have discretion to extend the time available to the employee for this purpose for up to five days before verifying the test result, if you determine that there is a reasonable basis to believe that the employee will be able to produce relevant evidence concerning a legitimate medical explanation within that time.
</P>
<P>(d) If you determine that there is a legitimate medical explanation, you must verify the test result as negative. Otherwise, you must verify the test result as positive.
</P>
<P>(e) In determining whether a legitimate medical explanation exists, you may consider the employee's use of a medication from a foreign country. You must exercise your professional judgment consistently with the following principles:
</P>
<P>(1) There can be a legitimate medical explanation only with respect to a substance that is obtained legally in a foreign country.
</P>
<P>(2) There can be a legitimate medical explanation only with respect to a substance that has a legitimate medical use. Use of a drug of abuse (<I>e.g.,</I> heroin, PCP, marijuana) or any other substance (see § 40.151(f) and (g)) that cannot be viewed as having a legitimate medical use can never be the basis for a legitimate medical explanation, even if the substance is obtained legally in a foreign country.
</P>
<P>(3) Use of the substance can form the basis of a legitimate medical explanation only if it is used consistently with its proper and intended medical purpose.
</P>
<P>(4) Even if you find that there is a legitimate medical explanation under this paragraph (e) and verify a test negative, you may have a responsibility to raise fitness-for-duty considerations with the employer (see § 40.327).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 82 FR 52245, Nov. 13, 2017]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.139" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.139   On what basis does the MRO verify test results involving 6-acetylmorphine, codeine, and morphine?</HEAD>
<P>As the MRO, you must proceed as follows when you receive a laboratory confirmed positive opiate result:
</P>
<P>(a) If the laboratory confirms the presence of 6-acetylmorphine (6-AM) in the specimen, you must verify the test result positive.
</P>
<P>(b) In the absence of 6-AM, if the laboratory confirms the presence of either morphine or codeine equal to or above 15,000 ng/mL (in urine) or equal to or above 150 ng/mL (in oral fluid), you must verify the test result as positive, unless the employee presents a legitimate medical explanation for the presence of the drug or drug metabolite in his or her system, as in the case of other drugs (see § 40.137). Consumption of food products (<I>e.g.,</I> poppy seeds) must not be considered a legitimate medical explanation for the employee having morphine or codeine at these concentrations.
</P>
<P>(c) For all other codeine and morphine positive results, you must verify a confirmed positive test result only if you determine that there is clinical evidence, in addition to the test, of unauthorized use of any opium, opiate, or opium derivative (<I>i.e.,</I> morphine, codeine, or heroin).
</P>
<P>(1) As an MRO, it is your responsibility to use your best professional and ethical judgement and discretion to determine whether there is clinical evidence of unauthorized use of opiates. Examples of information that you may consider in making this judgement include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Recent needle tracks;
</P>
<P>(ii) Behavioral and psychological signs of acute opiate intoxication or withdrawal;
</P>
<P>(iii) Clinical history of unauthorized use recent enough to have produced the laboratory test result;
</P>
<P>(iv) Use of a medication from a foreign country. See § 40.137(e) for guidance on how to make this determination.
</P>
<P>(2) In order to establish the clinical evidence referenced in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, personal observation of the employee is essential.
</P>
<P>(i) Therefore, you, as the MRO, must conduct, or cause another physician to conduct, a face-to-face examination of the employee.
</P>
<P>(ii) No face-to-face examination is needed in establishing the clinical evidence referenced in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) or (iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) To be the basis of a verified positive result for codeine or morphine, the clinical evidence you find must concern a drug that the laboratory found in the specimen. (For example, if the test confirmed the presence of codeine, and the employee admits to unauthorized use of hydrocodone, you must not verify the test positive for codeine. The admission must be for the substance that was found through the actual drug test.)
</P>
<P>(4) As the MRO, you have the burden of establishing that there is clinical evidence of unauthorized use of opiates referenced in this paragraph (c). If you cannot make this determination (e.g., there is not sufficient clinical evidence or history), you must verify the test as negative. The employee does not need to show you that a legitimate medical explanation exists if no clinical evidence is established.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 26473, May 4, 2012, as amended at 82 FR 52245, Nov. 13, 2017; 88 FR 27645, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.141" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.141   How does the MRO obtain information for the verification decision?</HEAD>
<P>As the MRO, you must do the following as you make the determinations needed for a verification decision:
</P>
<P>(a) You must conduct a medical interview. You must review the employee's medical history and any other relevant biomedical factors presented to you by the employee. You may direct the employee to undergo further medical evaluation by you or another physician.
</P>
<P>(b) If the employee asserts that the presence of a drug or drug metabolite in his or her specimen results from taking prescription medication (<I>i.e.,</I> a legally valid prescription consistent with the Controlled Substances Act), you must review and take all reasonable and necessary steps to verify the authenticity of all medical records the employee provides.
</P>
<P>(1) You may contact the employee's physician or other relevant medical personnel for further information.
</P>
<P>(i) If you decide to contact the employee's pharmacy to authenticate whether the prescription offered by the employee was filled by the pharmacy, you or staff under your operational control can contact the pharmacy.
</P>
<P>(ii) If you utilize staff to perform the inquiry in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, you must ensure operational control over the hiring, firing, evaluation of the staff and you must oversee the performance of the function of contacting a pharmacy to authenticate specific prescription(s) (<I>e.g.,</I> outline or script what the staff will ask the pharmacy; occasionally monitor calls to assure quality control; or other methods to ensure the staff are properly conducting the calls with the pharmacies).
</P>
<P>(2) You may request an HHS-certified laboratory with validated protocols (<I>see</I> § 40.81(c)) to conduct testing for D,L stereoisomers of amphetamine and methamphetamine or testing for tetrahydrocannabivarin (THC-V) when verifying lab results, as you determine necessary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 82 FR 52245, Nov. 13, 2017; 88 FR 27645, May 2, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.143" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.143   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.145" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.145   On what basis does the MRO verify test results involving adulteration or substitution?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an MRO, when you receive a laboratory report that a specimen is adulterated or substituted, you must treat that report in the same way you treat the laboratory's report of a confirmed positive for a drug or drug metabolite.
</P>
<P>(b) You must follow the same procedures used for verification of a confirmed positive test for a drug or drug metabolite (see §§ 40.129-40.135, 40.141, 40.151), except as otherwise provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(c) In the verification interview, you must explain the laboratory findings to the employee and address technical questions or issues the employee may raise.
</P>
<P>(d) You must offer the employee the opportunity to present a legitimate medical explanation for the laboratory findings with respect to presence of the adulterant in, or the creatinine and specific gravity findings for, the specimen.
</P>
<P>(e) The employee has the burden of proof that there is a legitimate medical explanation.
</P>
<P>(1) To meet this burden in the case of an adulterated specimen, the employee must demonstrate that the adulterant found by the laboratory entered the specimen through physiological means.
</P>
<P>(2) To meet this burden in the case of a substituted specimen, the employee must demonstrate that he or she did produce or could have produced urine through physiological means, meeting the creatinine concentration criterion of less than 2 mg/dL and the specific gravity criteria of less than or equal to 1.0010 or greater than or equal to 1.0200 (see § 40.88(b)).
</P>
<P>(3) The employee must present information meeting this burden at the time of the verification interview. As the MRO, you have discretion to extend the time available to the employee for this purpose for up to five days before verifying the specimen, if you determine that there is a reasonable basis to believe that the employee will be able to produce relevant evidence supporting a legitimate medical explanation within that time.
</P>
<P>(f) As the MRO or the employer, you are not responsible for arranging, conducting, or paying for any studies, examinations or analyses to determine whether a legitimate medical explanation exists.
</P>
<P>(g) As the MRO, you must exercise your best professional judgment in deciding whether the employee has established a legitimate medical explanation.
</P>
<P>(1) If you determine that the employee's explanation does not present a reasonable basis for concluding that there may be a legitimate medical explanation, you must report the test to the DER as a verified refusal to test because of adulteration or substitution, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) If you believe that the employee's explanation may present a reasonable basis for concluding that there is a legitimate medical explanation, you must direct the employee to obtain, within the five-day period set forth in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, a further medical evaluation. This evaluation must be performed by a licensed physician (the “referral physician”), acceptable to you, with expertise in the medical issues raised by the employee's explanation. (The MRO may perform this evaluation if the MRO has appropriate expertise.)
</P>
<P>(i) As the MRO or employer, you are not responsible for finding or paying a referral physician. However, on request of the employee, you must provide reasonable assistance to the employee's efforts to find such a physician. The final choice of the referral physician is the employee's, as long as the physician is acceptable to you.
</P>
<P>(ii) As the MRO, you must consult with the referral physician, providing guidance to him or her concerning his or her responsibilities under this section. As part of this consultation, you must provide the following information to the referral physician:
</P>
<P>(A) That the employee was required to take a DOT drug test, but the laboratory reported that the specimen was adulterated or substituted, which is treated as a refusal to test;
</P>
<P>(B) The consequences of the appropriate DOT agency regulation for refusing to take the required drug test;
</P>
<P>(C) That the referral physician must agree to follow the requirements of paragraphs (g)(3) through (g)(4) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(D) That the referral physician must provide you with a signed statement of his or her recommendations.
</P>
<P>(3) As the referral physician, you must evaluate the employee and consider any evidence the employee presents concerning the employee's medical explanation. You may conduct additional tests to determine whether there is a legitimate medical explanation. Any additional drug tests must be performed in an HHS-certified laboratory.
</P>
<P>(4) As the referral physician, you must then make a written recommendation to the MRO about whether the MRO should determine that there is a legitimate medical explanation. As the MRO, you must seriously consider and assess the referral physician's recommendation in deciding whether there is a legitimate medical explanation.
</P>
<P>(5) As the MRO, if you determine that there is a legitimate medical explanation, you must cancel the test and inform ODAPC in writing of the determination and the basis for it (<I>e.g.,</I> referral physician's findings, evidence produced by the employee).
</P>
<P>(6) As the MRO, if you determine that there is not a legitimate medical explanation, you must report the test to the DER as a verified refusal to test because of adulteration or substitution.
</P>
<P>(h) The following are examples of types of evidence an employee could present to support an assertion of a legitimate medical explanation for a substituted urine result.
</P>
<P>(1) Medically valid evidence demonstrating that the employee is capable of physiologically producing urine meeting the creatinine and specific gravity criteria of § 40.88(b).
</P>
<P>(i) To be regarded as medically valid, the evidence must have been gathered using appropriate methodology and controls to ensure its accuracy and reliability.
</P>
<P>(ii) Assertion by the employee that his or her personal characteristics (<I>e.g.,</I> with respect to race, sex (<I>i.e.,</I> male or female), weight, diet, working conditions) are responsible for the substituted result does not, in itself, constitute a legitimate medical explanation. To make a case that there is a legitimate medical explanation, the employee must present evidence showing that the cited personal characteristics actually result in the physiological production of urine meeting the creatinine and specific gravity criteria of § 40.88(b).
</P>
<P>(2) Information from a medical evaluation under paragraph (g) of this section that the individual has a medical condition that has been demonstrated to cause the employee to physiologically produce urine meeting the creatinine and specific gravity criteria of § 40.88(b).
</P>
<P>(i) A finding or diagnosis by the physician that an employee has a medical condition, in itself, does not constitute a legitimate medical explanation.
</P>
<P>(ii) To establish there is a legitimate medical explanation, the employee must demonstrate that the cited medical condition actually results in the physiological production of urine meeting the creatinine and specific gravity criteria of § 40.88(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 31626, May 28, 2003; 69 FR 64867, Nov. 9, 2004; 88 FR 27646, May 2, 2023; 89 FR 51983, June 21, 2024; 91 FR 25511, May 11, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.147" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.147   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.149" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.149   May the MRO change a verified drug test result?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the MRO, you may change a verified test result only in the following situations:
</P>
<P>(1) When you have reopened a verification that was done without an interview with an employee (see § 40.133(d)).
</P>
<P>(2) If you receive information, not available to you at the time of the original verification, demonstrating that the laboratory made an error in identifying (<I>e.g.,</I> a paperwork mistake) or testing (<I>e.g.,</I> a false positive or negative) the employee's primary or split specimen. For example, suppose the laboratory originally reported a positive test result for Employee X and a negative result for Employee Y. You verified the test results as reported to you. Then the laboratory notifies you that it mixed up the two test results, and X was really negative and Y was really positive. You would change X's test result from positive to negative and contact Y to conduct a verification interview. 
</P>
<P>(3) If, within 60 days of the original verification decision— 
</P>
<P>(i) You receive information that could not reasonably have been provided to you at the time of the decision demonstrating that there is a legitimate medical explanation for the presence of drug(s)/metabolite(s) in the employee's specimen; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) You receive credible new or additional evidence that a legitimate medical explanation for an adulterated or substituted result exists. 
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example to paragraph (a)(3):</HED><PSPACE>If the employee's physician provides you a valid prescription that he or she failed to find at the time of the original verification, you may change the test result from positive to negative if you conclude that the prescription provides a legitimate medical explanation for the drug(s)/ metabolite(s) in the employee's specimen.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(4) If you receive the information in paragraph (a)(3) of this section after the 60-day period, you must consult with ODAPC prior to changing the result. 
</P>
<P>(5) When you have made an administrative error and reported an incorrect result. 
</P>
<P>(b) If you change the result, you must immediately notify the DER in writing, as provided in §§ 40.163-40.165. 
</P>
<P>(c) You are the only person permitted to change a verified test result, such as a verified positive test result or a determination that an individual has refused to test because of adulteration or substitution. This is because, as the MRO, you have the sole authority under this part to make medical determinations leading to a verified test (e.g., a determination that there was or was not a legitimate medical explanation for a laboratory test result). For example, an arbitrator is not permitted to overturn the medical judgment of the MRO that the employee failed to present a legitimate medical explanation for a positive, adulterated, or substituted test result of his or her specimen.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41952, Aug. 9, 2001; 73 FR 35971, June 25, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.151" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.151   What are MROs prohibited from doing as part of the verification process?</HEAD>
<P>As an MRO, you are prohibited from doing the following as part of the verification process: 
</P>
<P>(a) You must not consider any evidence (verbal or written information) from any drug tests that are not collected or tested in accordance with this part. For example, if an employee tells you he went to his own physician, provided a urine specimen, sent it to a laboratory, and received a negative test result, you are required to ignore this test result.
</P>
<P>(b) It is not your function to make decisions about factual disputes between the employee and the collector concerning matters occurring at the collection site that are not reflected on the CCF (<I>e.g.,</I> concerning allegations that the collector left the area or left open collection containers where other people could access them.)
</P>
<P>(c) It is not your function to determine whether the employer should have directed that a test occur. For example, if an employee tells you that the employer misidentified her as the subject of a random test, or directed her to take a reasonable suspicion or post-accident test without proper grounds under a DOT agency drug or alcohol regulation, you must inform the employee that you cannot play a role in deciding these issues. 
</P>
<P>(d) It is not your function to consider explanations of confirmed positive, adulterated, or substituted test results that would not, even if true, constitute a legitimate medical explanation. For example, an employee may tell you that someone slipped amphetamines into her drink at a party, that she unknowingly ingested a marijuana brownie, or that she traveled in a closed car with several people smoking crack. MROs are unlikely to be able to verify the facts of such passive or unknowing ingestion stories. Even if true, such stories do not present a legitimate medical explanation. Consequently, you must not declare a test as negative based on an explanation of this kind. 
</P>
<P>(e) You must not verify a test negative based on information that a physician recommended that the employee use a drug listed in Schedule I of the Controlled Substances Act. (<I>e.g.,</I> under a state law that purports to authorize such recommendations, such as the “medical marijuana” laws that some states have adopted). 
</P>
<P>(f) You must not accept an assertion of consumption or other use of a hemp or other non-prescription marijuana-related product as a basis for verifying a marijuana test negative. You also must not accept such an explanation related to consumption of coca teas as a basis for verifying a cocaine test result as negative. Consuming or using such a product is not a legitimate medical explanation. 
</P>
<P>(g) You must not accept an assertion that there is a legitimate medical explanation for the presence of PCP, 6-AM, MDMA, or MDA in a specimen.
</P>
<P>(h) You must not accept, as a legitimate medical explanation for an adulterated specimen, an assertion that soap, bleach, or glutaraldehyde entered a specimen through physiological means. There are no physiological means through which these substances can enter a specimen. 
</P>
<P>(i) You must not accept, as a legitimate medical explanation for a substituted specimen, an assertion that an employee can produce a urine specimen for which the creatinine level is below the laboratory's limit of detection. There are no physiological means through which a person can produce a urine specimen having this characteristic. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41952, Aug. 9, 2001; 75 FR 49863, Aug. 16, 2010; 88 FR 27646, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.153" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.153   How does the MRO notify employees of their right to a test of the split specimen?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the MRO, when you have verified a drug test as positive for a drug or drug metabolite, or as a refusal to test because of adulteration or substitution, you must notify the employee of his or her right to have the split specimen tested. You must also notify the employee of the procedures for requesting a test of the split specimen. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must inform the employee that he or she has 72 hours from the time you provide this notification to him or her to request a test of the split specimen. 
</P>
<P>(c) You must tell the employee how to contact you to make this request. You must provide telephone numbers or other information that will allow the employee to make this request. As the MRO, you must have the ability to receive the employee's calls at all times during the 72 hour period (<I>e.g.,</I> by use of an answering machine with a “time stamp” feature when there is no one in your office to answer the phone). 
</P>
<P>(d) You must tell the employee that if he or she makes this request within 72 hours, the employer must ensure that the test takes place, and that the employee is not required to pay for the test from his or her own funds before the test takes place. You must also tell the employee that the employer may seek reimbursement for the cost of the test (see § 40.173). 
</P>
<P>(e) You must tell the employee that additional tests of the specimen <I>e.g.,</I> DNA tests) are not authorized. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.155" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.155   What does the MRO do when a negative or positive test result is also dilute?</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the laboratory reports that a specimen is dilute, you must, as the MRO, report to the DER that the specimen, in addition to being negative or positive, is dilute.
</P>
<P>(b) You must check the “dilute” box (Step 6) on Copy 2 of the CCF. 
</P>
<P>(c) When you report a dilute specimen to the DER, you must explain to the DER the employer's obligations and choices under § 40.197, to include the requirement for an immediate recollection under direct observation if the creatinine concentration of a negative-dilute specimen was greater than or equal to 2mg/dL but less than or equal to 5mg/dL.
</P>
<P>(d) If the employee's recollection under direct observation, in paragraph (c) of this section, results in another negative-dilute, as the MRO, you must:
</P>
<P>(1) Review the CCF to ensure that there is documentation that the recollection was directly observed.
</P>
<P>(2) If the CCF documentation shows that the recollection was directly observed as required, report this result to the DER as a negative-dilute result.
</P>
<P>(3) If CCF documentation indicates that the recollection was not directly observed as required, do not report a result but again explain to the DER that there must be an immediate recollection under direct observation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41952, Aug. 9, 2001; 68 FR 31626, May 28, 2003; 69 FR 64867, Nov. 9, 2004; 73 FR 35971, June 25, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.157" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.157   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.159" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.159   What does the MRO do when a drug test result is invalid?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the MRO, when the laboratory reports that the test result is an invalid result, you must do the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Discuss the laboratory results with a certifying scientist to determine if the primary specimen should be tested at another HHS-certified laboratory. If the laboratory did not contact you as required by §§ 40.87(e) and 40.90(b), you must contact the laboratory.
</P>
<P>(2) If you and the laboratory have determined that no further testing is necessary, contact the employee and inform the employee that the specimen was invalid. In contacting the employee, use the procedures set forth in § 40.131.
</P>
<P>(3) After explaining the limits of disclosure (see §§ 40.135(d) and 40.327), you must determine if the employee has a medical explanation for the invalid result. You must inquire about the medications the employee may have taken.
</P>
<P>(4) If the employee gives an explanation that is acceptable, you must: 
</P>
<P>(i) Place a check mark in the “Test Cancelled” box (Step 6) on Copy 2 of the CCF and enter “Invalid Result” and “direct observation collection not required” on the “Remarks” line. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Report to the DER that the test is cancelled, the reason for cancellation, and that no further action is required unless a negative test result is required (<I>i.e.,</I> pre-employment, return-to-duty, or follow-up tests).
</P>
<P>(iii) If a negative test result is required and the medical explanation concerns a situation in which the employee has a permanent or long-term medical condition that precludes him or her from providing a valid specimen, as the MRO, you must follow the procedures outlined at § 40.160 for determining if there is clinical evidence that the individual is an illicit drug user.
</P>
<P>(5) If the employee is unable to provide an explanation and/or a valid prescription for a medication that interfered with the immunoassay test but denies having adulterated the specimen, you must: 
</P>
<P>(i) Place a check mark in the “Test Cancelled” box (Step 6) on Copy 2 of the CCF and enter “Invalid Result” and “direct observation collection required” on the “Remarks” line. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Report to the DER that the test is cancelled, the reason for cancellation, and that a second collection must take place immediately under direct observation. Recommend to the employer that an alternate specimen should be collected if practicable (<I>e.g.,</I> oral fluid, if the specimen was urine). 
</P>
<P>(iii) Instruct the employer to ensure that the employee has the minimum possible advance notice that he or she must go to the collection site. 
</P>
<P>(6) When the test result is invalid because pH is greater than or equal to 9.0 but less than or equal to 9.5 and the employee has no other medical explanation for the pH, you should consider whether there is evidence of elapsed time and increased temperature that could account for the pH value.
</P>
<P>(i) You are authorized to consider the temperature conditions that were likely to have existed between the time of collection and transportation of the specimen to the laboratory, and the length of time between the specimen collection and arrival at the laboratory.
</P>
<P>(ii) You may talk with the collection site and laboratory to discuss time and temperature issues, including any pertinent information regarding specimen storage.
</P>
<P>(iii) If you determine that time and temperature account for the pH value, you must cancel the test and take no further action, as provided at paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) If you determine that time and temperature fail to account for the pH value, you must cancel the test and direct another collection under direct observation, as provided at paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) You may only report an invalid test result when you are in possession of a legible copy of Copy 1 of the CCF. In addition, you must have Copy 2 of the CCF, a legible copy of it, or any other copy of the CCF containing the employee's signature. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the employee admits to having adulterated or substituted the specimen, you must, on the same day, write and sign your own statement of what the employee told you. You must then report a refusal to test in accordance with § 40.163 . 
</P>
<P>(d) If the employee admits to using a drug, you must, on the same day, write and sign your own statement of what the employee told you. You must then report that admission to the DER for appropriate action under DOT Agency regulations. This test will be reported as cancelled with the reason noted.
</P>
<P>(e) If the employee's recollection (required at paragraph (a)(5) of this section) results in another invalid result for the same reason as reported for the first specimen, as the MRO, you must:
</P>
<P>(1) Review the CCF to ensure that there is documentation that the recollection was directly observed.
</P>
<P>(2) If the CCF review indicates that the recollection was directly observed as required, document that the employee had another specimen with an invalid result for the same reason.
</P>
<P>(3) Follow the recording and reporting procedures at (a)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) If a negative result is required (i.e., pre-employment, return-to-duty, or follow-up tests), follow the procedures at § 40.160 for determining if there is clinical evidence that the individual is an illicit drug user.
</P>
<P>(5) If the recollection was not directly observed as required, do not report a result but again explain to the DER that there must be an immediate recollection under direct observation.
</P>
<P>(f) If the employee's recollection (required at paragraph (a)(5) of this section) results in another invalid result for a different reason than that reported for the first specimen, as the MRO, you must:
</P>
<P>(1) Review the CCF to ensure that there is documentation that the recollection was directly observed.
</P>
<P>(2) If the CCF review indicates that the recollection was directly observed as required, document that the employee had another specimen with an invalid result for a different reason.
</P>
<P>(3) As the MRO, you should not contact the employee to discuss the result, but rather direct the DER to conduct an immediate recollection under direct observation without prior notification to the employee.
</P>
<P>(4) If the CCF documentation indicates that the recollection was not directly observed as required, do not report a result but again explain to the DER that there must be an immediate recollection under direct observation.
</P>
<P>(g) If, as the MRO, you receive a laboratory invalid result in conjunction with a positive, adulterated, and/or substituted result and you verify any of those results as being a positive and/or refusal to test, you do not report the invalid result unless the split specimen fails to reconfirm the result(s) of the primary specimen.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 73 FR 35972, June 25, 2008; 75 FR 49863, Aug. 16, 2010; 88 FR 27646, May 2, 2023; 89 FR 51983, June 21, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.160" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.160   What does the MRO do when a valid test result cannot be produced and a negative result is required?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a valid test result cannot be produced and a negative result is required, (under § 40.159 (a)(5)(iii) and (e)(4)), as the MRO, you must determine if there is clinical evidence that the individual is currently an illicit drug user. You must make this determination by personally conducting, or causing to be conducted, a medical evaluation. In addition, if appropriate, you may also consult with the employee's physician to gather information you need to reach this determination.
</P>
<P>(b) If you do not personally conduct the medical evaluation, as the MRO, you must ensure that one is conducted by a licensed physician acceptable to you.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, the MRO or the physician conducting the evaluation may conduct an alternative test (e.g., blood) as part of the medically appropriate procedures in determining clinical evidence of drug use.
</P>
<P>(d) If the medical evaluation reveals no clinical evidence of drug use, as the MRO, you must report this to the employer as a negative test result with written notations regarding the medical examination. The report must also state why the medical examination was required (i.e., either the basis for the determination that a permanent or long-term medical condition exists or because the recollection under direct observation resulted in another invalid result for the same reason, as appropriate) and for the determination that no signs and symptoms of drug use exist.
</P>
<P>(1) Check “Negative” (Step 6) on the CCF.
</P>
<P>(2) Sign and date the CCF.
</P>
<P>(e) If the medical evaluation reveals clinical evidence of drug use, as the MRO, you must report the result to the employer as a cancelled test with written notations regarding the results of the medical examination. The report must also state why the medical examination was required (i.e., either the basis for the determination that a permanent or long-term medical condition exists or because the recollection under direct observation resulted in another invalid result for the same reason, as appropriate) and state the reason for the determination that signs and symptoms of drug use exist. Because this is a cancelled test, it does not serve the purpose of an actual negative test result (i.e., the employer is not authorized to allow the employee to begin or resume performing safety-sensitive functions, because a negative test result is needed for that purpose).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 35972, June 25, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.161" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.161   What does the MRO do when a drug test specimen is rejected for testing?</HEAD>
<P>As the MRO, when the laboratory reports that the specimen is rejected for testing (<I>e.g.,</I> because of a fatal or uncorrected flaw), you must do the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) Place a check mark in the “Test Cancelled” box (Step 6) on Copy 2 (or a legible copy of Copy 3-5) of the CCF and enter the reason on the “Remarks” line. If you do not have Copy 2 (or a legible copy of Copy 3-5), then enter “Test Cancelled” and the reason for the cancellation on a report in the format required under § 40.163(c). 
</P>
<P>(b) Report to the DER that the test is cancelled and the reason for cancellation, and that no further action is required unless a negative test is required (<I>e.g.,</I> in the case of a pre-employment, return-to-duty, or follow-up test). 
</P>
<P>(c) You may only report a test cancelled because of a “rejected for testing” laboratory result when you are in possession of a legible copy of Copy 1 of the CCF. In addition, you must have Copy 2 of the CCF, a legible copy of it, or any other copy of the CCF containing the employee's signature. If you do not have Copy 2 (or a legible copy of Copy 3-5), then enter “Test Cancelled” and the reason for the cancellation on a report in the format required under § 40.163(c). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27646, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.162" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.162   What must MROs do with multiple verified results for the same testing event?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the testing event is one in which there was one specimen collection with multiple verified non-negative results, as the MRO, you must report them all to the DER. For example, if you verified the specimen as being positive for marijuana and cocaine and as being a refusal to test because the specimen was also adulterated, as the MRO, you should report the positives and the refusal to the DER.
</P>
<P>(b) If the testing event was one in which two separate specimen collections (e.g., a specimen out of temperature range and the subsequent observed collection) were sent to the laboratory, as the MRO, you must:
</P>
<P>(1) If both specimens were verified negative, report the result as negative.
</P>
<P>(2) If either of the specimens was verified negative and the other was verified as one or more non-negative(s), report the non-negative result(s) only. For example, if you verified one specimen as negative and the other as a refusal to test because the second specimen was substituted, as the MRO you should report only the refusal to the DER.
</P>
<P>(i) If the first specimen is reported as negative, but the result of the second specimen has not been reported by the laboratory, as the MRO, you should hold—not report—the result of the first specimen until the result of the second specimen is received.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the first specimen is reported as non-negative, as the MRO, you should report the result immediately and not wait to receive the result of the second specimen.
</P>
<P>(3) If both specimens were verified non-negative, report all of the non-negative results. For example, if you verified one specimen as positive and the other as a refusal to test because the specimen was adulterated, as the MRO, you should report the positive and the refusal results to the DER.
</P>
<P>(c) As an exception to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, as the MRO, you must follow procedures at § 40.159(g) when any verified non-negative result is also invalid.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 35972, June 25, 2008, as amended at 82 FR 52245, Nov. 13, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.163" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.163   How does the MRO report drug test results?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the MRO, it is your responsibility to report all drug test results to the employer.
</P>
<P>(b) You may use a signed or stamped and dated legible photocopy of Copy 2 of the CCF to report test results.
</P>
<P>(c) If you do not report test results using Copy 2 of the CCF for this purpose, you must provide a written report (e.g., a letter) for each test result. This report must, as a minimum, include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Full name, as indicated on the CCF, of the employee tested;
</P>
<P>(2) Specimen ID number from the CCF and the SSN or employee ID No.;
</P>
<P>(3) Reason for the test, if indicated on the CCF (e.g., random, post-accident);
</P>
<P>(4) Date of the collection;
</P>
<P>(5) Date you received Copy 2 of the CCF;
</P>
<P>(6) Result of the test (i.e., positive, negative, dilute, refusal to test, test cancelled) and the date the result was verified by the MRO;
</P>
<P>(7) For verified positive tests, the drug(s)/metabolite(s) for which the test was positive;
</P>
<P>(8) For cancelled tests, the reason for cancellation; and
</P>
<P>(9) For refusals to test, the reason for the refusal determination (e.g., in the case of an adulterated test result, the name of the adulterant).
</P>
<P>(d) As an exception to the reporting requirements of paragraph (b) and (c) of this section, the MRO may report negative results using an electronic data file.
</P>
<P>(1) If you report negatives using an electronic data file, the report must contain, as a minimum, the information specified in paragraph (c) of this section, as applicable for negative test results.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition, the report must contain your name, address, and phone number, the name of any person other than you reporting the results, and the date the electronic results report is released.
</P>
<P>(e) If you use a written report as provided in paragraph (c) of this section to report results, you must retain a copy of the written report. If you use the electronic data file to report negatives, as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, you must retain a retrievable copy of that report in a format suitable for inspection and audit by a DOT representative. In either case, you must keep the completed Copy 2 of the CCF. When completing Copy 2, either the MRO must sign and date it (for both negatives and non-negatives) or MRO staff must stamp and date it (for negatives only).
</P>
<P>(f) You must not use Copy 1 of the CCF to report drug test results.
</P>
<P>(g) You must not provide quantitative values to the DER or C/TPA for drug or validity test results. However, you must provide the test information in your possession to a SAP who consults with you (see § 40.293(g)).
</P>
<P>(h) You must maintain reports and records related to negatives and cancelled results for one year; you must maintain reports and records related to positives and refusals for five years, unless otherwise specified by applicable DOT agency regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41952, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 75 FR 49863, Aug. 16, 2010; 75 FR 59107, Sept. 27, 2010; 76 FR 59578, Sept. 27, 2011; 88 FR 27646, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.165" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.165   To whom does the MRO transmit reports of drug test results?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the MRO, you must report all drug test results to the DER, except in the circumstances provided for in § 40.345 . 
</P>
<P>(b) If the employer elects to receive reports of results through a C/TPA, acting as an intermediary as provided in § 40.345 , you must report the results through the designated C/TPA. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.167" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.7.43.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.167   How are MRO reports of drug results transmitted to the employer?</HEAD>
<P>As the MRO or C/TPA who transmits drug test results to the employer, you must comply with the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(a) You must report the results in a confidential manner. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must transmit to the DER on the same day the MRO verifies the result or the next business day all verified positive test results, results requiring an immediate collection under direct observation, adulterated or substituted specimen results, and other refusals to test. 
</P>
<P>(1) Direct telephone contact with the DER is the preferred method of immediate reporting. Follow up your phone call with appropriate documentation (see § 40.163). 
</P>
<P>(2) You are responsible for identifying yourself to the DER, and the DER must have a means to confirm your identification. 
</P>
<P>(3) The MRO's report that you transmit to the employer must contain all of the information required by § 40.163 . 
</P>
<P>(c) You must transmit the MRO's report(s) of verified tests to the DER so that the DER receives it within two days of verification by the MRO.
</P>
<P>(1) You must fax, courier, mail, or electronically transmit a legible image or copy of either the signed or stamped and dated Copy 2 or the written report (see § 40.163(b) and (c)).
</P>
<P>(2) Negative results reported electronically (i.e., computer data file) do not require an image of Copy 2 or the written report.
</P>
<P>(d) In transmitting test results, you or the C/TPA and the employer must ensure the security of the transmission and limit access to any transmission, storage, or retrieval systems. 
</P>
<P>(e) MRO reports are not subject to modification or change by anyone other than the MRO, as provided in § 40.149(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41953, Aug. 9, 2001]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Split Specimen Tests</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.171" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.8.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.171   How does an employee request a test of a split specimen?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employee, when the MRO has notified you that you have a verified positive drug test and/or refusal to test because of adulteration or substitution, you have 72 hours from the time of notification to request a test of the split specimen. The request may be verbal or in writing. If you make this request to the MRO within 72 hours, you trigger the requirements of this section for a test of the split specimen. There is no split specimen testing for an invalid result.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) If, as an employee, you have not requested a test of the split specimen within 72 hours, you may present to the MRO information documenting that serious injury, illness, lack of actual notice of the verified test result, inability to contact the MRO (e.g., there was no one in the MRO's office and the answering machine was not working), or other circumstances unavoidably prevented you from making a timely request.
</P>
<P>(2) As the MRO, if you conclude from the employee's information that there was a legitimate reason for the employee's failure to contact you within 72 hours, you must direct that the test of the split specimen take place, just as you would when there is a timely request.
</P>
<P>(c) When the employee makes a timely request for a test of the split specimen under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, you must, as the MRO, immediately provide written notice to the laboratory that tested the primary specimen, directing the laboratory to forward the split specimen to a second HHS-certified laboratory. You must also document the date and time of the employee's request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 73 FR 35972, June 25, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.173" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.8.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.173   Who is responsible for paying for the test of a split specimen?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the employer, you are responsible for making sure (e.g., by establishing appropriate accounts with laboratories for testing split specimens) that the MRO, first laboratory, and second laboratory perform the functions noted in §§ 40.175-40.185 in a timely manner, once the employee has made a timely request for a test of the split specimen.
</P>
<P>(b) As the employer, you must not condition your compliance with these requirements on the employee's direct payment to the MRO or laboratory or the employee's agreement to reimburse you for the costs of testing. For example, if you ask the employee to pay for some or all of the cost of testing the split specimen, and the employee is unwilling or unable to do so, you must ensure that the test takes place in a timely manner, even though this means that you pay for it.
</P>
<P>(c) As the employer, you may seek payment or reimbursement of all or part of the cost of the split specimen from the employee (e.g., through your written company policy or a collective bargaining agreement). This part takes no position on who ultimately pays the cost of the test, so long as the employer ensures that the testing is conducted as required and the results released appropriately.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.175" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.8.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.175   What steps does the first laboratory take with a split specimen?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the laboratory at which the primary and split specimen first arrive, you must check to see whether the split specimen is available for testing.
</P>
<P>(b) If the split specimen is unavailable or appears insufficient, you must then do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Continue the testing process for the primary specimen as you would normally. Report the results for the primary specimen without providing the MRO information regarding the unavailable split specimen.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon receiving a letter from the MRO instructing you to forward the split specimen to another laboratory for testing, report to the MRO that the split specimen is unavailable for testing. Provide as much information as you can about the cause of the unavailability.
</P>
<P>(c) As the laboratory that tested the primary specimen, you are not authorized to open the split specimen under any circumstances (except when the split specimen is redesignated as provided in § 40.83).
</P>
<P>(d) When you receive written notice from the MRO instructing you to send the split specimen to another HHS-certified laboratory, you must forward the following items to the second laboratory:
</P>
<P>(1) The split specimen in its original specimen bottle, with the seal intact;
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the MRO's written request; and 
</P>
<P>(3) A copy of Copy 1 of the CCF, which identifies the drug(s)/metabolite(s) or the validity criteria to be tested for.
</P>
<P>(e) You must not send to the second laboratory any information about the identity of the employee. Inadvertent disclosure does not, however, cause a fatal flaw.
</P>
<P>(f) This subpart does not prescribe who gets to decide which HHS-certified laboratory is used to test the split specimen. That decision is left to the parties involved.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.177" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.8.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.177   What does the second laboratory do with the split specimen when it is tested to reconfirm the presence of a drug or drug metabolite?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the laboratory testing the split specimen, you must test the split specimen for the drug(s)/drug metabolite(s) confirmed in the primary specimen.
</P>
<P>(b) You must conduct this test without regard to the cutoff concentrations of § 40.85 or § 40.91, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) If the test fails to reconfirm the presence of the drug(s)/drug metabolite(s) that were reported in the primary specimen, you must conduct validity tests in an attempt to determine the reason for being unable to reconfirm the presence of the drug(s)/metabolite(s). You should conduct the same validity tests as you would conduct on a primary specimen set forth in § 40.87 or § 40.93, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) In addition, if the test fails to reconfirm the presence of the drug(s)/ drug metabolite(s) reported in the primary specimen, you may send the specimen or an aliquot of it for testing at another HHS-certified laboratory that has the capability to conduct another reconfirmation test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 73 FR 35972, June 25, 2008; 88 FR 27646, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.179" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.8.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.179   What does the second laboratory do with the split specimen when it is tested to reconfirm an adulterated test result?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the laboratory testing the split specimen, you must test the split specimen for the adulterant detected in the primary specimen, using the confirmatory test for the adulterant and using criteria in § 40.89 or § 40.93, as applicable and confirmatory cutoff levels required by the HHS Mandatory Guidelines.
</P>
<P>(b) In addition, if the test fails to reconfirm the adulterant result reported in the primary specimen, you may send the specimen or an aliquot of it for testing at another HHS-certified laboratory that has the capability to conduct another reconfirmation test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 35973, June 25, 2008, as amended at 88 FR 27646, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.181" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.8.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.181   What does the second laboratory do with the split specimen when it is tested to reconfirm a substituted test result?</HEAD>
<P>As the laboratory testing a urine split specimen, you must test the split specimen using the confirmatory tests for creatinine and specific gravity, using the criteria set forth in § 40.88.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27646, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.183" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.8.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.183   What information do laboratories report to MROs regarding split specimen results?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the laboratory responsible for testing the split specimen, you must report split specimen test results by checking the “Reconfirmed” box and/or the “Failed to Reconfirm” box (Step 5(b)) on Copy 1 of the CCF, as appropriate, and by providing clarifying remarks using current HHS Mandatory Guidelines requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) As the laboratory certifying scientist, enter your name, sign, and date the CCF.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 73 FR 35972, June 25, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.185" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.8.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.185   Through what methods and to whom must a laboratory report split specimen results?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the laboratory testing the split specimen, you must report laboratory results directly, and only, to the MRO at his or her place of business. You must not report results to or through the DER or another service agent (e.g., a C/TPA).
</P>
<P>(b) You must fax, courier, mail, or electronically transmit a legible image or copy of the fully-completed Copy 1 of the CCF, which has been signed by the certifying scientist.
</P>
<P>(c) You must transmit the laboratory result to the MRO immediately, preferably on the same day or next business day as the result is signed and released.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.187" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.8.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.187   What does the MRO do with split specimen laboratory results?</HEAD>
<P>As the MRO, the split specimen laboratory results you receive will fall into five categories. You must take the following action, as appropriate, when a laboratory reports split specimen results to you.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Category 1:</I> The laboratory reconfirmed one or more of the primary specimen results. As the MRO, you must report to the DER and the employee the result(s) that was/were reconfirmed.
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a reconfirmed positive test(s) for drug(s) or drug metabolite(s), the positive is the final result.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a reconfirmed adulterated or substituted result, the refusal to test is the final result.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a combination positive and refusal to test results, the final result is both positive and refusal to test.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Category 2:</I> The laboratory failed to reconfirm all of the primary specimen results because, as appropriate, drug(s)/drug metabolite(s) were not detected; adulteration criteria were not met; and/or substitution criteria were not met. As the MRO, you must report to the DER and the employee that the test must be cancelled.
</P>
<P>(1) As the MRO, you must inform ODAPC of the failure to reconfirm using the format in appendix F to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) In a case where the split failed to reconfirm because the substitution criteria were not met and the split specimen creatinine concentration was equal to or greater than 2mg/dL but less than or equal to 5mg/dL, as the MRO, you must, in addition to step (b)(1) of this paragraph, direct the DER to ensure the immediate collection of another specimen from the employee under direct observation, with no notice given to the employee of this collection requirement until immediately before the collection.
</P>
<P>(3) In a case where the split failed to reconfirm and the primary specimen's result was also invalid, direct the DER to ensure the immediate collection of another specimen from the employee under direct observation, with no notice given to the employee of this collection requirement until immediately before the collection.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Category 3:</I> The laboratory failed to reconfirm all of the primary specimen results, and also reported that the split specimen was invalid, adulterated, and/or substituted.
</P>
<P>(1) In the case where the laboratory failed to reconfirm all of the primary specimen results and the split was reported as invalid, as the MRO, you must:
</P>
<P>(i) Report to the DER and the employee that the test must be cancelled and the reason for the cancellation.
</P>
<P>(ii) Direct the DER to ensure the immediate collection of another specimen from the employee under direct observation, with no notice given to the employee of this collection requirement until immediately before the collection.
</P>
<P>(iii) Inform ODAPC of the failure to reconfirm using the format in appendix F to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case where the laboratory failed to reconfirm any of the primary specimen results, and the split was reported as adulterated and/or substituted, as the MRO, you must:
</P>
<P>(i) Contact the employee and inform the employee that the laboratory has determined that his or her split specimen is adulterated and/or substituted, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(ii) Follow the procedures of § 40.145 to determine if there is a legitimate medical explanation for the laboratory finding of adulteration and/or substitution, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(iii) If you determine that there is a legitimate medical explanation for the adulterated and/or substituted test result, report to the DER and the employee that the test must be cancelled; and inform ODAPC of the failure to reconfirm using the format in appendix F to this part.
</P>
<P>(iv) If you determine that there is not a legitimate medical explanation for the adulterated and/or substituted test result, you must take the following steps:
</P>
<P>(A) Report the test to the DER and the employee as a verified refusal to test. Inform the employee that he or she has 72 hours to request a test of the primary specimen to determine if the adulterant found in the split specimen is also present in the primary specimen and/or to determine if the primary specimen meets appropriate substitution criteria.
</P>
<P>(B) Except when the request is for a test of the primary specimen and is being made to the laboratory that tested the primary specimen, follow the procedures of §§ 40.153, 40.171, 40.173, 40.179, 40.181, and 40.185, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(C) As the laboratory that tests the primary specimen to reconfirm the presence of the adulterant found in the split specimen and/or to determine that the primary specimen meets appropriate substitution criteria, report your result to the MRO on a photocopy (faxed, mailed, scanned, couriered) of Copy 1 of the CCF.
</P>
<P>(D) If the test of the primary specimen reconfirms the adulteration and/or substitution finding of the split specimen, as the MRO you must report the result as a refusal to test as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(E) If the test of the primary specimen fails to reconfirm the adulteration and/or substitution finding of the split specimen, as the MRO you must cancel the test, following procedures in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Category 4:</I> The laboratory failed to reconfirm one or more but not all of the primary specimen results, and also reported that the split specimen was invalid, adulterated, and/or substituted. As the MRO, in the case where the laboratory reconfirmed one or more of the primary specimen result(s), you must follow procedures in paragraph (a) of this section and:
</P>
<P>(1) Report that the split was also reported as being invalid, adulterated, and/or substituted (as appropriate).
</P>
<P>(2) Inform the DER to take action only on the reconfirmed result(s).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Category 5:</I> The split specimen was not available for testing or there was no split laboratory available to test the specimen. As the MRO, you must:
</P>
<P>(1) Report to the DER and the employee that the test must be cancelled and the reason for the cancellation;
</P>
<P>(2) Direct the DER to ensure the immediate recollection of another specimen from the employee under direct observation, with no notice given to the employee of this collection requirement until immediately before the collection; and
</P>
<P>(3) Notify ODAPC of the failure to reconfirm using the format in appendix F to this part.
</P>
<P>(f) For all split specimen results, as the MRO you must in Step 7 of Copy 2 of the CCF:
</P>
<P>(1) Report split specimen test results by checking the “Reconfirmed” box and/or the “Failed to Reconfirm” box, or the “Test Cancelled” box, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2), Enter your name, sign, and date.
</P>
<P>(3) Send a legible copy of Copy 2 of the CCF (or a signed and dated letter, see § 40.163) to the employer and keep a copy for your records. Transmit the document as provided in § 40.167.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 35973, June 25, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 59108, Sept. 27, 2010; 88 FR 27646, May 2, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Problems in Drug Tests</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.191" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.9.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.191   What is a refusal to take a DOT drug test, and what are the consequences?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employee, you have refused to take a drug test if you:
</P>
<P>(1) Fail to appear for any test (except a pre-employment test) within a reasonable time, as determined by the employer, consistent with applicable DOT agency regulations, after being directed to do so by the employer. This includes the failure of an employee (including an owner-operator) to appear for a test when called by a C/TPA (see § 40.61(a));
</P>
<P>(2) Fail to remain at the testing site until the testing process is complete. Provided that an employee who leaves the collection site before the testing process commences (<I>see</I> § 40.63(c) or § 40.72(d)(3), as applicable) for a pre-employment test is not deemed to have refused to test. The collector is not required to inform an employee that the failure to remain at the collection site is a refusal. If an employee leaves prior to the completion of the testing process, per § 40.355(i) the employer must decide whether the employee's actions constitute a refusal;
</P>
<P>(3) Fail to provide a specimen for any drug test required by this part or DOT agency regulations. Provided that an employee who does not provide a specimen because he or she has left the testing site before the testing process commences (<I>see</I> § 40.63(c) or § 40.72(d)(3), as applicable) for a pre-employment test is not deemed to have refused to test. The collector is not required to inform an employee that the failure to remain at the collection site is a refusal. If an employee leaves prior to the completion of the testing process, per § 40.355(i) the employer must decide whether the employee's actions constitute a refusal;
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of a directly observed or monitored urine collection in a drug test, fail to permit the observation or monitoring of an employee's provision of a specimen (<I>see</I> §§ 40.67(m) and 40.69(g));
</P>
<P>(5) Fail to provide a sufficient amount of specimen when directed, and it has been determined, through a required medical evaluation, that there was no adequate medical explanation for the failure (<I>see</I> § 40.193(d)(2));
</P>
<P>(6) Fail or decline to take an additional drug test the employer or collector has directed you to take (<I>see,</I> for instance, § 40.197(b) as applicable);
</P>
<P>(7) Fail to undergo a medical examination or evaluation, as directed by the MRO as part of the verification process, or as directed by the DER under § 40.193(c). In the case of a pre-employment drug test, the employee is deemed to have refused to test on this basis only if the pre-employment test is conducted following a contingent offer of employment. If there was no contingent offer of employment, the MRO will cancel the test;
</P>
<P>(8) Fail to cooperate with any part of the testing process (<I>e.g.,</I> refuse to empty pockets when directed by the collector, behave in a confrontational way that disrupts the collection process, fail to wash hands after being directed to do so by the collector, fail to remove objects from mouth, fail to permit inspection of the oral cavity, or fail to complete a rinse when requested);
</P>
<P>(9) For an observed urine collection, fail to follow the observer's instructions to raise your clothing above the waist, lower clothing and underpants, and to turn around to permit the observer to determine if you have any type of prosthetic or other device that could be used to interfere with the collection process;
</P>
<P>(10) Possess or wear a prosthetic or other device that could be used to interfere with the collection process; or
</P>
<P>(11) Admit to the collector or MRO that you adulterated or substituted the specimen.
</P>
<P>(b) As an employee, if the MRO reports that you have a verified adulterated or substituted test result, you have refused to take a drug test.
</P>
<P>(c) As an employee, if you refuse to take a drug test, you incur the consequences specified under DOT agency regulations for a violation of those DOT agency regulations. The consequences specified under DOT agency regulations for a refusal cannot be overturned or set aside by an arbitration, grievance, State court or other non-Federal forum that adjudicates the personnel decisions the employer has taken against the employee.
</P>
<P>(d) As a collector or an MRO, when an employee refuses to participate in the part of the testing process in which you are involved, you must terminate the portion of the testing process in which you are involved, document the refusal on the CCF (including, in the case of the collector, printing the employee's name on Copy 2 of the CCF), immediately notify the DER by any means (e.g., telephone or secure fax machine) that ensures that the refusal notification is immediately received. As a referral physician (e.g., physician evaluating a “shy bladder” condition or a claim of a legitimate medical explanation in a validity testing situation), you must notify the MRO, who in turn will notify the DER.
</P>
<P>(1) As the collector, you must note the actions that may constitute a refusal in the “Remarks” line (Step 2), and sign and date the CCF. The collector does not make the final decision about whether the employee's conduct constitutes a refusal to test; the employer has the sole responsibility to decide whether a refusal occurred, as stated in § 40.355(i), the employer has a non-delegable duty to make the decision about whether the employee has refused to test.
</P>
<P>(2) As the MRO, you must note the refusal by checking the “Refusal to Test” box in Step 6 on Copy 2 of the CCF, checking whether the specimen was adulterated or substituted and, if adulterated, noting the adulterant/reason. If there was another reason for the refusal, check “Other” in Step 6 on Copy 2 of the CCF, and note the reason next to the “Other” box and on the “Remarks” lines, as needed. You must then sign and date the CCF.
</P>
<P>(e) As an employee, when you refuse to take a non-DOT test or to sign a non-DOT form, you have not refused to take a DOT test. There are no consequences under DOT agency regulations for refusing to take a non-DOT test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41953, Aug. 9, 2001; 68 FR 31626, May 28, 2003; 71 FR 49384, Aug. 23, 2006; 73 FR 35974, June 25, 2008; 75 FR 59108, Sept. 27, 2010; 88 FR 27647, May 2, 2023; 89 FR 51983, June 21, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.193" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.9.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.193   What happens when an employee does not provide a sufficient amount of specimen for a drug test?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an employee does not provide a sufficient amount of specimen to permit a drug test (<I>i.e.,</I> 45 mL of urine in a single void, or 2mL oral fluid in a single sampling, as applicable) you, as the collector, must provide another opportunity to the employee to do so. In accordance with the employer's instructions, this can be done using the same specimen type as the original collection or this can be done by a collector qualified to use an alternate specimen collection for this purpose.
</P>
<P>(1) If you change to an alternate specimen collection at this point (<I>i.e.,</I> from urine to oral fluid; or from oral fluid to urine), the next collection begins under § 40.61(e) for urine or § 40.72 for oral fluid collection.
</P>
<P>(i) If you proceed with an alternate specimen collection, discard the insufficient specimen and proceed with the next specimen collection.
</P>
<P>(ii) If you proceed with an alternate specimen collection, discard the CCF for the insufficient specimen and begin a new CCF for the next specimen collection with a notation in the remarks section of the new CCF.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) As the collector, you must do the following when continuing with a urine specimen collection under this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Discard the insufficient specimen, except where the insufficient specimen was out of temperature range or showed evidence of adulteration or tampering (<I>see</I> § 40.65(b) and (c)).
</P>
<P>(ii) Urge the employee to drink up to 40 ounces of fluid, distributed reasonably through a period of up to three hours, or until the individual has provided a sufficient urine specimen, whichever occurs first. It is not a refusal to test if the employee declines to drink. Document on the Remarks line of the CCF (Step 2), and inform the employee of the time at which the three-hour period begins and ends.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the employee refuses to make the attempt to provide a new urine specimen or leaves the collection site before the collection process is complete, you must discontinue the collection, note that fact on the “Remarks” line of the CCF (Step 2), and immediately notify the DER of the conduct as provided in § 40.191(e)(1); the employer decides whether the situation is deemed to be a refusal.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the employee has not provided a sufficient specimen within three hours of the first unsuccessful attempt to provide the specimen, you must discontinue the collection, note the fact on the “Remarks” line of the CCF (Step 2), and immediately notify the DER. You must also discard any specimen the employee previously provided, including any specimen that is “out of temperature range” or shows signs of tampering. In the remarks section of the CCF that you will distribute to the MRO and DER, note the fact that the employee provided an “out of temperature range specimen” or “specimen that shows signs of tampering” and that it was discarded because the employee did not provide a second sufficient specimen.
</P>
<P>(2) As the collector, you must do the following when continuing with an oral fluid specimen collection under this section:
</P>
<P>(i) If the employee demonstrates an inability to provide a specimen after 15 minutes of using the collection device, and if the donor states that he or she could provide a specimen after drinking some fluids, urge the employee to drink (up to 8 ounces) and wait an additional 10 minutes before beginning the next specimen collection (a period of up to one hour must be provided, or until the donor has provided a sufficient oral fluid specimen, whichever occurs first). If the employee simply needs more time before attempting to provide an oral fluid specimen, the employee is not required to drink any fluids during the one-hour wait time. It is not a refusal to test if the employee declines to drink. The employee must remain at the collection site, in a monitored area designated by the collector, during the wait period.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the employee has not provided a sufficient specimen within one hour of the first unsuccessful attempt to provide the specimen, you must discontinue the collection, note the fact on the “Remarks” line of the CCF (Step 2), and immediately notify the DER.
</P>
<P>(3) Send Copy 2 of the CCF to the MRO and Copy 4 to the DER. You must send or fax these copies to the MRO and DER within 24 hours or the next business day.
</P>
<P>(c) As the DER, if the collector informs you that the employee has not provided a sufficient amount of specimen (<I>see</I> paragraph (b) of this section), you must, after consulting with the MRO, direct the employee to obtain, within five days, an evaluation from a licensed physician, acceptable to the MRO, who has expertise in the medical issues raised by the employee's failure to provide a urine (<I>see</I> paragraph (b)(1) of this section) or oral fluid (<I>see</I> paragraph (b)(2) of this section) sufficient specimen, but not both. The evaluation and MRO determination required by this section only applies to the oral fluid or the urine insufficient specimen that was the final methodology at the collection site. (The MRO may perform this evaluation if the MRO has appropriate expertise.)
</P>
<P>(1) As the MRO, if another physician will perform the evaluation, you must provide the other physician with the following information and instructions:
</P>
<P>(i) That the employee was required to take a DOT drug test, but was unable to provide a sufficient amount of specimen to complete the test;
</P>
<P>(ii) The consequences of the appropriate DOT agency regulation for refusing to take the required drug test;
</P>
<P>(iii) That the referral physician must agree to follow the requirements of paragraphs (d) through (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) As the referral physician conducting this evaluation, you must recommend that the MRO make one of the following determinations:
</P>
<P>(1) A medical condition has, or with a high degree of probability could have, precluded the employee from providing a sufficient amount of specimen. As the MRO, if you accept this recommendation, you must:
</P>
<P>(i) Check “Test Cancelled” (Step 6) on the CCF; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Sign and date the CCF.
</P>
<P>(2) There is not an adequate basis for determining that a medical condition has, or with a high degree of probability could have, precluded the employee from providing a sufficient amount of specimen. As the MRO, if you accept this recommendation, you must:
</P>
<P>(i) Check the “Refusal to Test” box and “Other” box in Step 6 on Copy 2 of the CCF and note the reason next to the “Other” box and on the “Remarks” lines, as needed.
</P>
<P>(ii) Sign and date the CCF.
</P>
<P>(e) For purposes of this paragraph, a medical condition includes an ascertainable physiological condition (<I>e.g.,</I> a urinary system dysfunction in the case of a urine test or autoimmune disorder in the case of an oral fluid test), or a medically documented pre-existing psychological disorder, but does not include unsupported assertions of “situational anxiety” or dehydration.
</P>
<P>(f) As the referral physician making the evaluation, after completing your evaluation, you must provide a written statement of your recommendations and the basis for them to the MRO. You must not include in this statement detailed information on the employee's medical condition beyond what is necessary to explain your conclusion.
</P>
<P>(g) If, as the referral physician making this evaluation in the case of a pre-employment, return-to-duty, or follow-up test, you determine that the employee's medical condition is a serious and permanent or long-term disability that is highly likely to prevent the employee from providing a sufficient amount of specimen for a very long or indefinite period of time, you must set forth your determination and the reasons for it in your written statement to the MRO. As the MRO, upon receiving such a report, you must follow the requirements of § 40.195, where applicable.
</P>
<P>(h) As the MRO, you must seriously consider and assess the referral physician's recommendations in making your determination about whether the employee has a medical condition that has, or with a high degree of probability could have, precluded the employee from providing a sufficient amount of specimen. You must report your determination to the DER in writing as soon as you make it.
</P>
<P>(i) As the employer, when you receive a report from the MRO indicating that a test is cancelled as provided in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, you take no further action with respect to the employee. If the test reason was 'random', the employee remains in the random testing pool. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27647, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.195" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.9.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.195   What happens when an individual is unable to provide a sufficient amount of specimen for a pre-employment, follow-up, or return-to-duty test because of a permanent or long-term medical condition?</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section concerns a situation in which an employee has a medical condition that precludes him or her from providing a sufficient specimen for a pre-employment follow-up or return-to-duty test and the condition involves a permanent or long-term disability. As the MRO in this situation, you must do the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) You must determine if there is clinical evidence that the individual is an illicit drug user. You must make this determination by personally conducting, or causing to be conducted, a medical evaluation and through consultation with the employee's physician and/or the physician who conducted the evaluation under § 40.193(d). 
</P>
<P>(2) If you do not personally conduct the medical evaluation, you must ensure that one is conducted by a licensed physician acceptable to you. 
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this section, the MRO or the physician conducting the evaluation may conduct an alternative test (<I>e.g.,</I> blood) as part of the medically appropriate procedures in determining clinical evidence of drug use. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the medical evaluation reveals no clinical evidence of drug use, as the MRO, you must report the result to the employer as a negative test with written notations regarding results of both the evaluation conducted under § 40.193(d) and any further medical examination. This report must state the basis for the determination that a permanent or long-term medical condition exists, making provision of a sufficient urine specimen impossible, and for the determination that no signs and symptoms of drug use exist. 
</P>
<P>(1) Check “Negative” (Step 6) on the CCF. 
</P>
<P>(2) Sign and date the CCF. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the medical evaluation reveals clinical evidence of drug use, as the MRO, you must report the result to the employer as a cancelled test with written notations regarding results of both the evaluation conducted under § 40.193(d) and any further medical examination. This report must state that a permanent or long-term medical condition exists, making provision of a sufficient urine specimen impossible, and state the reason for the determination that signs and symptoms of drug use exist. Because this is a cancelled test, it does not serve the purposes of a negative test (<I>i.e.,</I> the employer is not authorized to allow the employee to begin or resume performing safety-sensitive functions, because a negative test is needed for that purpose). 
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section, permanent or long-term medical conditions are those physiological, anatomic, or psychological abnormalities documented as being present prior to the attempted collection, and considered not amenable to correction or cure for an extended period of time, if ever. 
</P>
<P>(1) Examples would include destruction (any cause) of the glomerular filtration system leading to renal failure; unrepaired traumatic disruption of the urinary tract; or a severe psychiatric disorder focused on genito-urinary matters. 
</P>
<P>(2) Acute or temporary medical conditions, such as cystitis, urethritis or prostatitis, though they might interfere with collection for a limited period of time, cannot receive the same exceptional consideration as the permanent or long-term conditions discussed in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41953, Aug. 9, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.197" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.9.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.197   What happens when an employer receives a report of a dilute urine specimen?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the employer, if the MRO informs you that a positive drug test was dilute, you simply treat the test as a verified positive test. You must not direct the employee to take another test based on the fact that the specimen was dilute. 
</P>
<P>(b) As an employer, if the MRO informs you that a negative test was dilute, take the following action:
</P>
<P>(1) If the MRO directs you to conduct a recollection under direct observation (<I>i.e.,</I> because the creatinine concentration of the specimen was equal to or greater than 2mg/dL, but less than or equal to 5 mg/dL (<I>see</I> § 40.155(c)), you must do so immediately. 
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise (<I>i.e.,</I> if the creatinine concentration of the dilute specimen is greater than 5 mg/dL), you may, but are not required to, direct the employee to take another test immediately. 
</P>
<P>(i) Such recollections must not be collected under direct observation, unless there is another basis for use of direct observation (see § 40.67 (b) and (c)). 
</P>
<P>(ii) You must treat all employees the same for this purpose. For example, you must not retest some employees and not others. You may, however, establish different policies for different types of tests (<I>e.g.,</I> conduct retests in pre-employment situations, but not in random test situations). You must inform your employees in advance of your decisions on these matters. 
</P>
<P>(c) The following provisions apply to all tests you direct an employee to take under paragraph (b) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) You must ensure that the employee is given the minimum possible advance notice that he or she must go to the collection site; 
</P>
<P>(2) You must treat the result of the test you directed the employee to take under paragraph (b) of this section—and not a prior test—as the test result of record, on which you rely for purposes of this part; 
</P>
<P>(3) If the result of the test you directed the employee to take under paragraph (b)(1) of this section is also negative and dilute, you are not permitted to make the employee take an additional test because the result was dilute.
</P>
<P>(4) If the result of the test you directed the employee to take under paragraph (b)(2) of this section is also negative and dilute, you are not permitted to make the employee take an additional test because the result was dilute. Provided, however, that if the MRO directs you to conduct a recollection under direct observation under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, you must immediately do so.
</P>
<P>(5) If the employee declines to take a test you directed him or her to take under paragraph (b) of this section, the employee has refused the test for purposes of this part and DOT agency regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 31626, May 28, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 64867, Nov. 9, 2004; 73 FR 35974, June 25, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.199" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.9.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.199   What problems always cause a drug test to be cancelled?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the MRO, when the laboratory discovers a “fatal flaw” during its processing of incoming specimens (see § 40.83), the laboratory will report to you that the specimen has been “Rejected for Testing” (with the reason stated). You must always cancel such a test. 
</P>
<P>(b) The following are “fatal flaws”:
</P>
<P>(1) There is no CCF;
</P>
<P>(2) In cases where a specimen has been collected, there is no specimen submitted with the CCF;
</P>
<P>(3) There is no printed collector's name and no collector's signature;
</P>
<P>(4) Two separate collections are performed using one CCF;
</P>
<P>(5) The specimen ID numbers on the specimen bottle and the CCF do not match;
</P>
<P>(6) The specimen bottle seal is broken or shows evidence of tampering (and a split specimen cannot be re-designated, see § 40.83(h)); or
</P>
<P>(7) Because of leakage or other causes, there is an insufficient amount of specimen in the primary specimen bottle for analysis and the specimens cannot be re-designated (<I>see</I> § 40.83(h)).
</P>
<P>(8) For an oral fluid collection, the collector used an expired device at the time of collection.
</P>
<P>(9) For an oral fluid collection, the collector failed to enter the expiration date in Step 4 of the CCF and the laboratory confirmed that the device was expired.
</P>
<P>(c) You must report the result as provided in § 40.161. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 82 FR 52245, Nov. 13, 2017; 88 FR 27648, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.201" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.9.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.201   What problems always cause a drug test to be cancelled and may result in a requirement for another collection?</HEAD>
<P>As the MRO, you must cancel a drug test when a laboratory reports that any of the following problems have occurred. You must inform the DER that the test was cancelled. You must also direct the DER to ensure that an additional collection occurs immediately, if required by the applicable procedures specified in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(a) The laboratory reports an “Invalid Result.” You must follow applicable procedures in § 40.159 (recollection under direct observation may be required). 
</P>
<P>(b) The laboratory reports the result as “Rejected for Testing.” You must follow applicable procedures in § 40.161 (a recollection may be required). 
</P>
<P>(c) The laboratory reports that the split specimen failed to reconfirm all of the primary specimen results because the drug(s)/drug metabolite(s) were not detected; adulteration criteria were not met; and/or substitution criteria were not met. You must follow the applicable procedures in § 40.187(b)—no recollection is required in this case, unless the split specimen creatinine concentration for a substituted primary specimen was greater than or equal to 2mg/dL but less than or equal to 5mg/ dL, or the primary specimen had an invalid result which was not reported to the DER. Both these cases require recollection under direct observation.
</P>
<P>(d) The laboratory reports that the split specimen failed to reconfirm all of the primary specimen results, and that the split specimen was invalid. You must follow the procedures in § 40.187(c)(1)—recollection under direct observation is required in this case.
</P>
<P>(e) The laboratory reports that the split specimen failed to reconfirm all of the primary specimen results because the split specimen was not available for testing or there was no split laboratory available to test the specimen. You must follow the applicable procedures in § 40.187(e)—recollection under direct observation is required in this case.
</P>
<P>(f) The examining physician has determined that there is an acceptable medical explanation of the employee's failure to provide a sufficient amount of specimen. You must follow applicable procedures in § 40.193(d)(1) (no recollection is required in this case). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 73 FR 35974, June 25, 2008; 88 FR 27648, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.203" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.9.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.203   What problems cause a drug test to be cancelled unless they are corrected?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the MRO, when a laboratory discovers a “correctable flaw” during its processing of incoming specimens (see § 40.83), the laboratory will attempt to correct it. If the laboratory is unsuccessful in this attempt, it will report to you that the specimen has been “Rejected for Testing” (with the reason stated). 
</P>
<P>(b) The following is a “correctable flaw” that laboratories must attempt to correct: The collector's signature is omitted on the certification statement on the CCF.
</P>
<P>(c) As the MRO, when you discover a “correctable flaw” during your review of the CCF, you must cancel the test unless the flaw is corrected. 
</P>
<P>(d) The following are correctable flaws that you must attempt to correct: 
</P>
<P>(1) The employee's signature is omitted from the certification statement, unless the employee's failure or refusal to sign is noted on the “Remarks” line of the CCF. 
</P>
<P>(2) The certifying scientist's signature is omitted on Copy 1 of the CCF for a positive, adulterated, substituted, or invalid test result.
</P>
<P>(3) The collector uses a non-Federal form or an expired CCF for the test. This flaw may be corrected through the procedure set forth in § 40.205(b)(2), provided that the collection testing process has been conducted in accordance with the procedures in this part in an HHS-certified laboratory.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41954, Aug. 9, 2001; 75 FR 59108, Sept. 27, 2010; 76 FR 59578, Sept. 27, 2011; 82 FR 52246, Nov. 13, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.205" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.9.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.205   How are drug test problems corrected?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a collector, you have the responsibility of trying to successfully complete a collection procedure for each employee. 
</P>
<P>(1) If, during or shortly after the collection process, you become aware of any event that prevents the completion of a valid test or collection (<I>e.g.,</I> a procedural or paperwork error), you must try to correct the problem promptly, if doing so is practicable. You may conduct another collection as part of this effort. 
</P>
<P>(2) If another collection is necessary, you must begin the new collection procedure as soon as possible, using a new CCF and a new collection kit. 
</P>
<P>(b) If, as a collector, laboratory, MRO, employer, or other person implementing these drug testing regulations, you become aware of a problem that can be corrected (see § 40.203), but which has not already been corrected under paragraph (a) of this section, you must take all practicable action to correct the problem so that the test is not cancelled. 
</P>
<P>(1) If the problem resulted from the omission of required information, you must, as the person responsible for providing that information, supply in writing the missing information and a statement that it is true and accurate. For example, suppose you are a collector, and you forgot to make a notation on the “Remarks” line of the CCF that the employee did not sign the certification. You would, when the problem is called to your attention, supply a signed statement that the employee failed or refused to sign the certification and that your statement is true and accurate. You must supply this information on the same business day on which you are notified of the problem, transmitting it by fax or courier. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the problem is the use of a non-Federal form or an expired Federal form, you must provide a signed statement (i.e., a memorandum for the record). It must state that the incorrect form contains all the information needed for a valid DOT drug test, and that the incorrect form was used inadvertently or as the only means of conducting a test, in circumstances beyond your control. The statement must also list the steps you have taken to prevent future use of non-Federal forms or expired Federal forms for DOT tests. For this flaw to be corrected, the test of the specimen must have occurred at a HHS-certified laboratory where it was tested consistent with the requirements of this part. You must supply this information on the same business day on which you are notified of the problem, transmitting it by fax or courier.
</P>
<P>(3) You must maintain the written documentation of a correction with the CCF. 
</P>
<P>(4) You must mark the CCF in such a way (<I>e.g.,</I> stamp noting correction) as to make it obvious on the face of the CCF that you corrected the flaw. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the correction does not take place, as the MRO you must cancel the test. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41954, Aug. 9, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.207" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.9.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.207   What is the effect of a cancelled drug test?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A cancelled drug test is neither positive nor negative. 
</P>
<P>(1) As an employer, you must not attach to a cancelled test the consequences of a positive test or other violation of a DOT drug testing regulation (<I>e.g.,</I> removal from a safety-sensitive position). 
</P>
<P>(2) As an employer, you must not use a cancelled test for the purposes of a negative test to authorize the employee to perform safety-sensitive functions (<I>i.e.,</I> in the case of a pre-employment, return-to-duty, or follow-up test). 
</P>
<P>(3) However, as an employer, you must not direct a recollection for an employee because a test has been cancelled, except in the situations cited in paragraph (a)(2) of this section or other provisions of this part that require another test to be conducted (<I>e.g.,</I> §§ 40.159(a)(5) and 40.187(b)(2), (c)(1), and (e). 
</P>
<P>(b) A cancelled test does not count toward compliance with DOT requirements (<I>e.g.,</I> being applied toward the number of tests needed to meet the employer's minimum random testing rate). 
</P>
<P>(c) A cancelled DOT test does not provide a valid basis for an employer to conduct a non-DOT test (<I>i.e.,</I> a test under company authority). 
</P>
<P>(d) If a test is cancelled for a correctible flaw (<I>e.g.,</I> § 40.203 or § 40.205), only the MRO who cancelled the test can reverse the cancellation and must do so within 60 days of the cancellation. After 60 days, the MRO who cancelled the test cannot reverse the cancellation without the permission of ODAPC. For example, if an MRO cancels a test because the MRO did not receive a copy of the CCF, but later receives a copy of the CCF, the MRO may reverse the decision to cancel the test within 60 days. After 60 days, the MRO must contact ODAPC for permission to reverse the cancellation. An MRO must not reverse the cancellation of a test that the laboratory has reported as rejected for testing, as described in § 40.83(g). A laboratory is not authorized to reverse a cancellation due to a fatal flaw, as described in § 40.199.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 73 FR 35975, June 25, 2008; 88 FR 27648, May 2, 2023; 89 FR 51983, June 21, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.208" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.9.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.208   What problems require corrective action but do not result in the cancellation of a test?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If, as a laboratory, collector, employer, or other person implementing the DOT drug testing program, you become aware that any of the following omissions listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section occurred, you must take corrective action, including securing a memorandum for the record explaining the problem and taking appropriate action to ensure the problem does not recur:
</P>
<P>(1) For a urine collection, the specimen temperature on the CCF was not checked and the “Remarks” line did not contain an entry regarding the temperature being out of range; or
</P>
<P>(2) For an oral fluid collection, the collector failed to check the box in Step 2 of the CCF that indicates “Each Device was Within Expiration Date” but the collector entered the “Split Specimen Device Expiration Date” in Step 4 of the CCF.
</P>
<P>(3) For an oral fluid collection, the collector erred by entering the expiration date as the “Primary/Single Specimen Device Expiration Date” instead of entering the date as the “Split Specimen Device Expiration Date” in Step 4 of the CCF.
</P>
<P>(b) The errors listed in paragraph (a) of this section do not result in the cancellation of the test.
</P>
<P>(c) As an employer or service agent, the errors listed in paragraph (a) of this section, even though not sufficient to cancel a drug test result, may subject you to enforcement action under DOT agency regulations or subpart R of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27649, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.209" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.9.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.209   What procedural problems do not result in the cancellation of a test and do not require correction?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a collector, laboratory, MRO, employer or other person administering the drug testing process, you must document any errors in the testing process of which you become aware, even if they are not considered problems that will cause a test to be cancelled as listed in this subpart. Decisions about the ultimate impact of these errors will be determined by other administrative or legal proceedings, subject to the limitations of paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) No person concerned with the testing process may declare a test cancelled based on an error that does not have a significant adverse effect on the right of the employee to have a fair and accurate test. Matters that do not result in the cancellation of a test include, but are not limited to, the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) A minor administrative mistake (<I>e.g.,</I> the omission of the employee's middle initial, a transposition of numbers in the employee's SSN or Employee ID No., the omission of the DOT Agency in Step 1-D of the CCF.)
</P>
<P>(2) An error that does not affect employee protections under this part (<I>e.g.,</I> the collector's failure to add bluing agent to the toilet bowl, which adversely affects only the ability of the collector to detect tampering with the specimen by the employee); 
</P>
<P>(3) The collection of a specimen by a collector who is required to have been trained (<I>see</I> § 40.33 or 40.35), but who has not met this requirement; 
</P>
<P>(4) A delay in the collection process (see § 40.61(a)); 
</P>
<P>(5) Verification of a test result by an MRO who has the basic credentials to be qualified as an MRO (see § 40.121(a) through (b)) but who has not met training and/or documentation requirements (see § 40.121(c) through (e)); 
</P>
<P>(6) The failure to directly observe or monitor a collection that the rule requires or permits to be directly observed or monitored, or the unauthorized use of direct observation or monitoring for a collection; 
</P>
<P>(7) The fact that a test was conducted in a facility that does not meet the requirements of § 40.42; 
</P>
<P>(8) If the specific name of the courier on the CCF is omitted or erroneous; 
</P>
<P>(9) Personal identifying information is inadvertently contained on the CCF (<I>e.g.,</I> the employee signs his or her name on Copy 1); or
</P>
<P>(10) Claims that the employee was improperly selected for testing.
</P>
<P>(11) The failure to use a new CCF for a second collection after an insufficient specimen was conducted under a different methodology (<I>e.g.,</I> failing to use a new CCF for an oral fluid test after an insufficient quantity of urine was produced on a urine test.) 
</P>
<P>(c) As an employer or service agent, these types of errors, even though not sufficient to cancel a drug test result, may subject you to enforcement action under DOT agency regulations or action under Subpart R of this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41954, Aug. 9, 2001; 75 FR 59108, Sept. 27, 2010; 88 FR 27649, May 2, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.210" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.9.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.210   What kinds of drug tests are permitted under the regulations?</HEAD>
<P>Both urine and oral fluid specimens are authorized for collection and testing under this part. An employer can use one or the other, but not both at the beginning of the testing event. For example, if an employee is sent for a test, either a urine or oral fluid specimen can be collected, but not both simultaneously. However, if there is a problem in the collection that necessitates a second collection (<I>e.g.,</I> insufficient quantity of urine, temperature out of range, or insufficient saliva), then a different specimen type could be chosen by the employer (<I>i.e.,</I> through a standing order or a discussion with the collector) or its service agent (<I>i.e.,</I> if there is no standing order and the service agent cannot contact the DER) to complete the collection process for the testing event. Only urine and oral fluid specimens screened and confirmed at HHS-certified laboratories (<I>see</I> § 40.81) are allowed for drug testing under this part. Point-of-collection (POC) urine, POC oral fluid drug testing, hair testing, or instant tests are not authorized.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27649, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Alcohol Testing Personnel</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.211" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.10.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.211   Who conducts DOT alcohol tests?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Screening test technicians (STTs) and breath alcohol technicians (BATs) meeting their respective requirements of this subpart are the only people authorized to conduct DOT alcohol tests. 
</P>
<P>(b) An STT can conduct only alcohol screening tests, but a BAT can conduct alcohol screening and confirmation tests. 
</P>
<P>(c) As a BAT- or STT-qualified immediate supervisor of a particular employee, you may not act as the STT or BAT when that employee is tested, unless no other STT or BAT is available and DOT agency regulations do not prohibit you from doing so. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.213" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.10.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.213   What training requirements must STTs and BATs meet?</HEAD>
<P>To be permitted to act as a BAT or STT in the DOT alcohol testing program, you must meet each of the requirements of this section: 
</P>
<P>(a) You must be knowledgeable about the alcohol testing procedures in this part and the current DOT guidance. Procedures and guidance are available from ODAPC (Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590, 202-366-3784, or on the ODAPC Web site, <I>http://www.transportation.gov/odapc</I>). You must keep current on any changes to these materials. You must subscribe to the ODAPC list-serve at (<I>https://www.transportation.gov/odapc/get-odapc-email-updates</I>).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Qualification training.</I> You must receive qualification training meeting the requirements of this paragraph (b). 
</P>
<P>(1) Qualification training must be in accordance with the DOT Model BAT or STT Course, as applicable. The DOT Model Courses are available from ODAPC (Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington DC, 20590, 202-366-3784, or on the ODAPC web site, <I>http://www.dot.gov/ost/dapc</I>). The training can also be provided using a course of instruction equivalent to the DOT Model Courses. On request, ODAPC will review BAT and STT instruction courses for equivalency.
</P>
<P>(2) Qualification training must include training to proficiency in using the alcohol testing procedures of this part and in the operation of the particular alcohol testing device(s) (<I>i.e.,</I> the ASD(s) or EBT(s)) you will be using. 
</P>
<P>(3) The training must emphasize that you are responsible for maintaining the integrity of the testing process, ensuring the privacy of employees being tested, and avoiding conduct or statements that could be viewed as offensive or inappropriate. 
</P>
<P>(4) The instructor must be an individual who has demonstrated necessary knowledge, skills, and abilities by regularly conducting DOT alcohol tests as an STT or BAT, as applicable, for a period of at least a year, who has conducted STT or BAT training, as applicable, under this part for a year, or who has successfully completed a “train the trainer” course. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Initial Proficiency Demonstration.</I> Following your completion of qualification training under paragraph (b) of this section, you must demonstrate proficiency in alcohol testing under this part by completing seven consecutive error-free mock tests (BATs) or five consecutive error-free tests (STTs). 
</P>
<P>(1) Another person must monitor and evaluate your performance, in person or by a means that provides real-time observation and interaction between the instructor and trainee, and attest in writing that the mock collections are “error-free.” This person must be an individual who meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) These tests must use the alcohol testing devices (<I>e.g.,</I> EBT(s) or ASD(s)) that you will use as a BAT or STT. 
</P>
<P>(3) If you are an STT who will be using an ASD that indicates readings by changes, contrasts, or other readings in color, you must demonstrate as part of the mock test that you are able to discern changes, contrasts, or readings correctly. 
</P>
<P>(d) You must meet the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section before you begin to perform STT or BAT functions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Refresher training.</I> No less frequently than every five years from the date on which you satisfactorily complete the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, you must complete refresher training that meets all the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Error Correction Training.</I> If you make a mistake in the alcohol testing process that causes a test to be cancelled (<I>i.e.,</I> a fatal or uncorrected flaw), you must undergo error correction training. This training must occur within 30 days of the date you are notified of the error that led to the need for retraining. 
</P>
<P>(1) Error correction training must be provided and your proficiency documented in writing by a person who meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) Error correction training is required to cover only the subject matter area(s) in which the error that caused the test to be cancelled occurred. 
</P>
<P>(3) As part of the error correction training, you must demonstrate your proficiency in the alcohol testing procedures of this part by completing three consecutive error-free mock tests. The mock tests must include one uneventful scenario and two scenarios related to the area(s) in which your error(s) occurred. The person providing the training must monitor and evaluate your performance and attest in writing that the mock tests were error-free. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Documentation.</I> You must maintain documentation showing that you currently meet all requirements of this section. You must provide this documentation on request to DOT agency representatives and to employers and C/TPAs who are negotiating to use your services. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Other persons who may serve as BATs or STTs.</I> (1) Anyone meeting the requirements of this section to be a BAT may act as an STT, provided that the individual has demonstrated initial proficiency in the operation of the ASD that he or she is using, as provided in paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) Law enforcement officers who have been certified by state or local governments to conduct breath alcohol testing are deemed to be qualified as BATs. They are not required to also complete the training requirements of this section in order to act as BATs. In order for a test conducted by such an officer to be accepted under DOT alcohol testing requirements, the officer must have been certified by a state or local government to use the EBT or ASD that was used for the test. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41954, Aug. 9, 2001; 75 FR 5244, Feb. 2, 2010; 82 FR 52246, Nov. 13, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.215" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.10.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.215   What information about the DER do employers have to provide to BATs and STTs?</HEAD>
<P>As an employer, you must provide to the STTs and BATs the name and telephone number of the appropriate DER (and C/TPA, where applicable) to contact about any problems or issues that may arise during the testing process. 




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Testing Sites, Forms, Equipment and Supplies Used in Alcohol Testing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.221" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.11.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.221   Where does an alcohol test take place?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A DOT alcohol test must take place at an alcohol testing site meeting the requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) If you are operating an alcohol testing site, you must ensure that it meets the security requirements of § 40.223. 
</P>
<P>(c) If you are operating an alcohol testing site, you must ensure that it provides visual and aural privacy to the employee being tested, sufficient to prevent unauthorized persons from seeing or hearing test results. 
</P>
<P>(d) If you are operating an alcohol testing site, you must ensure that it has all needed personnel, materials, equipment, and facilities to provide for the collection and analysis of breath and/or saliva samples, and a suitable clean surface for writing. 
</P>
<P>(e) If an alcohol testing site fully meeting all the visual and aural privacy requirements of paragraph (c) is not readily available, this part allows a reasonable suspicion or post-accident test to be conducted at a site that partially meets these requirements. In this case, the site must afford visual and aural privacy to the employee to the greatest extent practicable. 
</P>
<P>(f) An alcohol testing site can be in a medical facility, a mobile facility (<I>e.g.,</I> a van), a dedicated collection facility, or any other location meeting the requirements of this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.223" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.11.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.223   What steps must be taken to protect the security of alcohol testing sites?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are a BAT, STT, or other person operating an alcohol testing site, you must prevent unauthorized personnel from entering the testing site. 
</P>
<P>(1) The only people you are to treat as authorized persons are employees being tested, BATs, STTs, and other alcohol testing site workers, DERs, employee representatives authorized by the employer (<I>e.g.,</I> on the basis of employer policy or labor-management agreement), and DOT agency representatives. 
</P>
<P>(2) You must ensure that all persons are under the supervision of a BAT or STT at all times when permitted into the site. 
</P>
<P>(3) You may remove any person who obstructs, interferes with, or causes unnecessary delay in the testing process. 
</P>
<P>(b) As the BAT or STT, you must not allow any person other than you, the employee, or a DOT agency representative to actually witness the testing process (see §§ 40.241-40.255). 
</P>
<P>(c) If you are operating an alcohol testing site, you must ensure that when an EBT or ASD is not being used for testing, you store it in a secure place. 
</P>
<P>(d) If you are operating an alcohol testing site, you must ensure that no one other than BATs or other employees of the site have access to the site when an EBT is unsecured. 
</P>
<P>(e) As a BAT or STT, to avoid distraction that could compromise security, you are limited to conducting an alcohol test for only one employee at a time. 
</P>
<P>(1) When an EBT screening test on an employee indicates an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or higher, and the same EBT will be used for the confirmation test, you are not allowed to use the EBT for a test on another employee before completing the confirmation test on the first employee. 
</P>
<P>(2) As a BAT who will conduct both the screening and the confirmation test, you are to complete the entire screening and confirmation process on one employee before starting the screening process on another employee. 
</P>
<P>(3) You are not allowed to leave the alcohol testing site while the testing process for a given employee is in progress, except to notify a supervisor or contact a DER for assistance in the case an employee or other person who obstructs, interferes with, or unnecessarily delays the testing process. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.225" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.11.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.225   What form is used for an alcohol test?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The DOT Alcohol Testing Form (ATF) must be used for every DOT alcohol test. The ATF must be a three-part carbonless manifold form. The ATF is found in appendix I to this part. You may view this form on the ODAPC web site (<I>http://www.transportation.gov/odapc</I>). 
</P>
<P>(b) As an employer in the DOT alcohol testing program, you are not permitted to modify or revise the ATF except as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) You may include other information needed for billing purposes, outside the boundaries of the form. 
</P>
<P>(2) You may use a ATF directly generated by an EBT which omits the space for affixing a separate printed result to the ATF, provided the EBT prints the result directly on the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(3) You may use an ATF that has the employer's name, address, and telephone number preprinted. In addition, a C/TPA's name, address, and telephone number may be included, to assist with negative results. 
</P>
<P>(4) You may use an ATF in which all pages are printed on white paper. You may modify the ATF by using colored paper, or have clearly discernable borders or designation statements on Copy 2 and Copy 3. When colors are used, they must be green for Copy 2 and blue for Copy 3.
</P>
<P>(5) As a BAT or STT, you may add, on the “Remarks” line of the ATF, the name of the DOT agency under whose authority the test occurred. 
</P>
<P>(6) As a BAT or STT, you may use a ATF that has your name, address, and telephone number preprinted, but under no circumstances can your signature be preprinted. 
</P>
<P>(c) As an employer, you may use an equivalent foreign-language version of the ATF approved by ODAPC. You may use such a non-English language form only in a situation where both the employee and BAT/STT understand and can use the form in that language.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41954, Aug. 9, 2001; 75 FR 8529, Feb. 25, 2010; 75 FR 13009, Mar. 18, 2010; 82 FR 52246, Nov. 13, 2017; 88 FR 27649, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.227" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.11.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.227   May employers use the ATF for non-DOT tests, or non-DOT forms for DOT tests?</HEAD>
<P>(a) No, as an employer, BAT, or STT, you are prohibited from using the ATF for non-DOT alcohol tests. You are also prohibited from using non-DOT forms for DOT alcohol tests. Doing either subjects you to enforcement action under DOT agency regulations. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the STT or BAT, either by mistake, or as the only means to conduct a test under difficult circumstances (<I>e.g.,</I> post-accident test with insufficient time to obtain the ATF), uses a non-DOT form for a DOT test, the use of a non-DOT form does not, in and of itself, require the employer or service agent to cancel the test. However, in order for the test to be considered valid, a signed statement must be obtained from the STT or BAT in accordance with § 40.271(b) . 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.229" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.11.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.229   What devices are used to conduct alcohol screening tests?</HEAD>
<P>ASDs listed on ODAPC's Web page for “Approved Screening Devices to Measure Alcohol in Bodily Fluids” and EBTs listed on ODAPC's Web page for “Approved Evidential Breath Measurement Devices” are the only devices you are allowed to use to conduct alcohol screening tests under this part. You may use an ASD for DOT alcohol tests only if there are instructions for its use in this part. An ASD can be used only for screening tests for alcohol, and must not be used for confirmation tests.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 52246, Nov. 13, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.231" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.11.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.231   What devices are used to conduct alcohol confirmation tests?</HEAD>
<P>(a) EBTs on ODAPC's Web page for “Approved Evidential Breath Measurement Devices” that meet the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section are the only devices you may use to conduct alcohol confirmation tests under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) To conduct a confirmation test, you must use an EBT that has the following capabilities: 
</P>
<P>(1) Provides a printed triplicate result (or three consecutive identical copies of a result) of each breath test; 
</P>
<P>(2) Assigns a unique number to each completed test, which the BAT and employee can read before each test and which is printed on each copy of the result; 
</P>
<P>(3) Prints, on each copy of the result, the manufacturer's name for the device, its serial number, and the time of the test; 
</P>
<P>(4) Distinguishes alcohol from acetone at the 0.02 alcohol concentration level; 
</P>
<P>(5) Tests an air blank; and 
</P>
<P>(6) Performs an external calibration check. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 82 FR 52246, Nov. 13, 2017]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.233" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.11.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.233   What are the requirements for proper use and care of EBTs?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an EBT manufacturer, you must submit, for NHTSA approval, a quality assurance plan (QAP) for your EBT before ODAPC places the EBT on its Web page for “Approved Evidential Breath Measurement Devices.”
</P>
<P>(1) Your QAP must specify the methods used to perform external calibration checks on the EBT, the tolerances within which the EBT is regarded as being in proper calibration, and the intervals at which these checks must be performed. In designating these intervals, your QAP must take into account factors like frequency of use, environmental conditions (<I>e.g.,</I> temperature, humidity, altitude) and type of operation (<I>e.g.,</I> stationary or mobile). 
</P>
<P>(2) Your QAP must also specify the inspection, maintenance, and calibration requirements and intervals for the EBT. 
</P>
<P>(b) As the manufacturer, you must include, with each EBT, instructions for its use and care consistent with the QAP. 
</P>
<P>(c) As the user of the EBT (<I>e.g.,</I> employer, service agent), you must do the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) You must follow the manufacturer's instructions (see paragraph (b) of this section), including performance of external calibration checks at the intervals the instructions specify. 
</P>
<P>(2) In conducting external calibration checks, you must use only calibration devices appearing on NHTSA's CPL for “Calibrating Units for Breath Alcohol Tests.” 
</P>
<P>(3) If an EBT fails an external check of calibration, you must take the EBT out of service. You may not use the EBT again for DOT alcohol testing until it is repaired and passes an external calibration check. 
</P>
<P>(4) You must maintain records of the inspection, maintenance, and calibration of EBTs as provided in § 40.333(a)(3).
</P>
<P>(5) You must ensure that inspection, maintenance, and calibration of the EBT are performed by its manufacturer or a maintenance representative certified either by the manufacturer or by a state health agency or other appropriate state agency. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 82 FR 52246, Nov. 13, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.235" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.11.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.235   What are the requirements for proper use and care of ASDs?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an ASD manufacturer, you must submit, for NHTSA approval, a QAP for your ASD before NHTSA approves it and ODAPC places the device on its Web page for “Approved Screening Devices to Measure Alcohol in Bodily Fluids”. Your QAP must specify the methods used for quality control checks, temperatures at which the ASD must be stored and used, the shelf life of the device, and environmental conditions (<I>e.g.,</I> temperature, altitude, humidity) that may affect the ASD's performance.
</P>
<P>(b) As a manufacturer, you must include with each ASD instructions for its use and care consistent with the QAP. The instructions must include directions on the proper use of the ASD, and, where applicable the time within which the device must be read, and the manner in which the reading is made. 
</P>
<P>(c) As the user of the ADS (<I>e.g.,</I> employer, STT), you must follow the QAP instructions. 
</P>
<P>(d) You are not permitted to use an ASD that does not pass the specified quality control checks or that has passed its expiration date. 
</P>
<P>(e) As an employer, with respect to breath ASDs, you must also follow the device use and care requirements of § 40.233 . 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 82 FR 52246, Nov. 13, 2017]








</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Alcohol Screening Tests</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.241" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.12.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.241   What are the first steps in any alcohol screening test?</HEAD>
<P>As the BAT or STT you will take the following steps to begin all alcohol screening tests, regardless of the type of testing device you are using: 
</P>
<P>(a) When a specific time for an employee's test has been scheduled, or the collection site is at the employee's worksite, and the employee does not appear at the collection site at the scheduled time, contact the DER to determine the appropriate interval within which the DER has determined the employee is authorized to arrive. If the employee's arrival is delayed beyond that time, you must notify the DER that the employee has not reported for testing. In a situation where a C/TPA has notified an owner/operator or other individual employee to report for testing and the employee does not appear, the C/TPA must notify the employee that he or she has refused to test. 
</P>
<P>(b) Ensure that, when the employee enters the alcohol testing site, you begin the alcohol testing process without undue delay. For example, you must not wait because the employee says he or she is not ready or because an authorized employer or employee representative is delayed in arriving. 
</P>
<P>(1) If the employee is also going to take a DOT drug test, you must, to the greatest extent practicable, ensure that the alcohol test is completed before the urine collection process begins. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the employee needs medical attention (<I>e.g.,</I> an injured employee in an emergency medical facility who is required to have a post-accident test), do not delay this treatment to conduct a test. 
</P>
<P>(c) Require the employee to provide positive identification. You must see a photo ID issued by the employer (other than in the case of an owner-operator or other self-employer individual) or a Federal, state, or local government (<I>e.g.,</I> a driver's license). You may not accept faxes or photocopies of identification. Positive identification by an employer representative (not a co-worker or another employee being tested) is also acceptable. If the employee cannot produce positive identification, you must contact a DER to verify the identity of the employee. 
</P>
<P>(d) If the employee asks, provide your identification to the employee. Your identification must include your name and your employer's name but is not required to include your picture, address, or telephone number. 
</P>
<P>(e) Explain the testing procedure to the employee, including showing the employee the instructions on the back of the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(f) Complete Step 1 of the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(g) Direct the employee to complete Step 2 on the ATF and sign the certification. If the employee refuses to sign this certification, you must document this refusal on the “Remarks” line of the ATF and immediately notify the DER. This is a refusal to test. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.243" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.12.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.243   What is the procedure for an alcohol screening test using an EBT or non-evidential breath ASD?</HEAD>
<P>As the BAT or STT, you must take the following steps: 
</P>
<P>(a) Select, or allow the employee to select, an individually wrapped or sealed mouthpiece from the testing materials. 
</P>
<P>(b) Open the individually wrapped or sealed mouthpiece in view of the employee and insert it into the device in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 
</P>
<P>(c) Instruct the employee to blow steadily and forcefully into the mouthpiece for at least six seconds or until the device indicates that an adequate amount of breath has been obtained. 
</P>
<P>(d) Show the employee the displayed test result. 
</P>
<P>(e) If the device is one that prints the test number, testing device name and serial number, time, and result directly onto the ATF, you must check to ensure that the information has been printed correctly onto the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(f) If the device is one that prints the test number, testing device name and serial number, time and result, but on a separate printout rather than directly onto the ATF, you must affix the printout of the information to the designated space on the ATF with tamper-evident tape or use a self-adhesive label that is tamper-evident. 
</P>
<P>(g) If the device is one that does not print the test number, testing device name and serial number, time, and result, or it is a device not being used with a printer, you must record this information in Step 3 of the ATF. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.245" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.12.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.245   What is the procedure for an alcohol screening test using a saliva ASD or a breath tube ASD?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the STT or BAT, you must take the following steps when using the saliva ASD: 
</P>
<P>(1) Check the expiration date on the device or on the package containing the device and show it to the employee. You may not use the device after its expiration date. 
</P>
<P>(2) Open an individually wrapped or sealed package containing the device in the presence of the employee. 
</P>
<P>(3) Offer the employee the opportunity to use the device. If the employee uses it, you must instruct the employee to insert it into his or her mouth and use it in a manner described by the device's manufacturer. 
</P>
<P>(4) If the employee chooses not to use the device, or in all cases in which a new test is necessary because the device did not activate (see paragraph (a)(7) of this section), you must insert the device into the employee's mouth and gather saliva in the manner described by the device's manufacturer. You must wear single-use examination or similar gloves while doing so and change them following each test. 
</P>
<P>(5) When the device is removed from the employee's mouth, you must follow the manufacturer's instructions regarding necessary next steps in ensuring that the device has activated. 
</P>
<P>(6)(i) If you were unable to successfully follow the procedures of paragraphs (a)(3) through (a)(5) of this section (<I>e.g.,</I> the device breaks, you drop the device on the floor), you must discard the device and conduct a new test using a new device. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The new device you use must be one that has been under your control or that of the employer before the test. 
</P>
<P>(iii) You must note on the “Remarks” line of the ATF the reason for the new test. (Note: You may continue using the same ATF with which you began the test.) 
</P>
<P>(iv) You must offer the employee the choice of using the device or having you use it unless the employee, in the opinion of the STT or BAT, was responsible (<I>e.g.,</I> the employee dropped the device) for the new test needing to be conducted. 
</P>
<P>(v) If you are unable to successfully follow the procedures of paragraphs (a)(3) through (a)(5) of this section on the new test, you must end the collection and put an explanation on the “Remarks” line of the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(vi) You must then direct the employee to take a new test immediately, using an EBT for the screening test. 
</P>
<P>(7) If you are able to successfully follow the procedures of paragraphs (a)(3)-(a)(5) of this section, but the device does not activate, you must discard the device and conduct a new test, in the same manner as provided in paragraph (a)(6) of this section. In this case, you must place the device into the employee's mouth to collect saliva for the new test. 
</P>
<P>(8) You must read the result displayed on the device no sooner than the device's manufacturer instructs. In all cases the result displayed must be read within 15 minutes of the test. You must then show the device and it's reading to the employee and enter the result on the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(9) You must never re-use devices, swabs, gloves or other materials used in saliva testing. 
</P>
<P>(10) You must note the fact that you used a saliva ASD in Step 3 of the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(b) As the STT or BAT, you must take the following steps when using the breath tube ASD: 
</P>
<P>(1) Check the expiration date on the detector device and the electronic analyzer or on the package containing the device and the analyzer and show it to the employee. You must not use the device or the analyzer after their expiration date. You must not use an analyzer which is not specifically pre-calibrated for the device being used in the collection.
</P>
<P>(2) Remove the device from the package and secure an inflation bag onto the appropriate end of the device, as directed by the manufacturer on the device's instructions.
</P>
<P>(3) Break the tube's ampoule in the presence of the employee.
</P>
<P>(4) Offer the employee the opportunity to use the device. If the employee chooses to use (<I>e.g.</I> hold) the device, instruct the employee to blow forcefully and steadily into the blowing end of device until the inflation bag fills with air (approximately 12 seconds). 
</P>
<P>(5) If the employee chooses not to hold the device, you must hold it and provide the use instructions in paragraph (b)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(6) When the employee completes the breath process, take the device from the employee (or if you were holding it, remove it from the employee's mouth), remove the inflation bag, and prepare the device to be read by the analyzer in accordance with the manufacturer's directions.
</P>
<P>(7)(i) If you were unable to successfully follow the procedures of paragraphs (b)(4) through (b)(6) of this section (<I>e.g.,</I> the device breaks apart, the employee did not fill the inflation bag), you must discard the device and conduct a new test using a new one. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The new device you use must be one that has been under your control or that of the employer before the test. 
</P>
<P>(iii) You must note on the “Remarks” line of the ATF the reason for the new test. (Note: You may continue using the same ATF with which you began the test.) 
</P>
<P>(iv) You must offer the employee the choice of holding the device or having you hold it unless the employee, in the your opinion, was responsible (<I>e.g.,</I> the employee failed to fill the inflation bag) for the new test needing to be conducted. 
</P>
<P>(v) If you are unable to successfully follow the procedures of paragraphs (b)(4) through (b)(6) of this section on the new test, you must end the collection and put an explanation on the “Remarks” line of the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(vi) You must then direct the employee to take a new test immediately, using another type of ASD (<I>e.g.,</I> saliva device) or an EBT. 
</P>
<P>(8) If you were able to successfully follow the procedures of paragraphs (b)(4) through (b)(6) of this section and after having waited the required amount of time directed by the manufacturer for the detector device to incubate, you must place the device in the analyzer in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. The result must be read from the analyzer no earlier then the required incubation time of the device. In all cases, the result must be read within 15 minutes of the test.
</P>
<P>(9) You must follow the manufacturer's instructions for determining the result of the test. You must show the analyzer result to the employee and record the result on Step 3 of the ATF.
</P>
<P>(10) You must never re-use detector devices or any gloves used in breath tube testing. The inflation bag must be voided of air following removal from a device. Inflation bags and electronic analyzers may be re-used but only in accordance with the manufacturer's directions.
</P>
<P>(11) You must note the fact that you used a breath tube device in Step 3 of the ATF.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61522, Oct. 1, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 1299, Jan. 11, 2007; 89 FR 51983, June 21, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.247" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.12.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.247   What procedures does the BAT or STT follow after a screening test result?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the test result is an alcohol concentration of less than 0.02, as the BAT or STT, you must do the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Sign and date Step 3 of the ATF; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Transmit the result to the DER in a confidential manner, as provided in § 40.255 . 
</P>
<P>(b) If the test result is an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or higher, as the BAT or STT, you must direct the employee to take a confirmation test. 
</P>
<P>(1) If you are the BAT who will conduct the confirmation test, you must then conduct the test using the procedures beginning at § 40.251 . 
</P>
<P>(2) If you are not the BAT who will conduct the confirmation test, direct the employee to take a confirmation test, sign and date Step 3 of the ATF, and give the employee Copy 2 of the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the confirmation test will be performed at a different site from the screening test, you must take the following additional steps: 
</P>
<P>(i) Advise the employee not to eat, drink, put anything (<I>e.g.,</I> cigarette, chewing gum) into his or her mouth, or belch; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Tell the employee the reason for the waiting period required by § 40.251(a) (<I>i.e.,</I> to prevent an accumulation of mouth alcohol from leading to an artificially high reading); 
</P>
<P>(iii) Explain that following your instructions concerning the waiting period is to the employee's benefit; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Explain that the confirmation test will be conducted at the end of the waiting period, even if the instructions have not been followed; 
</P>
<P>(v) Note on the “Remarks” line of the ATF that the waiting period instructions were provided; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Instruct the person accompanying the employee to carry a copy of the ATF to the BAT who will perform the confirmation test; and 
</P>
<P>(vii) Ensure that you or another BAT, STT, or employer representative observe the employee as he or she is transported to the confirmation testing site. You must direct the employee not to attempt to drive a motor vehicle to the confirmation testing site. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the screening test is invalid, you must, as the BAT or STT, tell the employee the test is cancelled and note the problem on the “Remarks” line of the ATF. If practicable, repeat the testing process (see § 40.271). 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="M" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart M—Alcohol Confirmation Tests</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.251" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.13.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.251   What are the first steps in an alcohol confirmation test?</HEAD>
<P>As the BAT for an alcohol confirmation test, you must follow these steps to begin the confirmation test process: 
</P>
<P>(a) You must carry out a requirement for a waiting period before the confirmation test, by taking the following steps: 
</P>
<P>(1) You must ensure that the waiting period lasts at least 15 minutes, starting with the completion of the screening test. After the waiting period has elapsed, you should begin the confirmation test as soon as possible, but not more than 30 minutes after the completion of the screening test. 
</P>
<P>(i) If the confirmation test is taking place at a different location from the screening test (see § 40.247(b)(3)) the time of transit between sites counts toward the waiting period if the STT or BAT who conducted the screening test provided the waiting period instructions. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If you cannot verify, through review of the ATF, that waiting period instructions were provided, then you must carry out the waiting period requirement. 
</P>
<P>(iii) You or another BAT or STT, or an employer representative, must observe the employee during the waiting period. 
</P>
<P>(2) Concerning the waiting period, you must tell the employee: 
</P>
<P>(i) Not to eat, drink, put anything (<I>e.g.,</I> cigarette, chewing gum) into his or her mouth, or belch; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The reason for the waiting period (<I>i.e.,</I> to prevent an accumulation of mouth alcohol from leading to an artificially high reading); 
</P>
<P>(iii) That following your instructions concerning the waiting period is to the employee's benefit; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) That the confirmation test will be conducted at the end of the waiting period, even if the instructions have not been followed. 
</P>
<P>(3) If you become aware that the employee has not followed the instructions, you must note this on the “Remarks” line of the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(b) If you did not conduct the screening test for the employee, you must require positive identification of the employee, explain the confirmation procedures, and use a new ATF. You must note on the “Remarks” line of the ATF that a different BAT or STT conducted the screening test. 
</P>
<P>(c) Complete Step 1 of the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(d) Direct the employee to complete Step 2 on the ATF and sign the certification. If the employee refuses to sign this certification, you must document this refusal on the “Remarks” line of the ATF and immediately notify the DER. This is a refusal to test. 
</P>
<P>(e) Even if more than 30 minutes have passed since the screening test result was obtained, you must begin the confirmation test procedures in § 40.253, not another screening test. 
</P>
<P>(f) You must note on the “Remarks” line of the ATF the time that elapsed between the two events, and if the confirmation test could not begin within 30 minutes of the screening test, the reason why. 
</P>
<P>(g) Beginning the confirmation test procedures after the 30 minutes have elapsed does not invalidate the screening or confirmation tests, but it may constitute a regulatory violation subject to DOT agency sanction. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.253" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.13.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.253   What are the procedures for conducting an alcohol confirmation test?</HEAD>
<P>As the BAT conducting an alcohol confirmation test, you must follow these steps in order to complete the confirmation test process: 
</P>
<P>(a) In the presence of the employee, you must conduct an air blank on the EBT you are using before beginning the confirmation test and show the reading to the employee. 
</P>
<P>(1) If the reading is 0.00, the test may proceed. If the reading is greater than 0.00, you must conduct another air blank. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the reading on the second air blank is 0.00, the test may proceed. If the reading is greater than 0.00, you must take the EBT out of service. 
</P>
<P>(3) If you take an EBT out of service for this reason, no one may use it for testing until the EBT is found to be within tolerance limits on an external check of calibration. 
</P>
<P>(4) You must proceed with the test of the employee using another EBT, if one is available. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must open a new individually wrapped or sealed mouthpiece in view of the employee and insert it into the device in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 
</P>
<P>(c) You must ensure that you and the employee read the unique test number displayed on the EBT. 
</P>
<P>(d) You must instruct the employee to blow steadily and forcefully into the mouthpiece for at least six seconds or until the device indicates that an adequate amount of breath has been obtained. 
</P>
<P>(e) You must show the employee the result displayed on the EBT. 
</P>
<P>(f) You must show the employee the result and unique test number that the EBT prints out either directly onto the ATF or onto a separate printout. 
</P>
<P>(g) If the EBT provides a separate printout of the result, you must attach the printout to the designated space on the ATF with tamper-evident tape, or use a self-adhesive label that is tamper-evident. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41954, Aug. 9, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.255" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.13.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.255   What happens next after the alcohol confirmation test result?</HEAD>
<P>(a) After the EBT has printed the result of an alcohol confirmation test, you must, as the BAT, take the following additional steps: 
</P>
<P>(1) Sign and date Step 3 of the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the alcohol confirmation test result is lower than 0.02, nothing further is required of the employee. As the BAT, you must sign and date Step 3 of the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the alcohol confirmation test result is 0.02 or higher, direct the employee to sign and date Step 4 of the ATF. If the employee does not do so, you must note this on the “Remarks” line of the ATF. However, this is not considered a refusal to test. 
</P>
<P>(4) If the test is invalid, tell the employee the test is cancelled and note the problem on the “Remarks” line of the ATF. If practicable, conduct a re-test. (see § 40.271). 
</P>
<P>(5) Immediately transmit the result directly to the DER in a confidential manner. 
</P>
<P>(i) You may transmit the results using Copy 1 of the ATF, in person, by telephone, or by electronic means. In any case, you must immediately notify the DER of any result of 0.02 or greater by any means (<I>e.g.,</I> telephone or secure fax machine) that ensures the result is immediately received by the DER. You must not transmit these results through C/TPAs or other service agents. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If you do not make the initial transmission in writing, you must follow up the initial transmission with Copy 1 of the ATF. 
</P>
<P>(b) As an employer, you must take the following steps with respect to the receipt and storage of alcohol test result information: 
</P>
<P>(1) If you receive any test results that are not in writing (<I>e.g.,</I> by telephone or electronic means), you must establish a mechanism to establish the identity of the BAT sending you the results. 
</P>
<P>(2) You must store all test result information in a way that protects confidentiality. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—Problems in Alcohol Testing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.261" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.14.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.261   What is a refusal to take an alcohol test, and what are the consequences?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employee, you are considered to have refused to take an alcohol test if you: 
</P>
<P>(1) Fail to appear for any test (except a pre-employment test) within a reasonable time, as determined by the employer, consistent with applicable DOT agency regulations, after being directed to do so by the employer. This includes the failure of an employee (including an owner-operator) to appear for a test when called by a C/TPA (see § 40.241(a));
</P>
<P>(2) Fail to remain at the testing site until the testing process is complete. Provided that an employee who leaves the collection site before the testing process commences (<I>see</I> § 40.243(a)) for a pre-employment test is not deemed to have refused to test. The BAT or STT is not required to inform an employee that the failure to remain at the collection site is a refusal. If an employee leaves prior to the completion of the testing process, per § 40.355(i) the employer must decide whether the employee's actions constitute a refusal;
</P>
<P>(3) Fail to provide an adequate amount of saliva or breath for any alcohol test required by this part or DOT agency regulations; <I>Provided</I> that an employee who does not provide an adequate amount of breath or saliva because he or she has left the testing site before the testing process commences (<I>see</I> § 40.243(a)) for a pre-employment test is not deemed to have refused to test. The BAT or STT is not required to inform an employee that the failure to remain at the collection site is a refusal. If an employee leaves prior to the completion of the testing process, per § 40.355(i) the employer must decide whether the employee's actions constitute a refusal;
</P>
<P>(4) Fail to provide a sufficient breath specimen, and the physician has determined, through a required medical evaluation, that there was no adequate medical explanation for the failure (see § 40.265(c)); 
</P>
<P>(5) Fail to undergo a medical examination or evaluation, as directed by the employer as part of the insufficient breath procedures outlined at § 40.265(c); 
</P>
<P>(6) Fail to sign the certification at Step 2 of the ATF (see §§ 40.241(g) and 40.251(d)); or 
</P>
<P>(7) Fail to cooperate with any part of the testing process. 
</P>
<P>(b) As an employee, if you refuse to take an alcohol test, you incur the same consequences specified under DOT agency regulations for a violation of those DOT agency regulations. The consequences specified under DOT agency regulations for a refusal cannot be overturned or set aside by an arbitration, grievance, State court or other non-Federal forum that adjudicates the personnel decisions the employer has taken against the employee. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) As a BAT or an STT, or as the physician evaluating a “shy lung” situation, when an employee refuses to test as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, you must terminate the portion of the testing process in which you are involved, document the refusal on the ATF (or in a separate document which you cause to be attached to the form), immediately notify the DER by any means (<I>e.g.,</I> telephone or secure fax machine) that ensures the refusal notification is immediately received. You must make this notification directly to the DER (not using a C/TPA as an intermediary). 
</P>
<P>(2) As the BAT or STT, you must note the actions that may constitute a refusal in the “Remarks” line (Step 3), and sign and date the ATF. The BAT or STT does not make the final decision about whether the employee's conduct constitutes a refusal to test; the employer has the sole responsibility to decide whether a refusal occurred, as stated in § 40.355(i), the employer has a non-delegable duty to make the decision about whether the employee has refused to test.
</P>
<P>(d) As an employee, when you refuse to take a non-DOT test or to sign a non-DOT form, you have not refused to take a DOT test. There are no consequences under DOT agency regulations for such a refusal. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41954, Aug. 9, 2001; 88 FR 27649, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.263" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.14.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.263   What happens when an employee is unable to provide a sufficient amount of saliva for an alcohol screening test?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the STT, you must take the following steps if an employee is unable to provide sufficient saliva to complete a test on a saliva screening device (<I>e.g.,</I> the employee does not provide sufficient saliva to activate the device). 
</P>
<P>(1) You must conduct a new screening test using a new screening device. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the employee refuses to make the attempt to complete the new test, you must discontinue testing, note the fact on the “Remarks” line of the ATF, and immediately notify the DER. This is a refusal to test. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the employee has not provided a sufficient amount of saliva to complete the new test, you must note the fact on the “Remarks” line of the ATF and immediately notify the DER. 
</P>
<P>(b) As the DER, when the STT informs you that the employee has not provided a sufficient amount of saliva (see paragraph (a)(3) of this section), you must immediately arrange to administer an alcohol test to the employee using an EBT or other breath testing device. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.265" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.14.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.265   What happens when an employee is unable to provide a sufficient amount of breath for an alcohol test?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an employee does not provide a sufficient amount of breath to permit a valid breath test, you must take the steps listed in this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) As the BAT or STT, you must instruct the employee to attempt again to provide a sufficient amount of breath and about the proper way to do so. 
</P>
<P>(1) If the employee refuses to make the attempt, you must discontinue the test, note the fact on the “Remarks” line of the ATF, and immediately notify the DER. This is a refusal to test. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the employee again attempts and fails to provide a sufficient amount of breath, you may provide another opportunity to the employee to do so if you believe that there is a strong likelihood that it could result in providing a sufficient amount of breath. 
</P>
<P>(3) When the employee's attempts under paragraph (b)(2) of this section have failed to produce a sufficient amount of breath, you must note the fact on the “Remarks” line of the ATF and immediately notify the DER. 
</P>
<P>(4) If you are using an EBT that has the capability of operating manually, you may attempt to conduct the test in manual mode. 
</P>
<P>(5) If you are qualified to use a saliva ASD and you are in the screening test stage, you may change to a saliva ASD only to complete the screening test. 
</P>
<P>(c) As the employer, when the BAT or STT informs you that the employee has not provided a sufficient amount of breath, you must direct the employee to obtain, within five days, an evaluation from a licensed physician who is acceptable to you and who has expertise in the medical issues raised by the employee's failure to provide a sufficient specimen. 
</P>
<P>(1) You are required to provide the physician who will conduct the evaluation with the following information and instructions: 
</P>
<P>(i) That the employee was required to take a DOT breath alcohol test, but was unable to provide a sufficient amount of breath to complete the test; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The consequences of the appropriate DOT agency regulation for refusing to take the required alcohol test; 
</P>
<P>(iii) That the physician must provide you with a signed statement of his or her conclusions; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) That the physician, in his or her reasonable medical judgment, must base those conclusions on one of the following determinations: 
</P>
<P>(A) A medical condition has, or with a high degree of probability could have, precluded the employee from providing a sufficient amount of breath. The physician must not include in the signed statement detailed information on the employee's medical condition. In this case, the test is cancelled. 
</P>
<P>(B) There is not an adequate basis for determining that a medical condition has, or with a high degree of probability could have, precluded the employee from providing a sufficient amount of breath. This constitutes a refusal to test. 
</P>
<P>(C) For purposes of paragraphs (c)(1)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section, a medical condition includes an ascertainable physiological condition (<I>e.g.,</I> a respiratory system dysfunction) or a medically documented pre-existing psychological disorder, but does not include unsupported assertions of “situational anxiety” or hyperventilation. 
</P>
<P>(2) As the physician making the evaluation, after making your determination, you must provide a written statement of your conclusions and the basis for them to the DER directly (and not through a C/TPA acting as an itermediary). You must not include in this statement detailed information on the employee's medical condition beyond what is necessary to explain your conclusion. 
</P>
<P>(3) Upon receipt of the report from the examining physician, as the DER you must immediately inform the employee and take appropriate action based upon your DOT agency regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.267" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.14.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.267   What problems always cause an alcohol test to be cancelled?</HEAD>
<P>As an employer, a BAT, or an STT, you must cancel an alcohol test if any of the following problems occur. These are “fatal flaws.” You must inform the DER that the test was cancelled and must be treated as if the test never occurred. These problems are: 
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of a screening test conducted on a saliva ASD or a breath tube ASD: 
</P>
<P>(1) The STT or BAT reads the result either sooner than or later than the time allotted by the manufacturer and this Part (see § 40.245(a)(8) for the saliva ASD and § 40.245(b)(8) for the breath tube ASD). 
</P>
<P>(2) The saliva ASD does not activate (<I>see</I> § 40.245(a)(7); or 
</P>
<P>(3) The device is used for a test after the expiration date printed on the device or on its package (see § 40.245(a)(1) for the saliva ASD and § 40.245(b)(1) for the breath tube ASD).
</P>
<P>(4) The breath tube ASD is tested with an analyzer which has not been pre-calibrated for that device's specific lot (see § 40.245(b)(1)).
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a screening or confirmation test conducted on an EBT, the sequential test number or alcohol concentration displayed on the EBT is not the same as the sequential test number or alcohol concentration on the printed result (see § 40.253(c), (e) and (f)). 
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of a confirmation test: 
</P>
<P>(1) The BAT conducts the confirmation test before the end of the minimum 15-minute waiting period (see § 40.251(a)(1)); 
</P>
<P>(2) The BAT does not conduct an air blank before the confirmation test (see § 40.253(a)); 
</P>
<P>(3) There is not a 0.00 result on the air blank conducted before the confirmation test (see § 40.253(a)(1) and (2)); 
</P>
<P>(4) The EBT does not print the result (see § 40.253(f)); or 
</P>
<P>(5) The next external calibration check of the EBT produces a result that differs by more than the tolerance stated in the QAP from the known value of the test standard. In this case, every result of 0.02 or above obtained on the EBT since the last valid external calibration check is cancelled (see § 40.233(a)(1) and (c)(3)). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 61522, Oct. 1, 2002; 71 FR 49384, Aug. 23, 2006; 72 FR 1299, Jan. 11, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.269" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.14.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.269   What problems cause an alcohol test to be cancelled unless they are corrected?</HEAD>
<P>As a BAT or STT, or employer, you must cancel an alcohol test if any of the following problems occur, unless they are corrected. These are “correctable flaws.” These problems are: 
</P>
<P>(a) The BAT or STT does not sign the ATF (see §§ 40.247(a)(1) and 40.255(a)(1)). 
</P>
<P>(b) The BAT or STT fails to note on the “Remarks” line of the ATF that the employee has not signed the ATF after the result is obtained (see § 40.255(a)(3)). 
</P>
<P>(c) The BAT or STT uses a non-DOT form for the test (see § 40.225(a)). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 71 FR 49384, Aug. 23, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.271" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.14.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.271   How are alcohol testing problems corrected?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a BAT or STT, you have the responsibility of trying to complete successfully an alcohol test for each employee. 
</P>
<P>(1) If, during or shortly after the testing process, you become aware of any event that will cause the test to be cancelled (see § 40.267), you must try to correct the problem promptly, if practicable. You may repeat the testing process as part of this effort. 
</P>
<P>(2) If repeating the testing process is necessary, you must begin a new test as soon as possible. You must use a new ATF, a new sequential test number, and, if needed, a new ASD and/or a new EBT. It is permissible to use additional technical capabilities of the EBT (<I>e.g.,</I> manual operation) if you have been trained to do so in accordance with § 40.213(c) . 
</P>
<P>(3) If repeating the testing process is necessary, you are not limited in the number of attempts to complete the test, provided that the employee is making a good faith effort to comply with the testing process. 
</P>
<P>(4) If another testing device is not available for the new test at the testing site, you must immediately notify the DER and advise the DER that the test could not be completed. As the DER who receives this information, you must make all reasonable efforts to ensure that the test is conducted at another testing site as soon as possible. 
</P>
<P>(b) If, as an STT, BAT, employer or other service agent administering the testing process, you become aware of a “correctable flaw” (see § 40.269) that has not already been corrected, you must take all practicable action to correct the problem so that the test is not cancelled. 
</P>
<P>(1) If the problem resulted from the omission of required information, you must, as the person responsible for providing that information, supply in writing the missing information and a signed statement that it is true and accurate. For example, suppose you are a BAT and you forgot to make a notation on the “Remarks” line of the ATF that the employee did not sign the certification. You would, when the problem is called to your attention, supply a signed statement that the employee failed or refused to sign the certification after the result was obtained, and that your signed statement is true and accurate. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the problem is the use of a non-DOT form, you must, as the person responsible for the use of the incorrect form, certify in writing that the incorrect form contains all the information needed for a valid DOT alcohol test. You must also provide a signed statement that the incorrect form was used inadvertently or as the only means of conducting a test, in circumstances beyond your control, and the steps you have taken to prevent future use of non-DOT forms for DOT tests. You must supply this information on the same business day on which you are notified of the problem, transmitting it by fax or courier. 
</P>
<P>(c) If you cannot correct the problem, you must cancel the test. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.273" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.14.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.273   What is the effect of a cancelled alcohol test?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A cancelled alcohol test is neither positive nor negative. 
</P>
<P>(1) As an employer, you must not attach to a cancelled test the consequences of a test result that is 0.02 or greater (<I>e.g.,</I> removal from a safety-sensitive position). 
</P>
<P>(2) As an employer, you must not use a cancelled test in a situation where an employee needs a test result that is below 0.02 (<I>e.g.,</I> in the case of a return-to-duty or follow-up test to authorize the employee to perform safety-sensitive functions). 
</P>
<P>(3) As an employer, you must not direct a recollection for an employee because a test has been cancelled, except in the situations cited in paragraph (a)(2) of this section or other provisions of this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) A cancelled test does not count toward compliance with DOT requirements, such as a minimum random testing rate. 
</P>
<P>(c) When a test must be cancelled, if you are the BAT, STT, or other person who determines that the cancellation is necessary, you must inform the affected DER within 48 hours of the cancellation. 
</P>
<P>(d) A cancelled DOT test does not provide a valid basis for an employer to conduct a non-DOT test (<I>i.e.,</I> a test under company authority). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.275" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.14.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.275   What is the effect of procedural problems that are not sufficient to cancel an alcohol test?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an STT, BAT, employer, or a service agent administering the testing process, you must document any errors in the testing process of which you become aware, even if they are not “fatal flaws” or “correctable flaws” listed in this subpart. Decisions about the ultimate impact of these errors will be determined by administrative or legal proceedings, subject to the limitation of paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) No person concerned with the testing process may declare a test cancelled based on a mistake in the process that does not have a significant adverse effect on the right of the employee to a fair and accurate test. For example, it is inconsistent with this part to cancel a test based on a minor administrative mistake (<I>e.g.,</I> the omission of the employee's middle initial) or an error that does not affect employee protections under this part. Nor does the failure of an employee to sign in Step 4 of the ATF result in the cancellation of the test. Nor is a test to be cancelled on the basis of a claim by an employee that he or she was improperly selected for testing. 
</P>
<P>(c) As an employer, these errors, even though not sufficient to cancel an alcohol test result, may subject you to enforcement action under DOT agency regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.277" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.14.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.277   Are alcohol tests other than saliva or breath permitted under these regulations?</HEAD>
<P>No, other types of alcohol tests (<I>e,g.,</I> blood and urine) are not authorized for testing done under this part. Only saliva or breath for screening tests and breath for confirmation tests using approved devices are permitted. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="O" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart O—Substance Abuse Professionals and the Return-to-Duty Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.281" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.281   Who is qualified to act as a SAP?</HEAD>
<P>To be permitted to act as a SAP in the DOT drug and alcohol testing program, you must meet each of the requirements of this section: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Credentials.</I> You must have one of the following credentials: 
</P>
<P>(1) You are a licensed physician (Doctor of Medicine or Osteopathy); 
</P>
<P>(2) You are a licensed or certified social worker; 
</P>
<P>(3) You are a licensed or certified psychologist; 
</P>
<P>(4) You are a licensed or certified employee assistance professional; 
</P>
<P>(5) You are a state-licensed or certified marriage and family therapist; or
</P>
<P>(6) You are a drug and alcohol counselor certified by an organization listed at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/odapc/sap</I>.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Basic knowledge.</I> You must be knowledgeable in the following areas: 
</P>
<P>(1) You must be knowledgeable about and have clinical experience in the diagnosis and treatment of alcohol and controlled substances-related disorders. 
</P>
<P>(2) You must be knowledgeable about the SAP function as it relates to employer interests in safety-sensitive duties. 
</P>
<P>(3) You must be knowledgeable about this part, the DOT agency regulations applicable to the employers for whom you evaluate employees, and the DOT SAP Guidelines. You must keep current on any changes to these materials. You must subscribe to the ODAPC list-serve at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/odapc/get-odapc-email-updates.</I> DOT agency regulations, DOT SAP Guidelines, and other materials are available from ODAPC (Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington DC, 20590 (202-366-3784), or on the ODAPC Web site (<I>http://www.transportation.gov/odapc</I>).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Qualification training.</I> You must receive qualification training meeting the requirements of this paragraph (c). 
</P>
<P>(1) Qualification training must provide instruction on the following subjects: 
</P>
<P>(i) Background, rationale, and coverage of the Department's drug and alcohol testing program; 
</P>
<P>(ii) 49 CFR Part 40 and DOT agency drug and alcohol testing rules; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Key DOT drug testing requirements, including collections, laboratory testing, MRO review, and problems in drug testing; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Key DOT alcohol testing requirements, including the testing process, the role of BATs and STTs, and problems in alcohol tests; 
</P>
<P>(v) SAP qualifications and prohibitions; 
</P>
<P>(vi) The role of the SAP in the return-to-duty process, including the initial employee evaluation, referrals for education and/or treatment, the follow-up evaluation, continuing treatment recommendations, and the follow-up testing plan; 
</P>
<P>(vii) SAP consultation and communication with employers, MROs, and treatment providers; 
</P>
<P>(viii) Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; 
</P>
<P>(ix) Issues that SAPs confront in carrying out their duties under the program. 
</P>
<P>(2) Following your completion of qualification training under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, you must satisfactorily complete an examination administered by a nationally-recognized professional or training organization. The examination must comprehensively cover all the elements of qualification training listed in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) You must meet the requirements of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section before you begin to perform SAP functions.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Continuing education.</I> During each three-year period from the date on which you satisfactorily complete the examination under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, you must complete continuing education consisting of at least 12 professional development hours (<I>e.g.,</I> CEUs) relevant to performing SAP functions. 
</P>
<P>(1) This continuing education must include material concerning new technologies, interpretations, recent guidance, rule changes, and other information about developments in SAP practice, pertaining to the DOT program, since the time you met the qualification training requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) Your continuing education activities must include documentable assessment tools to assist you in determining whether you have adequately learned the material. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Documentation.</I> You must maintain documentation showing that you currently meet all requirements of this section. You must provide this documentation on request to DOT agency representatives and to employers and C/TPAs who are using or contemplating using your services. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Limitation.</I> If you are an otherwise qualified SAP under this part, you must abide by the geographic limitations applicable to your credential when performing remote evaluations. You must not conduct an evaluation that exceeds your geographic limitations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 69 FR 3022, Jan. 22, 2004; 71 FR 49384; Aug. 23, 2006; 71 FR 55347, Sept. 22, 2006; 82 FR 52246, Nov. 13, 2017; 88 FR 27649, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.283" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.283   How does a certification organization obtain recognition for its members as SAPs?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you represent a certification organization that wants DOT to authorize its certified drug and alcohol counselors to be added to § 40.281(a)(6), you may submit a written petition to DOT requesting a review of your petition for inclusion.
</P>
<P>(b) You must obtain the National Commission for Certifying Agencies (NCCA) accreditation before DOT will act on your petition. 
</P>
<P>(c) You must also meet the minimum requirements of appendix G to this part before DOT will act on your petition.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 71 FR 49384, Aug. 23, 2006; 88 FR 27650, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.285" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.285   When is a SAP evaluation required?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employee, when you have violated DOT drug and alcohol regulations, you cannot again perform any DOT safety-sensitive duties for any employer until and unless you complete the SAP evaluation, referral, and education/treatment process set forth in this subpart and in applicable DOT agency regulations. The first step in this process is a SAP evaluation. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this subpart, a verified positive DOT drug test result, a DOT alcohol test with a result indicating an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater, a refusal to test (including by adulterating or substituting a specimen) or any other violation of the prohibition on the use of alcohol or drugs under a DOT agency regulation constitutes a DOT drug and alcohol regulation violation. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27650, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.287" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.287   What information is an employer required to provide concerning SAP services to an employee who has a DOT drug and alcohol regulation violation?</HEAD>
<P>As an employer, you must provide to each employee (including an applicant or new employee) who violates a DOT drug and alcohol regulation a listing of SAPs readily available to the employee and acceptable to you, with names, addresses, and telephone numbers. You cannot charge the employee any fee for compiling or providing this list. You may provide this list yourself or through a C/TPA or other service agent. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.289" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.289   Are employers required to provide SAP and treatment services to employees?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employer, you are not required to provide a SAP evaluation or any subsequent recommended education or treatment for an employee who has violated a DOT drug and alcohol regulation. 
</P>
<P>(b) However, if you offer that employee an opportunity to return to a DOT safety-sensitive duty following a violation, you must, before the employee again performs that duty, ensure that the employee receives an evaluation by a SAP meeting the requirements of § 40.281 and that the employee successfully complies with the SAP's evaluation recommendations. 
</P>
<P>(c) Payment for SAP evaluations and services is left for employers and employees to decide and may be governed by existing management-labor agreements and health care benefits. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.291" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.291   What is the role of the SAP in the evaluation, referral, and treatment process of an employee who has violated DOT agency drug and alcohol testing regulations?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a SAP, you are charged with: 
</P>
<P>(1) Making a clinical assessment and evaluation to determine what assistance is needed by the employee to resolve problems associated with alcohol and/or drug use. At the SAP's discretion, this assessment or evaluation may be performed face-to-face in-person or remotely. If a SAP is not prohibited from using technology within the parameters of the SAP's State-issued license or other credential(s), a remote evaluation must be conducted in accordance with the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(i) The technology must permit real-time audio and visual interaction between the SAP and the employee; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The quality of the technology (<I>e.g.,</I> speed of the internet connection and clarity of the video display) must be sufficient to allow the SAP to gather all the visual and audible information the SAP would otherwise gather in an in-person face-to-face interaction, while providing security to protect the confidentiality of the communications at the level expected by industry standards for remote substance abuse evaluations. 
</P>
<P>(2) Referring the employee to an appropriate education and/or treatment program; 
</P>
<P>(3) Conducting a follow-up evaluation to determine if the employee has actively participated in the education and/or treatment program and has demonstrated successful compliance with the initial assessment and evaluation recommendations. This assessment or evaluation may be performed face-to-face in-person or remotely. A face-to-face remote evaluation must meet the criteria in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) Providing the DER with a follow-up drug and/or alcohol testing plan for the employee; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Providing the employee and employer with recommendations for continuing education and/or treatment. 
</P>
<P>(b) As a SAP, you are not an advocate for the employer or employee. Your function is to protect the public interest in safety by professionally evaluating the employee and recommending appropriate education/treatment, follow-up tests, and aftercare. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27650, May 2, 2023; 89 FR 51983, June 21, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.293" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.293   What is the SAP's function in conducting the initial evaluation of an employee?</HEAD>
<P>As a SAP, for every employee who comes to you following a DOT drug and alcohol regulation violation, you must accomplish the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) Provide a comprehensive assessment and clinical evaluation meeting the requirements of § 40.291(a)(1). 
</P>
<P>(b) Recommend a course of education and/or treatment with which the employee must demonstrate successful compliance prior to returning to DOT safety-sensitive duty. 
</P>
<P>(1) You must make such a recommendation for every individual who has violated a DOT drug and alcohol regulation. 
</P>
<P>(2) You must make a recommendation for education and/or treatment that will, to the greatest extent possible, protect public safety in the event that the employee returns to the performance of safety-sensitive functions. 
</P>
<P>(c) Appropriate education may include, but is not limited to, self-help groups (<I>e.g.,</I> Alcoholics Anonymous) and community lectures, where attendance can be independently verified, and bona fide drug and alcohol education courses. 
</P>
<P>(d) Appropriate treatment may include, but is not limited to, in-patient hospitalization, partial in-patient treatment, out-patient counseling programs, and aftercare. 
</P>
<P>(e) You must assess and clinically evaluate each employee on an individual basis and use your professional judgment to determine education and/or treatment, as well as a follow-up testing plan unique to the needs of the individual employee. For example, do not require the same and/or substantially similar education, treatment, and/or follow-up testing plan for most of the employees you assess.
</P>
<P>(f) You must provide a written report directly to the DER highlighting your specific recommendations for assistance (see § 40.311(c)). 
</P>
<P>(g) For purposes of your role in the evaluation process, you must assume that a verified positive test result has conclusively established that the employee committed a DOT drug and alcohol regulation violation. You must not take into consideration in any way, as a factor in determining what your recommendation will be, any of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) A claim by the employee that the test was unjustified or inaccurate; 
</P>
<P>(2) Statements by the employee that attempt to mitigate the seriousness of a violation of a DOT drug or alcohol regulation (<I>e.g.,</I> related to assertions of use of hemp oil, “medical marijuana” use, “contact positives,” poppy seed ingestion, job stress); or 
</P>
<P>(3) Personal opinions you may have about the justification or rationale for drug and alcohol testing. 
</P>
<P>(h) In the course of gathering information for purposes of your evaluation in the case of a drug-related violation, you may consult with the MRO. As the MRO, you are required to cooperate with the SAP and provide available information the SAP requests. It is not necessary to obtain the consent of the employee to provide this information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27650, May 2, 2023] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.295" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.295   May employees or employers seek a second SAP evaluation if they disagree with the first SAP's recommendations?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employee with a DOT drug and alcohol regulation violation, when you have been evaluated by a SAP, you must not seek a second SAP's evaluation in order to obtain another recommendation. 
</P>
<P>(b) As an employer, you must not seek a second SAP's evaluation if the employee has already been evaluated by a qualified SAP. If the employee, contrary to paragraph (a) of this section, has obtained a second SAP evaluation, as an employer you may not rely on it for any purpose under this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.297" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.297   Does anyone have the authority to change a SAP's initial evaluation?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no one (<I>e.g.,</I> an employer, employee, a managed-care provider, any service agent) may change in any way the SAP's evaluation or recommendations for assistance. For example, a third party is not permitted to make more or less stringent a SAP's recommendation by changing the SAP's evaluation or seeking another SAP's evaluation. 
</P>
<P>(b) The SAP who made the initial evaluation may modify his or her initial evaluation and recommendations based on new or additional information (<I>e.g.,</I> from an education or treatment program). 
</P>
<P>(c) The SAP, who is otherwise fully qualified under this subpart, must not perform evaluations outside the geographic jurisdiction for their credential(s). If the SAP who made the evaluation exceeds their geographic jurisdiction, the employee will not be required to seek the evaluation of a second SAP.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27650, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.299" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.299   What is the SAP's role and what are the limits on a SAP's discretion in referring employees for education and treatment?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a SAP, upon your determination of the best recommendation for assistance, you will serve as a referral source to assist the employee's entry into an education and/or treatment program. 
</P>
<P>(b) To prevent the appearance of a conflict of interest, you must not refer an employee requiring assistance to your private practice or to a person or organization from which you receive payment or to a person or organization in which you have a financial interest. You are precluded from making referrals to entities with which you are financially associated. 
</P>
<P>(c) There are four exceptions to the prohibitions contained in paragraph (b) of this section. You may refer an employee to any of the following providers of assistance, regardless of your relationship with them: 
</P>
<P>(1) A public agency (<I>e.g.,</I> treatment facility) operated by a state, county, or municipality; 
</P>
<P>(2) The employer or a person or organization under contract to the employer to provide alcohol or drug treatment and/or education services (<I>e.g.,</I> the employer's contracted treatment provider); 
</P>
<P>(3) The sole source of therapeutically appropriate treatment under the employee's health insurance program (<I>e.g.,</I> the single substance abuse in-patient treatment program made available by the employee's insurance coverage plan); or 
</P>
<P>(4) The sole source of therapeutically appropriate treatment reasonably available to the employee (<I>e.g.,</I> the only treatment facility or education program reasonably located within the general commuting area). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.301" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.301   What is the SAP's function in the follow-up evaluation of an employee?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a SAP, after you have prescribed assistance under § 40.293, you must re-evaluate the employee to determine if the employee has successfully carried out your education and/or treatment recommendations. 
</P>
<P>(1) This is your way to gauge for the employer the employee's ability to demonstrate successful compliance with the education and/or treatment plan. 
</P>
<P>(2) Your evaluation may serve as one of the reasons the employer decides to return the employee to safety-sensitive duty. 
</P>
<P>(b) As the SAP making the follow-up evaluation determination, you must: 
</P>
<P>(1) Confer with or obtain appropriate documentation from the appropriate education and/or treatment program professionals where the employee was referred; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Conduct a clinical interview meeting the requirements of § 40.291(a)(1) with the employee to determine if the employee demonstrates successful compliance with your initial evaluation recommendations. 
</P>
<P>(c) (1) If the employee has demonstrated successful compliance, you must provide a written report directly to the DER highlighting your clinical determination that the employee has done so with your initial evaluation recommendation (see § 40.311(d)). 
</P>
<P>(2) You may determine that an employee has successfully demonstrated compliance even though the employee has not yet completed the full regimen of education and/or treatment you recommended or needs additional assistance. For example, if the employee has successfully completed the 30-day in-patient program you prescribed, you may make a “successful compliance” determination even though you conclude that the employee has not yet completed the out-patient counseling you recommended or should continue in an aftercare program. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) As the SAP, if you believe, as a result of the follow-up evaluation, that the employee has not demonstrated successful compliance with your recommendations, you must provide written notice directly to the DER (see § 40.311(e)). 
</P>
<P>(2) As an employer who receives the SAP's written notice that the employee has not successfully complied with the SAP's recommendations, you must not return the employee to the performance of safety-sensitive duties. 
</P>
<P>(3) As the SAP, you may conduct additional follow-up evaluation(s) if the employer determines that doing so is consistent with the employee's progress as you have reported it and with the employer's policy and/or labor-management agreements. 
</P>
<P>(4) As the employer, following a SAP report that the employee has not demonstrated successful compliance, you may take personnel action consistent with your policy and/or labor-management agreements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27650, May 2, 2023] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.303" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.303   What happens if the SAP believes the employee needs additional treatment, aftercare, or support group services even after the employee returns to safety-sensitive duties?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a SAP, if you believe that ongoing services (in addition to follow-up tests) are needed to assist an employee to maintain sobriety or abstinence from drug use after the employee resumes the performance of safety-sensitive duties, you must provide recommendations for these services in your follow-up evaluation report (see § 40.311(d)(10)). 
</P>
<P>(b) As an employer receiving a recommendation for these services from a SAP, you may, as part of a return-to-duty agreement with the employee, require the employee to participate in the recommended services. You may monitor and document the employee's participation in the recommended services. You may also make use of SAP and employee assistance program (EAP) services in assisting and monitoring employees' compliance with SAP recommendations. Nothing in this section permits an employer to fail to carry out its obligations with respect to follow-up testing (see § 40.309). 
</P>
<P>(c) As an employee, you are obligated to comply with the SAP's recommendations for these services. If you fail or refuse to do so, you may be subject to disciplinary action by your employer. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.305" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.305   How does the return-to-duty process conclude?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the employer, if you decide that you want to permit the employee to return to the performance of safety-sensitive functions, you must ensure that the employee takes a return-to-duty test. This test cannot occur until after the SAP has determined that the employee has successfully complied with prescribed education and/or treatment. The employee must have a negative drug test result and/or an alcohol test with an alcohol concentration of less than 0.02 before resuming performance of safety-sensitive duties. 
</P>
<P>(b) As an employer, you must not return an employee to safety-sensitive duties until the employee meets the conditions of paragraph (a) of this section. However, you are not required to return an employee to safety-sensitive duties because the employee has met these conditions. That is a personnel decision that you have the discretion to make, subject to collective bargaining agreements or other legal requirements. 
</P>
<P>(c) As a SAP or MRO, you must not make a “fitness for duty” determination as part of this re-evaluation unless required to do so under an applicable DOT agency regulation. It is the employer, rather than you, who must decide whether to put the employee back to work in a safety-sensitive position. 
</P>
<P>(d) As the employer, if a SAP who is otherwise fully qualified under this subpart performed a remote evaluation of the employee outside the geographic jurisdiction for their credential(s), the employee who they evaluated will not be required to seek the evaluation of a second SAP. If you decide that you want to permit the employee to return to the performance of safety-sensitive functions, you will proceed with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27650, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.307" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.307   What is the SAP's function in prescribing the employee's follow-up tests?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a SAP, for each employee who has committed a DOT drug or alcohol regulation violation, and who seeks to resume the performance of safety-sensitive functions, you must establish a written follow-up testing plan. You do not establish this plan until after you determine that the employee has successfully complied with your recommendations for education and/or treatment. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must present a copy of this plan directly to the DER (see § 40.311(d)(9)). 
</P>
<P>(c) You are the sole determiner of the number and frequency of follow-up tests and whether these tests will be for drugs, alcohol, or both, unless otherwise directed by the appropriate DOT agency regulation. For example, if the employee had a positive drug test, but your evaluation or the treatment program professionals determined that the employee had an alcohol problem as well, you should require that the employee have follow-up tests for both drugs and alcohol. 
</P>
<P>(d) However, you must, at a minimum, direct that the employee be subject to six unannounced follow-up tests in the first 12 months of safety-sensitive duty following the employee's return to safety-sensitive functions. 
</P>
<P>(1) You may require a greater number of follow-up tests during the first 12-month period of safety-sensitive duty (<I>e.g.,</I> you may require one test a month during the 12-month period; you may require two tests per month during the first 6-month period and one test per month during the final 6-month period). 
</P>
<P>(2) You may also require follow-up tests during the 48 months of safety-sensitive duty following this first 12-month period. 
</P>
<P>(3) You are not to establish the actual dates for the follow-up tests you prescribe. The decision on specific dates to test is the employer's. 
</P>
<P>(4) As the employer, you must not impose additional testing requirements (<I>e.g.,</I> under company authority) on the employee that go beyond the SAP's follow-up testing plan. 
</P>
<P>(e) The requirements of the SAP's follow-up testing plan “follow the employee” to subsequent employers or through breaks in service.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1 to paragraph (e):</HED><PSPACE>The employee returns to duty with Employer A. Two months afterward, after completing the first two of six follow-up tests required by the SAP's plan, the employee quits his job with Employer A and begins to work in a similar position for Employer B. The employee remains obligated to complete the four additional tests during the next 10 months of safety-sensitive duty, and Employer B is responsible for ensuring that the employee does so. Employer B learns of this obligation through the inquiry it makes under § 40.25.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2 to paragraph (e):</HED><PSPACE>The employee returns to duty with Employer A. Three months later, after the employee completes the first two of six follow-up tests required by the SAP's plan, Employer A lays the employee off for economic or seasonal employment reasons. Four months later, Employer A recalls the employee. Employer A must ensure that the employee completes the remaining four follow-up tests during the next nine months.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(f) As the SAP, you may modify the determinations you have made concerning follow-up tests. For example, even if you recommended follow-up testing beyond the first 12-months, you can terminate the testing requirement at any time after the first year of testing. You must not, however, modify the requirement that the employee take at least six follow-up tests within the first 12 months after returning to the performance of safety-sensitive functions.
</P>
<P>(g) As the employer, SAP, or other service agent, you must not provide to the employee a copy of their drug and/or alcohol follow-up testing schedule prescribed by the SAP. No employer, SAP, or other service agent will indicate to the employee what the frequency or duration of the employee's follow-up testing schedule will be. The SAP can require follow-up testing for either or both drugs and alcohol for a drug-related or an alcohol-related violation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27650, May 2, 2023] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.309" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.309   What are the employer's responsibilities with respect to the SAP's directions for follow-up tests?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the employer, you must carry out the SAP's follow-up testing requirements. You may not allow the employee to continue to perform safety-sensitive functions unless follow-up testing is conducted as directed by the SAP. 
</P>
<P>(b) You should schedule follow-up tests on dates of your own choosing, but you must ensure that the tests are unannounced with no discernable pattern as to their timing, and that the employee is given no advance notice. 
</P>
<P>(c) You cannot substitute any other tests (<I>e.g.,</I> those carried out under the random testing program) conducted on the employee for this follow-up testing requirement.
</P>
<P>(d) You cannot count a follow-up test that has been cancelled as a completed test. A cancelled follow-up test must be recollected. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.311" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.15.43.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.311   What are the requirements concerning SAP reports?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the SAP conducting the required evaluations, you must send the written reports required by this section in writing directly to the DER and not to a third party or entity for forwarding to the DER (except as provided in § 40.355(e)). You may, however, forward the document simultaneously to the DER and to a C/TPA. 
</P>
<P>(b) As an employer, you must ensure that you receive SAP written reports directly from the SAP performing the evaluation and that no third party or entity changed the SAP's report in any way. 
</P>
<P>(c) The SAP's written report, following an initial evaluation that determines what level of assistance is needed to address the employee's drug and/or alcohol problems, must be on the SAP's own letterhead (and not the letterhead of another service agent) signed and dated by the SAP, and must contain the following delineated items: 
</P>
<P>(1) Employee's name and SSN or employee ID No.; 
</P>
<P>(2) Employer's name and address; 
</P>
<P>(3) Reason for the assessment (specific violation of DOT regulations and violation date); 
</P>
<P>(4) Date(s) and format (<I>i.e.,</I> face-to-face or remote) of the assessment; 
</P>
<P>(5) SAP's education and/or treatment recommendation; and 
</P>
<P>(6) SAP's telephone number. 
</P>
<P>(d) The SAP's written report concerning a follow-up evaluation that determines the employee has demonstrated successful compliance must be on the SAP's own letterhead (and not the letterhead of another service agent), signed by the SAP and dated, and must contain the following items: 
</P>
<P>(1) Employee's name and SSN or employee ID No.; 
</P>
<P>(2) Employer's name and address; 
</P>
<P>(3) Reason for the initial assessment (specific violation of DOT regulations and violation date); 
</P>
<P>(4) Date(s) and format (<I>i.e.,</I> face-to-face or remote) of the initial assessment and synopsis of the treatment plan; 
</P>
<P>(5) Name of practice(s) or service(s) providing the recommended education and/or treatment; 
</P>
<P>(6) Inclusive dates of employee's program participation; 
</P>
<P>(7) Clinical characterization of employee's program participation; 
</P>
<P>(8) SAP's clinical determination as to whether the employee has demonstrated successful compliance; 
</P>
<P>(9) Follow-up testing plan; 
</P>
<P>(10) Employee's continuing care needs with specific treatment, aftercare, and/or support group services recommendations; and 
</P>
<P>(11) SAP's telephone number. 
</P>
<P>(e) The SAP's written report concerning a follow-up evaluation that determines the employee has not demonstrated successful compliance must be on the SAP's own letterhead (and not the letterhead of another service agent), signed by the SAP and dated, and must contain the following items: 
</P>
<P>(1) Employee's name and SSN or employee ID No.; 
</P>
<P>(2) Employer's name and address; 
</P>
<P>(3) Reason for the initial assessment (specific DOT violation and date); 
</P>
<P>(4) Date(s) and format (<I>i.e.,</I> face-to-face or remote) of initial assessment and synopsis of treatment plan; 
</P>
<P>(5) Name of practice(s) or service(s) providing the recommended education and/or treatment; 
</P>
<P>(6) Inclusive dates of employee's program participation; 
</P>
<P>(7) Clinical characterization of employee's program participation; 
</P>
<P>(8) Date(s) of the first follow-up evaluation; 
</P>
<P>(9) Date(s) of any further follow-up evaluation the SAP has scheduled; 
</P>
<P>(10) SAP's clinical reasons for determining that the employee has not demonstrated successful compliance; and 
</P>
<P>(11) SAP's telephone number. 
</P>
<P>(f) As a SAP, you must also provide these written reports directly to the employee if the employee has no current employer and to the gaining DOT regulated employer in the event the employee obtains another transportation industry safety-sensitive position. 
</P>
<P>(g) As a SAP, you are to maintain copies of your reports to employers for 5 years, and your employee clinical records in accordance with Federal, state, and local laws regarding record maintenance, confidentiality, and release of information. You must make these records available, on request, to DOT agency representatives (<I>e.g.,</I> inspectors conducting an audit or safety investigation) and representatives of the NTSB in an accident investigation. 
</P>
<P>(h) As an employer, you must maintain your reports from SAPs for 5 years from the date you received them. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27650, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="P" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.16" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart P—Confidentiality and Release of Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.321" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.16.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.321   What is the general confidentiality rule for drug and alcohol test information?</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, as a service agent or employer participating in the DOT drug or alcohol testing process, you are prohibited from releasing individual test results or medical information about an employee to third parties without the employee's specific written consent. 
</P>
<P>(a) A “third party” is any person or organization to whom other subparts of this regulation do not explicitly authorize or require the transmission of information in the course of the drug or alcohol testing process. 
</P>
<P>(b) “Specific written consent” means a statement signed by the employee that he or she agrees to the release of a particular piece of information to a particular, explicitly identified, person or organization at a particular time. “Blanket releases,” in which an employee agrees to a release of a category of information (<I>e.g.,</I> all test results) or to release information to a category of parties (<I>e.g.,</I> other employers who are members of a C/TPA, companies to which the employee may apply for employment), are prohibited under this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.323" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.16.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.323   May program participants release drug or alcohol test information in connection with legal proceedings?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employer, you may release information pertaining to an employee's drug or alcohol test without the employee's consent in certain legal proceedings. 
</P>
<P>(1) These proceedings include a lawsuit (<I>e.g.,</I> a wrongful discharge action), grievance (<I>e.g.,</I> an arbitration concerning disciplinary action taken by the employer), or administrative proceeding (<I>e.g.,</I> an unemployment compensation hearing) brought by, or on behalf of, an employee and resulting from a positive DOT drug or alcohol test or a refusal to test (including, but not limited to, adulterated or substituted test results). 
</P>
<P>(2) These proceedings also include a criminal or civil action resulting from an employee's performance of safety-sensitive duties, in which a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the drug or alcohol test information sought is relevant to the case and issues an order directing the employer to produce the information. For example, in personal injury litigation following a truck or bus collision, the court could determine that a post-accident drug test result of an employee is relevant to determining whether the driver or the driver's employer was negligent. The employer is authorized to respond to the court's order to produce the records. 
</P>
<P>(b) In such a proceeding, you may release the information to the decisionmaker in the proceeding (<I>e.g.,</I> the court in a lawsuit). You may release the information only with a binding stipulation that the decisionmaker to whom it is released will make it available only to parties to the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(c) If you are a service agent, and the employer requests its employee's drug or alcohol testing information from you to use in a legal proceeding as authorized in paragraph (a) of this section (<I>e.g.,</I> the laboratory's data package), you must provide the requested information to the employer. 
</P>
<P>(d) As an employer or service agent, you must immediately notify the employee in writing of any information you release under this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.325" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.16.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.325   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.327" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.16.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.327   When must the MRO report medical information gathered in the verification process?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the MRO, you must, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, report drug test results and medical information you learned as part of the verification process to third parties without the employee's consent if you determine, in your reasonable medical judgment, that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The information is likely to result in the employee being determined to be medically unqualified under an applicable DOT agency regulation; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The information indicates that continued performance by the employee of his or her safety-sensitive function is likely to pose a significant safety risk. 
</P>
<P>(b) The third parties to whom you are authorized to provide information by this section include the employer, a physician or other health care provider responsible for determining the medical qualifications of the employee under an applicable DOT agency safety regulation, a SAP evaluating the employee as part of the return to duty process (see § 40.293(g)), a DOT agency, or the National Transportation Safety Board in the course of an accident investigation. 
</P>
<P>(c) The MRO must not report such medical information using the CCF. Instead, the MRO must provide the information in a separate written communication (<I>e.g.,</I> letter, secure email). The information must state the specific nature of the MRO's safety concern (<I>e.g.,</I> the effects of a medication the employee is taking, the employee's underlying medical condition that the employee disclosed to the MRO).
</P>
<P>(d) If the law of a foreign country (<I>e.g.,</I> Canada) prohibits you from providing medical information to the employer, you may comply with that prohibition. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27650, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.329" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.16.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.329   What information must laboratories, MROs, and other service agents release to employees?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an MRO or service agent you must provide, within 10 business days of receiving a written request from an employee, copies of any records pertaining to the employee's use of alcohol and/or drugs, including records of the employee's DOT-mandated drug and/or alcohol tests. You may charge no more than the cost of preparation and reproduction for copies of these records. 
</P>
<P>(b) As a laboratory, you must provide, within 10 business days of receiving a written request from an employee, and made through the MRO, the records relating to the results of the employee's drug test (<I>i.e.,</I> laboratory report and data package). You may charge no more than the cost of preparation and reproduction for copies of these records. 
</P>
<P>(c) As a SAP, you must make available to an employee, on request, a copy of all SAP reports (see § 40.311). However, you must redact follow-up testing information from the report before providing it to the employee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41954, Aug. 9, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.331" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.16.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.331   To what additional parties must employers and service agents release information?</HEAD>
<P>As an employer or service agent you must release information under the following circumstances: 
</P>
<P>(a) If you receive a specific, written consent from an employee authorizing the release of information about that employee's drug or alcohol tests to an identified person, you must provide the information to the identified person. For example, as an employer, when you receive a written request from a former employee to provide information to a subsequent employer, you must do so. In providing the information, you must comply with the terms of the employee's consent. 
</P>
<P>(b) If you are an employer, you must, upon request of DOT agency representatives, provide the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Access to your facilities used for this part and DOT agency drug and alcohol program functions. 
</P>
<P>(2) All written, printed, and computer-based drug and alcohol program records and reports (including copies of name-specific records or reports), files, materials, data, documents/documentation, agreements, contracts, policies, and statements that are required by this part and DOT agency regulations. You must provide this information at your principal place of business in the time required by the DOT agency.
</P>
<P>(3) All items in paragraph (b)(2) of this section must be easily accessible, legible, and provided in an organized manner. If electronic records do not meet these standards, they must be converted to printed documentation that meets these standards.
</P>
<P>(c) If you are a service agent, you must, upon request of DOT agency representatives, provide the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Access to your facilities used for this part and DOT agency drug and alcohol program functions. 
</P>
<P>(2) All written, printed, and computer-based drug and alcohol program records and reports (including copies of name-specific records or reports), files, materials, data, documents/documentation, agreements, contracts, policies, and statements that are required by this part and DOT agency regulations. You must provide this information at your principal place of business in the time required by the DOT agency.
</P>
<P>(3) All items in paragraph (c)(2) of this section must be easily accessible, legible, and provided in an organized manner. If electronic records do not meet these standards, they must be converted to printed documentation that meets these standards.
</P>
<P>(d) If requested by the National Transportation Safety Board as part of an accident investigation, you must provide information concerning post-accident tests administered after the accident. 
</P>
<P>(e) If requested by a Federal, state or local safety agency with regulatory authority over you or the employee, you must provide drug and alcohol test records concerning the employee. 
</P>
<P>(f) Except as otherwise provided in this part, as a laboratory you must not release or provide a specimen or a part of a specimen to a requesting party, without first obtaining written consent from ODAPC. DNA testing and other types of identity testing are not authorized and ODAPC will not give permission for such testing. If a party seeks a court order directing you to release a specimen or part of a specimen contrary to any provision of this part, you must take necessary legal steps to contest the issuance of the order (<I>e.g.,</I> seek to quash a subpoena, citing the requirements of § 40.13). This part does not require you to disobey a court order, however.
</P>
<P>(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Part, as an employer of Commercial Motor Vehicle (CMV) drivers holding commercial driving licenses (CDLs) or as a third party administrator for owner-operator CMV drivers with CDLs, you are authorized to comply with State laws requiring you to provide to State CDL licensing authorities information about all violations of DOT drug and alcohol testing rules (including positive tests and refusals) by any CMV driver holding a CDL. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41955, Aug. 9, 2001; 73 FR 33737, June 13, 2008; 82 FR 52247, Nov. 13, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.333" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.16.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.333   What records must employers keep?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employer, you must keep the following records for the following periods of time: 
</P>
<P>(1) You must keep the following records for five years: 
</P>
<P>(i) Records of alcohol test results indicating an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Records of verified positive drug test results; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Documentation of refusals to take required alcohol and/or drug tests (including substituted or adulterated drug test results); 
</P>
<P>(iv) SAP reports; and 
</P>
<P>(v) All follow-up tests and schedules for follow-up tests. 
</P>
<P>(2) You must keep records for three years of information obtained from previous employers under § 40.25 concerning drug and alcohol test results of employees. 
</P>
<P>(3) You must keep records of the inspection, maintenance, and calibration of EBTs, for two years. 
</P>
<P>(4) You must keep records of negative and cancelled drug test results and alcohol test results with a concentration of less than 0.02 for one year. 
</P>
<P>(b) You do not have to keep records related to a program requirement that does not apply to you (<I>e.g.,</I> a maritime employer who does not have a DOT-mandated random alcohol testing program need not maintain random alcohol testing records). 
</P>
<P>(c) You must maintain the records in a location with controlled access. 
</P>
<P>(d) A service agent may maintain these records for you. However, you must ensure that you can produce these records at your principal place of business in the time required by the DOT agency. For example, as a motor carrier, when an FMCSA inspector requests your records, you must ensure that you can provide them within two business days. 
</P>
<P>(e) If you store records electronically, where permitted by this part, you must ensure that the records are easily accessible, legible, and formatted and stored in an organized manner. If electronic records do not meet these criteria, you must convert them to printed documentation in a rapid and readily auditable manner, at the request of DOT agency personnel.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41955, Aug. 9, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="Q" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.17" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart Q—Roles and Responsibilities of Service Agents</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.341" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.17.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.341   Must service agents comply with DOT drug and alcohol testing requirements?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a service agent, the services you provide to transportation employers must meet the requirements of this part and the DOT agency drug and alcohol testing regulations. 
</P>
<P>(b) If you do not comply, DOT may take action under the Public Interest Exclusions procedures of this part (see Subpart R of this part) or applicable provisions of other DOT agency regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.343" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.17.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.343   What tasks may a service agent perform for an employer?</HEAD>
<P>As a service agent, you may perform for employers the tasks needed to comply with DOT agency drug and alcohol testing regulations, subject to the requirements and limitations of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.345" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.17.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.345   In what circumstances may a C/TPA act as an intermediary in the transmission of drug and alcohol testing information to employers?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a C/TPA or other service agent, you may act as an intermediary in the transmission of drug and alcohol testing information in the circumstances specified in this section only if the employer chooses to have you do so. Each employer makes the decision about whether to receive some or all of this information from you, acting as an intermediary, rather than directly from the service agent who originates the information (<I>e.g.,</I> an MRO or BAT). 
</P>
<P>(b) The specific provisions of this part concerning which you may act as an intermediary are listed in appendix H to this part. These are the only situations in which you may act as an intermediary. You are prohibited from doing so in all other situations. 
</P>
<P>(c) In every case, you must ensure that, in transmitting information to employers, you meet all requirements (<I>e.g.,</I> concerning confidentiality and timing) that would apply if the service agent originating the information (<I>e.g.,</I> an MRO or collector) sent the information directly to the employer. For example, if you transmit drug testing results from MROs to DERs, you must transmit each drug test result to the DER in compliance with the MRO requirements set forth in § 40.167. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 88 FR 27650, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.347" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.17.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.347   What functions may C/TPAs perform with respect to administering testing?</HEAD>
<P>As a C/TPA, except as otherwise specified in this part, you may perform the following functions for employers concerning random selection and other selections for testing. 
</P>
<P>(a) You may operate random testing programs for employers and may assist (<I>i.e.,</I> through contracting with laboratories or collection sites, conducting collections) employers with other types of testing (<I>e.g.,</I> pre-employment, post-accident, reasonable suspicion, return-to-duty, and follow-up). 
</P>
<P>(b) You may combine employees from more than one employer or one transportation industry in a random pool if permitted by all the DOT agency drug and alcohol testing regulations involved. 
</P>
<P>(1) If you combine employees from more than one transportation industry, you must ensure that the random testing rate is at least equal to the highest rate required by each DOT agency. 
</P>
<P>(2) Employees not covered by DOT agency regulations may not be part of the same random pool with DOT covered employees. 
</P>
<P>(c) You may assist employers in ensuring that follow-up testing is conducted in accordance with the plan established by the SAP. However, neither you nor the employer are permitted to randomly select employees from a “follow-up pool” for follow-up testing. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.349" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.17.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.349   What records may a service agent receive and maintain?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except where otherwise specified in this part, as a service agent you may receive and maintain all records concerning DOT drug and alcohol testing programs, including positive, negative, and refusal to test individual test results. You do not need the employee's consent to receive and maintain these records. 
</P>
<P>(b) You may maintain all information needed for operating a drug/alcohol program (<I>e.g.,</I> CCFs, ATFs, names of employees in random pools, random selection lists, copies of notices to employers of selected employees) on behalf of an employer. 
</P>
<P>(c) If a service agent originating drug or alcohol testing information, such as an MRO or BAT, sends the information directly to the DER, he or she may also provide the information simultaneously to you, as a C/TPA or other service agent who maintains this information for the employer. 
</P>
<P>(d) If you are serving as an intermediary in transmitting information that is required to be provided to the employer, you must ensure that it reaches the employer in the same time periods required elsewhere in this part. 
</P>
<P>(e) You must ensure that you can make available to the employer within two business days any information the employer is asked to produce by a DOT agency representative. 
</P>
<P>(f) On request of an employer, you must, at any time on the request of an employer, transfer immediately all records pertaining to the employer and its employees to the employer or to any other service agent the employer designates. You must carry out this transfer as soon as the employer requests it. You are not required to obtain employee consent for this transfer. You must not charge more than your reasonable administrative costs for conducting this transfer. You may not charge a fee for the release of these records. 
</P>
<P>(g) If you are planning to go out of business or your organization will be bought by or merged with another organization, you must immediately notify all employers and offer to transfer all records pertaining to the employer and its employees to the employer or to any other service agent the employer designates. You must carry out this transfer as soon as the employer requests it. You are not required to obtain employee consent for this transfer. You must not charge more than your reasonable administrative costs for conducting this transfer. You may not charge a fee for the release of these records. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41955, Aug. 9, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.351" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.17.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.351   What confidentiality requirements apply to service agents?</HEAD>
<P>Except where otherwise specified in this part, as a service agent the following confidentiality requirements apply to you: 
</P>
<P>(a) When you receive or maintain confidential information about employees (<I>e.g.,</I> individual test results), you must follow the same confidentiality regulations as the employer with respect to the use and release of this information. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must follow all confidentiality and records retention requirements applicable to employers. 
</P>
<P>(c) You may not provide individual test results or other confidential information to another employer without a specific, written consent from the employee. For example, suppose you are a C/TPA that has employers X and Y as clients. Employee Jones works for X, and you maintain Jones' drug and alcohol test for X. Jones wants to change jobs and work for Y. You may not inform Y of the result of a test conducted for X without having a specific, written consent from Jones. Likewise, you may not provide this information to employer Z, who is not a C/TPA member, without this consent. 
</P>
<P>(d) You must not use blanket consent forms authorizing the release of employee testing information. 
</P>
<P>(e) You must establish adequate confidentiality and security measures to ensure that confidential employee records are not available to unauthorized persons. This includes protecting the physical security of records, access controls, and computer security measures to safeguard confidential data in electronic data bases. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.353" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.17.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.353   What principles govern the interaction between MROs and other service agents?</HEAD>
<P>As a service agent other than an MRO (<I>e.g.,</I> a C/TPA), the following principles govern your interaction with MROs: 
</P>
<P>(a) You may provide MRO services to employers, directly or through contract, if you meet all applicable provisions of this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) If you employ or contract for an MRO, the MRO must perform duties independently and confidentially. When you have a relationship with an MRO, you must structure the relationship to ensure that this independence and confidentiality are not compromised. Specific means (including both physical and operational measures, as appropriate) to separate MRO functions and other service agent functions are essential. 
</P>
<P>(c) Only your staff who are actually under the day-to-day supervision and control of an MRO with respect to MRO functions may perform these functions. This does not mean that those staff may not perform other functions at other times. However, the designation of your staff to perform MRO functions under MRO supervision must be limited and not used as a subterfuge to circumvent confidentiality and other requirements of this part and DOT agency regulations. You must ensure that MRO staff operate under controls sufficient to ensure that the independence and confidentiality of the MRO process are not compromised. 
</P>
<P>(d) Like other MROs, an MRO you employ or contract with must personally conduct verification interviews with employees and must personally make all verification decisions. Consequently, your staff cannot perform these functions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.355" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.17.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.355   What limitations apply to the activities of service agents?</HEAD>
<P>As a service agent, you are subject to the following limitations concerning your activities in the DOT drug and alcohol testing program. 
</P>
<P>(a) You must not require an employee to sign a consent, release, waiver of liability, or indemnification agreement with respect to any part of the drug or alcohol testing process covered by this part (including, but not limited to, collections, laboratory testing, MRO, and SAP services). No one may do so on behalf of a service agent. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must not act as an intermediary in the transmission of drug test results from the laboratory to the MRO. That is, the laboratory may not send results to you, with you in turn sending them to the MRO for verification. For example, a practice in which the laboratory transmits results to your computer system, and you then assign the results to a particular MRO, is not permitted. 
</P>
<P>(c) You must not transmit drug test results directly from the laboratory to the employer (by electronic or other means) or to a service agent who forwards them to the employer. All confirmed laboratory results must be processed by the MRO before they are released to any other party. 
</P>
<P>(d) You must not act as an intermediary in the transmission of alcohol test results of 0.02 or higher from the STT or BAT to the DER. 
</P>
<P>(e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, you must not act as an intermediary in the transmission of individual SAP reports to the actual employer. That is, the SAP may not send such reports to you, with you in turn sending them to the actual employer. However, you may maintain individual SAP summary reports and follow-up testing plans after they are sent to the DER, and the SAP may transmit such reports to you simultaneously with sending them to the DER. 
</P>
<P>(f) As an exception to paragraph (e) of this section, you may act as an intermediary in the transmission of SAP report from the SAP to an owner-operator or other self-employed individual. 
</P>
<P>(g) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, you must not make decisions to test an employee based upon reasonable suspicion, post-accident, return-to-duty, and follow-up determination criteria. These are duties the actual employer cannot delegate to a C/TPA. You may, however, provide advice and information to employers regarding these testing issues and how the employer should schedule required testing. 
</P>
<P>(h) As an exception to paragraph (g) of this section, you may make decisions to test an employee based upon reasonable suspicion, post-accident, return-to-duty, and follow-up determination criteria with respect to an owner-operator or other self-employed individual. 
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraph (j) of this section, you must not make a determination that an employee has refused a drug or alcohol test. This is a non-delegable duty of the actual employer. You may, however, provide advice and information to employers regarding refusal-to-test issues. 
</P>
<P>(j) As an exception to paragraph (i) of this section, you may make a determination that an employee has refused a drug or alcohol test, if: 
</P>
<P>(1) You schedule a required test for an owner-operator or other self-employed individual, and the individual fails to appear for the test without a legitimate reason; or 
</P>
<P>(2) As an MRO, you determine that an individual has refused to test on the basis of adulteration or substitution. 
</P>
<P>(k) You must not act as a DER. For example, while you may be responsible for transmitting information to the employer about test results, you must not act on behalf of the employer in actions to remove employees from safety-sensitive duties. 
</P>
<P>(l) In transmitting documents to laboratories, you must ensure that you send to the laboratory that conducts testing only Copy 1 of the CCF. You must not transmit other copies of the CCF or any ATFs to the laboratory.
</P>
<P>(m) You must not impose conditions or requirements on employers that DOT regulations do not authorize. For example, as a C/TPA serving employers in the pipeline or motor carrier industry, you must not require employers to have provisions in their DOT plans that PHMSA or FMCSA regulations do not require. 
</P>
<P>(n) You must not intentionally delay the transmission of drug or alcohol testing-related documents concerning actions you have performed, because of a payment dispute or other reasons. 
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1 to paragraph (n):</HED><PSPACE>A laboratory that has tested a specimen must not delay transmitting the documentation of the test result to an MRO because of a billing or payment dispute with the MRO or a C/TPA.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2 to paragraph (n):</HED><PSPACE>An MRO or SAP who has interviewed an employee must not delay sending a verified test result or SAP report to the employer because of such a dispute with the employer or employee.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 3 to paragraph (n):</HED><PSPACE>A collector who has performed a specimen collection must not delay sending the drug specimen and CCF to the laboratory because of a payment or other dispute with the laboratory or a C/TPA.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 4 to paragraph (n):</HED><PSPACE>A BAT who has conducted an alcohol test must not delay sending test result information to an employer or C/TPA because of a payment or other dispute with the employer or C/TPA.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(o) While you must follow the DOT agency regulations, the actual employer remains accountable to DOT for compliance, and your failure to implement any aspect of the program as required in this part and other applicable DOT agency regulations makes the employer subject to enforcement action by the Department. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41955, Aug. 9, 2001; 71 FR 49384, Aug. 23, 2006; 75 FR 59108, Sept. 27, 2010; 88 FR 27650, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="R" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart R—Public Interest Exclusions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.361" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.361   What is the purpose of a public interest exclusion (PIE)?</HEAD>
<P>(a) To protect the public interest, including protecting transportation employers and employees from serious noncompliance with DOT drug and alcohol testing rules, the Department's policy is to ensure that employers conduct business only with responsible service agents. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Department therefore uses PIEs to exclude from participation in DOT's drug and alcohol testing program any service agent who, by serious noncompliance with this part or other DOT agency drug and alcohol testing regulations, has shown that it is not currently acting in a responsible manner. 
</P>
<P>(c) A PIE is a serious action that the Department takes only to protect the public interest. We intend to use PIEs only to remedy situations of serious noncompliance. PIEs are not used for the purpose of punishment. 
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this subpart precludes a DOT agency or the Inspector General from taking other action authorized by its regulations with respect to service agents or employers that violate its regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.363" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.363   On what basis may the Department issue a PIE?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are a service agent, the Department may issue a PIE concerning you if we determine that you have failed or refused to provide drug or alcohol testing services consistent with the requirements of this part or a DOT agency drug and alcohol regulation. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Department also may issue a PIE if you have failed to cooperate with DOT agency representatives concerning inspections, complaint investigations, compliance and enforcement reviews, or requests for documents and other information about compliance with this part or DOT agency drug and alcohol regulations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.365" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.365   What is the Department's policy concerning starting a PIE proceeding?</HEAD>
<P>(a) It is the Department's policy to start a PIE proceeding only in cases of serious, uncorrected noncompliance with the provisions of this part, affecting such matters as safety, the outcomes of test results, privacy and confidentiality, due process and fairness for employees, the honesty and integrity of the testing program, and cooperation with or provision of information to DOT agency representatives. 
</P>
<P>(b) The following are examples of the kinds of serious noncompliance that, as a matter of policy, the Department views as appropriate grounds for starting a PIE proceeding. These examples are not intended to be an exhaustive or exclusive list of the grounds for starting a PIE proceeding. We intend them to illustrate the level of seriousness that the Department believes supports starting a PIE proceeding. The examples follow: 
</P>
<P>(1) For an MRO, verifying tests positive without interviewing the employees as required by this part or providing MRO services without meeting the qualifications for an MRO required by this part; 
</P>
<P>(2) For a laboratory, refusing to provide information to the Department, an employer, or an employee as required by this part; failing or refusing to conduct a validity testing program when required by this part; or a pattern or practice of testing errors that result in the cancellation of tests. (As a general matter of policy, the Department does not intend to initiate a PIE proceeding concerning a laboratory with respect to matters on which HHS initiates certification actions under its laboratory guidelines.); 
</P>
<P>(3) For a collector, a pattern or practice of directly observing collections when doing so is unauthorized, or failing or refusing to directly observe collections when doing so is mandatory; 
</P>
<P>(4) For collectors, BATs, or STTs, a pattern or practice of using forms, testing equipment, or collection kits that do not meet the standards in this part; 
</P>
<P>(5) For a collector, BAT, or STT, a pattern or practice of “fatal flaws” or other significant uncorrected errors in the collection process; 
</P>
<P>(6) For a laboratory, MRO or C/TPA, failing or refusing to report tests results as required by this part or DOT agency regulations; 
</P>
<P>(7) For a laboratory, falsifying, concealing, or destroying documentation concerning any part of the drug testing process, including, but not limited to, documents in a “litigation package”; 
</P>
<P>(8) For SAPs, providing SAP services while not meeting SAP qualifications required by this part or performing evaluations without interviews meeting the requirements of § 40.291(a)(1); 
</P>
<P>(9) For any service agent, maintaining a relationship with another party that constitutes a conflict of interest under this part (<I>e.g.,</I> a laboratory that derives a financial benefit from having an employer use a specific MRO); 
</P>
<P>(10) For any service agent, falsely representing that the service agent or its activities is approved or certified by the Department or a DOT agency (such representation includes, but is not limited to, the use of a Department or DOT agency logo, title, or emblem).
</P>
<P>(11) For any service agent, disclosing an employee's test result information to any party this part or a DOT agency regulation does not authorize, including by obtaining a “blanket” consent from employees or by creating a data base from which employers or others can retrieve an employee's DOT test results without the specific consent of the employee; 
</P>
<P>(12) For any service agent, interfering or attempting to interfere with the ability of an MRO to communicate with the Department, or retaliating against an MRO for communicating with the Department; 
</P>
<P>(13) For any service agent, directing or recommending that an employer fail or refuse to implement any provision of this part; or 
</P>
<P>(14) With respect to noncompliance with a DOT agency regulation, conduct that affects important provisions of Department-wide concern (<I>e.g.,</I> failure to properly conduct the selection process for random testing). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 82 FR 52247, Nov. 13, 2017; 88 FR 27650, May 2, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.367" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.367   Who initiates a PIE proceeding?</HEAD>
<P>The following DOT officials may initiate a PIE proceeding: 
</P>
<P>(a) The drug and alcohol program manager of a DOT agency; 
</P>
<P>(b) An official of ODAPC, other than the Director; or 
</P>
<P>(c) The designee of any of these officials. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.369" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.369   What is the discretion of an initiating official in starting a PIE proceeding?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Initiating officials have broad discretion in deciding whether to start a PIE proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(b) In exercising this discretion, the initiating official must consider the Department's policy regarding the seriousness of the service agent's conduct (see § 40.365) and all information he or she has obtained to this point concerning the facts of the case. The initiating official may also consider the availability of the resources needed to pursue a PIE proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(c) A decision not to initiate a PIE proceeding does not necessarily mean that the Department regards a service agent as being in compliance or that the Department may not use other applicable remedies in a situation of noncompliance. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.371" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.371   On what information does an initiating official rely in deciding whether to start a PIE proceeding?</HEAD>
<P>(a) An initiating official may rely on credible information from any source as the basis for starting a PIE proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(b) Before sending a correction notice (see § 40.373), the initiating official informally contacts the service agent to determine if there is any information that may affect the initiating official's determination about whether it is necessary to send a correction notice. The initiating official may take any information resulting from this contact into account in determining whether to proceed under this subpart. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.373" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.373   Before starting a PIE proceeding, does the initiating official give the service agent an opportunity to correct problems?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are a service agent, the initiating official must send you a correction notice before starting a PIE proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(b) The correction notice identifies the specific areas in which you must come into compliance in order to avoid being subject to a PIE proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(c) If you make and document changes needed to come into compliance in the areas listed in the correction notice to the satisfaction of the initiating official within 60 days of the date you receive the notice, the initiating official does not start a PIE proceeding. The initiating official may conduct appropriate fact finding to verify that you have made and maintained satisfactory corrections. When he or she is satisfied that you are in compliance, the initiating official sends you a notice that the matter is concluded. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.375" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.375   How does the initiating official start a PIE proceeding?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a service agent, if your compliance matter is not correctable (see § 40.373(a)), or if have not resolved compliance matters as provided in § 40.373(c), the initiating official starts a PIE proceeding by sending you a notice of proposed exclusion (NOPE). The NOPE contains the initiating official's recommendations concerning the issuance of a PIE, but it is not a decision by the Department to issue a PIE. 
</P>
<P>(b) The NOPE includes the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that the initiating official is recommending that the Department issue a PIE concerning you; 
</P>
<P>(2) The factual basis for the initiating official's belief that you are not providing drug and/or alcohol testing services to DOT-regulated employers consistent with the requirements of this part or are in serious noncompliance with a DOT agency drug and alcohol regulation; 
</P>
<P>(3) The factual basis for the initiating official's belief that your noncompliance has not been or cannot be corrected; 
</P>
<P>(4) The initiating official's recommendation for the scope of the PIE; 
</P>
<P>(5) The initiating official's recommendation for the duration of the PIE; and
</P>
<P>(6) A statement that you may contest the issuance of the proposed PIE, as provided in § 40.379. 
</P>
<P>(c) The initiating official sends a copy of the NOPE to the ODAPC Director at the same time he or she sends the NOPE to you. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.377" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.377   Who decides whether to issue a PIE?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ODAPC Director, or his or her designee, decides whether to issue a PIE. If a designee is acting as the decisionmaker, all references in this subpart to the Director refer to the designee. 
</P>
<P>(b) To ensure his or her impartiality, the Director plays no role in the initiating official's determination about whether to start a PIE proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(c) There is a “firewall” between the initiating official and the Director. This means that the initiating official and the Director are prohibited from having any discussion, contact, or exchange of information with one another about the matter, except for documents and discussions that are part of the record of the proceeding. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.379" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.379   How do you contest the issuance of a PIE?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you receive a NOPE, you may contest the issuance of the PIE. 
</P>
<P>(b) If you want to contest the proposed PIE, you must provide the Director information and argument in opposition to the proposed PIE in writing, in person, and/or through a representative. To contest the proposed PIE, you must take one or more of the steps listed in this paragraph (b) within 30 days after you receive the NOPE. 
</P>
<P>(1) You may request that the Director dismiss the proposed PIE without further proceedings, on the basis that it does not concern serious noncompliance with this part or DOT agency regulations, consistent with the Department's policy as stated in § 40.365. 
</P>
<P>(2) You may present written information and arguments, consistent with the provisions of § 40.381, contesting the proposed PIE. 
</P>
<P>(3) You may arrange with the Director for an informal meeting to present your information and arguments. 
</P>
<P>(c) If you do not take any of the actions listed in paragraph (b) of this section within 30 days after you receive the NOPE, the matter proceeds as an uncontested case. In this event, the Director makes his or her decision based on the record provided by the initiating official (<I>i.e.,</I> the NOPE and any supporting information or testimony) and any additional information the Director obtains. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.381" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.381   What information do you present to contest the proposed issuance of a PIE?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a service agent who wants to contest a proposed PIE, you must present at least the following information to the Director: 
</P>
<P>(1) Specific facts that contradict the statements contained in the NOPE (see § 40.375(b)(2) and (3)). A general denial is insufficient to raise a genuine dispute over facts material to the issuance of a PIE; 
</P>
<P>(2) Identification of any existing, proposed or prior PIE; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Identification of your affiliates, if any. 
</P>
<P>(b) You may provide any information and arguments you wish concerning the proposed issuance, scope and duration of the PIE (see § 40.375(b)(4) and (5)). 
</P>
<P>(c) You may provide any additional relevant information or arguments concerning any of the issues in the matter. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.383" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.383   What procedures apply if you contest the issuance of a PIE?</HEAD>
<P>(a) DOT conducts PIE proceedings in a fair and informal manner. The Director may use flexible procedures to allow you to present matters in opposition. The Director is not required to follow formal rules of evidence or procedure in creating the record of the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Director will consider any information or argument he or she determines to be relevant to the decision on the matter. 
</P>
<P>(c) You may submit any documentary evidence you want the Director to consider. In addition, if you have arranged an informal meeting with the Director, you may present witnesses and confront any person the initiating official presents as a witness against you. 
</P>
<P>(d) In cases where there are material factual issues in dispute, the Director or his or her designee may conduct additional fact-finding. 
</P>
<P>(e) If you have arranged a meeting with the Director, the Director will make a transcribed record of the meeting available to you on your request. You must pay the cost of transcribing and copying the meeting record. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.385" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.385   Who bears the burden of proof in a PIE proceeding?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As the proponent of issuing a PIE, the initiating official bears the burden of proof. 
</P>
<P>(b) This burden is to demonstrate, by a preponderance of the evidence, that the service agent was in serious noncompliance with the requirements of this part for drug and/or alcohol testing-related services or with the requirements of another DOT agency drug and alcohol testing regulation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.387" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.387   What matters does the Director decide concerning a proposed PIE?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Following the service agent's response (see § 40.379(b)) or, if no response is received, after 30 days have passed from the date on which the service agent received the NOPE, the Director may take one of the following steps: 
</P>
<P>(1) In response to a request from the service agent (see § 40.379(b)(1)) or on his or her own motion, the Director may dismiss a PIE proceeding if he or she determines that it does not concern serious noncompliance with this part or DOT agency regulations, consistent with the Department's policy as stated in § 40.365. 
</P>
<P>(i) If the Director dismisses a proposed PIE under this paragraph (a), the action is closed with respect to the noncompliance alleged in the NOPE. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The Department may initiate a new PIE proceeding against you on the basis of different or subsequent conduct that is in noncompliance with this part or other DOT drug and alcohol testing rules. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the Director determines that the initiating official's submission does not have complete information needed for a decision, the Director may remand the matter to the initiating official. The initiating official may resubmit the matter to the Director when the needed information is complete. If the basis for the proposed PIE has changed, the initiating official must send an amended NOPE to the service agent. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Director makes determinations concerning the following matters in any PIE proceeding that he or she decides on the merits: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any material facts that are in dispute; 
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the facts support issuing a PIE; 
</P>
<P>(3) The scope of any PIE that is issued; and 
</P>
<P>(4) The duration of any PIE that is issued. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.389" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.389   What factors may the Director consider?</HEAD>
<P>This section lists examples of the kind of mitigating and aggravating factors that the Director may consider in determining whether to issue a PIE concerning you, as well as the scope and duration of a PIE. This list is not exhaustive or exclusive. The Director may consider other factors if appropriate in the circumstances of a particular case. The list of examples follows: 
</P>
<P>(a) The actual or potential harm that results or may result from your noncompliance; 
</P>
<P>(b) The frequency of incidents and/or duration of the noncompliance; 
</P>
<P>(c) Whether there is a pattern or prior history of noncompliance; 
</P>
<P>(d) Whether the noncompliance was pervasive within your organization, including such factors as the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Whether and to what extent your organization planned, initiated, or carried out the noncompliance; 
</P>
<P>(2) The positions held by individuals involved in the noncompliance, and whether your principals tolerated their noncompliance; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Whether you had effective standards of conduct and control systems (both with respect to your own organization and any contractors or affiliates) at the time the noncompliance occurred; 
</P>
<P>(e) Whether you have demonstrated an appropriate compliance disposition, including such factors as the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Whether you have accepted responsibility for the noncompliance and recognize the seriousness of the conduct that led to the cause for issuance of the PIE; 
</P>
<P>(2) Whether you have cooperated fully with the Department during the investigation. The Director may consider when the cooperation began and whether you disclosed all pertinent information known to you; 
</P>
<P>(3) Whether you have fully investigated the circumstances of the noncompliance forming the basis for the PIE and, if so, have made the result of the investigation available to the Director; 
</P>
<P>(4) Whether you have taken appropriate disciplinary action against the individuals responsible for the activity that constitutes the grounds for issuance of the PIE; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Whether your organization has taken appropriate corrective actions or remedial measures, including implementing actions to prevent recurrence; 
</P>
<P>(f) With respect to noncompliance with a DOT agency regulation, the degree to which the noncompliance affects matters common to the DOT drug and alcohol testing program; 
</P>
<P>(g) Other factors appropriate to the circumstances of the case.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.391" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.391   What is the scope of a PIE?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The scope of a PIE is the Department's determination about the divisions, organizational elements, types of services, affiliates, and/or individuals (including direct employees of a service agent and its contractors) to which a PIE applies. 
</P>
<P>(b) If, as a service agent, the Department issues a PIE concerning you, the PIE applies to all your divisions, organizational elements, and types of services that are involved with or affected by the noncompliance that forms the factual basis for issuing the PIE. 
</P>
<P>(c) In the NOPE (see § 40.375(b)(4)), the initiating official sets forth his or her recommendation for the scope of the PIE. The proposed scope of the PIE is one of the elements of the proceeding that the service agent may contest (see § 40.381(b)) and about which the Director makes a decision (see § 40.387(b)(3)). 
</P>
<P>(d) In recommending and deciding the scope of the PIE, the initiating official and Director, respectively, must take into account the provisions of paragraphs (e) through (j) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) The pervasiveness of the noncompliance within a service agent's organization (see § 40.389(d)) is an important consideration in determining the scope of a PIE. The appropriate scope of a PIE grows broader as the pervasiveness of the noncompliance increases. 
</P>
<P>(f) The application of a PIE is not limited to the specific location or employer at which the conduct that forms the factual basis for issuing the PIE was discovered. 
</P>
<P>(g) A PIE applies to your affiliates, if the affiliate is involved with or affected by the conduct that forms the factual basis for issuing the PIE. 
</P>
<P>(h) A PIE applies to individuals who are officers, employees, directors, shareholders, partners, or other individuals associated with your organization in the following circumstances: 
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct forming any part of the factual basis of the PIE occurred in connection with the individual's performance of duties by or on behalf of your organization; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The individual knew of, had reason to know of, approved, or acquiesced in such conduct. The individual's acceptance of benefits derived from such conduct is evidence of such knowledge, acquiescence, or approval. 
</P>
<P>(i) If a contractor to your organization is solely responsible for the conduct that forms the factual basis for a PIE, the PIE does not apply to the service agent itself unless the service agent knew or should have known about the conduct and did not take action to correct it. 
</P>
<P>(j) PIEs do not apply to drug and alcohol testing that DOT does not regulate. 
</P>
<P>(k) The following examples illustrate how the Department intends the provisions of this section to work: 
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1 to § 40.391.</HED><PSPACE>Service Agent P provides a variety of drug testing services. P's SAP services are involved in a serious violation of this Part 40. However, P's other services fully comply with this part, and P's overall management did not plan or concur in the noncompliance, which in fact was contrary to P's articulated standards. Because the noncompliance was isolated in one area of the organization's activities, and did not pervade the entire organization, the scope of the PIE could be limited to SAP services.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2 to § 40.391.</HED><PSPACE>Service Agent Q provides a similar variety of services. The conduct forming the factual basis for a PIE concerns collections for a transit authority. As in Example 1, the noncompliance is not pervasive throughout Q's organization. The PIE would apply to collections at all locations served by Q, not just the particular transit authority or not just in the state in which the transit authority is located.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 3 to § 40.391.</HED><PSPACE>Service Agent R provides a similar array of services. One or more of the following problems exists: R's activities in several areas—collections, MROs, SAPs, protecting the confidentiality of information—are involved in serious noncompliance; DOT determines that R's management knew or should have known about serious noncompliance in one or more areas, but management did not take timely corrective action; or, in response to an inquiry from DOT personnel, R's management refuses to provide information about its operations. In each of these three cases, the scope of the PIE would include all aspects of R's services.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 4 to § 40.391.</HED><PSPACE>Service Agent W provides only one kind of service (<I>e.g.,</I> laboratory or MRO services). The Department issues a PIE concerning these services. Because W only provides this one kind of service, the PIE necessarily applies to all its operations.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 5 to § 40.391.</HED><PSPACE>Service Agent X, by exercising reasonably prudent oversight of its collection contractor, should have known that the contractor was making numerous “fatal flaws” in tests. Alternatively, X received a correction notice pointing out these problems in its contractor's collections. In neither case did X take action to correct the problem. X, as well as the contractor, would be subject to a PIE with respect to collections.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 6 to § 40.391.</HED><PSPACE>Service Agent Y could not reasonably have known that one of its MROs was regularly failing to interview employees before verifying tests positive. When it received a correction notice, Y immediately dismissed the erring MRO. In this case, the MRO would be subject to a PIE but Y would not.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 7 to § 40.391.</HED><PSPACE>The Department issues a PIE with respect to Service Agent Z. Z provides services for DOT-regulated transportation employers, a Federal agency under the HHS-regulated Federal employee testing program, and various private businesses and public agencies that DOT does not regulate. The PIE applies only to the DOT-regulated transportation employers with respect to their DOT-mandated testing, not to the Federal agency or the other public agencies and private businesses. The PIE does not prevent the non-DOT regulated entities from continuing to use Z's services.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.393" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.393   How long does a PIE stay in effect?</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the NOPE (see § 40.375(b)(5)), the initiating official proposes the duration of the PIE. The duration of the PIE is one of the elements of the proceeding that the service agent may contest (see § 40.381(b)) and about which the Director makes a decision (see § 40.387(b)(4)). 
</P>
<P>(b) In deciding upon the duration of the PIE, the Director considers the seriousness of the conduct on which the PIE is based and the continued need to protect employers and employees from the service agent's noncompliance. The Director considers factors such as those listed in § 40.389 in making this decision. 
</P>
<P>(c) The duration of a PIE will be between one and five years, unless the Director reduces its duration under § 40.407. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.395" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.395   Can you settle a PIE proceeding?</HEAD>
<P>At any time before the Director's decision, you and the initiating official can, with the Director's concurrence, settle a PIE proceeding. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.397" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.397   When does the Director make a PIE decision?</HEAD>
<P>The Director makes his or her decision within 60 days of the date when the record of a PIE proceeding is complete (including any meeting with the Director and any additional fact-finding that is necessary). The Director may extend this period for good cause for additional periods of up to 30 days. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.399" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.399   How does the Department notify service agents of its decision?</HEAD>
<P>If you are a service agent involved in a PIE proceeding, the Director provides you written notice as soon as he or she makes a PIE decision. The notice includes the following elements: 
</P>
<P>(a) If the decision is not to issue a PIE, a statement of the reasons for the decision, including findings of fact with respect to any material factual issues that were in dispute. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the decision is to issue a PIE— 
</P>
<P>(1) A reference to the NOPE; 
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the reasons for the decision, including findings of fact with respect to any material factual issues that were in dispute; 
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the scope of the PIE; and 
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the duration of the PIE. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.401" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.401   How does the Department notify employers and the public about a PIE?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Department maintains a document called the “List of Excluded Drug and Alcohol Service Agents.” This document may be found on the Department's web site (<I>http://www.transportation.gov/odapc</I>) . You may also request a copy of the document from ODAPC. 
</P>
<P>(b) When the Director issues a PIE, he or she adds to the List the name and address of the service agent, and any other persons or organizations, to whom the PIE applies and information about the scope and duration of the PIE. 
</P>
<P>(c) When a service agent ceases to be subject to a PIE, the Director removes this information from the List. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Department also publishes a <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice to inform the public on any occasion on which a service agent is added to or taken off the List. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 82 FR 52247, Nov. 13, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.403" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.403   Must a service agent notify its clients when the Department issues a PIE?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a service agent, if the Department issues a PIE concerning you, you must notify each of your DOT-regulated employer clients, in writing, about the issuance, scope, duration, and effect of the PIE. You may meet this requirement by sending a copy of the Director's PIE decision or by a separate notice. You must send this notice to each client within three business days of receiving from the Department the notice provided for in § 40.399(b). 
</P>
<P>(b) As part of the notice you send under paragraph (a) of this section, you must offer to transfer immediately all records pertaining to the employer and its employees to the employer or to any other service agent the employer designates. You must carry out this transfer as soon as the employer requests it. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41955, Aug. 9, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.405" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.405   May the Federal courts review PIE decisions?</HEAD>
<P>The Director's decision is a final administrative action of the Department. Like all final administrative actions of Federal agencies, the Director's decision is subject to judicial review under the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 551 <I>et. seq</I>). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.407" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.407   May a service agent ask to have a PIE reduced or terminated?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Yes, as a service agent concerning whom the Department has issued a PIE, you may request that the Director terminate a PIE or reduce its duration and/or scope. This process is limited to the issues of duration and scope. It is not an appeal or reconsideration of the decision to issue the PIE. 
</P>
<P>(b) Your request must be in writing and supported with documentation. 
</P>
<P>(c) You must wait at least nine months from the date on which the Director issued the PIE to make this request. 
</P>
<P>(d) The initiating official who was the proponent of the PIE may provide information and arguments concerning your request to the Director. 
</P>
<P>(e) If the Director verifies that the sources of your noncompliance have been eliminated and that all drug or alcohol testing-related services you would provide to DOT-regulated employers will be consistent with the requirements of this part, the Director may issue a notice terminating or reducing the PIE. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.409" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.409   What does the issuance of a PIE mean to transportation employers?</HEAD>
<P>(a) As an employer, you are deemed to have notice of the issuance of a PIE when it appears on the List mentioned in § 40.401(a) or the notice of the PIE appears in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> as provided in § 40.401(d). You should check this List to ensure that any service agents you are using or planning to use are not subject to a PIE. 
</P>
<P>(b) As an employer who is using a service agent concerning whom a PIE is issued, you must stop using the services of the service agent no later than 90 days after the Department has published the decision in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or posted it on its web site. You may apply to the ODAPC Director for an extension of 30 days if you demonstrate that you cannot find a substitute service agent within 90 days. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except during the period provided in paragraph (b) of this section, you must not, as an employer, use the services of a service agent that are covered by a PIE that the Director has issued under this subpart. If you do so, you are in violation of the Department's regulations and subject to applicable DOT agency sanctions (<I>e.g.,</I> civil penalties, withholding of Federal financial assistance). 
</P>
<P>(d) You also must not obtain drug or alcohol testing services through a contractor or affiliate of the service agent to whom the PIE applies.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example to paragraph (d):</HED><PSPACE>Service Agent R was subject to a PIE with respect to SAP services. As an employer, not only must you not use R's own SAP services, but you also must not use SAP services you arrange through R, such as services provided by a subcontractor or affiliate of R or a person or organization that receives financial gain from its relationship with R.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(e) This section's prohibition on using the services of a service agent concerning which the Director has issued a PIE applies to employers in all industries subject to DOT drug and alcohol testing regulations.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example to paragraph (e):</HED><PSPACE>The initiating official for a PIE was the FAA drug and alcohol program manager, and the conduct forming the basis of the PIE pertained to the aviation industry. As a motor carrier, transit authority, pipeline, railroad, or maritime employer, you are also prohibited from using the services of the service agent involved in connection with the DOT drug and alcohol testing program.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(f) The issuance of a PIE does not result in the cancellation of drug or alcohol tests conducted using the service agent involved before the issuance of the Director's decision or up to 90 days following its publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or posting on the Department's web site, unless otherwise specified in the Director's PIE decision or the Director grants an extension as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example to paragraph (f):</HED><PSPACE>The Department issues a PIE concerning Service Agent N on September 1. All tests conducted using N's services before September 1, and through November 30, are valid for all purposes under DOT drug and alcohol testing regulations, assuming they meet all other regulatory requirements.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.411" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.411   What is the role of the DOT Inspector General's office?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person may bring concerns about waste, fraud, or abuse on the part of a service agent to the attention of the DOT Office of Inspector General. 
</P>
<P>(b) In appropriate cases, the Office of Inspector General may pursue criminal or civil remedies against a service agent. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Office of Inspector General may provide factual information to other DOT officials for use in a PIE proceeding. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 40.413" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.18.43.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 40.413   How are notices sent to service agents?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are a service agent, DOT sends notices to you, including correction notices, notices of proposed exclusion, decision notices, and other notices, in any of the ways mentioned in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) DOT may send a notice to you, your identified counsel, your agent for service of process, or any of your partners, officers, directors, owners, or joint venturers to the last known street address, fax number, or e-mail address. DOT deems the notice to have been received by you if sent to any of these persons. 
</P>
<P>(c) DOT considers notices to be received by you—
</P>
<P>(1) When delivered, if DOT mails the notice to the last known street address, or five days after we send it if the letter is undeliverable; 
</P>
<P>(2) When sent, if DOT sends the notice by fax or five days after we send it if the fax is undeliverable; or 
</P>
<P>(3) When delivered, if DOT sends the notice by e-mail or five days after DOT sends it if the e-mail is undeliverable.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.19" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.20.43.1.24" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 40—DOT Standards for Urine Collection Kits
</HEAD>
<HD3>The Collection Kit Contents
</HD3>
<P>1. <I>Collection Container</I> 
</P>
<P>a. Single-use container, made of plastic, large enough to easily catch and hold at least 55 mL of urine voided from the body. 
</P>
<P>b. Must have graduated volume markings clearly noting levels of 45 mL and above. 
</P>
<P>c. Must have a temperature strip providing graduated temperature readings 32-38 °C/90-100 °F, that is affixed or can be affixed at a proper level on the outside of the collection container. Other methodologies (<I>e.g.,</I> temperature device built into the wall of the container) are acceptable provided the temperature measurement is accurate and such that there is no potential for contamination of the specimen. 
</P>
<P>d. Must be individually wrapped in a sealed plastic bag or shrink wrapping; or must have a peelable, sealed lid or other easily visible tamper-evident system. 
</P>
<P>e. May be made available separately at collection sites to address shy bladder situations when several voids may be required to complete the testing process. 
</P>
<P>2. <I>Plastic Specimen Bottles</I> 
</P>
<P>a. Each bottle must be large enough to hold at least 35 mL; or alternatively, they may be two distinct sizes of specimen bottles provided that the bottle designed to hold the primary specimen holds at least 35 mL of urine and the bottle designed to hold the split specimen holds at least 20 mL. 
</P>
<P>b. Must have screw-on or snap-on caps that prevent seepage of the urine from the bottles during shipment. 
</P>
<P>c. Must have markings clearly indicating the appropriate levels (30 mL for the primary specimen and 15 mL for the split) of urine that must be poured into the bottles. 
</P>
<P>d. Must be designed so that the required tamper-evident bottle seals made available on the CCF fit with no damage to the seal when the employee initials it nor with the chance that the seal overlap would conceal printed information. 
</P>
<P>e. Must be wrapped (with caps) together in a sealed plastic bag or shrink wrapping separate from the collection container; or must be wrapped (with cap) individually in sealed plastic bags or shrink wrapping; or must have peelable, sealed lid or other easily visible tamper-evident system. 
</P>
<P>f. Plastic material must be leach resistant. 
</P>
<P>3. <I>Leak-Resistant Plastic Bag</I> 
</P>
<P>a. Must have two sealable compartments or pouches which are leak-resistant; one large enough to hold two specimen bottles and the other large enough to hold the CCF paperwork. 
</P>
<P>b. The sealing methodology must be such that once the compartments are sealed, any tampering or attempts to open either compartment will be evident. 
</P>
<P>4. <I>Absorbent material</I> 
</P>
<P>Each kit must contain enough absorbent material to absorb the entire contents of both specimen bottles. Absorbent material must be designed to fit inside the leak-resistant plastic bag pouch into which the specimen bottles are placed. 
</P>
<P>5. <I>Shipping Container</I> 
</P>
<P>a. Must be designed to adequately protect the specimen bottles from shipment damage in the transport of specimens from the collection site to the laboratory (<I>e.g.,</I> standard courier box, small cardboard box, plastic container). 
</P>
<P>b. May be made available separately at collection sites rather than being part of an actual kit sent to collection sites. 
</P>
<P>c. A shipping container is not necessary if a laboratory courier hand-delivers the specimen bottles in the plastic leak-proof bags from the collection site to the laboratory. 






</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.20.43.1.25" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 40—Oral Fluid Collection Kit Contents
</HEAD>
<HD2>1. Oral Fluid Collection Device
</HD2>
<P>a. A single device, which can be subdivided in the employee's presence into an “A” specimen and a “B” split specimen bottle sufficient for laboratory testing, that is either of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An oral fluid collection device made to collect a sufficient amount of oral fluid to permit an HHS-certified laboratory to analyze the specimen(s). For example, a device that directs the oral fluid into two separate collection bottles.
</P>
<P>(2) A device that uses buffering solution that collects a specimen using a single pad or dual pads joined for insertion together into the same region of the mouth, which can be subdivided into two separate collection bottles. Such a buffered device may use a diluent (or other component, process, or method that modifies the volume of the testable specimen). The volume specifications for the device must be consistent with those set by HHS.
</P>
<P>b. Must have unit markings or other indicators that demonstrate the adequacy of the volume of oral fluid specimen collected.
</P>
<P>c. Must be sufficiently transparent to permit a visual assessment of the contents without opening the specimen bottle.
</P>
<P>d. Must be individually packaged in an easily visible tamper-evident system.
</P>
<P>e. Must have the device's expiration date on the specimen bottles sent to the laboratory (<I>i.e.,</I> the shortest expiration date of any component).
</P>
<P>f. Must not have components that substantially affect the composition of drugs and/or drug metabolites in the oral fluid specimen and/or interfere with an accurate analysis of the specimen.
</P>
<P>g. Must maintain the integrity of the specimen during storage and transport so the specimen can be tested in an HHS-certified laboratory.
</P>
<P>h. Must be designed so that the required tamper-evident bottle seals made available on the CCF fit without concealing the expiration date on the bottles, without damage to the seal when the collector dates and the employee initials it.
</P>
<P>i. Must be approved by HHS for use by the specific HHS-certified laboratory that will test the specimen gathered by this device.
</P>
<HD2>2. Instructions
</HD2>
<P>Must include the manufacturer's instructions within the device's packaging. The instructions must provide sufficient detail to allow for an error-free collection when the instructions are followed.
</P>
<HD2>3. Leak-Resistant Plastic Bag
</HD2>
<P>a. Must have two sealable compartments or pouches that are leak-resistant; one large enough to hold two specimen bottles and the other large enough to hold the CCF paperwork, as applicable.
</P>
<P>b. The sealing methodology must be such that once the compartments are sealed, any tampering or attempts to open either compartment will be evident.
</P>
<HD2>4. Absorbent Material
</HD2>
<P>Each kit must contain enough absorbent material to absorb the entire contents of both specimen bottles. Absorbent material must be designed to fit inside the leak-resistant plastic bag pouch into which the specimen bottles are placed.
</P>
<HD2>5. Shipping Container
</HD2>
<P>a. Must be designed to adequately protect the specimen bottles from damage during shipment of the specimens from the collection site to the laboratory (<I>e.g.,</I> standard courier box, small cardboard box, plastic container).
</P>
<P>b. May be made available separately at collection sites rather than being part of an actual collection device sent to collection sites.
</P>
<P>c. A shipping container is not necessary if a laboratory courier hand-delivers the specimen bottles in the leak-resistant plastic bags from the collection site to the laboratory.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27651, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.20.43.1.26" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 40 [Reserved]






</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.20.43.1.27" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 40—DOT Drug Testing Semi-Annual Laboratory Report to Employers
</HEAD>
<P>The following items are required on each laboratory report:
</P>
<FP-1><I>Reporting Period:</I> (inclusive dates)
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Laboratory Identification:</I> (name and address)
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Employer Identification:</I> (name; may include Billing Code or ID code)
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>C/TPA Identification:</I> (where applicable; name and address)
</FP-1>
<HD1>A. Urine Specimens
</HD1>
<HD2>1. Urine Specimen Results Reported (Total Number) By Test Reason
</HD2>
<FP-1>(a) Pre-employment (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(b) Post-Accident (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(c) Random (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(d) Reasonable Suspicion/Cause (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(e) Return-to-Duty (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(f) Follow-up (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(g) Type of Test Not Noted on CCF (number)
</FP-1>
<HD2>2. Urine Specimens Reported
</HD2>
<FP-1>(a) Negative (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(b) Negative and Dilute (number)
</FP-1>
<HD2>3. Urine Specimens Reported as Rejected for Testing (Total Number) by Reason
</HD2>
<FP-1>(a) Fatal flaw (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(b) Uncorrected Flaw (number)
</FP-1>
<HD2>4. Urine Specimens Reported as Positive (Total Number) by Drug
</HD2>
<FP-1>(a) Marijuana Metabolite (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(b) Cocaine Metabolite (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(c) Opioids (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-2>(1) Codeine (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(2) Morphine (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) 6-AM (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) Hydrocodone (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(5) Hydromorphone (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(6) Oxycodone (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(7) Oxymorphone (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-1>(d) Phencyclidine (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(e) Amphetamines (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-2>(1) Amphetamine (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(2) Methamphetamine (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) MDMA (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) MDA (number)
</FP-2>
<HD2>5. Urine Adulterated (Number)
</HD2>
<HD2>6. Urine Substituted (Number)
</HD2>
<HD2>7. Urine Invalid Result (Number)
</HD2>
<HD1>B. Oral Fluid Specimens
</HD1>
<HD2>1. Oral Fluid Specimen Results Reported (Total Number) by Test Reason
</HD2>
<FP-1>(a) Pre-employment (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(b) Post-Accident (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(c) Random (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(d) Reasonable Suspicion/Cause (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(e) Return-to-Duty (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(f) Follow-up (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(g) Type of Test Not Noted on CCF (number)
</FP-1>
<HD2>2. Oral Fluid Specimens Reported
</HD2>
<FP-1>(a) Negative (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(b) Negative and Dilute (number)
</FP-1>
<HD2>3. Oral Fluid Specimens Reported as Rejected for Testing (Total Number) by Reason
</HD2>
<FP-1>(a) Fatal flaw (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(b) Uncorrected Flaw (number)
</FP-1>
<HD2>4. Oral Fluid Specimens Reported as Positive (Total Number) by Drug
</HD2>
<FP-1>(a) Marijuana (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(b) Cocaine and/or Cocaine Metabolite (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(c) Opioids (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-2>(1) Codeine (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(2) Morphine (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) 6-AM (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) Hydrocodone (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(5) Hydromorphone (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(6) Oxycodone (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(7) Oxymorphone (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-1>(d) Phencyclidine (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(e) Amphetamines (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-2>(1) Amphetamine (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(2) Methamphetamine (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(3) MDMA (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(4) MDA (number)
</FP-2>
<HD2>5. Oral Fluid Adulterated (Number)
</HD2>
<HD2>6. Oral Fluid Substituted (Number)
</HD2>
<HD2>7. Oral Fluid Invalid Result (Number)
</HD2>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27651, May 2, 2023]










</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.20.43.1.28" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 40—Drug Testing Semi-Annual Laboratory Report to DOT
</HEAD>
<P>Mail, fax or email to: U.S. Department of Transportation, Office of Drug and Alcohol Policy and Compliance, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P><I>Fax:</I> (202) 366-3897.
</P>
<P><I>Email: ODAPCWebMail@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>The following items are required on each report:
</P>
<FP-1><I>Reporting Period:</I> (inclusive dates)
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Laboratory Identification:</I> (name and address)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>1. Specimen Type:
</FP-1>
<FP-2>—oral fluid or urine
</FP-2>
<FP-1>2. DOT agency
</FP-1>
<FP-2>—FMCSA, FAA, FRA, FTA, PHMSA, or USCG
</FP-2>
<FP-1>3. Test Reason
</FP-1>
<FP-2>—Pre-Employment, Random, Reasonable Suspicion/Cause, Post-Accident, Return-to-Duty, Other, and Follow-up
</FP-2>
<FP-1>A. DOT Specimen Results Reported (total number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B. Negative Results Reported (total number)
</FP-1>
<FP-2>1. Negative (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>2. Negative-Dilute (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-1>C. Rejected for Testing Results Reported (total number) By Reason
</FP-1>
<FP-2>1. Fatal flaw (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>2. Uncorrected Flaw (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-1>D. Positive Results Reported (total number) By Drug
</FP-1>
<FP-2>1. Marijuana or Marijuana Metabolite (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>2. Cocaine and/or Cocaine Metabolite (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>3. Opioids (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a. Codeine (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>b. Morphine (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>c. 6-AM (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d. Hydrocodone (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>e. Hydromorphone (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>f. Oxycodone (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>g. Oxymorphone (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>4. Phencyclidine (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>5. Amphetamines (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a. Amphetamine (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>b. Methamphetamine (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>c. MDMA (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d. MDA (number)
</FP-2>
<FP-1>E. Adulterated Results Reported (total number) By Reason (number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>F. Substituted Results Reported (total number)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>G. Invalid Results Reported (total number) By Reason (number)
</FP-1>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27652, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.20.43.1.29" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 40—Report Format: Split Specimen Failure To Reconfirm
</HEAD>
<P>Mail, fax, or submit electronically to: U.S. Department of Transportation, Office of Drug and Alcohol Policy and Compliance, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P><I>Fax:</I> (202) 366-3897.
</P>
<P><I>Submit Electronically: https://www.transportation.gov/odapc/mro-split-specimen-cancellation-notification.</I>
</P>
<P>The following items are required on each report:
</P>
<P>1. MRO name, address, phone number, and fax number.
</P>
<P>2. Collection site name, address, and phone number.
</P>
<P>3. Date of collection.
</P>
<P>4. Specimen I.D. number.
</P>
<P>5. Specimen type.
</P>
<P>6. Laboratory accession number.
</P>
<P>7. Primary specimen laboratory name, address, and phone number.
</P>
<P>8. Date result reported or certified by primary laboratory.
</P>
<P>9. Split specimen laboratory name, address, and phone number.
</P>
<P>10. Date split specimen result reported or certified by split specimen laboratory.
</P>
<P>11. Primary specimen results (<I>e.g.,</I> name of drug, adulterant) in the primary specimen.
</P>
<P>12. Reason for split specimen failure-to-reconfirm result (<I>e.g.,</I> drug or adulterant not present, specimen invalid, split not collected, insufficient volume).
</P>
<P>13. Actions taken by the MRO (<I>e.g.,</I> notified employer of failure to reconfirm and requirement for re-collection).
</P>
<P>14. Additional information explaining the reason for cancellation.
</P>
<P>15. Name of individual submitting the report (if not the MRO).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 27652, May 2, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix G" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.20.43.1.30" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix G to Part 40—SAP Equivalency Requirements for Certification Organizations
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>Experience:</I> Minimum requirements are for three years of full-time supervised experience or 6,000 hours of supervised experience as an alcoholism and/or drug abuse counselor. The supervision must be provided by a licensed or certified practitioner. Supervised experience is important if the individual is to be considered a professional in the field of alcohol and drug abuse evaluation and counseling. 
</P>
<P>2. <I>Education:</I> There exists a requirement of 270 contact hours of education and training in alcoholism and/or drug abuse or related training. These hours can take the form of formal education, in-service training, and professional development courses. Part of any professional counselor's development is participation in formal and non-formal education opportunities within the field. 
</P>
<P>3. <I>Continuing Education:</I> The certified counselor must receive at least 40-60 hours of continuing education units (CEU) during each two year period. These CEUs are important to the counselor's keeping abreast of changes and improvements in the field. 
</P>
<P>4. <I>Testing:</I> A passing score on a national test is a requirement. The test must accurately measure the application of the knowledge, skills, and abilities possessed by the counselor. The test establishes a national standard that must be met to practice. 
</P>
<P>5. <I>Testing Validity:</I> The certification examination must be reviewed by an independent authority for validity (examination reliability and relationship to the knowledge, skills, and abilities required by the counseling field). The reliability of the exam is paramount if counselor attributes are to be accurately measured. The examination passing score point must be placed at an appropriate minimal level score as gauged by statistically reliable methodology. 
</P>
<P>6. <I>Measurable Knowledge Base:</I> The certification process must be based upon measurable knowledge possessed by the applicant and verified through collateral data and testing. That level of knowledge must be of sufficient quantity to ensure a high quality of SAP evaluation and referral services. 
</P>
<P>7. <I>Measurable Skills Base:</I> The certification process must be based upon measurable skills possessed by the applicant and verified through collateral data and testing. That level of skills must be of sufficient quality to ensure a high quality of SAP evaluation and referral services. 
</P>
<P>8. <I>Quality Assurance Plan:</I> The certification agency must ensure that a means exists to determine that applicant records are verified as being true by the certification staff. This is an important check to ensure that true information is being accepted by the certifying agency. 
</P>
<P>9. <I>Code of Ethics:</I> Certified counselors must pledge to adhere to an ethical standard for practice. It must be understood that code violations could result in de-certification. These standards are vital in maintaining the integrity of practitioners. High ethical standards are required to ensure quality of client care and confidentiality of client information as well as to guard against inappropriate referral practices. 
</P>
<P>10. <I>Re-certification Program:</I> Certification is not just a one-time event. It is a continuing privilege with continuing requirements. Among these are continuing education, continuing state certification, and concomitant adherence to the code of ethics. Re-certification serves as a protector of client interests by removing poor performers from the certified practice. 
</P>
<P>11. <I>Fifty State Coverage:</I> Certification must be available to qualified counselors in all 50 states and, therefore, the test must be available to qualified applicants in all 50 states. Because many companies are multi-state operators, consistency in SAP evaluation quality and opportunities is paramount. The test need not be given in all 50 states but should be accessible to candidates from all states. 
</P>
<P>12. <I>National Commission for Certifying Agencies (NCCA) Accreditation:</I> Having NCCA accreditation is a means of demonstrating to the Department of Transportation that your certification has been reviewed by a panel of impartial experts that have determined that your examination(s) has met stringent and appropriate testing standards. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000. Redesignated at 88 FR 27651, May 2, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix H" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.20.43.1.31" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix H to Part 40—Drug and Alcohol Testing Information that C/TPAs May Transmit to Employers
</HEAD>
<P>1. If you are a C/TPA, you may, acting as an intermediary, transmit the information in the following sections of this part to the DER for an employer, if the employer chooses to have you do so. These are the only items that you are permitted to transmit to the employer as an intermediary. The use of C/TPA intermediaries is prohibited in all other cases, such as transmission of laboratory drug test results to MROs, the transmission of medical information from MROs to employers, the transmission of SAP reports to employers, the transmission of positive alcohol test results, and the transmission of medical information from MROs to employers. 
</P>
<P>2. In every case, you must ensure that, in transmitting the information, you meet all requirements (<I>e.g.,</I> concerning confidentiality and timing) that would apply if the party originating the information (<I>e.g.,</I> an MRO or collector) sent the information directly to the employer. For example, if you transmit MROs' drug testing results to DERs, you must transmit each drug test result to the DER in compliance with the requirements for MROs set forth in § 40.167. 
</P>
<HD1>Drug Testing Information
</HD1>
<FP-2>§ 40.25: Previous two years' test results
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.35: Notice to collectors of contact information for DER
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.61(a): Notification to DER that an employee is a “no show” for a drug test
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.63(e): Notification to DER of a collection under direct observation
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.65(b)(6) and (7) and (c)(2) and (3): Notification to DER of a refusal to provide a specimen or an insufficient specimen
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.73(a)(9): Transmission of CCF copies to DER (However, MRO copy of CCF must be sent by collector directly to the MRO, not through the C/TPA.)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.111(a): Transmission of laboratory statistical report to employer
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.127(f): Report of test results to DER
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§§ 40.127(g), 40.129(d), 40.159(a)(4)(ii); 40.161(b): Reports to DER that test is cancelled
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.129(e): Report of test results to DER
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.129(g)(1): Report to DER of confirmed positive test in stand-down situation
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§§ 40.149(b): Report to DER of changed test result
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.155(a): Report to DER of dilute specimen
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.167(b) and (c): Reports of test results to DER
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.187(a)-(e) Reports to DER concerning the reconfirmation of tests
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.191(d): Notice to DER concerning refusals to test
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.193(b)(3): Notification to DER of refusal in shy bladder situation
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.193(b)(4): Notification to DER of insufficient specimen
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.193(b)(5): Transmission of CCF copies to DER (not to MRO)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.199: Report to DER of cancelled test and direction to DER for additional collection
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.201: Report to DER of cancelled test
</FP-2>
<HD1>Alcohol Testing Information 
</HD1>
<FP-2>§ 40.215: Notice to BATs and STTs of contact information for DER 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.241(b)(1): Notification to DER that an employee is a “no show” for an alcohol test 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.247(a)(2): Transmission of alcohol screening test results only when the test result is less than 0.02 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.255(a)(4): Transmission of alcohol confirmation test results only when the test result is less than 0.02 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>§ 40.263(a)(3) and 263(b)(3): Notification of insufficient saliva and failure to provide sufficient amount of breath 
</FP-2>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 79526, Dec. 19, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 41955, Aug. 9, 2001; 73 FR 35975, June 25, 2008. Redesignated and amended at 88 FR 27651, 27652, May 2, 2023]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix I" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.20.43.1.32" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix I to Part 40—Alcohol Testing Form
</HEAD>
<P>The following form is the alcohol testing form required for use in the DOT alcohol testing program beginning January 1, 2011. Employers are authorized to use the form effective February 25, 2010.

</P>
<img src="/graphics/er25fe10.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25fe10.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25fe10.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25fe10.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er25fe10.005.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 8529, Feb. 25, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 13009, Mar. 18, 2010; 75 FR 38423, July 2, 2010. Redesignated at 88 FR 27651, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix J" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.30.20.43.1.33" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix J to Part 40—DOT Drug and Alcohol Testing Management Information System (MIS) Data Collection Form
</HEAD>
<P>The following form is the MIS Data Collection form required for use to report calendar year MIS data. The instructions for this form are found at <I>https://www.transportation.gov/odapc</I>.

</P>
<img src="/graphics/er23ap19.024.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23ap19.025.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 16773, Apr. 23, 2019. Redesignated at 88 FR 27651, May 2, 2023]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.31" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 41—SEISMIC SAFETY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>42 U.S.C. 7701 <I>et seq.</I>; 49 U.S.C. 322; E.O. 12699, 3 CFR, 1990 Comp., p. 269.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 32871, June 14, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 41.100" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.31.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.100   Purpose and applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part implements the provisions of 49 U.S.C. 7701 <I>et seq.</I> and Executive Order (E.O.) 12699, “Seismic Safety of Federal and Federally-Assisted or Regulated New Building Construction” (3 CFR, 1990 Comp., p. 269). Under the Executive Order the DOT is given the responsibility for developing and implementing its own mission-appropriate and cost-effective regulations governing seismic safety.
</P>
<P>(b) This part applies to new DOT owned buildings and to new DOT leased, assisted and regulated buildings. The purpose of this part is to reduce risk to lives of the building occupants, improve the capabilities of essential buildings to function during or after an earthquake, and to reduce earthquake losses of public buildings and investments.
</P>
<P>(c) This part may be further implemented by the DOT Operating Administrations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.105" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.31.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.105   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Operating Administration</I> includes the Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<P><I>DOT</I> means the U.S. Department of Transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.110" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.31.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.110   New DOT owned buildings and additions to buildings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) DOT Operating Administrations responsible for the design and construction of new DOT Federally owned buildings will ensure that each building is designed and constructed in accord with the seismic design and construction standards set out in § 41.120 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) This section pertains to all building projects for which development of detailed plans and specifications was initiated after January 5, 1990. It applies to additions to existing buildings as well as to new buildings. It applies worldwide.
</P>
<P>(c) For DOT Federally owned buildings, a certification of compliance with the seismic design and construction requirements of this part is required prior to the acceptance of the building. Such statements of compliance may include the engineer's and architect's authenticated verifications of seismic design codes, standards, and practices used in the design and construction of the building, construction observation reports, local or state building department plan review documents, or other documents deemed appropriate by the DOT Operating Administration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.115" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.31.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.115   New buildings to be leased for DOT occupancy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) DOT Operating Administrations responsible for the design and construction of new buildings to be leased for DOT occupancy or use will ensure that each building is designed and constructed in accord with the seismic design and construction standards set out in § 41.120 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) This section pertains to all new building projects for which the agreement covering development of detailed plans and specifications was executed after January 5, 1990.
</P>
<P>(c) For new Federally leased buildings, a certification of compliance with the seismic design and construction requirements of this part is required prior to the acceptance of the building. Such statements of compliance may include the engineer's and architect's authenticated verifications of seismic design codes, standards, and practices used in the design and construction of the building, construction observation reports, local or state building department plan review documents, or other documents deemed appropriate by the DOT Operating Administration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.117" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.31.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.117   Buildings built with Federal assistance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each DOT Operating Administration assisting in the financing, through Federal grants or loans, or guaranteeing the financing, through loan or mortgage insurance programs, of newly constructed buildings will ensure that any building constructed with such assistance is constructed in accord with seismic standards set out in § 41.120 of this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) This section applies to new buildings and additions to existing buildings financed in whole or in part through Federal grants or loans administered by DOT Operating Administrations, or through guaranteed financing through loan or mortgage insurance programs administered by DOT Operating Administrations.
</P>
<P>(c) Any building constructed with Federal financial assistance, after July 14, 1993 must be designed and constructed in accord with seismic standards approved by the DOT operating Administration under § 41.120 of this part in order to be eligible for Federal financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(d) For buildings built with Federal financial assistance, a certification of compliance with the seismic design and construction requirements of this part is required prior to the furnishing of such assistance. Such statements of compliance may include the engineer's and architect's authenticated verifications of seismic design codes, standards, and practices used in the design and construction of the building, construction observation reports, local or state building department plan review documents, or other documents deemed appropriate by the DOT Operating Administration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.119" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.31.0.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.119   DOT regulated buildings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each DOT Operating Administration with responsibility for regulating the structural safety of buildings and additions to existing buildings will ensure that each DOT regulated building is designed and constructed in accord with seismic design and construction standards as provided by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) This section pertains to all new building projects for which development of detailed plans and specifications begin after July 14, 1993.
</P>
<P>(c) Any building for which a DOT Operating Administration responsible for regulating the structural safety must comply with the seismic design and construction standards in this part.
</P>
<P>(d) For DOT regulated buildings a certification of compliance with the seismic design and construction requirements of this part is required prior to the acceptance of the building. Such statements of compliance may include the engineer's and architect's authenticated verification of seismic design codes, standards, and practices used in the design and construction of the building, construction observation reports, local or state building department plan review documents, or other documents deemed appropriate by the DOT Operating Administration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.120" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.31.0.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.120   Acceptable model codes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section describes the standards that must be used to meet the seismic design and construction requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The following are model codes which have been found to provide a level of seismic safety substantially equivalent to that provided by use of the 1988 National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program (NEHRP) Recommended Provisions (Copies are available from the Office of Earthquakes and Natural Hazards, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW., Washington, DC 20472.):
</P>
<P>(i) The 1991 International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) Uniform Building Code, published by the International Conference of Building Officials, 5360 South Workman Mill Rd., Whittier, Cal. 90601;
</P>
<P>(ii) The 1992 Supplement to the Building Officials and Code Administrators International (BOCA) National Building Code, published by the Building Officials and Code Administrators, 4051 West Flossmoor Rd., Country Club Hills, Ill. 60478-5795; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The 1992 Amendments to the Southern Building Code Congress (SBCC) Standard Building Code, published by the Southern Building Code Congress International, 900 Montclair Rd., Birmingham, Ala. 35213-1206.
</P>
<P>(2) Versions of the NEHRP seismic maps have been adopted along with the NEHRP Recommended Provisions into the BOCA National and SBCC Standard building codes. The seismic zone map in the ICBO Uniform Building Code is also based on one of the USGS maps of horizontal ground acceleration. However, the ICBO map should be used only with the ICBO code. Also, it is not appropriate to use the NEHRP maps with the ICBO Uniform Building Code, because the design requirements of building codes are keyed to the numerical values of the map they reference.
</P>
<P>(c) Revisions to the model codes listed in paragraph (b) of this section that are substantially equivalent to or exceed the then current or immediately preceding edition of the NEHRP recommended provisions, as it is updated, may be approved by a DOT Operating Administration to meet the requirements in this part.
</P>
<P>(d) State, county, local, or other jurisdictional building ordinances adopting and enforcing the model codes, listed in paragraph (b) of this section, in their entirety, without significant revisions or changes in the direction of less seismic safety, meet the requirements in this part. For ordinances that do not adopt the model codes listed in paragraph (b) of this section, substantial equivalency of the ordinances to the seismic safety level contained in the NEHRP recommended provisions must be determined by the DOT Operating Administration before the ordinances may be used to meet the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) DOT Operating Administrations that, as of January 5, 1990, required seismic safety levels higher than those imposed by this part in new building construction programs will continue to maintain such levels in force.
</P>
<P>(f) Emergencies. Nothing in this part applies to assistance provided for emergency work or for assistance essential to save lives and protect property and public health and safety performed pursuant to sections 402, 403, 502, and 503 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (Stafford Act), 42 U.S.C. 5170a, 5170b, 5192, and 5193, or for temporary housing assistance programs and individual and family grants performed pursuant to Sections 408 and 411 of the Stafford Act, 42 U.S.C. 5174 and 5178. However, this part applies to other provisions of the Stafford Act after a Presidentially declared major disaster or emergency when assistance actions involve new construction or total replacement of a building.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 41.125" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.31.0.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 41.125   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in this part is intended to create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by a party against the DOT, its Operating Administrations, its officers, or any person.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="71" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 71—STANDARD TIME ZONE BOUNDARIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 1-4, 40 Stat. 450, as amended; sec. 1, 41 Stat. 1446, as amended; secs. 2-7, 80 Stat. 107, as amended; 100 Stat. 764; Act of Mar. 19, 1918, as amended by the Uniform Time Act of 1966 and Pub. L. 97-449, 15 U.S.C. 260-267; Pub. L. 99-359; Pub. L. 106-564, 15 U.S.C. 263, 114 Stat. 2811; 49 CFR 1.59(a), unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 71-11, 35 FR 12318, Aug. 1, 1970, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 71.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.1   Limits defined; exceptions authorized for certain rail operating purposes only.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes the geographic limits of each of the nine standard time zones established by section 1 of the Standard Time Act, as amended by section 4 of the Uniform Time Act of 1966 (15 U.S.C. 261). The Uniform Time Act also contains lists of operating exceptions granted for specified rail carriers, whose operations cross the time zone boundaries prescribed by this part. (15 U.S.C. 265).
</P>
<P>(b) Any rail carrier whose operations cross a time zone boundary prescribed by this part may apply for an operating exception to the General Counsel, Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590. However, each rail carrier for which an operating exception is granted shall, in its advertisements, time cards, station bulletin boards, and other publications, show arrival and departure times in terms of the standard time for the place concerned. 
</P>
<P>(c) The time zones established by the Standard Time Zone Act, as amended by the Uniform Time Act of 1966, are Atlantic, eastern, central, mountain, Pacific, Alaska, Hawaii-Aleutian, Samoa, and Chamorro.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 71-11, 35 FR 12318, Aug. 1, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 71-21, 52 FR 41631, Nov. 18, 1986; 78 FR 15884, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 71.2" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.2   Annual advancement of standard time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Uniform Time Act of 1966 (15 U.S.C. 260a(a)), as amended, requires that the standard time of each State observing Daylight Saving Time shall be advanced 1 hour beginning at 2 a.m. on the second Sunday in March of each year and ending at 2 a.m. on the first Sunday in November. This advanced time shall be the standard time of each zone during such period. The Act authorizes any State to exempt itself from this requirement. States in two or more time zones may exempt either the entire State or may exempt the entire area of the State lying within either time zone.
</P>
<P>(b) Section 3(b) of the Uniform Time Act of 1966 (15 U.S.C. 260a(b)) provides that “it is the express intent of Congress * * * to supersede any and all laws of the States or political subdivisions thereof insofar as they may now or hereafter provide for advances in time or changeover dates different from those specified in [section 3(a) of that Act]”, which are those specified in paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 71-11, 35 FR 12318, Aug. 1, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 71-21, 52 FR 41631, Nov. 18, 1986; 78 FR 15885, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 71.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.3   Atlantic zone.</HEAD>
<P>The first zone, the Atlantic standard time zone, includes that part of the United States that is between 52°30″ W. longitude and 67°30″ W. longitude and that part of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico that is west of 67°30″ W. longitude, but does not include any part of the State of Maine. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 71.4" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.4   Eastern zone.</HEAD>
<P>The second zone, the eastern standard time zone, includes that part of the United States that is west of 67°30″ W. longitude and east of the boundary line described in § 71.5, and includes all of the State of Maine, but does not include any part of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 71.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.5   Boundary line between eastern and central zones.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Minnesota-Michigan-Wisconsin.</I> From the junction of the western boundary of the State of Michigan with the boundary between the United States and Canada northerly and easterly along the west line of Gogebic County to the west line of Ontonagon County; thence south along the west line of Ontonagon County to the north line of Gogebic County; thence southerly and easterly along the north line of Gogebic County to the west line of Iron County; thence north along the west line of Iron County to the north line of Iron County; thence east along the north line of Iron County to the east line of Iron County; thence south along the east line of Iron County to the north line of Dickinson County; thence east along the north line of Dickinson County to the east line of Dickinson County; thence south along the east line of Dickinson County to the north line of Menominee County; thence east along the north line of Menominee County to the east line of Menominee County; thence southerly and easterly along the east line of Menominee County to Lake Michigan; thence east to the western boundary of the State of Michigan; thence southerly and easterly along the western boundary of the State of Michigan to a point in the middle of Lake Michigan opposite the main channel of Green Bay; thence southerly along the western boundary of the State of Michigan to its junction with the southern boundary thereof and the northern boundary of the State of Indiana. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Indiana-Illinois.</I> From the junction of the western boundary of the State of Michigan with the northern boundary of the State of Indiana easterly along the northern boundary of the State of Indiana to the east line of LaPorte County; thence southerly along the east line of LaPorte County to the north line of Starke County; thence east along the north line of Starke County to the west line of Marshall County; thence south along the west line of Marshall County; thence west along the north line of Pulaski County to the east line of Jasper County; thence south along the east line of Jasper County to the south line of Jasper County; thence west along the south lines of Jasper and Newton Counties to the western boundary of the State of Indiana; thence south along the western boundary of the State of Indiana to the north line of Gibson County; thence easterly and northerly along the north line of Gibson County to the west line of Pike County; thence south along the west line of Pike County to the north line of Warrick County; thence east along the north line of Warrick and Spencer Counties to the west line of Perry County; thence easterly and southerly along the north and east line of Perry County to the Indiana-Kentucky boundary.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Kentucky.</I> From the junction of the east line of Perry County, Ind., with the Indiana-Kentucky boundary easterly along that boundary to the west line of Meade County, Ky.; thence southeasterly and southwesterly along the west lines of Meade and Hardin Counties to the southwest corner of Hardin County; thence along the south lines of Hardin and Larue Counties to the northwest corner of Taylor County; thence southeasterly along the west (southwest) lines of Taylor County and northeasterly along the east (southeast) line of Taylor County to the west line of Casey County; and thence southerly along the west and south lines of Casey and Pulaski Counties to the intersection with the western boundary of Wayne County; and then south along the western boundary of Wayne County to the Kentucky-Tennessee boundary.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Tennessee.</I> From the junction of the west line of McCreary County, Ky., with the Kentucky-Tennessee boundary westerly along that boundary to the west line of Scott County, Tenn.; thence southerly along the west line of Scott County, the north and west lines of Morgan County, and the north line of Roane County to the north line of Rhea County; thence northwesterly along the north line of Rhea County; and thence southwesterly along the west lines of Rhea and Hamilton Counties to the Tennessee-Georgia boundary. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Georgia-Alabama.</I> From the junction of the west line of Hamilton County, Tenn., with the Tennessee-Georgia boundary westerly along that boundary to its junction with the Alabama-Georgia boundary; thence southerly along that boundary and the Florida-Georgia boundary to the southwest corner of the State of Georgia. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Florida.</I> From the southwest corner of the State of Georgia to the midpoint of the Apalachicola River on the downstream side of Jim Woodruff Dam; thence southerly along the middle of the main channel of the Apalachicola River to its intersection with the Jackson River; thence westerly along the center of the Jackson River to its intersection with the Intracoastal Waterway; thence westerly along the center of the Intracoastal Waterway to the west line of Gulf County; thence southerly along the west line of Gulf County to the Gulf of Mexico. 
</P>
<P>(g) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Municipalities on boundary line.</I> All municipalities located upon the zone boundary line described in this section are in the central standard time zone. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 71-11, 35 FR 12318, Aug. 1, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 71-12, 37 FR 11972, June 16, 1972; Amdt. 71-13, 38 FR 9229, Apr. 12, 1973; Amdt. 71-14, 38 FR 13725, May 25, 1973; Amdt. 77-13, 42 FR 56610, Oct. 27, 1977; Amdt. 91-17, 56 FR 52003, Oct. 17, 1991; 65 FR 50158, Aug. 17, 2000; 71 FR 3245, Jan. 20, 2006; 72 FR 6177, Feb. 9, 2007; 72 FR 54377, Sept. 25, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 71.6" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.6   Central zone.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Central zone in general.</I> The third zone, the central standard time zone, includes that part of the United States that is west of the boundary line between the eastern and central standard time zones described in § 71.5 and east of the boundary line between the central and mountain standard time zones described in § 71.7.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specified rail carrier exemptions.</I> The boundary line described in § 71.7 will not apply to the list of rail carriers in this subsection. These carriers will have the following changing points between the central and mountain time zones. The Chicago, Rock Island and Gulf Railway Company and the Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific Railway Company may use Tucumcari, New Mexico, as the point at which they change from central to mountain time and vice versa; the Colorado Southern and Fort Worth and Denver City Railway Companies may use Sixela, New Mexico, as such changing point; the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railway Company and other branches of the Santa Fe system may use Clovis, New Mexico, as such changing point, and those railways running into or through El Paso, Texas, may use El Paso as such point.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 15885, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 71.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.7   Boundary line between central and mountain zones.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Montana-North Dakota.</I> Beginning at the junction of the Montana-North Dakota boundary with the boundary of the United States and Canada southerly along the Montana-North Dakota boundary to the Missouri River; thence southerly and easterly along the middle of that river to the midpoint of the confluence of the Missouri and Yellowstone Rivers; thence southerly and easterly along the middle of the Yellowstone River to the north boundary of T. 150 N., R. 104 W.; thence east to the northwest corner of T. 150 N., R. 102 W.; thence south to the southwest corner of T. 149 N., R. 102 W.; thence east to the northwest corner of T. 148 N., R. 102 W.; thence south to the northwest corner of 147 N., R. 102 W.; thence east to the southwest corner of T. 148 N., R. 101 W.; thence south to the middle of the Little Missouri; thence easterly and northerly along the middle of that river to the midpoint of its confluence with the Missouri River; thence southerly and easterly along the middle of the Missouri River to the midpoint of its confluence with the western land boundary of Mercer County; thence south along the western county line of Mercer County to the southwest boundary; thence east and south along the southwestern county boundary of Morton County to the intersection with the boundary with Sioux County; thence west and south along the northern boundary of Sioux County to the center of State Highway 31; thence south along the center of State Highway 31 to the State border with South Dakota; thence east along the southern boundary of Sioux County in the middle of the Missouri River.
</P>
<P>(b) South Dakota. From the junction of the North Dakota-South Dakota boundary with the Missouri River southerly along the main channel of that river to the crossing of the original Chicago &amp; North Western Railway near Pierre; thence southwesterly to the northern boundary of Jones County at the northeast corner of the NE 1, Sec. 6, T. 2 N., R. 30 E.; thence west along the northern boundary of Jones County; thence south along the western boundaries of Jones, Mellette and Todd Counties to the South Dakota-Nebraska boundary. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nebraska.</I> From the junction of the west line of Tripp County, South Dakota with the South Dakota-Nebraska boundary west along that boundary to the west line of R. 30 W.; thence south along the range line between Rs. 30 and 31 W. to the southwest corner of sec. 19, T. 33 N., R. 30 W.; thence easterly along section lines to the northeast corner of sec. 29, T. 33 N., R. 30 W.; thence southerly along section lines with their offsets to the northeast corner of sec. 17, T. 32 N., R. 30 W.; thence westerly along section lines to the northwest corner of sec. 18, T. 32 N., R. 30 W.; thence southerly along the range line to the southwest corner of T. 31 N., R. 30 W.; thence easterly along the township line to the northeast corner of T. 30 N., R. 30 W.; thence southerly along the range line to the southwest corner of T. 29 N., R. 29 W.; thence westerly along the township line to the northwest corner of sec. 4, T. 28 N., R. 30 W.; thence southerly along section lines to the southwest corner of sec. 33, T. 28 N., R. 30 W.; thence easterly along the township line to the northeast corner of sec. 4, T. 27 N., R. 30 W.; thence southerly along section lines to the southwest corner of sec. 22, T. 26 N., R. 30 W.; thence easterly along section lines to the southeast corner of sec. 24, T. 26 N., R. 30 W.; thence southerly along the range line to the north line of Thomas County; thence westerly along the north line of Thomas County to the west line of Thomas County; thence south along the west line of Thomas County to the north line of McPherson County; thence west along the north line of McPherson County to the west line of McPherson County; thence south along the west line of McPherson County to the north line of Keith County; thence east along the north line of Keith County to the west line of Lincoln County; thence south along the west line of Lincoln County to the north line of Hayes County; thence west along the north lines of Hayes County to the west line of Hayes County; thence south along the west line of Hayes and Hitchcock Counties to the Nebraska-Kansas boundary. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Kansas-Colorado.</I> From the junction of the west line of Hitchcock County, Nebraska, with the Nebraska-Kansas boundary westerly along that boundary to the northwest corner of the State of Kansas; thence southerly along Kansas-Colorado boundary to the north line of Sherman County, Kansas; thence easterly along the north line of Sherman County to the east line of Sherman County; thence southerly along the east line of Sherman County to the north line of Logan County; thence westerly along the north line of Logan County to the east line of Wallace County; thence southerly along the east line of Wallace County to the north line Wichita County; thence westerly along the north line of Wichita County; thence westerly along the north line of Wichita County to the east line of Greeley County; thence southerly along the east lines of Greeley County and Hamilton Counties; thence westerly along the south line of Hamilton County to the Kansas-Colorado boundary; thence southerly along the Kansas Colorado boundary to the junction of that boundary with the north boundary of the State of Oklahoma.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Oklahoma-Texas-New Mexico.</I> From the junction of the Kansas-Colorado boundary with the northern boundary of the State of Oklahoma westerly along the Colorado-Oklahoma boundary to the northwest corner of the State of Oklahoma; thence southerly along the west boundary of the State of Oklahoma and the west boundary of the State of Texas to the southeast corner of the State of New Mexico; thence westerly along the Texas-New Mexico boundary to the east line of Hudspeth County, Tex.; thence southerly along the east line of Hudspeth County, Tex., to the boundary between the United States and Mexico. 
</P>
<P>(f) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Municipalities on boundary line.</I> All municipalities located upon the zone boundary line described in this section are in the mountain standard time zone, except Murdo, S. Dak., which is in the central standard time zone. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 71-11, 35 FR 12318, Aug. 1, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 71-14, 38 FR 13725, May 25, 1973; Amdt. 71-16, 43 FR 42763, Sept. 21, 1978; 55 FR 30914, July 30, 1990; 57 FR 48339, Oct. 23, 1992; 68 FR 43336, July 22, 2003; 68 FR 49373, Aug. 18, 2003; 68 FR 61372, Oct. 28, 2003; 75 FR 60007, Sept. 29, 2010; 78 FR 15885, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 71.8" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.8   Mountain zone.</HEAD>
<P>The fourth zone, the mountain standard time zone, includes that part of the United States that is west of the boundary line between the central and mountain standard time zones described in § 71.7 and east of the boundary line between the mountain and Pacific standard time zones described in § 71.9. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 71.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.9   Boundary line between mountain and Pacific zones.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Montana-Idaho-Oregon.</I> From the junction of the Idaho-Montana boundary with the boundary between the United States and Canada southerly along the Idaho-Montana boundary to the boundary line between Idaho County, Idaho, and Lemhi County, Idaho; thence southwesterly along the boundary line between those two counties to the main channel of the Salmon River; thence westerly along the main channel of the Salmon River to the Idaho-Oregon boundary; thence southerly along that boundary to the boundary line between Baker County, Oreg., and Malheur County, Oreg.; thence westerly along the north line of Malheur County to the northwest corner of Malheur County; thence southerly along the west line of Malheur County to the southwest corner of T. 35 S., R. 37 E.; thence east to the Idaho-Oregon boundary; thence south along that boundary to the southwest corner of the State of Idaho; thence easterly along the Idaho-Nevada boundary to the northeast corner of the State of Nevada. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Utah-Nevada-Arizona-California.</I> From the northeast corner of the State of Nevada southerly along the Utah-Nevada boundary to the junction with the northern border of the City of West Wendover, Nevada. Then westward along the northern, western, and southern boundaries of the City of West Wendover back to the Utah-Nevada boundary. Then southerly along the Utah-Nevada boundary, the Nevada-Arizona boundary, and the Arizona-California boundary to the boundary between the United States and Mexico.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Municipalities on boundary line.</I> All municipalities located upon the zone boundary line described in this section are in the mountain standard time zone. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 71-11, 35 FR 12318, Aug. 1, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 71-14, 38 FR 13725, May 25, 1973; 64 FR 56707, Oct. 21, 1999; 78 FR 15885, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 71.10" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.10   Pacific zone.</HEAD>
<P>The fifth zone, the Pacific standard time zone, includes that part of the continental United States that is west of the boundary line between the mountain and Pacific standard time zones described in § 71.9, but does not include any part of the State of Alaska.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Act of March 19, 1918, as amended by the Uniform Time Act of 1966 and Pub. L. 97-449, 15 U.S.C. 260-264; 49 CFR 1.59(a)).
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 71-19, 48 FR 43281, Sept. 22, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 71.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.11   Alaska zone.</HEAD>
<P>The sixth zone, the Alaska standard time zone, includes the entire State of Alaska, except as provided in § 71.12 of this title.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Act of March 19, 1918, as amended by the Uniform Time Act of 1966 and Pub. L. 97-449, 15 U.S.C. 260-264; 49 CFR 1.59(a)).
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 71-19, 48 FR 43281, Sept. 22, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 71-20, 48 FR 55289, Dec. 12, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 71.12" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.12   Hawaii-Aleutian zone.</HEAD>
<P>The seventh zone, the Hawaii-Aleutian standard time zone, includes the entire State of Hawaii and, in the State of Alaska, that part of the Aleutian Islands that is west of 169 degrees 30 minutes west longitude.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Act of March 19, 1918, as amended by the Uniform Time Act of 1966 and Pub. L. 97-449, 15 U.S.C. 260-264; 49 CFR 1.59(a)).
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 71-19, 48 FR 43281, Sept. 22, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 71-20, 48 FR 55289, Dec. 12, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 71.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.13   Samoa zone.</HEAD>
<P>The eighth zone, the Samoa standard time zone, includes that part of the United States that is between 169 degrees 30 minutes west longitude and 172 degrees 30 minutes west longitude, but does not include any part of the States of Hawaii and Alaska.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Act of March 19, 1918, as amended by the Uniform Time Act of 1966 and Pub. L. 97-449, 15 U.S.C. 260-264; 49 CFR 1.59(a)).
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 71-19, 48 FR 43281, Sept. 22, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 71-20, 48 FR 55289, Dec. 12, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 71.14" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.32.0.43.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 71.14   Chamorro Zone.</HEAD>
<P>The ninth zone, the Chamorro standard time zone, includes the Island of Guam and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 49712, Aug. 19, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="79" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.33" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 79—MEDALS OF HONOR
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 80504. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>61 FR 17578, Apr. 22, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 79.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.33.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 79.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part implements 49 U.S.C. 80504, which authorizes the President of the United States to award a bronze medal for bravery to any person who, by extreme daring, risks his/her life in trying to prevent, or to save the life of a person in, a grave accident/incident in the United States that involves an interstate rail carrier or a motor vehicle being operated on public highways. 
</P>
<P>(b) The actions for which the medal may be awarded must reflect such unusual daring and bravery that a person would not normally be expected to perform them as a regular part of his/her regular work or vocation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 79.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.33.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 79.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person may apply for the award of the medal described in § 79.1, but only on behalf of another person, by writing to the Secretary of Transportation, Attention: Medals of Honor, within two (2) years of the action that is the subject of the application. 
</P>
<P>(b) Although no application form is required, the following information must be provided: 
</P>
<P>(1) Name, address, and telephone number of the person submitting the application. 
</P>
<P>(2) Name, address, and telephone number of the person on whose behalf the application is submitted. 
</P>
<P>(3) Date, time, place, and weather conditions of the action that is the subject of the application. 
</P>
<P>(4) Identification of rail or motor carrier involved, or of operator of motor vehicles involved. 
</P>
<P>(5) Identification of any public or private authority that investigated the accident/incident involved. 
</P>
<P>(6) Name, address, and telephone number of any witness to the action that is the subject of the application. 
</P>
<P>(7) Detailed description of the action that is the subject of the application, including why the person submitting the application thinks that the action merits the extraordinary recognition embodied in the Medal of Honor. 
</P>
<P>(c) An application and any documentary or other evidence supporting it must be supported by oath or affirmation, or by the signer's acknowledgment that a knowingly false statement is punishable as perjury. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 79.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.33.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 79.5   Investigation.</HEAD>
<P>The Department of Transportation may make any investigation of an application that it deems appropriate, including the taking of testimony under oath or affirmation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 79.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.33.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 79.7   Award.</HEAD>
<P>If the Secretary of Transportation decides that it is warranted, the Secretary shall award the Medal on behalf of and in the name of the President of the United States. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 79.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.33.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 79.9   Design.</HEAD>
<P>The Department is authorized to adopt and revise the existing designs for the award, rosette, and ribbon provided for by statute.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="80" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.34" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 80—CREDIT ASSISTANCE FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION PROJECTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 1501 <I>et seq.,</I> Pub. L. 105-178, 112 Stat. 107, 241, as amended; 23 U.S.C. 601-611 and 315; 49 U.S.C. 116.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>64 FR 29750, June 2, 1999, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 80.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.34.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 80.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part implements a Federal credit assistance program for surface transportation projects.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 80.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.34.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 80.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrative offset</I> means the right of the government to apply moneys held by the government and otherwise owed to a debtor for the extinguishment of claims due the government from the debtor. 
</P>
<P><I>Conditional term sheet</I> means a contractual agreement between the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) and the project sponsor (and the lender, if applicable) by which the DOT reserves TIFIA funding for a specific project and commits to providing Federal credit assistance to that project at a future point in time upon satisfaction of specified conditions and subject to the future availability of obligation authority. The DOT will not legally obligate budget authority until those conditions are met. Upon satisfaction of those conditions, the conditional term sheet can be amended and/or restated to trigger an obligation of funds.
</P>
<P><I>Credit agreement</I> means a contractual agreement between the DOT and the project sponsor (and the lender, if applicable) that formalizes the terms and conditions established in the term sheet (or conditional term sheet) and authorizes the execution of a secured loan, loan guarantee, or line of credit.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible project costs</I> mean amounts substantially all of which are paid by, or for the account of, an obligor in connection with a project, including the cost of:
</P>
<P>(1) Development phase activities, including planning, feasibility analysis, revenue forecasting, environmental review, permitting, preliminary engineering and design work, and other pre-construction activities;
</P>
<P>(2) Construction, reconstruction, rehabilitation, replacement, and acquisition of real property (including land related to the project and improvements to land), environmental mitigation, construction contingencies, and acquisition of equipment; and
</P>
<P>(3) Capitalized interest necessary to meet market requirements, reasonably required reserve funds, capital issuance expenses, and other carrying costs during construction.
</P>
<P><I>Federal credit instrument</I> means a secured loan, loan guarantee, or line of credit authorized to be made available under this subchapter with respect to a project.
</P>
<P><I>Investment-grade rating</I> means a rating category of BBB minus, Baa3, or higher assigned by a rating agency to project obligations offered into the capital markets.
</P>
<P><I>Lender</I> means any non-Federal qualified institutional buyer (as defined in 17 CFR 230.144A(a)), known as Rule 144A(a) of the Securities and Exchange Commission and issued under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a <I>et seq.</I>), including:
</P>
<P>(1) A qualified retirement plan (as defined in section 4974(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, 26 U.S.C. 4974(c)) that is a qualified institutional buyer; and
</P>
<P>(2) A governmental plan (as defined in section 414(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, 26 U.S.C. 414(d)) that is a qualified institutional buyer.
</P>
<P><I>Line of credit</I> means an agreement entered into by the Secretary with an obligor under section 184 of title 23 to provide a direct loan at a future date upon the occurrence of certain events.
</P>
<P><I>Loan guarantee</I> means any guarantee or other pledge by the Secretary to pay all or part of the principal of and interest on a loan or other debt obligation issued by an obligor and funded by a lender.
</P>
<P><I>Local servicer</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A State infrastructure bank established under title 23; or
</P>
<P>(2) A State or local government or any agency of a State or local government that is responsible for servicing a Federal credit instrument on behalf of the Secretary.
</P>
<P><I>Obligor</I> means a party primarily liable for payment of the principal of or interest on a Federal credit instrument, which party may be a corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or governmental entity, agency, or instrumentality.
</P>
<P><I>Project</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any surface transportation project eligible for Federal assistance under title 23 or chapter 53 of title 49;
</P>
<P>(2) A project for an international bridge or tunnel for which an international entity authorized under Federal or State law is responsible;
</P>
<P>(3) A project for intercity passenger bus or rail facilities and vehicles, including facilities and vehicles owned by the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, and components of magnetic levitation transportation systems; and
</P>
<P>(4) A project for publicly owned intermodal surface freight transfer facilities, other than seaports and airports, if the facilities are located on or adjacent to National Highway System routes or connections to the National Highway System.
</P>
<P><I>Project obligation</I> means any note, bond, debenture, or other debt obligation issued by an obligor in connection with the financing of a project, other than a Federal credit instrument.
</P>
<P><I>Project sponsor,</I> for the purposes of this part, means an applicant for TIFIA assistance or an obligor, as appropriate.
</P>
<P><I>Rating agency</I> means a bond rating agency identified by the Securities and Exchange Commission as a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.
</P>
<P><I>Secured loan</I> means a direct loan or other debt obligation issued by an obligor and funded by the Secretary in connection with the financing of a project under section 183 of title 23.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means any one of the fifty states, the District of Columbia, or Puerto Rico.
</P>
<P><I>Subsidy amount</I> means the amount of budget authority sufficient to cover the estimated long-term cost to the Federal Government of a Federal credit instrument, calculated on a net present value basis, excluding administrative costs and any incidental effects on governmental receipts or outlays in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990 (2 U.S.C. 661 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Substantial completion</I> means the opening of a project to vehicular or passenger traffic or a comparable event as determined by the Secretary and specified in the credit agreement.
</P>
<P><I>Term sheet</I> means a contractual agreement between the DOT and the project sponsor (and the lender, if applicable) that sets forth the key business terms and conditions of a Federal credit instrument. Execution of this document represents a legal obligation of budget authority.
</P>
<P><I>TIFIA</I> means the Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act of 1998, Pub. L. 105-178, 112 Stat. 107, 241 (1998).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 29750, June 2, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 44939, July 19, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 80.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.34.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 80.5   Limitations on assistance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The total amount of credit assistance offered to any project under this part shall not exceed 33 percent of the anticipated eligible project costs, as measured on an aggregate cash (year-of-expenditure) basis.
</P>
<P>(b) Costs incurred prior to a project sponsor's submission of an application for credit assistance may be considered in calculating eligible project costs only upon approval of the Secretary. In addition, applicants shall not include application charges or any other expenses associated with the application process (such as charges associated with obtaining the required preliminary rating opinion letter) among the eligible project costs.
</P>
<P>(c) No costs financed internally or with interim funding may be refinanced under this part later than a year following substantial completion of the project.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Within the overall credit assistance limitation of 33 percent of eligible project costs, the Secretary may consider making future-year or multi-year contingent commitments of budget authority and associated credit assistance for projects temporarily lacking certain requirements or with extended construction periods and financing needs. The TIFIA's effectiveness in stimulating private investment in transportation infrastructure depends, in large part, on investor recognition that TIFIA credit instruments represent solid and reliable Federal commitments. Therefore, the Secretary shall make any future-year or multi-year contingent commitment of funds for a project using a conditional term sheet. The conditional term sheet will resemble the standard term sheet that enables the obligation of budget authority, but will also specify the additional actions necessary to trigger subsequent obligation(s). The conditional term sheet will include fixed dates by which any requirements must be met in order for the reserved funding to be obligated.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon execution of the conditional term sheet, the Secretary shall reserve budget authority attributable to the appropriate year(s). This reservation will ensure that a project with a conditional commitment will have a priority claim (along with that of any other projects receiving such contingent commitments) on budget authority becoming available in the specified year(s), provided that the project sponsor satisfies each condition outlined in the conditional term sheet. The Secretary will limit such reservations to not more than 50 percent of the budget authority becoming available in the applicable year(s). If a multi-year contingent commitment is made, each year's loan will be tied to distinct, clearly identified project segments or stages or other milestones as specified in the credit agreement.
</P>
<P>(e) The obligor may draw upon the line of credit only if net project revenues (including, among other sources, any debt service reserve fund) are insufficient to pay costs specified in 23 U.S.C. 184(a)(2) under the line of credit, including debt service costs. Debt service costs include direct payments of principal and interest as well as reimbursements for such payments in the form of legally required deposits to a debt service reserve fund.
</P>
<P>(f) The Secretary shall not obligate funds in favor of a project that has not received an environmental Categorical Exclusion, Finding of No Significant Impact, or Record of Decision.
</P>
<P>(g) The Secretary shall fund a secured loan based on the project's financing needs. The credit agreement shall include the anticipated schedule for such loan disbursements. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 29750, June 2, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 44939, July 19, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 80.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.34.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 80.7   Application process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Public and private applicants for credit assistance under this part will be required to submit applications to the DOT in order to be considered for approval by the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(b) At a minimum, such applications shall provide:
</P>
<P>(1) Documentation sufficient to demonstrate that the project satisfies each of the threshold criteria in § 80.13 and describe the extent to which the project satisfies each of the selection criteria in § 80.15;
</P>
<P>(2) Background information on the project for which assistance is sought, such as the project's description, status of environmental and other major governmental permits and approvals, and construction schedule;
</P>
<P>(3) Background information on the applicant (project sponsor);
</P>
<P>(4) Historical information, if applicable, concerning the applicant's financial condition, including, for example, independently audited financial statements and certifications concerning bankruptcies or delinquencies on other debt; and
</P>
<P>(5) Current financial information concerning both the project and the applicant, such as sources and uses of funds for the project and a forecast of cash flows available to service all debt instruments.
</P>
<P>(c) An application for a project located in or sponsored by more than one State or other entity shall be submitted to the DOT by just one State or entity. The sponsoring States or entities shall designate a single obligor for purposes of applying for, receiving, and repaying TIFIA credit assistance.
</P>
<P>(d) Each fiscal year for which Federal assistance is available under this part, the DOT shall publish a <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice to solicit applications for credit assistance. Such notice will specify the relevant due dates, the estimated amount of funding available to support TIFIA credit instruments for the current and future fiscal years, contact name(s), and other details for that year's application submissions and funding approvals.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 80.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.34.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 80.9   Federal requirements.</HEAD>
<P>All projects receiving credit assistance under this part shall comply with:
</P>
<P>(a) The relevant requirements of title 23, U.S.C., for highway projects, chapter 53 of title 49, U.S.C., for transit projects, and section 5333(a) of title 49 for rail projects, as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(b) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(c) The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(d) The Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970 (42 U.S.C. 4601 <I>et seq.</I>); and
</P>
<P>(e) Other Federal and compliance requirements as may be applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 80.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.34.0.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 80.11   Investment-grade ratings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At the time a project sponsor submits an application, the DOT shall require a preliminary rating opinion letter. This letter is a conditional credit assessment from a nationally recognized credit rating agency that provides a preliminary indication of the project's overall creditworthiness and that specifically addresses the potential of the project's senior debt obligations (those obligations having a lien senior to that of the TIFIA credit instrument on the pledged security) to achieve an investment-grade rating. 
</P>
<P>(b) The full funding of a secured (direct) loan, loan guarantee, or line of credit shall be contingent on the assignment of an investment-grade rating by a nationally recognized bond rating agency to all project obligations that have a lien senior to that of the Federal credit instrument on the pledged security.
</P>
<P>(c) Neither the preliminary rating opinion letter nor the formal credit rating should reflect the effect of bond insurance, unless that insurance provides credit enhancement that secures the TIFIA obligation.
</P>
<P>(d) The project sponsor must annually provide, at no cost to the Federal Government, ongoing credit evaluations of the project and related debt obligations, including an annual assessment of the TIFIA credit instrument. The evaluations are to be performed by a nationally recognized credit rating agency and provided to the DOT throughout the life of the TIFIA credit instrument. In addition, the project sponsor will furnish the DOT with any other credit surveillance reports on the TIFIA-assisted project as soon as they are available. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 29750, June 2, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 44939, July 19, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 80.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.34.0.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 80.13   Threshold criteria.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be eligible to receive Federal credit assistance under this part, a project shall meet the following four threshold criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) A project shall comply with 23 U.S.C. 602(a)(3).
</P>
<P>(2) The State, local servicer, or other entity undertaking the project shall submit a project application to the Secretary of Transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) A project shall have eligible project costs that are reasonably anticipated to equal or exceed the lesser of $100 million or 50 percent of the amount of Federal-aid highway funds apportioned for the most recently completed fiscal year to the State in which the project is located (in the case of a project principally involving the installation of Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS), eligible project costs shall be reasonably anticipated to equal or exceed $30 million);
</P>
<P>(4) Project financing shall be repayable, in whole or in part, from tolls, user fees or other dedicated revenue sources; and
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to paragraph (a)(3) of this section, for a project located in more than one State, the minimum cost threshold size shall be the lesser of $100 million or 50 percent of the amount of Federal-aid highway funds apportioned for the most recently completed fiscal year to the participating State that receives the least amount of such funds.
</P>
<P>(c) With respect to paragraph (a)(4) of this section, the Secretary may accept general obligation pledges or general corporate promissory pledges and will determine the acceptability of other pledges and forms of collateral as dedicated revenue sources on a case-by-case basis. The Secretary shall not accept a pledge of Federal funds, regardless of source, as security for the TIFIA credit instrument.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 29750, June 2, 1999, as amended at 89 FR 45775, May 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 80.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.34.0.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 80.15   Selection criteria.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary shall assign weights as indicated to the following eight selection criteria in evaluating and selecting among eligible projects to receive credit assistance: 
</P>
<P>(1) The extent to which the project is nationally or regionally significant, in terms of generating economic benefits, supporting international commerce, or otherwise enhancing the national transportation system (20 percent); 
</P>
<P>(2) The creditworthiness of the project, including a determination by the Secretary that any financing for the project has appropriate security features, such as a rate covenant, to ensure repayment (12.5 percent); 
</P>
<P>(3) The extent to which such assistance would foster innovative public-private partnerships and attract private debt or equity investment (20 percent); 
</P>
<P>(4) The likelihood that such assistance would enable the project to proceed at an earlier date than the project would otherwise be able to proceed (12.5 percent); 
</P>
<P>(5) The extent to which the project uses new technologies, including Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS), that enhance the efficiency of the project (5 percent); 
</P>
<P>(6) The amount of budget authority required to fund the Federal credit instrument made available (5 percent); 
</P>
<P>(7) The extent to which the project helps maintain or protect the environment (20 percent); and 
</P>
<P>(8) The extent to which such assistance would reduce the contribution of Federal grant assistance to the project (5 percent). 
</P>
<P>(b) In addition, 23 U.S.C. 182(b)(2)(B) conditions a project's approval for credit assistance on receipt of a preliminary rating opinion letter indicating that the project's senior debt obligations have the potential to attain an investment-grade rating.
</P>
<P>(c) The Secretary may also give preference to applications for loan guarantees rather than other forms of Federal credit assistance. This preference is consistent with Federal policy that, when Federal credit assistance is necessary to meet a Federal objective, loan guarantees should be favored over direct loans, unless attaining the Federal objective requires a subsidy, as defined by the Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990 (2 U.S.C. 661 <I>et seq.</I>), deeper than can be provided by a loan guarantee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 29750, June 2, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 44940, July 19, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 80.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.34.0.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 80.17   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The DOT will require a non-refundable application fee for each project applying for credit assistance under the TIFIA. The DOT may also require an additional credit processing fee for projects selected to receive TIFIA assistance. Any required application initiation or credit processing fee must be paid by the project sponsor applying for TIFIA assistance and cannot be paid by another party on behalf of the project sponsor. The proceeds of any such fees will equal a portion of the costs to the Federal Government of soliciting and evaluating applications, selecting projects to receive assistance, and negotiating credit agreements. For FY 2000, the DOT will require payment of a fee of $5,000 for each project applying for credit assistance under the TIFIA, to be submitted concurrently with the formal application. The DOT will not impose any credit processing fees for FY 2000. For each application and approval cycle in FY 2001 and beyond, the DOT may adjust the amount of the application fee and will determine the appropriate amount of the credit processing fee based on program implementation experience. The DOT will publish these amounts in each <E T="04">Federal Register</E> solicitation for applications. 
</P>
<P>(b) Applicants shall not include application initiation or credit processing fees or any other expenses associated with the application process (such as fees associated with obtaining the required preliminary rating opinion letter) among eligible project costs for the purpose of calculating the maximum 33 percent credit amount referenced in § 80.5(a). 
</P>
<P>(c) If, in any given year, there is insufficient budget authority to fund the credit instrument for a qualified project that has been selected to receive assistance under TIFIA, the DOT and the approved applicant may agree upon a supplemental fee to be paid by or on behalf of the approved applicant at the time of execution of the term sheet to reduce the subsidy cost of that project. No such fee may be included among eligible project costs for the purpose of calculating the maximum 33 percent credit amount referenced in § 80.5(a). 
</P>
<P>(d) The DOT will require borrowers to pay servicing fees for each credit instrument approved for funding. Separate fees may apply for each type of credit instrument (<I>e.g.,</I> a loan guarantee, a secured loan with a single disbursement, a secured loan with multiple disbursements, or a line of credit), depending on the costs of servicing the credit instrument as determined by the Secretary. Such fees will be set at a level to enable the DOT to recover all or a portion of the costs to the Federal Government of TIFIA credit instruments.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 44940, July 19, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 80.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.34.0.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 80.19   Reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>At a minimum, any recipient of Federal credit assistance under this part shall submit an annual project performance report and audited financial statements to the DOT within no more than 180 days following the recipient's fiscal year-end for each year during which the recipient's obligation to the Federal Government remains in effect. The DOT may conduct periodic financial and compliance audits of the recipient of credit assistance, as determined necessary by the DOT. The specific credit agreement between the recipient of credit assistance and the DOT may contain additional reporting requirements. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 44940, July 19, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 80.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.34.0.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 80.21   Use of administrative offset.</HEAD>
<P>The DOT will not apply an administrative offset to recover any losses to the Federal Government resulting from project risk the DOT has assumed under a TIFIA credit instrument. The DOT may, however, use an administrative offset in cases of fraud, misrepresentation, false claims, or similar criminal acts or acts of malfeasance or wrongdoing. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 44940, July 19, 2000]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 80.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.34.0.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 80.23   Loan terms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The interest rate on a secured loan will be not less than the rate on United States Treasury securities of a similar maturity to the maturity of the secured loan on the date of the execution of the loan agreement, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section and 23 U.S.C. chapter 6.
</P>
<P>(b) If, on the date of the execution of the loan agreement, the United States Treasury does not post the rate of securities of a similar maturity to the maturity of the secured loan, the interest rate on any secured loan with both a final maturity date that is more than 35 years after the date of substantial completion of the project, and a loan term that is more than 40 years, will be equal to not less than the rate on thirty-to-forty year Treasury securities plus an annual interest rate adjustment. The annual interest rate adjustment will be, cumulatively:
</P>
<P>(i) 1.4 basis points for each year of the loan term after year 40 to, but not including, year 51;
</P>
<P>(ii) 0.4 basis points for each year of the loan term from year 51 to, but not including, year 71; and
</P>
<P>(iii) 0.2 basis points for each year of the loan term from year 71 to year 100.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, “loan term” means the period beginning on the date of the execution of the loan agreement and ending on the final maturity date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 45776, May 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="89" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 89—IMPLEMENTATION OF THE FEDERAL CLAIMS COLLECTION ACT 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Pub. L. 89-508; Pub. L. 89-365, secs. 3, 10, 11, 13(b), 31 U.S.C. 3701-3720A; Pub. L. 98-167; Pub. L. 98-369; Pub. L. 99-578; Pub. L. 101-552, 31 U.S.C. 3711(a)(2).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 51238, Dec. 21, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.1.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part implements the Federal Claims Collection Act of 1966, 31 U.S.C. 3701-3720 A, as amended primarily by the Debt Collection Act of 1982 (Pub. L. 97-365, 96 Stat. 1749) and the Debt Collection Amendments of 1986 (Pub. L. 99-578, 100 Stat. 3305). It supplements the Federal Claims Collection Standards (FCCS), 4 CFR parts 101-105, issued jointly by the Comptroller General of the United States and the Attorney General of the United States under 31 U.S.C. 3711(e)(2). Pursuant to the Federal Claims Collection Act, as amended, and the FCCS, this part sets forth procedures by which the Department of Transportation (DOT) and its operating elements (see 49 CFR 1.3) through designated officials: 
</P>
<P>(a) Collect claims owed to the United States arising from activities under its jurisdiction; 
</P>
<P>(b) Determine and collect interest and other charges on those claims; 
</P>
<P>(c) Compromise claims; and 
</P>
<P>(d) Refer unpaid claims for litigation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.1.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The part applies to collection of all claims due the United States under the Federal Claims Collection Act of 1966 as amended by the Debt Collection Act of 1982 and the Debt Collection Amendments of 1986 (Pub. L. 99-578), arising from activities under the jurisdiction of DOT including amounts due the United States from fees, overpayments, fines, civil penalties, loans, damages, interest, and other sources. 
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to collection, settlement or compromise of debts owed the United States pursuant to authority other than Title 31, Chapter 37, Subchapter II: for example, application of this part to the enforcement of contracts under 46 U.S.C. 1117, delegated to the DOT Maritime Administration, is not required. 
</P>
<P>(c) Section 89.23 (interest, late payment penalties, and collection charges) and § 89.25 (collection by administrative offset) of this part do not apply to debts which other United States government agencies or state governments or units of general local government owe the Department (see 31 U.S.C. 3701(c)); however, other statutory or common law may provide legal authority. Neither does the proposed rule apply to recovery of debts owed by current or former employees of the United States governed by 5 U.S.C. 5514. 
</P>
<P>(d) Claims arising out of contracts that contain specific provisions relating to claims are governed by those specific provisions to the extent that those provisions comply with existing law and with 4 CFR chapter II. 
</P>
<P>(e) As used in this part, the terms debt and claims are interchangeable and have the meaning defined in 4 CFR 101.2(a). A debtor's liability arising out of a particular incident or adjudication exclusive of interest, administrative costs, and late payment penalties, is a single claim. 
</P>
<P>(f) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section the provisions of this part shall apply to the collection of all debts and claims owed to any DOT operating element. A claim arising from the assessment of civil penalty or fine is not subject to the procedures of this subpart until the claim has been reduced to a liquidated debt by a signed settlement agreement, a court order or judgment, or a final administrative determination. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.1.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.5   Delegations of authority.</HEAD>
<P>The functions, powers, and duties of the Secretary of Transportation to attempt collection of claims, to compromise claims of the United States not exceeding $100,000 (excluding interest) and to suspend and terminate action to collect such claims are delegated to: 
</P>
<P>(a) The Assistant Secretary for Administration with respect to collection, compromise, suspension and termination of claims arising out of the activities of, or referred to, the Working Capital Fund;
</P>
<P>(b) The Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs with respect to collection, compromise, suspension and termination of collection of claims under 31 U.S.C. 3711 arising out of the activities of, or referred to, the Office of the Secretary (excluding claims pertaining to the Working Capital Fund); and
</P>
<P>(c) The heads of other DOT operating elements with respect to claims arising out of the activities of, or referred to, their organizations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 51238, Dec. 21, 1988, as amended at 58 FR 6898, Feb. 3, 1993; 73 FR 57269, Oct. 2, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.1.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.7   Exceptions to delegated authority.</HEAD>
<P>The authority delegated under § 89.5 does not apply to any claim:
</P>
<P>(a) As to which there is an indication of (1) fraud; (2) the presentation of a false claim; or (3) misrepresentation on the part of the debtor or any other party having an interest in the claim;
</P>
<P>(b) Based on tax statutes; or
</P>
<P>(c) Arising from an exception made by the General Accounting Office in the account of an accountable officer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.1.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.9   Redelegation.</HEAD>
<P>Each officer to whom authority is delegated under § 89.5 may redelegate and authorize successive redelegations of the authority within the organization under his or her jurisdiction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.1.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.11   Standards for exercise of delegated authority.</HEAD>
<P>The authority delegated under § 89.5 shall be exercised in accordance with the standards for the collection and compromise of claims and for the suspension and termination of action to collect claims promulgated by the United States General Accounting Office and the United States Department of Justice, and published at 4 CFR chapter II, as those standards may be amended.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.1.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.13   Documentary evidence of compromise.</HEAD>
<P>A compromise of any claim is not final or binding on the United States unless it is in writing, signed by an officer or employee authorized to compromise that claim.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.1.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.15   Regulations and supporting documentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each officer to whom authority is delegated under § 89.5 may promulgate regulations for the exercise of that authority within his or her organization. These regulations shall be revised, as necessary, to conform to any amendments to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each officer to whom authority is delegated under 89.5 shall furnish the following information to the Assistant Secretary for Administration and the Assistant Secretary for Budget and Programs:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of each redelegation of that authority.
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of any implementing regulations governing the exercise of the authority delegated under § 89.5, and any amendments to those regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) Each officer or employee to whom the Secretary's authority has been delegated or redelegated, before exercising such authority, shall acquire sufficient documentation to demonstrate that the action taken is in the best interests of the United States. This documentation will be retained with and treated as part of the file concerning the debt.
</P>
<P>(d) The failure of any officer or employee to comply with this section does not limit or impair his or her exercise of authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 51238, Dec. 21, 1988, as amended at 73 FR 57269, Oct. 2, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Collection of Claims</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Public Law 89-508; Public Law 89-365, secs. 3, 10, 11, 13(b), 31 U.S.C. 3701-3720A; Public Law 98-167; Public Law 98-369; Public Law 99-578; Public Law 101-552, 31 U.S.C. 3711(a)(2); 31 CFR 3711, 3716-3720E.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 89.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.2.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.21   Administrative collection.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided differently by the DOT operating elements pursuant to § 89.3:
</P>
<P>(a) DOT shall send a debtor a total of three progressively stronger written demands at not more than 30-day intervals, unless a response to the first or second demand indicates that a further demand would be futile or the debtor's response does not require rebuttal, or other pertinent information indicates that additional written demands would be unnecessary.
</P>
<P>(b) The initial written demand for payment (and the notice of offset under § 89.25) shall inform the debtor of:
</P>
<P>(1) The basis for the indebtedness and the debtor's right to obtain review (see § 89.21(f) for details on review).
</P>
<P>(2) The amount of the claim;
</P>
<P>(3) That domestic and overseas payment in excess of ten thousand dollars or more shall be made by wire transfer through the Federal Reserve communications, commonly known as Fedwire, to the account of the U.S. Treasury in accordance with the instructions provided in the demand letter; payments originating in foreign countries shall be made by wire transfer to the extent practicable.
</P>
<P>(4) The delinquency date, or the date by which payment is to be made (30 days from the date of mailing or hand delivery of the initial demand letter);
</P>
<P>(5) The standard for interest, penalties, and administrative charges in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717, if payment is not received by the due date (see § 89.23 for details regarding interest, collection charges, and late payment penalty charges);
</P>
<P>(6) Where a notice of offset is concerned, the right to make voluntary payment before collection by offset begins (see § 89.25).
</P>
<P>(7) The possible reporting of the claim to commercial credit bureaus and consumer reporting agencies; however a notice of offset should not include this warning.
</P>
<P>(8) The possibility that DOT will forward the claim to a collection agency, the General Accounting Office, the Department of Justice, or private counsel contracting with the Department of Justice for collection; however a notice of offset should not include this warning.
</P>
<P>(c) If the debtor fails to respond to the demands for payment by the due date specified in the notice, the Department may take further action under this part or the FCCS under 4 CFR parts 101 through 105, pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3701-3720A. These actions may include reports to commercial credit bureaus, consumer reporting agencies, contracts with commercial collection agencies, revocation of licenses, or the use of administrative offset, as authorized in 31 U.S.C. 3701-3720A.
</P>
<P>(d) DOT may collect by administrative offset, (see § 89.25, Collection by administrative offset), if the debtor:
</P>
<P>(1) Has not made payment by the payment due date;
</P>
<P>(2) Has not requested a review of the claim within the agency as set out in paragraph (f) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(3) Has not made an arrangement for payment by the payment due date;
</P>
<P>(e) Except for information that may properly be withheld under 49 CFR part 7, the debtor may inspect and copy the records of the agency related to the claim. Any reasonable costs associated with the copying and inspection of the records shall be borne by the debtor. (Payment of cost is governed by 49 CFR part 7, subpart I.) The debtor shall give reasonable notice in advance to the agency of the date on which it intends to inspect and copy the records involved;
</P>
<P>(f)(1) Except for debts established by settlement agreement, court order or judgment, or final administrative decision, the debtor may request review of the validity or amount of a claim. To do so, the debtor shall make a request in writing for review of the claim prior to it becoming delinquent. (<I>See</I> 4 CFR 101.2 for definition of when a debt is considered delinquent.) The debtor's written response shall state the basis for the dispute, and provide all factual information, documents, citation to authority, argument and any other matters to be considered. If only part of the claim is disputed, the undisputed portion shall be paid by the delinquency date stated in the initial demand. During the period that the claim is being reviewed, the amount of the debt is owed, but the accrual of interest and accrual of time to delinquency may be suspended on the disputed portion of the debt.
</P>
<P>(2) Review of claims shall be based upon the written record unless an oral hearing is required by 4 CFR 102.3(c). Upon completion of review, within 30 days whenever feasible, the Department shall advise the debtor whether the debt has been found to be valid in any amount, or that collection will be terminated. If the claim is found to be valid in any amount, the accrual of interest and time to delinquency shall commence 15 days after mailing of the notification of the review results. The notification of the review may also include notice of a specific collection action to be undertaken if payment is not received.
</P>
<P>(g) The debtor may offer to make a written agreement to pay the amount of the claim. The acceptance of such an agreement is discretionary with DOT. If the debtor requests an installment payment arrangement because a lump sum payment would create a financial hardship, DOT may agree to a written installment payment schedule with the debtor (see 4 CFR 102.11(a)). The debtor shall execute a confess-judgment note which specifies all of the terms of the arrangement and includes a provision accelerating the debt in the event the debtor defaults. The size and frequency of installment payments shall bear a reasonable relation to the size of the debt and the debtor's ability to pay. Interest shall be provided in the note (see § 89.23). The debtor shall be provided with a written explanation of the consequences of signing a confess-judgment note. The debtor shall sign a statement acknowledging receipt of the written explanation, which shall recite that the statement was read and understood before execution of the note and that the note is being signed knowingly and voluntarily. Evidence of these facts shall be maintained in DOT's file on the debtor in accordance with the practice of the DOT operating element.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.2.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.23   Interest, late payment penalties, and collection charges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) DOT shall charge interest on an outstanding debt at the Treasury Current Value of Funds Rate published by the Secretary of the Treasury in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717 and 4 CFR 102.13(c), unless DOT determines that a higher rate is necessary to protect the interests of the United States. DOT shall charge a late payment penalty at a rate of six percent a year on any portion of a debt that is more than 90 days past due. DOT shall also assess administrative charges to cover additional cost incurred in processing and handling the debt beyond the payment due date. The imposition of interest, collection charges, and late payment penalty charges shall be made in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717, 4 CFR 102.13 (see § 89.3(c) regarding payment of such charges by Federal, state and local government agencies).
</P>
<P>(b) Interest on debt shall begin to accrue on the date on which the debtor is mailed or delivered notice of the debt and the interest requirements or, in the case of advance billings, on the calendar day following the specified due date of the debt, provided the advance billing gives notice of the interest requirements for late payment. Interest on the debt shall continue to accrue until payment is received. Interest shall be calculated only on the principal of the debt (simple interest). The rate of interest assessed shall be the rate in effect on the date from which interest begins to accrue, and will remain fixed for the duration of the indebtedness. The rate of interest assessed will generally be the Treasury Current Value of Funds Rate.
</P>
<P>(c) The Department shall waive interest on debt that is paid within 30 calendar days after the date on which interest began to accrue.
</P>
<P>(d) Collection charges on debt shall be computed to cover the cost of processing and handling the delinquent debt. It shall be either the actual cost to process the particular delinquent debt to which it is applied, or operating elements may set the amount of such monthly charge by cost analysis establishing the average of actual additional costs incurred by the operating element in processing similar debts. Collection charges may also include the expense of obtaining credit reports and of using a professional debt collection contractor.
</P>
<P>(e) DOT may waive interest, collection charges, or late payment penalty charges if it finds that:
</P>
<P>(1) The debtor would be eligible for compromise under standards set forth in 4 CFR 103.2 with regard to the amount of the debt;
</P>
<P>(2) Collection of interest, administrative charges, or penalties will jeopardize collection of the principal of the debt; or
</P>
<P>(3) It is otherwise in the best interests of the United States, including the situation in which an offset or installment payment agreement is in effect.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.2.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.25   Collection by administrative offset.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever feasible, after a debtor fails to pay a claim, request a review of a claim, or make an arrangement for payment following a demand made in accordance with § 89.21, DOT shall collect claims under this part by means of administrative offset against obligations of the United States to the debtor pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716 and 4 CFR 102.3. Salary offset against present or former employees of the United States is not governed by this part (see 49 CFR part 92).
</P>
<P>(b) The Department shall notify the debtor in writing in conformance with 31 U.S.C. 3716 and the FCCS of its intent to collect the debt by offset, unless the debtor pays the debt in full, including all interest, administrative charges, and penalties, or executes an agreement to pay the debt by installment at terms acceptable to DOT.
</P>
<P>(c) In making collection by administrative offset under 31 U.S.C. 3716, DOT must do so in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 89.21(b)(1-6). (See also procedures for recovery of debts to the United States by salary offset, 49 CFR part 92.)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.2.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.27   Referral for litigation.</HEAD>
<P>Claims that are not settled or for which collection action is not compromised, suspended or terminated under 4 CFR parts 103 and 104 or collected by collection agencies shall be referred to the General Accounting Office or the Department of Justice for litigation in accordance with the procedures in 4 CFR part 105.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.2.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.29   Disclosure to commercial credit bureaus and consumer reporting agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Data on all delinquent commercial and consumer debts may be reported to commercial credit bureaus and consumer reporting agencies (see 31 U.S.C. 3701(a)(3)). Sixty days prior to release of information to a consumer reporting agency, the debtor shall be notified, in writing, of the intent to disclose the existence of the debt to a consumer reporting agency. Such notice of intent may be by separate correspondence or included in correspondence demanding direct payment. The notice shall be in conformance with 31 U.S.C. 3711(f) and the Federal Claims Collection Standards.
</P>
<P>(b) The information that may be disclosed is the debtor's name, address, social security number or taxpayer identification number, and any other information to establish the identity and location of the individual, the amount of the claim, status and history of the claim, and the program under which the claim arose. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.2.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.31   Use of professional debt collection agencies.</HEAD>
<P>Debts over 90 days delinquent (see § 89.21(b)(4)) may be turned over to professional debt collection agencies except for those debts owed by State and local governments, other Federal agencies, current employees, and other debts prohibited by statute from being turned over to commercial collection agencies.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.2.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.33   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.2.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.35   Administrative wage garnishment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Secretary may use administrative wage garnishment for debts referred to cross-servicing at Financial Management Service, Department of Treasury. Regulations in 31 CFR 285.11 govern the collection of debts owed to federal agencies through administrative wage garnishment. Whenever the Financial Management Service collects a debt for the Secretary using administrative wage garnishment, the statutory administrative requirements in 31 CFR 285.11 will govern.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hearing official.</I> Any hearing required to establish the Secretary's right to collect a debt through administrative wage garnishment shall be conducted by a qualified individual selected at the discretion of the Secretary of Transportation, as specified in 31 CFR 285.11. The qualified individual may include an Administrative Law Judge.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 40523, Aug. 12, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Referral of Debts to IRS for Tax Refund Offset</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>54 FR 28681, July 7, 1989, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 89.37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.3.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.37   Applicability and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart implements 31 U.S.C. 3720A which authorizes the IRS to reduce a tax refund by the amount of a past-due legally enforceable debt owed to the United States. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this subpart, a past-due legally enforceable debt referable to the IRS is: 
</P>
<P>(1) A debt which: 
</P>
<P>(i) Is owed to the United States; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is at least $25.00; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Except in the case of a judgment debt, has been delinquent for at least three months but has not been delinquent for more than ten years at the time the offset is made;
</P>
<P>(iv) Cannot be currently collected pursuant to the salary offset provisions of 5 U.S.C. 5514(a)(1);
</P>
<P>(v) Is ineligible for administrative offset under 31 U.S.C. 3716(a) by reason of 31 U.S.C. 3716(c)(2) or cannot be collected by administrative offset under 31 U.S.C. 3716(a) by the Department against amounts payable to or on behalf of the debtor by or on behalf of the Department;
</P>
<P>(vi) Has been disclosed by the Department to a consumer reporting agency as authorized by 31 U.S.C. 3711(f), unless a consumer reporting agency would be prohibited from using such information by 15 U.S.C. 1681c, or unless the amount of the debt does not exceed $100.00; and
</P>
<P>(2) A debt for which the Department has:
</P>
<P>(i) Notified or has made reasonable attempt to notify the taxpayer that the debt is past-due and, that the debt, unless repaid within 60 days thereafter, will be referred to the IRS for offset against any overpayment of tax;
</P>
<P>(ii) Given the debtor at least 60 days from the date of notification to present information that all or part of the debt is not past-due or legally enforceable, has considered information presented by such debtor, and has determined that an amount of debt is past-due and legally enforceable;


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.3.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.39   Administrative charges.</HEAD>
<P>In accordance with 4 CFR 102.13, all administrative charges incurred in connection with the referral of the debt to the IRS shall be added to the debt and thus increase the amount of the offset.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.3.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.41   Notice requirement before offset.</HEAD>
<P>A request for offset from an IRS tax refund will be made only after the Department has made a determination that an amount is owed and past-due and provides the debtor with 60 days written notice. The Department's notice of intention to collect by IRS tax refund offset (Notice of Intent) includes:
</P>
<P>(a) The amount of the debt;
</P>
<P>(b) That unless the debt is repaid within 60 days from the date of the Department's Notice of Intent, the Department will refer the debt to the IRS for offset against any amount due the debtor as a tax refund;
</P>
<P>(c) That the debtor has a right to present information that all or part of the debt is not past-due or legally enforceable; and
</P>
<P>(d) A mailing address for forwarding any written correspondence and a contact name and telephone number for any questions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.3.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.43   Review within the Department.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notification by debtor.</I> A debtor who receives a Notice of Intent may present, for 60 days from the date of the Notice of Intent, information that all or part of the debt is not past-due or legally enforceable. (However, this does not extend the regulatory period for submitting written statements or for requesting an administrative hearing on the merits of an alleged violation, nor does it extend the period to appeal an assessed civil penalty.) To comply with this procedure, the debtor must:
</P>
<P>(1) Send a written request for a review of the information to the address provided in the notice.
</P>
<P>(2) State in the request the amount disputed and the reasons why the debtor believes that the debt is not past-due or legally enforceable.
</P>
<P>(3) Include in the request any documents which the debtor wishes to be considered or state that additional information will be submitted within the remainder of the 60 day period.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submission of information.</I> The debtor may submit information showing that all or part of the debt is not past-due or not legally enforceable along with the notification required by paragraph (a) of this section. Failure to submit the information within the remainder of the 60 day period will be interpreted as there is no additional information for consideration.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Review of the information.</I> The Department considers all available information related to the issue of whether the debt is past-due and the issue of whether the debt is legally enforceable. After a decision has been reached, the Department notifies the debtor whether the Department has sustained amended, or cancelled its determination that the debt is past-due and legally enforceable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.3.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.45   Department determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Following review of the information, the Department notifies the debtor with a written decision that includes the supporting rationale.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Department either sustains or amends its determination, it shall notify the debtor that the debt is being referred to the IRS for offset against the debtor's Federal income tax refund. If the Department determines that there is no legally enforceable debt or that full payment has been made, the case will be closed. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 89.47" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.35.3.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 89.47   Stay of offset.</HEAD>
<P>If the debtor timely notifies the Department that he or she is complying with the procedures in § 89.43(a) of this subpart and timely submits additional information in accordance with § 89.43(b) of this subpart, the debt will not be referred to the IRS while the matter is under review by the Department. Referral will not be made until the issuance of a written decision, in accordance with § 89.45 of this subpart, which sustains or amends the Department's original determination.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="91" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.36" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 91—INTERNATIONAL AIR TRANSPORTATION FAIR COMPETITIVE PRACTICES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 2-3, 88 Stat. 2103, 49 U.S.C. 1159a and 1159b, Pub. L. 93-623.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 54770, Dec. 15, 1976, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 91.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.36.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to prescribe the Secretary's role in executing his responsibilities under sections 2 and 3 of the International Air Transportation Fair Competitive Practices Act of 1974 to the end that U.S. flag air carriers operating in foreign air transportation are protected from all forms of discrimination or unfair competitive practices and are compensated for excessive or otherwise discriminatory charges levied by foreign governments or other foreign entities for the use of airport or airway property. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.36.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.3   Investigations.</HEAD>
<P>The Assistant Secretary for Policy, Plans and International Affairs (Assistant Secretary), in coordination with the General Counsel and the Federal Aviation Administrator (Administrator), on complaint of any U.S. flag air carrier or on their own initiative, shall investigate: (a) Instances of alleged excessive or otherwise discriminatory user charges or (b) discriminatory or unfair competitive practices to which U.S. flag air carriers are subjected by a foreign government or other foreign entity. Excessive or otherwise discriminatory charges include, but are not limited to, unreasonable landing fees, unreasonable monopoly ground handling fees and unreasonable air navigation charges. Discriminatory or unfair competitive practices include, but are not limited to, unreasonably differentiated fuel allocations, cargo, charter or currency restrictions and inferior monopoly ground handling services. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.36.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.5   Findings and recommendations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon finding that a foreign government or entity imposes excessive or otherwise discriminatory charges against U.S. flag air carriers or causes such carriers to be subjected to discriminatory or unfair competitive practices, the Assistant Secretary, in coordination with the General Counsel and the Administrator, shall determine the extent of the discrimination or unfair competitive practices. 
</P>
<P>(b) Where the matter involves excessive or otherwise discriminatory charges, the Assistant Secretary shall prepare a report and recommend that the Secretary promptly submit a report of the case to the Secretary of State and the Civil Aeronautics Board in accordance with section 11 of the International Aviation Facilities Act, 49 U.S.C. 1159a. 
</P>
<P>(c) Where the matter involves discrimination or unfair competitive practices other than user charges, the Assistant Secretary shall prepare a report and recommend that the Secretary take such other action within the jurisdiction of the Department as is appropriate under the circumstances in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 1159b. 
</P>
<P>(d) If the Secretary determines, after review of the report and recommendations made under paragraph (b) of this section, that unreasonably excessive or otherwise discriminatory charges exist, the Secretary will submit a report on the matter to the Secretary of State and the Chairman of the Civil Aeronautics Board in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 1159a. 
</P>
<P>(e) If the Secretary determines, after review of the report and recommendations made under paragraph (c) of this section, that discriminatory or unfair competitive practices exist, the Secretary will commence all appropriate action within his jurisdiction in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 1159b. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.36.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.7   Determination of compensatory charges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon indication by the Secretary of State that the excessive or otherwise discriminatory user charges have not been reduced or eliminated, the Secretary will direct the Assistant Secretary to compute the appropriate amount of compensatory charges. 
</P>
<P>(b) Upon approving the amount of compensatory charges computed under paragraph (a) of this section, the Secretary will notify the Secretary of State and the Secretary of the Treasury of his determination. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.36.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.9   Distribution of compensatory funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On or after January 1 and July 1 of each year, each U.S. flag air carrier which has been subjected to excessive or otherwise discriminatory charges for which compensatory charges have been collected shall, upon compliance with paragraph (c) of this section, be entitled to pro rata reimbursement for excessive or otherwise discriminatory charges incurred to date, not to exceed the amount of such charges actually paid by that carrier. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Secretary will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> at least 30 days before a U.S. flag air carrier becomes entitled to reimbursement, a notice setting forth the procedures to be followed in making claims for reimbursement. This notice will specify the form in which application shall be made and the specific items of proof, if any, to be submitted. 
</P>
<P>(c) On or after January 1 and July 1 of each year, each U.S. flag carrier claiming a right to reimbursement shall apply for such reimbursement in accordance with the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice referred to in paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Assistant Secretary shall, on the basis of the application and such other data as may be available, compute the amount to which such carrier is entitled. 
</P>
<P>(e) Subject to the provisions of § 91.13(b), upon approving the computation made by the Assistant Secretary, the Secretary shall issue such certificate as will entitle each such carrier to payment from the account maintained by the Secretary of the Treasury for this purpose. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.36.0.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.11   Standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To minimize the burden of implementing this part on the United States, on U.S. flag air carriers and on foreign air carriers, estimates and periodic adjustments will be used to determine the amount of discrimination and compensatory charges therefor. 
</P>
<P>(b) For the purpose of determining the amount of excessive or otherwise discriminatory charges imposed upon U.S. flag air carriers by an entity: 
</P>
<P>(1) A service or use of airport or airway property includes, but is not limited to, fueling, food service, ticketing, baggage handling, runways, ramps, parking areas, navigational aids, communications facilities or any other service necessary and incidental to the conduct of a flight. 
</P>
<P>(2) An excessive or otherwise discriminatory charge includes, but is not limited to, a charge substantially above the cost of providing a service or any charge for a service that is substantially inferior to that which the U.S. flag air carrier could have provided for itself, at the same cost, by contract or otherwise (<I>see also</I> § 91.3). 
</P>
<P>(c) In determining the amount of compensatory charge: 
</P>
<P>(1) The total amount of excessive or otherwise discriminatory charges levied against U.S. flag air carriers will be estimated in dollars. 
</P>
<P>(2) The total volume of operations to the United States by air carriers of the nation concerned will be estimated for the succeeding six-month period. 
</P>
<P>(3) The total amount of excessive or otherwise discriminatory charges in paragraph (c)(1) of this section will be divided by the total volume of operations in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, and 
</P>
<P>(4) The quotient thus computed (which may be adjusted to reflect the type of aircraft) will constitute the compensatory charge to be collected as a condition to acceptance of the general declaration at the time of landing or takeoff of such air carriers of the nation concerned. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 91.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.36.0.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 91.13   Refunds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where, in his discretion, the Secretary finds that good cause has been shown, the Secretary may authorize a refund of collected compensatory charges. For purposes of this section, good cause includes, but is not limited to, an error of fact, a miscalculation, or a determination that an original conclusion of entitlement was insufficient, invalid, erroneous or invalidated by subsequent events. 
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 91.9(e) the Secretary may suspend for a reasonable time the issuance of a certificate of entitlement upon a showing by a payor of compensatory charges that there is a substantial likelihood that the payor will make a showing of good cause under § 91.13(a). 
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the issuance of a certificate of entitlement under § 91.9(e) or the distribution to U.S. flag air carriers of funds collected under this part shall be with prejudice to any claim for refund under this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="92" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 92—RECOVERING DEBTS TO THE UNITED STATES BY SALARY OFFSET
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 5514, as amended; 5 CFR part 550, subpart K; 4 CFR parts 101-105. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 4171, Feb. 12, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 92.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part implements 5 U.S.C. 5514 (Installment Deduction for Indebtedness to the United States), as amended by the Debt Collection Act of 1982 (Pub. L. 97-365, 96 Stat. 1749, 1751). It supplements 5 CFR part 550, subpart K, and the Federal Claims Collections Standards (4 CFR parts 101-105) issued jointly by the Comptroller General of the United States and the Attorney General of the United States under 31 U.S.C. 3711(e)(2). It sets forth the procedures by which the Department of Transportation (DOT), including its operating elements (see 49 CFR 1.3): 
</P>
<P>(a) Collects debts owed to the United States by current and former DOT employees; 
</P>
<P>(b) Determines and collects interest and other charges on that indebtedness.
</P>
<P>(c) Offsets the salary of DOT employees to collect debts owed to the United States by those employees; and,
</P>
<P>(d) Obtains salary offset to collect debts owed to the United States by employees of other agencies under programs administered by DOT.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.3   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part are applicable to the indebtedness of a current or former employee of DOT incurred under any program administered by DOT. The provisions of this part do not apply to the collection of indebtedness by authority other than 5 U.S.C. 5514.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Agency</I> means an Executive Agency as defined by section 105 of title 5, United States Code, the U.S. Postal Service, the U.S. Postal Rate Commission, a Military Department as defined by section 102 of title 5, United States Code, an agency or court in the judicial branch, an agency of the legislative branch, and any other independent establishments which are entities of the Federal Government. In DOT each operating element will act for the agency in collecting debts under this rule.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Creditor agency</I> means the agency to which the debt is owed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Debt</I> means an amount owed to the United States from sources which include, but are not necessarily limited to, erronerous payments made to employees, overpayments of benefits, salary or other allowances, loans insured or guaranteed by the United States and all other amounts due the United States from fees, leases, rents, royalties, services, sales of real or personal property, overpayments, penalties, damages, interest, fines and forfeitures (except those arising under the Uniform Code of Military Justice) and all other similar sources. This term does not include a Government claim arising under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (26 U.S.C. 1-9602) as amended; the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 301-1397f); the tariff laws of the United States; or any case where collection of a debt by salary offset is explicitly provided for or prohibited by another statute (e.g., emergency and travel advances under 5 U.S.C. 5522, 5705 or 5724 and employee training expenses under 5 U.S.C. 4108).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Debt Claim Form</I> means the form used by DOT when requesting that an agency, other than DOT, assist in the recovery of funds.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Delinquent debt</I> means a debt which has not been paid by the date specified in the agency's initial written notification or applicable contractual agreement, unless other satisfactory payment arrangements have been made by that date, or if, at any time thereafter, the debtor fails to satisfy obligations under a payment agreement with the creditor agency.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Disposable pay</I> means that part of current basic pay, special pay, incentive pay, retired pay, retainer pay, or in the case of an employee not entitled to basic pay, other authorized pay remaining after the deduction of any amount required by law to be withheld. (See 5 CFR 581.105 (b) through (f) for items required by law to be withheld, and therefore excluded from disposable pay for the purposes of this regulation).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>DOT operating element</I> (see 49 CFR 1.3) means a DOT Operating Administration including—
</P>
<P>(1) U.S. Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(2) Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(3) Federal Highway Administration.
</P>
<P>(4) Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(5) National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(6) Urban Mass Transportation Administration.
</P>
<P>(7) St. Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation.
</P>
<P>(8) Maritime Administration.
</P>
<P>(9) Research and Special Program Administration.
</P>
<P>(10) The Office of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Employee</I> means a current or former employee of a Federal agency, including a member of the Armed Forces (including retired members) or a Reserve of the Armed Forces (Reserves). However, employees paid from non-appropriated funds are not included.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>FCCS</I> means the Federal Claims Collection Standards, 4 CFR Ch. II, jointly published by the Department of Justice and the General Accounting Office.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Hearing</I> means an informal conference before a hearing official in which the employee and the DOT operating element are given an opportunity to present evidence, witnesses, and argument. The hearing official shall be either an administrative law judge or an individual not under the supervision or control of the Department.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Paying agency</I> means the agency authorizing the payment of the employee's current pay.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Salary offset</I> means an administrative offset to collect a debt under 5 U.S.C. 5514 by deduction(s) at one or more officially established pay intervals from the current pay account of a present or former employee with or without his or her consent. It includes a single offset from the final salary of an employee whose employment ends.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Waiver</I> means the cancellation, remission, forgiveness or non-recovery of a debt allegedly owed by an employee to an agency as permitted or required by 5 U.S.C. 5584, 5 U.S.C. 8346(b), 10 U.S.C. 2774, or 32 U.S.C. 716, or any other law. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.7   Notice, hearing, written response and decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 92.9 of this part, each employee from whom the department proposes to offset a debt against the Federal pay of an employee who is indebted to the United States under a program administrated by DOT under these regulations is entitled to receive a minimum of 30 days written notice as described in § 92.11 of this part (see also § 92.21(a)).
</P>
<P>(b) Each employee owing a debt to the United States which will be collected by salary offset is entitled to petition for a hearing before collection starts. This petition shall be filed directly with the accounting or finance office of the DOT creditor operating element which shall make appropriate hearing arrangements consistent with law and regulations. The DOT creditor operating element shall provide an explanation of the rights of the employee. If a hearing is provided, the following issues shall be heard:
</P>
<P>(1) The determination of the DOT creditor operating element concerning the existence and amount of the debt; and
</P>
<P>(2) The terms of the repayment schedule, if not previously established by written agreement between the employee and the DOT creditor operating element. (See § 92.21(c) regarding copy of written decision by hearing officer describing method and amount of salary offset).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.9   Exceptions to notice, hearing, written response, and final decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exceptions.</I> The procedural requirements of 5 U.S.C. 5514 do not apply to recovery by way of retroactive deductions for administrative adjustments associated with the Federal benefits program. In such cases the content of the notification to employees is stated in § 92.9(b).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Simplified procedures to be followed.</I> In the event that a retroactive deduction from pay or allowances is required to recover an insufficiency of deductions arising through normal processing delays, and those insufficient deductions did not occur in more than four pay periods, rather than following the specific procedures required by 5 U.S.C. 5514(a)(2), and set forth in §§ 92.11 through 92.17 of this part, the DOT creditor operating element shall issue in advance of the collection a simplified notice to the employee that:
</P>
<P>(1) Because of the employee's election for changes in voluntary payroll deduction, corresponding deductions shall be imposed on the employee's salary to cover the period between the effective date of the election and the first regular withholding. The employee may dispute the amount of the retroactive collection by notifying his or her accounting or finance officer; or
</P>
<P>(2) Due to a normal ministerial adjustment in pay or allowances which could not be placed into effect immediately, future pay will be reduced to permit the DOT creditor operating element to recover any excess pay or allowances received by the employee. The employee may dispute the amount of the retroactive collection by notifying his or her accounting or finance officer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limitation on exceptions.</I> The exceptions described in paragraph (a) of this section shall not include a recovery required to be made for any reason other than routine processing delays in putting the change into effect, even if the period of time for which the amounts must be retroactively recovered is less than four pay periods. If normal processing delays exceed four pay periods, then the full procedures prescribed under 5 U.S.C. 5514 and §§ 92.11 through 92.17 of this part will be extended to the employee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 4171, Feb. 12, 1988, as amended at 53 FR 51279, Dec. 21, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.11   Demand for payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The DOT creditor operating element shall send a debtor a total of three progressively stronger written demands at not more than 30-day intervals, unless a response to the first or second demand indicates that a further demand would be futile and the debtor's response does not require rebuttal (see also § 92.21(a)). Other information may also indicate that additional written demands are unnecessary.
</P>
<P>(b) The initial written demand for payment shall inform the debtor of:
</P>
<P>(1) The basis for the indebtedness;
</P>
<P>(2) The amount of the claim;
</P>
<P>(3) The date by which payment is to be made:
</P>
<P>(4) The debtor's liability for interest, penalties and administrative charges in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717 and § 92.35 of this part, if payment is not received within 30 days of the due date (see § 92.35 for details regarding interest, penalties and administrative costs);
</P>
<P>(5) The intent of the agency to collect by salary offset, including asking the assistance of other Federal agencies to help in the offset whenever possible, if the debtor:
</P>
<P>(i) Has not made payment by the payment due date;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has not requested a review of the claim within the agency as set out in paragraph (b)(8) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Has not made an arrangement for payment by the payment due date:
</P>
<P>(6) The possible submission of claims to a collection agency or referral to the General Accounting Office or the Department of Justice for litigation in accordance with the procedures in 4 CFR part 105. 
</P>
<P>(7) The right of the debtor to inspect and copy the records of the agency related to the claim. Any reasonable costs associated with the inspection and copying of these records shall be borne by the debtor. The debtor shall give reasonable notice in advance to the agency of the date upon which he or she intends to inspect and copy the records involved. 
</P>
<P>(8) The right of the debtor to a review of the claim within the agency. If the claim is disputed in full or in part, the debtor shall respond to the demand by making a request in writing for a review of the claim within the agency by the payment due date stated in the demand. The debtor's written response shall state the basis for the dispute. If only part of the claim is disputed, the undisputed portion shall be paid by the due date. The DOT creditor operating element shall acknowledge receipt of the request for a review, and upon completion of consideration shall notify the debtor whether its determination has been sustained, amended, or canceled within 15 days of the receipt of the request for a review. If the DOT operating element either sustains or amends its determination, it shall notify the debtor of its intent to collect by salary offset unless payment is received within 15 days of the mailing of the notification of its decision following a review of the claim. 
</P>
<P>(9) The right of the debtor to offer to make a written agreement to repay the amount of the claim (see § 92.23). The acceptance of such an agreement is discretionary with the agency. If the debtor requests a repayment arrangement because a payment of the amount due would create a financial hardship, the DOT creditor operating element will analyze the debtor's financial condition. Depending on its evaluation of the financial strength of the debtor, the DOT operating element may agree to a written installment repayment schedule with the debtor. The debtor shall execute a confession of judgment note which specifies all of the terms of the arrangement. The size and frequency of installment payments should bear a reasonable relation to the size of the debt and the debtor's ability to pay. Interest, penalties and administrative charges shall be provided in the note (see § 92.35). The debtor shall be provided with a written explanation of the consequences of signing a confession of judgment note. The debtor shall sign a statement acknowledging receipt of the written explanation which shall recite that the statement was read and understood before execution of the note and that the note is being signed knowingly and voluntarily. Some form of evidence of these facts shall be maintained in the agency's file on the debtor. 
</P>
<P>(10) The right to an oral hearing or a hearing based on written submissions conducted by an administrative law judge or by a hearing official not under the control of the head of the Department in accordance with § 92.13 of this part. 
</P>
<P>(11) The consequences of any knowingly false statements, representations, or evidence provided by the employee, which may include: 
</P>
<P>(i) Disciplinary procedures under 5 U.S.C. chapter 75, 5 CFR part 752, or any other applicable statutes or regulations; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Criminal penalties under 18 U.S.C. 286, 287, 1001 and 1002, or any other applicable statute; or, 
</P>
<P>(iii) Penalties under the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. 3729, <I>et seq.</I>, or any other applicable statute. 
</P>
<P>(12) Proceedings under any other statutory authority for the collection of claims of the DOT operating element. 
</P>
<P>(13) The fact that amounts paid on or deducted from the debt which are later waived or found not owed to the United States will be promptly refunded to the employee unless there are applicable contractual or statutory provisions to the contrary. 
</P>
<P>(14) The name, address, and telephone number of the accounting or finance officer who may be contacted if the employee wishes to review the records or to obtain information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.13   Request for hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The employee shall be advised in the notification that a hearing may be requested by filing a written petition within 15 calendar days of receipt of the notification, addressed to the chief of the paying agency's accounting or finance office. 
</P>
<P>(b) The petition shall state the grounds upon which the employee disputes the proposed collection of the alleged debt. The petition shall identify and explain with reasonable specificity the facts, evidence which, and witnesses who the employee believes support his or her position. 
</P>
<P>(c) The timely filing of a petition for hearing shall stay any further collection proceedings. A decision by the administrative law judge or other hearing official (see § 92.5(j)) will be issued at the earliest practical date, but no later than 60 days after the filing of a petition for hearing, unless a delay is granted at the request of the employee.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.15" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.15   Request for hearing after time expires.</HEAD>
<P>The Department may accept late requests for a hearing if the employee can show that delay in requesting a hearing beyond the period provided in the notice described in § 92.11 of this part was caused by circumstances beyond his or her control or because of failure to receive notice of the time limit (unless he or she was otherwise aware of it) or because of new information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.17" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.17   Form of hearings and written decisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Hearings shall consist of informal conferences before an administrative law judge or other hearing official (see § 92.5(j)) in which the employee and the DOT creditor operating element are given full opportunity to present evidence, witnesses, and argument. The DOT operating element will maintain a summary record of a hearing provided under these procedures. 
</P>
<P>(b) Written decisions provided after a request for hearing shall, at a minimum, summarize the evidence alleged to substantiate the nature and origin of the alleged debt; the administrative law judge's or other hearing official's analysis, findings, and conclusions; the amount and validity of the alleged debt; and, where applicable, the repayment schedule.
</P>
<P>(c) A copy of the administrative law judge's or other hearing official's final decision shall be provided to the employee as well as the chief of the office authorized to collect debts by deduction from salary.
</P>
<P>(d) The decision of the administrative law judge or other hearing official shall be final and binding on the parties. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.19" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.19   Obtaining the services of a hearing official.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where a DOT operating element is the creditor agency, the chief of the appropriate accounting or finance office shall schedule a hearing before an administrative law judge or other hearing official.
</P>
<P>(b) If another (non-DOT) agency is the creditor agency, then it is the responsibility of that agency to arrange for a hearing if one is requested.
</P>
<P>(c) Agents for the paying agency are designated in appendix A to 5 CFR part 581. (This appendix lists the agents designated to accept legal process for the executive branch, the U.S. Postal Service, the Postal Rate Commission, the District of Columbia, American Samoa, Guam, the Virgin Islands, and the Smithsonian Institution.)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.21" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.21   Deduction from pay.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After other, less severe collection actions have failed, the DOT operating element (see § 92.5(g)) may implement steps to obtain collection by salary offset. The method and the amount of the salary offset shall be the method and amount stated in the creditor agency's demand letter (see § 92.11) or notice (see § 92.7), or, if applicable, in the decision of an administrative law judge or other hearing official after an employee-requested hearing on the matter. If a DOT operating element is the creditor, the procedures stated in § 92.11 shall be followed.
</P>
<P>(b) Before a collection by salary offset may be made, the chief of the accounting or finance office of the paying DOT operating element shall be furnished with certified documentation by the creditor agency indicating that the creditor agency has sent the employee a demand letter pursuant to § 92.11 of this part stating as a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) The nature and amount of the indebtedness and the intention of the agency to initiate, at the expiration of thirty days, a proceeding to collect the debt by salary offset; and an explanation of the rights of the employee under this subsection; 
</P>
<P>(2) That the employee has the opportunity to inspect and copy Government records relating to the debt;
</P>
<P>(3) That the employee has an opportunity to enter into a written agreement with the agency to establish a schedule for the repayment of the debt;
</P>
<P>(4) That the employee has an opportunity for a hearing on the determination of the agency concerning the existence or the amount of the debt, and in the case of an individual whose repayment schedule is established other than by a written agreement as described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section concerning the terms of the repayment schedule; and
</P>
<P>(5) That the creditor agency's regulations implementing 5 U.S.C. 5514 have been approved by OPM (see 5 CFR 550.1108(a)).
</P>
<P>(c) Where a hearing has been held, a copy of the decision of the administrative law judge or other hearing official must be furnished to the chief of the accounting or finance office of the paying DOT operating element before collection of the indebtedness by salary offset may be initiated. The method and amount of the offset will be as stated in the decision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.23" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.23   Collection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A debt shall be collected in a lump sum or by installment deductions at officially established pay intervals from an employee's current pay account, unless the employee and the DOT operating element agree to alternative arrangements for payment (see § 92.11(b)(9) describing such voluntary repayment arrangements). The alternative arrangement shall be in writing, signed by both the employee and the chief of the appropriate accounting or finance office, and shall be documented in the DOT operating element's files.
</P>
<P>(b) Under 31 U.S.C. 3716 and 4 CFR 102.3(b)(3), agencies may not initiate offset to collect a debt more than 10 years after the Government's right to collect the debt accrued, unless facts material to the Government's rights to collect the debt were not known by the DOT operating element's official or officials charged with the responsibility to discover and collect the debt.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.25" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.25   Source of deductions.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 92.31 and § 92.33 of this part (with respect to separated employees), the paying DOT operating element will make deductions only from disposable pay (see § 92.5(f)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.27" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.27   Duration of deductions.</HEAD>
<P>Debts shall be collected in one lump sum where possible. However, if the employee is financially unable to pay in one lump sum or the amount of the debt exceeds 15 percent of disposable pay payable in one pay period, collection will be made in installments. Such installment deductions will be made over a period not greater than the anticipated period of employment or active duty, as the case may be, except as provided in §§ 92.29, 92.31, and 92.33 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.29" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.29   Limitation on amount of deductions.</HEAD>
<P>The size and frequency of installment deductions shall bear a reasonable relation to the size of the debt and the employee's ability to pay. However, the amount deducted for any period may not exceed 15 percent of the disposable pay from which the deduction is made, unless the employee has agreed in writing to the deduction of a greater amount.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.31" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.31   Liquidation from final payment.</HEAD>
<P>If the employee retires, resigns his or her employment, is terminated, or the employment or period of active duty ends before collection of the debt is completed, there shall be an offset from subsequent payments of any nature (e.g., final salary, lump sum leave, etc.) due the employee from the DOT operating element on the date of separation to the extent necessary to liquidate the debt.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.33" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.33   Recovery from other payments due a separated employee.</HEAD>
<P>If the debt cannot be liquidated by offset from any final payment due the employee as of the date of separation, the DOT operating element shall liquidate the debt by administrative offset pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716 from later payments of any kind due the former employee from the United States, where appropriate (see § 92.41(b)(2)(ii)). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.35" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.35   Interest, penalties and administrative costs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where a DOT creditor operating element (see § 92.5(g)) is the creditor, it shall charge interest on an outstanding debt at the rate published by the Secretary of the Treasury in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717. The rate of interest assessed shall be the rate of the current value of funds to the United States Treasury (i.e., the Treasury tax and loan account rate), as prescribed and published by the Secretary of the Treasury in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the Treasury Financial Manual Bulletins annually or quarterly, in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717. The DOT creditor operating element shall charge a penalty of six percent a year, in addition to interest, on any portion of a debt that is more than 90 days past due. It shall assess administrative charges to cover additional costs incurred in processing and handling the debt beyond the payment due date. The imposition of interest, penalties and administrative charges is made in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717 and 4 CFR 102.13.
</P>
<P>(b) Interest on debt shall begin to accrue on the date on which the debtor is first sent or delivered notice of the debt and of the interest requirements or, in the case of advance billings, on the calendar date following the specified due date of the debt provided the advance billing gives notice of the interest requirements for late payment. Interest on the debt shall continue to accrue until payment is received. Interest shall be calculated only on the principal of the debt (simple interest). The rate of interest charged shall be the rate in effect on the date from which interest begins to accrue, and shall remain fixed for the duration of the indebtedness.
</P>
<P>(c) A DOT creditor operating element shall waive the monthly interest on debt that is paid within 30 calendar days after the date on which interest began to accrue.
</P>
<P>(d) A DOT creditor operating element may waive interest, penalties and/or administrative charges if it finds that:
</P>
<P>(1) The debtor is unable to pay any significant sum toward the claim within a reasonable period of time;
</P>
<P>(2) Collection of interest, penalties or administrative charges will jeopardize collection of the principal of the debt; or
</P>
<P>(3) It is otherwise in the best interest of the United States, including the situation where an offset or installment payment agreement is in effect.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.37" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.37   Non-waiver of rights by payment.</HEAD>
<P>An employee's payment or agreement to pay, whether voluntary or involuntary, of all or any portion of an alleged debt being collected pursuant to these procedures shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights which the employee may have under this part to the extent of such payment or agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.39" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.39   Refunds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Amounts paid or deducted from the account of a current or former employee of the United States Government, pursuant to this part, for a debt which is found not owing to the United States shall be promptly refunded to the employee.
</P>
<P>(b) Amounts which are waived shall, after proper application, be promptly returned after approval of the application.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.41" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.41   Requesting recovery when the Department is not the paying agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Format of the request for recovery.</I> (1) Where the DOT operating element is the creditor agency and another agency is the paying agency, the chief of the accounting of finance office of the appropriate DOT operating element (see § 92.5(g)) shall complete and certify the “Debt Claim Form” (see Attachment 1), and attach a copy of the demand letter sent to the employee pursuant to § 92.11 with a statement of the employee's response thereto, or, if a hearing was held pursuant to § 92.13, attach a copy of the decision of the administrative law judge or other hearing official. The DOT creditor operating element shall certify that the employee owes the debt, the amount and basis of the debt, the date on which payment is due, the date the Government's right to collect the debt accrued, and that the Departmental regulations implementing 5 U.S.C. 5514 have been approved by the Office of Personnel Management.
</P>
<P>(2) If the collection is to be made in voluntary or involuntary installments (see Attachment 1), the DOT creditor operating element shall also advise the paying agency of the amount of the installments and, if a date for the beginning of payments other than the next officially established pay period is required, the date of the first installment.
</P>
<P>(3) Unless the employee has voluntarily agreed to the salary offset in writing or, in the absence of such agreement, has signed a statement acknowledging receipt of the procedures required by 5 U.S.C. 5514(a)(2) and the writing or statement is attached to the debt claim form, the DOT creditor operating element shall also indicate the action(s) taken under 5 U.S.C. 5514 and give the date(s) the action(s) were taken.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submitting the request for recovery</I>—(1) <I>Current employees.</I> The DOT creditor operating element shall submit the “Debt Claim Form” (Attachment 1) to the employee's paying agency.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Employees who are separating or have separated</I>—(i) <I>Employees who are in the process of separating.</I> If the employee is in the process of separating, the DOT creditor operating element shall submit its debt claim (Attachment 1) to the employee's paying agency for collection as provided in § 92.31 of this part. The paying agency is required to certify the total amount of its collection made or to be made prior to separation and notify the DOT creditor operating element and the employee as provided in § 92.41 (b)(2)(iii). If the paying agency is aware that the employee is entitled to payments from the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund, or other similar payments, it shall advise the DOT operating element and send a copy of the debt claim and certification to the agency responsible for making such payments as notice that a debt is outstanding.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Employees who have already separated.</I> If the employee has already separated and all payments due from his or her former paying agency have been paid, the DOT operating element may request, unless otherwise prohibited for example by court order, that monies which are due and payable to the employee from the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund (5 CFR 831.1801 et seq.) or other similar funds, be administratively offset in order to collect the debt (see 31 U.S.C. 3716 and the FCCS).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Employees who transfer from one paying agency to another.</I> If, after the DOT creditor operating element has submitted the debt claim to the employee's paying agency, the employee transfers to a position served by a different paying agency before the debt is collected in full, the paying agency from which the employee separates shall certify the total amount of the collection made on the debt. One copy of the certification shall be furnished to the employee and another to the DOT operating element along with notice of the employee's transfer. The original of the debt claim form shall be inserted in the employee's official personnel folder along with a copy of the certification of the amount which has been collected. Upon receiving the official personnel folder, the new paying agency shall, in accordnce with the DOT operating element's properly certified claim, resume the collection from the employee's current pay account and notify the employee and the DOT creditor operating element of the resumption. The DOT operating element is not required to repeat the required collection procedures from the beginning in order to resume the collection. However, it shall be the responsibility of the DOT creditor operating element to review the debt upon receiving the former paying agency's notice of the employee's transfer to make sure the collection is resumed by the new paying agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.43" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.43   Requests for recovery when the Department is the paying agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Incomplete request for recovery.</I> If the request for recovery received by the chief of the accounting or finance office of the appropriate DOT operating element is incomplete in any respect (see § 92.21(b)) including, but not limited to, the failure to certify in writing that the employee owes the debt, the amount and basis of the debt, the date on which payment(s) is due, the date the creditor agency's right to collect the debt first accrued, and that the creditor agency's regulations implementing 5 U.S.C. 5514 were approved by OPM, the request shall be returned to the creditor agency with a statement of the deficiency. No action to implement salary offset may be initiated until a complete request has been received.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Complete request for recovery.</I> If a complete request for recovery is received by the chief of the accounting or finance office of the appropriate DOT operating element, a copy of the request and any supporting documentation shall be transmitted to the appropriate payroll office, and deductions shall be scheduled to begin at the next officially established pay interval. A copy of the request and any supporting documentation shall be provided to the debtor, along with a notice of the date deductions will begin.
</P>
<P>(c) The DOT operating element may not review the merits of the creditor agency's determination with respect to the amount or validity of the debt as stated in the request for recovery.





</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 92.45" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.37.0.43.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 92.45   Other debt collections.</HEAD>
<P>Separate rules exist for general collection of debts owed the United States under 31 U.S.C. 3711, 3716-18; 4 CFR Ch. II.

</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02fe91.213.gif"/>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="93" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.38" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 93 [RESERVED] 


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="95" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.39" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 95 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="98" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 98—ENFORCEMENT OF RESTRICTIONS ON POST-EMPLOYMENT ACTIVITIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>18 U.S.C. 207; Pub. L. 96-28.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>48 FR 12383, Mar. 24, 1983, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Administration of Enforcement Proceedings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 98.1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.1.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 98.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to set forth the administrative enforcement procedures that the Department of Transportation will follow when there is an allegation that a former employee of the Department has violated 18 U.S.C. 207.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 98.2" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.1.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 98.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Administration</I> means each of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The United States Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(2) The Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(3) The Federal Highway Administration.
</P>
<P>(4) The Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(5) The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(6) The Urban Mass Transportation Administration.
</P>
<P>(7) The Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation.
</P>
<P>(8) The Research and Special Programs Administration.
</P>
<P>(9) The Maritime Administration.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Department</I> means the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>18 U.S.C. 207</I> means 18 U.S.C. 207 (a), (b), or (c) or any regulations issued under 18 U.S.C. 207.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 98.3" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.1.43.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 98.3   Reports of apparent violations.</HEAD>
<P>Any person may report, to the Assistant General Counsel for Environmental, Civil Rights and General Law, an apparent violation by a former employee of the Department of 18 U.S.C. 207. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 98.4" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.1.43.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 98.4   Initiation of administrative disciplinary proceeding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever the Assistant General Counsel for Environmental, Civil Rights and General Law has determined that there is reasonable cause to believe that a former Departmental employee has violated 18 U.S.C. 207, the Assistant General Counsel for Environmental, Civil Rights, and General Law:
</P>
<P>(1) Shall expeditiously provide that information to the Director, Office of Government Ethics, and to the Criminal Division, Department of Justice; and
</P>
<P>(2) After coordinating any proceeding with the Criminal Division, Department of Justice, to avoid prejudicing criminal proceedings, may institute an administrative disciplinary proceeding in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The person who shall provide for the prosecution of the alleged violation in an administrative disciplinary proceeding under this part (hereinafter referred to as the “Departmental counsel”) is:
</P>
<P>(1) In a case where the last Departmental employer of the alleged violator is the Office of the Secretary, the Assistant General Counsel for Environmental, Civil Rights and General Law, or his or her designee; or
</P>
<P>(2) In a case where the last Departmental employer of the alleged violator is an administration, the Chief Counsel, or his or her designee, for that administration.
</P>
<P>(c) Before beginning an administrative disciplinary proceeding, the Departmental counsel shall provide the former employee with actual notice of the institution of a proceeding. This notice must include:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of allegations and the basis for those allegations, which statement must be sufficiently detailed to enable the former employee to prepare an adequate defense;
</P>
<P>(2) Notification of the right to a hearing;
</P>
<P>(3) An explanation of the method by which a hearing may be requested; and
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the possible sanctions that may be imposed if a violation by the former employee is found to have occurred.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 98.5" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.1.43.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 98.5   Former employee response to notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 30 working days after service of a notice pursuant to § 98.4(c), the former employee may submit to the Departmental counsel in writing:
</P>
<P>(1) A request for a hearing, which, if not all issues are disputed by the former employee, should specify those issues that are;
</P>
<P>(2) Any evidence and arguments in lieu of a hearing or
</P>
<P>(3) A statement that the allegations are true and set forth any factors that should be considered in determining the administrative sanction to be imposed.
</P>
<P>(b) The Department shall deem the right to a hearing to have been waived by the former employee if the former employee does not submit a request under paragraph (b)(1) of this section within 30 working days after service of notice pursuant to § 98.4(c).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 98.6" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.1.43.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 98.6   Examiner.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The presiding official at a hearing held under this part and the deciding official under § 98.9 of this part (hereinafter referred to as the “examiner”) shall be designated by the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(b) The examiner shall not have been involved in any of the events specified in the allegations, shall not have been involved in the investigation of the allegations and the institution of the proceedings under this part, and shall not be or have been employed by the administration, or the Office of the Secretary if applicable, in which the alleged violation occurred.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 98.7" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.1.43.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 98.7   Hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The examiner shall, within 30 working days of a request for a hearing under § 98.5(b), schedule the hearing for a reasonable time, date, and place. The examiner shall grant any delays or continuances that the examiner determines to be necessary and appropriate for fair resolution of the case, with due regard to the former employee's need for adequate time to prepare a defense and for expeditious resolution of allegations that may be damaging to that former employee's reputation.
</P>
<P>(b) The following rights shall be granted to a former employee who requests a hearing under § 98.5(b):
</P>
<P>(1) To represent oneself or to be represented by counsel.
</P>
<P>(2) To introduce and examine witnesses and to submit physical evidence.
</P>
<P>(3) To confront and cross-examine adverse witnesses.
</P>
<P>(4) To present oral argument.
</P>
<P>(5) To obtain a transcript or recording of the hearing on request from the official reporter upon payment of the fees fixed therefor.
</P>
<P>(c) In a hearing under this part, the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and Evidence do not apply. However, the examiner may make such orders and determinations regarding discovery, admissibility of evidence, conduct of examination and cross-examination, and similar matters the examiner deems necessary or appropriate to ensure orderliness in the proceedings and fundamental fairness to the parties. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 98.8" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.1.43.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 98.8   Decision by examiner.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In a hearing under § 98.7 of this part, the Departmental counsel must establish a violation by a preponderance of the evidence.
</P>
<P>(b) The examiner shall make a decision exclusively on matters of record in the proceeding and shall set forth in the decision:
</P>
<P>(1) All findings of fact relevant to the matters at issue;
</P>
<P>(2) All conclusions of law relevant to the matters at issue; and
</P>
<P>(3) The sanction to be imposed, if any. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 98.9" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.1.43.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 98.9   Decision if hearing waived.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the former employee waives or, in accordance with § 98.5(b) of this part, is deemed to have waived a hearing under this part, the examiner shall, after review of the record as it exists, make a decision as to whether the former employee is in violation of 18 U.S.C. 207.
</P>
<P>(b) In a decision under paragraph (a) of this section, the requirements of § 98.8 of this part apply.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 98.10" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.1.43.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 98.10   Appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 30 working days after receipt of a decision issued under § 98.8 or § 98.9 of this part, either the Departmental counsel or the former employee may appeal the decision to the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(b) In making a decision on an appeal, the Secretary shall consider only the evidence admitted during the prior proceeding and contained in the record of that proceeding.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Secretary modifies or reverses the initial decision, the Secretary shall specify the findings of fact and conclusions of law that are different from those of the examiner.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 98.11" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.1.43.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 98.11   Final administrative decision.</HEAD>
<P>The final administrative decision under this part shall be:
</P>
<P>(a) The decision of the examiner under § 98.8(b), if there is no appeal under § 98.10;
</P>
<P>(b) The decision by the examiner under § 98.9, if a hearing is waived or is deemed to have been waived and there is no appeal under § 98.10; or
</P>
<P>(c) The decision of the Secretary on an appeal under § 98.10.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Administrative Sanctions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 98.12" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.2.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 98.12   Administrative sanctions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Secretary, in decisions under § 98.10 of this part, and the examiner, in decisions under § 98.8 and § 98.9 of this part, may impose an administrative sanction against a former employee who, after a final administrative decision under this part, is found to be in violation of 18 U.S.C. 207.
</P>
<P>(b) The administrative sanctions that may be imposed under subsection (a) of this section are:
</P>
<P>(1) Prohibiting the former employee from making, on behalf of any other person except the United States, any formal or informal appearance before, or, with the intent to influence, any oral or written communication to, the Department of any of its administrations on any matter of business for a period not to exceed five years; or
</P>
<P>(2) Taking other appropriate disciplinary action, such as a reprimand or suspension from participation in a particular matter or matters before the Department.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Judicial Review</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 98.13" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.40.3.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 98.13   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>Any former employee found to have violated 18 U.S.C. 207 by a final administrative decision under this part may seek judicial review of disciplinary action imposed under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="99" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.41" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 99—EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONDUCT 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322; E.O. 12674, 54 FR 15159, 3 CFR, 1989 Comp., p. 215, as modified by E.O. 12731, 55 FR 42547, 3 CFR, 1990 Comp., p. 306.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 99-10, 42 FR 3119, Jan. 14, 1977, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.41.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 99.735-1" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.41.1.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 99.735-1   Cross-reference to ethical conduct standards and financial disclosure regulations.</HEAD>
<P>Employees of the Department of Transportation are subject to the executive branch-wide Standards of Ethical Conduct at 5 CFR part 2635, the Department of Transportation regulations at 5 CFR part 6001 which supplement the executive branch-wide standards and the executive branch-wide financial disclosure regulations at 5 CFR part 2634. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 39904, July 31, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.41.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subparts B-E [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.41.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Responsibilities of the Government Employee and Special Government Employee Following Departure From Government Service</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 99.735-80" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.41.3.43.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 99.735-80   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this subpart apply only to employees who terminated government service before January 1, 1991. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 7995, Feb. 11, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 99.735-81" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.41.3.43.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 99.735-81   Post-employment duties and responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>The duties and obligations of a Government employee (or a special Government employee) do not end when government service terminates by retirement, resignation, or for any other reason. In fact the U.S. Code sets forth specific criminal penalties for certain activities by former Government employees. To summarize broadly, section 207 of title 18, U.S. Code, prohibits a former Government employee from acting as agent or attorney in various types of proceedings and matters on behalf of a non-Government party when the employee was involved in the subject matter while working for the Government. The duration and nature of the prohibitions depend in part on the depth of the employee's involvement in the matter while in Government service. Section 208 of the same title relates to activities performed while a Government employee that benefit an employee's prospective private employer. All Government employees and special Government employees should become familiar with the provisions of the two statutory sections cited, which have been made a part of this regulation as appendix E, so that they will be aware of the restrictions which might affect them upon their termination from the Government service.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.41.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.41.5.43.1.34" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 99—Categories of Financial Interests Exempted From the Prohibitions of Section 208(<E T="01">a</E>) of Title 18, United States Code
</HEAD>
<P>I. (a) Pursuant to the authority of section 208(b) of title 18, United States Code, the following are exempted from the prohibitions of section 208(a) of title 18, United States Code, because they are too remote or too inconsequential to affect the integrity of an employee's services in any matter in which he may act in his governmental capacity. 
</P>
<P>(1) Any holding in a widely held mutual fund, or regulated investment company, which does not specialize in an industry in which the possibility of conflict arise. 
</P>
<P>(2) Continued participation in a bona fide pension, retirement, group life, health, or accident insurance plan or other employee welfare or benefit plan that is maintained by a business or nonprofit organization by which the employee was formerly employed, to the extent that the employee's rights in the plans are vested and require no additional services by him or further payments to the plans by the organization with respect to the services of the employee. In addition, to the extent that the welfare or benefit plan is a profit sharing or stock bonus plan, this exemption does not apply and the procedures prescribed in § 99.735-15c (c) through (e) will apply to the interest of that employee in the plan.
</P>
<P>(3) Participation in an air carrier frequent flyers or substantially similar program that is available to the general public on the same terms and conditions and involves no direct financial interest in the carrier, such as stockholdings or similar types of investment interests.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt.99-10, 42 FR 3119, Jan. 14, 1977, as amended by Amdt. 99-14, 53 FR 16414, May 9, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.41.5.43.1.35" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendixes B-D to Part 99 [Reserved] 


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.41.5.43.1.36" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 99—Statutes Regulating Post-Employment Responsibilities of Government and Special Government Employees
</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This appendix applies only to employees who terminated government service before January 1, 1991.</P></NOTE>
<FP-2>§ 207 <I>Disqualification of former officers and employees in matters connected with former duties or offical responsibilities; disqualification of partners.</I>
</FP-2>
<P>(a) Whoever, having been an officer or employee of the executive branch of the United States Government, of any independent agency of the United States, or of the District of Columbia, including a special Government employee, after his employment has ceased, knowingly acts as agent or attorney for anyone other than the United States in connection with any judicial or other proceeding, application, request for a ruling or other determination, contract, claim, controversy, charge, accusation, arrest, or other particular matter involving a specific party or parties in which the United States is a party or has a direct and substantial interest and in which he participated personally and substantially as an officer or employee, through decision, approval, disapproval, recommendation, the rendering of advice, investigation, or otherwise, while so employed, or 
</P>
<P>(b) Whoever, having been so employed, within one year after his employment has ceased, appears personally before any court or department or agency of the Government as agent, or attorney for, anyone other than the United States in connection with any proceeding, application, request for a ruling or other determination, contract, claim, controversy, charge, accusation, arrest, or other particular matter involving a specific party or parties in which the United States is a party or directly and substantially interested, and which was under his official responsibility as an officer or employee of the Government at any time within a period of one year prior to the termination of such responsibility:
</P>
<P>Shall be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned for not more than two years, or both: <I>Provided,</I> That nothing in subsection (a) or (b) prevents a former officer or employee, including a former special Government employee, with outstanding scientific or technological qualifications from acting as attorney or agent or appearing personally in connection with a particular matter in a scientific or technological field if the head of the department or agency concerned with the matter shall make a certification in writing, published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> that the national interest would be served by such action or appearance by the former officer or employee. 
</P>
<P>(c) Whoever, being a partner of an officer or employee of the executive branch of the United States Government, of any independent agency of the United States, or of the District of Columbia, including a special Government employee, acts as agent or attorney for anyone other than the United States, in connection with any judicial or other proceeding, application, request for a ruling or other determination, contract, claim, controversy, charge, accusation, arrest, or other particular matter in which the United States is a party or has a direct and substantial interest and in which such officer or employee of the Government or special Government employee participates or has participated personally and substantially as a Government employee through decision, approval, disapproval, recommendation, the rendering of advice, investigation or otherwise, or which is the subject of his official responsibility:
</P>
<P>Shall be fined not more than $5,000, or imprisoned not more than one year, or both. 
</P>
<P>A partner of a present or former officer or employee of the executive branch of the United States Government, of any independent agency of the United States, or of the District of Columbia or of a present or former special Government employee shall as such be subject to the provisions of sections 203, 205, and 207 of this title only as expressly provided in subsection (c) of this section. (Added Pub. L. 87-349, section 1(a), Oct. 23, 1962, 76 Stat. 1123.)
</P>
<FP-2>§ 203 <I>Acts affecting a personal financial interest.</I>
</FP-2>
<P>(a) Except as permitted by subsection (b) hereof, whoever, being an officer or employee of the executive branch of the United States Government, of any independent agency of the United States, or of the District of Columbia, including a special Government employee, participates personally and substantially as a Government officer or employee, through decision, approval, disapproval, recommendation, the rendering of advice, investigation, or otherwise, in a judicial or other proceeding, application, request for a ruling or other determination, contract, claim, controversy, charge, accusation, arrest, or other particular matter in which, to his knowledge, he, his spouse, minor child, partner, organization in which he is serving as officer, director, trustee, partner or employee, or any person or organization with whom he is negotiating or has any arrangement concerning prospective employment, has a financial interest:
</P>
<P>Shall be fined not more than $10,000, or imprisoned not more than two years, or both. 
</P>
<P>(b) Subsection (a) hereof shall not apply (1) if the officer or employee first advises the Government official responsible for appointment to his position of the nature and circumstances of the judicial or other proceeding, application, request for a ruling or other determination, contract, claim, controversy, charge, accusation, arrest, or other particular matter and makes full disclosure of the financial interest and receives in advance a written determination made by such official that the interest is not so substantial as to be deemed likely to affect the integrity of the services which the Government may expect from such officer or employee, or (2) if, by general rule or regulation published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> the financial interest has been exempted from the requirements of clause (1) hereof as being too remote or too inconsequential to affect the integrity of Government officers' or employees' services. (Added Pub. L. 87-849, section 1(a), Oct. 23, 1962, 76 Stat. 1124.) 
</P>
<P><I>New 18 U.S.C. 208.</I> This section forbids certain actions by an officer or employee of the Government in his role as a servant or representative of the Government. Its thrust is therefore to be distinguished from that of sections 203 and 205 which forbid certain actions in his capacity as a representative of persons outside the Government. 
</P>
<P>Subsection (a) in substance requires an officer or employee of the executive branch, an independent agency or the District of Columbia, including a special Government employee, to refrain from participating as such in any matter in which, to his knowledge, he, his spouse, minor child or partner has a financial interest. He must also remove himself from a matter in which a business or nonprofit organization with which he is connected or is seeking employment has a financial interest. 
</P>
<P>Subsection (b) permits the agency of an officer or employee to grant him an <I>ad hoc</I> exemption from subsection (a) if the outside financial interest in a matter is deemed not substantial enough to have an effect on the integrity of his services. Financial interests of this kind may also be made nondisqualifying by a general regulation published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>Section 208 is similar in purpose to the former 18 U.S.C. 434 but prohibits a greater variety of conduct than the “transaction of business with * * * [a] business entity” to which the prohibition of section 434 was limited. In addition, the provision in section 208 including the interests of a spouse and others is new, as is the provision authorizing exemptions for insignificant interest. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 99-10, 42 FR 3119, Jan. 14, 1977, as amended by 58 FR 7995, Feb. 11, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix to" NODE="49:1.0.1.1.41.5.43.1.37" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix to Subtitle A—United States Railway Association—Employee Responsibilities and Conduct 
</HEAD>
<HD1>Subpart A—General
</HD1>
<FP>Sec.
</FP>
<FP-2>1 Purpose and policy. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>3 Definitions. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>5 Applicability. 
</FP-2>
<HD1>Subpart B—Ethical and Other Conduct and Responsibilities of Employees
</HD1>
<FP-2>7 General. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>9 Gifts, entertainment, and favors. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>11 Outside employment and other activities. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>13 Financial interests. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>15 Conflicts of interest. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>17 Disqualification arising from personal financial interests. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>19 Use of Association property or official title. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>21 Misuse of information. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>23 Indebtedness. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>25 Miscellaneous provisions. 
</FP-2>
<HD1>Subpart C—Statements of Employment and Financial Interest
</HD1>
<FP-2>31 Employees required to submit statement. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>33 Time and place for submission of employee statements. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>35 Supplementary statements. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>37 Committee on Commerce, Information not known by employee. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>39 Information not required. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>41 Confidentiality of employee's statement. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>43 Interpretation and advisory service. 
</FP-2>
<HD1>Subpart D—Disqualification of Former Employees in Matters Connected with Former Duties or Official Responsibilities; Disqualification of Partners
</HD1>
<FP-2>51 Matters in which employee participated personally and substantially. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>53 Matters under employee's official responsibility. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>55 Employee with outstanding scientific or technological qualifications. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>57 Partner of employee. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2><E T="05">Appendix 1—Categories of Financial Interests Exempted From the Prohibitions of Sections 13(a), 15, and 17(a)</E>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><E T="05">Appendix 2—List of Employees Required to Submit Statements of Employment and Financial Interests Under Section 31 [Reserved]</E>
</FP-2>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 202(a)(5)(2) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93-236).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>39 FR 3825, Jan. 30, 1974, unless otherwise noted..
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<HD1>Subpart A—General
</HD1>
<P><E T="05">Section 1.</E> <I>Purpose and policy.</I> (a) These regulations implement Pub. L. 93-236, The Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973. They prescribe standards of ethical and other conduct, and reporting requirements, for employees of the United States Railway Association (the Association). The standards and requirements are appropriate to the particular functions and activities of the Association. 
</P>
<P>(b) The absence of a specific published standard of conduct covering an act tending to discredit an employee of the Association does not mean that the act is condoned, is permissible, or would not call for and result in corrective or disciplinary action. 
</P>
<P>(c) Personnel of the Association shall observe standards of conduct that will reflect credit on the Association. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 3.</E> <I>Definitions.</I> Unless the context requires otherwise, the following definitions apply in these regulations: 
</P>
<P>“Association” means the United States Railway Association established by Pub. L. 93-236. 
</P>
<P>“Chairman” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Association. 
</P>
<P>“Employee” means an officer or employee of the Association. 
</P>
<P>“General Counsel” means the General Counsel of the Association, or his designee. 
</P>
<P>“Includes” means “includes but is not limited to.” 
</P>
<P>“May” is used in a permissive sense to state authority or permission to do the act prescribed, and the words “a person may not * * *” mean that a person is not required, authorized, or permitted to do the act prescribed. 
</P>
<P>“Shall” is used in an imperative sense. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 5.</E> <I>Applicability.</I> These regulations apply to each employee of the Association. 
</P>
<HD1>Subpart B—Ethical and Other Conduct and Responsibilities of Employees
</HD1>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 7.</E> <I>General.</I> (a) Each employee shall avoid any action, whether or not specifically prohibited by these regulations, which might result in or create the appearance of:
</P>
<P>(1) Using his Association office for private gain; 
</P>
<P>(2) Giving preferential treatment to any person; 
</P>
<P>(3) Impeding the efficiency or economy of the Association; 
</P>
<P>(4) Losing complete independence or impartiality; 
</P>
<P>(5) Making an Association decision outside of official channels; or 
</P>
<P>(6) Affecting adversely the confidence of the public in the integrity of the Association. 
</P>
<P>(b) An employee may not engage in criminal, infamous, dishonest, immoral, or notoriously disgraceful conduct, or any conduct prejudicial to the integrity of the Association. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 9.</E> <I>Gifts, entertainment, and favors.</I> (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, an employee may not solicit or accept, directly or indirectly, any gift, gratuity, favor, entertainment, food, lodging, loan, or other thing of monetary value, from a person or employer of a person who:
</P>
<P>(1) Has, or is seeking to obtain, contractual or other business or financial relationships with the Association. 
</P>
<P>(2) Has interests which may be substantially affected by the performance or nonperformance of that employee's official duties. 
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, an employee may:
</P>
<P>(1) Accept a gift, gratuity, favor, entertainment, loan, or other thing of value when the circumstances make it clear that an obvious family relationship rather than the business of the persons concerned is the motivating factor; 
</P>
<P>(2) Accept food or refreshment of nominal value on infrequent occasions in the ordinary course of a luncheon or dinner meeting or other meeting or on an inspection tour if the employee is properly in attendance; 
</P>
<P>(3) Accept unsolicited advertising or promotional material such as pens, pencils, note pads, calendars, or other items of nominal intrinsic value; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Accept an invitation addressed to the Association, when approved by the General Counsel, to participate in an inaugural trip or similar ceremonial event related to transportation, and accept food, lodging, and entertainment incident thereto. 
</P>
<P>(c) An employee may not solicit a contribution from another employee for a gift to an official superior, make a donation as a gift to an official superior, or accept a gift from an employee receiving less pay than himself. However, this paragraph does not prohibit a voluntary gift of nominal value or a donation in a nominal amount made on a special occasion such as marriage, illness, retirement, or transfer. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 11.</E> <I>Outside employment and other activities.</I> (a) An employee may not engage in any outside employment or other outside activity which is not compatible with the full and proper discharge of the duties and responsibilities of his employment with the Association. Incompatible activities include:
</P>
<P>(1) Acceptance of a fee, compensation, gift, payment of expenses, or any other thing of monetary value in circumstances in which acceptance may result in, or create the appearance of, a conflict of interest; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Outside employment which tends to impair his mental or physical capacity to perform his duties and responsibilities of his employment with the Association in an acceptable manner. 
</P>
<P>(b) An employee may not receive any salary or anything of monetary value from a private source as compensation for his services to the Association. 
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not preclude an employee from participating in the affairs of, or accepting an award for a meritorious public contribution or achievement given by a charitable, religious, professional, social, or fraternal organization, a nonprofit educational or recreational organization, or a public service or civic organization. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 13.</E> <I>Financial interests.</I> (a) Except where authorized by statute or these regulations, an employee may not have a direct or indirect financial interest that conflicts substantially, or appears to conflict substantially, with his Association duties and responsibilities. In any case in which such a question of financial interest arises the procedures set forth in section 17 apply. 
</P>
<P>(b) The fact that an employee is on leave of absence from employment with or has served as an attorney or consultant to, a railroad, or a company engaged in the manufacture, construction, or supply of railroad facilities and equipment, or a creditor of a railroad, shall not, of itself, be deemed to be a financial interest conflicting with his Association duties or responsibilities. This provision does not affect the obligation of such an employee to submit a statement of employment and financial interest as required by section 31(a)(1). 
</P>
<P>(c) The fact that an employee owns shares of stock, corporate bonds, or other corporate securities in any single railroad, or a company engaged in the manufacture, construction or supply of railroad facilities and equipment, or a creditor of a railroad, having a current aggregate market value of $10,000 or more, or an option to purchase such securities, shall not, in itself, be deemed to be a financial interest conflicting with his Association duties or responsibilities. Such ownership must, however, be reported in a special statement of financial interest, in a manner specified by the General Counsel, which shall be available for public inspection. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 15.</E> <I>Conflicts of interest.</I> (a) Except where specifically exempted by statute or these regulations, a conflict of interest exists whenever the performance of the duties of an employee has or appears to have a direct and predictable effect upon a financial interest of such employee or of his spouse, minor child, partner, or person or organization with which he is associated or is negotiating for future employment. 
</P>
<P>(b) A conflict of interest exists even though there is no reason to suppose that the employee will, in fact, resolve the conflict to his own personal advantage rather than to that of the Association. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 17.</E> <I>Disqualification arising from personal financial interests.</I> (a) Except as stated in paragraph (e) of this section, or except as permitted by statute, an employee may not participate personally and substantially as an employee, through decision, approval, disapproval, recommendation, the rendering of advice, investigation or otherwise, in a judicial or other proceeding, application, request for a ruling or other determination, contract, claim controversy, charge, accusation, or other particular matter in which, to his knowledge, he, his spouse, minor child, a blood relative who is a resident of the employee's household, partner, organization in which he is serving as officer, director, trustee, partner or employee, or any person or organization with whom he is negotiating or has any arrangement concerning prospective employment, has a financial interest, unless he shall cause the financial interest involved to be divested, or request a determination of the propriety of his participation in any matter by informing the General Counsel of the nature and circumstances of the matter and financial interest involved. 
</P>
<P>(b) After examining the information submitted the General Counsel may:
</P>
<P>(1) Relieve the employee from participation in the matter and, if possible, reassign it to another employee who is not subordinate to the relieved employee; 
</P>
<P>(2) Approve the employee's participation upon determining in writing that the interest involved is not so substantial as to be likely to affect the integrity of the services the Association may expect from the employee; 
</P>
<P>(3) Recommend the reassignment of the employee; or 
</P>
<P>(4) If none of these alternatives is feasible, direct the employee to cause the financial interest to be divested so that it no longer comes within the scope of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) In any case in which the General Counsel has reason to believe that an employee may have an interest that would be disqualifying under this section, he shall discuss the matter with the employee. If he finds that the interest exists, he may take any of the actions stated in paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) In any case in which the employee is dissatisfied with the General Counsel's decision, the employee may appeal the matter to the Chairman of the Association for reconsideration and final determination of the appropriate action. 
</P>
<P>(e) Information concerning categories of financial interests which are exempted from the prohibitions of §§ 13(a), 15, and paragraph (a) of this section as being too remote or too inconsequential to affect the integrity of an employee's interest in a matter, are set forth in Appendix 1. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 19.</E> <I>Use of Association property or official title.</I> (a) An employee may not, directly or indirectly, use or allow the use of Association property of any kind, including property leased to the Association, for other than an officially approved activity. Each employee has a positive duty to protect and conserve Association property, including equipment, supplies, and other property entrusted or issued to him. 
</P>
<P>(b) An employee may not, directly or indirectly, use or allow the use of his title or position in connection with any commercial enterprise or in endorsing any commercial product or service. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 21.</E> <I>Misuse of information.</I> An employee may not, for the purpose of furthering a private interest, directly or indirectly, use or allow the use of official information obtained through or in connection with his Association employment, if that information has not been made available by the Association to the general public. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 23.</E> <I>Indebtedness.</I> Each employee shall pay his just financial obligations in a proper and timely manner, especially those imposed by law such as Federal, State, or local taxes. For the purposes of this section “just financial obligations” means those that are recognized as such by the employee or reduced to a judgment by a court, and “in a proper and timely manner” means in a manner which the Association determines does not, under the circumstances, reflect adversely on the Association as his employer. The Association will not determine the validity or amount of a disputed debt and will not initiate action to collect such debts. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 25.</E> <I>Miscellaneous provisions.</I> (a) Each employee shall acquaint himself with these regulations which relate to his ethical and other conduct as an employee of the Association. 
</P>
<P>(b) In the appointment of personnel and in assignment of their duties, the President of the Association shall take steps to avoid, to as great an extent as possible, any conflict between the Association duties and the private interests of such personnel. 
</P>
<HD1>Subpart C—Statements of Employment and Financial Interest 
</HD1>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 31.</E> <I>Employees required to submit statement.</I> (a) Each of the following employees shall submit a statement of employment and financial interest on a form provided by the Association: 
</P>
<P>(1) Each employee who within the preceding two years was employed by or served as an attorney or consultant to, a railroad or a company significantly engaged in the manufacture, construction or supply of railroad facilities and equipment, including, but not limited to, rolling stock, terminal facilities, signal equipment, track and road bed, and electrical and communication transmission equipment. The General Counsel shall decide, in a doubtful case, whether the relationship to the railroad industry is sufficiently significant as to require submission of a statement of employment and financial interest. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each employee who is in a position identified in Appendix 2. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any employee who believes that his position has been improperly included as one requiring the submission of a statement of employment and financial interest is entitled to have that inclusion reviewed by the General Counsel. 
</P>
<P>(c) Any employee in a position which meets the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section may be excluded from the reporting requirements of this section if the General Counsel determines that the duties of the position are at such a level of responsibility that the submission of a statement is not necessary because of the degree of supervision and review and the remote or inconsequential effect on the integrity of the Association. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 33.</E> <I>Time and place for submission of employee statements.</I> Each employee who is subject to the reporting requirements of sec. 31 shall submit his employment and financial interest statement to the General Counsel within 30 days after entering the employ of the Association. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 35.</E> <I>Supplementary statements.</I> (a) Each employee shall, not later than July 31 of each year, file a supplementary statement, showing, as of June 30 of that year, any change in, or addition to, the information contained in his statement of employment and financial interest. If changes or additions have not occurred, a negative report is required. 
</P>
<P>(b) Compliance with the reporting requirements of this subpart is not an alternative to observance of the conflict-of-interest provisions of subpart B of these regulations, but is to facilitate uniform compliance with, and the orderly administration of subpart B. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 37.</E> <I>Committee on Commerce, Information not known by employee.</I> If any information required to be included on a statement of employment and financial interest or a supplementary statement, including any holding placed in trust, is not known to the employee but is known to another person, the employee shall request that other person to submit the information on his behalf, and the employee shall so notify the General Counsel. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 39.</E> <I>Information not required.</I> An employee is not required to submit on a statement of employment and financial interest or supplementary statement any information relating to his connection with, or interest in, a professional society, or a charitable, religious, social, fraternal, recreational, public service, civic, or political organization, or a similar organization not conducted as a business enterprise. For the purposes of this section, educational and other institutions doing research and development or related work involving grants of money from or contracts with the Association are considered to be “business enterprises” and are required to be included in the employee's statement of employment and financial interest. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 41.</E> <I>Confidentiality of employee's statement.</I> (a) Except for special statements of financial interest required by sec. 13(c) each statement of employment and financial interest and each supplementary statement shall be held in confidence. The reviewing officials and others who receive statements are responsible for maintaining them in confidence and shall not allow access to, or allow information to be disclosed from, a statement except to carry out the purposes of these regulations. Information may not be disclosed to any person outside the Association, except as the General Counsel may determine for good cause shown. No disclosure permitted by this paragraph may be made unless the affected employee has been notified that disclosure is contemplated, and the employee is given an opportunity to present reasons and arguments to maintain the confidentiality of the statement. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each statement of employment and financial interest and each supplementary statement shall be maintained in the records of the Association. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 43.</E> <I>Interpretation and advisory service.</I> The General Counsel shall provide authoritative counseling and interpretations to employees who require advice and guidance on questions of conflicts of interest or any other matters of legal import covered by these regulations. 
</P>
<HD1>Subpart D—Disqualification of Former Employees in Matters Connected with Former Duties or Official Responsibilities; Disqualification of Partners
</HD1>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 51.</E> <I>Matters in which employee participated personally and substantially.</I> Except as permitted by sec. 55 hereof, an employee of the Association, after his employment has ceased, may not act as agent or attorney for anyone other than the Association in connection with any judicial or other proceeding, application, request for a ruling or other determination, contract claim, controversy, charge, accusation, arrest, or other particular matter involving a specific party or parties, in which the Association is a party or has a direct and substantial interest and in which he participated personally and substantially as an employee, through decision, approval, disapproval, recommendation, the rendering of advice, investigation, or otherwise, while so employed. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 53.</E> <I>Matters under employee's official responsibility.</I> Except as permitted by sec. 55 hereof, an employee of the Association may not, within one year after his employment has ceased, appear personally before the Association or any court or department or agency of the Government as agent, or attorney, for anyone other than the Association in connection with any proceeding, application, request for a ruling or other determination, contract, claim, controversy, charge, accusation, arrest, or other particular matter involving a specific party or parties, in which the Association is a party or directly and substantially interested, and which was under his official responsibility as an officer or employee of the Association at any time within a period of one year prior to the termination of such responsibility. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 55.</E> <I>Employee with outstanding scientific or technological qualifications.</I> A former employee with outstanding scientific or technological qualifications may act as attorney or agent or appear personally in connection with a particular matter in a scientific or technological field if the General Counsel certifies in writing, in advance, that the public interest would be served by such action or appearance. 
</P>
<P><E T="05">Sec. 57.</E> <I>Partner of employee.</I> A partner of an employee of the Association may not act as agent or attorney for anyone other than the Association, in connection with any judicial or other proceeding, application, request for a ruling or other determination, contract, claim, controversy, charge, accusation, arrest, or other particular matter in which the Association is a party or has a direct and substantial interest and in which such employee of the Association participates personally and substantially as an employee through decision, approval, disapproval, recommendation, the rendering of advice, investigation or otherwise, or which is the subject of his official responsibility. 
</P>
<HD1>Appendix 1—Categories of Financial Interests Exempted From the Prohibitions of Sections 13(<E T="01">a</E>), 15, and 17(<E T="01">a</E>) 
</HD1>
<P>I. (a) The following are exempted from the prohibitions of sections 13(a), 15, and 17(a), because they are too remote or too inconsequential to affect the integrity of an employee's services in any matter in which he may act in his official capacity. 
</P>
<P>(1) Any holding in a widely held mutual fund, or regulated investment company, which does not specialize in the transportation industry. 
</P>
<P>(2) Ownership of shares of stock and of corporate bonds or other corporate securities, if the current aggregate market value of the stocks and other securities so owned in any single corporation is less than $10,000 and is less than one percent of the outstanding stock of the organization concerned, and if the employee, his spouse, or minor children are not active in the management of the organization and have no other connection with or interest in it. 
</P>
<P>(3) Continued participation in a bona fide pension, retirement, deferred compensation, group life, health, or accident insurance plan or other employee welfare or benefit plan that is maintained by a business or nonprofit organization by which the employee was formerly employed, to the extent that the employee's rights in the plans are vested and require no additional services by him. To the extent the welfare or benefit plan is a profit sharing or stock bonus plan, this exemption does not apply. 
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph 1(a)(2), the interest of an employee, whose position is listed in section II of this appendix, shall not be exempt from the prohibitions of sections 13(a), 15, and 17(a), with respect to any stock or other security holding in an organization to which he is assigned, or for which he has specific responsibility as a part of his regular duties, for conducting inspections or issuing certificates, waivers, exemptions, or approvals. 
</P>
<P>II. The following is a list of positions to which the exemption in paragraph 1(a)(2) of this appendix does not apply. This list may be amended at any time by the Association. 
</P>
<P>[To be supplied]
</P>
<HD1>Appendix 2—List of Employees Required To Submit Statements of Employment and Financial Interest Under Section 31 [Reserved]
</HD1>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 3825, Jan. 30, 1974] 


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>

</DIV3>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>July 2, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="2" NODE="49:2" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 49—Transportation--Volume 2</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<SUBTI>
<HED>SUBTITLE B—<E T="04">Other Regulations Relating To Transportation</E>
</HED></SUBTI>
<PTHD>Part
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter i</E>—Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Department of Transportation
</SUBJECT>
<PG>105


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>
<DIV2 N="Subtitle B" NODE="49:2.1" TYPE="SUBTITLE">
<HEAD>Subtitle B—Other Regulations Relating to Transportation


</HEAD>

<DIV3 N="I" NODE="49:2.1.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER I—PIPELINE AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</HEAD>

<DIV4 N="A" NODE="49:2.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER A—HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND OIL TRANSPORTATION


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="100-104" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 100-104 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="105" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 105—HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROGRAM DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 42951, June 25, 2002, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 105 appear at 70 FR 56087, Sept. 23, 2005.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 105.5" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.1.4.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 105.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part contains the definitions for certain words and phrases used throughout this subchapter (49 CFR parts 105 through 110). At the beginning of each subpart, the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (“PHMSA” or “we”) will identify the defined terms that are used within the subpart—by listing them—and refer the reader to the definitions in this part. This way, readers will know that PHMSA has given a term a precise meaning and will know where to look for it.
</P>
<P>(b) Terms used in this part are defined as follows:
</P>
<P><I>Approval</I> means a written authorization, including a competent authority approval, issued by the Associate Administrator, the Associate Administrator's designee, or as otherwise prescribed in the HMR, to perform a function for which prior authorization by the Associate Administrator is required under subchapter C of this chapter (49 CFR parts 171 through 180).
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Competent Authority</I> means a national agency that is responsible, under its national law, for the control or regulation of some aspect of hazardous materials (dangerous goods) transportation. Another term for Competent Authority is “Appropriate authority” which is used in the International Civil Aviation Organization's (ICAO) Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air. The Associate Administrator is the United States Competent Authority for purposes of 49 CFR part 107. 
</P>
<P><I>Competent Authority Approval</I> means an approval by the competent authority that is required under an international standard (for example, the ICAO Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air and the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code). Any of the following may be considered a competent authority approval if it satisfies the requirement of an international standard: 
</P>
<P>(1) A specific regulation in subchapter A or C of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(2) A special permit or approval issued under subchapter A or C of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) A separate document issued to one or more persons by the Associate Administrator. 
</P>
<P><I>Federal hazardous material transportation law</I> means 49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.</I> 
</P>
<P><I>File</I> or <I>Filed</I> means received by the appropriate PHMSA or other designated office within the time specified in a regulation or rulemaking document.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous material</I> means a substance or material that the Secretary of Transportation has determined is capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, and property when transported in commerce, and has designated as hazardous under section 5103 of Federal hazardous materials transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5103). The term includes hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, marine pollutants, elevated temperature materials, materials designated as hazardous in the Hazardous Materials Table (see 49 CFR 172.101), and materials that meet the defining criteria for hazard classes and divisions in part 173 of subchapter C of this chapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous Materials Regulations</I> or <I>HMR</I> means the regulations at 49 CFR parts 171 through 180. 
</P>
<P><I>Indian tribe</I> has the same meaning given that term in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450b). 
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an individual, firm, copartnership, corporation, company, association, or joint-stock association (including any trustee, receiver, assignee, or similar representative); or a government or Indian tribe (or an agency or instrumentality of any government or Indian tribe) that transports a hazardous material to further a commercial enterprise or offers a hazardous material for transportation in commerce. Person does not include the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The United States Postal Service. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any agency or instrumentality of the Federal government, for the purposes of 49 U.S.C. 5123 (civil penalties) and 5124 (criminal penalties).
</P>
<P>(3) Any government or Indian tribe (or an agency or instrumentality of any government or Indian tribe) that transports hazardous material for a governmental purpose. 
</P>
<P><I>Political subdivision</I> means a municipality; a public agency or other instrumentality of one or more States, municipalities, or other political body of a State; or a public corporation, board, or commission established under the laws of one or more States. 
</P>
<P><I>Preemption determination</I> means an administrative decision by the Associate Administrator that Federal hazardous materials law does or does not void a specific State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe requirement. 
</P>
<P><I>Regulations issued under Federal hazardous material transportation law</I> include this subchapter A (parts 105-110) and subchapter C (parts 171-180) of this chapter, certain regulations in chapter I (United States Coast Guard) of title 46, Code of Federal Regulations, and in chapters III (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration) and XII (Transportation Security Administration) of subtitle B of this title, as indicated by the authority citations therein.
</P>
<P><I>Special permit</I> means a document issued by the Associate Administrator, the Associate Administrator's designee, or as otherwise prescribed in the HMR, under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5117 permitting a person to perform a function that is not otherwise permitted under subchapter A or C of this chapter, or other regulations issued under 49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.</I> (e.g., Federal Motor Carrier Safety routing requirements).
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or any other territory or possession of the United States designated by the Secretary. 
</P>
<P><I>Transports</I> or <I>Transportation</I> means the movement of property and loading, unloading, or storage incidental to the movement. 
</P>
<P><I>Waiver of Preemption</I> means a decision by the Associate Administrator to forego preemption of a non-Federal requirement—that is, to allow a State, political subdivision or Indian tribe requirement to remain in effect. The non-Federal requirement must provide at least as much public protection as the Federal hazardous materials transportation law and the regulations issued under Federal hazardous materials transportation law, and may not unreasonably burden commerce. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 42951, June 25, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 52846, Sept. 8, 2003; 70 FR 56087, Sept. 23, 2005; 70 FR 73158, Dec. 9, 2005; 80 FR 54436, Sept. 10, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—General Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 105.15" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2.4.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 105.15   Defined terms used in this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>The following defined terms (see subpart A of this part) appear in this subpart: Approval; Federal hazardous material transportation law; Hazardous material; Hazardous materials regulations; Indian tribe; Preemption determination; Special permit; State; Transportation; Waiver of preemption 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 42951, June 25, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 73159, Dec. 9, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="4" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2.4" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Obtaining Guidance and Public Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 105.20" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2.4.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 105.20   Guidance and interpretations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hazardous materials regulations.</I> You can obtain information and answers to your questions on compliance with the hazardous materials regulations (49 CFR parts 171 through 180) and interpretations of those regulations by contacting PHMSA's Office of Hazardous Materials Safety as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Call the Hazardous Materials Information Center at 1-800-467-4922 (in Washington, DC, call (202) 366-4488). The Center is staffed from 9 a.m. through 5 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday except Federal holidays. After hours, you can leave a recorded message and your call will be returned by the next business day.
</P>
<P>(2) E-mail the Hazardous Materials Information Center at <I>infocntr@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(3) Obtain hazardous materials safety information via the Internet at <I>http://www.phmsa.dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(4) Send a letter, with your return address and a daytime telephone number, to: Standards and Rulemaking Division, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Attn: PHH-10, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Federal hazardous materials transportation law and preemption.</I> You can obtain information and answers to your questions on Federal hazardous materials transportation law, 49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.,</I> and Federal preemption of State, local, and Indian tribe hazardous material transportation requirements, by contacting PHMSA's Office of the Chief Counsel as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Call the office of the Chief Counsel at (202) 366-4400 from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday except Federal holidays.
</P>
<P>(2) Access information from the Office of the Chief Counsel via the Internet at <I>http://www.phmsa.dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(3) Send a letter, with your return address and a daytime telephone number, to: Office of the Chief Counsel, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Attn: PHC-10, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(4) Contact the Office of the Chief Counsel for a copy of applications for preemption determinations, waiver of preemption determinations, and inconsistency rulings received by PHMSA before February 1, 1997.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 56087, Sept. 23, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 105.25" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2.4.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 105.25   Reviewing public documents.</HEAD>
<P>PHMSA is required by statute to make certain documents and information available to the public. You can review and copy publicly available documents and information at the locations described in this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>DOT Docket Management System.</I> Unless a particular document says otherwise, the following documents are available for public review and copying at the Department of Transportation's Docket Management System, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001, or for review and downloading through the Internet at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Rulemaking documents in proceedings started after February 1, 1997, including notices of proposed rulemaking, advance notices of proposed rulemaking, public comments, related <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notices, final rules, appeals, and PHMSA's decisions in response to appeals.
</P>
<P>(2) Applications for special permits numbered DOT-E or DOT-SP 11832 and above. Also available are supporting data, memoranda of any informal meetings with applicants, related <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notices, public comments, and decisions granting or denying applications for special permits.
</P>
<P>(3) Applications for preemption determinations and waiver of preemption determinations received by PHMSA after February 1, 1997. Also available are public comments, <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notices, and PHMSA's rulings, determinations, decisions on reconsideration, and orders issued in response to those applications.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Office of Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration's Office of Hazardous Materials Safety.</I> (1) You may obtain documents (<I>e.g.</I>, proposed and final rules, notices, letters of clarification, safety notices, DOT forms and other documents) by contacting the Hazardous Materials Information Center at 1-800-467-4922 or through the Internet at <I>http://www.phmsa.dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) Upon your written request, we will make the following documents and information available to you:
</P>
<P>(i) Appeals under 49 CFR part 107 and PHMSA's decisions issued in response to those appeals.
</P>
<P>(ii) Records of compliance order proceedings and PHMSA compliance orders.
</P>
<P>(iii) Applications for approvals, including supporting data, memoranda of any informal meetings with applicants, and decisions granting or denying approvals applications.
</P>
<P>(iv) Applications for special permits numbered below DOT-E or DOT-SP 11832 and related background information are available for public review and copying at the Office of Hazardous Materials Safety, Approvals and Permits Division, U.S. Department of Transportation, PHH-30, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(v) Other information about PHMSA's hazardous materials program required by statute to be made available to the public for review and copying and any other information PHMSA decides should be available to the public.
</P>
<P>(3) Your written request to review documents should include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A detailed description of the documents you wish to review.
</P>
<P>(ii) Your name, address, and telephone number.
</P>
<P>(4) Send your written request to: Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Attn: PHH-1, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 56088, Sept. 23, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 73159, Dec. 9, 2005; 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 105.26" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2.4.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 105.26   Obtaining records on file with PHMSA.</HEAD>
<P>To obtain records on file with PHMSA, other than those described in § 105.25, you must file a request with PHMSA under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552). The procedures for filing a FOIA request are contained in 49 CFR part 7. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 105.30" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2.4.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 105.30   Information made available to the public and request for confidential treatment.</HEAD>
<P>When you submit information to PHMSA during a rulemaking proceeding, as part of your application for special permit or approval, or for any other reason, we may make that information publicly available unless you ask that we keep the information confidential. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Asking for confidential treatment.</I> You may ask us to give confidential treatment to information you give to the agency by taking the following steps: 
</P>
<P>(1) Mark “confidential” on each page of the original document you would like to keep confidential. 
</P>
<P>(2) Send us, along with the original document, a second copy of the original document with the confidential information deleted. 
</P>
<P>(3) Explain why the information you are submitting is confidential (for example, it is exempt from mandatory public disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 or it is information referred to in 18 U.S.C. 1905). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>PHMSA Decision.</I> PHMSA will decide whether or not to treat your information as confidential. We will notify you, in writing, of a decision to grant or deny confidentiality at least five days before the information is publicly disclosed, and give you an opportunity to respond.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 42951, June 25, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 73159, Dec. 9, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="5" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2.5" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Serving Documents</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 105.35" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 105.35   Serving documents in PHMSA proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Service by PHMSA.</I> We may serve the document by one of the following methods, except where a different method of service is specifically required: 
</P>
<P>(1) Registered or certified mail. 
</P>
<P>(i) If we serve a document by registered or certified mail, it is considered served when mailed. 
</P>
<P>(ii) An official United States Postal Service receipt from the registered or certified mailing is proof of service. 
</P>
<P>(iii) We may serve a person's authorized representative or agent by registered or certified mail, or in any other manner authorized by law. Service on a person's authorized agent is the same as service on the person. 
</P>
<P>(2) Personal service. 
</P>
<P>(3) Publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(4) Electronic service. (i) Service by electronic means if consented to in writing by the party to be served.
</P>
<P>(ii) For all special permits and approvals actions, electronic service is authorized.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service by others.</I> If you are required under this subchapter to serve a person with a document, serve the document by one of the following methods, except where a different method of service is specifically required: 
</P>
<P>(1) Registered or certified mail. 
</P>
<P>(i) If you serve a document by registered or certified mail, it is considered served when mailed. 
</P>
<P>(ii) An official United States Postal Service receipt from the registered or certified mailing is proof of service. 
</P>
<P>(iii) You may serve a person's authorized representative or agent by registered or certified mail or in any other manner authorized by law. Service on a person's authorized agent is the same as service on the person. 
</P>
<P>(2) Personal service. 
</P>
<P>(3) Electronic service. 
</P>
<P>(i) In a proceeding under § 107.317 of this subchapter (an administrative law judge proceeding), you may electronically serve documents on us. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Serve documents electronically through the Internet at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 42951, June 25, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 460, Jan. 5, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 105.40" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 105.40   Designated agents for non-residents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirement.</I> If you are not a resident of the United States but are required by this subchapter or subchapter C of this chapter to designate a permanent resident of the United States to act as your agent and receive documents on your behalf, you must prepare a designation and file it with us. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Agents.</I> An agent, also known as “agent for service of process”: 
</P>
<P>(1) May be an individual, a firm, or a domestic corporation. 
</P>
<P>(2) May represent any number of principals. 
</P>
<P>(3) May not reassign responsibilities under a designation to another person. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Preparing a designation.</I> Your designation must be written and dated, and it must contain the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) The section in the HMR that requires you to file a designation. 
</P>
<P>(2) A certification that the designation is in the correct legal form required to make it valid and binding on you under the laws, corporate bylaws, and other requirements that apply to designations at the time and place you are making the designation. 
</P>
<P>(3) Your full legal name, the principal name of your business, and your mailing address. 
</P>
<P>(4) A statement that your designation will remain in effect until you withdraw or replace it. 
</P>
<P>(5) The legal name and mailing address of your agent. 
</P>
<P>(6) A declaration of acceptance signed by your agent. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each designation must be submitted to: Approvals and Permits Division, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Attn: PHH-30, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001 or by electronic mail to: <I>specialpermits@dot.gov</I> or <I>approvals@dot.gov</I> as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Designations are binding.</I> You are bound by your designation of an agent, even if you did not follow all the requirements in this section, until we reject your designation. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 42951, June 25, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 56088, Sept. 23, 2005; 70 FR 73159, Dec. 9, 2005; 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007; 75 FR 27211, May 14, 2010; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 15321, Mar. 11, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="6" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2.6" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Subpoenas</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 105.45" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2.6.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 105.45   Issuing a subpoena.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Subpoenas explained.</I> A subpoena is a document that may require you to attend a proceeding, produce documents or other physical evidence in your possession or control, or both. PHMSA may issue a subpoena either on its initiative or at the request of someone participating in a proceeding. Anyone who requests that PHMSA issue a subpoena must show that the subpoena seeks information that will materially advance the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Attendance and mileage expenses.</I> (1) If you receive a subpoena to attend a proceeding under this part, you may receive money to cover attendance and mileage expenses. The attendance and mileage fees will be the same as those paid to a witness in a proceeding in the district courts of the United States. 
</P>
<P>(2) If PHMSA issues a subpoena to you based upon a request, the requester must serve a copy of the original subpoena on you, as required in § 105.50. The requester must also include attendance and mileage fees with the subpoena unless the requester asks PHMSA to pay the attendance and mileage fees because of demonstrated financial hardship and PHMSA agrees to do so. 
</P>
<P>(3) If PHMSA issues a subpoena at the request of an officer or agency of the Federal government, the officer or agency is not required to include attendance and mileage fees when serving the subpoena. The officer or agency must pay the fees before you leave the hearing at which you testify. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 105.50" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2.6.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 105.50   Serving a subpoena.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Personal service.</I> Anyone who is not an interested party and who is at least 18 years of age may serve you with a subpoena and fees by handing the subpoena and fees to you, by leaving them at your office with the individual in charge, or by leaving them at your house with someone who lives there and is capable of making sure that you receive them. If PHMSA issues a subpoena to an entity, rather than an individual, personal service is made by delivering the subpoena and fees to the entity's registered agent for service of process or to any officer, director or agent in charge of any of the entity's offices. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service by mail.</I> You may be served with a copy of a subpoena and fees by certified or registered mail at your last known address. Service of a subpoena and fees may also be made by registered or certified mail to your agent for service of process or any of your representatives at that person's last known address. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other methods.</I> You may be served with a copy of a subpoena by any method where you receive actual notice of the subpoena and receive the fees before leaving the hearing at which you testify. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Filing after service.</I> After service is complete, the individual who served a copy of a subpoena and fees must file the original subpoena and a certificate of service with the PHMSA official who is responsible for conducting the hearing. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 105.55" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.2.2.6.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 105.55   Refusal to obey a subpoena.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Quashing or modifying a subpoena.</I> If you receive a subpoena, you can ask PHMSA to overturn (“quash”) or modify the subpoena within 10 days after the subpoena is served on you. Your request must briefly explain the reasons you are asking for the subpoena to be quashed or modified. PHMSA may then do the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Deny your request. 
</P>
<P>(2) Quash or modify the subpoena. 
</P>
<P>(3) Grant your request on the condition that you satisfy certain specified requirements. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Failure to obey.</I> If you disobey a subpoena, PHMSA may ask the Attorney General to seek help from the United States District Court for the appropriate District to compel you, after notice, to appear before PHMSA and give testimony, produce subpoenaed documents or physical evidence, or both. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="106" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 106—RULEMAKING PROCEDURES 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 42954, June 25, 2002, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 106 appear at 70 FR 56088, Sept. 23, 2005.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—PHMSA Rulemaking Documents</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.5" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.5   Defined terms used in this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>The following defined terms (see part 105, subpart A, of this subchapter) appear in this subpart: File; Person; State. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.10" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.10   Process for issuing rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) PHMSA (“we”) uses informal rulemaking procedures under the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553) to add, amend, or delete regulations. To propose or adopt changes to a regulation, PHMSA may issue one or more of the following documents. We publish the following rulemaking documents in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> unless we name and personally serve a copy of a rule on every person subject to it:
</P>
<P>(1) An advance notice of proposed rulemaking. 
</P>
<P>(2) A notice of proposed rulemaking. 
</P>
<P>(3) A final rule. 
</P>
<P>(4) An interim final rule. 
</P>
<P>(5) A direct final rule. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each of the rulemaking documents in paragraph (a) of this section generally contains the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) The topic involved in the rulemaking document. 
</P>
<P>(2) PHMSA's legal authority for issuing the rulemaking document.
</P>
<P>(3) How interested persons may participate in the rulemaking proceeding (for example, by filing written comments or making oral presentations). 
</P>
<P>(4) Whom to call if you have questions about the rulemaking document. 
</P>
<P>(5) The date, time, and place of any public meetings being held to discuss the rulemaking document. 
</P>
<P>(6) The docket number and regulation identifier number (RIN) for the rulemaking proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 42954, June 25, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 56088, Sept. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.15" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.15   Advance notice of proposed rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>An advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM) tells the public that PHMSA is considering an area for rulemaking and requests written comments on the appropriate scope of the rulemaking or on specific topics. An advance notice of proposed rulemaking may or may not include the text of potential changes to a regulation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.20" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.20   Notice of proposed rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>A notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) contains PHMSA's specific proposed regulatory changes for public comment and contains supporting information. It generally includes proposed regulatory text. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.25" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.1.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.25   Revising regulations without first issuing an ANPRM or NPRM.</HEAD>
<P>PHMSA may add, amend, or delete regulations without first issuing an ANPRM or NPRM in the following situations: 
</P>
<P>(a) We may go directly to a final rule or interim final rule if, for good cause, we find that a notice of proposed rulemaking is impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest. We must place that finding and a brief statement of the reasons for it in the final rule or interim final rule. 
</P>
<P>(b) We may issue a direct final rule (see § 106.40). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.30" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.1.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.30   Final rule.</HEAD>
<P>A final rule sets out new regulatory requirements and their effective date. A final rule will also identify issues raised by commenters in response to the notice of proposed rulemaking and give the agency's response. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.35" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.1.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.35   Interim final rule.</HEAD>
<P>An interim final rule is issued without first issuing a notice of proposed rulemaking and accepting public comments and sets out new regulatory requirements and their effective date. PHMSA may issue an interim final rule if it finds, for good cause, that notice and public procedure are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest. PHMSA will clearly set out this finding in the interim final rule. After receiving and reviewing public comments, as well as any other relevant documents, PHMSA may revise the interim final rule and then issue a final rule. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.40" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.1.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.40   Direct final rule.</HEAD>
<P>A direct final rule makes regulatory changes and states that the regulatory changes will take effect on a specified date unless PHMSA receives an adverse comment within the comment period—generally 60 days after the direct final rule is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.


</P>
<P>(a) <I>Actions taken by direct final rule.</I> We may use direct final rulemaking procedures to issue rules that do any of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Make minor substantive changes to regulations. 
</P>
<P>(2) Incorporate by reference the latest edition of technical or industry standards. 
</P>
<P>(3) Extend compliance dates. 
</P>
<P>(4) Make noncontroversial changes to regulations. We must determine and publish a finding that use of direct final rulemaking, in this situation, is in the public interest and unlikely to result in adverse comment. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Adverse comment.</I> An adverse comment explains why a rule would be inappropriate, or would be ineffective or unacceptable without a change. It may challenge the rule's underlying premise or approach. Under the direct final rule process, we do not consider the following types of comments to be adverse: 
</P>
<P>(1) A comment recommending another rule change, in addition to the change in the direct final rule at issue, unless the commenter states why the direct final rule would be ineffective without the change. 
</P>
<P>(2) A frivolous or irrelevant comment. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Confirmation of effective date.</I> We will publish a confirmation document in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> generally within 15 days after the comment period closes, if we have not received an adverse comment.

 The confirmation document tells the public the effective date of the rule—either the date stated in the direct final rule or at least 30 days after the publication date of the confirmation document, whichever is later. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Withdrawing a direct final rule.</I> </P>
<P>(1) If we receive an adverse comment, we will either publish a document withdrawing the direct final rule before it becomes effective and may issue an NPRM or proceed by any other means permitted under the Administrative Procedure Act, consistent with procedures at 49 CFR 5.13(l).
</P>
<P>(2) If we withdraw a direct final rule because of an adverse comment, we may incorporate the adverse comment into a later direct final rule or may publish a notice of proposed rulemaking. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Appeal.</I> You may appeal PHMSA's issuance of a direct final rule (see § 106.115) only if you have previously filed written comments (see § 106.60) to the direct final rule. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 42954, June 25, 2002, as amended 84 FR 71733, Dec. 27, 2019; 86 FR 17295, Apr. 2, 2021; 91 FR 22453, Apr. 27, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.45" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.1.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.45   Tracking rulemaking actions.</HEAD>
<P>The following identifying numbers allow you to track PHMSA's rulemaking activities:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Docket number.</I> We assign an identifying number, called a docket number, to each rulemaking proceeding. Each rulemaking document that PHMSA issues in a particular rulemaking proceeding will display the same docket number. This number allows you to do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Associate related documents that appear in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(2) Search the DOT Docket Management System (“DMS”) for information on particular rulemaking proceedings—including notices of proposed rulemaking, public comments, petitions for rulemaking, appeals, records of additional rulemaking proceedings and final rules. There are two ways you can search the DMS:
</P>
<P>(i) Visit the public docket room and review and copy any docketed materials during regular business hours. The DOT Docket Management System is located at the U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(ii) View and download docketed materials through the Internet at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Regulation identifier number.</I> The Department of Transportation publishes a semiannual agenda of all current and projected Department of Transportation rulemakings, reviews of existing regulations, and completed actions. This semiannual agenda appears in the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulations that is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> in April and October of each year. The semiannual agenda tells the public about the Department's—including PHMSA's—regulatory activities. The Department assigns a regulation identifier number (RIN) to each individual rulemaking proceeding in the semiannual agenda. This number appears on all rulemaking documents published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and makes it easy for you to track those rulemaking proceedings in both the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the semiannual regulatory agenda itself, as well as to locate all documents in the Docket Management System pertaining to a particular rulemaking.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 56088, Sept. 23, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Participating in the Rulemaking Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.50" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.50   Defined terms used in this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>The following defined terms (see part 105, subpart A, of this subchapter) appear in this subpart: File; Person; Political subdivision; State. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.55" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.55   Public participation in the rulemaking process.</HEAD>
<P>You may participate in PHMSA's rulemaking process by doing any of the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) File written comments on any rulemaking document that asks for comments, including an advance notice of proposed rulemaking, notice of proposed rulemaking, interim final rule, or direct final rule. 
</P>
<P>(b) Ask that we hold a public meeting in any rulemaking proceeding and participate in any public meeting that we hold. 
</P>
<P>(c) File a petition for rulemaking that asks us to add, amend, or delete a regulation. 
</P>
<P>(d) File an appeal that asks us to reexamine our decision to issue all or part of a final rule, interim final rule, or direct final rule. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="11" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.11" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Written Comments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.60" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.60   Filing comments.</HEAD>
<P>Anyone may file written comments about proposals made in any rulemaking document that requests public comments, including any State government agency, any political subdivision of a State, and any interested person invited by PHMSA to participate in the rulemaking process. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.65" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.65   Required information for written comments.</HEAD>
<P>Your comments must be in English and must contain the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) The docket number of the rulemaking document you are commenting on, clearly set out at the beginning of your comments. 
</P>
<P>(b) Information, views, or arguments that follow the instructions for participation that appear in the rulemaking document on which you are commenting. 
</P>
<P>(c) All material that is relevant to any statement of fact in your comments.
</P>
<P>(d) The document title and page number of any material that you reference in your comments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.70" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.70   Where and when to file comments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless you are told to do otherwise in the rulemaking document on which you are commenting, send your comments to us in either of the following ways:
</P>
<P>(1) By mail to: Docket Management System, U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(2) Through the Internet at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) Make sure that your comments reach us by the deadline set out in the rulemaking document on which you are commenting. We will consider late filed comments to the extent possible. 
</P>
<P>(c) We may reject comments that are not relevant to the rulemaking. We may reject comments you file electronically if you do not follow the electronic filing instructions at the DOT Web site.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 42954, June 25, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 54044, Sept. 7, 2004; 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.75" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.75   Extension of time to file comments.</HEAD>
<P>You may ask for more time to file comments on a rulemaking proceeding. If PHMSA grants your request, it is granted to all persons. We will notify the public of the extension by publishing a document in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> If PHMSA denies your request, PHMSA will notify you of the denial. To ask for more time, you must do the following:
</P>
<P>(a) File a request for extension at least ten days before the end of the comment period established in the rulemaking document.
</P>
<P>(b) Show that you have good cause for the extension and that an extension is in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(c) Include the docket number of the rulemaking document you are seeking additional time to comment on, clearly set out at the beginning of your request.
</P>
<P>(d) Send your request to: Docket Management System, U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 42954, June 25, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="12" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.12" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Public Meetings and Other Proceedings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.80" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.12.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.80   Public meeting procedures.</HEAD>
<P>A public meeting is a non-adversarial, fact-finding proceeding conducted by a PHMSA representative. Generally, public meetings are announced in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Interested persons are invited to attend and to present their views to the agency on specific issues. There are no formal pleadings and no adverse parties, and any regulation issued afterward is not necessarily based exclusively on the record of the meeting. Sections 556 and 557 of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 556 and 557) do not apply to public meetings under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.85" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.12.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.85   Requesting a public meeting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may ask for a public meeting by filing a written request with PHMSA no later than 20 days before the expiration of the comment period specified in the rulemaking document. Send your request for a public meeting to: Docket Management System, U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(b) PHMSA will review your request and, if you have shown good cause for a public meeting, we will grant it and publish a notice of the meeting in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 42954, June 25, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.90" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.12.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.90   Other rulemaking proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>During a rulemaking proceeding, PHMSA may invite you to do the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Participate in a conference at which minutes are taken.
</P>
<P>(b) Make an oral presentation.
</P>
<P>(c) Participate in any other public proceeding to ensure that PHMSA makes informed decisions during the rulemaking process and to protect the public interest, including a negotiated rulemaking or work group led by a facilitator.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="13" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.13" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Petitions for Rulemaking</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.95" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.13.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.95   Requesting a change to the regulations.</HEAD>
<P>You may ask PHMSA to add, amend, or delete a regulation by filing a petition for rulemaking as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) For regulations in 49 CFR parts 110, 130, 171 through 180, submit the petition to: Standards and Rulemaking Division, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Attn: PHH-10, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(b) For regulations in 49 CFR parts 105, 106, or 107, submit the petition to: Office of the Chief Counsel, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Attn: PHC-10, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 56089, Sept. 23, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.100" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.13.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.100   Required information for a petition for rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must include the following information in your petition for rulemaking:
</P>
<P>(1) A summary of your proposed action and an explanation of its purpose.
</P>
<P>(2) The language you propose for a new or amended rule, or the language you would delete from a current rule.
</P>
<P>(3) An explanation of your interest in your proposed action and the interest of anyone you may represent.
</P>
<P>(4) Information and arguments that support your proposed action, including relevant technical and scientific data available to you.
</P>
<P>(5) Any specific cases that support or demonstrate the need for your proposed action.
</P>
<P>(b) If the impact of your proposed action is substantial, and data or other information about that impact are available to you, we may ask that you provide information about the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The costs and benefits of your proposed action to society in general, and identifiable groups within society in particular.
</P>
<P>(2) The direct effects, including preemption effects under section 5125 of Federal hazardous materials transportation law, of your proposed action on States, on the relationship between the Federal government and the States, and on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. (See 49 CFR part 107, subpart C, regarding preemption.)
</P>
<P>(3) The regulatory burden of your proposed action on small businesses, small organizations, small governmental jurisdictions, and Indian tribes.
</P>
<P>(4) The recordkeeping and reporting burdens of your proposed action and whom they would affect.
</P>
<P>(5) The effect of your proposed action on the quality of the natural and social environments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.105" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.13.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.105   PHMSA response to a petition for rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>We will review and respond to your petition for rulemaking as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If your petition is . . . 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">And if we
<br/>determine
<br/>that . . . 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Then . . . 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a) Incomplete</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">We may return your petition with a written explanation. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(b) Complete</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Your petition does not justify a rulemaking action</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">We will notify you in writing that we will not start a rulemaking proceeding. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(c) Complete</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Your petition does justify a rulemaking action</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">We will notify you in writing that we will start a rulemaking proceeding.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="14" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.14" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Appeals</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.110" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.14.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.110   Appealing a PHMSA Action.</HEAD>
<P>You may appeal the following PHMSA actions:
</P>
<P>(a) PHMSA's issuance of a final rule or PHMSA's withdrawal of a notice of proposed rulemaking under the rulemaking procedures in this part. However, you may appeal PHMSA's issuance of a direct final rule only if you previously filed comments to the direct final rule (see § 106.40(e)).
</P>
<P>(b) Any PHMSA decision on a petition for rulemaking.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.115" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.14.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.115   Required information for an appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appeal of a final rule or withdrawal of a notice of proposed rulemaking.</I> If you appeal PHMSA's issuance of a final rule or PHMSA's withdrawal of a notice of proposed rulemaking, your appeal must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The docket number of the rulemaking you are concerned about, clearly set out at the beginning of your appeal.
</P>
<P>(2) A brief statement of your concern about the final rule or the withdrawal of notice of proposed rulemaking at issue.
</P>
<P>(3) An explanation of why compliance with the final rule is not practical, reasonable, or in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(4) If you want PHMSA to consider more facts, the reason why you did not present those facts within the time given during the rulemaking process for public comment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Appeal of a decision.</I> If you appeal PHMSA's decision on a petition for rulemaking, you must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The contested aspects of the decision.
</P>
<P>(2) Any new arguments or information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.120" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.14.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.120   Appeal deadline.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appeal of a final rule or withdrawal of a notice of proposed rulemaking.</I> If you appeal PHMSA's issuance of a final rule or PHMSA's withdrawal of a proposed rulemaking, your appeal document must reach us no later than 30 days after the date PHMSA published the regulation or the withdrawal notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> After that time, PHMSA will consider your appeal to be a petition for rulemaking under § 106.100.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Appeal of a decision.</I> If you appeal PHMSA's decision on a petition for rulemaking, your appeal document must reach us no later than 30 days from the date PHMSA served you with written notice of PHMSA's decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 56089, Sept. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.125" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.14.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.125   Filing an appeal.</HEAD>
<P>Send your appeal to: Docket Management System, U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 42954, June 25, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 55682, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 106.130" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.3.2.14.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 106.130   PHMSA response to an appeal.</HEAD>
<P>Unless PHMSA provides otherwise, filing an appeal will not keep a final rule from becoming effective. We will handle an appeal according to the following procedures: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Appeal of a final rule or withdrawal of a notice of proposed rulemaking.</I> (1) We may consolidate your appeal with other appeals of the same rule. 
</P>
<P>(2) We may grant or deny your appeal, in whole or in part, without further rulemaking proceedings, unless granting your appeal would result in the issuance of a new final rule. 
</P>
<P>(3) If we decide to grant your appeal, we may schedule further proceedings and an opportunity to comment. 
</P>
<P>(4) PHMSA will notify you, in writing, of the action on your appeal within 90 days after the date that PHMSA published the final rule or withdrawal of notice of proposed rulemaking at issue in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> If we do not issue a decision on your appeal within the 90-day period and we anticipate a substantial delay, we will notify you directly about the delay and will give you an expected decision date. We will also publish a notice of the delay in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Appeal of a decision.</I> (1) We will not consider your appeal if it merely repeats arguments that PHMSA has previously rejected. 
</P>
<P>(2) PHMSA will notify you, in writing, of the action on your appeal within 90 days after the date that PHMSA served you with written notice of its decision on your petition for rulemaking. If we do not issue a decision on your appeal within the 90-day period, and we anticipate a substantial delay, we will notify you directly about the delay and will give you an expected decision date. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="107" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 107—HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROGRAM PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; Pub. L. 101-410 Section 4; Pub. L. 104-121 Sections 212-213; Pub. L. 104-134 Section 31001; Pub. L. 114-74 Section 701 (28 U.S.C. 2461 note); 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97; 33 U.S.C. 1321.












</PSPACE></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 107 appear at 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002, 70 FR 56089, Sept. 23, 2005, and 70 FR 73159, Dec. 9, 2005.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.1" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.1.20.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 5102 are used in their statutory meaning. Other terms used in this part are defined as follows:
</P>
<P><I>Acting knowingly</I> means acting or failing to act while
</P>
<P>(1) Having actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to the violation, or
</P>
<P>(2) Having the knowledge that a reasonable person acting in the same circumstances and exercising due care would have had.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Applicant</I> means the person in whose name a special permit, approval, registration, a renewed or modified special permit or approval, or party status to a special permit is requested to be issued.
</P>
<P><I>Applicant fitness</I> means a determination by PHMSA, the Associate Administrator's designee, or as otherwise prescribed in the HMR, that a special permit or approval applicant is fit to conduct operations requested in the application or an authorized special permit or approval.
</P>
<P><I>Application</I> means a request under subpart B of this part for a special permit, a renewal or modification of a special permit, party status to a special permit, or a request under subpart H of this part for an approval, or renewal or modification of an approval.
</P>
<P><I>Approval</I> means a written authorization, including a competent authority approval, issued by the Associate Administrator, the Associate Administrator's designee, or as otherwise prescribed in the HMR, to perform a function for which prior authorization by the Associate Administrator is required under subchapter C of this chapter (49 CFR parts 171 through 180).
</P>
<P><I>Approval Agency</I> means an organization or a person designated by the PHMSA to certify packagings as having been designed, manufactured, tested, modified, marked or maintained in compliance with applicable DOT regulations.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Competent Authority</I> means a national agency that is responsible, under its national law, for the control or regulation of some aspect of hazardous materials (dangerous goods) transportation. Another term for Competent Authority is “Appropriate authority,” which is used in the International Civil Aviation Organization's (ICAO) Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air. The Associate Administrator is the United States Competent Authority for purposes of this part 107. 
</P>
<P><I>Competent Authority Approval</I> means an approval by the competent authority that is required under an international standard (for example, the ICAO Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air and the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code). Any of the following may be considered a competent authority approval if it satisfies the requirement of an international standard:
</P>
<P>(1) A specific regulation in subchapter A or C of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) A special permit or approval issued under subchapter A or C of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) A separate document issued to one or more persons by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P><I>DOT or Department</I> means U.S. Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Federal hazardous material transportation law</I> means 49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Filed</I> means received by the appropriate PHMSA or other designated office within the time specified in a regulation or rulemaking document.
</P>
<P><I>Fit</I> or <I>fitness</I> means demonstrated and documented knowledge and capabilities resulting in the assurance of a level of safety and performance necessary to ensure compliance with the applicable provisions and requirements of subchapter C of this chapter or a special permit or approval issued under subchapter C of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Fitness coordinator</I> means the PHMSA Field Operations (FOPS) Division officer or an authorized representative or special agent of DOT upon request, such as an Operating Administration (OA) representative, that conducts reviews regarding an organization's hazardous materials operations, including such areas as accident history, on-site inspection, compliance data, and other safety and transportation records to determine whether a special permit or approval applicant is determined to be fit as prescribed in §§ 107.113(f)(5) and 107.709(d)(5).
</P>
<P><I>Holder</I> means the person in whose name a special permit or approval has been issued.
</P>
<P><I>Imminent Hazard</I> means the existence of a condition which presents a substantial likelihood that death, serious illness, severe personal injury, or substantial endangerment to health, property, or the environment may occur before the reasonably foreseeable completion of an administrative hearing or other formal proceeding initiated to abate the risks of those effects.
</P>
<P><I>Incident</I> means an event resulting in the unintended and unanticipated release of a hazardous material or an event meeting incident reporting requirements in § 171.15 or § 171.16 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Indian Tribe</I> has the same meaning given that term in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450b).
</P>
<P><I>Insufficient corrective action</I> means that either a PHMSA Field Operations (FOPS) Division officer or an authorized representative or special agent of DOT upon request, such as an Operating Administration (OA) representative, has determined that evidence of an applicant's corrective action in response to prior enforcement cases is inadequate or incomplete and the basic safety management controls proposed for the type of hazardous material, packaging, procedures, and/or mode of transportation remain inadequate to prevent recurrence of a violation.
</P>
<P><I>Investigation</I> includes investigations authorized under 49 U.S.C. 5121 and inspections authorized under 49 U.S.C. 5118 and 5121.
</P>
<P><I>Manufacturing special permit</I> means a special permit from compliance with specified requirements that otherwise must be met before representing, marking, certifying (including requalifying, inspecting, and testing), selling or offering a packaging or container as meeting the requirements of subchapter C of this chapter governing its use in the transportation in commerce of a hazardous material. A manufacturing special permit is a special permit issued to a manufacturer of packagings who does not offer for transportation or transport hazardous materials in packagings subject to the special permit.
</P>
<P><I>Party</I> means a person, other than a holder, authorized to act under the terms of a special permit.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an individual, firm, copartnership, corporation, company, association, or joint-stock association (including any trustee, receiver, assignee, or similar representative); or a government or Indian tribe (or an agency or instrumentality of any government or Indian tribe) that transports a hazardous material to further a commercial enterprise or offers a hazardous material for transportation in commerce. Person does not include the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The United States Postal Service. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any agency or instrumentality of the Federal government, for the purposes of 49 U.S.C. 5123 (civil penalties) and 5124 (criminal penalties.) 
</P>
<P>(3) Any government or Indian tribe (or an agency or instrumentality of any government or Indian tribe) that transports hazardous material for a governmental purpose. 
</P>
<P><I>Registration</I> means a written acknowledgment from the Associate Administrator that a registrant is authorized to perform a function for which registration is required under subchapter C of this chapter (e.g., registration in accordance with 49 CFR 178.503 regarding marking of packagings). For purposes of subparts A through E, “registration” does not include registration under subpart F or G of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Report</I> means information, other than an application, registration or part thereof, required to be submitted to the Associate Administrator pursuant to this subchapter, subchapter B or subchapter C of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Respondent</I> means a person upon whom the PHMSA has served a notice of probable violation.
</P>
<P><I>Special permit</I> means a document issued by the Associate Administrator, the Associate Administrator's designee, or as otherwise prescribed in the HMR, under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5117 permitting a person to perform a function that is not otherwise permitted under subchapters A or C of this chapter, or other regulations issued under 49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.</I> (e.g., Federal Motor Carrier Safety routing requirements).
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or any other territory or possession of the United States designated by the Secretary. 
</P>
<P><I>Sufficient corrective action</I> means that either a PHMSA Field Operations officer or an authorized representative or special agent of DOT upon request, such as an Operating Administration (OA) representative, has determined that evidence of an applicant's corrective action in response to prior enforcement cases is sufficient and the basic safety management controls proposed for the type of hazardous material, packaging, procedures, and/or mode of transportation are adequate.
</P>
<P><I>Transports</I> or <I>transportation</I> means the movement of property and loading, unloading, or storage incidental to the movement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-3, 41 FR 38170, Sept. 9, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 107.1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Special Permits</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21095, May 9, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 107.101" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.2.20.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.101   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes procedures for the issuance, modification and termination of special permits from requirements of this subchapter, subchapter C of this chapter, or regulations issued under chapter 51 of 49 U.S.C.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.105" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.2.20.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.105   Application for special permit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each application for a special permit or modification of a special permit and all supporting documents must be written in English and submitted for timely consideration at least 120 days before the requested effective date and conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The application, including a table of contents, must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (Attention: General Approvals and Permits, PHH-31), Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be submitted with any attached supporting documentation by facsimile (fax) to: (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3308;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be submitted electronically by e-mail to: <I>specialpermits@dot.gov</I>; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Be submitted using PHMSA's online system (table of contents omitted) at: <I>http://www.phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/regs/sp-a.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) The application must state the name, mailing address, physical address(es) of all known locations where the special permit would be used, e-mail address (if available), and telephone number of the applicant. If the applicant is not an individual, the application must state the company name, mailing address, physical address(es) of all known locations where the special permit would be used, e-mail address (if available), and telephone number of an individual designated as the point of contact for the applicant for all purposes related to the application, the name of the company Chief Executive Officer (CEO) or president, or ranking officer; and the Dun and Bradstreet Data Universal Numbering System (D-U-N-S) identifier.
</P>
<P>(3) If the applicant is not a resident of the United States, in addition to the information listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the application must identify and designate an agent that is a permanent resident of the United States for service in accordance with § 105.40 of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) For a manufacturing special permit, in addition to the information listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the application must state the name and street address of each of the facilities of the applicant where manufacturing under the special permit will occur, and the symbol of the packaging manufacturer (“M” number), if applicable.
</P>
<P>(5) For persons required to be registered in accordance with Subpart F or G of this part, in addition to the information listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the application must provide the registration number or the name of the company to which the registration number is assigned if different from the applicant. For persons not required to be registered in accordance with Subpart F or G of this part, in addition to the information listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the application must provide a statement indicating that registration is not required.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Confidential treatment.</I> To request confidential treatment for information contained in the application, the applicant must comply with § 105.30(a).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Description of special permit proposal.</I> The application must include the following information that is relevant to the special permit proposal:
</P>
<P>(1) A citation of the specific regulation from which the applicant seeks relief;
</P>
<P>(2) The proposed mode or modes of transportation, including a description of all operational controls required;
</P>
<P>(3) A detailed description of the proposed special permit (<I>e.g.,</I> alternative packaging, test, procedure, activity, or hazard communication, including marking and labeling requirements) including, as appropriate, written descriptions, drawings, flow charts, plans and other supporting documents;
</P>
<P>(4) A specification of the proposed duration or schedule of events for which the special permit is sought;
</P>
<P>(5) A statement outlining the applicant's basis for seeking relief from compliance with the specified regulations and, if the special permit is requested for a fixed period, a description of how compliance will be achieved at the end of that period. For transportation by air, a statement outlining the reason(s) the hazardous material is being transported by air if other modes are available;
</P>
<P>(6) If the applicant seeks emergency processing specified in § 107.117, a statement of supporting facts and reasons;
</P>
<P>(7) Identification and description, including an estimated quantity of each shipment of the hazardous materials planned for transportation under the special permit or;
</P>
<P>(8) Description of each packaging, including specification or special permit number, as applicable, to be used in conjunction with the requested special permit;
</P>
<P>(9) For alternative packagings, documentation of quality assurance controls, package design, manufacture, performance test criteria, in-service performance and service-life limitations;
</P>
<P>(10) An estimate of the number of operations expected to be conducted or number of shipments to be transported under the special permit;
</P>
<P>(11) An estimate of the number of packagings expected to be manufactured under the special permit, if applicable;
</P>
<P>(12) A statement as to whether the special permit being sought is related to a compliance review, inspection activity, or enforcement action; and
</P>
<P>(13) When a Class 1 material is forbidden for transportation by aircraft except under a special permit (<I>see</I> Columns 9A and 9B in the table in 49 CFR 172.101), a certification from an applicant for a special permit to transport such Class 1 material on passenger-carrying or cargo-only aircraft with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of less than 12,500 pounds that no person within the categories listed in 18 U.S.C. 842(i) will participate in the transportation of the Class 1 material.
</P>
<P>(14) A statement indicating whether the applicant will be acting as a shipper (offeror), carrier or both under the terms of the special permit.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Justification of special permit proposal.</I> The application must demonstrate that a special permit achieves a level of safety at least equal to that required by regulation, or if a required safety level does not exist, is consistent with the public interest. At a minimum, the application must provide the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Information describing all relevant shipping and incident experience of which the applicant is aware that relates to the application; and
</P>
<P>(2) A statement identifying any increased risk to safety or property that may result if the special permit is granted, and a description of the measures to be taken to address that risk; and
</P>
<P>(3) Either:
</P>
<P>(i) Substantiation, with applicable analyses, data or test results (<I>e.g.,</I> failure mode and effect analysis), that the proposed alternative will achieve a level of safety that is at least equal to that required by the regulation from which the special permit is sought; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the regulations do not establish a level of safety, an analysis that identifies each hazard, potential failure mode and the probability of its occurrence, and how the risks associated with each hazard and failure mode are controlled for the duration of an activity or life-cycle of a packaging.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 460, Jan. 5, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 44500, July 26, 2011; 76 FR 43524, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.107" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.2.20.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.107   Application for party status.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person eligible to apply for a special permit may apply to be a party to an application or an existing special permit, other than a manufacturing special permit.
</P>
<P>(b) Each application filed under this section must conform to the following requirements:—
</P>
<P>(1) The application must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (Attention: General Approvals and Permits, PHH-31), Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be submitted with any attached supporting documentation by facsimile (fax) to: (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3308; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Be submitted by electronically by e-mail to: <I>specialpermits@dot.gov,</I> or on-line at: <I>http://www.phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/regs/sp-a.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) The application must identify by number the special permit application or special permit to which the applicant seeks to become a party.
</P>
<P>(3) The application must state the name, mailing address, physical address(es) of all known locations where the special permit would be used, e-mail address (if available), and telephone number of the applicant. If the applicant is not an individual, the application must state the company name, mailing address, physical address(es) of all known locations where the special permit would be used, e-mail address (if available), and telephone number of an individual designated as the point of contact for the applicant for all purposes related to the application, the name of the company Chief Executive Officer (CEO), president, or ranking executive officer and the Dun and Bradstreet Data Universal Numbering System (D-U-N-S) identifier. In addition, each applicant must state why party status to the special permit is needed and must submit a certification of understanding of the provisions of the special permit to which party status is being requested.
</P>
<P>(4) If the applicant is not a resident of the United States, the application must identify and designate an agent that is a permanent resident of the United States for service in accordance with § 105.40 of part.
</P>
<P>(5) For a Class 1 material that is forbidden for transportation by aircraft except under a special permit (<I>see</I> Columns 9A and 9B in the table in 49 CFR 172.101), a certification from an applicant for party status to a special permit to transport such Class 1 material on passenger-carrying or cargo-only aircraft with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of less than 12,500 pounds that no person within the categories listed in 18 U.S.C. 842(i) will participate in the transportation of the Class 1 material.
</P>
<P>(6) The applicant must certify that the applicant has not previously been granted party status to the special permit. If the applicant has previously been granted party status, the applicant must follow renewal procedures as specified in § 107.109.
</P>
<P>(7) A statement indicating whether the applicant will be acting as a shipper (offeror), carrier or both under the terms of the special permit.
</P>
<P>(c) The Associate Administrator may grant or deny an application for party status in the manner specified in § 107.113(e) and (f) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) A party to a special permit is subject to all terms of that special permit, including the expiration date. If a party to a special permit wishes to renew party status, the special permit renewal procedures set forth in § 107.109 apply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 461, Jan. 5, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 44500, July 26, 2011; 76 FR 43524, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.109" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.2.20.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.109   Application for renewal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each application for renewal of a special permit or party status to a special permit must conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The application must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (Attention: General Approvals and Permits, PHH-31), Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be submitted with any attached supporting documentation submitted in an appropriate format by facsimile (fax) to: (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3308; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Be submitted electronically by e-mail to: <I>specialpermits@dot.gov;</I> or on-line at: <I>http://www.phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/regs/sp-a.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) The application must identify by number the special permit for which renewal is requested.
</P>
<P>(3) The application must state the name, mailing address, physical address(es) of all known new locations not previously identified in the application where the special permit would be used and all locations not previously identified where the special permit was used, e-mail address (if available), and telephone number of the applicant. If the applicant is not an individual, the application must state the name, mailing address, physical address(es) of all known new locations not previously identified in the application where the special permit would be used and all locations not previously identified where the special permit was used, e-mail address (if available), and telephone number of an individual designated as the point of contact for the applicant for all purposes related to the application, the name of the company Chief Executive Officer (CEO), president, or ranking executive officer, and the Dun and Bradstreet Data Universal Numbering System (D-U-N-S) identifier. In addition, each applicant for renewal of party status must state why party status to the special permit is needed and must submit a certification of understanding of the provisions of the special permit to which party status is being requested.


</P>
<P>(4) The application must include either a certification by the applicant that the original application, as it may have been updated by any application for renewal, remains accurate (<I>e.g.,</I> all section references, shipping descriptions, email address, etc.) and complete; or include an amendment to the previously submitted application as is necessary to update and ensure the accuracy and completeness of the application, with certification by the applicant that the application as amended is accurate and complete.






</P>
<P>(5) The application must include a statement describing all relevant operational, shipping, and incident experience of which the applicant is aware in connection with the special permit since its issuance or most recent renewal. If the applicant is aware of no incidents, the applicant must so certify. When known to the applicant, the statement must indicate the approximate number of shipments made or packages shipped, as applicable, and the number of shipments or packages involved in any loss of contents, including loss by venting other than as authorized in subchapter C.
</P>
<P>(6) When a Class 1 material is forbidden for transportation by aircraft, except under a special permit (<I>see</I> Columns 9A and 9B in the table in 49 CFR 172.101), an application to renew a special permit to transport such Class 1 material on passenger-carrying or cargo-only aircraft with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of less than 12,500 pounds must certify that no person within the categories listed in 18 U.S.C. 842(i) will participate in the transportation of the Class 1 material.
</P>
<P>(7) If the renewal is requested after the expiration date of the special permit, the following information is required:
</P>
<P>(i) The reason the special permit authorization was allowed to expire;
</P>
<P>(ii) A certification statement that no shipments were transported after the expiration date of the special permit, or a statement describing any transportation under the terms of the special permit after the expiration date, if applicable; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement describing the action(s) the applicant will take to ensure future renewal is requested before the expiration date.
</P>
<P>(8) If no operations or shipments have been made since the issuance or renewal of the special permit, the applicant must provide specific justification as to why the special permit should be renewed.
</P>
<P>(9) A statement indicating whether the applicant will be acting as a shipper (offeror), carrier or both under the terms of the special permit.
</P>
<P>(b) If, at least 60 days before an existing special permit expires the holder files an application for renewal that is complete and conforms to the requirements of this section, the special permit will not expire until final administrative action on the application for renewal has been taken.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 462, Jan. 5, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 44501, July 26, 2011; 76 FR 43524, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011; 87 FR 79764, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.111" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.2.20.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.111   Withdrawal.</HEAD>
<P>An application may be withdrawn at any time before a decision to grant or deny it is made. Withdrawal of an application does not authorize the removal of any related records from the PHMSA dockets or files. Applications that are eligible for confidential treatment under § 105.30 will remain confidential after the application is withdrawn. The duration of this confidential treatment for trade secrets and commercial or financial information is indefinite, unless the party requesting the confidential treatment of the materials notifies the Associate Administrator that the confidential treatment is no longer required.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.113" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.2.20.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.113   Application processing and evaluation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Associate Administrator reviews an application for a special permit, modification of a special permit, party to a special permit, or renewal of a special permit in conformance with the standard operating procedures specified in appendix A of this part (“Standard Operating Procedures for Special Permits and Approvals”) to determine if it is complete and conforms with the requirements of this subpart. This determination will typically be made within 30 days of receipt of the application for a special permit, modification of a special permit, or party to a special permit, and typically within 15 days of receipt of an application for renewal of a special permit. If an application is determined to be incomplete, the Associate Administrator may reject the application. If that occurs, PHMSA will inform the applicant of the deficiency in writing.
</P>
<P>(b) An application, that is not a renewal, party to, or emergency special permit application, and is determined to be complete is docketed. Notice of the application is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> and an opportunity for public comment is provided. All comments received during the comment period are considered before final action is taken on the application.
</P>
<P>(c) No public hearing or other formal proceeding is required under this subpart before the disposition of an application. Unless emergency processing under § 107.117 is requested and granted, applications are usually processed in the order in which they are filed.
</P>
<P>(d) During the processing and evaluation of an application, the Associate Administrator may conduct an on-site review or request additional information from the applicant. A failure to cooperate with an on-site review may result in the application being deemed incomplete and subsequently being denied. If the applicant does not respond to a written or electronic request for additional information within 30 days of the date the request was received, the application may be deemed incomplete and denied. However, if the applicant responds in writing or by electronic means within the 30-day period requesting an additional 30 days within which it will gather the requested information, the Associate Administrator may grant the 30-day extension.
</P>
<P>(e) The Associate Administrator may grant or deny an application, in whole or in part. In the Associate Administrator's discretion, an application may be granted subject to provisions that are appropriate to protect health, safety or property. The Associate Administrator may impose additional provisions not specified in the application or remove conditions in the application that are unnecessary.
</P>
<P>(f) The Associate Administrator may grant an application on finding that—
</P>
<P>(1) The application complies with this subpart;
</P>
<P>(2) The application demonstrates that the proposed alternative will achieve a level of safety that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is at least equal to that required by the regulation from which the special permit is sought, or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the regulations do not establish a level of safety, is consistent with the public interest and adequately will protect against the risks to life and property inherent in the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce;
</P>
<P>(3) The application states all material facts, and contains no materially false or materially misleading statement;
</P>
<P>(4) The applicant meets the qualifications required by applicable regulations; and
</P>
<P>(5) The applicant is fit to conduct the activity authorized by the special permit. This assessment may be based on information in the application, prior compliance history of the applicant, and other information available to the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(g) An applicant is notified in writing or by electronic means whether the application is granted or denied. A denial contains a brief statement of reasons.
</P>
<P>(h) The initial special permit terminates according to its terms or, if not otherwise specified, 24 months from the date of issuance. A subsequent renewal of a special permit terminates according to its terms or, if not otherwise specified, 48 months after the date of issuance. A grant of party status to a special permit, unless otherwise stated, terminates on the date that the special permit expires.
</P>
<P>(i) The Associate Administrator, on determining that an application concerns a matter of general applicability and future effect and should be the subject of rulemaking, may initiate rulemaking under part 106 of this chapter in addition to or instead of acting on the application.
</P>
<P>(j) The Associate Administrator publishes in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a list of all special permit grants, denials, and modifications and all special permit applications withdrawn under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21095, May 9, 1996, as amended at 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 70 FR 73161, Dec. 9, 2005; 76 FR 463, Jan. 5, 2011; 80 FR 54437, Sept. 10, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.117" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.2.20.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.117   Emergency processing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application is granted emergency processing if the Associate Administrator, on the basis of the application and any inquiry undertaken, finds that:
</P>
<P>(1) Emergency processing is necessary to prevent significant injury to persons or property (other than the hazardous material to be transported) that could not be prevented if the application were processed on a routine basis;
</P>
<P>(2) Emergency processing is necessary for immediate national security purposes;
</P>
<P>(3) Emergency processing is necessary to prevent significant economic loss that could not be prevented if the application were processed on a routine basis; or
</P>
<P>(4) Emergency processing is necessary in support of an essential governmental (domestic or foreign) function that could not be satisfied if the application were processed on a routine basis.


</P>
<P>(b) Where the significant economic loss is to the applicant, or to a party in a contractual relationship to the applicant with respect to the activity to be undertaken, the Associate Administrator may deny emergency processing if timely application could have been made.
</P>
<P>(c) A request for emergency processing on the basis of potential economic loss must reasonably describe and estimate the potential loss.
</P>
<P>(d) An application submitted under this section must conform to § 107.105 to the extent that the receiving Department official deems necessary to process the application. An application on an emergency basis must be submitted to the Department modal contact official for the initial mode of transportation to be utilized, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Certificate-Holding Aircraft:</I> The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Director, Office of Hazardous Materials Safety is responsible for the aircraft operator's hazardous materials safety program. The Director, Office of Hazardous Materials Safety, may be reached by calling the FAA Washington Operations Center at 202-267-3333 (any hour), or visiting FAA's website.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Noncertificate-Holding Aircraft (Those Which Operate Under 14 CFR part 91):</I> The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Regional Office that serves the place where the flight will originate. The nearest Regional Office may be located by calling the FAA Washington Operations Center at 202-267-3333 or visiting FAA's website.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Motor Vehicle Transportation:</I> Chief, Hazardous Materials Division, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001, 202-385-2400 (day); 1-800-424-8802 (night). 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Rail Transportation:</I> Staff Director, Hazardous Materials Division, Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance, Federal Railroad Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001, 202-493-6248 or 202-493-6244 (day); 1-800-424-8802 (night). 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Water Transportation:</I> Chief, Hazardous Materials Standards Division, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards, U.S. Coast Guard, U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Washington, DC 20593-0001; 202-372-1420 (day); 1-800-424-8802 (night).
</P>
<P>(e) Upon receipt of all information necessary to process the application, the receiving Department official transmits to the Associate Administrator, by the most rapidly available means of communication, an evaluation as to whether an emergency exists under § 107.117(a) and, if appropriate, recommendations as to the conditions to be included in the special permit. The Associate Administrator will review an application for emergency processing of a special permit in conformance with the standard operating procedures specified in appendix A of this part (“Standard Operating Procedures for Special Permits and Approvals”) to determine if it is complete and conforms with the requirements of this subpart. If the Associate Administrator determines that an emergency exists under § 107.117(a) and that, with reference to the criteria of § 107.113(f), granting of the application is in the public interest, the Associate Administrator will grant the application subject to such terms as necessary and immediately notify the applicant. If the Associate Administrator determines that an emergency does not exist or that granting of the application is not in the public interest, the applicant will be notified immediately.
</P>
<P>(f) A determination that an emergency does not exist is not subject to reconsideration under § 107.123 of this part.
</P>
<P>(g) Within 90 days following issuance of an emergency special permit, the Associate Administrator will publish, in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> a notice of issuance with a statement of the basis for the finding of emergency and the scope and duration of the special permit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21095, May 9, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 51556, Oct. 1, 1997; 64 FR 51914, Sept. 27, 1999; 65 FR 58618, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 70 FR 56090, Sept. 23, 2005; 75 FR 53596, Sept. 1, 2010; 76 FR 463, Jan. 5, 2011; 80 FR 54437, Sept. 10, 2015; 85 FR 83374, Dec. 21, 2020; 89 FR 15662, Mar. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.121" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.2.20.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.121   Modification, suspension or termination of special permit or grant of party status.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Associate Administrator may modify a special permit or grant of party status on finding that:
</P>
<P>(1) Modification is necessary so that the special permit reflects current statutes and regulations; or
</P>
<P>(2) Modification is required by changed circumstances to meet the standards of § 107.113(f).
</P>
<P>(b) The Associate Administrator may modify, suspend or terminate a special permit or grant of party status, as appropriate, on finding that:
</P>
<P>(1) Because of a change in circumstances, the special permit or party status no longer is needed or no longer would be granted if applied for;
</P>
<P>(2) The application contained inaccurate or incomplete information, and the special permit or party status would not have been granted had the application been accurate and complete;
</P>
<P>(3) The application contained deliberately inaccurate or incomplete information; or
</P>
<P>(4) The holder or party knowingly has violated the terms of the special permit or an applicable requirement of this chapter in a manner demonstrating the holder or party is not fit to conduct the activity authorized by the special permit.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, before a special permit or grant of party status is modified, suspended, or terminated, the Associate Administrator notifies the holder or party in writing or by electronic means of the proposed action and the reasons for it, and provides an opportunity to show cause why the proposed action should not be taken.
</P>
<P>(1) Within 30 days of receipt of notice of the proposed action, the holder or party may file a response in writing or by electronic means that shows cause why the proposed action should not be taken.
</P>
<P>(2) After considering the holder's or party's response, or after 30 days have passed without response since receipt of the notice, the Associate Administrator notifies the holder or party in writing or by electronic means of the final decision with a brief statement of reasons.
</P>
<P>(d) The Associate Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of significant harm to persons or property, may, in the notification, declare the proposed action immediately effective.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 463, Jan. 5, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.123" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.2.20.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.123   Reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An applicant for special permit, a special permit holder, or an applicant for party status to a special permit may request that the Associate Administrator reconsider a decision under § 107.113(g), § 107.117(e) or § 107.121(c) of this part. The request must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing or by electronic means and filed within 20 days of receipt of the decision;
</P>
<P>(2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
</P>
<P>(3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the request to reconsider; and
</P>
<P>(4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.
</P>
<P>(b) The Associate Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in part, the relief requested and informs the requesting person in writing or by electronic means of the decision. If necessary to avoid a risk of significant harm to persons or property, the Associate Administrator may, in the notification, declare the action immediately effective.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 463, Jan. 5, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.125" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.2.20.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.125   Appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person who requested reconsideration under § 107.123 and is denied the relief requested may appeal to the Administrator. The appeal must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing or by electronic means and filed within 30 days of receipt of the Associate Administrator's decision on reconsideration;
</P>
<P>(2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
</P>
<P>(3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the appeal; and
</P>
<P>(4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of significant harm to persons or property, may declare the Associate Administrator's action effective pending a decision on appeal.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in part, the relief requested and informs the appellant in writing or by electronic means of the decision. The Administrator's decision is the final administrative action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21095, May 9, 1996, as amended at 76 FR 463, Jan. 5, 2011; 85 FR 83374, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.127" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.2.20.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.127   Availability of documents for public inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Documents related to an application under this subpart, including the application itself, are available for public inspection, except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, at the Office of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Approvals and Permits Division, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, PHH-30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Office hours are 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays when the office is closed. Copies of available documents may be obtained as provided in part 7 of this title. Documents numbered 11832 and above may also be viewed at the website address <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) Documents available for inspection do not include materials determined to be withheld from public disclosure under § 105.30 and in accordance with the applicable provisions of section 552(b) of title 5, United States Code, and part 7 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21095, May 9, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 58618, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 70 FR 73162, Dec. 9, 2005; 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 56310, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Preemption</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.201" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.20.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.201   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes procedures by which:
</P>
<P>(1) Any person, including a State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe, directly affected by a requirement of a State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe, may apply for a determination as to whether that requirement is preempted under 49 U.S.C. 5125. 
</P>
<P>(2) A State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe may apply for a waiver of preemption with respect to any requirement that the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe acknowledges to be preempted by 49 U.S.C. 5125, or that has been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be so preempted.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this subpart “political subdivision” includes a municipality; a public agency or other instrumentality of one or more States, municipalities, or other political subdivisions of a State; or a public corporation, board, or commission established under the laws of one or more States.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) An application for a preemption determination that includes an application for a waiver of preemption will be treated and processed solely as an application for a preemption determination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-3, 41 FR 38171, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8622, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 107-25, 57 FR 20428, May 13, 1992; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49130, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-35, 60 FR 49108, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21098, May 9, 1996; 68 FR 52846, Sept. 8, 2003; 71 FR 30067, May 25, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.202" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.20.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.202   Standards for determining preemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 107.221 and unless otherwise authorized by Federal law, any requirement of a State or political subdivision thereof or an Indian tribe that concerns one of the following subjects and that is not substantively the same as any provision of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law, a regulation issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation law, or a hazardous material transportation security regulation or directive issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security that concerns that subject, is preempted: 
</P>
<P>(1) The designation, description, and classification of hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(2) The packing, repacking, handling, labeling, marking, and placarding of hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(3) The preparation, execution, and use of shipping documents pertaining to hazardous material and requirements related to the number, content, and placement of those documents.
</P>
<P>(4) The written notification, recording, and reporting of the unintentional release in transportation of hazardous material and other written hazardous materials transportation incident reporting involving State or local emergency responders in the initial response to the incident.
</P>
<P>(5) The design, manufacturing, fabrication, marking, maintenance, reconditioning, repairing, or testing of a packaging or a container which is represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in the transportation of hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in § 107.221 and unless otherwise authorized by Federal law, any requirement of a State or political subdivision or Indian tribe is preempted if—
</P>
<P>(1) It is not possible to comply with a requirement of the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe and a requirement under the Federal hazardous material transportation law, a regulation issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation law, or a hazardous material transportation security regulation or directive issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security; 
</P>
<P>(2) The requirement of the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe, as applied or enforced, is an obstacle to accomplishing and carrying out the Federal hazardous material transportation law, a regulation issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation law, or a hazardous material transportation security regulation or directive issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security.
</P>
<P>(3) It is preempted under 49 U.S.C. 5125 (c).
</P>
<P>(c) A State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe may impose a fee related to transporting hazardous material only if the fee is fair and used for a purpose related to transporting hazardous material, including enforcement and planning, developing and maintaining a capability for emergency response.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section, “substantively the same” means that the non-Federal requirement conforms in every significant respect to the Federal requirement. Editorial and other similar <I>de minimis</I> changes are permitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8622, Feb. 28, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 107-25, 57 FR 20428, May 13, 1992; Amdt. 107-29, 58 FR 51527, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49130, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21098, May 9, 1996; Amdt. 107-39, 61 FR 51337, Oct. 1, 1996; 68 FR 52847, Sept. 8, 2003; 77 FR 60939, Oct. 5, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="20" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.20" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Preemption Determinations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.203" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.20.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.203   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With the exception of highway routing matters covered under 49 U.S.C. 5125(c), any person, including a State or political subdivision thereof or an Indian tribe, directly affected by any requirement of a State or political subdivision thereof or an Indian tribe, may apply to the Chief Counsel for a determination as to whether that requirement is preempted by § 107.202(a), (b), or (c).
</P>
<P>(b) Each application filed under this section for a determination must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be submitted to the Chief Counsel:
</P>
<P>(i) By mail addressed to the Chief Counsel, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, PHC-1, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001;
</P>
<P>(ii) By facsimile to 202-366-7041; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Electronically to the Chief Counsel at <I>phmsachiefcounsel@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) Set forth the text of the State or political subdivision or Indian tribe requirement for which the determination is sought;
</P>
<P>(3) Specify each requirement of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law, regulations issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation law, or hazardous material transportation security regulations or directives issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security with which the applicant seeks the State or political subdivision or Indian tribe requirement to be compared;
</P>
<P>(4) Explain why the applicant believes the State or political subdivision or Indian tribe requirement should or should not be preempted under the standards of § 107.202; and
</P>
<P>(5) State how the applicant is affected by the State or political subdivision or Indian tribe requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) The filing of an application for a determination under this section does not constitute grounds for noncompliance with any requirement of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law, regulations issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation law, or hazardous material transportation security regulations or directives issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security.
</P>
<P>(d) Once the Chief Counsel has published notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of an application received under paragraph (a) of this section, no applicant for such determination may seek relief with respect to the same or substantially the same issue in any court until final action has been taken on the application or until 180 days after filing of the application, whichever occurs first. Nothing in § 107.203(a) prohibits a State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe, or any other person directly affected by any requirement of a State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe, from seeking a determination of preemption in any court of competent jurisdiction in lieu of applying to the Chief Counsel under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8622, Feb. 28, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 107-25, 57 FR 20428, May 13, 1992; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21098, May 9, 1996; 68 FR 52847, Sept. 8, 2003; 71 FR 30067, May 25, 2006; 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.205" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.20.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.205   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the applicant is other than a State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe, the applicant shall mail a copy of the application to the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe concerned accompanied by a statement that the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe may submit comments regarding the application to the Chief Counsel. The application filed with the Chief Counsel must include a certification that the applicant has complied with this paragraph and must include the names and addresses of each State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe official to whom a copy of the application was sent.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Counsel will publish notice of, including an opportunity to comment on, an application in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and may notify in writing any person readily identifiable as affected by the outcome of the determination.
</P>
<P>(c) Each person submitting written comments to the Chief Counsel with respect to an application filed under this section must send a copy of the comments to the applicant and certify to the Chief Counsel that he or she has complied with this requirement. The Chief Counsel may notify other persons participating in the proceeding of the comments and provide an opportunity for those other persons to respond. Late-filed comments are considered so far as practicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21098, May 9, 1996, as amended at 71 FR 30067, May 25, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.207" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.20.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.207   Processing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chief Counsel may initiate an investigation of any statement in an application and utilize in his or her evaluation any relevant facts obtained by that investigation. The Chief Counsel may solicit and accept submissions from third persons relevant to an application and will provide the applicant an opportunity to respond to all third person submissions. In evaluating an application, the Chief Counsel may consider any other source of information. The Chief Counsel on his or her own initiative may convene a hearing or conference, if he or she considers that a hearing or conference will advance his or her evaluation of the application.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Counsel may dismiss the application without prejudice if:
</P>
<P>(1) He or she determines that there is insufficient information upon which to base a determination; or
</P>
<P>(2) He or she requests additional information from the applicant and it is not submitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-3, 41 FR 38171, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8621, 8622, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21098, May 9, 1996; 71 FR 30067, May 25, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.209" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.20.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.209   Determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon consideration of the application and other relevant information received, the Chief Counsel issues a determination.
</P>
<P>(b) The determination includes a written statement setting forth the relevant facts and the legal basis for the determination, and provides that any person aggrieved thereby may file a petition for reconsideration with the Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(c) The Chief Counsel provides a copy of the determination to the applicant and to any other person who substantially participated in the proceeding or requested in comments to the docket to be notified of the determination. A copy of each determination is placed on file in the public docket. The Chief Counsel will publish the determination or notice of the determination in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> at which time the determination becomes a final agency action.
</P>
<P>(d) A determination issued under this section constitutes an administrative determination as to whether a particular requirement of a State or political subdivision or Indian tribe is preempted under the Federal hazardous materials transportation law. The fact that a determination has not been issued under this section with respect to a particular requirement of a State or political subdivision or Indian tribe carries no implication as to whether the requirement is preempted under the Federal hazardous materials transportation law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8623, Feb. 28, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 107-25, 57 FR 20428, May 13, 1992; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21098, May 9, 1996; 68 FR 52847, Sept. 8, 2003; 71 FR 30067, May 25, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.211" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.20.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.211   Petition for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person aggrieved by a determination issued under § 107.209 may file a petition for reconsideration. The petition must be filed with the Chief Counsel, in the same manner specified for filing an application in § 107.203(b), within 20 days of publication of the determination in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 
</P>
<P>(b) The petition must contain a concise statement of the basis for seeking review, including any specific factual or legal error alleged. If the petition requests consideration of information that was not previously made available to the Chief Counsel, the petition must include the reasons why such information was not previously made available.
</P>
<P>(c) The petitioner shall mail a copy of the petition to each person who participated, either as an applicant or commenter, in the preemption determination proceeding, accompanied by a statement that the person may submit comments concerning the petition to the Chief Counsel within 20 days. The petition filed with the Chief Counsel must contain a certification that the petitioner has complied with this paragraph and include the names and addresses of all persons to whom a copy of the petition was sent. Late-filed comments are considered so far as practicable.
</P>
<P>(d) The Chief Counsel will publish the decision on the petition for reconsideration or notice of the decision in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> at which time the decision on the petition for reconsideration becomes a final agency action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-25, 57 FR 20428, May 13, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21099, May 9, 1996; 71 FR 30067, May 25, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.213" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.20.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.213   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>A party to a proceeding under § 107.203(a) may seek review of a determination of the Chief Counsel by filing a petition, within 60 days after the determination becomes final, in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia or in the Court of Appeals for the United States for the circuit in which the person resides or has its principal place of business.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30068, May 25, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="21" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.21" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Waiver of Preemption Determinations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.215" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.21.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.215   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With the exception of requirements preempted under 49 U.S.C. 5125(c), a State or political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe may apply to the Chief Counsel for a waiver of preemption with respect to any requirement that the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe acknowledges to be preempted under the Federal hazardous materials transportation law, or that has been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be so preempted. The Chief Counsel may waive preemption with respect to such requirement upon a determination that such requirement—
</P>
<P>(1) Affords an equal or greater level of protection to the public than is afforded by the requirements of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued thereunder, and
</P>
<P>(2) Does not unreasonably burden commerce.
</P>
<P>(b) Each application filed under this section for a waiver of preemption determination must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be submitted to the Chief Counsel:
</P>
<P>(i) By mail addressed to the Chief Counsel, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, PHC-1, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001;
</P>
<P>(ii) By facsimile to 202-366-7041; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Electronically to the Chief Counsel at <I>phmsachiefcounsel@dot.gov.</I> 
</P>
<P>(2) Set forth the text of the State or political subdivision requirement for which the determination is being sought;
</P>
<P>(3) Include a copy of any court order and any ruling issued under § 107.209 having a bearing on the application;
</P>
<P>(4) Contain an express acknowledgment by the applicant that the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe requirement is preempted under Federal hazardous materials transportation law, unless it has been so determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in a determination issued under § 107.209; 
</P>
<P>(5) Specify each requirement of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law that preempts the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe requirement;
</P>
<P>(6) State why the applicant believes the State, political subdivision or Indian tribe requirements affords an equal or greater level of protection to the public than is afforded by the requirements of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued thereunder;
</P>
<P>(7) State why the applicant believes the State, political subdivision or Indian tribe requirement does not unreasonably burden commerce; and
</P>
<P>(8) Specify what steps the State, political subdivision or Indian tribe is taking to administer and enforce effectively its inconsistent requirement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-3, 41 FR 38171, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 107-22, 55 FR 39978, Oct. 1, 1990; Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8621, 8623, Feb. 28, 1991; 56 FR 15510, Apr. 17, 1991; Amdt. 107-23, 56 FR 66156, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 107-25, 57 FR 20428, May 13, 1992; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21099, May 9, 1996; 68 FR 52847, Sept. 8, 2003; 71 FR 30068, May 25, 2006; 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.217" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.21.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.217   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The applicant shall mail a copy of the application and any subsequent amendments or other documents relating to the application to each person who is reasonably ascertainable by the applicant as a person who will be affected by the determination sought. The copy of the application must be accompanied by a statement that the person may submit comments regarding the application within 45 days. The application must include a certification that the application has complied with this paragraph and must include the names and addresses of each person to whom the application was sent.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, if the State or political subdivision determines that compliance with paragraph (a) of this section would be impracticable, the applicant shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section with regard to those persons whom it is reasonable and practicable to notify; and
</P>
<P>(2) Include with the application a description of the persons or class or classes of persons to whom notice was not sent.
</P>
<P>(c) The Chief Counsel may require the applicant to provide notice in addition to that required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, or may determine that the notice required by paragraph (a) of the section is not impracticable, or that notice should be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Late-filed comments are considered so far as practicable.
</P>
<P>(d) The Chief Counsel may notify any other persons who may be affected by the outcome of a determination on the application.
</P>
<P>(e) Any person submitting written comments with respect to an application filed under this section shall send a copy of the comments to the applicant. The person shall certify that he has complied with the requirements of this paragraph. The Chief Counsel may notify other persons participating in the proceeding of the comments and provide an opportunity for those other persons to respond.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-3, 41 FR 38171, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8621, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 107-25, 57 FR 20429, May 13, 1992; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21099, May 9, 1996; 71 FR 30068, May 25, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.219" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.21.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.219   Processing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chief Counsel may initiate an investigation of any statement in an application and utilize in his or her evaluation any relevant facts obtained by that investigation. The Chief Counsel may solicit and accept submissions from third persons relevant to an application and will provide the applicant an opportunity to respond to all third person submissions. In evaluating an application, the Chief Counsel on his or her own initiative may convene a hearing or conference, if he or she considers that a hearing or conference will advance his or her evaluation of the application.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Counsel may dismiss the application without prejudice if:
</P>
<P>(1) He or she determines that there is insufficient information upon which to base a determination;
</P>
<P>(2) Upon his or her request, additional information is not submitted by the applicant; or
</P>
<P>(3) The applicant fails to provide the notice required by § 107.217.
</P>
<P>(c) The Chief Counsel will only consider an application for waiver of preemption determination if— 
</P>
<P>(1) The applicant State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe expressly acknowledges in its application that the State or political subdivision or Indian tribe requirement for which the determination is sought is inconsistent with the requirements of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law, regulations issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation law, or hazardous material transportation security regulations or directives issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security. 
</P>
<P>(2) The State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe requirement has been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in a ruling issued under § 107.209 to be inconsistent with the requirements of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law, regulations issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation law, or hazardous material transportation security regulations or directives issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security.
</P>
<P>(d) When the Chief Counsel has received all substantive information it considers necessary to process an application for a waiver of preemption determination, it serves notice of that fact upon the applicant and all other persons who received notice of the proceeding pursuant to § 107.217.
</P>
<P>(e) To the extent possible, each application for a waiver of preemption determination will be acted upon in a manner consistent with the disposition of previous applications for waiver of preemption determinations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-3, 41 FR 38171, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8621, 8623, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21099, May 9, 1996; 65 FR 58618, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 52847, Sept. 8, 2003; 69 FR 54044, Sept. 7, 2004; 71 FR 30068, May 25, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.221" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.21.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.221   Determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After considering the application and other relevant information received or obtained during the proceeding, the Chief Counsel issues a determination.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Counsel may issue a waiver of preemption only on finding that the requirement of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe affords the public a level of safety at least equal to that afforded by the requirements of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued thereunder and does not unreasonably burden commerce. In determining if the requirement of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe unreasonably burdens commerce, the Chief Counsel considers:
</P>
<P>(1) The extent to which increased costs and impairment of efficiency result from the requirement of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe.
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the requirement of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe has a rational basis.
</P>
<P>(3) Whether the requirement of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe achieves its stated purpose.
</P>
<P>(4) Whether there is need for uniformity with regard to the subject concerned and if so, whether the requirement of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe competes or conflicts with those of other States or political subdivisions thereof or Indian tribes.
</P>
<P>(c) The determination includes a written statement setting forth relevant facts and legal bases and providing that any person aggrieved by the determination may file a petition for reconsideration with the Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(d) The Chief Counsel provides a copy of the determination to the applicant and to any other person who substantially participated in the proceeding or requested in comments to the docket to be notified of the determination. A copy of the determination is placed on file in the public docket. The Chief Counsel will publish the determination or notice of the determination in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> at which time the determination becomes a final agency action.
</P>
<P>(e) A determination under this section constitutes an administrative finding of whether a particular requirement of a State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe is preempted under the Federal hazardous materials transportation law, or whether preemption is waived.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21099, May 9, 1996, as amended at 68 FR 52848, Sept. 8, 2003; 71 FR 30068, May 25, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.223" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.21.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.223   Petition for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person aggrieved by a determination under § 107.221 may file a petition for reconsideration. The petition must be filed with the Chief Counsel, in the same manner specified for filing an application in § 107.215(b), within 20 days of publication of the determination in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 
</P>
<P>(b) The petition must contain a concise statement of the basis for seeking review, including any specific factual or legal error alleged. If the petition requests consideration of information that was not previously made available to the Chief Counsel, the petition must include the reasons why such information was not previously made available.
</P>
<P>(c) The petitioner shall mail a copy of the petition to each person who participated, either as an applicant or commenter, in the waiver of preemption proceeding, accompanied by a statement that the person may submit comments concerning the petition to the Chief Counsel within 20 days. The petition filed with the Chief Counsel must contain a certification that the petitioner has complied with this paragraph and include the names and addresses of all persons to whom a copy of the petition was sent. Late-filed comments are considered so far as practicable.
</P>
<P>(d) The Chief Counsel will publish the decision on the petition for reconsideration or notice of the decision in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> at which time the decision on the petition for reconsideration becomes a final agency action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-25, 57 FR 20429, May 13, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21099, May 9, 1996; 71 FR 30068, May 25, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.227" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.3.21.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.227   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>A party to a proceeding under § 107.215(a) may seek review of a determination of the Chief Counsel by filing a petition, within 60 days after the determination becomes final, in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia or in the Court of Appeals for the United States for the circuit in which the person resides or has its principal place of business.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30068, May 25, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Enforcement</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 107.301" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.301   Delegated authority for enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>Under redelegation from the Administrator of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety and the Office of the Chief Counsel exercise their authority for enforcement of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, Federal Water Pollution Control Act, this subchapter, and subchapters B and C of this chapter, in accordance with § 1.97 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 6947, Feb. 28, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.303" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.303   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subchapter describes the various enforcement authorities exercised by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety and the Office of Chief Counsel and the associated sanctions and prescribes the procedures governing the exercise of those authorities and the imposition of those sanctions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-15, 51 FR 34986, Oct. 1, 1986; Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8621, Feb. 28, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.305" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.305   Investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> In accordance with its delegated authority under part 1 of this title, the Associate Administrator may initiate investigations relating to compliance by any person with any provisions of this subchapter, subchapter B of this chapter, or subchapter C of this chapter, or any special permit, approval, response plan, or order issued thereunder, or any court decree relating thereto. The Associate Administrator encourages voluntary production of documents in accordance with and subject to § 105.45 of this subchapter, and hearings may be conducted, and depositions taken pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5121(a). The Associate Administrator may conduct investigative conferences and hearings in the course of any investigation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Investigations and Inspections.</I> Investigations under 49 U.S.C. 5121(a) are conducted by personnel duly authorized for that purpose by the Associate Administrator. Inspections under 49 U.S.C. 5121(c) are conducted by Hazardous Materials Enforcement Specialists or Hazardous Materials Compliance Investigators, also known as “hazmat investigators” or “investigators,” whom the Associate Administrator has designated for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(1) An investigator will, on request, present his or her credentials for examination, but the credentials may not be reproduced.
</P>
<P>(2) An investigator may administer oaths and receive affirmations in any matter under investigation by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(3) An investigator may gather information by reasonable means including, but not limited to, interviews, statements, photocopying, photography, and video- and audio-recording.
</P>
<P>(4) With concurrence of the Director, Field Operations, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, an investigator may issue a subpoena for the production of documentary or other tangible evidence if, on the basis of information available to the investigator, the documents and evidence materially will advance a determination of compliance with this subchapter or subchapter C. Service of a subpoena shall be in accordance with § 105.50. A person to whom a subpoena is directed may seek review of the subpoena by applying to the Office of Chief Counsel in accordance with § 105.55(a). A subpoena issued under this paragraph may be enforced in accordance with § 105.55(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notification.</I> Any person who is the subject of an Associate Administrator investigation and who is requested to furnish information or documentary evidence is notified as to the general purpose for which the information or evidence is sought.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Termination.</I> When the facts disclosed by an investigation indicate that further action is unnecessary or unwarranted at that time, the person being investigated is notified and the investigative file is closed without prejudice to further investigation by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Confidentiality.</I> Information received in an investigation under this section, including the identity of the person investigated and any other person who provides information during the investigation, shall remain confidential under the investigatory file exception, or other appropriate exception, to the public disclosure requirements of 5 U.S.C. 552.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8621, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21099, May 9, 1996; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 73 FR 4711, Jan. 28, 2008; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 2011; 84 FR 6947, Feb. 28, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="22" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Compliance Orders and Civil Penalties</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.307" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.307   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the Associate Administrator and the Office of Chief Counsel have reason to believe that a person is knowingly engaging or has knowingly engaged in conduct which is a violation of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or any provision of this subchapter or subchapter C of this chapter, or any exemption, special permit, or order issued thereunder, for which the Associate Administrator or the Office of Chief Counsel exercise enforcement authority, they may—
</P>
<P>(1) Issue a warning letter, as provided in § 107.309;
</P>
<P>(2) Initiate proceedings to assess a civil penalty, as provided in either § 107.310 or § 107.311;
</P>
<P>(3) Issue an order directing compliance, regardless of whether a warning letter has been issued or a civil penalty assessed; and
</P>
<P>(4) Seek any other remedy available under the Federal hazardous material transportation law.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a proceeding initiated for failure to comply with an exemption or special permit, the allegation of a violation of a term or condition thereof is considered by the Associate Administrator and the Office of Chief Counsel to constitute an allegation that the special permit holder or party to the special permit is failing, or has failed to comply with the underlying regulations from which relief was granted by the special permit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-36, 61 FR 7183, Feb. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 73162, Dec. 9, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.309" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.309   Warning letters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Associate Administrator may issue a warning letter to any person whom the Associate Administrator believes to have committed a probable violation of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, or any provision of this subchapter, subchapter B of this chapter, subchapter C of this chapter, or any special permit issued thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) A warning letter issued under this section includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the facts upon which the Associate Administrator bases its determination that the person has committed a probable violation;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement that the recurrence of the probable violations cited may subject the person to enforcement action; and
</P>
<P>(3) An opportunity to respond to the warning letter by submitting pertinent information or explanations concerning the probable violations cited therein.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-15, 51 FR 34986, Oct. 1, 1986; Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8621, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-36, 61 FR 7183, Feb. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001; 84 FR 6947, Feb. 28, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.310" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.310   Ticketing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For an alleged violation that does not have a direct or substantial impact on safety, the Associate Administrator may issue a ticket.
</P>
<P>(b) The Associate Administrator issues a ticket by mailing it by certified or registered mail to the person alleged to have committed the violation. The ticket includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the facts on which the Associate Administrator bases the conclusion that the person has committed the alleged violation;
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum penalty provided for by statute, the proposed full penalty determined according to PHMSA's civil penalty guidelines and the statutory criteria for penalty assessment, and the ticket penalty amount; and
</P>
<P>(3) A statement that within 45 days of receipt of the ticket, the person must pay the penalty in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, make an informal response under § 107.317, or request a formal administrative hearing under § 107.319.
</P>
<P>(c) If the person makes an informal response or requests a formal administrative hearing, the Associate Administrator forwards the inspection report, ticket and response to the Office of the Chief Counsel for processing under §§ 107.307-107.339, except that the Office of the Chief Counsel will not issue a Notice of Probable Violation under § 107.311. The Office of the Chief Counsel may impose a civil penalty that does not exceed the proposed full penalty set forth in the ticket.
</P>
<P>(d) Payment of the ticket penalty amount must be made in accordance with the instructions on the ticket.
</P>
<P>(e) If within 45 days of receiving the ticket the person does not pay the ticket amount, make an informal response, or request a formal administrative hearing, the person has waived the right to make an informal response or request a hearing, has admitted the violation and owes the ticket penalty amount to PHMSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-36, 61 FR 7183, Feb. 26, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.311" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.311   Notice of probable violation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Office of Chief Counsel may serve a notice of probable violation on a person alleging the violation of one or more provisions of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, or any provision of this subchapter, subchapter B of this chapter, or subchapter C of this chapter, or any special permit, response plan, or order issued thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) A notice of probable violation issued under this section includes the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A citation of the provisions of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, Federal Water Pollution Control Act, an order issued thereunder, this subchapter, subchapter B of this chapter, subchapter C of this chapter, or the terms of any special permit issued thereunder which the Office of Chief Counsel believes the respondent is violating or has violated.
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the factual allegations upon which the demand for remedial action, a civil penalty, or both, is based.
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the respondent's right to present written or oral explanations, information, and arguments in answer to the allegations and in mitigation of the sanction sought in the notice of probable violation.
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the respondent's right to request a hearing and the procedures for requesting a hearing.
</P>
<P>(5) In addition, in the case of a notice of probable violation proposing a compliance order, a statement of the proposed actions to be taken by the respondent to achieve compliance.
</P>
<P>(6) In addition, in the case of a notice of probable violation proposing a civil penalty:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of the maximum civil penalty for which the respondent may be liable;
</P>
<P>(ii) The amount of the preliminary civil penalty being sought by the Office of Chief Counsel, constitutes the maximum amount the Chief Counsel may seek throughout the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of the manner in which the respondent makes payment of any money due the United States as a result of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(c) The Office of Chief Counsel may amend a notice of probable violation at any time before issuance of a compliance order or an order assessing a civil penalty. If the Office of Chief Counsel alleges any new material facts or seeks new or additional remedial action or an increase in the amount of the proposed civil penalty, it issues a new notice of probable violation under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended at 50 FR 45730, Nov. 1, 1985; Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8624, Feb. 28, 1991; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-35, 60 FR 49108, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 107-36, 61 FR 7184, Feb. 26, 1996; 84 FR 6947, Feb. 28, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.313" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.313   Reply.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 30 days of receipt of a notice of probable violation, the respondent must either:
</P>
<P>(1) Admit the violation under § 107.315;
</P>
<P>(2) Make an informal response under § 107.317; or
</P>
<P>(3) Request a hearing under § 107.319.
</P>
<P>(b) Failure of the respondent to file a reply as provided in this section constitutes a waiver of the respondent's right to appear and contest the allegations and authorizes the Chief Counsel, without further notice to the respondent, to find the facts to be as alleged in the notice of probable violation and issue an order directing compliance or assess a civil penalty, or, if proposed in the notice, both. Failure to request a hearing under paragraph (a)(3) of this section constitutes a waiver of the respondent's right to a hearing.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon the request of the respondent, the Office of Chief Counsel may, for good cause shown and filed within the 30 days prescribed in the notice of probable violation, extend the 30-day response period.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.315" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.315   Admission of violations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In responding to a notice of probable violation issued under § 107.311, the respondent may admit the alleged violations and agree to accept the terms of a proposed compliance order or to pay the amount of the preliminarily assessed civil penalty, or, if proposed in the notice, both.
</P>
<P>(b) If the respondent agrees to the terms of a proposed compliance order, the Chief Counsel issues a final order prescribing the remedial action to be taken by the respondent.
</P>
<P>(c) Payment of a civil penalty, when the amount of the penalty exceeds $10,000, must be made by wire transfer, through the Federal Reserve Communications System (Fedwire), to the account of the U.S. Treasury. Detailed instructions on making payments by wire transfer may be obtained from the Financial Operations Division (AMZ-120), Federal Aviation Administration, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, P.O. Box 25082, Oklahoma City, OK 73125.
</P>
<P>(d) Payment of a civil penalty, when the amount of the penalty is $10,000 or less, must be made either by wire transfer, as set forth in paragraph (c) of this section, or certified check or money order payable to “U.S. Department of Transportation” and submitted to the Financial Operations Division (AMZ-120), Federal Aviation Administration, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, P.O. Box 25082, Oklahoma City, OK 73125.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 265l, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-23, 57 FR 45453, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 107-29, 58 FR 51527, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996; 68 FR 52848, Sept. 8, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.317" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.317   Informal response.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In responding to a notice of probable violation under § 107.311, the respondent may submit to the official who issued the notice, written explanations, information, or arguments in response to the allegations, the terms of a proposed compliance order, or the amount of the preliminarily assessed civil penalty.
</P>
<P>(b) The respondent may include in his informal response a request for a conference. Upon the request of the respondent, the conference may be either in person or by telephone. A request for a conference must set forth the issues the respondent will raise at the conference.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon receipt of a request for a conference under paragraph (b) of this section, the Chief Counsel's Office, in consultation with the Associate Administrator, arranges for a conference as soon as practicable at a time and place of mutual convenience.
</P>
<P>(d) The respondent's written explanations, information, and arguments as well as the respondent's presentation at a conference are considered by the Chief Counsel in reviewing the notice of probable violation. Based upon a review of the proceeding, the Chief Counsel may dismiss the notice of probable violation in whole or in part. If he does not dismiss it in whole, he issues an order directing compliance or assessing a civil penalty, or, if proposed in the notice, both.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-23, 56 FR 66157, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.319" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.319   Request for a hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In responding to a notice of probable violation under § 107.311, the respondent may request a formal administrative hearing on the record before an Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) obtained by the Office of the Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(b) A request for a hearing under paragraph (a) of this section must:
</P>
<P>(1) State the name and address of the respondent and of the person submitting the request if different from the respondent;
</P>
<P>(2) State which allegations of violations, if any, are admitted; and
</P>
<P>(3) State generally the issues to be raised by the respondent at the hearing. Issues not raised in the request are not barred from presentation at the hearing; and
</P>
<P>(4) Be addressed to the official who issued the notice.
</P>
<P>(c) After a request for a hearing that complies with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, the Chief Counsel obtains an ALJ to preside over the hearing and notifies the respondent of this fact. Upon assignment of an ALJ, further matters in the proceeding generally are conducted by and through the ALJ, except that the Chief Counsel and respondent may compromise or settle the case under § 107.327 of this subpart without order of the ALJ or voluntarily dismiss the case under Rule 41(a)(1) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure without order of the ALJ; in the event of such a compromise, settlement or dismissal, the Chief Counsel expeditiously will notify the ALJ thereof.
</P>
<P>(d) At any time after requesting a formal administrative hearing but prior to the issuance of a decision and final order by the ALJ, the respondent may withdraw such request in writing, thereby terminating the jurisdication of the ALJ in the case. Such a withdrawal constitutes an irrevocable waiver of respondent's right to such a hearing on the facts, allegations, and proposed sanction presented in the notice of probable violation to which the request for hearing relates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 17094, Apr. 21, 1983; Amdt. 107-19, 54 FR 22899, May 30, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.321" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.321   Hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To the extent practicable, the hearing is held in the general vicinity of the place where the alleged violation occurred or at a place convenient to the respondent. Testimony by witnesses shall be given under oath and the hearing shall be recorded verbatim.
</P>
<P>(b) Hearings are conducted in accordance with the Federal Rules of Evidence and Federal Rules of Civil Procedure; however, the ALJ may modify them as he determines necessary in the interest of a full development of the facts. In addition, the ALJ may:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas as provided by § 105.45;
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt procedures for the submission of motions, evidence, and other documents pertinent to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(4) Take or cause depositions to be taken;
</P>
<P>(5) Rule on offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
</P>
<P>(6) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(7) Convene, recess, reconvene, adjourn and otherwise regulate the course of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(8) Hold conferences for settlement, simplification of the issues, or any other proper purpose; and
</P>
<P>(9) Take any other action authorized by, or consistent with, the provisions of this subpart and permitted by law which may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of an issue raised therein.
</P>
<P>(c) The official who issued the notice of probable violation, or his representative, has the burden of proving the facts alleged therein.
</P>
<P>(d) The respondent may appear and be heard on his own behalf or through counsel of his choice. The respondent or his counsel may offer relevant information including testimony which he believes should be considered in opposition to the allegations or which may bear on the sanction being sought and conduct such cross-examination as may be required for a full disclosure of the facts.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended at 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.323" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.323   ALJ's decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After consideration of all matters of record in the proceeding, the ALJ shall issue an order dismissing the notice of probable violation in whole or in part or granting the sanction sought by the Office of Chief Counsel in the notice. If the ALJ does not dismiss the notice of probable violation in whole, he issues an order directing compliance or assessing a civil penalty, or, if proposed in the notice, both. The order includes a statement of the findings and conclusions, and the reasons therefore, on all material issues of fact, law, and discretion.
</P>
<P>(b) If, within 20 days of receipt of an order issued under paragraph (a) of this section, the respondent does not submit in writing his acceptance of the terms of an order directing compliance, or, where appropriate, pay a civil penalty, or file an appeal under § 107.325, the case may be referred to the Attorney General with a request that an action be brought in the appropriate United States District Court to enforce the terms of a compliance order or collect the civil penalty.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.325" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.325   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hearing proceedings.</I> A party aggrieved by an ALJ's decision and order issued under § 107.323, may file a written appeal in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section with the Administrator, Office of the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Non-Hearing proceedings.</I> A respondent aggrieved by an order issued under § 107.317, may file a written appeal in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section with the Administrator, Office of the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(c) An appeal of an order issued under this subpart must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be filed within 20 days of receipt of the order by the appealing party; and
</P>
<P>(2) State with particularity the findings in the order that the appealing party challenges, and include all information and arguments pertinent thereto.
</P>
<P>(d) If the Administrator, PHMSA, affirms the order in whole or in part, the respondent must comply with the terms of the decision within 20 days of the respondent's receipt thereof, or within the time prescribed in the order. If the respondent does not comply with the terms of the decision within 20 days of receipt, or within the time prescribed in the order, the case may be referred to the Attorney General for action to enforce the terms of the decision.
</P>
<P>(e) The filing of an appeal stays the effectiveness of an order issued under § 107.317 or § 107.323. However, if the Administrator, PHMSA, determines that it is in the public interest, he may keep an order directing compliance in force pending appeal.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 56090, Sept. 23, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.327" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.327   Compromise and settlement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At any time before an order issued under § 107.317 or § 107.323 is referred to the Attorney General for enforcement, the respondent or the Office of Chief Counsel may propose a compromise as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) In civil penalty cases, the respondent or Chief Counsel may offer to compromise the amount of the penalty by submitting an offer for a specific amount to the other party. An offer of compromise by the respondent shall be submitted to the Chief Counsel who may, after consultation with the Associate Administrator, accept or reject it.
</P>
<P>(i) A compromise offer stays the running of any response period then outstanding.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a compromise is agreed to by the parties, the respondent is notified in writing. Upon receipt of payment by Office of Chief Counsel, the respondent is notified in writing that acceptance of payment is in full satisfaction of the civil penalty proposed or assessed, and Office of Chief Counsel closes the case with prejudice to the respondent.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a compromise cannot be agreed to, the respondent is notified in writing and is given 10 days or the amount of time remaining in the then outstanding response period, whichever is longer, to respond to whatever action was taken by the Office of Chief Counsel or the Administrator, PHMSA.
</P>
<P>(2) In compliance order cases, the respondent may propose a consent agreement to the Chief Counsel. If the Chief Counsel accepts the agreement, he issues an order in accordance with its terms. If the Chief Counsel rejects the agreement, he directs that the proceeding continue. An agreement submitted to the Chief Counsel must include:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of any allegations of fact which the respondent challenges;
</P>
<P>(ii) The reasons why the terms of a compliance order or proposed compliance order are or would be too burdensome for the respondent, or why such terms are not supported by the record in the case;
</P>
<P>(iii) A proposed compliance order suitable for issuance by the Chief Counsel;
</P>
<P>(iv) An admission of all jurisdictional facts; and
</P>
<P>(v) An express waiver of further procedural steps and all right to seek judicial review or otherwise challenge or contest the validity of the order.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the respondent or Office of Chief Counsel may propose to settle the case. If the Chief Counsel agrees to a settlement, the respondent is notified and the case is closed without prejudice to the respondent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended at 50 FR 45730, Nov. 1, 1985; Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8621, Feb. 28, 1991; 56 FR 15510, Apr. 17, 1991; Amdt. 107-29, 58 FR 51527, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.329" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.329   Maximum penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person who knowingly violates a requirement of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, an order issued thereunder, this subchapter, subchapter C of this chapter, or a special permit or approval issued under this subchapter applicable to the transportation of hazardous materials or the causing of them to be transported or shipped is liable for a civil penalty of not more than $102,348 for each violation, except the maximum civil penalty is $238,809 if the violation results in death, serious illness, or severe injury to any person or substantial destruction of property. There is no minimum civil penalty, except for a minimum civil penalty of $617 for violations relating to training. When the violation is a continuing one, each day of the violation constitutes a separate offense.
</P>
<P>(b) A person who knowingly violates a requirement of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, an order issued thereunder, this subchapter, subchapter C of this chapter, or a special permit or approval issued under this subchapter applicable to the design, manufacture, fabrication, inspection, marking, maintenance, reconditioning, repair or testing of a package, container, or packaging component which is represented, marked, certified, or sold by that person as qualified for use in the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce is liable for a civil penalty of not more than $102,348 for each violation, except the maximum civil penalty is $238,809 if the violation results in death, serious illness, or severe injury to any person or substantial destruction of property. There is no minimum civil penalty, except for a minimum civil penalty of $617 for violations relating to training.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 106293, Dec. 30, 2024]


















</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.331" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.22.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.331   Assessment considerations.</HEAD>
<P>After finding a knowing violation under this subpart, the Office of Chief Counsel assesses a civil penalty taking the following into account:
</P>
<P>(a) The nature and circumstances of the violation;
</P>
<P>(b) The extent and gravity of the violation;
</P>
<P>(c) The degree of the respondent's culpability;
</P>
<P>(d) The respondent's prior violations;
</P>
<P>(e) The respondent's ability to pay;
</P>
<P>(f) The effect on the respondent's ability to continue in business; and
</P>
<P>(g) Such other matters as justice may require.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-30, 58 FR 50500, Sept. 27, 1993; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="23" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.23" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Criminal Penalties</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.333" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.23.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.333   Criminal penalties generally.</HEAD>
<P>A person who knowingly violates § 171.2(l) of this title or willfully or recklessly violates a requirement of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or a regulation, order, special permit, or approval issued thereunder shall be fined under title 18, United States Code, or imprisoned for not more than 5 years, or both, except the maximum amount of imprisonment shall be 10 years in any case in which the violation involves the release of a hazardous material which results in death or bodily injury to any person.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 8487, Feb. 17, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.335" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.23.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.335   Criminal referrals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a PHMSA employee becomes aware of any actual or possible activity subject to criminal penalties under § 107.333, the employee must report it to the Office of Chief Counsel, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, and to the employee's supervisor. The Chief Counsel may refer the report to the Associate Administrator to investigate. If appropriate, the Chief Counsel shall refer the report to the Office of Inspector General, or other law enforcement as appropriate (with notification to the Office of Inspector General as soon as possible).
</P>
<P>(b) A PHMSA employee also has the option of making a direct referral to the Office of Inspector General (OIG), either by directly contacting an OIG investigator, or via the OIG hotline at (800) 424-9071, at <I>https://www.oig.dot.gov/hotline,</I> by email at <I>hotline@oig.dot.gov,</I> or by mail to the Office of Inspector General, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, West Bldg. 7th Floor, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 28780, May 11, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.336" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.23.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.336   Limitation on fines and penalties.</HEAD>
<P>If a State or political subdivision or Indian tribe assesses any fine or penalty determined by the Secretary to be appropriate for a violation concerning a subject listed in § 107.202(a), no additional fine or penalty may be assessed for such violation by any other authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-24, 56 FR 8624, Feb. 28, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="24" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.24" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Injunctive Action</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.337" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.24.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.337   Injunctions generally.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever it appears to the Office of Chief Counsel that a person has engaged, or is engaged, or is about to engage in any act or practice constituting a violation of any provision of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, this subchapter, subchapter C of this chapter, or any special permit, or order issued thereunder, for which the Office of Chief Counsel exercises enforcement responsibility, the Administrator, PHMSA, or his delegate, may request the Attorney General to bring an action in the appropriate United States District Court for such relief as is necessary or appropriate, including mandatory or prohibitive injunctive relief, interim equitable relief, and punitive damages as provided by 49 U.S.C. 5122(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.338" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.24.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.338   Prohibition of hazardous materials operations.</HEAD>
<P>As provided for in subpart E of part 109 of this subchapter, a person who fails to pay a civil penalty in accordance with agreed upon installments or in full within prescribed time lines, is prohibited from conducting hazardous materials operations and shall immediately cease all hazardous materials operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 46199, Aug. 7, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.339" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.24.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.339   Imminent hazards.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever it appears to the Office of the Chief Counsel that there is a substantial likelihood that death, serious illness, or severe personal injury will result from the transportation of a particular hazardous material or hazardous materials container, before a compliance order proceeding or other administrative hearing or formal proceeding to abate the risk of that harm can be completed, the Administrator, PHMSA, or his delegate, may bring an action under 49 U.S.C. 5122(b) in the appropriate United States District Court for an order suspending or restricting the transporation of that hazardous material or those containers or for such other equitable relief as is necessary or appropriate to ameliorate the hazard.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-11, 48 FR 2651, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 107-15, 51 FR 34987, Oct. 1, 1986; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.4.25.24.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart D of Part 107—Guidelines for Civil Penalties






</HEAD>
<P>I. This appendix sets forth the guidelines PHMSA uses (as of October 2, 2013) in making initial baseline determinations for civil penalties. The first part of these guidelines is a list of baseline amounts or ranges for frequently-cited probable violations. Following the list of violations are general guidelines PHMSA uses in making penalty determinations in enforcement cases.

</P>
<HD1>II. List of Frequently Cited Violations 

</HD1>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Violation description 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Section or cite 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Baseline assessment 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">General Requirements</E> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A. Registration Requirements: Failure to register as an offeror or carrier of hazardous material and pay registration fee:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">107.608, 107.612.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Small business or not-for-profit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200 + $600 each additional year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. All others</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,500 + $1,000 each additional year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B. Training Requirements:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to provide initial training to hazmat employees (general awareness, function-specific, safety, and security awareness training):</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.702.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. More than 10 hazmat employees</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,500 for each area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. 10 hazmat employees or fewer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000 for each area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to provide recurrent training to hazmat employees (general awareness, function-specific, safety, and security awareness training).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.702</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000 for each area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to provide in-depth security training when a security plan is required but has not been developed.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.702</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Included in penalty for no security plan.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Failure to provide in-depth security training when a security plan is required and has been developed.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.702</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Failure to create and maintain training records:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.704.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. More than 10 hazmat employees</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. 10 hazmat employees or fewer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C. Security Plans:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to develop a security plan; failure to adhere to security plan:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.800 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Section 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">d. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Incomplete security plan or incomplete adherence (one or more of four required elements missing)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One-quarter (25 percent) of above for each element.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to update a security plan to reflect changing circumstances</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.802(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One-third (33 percent) of baseline for no plan.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Failure to put security plan in writing; failure to make all copies identical</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.800(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One-third (33 percent) of baseline for no plan.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D. Notification to a Foreign Shipper: Failure to provide a foreign offeror or forwarding agent written information of HMR requirements applicable to a shipment of hazardous materials within the United States, at the place of entry into the United States:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171.22(f).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,300 .* 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,500 .* 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,800 .* 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"> * The baseline applied to the importer shall be equal to or less than the baseline applied to the foreign offeror or forwarding agent.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Violation description 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Section or cite 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Baseline assessment 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E. Special Permits and Approvals:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Offering or transporting a hazardous material, or otherwise performing a function covered by a special permit or approval, without authorization:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171.2.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. After the special permit or approval has expired</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200 + $600 for each additional year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. After the special permit or approval has been terminated</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000 to $25,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to comply with a provision of a special permit or approval (when no other baseline is applicable):</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171.2.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. That relates to safety</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,000 and up.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. That does not relate to safety</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$500 and up.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to maintain a copy of the special permit in the transport vehicle or facility, when required by the terms of the special permit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Special Permit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Use an approval or approval symbol issued to another person</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Approval, Various</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Offeror Requirements—All hazardous materials</E> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A. Undeclared Shipment:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.200, 172.300, 172.400, 172.500.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Offering for transportation a hazardous material without shipping papers, package markings, labels, and placards (where required):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$30,000 and up.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$20,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$17,500.




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Offering for transportation a hazardous material that is misclassified on the shipping paper, markings, labels, and placards:




</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table I materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$20,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$12,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,000.






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Offering for transportation a forbidden hazardous material:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table I materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$35,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$25,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$20,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Offering for transportation a lithium battery, without shipping papers, package markings, labels, or placards (when required):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. For air transport</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$40,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. For ground transport</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$20,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B. Shipping Papers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to provide a shipping paper for a shipment of hazardous materials or accepting hazardous materials for transportation without a shipping paper:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.201, 177.817(a).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to follow one or more of the three approved formats for listing hazardous materials and non-hazardous materials on a shipping paper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.201(a)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to retain shipping papers as required</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.201(e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Failure to include a proper shipping name in the shipping description or using an incorrect proper shipping name:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.202.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Failure to include a hazard class/division number in the shipping description:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.202.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Failure to include an identification number in the shipping description:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.202.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Using an incorrect hazard class:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.202.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. That does not affect compatibility requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. That affects compatibility requirements:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">i. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">ii. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">iii. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">8. Using an incorrect identification number:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.202.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. That does not change the response information</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. That changes response information:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">i. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">ii. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">iii. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">9. Failure to include the Packing Group or using an incorrect Packing Group:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.202.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II and III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10. Using a shipping description that includes additional unauthorized information (extra or incorrect words)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">11. Using a shipping description not in required sequence</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">12. Failure to include the total quantity of hazardous material covered by a shipping description (including net explosive mass)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">13. Failure to include any of the following on a shipping paper, as required: Special permit number; “Limited Quantity or “Ltd Qty;” “RQ” for a hazardous substance; technical name in parentheses for a listed generic or “n.o.s.” material; or marine pollutant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.203(a), (b), (c)(2), (k), (l)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">14. Failure to indicate poison inhalation hazard on a shipping paper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.203(m)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">15. Failure to include or sign the required shipper's certification on a shipping paper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.204</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C. Emergency Response Information Requirements:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Providing incorrect emergency response information with or on a shipping paper:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.602.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. No significant difference in response</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Significant difference in response:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">i. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">ii. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">iii. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to include an emergency response telephone number on a shipping paper.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.604</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to have the emergency response telephone number monitored while a hazardous material is in transportation; or listing the number in a manner that it is not readily identifiable or cannot be found easily and quickly (e.g., multiple telephone numbers); or failing to include the name, contract number, or other unique identifier of the person registered with the emergency response provider.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.604</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Listing an emergency response telephone number on a shipping paper that causes emergency responders delay in obtaining emergency response information (e.g., listing a telephone number that not working, incorrect, or otherwise not capable of providing required information).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.604</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,200 to $5,200 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D. Package Marking Requirements:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to mark the proper shipping name and identification number on a package:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.301(a).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Marking a package with an incorrect shipping name and identification number:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.301(a).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. That does not change the response information:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">i. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">ii. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">iii. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. That changes the response information:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">i. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">ii. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">iii. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to mark the proper shipping name on a package or marking an incorrect shipping name on a package:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.301(a).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Failure to mark the identification number on a package:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.301(a).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Marking a package with an incorrect identification number:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.301(a).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. That does not change the response information</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. That changes the response information:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">i. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">ii. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">iii. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Failure to include the required technical name(s) in parentheses for a listed generic or “n.o.s.” entry</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.301(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Failure to mark “non-odorized” on a cylinder containing liquefied petroleum gas</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.301(f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">8. Marking a package as containing hazardous material when it contains no hazardous material</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.303(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">9. Failure to locate required markings away from other markings that could reduce their effectiveness</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.304(a)(4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10. Failure to mark a package containing liquid hazardous materials with required orientation markings:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.312.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">11. Failure to mark “Biohazard on an infectious substance or “Inhalation Hazard” on a package containing a poison by inhalation hazard</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.313(a), 172.323</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">12. Failure to apply limited quantity marking or “RQ” marking on a non-bulk package containing a hazardous substance</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.315, 172.324(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">13. Listing the technical name of a select agent hazardous material when it should not be listed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.301(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">14. Failure to apply a “Keep away from heat,” marine pollutant, or elevated temperature (“HOT”) marking</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.317, 172.322, 172.325</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">15. Failure to properly mark a bulk container</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.331, 172.334, 172.336, 172.338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E. Package Labeling Requirements:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to label a package or applying a label that represents a hazard other than the hazard presented by the hazardous material in the package</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.400</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Placing a label on a package that does not contain a hazardous material</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.401(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to place a required subsidiary label on a package:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.402.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Placing a label on a different surface of the package than, or away from, the proper shipping name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.406(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Placing an improper size label on a package</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.407(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Placing a label on a package that does not meet color specification requirements (depending on the variance)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.407(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Failure to place a Cargo Aircraft Only label on a package intended for air transportation, when required</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.402(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">8. Failure to place a Cargo Aircraft Only label on a package containing a primary lithium battery or failure to mark a package containing a primary lithium battery as forbidden for transport on passenger aircraft:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.402(c), 172.102(c)(1) Special Provision 188, 189, 190.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. For air transport</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. For ground transport</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">9. Failure to provide an appropriate class or division number on an explosive label</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.411</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F. Placarding Requirements:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Improperly placarding a freight container or vehicle containing hazardous materials:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.504.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200 to $11,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II and III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000 to $9,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to placard a freight container or vehicle containing hazardous materials (no placard at all):</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.504.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$12,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II and III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G. Packaging Requirements:


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to comply with package testing requirements for small quantities, excepted quantities, de minimis, materials of trade, and limited quantities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.4, 173.4a, 173.4b, 173.6, 173.156, 173.306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000 to $5,000.






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Offering a hazardous material for transportation in an unauthorized non-UN standard or non-specification packaging (includes failure to comply with the terms of a special permit authorizing use of a non-standard or non-specification packaging):</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Various.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I, § 172.504 Table 1 materials, and Division 2.3 gases</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$11,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II and Divisions 2.1 and 2.2 gases</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Offering a hazardous material for transportation in a package that was not retested as required:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Various.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Offering a hazardous material for transportation in an improper package:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Various.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. When Packing Group I material is packaged in a Packing Group III package</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. When Packing Group I material is packaged in a Packing Group II package</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. When Packing Group II material is packaged in a Packing Group III package</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Offering a hazardous material for transportation in a packaging (including a packaging manufactured outside the United States) that is torn, damaged, has hazardous material present on the outside of the package, or is otherwise not suitable for shipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Various</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Offering a hazardous material for transportation in a self-certified packaging that has not been subjected to design qualification testing:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.601, Various.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$13,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Offering a hazardous material for transportation in a packaging that has been successfully tested to an applicable UN standard but is not marked with the required UN marking (including missing specification plates)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.32(d), 173.24(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">8. Failure to close a UN standard packaging in accordance with the closure instructions:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.22(a)(4).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,000 to $5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000 to $4,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$500 to $3,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">9. Offering a hazardous material for transportation in a packaging that leaks during conditions normally incident to transportation:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.24(b).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$16,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$11,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10. Overfilling or underfilling a package so that the effectiveness is substantially reduced:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.24(b).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$11,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">11. Failure to ensure packaging is compatible with hazardous material lading.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.24(e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,000 to $12,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">12. Failure to mark an overpack as required</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.25(a)(4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">13. Packaging incompatible materials in an overpack</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.25(a)(5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">14. Marking a package “overpack” when the inner packages do not meet the requirements of the HMR:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.25(a).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$15,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">15. Failure to comply with additional requirements for transportation by aircraft</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000 to $10,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">16. Filling an IBC, portable tank, or cargo tank (DOT, UN, or IM) that is out of test and offering hazardous materials for transportation in that IBC or portable tank. (Penalty amount depends on number of units and time out of test.)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.32(a), 173.33(a)(3), 180.352, 180.407, 180.605.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">i. All testing overdue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">ii. Only periodic (5 year) tests overdue or only intermediate periodic (2.5 year) tests overdue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">i. All testing overdue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">ii. Only periodic (5 year) tests overdue or only intermediate periodic (2.5 year) tests overdue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">i. All testing overdue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">ii. Only periodic (5 year) tests overdue or only intermediate periodic (2.5 year) tests overdue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">17. Manifolding cylinders without conforming to manifolding requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.301(g)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700 and up.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">18. Failure to ensure a cargo tank motor vehicle in metered delivery service has an operational off-truck remote shut-off activation device</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.315(n)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">19. Offering a hazardous material in a cargo tank motor vehicle when the material does not meet compatibility requirements with the tank or other lading or residue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$15,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">20. Failure to provide the required outage in a portable tank that results in a release of hazardous materials:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.32(f)(6).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$15,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$11,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Offeror Requirements—Specific hazardous materials</E> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A. Cigarette Lighters:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Offering for transportation an unapproved cigarette lighter, lighter refill, or similar device, equipped with an ignition element and containing fuel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.21(i)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to include the cigarette lighter test report identifier on the shipping paper.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.308(d)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to mark the approval number on the package.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.308(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B. Class 1—Explosives:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to mark the package with the EX number for each substance contained in the package or, alternatively, indicate the EX number for each substance in association with the description on the shipping description</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Offering an unapproved explosive for transportation:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.54, 173.56(b)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Division 1.4 fireworks meeting the chemistry requirements of APA 87-1A or 87-1C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Division 1.3 fireworks meeting the chemistry requirements of APA 87-1B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. All other explosives (including forbidden)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$12,500 and up.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Offering an unapproved explosive for transportation that minimally deviates from an approved design in a manner that does not impact safety:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.54, 173.56(b)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Division 1.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Division 1.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. All other explosives</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Offering a leaking or damaged package of explosives for transportation:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.54(c).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Division 1.3 and 1.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$12,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. All other explosives</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$16,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Offering a Class 1 material that is fitted with its own means of ignition or initiation, without providing protection from accidental actuation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.60(b)(5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$15,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Packaging explosives in the same outer packaging with other materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.61</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Transporting a detonator on the same vehicle as incompatible materials using the approved method listed in 177.835(g)(3) without meeting the requirements of IME Standard 22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">177.835(g)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,000.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C. Class 7—Radioactive Materials:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to include required additional entries for radioactive material on a shipping paper, or providing incorrect information for these additional entries</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.203(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,000 to $5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to mark the gross mass on the outside of a package of Class 7 material that exceeds 110 pounds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.310(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to mark each package with the words “Type A” or “Type B,” as appropriate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.310(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Placing a label on Class 7 material that understates the proper label category</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.403</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Placing a label on Class 7 material that fails to contain (or has erroneous) entries for the name of the radionuclide(s), activity, and transport index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.403(g)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,000 to $5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Failure to meet one or more of the general design requirements for a package used to ship a Class 7 material</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.410</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Failure to comply with the industrial packaging (IP) requirements when offering a Class 7 material for transportation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.411</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">8. Failure to provide a tamper-indicating device on a Type A package used to ship a Class 7 material</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.412(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">9. Failure to meet the additional design requirements of a Type A package used to ship a Class 7 material</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.412(b)-(i)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10. Failure to meet the performance requirements for a Type A package used to ship a Class 7 material</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.412(j)-(l)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$11,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">11. Offering a DOT specification 7A packaging without maintaining complete documentation of tests and an engineering evaluation or comparative data:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.415(a), 173.461.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Tests and evaluation not performed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$13,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Test performed but complete records not maintained</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500 to $6,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">12. Offering any Type B, Type B(U), or Type B(M) packaging that failed to meet the approved DOT, NRC or DOE design, as applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.416</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$16,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">13. Offering a Type B packaging without registering as a party to the NRC approval certificate:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.471(a).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Never obtained approval</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Holding an expired certificate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">14. Failure to meet one or more of the special requirements for a package used to ship more than 0.1 kg of uranium hexafluoride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.420</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$13,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">15. Offering Class 7 materials for transportation as a limited quantity without meeting the requirements for a limited quantity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.421(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">16. Offering a multiple-hazard limited quantity Class 7 material without addressing the additional hazard</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.423(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600 to $3,100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">17. Offering Class 7 materials for transportation under exceptions for radioactive instruments and articles while failing to meet the applicable requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.424</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200 to $12,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">18. Offering Class 7 low specific activity (LSA) materials or surface contaminated objects (SCO) while failing to comply with applicable transport requirements (including, an external dose rate that exceeds an external radiation level of 10 mSv/h at 3 meters from the unshielded material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.427</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500 to $12,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">19. Offering Class 7 LSA materials or SCO as exclusive use without providing specific instructions to the carrier for maintenance of exclusive use shipment controls</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.427(a)(6)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">20. Offering in excess of a Type A quantity of a Class 7 material in a Type A packaging</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.431</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$15,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">21. Offering a package that exceeds the permitted radiation level or transport index</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.441</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$12,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">22. Offering a package without determining the level of removable external contamination, or that exceeds the limit for removable external contamination</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.443</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200 and up.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">23. Storing packages of radioactive material in a group with a total criticality safety index of more than 50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.447(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200 and up.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">24. Offering for transportation or transporting aboard a passenger aircraft any single package or overpack of Class 7 material with a transport index greater than 3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.448(e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200 and up.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">25. Exporting a Type B, Type B(U), Type B(M), or fissile package without obtaining a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate or, after obtaining a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate, failing to submit a copy to the national competent authority of each country into or through which the package is transported</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.471(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">26. Offering or exporting special form radioactive materials without maintaining a complete safety analysis or Certificate of Competent Authority, as required.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.476(a), (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">27. Shipping a fissile material as fissile-exempt without meeting one of the exemption requirements or otherwise not complying with fissile material requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.417, 173.453, 173.457</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$12,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">28. Offering Class 7 fissile materials while failing to have a DOT Competent Authority Certificate or NRC Certificate of Compliance, as required, or failing to meet the requirements of the applicable Certificate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.417</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000 to $12,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D. Class 2—Compressed Gases in Cylinders:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Filling and offering a cylinder with compressed gas when the cylinder is out of test or after its authorized service life:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.301(a)(6), (a)(7).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Table 1 and compressed gas in solution</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,000 to $15,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Division 2.1 gases</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500 to $10,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Division 2.2 gases</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000 to $7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Overfilling cylinders:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Various.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Division 2.3 gases</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$15,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Division 2.1 gases</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Division 2.2 gases</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">d. Aerosols, limited quantities, consumer commodities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to check each day the pressure of a cylinder charged with acetylene that is representative of that day's compression, after the cylinder has cooled to a settled temperature, or failure to keep a record of this test for 30 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.303(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Offering a limited quantity of a compressed gas in a metal container for the purpose of propelling a nonpoisonous material and failure to heat the cylinder until the pressure is equivalent to the equilibrium pressure at 131 °F, without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.306(a)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,800 to $5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Offering a limited quantity of a compressed gas in a metal container intended to expel a non-poisonous material, while failing to subject the filled container to a hot water bath, as required</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.306(a)(3)(v)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Offering liquefied petroleum gas for permanent installation on consumer premises when the requirements are not met</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.315(j)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500 to $10,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E. Oxygen Generators Offered by Air:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Offering an unapproved oxygen generator for transportation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.168</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$25,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Offering an oxygen generator for transportation without installing a means of preventing actuation, as required</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.168</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$12,500 to $25,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Offering an oxygen generator as spent when the ignition and chemical contents were still present</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.102(c)(1) Special Provision 61</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$35,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F. Batteries:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.159, 173.185, 173.21(c).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Offering lithium batteries in transportation that have not been tested:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Ground transport</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$15,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Air transport</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$30,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Offering lithium batteries in transportation that have been assembled from tested cells, but have not been tested</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000 + 25 percent increase for each additional design.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to create records of design testing</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500 to $9,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Offering lithium batteries in transportation that have not been protected against short circuit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$15,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Offering lithium batteries in transportation in unauthorized packages</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$12,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Offering lead acid batteries in transportation in unauthorized packages</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Offering lithium batteries in transportation on passenger aircraft or misclassifying them for air transport</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$30,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">8. Failure to prepare batteries so as to prevent damage in transit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Manufacturing, Reconditioning, Retesting Requirements</E> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A. Activities Subject to Approval:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to report in writing a change in name, address, ownership, test equipment, management, or test personnel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171.2(c), Approval Letter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$700 to $1,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure by an independent inspection agency of specification cylinders to satisfy all inspector duties, including inspecting materials, and verifying materials of construction and cylinders comply with applicable specifications</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.35(c)(1), (2), (3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000 to $16,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to properly complete or retain inspector's report for specification packages</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.25(c)(4), Various</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Failure to have a cylinder manufacturing registration number/symbol, when required</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Various</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B. Packaging Manufacturers (General):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure of a manufacturer or distributor to notify each person to whom the packaging is transferred of all the requirements not met at the time of transfer, including closure instructions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.2(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to comply with specified construction requirements for non-bulk packagings:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.504 to 178.523.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$12,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Fail testing: Failure to ensure a packaging certified as meeting the UN standard is capable of passing the required performance testing (depending on size of package):</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.601(b), 178.609, part 178 subparts O, Q.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Infectious substances</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$16,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$13,500 to $16,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,500 to $13,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">d. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500 to $10,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. No testing: Certifying a packaging as meeting a UN standard when design qualification testing was not performed (depending on size of package):</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.601(d), 178.609, part 178 subparts O, Q.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Infectious substances</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$16,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$13,500 to $16,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,500 to $13,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500 to $10,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Failure to conduct periodic testing on UN standard packaging (depending on length of time, Packing Group, and size of package)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.601(e), part 178 subparts O, Q</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500 to $16,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Improper testing: Failure to properly conduct testing for UN standard packaging (e.g., testing with less weight than marked on packaging; drop testing from lesser height than required; failing to condition fiberboard boxes before design test) (depending on size of package):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Design qualification testing:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.601(d), 178.609, part 178 subparts O, Q.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">i. Infectious substances</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$13,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">ii. Packing Group I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,500 to $13,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">iii. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500 to $10,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">iv. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500 to $7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Periodic testing:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.601(e), 178.609.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">i. Infectious substances</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">ii. Packing Group I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,000 to $10,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">iii. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,000 to $7,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">iv. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600 to $4,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Failure to keep complete and accurate testing records:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.601(l).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. No records kept</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Incomplete or inaccurate records</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200 to $3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">8. Improper marking of UN certification</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.503</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600 per item.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C. Drum Manufacturers &amp; Reconditioners:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to properly conduct a production leakproofness test on a new or reconditioned drum:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.604(b), (d), 173.28(b)(2)(i).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Improper testing:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">i. Packing Group I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">ii. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">iii. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. No testing performed:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">i. Packing Group I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">ii. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 12em">iii. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Marking incorrect tester information on a reused drum:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.28(b)(2)(ii).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Incorrect information</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Unauthorized use of another's information</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Representing, marking, or certifying a drum as a reconditioned UN standard packaging when the drum does not meet a UN standard.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.28(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500 to $13,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Representing, marking, or certifying a drum as altered from one UN standard to another, when the drum has not been altered.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.28(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D. IBC and Portable Tank Requalification:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to properly test and inspect IBCs or portable tanks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.352, 180.603.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to properly mark an IBC or portable tank with the most current retest and/or inspection information</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.352(e), 178.703(b), 180.605(k)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600 per item.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to keep complete and accurate records of IBC or portable tank retest and reinspection:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.352(f), 180.605(l).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. No records kept</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Incomplete or inaccurate records</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200 to $3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Failure to make inspection and test records available to a DOT representative upon request</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.352(g), 49 U.S.C. 5121(b)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Failure to perform tests (internal visual, leakproofness) on an IBC as part of a repair</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.352(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700 to $6,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Failure to perform routine maintenance on an IBC</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.350(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E. Cylinder Manufacturers &amp; Rebuilders:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Manufacturing, representing, marking, certifying, or selling a DOT high-pressure cylinder that was not inspected and verified by an approved independent inspection agency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,000 to $25,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to mark a registration number/symbol on a cylinder, when required</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.35, Various</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to mark the date of manufacture or lot number on a DOT-39 cylinder</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.65(i)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Failure to have a chemical analysis performed in the U.S. for a material manufactured outside the U.S., without an approval</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">107.807, 178.35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Failure to comply with defect and attachment requirements, safety device requirements, or marking requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.35(d), (e), (f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Failure to meet wall thickness requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Various</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,300 to $18,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Failure to heat treat cylinders prior to testing</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Various</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200 to $18,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">8. Failure to conduct a complete visual internal examination</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Various</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,100 to $7,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">9. Failure to conduct a hydrostatic test, or conducting a hydrostatic test with inaccurate test equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Various</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,100 to $7,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10. Failure to conduct a flattening test</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Various</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,300 to $18,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">11. Failure to conduct a burst test on a DOT-2P, 2Q, 2S, or 39 cylinder</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.33-8, 178.33a-8, 178.33b-8, 178.65(f)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200 to $18,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">12. Failure to maintain required inspector's reports:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.35, Various.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. No reports at all</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Incomplete or inaccurate reports</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200 to $3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">13. Failure to complete or retain manufacturer's reports</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.35(g)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">14. Representing a DOT-4 series cylinder as repaired or rebuilt to the requirements of the HMR without being authorized by the Associate Administrator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.211(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,000 to $25,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F. Cargo Tank Motor Vehicles:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to maintain complete cargo tank test reports, as required:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.417(b), (c).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. No records</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Incomplete records</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200 to $3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to have a cargo tank tested or inspected (e.g., visual, thickness, pressure, leakproofness)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.407(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,000 and up; increase by 25 percent for each additional.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to mark a cargo tank with test and inspection markings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.415</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600 each item.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Failure to retain a cargo tank's data report and Certificates or design certification</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.320(b), 178.337-18, 178.338-19, 178.345-15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Failure to mark a special permit number on a cargo tank.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.301(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Constructing a cargo tank or cargo tank motor vehicle not in accordance with a special permit or design certification</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.320(b), Special Permit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$13,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Failure to mark manhole assemblies on a cargo tank motor vehicle manufactured after October 1, 2004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.345-5(e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">8. Failure to apply specification plate and name plate:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.337-17, 178.338-18, 178.345-14.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. No marking</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Incomplete marking</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$600 per item.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">9. Failure to conduct monthly inspections and tests of discharge system in cargo tanks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.416(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G. Cylinder Requalification:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Certifying or marking as retested a non-specification cylinder</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.205(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to have retester's identification number (RIN)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.205(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to have current authority due to failure to renew a RIN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.205(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500 + $600 each additional year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Marking a RIN before successfully completing a hydrostatic retest</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.205(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Representing, marking, or certifying a cylinder as meeting the requirements of a special permit when the cylinder was not maintained or retested in accordance with the special permit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171.2(c), (e), 180.205(c), Special Permit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500 to $7,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Failure to conduct a complete visual external and internal examination</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.205(f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,600 to $6,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Performing hydrostatic retesting without confirming the accuracy of the test equipment or failing to conduct hydrostatic testing</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.205(g)(1), 180.205(g)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,600 to $6,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">8. Failure to hold hydrostatic test pressure for 30 seconds or sufficiently longer to allow for complete expansion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.205(g)(5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">9. Failure to perform a second retest, after equipment failure, at a pressure increased by the lesser of 10 percent or 100 psi (includes exceeding 90percent of test pressure prior to conducting a retest)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.205(g)(5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10. Failure to condemn a cylinder when required (e.g., permanent expansion exceeds 10 percent of total expansion [5percent for certain special permit cylinders], internal or external corrosion, denting, bulging, evidence of rough usage)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.205(i)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500 to $13,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">11. Failure to properly mark a condemned cylinder or render it incapable of holding pressure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.205(i)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000 to $5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">12. Failure to notify the cylinder owner in writing when a cylinder has been condemned</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.205(i)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">13. Failure to perform hydrostatic retesting at the minimum specified test pressure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.209(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,600 to $6,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">14. Marking a star on a cylinder that does not qualify for that mark</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.209(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500 to $5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">15. Marking a “ + ” sign on a cylinder without determining the average or minimum wall stress by calculation or reference to CGA Pamphlet C-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.302a(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500 to $5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">16. Marking a cylinder in or on the sidewall when not permitted by the applicable specification</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.213(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500 to $13,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">17. Failure to maintain legible markings on a cylinder</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.213(b)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">18. Marking a DOT 3HT cylinder with a steel stamp other than a low-stress steel stamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.213(c)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500 to $13,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">19. Improper marking of the RIN or retest date on a cylinder</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.213(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">20. Marking an FRP cylinder with steel stamps in the FRP area of the cylinder such that the integrity of the cylinder is compromised</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Special Permit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,500 to $13,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">21. Failure to comply with eddy current examination requirements for DOT 3AL cylinders manufactured of aluminum alloy 6351-T6, when applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Appendix C to part 180</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,600 to $6,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">22. Failure to maintain current copies of the HMR, DOT special permits, and CGA Pamphlets applicable to inspection, retesting, and marking activities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.215(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$700 to $1,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">23. Failure to keep complete and accurate records of cylinder reinspection and retest:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.215(b).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. No records kept</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Incomplete or inaccurate records</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200 to $3,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Carrier Requirements</E> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A. Incident Notification:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to provide immediate telephone/online notification of a reportable hazardous materials incident reportable under 171.15(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171.15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to file a written hazardous material incident report within 30 days of discovering a hazardous materials incident reportable under 171.15(b) or 171.16(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171.16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to include all required information in hazardous materials incident notice or report or failure to update report</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171.15, 171.16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B. Shipping Papers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Failure to retain shipping papers for 1 year after a hazardous material (or 3 years for a hazardous waste) is accepted by the initial carrier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">174.24(b), 175.33(c), 176.24(b), 177.817(f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C. Stowage/Attendance/Transportation Requirements:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Transporting packages of hazardous material that have not been secured against movement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Various</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,700 and up.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Failure to properly segregate hazardous materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Various</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,300 and up.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. Failure to remove a package containing hazardous materials from a motor vehicle before discharge of its contents:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">177.834(h).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Packing Group I and § 172.504 Table 1 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Packing Group II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Packing Group III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Transporting explosives in a motor vehicle containing metal or other articles or materials likely to damage the explosives or any package in which they are contained, without segregating in different parts of the load or securing them in place in or on the motor vehicle and separated by bulkheads or other suitable means to prevent damage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">177.835(i)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,500 and up.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. Failure to attend Class 1 explosive materials during transportation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">177.835(k)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Transporting railway track torpedoes outside of flagging kits, in violation of DOT-E 7991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171.2(b), (e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Failure to carry a hazmat registration letter or number in the transport vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">107.620(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">8. Transporting Class 7 (radioactive) material having a total transport index greater than 50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">177.842(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200 and up.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">9. Transporting Class 7 (radioactive) material without maintaining the required separation distance</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">177.842(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200 and up.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10. Failure to comply with radiation survey requirements of a special permit that authorizes the transportation of Class 7 (radioactive) material having a total transportation index exceeding 50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171.2(b), (e), Special Permit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,200 and up.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>The baseline penalty amounts in Part II are used as a starting amount or range appropriate for the normal or typical nature, extent, circumstances, and gravity of the probable violations frequently cited in enforcement reports. PHMSA must also consider any additional factors, as provided in 49 U.S.C. 5123(c) and 49 CFR 107.331, including the nature, circumstances, extent and gravity of a violation, the degree of culpability and compliance history of the respondent, the financial impact of the penalty on the respondent, and other matters as justice requires. Consequently, at each stage of the administrative enforcement process, up to and including issuance of a final order or decision on appeal, PHMSA can adjust the baseline amount in light of the specific facts and circumstances of each case.
</P>
<P>As part of this analysis, PHMSA reviews the factors outlined in the next section, <I>Miscellaneous Factors Affecting Penalty Amounts,</I> the safety implications of the violation, the pervasiveness of the violation, and all other relevant information. PHMSA considers not only what happened as a result of the violation, but also what could have happened as a result of continued violation of the regulations. As a general matter, one or more specific instances of a violation are presumed to reflect a respondent's general manner of operations, rather than isolated occurrences.
</P>
<P>PHMSA may draw factors relevant to the statutory considerations from the initial information gathered by PHMSA's Office of Hazardous Materials Safety Field Operations, the respondent in response to an exit briefing, ticket, or Notice of Probable Violation (NOPV), or information otherwise available to us. We will generally apply the specific statutory factors that are outlined in the next section, <I>Miscellaneous Factors Affecting Penalty Amounts,</I> in the following order:
</P>
<P>1. Select the appropriate penalty amount within a specific baseline or range, with appropriate increases or decreases depending on the packing group or material involved and other information regarding the frequency or duration of the violation, the culpability of the respondent, and the actual or potential consequences of the violation.
</P>
<P>2. Apply decreases for a reshipper or carrier that reasonably relied on an offeror's non-compliant preparation of a hazardous materials shipment.
</P>
<P>3. Apply increases for multiple counts of the same violation.
</P>
<P>4. Apply increases for prior violations of the HMR within the past six years.
</P>
<P>5. Apply decreases for corrective actions.
</P>
<P>6. Apply decreases for respondent's inability to pay or adverse effect on its ability to continue in business.
</P>
<FP>After each adjustment listed above, PHMSA will use the new modified baseline to calculate each subsequent adjustment. PHMSA will apply adjustments separately to each individual violation. All penalty assessments will be subject to additional adjustments as appropriate to reflect other matters as justice requires.
</FP>
<HD2>A. Respondents That Reship
</HD2>
<P>A person who either receives hazardous materials from another company and reships them (reshipper), or accepts a hazardous material for transportation, and transports that material (carrier), is responsible for ensuring that the shipment complies in all respects with Federal hazardous materials transportation law. In both cases, the reshipper or carrier independently may be subject to enforcement action if the shipment does not comply.
</P>
<P>Depending on all the circumstances, however, the person who originally prepared the shipment and placed it into transportation may have greater culpability for the noncompliance than the reshipper or carrier who reasonably relies on the shipment as received and does not open or alter the package before the shipment continues in transportation. PHMSA will consider the specific knowledge and expertise of all parties, as well as which party is responsible for compliance under the regulations, when evaluating the culpability of a reshipper or carrier. PHMSA recognizes that a reshipper or carrier may have reasonably relied upon information from the original shipper and may reduce the applicable baseline penalty amount up to 25 percent.
</P>
<HD2>B. Penalty Increases for Multiple Counts
</HD2>
<P>A main objective of PHMSA's enforcement program is to obtain compliance with the HMR and the correction of violations which, in many cases, have been part of a company's regular course of business. As such, there may be multiple instances of the same violation. Examples include a company shipping various hazardous materials in the same unauthorized packaging, shipping the same hazardous material in more than one type of unauthorized packaging, shipping hazardous materials in one or more packagings with the same marking errors, or using shipping papers with multiple errors.
</P>
<P>Under the Federal hazmat law, 49 U.S.C. 5123(a), each violation of the HMR and each day of a continuing violation (except for violations relating to packaging manufacture or qualification) is subject to a civil penalty of up to $102,348 or $238,809 for a violation occurring on or after December 30, 2024. As such, PHMSA generally will treat multiple occurrences that violate a single regulatory provision as separate violations and assess the applicable baseline penalty for each distinct occurrence of the violation. PHMSA will generally consider multiple shipments or, in the case of package testers, multiple package designs, to be multiple occurrences; and each shipment or package design may constitute a separate violation.
</P>
<P>PHMSA, however, will exercise its discretion in each case to determine the appropriateness of combining into a single violation what could otherwise be alleged as separate violations and applying a single penalty for multiple counts or days of a violation, increased by 25 percent for each additional instance, as directed by 49 U.S.C. 5123(c). For example, PHMSA may treat a single shipment containing three items or packages that violate the same regulatory provision as a single violation and apply a single baseline penalty with a 50 percent increase for the two additional items or packages; and PHMSA may treat minor variations in a package design for a package tester as a single violation and apply a single baseline penalty with a 25 percent increase for each additional variation in design.
</P>
<P>When aggravating circumstances exist for a particular violation, PHMSA may handle multiple instances of a single regulatory violation separately, each meriting a separate baseline or increase the civil penalty by 25 percent for each additional instance. Aggravating factors may include increased safety risks, continued violation after receiving notice, or separate and distinct acts. For example, if the multiple occurrences each require their own distinct action, then PHMSA may count each violation separately (e.g., failure to obtain approvals for separate fireworks devices).
</P>
<HD2>C. Penalty Increases for Prior Violations
</HD2>
<P>The baseline penalty in the List of Frequently Cited Violations assumes an absence of prior violations. If a respondent has prior violations of the HMR, generally, PHMSA will increase a proposed penalty.
</P>
<P>When setting a civil penalty, PHMSA will review the respondent's compliance history and determine if there are any finally-adjudicated violations of the HMR initiated within the previous six years. Only cases or tickets that have been finally-adjudicated will be considered (i.e., the ticket has been paid, a final order has been issued, or all appeal remedies have been exhausted or expired). PHMSA will include prior violations that were initiated within six years of the present case; a case or ticket will be considered to have been initiated on the date of the exit briefing for both the prior case and the present case. If multiple cases are combined into a single Notice of Probable Violation or ticket, the oldest exit briefing will be used to determine the six-year period. If a situation arises where no exit briefing is issued, the date of the Notice of Probable Violation or Ticket will be used to determine the six-year period. PHMSA may consider prior violations of the Hazardous Materials Regulations from other DOT Operating Administrations.
</P>
<P>The general standards for increasing a baseline proposed penalty on the basis of prior violations are as follows:
</P>
<P>1. For each prior civil or criminal enforcement case—25 percent increase over the pre-mitigation recommended baseline penalty.
</P>
<P>2. For each prior ticket—10 percent increase over the pre-mitigation recommended baseline penalty.
</P>
<P>3. If a respondent is cited for operating under an expired special permit and previously operated under an expired special permit (as determined in a finally-adjudicated civil, criminal, or administrative enforcement case or a ticket), PHMSA will increase the civil penalty 100 percent.
</P>
<P>4. If a respondent is cited for the exact same violation that it has been previously cited for within the six-year period (in a finally-adjudicated civil, criminal, or administrative enforcement case or a ticket), PHMSA will increase the baseline for that violation by 100 percent. This increase will apply only when the present violation is identical to the previous violation and applies only to the specific violation that has recurred.
</P>
<P>5. A baseline proposed penalty (both for each individual violation and the combined total) will not be increased more than 100 percent on the basis of prior violations.
</P>
<HD2>D. Corrective Action
</HD2>
<P>PHMSA may lower a proposed penalty when a respondent's documented corrective action has fixed an alleged violation. Corrective action should demonstrate not only that the specific deficiency is corrected but also that any systemic corrections have been addressed to prevent recurrence of the violation.
</P>
<P>The two primary factors that determine the reduction amount are the extent and timing of the corrective action. In other words, PHMSA will determine the amount of mitigation based on how much corrective action a respondent completes and how soon after the exit briefing it performs corrective action. Comprehensive systemic action to prevent future violations may warrant greater mitigation than actions that simply target violations identified during the inspection. Actions taken immediately (within the 30 calendar day period that respondents have to respond to an exit briefing, or upon approval of Field Operations) may warrant greater mitigation than actions that are not taken promptly.
</P>
<P>PHMSA may consider a respondent's corrective action to assess mitigation at various stages in the enforcement process, including: (1) AFTEr an inspection and before an NOPV is issued; (2) on receipt of an NOPV; or (3) after receipt of an NOPV. In order to reduce a civil penalty for corrective action, PHMSA must receive satisfactory documentation that demonstrates the corrective action was completed. If a corrective action is of a type that cannot be documented (e.g., no longer using a particular packaging), then a respondent may provide a signed affidavit describing the action it took. The affidavit must begin with the affirmative oath “I hereby affirm under the penalties of perjury that the below statements are true and correct to the best of my knowledge, information and belief,” in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1746.
</P>
<P>Generally, corrective action credit may not exceed 25 percent. Mitigation is applied to individual violations and fact patterns but should not be considered to be automatic reduction. Thus, in a case with two violations, if corrective action for the first violation is more extensive than for the second, the penalty for the first will be mitigated more than that for the second. If a respondent has previously committed the same violation, however, as determined in a finally-adjudicated civil, criminal, or administrative enforcement case or a ticket, PHMSA will not apply any reduction for corrective action.
</P>
<P>In determining the appropriate civil penalty reduction, PHMSA will consider the extent to which the respondent corrected the violation and any risks or harms it created, the respondent's actions to prevent the violation from recurring, improvements to overall company practices to address a widespread compliance issue, and how quickly the corrective action was performed. In general, PHMSA will apply the following reductions for corrective action, subject to the facts and circumstances of individual cases and respondents. If a respondent has given full documentation of timely corrective action and PHMSA does not believe that anything else can be done to correct the violation or improve overall company practices, we will generally reduce the civil penalty by no more than 25 percent. As noted above, a 25 percent reduction is not automatic. We will reduce the penalty up to 20 percent when a respondent promptly and completely corrected the cited violation and has taken substantial steps toward comprehensive improvements. PHMSA will generally apply a reduction up to 15 percent when a respondent has made substantial and timely progress toward correcting the specific violation as well as overall company practices, but additional actions are needed. A reduction up to 10 percent is appropriate when a respondent has taken significant steps toward addressing the violation, but minimal or no steps toward correcting broader company policies to prevent future violations. PHMSA may reduce a penalty up to 5 percent when a respondent made untimely or minimal efforts toward correcting the violation.
</P>
<HD2>E. Financial Considerations
</HD2>
<P>PHMSA may mitigate a proposed penalty when a respondent documents that the penalty would either (1) exceed an amount that the respondent is able to pay, or (2) have an adverse effect on the respondent's ability to continue in business. These criteria relate to a respondent's entire business, and not just the product line or part of its operations involved in a violation. PHMSA may apply this mitigation by reducing the civil penalty or instituting a payment plan.
</P>
<P>PHMSA will only mitigate a civil penalty based on financial considerations when a respondent supplies financial documentation demonstrating one of the factors above. A respondent may submit documentation of financial hardship at any stage to receive mitigation or an installment payment plan. Documentation includes tax records, a current balance sheet, profit and loss statements, and any other relevant records. Evidence of a respondent's financial condition is used only to decrease a penalty, and not to increase it.
</P>
<P>In evaluating the financial impact of a penalty on a respondent, PHMSA will consider all relevant information on a case-by-case basis. Although PHMSA will determine financial hardship and appropriate penalty adjustments on an individual basis, in general, we will consider the following factors.
</P>
<P>1. The overall financial size of the respondent's business and information on the respondent's balance sheet, including the current ratio (current assets to current liabilities), the nature of current assets, and net worth (total assets minus total liabilities).
</P>
<P>2. A current ratio close to or below 1.0 may suggest that the company would have difficulty in paying a large penalty or in paying it in a single lump sum.
</P>
<P>3. A small amount of cash on hand (representing limited liquidity), even with substantial other current assets (such as accounts receivable or inventory), may suggest a company would have difficulty in paying a penalty in a single lump sum.
</P>
<P>4. A small or negative net worth may suggest a company would have difficulty in paying a penalty in a single lump sum. Notwithstanding, many respondents have paid substantial civil penalties in installments even though net worth was negative. For this reason, negative net worth alone does not always warrant reduction of a proposed penalty or even, in the absence of factors discussed above, a payment plan.
</P>
<P>When PHMSA determines that a proposed penalty poses a significant financial hardship, we may reduce the proposed penalty and/or implement an installment payment plan. The appropriateness of these options will depend on the circumstances of the case.
</P>
<P>When an installment payment plan is appropriate, the length of the payment plan should be as short as possible, but may be adjusted as necessary. PHMSA will not usually exceed six months for a payment plan. In unusual circumstances, PHMSA may extend the period of a payment plan. For example, the duration of a payment plan may reflect fluctuations in a company's income if its business is seasonal or if the company has documented specific reasons for current non-liquidity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 60733, Oct. 2, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 42268, June 29, 2016; 82 FR 18399, Apr. 19, 2017; 84 FR 37071, July 31, 2019; 85 FR 75703, Nov. 25, 2020; 86 FR 1756, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23252, May 3, 2021; 86 FR 29529, June 2, 2021; 87 FR 15866, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1125, Jan. 6, 2023; 87 FR 79764, Dec. 27, 2022; 88 FR 89560, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106293, Dec. 30, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Designation of Approval and Certification Agencies</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.401" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.5.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.401   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart establishes procedures for the designation of agencies to issue certificates and certifications for types of packagings designed, manufactured, tested, or maintained in conformance with the requirements of this subchapter, subchapter C of this chapter, and standards set forth in the United Nations (U.N.) Recommendations (Transport of Dangerous Goods), and for lighters, portable tanks, multi-element gas containers, and Division 1.4G consumer fireworks in conformance with the requirements of this subchapter. Except for certifications of compliance with U.N. packaging standards, this subpart does not apply unless made applicable by a rule in subchapter C of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The Associate Administrator may issue approval certificates and certifications addressed in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 42473, July 16, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.402" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.5.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.402   Application for designation as a certification agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any organization or person seeking to be approved as a certification agency must apply in writing to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (PHH-32), Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington DC 20590-0001. Alternatively, the application in an appropriate format may be submitted by facsimile (fax) to: (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3308 or by electronic mail (email) to: <I>approvals@dot.gov.</I> Each application must be signed and certified to be correct by the applicant or, if the applicant is an organization, by an authorized officer or official representative of the organization. Any false statement or representation, or the knowing and willful concealment of a material fact, may subject the applicant to prosecution under the provisions of 18 U.S.C. 1001, and result in the denial or termination of a designation.
</P>
<P>(b) Each application for approval as a certification agency must be in English and include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Information required by the provisions in subpart H of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Name and address of the applicant, including place of incorporation if a corporation. In addition, if the applicant is not a resident of the United States, the name and address of a permanent resident of the United States designated in accordance with § 105.40 of this subchapter to serve as agent for service of process. A person approved as a certification agency is not a PHMSA agent or representative;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement acknowledging that the Associate Administrator or a designated official may inspect, on demand, its records and facilities in so far as they relate to the certification activities and will cooperate in the conduct of such inspections; and
</P>
<P>(4) Any additional information relevant to the applicant's qualifications, upon request of the Associate Administrator or a designated official.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>UN Third-Party Packaging Certification Agency.</I> In addition to the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section, the application must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A listing, by DOT specification (or special permit) number, or U.N. designation, of the types of packagings for which certification authority is sought;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement showing proof that the applicant has:
</P>
<P>(i) The ability to review and evaluate design drawings, design and stress calculations;
</P>
<P>(ii) The knowledge of the applicable regulations of subchapter C of this chapter and, when applicable, U.N. standards;
</P>
<P>(iii) The ability to conduct or monitor and evaluate test procedures and results; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The ability to review and evaluate the qualifications of materials and fabrication procedures.
</P>
<P>(3) A statement that the applicant will perform its functions independent of the manufacturers and owners of the packagings concerned.
</P>
<P>(4) If the applicant's principal place of business is in a country other than the United States, a copy of the designation from the Competent Authority of that country delegating to the applicant an approval or designated agency authority for the type of packaging for which a DOT designation is sought, and a statement that the Competent Authority also delegates similar authority to U.S. Citizens or organizations having designations under this subpart from PHMSA.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Fireworks Certification Agency.</I> Prior to reviewing, and certifying Division 1.4G consumer fireworks (UN0336) for compliance with the APA 87-1A, excluding appendices II through VI, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this chapter) as specified in part 173 of this chapter, a person must apply to, and be approved by, the Associate Administrator to act as a Fireworks Certification Agency.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Fireworks Certification Agency applicant requirements.</I> The Fireworks Certification Agency applicant must—
</P>
<P>(i) Be a U.S. resident, or for a non-U.S. resident, have a designated U.S. agent representative as specified in § 105.40 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Employ personnel with work experience in manufacturing or testing of fireworks or explosives; or a combination of work experience in manufacturing or testing of fireworks or explosives and a degree in the physical sciences or engineering from an accredited university;
</P>
<P>(iii) Have the ability to:
</P>
<P>(A) Review design drawings, and applications to certify that they are in accordance with the APA Standard 87-1; and
</P>
<P>(B) Verify that the applicant has certified the thermal stability test procedures and results.
</P>
<P>(iv) Must be independent of and not owned by any consumer fireworks manufacturer, distributor, import or export company, or proprietorship.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Fireworks Certification Agency application submittal requirements.</I> In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (d)(1) of this section, the Fireworks Certification Agency application must include—
</P>
<P>(i) Name, address, and country of each facility where Division 1.4G consumer fireworks applications are reviewed and certified;
</P>
<P>(ii) A detailed description of the qualifications of each individual the applicant proposes to employ to review, and certify that the requirements specified by part 173 of this chapter and the APA Standard 87-1 have been met;
</P>
<P>(iii) Written operating procedures to be used by the Fireworks Certification Agency to review and certify that a Division 1.4G consumer fireworks application meets the requirements specified in the APA Standard 87-1;
</P>
<P>(iv) Name, address, and principal business activity of each person having any direct or indirect interest in the applicant greater than three percent and any direct or indirect ownership interest in each subsidiary or division of the applicant; and
</P>
<P>(v) A statement that the applicant will perform its functions independent of the manufacturers, transporters, importers, and owners of the fireworks.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Lighter certification agency.</I> Prior to examining and testing lighters (UN1057) for certification of compliance with the requirements of § 173.308 of this chapter a person must submit an application to, and be approved by, the Associate Administrator to act as a lighter certification agency. In addition to paragraph (b) of this section, the application must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of each facility where lighters are examined and tested;
</P>
<P>(2) A detailed description of the applicant's qualifications and ability to, examine and test lighters and certify that the requirements specified by § 173.308 of this chapter have been met; and
</P>
<P>(3) A statement that the agency is independent of and not owned by a lighter manufacturer, distributor, import or export company, or proprietorship.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Portable tank and MEGC certification agencies.</I> Prior to inspecting portable tanks or multi-element gas containers (MEGCs) for certification of compliance with the requirements of §§ 178.273 and 178.74 of this chapter, respectively, a person must submit an application to, and be approved by, the Associate Administrator to act as a certification agency. In addition to paragraph (b) of this section, the application must provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of each facility where the portable tank or MEGC, as applicable, is examined and tested;
</P>
<P>(2) A detailed description of the applicant's qualifications and ability to examine and test portable tanks or MEGCs, as applicable, and certify that the requirements specified by § 178.273 of this chapter for the approval of UN portable tanks, or § 178.74 of this chapter for the approval of MEGCs have been met; and
</P>
<P>(3) A statement indicating that the agency is independent of and not owned by a portable tank or MEGC manufacturer, owner, or distributor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 42473, July 16, 2013, as amended at 78 FR 60750, Oct. 2, 2013; 81 FR 35512, June 2, 2016; 85 FR 75704, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.403" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.5.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.403   Designation of certification agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the Associate Administrator determines that an application contains all the required information, the applicant is sent a letter of designation and assigned an identification code.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Associate Administrator determines that an application does not contain all the required information, the application is denied and the applicant is sent a written notice containing all the reasons for the denial.
</P>
<P>(c) Within 30 days of an initial denial of an application under paragraph (b) of this section, the applicant may file an amended application. If the application is denied by the Associate Administrator of Hazardous Materials Safety, the applicant may, within 20 days of receipt of the decision, request reconsideration by the Associate Administrator as set forth in § 107.715. If the reconsideration is denied by the Associate Administrator, the applicant may appeal the Associate Administrator's decision, within 30 days of the Associate Administrator's decision, to the Administrator of PHMSA, as specified in § 107.717.
</P>
<P>(d) The Associate Administrator may modify, suspend, or terminate an approval submitted under this subpart as set forth in § 107.713.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-13, 50 FR 10062, Mar. 13, 1985, as amended by Amdt. 107-23, 56 FR 66157, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001; 78 FR 42474, July 16, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.404" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.5.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.404   Conditions of designation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each designation made under this subpart contains the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The designated approval or certification agency may use only testing equipment that it has determined, through personal inspection, to be suitable for the purpose.
</P>
<P>(2) Each approval certificate and certification issued by the designated approval agency must contain the name and identification code of the approval agency.
</P>
<P>(3) Each approval certificate and certification must be in a format acceptable to the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) The designated approval agency shall notify the Associate Administrator within 20 days after the date there is any change in the information submitted under § 107.402.
</P>
<P>(c) The designated approval agency shall comply with all of the terms and conditions stated in its letter of designation under the subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this part relieves a manufacturer or owner of a packaging of responsibility for compliance with any of the applicable requirements of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-13, 50 FR 10062, Mar. 13, 1985, as amended by Amdt. 107-23, 56 FR 66157, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45377, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.405" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.5.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.405   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Registration of Cargo Tank and Cargo Tank Motor Vehicle Manufacturers, Assemblers, Repairers, Inspectors, Testers, and Design Certifying Engineers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.501" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.6.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.501   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart establishes a registration procedure for persons who are engaged in the manufacture, assembly, inspection and testing, certification, or repair of a cargo tank or a cargo tank motor vehicle manufactured in accordance with a DOT specification under subchapter C of this chapter or under terms of a special permit issued under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Persons engaged in continuing qualification and maintenance of cargo tanks and cargo tank motor vehicles must be familiar with the requirements set forth in part 180, subpart E, of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-20, 55 FR 37047, Sept. 7, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.502" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.6.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.502   General registration requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions:</I> For purposes of this subpart—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Assembly</I> means the performance of any of the following functions when the function does not involve welding on the cargo tank wall: 
</P>
<P>(i) The mounting of one or more tanks or cargo tanks on a motor vehicle or to a motor vehicle suspension component; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The installation of equipment or components necessary to meet the specification requirements prior to the certification of the cargo tank motor vehicle; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The installation of linings, coatings, or other materials to the inside of a cargo tank wall. 
</P>
<P>(2) The terms <I>Authorized Inspector, Cargo tank, Cargo tank motor vehicle, Design Certifying Engineer, Registered Inspector,</I> and <I>Person</I> are defined in § 171.8 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) The terms <I>cargo tank wall</I> and <I>manufacturer</I> are defined in § 178.320(a), and <I>repair</I> is defined in § 180.403 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) No person may engage in the manufacture, assembly, certification, inspection or repair of a cargo tank or cargo tank motor vehicle manufactured under the terms of a DOT specification under subchapter C of this chapter or a special permit issued under this part unless the person is registered with the Department in accordance with the provisions of this subpart. A person employed as an inspector or design certifying engineer is considered to be registered if the person's employer is registered. The requirements of this paragraph (b) do not apply to a person engaged in the repair of a DOT specification cargo tank used in the transportation of hazardous materials in the United States in accordance with § 180.413(a)(1)(iii) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) A person who performs functions which are subject to the provisions of this subpart may perform only those functions which have been identified to the Department in accordance with the procedures of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) Persons registering with the Department may submit their registration statement and all of the information required by this subpart, in English, electronically at <I>https://portal.fmcsa.dot.gov/UrsRegistrationWizard/,</I> or in hard copy form to: FMCSA Hazardous Materials Division—MC-ECH, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001.








</P>
<P>(e) Upon determination that a registration statement contains all the information required by this subpart, the Department will send the registrant a letter confirming receipt of the registration application and assigning a registration number to that person. A separate registration number will be assigned for each cargo tank manufacturing, assembly, repair facility or other place of business identified by the registrant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-20, 54 FR 25003, June 12, 1989; 55 FR 37047, Sept. 7, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 107-22, 55 FR 39978, Oct. 1, 1990; Amdt. 107-23, 56 FR 66157, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 107-28, 58 FR 46873, Sept. 3, 1993; Amdt. 107-39, 61 FR 51337, Oct. 1, 1996; 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 19273, Apr. 18, 2003; 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007; 82 FR 15832, Mar. 30, 2017; 87 FR 79765, Dec. 27, 2022; 91 FR 1446, Jan. 16, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.503" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.6.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.503   Registration statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each registration statement must be in English and contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name;
</P>
<P>(2) Street address, mailing address and telephone number for each facility or place of business;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement indicating whether the facility uses mobile testing/inspection equipment to perform inspections, tests, or repairs at a location other than the address listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) A statement signed by the person responsible for compliance with the applicable requirements of this chapter, certifying knowledge of those requirements and that each employee who is a Registered Inspector or Design Certifying Engineer meets the minimum qualification requirements set forth in § 171.8 of this chapter for “Registered Inspector” or “Design Certifying Engineer”. The following language may be used.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I certify that all Registered Inspectors and Design Certifying Engineers used in performance of the prescribed functions meet the minimum qualification requirements set forth in 49 CFR 171.8, that I am the person responsible for ensuring compliance with the applicable requirements of this chapter, and that I have knowledge of the requirements applicable to the functions to be performed.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) A description of the specific functions to be performed on cargo tanks or cargo tank motor vehicles, e.g.:
</P>
<P>(i) Manufacture,
</P>
<P>(ii) Assembly,
</P>
<P>(iii) Inspection and testing (specify type, e.g., external or internal visual inspection, lining inspection, hydrostatic pressure test, leakage test, thickness test),
</P>
<P>(iv) Certification,
</P>
<P>(v) Repair, or
</P>
<P>(vi) Equipment manufacture;
</P>
<P>(6) An identification of the types of DOT specification and special permit cargo tanks or cargo tank motor vehicles which the registrant intends to manufacture, assemble, repair, inspect, test or certify;
</P>
<P>(7) A statement indicating whether the registrant employs Registered Inspectors or Design Certifying Engineers to conduct certification, inspection or testing functions addressed by this subpart. If the registrant engages a person who is not an employee of the registrant to perform these functions, provide the name, address and registration number of that person; and
</P>
<P>(8) If the registrant is not a resident of the United States, the name and address of a permanent resident of the United States designated in accordance with § 105.40 to serve as agent for service of process.
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to the information required under paragraph (a) of this section, each person who manufactures a cargo tank or cargo tank motor vehicle must submit a copy of the manufacturer's current ASME Certificate of Authorization for the use of the ASME “U” stamp.
</P>
<P>(c) In addition to the information required under paragraph (a) of this section, each person who repairs a cargo tank or cargo tank motor vehicle must submit a copy of the repair facility's current National Board Certificate of Authorization for the use of the “R” stamp or ASME Certificate of Authorization for the use of the ASME “U” stamp. Any person who repairs MC-series cargo tanks which are not certified to the ASME Code must submit a copy of the National Board or ASME Certificate of Authorization to PHMSA before June 30, 1992.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-20, 54 FR 25003, June 12, 1989; 55 FR 37047, Sept. 7, 1990; 57 FR 365, Jan. 6, 1992; Amdt. 107-32, 59 FR 49131, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 107-39, 61 FR 51337, Oct. 1, 1996; 63 FR 52846, Oct. 1, 1998; 68 FR 19273, Apr. 18, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.504" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.6.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.504   Period of registration, updates, and record retention.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Registration will be for a maximum of six years from the date of the original registration.
</P>
<P>(b) Any correspondence with the Department must contain the registrant's name and registration number.
</P>
<P>(c) A registration must be renewed every six years or within thirty days of reissuance of an ASME or National Board Certification, whichever occurs first, by submitting an up-to-date registration statement containing the information prescribed by § 107.503. Any person initially registered under the provisions of § 107.502 and who is in good standing is eligible for renewal.
</P>
<P>(d) A registrant shall provide written notification to the Department within thirty days of any of the following occurrences:
</P>
<P>(1) Any change in the registration information submitted under § 107.503;
</P>
<P>(2) Replacement of the person responsible for compliance with the requirements in § 107.503(a)(4). If this occurs, the registrant shall resubmit the required certification;
</P>
<P>(3) Loss of ASME or National Board Certificate of Authorization; or
</P>
<P>(4) A change in function; such as, from assembly to manufacture, an addition of a function, or a change to the types of inspections, tests or certifications of cargo tanks or cargo tank motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(e) Each registrant shall maintain a current copy of the registration information submitted to the Department and a current copy of the registration number identification received from the Department at the location identified in § 107.503(a)(2) during such time the person is registered with the Department and for two years thereafter.
</P>
<P>(f) The issuance of a registration number under this subpart is not an approval or endorsement by the Department of the qualifications of any person to perform the specified functions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-20, 54 FR 25003, June 12, 1989; 55 FR 37048, Sept. 7, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 107-20, 56 FR 27875, June 17, 1991; Amdt. 107-37, 61 FR 18931, Apr. 29, 1996; 71 FR 54390, Sept. 14, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Registration of Persons Who Offer or Transport Hazardous Materials</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 107-26, 57 FR 30630, July 9, 1992, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 107.601" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.7.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.601   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The registration and fee requirements of this subpart apply to any person who offers for transportation, or transports, in foreign, interstate or intrastate commerce—
</P>
<P>(1) A highway route-controlled quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material, as defined in § 173.403 of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(2) More than 25 kg (55 pounds) of a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) material (see § 173.50 of this chapter) in a motor vehicle, rail car or freight container; 
</P>
<P>(3) More than one L (1.06 quarts) per package of a material extremely toxic by inhalation (<I>i.e.,</I> “material poisonous by inhalation,” as defined in § 171.8 of this chapter, that meets the criteria for “hazard zone A,” as specified in § 173.116(a) or § 173.133(a) of this chapter); 
</P>
<P>(4) A shipment of a quantity of hazardous materials in a bulk packaging (see § 171.8 of this chapter) having a capacity equal to or greater than 13,248 L (3,500 gallons) for liquids or gases or more than 13.24 cubic meters (468 cubic feet) for solids; 
</P>
<P>(5) A shipment in other than a bulk packaging of 2,268 kg (5,000 pounds) gross weight or more of one class of hazardous materials for which placarding of a vehicle, rail car, or freight container is required for that class, under the provisions of subpart F of part 172 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(6) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a quantity of hazardous material that requires placarding, under provisions of subpart F of part 172 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a)(6) of this section does not apply to those activities of a farmer, as defined in § 171.8 of this chapter, that are in direct support of the farmer's farming operations. 
</P>
<P>(c) In this subpart, the term “shipment” means the offering or loading of hazardous material at one loading facility using one transport vehicle, or the transport of that transport vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 7309, Feb. 14, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.606" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.7.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.606   Exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are excepted from the requirements of this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) An agency of the Federal government.
</P>
<P>(2) A State agency.
</P>
<P>(3) An agency of a political subdivision of a State.
</P>
<P>(4) An Indian tribe.
</P>
<P>(5) An employee of any of those entities in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section with respect to the employee's official duties.
</P>
<P>(6) A hazmat employee (including, for purposes of this subpart, the owner-operator of a motor vehicle that transports in commerce hazardous materials, if that vehicle at the time of those activities, is leased to a registered motor carrier under a 30-day or longer lease as prescribed in 49 CFR part 376 or an equivalent contractual agreement).
</P>
<P>(7) A person domiciled outside the United States, who offers solely from a location outside the United States, hazardous materials for transportation in commerce, <I>provided</I> that the country of which such a person is a domiciliary does not require persons domiciled in the United States, who solely offer hazardous materials for transportation to the foreign country from places in the United States, to file a registration statement or to pay a registration fee.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon making a determination that persons domiciled in the United States, who offer hazardous materials for transportation to a foreign country solely from places in the United States, must file registration statements or pay fees to that foreign country, the U.S. Competent Authority will provide notice of such determination directly to the Competent Authority of that foreign country and by publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Persons who offer hazardous materials for transportation to the United States from that foreign country must file a registration statement and pay the required fee no later than 60 days following publication of the determination in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-34, 60 FR 27233, May 23, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 52847, Oct. 1, 1998; 72 FR 24538, May 3, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.608" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.7.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.608   General registration requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person subject to this subpart must submit a complete and accurate registration statement on DOT Form F 5800.2 not later than June 30 for each registration year, or in time to comply with paragraph (b) of this section, whichever is later. Each registration year begins on July 1 and ends on June 30 of the following year.
</P>
<P>(b) No person required to file a registration statement may transport a hazardous material or cause a hazardous material to be transported or shipped, unless such person has on file, in accordance with § 107.620, a current Certificate of Registration in accordance with the requirements of this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(c) A registrant whose name or principal place of business has changed during the year of registration must notify PHMSA of that change by submitting an amended registration statement not later than 30 days after the change.
</P>
<P>(d) Copies of DOT Form F 5800.2 and instructions for its completion may be obtained from the Outreach, Training and Grants Division, PHH-50, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001, by calling 202-366-4109, or via the Internet at <I>http://phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/registration.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) If the registrant is not a resident of the United States, the registrant must attach to the registration statement the name and address of a permanent resident of the United States, designated in accordance with § 105.40, to serve as agent for service of process.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-26, 57 FR 30630, July 9, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 107-31, 59 FR 32932, June 27, 1994; 65 FR 7309, Feb. 14, 2000; 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 70 FR 56090, Sept. 23, 2005; 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.612" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.7.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.612   Amount of fee.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of determining the applicable annual registration fee specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the following classification applies to each person required to register and pay a registration fee:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Small business.</I> A person that qualifies as a small business, under criteria specified in 13 CFR part 121 applicable to the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code that describes that person's primary commercial activity.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Not-for-profit organization.</I> An organization exempt from taxation under 26 U.S.C. 501(a).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Other than a small business or not-for-profit organization.</I> Each person that does not meet the criteria specified in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person subject to the requirements of this subpart must pay the processing fee specified in paragraph (c) of this section and the annual registration fee set forth in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Registration year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Small business
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Not-for-profit
<br/>organization
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other than small business or
<br/>not-for-profit
<br/>organization
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2014-2015 and later</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,575
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2013-2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2012-2013, 2011-2012, 2010-2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,575
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2009-2010, 2008-2009, 2007-2008, 2006-2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">975
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2005-2006, 2004-2005, 2003-2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2002-2003, 2001-2002, 2000-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>1</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,975
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1999-2000 and earlier</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Fee appropriate for small or other than small business.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Each person submitting a registration statement must pay the following processing fee in addition to the registration fees specified in paragraph (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) For registration years 2000-2001 and later, the processing fee is $25 for each registration statement filed. A single statement may be filed for one, two, or three registration years as provided in § 107.616(c).
</P>
<P>(2) For registration years 1999-2000 and earlier, the processing fee is $50 for each registration statement filed. A separate statement must be filed for each registration year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 23506, Apr. 19, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.616" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.7.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.616   Payment procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person subject to the requirements of this subpart must mail the registration statement and payment in full to the U.S. Department of Transportation—Hazardous Materials, P.O. Box 6200-01, Portland, OR 97228-6200, or submit the statement and payment electronically through the Department's e-Commerce internet site. Access to this service is provided at <I>https://www.phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/registration</I>. A registrant required to file an amended registration statement under § 107.608(c) of this subpart must mail it to the same address or submit it through the same internet site.
</P>
<P>(b) Payment must be made by certified check, cashier's check, personal check, or money order in U.S. funds and drawn on a U.S. bank, payable to the U.S. Department of Transportation and identified as payment for the “Hazmat Registration Fee,” or by completing an authorization for payment by credit card or other electronic means of payment acceptable to the Department on the registration statement or as part of an Internet registration as provided in paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) Payment must correspond to the total fees properly calculated in the “Amount Due” block of the DOT form F 5800.2. A person may elect to register and pay the required fees for up to three registration years by filing one complete and accurate registration statement. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-26, 57 FR 30630, July 9, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 107-26, 58 FR 12545, Mar. 5, 1993; 65 FR 7310, Feb. 14, 2000; 67 FR 58345, Sept. 16, 2002; 68 FR 1346, Jan. 9, 2003; 71 FR 54390, Sept. 14, 2006; 72 FR 24538, May 3, 2007; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 2011; 84 FR 3999, Feb. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.620" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.7.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.620   Recordkeeping requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person subject to the requirements of this subpart, or its agent designated under § 107.608(e), must maintain at its principal place of business for a period of three years from the date of issuance of each Certificate of Registration:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the registration statement filed with PHMSA; and
</P>
<P>(2) The Certificate of Registration issued to the registrant by PHMSA.
</P>
<P>(b) After January 1, 1993, each motor carrier subject to the requirements of this subpart must carry a copy of its current Certificate of Registration issued by PHMSA or another document bearing the registration number identified as the “U.S. DOT Hazmat Reg. No.” on board each truck and truck tractor (not including trailers and semi-trailers) used to transport hazardous materials subject to the requirements of this subpart. The Certificate of Registration or document bearing the registration number must be made available, upon request, to enforcement personnel.
</P>
<P>(c) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, after January 1, 1995, each person who transports by vessel a hazardous material subject to the requirements of this subpart must carry on board the vessel a copy of its current Certificate of Registration or another document bearing the current registration number identified as the “U.S. DOT Hazmat Reg. No.”
</P>
<P>(d) Each person subject to this subpart must furnish its Certificate of Registration (or a copy thereof) and all other records and information pertaining to the information contained in the registration statement to an authorized representative or special agent of DOT upon request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-26, 57 FR 30630, July 9, 1992, as amended at 57 FR 37902, Aug. 21, 1992; Amdt. 107-26, 58 FR 12545, Mar. 5, 1993; Amdt. 107-31, 59 FR 32932, June 27, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Approvals, Registrations and Submissions</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 107.701" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.8.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.701   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes procedures for the issuance, modification and termination of approvals, and the submission of registrations and reports, as required by this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The procedures of this subpart are in addition to any requirements in subchapter C of this chapter applicable to a specific approval, registration or report. If compliance with both a specific requirement of subchapter C of this chapter and a procedure of this subpart is not possible, the specific requirement applies.
</P>
<P>(c) Registration under subpart F or G of this part is not subject to the procedures of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996; Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 27948, June 3, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.705" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.8.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.705   Registrations, reports, and applications for approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person filing a registration, report, or application for an approval, or a renewal or modification of an approval subject to the provisions of this subpart must—


</P>
<P>(1) File using the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Submission methods.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, the registration, report, or application may be filed with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001. Applications may be filed using the PHMSA portal at <I>https://portal.phmsa.dot.gov/</I> or, alternatively, may be filed with any attached supporting documentation in an appropriate format by fax at 202-366-3753 or 202-366-3308, or by email at <I>approvals@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Explosive approval applications.</I> Filing of explosives approval and fireworks approval applications, as well as certifications of low hazard fireworks, must be submitted using the PHMSA portal <I>https://portal.phmsa.dot.gov/.</I>


</P>
<P>(2) Identify the section of the chapter under which the registration, report, or application is made;
</P>
<P>(3) If a report is required by an approval, a registration or a special permit, identify the approval, registration or special permit number;
</P>
<P>(4) Provide the name, street and mailing addresses, e-mail address optional, and telephone number of the person on whose behalf the registration, report, or application is made and, if different, the person making the filing;
</P>
<P>(5) If the person on whose behalf the filing is made is not a resident of the United States, provide a designation of agent for service in accordance with § 105.40;
</P>
<P>(6) Provide a description of the activity for which the registration or report is required; and
</P>
<P>(7) Provide additional information as requested by the Associate Administrator, if the Associate Administrator determines that a filing lacks pertinent information or otherwise does not comply with applicable requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Description of approval proposal.</I> In addition to the provisions in paragraph (a) for an approval, an application for an approval, or an application for modification or renewal of an approval, the applicant must include the following information that is relevant to the approval application—
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the activity for which the approval is required;
</P>
<P>(2) The proposed duration of the approval;
</P>
<P>(3) The transport mode or modes affected, as applicable;


</P>
<P>(4) Any additional information specified in the section containing the approval;






</P>
<P>(5) For an approval which provides exceptions from regulatory requirements or prohibitions—
</P>
<P>(i) Identification of any increased risk to safety or property that may result if the approval is granted, and specification of the measures that the applicant considers necessary or appropriate to address that risk; and


</P>
<P>(ii) Substantiation, with applicable analyses or evaluations, if appropriate, demonstrating that the proposed activity will achieve a level of safety that is at least equal to that required by the regulation; and


</P>
<P>(6) For lithium cells and batteries used for a medical device and transported in accordance with § 173.185(g) of this chapter, details on the extent to which the destination(s) of the lithium cell or battery is not serviced daily by cargo aircraft.






</P>
<P>(c) For an approval with an expiration date, each application for renewal or modification must be filed in the same manner as an original application. If, at least 60 days before an existing approval expires the holder files an application for renewal that is complete and conforms to the requirements of this section, the approval will not expire until final administrative action on the application for renewal has been taken. Operation under an expired approval not filed within 60 days of the expiration date is prohibited. This paragraph does not limit the authority of the Associate Administrator to modify, suspend or terminate an approval under § 107.713.
</P>
<P>(d) To request confidential treatment for information contained in the application, the applicant shall comply with § 105.30(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 50457, Aug. 18, 2000; 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 70 FR 56090, Sept. 23, 2005; 70 FR 73162, Dec. 9, 2005; 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007; 79 FR 15043, Mar. 18, 2014; 80 FR 54437, Sept. 10, 2015; 87 FR 78010, Dec. 21, 2022; 91 FR 32902, June 2, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.709" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.8.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.709   Processing of an application for approval, including an application for renewal or modification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No public hearing or other formal proceeding is required under this subpart before the disposition of an application.


</P>
<P>(b) The Associate Administrator will review an application for an approval, modification of an approval, or renewal of an approval in conformance with the standard operating procedures specified in appendix A of this part (“Standard Operating Procedures for Special Permits and Approvals”). The Associate Administrator will conduct an expedited review process for shipments of lithium cells and batteries specifically used for medical devices, as outlined in § 173.185(g) of this chapter. At any time during the processing of an application, the Associate Administrator may request additional information from the applicant. If the applicant does not respond to a written request for additional information within 30 days of the date the request was received, the Associate Administrator may deem the application incomplete and deny it. The Associate Administrator may grant a 30-day extension to respond to the written request for additional information if the applicant makes such a request in writing.




</P>
<P>(c) The Associate Administrator may grant or deny an application, in whole or in part. At the Associate Administrator's discretion, an application may be granted subject to provisions that are appropriate to protect health, safety and property. The Associate Administrator may impose additional provisions not specified in the application, or delete conditions in the application which are unnecessary.
</P>
<P>(d) The Associate Administrator may grant an application on finding that—
</P>
<P>(1) The application complies with this subpart;
</P>
<P>(2) The application demonstrates that the proposed activity will achieve a level of safety that—
</P>
<P>(i) Is at least equal to that required by the regulation, or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the regulations do not establish a level of safety, is consistent with the public interest and adequately will protect against the risks to life and property inherent in the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce;
</P>
<P>(3) The application states all material facts, and contains no materially false or materially misleading statement;
</P>
<P>(4) The applicant meets the qualifications required by applicable regulations; and
</P>
<P>(5) The applicant is fit to conduct the activity authorized by the approval, or renewal or modification of approval. This assessment may be based on information in the application, prior compliance history of the applicant, and other information available to the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(e) Unless otherwise specified in this chapter or by the Associate Administrator, an approval in which a term is not specified does not expire.


</P>
<P>(f) The Associate Administrator notifies the applicant in writing of the decision on the application. A denial contains a brief statement of reasons. For shipments of lithium cells and batteries specifically used for medical devices, as outlined in § 173.185(g) of this chapter, an approval shall be considered and either granted or denied not later than 45 days after receipt of a completed application.






</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996, as amended at 80 FR 54437, Sept. 10, 2015; 87 FR 78010, Dec. 21, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.711" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.8.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.711   Withdrawal.</HEAD>
<P>An application may be withdrawn at any time before a decision to grant or deny it is made. Withdrawal of an application does not authorize the removal of any related records from the PHMSA dockets or files. Applications that are eligible for confidential treatment under § 105.30 will remain confidential after the application is withdrawn. The duration of this confidential treatment for trade secrets and commercial or financial information is indefinite, unless the party requesting the confidential treatment of the materials notifies the Associate Administrator that the confidential treatment is no longer required.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996, as amended at 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.713" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.8.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.713   Approval modification, suspension or termination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Associate Administrator may modify an approval on finding that—
</P>
<P>(1) Modification is necessary to conform an existing approval to relevant statutes and regulations as they may be amended from time to time; or
</P>
<P>(2) Modification is required by changed circumstances to enable the approval to continue to meet the standards of § 107.709(d).
</P>
<P>(b) The Associate Administrator may modify, suspend or terminate an approval, as appropriate, on finding that—
</P>
<P>(1) Because of a change in circumstances, the approval no longer is needed or no longer would be granted if applied for;
</P>
<P>(2) The application contained inaccurate or incomplete information, and the approval would not have been granted had the application been accurate and complete;
</P>
<P>(3) The application contained deliberately inaccurate or incomplete information; or
</P>
<P>(4) The holder knowingly has violated the terms of the approval or an applicable requirement of this chapter in a manner demonstrating lack of fitness to conduct the activity for which the approval is required.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, before an approval is modified, suspended, or terminated, the Associate Administrator notifies the holder in writing of the proposed action and the reasons for it, and provides an opportunity to show cause why the proposed action should not be taken.


</P>
<P>(1) The holder may file a written response with the Associate Administrator within 30 days of receipt of notice of the proposed action.
</P>
<P>(2) After considering the holder's or party's written response, or after 30 days have passed without response since receipt of the notice, the Associate Administrator notifies the holder in writing of the final decision with a brief statement of reasons.
</P>
<P>(d) The Associate Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of significant harm to persons or property, may in the notification declare the proposed action immediately effective.
</P>
<P>(e) The Associate Administrator may terminate an approval at the request of the approval holder based on the holder's determination that it is no longer needed. The approval holder must submit the request in writing to the Associate Administrator using the PHMSA portal at <I>https://portal.phmsa.dot.gov/.</I> The Associate Administrator will notify the approval holder of termination.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 107-38, 61 FR 21100, May 9, 1996, as amended at 91 FR 32902, June 2, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.715" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.8.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.715   Reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An applicant or a holder may request that the Associate Administrator reconsider a decision under § 107.709(f) or § 107.713(c). The request must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing and filed within 20 days of receipt of the decision;
</P>
<P>(2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
</P>
<P>(3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the request to reconsider; and
</P>
<P>(4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.
</P>
<P>(b) The Associate Administrator considers newly submitted information on a showing that the information could not reasonably have been submitted during application processing.
</P>
<P>(c) The Associate Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in part, the relief requested and informs the requesting person in writing of the decision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.717" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.8.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.717   Appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person who requested reconsideration under § 107.715 may appeal to the Administrator the Associate Administrator's decision on the request. The appeal must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing and filed within 30 days of receipt of the Associate Administrator's decision on reconsideration;
</P>
<P>(2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
</P>
<P>(3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the appeal; and
</P>
<P>(4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of significant harm to persons or property, may declare the Associate Administrator's action effective pending a decision on appeal.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in part, the relief requested and informs the appellant in writing of the decision on appeal. The Administrator's decision on appeal is the final administrative action.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Approval of Independent Inspection Agencies, Cylinder Requalifiers, and Non-domestic Chemical Analyses and Tests of DOT Specification Cylinders</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 51639, Aug. 8, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 107.801" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.9.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.801   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes procedures for—
</P>
<P>(1) A person who seeks approval to be an independent inspection agency to perform tests, inspections, verifications and certifications of DOT specification cylinders or UN pressure receptacles as required by parts 178 and 180 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) A person who seeks approval to engage in the requalification (<I>e.g.</I> inspection, testing, or certification), rebuilding, or repair of a cylinder manufactured in accordance with a DOT specification or a pressure receptacle in accordance with a UN standard under subchapter C of this chapter or under the terms of a special permit issued under this part, or a cylinder or tube manufactured in accordance with a TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC specification under the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(3) A person who seeks approval to perform the manufacturing chemical analyses and tests of DOT specification cylinders, special permit cylinders, or UN pressure receptacles outside the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) No person may engage in a function identified in paragraph (a) of this section unless approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with the provisions of this subpart. Each person must comply with the applicable requirements in this subpart. In addition, the procedural requirements in subpart H of this part apply to the filing, processing, and termination of an approval issued under this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51639, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 33873, June 12, 2006; 78 FR 60750, Oct. 2, 2013; 82 FR 15832, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.803" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.9.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.803   Approval of an independent inspection agency (IIA).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Prior to performing cylinder inspections and verifications required by parts 178 and 180 of this chapter, a person must apply to the Associate Administrator for an approval as an independent inspection agency. A person approved as an independent inspection agency is not an PHMSA agent or representative.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Criteria.</I> No applicant for approval as an independent inspection agency may be engaged in the manufacture of cylinders for use in the transportation of hazardous materials, or be directly or indirectly controlled by, or have a financial involvement with, any entity that manufactures cylinders for use in the transportation of hazardous materials, except for providing services as an independent inspector.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application information.</I> Each applicant must submit an application in conformance with § 107.705 containing the information prescribed in § 107.705(a). In addition, the application must contain the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) Name and address of each facility where tests and inspections are to be performed. 
</P>
<P>(2) Detailed description of the inspection and testing facilities to be used by the applicant. 
</P>
<P>(3) Detailed description of the applicant's qualifications and ability to perform the inspections and to verify the inspections required by parts 178 and 180 of this chapter; or those required under the terms of a special permit issued under this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Name, address, and principal business activity of each person having any direct or indirect ownership interest in the applicant greater than three percent and any direct or indirect ownership interest in each subsidiary or division of the applicant. 
</P>
<P>(5) Name of each individual whom the applicant proposes to employ as an inspector and who will be responsible for certifying inspection and test results, and a statement of that person's qualifications. 
</P>
<P>(6) An identification or qualification number assigned to each inspector who is supervised by a certifying inspector identified in paragraph (c)(5) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(7) A statement that the applicant will perform its functions independent of the manufacturers and owners of the cylinders. 
</P>
<P>(8) If the applicant's principal place of business is in a country other than the United States, the Associate Administrator may approve the applicant on the basis of an approval issued by the Competent Authority of the country of manufacture. The Competent Authority must maintain a current listing of approved IIAs and their identification marks. The applicant must provide a copy of the designation from the Competent Authority of that country delegating to the applicant an approval or designated agency authority for the type of packaging for which a DOT or UN designation is sought; and
</P>
<P>(9) The signature of the person certifying the approval application and the date on which it was signed. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Facility inspection.</I> Upon the request of the Associate Administrator, the applicant must allow the Associate Administrator or the Associate Administrator's designee to inspect the applicant's facilities and records. The person seeking approval must bear the cost of the inspection.
</P>
<P>(e) After approval, the Associate Administrator may authorize, upon request, the independent inspection agency to perform other inspections and functions for which the Associate Administrator finds the applicant to be qualified. Such additional authorizations will be noted on each inspection agency's approval documents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51639, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24659, May 8, 2003; 71 FR 33873, June 12, 2006; 78 FR 60750, Oct. 2, 2013; 85 FR 85415, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.805" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.9.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.805   Approval of cylinder and pressure receptacle requalifiers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A person must meet the requirements of this section to be approved to inspect, test, certify, repair, or rebuild a cylinder in accordance with a DOT specification or a UN pressure receptacle under subpart C of part 178 or subpart C of part 180 of this chapter, or under the terms of a special permit issued under this part, or a TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC specification cylinder or tube manufactured in accordance with the TDG Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Independent Inspection Agency Review.</I> Each applicant must arrange for an independent inspection agency, approved by the Associate Administrator pursuant to this subpart, to perform a review of its inspection or requalification operation. The person seeking approval must bear the cost of the inspection. A list of approved independent inspection agencies is available from the Associate Administrator at the address listed in § 107.705. Assistance in obtaining an approval is available from the same address. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application for approval.</I> If the inspection performed by an independent inspection agency is completed with satisfactory results, the applicant must submit a letter of recommendation from the independent inspection agency, an inspection report, and an application containing the information prescribed in § 107.705(a). In addition, the application must contain— 
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the facility manager; 
</P>
<P>(2) The types of DOT specification or special permit cylinders, UN pressure receptacles, or TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC specification cylinders or tubes that will be inspected, tested, repaired, or rebuilt at the facility;
</P>
<P>(3) A certification that the facility will operate in compliance with the applicable requirements of subchapter C of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(4) The signature of the person making the certification and the date on which it was signed; and
</P>
<P>(5) For a mobile unit operation (as defined in § 180.203 of subchapter C of this chapter), the type of equipment to be used, the specific vehicles to be used, the geographic area the applicant is requesting to operate within, and any differences between the mobile operation and the facility operation as described under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Issuance of requalifier identification number (RIN).</I> The Associate Administrator issues a RIN as evidence of approval to requalify DOT specification or special permit cylinders, or TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC specification cylinders or tubes, or UN pressure receptacles if it is determined, based on the applicant's submission and other available information, that the applicant's qualifications and, when applicable, facility are adequate to perform the requested functions in accordance with the criteria prescribed in subpart C of part 180 of this subchapter or TDG Regulations, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Expiration of RIN.</I> Unless otherwise provided in the issuance letter, an approval expires five years from the date of issuance, provided the applicant's facility and qualifications are maintained at or above the level observed at the time of inspection by the independent inspection agency, or at the date of the certification in the application for approval for requalifiers only performing inspections made under § 180.209(g) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exceptions.</I> The requirements in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section do not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) A person who only performs inspections in accordance with § 180.209(g) of this chapter provided the application contains the following, in addition to the information prescribed in § 107.705(a): Identifies the DOT specification/special permit cylinders to be inspected; certifies the requalifier will operate in compliance with the applicable requirements of subchapter C of this chapter; certifies the persons performing inspections have been trained and have the information contained in each applicable CGA publication incorporated by reference in § 171.7 of this chapter applicable to the requalifiers' activities; and includes the signature of the person making the certification and the date on which it was signed. Each person must comply with the applicable requirements in this subpart. In addition, the procedural requirements in subpart H of this part apply to the filing, processing and termination of an approval issued under this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(2) A person holding a DOT-issued RIN to perform the requalification (inspect, test, certify), repair, or rebuild of DOT specification cylinders, that wishes to perform any of these actions on corresponding TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC cylinders or tubes may submit an application that, in addition to the information prescribed in § 107.705(a): Identifies the TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC specification cylinder(s) or tube(s) to be inspected; certifies the requalifier will operate in compliance with the applicable TDG Regulations; certifies the persons performing requalification have been trained in the functions applicable to the requalifiers' activities; and includes the signature of the person making the certification and the date on which it was signed. In addition, the procedural requirements in subpart H of this part apply to the filing, processing and termination of an approval issued under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(3) A person holding a certificate of registration issued by Transport Canada in accordance with the TDG Regulations to perform the requalification (inspect, test, certify), repair, or rebuild of a TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC cylinder who performs any of these actions on corresponding DOT specification cylinders.
</P>
<P>(g) Each holder of a current RIN shall report in writing any change in its name, address, ownership, testing equipment, or management or personnel performing any function under this section, to the Associate Administrator (PHH-32) within 20 days of the change.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51639, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24659, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 55544, Sept. 26, 2003; 70 FR 56090, Sept. 23, 2005; 70 FR 73162, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 33873, June 12, 2006; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 2011; 82 FR 15833, Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 85415, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.807" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.9.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.807   Approval of non-domestic chemical analyses and tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A person who seeks to manufacture DOT specification or special permit cylinders outside the United States must seek an approval from the Associate Administrator to perform the chemical analyses and tests of those cylinders outside the United States. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application for approval.</I> Each applicant must submit an application containing the information prescribed in § 107.705(a). In addition, the application must contain— 
</P>
<P>(1) The name, address, and a description of each facility at which cylinders are to be manufactured and chemical analyses and tests are to be performed; 
</P>
<P>(2) Complete details concerning the dimensions, materials of construction, wall thickness, water capacity, shape, type of joints, location and size of openings and other pertinent physical characteristics of each specification or special permit cylinder for which approval is being requested, including calculations for cylinder wall stress and wall thickness, which may be shown on a drawing or on separate sheets attached to a descriptive drawing; 
</P>
<P>(3) The name of the independent inspection agency to be used to certify the analyses and tests and a statement from the agency indicating that it is independent of and not owned by a cylinder manufacturer, owner, or distributor; and
</P>
<P>(4) The signature of the person making the certification and the date on which it was signed. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Facility inspections.</I> Upon the request of the Associate Administrator, the applicant must allow the Associate Administrator or the Associate Administrator's designee to inspect the applicant's cylinder manufacturing and testing facilities and records, and must provide such materials and cylinders for analyses and tests as the Associate Administrator may specify. The applicant or holder must bear the cost of the initial and subsequent inspections, analyses, and tests.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51639, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 81 FR 35513, June 2, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 107.809" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.9.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 107.809   Conditions of UN pressure receptacle approvals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each approval issued under this subpart contains the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Upon the request of the Associate Administrator, the applicant or holder must allow the Associate Administrator or the Associate Administrator's designee to inspect the applicant's pressure receptacle manufacturing and testing facilities and records, and must provide such materials and pressure receptacles for analyses and tests as the Associate Administrator may specify. The applicant or holder must bear the cost of the initial and subsequent inspections, analyses, and tests.
</P>
<P>(2) Each holder must comply with all of the terms and conditions stated in the approval letter issued under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to the conditions specified in § 107.713, an approval may be denied or if issued, suspended or terminated if the Competent Authority of the country of manufacture fails to initiate, maintain or recognize an IIA approved under this subpart; fails to recognize UN standard packagings manufactured in accordance with this subchapter; or implements a condition or limitation on United States citizens or organizations that is not required of its own citizenry.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33874, June 12, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.4.11.25.1.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 107—Standard Operating Procedures for Special Permits and Approvals
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix sets forth the standard operating procedures (SOPs) for processing an application for a special permit or an approval in conformance with 49 CFR parts 107 and 171 through 180. It is to be used by PHMSA for the internal management of its special permit and approval programs.
</P>
<P>The words “special permit” and “approval” are defined in § 107.1. PHMSA receives applications for: (1) Designation as an approval or certification agency, (2) a new special permit or approval, renewal or modification of an existing special permit or an existing approval, (3) granting of party status to an existing special permit, and (4) in conformance with § 107.117, emergency processing for a special permit. Depending on the type of application, the SOP review process includes several phases, such as Completeness, Publication, Evaluation, and Disposition.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Special Permit and Approval Evaluation Review Process
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Special permit
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non-classification approval
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Classification approval
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Registration approval
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Completeness</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Publication</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Evaluation
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">a. Technical</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">b. Safety Profile</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Disposition
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">a. Approval</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">b. Denial</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">c. Reconsideration/Appeal</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>An approval for assessing an applicant's ability to perform a function that does not involve classifying a hazardous material is described as a non-classification approval and certifies that: An approval holder is qualified to requalify, repair, rebuild, and/or manufacture cylinders stipulated in the HMR; an agency is qualified to perform inspections and other functions outlined in an approval and the HMR; an approval holder is providing an equivalent level of safety or safety that is consistent with the public interest in the transportation of hazardous materials outlined in the approval; and a radioactive package design or material classification fully complies with applicable domestic or international regulations. An approval for assessing the hazard class of a material is described as a classification approval and certifies that explosives, fireworks, chemical oxygen generators, self-reactive materials, and organic peroxides have been classed for manufacturing and/or transportation based on requirements stipulated in the HMR. Registration approvals include the issuance of a unique identification number used solely as an identifier or in conjunction with approval holder's name and address, or the issuance of a registration number that is evidence the approval holder is qualified to perform an HMR-authorized function, such as visually requalifying cylinders. This appendix does not include registrations issued under 49 CFR part 107, subpart G.
</P>
<P>1. <I>Completeness.</I> PHMSA reviews all special permit and approval applications to determine if they contain all the information required under § 107.105 (for a special permit), § 107.117 (for emergency processing) or § 107.402 (for designation as a certification agency) or § 107.705 (for an approval). If PHMSA determines an application does not contain all the information needed to evaluate the safety of the actions requested in the application, the Associate Administrator may reject the application. If the application is rejected, PHMSA will notify the applicant of the deficiencies in writing. An applicant may resubmit a rejected application as a new application, provided the newly submitted application contains the information PHMSA needs to make a determination.
</P>
<P>Emergency special permit applications must comply with all the requirements prescribed in § 107.105 for a special permit application, and contain sufficient information to determine that the applicant's request for emergency processing is justified under the conditions prescribed in § 107.117.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Publication.</I> When PHMSA determines an application for a new special permit or a request to modify an existing special permit is complete and sufficient, PHMSA publishes a summary of the application in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> in conformance with § 107.113(b). This provides the public an opportunity to comment on a request for a new or a modification of an existing special permit.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Evaluation.</I> The evaluation phase consists of two assessments, which may be done concurrently, a technical evaluation and a safety profile evaluation. When applicable, PHMSA consults and coordinates its evaluation of applications with the following Operating Administrations (OAs) that share enforcement authority under Federal hazardous material transportation law: Federal Aviation Administration, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Federal Railroad Administration, and United States Coast Guard. PHMSA also consults other agencies with hazardous material subject-matter expertise, such as the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and the Department of Energy.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Technical evaluation.</I> A technical evaluation considers whether the proposed special permit or approval will achieve a level of safety at least equal to that required under the HMR or, if a required safety level does not exist, considers whether the proposed special permit is consistent with the public interest in that it will adequately protect against the risks to life and property inherent in the transportation of hazardous material. For a classification approval, the technical evaluation is a determination that the application meets the requirements of the regulations for issuance of the approval. If formal coordination with another OA is included as part of the evaluation phase, that OA is responsible for managing this process within the applicable OA. The OA reviews the application materials and PHMSA's technical evaluation, and may provide their own evaluation, comments and recommendations. The OA may also recommend operational controls or limitations to be incorporated into the special permit or approval to improve its safety.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safety profile evaluation.</I> Each applicant for a special permit or non-classification approval is subject to a safety profile evaluation to assess if the applicant is fit to conduct the activity authorized by the special permit or approval application. PHMSA will coordinate the safety profile evaluations with the appropriate OA if a proposed activity is specific to a particular mode of transportation, if the proposed activity will set new precedent or have a significant economic impact, or if an OA requests participation. PHMSA does not conduct initial safety profile reviews as part of processing classification approvals, which include fireworks, explosives, organic peroxides, and self-reactive materials. Additionally, cylinder approvals and certification agency approvals do not follow the same minimum safety profile review model.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Automated Review.</I> An applicant for a special permit or approval which requires a safety profile evaluation, but does not include coordination with an OA, is subject to an automated safety profile review. If the applicant passes the initial automated review, the applicant is determined to be fit. If the applicant fails the initial automated review, the applicant is subject to a safety profile evaluation. An applicant that fails a safety profile evaluation may be determined to be unfit. To begin this review, PHMSA or the applicant enters the applicant's information into the web-based Hazardous Materials Information System (HMIS) or Hazmat Intelligence Portal (HIP), or other future application processing technology that provide an integrated information source to identify hazardous material safety trends through the analysis of incident and accident information, and provide access to comprehensive information on hazardous materials incidents, special permits and approvals, enforcement actions, and other elements that support PHMSA's regulatory program. PHMSA then screens the applicant to determine if, within the four years prior to submitting its application, the applicant was involved in any incident attributable to the applicant or package where two or more triggers for a safety profile review or five or more triggers for on-site inspection enforcement case referral events occurred.
</P>
<P>(1) The trigger events are listed in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Trigger for safety profile review
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Trigger for on-site inspection *
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Any incident that involved a death or injury;</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) Evidence that an applicant is at risk of being unable to comply with the terms of an application, including those listed below.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Two or more incidents involving a § 172.504(e) (placarding) Table 1 hazardous material;</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(2) An on-site inspection at the recommendation of the fitness coordinator if the following criteria applies—Any incident listed under automated review in paragraph 3(b)(i) of this appendix is attributable to the applicant or package, other than driver error.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) Three or more incidents involving a bulk packaging, or an applicant that is acting as an interstate carrier of hazardous materials under the terms of the special permit or an approval; or</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(3) If, during an inspection, evidence is found in the four years prior to submitting its application that an applicant has not implemented sufficient corrective actions for prior violations, or is at risk of being unable to comply with the terms of an application for a special permit or approval, an existing special permit or approval, or the HMR, then PHMSA will determine that the applicant is unfit to conduct the activities requested in an application or authorized special permit or approval.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) Any incident that involved: Incorrect package selection; leaking packages; not following closure instructions; failure to test packages, if applicable; and failure to secure packages, including incorrect blocking and/or bracing.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(4) Incorrect or missing: (a) Markings, (b) labels, (c) placards, or (d) shipping papers.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">* The Fitness Coordinator assesses and applies these triggers.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) If an applicant is acting as an interstate carrier of hazardous materials under the terms of the special permit, they will be screened in an automated manner based upon criteria established by FMCSA, such as that contained in its Safety and Fitness Electronic Records (SAFER) system, which consists of interstate carrier data, several states' intrastate data, interstate vehicle registration data, and may include operational data such as inspections and crashes.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Safety profile evaluation.</I> A fitness coordinator, as defined in § 107.1, conducts a safety profile evaluation of all applicants meeting any of the criteria listed earlier in this appendix under “automated review,” and all applicants whose safety profile evaluations are subject to coordination with an OA, as described in introductory paragraph 3(b) of this appendix. In a safety profile evaluation, PHMSA or the OA performs an in-depth evaluation of the applicant based upon items the automated review triggered concerning the applicant's four-year performance and compliance history prior to the submission of the application. Information considered during this review may include the applicant's history of prior violations, insufficient corrective actions, or evidence that the applicant is at risk of being unable to comply with the terms of an application for an existing special permit, approval, or the HMR. PHMSA performs the review or coordinates with the OAs, if necessary, if two or more modes of transportation are requested in the application, and coordinates this review with the OA(s) of the applicable mode(s). The applicable OA performs the review if one mode of transportation is requested in the application. If necessary, the fitness coordinator will attempt to contact the applicant for clarifying information. If the information provided is sufficient, an on-site inspection may not be necessary. After conducting an evaluation, if the fitness coordinator determines that the applicant may be unfit to conduct the activities requested in the application, the coordinator will forward the request and supporting documentation to PHMSA's Field Operations Division, or a representative of the Department, such as an authorized Operating Administration representative, to perform an on-site inspection. After the safety profile evaluation is completed, if the applicant is not selected for an on-site inspection, the applicant is determined to be fit. On-site inspections are not required for fitness determinations from modal administrations according to their own procedures.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>On-Site Inspection.</I> (A) The factors in paragraph 3(b)(i) and 3(b)(ii) are used as evidence that an applicant is at risk of being unable to comply with the terms of an application, including those listed below. PHMSA's Field Operations Division or representative of the Department, such as an Operating Administration representative, will conduct an on-site inspection at the recommendation of the fitness coordinator if one of the following criteria applies:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Any incident listed under automated review in paragraph 3(b)(i) of this appendix is attributable to the applicant or package, other than driver error;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Insufficient Corrective Actions, as defined in § 107.1, in any enforcement case for a period of four years prior to submitting the application, except when re-inspected with no violations noted; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Items noted by an IIA on a cylinder requalifier inspection report, except when re-inspected with no violations noted.
</P>
<P>(B) If, during an inspection, the PHMSA investigator or a representative of the Department finds evidence in the four years prior to submitting its application that an applicant has not implemented sufficient corrective actions for prior violations, or is at risk of being unable to comply with the terms of an application for a special permit or approval, an existing special permit or approval, or the HMR, then PHMSA will determine that the applicant is unfit to conduct the activities requested in an application or authorized special permit or approval.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Disposition.</I> (a) <I>Special Permit.</I> If an application for a special permit is issued, PHMSA provides the applicant, in writing, with a special permit and an authorization letter if party status is authorized.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Approval.</I> If an application for approval is issued, PHMSA provides the applicant, in writing, with an approval, which may come in various forms, including:
</P>
<P>(1) An “EX” approval number for classifying an explosive (including fireworks; see §§ 173.56, 173.124, 173.128, and 173.168(a));
</P>
<P>(2) A “RIN” (requalification identification number) to uniquely identify a cylinder requalification, repair, or rebuilding facility (see § 180.203);
</P>
<P>(3) A “VIN” (visual identification number) to uniquely identify a facility that performs an internal or external visual inspection, or both, of a cylinder in conformance with 49 CFR part 180, subpart C, or applicable CGA Pamphlet or HMR provision;
</P>
<P>(4) An “M” number for identifying packaging manufacturers (see § 178.3); or
</P>
<P>(5) A “CA” (competent authority) for general approvals (see §§ 107.705, 173.185, and 173.230).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Denial.</I> An application for a special permit or approval may be denied in whole or in part. For example, if an application contains sufficient information to successfully complete its technical review but the Associate Administrator determines the applicant is unfit, the application will be denied. If an application for a special permit or an approval is denied, PHMSA provides the applicant with a brief statement, in writing, of the reasons for denial and the opportunity to request reconsideration (see §§ 107.113(g), 107.402, and 107.709(f)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reconsideration and Appeal.</I> (1) <I>Special Permit.</I> If an application for a special permit is denied, the applicant may request reconsideration as provided in § 107.123 and, if the reconsideration is denied, may appeal as provided in § 107.125. Applicants submitting special permit reconsiderations and appeals must do so in the same manner as new applications, provided the new submission is sufficiently complete to make a determination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Approval.</I> If an application for an approval is denied, the applicant may request reconsideration as provided in § 107.715 and, if the reconsideration is denied, may appeal as provided in § 107.717. Applicants submitting approval reconsiderations and appeals must do so in the same manner as new applications, provided the new submission is sufficiently complete to make a determination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 54438, Sept. 10, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="109" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 109—DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION HAZARDOUS MATERIAL PROCEDURAL REGULATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; Pub. L. 101-410 Sec. 4 (28 U.S.C. 2461 note); Pub. L. 104-121 Secs. 212-213; Pub. L. 104-134 Sec. 31001; 49 CFR 1.81, 1.97.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 11592, Mar. 2, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 109.1" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.1.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, all terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 5102 are used in their statutory meaning. Other terms used in this part are defined as follows:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the head of any operating administration within the Department of Transportation, and includes the Administrators of the Federal Aviation Administration, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Federal Railroad Administration, and Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, to whom the Secretary has delegated authority in part 1 of this title, and any person within an operating administration to whom an Administrator has delegated authority to carry out this part.
</P>
<P><I>Agent of the Secretary</I> or <I>agent</I> means a Federal officer, employee, or agent authorized by the Secretary to conduct inspections or investigations under the Federal hazardous material transportation law.
</P>
<P><I>Chief Safety Officer</I> or <I>CSO</I> means the Assistant Administrator of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency order</I> means an emergency restriction, prohibition, recall, or out-of-service order set forth in writing.
</P>
<P><I>Freight container</I> means a package configured as a reusable container that has a volume of 64 cubic feet or more, designed and constructed to permit being lifted with its contents intact and intended primarily for containment of smaller packages (in unit form) during transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Immediately adjacent</I> means a packaging that is in direct contact with the hazardous material or is otherwise the primary means of containment of the hazardous material.
</P>
<P><I>Imminent hazard</I> means the existence of a condition relating to hazardous material that presents a substantial likelihood that death, serious illness, severe personal injury, or a substantial endangerment to health, property, or the environment may occur before the reasonably foreseeable completion date of a formal proceeding begun to lessen the risk of that death, illness, injury, or endangerment.
</P>
<P><I>In writing</I> means unless otherwise specified, the written expression of any actions related to this part, rendered in paper or digital format, and delivered in person; via facsimile, commercial delivery, U.S. Mail; or electronically.
</P>
<P><I>Objectively reasonable and articulable belief</I> means a belief based on particularized and identifiable facts that provide an objective basis to believe or suspect that a package may contain a hazardous material.
</P>
<P><I>Out-of-service order</I> means a written requirement issued by the Secretary, or a designee, that an aircraft, vessel, motor vehicle, train, railcar, locomotive, other vehicle, transport unit, transport vehicle, freight container, portable tank, or other package not be moved or cease operations until specified conditions have been met.
</P>
<P><I>Packaging</I> means a receptacle and any other components or materials necessary for the receptacle to perform its containment function in conformance with the minimum packing requirements of this subchapter. For radioactive materials packaging, see § 173.403 of subchapter C of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Perishable hazardous material</I> means a hazardous material that is subject to significant risk of speedy decay, deterioration, or spoilage, or hazardous materials consigned for medical use, in the prevention, treatment, or cure of a disease or condition in human beings or animals where expeditious shipment and delivery meets a critical medical need.
</P>
<P><I>Properly qualified personnel</I> means a company, partnership, proprietorship, or individual who is technically qualified to perform designated tasks necessary to assist an agent in inspecting, examining, opening, removing, testing, or transporting packages.
</P>
<P><I>Related packages</I> means any packages in a shipment, series or group of packages that can be traced to a common nexus of facts, including, but not limited to: The same offeror or packaging manufacturer; the same hazard communications information (marking, labeling, shipping documentation); or other reasonable and articulable facts that may lead an agent to believe such packages are related to a package that may pose an imminent hazard. Packages that are located within the same trailer, freight container, unit load device, <I>etc.</I> as a package removed subject to this enhanced authority without additional facts to substantiate its nexus to an imminent hazard are not “related packages” for purposes of removal. The related packages must also demonstrate that they may pose an imminent hazard. They must exhibit a commonality or nexus of origin, which may include, but are not limited to, a common offeror, package manufacturer, marking, labeling, shipping documentation, hazard communications, <I>etc.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Remove</I> means to keep a package from entering the stream of transportation in commerce; to take a package out of the stream of transportation in commerce by physically detaining a package that was offered for transportation in commerce; or stopping a package from continuing in transportation in commerce.
</P>
<P><I>Safe and expeditious</I> means prudent measures or procedures designed to minimize delay.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Inspections and Investigations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 109.3" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.2.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.3   Inspections and Investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General authority.</I> An Administrator may initiate an inspection or investigation to determine compliance with Federal hazardous material transportation law, or a regulation, order, special permit, or approval prescribed or issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation law, or any court decree or order relating thereto.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inspections and investigations.</I> Inspections and investigations are conducted by designated agents of the Secretary who will, upon request, present their credentials for examination. Such an agent is authorized to:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and receive affirmations in any matter under investigation.
</P>
<P>(2) Gather information by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, gaining access to records and property (including packages), interviewing, photocopying, photographing, and video- and audio-recording in a reasonable manner.
</P>
<P>(3) Serve subpoenas for the production of documents or other tangible evidence if, on the basis of information available to the agent, the evidence is relevant to a determination of compliance with the Federal hazardous material transportation law, regulation, order, special permit, or approval prescribed or issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation law, or any court decree or order relating thereto. Service of a subpoena shall be in accordance with the requirements of the agent's operating administration as set forth in 14 CFR 13.3 (Federal Aviation Administration); 49 CFR 209.7 (Federal Railroad Administration), 49 U.S.C. 502(d), 5121(a) (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration), and 49 CFR 105.45-105.55 (Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 109.5" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.2.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.5   Opening of packages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b):
</P>
<P>(1) Stop movement of the package in transportation and gather information from any person to learn the nature and contents of the package;
</P>
<P>(2) Open any overpack, outer packaging, or other component of the package that is not immediately adjacent to the hazardous materials contained in the package and examine the inner packaging(s) or packaging components.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Perishable hazardous material.</I> To ensure the expeditious transportation of a package containing a perishable hazardous material, an agent will utilize appropriate alternatives before exercising an authority under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 11592, Mar. 2, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 60763, Oct. 2, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 109.7" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.2.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.7   Removal from transportation.</HEAD>
<P>An agent may remove a package and related packages in a shipment or a freight container from transportation in commerce for up to forty-eight (48) hours when the agent has an objectively reasonable and articulable belief that the packages may pose an imminent hazard. The agent must record this belief in writing as soon as practicable and provide written notification stating the reason for removal to the person in possession.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 109.9" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.2.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.9   Transportation for examination and analysis.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An agent may direct a package to be transported to a facility for examination and analysis when the agent determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) Further examination of the package is necessary to evaluate whether the package conforms to subchapter C of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Conflicting information concerning the package exists; or
</P>
<P>(3) Additional investigation is not possible on the immediate premises.
</P>
<P>(b) In the event of a determination in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, an agent may:
</P>
<P>(1) Direct the offeror of the package, or other person responsible for the package, to have the package transported to a facility where the material may be examined and analyzed;
</P>
<P>(2) Direct the packaging manufacturer or tester of the packaging to have the package transported to a facility where the packaging may be tested in accordance with the HMR; or
</P>
<P>(3) Direct the carrier to transport the package to a facility capable of conducting such examination and analysis.
</P>
<P>(c) The 48-hour removal period provided in § 109.7 may be extended in writing by the Administrator pending the conclusion of examination and analysis under this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 109.11" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.2.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.11   Assistance of properly qualified personnel.</HEAD>
<P>An agent may authorize properly qualified personnel to assist in the activities conducted under this part if the agent is not properly qualified to perform a function that is essential to the agent's exercise of authority under this part or when safety might otherwise be compromised by the agent's performance of such a function.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 109.13" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.2.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.13   Closing packages and safe resumption of transportation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>No imminent hazard found.</I> If, after an agent exercises an authority under § 109.5, the agent finds that no imminent hazard exists, and the package otherwise conforms to applicable requirements in subchapter C of this chapter, the agent will:
</P>
<P>(1) Assist in preparing the package for safe and prompt transportation, when practicable, by reclosing the package in accordance with the packaging manufacturer's closure instructions or other appropriate closure method;
</P>
<P>(2) Mark and certify the reclosed package to indicate that it was opened and reclosed in accordance with this part;
</P>
<P>(3) Return the package to the person from whom the agent obtained it, as soon as practicable; and
</P>
<P>(4) For a package containing a perishable hazardous material, assist in resuming the safe and expeditious transportation of the package as soon as practicable after determining that the package presents no imminent hazard.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Imminent hazard found.</I> If an imminent hazard is found to exist after an agent exercises an authority under § 109.5, the Administrator or his/her designee may issue an out-of-service order prohibiting the movement of the package until the package has been brought into compliance with subchapter C of this chapter. Upon receipt of the out-of-service order, the person in possession of, or responsible for, the package must remove the package from transportation until it is brought into compliance.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Package does not contain hazardous material.</I> If, after an agent exercises an authority under § 109.5, the agent finds that a package does not contain a hazardous material, the agent shall securely close the package, mark and certify the reclosed package to indicate that it was opened and reclosed, and return the package to transportation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Non-compliant package.</I> If, after an agent exercises an authority under § 109.5, the agent finds that a package contains hazardous material and does not conform to requirements in subchapter C of this chapter, but does not present an imminent hazard, the agent will return the package to the person in possession of the package at the time the non-compliance is discovered for appropriate corrective action. A non-compliant package may not continue in transportation until all identified non-compliance issues are resolved.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 109.15" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.2.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.15   Termination.</HEAD>
<P>When the facts disclosed by an investigation indicate that further action is not warranted under this part at the time, the Administrator will close the investigation without prejudice to further investigation and notify the person being investigated of the decision. Nothing herein precludes civil enforcement action at a later time related to the findings of the investigation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 109.16" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.2.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.16   Notification of enforcement measures.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to complying with the notification requirements in § 109.7 of this part, an agent, after exercising an authority under this subpart, will immediately take reasonable measures to notify the offeror and the person in possession of the package, providing the reason for the action being taken, the results of any preliminary investigation including apparent violations of subchapter C of this chapter, and any further action that may be warranted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 60763, Oct. 2, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Emergency Orders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 109.17" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.3.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.17   Emergency Orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Determination of imminent hazard.</I> When an Administrator determines that a violation of a provision of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, or a regulation or order prescribed under that law, or an unsafe condition or practice, constitutes or is causing an imminent hazard, as defined in § 109.1, the Administrator may issue or impose emergency restrictions, prohibitions, recalls, or out-of-service orders, without advance notice or an opportunity for a hearing. The basis for any action taken under this section shall be set forth in writing which must—
</P>
<P>(1) Describe the violation, condition, or practice that constitutes or is causing the imminent hazard;
</P>
<P>(2) Set forth the terms and conditions of the emergency order;
</P>
<P>(3) Be limited to the extent necessary to abate the imminent hazard; and,
</P>
<P>(4) Advise the recipient that, within 20 calendar days of the date the order is issued, recipient may request review; and that any request for a formal hearing in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554 must set forth the material facts in dispute giving rise to the request for a hearing; and
</P>
<P>(5) Set forth the filing and service requirements contained in § 109.19(f), including the address of DOT Docket Operations and of all persons to be served with the petition for review.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Out-of-service order.</I> An out-of-service order is issued to prohibit the movement of an aircraft, vessel, motor vehicle, train, railcar, locomotive, transport unit, transport vehicle, or other vehicle, or a freight container, portable tank, or other package until specified conditions of the out-of-service order have been met.
</P>
<P>(1) Upon receipt of an out-of-service order, the person in possession of, or responsible for, the package must remove the package from transportation until it is brought into compliance with the out-of-service order.
</P>
<P>(2) A package subject to an out-of-service order may be moved from the place where it was found to present an imminent hazard to the nearest location where the package can be brought into compliance, provided that the agent who issued the out-of-service order is notified before the move.
</P>
<P>(3) The recipient of the out-of-service order must notify the operating administration that issued the order when the package is brought into compliance.
</P>
<P>(4) Upon receipt of an out-of-service order, a recipient may appeal the decision of the agent issuing the order to PHMSA's Chief Safety Officer. A petition for review of an out-of-service order must meet the requirements of § 109.19.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Recalls.</I> PHMSA's Associate Administrator, Office of Hazardous Materials Safety, may issue an emergency order mandating the immediate recall of any packaging, packaging component, or container certified, represented, marked, or sold as qualified for use in the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce when the continued use of such item would constitute an imminent hazard. All petitions for review of such an emergency order will be governed by the procedures set forth at § 109.19.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 109.19" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.3.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.19   Petitions for review of emergency orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petitions for review.</I> A petition for review must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing;
</P>
<P>(2) State with particularity each part of the emergency order that is sought to be amended or rescinded and include all information, evidence and arguments in support thereof;
</P>
<P>(3) State whether a formal hearing in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554 is requested, and, if so, the material facts in dispute giving rise to the request for a hearing; and,
</P>
<P>(4) Be filed and served in accordance with § 109.19(f).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Response to the petition for review.</I> An attorney designated by the Office of Chief Counsel of the operating administration issuing the emergency order may file and serve, in accordance with § 109.19(f), a response, including appropriate pleadings, within five calendar days of receipt of the petition by the Chief Counsel of the operating administration issuing the emergency order.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Chief Safety Officer Responsibilities</I>—(1) <I>Hearing requested.</I> Upon receipt of a petition for review of an emergency order that includes a formal hearing request and states material facts in dispute, the Chief Safety Officer shall immediately assign the petition to the Office of Hearings. Unless the Chief Safety Officer issues an order stating that the petition fails to set forth material facts in dispute and will be decided under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a petition for review including a formal hearing request will be deemed assigned to the Office of Hearings three calendar days after the Chief Safety Officer receives it.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>No hearing requested.</I> For a petition for review of an emergency order that does not include a formal hearing request or fails to state material facts in dispute, the Chief Safety Officer shall issue an administrative decision on the merits within 30 days of receipt of the petition. The Chief Safety Officer's decision constitutes final agency action.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hearings.</I> Formal hearings shall be conducted by an Administrative Law Judge assigned by the Chief Administrative Law Judge of the Office of Hearings. The Administrative Law Judge may:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas as provided by the appropriate agency regulations (49 CFR 209.7, 49 CFR 105.45, 14 CFR 13.3, and 49 U.S.C. 502 and 31133);
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt the relevant Federal Rules of Civil Procedure for the United States District Courts for the procedures governing the hearings when appropriate;
</P>
<P>(4) Adopt the relevant Federal Rules of Evidence for United States Courts and Magistrates for the submission of evidence when appropriate;
</P>
<P>(5) Take or cause depositions to be taken;
</P>
<P>(6) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(7) Rule on offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
</P>
<P>(8) Convene, recess, adjourn or otherwise regulate the course of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(9) Hold conferences for settlement, simplification of the issues, or any other proper purpose; and,
</P>
<P>(10) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provisions of this part and permitted by law that may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of an issue raised therein.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Parties.</I> The petitioner may appear and be heard in person or by an authorized representative. The operating administration issuing the emergency order shall be represented by an attorney designated by its respective Office of Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Filing and service.</I> (1) Each petition, pleading, motion, notice, order, or other document submitted in connection with an order issued under this subpart must be filed (commercially delivered or submitted electronically) with: U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. All documents filed will be published on the Department's docket management Web site, <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I> The emergency order shall state the above filing requirements and the address of DOT Docket Operations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Service.</I> Each document filed in accordance with paragraph (f)(1) of this section must be concurrently served upon the following persons:
</P>
<P>(i) Chief Safety Officer (<I>Attn:</I> Office of Chief Counsel, PHC), Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., East Building, Washington, DC 20590 (<I>facsimile:</I> 202-366-7041) (<I>electronic mail: PHMSAChiefCounsel@dot.gov</I>);
</P>
<P>(ii) The Chief Counsel of the operating administration issuing the emergency order;
</P>
<P>(iii) If the petition for review requests a formal hearing, the Chief Administrative Law Judge, U.S. Department of Transportation, Office of Hearings, M-20, Room E12-320, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 (<I>facsimile:</I> 202-366-7536).
</P>
<P>(iv) Service shall be made personally, by commercial delivery service, or by electronic means if consented to in writing by the party to be served, except as otherwise provided herein. The emergency order shall state all relevant service requirements and list the persons to be served and may be updated as necessary. The emergency order shall also be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> as soon as practicable after its issuance.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Certificate of service.</I> Each order, pleading, motion, notice, or other document shall be accompanied by a certificate of service specifying the manner in which and the date on which service was made.
</P>
<P>(4) The emergency order shall be served by “hand delivery,” unless such delivery is not practicable, or by electronic means if consented to in writing by the party to be served.
</P>
<P>(5) Service upon a person's duly authorized representative, agent for service, or an organization's president constitutes service upon that person.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Report and recommendation.</I> The Administrative Law Judge shall issue a report and recommendation at the close of the record. The report and recommendation shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Contain findings of fact and conclusions of law and the grounds for the decision based on the material issues of fact or law presented on the record;
</P>
<P>(2) Be served on the parties to the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be issued no later than 25 days after receipt of the petition for review by the Chief Safety Officer.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Expiration of order.</I> If the Chief Safety Officer, or the Administrative Law Judge, where appropriate, has not disposed of the petition for review within 30 days of receipt, the emergency order shall cease to be effective unless the Administrator issuing the emergency order determines, in writing, that the imminent hazard providing a basis for the emergency order continues to exist. The requirements of such an extension shall remain in full force and effect pending decision on a petition for review unless stayed or modified by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Reconsideration.</I> (1) A party aggrieved by the Administrative Law Judge's report and recommendation may file a petition for reconsideration with the Chief Safety Officer within one calendar day of service of the report and recommendation. The opposing party may file a response to the petition within one calendar day of service of a petition for reconsideration.
</P>
<P>(2) The Chief Safety Officer shall issue a final agency decision within three calendar days of service of the final pleading, but no later than 30 days after receipt of the original petition for review.
</P>
<P>(3) The Chief Safety Officer's decision on the merits of a petition for reconsideration constitutes final agency action.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Appellate review.</I> A person aggrieved by the final agency action may petition for review of the final decision in the appropriate Court of Appeals for the United States as provided in 49 U.S.C. 5127. The filing of the petition for review does not stay or modify the force and effect of the final agency.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Time.</I> In computing any period of time prescribed by this part or by an order issued by the Administrative Law Judge, the day of filing of the petition for review or of any other act, event, or default from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period so computed shall be included, unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day which is not one of the aforementioned days.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 109.21" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.3.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.21   Remedies generally.</HEAD>
<P>An Administrator may request the Attorney General to bring an action in the appropriate United States district court seeking temporary or permanent injunctive relief, punitive damages, assessment of civil penalties as provided by 49 U.S.C. 5122(a), and any other appropriate relief to enforce the Federal hazardous material transportation law, regulation, order, special permit, or approval prescribed or issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation law.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Equipment</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>78 FR 60763, Oct. 2, 2013, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 109.25" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.4.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.25   Equipment.</HEAD>
<P>When an agent exercises an authority under subpart B of this part, the agent shall use the appropriate safety, handling, and other equipment authorized by his or her operating administration's equipment requirements for hazardous material inspectors and investigators.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Prohibition on Hazardous Materials Operations After Nonpayment of Penalties</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 46199, Aug. 7, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 109.101" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.5.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.101   Prohibition of hazardous materials operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition of hazardous materials operations.</I> For the purposes of this subpart, hazardous materials operations means any activity regulated under the Federal hazardous material transportation law, this subchapter or subchapter C of this chapter, or an exemption or special permit, approval, or registration issued under this subchapter or under subchapter C of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Failure to pay civil penalty in full.</I> A respondent that fails to pay a hazardous material civil penalty in full within 90 days after the date specified for payment by an order of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Federal Aviation Administration, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, or Federal Railroad Administration is prohibited from conducting hazardous materials operations and shall immediately cease all hazardous materials operations beginning on the next day (<I>i.e.</I>, the 91st). The prohibition shall continue until payment of the penalty has been made in full or at the discretion of the agency issuing the order an acceptable payment plan has been arranged.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Civil penalties paid in installments.</I> On a case by case basis, a respondent may be allowed to pay a civil penalty pursuant to a payment plan, which may consist of installment payments. If the respondent fails to make an installment payment contained in the payment plan on the agreed upon schedule, the payment plan shall be null and void and the full outstanding balance of the civil penalty shall be payable immediately. A respondent that fails to pay the full outstanding balance of its civil penalty within 90 days after the date of the missed installment payment shall be prohibited from conducting hazardous materials operations beginning on the next day (<I>i.e.</I>, the 91st). The prohibition shall continue until payment of the outstanding balance of the civil penalty has been made in full, including any incurred interest or until at the discretion of the agency issuing the order another acceptable payment plan has been arranged.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Appeals to Federal Court.</I> If the respondent appeals an agency order issued pursuant to § 109.103 to a Federal Circuit Court of Appeals, the terms and payment due date of the order are not stayed unless the Court so specifies.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Applicability to ticketing.</I> This section does not apply to a respondent who fails to pay a civil penalty assessed by a ticket issued pursuant to § 107.310 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Applicability to debtors.</I> This section does not apply to a respondent who is unable to pay a civil penalty because the respondent is a debtor in a case under chapter 11, title 11, United States Code. A respondent who is a debtor in a case under chapter 11, title 11, United States Code must provide the following information to the agency decision maker identified in the original agency order or on its certificate of service.
</P>
<P>(1) The chapter of the Bankruptcy Code under which the bankruptcy proceeding is filed;
</P>
<P>(2) The bankruptcy case number;
</P>
<P>(3) The court in which the bankruptcy proceeding was filed; and
</P>
<P>(4) Any other information requested by the agency to determine a debtor's bankruptcy status.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Penalties for prohibited hazardous materials operations.</I> A respondent that continues to conduct hazardous materials operations in violation of this section may be subject to additional penalties, including criminal prosecution pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5124.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 109.103" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.5.5.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 109.103   Notice of nonpayment of penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a full payment of a civil penalty, or an installment payment as part of agreed upon payment plan, has not been made within 45 days after the date specified for payment by the final agency order, the agency may issue a cessation of hazardous materials operations order to the respondent.
</P>
<P>(b) The cessation of hazardous materials operations order issued under this section shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A citation to the statutory provision or regulation the respondent was found to have violated and to the terms of the order or agreement requiring payment;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement indicating that if the respondent fails to pay the full outstanding balance of the civil penalty within 90 days after the payment due date, the respondent shall be prohibited from conducting any activity regulated under the Federal hazardous material transportation law, this subchapter or subchapter C of this chapter, or an exemption or special permit, approval, or registration issued under this subchapter or under subchapter C of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement describing the respondent's options for responding to the order which will include an option to file an appeal for reconsideration of the cessation of operations order within 20 days of receipt of the order; and
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the manner in which the respondent can make payment of any money due the United States as a result of the proceeding (<I>i.e.</I>, the full outstanding balance of the civil penalty).
</P>
<P>(c) The cessation of hazardous materials operation order will be delivered by personal service, unless such service is impossible or impractical. If personal service is impossible or impractical then service may be made by certified mail or commercial express service. If a respondent's principal place of business is in a foreign country, it will be delivered to the respondent's designated agent (as prepared in accordance with § 105.40 of this subchapter).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="110" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 110—HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PUBLIC SECTOR TRAINING AND PLANNING GRANTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 49 CFR 1.97.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 110-1, 57 FR 43067, Sept. 17, 1992, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 110 appear at 70 FR 56090, Sept. 23, 2005.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 110.1" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 110.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part sets forth procedures for grants to States, Territories, and Indian tribes to support emergency planning and training to respond to hazardous materials emergencies, particularly those involving transportation. Grants may also be used to enhance the implementation of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. 11001 <I>et seq.</I>). For information regarding the Hazardous Materials Instructor Training, Supplemental Public Sector Training, and Community Safety grants, please refer to PHMSA's website at: <I>https://www.phmsa.dot.gov/</I>.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 3999, Feb. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 110.5" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 110.5   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to States, Territories, and Indian tribes and contains the program requirements for public sector grants to support hazardous materials emergency planning and training efforts.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements contained in 2 CFR part 200 “Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards,” apply to grants issued under this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Copies of standard forms and OMB circulars referenced in this part are available at <I>https://www.grants.gov/web/grants/forms.html</I> or from the Grants Chief, Office of Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 3999, Feb. 14, 2019]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 110.7" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 110.7   Control number under the Paperwork Reduction Act.</HEAD>
<P>The Office of Management and Budget control number assigned for the collection of information in § 110.30 is 2137-0586.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 79765, Dec. 27, 2022]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 110.10" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 110.10   Administering the hazardous materials emergency preparedness grants.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to States, Territories, and Indian tribes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 3999, Feb. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 110.20" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 110.20   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless defined in this part, all terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 5102 are used in their statutory meaning and all terms defined in 2 CFR part 200 with respect to administrative requirements for grants are used as defined therein. Other terms used in this part are defined as follows:
</P>
<P><I>Allowable costs</I> means those costs that are: Eligible, reasonable, necessary, and allocable to the activities permitted by the appropriate Federal cost principles, and approved in the grant.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration or a person designated by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P><I>National curriculum</I> means the curriculum required to be developed under 49 U.S.C. 5115 and necessary to train public sector emergency response and preparedness teams, enabling them to comply with performance standards as stated in 49 U.S.C. 5115(c).
</P>
<P><I>Political subdivision</I> means a county, municipality, city, town, township, local public authority (including any public and Indian housing agency under the United States Housing Act of 1937), school district, special district, intrastate district, council of governments (whether or not incorporated as a nonprofit corporation under State law), any other regional or interstate government entity, or any agency or instrumentality of a local government.
</P>
<P><I>Public sector employee</I> means an individual employed by a State, political subdivision of a State, Territory, or Indian tribe and who during the course of employment has responsibilities related to responding to an accident or incident involving the transportation of hazardous material, including an individual employed by a State, political subdivision of a State, Territory, or Indian tribe as a firefighter or law enforcement officer and an individual who volunteers to serve as a firefighter for a State, political subdivision of a State, Territory, or Indian tribe.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 3999, Feb. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 110.30" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 110.30   Hazardous materials emergency preparedness grant application.</HEAD>
<P>An application must comply with the applicable Notice of Funding Opportunity that will include or reference forms approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3502). Applicants are required to electronically submit application packages at the OMB designated website. Applications must adhere to the instructions outlined in the Notice of Funding Opportunity and application kit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 110.40" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 110.40   Activities eligible for hazardous materials emergency preparedness grant funding.</HEAD>
<P>Eligible applicants may receive funding for the following activities:
</P>
<P>(a) To develop, improve, and implement emergency plans required under the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, as well as exercises that test the emergency plan. To enhance emergency plans to include hazard analysis, as well as response procedures for emergencies involving transportation of hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(b) To determine commodity flow patterns of hazardous materials within a State, between a State and another State, Territory, or Tribal lands, and develop and maintain a system to keep such information current.
</P>
<P>(c) To determine the need for regional hazardous materials emergency response teams.
</P>
<P>(d) To assess local response capabilities.
</P>
<P>(e) To conduct emergency response drills and exercises associated with emergency preparedness plans.
</P>
<P>(f) To provide for technical staff to support the planning effort.
</P>
<P>(g) To train public sector employees to respond to hazardous materials transportation accidents and incidents.
</P>
<P>(h) To determine the number of public sector employees employed or used by a political subdivision who need the proposed training and to select courses consistent with national consensus standards or the National Curriculum.
</P>
<P>(i) To deliver comprehensive preparedness and response training to public sector employees, which may include design and delivery of preparedness and response training to meet specialized needs, and financial assistance for trainees and for the trainers, if appropriate, such as tuition, travel expenses to and from a training facility, and room and board while at the training facility.
</P>
<P>(j) To deliver emergency response drills and exercises associated with training, a course of study, and tests and evaluation of emergency preparedness plans.
</P>
<P>(k) To pay expenses associated with training by a person (including a department, agency, or instrumentality of a State or political subdivision thereof, a Territory, or an Indian tribe) and activities necessary to monitor such training including, but not limited to examinations, critiques, and instructor evaluations.
</P>
<P>(l) To maintain staff to manage the training effort designed to result in increased benefits, proficiency, and rapid deployment of local and regional responders.
</P>
<P>(m) Additional hazardous materials emergency preparedness activities not otherwise described in this section that the Associate Administrator deems appropriate under the grant agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 110.50" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 110.50   Disbursement of grant funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pre-award costs.</I> (1) PHMSA expects the recipient to be fully aware that pre-award costs result in borrowing against future support and that such borrowing must not impair the recipient's ability to accomplish the activities in the approved period of performance.
</P>
<P>(2) A recipient may, at its own risk, incur pre-award costs to cover costs up to 90 days before the beginning date of the initial period of performance.
</P>
<P>(3) The incurrence of pre-award costs in anticipation of a competitive or non-competitive grant imposes no obligation on PHMSA under any circumstances, including in the event of:
</P>
<P>(i) The absence of appropriations;
</P>
<P>(ii) A grant is not subsequently being made; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A grant being made for a lesser amount than the recipient anticipated.
</P>
<P>(b) Payments may not be made for activities not approved in the grant agreement. If a recipient seeks additional grant funds, the supplemental amendment request will be evaluated on the basis of needs, performance, and availability of grant funds. An existing grant is not a commitment of future funding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 110.60" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 110.60   Cost sharing.</HEAD>
<P>The recipient must provide 20 percent of the direct and indirect costs of all activities approved in the grant agreement with non-Federal funds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 110.70-110.90" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 110.70-110.90   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 110.100" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 110.100   Enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>If a recipient fails to comply with any term of the grant agreement, a noncompliance action may be taken. The recipient will have the opportunity to object and provide information and documentation challenging the suspension or termination action. Costs incurred by the recipient during a suspension or after termination of the grant agreement are not allowable unless the Associate Administrator authorizes it in writing. Grant agreements may also be terminated in whole or in part with the consent of the recipient at any agreed upon effective date, or by the recipient upon written notification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 110.110" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 110.110   Post-award requirements.</HEAD>
<P>The Associate Administrator will close out the grant upon determination that all applicable administrative actions and all required work of the grant are complete. The recipient must submit all financial, performance, and other reports required as a condition of the grant within 90 days after the expiration or termination of the grant. This time frame may be extended by the Associate Administrator for cause.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 110.120" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 110.120   Deviation from this part.</HEAD>
<P>Recipients may request a deviation from the non-statutory provisions of this part. The Associate Administrator will respond to such requests in writing. If appropriate, the decision will be included in the grant agreement. Request for deviations from this part must be submitted electronically to the Grants Chief at <I>HMEP.Grants@dot.gov</I>.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 4000, Feb. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 110.130" NODE="49:2.1.1.1.6.0.25.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 110.130   Disputes.</HEAD>
<P>Disputes should be resolved at the lowest level possible, beginning with the Grants Management Specialist, the Grants Team Lead, and the Grants Chief. If an agreement cannot be reached, the Associate Administrator will serve as the dispute resolution official, whose decision will be final.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 4001, Feb. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>

</DIV4>


<DIV4 N="B" NODE="49:2.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER B—OIL TRANSPORTATION


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="130" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 130—OIL SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PLANS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>33 U.S.C 1321; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 130-2, 61 FR 30541, June 17, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Applicability and General Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.1" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.1.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes prevention, containment and response planning requirements of the Department of Transportation applicable to transportation of oil by motor vehicles and rolling stock.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.2" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.1.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.2   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The requirements of this part apply to oil that is subject to a basic or comprehensive oil spill response plan in accordance with subparts B and C of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of this part have no effect on—
</P>
<P>(1) The applicability of the Hazardous Materials Regulations set forth in subchapter C of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) The discharge notification requirements of the United States Coast Guard (33 CFR part 153) and EPA (40 CFR part 110).
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements of this part do not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Any mixture or solution in which oil is in a concentration by weight of less than 10 percent.
</P>
<P>(2) Transportation of oil by aircraft or vessel.
</P>
<P>(3) Any petroleum oil carried in a fuel tank for the purpose of supplying fuel for propulsion of the transport vehicle to which it is attached.
</P>
<P>(4) Oil transport exclusively within the confines of a non-transportation-related or terminal facility in a vehicle not intended for use in interstate or intrastate commerce (see 40 CFR part 112, appendix A).
</P>
<P>(d) The requirements in subpart C of this part do not apply to mobile marine transportation-related facilities (see 33 CFR part 154).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 130-2, 61 FR 30541, June 17, 1996, as amended at 84 FR 6947, Feb. 28, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.3" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.1.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.3   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>No person may offer or accept for transportation or transport oil subject to this part unless that person—
</P>
<P>(a) Complies with this part; and
</P>
<P>(b) Has been instructed on the applicable requirements of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.5" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.1.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>In this subchapter: 
</P>
<P><I>Adverse weather</I> means the weather conditions (e.g., ice conditions, temperature ranges, flooding, strong winds) that will be considered when identifying response systems and equipment to be deployed in accordance with a response plan.
</P>
<P><I>Animal fat</I> means a non-petroleum oil, fat, or grease derived from animals, not specifically identified elsewhere in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Contract or other means</I> is:
</P>
<P>(1) A written contract with a response contractor identifying and ensuring the availability of the necessary personnel or equipment within the shortest practicable time;
</P>
<P>(2) A written certification by the owner or operator that the necessary personnel or equipment can and will be made available by the owner or operator within the shortest practicable time; or
</P>
<P>(3) Documentation of membership in an oil spill response organization that ensures the owner's or operator's access to the necessary personnel or equipment within the shortest practicable time.
</P>
<P><I>Environmentally sensitive or significant areas (ESA)</I> means a “sensitive area” identified in the applicable Area Contingency Plan (ACP), or if no applicable, complete ACP exists, an area of environmental importance which is in or adjacent to navigable waters.
</P>
<P><I>EPA</I> means the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
</P>
<P><I>Liquid</I> means a material, with a melting point or initial melting point of 20 °C (68 °F) or lower at a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia). A viscous material for which a specific melting point cannot be determined must be subjected to the procedures specified in ASTM D4359-90 “Standard Test Method for Determining Whether a Material is Liquid or Solid” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this chapter).
</P>
<P><I>Maximum extent practicable</I> means the limits of available technology and the practical and technical limits on an owner or operator of an onshore facility in planning the response resources required to provide the on-water recovery capability and the shoreline protection and cleanup capability to conduct response activities for a worst-case discharge of oil in adverse weather.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum potential discharge</I> means a planning volume for a discharge from a motor vehicle or rail car equal to the capacity of the cargo container.
</P>
<P><I>Non-petroleum oil</I> means any animal fat, vegetable oil or other non-petroleum oil.
</P>
<P><I>Oil</I> means oil of any kind or in any form, including, but not limited to, petroleum, fuel oil, sludge, oil refuse, and oil mixed with wastes other than dredged spoil.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This definition does not include hazardous substances (see 40 CFR part 116).</P></NOTE>
<P><I>Oil Spill Removal Organization (OSRO)</I> means an entity that provides response resources.
</P>
<P><I>On-Scene Coordinator (OSC)</I> means the Federal official pre-designated by the Administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or by the Commandant of the United States Coast Guard (USCG) to coordinate and direct Federal response under the National Contingency Plan (NCP) (40 CFR part 300, subpart D).
</P>
<P><I>Other non-petroleum oil</I> means a non-petroleum oil of any kind that is not an animal fat or vegetable oil.
</P>
<P><I>Packaging</I> means a receptacle and any other components or materials necessary for the receptacle to perform its containment function in conformance with the packaging requirements of this part. A compartmented tank is a single packaging.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an individual, firm, corporation, partnership, association, State, municipality, commission, or political subdivision of a State, or any interstate body, as well as a department, agency, or instrumentality of the executive, legislative, or judicial branch of the Federal Government. This definition includes railroads.
</P>
<P><I>Petroleum oil</I> means any oil extracted or derived from geological hydrocarbon deposits, including oils produced by distillation or their refined products.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified individual</I> means an individual familiar with the response plan, trained in his or her responsibilities in implementing the plan, and authorized, on behalf of the owner or operator, to initiate all response activities identified in the plan, to enter into response-related contracts and obligate funds for such contracts, and to act as a liaison with the on-scene coordinator and other responsible officials. The qualified individual must be available at all times the owner or operator is engaged in transportation subject to part 130 (alone or in conjunction with an equally qualified alternate), must be fluent in English, and must have in his or her possession documentation of the required authority.
</P>
<P><I>Response activities</I> means the containment and removal of oil from navigable waters and adjoining shorelines, the temporary storage and disposal of recovered oil, or the taking of other actions as necessary to minimize or mitigate damage to the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Response plan</I> means a basic oil spill response plan meeting requirements of subpart B of this part or a comprehensive oil spill response plan meeting requirements of subpart C of this part. For comprehensive plans in subpart C, this definition includes both the railroad's core plan and the response zone appendices, for responding, to the maximum extent practicable, to a worst-case discharge of oil or the substantial threat of such a discharge.
</P>
<P><I>Response zone</I> means a geographic area along applicable rail route(s), containing one or more adjacent route segments for which the railroad is required to plan for the deployment of, and provide, spill response capabilities meeting the planning requirements of § 130.130. The size, locations, and boundaries of the zone are determined and identified by the railroad after considering the existing location and organizational structure of each railroad's incident management team (IMT), including the availability and capability of response resources.
</P>
<P><I>Transports or Transportation</I> means any movement of oil by highway or rail, and any loading, unloading, or storage incidental thereto.
</P>
<P><I>Vegetable oil</I> means a non-petroleum oil or fat derived from plant seeds, nuts, kernels or fruits, not specifically identified elsewhere in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Worst-case discharge</I> means “the largest foreseeable discharge in adverse weather conditions,” as defined at 33 U.S.C. 1321(a)(24). The largest foreseeable discharge includes discharges resulting from fire or explosion. The worst-case discharge from a unit train consist is the greater of:
</P>
<P>(1) 300,000 gallons of liquid petroleum oil; or
</P>
<P>(2) 15 percent of the total lading of liquid petroleum oil transported within the largest unit train consist reasonably expected to transport liquid petroleum oil in a given response zone. The worst-case discharge calculated from tank cars exceeding 42,000 gallons is equal to the capacity of the cargo container.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 130-2, 61 FR 30541, June 17, 1996, as amended by 66 FR 45378, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61011, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004; 84 FR 6947, Feb. 28, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.11" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.1.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.11   Communication requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may offer oil subject to this part for transportation unless that person provides the person accepting the oil for transportation a document indicating the shipment contains oil.
</P>
<P>(b) No person may transport oil subject to this part unless a readily available document indicating that the shipment contains oil is in the possession of the transport vehicle operator during transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) A material subject to the requirements of this part need not be specifically identified as oil when the shipment document accurately describes the material as: aviation fuel, diesel fuel, fuel oil, gasoline, jet fuel, kerosene, motor fuel, or petroleum.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.21" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.1.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.21   Packaging requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Each packaging used for the transportation of oil subject to this part must be designed, constructed, maintained, closed, and loaded so that, under conditions normally incident to transportation, there will be no release of oil to the environment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 130.22—130.29" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.1.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 130.22--130.29   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Basic Spill Response Plans</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.31" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.2.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.31   Basic spill response plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may transport liquid petroleum oil in a packaging having a capacity of 3,500 gallons or more unless that person has a current basic written plan that:
</P>
<P>(1) Sets forth the manner of response to discharges that may occur during transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) Takes into account the maximum potential discharge of the contents from the packaging;
</P>
<P>(3) Identifies private personnel and equipment available to respond to a discharge;
</P>
<P>(4) Identifies the appropriate persons and agencies (including their telephone numbers) to be contacted in regard to such a discharge and its handling, including the National Response Center; and
</P>
<P>(5) For each motor carrier, is retained on file at that person's principal place of business and at each location where dispatching of motor vehicles occurs; and for each railroad, is retained on file at that person's principal place of business and at the dispatcher's office.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad with a comprehensive plan in conformance with the requirements of subpart C of this part is not required to have a basic spill response plan for routes covered by the comprehensive plan.


</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2137-0591)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 130-2, 61 FR 30541, June 17, 1996, as amended at 72 FR 55683, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 2011; 84 FR 6948, Feb. 28, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.33" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.2.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.33   Basic response plan implementation.</HEAD>
<P>If, during transportation of oil subject to this part, a discharge occurs—into or on the navigable waters of the United States; on the adjoining shorelines to the navigable waters; or that may affect natural resources belonging to, appertaining to, or under the exclusive management authority of, the United States—the person transporting the oil shall implement the plan required by § 130.31, in a manner consistent with the National Contingency Plan, 40 CFR part 300, or as otherwise directed by the Federal on-scene coordinator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 130.34—130.99" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.2.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 130.34--130.99   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Comprehensive Oil Spill Response Plans</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>84 FR 6948, Feb. 28, 2019, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 130.100" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.3.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.100   Applicability of comprehensive oil spill response plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Railroads must have current, written comprehensive oil spill response plans (COSRPs) meeting the requirements of this subpart for any route or route segments used to transport either of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Any liquid petroleum oil or other non-petroleum oil subject to this part in a quantity greater than 42,000 gallons (1,000 barrels) per packaging; or
</P>
<P>(2) A single train carrying 20 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block or a single train carrying 35 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil throughout the train consist.
</P>
<P>(i) Tank cars carrying liquid petroleum oil products not meeting the criteria for Class 3 flammable or combustible material in § 173.120 of this chapter, or containing residue as defined in § 171.8 of this chapter, are not required to be included when determining the number of tank cars transporting liquid petroleum oil in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of this subpart do not apply if the oil being transported is otherwise excepted per § 130.2(c).
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad required to develop a response plan in accordance with this section may not transport applicable quantities of oil (including handling and storage incidental to transport) unless—
</P>
<P>(1) The response plan is submitted, reviewed, and approved as required by § 130.150 except as described in paragraph (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad is operating in compliance with the response plan.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad required to develop a response plan in accordance with this section may continue to transport oil without an approval from PHMSA provided that all of the following criteria are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad submitted a plan in accordance with the requirements of § 130.150(a) within the previous two years;
</P>
<P>(2) The submitted plan includes the certification in § 130.130;
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad is operating in compliance with the submitted plan; and
</P>
<P>(4) PHMSA has not issued a final decision that all or part of the plan does not meet the requirements of this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.105" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.3.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.105   Purpose and general format.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad subject to this subpart must prepare and submit a plan, including resources and procedures, for responding, to the maximum extent practicable, to a worst-case discharge, and to a substantial threat of such a discharge, of oil. The plan must use and be consistent with the core principle of the National Incident Management System (NIMS) including the utilization of the Incident Command System (ICS).
</P>
<P>(b) Each response plan must be formatted to include:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Core plan.</I> Response plans with more than one response zone must include a core plan containing an information summary required by § 130.120 and information that does not change between different response zones; and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Response zone appendix or appendices.</I> For each response zone included in the response plan, the response plan must include a response zone appendix that provides the information summary required by § 130.120 and any additional information that differs between response zones or is not included in the core plan. In addition, each response zone appendix must identify all of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the response zone, including county(s) and state(s);
</P>
<P>(ii) A list of route sections contained in the response zone, identified by railroad milepost or other identifier;
</P>
<P>(iii) Identification of environmentally sensitive or significant areas per route section as determined by § 130.115; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The location from which the Oil Spill Removal Organization will deploy, and the location and description of the response equipment required by § 130.130(c)(6).
</P>
<P>(c) To meet the requirements of the response plan as required by § 130.100, a railroad may submit an applicable Annex(es) of an Integrated Contingency Plan (ICP). The Annex(es) must meet the minimum requirements of a Federal response plan required under this part. Guidance on the ICP is available from the National Response Team (<I>http://www.NRT.org</I>).
</P>
<P>(d) To meet the requirements of the response plan as required by § 130.100, a railroad may submit a response plan that complies with a State law or regulation. The state plan must meet the minimum requirements of a Federal response plan required under this part and must include all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An information summary as required by § 130.120;
</P>
<P>(2) A list of the names or titles and 24-hour telephone numbers of the qualified individual(s) and at least one alternate qualified individual(s); and
</P>
<P>(3) A certification and documentation that that railroad has identified and secured, through contract or other approved means, the private personnel and equipment necessary to respond to a worst-case discharge or a substantial threat of such a discharge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.110" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.3.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.110   Consistency with the National Contingency Plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad must certify in the response plan that it reviewed the NCP (40 CFR part 300) and that its response plan is consistent with the NCP.
</P>
<P>(b) At a minimum, for consistency with the NCP, a comprehensive response plan must include all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Demonstrate a railroad's clear understanding of the Incident Command System and Unified Command and the roles and responsibilities of the Federal On-Scene Coordinator;
</P>
<P>(2) Include procedures to immediately notify the National Response Center; and
</P>
<P>(3) Establish provisions to ensure safety at the response site.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.115" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.3.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.115   Consistency with Area Contingency Plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad must certify for each response zone that it reviewed each applicable ACP (or Regional Contingency Plan (RCP) for areas lacking an ACP).
</P>
<P>(b) At a minimum, for consistency with the applicable ACP (or Regional Contingency Plan (RCP) for areas lacking an ACP), the comprehensive response plan must do all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Address the removal of a worst-case discharge, and the mitigation or prevention of the substantial threat of a worst-case discharge, of oil;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify environmentally sensitive or significant areas along the route, as defined in § 130.5, which could be adversely affected by a worst-case discharge, by reviewing and summarizing the applicable ACP or RCP;
</P>
<P>(3) Incorporate appropriate strategies identified in applicable ACPs or RCPs, to protect environmentally sensitive or significant areas identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(4) Describe the responsibilities of the railroad and of Federal, State, and local agencies in removing a discharge and in mitigating or preventing a substantial threat of a discharge; and
</P>
<P>(5) Identify the procedures to obtain any required Federal and State authorization for using alternative response strategies such as in-situ burning and/or chemical agents, as provided for in the applicable ACP and subpart J of 40 CFR part 300.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.120" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.3.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.120   Information summary.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person preparing a comprehensive response plan must include information summaries for the core plan and each response zone meeting the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The information summary for the core plan must include all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and mailing address of the railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) A listing and description of each response zone, including county(s) and State(s); and
</P>
<P>(3) The name or title of the qualified individual(s) and alternate(s) for each response zone, with telephone numbers at which they can be contacted on a 24-hour basis.
</P>
<P>(c) The information summary for each response zone appendix must include all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and mailing address of the railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the response zone, including county(s) and State(s);
</P>
<P>(3) The name or title of the qualified individual(s) and alternate(s) for the response zone, with telephone numbers at which they can be contacted on a 24-hour basis;
</P>
<P>(4) The type(s) of oil expected to be carried; and
</P>
<P>(5) Determination of the worst-case discharge and supporting calculations.
</P>
<P>(d) The information summary should be listed first, before other information in the plan, or clearly identified through the use of tabs or other visual aids.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.125" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.3.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.125   Notification procedures and contacts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad must develop and implement notification procedures that include all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Procedures for immediate notification of the qualified individual or alternate and immediate communications between that individual, and the appropriate Federal official and the persons providing personnel and equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) A checklist of the notifications required under the response plan, listed in the order of priority;
</P>
<P>(3) The primary and secondary communication methods by which notifications can be made;
</P>
<P>(4) The circumstances and necessary time frames under which the notifications must be made; and
</P>
<P>(5) The information to be provided in the initial and each follow-up notification.
</P>
<P>(b) The notification procedures must include the names of the following individuals or organizations, with the ten-digit telephone numbers at which they can be contacted on a 24-hour basis:
</P>
<P>(1) The National Response Center (NRC);
</P>
<P>(2) Qualified individual, or alternative;
</P>
<P>(3) Federal, State, and local agencies that the railroad expects to have pollution control responsibilities or provide pollution control support; and
</P>
<P>(4) Personnel or organizations to notify for the activation of equipment and personnel resources identified in § 130.130.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.130" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.3.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.130   Response and mitigation activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad must certify that it has identified and secured, by contract or other means, the private response resources in each response zone necessary to remove and control, to the maximum extent practicable, a worst-case discharge. The certification must be signed by the qualified individual or an appropriate corporate officer.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad must identify and describe in the plan the response resources that are available to arrive onsite within 12 hours of the discovery of a worst-case discharge or the substantial threat of such a discharge. It is assumed that resources can travel according to a land speed of 35 miles per hour, unless the railroad can demonstrate otherwise.
</P>
<P>(c) Each plan must identify all of the following information for response and mitigation activities:
</P>
<P>(1) Methods of initial discharge detection;
</P>
<P>(2) Responsibilities of, and actions to be taken by, personnel to initiate and supervise response activities pending the arrival of the qualified individual or other response resources identified in the response plan that are necessary to ensure the protection of safety at the response site and to mitigate or prevent any discharge from the tank cars;
</P>
<P>(3) The qualified individual's responsibilities and authority;
</P>
<P>(4) Procedures for coordinating the actions of the railroad or qualified individual with the actions of the U.S. EPA or U.S. Coast Guard On-Scene Coordinator responsible for monitoring or directing response and mitigation activities;
</P>
<P>(5) The Oil Spill Removal Organization's responsibilities and authority; and
</P>
<P>(6) For each Oil Spill Removal Organization identified under this section, a listing adequate for the worst-case discharge listed in the plan of:
</P>
<P>(i) Equipment, supplies, and personnel available, and the location thereof, including equipment suitable for adverse weather conditions and the personnel necessary to continue operation of the equipment and staff the Oil Spill Removal Organization during the response, in accordance with appendix C of 33 CFR part 154; or
</P>
<P>(ii) In lieu of the listing of equipment, supplies, and personnel, a statement that the Oil Spill Removal Organization has been classified by the United States Coast Guard under 33 CFR 154.1035 or 155.1035.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.135" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.3.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.135   Training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad must certify in the response plan that it has conducted training to ensure that:
</P>
<P>(1) All railroad employees subject to the plan know—
</P>
<P>(i) Their responsibilities under the comprehensive oil spill response plan; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of, and procedures for contacting, the qualified individual or alternate on a 24-hour basis;
</P>
<P>(2) All railroad employees with responsibilities as reporting personnel in the plan also know—
</P>
<P>(i) The content of the information summary of the response plan;
</P>
<P>(ii) The toll-free telephone number of the National Response Center; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The notification process required by § 130.105; and
</P>
<P>(3) The qualified individual or, as an alternative, the person acting in an Incident Commander role, may be trained in the Incident Command System at the Incident Commander Level.
</P>
<P>(b) Employees subject to this section must be trained at least once every five years or, if the plan is revised during the five-year recurrent training cycle, within 90 days of implementation of the revised plan. New employees must be trained within 90 days of employment or change in job function.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad must create and retain records of current training of each railroad employee engaged in oil spill response, inclusive of the preceding five years, in accordance with this section, for as long as that employee is employed and for 90 days thereafter. A railroad must make the employee's record of training available upon request, at a reasonable time and location, to an authorized official of the Department of Transportation. The record must include all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The employee's name;
</P>
<P>(2) The completion date of the employee's most recent training;
</P>
<P>(3) The name and address of the person providing the training; and
</P>
<P>(4) A certification statement that the designated employee has been trained, as required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section relieves a person from the responsibility to ensure that all personnel are trained in accordance with other regulations. As an example, response personnel may be subject to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards for emergency response operations in 29 CFR 1910.120, including volunteers or casual laborers employed during a response who are subject to those standards pursuant to 40 CFR part 311. Hazmat employees, as defined in § 171.8 of this chapter, are subject to the training requirements in subpart H of part 172 of this chapter, including safety training.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.140" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.3.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.140   Equipment testing and exercise procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Testing.</I> The plan must include a description of the methods used to ensure that equipment testing meets the manufacturer's minimum recommendations or equivalent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exercises.</I> A railroad must implement and describe an exercise program for COSRPs following the National Preparedness for Response Exercise Program (PREP) Guidelines, which can be found using the search function on the USCG's web page (<I>https://homeport.uscg.mil</I>). These guidelines are also available from the TASC DEPT Warehouse, 33141Q 75th Avenue, Landover, MD 20875 (fax: 301-386-5394, stock number USCG-X0241). As an alternative, a railroad choosing not to follow PREP Guidelines must have an exercise program that is equivalent to PREP. The plan must include a description of the exercise procedures and programs the railroad uses to assess whether its response plan will function as planned, including the types of exercises and their frequencies.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> Railroads must keep records showing the exercise dates and times, and the after action reports that accompany the response plan exercises. Railroads must provide copies of these records to Department of Transportation representatives upon request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.145" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.3.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.145   Plan review, update, and recordkeeping procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this part, copy means a hardcopy or an electronic version. Each railroad must:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain a copy of the complete plan at the railroad's principal place of business;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide a copy of the core plan and the appropriate response zone appendix to each qualified individual and alternate; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provide a copy of the information summary to each dispatcher in response zones identified in the plan.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad must include procedures to review the plan after a discharge requiring the activation of the plan in order to evaluate and record the plan's effectiveness.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad must update its plan to address new or different conditions or information. In addition, each railroad must review its plan in full at least every 5 years from the date of the last approval.
</P>
<P>(d) If changes to the plans are made, updated copies of the plan must be provided to every individual referenced under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) If new or different operating conditions or information would substantially affect the implementation of the response plan, the railroad must immediately modify its plan to address such a change and must submit the change to PHMSA within 90 days in accordance with § 130.111. Examples of changes in operating conditions or information that would substantially affect a railroad's response plan are:
</P>
<P>(1) Establishment of a new railroad route, including an extension of an existing railroad route, construction of a new track, or obtaining trackage rights over a route not covered by the previously approved plan used for trains which require a comprehensive plan in accordance with § 130.100(a);
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the Oil Spill Removal Organization;
</P>
<P>(3) Emergency response procedures;
</P>
<P>(4) The qualified individual;
</P>
<P>(5) A change in the NCP or an ACP that has significant impact on the equipment appropriate for response activities (e.g., identification of ESAs as described by § 130.115);
</P>
<P>(6) A change in the type of oil transported, if the type affects the required response resources (e.g., a change from crude oil to gasoline); and
</P>
<P>(7) Any other information relating to circumstances that may affect full implementation of the plan.
</P>
<P>(f) If PHMSA determines that a change to a response plan does not meet the requirements of this part, PHMSA will notify the operator of any alleged deficiencies, and provide the railroad with an opportunity to respond—including an opportunity for an informal conference—to any proposed plan revisions, as well as an opportunity to correct any deficiencies.
</P>
<P>(g) A railroad that disagrees with a determination that proposed revisions to a plan are deficient may petition PHMSA for reconsideration within 30 days from the date of receipt of PHMSA's notice. After considering all relevant material presented in writing or at an informal conference, PHMSA will notify the railroad of its final decision. The railroad must comply with the final decision within 30 days of issuance, unless PHMSA allows additional time.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.150" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.3.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.150   Approval and submission procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad must submit an electronic copy in an industry standard format (e.g., Adobe Acrobat, Microsoft Word, or hypertext markup language (HTML)) of the COSRP required by this part. Copies of the response plan must be submitted via commercial carrier to: Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 2nd Floor, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001. Alternatively, the railroad may arrange for secure electronic transfer of the file to PHMSA or email a copy of the plan to <I>PHMSA.OPA90@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) If PHMSA determines that a response plan requiring approval does not meet all the requirements of this part, PHMSA will notify the railroad of any alleged deficiencies and provide the railroad an opportunity to respond—including the opportunity for an informal conference—to any proposed plan revisions, as well as an opportunity to correct any deficiencies.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad that disagrees with PHMSA's determination that a plan contains alleged deficiencies may petition PHMSA for reconsideration within 30 days from the date of receipt of PHMSA's notice. After considering all relevant material presented in writing or at an informal conference, PHMSA will notify the operator of its final decision. The railroad must comply with the final decision within 30 days of issuance, unless PHMSA allows additional time.
</P>
<P>(d) PHMSA will approve the response plan if PHMSA determines that the response plan meets all requirements of this part. PHMSA may consult with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG), allowing a Federal On-Scene Coordinator (OSC) to identify concerns regarding a plan's compliance with the statutory and regulatory requirements.
</P>
<P>(e) If PHMSA receives a request from a Federal OSC to review a response plan, PHMSA will give a copy of the response plan to the Federal OSC provided that any requests for the plan are referred to PHMSA. PHMSA may consider Federal OSC comments on: Response techniques; protecting fish, wildlife and environmentally sensitive environments; and consistency with the ACP. PHMSA remains the approving authority for the response plan.
</P>
<P>(f) A railroad may ask for confidential treatment in accordance with the procedures in § 105.30 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 130.155" NODE="49:2.1.1.2.7.3.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 130.155   Implementation of comprehensive oil spill response plans.</HEAD>
<P>If, during transportation of oil subject to this subpart, a discharge of oil occurs—into or on the navigable waters; on the adjoining shorelines to the navigable waters; or that may affect natural resources belonging to, appertaining to, or under the exclusive management authority of, the United States—the person transporting the oil must implement the plan required by § 130.100 in a manner consistent with the National Contingency Plan, 40 CFR part 300, or as otherwise directed by the Federal On-Scene Coordinator.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>

</DIV4>


<DIV4 N="C" NODE="49:2.1.1.3" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER C—HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REGULATIONS


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="171" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 171—GENERAL INFORMATION, REGULATIONS, AND DEFINITIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; Pub. L. 101-410 section 4; Pub. L. 104-134, section 31001; Pub. L. 114-74 section 701 (28 U.S.C. 2461 note); 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.










</PSPACE></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 171 appear at 70 FR 56090, Sept. 23, 2005.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Applicability, General Requirements, and North American Shipments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.1" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.1   Applicability of Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR) to persons and functions.</HEAD>
<P>Federal hazardous materials transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.</I>) directs the Secretary of Transportation to establish regulations for the safe and secure transportation of hazardous materials in commerce, as the Secretary considers appropriate. The Secretary is authorized to apply these regulations to persons who transport hazardous materials in commerce. In addition, the law authorizes the Secretary to apply these regulations to persons who cause hazardous materials to be transported in commerce. The law also authorizes the Secretary to apply these regulations to persons who manufacture or maintain a packaging or a component of a packaging that is represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in the transportation of a hazardous material in commerce. Federal hazardous material transportation law also applies to anyone who indicates by marking or other means that a hazardous material being transported in commerce is present in a package or transport conveyance when it is not, and to anyone who tampers with a package or transport conveyance used to transport hazardous materials in commerce or a required marking, label, placard, or shipping description. Regulations prescribed in accordance with Federal hazardous materials transportation law shall govern safety aspects, including security, of the transportation of hazardous materials that the Secretary considers appropriate. In 49 CFR 1.53, the Secretary delegated authority to issue regulations for the safe and secure transportation of hazardous materials in commerce to the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administrator. The Administrator issues the Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR; 49 CFR parts 171 through 180) under that delegated authority. This section addresses the applicability of the HMR to packagings represented as qualified for use in the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce and to pre-transportation and transportation functions.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Packagings.</I> Requirements in the HMR apply to each person who manufactures, fabricates, marks, maintains, reconditions, repairs, or tests a packaging or a component of a packaging that is represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in the transportation of a hazardous material in commerce, including each person under contract with any department, agency, or instrumentality of the executive, legislative, or judicial branch of the Federal government who manufactures, fabricates, marks, maintains, reconditions, repairs, or tests a packaging or a component of a packaging that is represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in the transportation of a hazardous material in commerce.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pre-transportation functions.</I> Requirements in the HMR apply to each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation in commerce, causes a hazardous material to be transported in commerce, or transports a hazardous material in commerce and who performs or is responsible for performing a pre-transportation function, including each person performing pre-transportation functions under contract with any department, agency, or instrumentality of the executive, legislative, or judicial branch of the Federal government. Pre-transportation functions include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Determining the hazard class of a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(2) Selecting a hazardous materials packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) Filling a hazardous materials packaging, including a bulk packaging.
</P>
<P>(4) Securing a closure on a filled or partially filled hazardous materials package or container or on a package or container containing a residue of a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(5) Marking a package to indicate that it contains a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(6) Labeling a package to indicate that it contains a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(7) Preparing a shipping paper.
</P>
<P>(8) Providing and maintaining emergency response information.
</P>
<P>(9) Reviewing a shipping paper to verify compliance with the HMR or international equivalents.
</P>
<P>(10) For each person importing a hazardous material into the United States, providing the shipper with timely and complete information as to the HMR requirements that will apply to the transportation of the material within the United States.
</P>
<P>(11) Certifying that a hazardous material is in proper condition for transportation in conformance with the requirements of the HMR.
</P>
<P>(12) Loading, blocking, and bracing a hazardous materials package in a freight container or transport vehicle.
</P>
<P>(13) Segregating a hazardous materials package in a freight container or transport vehicle from incompatible cargo.
</P>
<P>(14) Selecting, providing, or affixing placards for a freight container or transport vehicle to indicate that it contains a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Transportation functions.</I> Requirements in the HMR apply to transportation of a hazardous material in commerce and to each person who transports a hazardous material in commerce, including each person under contract with any department, agency, or instrumentality of the executive, legislative, or judicial branch of the Federal government who transports a hazardous material in commerce. Transportation of a hazardous material in commerce begins when a carrier takes physical possession of the hazardous material for the purpose of transporting it and continues until the package containing the hazardous material is delivered to the destination indicated on a shipping document, package marking, or other medium, or, in the case of a rail car, until the car is delivered to a private track or siding. For a private motor carrier, transportation of a hazardous material in commerce begins when a motor vehicle driver takes possession of a hazardous material for the purpose of transporting it and continues until the driver relinquishes possession of the package containing the hazardous material at its destination and is no longer responsible for performing functions subject to the HMR with respect to that particular package. Transportation of a hazardous material in commerce includes the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Movement.</I> Movement of a hazardous material by rail car, aircraft, motor vehicle, or vessel (except as delegated by Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170 at 2(103)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Loading incidental to movement of a hazardous material.</I> Loading of packaged or containerized hazardous material onto a transport vehicle, aircraft, or vessel for the purpose of transporting it, including blocking and bracing a hazardous materials package in a freight container or transport vehicle, and segregating a hazardous materials package in a freight container or transport vehicle from incompatible cargo, when performed by carrier personnel or in the presence of carrier personnel. For a bulk packaging, loading incidental to movement is filling the packaging with a hazardous material for the purpose of transporting it when performed by carrier personnel or in the presence of carrier personnel (except as delegated by Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170 at 2(103)), including transloading.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Unloading incidental to movement of a hazardous material.</I> Removing a package or containerized hazardous material from a transport vehicle, aircraft, or vessel; or for a bulk packaging, emptying a hazardous material from the bulk packaging after the hazardous material has been delivered to the consignee when performed by carrier personnel or in the presence of carrier personnel or, in the case of a private motor carrier, while the driver of the motor vehicle from which the hazardous material is being unloaded immediately after movement is completed is present during the unloading operation. (Emptying a hazardous material from a bulk packaging while the packaging is on board a vessel is subject to separate regulations as delegated by Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170 at 2(103).) Unloading incidental to movement includes transloading.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Storage incidental to movement of a hazardous material.</I> Storage of a transport vehicle, freight container, or package containing a hazardous material by any person between the time that a carrier takes physical possession of the hazardous material for the purpose of transporting it until the package containing the hazardous material has been delivered to the destination indicated on a shipping document, package marking, or other medium, or, in the case of a private motor carrier, between the time that a motor vehicle driver takes physical possession of the hazardous material for the purpose of transporting it until the driver relinquishes possession of the package at its destination and is no longer responsible for performing functions subject to the HMR with respect to that particular package.
</P>
<P>(i) Storage incidental to movement includes—
</P>
<P>(A) Storage at the destination shown on a shipping document, including storage at a transloading facility, provided the original shipping documentation identifies the shipment as a through-shipment and identifies the final destination or destinations of the hazardous material; and
</P>
<P>(B) A rail car containing a hazardous material that is stored on track that does not meet the definition of “private track or siding” in § 171.8, even if the car has been delivered to the destination shown on the shipping document.
</P>
<P>(ii) Storage incidental to movement does not include storage of a hazardous material at its final destination as shown on a shipping document.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Functions not subject to the requirements of the HMR.</I> The following are examples of activities to which the HMR do not apply:
</P>
<P>(1) Storage of a freight container, transport vehicle, or package containing a hazardous material at an offeror facility prior to a carrier taking possession of the hazardous material for movement in transportation in commerce or, for a private motor carrier, prior to a motor vehicle driver taking physical possession of the hazardous material for movement in transportation in commerce.
</P>
<P>(2) Unloading of a hazardous material from a transport vehicle or a bulk packaging performed by a person employed by or working under contract to the consignee following delivery of the hazardous material by the carrier to its destination and departure from the consignee's premises of the carrier's personnel or, in the case of a private carrier, departure of the driver from the unloading area.
</P>
<P>(3) Storage of a freight container, transport vehicle, or package containing a hazardous material after its delivery by a carrier to the destination indicated on a shipping document, package marking, or other medium, or, in the case of a rail car, storage of a rail car on private track.
</P>
<P>(4) Rail and motor vehicle movements of a hazardous material exclusively within a contiguous facility boundary where public access is restricted, except to the extent that the movement is on or crosses a public road or is on track that is part of the general railroad system of transportation, unless access to the public road is restricted by signals, lights, gates, or similar controls.
</P>
<P>(5) Transportation of a hazardous material in a motor vehicle, aircraft, or vessel operated by a Federal, state, or local government employee solely for noncommercial Federal, state, or local government purposes.
</P>
<P>(6) Transportation of a hazardous material by an individual for non-commercial purposes in a private motor vehicle, including a leased or rented motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(7) Any matter subject to the postal laws and regulations of the United States.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Requirements of other Federal agencies.</I> Each facility at which pre-transportation or transportation functions are performed in accordance with the HMR may be subject to applicable standards and regulations of other Federal agencies.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Requirements of state and local government agencies.</I> (1) Under 49 U.S.C. 5125, a requirement of a state, political subdivision of a state, or an Indian tribe is preempted, unless otherwise authorized by another Federal statute or DOT issues a waiver of preemption, if—
</P>
<P>(i) Complying with both the non-Federal requirement and Federal hazardous materials transportation law, the regulations issued under Federal hazardous material transportation law or a hazardous material transportation security regulation or directive issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security is not possible;
</P>
<P>(ii) The non-Federal requirement, as applied or enforced, is an obstacle to accomplishing and carrying out Federal hazardous materials transportation law, the regulations issued under Federal hazardous material transportation law, or a hazardous material transportation security regulation or directive issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security;
</P>
<P>(iii) The non-Federal requirement is not substantively the same as a provision of Federal hazardous materials transportation law, the regulations issued under Federal hazardous material transportation law, or a hazardous material transportation security regulation or directive issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security with respect to—
</P>
<P>(A) The designation, description, and classification of hazardous material;
</P>
<P>(B) The packing, repacking, handling, labeling, marking, and placarding of hazardous material;
</P>
<P>(C) The preparation, execution, and use of shipping documents related to hazardous material and requirements related to the number, contents, and placement of those documents;
</P>
<P>(D) The written notification, recording, and reporting of the unintentional release of hazardous material; or
</P>
<P>(E) The design, manufacturing, fabricating, marking, maintenance, reconditioning, repairing, or testing of a package or container represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in transporting hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(iv) A non-Federal designation, limitation or requirement on highway routes over which hazardous material may or may not be transported does not comply with the regulations in subparts C and D of part 397 of this title; or
</P>
<P>(v) A fee related to the transportation of a hazardous material is not fair or is used for a purpose that is not related to transporting hazardous material, including enforcement and planning, developing, and maintaining a capability for emergency response.
</P>
<P>(2) Subject to the limitations in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, each facility at which functions regulated under the HMR are performed may be subject to applicable laws and regulations of state and local governments and Indian tribes.
</P>
<P>(3) The procedures for DOT to make administrative determinations of preemption are set forth in subpart E of part 397 of this title with respect to non-Federal requirements on highway routing (paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section) and in subpart C of part 107 of this chapter with respect to all other non-Federal requirements.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Penalties for noncompliance.</I> Each person who knowingly violates a requirement of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, an order issued under Federal hazardous material transportation law, subchapter A of this chapter, or a special permit or approval issued under subchapter A or C of this chapter is liable for a civil penalty of not more than $102,348 for each violation, except the maximum civil penalty is $238,809 if the violation results in death, serious illness, or severe injury to any person or substantial destruction of property. There is no minimum civil penalty, except for a minimum civil penalty of $617 for a violation relating to training.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 61937, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 20031, Apr. 15, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 73162, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 44931, Aug. 8, 2006; 88 FR 1125, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89560, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106294, Dec. 30, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.2" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.2   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person who performs a function covered by this subchapter must perform that function in accordance with this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation in commerce must comply with all applicable requirements of this subchapter, or an exemption or special permit, approval, or registration issued under this subchapter or under subchapter A of this chapter. There may be more than one offeror of a shipment of hazardous materials. Each offeror is responsible for complying with the requirements of this subchapter, or an exemption or special permit, approval, or registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter, with respect to any pre-transportation function that it performs or is required to perform; however, each offeror is responsible only for the specific pre-transportation functions that it performs or is required to perform, and each offeror may rely on information provided by another offeror, unless that offeror knows or, a reasonable person, acting in the circumstances and exercising reasonable care, would have knowledge that the information provided by the other offeror is incorrect.
</P>
<P>(c) Each person who performs a function covered by or having an effect on a specification or activity prescribed in part 178, 179, or 180 of this subchapter, an approval issued under this subchapter, or an exemption or special permit issued under subchapter A of this chapter, must perform the function in accordance with that specification, approval, an exemption or special permit, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(d) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for transportation in commerce or transport a hazardous material in commerce unless that person is registered in conformance with subpart G of part 107 of this chapter, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(e) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for transportation in commerce unless the hazardous material is properly classed, described, packaged, marked, labeled, and in condition for shipment as required or authorized by applicable requirements of this subchapter or an exemption or special permit, approval, or registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) No person may transport a hazardous material in commerce unless the hazardous material is transported in accordance with applicable requirements of this subchapter, or an exemption or special permit, approval, or registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter. Each carrier who transports a hazardous material in commerce may rely on information provided by the offeror of the hazardous material or a prior carrier, unless the carrier knows or, a reasonable person, acting in the circumstances and exercising reasonable care, would have knowledge that the information provided by the offeror or prior carrier is incorrect.
</P>
<P>(g) No person may represent, mark, certify, sell, or offer a packaging or container as meeting the requirements of this subchapter governing its use in the transportation of a hazardous material in commerce unless the packaging or container is manufactured, fabricated, marked, maintained, reconditioned, repaired, and retested in accordance with the applicable requirements of this subchapter. No person may represent, mark, certify, sell, or offer a packaging or container as meeting the requirements of an exemption, a special permit, approval, or registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter unless the packaging or container is manufactured, fabricated, marked, maintained, reconditioned, repaired, and retested in accordance with the applicable requirements of the exemption, special permit, approval, or registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter. The requirements of this paragraph apply whether or not the packaging or container is used or to be used for the transportation of a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(h) The representations, markings, and certifications subject to the prohibitions of paragraph (g) of this section include:
</P>
<P>(1) Specification identifications that include the letters “ICC”, “DOT”, “TC”, “CTC”, “CRC”, “BTC”, “MC”, or “UN”;
</P>
<P>(2) Exemption, special permit, approval, and registration numbers that include the letters “DOT”, “EX”, “M”, or “R”; and
</P>
<P>(3) Test dates associated with specification, registration, approval, retest, exemption, or special permit markings indicating compliance with a test or retest requirement of the HMR, or an exemption, special permit, approval, or registration issued under the HMR or under subchapter A of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(i) No person may certify that a hazardous material is offered for transportation in commerce in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter unless the hazardous material is properly classed, described, packaged, marked, labeled, and in condition for shipment as required or authorized by applicable requirements of this subchapter or an exemption or special permit, approval, or registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter. Each person who offers a package containing a hazardous material for transportation in commerce in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter or an exemption or special permit, approval, or registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter, must assure that the package remains in condition for shipment until it is in the possession of the carrier.
</P>
<P>(j) No person may, by marking or otherwise, represent that a container or package for transportation of a hazardous material is safe, certified, or in compliance with the requirements of this chapter unless it meets the requirements of all applicable regulations issued under Federal hazardous material transportation law.
</P>
<P>(k) No person may, by marking or otherwise, represent that a hazardous material is present in a package, container, motor vehicle, rail car, aircraft, or vessel if the hazardous material is not present.
</P>
<P>(l) No person may alter, remove, deface, destroy, or otherwise unlawfully tamper with any marking, label, placard, or description on a document required by Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued under Federal hazardous material transportation law. No person may alter, deface, destroy, or otherwise unlawfully tamper with a package, container, motor vehicle, rail car, aircraft, or vessel used for the transportation of hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(m) No person may falsify or alter an exemption or special permit, approval, registration, or other grant of authority issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter. No person may offer a hazardous material for transportation or transport a hazardous material in commerce under an exemption or special permit, approval, registration or other grant of authority issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter if such grant of authority has been altered without the consent of the issuing authority. No person may represent, mark, certify, or sell a packaging or container under an exemption or special permit, approval, registration or other grant of authority issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter if such grant of authority has been altered without the consent of the issuing authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 61937, Oct. 30, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 43643, July 28, 2005; 70 FR 73162, Dec. 9, 2005; 82 FR 15833, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.3" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.3   Hazardous waste.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may offer for transportation or transport a hazardous waste (as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter) in interstate or intrastate commerce except in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) No person may accept for transportation, transport, or deliver a hazardous waste for which a manifest is required unless that person:
</P>
<P>(1) Has marked each motor vehicle used to transport hazardous waste in accordance with § 390.21 of this title even though placards may not be required; 
</P>
<P>(2) Complies with the requirements for manifests set forth in § 172.205 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(3) Delivers, as designated on the manifest by the generator, the entire quantity of the waste received from the generator or a transporter to:
</P>
<P>(i) The designated facility or, if not possible, to the designated alternate facility;
</P>
<P>(ii) The designated subsequent carrier; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A designated place outside the United States.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Federal law specifies penalties up to $250,000 fine for an individual and $500,000 for a company and 5 years imprisonment for the willful discharge of hazardous waste at other than designated facilities. 49 U.S.C. 5124.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) If a discharge of hazardous waste or other hazardous material occurs during transportation, and an official of a State or local government or a Federal agency, acting within the scope of his official responsibilities, determines that immediate removal of the waste is necessary to prevent further consequence, that official may authorize the removal of the waste without the preparation of a manifest. [<E T="04">Note:</E> In such cases, EPA does not require carriers to have EPA identification numbers.]
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>EPA requires shippers (generators) and carriers (transporters) of hazardous wastes to have identification numbers which must be displayed on hazardous waste manifests. See 40 CFR parts 262 and 263. (Identification number application forms may be obtained from EPA regional offices.)</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>In 40 CFR part 263, the EPA sets forth requirements for the cleanup of releases of hazardous wastes.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 171-53, 45 FR 34586, May 22, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 171-53, 45 FR 74648, Nov. 10, 1980; Amdt. 171-78, 49 FR 10510, Mar. 20, 1984; Amdt. 171-107, 54 FR 40068, Sept. 29, 1989; Amdt. 171-111, 55 FR 52466, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66157, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 171-2, 59 FR 49132, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 171-141, 61 FR 21102, May 9, 1996; 73 FR 57004, Oct. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.4" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.4   Marine pollutants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, no person may offer for transportation or transport a marine pollutant, as defined in § 171.8, in intrastate or interstate commerce except in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of this subchapter for the transportation of marine pollutants are based on the provisions of Annex III of the 1973 International Convention for Prevention of Pollution from Ships, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 (MARPOL 73/78).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) Except when all or part of the transportation is by vessel, the requirements of this subchapter specific to marine pollutants do not apply to non-bulk packagings transported by motor vehicle, rail car or aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) Single or combination packagings containing a net quantity per single or inner packaging of 5 L or less for liquids or having a net mass of 5 kg or less for solids, are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter provided the packagings meet the general requirements in §§ 173.24 and 173.24a. This exception does not apply to marine pollutants that are a hazardous waste or a hazardous substance. In the case of marine pollutants also meeting the criteria for inclusion in another hazard class, all provisions of this subchapter relevant to any additional hazards continue to apply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 171-116, 57 FR 52934, Nov. 5, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 107-39, 61 FR 51337, Oct. 1, 1996; 80 FR 1114, Jan. 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.6" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.6   Control numbers under the Paperwork Reduction Act.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This section collects and displays the control numbers assigned to the HMR collections of information by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This section complies with the requirements of 5 CFR 1320.7(f), 1320.12, 1320.13 and 1320.14 (OMB regulations implementing the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995) for the display of control numbers assigned by OMB to collections of information of the HMR.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>OMB control numbers.</I> The table in paragraph (b)(2) of this section sets forth the control numbers assigned to collection of information in the HMR by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
</P>
<P>(1) Column 1 lists the OMB control number assigned to the HMR collections of information. Column 2 contains the Report Title of the approved collection of information. Column 3 lists the part(s) or section(s) in 49 CFR identified or described in the collection of information.


</P>
<P>(2) Table 1 to paragraph (b)(2):




</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Current OMB
<br/>control No. 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Title 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Title 49 CFR part or section where identified and described 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0014</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cargo Tank Specification Requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 107.503, 107.504, 178.320, 178.337, 178.338, 178.345, 180.407, 180.409, 180.413, 180.417. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0018</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inspection and Testing of Portable Tanks and Intermediate Bulk Containers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 173.24, 173.32, 178.3, 178.255, 178.273, 178.274, 178.703, 178.801, 180.352, 180.605.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0022</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Testing, Inspection, and Marking Requirements for Cylinders</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 173.5b, 173.302a, 173.303, 173.304, 173.309, 178.2, 178.3, 178.35, 178.44, 178.45, 178.46, 178.57, 178.59, 178.60, 178.61, 178.68, 180.205, 180.207, 180.209, 180.211, 180.213, 180.215, 180.217, appendix C to part 180.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0034</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hazardous Materials Shipping Papers and Emergency Response Information</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 172.200, 172.201, 172.202, 172.203, 172.204, 172.505, 172.600, 172.602, 172.604, 172.606, 173.6, 173.7, 173.22, 173.56, 174.24, 174.26, 174.114, 175.30, 175.31, 175.33, 176.24, 176.27, 176.30, 176.36, 176.89, 177.817.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0039</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hazardous Materials Incidents Reports</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 171.15, 171.16, 171.21.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0051</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rulemaking and Special Permit Petitions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 105.30, 105.40, 106.95, 106.110, 107.105, 107.107, 107.109, 107.113, 107.117, 107.121, 107.123, 107.125, 107.205, 107.211, 107.215, 107.217, 107.219, 107.221, 107.223.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0510</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RAM Transportation Requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Part 173, subpart I, §§ 173.22, 173.411, 173.415, 173.416, 173.417, 173.457, 173.471, 173.472, 173.473, 173.476. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0542</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable Cryogenic Liquids</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 173.318, 177.816, 177.840, 180.405. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0557</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Approvals for Hazardous Materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 107.402, 107.403, 107.405, 107.502, 107.503, 107.705, 107.713, 107.715, 107.717, 107.803, 107.805, 107.807, 110.30, 172.101, 172.102, Special Provisions 19, 26, 53, 55, 60, 105, 118, 121, 125, 129, 131, 133, 136, B45, B55, B61, B69, B77, B81, N10, N72, 173.2a, 173.4, 173.7, 173.21, 173.22, 173.24, 173.31, 173.38, 173.51, 173.56, 173.58, 173.59, 173.124, 173.128, 173.159, 173.166, 173.171, 173.214, 173.222, 173.224, 173.225, 173.245, 173.301, 173.305, 173.306, 173.314, 173.315, 173.316, 173.318, 173.334, 173.340, 173.411, 173.433, 173.457, 173.471, 173.472, 173.476, 174.50, 174.63, 175.8, 175.85, 175.701, 175.703, 176.168, 176.340, 176.704, 178.3, 178.35, 178.47, 178.53, 178.273, 178.274, 178.503, 178.509, 178.605, 178.606, 178.608, 178.801, 178.813, 180.213.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0559</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(Rail Carriers and Tank Car Tank Requirements) Requirements for Rail Tank Car Tanks—Transportation of Hazardous Materials by Rail.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 172.102, Special provisions: B45, B46, B55, B61, B69, B77, B78, B81; 173.10, 173.31, 174.20, 174.50, 174.63, 174.104, 174.114, 174.204, 179.3, 179.4, 179.5, 179.6, 179.7, 179.11, 179.18, 179.22, 179.100-9, 179.100-12, 179.100-13, 179.100-16, 179.100-17, 179.102-4, 179.102-17, 179.103-1, 179.103-2, 179.103-3, 179.103-5, 179.200-10, 179.200-14, 179.200-15, 179.200-16, 179.200-17, 179.200-19, 179.201-3, 179.201-8, 179.201-9, 179.220-4, 179.220-7, 179.220-8, 179.220-13, 179.220-15, 179.220-17, 179.220-18, 179.220-20, 179.220-22, 179.300-3, 179.300-7, 179.300-9, 179.300-12, 179.300-13, 179.300-15, 179.300-20, 179.400-3, 179.400-4, 179.400-11, 179.400-13, 179.400-16, 179.400-17, 179.400-19, 179.400-20, 179.500-5, 179.500-8, 179.500-12, 179.500-18, 180.505, 180.509, 180.515, 180.517. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0572</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Testing requirements for non-bulk packages</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 173.168, 178.2, 178.601, appendix C to part 178, appendix D to part 178. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0582</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Container Certification Statement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 176.27, 176.172. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0586</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hazardous Materials Public Sector Training and Planning Grants</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Part 110. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0591</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Response Plans for Shipments of Oil</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Part 130.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0595</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cargo Tank Motor Vehicles in Liquefied Compressed Gas Service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 173.315, 178.337-8, 178.337-9, 180.405, 180.416.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0612</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hazardous Materials Security Plans</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Part 172, subpart I, §§ 172.800, 172.802, 172.804.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0613</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Subsidiary Hazard Class and Number/Type of Packagings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 172.202, 172.203
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0620</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inspection and Testing of Meter Provers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Part 173, subpart A, § 173.5a.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0621</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Requirements for United Nations (UN) Cylinders</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 173.301, 173.304, 173.304b, 178.69, 178.70, 178.74, 178.75, 180.207, 180.209, 180.212, 180.215, 180.217.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2137-0628</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable Hazardous Materials by Rail Transportation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§§ 130.120, 171.16, 173.41, 173.145, 173.150, 174.310, 174.312.




</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 171-111, 56 FR 66157, Dec. 20, 1991]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 171.6, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.7" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.7   Reference material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into subchapters A, B, and C with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, PHMSA must publish a document in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the material must be available to the public. All approved incorporation by reference (IBR) material is available for inspection at PHMSA and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Contact PHMSA at: The Office of Hazardous Materials Safety, Office of Hazardous Materials Standards, East Building, PHH-10, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001. For information on the availability of this material at PHH-10, call 1-800-467-4922, or go to: <I>www.phmsa.dot.gov.</I> For information on the availability of this material at NARA, email: <I>fr.inspection@nara.gov,</I> or go to: <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.</I> The material may be obtained from the source(s) in the following paragraph(s) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Air Transport Association of America,</I> 1301 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20004-1707.


</P>
<P>(1) ATA Specification No. 300 Packaging of Airline Supplies, Revision 19, July 31, 1996, into §§ 172.102, 173.168, 173.302, and 173.304.




</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>The Aluminum Association,</I> 1525 Wilson Blvd., Suite 6000, Arlington, VA 22209, telephone 703-358-2960, <I>http://www.aluminum.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Aluminum Standards and Data, Seventh Edition, June 1982, into §§ 172.102; 178.65.
</P>
<P>(2) Welding Aluminum: Theory and Practice, 2002 Fourth Edition, into § 178.68.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>American National Standards Institute, Inc.,</I> 25 West 43rd Street, New York, NY 10036.
</P>
<P>(1) ANSI/ASHRAE 15-94, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration, 1944, into §§ 173.306; 173.307.
</P>
<P>(2) ANSI N14.1 Uranium Hexafluoride—Packaging for Transport, 1971 Edition, into §§ 173.417; 173.420.
</P>
<P>(3) ANSI N14.1 Uranium Hexafluoride—Packaging for Transport, 1982 Edition, into §§ 173.417; 173.420.
</P>
<P>(4) ANSI N14.1 Uranium Hexafluoride—Packaging for Transport, 1987 Edition, into §§ 173.417; 173.420.
</P>
<P>(5) ANSI N14.1 Uranium Hexafluoride—Packaging for Transport, 1990 Edition, into §§ 173.417; 173.420.
</P>
<P>(6) ANSI N14.1 Uranium Hexafluoride—Packaging for Transport, 1995 Edition, into §§ 173.417; 173.420.
</P>
<P>(7) ANSI N14.1 Uranium Hexafluoride—Packaging for Transport, 2001 Edition, into §§ 173.417; 173.420.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>American Petroleum Institute,</I> 1220 L Street NW., Washington, DC 20005-4070.
</P>
<P>(1) API Recommended Practice Closures of Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks, 3rd Edition, March 1996, into § 172.102.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) <I>American Pyrotechnics Association</I> (APA), P.O. Box 30438, Bethesda, MD 20824, (301) 907-8181, <I>www.americanpyro.com.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) APA 87-1A: Standard for the Construction, Classification, Approval and Transportation of Consumer Fireworks, final draft January 1, 2018 (excluding appendices II through VI), into §§ 107.402(d); 173.59; 173.64; and 173.65.
</P>
<P>(2) APA 87-1B: Standard for the Construction, Classification, Approval, and Transportation of Display Fireworks, final draft January 1, 2018 (excluding appendices II through IV), into § 173.64.
</P>
<P>(3) APA 87-1C: Standard for the Construction, Classification, Approval, and Transportation of Entertainment Industry and Technical (EI&amp;T) Pyrotechnics, final draft January 1, 2018 (excluding appendices II through IV), into § 173.64.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>The American Society of Mechanical Engineers</I> (ASME), 150 Clove Road, Little Falls, NJ 07424-2139, telephone: 1-800-843-2763, <I>http://www.asme.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME Code), 2017 Edition, July 1, 2017 (as follows), into §§ 172.102; 173.3; 173.5b; 173.24b; 173.306; 173.315; 173.318; 173.420; 178.255-1; 178.255-2; 178.255-14; 178.255-15; 178.273; 178.274; 178.276; 178.277; 178.320; 178.337-1; 178.337-2; 178.337-3; 178.337-4; 178.337-6; 178.337-16; 178.337-18; 178.338-1; 178.338-2; 178.338-3; 178.338-4; 178.338-5; 178.338-6; 178.338-13; 178.338-16; 178.338-18; 178.338-19; 178.345-1; 178.345-2; 178.345-3; 178.345-4; 178.345-7; 178.345-14; 178.345-15; 178.346-1; 178.347-1; 178.348-1; 179.400-3; 180.407:
</P>
<P>(i) ASME BPVC.II.A-2017 (vols. 1 and 2), Section II—Materials—Part A—Ferrous Materials Specifications.
</P>
<P>(ii) ASME BPVC.II.B-2017, Section II—Materials—Part B—Nonferrous Material Specifications.
</P>
<P>(iii) ASME BPVC.V-2017, Section V—Nondestructive Examination.
</P>
<P>(iv) ASME BPVC.VIII.1-2017, Section VIII—Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels Division 1.
</P>
<P>(v) ASME BPVC.IX-2017, Section IX—Qualification Standard for Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Procedures; Welders; Brazers; and Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Operators.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">g</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>The requirement for a 6% knuckle radius on torispherical heads are excepted.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) ASME B31.4-2012, Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquids and Slurries, November 12, 2012, into § 173.5a.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>ASTM International,</I> 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 1942, telephone (610) 832-9585, <I>http://www.astm.org.</I> Copies of historical standards or standards that ASTM does not have may be purchased from: Engineering Societies Library, 354 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017.
</P>
<P>(1) ASTM A 20/A 20M-93a Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels, 1993, into §§ 178.337-2; 179.102-4; 179.102-1; 179.102-17.
</P>
<P>(2) ASTM A 47-68 Malleable Iron Castings, 1968, into § 179.200-15.
</P>
<P>(3) ASTM A 53/A 53M-06a (ASTM A 53) Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless, 2006, into § 173.5b.
</P>
<P>(4) ASTM A 106/A 106M-06a (ASTM A 106) Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service, 2006, into § 173.5b.
</P>
<P>(5) ASTM A 240/A 240M-99b Standard Specification for Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels, 1999, into §§ 178.57; 178.358-5; 179.100-7; 179.100-10; 179.102-1; 179.102-4; 179.102-17; 179.200-7; 179.201-5; 179.220-7; 179.300-7; 179.400-5.
</P>
<P>(6) ASTM A 242-81 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel, 1981, into § 178.338-2.
</P>
<P>(7) ASTM A 262-93a Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels, 1993, into 179.100-7; 179.200-7; 179.201-4.
</P>
<P>(8) ASTM A 285-78 Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength, 1978, into § 179.300-7.
</P>
<P>(9) ASTM A 300-58 Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels for Service at Low Temperatures, 1958, into § 178.337-2.
</P>
<P>(10) ASTM A 302/A 302M-93 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Molybdenum and Manganese-Molybdenum Nickel, 1993, into § 179.100-7; 179.200-7; 179.220-7.
</P>
<P>(11) ASTM A 333-67 Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service, 1967, into § 178.45.
</P>
<P>(12) ASTM A 370-94 Standard Test 179.102-1; 179.102-4; Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products, 1994, into §§ 179.102-17; 179.102-1; 179.102-4.
</P>
<P>(13) ASTM A 441-81 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Manganese Vanadium Steel, 1981, into § 178.338-2.
</P>
<P>(14) ASTM A 514-81 Standard Specification for High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding, 1981, into § 178.338-2.
</P>
<P>(15) ASTM A 515/A 515M-03 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature Service, 2003, into § 179.300-7.
</P>
<P>(16) ASTM A 516/A 516M-90 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate and Lower-Temperature Service, 1990, into § 178.337-2; 179.100-7; 179.102-1; 179.102-2; 179.102-4; 179.102-17; 179.200-7; 179.220-7; 179.300-7.
</P>
<P>(17) ASTM A 537/A 537M-91 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Heat-Treated, Carbon-Manganese-Silicon Steel, 1991, into § 179.100-7; 179.102-4; 179.102-17.
</P>
<P>(18) ASTM A 572-82 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbian-Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality, 1982, into § 178.338-2.
</P>
<P>(19) ASTM A 588-81 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel with 50 Ksi Minimum Yield Point to 4 in. Thick, 1981, into § 178.338-2.
</P>
<P>(20) ASTM A 606-75 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet and Strip Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, High-Strength, Low-Alloy, with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance, 1975 (Reapproved 1981), into § 178.338-2.
</P>
<P>(21) ASTM A 607-98 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Columbium or Vanadium, or Both, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, 1998, into § 178.338-2.
</P>
<P>(22) ASTM A 612-72a High Strength Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels for Moderate and Lower Temperature Service, 1972, into § 178.337-2.
</P>
<P>(23) ASTM A 633-79a Standard Specification for Normalized High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel, 1979 Edition, into § 178.338-2.
</P>
<P>(24) ASTM A 715-81 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, High-Strength, Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, 1981, into § 178.338-2.
</P>
<P>(25) ASTM A 1008/A 1008M-03 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, 2003, into § 178.338-2; 178.345-2.
</P>
<P>(26) ASTM A 1011/A 1011M-03a Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low Alloy and High Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, 2003, into § 178.338-2; 178.345-2.
</P>
<P>(27) ASTM B 162-93a Standard Specification for Nickel Plate, Sheet, and Strip, 1993, into § 173.249; 179.200-7.
</P>
<P>(28) ASTM B 209-93 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate, 1993, into § 179.100-7; 179.200-7; 179.220-7.
</P>
<P>(29) ASTM B 221-76 Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Shapes, and Tubes, 1976, into § 178.46.
</P>
<P>(30) ASTM B 557-84 Tension Testing Wrought and Cast Aluminum and Magnesium-Alloy Products, 1984, into § 178.46.
</P>
<P>(31) ASTM B 580-79 Standard Specification for Anodic Oxide Coatings on Aluminum, (Re-approved 2000), into § 173.316; 173.318; 178.338-17.
</P>
<P>(32) ASTM D 56-05, Standard Test Method for Flash Point by Tag Closed Cup Tester, approved May 1, 2005, into § 173.120.
</P>
<P>(33) ASTM D 86-07a, Standard Test Method for Distillation of Petroleum Products at Atmospheric Pressure, approved April 1, 2007, into § 173.121.
</P>
<P>(34) ASTM D 93-08, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester, approved October 15, 2008, into § 173.120.
</P>
<P>(35) ASTM D 1078-05, Standard Test Method for Distillation Range of Volatile Organic Liquids, approved May 15, 2005, into § 173.121.
</P>
<P>(36) ASTM D 1238-90b Standard Test Method for Flow Rates of Thermoplastics for Extrusion Plastometer, 1990, into § 173.225.
</P>
<P>(37) ASTM D 1709-01 Standard Test Methods for Impact Resistance of Plastic Film by the Free-Falling Dart Method, 2001, into § 173.197.
</P>
<P>(38) ASTM D 1835-97 Standard Specification for Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases, 1997, into § 180.209.
</P>
<P>(39) ASTM D 1838-64 Copper Strip Corrosion by Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases, 1964, into § 173.315.
</P>
<P>(40) ASTM D 1922-00a Standard Test Method for Propogation Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting by Pendulum Method, 2000, into § 173.197.
</P>
<P>(41) ASTM D 3278-96 (Reapproved 2004) E1, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale Closed-Cup Apparatus, approved November 1, 2004, into § 173.120.
</P>
<P>(42) ASTM D 3828-07a, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Small Scale Closed Cup Tester, approved July 15, 2007, § 173.120.
</P>
<P>(43) ASTM D 4206-96 Standard Test Method for Sustained Burning of Liquid Mixtures Using the Small Scale Open-Cup Apparatus, 1996, into § 173.120.
</P>
<P>(44) ASTM D 4359-90 Standard Test Method for Determining Whether a Material is a Liquid or a Solid, 1990 into §§ 130.5, 171.8.
</P>
<P>(45) ASTM D7900-13
<SU>e1</SU>, Standard Test Method for Determination of Light Hydrocarbons in Stabilized Crude Oils by Gas Chromatography, Approved December 1, 2013, into § 173.121.
</P>
<P>(46) ASTM E 8-99 Standard Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials, 1999, into § 178.36; 178.37; 178.38; 178.39; 178.44; 178.45; 178.50; 178.51; 178.53; 178.55; 178.56; 178.57; 178.58; 178.59; 178.60; 178.61; 178.68.
</P>
<P>(47) ASTM E 23-98 Standard Test Methods for Notched Bar Impact Testing of Metallic Materials, 1998, into § 178.57.
</P>
<P>(48) ASTM E 112-88 Standard Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size, 1988, into § 178.44.
</P>
<P>(49) ASTM E 112-96 Standard Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size, 1996 Edition, into § 178.274; part 178, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(50) ASTM E 114-95 Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Pulse-Echo Straight-Beam Examination by the Contact Method, 1995, into § 178.45.
</P>
<P>(51) ASTM E 213-98 Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe and Tubing, into § 178.45.
</P>
<P>(52) ASTM E 290-97a Standard Test Methods for Bend Testing of Material for Ductility, published February 1998, into § 178.37.
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(j) <I>American Welding Society,</I> 550 NW. Le Jeune Road, Miami, Florida 33126.
</P>
<P>(1) AWS Code B 3.0; Standard Qualification Procedure; 1972 (FRB 3.0-41, rev. May 1973), into §§ 178.356-2, 178.358-2.
</P>
<P>(2) AWS Code D 1.0; Code for Welding in Building Construction (FR D 1.0-66, 1966), into §§ 178.356-2; 178.358-2.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Association of American Railroads,</I> American Railroads Building, 50 F Street NW., Washington, DC 20001; telephone (877) 999-8824, <I>http://www.aar.org/publications.com.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section C—Part III, Specifications for Tank Cars, Specification M-1002, (AAR Specifications for Tank Cars), December 2000, §§ 173.31; 179.6; 179.7; 179.15; 179.16; 179.20; 179.22; 179.24; 179.100-9; 179.100-10; 179.100-12; 179.100-13; 179.100-14; 179.100-18; 179.101-1; 179.102-1; 179.102-4; 179.102-17; 179.103-5; 179.200-7; 179.200-9; 179.200-10; 179.200-11; 179.200-13; 179.200-17; 179.200-22; 179.201-6; 179.220-6; 179.220-7; 179.220-10; 179.220-11; 179.220-14; 179.220-18; 179.220-26; 179.300-9; 179.300-10; 179.300-15; 179.300-17; 179.400-5; 179.400-6; 179.400-8; 179.400-11; 179.400-12; 179.400-15; 179.400-18; 179.400-20; 179.400-25; 180.503; 180.509; 180.513; 180.515; 180.517.
</P>
<P>(2) AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section C—III, Specifications for Tank Cars, Specification M-1002 (AAR Specifications for Tank Cars), Appendix E, Design Details, implemented April 2010; into §§ 179.202-9, and 179.202-12(f).
</P>
<P>(3) AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section I, Specially Equipped Freight Car and Intermodal Equipment, 1988, into § 174.55; 174.63.
</P>
<P>(4) AAR Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Construction of Freight Cars, Volume 1, 1988, into § 179.16.
</P>
<P>(5) AAR Standard 286; AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section C, Car Construction Fundamentals and Details, Standard S-286, Free/Unrestricted Interchange for 286,000 lb Gross Rail Load Cars (Adopted 2002; Revised: 2003, 2005, 2006), into 179.13.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Chlorine Institute, Inc.,</I> 1300 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, VA 22209; phone: (703) 894-4140; email: <I>info@CL2.com;</I> web: <I>www.chlorineinstitute.org.</I>


</P>
<P>(1) Chlorine Institute Emergency Kit “A” for 100-lb. &amp; 150-lb. Chlorine Cylinders, Edition 12, Revision 2, January 2014, into § 173.3.
</P>
<P>(2) Chlorine Institute Emergency Kit “B” for Chlorine Ton Containers, Edition 11, July 2014, into § 173.3.
</P>
<P>(3) Pamphlet 49, Recommended Practices for Handling Chlorine Bulk Highway Transports, Edition 10, December 2016, into § 173.315.
</P>
<P>(4) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(5) Pamphlet 57, Emergency Shut-Off Systems for Bulk Transfer of Chlorine, Edition 6, June 2015, into § 177.840.
</P>
<P>(6) Section 3, Pamphlet 166, Angle Valve Guidelines for Chlorine Bulk Transportation, 1st Edition, October 2002, into § 178.337-9.
</P>
<P>(7) Pamphlet 168, Guidelines for Dual Valve Systems for Bulk Chlorine Transport, Edition 2, July 2015, into § 178.337-9.
</P>
<P>(8) Standard Chlorine Angle Valve Assembly, Dwg. 104-8, July 1993, into § 178.337-9.
</P>
<P>(9) Excess Flow Valve with Removable Seat, Dwg. 101-7, July 1993, into § 178.337-8.
</P>
<P>(10) Excess Flow Valve with Removable Basket, Dwg. 106-6, July 1993, into § 178.337-8.
</P>
<P>(11) Standards for Housing and Manway Covers for Steel Cargo Tanks, Dwgs. 137-1 and 137-2, September 1, 1982, into § 178.337-10.
</P>
<P>(12) Typical Manway Arrangement Chlorine Cargo Tank, Dwg 137-5, November 1996, into 178.337-10.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Canadian General Standards Board</I>, Place du Portage III, 6B1 11 Laurier Street, Gatineau, Quebec, Canada K1A 1G6.
</P>
<P>(1) National Standard of Canada (CAN/CGSB 43.147—2005) Construction, Modification, Qualification, Maintenance, and Selection and Use of Means of Containment for the Handling, Offering for Transport, or Transportation of Dangerous Goods by Rail, into § 171.12.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(n) <I>Compressed Gas Association (CGA),</I> 8484 Westpark Drive, Suite 220, McLean, VA 22102; telephone 703-788-2700, <I>www.cganet.com.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) CGA C-1—2016 (CGA C-1), Methods for Pressure Testing Compressed Gas Cylinders, Eleventh Edition, copyright 2016; into §§ 178.36; 178.37; 178.38; 178.39; 178.42; 178.44; 178.45; 178.46; 178.47; 178.50; 178.51; 178.53; 178.55; 178.56; 178.57; 178.58; 178.59; 178.60; 178.61; 178.65; 178.68; 180.205; 180.209.
</P>
<P>(2) CGA C-3—2005 (Reaffirmed 2011) (CGA C-3), Standards for Welding on Thin-Walled Steel Cylinders, Seventh Edition, copyright 2005; into §§ 178.47; 178.50; 178.51; 178.53; 178.55; 178.56; 178.57; 178.58; 178.59; 178.60; 178.61; 178.65; 178.68; 180.211.
</P>
<P>(3) CGA C-5 (CGA C-5), Cylinder Service Life—Seamless Steel High Pressure Cylinders, 1991 (Reaffirmed 1995); into § 173.302a.
</P>
<P>(4) CGA C-6—2013 (CGA C-6), Standards for Visual Inspection of Steel Compressed Gas Cylinders, Eleventh Edition, copyright 2013; into §§ 172.102; 173.3; 173.198; 180.205; 180.209; 180.211; 180.411; 180.519.
</P>
<P>(5) CGA C-6.1—2013 (CGA C-6.1), Standards for Visual Inspection of High Pressure Aluminum Compressed Gas Cylinders, Sixth Edition, copyright 2013 (corrected 4/14/2015); into §§ 180.205; 180.209.
</P>
<P>(6) CGA C-6.2 (CGA C-6.2), Guidelines for Visual Inspection and Requalification of Fiber Reinforced High Pressure Cylinders, Third Edition, 1996; into § 180.205.
</P>
<P>(7) CGA C-6.3—2013 (CGA C-6.3), Standard for Visual Inspection of Low Pressure Aluminum Alloy Compressed Gas Cylinders, Third Edition, copyright 2013; into §§ 180.205; 180.209.
</P>
<P>(8) CGA C-7—2020 (CGA C-7), Guide to Classification and Labeling of Compressed Gases; Eleventh Edition, 2020 (corrected May 6, 2020); into § 172.400a.
</P>
<P>(9) CGA C-8 (CGA C-8), Standard for Requalification of DOT-3HT Cylinder Design, 1985; into §§ 180.205; 180.209.
</P>
<P>(10) CGA C-11—2013 (CGA C-11), Practices for Inspection of Compressed Gas Cylinders at Time of Manufacture, Fifth Edition, copyright 2013; into § 178.35.
</P>
<P>(11) CGA C-12 (CGA C-12), Qualification Procedure for Acetylene Cylinder Design, 1994; into §§ 173.301; 173.303; 178.59; 178.60.
</P>
<P>(12) CGA C-13 (CGA C-13), Guidelines for Periodic Visual Inspection and Requalification of Acetylene Cylinders, Fourth Edition, 2000; into §§ 173.303; 180.205; 180.209.
</P>
<P>(13) CGA C-14—2005 (Reaffirmed 2010) (CGA C-14), Procedures for Fire Testing of DOT Cylinder Pressure Relief Device Systems, Fourth Edition, copyright 2005; into §§ 173.301; 173.323.
</P>
<P>(14) CGA C-20—2014 (CGA C-20), Requalification Standard for Metallic, DOT and TC 3-series Gas Cylinders and Tubes Using Ultrasonic Examination, Second Edition, 2014; into § 180.205.
</P>
<P>(15) CGA C-23—2018 (CGA C-23), Standard for Inspection of DOT/TC 3 Series and ISO 11120, Tube Neck Mounting Surfaces, Second Edition, 2018; into §§ 180.205; 180.207.
</P>
<P>(16) CGA C-27—2019 (CGA C-27), Standard Procedure to Derate the Service Pressure of DOT Series Seamless Steel Tubes, First Edition, 2019; into § 180.212.
</P>
<P>(17) CGA C-29—2019, (Formerly TB-25) (CGA C-29), Standard for Design Requirements for Tube Trailers and Tube Modules, First Edition, 2019; into § 173.301.
</P>
<P>(18) CGA G-1.6—2011 (CGA G-1.6), Standard for Mobile Acetylene Trailer Systems, Seventh Edition, copyright 2011; into § 173.301.
</P>
<P>(19) CGA G-2.2 (CGA G-2.2), Guideline Method for Determining Minimum of 0.2% Water in Anhydrous Ammonia, Second Edition, 1985 (Reaffirmed 1997); into § 173.315.
</P>
<P>(20) CGA G-4.1 (CGA G-4.1), Cleaning Equipment for Oxygen Service, 1985; into § 178.338-15.
</P>
<P>(21) CGA P-20 (CGA P-20), Standard for the Classification of Toxic Gas Mixtures, Third Edition, 2003; into § 173.115.
</P>
<P>(22) CGA S-1.1—2011 (CGA S-1.1), Pressure Relief Device Standards—Part 1—Cylinders for Compressed Gases; Fourteenth Edition, copyright 2011; into §§ 173.301; 173.304a; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(23) CGA S-1.2 (CGA S-1.2), Safety Relief Device Standards Part 2—Cargo and Portable Tanks for Compressed Gases, 1980; into §§ 173.315; 173.318; 178.276; 178.277.
</P>
<P>(24) CGA S-7—2013 (CGA S-7), Standard for Selecting Pressure Relief Devices for Compressed Gas Mixtures in Cylinders, Fifth Edition, copyright 2013; into § 173.301.
</P>
<P>(25) CGA Technical Bulletin TB-2, Guidelines for Inspection and Repair of MC-330 and MC-331 Cargo Tanks, 1980; into §§ 180.407; 180.413.
</P>
<P>(26) CGA Technical Bulletin TB-25 (CGA TB-25), Design Considerations for Tube Trailers, 2008 Edition; into § 173.301.
</P>
<P>(27) CGA V-9—2019, Compressed Gas Association Standard for Compressed Cylinder Valves, Eighth Edition, 2019; into § 173.301.








</P>
<P>(o) <I>Department of Defense (DoD),</I> DoD Explosives Safety Board, 4800 Mark Center Drive, Suite 16E12, Alexandria, VA 22350, <I>https://www.ddesb.pentagon.mil/;</I> or Defense Logistics Agency, Technical and Quality Assurance Division, 8725 John J. Kingman Rd., Fort Belvoir, VA 22060, <I>http://www.dla.mil/Pages/default.aspx.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) TB 700-2; NAVSEAINST 8020.8C/TO 11A-1-47: DOD Ammunition and Explosives Hazard Classification Procedures, July 30, 2012, into § 173.56.
</P>
<P>(2) DLAR 4145.41/AR 700-143/NAVSUPINST 4030.55D/AFMAN 24-210__IP/MCO 4030.40C: Packaging of Hazardous Material, April 21, 2015, into § 173.7.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>European Union. Rue de la Loi/Wetstraat, 175B-1048 Bruxelles/Brussel Belgique/België], https://europa.eu/european-union/documents-publications_en</I>.
</P>
<P>(1) Directive 2010/35/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, “on transportable pressure equipment and repealing Council Directives 76/767/EEC, 84/525/EEC, 84/526/EEC, 84/527/EEC and 1999/36/EC”, June 16, 2010, into § 171.23.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(q) <I>General Services Administration,</I> Specification Office, Room 6662, 7th and D Street, S.W., Washington, DC 20407.
</P>
<P>(1) Federal Specification RR-C-901D, Cylinders, Compressed Gas: Seamless Shatterproof, High Pressure DOT 3AA Steel, and 3AL Aluminum, February 21, 2003, into §§ 173.302; 173.336; 173.337.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(r) <I>Institute of Makers of Explosives (IME),</I> 1212 New York Avenue NW, #650, Washington, DC 20005, Phone: 202-429-9280.
</P>
<P>(1) IME SLP-22, Recommendations for the Safe Transportation of Detonators in a Vehicle with Certain Other Explosive Materials, 2019, (IME Standard 22); into §§ 173.63; 177.835.
</P>
<P>(2) IME SLP-23, Recommendations for the Transportation of Explosives, Division 1.5, Ammonium Nitrate Emulsions, Division 5.1, Combustible Liquids, Class 3, and Corrosives, Class 8 in Bulk Packaging, March 2021, (IME Standard 23); into §§ 172.102 173.66; 173.251; 177.835.


</P>
<P>(s) <I>International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA),</I> P.O. Box 100, Wagramer Strasse 5, A-1400 Vienna, Austria. Also available from: Bernan Associates, 4611-F Assembly Drive, Lanham, MD 20706-4391, USA; or Renouf Publishing Company, Ltd., 812 Proctor Avenue, Ogdensburg, New York 13669, USA.
</P>
<P>(1) IAEA Safety Standards for Protecting People and the Environment; Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, Specific Safety Requirements No. SSR-6 (Rev.1), (IAEA Regulations), 2018 Edition, copyright 2018; into §§ 171.22; 171.23; 171.26; 173.415 through 173.417; 173.435; 173.473.
</P>
<P>(2) Code of Conduct on the Safety and Security of Radioactive Sources (International Atomic Energy Agency Code of Conduct), copyright 2004, into § 172.800.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>International Civil Aviation Organization (“ICAO”),</I> 999 Robert-Bourassa Boulevard, Montréal, Quebec H3C 5H7, Canada, 1-514-954-8219, <I>http://www.icao.int</I>. ICAO Technical Instructions available from: ICAO Document Sales Unit, <I>sales@icao.int</I>.


</P>
<P>(1) ICAO Doc 9284 Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air, 2023-2024 Edition, 2022; into §§ 171.8; 171.22 through 171.24; 172.101; 172.202; 172.401; 172.407; 172.512; 172.519; 172.602; 173.56; 173.320; 175.10, 175.33; 178.3.


</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(u) International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), 3 rue de Varembé, P.O. Box 131, CH—1211, GENEVA 20, Switzerland.
</P>
<P>(1) IEC 62282-6-100:2010(E), Fuel cell technologies—Part 6-100: Micro fuel cell power systems—Safety, Edition 1.0, March 2010, into §§ 173.230; 175.10.
</P>
<P>(2) 62282-6-100 Amend. 1 IEC 2012(E), Amendment 1 to IEC 62282-6-100: Fuel cell technologies—Part 6-100: Micro fuel cell power systems—Safety, Edition 1.0, October 2012, into §§ 173.230; 175.10
</P>
<P>(v) <I>International Maritime Organization (“IMO”),</I> 4 Albert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, + 44 (0) 20 7735 7611, <I>http://www.imo.org.</I> IMDG Code available from: IMO Publishing, <I>sales@imo.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, Consolidated Edition (SOLAS), Chapter II-2, Construction—Fire protection, fire detection and fire extinction, Regulation 19, Carriage of dangerous goods, Fifth Edition 2009, into §§ 176.63, 176.84.
</P>
<P>(2) International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code), Incorporating Amendment 41-22 (English Edition), 2022 Edition; 2022; into §§ 171.22; 171.23; 171.25; 172.101; 172.202; 172.203; 172.401; 172.407; 172.502; 172.519; 172.602; 173.21; 173.56; 176.2; 176.5; 176.11; 176.27; 176.30; 176.83; 176.84; 176.140; 176.720; 176.906; 178.3; 178.274.
</P>
<P>(i) Volume 1, Incorporating Amendment 41-22 (Vol. 1).
</P>
<P>(ii) Volume 2, Incorporating Amendment 41-22 (Vol. 2).


</P>
<P>(w) <I>International Organization for Standardization,</I> Case Postale 56, CH-1211, Geneve 20, Switzerland, <I>http://www.iso.org</I>. Also available from: ANSI 25, West 43rd Street, New York, NY 10036, 1-212-642-4900, <I>http://www.ansi.org</I>.
</P>
<P>(1) ISO 535-1991(E) Paper and board—Determination of water absorptiveness—Cobb method, 1991, into §§ 178.707; 178.708; 178.516.
</P>
<P>(2) ISO 1496-1: 1990 (E)—Series 1 freight containers—Specification and testing, Part 1: General cargo containers. Fifth Edition, (August 15, 1990), into § 173.411.
</P>
<P>(3) ISO 1496-3(E)—Series 1 freight containers—Specification and testing—Part 3: Tank containers for liquids, gases and pressurized dry bulk, Fourth edition, March 1995, into §§ 178.74; 178.75; 178.274.
</P>
<P>(4) ISO 1516:2002(E), Determination of flash/no flash—Closed cup equilibrium method, Third Edition, 2002-03-01, into § 173.120.
</P>
<P>(5) ISO 1523:2002(E), Determination of flash point—Closed cup equilibrium method, Third Edition, 2002-03-01, into § 173.120.
</P>
<P>(6) ISO 2431-1984(E) Standard Cup Method, 1984, into § 173.121.
</P>
<P>(7) ISO 2592:2000(E), Determination of flash and fire points—Cleveland open cup method, Second Edition, 2000-09-15, into § 173.120.
</P>
<P>(8) ISO 2719:2002(E), Determination of flash point—Pensky-Martens closed cup method, Third Edition, 2002-11-15, into § 173.120.
</P>
<P>(9) ISO 2919:1999(E), Radiation Protection—Sealed radioactive sources—General requirements and classification, (ISO 2919), second edition, February 15, 1999, into § 173.469.
</P>
<P>(10) ISO 3036-1975(E) Board—Determination of puncture resistance, 1975, into § 178.708.
</P>
<P>(11) ISO 3405:2000(E), Petroleum products—Determination of distillation characteristics at atmospheric pressure, Third Edition, 2000-03-01, into § 173.121.
</P>
<P>(12) ISO 3574-1986(E) Cold-reduced carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities, into § 178.503; part 178, appendix C.
</P>
<P>(13) ISO 3679:2004(E), Determination of flash point—Rapid equilibrium closed cup method, Third Edition, 2004-04-01, into § 173.120.
</P>
<P>(14) ISO 3680:2004(E), Determination of flash/no flash—Rapid equilibrium closed cup method, Fourth Edition, 2004-04-01, into § 173.120.
</P>
<P>(15) ISO 3807-2(E), Cylinders for acetylene—Basic requirements—Part 2: Cylinders with fusible plugs, First edition, March 2000, into §§ 173.303; 178.71.
</P>
<P>(16) ISO 3807:2013(E), Gas cylinders—Acetylene cylinders—Basic requirements and type testing, Second edition, 2013-09-01, into §§ 173.303; 178.71.
</P>
<P>(17) ISO 3924:1999(E), Petroleum products—Determination of boiling range distribution—Gas chromatography method, Second Edition, 1999-08-01, into § 173.121.
</P>
<P>(18) ISO 4126-1:2004(E): Safety devices for protection against excessive pressure—Part 1: Safety valves, Second edition 2004-02-15, into § 178.274.
</P>
<P>(19) ISO 4126-7:2004(E): Safety devices for protection against excessive pressure—Part 7: Common data, First Edition 2004-02-15 into § 178.274.
</P>
<P>(20) ISO 4126-7:2004/Cor.1:2006(E): Safety devices for protection against excessive pressure—Part 7: Common data, Technical Corrigendum 1, 2006-11-01, into § 178.274.
</P>
<P>(21) ISO 4626:1980(E), Volatile organic liquids—Determination of boiling range of organic solvents used as raw materials, First Edition, 1980-03-01, into § 173.121.


</P>
<P>(22) ISO 4706:2008(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable welded steel cylinders—Test pressure 60 bar and below, First Edition, 2008-04-15, Corrected Version, 2008-07-01, into § 178.71.






</P>
<P>(23) ISO 6406(E), Gas cylinders—Seamless steel gas cylinders—Periodic inspection and testing, Second edition, February 2005, into § 180.207.
</P>
<P>(24) ISO 6892 Metallic materials—Tensile testing, July 15, 1984, First Edition, into § 178.274.
</P>
<P>(25) ISO 7225(E), Gas cylinders—Precautionary labels, Second Edition, July 2005, into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(26) ISO 7866(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless aluminum alloy gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing, First edition, June 1999, into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(27) ISO 7866:2012(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless aluminium alloy gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing, Second edition, 2012-09-01, into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(28) ISO 7866:2012/Cor.1:2014(E), Gas cylinders — Refillable seamless aluminium alloy gas cylinders — Design, construction and testing, Technical Corrigendum 1, 2014-04-15, into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(29) ISO 8115 Cotton bales—Dimensions and density, 1986 Edition, into § 172.102.
</P>
<P>(30) ISO 9809-1:1999(E): Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing—Part 1: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength less than 1100 MPa., First edition, June 1999, into §§ 178.37; 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(31) ISO 9809-1:2010(E): Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing—Part 1: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength less than 1 100 MPa., Second edition, 2010-04-15, into §§ 178.37; 178.71; 178.75.




</P>
<P>(32) ISO 9809-1:2019(E), Gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing of refillable seamless steel gas cylinders and tubes—Part 1: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders and tubes with tensile strength less than 1100 MPa, Third edition, 2019-08; into §§ 178.37; 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(33) ISO 9809-2:2000(E): Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing—Part 2: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength greater than or equal to 1 100 MPa., First edition, June 2000; into §§ 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(34) ISO 9809-2:2010(E): Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing—Part 2: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength greater than or equal to 1100 MPa., Second edition, 2010-04; into §§ 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(35) ISO 9809-2:2019(E): Gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing of refillable seamless steel gas cylinders and tubes—Part 2: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders and tubes with tensile strength greater than or equal to 1100 MPa, Third edition, 2019-08; into §§ 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(36) ISO 9809-3:2000(E): Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing—Part 3: Normalized steel cylinders, First edition, December 2000; into §§ 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(37) ISO 9809-3:2010(E): Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing—Part 3: Normalized steel cylinders, Second edition, 2010-04; into §§ 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(38) ISO 9809-3:2019(E), Gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing of refillable seamless steel gas cylinders and tubes—Part 3: Normalized steel cylinders and tubes, Third edition, 2019-08; into §§ 178.71; 178.75
</P>
<P>(39) ISO 9809-4:2014(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction, and testing—Part 4: Stainless steel cylinders with an Rm value of less than 1 100 MPa, First edition, 2014-07; into §§ 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(40) ISO 9978:1992(E), Radiation protection—Sealed radioactive sources—Leakage test methods. First edition, (February 15, 1992); into § 173.469.
</P>
<P>(41) ISO 10156:2017(E), Gas cylinders—Gases and gas mixtures—Determination of fire potential and oxidizing ability for the selection of cylinder valve outlets, Fourth edition, 2017-07; into § 173.115.
</P>
<P>(42) ISO 10297:1999(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable gas cylinder valves—Specification and type testing, First edition, 1995-05; into §§ 173.301b; 178.71.
</P>
<P>(43) ISO 10297:2006(E), Transportable gas cylinders—Cylinder valves—Specification and type testing, Second edition, 2006-01; into §§ 173.301b; 178.71.
</P>
<P>(44) ISO 10297:2014(E), Gas cylinders—Cylinder valves—Specification and type testing, Third edition, 2014-07; into §§ 173.301b; 178.71.
</P>
<P>(45) ISO 10297:2014/Amd 1:2017(E), Gas cylinders—Cylinder valves—Specification and type testing—Amendment 1: Pressure drums and tubes, Third edition, 2017-03; into §§ 173.301b; 178.71.
</P>
<P>(46) ISO 10461:2005(E), Gas cylinders—Seamless aluminum-alloy gas cylinders—Periodic inspection and testing, Second Edition, 2005-02 and Amendment 1, 2006-07; into § 180.207.
</P>
<P>(47) ISO 10462:2013(E), Gas cylinders—Acetylene cylinders—Periodic inspection and maintenance, Third edition, 2013-12-15; into § 180.207.
</P>
<P>(48) ISO 10462:2013/Amd 1:2019(E), “Gas cylinders—Acetylene cylinders—Periodic inspection and maintenance, Third edition, 2013-12-15, Amendment 1, 2019-06; into § 180.207.
</P>
<P>(49) ISO 10692-2:2001(E), Gas cylinders—Gas cylinder valve connections for use in the micro-electronics industry—Part 2: Specification and type testing for valve to cylinder connections, First edition, 2001-08; into §§ 173.40; 173.302c.
</P>
<P>(50) ISO 11114-1:2012(E), Gas cylinders—Compatibility of cylinder and valve materials with gas contents—Part 1: Metallic materials, Second edition, 2012-03; into §§ 172.102; 173.301b; 178.71.
</P>
<P>(51) ISO 11114-1:2012/Amd 1:2017(E), Gas cylinders—Compatibility of cylinder and valve materials with gas contents—Part 1: Metallic materials—Amendment 1, Second edition, 2017-01; into §§ 172.102, 173.301b, 178.71.
</P>
<P>(52) ISO 11114-2:2013(E), Gas cylinders—Compatibility of cylinder and valve materials with gas contents—Part 2: Non-metallic materials, Second edition, 2013-04; into §§ 173.301b; 178.71.
</P>
<P>(53) ISO 11117:1998(E): Gas cylinders—Valve protection caps and valve guards for industrial and medical gas cylinders—Design, construction, and tests, First edition, 1998-08-01; into § 173.301b.
</P>
<P>(54) ISO 11117:2008(E): Gas cylinders—Valve protection caps and valve guards—Design, construction, and tests, Second edition, 2008-09; into § 173.301b.
</P>
<P>(55) ISO 11117:2008/Cor.1:2009(E): Gas cylinders—Valve protection caps and valve guards—Design, construction, and tests, Technical Corrigendum 1, 2009-05; into § 173.301b.
</P>
<P>(56) ISO 11117:2019(E), “Gas cylinders—Valve protection caps and guards—Design, construction and tests, 2019-11; into § 173.301b
</P>
<P>(57) ISO 11118(E), Gas cylinders—Non-refillable metallic gas cylinders—Specification and test methods, First edition, October 1999; into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(58) ISO 11118:2015(E), Gas cylinders—Non-refillable metallic gas cylinders—Specification and test methods, Second edition, 2015-09; into §§ 173.301b; 178.71.
</P>
<P>(59) ISO 11118:2015/Amd 1:2019(E), Gas cylinders—Non-refillable metallic gas cylinders—Specification and test methods, Second edition, 2015-09-15—Amendment 1, 2019-10; into §§ 173.301b; 178.71.
</P>
<P>(60) ISO 11119-1(E), Gas cylinders—Gas cylinders of composite construction—Specification and test methods—Part 1: Hoop-wrapped composite gas cylinders, First edition, May 2002, into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(61) ISO 11119-1:2012(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable composite gas cylinders and tubes—Design, construction, and testing—Part 1: Hoop wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders and tubes up to 450 L, Second edition, 2012-08; into §§ 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(62) ISO 11119-2(E), Gas cylinders—Gas cylinders of composite construction—Specification and test methods—Part 2: Fully wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders with load-sharing metal liners, First edition, May 2002; into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(63) ISO 11119-2:2012(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable composite gas cylinders and tubes—Design, construction, and testing—Part 2: Fully wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders and tubes up to 450 l with load-sharing metal liners, Second edition, 2012-07; into §§ 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(64) ISO 11119-2:2012/Amd.1:2014(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable composite gas cylinders and tubes—Design, construction and testing—Part 2: Fully wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders and tubes up to 450 l with load-sharing metal liners, Amendment 1, 2014-08; into §§ 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(65) ISO 11119-3(E), Gas cylinders of composite construction—Specification and test methods—Part 3: Fully wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders with non-load-sharing metallic or non-metallic liners, First edition, September 2002; into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(66) ISO 11119-3:2013(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable composite gas cylinders and tubes—Design, construction and testing—Part 3: Fully wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders and tubes up to 450 l with non-load-sharing metallic or non-metallic liners, Second edition, 2013-04; into §§ 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(67) ISO 11119-4:2016(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable composite gas cylinders—Design, construction, and testing—Part 4: Fully wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders up to 150 l with load-sharing welded metallic liners, First edition, 2016-02; into § 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(68) ISO 11120(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel tubes of water capacity between 150 l and 3000 l—Design, construction, and testing, First Edition, 1999-03; into §§ 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(69) ISO 11120:2015(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel tubes of water capacity between 150 l and 3000 l—Design, construction, and testing, Second edition, 2015-02; into §§ 178.71; 178.75.
</P>
<P>(70) ISO 11513:2011(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable welded steel cylinders containing materials for sub-atmospheric gas packaging (excluding acetylene)—Design, construction, testing, use, and periodic inspection, First edition, 2011-09; into §§ 173.302c; 178.71; 180.207.
</P>
<P>(71) ISO 11513:2019(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable welded steel cylinders containing materials for sub-atmospheric gas packaging (excluding acetylene)—Design, construction, testing, use, and periodic inspection, Second edition, 2019-09; into §§ 173.302c; 178.71; 180.207.
</P>
<P>(72) ISO 11621(E), Gas cylinders—Procedures for change of gas service, First edition, April 1997; into §§ 173.302, 173.336, 173.337.
</P>
<P>(73) ISO 11623(E), Transportable gas cylinders—Periodic inspection and testing of composite gas cylinders, First edition, March 2002; into § 180.207.
</P>
<P>(74) ISO 11623:2015(E), Gas cylinders—Composite construction—Periodic inspection and testing, Second edition, 2015-12; into § 180.207.
</P>
<P>(75) ISO 13340:2001(E), Transportable gas cylinders—Cylinder valves for non-refillable cylinders—Specification and prototype testing, First edition, 2004-04; into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(76) ISO 13736:2008(E), Determination of flash point—Abel closed-cup method, Second Edition, 2008-09; into § 173.120.
</P>
<P>(77) ISO 14246:2014(E), Gas cylinders—Cylinder valves—Manufacturing tests and examination, Second Edition, 2014-06; into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(78) ISO 14246:2014/Amd 1:2017(E), Gas cylinders—Cylinder valves—Manufacturing tests and examinations—Amendment 1, Second edition, 2017-06; into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(79) ISO 16111:2008(E), Transportable gas storage devices—Hydrogen absorbed in reversible metal hydride, First edition, 2008-11; into §§ 173.301b; 173.311; 178.71.
</P>
<P>(80) ISO 16111:2018(E), Transportable gas storage devices—Hydrogen absorbed in reversible metal hydride, Second edition, 2018-08; into §§ 173.301b; 173.311; 178.71.
</P>
<P>(81) ISO 16148:2016(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders and tubes—Acoustic emission examination (AT) and follow-up ultrasonic examination (UT) for periodic inspection and testing, Second edition, 2016-04; into § 180.207.


</P>
<P>(82) ISO 17871:2015(E), Gas cylinders—Quick-release cylinder valves—Specification and type testing, First edition, 2015-08; into § 173.301b.
</P>
<P>(83) ISO 17871:2020(E), Gas cylinders—Quick-release cylinder valves—Specification and type testing, Second edition, 2020-07; into § 173.301b.
</P>
<P>(84) ISO 17879:2017(E), Gas cylinders—Self-closing cylinder valves—Specification and type testing, First edition, 2017-07; into §§ 173.301b; 178.71.
</P>
<P>(85) ISO 18172-1:2007(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable welded stainless steel cylinders—Part 1: Test pressure 6 MPa and below, First Edition, 2007-03-01; into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(86) ISO 20475:2018(E), Gas cylinders—Cylinder bundles—Periodic inspection and testing, First edition, 2018-02; into § 180.207.
</P>
<P>(87) ISO 20703:2006(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable welded aluminum-alloy cylinders—Design, construction, and testing, First Edition, 2006-05; into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(88) ISO 21172-1:2015(E), Gas cylinders—Welded steel pressure drums up to 3,000 litres capacity for the transport of gases—Design and construction—Part 1: Capacities up to 1000 litres, First edition, 2015-04; into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(89) ISO 21172-1:2015/Amd 1:2018(E), Gas cylinders—Welded steel pressure drums up to 3000 litres capacity for the transport of gases—Design and construction—Part 1: Capacities up to 1000 litres, First edition, 2015-04-01, Amendment 1,2018-11; into § 178.71.
</P>
<P>(90) ISO 22434:2006(E), Transportable gas cylinders—Inspection and maintenance of cylinder valves, First edition, 2006-09; into § 180.207.
</P>
<P>(91) ISO 23088:2020, Gas cylinders—Periodic inspection and testing of welded steel pressure drums—Capacities up to 1000 l, First edition, 2020-02; into § 180.207.
</P>
<P>(92) ISO/TR 11364:2012(E), Gas cylinders—Compilation of national and international valve stem/gas cylinder neck threads and their identification and marking system, First edition, 2012-12; into § 178.71.






</P>
<P>(x) <I>National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors,</I> 1055 Crupper Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43229.
</P>
<P>(1) NB-23, National Board Inspection Code, A Manual for Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1992 Edition, into § 180.413.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(y) <I>National Fire Protection Association,</I> 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA, 02169-7471 1-617-770-3000, <I>http://www.nfpa.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) NFPA 58-Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, 2001 Edition, into §§ 173.5, 173.315, 173.301(a)(11).
</P>
<P>(2) NFPA 498-Standards for Safe Havens and Interchange Lots for Vehicles Transporting Explosives, 2010 Edition, into § 177.835.
</P>
<P>(z) <I>National Institute of Standards and Technology,</I> Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22151.
</P>
<P>(1) USDC, NBS Handbook H-28 (1957), 1957 Handbook of Screw-Thread Standards for Federal Services, December 1966 Edition, into §§ 179.2; 178.45; 178.46.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(aa) <I>Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD),</I> OECD Publications and Information Center, 2001 L Street NW, Suite 700, Washington, DC 20036; (+33 1 45 24 82 00, <I>https://www.oecd.org/</I>).
</P>
<P>(1) Test No. 404: Acute Dermal Irritation/Corrosion, OECD Guidelines for the Testing of Chemicals, adopted 28 July 2015, into § 173.137.
</P>
<P>(2) Test No. 430: In Vitro Skin Corrosion: Transcutaneous Electrical Resistance Test (TER), OECD Guidelines for the Testing of Chemicals, adopted 28 July 2015, into § 173.137.


</P>
<P>(3) Test No. 439: <I>In Vitro</I> Skin Irritation: Reconstructed Human Epidermis (RHE) Test Method, OECD Guidelines for the Testing of Chemicals, 29 July 2015; into § 173.137.
</P>
<P>(4) Test No. 435: In Vitro Membrane Barrier Test Method for Skin Corrosion, OECD Guidelines for the Testing of Chemicals, adopted 28 July 2015, into § 173.137.
</P>
<P>(bb) <I>Transport Canada,</I> Transport Dangerous Goods. Mailstop: ASD 330 Sparks Street, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K1A 0N5, 416-973-1868, <I>http://www.tc.gc.ca</I>.
</P>
<P>(1) Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (Transport Canada TDG Regulations), into §§ 107.801; 107.805; 171.12; 171.22; 171.23; 172.401; 172.407; 172.502; 172.519; 172.602; 173.31; 173.32; 173.33; 173.301; 180.205; 180.211; 180.212; 180.413.
</P>
<P>(i) SOR 2001-286, including Clear Language Amendments, August 2001.
</P>
<P>(ii) SOR/2002-306 August 8, 2002.
</P>
<P>(iii) SOR/2003-273 July 24, 2003
</P>
<P>(iv) SOR/2003-400 December 3, 2003
</P>
<P>(v) SOR/2005-216 July 13, 2005
</P>
<P>(vi) SOR/2005-279 September 21, 2005
</P>
<P>(vii) SOR/2008-34 February 7, 2008
</P>
<P>(viii) SOR/2007-179 July 31, 2007
</P>
<P>(ix) SOR/2011-239 November 9, 2011.
</P>
<P>(x) SOR/2011-60 March 16, 2011.
</P>
<P>(xi) SOR/2011-210 October 12, 2011.
</P>
<P>(xii) SOR/2012-245 December 5, 2012.
</P>
<P>(xiii) SOR/2014-152 July 2, 2014.
</P>
<P>(xiv) SOR/2014-159 July 2, 2014.
</P>
<P>(xv) SOR/2014-159 Erratum July 16, 2014.
</P>
<P>(xvi) SOR/2014-152 Erratum August 27, 2014.
</P>
<P>(xvii) SOR/2014-306 December 31, 2014.
</P>
<P>(xviii) SOR/2014-306 Erratum January 28, 2015.
</P>
<P>(xix) SOR/2015-100 May 20, 2015.
</P>
<P>(xx) SOR/2016-95 June 1, 2016;
</P>
<P>(xxi) SOR/2017-137 July 12, 2017.
</P>
<P>(xxii) SOR/2017-253 December 13, 2017.
</P>
<P>(2) Containers for Transport of Dangerous Goods by Rail, TP 14877E, 12/2013, into § 171.12.
</P>
<P>(cc) <I>Truck Trailer Manufacturers Association,</I> 1020 Princess Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314.
</P>
<P>(1) TTMA RP No. 61-98, Performance of manhole and/or Fill Opening Assemblies on MC 306, DOT 406, Non-ASME MC 312 and Non-ASME DOT 412 Cargo Tanks, June 1, 1998, into § 180.405.
</P>
<P>(2) TTMA RP No. 81-97, Performance of Spring Loaded Pressure Relief Valves on MC 306, MC 307, MC 312, DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 Tanks, July 1, 1997 Edition, into §§ 178.345-10; 178.346-3.
</P>
<P>(3) TTMA TB No. 107, Procedure for Testing In-Service Unmarked and/or Uncertified MC 306 and Non-ASME MC 312 Type Cargo Tank Manhole Covers, June 1, 1998 Edition, into § 180.405.
</P>
<P>(dd) <I>United Nations,</I> Bookshop, GA-1B-103, New York, NY 10017, 1-212-963-7680, <I>https://shop.un.org</I> or <I>bookshop@un.org</I><I>.</I>


</P>
<P>(1) UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Model Regulations (UN Recommendations), 22nd revised edition, (2021); into §§ 171.8; 171.12; 172.202; 172.401; 172.407; 172.502; 172.519; 173.22; 173.24; 173.24b; 173.40; 173.56; 173.192; 173.302b; 173.304b; 178.75; 178.274 as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Volume I, ST/SG/AC.10/1/Rev.22 (Vol. I).
</P>
<P>(ii) Volume II, ST/SG/AC.10/1/Rev.22 (Vol. II).








</P>
<P>(2) Manual of Tests and Criteria; into §§ 171.24, 172.102; 173.21; 173.56; 173.57; 173.58; 173.60; 173.115; 173.124; 173.125; 173.127; 173.128; 173.137; 173.185; 173.220; 173.221; 173.224; 173.225; 173.232; part 173, appendix H; 175.10; 176.905; 178.274 as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Seventh revised edition (2019).
</P>
<P>(ii) Seventh Revised Edition, Amendment 1 (2021).










</P>
<P>(3) Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS), 9th Revised Edition, ST/SG/AC.10/30/Rev.9 (2021); into § 172.401.


</P>
<P>(4) Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road (ADR), copyright 2020; into §§ 171.8; 171.23 as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Volume I, ECE/TRANS/300 (Vol. I).
</P>
<P>(ii) Volume II, ECE/TRANS/300 (Vol. II).
</P>
<P>(iii) Corrigendum, ECE/TRANS/300 (Corr. 1).


</P>
<P>(5) UN/SCETDG/55/INF.27, United Nations' Recommendations on Test Series 8: Applicability of Test Series 8(d), June 14, 2019; into § 172.102(c)(1), special provision 148.


</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to 49 CFR 171.7—Materials Not Incorporated by Reference
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Source and name of material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">49 CFR reference
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">American Biological Safety Association</E> 1202 Allanson Road, Mundelein, IL 60060:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Risk Group Classification for Infectious Agents, 1998</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.134.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">American Institute of Chemical Engineers (AIChE),</E> 3 Park Avenue New York, NY 10016-5991:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Process Safety Progress Journal, Vol. 21, No. 2, Example of a Test Method for Venting Sizing: OPPSD/SPI Methodology</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note to § 173.225(h)(3)(vi).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">American Society for Testing and Materials,</E> 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428 (Noncurrent ASTM Standards are available from: Engineering Societies Library, 354 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">ASTM E 380-89 Standards for Metric Practice</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Association of American Railroads,</E> American Railroads Building, 50 F Street, NW., Washington, DC 20001:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">AAR Catalog Nos. SE60CHT; SE60CC; SE60CHTE; SE60CE; SE60DC; SE60DE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">179.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">AAR Catalog Nos. SE67CC; SE67CE; SE67BHT; SE67BC; SE67BHTE; SE67BE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">179.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">AAR Catalog Nos. SE68BHT; SE68BC; SE68BHTE; SE68BE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">179.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">AAR Catalog Nos. SE69AHTE; SE69AE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">179.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">AAR Catalog Nos. SF70CHT; SF70CC; SF70CHTE; SF70CE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">179.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">AAR Catalog Nos. SF73AC; SF73AE; SF73AHT; SF73AHTE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">179.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">AAR Catalog Nos. SF79CHT; SF79CC; SF79CHTE; SF79CE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">179.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Bureau of Explosives,</E> Hazardous Materials Systems (BOE), Association of American Railroads, American Railroads Building, 50 F Street NW., Washington, DC 20001:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Fetterley's Formula (The Determination of the Relief Dimensions for Safety Valves on Containers in which Liquefied gas is charged and when the exterior surface of the container is exposed to a temperature of 1,200 °F.)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.315
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Intermodal Loading Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers, issued June 2001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">174.55; 174.101; 174.112; 174.115.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Pamphlet 6, Illustrating Methods for Loading and Bracing Carload and Less-Than-Carload Shipments of Explosives and Other Dangerous Articles, 1962</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">174.55; 174.101; 174.112; 174.115; 174.290.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Pamphlet 6A (includes appendix No. 1, October 1944 and appendix 2, December 1945), Illustrating Methods for Loading and Bracing Carload and Less-Than-Carload Shipments of Loaded Projectiles, Loaded Bombs, etc., 1943</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">174.101; 174.290
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Pamphlet 6C, Illustrating Methods for Loading and Bracing Trailers and Less-Than-Trailer Shipments of Explosives and Other Dangerous Articles Via Trailer-on-Flatcar (TOFC) or Container-on-Flatcar (COFC), 1985</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">174.55; 174.63; 174.101; 174.112; 174.115
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Emergency Handling of Hazardous Materials in Surface Transportation, 1989</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</E> 1600 Clifton Road, Atlanta, GA 30333:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories, Fourth Edition, April 1999</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.134


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Department of Commerce,</E> 1401 Constitution Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20230:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Federal Standard H-28, Screw-Thread Standards for Federal Services</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180.212


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">National Institutes of Health</E> Bethesda, MD 20892:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules (NIH Guidelines), January 2001, Appendix B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Pantone Incorporated</E> 590 Commerce Boulevard, Carlstadt, New Jersey 07072-3098:


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Pantone ®Formula guide coated/uncoated, Second Edition 2004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.407, 172.519
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Society of Plastics Industries, Inc.,</E> Organic Peroxide Producers Safety Division, 1275 K Street NW., Suite 400, Washington, DC 20005:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Self Accelerating Decomposition Temperature Test, 1972</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173.21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">The Sulphur Institute,</E> 1020 19th St. NW., Suite 520, Washington, DC 20036.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Molten Sulphur Rail Tank Car Guidance document, November 2010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172.102
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Truck Trailer Manufacturers Association,</E> 1020 Princess Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314, telephone (703) 549-3010, <E T="03">http://www.ttmanet.org:</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">TTMA RP No. 96-01, TTMA RP No. 96-01, Structural Integrity of DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 Cylindrical Cargo Tanks, January 2001 Edition</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">178.345-3


</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 1027, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 78 FR 15321, Mar. 11, 2013; 78 FR 65468, Oct. 31, 2013; 79 FR 15043, Mar. 18, 2014; 79 FR 40609, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1114, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 26746, May 8, 2015; 80 FR 79449, Dec. 21, 2015; 81 FR 25617, Apr. 29, 2016; 81 FR 35513, June 2, 2016; 82 FR 15833, Mar. 30, 2017; 83 FR 55806, Nov. 7, 2018; 84 FR 6952, Feb. 28, 2019; 85 FR 27852, May 11, 2020; 85 FR 75704, Nov. 25, 2020; 85 FR 78029, Dec. 3, 2020; 85 FR 85415, Dec. 28, 2020; 87 FR 44980, July 26, 2022; 87 FR 79765, Dec. 27, 2022; 89 FR 15662, Mar. 4, 2024; 89 FR 25469, Apr. 10, 2024; 91 FR 1446, Jan. 14, 2026]





</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.8" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.8   Definitions and abbreviations.</HEAD>
<P>In this subchapter,
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Adsorbed gas.</I> See § 173.115 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Aerosol</I> means an article consisting of any non-refillable receptacle containing a gas compressed, liquefied or dissolved under pressure, the sole purpose of which is to expel a nonpoisonous (other than a Division 6.1 Packing Group III material) liquid, paste, or powder and fitted with a self-closing release device allowing the contents to be ejected by the gas.


</P>
<P><I>Agricultural product</I> means a hazardous material, other than a hazardous waste, whose end use directly supports the production of an agricultural commodity including, but not limited to a fertilizer, pesticide, soil amendment or fuel. An <I>agricultural product</I> is limited to a material in Class 3, 8 or 9, Division 2.1, 2.2, 5.1, or 6.1.






</P>
<P><I>Aircraft battery</I> means a battery designed in accordance with a recognized aircraft battery design standard (e.g. FAA technical standard order) that is capable of meeting all aircraft airworthiness requirements and operating regulations.
</P>
<P><I>Approval</I> means a written authorization, including a competent authority approval, issued by the Associate Administrator, the Associate Administrator's designee, or as otherwise prescribed in the HMR, to perform a function for which prior authorization by the Associate Administrator is required under subchapter C of this chapter (49 CFR parts 171 through 180).
</P>
<P><I>Approved</I> means approval issued or recognized by the Department unless otherwise specifically indicated in this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Asphyxiant gas</I> means a gas which dilutes or replaces oxygen normally in the atmosphere.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Atmospheric gases</I> means air, nitrogen, oxygen, argon, krypton, neon and xenon.
</P>
<P><I>Authorized Inspection Agency</I> means: (1) A jurisdiction which has adopted and administers one or more sections of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code as a legal requirement and has a representative serving as a member of the ASME Conference Committee; or (2) an insurance company which has been licensed or registered by the appropriate authority of a State of the United States or a Province of Canada to underwrite boiler and pressure vessel insurance in such State or Province.
</P>
<P><I>Authorized Inspector</I> means an Inspector who is currently commissioned by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors and employed as an Inspector by an Authorized Inspection Agency.
</P>
<P><I>Bag</I> means a flexible packaging made of paper, plastic film, textiles, woven material or other similar materials.
</P>
<P><I>Bar</I> means 1 BAR = 100 kPa (14.5 psi).
</P>
<P><I>Barge</I> means a non-selfpropelled vessel.
</P>
<P><I>Biological product.</I> See § 173.134 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Biological substances, Category B.</I> See § 173.134 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Bottle</I> means an inner packaging having a neck of relatively smaller cross section than the body and an opening capable of holding a closure for retention of the contents.
</P>
<P><I>Bottom shell</I> means that portion of a tank car tank surface, excluding the head ends of the tank car tank, that lies within two feet, measured circumferentially, of the bottom longitudinal center line of the tank car tank.
</P>
<P><I>Box</I> means a packaging with complete rectangular or polygonal faces, made of metal, wood, plywood, reconstituted wood, fiberboard, plastic, or other suitable material. Holes appropriate to the size and use of the packaging, for purposes such as ease of handling or opening, or to meet classification requirements, are permitted as long as they do not compromise the integrity of the packaging during transportation, and are not otherwise prohibited in this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Break-bulk</I> means packages of hazardous materials that are handled individually, palletized, or unitized for purposes of transportation as opposed to bulk and containerized freight.
</P>
<P><I>Btu</I> means British thermal unit.
</P>
<P><I>Bulk packaging</I> means a packaging, other than a vessel or a barge, including a transport vehicle or freight container, in which hazardous materials are loaded with no intermediate form of containment. A Large Packaging in which hazardous materials are loaded with an intermediate form of containment, such as one or more articles or inner packagings, is also a bulk packaging. Additionally, a bulk packaging has: 
</P>
<P>(1) A maximum capacity greater than 450 L (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a liquid;
</P>
<P>(2) A maximum net mass greater than 400 kg (882 pounds) and a maximum capacity greater than 450 L (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a solid; or
</P>
<P>(3) A water capacity greater than 454 kg (1000 pounds) as a receptacle for a gas as defined in § 173.115 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Bundle of cylinders</I> means assemblies of UN cylinders fastened together and interconnected by a manifold and transported as a unit. The total water capacity for the bundle may not exceed 3,000 L, except that a bundle intended for the transport of gases in Division 2.3 is limited to a water capacity of 1,000 L. Not permitted for air transport.
</P>
<P><I>Bureau of Explosives</I> means the Bureau of Explosives (B of E) of the Association of American Railroads.
</P>
<P><I>C</I> means Celsius or Centigrade.
</P>
<P><I>Captain of the Port (COTP)</I> means the officer of the Coast Guard, under the command of a District Commander, so designated by the Commandant for the purpose of giving immediate direction to Coast Guard law enforcement activities within an assigned area. As used in this subchapter, the term <I>Captain of the Port</I> includes an authorized representative of the Captain of the Port.
</P>
<P><I>Carfloat</I> means a vessel that operates on a short run on an irregular basis and serves one or more points in a port area as an extension of a rail line or highway over water, and does not operate in ocean, coastwise, or ferry service.
</P>
<P><I>Cargo aircraft only</I> means an aircraft that is used to transport cargo and is not engaged in carrying passengers. For purposes of this subchapter, the terms <I>cargo aircraft only, cargo-only aircraft</I> and <I>cargo aircraft</I> have the same meaning.
</P>
<P><I>Cargo tank</I> means a bulk packaging that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is a tank intended primarily for the carriage of liquids or gases and includes appurtenances, reinforcements, fittings, and closures (for the definition of a tank, <I>see</I> 49 CFR 178.320, 178.337-1, or 178.338-1, as applicable); 
</P>
<P>(2) Is permanently attached to or forms a part of a motor vehicle, or is not permanently attached to a motor vehicle but which, by reason of its size, construction or attachment to a motor vehicle is loaded or unloaded without being removed from the motor vehicle; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Is not fabricated under a specification for cylinders, intermediate bulk containers, multi-unit tank car tanks, portable tanks, or tank cars.
</P>
<P><I>Cargo tank motor vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle with one or more cargo tanks permanently attached to or forming an integral part of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Cargo vessel</I> means: (1) Any vessel other than a passenger vessel; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any ferry being operated under authority of a change of character certificate issued by a Coast Guard Officer-in-Charge, Marine Inspection.
</P>
<P><I>Carrier</I> means a person who transports passengers or property in commerce by rail car, aircraft, motor vehicle, or vessel.
</P>
<P><I>CC</I> means closed-cup.
</P>
<P><I>Character of vessel</I> means the type of service in which the vessel is engaged at the time of carriage of a hazardous material.
</P>
<P><I>Class</I> means hazard class. See <I>hazard class.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Class 1.</I> See § 173.50 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Class 2.</I> See § 173.115 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Class 3.</I> See § 173.120 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Class 4.</I> See § 173.124 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Class 5.</I> See § 173.128 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Class 6.</I> See § 173.132 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Class 7.</I> See § 173.403 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Class 8.</I> See § 173.136 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Class 9.</I> See § 173.140 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Closure</I> means a device which closes an opening in a receptacle.
</P>
<P><I>COFC</I> means container-on-flat-car.
</P>
<P><I>Combination packaging</I> means a combination of packaging, for transport purposes, consisting of one or more inner packagings secured in a non-bulk outer packaging. It does not include a composite packaging.
</P>
<P><I>Combustible liquid.</I> See § 173.120 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Commerce</I> means trade or transportation in the jurisdiction of the United States within a single state; between a place in a state and a place outside of the state; that affects trade or transportation between a place in a state and place outside of the state; or on a United States-registered aircraft.
</P>
<P><I>Compatibility group letter</I> means a designated alphabetical letter used to categorize different types of explosive substances and articles for purposes of stowage and segregation. See § 173.52 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Competent Authority</I> means a national agency responsible under its national law for the control or regulation of a particular aspect of the transportation of hazardous materials (dangerous goods). The term <I>Appropriate Authority,</I> as used in the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see § 171.7), has the same meaning as <I>Competent Authority.</I> For purposes of this subchapter, the Associate Administrator is the Competent Authority for the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>Composite packaging</I> means a packaging consisting of an outer packaging and an inner receptacle, so constructed that the inner receptacle and the outer packaging form an integral packaging. Once assembled it remains thereafter an integrated single unit; it is filled, stored, shipped and emptied as such.
</P>
<P><I>Compressed gas.</I> See § 173.115 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Consignee</I> means the person or place shown on a shipping document, package marking, or other media as the location to which a carrier is directed to transport a hazardous material.
</P>
<P><I>Consumer commodity</I> means a material that is packaged and distributed in a form intended or suitable for sale through retail sales agencies or instrumentalities for consumption by individuals for purposes of personal care or household use. This term also includes drugs and medicines.
</P>
<P><I>Container ship</I> means a cargo vessel designed and constructed to transport, within specifically designed cells, portable tanks and freight containers which are lifted on and off with their contents intact.
</P>
<P><I>Corrosive material.</I> See § 173.136 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Crate</I> means an outer packaging with incomplete surfaces.
</P>
<P><I>Crewmember</I> means a person assigned to perform duty in an aircraft during flight time.
</P>
<P><I>Cryogenic liquid.</I> See § 173.115(g) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Cultures and stocks.</I> See § 173.134 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Cylinder</I> means a pressure vessel designed for pressures higher than 40 psia and having a circular cross section. It does not include a portable tank, multi-unit tank car tank, cargo tank, or tank car.
</P>
<P><I>Dangerous when wet material.</I> See § 173.124 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Design Certifying Engineer</I> means a person registered with the Department in accordance with subpart F of part 107 of this chapter who has the knowledge and ability to perform stress analysis of pressure vessels and otherwise determine whether a cargo tank design and construction meets the applicable DOT specification. A <I>Design Certifying Engineer</I> meets the knowledge and ability requirements of this section by meeting any one of the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) Has an engineering degree and one year of work experience in cargo tank structural or mechanical design; 
</P>
<P>(2) Is currently registered as a professional engineer by appropriate authority of a state of the United States or a province of Canada; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Has at least three years' experience in performing the duties of a Design Certifying Engineer prior to September 1, 1991.
</P>
<P><I>Design life,</I> for composite cylinders and tubes, means the maximum life (in number of years) to which the cylinder or tube is designed and approved in accordance with the applicable standard.
</P>
<P><I>Designated facility</I> means a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility that has been designated on the manifest by the generator.
</P>
<P><I>Display pack</I> means a package intended to be placed at retail locations which provide direct customer access to consumer commodities contained within the package when all or part of the outer fiberboard packaging is removed.
</P>
<P><I>District Commander</I> means the District Commander of the Coast Guard, or his authorized representative, who has jurisdiction in the particular geographical area.
</P>
<P><I>Division</I> means a subdivision of a hazard class.
</P>
<P><I>DOD</I> means the U.S. Department of Defense.
</P>
<P><I>Domestic transportation</I> means transportation between places within the United States other than through a foreign country.
</P>
<P><I>DOT</I> or <I>Department</I> means U.S. Department of Transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Drum</I> means a flat-ended or convex-ended cylindrical packaging made of metal, fiberboard, plastic, plywood, or other suitable materials. This definition also includes packagings of other shapes made of metal or plastic (e.g., round taper-necked packagings or pail-shaped packagings) but does not include cylinders, jerricans, wooden barrels or bulk packagings.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic data interchange</I> (EDI) means the computer-to-computer exchange of business data in standard formats. In EDI, information is organized according to a specific format (electronic transmission protocol) agreed upon by the sender and receiver of this information, and transmitted through a computer transaction that requires no human intervention or retyping at either end of the transmission.
</P>
<P><I>Elevated temperature material</I> means a material which, when offered for transportation or transported in a bulk packaging:
</P>
<P>(1) Is in a liquid phase and at a temperature at or above 100 °C (212 °F);
</P>
<P>(2) Is in a liquid phase with a flash point at or above 38 °C (100 °F) that is intentionally heated and offered for transportation or transported at or above its flash point; or
</P>
<P>(3) Is in a solid phase and at a temperature at or above 240 °C (464 °F). 
</P>
<P><I>Engine</I> means a locomotive propelled by any form of energy and used by a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>EPA</I> means U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
</P>
<P><I>Etiologic agent.</I> See § 173.134 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>EX number</I> means a number preceded by the prefix “EX”, assigned by the Associate Administrator, to an item that has been evaluated under the provisions of § 173.56 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Explosive.</I> See § 173.50 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>F</I> means degree Fahrenheit.
</P>
<P><I>Farmer</I> means a person engaged in the production or raising of crops, poultry, or livestock.
</P>
<P><I>FC number</I> means a number preceded by the prefix “FC”, assigned by a Fireworks Certification Agency to a Division 1.4G Consumer firework device that has been certified under the provisions of § 173.65 of this subchapter.




</P>
<P><I>Federal hazardous material transportation law</I> means 49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Ferry vessel</I> means a vessel which is limited in its use to the carriage of deck passengers or vehicles or both, operates on a short run on a frequent schedule between two points over the most direct water route, other than in ocean or coastwise service, and is offered as a public service of a type normally attributed to a bridge or tunnel.
</P>
<P><I>Filling density</I> has the following meanings:
</P>
<P>(1) For compressed gases in cylinders, see § 173.304a(a)(2) table note 1.
</P>
<P>(2) For compressed gases in tank cars, see § 173.314(c) table note 1.
</P>
<P>(3) For compressed gases in cargo tanks and portable tanks, see § 173.315(a) table note 1.
</P>
<P>(4) For cryogenic liquids in cylinders, except hydrogen, see § 173.316(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(5) For hydrogen, cryogenic liquid in cylinders, see § 173.316(c)(3) table note 1.
</P>
<P>(6) For cryogenic liquids in cargo tanks, see § 173.318(f)(1).
</P>
<P>(7) For cryogenic liquids in tank cars, see § 173.319(d)(1).
</P>
<P><I>Flammable gas.</I> See § 173.115 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Flammable liquid.</I> See § 173.120 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Flammable solid.</I> See § 173.124 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Flexible bulk container</I> means a flexible container with a capacity not exceeding 15 cubic meters and includes liners and attached handling devices and service equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Flash point.</I> See § 173.120 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Freight container</I> means a reusable container having a volume of 64 cubic feet or more, designed and constructed to permit being lifted with its contents intact and intended primarily for containment of packages (in unit form) during transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel cell</I> means an electrochemical device that converts the energy of the chemical reaction between a fuel, such as hydrogen or hydrogen rich gases, alcohols, or hydrocarbons, and an oxidant, such as air or oxygen, to direct current (d.c.) power, heat, and other reaction products.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel cell cartridge or fuel cartridge</I> means an article that stores fuel for discharge into the fuel cell through a valve(s) that controls the discharge of fuel into the fuel cell.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel cell system</I> means a fuel cell with an installed fuel cell cartridge together with wiring, valves, and other attachments that connect the fuel cell or cartridge to the device it powers. The fuel cell or cartridge may be so constructed that it forms an integral part of the device or may be removed and connected manually to the device.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel tank</I> means a tank other than a cargo tank, used to transport flammable or combustible liquid, or compressed gas for the purpose of supplying fuel for propulsion of the transport vehicle to which it is attached, or for the operation of other equipment on the transport vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Fumigated lading.</I> See §§ 172.302(g) and 173.9.
</P>
<P><I>FW number</I> means a unique identifier number assigned by the Associate Administrator to a Division 1.4G consumer firework device certified in accordance with § 173.64(b) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Gas</I> means a material which has a vapor pressure greater than 300 kPa (43.5 psia) at 50 °C (122 °F) or is completely gaseous at 20 °C (68 °F) at a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia).
</P>
<P><I>Gross weight</I> or <I>Gross mass</I> means the weight of a packaging plus the weight of its contents.
</P>
<P><I>Hazard class</I> means the category of hazard assigned to a hazardous material under the definitional criteria of part 173 of this subchapter and the provisions of the § 172.101 table. A material may meet the defining criteria for more than one hazard class but is assigned to only one hazard class.
</P>
<P><I>Hazard zone</I> means one of four levels of hazard (Hazard Zones A through D) assigned to gases, as specified in § 173.116(a) of this subchapter, and one of two levels of hazards (Hazard Zones A and B) assigned to liquids that are poisonous by inhalation, as specified in § 173.133(a) of this subchapter. A hazard zone is based on the LC50 value for acute inhalation toxicity of gases and vapors, as specified in § 173.133(a).
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous material</I> means a substance or material that the Secretary of Transportation has determined is capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, and property when transported in commerce, and has designated as hazardous under section 5103 of Federal hazardous materials transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5103). The term includes hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, marine pollutants, elevated temperature materials, materials designated as hazardous in the Hazardous Materials Table (see 49 CFR 172.101), and materials that meet the defining criteria for hazard classes and divisions in part 173 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous substance</I> for the purposes of this subchapter, means a material, including its mixtures and solutions, that—
</P>
<P>(1) Is listed in the appendix A to § 172.101 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Is in a quantity, in one package, which equals or exceeds the reportable quantity (RQ) listed in the appendix A to § 172.101 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(3) When in a mixture or solution—
</P>
<P>(i) For radionuclides, conforms to paragraph 7 of the appendix A to § 172.101.
</P>
<P>(ii) For other than radionuclides, is in a concentration by weight which equals or exceeds the concentration corresponding to the RQ of the material, as shown in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">RQ pounds (kilograms)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Concentration by weight
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percent
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">PPM
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5000 (2270)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1000 (454)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100 (45.4)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 (4.54)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 (0.454)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>The term does not include petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is not otherwise specifically listed or designated as a hazardous substance in appendix A to § 172.101 of this subchapter, and the term does not include natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas).
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous waste,</I> for the purposes of this chapter, means any material that is subject to the Hazardous Waste Manifest Requirements of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency specified in 40 CFR part 262.
</P>
<P><I>Hazmat</I> means a hazardous material.
</P>
<P><I>Hazmat employee</I> means: (1) A person who is:
</P>
<P>(i) Employed on a full-time, part time, or temporary basis by a hazmat employer and who in the course of such full time, part time or temporary employment directly affects hazardous materials transportation safety;
</P>
<P>(ii) Self-employed (including an owner-operator of a motor vehicle, vessel, or aircraft) transporting hazardous materials in commerce who in the course of such self-employment directly affects hazardous materials transportation safety;
</P>
<P>(iii) A railroad signalman; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A railroad maintenance-of-way employee.
</P>
<P>(2) This term includes an individual, employed on a full time, part time, or temporary basis by a hazmat employer, or who is self-employed, who during the course of employment:
</P>
<P>(i) Loads, unloads, or handles hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(ii) Designs, manufactures, fabricates, inspects, marks, maintains, reconditions, repairs, or tests a package, container or packaging component that is represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in transporting hazardous material in commerce.
</P>
<P>(iii) Prepares hazardous materials for transportation;
</P>
<P>(iv) Is responsible for safety of transporting hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(v) Operates a vehicle used to transport hazardous materials.
</P>
<P><I>Hazmat employer</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A person who employs or uses at least one hazmat employee on a full-time, part time, or temporary basis; and who:
</P>
<P>(i) Transports hazardous materials in commerce;
</P>
<P>(ii) Causes hazardous materials to be transported in commerce; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Designs, manufactures, fabricates, inspects, marks, maintains, reconditions, repairs or tests a package, container, or packaging component that is represented, marked, certified, or sold by that person as qualified for use in transporting hazardous materials in commerce;
</P>
<P>(2) A person who is self-employed (including an owner-operator of a motor vehicle, vessel, or aircraft) transporting materials in commerce; and who:
</P>
<P>(i) Transports hazardous materials in commerce;
</P>
<P>(ii) Causes hazardous materials to be transported in commerce; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Designs, manufactures, fabricates, inspects, marks, maintains, reconditions, repairs or tests a package, container, or packaging component that is represented, marked, certified, or sold by that person as qualified for use in transporting hazardous materials in commerce; or
</P>
<P>(3) A department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government, or an authority of a State, political subdivision of a State, or an Indian tribe; and who:
</P>
<P>(i) Transports hazardous materials in commerce;
</P>
<P>(ii) Causes hazardous materials to be transported in commerce; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Designs, manufactures, fabricates, inspects, marks, maintains, reconditions, repairs or tests a package, container, or packaging component that is represented, marked, certified, or sold by that person as qualified for use in transporting hazardous materials in commerce.
</P>
<P><I>Hermetically sealed</I> means closed by fusion, gasketing, crimping, or equivalent means so that no gas or vapor can enter or escape.
</P>
<P><I>High-hazard flammable train</I> <I>(HHFT)</I> means a single train transporting 20 or more loaded tank cars of a Class 3 flammable liquid in a continuous block or a single train carrying 35 or more loaded tank cars of a Class 3 flammable liquid throughout the train consist.
</P>
<P><I>High-hazard flammable unit train (HHFUT)</I> means a single train transporting 70 or more loaded tank cars containing Class 3 flammable liquid.
</P>
<P><I>Household waste</I> means any solid waste (including garbage, trash, and sanitary waste from septic tanks) derived from households (including single and multiple residences, hotels and motels, bunkhouses, ranger stations, crew quarters, campgrounds, picnic grounds, and day-use recreation areas). This term is not applicable to consolidated shipments of household hazardous materials transported from collection centers. A collection center is a central location where household waste is collected.
</P>
<P><I>HMR</I> means the Hazardous Materials Regulations, parts 171 through 180 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>IAEA</I> means International Atomic Energy Agency.
</P>
<P><I>IATA</I> means International Air Transport Association.
</P>
<P><I>ICAO</I> means International Civil Aviation Organization.
</P>
<P><I>IMO</I> means International Maritime Organization.
</P>
<P><I>Incorporated by reference</I> or <I>IBR</I> means a publication or a portion of a publication that is made a part of the regulations of this subchapter. See § 171.7. 
</P>
<P><I>Infectious substance (etiologic agent).</I> See § 173.134 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Inner packaging</I> means a packaging for which an outer packaging is required for transport. It does not include the inner receptacle of a composite packaging.
</P>
<P><I>Inner receptacle</I> means a receptacle which requires an outer packaging in order to perform its containment function. The inner receptacle may be an inner packaging of a combination packaging or the inner receptacle of a composite packaging.
</P>
<P><I>Intermediate bulk container</I> or <I>IBC</I> means a rigid or flexible portable packaging, other than a cylinder or portable tank, which is designed for mechanical handling. Standards for IBCs manufactured in the United States are set forth in subparts N and O of part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Intermediate packaging</I> means a packaging which encloses an inner packaging or article and is itself enclosed in an outer packaging.
</P>
<P><I>Intermodal container</I> means a freight container designed and constructed to permit it to be used interchangeably in two or more modes of transport.
</P>
<P><I>Intermodal portable tank</I> or <I>IM portable tank</I> means a specific class of portable tanks designed primarily for international intermodal use.
</P>
<P><I>International transportation</I> means transportation—
</P>
<P>(1) Between any place in the United States and any place in a foreign country;
</P>
<P>(2) Between places in the United States through a foreign country; or
</P>
<P>(3) Between places in one or more foreign countries through the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Irritating material.</I> See § 173.132(a)(2) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Jerrican</I> means a metal or plastic packaging of rectangular or polygonal cross-section.
</P>
<P><I>Large packaging</I> means a packaging that—
</P>
<P>(1) Consists of an outer packaging that contains articles or inner packagings;
</P>
<P>(2) Is designated for mechanical handling;
</P>
<P>(3) Exceeds 400 kg net mass or 450 liters (118.9 gallons) capacity;
</P>
<P>(4) Has a volume of not more than 3 cubic meters (m
<SU>3</SU>) (see § 178.801(i) of this subchapter); and
</P>
<P>(5) Conforms to the requirements for the construction, testing and marking of Large Packagings as specified in subparts P and Q of part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Large salvage packaging</I> means a special packaging into which damaged, defective, leaking or non-conforming hazardous materials packages, or hazardous materials that have spilled or leaked are placed for the purpose of transport for recovery or disposal, that—
</P>
<P>(1) Is designed for mechanical handling; and
</P>
<P>(2) Has a net mass greater than 400 kg (882 pounds) or a capacity of greater than 450 L (119 gallons), but has a volume of not more than 3 cubic meters (106 cubic feet).
</P>
<P><I>Limited quantity,</I> when specified as such in a section applicable to a particular material, means the maximum amount of a hazardous material for which there is a specific labeling or packaging exception.
</P>
<P><I>Lighter</I> means a mechanically operated flame-producing device employing an ignition device and containing a Class 3 or a Division 2.1 material. For design, capacity, and filling density requirements for lighters containing a Division 2.1 material, see § 173.308.
</P>
<P><I>Lighter refill</I> means a pressurized container that does not contain an ignition device but does contain a release device and is intended for use as a replacement cartridge in a lighter or to refill a lighter with a Division 2.1 flammable gas fuel. For capacity limits, see § 173.306(h) of this subchapter.


</P>
<P><I>Liquid</I> means a material, other than an elevated temperature material, with a melting point or initial melting point of 20 °C (68 °F) or lower at a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia). A viscous material for which a specific melting point cannot be determined must be subjected to the procedures specified in ASTM D 4359 (IBR, see § 171.7) or to the test for determining fluidity (penetrometer test) prescribed in section 2.3.4 of Annex A of the European Agreement Concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road (ADR) (IBR, see § 171.7).


</P>
<P><I>Liquid phase</I> means a material that meets the definition of liquid when evaluated at the higher of the temperature at which it is offered for transportation or at which it is transported, not at the 38 °C (100 °F) temperature specified in ASTM D 4359 (IBR, see § 171.7). 
</P>
<P><I>Lithium ion cell or battery</I> means a rechargeable electrochemical cell or battery in which the positive and negative electrodes are both lithium compounds constructed with no metallic lithium in either electrode. A lithium ion polymer cell or battery that uses lithium ion chemistries, as described herein, is regulated as a lithium ion cell or battery.
</P>
<P><I>Lithium metal cell or battery</I> means an electrochemical cell or battery utilizing lithium metal or lithium alloys as the anode. The lithium content of a lithium metal or lithium alloy cell or battery is measured when the cell or battery is in an undischarged state. The lithium content of a lithium metal or lithium alloy battery is the sum of the grams of lithium content contained in the component cells of the battery.
</P>
<P><I>Loading incidental to movement</I> means loading by carrier personnel or in the presence of carrier personnel of packaged or containerized hazardous material onto a transport vehicle, aircraft, or vessel for the purpose of transporting it, including the loading, blocking and bracing a hazardous materials package in a freight container or transport vehicle, and segregating a hazardous materials package in a freight container or transport vehicle from incompatible cargo. For a bulk packaging, <I>loading incidental to movement</I> means filling the packaging with a hazardous material for the purpose of transporting it. <I>Loading incidental to movement</I> includes transloading.
</P>
<P><I>Magazine vessel</I> means a vessel used for the receiving, storing, or dispensing of explosives.
</P>
<P><I>Magnetic material.</I> See § 173.21(d) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Marine pollutant,</I> means a material which is listed in appendix B to § 172.101 of this subchapter (also see § 171.4) and, when in a solution or mixture of one or more marine pollutants, is packaged in a concentration which equals or exceeds:
</P>
<P>(1) Ten percent by weight of the solution or mixture for materials listed in the appendix; or
</P>
<P>(2) One percent by weight of the solution or mixture for materials that are identified as severe marine pollutants in the appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Marking</I> means a descriptive name, identification number, instructions, cautions, weight, specification, or UN marks, or combinations thereof, required by this subchapter on outer packagings of hazardous materials.
</P>
<P><I>Material of trade</I> means a hazardous material, other than a hazardous waste, that is carried on a motor vehicle—
</P>
<P>(1) For the purpose of protecting the health and safety of the motor vehicle operator or passengers;
</P>
<P>(2) For the purpose of supporting the operation or maintenance of a motor vehicle (including its auxiliary equipment); or
</P>
<P>(3) By a private motor carrier (including vehicles operated by a rail carrier) in direct support of a principal business that is other than transportation by motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Material poisonous by inhalation</I> or <I>Material toxic by inhalation</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A gas meeting the defining criteria in § 173.115(c) of this subchapter and assigned to Hazard Zone A, B, C, or D in accordance with § 173.116(a) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) A liquid (other than as a mist) meeting the defining criteria in § 173.132(a)(1)(iii) of this subchapter and assigned to Hazard Zone A or B in accordance with § 173.133(a) of this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any material identified as an inhalation hazard by a special provision in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum allowable working pressure</I> or <I>MAWP:</I> For DOT specification cargo tanks used to transport liquid hazardous materials, <I>see</I> § 178.320(a) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum capacity</I> means the maximum inner volume of receptacles or packagings.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum net mass</I> means the allowable maximum net mass of contents in a single packaging, or as used in subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter, the maximum combined mass of inner packaging, and the contents thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Mechanical displacement meter prover</I> means a mechanical device used in the oilfield service industry consisting of a pipe assembly that is used to calibrate the accuracy and performance of meters that measure the quantities of a product being pumped or transferred at facilities such as drilling locations, refineries, tank farms, and loading racks.
</P>
<P><I>Metered delivery service</I> means a cargo tank unloading operation conducted at a metered flow rate of 378.5 L (100 gallons) per minute or less through an attached delivery hose with a nominal inside diameter of 3.175 cm (1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches) or less.
</P>
<P><I>Metal hydride storage system</I> means a single complete hydrogen storage system that includes a receptacle, metal hydride, pressure relief device, shut-off valve, service equipment and internal components used for the transportation of hydrogen only. 
</P>
<P><I>Miscellaneous hazardous material.</I> See § 173.140 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Mixture</I> means a material composed of more than one chemical compound or element.
</P>
<P><I>Mode</I> means any of the following transportation methods; rail, highway, air, or water.
</P>
<P><I>Motor vehicle</I> includes a vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, or semitrailer, or any combination thereof, propelled or drawn by mechanical power and used upon the highways in the transportation of passengers or property. It does not include a vehicle, locomotive, or car operated exclusively on a rail or rails, or a trolley bus operated by electric power derived from a fixed overhead wire, furnishing local passenger transportation similar to street-railway service.
</P>
<P><I>Movement</I> means the physical transfer of a hazardous material from one geographic location to another by rail car, aircraft, motor vehicle, or vessel.
</P>
<P><I>Multiple-element gas container or MEGC</I> means assemblies of UN cylinders, tubes, or bundles of cylinders interconnected by a manifold and assembled within a framework. The term includes all service equipment and structural equipment necessary for the transport of gases.
</P>
<P><I>Name of contents</I> means the proper shipping name as specified in § 172.101 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Navigable waters</I> means, for the purposes of this subchapter, waters of the United States, including the territorial seas.
</P>
<P><I>Neutron Radiation Detector</I> means a device that detects neutron radiation. In such a device, a gas may be contained in a hermetically sealed electron tube transducer that converts neutron radiation into a measurable electric signal.
</P>
<P><I>Non-bulk packaging</I> means a packaging which has:
</P>
<P>(1) A maximum capacity of 450 L (119 gallons) or less as a receptacle for a liquid;
</P>
<P>(2) A maximum net mass of 400 kg (882 pounds) or less and a maximum capacity of 450 L (119 gallons) or less as a receptacle for a solid;
</P>
<P>(3) A water capacity of 454 kg (1000 pounds) or less as a receptacle for a gas as defined in § 173.115 of this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(4) Regardless of the definition of bulk packaging, a maximum net mass of 400 kg (882 pounds) or less for a bag or a box conforming to the applicable requirements for specification packagings, including the maximum net mass limitations, provided in subpart L of part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Nonflammable gas.</I> See § 173.115 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>N.O.S.</I> means not otherwise specified.
</P>
<P><I>N.O.S. description</I> means a shipping description from the § 172.101 table which includes the abbreviation <I>n.o.s.</I>
</P>
<P><I>NPT</I> means an American Standard taper pipe thread conforming to the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28 (IBR, see § 171.7). 
</P>
<P><I>NRC (non-reusable container)</I> means a packaging (container) whose reuse is restricted in accordance with the provisions of § 173.28 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Occupied caboose</I> means a rail car being used to transport non-passenger personnel.
</P>
<P><I>Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection</I> means a person from the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who under the supervision and direction of the Coast Guard District Commander is in charge of a designated inspection zone for the performance of duties with respect to the enforcement and administration of title 52, Revised Statutes, acts amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto, rules and regulations thereunder, and the inspection required thereby.
</P>
<P><I>Offshore supply vessel</I> means a cargo vessel of less than 500 gross tons that regularly transports goods, supplies or equipment in support of exploration or production of offshore mineral or energy resources.
</P>
<P><I>Open cryogenic receptacle</I> means a transportable thermally insulated receptacle for refrigerated liquefied gases maintained at atmospheric pressure by continuous venting of the refrigerated gas. 
</P>
<P><I>Operator</I> means a person who controls the use of an aircraft, vessel, or vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Organic peroxide.</I> See § 173.128 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>ORM</I> means other regulated material. See § 173.144 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Outage</I> or <I>ullage</I> means the amount by which a packaging falls short of being liquid full, usually expressed in percent by volume.
</P>
<P><I>Outer packaging</I> means the outermost enclosure of a composite or combination packaging together with any absorbent materials, cushioning and any other components necessary to contain and protect inner receptacles or inner packagings.
</P>
<P><I>Overpack,</I> except as provided in subpart K of part 178 of this subchapter, means an enclosure that is used by a single consignor to provide protection or convenience in handling of a package or to consolidate two or more packages. <I>Overpack</I> does not include a transport vehicle, freight container, or aircraft unit load device. Examples of overpacks are one or more packages:
</P>
<P>(1) Placed or stacked onto a load board such as a pallet and secured by strapping, shrink wrapping, stretch wrapping, or other suitable means; or
</P>
<P>(2) Placed in a protective outer packaging such as a box or crate.
</P>
<P><I>Oxidizer.</I> See § 173.127 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Oxidizing gas</I> means a gas that may, generally by providing oxygen, cause or contribute to the combustion of other material more than air does. Specifically, this means a pure gas or gas mixture with an oxidizing power greater than 23.5% as determined by a method specified in ISO 10156: or 10156-2: (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) (<I>see also</I> § 173.115(k)). 
</P>
<P><I>Oxygen generator (chemical)</I> means a device containing chemicals that upon activation release oxygen as a product of chemical reaction.
</P>
<P><I>Package</I> or <I>Outside Package</I> means a packaging plus its contents. For radioactive materials, see § 173.403 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Packaging</I> means a receptacle and any other components or materials necessary for the receptacle to perform its containment function in conformance with the minimum packing requirements of this subchapter. For radioactive materials packaging, see § 173.403 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Packing group</I> means a grouping according to the degree of danger presented by hazardous materials. Packing Group I indicates great danger; Packing Group II, medium danger; Packing Group III, minor danger. See § 172.101(f) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger</I> (With respect to vessels and for the purposes of part 176 only) means a person being carried on a vessel other than:
</P>
<P>(1) The owner or his representative;
</P>
<P>(2) The operator;
</P>
<P>(3) A bona fide member of the crew engaged in the business of the vessel who has contributed no consideration for his carriage and who is paid for his services; or
</P>
<P>(4) A guest who has not contributed any consideration directly or indirectly for his carriage.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger-carrying aircraft</I> means an aircraft that carries any person other than a crewmember, company employee, an authorized representative of the United States, or a person accompanying the shipment.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger vessel</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) A vessel subject to any of the requirements of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, which carries more than 12 passengers;
</P>
<P>(2) A cargo vessel documented under the laws of the United States and not subject to that Convention, which carries more than 16 passengers;
</P>
<P>(3) A cargo vessel of any foreign nation that extends reciprocal privileges and is not subject to that Convention and which carries more than 16 passengers; and
</P>
<P>(4) A vessel engaged in a ferry operation and which carries passengers.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an individual, corporation, company, association, firm, partnership, society, joint stock company; or a government, Indian Tribe, or authority of a government or Tribe, that offers a hazardous material for transportation in commerce, transports a hazardous material to support a commercial enterprise, or designs, manufactures, fabricates, inspects, marks, maintains, reconditions, repairs, or tests a package, container, or packaging component that is represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in transporting hazardous material in commerce. This term does not include the United States Postal Service or, for purposes of 49 U.S.C. 5123 and 5124, a Department, agency, or instrumentality of the government.
</P>
<P><I>Person who offers</I> or <I>offeror</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any person who does either or both of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Performs, or is responsible for performing, any pre-transportation function required under this subchapter for transportation of the hazardous material in commerce.
</P>
<P>(ii) Tenders or makes the hazardous material available to a carrier for transportation in commerce.
</P>
<P>(2) A carrier is not an offeror when it performs a function required by this subchapter as a condition of acceptance of a hazardous material for transportation in commerce (<I>e.g.</I>, reviewing shipping papers, examining packages to ensure that they are in conformance with this subchapter, or preparing shipping documentation for its own use) or when it transfers a hazardous material to another carrier for continued transportation in commerce without performing a pre-transportation function.
</P>
<P><I>PHMSA</I> means the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P><I>Placarded car</I> means a rail car which is placarded in accordance with the requirements of part 172 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Poisonous gas.</I> See § 173.115 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Poisonous materials.</I> See § 173.132 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Portable tank</I> means a bulk packaging (except a cylinder having a water capacity of 1000 pounds or less) designed primarily to be loaded onto, or on, or temporarily attached to a transport vehicle or ship and equipped with skids, mountings, or accessories to facilitate handling of the tank by mechanical means. It does not include a cargo tank, tank car, multi-unit tank car tank, or trailer carrying 3AX, 3AAX, or 3T cylinders.
</P>
<P><I>Preferred route</I> or <I>Preferred highway</I> is a highway for shipment of <I>highway route controlled quantities</I> of radioactive materials so designated by a State routing agency, and any Interstate System highway for which an alternative highway has not been designated by such State agency as provided by § 397.103 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Pre-transportation function</I> means a function specified in the HMR that is required to assure the safe transportation of a hazardous material in commerce, including—
</P>
<P>(1) Determining the hazard class of a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(2) Selecting a hazardous materials packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) Filling a hazardous materials packaging, including a bulk packaging.
</P>
<P>(4) Securing a closure on a filled or partially filled hazardous materials package or container or on a package or container containing a residue of a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(5) Marking a package to indicate that it contains a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(6) Labeling a package to indicate that it contains a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(7) Preparing a shipping paper.
</P>
<P>(8) Providing and maintaining emergency response information.
</P>
<P>(9) Reviewing a shipping paper to verify compliance with the HMR or international equivalents.
</P>
<P>(10) For each person importing a hazardous material into the United States, providing the shipper with timely and complete information as to the HMR requirements that will apply to the transportation of the material within the United States.
</P>
<P>(11) Certifying that a hazardous material is in proper condition for transportation in conformance with the requirements of the HMR.
</P>
<P>(12) Loading, blocking, and bracing a hazardous materials package in a freight container or transport vehicle.
</P>
<P>(13) Segregating a hazardous materials package in a freight container or transport vehicle from incompatible cargo.
</P>
<P>(14) Selecting, providing, or affixing placards for a freight container or transport vehicle to indicate that it contains a hazardous material.
</P>
<P><I>Primary hazard</I> means the hazard class of a material as assigned in the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P><I>Private track</I> or <I>Private siding</I> means: (i) Track located outside of a carrier's right-of-way, yard, or terminals where the carrier does not own the rails, ties, roadbed, or right-of-way, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Track leased by a railroad to a lessee, where the lease provides for, and actual practice entails, exclusive use of that trackage by the lessee and/or a general system railroad for purpose of moving only cars shipped to or by the lessee, and where the lessor otherwise exercises no control over or responsibility for the trackage or the cars on the trackage.
</P>
<P><I>Proper shipping name</I> means the name of the hazardous material shown in Roman print (not italics) in § 172.101 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Psi</I> means pounds per square inch. 
</P>
<P><I>Psia</I> means pounds per square inch absolute. 
</P>
<P><I>Psig</I> means pounds per square inch gauge. 
</P>
<P><I>Public vessel</I> means a vessel owned by and being used in the public service of the United States. It does not include a vessel owned by the United States and engaged in a trade or commercial service or a vessel under contract or charter to the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Pyrophoric liquid.</I> See § 173.124(b) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Radiation detection system</I> means an apparatus that contains radiation detectors as components.
</P>
<P><I>Radioactive materials.</I> See § 173.403 of this subchapter for definitions relating to radioactive materials.
</P>
<P><I>Rail car</I> means a car designed to carry freight or non-passenger personnel by rail, and includes a box car, flat car, gondola car, hopper car, tank car, and occupied caboose.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means a person engaged in transportation by rail.
</P>
<P><I>Receptacle</I> means a containment vessel for receiving and holding materials, including any means of closing.
</P>
<P><I>U.N. Recommendations</I> means the U.N. Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Model Regulations (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P><I>Reconditioned packaging.</I> See § 173.28 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Registered Inspector</I> means a person registered with the Department in accordance with subpart F of part 107 of this chapter who has the knowledge and ability to determine whether a cargo tank conforms to the applicable DOT specification. A <I>Registered Inspector</I> meets the knowledge and ability requirements of this section by meeting any one of the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) Has an engineering degree and one year of work experience relating to the testing and inspection of cargo tanks; 
</P>
<P>(2) Has an associate degree in engineering and two years of work experience relating to the testing and inspection of cargo tanks; 
</P>
<P>(3) Has a high school diploma (or General Equivalency Diploma) and three years of work experience relating to the testing and inspection of cargo tanks; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Has at least three years' experience performing the duties of a Registered Inspector prior to September 1, 1991.
</P>
<P><I>Regulated medical waste.</I> See § 173.134 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Remanufactured packagings.</I> See § 173.28 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Reportable quantity (RQ)</I> for the purposes of this subchapter, means the quantity specified in Column 2 of Table 1 or Column 3 of Table 2 of appendix A to § 172.101 for any material identified in Column 1 of the tables.
</P>
<P><I>Research</I> means investigation or experimentation aimed at the discovery of new theories or laws and the discovery and interpretation of facts or revision of accepted theories or laws in the light of new facts. Research does not include the application of existing technology to industrial endeavors.
</P>
<P><I>Residue</I> means the hazardous material remaining in a packaging, including a tank car, after its contents have been unloaded to the maximum extent practicable and before the packaging is either refilled or cleaned of hazardous material and purged to remove any hazardous vapors.
</P>
<P><I>Reused packaging.</I> See § 173.28 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Reverse logistics</I> means the process of offering for transport or transporting by motor vehicle goods from a retail store for return to its manufacturer, supplier, or distribution facility for the purpose of capturing value (e.g., to receive manufacturer's credit), recall, replacement, recycling, or similar reason. This definition does not include materials that meet the definition of a hazardous waste as defined in this section.
</P>
<P><I>SADT</I> means self-accelerated decomposition temperature and is the lowest temperature at which self-accelerating decomposition may occur in a substance in the packaging, IBC, or portable tank offered for transport. <I>See</I> also § 173.21(f) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Salvage packaging</I> means a special packaging conforming to § 173.3 of this subchapter into which damaged, defective, leaking, or non-conforming hazardous materials packages, or hazardous materials that have spilled or leaked, are placed for purposes of transport for recovery or disposal. 
</P>
<P><I>SAPT</I> means self-accelerated polymerization temperature and is the lowest temperature at which self-accelerating polymerization may occur with a substance in the packaging, IBC, or portable tank as offered for transport. <I>See</I> also § 173.21(f) of this subchapter. This definition will be effective until January 2, 2023.
</P>
<P><I>SCF</I> (standard cubic foot) means one cubic foot of gas measured at 60 °F. and 14.7 psia.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Self-defense spray</I> means an aerosol or non-pressurized device that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is intended to have an irritating or incapacitating effect on a person or animal; and
</P>
<P>(2) Meets no hazard criteria other than for Class 9 (for example, a pepper spray; see § 173.140(a) of this subchapter) and, for an aerosol, Division 2.1 or 2.2 (see § 173.115 of this subchapter), except that it may contain not more than two percent by mass of a tear gas substance (e.g., chloroacetophenone (CN) or 0-chlorobenzylmalonitrile (CS); see § 173.132(a)(2) of this subchapter.)
</P>
<P><I>Service life,</I> for composite cylinders and tubes, means the number of years the cylinder or tube is permitted to be in service.
</P>
<P><I>Settled pressure</I> means the pressure exerted by the contents of a UN pressure receptacle in thermal and diffusive equilibrium.
</P>
<P><I>Sharps.</I> See § 173.134 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Shipping paper</I> means a shipping order, bill of lading, manifest or other shipping document serving a similar purpose and prepared in accordance with subpart C of part 172 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Short circuit</I> means a direct connection between positive and negative terminals of a cell or battery that provides an abnormally low resistance path for current flow.
</P>
<P><I>Siftproof packaging</I> means a packaging impermeable to dry contents, including fine solid material produced during transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Single packaging</I> means a non-bulk packaging other than a combination packaging.
</P>
<P><I>Solid</I> means a material which is not a gas or a liquid.
</P>
<P><I>Solution</I> means any homogeneous liquid mixture of two or more chemical compounds or elements that will not undergo any segregation under conditions normal to transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Special permit</I> means a document issued by the Associate Administrator, the Associate Administrator's designee, or as otherwise prescribed in the HMR, under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5117 permitting a person to perform a function that is not otherwise permitted under subchapter A or C of this chapter, or other regulations issued under 49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.</I> (e.g., Federal Motor Carrier Safety routing requirements).
</P>
<P><I>Specification packaging</I> means a packaging conforming to one of the specifications or standards for packagings in part 178 or part 179 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Spontaneously combustible material.</I> See § 173.124(b) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Stabilized</I> means that the hazardous material is in a condition that precludes uncontrolled reaction. This may be achieved by methods such as adding an inhibiting chemical, degassing the hazardous material to remove dissolved oxygen and inerting the air space in the package, or maintaining the hazardous material under temperature control.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or any other territory or possession of the United States designated by the Secretary.
</P>
<P><I>State-designated route</I> means a preferred route selected in accordance with U.S. DOT “Guidelines for Selecting Preferred Highway Routes for Highway Route Controlled Quantities of Radioactive Materials” or an equivalent routing analysis which adequately considers overall risk to the public.
</P>
<P><I>Storage incidental to movement</I> means storage of a transport vehicle, freight container, or package containing a hazardous material by any person between the time that a carrier takes physical possession of the hazardous material for the purpose of transporting it in commerce until the package containing the hazardous material is physically delivered to the destination indicated on a shipping document, package marking, or other medium, or, in the case of a private motor carrier, between the time that a motor vehicle driver takes physical possession of the hazardous material for the purpose of transporting it in commerce until the driver relinquishes possession of the package at its destination and is no longer responsible for performing functions subject to the HMR with respect to that particular package.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Storage incidental to movement</I> includes—
</P>
<P>(i) Storage at the destination shown on a shipping document, including storage at a transloading facility, provided the shipping documentation identifies the shipment as a through-shipment and identifies the final destination or destinations of the hazardous material; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Rail cars containing hazardous materials that are stored on track that does not meet the definition of “private track or siding” in § 171.8, even if those cars have been delivered to the destination shown on the shipping document.
</P>
<P>(2) Storage incidental to movement does not include storage of a hazardous material at its final destination as shown on a shipping document.
</P>
<P><I>Stowage</I> means the act of placing hazardous materials on board a vessel.
</P>
<P><I>Strong outer packaging</I> means the outermost enclosure that provides protection against the unintentional release of its contents. It is a packaging that is sturdy, durable, and constructed so that it will retain its contents under normal conditions of transportation. In addition, a strong outer packaging must meet the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173 of this subchapter but need not comply with the specification packaging requirements in part 178 of the subchapter. For transport by aircraft, a strong outer packaging is subject to § 173.27 of this subchapter. The terms “strong outside container” and “strong outside packaging” are synonymous with “strong outer packaging.”
</P>
<P><I>Subsidiary hazard</I> means a hazard of a material other than the primary hazard. (See <I>primary hazard</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Table in § 172.101</I> or <I>§ 172.101 table</I> means the Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Technical name</I> means a recognized chemical name or microbiological name currently used in scientific and technical handbooks, journals, and texts. Generic descriptions are authorized for use as technical names provided they readily identify the general chemical group, or microbiological group. Examples of acceptable generic chemical descriptions are organic phosphate compounds, petroleum aliphatic hydrocarbons and tertiary amines. For proficiency testing only, generic microbiological descriptions such as bacteria, mycobacteria, fungus, and viral samples may be used. Except for names which appear in subpart B of part 172 of this subchapter, trade names may not be used as technical names.
</P>
<P><I>TOFC</I> means trailer-on-flat-car.
</P>
<P><I>Top shell</I> means the tank car tank surface, excluding the head ends and bottom shell of the tank car tank.
</P>
<P><I>Toxin.</I> See § 173.134 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Trailership</I> means a vessel, other than a carfloat, specifically equipped to carry motor transport vehicles and fitted with installed securing devices to tie down each vehicle. The term <I>trailership</I> includes <I>Roll-on/Roll-off (RO/RO)</I> vessels.
</P>
<P><I>Train</I> means one or more engines coupled with one or more rail cars, except during switching operations or where the operation is that of classifying and assembling rail cars within a railroad yard for the purpose of making or breaking up trains.
</P>
<P><I>Train consist information</I> means a hard (printed) copy or electronic record of the position and contents of each hazardous material rail car where the record includes the information required by § 174.26 of this subchapter.


</P>
<P><I>Trainship</I> means a vessel other than a rail car ferry or carfloat, specifically equipped to transport railroad vehicles, and fitted with installed securing devices to tie down each vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Transloading</I> means the transfer of a hazardous material by any person from one bulk packaging to another bulk packaging, from a bulk packaging to a non-bulk packaging, or from a non-bulk packaging to a bulk packaging for the purpose of continuing the movement of the hazardous material in commerce.
</P>
<P><I>Transport vehicle</I> means a cargo-carrying vehicle such as an automobile, van, tractor, truck, semitrailer, tank car or rail car used for the transportation of cargo by any mode. Each cargo-carrying body (trailer, rail car, etc.) is a separate transport vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Transportation</I> or <I>transport</I> means the movement of property and loading, unloading, or storage incidental to that movement.
</P>
<P><I>UFC</I> means Uniform Freight Classification.
</P>
<P><I>UN</I> means United Nations.
</P>
<P><I>UN cylinder</I> means a transportable pressure receptacle with a water capacity not exceeding 150 L that has been marked and certified as conforming to the applicable requirements in part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>UN portable tank</I> means an intermodal tank having a capacity of more than 450 liters (118.9 gallons). It includes a shell fitted with service equipment and structural equipment, including stabilizing members external to the shell and skids, mountings or accessories to facilitate mechanical handling. A UN portable tank must be capable of being filled and discharged without the removal of its structural equipment and must be capable of being lifted when full. Cargo tanks, rail tank car tanks, non-metallic tanks, non-specification tanks, bulk bins, and IBCs and packagings made to cylinder specifications are not UN portable tanks.
</P>
<P><I>UN pressure drum</I> means a welded transportable pressure receptacle of a water capacity exceeding 150 L (39.6 gallons) and not more than 1,000 L (264.2 gallons) (<I>e.g.</I> cylindrical receptacles equipped with rolling hoops, spheres on skids).
</P>
<P><I>UN pressure receptacle</I> means a UN cylinder, drum, or tube.
</P>
<P><I>UN Recommendations</I> means the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods (IBR, see § 171.7). 
</P>
<P><I>UN standard packaging</I> means a packaging conforming to standards in the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7).
</P>
<P><I>UN tube</I> means a transportable pressure receptacle of seamless or composite construction having with a water capacity exceeding 150 L (39.6 gallons) but not more than 3,000 L (792.5 gallons) that has been marked and certified as conforming to the requirements in part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Undeclared hazardous material</I> means a hazardous material that is: (1) Subject to any of the hazard communication requirements in subparts C (Shipping Papers), D (Marking), E (Labeling), and F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter, or an alternative marking requirement in part 173 of this subchapter (such as §§ 173.4(a)(10) and 173.6(c)); and (2) offered for transportation in commerce without any visible indication to the person accepting the hazardous material for transportation that a hazardous material is present, on either an accompanying shipping document, or the outside of a transport vehicle, freight container, or package. 
</P>
<P><I>Unintentional release</I> means the escape of a hazardous material from a package on an occasion not anticipated or planned. This includes releases resulting from collision, package failures, human error, criminal activity, negligence, improper packing, or unusual conditions such as the operation of pressure relief devices as a result of over-pressurization, overfill or fire exposure. It does not include releases, such as venting of packages, where allowed, and the operational discharge of contents from packages.
</P>
<P><I>Unit load device</I> means any type of freight container, aircraft container, aircraft pallet with a net, or aircraft pallet with a net over an igloo.
</P>
<P><I>United States</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or any other territory or possession of the United States designated by the Secretary.
</P>
<P><I>Unloading incidental to movement</I> means removing a packaged or containerized hazardous material from a transport vehicle, aircraft, or vessel, or for a bulk packaging, emptying a hazardous material from the bulk packaging after the hazardous material has been delivered to the consignee when performed by carrier personnel or in the presence of carrier personnel or, in the case of a private motor carrier, while the driver of the motor vehicle from which the hazardous material is being unloaded immediately after movement is completed is present during the unloading operation. (Emptying a hazardous material from a bulk packaging while the packaging is on board a vessel is subject to separate regulations as delegated by Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1 at 2(103).) <I>Unloading incidental to movement</I> includes transloading.
</P>
<P><I>Vessel</I> includes every description of watercraft, used or capable of being used as a means of transportation on the water.
</P>
<P><I>Viscous liquid</I> means a liquid material which has a measured viscosity in excess of 2500 centistokes at 25 °C. (77 °F.) when determined in accordance with the procedures specified in ASTM Method D 445-72 “Kinematic Viscosity of Transparent and Opaque Liquids (and the Calculation of Dynamic Viscosity)” or ASTM Method D 1200-70 “Viscosity of Paints, Varnishes, and Lacquers by Ford Viscosity Cup.”
</P>
<P><I>Volatility</I> refers to the relative rate of evaporation of materials to assume the vapor state.
</P>
<P><I>Waste material</I> means, for the purposes of lab pack requirements in § 173.12 of this subchapter, all hazardous materials which are destined for disposal or recovery, and not so limited to only those defined as a hazardous waste in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Water reactive material.</I> See § 173.124(c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Water resistant</I> means having a degree of resistance to permeability by and damage caused by water in liquid form.
</P>
<P><I>Watt-hour (Wh)</I> means a unit of energy equivalent to one watt (1 W) of work acting for one hour (1 h) of time. The Watt-hour rating of a lithium ion cell or battery is determined by multiplying the rated capacity of a cell or battery in ampere-hours, by its nominal voltage. Therefore, Watt-hour (Wh) = ampere-hour (Ah) × volts (V).
</P>
<P><I>Wooden barrel</I> means a packaging made of natural wood, of round cross-section, having convex walls, consisting of staves and heads and fitted with hoops.
</P>
<P><I>Working pressure</I> for purposes of UN pressure receptacles, means the settled pressure of a compressed gas at a reference temperature of 15 °C (59 °F).
</P>
<P><I>W.T.</I> means watertight.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 171-32, 41 FR 15994, Apr. 15, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 171.8, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.9" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.9   Rules of construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In this subchapter, unless the context requires otherwise:
</P>
<P>(1) Words imparting the singular include the plural;
</P>
<P>(2) Words imparting the plural include the singular; and
</P>
<P>(3) Words imparting the masculine gender include the feminine;
</P>
<P>(b) In this subchapter, the word: (1) “Shall” is used in an imperative sense;
</P>
<P>(2) “Must” is used in an imperative sense;
</P>
<P>(3) “Should” is used in a recommendatory sense;
</P>
<P>(4) “May” is used in a permissive sense to state authority or permission to do the act described, and the words “no person may * * *” or “a person may not * * *” means that no person is required, authorized, or permitted to do the act described; and
</P>
<P>(5) “Includes” is used as a word of inclusion not limitation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 171-32, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 171-32A, 41 FR 40630, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 171-121, 58 FR 51528, Oct. 1, 1993; 75 FR 60338, Sept. 30, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.10" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.10   Units of measure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> To ensure compatibility with international transportation standards, most units of measure in this subchapter are expressed using the International System of Units (“SI” or metric). Where SI units appear, they are the regulatory standard. U.S. standard or customary units, which appear in parentheses following the SI units, are for information only and are not intended to be the regulatory standard.
</P>
<P>(b) Abbreviations for SI units of measure generally used throughout this subchapter are as shown in paragraph (c) of this section. Customary units shown throughout this subchapter are generally not abbreviated.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conversion values.</I> (1) Conversion values are provided in the following table and are based on values provided in ASTM E 380, “Standard for Metric Practice”. 
</P>
<P>(2) If an exact conversion is needed, the following conversion table should be used.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table of Conversion Factors for SI Units
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Measurement
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SI to U.S. standard
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">U.S. standard to SI
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Activity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 TBq = 27 Ci</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 Ci = 0.037 TBq
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Length</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 cm = 0.3937008 in
<br/>1 m = 3.280840 ft</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 in = 2.540000 cm
<br/>1 ft = 0.3048000 m
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 mm = 0.03937008 in</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 in = 25.40000 mm
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mass (weight)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg = 2.204622 lb
<br/>1 g = 0.03527397 oz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 lb = 0.4535924 kg
<br/>1 oz = 28.34952 g
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pressure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kPa = 0.1450377 psi
<br/>1 Bar = 100 kPa = 14.504 psi
<br/>1 kPa = 7.5 mm Hg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 psi = 6.894757 kPa
<br/>1 psi = 0.06895 Bar
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Radiation level</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 Sv/hr = 100 rem/hr</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 rem/hr = 0.01 Sv/hr
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Volume (liquid)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L = 0.2641720 gal
<br/>1 mL = 0.03381402 oz
<br/>1 m
<sup>3</sup> = 35.31466 ft
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 gal = 3.785412 L
<br/>1 oz = 29.57353 mL
<br/>1 ft
<sup>3</sup> = 0.02831685 m
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Density</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg/m
<sup>3</sup> = 0.06242797 lb/ft
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 lb/ft
<sup>3</sup> = 16.01846 kg/m
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Force</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 Newton = 0.2248 Pound-force</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 Pound-force = 4.483 N 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Abbreviation for units of measure are as follows:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Unit of measure and abbreviation:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(SI): millimeter, mm; centimeter, cm; meter, m; gram, g; kilogram, kg; kiloPascal, kPa; liter, L; milliliter, mL; cubic meter, m
<sup>3</sup>; Terabecquerel, TBq; Gigabecquerel, GBq; millisievert, mSv; Newton, N;
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(U.S.): Inch, in; foot, ft; ounce, oz; pound, lb; psig, psi; gallon, gal; cubic feet, ft 
<sup>3</sup>; Curie, Ci; millicurie, mCi; millirem, mrem.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 171-111, 56 FR 66159, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 171-136, 60 FR 49108, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 171-135, 60 FR 50302, Sept. 28, 1995; 66 FR 33335, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45378, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75740, Dec. 31, 2003]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.11" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.11   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.12" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.12   North American Shipments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements for the use of the Transport Canada TDG Regulations</I>—(1) <I>Applicability.</I> A hazardous material transported from Canada to the United States, from the United States to Canada, or transiting the United States to Canada or a foreign destination may be offered for transportation or transported by motor carrier and rail in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7), an equivalency certificate (permit for equivalent level of safety), or a temporary certificate (permit in support of public interest) issued by Transport Canada as an alternative to the TDG Regulations, as authorized in § 171.22, provided the requirements in §§ 171.22 and 171.23, as applicable, and this section are met. In addition, a cylinder, pressure drum, MEGC, cargo tank motor vehicle, portable tank or rail tank car authorized by the Transport Canada TDG Regulations may be used for transportation to, from, or within the United States provided the cylinder, pressure drum, MEGC, cargo tank motor vehicle, portable tank, or rail tank car conforms to the applicable requirements of this section. Except as otherwise provided in this subpart and subpart C of this part, the requirements in parts 172, 173, and 178 of this subchapter do not apply for a material transported in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>General packaging requirements.</I> When the provisions of this subchapter require a DOT specification or UN standard packaging to be used for transporting a hazardous material, a packaging authorized by the Transport Canada TDG Regulations may be used, subject to the limitations of this part, and only if it is equivalent to the corresponding DOT specification or UN packaging (see § 173.24(d)(2) of this subchapter) authorized by this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Bulk packagings.</I> A portable tank, cargo tank motor vehicle or rail tank car equivalent to a corresponding DOT specification and conforming to and authorized by the Transport Canada TDG Regulations may be used provided—
</P>
<P>(i) An equivalent type of packaging is authorized for the hazardous material according to the § 172.101 table of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) The portable tank, cargo tank motor vehicle or rail tank car conforms to the requirements of the applicable part 173 bulk packaging section specified in the § 172.101 table for the material to be transported;
</P>
<P>(iii) The portable tank, cargo tank motor vehicle or rail tank car conforms to the requirements of all assigned bulk packaging special provisions (B codes, and T and TP codes) in § 172.102 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The bulk packaging conforms to all applicable requirements of §§ 173.31, 173.32, 173.33 and 173.35 of this subchapter, and parts 177 and 180 of this subchapter. The periodic retests and inspections required by §§ 173.31, 173.32 and 173.33 of this subchapter may be performed in accordance with part 180 of this subchapter or in accordance with the requirements of the TDG Regulations provided that the intervals prescribed in part 180 of this subchapter are met.
</P>
<P>(v) Rail tank cars must conform to the requirements of Containers for Transport of Dangerous Goods by Rail (IBR, see § 171.7).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Cylinders, Pressure Drums, and MEGCs.</I> When the provisions of this subchapter require that a DOT specification or a UN pressure receptacle must be used for a hazardous material, a packaging authorized by the Transport Canada TDG Regulations may be used only if it corresponds to the DOT specification or UN standard authorized by this subchapter. Unless otherwise excepted in this subchapter, a cylinder (including a UN pressure receptacle) or MEGC may not be transported unless—
</P>
<P>(i) The packaging is a UN pressure receptacle or MEGC marked with the letters “CAN” for Canada as a country of manufacture or a country of approval or is a cylinder that was manufactured, inspected and tested in accordance with a DOT specification or a UN standard prescribed in part 178 of this subchapter, except that cylinders (including UN pressure receptacles) not conforming to these requirements must meet the requirements in § 171.23. Each cylinder (including UN pressure receptacles) must conform to the applicable requirements in part 173 of this subchapter for the hazardous material involved.
</P>
<P>(ii) A Canadian Railway Commission (CRC), Board of Transport Commissioners for Canada (BTC), Canadian Transport Commission (CTC) or Transport Canada (TC) specification cylinder manufactured, originally marked, and approved in accordance with the TDG Regulations, and in full conformance with the TDG Regulations is authorized for transportation to, from or within the United States provided:
</P>
<P>(A) The CRC, BTC, CTC or TC specification cylinder corresponds with a DOT specification cylinder and the markings are the same as those specified in this subchapter, except that the original markings were “CRC”, “BTC”, “CTC”, or “TC”;
</P>
<P>(B) The cylinder has been requalified under a program authorized by the TDG Regulations or subpart I of part 107 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(C) When the regulations authorize a cylinder for a specific hazardous material with a specification marking prefix of “DOT,” a cylinder marked “CRC”, “BTC”, “CTC”, or “TC” otherwise bearing the same markings required of the specified “DOT” cylinder may be used; and
</P>
<P>(D) Transport of the cylinder and the material it contains is in all other respects in conformance with the requirements of this subchapter (<I>e.g.</I> valve protection, filling requirements, operational requirements, etc.).
</P>
<P>(iii) Authorized CRC, BTC, CTC, or TC specification cylinders that correspond with a DOT specification cylinder are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(a)(4)(iii)</E>: Corresponding Specification Cylinders
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">TC
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">DOT


<br/>(some or all of these specifications may instead be marked with the

<br/>prefix ICC)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CTC


<br/>(some or all of these specifications may instead be marked with the

<br/>prefix BTC or CRC)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-3AM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A [ICC-3]</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-3A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-3AAM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3AA</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-3AA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-3ANM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3BN</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-3BN
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-3EM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3E</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-3E
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-3HTM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3HT</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-3HT
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-3ALM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3AL</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-3AL
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3B</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-3B
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-3AXM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3AX</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-3AX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-3AAXM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3AAX</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-3AAX
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A480X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-3A480X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-3TM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3T
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-4AAM33</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4AA480</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-4AA480
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-4BM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4B</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-4B
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-4BM17ET</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4B240ET</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-4B240ET
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-4BAM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4BA</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-4BA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-4BWM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4BW</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-4BW
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-4DM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4D</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-4D
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-4DAM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4DA</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-4DA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-4DSM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4DS</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-4DS
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-4EM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4E</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-4E
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-39M</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-39</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-4LM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4L</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-4L
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-8WM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-8</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TC-8WAM</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-8AL</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">CTC-8AL</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(5) <I>Class 1 (explosive) materials.</I> When transporting Class 1 (explosive) material, rail and motor carriers must comply with 49 CFR 1572.9 and 1572.11 to the extent the requirements apply.


</P>
<P>(6) <I>Lithium cells and batteries.</I> Lithium metal cells and batteries (UN3090) and lithium ion cells and batteries (UN3480) are forbidden for transport as cargo aboard passenger-carrying aircraft. The outside of each package or overpack that contains lithium cells or batteries meeting the conditions for exception in § 173.185(c) of this subchapter and transported in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations must be marked or labeled in accordance with § 173.185(c)(1)(iii), (iv), and (vi), as appropriate.




</P>
<P>(b) <I>Shipments to or from Mexico.</I> Unless otherwise excepted, hazardous materials shipments from Mexico to the United States or from the United States to Mexico must conform to all applicable requirements of this subchapter. When a hazardous material that is a material poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8) is transported by highway or rail from Mexico to the United States, or from the United States to Mexico, the following requirements apply:
</P>
<P>(1) The shipping description must include the words “Toxic Inhalation Hazard” or “Poison-Inhalation Hazard” or “Inhalation Hazard”, as required in § 172.203(m) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The material must be packaged in accordance with requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) The package must be marked in accordance with § 172.313 of this subchapter.




</P>
<P>(4) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, the package must be labeled or placarded POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION HAZARD, as appropriate, in accordance with subparts E and F to part 172 of this subchapter.






</P>
<P>(5) A label or placard that conforms to the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7) specifications for a “Division 2.3” or “Division 6.1” label or placard may be substituted for the POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION HAZARD label or placard required by §§ 172.400(a) and 172.504(e) of this subchapter on a package transported in a closed transport vehicle or freight container. The transport vehicle or freight container must be marked with identification numbers for the material, regardless of the total quantity contained in the transport vehicle or freight container, in the manner specified in § 172.313(c) of this subchapter and placarded as required by subpart F of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 171-111, 55 FR 52472, Dec. 21, 1990]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 171.12, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.12a" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.12a   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.14" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.1.25.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.14   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Incident Reporting, Notification, BOE Approvals and Authorization</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.15" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.2.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.15   Immediate notice of certain hazardous materials incidents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> As soon as practical but no later than 12 hours after the occurrence of any incident described in paragraph (b) of this section, each person in physical possession of the hazardous material must provide notice by telephone to the National Response Center (NRC) on 800-424-8802 (toll free) or 202-267-2675 (toll call). Each notice must include the following information:






</P>
<P>(1) Name of reporter;
</P>
<P>(2) Name and address of person represented by reporter;
</P>
<P>(3) Phone number where reporter can be contacted;
</P>
<P>(4) Date, time, and location of incident;
</P>
<P>(5) The extent of injury, if any;
</P>
<P>(6) Class or division, proper shipping name, and quantity of hazardous materials involved, if such information is available; and
</P>
<P>(7) Type of incident and nature of hazardous material involvement and whether a continuing danger to life exists at the scene.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reportable incident.</I> A telephone report is required whenever any of the following occurs during the course of transportation in commerce (including loading, unloading, and temporary storage):
</P>
<P>(1) As a direct result of a hazardous material—
</P>
<P>(i) A person is killed;
</P>
<P>(ii) A person receives an injury requiring admittance to a hospital;
</P>
<P>(iii) The general public is evacuated for one hour or more;
</P>
<P>(iv) A major transportation artery or facility is closed or shut down for one hour or more; or
</P>
<P>(v) The operational flight pattern or routine of an aircraft is altered;
</P>
<P>(2) Fire, breakage, spillage, or suspected radioactive contamination occurs involving a radioactive material (see also § 176.48 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(3) Fire, breakage, spillage, or suspected contamination occurs involving an infectious substance other than a regulated medical waste;
</P>
<P>(4) A release of a marine pollutant occurs in a quantity exceeding 450 L (119 gallons) for a liquid or 400 kg (882 pounds) for a solid;
</P>
<P>(5) A situation exists of such a nature (<I>e.g.</I>, a continuing danger to life exists at the scene of the incident) that, in the judgment of the person in possession of the hazardous material, it should be reported to the NRC even though it does not meet the criteria of paragraphs (b)(1), (2), (3) or (4) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(6) During transportation by aircraft, a fire, violent rupture, explosion or dangerous evolution of heat (<I>i.e.</I>, an amount of heat sufficient to be dangerous to packaging or personal safety to include charring of packaging, melting of packaging, scorching of packaging, or other evidence) occurs as a direct result of a battery or battery-powered device.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Written report.</I> Each person making a report under this section must also make the report required by § 171.16 of this subpart.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 171.15:</HED>
<P>Under 40 CFR 302.6, EPA requires persons in charge of facilities (including transport vehicles, vessels, and aircraft) to report any release of a hazardous substance in a quantity equal to or greater than its reportable quantity, as soon as that person has knowledge of the release, to DOT's National Response Center at (toll free) 800-424-8802 or (toll) 202-267-2675.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 67759, Dec. 3, 2003, as amended at 72 FR 55684, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 2233, Jan. 14, 2009; 74 FR 53186, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 43525, July 20, 2011; 87 FR 79766, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.16" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.2.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.16   Detailed hazardous materials incident reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each person in physical possession of a hazardous material at the time that any of the following incidents occurs during transportation (including loading, unloading, and temporary storage) must submit a Hazardous Materials Incident Report on DOT Form F 5800.1 (01/2004) within 30 days of discovery of the incident:
</P>
<P>(1) Any of the circumstances set forth in § 171.15(b);
</P>
<P>(2) An unintentional release of a hazardous material or the discharge of any quantity of hazardous waste;
</P>
<P>(3) A specification cargo tank with a capacity of 1,000 gallons or greater containing any hazardous material suffers structural damage to the lading retention system or damage that requires repair to a system intended to protect the lading retention system, even if there is no release of hazardous material;
</P>
<P>(4) An undeclared hazardous material is discovered; or
</P>
<P>(5) A fire, violent rupture, explosion or dangerous evolution of heat (<I>i.e.</I>, an amount of heat sufficient to be dangerous to packaging or personal safety to include charring of packaging, melting of packaging, scorching of packaging, or other evidence) occurs as a direct result of a battery or battery-powered device.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Providing and retaining copies of the report.</I> Each person reporting under this section must— 
</P>
<P>(1) Submit a written Hazardous Materials Incident Report to the Information Systems Manager, PHH-60, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001, or an electronic Hazardous Material Incident Report to the Information System Manager, PHH-60, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001 at <I>http://hazmat.dot.gov</I>; 
</P>
<P>(2) For an incident involving transportation by aircraft, submit a written or electronic copy of the Hazardous Materials Incident Report to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Regional Office nearest the location of the incident. The nearest FAA Regional Office may be located by calling the FAA Washington Operations Center at 202-267-3333 (any hour) or visiting FAA's website; and
</P>
<P>(3) Retain a written or electronic copy of the Hazardous Materials Incident Report for a period of two years at the reporting person's principal place of business. If the written or electronic Hazardous Materials Incident Report is maintained at other than the reporting person's principal place of business, the report must be made available at the reporting person's principal place of business within 24 hours of a request for the report by an authorized representative or special agent of the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Updating the incident report.</I> A Hazardous Materials Incident Report must be updated within one year of the date of occurrence of the incident whenever:
</P>
<P>(1) A death results from injury caused by a hazardous material;
</P>
<P>(2) There was a misidentification of the hazardous material or package information on a prior incident report;
</P>
<P>(3) Damage, loss or related cost that was not known when the initial incident report was filed becomes known; or
</P>
<P>(4) Damage, loss, or related cost changes by $25,000 or more, or 10% of the prior total estimate, whichever is greater.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions.</I> Unless a telephone report is required under the provisions of § 171.15 of this part, the requirements of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section do not apply to the following incidents:
</P>
<P>(1) A release of a minimal amount of material from—
</P>
<P>(i) A vent, for materials for which venting is authorized;
</P>
<P>(ii) The routine operation of a seal, pump, compressor, or valve; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Connection or disconnection of loading or unloading lines, provided that the release does not result in property damage.
</P>
<P>(2) An unintentional release of a hazardous material when:
</P>
<P>(i) The material is—
</P>
<P>(A) A limited quantity material packaged under authorized exceptions in the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table of this subchapter excluding Class 7 (radioactive) material; or
</P>
<P>(B) A Packing Group III material in Class or Division 3, 4, 5, 6.1, 8, or 9;
</P>
<P>(ii) The material is released from a package having a capacity of less than 20 liters (5.2 gallons) for liquids or less than 30 kg (66 pounds) for solids;
</P>
<P>(iii) The total amount of material released is less than 20 liters (5.2 gallons) for liquids or less than 30 kg (66 pounds) for solids; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The material is not—
</P>
<P>(A) Offered for transportation or transported by aircraft;
</P>
<P>(B) A hazardous waste; or
</P>
<P>(C) An undeclared hazardous material;
</P>
<P>(3) An undeclared hazardous material discovered in an air passenger's checked or carry-on baggage during the airport screening process. (For discrepancy reporting by carriers, see § 175.31 of this subchapter.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 67759, Dec. 3, 2003; 69 FR 30119, May 26, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 56091, Sept. 23, 2005; 74 FR 2233, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 1112, Jan. 7, 2013; 85 FR 83375, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 171.17-171.18" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.2.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 171.17-171.18   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.19" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.2.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.19   Approvals or authorizations issued by the Bureau of Explosives.</HEAD>
<P>Effective December 31, 1998, approvals or authorizations issued by the Bureau of Explosives (BOE), other than those issued under part 179 of this subchapter, are no longer valid.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 37459, July 10, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.20" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.2.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.20   Submission of Examination Reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When it is required in this subchapter that the issuance of an approval by the Associate Administrator be based on an examination by the Bureau of Explosives (or any other test facility recognized by PHMSA), it is the responsibility of the applicant to submit the results of the examination to the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) Applications for approval submitted under paragraph (a) of this section, must be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(c) Any applicant for an approval aggrieved by an action taken by the Associate Administrator, under this subpart may file an appeal with the Administrator, PHMSA within 30 days of service of notification of a denial.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 171-54, 45 FR 32692, May 19, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 171-66, 47 FR 43064, Sept. 30, 1982; Amdt. 171-109, 55 FR 39978, Oct. 1, 1990; Amdt. 171-111, 56 FR 66162, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45378, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.21" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.2.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.21   Assistance in investigations and special studies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A shipper, carrier, package owner, package manufacturer or certifier, repair facility, or person reporting an incident under the provisions of § 171.16 must:
</P>
<P>(1) Make all records and information pertaining to the incident available to an authorized representative or special agent of the Department of Transportation upon request; and
</P>
<P>(2) Give an authorized representative or special agent of the Department of Transportation reasonable assistance in the investigation of the incident.
</P>
<P>(b) If an authorized representative or special agent of the Department of Transportation makes an inquiry of a person required to complete an incident report in connection with a study of incidents, the person shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Respond to the inquiry within 30 days after its receipt or within such other time as the inquiry may specify; and
</P>
<P>(2) Provide true and complete answers to any questions included in the inquiry.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 67760, Dec. 3, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Authorization and Requirements for the Use of International Transport Standards and Regulations</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 171.22" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.3.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.22   Authorization and conditions for the use of international standards and regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authorized international standards and regulations.</I> This subpart authorizes, with certain conditions and limitations, the offering for transportation and the transportation in commerce of hazardous materials in accordance with the International Civil Aviation Organization's Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air (ICAO Technical Instructions), the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code), Transport Canada's Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (Transport Canada TDG Regulations), and the International Atomic Energy Agency Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material (IAEA Regulations) (IBR, see § 171.7).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limitations on the use of international standards and regulations.</I> A hazardous material that is offered for transportation or transported in accordance with the international standards and regulations authorized in paragraph (a) of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) Is subject to the requirements of the applicable international standard or regulation and must be offered for transportation or transported in conformance with the applicable standard or regulation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Must conform to all applicable requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Materials excepted from regulation under international standards and regulations.</I> A material designated as a hazardous material under this subchapter, but excepted from or not subject to the international transport standards and regulations authorized in paragraph (a) of this section (e.g., paragraph 1.16 of the Transport Canada TDG Regulations excepts from regulation quantities of hazardous materials less than or equal to 500 kg gross transported by rail) must be transported in accordance with all applicable requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Materials not regulated under this subchapter.</I> Materials not designated as hazardous materials under this subchapter but regulated by an international transport standard or regulation authorized in paragraph (a) of this section may be offered for transportation and transported in the United States in full compliance (i.e., packaged, marked, labeled, classed, described, stowed, segregated, secured) with the applicable international transport standard or regulation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Forbidden materials.</I> No person may offer for transportation or transport a hazardous material that is a forbidden material or package as designated in—
</P>
<P>(1) Section 173.21 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Column (3) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(3) Column (9A) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter when offered for transportation or transported on passenger aircraft or passenger railcar; or
</P>
<P>(4) Column (9B) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter when offered for transportation or transported by cargo aircraft.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Complete information and certification.</I> (1) Except for shipments into the United States from Canada conforming to § 171.12, each person importing a hazardous material into the United States must provide the shipper, and the forwarding agent at the place of entry into the United States, timely and complete written information as to the requirements of this subchapter applicable to the particular shipment.</P>
<P>(2) The shipper, directly or through the forwarding agent at the place of entry, must provide the initial U.S. carrier with the shipper's certification required by § 172.204 of this subchapter, unless the shipment is otherwise excepted from the certification requirement. Except for shipments for which the certification requirement does not apply, a carrier may not accept a hazardous material for transportation unless provided a shipper's certification.
</P>
<P>(3) All shipping paper information and package markings required in accordance with this subchapter must be in English. The use of shipping papers and a package marked with both English and a language other than English, in order to dually comply with this subchapter and the regulations of a foreign entity, is permitted under this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Each person who provides for transportation or receives for transportation (see §§ 174.24, 175.30, 176.24 and 177.817 of this subchapter) a shipping paper must retain a copy of the shipping paper or an electronic image thereof that is accessible at or through its principal place of business in accordance with § 172.201(e) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Additional requirements for the use of international standards and regulations.</I> All shipments offered for transportation or transported in the United States in accordance with this subpart must conform to the following requirements of this subchapter, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) The emergency response information requirements in subpart G of part 172 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) The training requirements in subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter, including function-specific training in the use of the international transport standards and regulations authorized in paragraph (a) of this section, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(3) The security requirements in subpart I of part 172 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(4) The incident reporting requirements in §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this part for incidents occurring within the jurisdiction of the United States including on board vessels in the navigable waters of the United States and aboard aircraft of United States registry anywhere in air commerce;
</P>
<P>(5) For export shipments, the general packaging requirements in §§ 173.24 and 173.24a of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(6) For export shipments, the requirements for the reuse, reconditioning, and remanufacture of packagings in § 173.28 of this subchapter; and 
</P>
<P>(7) The registration requirements in subpart G of part 107 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55091 Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 53186, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 2011; 80 FR 72920, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR 35513, June 2, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.23" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.3.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.23   Requirements for specific materials and packagings transported under the ICAO Technical Instructions, IMDG Code, Transport Canada TDG Regulations, or the IAEA Regulations.</HEAD>
<P>All shipments offered for transportation or transported in the United States under the ICAO Technical Instructions, IMDG Code, Transport Canada TDG Regulations, or the IAEA Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7) must conform to the requirements of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Conditions and requirements for cylinders and pressure receptacles</I>—(1) <I>Applicability.</I> Except as provided in this paragraph (a), a filled cylinder (pressure receptacle) manufactured to other than a DOT specification or a UN standard in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter, a DOT exemption or special permit cylinder, a TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC cylinder authorized under § 171.12, or a cylinder used as a fire extinguisher in conformance with § 173.309(a) of this subchapter, may not be transported to, from, or within the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Conditions.</I> Cylinders (including UN pressure receptacles) transported to, from, or within the United States must conform to the applicable requirements of this subchapter. Unless otherwise excepted in this subchapter, a cylinder must not be transported unless—
</P>
<P>(i) The cylinder is manufactured, inspected and tested in accordance with a DOT specification or a UN standard prescribed in part 178 of this subchapter, or a TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC specification set out in the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7), except that cylinders not conforming to these requirements must meet the requirements in paragraph (a)(3), (4), or (5) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The cylinder is equipped with a pressure relief device in accordance with § 173.301(f) of this subchapter and conforms to the applicable requirements in part 173 of this subchapter for the hazardous material involved;
</P>
<P>(iii) The openings on an aluminum cylinder in oxygen service conform to the requirements of this paragraph, except when the cylinder is used for aircraft parts or used aboard an aircraft in accordance with the applicable airworthiness requirements and operating regulations. An aluminum DOT specification cylinder must have an opening configured with straight (parallel) threads. A UN pressure receptacle may have straight (parallel) or tapered threads provided the UN pressure receptacle is marked with the thread type, <I>e.g.</I> “17E, 25E, 18P, or 25P” and fitted with the properly marked valve; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A UN pressure receptacle is marked with “USA” as a country of approval in conformance with §§ 178.69 and 178.70 of this subchapter, or “CAN” for Canada.


</P>
<P>(3) <I>Pi-marked cylinders.</I> Cylinders with a water capacity not exceeding 150 L and that are marked with a pi mark, in accordance with the European Directive 2010/35/EU (IBR, see § 171.7), on transportable pressure equipment (TPED), and that comply with the requirements of Packing Instruction P200 or P208, and 6.2 of the Agreement Concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road (ADR) (IBR, see § 171.7), concerning pressure relief device use, test period, filling ratios, test pressure, maximum working pressure, and material compatibility for the lading contained or gas being filled, are authorized as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Filled cylinders imported for intermediate storage, transport to point of use, discharge, and export without further filling; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Cylinders imported or domestically sourced for the purpose of filling, intermediate storage, and export.
</P>
<P>(iii) The bill of lading or other shipping paper must identify the cylinder and include the following certification: “This cylinder (These cylinders) conform(s) to the requirements for pi-marked cylinders found in § 171.23(a)(3).”




</P>
<P>(4) <I>Importation of cylinders for discharge within a single port area.</I> Except as provided in § 171.23(a)(3), a cylinder manufactured to other than a DOT specification or UN standard in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter, or a TC, CTC, BTC, or CRC specification cylinder set out in the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7), and certified as being in conformance with the transportation regulations of another country may be authorized, upon written request to and approval by the Associate Administrator, for transportation within a single port area, provided—
</P>
<P>(i) The cylinder is transported in a closed freight container;
</P>
<P>(ii) The cylinder is certified by the importer to provide a level of safety at least equivalent to that required by the regulations in this subchapter for a comparable DOT, TC, CTC, BTC, or CRC specification or UN cylinder; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The cylinder is not refilled for export unless in compliance with paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Filling of cylinders for export or for use on board a vessel.</I> A cylinder not manufactured, inspected, tested and marked in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter, or a cylinder manufactured to other than a UN standard, DOT specification, exemption or special permit, or other than a TC, CTC, BTC, or CRC specification, may be filled with a gas in the United States and offered for transportation and transported for export or alternatively, for use on board a vessel, if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The cylinder has been requalified and marked in accordance with subpart C of part 180 of this subchapter, or has been requalified as authorized by the Associate Administrator;
</P>
<P>(ii) In addition to other requirements of this subchapter, the maximum filling density, service pressure, and pressure relief device for each cylinder conform to the requirements of this part for the gas involved; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The bill of lading or other shipping paper identifies the cylinder and includes the following certification: “This cylinder has (These cylinders have) been qualified, as required, and filled in accordance with the DOT requirements for export.”
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Cylinders not equipped with pressure relief devices.</I> A DOT specification or a UN cylinder manufactured, inspected, tested and marked in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter and otherwise conforms to the requirements of part 173 of this subchapter for the gas involved, except that the cylinder is not equipped with a pressure relief device may be filled with a gas and offered for transportation and transported for export if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) Each DOT specification cylinder or UN pressure receptacle must be plainly and durably marked “For Export Only”;
</P>
<P>(ii) The shipping paper must carry the following certification: “This cylinder has (These cylinders have) been retested and refilled in accordance with the DOT requirements for export.”; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The emergency response information provided with the shipment and available from the emergency response telephone contact person must indicate that the pressure receptacles are not fitted with pressure relief devices and provide appropriate guidance for exposure to fire.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions and requirements specific to certain materials</I>—(1) <I>Aerosols.</I> Except for a limited quantity of a compressed gas in a container of not more than 4 fluid ounces capacity meeting the requirements in § 173.306(a)(1) of this subchapter, the proper shipping name “Aerosol,” UN1950, may be used only for a non-refillable receptacle containing a gas compressed, liquefied, or dissolved under pressure the sole purpose of which is to expel a nonpoisonous (other than Division 6.1, Packing Group III material) liquid, paste, or powder and fitted with a self-closing release device (see § 171.8). In addition, an aerosol must be in a metal packaging when the packaging exceeds 7.22 cubic inches.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Safety devices for vehicles, vessels or aircraft, e.g.</I> <I>air bag inflators, air bag modules, seat-belt pretensioners, and pyromechanical devices.</I> For each safety device, the shipping paper description must conform to the requirements in § 173.166(c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Chemical oxygen generators.</I> Chemical oxygen generators must be approved, classed, described, packaged, and transported in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Class 1 (explosive) materials.</I> Prior to being transported, Class 1 (explosive) materials must be approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with § 173.56 of this subchapter. Each package containing a Class 1 (explosive) material must conform to the marking requirements in § 172.320 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Hazardous substances.</I> A material meeting the definition of a hazardous substance as defined in § 171.8, must conform to the shipping paper requirements in § 172.203(c) of this subchapter and the marking requirements in § 172.324 of this subchapter:
</P>
<P>(i) The proper shipping name must identify the hazardous substance by name, or the name of the substance must be entered in parentheses in association with the basic description and marked on the package in association with the proper shipping name. If the hazardous substance meets the definition for a hazardous waste, the waste code (for example, D001), may be used to identify the hazardous substance;
</P>
<P>(ii) The shipping paper and the package markings must identify at least two hazardous substances with the lowest reportable quantities (RQs) when the material contains two or more hazardous substances; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The letters “RQ” must be entered on the shipping paper either before or after the basic description, and marked on the package in association with the proper shipping name for each hazardous substance listed.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Hazardous wastes.</I> A material meeting the definition of a hazardous waste (see § 171.8) must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The shipping paper and the package markings must include the word “Waste” immediately preceding the proper shipping name;
</P>
<P>(ii) The shipping paper must be retained by the shipper and by each carrier for three years after the material is accepted by the initial carrier (see § 172.205(e)(5)); and
</P>
<P>(iii) A hazardous waste manifest must be completed in accordance with § 172.205 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Marine pollutants.</I> Except for marine pollutants (see § 171.8) transported in accordance with the IMDG Code, marine pollutants transported in bulk packages must meet the shipping paper requirements in § 172.203(l) of this subchapter and the package marking requirements in § 172.322 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Organic peroxides.</I> Organic peroxides not identified by technical name in the Organic Peroxide Table in § 173.225(c) of this subchapter must be approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with § 173.128(d) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(9) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Poisonous by inhalation materials.</I> A material poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8) must conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The words “Poison-Inhalation Hazard” or “Toxic-Inhalation Hazard” and the words “Zone A,” “Zone B,” “Zone C,” or “Zone D” for gases, or “Zone A” or “Zone B” for liquids, as appropriate, must be entered on the shipping paper immediately following the basic shipping description. The word “Poison” or “Toxic” or the phrase “Poison-Inhalation Hazard” or “Toxic-Inhalation Hazard” need not be repeated if it otherwise appears in the shipping description;
</P>
<P>(ii) The material must be packaged in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) The package must be marked in accordance with § 172.313 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Except as provided in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph (b)(10)(iv) and for a package containing anhydrous ammonia prepared in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations, the package must be labeled or placarded with POISON INHALATION HAZARD or POISON GAS, as appropriate, in accordance with Subparts E and F of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(A) For a package transported in accordance with the IMDG Code in a closed transport vehicle or freight container, a label or placard conforming to the IMDG Code specifications for a “Class 2.3” or “Class 6.1” label or placard may be substituted for the POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION HAZARD label or placard, as appropriate. The transport vehicle or freight container must be marked with the identification numbers for the hazardous material in the manner specified in § 172.313(c) of this subchapter and placarded as required by subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(B) For a package transported in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations in a closed transport vehicle or freight container, a label or placard conforming to the TDG Regulations specifications for a “Class 2.3” or “Class 6.1” label or placard may be substituted for the POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION HAZARD label or placard, as appropriate. The transport vehicle or freight container must be marked with the identification numbers for the hazardous material in the manner specified in § 172.313(c) of this subchapter and placarded as required by subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter. While in transportation in the United States, the transport vehicle or freight container may also be placarded in accordance with the appropriate TDG Regulations in addition to being placarded with the POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION HAZARD placards.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</I> (i) Highway route controlled quantities (see § 173.403 of this subchapter) must be shipped in accordance with §§ 172.203(d)(4) and (d)(10); 172.507, and 173.22(c) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) For fissile materials and Type B, Type B(U), and Type B(M) packagings, the competent authority certification and any necessary revalidation must be obtained from the appropriate competent authorities as specified in §§ 173.471, 173.472, and 173.473 of this subchapter, and all requirements of the certificates and revalidations must be met;
</P>
<P>(iii) Type A package contents are limited in accordance with § 173.431 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(iv) The country of origin for the shipment must have adopted the edition of SSR-6 of the IAEA Regulations referenced in § 171.7.
</P>
<P>(v) The shipment must conform to the requirements of § 173.448, when applicable;
</P>
<P>(vi) The definition for “radioactive material” in § 173.403 of this subchapter must be applied to radioactive materials transported under the provisions of this subpart;
</P>
<P>(vii) Except for limited quantities, the shipment must conform to the requirements of § 172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Excepted packages of radioactive material, instruments or articles, or articles containing natural uranium or thorium must conform to the requirements of § 173.421, § 173.424, or § 173.426 of this subchapter, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(ix) Packages containing fissile materials must conform to the requirements of § 173.453 to be otherwise excepted from the requirements of subpart I of part 173 for fissile materials.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Self-reactive materials.</I> Self-reactive materials not identified by technical name in the Self-reactive Materials Table in § 173.224(b) of this subchapter must be approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with § 173.124(a)(2)(iii) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55684, Oct. 1, 2007; 73 FR 57004, Oct. 1, 2008; 76 FR 3345, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 56311, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 60751, Oct. 2, 2013; 78 FR 65468, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 FR 1116, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72920, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR 35513, June 2, 2016; 82 FR 15837, Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 75705, Nov. 25, 2020; 85 FR 85416, Dec. 28, 2020; 87 FR 44982, July 26, 2022; 89 FR 25471, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.24" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.3.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.24   Additional requirements for the use of the ICAO Technical Instructions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A hazardous material that is offered for transportation or transported within the United States by aircraft, and by motor vehicle or rail either before or after being transported by aircraft in accordance with the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see § 171.7), as authorized in paragraph (a) of § 171.22, must conform to the requirements in § 171.22, as applicable, and this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who offers for transportation or transports a hazardous material in accordance with the ICAO Technical Instructions must comply with the following additional conditions and requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) All applicable requirements in parts 171 and 175 of this subchapter (also see 14 CFR 121.135, 121.401, 121.433a, 135.323, 135.327 and 135.333);
</P>
<P>(2) The quantity limits prescribed in the ICAO Technical Instructions for transportation by passenger-carrying or cargo aircraft, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(3) The conditions or requirements of a United States variation, when specified in the ICAO Technical Instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Highway transportation.</I> For transportation by highway prior to or after transportation by aircraft, a shipment must conform to the applicable requirements of part 177 of this subchapter, and the motor vehicle must be placarded in accordance with subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conditions and requirements specific to certain materials.</I> Hazardous materials offered for transportation or transported in accordance with the ICAO Technical Instructions must conform to the following specific conditions and requirements, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Batteries</I>—(i) <I>Nonspillable wet electric storage batteries.</I> Nonspillable wet electric storage batteries are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter provided—
</P>
<P>(A) The battery meets the conditions specified in Special Provision 67 of the ICAO Technical Instructions;
</P>
<P>(B) The battery, its outer packaging, and any overpack are plainly and durably marked “NONSPILLABLE” or “NONSPILLABLE BATTERY”; and
</P>
<P>(C) The batteries or battery assemblies are offered for transportation or transported in a manner that prevents short circuiting or forced discharge, including, but not limited to, protection of exposed terminals.


</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Lithium cells and batteries.</I> Lithium metal cells and batteries (UN3090) and lithium ion cells and batteries (UN3480) are forbidden for transport as cargo aboard passenger-carrying aircraft. The outside of each package that contains lithium metal cells or batteries transported in accordance with Packing Instruction 968, Section II or lithium ion cells or batteries transported in accordance with Packing Instruction 965, Section II must be appropriately marked: “PRIMARY LITHIUM BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT”, “LITHIUM METAL BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT”, “LITHIUM ION BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT”, or “LITHIUM BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT”, or labeled with a CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label as specified in § 172.448 of this subchapter. When placed in an overpack, the selected mark or label must either be clearly visible through the overpack, or the marking or label must be affixed on the outside of the overpack.






</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Low production runs or prototypes lithium cells or batteries.</I> Production runs consisting of not more than 100 lithium cells or batteries per year, or prototype lithium cells or batteries (including cells or batteries packed with, or contained in, equipment or motor vehicles) not of a type proven to meet the requirements of section 38.3 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), must be approved by the Associate Administrator prior to transportation aboard aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) A package containing Oxygen, compressed, or any of the following oxidizing gases must be packaged as required by parts 173 and 178 of this subchapter: carbon dioxide and oxygen mixtures, compressed; compressed gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.; liquefied gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.; nitrogen trifluoride; and nitrous oxide.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 44847, Aug. 9, 2007; 72 FR 55097, Sept. 28, 2007; 79 FR 46034, Aug. 6, 2014; 80 FR 1116, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72920, Nov. 23, 2015; 87 FR 78010, Dec. 21, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.25" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.3.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.25   Additional requirements for the use of the IMDG Code.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A hazardous material may be offered for transportation or transported to, from or within the United States by vessel, and by motor carrier and rail in accordance with the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7), as authorized in § 171.22, provided all or part of the movement is by vessel. Such shipments must conform to the requirements in § 171.22, as applicable, and this section.


</P>
<P>(b) Any person who offers for transportation or transports a hazardous material in accordance with the IMDG Code must conform to the following additional conditions and requirements:


</P>
<P>(1) Unless specified otherwise in this subchapter, a shipment must conform to the requirements in part 176 of this subchapter. For transportation by rail or highway prior to or subsequent to transportation by vessel, a shipment must conform to the applicable requirements of parts 174 and 177 respectively, of this subchapter, and the motor vehicle or rail car must be placarded in accordance with subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter. When a hazardous material regulated by this subchapter for transportation by highway is transported by motor vehicle on a public highway or by rail under the provisions of subpart C of part 171, the segregation requirements of Part 7, Chapter 7.2 of the IMDG Code are authorized.


</P>
<P>(2) For transportation by vessel, the stowage and segregation requirements in Part 7 of the IMDG Code may be substituted for the stowage and segregation requirements in part 176 of this subchapter. 


</P>
<P>(3) The outside of each package containing lithium metal cells or batteries (UN3090) or lithium ion cells or batteries (UN3480) transported in accordance with special provision 188 of the IMDG Code must be appropriately marked “PRIMARY LITHIUM BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT”, “LITHIUM METAL BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT”, “LITHIUM ION BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT”, or “LITHIUM BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT”, or labeled with a CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label as specified in § 172.448 of this subchapter. The provisions of this paragraph also apply to packages of lithium cells or batteries packed with, or contained in, equipment that 

exceed 5 kg (11 pounds) net weight. When placed in an overpack, the selected marking or label must either be clearly visible through the overpack, or the marking or label must also be affixed on the outside of the overpack.


</P>
<P>(4) Material consigned under UN3166 and UN3171 (e.g., Engines, internal combustion, etc., Vehicles, etc. and Battery-powered equipment) may be prepared in accordance with the IMDG Code or this subchapter.








</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conditions and requirements for bulk packagings.</I> Except for IBCs and UN portable tanks used for the transportation of liquids or solids, bulk packagings must conform to the requirements of this subchapter. Additionally, the following requirements apply:


</P>
<P>(1) UN portable tanks must conform to the requirements in Special Provisions TP37, TP38, TP44 and TP45 when applicable, and any applicable bulk special provisions assigned to the hazardous material in the Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) IMO Type 5 portable tanks must conform to DOT Specification 51 or UN portable tank requirements, unless specifically authorized in this subchapter or approved by the Associate Administrator;




</P>
<P>(3) Except as specified in this subpart, for a material poisonous (toxic) by inhalation, the T Codes specified in Column 13 of the Dangerous Goods List in the IMDG Code may be applied to the transportation of those materials in IM, IMO, and DOT Specification 51 portable tanks, when these portable tanks are authorized in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter;


</P>
<P>(4) No person may offer an IM or UN portable tank containing liquid hazardous materials of Class 3, PG I or II, or PG III with a flash point less than 100 °F (38 °C); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or Division 6.1, PG I or II, for unloading while it remains on a transport vehicle with the motive power unit attached, unless it conforms to the requirements in § 177.834(o) of this subchapter; and


</P>
<P>(5) No person may offer a UN fiber-reinforced plastic portable tank meeting the provisions of Chapter 6.10 of the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7), except for transportation falling within the single port area criteria in paragraph (d) of this section.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Use of IMDG Code in port areas.</I> (1) Except for Division 1.1, 1.2, and Class 7 materials, a hazardous material being imported into or exported from the United States or passing through the United States in the course of being shipped between locations outside the United States may be offered and accepted for transportation and transported by motor vehicle within a single port area, including contiguous harbors, when packaged, marked, classed, labeled, stowed and segregated in accordance with the IMDG Code, offered and accepted in accordance with the requirements of subparts C and F of part 172 of this subchapter pertaining to shipping papers and placarding, and otherwise conforms to the applicable requirements of part 176 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The requirement in § 172.201(d) of this subchapter for an emergency telephone number does not apply to shipments made in accordance with the IMDG Code if the hazardous material is not offloaded from the vessel, or is offloaded between ocean vessels at a U.S. port facility without being transported by public highway.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 25172, May 3, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 44847, Aug. 9, 2007; 73 FR 57004, Oct. 1, 2008; 74 FR 2233, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3345, Jan. 19, 2011; 79 FR 46034, Aug. 6, 2014; 80 FR 1116, Jan. 8, 2015; 87 FR 78010, Dec. 21, 2022; 89 FR 25471, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 171.26" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.8.3.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 171.26   Additional requirements for the use of the IAEA Regulations.</HEAD>
<P>A Class 7 (radioactive) material being imported into or exported from the United States or passing through the United States in the course of being shipped between places outside the United States may be offered for transportation or transported in accordance with the IAEA Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7) as authorized in paragraph (a) of § 171.22, provided the requirements in § 171.22, as applicable, are met.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="172" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 172—HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS COMMUNICATIONS, EMERGENCY RESPONSE INFORMATION, TRAINING REQUIREMENTS, AND SECURITY PLANS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; 49 CFR 1.81, 1.96 and 1.97.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.1" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.1.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part lists and classifies those materials which the Department has designated as hazardous materials for purposes of transportation and prescribes the requirements for shipping papers, package marking, labeling, and transport vehicle placarding applicable to the shipment and transportation of those hazardous materials.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15997, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.3" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.1.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to—
</P>
<P>(1) Each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation, and
</P>
<P>(2) Each carrier by air, highway, rail, or water who transports a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(b) When a person, other than one of those provided for in paragraph (a) of this section, performs a packaging labeling or marking function required by this part, that person shall perform the function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-32, 41 FR 38179, Sept. 9, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Table of Hazardous Materials and Special Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.101" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.2.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.101   Purpose and use of the hazardous materials table.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Hazardous Materials Table (Table) in this section designates the materials listed therein as hazardous materials for the purpose of transportation of those materials. For each listed material, the Table identifies the hazard class or specifies that the material is forbidden in transportation, and gives the proper shipping name or directs the user to the preferred proper shipping name. In addition, the Table specifies or references requirements in this subchapter pertaining to labeling, packaging, quantity limits aboard aircraft and stowage of hazardous materials aboard vessels.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Column 1: Symbols.</I> Column 1 of the Table contains six symbols (“ + ”, “A”, “D”, “G”, “I” and “W”) as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The plus (+) sign fixes the proper shipping name, hazard class and packing group for that entry without regard to whether the material meets the definition of that class, packing group or any other hazard class definition. When the plus sign is assigned to a proper shipping name in Column (1) of the § 172.101 Table, it means that the material is known to pose a risk to humans. When a plus sign is assigned to mixtures or solutions containing a material where the hazard to humans is significantly different from that of the pure material or where no hazard to humans is posed, the material may be described using an alternative shipping name that represents the hazards posed by the material. An appropriate alternate proper shipping name and hazard class may be authorized by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(2) The letter “A” denotes a material that is subject to the requirements of this subchapter only when offered or intended for transportation by aircraft, unless the material is a hazardous substance or a hazardous waste. A shipping description entry preceded by an “A” may be used to describe a material for other modes of transportation provided all applicable requirements for the entry are met. 
</P>
<P>(3) The letter “D” identifies proper shipping names which are appropriate for describing materials for domestic transportation but may be inappropriate for international transportation under the provisions of international regulations (e.g., IMO, ICAO). An alternate proper shipping name may be selected when either domestic or international transportation is involved.
</P>
<P>(4) The letter “G” identifies proper shipping names for which one or more technical names of the hazardous material must be entered in parentheses, in association with the basic description. (See § 172.203(k).)
</P>
<P>(5) The letter “I” identifies proper shipping names which are appropriate for describing materials in international transportation. An alternate proper shipping name may be selected when only domestic transportation is involved.
</P>
<P>(6) The letter “W” denotes a material that is subject to the requirements of this subchapter only when offered or intended for transportation by vessel, unless the material is a hazardous substance or a hazardous waste. A shipping description entry preceded by a “W” may be used to describe a material for other modes of transportation provided all applicable requirements for the entry are met.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Column 2: Hazardous materials descriptions and proper shipping names.</I> Column 2 lists the hazardous materials descriptions and proper shipping names of materials designated as hazardous materials. Modification of a proper shipping name may otherwise be required or authorized by this section. Proper shipping names are limited to those shown in Roman type (not italics).
</P>
<P>(1) Proper shipping names may be used in the singular or plural and in either capital or lower case letters. Words may be alternatively spelled in the same manner as they appear in the ICAO Technical Instructions or the IMDG Code. For example “aluminum” may be spelled “aluminium” and “sulfur” may be spelled “sulphur”. However, the word “inflammable” may not be used in place of the word “flammable”.
</P>
<P>(2) Punctuation marks and words in italics are not part of the proper shipping name, but may be used in addition to the proper shipping name. The word “or” in italics indicates that there is a choice of terms in the sequence that may alternately be used as the proper shipping name or as part of the proper shipping name, as appropriate. For example, for the hazardous materials description “Carbon dioxide, solid or Dry ice” either “Carbon dioxide, solid” or “Dry ice” may be used as the proper shipping name; and for the hazardous materials description “Articles, pressurized pneumatic or hydraulic,” either “Articles, pressurized pneumatic” or “Articles, pressurized hydraulic” may be used as the proper shipping name.
</P>
<P>(3) The word “poison” or “poisonous” may be used interchangeably with the word “toxic” when only domestic transportation is involved. The abbreviation “n.o.i.” or “n.o.i.b.n.” may be used interchangeably with “n.o.s.”.
</P>
<P>(4) Except for hazardous wastes, when qualifying words are used as part of the proper shipping name, their sequence in the package markings and shipping paper description is optional. However, the entry in the Table reflects the preferred sequence.
</P>
<P>(5) When one entry references another entry by use of the word “see”, if both names are in Roman type, either name may be used as the proper shipping name (e.g., Ethyl alcohol, <I>see</I> Ethanol).
</P>
<P>(6) When a proper shipping name includes a concentration range as part of the shipping description, the actual concentration, if it is within the range stated, may be used in place of the concentration range. For example, an aqueous solution of hydrogen peroxide containing 30 percent peroxide may be described as “Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solution <I>with not less than 20 percent but not more than 40 percent hydrogen peroxide”</I> or “Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solution <I>with 30 percent hydrogen peroxide.</I>” Also, the percent sign (%) may be used in place of the word “percent” when words in italics containing the word “percent” are used in addition to the proper shipping name.
</P>
<P>(7) Use of the prefix “mono” is optional in any shipping name, when appropriate. Thus, Iodine monochloride may be used interchangeably with Iodine chloride. In “Glycerol alpha-monochlorohydrin” the term “mono” is considered a prefix to the term “chlorohydrin” and may be deleted.
</P>
<P>(8) Use of the word “liquid” or “solid”. The word “liquid” or “solid” may be added to a proper shipping name when a hazardous material specifically listed by name may, due to differing physical states, be a liquid or solid. When the packaging specified in Column 8 is inappropriate for the physical state of the material, the table provided in paragraph (i)(4) of this section should be used to determine the appropriate packaging section.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Hazardous wastes.</I> If the word “waste” is not included in the hazardous material description in Column 2 of the Table, the proper shipping name for a hazardous waste (as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter), shall include the word “Waste” preceding the proper shipping name of the material. For example: Waste acetone.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Mixtures and solutions.</I> (i) A mixture or solution meeting the definition of one or more hazard class that is not identified specifically by name, comprised of a single predominant hazardous material identified in the Table by technical name and one or more hazardous and/or non-hazardous material, must be described using the proper shipping name of the hazardous material and the qualifying word “mixture” or “solution”, as appropriate, unless—
</P>
<P>(A) Except as provided in § 172.101(i)(4) the packaging specified in Column 8 is inappropriate to the physical state of the material;
</P>
<P>(B) The shipping description indicates that the proper shipping name applies only to the pure or technically pure hazardous material;
</P>
<P>(C) The hazard class, packing group, or subsidiary hazard of the mixture or solution is different from that specified for the entry;
</P>
<P>(D) There is a significant change in the measures to be taken in emergencies;
</P>
<P>(E) The material is identified by special provision in Column 7 of the § 172.101 Table as a material poisonous by inhalation; however, it no longer meets the definition of poisonous by inhalation or it falls within a different hazard zone than that specified in the special provision; or
</P>
<P>(F) The material can be appropriately described by a shipping name that describes its intended application, such as “Coating solution”, “Extracts, flavoring” or “Compound, cleaning liquid.”.
</P>
<P>(ii) If one or more of the conditions in paragraphs (c)(10)(i)(A) through (F) of this section is satisfied then the proper shipping name selection process in (c)(12)(ii) must be used.
</P>
<P>(iii) A mixture or solution meeting the definition of one or more hazard class that is not identified in the Table specifically by name, comprised of two or more hazardous materials in the same hazard class, must be described using an appropriate shipping description (e.g., “Flammable liquid, n.o.s.”). The name that most appropriately describes the material shall be used; e.g., an alcohol not listed by its technical name in the Table shall be described as “Alcohol, n.o.s.” rather than “Flammable liquid, n.o.s.”. Some mixtures may be more appropriately described according to their application, such as “Coating solution” or “Extracts, flavoring liquid” rather than by an n.o.s. entry. Under the provisions of subparts C and D of this part, the technical names of at least two components most predominately contributing to the hazards of the mixture or solution may be required in association with the proper shipping name.
</P>
<P>(11) Except for a material subject to or prohibited by § 173.21, § 173.54, § 173.56(d), § 173.56(e), § 173.224(c) or § 173.225(b) of this subchapter, a material that is considered to be a hazardous waste or a sample of a material for which the hazard class is uncertain and must be determined by testing may be assigned a tentative proper shipping name, hazard class, identification number and packing group, if applicable, based on the shipper's tentative determination according to:
</P>
<P>(i) Defining criteria in this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) The hazard precedence prescribed in § 173.2a of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) The shipper's knowledge of the material;
</P>
<P>(iv) In addition to paragraphs (c)(11)(i) through (iii) of this section, for a sample of a material other than a waste, the following must be met:
</P>
<P>(A) Except when the word “Sample” already appears in the proper shipping name, the word “Sample” must appear as part of the proper shipping name or in association with the basic description on the shipping paper.
</P>
<P>(B) When the proper shipping description for a sample is assigned a “G” in Column (1) of the § 172.101 Table, and the primary constituent(s) for which the tentative classification is based are not known, the provisions requiring a technical name for the constituent(s) do not apply; and
</P>
<P>(C) A sample must be transported in a combination packaging that conforms to the requirements of this subchapter that are applicable to the tentative packing group assigned, and may not exceed a net mass of 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) per package.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(11):</HED>
<P>For the transportation of samples of self-reactive materials, organic peroxides, explosives or lighters, <I>see</I> § 173.224(c)(3), § 173.225(c)(2), § 173.56(d) or § 173.308(b)(2) of this subchapter, respectively.</P></NOTE>
<P>(12) Except when the proper shipping name in the Table is preceded by a plus (+)—
</P>
<P>(i) If it is specifically determined that a material meets the definition of a hazard class, packing group or hazard zone, other than the class, packing group or hazard zone shown in association with the proper shipping name, or does not meet the defining criteria for a subsidiary hazard shown in Column 6 of the Table, the material shall be described by an appropriate proper shipping name listed in association with the correct hazard class, packing group, hazard zone, or subsidiary hazard for the material.


</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Generic or n.o.s. descriptions.</I> If an appropriate technical name is not shown in the Table, selection of a proper shipping name shall be made from the generic or n.o.s. descriptions corresponding to the specific hazard class, packing group, hazard zone, or subsidiary hazard, if any, for the material. The name that most appropriately describes the material shall be used, <I>e.g.,</I> an alcohol not listed by its technical name in the Table shall be described as “Alcohol, n.o.s.” rather than “Flammable liquid, n.o.s.” Some mixtures may be more appropriately described according to their application, such as “Coating solution” or “Extracts, liquid, for flavor or aroma,” rather than by an n.o.s. entry, such as “Flammable liquid, n.o.s.” It should be noted, however, that an n.o.s. description as a proper shipping name may not provide sufficient information for shipping papers and package markings. Under the provisions of subparts C and D of this part, the technical name of one or more constituents that makes the product a hazardous material may be required in association with the proper shipping name.


</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Multiple hazard materials.</I> If a material meets the definition of more than one hazard class, and is not identified in the Table specifically by name (e.g., acetyl chloride), the hazard class of the material shall be determined by using the precedence specified in § 173.2a of this subchapter, and an appropriate shipping description (e.g., “Flammable liquid, corrosive n.o.s.”) shall be selected as described in paragraph (c)(12)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) If it is specifically determined that a material is not a forbidden material and does not meet the definition of any hazard class, the material is not a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Self-reactive materials and organic peroxides.</I> A generic proper shipping name for a self-reactive material or an organic peroxide, as listed in Column 2 of the Table, must be selected based on the material's technical name and concentration, in accordance with the provisions of § 173.224 or § 173.225 of this subchapter, respectively.
</P>
<P>(14) A proper shipping name that describes all isomers of a material may be used to identify any isomer of that material if the isomer meets criteria for the same hazard class or division, subsidiary risk(s) and packing group, unless the isomer is specifically identified in the Table.
</P>
<P>(15) Unless a hydrate is specifically listed in the Table, a proper shipping name for the equivalent anhydrous substance may be used, if the hydrate meets the same hazard class or division, subsidiary risk(s) and packing group.
</P>
<P>(16) Unless it is already included in the proper shipping name in the § 172.101 Table, the qualifying words “liquid” or “solid” may be added in association with the proper shipping name when a hazardous material specifically listed by name in the § 172.101 Table may, due to the differing physical states of the various isomers of the material, be either a liquid or a solid (for example “Dinitrotoluenes, liquid” and “Dinitrotoluenes, solid”). Use of the words “liquid” or “solid” is subject to the limitations specified for the use of the words “mixture” or “solution” in paragraph (c)(10) of this section. The qualifying word “molten” may be added in association with the proper shipping name when a hazardous material, which is a solid in accordance with the definition in § 171.8 of this subchapter, is offered for transportation in the molten state (for example, “Alkylphenols, solid, n.o.s., molten”).
</P>
<P>(17) Unless it is already included in the proper shipping name in the § 172.101 Table, the qualifying word “stabilized” may be added in association with the proper shipping name, as appropriate, where without stabilization the substance would be forbidden for transportation according to § 173.21(f) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Column 3: Hazard class or Division.</I> Column 3 contains a designation of the hazard class or division corresponding to each proper shipping name, or the word “Forbidden”.
</P>
<P>(1) A material for which the entry in this column is “Forbidden” may not be offered for transportation or transported. This prohibition does not apply if the material is diluted, stabilized or incorporated in a device and it is classed in accordance with the definitions of hazardous materials contained in part 173 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) When a reevaluation of test data or new data indicates a need to modify the “Forbidden” designation or the hazard class or packing group specified for a material specifically identified in the Table, this data should be submitted to the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(3) A basic description of each hazard class and the section reference for class definitions appear in § 173.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Each reference to a Class 3 material is modified to read “Combustible liquid” when that material is reclassified in accordance with § 173.150(e) or (f) of this subchapter or has a flash point above 60 °C (140 °F) but below 93 °C (200 °F). 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Column 4: Identification number.</I> Column 4 lists the identification number assigned to each proper shipping name. Those preceded by the letters “UN” are associated with proper shipping names considered appropriate for international transportation as well as domestic transportation. Those preceded by the letters “NA” are associated with proper shipping names not recognized for transportation outside of the United States. Identification numbers in the “NA9000” series are associated with proper shipping names not appropriately covered by international hazardous materials (dangerous goods) transportation standards, or not appropriately addressed by international transportation standards for emergency response information purposes, except for transportation in the United States. Those preceded by the letters “ID” are associated with proper shipping names recognized by the ICAO Technical Instructions (see § 171.7 of this subchapter for availability).


</P>
<P>(f) <I>Column 5: Packing group.</I> Column 5 specifies one or more packing groups assigned to a material corresponding to the proper shipping name and hazard class for that material. Class 2, Class 7, and Division 6.2 do not have packing groups. Articles in classes other than Class 1 are not assigned to packing groups. For packing purposes, any requirement for a specific packaging performance level is set out in the applicable packing authorizations of part 173. Packing Groups I, II, and III indicate the degree of danger presented by the material is great, medium, or minor, respectively. If more than one packing group is indicated for an entry, the packing group for the hazardous material is determined using the criteria for assignment of packing groups specified in subpart D of part 173. When a reevaluation of test data or new data indicates a need to modify the specified packing group(s), the data should be submitted to the Associate Administrator. Each reference in this column to a material that is a hazardous waste or a hazardous substance, and whose proper shipping name preceded in Column 1 of the Table by the letter “A” or “W,” is modified to read “III” on those occasions when the material is offered for transportation or transported by a mode in which its transportation is not otherwise subject to requirements of this subchapter.






</P>
<P>(g) <I>Column 6: Labels.</I> Column 6 specifies codes which represent the hazard warning labels required for a package filled with a material conforming to the associated hazard class and proper shipping name, unless the package is otherwise excepted from labeling by a provision in subpart E of this part, or part 173 of this subchapter. The first code is indicative of the primary hazard of the material. Additional label codes are indicative of subsidiary hazards. Provisions in § 172.402 may require that a label other than that specified in Column 6 be affixed to the package in addition to that specified in Column 6. No label is required for a material classed as a combustible liquid or for a Class 3 material that is reclassed as a combustible liquid. For “Empty” label requirements, see § 173.428 of this subchapter. The codes contained in Column 6 are defined according to the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Label Substitution Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Label code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Label name
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.1 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive 1.1
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.2 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive 1.2
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.3 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive 1.3
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.4 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive 1.4
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.5 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive 1.5
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.6 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive 1.6
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable Gas
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-Flammable Gas
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Poison Gas
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable Liquid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable Solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Spontaneously Combustible
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dangerous When Wet
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxidizer
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic Peroxide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 (inhalation hazard, Zone A or B)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Poison Inhalation Hazard
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 (other than inhalation hazard, Zone A or B) 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Poison
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Infectious substance
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Class 9
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Refers to the appropriate compatibility group letter.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> The packing group for a material is indicated in column 5 of the table.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(h) <I>Column 7: Special provisions.</I> Column 7 specifies codes for special provisions applicable to hazardous materials. When Column 7 refers to a special provision for a hazardous material, the meaning and requirements of that special provision are as set forth in § 172.102 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Column 8: Packaging authorizations.</I> Columns 8A, 8B and 8C specify the applicable sections for exceptions, non-bulk packaging requirements and bulk packaging requirements, respectively, in part 173 of this subchapter. Columns 8A, 8B and 8C are completed in a manner which indicates that “§ 173.” precedes the designated numerical entry. For example, the entry “202” in Column 8B associated with the proper shipping name “Gasoline” indicates that for this material conformance to non-bulk packaging requirements prescribed in § 173.202 of this subchapter is required. When packaging requirements are specified, they are in addition to the standard requirements for all packagings prescribed in § 173.24 of this subchapter and any other applicable requirements in subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(1) Exceptions. Column 8A contains exceptions from some of the requirements of this subchapter. The referenced exceptions are in addition to those specified in subpart A of part 173 and elsewhere in this subchapter. A “None” in this column means no packaging exceptions are authorized, except as may be provided by special provisions in Column 7.
</P>
<P>(2) Non-bulk packaging. Column 8B references the section in part 173 of this subchapter which prescribes packaging requirements for non-bulk packagings. A “None” in this column means non-bulk packagings are not authorized, except as may be provided by special provisions in Column 7. Each reference in this column to a material which is a hazardous waste or a hazardous substance, and whose proper shipping name is preceded in Column 1 of the Table by the letter “A” or “W”, is modified to include “§ 173.203” or “§ 173.213”, as appropriate for liquids and solids, respectively, on those occasions when the material is offered for transportation or transported by a mode in which its transportation is not otherwise subject to the requirements of this subchapter.


</P>
<P>(3) <I>Bulk packaging.</I> Column (8C) specifies the section in part 173 of this subchapter that prescribes packaging requirements for bulk packagings, subject to the limitations, requirements, and additional authorizations of Columns (7) and (8B). A “None” in Column (8C) means bulk packagings are not authorized, except as may be provided by special provisions in Column (7) and in packaging authorizations Column (8B). Additional authorizations and limitations for use of UN portable tanks are set forth in Column 7. For each reference in this column to a material that is a hazardous waste or a hazardous substance, and whose proper shipping name is preceded in Column 1 of the Table by the letter “A” or “W” and that is offered for transportation or transported by a mode in which its transportation is not otherwise subject to the requirements of this subchapter:
</P>
<P>(i) The column reference is § 173.240 or § 173.241, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a solid material, the exception provided in special provision B54 is applicable.
</P>
<P>(iii) For a Class 9 material, which meets the definition of an elevated temperature material, the column reference is § 173.247.






</P>
<P>(4) For a hazardous material which is specifically named in the Table and whose packaging sections specify packagings not applicable to the form of the material (e.g., packaging specified is for solid material and the material is being offered for transportation in a liquid form) the following table should be used to determine the appropriate packaging section:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Packaging section reference for solid materials
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Corresponding packaging section for liquid materials
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">§ 173.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 173.181
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">§ 173.211</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 173.201
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">§ 173.212</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 173.202
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">§ 173.213</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 173.203
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">§ 173.240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 173.241
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">§ 173.242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 173.243</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(5) <I>Cylinders.</I> For cylinders, both non-bulk and bulk packaging authorizations are set forth in Column (8B). Notwithstanding a designation of “None” in Column (8C), a bulk cylinder may be used when specified through the section reference in Column (8B).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Column 9: Quantity limitations.</I> Columns 9A and 9B specify the maximum quantities that may be offered for transportation in one package by passenger-carrying aircraft or passenger-carrying rail car (Column 9A) or by cargo aircraft only (Column 9B), subject to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) “Forbidden” means the material may not be offered for transportation or transported in the applicable mode of transport.
</P>
<P>(2) The quantity limitation is “net” except where otherwise specified, such as for “Consumer commodity” which specifies “30 kg gross.”
</P>
<P>(3) When articles or devices are specifically listed by name, the net quantity limitation applies to the entire article or device (less packaging and packaging materials) rather than only to its hazardous components.
</P>
<P>(4) A package offered or intended for transportation by aircraft and which is filled with a material forbidden on passenger-carrying aircraft but permitted on cargo aircraft only, or which exceeds the maximum net quantity authorized on passenger-carrying aircraft, shall be labelled with the CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label specified in § 172.448 of this part.
</P>
<P>(5) The total net quantity of hazardous material for an outer non-bulk packaging that contains more than one hazardous material may not exceed the lowest permitted maximum net quantity per package as shown in Column 9A or 9B, as appropriate. If one material is a liquid and one is a solid, the maximum net quantity must be calculated in kilograms. <I>See</I> § 173.24a(c)(1)(iv).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Column 10: Vessel stowage requirements.</I> Column 10A [Vessel stowage] specifies the authorized stowage locations on board cargo and passenger vessels. Column 10B [Other provisions] specifies codes for stowage and handling requirements for specific hazardous materials. Hazardous materials offered for transportation as limited quantities are allocated stowage category A and are not subject to the stowage codes assigned by column 10B. The meaning of each code in Column 10B is set forth in § 176.84 of this subchapter. Section 176.63 of this subchapter sets forth the physical requirements for each of the authorized locations listed in Column 10A. (For bulk transportation by vessel, see 46 CFR parts 30 to 40, 70, 98, 148, 151, 153 and 154.) The authorized stowage locations specified in Column 10A are defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Stowage category “A” means the material may be stowed “on deck” or “under deck” on a cargo vessel or on a passenger vessel.
</P>
<P>(2) Stowage category “B” means—
</P>
<P>(i) The material may be stowed “on deck” or “under deck” on a cargo vessel and on a passenger vessel carrying a number of passengers limited to not more than the larger of 25 passengers, or one passenger per each 3 m of overall vessel length; and
</P>
<P>(ii) “On deck only” on passenger vessels in which the number of passengers specified in paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this section is exceeded.
</P>
<P>(3) Stowage category “C” means the material must be stowed “on deck only” on a cargo vessel or on a passenger vessel.
</P>
<P>(4) Stowage category “D” means the material must be stowed “on deck only” on a cargo vessel or on a passenger vessel carrying a number of passengers limited to not more than the larger of 25 passengers or one passenger per each 3 m of overall vessel length, but the material is prohibited on a passenger vessel in which the limiting number of passengers is exceeded.
</P>
<P>(5) Stowage category “E” means the material may be stowed “on deck” or “under deck” on a cargo vessel or on a passenger vessel carrying a number of passengers limited to not more than the larger of 25 passengers, or one passenger per each 3 m of overall vessel length, but is prohibited from carriage on a passenger vessel in which the limiting number of passengers is exceeded.
</P>
<P>(6) Stowage category “01” means the material may be stowed “on deck” in closed cargo transport units or “under deck” on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) or on a passenger vessel.
</P>
<P>(7) Stowage category “02” means the material may be stowed “on deck” in closed cargo transport units or “under deck” on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) or “on deck” in closed cargo transport units or “under deck” in closed cargo transport units on a passenger vessel.
</P>
<P>(8) Stowage category “03” means the material may be stowed “on deck” in closed cargo transport units or “under deck” on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) but the material is prohibited on a passenger vessel.
</P>
<P>(9) Stowage category “04” means the material may be stowed “on deck” in closed cargo transport units or “under deck” in closed cargo transports on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) but the material is prohibited on a passenger vessel.
</P>
<P>(10) Stowage category “05” means the material may be stowed “on deck” in closed cargo transport units on a cargo vessel (up to 12 passengers) but the material is prohibited on a passenger vessel.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Changes to the Table.</I> (1) Unless specifically stated otherwise in a rule document published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> amending the Table—
</P>
<P>(i) Such a change does not apply to the shipment of any package filled prior to the effective date of the amendment; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Stocks of preprinted shipping papers and package markings may be continued in use, in the manner previously authorized, until depleted or for a one-year period, subsequent to the effective date of the amendment, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, any alteration of a shipping description or associated entry which is listed in the § 172.101 Table must receive prior written approval from the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(3) The proper shipping name of a hazardous material changed in the May 6, 1997 final rule, in effect on October 1, 1997, only by the addition or omission of the word “compressed,” “inhibited,” “liquefied” or “solution” may continue to be used to comply with package marking requirements, until January 1, 2003.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">§ 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table


</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">(1)
<br/>Symbols
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">(2)
<br/>Hazardous materials descriptions and proper shipping names
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">(3)
<br/>Hazard class or Division
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">(4)
<br/>Identification Numbers
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">(5)
<br/>PG
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">(6)
<br/>Label Codes
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">(7)
<br/>Special provisions
<br/>(§ 172.102) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">(8)
<br/>Packaging
<br/>(§ 173.***)
<br/> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">(9)
<br/>Quantity limitations
<br/>(see §§ 173.27 and 175.75) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">(10)
<br/>Vessel
<br/>stowage
<br/> 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Exceptions
<br/>(8A)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non-bulk
<br/>(8B)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bulk
<br/>(8C)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Passenger aircraft/rail
<br/>(9A)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cargo aircraft only
<br/>(9B)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Location
<br/>(10A)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other
<br/>(10B)




</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Accellerene, see</E> p-Nitrosodimethylaniline
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Accumulators, electric, see</E> Batteries, wet <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Accumulators, pressurized, pneumatic or hydraulic (containing non-flamable gas), see</E> Articles pressurized, pneumatic <E T="03">or</E> hydraulic (containing non-flamable gas)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1088</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1089</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B16, T11, TP2, TP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetaldehyde ammonia</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1841</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, IP7, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">204</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetaldehyde oxime</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2332</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetic acid, glacial <E T="03">or</E> Acetic acid solution, <E T="03">with more than 80 percent acid, by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2789</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, A10, B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetic acid solution, <E T="03">not less than 50 percent but not more than 80 percent acid, by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2790</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148, A3, A7, A10, B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetic acid solution, <E T="03">with more than 10 percent and less than 50 percent acid, by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2790</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetic anhydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1715</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, A10, B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1090</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1541</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B76, B77, N34, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 52, 53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetone oils</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1091</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetonitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1648</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Acetyl acetone peroxide with more than 9 percent by mass active oxygen</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Acetyl benzoyl peroxide, solid, or with more than 40 percent in solution</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetyl bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1716</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1717</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, IB1, N34, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide, with more than 82 percent wetted with less than 12 percent water</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetyl iodide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1898</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetyl methyl carbinol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2621</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Acetyl peroxide, solid, or with more than 25 percent in solution</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetylene, dissolved</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1001</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N86, N88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">303</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 57 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Acetylene (liquefied)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Acetylene silver nitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Acetylene, solvent free</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Acetylene tetrabromide, see</E> Tetrabromoethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Acid butyl phosphate, see</E> Butyl acid phosphate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acid, sludge, <E T="03">see</E> Sludge acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acridine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2713</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acrolein dimer, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2607
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acrolein, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1092
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, 380, 387, B9, B14, B30, B42, B77, T22, TP2, TP7, TP13, TP38, TP44
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acrylamide, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2074</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acrylamide solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3426</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acrylic acid, stabilized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2218</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acrylonitrile, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1093
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, B9, T14, TP2, TP13
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Actuating cartridge, explosive, see</E> Cartridges, power device


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adhesives, <E T="03">containing a flammable liquid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1133</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP1, TP8, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149, B52, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, B52, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adiponitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2205</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T3, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3511</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, flammable, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3510</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, oxidizing, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3513</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3512</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3512</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3512</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3512</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone A</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3516
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, 379
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone B</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3516
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 379, B9, B14
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone C</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3516
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 379, B14
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone D</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3516
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 379
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3514</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3514</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3514</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3514</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3517</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3517</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3517</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3517</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3515</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3515</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3515</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3515</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3518</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3518</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3518</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3518</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aerosols,<E T="03"> corrosive, Packing Group II or III, (each not exceeding 1 L capacity)</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1950
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A34
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 87, 126, 157


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aerosols, <E T="03">flammable, (each not exceeding 1 L capacity)</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1950
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N82
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 87, 126, 157


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aerosols, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">(engine starting fluid) (each not exceeding 1 L capacity)</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1950
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N82
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 87, 126, 157


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aerosols,<E T="03"> non-flammable, (each not exceeding 1 L capacity)</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1950
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 87, 126, 157


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aerosols, <E T="03">poison, Packing Group III (each not exceeding 1 L capacity)</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1950
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 87, 126, 157


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Air bag inflators, or Air bag modules, or Seat-belt pretensioners, see</E> Safety devices, <E T="03">electrically initiated or</E> Safety devices, pyrotechnic
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Air, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1002</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306, 307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Air, refrigerated liquid, <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1003</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5, TP22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">318, 319</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Air, refrigerated liquid, <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid) non-pressurized</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1003</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5, TP22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">318, 319</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Aircraft engines (including turbines), see</E> Engines, internal combustion
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Aircraft evacuation slides, see</E> Life saving appliances <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel tank <E T="03">(containing a mixture of anhydrous hydrazine and monomethyl hydrazine) (M86 fuel)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3165</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">172</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 49, 100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Aircraft survival kits, see</E> Life saving appliances <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alcoholates solution, n.o.s., <E T="03">in alcohol</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3274
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alcoholic beverages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3065</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24, 149, B1, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24, B1, IB3, N11, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alcohols, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1987</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172, T11, TP1, TP8, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4b</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172, IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4b, 150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172, B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4b, 150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alcohols, flammable, toxic n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1986</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aldehydes, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1989</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP1, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aldehydes, flammable, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1988</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aldol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2839</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkali metal alcoholates, self-heating, corrosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3206
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64, A7, IB5, IP2, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64, A7, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkali metal alloys, liquid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1421</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, A7, B48, N34, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkali metal amalgam, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1389</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, A7, N34, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkali metal amalgam, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3401</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB4, IP1, N40, T9, TP7, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkali metal amides
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1390
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A6, A7, A8, A19, A20, IB7, IP2, IP21, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkali metal dispersions, flammable <E T="03">or</E> Alkaline earth metal dispersions, flammable</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3482</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, A7, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkali metal dispersions, <E T="03">or</E> Alkaline earth metal dispersions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1391</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, A7, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Alkaline corrosive liquids, n.o.s., see</E> Caustic alkali liquids, n.o.s.


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkaline earth metal alcoholates, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3205
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65, A7, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65, A7, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkaline earth metal alloys, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1393
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, IB7, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkaline earth metal amalgams, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1392
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N34, N40, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkaline earth metal amalgams, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3402</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N34, N40, T9, TP7, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkaloids, liquid, n.o.s., <E T="03">or</E> Alkaloid salts, liquid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3140</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A4, T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkaloids, solid, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Alkaloid salts, solid, n.o.s. <E T="03">poisonous</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1544</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkyl sulfonic acids, liquid <E T="03">or</E> Aryl sulfonic acids, liquid <E T="03">with more than 5 percent free sulfuric acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2584</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T8, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkyl sulfonic acids, liquid <E T="03">or</E> Aryl sulfonic acids, liquid <E T="03">with not more than 5 percent free sulfuric acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2586</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkyl sulfonic acids, solid <E T="03">or</E> Aryl sulfonic acids, solid, <E T="03">with more than 5 percent free sulfuric acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2583</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkyl sulfonic acids, solid <E T="03">or</E> Aryl sulfonic acids, solid <E T="03">with not more than 5 percent free sulfuric acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2585</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkylphenols, liquid, n.o.s. <E T="03">(including C2-C12 homologues)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3145</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkylphenols, solid, n.o.s. <E T="03">(including C2-C12 homologues)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2430</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkylsulfuric acids</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2571</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T8, TP2, TP13, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Allethrin, see</E> Pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2333</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allyl alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1098</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B77, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allyl bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1099</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1100</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Allyl chlorocarbonate, see</E> Allyl chloroformate


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allyl chloroformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1722</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, N41, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 53, 58, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allyl ethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2335</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allyl formate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2336</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allyl glycidyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2219</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allyl iodide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1723</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, IB1, N34, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allyl isothiocyanate, stabilized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1545</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, A3, A7, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2334</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allyltrichlorosilane, stabilized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1724</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, A7, B2, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum borohydride <E T="03">or</E> Aluminum borohydride in devices</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2870</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B11, T21, TP7, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum bromide, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1725</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum bromide, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2580</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum carbide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1394
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A20, IB7, IP2, IP21, N41, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum chloride, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1726</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum chloride, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2581</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Aluminum dross, wet or hot</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum ferrosilicon powder
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1395
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, IB5, IP2, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 39, 40, 52, 53, 85, 103, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB4
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 39, 40, 52, 53, 85, 103, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum hydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2463</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum, molten</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA9260</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T1, TP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">247</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1438</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Aluminum phosphate solution, see</E> Corrosive liquids, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum phosphide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1397</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A8, A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum phosphide pesticides
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3048
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A8, IB7, IP1, T6, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 85


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum powder, coated
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1309
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP21, T3, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 39, 52, 53, 74, 101, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B134, IB8, IP21, T1, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 39, 52, 53, 74, 101, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum powder, uncoated</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1396</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB7, IP2, IP21, T3, TP33, W31, W40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 39, 52, 53, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB8, IP21, T1, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 39, 52, 53, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum resinate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2715</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum silicon powder, uncoated</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1398</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19, B136, IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 39, 40, 52, 53, 85, 103, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum smelting by-products <E T="03">or</E> Aluminum remelting by-products</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3170</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128, B115, IB7, IP2, IP21, T3, TP33, W31, W40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 103, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128, B115, IB8, IP21, T1, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 103, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Amatols, see</E> Explosives, blasting, type B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amine, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. or Polyamines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2733</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP1, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP1, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amine, liquid, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2734</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, N34, T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2735</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B10, N34, T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T11, TP1, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amines, solid, corrosive, n.o.s., <E T="03">or</E> Polyamines, solid, corrosive n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3259</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Amino-4-chlorophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2673</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Amino-5-diethylaminopentane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2946</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Amino-4,6-Dinitrophenol, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 20 percent water by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3317
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, A8, A19, A20, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-(2-Aminoethoxy) ethanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3055</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N-Aminoethylpiperazine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2815</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aminophenols (<E T="03">o-; m-;</E> <E T="03">p-</E>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2512</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Aminopropyldiethanolamine, see</E> Amines, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">n-Aminopropylmorpholine, see</E> Amines, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aminopyridines <E T="03">(o-; m-; p-)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2671</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonia, anhydrous
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1005
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 379, N87, T50
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52, 57


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonia, anhydrous
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1005
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 379, T50
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52, 57


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonia solution, <E T="03">relative density less than 0.880 at 15 degrees C in water, with more than 35 percent but not more than 50 percent ammonia</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2073</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52, 57


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonia solution, <E T="03">relative density between 0.880 and 0.957 at 15 degrees C in water, with more than 10 percent but not more than 35 percent ammonia</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2672
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">336, IB3, IP8, T7, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52, 85


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonia solution, <E T="03">relative density less than 0.880 at 15 degrees C in water, with more than 50 percent ammonia</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3318</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, N87, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52, 57


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonia solution, <E T="03">relative density less than 0.880 at 15 degrees C in water, with more than 50 percent ammonia</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3318</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52, 57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium arsenate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1546</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammonium azide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammonium bifluoride, solid, see</E> Ammonium hydrogen difluoride, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammonium bifluoride solution, see</E> Ammonium hydrogen difluoride, solution
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammonium bromate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammonium chlorate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium dichromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1439</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium dinitro-o-cresolate, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1843</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36, 65, 66, 77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium dinitro-o-cresolate solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3424</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36, 66, 78, 91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36, 66, 78, 91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium fluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2505</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium fluorosilicate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2854</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammonium fulminate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium hydrogen sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2506</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium hydrogendifluoride, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1727</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 52, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium hydrogendifluoride, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2817</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, N34, T8, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, N3, T4, TP1, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58, 95


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammonium hydrosulfide, solution, see</E> Ammonium sulfide solution
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium hydroxide, <E T="03">see</E> Ammonia solutions, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium metavanadate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2859</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44, 89, 100, 141


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium nitrate based fertilizer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2067</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52, 148, 150, B120, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 59, 60, 66, 117, 124*


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium nitrate based fertilizer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2071</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">132, B136, IB8, IP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium nitrate emulsion <E T="03">or</E> Ammonium nitrate suspension <E T="03">or</E> Ammonium nitrate gel, <E T="03">intermediate for blasting explosives</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3375</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">147, 148, 163, IB2, IP16, TP48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">231</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">251</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 59, 60, 66, 124


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium nitrate-fuel oil mixture <E T="03">containing only prilled ammonium nitrate and fuel oil</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA0331
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 19E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium nitrate, liquid <E T="03">(hot concentrated solution)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2426</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148, B5, T7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59, 60, 124


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium nitrate, <E T="03">with more than 0.2 percent combustible substances, including any organic substance calculated as carbon, to the exclusion of any other added substance</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0222
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">370
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 19E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium nitrate, <E T="03">with not more than 0.2% combustible substances, including any organic substance calculated as carbon, to the exclusion of any other added substance</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1942</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148, A1, A29, B120, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 59, 60, 66, 116, 124


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammonium nitrite</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium perchlorate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0402
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 19E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium perchlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1442</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107, A9, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58, 69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammonium permanganate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium persulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1444</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium picrate, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 10 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0004
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E, 19E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium picrate, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 10 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1310
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, A2, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium polysulfide, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2818</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium polyvanadate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2861</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44, 89, 100, 141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammonium silicofluoride, see</E> Ammonium fluorosilicate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium sulfide solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2683</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 22, 25, 52, 100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammunition, blank, see</E> Cartridges for weapons, blank
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, illuminating <E T="03">with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0171
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, illuminating <E T="03">with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0254
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, illuminating <E T="03">with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0297
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, incendiary <E T="03">liquid or gel, with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3J
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0247
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3J
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 23E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammunition, incendiary (water-activated contrivances) with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge, see</E> Contrivances, water-activated, etc.


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, incendiary, white phosphorus, <E T="03">with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2H
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0243
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2H
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, incendiary, white phosphorus, <E T="03">with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3H
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0244
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3H
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, incendiary <E T="03">with or without burster, expelling charge, or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0009
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, incendiary <E T="03">with or without burster, expelling charge, or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0010
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, incendiary <E T="03">with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0300
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, practice
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0362
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, practice
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0488
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, proof
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0363
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammunition, rocket, see</E> Warheads, rocket <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammunition, SA (small arms), see</E> Cartridges for weapons, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammunition, smoke (water-activated contrivances), white phosphorus, with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge, see</E> Contrivances, water-activated, etc. (UN 0248)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammunition, smoke (water-activated contrivances), without white phosphorus or phosphides, with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge, see</E> Contrivances, water-activated, etc. (UN 0249)


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition smoke, white phosphorus <E T="03">with burster, expelling charge, or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2H
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0245
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2H
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, smoke, white phosphorus <E T="03">with burster, expelling charge, or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3H
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0246
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3H
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, smoke <E T="03">with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0015
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, smoke <E T="03">with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0016
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, smoke <E T="03">with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0303
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammunition, sporting, see</E> Cartridges for weapons, etc. (UN 0012; UN 0328; UN 0339)


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, tear-producing, non-explosive, <E T="03">without burster or expelling charge, non-fuzed</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2017</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, tear-producing <E T="03">with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0018
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G, 8, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, tear-producing <E T="03">with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0019
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G, 8, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, tear-producing <E T="03">with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0301
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G, 8, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, toxic, non-explosive, <E T="03">without burster or expelling charge, non-fuzed</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2016</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ammunition, toxic (water-activated contrivances), with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge, see</E> Contrivances, water-activated, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, toxic <E T="03">with burster, expelling charge, or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2K
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0020
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2K, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammunition, toxic <E T="03">with burster, expelling charge, or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3K
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0021
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3K, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amyl acetates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1104</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amyl acid phosphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2819</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amyl butyrates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2620</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1107</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amyl formates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1109</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amyl mercaptan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1111</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 102








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Amyl methyl ketone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1110</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amyl nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1112</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amyl nitrite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1113</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amylamines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1106</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1728</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Anhydrous ammonia, <E T="03">see</E> Ammonia, anhydrous
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Anhydrous hydrofluoric acid, see</E> Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1547</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aniline hydrochloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1548</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Aniline oil, see</E> Aniline
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Anisidines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2431</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Anisole</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2222</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Anisoyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1729</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, B4, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Anti-freeze, liquid, see</E> Flammable liquids, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Antimonous chloride, see</E> Antimony trichloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Antimony compounds, inorganic, liquid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3141</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Antimony compounds, inorganic, solid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1549</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Antimony lactate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1550</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Antimony pentachloride, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1730</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Antimony pentachloride, solutions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1731</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Antimony pentafluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1732</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, A10, IB2, N3, N36, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 44, 53, 58, 89, 100, 141








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Antimony potassium tartrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1551</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Antimony powder</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2871</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Antimony sulfide and a chlorate, mixtures of</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Antimony sulfide, solid, see</E> Antimony compounds, inorganic, n.o.s.


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Antimony trichloride, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1733</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Antimony trichloride, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1733</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Aqua ammonia, see</E> Ammonia solution, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Argon, <E T="03">compressed</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1006</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306, 307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Argon, refrigerated liquid <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1951</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1558</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenic acid, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1553
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T20, TP2, TP7, TP13, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenic acid, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1554</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenic bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1555</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Arsenic chloride, see</E> Arsenic trichloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenic compounds, liquid, n.o.s. <E T="03">inorganic, including arsenates, n.o.s.; arsenites, n.o.s.; arsenic sulfides, n.o.s.; and organic compounds of arsenic, n.o.s</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1556</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenic compounds, solid, n.o.s. <E T="03">inorganic, including arsenates, n.o.s.; arsenites, n.o.s.; arsenic sulfides, n.o.s.; and organic compounds of arsenic, n.o.s</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1557</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenic pentoxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1559</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Arsenic sulfide and a chlorate, mixtures of</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenic trichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1560</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenic trioxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1561</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Arsenic, white, solid, see</E> Arsenic trioxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenical dust</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1562</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenical pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2760</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenical pesticides, liquid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2994</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenical pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2993</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenical pesticides, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2759</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Arsenious acid, solid, see</E> Arsenic trioxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Arsenious and mercuric iodide solution, see</E> Arsenic compounds, liquid, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2188</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsine, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3522</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles containing a substance liable to spontaneous combustion, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3542
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131, 391
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles containing a substance which in contact with water emits flammable gases, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3543
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131, 391
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles containing corrosive substance, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3547
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">391
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles containing flammable gas, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3537
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">391
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles containing flammable liquid, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3540
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">391
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles containing flammable solid, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3541
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">391
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">



</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles containing miscellaneous dangerous goods, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3548
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">391, A224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles containing non-flammable, non-toxic gas, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3538
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">391,396, A225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles containing organic peroxide, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3545
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131, 391
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles containing oxidizing substance, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3544
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131, 391
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles containing toxic gas, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3539
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131, 391
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles containing toxic substance, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3546
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">391
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">232
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, extremely insensitive <E T="03">or</E> Articles, EEI
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6N
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0486
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6N
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0349</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101, 148, 347, 382</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0350
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0351
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0352
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0353
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0354
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0355
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0356
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0462</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0463</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0464</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0465</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0466</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0467</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0468</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0469</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0470</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4E
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0471
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, explosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0472</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, pressurized pneumatic <E T="03">or</E> hydraulic <E T="03">containing non-flammable gas</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3164</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">371</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, pyrophoric
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0380
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, pyrotechnic <E T="03">for technical purposes</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0428
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, pyrotechnic <E T="03">for technical purposes</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0429
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, pyrotechnic <E T="03">for technical purposes</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0430
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, pyrotechnic <E T="03">for technical purposes</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0431
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">381
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, pyrotechnic <E T="03">for technical purposes</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0432
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Asbestos
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA2212
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156, IB8, IP2, IP4
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">216
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">216, 240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Asbestos, amphibole <E T="03">amosite, tremolite, actinolite, anthophyllite, or crocidolite</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2212
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">216
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">216, 240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Asbestos, chrysotile
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2590
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156, IB8, IP2, IP3, T1, TP33
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">216
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">216, 240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ascaridole (organic peroxide)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Asphalt, <E T="03">at or above its flash point</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1999</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T1, TP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">247</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Asphalt, cut back, <E T="03">see</E> Tars, liquid, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Automobile, motorcycle, tractor, other self-propelled vehicle, engine, or other mechanical apparatus, see</E> Vehicles <E T="03">or</E> Battery <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> A, G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aviation regulated liquid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3334</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A35, A189</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">204</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">450 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">450 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> A, G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aviation regulated solid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3335</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">204</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Azaurolic acid (salt of) (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Azido guanidine picrate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">5-Azido-1-hydroxy tetrazole</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Azido hydroxy tetrazole (mercury and silver salts)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">3-Azido-1,2-Propylene glycol dinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Azidodithiocarbonic acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Azidoethyl nitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1-Aziridinylphosphine oxide-(tris), see</E> Tris-(1-aziridinyl) phosphine oxide, solution
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Azodicarbonamide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3242</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38, IB8, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">223</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 52, 53, 74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Azotetrazole (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1400
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, IB7, IP2, IP21, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium alloys, pyrophoric
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1854
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T21, TP7, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">181
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium azide, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 50 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0224
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111, 117
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium azide, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 50 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1571
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162, A2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">182
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium bromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2719</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium chlorate, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1445</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium chlorate, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3405</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB2, N34, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB2, N34, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium compounds, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1564</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium cyanide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1565
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, N74, N75, T6, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium hypochlorite <E T="03">with more than 22 percent available chlorine</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2741</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 52, 56, 58, 106
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1446</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1884</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium perchlorate, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1447</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium perchlorate, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3406</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium permanganate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1448</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 138


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium peroxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1449
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 66, 75, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Barium selenate, see</E> Selenates <E T="03">or</E> Selenites
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Barium selenite, see</E> Selenates <E T="03">or</E> Selenites


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Batteries, containing sodium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3292</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">189</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">189</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">189</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Batteries, dry, containing potassium hydroxide solid, <E T="03">electric storage</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3028</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">237</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">230 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Batteries, dry, sealed, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Batteries, nickel-metal hydride see Batteries, dry, sealed, n.o.s. <E T="03">for nickel-metal hydride batteries transported by modes other than vessel</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3496</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">340</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Batteries, wet, filled with acid, <E T="03">electric storage</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2794</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A51</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">159</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">159</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">159</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58, 146




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Batteries, wet, filled with alkali<E T="03">, electric storage</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2795</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A51</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">159</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">159</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">159</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52, 146


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Batteries, wet, non-spillable, <E T="03">electric storage</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2800</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">159a</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">159</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">159</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Battery fluid, acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2796</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B2, B15, IB2, N6, N34, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Battery fluid, alkali</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2797</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, N6, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Battery lithium type, see</E> Lithium batteries <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Battery-powered vehicle <E T="03">or</E> Battery-powered equipment
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3171
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">134, 360
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Battery, wet, filled with acid or alkali with vehicle or mechanical equipment containing an internal combustion engine, see</E> Vehicle, etc. or Engines, internal combustion, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1990</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1114</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Benzene diazonium chloride (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Benzene diazonium nitrate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Benzene phosphorus dichloride, see</E> Phenyl phosphorus dichloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Benzene phosphorus thiodichloride, see</E> Phenyl phosphorus thiodichloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzene sulfonyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2225</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Benzene triozonide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Benzenethiol, see</E> Phenyl mercaptan
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1885</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1, 3, 2-Benzodioxaborole</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A210


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Benzol,</E> see Benzene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzonitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2224</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzoquinone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2587</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzotrichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2226</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzotrifluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2338</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Benzoxidiazoles (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Benzoyl azide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzoyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1736</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T8, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzyl bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1737</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, IB2, N33, N34, T8, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1738</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B70, IB2, N33, N42, T8, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzyl chloride <E T="03">unstabilized</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1738</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B8, B11, IB2, N33, N34, N43, T8, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzyl chloroformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1739</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B4, N41, T10, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzyl iodide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2653</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzyldimethylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2619</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzylidene chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1886</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Beryllium compounds, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1566</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Beryllium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2464</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Beryllium, powder
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1567
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bicyclo [2,2,1] hepta-2,5-diene, stabilized <E T="03">or</E> 2,5-Norbornadiene, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2251
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB2, T7, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Biological substance, Category B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3373</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">199</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4 L or 4 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4 L or 4 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Biphenyl triozonide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bipyridilium pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2782</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bipyridilium pesticides, liquid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3016</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bipyridilium pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3015</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bipyridilium pesticides, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2781</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Bis (Aminopropyl) piperazine, see</E> Corrosive liquid, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bisulfate, aqueous solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2837</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, IB2, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB3, N34, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bisulfites, aqueous solutions, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2693</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Black powder, compressed <E T="03">or</E> Gunpowder, compressed <E T="03">or</E> Black powder, in pellets <E T="03">or</E> Gunpowder, in pellets
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0028
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Black powder <E T="03">or</E> Gunpowder, <E T="03">granular or as a meal</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0027
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Black powder for small arms</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA0027</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">170</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Blasting agent, n.o.s., see</E> Explosives, blasting <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Blasting cap assemblies, see</E> Detonator assemblies, non-electric, <E T="03">for blasting</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Blasting caps, electric, see</E> Detonators, electric <E T="03">for blasting</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Blasting caps, non-electric, see</E> Detonators, non-electric, <E T="03">for blasting</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Bleaching powder, see</E> Calcium hypochlorite mixtures, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bombs, photo-flash</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0037</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bombs, photo-flash</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0038</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bombs, photo-flash
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0039
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bombs, photo-flash
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0299
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bombs, smoke, non-explosive, <E T="03">with corrosive liquid, without initiating device</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2028</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">160</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bombs, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0033</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bombs, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0034</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bombs, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0035</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bombs, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0291</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bombs with flammable liquid, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1J
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0399
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1J
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 23E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bombs with flammable liquid, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2J
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0400
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2J
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 23E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boosters with detonator
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0225
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boosters with detonator
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0268
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boosters, <E T="03">without detonator</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0042</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boosters, <E T="03">without detonator</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0283</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Borate and chlorate mixtures, see</E> Chlorate and borate mixtures


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Borneol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1312</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boron tribromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2692</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, N34, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boron trichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1741</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boron trifluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1008</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 238, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boron trifluoride acetic acid complex, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1742</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, B6, IB2, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boron trifluoride acetic acid complex, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3419</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, B6, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boron trifluoride, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3519</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boron trifluoride diethyl etherate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2604</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, T10, TP2, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boron trifluoride dihydrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2851</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boron trifluoride dimethyl etherate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2965
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 8, 3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 25, 40, 49, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boron trifluoride propionic acid complex, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1743</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boron trifluoride propionic acid complex, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3420</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Box toe gum, see</E> Nitrocellulose <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3213</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromates, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1450</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1744</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B85, N34, N43, T22, TP2, TP10, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 53, 58, 66, 74, 89, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Bromine azide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromine chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2901</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, N86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromine pentafluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1745</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T22, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">228</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 53, 58, 66, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromine solutions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1744</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B85, N34, N43, T22, TP2, TP10, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 53, 58, 66, 74, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromine solutions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1744</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B85, N34, N43, T22, TP2, TP10, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">249</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 53, 58, 66, 74, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromine trifluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1746</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T22, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">228</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 53, 58, 66, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">4-Bromo-1,2-dinitrobenzene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">4-Bromo-1,2-dinitrobenzene (unstable at 59 degrees C)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Bromo-3-chloropropane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2688</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Bromo-3-methylbutane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2341</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1-Bromo-3-nitrobenzene (unstable at 56 degrees C</E>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3241</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46, IB8, IP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromoacetic acid, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3425</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromoacetic acid solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1938</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB3, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromoacetone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1569</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, T20, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromoacetyl bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2513</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2514</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromobenzyl cyanides, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1694
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromobenzyl cyanides, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3449
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T6, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Bromobutane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1126</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Bromobutane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2339</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromochloromethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1887</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Bromoethyl ethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2340</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromoform</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2515</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromomethylpropanes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2342</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Bromopentane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2343</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromopropanes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2344</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Bromopropyne</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2345</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Bromosilane</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Bromotoluene-alpha, see</E> Benzyl bromide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromotrifluoroethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2419</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromotrifluoromethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas, R 13B1.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1009</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Brucine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1570</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bursters, <E T="03">explosive</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0043</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butadienes, stabilized <E T="03">or</E> Butadienes and Hydrocarbon mixture, stabilized <E T="03">containing more than 40% butadienes</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1010
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, T50
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butane <E T="03">see also</E> Petroleum gases, liquefied</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1011</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Butane, butane mixtures and mixtures having similar properties in cartridges each not exceeding 500 grams, see</E> Receptacles, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butanedione</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2346</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,2,4-Butanetriol trinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butanols</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1120</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">tert-Butoxycarbonyl azide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyl acetates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1123</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyl acid phosphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1718</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyl acrylates, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2348
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Butyl alcohols, see</E> Butanols


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyl benzenes
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2709
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">n-Butyl bromide, see</E> 1-Bromobutane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">n-Butyl chloride, see</E> Chlorobutanes


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Butyl chloroformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2743</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 13, 21, 25, 40, 53, 58, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Butyl ethers, see</E> Dibutyl ethers
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Butyl ethyl ether, see</E> Ethyl butyl ether
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Butyl formate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1128</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, with more than 90 percent with water</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl hypochlorite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3255</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N-n-Butyl imidazole</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2690</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl isocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2484</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Butyl isocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2485</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B77, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyl mercaptan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2347</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52, 95, 102


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Butyl methacrylate, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2227
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyl methyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2350</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyl nitrites</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2351</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP1, TP8, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, with more than 76 percent in solution</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">n-Butyl peroxydicarbonate, with more than 52 percent in solution</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate, with more than 77 percent in solution</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Butyl phosphoric acid, see</E> Butyl acid phosphate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyl propionates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1914</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5-tert-Butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-m-xylene <E T="03">or</E> Musk xylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2956</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">159</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">223</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 127


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyl vinyl ether, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2352
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB2, T4, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Butylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1125</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N-Butylaniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2738</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butylcyclohexylchloroformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2747</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 13, 25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butylene <E T="03">see also</E> Petroleum gases, liquefied</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19, 398, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,2-Butylene oxide, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3022
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB2, T4, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 27, 49


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyltoluenes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2667</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1747</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,4-Butynediol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2716</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52, 53, 70


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyraldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1129</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyraldoxime</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2840</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyric acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2820</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyric anhydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2739</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyronitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2411</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyryl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2353</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T8, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cacodylic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1572</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cadmium compounds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2570</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Caesium hydroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2682</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29, 52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Caesium hydroxide solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2681</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1401
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP2, IP21, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium arsenate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1573</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium arsenate and calcium arsenite, mixtures, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1574</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Calcium bisulfite solution, see</E> Bisulfites, aqueous solutions, n.o.s.


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium carbide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1402</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A8, B55, B59, IB4, IP1, N34, T9, TP7, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A8, B55, B59, IB7, IP2, IP21, N34, T3, TP33, W31, W40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium chlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1452</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium chlorate aqueous solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2429</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, IB2, N41, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, IB2, N41, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 68, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium chlorite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1453</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium cyanamide <E T="03">with more than 0.1 percent of calcium carbide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1403</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19, IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium cyanide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1575
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, N79, N80, T6, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium dithionite <E T="03">or</E> Calcium hydrosulfite
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1923
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1404</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hydrosulfite, <E T="03">see</E> Calcium dithionite
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite, dry, corrosive <E T="03">or</E> Calcium hypochlorite mixture, dry, corrosive <E T="03">with more than 39% available chlorine (8.8% available oxygen)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3485</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165, 166, A7, A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, IP13, N34, W9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 25, 52, 56, 58, 69, 142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite, dry <E T="03">or</E> Calcium hypochlorite mixture dry <E T="03">with more than 39% available chlorine (8.8% available oxygen)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1748</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165, 166, A7, A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, IP13, N34, W9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 25, 52, 56, 58, 69, 142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165, 171, A7, A9, IB8, IP4, IP13, N34, W9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 25, 52, 56, 58, 69, 142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated, corrosive <E T="03">or</E> Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated mixture, corrosive <E T="03">with not less than 5.5% but not more than 16% water</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3487</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165, IB8, IP2, IP4, IP13, W9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 25, 52, 56, 58, 69, 142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165, IB8, IP4, W9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 25, 52, 56, 58, 69, 142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated <E T="03">or</E> Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated mixture, <E T="03">with not less than 5.5% but not more than 16% water</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2880</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165, IB8, IP2, IP4, IP13, W9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 25, 52, 56, 58, 69, 142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165, 171, IB8, IP4, IP13, W9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 25, 52, 56, 58, 69, 142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite mixture, dry, corrosive <E T="03">with more than 10% but not more than 39% available chlorine</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3486</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165, A1, A29, IB8, IP3, IP13, N34, W9, W10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 25, 52, 56, 58, 69, 142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite mixture, dry, <E T="03">with more than 10% but not more than 39% available chlorine</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2208</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165, A1, A29, IB8, IP3, IP13, N34, W9, W10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 25, 52, 56, 58, 69, 142


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium manganese silicon
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2844
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19, IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 85, 103, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium nitrate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1454
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34, B120, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1910</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium perchlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1455</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium permanganate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1456</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 138


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium peroxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1457
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 66, 75, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium phosphide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1360</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A8, A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium, pyrophoric <E T="03">or</E> Calcium alloys, pyrophoric
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1855
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">187
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium resinate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1313</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19, IB6, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium resinate, fused</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1314</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19, IB4, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Calcium selenate, see</E> Selenates <E T="03">or</E> Selenites


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium silicide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1405</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, IB7, IP2, IP21, T3, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 85, 103, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19, IB8, IP21, T1, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 85, 103, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Camphor oil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1130</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Camphor, <E T="03">synthetic</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2717</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cannon primers, see</E> Primers, tubular
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Capacitor, asymmetric <E T="03">with an energy storage capacity greater than 0.3 Wh</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3508</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">372</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">176</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">176</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">176</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No Limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Capacitor, electric double layer <E T="03">with an energy storage capacity greater than 0.3 Wh</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3499</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">361</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">176</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">176</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">176</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Caproic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2829</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Caps, blasting, see</E> Detonators, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbamate pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2758</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2992</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2991</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbamate pesticides, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2757</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Carbolic acid, see</E> Phenol, solid <E T="03">or</E> Phenol, molten
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Carbolic acid solutions, see</E> Phenol solutions


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon, activated
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1362
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon, <E T="03">animal or vegetable origin</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1361</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Carbon bisulfide, see</E> Carbon disulfide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon dioxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1013</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2187</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon dioxide, solid <E T="03">or</E> Dry ice</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1845</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">217</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">217</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon disulfide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1131
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B16, T14, TP2, TP7, TP13, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 78, 115


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon monoxide, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1016</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon monoxide, refrigerated liquid <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA9202</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon tetrabromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2516</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon tetrachloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1846</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, N36, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Carbonyl chloride, see</E> Phosgene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbonyl fluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2417</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbonyl sulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2204</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cartridge cases, empty primed, see</E> Cases, cartridge, empty, with primer
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cartridges, actuating, for aircraft ejector seat catapult, fire extinguisher, canopy removal or apparatus, see</E> Cartridges, power device
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cartridges, explosive, see</E> Charges, demolition
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cartridges, sporting, see</E> Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile, <E T="03">or</E> Cartridges, small arms


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges, flash
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0049
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges, flash
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0050
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, blank</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0326</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, blank</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0413</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, blank <E T="03">or</E> Cartridges, small arms, blank</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0327</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, blank <E T="03">or</E> Cartridges, small arms, blank
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0338
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, blank <E T="03">or</E> Cartridges, small arms, blank <E T="03">or</E> Cartridges for tools, blank
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0014
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0328</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile <E T="03">or</E> Cartridges, small arms
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0012
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile <E T="03">or</E> Cartridges, small arms
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0339
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile <E T="03">or</E> Cartridges, small arms</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0417</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0005</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0006</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0007</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0321</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0348</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges for weapons, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4E
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0412
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges, oil well</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0277</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges, oil well
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0278
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges, power device</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0275</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges, power device
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0276
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges, power device
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0323
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110, 347
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges, power device</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0381</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cartridges, safety, blank, see</E> Cartridges for weapons, blank <E T="03">(UN 0014)</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cartridges, safety, see</E> Cartriges for weapons, inert projectile, <E T="03">or</E> Cartridges, small arms <E T="03">or</E> Cartridges, power device (<E T="03">UN 0323</E>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges, signal
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0054
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges, signal
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0312
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartridges, signal
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0405
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cartridges, starter, jet engine, see</E> Cartridges, power device


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cases, cartridge, empty with primer
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0055
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cases, cartridges, empty with primer
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0379
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cases, combustible, empty, without primer
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0446
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cases, combustible, empty, without primer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0447</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Casinghead gasoline see</E> Gasoline
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Castor beans <E T="03">or</E> Castor meal <E T="03">or</E> Castor pomace <E T="03">or</E> Castor flake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2969</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">204</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34, 40, 44, 122


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Catecholborane</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A210


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Caustic alkali liquids, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1719</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Caustic potash, see</E> Potassium hydroxide <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Caustic soda, (etc.) see</E> Sodium hydroxide <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cells, containing sodium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3292</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">189</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">189</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">189</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Celluloid, <E T="03">in block, rods, rolls, sheets, tubes, etc., except scrap</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2000</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Celluloid, scrap</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2002</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cement, see</E> Adhesives <E T="03">containing flammable liquid</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cerium, <E T="03">slabs, ingots, or rods</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1333</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, W100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 74, 91, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cerium, <E T="03">turnings or gritty powder</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3078
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB7, IP2, IP21, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cesium <E T="03">or</E> Caesium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1407</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, A19, IB4, IP1, N34, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cesium nitrate <E T="03">or</E> Caesium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1451</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charcoal <E T="03">briquettes, shell, screenings, wood, etc.</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1361</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, bursting, plastics bonded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0457</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, bursting, plastics bonded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0458</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, bursting, plastics bonded
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0459
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, bursting, plastics bonded
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0460
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">347
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, demolition</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0048</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, depth</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0056</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Charges, expelling, explosive, for fire extinguishers, see</E> Cartridges, power device


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, explosive, commercial <E T="03">without detonator</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0442</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, explosive, commercial <E T="03">without detonator</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0443</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, explosive, commercial <E T="03">without detonator</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0444
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, explosive, commercial <E T="03">without detonator</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0445
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">347
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, propelling</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0271</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, propelling</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0272</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, propelling</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0415</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, propelling
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0491
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, propelling, for cannon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0242</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, propelling, for cannon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0279</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, propelling, for cannon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0414</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, shaped, flexible, linear
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0237
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, shaped, flexible, linear
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0288
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, shaped, <E T="03">without detonator</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0059</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, shaped, <E T="03">without detonator</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0439</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, shaped, <E T="03">without detonator</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0440
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, shaped, <E T="03">without detonator</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0441
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">347
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charges, supplementary explosive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0060</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical kit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1760</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">161</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical kit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3316</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">161</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">161</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical under pressure, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3503</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">362, T50, TP40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">335</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">313, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical under pressure, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3505</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">362, T50, TP40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">335</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">313, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical under pressure, flammable, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3501</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">362, T50, TP40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">335</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">313, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical under pressure, flammable, toxic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3504</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">362, T50, TP40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">335</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">313, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical under pressure, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3500</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">362, T50, TP40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">335</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">313, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical under pressure, toxic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3502</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">362, T50, TP40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">335</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">313, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloral, anhydrous, stabilized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2075</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorate and borate mixtures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1458</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB8, IP3, N34, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorate and magnesium chloride mixture solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1459</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB8, IP3, N34, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorate and magnesium chloride mixture solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3407</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB2, N34, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB2, N34, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Chlorate of potash, see</E> Potassium chlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Chlorate of soda, see</E> Sodium chlorate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3210</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">351, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">351, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorates, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1461</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">351, A9, IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloric acid aqueous solution, <E T="03">with not more than 10 percent chloric acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2626</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">229</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 56, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Chloride of phosphorus, see</E> Phosphorus trichloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Chloride of sulfur, see</E> Sulfur chloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Chlorinated lime, see</E> Calcium hypochlorite mixtures, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1017</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, N86, T50, TP19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 51, 55, 62, 68, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorine, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3520</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, N86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Chlorine azide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorine dioxide, hydrate, frozen</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA9191</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">229</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Chlorine dioxide (not hydrate)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorine pentafluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2548</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B7, B9, B14, N86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorine trifluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1749</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B7, B9, B14, N86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorite solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1908</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B2, IB2, N34, T7, TP2, TP24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26, 44, 89, 100, 141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B2, IB3, N34, T4, TP2, TP24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26, 44, 89, 100, 141


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorites, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1462</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">352, A7, IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Chloro-1,1-difluoroethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 142b</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2517</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Chloro-4-methylphenyl isocyanate, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2236</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Chloro-4-methylphenyl isocyanate, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3428</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Chloro-1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethane<E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 124</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1021</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-Chloro-o-toluidine hydrochloride, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1579</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-Chloro-o-toluidine hydrochloride, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3410</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Chloro-2,2,2-trifluoroethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 133a</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1983</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroacetic acid, molten</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3250</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T7, TP3, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroacetic acid, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1751</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroacetic acid, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1750</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB2, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroacetone, stabilized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1695</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, N12, N32, N34, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Chloroacetone (unstabilized)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroacetonitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2668</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, IB9, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroacetophenone, liquid, <E T="03">(CN)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3416</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, IB2, N12, N32, N33, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroacetophenone, solid, <E T="03">(CN)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1697</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, IB8, IP2, IP4, N12, N32, N33, N34, T3, TP2, TP13, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroacetyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1752</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B3, B8, B9, B14, B32, B77, N34, N43, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroanilines, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2019</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroanilines, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2018</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroanisidines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2233</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1134</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Chlorobenzol, see</E> Chlorobenzene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorobenzotrifluorides</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2234</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorobenzyl chlorides, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2235</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorobenzyl chlorides, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3427</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorobutanes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1127</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorocresols solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2669</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorocresols, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3437</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorodifluorobromomethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 12B1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1974</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorodifluoromethane and chloropentafluoroethane mixture <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 502 <E T="03">with fixed boiling point, with approximately 49 percent chlorodifluoromethane</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1973</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorodifluoromethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1018</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorodinitrobenzenes, liquid.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1577</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorodinitrobenzenes, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3441</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Chloroethanal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2232</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroform</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1888</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, N36, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroformates, toxic, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2742</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5, IB1, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 13, 21, 25, 40, 53, 58,100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroformates, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3277</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T8, TP2, TP13, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 13, 25, 40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloromethyl chloroformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2745</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 13, 25, 40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloromethyl ethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2354</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloronitroanilines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2237</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloronitrobenzenes, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3409</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44, 89, 100, 141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloronitrobenzenes, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1578</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloronitrotoluenes, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2433</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44, 89, 100, 141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloronitrotoluenes, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3457</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3,T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloropentafluoroethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1020</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorophenolates, liquid <E T="03">or</E> Phenolates, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2904</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorophenolates, solid <E T="03">or</E> Phenolates, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2905</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorophenols, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2021</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorophenols, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2020</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorophenyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1753</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloropicrin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1580</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B7, B9, B14, B32, B46, T22, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloropicrin and methyl bromide mixtures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1581</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, N86, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloropicrin and methyl chloride mixtures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1582</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, N86, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Chloropicrin mixture, flammable (pressure not exceeding 14.7 psia at 115 degrees F flash point below 100 degrees F) see</E> Toxic liquids, flammable, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloropicrin mixtures, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1583</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloropivaloyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA9263</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP4, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroplatinic acid, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2507</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroprene, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1991
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, B57, T14, TP2, TP13
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Chloroprene, uninhibited</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Chloropropane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1278</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP8, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Chloropropane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2356</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N36, T11, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Chloropropanol-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2849</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Chloropropene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2456</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N36, T11, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Chloropropionic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2511</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Chloropyridine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2822</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorosilanes, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2986</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP7, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorosilanes, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2987</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, T14, TP2, TP7, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorosilanes, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2985</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP7, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorosilanes, toxic, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3362</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP7, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58, 125
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorosilanes, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3361</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP7, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorosilanes, water-reactive, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2988</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, T14, TP2, TP7, TP13, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 21, 40, 49, 53, 58, 100, 147, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorosulfonic acid <E T="03">(with or without sulfur trioxide)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1754</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B10, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorotoluenes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2238</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorotoluidines, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3429</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorotoluidines, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2239</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorotrifluoromethane and trifluoromethane azeotropic mixture <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 503 <E T="03">with approximately 60 percent chlorotrifluoromethane</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2599</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorotrifluoromethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1022</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chromic acid solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1755</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 44, 53, 58, 89, 100, 141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 44, 53, 58, 89, 100, 141


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Chromic anhydride, see</E> Chromium trioxide, anhydrous


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chromic fluoride, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1756</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chromic fluoride, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1757</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chromium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2720</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chromium oxychloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1758</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B10, N34, T10, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58, 66, 74, 89, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chromium trioxide, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1463</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chromosulfuric acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2240
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B4, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP13
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58, 66, 74, 89, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Chromyl chloride, see</E> Chromium oxychloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cigar and cigarette lighters, charged with fuel, see</E> Lighters <E T="03">or</E> Lighter refills <E T="03">containing flammable gas.</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Coal briquettes, hot</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coal gas, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1023</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coal tar distillates, flammable</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1136</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Coal tar dye, corrosive, liquid, n.o.s, see</E> Dyes, liquid <E T="03">or</E> solid, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Dye intermediates, liquid <E T="03">or</E> solid, corrosive, n.o.s.




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coating solution <E T="03">(includes surface treatments or coatings used for industrial or other purposes such as vehicle undercoating, drum or barrel lining)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1139</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP1, TP8, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149, 383, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cobalt dihydroxide powder, <E T="03">containing not less than 10% respirable particles</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3550</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IP22, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cobalt naphthenates, powder</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2001</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cobalt resinate, precipitated</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1318</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19, IB6, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Coke, hot</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Collodion, see</E> Nitrocellulose <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Combustible liquid, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Comb liq
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1993
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148, IB3, T1, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Components, explosive train, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0382
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Components, explosive train, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0383
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Components, explosive train, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0384</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101, 347</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Components, explosive train, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0461
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Composition B, see</E> Hexolite, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compounds, cleaning liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1760
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B10, T14, TP2, TP27
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">386, B2, IB2, N37, T11, TP2, TP27
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">386, IB3, N37, T7, TP1, TP28
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compounds, cleaning liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1993</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, B52, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compounds, tree killing, liquid <E T="03">or</E> Compounds, weed killing, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1760</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B10, T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, N37, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, N37, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compounds, tree killing, liquid <E T="03">or</E> Compounds, weed killing, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1993</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, B52, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compounds, tree killing, liquid <E T="03">or</E> Compounds, weed killing, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA2810</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, flammable, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1954</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1956</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306, 307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3156</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3304</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3304</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3304</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3304</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3305</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3305</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3305</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3305</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard Zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1953</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard Zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1953</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1953</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1953</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1955</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1955</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1955</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1955</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, oxdizing, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3306</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3306</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3306</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3306</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3303</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3303</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3303</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3303</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consumer commodity</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ID8000</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">167</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">167</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 kg gross</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 kg gross


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Contrivances, water-activated, <E T="03">with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0248
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Contrivances, water-activated, <E T="03">with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0249
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E, 17E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper acetoarsenite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1585</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Copper acetylide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Copper amine azide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper arsenite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1586</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper based pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2776</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper based pesticides, liquid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3010</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3009</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper based pesticides, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2775</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper chlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2721</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2802</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper cyanide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1587</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">204</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Copper selenate, see</E> Selenates <E T="03">or</E> Selenites
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Copper selenite, see</E> Selenates <E T="03">or</E> Selenites
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Copper tetramine nitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A,W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copra</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1363</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B136, IB8, IP3, IP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 25, 119
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cord, detonating, <E T="03">flexible</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0065</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102, 148</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cord, detonating, <E T="03">flexible</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0289
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cord, detonating <E T="03">or</E> Fuze, detonating <E T="03">metal clad</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0102</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cord, detonating <E T="03">or</E> Fuze, detonating <E T="03">metal clad</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0290</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cord, detonating, mild effect <E T="03">or</E> Fuse, detonating, mild effect <E T="03">metal clad</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0104
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cord, igniter
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0066
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cordeau detonant fuse, see</E> Cord, detonating, <E T="03">etc;</E> Cord, detonating, <E T="03">flexible</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cordite, see</E> Powder, smokeless


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive liquid, acidic, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3264</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B10, T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">386, B2, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive liquid, acidic, organic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3265</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B10, T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148, B2, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">386, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive liquid, basic, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3266</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">386, B2, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive liquid, basic, organic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3267</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B10, T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive liquid, self-heating, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3301</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive liquids, flammable, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2920</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B10, T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive liquids, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1760</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B10, T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive liquids, oxidizing, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3093</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive liquids, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2922</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A4, A7, B10, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B3, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive liquids, water-reactive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3094</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive solid, acidic, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3260</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive solid, acidic, organic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3261</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive solid, basic, inorganic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3262</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive solid, basic, organic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3263</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive solids, flammable, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2921</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive solids, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1759</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive solids, oxidizing, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3084</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C






</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive solids, self-heating, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3095</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive solids, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2923</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A5, IB7, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive solids, water-reactive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3096</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB4, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cotton</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1365</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137, IB8, IP2, IP4, W41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cotton waste, oily</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1364</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, IP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A I W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cotton, wet</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1365</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, IP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">204</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coumarin derivative pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3024</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coumarin derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3026</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coumarin derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3025</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coumarin derivative pesticides, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3027</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cresols, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2076</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP2, IP4, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cresols, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3455</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cresylic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2022</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crotonaldehyde <E T="03">or</E> Crotonaldehyde, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1143
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 175, 387, B9, B14, B32, B77, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crotonic acid, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3472</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, T1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crotonic acid, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2823</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crotonylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1144</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cupriethylenediamine solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1761</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52, 95


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cutters, cable, explosive
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0070
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cyanide or cyanide mixtures, dry, see</E> Cyanides, inorganic, solid, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyanide solutions, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1935</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP13, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyanides, inorganic, solid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1588</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, N74, N75, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, N74, N75, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, N74, N75, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyanogen</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1026</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyanogen bromide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1889
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A6, A8, T6, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyanogen chloride, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1589
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, 387
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyanuric chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2670</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cyanuric triazide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclobutane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2601</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclobutyl chloroformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2744</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 13, 21, 25, 40, 53, 58, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,5,9-Cyclododecatriene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2518</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cycloheptane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2241
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cycloheptatriene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2603</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cycloheptene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2242</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclohexane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1145</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclohexanone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1915</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclohexene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2256</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclohexenyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1762</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclohexyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2243</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclohexyl isocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2488</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B77, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclohexyl mercaptan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3054</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 95, 102


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclohexylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2357</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclohexyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1763</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclonite and cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">see</E> RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclonite and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">see</E> RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclonite and octogen mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">see</E> RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclonite, <E T="03">see</E> Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclooctadiene phosphines, <E T="03">see</E> 9-Phosphabicyclononanes
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclooctadienes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2520</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclooctatetraene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2358</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclopentane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1146</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cyclopentane, methyl, see</E> Methylcyclopentane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclopentanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2244</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclopentanone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2245</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclopentene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2246</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP8, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclopropane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1027</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Cyclotetramethylene tetranitramine (dry or unphlegmatized) (HMX)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine, desensitized <E T="03">or</E> Octogen, desensitized <E T="03">or</E> HMX, desensitized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0484
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine, wetted <E T="03">or</E> HMX, wetted <E T="03">or</E> Octogen, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 15 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0226
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclotrimethylenenitramine and octogen, mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">see</E> RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized, etc</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine and cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">see</E> RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">see</E> RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">etc</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine, desensitized <E T="03">or</E> Cyclonite, desensitized <E T="03">or</E> Hexogen, desensitized <E T="03">or</E> RDX, desensitized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0483
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine, wetted <E T="03">or</E> Cyclonite, wetted <E T="03">or</E> Hexogen, wetted <E T="03">or</E> RDX, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 15 percent water by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0072
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cymenes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2046</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 




</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dangerous goods in articles <E T="03">or</E> Dangerous goods in machinery <E T="03">or</E> Dangerous goods in apparatus</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3363</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136, A105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">222</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">See</E> A105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">See</E> A105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A






</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Decaborane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1868</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Decahydronaphthalene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1147</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Decane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2247</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Deflagrating metal salts of aromatic nitroderivatives, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0132
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Delay electric igniter, see</E> Igniters
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Denatured alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1987</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172, T8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172, B1, T7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Depth charges, see</E> Charges, depth
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Desensitized explosive, liquid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3379</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">164</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Desensitized explosive, solid, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3380
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">164, 197</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Detonating relays, see</E> Detonators, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonator assemblies, non-electric <E T="03">for blasting</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0360
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonator assemblies, non-electric, <E T="03">for blasting</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0361</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63(f), 63(g)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonator assemblies, non-electric, <E T="03">for blasting</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0500
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148, 347
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63(f), 63(g)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonators, electric, <E T="03">for blasting</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0030
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63(f), 63(g)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonators, electric, <E T="03">for blasting</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0255</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63(f), 63(g)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonators, electric <E T="03">for blasting</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0456
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148, 347
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63(f), 63(g)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonators, electronic <E T="03">programmable for blasting</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0511
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63(f), 63(g)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonators, electronic <E T="03">programmable for blasting</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0512
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63(f), 63(g)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonators, electronic <E T="03">programmable for blasting</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0513
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148, 347
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63(f), 63(g)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonators for ammunition
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0073
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonators for ammunition
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0364
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonators for ammunition</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0365</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonators for ammunition
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0366
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">347
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonators, non-electric, <E T="03">for blasting</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0029
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonators, non-electric, <E T="03">for blasting</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0267</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63(f), 63(g)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detonators, non-electric, <E T="03">for blasting</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0455
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148, 347
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63(f), 63(g)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Deuterium, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1957</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Devices, small, hydrocarbon gas powered <E T="03">or</E> Hydrocarbon gas refills for small devices <E T="03">with release device</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3150</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-n-amylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2841</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate, with more than 52 percent in solution</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-n-butylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2248</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy) butane, with more than 55 percent in solution</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Di-(tert-butylperoxy) phthalate, with more than 55 percent in solution</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,2-Di-(4,4-di-tert-butylperoxycyclohexyl) propane, with more than 42 percent with inert solid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide, with more than 75 percent with water</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,2-Di-(dimethylamino)ethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2372</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Di-2-ethylhexyl phosphoric acid, see</E> Diisooctyl acid phosphate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Di-(1-hydroxytetrazole) (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Di-(1-naphthoyl) peroxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">a,a′-Di-(nitroxy) methylether</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Di-(beta-nitroxyethyl) ammonium nitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diacetone alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1148</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diacetone alcohol peroxides, with more than 57 percent in solution with more than 9 percent hydrogen peroxide, less than 26 percent diacetone alcohol and less than 9 percent water; total active oxygen content more than 9 percent by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diacetyl, see</E> Butanedione
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diacetyl peroxide, solid, or with more than 25 percent in solution</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diallylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2359</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 52, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diallylether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2360</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, N12, T7, TP1, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4,4′-Diaminodiphenyl methane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2651</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">p-Diazidobenzene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,2-Diazidoethane</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,1′-Diazoaminonaphthalene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diazoaminotetrazole (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diazodinitrophenol (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diazodinitrophenol, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 40 percent water or mixture of alcohol and water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0074
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111, 117
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diazodiphenylmethane</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diazonium nitrates (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diazonium perchlorates (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,3-Diazopropane</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dibenzyl peroxydicarbonate, with more than 87 percent with water</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dibenzyldichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2434</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diborane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1911</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, N89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diborane mixtures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1911</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dibromoacetylene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,2-Dibromobutan-3-one</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2648</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dibromochloropropane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2872</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dibromodifluoromethane<E T="03">, R12B2</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1941</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,2-Dibromoethane, see</E> Ethylene dibromide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dibromomethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2664</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dibutyl ethers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1149</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dibutylaminoethanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2873</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">N,N′-Dichlorazodicarbonamidine (salts of) (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1-Dichloro-1-nitroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2650</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3,5-Dichloro-2,4,6-trifluoropyridine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA9264</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP4, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichloroacetic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1764</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B2, IB2, N34, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,3-Dichloroacetone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2649</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichloroacetyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1765</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B2, B6, IB2, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dichloroacetylene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichloroanilines, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1590</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichloroanilines, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3442</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">o-Dichlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1591</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2,2′-Dichlorodiethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1916</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, N33, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorodifluoromethane and difluoroethane azeotropic mixture <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 500 <E T="03">with approximately 74 percent dichlorodifluoromethane</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2602</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorodifluoromethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1028</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorodimethyl ether, symmetrical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2249</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1-Dichloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2362</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,2-Dichloroethane, see</E> Ethylene dichloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dichloroethyl sulfide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,2-Dichloroethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1150</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorofluoromethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1029</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichloroisocyanuric acid, dry <E T="03">or</E> Dichloroisocyanuric acid salts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2465</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichloroisopropyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2490</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichloromethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1593</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, IP8, N36, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichloropentanes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1152</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorophenyl isocyanates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2250</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorophenyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1766</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,2-Dichloropropane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1279</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, N36, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,3-Dichloropropanol-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2750</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dichloropropene and propylene dichloride mixture, see</E> 1,2- Dichloropropane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichloropropenes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2047</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2189</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2,2- tetrafluoroethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 114</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1958</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dichlorovinylchloroarsine</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dicycloheptadiene, see</E> Bicyclo [2,2,1] hepta-2,5-diene, stabilized


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dicyclohexylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2565</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dicyclohexylammonium nitrite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2687</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dicyclopentadiene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2048</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Didymium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1465</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diesel fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1993</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diesel fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1202</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diethanol nitrosamine dinitrate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diethoxymethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2373</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3,3-Diethoxypropene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2374</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diethyl carbonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2366</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diethyl cellosolve, see</E> Ethylene glycol diethyl ether
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diethyl ether <E T="03">or</E> Ethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1155</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diethyl ketone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1156</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diethyl peroxydicarbonate, with more than 27 percent in solution</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diethyl sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1594</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diethyl sulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2375</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E






</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diethylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1154</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, IB2, N34, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Diethylaminoethanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2686</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Diethyamino-propylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2684</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N, N-Diethylaniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2432</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diethylbenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2049</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diethyldichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1767</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diethylene glycol dinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diethyleneglycol dinitrate, desensitized <E T="03">with not less than 25 percent non-volatile water-insoluble phlegmatizer, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0075
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 21E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diethylenetriamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2079</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N,N-Diethylethylenediamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2685</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diethylgold bromide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diethylthiophosphoryl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2751</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Difluorochloroethanes, see</E> 1-Chloro-1,1-difluoroethanes
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1-Difluoroethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 152a</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1030</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1-Difluoroethylene <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 1132a</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1959</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Difluoromethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 32
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3252
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Difluorophosphoric acid, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1768</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, IB2, N5, N34, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2,3-Dihydropyran</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2376</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,8-Dihydroxy-2,4,5,7-tetranitroanthraquinone (chrysamminic acid)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diiodoacetylene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diisobutyl ketone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1157</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diisobutylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2361</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diisobutylene, isomeric compounds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2050</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diisooctyl acid phosphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1902</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diisopropyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1159</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diisopropylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1158</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Diisopropylbenzene hydroperoxide, with more than 72 percent in solution</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diketene, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2521
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 387, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 26, 27, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,2-Dimethoxyethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2252</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1-Dimethoxyethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2377</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethyl carbonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1161</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dimethyl chlorothiophosphate, see</E> Dimethyl thiophosphoryl chloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-dihydroperoxy hexane, with more than 82 percent with water</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethyl disulfide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2381
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP13
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1033</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethyl-N-propylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2266</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethyl sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1595</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B77, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethyl sulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1164</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP8, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethyl thiophosphoryl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2267</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethylamine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1032</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N87, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethylamine solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1160</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Dimethylaminoacetonitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2378</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52 


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Dimethylaminoethanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2051</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Dimethylaminoethyl acrylate, stabilized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3302</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2522
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB2, T7, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N,N-Dimethylaniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2253</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2,3-Dimethylbutane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2457</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1, 3-Dimethylbutylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2379</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2262</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethylcyclohexanes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2263</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N,N-Dimethylcyclohexylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2264</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethyldichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1162</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B77, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethyldiethoxysilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2380</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethyldioxanes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2707</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N,N-Dimethylformamide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2265</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dimethylhexane dihydroperoxide (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethylhydrazine, symmetrical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2382</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B77, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52, 74.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1163</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B7, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 38, 40, 52, 100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2,2-Dimethylpropane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2044</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitro-o-cresol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1598</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,3-Dinitro-5,5-dimethyl hydantoin</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dinitro-7,8-dimethylglycoluril (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,3-Dinitro-4,5-dinitrosobenzene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,4-Dinitro-1,1,4,4-tetramethylolbutanetetranitrate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,4-Dinitro-1,3,5-trimethylbenzene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitroanilines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1596</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrobenzenes, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1597</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11, IB3, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrobenzenes, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3443</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dinitrochlorobenzene, see</E> Chlorodinitrobenzene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,2-Dinitroethane</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,1-Dinitroethane (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrogen tetroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1067</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B7, B14, B45, B46, B61, B66, B67, B77, T50, TP21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">336</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitroglycoluril <E T="03">or</E> Dingu
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0489
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dinitromethane</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrophenol, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 15 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0076
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrophenol solutions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1599</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrophenol, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 15 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1320
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, A8, A19, A20, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrophenolates <E T="03">alkali metals, dry or wetted with less than 15 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0077
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrophenolates, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 15 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1321
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, A8, A19, A20, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dinitropropylene glycol</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitroresorcinol, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 15 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0078
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,4-Dinitroresorcinol (heavy metal salts of) (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">4,6-Dinitroresorcinol (heavy metal salts of) (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitroresorcinol, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 15 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1322
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, A8, A19, A20, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">3,5-Dinitrosalicylic acid (lead salt) (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrosobenzene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0406
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dinitrosobenzylamidine and salts of (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,2-Dinitrostilbene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrotoluenes, <E T="03">liquid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2038</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrotoluenes, molten</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1600</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T7, TP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrotoluenes, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3454</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,9-Dinitroxy pentamethylene-2,4, 6,8-tetramine (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dioxane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1165</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dioxolane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1166</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dipentene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2052</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diphenylamine chloroarsine
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1698
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T6, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diphenylchloroarsine, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1699
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A8, B14, B32, N33, N34, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diphenylchloroarsine, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3450
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diphenyldichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1769</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diphenylmethyl bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1770</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dipicryl sulfide, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 10 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0401
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dipicryl sulfide, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 10 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2852
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162, A2, N41, N84, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dipicrylamine, <E T="03">see</E> Hexanitrodiphenylamine
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dipropionyl peroxide, with more than 28 percent in solution</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-n-propyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2384</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dipropyl ketone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2710</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dipropylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2383</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Disinfectant, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1903</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B10, T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Disinfectants, liquid, corrosive n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1903</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Disinfectants, liquid, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3142</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A4, T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Disinfectants, solid, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1601</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Disodium trioxosilicate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3253</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dispersant gases, n.o.s. <E T="03">see</E> Refrigerant gases, n.o.s.


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Divinyl ether, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1167
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, A7, T11, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dodecyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1771</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dry ice, <E T="03">see</E> Carbon dioxide, solid


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dyes, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Dye intermediates, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2801</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11, B10, T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11, B2, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dyes, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Dye intermediates, liquid, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1602</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dyes, solid, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Dye intermediates, solid, corrosive, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3147</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dyes, solid, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Dye intermediates, solid, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3143</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A5, IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Dynamite, see</E> Explosive, blasting, type A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Electrolyte (acid or alkali) for batteries, see</E> Battery fluid, acid <E T="03">or</E> Battery fluid, alkali
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Elevated temperature liquid, flammable, n.o.s., <E T="03">with flash point above 37.8 C, at or above its flash point</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3256</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T3, TP3, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">247</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Elevated temperature liquid, n.o.s., <E T="03">at or above 100 C and below its flash point (including molten metals, molten salts, etc.)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3257</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T3, TP3, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">247</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Elevated temperature solid, n.o.s., <E T="03">at or above 240 C, see § 173.247(h)(4)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3258</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">247 (h)(4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">247</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Engine, internal combustion, flammable gas powered <E T="03">or</E> Engine, fuel cell, flammable gas powered <E T="03">or</E> Machinery, internal combustion, flammable gas powered <E T="03">or</E> Machinery, fuel cell, flammable gas powered
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3529
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135, A200
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Engine, internal combustion, flammable liquid powered <E T="03">or</E> Engine, fuel cell, flammable liquid powered <E T="03">or</E> Machinery, internal combustion, flammable liquid powered <E T="03">or</E> Machinery, fuel cell, flammable liquid powered
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3528
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135, A200
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Engine, internal combustion <E T="03">or</E> Machinery, internal combustion
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3530
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135, A200
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Environmentally hazardous substance, liquid, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3082
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 146, 173, 335, 441, IB3,
<br/>T4, TP1, TP29
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Environmentally hazardous substance, solid, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3077
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 146, 335, 384, 441, A112,
<br/>B54, B120, IB8, IP3,
<br/>N20, N91, T1, TP33
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Epibromohydrin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2558</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Epichlorohydrin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2023</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,2-Epoxy-3-ethoxypropane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2752</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Esters, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3272</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Etching acid, liquid, n.o.s., see</E> Hydrofluoric acid, etc
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1035</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethane-Propane mixture, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1961</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethane, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1961</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ethanol amine dinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethanol and gasoline mixture <E T="03">or</E> Ethanol and motor spirit mixture <E T="03">or</E> Ethanol and petrol mixture, <E T="03">with more than 10% ethanol</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3475</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, 177, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethanol <E T="03">or</E> Ethyl alcohol <E T="03">or</E> Ethanol solutions <E T="03">or</E> Ethyl alcohol solutions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1170</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4b, 150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24, B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4b, 150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethanolamine <E T="03">or</E> Ethanolamine solutions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2491</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ether, see</E> Diethyl ether
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethers, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3271</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1173</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl acrylate, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1917
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB2, T4, TP1, TP13
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl alcohol, <E T="03">see</E> Ethanol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ethyl aldehyde, see</E> Acetaldehyde
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl amyl ketone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2271</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N-Ethylbenzyltoluidines, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3460</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N-Ethyl-N-benzylaniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2274</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl borate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1176</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1891</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP8, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 85


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl bromoacetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1603</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl butyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1179</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl butyrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1180</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1037</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B77, N86, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">322</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl chloroacetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1181</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl chloroformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1182</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, N34, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 53, 58, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl 2-chloropropionate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2935</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl chlorothioformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2826</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl crotonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1862</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl ether, <E T="03">see</E> Diethyl ether
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl fluoride <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R161</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2453</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl formate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1190</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ethyl hydroperoxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl isobutyrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2385</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl isocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2481</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl lactate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1192</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl mercaptan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2363</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 102


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl methacrylate, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2277
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB2, T4, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl methyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1039</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl methyl ketone <E T="03">or</E> Methyl ethyl ketone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1193</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl nitrite solutions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1194</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 105
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl orthoformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2524</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl oxalate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2525</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ethyl perchlorate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl phosphonothioic dichloride, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA2927</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP4, TP12, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl phosphonous dichloride, anhydrous <E T="03">pyrophoric liquid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA2845</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP4, TP12, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl phosphorodichloridate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA2927</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP4, TP12, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl propionate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1195</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl propyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2615</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ethyl silicate, see</E> Tetraethyl silicate


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylacetylene, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2452
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, N88
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1036</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B77, N87, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">321</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylamine, aqueous solution <E T="03">with not less than 50 percent but not more than 70 percent ethylamine</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2270</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N-Ethylaniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2272</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52, 74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Ethylaniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2273</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52, 74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylbenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1175</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N-Ethylbenzyltoluidines liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2753</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Ethylbutanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2275</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Ethylbutyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1177</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Ethylbutyraldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1178</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyldichloroarsine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1892</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyldichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1183</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, A7, N34, T14, TP2, TP7, TP13, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 49, 53, 58, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene, acetylene and propylene in mixture, refrigerated liquid <E T="03">with at least 71.5 percent ethylene with not more than 22.5 percent acetylene and not more than 6 percent propylene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3138</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene chlorohydrin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1135</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1962</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ethylene diamine diperchlorate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene dibromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1605</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B77, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ethylene dibromide and methyl bromide liquid mixtures, see</E> Methyl bromide and ethylene dibromide, liquid mixtures
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene dichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1184</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, N36, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene glycol diethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1153</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ethylene glycol dinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1171</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1172</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1188</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1189</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mixture <E T="03">with more than 87 percent ethylene oxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3300</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mixtures <E T="03">with more than 9 percent but not more than 87 percent ethylene oxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1041</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mixtures <E T="03">with not more than 9 percent ethylene oxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1952</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide and chlorotetrafluoroethane mixture <E T="03">with not more than 8.8 percent ethylene oxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3297</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide and dichlorodifluoromethane mixture, <E T="03">with not more than 12.5 percent ethylene oxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3070</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide and pentafluoroethane mixture <E T="03">with not more than 7.9 percent ethylene oxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3298</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide and propylene oxide mixtures<E T="03">, with not more than 30 percent ethylene oxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2983</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5, A11, N4, N34, T14, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide and tetrafluoroethane mixture <E T="03">with not more than 5.6 percent ethylene oxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3299</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide <E T="03">or</E> Ethylene oxide with nitrogen <E T="03">up to a total pressure of 1 MPa (10 bar) at 50 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1040</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 342, T50, TP20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">323</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">323</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene, refrigerated liquid <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1038</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">318, 319</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylenediamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1604</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyleneimine, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1185
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, 387, B9, B14, B30, B77, N25, N32, T22, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Ethylhexaldehyde, see</E> Octyl aldehydes <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Ethylhexyl chloroformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2748</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 13, 25, 40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Ethylhexylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2276</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylphenyldichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2435</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Ethylpiperidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2386</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N-Ethyltoluidines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2754</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1196</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Etiologic agent, see</E> Infectious substances, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Explosive articles, see</E> Articles, explosive , n.o.s. <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive, blasting, type A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0081
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 19E, 21E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive, blasting, type B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0082
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 19E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive, blasting, type B <E T="03">or</E> Agent blasting, Type B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0331
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 148
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 19E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive, blasting, type C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0083
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">123
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 22E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive, blasting, type D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0084
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive, blasting, type E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0241
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 19E
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explosive, blasting, type E <E T="03">or</E> Agent blasting, type E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0332</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 148, TP48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 19E




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Explosive, forbidden. See § 173.54</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Explosive substances, see</E> Substances, explosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Explosives, slurry, see</E> Explosive, blasting, type E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Explosives, water gels, see</E> Explosive, blasting, type E




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Extracts, liquid, <E T="03">for flavor or aroma</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1197</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Extracts, liquid, <E T="03">for flavor or aroma</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1197</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fabric with animal or vegetable oil, see</E> Fibers <E T="03">or</E> fabrics, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferric arsenate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1606</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferric arsenite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1607</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferric chloride, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1773</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferric chloride, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2582</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B15, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferric nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1466</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferrocerium
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1323
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59, A19, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferrosilicon <E T="03">with 30 percent or more but less than 90 percent silicon</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1408
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19, B6, IB8, IP4, IP7, T1, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 53, 85, 103, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferrous arsenate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1608</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferrous chloride, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1759</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferrous chloride, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1760</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B3, IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferrous metal borings <E T="03">or</E> Ferrous metal shavings <E T="03">or</E> Ferrous metal turnings <E T="03">or</E> Ferrous metal cuttings <E T="03">in a form liable to self-heating</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2793</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19, B134, B136, IB8, IP3, IP7, IP21, W100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fertilizer ammoniating solution <E T="03">with free ammonia</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1043</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A I W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fibers, animal <E T="03">or</E> Fibers, vegetable <E T="03">burnt, wet or damp</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1372</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A, I, W
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fibers, vegetable, dry
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3360
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A W
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fibers <E T="03">or</E> Fabrics, animal <E T="03">or</E> vegetable <E T="03">or</E> Synthetic, n.o.s. <E T="03">with animal or vegetable oil</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1373
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fibers <E T="03">or</E> Fabrics impregnated with weakly nitrated nitrocellulose, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1353</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Films, nitrocellulose base, from which gelatine has been removed; film scrap, see</E> Celluloid scrap


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Films, nitrocellulose base, <E T="03">gelatine coated (except scrap)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1324</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">183</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fire extinguisher charges, <E T="03">corrosive liquid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1774</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fire extinguisher charges, expelling, explosive, see</E> Cartridges, power device


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fire extinguishers <E T="03">containing compressed or liquefied gas</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1044
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">309
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">309
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Firelighters, solid <E T="03">with flammable liquid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2623</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fireworks
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0333
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">108
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fireworks
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0334
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">108
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fireworks
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0335
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">108
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fireworks
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0336
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">108, 200
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fireworks
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0337
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">108
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">First aid kit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3316</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">161</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">161</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A, W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fish meal, stabilized <E T="03">or</E> Fish scrap, stabilized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2216</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155, B136, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">218</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">218</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 88, 122, 128








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fish meal, unstablized <E T="03">or</E> Fish scrap, unstabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1374
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155, A1, A19, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18, 25, 128


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Flammable compressed gas, see</E> Compressed <E T="03">or</E> Liquefied gas, flammable, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Flammable compressed gas (small receptacles not fitted with a dispersion device, not refillable), see</E> Receptacles, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Flammable gas in lighters, see</E> Lighters <E T="03">or</E> lighter refills, <E T="03">cigarettes, containing flammable gas</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable liquid, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3286</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable liquids, corrosive, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2924</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable liquids, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1993</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP1, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, B52, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable liquids, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1992</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3180</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB6, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable solid, inorganic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3178</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable solid, organic, molten, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3176</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T3, TP3, TP26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T1, TP3, TP26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable solid, oxidizing, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3097</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable solid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3179</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB6, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable solids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2925</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB6, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable solids, organic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1325</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable solids, toxic, organic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2926</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB6, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flares, aerial
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0093
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flares, aerial
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0403
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flares, aerial
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0404
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flares, aerial
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0420
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flares, aerial
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0421
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Flares, airplane, see</E> Flares, aerial
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Flares, signal, see</E> Cartridges, signal


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flares, surface
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0092
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flares, surface
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0418
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flares, surface
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0419
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Flares, water-activated, see</E> Contrivances, water-activated, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flash powder
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0094
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flash powder
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0305
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Flue dusts, poisonous, see</E> Arsenical dust
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fluoric acid, see</E> Hydrofluoric acid, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fluorine, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1045</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, N86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fluoroacetic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2642</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fluoroanilines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2941</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fluorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2387</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fluoroboric acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1775</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, B15, IB2, N3, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fluorophosphoric acid anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1776</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, IB2, N3, N34, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fluorosilicates, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2856</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fluorosilicic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1778</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, B15, IB2, N3, N34, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fluorosulfonic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1777</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, A10, B6, B10, N3, N36, T10, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fluorotoluenes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2388</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Forbidden materials. See § 173.21</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Formaldehyde solutions, flammable</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1198</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">176, B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Formaldehyde solutions (with not less than 10% and less than 25% formaldehyde), see Aviation regulated liquid, n.o.s. or Other regulated substances, liquid, n.o.s.


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Formaldehyde solutions, <E T="03">with not less than 25 percent formaldehyde</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2209
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Formalin, see</E> Formaldehyde, solutions


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Formic acid <E T="03">with not less than 10% but not more than 85% acid by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3412</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Formic acid <E T="03">with not less than 5% but less than 10% acid by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3412</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Formic acid <E T="03">with more than 85% acid by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1779</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, B28, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fracturing devices, explosive, <E T="03">without detonators for oil wells</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0099</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuel, aviation, turbine engine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1863</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, T11, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuel cell cartridges <E T="03">or</E> Fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment <E T="03">or</E> Fuel cell cartridges packed with equipment, <E T="03">containing corrosive substances</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3477</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">328</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuel cell cartridges <E T="03">or</E> Fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment <E T="03">or</E> Fuel cell cartridges packed with equipment, <E T="03">containing flammable liquids</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3473</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">328</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuel cell cartridges <E T="03">or</E> Fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment <E T="03">or</E> Fuel cell cartridges packed with equipment, <E T="03">containing hydrogen in metal hydride</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3479</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">328</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuel cell cartridges <E T="03">or</E> Fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment <E T="03">or</E> Fuel cell cartridges packed with equipment, <E T="03">containing liquefied flammable gas</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3478</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">328</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuel cell cartridges <E T="03">or</E> Fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment <E T="03">or</E> Fuel cell cartridges packed with equipment, <E T="03">containing water-reactive substances</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3476</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">328</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuel oil <E T="03">(No. 1, 2, 4, 5, or 6)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1993</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fuel system components (including fuel control units (FCU), carburetors, fuel lines, fuel pumps) see</E> Dangerous Goods in Apparatus <E T="03">or</E> Dangerous Goods in Articles<E T="03"> or</E> Dangerous Goods in Machinery
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fulminate of mercury (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fulminate of mercury, wet, see</E> Mercury fulminate, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fulminating gold</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fulminating mercury</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fulminating platinum</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fulminating silver</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fulminic acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fumaryl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1780</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fumigated lading, see</E> §§ 172.302(g), 173.9 and 176.76(h)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fumigated transport vehicle <E T="03">or</E> freight container <E T="03">see</E> § 173.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Furaldehydes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1199</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Furan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2389</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T12, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Furfuryl alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2874</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52, 74


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Furfurylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2526</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuse, detonating, <E T="03">metal clad, see</E> Cord, detonating, <E T="03">metal clad</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuse, detonating, mild effect, <E T="03">metal clad, see</E> Cord, detonating, mild effect, <E T="03">metal clad</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuse, igniter <E T="03">tubular metal clad</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0103
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuse, non-detonating <E T="03">instantaneous or quickmatch</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0101
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuse, safety
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0105
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fusee <E T="03">(railway or highway)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1325</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">381</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">184</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fusel oil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1201</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fuses, tracer, see</E> Tracers for ammunition
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Fuzes, combination, percussion and time, see</E> Fuzes, detonating <E T="03">(UN0257, UN0367);</E> Fuzes, igniting <E T="03">(UN0317, UN0368)</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuzes, detonating
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0106
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuzes, detonating
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0107
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuzes, detonating
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0257
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">116
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuzes, detonating</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0367</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">116, 347</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuzes, detonating, <E T="03">with protective features</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0408</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuzes, detonating, <E T="03">with protective features</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0409</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuzes, detonating, <E T="03">with protective features</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0410
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">116
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuzes, igniting
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0316
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuzes, igniting
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0317
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fuzes, igniting
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0368
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Galactsan trinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gallium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2803</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">162</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gas cartridges, <E T="03">(flammable) without a release device, non-refillable</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2037
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 157


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gas identification set</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA9035</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">194</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gas oil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1202</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gas, refrigerated liquid, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3312</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gas, refrigerated liquid, n.o.s. <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3158</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gas, refrigerated liquid, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3311</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5, TP22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gas sample, non-pressurized, flammable, n.o.s., <E T="03">not refrigerated liquid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3167</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gas sample, non-pressurized, toxic, flammable, n.o.s., <E T="03">not refrigerated liquid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3168</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gas sample, non-pressurized, toxic, n.o.s., <E T="03">not refrigerated liquid</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3169
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gasoline <E T="03">includes gasoline mixed with ethyl alcohol, with not more than 10% alcohol</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1203</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, 177, B1, B33, IB2, T4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Gasoline, casinghead, see</E> Gasoline
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Gelatine, blasting, see</E> Explosive, blasting, type A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Gelatine dynamites, see</E> Explosive, blasting, type A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Germane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2192</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Germane, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3523</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Glycerol-1,3-dinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Glycerol gluconate trinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Glycerol lactate trinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Glycerol alpha-monochlorohydrin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2689</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Glyceryl trinitrate, see</E> Nitroglycerin, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Glycidaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2622</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP8, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grenades, <E T="03">hand or rifle, with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0284</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grenades, <E T="03">hand or rifle, with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0285</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grenades, <E T="03">hand or rifle, with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0292</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grenades, <E T="03">hand or rifle, with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0293</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Grenades, illuminating, see</E> Ammunition, illuminating, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grenades, practice, <E T="03">hand or rifle</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0110
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grenades, practice, <E T="03">hand or rifle</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0318
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grenades, practice, <E T="03">hand or rifle</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0372
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grenades practice, <E T="03">hand or rifle</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0452
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Grenades, smoke, see</E> Ammunition, smoke, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Guanidine nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1467</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Guanyl nitrosaminoguanylidene hydrazine (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Guanyl nitrosaminoguanylidene hydrazine, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 30 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0113
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111, 117
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Guanyl nitrosaminoguanyltetrazene (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Guanyl nitrosaminoguanyltetrazene, wetted <E T="03">or</E> Tetrazene, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 30 percent water or mixture of alcohol and water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0114
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111, 117
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gunpowder, compressed <E T="03">or</E> Gunpowder in pellets, <E T="03">see</E> Black powder <E T="03">(UN 0028)</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gunpowder, <E T="03">granular or as a meal, see</E> Black powder <E T="03">(UN 0027)</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hafnium powder, dry
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2545
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B135, IB8, IP21, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hafnium powder, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 25 percent water (a visible excess of water must be present) (a) mechanically produced, particle size less than 53 microns; (b) chemically produced, particle size less than 840 microns</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1326</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A6, A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33, W31, W40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hand signal device, see</E> Signal devices, hand
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hazardous substances, liquid or solid, n.o.s., see</E> Environmentally hazardous substances, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hazardous waste, liquid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA3082</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hazardous waste, solid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA3077</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B54, IB8, IP2, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Heating oil, light</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1202</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Helium, compressed
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1046
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306, 307
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 314
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Helium, refrigerated liquid <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1963</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Heptafluoropropane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3296</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Heptaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3056</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Heptanes
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1206
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Heptene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2278</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexachloroacetone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2661</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexachlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2729</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B3, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexachlorobutadiene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2279</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexachlorocyclopentadiene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2646</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B77, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexachlorophene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2875</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexadecyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1781</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexadienes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2458</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexaethyl tetraphosphate and compressed gas mixtures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1612</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">334</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, <E T="03">liquid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1611</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, N76, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, <E T="03">solid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1611</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, N76</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexafluoroacetone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2420</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexafluoroacetone hydrate, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2552</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexafluoroacetone hydrate, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3436</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexafluoroethane, <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 116</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2193</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexafluorophosphoric acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1782</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, IB2, N3, N34, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexafluoropropylene compressed <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 1216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1858</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1207</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexamethylene diisocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2281</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hexamethylene triperoxide diamine (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexamethylenediamine, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2280</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 52




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexamethylenediamine solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1783</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexamethyleneimine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2493</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexamethylenetetramine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1328</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hexamethylol benzene hexanitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexanes
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1208
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,2′,4,4′,6,6′- Hexanitro-3,3′-dihydroxyazobenzene (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hexanitroazoxy benzene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">N,N′-(hexanitrodiphenyl) ethylene dinitramine (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hexanitrodiphenyl urea</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,2′,3′,4,4′,6-Hexanitrodiphenylamine</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexanitrodiphenylamine <E T="03">or</E> Dipicrylamine <E T="03">or</E> Hexyl
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0079
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,3′,4,4′,6,6′-Hexanitrodiphenylether</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hexanitroethane</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hexanitrooxanilide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexanitrostilbene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0392
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hexanoic acid, see</E> Corrosive liquids, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexanols</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2282</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Hexene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2370</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexogen and cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">see</E> RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexogen and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">see</E> RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexogen and octogen mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">see</E> RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexogen, <E T="03">see</E> Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexolite, <E T="03">or</E> Hexotol <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 15 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0118
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexotonal
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0393
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexyl, <E T="03">see</E> Hexanitrodiphenylamine


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1784</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">High explosives, see individual explosives' entries</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HMX, <E T="03">see</E> Cyclotetramethylenete tranitramine, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrazine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2029</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, A10, B7, B16, B53</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52, 125


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrazine, aqueous solution, <E T="03">with not more than 37 percent hydrazine, by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3293</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrazine aqueous solution, flammable <E T="03">with more than 37% hydrazine, by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3484</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B16, B53, T10, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52, 125


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrazine aqueous solution, <E T="03">with more than 37% hydrazine, by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2030</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B16, B53, T10, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B16, B53, IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B16, B53, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrazine azide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrazine chlorate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrazine dicarbonic acid diazide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrazine perchlorate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrazine selenate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydriodic acid, anhydrous, see</E> Hydrogen iodide, anhydrous


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydriodic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1787</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, B2, IB2, N41, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrobromic acid, anhydrous, see</E> Hydrogen bromide, anhydrous


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrobromic acid, <E T="03">with more than 49 percent hydrobromic acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1788</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, B15, IB2, N41, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 53, 58



  


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrobromic acid, <E T="03">with not more than 49 percent hydrobromic acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1788</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, B2, B15, IB2, N41, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 53, 58






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrocarbon gas mixture, compressed, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1964</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrocarbon gas mixture, liquefied, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1965</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrocarbons, liquid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3295</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, T11, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrochloric acid, anhydrous, see</E> Hydrogen chloride, anhydrous


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrochloric acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1789</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">386, A3, B3, B15, B133, IB2, N41, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrocyanic acid, anhydrous, see</E> Hydrogen cyanide <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions <E T="03">or</E> Hydrogen cyanide, aqueous solutions <E T="03">with not more than 20 percent hydrogen cyanide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1613</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B61, B65, B77, B82, T20, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">195</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions <E T="03">with less than 5 percent hydrogen cyanide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1613</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">195</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrocyanic acid, liquefied, see</E> Hydrogen cyanide, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrocyanic acid (prussic), unstabilized</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrofluoric acid and Sulfuric acid mixtures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1786</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B15, B23, N5, N34, T10, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrofluoric acid, anhydrous, see</E> Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrofluoric acid, <E T="03">with more than 60 percent strength</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1790</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B4, B15, B23, N5, N34, T10, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrofluoric acid, <E T="03">with not more than 60 percent strength</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1790</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B15, IB2, N5, N34, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrofluoroboric acid, see</E> Fluoroboric acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrofluorosilicic acid, see</E> Fluorosilicic acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen and Methane mixtures, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2034</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen bromide, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1048</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14, N86, N89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen chloride, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1050</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, N86, N89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2186</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1049</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 314</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen cyanide, solution in alcohol <E T="03">with not more than 45 percent hydrogen cyanide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3294</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized <E T="03">with less than 3 percent water</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1051
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, 387, B35, B61, B65, B77, B82
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">195
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized, <E T="03">with less than 3 percent water and absorbed in a porous inert material</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1614
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5, 387
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">195
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1052</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B7, B46, B77, N86, T10, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">163</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen in a metal hydride storage system <E T="03">or</E> Hydrogen in a metal hydride storage system contained in equipment <E T="03">or</E> Hydrogen in a metal hydride storage system packed with equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3468</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">167</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">311</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen iodide, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2197</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14, N86, N89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrogen iodide solution,</E> see Hydriodic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid mixtures, stabilized <E T="03">with acids, water, and not more than 5 percent peroxyacetic acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3149</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">145, A2, A3, B53, IB2, IP5, T7, TP2, TP6, TP24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 66, 75








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions <E T="03">with more than 40 percent but not more than 60 percent hydrogen peroxide (stabilized as necessary)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2014</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, A60, B53, B80, B81, B85, IB2, IP5, T7, TP2, TP6, TP24, TP37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 66, 75








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions <E T="03">with not less than 20 percent but not more than 40 percent hydrogen peroxide (stabilized as necessary)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2014</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, A3, B53, IB2, IP5, T7, TP2, TP6, TP24, TP37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 66, 75






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen, peroxide, aqueous solutions <E T="03">with not less than 8 percent but less than 20 percent hydrogen peroxide (stabilized as necessary)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2984</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB2, IP5, T4, TP1, TP6, TP24, TP37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 66, 75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen peroxide, stabilized <E T="03">or</E> Hydrogen peroxide aqueous solutions, stabilized <E T="03">with more than 60 percent hydrogen peroxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2015</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, B53, B80, B81, B85, T9, TP2, TP6, TP24, TP37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 66, 75.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen, refrigerated liquid <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1966</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">318, 319</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen selenide, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3526</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen selenide, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2202</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrogen sulfate, see</E> Sulfuric acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen sulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1053</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, N89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogendifluoride, solid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1740</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, N3, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 52, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, N3, N34, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 52, 53, 58










</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogendifluoride solution, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3471</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydrosilicofluoric acid, see</E> Fluorosilicic acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Hydroxybenzotriazole, anhydrous, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 20 percent water, by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0508</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Hydroxybenzotriazole, monohydrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3474</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hydroxyl amine iodide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydroxylamine sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2865</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hypochlorite solutions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1791</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148, A7, B2, B15, IB2, IP5, N34, T7, TP2, TP24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">386, IB3, N34, T4, TP2, TP24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hypochlorites, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3212</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">349, A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 25, 52, 56, 58, 69, 116, 118
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Hyponitrous acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Igniter fuse, metal clad, see</E> Fuse, <E T="03">igniter, tubular, metal clad</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Igniters
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0121
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Igniters
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0314
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Igniters
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0315
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Igniters
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0325
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Igniters
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0454
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3,3′-Iminodipropylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2269</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Infectious substances, affecting animals <E T="03">only</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2900
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A82
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">196
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 mL or 50 g
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4 L or 4 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 95, 155


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Infectious substances, affecting humans
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2814
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A82
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">196
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 mL or 50 g
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4 L or 4 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 95, 155


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Inflammable, see Flammable</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Initiating explosives (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Inositol hexanitrate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Insecticide gases, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1968</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Insecticide gases, flammable, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3354</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Insecticide gases, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard Zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3355</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Insecticide gases, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard Zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3355</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Insecticide gases, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard Zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3355</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Insecticide gases, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation hazard Zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3355</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Insecticide gases, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1967</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">193, 334</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Inulin trinitrate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iodine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3495</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 55
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Iodine azide (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iodine monochloride, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3498</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58, 66, 74, 89, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iodine monochloride, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1792</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B6, IB8, IP2, IP4, N41, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58, 66, 74


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iodine pentafluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2495</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">205</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 52, 53, 58, 66, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Iodobutane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2390</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iodomethylpropanes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2391</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iodopropanes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2392</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Iodoxy compounds (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Iridium nitratopentamine iridium nitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Iron chloride, see</E> Ferric chloride


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iron oxide, spent, <E T="03">or</E> Iron sponge, spent <E T="03">obtained from coal gas purification</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1376
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B18, B134, IB8, IP21, T1, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iron pentacarbonyl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1994</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, B77, T22, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Iron sesquichloride, see</E> Ferric chloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Irritating material, see</E> Tear gas substances, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutane <E T="03">see also</E> Petroleum gases, liquefied</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1969</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutanol <E T="03">or</E> Isobutyl alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1212</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1213</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyl acrylate, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2527
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyl alcohol, <E T="03">see</E> Isobutanol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyl aldehyde, <E T="03">see</E> Isobutyraldehyde
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyl formate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2393</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyl isobutyrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2528</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyl isocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2486</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T20, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyl methacrylate, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2283
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyl propionate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2394</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1214</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutylene <E T="03">see also</E> Petroleum gases, liquefied</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1055</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyraldehyde <E T="03">or</E> Isobutyl aldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2045</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyric acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2529</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyronitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2284</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyryl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2395</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isocyanates, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Isocyanate solutions, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2478
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5, A3, A7, IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5, A3, A7, IB3, T7, TP1, TP13, TP28, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isocyanates, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Isocyanate solutions, toxic, flammable, n.o.s., <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C but not more than 61 degrees C and boiling point less than 300 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3080</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isocyanates, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Isocyanate solutions, toxic, n.o.s., <E T="03">flash point more than 61 degrees C and boiling point less than 300 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2206</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP13, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isocyanatobenzotrifluorides</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2285</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isoheptenes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2287</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isohexenes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2288</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP8, T11, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Isooctane, see</E> Octanes
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isooctenes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1216</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Isopentane, see</E> Pentane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Isopentanoic acid, see</E> Corrosive liquids, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopentenes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2371</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isophorone diisocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2290</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isophoronediamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2289</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isoprene, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1218
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, T11, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropanol <E T="03">or</E> Isopropyl alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1219</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4b, 150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropenyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2403</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropenylbenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2303</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1220</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropyl acid phosphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1793</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropyl alcohol, <E T="03">see</E> Isopropanol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropyl butyrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2405</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropyl chloroacetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2947</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropyl chloroformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2407</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B77, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 53, 58, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropyl 2-chloropropionate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2934</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropyl isobutyrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2406</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropyl isocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2483</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Isopropyl mercaptan, see</E> Propanethiols
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropyl nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1222</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Isopropyl phosphoric acid, see</E> Isopropyl acid phosphate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropyl propionate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2409</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1221</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropylbenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1918</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Isopropylcumyl hydroperoxide, with more than 72 percent in solution</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isosorbide dinitrate mixture <E T="03">with not less than 60 percent lactose, mannose, starch or calcium hydrogen phosphate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2907</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, N85</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isosorbide-5-mononitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3251</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66, 159, IB8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">223</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 84
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Isothiocyanic acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Jet fuel, see</E> Fuel aviation, turbine engine


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jet perforating guns, charged <E T="03">oil well with detonator</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA0124</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55, 56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 154
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jet perforating guns, charged <E T="03">oil well, with detonator</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA0494</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55, 56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 154
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jet perforating guns, charged, <E T="03">oil well, without detonator</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0494</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55, 114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 154
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jet perforating guns, charged <E T="03">oil well without detonator</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0124</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 154


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Jet perforators, see</E> Charges, shaped, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Jet tappers, without detonator, see</E> Charges, shaped, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Jet thrust igniters, for rocket motors or Jato, see</E> Igniters
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Jet thrust unit (Jato), see</E> Rocket motors
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Kerosene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1223</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, B1, IB3, T2, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ketones, liquid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1224</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP1, TP8, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Krill meal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3497</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 88, 128
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Krypton, compressed
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1056
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306, 307
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Krypton, refrigerated liquid <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1970</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lacquer base or lacquer chips, nitrocellulose, dry, see</E> Nitrocellulose, etc. (UN 2557)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lacquer base or lacquer chips, plastic, wet with alcohol or solvent, see</E> Nitrocellulose <E T="03">(UN2059, UN2555, UN2556, UN2557) or</E> Paint etc.(UN1263)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1616</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead arsenates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1617</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead arsenites</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1618</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lead azide (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead azide, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 20 percent water or mixture of alcohol and water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0129
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111, 117
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead compounds, soluble, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2291</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead cyanide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1620</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead dioxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1872</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lead dross, see</E> Lead sulfate, <E T="03">with more than 3 percent free acid</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1469</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lead nitroresorcinate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead perchlorate, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1470</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead perchlorate, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3408</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lead peroxide, see</E> Lead dioxide


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead phosphite, dibasic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2989</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lead picrate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lead styphnate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead styphnate, wetted <E T="03">or</E> Lead trinitroresorcinate, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 20 percent water or mixture of alcohol and water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0130
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111, 117
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead sulfate <E T="03">with more than 3 percent free acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1794</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead trinitroresorcinate, <E T="03">see</E> Lead styphnate, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life-saving appliances, not self inflating <E T="03">containing dangerous goods as equipment</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3072
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">219
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life-saving appliances, self inflating</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2990</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">219</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lighters <E T="03">containing flammable gas</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1057</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">168</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21,308</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21,308</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lighters, new or empty, purged of all residual fuel and vapors</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">168
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lighters<E T="03">, non-pressurized, containing flammable liquid,</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1057</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">168</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lighter refills <E T="03">containing flammable gas not exceeding 4 fluid ounces (7.22 cubic inches) and 65 grams of flammable gas</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1057</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">169</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lighter replacement cartridges containing liquefied petroleum gases</E> see Lighter <E T="03">refills containing flammable gas. Etc.</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lighters, fuse
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0131
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lime, unslaked, see</E> Calcium oxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, flammable, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3161</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3163</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3157</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3308</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3308</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3308</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3308</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3309</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3309</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3309</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3309</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3160</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3160</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3160</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3160</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3162</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3162</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3162</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3162</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3310</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3310</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3310</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3310</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone A</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3307</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone B</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3307</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3307</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">Inhalation Hazard Zone D</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3307</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gases, <E T="03">non-flammable charged with nitrogen, carbon dioxide or air</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1058</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Liquefied hydrocarbon gas, see</E> Hydrocarbon gas mixture, liquefied, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Liquefied natural gas, see</E> Methane, etc. (UN 1972)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied petroleum gas <E T="03">see</E> Petroleum gases, liquefied


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1415</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, A19, IB4, IP1, N45, T9, TP7, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lithium acetylide ethylenediamine complex, see</E> Water reactive solid <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium aluminum hydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1410</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium aluminum hydride, ethereal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1411</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, A11, N34</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium batteries installed in cargo transport unit <E T="03">lithium ion batteries or lithium metal batteries</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3536</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">389</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium borohydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1413</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium ferrosilicon
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2830
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, IB7, IP2, IP21, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 85, 103, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium hydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1414</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium hydride, fused solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2805
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A8, A19, A20, IB4, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium hydroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2680</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium hydroxide, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2679</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29, 52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29, 52, 96.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium hypochlorite, dry <E T="03">or</E> Lithium hypochlorite mixture</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1471</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 25, 52, 56, 58, 69, 106, 116
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, N34, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 25, 52, 56, 58, 69, 106, 116
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lithium in cartridges, see</E> Lithium


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium ion batteries <E T="03">including lithium ion polymer batteries</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3480
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">388, 422, A54, A100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium ion batteries contained in equipment <E T="03">including lithium ion polymer batteries</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3481
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181, 360, 388, 422, A54
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium ion batteries packed with equipment <E T="03">including lithium ion polymer batteries</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3481
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181, 360, 388, 422, A54
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium metal batteries <E T="03">including lithium alloy batteries</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3090
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">388, 422, A54
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium metal batteries contained in equipment <E T="03">including lithium alloy batteries</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3091
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181, 360, 388, 422, A54, A101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium metal batteries packed with equipment <E T="03">including lithium alloy batteries</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3091
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181, 360, 388, 422, A54
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2722</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium nitride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2806</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, IB4, IP1, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium peroxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1472
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 66, 75, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lithium silicon
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1417
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB7, IP2, IP21, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 103, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">LNG, see</E> Methane etc. (UN 1972)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">London purple</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1621</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">LPG, see</E> Petroleum gases, liquefied
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Lye, see</E> Sodium hydroxide, solutions


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium aluminum phosphide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1419</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N34, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium arsenate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1622</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Magnesium bisulfite solution, see</E> Bisulfites, aqueous solutions, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium bromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1473</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium chlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2723</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium diamide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2004
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A8, A19, A20, IB6, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Magnesium dross, wet or hot</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium fluorosilicate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2853</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium granules, coated, <E T="03">particle size not less than 149 microns</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2950
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19, IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium hydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2010</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium <E T="03">or</E> Magnesium alloys <E T="03">with more than 50 percent magnesium in pellets, turnings or ribbons</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1869
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, B134, IB8, IP21, T1, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 39, 52, 53, 74, 101, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1474</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">332, A1, B120, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium perchlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1475</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium peroxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1476
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 66, 75, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium phosphide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2011</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 85, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium, powder <E T="03">or</E> Magnesium alloys, powder</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1418</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, B56, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 39, 52, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, B56, IB5, IP2, T3, TP33, W31, W40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 39, 52, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, B56, IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 39, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Magnesium scrap, see</E> Magnesium, etc. (UN 1869)


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium silicide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2624
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB7, IP2, IP21, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 103, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Magnetized material, see § 173.21</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maleic anhydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2215</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58, 95, 102
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maleic anhydride, molten</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2215</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T4, TP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58, 95, 102


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Malononitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2647</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mancozeb (manganese ethylenebisdithiocarbamate complex with zinc) see</E> Maneb


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maneb <E T="03">or</E> Maneb preparations <E T="03">with not less than 60 percent maneb</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2210
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57, A1, A19, IB6, T1, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 34, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maneb stabilized <E T="03">or</E> Maneb preparations, stabilized <E T="03">against self-heating</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2968
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54, A1, A19, IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 34, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Manganese nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2724</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Manganese resinate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1330</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB6, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mannitan tetranitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mannitol hexanitrate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mannitol hexanitrate, wetted <E T="03">or</E> Nitromannite, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 40 percent water, or mixture of alcohol and water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0133
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Marine pollutants, liquid or solid, n.o.s., see</E> Environmentally hazardous substances, liquid <E T="03">or</E> solid, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Matches, block, see</E> Matches, 'strike anywhere'
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Matches, fusee</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2254</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">186</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">186</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Matches, safety <E T="03">(book, card or strike on box)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1944</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">186</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">186</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Matches, strike anywhere</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1331</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">186</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">186</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Matches, wax, Vesta</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1945</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">186</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">186</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Matting acid, see</E> Sulfuric acid


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Medical waste, category A, affecting humans<E T="03">, solid or</E> Medical waste, category A, affecting animals <E T="03">only, solid</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3549
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131, 430
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Medicine, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3248</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Medicine, liquid, toxic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1851</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Medicine, solid, toxic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3249</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Memtetrahydrophthalic anhydride, see</E> Corrosive liquids, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercaptans, liquid, flammable, n.o.s. or Mercaptan mixture, liquid, flammable, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3336</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 102
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 102
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, B52, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 102




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercaptans, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Mercaptan mixtures, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1228</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 95, 102
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 95, 102






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercaptans, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Mercaptan mixtures, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s., <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3071</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 102, 121


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5-Mercaptotetrazol-1-acetic acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0448
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric arsenate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1623</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1624</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mercuric compounds, see</E> Mercury compounds, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1625</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, N73, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric potassium cyanide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1626
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, N74, N75, T6, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mercuric sulfocyanate, see</E> Mercury thiocyanate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mercurol, see</E> Mercury nucleate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mercurous azide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mercurous compounds, see</E> Mercury compounds, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercurous nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1627</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2809</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">365</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">164</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">164</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1629</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mercury acetylide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury ammonium chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1630</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury based pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2778</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3011</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury based pesticides, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2777</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury benzoate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1631</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury bromides</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1634</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury compound, liquid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2024</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury compound, solid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2025</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury contained in manufactured articles</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3506</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A191</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">164</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury cyanide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1636</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, N74, N75, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury fulminate, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 20 percent water, or mixture of alcohol and water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0135
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111, 117
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury gluconate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1637</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury iodide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1638</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mercury iodide aquabasic ammonobasic (Iodide of Millon's base)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mercury nitride</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury nucleate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1639</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury oleate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1640</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1641</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mercury oxycyanide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury oxycyanide, desensitized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1642</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52, 91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury potassium iodide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1643</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury salicylate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1644</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury sulfates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1645</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury thiocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1646</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mesityl oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1229</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metal carbonyls, liquid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3281</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metal carbonyls, solid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3466</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metal catalyst, dry
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2881
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N34, T21, TP7, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">187
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">187
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B135, IB8, IP21, N34, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">187
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metal catalyst, wetted <E T="03">with a visible excess of liquid</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1378
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, A8, IB1, N34, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metal hydrides, flammable, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3182
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB4, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB4, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metal hydrides, water reactive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1409</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N34, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, IB4, N34, N40, T3, TP33, W31, W40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metal powder, self-heating, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3189
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B135, IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metal powders, flammable, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3089
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 74, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T1, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 74, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Metal salts of methyl nitramine (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metal salts of organic compounds, flammable, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3181
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1332</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metallic substance, water-reactive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3208</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB4, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB7, IP2, IP21, T3, TP33, W31, W40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB8, IP21, T1, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metallic substance, water-reactive, self-heating, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3209</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB5, IP2, T3, TP33, W31, W40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methacrylaldehyde, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2396
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45, 387, IB2, T7, TP1, TP13
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methacrylic acid, stabilized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2531</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41, 387, IB2, T7, TP1, TP18, TP30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methacrylonitrile, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3079
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 387, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methallyl alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2614</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methane and hydrogen, mixtures, see</E> Hydrogen and methane, mixtures, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methane, compressed <E T="03">or</E> Natural gas, compressed <E T="03">(with high methane content)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1971</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methane, refrigerated liquid <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid) or</E> Natural gas, refrigerated liquid <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid, with high methane content)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1972</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methanesulfonyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3246</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1230</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1230</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methazoic acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-Methoxy-4-methylpentan-2-one</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2293</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Methoxy-2-propanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3092</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methoxymethyl isocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2605</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1231</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl acetylene and propadiene mixtures, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1060
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, N88, T50
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl acrylate, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1919
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB2, T4, TP1, TP13
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl alcohol, see</E> Methanol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl allyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2554</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl amyl ketone, see</E> Amyl methyl ketone
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1062</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14, N86, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl bromide and chloropicrin mixtures with more than 2 percent chloropicrin, see</E> Chloropicrin and methyl bromide mixtures
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl bromide and chloropicrin mixtures with not more than 2 percent chloropicrin, see</E> Methyl bromide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl bromide and ethylene dibromide mixtures, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1647</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, N65, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl bromoacetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2643</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Methylbutanal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3371</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Methyl-1-butene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2459</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Methyl-2-butene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2460</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP8, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Methyl-1-butene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2561</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl tert-butyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2398</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl butyrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1237</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl chloride or Refrigerant gas R 40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1063</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N86, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl chloride and chloropicrin mixtures, see</E> Chloropicrin and methyl chloride mixtures
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl chloride and methylene chloride mixtures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1912</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N86, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl chloroacetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2295</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl chlorocarbonate, see</E> Methyl chloroformate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl chloroform, see</E> 1,1,1-Trichloroethane


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl chloroformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1238</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, N34, T22, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 53, 58, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl chloromethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1239</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T22, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl 2-chloropropionate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2933</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl dichloroacetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2299</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl ethyl ether, see</E> Ethyl methyl ether
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl ethyl ketone, <E T="03">see</E> Ethyl methyl ketone
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide, in solution with more than 9 percent by mass active oxygen</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Methyl-5-ethylpyridine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2300</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl fluoride, <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2454</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl formate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1243</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Methyl-2-heptanethiol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3023</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 102
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl iodide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2644</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl isobutyl carbinol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2053</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl isobutyl ketone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1245</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide, in solution with more than 9 percent by mass active oxygen</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl isocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2480</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T22, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl isopropenyl ketone, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1246
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB2, T4, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl isothiocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2477</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl isovalerate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2400</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl magnesium bromide, in ethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1928</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl mercaptan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1064</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B7, B9, B14, N89, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl mercaptopropionaldehyde, see</E> 4-Thiapentanal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">

</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl methacrylate monomer, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1247
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB2, T4, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl nitramine (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl nitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl nitrite</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl norbornene dicarboxylic anhydride, see</E> Corrosive liquids, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl orthosilicate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2606</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl phosphonic dichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA9206</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, N34, N43, T20, TP4, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl phosphonothioic dichloride, anhydrous, see</E> Corrosive liquid, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl phosphonous dichloride, <E T="03">pyrophoric liquid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA2845</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B16, B32, T20, TP4, TP12, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl picric acid (heavy metal salts of)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl propionate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1248</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl propyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2612</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP8, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl propyl ketone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1249</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl sulfate, see</E> Dimethyl sulfate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl sulfide, see</E> Dimethyl sulfide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl trichloroacetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2533</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methyl trimethylol methane trinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl vinyl ketone, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1251
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, 387, B9, B14, B30, T22, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 25, 40, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1234</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP8, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylamine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1061</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N87, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylamine, aqueous solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1235</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52, 135.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methylamine dinitramine and dry salts thereof</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methylamine nitroform</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methylamine perchlorate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylamyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1233</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N-Methylaniline
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2294
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">alpha-Methylbenzyl alcohol, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2937</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">alpha-Methylbenzyl alcohol, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3438</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Methylbutan-2-one</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2397</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N-Methylbutylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2945</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylchlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2534</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, N34</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylcyclohexane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2296
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB2, T4, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylcyclohexanols, <E T="03">flammable</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2617</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylcyclohexanone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2297</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylcyclopentane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2298</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyldichloroarsine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1556</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, T20, TP4, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyldichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1242</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, A7, B6, B77, N34, T14, TP2, TP7, TP13, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 49, 53, 58, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methylene chloride, see</E> Dichloromethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methylene glycol dinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Methylfuran</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2301</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">a-Methylglucoside tetranitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">a-Methylglycerol trinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5-Methylhexan-2-one</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2302</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylhydrazine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1244</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B7, B9, B14, B30, B77, N34, T22, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 49, 52 and 100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-Methylmorpholine <E T="03">or</E> n-methylmorpholine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2535</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B6, IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylpentadienes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2461</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Methylpentan-2-ol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2560</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Methylpentanes, see</E> Hexanes


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylphenyldichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2437</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Methylpiperidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2399</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyltetrahydrofuran</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2536</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1250</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B6, B77, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">alpha-Methylvaleraldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2367</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mine rescue equipment containing carbon dioxide, see</E> Carbon dioxide


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mines <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0136</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mines <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0137</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mines <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0138</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mines <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0294</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mixed acid, see</E> Nitrating acid, mixtures <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Mobility aids, see</E> Battery powered equipment <E T="03">or</E> Battery powered vehicle'


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Model rocket motor
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA0276
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Model rocket motor
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA0323
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Molybdenum pentachloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2508</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Monochloroacetone (unstabilized)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Monochloroethylene, see</E> Vinyl chloride, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Monoethanolamine, see</E> Ethanolamine, solutions
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Monoethylamine, see</E> Ethylamine


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Morpholine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2054</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T10, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Morpholine, aqueous, mixture, see</E> Corrosive liquids, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Motor fuel anti-knock compounds <E T="03">see</E> Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Motor fuel anti-knock mixture, flammable</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3483</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14, T14, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1649</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14, B9, B90, T14, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Motor spirit, <E T="03">see</E> Gasoline
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Muriatic acid, see</E> Hydrochloric acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Musk xylene, <E T="03">see</E> 5-tert-Butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-m-xylene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Naphtha see</E> Petroleum distillates n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Naphthalene, crude <E T="03">or</E> Naphthalene, refined</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1334</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, B120,IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Naphthalene diozonide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">beta-Naphthylamine, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1650</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">beta-Naphthylamine solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3411</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">alpha-Naphthylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2077</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Naphthalene, molten</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2304</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T1, TP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Naphthylamineperchlorate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Naphthylthiourea</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1651</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Naphthylurea</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1652</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Natural gases (with high methane content), see</E> Methane, etc. (UN 1971, UN 1972)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Neohexane, see</E> Hexanes
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Neon, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1065</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306, 307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Neon, refrigerated liquid <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1913</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">New explosive or explosive device, see §§ 173.51 and 173.56</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nickel carbonyl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1259</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">198</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nickel cyanide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1653</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, N74, N75, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nickel nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2725</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nickel nitrite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2726</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nickel picrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nicotine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1654</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nicotine compounds, liquid, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Nicotine preparations, liquid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3144</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nicotine compounds, solid, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Nicotine preparations, solid, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1655
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nicotine hydrochloride liquid <E T="03">or</E> solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1656</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nicotine hydrochloride, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3444</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nicotine salicylate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1657</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nicotine sulfate solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1658</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nicotine sulphate, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3445</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nicotine tartrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1659</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitrated paper (unstable)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3218</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrates, inorganic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1477</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitrates of diazonium compounds</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrating acid mixtures, spent <E T="03">with more than 50 percent nitric acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1826</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, T10, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">158</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58, 66


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrating acid mixtures spent <E T="03">with not more than 50 percent nitric acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1826</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, IB2, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">158</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrating acid mixtures <E T="03">with more than 50 percent nitric acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1796</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, T10, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">158</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58, 66


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrating acid mixtures <E T="03">with not more than 50 percent nitric acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1796</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, IB2, T8, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">158</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitric acid <E T="03">other than red fuming, with at least 65 percent, but not more than 70 percent nitric acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2031</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, B47, B53, IB2, IP15, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">158</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58, 66, 74, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitric acid <E T="03">other than red fuming, with more than 20 percent and less than 65 percent nitric acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2031</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A212, B2, B47, B53, IB2, IP15, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">158</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44, 66, 53, 58, 74, 89, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitric acid <E T="03">other than red fuming with not more than 20 percent nitric acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2031</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, B47, B53, IB2, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">158</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitric acid, red fuming</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2032</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58, 66, 74, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitric acid <E T="03">other than red fuming, with more than 70 percent nitric acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2031</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B47, B53, T10, TP2, TP12, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">158</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44, 53, 58, 66, 89, 90, 110, 111


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitric oxide, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1660</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">337</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitric oxide and dinitrogen tetroxide mixtures <E T="03">or</E> Nitric oxide and nitrogen dioxide mixtures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1975</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">337</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitriles, flammable, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3273</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52








</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitriles, liquid, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3276</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitriles, solid, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3439</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitriles, toxic, flammable, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3275</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrites, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3219</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148, IB1, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46, 56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46, 56, 58, 133




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrites, inorganic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2627</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46, 56, 58, 133


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Nitro-4-chlorobenzotrifluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2307</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">6-Nitro-4-diazotoluene-3-sulfonic acid (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitro isobutane triol trinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">N-Nitro-N-methylglycolamide nitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2-Nitro-2-methylpropanol nitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitro urea
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0147
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">N-Nitroaniline</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroanilines (<E T="03">o-; m-; p-;</E>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1661</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroanisole, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2730</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroanisoles, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3458</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1662</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">m-Nitrobenzene diazonium perchlorate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrobenzenesulfonic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2305</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, B4, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitrobenzol, see</E> Nitrobenzene


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5-Nitrobenzotriazol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0385
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrobenzotrifluorides, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2306</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrobenzotrifluorides, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3431</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrobromobenzenes, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2732</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrobromobenzenes, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3459</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrocellulose, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 25 percent water (or alcohol), by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0340
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">196
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 27E
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrocellulose, <E T="03">with not more than 12.6 percent nitrogen, by dry mass</E> mixture with <E T="03">or</E> without plasticizer, with <E T="03">or</E> without pigment
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2557
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrocellulose membrane filters, <E T="03">with not more than 12.6% nitrogen, by dry mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3270</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43, A1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrocellulose, plasticized <E T="03">with not less than 18 percent plasticizing substance, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0343
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">196
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrocellulose, solution, flammable <E T="03">with not more than 12.6 percent nitrogen, by mass, and not more than 55 percent nitrocellulose</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2059</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198, T11, TP1, TP8, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198, B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrocellulose, <E T="03">unmodified or plasticized with less than 18 percent plasticizing substance, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0341
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">196
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 27E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrocellulose, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 25 percent alcohol, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0342
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">196
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrocellulose with alcohol <E T="03">with not less than 25 percent alcohol by mass, and with not more than 12.6 percent nitrogen, by dry mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2556
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 28, 36




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrocellulose with water <E T="03">with not less than 25 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2555
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitrochlorobenzene, see</E> Chloronitrobenzenes <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrocresols, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3434</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrocresols, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2446</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2842</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitroethyl nitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitroethylene polymer</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrogen, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1066</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306, 307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrogen dioxide, <E T="03">see</E> Dinitrogen tetroxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitrogen fertilizer solution, see</E> Fertilizer ammoniating solution <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitrogen peroxide, see</E> Dinitrogen tetroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrogen, refrigerated liquid <E T="03">cryogenic liquid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1977</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">345, 346, T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitrogen tetroxide and nitric oxide mixtures, see</E> Nitric oxide and nitrogen tetroxide mixtures
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitrogen tetroxide, see</E> Dinitrogen tetroxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitrogen trichloride</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrogen trifluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2451</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitrogen triiodide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitrogen triiodide monoamine</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrogen trioxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2421</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">336</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 89, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroglycerin, desensitized <E T="03">with not less than 40 percent non-volatile water insoluble phlegmatizer, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0143
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 21E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitroglycerin, liquid, not desensitized</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroglycerin mixture, desensitized, liquid, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">with not more than 30 percent nitroglycerin, by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3343</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">129</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroglycerin mixture, desensitized, liquid, n.o.s. <E T="03">with not more than 30% nitroglycerin, by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3357</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">142</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroglycerin mixture, desensitized, solid, n.o.s. <E T="03">with more than 2 percent but not more than 10 percent nitroglycerin, by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3319</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroglycerin, solution in alcohol, <E T="03">with more than 1 percent but not more than 5 percent nitroglycerin</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3064</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroglycerin, solution in alcohol, <E T="03">with more than 1 percent but not more than 10 percent nitroglycerin</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0144
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 21E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroglycerin solution in alcohol <E T="03">with not more than 1 percent nitroglycerin</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1204</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, N34</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitroguanidine nitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroguanidine <E T="03">or</E> Picrite, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 20 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0282
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroguanidine, wetted <E T="03">or</E> Picrite, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 20 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1336
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, A8, A19, A20, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1-Nitrohydantoin</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrohydrochloric acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1798</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B10, N41, T10, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58, 66, 74, 89, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitromannite (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitromannite, wetted, <E T="03">see</E> Mannitol hexanitrate, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitromethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1261</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitromuriatic acid, see</E> Nitrohydrochloric acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitronaphthalene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2538</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrophenols (<E T="03">o-; m-; p-;</E>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1663</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">m-Nitrophenyldinitro methane</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-Nitrophenylhydrazine, <E T="03">with not less than 30 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3376
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162, A8, A19, A20, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitropropanes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2608</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">p-Nitrosodimethylaniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1369</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrostarch, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 20 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0146
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrostarch, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 20 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1337
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, A8, A19, A20, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitrosugars (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrosyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1069</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrosylsulfuric acid, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2308</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B2, IB2, N34, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58, 66, 74, 89, 90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrosylsulphuric acid, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3456</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58, 66, 74, 89, 90


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrotoluenes, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1664</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrotoluenes, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3446</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrotoluidines (mono)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2660</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrotriazolone <E T="03">or</E> NTO
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0490
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrous oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1070</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2201</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B6, T75, TP5, TP22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroxylenes, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1665</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitroxylenes, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3447</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nitroxylol, see</E> Nitroxylenes


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nonanes
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1920
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Non-flammable gas, n.o.s., see</E> Compressed gas, etc. or Liquefied gas, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nonliquefied gases, see</E> Compressed gases, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nonliquefied hydrocarbon gas, see</E> Hydrocarbon gas mixture, compressed, n.o.s.


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nonyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1799</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53,


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Nordhausen acid, see</E> Sulfuric acid, fuming <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,5-Norbornadiene, stabilized, see</E> Bicyclo [2,2,1] hepta-2,5-diene, stabilized


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octadecyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1800</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octadiene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2309</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,7-Octadine-3,5-diyne-1,8-dimethoxy-9-octadecynoic acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octafluorobut-2-ene <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 1318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2422</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octafluorocyclobutane, <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas RC 318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1976</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octafluoropropane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 218</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2424</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octanes
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1262
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octogen, etc. <E T="03">see</E> Cyclotetramethylene tetranitramine, etc.


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octolite <E T="03">or</E> Octol, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 15 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0266
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octonal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0496</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octyl aldehydes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1191</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1801</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oil gas, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1071</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Oleum, see</E> Sulfuric acid, fuming
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Organic peroxide type A, liquid or solid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type B, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3101
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2, 1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type B, liquid, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3111
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2, 1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type B, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3102
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2, 1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type B, solid, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3112
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2, 1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type C, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type C, liquid, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3113
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type C, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3104
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type C, solid, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3114
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type D, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type D, liquid, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type D, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type D, solid, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3116
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type E, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A61
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type E, liquid, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3117
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type E, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3108
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type E, solid, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3118
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type F, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A61, IP5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type F, liquid, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IP5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type F, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3110
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">TP33
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic peroxide type F, solid, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3120
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">TP33
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic phosphate, mixed with compressed gas <E T="03">or</E> Organic phosphate compound, mixed with compressed gas <E T="03">or</E> Organic phosphorus compound, mixed with compressed gas</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1955</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">334</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organic pigments, self-heating</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3313</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organoarsenic compound, liquid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3280</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organoarsenic compound, solid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3465</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organochlorine pesticides liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2762</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organochlorine pesticides, liquid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2996</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organochlorine pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2995</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organochlorine pesticides, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2761</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organometallic compound, liquid, toxic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3282</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organometallic compound, solid, toxic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3467</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organometallic substance, liquid, pyrophoric</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3392</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B11, T21, TP2, TP7, TP36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 78, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organometallic substance, liquid, pyrophoric, water-reactive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3394</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B11, T21, TP2, TP7, TP36, TP47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 78, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organometallic substance, liquid, water-reactive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3398</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T13, TP2, TP7, TP36, TP47, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, IP2, T7, TP2, TP7, TP36, TP47, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP4, T7, TP2, TP7, TP36, TP47, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organometallic substance, liquid, water-reactive, flammable</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3399</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T13, TP2, TP7, TP36, TP47, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, IP2, T7, TP2, TP7, TP36, TP47, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP4, T7, TP2, TP7, TP36, TP47, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organometallic substance, solid, pyrophoric</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3391</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T21, TP7, TP33, TP36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">187</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organometallic substance, solid, pyrophoric, water-reactive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3393</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B11, T21, TP7, TP33, TP36, TP47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">187</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organometallic substance, solid, self-heating</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3400</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, T3, TP33, TP36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, T1, TP33, TP36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organometallic substance, solid, water-reactive
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3395
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N40, T9, TP7, TP33, TP36, TP47, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB4, T3, TP33, TP36, TP47, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, T1, TP33, TP36, TP47, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organometallic substance, solid, water-reactive, flammable
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3396
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N40, T9, TP7, TP33, TP36, TP47, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB4, T3, TP33, TP36, TP47, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, T1, TP33, TP36, TP47, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organometallic substance, solid, water-reactive, self-heating</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3397</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N40, T9, TP7, TP33, TP36, TP47, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB4, T3, TP33, TP36, TP47, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, T1, TP33, TP36, TP47, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organophosphorus compound, toxic, flammable, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3279</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organophosphorus compound, liquid, toxic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3278</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organophosphorus compound, solid, toxic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3464</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2784</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3018</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N76, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, N76, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, N76, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3017</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N76, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, N76, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, N76, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organophosphorus pesticides, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2783</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, N77, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, N77, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, N77, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organotin compounds, liquid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2788</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N33, N34, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, IB2, N33, N34, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organotin compounds, solid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3146</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A5, IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organotin pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2787</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3020</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3019</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organotin pesticides, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2786</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Orthonitroaniline, see</E> Nitroanilines <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Osmium tetroxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2471
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A8, IB7, IP1, N33, N34, T6, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other regulated substances, liquid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA3082</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A189, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other regulated substances, solid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA3077</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">384, B54, IB8, IP2, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxidizing liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3098</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 56, 58, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, IB1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 56, 58, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 56, 58, 138










</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxidizing liquid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3139</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, 127, A2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, 127, 148, A2, IB2, TP48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, 127, 148, A2, IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 138


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxidizing liquid, toxic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3099</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, IB1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 95, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 95, 138




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxidizing solid, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3085</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 56, 58, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 34, 56, 58, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 34, 56, 58, 138


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxidizing solid, flammable, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3137</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxidizing solid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1479</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, IB5, IP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 106, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 106, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, 148, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 106, 138


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxidizing solid, self-heating, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3100</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxidizing solid, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3087</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 138


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxidizing solid, water reactive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3121</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxygen, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1072</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110, A14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxygen difluoride, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2190</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, N86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 89, 90 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxygen generator, chemical <E T="03">(including when contained in associated equipment, e.g., passenger service units (PSUs), portable breathing equipment (PBE), etc)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3356</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">168</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 69, 106
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxygen generator, chemical, spent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA3356</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxygen, refrigerated liquid <E T="03">(cryogenic liquid)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1073</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5, TP22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paint <E T="03">(including paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac solutions, varnish, polish, liquid filler and liquid lacquer base)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1263</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, T11, TP1, TP8, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149, 367, 383, B52, B131, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, B1, B52, B131, IB3, T2, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A






</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paint <E T="03">or</E> Paint related material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3066</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, B2, IB2, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, B52, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paint, corrosive, flammable <E T="03">(including paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac, varnish, polish, liquid filler, and liquid lacquer base)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3470</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, IB2, T7, TP2, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paint, flammable, corrosive, <E T="03">(including paint , lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac, varnish, polish, liquid filler and liquid lacquer base)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3469</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, IB2, T7, TP2, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paint related material <E T="03">including paint thinning, drying, removing, or reducing compound</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1263</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, T11, TP1, TP8, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149, 367, B52, B131, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, B1, B52, B131, IB3, T2, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paint related material corrosive, flammable <E T="03">(including paint thinning or reducing compound)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3470</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, IB2, T7, TP2, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paint related material, flammable, corrosive <E T="03">(including paint thinning or reducing compound)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3469</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, IB2, T7, TP2, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paper, unsaturated oil treated <E T="03">incompletely dried (including carbon paper)</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1379
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paraformaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2213</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, B120, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paraldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1264</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Paranitroaniline, solid, see</E> Nitroanilines <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Parathion and compressed gas mixture</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1967</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">334</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Paris green, solid, see</E> Copper acetoarsenite
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PCB, <E T="03">see Polychlorinated biphenyls</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentaborane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1380</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">205</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentachloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1669</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentachlorophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3155</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Pentaerythrite tetranitrate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentaerythrite tetranitrate mixture, desensitized, solid, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Pentaerythritol tetranitrate mixture, desensitized, solid, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> PETN mixture, desensitized, solid, n.o.s., <E T="03">with more than 10 percent but not more than 20 percent PETN, by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3344</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118, N85</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentaerythrite tetranitrate <E T="03">or</E> Pentaerythritol tetranitrate <E T="03">or</E> PETN, <E T="03">with not less than 7 percent wax by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0411
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentaerythrite tetranitrate, wetted <E T="03">or</E> Pentaerythritol tetranitrate, wetted, <E T="03">or</E> PETN, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 25 percent water, by mass, or</E> Pentaerythrite tetranitrate, <E T="03">or</E> Pentaerythritol tetranitrate <E T="03">or</E> PETN, desensitized <E T="03">with not less than 15 percent phlegmatizer by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0150
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentaerythritol tetranitrate, <E T="03">see</E> Pentaerythrite tetranitrate, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentafluoroethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3220</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentamethylheptane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2286</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentane-2,4-dione</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2310</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentanes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1265</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, IP8, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Pentanitroaniline (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentanols</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1105</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, B3, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Pentene <E T="03">(n-amylene)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1108</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Pentol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2705</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26, 27


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentolite, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 15 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0151
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Pepper spray, see</E> Aerosols, etc. or Self-defense spray, non-pressurized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Perchlorates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3211</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 69, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Perchlorates, inorganic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1481</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Perchloric acid, with more than 72 percent acid by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Perchloric acid <E T="03">with more than 50 percent but not more than 72 percent acid, by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1873</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, N41, T10, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58, 66


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Perchloric acid <E T="03">with not more than 50 percent acid by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1802</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, N41, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58, 66


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Perchloroethylene, see</E> Tetrachloroethylene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Perchloromethyl mercaptan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1670</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, N34, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Perchloryl fluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3083</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Percussion caps, see</E> Primers, cap type
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Perfluoro-2-butene, see</E> Octafluorobut-2-ene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Perfluoro(ethyl vinyl ether)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3154</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 304, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Perfluoro(methyl vinyl ether)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3153</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 304, 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Perfumery products <E T="03">with flammable solvents</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1266</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Permanganates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3214</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26, 353, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Permanganates, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1482</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26, 353, A30, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26, 353, A30, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Permeation devices for calibrating air quality monitoring equipment See § 173.175


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Peroxides, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1483</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, A20, IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33, W100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 66, 75, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, A20, B134, IB8, IP21, N34, T1, TP33, W100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 66, 75, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Peroxyacetic acid, with more than 43 percent and with more than 6 percent hydrogen peroxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Persulfates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3216</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Persulfates, inorganic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3215</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3021</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B5, T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2903</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2902</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pesticides, solid, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2588</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PETN, <E T="03">see</E> Pentaerythrite tetranitrate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PETN/TNT, <E T="03">see</E> Pentolite, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Petrol, <E T="03">see</E> Gasoline
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Petroleum crude oil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1267</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, 357, T11, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, 357, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, 357, B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Petroleum distillates, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Petroleum products, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1268</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, T11, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Petroleum gases, liquefied <E T="03">or</E> Liquefied petroleum gas</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1075</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50, N95</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Petroleum oil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1270</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, T11, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, IB2, T7, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144, B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Petroleum sour crude oil, flammable, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3494</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">343, T14, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">343, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">343, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenacyl bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2645</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenetidines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2311</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenol, molten</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2312</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B14, T7, TP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenol, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1671</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, N78, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenol solutions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2821</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenolsulfonic acid, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1803</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, N41, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenoxyacetic acid derivative pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3346</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenoxyacetic acid derivative pesticide, liquid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3348</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenoxyacetic acid derivative pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3347</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenoxyacetic acid derivative pesticide, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3345</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenyl chloroformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2746</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 13, 25, 40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenyl isocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2487</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B77, N33, N34, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenyl mercaptan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2337</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B77, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenyl phosphorus dichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2798</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, B15, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenyl phosphorus thiodichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2799</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, B15, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, toxic
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3002
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP27
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T7, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T4, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylacetonitrile, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2470</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylacetyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2577</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylcarbylamine chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1672</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">m-Phenylene diaminediperchlorate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylenediamines <E T="03">(o-; m-; p-;)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1673</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylhydrazine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2572</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylmercuric acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1674</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylmercuric compounds, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2026</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylmercuric hydroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1894</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylmercuric nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1895</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1804</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosgene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1076</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B7, B46, N86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9-Phosphabicyclononanes <E T="03">or</E> Cyclooctadiene phosphines
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2940
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2199</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphine, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3525</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphoric acid solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1805</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB3, N34, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphoric acid, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3453</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Phosphoric acid triethyleneimine, see</E> Tris-(1-aziridiyl)phosphine oxide, solution
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Phosphoric anhydride, see</E> Phosphorus pentoxide


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorous acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2834</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus, amorphous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1338</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19, B1, B9, B26, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Phosphorus bromide, see</E> Phosphorus tribromide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Phosphorus chloride, see</E> Phosphorus trichloride


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus heptasulfide, <E T="03">free from yellow or white phosphorus</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1339</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A20, IB4, N34, T3, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 74, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus oxybromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1939</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B8, IB8, IP2, IP4, N41, N43, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus oxybromide, molten</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2576</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, B8, IB1, N41, N43, T7, TP3, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus oxychloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1810
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B77, N34, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus pentabromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2691</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 53, 55, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus pentachloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1806</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 44, 53, 58, 89, 100, 141


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus Pentafluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2198</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302, 304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus pentafluoride, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3524</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus pentasulfide, <E T="03">free from yellow or white phosphorus</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1340
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A20, B59, IB4, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 74, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus pentoxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1807</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus sesquisulfide, <E T="03">free from yellow or white phosphorus</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1341</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A20, IB4, N34, T3, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus tribromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1808</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B2, B25, IB2, N34, N43, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus trichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1809</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B15, B32, B77, N34, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus trioxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2578</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus trisulfide, <E T="03">free from yellow or white phosphorus</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1343</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A20, IB4, N34, T3, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 74, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus, white dry <E T="03">or</E> Phosphorus, white, under water <E T="03">or</E> Phosphorus white, in solution <E T="03">or</E> Phosphorus, yellow dry <E T="03">or</E> Phosphorus, yellow, under water <E T="03">or</E> Phosphorus, yellow, in solution
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1381
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B9, B26, N34, T9, TP3, TP31, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">188
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus white, molten</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2447</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B9, B26, N34, T21, TP3, TP7, TP26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">188</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Phosphorus (white or red) and a chlorate, mixtures of</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Phosphoryl chloride, see</E> Phosphorus oxychloride


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phthalic anhydride <E T="03">with more than .05 percent maleic anhydride</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2214</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Picolines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2313</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Picric acid, <E T="03">see</E> Trinitrophenol, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Picrite, <E T="03">see</E> Nitroguanidine, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Picryl chloride, <E T="03">see</E> Trinitrochlorobenzene


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pine oil
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1272
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">alpha-Pinene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2368
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Piperazine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2579</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Piperidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2401</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A10, T10, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Pivaloyl chloride, see</E> Trimethylacetyl chloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Plastic molding compound <E T="03">in dough, sheet or extruded rope form evolving flammable vapor</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3314</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32, IB8, IP3, IP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">221</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">221</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 25, 87, 144
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Plastic solvent, n.o.s., see</E> Flammable liquids, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Plastics, nitrocellulose-based, self-heating, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2006</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Poisonous gases, n.o.s., see</E> Compressed <E T="03">or</E> liquefied gases, flammable <E T="03">or</E> toxic, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Polyalkylamines, n.o.s., see</E> Amines, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polyamines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">see</E> Amines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">see</E> Amines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">see</E> Amines, liquid, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polychlorinated biphenyls, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2315</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9, 81, 140, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polychlorinated biphenyls, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3432</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9, 81,140, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polyester resin kit, <E T="03">liquid base material</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3269
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 149
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">165
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">165
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polyester resin kit, <E T="03">solid base material</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3527
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 157
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">165
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">165
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polyhalogenated biphenyls, liquid <E T="03">or</E> Halogenated monomethyldiphenyl-methanes, liquid <E T="03">or</E> Polyhalogenated terphenyls, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3151
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">204
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polyhalogenated biphenyls, solid <E T="03">or</E> Halogenated monomethyldiphenyl-methanes, solid <E T="03">or</E> Polyhalogenated terphenyls, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3152
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">204
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polymeric beads expandable, <E T="03">evolving flammable vapor</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2211</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32, IB8, IP3, IP7, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">221</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">221</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 25, 87, 144




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polymerizing substance, liquid, stabilized, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3532
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB3, IP19, N92, T7, TP4, TP6
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polymerizing substance, liquid, temperature controlled, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3534
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB3, IP19, N92, T7, TP4, TP6
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polymerizing substance, solid, stabilized, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3531
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB7, IP19, N92, T7, TP4, TP6, TP33
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 52, 53






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polymerizing substance, solid, temperature controlled, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3533
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB7, IP19, N92, T7, TP4, TP6, TP33
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2257</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, A19, A20, B27, IB4, IP1, N6, N34, T9, TP7, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium arsenate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1677</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium arsenite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1678</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Potassium bisulfite solution, see</E> Bisulfites, aqueous solutions, n.o.s.


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium borohydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1870</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium bromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1484</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Potassium carbonyl</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium chlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1485</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium chlorate, aqueous solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2427</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 69, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Potassium chlorate mixed with mineral oil, see</E> Explosive, blasting, type C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium cuprocyanide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1679</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium cyanide, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1680
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B69, B77, IB7, IP1, N74, N75, T6, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium cyanide solution
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3413
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B69, B77, N74, N75, T14, TP2, TP13, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B69, B77, IB2, N74, N75, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B69, B77, IB3, N74, N75, T7, TP2, TP13, TP28, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Potassium dichloro isocyanurate or Potassium dichloro-s-triazinetrione, see</E> Dichloroisocyanuric acid, dry <E T="03">or</E> Dichloroisocyanuric acid salts <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium dithionite <E T="03">or</E> Potassium hydrosulfite
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1929
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A8, A19, A20, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium fluoride, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1812</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium fluoride solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3422</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium fluoroacetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2628</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium fluorosilicate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2655</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Potassium hydrate, see</E> Potassium hydroxide, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Potassium hydrogen fluoride, see</E> Potassium hydrogen difluoride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Potassium hydrogen fluoride solution, see</E> Corrosive liquid, n.o.s.


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium hydrogen sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2509</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium hydrogendifluoride solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1811</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, N3, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 52, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium hydrogendifluoride solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3421</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, N3, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 52, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, N3, N34, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium hydrosulfite, <E T="03">see</E> Potassium dithionite
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Potassium hydroxide, liquid, see</E> Potassium hydroxide solution
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium hydroxide, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1813</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium hydroxide, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1814</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Potassium hypochlorite, solution, see</E> Hypochlorite solutions, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium, metal alloys, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1420
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, A19, A20, B27, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium, metal alloys, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3403</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, B27, IB4, IP1, T9, TP7, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium metavanadate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2864</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium monoxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2033</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29, 52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1486</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A29, B120 IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium nitrate and sodium nitrite mixtures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1487</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B78, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium nitrite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1488</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium perchlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1489</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium permanganate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1490</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium peroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1491</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A20, IB6, IP1, N34</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 66, 75, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium persulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1492</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58, 145


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium phosphide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2012</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Potassium selenate, see</E> Selenates <E T="03">or</E> Selenites
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Potassium selenite, see</E> Selenates <E T="03">or</E> Selenites


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium sodium alloys, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1422
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, A19, B27, N34, N40, T9, TP3, TP7, TP31, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium sodium alloys, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3404</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, B27, N34, N40, T9, TP7, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium sulfide, anhydrous <E T="03">or</E> Potassium sulfide <E T="03">with less than 30 percent water of crystallization</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1382
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, B16, IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium sulfide, hydrated <E T="03">with not less than 30 percent water of crystallization</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1847</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium superoxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2466
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A20, IB6, IP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 66, 75, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Powder cake, wetted <E T="03">or</E> Powder paste, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 17 percent alcohol by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0433
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Powder cake, wetted <E T="03">or</E> Powder paste, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 25 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0159
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Powder paste, <E T="03">see</E> Powder cake, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Powder, smokeless
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0160
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 26E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Powder, smokeless
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0161
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 26E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Powder, smokeless
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0509
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Power device, explosive, see</E> Cartridges, power device


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Primers, cap type
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0044
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Primers, cap type
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0377
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Primers, cap type
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0378
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Primers, small arms, see</E> Primers, cap type


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Primers, tubular
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0319
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Primers, tubular
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0320
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Primers, tubular
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0376
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Printing ink, <E T="03">flammable or</E> Printing ink related material <E T="03">(including printing ink thinning or reducing compound), flammable</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1210</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, T11, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149, 367, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367, B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Projectiles, illuminating, see</E> Ammunition, illuminating, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">inert with tracer</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0345
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">inert, with tracer</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0424
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">inert, with tracer</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0425
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">with burster or expelling charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0346</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">with burster or expelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0347
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">with burster or expelling charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0426</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">with burster or expelling charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0427</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">with burster or expelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0434
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">with burster or expelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0435
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0167</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0168</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0169</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0324</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Projectiles, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0344
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propadiene, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2200
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Propadiene mixed with methyl acetylene, see</E> Methyl acetylene and propadiene mixtures, stabilized


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propane, <E T="03">see also</E> Petroleum gases, liquefied</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1978</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19, T50, N95</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propanethiols</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2402</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 102


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Propanol <E T="03">or</E> Propyl alcohol, normal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1274</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propellant, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0495
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propellant, liquid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0497
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propellant, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0498
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 26E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propellant, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0499
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 26E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propellant, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0501
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propionaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1275</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propionic acid <E T="03">with not less than 90% acid by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3463</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propionic acid <E T="03">with not less than 10% and less than 90% acid by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1848</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propionic anhydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2496</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propionitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2404</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propionyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1815</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Propyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1276</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propyl alcohol, <E T="03">see</E> Propanol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Propyl benzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2364</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Propyl chloroformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2740</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B77, N34, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 53, 58, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Propyl chloride see</E> 1-Chloropropane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propyl formates</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1281</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Propyl isocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2482</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Propyl mercaptan, see</E> Propanethiols
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Propyl nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1865</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44, 89, 90, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1277</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB2, N34, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propylene <E T="03">see also</E> Petroleum gases, liquefied</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1077</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propylene chlorohydrin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2611</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propylene oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1280</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N34, T11, TP2, TP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propylene tetramer
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2850
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A




</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,2-Propylenediamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2258</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, IB2, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propyleneimine, stabilized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1921</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N34, T14, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1816</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Prussic acid, see</E> Hydrogen cyanide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pyrethroid pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3350</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pyrethroid pesticide, liquid toxic
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3352
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pyrethroid pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3351</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pyrethroid pesticide, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3349</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pyridine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1282</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Pyridine perchlorate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pyrophoric liquid, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3194</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 78, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pyrophoric liquids, organic, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2845
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B11, T22, TP2, TP7, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">187
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 78, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pyrophoric metals, n.o.s., <E T="03">or</E> Pyrophoric alloys, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1383
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B11, T21, TP7, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">187
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pyrophoric solid, inorganic, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3200
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T21, TP7, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">187
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pyrophoric solids, organic, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2846
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">187
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pyrosulfuryl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1817</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Pyroxylin solution or solvent, see</E> Nitrocellulose
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pyrrolidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1922</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Quebrachitol pentanitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Quicklime, see</E> Calcium oxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Quinoline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2656</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 12, see</E> Dichlorodifluoromethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 12B1, see</E> Chlorodifluorobromomethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 13, see</E> Chlorotrifluoromethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 13B1, see</E> Bromotrifluoromethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 14, see</E> Tetrafluoromethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 21, see</E> Dichlorofluoromethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 22, see</E> Chlorodifluoromethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 114, see</E> Dichlorotetrafluoroethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 115, see</E> Chloropentafluoroethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 116, see</E> Hexafluoroethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 124, see</E> Chlorotetrafluoroethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 133a, see</E> Chlorotrifluoroethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 152a, see</E> Difluoroethane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 500, see</E> Dichlorodifluoromethane and difluorethane, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 502, see</E> Chlorodifluoromethane and chloropentafluoroethane mixture, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">R 503, see</E> Chlorotrifluoromethane and trifluoromethane, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, excepted package-articles manufactured from natural uranium <E T="03">or</E> depleted uranium <E T="03">or</E> natural thorium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2909</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">422, 426</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">422, 426</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">422, 426</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, excepted package-empty packaging</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2908</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Empty</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">368</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">422, 428</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">422, 428</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">422, 428</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, excepted package-instruments <E T="03">or</E> articles</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2911</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">422, 424</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">422, 424</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, excepted package-limited quantity of material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2910</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">368</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">421, 422</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">421, 422</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">421, 422</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, low specific activity (LSA-I) <E T="03">non fissile or fissile-excepted</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2912</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325, A56, T5, TP4, W7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">421, 422, 428</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">427</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">427</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 129




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, low specific activity (LSA-II) <E T="03">non fissile or fissile-excepted</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3321</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325, A56, T5, TP4, W7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">421, 422, 428</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">427</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">427</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 129






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, low specific activity (LSA-III) <E T="03">non fissile or fissile excepted</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3322</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325, A56, T5, TP4, W7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">421, 422, 428</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">427</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">427</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 150
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, surface contaminated objects (SCO-I <E T="03">or</E> SCO-II) <E T="03">non fissile or fissile-excepted</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2913</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325, A56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">421, 422, 428</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">427</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">427</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, transported under special arrangement, <E T="03">non fissile or fissile excepted</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2919</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325, A56, 139</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 105


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, transported under special arrangement, fissile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3331</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A56, 139</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 105
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, Type A package, fissile <E T="03">non-special form</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3327</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A56, W7, W8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">453</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">417</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">417</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 105, 131


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, Type A package <E T="03">non-special form, non fissile or fissile-excepted</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2915</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325, A56, W7, W8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">415, 418, 419</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">415, 418, 419</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 130


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, Type A package, special form <E T="03">non fissile or fissile-excepted</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3332</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A56, W7, W8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">415, 476</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">415, 476</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, Type A package, special form, fissile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3333</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A56, W7, W8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">453</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">417, 476</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">417, 476</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 105
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, Type B(M) package, fissile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3329</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">453</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">417</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">417</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 105


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, Type B(M) package <E T="03">non fissile or fissile-excepted</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2917</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325, A56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">416</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">416</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 105


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, Type B(U) package, fissile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3328</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">453</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">417</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">417</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 105


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, Type B(U) package <E T="03">non fissile or fissile-excepted</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2916</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325, A56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">416</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">416</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95, 105
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, uranium hexafluoride <E T="03">non fissile or fissile-excepted</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2978</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7, 6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">423</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">420, 427</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">420, 427</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 74, 95, 132, 151, 153
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radioactive material, uranium hexafluoride, fissile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2977</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7, 6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">453</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">417, 420</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">417, 420</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 74, 95, 132, 151, 153


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rags, oily</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1856</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Railway torpedo, see</E> Signals, railway track, explosive
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">RC 318, see</E> Octafluorocyclobutane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RDX and cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">see</E> RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 15 percent water by mass or</E> RDX and HMX mixtures, desensitized <E T="03">with not less than 10 percent phlegmatizer by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0391
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RDX and Octogen mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">see</E> RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted <E T="03">or</E> desensitized <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">RDX, see</E> Cyclotrimethylene trinitramine, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Receptacles, small, containing gas <E T="03">or</E> gas cartridges <E T="03">(flammable) without release device, not refillable and not exceeding 1 L capacity</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2037
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 157


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Receptacles, small, containing gas <E T="03">or</E> gas <E T="03">cartridges (non-flammable) without release device, not refillable and not exceeding 1 L capacity</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2037
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 157


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Receptacles, small, containing gas <E T="03">or</E> gas cartridges <E T="03">(oxidizing), without release device, not refillable and not exceeding 1 L capacity</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2037
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2, 5.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">, A14
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 157


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Red phosphorus, see</E> Phosphorus, amorphous
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Refrigerant gas R 404A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3337</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Refrigerant gas R 407A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3338</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Refrigerant gas R 407B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3339</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Refrigerant gas R 407C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3340</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Refrigerant gases, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1078</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Refrigerant gases, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Dispersant gases, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1954</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Refrigerating machines, <E T="03">containing flammable, non-toxic, liquefied gas</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3358</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306, 307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Refrigerating machines, <E T="03">containing non-flammable, non-toxic gases, or ammonia solutions (UN2672)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2857</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A53</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306, 307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306, 307</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">450 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">450 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regulated medical waste, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Clinical waste, unspecified, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> (BIO) Medical waste, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Biomedical waste, n.o.s., <E T="03">or</E> Medical Waste n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3291
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41, 337, A13
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">197
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">197
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Release devices, explosive
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0173
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Resin Solution, <E T="03">flammable</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1866</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B52, T11, TP1, TP8, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149, B52, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, B52, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Resorcinol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2876</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Rifle grenade, see</E> Grenades, <E T="03">hand or rifle, etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Rifle powder, see</E> Powder, smokeless <E T="03">(UN 0160)</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rivets, explosive
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0174
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Road asphalt or tar liquid, see</E> Tars, liquid, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rocket motors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0186</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rocket motors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0280</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rocket motors
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0281
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rocket motors
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0510
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rocket motors, liquid fueled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2J
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0395
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2J
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 23E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rocket motors, liquid fueled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3J
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0396
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3J
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 23E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rocket motors with hypergolic liquids <E T="03">with or without an expelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0250
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rocket motors with hypergolic liquids <E T="03">with or without an expelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0322
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, line-throwing
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0238
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, line-throwing
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0240
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, line-throwing
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0453
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, liquid fueled <E T="03">with bursting charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1J
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0397
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1J
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 23E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, liquid fueled <E T="03">with bursting charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2J
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0398
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2J
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 23E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0180</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0181</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0182</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0295</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, <E T="03">with expelling charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0436</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, <E T="03">with expelling charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0437</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, <E T="03">with expelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0438
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, <E T="03">with inert head</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0183</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rockets, <E T="03">with inert head</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0502</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rosin oil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1286</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rubber solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1287</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rubber scrap <E T="03">or</E> shoddy, <E T="03">powdered or granulated, not exceeding 840 microns and rubber contend exceeding 45%</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1345</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rubidium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1423</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22, A7, A19, IB4, IP1, N34, N40, N45, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rubidium hydroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2678</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29, 52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rubidium hydroxide solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2677</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29, 52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29, 52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Safety devices, <E T="03">electrically initiated</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3268</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160, A200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">166</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">166</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">166</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Safety devices, pyrotechnic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0503</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Safety fuse, see</E> Fuse, safety


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Samples, explosive, <E T="03">other than initiating explosives</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0190
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sand acid, see</E> Fluorosilicic acid


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Seed cake, <E T="03">containing vegetable oil solvent extractions and expelled seeds, with not more than 10 percent of oil and when the amount of moisture is higher than 11 percent, with not more than 20 percent of oil and moisture combined</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1386</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B136, IB8, IP3, IP7, N7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Seed cake <E T="03">with more than 1.5 percent oil and not more than 11 percent moisture</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1386</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B136, IB8, IP3, IP7, N7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Seed cake <E T="03">with not more than 1.5 percent oil and not more than 11 percent moisture</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2217</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B136, IB8, IP3, IP7, N7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 25, 120


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Selenates <E T="03">or</E> Selenites</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2630</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Selenic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1905</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, N34, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Selenium compound, liquid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3440</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Selenium compound, solid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3283</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Selenium disulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2657</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Selenium hexafluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2194</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Selenium nitride</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Selenium oxychloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2879</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, N34, T10, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Self-defense spray, aerosol, see</E> Aerosols, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + A D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-defense spray, non-pressurized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA3334</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-heating liquid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3188
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-heating liquid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3185
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-heating liquid, inorganic, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3186
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-heating liquid, organic, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3183
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-heating liquid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3187
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-heating liquid, toxic, organic, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3184
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-heating solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3192</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB5, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-heating solid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3126</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB5, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-heating solid, inorganic, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3190
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-heating solid, organic, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3088
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B116, B130, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-heating solid, oxidizing, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3127</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-heating solid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3191</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB5, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-heating solid, toxic, organic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3128</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB5, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Self-propelled vehicle, see</E> Engines <E T="03">or</E> Batteries <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive liquid type B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3221
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 52, 53, 127


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive liquid type B, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3231
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive liquid type C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3223
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive liquid type C, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3233
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive liquid type D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3225
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive liquid type D, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3235
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive liquid type E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3227
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive liquid type E, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3237
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive liquid type F
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3229
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive liquid type F, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3239
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive solid type B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3222
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 52, 53, 127


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive solid type B, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3232
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive solid type C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3224
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive solid type C, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3234
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive solid type D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3226
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive solid type D, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3236
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive solid type E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3228
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive solid type E, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3238
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive solid type F
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3230
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Self-reactive solid type F, temperature controlled
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3240
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">224
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 25, 52, 53


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Shale oil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1288</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP1, TP8, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Shaped charges, see</E> Charges, shaped, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signal devices, hand
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0191
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">381
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signal devices, hand
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0373
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">381
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals, distress, <E T="03">ship</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0194
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals, distress, <E T="03">ship</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0195
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals, distress, <E T="03">ship</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0505</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals, distress, <E T="03">ship</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0506</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Signals, highway, see</E> Signal devices, hand


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals, railway track, explosive
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0192
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals, railway track, explosive
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0193
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">381
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals, railway track, explosive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0492</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals, railway track, explosive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0493</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Signals, ship distress, water-activated, see</E> Contrivances, water-activated, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals, smoke
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0196
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals, smoke
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0197
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals, smoke
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0313
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals, smoke
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0487
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals, smoke</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0507</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2203</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 57, 104
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Silicofluoric acid, see</E> Fluorosilicic acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Silicon chloride, see</E> Silicon tetrachloride


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silicon powder, amorphous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1346</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silicon tetrachloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1818</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, B2, B6, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silicon tetrafluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1859</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silicon tetrafluoride, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3521</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Silver acetylide (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silver arsenite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1683</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Silver azide (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Silver chlorite (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silver cyanide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1684</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Silver fulminate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silver nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1493</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Silver oxalate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Silver picrate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silver picrate, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 30 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1347
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sludge, acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1906</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B2, IB2, N34, T8, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Smokeless powder for small arms (<E T="03">100 pounds or less</E>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA3178</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.3 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Soda lime <E T="03">with more than 4 percent sodium hydroxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1907</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1428</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, A8, A19, A20, B9, B48, B68, IB4, IP1, N34, T9, TP7, TP33, TP46, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium aluminate, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2812</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium aluminate, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1819</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium aluminum hydride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2835
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A8, A19, A20, IB4, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium ammonium vanadate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2863</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium arsanilate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2473</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium arsenate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1685</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium arsenite, aqueous solutions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1686</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium arsenite, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2027</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium azide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1687</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36, 52, 91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sodium bifluoride, see</E> Sodium hydrogendifluoride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sodium bisulfite, solution, see</E> Bisulfites, aqueous solutions, n.o.s.


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium borohydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1426</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium borohydride and sodium hydroxide solution, <E T="03">with not more than 12 percent sodium borohydride and not more than 40 percent sodium hydroxide by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3320</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB3, N34, T4, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium bromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1494</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium cacodylate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1688</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium carbonate peroxyhydrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3378</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B120, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 25, 75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B120, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 25, 75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium chlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1495</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium chlorate, aqueous solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2428</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A2, IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 69, 133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sodium chlorate mixed with dinitrotoluene, see</E> Explosive blasting, type C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium chlorite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1496</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium chloroacetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2659</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium cuprocyanide, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2316</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium cuprocyanide, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2317</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium cyanide, solid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1689
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B69, B77, IB7, N74, N75, T6, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium cyanide solution
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3414
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B69, B77, N74, N75, T14, TP2, TP13, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B69, B77, IB2, N74, N75, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B69, B77, IB3, N74, N75, T7, TP2, TP13, TP28, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sodium dichloroisocyanurate or Sodium dichloro-s-triazinetrione, see</E> Dichloroisocyanuric acid <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 15 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0234
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 10% water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3369
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162, A8, A19, N41, N84, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 15 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1348
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, A8, A19, A20, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium dithionite <E T="03">or</E> Sodium hydrosulfite
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1384
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium fluoride, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1690</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium fluoride solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3415</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium fluoroacetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2629</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium fluorosilicate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2674</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sodium hydrate, see</E> Sodium hydroxide, solid


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium hydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1427</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium hydrogendifluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2439</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, N3, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 52, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium hydrosulfide, <E T="03">with less than 25 percent water of crystallization</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2318
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, A19, A20, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium hydrosulfide <E T="03">with not less than 25 percent water of crystallization</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2949</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium hydrosulfite, <E T="03">see</E> Sodium dithionite
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium hydroxide, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1823</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium hydroxide solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1824</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, N34, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sodium hypochlorite, solution, see</E> Hypochlorite solutions <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sodium metal, liquid alloy, see</E> Alkali metal alloys, liquid, n.o.s.


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium methylate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1431
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, A19, IB5, IP2, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium methylate solutions <E T="03">in alcohol</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1289
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1, TP8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium monoxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1825</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1498</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A29, B120, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium nitrate and potassium nitrate mixtures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1499</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A29, B120, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium nitrite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1500</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium pentachlorophenate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2567</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium perborate monohydrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3377</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B120, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 25, 75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium perchlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1502</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium permanganate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1503</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium peroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1504</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A20, IB5, IP1, N34</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 66, 75, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium peroxoborate, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3247</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium persulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1505</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58, 145


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium phosphide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1432</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium picramate, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 20 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0235
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium picramate, <E T="03">wetted with not less than 20 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1349
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, A8, A19, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sodium picryl peroxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sodium potassium alloys, see</E> Potassium sodium alloys
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sodium selenate, see</E> Selenates <E T="03">or</E> Selenites


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium sulfide, anhydrous <E T="03">or</E> Sodium sulfide <E T="03">with less than 30 percent water of crystallization</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1385
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium sulfide, hydrated <E T="03">with not less than 30 percent water</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1849</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium superoxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2547</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A20, IB6, IP1, N34</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 66, 75, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sodium tetranitride</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Solids containing corrosive liquid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3244</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49, IB5, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Solids containing flammable liquid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3175</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47, IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Solids containing toxic liquid, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3243</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48, IB2, T2, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sounding devices, explosive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0204</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sounding devices, explosive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0296</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sounding devices, explosive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0374</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sounding devices, explosive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0375</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Spirits of salt, see</E> Hydrochloric acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Squibs, see</E> Igniters <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stannic chloride, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1827</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stannic chloride pentahydrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2440</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stannic phosphide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1433</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Steel swarf, see</E> Ferrous metal borings, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stibine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2676</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Storage batteries, wet, see</E> Batteries, <E T="03">wet etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Strontium arsenite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1691</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Strontium chlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1506</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Strontium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1507</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Strontium perchlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1508</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Strontium peroxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1509
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 66, 75, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Strontium phosphide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2013</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Strychnine <E T="03">or</E> Strychnine salts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1692</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Styphnic acid, <E T="03">see</E> Trinitroresorcinol, <E T="03">etc</E>


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Styrene monomer, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2055
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0357
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0358
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0359
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 14E, 15E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0473
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101, 111
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0474
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0475
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0476
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0477
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0478
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0479
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0480
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0481</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101, 347</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0485
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substances, explosive, very insensitive, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Substances, EVI, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0482
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substituted nitrophenol pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2780
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substituted nitrophenol pesticides, liquid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3014</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substituted nitrophenol pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3013</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Substituted nitrophenol pesticides, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2779</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sucrose octanitrate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfamic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2967</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfur</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1350</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30, B120, IB8, IP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No Limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No Limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 74


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfur</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1350</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30, B120, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 74


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sulfur and chlorate, loose mixtures of</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfur chlorides</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1828</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5, A7, A10, B10, B77, N34, T20, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sulfur dichloride, see</E> Sulfur chlorides
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfur dioxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1079</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, B14, T50, TP19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sulfur dioxide solution, see</E> Sulfurous acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfur hexafluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1080</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfur, molten</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA2448</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30,B13, IB3, R1, T1, TP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">247</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfur, molten</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2448</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30, B13, IB1, R1, T1, TP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">247</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfur tetrafluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2418</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfur trioxide, stabilized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1829</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 387, B9, B14, B32, B49, B77, N34, T20, TP4, TP13, TP25, TP26, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sulfuretted hydrogen, see</E> Hydrogen sulfide


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfuric acid, fuming <E T="03">with less than 30 percent free sulfur trioxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1831</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, N34, T20, TP2,TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14, 40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfuric acid, fuming <E T="03">with 30 percent or more free sulfur trioxide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1831</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, B77, B84, N34, T20, TP2, TP12, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfuric acid, spent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1832</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B2, B83, B84, IB2, N34, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfuric acid <E T="03">with more than 51 percent acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1830</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B3, B83, B84, IB2, N34, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfuric acid <E T="03">with not more than 51% acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2796</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">386, A3, A7, B2, B15, IB2, N6, N34, T8, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfuric and hydrofluoric acid mixtures, <E T="03">see</E> Hydrofluoric and sulfuric acid mixtures
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Sulfuric anhydride, see</E> Sulfur trioxide, stabilized


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfurous acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1833</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B3, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfuryl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1834</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B6, B9, B10, B14, B30, B77, N34, T22, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfuryl fluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2191</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tars, liquid <E T="03">including road oils and cutback bitumens</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1999</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149, B13, IB2, T3, TP3, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, B13, IB3, T1, TP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tear gas candles</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1700</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">340</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tear gas cartridges, see</E> Ammunition, tear-producing, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tear gas devices <E T="03">with more than 2 percent tear gas substances, by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA1693</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">340</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">340</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tear gas devices, with not more than 2 percent tear gas substances, by mass, see</E> Aerosols, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tear gas grenades, see</E> Tear gas candles


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tear gas substances, liquid, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1693
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tear gas substance, solid, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3448
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T6, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tellurium compound, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3284</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tellurium hexafluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2195</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Terpene hydrocarbons, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2319</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1, TP29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Terpinolene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2541</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tetraazido benzene quinone</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrabromoethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2504</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1702</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, N36, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrachloroethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1897</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, N36, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetraethyl dithiopyrophosphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1704</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetraethyl silicate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1292</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tetraethylammonium perchlorate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetraethylenepentamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2320</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 134a</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3159</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrafluoroethylene, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1081
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrafluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1982</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,2,3,6-Tetrahydrobenzaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2498</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrahydrofuran</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2056</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrahydrofurfurylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2943</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrahydrophthalic anhydrides <E T="03">with more than 0.05 percent of maleic anhydride</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2698</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,2,3,6-Tetrahydropyridine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2410</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrahydrothiophene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2412</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetramethylammonium hydroxide, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3423</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1835</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB3, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tetramethylene diperoxide dicarbamide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetramethylsilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2749</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, T14, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tetranitro diglycerin</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetranitroaniline
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0207
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetranitromethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1510</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 66






</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,3,4,6-Tetranitrophenol</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,3,4,6-Tetranitrophenyl methyl nitramine</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,3,4,6-Tetranitrophenylnitramine</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tetranitroresorcinol (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,3,5,6-Tetranitroso-1,4-dinitrobenzene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,3,5,6-Tetranitroso nitrobenzene (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrapropylorthotitanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2413</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrazene, <E T="03">see</E> Guanyl nitrosaminoguanyltetrazene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tetrazine (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrazol-1-acetic acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0407
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1H-Tetrazole</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0504</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tetrazolyl azide (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetryl, <E T="03">see</E> Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A I W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Textile waste, wet</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1857</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thallium chlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2573</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thallium compounds, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1707</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thallium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2727</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-Thiapentanal
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2785
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 49


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thioacetic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2436</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thiocarbamate pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2772</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thiocarbamate pesticide, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3005</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thiocarbamate pesticide, liquid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3006</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thiocarbamate pesticides, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2771</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Thiocarbonylchloride, see</E> Thiophosgene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thioglycol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2966</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thioglycolic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1940</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B2, IB2, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thiolactic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2936</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thionyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1836</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B6, B10, N34, T10, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thiophene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2414</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thiophosgene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2474</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, N33, N34, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thiophosphoryl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1837</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B2, B8, B25, IB2, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thiourea dioxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3341
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tin chloride, fuming, see</E> Stannic chloride, anhydrous
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tin perchloride or Tin tetrachloride, see</E> Stannic chloride, anhydrous
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tinctures, medicinal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1293</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tinning flux, see</E> Zinc chloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tires and tire assemblies, <E T="03">see</E> Air, compressed <E T="03">or</E> Nitrogen, compressed


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Titanium disulphide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3174
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Titanium hydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1871</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB4, N34, T3, TP33, W31, W40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Titanium powder, dry
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2546
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N5, N34, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B135, IB8, IP21, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Titanium powder, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 25 percent water (a visible excess of water must be present) (a) mechanically produced, particle size less than 53 microns; (b) chemically produced, particle size less than 840 microns</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1352</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33, W31, W40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Titanium sponge granules <E T="03">or</E> Titanium sponge powders</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2878</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, B134, IB8, IP21, T1, TP33, W100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 74, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Titanium tetrachloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1838</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B7, B9, B14, B32, B77, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Titanium trichloride mixtures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2869</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB8, IP3, N34, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Titanium trichloride, pyrophoric <E T="03">or</E> Titanium trichloride mixtures, pyrophoric
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2441
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N34, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">181
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">TNT mixed with aluminum, see</E> Tritonal
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TNT, <E T="03">see</E> Trinitrotoluene, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toluene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1294</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toluene diisocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2078</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Toluene sulfonic acid, see</E> Alkyl, <E T="03">or</E> Aryl sulfonic acid <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> + </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toluidines, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1708</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toluidines, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3451</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2,4-Toluylenediamine, solid <E T="03">or</E> 2,4-Toluenediamine, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1709</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2,4-Toluylenediamine solution <E T="03">or</E> 2,4-Toluenediamine solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3418</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Torpedoes, liquid fueled, <E T="03">with inert head</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3J
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0450
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3J
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 23E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Torpedoes, liquid fueled, <E T="03">with or without bursting charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1J
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0449
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1J
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">05
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 23E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Torpedoes <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0329</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Torpedoes <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0330</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Torpedoes <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0451</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower than or equal to 200 ml/m3 and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 500 LC50</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3488</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T22, TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 125
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower than or equal to 1000 ml/m3 and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 10 LC50</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3489</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 125
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower than or equal to 200 ml/m
<sup>3</sup> and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 500 LC50</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3381</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T22, TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower than or equal to 1000 ml/m
<sup>3</sup> and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 10 LC50</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3382</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower than or equal to 200 ml/m
<sup>3</sup> and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 500 LC50</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3383</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T22, TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower than or equal to 1000 ml/m
<sup>3</sup> and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 10 LC50</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3384</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, water-reactive, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower than or equal to 200 ml/m
<sup>3</sup> and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 500 LC50</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3385</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T22, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, water-reactive, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower than or equal to 1000 ml/m
<sup>3</sup> and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 10 LC50</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3386</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower than or equal to 200 ml/m3 and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 500 LC50</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3490
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.3, 3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T22, TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38, TP44
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 21, 40, 49, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower or equal to 1000 ml/m3 and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 10 LC50</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3491</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.3, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 21, 28, 40, 49, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower than or equal to 200 ml/m
<sup>3</sup> and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 500 LC50</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3387</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T22, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, oxidizing, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower than or equal to 1000 ml/m
<sup>3</sup> and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 10 LC50</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3388</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower than or equal to 200 ml/m
<sup>3</sup> and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 500 LC50</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3389</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1, B9, B14, B30, T22, TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38, TP44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic by inhalation liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. <E T="03">with an LC50 lower than or equal to 1000 ml/m
<sup>3</sup> and saturated vapor concentration greater than or equal to 10 LC50</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3390</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP2, TP13, TP27, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic liquid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3289</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic liquid, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3287</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic liquids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2927</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic liquids, flammable, organic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2929</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic, liquids, organic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2810</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP1, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic liquids, oxidizing, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3122</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic liquids, water-reactive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3123</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3290</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic solid, flammable, inorganic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3535</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1. 4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic solid, inorganic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3288</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic solids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2928</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic solids, flammable, organic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2930</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic solids, organic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2811</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic solids, oxidizing, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3086</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic solids, self-heating, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3124</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A5, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxic solids, water-reactive, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3125
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A5, T6, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxins, extracted from living sources, liquid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3172</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141, IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141, IB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toxins, extracted from living sources, solid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3462</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141, IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141, IB8, IP2, IP4, T3 TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141, IB8, IP3, T1 TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toy Caps
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA0337
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">382
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">01
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tracers for ammunition
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0212
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tracers for ammunition
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0306
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tractors, see</E> Vehicle, <E T="03">etc</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tri-(b-nitroxyethyl) ammonium nitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triallyl borate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2609</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triallylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2610</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triazine pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, <E T="03">flash point less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2764</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triazine pesticides, liquid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2998</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triazine pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, <E T="03">flash point not less than 23 degrees C</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2997</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T11, TP2, TP13, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T7, TP2, TP28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triazine pesticides, solid, toxic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2763</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tributylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2542</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tributylphosphane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3254</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T21, TP7, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Trichloro-s-triazinetrione dry, with more than 39 percent available chlorine, see</E> Trichloroisocyanuric acid, dry


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichloroacetic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1839</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichloroacetic acid, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2564</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B2, IB2, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, IB3, N34, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">+</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichloroacetyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2442</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, N34, T20, TP2, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichlorobenzenes, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2321</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichlorobutene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2322</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1,1-Trichloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2831</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, N36, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichloroethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1710</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, N36, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichloroisocyanuric acid, dry</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2468</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Trichloromethyl perchlorate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1295</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N34, T14, TP2, TP7, TP13, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 40, 49, 53, 58, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tricresyl phosphate <E T="03">with more than 3 percent ortho isomer</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2574</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, IB2, N33, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triethyl phosphite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2323</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triethylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1296</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triethylenetetramine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2259</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B2, IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trifluoroacetic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2699</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B4, N3, N34, N36, T10, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12, 25, 40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trifluoroacetyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3057</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B7, B9, B14, T50, TP21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trifluorochloroethylene, stabilized <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 1113
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1082
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 387, B14, T50
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trifluoromethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1984</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trifluoromethane, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3136</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1,1-Trifluoroethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas, R 143a</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2035</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Trifluoromethylaniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2942</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Trifluoromethylaniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2948</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Triformoxime trinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triisobutylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2324</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triisopropyl borate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2616</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trimethoxysilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA9269</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B9, B14, B32, T20, TP4, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trimethyl borate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2416</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trimethyl phosphite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2329</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,3,5-Trimethyl-2,4,6-trinitrobenzene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trimethylacetyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2438</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, B3, B9, B14, B32, N34, T20, TP2, TP13, TP38, TP45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 25, 40, 53, 58, 100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trimethylamine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1083</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N87, T50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trimethylamine, aqueous solutions <E T="03">with not more than 50 percent trimethylamine by mass</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1297</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52, 135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB2, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 41, 52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T7, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 41, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2325
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trimethylchlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1298</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B77, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trimethylcyclohexylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2326</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Trimethylene glycol diperchlorate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2328</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP2, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trimethylhexamethylenediamines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2327</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Trimethylol nitromethane trinitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitro-m-cresol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0216
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,4,6-Trinitro-1,3-diazobenzene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,4,6-Trinitro-1,3,5-triazido benzene (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Trinitroacetic acid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Trinitroacetonitrile</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Trinitroamine cobalt</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitroaniline <E T="03">or</E> Picramide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0153
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitroanisole
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0213
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrobenzene, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 30 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0214
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrobenzene, wetted, <E T="03">with not less than 10% water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3367
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162, A8, A19, N41, N84, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrobenzene, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 30 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1354
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, A2, A8, A19, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0386
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrobenzoic acid, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 30 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0215
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrobenzoic acid, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 10% water by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3368
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162, A8, A19, N41, N84, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrobenzoic acid, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 30 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1355
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, A2, A8, A19, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrochlorobenzene <E T="03">or</E> Picryl chloride
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0155
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrochlorobenzene (picryl chloride), wetted, <E T="03">with not less than 10% water by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3365
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162, A8, A19, N41, N84, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Trinitroethanol</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Trinitroethylnitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrofluorenone
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0387
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Trinitromethane</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">1,3,5-Trinitronaphthalene</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitronaphthalene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0217
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrophenetole
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0218
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrophenol (picric acid), wetted, <E T="03">with not less than 10 percent water by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3364
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, A8, A19, N41, N84, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrophenol <E T="03">or</E> Picric acid, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 30 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0154
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrophenol, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 30 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1344
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162, A8, A19, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl guanidine (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl nitramine</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl trimethylol methyl nitramine trinitrate (dry)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine <E T="03">or</E> Tetryl
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0208
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitroresorcinol <E T="03">or</E> Styphnic acid, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 20 percent water, or mixture of alcohol and water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0219
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitroresorcinol, wetted <E T="03">or</E> Styphnic acid, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 20 percent water, or mixture of alcohol and water by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0394
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">385
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">2,4,6-Trinitroso-3-methyl nitraminoanisole</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Trinitrotetramine cobalt nitrate</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrotoluene and Trinitrobenzene mixtures <E T="03">or</E> TNT and trinitrobenzene mixtures <E T="03">or</E> TNT and hexanitrostilbene mixtures <E T="03">or</E> Trinitrotoluene and hexanitrostilnene mixtures
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0388
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrotoluene mixtures containing Trinitrobenzene and Hexanitrostilbene <E T="03">or</E> TNT mixtures containing trinitrobenzene and hexanitrostilbene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0389
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrotoluene <E T="03">or</E> TNT, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 30 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0209
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrotoluene (TNT), wetted, <E T="03">with not less than 10 percent water by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3366
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162, A8, A19, N41, N84, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trinitrotoluene, wetted <E T="03">or</E> TNT, wetted, <E T="03">with not less than 30 percent water by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1356
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, A2, A8, A19, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tripropylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2260</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 52


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tripropylene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2057
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tris-(1-aziridinyl)phosphine oxide, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2501</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Tris, bis-bifluoroamino diethoxy propane (TVOPA)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tritonal
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0390
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tungsten hexafluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2196</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2, N86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Turpentine
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1299
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Turpentine substitute</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1300</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T11, TP1, TP8, TP27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Undecane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2330</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Uranium hexafluoride, radioactive material, excepted package, <E T="03">less than 0.1 kg per package, non-fissile or fissile-excepted</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3507</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 7, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">369</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">420</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Less than .1 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Less than .1 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">132, 152


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Urea hydrogen peroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1511</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A7, A29, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Urea nitrate<E T="03">, dry or wetted with less than 20 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0220
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">119
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Urea nitrate, wetted, <E T="03">with not less than 10 percent water by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3370
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">162, A8, A19, N41, N84, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Urea nitrate, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 20 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1357
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, 39, A8, A19, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Urea peroxide, see</E> Urea hydrogen peroxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Valeraldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2058</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Valeric acid, see</E> Corrosive liquids, n.o.s.


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Valeryl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2502</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B2, IB2, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vanadium compound, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3285</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vanadium oxytrichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2443</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B2, B16, IB2, N34, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vanadium pentoxide, <E T="03">non-fused form</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2862</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vanadium tetrachloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2444</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A7, B4, N34, T10, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vanadium trichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2475</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vanadyl sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2931</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vehicle, flammable gas powered <E T="03">or</E> Vehicle, fuel cell, flammable gas powered</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3166</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135, A200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vehicle, flammable liquid powered <E T="03">or</E> Vehicle, fuel cell, flammable liquid powered</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3166</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135, A200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Very signal cartridge, see</E> Cartridges, signal


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyl acetate, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1301
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB2, T4, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyl bromide, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1085
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, N86, T50
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyl butyrate, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2838
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB2, T4, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyl chloride, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1086
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 387, B44, N86, T50
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyl chloroacetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2589</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyl ethyl ether, stabilized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1302</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, T11, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyl fluoride, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1860
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, N86
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyl isobutyl ether, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1304
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB2, T4, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1087
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, B44, T50
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">314, 315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Vinyl nitrate polymer</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinylidene chloride, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1303
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, T12, TP2, TP7
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinylpyridines, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3073
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1, 3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, IB1, T7, TP2, TP13
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21, 25, 40, 52, 100


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyltoluenes, stabilized
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2618
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387, B1, IB3, T2, TP1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyltrichlorosilane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1305</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, B6, N34, T10, TP2, TP7, TP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40, 53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Warheads, rocket <E T="03">with burster or expelling charge</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0370
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">02
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Warheads, rocket <E T="03">with burster or expelling charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0371</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Warheads, rocket <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0286</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Warheads, rocket <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0287</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Warheads, rocket <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0369</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Warheads, torpedo <E T="03">with bursting charge</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0221</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Water-reactive liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3129
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T14, TP2, TP7, TP13
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T11, TP2, TP7
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP7
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 148






















</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Water-reactive liquid, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3148
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T13, TP2, TP7, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1, T7, TP2, TP7, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2, TP7, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148










</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Water-reactive liquid, toxic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3130</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Water-reactive solid, corrosive, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3131
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB4, IP1, N40, T9, TP7, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 8
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Water-reactive solid, flammable, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3132
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB4, N40, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">\
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB4, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Water-reactive solid, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2813</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB4, N40, T9, TP7, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B132, IB7, IP2, IP21, T3, TP33, W31, W40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B132, IB8, IP21, T1, TP33, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Water-reactive, solid, oxidizing, n.o.s</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3133</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Water-reactive solid, self-heating, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3135
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N40, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB5, IP2, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Water-reactive solid, toxic, n.o.s
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3134
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A8, IB4, IP1, N40, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB5, IP2, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 85, 148




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Wheelchair, electric, see</E> Battery powered vehicle <E T="03">or</E> Battery powered equipment


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">White acid, see</E> Hydrofluoric acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wood preservatives, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1306</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149, IB2, T4, TP1, TP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A I W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wool waste, wet</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1387</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Xanthates
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3342
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Xenon, compressed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2036</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">306, 307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Xenon, refrigerated liquid <E T="03">(cryogenic liquids)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2591</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T75, TP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Xylenes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1307</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T4, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB3, T2, TP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Xylenols, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2261</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Xylenols, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3430</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Xylidines, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1711</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2, T7, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Xylidines, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3452</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Xylyl bromide, liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1701</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A7, IB2, N33, T7, TP2, TP13, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">340</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Xylyl bromide, solid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3417</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A3, A6, A7, IB8, IP2, IP4, N33, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">340</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">p-Xylyl diazide</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc ammonium nitrite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1512</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc arsenate <E T="03">or</E> Zinc arsenite <E T="03">or</E> Zinc arsenate and zinc arsenite mixtures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1712</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc ashes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1435</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19, B136, IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Zinc bisulfite solution, see</E> Bisulfites, aqueous solutions, n.o.s.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc bromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2469</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc chlorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1513</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A9, IB8, IP2, IP4, N34, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc chloride, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2331</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc chloride, solution</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1840</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB3, T4, TP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc cyanide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1713</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB7, IP1, T6, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc dithionite <E T="03">or</E> Zinc hydrosulfite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1931</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">204</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 26, 123
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc fluorosilicate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2855</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc hydrosulfite, <E T="03">see</E> Zinc dithionite
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Zinc muriate solution, see</E> Zinc chloride, solution
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1514</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP2, IP4, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc permanganate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1515</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56, 58, 138


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc peroxide
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1516
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB6, IP2, T3, TP33, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 66, 75, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc phosphide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1714</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, N40, W31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 40, 52, 85, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc powder <E T="03">or</E> Zinc dust
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1436
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, IB4, IP1, N40, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 53, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, IB7, IP2, T3, TP33, W31, W40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 53, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3, 4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 52, 53, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc resinate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2714</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, IB6, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Zinc selenate, see</E> Selenates <E T="03">or</E> Selenites
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Zinc selenite, see</E> Selenates <E T="03">or</E> Selenites
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Zinc silicofluoride, see</E> Zinc fluorosilicate


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zirconium, dry, <E T="03">coiled wire, finished metal sheets, strip (thinner than 254 microns but not thinner than 18 microns)</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2858
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, W100
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zirconium, dry, <E T="03">finished sheets, strip or coiled wire</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2009
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A19, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zirconium hydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1437</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB4, N34, T3, TP33, W31, W40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zirconium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2728</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A1, A29, IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zirconium picramate, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 20 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN0236
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">04
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25, 5E


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zirconium picramate, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 20 percent water, by mass</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1517
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23, N41, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28, 36


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zirconium powder, dry
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2008
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T21, TP7, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N5, N34, T3, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B135, IB8, IP4, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zirconium powder, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 25 percent water (a visible excess of water must be present) (a) mechanically produced, particle size less than 53 microns; (b) chemically produced, particle size less than 840 microns</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1358</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A19, A20, IB6, IP2, N34, T3, TP33, W31, W40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 74, 147, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zirconium scrap
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1932
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B135, IB8, IP21, N34, T1, TP33, W31
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 148


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zirconium suspended in a liquid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1308</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B1, IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zirconium tetrachloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2503</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">IB8, IP3, T1, TP33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53, 58</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix A to § 172.101—List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities
</HD1>
<P>1. This appendix lists materials and their corresponding reportable quantities (RQ's) that are listed or designated as “hazardous substances” under section 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9601(14) (CERCLA; 42 U.S.C. 9601 <I>et seq</I>). This listing fulfills the requirement of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9656(a), that all “hazardous substances,” as defined in 42 U.S.C. 9601(14), be listed and regulated as hazardous materials under 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127. That definition includes substances listed under sections 311(b)(2)(A) and 307(a) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. 1321(b)(2)(A) and 1317(a), section 3001 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, 42 U.S.C. 6921, and section 112 of the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7412. In addition, this list contains materials that the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency has determined to be hazardous substances in accordance with section 102 of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9602. It should be noted that 42 U.S.C. 9656(b) provides that common and contract carriers may be held liable under laws other than CERCLA for the release of a hazardous substance as defined in that Act, during transportation that commenced before the effective date of the listing and regulating of that substance as a hazardous material under 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127.
</P>
<P>2. This appendix is divided into two TABLES which are entitled “TABLE 1—HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES” and “TABLE 2—RADIONUCLIDES.” A material listed in this appendix is regulated as a hazardous material and a hazardous substance under this subchapter if it meets the definition of a hazardous substance in § 171.8 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>3. The procedure for selecting a proper shipping name for a hazardous substance is set forth in § 172.101(c).
</P>
<P>4. Column 1 of TABLE 1, entitled <I>“Hazardous substance”,</I> contains the names of those elements and compounds that are hazardous substances. Following the listing of elements and compounds is a listing of waste streams. These waste streams appear on the list in numerical sequence and are referenced by the appropriate “D”, “F”, or “K” numbers. Column 2 of TABLE 1, entitled <I>“Reportable quantity (RQ)”,</I> contains the reportable quantity (RQ), in pounds and kilograms, for each hazardous substance listed in Column 1 of TABLE 1.
</P>
<P>5. A series of notes is used throughout TABLE 1 and TABLE 2 to provide additional information concerning certain hazardous substances. These notes are explained at the end of each TABLE.
</P>
<P>6. TABLE 2 lists radionuclides that are hazardous substances and their corresponding RQ's. The RQ's in table 2 for radionuclides are expressed in units of curies and terabecquerels, whereas those in table 1 are expressed in units of pounds and kilograms. If a material is listed in both table 1 and table 2, the lower RQ shall apply. Radionuclides are listed in alphabetical order. The RQ's for radionuclides are given in the radiological unit of measure of curie, abbreviated “Ci”, followed, in parentheses, by an equivalent unit measured in terabecquerels, abbreviated “TBq”.
</P>
<P>7. For mixtures of radionuclides, the following requirements shall be used in determining if a package contains an RQ of a hazardous substance: (i) if the identity and quantity (in curies or terabecquerels) of each radionuclide in a mixture or solution is known, the ratio between the quantity per package (in curies or terabecquerels) and the RQ for the radionuclide must be determined for each radionuclide. A package contains an RQ of a hazardous substance when the sum of the ratios for the radionuclides in the mixture or solution is equal to or greater than one; (ii) if the identity of each radionuclide in a mixture or solution is known but the quantity per package (in curies or terabecquerels) of one or more of the radionuclides is unknown, an RQ of a hazardous substance is present in a package when the total quantity (in curies or terabecquerels) of the mixture or solution is equal to or greater than the lowest RQ of any individual radionuclide in the mixture or solution; and (iii) if the identity of one or more radionuclides in a mixture or solution is unknown (or if the identity of a radionuclide by itself is unknown), an RQ of a hazardous substance is present when the total quantity (in curies or terabecquerels) in a package is equal to or greater than either one curie or the lowest RQ of any known individual radionuclide in the mixture or solution, whichever is lower.</P></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Appendix A—Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Hazardous substance
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reportable
<br/>quantity (RQ)
<br/>pounds
<br/>(kilograms)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A2213</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acenaphthene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acenaphthylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetaldehyde, chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetaldehyde, trichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetamide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetamide, N-(aminothioxomethyl)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetamide, N-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetamide, N-9H-fluoren-2-yl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetamide, 2-fluoro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetic acid, (2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-, salts &amp; esters</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetic acid, ethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetic acid, fluoro-, sodium salt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetic acid, lead(2 + ) salt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetic acid, thallium(1 + ) salt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetic acid, (2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetic anhydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetone cyanohydrin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetonitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetophenone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Acetylaminofluorene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetyl bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Acetyl-2-thiourea</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acrolein</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acrylamide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acrylic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acrylonitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Adipic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aldicarb</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aldicarb sulfone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aldrin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Allyl alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Allyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aluminum phosphide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aluminum sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-Aminobiphenyl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5-(Aminomethyl)-3-isoxazolol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-Aminopyridine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amitrole</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonia</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium benzoate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium bicarbonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium bichromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium bifluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium bisulfite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium carbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium carbonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium chromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium citrate, dibasic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium dichromate <E T="51">@</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium fluoborate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium fluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium hydroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium oxalate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium picrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium silicofluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium sulfamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium sulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium sulfite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium tartrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium thiocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonium vanadate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">iso-Amyl acetate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">sec-Amyl acetate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">tert-Amyl acetate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">o-Anisidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Anthracene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony <E T="51">¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony pentachloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony potassium tartrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony tribromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony trichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony trifluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony trioxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Argentate(1-), bis(cyano-C)-, potassium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aroclor 1016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aroclor 1221</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aroclor 1232</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aroclor 1242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aroclor 1248</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aroclor 1254</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aroclor 1260</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aroclors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic <E T="51">¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic acid H<E T="52">3</E>AsO<E T="52">4</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic disulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic oxide As<E T="52">2</E>O<E T="52">3</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic oxide As<E T="52">2</E>O<E T="52">5</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic pentoxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic trichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic trioxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic trisulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsine, diethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsinic acid, dimethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsonous dichloride, phenyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Asbestos <E T="51">¢¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Auramine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Azaserine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aziridine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aziridine, 2-methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Azirino[2′,3′:3,4]pyrrolo[1,2-a]indole-4,7-dione, 6-amino-8-[[(aminocarbonyl)oxy]methyl]-1,1a,2,8,8a,8b-hexahydro-8a-methoxy-5-methyl-, [1aS-(1aalpha,8beta,8aalpha, 8balpha)]-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Barban</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Barium cyanide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bendiocarb</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bendiocarb phenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benomyl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benz[j]aceanthrylene, 1,2-dihydro-3-methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benz[c]acridine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzal chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzamide, 3,5-dichloro-N-(1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benz[a]anthracene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Benzanthracene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benz[a]anthracene, 7,12-dimethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenamine, 4,4′-carbonimidoylbis (N,N dimethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenamine, 4-chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenamine, 4-chloro-2-methyl-, hydrochloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenamine, N,N-dimethyl-4-(phenylazo)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenamine, 2-methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenamine, 4-methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenamine, 4,4′-methylenebis[2-chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenamine, 2-methyl-, hydrochloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenamine, 2-methyl-5-nitro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenamine, 4-nitro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzeneacetic acid, 4-chloro-α-(4-chlorophenyl)-α-hydroxy-, ethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, 1-bromo-4-phenoxy-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenebutanoic acid, 4-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, (chloromethyl)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenediamine, ar-methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, bis(2-ethylhexyl) ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dibutyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dimethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dioctyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, 1,2-dichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, 1,3-dichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, 1,4-dichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, 1,1′-(2,2-dichloroethylidene) bis[4-chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, (dichloromethyl)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, 1,3-diisocyanatomethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, dimethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Benzenediol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Benzenediol,4-[1-hydroxy-2-(methylamino) ethyl]-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzeneethanamine, alpha,alpha-dimethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, hexachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, hexahydro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, 1-methyl-2,4-dinitro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, 2-methyl-1,3-dinitro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, (1-methylethyl)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, nitro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, pentachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, pentachloronitro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenesulfonic acid chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenesulfonyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene,1,2,4,5-tetrachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzenethiol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene,1,1′-(2,2,2-trichloroethylidene) bis[4-chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene,1,1′-(2,2,2-trichloroethylidene) bis[4-methoxy-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, (trichloromethyl)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene, 1,3,5-trinitro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzo[a]anthracene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(1-propenyl)-1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(2-propenyl)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-propyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Benzodioxol-4-ol, 2,2-dimethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Benzodioxol-4-ol, 2,2-dimethyl-, methyl carbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzo[b]fluoranthene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzo(k)fluoranthene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7-Benzofuranol, 2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7-Benzofuranol, 2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-, methylcarbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzoic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzoic acid, 2-hydroxy-, compd. with (3aS-cis)-1,2,3,3a,8,8a-hexahydro-1,3a,8-trimethylpyrrolo [2,3-b]indol-5-yl methylcarbamate ester (1:1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzonitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzo[rst]pentaphene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzo[ghi]perylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2H-1-Benzopyran-2-one, 4-hydroxy-3-(3-oxo-1-phenylbutyl)-, &amp; salts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzo[a]pyrene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3,4-Benzopyrene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">p-Benzoquinone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzotrichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzoyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Beryllium <E T="51">¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Beryllium chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Beryllium fluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Beryllium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Beryllium powder <E T="51">¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">alpha-BHC</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">beta-BHC</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">delta-BHC</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">gamma-BHC</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2′-Bioxirane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Biphenyl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">[1,1′-Biphenyl]-4,4′-diamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">[1,1′-Biphenyl]-4,4′-diamine,3,3′-dichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">[1,1′-Biphenyl]-4,4′-diamine,3,3′-dimethoxy-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">[1,1′-Biphenyl]-4,4′-diamine,3,3′-dimethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bis(2-chloroethoxy) methane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bis(chloromethyl) ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromoacetone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromoform</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromomethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brucine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Butadiene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Butadiene, 1,1,2,3,4,4-hexachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Butanamine, N-butyl-N-nitroso-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Butanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Butanone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Butanone, 3,3-dimethyl-1(methylthio)-, O [(methylamino) carbonyl] oxime</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Butanone peroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Butenal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Butenoic acid, 2-methyl-, 7-[[2,3-dihydroxy-2-(1-methoxyethyl)-3-methyl-1-oxobutoxy] methyl]-2,3,5,7a-tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolizin-1-yl ester, [1S-[1alpha(Z), 7(2S*,3R*),7aalpha]]-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Butyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">iso-Butyl acetate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">sec-Butyl acetate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">tert-Butyl acetate
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">n-Butyl alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Butylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">iso-Butylamine
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">sec-Butylamine
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">tert-Butylamine
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Butyl benzyl phthalate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">n-Butyl phthalate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Butyric acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">iso-Butyric acid
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cacodylic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadmium <E T="51">¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadmium acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadmium bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadmium chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calcium arsenate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calcium arsenite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calcium carbide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calcium chromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calcium cyanamide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calcium cyanide Ca(CN)<E T="52">2</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calcium dodecylbenzenesulfonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calcium hypochlorite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Captan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamic acid, 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl, methyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamic acid, [1-[(butylamino)carbonyl]-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]-, methyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamic acid, (3-chlorophenyl)-, 4-chloro-2-butynyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamic acid, [(dibutylamino)-thio]methyl-, 2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-7-benzofuranyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamic acid, dimethyl-,1-[(dimethyl-amino)carbonyl]-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamic acid, dimethyl-, 3-methyl-1-(1-methylethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamic acid, ethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamic acid, methyl-, 3-methylphenyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamic acid, methylnitroso-, ethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamic acid, [1,2-phenylenebis(iminocarbonothioyl)] bis-, dimethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamic acid, phenyl-, 1-methylethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamic chloride, dimethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamodithioic acid, 1,2-ethanediylbis-, salts &amp; esters</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamothioic acid, bis(1-methylethyl)-, S-(2,3-dichloro-2-propenyl) ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamothioic acid, bis(1-methylethyl)-, S-(2,3,3-trichloro-2-propenyl) ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbamothioic acid, dipropyl-, S-(phenylmethyl) ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbaryl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbendazim</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbofuran</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbofuran phenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon disulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbonic acid, dithallium(1 + ) salt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbonic dichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbonic difluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbonochloridic acid, methyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon oxyfluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon tetrachloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbonyl sulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbosulfan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Catechol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chloral</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chloramben</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorambucil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlordane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlordane, alpha &amp; gamma isomers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CHLORDANE (TECHNICAL MIXTURE AND METABOLITES)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorinated camphene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlornaphazine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chloroacetaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chloroacetic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Chloroacetophenone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">p-Chloroaniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorobenzilate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">p-Chloro-m-cresol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorodibromomethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chloroform</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chloromethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chloromethyl methyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">beta-Chloronaphthalene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Chloronaphthalene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Chlorophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">o-Chlorophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-(o-Chlorophenyl)thiourea</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chloroprene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-Chloropropionitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorosulfonic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-Chloro-o-toluidine, hydrochloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorpyrifos</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromic acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromic acid H<E T="52">2</E>CrO<E T="52">4</E>, calcium salt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromic sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium <E T="51">¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromous chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chrysene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cobaltous bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cobaltous formate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cobaltous sulfamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coke Oven Emissions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Copper <E T="51">¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Copper chloride <E T="51">@</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Copper cyanide Cu(CN)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coumaphos</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Creosote</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cresol (cresylic acid)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">m-Cresol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">o-Cresol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">p-Cresol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cresols (isomers and mixture)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cresylic acid (isomers and mixture)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Crotonaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cumene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">m-Cumenyl methylcarbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cupric acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cupric acetoarsenite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cupric chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cupric nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cupric oxalate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cupric sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cupric sulfate, ammoniated</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cupric tartrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyanides (soluble salts and complexes) not otherwise specified</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyanogen</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyanogen bromide (CN)Br</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyanogen chloride (CN)Cl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Cyclohexadiene-1,4-dione</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyclohexane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-, (1α, 2α, 3β-, 4α, 5α, 6β)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyclohexanone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitrophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Cyclopentadiene, 1,2,3,4,5,5-hexachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyclophosphamide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4-D Acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4-D Ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4-D, salts and esters</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Daunomycin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DDD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4,4′-DDD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DDE (72-55-9) <E T="51">#</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DDE (3547-04-4) <E T="51">#</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4,4′-DDE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DDT</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4,4′-DDT</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DEHP</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diallate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diazinon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diazomethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenz[a,h]anthracene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2:5,6-Dibenzanthracene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzo[a,h]anthracene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzofuran</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzo[a,i]pyrene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibromoethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibutyl phthalate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-n-butyl phthalate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dicamba</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichlobenil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichlone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Dichlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Dichlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,4-Dichlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">m-Dichlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">o-Dichlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">p-Dichlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3,3′-Dichlorobenzidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichlorobromomethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,4-Dichloro-2-butene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichlorodifluoromethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Dichloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Dichloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Dichloroethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Dichloroethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichloroethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichloroisopropyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichloromethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichloromethoxyethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichloromethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4-Dichlorophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,6-Dichlorophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichlorophenylarsine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichloropropane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1,1-Dichloropropane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1,3-Dichloropropane
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Dichloropropane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichloropropane-Dichloropropene (mixture)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichloropropene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2,3-Dichloropropene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Dichloropropene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2-Dichloropropionic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichlorvos</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dicofol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dieldrin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2:3,4-Diepoxybutane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diethanolamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diethylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N,N-Diethylaniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diethylarsine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diethylene glycol, dicarbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,4-Diethyleneoxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diethylhexyl phthalate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N,N′-Diethylhydrazine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">O,O-Diethyl S-methyl dithiophosphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diethyl-p-nitrophenyl phosphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diethyl phthalate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">O,O-Diethyl O-pyrazinyl phosphorothioate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diethylstilbestrol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diethyl sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dihydrosafrole</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diisopropylfluorophosphate (DFP)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,4:5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro-, (1alpha, 4alpha, 4abeta, 5alpha, 8alpha, 8abeta)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,4:5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro-, (1alpha, 4alpha, 4abeta, 5beta, 8beta, 8abeta)-1 (0.454)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2,3-b]oxirene,3,4,5,6,9,9-hexachloro-1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octahydro-, (1aalpha, 2beta, 2aalpha, 3beta, 6beta, 6aalpha, 7beta, 7aalpha)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2, 3-b]oxirene,3,4,5,6,9,9-hexachloro-1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octahydro-, (1aalpha, 2beta, 2abeta, 3alpha, 6alpha, 6abeta, 7beta, 7aalpha)-, &amp; metabolites</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethoate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3,3′-Dimethoxybenzidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethyl aminoazobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N,N-Dimethylaniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7,12-Dimethylbenz[a]anthracene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3,3′-Dimethylbenzidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">alpha,alpha-Dimethylbenzylhydroperoxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethylformamide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Dimethylhydrazine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Dimethylhydrazine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical <E T="51">@</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">alpha,alpha-Dimethylphenethylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4-Dimethylphenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethyl phthalate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethyl sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimetilan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dinitrobenzene (mixed)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">m-Dinitrobenzene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">o-Dinitrobenzene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">p-Dinitrobenzene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol, and salts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dinitrogen tetroxide <E T="51">@</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dinitrophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2,5-Dinitrophenol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2,6-Dinitrophenol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4-Dinitrophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dinitrotoluene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3,4-Dinitrotoluene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4-Dinitrotoluene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,6-Dinitrotoluene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dinoseb</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-n-octyl phthalate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,4-Dioxane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Diphenylhydrazine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diphosphoramide, octamethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dipropylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-n-propylnitrosamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diquat</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Disulfoton</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dithiobiuret</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Dithiolane-2-carboxaldehyde, 2,4-dimethyl-, O-[(methylamino)-carbonyl]oxime</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diuron</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Endosulfan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">alpha-Endosulfan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">beta-Endosulfan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Endosulfan sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Endothall</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Endrin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Endrin aldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Endrin, &amp; metabolites</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Epichlorohydrin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Epinephrine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Epoxybutane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanamine, N,N-diethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanamine, N-ethyl-N-nitroso-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Ethanediamine, N,N-dimethyl-N′-2-pyridinyl-N′-(2-thienylmethyl)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, 1,2-dibromo-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, 1,1-dichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, 1,2-dichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanedinitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, hexachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, 1,1′-[methylenebis(oxy)]bis[2-chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, 1,1′-oxybis-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, 1,1′-oxybis[2-chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, pentachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, 1,1,1,2-tetrachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanethioamide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, 1,1,1-trichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, 1,1,2-trichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanimidothioic acid, 2-(dimethylamino)-N-hydroxy-2-oxo-, methyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanimidothioic acid, 2-(dimethylamino)-N-[[(methylamino) carbonyl]oxy]-2-oxo-, methyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanimidothioic acid, N-[[(methylamino) carbonyl]oxy]-, methyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanimidothioic acid, N,N′[thiobis[(methylimino)carbonyloxy]] bis-, dimethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanol, 2-ethoxy-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanol, 2,2′-(nitrosoimino)bis-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanol, 2,2′-oxybis-, dicarbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethanone, 1-phenyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethene, chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethene, (2-chloroethoxy)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethene, 1,1-dichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethene, 1,2-dichloro-(E)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethene, tetrachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethene, trichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethion</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl acrylate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylbenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl carbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl cyanide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid, salts &amp; esters</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylenediamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylenediamine-tetraacetic acid (EDTA)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylene dibromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylene dichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylene glycol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylene oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylenethiourea</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylenimine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylidene dichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl methacrylate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl methanesulfonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl methyl ketone <E T="51">@</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Famphur</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferric ammonium citrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferric ammonium oxalate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferric chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferric fluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferric nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferric sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrous ammonium sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrous chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrous sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fluoranthene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fluorene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fluorine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fluoroacetamide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fluoroacetic acid, sodium salt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Formaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Formetanate hydrochloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Formic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Formparanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fulminic acid, mercury(2 + )salt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fumaric acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Furan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Furancarboxyaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Furandione</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Furan, tetrahydro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Furfural</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Furfuran</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Glucopyranose, 2-deoxy-2-(3-methyl-3-nitrosoureido)-, D-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D-Glucose, 2-deoxy-2-[[(methylnitrosoamino)-carbonyl]amino]-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Glycidylaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guanidine, N-methyl-N′-nitro-N-nitroso-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Guthion</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Heptachlor</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Heptachlor epoxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexachlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexachlorobutadiene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexachlorocyclopentadiene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexachloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexachlorophene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexachloropropene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexaethyl tetraphosphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexamethylene-1,6-diisocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexamethylphosphoramide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrazine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrazinecarbothioamide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrazine, 1,2-diethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrazine, 1,1-dimethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrazine, 1,2-dimethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrazine, 1,2-diphenyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrazine, methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrochloric acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrocyanic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrofluoric acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen cyanide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen fluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen phosphide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen sulfide H2S</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydroperoxide, 1-methyl-1-phenylethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydroquinone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Imidazolidinethione</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodomethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Isobenzofurandione</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Isobutyl alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Isodrin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Isolan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Isophorone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Isoprene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Isopropanolamine dodecylbenzenesulfonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-Isopropylphenyl N-methylcarbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Isosafrole</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3(2H)-Isoxazolone, 5-(aminomethyl)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kepone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lasiocarpine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead <E T="51">¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead arsenate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead, bis(acetato-O)tetrahydroxytri-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead fluoborate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead fluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead iodide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead phosphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead stearate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead subacetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead sulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead thiocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lindane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lindane (all isomers)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lithium chromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Malathion</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maleic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maleic anhydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maleic hydrazide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Malononitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese, bis(dimethylcarbamodithioato-S,S′)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese dimethyldithiocarbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MDI</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MEK</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Melphalan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercaptodimethur</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercuric cyanide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercuric nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercuric sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercuric thiocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercurous nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercury</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercury, (acetato-O)phenyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercury fulminate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methacrylonitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methanamine, N-methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, bromo-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, chloromethoxy-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, dibromo-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, dichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, dichlorodifluoro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, iodo-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, isocyanato-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, oxybis(chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methanesulfenyl chloride, trichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methanesulfonic acid, ethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, tetrachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, tetranitro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methanethiol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, tribromo-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, trichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methane, trichlorofluoro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methanimidamide, N,N-dimethyl-N′-[3-[[(methylamino) carbonyl] oxy]
<br/>phenyl]-, monohydrochloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methanimidamide, N,N-dimethyl-N′-[2-methyl-4-[[(methylamino)carbonyl] oxy]phenyl]-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6,9-Methano-2,4,3-benzodioxathiepin,6,7,8,9,10,10-hexachloro-1,5,5a,6,9,9a-hexahydro-, 3-oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,4,5,6,7,8,8-heptachloro-3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,8-octachloro-2,3,3a,4,7,7a-hexahydro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methapyrilene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3,4-Metheno-2H-cyclobuta[cd]pentalen-2-one, 1,1a,3,3a,4,5,5,5a,5b,6-decachlorooctahydro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methiocarb</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methomyl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methoxychlor</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methylamine <E T="51">@</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Methyl aziridine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Methylbutadiene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl chlorocarbonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl chloroform</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl chloroformate <E T="51">@</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl chloromethyl ether <E T="51">@</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-Methylcholanthrene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4,4′-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methylene bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methylene chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4,4′-Methylenedianiline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methylene diphenyl diisocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl ethyl ketone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl hydrazine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl iodide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl isobutyl ketone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl isocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Methyllactonitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl mercaptan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl methacrylate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl parathion</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-Methyl-2-pentanone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl tert-butyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methylthiouracil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Metolcarb</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mevinphos</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mexacarbate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mitomycin C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MNNG</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Monoethylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Monomethylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Naled</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5,12-Naphthacenedione, 8-acetyl-10-[(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy-alpha-L-lyxo-hexopyranosyl)oxy]-7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,8,11-trihydroxy-1-methoxy-, (8S-cis)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Naphthalenamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Naphthalenamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Naphthalenamine, N,N′-bis(2-chloroethyl)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Naphthalene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Naphthalene, 2-chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,4-Naphthalenedione</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,7-Naphthalenedisulfonic acid, 3,3′-[(3,3′-dimethyl-(1,1′-biphenyl)-4,4′-diyl)-bis(azo)]bis(5-amino-4-hydroxy)-tetrasodium salt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Naphthalenol, methylcarbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Naphthenic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,4-Naphthoquinone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">alpha-Naphthylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">beta-Naphthylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">alpha-Naphthylthiourea</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel <E T="51">¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel ammonium sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel carbonyl Ni(CO)4, (T-4)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel cyanide Ni(CN)<E T="52">2</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel hydroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nicotine, &amp; salts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitric acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitric acid, thallium (1 + ) salt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitric oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">p-Nitroaniline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-Nitrobiphenyl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrogen dioxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrogen oxide NO</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrogen oxide NO<E T="52">2</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitroglycerine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrophenol (mixed)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">m-Nitrophenol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">o-Nitrophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">p-Nitrophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Nitrophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-Nitrophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Nitropropane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-Nitrosodiethanolamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-Nitrosodiethylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-Nitrosodimethylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-Nitrosodiphenylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-Nitroso-N-ethylurea</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-Nitroso-N-methylurea</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-Nitroso-N-methylurethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-Nitrosomethylvinylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-Nitrosomorpholine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-Nitrosopiperidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-Nitrosopyrrolidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrotoluene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">m-Nitrotoluene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">o-Nitrotoluene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">p-Nitrotoluene
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5-Nitro-o-toluidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Octamethylpyrophosphoramide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Osmium oxide OsO<E T="52">4</E>, (T-4)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Osmium tetroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7-Oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dicarboxylic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oxamyl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Oxathiolane, 2,2-dioxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2H-1,3,2-Oxazaphosphorin-2-amine, N,N-bis(2-chloroethyl) tetrahydro-, 2-oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oxirane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oxiranecarboxyaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oxirane, (chloromethyl)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Paraformaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Paraldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Parathion</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PCBs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PCNB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pentachlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pentachloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pentachloronitrobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pentachlorophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Pentadiene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Perchloroethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Perchloromethyl mercaptan <E T="51">@</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenacetin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenanthrene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2-chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 4-chloro-3-methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2-cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2,4-dichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2,6-dichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 4,4′-(1,2-diethyl-1,2-ethenediyl)bis-, (E)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2,4-dimethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 4-(dimethylamino)-3,5-dimethyl-, methylcarbamate (ester)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, (3,5-dimethyl-4-(methylthio)-, methylcarbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2,4-dinitro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2-methyl-4,6-dinitro-, &amp; salts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2,2′-methylenebis[3,4,6-trichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2-(1-methylethoxy)-, methylcarbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 3-(1-methylethyl)-, methyl carbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 3-methyl-5-(1-methylethyl)-, methyl carbamate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-4,6-dinitro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 4-nitro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, pentachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2,3,4,6-tetrachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2,4,5-trichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2,4,6-trichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenol, 2,4,6-trinitro-, ammonium salt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">L-Phenylalanine, 4-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">p-Phenylenediamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenyl mercaptan <E T="51">@</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenylmercury acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phenylthiourea</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phorate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosgene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphoric acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphoric acid, diethyl 4-nitrophenyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphoric acid, lead(2 + ) salt (2:3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-[2-(ethylthio)ethyl] ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-[(ethylthio)methyl] ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-methyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-dimethyl S-[2-(methylamino)-2-oxoethyl] ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorofluoridic acid, bis(1-methylethyl) ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-diethyl O-(4-nitrophenyl) ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-diethyl O-pyrazinyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorothioic acid, O-[4-[(dimethylamino) sulfonyl]phenyl] O,O-dimethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-dimethyl O-(4-nitrophenyl) ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus oxychloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus pentasulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus sulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus trichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phthalic anhydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Physostigmine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Physostigmine salicylate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Picoline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Piperidine, 1-nitroso-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plumbane, tetraethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potassium arsenate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potassium arsenite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potassium bichromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potassium chromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potassium cyanide K(CN)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potassium hydroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potassium permanganate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potassium silver cyanide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Promecarb</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pronamide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propanal, 2-methyl-2-(methyl-sulfonyl)-, O-[(methylamino)carbonyl] oxime</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propanal, 2-methyl-2-(methylthio)-, O-[(methylamino)carbonyl] oxime</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Propanamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Propanamine, N-propyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Propanamine, N-nitroso-N-propyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propane, 1,2-dibromo-3-chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propane, 1,2-dichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propanedinitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propanenitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propanenitrile, 3-chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propanenitrile, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propane, 2-nitro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propane, 2,2′-oxybis[2-chloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3-Propane sultone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2,3-Propanetriol, trinitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propanoic acid, 2-(2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Propanol, 2,3-dibromo-, phosphate (3:1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Propanol, 2-methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Propanone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Propanone, 1-bromo-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propargite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propargyl alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Propenal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Propenamide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Propene, 1,1,2,3,3,3-hexachloro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Propenenitrile</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Propenenitrile, 2-methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Propenoic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Propenoic acid, ethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, ethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, methyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Propen-1-ol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propham</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">beta-Propiolactone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propionaldehyde</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propionic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propionic anhydride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propoxur (Baygon)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">n-Propylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propylene dichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propylene oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2-Propylenimine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Propyn-1-ol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Prosulfocarb</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pyrene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pyrethrins</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3,6-Pyridazinedione, 1,2-dihydro-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-Pyridinamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pyridine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pyridine, 2-methyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pyridine, 3-(1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl)-, (S)-, &amp; salts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4-(1H,3H)-Pyrimidinedione, 5-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4(1H)-Pyrimidinone, 2,3-dihydro-6-methyl-2-thioxo-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pyrrolidine, 1-nitroso-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pyrrolo[2,3-b] indol-5-ol,1,2,3,3a,8,8a-hexahydro-1,3a,8-trimethyl-, methylcarbamate (ester), (3aS-cis)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Quinoline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Quinone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Quintobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">RADIONUCLIDES</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">See Table 2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reserpine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Resorcinol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Safrole</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenious acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenious acid, dithallium (1 + ) salt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenium <E T="51">¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenium dioxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenium oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenium sulfide SeS2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenourea</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">L-Serine, diazoacetate (ester)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver <E T="51">¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver cyanide Ag(CN)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silvex (2,4,5-TP)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium arsenate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium arsenite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium azide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium bichromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium bifluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium bisulfite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium chromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium cyanide Na(CN)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium fluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium hydrosulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium hydroxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium hypochlorite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium methylate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium nitrite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium phosphate, dibasic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium phosphate, tribasic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium selenite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Streptozotocin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strontium chromate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strychnidin-10-one, &amp; salts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strychnidin-10-one, 2,3-dimethoxy-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strychnine, &amp; salts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Styrene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Styrene oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur chlorides <E T="51">@</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfuric acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfuric acid, dimethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfuric acid, dithallium (1 + ) salt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur monochloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur phosphide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4,5-T</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4,5-T acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4,5-T amines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4,5-T esters</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4,5-T salts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TCDD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TDE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tetrachloroethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tetraethyl pyrophosphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tetraethyl lead</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tetraethyldithiopyrophosphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tetrahydrofuran</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tetranitromethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tetraphosphoric acid, hexaethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallic oxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium <E T="51">¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium (I) acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium (I) carbonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium chloride TlCl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium (I) nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium oxide Tl<E T="52">2</E>O<E T="52">3</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium (I) selenite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium (I) sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thioacetamide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thiodicarb</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thiodiphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thiofanox</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thioimidodicarbonic diamide [(H<E T="52">2</E>N)C(S)]<E T="52">2</E>NH</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thiomethanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thioperoxydicarbonic diamide [(H<E T="52">2</E>N)C(S)]<E T="52">2</E>S<E T="52">2</E>, tetramethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thiophanate-methyl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thiophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thiosemicarbazide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thiourea</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thiourea, (2-chlorophenyl)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thiourea, 1-naphthalenyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thiourea, phenyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thiram</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tirpate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titanium tetrachloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Toluene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Toluenediamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4-Toluene diamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Toluene diisocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4-Toluene diisocyanate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">o-Toluidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">p-Toluidine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">o-Toluidine hydrochloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Toxaphene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4,5-TP acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4,5-TP esters</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Triallate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1H-1,2,4-Triazol-3-amine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trichlorfon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1,1-Trichloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1,2-Trichloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trichloroethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trichloromethanesulfenyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trichloromonofluoromethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trichlorophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2,3,4-Trichlorophenol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2,3,5-Trichlorophenol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2,3,6-Trichlorophenol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3,4,5-Trichlorophenol
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4,5-Trichlorophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,4,6-Trichlorophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Triethanolamine dodecylbenzenesulfonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Triethylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trifluralin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trimethylamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2,4-Trimethylpentane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,3,5-Trioxane, 2,4,6-trimethyl-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trypan blue</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D002 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Corrosivity</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D001 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Ignitability</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D003 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Reactivity</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D004-D043 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Toxicity:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Arsenic (D004)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Barium (D005)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Benzene (D018)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Cadmium (D006)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Carbon tetrachloride (D019)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Chlordane (D020)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Chlorobenzene (D021)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Chloroform (D022)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Chromium (D007)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">o-Cresol (D023)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">m-Cresol (D024)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">p-Cresol (D025)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Cresol (D026)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2,4-D (D016)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1,4-Dichlorobenzene (D027)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1,2-Dichloroethane (D028)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1,1-Dichloroethylene (D029)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2,4-Dinitrotoluene (D030)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Endrin (D012)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Heptachlor (and epoxide) (D031)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Hexachlorobenzene (D032)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Hexachlorobutadiene (D033)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Hexachloroethane (D034)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Lead (D008)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Lindane (D013)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Mercury (D009)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Methoxychlor (D014)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Methyl ethyl ketone (D035)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Nitrobenzene (D036)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Pentachlorophenol (D037)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Pyridine (D038)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Selenium (D010)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Silver (D011)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tetrachloroethylene (D039)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Toxaphene (D015)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Trichloroethylene (D040)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2,4,5-Trichlorophenol (D041)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2,4,6-Trichlorophenol (D042)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2,4,5-TP (D017)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Vinyl chloride (D043)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uracil mustard</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranyl nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Urea, N-ethyl-N-nitroso-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Urea, N-methyl-N-nitroso-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Urethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vanadic acid, ammonium salt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vanadium oxide V<E T="52">2</E>O<E T="52">5</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vanadium pentoxide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vanadyl sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinyl acetate monomer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinylamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinyl bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinylidene chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Warfarin, &amp; salts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">m-Xylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">o-Xylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">p-Xylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xylene (mixed)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xylenes (isomers and mixture)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xylenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yohimban-16-carboxylic acid,11,17-dimethoxy-18-[(3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoyl)
<br/>oxy]-, methyl ester (3beta,16beta,17alpha,18beta, 20alpha)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc <E T="51">¢</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc ammonium chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc, bis(dimethylcarbamodithioato-S,S′)-</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc borate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc bromide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc carbonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc cyanide Zn(CN)<E T="52">2</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc fluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc formate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc hydrosulfite</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc phenolsulfonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc phosphide Zn<E T="52">3</E>P<E T="52">2</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc silicofluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ziram</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium potassium fluoride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium tetrachloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Tetrachloroethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Trichloroethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Methylene chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Carbon tetrachloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(f) Chlorinated fluorocarbons</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Tetrachloroethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Methylene chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Trichloroethylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Chlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(f) 1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(g) o-Dichlorobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(h) Trichlorofluoromethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) 1,1,2-Trichloroethane</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Xylene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Acetone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Ethyl acetate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Ethylbenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Ethyl ether</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(f) Methyl isobutyl ketone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(g) n-Butyl alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(h) Cyclohexanone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Methanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Cresols/Cresylic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Nitrobenzene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Toluene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Methyl ethyl ketone</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Carbon disulfide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Isobutanol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Pyridine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F019</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F024</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F025</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F026</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F027</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F028</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F032</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F034</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F035</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F037</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F038</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F039</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K017</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K019</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K024</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K025</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K026</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K027</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K028</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K029</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K030</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K031</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K032</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K033</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K034</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K035</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K036</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K037</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K038</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K039</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K040</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K041</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K042</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K043</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K044</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K045</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K046</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K047</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K048</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K049</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K050</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K051</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K052</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K060</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K061</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K062</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K064</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K065</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K066</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K069</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K071</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K073</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K083</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K084</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K085</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K086</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K088</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K091</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K093</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K094</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K095</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K096</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K097</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K098</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K099</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K102</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K108</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K111</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K112</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K114</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K116</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K117</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K118</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K123</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K124</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K126</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (45.4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K132</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K136</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K141</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K142</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K144</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K145</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K147</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K148</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K149</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K156</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K158</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K159</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K161</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K169</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (4.54)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K170</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K171</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K172</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K174</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K175</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K176</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K177</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000 (2270)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K178</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (454)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (0.454)
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">¢</E> The RQ for these hazardous substances is limited to those pieces of the metal having a diameter smaller than 100 micrometers (0.004 inches).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">¢</E> The RQ for asbestos is limited to friable forms only.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">@</E> Indicates that the name was added by PHMSA because (1) the name is a synonym for a specific hazardous substance and (2) the name appears in the Hazardous Materials Table as a proper shipping name.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">#</E> To provide consistency with EPA regulations, two entries with different CAS numbers are provided. Refer to the EPA Table 302.4—List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities for an explanation of the two entries.</P></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities
</HD1>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Appendix A—Radionuclides
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)—Radionuclide
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)—Atomic Number
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3)—Reportable Quantity (RQ) Ci (TBq)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Actinium-224 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Actinium-225 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Actinium-226 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Actinium-227 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.001 (.000037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Actinium-228 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aluminum-26 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Americium-237 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Americium-238 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Americium-239 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Americium-240 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Americium-241 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Americium-242 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Americium-242m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Americium-243 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Americium-244 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Americium-244m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Americium-245 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Americium-246 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Americium-246m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-115 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-116 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-116m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-117 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-118m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-119 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-120 (16 min) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-120 (5.76 day) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-122 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-124 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-124m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-125 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-126 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-126m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-127 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-128 (10.4 min) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-128 (9.01 hr) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-129 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-130 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Antimony-131 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Argon-39 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Argon-41 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic-69 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic-70 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic-71 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic-72 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic-73 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic-74 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic-76 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic-77 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arsenic-78 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Astatine-207 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Astatine-211 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Barium-126 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Barium-128 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Barium-131 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Barium-131m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Barium-133 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Barium-133m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Barium-135m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Barium-139 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Barium-140 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Barium-141 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Barium-142 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Berkelium-245 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Berkelium-246 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Berkelium-247 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Berkelium-249 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Berkelium-250 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Beryllium-10 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Beryllium-7 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bismuth-200 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bismuth-201 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bismuth-202 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bismuth-203 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bismuth-205 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bismuth-206 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bismuth-207 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bismuth-210 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bismuth-210m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bismuth-212 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bismuth-213 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bismuth-214 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromine-74 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromine-74m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromine-75 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromine-76 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromine-77 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromine-80 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromine-80m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromine-82 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromine-83 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromine-84 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadmium-104 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadmium-107 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadmium-109 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadmium-113 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadmium-113m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadmium-115 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadmium-115m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadmium-117 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadmium-117m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calcium-41 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calcium-45 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Calcium-47 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Californium-244 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Californium-246 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Californium-248 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Californium-249 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Californium-250 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Californium-251 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Californium-252 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Californium-253 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Californium-254 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon-11 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon-14 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cerium-134 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cerium-135 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cerium-137 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cerium-137m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cerium-139 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cerium-141 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cerium-143 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cerium-144 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cesium-125 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cesium-127 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cesium-129 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cesium-130 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cesium-131 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cesium-132 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cesium-134 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cesium-134m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cesium-135 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cesium-135m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cesium-136 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cesium-137 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cesium-138 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorine-36 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorine-38 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorine-39 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium-48 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium-49 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium-51 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cobalt-55 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cobalt-56 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cobalt-57 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cobalt-58 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cobalt-58m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cobalt-60 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cobalt-60m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cobalt-61 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cobalt-62m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Copper-60 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Copper-61 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Copper-64 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Copper-67 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curium-238 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curium-240 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curium-241 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curium-242 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curium-243 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curium-244 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curium-245 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curium-246 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curium-247 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curium-248 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.001 (.000037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curium-249 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dysprosium-155 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dysprosium-157 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dysprosium-159 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dysprosium-165 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dysprosium-166 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Einsteinium-250 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Einsteinium-251 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Einsteinium-253 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Einsteinium-254 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Einsteinium-254m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Erbium-161 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Erbium-165 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Erbium-169 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Erbium-171 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Erbium-172 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-145 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-146 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-147 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-148 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-149 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-150 (12.6 hr) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-150 (34.2 yr) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-152 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-152m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-154 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-155 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-156 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-157 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Europium-158 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fermium-252 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fermium-253 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fermium-254 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fermium-255 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fermium-257 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fluorine-18 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Francium-222 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Francium-223 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gadolinium-145 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gadolinium-146 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gadolinium-147 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gadolinium-148 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.001 (.000037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gadolinium-149 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gadolinium-151 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gadolinium-152 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.001 (.000037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gadolinium-153 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gadolinium-159 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gallium-65 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gallium-66 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gallium-67 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gallium-68 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gallium-70 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gallium-72 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gallium-73 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Germanium-66 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Germanium-67 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Germanium-68 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Germanium-69 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Germanium-71 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Germanium-75 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Germanium-77 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Germanium-78 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gold-193 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gold-194 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gold-195 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gold-198 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gold-198m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gold-199 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gold-200 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gold-200m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gold-201 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hafnium-170 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hafnium-172 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hafnium-173 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hafnium-175 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hafnium-177m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hafnium-178m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hafnium-179m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hafnium-180m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hafnium-181 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hafnium-182 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hafnium-182m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hafnium-183 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hafnium-184 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Holmium-155 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Holmium-157 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Holmium-159 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Holmium-161 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Holmium-162 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Holmium-162m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Holmium-164 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Holmium-164m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Holmium-166 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Holmium-166m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Holmium-167 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen-3 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indium-109 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indium-110 (4.9 hr) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indium-110 (69.1 min) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indium-111 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indium-112 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indium-113m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indium-114m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indium-115 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indium-115m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indium-116m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indium-117 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indium-117m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Indium-119m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-120 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-120m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-121 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-123 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-124 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-125 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-126 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-128 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-129 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.001 (.000037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-130 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-131 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-132 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-132m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-133 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-134 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iodine-135 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-182 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-184 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-185 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-186 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-187 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-188 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-189 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-190 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-190m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-192 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-192m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-194 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-194m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-195 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iridium-195m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iron-52 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iron-55 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iron-59 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iron-60 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Krypton-74 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Krypton-76 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Krypton-77 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Krypton-79 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Krypton-81 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Krypton-83m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Krypton-85 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Krypton-85m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Krypton-87 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Krypton-88 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lanthanum-131 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lanthanum-132 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lanthanum-135 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lanthanum-137 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lanthanum-138 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lanthanum-140 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lanthanum-141 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lanthanum-142 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lanthanum-143 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-195m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-198 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-199 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-200 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-201 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-202 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-202m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-203 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-205 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-209 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-210 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-211 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-212 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lead-214 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-169 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-170 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-171 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-172 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-173 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-174 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-174m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-176 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-176m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-177 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-177m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-178 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-178m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lutetium-179 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Magnesium-28 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese-51 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese-52 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese-52m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese-53 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese-54 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese-56 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mendelevium-257 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mendelevium-258 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercury-193 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercury-193m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercury-194 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercury-195 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercury-195m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercury-197 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercury-197m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercury-199m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercury-203 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum-101 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum-90 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum-93 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum-93m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum-99 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neodymium-136 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neodymium-138 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neodymium-139 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neodymium-139m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neodymium-141 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neodymium-147 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neodymium-149 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neodymium-151 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neptunium-232 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neptunium-233 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neptunium-234 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neptunium-235 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neptunium-236 (1.2 E 5 yr) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neptunium-236 (22.5 hr) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neptunium-237 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neptunium-238 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neptunium-239 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neptunium-240 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel-56 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel-57 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel-59 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel-63 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel-65 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel-66 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Niobium-88 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Niobium-89 (122 min) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Niobium-89 (66 min) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Niobium-90 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Niobium-93m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Niobium-94 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Niobium-95 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Niobium-95m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Niobium-96 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Niobium-97 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Niobium-98 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Osmium-180 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Osmium-181 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Osmium-182 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Osmium-185 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Osmium-189m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Osmium-191 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Osmium-191m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Osmium-193 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Osmium-194 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Palladium-100 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Palladium-101 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Palladium-103 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Palladium-107 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Palladium-109 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus-32 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus-33 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Platinum-186 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Platinum-188 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Platinum-189 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Platinum-191 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Platinum-193 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Platinum-193m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Platinum-195m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Platinum-197 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Platinum-197m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Platinum-199 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Platinum-200 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plutonium-234 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plutonium-235 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plutonium-236 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plutonium-237 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plutonium-238 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plutonium-239 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plutonium-240 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plutonium-241 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plutonium-242 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plutonium-243 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plutonium-244 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plutonium-245 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Polonium-203 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Polonium-205 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Polonium-207 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Polonium-210 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potassium-40 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potassium-42 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potassium-43 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potassium-44 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potassium-45 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Praseodymium-136 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Praseodymium-137 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Praseodymium-138m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Praseodymium-139 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Praseodymium-142 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Praseodymium-142m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Praseodymium-143 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Praseodymium-144 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Praseodymium-145 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Praseodymium-147 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Promethium-141 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Promethium-143 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Promethium-144 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Promethium-145 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Promethium-146 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Promethium-147 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Promethium-148 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Promethium-148m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Promethium-149 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Promethium-150 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Promethium-151 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Protactinium-227 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Protactinium-228 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Protactinium-230 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Protactinium-231 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Protactinium-232 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Protactinium-233 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Protactinium-234 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">RADIONUCLIDES $† </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Radium-223 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Radium-224 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Radium-225 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Radium-226 ** </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Radium-227 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Radium-228 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Radon-220 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Radon-222 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhenium-177 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhenium-178 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhenium-181 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhenium-182 (12.7 hr) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhenium-182 (64.0 hr) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhenium-184 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhenium-184m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhenium-186 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhenium-186m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhenium-187 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhenium-188 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhenium-188m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhenium-189 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhodium-100 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhodium-101 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhodium-101m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhodium-102 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhodium-102m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhodium-103m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhodium-105 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhodium-106m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhodium-107 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhodium-99 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rhodium-99m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rubidium-79 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rubidium-81 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rubidium-81m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rubidium-82m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rubidium-83 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rubidium-84 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rubidium-86 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rubidium-87 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rubidium-88 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rubidium-89 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ruthenium-103 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ruthenium-105 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ruthenium-106 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ruthenium-94 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ruthenium-97 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Samarium-141 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Samarium-141m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Samarium-142 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Samarium-145 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Samarium-146 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Samarium-147 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Samarium-151 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Samarium-153 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Samarium-155 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Samarium-156 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Scandium-43 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Scandium-44 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Scandium-44m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Scandium-46 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Scandium-47 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Scandium-48 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Scandium-49 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenium-70 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenium-73 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenium-73m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenium-75 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenium-79 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenium-81 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenium-81m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Selenium-83 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon-31 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon-32 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver-102 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver-103 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver-104 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver-104m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver-105 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver-106 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver-106m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver-108m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver-110m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver-111 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver-112 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silver-115 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium-22 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium-24 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strontium-80 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strontium-81 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strontium-83 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strontium-85 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strontium-85m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strontium-87m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strontium-89 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strontium-90 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strontium-91 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Strontium-92 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur-35 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-172 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-173 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-174 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-175 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-176 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-177 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-178 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-179 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-180 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-180m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-182 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-182m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-183 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-184 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-185 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tantalum-186 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technetium-101 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technetium-104 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technetium-93 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technetium-93m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technetium-94 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technetium-94m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technetium-96 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technetium-96m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technetium-97 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technetium-97m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technetium-98 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technetium-99 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Technetium-99m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-116 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-121 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-121m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-123 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-123m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-125m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-127 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-127m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-129 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-129m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-131 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-131m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-132 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-133 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-133m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tellurium-134 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-147 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-149 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-150 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-151 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-153 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-154 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-155 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-156 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-156m (24.4 hr) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-156m (5.0 hr) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-157 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-158 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-160 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Terbium-161 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium-194 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium-194m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium-195 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium-197 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium-198 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium-198m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium-199 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium-200 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium-201 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium-202 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thallium-204 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thorium (Irradiated) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">***
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thorium (Natural) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">**
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thorium-226 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thorium-227 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thorium-228 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thorium-229 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.001 (.000037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thorium-230 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thorium-231 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thorium-232 ** </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.001 (.000037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thorium-234 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thulium-162 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thulium-166 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thulium-167 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thulium-170 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thulium-171 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thulium-172 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thulium-173 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thulium-175 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tin-110 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tin-111 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tin-113 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tin-117m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tin-119m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tin-121 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tin-121m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tin-123 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tin-123m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tin-125 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tin-126 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tin-127 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tin-128 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titanium-44 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titanium-45 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tungsten-176 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tungsten-177 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tungsten-178 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tungsten-179 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tungsten-181 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tungsten-185 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tungsten-187 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tungsten-188 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium (Depleted) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">***
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium (Irradiated) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">***
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium (Natural) </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">**
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium Enriched 20% or greater </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">***
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium Enriched less than 20% </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">***
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium-230 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium-231 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium-232 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01 (.00037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium-233 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium-234 ** </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium-235 ** </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium-236 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium-237 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium-238 ** </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 (.0037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium-239 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uranium-240 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vanadium-47 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vanadium-48 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vanadium-49 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xenon-120 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xenon-121 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xenon-122 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xenon-123 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xenon-125 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xenon-127 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xenon-129m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xenon-131m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xenon-133 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xenon-133m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xenon-135 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xenon-135m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xenon-138 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ytterbium-162 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ytterbium-166 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ytterbium-167 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ytterbium-169 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ytterbium-175 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ytterbium-177 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ytterbium-178 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yttrium-86 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yttrium-86m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yttrium-87 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yttrium-88 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yttrium-90 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yttrium-90m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yttrium-91 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yttrium-91m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yttrium-92 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yttrium-93 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yttrium-94 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yttrium-95 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc-62 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc-63 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc-65 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc-69 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 (37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc-69m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc-71m </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc-72 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium-86 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium-88 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium-89 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (3.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium-93 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (.037)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium-95 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium-97 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 (.37)
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">$ The RQs for all radionuclides apply to chemical compounds containing the radionuclides and elemental forms regardless of the diameter of pieces of solid material.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">† The RQ of one curie applies to all radionuclides not otherwise listed. Whenever the RQs in TABLE 1—HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES and this table conflict, the lowest RQ shall apply. For example, uranyl acetate and uranyl nitrate have RQs shown in TABLE 1 of 100 pounds, equivalent to about one-tenth the RQ level for uranium-238 in this table.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">** The method to determine the RQs for mixtures or solutions of radionuclides can be found in paragraph 7 of the note preceding TABLE 1 of this appendix. RQs for the following four common radionuclide mixtures are provided: radium-226 in secular equilibrium with its daughters (0.053 curie); natural uranium (0.1 curie); natural uranium in secular equilibrium with its daughters (0.052 curie); and natural thorium in secular equilibrium with its daughters (0.011 curie).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">*** Indicates that the name was added by PHMSA because it appears in the list of radionuclides in 49 CFR 173.435. The reportable quantity (RQ), if not specifically listed elsewhere in this appendix, shall be determined in accordance with the procedures in paragraph 7 of this appendix.</P></DIV></DIV>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix B to § 172.101—List of Marine Pollutants
</HD1>
<P>1. See § 171.4 of this subchapter for applicability to marine pollutants. This appendix lists potential marine pollutants as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>2. Marine pollutants listed in this appendix are not necessarily listed by name in the § 172.101 Table. If a marine pollutant not listed by name or by synonym in the § 172.101 Table meets the definition of any hazard Class 1 through 8, then you must determine the class and division of the material in accordance with § 173.2a of this subchapter. You must also select the most appropriate hazardous material description and proper shipping name. If a marine pollutant not listed by name or by synonym in the § 172.101 Table does not meet the definition of any Class 1 through 8, then you must offer it for transportation under the most appropriate of the following two Class 9 entries: “Environmentally hazardous substances, liquid, n.o.s.,” UN3082, or “Environmentally hazardous substances, solid, n.o.s.” UN3077.
</P>
<P>3. This appendix contains two columns. The first column, entitled “S.M.P.” (for severe marine pollutants), identifies whether a material is a severe marine pollutant. If the letters “PP” appear in this column for a material, the material is a severe marine pollutant, otherwise it is not. The second column, entitled “Marine Pollutant” , lists the marine pollutants.
</P>
<P>4. If a material is not listed in this appendix and meets the criteria for a marine pollutant as provided in Chapter 2.9 of the IMDG Code, (incorporated by reference; see § 171.7 of this subchapter), the material may be transported as a marine pollutant in accordance with the applicable requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>5. If a material or a solution meeting the definition of a marine pollutant in § 171.8 of this subchapter does not meet the criteria for a marine pollutant as provided in section 2.9.3.3 and 2.9.3.4 of the IMDG Code, (incorporated by reference; see § 171.7 of this subchapter), it may be excepted from the requirements of this subchapter as a marine pollutant if that exception is approved by the Associate Administrator. </P></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">List of Marine Pollutants
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">S.M.P.
<br/>(1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Marine pollutant
<br/>(2)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetylene tetrabromide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acetylene tetrachloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acraldehyde, inhibited
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acroleic acid, stabilized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acrolein, inhibited
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acrolein, stabilized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acrylic acid, stabilized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acrylic aldehyde, inhibited
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alcohol C-12 - C-16 poly(1-6) ethoxylate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alcohol C-6 - C-17 (secondary)poly(3-6) ethoxylate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aldicarb
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aldrin
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkyl (c12-c14) dimethylamine
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkyl (c7-c9) nitrates
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkybenzenesulphonates, branched and straight chain (<E T="03">excluding C11-C13 straight chain or branched chain homologues</E>)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allyl alcohol
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allyl bromide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ortho-Aminoanisole
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aminobenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aminocarb
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonia, anhydrous (I)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonia solution, <E T="03">relative density less than 0.880 at 15 degrees C in water, with more than 50 percent ammonia</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonia solution <E T="03">relative density less than 0.880 at 15 degrees C in water, with more than 35% but not more than 50% ammonia</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonia solution, <E T="03">relative density between 0.880 and 0.957 at 15 degrees C in water, with more than 10 percent but not more than 35 percent ammonia, by mass</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonium dinitro-o-cresolate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Amylbenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aniline
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aniline oil
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Azinphos-ethyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Azinphos-methyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bendiocarb
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benomyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benquinox
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzyl chlorocarbonate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Benzyl chloroformate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Binapacryl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">N,N-Bis</E> (2-hydroxyethyl) oleamide (LOA)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bleaching powder
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Brodifacoum
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromine cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromoacetone
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromoallylene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromobenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ortho-Bromobenzyl cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromocyane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromoform
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromophos-ethyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Bromopropene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromoxynil
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butanedione
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Butenal, stabilized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butyl benzyl phthalate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butylbenzenes
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">N-tert</E>-butyl-<E T="03">N</E>-cyclopropyl-6-methylthio-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2,4-Di-tert-butylphenol
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 6-Di-tert-Butylphenol 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">para-tertiary-butyltoluene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cadmium compounds
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cadmium sulphide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium arsenate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium arsenate and calcium arsenite, mixtures, solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite, dry <E T="03">with more than 39% available chlorine (8.8% available oxygen)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite mixture, dry <E T="03">with more than 10% but not more than 39% available chlorine</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite mixture, dry <E T="03">with more than 39% available chlorine (8.8% available oxygen)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite mixture, dry, corrosive <E T="03">with more than 10% but not more than 39% available chlorine</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite mixture, dry, corrosive <E T="03">with more than 39% available chlorine (8.8% available oxygen)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated <E T="03">with not less than 5.5% but not more than 16% water</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated, corrosive <E T="03">with not less than 5.5% but not more than 16% water</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated mixture <E T="03">with not less than 5.5% but not more than 16% water</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated mixture, corrosive <E T="03">with not less than 5.5% but not more than 16% water</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Camphechlor
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbaryl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbendazim
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbofuran
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon tetrabromide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon tetrachloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbophenothion
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cartap hydrochloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlordane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorfenvinphos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorinated paraffins (C-10 - C-13)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorinated paraffins (C14-C17), with more than 1% shorter chain length
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorine
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorine cyanide, inhibited
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlormephos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloroacetone, stabilized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Chloro-2,3-Epoxypropane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Chloro-6-nitrotoluene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-Chloro-2-nitrotoluene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloro-ortho-nitrotoluene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Chloro-5-trifluoromethylnitrobenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">para-Chlorobenzyl chloride, liquid or solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorodinitrobenzenes, liquid or solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Chloroheptane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Chlorohexane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloronitroanilines
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloronitrotoluenes, <E T="03">liquid</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloronitrotoluenes, <E T="03">solid</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Chlorooctane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorophenolates, liquid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorophenolates, solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorophenyltrichlorosilane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloropicrin 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">alpha-Chloropropylene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ortho-Chlorotoluene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorpyriphos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorthiophos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cocculus
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coconitrile
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper acetoarsenite
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper arsenite
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper chloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper chloride solution
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper metal powder
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper sulphate, anhydrous, hydrates
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coumachlor
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coumaphos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Creosote salts
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cresyl diphenyl phosphate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crotonaldehyde, stabilized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crotonic aldehyde, stabilized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crotoxyphos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cupric arsenite
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cupric chloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cupric cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cupric sulfate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cupriethylenediamine solution
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cuprous chloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyanide mixtures
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyanide solutions
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyanides, inorganic, n.o.s.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyanogen bromide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyanogen chloride, inhibited
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyanogen chloride, stabilized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyanophos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,5,9-Cyclododecatriene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cycloheptane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyhexatin
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cymenes (o-;m-;p-)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cypermethrin
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Decyl acrylate 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DDT
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Decycloxytetrahydrothiophene dioxide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DEF
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Desmedipham
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-allate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-n-Butyl phthalate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dialifos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4,4′-Diaminodiphenylmethane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diazinon
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,3-Dibromobenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlofenthion
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichloroanilines
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,3-Dichlorobenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,4-Dichlorobenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorobenzene (meta-; para-)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2,2-Dichlorodiethyl ether
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorodimethyl ether, symmetrical
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-(2-chloroethyl) ether
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1-Dichloroethylene, inhibited
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,6-Dichlorohexane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2,4-Dichlorophenol
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorophenyltrichlorosilane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,3-Dichloropropene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorvos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diclofop-methyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dicrotophos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dieldrin
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diisopropylbenzenes
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diisopropylnaphthalenes, mixed isomers
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethoate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethyl disulphide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N,N-Dimethyldodecylamine
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethylhydrazine, symmetrical
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitro-o-cresol, <E T="03">solid</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitro-o-cresol, <E T="03">solution</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrochlorobenzenes, liquid or solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrophenol, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 15 per cent water, by mass</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrophenol solutions
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrophenol, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 15 per cent water, by mass</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrophenolates <E T="03">alkali metals, dry or wetted with less than 15 per cent water, by mass</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrophenolates, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 15 per cent water, by mass</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrotoluenes, liquid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrotoluenes, molton
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dintrotoluenes, solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinobuton
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinoseb
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinoseb acetate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dioxacarb
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dioxathion
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dipentene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diphacinone
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diphenyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diphenylamine chloroarsine
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diphenylchloroarsine, solid <E T="03">or</E> liquid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Disulfoton
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,4-Di-tert-butylbenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DNOC
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DNOC (pesticide)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dodecene (except 1-dodecene)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dodecyl diphenyl oxide disulphonate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dodecyl hydroxypropyl sulfide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Dodecylamine
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dodecylphenol
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Drazoxolon
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Edifenphos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Endosulfan
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Endrin
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Epibromohydrin
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Epichlorohydrin
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EPN
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Esfenvalerate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethion
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethoprophos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl fluid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl mercaptan
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Ethylhexyl nitrate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Ethyl-3-propylacrolein
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl tetraphosphate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyldichloroarsine
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene dibromide and methyl bromide mixtures, liquid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Ethylhexaldehyde
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fenamiphos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fenbutatin oxide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fenchlorazole-ethyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fenitrothion
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fenoxapro-ethyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fenoxaprop-P-ethyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fenpropathrin
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fensulfothion
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fenthion
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fentin acetate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fentin hydroxide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferric arsenate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferric arsenite
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferrous arsenate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fonofos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Formetanate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Furathiocarb (ISO)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">gamma-BHC
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gasoline, leaded
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Heptachlor
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Heptanes
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Heptenophos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Heptaldehyde
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Heptylbenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">normal-Heptyl chloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexachlorobutadiene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexaethyl tetraphosphate <E T="03">liquid</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, <E T="03">solid</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">normal-Hexyl chloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Hexylbenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrocyanic acid, anhydrous, stabilized, containing less than 3% water
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrocyanic acid, anhydrous, stabilized, containing less than 3% water and absorbed in a porous inert material
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions <E T="03">not more than 20% hydrocyanic acid</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen cyanide solution in alcohol, <E T="03">with not more than</E> 45% hydrogen cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized <E T="03">with less than 3% water</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized <E T="03">with less than 3% water and absorbed in a porous inert material</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydroxydimethylbenzenes, liquid or solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hypochlorite solutions


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ioxynil
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobenzan
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutyl butyrate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutylbenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isodecyl acrylate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isodecyl diphenyl phosphate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isofenphos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isooctane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isooctyl nitrate


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isoprene, stabilized


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isoprocarb
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isotetramethylbenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isoxathion
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead acetate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead arsenates
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead arsenites
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead compounds, soluble, n.o.s.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead nitrate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead perchlorate, solid or solution
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead tetraethyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead tetramethyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lindane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Linuron
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">London Purple
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium arsenate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Malathion
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mancozeb (ISO)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maneb
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maneb preparations <E T="03">with not less than 60% maneb</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maneb preparation, stabilized against self-heating
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maneb stabilized <E T="03">or</E> Maneb preparations, stabilized <E T="03">against self-heating</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Manganese ethylene-1,2-bis dithiocarbamate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Manganese ethylene-1,2-bis-dithiocarbamate, stabilized against self-heating
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mecarbam
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mephosfolan
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercaptodimethur
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric acetate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric ammonium chloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric arsenate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric benzoate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric bisulphate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric bromide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric chloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric gluconate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric iodide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric nitrate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric oleate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric oxide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric oxycyanide, desensitized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric potassium cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric Sulphate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercuric thiocyanate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercurol
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercurous acetate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercurous bisulphate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercurous bromide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercurous chloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercurous nitrate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercurous salicylate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercurous sulphate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury acetates
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury ammonium chloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury based pesticide, liquid, flammable, toxic
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury based pesticides, solid, toxic
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury benzoate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury bichloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury bisulphates
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury bromides
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury compounds, liquid, n.o.s.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury compounds, solid, n.o.s.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury gluconate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury (I) (mercurous) compounds (pesticides)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury (II) (mercuric) compounds (pesticides)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury iodide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury nucleate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury oleate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury oxide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury oxycyanide, desensitized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury potassium cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury potassium iodide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury salicylate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury sulfates
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury thiocyanate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mesitylene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metam-sodium
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methamidophos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methanethiol
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methidathion
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methomyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ortho-Methoxyaniline
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl bromide and ethylene dibromide mixtures, liquid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl disulphide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl mercaptan
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Methyl-2-phenylpropane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Methylacroleine, stabilized


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N-Methylaniline


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylchlorobenzenes


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylcyclohexane


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyldinitrobenzenes, liquid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyldinitrobenzenes, molten
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyldinitrobenzenes, solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyldithiomethane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Methylheptane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylnitrophenols
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Methylpentane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Methylpyradine
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyltrithion
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylvinylbenzenes, inhibited
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mevinphos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mexacarbate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mirex
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Monocrotophos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures or compounds
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nabam
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Naled
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Naphthalene, crude or Naphthalene, refined
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Napthalene, molten
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nickel carbonyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nickel cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nickel tetracarbonyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Nitro-4-chlorobenzotrifluoride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrobenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrobenzotrifluorides, liquid or solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nonanes
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nonylphenol
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">normal</E>-Octaldehyde
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octanes
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oleylamine
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organotin compounds, liquid, n.o.s.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organotin compounds (pesticides)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organotin compounds, solid, n.o.s.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organotin pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s.<E T="03">, flash point less than 23deg C</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organotin pesticides, solid, toxic, n.o.s.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Orthoarsenic acid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Osmium tetroxide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxamyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oxydisulfoton
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paraoxon
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Parathion
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Parathion-methyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PCBs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentachloroethane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentachlorophenol
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentalin
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">n-Pentylbenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Perchloroethylene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Perchloromethylmercaptan
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Petrol, leaded
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenarsazine chloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d-Phenothrin
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenthoate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylamine
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Phenylbutane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-Phenylbutane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylcyclohexane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylmercuric acetate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylmercuric compounds, n.o.s.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylmercuric hydroxide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phenylmercuric nitrate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phorate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosalone
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosmet
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphamidon
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus, white, molten
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus, white <E T="03">or</E> yellow dry <E T="03">or</E> under water <E T="03">or</E> in solution
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus white, or yellow, molten
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus, yellow, molten
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pindone (and salts of)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pine Oil
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">alpha-Pinene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pirimicarb
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pirimiphos-ethyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polychlorinated biphenyls
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polyhalogenated biphenyls, liquid <E T="03">or</E> Terphenyls liquid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polyhalogenated biphenyls, solid <E T="03">or</E> Terphenyls, solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium cuprocyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium cyanide, solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium cyanide, solution
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium cyanocuprate (I)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium cyanomercurate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium mercuric iodide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Promecarb
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propachlor
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propaphos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propenal, inhibited
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propenoic acid, stabilized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propenyl alcohol
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propoxur
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propylene tetramer
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prothoate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prussic acid, anhydrous, stabilized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prussic acid, anhydrous, stabilized, absorbed in a porous inert material
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pyrazophos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Quinalphos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Quizalofop
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Quizalofop-p-ethyl
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rotenone
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Salithion
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silafluofen
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silver arsenite
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silver cyanide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silver orthoarsenite
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium copper cyanide, solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium copper cyanide solution
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium cuprocyanide, solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium cuprocyanide, solution
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium cyanide, solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium cyanide, solution
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate, <E T="03">dry or wetted with less than 15 per cent water, by mass</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium dinitro-ortho-cresolate, wetted <E T="03">with not less than 15 per cent water, by mass</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium hypochlorite solution
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium pentachlorophenate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Strychnine <E T="03">or</E> Strychnine salts
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulfotep
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulprophos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tallow nitrile
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Temephos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TEPP
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Terbufos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrabromoethane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrabromomethane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrachloroethylene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrachloromethane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetraethyl dithiopyrophosphate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetraethyl lead, liquid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetramethrin
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetramethyllead
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tetrapropylene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thallium chlorate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thallium compounds, n.o.s.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thallium compounds (pesticides)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thallium nitrate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thallium sulfate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thallous chlorate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thiocarbonyl tetrachloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toluidines, liquid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toluidines, solid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triaryl phosphates, isopropylated
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triaryl phosphates, n.o.s.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triazophos
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tribromomethane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tributyltin compounds
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichlorfon
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,2,3—Trichlorobenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichlorobenzenes, liquid
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichlorobutene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichlorobutylene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichloromethane sulphuryl chloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichloromethyl sulphochloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trichloronat
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tricresyl phosphate (less than 1% ortho-isomer)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tricresyl phosphate, not less than 1% ortho-isomer but not more than 3% orthoisomer
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tricresyl phosphate <E T="03">with more than 3 per cent ortho isomer</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triethylbenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triisopropylated phenyl phosphates
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trimethylene dichloride
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triphenylphosphate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triphenyl phosphate/tert-butylated triphenyl phosphates mixtures containing 5% to 10% triphenyl phosphates
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triphenyl phosphate/tert-butylated triphenyl phosphates mixtures containing 10% to 48% triphenyl phosphates
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Triphenyltin compounds


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tripropylene


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tritolyl phosphate (less than 1% ortho-isomer)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tritolyl phosphate (not less than 1% ortho-isomer)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trixylenyl phosphate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Turpentine
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinylidene chloride, stabilized
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Warfarin (and salts of)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">White phosphorus, dry
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">White phosphorus, wet
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">White spirit, low (15-20%) aromatic
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yellow phosphorus, dry
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yellow phosphorus, wet
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc bromide
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc chloride, anhydrous
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc chloride solution
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc cyanide</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-173, 55 FR 52474, Dec. 21, 1990]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 172.101, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.102" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.2.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.102   Special provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> When column 7 of the § 172.101 table refers to a special provision for a hazardous material, the meaning and requirements of that provision are as set forth in this section. When a special provision specifies packaging or packaging requirements—
</P>
<P>(1) The special provision is in addition to the standard requirements for all packagings prescribed in § 173.24 of this subchapter and any other applicable packaging requirements in subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) To the extent a special provision imposes limitations or additional requirements on the packaging provisions set forth in column 8 of the § 172.101 table, packagings must conform to the requirements of the special provision.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Description of codes for special provisions.</I> Special provisions contain packaging provisions, prohibitions, exceptions from requirements for particular quantities or forms of materials and requirements or prohibitions applicable to specific modes of transportation, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A code consisting only of numbers (for example, “11”) is multi-modal in application and may apply to bulk and non-bulk packagings.
</P>
<P>(2) A code containing the letter “A” refers to a special provision which applies only to transportation by aircraft.
</P>
<P>(3) A code containing the letter “B” refers to a special provision that applies only to bulk packaging requirements. Unless otherwise provided in this subchapter, these special provisions do not apply to UN, IM Specification portable tanks or IBCs.
</P>
<P>(4) A code containing the letters “IB” or “IP” refers to a special provision that applies only to transportation in IBCs. 
</P>
<P>(5) A code containing the letter “N” refers to a special provision which applies only to non-bulk packaging requirements.
</P>
<P>(6) A code containing the letter “R” refers to a special provision which applies only to transportation by rail.
</P>
<P>(7) A code containing the letter “T” refers to a special provision which applies only to transportation in UN or IM Specification portable tanks.
</P>
<P>(8) A code containing the letters “TP” refers to a portable tank special provision for UN or IM Specification portable tanks that is in addition to those provided by the portable tank instructions or the requirements in part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(9) A code containing the letter “W” refers to a special provision that applies only to transportation by water.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Tables of special provisions.</I> The following tables list, and set forth the requirements of, the special provisions referred to in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Numeric provisions.</I> These provisions are multi-modal and apply to bulk and non-bulk packagings:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Code/Special Provisions
</HD2>
<FP-1>1 This material is poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard Zone A (see § 173.116(a) or § 173.133(a) of this subchapter), and must be described as an inhalation hazard under the provisions of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>2 This material is poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard Zone B (see § 173.116(a) or § 173.133(a) of this subchapter), and must be described as an inhalation hazard under the provisions of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>3 This material is poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard Zone C (see § 173.116(a) of this subchapter), and must be described as an inhalation hazard under the provisions of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>4 This material is poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard Zone D (see § 173.116(a) of this subchapter), and must be described as an inhalation hazard under the provisions of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>5 If this material meets the definition for a material poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter), a shipping name must be selected which identifies the inhalation hazard, in Division 2.3 or Division 6.1, as appropriate.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>6 This material is poisonous-by-inhalation and must be described as an inhalation hazard under the provisions of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>8 A hazardous substance that is not a hazardous waste may be shipped under the shipping description “Other regulated substances, liquid <I>or</I> solid, n.o.s.”, as appropriate. In addition, for solid materials, special provision B54 applies.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>9 Packaging for certain PCBs for disposal and storage is prescribed by EPA in 40 CFR 761.60 and 761.65.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>11 The hazardous material must be packaged as either a liquid or a solid, as appropriate, depending on its physical form at 55 °C (131 °F) at atmospheric pressure.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>12 In concentrations greater than 40 percent, this material has strong oxidizing properties and is capable of starting fires in contact with combustible materials. If appropriate, a package containing this material must conform to the additional labeling requirements of § 172.402 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>13 The words “Inhalation Hazard” shall be entered on each shipping paper in association with the shipping description, shall be marked on each non-bulk package in association with the proper shipping name and identification number, and shall be marked on two opposing sides of each bulk package. Size of marking on bulk package must conform to § 172.302(b) of this subchapter. The requirements of §§ 172.203(m) and 172.505 of this subchapter do not apply.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>14 Motor fuel antiknock mixtures are:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. Mixtures of one or more organic lead mixtures (such as tetraethyl lead, triethylmethyl lead, diethyldimethyl lead, ethyltrimethyl lead, and tetramethyl lead) with one or more halogen compounds (such as ethylene dibromide and ethylene dichloride), hydrocarbon solvents or other equally efficient stabilizers; or
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. tetraethyl lead.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>15 This entry applies to “Chemical kits” and “First aid kits” containing one or more compatible items of hazardous materials in boxes, cases, <I>etc.</I> that, for example, are used for medical, analytical, diagnostic, testing, or repair purposes. Kits that are carried on board transport vehicles for first aid or operating purposes are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>16 This description applies to smokeless powder and other solid propellants that are used as powder for small arms and have been classed as Division 1.3C, 1.4C and Division 4.1 in accordance with § 173.56 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>19 For domestic transportation only, the identification number “UN1075” may be used in place of the identification number specified in column (4) of the § 172.101 table. The identification number used must be consistent on package markings, shipping papers and emergency response information.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>21 This material must be stabilized by appropriate means (e.g., addition of chemical inhibitor, purging to remove oxygen) to prevent dangerous polymerization (see § 173.21(f) of this subchapter).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>22 If the hazardous material is in dispersion in organic liquid, the organic liquid must have a flash point above 50 °C (122 °F).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>23 This material may be transported under the provisions of Division 4.1 only if it is so packed that the percentage of diluent will not fall below that stated in the shipping description at any time during transport. Quantities of not more than 500 g per package with not less than 10 percent water by mass may also be classed in Division 4.1, provided a negative test result is obtained when tested in accordance with test series 6(c) of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>24 Alcoholic beverages containing more than 70 percent alcohol by volume must be transported as materials in Packing Group II. Alcoholic beverages containing more than 24 percent but not more than 70 percent alcohol by volume must be transported as materials in Packing Group III.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>26 This entry does not include ammonium permanganate, the transport of which is prohibited except when approved by the Associate Administrator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>28 The dihydrated sodium salt of dichloroisocyanuric acid does not meet the criteria for inclusion in Division 5.1 (Oxidizer) and is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter unless meeting the criteria for inclusion in another class or division.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>30 Sulfur is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if transported in a non-bulk packaging or if formed to a specific shape (for example, prills, granules, pellets, pastilles, or flakes). A bulk packaging containing sulfur is not subject to the placarding requirements of subpart F of this part, if it is marked with the appropriate identification number as required by subpart D of this part. Molten sulfur must be marked as required by § 172.325 of this subchapter. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>31 Materials which have undergone sufficient heat treatment to render them non-hazardous are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>32 Polymeric beads and molding compounds may be made from polystyrene, poly(methyl methacrylate) or other polymeric material.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>33 Ammonium nitrites and mixtures of an inorganic nitrite with an ammonium salt are prohibited.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>34 The commercial grade of calcium nitrate fertilizer, when consisting mainly of a double salt (calcium nitrate and ammonium nitrate) containing not more than 10 percent ammonium nitrate and at least 12 percent water of crystallization, is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>35 Antimony sulphides and oxides which do not contain more than 0.5 percent of arsenic calculated on the total mass do not meet the definition of Division 6.1.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>37 Unless it can be demonstrated by testing that the sensitivity of the substance in its frozen state is no greater than in its liquid state, the substance must remain liquid during normal transport conditions. It must not freeze at temperatures above −15 °C (5 °F).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>38 If this material shows a violent effect in laboratory tests involving heating under confinement, the labeling requirements of Special Provision 53 apply, and the material must be packaged in accordance with packing method OP6 in § 173.225 of this subchapter. If the SADT of the technically pure substance is higher than 75 °C, the technically pure substance and formulations derived from it are not self-reactive materials and, if not meeting any other hazard class, are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>39 This substance may be carried under provisions other than those of Class 1 only if it is so packed that the percentage of water will not fall below that stated at any time during transport. When phlegmatized with water and inorganic inert material, the content of urea nitrate must not exceed 75 percent by mass and the mixture should not be capable of being detonated by test 1(a)(i) or test 1(a)(ii) in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>40 Polyester resin kits consist of two components: A base material (either Class 3 or Division 4.1, Packing Group II or III) and an activator (organic peroxide), each separately packed in an inner packaging. The organic peroxide must be type D, E, or F, not requiring temperature control. The components may be placed in the same outer packaging provided they will not interact dangerously in the event of leakage. The Packing Group assigned will be II or III, according to the classification criteria for either Class 3 or Division 4.1, as appropriate, applied to the base material. Additionally, unless otherwise excepted in this subchapter, polyester resin kits must be packaged in specification combination packagings based on the performance level of the base material contained within the kit.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>41 This material at the Packing Group II hazard criteria level may be transported in Large Packagings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>43 The membrane filters, including paper separators and coating or backing materials, that are present in transport, must not be able to propagate a detonation as tested by one of the tests described in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part I, Test series 1(a) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). On the basis of the results of suitable burning rate tests, and taking into account the standard tests in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, subsection 33.2.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), nitrocellulose membrane filters in the form in which they are to be transported that do not meet the criteria for a Division 4.1 material are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. Packagings must be so constructed that explosion is not possible by reason of increased internal pressure. Nitrocellulose membrane filters covered by this entry, each with a mass not exceeding 0.5 g, are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter when contained individually in an article or a sealed packet.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>44 The formulation must be prepared so that it remains homogenous and does not separate during transport. Formulations with low nitrocellulose contents and neither showing dangerous properties when tested for their ability to detonate, deflagrate or explode when heated under defined confinement by the appropriate test methods and criteria in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), nor classed as a Division 4.1 (flammable solid) when tested in accordance with the procedures specified in § 173.124 of this subchapter (chips, if necessary, crushed and sieved to a particle size of less than 1.25 mm), are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>45 Temperature should be maintained between 18 °C (64.4 °F) and 40 °C (104 °F). Tanks containing solidified methacrylic acid must not be reheated during transport.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>46 This material must be packed in accordance with packing method OP6 (see § 173.225 of this subchapter). During transport, it must be protected from direct sunshine and stored (or kept) in a cool and well-ventilated place, away from all sources of heat.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>47 Mixtures of solids that are not subject to this subchapter and flammable liquids may be transported under this entry without first applying the classification criteria of Division 4.1, provided there is no free liquid visible at the time the material is loaded or at the time the packaging or transport unit is closed. Except when the liquids are fully absorbed in solid material contained in sealed bags, for single packagings, each packaging must correspond to a design type that has passed a leakproofness test at the Packing Group II level. Sealed packets and articles containing less than 10 mL of a Class 3 liquid in Packing Group II or III absorbed onto a solid material are not subject to this subchapter provided there is no free liquid in the packet or article.




</FP-1>
<FP-1>48 Mixtures of solids that are not subject to this subchapter and toxic liquids may be transported under this entry without first applying the classification criteria of Division 6.1, provided there is no free liquid visible at the time the material is loaded or at the time the packaging or transport unit is closed. For single packagings, each packaging must correspond to a design type that has passed a leakproofness test at the Packing Group II level. This entry may not be used for solids containing a Packing Group I liquid.


</FP-1>
<FP-1>49 Mixtures of solids that are not subject to this subchapter and corrosive liquids may be transported under this entry without first applying the classification criteria of Class 8, provided there is no free liquid visible at the time the material is loaded or at the time the packaging or transport unit is closed. For single packagings, each packaging must correspond to a design type that has passed a leakproofness test at the Packing Group II level.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>50 Cases, cartridge, empty with primer which are made of metallic or plastic casings and meeting the classification criteria of Division 1.4 are not regulated for domestic transportation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>51 This description applies to items previously described as “Toy propellant devices, Class C” and includes reloadable kits. Model rocket motors containing 30 grams or less propellant are classed as Division 1.4S and items containing more than 30 grams of propellant but not more than 62.5 grams of propellant are classed as Division 1.4C.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>52 This entry may only be used for substances that are too insensitive for acceptance into Class 1 (explosive) when tested in accordance with Test Series 2 in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part I (incorporated by reference; see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>53 Packages of these materials must bear the subsidiary risk label, “EXPLOSIVE”, and the subsidiary hazard class/division must be entered in parentheses immediately following the primary hazard class in the shipping description, unless otherwise provided in this subchapter or through an approval issued by the Associate Administrator, or the competent authority of the country of origin. A copy of the approval shall accompany the shipping papers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>54 Maneb or maneb preparations not meeting the definition of Division 4.3 or any other hazard class are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter when transported by motor vehicle, rail car, or aircraft.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>55 This device must be approved in accordance with § 173.56 of this subchapter by the Associate Administrator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>56 A means to interrupt and prevent detonation of the detonator from initiating the detonating cord must be installed between each electric detonator and the detonating cord ends of the jet perforating guns before the charged jet perforating guns are offered for transportation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>57 Maneb <I>or</I> Maneb preparations stabilized against self-heating need not be classified in Division 4.2 when it can be demonstrated by testing that a volume of 1 m
<SU>3</SU> of substance does not self-ignite and that the temperature at the center of the sample does not exceed 200 °C, when the sample is maintained at a temperature of not less than 75 °C ±2 °C for a period of 24 hours, in accordance with procedures set forth for testing self-heating materials in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>58 Aqueous solutions of Division 5.1 inorganic solid nitrate substances are considered as not meeting the criteria of Division 5.1 if the concentration of the substances in solution at the minimum temperature encountered in transport is not greater than 80% of the saturation limit.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>59 Ferrocerium, stabilized against corrosion, with a minimum iron content of 10 percent is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>61 A chemical oxygen generator is spent if its means of ignition and all or a part of its chemical contents have been expended.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>62 Oxygen generators (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) are not authorized for transportation under this entry.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>64 The group of alkali metals includes lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, and caesium.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>65 The group of alkaline earth metals includes magnesium, calcium, strontium, and barium.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>66 Formulations of these substances containing not less than 30 percent non-volatile, non-flammable phlegmatizer are not subject to this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>70 Black powder that has been classed in accordance with the requirements of § 173.56 of this subchapter may be reclassed and offered for domestic transportation as a Division 4.1 material if it is offered for transportation and transported in accordance with the limitations and packaging requirements of § 173.170 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>74 During transport, this material must be protected from direct sunshine and stored or kept in a cool and well-ventilated place, away from all sources of heat.


</FP-1>
<FP-1>78 Mixtures of nitrogen and oxygen containing not less than 19.5% and not more than 23.5% oxygen by volume may be transported under this entry when no other oxidizing gases are present. A Division 5.1 subsidiary hazard label is not required for any concentrations within this limit. Compressed air containing greater than 23.5% oxygen by volume must be shipped using the description “Compressed gas, oxidizing, n.o.s., UN3156.”
</FP-1>
<FP-1>79 This entry may not be used for mixtures that meet the definition for oxidizing gas.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>81 Polychlorinated biphenyl items, as defined in 40 CFR 761.3, for which specification packagings are impractical, may be packaged in non-specification packagings meeting the general packaging requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter. Alternatively, the item itself may be used as a packaging if it meets the general packaging requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>101 The name of the particular substance or article must be specified.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>102 The ends of the detonating cord must be tied fast so that the explosive cannot escape. The articles may be transported as in Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D (1.4D) if all of the conditions specified in § 173.63(a) of this subchapter are met.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>105 The word “Agents” may be used instead of “Explosives” when approved by the Associate Administrator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>106 The recognized name of the particular explosive may be specified in addition to the type.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>107 The classification of the substance is expected to vary especially with the particle size and packaging but the border lines have not been experimentally determined; appropriate classifications should be verified following the test procedures in §§ 173.57 and 173.58 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>108 Fireworks must be so constructed and packaged that loose pyrotechnic composition will not be present in packages during transportation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>109 Rocket motors must be nonpropulsive in transportation unless approved in accordance with § 173.56 of this subchapter. A rocket motor to be considered “nonpropulsive” must be capable of unrestrained burning and must not appreciably move in any direction when ignited by any means.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>110 Fire extinguishers transported under UN1044 and oxygen cylinders transported for emergency use under UN1072 may include installed actuating cartridges (cartridges, power device of Division 1.4C or 1.4S), without changing the classification of Division 2.2, provided the aggregate quantity of deflagrating (propellant) explosives does not exceed 3.2 grams per cylinder. Oxygen cylinders with installed actuating cartridges as prepared for transportation must have an effective means of preventing inadvertent activation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>111 Explosive substances of Division 1.1 Compatibility Group A (1.1A) are forbidden for transportation if dry or not desensitized, unless incorporated in a device.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>113 The sample must be given a tentative approval by an agency or laboratory in accordance with § 173.56 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>114 Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well, without detonator may be reclassed to Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D (1.4D) if the following conditions are met:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. The total weight of the explosive contents of the shaped charges assembled in the guns does not exceed 90.5 kg (200 pounds) per vehicle; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. The guns are packaged in accordance with Packing Method US 1 as specified in § 173.62 of this subchapter.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>115 Boosters with detonator, detonator assemblies and boosters with detonators in which the total explosive charge per unit does not exceed 25 g, and which will not mass detonate and undergo only limited propagation in the shipping package may be assigned to 1.4B classification code. Mass detonate means more than 90 percent of the devices tested in a package explode practically simultaneously. Limited propagation means that if one booster near the center of the package is exploded, the aggregate weight of explosives, excluding ignition and delay charges, in this and all additional boosters in the outside packaging that explode may not exceed 25 g.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>116 Fuzes, detonating may be classed in Division 1.4 if the fuzes do not contain more than 25 g of explosive per fuze and are made and packaged so that they will not cause functioning of other fuzes, explosives or other explosive devices if one of the fuzes detonates in a shipping packaging or in adjacent packages.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>117 If shipment of the explosive substance is to take place at a time that freezing weather is anticipated, the water contained in the explosive substance must be mixed with denatured alcohol so that freezing will not occur.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>118 This substance may not be transported under the provisions of Division 4.1 unless specifically authorized by the Associate Administrator (see UN0143 or UN0150 as appropriate).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>119 This substance, when in quantities of not more than 11.5 kg (25.3 pounds), with not less than 10 percent water, by mass, also may be classed as Division 4.1, provided a negative test result is obtained when tested in accordance with test series 6(c) of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>120 The phlegmatized substance must be significantly less sensitive than dry PETN.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>121 This substance, when containing less alcohol, water or phlegmatizer than specified, may not be transported unless approved by the Associate Administrator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>123 Any explosives, blasting, type C containing chlorates must be segregated from explosives containing ammonium nitrate or other ammonium salts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>125 Lactose or glucose or similar materials may be used as a phlegmatizer provided that the substance contains not less than 90%, by mass, of phlegmatizer. These mixtures may be classified in Division 4.1 when tested in accordance with test series 6(c) of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and approved by the Associate Administrator. Testing must be conducted on at least three packages as prepared for transport. Mixtures containing at least 98%, by mass, of phlegmatizer are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. Packages containing mixtures with not less than 90% by mass, of phlegmatizer need not bear a POISON subsidiary risk label.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>127 Mixtures containing oxidizing and organic materials transported under this entry may not meet the definition and criteria of a Class 1 material. (See § 173.50 of this subchapter.)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>128 Regardless of the provisions of § 172.101(c)(12), aluminum smelting by-products and aluminum remelting by-products described under this entry, meeting the definition of Class 8, Packing Group II and III may be classed as a Division 4.3 material and transported under this entry. The presence of a Class 8 hazard must be communicated as required by this part for subsidiary hazards.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>129 These materials may not be classified and transported unless authorized by the Associate Administrator on the basis of results from Series 2 Test and a Series 6(c) Test from the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) on packages as prepared for transport. The packing group assignment and packaging must be approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety on the basis of the criteria in § 173.21 of this subchapter and the package type used for the Series 6(c) test.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>130 “Batteries, dry, sealed, n.o.s.,” commonly referred to as dry batteries, are hermetically sealed and generally utilize metals (other than lead) and/or carbon as electrodes. These batteries are typically used for portable power applications. The rechargeable (and some non-rechargeable) types have gelled alkaline electrolytes (rather than acidic) making it difficult for them to generate hydrogen or oxygen when overcharged and therefore, differentiating them from non-spillable batteries. Dry batteries specifically covered by another entry in the § 172.101 Table must be transported in accordance with the requirements applicable to that entry. For example, nickel-metal hydride batteries transported by vessel in certain quantities are covered by another entry (<I>see</I> Batteries, nickel-metal hydride, UN3496). Dry batteries not specifically covered by another entry in the § 172.101 Table are covered by this entry (<I>i.e.,</I> Batteries, dry, sealed, n.o.s.) and are not subject to requirements of this subchapter except for the following:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>(a) <I>Incident reporting.</I> For transportation by aircraft, a telephone report in accordance with § 171.15(a) is required if a fire, violent rupture, explosion or dangerous evolution of heat (<I>i.e.,</I> an amount of heat sufficient to be dangerous to packaging or personal safety to include charring of packaging, melting of packaging, scorching of packaging, or other evidence) occurs as a direct result of a dry battery. For all modes of transportation, a written report submitted, retained, and updated in accordance with § 171.16 is required if a fire, violent rupture, explosion or dangerous evolution of heat occurs as a direct result of a dry battery or battery-powered device.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(b) <I>Preparation for transport.</I> Batteries and battery-powered device(s) containing batteries must be prepared and packaged for transport in a manner to prevent:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) A dangerous evolution of heat;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Short circuits, including but not limited to the following methods:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(i) Packaging each battery or each battery-powered device when practicable, in fully enclosed inner packagings made of non-conductive material;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(ii) Separating or packaging batteries in a manner to prevent contact with other batteries, devices or conductive materials (<I>e.g.,</I> metal) in the packagings; or
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(iii) Ensuring exposed terminals or connectors are protected with non-conductive caps, non-conductive tape, or by other appropriate means; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Damage to terminals. If not impact resistant, the outer packaging should not be used as the sole means of protecting the battery terminals from damage or short circuiting. Batteries must be securely cushioned and packed to prevent shifting which could loosen terminal caps or reorient the terminals to produce short circuits. Batteries contained in devices must be securely installed. Terminal protection methods include but are not limited to the following:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(i) Securely attaching covers of sufficient strength to protect the terminals;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(ii) Packaging the battery in a rigid plastic packaging; or
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(iii) Constructing the battery with terminals that are recessed or otherwise protected so that the terminals will not be subjected to damage if the package is dropped.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(c) <I>Additional air transport requirements.</I> For a battery whose voltage (electrical potential) exceeds 9 volts—
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) When contained in a device, the device must be packaged in a manner that prevents unintentional activation or must have an independent means of preventing unintentional activation (<I>e.g.,</I> packaging restricts access to activation switch, switch caps or locks, recessed switches, trigger locks, temperature sensitive circuit breakers, <I>etc.</I>); and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) An indication of compliance with this special provision must be provided by marking each package with the words “not restricted” or by including the words “not restricted” on a transport document such as an air waybill accompanying the shipment.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(d) <I>Used or spent battery exception.</I> Used or spent dry batteries of both non-rechargeable and rechargeable designs, with a marked rating up to 9-volt that are combined in the same package and transported by highway or rail for recycling, reconditioning, or disposal are not subject to this special provision or any other requirement of the HMR. Note that batteries utilizing different chemistries (<I>i.e.,</I> those battery chemistries specifically covered by another entry in the § 172.101 Table) as well as dry batteries with a marked rating greater than 9-volt may not be combined with used or spent batteries in the same package. Note also that this exception does not apply to batteries that have been reconditioned for reuse.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>131 This material may not be offered for transportation unless approved by the Associate Administrator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>132 This description may only be used for ammonium nitrate-based compound fertilizers. They must be classified in accordance with the procedure as set out in the Manual of Tests and Criteria, part III, section 39 (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). Fertilizers meeting the criteria for this identification number are only subject to the requirements of this subchapter when offered for transportation and transported by air or vessel.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>134 This entry applies only to vehicles powered by wet batteries, sodium batteries, lithium metal batteries or lithium ion batteries, and equipment powered by wet batteries or sodium batteries that are transported with these batteries installed. Lithium batteries installed in a cargo transport unit, designed only to provide power external to the transport unit must use the proper shipping name “Lithium batteries installed in cargo transport unit” found in the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. For the purpose of this special provision, vehicles are self-propelled apparatus designed to carry one or more persons or goods. Examples of such vehicles are electrically-powered cars, motorcycles, scooters, three- and four-wheeled vehicles or motorcycles, trucks, locomotives, bicycles (pedal cycles with an electric motor) and other vehicles of this type (<I>e.g.,</I> self-balancing vehicles or vehicles not equipped with at least one seating position), lawn tractors, self-propelled farming and construction equipment, boats, aircraft, wheelchairs and other mobility aids. This includes vehicles transported in a packaging. In this case, some parts of the vehicle may be detached from its frame to fit into the packaging.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Examples of equipment are lawnmowers, cleaning machines, or model boats and model aircraft. Equipment powered by lithium metal batteries or lithium ion batteries must be described using the entries “Lithium metal batteries contained in equipment” or “Lithium metal batteries packed with equipment” or “Lithium ion batteries contained in equipment” or “Lithium ion batteries packed with equipment,” as appropriate.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. Self-propelled vehicles or equipment that also contain an internal combustion engine must be described using the entries “Engine, internal combustion, flammable gas powered” or “Engine, internal combustion, flammable liquid powered” or “Vehicle, flammable gas powered” or “Vehicle, flammable liquid powered,” as appropriate. These entries include hybrid electric vehicles powered by both an internal combustion engine and batteries. Additionally, self-propelled vehicles or equipment that contain a fuel cell engine must be described using the entries “Engine, fuel cell, flammable gas powered” or “Engine, fuel cell, flammable liquid powered” or “Vehicle, fuel cell, flammable gas powered” or “Vehicle, fuel cell, flammable liquid powered,” as appropriate. These entries include hybrid electric vehicles powered by a fuel cell engine, an internal combustion engine, and batteries.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>135 Internal combustion engines installed in a vehicle must be described using “Vehicle, flammable gas powered” or “Vehicle, flammable liquid powered,” as appropriate. If a vehicle is powered by a flammable liquid and a flammable gas internal combustion engine, it must be described using “Vehicle, flammable gas powered.” This includes hybrid electric vehicles powered by both an internal combustion engine and wet, sodium or lithium batteries installed. If a fuel cell engine is installed in a vehicle, the vehicle must be described using “Vehicle, fuel cell, flammable gas powered” or “Vehicle, fuel cell, flammable liquid powered,” as appropriate. This includes hybrid electric vehicles powered by a fuel cell, an internal combustion engine, and wet, sodium or lithium batteries installed. For the purpose of this special provision, vehicles are self-propelled apparatus designed to carry one or more persons or goods. Examples of such vehicles are cars, motorcycles, trucks, locomotives, scooters, three- and four-wheeled vehicles or motorcycles, lawn tractors, self-propelled farming and construction equipment, boats, and aircraft. Furthermore, lithium batteries installed in a cargo transport unit, designed only to provide power external to the transport unit must be described using the proper shipping name “Lithium batteries installed in cargo transport unit” found in the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>136 This entry applies only to articles, machinery, and apparatus containing hazardous materials as an integral element of the article, machinery, or apparatus. It may not be used to describe articles, machinery, or apparatus for which a proper shipping name exists in the § 172.101 Table. Except when approved by the Associate Administrator, these items may only contain hazardous materials for which exceptions are referenced in Column (8) of the § 172.101 Table and are provided in part 173, subparts D and G, of this subchapter. Hazardous materials shipped under this entry are excepted from the labeling requirements of this subchapter unless offered for transportation or transported by aircraft and are not subject to the placarding requirements of subpart F of this part. Orientation markings as described in § 172.312(a)(2) are required when liquid hazardous materials may escape due to incorrect orientation. The article, machinery, or apparatus, if unpackaged, or the packaging in which it is contained shall be marked “Dangerous goods in articles” or “Dangerous goods in machinery” or “Dangerous goods in apparatus” as appropriate, with the identification number UN3363. For transportation by aircraft, articles, machinery, or apparatus, may not contain any material forbidden for transportation by passenger or cargo aircraft. The Associate Administrator may except from the requirements of this subchapter articles, machinery, and apparatus provided:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. It is shown that it does not pose a significant risk in transportation;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. The quantities of hazardous materials do not exceed those specified in § 173.4a of this subchapter; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. The equipment, and machinery or apparatus articles conforms with § 173.222 of this subchapter.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>137 Cotton, dry; flax, dry; sisal, dry; and tampico fiber, dry are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter when they are baled in accordance with ISO 8115, “Cotton Bales—Dimensions and Density” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) to a density of not less than 360 kg/m
<SU>3</SU> (22.1 lb/ft
<SU>3</SU>) for cotton, 400 kg/m
<SU>3</SU> (24.97 lb/ft
<SU>3</SU>) for flax, 620 kg/m
<SU>3</SU> (38.71 lb/ft
<SU>3</SU>) for sisal and 360 kg/m
<SU>3</SU> (22.1 lb/ft
<SU>3</SU>) for tampico fiber and transported in a freight container or closed transport vehicle.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>138 This entry applies to lead compounds which, when mixed in a ratio of 1:1,000 with 0.07 M (Molar concentration) hydrochloric acid and stirred for one hour at a temperature of 23 °C ±2 °C, exhibit a solubility of more than 5%. Lead compounds which, when mixed in a ratio of 1:1,000 with 0.07 M (Molar concentration) hydrochloric acid and stirred for one hour at a temperature of 23 °C ±2 °C, exhibit a solubility of 5% or less are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter unless they meet criteria as another hazard class or division. Lead compounds that have a solubility of 5% or less in accordance with this special provision are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter that pertain to Marine Pollutants.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>139 Use of the “special arrangement” proper shipping names for international shipments must be made under an IAEA Certificate of Competent Authority issued by the Associate Administrator in accordance with the requirements in § 173.471, § 173.472, or § 173.473 of this subchapter. Use of these proper shipping names for domestic shipments may be made only under a DOT special permit, as defined in, and in accordance with the requirements of subpart B of part 107 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>140 This material is regulated only when it meets the defining criteria for a hazardous substance or a marine pollutant. In addition, the column 5 reference is modified to read “III” on those occasions when this material is offered for transportation or transported by highway or rail.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>141 A toxin obtained from a plant, animal, or bacterial source containing an infectious substance, or a toxin contained in an infectious substance, must be classed as Division 6.2, described as an infectious substance, and assigned to UN 2814 or UN 2900, as appropriate.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>142 These hazardous materials may not be classified and transported unless authorized by the Associate Administrator. The Associate Administrator will base the authorization on results from Series 2 tests and a Series 6(c) test from the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) on packages as prepared for transport in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>144 If transported as a residue in an underground storage tank (UST), as defined in 40 CFR 280.12, that has been cleaned and purged or rendered inert according to the American Petroleum Institute (API) Standard 1604 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), then the tank and this material are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter. However, sediments remaining in the tank that meet the definition for a hazardous material are subject to the applicable regulations of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>145 This entry applies to formulations that neither detonate in the cavitated state nor deflagrate in laboratory testing, show no effect when heated under confinement, exhibit no explosive power, and are thermally stable (self-accelerating decomposition temperature (SADT) at 60 °C (140 °F) or higher for a 50 kg (110.2 lbs.) package). Formulations not meeting these criteria must be transported under the provisions applicable to the appropriate entry in the Organic Peroxide Table in § 173.225 of this subchapter. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>146 This description may be used for a material that poses a hazard to the environment but does not meet the definition for a hazardous waste or a hazardous substance, as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, or any hazard class, as defined in part 173 of this subchapter, if it is designated as environmentally hazardous by another Competent Authority. This provision may be used for both domestic and international shipments.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>147 This entry applies to non-sensitized emulsions, suspensions, and gels consisting primarily of a mixture of ammonium nitrate and fuel, intended to produce a Type E blasting explosive only after further processing prior to use. The mixture for emulsions typically has the following composition: 60-85% ammonium nitrate; 5-30% water; 2-8% fuel; 0.5-4% emulsifier or thickening agent; 0-10% soluble flame suppressants; and trace additives. Other inorganic nitrate salts may replace part of the ammonium nitrate. The mixture for suspensions and gels typically has the following composition: 60-85% ammonium nitrate; 0-5% sodium or potassium perchlorate; 0-17% hexamine nitrate or monomethylamine nitrate; 5-30% water; 2-15% fuel; 0.5-4% thickening agent; 0-10% soluble flame suppressants; and trace additives. Other inorganic nitrate salts may replace part of the ammonium nitrate. These substances must satisfy the criteria for classification as an ammonium nitrate emulsion of Test Series 8 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part I, Section 18 (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter), and may not be classified and transported unless approved by the Associate Administrator.








</FP-1>
<FP-1>148 For domestic transportation, this entry directs to § 173.66 of this subchapter for:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. The standards for transporting a single bulk hazardous material for blasting by cargo tank motor vehicles (CTMV); and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. The standards for CTMVs capable of transporting multiple hazardous materials for blasting in bulk and non-bulk packagings (<I>i.e.,</I> a multipurpose bulk truck). Note: “UN3375, Ammonium nitrate emulsion” and “UN0332, Explosive, blasting, type E <I>or</I> Agent blasting, type E” are subject to the United Nations (UN) Test Series 8(d) (UN/SCETDG/55/INF.27) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), otherwise known as the Vented Pipe Test (VPT).




</FP1-2>
<FP-1>149 When transported as a limited quantity or a consumer commodity, the maximum net capacity specified in § 173.150(b)(2) of this subchapter for inner packagings may be increased to 5 L (1.3 gallons). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>150 This description may only be used for ammonium nitrate-based fertilizers. They must be classified in accordance with the procedure as set out in the Manual of Tests and Criteria, part III, section 39 (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>151 If this material meets the definition of a flammable liquid in § 173.120 of this subchapter, a FLAMMABLE LIQUID label is also required and the basic description on the shipping paper must indicate the Class 3 subsidiary hazard. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>155 Fish meal, fish scrap and krill meal may not be transported if the temperature at the time of loading either exceeds 35 °C (95 °F), or exceeds 5 °C (41 °F) above the ambient temperature, whichever is higher. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>156 Asbestos that is immersed or fixed in a natural or artificial binder material, such as cement, plastic, asphalt, resins, or mineral ore, or contained in manufactured products, is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter, except that when transported by air, an indication of compliance with this special provision must be provided by including the words “not restricted” on a shipping paper, such as an air waybill accompanying the shipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>157 When transported as a limited quantity or a consumer commodity, the maximum net capacity specified in § 173.151(b)(1)(i) of this subchapter for inner packagings may be increased to 5 kg (11 pounds).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>159 This material must be protected from direct sunshine and kept in a cool, well-ventilated place away from sources of heat. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>160 This entry applies to safety devices for vehicles, vessels or aircraft, <I>e.g.</I> air bag inflators, air bag modules, seat-belt pretensioners, and pyromechanical devices containing Class 1 (explosive) materials or materials of other hazard classes. These articles must be tested in accordance with Test series 6(c) of Part I of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (incorporated by reference; see § 171.7 of this subchapter), with no explosion of the device, no fragmentation of device casing or pressure vessel, and no projection hazard or thermal effect that would significantly hinder fire-fighting or other emergency response efforts in the immediate vicinity. If the air bag inflator unit satisfactorily passes the series 6(c) test, it is not necessary to repeat the test on the air bag module. This entry does not apply to life saving appliances described in § 173.219 (UN2990 and UN3072).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>162 This material may be transported under the provisions of Division 4.1 only if it is packed so that at no time during transport will the percentage of diluent fall below the percentage that is stated in the shipping description. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>163 Substances must satisfactorily pass Test Series 8 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part I, Section 18 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>164 Substances must not be transported under this entry unless approved by the Associate Administrator on the basis of the results of appropriate tests according to Part I of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The material must be packaged so that the percentage of diluent does not fall below that stated in the approval at any time during transportation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>165 These substances are susceptible to exothermic decomposition at elevated temperatures. Decomposition can be initiated by heat, moisture or by impurities (e.g., powdered metals (iron, manganese, cobalt, magnesium)). During the course of transportation, these substances must be shaded from direct sunlight and all sources of heat and be placed in adequately ventilated areas.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>166 When transported in non-friable tablet form, calcium hypochlorite, dry, may be transported as a Packing Group III material. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>167 These storage systems must always be considered as containing hydrogen. A metal hydride storage system installed in or intended to be installed in a vehicle or equipment or in vehicle or equipment components must be approved for transport by the Associate Administrator. A copy of the approval must accompany each shipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>168 For lighters containing a Division 2.1 gas (<I>see</I> § 171.8 of this subchapter), representative samples of each new lighter design must be examined and successfully tested as specified in § 173.308(b)(3). For criteria in determining what is a new lighter design, <I>see</I> § 173.308(b)(1). For transportation of new lighter design samples for examination and testing, <I>see</I> § 173.308(b)(2). The examination and testing of each lighter design must be performed by a person authorized by the Associate Administrator under the provisions of subpart E of part 107 of this chapter, as specified in § 173.308(a)(4). For continued use of approvals dated prior to January 1, 2012, <I>see</I> § 173.308(b)(5).
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>For non-pressurized lighters containing a Class 3 (flammable liquid) material, its design, description, and packaging must be approved by the Associate Administrator prior to being offered for transportation or transported in commerce. In addition, a lighter design intended to contain a non-pressurized Class 3 material is excepted from the examination and testing criteria specified in § 173.308(b)(3). An unused lighter or a lighter that is cleaned of residue and purged of vapors is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>169 This entry applies to lighter refills (<I>see</I> § 171.8 of this subchapter) that contain a Division 2.1 (flammable) gas but do not contain an ignition device. Lighter refills offered for transportation under this entry may not exceed 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or contain more than 65 grams of fuel. A lighter refill exceeding 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or containing more than 65 grams of fuel must be classed as a Division 2.1 material, described with the proper shipping name appropriate for the material, and packaged in the packaging specified in part 173 of this subchapter for the flammable gas contained therein. In addition, a container exceeding 4 fluid ounces volumetric capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or containing more than 65 grams of fuel may not be connected or manifolded to a lighter or similar device and must also be described and packaged according to the fuel contained therein. For transportation by passenger-carrying aircraft, the net mass of lighter refills may not exceed 1 kg per package, and, for cargo-only aircraft, the net mass of lighter refills may not exceed 15 kg per package. See § 173.306(h) of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>170 Air must be eliminated from the vapor space by nitrogen or other means.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>171 This entry may only be used when the material is transported in non-friable tablet form or for granular or powered mixtures that have been shown to meet the PG III criteria in § 173.127.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>172 This entry includes alcohol mixtures containing up to 5% petroleum products.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>173 For adhesives, printing inks, printing ink-related materials, paints, paint-related materials, and resin solutions which are assigned to UN3082, and do not meet the definition of another hazard class, metal or plastic packaging for substances of packing groups II and III in quantities of 5 L (1.3 gallons) or less per packaging are not required to meet the UN performance package testing when transported:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. Except for transportation by aircraft, in palletized loads, a pallet box or unit load device (<I>e.g.</I> individual packaging placed or stacked and secured by strapping, shrink or stretch-wrapping or other suitable means to a pallet). For vessel transport, the palletized loads, pallet boxes or unit load devices must be firmly packed and secured in closed cargo transport units; or
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Except for transportation by aircraft, as an inner packaging of a combination packaging with a maximum net mass of 40 kg (88 pounds). For transportation by aircraft, as an inner packaging of a combination packaging with a maximum gross mass of 30 kg when packaged as a limited quantity in accordance with § 173.27(f).
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>175 This substance must be stabilized when in concentrations of not more than 99%.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>176 This entry must be used for formaldehyde solutions containing methanol as a stabilizer. Formaldehyde solutions not containing methanol and not meeting the Class 3 flammable liquid criteria must be described using a different proper shipping name.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>177 Gasoline, or, ethanol and gasoline mixtures, for use in internal combustion engines (<I>e.g.</I>, in automobiles, stationary engines and other engines) must be assigned to Packing Group II regardless of variations in volatility.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>181 When a package contains a combination of lithium batteries contained in equipment and lithium batteries packed with equipment, the following requirements apply:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. The shipper must ensure that all applicable requirements of § 173.185 of this subchapter are met. The total mass of lithium batteries contained in any package must not exceed the quantity limits in columns (9A) and (9B) for passenger aircraft or cargo aircraft, as applicable;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Except as provided in § 173.185(c)(3) of this subchapter, the package must be marked “UN 3091 Lithium metal batteries packed with equipment”, or “UN 3481 Lithium ion batteries packed with equipment,” as appropriate. If a package contains both lithium metal batteries and lithium ion batteries packed with and contained in equipment, the package must be marked as required for both battery types. However, button cell batteries installed in equipment (including circuit boards) need not be considered; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. The shipping paper must indicate “UN 3091 Lithium metal batteries packed with equipment” or “UN 3481 Lithium ion batteries packed with equipment,” as appropriate. If a package contains both lithium metal batteries and lithium ion batteries packed with and contained in equipment, then the shipping paper must indicate both “UN 3091 Lithium metal batteries packed with equipment” and “UN 3481 Lithium ion batteries packed with equipment.”
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>182 Equipment containing only lithium batteries must be classified as either UN 3091 or UN 3481.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>196 The nitrocellulose must meet the criteria of the Bergmann-Junk test or methyl violet paper test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Appendix 10 (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). Test of type 3(c) is not required.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>197 The nitrocellulose must meet the criteria of the Bergmann-Junk test or methyl violet paper test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Appendix 10 (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>198 Nitrocellulose solutions containing not more than 20% nitrocellulose may be transported as paint, perfumery products, or printing ink, as applicable, provided the nitrocellulose contains no more 12.6% nitrogen (by dry mass). <I>See</I> UN1210, UN1263, UN1266, UN3066, UN3469, and UN3470.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>200 Division 1.4G consumer fireworks may be certified for transportation by a DOT-approved Fireworks Certification Agency in accordance with the provisions of § 173.65 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>237 “Batteries, dry, containing potassium hydroxide solid, <I>electric storage”</I> must be prepared and packaged in accordance with the requirements of § 173.159(a) and (c). For transportation by aircraft, the provisions of § 173.159(b)(2) apply. This entry may only be used for the transport of non-activated batteries that contain dry potassium hydroxide and that are intended to be activated prior to use by the addition of an appropriate amount of water to the individual cells.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>238 Neutron radiation detectors: Neutron radiation detectors containing non-pressurized boron trifluoride gas in excess of 1 gram (0.035 ounces) and radiation detection systems containing such neutron radiation detectors as components may be transported by highway, rail, vessel, or cargo aircraft in accordance with the following:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. Each radiation detector must meet the following conditions:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) The pressure in each neutron radiation detector must not exceed 105 kPa absolute at 20 °C (68 °F);
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) The amount of gas must not exceed 13 grams (0.45 ounces) per detector; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Each neutron radiation detector must be of welded metal construction with brazed metal to ceramic feed through assemblies. These detectors must have a minimum burst pressure of 1800 kPa as demonstrated by design type qualification testing; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(4) Each detector must be tested to a 1 × 10<E T="51">−10</E> cm
<SU>3</SU>/s leaktightness standard before filling.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Radiation detectors transported as individual components must be transported as follows:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) They must be packed in a sealed intermediate plastic liner with sufficient absorbent or adsorbent material to absorb or adsorb the entire gas contents.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) They must be packed in strong outer packagings and the completed package must be capable of withstanding a 1.8 meter (5.9 feet) drop without leakage of gas contents from detectors.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) The total amount of gas from all detectors per outer packaging must not exceed 52 grams (1.83 ounces).
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. Completed neutron radiation detection systems containing detectors meeting the conditions of paragraph a of this special provision must be transported as follows:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) The detectors must be contained in a strong sealed outer casing;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) The casing must contain include sufficient absorbent or adsorbent material to absorb or adsorb the entire gas contents;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) The completed system must be packed in strong outer packagings capable of withstanding a 1.8 meter (5.9 feet) drop test without leakage unless a system's outer casing affords equivalent protection.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>d. Except for transportation by aircraft, neutron radiation detectors and radiation detection systems containing such detectors transported in accordance with paragraph a of this special provision are not subject to the labeling and placarding requirements of part 172 of this subchapter.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>e. When transported by highway, rail, vessel, or as cargo on an aircraft, neutron radiation detectors containing not more than 1 gram of boron trifluoride, including those with solder glass joints are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter provided they meet the requirements in paragraph a of this special provision and are packed in accordance with paragraph b of this special provision. Radiation detection systems containing such detectors are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter provided they are packed in accordance with paragraph c of this special provision.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>325 In the case of non-fissile or fissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride, the material must be classified under UN 2978.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>328 When lithium metal or lithium ion batteries are contained in the fuel cell system, the item must be described under this entry and the appropriate entries for “Lithium metal batteries contained in equipment” or “Lithium ion batteries contained in equipment”.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>332 Magnesium nitrate hexahydrate is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>335 Mixtures of solids that are not subject to this subchapter and environmentally hazardous liquids or solids may be classified as “Environmentally hazardous substances, solid, n.o.s,” UN3077 and may be transported under this entry, provided there is no free liquid visible at the time the material is loaded or at the time the packaging or transport unit is closed. Each transport unit must be leakproof when used as bulk packaging. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>336 The use of UN1H1 drums, UN3H1 jerricans, and UN6HA1 composite packagings which meet the requirements of part 178 of the HMR at the Packing Group I or II performance level. These packagings are not required to: (1.) meet the venting requirements in § 173.24(g) or (2.) be marked with the hydrostatic pressure test marking specified in § 173.24a(b)(4). Shipment of packages under this special provision must be made by private or contract motor carrier. Transportation of these packages also requires the door of each van trailer to be marked with “Warning trailer may contain chemical vapor. Do not enter until vapors have dissipated.” The driver of the transport vehicle and the consignee(s) must be trained not to enter the transport vehicle until the ammonia vapors have dissipated, and the emergency response information on the shipping paper must indicate that the vehicle contains ammonia vapors. This training must be documented in training records required by § 172.704(d). Transport vehicles must be vented to prevent accumulation of vapors at a poisonous or flammable concentration.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>337 Authorizes the use of regulated waste containers manufactured prior to October 1, 2006 to be marked with the alternative shipping name of Regulated medical waste, UN3291 and arrows that deviate as prescribed in § 172.312(a)(2) in that they may be black or white.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>338 Life Saving appliances, self-inflating transported by motor vehicle only between an U.S. Coast Guard approved inflatable life raft servicing facility and a vessel are only subject to the following requirements:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. Prior to repacking into the life-saving appliance, an installed inflation cylinder must successfully meet and pass all inspection and test criteria and standards of the raft manufacturer and the vessel Flag State requirements for cylinders installed as part of life-saving appliances, self-inflating (UN2990) used on marine vessels. Additionally, each cylinder must be visually inspected in accordance with CGA pamphlet, CGA C-6 (incorporated by reference, see § 171.7). A current copy of CGA pamphlet, CGA C-6 must be available at the facility servicing the life-saving appliance.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. An installed inflation cylinder that requires recharging must be filled in accordance with § 173.301(l).
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. Every installed inflation cylinder, as associated equipment of the life-saving appliance, must be packed within the protective packaging of the life raft and the life raft itself must otherwise be in compliance with § 173.219.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>d. The serial number for each cylinder must be recorded as part of the life-saving appliance service record by the U.S. Coast Guard-approved servicing facility.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>340 This entry applies only to the vessel transportation of nickel-metal hydride batteries as cargo. Nickel-metal hydride button cells or nickel-metal hydride cells or batteries packed with or contained in battery-powered devices transported by vessel are not subject to the requirements of this special provision. <I>See</I> “Batteries, dry, sealed, n.o.s.” in the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (HMT) of this part for transportation requirements for nickel-metal hydride batteries transported by other modes and for nickel-metal hydride button cells or nickel-metal hydride cells or batteries packed with or contained in battery-powered devices transported by vessel. Nickel-metal hydride batteries subject to this special provision are subject only to the following requirements: (1) The batteries must be prepared and packaged for transport in a manner to prevent a dangerous evolution of heat, short circuits, and damage to terminals; and are subject to the incident reporting in accordance with § 171.16 of this subchapter if a fire, violent rupture, explosion or dangerous evolution of heat (<I>i.e.,</I> an amount of heat sufficient to be dangerous to packaging or personal safety to include charring of packaging, melting of packaging, scorching of packaging, or other evidence) occurs as a direct result of a nickel metal hydride battery; and (2) when loaded in a cargo transport unit in a total quantity of 100 kg gross mass or more, the shipping paper requirements of Subpart C of this part, the manifest requirements of § 176.30 of this subchapter, and the vessel stowage requirements assigned to this entry in Column (10) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>342 Glass inner packagings (such as ampoules or capsules) intended only for use in sterilization devices, when containing less than 30 mL of ethylene oxide per inner packaging with not more than 300 mL per outer packaging, may be transported in accordance with § 173.4a of this subchapter, irrespective of the restriction of § 173.4a(b) and the indication of “forbidden” in columns (9A) and (9B) of the § 172.101 table provided that:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. After filling, each glass inner packaging must be determined to be leak-tight by placing the glass inner packaging in a hot water bath at a temperature and for a period of time sufficient to ensure that an internal pressure equal to the vapor pressure of ethylene oxide at 55 °C is achieved. Any glass inner packaging showing evidence of leakage, distortion or other defect under this test must not be transported under the terms of this special provision;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. In addition to the packaging required in § 173.4a, each glass inner packaging must be placed in a sealed plastic bag compatible with ethylene oxide and capable of containing the contents in the event of breakage or leakage of the glass inner packaging; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. Each glass inner packaging is protected by a means of preventing puncture of the plastic bag (<I>e.g.,</I> sleeves or cushioning) in the event of damage to the packaging (<I>e.g.,</I> by crushing).
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>343 A bulk packaging that emits hydrogen sulfide in sufficient concentration that vapors evolved from the sour crude oil can present an inhalation hazard must be marked as specified in § 172.327.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>345 “Nitrogen, refrigerated liquid (<I>cryogenic liquid</I>), UN1977” transported in open cryogenic receptacles with a maximum capacity of 1 L are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. The receptacles must be constructed with glass double walls having the space between the walls vacuum insulated and each receptacle must be transported in an outer packaging with sufficient cushioning and absorbent materials to protect the receptacle from damage.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>346 “Nitrogen, refrigerated liquid (<I>cryogenic liquid</I>), UN1977” transported in accordance with the requirements for open cryogenic receptacles in § 173.320 and this special provision are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter. The receptacle must contain no hazardous materials other than the liquid nitrogen which must be fully absorbed in a porous material in the receptacle.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>347 Effective July 1, 2011, for transportation by aircraft, this entry may only be used if the results of Test series 6(d) of Part I of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) have demonstrated that any hazardous effects from accidental functioning are confined to within the package. Effective January 1, 2012, for transportation by vessel, this entry may only be used if the results of Test Series 6(d) of Part I of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) have demonstrated that any hazardous effects from accidental functioning are confined to within the package. Effective January 1, 2014, for transportation domestically by highway or rail, this entry may only be used if the results of Test Series 6(d) of Part I of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) have demonstrated that any hazardous effects from accidental functioning are confined to within the package. Testing must be performed or witnessed by a person who is approved by the Associate Administrator (<I>see</I> § 173.56(b) of this subchapter). All successfully conducted tests or reassignment to another compatibility group require the issuance of a new or revised approval by the Associate Administrator prior to transportation on or after the dates specified for each authorized mode of transport in this special provision.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>349 Mixtures of hypochlorite with an ammonium salt are forbidden for transport. A hypochlorite solution, UN1791, is a Class 8 corrosive material.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>350 Ammonium bromate, ammonium bromate aqueous solutions, and mixtures of a bromate with an ammonium salt are forbidden for transport.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>351 Ammonium chlorate, ammonium chlorate aqueous solutions, and mixtures of a chlorate with an ammonium salt are forbidden for transport.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>352 Ammonium chlorite, ammonium chlorite aqueous solutions, and mixtures of a chlorite with an ammonium salt are forbidden for transport.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>353 Ammonium permanganate, ammonium permanganate aqueous solutions, and mixtures of a permanganate with an ammonium salt are forbidden for transport.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>357 A bulk packaging that emits hydrogen sulfide in sufficient concentration that vapors evolved from the crude oil can present an inhalation hazard must be marked as specified in § 172.327 of this part.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>360 Vehicles powered only by lithium batteries must be described using “UN3171, Battery-powered vehicle.” Lithium batteries installed in a cargo transport unit, designed only to provide power external to the transport unit, must be described using “UN3536, Lithium batteries installed in a cargo transport unit.”
</FP-1>
<FP-1>361 Capacitors with an energy storage capacity of 0.3 Wh or less are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. Energy storage capacity means the energy held by a capacitor, as calculated using the nominal voltage and capacitance. This entry does not apply to capacitors that by design maintain a terminal voltage (e.g., asymmetrical capacitors.)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>362 This entry applies to liquids, pastes or powders, pressurized with a propellant that meets the definition of a gas in § 173.115. A chemical under pressure packaged in an aerosol dispenser must be transported under UN1950. The chemical under pressure must be classed based on the hazard characteristics of the components in the propellant; the liquid; or the solid. The following provisions also apply:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. If one of the components, which can be a pure substance or a mixture, is classed as flammable, the chemical under pressure must be classed as flammable in Division 2.1. Flammable components are flammable liquids and liquid mixtures, flammable solids and solid mixtures or flammable gases and gas mixtures meeting the following criteria:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) A flammable liquid is a liquid having a flashpoint of not more than 93 °C (200 °F);
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) A flammable solid is a solid that meets the criteria in § 173.124 of this subchapter; or
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) A flammable gas is a gas that meets the criteria in § 173.115 of this subchapter.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Gases of Division 2.3 and gases with a subsidiary risk of 5.1 must not be used as a propellant in a chemical under pressure.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. Where the liquid or solid components are classed as Division 6.1, Packing Group II or III, or Class 8, Packing Group II or III, the chemical under pressure must be assigned a subsidiary risk of Division 6.1 or Class 8 and the appropriate identification number must be assigned. Components classed as Division 6.1, Packing Group I, or Class 8, Packing Group I, must not be offered for transportation and transported under this description.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>d. A chemical under pressure with components meeting the properties of: Class 1 (explosives); Class 3 (liquid desensitized explosives); Division 4.1 (self-reactive substances and solid desensitized explosives); Division 4.2 (substances liable to spontaneous combustion); Division 4.3 (substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases or toxic gases); Division 5.1 (oxidizing substances); Division 5.2 (organic peroxides); Division 6.2 (Infectious substances); or, Class 7 (Radioactive material), must not be offered for transportation under this description.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>e. A description to which special provision 170 or TP7 is assigned in Column 7 of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table, and therefore requires air to be eliminated from the package vapor space by nitrogen or other means, must not be offered for transportation under this description.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>f. Chemicals under pressure containing components forbidden for transport on both passenger and cargo aircraft in Columns (9A) and (9B) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table must not be transported by air.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>365 For manufactured instruments and articles containing mercury, see UN3506.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>367 For the purposes of documentation and package marking:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. The proper shipping name “Paint related material” may be used for consignments of packages containing “Paint” and “Paint related material” in the same package;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. The proper shipping name “Paint related material, corrosive, flammable” may be used for consignments of packages containing “Paint, corrosive, flammable” and “Paint related material, corrosive, flammable” in the same package;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. The proper shipping name “Paint related material, flammable, corrosive” may be used for consignments of packages containing “Paint, flammable, corrosive” and “Paint related material, flammable, corrosive” in the same package; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>d. The proper shipping name “Printing ink related material” may be used for consignments of packages containing “Printing ink” and “Printing ink related material” in the same package.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>368 In the case of non-fissile or fissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride, the material must be classified under UN3507 or UN2978.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>369 In the case of non-fissile or fissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride, the material must be classified under UN 2978. Uranium hexafluoride may be classified under this entry only if the conditions of §§ 173.420(a)(4) and (6) and (d) and 173.421(b) and (d) of this subchapter, and, for fissile-excepted material, the conditions of § 173.453 of this subchapter are met. In addition to the provisions applicable to the transport of Division 6.1 substances, the provisions of §§ 173.421(c) and 173.443(a) of this subchapter apply. In addition, packages shall be legibly and durably marked with an identification of the consignor, the consignee, or both. No Class 7 label is required to be displayed. The consignor shall be in possession of a copy of each applicable certificate when packages include fissile material excepted by competent authority approval. When a consignment is undeliverable, the consignment shall be placed in a safe location and the appropriate competent authority shall be informed as soon as possible and a request made for instructions on further action. If it is evident that a package of radioactive material, or conveyance carrying unpackaged radioactive material, is leaking, or if it is suspected that the package, or conveyance carrying unpackaged material, may have leaked, the requirements of § 173.443(e) of this subchapter apply.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>370 This entry also applies to ammonium nitrate with not more than 0.2% combustible substances, including any organic substance calculated as carbon, to the exclusion of any added substance, that gives a positive result when tested in accordance with Test Series 2 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part I (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). <I>See also</I> UN1942 in the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table. This entry may not be used for ammonium nitrate for which a proper shipping name already exists in the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table, including ammonium nitrate mixed with fuel oil or any other commercial grade of ammonium nitrate (<I>e.g.,</I> ammonium nitrate fertilizer).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>371 a. This entry also applies to articles not conforming to the requirements of §§ 173.302, 173.304, or 173.306 of this subchapter, containing a small pressure receptacle with a release device. Such articles must comply with the following requirements:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>(1) The water capacity of the pressure receptacle must not exceed 0.5 L and the working pressure must not exceed 25 bar at 15 °C (59 °F);
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) The minimum burst pressure of the pressure receptacle must be at least four times the pressure of the gas at 15 °C (59 °F);
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Each article must be manufactured in such a way that unintentional firing or release is avoided under normal conditions of handling, packing, transport and use. This may be fulfilled by an additional locking device linked to the activator;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(4) Each article must be manufactured in such a way as to prevent hazardous projections of the pressure receptacle or parts of the pressure receptacle;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(5) Each pressure receptacle must be manufactured from material which will not fragment upon rupture;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(6) The design type of the article must be subjected to a fire test. For this test, the provisions of paragraphs 16.6.1.2 except letter g, 16.6.1.3.1 to 16.6.1.3.6, 16.6.1.3.7(b) and 16.6.1.3.8 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria must be applied. It must be demonstrated that the article relieves its pressure by means of a fire degradable seal or other pressure relief device, in such a way that the pressure receptacle will not fragment and that the article or fragments of the article do not rocket more than 10 meters; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(7) The design type of the article must be subjected to the following test. A stimulating mechanism must be used to initiate one article in the middle of the packaging. There must be no hazardous effects outside the package such as disruption of the package, metal fragments or a receptacle which passes through the packaging.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. The manufacturer must produce technical documentation of the design type, manufacture as well as the tests and their results. The manufacturer must apply procedures to ensure that articles produced in series are made of good quality, conform to the design type and are able to meet the requirements in (a). The manufacturer must provide such information to a representative of the Department upon request.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>372 This entry applies to asymmetric capacitors with an energy storage capacity greater than 0.3 Wh. Capacitors with an energy storage capacity of 0.3 Wh or less are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>Energy storage capacity means the energy stored in a capacitor, as calculated according to the following equation,
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>Wh = 1/2C<E T="52">N</E>(U<E T="52">R</E>
<SU>2</SU>−U<E T="52">L</E>
<SU>2</SU>) × (1/3600)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Using the nominal capacitance (C<E T="52">N</E>), rated voltage (U<E T="52">R</E>) and the rated lower limit voltage (U<E T="52">L</E>).
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Nickel-carbon asymmetric capacitors containing Class 8 alkaline electrolytes must be transported as UN2795, Batteries, wet, filled with alkali, electric storage.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>379 When offered for transport by highway, rail, or cargo vessel, anhydrous ammonia adsorbed or absorbed on a solid contained in ammonia dispensing systems or receptacles intended to form part of such systems is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if the following conditions in this provision are met. In addition to meeting the conditions in this provision, transport on cargo aircraft only may be authorized with prior approval of the Associate Administrator.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. The adsorption or absorption presents the following properties:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) The pressure at a temperature of 20 °C (68 °F) in the receptacle is less than 0.6 bar (60 kPa);
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) The pressure at a temperature of 35 °C (95 °F) in the receptacle is less than 1 bar (100 kPa);
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) The pressure at a temperature of 85 °C (185 °F) in the receptacle is less than 12 bar (1200 kPa).
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. The adsorbent or absorbent material shall not meet the definition or criteria for inclusion in Classes 1 to 8;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. The maximum contents of a receptacle shall be 10 kg of ammonia; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>d. Receptacles containing adsorbed or absorbed ammonia shall meet the following conditions:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) Receptacles shall be made of a material compatible with ammonia as specified in ISO 11114-1:2012(E) and ISO 11114-1:2012/Amd 1:2017(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Receptacles and their means of closure shall be hermetically sealed and able to contain the generated ammonia;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Each receptacle shall be able to withstand the pressure generated at 85 °C (185 °F) with a volumetric expansion no greater than 0.1%;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(4) Each receptacle shall be fitted with a device that allows for gas evacuation once pressure exceeds 15 bar (1500 kPa) without violent rupture, explosion or projection; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(5) Each receptacle shall be able to withstand a pressure of 20 bar (2000 kPa) without leakage when the pressure relief device is deactivated.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>e. When offered for transport in an ammonia dispenser, the receptacles shall be connected to the dispenser in such a way that the assembly is guaranteed to have the same strength as a single receptacle.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>f. The properties of mechanical strength mentioned in this special provision shall be tested using a prototype of a receptacle and/or dispenser filled to nominal capacity, by increasing the temperature until the specified pressures are reached.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>g. The test results shall be documented, shall be traceable, and shall be made available to a representative of the Department upon request.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>380 For transportation by private carrier in a motor carrier only, this material is not subject to the segregation requirements of § 177.848(d) of this subchapter under the following conditions:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. The material is packaged in a DOT Specification 4BW240 cylinder, or in a DOT-51 portable tank.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. The material may only be loaded with Class 3, Class 8, and Division 4.1 materials in Packing Group II or III.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. The motor carrier must maintain a satisfactory safety rating as prescribed in 49 CFR part 385.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>381 For railroad flagging kits, see § 173.184 (c) of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>382 Packages containing toy plastic or paper caps for toy pistols described as “UN0349, Articles, explosive, n.o.s. (Toy caps), 1.4S” or “NA0337, Toy caps, 1.4S” are not subject to the subpart E (labeling) requirements of this part when offered for transportation by motor vehicle, rail freight, cargo vessel, and cargo aircraft and, notwithstanding the packing method assigned in § 173.62 of this subchapter, in conformance with the following conditions:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. The toy plastic or paper caps must be in the form of sheets, strips, rolls, or individual caps;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. The caps must not contain more than an average of twenty-five hundredths of a grain of explosive composition per cap;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. The caps must be packed inside packagings constructed of cardboard not less than 0.013-inch in thickness, metal not less than 0.008-inch in thickness, non-combustible plastic not less than 0.015-inch in thickness, or a composite blister package consisting of cardboard not less than 0.013-inch in thickness and non-combustible plastic not less than 0.005-inch in thickness that completely encloses the caps;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>d. The minimum dimensions of each side and each end of the cardboard packaging must be 1/8th inch in height or more;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>e. The number of caps inside each packaging must be limited so that not more than 10 grains of explosives composition may be packed into one cubic inch of space, and not more than 17.5 grains of the explosive composition of toy caps may be packed in any inner packaging;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>f. Inner packagings must be packed in outer packagings meeting PG II performance criteria;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>g. Toy caps may be packed with non-explosive or non-flammable articles provided the outer packagings are marked as prescribed in this paragraph;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>h. Toy paper caps of any kind must not be packed in the same packaging with fireworks;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>i. The outside of each package must be plainly marked “ARTICLES, EXPLOSIVES, N.O.S. (TOY CAPS)—HANDLE CAREFULLY” OR “TOY CAPS—HANDLE CAREFULLY”; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>j. Explosives shipped in conformance with this paragraph must have been examined in accordance with § 173.56 of this subchapter and approved by the Associate Administrator.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>383 For transportation by motor vehicle, substances meeting the conditions for high viscosity flammable liquids as prescribed in § 173.121(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), and (b)(1)(iv) of this subchapter, may be reassigned to Packing Group III under the following conditions:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. Packaging must be UN standard metal drums attached with heavy duty steel strapping to a pallet; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. The capacity of each drum must not exceed 220 L (58 gallons).
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>384 For green graphite electrodes and shapes that are large single component solid objects not subject to shifting, transport in open rail flat cars, open bed motor vehicles, and intermodal containers is also authorized. The objects must be secured to the flat car, motor vehicle, intermodal container, or unitized by steel banding to wooden runners or pallets and the units secured to the flat car, motor vehicle, or freight container to prevent shifting, including relative motion between the objects, under conditions normally incident to transportation. Stacking is permitted two or more levels high to achieve maximum allowable utilization of the designated vehicle, rail car weight, or intermodal freight container weight or vessel hold volume.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>385 Notwithstanding the provisions of § 177.834(l) of this subchapter, cargo heaters may be used when weather conditions are such that the freezing of a wetted explosive material is likely. Shipments must be made by private, leased or contract carrier vehicles under exclusive use of the offeror. Cargo heaters must be reverse refrigeration (heat pump) units. Shipments made in accordance with this Special provision are excepted from the requirements of § 173.60(b)(4) of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>386 When transported by private motor carrier only, the following corrosive liquids may be packaged in polyethylene bottles with a capacity no greater than 3.785 L (one gallon), further packed inside an open-top, heavy wall, high density polyethylene box (<I>i.e.,</I> crate) in a manner that the polyethylene bottles are not subjected to any superimposed weight, and the boxes must be reasonably secured against shifting within the transport vehicle and loaded so as to minimize the possibility of coming in contact with other lading:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>Compounds, cleaning liquid, NA1760, PG II or III;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Corrosive liquid, acidic, inorganic, n.o.s., UN3264, PG II;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Corrosive liquid, acidic, organic, n.o.s., UN3265, PG III;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Corrosive liquid, basic, inorganic, n.o.s., UN3266, PG II;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Hypochlorite solutions, UN1791, PG III;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Hydrochloric acid solution, UN1789, PG II; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Sulfuric acid, UN2796, PG II.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>a. No more than four bottles, securely closed with threaded caps, may be packed in each box.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Each empty bottle must have a minimum weight of not less than 140 grams and a minimum wall thickness of not less than 0.020 inch (0.508 mm).
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. The completed package must meet the Packing Group II performance level, as applicable for combination packagings with a plastic box outer packaging, in accordance with subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(i) Tests must be performed on each type and size of bottle, for each manufacturing location. Samples taken at random must withstand the prescribed tests without breakage or leakage.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(ii) One bottle for every two hours of production, or for every 2,500 bottles produced, must be tested by dropping a bottle filled to 98 percent capacity with water from a height of 1.2 meters (3.9 feet) onto solid concrete directly on the closure.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(iii) A copy of the test results must be kept on file at each facility where packagings are offered for transportation, and must be made available to a representative of the Department upon request.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(iv) The name or symbol of the bottle producer, and the month and year of manufacture, must be marked by embossing, ink-jet printing of permanent ink, or other permanent means on the face or bottom of each bottle, in letters and numbers at least 6 mm (0.2 inch) high. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(v) The box must be constructed from high-density polyethylene in the density range 0.950-0.962, and be capable of holding liquid when in the upright position.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>387 When materials are stabilized by temperature control, the provisions of § 173.21(f) of this subchapter apply. When chemical stabilization is employed, the person offering the material for transport shall ensure that the level of stabilization is sufficient to prevent the material as packaged from dangerous polymerization at 50 °C (122 °F). If chemical stabilization becomes ineffective at lower temperatures within the anticipated duration of transport, temperature control is required in which case transportation is forbidden by aircraft. In making this determination factors to be taken into consideration include, but are not limited to, the capacity and geometry of the packaging and the effect of any insulation present; the temperature of the material when offered for transport; the duration of the journey and the ambient temperature conditions typically encountered in the journey (considering also the season of year); the effectiveness and other properties of the stabilizer employed; applicable operational controls imposed by regulation (<I>e.g.,</I> requirements to protect from sources of heat, including other cargo carried at a temperature above ambient); and any other relevant factors.




</FP-1>
<FP-1>388 a. Lithium batteries containing both primary lithium metal cells and rechargeable lithium ion cells that are not designed to be externally charged, must meet the following conditions:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>i. The rechargeable lithium ion cells can only be charged from the primary lithium metal cells;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>ii. Overcharge of the rechargeable lithium ion cells is precluded by design;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>iii. The battery has been tested as a primary lithium battery; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>iv. Component cells of the battery must be of a type proved to meet the respective testing requirements of the Manual of Tests and Criteria, part III, subsection 38.3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Lithium batteries conforming to paragraph a. of this special provision must be assigned to UN Nos. 3090 or 3091, as appropriate. When such batteries are transported in accordance with § 173.185(c), the total lithium content of all lithium metal cells contained in the battery must not exceed 1.5 g and the total capacity of all lithium ion cells contained in the battery must not exceed 10 Wh.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>389 This entry only applies to lithium ion batteries or lithium metal batteries installed in a cargo transport unit and designed only to provide power external to the cargo transport unit. The lithium batteries must meet the requirements of § 173.185(a) and contain the necessary systems to prevent overcharge and over discharge between the batteries. The batteries must be securely attached to the interior structure of the cargo transport unit (<I>e.g.,</I> by means of placement in racks, cabinets, etc.) in such a manner as to prevent short circuits, accidental operation, and significant movement relative to the cargo transport unit under the shocks, loadings, and vibrations normally incident to transport. Hazardous materials necessary for the safe and proper operation of the cargo transport unit (<I>e.g.,</I> fire extinguishing systems and air conditioning systems), must be properly secured to or installed in the cargo transport unit and are not otherwise subject to this subchapter. Hazardous materials not necessary for the safe and proper operation of the cargo transport unit must not be transported within the cargo transport unit. The batteries inside the cargo transport unit are not subject to marking or labelling requirements of part 172 subparts D and E of this subchapter. The cargo transport unit shall display the UN number in a manner in accordance with § 172.332 of this subchapter and be placarded on two opposing sides. For transportation by aircraft, cargo transport units may only be offered for transportation and transported under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>391 Except for articles being transported by motor vehicle as a material of trade in accordance with § 173.6 of this subchapter, articles containing hazardous materials of Division 2.3, or Division 4.2, or Division 4.3, or Division 5.1, or Division 5.2, or Division 6.1 (substances with an inhalation toxicity of Packing Group I) and articles containing more than one of the following hazards: (1) Gases of Class 2; (2) Liquid desensitized explosives of Class 3; or (3) Self-reactive substances and solid desensitized explosives of Division 4.1, may only be offered for transportation and transported under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>396 Large and robust articles may be transported with connected gas cylinders with the valves open regardless of § 173.24(b)(1), provided:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. The gas cylinders contain nitrogen of UN 1066 or compressed gas of UN 1956 or compressed air of UN1002;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. The gas cylinders are connected to the article through pressure regulators and fixed piping in such a way that the pressure of the gas (gauge pressure) in the article does not exceed 35 kPa (0.35 bar);
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. The gas cylinders are properly secured so that they cannot shift in relation to the article and are fitted with strong and pressure resistant hoses and pipes;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>d. The gas cylinders, pressure regulators, piping, and other components are protected from damage and impacts during transport by wooden crates or other suitable means;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>e. The shipping paper must include the following statement: “Transport in accordance with special provision 396”; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>f. Cargo transport units containing articles transported with cylinders with open valves containing a gas presenting a risk of asphyxiation are well ventilated.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>398 This entry applies to 1-butylene, cis-2-butylene and trans-2-butylene, and mixtures of butylenes. For isobutylene, see UN 1055.


</FP1-2>
<FP-1>420 This entry does not apply to manufactured articles (such as table tennis balls).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>421 [Reserved]


</FP-1>
<FP-1>422 When labelling is required, the label to be used must be the label shown in § 172.447. When a placard is displayed, the placard must be the placard shown in § 172.560.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>430 This entry shall only be used for solid medical waste of Category A transported for disposal.


</FP-1>
<FP-1>439 [Reserved]






</FP-1>
<FP-1>440 [Reserved]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>441 For marine pollutants transported under “UN3077, Environmentally hazardous substance, solid, n.o.s.” or “UN3082, Environmentally hazardous substance, liquid, n.o.s.” and for purposes of shipping paper and package marking requirements, the technical name used in association with the basic description may be a proper shipping name listed in the § 172.101 Hazardous Material Table; provided that the name chosen is not also an entry that includes “n.o.s.” as a part of the name or one that has a “G” in column (1) of the table.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>“A” codes.</I> These provisions apply only to transportation by aircraft:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Code/Special Provisions
</HD2>
<FP-1>A1 Single packagings are not permitted on passenger aircraft.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A2 Single packagings are not permitted on aircraft.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A3 For combination packagings, if glass inner packagings (including ampoules) are used, they must be packed with absorbent material in tightly closed rigid and leakproof receptacles before packing in outer packagings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A4 Liquids having an inhalation toxicity of Packing Group I are not permitted on aircraft.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A5 Solids having an inhalation toxicity of Packing Group I are not permitted on passenger aircraft and may not exceed a maximum net quantity per package of 15 kg (33 pounds) on cargo aircraft.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A6 For combination packagings, if plastic inner packagings are used, they must be packed in tightly closed metal receptacles before packing in outer packagings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A7 Steel packagings must be corrosion-resistant or have protection against corrosion.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A8 For combination packagings, if glass inner packagings (including ampoules) are used, they must be packed with cushioning material in tightly closed metal receptacles before packing in outer packagings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A9 For combination packagings, if plastic bags are used, they must be packed in tightly closed metal receptacles before packing in outer packagings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A10 When aluminum or aluminum alloy construction materials are used, they must be resistant to corrosion.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A11 For combination packagings, when metal inner packagings are permitted, only specification cylinders constructed of metals which are compatible with the hazardous material may be used.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A13 Bulk packagings are not authorized for transportation by aircraft.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A14 This material is not authorized to be transported as a limited quantity or consumer commodity in accordance with § 173.306 of this subchapter when transported aboard an aircraft. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A19 Combination packagings consisting of outer fiber drums or plywood drums, with inner plastic packagings, are not authorized for transportation by aircraft.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A20 Plastic bags as inner receptacles of combination packagings are not authorized for transportation by aircraft.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A29 Combination packagings consisting of outer expanded plastic boxes with inner plastic bags are not authorized for transportation by aircraft.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A30 Ammonium permanganate is not authorized for transportation on aircraft.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A34 Aerosols containing a corrosive liquid in Packing Group II charged with a gas are not permitted for transportation by aircraft.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A35 This includes any material which is not covered by any of the other classes but which has an anesthetic, narcotic, noxious or other similar properties such that, in the event of spillage or leakage on an aircraft, extreme annoyance or discomfort could be caused to crew members so as to prevent the correct performance of assigned duties.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A37 This entry applies only to a material meeting the definition in § 171.8 of this subchapter for self-defense spray.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A51 For aircraft batteries, irrespective of the quantity limitations specified in Column (9A) of the § 172.101 Table or § 175.75(c), wet cell batteries, UN2794 or UN2795, up to a limit of 100 kg net mass per package may be transported aboard passenger aircraft. Transport in accordance with this special provision must be noted on the shipping paper.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A53 Refrigerating machines and refrigerating machine components are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter when containing less than 12 kg (26.4 pounds) of a non-flammable gas or when containing 12 L (3 gallons) or less of ammonia solution (UN2672) (see § 173.307 of this subchapter).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A54 Irrespective of the quantity limits in Column 9B of the § 172.101 table, a lithium battery, including a lithium battery packed with, or contained in, equipment that otherwise meets the applicable requirements of § 173.185, may have a mass exceeding 35 kg if approved by the Associate Administrator prior to shipment. When approved by the Associate Administrator and shipped in accordance with this special provision, the special provision must be noted on the shipping paper.


</FP-1>
<FP-1>A56 Radioactive material with a subsidiary hazard of Division 4.2, Packing Group I, must be transported in Type B packages when offered for transportation by aircraft. Where the subsidiary hazard material is “Forbidden” in column (9A) or (9B) of the § 172.101 Table, the radioactive material may only be offered for transportation and transported by aircraft under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A60 Sterilization devices, when containing less than 30 mL per inner packaging with not more than 150 mL per outer packaging, may be transported in accordance with the provisions in § 173.4a, irrespective of § 173.4a(b), provided such packagings were first subjected to comparative fire testing. Comparative fire testing between a package as prepared for transport (including the substance to be transported) and an identical package filled with water must show that the maximum temperature measured inside the packages during testing does not differ by more than 200 °C (392 °F). Packagings may include a vent to permit the slow escape of gas (<I>i.e.</I> not more than 0.1 mL/hour per 30 mL inner packaging at 20 °C (68 °F) produced from gradual decomposition. The requirements of §§ 173.24(g)(1) and 173.27(c) do not apply.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A61 a. When used for purposes such as sterilization, inner packagings of peroxyacetic acid, stabilized, classified as UN 3107 Organic peroxide type E, liquid or UN 3109 Organic peroxide type F, liquid may be fitted with a vent consisting of hydrophobic membrane, provided:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>(1) Each inner packaging contains not more than 70 mL;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) The inner packaging is designed so that the vent is not immersed in liquid in any orientation;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Each inner packaging is enclosed in an intermediate rigid plastic packaging with a small opening to permit release of gas and contains a buffer that neutralizes the contents of the inner packaging in the event of leakage;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(4) Intermediate packagings are packed in a fiberboard box (4G) outer packaging;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(5) Each outer packaging contains not more than 1.4 L of liquid; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(6) The rate of oxygen release from the outer packaging does not exceed 15 mL per hour.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Such packages must be transported on cargo aircraft only. The requirements of §§ 173.24(g)(1) and 173.27(c) do not apply.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>A82 The quantity limits in columns (9A) and (9B) do not apply to human or animal body parts, whole organs or whole bodies known to contain or suspected of containing an infectious substance.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A100 Lithium ion cells and batteries must be offered for transport at a state of charge not exceeding 30 percent of their rated capacity. Lithium ion cells and batteries at a state of charge greater than 30 percent of their rated capacity may only be transported under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with the requirements in 49 CFR part 107, subpart H. Guidance and methodology for determining the rated capacity can be found in sub-section 38.3.2.3 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A101 In addition to the applicable requirements of § 173.185, the quantity of lithium metal in the batteries contained in any piece of equipment must not exceed 12 g per cell and 500 g per battery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A105 a. This entry applies to machinery or apparatus containing hazardous materials as a residue or as an integral element of the machinery or apparatus. It must not be used for machinery or apparatus for which a proper shipping name already exists in the § 172.101 Table.
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>b. Where the quantity of hazardous materials contained as an integral element in machinery or apparatus exceeds the limits permitted by § 173.222(c)(2), and the hazardous materials meet the provisions of § 173.222(c), the machinery or apparatus may be transported by aircraft only with the prior approval of the Associate Administrator.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>A112 Notwithstanding the quantity limits shown in Column (9A) and (9B) for this entry, the following IBCs are authorized for transportation aboard passenger and cargo-only aircraft. Each IBC may not exceed a maximum net quantity of 1,000 kg:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. Metal: 11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B and 21N
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Rigid plastics: 11H1, 11H2, 21H1 and 21H2
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. Composite with plastic inner receptacle: 11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1 and 21HZ2
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>d. Fiberboard: 11G
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>e. Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F (with inner liners)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>f. Flexible: 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and 13M2 (flexible IBCs must be sift-proof and water resistant or must be fitted with a sift-proof and water resistant liner).
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>A189 Except where the defining criteria of another class or division are met, concentrations of formaldehyde solution:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. With less than 25 percent but not less than 10 percent formaldehyde, must be described as UN3334, Aviation regulated liquid, n.o.s.; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. With less than 10 percent formaldehyde, are not subject to this subchapter.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>A191 Notwithstanding the Division 6.1 subsidiary risk for this description, the toxic subsidiary risk label and the requirement to indicate the subsidiary risk on the shipping paper are not required for manufactured articles containing less than 5 kg (11 pounds) of mercury.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A200 These articles must be transported as cargo and may not be carried aboard an aircraft by passengers or crewmembers in carry-on baggage, checked baggage, or on their person unless specifically authorized in § 175.10.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A210 This substance is forbidden for transport by air. It may be transported on cargo aircraft only with the prior approval of the Associate Administrator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A212 “UN 2031, Nitric acid<I>, other than red fuming, with more than 20% and less than 65% nitric acid”</I> intended for use in sterilization devices only, may be transported on passenger aircraft irrespective of the indication of “forbidden” in columns (9A) of the § 172.101 table provided that:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. Each inner packaging contains not more than 30 mL;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Each inner packaging is contained in a sealed leak-proof intermediate packaging with sufficient absorbent material capable of containing the contents of the inner packaging;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. Intermediate packagings are securely packed in an outer packaging of a type permitted by § 173.158(g) of this subchapter which meet the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>d. The maximum quantity of nitric acid in the package does not exceed 300 mL; and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>e. Transport in accordance with this special provision must be noted on the shipping paper.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>A224 UN3548, Articles containing miscellaneous dangerous goods, n.o.s. may be transported on passenger and cargo-only aircraft, irrespective of the indication of “forbidden” in Columns (9A) and (9B) of the Hazardous Materials Table, provided: (a) with the exception of lithium cells or batteries that comply with § 173.185(c), as applicable, the only hazardous materials contained in the article is an environmentally hazardous substance; (b) the articles are packed in accordance with § 173.232; and (c) reference to Special Provision A224 is made on the shipping paper.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A225 UN3538, Articles containing non-flammable, non-toxic gas, n.o.s. may be transported on passenger and cargo-only aircraft irrespective of the indication of “forbidden” in Columns (9A) and (9B) of the Hazardous Materials Table, provided: (a) with the exception of lithium cells or batteries that comply with § 173.185(c), as applicable, the only dangerous good contained in the article is a Division 2.2 gas without a subsidiary hazard, but excluding refrigerated liquefied gases and gases forbidden for transport on passenger aircraft; (b) the articles are packed in accordance with § 173.232(h); and (c) reference to Special Provision A225 is made on the shipping paper.
</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>“B” codes.</I> These provisions apply only to bulk packagings. Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, these special provisions do not apply to UN portable tanks or IBCs:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Code/Special Provisions
</HD2>
<FP-1>B1 If the material has a flash point at or above 38 °C (100 °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F), then the bulk packaging requirements of § 173.241 of this subchapter are applicable. If the material has a flash point of less than 38 °C (100 °F), then the bulk packaging requirements of § 173.242 of this subchapter are applicable.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B2 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks are not authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B3 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks and DOT 57 portable tanks are not authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B4 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks are not authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B5 Only ammonium nitrate solutions with 35 percent or less water that will remain completely in solution under all conditions of transport at a maximum lading temperature of 116 °C (240 °F) are authorized for transport in the following bulk packagings: MC 307, MC 312, DOT 407 and DOT 412 cargo tanks with at least 172 kPa (25 psig) design pressure. The packaging shall be designed for a working temperature of at least 121 °C (250 °F). Only Specifications MC 304, MC 307 or DOT 407 cargo tank motor vehicles are authorized for transportation by vessel.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B6 Packagings shall be made of steel.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B7 Safety relief devices are not authorized on multi-unit tank car tanks. Openings for safety relief devices on multi-unit tank car tanks shall be plugged or blank flanged.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B8 Packagings shall be made of nickel, stainless steel, or steel with nickel, stainless steel, lead or other suitable corrosion resistant metallic lining.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B9 Bottom outlets are not authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B10 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks, and DOT 57 portable tanks are not authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B11 Tank car tanks must have a test pressure of at least 2,068.5 kPa (300 psig). Cargo and portable tanks must have a design pressure of at least 1,207 kPa (175 psig).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B13 A nonspecification cargo tank motor vehicle authorized in § 173.247 of this subchapter must be at least equivalent in design and in construction to a DOT 406 cargo tank or MC 306 cargo tank (if constructed before August 31, 1995), except as follows:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. Packagings equivalent to MC 306 cargo tanks are excepted from the certification, venting, and emergency flow requirements of the MC 306 specification.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Packagings equivalent to DOT 406 cargo tanks are excepted from §§ 178.345-7(d)(5), circumferential reinforcements; 178.345-10, pressure relief; 178.345-11, outlets; 178.345-14, marking, and 178.345-15, certification. 
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. Packagings are excepted from the design stress limits at elevated temperatures, as described in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). However, the design stress limits may not exceed 25 percent of the stress for 0 temper at the maximum design temperature of the cargo tank, as specified in the Aluminum Association's “Aluminum Standards and Data” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>B14 Each bulk packaging, except a tank car or a multi-unit-tank car tank, must be insulated with an insulating material so that the overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) is no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour per square foot per degree Fahrenheit) temperature differential. Insulating materials must not promote corrosion to steel when wet.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B15 Packagings must be protected with non-metallic linings impervious to the lading or have a suitable corrosion allowance.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B16 The lading must be completely covered with nitrogen, inert gas or other inert materials.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B18 Open steel hoppers or bins are authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B23 Tanks must be made of steel that is rubber lined or unlined. Unlined tanks must be passivated before being placed in service. If unlined tanks are washed out with water, they must be repassivated prior to return to service. Lading in unlined tanks must be inhibited so that the corrosive effect on steel is not greater than that of hydrofluoric acid of 65 percent concentration.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B25 Packagings must be made from monel or nickel or monel-lined or nickel-lined steel.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B26 Tanks must be insulated. Insulation must be at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) except that the insulation thickness may be reduced to 51 mm (2 inches) over the exterior heater coils. Interior heating coils are not authorized. The packaging may not be loaded with a material outside of the packaging's design temperature range. In addition, the material also must be covered with an inert gas or the container must be filled with water to the tank's capacity. After unloading, the residual material also must be covered with an inert gas or the container must be filled with water to the tank's capacity.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B27 Tanks must have a service pressure of 1,034 kPa (150 psig). Tank car tanks must have a test pressure rating of 1,379 kPa (200 psig). Lading must be blanketed at all times with a dry inert gas at a pressure not to exceed 103 kPa (15 psig).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B28 Packagings must be made of stainless steel.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B30 MC 312, MC 330, MC 331 and DOT 412 cargo tanks and DOT 51 portable tanks must be made of stainless steel, except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of stainless steel for tank shell and heads for cargo tanks and portable tanks must be the greater of 7.62 mm (0.300 inch) or the thickness required for a tank with a design pressure at least equal to 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F). In addition, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles must:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. Be ASME Code (U) stamped for 100% radiography of all pressure-retaining welds;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Have accident damage protection which conforms with § 178.345-8 of this subchapter;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. Have a MAWP or design pressure of at least 87 psig: and
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>d. Have a bolted manway cover.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>B32 MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 412 cargo tanks and DOT 51 portable tanks must be made of stainless steel, except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of stainless steel for tank shell and heads for cargo tanks and portable tanks must be the greater of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the thickness required for a tank with a design pressure at least equal to 1.3 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F). In addition, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles must:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>a. Be ASME Code (U) stamped for 100% radiography of all pressure-retaining welds;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>b. Have accident damage protection which conforms with § 178.345-8 of this subchapter;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>c. Have a MAWP or design pressure of at least 87 psig; and
</FP-1>
<FP-1>d. Have a bolted manway cover.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B33 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306, and DOT 406 cargo tanks equipped with a 1 psig normal vent used to transport gasoline must conform to Table I of this Special Provision. Based on the volatility class determined by using ASTM D 439 and the Reid vapor pressure (RVP) of the particular gasoline, the maximum lading pressure and maximum ambient temperature permitted during the loading of gasoline may not exceed that listed in Table I.
</FP-1>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Maximum Ambient Temperature—Gasoline
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ASTM D439 volatility class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum lading and ambient temperature (see note 1)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">131 °F
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(RVP ≤ 9.0 psia)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">124 °F
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(RVP ≤ 10.0 psia)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">116 °F
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(RVP ≤ 11.5 psia)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">107 °F
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(RVP ≤ 13.5 psia)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 °F
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(RVP ≤ 15.0 psia)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 1:</E> Based on maximum lading pressure of 1 psig at top of cargo tank.</P></DIV></DIV>
<FP-1>B35 Tank cars containing hydrogen cyanide may be alternatively marked “Hydrocyanic acid, liquefied” if otherwise conforming to marking requirements in subpart D of this part. Tank cars marked “HYDROCYANIC ACID” prior to October 1, 1991 do not need to be remarked.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B42 Tank cars constructed before March 16, 2009, must have a test pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or greater and conform to Class 105J. Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150 psig). The tank car specification may be marked to indicate a test pressure of 13.79 Bar (200 psig).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B44 All parts of valves and safety relief devices in contact with lading must be of a material which will not cause formation of acetylides.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B45 Each tank must have a reclosing combination pressure relief device equipped with stainless steel or platinum rupture discs approved by the AAR Tank Car Committee.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B46 The detachable protective housing for the loading and unloading valves of multi-unit tank car tanks must withstand tank test pressure and must be approved by the Associate Administrator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B47 Each tank may have a reclosing pressure relief device having a start-to-discharge pressure setting of 310 kPa (45 psig).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B48 Portable tanks in sodium metal service may be visually inspected at least once every 5 years instead of being retested hydrostatically. Date of the visual inspection must be stenciled on the tank near the other required markings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B49 Tanks equipped with interior heater coils are not authorized. Single unit tank car tanks must have a reclosing pressure relief device having a start-to-discharge pressure set at no more than 1551 kPa (225 psig).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B52 Notwithstanding the provisions of § 173.24b of this subchapter, non-reclosing pressure relief devices are authorized on DOT 57 portable tanks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B53 Packagings must be made of either aluminum or steel.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B54 Open-top, sift-proof rail cars are also authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B55 Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top, metal-covered hopper cars, equipped with a venting arrangement (including flame arrestors) approved by the Associate Administrator are also authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B56 Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top, metal-covered hopper cars are also authorized if the particle size of the hazardous material is not less than 149 microns.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B57 Class 115A tank car tanks used to transport chloroprene must be equipped with a non-reclosing pressure relief device of a diameter not less than 305 mm (12 inches) with a maximum rupture disc pressure of 310 kPa (45 psig).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B59 Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top, metal-covered hopper cars are also authorized provided that the lading is covered with a nitrogen blanket.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B61 Written procedures covering details of tank car appurtenances, dome fittings, safety devices, and marking, loading, handling, inspection, and testing practices must be approved by the Associate Administrator before any single unit tank car tank is offered for transportation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B65 Tank cars constructed before March 16, 2009, must have a test pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or greater and conform to Class 105A. Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 15.51 Bar (225 psig). The tank car specification may be marked to indicate a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 psig).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B66 Each tank must be equipped with gas tight valve protection caps. Outage must be sufficient to prevent tanks from becoming liquid full at 55 °C (130 °F). Specification 110A500W tanks must be stainless steel.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B67 All valves and fittings must be protected by a securely attached cover made of metal not subject to deterioration by the lading, and all valve openings, except safety valve, must be fitted with screw plugs or caps to prevent leakage in the event of valve failure.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B68 Sodium must be in a molten condition when loaded and allowed to solidify before shipment. Outage must be at least 5 percent at 98 °C (208 °F). Bulk packagings must have exterior heating coils fusion welded to the tank shell which have been properly stress relieved. The only tank car tanks authorized are Class DOT 105 tank cars having a test pressure of 2,069 kPa (300 psig) or greater.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B69 Dry sodium cyanide or potassium cyanide may be shipped in the following sift-proof and weather-resistant packagings: metal covered hopper cars, covered motor vehicles, portable tanks, or non-specification bins.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B70 If DOT 103ANW tank car tank is used: All cast metal in contact with the lading must have 96.7 percent nickel content; and the lading must be anhydrous and free from any impurities.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B76 Tank cars constructed before March 16, 2009, must have a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 psig) or greater and conform to Class 105S, 112J, 114J or 120S. Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150 psig). The tank car specification may be marked to indicate a test pressure of 13.79 Bar (200 psig).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B77 Other packaging are authorized when approved by the Associate Administrator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B78 Tank cars must have a test pressure of 4.14 Bar (60 psig) or greater and conform to Class 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114 or 120. Heater pipes must be of welded construction designed for a test pressure of 500 psig. A 25 mm (1 inch) woven lining of asbestos or other approved material must be placed between the bolster slabbing and the bottom of the tank. If a tank car tank is equipped with a non-reclosing pressure relief device, the rupture disc must be perforated with a 3.2 mm (0.13 inch) diameter hole. If a tank car tank is equipped with a reclosing pressure relief valve, the tank must also be equipped with a vacuum relief valve.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B80 Each cargo tank must have a minimum design pressure of 276 kPa (40 psig).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B81 Venting and pressure relief devices for tank car tanks and cargo tanks must be approved by the Associate Administrator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B82 Cargo tanks and portable tanks are not authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B83 Bottom outlets are prohibited on tank car tanks transporting sulfuric acid in concentrations over 65.25 percent.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B84 Packagings must be protected with non-metallic linings impervious to the lading or have a suitable corrosion allowance for sulfuric acid or spent sulfuric acid in concentration up to 65.25 percent.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B85 Cargo tanks must be marked with the name of the lading in accordance with the requirements of § 172.302(b).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B90 Steel tanks conforming or equivalent to ASME specifications which contain solid or semisolid residual motor fuel antiknock mixture (including rust, scale, or other contaminants) may be shipped by rail freight or highway. The tank must have been designed and constructed to be capable of withstanding full vacuum. All openings must be closed with gasketed blank flanges or vapor tight threaded closures.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B115 Rail cars, highway trailers, roll-on/roll-off bins, or other non-specification bulk packagings are authorized. Packagings must be sift-proof, prevent liquid water from reaching the hazardous material, and be provided with sufficient venting to preclude dangerous accumulation of flammable, corrosive, or toxic gaseous emissions such as methane, hydrogen, and ammonia. The material must be loaded dry.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B116 The use of non specification, sift-proof dump or hopper type vehicles, and sift-proof roll-on/roll-off bulk bins, which must be covered by a tarpaulin, metal cover, or equivalent means is authorized for the transportation of spent bleaching earth by motor vehicle. The material is also be subject to operational controls which include not exceeding a temperature of 55C (130F) at the time it is offered or during transportation, not exceeding a transportation time of 24 hours, and drivers transporting spent bleaching earth must be trained in the properties and hazards of the spent bleaching earth. This training must be documented in training records required by § 172.704(d).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B120 The use of flexible bulk containers conforming to the requirements in subpart R and subpart S of part 178 of this subchapter is permitted.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B130 When transported by motor vehicle, used diatomaceous earth filter material is not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter except for the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter; emergency response information as required by § 172.602(a)(2) through (a)(7) of this subchapter; and the marking requirements of § 172.302 of this subchapter, if the following requirements are met:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. Packagings are non-DOT specification sift-proof motor vehicles or sift-proof roll-on/roll-off bulk bins, which are covered by a tarpaulin or other equivalent means.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. The temperature of the material at the time it is offered for transport and during transportation may not exceed 55 °C (130 °F).
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. The time between offering the material for transportation at the point of origin, and unloading the material at the destination does not exceed 48 hours.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>d. In addition to the training requirements prescribed in §§ 172.700 through 172.704, each driver must be trained regarding the properties and hazards of diatomaceous earth filter material, precautions to ensure safe transport of the material, and actions to be taken in the event of an emergency during transportation, or a substantial delay in transit.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>B131 When transported by highway, rail, or cargo vessel, waste Paint and Paint related material (UN1263; PG II and PG III), when in plastic or metal inner packagings of not more than 26.5 L (7 gallons), are excepted from the marking requirements in § 172.301(a) and (c) and the labeling requirements in § 172.400(a), when further packed in the following specification and non-specification bulk outer packagings and under the following conditions:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. Primary receptacles must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173 of this subchapter and may not leak. If they do leak, they must be overpacked in packagings conforming to the specification requirements of part 178 of this subchapter or in salvage packagings conforming to the requirements in § 173.12 of this subchapter.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Primary receptacles must be further packed in non-specification bulk outer packagings such as cubic yard boxes, plastic rigid-wall bulk containers, dump trailers, and roll-off containers. Bulk outer packagings must be liquid tight through design or by the use of lining materials.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. Primary receptacles may also be further packed in specification bulk outer packagings. Authorized specification bulk outer packagings are UN11G fiberboard intermediate bulk containers (IBC) and UN13H4 woven plastic, coated and with liner flexible intermediate bulk containers (FIBCs) meeting the Packing Group II performance level and lined with a plastic liner of at least 6 mil thickness.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>d. All inner packagings placed inside bulk outer packagings must be blocked and braced to prevent shifting during transportation that could cause the container to open or fall over. Specification IBCs and FIBCs are to be secured to a pallet.
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>B132 Except for transportation by aircraft, UN2813, Water reactive solid, n.o.s. (contains magnesium, magnesium nitrides) in PG II or III may be packaged in sift-proof bulk packagings that prevent liquid from reaching the hazardous material with sufficient venting to preclude dangerous accumulation of flammable, corrosive or toxic gaseous emissions such as methane, hydrogen and ammonia.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B133 Hydrochloric acid concentration not exceeding 38%, in Packing Group II, is authorized to be packaged in UN31H1 or UN31HH1 intermediate bulk containers when loaded in accordance with the requirements of § 173.35(h) of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B134 For Large Packagings offered for transport by vessel, flexible or fibre inner packagings shall be sift-proof and water-resistant or shall be fitted with a sift-proof and water-resistant liner.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B135 For Large Packagings offered for transport by vessel, flexible or fibre inner packagings shall be hermetically sealed.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B136 Non-specification closed bulk bins are authorized.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) <I>IB Codes and IP Codes.</I> These provisions apply only to transportation in IBCs and Large Packagings. Table 1 authorizes IBCs for specific proper shipping names through the use of IB Codes assigned in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter. Table 2 defines IP Codes on the use of IBCs that are assigned to specific commodities in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter. Table 3 authorizes Large Packagings for specific proper shipping names through the use of IB Codes assigned in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter. Large Packagings are authorized for the Packing Group III entries of specific proper shipping names when either special provision IB3 or IB8 is assigned to that entry in the § 172.101 Table. When no IB code is assigned in the § 172.101 Table for a specific proper shipping name, or in § 173.185 or § 173.225(e) Organic Peroxide Table for Type F organic peroxides, use of an IBC or Large Packaging for the material may be authorized when approved by the Associate Administrator. The letter “Z” shown in the marking code for composite IBCs must be replaced with a capital code letter designation found in § 178.702(a)(2) of this subchapter to specify the material used for the other packaging. Tables 1, 2, and 3 follow:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—IB Codes (IBC Codes)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">IBC code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Authorized IBCs
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IB1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Authorized IBCs:</E> Metal (31A, 31B and 31N).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Additional Requirement:</E> Only liquids with a vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa at 50 °C (1.1 bar at 122 °F), or 130 kPa at 55 °C (1.3 bar at 131 °F) are authorized.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Authorized IBCs:</E> Metal (31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics (31H1 and 31H2); Composite (31HZ1).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Additional Requirement:</E> Only liquids with a vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa at 50 °C (1.1 bar at 122 °F), or 130 kPa at 55 °C (1.3 bar at 131 °F) are authorized.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Authorized IBCs:</E> Metal (31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics (31H1 and 31H2); Composite (31HZ1 and 31HA2, 31HB2, 31HN2, 31HD2 and 31HH2).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Additional Requirement:</E> Only liquids with a vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa at 50 °C (1.1 bar at 122 °F), or 130 kPa at 55 °C (1.3 bar at 131 °F) are authorized, except for UN2672 (also see special provision IP8 in Table 2 for UN2672).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IB4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Authorized IBCs:</E> Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IB5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Authorized IBCs:</E> Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2, 31H1 and 31H2); Composite (11HZ1, 21HZ1 and 31HZ1).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IB6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Authorized IBCs:</E> Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2, 31H1 and 31H2); Composite (11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, 21HZ2 and 31HZ1).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Additional Requirement:</E> Composite IBCs 11HZ2 and 21HZ2 may not be used when the hazardous materials being transported may become liquid during transport.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IB7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Authorized IBCs:</E> Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2, 31H1 and 31H2); Composite (11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, 21HZ2 and 31HZ1); Wooden (11C, 11D and 11F).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Additional Requirement:</E> Liners of wooden IBCs must be sift-proof.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IB8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Authorized IBCs:</E> Metal (11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B and 31N); Rigid plastics (11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2, 31H1 and 31H2 ); Composite (11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, 21HZ2 and 31HZ1); Fiberboard (11G); Wooden (11C, 11D and 11F); Flexible (13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 or 13M2).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IB9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IBCs are only authorized if approved by the Associate Administrator.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—IP Codes
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">IP code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IBCs must be packed in closed freight containers or a closed transport vehicle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">When IBCs other than metal or rigid plastics IBCs are used, they must be offered for transportation in a closed freight container or a closed transport vehicle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flexible IBCs must be sift-proof and water-resistant or must be fitted with a sift-proof and water-resistant liner.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flexible, fiberboard or wooden IBCs must be sift-proof and water-resistant or be fitted with a sift-proof and water-resistant liner.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IBCs must have a device to allow venting. The inlet to the venting device must be located in the vapor space of the IBC under maximum filling conditions.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-specification bulk bins are authorized.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For UN identification numbers 1327, 1363, 1364, 1365, 1386, 1408, 1841, 2211, 2217, 2793 and 3314, IBCs are not required to meet the IBC performance tests specified in part 178, subpart N, of this subchapter.




</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonia solutions may be transported in rigid or composite plastic IBCs (31H1, 31H2 and 31HZ1) that have successfully passed, without leakage or permanent deformation, the hydrostatic test specified in § 178.814 of this subchapter at a test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the contents at 55 °C (131 °F).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Transportation by vessel in IBCs is prohibited.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Air must be eliminated from the vapor space by nitrogen or other means.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP15 For UN2031 with more than 55% nitric acid, the permitted use of rigid plastic IBCs, and the inner receptacle of composite IBCs with rigid plastics, shall be two years from their date of manufacture.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For UN identification numbers 3531, 3532, 3533, and 3534, IBCs must be designed and constructed to permit the release of gas or vapor to prevent a build-up of pressure that could rupture the IBCs in the event of loss of stabilization.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dry sodium cyanide or potassium cyanide is also permitted in siftproof, water-resistant, fiberboard IBCs when transported in closed freight containers or transport vehicles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">When transported by vessel, flexible, fiberboard or wooden IBCs must be sift-proof and water-resistant or be fitted with a sift-proof and water-resistant liner.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IP22 UN3550 may be transported in flexible IBCs (13H3 or 13H4) with sift-proof liners to prevent any egress of dust during transport.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—IB Codes 
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Large packaging authorizations]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">IB3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Authorized Large Packagings (LIQUIDS)
<br/>(PG III materials only) 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Inner packagings:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Large outer packagings:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Glass 10 liter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">steel (50A).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Plastics 30 liter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">aluminum (50B).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Metal 40 liter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">metal other than steel or aluminum (50N).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">rigid plastics (50H).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">natural wood (50C).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">plywood (50D).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">reconstituted wood (50F).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">rigid fiberboard (50G).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">IB8
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Authorized Large Packagings (SOLIDS)
<br/>(PG III materials only) 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Inner packagings:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Large outer packagings:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Glass 10 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">steel (50A).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Plastics 50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">aluminum (50B).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Metal 50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">metal other than steel or aluminum (50N).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Paper 50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">flexible plastics (51H). 
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Fiber 50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">rigid plastics (50H).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">natural wood (50C).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">plywood (50D).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">reconstituted wood (50F).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">rigid fiberboard (50G).
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Flexible plastic (51H) Large Packagings are only authorized for use with flexible inner packagings.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Except when authorized under Special Provision 41.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(5) <I>“N” codes.</I> These provisions apply only to non-bulk packagings:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Code/Special Provisions
</HD2>
<FP-1>N3 Glass inner packagings are permitted in combination or composite packagings only if the hazardous material is free from hydrofluoric acid.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N4 For combination or composite packagings, glass inner packagings, other than ampoules, are not permitted.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N5 Glass materials of construction are not authorized for any part of a packaging which is normally in contact with the hazardous material.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N6 Battery fluid packaged with electric storage batteries, wet or dry, must conform to the packaging provisions of § 173.159 (g) or (h) of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N7 The hazard class or division number of the material must be marked on the package in accordance with § 172.302 of this subchapter. However, the hazard label corresponding to the hazard class or division may be substituted for the marking.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N8 Nitroglycerin solution in alcohol may be transported under this entry only when the solution is packed in metal cans of not more than 1 L capacity each, overpacked in a wooden box containing not more than 5 L. Metal cans must be completely surrounded with absorbent cushioning material. Wooden boxes must be completely lined with a suitable material impervious to water and nitroglycerin.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N11 This material is excepted for the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter if the material is packaged in strong, tight non-bulk packaging meeting the requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N12 Plastic packagings are not authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N20 A 5M1 multi-wall paper bag is authorized if transported in a closed transport vehicle.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N25 Steel single packagings are not authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N32 Aluminum materials of construction are not authorized for single packagings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N33 Aluminum drums are not authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N34 Aluminum construction materials are not authorized for any part of a packaging which is normally in contact with the hazardous material.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N36 Aluminum or aluminum alloy construction materials are permitted only for halogenated hydrocarbons that will not react with aluminum.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N37 This material may be shipped in an integrally-lined fiber drum (1G) which meets the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173 of this subchapter, the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the packing group assigned for the material and to any other special provisions of column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N40 This material is not authorized in the following packagings:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. A combination packaging consisting of a 4G fiberboard box with inner receptacles of glass or earthenware;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. A single packaging of a 4C2 sift-proof, natural wood box; or
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. A composite packaging 6PG2 (glass, porcelain or stoneware receptacles within a fiberboard box).
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>N41 Metal construction materials are not authorized for any part of a packaging which is normally in contact with the hazardous material.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N42 1A1 drums made of carbon steel with thickness of body and heads of not less than 1.3 mm (0.050 inch) and with a corrosion-resistant phenolic lining are authorized for stabilized benzyl chloride if tested and certified to the Packing Group I performance level at a specific gravity of not less than 1.8.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N43 Metal drums are permitted as single packagings only if constructed of nickel or monel.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N45 Copper cartridges are authorized as inner packagings if the hazardous material is not in dispersion.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N65 Outage must be sufficient to prevent cylinders or spheres from becoming liquid full at 55 °C (130 °F). The vacant space (outage) may be charged with a nonflammable nonliquefied compressed gas if the pressure in the cylinder or sphere at 55 °C (130 °F) does not exceed 125 percent of the marked service pressure.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N73 Packagings consisting of outer wooden or fiberboard boxes with inner glass, metal or other strong containers; metal or fiber drums; kegs or barrels; or strong metal cans are authorized and need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N74 Packages consisting of tightly closed inner containers of glass, earthenware, metal or polyethylene, capacity not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) securely cushioned and packed in outer wooden barrels or wooden or fiberboard boxes, not over 15 kg (33 pounds) net weight, are authorized and need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N75 Packages consisting of tightly closed inner packagings of glass, earthenware or metal, securely cushioned and packed in outer wooden barrels or wooden or fiberboard boxes, capacity not over 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) net weight, are authorized and need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N76 For materials of not more than 25 percent active ingredient by weight, packages consisting of inner metal packagings not greater than 250 mL (8 ounces) capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings together with sufficient absorbent material to completely absorb the liquid contents are authorized and need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N77 For materials of not more than two percent active ingredients by weight, packagings need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter, if liquid contents are absorbed in an inert material.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N78 Packages consisting of inner glass, earthenware, or polyethylene or other nonfragile plastic bottles or jars not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) capacity each, or metal cans not over five pounds capacity each, packed in outer wooden boxes, barrels or kegs, or fiberboard boxes are authorized and need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter. Net weight of contents in fiberboard boxes may not exceed 29 kg (64 pounds). Net weight of contents in wooden boxes, barrels or kegs may not exceed 45 kg (99 pounds).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N79 Packages consisting of tightly closed metal inner packagings not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) capacity each, packed in outer wooden or fiberboard boxes, or wooden barrels, are authorized and need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter. Net weight of contents may not exceed 15 kg (33 pounds).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N80 Packages consisting of one inner metal can, not over 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) capacity, packed in an outer wooden or fiberboard box, or a wooden barrel, are authorized and need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N82 See § 173.115 of this subchapter for classification criteria for flammable aerosols.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N83 This material may not be transported in quantities of more than 11.5 kg (25.4 lbs) per package.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N84 The maximum quantity per package is 500 g (1.1 lbs.).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N85 Packagings certified at the Packing Group I performance level may not be used.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N86 UN pressure receptacles made of aluminum alloy are not authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N87 The use of copper valves on UN pressure receptacles is prohibited.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N88 Any metal part of a UN pressure receptacle in contact with the contents may not contain more than 65% copper, with a tolerance of 1%.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N89 When steel UN pressure receptacles are used, only those bearing the “H” mark are authorized.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N90 Metal packagings are not authorized. Packagings of other material with a small amount of metal, for example metal closures or other metal fittings such as those mentioned in part 178 of this subchapter, are not considered metal packagings. Packagings of other material constructed with a small amount of metal must be designed such that the hazardous material does not contact the metal.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N91 The use of a non specification sift-proof, non-bulk, metal can with or without lid, or a non specification sift-proof, non-bulk fiber drum, with or without lid is authorized when transporting coal tar pitch compounds by motor vehicle or rail freight. The fiber drum must to be fabricated with a three ply wall, as a minimum. The coal tar pitch compound must be in a solid mass during transportation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N92 Notwithstanding the provisions of § 173.24(g) of this subchapter, packagings shall be designed and constructed to permit the release of gas or vapor to prevent a build-up of pressure that could rupture the packagings in the event of loss of stabilization.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N95 UN1075, Liquefied petroleum gas and UN1978, Propane authorized for transport in DOT 4BA240 cylinders is not subject to the UN identification number and proper shipping name marking or the label requirements of this part subject to the following conditions:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>a. The cylinder must be transported in a closed motor vehicle displaying FLAMMABLE GAS placards in accordance with subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>b. Shipping papers at all times must reflect a correct current accounting of all cylinders both full and expended.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>c. The cylinders are collected and transported by a private or a contract carrier for reconditioning, reuse or disposal.</FP1-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(6) <I>“R” codes.</I> These provisions apply only to transportation by rail.
</P>
<P>R1 A person who offers for transportation tank cars containing sulfur, molten or residue of sulfur, molten may reference the Sulfur Institute's, “Molten Sulphur Rail Tank Car Guidance document” (see § 171.7 of this subchapter) to identify tank cars that may pose a risk in transportation due to the accumulation of formed, solid sulfur on the outside of the tank.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>“T” codes.</I> (i) These provisions apply to the transportation of hazardous materials in UN portable tanks. Portable tank instructions specify the requirements applicable to a portable tank when used for the transportation of a specific hazardous material. These requirements must be met in addition to the design and construction specifications in part 178 of this subchapter. Portable tank instructions T1 through T22 specify the applicable minimum test pressure, the minimum shell thickness (in reference steel), bottom opening requirements and pressure relief requirements. Liquefied compressed gases are assigned to portable tank instruction T50. Refrigerated liquefied gases that are authorized to be transported in portable tanks are specified in tank instruction T75.
</P>
<P>(ii) The following table specifies the portable tank requirements applicable to “T” Codes T1 through T22. Column 1 specifies the “T” Code. Column 2 specifies the minimum test pressure, in bar (1 bar = 14.5 psig), at which the periodic hydrostatic testing required by § 180.605 of this subchapter must be conducted. Column 3 specifies the section reference for minimum shell thickness or, alternatively, the minimum shell thickness value. Column 4 specifies the applicability of § 178.275(g)(3) of this subchapter for the pressure relief devices. When the word “Normal” is indicated, § 178.275(g)(3) of this subchapter does not apply. Column 5 references applicable requirements for bottom openings in part 178 of this subchapter. “Prohibited” means bottom openings are prohibited, and “Prohibited for liquids” means bottom openings are authorized for solid material only. The table follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table of Portable Tank T Codes T1-T22 
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Portable tank codes T1-T22 apply to liquid and solid hazardous materials of Classes 3 through 9 which are transported in portable tanks.]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Portable tank instruction
<br/>(1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum test pressure (bar)
<br/>(2)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum shell thickness
<br/>(in mm-reference steel)
<br/>(<E T="03">See</E> § 178.274(d))
<br/>(3)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pressure-relief requirements
<br/>(<E T="03">See</E> § 178.275(g))
<br/>(4)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bottom opening
<br/>requirements
<br/>(<E T="03">See</E> § 178.275(d))
<br/>(5)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(2)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(2) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(2) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited for liquids. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited for liquids. § 178.275(d)(2). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iii) T50 When portable tank instruction T50 is indicated in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table, the applicable liquefied compressed gas and chemical under pressure descriptions are authorized to be transported in portable tanks in accordance with the requirements of § 173.313 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>T75.</I> When portable tank instruction T75 is referenced in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table, the applicable refrigerated liquefied gases are authorized to be transported in portable tanks in accordance with the requirements of § 178.277 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>UN and IM portable tank codes/special provisions.</I> When a specific portable tank instruction is specified by a “T” Code in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table for a specific hazardous material, a specification portable tank conforming to an alternative tank instruction may be used if:
</P>
<P>(A) The alternative portable tank has a higher or equivalent test pressure (for example, 4 bar when 2.65 bar is specified);
</P>
<P>(B) The alternative portable tank has greater or equivalent wall thickness (for example, 10 mm when 6 mm is specified);
</P>
<P>(C) The alternative portable tank has a pressure relief device as specified in the “T” Code. If a frangible disc is required in series with the reclosing pressure relief device for the specified portable tank, the alternative portable tank must be fitted with a frangible disc in series with the reclosing pressure relief device; and
</P>
<P>(D) With regard to bottom openings—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) When two effective means are specified, the alternative portable tank is fitted with bottom openings having two or three effective means of closure or no bottom openings; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) When three effective means are specified, the portable tank has no bottom openings or three effective means of closure; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) When no bottom openings are authorized, the alternative portable tank must not have bottom openings.
</P>
<P>(vi) Except when an organic peroxide is authorized under § 173.225(g), if a hazardous material is not assigned a portable tank “T” Code, the hazardous material may not be transported in a portable tank unless approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>“TP” codes.</I> (i) These provisions apply to the transportation of hazardous materials in IM and UN Specification portable tanks. Portable tank special provisions are assigned to certain hazardous materials to specify requirements that are in addition to those provided by the portable tank instructions or the requirements in part 178 of this subchapter. Portable tank special provisions are designated with the abbreviation TP (tank provision) and are assigned to specific hazardous materials in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table.
</P>
<P>(ii) The following is a list of the portable tank special provisions:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Code/Special Provisions
</HD2>
<P>TP1 The maximum degree of filling must not exceed the degree of filling determined by the following:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="33" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/en21jn01.000.gif"/></MATH>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>t<E T="52">r</E> is the maximum mean bulk temperature during transport, and t<E T="52">f</E> is the temperature in degrees celsius of the liquid during filling. 
</FP-2>
<P>TP2 a. The maximum degree of filling must not exceed the degree of filling determined by the following:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="33" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/en21jn01.001.gif"/></MATH>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>t<E T="52">r</E> is the maximum mean bulk temperature during transport,
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t<E T="52">f</E> is the temperature in degrees celsius of the liquid during filling, and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>α is the mean coefficient of cubical expansion of the liquid between the mean temperature of the liquid during filling (t<E T="52">f</E>) and the maximum mean bulk temperature during transportation (t<E T="52">r</E>) both in degrees celsius.
</FP-2>
<P>b. For liquids transported under ambient conditions α may be calculated using the formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="27" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/en21jn01.009.gif"/></MATH>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>d<E T="52">15</E> and d<E T="52">50</E> are the densities (in units of mass per unit volume) of the liquid at 15 °C (59 °F) and 50 °C (122 °F), respectively. 
</FP-2>
<P>TP3 The maximum degree of filling (in %) for solids transported above their melting points and for elevated temperature liquids shall be determined by the following:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="31" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er14jn05.003.gif"/></MATH>
<FP>Where: d<E T="52">f</E> and d<E T="52">r</E> are the mean densities of the liquid at the mean temperature of the liquid during filling and the maximum mean bulk temperature during transport respectively.
</FP>
<P>TP4 The maximum degree of filling for portable tanks must not exceed 90%.
</P>
<P>TP5 For a portable tank used for the transport of flammable refrigerated liquefied gases or refrigerated liquefied oxygen, the maximum rate at which the portable tank may be filled must not exceed the liquid flow capacity of the primary pressure relief system rated at a pressure not exceeding 120 percent of the portable tank's design pressure. For portable tanks used for the transport of refrigerated liquefied helium and refrigerated liquefied atmospheric gas (except oxygen), the maximum rate at which the tank is filled must not exceed the liquid flow capacity of the pressure relief device rated at 130 percent of the portable tank's design pressure. Except for a portable tank containing refrigerated liquefied helium, a portable tank shall have an outage of at least two percent below the inlet of the pressure relief device or pressure control valve, under conditions of incipient opening, with the portable tank in a level attitude. No outage is required for helium.
</P>
<P>TP6 The tank must be equipped with a pressure release device which prevent a tank from bursting under fire engulfment conditions (the conditions prescribed in CGA pamphlet S-1.2 (see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or alternative conditions approved by the Associate Administrator may be used to consider the fire engulfment condition), taking into account the properties of the hazardous material to be transported. 
</P>
<P>TP7 The vapor space must be purged of air by nitrogen or other means.
</P>
<P>TP8 A portable tank having a minimum test pressure of 1.5 bar (150 kPa) may be used when the flash point of the hazardous material transported is greater than 0 °C (32 °F).
</P>
<P>TP9 A hazardous material assigned to special provision TP9 in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table may only be transported in a portable tank if approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>TP10 A lead lining, not less than 5 mm thick, which shall be tested annually, or another suitable lining material approved by the competent authority, is required. A portable tank may be offered for transport after the date of expiry of the last lining inspection for a period not to exceed three months for purposes of performing the next required test or inspection, after emptying but before cleaning.
</P>
<P>TP12 This material is considered highly corrosive to steel.
</P>
<P>TP13 Self-contained breathing apparatus must be provided when this hazardous material is transported by sea.
</P>
<P>TP16 The portable tank must be protected against over and under pressurization which may be experienced during transportation. The means of protection must be approved by the approval agency designated to approve the portable tank in accordance with the procedures in part 107, subpart E, of this subchapter. The pressure relief device must be preceded by a frangible disk in accordance with the requirements in § 178.275(g)(3) of this subchapter to prevent crystallization of the product in the pressure relief device.
</P>
<P>TP17 Only inorganic non-combustible materials may be used for thermal insulation of the tank.
</P>
<P>TP18 The temperature of this material must be maintained between 18 °C (64.4 °F) and 40 °C (104 °F) while in transportation. Portable tanks containing solidified methacrylic acid must not be reheated during transportation.
</P>
<P>TP19 The calculated wall thickness must be increased by 3 mm at the time of construction. Wall thickness must be verified ultrasonically at intervals midway between periodic hydraulic tests (every 2.5 years). The portable tank must not be used if the wall thickness is less than that prescribed by the applicable T code in Column (7) of the Table for this material.
</P>
<P>TP20 This hazardous material must only be transported in insulated tanks under a nitrogen blanket.
</P>
<P>TP21 The wall thickness must not be less than 8 mm. Portable tanks must be hydraulically tested and internally inspected at intervals not exceeding 2.5 years.
</P>
<P>TP22 Lubricants for portable tank fittings (for example, gaskets, shut-off valves, flanges) must be oxygen compatible.
</P>
<P>TP24 The portable tank may be fitted with a device to prevent the build up of excess pressure due to the slow decomposition of the hazardous material being transported. The device must be in the vapor space when the tank is filled under maximum filling conditions. This device must also prevent an unacceptable amount of leakage of liquid in the case of overturning.
</P>
<P>TP25 Sulphur trioxide 99.95% pure and above may be transported in tanks without an inhibitor provided that it is maintained at a temperature equal to or above 32.5 °C (90.5 °F).
</P>
<P>TP26 The heating device must be exterior to the shell. For UN 3176, this requirement only applies when the hazardous material reacts dangerously with water.
</P>
<P>TP27 A portable tank having a minimum test pressure of 4 bar (400 kPa) may be used provided the calculated test pressure is 4 bar or less based on the MAWP of the hazardous material, as defined in § 178.275 of this subchapter, where the test pressure is 1.5 times the MAWP.
</P>
<P>TP28 A portable tank having a minimum test pressure of 2.65 bar (265 kPa) may be used provided the calculated test pressure is 2.65 bar or less based on the MAWP of the hazardous material, as defined in § 178.275 of this subchapter, where the test pressure is 1.5 times the MAWP.
</P>
<P>TP29 A portable tank having a minimum test pressure of 1.5 bar (150.0 kPa) may be used provided the calculated test pressure is 1.5 bar or less based on the MAWP of the hazardous materials, as defined in § 178.275 of this subchapter, where the test pressure is 1.5 times the MAWP.
</P>
<P>TP30 This hazardous material may only be transported in insulated tanks.
</P>
<P>TP31 This hazardous material may only be transported in tanks in the solid state.
</P>
<P>TP32 Portable tanks may be used subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>a. Each portable tank constructed of metal must be fitted with a pressure-relief device consisting of a reclosing spring loaded type, a frangible disc or a fusible element. The set to discharge for the spring loaded pressure relief device and the burst pressure for the frangible disc, as applicable, must not be greater than 2.65 bar for portable tanks with minimum test pressures greater than 4 bar;
</P>
<P>b. The suitability for transport in tanks must be demonstrated using test 8(d) in Test Series 8 (see UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part 1, Sub-section 18.7) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or an alternative means approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>TP33 The portable tank instruction assigned for this substance applies for granular and powdered solids and for solids which are filled and discharged at temperatures above their melting point which are cooled and transported as a solid mass. Solid substances transported or offered for transport above their melting point are authorized for transportation in portable tanks conforming to the provisions of portable tank instruction T4 for solid substances of packing group III or T7 for solid substances of packing group II, unless a tank with more stringent requirements for minimum shell thickness, maximum allowable working pressure, pressure-relief devices or bottom outlets are assigned in which case the more stringent tank instruction and special provisions shall apply. Filling limits must be in accordance with portable tank special provision TP3. Solids meeting the definition of an elevated temperature material must be transported in accordance with the applicable requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>TP36 For material assigned this portable tank special provision, portable tanks used to transport such material may be equipped with fusible elements in the vapor space of the portable tank.
</P>
<P>TP37 IM portable tanks are only authorized for the shipment of hydrogen peroxide solutions in water containing 72% or less hydrogen peroxide by weight. Pressure relief devices shall be designed to prevent the entry of foreign matter, the leakage of liquid and the development of any dangerous excess pressure. In addition, the portable tank must be designed so that internal surfaces may be effectively cleaned and passivated. Each tank must be equipped with pressure relief devices conforming to the following requirements:</P></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Concentration of hydrogen per peroxide solution
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">52% or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 52%, but not greater than 60%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 60%, but not greater than 72%</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Total venting capacity in standard cubic feet hour (S.C.F.H.) per pound of hydrogen peroxide solution.</P></DIV></DIV>
<EXTRACT>
<P>TP38 Each portable tank must be insulated with an insulating material so that the overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) is no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour per square foot per degree Fahrenheit) temperature differential. Insulating materials may not promote corrosion to steel when wet.
</P>
<P>TP39 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>TP40 The portable tank must not be transported when connected with spray application equipment.
</P>
<P>TP41 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>TP44 Each portable tank must be made of stainless steel, except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of stainless steel for tank shell and heads must be the greater of 7.62 mm (0.300 inch) or the thickness required for a portable tank with a design pressure at least equal to 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the hazardous material at 46 °C (115 °F).
</P>
<P>TP45 Each portable tank must be made of stainless steel, except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of 173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of stainless steel for portable tank shells and heads must be the greater of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the thickness required for a portable tank with a design pressure at least equal to 1.3 times the vapor pressure of the hazardous material at 46 °C (115 °F).
</P>
<P>TP46 Portable tanks in sodium metal service are not required to be hydrostatically retested.
</P>
<P>TP47 The 2.5 year internal examination may be waived or substituted by other test methods or inspection procedures specified by the competent authority or its authorized body, provided that the portable tank is dedicated to the transport of the organometallic substances to which this tank special provision is assigned. However this examination is required when the conditions of § 180.605(f) are met.
</P>
<P>TP48 The use of IM 101 and 102 portable tanks when transported in accordance with IME Standard 23 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).


</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(9) <I>“W” codes.</I> These provisions apply only to transportation by water:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Code/Special Provisions
</HD2>
<FP-1>W1 This substance in a non friable prill or granule form is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter when tested in accordance with the UN Manual of Test and Criteria (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) and is found to not meet the definition or criteria for inclusion in Division 5.1.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>W7 Vessel stowage category for uranyl nitrate hexahydrate solution is “D” as defined in § 172.101(k)(4).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>W8 Vessel stowage category for pyrophoric thorium metal or pyrophoric uranium metal is “D” as defined in § 172.101(k)(4).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>W9 When offered for transportation by water, the following Specification packagings are not authorized unless approved by the Associate Administrator: woven plastic bags, plastic film bags, textile bags, paper bags, IBCs and bulk packagings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>W10 When offered for transportation by vessel, the use of Large Packagings (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) is prohibited.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>W31 Non-bulk packagings must be hermetically sealed.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>W40 Non-bulk bags are not allowed.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>W41 When offered for transportation by water, this material must be packaged in bales and be securely and tightly bound with rope, wire or similar means.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>W100 Non-bulk flexible, fibreboard or wooden packagings must be sift-proof and water-resistant or must be fitted with a sift-proof and water-resistant liner.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52582, Dec. 21, 1990]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 172.102, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Shipping Papers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.200" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.3.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.200   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Description of hazardous materials required.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation shall describe the hazardous material on the shipping paper in the manner required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not apply to any material, other than a hazardous substance, hazardous waste or marine pollutant, that is—
</P>
<P>(1) Identified by the letter “A” in column 1 of the § 172.101 table, except when the material is offered or intended for transportation by air; or
</P>
<P>(2) Identified by the letter “W” in column 1 of the § 172.101 table, except when the material is offered or intended for transportation by water; or


</P>
<P>(3) A limited quantity package unless the material is offered for transportation by aircraft or vessel.






</P>
<P>(4) Category B infectious substances prepared in accordance with § 173.199.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-58, 45 FR 34697, May 22, 1980; Amdt. 172-74, 47 FR 43065, Sept. 30, 1982; Amdt. 172-112, 53 FR 17160, May 13, 1988; Amdt. 172-127, 57 FR 52938, Nov. 5, 1992; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 76 FR 3365, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1112, Jan. 7, 2013; 87 FR 79772, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.201" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.3.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.201   Preparation and retention of shipping papers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contents.</I> When a description of hazardous material is required to be included on a shipping paper, that description must conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) When a hazardous material and a material not subject to the requirements of this subchapter are described on the same shipping paper, the hazardous material description entries required by § 172.202 and those additional entries that may be required by § 172.203:
</P>
<P>(i) Must be entered first, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Must be entered in a color that clearly contrasts with any description on the shipping paper of a material not subject to the requirements of this subchapter, except that a description on a reproduction of a shipping paper may be highlighted, rather than printed, in a contrasting color (the provisions of this paragraph apply only to the basic description required by § 172.202(a)(1), (2), (3), and (4)), or
</P>
<P>(iii) Must be identified by the entry of an “X” placed before the basic shipping description required by § 172.202 in a column captioned “HM.” (The “X” may be replaced by “RQ,” if appropriate.) 
</P>
<P>(2) The required shipping description on a shipping paper and all copies of the shipping paper used for transportation purposes must be legible and printed (manually or mechanically) in English.
</P>
<P>(3) Unless it is specifically authorized or required in this subchapter, the required shipping description may not contain any code or abbreviation.
</P>
<P>(4) A shipping paper may contain additional information concerning the material provided the information is not inconsistent with the required description. Unless otherwise permitted or required by this subpart, additional information must be placed after the basic description required by § 172.202(a).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Electronic shipping papers.</I> For transportation by rail, a rail carrier may accept shipping paper information either telephonically (i.e., voice communications and facsimiles) or electronically (EDI) from an offeror of a hazardous materials shipment in accordance with the provisions in paragraphs (a)(5)(i)-(a)(5)(iv) of this section. See § 171.8 for the EDI definition.
</P>
<P>(i) When the information applicable to the consignment is provided under this requirement the information must be available to the offeror and carrier at all times during transport, and the carrier must have and maintain a printed copy of this information until delivery of the hazardous materials on the shipping paper is complete. When a paper document is produced, the data must be presented as required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(ii) The offeror must forward the shipping paper (record) for a loaded movement to the carrier prior to shipment unless the carrier prepares the shipping paper on behalf of the offeror. The offeror is only relieved of the duty to forward the shipping paper once the offeror has received a copy of the shipping paper from the carrier;
</P>
<P>(iii) A carrier that generates a residue shipping paper using information from the previous loaded movement of a hazardous materials packaging must ensure the description of the hazardous material that accompanies the shipment complies with the offeror's request; and
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Verification.</I> The carrier and the offeror must have a procedure by which the offeror can verify accuracy of the transmitted hazard communication information that will accompany the shipment.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Continuation page.</I> A shipping paper may consist of more than one page, if each page is consecutively numbered and the first page bears a notation specifying the total number of pages included in the shipping paper. For example, “Page 1 of 4 pages.”
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Emergency response telephone number.</I> Except as provided in § 172.604(d), a shipping paper must contain an emergency response telephone number and, if utilizing an emergency response information telephone number service provider, identify the person (by name or contract number) who has a contractual agreement with the service provider, as prescribed in subpart G of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Retention and Recordkeeping.</I> Each person who provides a shipping paper must retain a copy of the shipping paper required by § 172.200(a), or an electronic image thereof, that is accessible at or through its principal place of business and must make the shipping paper available, upon request, to an authorized official of a Federal, State, or local government agency at reasonable times and locations. For a hazardous waste, the shipping paper copy must be retained for three years after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. For all other hazardous materials, the shipping paper must be retained for two years after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. Each shipping paper copy must include the date of acceptance by the initial carrier, except that, for rail, vessel, or air shipments, the date on the shipment waybill, airbill, or bill of lading may be used in place of the date of acceptance by the initial carrier. A motor carrier (as defined in § 390.5 of subchapter B of chapter III of subtitle B) using a shipping paper without change for multiple shipments of one or more hazardous materials having the same shipping name and identification number may retain a single copy of the shipping paper, instead of a copy for each shipment made, if the carrier also retains a record of each shipment made, to include shipping name, identification number, quantity transported, and date of shipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 172.201, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.202" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.3.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.202   Description of hazardous material on shipping papers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The shipping description of a hazardous material on the shipping paper must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The identification number prescribed for the material as shown in Column (4) of the § 172.101 table;
</P>
<P>(2) The proper shipping name prescribed for the material in Column (2) of the § 172.101 table;
</P>
<P>(3) The hazard class or division number prescribed for the material, as shown in Column (3) of the § 172.101 table. The subsidiary hazard class or division number is not required to be entered when a corresponding subsidiary hazard label is not required. Except for combustible liquids, the subsidiary hazard class(es) or subsidiary division number(s) must be entered in parentheses immediately following the primary hazard class or division number. In addition—
</P>
<P>(i) The words “Class” or “Division” may be included preceding the primary and subsidiary hazard class or division numbers.
</P>
<P>(ii) The hazard class need not be included for the entry “Combustible liquid, n.o.s.”
</P>
<P>(iii) For domestic shipments, primary and subsidiary hazard class or division names may be entered following the numerical hazard class or division, or following the basic description.


</P>
<P>(4) The packing group in Roman numerals, as designated for the hazardous material in Column (5) of the § 172.101 table. Class 1 (explosives) materials; self-reactive substances; Division 5.2 materials; and entries that are not assigned a packing group (<I>e.g.,</I> Class 7) are excepted from this requirement. The packing group may be preceded by the letters “PG” (for example, “PG II”); and






</P>
<P>(5) Except for transportation by aircraft, the total quantity of hazardous materials covered by the description must be indicated (by mass or volume, or by activity for Class 7 materials) and must include an indication of the applicable unit of measurement, for example, “200 kg” (440 pounds) or “50 L” (13 gallons). The following provisions also apply: 
</P>
<P>(i) For Class 1 materials, the quantity must be the net explosive mass. For an explosive that is an article, such as Cartridges, small arms, the net explosive mass may be expressed in terms of the net mass of either the article or the explosive materials contained in the article.
</P>
<P>(ii) For hazardous materials in salvage packaging, an estimate of the total quantity is acceptable.
</P>
<P>(iii) The following are excepted from the requirements of paragraph (a)(5) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) Bulk packages, provided some indication of the total quantity is shown, for example, “1 cargo tank” or “2 IBCs.”
</P>
<P>(B) Cylinders, provided some indication of the total quantity is shown, for example, “10 cylinders.”
</P>
<P>(C) Packages containing only residue.
</P>
<P>(6) For transportation by aircraft, the total net mass per package, must be shown unless a gross mass is indicated in Columns (9A) or (9B) of the § 172.101 table in which case the total gross mass per package must be shown; or, for Class 7 materials, the quantity of radioactive material must be shown by activity. The following provisions also apply:
</P>
<P>(i) For empty uncleaned packaging, only the number and type of packaging must be shown;
</P>
<P>(ii) For chemical kits and first aid kits, the total net mass of hazardous materials must be shown. Where the kits contain only liquids, or solids and liquids, the net mass of liquids within the kits is to be calculated on a 1 to 1 basis, i.e., 1 L (0.3 gallons) equals 1 kg (2.2 pounds); 
</P>
<P>(iii) For dangerous goods in machinery or apparatus, the individual total quantities or an estimate of the individual total quantities of dangerous goods in solid, liquid or gaseous state, contained in the article must be shown;
</P>
<P>(iv) For dangerous goods transported in a salvage packaging, an estimate of the quantity of dangerous goods per package must be shown;
</P>
<P>(v) For cylinders, total quantity may be indicated by the number of cylinders, for example, “10 cylinders;”
</P>
<P>(vi) For items where “No Limit” is shown in Column (9A) or (9B) of the § 172.101 table, the quantity shown must be the net mass or volume of the material. For articles (<I>e.g.</I>, UN2800 and UN3166) the quantity must be the gross mass, followed by the letter “G”; and
</P>
<P>(vii) For hazardous materials in limited quantities, the total net quantity per package must be shown unless a gross mass is indicated in Column 4 of § 173.27 Table 3, in which case the total gross mass per package must be shown. Where different hazardous materials in limited quantities are packed together in the same outer packaging, when a gross mass is indicated Column 4 of § 173.27 Table 3, the net quantity of each hazardous material must be shown in addition to the gross mass of the completed package.
</P>
<P>(viii) For authorized consumer commodities, the information provided may be either the gross mass of each package or the average gross mass of the packages.
</P>
<P>(7) The number and type of packages must be indicated. The type of packages must be indicated by description of the package (for example, “12 drums”). Indication of the packaging specification number (“1H1”) may be included in the description of the package (for example, “12 1H1 drums” or “12 drums (UN 1A1)”). Abbreviations may be used for indicating packaging types (for example, “cyl.” for “cylinder”) provided the abbreviations are commonly accepted and recognizable.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in this subpart, the basic description specified in paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section must be shown in sequence with no additional information interspersed. For example, “UN2744, Cyclobutyl chloroformate, 6.1, (8, 3), PG II.” Shipping descriptions for hazardous materials offered or intended for transportation by rail that contain all the information required in this subpart and that are formatted and ordered in accordance with recognized electronic data interchange standards and, to the extent possible, in the order and manner required by this subpart are deemed to comply with this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The total quantity of the material covered by one description must appear before or after, or both before and after, the description required and authorized by this subpart. The type of packaging and destination marks may be entered in any appropriate manner before or after the basic description. Abbreviations may be used to express units of measurement and types of packagings.
</P>
<P>(2) Hazardous materials and hazardous substances transported by highway considered “household wastes” as defined in 40 CFR 261.4, and not subject to the Environmental Protection Agency's hazardous waste regulations in 40 CFR parts 262 and 263, are excepted from the requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(d) Technical and chemical group names may be entered in parentheses between the proper shipping name and hazard class or following the basic description. An appropriate modifier, such as “contains” or “containing,” and/or the percentage of the technical constituent may also be used. For example: “UN 1993, Flammable liquids, n.o.s. (contains Xylene and Benzene), 3, II”.
</P>
<P>(e) Except for those materials in the UN Recommendations, the ICAO Technical Instructions, or the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), a material that is not a hazardous material according to this subchapter may not be offered for transportation or transported when its description on a shipping paper includes a hazard class or an identification number specified in the § 172.101 Table.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74665, Nov. 10, 1980]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 172.202, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.203" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.3.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.203   Additional description requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Special permits.</I> Except as provided in § 173.23 of this subchapter, each shipping paper issued in connection with a shipment made under a special permit must bear the notation “DOT-SP” followed by the special permit number assigned and located so that the notation is clearly associated with the description to which the special permit applies. Each shipping paper issued in connection with a shipment made under an exemption or special permit issued prior to October 1, 2007, may bear the notation “DOT-E” followed by the number assigned and so located that the notation is clearly associated with the description to which it applies.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limited quantities.</I> When a shipping paper is required by this subchapter, the description for a material offered for transportation as “limited quantity,” as authorized by this subchapter, must include the words “Limited Quantity” or “Ltd Qty” following the basic description.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hazardous substances.</I> (1) Except for Class 7 (radioactive) materials described in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, if the proper shipping name for a material that is a hazardous substance does not identify the hazardous substance by name, the name of the hazardous substance must be entered in parentheses in association with the basic description. If the material contains two or more hazardous substances, at least two hazardous substances, including the two with the lowest reportable quantities (RQs), must be identified. For a hazardous waste, the waste code (e.g., D001), if appropriate, may be used to identify the hazardous substance.
</P>
<P>(2) The letters “RQ” must be entered on the shipping paper either before or after the basic description required by § 172.202 for each hazardous substance (see definition in § 171.8 of this subchapter). For example: “RQ, UN 1098, Allyl alcohol, 6.1, I, Toxic-inhalation hazard, Zone B”; or “UN 3077, Environmentally hazardous substances, solid, n.o.s., 9, III, RQ (Adipic acid)”.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Radioactive material.</I> The description for a shipment of a Class 7 (radioactive) material must include the following additional entries as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of each radionuclide in the Class 7 (radioactive) material that is listed in § 173.435 of this subchapter. For mixtures of radionuclides, the radionuclides required to be shown must be determined in accordance with § 173.433(g) of this subchapter. Abbreviations, <I>e.g.</I>, “
<SU>99</SU>Mo,” are authorized. 
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the physical and chemical form of the material:
</P>
<P>(i) For special form materials, the words “special form” unless the words “special form” already appear in the proper shipping name; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the material is not in special form, a description of the physical and chemical form of the material (generic chemical descriptions are permitted).
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum activity of the radioactive contents contained in each package during transport in terms of the appropriate SI units (<I>e.g.,</I> Becquerels (Bq), Terabecquerels (TBq)). The activity may also be stated in appropriate customary units (<I>e.g.,</I> Curies (Ci), milliCuries (mCi), microCuries (uCi)) in parentheses following the SI units. Abbreviations are authorized. Except for plutonium-239 and plutonium-241, the weight in grams or kilograms of fissile radionuclides (or the mass of each fissile nuclide for mixtures when appropriate) may be inserted instead of activity units. For plutonium-239 and plutonium-241, the weight in grams of fissile radionuclides (or the mass of each fissile nuclide for mixtures when appropriate) may be inserted in addition to the activity units.
</P>
<P>(4) The category of label applied to each package in the shipment. For example: “RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I,” or “WHITE-I.”
</P>
<P>(5) The transport index assigned to each package in the shipment bearing RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II or RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III labels.
</P>
<P>(6) For a package containing fissile Class 7 (radioactive) material:
</P>
<P>(i) The words “Fissile Excepted” if the package is excepted pursuant to § 173.453 of this subchapter; or otherwise
</P>
<P>(ii) The criticality safety index for that package.
</P>
<P>(7) For a package approved by the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) or U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), a notation of the package identification marking as prescribed in the applicable DOE or NRC approval (see § 173.471 of the subchapter).
</P>
<P>(8) For an export shipment or a shipment in a foreign made package, a notation of the package identification marking as prescribed in the applicable International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) Certificate of Competent Authority which has been issued for the package (see § 173.473 of the subchapter).
</P>
<P>(9) For a shipment required by this subchapter to be consigned as exclusive use:
</P>
<P>(i) An indication that the shipment is consigned as exclusive use; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If all the descriptions on the shipping paper are consigned as exclusive use, then the statement “Exclusive Use Shipment” may be entered only once on the shipping paper in a clearly visible location.
</P>
<P>(10) For the shipment of a package containing a highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials (see § 173.403 of this subchapter) the words “Highway route controlled quantity” or “HRCQ” must be entered in association with the basic description.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Empty packagings.</I> (1) The description on the shipping paper for a packaging containing the residue of a hazardous material may include the words “RESIDUE: Last Contained * * *” immediately before or after the basic shipping description on the shipping paper.


</P>
<P>(2) The description on the shipping paper for a tank car containing the residue of a hazardous material must include the phrase, “RESIDUE: Last Contained * * *” immediately before or after the basic shipping description or immediately preceding the proper shipping name of the material on the shipping paper.




</P>
<P>(f) <I>Transportation by air.</I> A statement indicating that the shipment is within the limitations prescribed for either passenger and cargo aircraft or cargo aircraft only must be entered on the shipping paper. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Transportation by rail.</I> (1) A shipping paper prepared by a rail carrier for a rail car, freight container, transport vehicle or portable tank that contains hazardous materials must include the reporting mark and number when displayed on the rail car, freight container, transport vehicle or portable tank.
</P>
<P>(2) The shipping paper for each DOT-113 tank car containing a Division 2.1 material or its residue must contain an appropriate notation, such as “DOT 113”, and the statement “Do not hump or cut off car while in motion.”
</P>
<P>(3) When shipments of elevated temperature materials are transported under the exception permitted in § 173.247(h)(3) of this subchapter, the shipping paper must contain an appropriate notation, such as “Maximum operating speed 15 mph.”.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Transportation by highway.</I> Following the basic description for a hazardous material in a Specification MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank, there must be entered for—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Anhydrous ammonia.</I> (i) The words “0.2 PERCENT WATER” to indicate the suitability for shipping anhydrous ammonia in a cargo tank made of quenched and tempered steel as authorized by § 173.315(a), Note 14 of this subchapter, or
</P>
<P>(ii) The words “NOT FOR Q and T TANKS” when the anhydrous ammonia does not contain 0.2 percent or more water by weight.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Liquefied petroleum gas.</I> (i) The word “NONCORROSIVE” or “NONCOR” to indicate the suitability for shipping “Noncorrosive” liquefied petroleum gas in a cargo tank made of quenched and tempered steel as authorized by § 173.315(a), Note 15 of this subchapter, or
</P>
<P>(ii) The words “NOT FOR Q and T TANKS” for grades of liquefied petroleum gas other than “Noncorrosive”.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Transportation by water.</I> Each shipment by water must have the following additional shipping paper entries:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the shipper.
</P>
<P>(2) A minimum flashpoint, if 60 °C (140 °F) or below (in °C closed cup (c.c.)), in association with the basic description, for Class 3 flammable liquid materials (as a primary or subsidiary hazard). For lab packs packaged in conformance with § 173.12(b) of this subchapter, an indication that the lowest flashpoint of all hazardous materials contained in the lab pack is below 23 °C or that the flash point is not less than 23 °C but not more than 60 °C must be identified on the shipping paper in lieu of the minimum flashpoint. 
</P>
<P>(3) For a hazardous material consigned under an “n.o.s.” entry not included in the segregation groups listed in section 3.1.4 of the IMDG Code (IBR see § 171.7 of this subchapter) but belonging, in the opinion of the consignor, to one of these groups, the appropriate segregation group must be shown in association with the basic description (for example, IMDG Code segregation group—1 Acids). When no segregation group is applicable, there is no requirement to indicate that condition. 
</P>
<P>(4) For lithium cells or batteries transported in accordance with § 173.185(f), “DAMAGED/DEFECTIVE”; and for lithium cells or batteries transported for purposes of disposal or recycling, “LITHIUM BATTERIES FOR DISPOSAL” or “LITHIUM BATTERIES FOR RECYCLING”, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(j) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Technical names for “n.o.s.” and other generic descriptions.</I> Unless otherwise excepted, if a material is described on a shipping paper by one of the proper shipping names identified by the letter “G” in column (1) of the § 172.101 Table, the technical name of the hazardous material must be entered in parentheses in association with the basic description. For example “UN 1760, Corrosive liquid, n.o.s., (Octanoyl chloride), 8, II”, or “UN 1760, Corrosive liquid, n.o.s., 8, II (contains Octanoyl chloride)”. The word “contains” may be used in association with the technical name, if appropriate. For organic peroxides which may qualify for more than one generic listing depending on concentration, the technical name must include the actual concentration being shipped or the concentration range for the appropriate generic listing. For example, “UN 3102, Organic peroxide type B, solid, 5.2, (dibenzoyl peroxide, 52-100%)” or “UN 3108, Organic peroxide type E, solid, 5.2, (dibenzoyl peroxide, paste, &lt;52%)”. Shipping descriptions for toxic materials that meet the criteria of Division 6.1, PG I or II (as specified in § 173.132(a) of this subchapter) or Division 2.3 (as specified in § 173.115(c) of this subchapter) and are identified by the letter “G” in column (1) of the § 172.101 Table, must have the technical name of the toxic constituent entered in parentheses in association with the basic description. A material classed as Division 6.2 and assigned identification number UN 2814 or UN 2900 that is suspected to contain an unknown Category A infectious substance must have the words “suspected Category A infectious substance” entered in parentheses in place of the technical name as part of the proper shipping description. For additional technical name options, see the definition for “Technical name” in § 171.8. A technical name should not be marked on the outer package of a Division 6.2 material (see § 172.301(b)).
</P>
<P>(1) If a hazardous material is a mixture or solution of two or more hazardous materials, the technical names of at least two components most predominately contributing to the hazards of the mixture or solution must be entered on the shipping paper as required by paragraph (k) of this section. For example, “UN 2924, Flammable liquid, corrosive, n.o.s., 3 (8), II (contains Methanol, Potassium hydroxide)”.
</P>
<P>(2) The provisions of this paragraph do not apply—
</P>
<P>(i) To a material that is a hazardous waste and described using the proper shipping name “Hazardous waste, liquid <I>or</I> solid, n.o.s.”, classed as a miscellaneous Class 9, provided the EPA hazardous waste number is included on the shipping paper in association with the basic description, or provided the material is described in accordance with the provisions of § 172.203(c) of this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) To a material for which the hazard class is to be determined by testing under the criteria in § 172.101(c)(11).
</P>
<P>(iii) If the n.o.s. description for the material (other than a mixture of hazardous materials of different classes meeting the definitions of more than one hazard class) contains the name of the chemical element or group which is primarily responsible for the material being included in the hazard class indicated.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the n.o.s. description for the material (which is a mixture of hazardous materials of different classes meeting the definition of more than one hazard class) contains the name of the chemical element or group responsible for the material meeting the definition of one of these classes. In such cases, only the technical name of the component that is not appropriately identified in the n.o.s. description shall be entered in parentheses.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Marine pollutants.</I> (1) For a proper shipping name used to describe a hazardous material that is a marine pollutant, either assigned the letter “G” in column (1) of the § 172.101 hazardous materials table, or that contains the text “n.o.s.”, the name of the component that makes the material a marine pollutant must appear in parentheses in association with the basic description. Where two or more components that make the material a marine pollutant are present, the names of at least two of the components most predominantly contributing to the marine pollutant designation must appear in parentheses in association with the basic description. For material described using “UN3077, Environmentally hazardous substance, solid, n.o.s.” and “UN3082, Environmentally hazardous substance, liquid, n.o.s.,” <I>see</I> § 172.102(c)(1), special provision 441 for additional provisions.
</P>
<P>(2) The words “Marine Pollutant” shall be entered in association with the basic description for a material which is a marine pollutant.
</P>
<P>(3) Except for transportation by vessel, marine pollutants subject to the provisions of 49 CFR 130.11 are excepted from the requirements of paragraph (l) of this section if a phrase indicating the material is an oil is placed in association with the basic description.
</P>
<P>(4) Except when all or part of transportation is by vessel, marine pollutants in non-bulk packagings are not subject to the requirements of paragraphs (l)(1) and (l)(2) of this section (see § 171.4 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Poisonous Materials.</I> Notwithstanding the hazard class to which a material is assigned, for materials that are poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter), the words “Poison-Inhalation Hazard” or “Toxic-Inhalation Hazard” and the words “Zone A”, “Zone B”, “Zone C”, or “Zone D” for gases or “Zone A” or “Zone B” for liquids, as appropriate, shall be entered on the shipping paper immediately following the shipping description. The word “Poison” or “Toxic” need not be repeated if it otherwise appears in the shipping description.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Elevated temperature materials.</I> If a liquid material in a package meets the definition of an elevated temperature material in § 171.8 of this subchapter, and the fact that it is an elevated temperature material is not disclosed in the proper shipping name (for example, when the words “Molten” or “Elevated temperature” are part of the proper shipping name), the word “HOT” must immediately precede the proper shipping name of the material on the shipping paper.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Organic peroxides, polymerizing substances, and self-reactive materials.</I> The description on a shipping paper for a Division 4.1 (polymerizing substance and self-reactive) material or a Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material must include the following additional information, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) If notification or competent authority approval is required, the shipping paper must contain a statement of approval of the classification and conditions of transport.
</P>
<P>(2) For Division 4.1 (polymerizing substance and self-reactive) and Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) materials that require temperature control during transport, the words “TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED” must be added as part of the proper shipping name, unless already part of the proper shipping name. The control and emergency temperature must be included on the shipping paper.
</P>
<P>(3) The word “SAMPLE” must be included in association with the basic description when a sample of a Division 4.1 (self-reactive) material (see § 173.224(c)(3) of this subchapter) or Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material (see § 173.225(b)(2) of this subchapter) is offered for transportation.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG).</I> The word “non-odorized” or “not-odorized” must be included in association with the proper shipping description on a shipping paper when non-odorized liquefied petroleum gas is offered for transportation.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Holding time.</I> The date at which the actual holding time ends, as calculated in accordance with § 178.338-9, must be provided on the shipping paper in association with the basic description for refrigerated liquefied gases transported in a portable tank.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 172.203, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.204" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.3.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.204   Shipper's certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation shall certify that the material is offered for transportation in accordance with this subchapter by printing (manually or mechanically) on the shipping paper containing the required shipping description the certification contained in paragraph (a)(1) of this section or the certification (declaration) containing the language contained in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. For transportation by rail only, the certification may be received verbally or with an electronic signature in conformance with paragraphs (a)(3)(i) and (a)(3)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) “This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly classified, described, packaged, marked and labeled, and are in proper condition for transportation according to the applicable regulations of the Department of Transportation.”
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>In line one of the certification the words “herein-named” may be substituted for the words “above-named”.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) “I hereby declare that the contents of this consignment are fully and accurately described above by the proper shipping name, and are classified, packaged, marked and labeled/placarded, and are in all respects in proper condition for transport according to applicable international and national governmental regulations.”


</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>In the certification the word “above” may be substituted for the word “below” as appropriate.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) <I>Rail only certifications.</I> For transportation by rail, the shipping paper certification may also be accomplished by one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Verbal Certification.</I> When received telephonically, by the carrier reading the complete shipping description that will accompany the shipment back to the offeror and receiving verbal acknowledgment that the description is as required. This verbal acknowledgement must be recorded, either on the shipping document or in a separate record, e.g., the waybill, in accordance with § 174.24, and must include the date and name of the person who provided this information; or


</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Electronic certification.</I> When transmitted electronically, by completing the field designated for the shipper's signature with the name of the principal person, partner, officer, or employee of the offeror or their agent, the shipper is also certifying its compliance with the certification specified in this paragraph (a).






</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) Except for a hazardous waste, no certification is required for a hazardous material offered for transportation by motor vehicle and transported:
</P>
<P>(i) In a cargo tank supplied by the carrier, or
</P>
<P>(ii) By the shipper as a private carrier except for a hazardous material that is to be reshipped or transferred from one carrier to another.
</P>
<P>(2) No certification is required for the return of an empty tank car which previously contained a hazardous material and which has not been cleaned or purged.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Transportation by air</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Certification containing the following language may be used in place of the certification required by paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I hereby certify that the contents of this consignment are fully and accurately described above by proper shipping name and are classified, packaged, marked and labeled, and in proper condition for carriage by air according to applicable national governmental regulations.</P></EXTRACT>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(1):</HED>
<P>In the certification, the word “packed” may be used instead of the word “packaged” until October 1, 2010.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) <I>Certificate in duplicate.</I> Each person who offers a hazardous material to an aircraft operator for transportation by air shall provide two copies of the certification required in this section. (See § 175.30 of this subchapter.)
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Additional certification requirements.</I> Effective October 1, 2006, each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation by air must add to the certification required in this section the following statement:
</P>
<P>“I declare that all of the applicable air transport requirements have been met.”
</P>
<P>(i) Each person who offers any package or overpack of hazardous materials for transport by air must ensure that:
</P>
<P>(A) The articles or substances are not prohibited for transport by air (see the § 172.101 Table);
</P>
<P>(B) The articles or substances are properly classed, marked and labeled and otherwise in a condition for transport as required by this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(C) The articles or substances are packaged in accordance with all the applicable air transport requirements, including appropriate types of packaging that conform to the packing requirements and the “A” Special Provisions in § 172.102; inner packaging and maximum quantity per package limits; the compatibility requirements (see, for example, § 173.24 of this subchapter); and requirements for closure for both inner and outer packagings, absorbent materials, and pressure differential in § 173.27 of this subchapter. Other requirements may also apply. For example, single packagings may be prohibited, inner packaging may need to be packed in intermediate packagings, and certain materials may be required to be transported in packagings meeting a more stringent performance level.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Radioactive material.</I> Each person who offers any radioactive material for transportation aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft shall sign (mechanically or manually) a printed certificate stating that the shipment contains radioactive material intended for use in, or incident to, research, or medical diagnosis or treatment.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Signature.</I> The certifications required by paragraph (a) or (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Must be legibly signed by a principal, officer, partner, or employee of the shipper or his agent; and
</P>
<P>(2) May be legibly signed manually, by typewriter, or by other mechanical means.
</P>
<P>(3) For transportation by rail, when transmitted by telephone or electronically, the signature must be in one of the following forms: The name of the principal person, partner, officer, or employee of the offeror or his agent in a computer field defined for that purpose.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40677, Sept. 20, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 172.204, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.205" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.3.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.205   Hazardous waste manifest.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may offer, transport, transfer, or deliver a hazardous waste (waste) unless an EPA Form 8700-22 and 8700-22A (when necessary) hazardous waste manifest (manifest) is prepared in accordance with 40 CFR 262.20 and is signed, carried, and given as required of that person by this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The shipper (generator) shall prepare the manifest in accordance with 40 CFR part 262.
</P>
<P>(c) The original copy of the manifest must be dated by, and bear the handwritten signature of, the person representing:
</P>
<P>(1) The shipper (generator) of the waste at the time it is offered for transportation, and
</P>
<P>(2) The initial carrier accepting the waste for transportation.
</P>
<P>(d) A copy of the manifest must be dated by, and bear the handwritten signature of the person representing:
</P>
<P>(1) Each subsequent carrier accepting the waste for transportation, at the time of acceptance, and
</P>
<P>(2) The designated facility receiving the waste, upon receipt.
</P>
<P>(e) A copy of the manifest bearing all required dates and signatures must be:
</P>
<P>(1) Given to a person representing each carrier accepting the waste for transportation,
</P>
<P>(2) Carried during transportation in the same manner as required by this subchapter for shipping papers,
</P>
<P>(3) Given to a person representing the designated facility receiving the waste,
</P>
<P>(4) Returned to the shipper (generator) by the carrier that transported the waste from the United States to a foreign destination with a notation of the date of departure from the United States, and
</P>
<P>(5) Retained by the shipper (generator) and by the initial and each subsequent carrier for three years from the date the waste was accepted by the initial carrier. Each retained copy must bear all required signatures and dates up to and including those entered by the next person who received the waste.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Transportation by rail.</I> Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, the following requirements apply:
</P>
<P>(1) When accepting hazardous waste from a non-rail transporter, the initial rail transporter must:
</P>
<P>(i) Sign and date the manifest acknowledging acceptance of the hazardous waste;
</P>
<P>(ii) Return a signed copy of the manifest to the non-rail transporter;
</P>
<P>(iii) Forward at least three copies of the manifest to:
</P>
<P>(A) The next non-rail transporter, if any;
</P>
<P>(B) The designated facility, if the shipment is delivered to that facility by rail; or
</P>
<P>(C) The last rail transporter designated to handle the waste in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Retain one copy of the manifest and rail shipping paper in accordance with 40 CFR 263.22.
</P>
<P>(2) Rail transporters must ensure that a shipping paper containing all the information required on the manifest (excluding the EPA identification numbers, generator certification and signatures) and, for exports, an EPA Acknowledgment of Consent accompanies the hazardous waste at all times. Intermediate rail transporters are not required to sign either the manifest or shipping paper.
</P>
<P>(3) When delivering hazardous waste to the designated facility, a rail transporter must:
</P>
<P>(i) Obtain the date of delivery and handwritten signature of the owner or operator of the designated facility on the manifest or the shipping paper (if the manifest has not been received by the facility); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Retain a copy of the manifest or signed shipping paper in accordance with 40 CFR 263.22.
</P>
<P>(4) When delivering hazardous waste to a non-rail transporter, a rail transporter must:
</P>
<P>(i) Obtain the date of delivery and the handwritten signature of the next non-rail transporter on the manifest; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Retain a copy of the manifest in accordance with 40 CFR 263.22.
</P>
<P>(5) Before accepting hazardous waste from a rail transporter, a non-rail transporter must sign and date the manifest and provide a copy to the rail transporter.
</P>
<P>(g) The person delivering a hazardous waste to an initial rail carrier shall send a copy of the manifest, dated and signed by a representative of the rail carrier, to the person representing the designated facility.
</P>
<P>(h) A hazardous waste manifest required by 40 CFR part 262, containing all of the information required by this subpart, may be used as the shipping paper required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(i) The shipping description for a hazardous waste must be modified as required by § 172.101(c)(9).
</P>
<P>(j) Electronic manifests that are obtained, completed, and transmitted in accordance with 40 CFR262.20(a)(3), and used in accordance with 40 CFR 262.24 in lieu of EPA Forms 8700-22 and 8700-22A are the legal equivalent of paper manifest forms bearing handwritten signatures, and satisfy for all purposes any requirements in these regulations to obtain, complete, sign, provide, use, or retain a manifest. Electronic signatures in conformance with 40 CFR 262.25 are therefore acceptable in lieu of handwritten signatures required by paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section provided one printed copy of the electronic manifest bearing the electronic signature is provided to the initial transporter as required by 40 CFR 262.24(d). A copy of the electronic manifest would satisfy the 3-year retention requirement for maintaining a copy of the manifest.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-58, 45 FR 34698, May 22, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 172-90, 49 FR 10510, Mar. 20, 1984; 49 FR 11184, Mar. 26, 1984; Amdt. 172-248, 61 FR 28675, June 5, 1996; 70 FR 34075, June 13, 2005; 83 FR 55806, Nov. 7, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Marking</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.300" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.300   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation shall mark each package, freight container, and transport vehicle containing the hazardous material in the manner required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) When assigned the function by this subpart, each carrier that transports a hazardous material shall mark each package, freight container, and transport vehicle containing the hazardous material in the manner required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless otherwise provided in a specific rule, stocks of preprinted packagings marked in accordance with this subpart prior to the effective date of a final rule may be continued in use, in the manner previously authorized, until depleted or for a one-year period subsequent to the compliance date of the marking amendment, whichever is less.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74666, Nov. 10, 1980, as amended at 76 FR 3365, Jan. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.301" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.301   General marking requirements for non-bulk packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Proper shipping name and identification number.</I> (1) Except as otherwise provided by this subchapter, each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation in a non-bulk packaging must mark the package with the proper shipping name and identification number (preceded by “UN”, “NA” or “ID,” as appropriate), as shown in the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table. The identification number marking preceded by “UN”, “NA”, or “ID” as appropriate must be marked in characters at least 12 mm (0.47 inches) high. Packages with a maximum capacity of 30 liters (8 gallons) or less, 30 kg (66 pounds) maximum net mass, or cylinders with a water capacity of 60 liters (16 gallons) or less must be marked with characters at least 6 mm (0.24 inches) high. Packages with a maximum capacity of 5 liters (1.32 gallons) or less or 5 kg maximum net mass (11 pounds) or less must be marked in a size appropriate for the size of the package.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Transitional exception.</I> For domestic transportation, until January 1, 2017, the identification number markings are not subject to the minimum size requirements specified in this paragraph (a)(1).
</P>
<P>(ii) Exception for permanently marked packagings. For domestic transportation, a packaging manufactured prior to January 1, 2017 and permanently marked (e.g., by embossing or through a heat stamp process) with the appropriate identification number marking may continue in service until the end of its useful life regardless of whether the identification number markings meet the minimum size requirements specified in this paragraph (a)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) The proper shipping name for a hazardous waste (as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter) is not required to include the word “waste” if the package bears the EPA marking prescribed by 40 CFR 262.32.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Large quantities of a single hazardous material in non-bulk packages.</I> A transport vehicle or freight container containing only a single hazardous material in non-bulk packages must be marked, on each side and each end as specified in the § 172.332 or § 172.336, with the identification number specified for the hazardous material in the § 172.101 Table, subject to the following provisions and limitations:
</P>
<P>(i) Each package is marked with the same proper shipping name and identification number;
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate gross weight of the hazardous material is 4,000 kg (8,820 pounds) or more;
</P>
<P>(iii) All of the hazardous material is loaded at one loading facility;
</P>
<P>(iv) The transport vehicle or freight container contains no other material, hazardous or otherwise; and
</P>
<P>(v) The identification number marking requirement of this paragraph (a)(3) does not apply to Class 1, Class 7, or to non-bulk packagings for which identification numbers are not required.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Technical names.</I> In addition to the marking required by paragraph (a) of this section, each non-bulk packaging containing a hazardous material subject to the provisions of § 172.203(k) of this part, except for a Division 6.2 material, must be marked with the technical name in parentheses in association with the proper shipping name in accordance with the requirements and exceptions specified for display of technical descriptions on shipping papers in § 172.203(k) of this part. A technical name should not be marked on the outer package of a Division 6.2 material.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special permit packagings.</I> Except as provided in § 173.23 of this subchapter, the outside of each package authorized by a special permit must be plainly and durably marked “DOT-SP” followed by the special permit number assigned. Packages authorized by an exemption issued prior to October 1, 2007, may be plainly and durably marked “DOT-E” in lieu of “DOT-SP” followed by the number assigned as specified in the most recent version of that exemption.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Consignee's or consignor's name and address.</I> Each person who offers for transportation a hazardous material in a non-bulk package shall mark that package with the name and address of the consignor or consignee except when the package is—
</P>
<P>(1) Transported by highway only and will not be transferred from one motor carrier to another; or
</P>
<P>(2) Part of a carload lot, truckload lot or freight container load, and the entire contents of the rail car, truck or freight container are shipped from one consignor to one consignee.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Previously marked packagings.</I> A package which has been previously marked as required for the material it contains and on which the marking remains legible, need not be remarked. (For empty packagings, see § 173.29 of this subchapter.)
</P>
<P>(f) <I>NON-ODORIZED marking on cylinders containing LPG.</I> No person may offer for transportation or transport a specification cylinder, except a Specification 2P or 2Q container or a Specification 39 cylinder, containing unodorized liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) unless it is legibly marked NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED in letters not less than 6.3 mm (0.25 inches) in height near the marked proper shipping name required by paragraph (a) of this section. The NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED marking may appear on a cylinder used for both unodorized and odorized LPG.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52590, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1227, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39404, July 22, 1997; 63 FR 16075, Apr. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45182, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45030, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 64471, Nov. 4, 2004; 70 FR 73164, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 76 FR 3365, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 1072, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65478, Oct. 31, 2013; 81 FR 35540, June 2, 2016; 87 FR 44990, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.302" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.302   General marking requirements for bulk packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Identification numbers.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, no person may offer for transportation or transport a hazardous material in a bulk packaging unless the packaging is marked as required by § 172.332 with the identification number specified for the material in the § 172.101 table—
</P>
<P>(1) On each side and each end, if the packaging has a capacity of 3,785 L (1,000 gallons) or more;
</P>
<P>(2) On two opposing sides, if the packaging has a capacity of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons); or
</P>
<P>(3) For cylinders permanently installed on a tube trailer motor vehicle, on each side and each end of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Size of markings.</I> Except as otherwise provided, markings required by this subpart on bulk packagings must—
</P>
<P>(1) Have a width of at least 6.0 mm (0.24 inch) and a height of at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) for rail cars;
</P>
<P>(2) Have a width of at least 4.0 mm (0.16 inch) and a height of at least 12 mm (0.47 inch) for portable tanks with capacities of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons) and a width of at least 4.0 mm (0.16 inch) and a height of 25 mm (one inch) for IBCs; and
</P>
<P>(3) Have a width of at least 6.0 mm (0.24 inch) and a height of at least 50 mm (2.0 inches) for cargo tanks and other bulk packagings.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special permit packagings.</I> Except as provided in § 173.23 of this subchapter, the outside of each package used under the terms of a special permit must be plainly and durably marked “DOT-SP” followed by the special permit number assigned. Packages authorized by an exemption issued prior to October 1, 2007 may be plainly and durably marked “DOT-E” in lieu of “DOT-SP” followed by the number assigned as specified in the most recent version of that exemption.
</P>
<P>(d) Each bulk packaging marked with a proper shipping name, common name or identification number as required by this subpart must remain marked when it is emptied unless it is—
</P>
<P>(1) Sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazard; or
</P>
<P>(2) Refilled, with a material requiring different markings or no markings, to such an extent that any residue remaining in the packaging is no longer hazardous.
</P>
<P>(e) Additional requirements for marking portable tanks, cargo tanks, tank cars, multi-unit tank car tanks, and other bulk packagings are prescribed in §§ 172.326, 172.328, 172.330, and 172.331, respectively, of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(f) A bulk packaging marked prior to October 1, 1991, in conformance to the regulations of this subchapter in effect on September 30, 1991, need not be remarked if the key words of the proper shipping name are identical to those currently specified in the § 172.101 table. For example, a tank car marked “NITRIC OXIDE” need not be remarked “NITRIC OXIDE, COMPRESSED”.
</P>
<P>(g) A rail car, freight container, truck body or trailer in which the lading has been fumigated with any hazardous material, or is undergoing fumigation, must be marked as specified in § 173.9 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-150, 61 FR 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, July 22, 1997; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 73164, Dec. 9, 2005; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 85 FR 75712, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.303" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.303   Prohibited marking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may offer for transportation or transport a package which is marked with the proper shipping name, the identification number of a hazardous material or any other markings indicating that the material is hazardous (e.g., RQ, INHALATION HAZARD) unless the package contains the identified hazardous material or its residue.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Transportation of a package in a transport vehicle or freight container if the package is not visible during transportation and is loaded by the shipper and unloaded by the shipper or consignee.
</P>
<P>(2) Markings on a package which are securely covered in transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) The marking of a shipping name on a package when the name describes a material not regulated under this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Identification number markings on a cargo tank motor vehicle containing a petroleum distillate fuel in accordance with § 172.336(c).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20, 1991; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 91 FR 1446, Jan. 14, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.304" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.304   Marking requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The marking required in this subpart—
</P>
<P>(1) Must be durable, in English and printed on or affixed to the surface of a package or on a label, tag, or sign.
</P>
<P>(2) Must be displayed on a background of sharply contrasting color;
</P>
<P>(3) Must be unobscured by labels or attachments; and
</P>
<P>(4) Must be located away from any other marking (such as advertising) that could substantially reduce its effectiveness.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-29B, 41 FR 57067, Dec. 30, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.306" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.306   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.308" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.308   Authorized abbreviations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Abbreviations may not be used in a proper shipping name marking except as authorized in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The abbreviation “ORM” may be used in place of the words “Other Regulated Material.”
</P>
<P>(c) Abbreviations which appear as authorized descriptions in column 2 of the § 172.101 table (e.g., “TNT” and “PCB”) are authorized.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 172-145, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.310" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.310   Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to any other markings required by this subpart, each package containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be marked as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Each package with a gross mass greater than 50 kg (110 lb) must have its gross mass including the unit of measurement (which may be abbreviated) marked on the outside of the package.
</P>
<P>(b) Each industrial, Type A, Type B(U), or Type B(M) package must be legibly and durably marked on the outside of the packaging, in letters at least 12 mm (0.47 in) high, with the words “TYPE IP-1,” “TYPE IP-2,” “TYPE IP-3,” “TYPE A,” “TYPE B(U)” or “TYPE B(M),” as appropriate. A package which does not conform to Type IP-1, Type IP-2, Type IP-3, Type A, Type B(U) or Type B(M) requirements may not be so marked.
</P>
<P>(c) Each package which conforms to an IP-1, IP-2, IP-3 or a Type A package design must be legibly and durably marked on the outside of the packaging with the international vehicle registration code of the country of origin of the design. The international vehicle registration code for packages designed by a United States company or agency is the symbol “USA.”
</P>
<P>(d) Each package which conforms to a Type B(U) or Type B(M) package design must have the outside of the outermost receptacle, which is resistant to the effects of fire and water, plainly marked by embossing, stamping or other means resistant to the effects of fire and water with a radiation symbol that conforms to the requirements of appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) Each Type B(U), Type B(M) or fissile material package destined for export shipment must also be marked “USA” in conjunction with the specification marking, or other package certificate identification. (See §§ 173.471, 173.472, and 173.473 of this subchapter.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Doc. No. RSPA-99-6283 (HM-230), 69 FR 3668, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40609, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.312" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.312   Liquid hazardous materials in non-bulk packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in this section, each non-bulk combination package having inner packagings containing liquid hazardous materials, single packaging fitted with vents, or open cryogenic receptacle intended for the transport of refrigerated liquefied gases must be:
</P>
<P>(1) Packed with closures upward, and
</P>
<P>(2) Legibly marked with package orientation markings that are similar to the illustration shown in this paragraph, on two opposite vertical sides of the package with the arrows pointing in the correct upright direction. The arrows must be either black or red on white or other suitable contrasting background and commensurate with the size of the package. Depicting a rectangular border around the arrows is optional. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.011.gif"/>
<P>(b) Arrows for purposes other than indicating proper package orientation may not be displayed on a package containing a liquid hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) A non-bulk package with inner packagings which are cylinders.
</P>
<P>(2) Except when offered or intended for transportation by aircraft, packages containing flammable liquids in inner packagings of 1 L or less prepared in accordance with § 173.150 (b) or (c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) When offered or intended for transportation by aircraft, packages containing liquid hazardous materials in inner packagings of 120 mL (4 fluid oz.) or less when packed with sufficient absorption material between the inner and outer packagings to completely absorb the liquid contents.
</P>
<P>(4) Liquids contained in manufactured articles (e.g., alcohol or mercury in thermometers) which are leak-tight in all orientations.
</P>
<P>(5) A non-bulk package with hermetically sealed inner packagings not exceeding 500 mL each.
</P>
<P>(6) Packages containing liquid infectious substances in primary receptacles not exceeding 50 mL (1.7 oz.).
</P>
<P>(7) Class 7 radioactive material in Type A, IP-2, IP-3, Type B(U), or Type B(M) packages.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52591, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45458, Oct. 1, 1992; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45030, July 31, 2003; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 71 FR 78627, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3365, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1073, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.313" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.313   Poisonous hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to any other markings required by this subpart:
</P>
<P>(a) A material poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) shall be marked “Inhalation Hazard” in association with the required labels or placards, as appropriate, and shipping name when required. The marking must be on two opposing sides of a bulk packaging. (See § 172.302(b) of this subpart for size of markings on bulk packages.) When the words “Inhalation Hazard” appear on the label, as prescribed in §§ 172.416 and 172.429, or placard, as prescribed in §§ 172.540 and 172.555, the “Inhalation Hazard” marking is not required on the package.
</P>
<P>(b) Each non-bulk plastic outer packaging used as a single or composite packaging for materials meeting the definition of Division 6.1 (in § 173.132 of this subchapter) shall be permanently marked, by embossment or other durable means, with the word “POISON” in letters at least 6.3 mm (0.25 inch) in height. Additional text or symbols related to hazard warning may be included in the marking. The marking shall be located within 150 mm (6 inches) of the closure of the packaging.
</P>
<P>(c) A transport vehicle or freight container containing a material poisonous by inhalation in non-bulk packages shall be marked, on each side and each end as specified in § 172.332 or § 172.336, with the identification number specified for the hazardous material in the § 172.101 table, subject to the following provisions and limitations:
</P>
<P>(1) The material is in Hazard Zone A or B;
</P>
<P>(2) The transport vehicle or freight container is loaded at one facility with 1,000 kg (2,205 pounds) or more aggregate gross weight of the material in non-bulk packages marked with the same proper shipping name and identification number; and
</P>
<P>(3) If the transport vehicle or freight container contains more than one material meeting the provisions of this paragraph (c), it shall be marked with the identification number for one material, determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For different materials in the same hazard zone, with the identification number of the material having the greatest aggregate gross weight; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For different materials in both Hazard Zones A and B, with the identification number for the Hazard Zone A material.
</P>
<P>(d) For a packaging containing a Division 6.1 PG III material, “PG III” may be marked adjacent to the POISON label. (See § 172.405(c).)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52592, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 46624, Oct. 9, 1992; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, 39405, July 22, 1997; 63 FR 16075, Apr. 1, 1998; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.315" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.315   Limited quantities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Modes other than air transport.</I> Except for an article or substance of Class 7 prepared in accordance with subpart I of part 173, a package prepared in accordance with applicable limited quantity requirements in part 173 of this subchapter and offered for transportation by a mode other than air must display the limited quantity marking shown in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. A package displaying this mark is not subject to the marking requirements of § 172.301 of this subpart unless the limited quantity package also contains a hazardous substance or a hazardous waste. Required markings need not be duplicated if already marked as prescribed elsewhere in this subpart. As an alternative, a packaging may display the limited quantity “Y” mark shown in paragraph (b) of this section if the package conforms to authorized substance and article provisions and the inner and outer package quantity limits in § 173.27(f) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Marking description.</I> The top and bottom portions of the square-on-point and the border forming the square-on-point must be black and the center white or of a suitable contrasting background as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er30de11.004.gif"/>
<P>(2) The square-on-point must be durable, legible and of a size relative to the packaging, readily visible, and must be applied on at least one side or one end of the outer packaging. The width of the border forming the square-on-point must be at least 2 mm and the minimum dimension of each side, as measured from the outside of the lines forming the border, must be 100 mm unless the packaging size requires a reduced size marking that must be no less than 50 mm on each side and the width of the border forming the square on point may be reduced to a minimum of 1 mm. Where dimensions are not specified, all features shall be in approximate proportion to those shown. When intended for transportation by vessel, a cargo transport unit (see § 176.2 of this subchapter) containing packages of hazardous materials in only limited quantities must be marked once on each side and once on each end of the exterior of the unit with an identical mark which must have minimum dimensions of 250 mm on each side.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Transitional exception.</I> A marking in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
</P>
<P>(ii) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.
</P>
<P>(3) Except for Class 1 and 7, and Division 6.1 and 6.2 materials, for highway transportation by private motor carrier, the limited quantity marking is not required to be displayed on a package containing materials assigned to Packing Group II and III prepared in accordance with the limited quantity requirements in subpart B of part 173 of this subchapter provided:
</P>
<P>(i) Inner packagings for liquid hazardous materials do not exceed 1.0 L (0.3 gallons) net capacity each;
</P>
<P>(ii) Inner packagings for solid hazardous materials do not exceed 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each;
</P>
<P>(iii) No more than 2 L (0.6 gallons) or 2 kg (4.4 pounds) aggregate net quantity of any one hazardous material is transported per vehicle;
</P>
<P>(iv) The total gross weight of all the limited quantity packages per vehicle does not exceed 60 kg (132 pounds); and
</P>
<P>(v) Each package is marked with the name and address of the offeror, a 24-hour emergency response telephone number and the statement “Contains Chemicals” in letters at least 25 mm (one-inch) high on a contrasting background.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Air transport.</I> Except for an article or substance of Class 7 prepared in accordance with subpart I of part 173, a package prepared in accordance with air-specific limited quantity requirements prescribed in § 173.27 of this subchapter and intended for transportation by air must display the limited quantity mark prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section in addition to other markings required by this subpart (<I>e.g.,</I> “RQ”, proper shipping name, identification number, as appropriate). Required markings need not be duplicated if already marked as prescribed elsewhere in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Marking Description.</I> The top and bottom portions of the square-on-point and the border forming the square-on-point must be black and the center white or of a suitable contrasting background and the symbol “Y” must be black and located in the center of the square-on-point and be clearly visible as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er30de11.005.gif"/>
<P>(2) The square-on-point must be durable, legible and of a size relative to the package as to be readily visible. The square-on-point must be applied on at least one side or one end of the outer packaging. The width of the border forming the square-on-point must be at least 2 mm and the minimum dimension of each side, as measured from the outside of the lines forming the border, must be 100 mm unless the package size requires a reduced size marking that must be no less than 50 mm on each side and the width of the border forming the square on point may be reduced to a minimum of 1 mm. Where dimensions are not specified, all features shall be in approximate proportion to those shown.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Transitional exception.</I> A marking in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
</P>
<P>(ii) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.
</P>
<P>(3) For transportation by aircraft, the entire mark must appear on one side of the package.
</P>
<P>(c) Limited quantity markings prescribed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section may use the packaging itself as the contrasting background for the center portion of the marking if the color sufficiently contrasts so that the black border, top and bottom portions of the square-on-point, and the “Y” symbol, if applicable, are clearly recognizable.
</P>
<P>(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 82174, Dec. 30, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 1073, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65478, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 FR 1149, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 3671, Jan. 21, 2016; 87 FR 44990, July 26, 2022; 87 FR 79772, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.316" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.316   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.317" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.317   KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling mark.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> For transportation by aircraft, each package containing self-reactive substances of Division 4.1 or organic peroxides of Division 5.2 must be marked with the KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling mark specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Location and design.</I> The marking must be a rectangle measuring at least 105 mm (4.1 inches) in height by 74 mm (2.9 inches) in width as measured from the outside of the lines forming the border. Markings with not less than half this dimension are permissible where the dimensions of the package can only bear a smaller mark.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Transitional exception.</I> A marking in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
</P>
<P>(2) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling mark.</I> The KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling mark must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Except for size, the KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling mark must appear as follows: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er20de04.001.gif"/>
<P>(2) The symbol, letters and border must be black and the background white, except for the starburst which must be red.
</P>
<P>(3) The KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT handling marking required by paragraph (a) of this section must be durable, legible and displayed on a background of contrasting color.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 76153, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 80 FR 1150, Jan. 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.320" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.320   Explosive hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this section, each package containing a Class 1 material must be marked with the EX-number for each substance, article or device contained therein.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for fireworks approved in accordance with § 173.64 of this subchapter, a package of Class 1 materials may be marked as follows, in lieu of the EX number required by paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) With a national stock number issued by the Department of Defense or identifying information, such as a product code required by regulations for commercial explosives specified in 27 CFR part 555, if the national stock number or identifying information can be specifically associated with the EX number assigned; or
</P>
<P>(2) For Division 1.4G consumer fireworks reviewed by a Fireworks Certification Agency approved in accordance with 49 CFR part 107 subpart E and certified in accordance with § 173.65, with the FC number assigned by a DOT-approved Fireworks Certification Agency. 
</P>
<P>(c) When more than five different Class 1 materials are packed in the same package, the package may be marked with only five of the EX-numbers, national stock numbers, product codes, or combination thereof.
</P>
<P>(d) The requirements of this section do not apply if the EX number, FC number, product code or national stock number of each explosive item described under a proper shipping description is shown in association with the shipping description required by § 172.202(a). Product codes and national stock numbers must be traceable to the specific EX number assigned by the Associate Administrator or FC number assigned by a DOT-approved Fireworks Certification Agency.
</P>
<P>(e) The requirements of this section do not apply to the following Class 1 materials:
</P>
<P>(1) Those being shipped to a testing agency in accordance with § 173.56(d) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Those being shipped in accordance with § 173.56(e) of this subchapter, for the purposes of developmental testing;
</P>
<P>(3) Those which meet the requirements of § 173.56(h) of this subchapter and therefore are not subject to the approval process of § 173.56 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(4) [Reserved];
</P>
<P>(5) Those that are transported in accordance with § 173.56(c)(2) of this subchapter and, therefore, are covered by a national security classification currently in effect.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66254, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67487, Dec. 29, 1994; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, 2009; 78 FR 42477, July 16, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.322" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.322   Marine pollutants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For vessel transportation of each non-bulk packaging that contains a marine pollutant—
</P>
<P>(1) For a proper shipping name used to describe a hazardous material that is a marine pollutant and assigned the letter “G” in column (1) of the § 172.101 hazardous materials table or that contains the text “n.o.s.,” the name of the component which makes the material a marine pollutant must be marked on the package in parentheses in association with the marked proper shipping name unless the proper shipping name identifies by name the component which makes the material a marine pollutant. Where two or more components that make a material a marine pollutant are present, the names of at least two of the components most predominantly contributing to the marine pollutant designation must appear in parentheses in association with the marked proper shipping name. For materials described using “UN3077, Environmentally hazardous substance, solid, n.o.s.” and “UN3082, Environmentally hazardous substance, liquid, n.o.s.,” <I>see</I> § 172.102(c)(1), special provision 441 for additional provisions; and
</P>
<P>(2) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, the MARINE POLLUTANT mark shall be placed in association with the hazard warning labels required by subpart E of this part or, in the absence of any labels, in association with the marked proper shipping name.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, a bulk packaging that contains a marine pollutant must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be marked with the MARINE POLLUTANT mark on at least two opposing sides or two ends other than the bottom if the packaging has a capacity of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons). The mark must be visible from the direction it faces. The mark may be displayed in black lettering on a square-on-point configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard; or
</P>
<P>(2) Be marked on each end and each side with the MARINE POLLUTANT mark if the packaging has a capacity of 3,785 L (1,000 gallons) or more. The mark must be visible from the direction it faces. The mark may be displayed in black lettering on a square-on-point configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard.
</P>
<P>(c) A transport vehicle or freight container that contains a package subject to the marking requirements of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section must be marked with the MARINE POLLUTANT mark. The mark must appear on each side and each end of the transport vehicle or freight container, and must be visible from the direction it faces. This requirement may be met by the marking displayed on a freight container or portable tank loaded on a motor vehicle or rail car. This mark may be displayed in black lettering on a white square-on-point configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard.
</P>
<P>(d) The MARINE POLLUTANT mark is not required—
</P>
<P>(1) On single packagings or combination packagings where each single package or each inner packaging of combination packagings has:
</P>
<P>(i) A net quantity of 5 L (1.3 gallons) or less for liquids; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A net mass of 5 kg (11 pounds) or less for solids
</P>
<P>(2) On a combination packaging containing a marine pollutant, other than a severe marine pollutant, in inner packagings each of which contains:
</P>
<P>(i) 5 L (1.3 gallons) or less net capacity for liquids; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 5 kg (11 pounds) or less net capacity for solids.
</P>
<P>(3) Except for transportation by vessel, on a bulk packaging, freight container or transport vehicle that bears a label or placard specified in subparts E or F of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) On a package of limited quantity material marked in accordance with § 172.315 of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>MARINE POLLUTANT mark.</I> The MARINE POLLUTANT mark must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Except for size, the MARINE POLLUTANT mark must appear as follows: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja09.000.gif"/>
<FP-1>Symbol (fish and tree): Black on white or suitable contrasting background.
</FP-1>
<P>(2) The marking must be in the form of a square-on-point. The symbol and border must be black on a white or suitable contrasting background. The width of the border forming the square-on-point marking must be at least 2 mm. Each side of the mark must be—
</P>
<P>(i) At least 100 mm (3.9 inches) as measured from the outside of the lines forming the border for marks applied to:
</P>
<P>(A) Non-bulk packages, except in the case of packages which, because of their size, can only bear smaller marks. If the size of the package so requires, the dimensions/line thickness may be reduced, provided the marking remains clearly visible. Where dimensions are not specified, all features shall be in approximate proportion to those shown.
</P>
<P>(B) Bulk packages with a capacity of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons); or
</P>
<P>(ii) At least 250 mm (9.8 inches) for marks applied to all other bulk packages.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Transitional exception.</I> A marking in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
</P>
<P>(4) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exceptions.</I> See § 171.4(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-127, 57 FR 52938, Nov. 5, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 172-136, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 172-145, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 74 FR 2252, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3367, Jan. 19, 2011; 80 FR 1150, Jan. 8, 2015; 85 FR 83380, Dec. 21, 2020; 87 FR 44990, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.323" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.323   Infectious substances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to other requirements of this subpart, a bulk packaging containing a regulated medical waste, as defined in § 173.134(a)(5) of this subchapter, must be marked with a BIOHAZARD marking conforming to 29 CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i)—
</P>
<P>(1) On two opposing sides or two ends other than the bottom if the packaging has a capacity of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons). The BIOHAZARD marking must measure at least 152.4 mm (6 inches) on each side and must be visible from the direction it faces. 
</P>
<P>(2) On each end and each side if the packaging has a capacity of 3,785 L (1,000 gallons) or more. The BIOHAZARD marking must measure at least 152.4 mm (6 inches) on each side and must be visible from the direction it faces. 
</P>
<P>(b) For a bulk packaging contained in or on a transport vehicle or freight container, if the BIOHAZARD marking on the bulk packaging is not visible, the transport vehicle or freight container must be marked as required by paragraph (a) of this section on each side and each end. 
</P>
<P>(c) The background color for the BIOHAZARD marking required by paragraph (a) of this section must be orange and the symbol and letters must be black. Except for size the BIOHAZARD marking must appear as follows: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er14au02.005.gif"/>
<P>(d) The BIOHAZARD marking required by paragraph (a) of this section must be displayed on a background of contrasting color. It may be displayed on a plain white square-on-point configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard, as specified in § 172.519(c) of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 53135, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.324" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.324   Hazardous substances in non-bulk packagings.</HEAD>
<P>For each non-bulk package that contains a hazardous substance—
</P>
<P>(a) Except for packages of radioactive material labeled in accordance with § 172.403, if the proper shipping name of a material that is a hazardous substance does not identify the hazardous substance by name, the name of the hazardous substance must be marked on the package, in parentheses, in association with the proper shipping name. If the material contains two or more hazardous substances, at least two hazardous substances, including the two with the lowest reportable quantities (RQs), must be identified. For a hazardous waste, the waste code (e.g., D001), if appropriate, may be used to identify the hazardous substance.
</P>
<P>(b) The letters “RQ” must be marked on the package in association with the proper shipping name.
</P>
<P>(c) A package of limited quantity material marked in accordance with § 172.315 must also be marked in accordance with the applicable requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 4716, Jan. 28, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 3367, Jan. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.325" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.325   Elevated temperature materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a bulk packaging containing an elevated temperature material must be marked on two opposing sides with the word “HOT” in black or white Gothic lettering on a contrasting background. The marking must be displayed on the packaging itself or in black lettering on a plain white square-on-point configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard. (See § 172.302(b) for size of markings on bulk packagings.)
</P>
<P>(b) Bulk packagings containing molten aluminum or molten sulfur must be marked “MOLTEN ALUMINUM” or “MOLTEN SULFUR”, respectively, in the same manner as prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) If the identification number is displayed on a white-square-on-point display configuration, as prescribed in § 172.336(b), the word “HOT” may be displayed in the upper corner of the same white-square-on-point display configuration. The word “HOT” must be in black letters having a height of at least 50 mm (2.0 inches). Except for size, these markings shall be as illustrated for an Elevated temperature material, liquid, n.o.s.:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er29de94.000.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-125, 58 FR 3348, Jan. 8, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67487, Dec. 29, 1994]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.326" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.326   Portable tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Shipping name.</I> No person may offer for transportation or transport a portable tank containing a hazardous material unless it is legibly marked on two opposing sides with the proper shipping name specified for the material in the § 172.101 table. For transportation by vessel, the minimum height for a proper shipping name marked on a portable tank is 65 mm (2.5 inches); except that portable tanks with a capacity of less than 3,000 L (792.52 gallons) may reduce the marking size to not less than 12 mm (0.47 inches).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Owner's name.</I> The name of the owner or of the lessee, if applicable, must be displayed on a portable tank that contains a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification numbers.</I> (1) If the identification number markings required by § 172.302(a) are not visible, a transport vehicle or freight container used to transport a portable tank containing a hazardous material must be marked on each side and each end as required by § 172.332 with the identification number specified for the material in the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(2) Each person who offers a portable tank containing a hazardous material to a motor carrier, for transportation in a transport vehicle or freight container, shall provide the motor carrier with the required identification numbers on placards, orange panels, or the white square-on-point configuration, as appropriate, for each side and each end of the transport vehicle or freight container from which identification numbers on the portable tank are not visible.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>NON-ODORIZED marking on portable tanks containing LPG.</I> No person may offer for transportation or transport a portable tank containing unodorized liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) as authorized in § 173.315(b)(1) of this subchapter unless it is legibly marked NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED on two opposing sides near the marked proper shipping name required by paragraph (a) of this section, or near the placards. The NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED marking may appear on a portable tank used for both unodorized and odorized LPG.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52592, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; 69 FR 64471, Nov. 4, 2004; 76 FR 3367, Jan. 19, 2011; 80 FR 1150, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 35540, June 2, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.327" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.327   Petroleum sour crude oil in bulk packaging.</HEAD>
<P>A Bulk packaging used to transport petroleum crude oil containing hydrogen sulfide (<I>i.e.,</I> sour crude oil) in sufficient concentration that vapors evolved from the crude oil may present an inhalation hazard must include a marking, label, tag, or sign to warn of the toxic hazard as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The marking must be durable, legible and of a size relative to the package as to be readily visible and similar to the illustration shown in this paragraph with the minimum dimension of each side of the marking at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) as measured from the outside of the lines forming the border. The width of the border forming the square-on-point marking must be at least 5 mm. The marking must be displayed at each location (<I>e.g.</I>, manhole, loading head) where exposure to hydrogen sulfide vapors may occur.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Transitional exception</I>—A marking in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
</P>
<P>(2) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.
</P>
<P>(b) The border of the square-on-point must be black or red on a white or other suitable contrasting background. The symbol must be black and located in the center of the square-on-point and be clearly visible as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er19ja11.034.gif"/>
<P>(c) As an alternative to the marking required in (a) and (b) of this section, a label, tag, or sign may be displayed at each location (<I>e.g.,</I> manhole, loading head) where exposure to hydrogen sulfide vapors may occur. The label, tag, or sign must be durable, in English, and printed legibly and of a size relative to the package with a warning statement such as “Danger, Possible Hydrogen Sulfide Inhalation Hazard” to communicate the possible risk of exposure to harmful concentrations of hydrogen sulfide gas.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 3367, Jan. 19, 2011, as amended at 80 FR 1150, Jan. 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.328" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.328   Cargo tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Providing and affixing identification numbers.</I> Unless a cargo tank is already marked with the identification numbers required by this subpart, the identification numbers must be provided or affixed as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A person who offers a hazardous material to a motor carrier for transportation in a cargo tank shall provide the motor carrier the identification numbers on placards or shall affix orange panels containing the required identification numbers, prior to or at the time the material is offered for transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) A person who offers a cargo tank containing a hazardous material for transportation shall affix the required identification numbers on panels or placards prior to or at the time the cargo tank is offered for transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) For a cargo tank transported on or in a transport vehicle or freight container, if the identification number marking on the cargo tank required by § 172.302(a) would not normally be visible during transportation—
</P>
<P>(i) The transport vehicle or freight container must be marked as required by § 172.332 on each side and each end with the identification number specified for the material in the § 172.101 table; and
</P>
<P>(ii) When the cargo tank is permanently installed within an enclosed cargo body of the transport vehicle or freight container, the identification number marking required by § 172.302(a) need only be displayed on each side and end of a cargo tank that is visible when the cargo tank is accessed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required markings: Gases.</I> Except for certain nurse tanks which must be marked as specified in § 173.315(m) of this subchapter, each cargo tank transporting a Class 2 material subject to this subchapter must be marked, in lettering no less than 50 mm (2.0 inches), on each side and each end with—
</P>
<P>(1) The proper shipping name specified for the gas in the § 172.101 table; or
</P>
<P>(2) An appropriate common name for the material (e.g., “Refrigerant Gas”).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>QT/NQT markings.</I> Each MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank must be marked near the specification plate, in letters no less than 50 mm (2.0 inches) in height, with—
</P>
<P>(1) “QT”, if the cargo tank is constructed of quenched and tempered steel; or
</P>
<P>(2) “NQT”, if the cargo tank is constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel.
</P>
<P>(d) After October 3, 2005, each on-vehicle manually-activated remote shutoff device for closure of the internal self-closing stop valve must be identified by marking “Emergency Shutoff” in letters at least 0.75 inches in height, in a color that contrasts with its background, and located in an area immediately adjacent to the means of closure.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>NON-ODORIZED marking on cargo tanks containing LPG.</I> No person may offer for transportation or transport a cargo tank containing unodorized liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) as authorized in § 173.315(b)(1) of this subchapter unless it is legibly marked NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED on two opposing sides near the marked proper shipping name as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, or near the placards. The NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED marking may appear on a cargo tank used for both unodorized and odorized LPG.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52592, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39405, July 22, 1997; 68 FR 19277, Apr. 18, 2003; 69 FR 64471, Nov. 4, 2004; 81 FR 35540, June 2, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.330" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.330   Tank cars and multi-unit tank car tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Shipping name and identification number.</I> No person may offer for transportation or transport a hazardous material—
</P>
<P>(1) In a tank car unless the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The tank car must be marked on each side and each end as required by § 172.302 with the identification number specified for the material in the § 172.101 table; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A tank car containing any of the following materials must be marked on each side with the key words of the proper shipping name specified for the material in the § 172.101 table, or with a common name authorized for the material in this subchapter (<I>e.g.,</I> “Refrigerant Gas”):
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Acrolein, stabilized
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ammonia, anhydrous
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ammonia solutions (more than 50% ammonia)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bromine <I>or</I> Bromine solutions
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bromine chloride
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chloroprene, stabilized
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dispersant gas <I>or</I> Refrigerant gas (as defined in § 173.115 of this subchapter)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Division 2.1 materials
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Division 2.2 materials (in Class DOT 107 tank cars only)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Division 2.3 materials
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Formic acid
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrofluoric acid, solution
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized (less than 3% water)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions (greater than 20% hydrogen peroxide)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrogen peroxide, stabilized
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid mixtures
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Nitric acid (other than red fuming)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phosphorus, amorphous
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phosphorus, white dry <I>or</I> Phosphorus, white, under water <I>or</I> Phosphorus white, in solution, <I>or</I> Phosphorus, yellow dry <I>or</I> Phosphorus, yellow, under water <I>or</I> Phosphorus, yellow, in solution
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phosphorus white, molten
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Potassium nitrate and sodium nitrate mixtures
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Potassium permanganate
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sulfur trioxide, stabilized
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sulfur trioxide, uninhibited</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) In a multi-unit tank car tank, unless the tank is marked on two opposing sides, in letters and numerals no less than 50 mm (2.0 inches) high—
</P>
<P>(i) With the proper shipping name specified for the material in the § 172.101 table or with a common name authorized for the material in this subchapter (e.g., “Refrigerant Gas”); and
</P>
<P>(ii) With the identification number specified for the material in the § 172.101 table, unless marked in accordance with §§ 172.302(a) and 172.332 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) A motor vehicle or rail car used to transport a multi-unit tank car tank containing a hazardous material must be marked on each side and each end, as required by § 172.332, with the identification number specified for the material in the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(c) No person may offer for transportation or transport a tank car or multi-unit tank car tank containing unodorized liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) unless it is legibly marked NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED on two opposing sides near the marked proper shipping name required by paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section, or near the placards. The NON-ODORIZED or NOT ODORIZED marking may appear on a tank car or multi-unit tank car tank used for both unodorized and odorized LPG.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45458, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 172-148, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 172-148, 61 FR 50254, Sept. 25, 1996; 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001; 69 FR 64471, Nov. 4, 2004; 81 FR 35540, June 2, 2016; 85 FR 83380, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.331" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.331   Bulk packagings other than portable tanks, cargo tanks, tank cars and multi-unit tank car tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person who offers a hazardous material to a motor carrier for transportation in a bulk packaging shall provide the motor carrier with the required identification numbers on placards or plain white square-on-point display configurations, as authorized, or shall affix orange panels containing the required identification numbers to the packaging prior to or at the time the material is offered for transportation, unless the packaging is already marked with the identification number as required by this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person who offers a bulk packaging containing a hazardous material for transportation shall affix to the packaging the required identification numbers on orange panels, square-on-point configurations or placards, as appropriate, prior to, or at the time the packaging is offered for transportation unless it is already marked with identification numbers as required by this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) For a bulk packaging contained in or on a transport vehicle or freight container, if the identification number marking on the bulk packaging (e.g., an IBC) required by § 172.302(a) is not visible, the transport vehicle or freight container must be marked as required by § 172.332 on each side and each end with the identification number specified for the material in the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, July 22, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.332" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.332   Identification number markings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> When required by § 172.301, § 172.302, § 172.313, § 172.326, § 172.328, § 172.330, or § 172.331, identification number markings must be displayed on orange panels or placards as specified in this section, or on white square-on-point configurations as prescribed in § 172.336(b).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Orange panels.</I> Display of an identification number on an orange panel shall be in conformance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The orange panel must be 160 mm (6.3 inches) high by 400 mm (15.7 inches) wide with a 15 mm (0.6 inches) black outer border. The identification number shall be displayed in 100 mm (3.9 inches) black Helvetica Medium numerals on the orange panel. Measurements may vary from those specified plus or minus 5 mm (0.2 inches).
</P>
<P>(2) The orange panel may be made of any durable material prescribed for placards in § 172.519, and shall be of the orange color specified for labels or placards in appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(3) The name and hazard class of a material may be shown in the upper left border of the orange panel in letters not more than 18 points (0.25 in.) high.
</P>
<P>(4) Except for size and color, the orange panel and identification numbers shall be as illustrated for Liquefied petroleum gas:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.013.gif"/>
<P>(c) <I>Placards.</I> Display of an identification number on a hazard warning placard shall be in conformance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The identification number shall be displayed across the center area of the placard in 88 mm (3.5 inches) black Alpine Gothic or Alternate Gothic No. 3 numerals on a white background 100 mm (3.9 inches) high and approximately 215 mm (8.5 inches) wide and may be outlined with a solid or dotted line border.
</P>
<P>(2) The top of the 100 mm (3.9 inches) high white background shall be approximately 40 mm (1.6 inches) above the placard horizontal center line.
</P>
<P>(3) An identification number may be displayed only on a placard corresponding to the primary hazard class of the hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(4) For a COMBUSTIBLE placard used to display an identification number, the entire background below the white background for the identification number must be white during transportation by rail and may be white during transportation by highway.
</P>
<P>(5) The name of the hazardous material and the hazard class may be shown in letters not more than 18 points high immediately within the upper border of the space on the placard bearing the identification number of the material.
</P>
<P>(6) If an identification number is placed over the word(s) on a placard, the word(s) should be substantially covered to maximize the effectiveness of the identification number.




</P>
<P>(d) <I>Example.</I> Except for size and color, the display of an identification number on a placard shall be as illustrated for Acetone:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er27de22.034.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74667, Nov. 10, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 172-81, 48 FR 28099, June 20, 1983; Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29527, Aug. 10, 1987; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 65 FR 50459, Aug. 18, 2000; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 87 FR 79772, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.334" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.334   Identification numbers; prohibited display.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may display an identification number on a RADIOACTIVE, EXPLOSIVES 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 or 1.6, DANGEROUS, or subsidiary hazard placard.
</P>
<P>(b) No person may display an identification number on a placard, orange panel or white square-on-point display configuration unless—
</P>
<P>(1) The identification number is specified for the material in § 172.101;
</P>
<P>(2) The identification number is displayed on the placard, orange panel or white square-on-point configuration authorized by § 172.332 or § 172.336(b), as appropriate, and any placard used for display of the identification number corresponds to the hazard class of the material specified in § 172.504;
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided under § 172.336 (c)(4) or (c)(5), the package, freight container, or transport vehicle on which the number is displayed contains the hazardous material associated with that identification number in § 172.101.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as required by § 172.332(c)(4) for a combustible liquid, the identification number of a material may be displayed only on the placards required by the tables in § 172.504.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided in § 172.336, a placard bearing an identification number may not be used to meet the requirements of subpart F of this part unless it is the correct identification number for all hazardous materials of the same class in the transport vehicle or freight container on which it is displayed.
</P>
<P>(e) Except as specified in § 172.338, an identification number may not be displayed on an orange panel on a cargo tank unless affixed to the cargo tank by the person offering the hazardous material for transportation in the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(f) If a placard is required by § 172.504, an identification number may not be displayed on an orange panel unless it is displayed in proximity to the placard.
</P>
<P>(g) No person shall add any color, number, letter, symbol, or word other than as specified in this subchapter, to any identification number marking display which is required or authorized by this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74667, Nov. 10, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 172-104, 51 FR 23078, June 25, 1986; Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10, 1987; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-127, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.336" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.336   Identification numbers; special provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When not required or prohibited by this subpart, identification numbers may be displayed on a transport vehicle or a freight container in the manner prescribed by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Identification numbers, when required, must be displayed on either orange panels (see § 172.332(b)) or on a plain white square-on-point display configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard. In addition, for materials in hazard classes for which placards are specified and identification number displays are required, but for which identification numbers may not be displayed on the placards authorized for the material (see § 172.334(a)), identification numbers must be displayed on orange panels or on the plain white square-on-point display configuration in association with the required placards. An identification number displayed on a white square-on-point display configuration is not considered to be a placard.
</P>
<P>(1) The 100 mm (3.9 inch) by 215 mm (8.5 inches) area containing the identification number shall be located as prescribed by § 172.332 (c)(1) and (c)(2) and may be outlined with a solid or dotted line border.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) Identification Numbers are not required:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(c)</E>—Identification Numbers Are Not Required
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Packaging:
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">When:
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Then the alternative marking requirement is:
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On the ends of portable tanks, cargo tanks, or tank cars</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">They have more than one compartment and hazardous materials with different identification numbers are being transported therein</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The identification numbers on the sides of the tank are displayed in the same sequence as the compartments containing the materials they identify.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On cargo tanks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">They contain only gasoline</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The tank is marked “Gasoline” on each side and rear in letters no less than 50 mm (2 inches) high or is placarded in accordance with § 172.542(c).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On cargo tanks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">They contain only fuel oil</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The cargo tank is marked “Fuel Oil” on each side and rear in letters no less than 50 mm (2 inches) high, or is placarded in accordance with § 172.544(c).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On one end of nurse tanks if that end contains valves, fittings, regulators, or gauges when those appurtenances prevent the markings and placard from being properly placed and visible</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">They meet the provisions of § 173.315(m) of this subchapter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On each compartment of compartmented cargo tanks or compartmented tank cars</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The cargo tank or tank car contains more than one petroleum distillate fuel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The identification number for the liquid petroleum distillate fuel having the lowest flash point in any one compartment is displayed. However, if a cargo tank or tank car compartment contains gasoline and alcohol fuel blends consisting of more than 10% ethanol the identification number “3475” or “1987,” as appropriate, must also be displayed for that compartment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On cargo tanks (including compartmented cargo tanks)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">They transport more than one petroleum distillate fuel in different trips on the previous or current business day</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The identification number for the liquid petroleum distillate fuel having the lowest flash point transported in that previous or current business day is displayed. If the cargo tank contains gasoline and alcohol fuel blends consisting of more than 10% ethanol, the identification number, “3475” or “1987,” as appropriate, must also be displayed, and the identification numbers “3475” or “1987,” may only be displayed if the material is present in the cargo tank during transportation.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) When a bulk packaging is labeled instead of placarded in accordance with § 172.514(c) of this subchapter, identification number markings may be displayed on the package in accordance with the marking requirements of § 172.301(a)(1) of this subchapter.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74667, Nov. 10, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 172-74, 47 FR 40365, Sept. 30, 1982; Amdt. 172-109, 52 FR 13038, Apr. 20, 1987; Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10, 1987; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR 50459, Aug. 18, 2000; 73 FR 4716, Jan. 28, 2008; 76 FR 43527, July 20, 2011; 78 FR 14714, Mar. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65478, Oct. 31, 2013; 91 FR 1446, Jan. 14, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.338" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.4.25.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.338   Replacement of identification numbers.</HEAD>
<P>If more than one of the identification number markings on placards, orange panels, or white square-on-point display configurations that are required to be displayed are lost, damaged or destroyed during transportation, the carrier shall replace all the missing or damaged identification numbers as soon as practicable. However, in such a case, the numbers may be entered by hand on the appropriate placard, orange panel or white square-on-point display configuration providing the correct identification numbers are entered legibly using an indelible marking material. When entered by hand, the identification numbers must be located in the white display area specified in § 172.332. This section does not preclude required compliance with the placarding requirements of subpart F of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10, 1987]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Labeling</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.400" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.400   General labeling requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as specified in § 172.400a, each person who offers for transportation or transports a hazardous material in any of the following packages or containment devices, shall label the package or containment device with labels specified for the material in the § 172.101 table and in this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) A non-bulk package;
</P>
<P>(2) A bulk packaging, other than a cargo tank, portable tank, or tank car, with a volumetric capacity of less than 18 m
<SU>3</SU> (640 cubic feet), unless placarded in accordance with subpart F of this part;
</P>
<P>(3) A portable tank of less than 3785 L (1000 gallons) capacity, unless placarded in accordance with subpart F of this part;
</P>
<P>(4) A DOT Specification 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tank, unless placarded in accordance with subpart F of this part; and
</P>
<P>(5) An overpack, freight container or unit load device, of less than 18 m
<SU>3</SU> (640 cubic feet), which contains a package for which labels are required, unless placarded or marked in accordance with § 172.512 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Labeling is required for a hazardous material which meets one or more hazard class definitions, in accordance with column 6 of the § 172.101 table and the following table:


</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Hazard class or division
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Label name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Label design


<br/>or section

<br/>reference
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES 1.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.411
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES 1.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.411
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES 1.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.411
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES 1.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.411
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES 1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.411
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES 1.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.411
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FLAMMABLE GAS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.417
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NON-FLAMMABLE GAS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.415
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">POISON GAS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.416
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 Flammable Liquid (Combustible liquid)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FLAMMABLE LIQUID (none)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.419
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FLAMMABLE SOLID</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.420
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.422
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DANGEROUS WHEN WET</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.423
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OXIDIZER</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.426
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ORGANIC PEROXIDE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.427
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 (material poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">POISON INHALATION HAZARD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.429
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 (other than a material poisonous by inhalation)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">POISON</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.430
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 (inhalation hazard, Zone A or B)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">POISON INHALATION HAZARD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.429
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 (other than inhalation hazard, Zone A or B)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">POISON</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.430
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.432
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 (see § 172.403)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.436
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.438
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.440
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 (fissile radioactive material; see § 172.402)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FISSILE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.441
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 (empty packages, see § 173.428 of this subchapter)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EMPTY</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.450
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CORROSIVE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.442
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CLASS 9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.446</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52593, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 69 FR 3668, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 64471, Nov. 4, 2004; 78 FR 60753, Oct. 2, 2013; 85 FR 83381, Dec. 21, 2020; 87 FR 79773, Dec. 27, 2022]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.400a" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.400a   Exceptions from labeling.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 172.400, a label is not required on—
</P>
<P>(1) A Dewar flask meeting the requirements in § 173.320 of this subchapter or a cylinder containing a Division 2.1, 2.2, or 2.3 material that is durably and legibly marked in accordance with CGA C-7, Appendix A (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Notwithstanding this exception, overpacks must be labeled (see § 173.25 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) A package or unit of military explosives (including ammunition) shipped by or on behalf of the DOD when in—
</P>
<P>(i) Freight containerload, carload or truckload shipments, if loaded and unloaded by the shipper or DOD; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Unitized or palletized break-bulk shipments by cargo vessel under charter to DOD if at least one required label is displayed on each unitized or palletized load.
</P>
<P>(3) A package containing a hazardous material other than ammunition that is—
</P>
<P>(i) Loaded and unloaded under the supervision of DOD personnel, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Escorted by DOD personnel in a separate vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) A compressed gas cylinder permanently mounted in or on a transport vehicle.
</P>
<P>(5) A freight container, aircraft unit load device or portable tank, which—
</P>
<P>(i) Is placarded in accordance with subpart F of this part, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Conforms to paragraph (a)(3) or (b)(3) of § 172.512.
</P>
<P>(6) An overpack or unit load device in or on which labels representative of each hazardous material in the overpack or unit load device are visible.
</P>
<P>(7) A package of low specific activity radioactive material and surface contaminated objects, when transported under § 173.427(a)(6)(vi) of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(8) Packages containing toy plastic or paper caps for toy pistols described as “UN0349, Articles, explosive, n.o.s. (Toy caps), 1.4S” or “NA0337, Toy caps, 1.4S” when offered in conformance with the conditions of § 172.102(c)(1), Special provision 382.
</P>
<P>(b) Certain exceptions to labeling requirements are provided for small quantities and limited quantities in applicable sections in part 173 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 172.402(a), a Division 6.1 subsidiary hazard label is not required on a package containing a Class 8 (corrosive) material which has a subsidiary hazard of Division 6.1 (poisonous) if the toxicity of the material is based solely on the corrosive destruction of tissue rather than systemic poisoning. In addition, a Division 4.1 subsidiary hazard label is not required on a package bearing a Division 4.2 label.
</P>
<P>(d) A package containing a material poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) in a closed transport vehicle or freight container may be excepted from the POISON INHALATION HAZARD or POISON GAS label or placard, under the conditions set forth in § 171.23(b)(10) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 172.400a, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.401" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.401   Prohibited labeling.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, no person may offer for transportation and no carrier may transport a package bearing a label specified in this subpart unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The package contains a material that is a hazardous material, and
</P>
<P>(2) The label represents a hazard of the hazardous material in the package.
</P>
<P>(b) No person may offer for transportation and no carrier may transport a package bearing any marking or label which by its color, design, or shape could be confused with or conflict with a label prescribed by this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The restrictions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, do not apply to packages labeled in conformance with:
</P>
<P>(1) The UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); 
</P>
<P>(2) The IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); 
</P>
<P>(3) The ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); 
</P>
<P>(4) The TDG Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(5) The Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(d) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to a packaging bearing a label if that packaging is:
</P>
<P>(1) Unused or cleaned and purged of all residue;
</P>
<P>(2) Transported in a transport vehicle or freight container in such a manner that the packaging is not visible during transportation; and
</P>
<P>(3) Loaded by the shipper and unloaded by the shipper or consignee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-9, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-75, 47 FR 44471, Oct. 7, 1982; Amdt. 172-77, 47 FR 54822, Dec. 6, 1982; Amdt. 172-94, 49 FR 38134, Sept. 27, 1984; Amdt. 172-100, 50 FR 41521, Oct. 11, 1985; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 172-132, 58 FR 50501, Sept. 27, 1993; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75741, 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 74 FR 2252, Jan. 14, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.402" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.402   Additional labeling requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Subsidiary hazard labels.</I> Each package containing a hazardous material—
</P>
<P>(1) Shall be labeled with primary and subsidiary hazard labels as specified in column 6 of the § 172.101 table (unless excepted in paragraph (a)(2) of this section); and
</P>
<P>(2)For other than Class 1 or Class 2 materials (for subsidiary labeling requirements for Class 1 or Class 2 materials see paragraph (e) or paragraphs (f) and (g), respectively, of this section), if not already labeled under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, shall be labeled with subsidiary hazard labels in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Subsidiary Hazard Labels
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Subsidiary hazard level (packing group)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="7" scope="col">Subsidiary Hazard (Class or Division)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">***</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">***</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">X—Required for all modes.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">*—Required for all modes, except for a material with a flash point at or above 38 °C (100 °F) transported by rail or highway.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">**—Reserved
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">***—Impossible as subsidiary hazard.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Display of hazard class on labels.</I> The appropriate hazard class or division number must be displayed in the lower corner of a primary hazard label and a subsidiary hazard label.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cargo Aircraft Only label.</I> Each person who offers for transportation or transports by aircraft a package containing a hazardous material which is authorized on cargo aircraft only shall label the package with a CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label specified in § 172.448 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, each package containing a Class 7 material that also meets the definition of one or more additional hazard classes must be labeled as a Class 7 material as required by § 172.403 and for each additional hazard.
</P>
<P>(1) A subsidiary label is not required for a package containing material that satisfies all of the criteria in § 173.4, § 173.4a, or § 173.4b applicable to the subsidiary hazard class.
</P>
<P>(2) Each package or overpack containing fissile material, other than fissile-excepted material (see § 173.453 of this subchapter) must bear two FISSILE labels, affixed to opposite sides of the package or overpack, which conforms to the figure shown in § 172.441; such labels, where applicable, must be affixed adjacent to the labels for radioactive materials.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Class 1 (explosive) Materials.</I> In addition to the label specified in column 6 of the § 172.101 table, each package of Class 1 material that also meets the definition for:
</P>
<P>(1) Division 6.1, Packing Groups I or II, shall be labeled POISON or POISON INHALATION HAZARD, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) Class 7, shall be labeled in accordance with § 172.403 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Division 2.2 materials.</I> In addition to the label specified in column 6 of the § 172.101 table, each package of Division 2.2 material that also meets the definition for an oxidizing gas (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) must be labeled OXIDIZER.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Division 2.3 materials.</I> In addition to the label specified in column 6 of the § 172.101 table, each package of Division 2.3 material that also meets the definition for:
</P>
<P>(1) Division 2.1, must be labeled Flammable Gas;
</P>
<P>(2) Division 5.1, must be labeled Oxidizer; and
</P>
<P>(3) Class 8, must be labeled Corrosive.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 172-140, 60 FR 26805, May 18, 1995; Amdt. 172-149, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996; 62 FR 39405, July 22, 1997; 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001; 69 FR 3668, Jan. 26, 2004; 74 FR 2252, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 79 FR 40609, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.403" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.403   Class 7 (radioactive) material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless excepted from labeling by §§ 173.421 through 173.427 of this subchapter, each package of radioactive material must be labeled as provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The proper label to affix to a package of Class 7 (radioactive) material is based on the radiation level at the surface of the package and the transport index. The proper category of label must be determined in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. The label to be applied must be the highest category required for any of the two determining conditions for the package. RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I is the lowest category and RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III is the highest. For example, a package with a transport index of 0.8 and a maximum surface radiation level of 0.6 millisievert (60 millirems) per hour must bear a RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label.
</P>
<P>(c) Category of label to be applied to Class 7 (radioactive) materials packages:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Transport index
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum radiation level at any point on the external surface
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Label category 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Less than or equal to 0.005 mSv/h (0.5 mrem/h)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">WHITE-I.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 0 but not more than 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater than 0.005 mSv/h (0.5 mrem/h) but less than or equal to 0.5 mSv/h (50 mrem/h)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YELLOW-II.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 1 but not more than 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater than 0.5 mSv/h (50 mrem/h) but less than or equal to 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YELLOW-III.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater than 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) but less than or equal to 10 mSv/h (1,000 mrem/h)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">YELLOW-III (Must be shipped under exclusive use provisions; see 173.441(b) of this subchapter).
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Any package containing a “highway route controlled quantity” (§ 173.403 of this subchapter) must be labelled as RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> If the measured TI is not greater than 0.05, the value may be considered to be zero.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) <I>EMPTY label.</I> See § 173.428(e) of this subchapter for EMPTY labeling requirements.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>FISSILE label.</I> For packages required in § 172.402 to bear a FISSILE label, each such label must be completed with the criticality safety index (CSI) assigned in the NRC or DOE package design approval, or in the certificate of approval for special arrangement or the certificate of approval for the package design issued by the Competent Authority for import and export shipments. For overpacks and freight containers required in § 172.402 to bear a FISSILE label, the CSI on the label must be the sum of the CSIs for all of the packages contained in the overpack or freight container.
</P>
<P>(f) Each package required by this section to be labeled with a RADIOACTIVE label must have two of these labels, affixed to opposite sides of the package. (See § 172.406(e)(3) for freight container label requirements).
</P>
<P>(g) The following applicable items of information must be entered in the blank spaces on the RADIOACTIVE label by legible printing (manual or mechanical), using a durable weather resistant means of marking:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Contents.</I> Except for LSA-1 material, the names of the radionuclides as taken from the listing of radionuclides in § 173.435 of this subchapter (symbols which conform to established radiation protection terminology are authorized, <I>i.e.</I>, 
<SU>99</SU>Mo, 
<SU>60</SU>Co, etc.). For mixtures of radionuclides, with consideration of space available on the label, the radionuclides that must be shown must be determined in accordance with § 173.433(g) of this subchapter. For LSA-I material, the term “LSA-I” may be used in place of the names of the radionuclides.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Activity.</I> The maximum activity of the radioactive contents in the package during transport must be expressed in appropriate SI units (<I>e.g.,</I> Becquerels (Bq), Terabecquerels (TBq)). The activity may also be stated in appropriate customary units (<I>e.g.,</I> Curies (Ci), milliCuries (mCi), microCuries (uCi)) in parentheses following the SI units. Abbreviations are authorized. Except for plutonium-239 and plutonium-241, the weight in grams or kilograms of fissile radionuclides (or the mass of each fissile nuclide for mixtures when appropriate) may be inserted instead of activity units. For plutonium-239 and plutonium-241, the weight in grams of fissile radionuclides (or the mass of each fissile nuclide for mixtures when appropriate) may be inserted in addition to the activity units.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Transport index.</I> (see § 173.403 of this subchapter.)
</P>
<P>(h) When one or more packages of Class 7 (radioactive) material are placed within an overpack, the overpack must be labeled as prescribed in this section, except as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The “contents” entry on the label may state “mixed” in place of the names of the radionuclides unless each inside package contains the same radionuclide(s).
</P>
<P>(2) The “activity” entry on the label must be determined by adding together the number of becquerels of the Class 7 (radioactive) materials packages contained therein.
</P>
<P>(3) For an overpack, the transport index (TI) must be determined by adding together the transport indices of the Class 7 (radioactive) materials packages contained therein, except that for a rigid overpack, the transport index (TI) may alternatively be determined by direct measurement as prescribed in § 173.403 of this subchapter under the definition for “transport index,” taken by the person initially offering the packages contained within the overpack for shipment.
</P>
<P>(4) The category of Class 7 label for the overpack must be determined from the table in § 172.403(c) using the TI derived according to paragraph (h)(3) of this section, and the maximum radiation level on the surface of the overpack.
</P>
<P>(5) The category of the Class 7 label of the overpack, and not that of any of the packages contained therein, must be used in accordance with Table 1 of § 172.504(e) to determine when the transport vehicle must be placarded.
</P>
<P>(6) For fissile material, the criticality safety index which must be entered on the overpack FISSILE label is the sum of the criticality safety indices of the individual packages in the overpack, as stated in the certificate of approval for the package design issued by the NRC or the U.S. Competent Authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 172.403, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.404" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.404   Labels for mixed and consolidated packaging.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Mixed packaging.</I> When compatible hazardous materials having different hazard classes are packed within the same packaging, or within the same outside container or overpack as described in § 173.25, the packaging, outside container or overpack must be labeled as required for each class of hazardous material contained therein.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Consolidated packaging.</I> When two or more packages containing compatible hazardous materials are placed within the same outside container or overpack, the outside container or overpack must be labeled as required for each class of hazardous material contained therein, unless labels representative of each hazardous material in the outside container or overpack are visible.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Consolidation bins used by a single motor carrier.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, labeling of a consolidation bin is not required under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The consolidation bin must be reusable, made of materials such as plastic, wood, or metal and must have a capacity of 64 cubic feet or less;
</P>
<P>(2) Hazardous material packages placed in the consolidation bin must be properly labeled in accordance with this subpart;
</P>
<P>(3) Packages must be compatible as specified in § 177.848 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(4) Packages may only be placed within the consolidation bin and the bin be loaded on a motor vehicle by an employee of a single motor carrier;
</P>
<P>(5) Packages must be secured within the consolidation bin by other packages or by other suitable means in such a manner as to prevent shifting of, or significant relative motion between, the packages that would likely compromise the integrity of any package;
</P>
<P>(6) The consolidation bin must be clearly and legibly marked on a tag or fixed display device with an indication of each hazard class or division contained within the bin;
</P>
<P>(7) The consolidation bin must be properly blocked and braced within the transport vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(8) Consolidation bins may only be transported by a single motor carrier, or on railcars transporting such vehicles.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 43527, July 20, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.405" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.405   Authorized label modifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For Classes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8, text indicating a hazard (for example FLAMMABLE LIQUID) is not required on a primary or subsidiary label. 
</P>
<P>(b) For a package containing Oxygen, compressed, or Oxygen, refrigerated liquid, the OXIDIZER label specified in § 172.426 of this subpart, modified to display the word “OXYGEN” instead of “OXIDIZER”, and the class number “2” instead of “5.1”, may be used in place of the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS and OXIDIZER labels. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, the word “OXYGEN” must appear on the label.
</P>
<P>(c) For a package containing a Division 6.1, Packing Group III material, the POISON label specified in § 172.430 may be modified to display the text “PG III” instead of “POISON” or “TOXIC” below the mid line of the label. Also see § 172.313(d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45458, Oct. 1, 1992; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.406" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.406   Placement of labels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section, each label required by this subpart must—
</P>
<P>(i) Be printed on or affixed to a surface (other than the bottom) of the package or containment device containing the hazardous material;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be located on the same surface of the package and near the proper shipping name marking, if the package dimensions are adequate; and
</P>
<P>(iii) For transportation by aircraft, the entire label(s) must appear on one side of the package. For cylindrical packages, the label must be of such dimensions that it will not overlap itself. In the case of cylindrical packages containing radioactive materials, which require two identical labels, these labels must be centered on opposite points of the circumference and must not overlap each other. If the dimensions of the package are such that two identical labels cannot be affixed without overlapping each other, one label is acceptable provided it does not overlap itself.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, duplicate labeling is not required on a package or containment device (such as to satisfy redundant labeling requirements).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> A label may be printed on or placed on a securely affixed tag, or may be affixed by other suitable means to:
</P>
<P>(1) A package that contains no radioactive material and which has dimensions less than those of the required label;
</P>
<P>(2) A cylinder; and
</P>
<P>(3) A package which has such an irregular surface that a label cannot be satisfactorily affixed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Placement of multiple labels.</I> When primary and subsidiary hazard labels are required, they must be displayed next to each other. Placement conforms to this requirement if labels are within 150 mm (6 inches) of one another.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Contrast with background.</I> Each label must be printed on or affixed to a background color contrasting to the color specification of the label as required by § 172.407(d)(1), or must have a dotted or solid line outer border, to enhance the visibility of the label. However, the dotted or solid line outer border may also be used for backgrounds of contrasting color.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Duplicate labeling.</I> Generally, only one of each different required label must be displayed on a package. However, duplicate labels must be displayed on at least two sides or two ends (other than the bottom) of—
</P>
<P>(1) Each package or overpack having a volume of 1.8 m 
<SU>3</SU> (64 cubic feet) or more;
</P>
<P>(2) Each non-bulk package containing a radioactive material;
</P>
<P>(3) Each DOT 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tank. Labels must be displayed on each end;
</P>
<P>(4) Each portable tank of less than 3,785 L (1000 gallons) capacity;
</P>
<P>(5) Each freight container or aircraft unit load device having a volume of 1.8 m
<SU>3</SU> (64 cubic feet) or more, but less than 18 m
<SU>3</SU> (640 cubic feet). One of each required label must be displayed on or near the closure; and
</P>
<P>(6) An IBC having a volume of 1.8 m
<SU>3</SU> (64 cubic feet) or more.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Visibility.</I> A label must be clearly visible and may not be obscured by markings or attachments.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52594, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66255, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-130, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993; 73 FR 4716, Jan. 28, 2008; 81 FR 35540, June 2, 2016; 87 FR 44991, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.407" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.407   Label specifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Durability.</I> Each label, whether printed on or affixed to a package, must be durable and weather resistant. A label on a package must be able to withstand, without deterioration or a substantial change in color, a 30-day exposure to conditions incident to transportation that reasonably could be expected to be encountered by the labeled package.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Design.</I> (1) Except for size and color, the printing, inner border, and symbol on each label must be as shown in §§ 172.411 through 172.448 of this subpart, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) The dotted line border shown on each label is not part of the label specification, except when used as an alternative for the solid line outer border to meet the requirements of § 172.406(d) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Size.</I> (1) Each diamond (square-on-point) label prescribed in this subpart must be at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) on each side with each side having a solid line inner border approximately 5 mm (.2 inches) inside and parallel to the edge. The 5 mm (.2 inches) measurement is from the outside edge of the label to the outside of the solid line forming the inner border.
</P>
<P>(i) If the size of the package so requires, the dimensions of the label and its features may be reduced proportionally provided the symbol and other elements of the label remain clearly visible.
</P>
<P>(ii) Where dimensions are not specified, all features shall be in approximate proportion to those shown in §§ 172.411 through 172.448 of this subpart, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(iii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(iv) For domestic transportation, a packaging labeled prior to January 1, 2017, and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.
</P>
<P>(2) The CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label must be a rectangle measuring at least 110 mm (4.3 inches) in height by 120 mm (4.7 inches) in width. The words “CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY” must be shown in letters measuring at least 6.3 mm (0.25 inches) in height.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, the hazard class number, or division number, as appropriate, must be at least 6.3 mm (0.25 inches) and not greater than 12.7 mm (0.5 inches).
</P>
<P>(4) When text indicating a hazard is displayed on a label, the label name must be shown in letters measuring at least 7.6 mm (0.3 inches) in height. For SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE or DANGEROUS WHEN WET labels, the words “Spontaneously” and “When Wet” must be shown in letters measuring at least 5.1 mm (0.2 inches) in height.
</P>
<P>(5) The symbol on each label must be proportionate in size to that shown in the appropriate section of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Color.</I> (1) The background color on each label must be as prescribed in §§ 172.411 through 172.448 of this subpart, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) The symbol, text, numbers, and border must be shown in black on a label except that—
</P>
<P>(i) White may be used on a label with a one color background of green, red or blue.
</P>
<P>(ii) White must be used for the text and class number for the CORROSIVE label.
</P>
<P>(iii) White may be used for the symbol for the ORGANIC PEROXIDE label.
</P>
<P>(A) If white is used for the symbol for the ORGANIC PEROXIDE label then the solid line forming the inner border on the upper half of the label must also be white.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Transitional exception.</I> A label in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
</P>
<P>(C) For domestic transportation, a packaging labeled prior to January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.
</P>
<P>(iv) The FLAMMABLE GAS label displayed on cylinders and gas cartridges for liquefied petroleum gases may be shown in the background color of the receptacle if adequate contrast is provided.
</P>
<P>(3) Black and any color on a label must be able to withstand, without substantial change, a 72-hour fadeometer test (for a description of equipment designed for this purpose, see ASTM G 23-69 (1975) or ASTM G 26-70).
</P>
<P>(4)(i) A color on a label, upon visual examination, must fall within the color tolerances—
</P>
<P>(A) Displayed on color charts conforming to the technical specifications for charts set forth in table 1 or 2 in appendix A to this part; or
</P>
<P>(B) For labels printed on packaging surfaces, specified in table 3 in appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) Color charts conforming to appendix A to this part are on display at the Standards and Rulemaking Division, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 2nd Floor, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(5) The following color standards in the PANTONE ® formula guide coated/uncoated (see § 171.7(b) of this subchapter) may be used to achieve the required colors on markings and hazard warning labels and placards:
</P>
<P>(i) For Red—Use PANTONE ® 186 U
</P>
<P>(ii) For Orange—Use PANTONE ® 151 U
</P>
<P>(iii) For Yellow—Use PANTONE ® 109 U
</P>
<P>(iv) For Green—Use PANTONE ® 335 U
</P>
<P>(v) For Blue—Use PANTONE ® 285 U
</P>
<P>(vi) For Purple—Use PANTONE ® 259 U
</P>
<P>(6) Where specific colors from the PANTONE MATCHING SYSTEM ® are applied as opaque coatings, such as paint, enamel, or plastic, or where labels are printed directly on the surface of a packaging, a spectrophotometer or other instrumentation must be used to ensure a proper match with the color standards in the PANTONE ® formula guide coated/uncoated for colors prescribed in paragraph (d)(5) of this section. PANTONE ® is the property of Pantone, Inc.
</P>
<P>(7) The specified label color must extend to the edge of the label in the area designated on each label, except for the CORROSIVE, RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II, and RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III labels on which the color must extend only to the inner border.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Form identification.</I> A label may contain form identification information, including the name of its maker, provided that information is printed outside the solid line inner border in no larger than 10-point type.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exceptions.</I> Except for materials poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter), a label conforming to specifications in the UN Recommendations, the ICAO Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code, or the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may be used in place of a corresponding label that conforms to the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Trefoil symbol.</I> The trefoil symbol on the RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I, RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II, and RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III labels must meet the appropriate specifications in appendix B of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52595, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 172.407, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.411" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.411   EXPLOSIVE 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6 labels, and EXPLOSIVE Subsidiary label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVE 1.1, EXPLOSIVE 1.2 and EXPLOSIVE 1.3 labels must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.015.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background color on the EXPLOSIVE 1.1, EXPLOSIVE 1.2 and EXPLOSIVE 1.3 labels must be orange. The “**” must be replaced with the appropriate division number and compatibility group letter. The compatibility group letter must be the same size as the division number and must be shown as a capitalized Roman letter.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVE 1.4, EXPLOSIVE 1.5 and EXPLOSIVE 1.6 labels must be as follows:
</P>
<TCAP><E T="15">EXPLOSIVE 1.4:</E>
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.016.gif"/>
<TCAP><E T="15">EXPLOSIVE 1.5:</E>
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.017.gif"/>
<TCAP><E T="15">EXPLOSIVE 1.6:</E>
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.018.gif"/>
<P>(d) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background color on the EXPLOSIVE 1.4, EXPLOSIVE 1.5 and EXPLOSIVE 1.6 label must be orange. The “*” must be replaced with the appropriate compatibility group. The compatibility group letter must be shown as a capitalized Roman letter. Division numbers must measure at least 30 mm (1.2 inches) in height and at least 5 mm (0.2 inches) in width.
</P>
<P>(e) An EXPLOSIVE subsidiary label is required for materials identified in Column (6) of the HMT as having an explosive subsidiary hazard. The division number or compability group letter may be displayed on the subsidiary hazard label. Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVE subsidiary label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er31jy03.002.gif"/>
<P>(f) The EXPLOSIVE subsidiary label must comply with § 172.407.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66256, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994; 66 FR 33425, June 21, 2001; 68 FR 45031, July 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.415" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.415   NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.020.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background color on the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label must be green.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66256, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.416" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.416   POISON GAS label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the POISON GAS label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er22jy97.022.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background on the POISON GAS label and the symbol must be white. The background of the upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the upper diamond must be 14 mm (0.54 inches) above the horizontal center line.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 39405, July 22, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.417" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.417   FLAMMABLE GAS label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE GAS label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.022.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background color on the FLAMMABLE GAS label must be red.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.419" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.419   FLAMMABLE LIQUID label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color the FLAMMABLE LIQUID label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.023.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background color on the FLAMMABLE LIQUID label must be red.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.420" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.420   FLAMMABLE SOLID label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE SOLID label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.024.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background on the FLAMMABLE SOLID label must be white with vertical red stripes equally spaced on each side of a red stripe placed in the center of the label. The red vertical stripes must be spaced so that, visually, they appear equal in width to the white spaces between them. The symbol (flame) and text (when used) must be overprinted. The text “FLAMMABLE SOLID” may be placed in a white rectangle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.422" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.422   SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.025.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background color on the lower half of the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE label must be red and the upper half must be white.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 45458, Oct. 1, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.423" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.423   DANGEROUS WHEN WET label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the DANGEROUS WHEN WET label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.026.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background color on the DANGEROUS WHEN WET label must be blue.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.426" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.426   OXIDIZER label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the OXIDIZER label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.027.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background color on the OXIDIZER label must be yellow.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66257, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.427" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.427   ORGANIC PEROXIDE label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the ORGANIC PEROXIDE label must be as follows: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er29de06.000.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background on the ORGANIC PEROXIDE label must be red in the top half and yellow in the lower half.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 78627, Dec. 29, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.429" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.429   POISON INHALATION HAZARD label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the POISON INHALATION HAZARD label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er22jy97.023.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background on the POISON INHALATION HAZARD label and the symbol must be white. The background of the upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the upper diamond must be 14 mm (0.54 inches) above the horizontal center line.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 39406, July 22, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.430" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.430   POISON label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the POISON label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.029.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background on the POISON label must be white. The word “TOXIC” may be used in lieu of the word “POISON”.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66258, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.431" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.431   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.432" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.432   INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er28de11.006.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background on the INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label must be white.
</P>
<P>(c) Labels conforming to requirements in place on August 18, 2011 may continue to be used until October 1, 2014.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66258, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended at 67 FR 53136, Aug. 14, 2002; 76 FR 43527, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 76 FR 81400, Dec. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.436" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.436   RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.032.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background on the RADIOACTIVE WHITE-I label must be white. The printing and symbol must be black, except for the “I” which must be red.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.438" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.438   RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.033.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background color on the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II label must be yellow in the top half and white in the lower half. The printing and symbol must be black, except for the “II” which must be red.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.440" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.440   RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.034.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background color on the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label must be yellow in the top half and white in the lower half. The printing and symbol must be black, except for the “III” which must be red.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.441" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.441   FISSILE label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the FISSILE label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er26ja04.000.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background color on the FISSILE label must be white.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3669, Jan. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.442" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.442   CORROSIVE label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the CORROSIVE label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.035.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background on the CORROSIVE label must be white in the top half and black in the lower half.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.444" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.444   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.446" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.446   CLASS 9 label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the “CLASS 9” (miscellaneous hazardous materials) label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er28de11.007.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background on the CLASS 9 label must be white with seven black vertical stripes on the top half. The black vertical stripes must be spaced, so that, visually, they appear equal in width to the six white spaces between them. The lower half of the label must be white with the class number “9” underlined and centered at the bottom.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended at 74 FR 2252, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 43528, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 76 FR 81400, Dec. 28, 2011; 85 FR 83381, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.447" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.447   LITHIUM BATTERY label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the LITHIUM BATTERY label must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er30mr17.032.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.407, the background on the LITHIUM BATTERY label must be white with seven black vertical stripes on the top half. The black vertical stripes must be spaced, so that, visually, they appear equal in width to the six white spaces between them. The lower half of the label must be white with the symbol (battery group, one broken and emitting flame) and class number “9” underlined and centered at the bottom in black.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 15873, Mar. 30, 2017, as amended at 87 FR 44991, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.448" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.448   CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label must be as follows: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja09.001.gif"/>
<P>(b) The CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label must be black on an orange background.
</P>
<P>(c) A CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label conforming to the specifications in this section and in § 172.407(c)(2) in effect on October 1, 2008, may be used until January 1, 2013.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2252, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.450" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.5.25.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.450   EMPTY label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each EMPTY label, except for size, must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.038.gif"/>
<P>(1) Each side must be at least 6 inches (152 mm.) with each letter at least 1 inch (25.4 mm.) in height.
</P>
<P>(2) The label must be white with black printing.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Placarding</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.500" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.500   Applicability of placarding requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person who offers for transportation or transports any hazardous material subject to this subchapter shall comply with the applicable placarding requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Infectious substances;
</P>
<P>(2) Hazardous materials authorized by this subchapter to be offered for transportation as a limited quantity when identified as such on a shipping paper in accordance with § 172.203(b) or when marked as such in accordance with § 172.315.
</P>
<P>(3) Hazardous materials prepared in accordance with § 173.13 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(4) Hazardous materials which are packaged as small quantities under the provisions of §§ 173.4, 173.4a, 173.4b of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(5) Combustible liquids in non-bulk packagings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52599, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 172-149, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996; 74 FR 2253, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3367, Jan. 19, 2011; 87 FR 79773, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.502" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.502   Prohibited and permissive placarding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibited placarding.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person may affix or display on a packaging, freight container, unit load device, motor vehicle or rail car—
</P>
<P>(1) Any placard described in this subpart unless—
</P>
<P>(i) The material being offered or transported is a hazardous material;
</P>
<P>(ii) The placard represents a hazard of the hazardous material being offered or transported; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any placarding conforms to the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) Any sign, advertisement, slogan (such as “Drive Safely”), or device that, by its color, design, shape or content, could be confused with any placard prescribed in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) The restrictions in paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to a bulk packaging, freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle or rail car which is placarded in conformance with TDG Regulations, the IMDG Code or the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) The restrictions of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to the display of a BIOHAZARD marking, a “HOT” marking, a sour crude oil hazard marking, or an identification number on a white square-on-point configuration in accordance with § 172.323(c), § 172.325(c), § 172.327(a), or § 172.336(b) of this part, respectively. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Permissive placarding.</I> Placards may be displayed for a hazardous material, even when not required, if the placarding otherwise conforms to the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52599, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66259, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1230, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39389, 39407, July 22, 1997; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 67 FR 53137, Aug. 14, 2002; 68 FR 75741, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 3367, Jan. 19, 2011; 80 FR 72923, Nov. 23, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.503" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.503   Identification number display on placards.</HEAD>
<P>For procedures and limitations pertaining to the display of identification numbers on placards, see § 172.334.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-58, 45 FR 34701, May 22, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.504" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.504   General placarding requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, each bulk packaging, freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle or rail car containing any quantity of a hazardous material must be placarded on each side and each end with the type of placards specified in tables 1 and 2 of this section and in accordance with other placarding requirements of this subpart, including the specifications for the placards named in the tables and described in detail in §§ 172.519 through 172.560.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>DANGEROUS placard.</I> A freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle, or rail car which contains non-bulk packages with two or more categories of hazardous materials that require different placards specified in table 2 of paragraph (e) of this section may be placarded with a DANGEROUS placard instead of the separate placarding specified for each of the materials in table 2 of paragraph (e) of this section. However, when 1,000 kg (2,205 pounds) aggregate gross weight or more of one category of material is loaded therein at one loading facility on a freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle, or rail car, the placard specified in table 2 of paragraph (e) of this section for that category must be applied.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exception for less than 454 kg (1,001 pounds).</I> Except for bulk packagings and hazardous materials subject to § 172.505, when hazardous materials covered by table 2 of this section are transported by highway or rail, placards are not required on—
</P>
<P>(1) A transport vehicle or freight container which contains less than 454 kg (1001 pounds) aggregate gross weight of hazardous materials covered by table 2 of paragraph (e) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) A rail car loaded with transport vehicles or freight containers, none of which is required to be placarded.
</P>
<FP>The exceptions provided in paragraph (c) of this section do not prohibit the display of placards in the manner prescribed in this subpart, if not otherwise prohibited (see § 172.502), on transport vehicles or freight containers which are not required to be placarded.
</FP>
<P>(d) <I>Exception for empty non-bulk packages.</I> Except for hazardous materials subject to § 172.505, a non-bulk packaging that contains only the residue of a hazardous material covered by Table 2 of paragraph (e) of this section need not be included in determining placarding requirements.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Placarding tables.</I> Placards are specified for hazardous materials in accordance with the following tables:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Category of material (Hazard class or division number and additional description, as appropriate)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Placard name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Placard design section reference (§ )
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES 1.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.522
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES 1.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.522
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES 1.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.522
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">POISON GAS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.540
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DANGEROUS WHEN WET</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.548
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.2 (Organic peroxide, Type B, liquid <E T="03">or</E> solid, temperature controlled)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ORGANIC PEROXIDE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.552
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 (material poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">POISON INHALATION HAZARD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.555
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 (Radioactive Yellow III label only)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RADIOACTIVE 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.556
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> RADIOACTIVE placards are also required for: All shipments of unpackaged LSA-I material or SCO-I; all shipments required by §§ 173.427, 173.441, and 173.457 of this subchapter to be operated under exclusive use; and all closed vehicles used in accordance with § 173.443(d).</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Category of material


<br/>(hazard class or division number and additional description, as appropriate)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Placard name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Placard


<br/>design

<br/>section

<br/>reference

<br/>(§ )
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES 1.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.523
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES 1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.524
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES 1.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.525
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FLAMMABLE GAS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.532
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NON-FLAMMABLE GAS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.528
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FLAMMABLE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.542
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Combustible liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">COMBUSTIBLE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.544
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FLAMMABLE SOLID</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.546
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.547
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OXIDIZER</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.550
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.2 (Other than organic peroxide, Type B, liquid or solid, temperature controlled)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ORGANIC PEROXIDE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.552
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 (other than material poisonous by inhalation)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">POISON</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.554
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NONE
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CORROSIVE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.558
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CLASS 9 (see § 172.504(f)(9))</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">172.560</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(f) <I>Additional placarding exceptions.</I> (1) When more than one division placard is required for Class 1 materials on a transport vehicle, rail car, freight container or unit load device, only the placard representing the lowest division number must be displayed.
</P>
<P>(2) A FLAMMABLE placard may be used in place of a COMBUSTIBLE placard on—
</P>
<P>(i) A cargo tank or portable tank.
</P>
<P>(ii) A compartmented tank car which contains both flammable and combustible liquids.
</P>
<P>(3) A NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard is not required on a transport vehicle which contains non-flammable gas if the transport vehicle also contains flammable gas or oxygen and it is placarded with FLAMMABLE GAS or OXYGEN placards, as required.
</P>
<P>(4) OXIDIZER placards are not required for Division 5.1 materials on freight containers, unit load devices, transport vehicles or rail cars which also contain Division 1.1 or 1.2 materials and which are placarded with EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or 1.2 placards, as required.
</P>
<P>(5) For transportation by transport vehicle or rail car only, an OXIDIZER placard is not required for Division 5.1 materials on a transport vehicle, rail car or freight container which also contains Division 1.5 explosives and is placarded with EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placards, as required.
</P>
<P>(6) The EXPLOSIVE 1.4 placard is not required for those Division 1.4 Compatibility Group S (1.4S) materials that are not required to be labeled 1.4S.
</P>
<P>(7) For domestic transportation of oxygen, compressed or oxygen, refrigerated liquid, the OXYGEN placard in § 172.530 of this subpart may be used in place of a NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard.
</P>
<P>(8) For domestic transportation, a POISON INHALATION HAZARD placard is not required on a transport vehicle or freight container that is already placarded with the POISON GAS placard.
</P>
<P>(9) For Class 9, a CLASS 9 placard is not required for domestic transportation, including that portion of international transportation, defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, which occurs within the United States. However, a bulk packaging must be marked with the appropriate identification number on a CLASS 9 placard, an orange panel, or a white square-on-point display configuration as required by subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(10) For Division 6.1, PG III materials, a POISON placard may be modified to display the text “PG III” below the mid line of the placard.
</P>
<P>(11) For domestic transportation, a POISON placard is not required on a transport vehicle or freight container required to display a POISON INHALATION HAZARD or POISON GAS placard.
</P>
<P>(g) For shipments of Class 1 (explosive materials) by aircraft or vessel, the applicable compatibility group letter must be displayed on the placards, or labels when applicable, required by this section. When more than one compatibility group placard is required for Class 1 materials, only one placard is required to be displayed, as provided in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(4) of this section. For the purposes of paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(4), there is a distinction between the phrases <I>explosive articles</I> and <I>explosive substances. Explosive article</I> means an article containing an explosive substance; examples include a detonator, flare, primer or fuse. <I>Explosive substance</I> means a substance contained in a packaging that is not contained in an article; examples include black powder and smokeless powder.
</P>
<P>(1) Explosive articles of compatibility groups C, D or E may be placarded displaying compatibility group E.
</P>
<P>(2) Explosive articles of compatibility groups C, D, or E, when transported with those in compatibility group N, may be placarded displaying compatibility group D.
</P>
<P>(3) Explosive substances of compatibility groups C and D may be placarded displaying compatibility group D.
</P>
<P>(4) Explosive articles of compatibility groups C, D, E or G, except for fireworks, may be placarded displaying compatibility group E.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52600, Dec. 21, 1990]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 172.504, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.505" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.505   Placarding for subsidiary hazards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each transport vehicle, freight container, portable tank, unit load device, or rail car that contains a poisonous material subject to the “Poison Inhalation Hazard” shipping description of § 172.203(m) must be placarded with a POISON INHALATION HAZARD or POISON GAS placard, as appropriate, on each side and each end, in addition to any other placard required for that material in § 172.504. Duplication of the POISON INHALATION HAZARD or POISON GAS placard is not required.
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to the RADIOACTIVE placard which may be required by § 172.504(e), each transport vehicle, portable tank or freight container that contains 454 kg (1,001 pounds) or more gross weight of non-fissile, fissile-excepted, or fissile uranium hexafluoride must be placarded with a CORROSIVE placard and a POISON placard on each side and each end.
</P>
<P>(c) Each transport vehicle, portable tank, freight container or unit load device that contains a material which has a subsidiary hazard of being dangerous when wet, as defined in § 173.124 of this subchapter, shall be placarded with DANGEROUS WHEN WET placards, on each side and each end, in addition to the placards required by § 172.504.
</P>
<P>(d) Hazardous materials that possess secondary hazards may exhibit subsidiary placards that correspond to the placards described in this part, even when not required by this part (see also § 172.519(b) (4) of this subpart).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66260, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 172-127, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1231, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, July 22, 1997; 65 FR 58626, Sept. 29, 2000; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 79 FR 40610, July 11, 2014; 82 FR 15874, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.506" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.506   Providing and affixing placards: Highway.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person offering a motor carrier a hazardous material for transportation by highway shall provide to the motor carrier the required placards for the material being offered prior to or at the same time the material is offered for transportation, unless the carrier's motor vehicle is already placarded for the material as required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(1) No motor carrier may transport a hazardous material in a motor vehicle, unless the placards required for the hazardous material are affixed thereto as required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40679, Sept. 20, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.507" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.507   Special placarding provisions: Highway.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each motor vehicle used to transport a package of highway route controlled quantity Class 7 (radioactive) materials (see § 173.403 of this subchapter) must have the required RADIOACTIVE warning placard placed on a square background as described in § 172.527.
</P>
<P>(b) A nurse tank, meeting the provisions of § 173.315(m) of this subchapter, is not required to be placarded on an end containing valves, fittings, regulators or gauges when those appurtenances prevent the markings and placard from being properly placed and visible.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-103, 51 FR 5971, Feb. 18, 1986, as amended by Amdt. 172-143, 60 FR 50305, Sept. 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.508" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.508   Placarding and affixing placards: Rail.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person offering a hazardous material for transportation by rail shall affix to the rail car containing the material, the placards specified by this subpart. Placards displayed on motor vehicles, transport containers, or portable tanks may be used to satisfy this requirement, if the placards otherwise conform to the provisions of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) No rail carrier may accept a rail car containing a hazardous material for transportation unless the placards for the hazardous material are affixed thereto as required by this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.510" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.510   Special placarding provisions: Rail.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>White square background.</I> The following must have the specified placards placed on a white square background, as described in § 172.527:
</P>
<P>(1) Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials which require EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or EXPLOSIVES 1.2 placards affixed to the rail car;
</P>
<P>(2) Materials classed in Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or 6.1 Packing Group I Hazard Zone A which require POISON GAS or POISON placards affixed to the rail car, including tank cars containing only a residue of the material; and
</P>
<P>(3) Class DOT 113 tank cars used to transport a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material, including tank cars containing only a residue of the material.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Chemical ammunition.</I> Each rail car containing Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) ammunition which also meets the definition of a material poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) must be placarded EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION HAZARD.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-103, 51 FR 5971, Feb. 18, 1986; Amdt. 172-110, 52 FR 29528, Aug. 10, 1987; Amdt. 172-111, 52 FR 36671, Sept. 30, 1987; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66260, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 172-248, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1231, Jan. 8, 1997; 62 FR 39398, July 22, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.512" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.512   Freight containers and aircraft unit load devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Capacity of 640 cubic feet or more.</I> Each person who offers for transportation, and each person who loads and transports, a hazardous material in a freight container or aircraft unit load device having a capacity of 640 cubic feet or more shall affix to the freight container or aircraft unit load device the placards specified for the material in accordance with § 172.504. However:
</P>
<P>(1) The placarding exception provided in § 172.504(c) applies to motor vehicles transporting freight containers and aircraft unit load devices,
</P>
<P>(2) The placarding exception provided in § 172.504(c) applies to each freight container and aircraft unit load device being transported for delivery to a consignee immediately following an air or water shipment, and,
</P>
<P>(3) Placarding is not required on a freight container or aircraft unit load device if it is only transported by air and is identified as containing a hazardous material in the manner provided in part 7, chapter 2, section 2.8, of the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Capacity less than 18 m 3 (640 cubic feet).</I> (1) Each person who offers for transportation by air, and each person who loads and transports by air, a hazardous material in a freight container or aircraft unit load device having a capacity of less than 18 m
<SU>3</SU> (640 cubic feet) shall affix one placard of the type specified by paragraph (a) of this section unless the freight container or aircraft unit load device:
</P>
<P>(i) Is labeled in accordance with subpart E of this part, including § 172.406(e);
</P>
<P>(ii) Contains radioactive materials requiring the Radioactive Yellow III label and is placarded with one Radioactive placard and is labeled in accordance with subpart E of this part, including § 172.406(e); or,
</P>
<P>(iii) Is identified as containing a hazardous material in the manner provided in part 7; chapter 2, section 2.8, of the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) When hazardous materials are offered for transportation, not involving air transportation, in a freight container having a capacity of less than 640 cubic feet the freight container need not be placarded. However, if not placarded, it must be labeled in accordance with subpart E of this part.


</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, packages containing hazardous materials offered for transportation by air in freight containers are subject to the inspection requirements of § 175.30 of this chapter.






</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 172.513, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.514" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.514   Bulk packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, each person who offers for transportation a bulk packaging which contains a hazardous material, shall affix the placards specified for the material in §§ 172.504 and 172.505.
</P>
<P>(b) Each bulk packaging that is required to be placarded when it contains a hazardous material, must remain placarded when it is emptied, unless it—
</P>
<P>(1) Is sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazard;
</P>
<P>(2) Is refilled, with a material requiring different placards or no placards, to such an extent that any residue remaining in the packaging is no longer hazardous; or
</P>
<P>(3) Contains the residue of a hazardous substance in Class 9 in a quantity less than the reportable quantity, and conforms to § 173.29(b)(1) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions.</I> The following packagings may be placarded on only two opposite sides or, alternatively, may be labeled instead of placarded in accordance with subpart E of this part:
</P>
<P>(1) A portable tank having a capacity of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons). Additionally, portable tanks containing a combustible liquid may be placarded with a combustible placard that meets the label specifications for size in § 172.407(c). However, a transport vehicle containing portable tanks with a reduced-size combustible placard is still required to conform to the placarding requirements in this subpart, including the size requirements in § 172.519(c);


</P>
<P>(2) A DOT 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tank;
</P>
<P>(3) A bulk packaging other than a portable tank, cargo tank, flexible bulk container, or tank car (<I>e.g.,</I> a bulk bag or box) with a volumetric capacity of less than 18 cubic meters (640 cubic feet);
</P>
<P>(4) For an intermediate bulk container (IBC) labeled in accordance with subpart E of this part, the IBC may display the proper shipping name and UN identification number markings in accordance with § 172.301(a)(1) in place of the UN number on an orange panel, placard, or white square-on-point configuration as prescribed in § 172.336(d). Additionally, IBCs containing a combustible liquid may be placarded with a combustible placard that meets the label specifications for size in § 172.407(c). However, a transport vehicle containing IBCs with a reduced-size combustible placard is still required to conform to the placarding requirements in this subpart, including the size requirements in § 172.519(c); and


</P>
<P>(5) A Large Packaging as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) A flexible bulk container may be placarded in two opposing positions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-136, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 172-148, 61 FR 50255, Sept. 25, 1996, as amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 64473, Nov. 4, 2004; 75 FR 5392, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR 43528, July 20, 2011; 77 FR 60942, Oct. 5, 2012; 81 FR 35540, June 2, 2016; 85 FR 27878, May 11, 2020; 89 FR 15665, Mar. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.516" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.516   Visibility and display of placards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each placard on a motor vehicle and each placard on a rail car must be clearly visible from the direction it faces, except from the direction of another transport vehicle or rail car to which the motor vehicle or rail car is coupled. This requirement may be met by the placards displayed on the freight containers or portable tanks loaded on a motor vehicle or rail car.
</P>
<P>(b) The required placarding of the front of a motor vehicle may be on the front of a truck-tractor instead of or in addition to the placarding on the front of the cargo body to which a truck-tractor is attached.
</P>
<P>(c) Each placard on a transport vehicle, bulk packaging, freight container or aircraft unit load device must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be securely attached or affixed thereto or placed in a holder thereon. (See appendix C to this part.);
</P>
<P>(2) Be located clear of appurtenances and devices such as ladders, pipes, doors, and tarpaulins;
</P>
<P>(3) So far as practicable, be located so that dirt or water is not directed to it from the wheels of the transport vehicle;
</P>
<P>(4) Be located away from any marking (such as advertising) that could substantially reduce its effectiveness, and in any case at least 3 inches (76.0 mm.) away from such marking;
</P>
<P>(5) Have the words or identification number (when authorized) printed on it displayed horizontally, reading from left to right;
</P>
<P>(6) Be maintained by the carrier in a condition so that the format, legibility, color, and visibility of the placard will not be substantially reduced due to damage, deterioration, or obscurement by dirt or other matter;
</P>
<P>(7) Be affixed to a background of contrasting color, or must have a dotted or solid line outer border which contrasts with the background color.
</P>
<P>(d) Recommended specifications for a placard holder are set forth in appendix C of this part. Except for a placard holder similar to that contained in appendix C to this part, the means used to attach a placard may not obscure any part of its surface other than the borders.
</P>
<P>(e) A placard or placard holder may be hinged provided the required format, color, and legibility of the placard are maintained.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-101, 45 FR 74668, Nov. 10, 1980; Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.519" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.519   General specifications for placards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Strength and durability.</I> Placards must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A placard may be made of any plastic, metal or other material capable of withstanding, without deterioration or a substantial reduction in effectiveness, a 30-day exposure to open weather conditions.
</P>
<P>(2) A placard made of tagboard must be at least equal to that designated commercially as white tagboard. Tagboard must have a weight of at least 80 kg (176 pounds) per ream of 610 by 910 mm (24 by 36-inch) sheets, waterproofing materials included. In addition, each placard made of tagboard must be able to pass a 414 kPa (60 p.s.i.) Mullen test.
</P>
<P>(3) Reflective or retroreflective materials may be used on a placard if the prescribed colors, strength and durability are maintained.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Design.</I> (1) Except as provided in § 172.332 of this part, each placard must be as described in this subpart, and except for size and color, the printing, inner border and symbol must be as shown in §§ 172.521 through 172.560 of this subpart, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) The dotted line border shown on each placard is not part of the placard specification. However, a dotted or solid line outer border may be used when needed to indicate the full size of a placard that is part of a larger format or is on a background of a non-contrasting color.
</P>
<P>(3) For other than Class 7 or the DANGEROUS placard, text indicating a hazard (for example, “FLAMMABLE”) is not required. Text may be omitted from the OXYGEN placard only if the specific identification number is displayed on the placard.
</P>
<P>(4) For a placard corresponding to the primary or subsidiary hazard class of a material, the hazard class or division number must be displayed in the lower corner of the placard. However, a permanently affixed subsidiary placard meeting the specifications of this section which were in effect on October 1, 2001, (such as, a placard without the hazard class or division number displayed in the lower corner of the placard) and which was installed prior to September 30, 2001, may continue to be used as a subsidiary placard in domestic transportation by rail or highway, provided the color tolerances are maintained and are in accordance with the display requirements in this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Size.</I> (1) Each diamond (square-on-point) placard prescribed in this subpart must measure at least 250 mm (9.84 inches) on each side and must have a solid line inner border approximately 12.5 mm inside and parallel to the edge. The 12.5 mm measurement is from the outside edge of the placard to the outside of the solid line forming the inner border. For domestic transportation, a placard manufactured prior to January 1, 2017, in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life provided the color tolerances are maintained and are in accordance with the display requirements of this subchapter.


</P>
<P>(2) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, the hazard class or division number, as appropriate, must be shown in numerals measuring at least 41 mm (1.6 inches) in height.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, when text indicating a hazard is displayed on a placard, the printing must be in letters measuring at least 41 mm (1.6 inches) in height.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Color.</I> (1) The background color, symbol, text, numerals and inner border on a placard must be as specified in §§ 172.521 through 172.560 of this subpart, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) Black and any color on a placard must be able to withstand, without substantial change—
</P>
<P>(i) A 72-hour fadeometer test (for a description of equipment designed for this purpose, see ASTM G 23-69 or ASTM G 26-70); and
</P>
<P>(ii) A 30-day exposure to open weather.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon visual examination, a color on a placard must fall within the color tolerances displayed on the appropriate Hazardous Materials Label and Placard Color Tolerance Chart (see § 172.407(d)(4)). As an alternative, the PANTONE ® formula guide coated/uncoated as specified for colors in § 172.407(d)(5) may be used.
</P>
<P>(4) The placard color must extend to the inner border and may extend to the edge of the placard in the area designated on each placard except the color on the CORROSIVE and RADIOACTIVE placards (black and yellow, respectively) must extend only to the inner border.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Form identification.</I> A placard may contain form identification information, including the name of its maker, provided that information is printed outside of the solid line inner border in no larger than 10-point type.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exceptions.</I> When hazardous materials are offered for transportation or transported under the provisions of subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter, a placard conforming to the specifications in the UN Recommendations, the ICAO Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code, or the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may be used in place of a corresponding placard conforming to the requirements of this subpart. However, a bulk packaging, transport vehicle, or freight container containing a material poisonous by inhalation (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) must be placarded in accordance with this subpart (see § 171.23(b)(10) of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Trefoil symbol.</I> The trefoil symbol on the RADIOACTIVE placard must meet the appropriate specification in appendix B of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52601, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66260, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 172-143, 60 FR 50305, Sept. 28, 1995; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 44255, Aug. 22, 2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 70 FR 34075, June 13, 2005; 69 FR 64473, Nov. 4, 2004; 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007; 76 FR 43528, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 80 FR 1151, Jan. 8, 2015; 83 FR 55807, Nov. 7, 2018; 87 FR 79774, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.521" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.521   DANGEROUS placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the DANGEROUS placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.039.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to meeting the requirements of § 172.519, and appendix B to this part, the DANGEROUS placard must have a red upper and lower triangle. The placard center area and 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch (12.7 mm.) border must be white. The inscription must be black with the 
<FR>1/8</FR>-inch (3.2 mm.) border marker in the white area at each end of the inscription red.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-29A, 41 FR 40680, Sept. 20, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.522" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.522   EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and EXPLOSIVES 1.3 placards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and EXPLOSIVES 1.3 placards must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.040.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519 of this subpart, the background color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2, and EXPLOSIVES 1.3 placards must be orange. The “*” shall be replaced with the appropriate division number and, when required, appropriate compatibility group letter. The symbol, text, numerals and inner border must be black.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52602, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66260, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.523" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.523   EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.041.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519 of this subpart, the background color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard must be orange. The “*” shall be replaced, when required, with the appropriate compatibility group letter. The division numeral, 1.4, must measure at least 64 mm (2.5 inches) in height. The text, numerals and inner border must be black.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52602, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66261, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.524" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.524   EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.042.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with the § 172.519 of this subpart, the background color on EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard must be orange. The “*” shall be replaced, when required, with the appropriate compatibility group letter. The division numeral, 1.5, must measure at least 64 mm (2.5 inches) in height. The text, numerals and inner border must be black.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52602, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66261, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.525" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.525   EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color the EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.043.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519 of this subpart, the background color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard must be orange. The “*” shall be replaced, when required, with the appropriate compatibility group letter. The division numeral, 1.6, must measure at least 64 mm (2.5 inches) in height. The text, numerals and inner border must be black.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 55 FR 52603, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66261, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-130, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.526" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.526   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.527" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.527   Background requirements for certain placards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the square background required by § 172.510(a) for certain placards on rail cars, and § 172.507 for placards on motor vehicles containing a package of highway route controlled quantity radioactive materials, must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.044.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to meeting the requirements of § 172.519 for minimum durability and strength, the square background must consist of a white square measuring 14
<FR>1/4</FR> inches (362.0 mm.) on each side surrounded by a black border extending to 15
<FR>1/4</FR> inches (387.0 mm.) on each side.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-29, 41 FR 15996, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 172-64, 46 FR 5316, Jan. 19, 1981; Amdt. 172-78, 48 FR 10226, Mar. 10, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.528" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.528   NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.045.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background color on the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be green. The letters in both words must be at least 38 mm (1.5 inches) high. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66261, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.530" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.530   OXYGEN placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the OXYGEN placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.046.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519 of this subpart, the background color on the OXYGEN placard must be yellow. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.532" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.532   FLAMMABLE GAS placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.047.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background color on the FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be red. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.536" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.536   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.540" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.540   POISON GAS placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the POISON GAS placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er22jy97.024.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background on the POISON GAS placard and the symbol must be white. The background of the upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the upper diamond must be 65 mm (2
<FR>5/8</FR> inches) above the horizontal center line. The text, class number, and inner border must be black.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 39408, July 22, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.542" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.542   FLAMMABLE placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.049.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background color on the FLAMMABLE placard must be red. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white.
</P>
<P>(c) The word “GASOLINE” may be used in place of the word “FLAMMABLE” on a placard that is displayed on a cargo tank or a portable tank being used to transport gasoline by highway. The word “GASOLINE” must be shown in white.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.544" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.544   COMBUSTIBLE placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the COMBUSTIBLE placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.050.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background color on the COMBUSTIBLE placard must be red. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white. On a COMBUSTIBLE placard with a white bottom as prescribed by § 172.332(c)(4), the class number must be red or black.
</P>
<P>(c) The words “FUEL OIL” may be used in place of the word “COMBUSTIBLE” on a placard that is displayed on a cargo tank or portable tank being used to transport by highway fuel oil that is not classed as a flammable liquid. The words “FUEL OIL” must be white.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66262, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.546" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.546   FLAMMABLE SOLID placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE SOLID placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.051.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background on the FLAMMABLE SOLID placard must be white with seven vertical red stripes. The stripes must be equally spaced, with one red stripe placed in the center of the label. Each red stripe and each white space between two red stripes must be 25 mm (1.0 inches) wide. The letters in the word “SOLID” must be at least 38.1 mm (1.5 inches) high. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.547" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.547   SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.052.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background color on the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE placard must be red in the lower half and white in upper half. The letters in the word “SPONTANEOUSLY” must be at least 12 mm (0.5 inch) high. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.548" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.548   DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.053.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background color on the DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard must be blue. The letters in the words “WHEN WET” must be at least 25 mm (1.0 inches) high. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.550" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.550   OXIDIZER placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the OXIDIZER placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.054.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background color on the OXIDIZER placard must be yellow. The symbol, text, division number and inner border must be black.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66263, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.552" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.552   ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er29de06.001.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background on the ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard must be red in the top half and yellow in the lower half. The text, division number and inner border must be black; the symbol may be either black or white.
</P>
<P>(c) For transportation by highway, a Division 5.2 placard conforming to the specifications in this section in effect on December 31, 2006 may continue to be used until January 1, 2014.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 78628, Dec. 29, 2006, as amended at 76 FR 43528, July 20, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.553" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.553   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.554" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.554   POISON placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the POISON placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.057.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background on the POISON placard must be white. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black. The word “TOXIC” may be used in lieu of the word “POISON”.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 172-139, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.555" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.555   POISON INHALATION HAZARD placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the POISON INHALATION HAZARD placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er22jy97.025.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background on the POISON INHALATION HAZARD placard and the symbol must be white. The background of the upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the upper diamond must be 65 mm (2
<FR>5/8</FR> inches) above the horizontal center line. The text, class number, and inner border must be black.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 39409, July 22, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.556" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.556   RADIOACTIVE placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the RADIOACTIVE placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er29se00.001.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background color on the RADIOACTIVE placard must be white in the lower portion with a yellow triangle in the upper portion. The base of the yellow triangle must be 29 mm ±5 mm (1.1 inches ±0.2 inches) above the placard horizontal center line. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 172-130, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993; 65 FR 58627, Sept. 29, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.558" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.558   CORROSIVE placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color, the CORROSIVE placard must be as follows: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er29se00.002.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to complying with § 172.519, the background color on the CORROSIVE placard must be black in the lower portion with a white triangle in the upper portion. The base of the white triangle must be 38 mm ±5 mm (1.5 inches ±0.2 inches) above the placard horizontal center line. The text and class number must be white. The symbol and inner border must be black.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended at 65 FR 58627, Sept. 29, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.560" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.6.25.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.560   CLASS 9 placard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for size and color the CLASS 9 (miscellaneous hazardous materials) placard must be as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.060.gif"/>
<P>(b) In addition to conformance with § 172.519, the background on the CLASS 9 placard must be white with seven black vertical stripes on the top half extending from the top of the placard to one inch above the horizontal centerline. The black vertical stripes must be spaced so that, visually, they appear equal in width to the six white spaces between them. The space below the vertical lines must be white with the class number 9 underlined and centered at the bottom.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-123, 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Emergency Response Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.600" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.7.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.600   Applicability and general requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, this subpart prescribes requirements for providing and maintaining emergency response information during transportation and at facilities where hazardous materials are loaded for transportation, stored incidental to transportation or otherwise handled during any phase of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicability.</I> This subpart applies to persons who offer for transportation, accept for transportation, transfer or otherwise handle hazardous materials during transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General requirements.</I> No person to whom this subpart applies may offer for transportation, accept for transportation, transfer, store or otherwise handle during transportation a hazardous material unless:
</P>
<P>(1) Emergency response information conforming to this subpart is immediately available for use at all times the hazardous material is present; and
</P>
<P>(2) Emergency response information, including the emergency response telephone number, required by this subpart is immediately available to any person who, as a representative of a Federal, State or local government agency, responds to an incident involving a hazardous material, or is conducting an investigation which involves a hazardous material.






</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions.</I> The requirements of this subpart do not apply to hazardous material which is excepted from the shipping paper requirements of this subchapter.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-116, 54 FR 27145, June 27, 1989; 54 FR 28750, July 5, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 33712, Aug. 17, 1990; Amdt. 172-127, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 172-149, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996; 87 FR 79774, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.602" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.7.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.602   Emergency response information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Information required.</I> For purposes of this subpart, the term “emergency response information” means information that can be used in the mitigation of an incident involving hazardous materials and, as a minimum, must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The basic description and technical name of the hazardous material as required by §§ 172.202 and 172.203(k), the ICAO Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code, or the TDG Regulations, as appropriate (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(2) Immediate hazards to health;
</P>
<P>(3) Risks of fire or explosion;
</P>
<P>(4) Immediate precautions to be taken in the event of an accident or incident;
</P>
<P>(5) Immediate methods for handling fires;
</P>
<P>(6) Initial methods for handling spills or leaks in the absence of fire; and
</P>
<P>(7) Preliminary first aid measures.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form of information.</I> The information required for a hazardous material by paragraph (a) of this section must be:
</P>
<P>(1) Printed legibly in English;
</P>
<P>(2) Available for use away from the package containing the hazardous material; and
</P>
<P>(3) Presented—
</P>
<P>(i) On a shipping paper;
</P>
<P>(ii) In a document, other than a shipping paper, that includes both the basic description and technical name of the hazardous material as required by §§ 172.202 and 172.203(k), the ICAO Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code, or the TDG Regulations, as appropriate, and the emergency response information required by this subpart (e.g., a material safety data sheet); or
</P>
<P>(iii) Related to the information on a shipping paper, a written notification to pilot-in-command, or a dangerous cargo manifest, in a separate document (e.g., an emergency response guidance document), in a manner that cross-references the description of the hazardous material on the shipping paper with the emergency response information contained in the document. Aboard aircraft, the ICAO “Emergency Response Guidance for Aircraft Incidents Involving Dangerous Goods” and, aboard vessels, the IMO “Emergency Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods”, or equivalent documents, may be used to satisfy the requirements of this section for a separate document.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Maintenance of information.</I> Emergency response information shall be maintained as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Carriers.</I> Each carrier who transports a hazardous material shall maintain the information specified in paragraph (a) of this section and § 172.606 of this part in the same manner as prescribed for shipping papers, except that the information must be maintained in the same manner aboard aircraft as the notification of pilot-in-command, and aboard vessels in the same manner as the dangerous cargo manifest. This information must be immediately accessible to train crew personnel, drivers of motor vehicles, flight crew members, and bridge personnel on vessels for use in the event of incidents involving hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Facility operators.</I> Each operator of a facility where a hazardous material is received, stored or handled during transportation, shall maintain the information required by paragraph (a) of this section whenever the hazardous material is present. This information must be in a location that is immediately accessible to facility personnel in the event of an incident involving the hazardous material.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-116, 54 FR 27146, June 27, 1989; 54 FR 28750, July 5, 1989, as amended by Amdt. 172-116, 55 FR 875, Jan. 10, 1990; Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1234, Jan. 8, 1997; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75741, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.604" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.7.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.604   Emergency response telephone number.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person who offers a hazardous material for transportation must provide a numeric emergency response telephone number, including the area code, for use in an emergency involving the hazardous material. For telephone numbers outside the United States, the international access code or the “+” (plus) sign, country code, and city code, as appropriate, that are needed to complete the call must be included. The telephone number must be—
</P>
<P>(1) Monitored at all times the hazardous material is in transportation, including storage incidental to transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) The telephone number of a person who is either knowledgeable of the hazardous material being shipped and has comprehensive emergency response and incident mitigation information for that material, or has immediate access to a person who possesses such knowledge and information. A telephone number that requires a call back (such as an answering service, answering machine, or beeper device) does not meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) Entered on a shipping paper, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Immediately following the description of the hazardous material required by subpart C of this part; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Entered once on the shipping paper in the manner prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section in a prominent, readily identifiable, and clearly visible manner that allows the information to be easily and quickly found, such as by highlighting, use of a larger font or a font that is a different color from other text and information, or otherwise setting the information apart to provide for quick and easy recognition. The offeror may use one of the methods prescribed in this paragraph only if the telephone number applies to each hazardous material entered on the shipping paper, and if it is indicated that the telephone number is for emergency response information (for example: “EMERGENCY CONTACT: * * *”).
</P>
<P>(b) The telephone number required by paragraph (a) of this section must be -
</P>
<P>(1) The number of the person offering the hazardous material for transportation when that person is also the emergency response information provider (ERI provider). The name of the person, or contract number or other unique identifier assigned by an ERI provider, identified with the emergency response telephone number must be entered on the shipping paper immediately before, after, above, or below the emergency response telephone number unless the name is entered elsewhere on the shipping paper in a prominent, readily identifiable, and clearly visible manner that allows the information to be easily and quickly found; or
</P>
<P>(2) The number of an agency or organization capable of, and accepting responsibility for, providing the detailed information required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The person who is registered with the ERI provider must ensure that the agency or organization has received current information on the material before it is offered for transportation. The person who is registered with the ERI provider must be identified by name, or contract number or other unique identifier assigned by the ERI provider, on the shipping paper immediately before, after, above, or below the emergency response telephone number in a prominent, readily identifiable, and clearly visible manner that allows the information to be easily and quickly found, unless the name or identifier is entered elsewhere in a prominent manner as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) A person preparing shipping papers for continued transportation in commerce must include the information required by this section. If the person preparing shipping papers for continued transportation in commerce elects to assume responsibility for providing the emergency response telephone number required by this section, the person must ensure that all the requirements of this section are met.
</P>
<P>(d) The requirements of this section do not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Hazardous materials that are offered for transportation under the provisions applicable to limited quantities or excepted quantities; or
</P>
<P>(2) Materials properly described under the following shipping names:
</P>
<P>(i) Battery powered equipment.
</P>
<P>(ii) Battery powered vehicle.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carbon dioxide, solid.
</P>
<P>(iv) Castor bean.
</P>
<P>(v) Castor flake.
</P>
<P>(vi) Castor meal.
</P>
<P>(vii) Castor pomace.
</P>
<P>(viii) Consumer commodity.
</P>
<P>(ix) Dry ice.
</P>
<P>(x) Engine, fuel cell, flammable gas powered.
</P>
<P>(xi) Engine, fuel cell, flammable liquid powered.
</P>
<P>(xii) Engine, internal combustion.
</P>
<P>(xiii) Engine, internal combustion, flammable gas powered.
</P>
<P>(xiv) Engine, internal combustion, flammable liquid powered.
</P>
<P>(xv) Fish meal, stabilized.
</P>
<P>(xvi) Fish scrap, stabilized.
</P>
<P>(xvii) Krill Meal, PG III.
</P>
<P>(xviii) Machinery, internal combustion.
</P>
<P>(xix) Machinery, fuel cell, flammable gas powered.
</P>
<P>(xx) Machinery, fuel cell, flammable liquid powered.
</P>
<P>(xxi) Machinery, internal combustion, flammable gas powered.
</P>
<P>(xxii) Machinery, internal combustion, flammable liquid powered.
</P>
<P>(xxiii) Refrigerating machine.
</P>
<P>(xxiv) Vehicle, flammable gas powered.
</P>
<P>(xxv) Vehicle, flammable liquid powered.
</P>
<P>(xxvi) Wheelchair, electric.
</P>
<P>(3) Transportation vehicles or freight containers containing lading that has been fumigated and displaying the FUMIGANT marking (see § 172.302(g)) as required by § 173.9 of this subchapter, unless other hazardous materials are present in the cargo transport unit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 53422, Oct. 19, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 53596, Sept. 1, 2010; 77 FR 37984, June 25, 2012; 78 FR 1073, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 60753, Oct. 1, 2013; 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016; 83 FR 55807, Nov. 7, 2018; 85 FR 27878, May 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.606" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.7.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.606   Carrier information contact.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each carrier who transports or accepts for transportation a hazardous material for which a shipping paper is required shall instruct the operator of a motor vehicle, train, aircraft, or vessel to contact the carrier (e.g., by telephone or mobile radio) in the event of an incident involving the hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(b) For transportation by highway, if a transport vehicle, (e.g., a semi-trailer or freight container-on-chassis) contains hazardous material for which a shipping paper is required and the vehicle is separated from its motive power and parked at a location other than a facility operated by the consignor or consignee or a facility (e.g., a carrier's terminal or a marine terminal) subject to the provisions of § 172.602(c)(2), the carrier shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Mark the transport vehicle with the telephone number of the motor carrier on the front exterior near the brake hose and electrical connections or on a label, tag, or sign attached to the vehicle at the brake hose or electrical connection; or
</P>
<P>(2) Have the shipping paper and emergency response information readily available on the transport vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section do not apply to an unattended motor vehicle separated from its motive power when the motor vehicle is marked on an orange panel, a placard, or a plain white square-on-point configuration with the identification number of each hazardous material loaded therein, and the marking or placard is visible on the outside of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-151, 62 FR 1234, Jan. 8, 1997, as amended at 62 FR 39398, 39409, July 22, 1997; 63 FR 16076, Apr. 1, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Training</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 172-126, 57 FR 20952, May 15, 1992, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 172.700" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.8.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.700   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This subpart prescribes requirements for training hazmat employees.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> Training as used in this subpart means a systematic program that ensures a hazmat employee has familiarity with the general provisions of this subchapter, is able to recognize and identify hazardous materials, has knowledge of specific requirements of this subchapter applicable to functions performed by the employee, and has knowledge of emergency response information, self-protection measures and accident prevention methods and procedures (see § 172.704).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Modal-specific training requirements.</I> Additional training requirements for the individual modes of transportation are prescribed in parts 174, 175, 176, and 177 of this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.701" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.8.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.701   Federal-State relationship.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart and the parts referenced in § 172.700(c) prescribe minimum training requirements for the transportation of hazardous materials. For motor vehicle drivers, however, a State may impose more stringent training requirements only if those requirements—
</P>
<P>(a) Do not conflict with the training requirements in this subpart and in part 177 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(b) Apply only to drivers domiciled in that State.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.702" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.8.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.702   Applicability and responsibility for training and testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A hazmat employer shall ensure that each of its hazmat employees is trained in accordance with the requirements prescribed in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in § 172.704(c)(1), a hazmat employee who performs any function subject to the requirements of this subchapter may not perform that function unless instructed in the requirements of this subchapter that apply to that function. It is the duty of each hazmat employer to comply with the applicable requirements of this subchapter and to thoroughly instruct each hazmat employee in relation thereto.
</P>
<P>(c) Training may be provided by the hazmat employer or other public or private sources.
</P>
<P>(d) A hazmat employer shall ensure that each of its hazmat employees is tested by appropriate means on the training subjects covered in § 172.704.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-126, 57 FR 20952, May 15, 1992; 57 FR 22182, May 27, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 172-149, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.704" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.8.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.704   Training requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Hazmat employee training must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General awareness/familiarization training.</I> Each hazmat employee shall be provided general awareness/familiarization training designed to provide familiarity with the requirements of this subchapter, and to enable the employee to recognize and identify hazardous materials consistent with the hazard communication standards of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Function-specific training.</I> (i) Each hazmat employee must be provided function-specific training concerning requirements of this subchapter, or exemptions or special permits issued under subchapter A of this chapter, that are specifically applicable to the functions the employee performs. 
</P>
<P>(ii) As an alternative to function-specific training on the requirements of this subchapter, training relating to the requirements of the ICAO Technical Instructions and the IMDG Code may be provided to the extent such training addresses functions authorized by subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Safety training.</I> Each hazmat employee shall receive safety training concerning—
</P>
<P>(i) Emergency response information required by subpart G of part 172;
</P>
<P>(ii) Measures to protect the employee from the hazards associated with hazardous materials to which they may be exposed in the work place, including specific measures the hazmat employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Methods and procedures for avoiding accidents, such as the proper procedures for handling packages containing hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Security awareness training.</I> Each hazmat employee must receive training that provides an awareness of security risks associated with hazardous materials transportation and methods designed to enhance transportation security. This training must also include a component covering how to recognize and respond to possible security threats. New hazmat employees must receive the security awareness training required by this paragraph within 90 days after employment.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>In-depth security training.</I> Each hazmat employee of a person required to have a security plan in accordance with subpart I of this part who handles hazardous materials covered by the plan, performs a regulated function related to the hazardous materials covered by the plan, or is responsible for implementing the plan must be trained concerning the security plan and its implementation. Security training must include company security objectives, organizational security structure, specific security procedures, specific security duties and responsibilities for each employee, and specific actions to be taken by each employee in the event of a security breach.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>OSHA, EPA, and other training.</I> Training conducted by employers to comply with the hazard communication programs required by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the Department of Labor (29 CFR 1910.120 or 1910.1200) or the Environmental Protection Agency (40 CFR 311.1), or training conducted by employers to comply with security training programs required by other Federal or international agencies, may be used to satisfy the training requirements in paragraph (a) of this section to the extent that such training addresses the training components specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Initial and recurrent training</I>—(1) <I>Initial training.</I> A new hazmat employee, or a hazmat employee who changes job functions may perform those functions prior to the completion of training provided—
</P>
<P>(i) The employee performs those functions under the direct supervision of a properly trained and knowledgeable hazmat employee; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The training is completed within 90 days after employment or a change in job function.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Recurrent training.</I> A hazmat employee must receive the training required by this subpart at least once every three years. For in-depth security training required under paragraph (a)(5) of this section, a hazmat employee must be trained at least once every three years or, if the security plan for which training is required is revised during the three-year recurrent training cycle, within 90 days of implementation of the revised plan.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Relevant Training.</I> Relevant training received from a previous employer or other source may be used to satisfy the requirements of this subpart provided a current record of training is obtained from hazmat employees' previous employer.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Compliance.</I> Each hazmat employer is responsible for compliance with the requirements of this subchapter regardless of whether the training required by this subpart has been completed.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> Each hazmat employer must create and retain a record of current training of each hazmat employee, inclusive of the preceding three years, in accordance with this section for as long as that employee is employed by that employer as a hazmat employee and for 90 days thereafter. A hazmat employer must make a hazmat employee's record of current training available upon request, at a reasonable time and location, to an authorized official of the Department of Transportation or of an entity explicitly granted authority to enforce the HMR. The record must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The hazmat employee's name;
</P>
<P>(2) The most recent training completion date of the hazmat employee's training;
</P>
<P>(3) A description, copy, or the location of the training materials used to meet the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(4) The name and address of the person providing the training; and
</P>
<P>(5) Certification that the hazmat employee has been trained and tested, as required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Limitations.</I> The following limitations apply:
</P>
<P>(1) A hazmat employee who manufactures, repairs, modifies, reconditions, or tests packagings, as qualified for use in the transportation of hazardous materials, and who does not perform any other function subject to the requirements of this subchapter, is not subject to the training requirements of paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad maintenance-of-way employee or railroad signalman, who does not perform any function subject to the requirements of this subchapter, is not subject to the training requirements of paragraphs (a)(2), (a)(4), or (a)(5) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-126, 57 FR 20952, May 15, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 172-126, 58 FR 5851, Jan. 22, 1993; Amdt. 172-145, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 172-149, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 68 FR 14521, Mar. 25, 2003; 70 FR 73164, Dec. 9, 2005; 73 FR 4716, Jan. 28, 2008; 73 FR 57005, Oct. 1, 2008; 75 FR 10988, Mar. 9, 2010; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 15326, Mar. 11, 2013; 80 FR 72923, Nov. 23, 2015; 91 FR 1446, Jan. 14, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Safety and Security Plans</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 14521, Mar. 25, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 172.800" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.9.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.800   Purpose and applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This subpart prescribes requirements for development and implementation of plans to address security risks related to the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicability.</I> Each person who offers for transportation in commerce or transports in commerce one or more of the following hazardous materials must develop and adhere to a transportation security plan for hazardous materials that conforms to the requirements of this subpart. As used in this section, “large bulk quantity” refers to a quantity greater than 3,000 kg (6,614 pounds) for solids or 3,000 liters (792 gallons) for liquids and gases in a single packaging such as a cargo tank motor vehicle, portable tank, tank car, or other bulk container.
</P>
<P>(1) Any quantity of a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 material.
</P>
<P>(2) A quantity of a Division 1.4, 1.5, or 1.6 material requiring placarding in accordance with subpart F of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) A large bulk quantity of Division 2.1 material.
</P>
<P>(4) A large bulk quantity of Division 2.2 material with a subsidiary hazard of 5.1.
</P>
<P>(5) Any quantity of a material poisonous by inhalation, as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(6) A large bulk quantity of a Class 3 material meeting the criteria for Packing Group I or II.
</P>
<P>(7) A quantity of desensitized explosives meeting the definition of Division 4.1 or Class 3 material requiring placarding in accordance with subpart F of this part.
</P>
<P>(8) A large bulk quantity of a Division 4.2 material meeting the criteria for Packing Group I or II.
</P>
<P>(9) A quantity of a Division 4.3 material requiring placarding in accordance with subpart F of this part.
</P>
<P>(10) A large bulk quantity of a Division 5.1 material in Packing Groups I and II; perchlorates; or ammonium nitrate, ammonium nitrate fertilizers, or ammonium nitrate emulsions, suspensions, or gels.
</P>
<P>(11) Any quantity of organic peroxide, Type B, liquid or solid, temperature controlled.
</P>
<P>(12) A large bulk quantity of Division 6.1 material (for a material poisonous by inhalation see paragraph (5) above).
</P>
<P>(13) A select agent or toxin regulated by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention under 42 CFR part 73 or the U.S. Department of Agriculture under 9 CFR part 121.
</P>
<P>(14) A quantity of uranium hexafluoride requiring placarding under § 172.505(b).
</P>
<P>(15) International Atomic Energy Agency Code of Conduct (IBR, see § 171.7) Category 1 and 2 materials, Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Category 1 and Category 2 radioactive materials as listed in Table 1, appendix A to 10 CFR part 37, and Highway Route Controlled quantities as defined in 49 CFR 173.403.
</P>
<P>(16) A large bulk quantity of Class 8 material meeting the criteria for Packing Group I.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions.</I> Transportation activities of a farmer, who generates less than $500,000 annually in gross receipts from the sale of agricultural commodities or products, are not subject to this subpart if such activities are:
</P>
<P>(1) Conducted by highway or rail;
</P>
<P>(2) In direct support of their farming operations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Conducted within a 150-mile radius of those operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 14521, Mar. 25, 2003, as amended at 70 FR 73164, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 75 FR 10988, Mar. 9, 2010; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 85 FR 27878, May 11, 2020; 85 FR 83381, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.802" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.9.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.802   Components of a security plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The security plan must include an assessment of transportation security risks for shipments of the hazardous materials listed in § 172.800, including site-specific or location-specific risks associated with facilities at which the hazardous materials listed in § 172.800 are prepared for transportation, stored, or unloaded incidental to movement, and appropriate measures to address the assessed risks. Specific measures put into place by the plan may vary commensurate with the level of threat at a particular time. At a minimum, a security plan must include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Personnel security.</I> Measures to confirm information provided by job applicants hired for positions that involve access to and handling of the hazardous materials covered by the security plan. Such confirmation system must be consistent with applicable Federal and State laws and requirements concerning employment practices and individual privacy.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Unauthorized access.</I> Measures to address the assessed risk that unauthorized persons may gain access to the hazardous materials covered by the security plan or transport conveyances being prepared for transportation of the hazardous materials covered by the security plan.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>En route security.</I> Measures to address the assessed security risks of shipments of hazardous materials covered by the security plan en route from origin to destination, including shipments stored incidental to movement.
</P>
<P>(b) The security plan must also include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification by job title of the senior management official responsible for overall development and implementation of the security plan;
</P>
<P>(2) Security duties for each position or department that is responsible for implementing the plan or a portion of the plan and the process of notifying employees when specific elements of the security plan must be implemented; and
</P>
<P>(3) A plan for training hazmat employees in accordance with § 172.704 (a)(4) and (a)(5) of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The security plan, including the transportation security risk assessment developed in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, must be in writing and must be retained for as long as it remains in effect. The security plan must be reviewed at least annually and revised and/or updated as necessary to reflect changing circumstances. The most recent version of the security plan, or portions thereof, must be available to the employees who are responsible for implementing it, consistent with personnel security clearance or background investigation restrictions and a demonstrated need to know. When the security plan is updated or revised, all employees responsible for implementing it must be notified and all copies of the plan must be maintained as of the date of the most recent revision.
</P>
<P>(d) Each person required to develop and implement a security plan in accordance with this subpart must maintain a copy of the security plan (or an electronic file thereof) that is accessible at, or through, its principal place of business and must make the security plan available upon request, at a reasonable time and location, to an authorized official of the Department of Transportation or the Department of Homeland Security.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 14521, Mar. 25, 2003, as amended at 75 FR 10989, Mar. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.804" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.9.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.804   Relationship to other Federal requirements.</HEAD>
<P>To avoid unnecessary duplication of security requirements, security plans that conform to regulations, standards, protocols, or guidelines issued by other Federal agencies, international organizations, or industry organizations may be used to satisfy the requirements in this subpart, provided such security plans address the requirements specified in this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.820" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.9.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.820   Additional planning requirements for transportation by rail.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each rail carrier transporting in commerce one or more of the following materials is subject to the additional safety and security planning requirements of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) More than 2,268 kg (5,000 lbs.) in a single carload of a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 explosive;
</P>
<P>(2) A quantity of a material poisonous by inhalation in a single bulk packaging;
</P>
<P>(3) A highway route-controlled quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material, as defined in § 173.403 of this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(4) A high-hazard flammable train (HHFT) as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter.


</P>
<P>(b) Not later than 90 days after the end of each calendar year, a rail carrier must compile commodity data for the previous calendar year for the materials listed in paragraph (a) of this section. The following stipulations apply to data collected:
</P>
<P>(1) Commodity data must be collected by route, a line segment, or series of line segments as aggregated by the rail carrier. Within the rail carrier selected route, the commodity data must identify the geographic location of the route and the total number of shipments by UN identification number for the materials specified in paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
<P>(2) A carrier may compile commodity data, by UN number, for all Class 7 materials transported (instead of only highway route controlled quantities of Class 7 materials) and for all Division 6.1 materials transported (instead of only Division 6.1 poison inhalation hazard materials).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Rail transportation route analysis.</I> For each calendar year, a rail carrier must analyze the safety and security risks for the transportation route(s), identified in the commodity data collected as required by paragraph (b) of this section. The route analysis must be in writing and include the factors contained in appendix D to this part, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(1) The safety and security risks present must be analyzed for the route and railroad facilities along the route. For purposes of this section, railroad facilities are railroad property including, but not limited to, classification and switching yards, storage facilities, and non-private sidings. This term does not include an offeror's facility, private track, private siding, or consignee's facility.
</P>
<P>(2) In performing the analysis required by this paragraph, the rail carrier must seek relevant information from state, local, and tribal officials, as appropriate, regarding security risks to high-consequence targets along or in proximity to the route(s) utilized. If a rail carrier is unable to acquire relevant information from state, local, or tribal officials, then it must document that in its analysis. For purposes of this section, a high-consequence target means a property, natural resource, location, area, or other target designated by the Secretary of Homeland Security that is a viable terrorist target of national significance, the attack of which by railroad could result in catastrophic loss of life, significant damage to national security or defense capabilities, or national economic harm.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Alternative route analysis.</I> (1) For each calendar year, a rail carrier must identify practicable alternative routes over which it has authority to operate, if an alternative exists, as an alternative route for each of the transportation routes analyzed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. The carrier must perform a safety and security risk assessment of the alternative routes for comparison to the route analysis prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section. The alternative route analysis must be in writing and include the criteria in appendix D of this part. When determining practicable alternative routes, the rail carrier must consider the use of interchange agreements with other rail carriers. The written alternative route analysis must also consider:
</P>
<P>(i) Safety and security risks presented by use of the alternative route(s);
</P>
<P>(ii) Comparison of the safety and security risks of the alternative(s) to the primary rail transportation route, including the risk of a catastrophic release from a shipment traveling along each route;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any remediation or mitigation measures implemented on the primary or alternative route(s); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Potential economic effects of using the alternative route(s), including but not limited to the economics of the commodity, route, and customer relationship.
</P>
<P>(2) In performing the analysis required by this paragraph, the rail carrier should seek relevant information from state, local, and tribal officials, as appropriate, regarding security risks to high-consequence targets along or in proximity to the alternative routes. If a rail carrier determines that it is not appropriate to seek such relevant information, then it must explain its reasoning for that determination in its analysis.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Route Selection.</I> A carrier must use the analysis performed as required by paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section to select the route to be used in moving the materials covered by paragraph (a) of this section. The carrier must consider any remediation measures implemented on a route. Using this process, the carrier must at least annually review and select the practicable route posing the least overall safety and security risk. The rail carrier must retain in writing all route review and selection decision documentation and restrict the distribution, disclosure, and availability of information contained in the route analysis to covered persons with a need-to-know, as described in parts 15 and 1520 of this title. This documentation should include, but is not limited to, comparative analyses, charts, graphics or rail system maps.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Completion of route analysis.</I> (1) The rail transportation route analysis, alternative route analysis, and route selection process required under paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section must be completed no later than the end of the calendar year following the year to which the analyses apply.
</P>
<P>(2) The initial analysis and route selection determinations required under paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section must include a comprehensive review of the entire system. Subsequent analyses and route selection determinations required under paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section must include a comprehensive, system-wide review of all operational changes, infrastructure modifications, traffic adjustments, changes in the nature of high-consequence targets located along, or in proximity to, the route, and any other changes affecting the safety or security of the movements of the materials specified in paragraph (a) of this section that were implemented during the calendar year.
</P>
<P>(3) A rail carrier need not perform a rail transportation route analysis, alternative route analysis, or route selection process for any hazardous material other than the materials specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Rail carrier point of contact on routing issues.</I> Each rail carrier must identify a point of contact (including the name, title, phone number and e-mail address) on routing issues involving the movement of materials covered by this section in its security plan and provide this information to:
</P>
<P>(1) State and/or regional Fusion Centers that have been established to coordinate with state, local and tribal officials on security issues and which are located within the area encompassed by the rail carrier's rail system; and
</P>
<P>(2) State, local, and tribal officials in jurisdictions that may be affected by a rail carrier's routing decisions and who directly contact the railroad to discuss routing decisions.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Storage, delays in transit, and notification.</I> With respect to the materials specified in paragraph (a) of this section, each rail carrier must ensure the safety and security plan it develops and implements under this subpart includes all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A procedure under which the rail carrier must consult with offerors and consignees in order to develop measures for minimizing, to the extent practicable, the duration of any storage of the material incidental to movement (see § 171.8 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) Measures to prevent unauthorized access to the materials during storage or delays in transit.
</P>
<P>(3) Measures to mitigate risk to population centers associated with in-transit storage.
</P>
<P>(4) Measures to be taken in the event of an escalating threat level for materials stored in transit.
</P>
<P>(5) Procedures for notifying the consignee in the event of a significant delay during transportation; such notification must be completed within 48 hours after the carrier has identified the delay and must include a revised delivery schedule. A significant delay is one that compromises the safety or security of the hazardous material or delays the shipment beyond its normal expected or planned shipping time. Notification should be made by a method acceptable to both the rail carrier and consignee.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (1) Each rail carrier must maintain a copy of the information specified in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this section (or an electronic image thereof) that is accessible at, or through, its principal place of business and must make the record available upon request, at a reasonable time and location, to an authorized official of the Department of Transportation or the Department of Homeland Security. Records must be retained for a minimum of two years.
</P>
<P>(2) Each rail carrier must restrict the distribution, disclosure, and availability of information collected or developed in accordance with paragraphs (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this section to covered persons with a need-to-know, as described in parts 15 and 1520 of this title.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Compliance and enforcement.</I> If the carrier's route selection documentation and underlying analyses are found to be deficient, the carrier may be required to revise the analyses or make changes in route selection. If DOT finds that a chosen route is not the safest and most secure practicable route available, the FRA Associate Administrator for Safety, in consultation with TSA, may require the use of an alternative route. Prior to making such a determination, FRA and TSA will consult with the Surface Transportation Board (STB) regarding whether the contemplated alternative route(s) would be economically practicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 20771, Apr. 16, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 72193, Dec. 26, 2008; 76 FR 56314, Sept. 13, 2011; 80 FR 26746, May 8, 2015; 85 FR 45029, July 24, 2020; 90 FR 26458, June 23, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 172.822" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.9.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 172.822   Limitation on actions by states, local governments, and Indian tribes.</HEAD>
<P>A law, order, or other directive of a state, political subdivision of a state, or an Indian tribe that designates, limits, or prohibits the use of a rail line (other than a rail line owned by a state, political subdivision of a state, or an Indian tribe) for the transportation of hazardous materials, including, but not limited to, the materials specified in § 172.820(a), is preempted. 49 U.S.C. 5125, 20106.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 20772, Apr. 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.11.25.1.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 172—Office of Hazardous Materials Transportation Color Tolerance Charts and Tables
</HEAD>
<P>The following are Munsell notations and Commission Internationale de L'Eclairage (CIE) coordinates which describe the Office of Hazardous Materials Transportation Label and Placard Color Tolerance Charts in tables 1 and 2, and the CIE coordinates for the color tolerances specified in table 3. Central colors and tolerances described in table 2 approximate those described in table 1 while allowing for differences in production methods and materials used to manufacture labels and placards surfaced with printing inks. Primarily, the color charts based on table 1 are for label or placard colors applied as opaque coatings such as paint, enamel or plastic, whereas color charts based on table 2 are intended for use with labels and placards surfaced only with inks.
</P>
<P>For labels printed directly on packaging surfaces, table 3 may be used, although compliance with either table 1 or table 2 is sufficient. However, if visual reference indicates that the colors of labels printed directly on package surfaces are outside the table 1 or 2 tolerances, a spectrophotometer or other instrumentation may be required to insure compliance with table 3.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Specifications for Color Tolerance Charts for Use With Labels and Placards Surfaced With Paint, Lacquer, Enamel, Plastic, Other Opaque Coatings, or Ink 
<sup>1</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Color
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Munsell notations
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">CIE data for source C
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Y
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">x
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">y
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Red:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Central color</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5R 4.0/14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5959</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3269
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Orange</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.5R 4.0/14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.6037</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3389
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Purple and vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.5R 4.0/14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5869</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3184
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5R 4.0/12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5603</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3321
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5R 4.0/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.6260</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3192
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5R 4.5/14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5775</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3320
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7. 5R 3.5/14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">09.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.6226</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Orange:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Central color</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.OYR 6.0/15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5510</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4214
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Yellow and Grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.25YR 6.0/15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5452</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4329
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Red and vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.75YR 6.0/15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5552</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4091
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.OYR 6.0/13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5311</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4154
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.OYR 6.0/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5597</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4239
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.OYR 6.5/15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5427</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4206
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.OYR 5.5/15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5606</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4218
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yellow:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Central color</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.OY 8.0/12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4562</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4788
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Green</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.5Y 8.0/12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4498</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4865
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Orange and vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5Y 8.0/12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4632</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4669
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.OY 8.0/10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4376</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4601
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.OY 8.0/14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4699</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4920
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.OY 8.5/12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4508</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4754
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.OY 7.5/12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4620</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4823
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Green:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Central color</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5G 4.0/9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2111</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4121
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Bluish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5BG 4.0/9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1974</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3809
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Green-yellow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0G 4.0/9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2237</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4399
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Grayish A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5G 4.0/7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3922
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Grayish B 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5G 4.0/6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2467</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3822
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5G 4.0/11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1848</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4319
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5G 4.5/9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2204</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4060
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5G 3.5/9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">09.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2027</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4163
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Blue:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Central color</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5PB 3.5/10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">09.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1691</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1744
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Purple</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5PB 3.5/10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">09.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1796</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1711
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Green and vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0B 3.5/10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">09.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1557</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1815
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5PB 3.5/8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">09.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1888</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1964
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5PB 3.5/12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">09.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1516</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1547
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5PB 4.0/10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1805</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1888
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5PB 3.0/10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">06.55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1576</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1600
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Purple:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Central color</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0P 4.5/10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3307</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2245
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Reddish purple</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5RP 4.5/10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3584</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2377
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Blue purple</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5P 4.5/10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3068</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2145
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Reddish gray</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0P 4.5/8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3280</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2391
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Gray 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0P 4.5/6.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3254</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2519
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0P 4.5/12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3333</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0P 5.0/10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3308</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2328
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0P 4.0/10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3306</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2162
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Maximum chroma is not limited.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> For the colors green and purple, the minimum saturation (chroma) limits for porcelain enamel on metal are lower than for most other surface coatings. Therefore, the minimum chroma limits of these two colors as displayed on the Charts for comparison to porcelain enamel on metal is low, as shown for green (grayish B) and purple (gray).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note:</E> CIE = Commission Internationale de L'Eclairage.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Specifications for Color Tolerance Charts for Use With Labels and Placards Surfaced With Ink
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Color/series
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Munsell notation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">CIE data for source C
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Y
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">x
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">y
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Red:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Central series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Central color</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.8R 4.47/12.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5510</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3286
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.2R 4.72/12.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5368</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3348
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Purple</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.4R 4.49/12.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5442</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3258
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Purple and vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1R 4.33/13.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5529</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3209
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7R 4.29/13.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5617</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3253
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Orange</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.3R 4.47/12.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5572</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3331
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Orange and grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.65R 4.70/12.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5438</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3382
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0R 4.72/13.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5511</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3322
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and orange</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.4R 4.96/12.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5365</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3382
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and purple</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6R 4.79/12.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5397</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3289
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dark series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7R 4.19/12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5566</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3265
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0R 4.25/12.35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5522</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3294
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark and purple</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5R 4.23/12.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5577</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3329
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Orange:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Central series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Central color</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0YR 6.10/12.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5193</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4117
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Yellow and grayish A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8YR 6.22/11.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5114</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4155
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Yellow and grayish B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1YR 6.26/11.85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4190
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1YR 6.07/12.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5226</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Red and vivid A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9YR 5.87/12.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4038
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Red and vivid B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6YR 5.91/12.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5291</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4021
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.9YR 6.10/11.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5170</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4089
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and vivid A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8YR 6.78/12.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4177
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and yellow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0YR 6.80/12.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5135</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4198
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and vivid B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.9YR 6.60/12.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4126
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dark series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark and yellow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8YR 5.98/11.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5052</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4132
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1YR 5.80/11.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5127</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4094
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0YR 5.80/11.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.5109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4068
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yellow:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Central series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Central color</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3Y 7.87/10.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4445</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4589
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Vivid A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5Y 7.82/10.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55.92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4503</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4658
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Vivid B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3Y 7.72/11.35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4612</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4624
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Vivid and orange</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2Y 7.72/10.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4576</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4572
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Grayish A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1Y 7.95/9.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58.18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4380</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4516
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Grayish B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1Y 8.06/9.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4272</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4508
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Green-yellow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2Y 7.97/9.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58.53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4356</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4605
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4Y 8.59/10.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70.19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4351</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4628
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and green-yellow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4Y 8.56/11.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69.59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4414</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4692
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.4Y 8.45/11.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4490</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4662
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dark series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark and green-yellow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.4Y 7.57/9.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4423</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4562
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark and orange A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4Y 7.39/10.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4584</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4590
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark and orange B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5Y 7.41/10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4517</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4544
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Green:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Central series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Central color</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.75G 4.26/7.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3791
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10G 4.46/7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2263</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3742
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Blue A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4BG 4.20/7.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3625
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Blue B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0BG 4.09/7.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3685
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4G 4.09/8.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2183</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3954
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Vivid green-yellow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0G 4.23/8.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2292</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4045
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Green-yellow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.85G 4.46/7.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2313</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3914
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.5G 4.45/8.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2141</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3863
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and blue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.2BG 4.31/8.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2069</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3814
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and green-yellow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.3G 4.29/9.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2119</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4006
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dark series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark and green-yellow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1G 4.08/7.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2354</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3972
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark and grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.5G 4.11/6.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2282</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3764
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.5G 3.97/7.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2269</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3874
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Blue:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Central series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Central color</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5PB 3.94/9.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1885</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1911
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Green and grayish A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0PB 4.35/8.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1962</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2099
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Green and grayish B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7PB 4.22/9.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1898</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2053
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.9PB 3.81/9.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1814</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1852
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purple and vivid A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.7PB 3.53/10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1817</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1727
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purple and vivid B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0PB 3.71/9.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1888</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1788
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.75PB 4.03/9.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1943</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1961
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and green A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7PB 4.32/9.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1904</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2056
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and green B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5PB 4.11/9.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1815</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1971
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2PB 3.95/10.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1831</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1868
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dark series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark and grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9PB 4.01/8.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1992
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark and purple A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.8PB 3.67/9.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1918</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1831
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark and purple B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2PB 3.80/9.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1885
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Purple:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Central series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Central color</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.5P 4.71/11.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3274</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2165
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0RP 5.31/10.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3404</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2354
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Red and vivid A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4RP 5.00/11.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2274
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Red and vivid B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.2RP 4.39/12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3365</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2059
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0P 4.04/12.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3098</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1916
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Blue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0P 4.39/10.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2037
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.8P 5.00/10.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3191</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2251
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and red A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.85RP 5.56/11.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3387</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2356
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and red B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1RP 5.27/12.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3460</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2276
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Light and vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.2P 4.94/11.95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3247</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2163
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dark series:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark and grayish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.6P 4.70/10.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3283</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2204
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark and vivid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4P 4.05/11.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3144</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1970
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dark and blue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5P 4.32/10.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.3059</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.2078</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Specification for Colors for Use With Labels Printed on Packagings Surfaces
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CIE data for source C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Red
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Orange
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Yellow
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Green
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Blue
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Purple
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">x</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.424</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.460</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.417</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.228</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.377
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">y</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.306</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.370</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.392</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.354</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.175</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.205
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">x</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.571</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.543</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.490</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.310</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.255</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.377
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">y</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.306</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.442</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.354</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.284
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">x</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.424</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.445</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.390</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.228</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.177</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.342
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">y</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.395</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.430</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.403</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.194</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.205
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">x</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.571</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.504</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.440</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.310</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.342
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">y</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.430</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.492</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.403</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.267</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.284
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y (high)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y (low)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 172-50, 44 FR 9757, Feb. 15, 1979; Amdt. 172-50, 44 FR 10984, Feb. 26, 1979, as amended by Amdt. 172-50, 44 FR 22467, Apr. 16, 1979; 50 FR 45731, Nov. 1, 1985; Amdt. 172-127, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.11.25.1.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 172—Trefoil Symbol
</HEAD>
<P>1. Except as provided in paragraph 2 of this appendix, the trefoil symbol required for RADIOACTIVE labels and placards and required to be marked on certain packages of Class 7 materials must conform to the design and size requirements of this appendix.
</P>
<P>2. RADIOACTIVE labels and placards that were printed prior to April 1, 1996, in conformance with the requirements of this subchapter in effect on March 30, 1996, may continue to be used.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er28se95.005.gif"/>
<FP-1>1 = Radius of Circle—
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>Minimum dimensions
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4 mm (0.16 inch) for markings and labels
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>12.5 mm (0.5 inch) for placards
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>2 = 1
<FR>1/2</FR> Radii
</FP-1>
<FP-1>3 = 5 radii for markings and labels
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>4
<FR>1/2</FR> radii for placards.
</FP1-2>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 50306, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 172-143, 61 FR 20750, May 8, 1996]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.11.25.1.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 172—Dimensional Specifications for Recommended Placard Holder

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.061.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.9.11.25.1.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 172—Rail Risk Analysis Factors
</HEAD>
<P>A. This appendix sets forth the minimum criteria that must be considered by rail carriers when performing the safety and security risk analyses required by § 172.820. The risk analysis to be performed may be quantitative, qualitative, or a combination of both. In addition to clearly identifying the hazardous material(s) and route(s) being analyzed, the analysis must provide a thorough description of the threats, identified vulnerabilities, and mitigation measures implemented to address identified vulnerabilities.
</P>
<P>B. In evaluating the safety and security of hazardous materials transport, selection of the route for transportation is critical. For the purpose of rail transportation route analysis, as specified in § 172.820(c) and (d), a route may include the point where the carrier takes possession of the material and all track and railroad facilities up to the point where the material is relinquished to another entity. Railroad facilities are railroad property including, but not limited to, classification and switching yards, storage facilities, and non-private sidings; however, they do not include an offeror's facility, private track, private siding, or consignee's facility. Each rail carrier must use best efforts to communicate with its shippers, consignees, and interlining partners to ensure the safety and security of shipments during all stages of transportation.
</P>
<P>C. Because of the varying operating environments and interconnected nature of the rail system, each carrier must select and document the analysis method/model used and identify the routes to be analyzed.
</P>
<P>D. The safety and security risk analysis must consider current data and information as well as changes that may reasonably be anticipated to occur during the analysis year. Factors to be considered in the performance of this safety and security risk analysis include:
</P>
<P>1. Volume of hazardous material transported;
</P>
<P>2. Rail traffic density;
</P>
<P>3. Trip length for route;
</P>
<P>4. Presence and characteristics of railroad facilities;
</P>
<P>5. Track type, class, and maintenance schedule;
</P>
<P>6. Track grade and curvature;
</P>
<P>7. Presence or absence of signals and train control systems along the route (“dark” versus signaled territory);
</P>
<P>8. Presence or absence of wayside hazard detectors;
</P>
<P>9. Number and types of grade crossings;
</P>
<P>10. Single versus double track territory;
</P>
<P>11. Frequency and location of track turnouts;
</P>
<P>12. Proximity to iconic targets;
</P>
<P>13. Environmentally sensitive or significant areas;
</P>
<P>14. Population density along the route;
</P>
<P>15. Venues along the route (stations, events, places of congregation);
</P>
<P>16. Emergency response capability along the route;
</P>
<P>17. Areas of high consequence along the route, including high consequence targets as defined in § 172.820(c);
</P>
<P>18. Presence of passenger traffic along route (shared track);
</P>
<P>19. Speed of train operations;
</P>
<P>20. Proximity to en-route storage or repair facilities;
</P>
<P>21. Known threats, including any non-public threat scenarios provided by the Department of Homeland Security or the Department of Transportation for carrier use in the development of the route assessment;
</P>
<P>22. Measures in place to address apparent safety and security risks;
</P>
<P>23. Availability of practicable alternative routes;
</P>
<P>24. Past incidents;
</P>
<P>25. Overall times in transit;
</P>
<P>26. Training and skill level of crews; and
</P>
<P>27. Impact on rail network traffic and congestion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 20772, Apr. 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="173" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 173—SHIPPERS—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS AND PACKAGINGS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; 49 CFR 1.81, 1.96 and 1.97.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 173 appear at 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.1" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Definitions of hazardous materials for transportation purposes;
</P>
<P>(2) Requirements to be observed in preparing hazardous materials for shipment by air, highway, rail, or water, or any combination thereof; and
</P>
<P>(3) Inspection, testing, and retesting responsibilities for persons who retest, recondition, maintain, repair and rebuild containers used or intended for use in the transportation of hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(b) A shipment of hazardous materials that is not prepared in accordance with this subchapter may not be offered for transportation by air, highway, rail, or water. It is the responsibility of each hazmat employer subject to the requirements of this subchapter to ensure that each hazmat employee is trained in accordance with the requirements prescribed in this subchapter. It is the duty of each person who offers hazardous materials for transportation to instruct each of his officers, agents, and employees having any responsibility for preparing hazardous materials for shipment as to applicable regulations in this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) In general, the Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR) contained in this subchapter are based on the UN Recommendations and are consistent with international regulations issued by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO Technical Instructions) and the International Maritime Organization (IMDG Code). However, the HMR are not consistent in all respects with the UN Recommendations, the ICAO Technical Instructions or the IMDG Code, and compliance with the HMR will not guarantee acceptance by regulatory bodies outside of the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-94, 41 FR 16062, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 173-100, 41 FR 40476, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 173-161, 48 FR 2655, Jan. 20, 1983; Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 20953, May 15, 1992; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.2" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.2   Hazardous material classes and index to hazard class definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The hazard class of a hazardous material is indicated by either the class or division number or the class name. The following table lists class numbers, division numbers, class or division names and those sections of this subchapter which contain definitions for classifying hazardous materials, including forbidden materials.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 173.2
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Division


<br/>number

<br/>(if applicable)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Name of class or division
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">49 CFR reference for


<br/>definitions
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FORBIDDEN MATERIALS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FORBIDDEN EXPLOSIVES</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.54
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES (WITH A MASS EXPLOSION HAZARD)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES (WITH A PROJECTION HAZARD)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES (WITH PREDOMINATELY A FIRE HAZARD)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXPLOSIVES (WITH NO SIGNIFICANT BLAST HAZARD)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">VERY INSENSITIVE EXPLOSIVES; BLASTING AGENTS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EXTREMELY INSENSITIVE DETONATING SUBSTANCES</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FLAMMABLE GAS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.115
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NON-FLAMMABLE COMPRESSED GAS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.115
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">POISONOUS GAS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.115
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.120
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FLAMMABLE SOLID</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.124
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.124
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DANGEROUS WHEN WET MATERIAL</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.124
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OXIDIZER</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.127
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ORGANIC PEROXIDE</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.128
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">POISONOUS MATERIALS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.132
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE (ETIOLOGIC AGENT)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.403
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CORROSIVE MATERIAL</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.136
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MISCELLANEOUS HAZARDOUS MATERIAL</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173.140</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 79774, Dec. 27, 2022]





</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.2a" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.2a   Classification of a material having more than one hazard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Classification of a material having more than one hazard.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a material not specifically listed in the § 172.101 Table or assigned to an entry of articles containing hazardous materials (UN3537 to UN3548) that meets the definition of more than one hazard class or division as defined in this part, shall be classed according to the highest applicable hazard class of the following hazard classes, which are listed in descending order of hazard:
</P>
<P>(1) Class 7 (radioactive materials, other than limited quantities; and shipments of UN 3507, Uranium hexafluoride, radioactive material, excepted package)
</P>
<P>(2) Division 2.3 (poisonous gases).
</P>
<P>(3) Division 2.1 (flammable gases).
</P>
<P>(4) Division 2.2 (nonflammable gases).
</P>
<P>(5) Division 6.1 (poisonous liquids), Packing Group I, poisonous-by-inhalation only.
</P>
<P>(6) A material that meets the definition of a pyrophoric material in § 173.124(b)(1) of this subchapter (Division 4.2).
</P>
<P>(7) A material that meets the definition of a self-reactive material in § 173.124(a)(2) of this subchapter (Division 4.1).
</P>
<P>(8) Class 3 (flammable liquids), Class 8 (corrosive materials), Division 4.1 (flammable solids), Division 4.2 (spontaneously combustible materials), Division 4.3 (dangerous when wet materials), Division 5.1 (oxidizers) or Division 6.1 (poisonous liquids or solids other than Packing Group I, poisonous-by-inhalation). The hazard class and packing group for a material meeting more than one of these hazards shall be determined using the precedence table in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(9) Combustible liquids.
</P>
<P>(10) Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous materials).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Precedence of hazard table for Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 6.1.</I> The following table ranks those materials that meet the definition of Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 6.1:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Precedence of Hazard Table
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[ Hazard class or division and packing group ]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5.1 I 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5.1 II 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5.1 III 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6.1, I dermal
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6.1, I oral
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6.1 II
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6.1 III
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8, I liquid
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8, I solid
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8, II liquid
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8, II solid
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8, III liquid
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8, III solid
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 I
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 II
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 III
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.1 II 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.1 III 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.2 II</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.2 III</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.3 I</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.3 II</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.3 III</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.1 I 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.1 II 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.1 III 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 I, Dermal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 I, Oral</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 II, Inhalation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 II, Dermal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 II, Oral</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 III</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> See § 173.127.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Materials of Division 4.1 other than self-reactive substances and solid desensitized explosives, and materials of Class 3 other than liquid desensitized explosives.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Denotes an impossible combination.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> For pesticides only, where a material has the hazards of Class 3, Packing Group III, and Division 6.1, Packing Group III, the primary hazard is Division 6.1, Packing Group III.</P></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>The most stringent packing group assigned to a hazard of the material takes precedence over other packing groups; for example, a material meeting Class 3 PG II and Division 6.1 PG I (oral toxicity) is classified as Class 3 PG I.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>A material which meets the definition of Class 8 and has an inhalation toxicity by dusts and mists which meets criteria for Packing Group I specified in § 173.133(a)(1) must be classed as Division 6.1 if the oral or dermal toxicity meets criteria for Packing Group I or II. If the oral or dermal toxicity meets criteria for Packing Group III or less, the material must be classed as Class 8.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) The following materials are not subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section because of their unique properties:
</P>
<P>(1) A Class 1 (explosive) material that meets any other hazard class or division as defined in this part shall be assigned a division in Class 1. Class 1 materials shall be classed and approved in accordance with § 173.56 of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) A Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material that meets the definition of any other hazard class or division as defined in this part, shall be classed as Division 5.2;
</P>
<P>(3) A Division 6.2 (infectious substance) material that also meets the definition of another hazard class or division, other than Class 7, or that also is a limited quantity Class 7 material, shall be classed as Division 6.2;
</P>
<P>(4) A material that meets the definition of a wetted explosive in § 173.124(a)(1) of this subchapter (Division 4.1). Wetted explosives are either specifically listed in the § 172.101 table or are approved by the Associate Administrator (see § 173.124(a)(1) of this subchapter); and
</P>
<P>(5) A limited quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material that meets the definition for more than one hazard class or division shall be classed in accordance with § 173.423.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-247, 60 FR 48787, Sept. 20, 1995; Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45182, 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003; 80 FR 1151, Jan. 8, 2015; 85 FR 27878, May 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.3" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.3   Packaging and exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The packaging of hazardous materials for transportation by air, highway, rail, or water must be as specified in this part. Methods of manufacture, packing, and storage of hazardous materials, that affect safety in transportation, must be open to inspection by a duly authorized representative of the initial carrier or of the Department. Methods of manufacture and related functions necessary for completion of a DOT specification or U.N. standard packaging must be open to inspection by a representative of the Department.
</P>
<P>(b) The regulations setting forth packaging requirements for a specific material apply to all modes of transportation unless otherwise stated, or unless exceptions from packaging requirements are authorized.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Salvage drums.</I> Packages of hazardous materials that are damaged, defective, or leaking; packages found to be not conforming to the requirements of this subchapter after having been placed in transportation; and, hazardous materials that have spilled or leaked may be placed in a metal or plastic removable head salvage drum that is compatible with the lading and shipped for repackaging or disposal under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(7) of this section, the drum must be a UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 tested and marked for Packing Group III or higher performance standards for liquids or solids and a leakproofness test of 20 kPa (3 psig). Alternatively, a drum manufactured and marked prior to October 1, 1993 as a salvage drum, in accordance with the provisions of this section in effect on September 30, 1991, is authorized. Capacity of the drum may not exceed 450 L (119 gallons).
</P>
<P>(2) Each drum shall be provided when necessary with sufficient cushioning and absorption material to prevent excessive shifting of the damaged package and to eliminate the presence of any free liquid at the time the salvage drum is closed. All cushioning and absorbent material used in the drum must be compatible with the hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(3) Each salvage packaging must be marked with the proper shipping name of the hazardous material inside the packaging and the name and address of the consignee. In addition, the packaging must be marked “SALVAGE”. The lettering of the marking must be at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) high.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Transitional exception.</I> A marking in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
</P>
<P>(ii) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.
</P>
<P>(4) Each drum shall be labeled as prescribed for the respective material.
</P>
<P>(5) The shipper shall prepare shipping papers in accordance with subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(6) The overpack requirements of § 173.25 do not apply to drums used in accordance with this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(7) A salvage packaging marked “T” in accordance with applicable provisions in the UN Recommendations may be used.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Salvage cylinders.</I> Cylinders of hazardous materials that are damaged or leaking may be overpacked in a non-DOT specification full opening hinged head or fully removable head steel salvage cylinder under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Except for Class 1, Division 6.2, Class 7, or acetylene material, a cylinder containing a hazardous material may be overpacked in a salvage cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) Each salvage cylinder—
</P>
<P>(i) Must be designed, constructed and marked in accordance with Section VIII, Division I of the ASME Code (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) with a minimum design margin of 4 to 1. Salvage cylinders may not be equipped with a pressure relief device. Damaged cylinders must be securely positioned in the salvage cylinder to prevent excessive shifting. The overpack requirements of § 173.25 do not apply to salvage cylinders used in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Must have a maximum water capacity of 450 L (119 gallons).
</P>
<P>(iii) Except for liquefied nitrous oxide and carbon dioxide, contents of the damaged or leaking cylinder must be limited in pressure and volume so that if totally discharged into the salvage cylinder, the pressure in the salvage cylinder will not exceed 
<FR>5/4</FR> of the MAWP at 55 °C (131 °F).
</P>
<P>(iv) Must have gaskets, valves and fittings that are compatible with the hazardous materials contained within.
</P>
<P>(3) Each salvage cylinder must be plainly and durably marked. Unless otherwise specified, the markings below must be in the same area on any portion of the upper end:
</P>
<P>(i) The proper shipping name of the hazardous material contained inside the packaging;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and address of the consignee or consignor;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name and address or registered symbol of the manufacturer; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The word “SALVAGE” in letters at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) high on opposite sides near the middle of the cylinder; stamping on the sidewall is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Transitional exception.</I> A marking in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
</P>
<P>(B) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.
</P>
<P>(4) Each salvage cylinder must be labeled for the hazardous material contained inside the packaging.
</P>
<P>(5) The shipper must prepare shipping papers in accordance with subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(6) Transportation is authorized by motor vehicle and cargo vessel only.
</P>
<P>(7) Each salvage cylinder must be cleaned and purged after each use.
</P>
<P>(8) In addition to the training requirements of §§ 172.700 through 172.704 of this subchapter, a person who loads, unloads or transports a salvage cylinder must be trained in handling, loading and unloading the salvage cylinder.
</P>
<P>(9) Cylinder Requalification: At least once every five years, each cylinder must be visually inspected (internally and externally) in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-6 (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) and pressure tested. A minimum test pressure of at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> times MAWP must be maintained for at least 30 seconds. The cylinder must be examined under test pressure and removed from service if a leak or a defect is found.
</P>
<P>(i) The retest and inspection must be performed by a person familiar with salvage cylinders and trained and experienced in the use of the inspection and testing equipment.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each salvage cylinder that is successfully requalified must be durably and legibly marked with the word “Tested” followed by the requalification date (month/year), <I>e.g.</I>, “Tested 9/04.” The marking must be in letters and numbers at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) high. The requalification marking may be placed on any portion of the upper end of the cylinder near the marking required in (d)(3) of this section or on a metal plate permanently secured to the cylinder. Stamping on the cylinder sidewall is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(10) Record retention: The owner of each salvage cylinder or his authorized agent shall retain a record of the most recent visual inspection and pressure test until the salvage cylinder is requalified. The records must be made available to a DOT representative upon request.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Emergency transportation of DOT 3A480 or 3AA480 cylinders and DOT 106A500 multi-unit tank car tanks.</I> (1) A DOT 3A480 or DOT 3AA480 cylinder containing chlorine or sulphur dioxide that has developed a leak in a valve or fusible plug may be repaired temporarily by trained personnel using a Chlorine Institute Kit “A” (with the exception of repair method using Device 8 for side leaks) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). The repaired cylinder is authorized to be transported by private or contract carrier one time, one way, from the point of discovery to a proper facility for discharge and examination.
</P>
<P>(2) A DOT 106A500 multi-unit tank car tank containing chlorine or sulphur dioxide that has developed a leak in the valve or fusible plug may be temporarily repaired by trained personnel using a Chlorine Institute Kit “B” (with the exception of repair method using Device 9 for side leaks) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). The repaired tank is authorized to be transported by private or contract carrier one time, one way, from the point of discovery to a proper facility for discharge and examination.
</P>
<P>(3) Training for personnel making the repairs in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section must include:
</P>
<P>(i) Proper use of the devices and tools in the applicable kits;
</P>
<P>(ii) Use of respiratory equipment and all other safety equipment; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Knowledge of the properties of chlorine and sulphur dioxide.
</P>
<P>(4) Packagings repaired with “A” or “B” kits must be properly blocked and braced to ensure the packagings are secured in the transport vehicle.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Large salvage packagings.</I> Except for transportation by air, packages of hazardous materials that are damaged, defective, or leaking; packages found to be not conforming to the requirements of this subchapter after having been placed in transportation; and, hazardous materials that have spilled or leaked may be placed in a large salvage packaging that is compatible with the lading and shipped for repackaging or disposal under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Large salvage packagings must be tested and marked in accordance with part 178, subparts P and Q of this subchapter at the Packing Group II or higher performance standards for large packagings intended for the transport of solids or inner packagings, except as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The test substance used in performing the tests shall be water, and the large salvage packagings must be filled to not less than 98 percent of their maximum capacity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Large salvage packagings must have been successfully subjected to a leakproofness test of 30 kPa (4.4 psig).
</P>
<P>(2) Each large salvage packaging shall be provided when necessary with sufficient cushioning and absorption material to prevent excessive shifting of the contents and to eliminate the presence of any free liquid at the time the packaging is closed. All cushioning and absorbent material used in the large salvage packaging must be compatible with the hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(3) Each large salvage packaging must be marked with the proper shipping name of the hazardous material inside the packaging and the name and address of the consignee. In addition, the packaging must be marked “SALVAGE”. The lettering of the marking must be at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) high.
</P>
<P>(4) Each large salvage packaging shall be labeled as prescribed for the respective material.
</P>
<P>(5) The shipper shall prepare shipping papers in accordance with subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(6) The overpack requirements of § 173.25 do not apply to large salvage packagings used in accordance with this paragraph.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52607, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.4" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.4   Small quantities for highway and rail.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When transported domestically by highway or rail in conformance with this section, quantities of Division 2.2 (except aerosols with no subsidiary hazard), Class 3, Division 4.1, Division 4.2 (PG II and III), Division 4.3 (PG II and III), Division 5.1, Division 5.2, Division 6.1, Class 7, Class 8, and Class 9 materials are not subject to any other requirements when—
</P>
<P>(1) The maximum quantity of material per inner receptacle or article is limited to—
</P>
<P>(i) Thirty (30) mL (1 ounce) for authorized liquids, other than Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A or B materials;
</P>
<P>(ii) Thirty (30) g (1 ounce) for authorized solid materials;
</P>
<P>(iii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for authorized materials meeting the definition of a Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A or B material; and
</P>
<P>(iv) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(v) Thirty (30) mL water capacity (1.8 cubic inches) for authorized Division 2.2 materials.
</P>
<P>(2) With the exception of temperature sensing devices, each inner receptacle:
</P>
<P>(i) Is not liquid-full at 55 °C (131 °F), and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is constructed of plastic having a minimum thickness of no less than 0.2 mm (0.008 inch), or earthenware, glass, or metal;
</P>
<P>(3) Each inner receptacle with a removable closure has its closure held securely in place with wire, tape, or other positive means;
</P>
<P>(4) Unless equivalent cushioning and absorbent material surrounds the inside packaging, each inner receptacle is securely packed in an inside packaging with cushioning and absorbent material that:
</P>
<P>(i) Will not react chemically with the material, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire contents (if a liquid) of the receptacle;
</P>
<P>(5) The inside packaging is securely packed in a strong outer packaging;
</P>
<P>(6) The completed package, as demonstrated by prototype testing, is capable of sustaining—
</P>
<P>(i) Each of the following free drops made from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet) directly onto a solid unyielding surface without breakage or leakage from any inner receptacle and without a substantial reduction in the effectiveness of the package:
</P>
<P>(A) One drop flat on bottom;
</P>
<P>(B) One drop flat on top;
</P>
<P>(C) One drop flat on the long side;
</P>
<P>(D) One drop flat on the short side; and
</P>
<P>(E) One drop on a corner at the junction of three intersecting edges; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A compressive load as specified in § 178.606(c) of this subchapter. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(6):</HED>
<P>Each of the tests in paragraph (a)(6) of this section may be performed on a different but identical package; <I>i.e.</I>, all tests need not be performed on the same package.</P></NOTE>
<P>(7) Placement of the material in the package or packing different materials in the package does not result in a violation of § 173.21;
</P>
<P>(8) The gross mass of the completed package does not exceed 29 kg (64 pounds);
</P>
<P>(9) The package is not opened or otherwise altered until it is no longer in commerce; and
</P>
<P>(10) The shipper certifies conformance with this section by marking the outside of the package with the statement “This package conforms to 49 CFR 173.4 for domestic highway or rail transport only.”
</P>
<P>(b) A package containing a Class 7 (radioactive) material also must conform to the requirements of § 173.421(a) through (e), § 173.424(a) through (g), or § 173.426(a) through (c) as applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) Packages which contain a Class 2 (other than those authorized in paragraph (a) of this section), Division 4.2 (PG I), or Division 4.3 (PG I) material conforming to paragraphs (a)(1) through (10) of this section may be offered for transportation or transported if approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(d) Lithium batteries and cells are not eligible for the exceptions provided in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2253, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011; 79 FR 40610, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 72924, Nov. 23, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.4a" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.4a   Excepted quantities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Excepted quantities of materials, other than articles (e.g., aerosols), are not subject to requirements of this subchapter except for:
</P>
<P>(1) The shipper's responsibilities to properly class their material in accordance with § 173.22 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter pertaining to the reporting of incidents; and
</P>
<P>(3) For a Class 7 (Radioactive) material the requirements for an excepted package.
</P>
<P>(4) Packagings for which retention of liquid is a basic function must be capable of withstanding without leakage the pressure differential specified in § 173.27(c) of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authorized materials.</I> Only materials authorized for transport aboard passenger aircraft and appropriately classed within one of the following hazard classes or divisions may be transported in accordance with this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Division 2.2 material with no subsidiary hazard. An aerosol is not included as authorized Division 2.2 material;
</P>
<P>(2) Class 3 materials;
</P>
<P>(3) Class 4 (PG II and III) materials except for self-reactive materials;
</P>
<P>(4) Division 5.1 (PG II and III);
</P>
<P>(5) Division 5.2 materials only when contained in a chemical kit, first aid kit or a polyester resin kit;
</P>
<P>(6) Division 6.1, other than PG I, Hazard Zone A or B material;
</P>
<P>(7) Class 7, Radioactive material in excepted packages
</P>
<P>(8) Class 8 (PG II and III), except for UN2803 (Gallium) and UN2809 (Mercury); and
</P>
<P>(9) Class 9, except for UN1845 (Carbon dioxide, solid or Dry ice), and lithium batteries and cells.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inner packaging limits.</I> The maximum quantity of hazardous materials in each inner packaging is limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) For toxic material with a Division 6.1 primary or subsidiary hazard, PG I or II—
</P>
<P>(i) 1 g (0.04 ounce) for solids; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 1 mL (0.03 ounce) for liquids;
</P>
<P>(2) 30 g (1 ounce) or 30 mL (1 ounce) for solids or liquids other than those covered in paragraph (c)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) For gases a water capacity of 30 mL (1.8 cubic inches) or less.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Outer packaging aggregate quantity limits.</I> The maximum aggregate quantity of hazardous material contained in each outer packaging must not exceed the limits provided in the following paragraphs. For outer packagings containing more than one hazardous material, the aggregate quantity of hazardous material must not exceed the lowest permitted maximum aggregate quantity. The limits are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For other than a Division 2.2 or Division 5.2 material:
</P>
<P>(i) Packing Group I—300 g (0.66 pounds) for solids or 300 mL (0.08 gallons) for liquids;
</P>
<P>(ii) Packing Group II—500 g (1.1 pounds) for solids or 500 mL (0.1 gallons) for liquids;
</P>
<P>(iii) Packing Group III—1 kg (2.2 pounds) for solids or 1 L (0.2 gallons) for liquids;
</P>
<P>(2) For Division 2.2 material, 1 L (61 cubic inches); or
</P>
<P>(3) For Division 5.2 material, 500 g (1.1 pounds) for solids or 500 mL (0.1 gallons) for liquids.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Packaging materials.</I> Packagings used for the transport of excepted quantities must meet the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Each inner receptacle must be constructed of plastic, or of glass, porcelain, stoneware, earthenware or metal. When used for liquid hazardous materials, plastic inner packagings must have a thickness of not less than 0.2 mm (0.008 inch).
</P>
<P>(2) Each inner packaging with a removable closure must have its closure held securely in place with wire, tape or other positive means. Each inner receptacle having a neck with molded screw threads must have a leak proof, threaded type cap. The closure must not react chemically with the material.
</P>
<P>(3) Each inner packaging must be securely packed in an intermediate packaging with cushioning material in such a way that, under normal conditions of transport, it cannot break, be punctured or leak its contents. The completed package as prepared for transport must completely contain the contents in case of breakage or leakage, regardless of package orientation. For liquid hazardous materials, the intermediate or outer packaging must contain sufficient absorbent material that:
</P>
<P>(i) Will absorb the entire contents of the inner packaging.
</P>
<P>(ii) Will not react dangerously with the material or reduce the integrity or function of the packaging materials.
</P>
<P>(iii) When placed in the intermediate packaging, the absorbent material may be the cushioning material.
</P>
<P>(4) The intermediate packaging must be securely packed in a strong, rigid outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(5) Placement of the material in the package or packing different materials in the package must not result in a violation of § 173.21.
</P>
<P>(6) Each package must be of such a size that there is adequate space to apply all necessary markings.
</P>
<P>(7) The package is not opened or otherwise altered until it is no longer in commerce.
</P>
<P>(8) Overpacks may be used and may also contain packages of hazardous material or other materials not subject to the HMR subject to the requirements of § 173.25.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Package tests.</I> The completed package as prepared for transport, with inner packagings filled to not less than 95% of their capacity for solids or 98% for liquids, must be capable of withstanding, as demonstrated by testing which is appropriately documented, without breakage or leakage of any inner packaging and without significant reduction in effectiveness:
</P>
<P>(1) Drops onto a solid unyielding surface from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet):
</P>
<P>(i) Where the sample is in the shape of a box, it must be dropped in each of the following orientations:
</P>
<P>(A) One drop flat on the bottom;
</P>
<P>(B) One drop flat on the top;
</P>
<P>(C) One drop flat on the longest side;
</P>
<P>(D) One drop flat on the shortest side; and
</P>
<P>(E) One drop on a corner at the junction of three intersecting edges.
</P>
<P>(ii) Where the sample is in the shape of a drum, it must be dropped in each of the following orientations:
</P>
<P>(A) One drop diagonally on the top chime, with the center of gravity directly above the point of impact;
</P>
<P>(B) One drop diagonally on the base chime; and
</P>
<P>(C) One drop flat on the side.
</P>
<P>(2) A compressive load as specified in § 178.606(c) of this subchapter. Each of the tests in this paragraph (f) of this section may be performed on a different but identical package; that is, all tests need not be performed on the same package.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Marking.</I> Excepted quantities of hazardous materials packaged, marked, and otherwise offered and transported in accordance with this section must be durably and legibly marked with the following marking: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er14ja09.002.gif"/>
<P>(1) The “*” must be replaced by the primary hazard class, or when assigned, the division of each of the hazardous materials contained in the package. The “**” must be replaced by the name of the shipper or consignee if not shown elsewhere on the package.


</P>
<P>(2) The marking must be durable and clearly visible and in the form of a square. The hatching must be of the same color, black or red on white or a suitable contrasting background. The minimum dimensions must not be less than 100 mm (3.9 inches) by 100 mm (3.9 inches) as measured from the outside of the hatching forming the border. Where dimensions are not specified, all features shall be in approximate proportion to those shown. For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to January 1, 2017, and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.






</P>
<P>(3) For transportation by aircraft, the entire mark must appear on one side of the package.
</P>
<P>(4) When packages of excepted quantities are contained in an overpack, and the package marking required by this section is not visible inside the overpack, the excepted quantities marking must also be placed on the overpack. Additionally, an overpack containing packages of excepted quantities is not required to be marked with the word “OVERPACK.”
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Documentation.</I> (1) For transportation by highway or rail, no shipping paper is required.
</P>
<P>(2) For transport by air, a shipping paper is not required, except that, if a document such as an air waybill accompanies a shipment, the document must include the statement “Dangerous Goods in Excepted Quantities” and indicate the number of packages.
</P>
<P>(3) For transport by vessel, a shipping paper is required and must include the statement “Dangerous Goods in Excepted Quantities” and indicate the number of packages.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Training.</I> Each person who offers or transports excepted quantities of hazardous materials must know about the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Restrictions.</I> Hazardous material packaged in accordance with this section may not be carried in checked or carry-on baggage.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2254, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011; 80 FR 1152, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016; 82 FR 15874, Mar. 30, 2017; 87 FR 44991, July 26, 2022; 87 FR 79774, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.4b" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.4b   De minimis exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When packaged in accordance with this section, the following materials do not meet the definition of a hazardous material in § 171.8 of this subchapter and, therefore, are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter: Packing Group I materials of hazard Division 6.1 (no inhalation hazard), and Packing Group II and III materials of hazard Class 3, Division 4.1, Division 4.2, Division 4.3, Division 5.1, Division 6.1, Class 8, and Class 9.




</P>
<P>(1) The maximum quantity of material per inner receptacle or article is limited to—
</P>
<P>(i) One (1) mL (0.03 ounce) for authorized liquids; and
</P>
<P>(ii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for authorized solid materials;
</P>
<P>(2) Each inner receptacle with a removable closure has its closure held securely in place with wire, tape, or other positive means;
</P>
<P>(3) Unless equivalent cushioning and absorbent material surrounds the inside packaging, each inner receptacle is securely packed in an inside packaging with cushioning and absorbent material that:
</P>
<P>(i) Will not react chemically with the material, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire contents (if a liquid) of the receptacle;
</P>
<P>(4) The inside packaging is securely packed in a strong outer packaging;
</P>
<P>(5) The completed package is capable of sustaining—
</P>
<P>(i) Each of the following free drops made from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet) directly onto a solid unyielding surface without breakage or leakage from any inner receptacle and without a substantial reduction in the effectiveness of the package:
</P>
<P>(A) One drop flat on bottom;
</P>
<P>(B) One drop flat on top;
</P>
<P>(C) One drop flat on the long side;
</P>
<P>(D) One drop flat on the short side; and
</P>
<P>(E) One drop on a corner at the junction of three intersecting edges; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A compressive load as specified in § 178.606(c) of this subchapter. Each of the tests in this paragraph (a)(5) may be performed on a different but identical package; that is, all tests need not be performed on the same package.
</P>
<P>(6) Placement of the material in the package or packing different materials in the package does not result in a violation of § 173.21;
</P>
<P>(7) The aggregate quantity of hazardous material per package does not exceed 100 g (0.22 pounds) for solids or 100 mL (3.38 ounces) for liquids;
</P>
<P>(8) The gross mass of the completed package does not exceed 29 kg (64 pounds);
</P>
<P>(9) The package is not opened or otherwise altered until it is no longer in commerce; and
</P>
<P>(10) For transportation by aircraft:
</P>
<P>(i) The hazardous material is authorized to be carried aboard passenger-carrying aircraft in Column 9A of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Material packed in accordance with this section may not be carried in checked or carry-on baggage.
</P>
<P>(b) Non-infectious specimens, such as specimens of mammals, birds, amphibians, reptiles, fish, insects and other invertebrates containing small quantities of Ethanol (UN1170), Formaldehyde solution, flammable (UN1198), Alcohols, n.o.s. (UN1987) and Isopropanol (UN1219) are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter provided the following packaging, marking and documentation provisions, as applicable, are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The specimens are:
</P>
<P>(i) Wrapped in a paper towel or cheesecloth moistened with alcohol, an alcohol solution, or a formaldehyde solution and placed in a plastic bag that is heat-sealed. Any free liquid in the bag must not exceed 30 mL; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Placed in vials or other rigid containers with no more than 30 mL of alcohol, an alcohol solution, or a formaldehyde solution. The containers are placed in a plastic bag that is heat-sealed;


</P>
<P>(2) The bagged specimens are placed in another plastic bag with sufficient absorbent material to absorb the entire liquid contents inside the primary receptacle. The outer plastic bag is then heat-sealed;
</P>
<P>(3) The completed bag is placed in a strong outer packaging with sufficient cushioning material that conforms to subpart B of part 173;
</P>
<P>(4) The aggregate net quantity of flammable liquid in one outer packaging may not exceed 1 L; and
</P>
<P>(5) The outer package must be legibly marked “Scientific research specimens, 49 CFR 173.4b applies.”
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Documentation.</I> (i) For transportation by highway or rail, no shipping paper is required.
</P>
<P>(ii) For transport by air, a shipping paper is not required, except that, if a document such as an air waybill accompanies a shipment of specimens containing hazardous materials excepted under the terms of this section, the document must include the statement “Scientific research specimens, 49 CFR 173.4b applies” and the number of packages indicated.
</P>
<P>(iii) For transport by vessel, a shipping paper is not required; however, the Dangerous Cargo Manifest must include the statement “Scientific research specimens, 49 CFR 173.4b applies” and the number of packages indicated. Vessel stowage is the same as for hazardous materials in excepted quantities.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Training.</I> Each person who offers or transports excepted quantities of hazardous materials must know about the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Restrictions.</I> Except as provided in § 175.10, for transportation by aircraft, hazardous material packaged in accordance with this section may not be carried in checked or carry-on baggage by a passenger or crew member. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1073, Jan. 7, 2013; 89 FR 15665, Mar. 4, 2024; 89 FR 25476, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.5" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.5   Agricultural operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For other than a Class 2 material, the transportation of an agricultural product over local roads between fields of the same farm is excepted from the requirements of this subchapter. A Class 2 material transported over local roads between fields of the same farm is excepted from subparts G and H of part 172 of this subchapter. In either instance, transportation of the hazardous material is subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) It is transported by a farmer who is an intrastate private motor carrier; and
</P>
<P>(2) The movement of the agricultural product conforms to requirements of the State in which it is transported and is specifically authorized by a State statute or regulation in effect before October 1, 1998.
</P>
<P>(b) The transportation of an agricultural product to or from a farm, within 150 miles of the farm, is excepted from the requirements in subparts G and H of part 172 of this subchapter and from the specific packaging requirements of this subchapter when:
</P>
<P>(1) It is transported by a farmer who is an intrastate private motor carrier;
</P>
<P>(2) The total amount of agricultural product being transported on a single motor vehicle does not exceed:
</P>
<P>(i) 7,300 kg (16,094 lbs.) of ammonium nitrate fertilizer properly classed as Division 5.1, PG III, in a bulk packaging, or
</P>
<P>(ii) 1900 L (502 gallons) for liquids or gases, or 2,300 kg (5,070 lbs.) for solids, of any other agricultural product;
</P>
<P>(3) The movement and packaging of the agricultural product conform to the requirements of the State in which it is transported and are specifically authorized by a State statute or regulation in effect before October 1, 1998; and
</P>
<P>(4) Each person having any responsibility for transporting the agricultural product or preparing the agricultural product for shipment has been instructed in the applicable requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Formulated liquid agricultural products in specification packagings of 220 L (58 gallons) capacity, or less, with closures manifolded to a closed mixing system and equipped with positive dry disconnect devices may be transported by a private motor carrier between a final distribution point and an ultimate point of application or for loading aboard an airplane for aerial application.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Moveable fuel storage tenders.</I> A non-DOT specification cargo tank motor vehicle may be used to transport Liquefied petroleum gas, UN1075, including Propane, UN1978, as moveable fuel storage tender used exclusively for agricultural purposes when operated by a private carrier under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The cargo tank must have a minimum design pressure of 250 psig.
</P>
<P>(2) The cargo tank must meet the requirements of the HMR in effect at the time of its manufacture and must be marked accordingly. For questions regarding these requirements, contact PHMSA by either:
</P>
<P>(i) Telephone (800) 467-4922 or (202) 366-4488 (local); or
</P>
<P>(ii) By electronic mail (e-mail) to: <I>infocntr@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(3) The cargo tank must have a water capacity of 1,200 gallons or less.
</P>
<P>(4) The cargo tank must conform to applicable requirements in National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(5) The cargo tank must be securely mounted on a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(6) The cargo tank must be filled in accordance with § 173.315(b) for liquefied petroleum gas.
</P>
<P>(7) The cargo tank must be painted white, aluminum, or other light-reflecting color.
</P>
<P>(8) Transportation of the filled moveable fuel storage tender is limited to movements over local roads between fields using the shortest practical distance.
</P>
<P>(9) Transportation of the moveable fuel storage tender between its point of use and a liquefied petroleum gas distribution facility is authorized only if the cargo tank contains no more than five percent of its water capacity. A movable fuel storage tender may only be filled at the consumer's premises or point of use.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Liquid soil pesticide fumigants.</I> MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tank motor vehicles and DOT 57 portable tanks may be used to transport liquid soil pesticide fumigants, Pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s., <I>flash point not less than 23 degrees C,</I> 6.1, UN2903, PG II, exclusively for agricultural operations by a private motor carrier between a bulk loading facility and a farm (including between farms). However, transportation is not to exceed 150 miles between the loading facility and the farm, and not more than five days are permitted for intermediate stops for temporary storage. Additionally, transport is permitted only under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Cargo tanks.</I> MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tank motor vehicles must:
</P>
<P>(i) Meet qualification and maintenance requirements (including periodic testing and inspection) in accordance with subpart E of part 180 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Conform to the pressure relief system requirements specified in § 173.243(b)(1);
</P>
<P>(iii) For MC 306 cargo tanks, be equipped with stop-valves capable of being remotely closed by manual and mechanical means; and
</P>
<P>(iv) For DOT 406 cargo tanks, conform to the bottom outlet requirements specified in § 173.243(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Portable tanks.</I> DOT 57 portable tanks must—
</P>
<P>(i) Be constructed of stainless steel; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Meet qualification and maintenance requirements of subpart G of part 180 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) See § 173.315(m) pertaining to nurse tanks of anhydrous ammonia.
</P>
<P>(g) See § 173.6 pertaining to materials of trade.
</P>
<P>(h) See § 172.800(b) pertaining to security plans.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-259, 62 FR 1215, Jan. 8, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 173-262, 62 FR 49566, Sept. 22, 1997; Amdt. 173-259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, 1998; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008; 76 FR 5491, Feb. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.5a" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.5a   Oilfield service vehicles, mechanical displacement meter provers, and roadway striping vehicles exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Oilfield service vehicles.</I> Notwithstanding § 173.29 of this subchapter, a cargo tank motor vehicle used in oilfield servicing operations is not subject to the specification requirements of this subchapter provided—
</P>
<P>(1) The cargo tank and equipment contains only residual amounts (<I>i.e.</I>, it is emptied so far as practicable) of a flammable liquid alone or in combination with water,
</P>
<P>(2) No flame producing device is operated during transportation, and
</P>
<P>(3) The proper shipping name is preceded by “RESIDUE: LAST CONTAINED * * * ” on the shipping paper for each movement on a public highway.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Mechanical displacement meter provers.</I> (1) A mechanical displacement meter prover, as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, permanently mounted on a truck chassis or trailer and transported by motor vehicle is excepted from the specification packaging requirements in part 178 of this subchapter provided it—
</P>
<P>(i) Contains only the residue of a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) or Class 3 (flammable liquid) material. For liquids, the meter prover must be drained to not exceed 10% of its capacity or, to the extent that draining of the meter prover is impracticable, to the maximum extent practicable. For gases, the meter prover must not exceed 25% of the marked pressure rating;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a water capacity of 3,785 L (1,000 gallons) or less;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is designed and constructed in accordance with chapters II, III, IV, V and VI of ASME Standard B31.4 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(iv) Is marked with the MAWP determined from the pipe component with the lowest pressure rating; and
</P>
<P>(v) Is equipped with rear-end protection as prescribed in § 178.337-10(c) of this subchapter and 49 CFR 393.86 of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations.
</P>
<P>(2) The description on the shipping paper for a meter prover containing the residue of a hazardous material must include the phrase “RESIDUE: LAST CONTAINED * * * ” before the basic description.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Periodic test and inspection.</I> (i) Each meter prover must be externally visually inspected once a year. The external visual inspection must include at a minimum: checking for leakage, defective fittings and welds, defective closures, significant dents and other defects or abnormalities which indicate a potential or actual weakness that could render the meter prover unsafe for transportation; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each meter prover must be pressure tested once every 5 years at not less than 75% of design pressure. The pressure must be held for a period of time sufficiently long to assure detection of leaks, but in no case less than 5 minutes.
</P>
<P>(4) In addition to the training requirements in subpart H, the person who performs the visual inspection or pressure test and/or signs the inspection report must have the knowledge and ability to perform them as required by this section.
</P>
<P>(5) A meter prover that fails the periodic test and inspection must be rejected and removed from hazardous materials service unless the meter prover is adequately repaired, and thereafter, a successful test is conducted in accordance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) Prior to any repair work, the meter prover must be emptied of any hazardous material. A meter prover containing flammable lading must be purged.
</P>
<P>(7) Each meter prover successfully completing the external visual inspection and the pressure test must be marked with the test date (month/year), and the type of test or inspection as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) V for external visual inspection; and
</P>
<P>(ii) P for pressure test.
</P>
<P>The marking must be on the side of a tank or the largest piping component in letters 32 mm (1.25 inches) high on a contrasting background.
</P>
<P>(8) The owner must retain a record of the most recent external visual inspection and pressure test until the next test or inspection of the same type is successfully completed. The test or inspection report must include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Serial number or other meter prover identifier;
</P>
<P>(ii) Type of test or inspection performed;
</P>
<P>(iii) Test date (month/year);
</P>
<P>(iv) Location of defects found, if any, and method used to repair each defect;
</P>
<P>(v) Name and address of person performing the test or inspection;
</P>
<P>(vi) Disposition statement, such as “Meter Prover returned to service” or “Meter Prover removed from service”.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Roadway striping.</I> In addition to conformance with all other applicable requirements of this subchapter, non-DOT specification cargo tanks used for roadway striping are authorized provided all the following conditions in this paragraph (c) are met.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Authorized materials.</I> Only the hazardous materials listed in the table 1 to this paragraph (c)(1) may be transported in roadway striping vehicles. Cargo tanks may not be filled to a capacity that would be greater than liquid full at 130 °F.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(1)—Hazardous Materials Description
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proper shipping name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Hazard class/
<br/>division
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Identification No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Packing
<br/>group
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetone 
<sup>a</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1090</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">II.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Adhesives, <E T="03">containing a flammable liquid</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1133</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">II.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.
<sup>b</sup> or Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s 
<sup>b</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2735</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">III.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Corrosive liquid, basic, organic, n.o.s 
<sup>b</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3267</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">III.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Corrosive liquids, n.o.s 
<sup>b</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1760</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">III.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichloromethane 
<sup>a</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1593</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">III.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Elevated temperature liquid, n.o.s., <E T="03">at or above 100 °C and below its flash point (including molten metals, molten salts, etc.)</E> 
<sup>c</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3257</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">III.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Environmentally hazardous substance, liquid, n.o.s 
<sup>b</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3082</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">III.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl acetate 
<sup>a</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">II.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl methyl ketone or Methyl ethyl ketone 
<sup>a</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">II.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flammable liquids, n.o.s 
<sup>d</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1993</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">II.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gasoline</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">II.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methanol 
<sup>a</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">II.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Organic peroxide type E, liquid (Dibenzoyl peroxide) 
<sup>b</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Paint <E T="03">including paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac solution, varnish, polish, liquid filler, and liquid lacquer base</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1263</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">II.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Paint related material <E T="03">including paint thinning drying, removing, or reducing compound</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1263</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">II.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Petroleum distillates, n.o.s. <E T="03">or</E> Petroleum products, n.o.s 
<sup>a</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1268</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">III.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Toluene 
<sup>a</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1294</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">II.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1,1-Trichloroethane 
<sup>a</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN2831</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">III.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xylenes 
<sup>a</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">II, III.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>a</sup>: Solvent.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>b</sup>: Catalyst.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>c</sup>: Thermoplastic material non-hazardous at room temperature.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>d</sup>: Adhesive containing ethyl acetate.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Cargo tank requirements.</I> Each non-DOT specification cargo tank used for roadway striping must be securely bolted to a motor vehicle and must—
</P>
<P>(i) Be constructed and certified in conformance with the HMR in effect at the time of its manufacture and must be marked accordingly. For questions regarding these requirements, contact PHMSA by either: (1) Telephone (800) 467-4922 or (202) 366-4488 (local); or (2) by electronic mail (e-mail) to: <I>infocntr@dot.gov</I>;
</P>
<P>(ii) Have a minimum design pressure of 100 psig;
</P>
<P>(iii) Have a maximum capacity of 500 gallons;
</P>
<P>(iv) For solvents and organic peroxides, the cargo tank may not contain more than 50 gallons;
</P>
<P>(v) Be given an external visual inspection prior to each use to ensure that it has not been damaged on the previous trip;
</P>
<P>(vi) Be retested and reinspected in accordance with § 180.407(c) of this subchapter as specified for an MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Be securely mounted to a motor vehicle in accordance with the securement provisions prescribed in §§ 393.100 through 393.106 of this title.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Test records.</I> The owner or operator of the roadway striping vehicle must maintain hydrostatic test records in accordance with § 180.417(b) and must make those records available to any representative of the Department of Transportation upon request.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Marking.</I> A non-DOT specification cargo tank used for roadway striping must be plainly marked on both sides near the middle in letters at least two inches in height on a contrasting background “ROADWAY STRIPING”.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Operational controls.</I> A non-DOT specification cargo tank used for roadway striping may not be pressurized when the motor vehicle is traveling to and from job sites. Additionally, the distance traveled by a non-DOT specification cargo tank used for roadway striping may not exceed 750 miles. Thermoplastic resin may only be heated during roadway striping operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 3308, Jan. 24, 2005, as amended at 75 FR 27213, May 14, 2010; 76 FR 5492, Feb. 1, 2011; 83 FR 55807, Nov. 7, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.5b" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.5b   Portable and mobile refrigeration systems.</HEAD>
<P>This section authorizes the highway transportation of residual amounts of Division 2.2 refrigerant gases or anhydrous ammonia contained in non-specification pressure vessels that are components of refrigeration systems, which may or may not be permanently mounted to a transport vehicle, used for agricultural operations. These refrigeration systems are used at field sites to cool (pre-cool) produce before the produce is loaded into trucks or railcars for market or used to supplement stationary refrigeration systems during peak harvest times. The components of these refrigeration systems are commonly known as vacuum tubes, accumulators, refrigeration units, ice makers, pressure coolers, or evaporators.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General packaging requirements.</I> Each non-specification pressure vessel must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Each pressure vessel must be designed, manufactured, and maintained in accordance with applicable requirements of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) Except as authorized in this section, each pressure vessel and associated piping must be rated at a maximum allowable work pressure (MAWP) of 250 psig. The pressure in these components may not exceed MAWP.
</P>
<P>(3) Any part of the piping or pressure vessel separated from another component of the refrigeration system by means of a valve, blank flange, or other device must be equipped with a pressure relief valve set at MAWP. All lines that must be disconnected for transportation purposes must be closed by means of a cap, plug or blank flange, and valves at the end of disconnected lines must be tightly closed.
</P>
<P>(4) The aggregate total volumetric capacity of components within the refrigeration system authorized for highway transportation in accordance with this section may not exceed 2,500 gallons per vehicle.
</P>
<P>(5) Each pressure vessel and associated piping containing anhydrous ammonia must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Piping with a diameter of 2 inches or more must conform to ASTM A 53 Schedule 40 or ASTM A106 Schedule 40 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) Piping with a diameter of less than 2 inches must conform to ASTM A 53 Schedule 80 or ASTM A 106 Schedule 80 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(iii) The words “Inhalation Hazard” must be marked as required in special provision 13 in § 172.102 of this subchapter and, when practicable, within 24 inches of the placard.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Refrigeration systems placed into service prior to June 1, 1991.</I> (1) For refrigeration systems placed into service prior to June 1, 1991, each pressure vessel and associated piping must be rated at a MAWP of not less than 250 psig. During transportation, pressure in the components that are part of the evaporating line may not exceed 150 psig.
</P>
<P>(2) Each pressure vessel and associated piping that is part of the evaporating line must be marked “LOW SIDE” in a permanent and clearly visible manner. The evaporating line must have a pressure gauge with corresponding temperature markings mounted in a manner that is easily readable when standing on the ground. The gauge must be permanently marked or tagged “SATURATION GAUGE.”
</P>
<P>(3) Each pressure vessel and associated piping containing liquid anhydrous ammonia must be isolated using appropriate means from piping and components marked “LOW SIDE.”
</P>
<P>(4) Prior to transportation, each pressure vessel and associated piping must be relieved of enough gaseous lading to ensure that the MAWP is not exceeded at transport temperatures up to 54 °C (130 °F).
</P>
<P>(c) Prior to transportation over public highways, each pressure vessel and associated piping must be drained of refrigerant gas or liquid anhydrous ammonia to the extent practicable. Drained contents must be recovered in conformance with all applicable environmental regulations. Residual liquid anhydrous ammonia in each component may not exceed one percent of the component's total volumetric capacity or 10 gallons, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>System inspection and testing.</I> (1) Each refrigeration system authorized under this section must be visually inspected every year. The visual inspection must include items listed in § 180.407(d)(2) of this subchapter applicable to refrigeration systems. A certificate of the annual visual inspection must be dated and signed by the person performing the inspection and must contain that person's company affiliation. The certificate must remain at the equipment owner's office.
</P>
<P>(2) Each refrigeration system authorized under this section must be proof pressure tested every two years beginning with the initial pressure test performed after manufacture. Additional pressure tests must be performed after any modification, repair or damage to a part of the system pressurized with refrigerant gas. System test pressures may not be less than one-and-one-half (1.50) times the rated MAWP of the system component or piping.
</P>
<P>(3) Pressure relief valves must be successfully tested every two years at the MAWP for the components or piping to which they are attached. Pressure relief valves may be replaced and marked every 5 years with valves certified at the appropriate MAWP, in which case the valves need not be tested every two years. Valves that do not pass the test must be repaired or replaced.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Test markings and reports.</I> (1) Evidence of testing specified in paragraph (d) of this section must be marked on the right forward side of the refrigeration system with 2 inch high letters indicating type of last test (V = visual; P = pressure: hydrostatic or pneumatic) and the month/year in which it was performed. Reports and all of the requirements for records of inspections including markings must be completed as specified in part 180.
</P>
<P>(2) Pressure relief valves must be durably marked with either the date of last test, set-pressure and testing company or the date of last replacement, set-pressure, and certifying company, as applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 16142, Apr. 9, 2009, as amended at 85 FR 75712, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.6" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.6   Materials of trade exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>When transported by motor vehicle in conformance with this section, a material of trade (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) is not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter besides those set forth or referenced in this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Materials and amounts.</I> A material of trade is limited to the following:


</P>
<P>(1) A Class 3, 8, 9, Division 4.1, 5.1, 5.2, or 6.1 material contained in a packaging having a gross mass or capacity not over—




</P>
<P>(i) 0.5 kg (1 pound) or 0.5 L (1 pint) for a Packing Group I material;


</P>
<P>(ii) 30 kg (66 pounds) or 30 L (8 gallons) for a Packing Group II or Packing Group III material;




</P>
<P>(iii) 1500 L (400 gallons) for a diluted mixture, not to exceed 2 percent concentration, of a Class 9 material.
</P>
<P>(2) A Division 2.1 or 2.2 material in a cylinder with a gross weight not over 100 kg (220 pounds), in a Dewar flask meeting the requirements of § 173.320, or a permanently mounted tank manufactured to the ASME Code of not more than 70 gallon water capacity for a non-liquefied Division 2.2 material with no subsidiary hazard.
</P>
<P>(3) A Division 4.3 material in Packing Group II or III contained in a packaging having a gross capacity not exceeding 30 mL (1 ounce).
</P>
<P>(4) A Division 6.2 material, other than a Category A infectious substance, contained in human or animal samples (including, but not limited to, secreta, excreta, blood and its components, tissue and tissue fluids, and body parts) being transported for research, diagnosis, investigational activities, or disease treatment or prevention, or is a biological product or regulated medical waste. The material must be contained in a combination packaging. For liquids, the inner packaging must be leakproof, and the outer packaging must contain sufficient absorbent material to absorb the entire contents of the inner packaging. For sharps, the inner packaging (sharps container) must be constructed of a rigid material resistant to punctures and securely closed to prevent leaks or punctures, and the outer packaging must be securely closed to prevent leaks or punctures. For solids, liquids, and sharps, the outer packaging must be a strong, tight packaging securely closed and secured against shifting, including relative motion between packages, within the vehicle on which it is being transported.
</P>
<P>(i) For other than a regulated medical waste, the amount of Division 6.2 material in a combination packaging must conform to the following limitations:
</P>
<P>(A) One or more inner packagings, each of which may not contain more than 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs) or 0.5 L (17 ounces), and an outer packaging containing not more than 4 kg (8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gallon); or
</P>
<P>(B) A single inner packaging containing not more than 16 kg (35.2 lbs) or 16 L (4.2 gallons) in a single outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a regulated medical waste, a combination packaging must consist of one or more inner packagings, each of which may not contain more than 4 kg (8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gallon), and an outer packaging containing not more than 16 kg (35.2 lbs) or 16 L (4.2 gallons).
</P>
<P>(5) This section does not apply to a hazardous material that is self-reactive (see § 173.124), poisonous by inhalation (see § 173.133), or a hazardous waste.
</P>
<P>(6) A limited quantity package prepared in accordance with § 173.63(b), § 173.150, § 173.151(b) and (c), § 173.152, § 173.153, § 173.154, § 173.155, § 173.161, § 173.165, § 173.167, § 173.306(i), or § 173.309(d) of this subchapter. Division 4.3 substances must be prepared in accordance with paragraph (a)(3) of this section. Class 7 (radioactive) substances, instruments and articles are not authorized under the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) For a material or article for which Column (5) of the Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter does not indicate a packing group. Authorized amounts are:
</P>
<P>(i) For Classes or Divisions indicated in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the amounts shown in paragraph (a)(1)(ii).
</P>
<P>(ii) For Division 4.3, the amounts shown in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Packaging.</I> (1) Packagings must be leak tight for liquids and gases, sift proof for solids, and be securely closed, secured against shifting, and protected against damage.
</P>
<P>(2) Each material must be packaged in the manufacturer's original packaging, or a packaging of equal or greater strength and integrity.
</P>
<P>(3) Outer packagings are not required for receptacles (<I>e.g.,</I> cans and bottles) or articles that are secured against shifting in cages, carts, bins, boxes, or compartments or by other means.
</P>
<P>(4) For gasoline, a packaging must be made of metal or plastic and conform to the requirements of this subchapter or to the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the Department of Labor contained in 29 CFR 1910.106(d)(2) or 1926.152(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(5) A cylinder or other pressure vessel containing a Division 2.1 or 2.2 material must conform to packaging, qualification, maintenance, and use requirements of this subchapter, except that outer packagings are not required. Manifolding of cylinders is authorized provided all valves are tightly closed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hazard communication.</I> (1) A non-bulk packaging other than a cylinder (including a receptacle transported without an outer packaging) must be marked with a common name or proper shipping name to identify the material it contains, including the letters “RQ” if it contains a reportable quantity of a hazardous substance.
</P>
<P>(2) A bulk packaging containing a diluted mixture of a Class 9 material must be marked on two opposing sides with the four-digit identification number of the material. The identification number must be displayed on placards, orange panels or, alternatively, a white square-on-point configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard (at least 273 mm (10.8 inches) on a side), in the manner specified in § 172.332 (b) and (c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) A DOT specification cylinder (except DOT specification 39) must be marked and labeled as prescribed in this subchapter. Each DOT-39 cylinder must display the markings specified in 178.65(i).
</P>
<P>(4) The operator of a motor vehicle that contains a material of trade must be informed of the presence of the hazardous material (including whether the package contains a reportable quantity) and must be informed of the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Aggregate gross weight.</I> Except for a material of trade authorized by paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the aggregate gross weight of all materials of trade on a motor vehicle may not exceed 200 kg (440 pounds).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Other exceptions.</I> A material of trade may be transported on a motor vehicle under the provisions of this section with other hazardous materials without affecting its eligibility for exceptions provided by this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 173-262, 62 FR 49566, Sept. 22, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; Amdt. 173-259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, 1998; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 53137, Aug. 14, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 78 FR 1113, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 15326, Mar. 11, 2013; 78 FR 65478, Oct. 31, 2013; 85 FR 27878, May 11, 2020; 87 FR 79774, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.7" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.7   Government operations and materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Hazardous materials offered for transportation by, for, or to the Department of Defense (DOD) of the U.S. Government, including commercial shipments pursuant to a DOD contract, must be packaged in accordance with the regulations in this subchapter or in packagings of equal or greater strength and efficiency as certified by DOD in accordance with the procedures prescribed by “Packaging of Hazardous Material, DLAR 4145.41/AR 700-143/NAVSUPINST 4030.55D/AFMAN 24-210__IP/MCO 4030.40C (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).” Hazardous materials offered for transportation by DOD under this provision may be reshipped by any shipper to any consignee provided the original packaging has not been damaged or altered in any manner.
</P>
<P>(1) Hazardous materials sold by the DOD in packagings that are not marked in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter may be shipped from DOD installations if the DOD certifies in writing that the packagings are equal to or greater in strength and efficiency than the packaging prescribed in this subchapter. The shipper shall obtain such a certification in duplicate for each shipment. He shall give one copy to the originating carrier and retain the other for no less than 1 year.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) Shipments of hazardous materials, made by or under the direction or supervision of the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) or the Department of Defense (DOD), for the purpose of national security, and which are escorted by personnel specifically designated by or under the authority of those agencies, are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. For transportation by a motor vehicle or a rail car, the escorts must be in a separate transport vehicle from the transport vehicle carrying the hazardous materials that are excepted by this paragraph. A document certifying that the shipment is for the purpose of national security must be in the possession of the person in charge of providing security during transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) Shipments of explosive samples, not exceeding 1 g net weight, offered by and consigned to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF) of the Department of the Treasury are not otherwise subject to the regulations in parts 110-189 of this subchapter when placed in a specifically designed multi-unit assembly packed in a strong outer packaging. The packaging must be of a type accepted by ATF as capable of precluding a propagation of any explosion outside the packaging. The second component from the outside of the packaging must be marked or tagged to indicate the presence of an explosive.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the requirements of §§ 173.416 and 173.417 of this subchapter, packagings made by or under the direction of the U.S. Department of Energy may be used for the transportation of Class 7 materials when evaluated, approved, and certified by the Department of Energy against packaging standards equivalent to those specified in 10 CFR part 71. Packages shipped in accordance with this paragraph shall be marked and otherwise prepared for shipment in a manner equivalent to that required by this subchapter for packagings approved by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
</P>
<P>(e) Class 1 (explosive) materials owned by the Department of Defense and packaged prior to January 1, 1990, in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter in effect at that time, are excepted from the marking and labeling requirements of part 172 of this subchapter and the packaging and package marking requirements of part 178 of this subchapter, provided the packagings have maintained their integrity and the explosive material is declared as “government-owned goods packaged prior to January 1, 1990” on the shipping papers. In addition, packages of these materials owned by the Department of Defense that are marked and labeled in conformance with the requirements of the HMR that were in effect at the time they were originally marked and labeled are excepted from the current marking and labeling requirements. 
</P>
<P>(f) The requirements of this subchapter do not apply to shipments of hazardous materials carried aboard an aircraft that is not owned by a government or engaged in carrying persons or property for commercial purposes, but is under the exclusive direction and control of the government for a period of not less than 90 days as specified in a written contract or lease. An aircraft is under the exclusive direction and control of a government when the government exercises responsibility for:
</P>
<P>(1) Approving crew members and determining they are qualified to operate the aircraft;
</P>
<P>(2) Determining the airworthiness and directing maintenance of the aircraft; and
</P>
<P>(3) Dispatching the aircraft, including the times of departure, airports to be used, and type and amount of cargo to be carried.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18671, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.7, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.8" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.8   Exceptions for non-specification packagings used in intrastate transportation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Non-specification cargo tanks for petroleum products.</I> Notwithstanding requirements for specification packagings in subpart F of this part and parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a non-specification cargo tank motor vehicle having a capacity of less than 13,250 L (3,500 gallons) may be used by an intrastate motor carrier for transportation of a flammable liquid petroleum product in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Permanently secured non-bulk tanks for petroleum products.</I> Notwithstanding requirements for specification packagings in subpart F of this part 173 and parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a non-specification metal tank permanently secured to a transport vehicle and protected against leakage or damage in the event of a turnover, having a capacity of less than 450 L (119 gallons), may be used by an intrastate motor carrier for transportation of a flammable liquid petroleum product in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Additional requirements.</I> A packaging used under the provisions of paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be operated by an intrastate motor carrier and in use as a packaging for hazardous material before October 1, 1998;
</P>
<P>(2) Be operated in conformance with the requirements of the State in which it is authorized;
</P>
<P>(3) Be specifically authorized by a State statute or regulation in effect before October 1, 1998, for use as a packaging for the hazardous material being transported;
</P>
<P>(4) Be offered for transportation and transported in conformance with all other applicable requirements of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(5) Not be used to transport a flammable cryogenic liquid, hazardous substance, hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant (except for gasoline); and
</P>
<P>(6) For a tank authorized under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, conform to all requirements in part 180 (except for § 180.405(g)) of this subchapter in the same manner as required for a DOT specification MC 306 cargo tank motor vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 172-262, 62 FR 49567, Sept. 22, 1997; Amdt. 173-259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, 1998; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011; 80 FR 72924, Nov. 23, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.9" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.9   Transport vehicles or freight containers containing lading which has been fumigated.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purpose of this section, not including 49 CFR part 387, a rail car, freight container, truck body, or trailer in which the lading has been fumigated with any material, or is undergoing fumigation, is a package containing a hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(b) No person may offer for transportation or transport a rail car, freight container, truck body, or trailer in which the lading has been fumigated or treated with any material, or is undergoing fumigation, unless the FUMIGANT marking specified in paragraph (e) of this section is prominently displayed so that it can be seen by any person attempting to enter the interior of the transport vehicle or freight container. For domestic transportation, a hazard warning label authorized by EPA under 40 CFR part 156 may be used as an alternative to the FUMIGANT marking.
</P>
<P>(c) No person may affix or display on a rail car, freight container, truck body, or trailer the FUMIGANT marking specified in paragraph (e) of this section, unless the lading has been fumigated or is undergoing fumigation.
</P>
<P>(d) The FUMIGANT marking required by paragraph (b) of this section must remain on the rail car, freight container, truck body, or trailer until the rail car, freight container, truck body, or trailer has been completely ventilated either by opening the doors of the unit or by mechanical ventilation to ensure no harmful concentration of gas remains after fumigation has been completed.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>FUMIGANT marking.</I> (1) The FUMIGANT marking must consist of black letters on a white background that is a rectangle at least 400 mm (15.75 inches) wide and at least 300 mm (11.8 inches) high as measured to the outside of the lines forming the border of the marking. The minimum width of the line forming the border must be 2 mm and the text on the marking must not be less than 25 mm high. Except for size and color, the FUMIGANT marking must be as shown in the following figure. Where dimensions are not specified, all features shall be in approximate proportion to those shown.
</P>
<P>(i) The marking, and all required information, must be capable of withstanding, without deterioration or a substantial reduction in effectiveness, a 30-day exposure to open weather conditions.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er30mr17.033.gif"/>
<P>(2) The “*” shall be replaced with the technical name of the fumigant.
</P>
<P>(f) A closed cargo transport unit that has been fumigated is not subject to any other provisions of this subchapter if it—
</P>
<P>(1) Has been completely ventilated either by opening the doors of the unit or by mechanical ventilation after fumigation, and
</P>
<P>(2) Displays the FUMIGANT marking, including the date of ventilation.
</P>
<P>(g) For international shipments, transport documents should indicate the date of fumigation, type and amount of fumigant used, and instructions for disposal of any residual fumigant, including fumigation devices.
</P>
<P>(h) Any person subject to the requirements of this section, solely due to the fumigated lading, must be informed of the requirements of this section and the safety precautions necessary to protect themselves and others in the event of an incident or accident involving the fumigated lading.
</P>
<P>(i) Any person who offers for transportation or transports a rail car, freight container, truck body or trailer that is subject to this subchapter solely because of the hazardous materials designation specified in paragraph (a) of this section is not subject to any requirements of this subchapter other than those contained in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 78629, Dec. 29, 2006, as amended at 80 FR 1152, Jan. 8, 2015; 82 FR 15874, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.10" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.10   Tank car shipments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tank cars containing any 2.1 material (including a cryogenic liquid) or Class 3 material with a flash point below 38 °C (100 °F), except liquid road asphalt or tar, may not be offered for transportation unless originally consigned or subsequently reconsigned to parties having private-siding (see Note 1 of this section) or to parties using railroad siding facilities which have been equipped for piping the liquid from tank cars to permanent storage tanks of sufficient capacity to receive contents of car.
</P>
<P>(b) A tank car containing any Class 2 material must not be offered for transportation unless the car is consigned for delivery (see paragraph (c) of this section) and unloading on a private track (see Note 1 of this section) except that where no private track is available, delivery and unloading on carrier tracks is permitted provided the following conditions are complied with:
</P>
<P>(1) Any tank car of DOT-106A or 110A type (see §§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this subchapter) may be offered for transportation and the loaded unit tanks may be removed from car frame on carrier tracks, provided the shipper has obtained from the delivering carrier and filed with originating carrier, written permission (see Note 2 of this section) for such removal. The consignee must furnish adequately safe mechanical hoist, obtained from the carrier if desirable, by which the tanks shall be lifted from the car and deposited directly upon vehicles furnished by the consignee for immediate removal from carrier property or tanks must be lifted by adequately safe mechanical hoist from car directly to vessels for further transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) Any tank car of other than DOT-106A or 110A type (see §§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this subchapter), containing anhydrous ammonia, liquefied hydrocarbon or liquefied petroleum gas, and having interior pipes of liquid and gas discharge valves equipped with check valves, may be consigned for delivery and unloading on carrier tracks, if the lading is piped directly from the car to permanent storage tanks of sufficient capacity to receive the entire contents of the car. Such cars may also be consigned for storage on a private track or on a carrier track when designated by the carrier for such storage.
</P>
<P>(d) For cars of the DOT-106A or 110A type (see §§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this subchapter), the tanks must be placed in position and attached to the car structure by the shipper.
</P>
<P>(e) Class 3 materials with a flash point below 38 °C (100 °F) and Division 2.1 materials (including a cryogenic liquid) may not be loaded into tank cars on carrier property from tank trucks or drums.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>For this purpose, a private track is a track outside of carrier's right-of-way, yard, and terminals, and of which the carrier does not own either the rails, ties, roadbed or right-of-way; or a track or portion of a track which is devoted to the purpose of its user, either by lease or written agreement; in which case the lease or written agreement will be considered as equivalent to ownership.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>Carriers should give permission for the unloading of these containers on carrier tracks only where no private siding is available within reasonable trucking distance of final destination. The danger involved is the release of compressed gases due to accidental damage to container in handling. The exposure to this danger decreases directly with the isolation of the unloading point.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18773, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and by Amdt. 173-162, 48 FR 10226, Mar. 10, 1983, and amended by Amdt. 173-180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24, 1984; Amdt. 173-207, 53 FR 38274, Sept. 29, 1988; Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52608, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 67 FR 61013, Sept. 27, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.11" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.11   Exceptions for shipment of light bulbs containing hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>The following light bulbs (lamps) are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter provided they do not contain Class 7 (radioactive) material:
</P>
<P>(a) Light bulbs that are collected directly from individuals and households when transported to a collection or recycling facility.


</P>
<P>(b) Light bulbs each containing not more than 1 g of hazardous materials and packaged so that there is not more than 30 g of hazardous materials per package. Each light bulb must be packed in inner packagings separated by dividers or surrounded by cushioning material to protect the light bulbs and packed into strong outer packagings meeting the requirements of § 173.24(b) of this subpart and capable of passing a 1.2 m (4 feet) drop test.






</P>
<P>(c) Used, damaged, defective light bulbs each containing not more than 1 g of hazardous materials and packaged so that there is not more than 30 g of hazardous materials per package when transported from a collection or recycling facility. The light bulbs must be packed in strong outer packagings meeting the requirements of § 173.24(b) of this subpart and capable of passing a 1.2 m (4 feet) drop test.
</P>
<P>(d) Light bulbs containing only gases of Division 2.2 provided they are packaged so that the projectile effects of any rupture of the bulb will be contained within the package.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 1153, Jan. 8, 2015, as amended at 87 FR 79774, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.12" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.12   Exceptions for shipment of waste materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Open head drums.</I> If a hazardous material that is a hazardous waste is required by this subchapter to be shipped in a closed head drum (i.e., a drum with a 7.0 cm (3 inches) or less bung opening) and the hazardous waste contains solids or semisolids that make its placement in a closed head drum impracticable, an equivalent (except for closure) open head drum may be used for the hazardous waste.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Lab packs.</I> (1) Waste materials prohibited by paragraph (b)(3) of this section are not authorized for transport in packages authorized by this paragraph (b). Waste materials classed as Class or Division 3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.2, 6.1, 8, or 9 are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter for combination packagings if packaged in accordance with this paragraph (b) and transported for disposal or recovery by highway, rail or cargo vessel. In addition, a generic description from the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table may be used in place of specific chemical names, when two or more chemically compatible waste materials in the same hazard class are packaged in the same outside packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) Combination packaging requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Inner packagings.</I> The inner packagings must be either glass, not exceeding 4 L (1 gallon) rated capacity, or metal or plastic, not exceeding 20 L (5.3 gallons) rated capacity. Inner packagings containing liquid must be surrounded by a chemically compatible absorbent material in sufficient quantity to absorb the total liquid contents.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Outer packaging.</I> Each outer packaging may contain only one class of waste material. The following outer packagings are authorized except that Division 4.2 Packing Group I materials must be packaged using UN standard steel or plastic drums tested and marked to the Packing Group I performance level for liquids or solids; and bromine pentafluoride and bromine trifluoride may not be packaged using UN 4G fiberboard boxes:
</P>
<P>(A) A UN 1A2, UN 1B2 or UN 1N2 metal drum, a UN 1D plywood drum, a UN 1G fiber drum, or a UN 1H2 plastic drum, tested and marked to at least the Packing Group III performance level for liquids or solids;
</P>
<P>(B) At a minimum, a double-walled UN 4G fiberboard box made out of 500 pound burst-strength fiberboard fitted with a polyethylene liner at least 3 mils (0.003 inches) thick and when filled during testing to 95 percent capacity with a solid material, successfully passes the tests prescribed in §§ 178.603 (drop) and 178.606 (stacking), and is capable of passing the tests prescribed in § 178.608 (vibration) to at least the Packing Group II performance level for liquids or solids; or
</P>
<P>(C) A UN 11G fiberboard intermediate bulk container (IBC) or a UN 11HH2 composite IBC, fitted with a polyethylene liner at least 6 mils (0.006 inches) thick, that successfully passes the tests prescribed in subpart O of part 178 and § 178.603 to at least the Packing Group II performance level for liquids or solids; a UN 11HH2 is composed of multiple layers of encapsulated corrugated fiberboard between inner and outer layers of woven coated polypropylene.
</P>
<P>(iii) The gross weight of each completed combination package may not exceed 205 kg (452 lbs).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Prohibited materials.</I> The following waste materials may not be packaged or described under the provisions of this paragraph (b): a material poisonous-by-inhalation, a temperature controlled material unless it complies with § 173.21(f)(1), a Division 6.1, Packing Group I material, chloric acid, and oleum (fuming sulfuric acid). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reuse of packagings.</I> A previously used packaging may be reused for the shipment of waste material transported for disposal or recovery, not subject to the reconditioning and reuse provisions contained in § 173.28 and part 178 of this subchapter, under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as authorized by this paragraph, the waste must be packaged in accordance with this part and offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Transportation is performed by highway only.
</P>
<P>(3) A package is not offered for transportation less than 24 hours after it is finally closed for transportation, and each package is inspected for leakage and is found to be free from leaks immediately prior to being offered for transportation.
</P>
<P>(4) Each package is loaded by the shipper and unloaded by the consignee, unless the motor carrier is a private or contract carrier.
</P>
<P>(5) The packaging may be used only once under this paragraph and may not be used again for shipment of hazardous materials except in accordance with § 173.28.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Technical names for n.o.s. descriptions.</I> The requirements for the inclusion of technical names for n.o.s. descriptions on shipping papers and package markings, §§ 172.203 and 172.301 of this subchapter, respectively, do not apply to packages prepared in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, except that packages containing materials meeting the definition of a hazardous substance must be described as required in § 172.203 of this subchapter and marked as required in § 172.324 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Segregation requirements.</I> Waste materials packaged according to paragraph (b) of this section and transported in conformance with this paragraph (e) are not subject to the segregation requirements in §§ 174.81(d), 176.83(b), and 177.848(d) if blocked and braced in such a manner that they are separated from incompatible materials by a minimum horizontal distance of 1.2 m (4 feet) and the packages are loaded at least 100 mm (4 inches) off the floor of the freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle, or rail car. The following conditions specific to incompatible materials also apply:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General restrictions.</I> The freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle, or rail car may not contain any Class 1 explosives, Class 7 radioactive material, or uncontainerized hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Waste cyanides and waste acids.</I> For waste cyanides stored, loaded, and transported with waste acids:
</P>
<P>(i) The cyanide or a cyanide mixture may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight per inner packaging and may not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight per outer packaging; a cyanide solution may not exceed 2 L (0.6 gallon) per inner packaging and may not exceed 10 L (3.0 gallons) per outer packaging; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The acids must be packaged in lab packs in accordance paragraph (b) of this section or in single packagings authorized for the acid in Column (8B) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table of this subchapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons) capacity.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Waste Division 4.2 materials and waste Class 8 liquids.</I> For waste Division 4.2 materials stored, loaded, and transported with waste Class 8 liquids:
</P>
<P>(i) The Division 4.2 material may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight per inner packaging and may not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight per outer packaging; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Class 8 liquid must be packaged in lab packs in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section or in single packagings authorized for the material in Column (8B) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table of this subchapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons) capacity.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Waste Division 6.1 Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material and waste Class 3, Class 8 liquids, or Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 5.2 materials.</I> For waste Division 6.1 Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material stored, loaded, and transported with waste Class 8 liquids, or Division 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 5.2 materials:
</P>
<P>(i) The Division 6.1 Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material must be packaged in accordance with § 173.226(c) of this subchapter and overpacked in a UN standard steel or plastic drum meeting the Packing Group I performance level;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Class 8 liquid must be packaged in lab packs in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section or in single packagings authorized for the material in Column (8B) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table of this subchapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons) capacity.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Division 4.2 material may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight per inner packaging and may not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight per outer packaging;
</P>
<P>(iv) The Division 5.1 materials may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight per inner packaging and may not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight per outer packaging. The aggregate net weight per freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle, or rail car may not exceed 100 kg (220 pounds);
</P>
<P>(v) The Division 5.2 material may not exceed 1 kg (2.2 pounds) net weight per inner packaging and may not exceed 5 kg (11 pounds) net weight per outer packaging. Organic Peroxide, Type B material may not exceed 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) net weight per inner packaging and may not exceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) net weight per outer packaging. The aggregate net weight per freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle, or rail car may not exceed 50 kg (110 pounds).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Additional exceptions.</I> Lab packs conforming to the requirements of this section are not subject to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The overpack marking and labeling requirements in § 173.25(a)(2) of this subchapter when secured to a pallet with shrink-wrap or stretch-wrap except that labels representative of each Hazard Class or Division in the overpack must be visibly displayed on two opposing sides.
</P>
<P>(2) The restrictions for overpacks containing Class 8, Packing Group I material and Division 5.1, Packing Group I material in § 173.25(a)(5) of this subchapter. These waste materials may be overpacked with other materials.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Household waste.</I> Household waste, as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter when transported in accordance with applicable state, local, or tribal requirements.


</P>
<P>(h) <I>Shrink-wrapped or stretch-wrapped pallets of limited quantity waste.</I> Shrink-wrapped or stretch-wrapped pallets containing packages of waste limited quantity materials may be transported by motor vehicle and cargo vessel under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The waste materials must be in their original undamaged packaging marked with the authorized limited quantity marking in conformance with § 172.315 of this subchapter, as appropriate. The word “waste” in association with the proper shipping name is not required on individual packages;
</P>
<P>(2) Packages must be securely affixed to a pallet and shrink-wrapped or stretch-wrapped;
</P>
<P>(3) The outside of the shrink-wrap or stretch-wrap must be marked on opposite sides with “Waste, Limited Quantity.”






</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52609, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.12, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.13" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.13   Exceptions for Class 3, Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, and Classes 8 and 9 materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Class 3, 8 or 9, or Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or 6.1 material is excepted from the labeling (except for the CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label), placarding and segregation requirements of this subchapter if prepared for transportation in accordance with the requirements of this section. A material that meets the definition of a material poisonous by inhalation may not be offered for transportation or transported under provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A hazardous material conforming to the requirements of this section may be transported by motor vehicle and rail car. In addition, packages prepared in accordance with this section may be transported by aircraft under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Cargo-only aircraft.</I> Only hazardous materials permitted to be transported aboard either a passenger or cargo-only aircraft by column (9A) or (9B) of the Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter are authorized aboard cargo-only aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Passenger carrying aircraft.</I> Only hazardous materials permitted to be transported aboard a passenger aircraft by column (9A) of the Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter are authorized aboard passenger aircraft. The completed package, assembled as for transportation, must be successfully tested in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I level. A hazardous material which meets the definition of a Division 5.1 (oxidizer) at the Packing Group I level in accordance with § 173.127(b)(1)(i) of this subchapter may not be transported aboard a passenger aircraft.
</P>
<P>(3) Packages offered for transportation aboard either passenger or cargo-only aircraft must meet the requirements for transportation by aircraft specified in § 173.27 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) A hazardous material permitted by paragraph (a) of this section must be packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For liquids:
</P>
<P>(i) The hazardous material must be placed in a tightly closed glass, plastic or metal inner packaging with a maximum capacity not exceeding 1.2 L. Sufficient outage must be provided such that the inner packaging will not become liquid full at 55 °C (130 °F). The net quantity (measured at 20 °C (68 °F)) of liquid in any inner packaging may not exceed 1 L. For transportation by aircraft, the net quantity in one package may not exceed the quantity specified in columns (9A) or (9B), as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(ii) The inner packaging must be placed in a hermetically sealed barrier bag which is impervious to the lading, and then wrapped in a non-reactive absorbent material in sufficient quantity to completely absorb the contents of the inner packaging. Alternatively, the inner packaging may first be wrapped in a non-reactive absorbent material and then placed in the hermetically sealed barrier bag. The combination of inner packaging, absorbent material, and bag must be placed in a snugly fitting metal can.
</P>
<P>(iii) The metal can must be securely closed. For liquids that are in Division 4.2 or 4.3, the metal can must be hermetically sealed. For Division 4.2 materials in Packing Group I, the metal can must be tested in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level.
</P>
<P>(iv) The metal can must be placed in a fiberboard box that is placed in a hermetically sealed barrier bag which is impervious to the lading.
</P>
<P>(v) The intermediate packaging must be placed inside a securely closed, outer packaging conforming to § 173.201.
</P>
<P>(vi) Not more than four intermediate packagings are permitted in an outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) For solids:
</P>
<P>(i) The hazardous material must be placed in a tightly closed glass, plastic or metal inner packaging. The net quantity of material in any inner packaging may not exceed 2.85kg (6.25 pounds). For transportation by aircraft, the net quantity in one package may not exceed the quantity specified in columns (9A) or (9B), as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(ii) The inner packaging must be placed in a hermetically sealed barrier bag which is impervious to the lading.
</P>
<P>(iii) The barrier bag and its contents must be placed in a fiberboard box that is placed in a hermetically-sealed barrier bag which is impervious to the lading.
</P>
<P>(iv) The intermediate packaging must be placed inside an outer packaging conforming to § 173.211.
</P>
<P>(v) Not more than four intermediate packagings are permitted in an outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(d) The outside of the package must be marked, in association with the proper shipping name, with the statement: “This package conforms to 49 CFR 173.13.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-253, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 3309, Jan. 24, 2005; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 75 FR 27215, May 14, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.14" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.1.25.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.14   Hazardous materials in equipment in use or intended for use during transport.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for transportation by aircraft, hazardous materials (<I>e.g.,</I> lithium batteries, fuel cell cartridges) contained in equipment, such as data loggers and cargo tracking devices, attached to or placed in packages, overpacks, or containers are not subject to this subchapter other than the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The equipment must be in use or intended for use during transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) The hazardous materials (<I>e.g.,</I> lithium batteries, fuel cell cartridges) must meet the applicable construction and test requirements specified in this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(3) The equipment must be capable of withstanding the shocks and loadings normally encountered during transport and must be safe for use in the environments to which it may be exposed; and
</P>
<P>(4) When offered for transport by vessel, the requirements in § 176.76(a)(9) of this subchapter apply.
</P>
<P>(b) For transportation by aircraft, lithium batteries contained in equipment such as data loggers and cargo tracking devices, attached to or placed in packages containing COVID-19 pharmaceuticals, are not subject to the marking and documentation requirements of § 173.185(c)(3) and (c)(4)(iv). This same package, when shipped without the COVID-19 pharmaceuticals for the purpose of use or reuse, is also not subject to the marking and documentation requirements of § 173.185(c)(3) and (c)(4)(iv), as applicable, provided prior arrangements have been made with the operator.
</P>
<P>(c) The exception provided by this section does not apply to hazardous materials shipped as cargo. Hazardous materials contained in equipment as described in this section, when transported as a cargo, are subject to, and must be transported in accordance with, all applicable requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 44991, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Preparation of Hazardous Materials for Transportation</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.21" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.21   Forbidden materials and packages.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise provided in this subchapter, the offering for transportation or transportation of the following is forbidden:
</P>
<P>(a) Materials that are designated “Forbidden” in Column 3 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(b) Forbidden explosives as defined in § 173.54 of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Electrical devices, such as batteries and battery-powered devices, which are likely to create sparks or generate a dangerous evolution of heat, unless packaged in a manner which precludes such an occurrence.
</P>
<P>(d) For carriage by aircraft, any package which has a magnetic field of more than 0.00525 gauss measured at 4.5 m (15 feet) from any surface of the package.
</P>
<P>(e) A material in the same packaging, freight container, or overpack with another material, the mixing of which is likely to cause a dangerous evolution of heat, or flammable or poisonous gases or vapors, or to produce corrosive materials.
</P>
<P>(f) A package containing a material which is likely to decompose with a self-accelerated decomposition temperature (SADT) or polymerize with a self-accelerated polymerization temperature (SAPT) of 50 °C (122 °F) or less, or 45 °C (113 °F) or less when offered for transportation in portable tanks, with an evolution of a dangerous quantity of heat or gas when decomposing or polymerizing, unless the material is stabilized or inhibited in a manner to preclude such evolution. For organic peroxides, see paragraph (f)(2) of this section. The SADT and SAPT may be determined by any of the test methods described in Part II of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(1) A package meeting the criteria of paragraph (f) of this section may be required to be shipped under controlled temperature conditions. The control temperature and emergency temperature for a package shall be as specified in Table 1 in this paragraph based upon the SADT or SAPT of the material. The control temperature is the temperature above which a package of the material may not be offered for transportation or transported. The emergency temperature is the temperature at which, due to imminent danger, emergency measures must be initiated.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(f)(1)</E>—Derivation of Control and Emergency Temperature
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type of receptacle
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SADT/SAPT 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Control temperatures
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Emergency temperature
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Single packagings and IBCs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SADT/SAPT ≤20 °C (68 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 °C (36 °F) below SADT/SAPT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 °C (18 °F) below SADT/SAPT.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Single packagings and IBCs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 °C (68 °F) &lt;SADT/SAPT ≤35 °C (95 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15 °C (27 °F) below SADT/SAPT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 °C (18 °F) below SADT/SAPT.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Single packagings and IBCs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 °C (95 °F) &lt;SADT/SAPT ≤50 °C (122 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 °C (18 °F) below SADT/SAPT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 °C (9 °F) below SADT/SAPT.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Single packagings and IBCs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 °C (122 °F) &lt;SADT/SAPT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>2</sup>)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>2</sup>)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Portable tanks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SADT/SAPT ≤45 °C (113 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 °C (18 °F) below SADT/SAPT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 °C (9 °F) below SADT/SAPT.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Portable tanks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 °C (113 °F) &lt;SADT/SAPT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>2</sup>)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>2</sup>)
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Self-accelerating decomposition temperature or self-accelerating polymerization temperature.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Temperature control not required.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) For hazardous materials listed in the Self-Reactive Materials Table in § 173.224(b), control and emergency temperatures, where required, are shown in Columns 5 and 6, respectively. For hazardous materials listed in the Organic Peroxide Table in § 173.225, control and emergency temperatures, where required, are shown in Columns 7a and 7b of the table, respectively. In addition, the following organic peroxides shall be subjected to temperature control during transport:
</P>
<P>(i) Organic peroxides type B and C with a SADT ≤50 °C;
</P>
<P>(ii) Organic peroxides type D showing a medium effect when heated under confinement, as determined by test series E in Part II of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter), with a SADT ≤50 °C or showing a low or no effect when heated under confinement with a SADT ≤45 °C; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Organic peroxides types E and F with a SADT ≤45 °C.


</P>
<P>(3) Refrigeration may be used as a means of stabilization only when approved by the Associate Administrator. Approvals issued by the Bureau of Explosives are no longer valid (see § 171.19 of this subchapter). Methods of stabilization approved by the Associate Administrator are as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) For highway transportation:
</P>
<P>(A) A material meeting the criteria of this paragraph (f) may be transported only in a transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle equipped with a mechanical refrigeration unit, or loaded with a consumable refrigerant, capable of maintaining the inside temperature of the hazardous material at or below the control temperature required for the material during transportation.
</P>
<P>(B) Each package containing a material meeting the criteria of this paragraph (f) must be loaded and maintained at or below the control temperature required for the material. The temperature of the material must be determined by appropriate means and entered on a written record at the time the packaging is loaded.
</P>
<P>(C) The vehicle operator shall monitor the inside temperature of the transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle and enter that temperature on a written record at the time the package is loaded and thereafter at intervals not exceeding two hours. Alternatively, a transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle may be equipped with a visible or audible warning device that activates when the inside temperature of the transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle exceeds the control temperature required for the material. The warning device must be readily visible or audible, as appropriate, from the vehicle operator's seat in the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(D) The carrier shall advise the vehicle operator of the emergency temperature for the material, and provide the vehicle operator with written procedures that must be followed to assure maintenance of the control temperature inside the transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle. The written procedures must include instructions for the vehicle operator on actions to take if the inside temperature exceeds the control temperature and approaches or reaches the emergency temperature for the material. In addition, the written temperature-control procedures must identify enroute points where the consumable refrigerant may be procured, or where repairs to, or replacement of, the mechanical refrigeration unit may be accomplished.
</P>
<P>(E) The vehicle operator shall maintain the written temperature-control procedures, and the written record of temperature measurements specified in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(C) of this section, if applicable, in the same manner as specified in § 177.817 of this subchapter for shipping papers.
</P>
<P>(F) If the control temperature is maintained by use of a consumable refrigerant (e.g., dry ice or liquid nitrogen), the quantity of consumable refrigerant must be sufficient to maintain the control temperature for twice the average transit time under normal conditions of transportation.
</P>
<P>(G) A material that has a control temperature of 40 °C (104 °F) or higher may be transported by common carrier. A material that has a control temperature below 40 °C (104 °F) must be transported by a private or contract carrier.
</P>
<P>(ii) For transportation by vessel, shipments are authorized in accordance with the control temperature requirements in 7.3.7 of the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(g) Packages which give off a flammable gas or vapor, released from a material not otherwise subject to this subchapter, likely to create a flammable mixture with air in a transport vehicle.
</P>
<P>(h) Packages containing materials (other than those classed as explosive) which will detonate in a fire.
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of this paragraph, “detonate” means an explosion in which the shock wave travels through the material at a speed greater than the speed of sound.
</P>
<P>(2) When tests are required to evaluate the performance of a package under the provisions of this paragraph, the testing must be done or approved by one of the agencies specified in § 173.56.
</P>
<P>(i) Except for a package containing a lighter design sample that meets the requirements of § 173.308(b)(2), a package containing a lighter (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) containing a Division 2.1 material, of a design that has not been examined and successfully tested by an authorized person under the criteria specified in § 173.308(a)(4) or, a lighter design containing a Class 3 material, that has not been approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(j) An organic peroxide of the “ketone peroxide” category which contains more than 9 percent available oxygen as calculated using the equation in § 173.128(a)(4)(ii). The category, ketone peroxide, includes, but is not limited to:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Acetyl acetone peroxide
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cyclohexanone peroxide(s)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Diacetone alcohol peroxides
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide(s)</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(k) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subchapter, including subpart C of part 171 and 175.10(a)(2) of this subchapter, an oxygen generator (chemical) as cargo on a passenger-carrying aircraft. This prohibition does not apply to an oxygen generator for medical or personal use of a passenger that meets the requirements of § 175.10(a)(7) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52609, Dec. 21, 1990] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.21, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.22" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.22   Shipper's responsibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in this part, a person may offer a hazardous material for transportation in a packaging or container required by this part only in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The person shall class and describe the hazardous material in accordance with parts 172 and 173 of this subchapter, and
</P>
<P>(2) The person shall determine that the packaging or container is an authorized packaging, including part 173 requirements, and that it has been manufactured, assembled, and marked in accordance with:
</P>
<P>(i) Section 173.7(a) and parts 173, 178, or 179 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) A specification of the Department in effect at the date of manufacture of the packaging or container;
</P>
<P>(iii) National or international regulations based on the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), as authorized in § 173.24(d)(2); 
</P>
<P>(iv) An approval issued under this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(v) An exemption or special permit issued under subchapter A of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) In making the determination under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the person may accept:
</P>
<P>(i) Except for the marking on the bottom of a metal or plastic drum with a capacity over 100 L which has been reconditioned, remanufactured or otherwise converted, the manufacturer's certification, specification, approval, or exemption or special permit marking (see §§ 178.2 and 179.1 of this subchapter); or
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to cargo tanks provided by a carrier, the manufacturer's identification plate or a written certification of specification or exemption or special permit provided by the carrier.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) For a DOT Specification or UN standard packaging subject to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter, a person must perform all functions necessary to bring the package into compliance with parts 173 and 178 of this subchapter, as identified by the packaging manufacturer or subsequent distributor (for example, applying closures consistent with the manufacturer's closure instructions) in accordance with § 178.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) For other than a bulk package or a cylinder, a person must retain a copy of the manufacturer's notification, including closure instructions (<I>see</I> § 178.2(c) of this subchapter). For a bulk package or a cylinder, a person must retain a copy of the manufacturer's notification, including closure instructions (<I>see</I> § 178.2(c) of this subchapter), unless permanently embossed or printed on the package. A copy of the manufacturer's notification, including closure instructions (<I>see</I> § 178.2(c) of this subchapter), unless permanently embossed or printed on the package when applicable, must be made available for inspection by a representative of the Department upon request for at least 90 days once the package is offered to the initial carrier for transportation in commerce. Subsequent offerors of a filled and otherwise properly prepared unaltered package are not required to maintain manufacturer notification (including closure instructions).
</P>
<P>(iii) When applicable, a person must retain a copy of any supporting documentation used to determine an equivalent level of performance under the selective testing variation in § 178.601(g)(1) of this subchapter. Such documentation is to be retained by the person certifying compliance with § 178.601(g)(1), as prescribed in § 178.601(l), and retained as prescribed in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) No person may offer a motor carrier any hazardous material specified in 49 CFR 385.403 unless that motor carrier holds a safety permit issued by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration. 
</P>
<P>(c) Prior to each shipment of fissile radioactive materials, and Type B or highway route controlled quantity packages of radioactive materials (see § 173.403), the shipper shall notify the consignee of the dates of shipment and expected arrival. The shipper shall also notify each consignee of any special loading/unloading instructions prior to his first shipment. For any shipment of irradiated reactor fuel, the shipper shall provide physical protection in compliance with a plan established under:
</P>
<P>(1) Requirements prescribed by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, or
</P>
<P>(2) Equivalent requirements approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-100, 42 FR 2689, Jan. 13, 1977]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.22, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.22a" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.22a   Use of packagings authorized under special permits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person may offer a hazardous material for transportation in a packaging the use of which is dependent upon an exemption or special permit issued under subpart B of part 107 of this title, unless that person is the holder of or a party to the exemption or special permit.
</P>
<P>(b) If an exemption or special permit authorizes the use of a packaging for the transportation of a hazardous material by any person or class of persons other than or in addition to the holder of the exemption or special permit, that person or a member of that class of persons may use the packaging for the purposes authorized in the exemption or special permit subject to the terms specified therein. Copies of exemptions and special permits may be obtained by accessing the Hazardous Materials Safety Web site at <I>http://www.phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/regs/sp-a”</I> or by writing to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001, Attention: Records Center.
</P>
<P>(c) When an exemption or special permit issued to a person who offers a hazardous material contains requirements that apply to a carrier of the hazardous material, the offeror shall furnish a copy of the current exemption or special permit to the carrier before or at the time a shipment is tendered.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.23" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.23   Previously authorized packaging.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the regulations specify a packaging with a specification marking prefix of “DOT,” a packaging marked prior to January 1, 1970, with the prefix of “ICC” may be used in its place if the packaging otherwise conforms to applicable specification requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) After July 2, 1982, a seamless aluminum cylinder manufactured in conformance with and for use under DOT special permit (SP) or exemption (E) 6498, 7042, 8107, 8364 or 8422 may be continued in use if marked before or at the time of the next retest with either the specification identification “3AL” immediately above the special permit or exemption number, or the DOT mark (e.g., DOT 3AL 1800) in proximity to the special permit or exemption marking.
</P>
<P>(d) Cylinders (spheres) manufactured and marked under DOT special permit (SP) or exemption (E) 6616 prior to January 1, 1983, may be continued in use if marked before or at the time of the next retest with the specification identification “4BA” near the special permit or exemption marking.
</P>
<P>(e) After October 1, 1984, cylinders manufactured for use under special permit (SP) or exemption (E) 6668 or 8404 may be continued in use, and must be marked “DOT-4LXXXYY” (XXX to be replaced by the service pressure, YY to be replaced by the letters “AL”, if applicable) in compliance with Specification 4L (§ 178.57 of this subchapter) on or before January 1, 1986. The “DOT-4LXXXYY” must appear in proximity to other required special permit or exemption markings.
</P>
<P>(f) An MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicle must conform to structural integrity requirements in § 178.337-3 or to corresponding requirements in effect at the time of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(g) A non-bulk packaging manufactured, tested, marked, and certified on or before September 30, 1996, in accordance with the applicable provisions of subparts L and M of part 178 of this subchapter in effect on September 30, 1995, may be used as authorized by this subchapter if the packaging conforms to all requirements applicable at the time of manufacture. In addition, such a packaging may be reused as authorized by § 173.28 without a nominal thickness marking, if it conforms to the minimum thickness criteria prescribed in § 173.28(b)(4).
</P>
<P>(h) A packaging that is permanently marked with a special permit number, “DOT-SP” or “DOT-E,” for which the provisions of the special permit have been incorporated into this subchapter may continue to be used for the life of the packaging without obliterating or otherwise removing the special permit number.
</P>
<P>(i) An exemption packaging or shipping paper that is permanently marked “DOT-E” prior to October 1, 2007, may continue in use as long as the exemption or special permit remains valid, unless otherwise specified in the exemption or special permit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-3, 33 FR 14921, Oct. 4, 1968]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.23, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.24" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.24   General requirements for packagings and packages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, the provisions of this section apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Bulk and non-bulk packagings;
</P>
<P>(2) New packagings and packagings which are reused; and
</P>
<P>(3) Specification and non-specification packagings.
</P>
<P>(b) Each package used for the shipment of hazardous materials under this subchapter shall be designed, constructed, maintained, filled, its contents so limited, and closed, so that under conditions normally incident to transportation—
</P>
<P>(1) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, there will be no identifiable (without the use of instruments) release of hazardous materials to the environment;
</P>
<P>(2) The effectiveness of the package will not be substantially reduced; for example, impact resistance, strength, packaging compatibility, etc. must be maintained for the minimum and maximum temperatures, changes in humidity and pressure, and shocks, loadings and vibrations, normally encountered during transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) There will be no mixture of gases or vapors in the package which could, through any credible spontaneous increase of heat or pressure, significantly reduce the effectiveness of the packaging;
</P>
<P>(4) There will be no hazardous material residue adhering to the outside of the package during transport.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Authorized packagings.</I> (1) A packaging is authorized for a hazardous material only if—
</P>
<P>(i) The packaging is prescribed or permitted for the hazardous material in a packaging section specified for that material in Column 8 of the § 172.101 table and conforms to applicable requirements in the special provisions of Column 7 of the § 172.101 table and, for specification packagings (but not including UN standard packagings manufactured outside the United States), the specification requirements in parts 178 and 179 of this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The packaging is permitted under, and conforms to, provisions contained in subparts B or C of part 171 of this subchapter or § 173.3, § 173.4, § 173.4a, § 173.4b, § 173.5, § 173.5a, § 173.6, § 173.7, § 173.8, § 173.27, or § 176.11 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The use of supplementary packagings within an outer packaging (<I>e.g.,</I> an intermediate packaging or a receptacle inside a required inner packaging) additional to what is required by this subchapter is authorized provided all applicable requirements of this subchapter are met and, when necessary, suitable cushioning is used to prevent shifting within the packaging.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Specification packagings and UN standard packagings manufactured outside the U.S.</I>—(1) <I>Specification packagings.</I> A specification packaging, including a UN standard packaging manufactured in the United States, must conform in all details to the applicable specification or standard in part 178 or part 179 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) UN standard packagings manufactured outside the United States. A UN standard packaging manufactured outside the United States, in accordance with national or international regulations based on the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), may be imported and used and is considered to be an authorized packaging under the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, subject to the following conditions and limitations:
</P>
<P>(i) The packaging fully conforms to applicable provisions in the UN Recommendations and the requirements of this subpart, including reuse provisions;
</P>
<P>(ii) The packaging is capable of passing the prescribed tests in part 178 of this subchapter applicable to that standard; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The competent authority of the country of manufacture provides reciprocal treatment for UN standard packagings manufactured in the U.S.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Compatibility.</I> (1) Even though certain packagings are specified in this part, it is, nevertheless, the responsibility of the person offering a hazardous material for transportation to ensure that such packagings are compatible with their lading. This particularly applies to corrosivity, permeability, softening, premature aging and embrittlement.
</P>
<P>(2) Packaging materials and contents must be such that there will be no significant chemical or galvanic reaction between the materials and contents of the package.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Plastic packagings and receptacles.</I> (i) Plastic used in packagings and receptacles must be of a type compatible with the lading and may not be permeable to an extent that a hazardous condition is likely to occur during transportation, handling or refilling.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each plastic packaging or receptacle which is used for liquid hazardous materials must be capable of withstanding without failure the procedure specified in appendix B of this part (“Procedure for Testing Chemical Compatibility and Rate of Permeation in Plastic Packagings and Receptacles”). The procedure specified in appendix B of this part must be performed on each plastic packaging or receptacle used for Packing Group I materials. The maximum rate of permeation of hazardous lading through or into the plastic packaging or receptacles may not exceed 0.5 percent for materials meeting the definition of a Division 6.1 material according to § 173.132 and 2.0 percent for other hazardous materials, when subjected to a temperature no lower than—
</P>
<P>(A) 18 °C (64 °F) for 180 days in accordance with Test Method 1 in appendix B of this part;
</P>
<P>(B) 50 °C (122 °F) for 28 days in accordance with Test Method 2 in appendix B of this part; or
</P>
<P>(C) 60 °C (140 °F) for 14 days in accordance with Test Method 3 in appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P>(iii) Alternative procedures or rates of permeation are permitted if they yield a level of safety equivalent to or greater than that provided by paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section and are specifically approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Mixed contents.</I> Hazardous materials may not be packed or mixed together in the same outer packaging with other hazardous or nonhazardous materials if such materials are capable of reacting dangerously with each other and causing—
</P>
<P>(i) Combustion or dangerous evolution of heat;
</P>
<P>(ii) Evolution of flammable, poisonous, or asphyxiant gases; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Formation of unstable or corrosive materials.
</P>
<P>(5) Packagings used for solids, which may become liquid at temperatures likely to be encountered during transportation, must be capable of containing the hazardous material in the liquid state.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Closures.</I> (1) Closures on packagings shall be so designed and closed that under conditions (including the effects of temperature, pressure and vibration) normally incident to transportation—
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, there is no identifiable release of hazardous materials to the environment from the opening to which the closure is applied; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The closure is leakproof and secured against loosening. For air transport, stoppers, corks or other such friction closures must be held in place by positive means.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, a closure (including gaskets or other closure components, if any) used on a specification packaging must conform to all applicable requirements of the specification and must be closed in accordance with information, as applicable, provided by the manufacturer's notification required by § 178.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Venting.</I> Venting of packagings, to reduce internal pressure which may develop by the evolution of gas from the contents, is permitted only when—
</P>
<P>(1) Except for shipments of cryogenic liquids as specified in § 173.320(c) and of carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), transportation by aircraft is not involved;
</P>
<P>(2) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, the evolved gases are not poisonous, likely to create a flammable mixture with air or be an asphyxiant under normal conditions of transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) The packaging is designed so as to preclude an unintentional release of hazardous materials from the receptacle;
</P>
<P>(4) For bulk packagings, other than IBCs, venting is authorized for the specific hazardous material by a special provision in the § 172.101 table or by the applicable bulk packaging specification in part 178 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(5) Intermediate bulk packagings (IBCs) may be vented when required to reduce internal pressure that may develop by the evolution of gas subject to the requirements of paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(3) of this section. The IBC must be of a type that has successfully passed (with the vent in place) the applicable design qualification tests with no release of hazardous material. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Outage and filling limits</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> When filling packagings and receptacles for liquids, sufficient ullage (outage) must be left to ensure that neither leakage nor permanent distortion of the packaging or receptacle will occur as a result of an expansion of the liquid caused by temperatures likely to be encountered during transportation. Requirements for outage and filling limits for non-bulk and bulk packagings are specified in §§ 173.24a(d) and 173.24b(a), respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Compressed gases and cryogenic liquids.</I> Filling limits for compressed gases and cryogenic liquids are specified in §§ 173.301 through 173.306 for cylinders and §§ 173.314 through 173.319 for bulk packagings.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Air transportation.</I> Except as provided in subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter, packages prepared under § 173.167 of this part, or packages prepared under Packing Instruction Y963 of the ICAO Technical Instructions, packages offered or intended for transportation by aircraft must conform to the general requirements for transportation by aircraft in § 173.27.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52610, Dec. 21, 1990]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.24, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.24a" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.24a   Additional general requirements for non-bulk packagings and packages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Packaging design.</I> Except as provided in § 172.312 of this subchapter:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inner packaging closures.</I> A combination packaging containing liquid hazardous materials must be packed so that closures on inner packagings are upright.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Friction.</I> The nature and thickness of the outer packaging must be such that friction during transportation is not likely to generate an amount of heat sufficient to alter dangerously the chemical stability of the contents.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Securing and cushioning.</I> Inner packagings of combination packagings must be so packed, secured and cushioned to prevent their breakage or leakage and to control their shifting within the outer packaging under conditions normally incident to transportation. Cushioning material must not be capable of reacting dangerously with the contents of the inner packagings or having its protective properties significantly weakened in the event of leakage.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Metallic devices.</I> Nails, staples and other metallic devices shall not protrude into the interior of the outer packaging in such a manner as to be likely to damage inner packagings or receptacles.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Vibration.</I> Each non-bulk package must be capable of withstanding, without rupture or leakage, the vibration test procedure specified in § 178.608 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Non-bulk packaging filling limits.</I> (1) A non-bulk packaging not exceeding 400 kg may be filled with a liquid hazardous material only when the specific gravity of the material or gross mass of the package does not exceed that marked on the packaging, or a specific gravity of 1.2 if not marked, except as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) A Packing Group I packaging may be used for a Packing Group II material with a specific gravity not exceeding the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times the specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked on the packaging, provided all the performance criteria can still be met with the higher specific gravity material;
</P>
<P>(ii) A Packing Group I packaging may be used for a Packing Group III material with a specific gravity not exceeding the greater of 2.7, or 2.25 times the specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked on the packaging, provided all the performance criteria can still be met with the higher specific gravity material; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A Packing Group II packaging may be used for a Packing Group III material with a specific gravity not exceeding the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times the specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked on the packaging, provided all the performance criteria can still be met with the higher specific gravity material.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, a non-bulk packaging may not be filled with a hazardous material to a gross mass greater than the maximum gross mass marked on the packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) A non-bulk packaging not exceeding 400 kg which is tested and marked for liquid hazardous materials may be filled with a solid hazardous material to a gross mass, in kilograms, not exceeding the rated capacity of the packaging in liters, or gross mass of the package, multiplied by the specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked on the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. In addition:
</P>
<P>(i) A non-bulk packaging not exceeding 400 kg which is tested and marked for Packing Group I liquid hazardous materials may be filled with a solid Packing Group II hazardous material to a gross mass, in kilograms, not exceeding the rated capacity of the packaging in liters, or gross mass of the package, multiplied by 1.5, multiplied by the specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked on the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked.
</P>
<P>(ii) A non-bulk packaging not exceeding 400 kg which is tested and marked for Packing Group I liquid hazardous materials may be filled with a solid Packing Group III hazardous material to a gross mass, in kilograms, not exceeding the rated capacity of the packaging in liters, or gross mass of the package, multiplied by 2.25, multiplied by the specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked on the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked.
</P>
<P>(iii) A non-bulk packaging not exceeding 400 kg which is tested and marked for Packing Group II liquid hazardous materials may be filled with a solid Packing Group III hazardous material to a gross mass, in kilograms, not exceeding the rated capacity of the packaging in liters, or gross mass of the package, multiplied by 1.5, multiplied by the specific gravity or gross mass of the package marked on the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked.
</P>
<P>(4) Packagings tested as prescribed in § 178.605 of this subchapter and marked with the hydrostatic test pressure as prescribed in § 178.503(a)(5) of this subchapter may be used for liquids only when the vapor pressure of the liquid conforms to one of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The vapor pressure must be such that the total pressure in the packaging (i.e., the vapor pressure of the liquid plus the partial pressure of air or other inert gases, less 100 kPa (15 psia)) at 55 °C (131 °F), determined on the basis of a maximum degree of filling in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section and a filling temperature of 15 °C (59 °F)), will not exceed two-thirds of the marked test pressure;
</P>
<P>(ii) The vapor pressure at 50 °C (122 °F) must be less than four-sevenths of the sum of the marked test pressure plus 100 kPa (15 psia); or
</P>
<P>(iii) The vapor pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) must be less than two-thirds of the sum of the marked test pressure plus 100 kPa (15 psia).
</P>
<P>(5) No hazardous material may remain on the outside of a package after filling.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Mixed contents.</I> (1) An outer non-bulk packaging may contain more than one hazardous material only when—
</P>
<P>(i) The inner and outer packagings used for each hazardous material conform to the relevant packaging sections of this part applicable to that hazardous material;
</P>
<P>(ii) The package as prepared for shipment meets the performance tests prescribed in part 178 of this subchapter for the packing group indicating the highest order of hazard for the hazardous materials contained in the package;


</P>
<P>(iii) Corrosive materials in bottles are further packed in securely closed inner receptacles before packing in outer packagings; and






</P>
<P>(iv) For transportation by aircraft, the total net quantity does not exceed the lowest permitted maximum net quantity per package as shown in Column (9a) or (9b), as appropriate, of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter. The permitted maximum net quantity must be calculated in kilograms if a package contains both a liquid and a solid. These requirements do not apply to limited quantity hazardous materials packaged in accordance with § 173.27(f)(2).
</P>
<P>(2) A packaging containing inner packagings of Division 6.2 materials may not contain other hazardous materials except—
</P>
<P>(i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or liquid nitrogen, as authorized under the HMR;
</P>
<P>(ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize blood or plasma; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Small quantities of Class 3, Class 8, Class 9, or other materials in Packing Groups II or III used to stabilize or prevent degradation of the sample, provided the quantity of such materials does not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or 30 g (1 ounce) in each inner packaging. The maximum quantity in an outer package, including a hazardous material used to preserve or stabilize a sample, may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon) or 4 kg (8.8 pounds). Such preservatives are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) Liquids must not completely fill a receptacle at a temperature of 55 °C (131 °F) or less.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52611, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016; 83 FR 55808, Nov. 7, 2018; 87 FR 79775, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.24b" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.24b   Additional general requirements for bulk packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Outage and filling limits.</I> (1) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, liquids and liquefied gases must be so loaded that the outage is at least five percent for materials poisonous by inhalation, or at least one percent for all other materials, of the total capacity of a cargo tank, portable tank, tank car (including dome capacity), multi-unit tank car tank, or any compartment thereof, at the following reference temperatures—
</P>
<P>(i) 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated tank;
</P>
<P>(ii) 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank car having a thermal protection system, incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/ per degree F) temperature differential; or
</P>
<P>(iii) 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated tank.
</P>
<P>(2) Hazardous materials may not be loaded into the dome of a tank car. If the dome of the tank car does not provide sufficient outage, vacant space must be left in the shell to provide the required outage.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Equivalent steel.</I> For the purposes of this section, the reference stainless steel is stainless steel with a guaranteed minimum tensile strength of 51.7 deka newtons per square millimeter (75,000 psi) and a guaranteed elongation of 40 percent or greater. Where the regulations permit steel other than stainless steel to be used in place of a specified stainless steel (for example, as in § 172.102 of this subchapter, special provision B30), the minimum thickness for the steel must be obtained from one of the following formulas, as appropriate:
</P>
<HD2>Formula for metric units
</HD2>
<FP-2>e<E T="52">1</E> = (12.74e<E T="52">0</E>) / (Rm<E T="52">1</E> A<E T="52">1</E>)
<FR>1/3</FR>
</FP-2>
<HD2>Formula for non-metric units
</HD2>
<FP-2>e<E T="52">1</E> = (144.2e<E T="52">0</E>) / (Rm<E T="52">1</E> A<E T="52">1</E>)
<FR>1/3</FR>
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>where:
</FP>
<FP-2>e<E T="52">0</E> = Required thickness of the reference stainless steel in mm or inches respectively;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>e<E T="52">1</E> = Equivalent thickness of the steel used in mm or inches respectively;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Rm<E T="52">1</E> = Specified minimum tensile strength of the steel used in deka-newtons per square millimeter or pounds per square inch respectively; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">1</E> = Specified minimum percentage elongation of the steel used multiplied by 100 (for example, 20 percent times 100 equals 20). Elongation values used must be determined from a 50 mm or 2 inch test specimen.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) Air pressure in excess of ambient atmospheric pressure may not be used to load or unload any lading which may create an air-enriched mixture within the flammability range of the lading in the vapor space of the tank.
</P>
<P>(d) A bulk packaging may not be loaded with a hazardous material that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is at a temperature outside of the packaging's design temperature range; or
</P>
<P>(2) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, exceeds the maximum weight of lading marked on the specification plate.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Stacking of IBCs and Large Packagings.</I> (1) IBCs and Large Packagings not designed and tested to be stacked. No packages or freight (hazardous or otherwise) may be stacked upon an IBC or a Large Packaging that was not designed and tested to be stacked upon.
</P>
<P>(2) IBCs and Large Packagings designed and tested to be stacked. The superimposed weight placed upon an IBC or a Large Packaging designed to be stacked may not exceed the maximum permissible stacking test mass marked on the packaging.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>UN portable tanks.</I> (1) A UN portable tank manufactured in the United States must conform in all details to the applicable requirements in parts 172, 173, 178 and 180 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>UN portable tanks manufactured outside the United States.</I> A UN portable tank manufactured outside the United States, in accordance with national or international regulations based on the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), which is an authorized packaging under § 173.24 of this subchapter, may be filled, offered and transported in the United States, if the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter authorizes the hazardous material for transportation in the UN portable tank and it conforms to the applicable T codes, and tank provision codes, or other special provisions assigned to the hazardous material in Column (7) of the Table. In addition, the portable tank must—
</P>
<P>(i) Conform to applicable provisions in the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and the requirements of this subpart;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be capable of passing the prescribed tests and inspections in part 180 of this subchapter applicable to the UN portable tank specification;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be designed and manufactured according to the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or a pressure vessel design code approved by the Associate Administrator;
</P>
<P>(iv) Be approved by the Associate Administrator when the portable tank is designed and constructed under the provisions of an alternative arrangement (see § 178.274(a)(2) of this subchapter); and
</P>
<P>(v) The competent authority of the country of manufacture must provide reciprocal treatment for UN portable tanks manufactured in the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173-252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.25" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.25   Authorized packagings and overpacks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Authorized packages containing hazardous materials may be offered for transportation in an overpack as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, if all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The package meets the requirements of §§ 173.21 and 173.24 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The overpack is marked with the proper shipping name and identification number, when applicable, and is labeled as required by this subchapter for each hazardous material contained therein, unless marking and labels representative of each hazardous material in the overpack are visible.
</P>
<P>(3) Each package subject to the orientation marking requirements of § 172.312 of this subchapter is packed in the overpack with its filling holes up and the overpack is marked with package orientation marking arrows on two opposite vertical sides of the overpack with the arrows pointing in the correct direction of orientation.


</P>
<P>(4) The overpack is marked with the word “OVERPACK” when specification packagings are required, or for Class 7 (radioactive) material when a Type A, Type B(U), Type B(M) or industrial package is required. The “OVERPACK” marking is not required when the required markings representative of each package type contained in the overpack are visible from outside of the overpack. The lettering on the “OVERPACK” marking must be at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) high. For domestic transportation, an overpack marked prior to January 1, 2017, and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.




</P>
<P>(5) Packages containing Class 8 (corrosive) materials in Packing Group I or Division 5.1 (oxidizing) materials in Packing Group I may not be overpacked with any other materials.
</P>
<P>(6) For limited quantities and ORM material, the overpack is marked with a limited quantity marking prescribed in § 172.315 of this subchapter or, the ORM marking prescribed in § 172.316 of this subchapter, unless a limited quantity or ORM marking representative of the hazardous material in the overpack is visible.
</P>
<P>(7) For excepted quantities, the overpack is marked with the required marking of § 173.4a of this part unless visible.
</P>
<P>(b) Shrink-wrapped or stretch-wrapped trays may be used as outer packagings for inner packagings prepared in accordance with the limited quantity provisions or consumer commodity provisions of this subchapter, provided that—
</P>
<P>(1) Inner packagings are not fragile, liable to break or be easily punctured, such as those made of glass, porcelain, stoneware or certain plastics; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each complete package does not exceed 20 kg (44 lbs) gross weight.
</P>
<P>(c) Hazardous materials which are required to be labeled POISON may be transported in the same motor vehicle with material that is marked or known to be foodstuffs, feed or any edible material intended for consumption by humans or animals provided the hazardous material is marked, labeled, and packaged in accordance with this subchapter, conforms to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and is overpacked as specified in § 177.841(e) of this subchapter or in an overpack which is a UN 1A2, 1B2, or 1N2 drum tested and marked for a Packing Group II or higher performance level.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-165, 48 FR 28099, June 20, 1983]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.25, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.26" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.26   Quantity limitations.</HEAD>
<P>When quantity limitations do not appear in the packaging requirements of this subchapter, the permitted gross weight or capacity authorized for a packaging is as shown in the packaging specification or standard in part 178 or 179, as applicable, of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.27" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.27   General requirements for transportation by aircraft.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The requirements of this section are in addition to requirements prescribed elsewhere under this part and apply to packages offered or intended for transportation aboard aircraft. Except for materials not subject to performance packaging requirements in subpart E of this part, a packaging containing a Packing Group III material with a primary or subsidiary risk of Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or Class 8 must meet the Packing Group II performance level when offered for transportation by aircraft. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Packages authorized onboard aircraft.</I> (1) When Column 9a of the § 172.101 table indicates that a material is “Forbidden”, that material may not be offered for transportation or transported aboard passenger-carrying aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) When Column 9b of the § 172.101 table indicates that a material is “Forbidden”, that material may not be offered for transportation or transported aboard aircraft.
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum quantity of hazardous material in a package that may be offered for transportation or transported aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft or cargo aircraft may not exceed that quantity prescribed for the material in Column 9a or 9b, respectively, of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(4) A package containing a hazardous material which is authorized aboard cargo aircraft but not aboard passenger aircraft must be labeled with the CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label required by § 172.402(c) of this subchapter and may not be offered for transportation or transported aboard passenger-carrying aircraft.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pressure requirements.</I> (1) Packagings must be designed and constructed to prevent leakage that may be caused by changes in altitude and temperature during transportation aboard aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for packagings used for material transported as “UN3082, Environmentally hazardous substance, liquid, n.o.s.,” packagings for which retention of liquid is a basic function must be capable of withstanding without leakage the greater of—
</P>
<P>(i) An internal pressure which produces a gauge pressure of not less than 75 kPa (11 psig) for liquids in Packing Group III of Class 3 or Division 6.1; or 95 kPa (14 psig) for other liquids; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A pressure related to the vapor pressure of the liquid to be conveyed, determined by one of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The total gauge pressure measured in the receptacle (i.e., the vapor pressure of the material and the partial pressure of air or other inert gases, less 100 kPa (15 psia)) at 55 °C (131 °F), multiplied by a safety factor of 1.5; determined on the basis of a filling temperature of 15 °C (59 °F) and a degree of filling such that the receptacle is not completely liquid full at a temperature of 55 °C (131 °F) or less;
</P>
<P>(B) 1.75 times the vapor pressure at 50 °C (122 °F) less 100 kPa (15 psia); or
</P>
<P>(C) 1.5 times the vapor pressure at 55 °C (131 °) less 100 kPa (15 psia).
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c)(2) of this section—
</P>
<P>(i) Hazardous materials may be contained in an inner packaging which does not itself meet the pressure requirement provided that the inner packaging is packed within a supplementary packaging which does meet the pressure requirement and other applicable packaging requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Packagings which are subject to the hydrostatic pressure test and marking requirements of §§ 178.605 and 178.503(a)(5), respectively, of this subchapter must have a marked test pressure of not less than 250 kPa (36 psig) for liquids in Packing Group I, 80 kPa (12 psig) for liquids in Packing Group III of Class 3 or Division 6.1, and 100 kPa (15 psig) for other liquids.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Closures.</I> The body and closure of any packaging must be constructed to be able to adequately resist the effects of temperature and vibration occurring in conditions normally incident to air transportation. Inner packaging or receptacle closures of combination packages containing liquids must be held securely, tightly and effectively in place by secondary means. Examples of such secondary methods include: Adhesive tape, friction sleeves, welding or soldering, locking wires, locking rings, induction heat seals, and child-resistant closures. The closure device must be designed so that it is unlikely that it can be incorrectly or incompletely closed. Closures must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Packing Group I.</I> An inner packaging containing liquids of Packing Group I must have a secondary means of closure applied and packed in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Packing Groups II and III.</I> When a secondary means of closure cannot be applied or is impracticable to apply to an inner packaging containing liquids of Packing Groups II and III, this requirement may be satisfied by securely closing the inner packaging and placing it in a leakproof liner or bag before placing the inner packaging in its outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Absorbent materials.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, Packing Group I liquid hazardous materials of Classes 3, 4, or 8, or Divisions 5.1 or 6.1 that are packaged in combination packagings and offered for air transport in glass, earthenware, plastic, or metal inner packagings must be packed using absorbent material as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Inner packagings must be packed in a rigid and leakproof receptacle or intermediate packaging containing sufficient absorbent material to absorb the entire contents of the inner packaging before packing the inner packaging in its outer package.
</P>
<P>(2) Absorbent material must not react dangerously with the liquid (see §§ 173.24 and 173.24a.).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Combination packagings.</I> Unless otherwise specified in this part, or in subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter, when combination packagings are intended for transportation aboard an aircraft, inner packagings must conform to the quantity limitations set forth in Table 1 of this paragraph for transport aboard passenger-carrying aircraft and Table 2 of this paragraph for transport aboard cargo-only aircraft. For materials that are authorized to exceed 220 L (58 gallons) or 200 kg (441 pounds) in accordance with columns (9A) and (9B) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table, there is no limitation on the maximum authorized net capacity of each inner packaging.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Excepted quantities.</I> For authorized materials and inner and outer package quantity limits for combination packages of excepted quantities intended for transportation by aircraft, <I>see</I> § 173.4a of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Limited quantities.</I> (i) Unless otherwise specified in this part, or in subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter, when a limited quantity of hazardous material packaged in a combination packaging is intended for transportation aboard an aircraft, the inner and outer packagings must conform to the quantity limitations set forth in Table 3 of this paragraph (f). Materials and articles must be authorized for transportation aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft (see Column (9A) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table of this subchapter). Not all unauthorized materials or articles may be indicated in this table. For mixed content packages of limited quantity material, the total net quantity must not exceed the lowest permitted maximum net quantity (for each of the hazard classes or divisions represented in the package) per outer package set forth in Table 3 of this paragraph (f). The permitted maximum net quantity must be calculated in kilograms for a package that contains both a solid and a liquid. Unless otherwise excepted, packages must be marked and labeled in accordance with this section and any additional requirements in subparts D and E, respectively, of part 172 of this subchapter. Materials or articles not authorized as limited quantity by aircraft are:
</P>
<P>(A) Those in Packing Group I;
</P>
<P>(B) Class 1 (explosive) material (see § 173.63(b) of this part for exceptions provided to certain articles of Division 1.4S) and Class 7 (radioactive) material (see §§ 173.421 through 173.425 of this part, as applicable, for exceptions provided to certain substances, instruments or articles of Class 7);
</P>
<P>(C) Divisions 2.1 (flammable gas) (<I>except</I> Aerosols (UN1950) and Receptacles, small (UN2037) without subsidiary risk) and Division 2.3 (toxic gas);
</P>
<P>(D) Divisions 4.1 (self-reactive and UN2555, UN2556, UN2557, or UN2907), 4.2 (spontaneously combustible) (primary or subsidiary risk), and 4.3 (dangerous when wet) (liquids);


</P>
<P>(E) Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) (<I>except</I> when contained in a Chemical or First aid kit (UN3316) or Polyester resin kit (UN3269) (Types D, E and F non-temperature controlled only));
</P>
<P>(F) Class 8 (corrosive) materials UN2794, UN2795, UN2803, UN2809, UN3028, UN3506; and
</P>
<P>(G) All Class 9 (miscellaneous) materials <I>except for</I> UN1941, UN1990, UN2071, UN3077, UN3082, UN3316, UN3334, UN3335, and ID8000.
</P>
<P>(ii) Packages must be marked with the limited quantity “Y” mark as prescribed in § 172.315 of this subchapter when conforming to Table 3 of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(iii) Strong outer packagings are required and a completed package may not exceed 30 kg (66 lbs) gross weight.
</P>
<P>(iv) A secondary means of closure required for all liquids contained in inner packagings. If this requirement cannot be satisfied, the use of an intermediate and leakproof form of containment, such as a liner, is required.
</P>
<P>(v) Packages must be capable of passing a 1.2 m drop test on to a rigid, non-resilient, flat and horizontal surface, in the position most likely to cause damage. The criteria for passing the test is that the outer packaging must not exhibit any damage affecting safety in transport and there must be no leakage from the inner packagings.
</P>
<P>(vi) Each package must be capable of withstanding, without breakage or leakage of any inner packaging, a force applied to the top surface for a duration of 24 hours equivalent to the total weight of identical packages if stacked to a height of 3 m (including the test sample).
</P>
<P>(vii) Except for UN3082, inner packagings of combination packagings containing liquids must be capable of passing the appropriate pressure differential test prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The tables are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">f</E>)—Maximum Net Capacity of Inner Packaging for Transportation on Passenger-Carrying Aircraft
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9a
<br/>of the § 172.101 table
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner packaging
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Glass, earthenware or fiber inner packagings
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Metal or plastic inner
<br/>packagings
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liquids:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Not greater than 0.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Greater than 0.5 L, not greater than 1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Greater than 1 L, not greater than 5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Greater than 5 L, not greater than 60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 L.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Greater than 60 L, not greater than 220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 L.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 9: UN1941, UN1990, UN2315, UN3082, UN3151, UN3334</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Plastic: 30 L; Metal: 40 L.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Solids:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Not greater than 5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Greater than 5 kg. not greater than 25 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 kg.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Greater than 25 kg, not greater than 200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 9: UN1841, UN1931, UN2071, UN2216, UN2590, UN2969, UN3077, UN3152, UN3335, UN3432</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Glass or earthenware: 10 kg; Fiber: 50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph (<E T="01">f</E>)—Maximum Net Capacity of Inner Packaging for Transportation on Cargo Aircraft
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9b of § 172.101 table
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner packaging
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Glass, earthenware or fiber inner packagings
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Metal or plastic inner packagings
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liquids:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Not greater than 2.5L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 L
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 2.5L, not greater than 30L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 L
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 30L, not greater than 60L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 L
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 60L, not greater than 220L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 L
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 9: UN1941, UN1990, UN2315, UN3082, UN3151, UN3334</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Plastic: 30 L


<br/>Metal: 40 L
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Solids:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Not greater than 15 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 kg
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 15 kg, not greater than 50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 50 kg, not greater than 200 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 kg
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 9: UN1841, UN1931, UN2071, UN2216, UN2590, UN2969, UN3077, UN3152, UN3335, UN3432</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Glass or earthenware: 10 kg


<br/>Fiber: 50 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 kg</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 to Paragraph (<E T="01">f</E>)—Maximum Net Quantity of Each Inner and Outer Packaging for Materials Authorized for Transportation as Limited Quantity by Aircraft
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Hazard class or
<br/>division
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Maximum authorized net quantity <E T="03">of each inner packaging</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Maximum authorized net quantity <E T="03">of each outer package</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Notes
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Glass, earthenware or fiber inner packagings
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Metal or plastic inner packagings
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden (See note)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See § 173.63(b) of this part for exceptions provided to certain articles of Division 1.4S.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 kg Gross</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Authorized materials:</E> Aerosols (UN1950) in Divisions 2.1 and 2.2, and Receptacles, small (UN2037) in Divisions 2.1 and 2.2 without subsidiary risk and Fuel cells cartridges (UN3478, UN3479), see § 173.230 of this part.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG I: Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 1L*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">* Maximum net quantity per outer package with corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN2924, UN3286) is 0.5L. For Class 3 base materials as part of a Polyester resin kit (UN3269), see § 173.165 of this part for additional requirements, as applicable. Inner packaging limit for UN3269 base material is 1.0 L. For Fuel cell cartridges <E T="03">containing flammable liquids</E> (UN3473), see § 173.230 of this part.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 2.5L*
<br/>* Corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN2924) or toxic (e.g., UN1992) is 1L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 5.0L*
<br/>* Corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN2924) or toxic (e.g., UN1992) is 1L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 10L*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">* Maximum net quantity per outer package with corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN2924) is 1L and toxic subsidiary risk (e.g., UN1992) is 2L. For Class 3 base materials as part of a Polyester resin kit (UN3269), see § 173.165 of this part for additional requirements, as applicable. Inner packaging limit for UN3269 base material is 1.0 L.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 4.1 (does not include self-reactive material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG I: Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 5 kg*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">* Maximum net quantity per outer package with toxic subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3179) is 1 kg.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 1 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 1 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 10 kg*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">* Maximum net quantity per outer package with corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3180) is 5 kg.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 4.2 (Primary or subsidiary)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 kg (net mass)


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 4.3 (solid material only)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG I solids and all liquids regardless of Packing Group: Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 5 kg*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">* Maximum net quantity per outer package with toxic subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3134) is 1 kg. For fuel cell cartridges <E T="03">containing water reactive substances</E> (UN3476), see § 173.230 of this part.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 1 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 1 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 10 kg*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">* Maximum net quantity per outer package with corrosive or flammable subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3131 or UN3132, respectively) is 5 kg.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 5.1 (Liquid or solid material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG I: Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 5.1 (liquid material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.1L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.1L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 0.5L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 0.5L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 1.0L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 5.1 (solid material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 2.5 kg*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">* Maximum net quantity per outer package with toxic subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3087) is 1 kg.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 1.0 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 1.0 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 10 kg*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">* Maximum net quantity per outer package with corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3085) is 1 kg.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 5.2 (liquid material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 mL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 mL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Authorized materials:</E> Types D, E and F are authorized only as part of a Chemical or First aid kit (UN3316) packaged in accordance with § 173.161 of this part or a Polyester resin kit (UN3269) packaged in accordance with § 173.165 of this part. See §§ 173.161 and 173.165, as applicable, for additional requirements.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 5.2 (solid material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100g</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100g</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Solid activators of Types D, E and F are limited to 100 g per inner packaging for UN3316 and UN3269. See §§ 173.161 and 173.165, as applicable, for additional requirements.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG I (Inhalation or otherwise): Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 6.1 (liquid material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.1L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.1L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 1.0L*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">* Maximum net quantity per outer package with corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3289) is 0.5L.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 0.5L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 0.5L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 2.0L
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 6.1 (solid material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 1.0 kg.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 1.0 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 1.0 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 10 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Forbidden (See note)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See §§ 173.421 through 173.425 of this part, as applicable, for exceptions provided to certain substances, instruments or articles of Class 7.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG I: Forbidden
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 8 (liquid material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.1L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.1L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For “Fuel cell cartridges <E T="03">containing corrosive substances”</E> (UN3477), see § 173.230 of this part.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 0.5L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 0.5L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 1.0L.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 8 (solid material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 0.5 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG II: 5.0 kg*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">* Maximum net quantity per outer package for UN2430 is 1.0 kg. UN2794, UN2795, UN2803, UN2809, UN3028 are not authorized as limited quantity.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 1.0 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 1.0 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PG III: 5.0 kg
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 9 (liquid material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 mL (UN3316); 5.0L (UN1941, UN1990, UN3082, UN3334)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 mL (UN3316); 5.0L (UN1941, UN1990, UN3082, UN3334)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg (UN3316); 30 kg gross (all other authorized Class 9 material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Authorized materials:</E> UN1941, UN1990, UN2071, UN3077, UN3082, UN3334, and UN3335. Additionally, Consumer commodity (ID8000) in accordance with § 173.167 of this part and Chemical kit or First aid kit (UN3316) in accordance with § 173.161 of this part are authorized.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 9 (solid material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 g (UN3316); 5.0 kg (UN2071, UN3077, UN3335)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 g (UN3316); 5.0 kg (UN2071, UN3077, UN3335)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 kg (UN3316); 30 kg gross (all other authorized Class 9 material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(g) <I>Cylinders.</I> For any cylinder containing hazardous materials and incorporating valves, sufficient protection must be provided to prevent operation of, and damage to, the valves during transportation, by one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(1) By equipping each cylinder with securely attached valve caps or protective headrings; or
</P>
<P>(2) By boxing or crating the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(h) Tank cars and cargo tanks. Any tank car or cargo tank containing a hazardous material may not be transported aboard aircraft.
</P>
<P>(i) Each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation by aircraft must include the certification statement specified in § 172.204(c)(3) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.27, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.28" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.28   Reuse, reconditioning and remanufacture of packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Packagings and receptacles used more than once must be in such condition, including closure devices and cushioning materials, that they conform in all respects to the prescribed requirements of this subchapter. Before reuse, each packaging must be inspected and may not be reused unless free from incompatible residue, rupture, or other damage which reduces its structural integrity. Packagings not meeting the minimum thickness requirements prescribed in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section may not be reused or reconditioned for reuse.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reuse of non-bulk packaging.</I> A non-bulk packaging used more than once must conform to the following provisions and limitations:
</P>
<P>(1) A non-bulk packaging which, upon inspection, shows evidence of a reduction in integrity may not be reused unless it is reconditioned in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Before reuse, packagings subject to the leakproofness test with air prescribed in § 178.604 of this subchapter shall be—
</P>
<P>(i) Retested without failure in accordance with § 178.604 of this subchapter using an internal air pressure (gauge) of at least 48 kPa (7.0 psig) for Packing Group I and 20 kPa (3.0 psig) for Packing Group II and Packing Group III; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Marked with the letter “L”, with the name and address or symbol of the person conducting the test, and the last two digits of the year the test was conducted. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(3) Packagings made of paper (other than fiberboard), plastic film, or textile are not authorized for reuse; 
</P>
<P>(4) Metal and plastic drums and jerricans used as single packagings or the outer packagings of composite packagings are authorized for reuse only when they are marked in a permanent manner (e.g., embossed) in mm with the nominal (for metal packagings) or minimum (for plastic packagings) thickness of the packaging material, as required by § 178.503(a)(9) of this subchapter, and—
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section, conform to the following minimum thickness criteria:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Maximum capacity not over
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Minimum thickness of packaging material
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Metal drum or jerrican
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Plastic drum or jerrican
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.63 mm (0.025 inch)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 mm (0.043 inch).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.73 mm (0.029 inch)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 mm (0.043 inch).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.73 mm (0.029 inch)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 mm (0.071 inch).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.92 mm (0.036 inch)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 mm (0.071 inch).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.92 mm (0.036 inch)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 mm (0.087 inch).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">220 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.92 mm (0.036 inch) 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 mm (0.087 inch).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">450 L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.77 mm (0.070 inch)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 mm (0.197 inch).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Metal drums or jerricans with a minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body and 1.09 mm heads which are manufactured and marked prior to January 1, 1997 may be reused. Metal drums or jerricans manufactured and marked on or after January 1, 1997, and intended for reuse, must be constructed with a minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body and 1.11 mm heads.
</P>
<P>(ii) For stainless steel drums and jerricans, conform to a minimum wall thickness as determined by the following equivalence formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="30" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<TCAP><E T="15">Formula for Metric Units</E>
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/ep26jn96.000.gif"/></MATH>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="32" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<TCAP><E T="15">Formula for U.S. Standard Units</E>
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/ep26jn96.001.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>where:
</FP>
<FP-2>e<E T="52">1</E> = required equivalent wall thickness of the metal to be used (in mm or, for U.S. Standard units, use inches).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>e<E T="52">0</E> = required minimum wall thickness for the reference steel (in mm or, for U.S. Standard units, use inches).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Rm<E T="52">1</E> = guaranteed minimum tensile strength of the metal to be used (in N/mm
<SU>2</SU> or for U.S. Standard units, use psi).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">1</E> = guaranteed minimum elongation (as a percentage) of the metal to be used on fracture under tensile stress (see paragraph (c)(1) of this section).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) Plastic inner receptacles of composite packagings must have a minimum thickness of 1.0 mm (0.039 inch).
</P>
<P>(6) A previously used non-bulk packaging may be reused for the shipment of hazardous waste, not subject to the reconditioning and reuse provisions of this section, in accordance with § 173.12(c).
</P>
<P>(7) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a packaging otherwise authorized for reuse may be reused without being leakproofness tested with air provided the packaging—
</P>
<P>(i) Is refilled with a material which is compatible with the previous lading:
</P>
<P>(ii) Is refilled and offered for transportation by the original filler;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is transported in a transport vehicle or freight container under the exclusive use of the refiller of the packaging; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Is constructed of—
</P>
<P>(A) Stainless steel, monel or nickel with a thickness not less than one and one-half times the minimum thickness prescribed in paragraph (b)(4) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) Plastic, provided the packaging is not refilled for reuse on a date more than five years from the date of manufacture marked on the packaging in accordance with § 178.503(a)(6) of this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(C) Another material or thickness when approved under the conditions established by the Associate Administrator for reuse without retesting.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reconditioning of non-bulk packaging.</I> (1) For the purpose of this subchapter, reconditioning of metal drums is:
</P>
<P>(i) Cleaning to base material of construction, with all former contents, internal and external corrosion removed, and any external coatings and labels sufficiently removed to expose any metal deterioration that adversely affects transportation safety;
</P>
<P>(ii) Restoring to original shape and contour, with chimes (if any) straightened and sealed, and all non-integral gaskets replaced: and
</P>
<P>(iii) Inspecting after cleaning but before painting, Packagings that have visible pitting, significant reduction in material thickness, metal fatigue, damaged threads or closures, or other significant defects, must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(2) For the purpose of this subchapter, reconditioning of a non-bulk packaging other than a metal drum includes: 
</P>
<P>(i) Removal of all former contents, external coatings and labels, and cleaning to the original materials of construction;
</P>
<P>(ii) Inspection after cleaning with rejection of packagings with visible damage such as tears, creases or cracks, or damaged threads or closures, or other significant defects;
</P>
<P>(iii) Replacement of all non-integral gaskets and closure devices with new or refurbished parts, and cushioning and cushioning materials; and components including gaskets, closure devices and cushioning and cushioning material. (For a UN 1H1 plastic drum, replacing a removable gasket or closure device with another of the same design and material that provides equivalent performance does not constitute reconditioning); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Ensuring that the packagings are restored to a condition that conforms in all respects with the prescribed requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) A person who reconditions a packaging manufactured and marked under the provisions of subpart L of part 178 of this subchapter, shall mark that packaging as required by § 178.503(c) and (d) of this subchapter. The marking is the certification of the reconditioner that the packaging conforms to the standard for which it is marked and that all functions performed by the reconditioner which are prescribed by this subchapter have been performed in compliance with this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) The markings applied by the reconditioner may be different from those applied by the manufacturer at the time of original manufacture, but may not identify a greater performance capability than that for which the original design type had been tested (for example, the reconditioner may mark a drum which was originally marked as 1A1/Y1.8 as 1A1/Y1.2 or 1A1/Z2.0).
</P>
<P>(5) Packagings which have significant defects which cannot be repaired may not be reused.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Remanufacture of non-bulk packagings.</I> For the purpose of this subchapter, remanufacture is the conversion of a non-specification, non-bulk packaging to a DOT specification or U.N. standard, the conversion of a packaging meeting one specification or standard to another specification or standard (for example, conversion of 1A1 non-removable head drums to 1A2 removable head drums) or the replacement of integral structural packaging components (such as non-removable heads on drums). A person who remanufactures a non-bulk packaging to conform to a specification or standard in part 178 of this subchapter is subject to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter as a manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Non-reusable containers.</I> A packaging marked as NRC according to the DOT specification or UN standard requirements of part 178 of this subchapter may be reused for the shipment of any material not required by this subchapter to be shipped in a DOT specification or UN standard packaging.
</P>
<P>(f) A Division 6.2 packaging to be reused must be disinfected prior to reuse by any means effective for neutralizing the infectious substance the packaging previously contained. A secondary packaging or outer packaging conforming to the requirements of § 173.196 or § 173.199 need not be disinfected prior to reuse if no leakage from the primary receptacle has occurred. Drums or jerricans not meeting the minimum thickness requirements prescribed in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section may not be reused or reconditioned for reuse.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52614, Dec. 21, 1990]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.28, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.29" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.29   Empty packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this section, an empty packaging containing only the residue of a hazardous material shall be offered for transportation and transported in the same manner as when it previously contained a greater quantity of that hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, an empty packaging is not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter if it conforms to the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) Any hazardous material shipping name and identification number markings, any hazard warning labels or placards, and any other markings indicating that the material is hazardous (e.g., RQ, INHALATION HAZARD) are removed, obliterated, or securely covered in transportation. This provision does not apply to transportation in a transport vehicle or a freight container if the packaging is not visible in transportation and the packaging is loaded by the shipper and unloaded by the shipper or consignee;
</P>
<P>(2) The packaging—
</P>
<P>(i) Is unused;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazard;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is refilled with a material which is not hazardous to such an extent that any residue remaining in the packaging no longer poses a hazard; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Contains only the residue of—


</P>
<P>(A) A limited quantity material; or




</P>
<P>(B) A Division 2.2 non-flammable gas, other than ammonia, anhydrous, and with no subsidiary hazard, at a gauge pressure less than 200 kPa (29.0 psig); at 20 °C (68 °F); and
</P>
<P>(3) Any material contained in the packaging does not meet the definitions in § 171.8 of this subchapter for a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant.
</P>
<P>(c) A non-bulk packaging containing only the residue of a hazardous material covered by Table 2 of § 172.504 of this subchapter that is not a material poisonous by inhalation or its residue shipped under the subsidiary placarding provisions of § 172.505— 
</P>
<P>(1) Does not have to be included in determining the applicability of the placarding requirements of subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of this subchapter when collected and transported by a contract or private carrier for reconditioning, remanufacture or reuse.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the stowage requirements in Column 10a of the § 172.101 table for transportation by vessel, an empty drum or cylinder may be stowed on deck or under deck.
</P>
<P>(e) Specific provisions for describing an empty packaging on a shipping paper appear in § 172.203(e) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) Smokeless powder residue when transported by motor vehicle or container/trailer in container-on-flatcar (COFC) or trailer-on-flatcar (TOFC) service is excepted from subpart C (shipping papers) and the subpart F (placarding) requirements of part 172 of this subchapter when transported in conformance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The outer packaging must be:
</P>
<P>(i) A UN specification 1G fiber drum or 1A2 steel drum; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A UN specification 4G fiberboard box or non-specification fiberboard box containing plastic receptacle inner packagings with not more than 2.5 grams of smokeless powders in each inner packaging;
</P>
<P>(2) The amount of smokeless powder per outer packaging does not exceed 5 grams;
</P>
<P>(3) The smokeless powder is approved in accordance with § 173.56 as a Class 1 explosive material;
</P>
<P>(4) The empty packages must be transported in a closed transport vehicle;
</P>
<P>(5) The empty packages must be loaded by the shipper and unloaded by the shipper or consignee; and
</P>
<P>(6) The hazardous materials description to be used for the material is “RESIDUE: Last Contained Powder, smokeless, Hazard Class N/A, Identification Number N/A, Packing Group N/A”.
</P>
<P>(g) A package which contains a residue of an elevated temperature material may remain marked in the same manner as when it contained a greater quantity of the material even though it no longer meets the definition in § 171.8 of this subchapter for an elevated temperature material.
</P>
<P>(h) A package that contains a residue of a hazardous substance, Class 9, listed in the § 172.101 Table, Appendix A, Table I, that does not meet the definition of another hazard class and is not a hazardous waste or marine pollutant, may remain marked, labeled and, if applicable, placarded in the same manner as when it contained a greater quantity of the material even though it no longer meets the definition in § 171.8 of this subchapter for a hazardous substance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52614, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-227, 56 FR 49989, Oct. 2, 1991; Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173-251, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 173-260, 62 FR 1236, Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 69 FR 64473, Nov. 4, 2004; 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; 81 FR 3672, Jan. 21, 2016; 87 FR 79776, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.30" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.30   Loading and unloading of transport vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>A person who is subject to the loading and unloading regulations in this subchapter must load or unload hazardous materials into or from a transport vehicle or vessel in conformance with the applicable loading and unloading requirements of parts 174, 175, 176, and 177 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.31" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.31   Use of tank cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) No person may offer a hazardous material for transportation in a tank car unless the tank car meets the applicable specification and packaging requirements of this subchapter or, when this subchapter authorizes the use of a non-DOT specification tank car, the applicable specification to which the tank was constructed.
</P>
<P>(2) Tank cars and appurtenances may be used for the transportation of any commodity for which they are authorized in this part and specified on the certificate of construction (AAR Form 4-2 or by addendum on Form R-1). See § 179.5 of this subchapter. Transfer of a tank car from one specified service on its certificate of construction to another may be made only by the owner or with the owner's authorization. A tank car proposed for a commodity service other than specified on its certificate of construction must be approved for such service by the AAR's Tank Car Committee.
</P>
<P>(3) No person may fill a tank car overdue for periodic inspection with a hazardous material and then offer it for transportation. Any tank car marked as meeting a DOT specification and any non-specification tank car transporting a hazardous material must have a periodic inspection and test conforming to subpart F of part 180 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) No railroad tank car, regardless of its construction date, may be used for the transportation in commerce of any hazardous material unless the air brake equipment support attachments of such tank car conform to the standards for attachments set forth in §§ 179.100-16 and 179.200-19 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(5) No railroad tank car, regardless of its construction date, may be used for the transportation in commerce of any hazardous material with a self-energized manway located below the liquid level of the lading.
</P>
<P>(6) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this part:
</P>
<P>(i) When the tank car delimiter is an “A,” offerors may also use tank cars with a delimiter “S,” “J” or “T”.
</P>
<P>(ii) When the tank car delimiter is an “S,” offerors may also use tank cars with a delimiter “J” or “T”.
</P>
<P>(iii) When a tank car delimiter is a “T” offerors may also use tank cars with a delimiter of “J”.
</P>
<P>(iv) When a tank car delimiter is a “J”, offerors may not use a tank car with any other delimiter.
</P>
<P>(v) When a tank car delimiter is a “H”, offerors may not use a tank car with any other delimiter.
</P>
<P>(7) A class DOT-103 or DOT-104 tank car may continue to be used for the transportation of a hazardous material if it meets the requirements of this subchapter and the design requirements in part 179 of this subchapter in effect on September 30, 2003; however, no new construction is authorized.
</P>
<P>(8) A tank car authorized by the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may be used provided it conforms to the applicable requirements in § 171.12 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safety systems</I>—(1) <I>Coupler vertical restraint.</I> Each tank car conforming to a DOT specification and any other tank car used for transportation of a hazardous material must be equipped with a coupler vertical restraint system that meets the requirements of § 179.14 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure relief devices.</I> (i) Pressure relief devices on tank cars must conform to part 179 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) A single-unit tank car transporting a Division 6.1 PG I or II, or Class 2, 3, or 4 material must have a reclosing pressure relief device. However, a single-unit tank car built before January 1, 1991, and equipped with a non-reclosing pressure relief device may be used to transport a Division 6.1 PG I or II material or a Class 4 liquid provided such materials do not meet the definition of a material poisonous by inhalation. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Tank-head puncture-resistance requirements.</I> The following tank cars must have a tank-head puncture-resistance system that conforms to the requirements in § 179.16 of this subchapter, or to the corresponding requirements in effect at the time of installation:
</P>
<P>(i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 material.
</P>
<P>(ii) Tank cars constructed from aluminum or nickel plate that are used to transport hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(iii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section, those tank cars specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section not requiring a tank-head puncture resistance system prior to July 1, 1996, must have a tank-head puncture resistance system installed no later than July 1, 2006.
</P>
<P>(iv) Class DOT 105A tank cars built prior to September 1, 1981, having a tank capacity less than 70 kl (18,500 gallons), and used to transport a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material, must have a tank-head puncture-resistant system installed no later than July 1, 2001.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Thermal protection requirements.</I> The following tank cars must have thermal protection that conforms to the requirements of § 179.18 of this subchapter:
</P>
<P>(i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 material, except for a class 106, 107A, 110, and 113 tank car. A tank car equipped with a thermal protection system conforming to § 179.18 of this subchapter, or that has an insulation system having an overall thermal conductance of no more than 0.613 kilojoules per hour, per square meter, per degree Celsius temperature differential (0.03 B.t.u. per square foot, per hour, per degree Fahrenheit temperature differential), conforms to this requirement.
</P>
<P>(ii) A tank car transporting a Class 2 material that was not required to have thermal protection prior to July 1, 1996, must be equipped with thermal protection no later than July 1, 2006.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Bottom-discontinuity protection requirements.</I> No person may offer for transportation a hazardous material in a tank car with bottom-discontinuity protection unless the tank car has bottom-discontinuity protection that conforms to the requirements of E9.00 and E10.00 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Tank cars not requiring bottom-discontinuity protection under the terms of Appendix Y of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars as of July 1, 1996, must conform to these requirements no later than July 1, 2006, except that tank cars transporting a material that is hazardous only because it meets the definition of an elevated temperature material or because it is molten sulfur do not require bottom discontinuity protection.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Scheduling of modifications and progress reporting.</I> The date of conformance for the continued use of tank cars subject to paragraphs (b)(4), (b)(5), and (f) of this section and § 173.314(j) is subject to the following conditions and limitations.
</P>
<P>(i) Each tank car owner shall modify, reassign, retire, or remove at least 50 percent of their in-service tank car fleet within the first half of the compliance period and the remainder of their in-service tank car fleet during the second half of the compliance period.
</P>
<P>(ii) By October 1 of each year, each owner of a tank car subject to this paragraph (b)(6) shall submit to the Federal Railroad Administration, Hazardous Materials Division, Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance, 1120 Vermont Avenue, Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590, a progress report that shows the total number of in-service tank cars that need head protection, thermal protection, or bottom-discontinuity protection; the number of new or different tank cars acquired to replace those tank cars required to be upgraded to a higher service pressure; and the total number of tank cars modified, reassigned, acquired, retired, or removed from service the previous year.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Tank car test pressure.</I> A tank car used for the transportation of a hazardous material must have a tank test pressure equal to or greater than the greatest of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Except for shipments of carbon dioxide, anhydrous hydrogen chloride, vinyl fluoride, ethylene, or hydrogen, 133 percent of the sum of lading vapor pressure at the reference temperature of 46 °C (115 °F) for non-insulated tank cars or 41 °C (105 °F) for insulated tank cars plus static head, plus gas padding pressure in the vacant space of a tank car;
</P>
<P>(2) 133 percent of the maximum loading or unloading pressure, whichever is greater;
</P>
<P>(3) 20.7 Bar (300 psig) for materials that are poisonous by inhalation (see § 173.31(e)(2)(ii) for compliance dates);
</P>
<P>(4) The minimum pressure prescribed by the specification in part 179 of this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(5) The minimum test pressure prescribed for the specific hazardous material in the applicable packaging section in subpart F or G of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Examination before shipping.</I> (1) No person may offer for transportation a tank car containing a hazardous material or a residue of a hazardous material unless that person determines that the tank car is in proper condition and safe for transportation. As a minimum, each person offering a tank car for transportation must perform an external visual inspection that includes:
</P>
<P>(i) Except where insulation or a thermal protection system precludes an inspection, the tank shell and heads for abrasion, corrosion, cracks, dents, distortions, defects in welds, or any other condition that makes the tank car unsafe for transportation;
</P>
<P>(ii) The piping, valves, fittings, and gaskets for corrosion, damage, or any other condition that makes the tank car unsafe for transportation;
</P>
<P>(iii) For missing or loose bolts, nuts, or elements that make the tank car unsafe for transportation;
</P>
<P>(iv) All closures on tank cars and determine that the closures and all fastenings securing them are properly tightened in place by the use of a bar, wrench, or other suitable tool;
</P>
<P>(v) Protective housings for proper securement;
</P>
<P>(vi) The pressure relief device, including a careful inspection of the rupture disc in non-reclosing pressure relief devices, for corrosion or damage that may alter the intended operation of the device. The rupture disc is not required to be removed prior to visual inspection if the tank car contains the residue, as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, of a Class 8, PG II or PG III material with no subsidiary hazard or the residue of a Class 9 elevated temperature material;
</P>
<P>(vii) Each tell-tale indicator after filling and prior to transportation to ensure the integrity of the rupture disc;
</P>
<P>(viii) The external thermal protection system, tank-head puncture resistance system, coupler vertical restraint system, and bottom discontinuity protection for conditions that make the tank car unsafe for transportation;
</P>
<P>(ix) The required markings on the tank car for legibility; and
</P>
<P>(x) The periodic inspection date markings to ensure that the inspection and test intervals are within the prescribed intervals.
</P>
<P>(2) Closures on tank cars are required, in accordance with this subchapter, to be designed and closed so that under conditions normally incident to transportation, including the effects of temperature and vibration, there will be no identifiable release of a hazardous material to the environment. ln any action brought to enforce this section, the lack of securement of any closure to a tool-tight condition, detected at any point, will establish a rebuttable presumption that a proper inspection was not performed by the offeror of the car. That presumption may be rebutted by any evidence indicating that the lack of securement resulted from a specific cause not within the control of the offeror.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special requirements for poisonous by inhalation (PIH) material</I>—(1) <I>Interior heater coils.</I> Tank cars used for PIH material may not have interior heater coils.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Tank car specifications.</I> A tank car used for a PIH material must have a tank test pressure of 20.7 Bar (300 psig) or greater, head protection, and a metal jacket (<I>e.g.,</I> DOT 105S300W), except that—
</P>
<P>(i) A higher test pressure is required if otherwise specified in this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each tank car constructed on or after March 16, 2009, and used for the transportation of PIH materials must meet the applicable authorized tank car specifications and standards listed in §§ 173.244(a)(2) or (3) and 173.314(c) or (d).
</P>
<P>(iii) A tank car owner retiring or otherwise removing a tank car from service transporting PIH material, other than because of damage to the car, must retire or remove cars constructed of non-normalized steel in the head or shell before removing any car in service transporting PIH materials constructed of normalized steel meeting the applicable DOT specification.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Phase-out of non-normalized steel tank cars.</I> After December 31, 2020, tank cars manufactured with non-normalized steel for head or shell construction may not be used for the transportation of PIH material.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Phase-out of legacy tank cars.</I> After December 31, 2027, tank cars not meeting the requirements of §§ 173.244(a)(2) or (3) and 173.314(c) or (d) may not be used for the transportation of PIH material.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Special requirements for hazardous substances.</I> (1) A tank car used for a hazardous substance listed in paragraph (f)(2) of this section must have a tank test pressure of at least 13.8 Bar (200 psig), head protection and a metal jacket, except that—
</P>
<P>(i) No metal jacket is required if—
</P>
<P>(A) The tank test pressure is 23.4 Bar (340 psig) or higher; or
</P>
<P>(B) The tank shell and heads are manufactured from AAR steel specification TC-128, normalized;
</P>
<P>(ii) A higher test pressure is required if otherwise specified in this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Other than as provided in paragraph (b)(6) of this section, a tank car which does not conform to the requirements of this paragraph (f)(1), and was authorized for a hazardous substance under the regulations in effect on June 30, 1996, may continue in use until July 1, 2006.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>List of hazardous substances.</I> Hazardous substances for which the provisions of this paragraph (f) apply are as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Aldrin
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Allyl chloride
</FP-1>
<FP-1>alpha-BHC
</FP-1>
<FP-1>beta-BHC
</FP-1>
<FP-1>delta-BHC
</FP-1>
<FP-1>gamma-BHC
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bromoform
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Carbon tetrachloride
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chlordane
</FP-1>
<FP-1>p-Chloroaniline
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chlorobenzene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chlorobenzilate
</FP-1>
<FP-1>p-Chloro-m-cresol
</FP-1>
<FP-1>2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chloroform
</FP-1>
<FP-1>2-Chloronapthalene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>o-Chlorophenol
</FP-1>
<FP-1>3-Chloropropionitrile
</FP-1>
<FP-1>DDE
</FP-1>
<FP-1>DDT
</FP-1>
<FP-1>1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
</FP-1>
<FP-1>m-Dichlorobenzene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>o-Dichlorobenzene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>p-Dichlorobenzene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>3,3′-Dichlorobenzidine
</FP-1>
<FP-1>1,4-Dichloro-2-butene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>1,1-Dichloroethane
</FP-1>
<FP-1>1,2-Dichloroethane
</FP-1>
<FP-1>1,1-Dichloroethylene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dichloroisopropyl ether
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dichloromethane @
</FP-1>
<FP-1>2,4-Dichlorophenol
</FP-1>
<FP-1>2,6-Dichlorophenol
</FP-1>
<FP-1>1,2-Dichloropropane
</FP-1>
<FP-1>1,3-Dichloropropene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dieldrin
</FP-1>
<FP-1>alpha-Endosulfan
</FP-1>
<FP-1>beta-Endosulfan
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Endrin
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Endrin aldehyde
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Heptachlor
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Heptachlor epoxide
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hexachlorobenzene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hexachlorobutadiene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hexachloroethane
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hexachlorophene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hexachloropropene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Isodrin
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Kepone
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Methoxychlor
</FP-1>
<FP-1>4,4′-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Methylene bromide
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pentachlorobenzene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pentachloroethane
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pentachlorophenol
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pronamide
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Silvex (2,4,5-TP)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>2,4,5-T
</FP-1>
<FP-1>TDE
</FP-1>
<FP-1>1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tetrachloroethane
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tetrachloroethylene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Toxaphene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>1,1,1-Trichloroethane
</FP-1>
<FP-1>1,1,2-Trichloroethane
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trichloroethylene
</FP-1>
<FP-1>2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
</FP-1>
<FP-1>2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Tank car loading and unloading.</I> When placed for loading or unloading and before unsecuring any closure, a tank car must be protected against shifting or coupling as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Each hazmat employee who is responsible for loading or unloading a tank car must secure access to the track to prevent entry by other rail equipment, including motorized service vehicles. Derails, lined and locked switches, portable bumper blocks, or other equipment that provides an equivalent level of security may be used to satisfy this requirement.
</P>
<P>(2) Caution signs must be displayed on the track or on the tank cars to warn persons approaching the cars from the open end of the track and must be left up until after all closures are secured and the cars are in proper condition for transportation. The caution signs must be of metal or other durable material, rectangular, at 30.48 cm (12 inches) high by 38.10 cm (15 inches) wide, and bear the word “STOP.” The word “STOP” must appear in letters at least 10.16 cm (4 inches) high. The letters must be white on a blue background. Additional words, such as “Tank Car Connected” or “Crew at Work,” may also appear in white letters under the word “STOP.”
</P>
<P>(3) At least one wheel on the tank car must be blocked against motion in both directions, and the hand brakes must be set. If multiple tank cars are coupled together, sufficient hand brakes must be set and wheels blocked to prevent motion in both directions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-245, 60 FR 49072, Sept. 21, 1995]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.31, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.32" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.32   Requirements for the use of portable tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> No person may offer a hazardous material for transportation in a portable tank except as authorized by this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, no person may use a portable tank for the transportation of a hazardous material unless it meets the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) No person may fill and offer for transportation a portable tank when the prescribed periodic test or inspection under subpart G of part 180 of this subchapter has become due until the test or inspection has been successfully completed. This requirement does not apply to any portable tank filled prior to the test or inspection due date.
</P>
<P>(3) When a portable tank is used as a cargo tank motor vehicle, it must conform to all the requirements prescribed for cargo tank motor vehicles. (See § 173.33.)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Substitute packagings.</I> A particular Specification portable tank may be substituted for another portable tank as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) An IM or UN portable tank may be used whenever an IM or UN portable tank having less stringent requirements is authorized provided the portable tank meets or exceeds the requirements for pressure-relief devices, bottom outlets and any other special provisions specified in § 172.102(c)(7)(vi) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Where a Specification IM101 or IM102 portable tank is prescribed, a UN portable tank or Specification 51 portable tank otherwise conforming to the special commodity requirements of § 172.102(c)(7) of this subchapter for the material to be transported may be used.
</P>
<P>(3) A DOT Specification 51 portable tank may be used whenever a DOT Specification 56, 57, or 60 portable tank is authorized. A DOT Specification 60 portable tank may be used whenever a DOT Specification 56 or 57 portable tank is authorized. A higher integrity tank used instead of a specified portable tank must meet the same design profile; for example, a DOT Specification 51 portable tank must be lined if used instead of a lined DOT Specification 60 portable tank.
</P>
<P>(4) A portable tank authorized by the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may be used provided it conforms to the applicable requirements in § 171.12 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Grandfather provisions for portable tanks</I>—(1) <I>Continued use of Specification 56 and 57 portable tanks.</I> Continued use of an existing portable tank constructed to DOT Specification 56 or 57 is authorized only for a portable tank constructed before October 1, 1996. A stainless steel portable tank internally lined with polyethylene that was constructed on or before October 1, 1996, and that meets all requirements of DOT Specification 57 except for being equipped with a polypropylene discharge ball valve and polypropylene secondary discharge opening closure, may be marked as a Specification 57 portable tank and used in accordance with the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A DOT Specification 51, IM 101, or IM 102 portable tank may not be manufactured after January 1, 2003; however, such tanks may continue to be used for the transportation of a hazardous material provided they meet the requirements of this subchapter, including the specification requirements and the requirements of this subchapter for the transportation of the particular hazardous material according to the T codes in effect on September 30, 2001 or the new T codes in § 172.102(c)(7)(i), and provided the portable tanks conform to the periodic inspection and tests specified for the particular portable tank in subpart G of part 180 of this subchapter. After January 1, 2003, all newly manufactured portable tanks must conform to the requirements for the design, construction and approval of UN portable tanks as specified in §§ 178.273, 178.274, 178.275, 178.276, 178.277 and part 180, subpart G, of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) A DOT Specification portable tank manufactured prior to January 1, 1992 that is equipped with a non-reclosing pressure relief device may continue in service for the hazardous materials for which it is authorized. Except for a DOT Specification 56 or 57 portable tank, a DOT Specification portable tank manufactured after January 1, 1992, used for materials meeting the definition for Division 6.1 liquids, Packing Group I or II, Class 2 gases, or Class 3 or 4 liquids, must be equipped with a reclosing pressure relief valve having adequately sized venting capacity unless otherwise specified in this subchapter (see §§ 178.275(f)(1) and 178.277 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(4) Any portable tank container constructed prior to May 15, 1950, complying with the requirements of either the ASME Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, 1946 Edition, or the API ASME Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, 1943 Edition, may be used for the transportation of liquefied compressed gas, provided it fulfills all the requirements of the part and specifications for the particular gas or gases to be transported. Such portable tanks must be marked “ICC Specification 51X” on the plate required by the specification, except as modified by any or all of the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Portable tanks designed and constructed in accordance with Pars. U-68, U-69, or U-201 of the ASME Code, 1943 and 1946 editions, may be used. Portable tanks designed and constructed in accordance with Par. U-68 or Par. U-69 may be re-rated at a working pressure 25 percent in excess of the design pressure for which the portable tank was originally constructed. If the portable tank is re-rated, the re-rated pressure must be marked on the plate as follows: “Re-rated working pressure—psig”. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Loading and unloading accessories, valves, piping, fittings, safety and gauging devices, do not have to comply with the requirements for the particular location on the portable tank.
</P>
<P>(5) Any ICC Specification 50 portable tank fulfilling the requirements of that specification may be continued in service for transportation of a liquefied petroleum gas if it is retested every five years in accordance with the requirements in § 180.605 of this subchapter. Use of existing portable tanks is authorized. New construction is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Determination of an authorized portable tank.</I> Prior to filling and offering a portable tank for transportation, the shipper must ensure that the portable tank conforms to the authorized specification and meets the applicable requirements in this subchapter for the hazardous material. The shipper must ensure that the MAWP, design pressure or test pressure of the portable tank, as applicable, is appropriate for the hazardous material being transported. Determination of the applicable pressure must take into account the maximum pressure used to load or unload the hazardous material, the vapor pressure, static head and surge pressures of the hazardous material and the temperatures that the hazardous material will experience during transportation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>External inspection prior to filling.</I> Each portable tank must be given a complete external inspection prior to filling. Any unsafe condition must be corrected prior to its being filled and offered for transportation. The external inspection shall include a visual inspection of:
</P>
<P>(1) The shell, piping, valves and other appurtenances for corroded areas, dents, defects in welds and other defects such as missing, damaged, or leaking gaskets;
</P>
<P>(2) All flanged connections or blank flanges for missing or loose nuts and bolts;
</P>
<P>(3) All emergency devices for corrosion, distortion, or any damage or defect that could prevent their normal operation;
</P>
<P>(4) All required markings on the tank for legibility; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any device for tightening manhole covers to ensure such devices are operative and adequate to prevent leakage at the manhole cover.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Loading requirements.</I> (1) A hazardous material may not be loaded into a portable tank if the hazardous material would:
</P>
<P>(i) Damage the portable tank;
</P>
<P>(ii) React with the portable tank; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Otherwise compromise its product retention capability.
</P>
<P>(2) A hazardous material may not be loaded in a DOT Specification 51, DOT Specification 60, an IM or UN portable tank unless the portable tank has a pressure relief device that provides total relieving capacity meeting the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Except during a pressure test, a portable tank may not be subjected to a pressure greater than its marked maximum allowable working pressure or, when appropriate, its marked design pressure.
</P>
<P>(4) A portable tank may not be loaded to a gross mass greater than the maximum allowable gross mass specified on its identification plate.
</P>
<P>(5) Except for a non-flowable solid or a liquid with a viscosity of 2,680 centistokes (millimeters squared per second) or greater at 20 °C (68 °F), an IM or UN portable tank, or compartment thereof, having a volume greater than 7,500 L (1,980 gallons) may not be loaded to a filling density of more than 20% and less than 80% by volume. This filling restriction does not apply if a portable tank is divided by partitions or surge plates into compartments of not more than 7,500 L (1,980 gallons) capacity; this portable tank must not be offered for transportation in an ullage condition liable to produce an unacceptable hydraulic force due to surge.
</P>
<P>(6) The outage for a portable tank may not be less than 2% at a temperature of 50 °C (122 °F) unless otherwise specified in this subchapter. For UN portable tanks, the applicable maximum filling limits apply as specified according to the assigned TP codes in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter except when transported domestically.
</P>
<P>(7) Each tell-tale indicator or pressure gauge located in the space between a frangible disc and a safety relief valve mounted in series must be checked after the tank is filled and prior to transportation to ensure that the frangible disc is leak free. Any leakage through the frangible disc must be corrected prior to offering the tank for transportation.
</P>
<P>(8) During filling, the temperature of the hazardous materials shall not exceed the limits of the design temperature range of the portable tank.
</P>
<P>(9) The maximum mass of liquefied compressed gas per liter (gallon) of shell capacity (kg/L or lbs./gal.) may not exceed the density of the liquefied compressed gas at 50 °C (122 °F). The portable tank must not be liquid full at 60 °C (140 °F).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Additional requirements for specific modal transport.</I> In addition to other applicable requirements, the following apply:
</P>
<P>(1) A portable tank containing a hazardous material may not be loaded onto a highway or rail transport vehicle unless loaded entirely within the horizontal outline of the vehicle, without overhang or projection of any part of the tank assembly.
</P>
<P>(2) An IM or UN portable tank used for the transportation of flammable liquids by rail may not be fitted with non-reclosing pressure relief devices except in series with reclosing pressure relief valves.
</P>
<P>(3) A portable tank or Specification 106A or 110A multi-unit tank car containing a hazardous material may not be offered for transportation aboard a passenger vessel unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The vessel is operating under a change to its character of vessel certification as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The material is permitted to be transported aboard a passenger vessel in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Additional general commodity-specific requirements.</I> In addition to other applicable requirements, the following requirements apply:
</P>
<P>(1) Each uninsulated portable tank used for the transportation of a liquefied compressed gas must have an exterior surface finish that is significantly reflective, such as a light-reflecting color if painted, or a bright reflective metal or other material if unpainted.
</P>
<P>(2) If a hazardous material is being transported in a molten state, the portable tank must be thermally insulated with suitable insulation material of sufficient thickness that the overall thermal conductance is not more than 0.080 Btu per hour per square foot per degree Fahrenheit differential.
</P>
<P>(3) No person may offer a liquid hazardous material of Class 3, PG I or II, or PG III with a flash point of less than 100 °F (38 °C); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or Division 6.1, PG I or II, in an IM or UN portable tank that is equipped with a bottom outlet as authorized in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter by assignment of a T Code in the appropriate proper shipping name entry, for unloading to a facility while it remains on a transport vehicle with the power unit attached unless— 
</P>
<P>(i) The tank outlets conform to § 178.275(d)(3) of this subchapter; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The facility at which the IM or UN portable tank is to be unloaded conforms to the requirements in § 177.834(o) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Additional requirements for portable tanks other than IM specification and UN portable tanks.</I> (1) The bursting strength of any piping and fittings must be at least four times the design pressure of the tank, and at least four times the pressure to which, in any instance, it may be subjected in service by the action of a pump or other device (not including safety relief valves) that may subject piping to pressures greater than the design pressure of the tank.
</P>
<P>(2) Pipe joints must be threaded, welded or flanged. If threaded pipe is used, the pipe and pipe fittings must not be lighter than Schedule 80 weight. Where copper tubing is permitted, joints must be brazed or be of equally strong metal union type. The melting point of brazing material may not be lower than 1,000 °F (537.8 °C). The method of joining tubing must not decrease the strength of the tubing such as by the cutting of threads.
</P>
<P>(3) Non-malleable metals may not be used in the construction of valves or fittings.
</P>
<P>(4) Suitable provision must be made in every case to allow for expansion, contraction, jarring and vibration of all pipe. Slip joints may not be used for this purpose.
</P>
<P>(5) Piping and fittings must be grouped in the smallest practicable space and must be protected from damage as required by the specification.
</P>
<P>(6) All piping, valves and fittings on every portable tank must be leakage tested with gas or air after installation and proved tight at not less than the design pressure of the portable tank on which they are used. In the event of replacement, all such piping, valves, or fittings must be tested in accordance with the requirements of this section before the portable tank is returned to transportation service. The requirements of this section apply to all hoses used on portable tanks, except that hoses may be tested either before or after installation on the portable tank.
</P>
<P>(7) All materials used in the construction of portable tanks and their appurtenances may not be subject to destructive attack by the contents of the portable tank.
</P>
<P>(8) No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc nor their alloys may be used. Brazed joints may not be used. All parts of a portable tank and its appurtenances used for anhydrous ammonia must be steel.
</P>
<P>(9) Each outlet of a portable tank used for the transportation of non-refrigerated liquefied compressed gases, except carbon dioxide, must be provided with a suitable automatic excess-flow valve (see definition in § 178.337-1(g) of this subchapter). The valve must be located inside the portable tank or at a point outside the portable tank where the line enters or leaves the portable tank. The valve seat must be located inside the portable tank or may be located within a welded flange or its companion flange, or within a nozzle or within a coupling. The installation must be made in such a manner as to reasonably assure that any undue strain which causes failure requiring functioning of the valve shall cause failure in such a manner that it will not impair the operation of the valve.
</P>
<P>(i) A safety device connection or liquid level gauging device that is constructed so that the outward flow of the tank contents will not exceed that passed by an opening of 0.1397 cm (0.0550 inches) is not required to be equipped with excess-flow valves.
</P>
<P>(ii) An excess-flow valve must close automatically if the flow reaches the rated flow of gas or liquid specified by the original valve manufacturer when piping mounted directly on the valve is sheared off before the first valve, pump, or fitting downstream from the excess flow valve.
</P>
<P>(iii) An excess-flow valve may be designed with a by-pass, not to exceed a 0.1016 cm (0.040 inches) diameter opening to allow equalization of pressure.
</P>
<P>(iv) Filling and discharge lines must be provided with manually operated shut-off valves located as close to the tank as practical. Unless this valve is manually operable at the valve, the line must also have a manual shut-off valve. The use of “Stop-Check” valves to satisfy with one valve the requirements of this section is forbidden. For portable tanks used for refrigerated liquefied gases, a “stop check” valve may be used on the vapor side of the pressure buildup circuit.
</P>
<P>(10) Each portable tank used for carbon dioxide or nitrous oxide must be lagged with a suitable insulation material of such thickness that the overall thermal conductance is not more than 0.08 Btu per square foot per degree Fahrenheit differential in temperature per hour. The conductance must be determined at 60 °Fahrenheit. Insulation material used on portable tanks for nitrous oxide must be noncombustible.
</P>
<P>(11) Refrigerating or heating coils must be installed in portable tanks used for carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide. Such coils must be tested externally to at least the same pressure as the test pressure of the portable tank. The coils must also be tested internally to at least twice the working pressure of the heating or refrigerating system to be used, but in no case less than the test pressure of the portable tank. Such coils must be securely anchored. In the event of leakage, the refrigerant or heating medium to be circulated through the coil or coils must have no adverse chemical reaction with the portable tank or its contents.
</P>
<P>(12) Excess flow valves are not required for portable tanks used for the transport of refrigerated liquefied gases.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 33427, June 21, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 32413, May 30, 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75742, 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007; 76 FR 81400, Dec. 28, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.33" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.33   Hazardous materials in cargo tank motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for transportation in a cargo tank motor vehicle except as authorized by this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Two or more materials may not be loaded or accepted for transportation in the same cargo tank motor vehicle if, as a result of any mixture of the materials, an unsafe condition would occur, such as an explosion, fire, excessive increase in pressure or heat, or the release of toxic vapors.
</P>
<P>(3) No person may fill and offer for transportation a specification cargo tank motor vehicle for which the prescribed periodic retest or reinspection under subpart E of part 180 of this subchapter is past due until the retest or inspection has been successfully completed. This requirement does not apply to a cargo tank supplied by a motor carrier who is other than the person offering the hazardous material for transportation (see § 180.407(a)(1) of this subchapter), or to any cargo tank filled prior to the retest or inspection due date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Loading requirements.</I> (1) A hazardous material may not be loaded in a cargo tank if during transportation any part of the tank in contact with the hazardous material lading would have a dangerous reaction with the hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(2) A cargo tank may not be loaded with a hazardous material that will have an adverse effect on the tank's integrity or—
</P>
<P>(i) May combine chemically with any residue or contaminants in the tank to produce an explosion, fire, excessive increase in pressure, release of toxic vapors or other unsafe condition.
</P>
<P>(ii)-(iii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(iv) May severely corrode or react with the tank material at any concentration and temperature that will exist during transportation.
</P>
<P>(v) Is prohibited by § 173.21 or § 173.24 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Air pressure in excess of ambient atmospheric pressure may not be used to load or unload any lading which may create an air-enriched mixture within the flammability range of the lading in the vapor space of the tank.
</P>
<P>(4) To prevent cargo tank rupture in a loading or unloading accident, the loading or unloading rate used must be less than or equal to that indicated on the cargo tank specification plate, except as specified in § 173.318(b)(6). If no loading or unloading rate is marked on the specification plate, the loading or unloading rate and pressure used must be limited such that the pressure in the tank may not exceed 130% of the MAWP.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Maximum Lading Pressure.</I> (1) Prior to loading and offering a cargo tank motor vehicle for transportation with material that requires the use of a specification cargo tank, the person must confirm that the cargo tank motor vehicle conforms to the specification required for the lading and that the MAWP of the cargo tank is greater than or equal to the largest pressure obtained under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) For compressed gases and certain refrigerated liquids that are not cryogenic liquids, the pressure prescribed in § 173.315 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) For cryogenic liquids, the pressure prescribed in § 173.318 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(iii) For liquid hazardous materials loaded in DOT specification cargo tanks equipped with a 1 psig normal vent, the sum of the tank static head plus 1 psig. In addition, for hazardous materials loaded in these cargo tanks, the vapor pressure of the lading at 115 °F must be not greater than 1 psig, except for gasoline transported in accordance with Special Provision B33 in § 172.102(c)(3) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(iv) For liquid hazardous materials not covered in paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section, the sum of the vapor pressure of the lading at 115 °F, plus the tank static head exerted by the lading, plus any pressure exerted by the gas padding, including air in the ullage space or dome.
</P>
<P>(v) The pressure prescribed in subpart B, D, E, F, G, or H of this part, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(vi) The maximum pressure in the tank during loading or unloading.
</P>
<P>(2) Any Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306 or MC 312, cargo tank motor vehicle with no marked design pressure or marked with a design pressure of 3 psig or less may be used for an authorized lading where the pressure derived from § 173.33(c)(1) is less than or equal to 3 psig. After December 31, 1990, a cargo tank may not be loaded and offered for transportation unless marked or remarked with an MAWP or design pressure in accordance with 49 CFR 180.405(k).
</P>
<P>(3) Any Specification MC 310 or MC 311 cargo tank motor vehicle may be used for an authorized lading where the pressure derived from § 173.33(c)(1) is less than or equal to the MAWP or MWP, respectively, as marked on the specification plate.
</P>
<P>(4) Any cargo tank marked or certified before August 31, 1995, marked with a design pressure rather than an MAWP may be used for an authorized lading where the largest pressure derived from § 173.33(c)(1) is less than or equal to the design pressure marked on the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(5) Any material that meets the definition of a Division 6.1, Packing Group I or II (poisonous liquid) material must be loaded in a cargo tank motor vehicle having a MAWP of 25 psig or greater.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Substitute packagings.</I> Unless otherwise specified, where MC 307, MC 312, DOT 407 or DOT 412 cargo tanks are authorized, minimum tank design pressure is 172.4 kPa (25 psig) for any Packing Group I or Packing Group II liquid lading that meets more than one hazard class definition.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Relief system.</I> (1) Non-reclosing pressure relief devices are not authorized in any cargo tank except when in series with a reclosing pressure relief device. However, a cargo tank marked or certified before August 31, 1995 which is fitted with non-reclosing pressure relief devices may continue to be used in any hazardous material service for which it is authorized. The requirements in this paragraph do not apply to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo tanks.
</P>
<P>(2) Each cargo tank motor vehicle used to transport a liquid hazardous material with a gas pad must have a pressure relief system that provides the venting capacity prescribed in § 178.345-10(e) of this subchapter. The requirements in this paragraph do not apply to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo tanks.
</P>
<P>(3) A cargo tank motor vehicle made to a specification listed in column 1 may have pressure relief devices or outlets conforming to the applicable specification to which the tank was constructed, or the pressure relief devices or outlets may be modified to meet the applicable requirement for the specification listed in column 2 without changing the markings on the tank specification plate. The venting capacity requirements of the original DOT cargo tank specification must be met whenever a pressure relief valve is modified.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 2
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MC 306 or DOT 406.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT 406.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MC 307 or DOT 407.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT 407.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 310, MC 311</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MC 312 or DOT 412.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 312</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT 412.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 330</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MC 331.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) <I>Retention of hazardous materials in product piping during transportation.</I> DOT specification cargo tanks used for the transportation of any material that is a Division 6.1 (poisonous liquid) material, oxidizer liquid, liquid organic peroxide or corrosive liquid (corrosive to skin only) may not be transported with hazardous materials lading retained in the piping, unless the cargo tank motor vehicle is equipped with bottom damage protection devices meeting the requirements of § 178.337-10 or § 178.345-8(b) of this subchapter, or the accident damage protection requirements of the specification under which it was manufactured. This requirement does not apply to a residue which remains after the piping is drained. A sacrificial device (see § 178.345-1 of this subchapter) may not be used to satisfy the accident damage protection requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(f) An MC 331 type cargo tank may be used where MC 306, MC 307, MC 312, DOT 406, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type cargo tanks are authorized. An MC 307, MC 312, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type cargo tank may be used where MC 306 or DOT 406 type cargo tanks are authorized. A higher integrity tank used instead of a specified tank must meet the same design profile (for example, an MC 331 cargo tank must be lined if used in place of a lined MC 312 cargo tank.)
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Remote control of self-closing stop valves—MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo tanks.</I> Each liquid or vapor discharge opening in an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank and each liquid filling and liquid discharge line in an MC 338 cargo tank must be provided with a remotely controlled internal self-closing stop valve except when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank is marked and used exclusively to transport carbon dioxide; an MC 338 is used to transport argon, carbon dioxide, helium, krypton, neon, nitrogen, or xenon; or an MC 338 utilizes an external self-closing stop valve to comply with the requirements in § 178.338-11(b). However, if the cargo tank motor vehicle was certified before January 1, 1995, this requirement is applicable only when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank is used to transport a flammable liquid, flammable gas, hydrogen chloride (refrigerated liquid), or anhydrous ammonia; or when an MC 338 cargo tank is used to transport flammable ladings.
</P>
<P>(h) A cargo tank motor vehicle authorized by the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may be used provided it conforms to the applicable requirements in § 171.12 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-212, 54 FR 25005, June 12, 1989] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.33, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.34" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.34   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.35" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.35   Hazardous materials in IBCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for transportation in an IBC except as authorized by this subchapter. Each IBC used for the transportation of hazardous materials must conform to the requirements of its specification and regulations for the transportation of the particular commodity. A specification IBC, for which the prescribed periodic retest or inspection under subpart D of part 180 of this subchapter is past due, may not be filled and offered for transportation until the retest or inspection have been successfully completed. This requirement does not apply to any IBC filled prior to the retest or inspection due date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initial use and reuse of IBCs.</I> (Also see § 180.352 of this subchapter.) An IBC other than a multiwall paper IBC (13M1 and 13M2) may be reused. If an inner liner is required, the inner liner must be replaced before each reuse. Before an IBC is filled and offered for transportation, the IBC and its service equipment must be given an external visual inspection, by the person filling the IBC, to ensure that:
</P>
<P>(1) The IBC is free from corrosion, contamination, cracks, cuts, or other damage which would render it unable to pass the prescribed design type test to which it is certified and marked; and
</P>
<P>(2) The IBC is marked in accordance with requirements in § 178.703 of this subchapter. Additional marking allowed for each design type may be present. Required markings that are missing, damaged or difficult to read must be restored or returned to original condition.
</P>
<P>(c) A metal IBC, or a part thereof, subject to thinning by mechanical abrasion or corrosion due to the lading, must be protected by providing a suitable increase in thickness of material, a lining or some other suitable method of protection. Increased thickness for corrosion or abrasion protection must be added to the wall thickness specified in § 178.705(c)(1)(iv) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding requirements in § 173.24b of this subpart, when filling an IBC with liquids, sufficient ullage must be left to ensure that, at the mean bulk temperature of 50 °C (122 °F), the IBC is not filled to more than 98 percent of its water capacity.
</P>
<P>(e) Where two or more closure systems are fitted in series, the system nearest to the hazardous material being carried must be closed first.
</P>
<P>(f) During transportation—
</P>
<P>(1) No hazardous material may remain on the outside of the IBC; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each IBC must be securely fastened to or contained within the transport unit.
</P>
<P>(g) Each IBC used for transportation of solids which may become liquid at temperatures likely to be encountered during transportation must also be capable of containing the substance in the liquid state.
</P>
<P>(h) Liquid hazardous materials may only be offered for transportation in a metal, rigid plastic, or composite IBC that is appropriately resistant to an increase in internal pressure likely to develop during transportation.
</P>
<P>(1) A rigid plastic or composite IBC may only be filled with a liquid having a vapor pressure less than or equal to the greater of the following two values: The first value is determined from any of the methods in paragraphs (h)(1)(i), (ii) or (iii) of this section. The second value is determined by the method in paragraph (h)(1)(iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) The gauge pressure (pressure in the IBC above ambient atmospheric pressure) measured in the IBC at 55 °C (131 °F). This gauge pressure must not exceed two-thirds of the marked test pressure and must be determined after the IBC was filled and closed at 15 °C (60 °F) to less than or equal to 98 percent of its capacity.
</P>
<P>(ii) The absolute pressure (vapor pressure of the hazardous material plus atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 50 °C (122 °F). This absolute pressure must not exceed four-sevenths of the sum of the marked test pressure and 100 kPa (14.5 psia).
</P>
<P>(iii) The absolute pressure (vapor pressure of the hazardous material plus atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 55 °C (131 °F). This absolute pressure must not exceed two-thirds of the sum of the marked test pressure and 100 kPa (14.5 psia).
</P>
<P>(iv) Twice the static pressure of the substance, measured at the bottom of the IBC. This value must not be less than twice the static pressure of water.
</P>
<P>(2) Liquids having a vapor pressure greater than 110 kPa (16 psig) at 50 °C (122 °F) or 130 kPa (18.9 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F) may not be transported in metal IBCs.
</P>
<P>(i) The requirements in this section do not apply to DOT-56 or -57 portable tanks.
</P>
<P>(j) No IBC may be filled with a Packing Group I liquid. Rigid plastic, composite, flexible, wooden or fiberboard IBC used to transport Packing Group I solid materials may not exceed 1.5 cubic meters (53 cubic feet) capacity. For Packing Group I solids, a metal IBC may not exceed 3 cubic meters (106 cubic feet) capacity.
</P>
<P>(k) When an IBC is used for the transportation of liquids with a flash point of 60 °C (140 °F) (closed cup) or lower, or powders with the potential for dust explosion, measures must be taken during product loading and unloading to prevent a dangerous electrostatic discharge.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>IBC filling limits.</I> (1) Except as provided in this section, an IBC may not be filled with a hazardous material in excess of the maximum gross mass marked on that container.
</P>
<P>(2) An IBC which is tested and marked for Packing Group II liquid materials may be filled with a Packing Group III liquid material to a gross mass not exceeding 1.5 times the maximum gross mass marked on that container, if all the performance criteria can still be met at the higher gross mass.
</P>
<P>(3) An IBC which is tested and marked for liquid hazardous materials may be filled with a solid hazardous material to a gross mass not exceeding the maximum gross mass marked on that container. In addition, an IBC intended for the transport of liquids which is tested and marked for Packing Group II liquid materials may be filled with a Packing Group III solid hazardous material to a gross mass not exceeding the marked maximum gross mass multiplied by 1.5 if all the performance criteria can still be met at the higher gross mass.
</P>
<P>(4) An IBC which is tested and marked for Packing Group I solid materials may be filled with a Packing Group II solid material to a gross mass not exceeding the maximum gross mass marked on that container, multiplied by 1.5, if all the performance criteria can be met at the higher gross mass; or a Packing Group III solid material to a gross mass not exceeding the maximum gross mass marked on the IBC, multiplied by 2.25, if all the performance criteria can be met at the higher gross mass. An IBC which is tested and marked for Packing Group II solid materials may be filled with a Packing Group III solid material to a gross mass not exceeding the maximum gross mass marked on the IBC, multiplied by 1.5.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-238, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 173-243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; 64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45380, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010; 77 FR 60942, Oct. 5, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.36" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.36   Hazardous materials in Large Packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for transportation in a Large Packaging except as authorized by this subchapter. Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, no Large Packaging may be filled with a Packing Group I or II material. Each Large Packaging used for the transportation of hazardous materials must conform to the requirements of its specification and regulations for the transportation of the particular commodity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Packaging design</I>—(1) <I>Inner packaging closures.</I> A Large Packaging containing liquid hazardous materials must be packed so that closures on inner packagings are upright.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Flexible Large Packagings.</I> Flexible Large Packagings (<I>e.g.,</I> 51H) are only authorized for use with flexible inner packagings.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Friction.</I> The nature and thickness of the outer packaging must be such that friction during transportation is not likely to generate an amount of heat sufficient to dangerously alter the chemical stability of the contents.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Securing and cushioning.</I> Inner packagings of Large Packagings must be packed, secured and cushioned to prevent their breakage or leakage and to control their shifting within the outer packaging under conditions normally incident to transportation. Cushioning material must not be capable of reacting dangerously with the contents of the inner packagings or having its protective properties significantly weakened in the event of leakage.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Metallic devices.</I> Nails, staples and other metallic devices must not protrude into the interior of the outer packaging in such a manner as to be likely to damage inner packagings or receptacles.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Initial use and reuse of Large Packagings.</I> A Large Packaging may be reused. If an inner packaging is constructed of paper or flexible plastic, the inner packaging must be replaced before each reuse. Before a Large Packaging is filled and offered for transportation, the Large Packaging must be given an external visual inspection, by the person filling the Large Packaging, to ensure:
</P>
<P>(1) The Large Packaging is free from corrosion, contamination, cracks, cuts, or other damage which would render it unable to pass the prescribed design type test to which it is certified and marked; and
</P>
<P>(2) The Large Packaging is marked in accordance with requirements in § 178.910 of this subchapter. Additional marking allowed for each design type may be present. Required markings that are missing, damaged or difficult to read must be restored or returned to original condition.
</P>
<P>(d) During transportation—
</P>
<P>(1) No hazardous material may remain on the outside of the Large Packaging; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each Large Packaging must be securely fastened to or contained within the transport unit.
</P>
<P>(e) Each Large Packaging used for transportation of solids which may become liquid at temperatures likely to be encountered during transportation may not be transported in paper or fiber inner packagings. The inner packagings must be capable of containing the substance in the liquid state.
</P>
<P>(f) Liquid hazardous materials may only be offered for transportation in inner packagings appropriately resistant to an increase of internal pressure likely to develop during transportation.
</P>
<P>(g) A Large Packaging used to transport hazardous materials may not exceed 3 cubic meters (106 cubic feet) capacity.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Mixed contents.</I> (1) An outer Large Packaging may contain more than one hazardous material only when—
</P>
<P>(i) The inner and outer packagings used for each hazardous material conform to the relevant packaging sections of this part applicable to that hazardous material, and not result in a violation of § 173.21;
</P>
<P>(ii) The package as prepared for shipment meets the performance tests prescribed in part 178 of this subchapter for the hazardous materials contained in the package;


</P>
<P>(iii) Corrosive materials in bottles are further packed in securely closed inner receptacles before packing in outer packagings; and




</P>
<P>(iv) For transportation by aircraft, the total net quantity does not exceed the lowest permitted maximum net quantity per package as shown in Column 9a or 9b, as appropriate, of the § 172.101 table. The permitted maximum net quantity must be calculated in kilograms if a package contains both a liquid and a solid.
</P>
<P>(2) A packaging containing inner packagings of Division 6.2 materials may not contain other hazardous materials, except dry ice.
</P>
<P>(i) When a Large Packaging is used for the transportation of liquids with a flash point of 60.5 °C (141 °F) (closed cup) or lower, or powders with the potential for dust explosion, measures must be taken during product loading and unloading to prevent a dangerous electrostatic discharge.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010, as amended at 87 FR 79776, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.37" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.37   Hazardous Materials in Flexible Bulk Containers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for transportation in a Flexible Bulk Container except as authorized by this subchapter. Each Flexible Bulk Container used for the transportation of hazardous materials must conform to the requirements of its specification and regulations for the transportation of the particular commodity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initial use and reuse of Flexible Bulk Containers.</I> A Flexible Bulk Container may be reused. Before a Flexible Bulk Container is filled and offered for transportation, the Flexible Bulk Container must be given an external visual inspection by the person filling the Flexible Bulk Container to ensure:
</P>
<P>(1) The Flexible Bulk Container is free from corrosion, contamination, cracks, cuts, or other damage that would render it unable to pass the prescribed design type test to which it is certified and marked; and
</P>
<P>(2) The Flexible Bulk Container is marked in accordance with requirements in § 178.1010 of this subchapter. Required markings that are missing, damaged or difficult to read must be restored or returned to original condition.
</P>
<P>(3) The following components must be examined to determine structural serviceability:
</P>
<P>(i) Textile slings;
</P>
<P>(ii) Load-bearing structure straps;
</P>
<P>(iii) Body fabric; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Lock device parts including metal and textile parts are free from protrusions or damage.
</P>
<P>(4) The use of Flexible Bulk Containers for the transport of hazardous materials is permitted for a period not to exceed two years from the date of manufacture of the Flexible Bulk Container.
</P>
<P>(c) During transportation—
</P>
<P>(1) No hazardous material may remain on the outside of the Flexible Bulk Container; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each Flexible Bulk Container must be securely fastened to or contained within the transport unit.
</P>
<P>(3) If restraints such as banding or straps are used, these straps must not be over-tightened to an extent that causes damage or deformation to the Flexible Bulk Container.
</P>
<P>(4) Flexible Bulk Containers must be transported in a conveyance with rigid sides and ends that extend at least two-thirds of the height of the Flexible Bulk Container.
</P>
<P>(5) Flexible Bulk Containers must not be stacked for highway or rail transportation.
</P>
<P>(6) Flexible Bulk Containers must not be transported in cargo transport units when offered for transportation by vessel.
</P>
<P>(7) Flexible Bulk Containers when transported by barge must be stowed in such a way that there are no void spaces between the Flexible Bulk Containers in the barge. If the Flexible Bulk Containers do not completely fill the barge, adequate measures must be taken to avoid shifting of cargo. The maximum permissible height of the stack of Flexible Bulk Containers must not exceed 3 containers high.
</P>
<P>(d) A Flexible Bulk Container used to transport hazardous materials may not exceed 15 cubic meters (530 cubic feet) capacity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 1073, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.40" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.40   General packaging requirements for toxic materials packaged in cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>When this section is referenced for a Hazard Zone A or B hazardous material elsewhere in this subchapter, the requirements in this section are applicable to cylinders used for that material. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Authorized cylinders.</I> (1) A cylinder must conform to a DOT specification or UN standard prescribed in subpart C of part 178 of this subchapter, or a TC, CTC, CRC, or BTC cylinder authorized in § 171.12 of this subchapter, except that acetylene cylinders and non-refillable cylinders are not authorized. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is prohibited for Hazard Zone A materials.
</P>
<P>(2) The use of a specification 3AL cylinder made of aluminum alloy 6351-T6 is prohibited for a Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A material or a Division 6.1 Hazard Zone A material.
</P>
<P>(3) A UN composite cylinder certified to ISO-11119-3 is not authorized for a Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or B material.
</P>
<P>(4) For UN seamless cylinders used for Hazard Zone A materials, the maximum water capacity is 85 L.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Outage and pressure requirements.</I> For DOT specification cylinders, the pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of Hazard Zone A and Hazard Zone B materials may not exceed the service pressure of the cylinder. Sufficient outage must be provided so that the cylinder will not be liquid full at 55 °C (131 °F).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Closures.</I> Each cylinder containing a Hazard Zone A material must be closed with a plug or valve conforming to the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Each plug or valve must have a taper-threaded connection directly to the cylinder and be capable of withstanding the test pressure of the cylinder without damage or leakage. For UN pressure receptacles, each valve must be capable of withstanding the test pressure of the pressure receptacle and be connected directly to the pressure receptacle by either a taper thread or other means which meets the requirements of ISO 10692-2: (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) Each valve must be of the packless type with non-perforated diaphragm, except that, for corrosive materials, a valve may be of the packed type with an assembly made gas-tight by means of a seal cap with gasketed joint attached to the valve body or the cylinder to prevent loss of material through or past the packing. 
</P>
<P>(3) Each valve outlet must be sealed by a threaded cap or threaded solid plug and inert gasketing material. 
</P>
<P>(4) The materials of construction for the cylinder, valves, plugs, outlet caps, luting, and gaskets must be compatible with each other and with the lading. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Additional handling protection.</I> Each cylinder or cylinder overpack combination offered for transportation containing a Division 2.3 or 6.1 Hazard Zone A or B material must conform to the valve damage protection performance requirements of this section. In addition to the requirements of this section, overpacks must conform to the overpack provisions of § 173.25.
</P>
<P>(1) DOT specification cylinders must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Each cylinder with a wall thickness at any point of less than 2.03 mm (0.08 inch) and each cylinder that does not have fitted valve protection must be overpacked in a box. The box must conform to overpack provisions in § 173.25. Box and valve protection must be of sufficient strength to protect all parts of the cylinder and valve, if any, from deformation and breakage resulting from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) or more onto a non-yielding surface, such as concrete or steel, impacting at an orientation most likely to cause damage. “Deformation”means a cylinder or valve that is bent, distorted, mangled, misshapen, twisted, warped, or in a similar condition.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder with a valve must be equipped with a protective metal or plastic cap, other valve protection device, or an overpack which is sufficient to protect the valve from breakage or leakage resulting from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) onto a non-yielding surface, such as concrete or steel. Impact must be at an orientation most likely to cause damage.
</P>
<P>(2) Each UN cylinder containing a Hazard Zone A or Hazard Zone B material must have a minimum test pressure in accordance with P200 of the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). For Hazard Zone A gases, the cylinder must have a minimum wall thickness of 3.5 mm if made of aluminum alloy or 2 mm if made of steel or, alternatively, cylinders may be packed in a rigid outer packaging that meets the Packing Group I performance level when tested as prepared for transport, and that is designed and constructed to protect the cylinder and valve from puncture or damage that may result in release of the gas.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Interconnection.</I> Cylinders may not be manifolded or connected. This provision does not apply to MEGCs containing Hazard Zone B materials in accordance with § 173.312.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51642, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24660, May 8, 2003; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006; 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19, 2011; 81 FR 3672, Jan. 21, 2016; 82 FR 15876, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.41" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.2.25.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.41   Sampling and testing program for unrefined petroleum-based products.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Unrefined petroleum-based products offered for transportation must be properly classed and described as prescribed in § 173.22, in accordance with a sampling and testing program, which specifies at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) A frequency of sampling and testing that accounts for any appreciable variability of the material (<I>e.g.,</I> history, temperature, method of extraction [including chemical use], location of extraction, time of year, length of time between shipments);
</P>
<P>(2) Sampling prior to the initial offering of the material for transportation and when changes that may affect the properties of the material occur (<I>i.e.,</I> mixing of the material from multiple sources, or further processing and then subsequent transportation);
</P>
<P>(3) Sampling methods that ensure a representative sample of the entire mixture, as offered, is collected;
</P>
<P>(4) Testing methods that enable classification of the material under the HMR;
</P>
<P>(5) Quality control measures for sample frequencies;
</P>
<P>(6) Duplicate sampling methods or equivalent measures for quality assurance;
</P>
<P>(7) Criteria for modifying the sampling and testing program; and
</P>
<P>(8) Testing or other appropriate methods used to identify properties of the mixture relevant to packaging requirements (<I>e.g.,</I> compatibility with packaging, identifying specific gravity for filling packages).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Certification.</I> Each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation shall certify, as prescribed by § 172.204 of this subchapter, that the material is offered for transportation in accordance with this subchapter, including the requirements prescribed by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Documentation, retention, review, and dissemination of program.</I> The sampling and testing program must be documented in writing (<I>i.e.</I> hardcopy or electronic file thereof) and must be retained for as long as the sampling and testing program remains in effect, or a minimum of one year. The sampling and testing program must be reviewed at least annually and revised and/or updated as necessary to reflect changed circumstances. The most recent version of the sampling and testing program must be available to the employees who are responsible for implementing it. When the sampling and testing program is updated or revised, all employees responsible for implementing it must be notified, and the most recent version must be made available.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Access by DOT to program documentation.</I> Each person required to develop and implement a sampling and testing program must maintain a copy of the sampling and testing program documentation (or an electronic file thereof) that is accessible at, or through, its principal place of business, and must make the documentation available upon request at a reasonable time and location to an authorized official of the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 26746, May 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Definitions, Classification and Packaging for Class 1</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 173.50" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.50   Class 1—Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Explosive.</I> For the purposes of this subchapter, an <I>explosive</I> means any substance or article, including a device, which is designed to function by explosion (<I>i.e.,</I> an extremely rapid release of gas and heat) or which, by chemical reaction within itself, is able to function in a similar manner even if not designed to function by explosion, unless the substance or article is otherwise classed under the provisions of this subchapter. The term includes a pyrotechnic substance or article, unless the substance or article is otherwise classed under the provisions of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) Explosives in Class 1 are divided into six divisions as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Division 1.1</I> consists of explosives that have a mass explosion hazard. A mass explosion is one which affects almost the entire load instantaneously.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Division 1.2</I> consists of explosives that have a projection hazard but not a mass explosion hazard.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Division 1.3</I> consists of explosives that have a fire hazard and either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard or both, but not a mass explosion hazard.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Division 1.4</I> consists of explosives that present a minor explosion hazard. The explosive effects are largely confined to the package and no projection of fragments of appreciable size or range is to be expected. An external fire must not cause virtually instantaneous explosion of almost the entire contents of the package.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Division 1.5</I> 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> consists of very insensitive explosives. This division is comprised of substances which have a mass explosion hazard but are so insensitive that there is very little probability of initiation or of transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions of transport.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> The probability of transition from burning to detonation is greater when large quantities are transported in a vessel.</P></FTNT>
<P>(6) <I>Division 1.6</I> 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> consists of extremely insensitive articles that do not have a mass explosion hazard. This division is comprised of articles which predominately contain extremely insensitive substances and that demonstrate a negligible probability of accidental initiation or propagation.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> The risk from articles of Division 1.6 is limited to the explosion of a single article.</P></FTNT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45183, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 78 FR 1074, Jan. 7, 2013; 82 FR 15876, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.51" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.51   Authorization to offer and transport explosives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless otherwise provided in this subpart, no person may offer for transportation or transport an explosive, unless it has been tested and classed and approved by the Associate Administrator (§ 173.56).
</P>
<P>(b) Reports of explosives approved by the Department of Defense or the Department of Energy must be filed with, and receive acknowledgement in writing by, the Associate Administrator prior to such explosives being offered for transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.52" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.52   Classification codes and compatibility groups of explosives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The classification code for an explosive, which is assigned by the Associate Administrator in accordance with this subpart, consists of the division number followed by the compatibility group letter. Compatibility group letters are used to specify the controls for the transportation, and storage related thereto, of explosives and to prevent an increase in hazard that might result if certain types of explosives were stored or transported together. Transportation compatibility requirements for carriers are prescribed in §§ 174.81, 175.78. 176.83 and 177.848 of this subchapter for transportation by rail, air, vessel, and public highway, respectively, and storage incidental thereto.
</P>
<P>(b) Compatibility groups and classification codes for the various types of explosives are set forth in the following tables. Table 1 sets forth compatibility groups and classification codes for substances and articles described in the first column of table 1. Table 2 shows the number of classification codes that are possible within each explosive division. Altogether, there are 35 possible classification codes for explosives.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Classification Codes
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description of substances or article to be classified
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Compatibility group
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Classification code
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Primary explosive substance</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Article containing a primary explosive substance and not containing two or more effective protective features. Some articles, such as detonators for blasting, detonator assemblies for blasting and primers, cap-type, are included, even though they do not contain primary explosives.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B
<br/>1.2B
<br/>1.4B
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Propellant explosive substance or other deflagrating explosive substance or article containing such explosive substance</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C
<br/>1.2C
<br/>1.3C
<br/>1.4C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Secondary detonating explosive substance or black powder or article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance, in each case without means of initiation and without a propelling charge, or article containing a primary explosive substance and containing two or more effective protective features</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D
<br/>1.2D
<br/>1.4D
<br/>1.5D
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance, without means of initiation, with a propelling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquid)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1E
<br/>1.2E
<br/>1.4E
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance with its means of initiation, with a propelling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquid) or without a propelling charge</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F
<br/>1.2F
<br/>1.3F
<br/>1.4F
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pyrotechnic substance or article containing a pyrotechnic substance, or article containing both an explosive substance and an illuminating, incendiary, tear-producing or smoke-producing substance (other than a water-activated article or one containing white phosphorus, phosphide or flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquid)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G
<br/>1.2G
<br/>1.3G
<br/>1.4G
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Article containing both an explosive substance and white phosphorus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">H</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2H
<br/>1.3H
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Article containing both an explosive substance and flammable liquid or gel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">J</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1J
<br/>1.2J
<br/>1.3J
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Article containing both an explosive substance and a toxic chemical agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">K</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2K
<br/>1.3K
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Explosive substance or article containing an explosive substance and presenting a special risk (e.g., due to water-activation or presence of hybergolic liquids, phosphides or pyrophoric substances) needing isolation of each type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1L
<br/>1.2L
<br/>1.3L
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Articles predominantly containing extremely insensitive substances</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6N
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Substance or article so packed or designed that any hazardous effects arising from accidental functioning are limited to the extent that they do not significantly hinder or prohibit fire fighting or other emergency response efforts in the immediate vicinity of the package</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Scheme of Classification of Explosives, Combination of Hazard Division with Compatibility Group
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Hazard division
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="14" scope="col">Compatibility group
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">D
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">E
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">G
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">J
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">K
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">L
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">N
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">S
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A-S
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1J</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2H</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2J</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2K</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3H</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3J</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3K</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4S</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6N</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67492, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 1074, Jan. 7, 2013; 82 FR 15876, Mar. 30, 2017]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.53" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.53   Provisions for using old classifications of explosives.</HEAD>
<P>Where the classification system in effect prior to January 1, 1991, is referenced in State or local laws, ordinances or regulations not pertaining to the transportation of hazardous materials, the following table may be used to compare old and new hazard class names:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Current classification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class name prior to Jan. 1, 1991
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 1.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Class A explosives.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 1.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Class A or Class B explosives.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 1 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Class B explosive.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 1.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Class C explosives.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 1.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Blasting agents.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 1.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No applicable hazard class.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.54" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.54   Forbidden explosives.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise provided in this subchapter, the following explosives shall not be offered for transportation or transported:
</P>
<P>(a) An explosive that has not been approved in accordance with § 173.56 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) An explosive mixture or device containing a chlorate and also containing:
</P>
<P>(1) An ammonium salt, including a substituted ammonium or quaternary ammonium salt; or
</P>
<P>(2) An acidic substance, including a salt of a weak base and a strong acid.
</P>
<P>(c) A leaking or damaged package or article containing an explosive. 
</P>
<P>(d) Propellants that are unstable, condemned or deteriorated.
</P>
<P>(e) Nitroglycerin, diethylene glycol dinitrate, or any other liquid explosives not specifically authorized by this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) A loaded firearm (except as provided in 49 CFR 1544.219).
</P>
<P>(g) Fireworks that combine an explosive and a detonator.
</P>
<P>(h) Fireworks containing yellow or white phosphorus.
</P>
<P>(i) A toy torpedo, the maximum outside dimension of which exceeds 23 mm (0.906 inch), or a toy torpedo containing a mixture of potassium chlorate, black antimony (antimony sulfide), and sulfur, if the weight of the explosive material in the device exceeds 0.26 g (0.01 ounce).
</P>
<P>(j) Explosives specifically forbidden in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(k) Explosives not meeting the acceptance criteria specified in § 173.57 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(l) An explosive article with its means of initiation or ignition installed, unless approved in accordance with § 173.56.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-236, 58 FR 50236, Sept. 24, 1993; 67 FR 61013, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.55" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.55   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.56" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.56   New explosives—definition and procedures for classification and approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition of new explosive.</I> For the purposes of this subchapter a <I>new explosive</I> means an explosive produced by a person who:
</P>
<P>(1) Has not previously produced that explosive; or
</P>
<P>(2) Has previously produced that explosive but has made a change in the formulation, design or process so as to alter any of the properties of the explosive. An explosive will not be considered a “new explosive” if an agency listed in paragraph (b) of this section has determined, and confirmed in writing to the Associate Administrator, that there are no significant differences in hazard characteristics from the explosive previously approved.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examination, classification and approval.</I> Except as provided in §§ 173.64, 173.65, and 173.67, no person may offer a new explosive for transportation unless that person has specified to the examining agency the ranges of composition of ingredients and compounds, showing the intended manufacturing tolerances in the composition of substances or design of articles which will be allowed in that material or device, and unless it has been examined, classed and approved as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Except for an explosive made by or under the direction or supervision of the Department of Defense (DOD) or the Department of Energy (DOE), a new explosive must be examined and assigned a recommended shipping description, division and compatibility group, based on the tests and criteria prescribed in §§ 173.52, 173.57 and 173.58. The person requesting approval of the new explosive must submit to the Associate Administrator a report of the examination and assignment of a recommended shipping description, division, and compatibility group. If the Associate Administrator finds the approval request meets the regulatory criteria, the new explosive will be approved in writing and assigned an EX number. The examination must be performed by a person who is approved by the Associate Administrator under the provisions of subpart H of part 107 of this chapter and who—
</P>
<P>(i) Has (directly, or through an employee involved in the examination) at least ten years of experience in the examination, testing and evaluation of explosives;
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not manufacture or market explosives, and is not controlled by or financially dependent on any entity that manufactures or markets explosives, and whose work with respect to explosives is limited to examination, testing and evaluation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Is a resident of the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) A new explosive made by or under the direction or supervision of a component of the DOD may be examined, classed, and concurred in by:
</P>
<P>(i) U.S. Army Technical Center for Explosives Safety (SMCAC-EST), Naval Sea Systems Command (SEA-9934), or Air Force Safety Agency (SEW), when approved by the Chairman, DOD Explosives Board, in accordance with the DOD Ammunition and Explosives Hazard Classification Procedures (IBR, see § 171.7 of the subchapter); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The agencies and procedures specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A new explosive made by or under the direction or supervision of the Department of Energy (DOE) may be—
</P>
<P>(i) Examined by the DOE in accordance with the DOD Explosives Hazard Classification Procedures, and must be classed and approved by DOE; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Examined, classed, and approved in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) For a material shipped under the description of “ammonium nitrate-fuel oil mixture (ANFO)”, the only test required for classification purposes is the Cap Sensitivity Test—Test Method 5(a) prescribed in the Explosive Test Manual (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria) (IBR, see § 171.7 of the subchapter). The test must be performed by an agency listed in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section, the manufacturer, or the shipper. A copy of the test report must be submitted to the Associate Administrator before the material is offered for transportation, and a copy of the test report must be retained by the shipper for as long as that material is shipped. At a minimum, the test report must contain the name and address of the person or organization conducting the test, date of the test, quantitative description of the mixture, including prill size and porosity, and a description of the test results.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing DOD or DOE approval report.</I> DOD or DOE must file a copy of each approval, accompanied by supporting laboratory data, with the Associate Administrator and receive acknowledgement in writing before offering the new explosive for transportation, unless the new explosive is:
</P>
<P>(1) Being transported under paragraph (d) or (e) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Covered by a national security classification currently in effect.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Transportation of explosive samples for examination.</I> Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section with regard to the transportation of a new explosive that has not been approved, a person may offer a sample of a new explosive for transportation, by railroad, highway, or vessel from the place where it was produced to an agency identified in paragraph (b) of this section, for examination if—
</P>
<P>(1) The new explosive has been assigned a tentative shipping description and class in writing by the testing agency;
</P>
<P>(2) The new explosive is packaged as required by this part according to the tentative description and class assigned, unless otherwise specified in writing by the testing agency; and,
</P>
<P>(3) The package is labeled as required by this subchapter and the following is marked on the package:
</P>
<P>(i) The words “SAMPLE FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION”;
</P>
<P>(ii) The net weight of the new explosive; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The tentative shipping name and identification number.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Transportation of unapproved explosives for developmental testing.</I> Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, the owner of a new explosive that has not been examined or approved may transport that new explosive from the place where it was produced to an explosives testing range if—
</P>
<P>(1) It is not a primary (a 1.1A initiating) explosive or a forbidden explosive according to this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) It is described as a Division 1.1 explosive (substance or article) and is packed, marked, labeled, described on shipping papers and is otherwise offered for transportation in conformance with the requirements of this subchapter applicable to Division 1.1;
</P>
<P>(3) It is transported in a motor vehicle operated by the owner of the explosive; and
</P>
<P>(4) It is accompanied by a person, in addition to the operator of the motor vehicle, who is qualified by training and experience to handle the explosive.
</P>
<P>(f) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section, the Associate Administrator may approve a new explosive on the basis of an approval issued for the explosive by the competent authority of a foreign government, or when examination of the explosive by a person approved by the Associate Administrator is impracticable, on the basis of reports of tests conducted by disinterested third parties, or may approve the transportation of an explosives sample for the purpose of examination by a person approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(g) An explosive may be transported under subparts B or C of part 171 or § 176.11 of this subchapter without the approval of the Associate Administrator as required by paragraph (b) of this section if the Associate Administrator has acknowledged in writing the acceptability of an approval issued by the competent authority of a foreign government pursuant to the provisions of the UN Recommendations, the ICAO Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or other national or international regulations based on the UN Recommendations. In such a case, a copy of the foreign competent authority approval, and a copy of the written acknowledgement of its acceptance must accompany each shipment of that explosive.
</P>
<P>(h) The requirements of this section do not apply to cartridges, small arms which are:
</P>
<P>(1) Not a forbidden explosive under § 173.54 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Ammunition for rifle, pistol, shotgun, or tools;
</P>
<P>(3) Ammunition with inert or tracer projectile, or blank ammunition; and
</P>
<P>(4) Ammunition not exceeding 50 caliber for rifle or pistol cartridges or 8 gauge for shotgun shells.
</P>
<FP>Cartridges, small arms meeting the criteria of this paragraph (h) may be assigned a classification code of 1.4S by the manufacturer.
</FP>
<P>(i) If experience or other data indicate that the hazard of a material or a device containing an explosive composition is greater or less than indicated according to the definition and criteria specified in §§ 173.50, 173.56, and 173.58 of this subchapter, the Associate Administrator may specify a classification or except the material or device from the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(j) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 37461, July 10, 1998; 64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 72 FR 25177, May 3, 2007; 78 FR 1074, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 42477, July 16, 2013; 83 FR 55809, Nov. 7, 2018; 85 FR 75713, Nov. 25, 2020; 91 FR 32903, June 2, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.57" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.57   Acceptance criteria for new explosives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless otherwise excepted, an explosive substance must be subjected to the Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity Test (Test Method 3(a)(i)), the Friction Sensitivity Test (Test Method 3(b)(iii)), the Thermal Stability Test (Test Method 3(c)) at 75 °C (167 °F) and the Small-Scale Burning Test (Test Method 3(d)(i)), each as described in the Explosive Test Manual (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A substance is forbidden for transportation if any one of the following occurs: 
</P>
<P>(1) For a liquid, failure to pass the test criteria when tested in the Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity Test apparatus for liquids;
</P>
<P>(2) For a solid, failure to pass the test criteria when tested in the Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity Test apparatus for solids;
</P>
<P>(3) The substance has a friction sensitiveness equal to or greater than that of dry pentaerythrite tetranitrate (PETN) when tested in the Friction Sensitivity Test;
</P>
<P>(4) The substance fails to pass the test criteria specified in the Thermal Stability Test at 75 °C (167 °F); or
</P>
<P>(5) Explosion occurs when tested in the Small-Scale Burning Test.
</P>
<P>(b) An explosive article, packaged or unpackaged, or a packaged explosive substance must be subjected to the Thermal Stability Test for Articles and Packaged Articles (Test method 4(a)(i)) and the Twelve Meter Drop Test (Test Method 4(b)(ii)), when appropriate, in the Explosive Test Manual. An article or packaged substance is forbidden for transportation if evidence of thermal instability or excessive impact sensitivity is found in those tests according to the criteria and methods of assessing results prescribed therein.
</P>
<P>(c) Dynamite (explosive, blasting, type A) is forbidden for transportation if any of the following occurs:
</P>
<P>(1) It does not have, when uniformly mixed with the absorbent material, a satisfactory antacid in a quantity sufficient to have the acid neutralizing power of an amount of magnesium carbonate equal to one percent of the nitroglycerin or other liquid explosive ingredient;
</P>
<P>(2) During the centrifuge test (Test Method D-2, in appendix D to this part) or the compression test (Test Method D-3 in appendix D to this part), a non-gelatin dynamite loses more than 3 percent by weight of the liquid explosive or a gelatin dynamite loses more than 10 percent by weight of the liquid explosive; or
</P>
<P>(3) During the leakage test (Test Method D-1 in appendix D to this part), there is any loss of liquid.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.58" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.58   Assignment of class and division for new explosives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and 1.4 explosives.</I> In addition to the test prescribed in § 173.57 of this subchapter, a substance or article in these divisions must be subjected to Test Methods 6(a), 6(b), and 6(c), as described in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), for assignment to an appropriate division. The criteria for assignment of class and division are as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Division 1.1 if the major hazard is mass explosion;
</P>
<P>(2) Division 1.2 if the major hazard is dangerous projections;
</P>
<P>(3) Division 1.3 if the major hazard is radiant heat or violent burning, or both, but there is no blast or projection hazard;
</P>
<P>(4) Division 1.4 if there is a small hazard with no mass explosion and no projection of fragments of appreciable size or range;
</P>
<P>(5) Division 1.4 Compatibility Group S (1.4S) if the hazardous effects are confined within the package or the blast and projection effects do not significantly hinder emergency response efforts. The UN Test Type 6(d) is used to determine whether a Division 1.4S classification is appropriate for an item assigned a proper shipping name to which special provision 347 (<I>see</I> § 172.102 of this subchapter) applies; or
</P>
<P>(6) Not in the explosive class if the substance or article does not have significant explosive hazard or if the effects of explosion are completely confined within the article.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Division 1.5 explosive.</I> Except for ANFO, a substance that has been examined in accordance with the provisions § 173.57(a) of this subchapter, must be subjected to the following additional tests: Cap Sensitivity Test, Princess Incendiary Spark Test, DDT Test, and External Fire Test, each as described in the Explosive Test Manual. A material may not be classed as a Division 1.5 explosive if any of the following occurs:
</P>
<P>(1) Detonation occurs in the Cap Sensitivity Test (Test Method 5(a));
</P>
<P>(2) Detonation occurs in the DDT Test (Test Method 5(b)(ii));
</P>
<P>(3) An explosion, evidenced by a loud noise and projection of fragments, occurs in the External Fire Test (Test Method 5(c), or
</P>
<P>(4) Ignition or explosion occurs in the Princess Incendiary Spark Test (Test Method 5(d)).
</P>
<P>(c) Division 1.6 explosive. (1) In order to be classed as a 1.6 explosive, an article must pass all of the following tests, as prescribed in the Explosive Test Manual:
</P>
<P>(i) The 1.6 Article External Fire Test;
</P>
<P>(ii) The 1.6 Article Slow Cook-off Test;
</P>
<P>(iii) The 1.6 Article Propagation Test; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The 1.6 Article Bullet Impact Test.
</P>
<P>(2) A substance intended for use as the explosive load in an article of Division 1.6 must be an extremely insensitive detonating substance (EIDS). In order to determine if a substance is an EIDS, it must be subjected to the tests in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(x) of this section, which are described in the Explosive Test Manual. The substance must be tested in the form (i.e., composition, granulation, density, etc.) in which it is to be used in the article. A substance is not an EIDS if it fails any of the following tests:
</P>
<P>(i) The Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity Test;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Friction Sensitivity Test;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Thermal Sensitivity Test at 75 °C (167 °F);
</P>
<P>(iv) The Small Scale Burning Test;
</P>
<P>(v) The EIDS Cap Test;
</P>
<P>(vi) The EIDS Gap Test;
</P>
<P>(vii) The Susan Test;
</P>
<P>(viii) The EIDS Bullet Impact Test;
</P>
<P>(ix) The EIDS External Fire Test; and
</P>
<P>(x) The EIDS Slow Cook-off Test.
</P>
<P>(d) The Associate Administrator may waive or modify certain test(s) identified in §§ 173.57 and 173.58 of this subchapter, or require additional testing, if appropriate. In addition, the Associate Administrator may limit the quantity of explosive in a device.
</P>
<P>(e) Each explosive is assigned a compatibility group letter by the Associate Administrator based on the criteria prescribed in § 173.52(b) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.59" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.59   Description of terms for explosives.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose of this subchapter, a description of the following terms is provided for information only. They must not be used for purposes of classification or to replace proper shipping names prescribed in § 172.101 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Ammonium-nitrate—fuel oil mixture (ANFO).</I> A blasting explosive containing no essential ingredients other than prilled ammonium nitrate and fuel oil.
</P>
<P><I>Ammunition.</I> Generic term related mainly to articles of military application consisting of all types of bombs, grenades, rockets, mines, projectiles and other similar devices or contrivances.
</P>
<P><I>Ammunition, illuminating, with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge.</I> Ammunition designed to produce a single source of intense light for lighting up an area. The term includes illuminating cartridges, grenades and projectiles, and illuminating and target identification bombs. The term excludes the following articles which are listed separately: <I>cartridges, signal; signal devices; hand signals; distress flares, aerial</I> and <I>flares, surface.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Ammunition, incendiary.</I> Ammunition containing an incendiary substance which may be a solid, liquid or gel including white phosphorus. Except when the composition is an explosive <I>per se,</I> it also contains one or more of the following: a propelling charge with primer and igniter charge, or a fuze with burster or expelling charge. The term includes: <I>Ammunition, incendiary,</I> liquid or gel, with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge; <I>Ammunition, incendiary</I> with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge; and <I>Ammunition, incendiary, white phosphorus,</I> with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge.
</P>
<P><I>Ammunition, practice.</I> Ammunition without a main bursting charge, containing a burster or expelling charge. Normally it also contains a fuze and propelling charge. The term excludes the following article which is listed separately: <I>Grenades, practice.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Ammunition, proof.</I> Ammunition containing pyrotechnic substance, used to test the performance or strength of new ammunition, weapon component or assemblies.
</P>
<P><I>Ammunition, smoke.</I> Ammunition containing a smoke-producing substance such as chlorosulphonic acid mixture (CSAM), titanium tetrachloride (FM), white phosphorus, or smoke-producing substance whose composition is based on hexachlorothannol (HC) or red phosphorus. Except when the substance is an explosive <I>per se,</I> the ammunition also contains one or more of the following: a propelling charge with primer and igniter charge, or a fuze with burster or expelling charge. The term includes: <I>Ammunition, smoke,</I> with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge; <I>Ammunition, smoke, white phosphorus</I> with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge.
</P>
<P><I>Ammunition, tear-producing with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge.</I> Ammunition containing tear-producing substance. It may also contain one or more of the following: a pyrotechnic substance, a propelling charge with primer and igniter charge, or a fuze with burster or expelling charge.
</P>
<P><I>Ammunition, toxic.</I> Ammunition containing toxic agent. It may also contain one or more of the following: a pyrotechnic substance, a propelling charge with primer and igniter charge, or a fuze with burster or expelling charge.
</P>
<P><I>Articles, explosive, extremely insensitive (Articles, EEI).</I> Articles that contain only extremely insensitive substances and which demonstrate a negligible probability of accidental initiation or propagation under normal conditions of transport and which have passed Test Series 7.
</P>
<P><I>Articles, pyrophoric.</I> Articles which contain a pyrophoric substance (capable of spontaneous ignition when exposed to air) and an explosive substance or component. The term excludes articles containing white phosphorus.
</P>
<P><I>Articles, pyrotechnic for technical purposes.</I> Articles which contain pyrotechnic substances and are used for technical purposes, such as heat generation, gas generation, theatrical effects, etc. The term excludes the following articles which are listed separately: all ammunition; <I>cartridges, signal; cutters, cable, explosive; fireworks; flares, aerial; flares, surface; release devices, explosives; rivets, explosive; signal devices, hand; signals, distress; signals, railway track, explosive</I>; and <I>signals, smoke.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Auxiliary explosive component, isolated.</I> A small device that explosively performs an operation related to the article's functioning, other than its main explosive loads' performance. Functioning of the component does not cause any reaction of the main explosive loads contained within the article.
</P>
<P><I>Black powder (gunpowder).</I> Substance consisting of an intimate mixture of charcoal or other carbon and either potassium or sodium nitrate, and sulphur. It may be meal, granular, compressed, or pelletized.
</P>
<P><I>Bombs.</I> Explosive articles which are dropped from aircraft. They may contain a flammable liquid with bursting charge, a photo-flash composition or bursting charge. The term excludes <I>torpedoes</I> (aerial) and includes <I>bombs, photo-flash; bombs</I> with bursting charge; <I>bombs with flammable liquids,</I> with bursting charge.
</P>
<P><I>Boosters.</I> Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive without means of initiation. They are used to increase the initiating power of detonators or detonating cord.
</P>
<P><I>Bursters, explosive.</I> Articles consisting of a small charge of explosive to open projectiles or other ammunition in order to disperse their contents.
</P>
<P><I>Cartridges, blank.</I> Articles that consist of a cartridge case with a center or rim fire primer and a confined charge of smokeless or black powder, but no projectile. Used in training, saluting, or in starter pistols, tools, etc.
</P>
<P><I>Cartridges, flash.</I> Articles consisting of a casing, a primer and flash powder, all assembled in one piece for firing.
</P>
<P><I>Cartridges for weapons.</I> (1) Fixed (assembled) or semi-fixed (partially assembled) ammunition designed to be fired from weapons. Each cartridge includes all the components necessary to function the weapon once. The name and description should be used for military small arms cartridges that cannot be described as cartridges, small arms. Separate loading ammunition is included under this name and description when the propelling charge and projectile are packed together (see also Cartridges, blank).
</P>
<P>(2) Incendiary, smoke, toxic, and tear-producing cartridges are described under <I>ammunition, incendiary,</I> etc.
</P>
<P><I>Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile.</I> Ammunition consisting of a casing with propelling charge and a solid or empty projectile.
</P>
<P><I>Cartridges, oil well.</I> Articles consisting of a casing of thin fiber, metal or other material containing only propellant explosive. The term excludes charges, shaped, commercial.
</P>
<P><I>Cartridges, power device.</I> Articles designed to accomplish mechanical actions. They consist of a casing with a charge of deflagrating explosive and a means of ignition. The gaseous products of the deflagration produce inflation, linear or rotary motion; activate diaphragms, valves or switches, or project fastening devices or extinguishing agents.
</P>
<P><I>Cartridges, signal.</I> Articles designed to fire colored flares or other signals from signal pistols or devices.
</P>
<P><I>Cartridges, small arms.</I> Ammunition consisting of a cartridge case fitted with a center or rim fire primer and containing both a propelling charge and solid projectile(s). They are designed to be fired in weapons of caliber not larger than 19.1 mm. Shotgun cartridges of any caliber are included in this description. The term excludes: Cartridges, small arms, blank, and some military small arms cartridges listed under <I>Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Cases, cartridge, empty with primer.</I> Articles consisting of a cartridge case made from metal, plastics or other non-flammable materials, in which only the explosive component is the primer.
</P>
<P><I>Cases, combustible, empty, without primer.</I> Articles consisting of cartridge cases made partly or entirely from nitrocellulose.
</P>
<P><I>Charges, bursting.</I> Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive such as hexolite, octolite, or plastics-bonded explosive designed to produce effect by blast or fragmentation.
</P>
<P><I>Charges, demolition.</I> Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive in a casing of fiberboard, plastics, metal or other material. The term excludes articles identified as bombs, mines, etc.
</P>
<P><I>Charges, depth.</I> Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive contained in a drum or projectile. They are designed to detonate under water.
</P>
<P><I>Charges, expelling.</I> A charge of deflagrating explosive designed to eject the payload from the parent article without damage.
</P>
<P><I>Charges, explosive, without detonator.</I> Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive without means of initiation, used for explosive welding, joining, forming, and other processes.
</P>
<P><I>Charges, propelling.</I> Articles consisting of propellant charge in any physical form, with or without a casing, for use in cannon or for reducing drag for projectiles or as a component of rocket motors.
</P>
<P><I>Charges, propelling for cannon.</I> Articles consisting of a propellant charge in any physical form, with or without a casing, for use in a cannon.
</P>
<P><I>Charges, shaped, without detonator.</I> Articles consisting of a casing containing a charge of detonating explosive with a cavity lined with rigid material, without means of initiation. They are designed to produce a powerful, penetrating jet effect.
</P>
<P><I>Charges, shaped, flexible, linear.</I> Articles consisting of a V-shaped core of a detonating explosive clad by a flexible metal sheath.
</P>
<P><I>Charges, supplementary, explosive.</I> Articles consisting of a small removable booster used in the cavity of a projectile between the fuze and the bursting charge.
</P>
<P><I>Components, explosive train, n.o.s.</I> Articles containing an explosive designed to transmit a detonation or deflagration within an explosive train.
</P>
<P><I>Consumer firework.</I> Any finished firework device that is in a form intended for use by the public that complies with any limits and requirements of the APA Standard 87-1A (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and the construction, performance, chemical composition, and labeling requirements codified by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission in 16 CFR parts 1500 and 1507. A consumer firework does not include firework devices, kits or components banned by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission in 16 CFR 1500.17(a)(8).
</P>
<P><I>Contrivance, water-activated with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge.</I> Articles whose functioning depends of physico-chemical reaction of their contents with water.
</P>
<P><I>Cord, detonating, flexible.</I> Articles consisting of a core of detonating explosive enclosed in spun fabric with plastics or other covering.
</P>
<P><I>Cord (fuse) detonating, metal clad.</I> Articles consisting of a core of detonating explosive clad by a soft metal tube with or without protective covering. When the core contains a sufficiently small quantity of explosive, the words “mild effect” are added.
</P>
<P><I>Cord igniter.</I> Articles consisting of textile yarns covered with black powder or another fast-burning pyrotechnic composition and a flexible protective covering, or consisting of a core of black powder surrounded by a flexible woven fabric. It burns progressively along its length with an external flame and is used to transmit ignition from a device to a charge or primer.
</P>
<P><I>Cutters, cable, explosive.</I> Articles consisting of a knife-edged device which is driven by a small charge of deflagrating explosive into an anvil.
</P>
<P><I>Detonator assemblies, non-electric, for blasting.</I> Non-electric detonators assembled with and activated by such means as safety fuse, shock tube, flash tube, or detonating cord. They may be of instantaneous design or incorporate delay elements. Detonating relays incorporating detonating cord are included. Other detonating relays are included in Detonators, nonelectric.
</P>
<P><I>Detonators.</I> Articles consisting of a small metal or plastic tube containing explosives such as lead azide, PETN, or combinations of explosives. They are designed to start a detonation train. They may be constructed to detonate instantaneously or may contain a delay element. They may contain no more than 10 g of total explosives weight, excluding ignition and delay charges, per unit. The term includes: detonators for ammunition; detonators for blasting (electric, electronic, and non-electric); and detonating relays without flexible detonating cord.
</P>
<P><I>Detonators, electronic programmable for blasting.</I> Detonators using electronic components, such as an integrated circuit and/or micro processing technology to provide communications, energy control and storage capability, timing delay information, and validated commands to send a firing signal to the initiating charge.
</P>
<P><I>Dynamite.</I> A detonating explosive containing a liquid explosive ingredient (generally nitroglycerin, similar organic nitrate esters, or both) that is uniformly mixed with an absorbent material, such as wood pulp, and usually contains materials such as nitrocellulose, sodium and ammonium nitrate.
</P>
<P><I>Entire load and total contents.</I> The phrase means such a substantial portion of the material explodes that the practical hazard should be assessed by assuming simultaneous explosion of the whole of the explosive content of the load or package.
</P>
<P><I>Explode.</I> The term indicates those explosive effects capable of endangering life and property through blast, heat, and projection of missiles. It encompasses both deflagration and detonation.
</P>
<P><I>Explosion of the total contents.</I> The phrase is used in testing a single article or package or a small stack of articles or packages.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive, blasting.</I> Detonating explosive substances used in mining, construction, and similar tasks. Blasting explosives are assigned to one of five types. In addition to the ingredients listed below for each type, blasting explosives may also contain inert components, such as kieselguhr, and other minor ingredients, such as coloring agents and stabilizers.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive, blasting, type A.</I> Substances consisting of liquid organic nitrates, such as nitroglycerin, or a mixture of such ingredients with one or more of the following: nitrocellulose, ammonium nitrate or other inorganic nitrates, aromatic nitro-derivatives, or combustible materials, such as wood-meal and aluminum powder. Such explosives must be in powdery, gelatinous, plastic or elastic form. The term includes dynamite, blasting gelatine and gelatine dynamites.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive, blasting, type B.</I> Substances consisting of a mixture of ammonium nitrate or other inorganic nitrates with an explosive, such as trinitrotoluene, with or without other substances, such as wood-meal or aluminum powder, or a mixture of ammonium nitrate or other inorganic nitrates with other combustible substances which are not explosive ingredients. Such explosives may not contain nitroglycerin, similar liquid organic nitrates, or chlorates.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive, blasting, type C.</I> Substances consisting of a mixture of either potassium or sodium chlorate or potassium, sodium or ammonium perchlorate with organic nitro-derivatives or combustible materials, such as wood-meal or aluminum powder, or a hydrocarbon. Such explosives must not contain nitroglycerin or any similar liquid organic nitrate.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive, blasting, type D.</I> Substances consisting of a mixture of organic nitrate compounds and combustible materials, such as hydrocarbons and aluminum powder. Such explosives must not contain nitroglycerin, any similar liquid organic nitrate, chlorate or ammonium-nitrate. The term generally includes plastic explosives.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive, blasting, type E.</I> Substances consisting of water as an essential ingredient and high proportions of ammonium nitrate or other oxidizer, some or all of which are in solution. The other constituents may include nitro-derivatives, such as trinitrotoluene, hydrocarbons or aluminum powder. The term includes: explosives, emulsion; explosives, slurry; and explosives, watergel.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive, deflagrating.</I> A substance, e.g., propellant, which reacts by deflagration rather than detonation when ignited and used in its normal manner.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive, detonating.</I> A substance which reacts by detonation rather than deflagration when initiated and used in its normal manner.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive, extremely insensitive substance (EIS).</I> A substance that has demonstrated through tests that it is so insensitive that there is very little probability of accidental initiation.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive, primary.</I> Explosive substance which is manufactured with a view to producing a practical effect by explosion, is very sensitive to heat, impact, or friction, and even in very small quantities, detonates. The major primary explosives are mercury fulminate, lead azide, and lead styphnate.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive, secondary.</I> An explosive substance which is relatively insensitive (when compared to primary explosives) and is usually initiated by primary explosives with or without the aid of boosters or supplementary charges. Such an explosive may react as a deflagrating or as a detonating explosive.
</P>
<P><I>Fireworks.</I> Pyrotechnic articles designed for entertainment.
</P>
<P><I>Flares.</I> Articles containing pyrotechnic substances which are designed to illuminate, identify, signal, or warn. The term includes: flares, aerial and flares, surface.
</P>
<P><I>Flash powder.</I> Pyrotechnic substance which, when ignited, produces an intense light.
</P>
<P><I>Fracturing devices, explosive, for oil wells, without detonators.</I> Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive contained in a casing without the means of initiation. They are used to fracture the rock around a drill shaft to assist the flow of crude oil from the rock.
</P>
<P><I>Fuse/Fuze.</I> Although these two words have a common origin (French fusee, fusil) and are sometimes considered to be different spellings, it is useful to maintain the convention that fuse refers to a cord-like igniting device, whereas fuze refers to a device used in ammunition which incorporates mechanical, electrical, chemical, or hydrostatic components to initiate a train by deflagration or detonation.
</P>
<P><I>Fuse, igniter.</I> Articles consisting of a metal tube with a core of deflagrating explosives.
</P>
<P><I>Fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating (Quickmatch).</I> Article consisting of cotton yarns impregnated with fine black powder. It burns with an external flame and is used in ignition trains for fireworks, etc.
</P>
<P><I>Fuse, safety.</I> Article consisting of a core of fine-grained black powder surrounded by a flexible woven fabric with one or more protective outer coverings. When ignited, it burns at a predetermined rate without any explosive effect.
</P>
<P><I>Fuzes.</I> Articles designed to start a detonation or deflagration in ammunition. They incorporate mechanical, electrical, chemical, or hydrostatic components and generally protective features. The term includes: Fuzes, detonating; fuzes detonating with protective features; and fuzes igniting.
</P>
<P><I>Grenades,</I> hand or rifle. Articles which are designed to be thrown by hand or to be projected by rifle. The term includes: grenades, hand or rifle, with bursting charge; and grenades, practice, hand or rifle. The term excludes: grenades, smoke.
</P>
<P><I>Igniters.</I> Articles containing one or more explosive substance used to start deflagration of an explosive train. They may be actuated chemically, electrically, or mechanically. The term excludes: cord, igniter; fuse, igniter; fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating; fuze, igniting; lighters, fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating; fuzes, igniting; lighters, fuse; primers, cap type; and primers, tubular.
</P>
<P><I>Ignition, means of.</I> A general term used in connection with the method employed to ignite a deflagrating train of explosive or pyrotechnic substances (for example: a primer for propelling charge, an igniter for a rocket motor or an igniting fuze).
</P>
<P><I>Initiation, means of.</I> (1) A device intended to cause the detonation of an explosive (for example: detonator, detonator for ammunition, or detonating fuze).
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>with its own means of initiation</I> means that the contrivance has its normal initiating device assembled to it and this device is considered to present a significant risk during transport but not one great enough to be unacceptable. The term does not apply, however, to a contrivance packed together with its means of initiation, provided the device is packaged so as to eliminate the risk of causing detonation of the contrivance in the event of functioning of the initiating device. The initiating device can even be assembled in the contrivance provided there are protective features ensuring that the device is very unlikely to cause detonation of the contrivance under conditions which are associated with transport.
</P>
<P>(3) For the purposes of classification, any means of initiation without two effective protective features should be regarded as Compatibility Group B; an article with its own means of initiation, without two effective protective features, is Compatibility Group F. A means of initiation which itself possesses two effective protective features is Compatibility Group D, and an article with its own means of initiation which possesses two effective features is Compatibility Group D or E. A means of initiation, adjudged as having two effective protective features, must be approved by the Associate Administrator. A common and effective way of achieving the necessary degree of protection is to use a means of initiation which incorporates two or more independent safety features.
</P>
<P><I>Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well, without detonator.</I> Articles consisting of a steel tube or metallic strip, into which are inserted shaped charges connected by detonating cord, without means of initiation.
</P>
<P><I>Lighters, fuse.</I> Articles of various design actuated by friction, percussion, or electricity and used to ignite safety fuse.
</P>
<P><I>Low hazard fireworks.</I> Pyrotechnic articles of certain chemical composition, design, and packaging that are not designed to leave ground level, contain no aerial components, present a Division 1.4G hazard during transportation, and comply with any limits and requirements found therein, as listed in § 173.64. Low hazard fireworks include ground and novelty devices.


</P>
<P><I>Mass explosion.</I> Explosion which affects almost the entire load virtually instantaneously.
</P>
<P><I>Mines.</I> Articles consisting normally of metal or composition receptacles and bursting charge. They are designed to be operated by the passage of ships, vehicles, or personnel. The term includes Bangalore torpedoes.
</P>
<P><I>Phlegmatized.</I> The term means that a substance (or “phlegmatizer”) has been added to an explosive to enhance its safety in handling and transport. The phlegmatizer renders the explosive insensitive, or less sensitive, to the following actions: heat, shock, impact, percussion or friction. Typical phlegmatizing agents include, but are not limited to: wax, paper, water, polymers (such as chlorofluoropolymers), alcohol and oils (such as petroleum jelly and paraffin).
</P>
<P><I>Powder cake (powder paste).</I> Substance consisting of nitrocellulose impregnated with not more than 60 percent of nitroglycerin or other liquid organic nitrates or a mixture of these.
</P>
<P><I>Powder, smokeless.</I> Substance based on nitrocellulose used as propellant. The term includes propellants with a single base (nitrocellulose (NC) alone), those with a double base (such as NC and nitroglycerin (NG)) and those with a triple base (such as NC/NG/nitroguanidine). Cast pressed or bag-charges of smokeless powder are listed under <I>charges, propelling</I> and <I>charges, propelling for cannon.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Primers, cap type.</I> Articles consisting of a metal or plastic cap containing a small amount of primary explosive mixture that is readily ignited by impact. They serve as igniting elements in small arms cartridges and in percussion primers for propelling charges.
</P>
<P><I>Primers, tubular.</I> Articles consisting of a primer for ignition and an auxiliary charge of deflagrating explosive, such as black powder, used to ignite the propelling charge in a cartridge case for cannon, etc.
</P>
<P><I>Projectiles.</I> Articles, such as a shell or bullet, which are projected from a cannon or other artillery gun, rifle, or other small arm. They may be inert, with or without tracer, or may contain a burster, expelling charge or bursting charge. The term includes: projectiles, inert, with tracer; projectiles, with burster or expelling charge; and projectiles, with bursting charge.
</P>
<P><I>Propellant, liquid.</I> Substances consisting of a deflagrating liquid explosive, used for propulsion.
</P>
<P><I>Propellant, solid.</I> Substances consisting of a deflagrating solid explosive, used for propulsion.
</P>
<P><I>Propellants.</I> Deflagrating explosives used for propulsion or for reducing the drag of projectiles.
</P>
<P><I>Release devices, explosive.</I> Articles consisting of a small charge of explosive with means of initiation. They sever rods or links to release equipment quickly.
</P>
<P><I>Rocket motors.</I> Articles consisting of a solid, liquid, or hypergolic propellant contained in a cylinder fitted with one or more nozzles. They are designed to propel a rocket or guided missile. The term includes: rocket motors; rocket motors with hypergolic liquids with or without an expelling charge; and rocket motors, liquid fuelled.
</P>
<P><I>Rockets.</I> Articles containing a rocket motor and a payload which may be an explosive warhead or other device. The term includes: guided missiles; rockets, line-throwing; rockets, liquid fuelled, with bursting charge; rockets, with bursting charge; rockets, with expelling charge; and rockets, with inert head.
</P>
<P><I>Signals.</I> Articles consisting of pyrotechnic substances designed to produce signals by means of sound, flame, or smoke or any combination thereof. The term includes: signal devices, hand; signals, distress ship; signals, railway track, explosive; signals, smoke.
</P>
<P><I>Sounding devices, explosive.</I> Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive. They are dropped from ships and function when they reach a predetermined depth or the sea bed.
</P>
<P><I>Substance, explosive, very insensitive (Substance, EVI) N.O.S.</I> Substances which present a mass explosive hazard but which are so insensitive that there is very little probability of initiation, or of transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions of transport and which have passed test series 5.
</P>
<P><I>Torpedoes.</I> Articles containing an explosive or non-explosive propulsion system and designed to be propelled through water. They may contain an inert head or warhead. The term includes: torpedoes, liquid fuelled, with inert head; torpedoes, liquid fuelled, with or without bursting charge; and torpedoes, with bursting charge.
</P>
<P><I>Tracers for ammunition.</I> Sealed articles containing pyrotechnic substances, designed to reveal the trajectory of a projectile.
</P>
<P><I>Warheads.</I> Articles containing detonating explosives, designed to be fitted to a rocket, guided missile, or torpedo. They may contain a burster or expelling charge or bursting charge. The term includes: warhead rocket with bursting charge; and warheads, torpedo, with bursting charge.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67492, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1074, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 42477, July 16, 2013; 85 FR 75713, Nov. 25, 2020; 87 FR 44992, July 26, 2022; 91 FR 32903, June 2, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.60" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.60   General packaging requirements for explosives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless otherwise provided in this subpart and in § 173.7(a), packaging used for Class 1 (explosives) materials must meet Packing Group II requirements. Each packaging used for an explosive must be capable of meeting the test requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter, at the specified level of performance, and the applicable general packaging requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The general requirements for packaging of explosives are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Nails, staples, and other closure devices, made of metal, having no protective covering may not penetrate to the inside of the outer packaging unless the inner packaging adequately protects the explosive against contact with the metal.
</P>
<P>(2) The closure device of containers for liquid explosives must provide double protection against leakage, such as a screw cap secured in place with tape.
</P>
<P>(3) Inner packagings, fittings, and cushioning materials, and the placing of explosive substances or articles in packages, must be such that the explosive substance is prevented from becoming loose in the outer packaging during transportation. Metallic components of articles must be prevented from making contact with metal packagings. Articles containing explosive substances not enclosed in an outer casing must be separated from each other in order to prevent friction and impact. Padding, trays, partitioning in the inner or outer packaging, molded plastics or receptacles may be used for this purpose.
</P>
<P>(4) When the packaging includes water that could freeze during transportation, a sufficient amount of anti-freeze, such as denatured ethyl alcohol, must be added to the water to prevent freezing. If the anti-freeze creates a fire hazard, it may not be used. When a percentage of water in the substance is specified, the combined weight of water and anti-freeze may be substituted.
</P>
<P>(5) If an article is fitted with its own means of ignition or initiation, it must be effectively protected from accidental actuation during normal conditions of transportation.
</P>
<P>(6) The entry of explosive substances into the recesses of double-seamed metal packagings must be prevented.
</P>
<P>(7) The closure device of a metal drum must include a suitable gasket; if the closure device includes metal-to-metal screw-threads, the ingress of explosive substances into the threading must be prevented.
</P>
<P>(8) Whenever loose explosive substances or the explosive substance of an uncased or partly cased article may come into contact with the inner surface of metal packagings (1A2, 1B2, 4A, 4B and metal receptacles), the metal packaging should be provided with an inner liner or coating.
</P>
<P>(9) Packagings must be made of materials compatible with, and impermeable to, the explosives contained in the package, so that neither interaction between the explosives and the packaging materials, nor leakage, causes the explosive to become unsafe in transportation, or the hazard division or compatibility group to change (<I>see</I> § 173.24(e)(2)).
</P>
<P>(10) An explosive article containing an electrical means of initiation that is sensitive to external electromagnetic radiation, must have its means of initiation effectively protected from electromagnetic radiation sources (for example, radar or radio transmitters) through either design of the packaging or of the article, or both.
</P>
<P>(11) Plastic packagings may not be able to generate or accumulate sufficient static electricity to cause the packaged explosive substances or articles to initiate, ignite or inadvertently function. Metal packagings must be compatible with the explosive substance they contain.
</P>
<P>(12) Explosive substances may not be packed in inner or outer packagings where the differences in internal and external pressures, due to thermal or other effects, could cause an explosion or rupture of the package.
</P>
<P>(13) Packagings for water soluble substances must be water resistant. Packagings for desensitized or phlegmatized substances must be closed to prevent changes in concentration during transport. When containing less alcohol, water, or phlegmatizer than specified in its proper shipping description, the substance is a “forbidden” material.
</P>
<P>(14) Large and robust explosives articles, normally intended for military use, without their means of initiation or with their means of initiation containing at least two effective protective features, may be carried unpackaged provided that a negative result was obtained in Test Series 4 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria on an unpackaged article. When such articles have propelling charges or are self-propelled, their ignition systems must be protected against conditions encountered during normal transportation. Such unpackaged articles may be fixed to cradles or contained in crates or other suitable handling, storage or launching devices in such a way that they will not become loose during normal conditions of transport and are in accordance with DOD-approved procedures. When such large explosive articles, as part of their operational safety and suitability tests, are subjected to testing that meets the intentions of Test Series 4 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria with successful test results, they may be offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements prescribed in (b)(14) above subject to approval by the Associate Administrator. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-260, 62 FR 24719, May 6, 1997, as amended at 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 76 FR 43529, July 20, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.61" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.61   Mixed packaging requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An explosive may not be packed in the same outside packaging with any other material that could, under normal conditions of transportation, adversely affect the explosive or its packaging unless packaged by DOD or DOE in accordance with § 173.7(a).
</P>
<P>(b) Hardware necessary for assembly of explosive articles at the point-of-use may be packed in the same outside packaging with the explosive articles. The hardware must be securely packed in a separate inside packaging. Sufficient cushioning materials must be used to ensure that all inside packagings are securely packed in the outside packaging.
</P>
<P>(c) The following explosives may not be packed together with other Class 1 explosives: UN 0029, UN 0030, UN 0073, UN 0106, UN 0107, UN 0255, UN 0257, UN 0267, UN 0350, UN 0360, UN 0361, UN 0364, UN 0365, UN 0366, UN 0367, UN 0408, UN 0409, UN 0410, UN 0455, UN 0456, and UN 0500. These explosives may be mix-packed with each other in accordance with the compatibility requirements prescribed in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Division 1.1 and 1.2 explosives may not be packed with the following explosives: UN 0333, UN 0334, UN 0335, UN 0336, and UN 0337.
</P>
<P>(e) Except as prescribed in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, different explosives may be packed in one outside packaging in accordance with the following compatibility requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Explosives of the same compatibility group and same division number may be packed together.
</P>
<P>(2) Explosives of the same compatibility group or authorized combination of compatibility group but different division number may be packed together, provided that the whole package is treated as though its entire contents were comprised of the lower division number. For example, a mixed package of Division 1.2 explosives and Division 1.4 explosives, compatibility group D, must be treated as 1.2D explosives. However, when 1.5D explosives are packed together with 1.2D explosives, the whole package must be treated as 1.1D explosives.
</P>
<P>(3) Explosives of compatibility group S may be packaged together with explosives of any other compatibility group except A or L, and the combined package may be treated as belonging to any of the packaged compatibility groups except S.
</P>
<P>(4) Explosives of compatibility group L shall only be packed with an identical explosive.
</P>
<P>(5) Explosives articles of compatibility groups C, D, or E may be packed together and the entire package shall be treated as belonging to compatibility group E.
</P>
<P>(6) Explosives articles of compatibility groups C, D, E, or N may be packed together and the entire package shall be treated as belonging to compatibility group D.
</P>
<P>(7) Explosives substances of compatibility groups C and D may be packaged together and the entire package shall be treated as belonging to compatibility group D.
</P>
<P>(8) Explosive articles of compatibility group G, except for fireworks and articles requiring special packaging, may be packaged together with explosive articles of compatibility groups C, D or E and the combined package shall be treated as belonging to compatibility group E.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33429, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.62" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.62   Specific packaging requirements for explosives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 173.7 of this subchapter, when the § 172.101 Table specifies that an explosive must be packaged in accordance with this section, only packagings which conform to the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section or § 173.7(e) of this subchapter and the applicable requirements in §§ 173.60 and 173.61 may be used unless otherwise approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Explosives Table.</I> The Explosives Table specifies the Packing Instructions assigned to each explosive. Explosives are identified in the first column in numerical sequence by their identification number (ID #), which is listed in column 4 of the § 172.101 table, of this subchapter. The second column of the Explosives Table specifies the Packing Instruction (PI) which must be used for packaging the explosive. The Explosives Packing Method Table in paragraph (c) of this section defines the methods of packaging. The Packing Instructions are identified using a 3 digit designation. The Packing Instruction prefixed by the letters “US” is particular to the United States and not found in applicable international regulations.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>): Explosives Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ID#
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">PI
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0005</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0006</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0007</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0009</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0012</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0014</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0015</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0016</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0018</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0019</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0020</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0021</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0027</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">113
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0028</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">113
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0029</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">131
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0030</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">131
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0033</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0034</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0035</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0037</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0038</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0039</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0042</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">132
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0043</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0044</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0048</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0049</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0050</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0054</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0055</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">136
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0056</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0059</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0060</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">132
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0065</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">139
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0066</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">140
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0070</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0072</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(a)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0073</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0074</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110(a) or 110(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0075</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">115
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0076</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0077</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(a) or 114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0078</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0079</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0081</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">116
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0082</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">116 or 117
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0083</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">116
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0084</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">116
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0092</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0093</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0094</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">113
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0099</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">140
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">139
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">140
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">139
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">140
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110(a) or 110(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110(a) or 110(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0118</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0121</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0124</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">US1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0129</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110(a) or 110(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0130</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110(a) or 110(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0131</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0132</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0133</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(a)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0135</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110(a) or 110(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0136</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0137</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0138</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0143</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">115
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0144</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">115
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0146</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0147</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(a) or 112(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0159</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">111
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0160</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0161</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0167</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0168</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0169</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0171</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0174</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0180</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0182</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0183</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0186</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0190</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0191</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0194</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0195</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0196</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0197</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0204</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0207</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0208</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0209</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0215</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0216</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0217</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0218</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0219</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0220</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0221</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0222</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b), 112(c) or 117
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0224</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110(a) or 110(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0225</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(a)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0234</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(a) or 114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0235</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(a) or 114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(a) or 114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0237</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0238</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0241</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">116 or 117
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0242</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0243</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0244</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0245</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0246</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0247</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0248</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">144
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0249</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">144
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0254</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0255</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">131
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0257</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0266</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0267</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">131
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0268</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0271</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">143
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0272</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">143
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0275</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0276</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0277</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0278</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0279</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0280</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0281</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0282</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0283</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">132
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0284</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0285</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0286</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0287</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0288</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0289</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">139
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0290</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">139
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0291</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0292</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0293</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0294</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0295</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0296</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0297</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0299</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0300</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0301</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0303</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">113
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0312</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0313</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0314</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0315</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0317</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0318</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0319</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0321</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0322</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0323</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0324</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0325</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0326</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0327</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0328</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0329</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0330</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">116 or 117
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0332</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">116 or 117
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0333</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0334</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0335</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0336</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0337</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0339</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0340</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(a) or 112(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0341</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0342</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(a)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0343</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">111
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0344</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0345</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0346</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0347</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0348</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0349</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0351</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0352</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0353</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0354</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0355</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0356</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0357</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0358</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0359</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0360</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">131
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0361</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">131
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0362</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0363</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0364</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0365</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0366</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0367</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0368</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0369</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0370</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0371</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0372</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0373</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0374</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0375</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0376</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0377</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0378</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0379</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">136
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0380</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0381</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0382</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0383</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0384</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0385</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0386</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0387</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0388</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0389</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0390</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0391</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(a)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0392</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0393</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0394</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(a)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0395</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0396</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0397</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0398</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0399</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0400</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0401</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0402</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0403</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0404</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0405</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0406</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0407</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0408</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0409</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0410</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0411</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0412</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0413</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0414</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0415</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">143
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0417</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0418</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0419</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0420</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0421</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0424</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0425</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0426</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0427</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0428</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0429</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0430</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0431</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0432</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0433</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">111
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0434</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0435</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0436</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0437</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0438</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0439</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0440</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0441</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0442</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0443</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0444</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0445</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0446</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">136
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0447</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">136
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0448</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0449</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0450</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0451</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0452</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">141
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0453</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0454</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">142
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0455</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">131
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0456</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">131
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0457</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0458</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0459</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0460</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0461</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0462</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0463</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0464</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0465</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0466</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0467</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0468</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0469</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0470</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0471</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0472</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0473</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0474</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0475</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0476</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0477</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0478</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0479</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0480</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0481</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0482</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0483</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0484</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0485</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0486</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0487</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0488</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0489</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0490</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0491</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">143
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0492</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0493</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0494</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">US1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0495</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">115
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0496</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(b) or 112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0497</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">115
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0498</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0499</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">131
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0501</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0502</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0503</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0504</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">112(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0505</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0506</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0507</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0508</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0509</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">114(b)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UN0510</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">130


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NA0124</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">US1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NA0276</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NA0323</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NA0331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">116 or 117
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NA0337</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NA0349</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NA0494</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">US1</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Explosives must be packaged in accordance with the following table: 
</P>
<P>(1) The first column lists, in alphanumeric sequence, the packing methods prescribed for explosives in the Explosives Table of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The second column specifies the inner packagings that are required. If inner packagings are not required, a notation of “Not necessary” appears in the column. The term “Not necessary” means that a suitable inner packaging may be used but is not required.
</P>
<P>(3) The third column specifies the intermediate packagings that are required. If intermediate packagings are not required, a notation of “Not necessary” appears in the column. The term “Not necessary” means that a suitable intermediate packaging may be used but is not required.
</P>
<P>(4) The fourth column specifies the outer packagings which are required. If inner packagings and/or intermediate packagings are specified in the second and third columns, then the packaging specified in the fourth column must be used as the outer packaging of a combination packaging; otherwise it may be used as a single packaging.
</P>
<P>(5) Packing Instruction 101 may be used for any explosive substance or article if an equivalent level of safety is shown to be maintained subject to the approval of the Associate Administrator.


</P>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.026.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.027.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.028.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.029.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.030.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.031.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.032.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.033.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.034.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.035.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.036.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.037.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.038.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.039.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21de20.040.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-260, 62 FR 24720, May 6, 1997]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.62, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.63" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.63   Packaging exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Cord, detonating (UN 0065), having an explosive content not exceeding 6.5 g (0.23 ounces) per 30 centimeter length (one linear foot) may be offered for transportation domestically and transported as Cord, detonating (UN 0289), Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D (1.4D) explosives, if the gross weight of all packages containing Cord, detonating (UN 0065), does not exceed 45 kg (99 pounds) per:
</P>
<P>(1) Transport vehicle, freight container, or cargo-only aircraft;
</P>
<P>(2) Off-shore down-hole tool pallet carried on an off-shore supply vessel;
</P>
<P>(3) Cargo compartment of a cargo vessel; or
</P>
<P>(4) Passenger-carrying aircraft used to transport personnel to remote work sites, such as offshore drilling units.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limited quantities of Cartridges, small arms, Cartridges, power device, Cartridges for tools, blank, and Cases, cartridge, empty with primer.</I> (1)(i) Cartridges, small arms, Cartridges, power device (used to project fastening devices), Cartridges for tools, blank, and Cases, cartridge, empty with primer that have been classed as Division 1.4S explosive may be offered for transportation and transported as limited quantities when packaged in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Packages containing such articles may be marked with either the marking prescribed in § 172.315(a) or (b) of this subchapter and offered for transportation and transported by any mode. For transportation by aircraft, the package must conform to the applicable requirements of § 173.27 of this part. In addition, packages containing such articles offered for transportation by aircraft must be marked with the proper shipping name as prescribed in the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table of this subchapter. Packages containing such articles are not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel. Additionally, packages containing such articles are excepted from the requirements of subparts E (Labeling) and F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Cartridges, small arms, Cartridges, power device (<I>used to project fastening devices</I>), Cartridges for tools, blank, and Cases, cartridge empty with primer that may be shipped as a limited quantity are as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Ammunition for rifle, pistol or shotgun;
</P>
<P>(B) Ammunition with inert or tracer projectiles, or blank ammunition;
</P>
<P>(C) Ammunition having no tear gas, incendiary, or detonating explosive projectiles;
</P>
<P>(D) Ammunition not exceeding 12.7 mm (50 caliber or 0.5 inch) for rifle or pistol, cartridges or 8 gauge for shotshells;
</P>
<P>(E) Cartridges for tools, blank;
</P>
<P>(F) Cases, cartridge, empty with primer; and
</P>
<P>(G) Cartridges, power device (<I>used to project fastening devices</I>).




</P>
<P>(2) Packaging for Cartridges, small arms, Cartridges for tools, blank, Cases, cartridge empty with primer, and eligible Cartridges, power device as limited quantity must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Ammunition must be packed in inside boxes, or in partitions that fit snugly in the outside packaging, or in metal clips;
</P>
<P>(ii) Primers must be protected from accidental initiation;
</P>
<P>(iii) Inside boxes, partitions or metal clips must be packed in securely-closed strong outside packagings;
</P>
<P>(iv) Maximum gross weight is limited to 30 kg (66 pounds) per package; and
</P>
<P>(v) Cartridges for tools, blank, Cartridges, power devices which are used to project fastening devices, Cases, cartridge, empty with primer, and 22 caliber rim-fire cartridges may be packaged loose in strong outside packagings.




</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reverse logistics.</I> Hazardous materials meeting the definition of “reverse logistics” under § 171.8 of this subchapter and in compliance with paragraph (b) of this section may be offered for transport and transported in highway transportation in accordance with § 173.157.
</P>
<P>(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) Detonators containing no more than 1 g explosive (excluding ignition and delay charges) that are electric blasting caps with leg wires 4 feet long or longer, delay connectors in plastic sheaths, or blasting caps with empty plastic tubing 12 feet long or longer may be packed as follows in which case they are excepted from the packaging requirements of § 173.62:
</P>
<P>(1) No more than 50 detonators in one inner packaging;
</P>
<P>(2) IME Standard 22 container (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or compartment is used as the outer packaging; 
</P>
<P>(3) No more than 1000 detonators in one outer packaging; and
</P>
<P>(4) No material may be loaded on top of the IME Standard 22 container and no material may be loaded against the outside door of the IME Standard 22 compartment.
</P>
<P>(g) Detonators that are classed as 1.4B or 1.4S and contain no more than 1 g of explosive (excluding ignition and delay charges) may be packed as follows in which case they are excepted from the packaging requirements of § 173.62:
</P>
<P>(1) No more than 50 detonators in one inner packaging;
</P>
<P>(2) IME Standard 22 container is used as the outer packaging;
</P>
<P>(3) No more than 1000 detonators in one outer packaging; and
</P>
<P>(4) Each inner packaging is marked “l.4B Detonators” or “1.4S Detonators”, as appropriate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-236, 58 FR 50536, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173-253, 61 FR 27175, May 30, 1996; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006; 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1084, 1113, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65480, Oct. 31, 2013; 81 FR 18539, Mar. 31, 2016; 87 FR 79776, Dec. 27, 2022; 91 FR 32903, June 2, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.64" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.64   Exceptions for Division 1.3 and 1.4 fireworks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Classification and approval.</I> Notwithstanding the requirements of § 173.56(b), Division 1.3 and 1.4 fireworks (see § 173.65 for provisions applicable to Fireworks Certification Agencies) may be classed and approved by the Associate Administrator without prior examination and offered for transportation if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) Fireworks must be manufactured in accordance with the applicable requirements in APA 87-1A (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), APA 87-1B (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and APA 87-1C (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) The fireworks must pass a thermal stability test conducted by a third-party laboratory or the manufacturer. The test must be performed by maintaining the device, or a representative prototype of a large device such as a display shell, at a temperature of 75 °C (167  °F) for 48 consecutive hours. When fireworks contain more than one component, those components that could be in physical contact with each other in the finished firework must be placed in contact with each other during the thermal stability test.
</P>
<P>(3) The manufacturer applies in writing to the Associate Administrator following the applicable requirements in APA 87-1A (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), APA 87-1B (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and APA 87-1C (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and is notified in writing by the Associate Administrator that the fireworks have been classed, approved, and assigned an EX number. Each application must be complete and include all relevant background data and copies of all applicable drawings, test results, and any other pertinent information on each device for which approval is being requested. The manufacturer must sign the application and certify that the device for which approval is requested conforms to the appropriate APA standard; that the descriptions and technical information contained in the application are complete and accurate; and, with respect to APA 87-1A, that no duplicate application has been submitted to a Fireworks Certification Agency. If the application is denied, the manufacturer will be notified in writing of the reasons for the denial. The Associate Administrator may require that the fireworks be examined by an agency listed in § 173.56(b)(1).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional exceptions for low hazard Division 1.4 consumer fireworks.</I> Low hazard fireworks are pyrotechnic articles of certain chemical composition, design, and packaging such that they present a Division 1.4 explosive hazard during transportation. Low hazard ground device fireworks listed in table 1 to paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section and meeting the specified conditions and limitations are eligible for self-classification, certification, and transport as UN0336, Fireworks, Division 1.4G. These low hazard fireworks may in some cases be alternatively classified as Division 1.4S when following the new explosives procedures in § 173.56. Low hazard fireworks are not required to go through the explosives approval requirements of § 173.56 or the DOT-approved Fireworks Certification Agency requirements of § 173.65; however, low hazard ground device fireworks must be certified by the manufacturer with the Associate Administrator and obtain an FW number. Furthermore, low hazard novelty fireworks listed in table 2 to paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section meeting the specified conditions and limitations are excepted from the requirements of this subchapter as a Class 1 explosive material.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General requirements.</I> No person may manufacture and offer for transport a low hazard firework not compliant with requirements of this paragraph (b). No person may accept for transport a low hazard firework not certified or excepted from this subchapter as specified in this paragraph (b). If the person certifying compliance with the Associate Administrator is not a resident of the United States, the person must designate an agent for service in accordance with § 105.40 of this chapter. In addition, low hazard fireworks:
</P>
<P>(i) Must successfully pass a thermal stability test as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) May not be transported as a component part for another firework or explosive.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Requirements specific to ground firework devices.</I> (i) Ground devices must use chemicals in conformance with the Permitted and Restricted Chemical Table for Consumer Fireworks and Novelties list in APA 87-1A, Appendix 1.
</P>
<P>(ii) When permitted, all reports are limited to 50 mg of composition per report.
</P>
<P>(iii) Ground devices must be initiated by a fuse. However, a fuse is not required for the following types: flitter sparklers, wire or dipped sparklers, fountain (nitrocellulose), and snakes (glow worms).
</P>
<P>(iv) Ground devices must be marked with an FW number issued by the Associate Administrator. If the firework is too small for the marking, the outer package of the fireworks must be marked with the FW number.
</P>
<P>(v) Authorized ground devices, and their descriptions, specifications, and special conditions for transport are set forth as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(2)(<E T="01">v</E>)—Authorized Ground Devices and Specifications
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Special conditions
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chaser</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a paper or cardboard tube, which vents out its fuse hole</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 grams total of chemical composition, with multiple reports permitted (each report limited to 50 milligrams)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Crackling Ball</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a spherical ball that contains small granules of chemical composition that upon ignition produce sparks and/or a crackling effect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports permitted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inner packaging cannot exceed 72 grams of composition.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Crackling Strip</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of small granules of chemical composition adhered to and encased in a paper or cardboard wrapping that upon ignition produce sparks and/or a crackling effect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports permitted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inner packaging cannot exceed 72 grams of composition.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Crackling Tube</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a tube that contains small granules of chemical composition that upon ignition produce sparks and/or a crackling effect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports permitted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inner packaging cannot exceed 72 grams of composition.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Firecracker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a small paper-wrapped or cardboard tube that produces a single report</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 milligrams of chemical composition per firecracker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Multiple firecrackers can be fused together to form a string. There is no limit on number of firecrackers in a string.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flasher/Strobe</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a small paper-wrapped or cardboard tube that produces a crackling/flashing/strobe light effect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports permitted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inner packaging cannot exceed 60 grams of composition.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flitter Sparkler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a paper or cardboard tube attached to a stick or wire Upon ignition, the device produces a shower of sparks, a colored flame, and/or a crackling effect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports permitted


<br/>Formulations containing chlorates are limited to 4 grams with no more than 15 percent of the formulation being chlorates</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fountain (Cone)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a paper or cardboard tube that upon ignition produces a shower consisting of any combination of colored sparks, color flame, crackle, smoke, whistle, or micro star effects</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports permitted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fountain (Cylindrical)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a paper or cardboard tube that upon ignition produces a shower consisting of any combination of colored sparks, color flame, crackle, smoke, whistle, or micro star effects</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports permitted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fountain (Nitrocellulose)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a cone or tube device that produces a shower of small sparks, color, and flame as its primary effect using nitrocellulose as the major chemical component</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports permitted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ground Spinner</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a paper or cardboard tube that upon ignition emits a shower of sparks that vent out of an orifice causing the device to spin rapidly on the ground</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 total grams of chemical composition, with reports permitted (each report limited to 50 milligrams)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Multiple ground spinners can be fused together to form a string. Strings are limited to 20 grams of total composition.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Illuminating Torch</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a paper or cardboard tube that upon ignition, emits a colored flame with or without crackles or sparks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports permitted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Smoke</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a paper or cardboard tube that upon ignition emits smoke as the primary effect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 total grams of chemical composition. All mixtures containing a chlorate must contain an equal amount or greater amount of a carbonate or bicarbonate (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> calcium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Multiple smoke devices can be fused together to form a string. Strings are limited to 100 grams of total composition.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Snake</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of pressed pellet of pyrotechnic composition that upon ignition produce a snake-like ash that expands in length as the composition is consumed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports. Only formulations of nitrated asphalt, asphaltum, bitumen, pitch, and/or tar with an oxidizer (with or without a binder) are permitted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Specialty Device</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a paper or cardboard tube(s), <E T="03">e.g.,</E> in the shape of an animal or a small vehicle, that produces multiple effects</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 total grams of chemical composition, with reports permitted (each report limited to 50 milligrams)


<br/>No tube can contain more than 2 grams of composition; tubes cannot contain aerial components or internal shells</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Wheel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a paper or cardboard tube(s) placed on the ground or attached to a post, by means of a nail, spike or string. Upon ignition the wheel rotates, producing a shower of sparks, color, crackling, flame, or whistle effects</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports


<br/>No tube can contain more than 60 total grams of composition, which includes a 20 gram propellant limit per tube
<br/>Tubes cannot contain aerial components.

<br/>Handles are not permitted.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Wire Sparkler or Dipped Stick</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a metal wire or wood dowel coated with a chemical composition. Upon ignition, the device produces a shower of sparks, a colored flame, and/or a crackling effect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports permitted


<br/>Formulations containing chlorates are limited to 4 grams with no more than 15 percent of the formulations being chlorates</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Composition weight per inner packaging cannot exceed 120 grams.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) <I>Requirements specific to novelty firework devices.</I> Except for transportation by air, novelty fireworks conforming to the requirements of this paragraph (b)(3) are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. For air transportation, novelty devices must be transported as required by this subchapter for “UN3178, Flammable solid, inorganic, n.o.s. (Novelties), 4.1, PG II.”
</P>
<P>(i) Novelty devices must use chemicals in conformance with the Permitted and Restricted Chemical Table for Consumer Fireworks and Novelties in APA 87-1A, Appendix 1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) Inner packagings of novelty devices must be packaged in strong outer packagings. The packages must conform to the requirements of § 173.24. The maximum gross weight of a completed package may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds).
</P>
<P>(iii) Each outer package, and overpack if used, containing novelty devices must be plainly marked “NOVELTIES, IN CONFORMANCE WITH § 173.64, NOT REGULATED, EXCEPT WHEN TRANSPORTED BY AIR”.
</P>
<P>(iv) Authorized novelty devices, and their descriptions, specifications, and special conditions for transport are set forth as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(3)(<E T="01">iv</E>)—Authorized Novelty Devices and Specifications
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Special conditions
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Booby Trap/Pull Apart</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Is a device that is actuated by means of friction. Pulling a string or strings apart activate the device producing a noise effect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.016 total grams of chemical composition, which is limited to barium, potassium, and/or sodium chlorate with red phosphorus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inner packages must not contain more than 12 devices.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Novelty Flitter Sparkler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a paper or cardboard tube attached to a stick or wire. Upon ignition, the device produces a shower of sparks, a colored flame, and/or a crackling effect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports permitted. Formulations containing chlorates are limited to 4 grams with no more than 15 percent of the formulation being chlorates
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Party Poppers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Is a device that is actuated by means of friction. Pulling a string or trigger activates the device producing a noise effect and releasing paper streamers or confetti. Common examples resemble champagne bottles and toy pistols</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.016 total grams of chemical composition, which is limited to barium, potassium, and/or sodium chlorate with red phosphorus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inner packages must not contain more than 72 devices.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Novelty Snakes and Glow-Worms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of pressed pellet of pyrotechnic composition that upon ignition, produce a snake-like ash that expands in length as the composition is consumed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 total grams of chemical composition Only formulations of nitrated asphalt, asphaltum, bitumen, pitch, and/or tar with an oxidizer (with or without a binder) are permitted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inner packaging must not contain more than 25 devices.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Snappers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of small, paper-wrapped items. When dropped, the device activates, producing a noise effect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.001 total grams of silver fulminate coated on small bits of sand or gravel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inner packages must not contain more than 50 devices with sawdust or other impact absorbing materials.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Novelty Wire Sparkler or Novelty Dipped Stick</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a metal wire or wood dowel coated with a chemical composition. Upon ignition, the device produces a shower of sparks, a colored flame, and/or a crackling effect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports permitted. Formulations containing perchlorates are limited to 5 grams. Formulations containing chlorates are limited to 4 grams with no more than 15 percent of the formulations being chlorates</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inner packages must not contain more than 8 devices.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Novelty Smoke Device</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consists of a paper or cardboard tube that upon ignition, emits smoke as the only effect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 total grams of chemical composition, with no reports permitted. All mixtures containing a chlorate must contain an equal amount or greater amount of a carbonate or bicarbonate (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> calcium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inner packages must not contain more than 72 devices.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(4) <I>Recordkeeping requirements.</I> The manufacturer of low hazard ground devices must maintain a record demonstrating compliance with this section. Each record must clearly provide the FW number assigned to the device certified. The record may contain information such as: category of device, drawing(s), chemical composition list, gram quantities, and, if applicable, U.S. agent of service information. The record must be accessible at or through the principal place of business for five years after the device is manufactured and must be made available, upon request, to an authorized official of a Federal, State, or local government agency at a reasonable time and location, not to exceed five (5) business days.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 32903, June 2, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.65" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.65   Exceptions for Division 1.4G consumer fireworks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding the requirements of §§ 173.56(b), 173.56(f), 173.56(i), and 173.64, Division 1.4G consumer fireworks may be offered for transportation provided the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The fireworks are manufactured in accordance with the applicable requirements in APA 87-1A (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(2) The device must pass a thermal stability test. The test must be performed by maintaining the device, or a representative prototype of the device, at a temperature of 75 °C (167  °F) for 48 consecutive hours. When a device contains more than one component, those components that could be in physical contact with each other in the finished device must be placed in contact with each other during the thermal stability test;
</P>
<P>(3) The manufacturer of the Division 1.4G consumer firework applies in writing to a DOT-approved Fireworks Certification Agency, and is notified in writing by the DOT-approved Fireworks Certification Agency that the firework has been:
</P>
<P>(i) Certified that it complies with APA 87-1A, and meets the requirements of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Assigned an FC number.
</P>
<P>(4) The manufacturer's application must be complete and include:
</P>
<P>(i) Detailed diagram of the device;
</P>
<P>(ii) Complete list of the chemical compositions, formulations and quantities used in the device;
</P>
<P>(iii) Results of the thermal stability test; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Signed certification declaring that the device for which certification is requested conforms to the APA 87-1A, that the descriptions and technical information contained in the application are complete and accurate, and that no duplicate applications have been submitted to PHMSA. If the application is denied, the Fireworks Certification Agency must notify the manufacturer in writing of the reasons for the denial. As detailed in the DOT-approval issued to the Fireworks Certification Agency, following the issuance of a denial from a Fireworks Certification Agency, a manufacturer may seek reconsideration from the Fireworks Certification Agency, or may appeal the reconsideration decision of the Fireworks Certification Agency to the PHMSA Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recordkeeping requirements.</I> Following the certification of each Division 1.4G consumer firework as permitted by paragraph (a) of this section, the manufacturer and importer must maintain a paper record or an electronic image of the certificate, demonstrating compliance with this section. Each record must clearly provide the unique identifier assigned to the firework device and the Fireworks Certification Agency that certified the device. The record must be accessible at or through its principal place of business and be made available, upon request, to an authorized official of a Federal, State, or local government agency at a reasonable time and location. Copies of certification records must be maintained by each importer, manufacturer, or a foreign manufacturer's U.S. agent, for five (5) years after the device is imported. The certification record must be made available to a representative of PHMSA upon request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 42477, July 16, 2013, as amended at 85 FR 75713, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.66" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.66   Requirements for bulk packagings of certain explosives and oxidizers.</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material may be transported in accordance with this section (per special provision 148 in § 172.102(c)(1)), only the bulk packagings specified for these materials in IME Standard 23 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of this part and the special provisions in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. See Section I of IME Standard 23 for the standards for transporting a single bulk hazardous material for blasting by cargo tank motor vehicles (CTMV), and Section II of IME Standard 23 for the standards for CTMVs capable of transporting multiple hazardous materials for blasting in bulk and non-bulk packagings (<I>i.e.,</I> a multipurpose bulk truck (MBT) authorized to transport the Class 1 (explosive) materials, Division 5.1 (oxidizing) materials, Class 8 (corrosive) materials, and Combustible Liquid, n.o.s., NA1993, III, as specified in IME Standard 23 (also see § 177.835(d) of this subchapter)). In addition, the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section apply to: A new multipurpose bulk truck constructed after April 19, 2016; and a modified existing multipurpose bulk truck after April 19, 2016 (see § 173.66(b) regarding the term <I>modified</I>).
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS).</I> Multipurpose bulk trucks must be in compliance with the FMVSS found in 49 CFR part 571, as applicable. Furthermore, the multipurpose bulk truck manufacturer must maintain a certification record ensuring the final manufacturing is in compliance with the FMVSS, in accordance with the certification requirements found in 49 CFR part 567. These certification records must be made available to DOT representatives upon request.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Modified.</I> The term <I>modified</I> means any change to the original design and construction of a multipurpose bulk truck (MBT) that affects its structural integrity or lading retention capability, (<I>e.g.</I> rechassising, etc.). Excluded from this category are the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A change to the MBT equipment such as lights, truck or tractor power train components, steering and brake systems, and suspension parts, and changes to appurtenances, such as fender attachments, lighting brackets, ladder brackets; and
</P>
<P>(2) Replacement of components such as valves, vents, and fittings with a component of a similar design and of the same size.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 79453, Dec. 21, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.67" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.3.25.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.67   Exceptions for Division 1.1 jet perforating guns.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding the requirements of § 173.56(b), Division 1.1 jet perforating guns may be classed and approved by the Associate Administrator without prior examination and offered for transportation if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The jet perforating guns are manufactured in accordance with the applicable requirements in AESC/IME JPG Standard (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(2) The jet perforating gun must be of a type described in the AESC/IME JPG Standard;
</P>
<P>(3) The applicant applies in writing to the Associate Administrator following the applicable requirements in the AESC/IME JPG Standard, and is notified in writing by the Associate Administrator that the jet perforating gun has been classed, approved, and assigned an EX number. Each application must be complete and include all relevant background data, the applicable drawings, and any other pertinent information as described in the AESC/IME JPG Standard on each jet perforating gun for which approval is being requested. The manufacturer must sign the application and certify that the jet perforating gun for which approval is requested conforms to the AESC/IME JPG Standard and that the descriptions and technical information contained in the application are complete and accurate. If the application is denied, the applicant will be notified in writing of the reasons for the denial. The Associate Administrator may require that the jet perforating gun be examined as provided under § 173.56(b)(1).
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 75713, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Definitions Classification, Packing Group Assignments and Exceptions for Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 173.115" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.115   Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3—Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Division 2.1 (Flammable gas).</I> For the purpose of this subchapter, a <I>flammable gas</I> (Division 2.1) means any material which is a gas at 20 °C (68 °F) or less and 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) of pressure (a material which has a boiling point of 20 °C (68 °F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia)) which—
</P>
<P>(1) Is ignitable at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) when in a mixture of 13 percent or less by volume with air; or
</P>
<P>(2) Has a flammable range at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) with air of at least 12 percent regardless of the lower limit. Except for aerosols, the limits specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section shall be determined at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) of pressure and a temperature of 20 °C (68 °F) in accordance with the ASTM E681-85, Standard Test Method for Concentration Limits of Flammability of Chemicals or other equivalent method approved by the Associate Administrator. The flammability of aerosols is determined by the tests specified in paragraph (l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Division 2.2 (<I>non-flammable, nonpoisonous compressed gas—including compressed gas, liquefied gas, pressurized cryogenic gas, compressed gas in solution, asphyxiant gas and oxidizing gas</I>). For the purpose of this subchapter, a non-flammable, nonpoisonous compressed gas (Division 2.2) means any material (or mixture) which—
</P>
<P>(1) Exerts in the packaging a gauge pressure of 200 kPa (29.0 psig/43.8 psia) or greater at 20 °C (68 °F), is a liquefied gas or is a cryogenic liquid, and
</P>
<P>(2) Does not meet the definition of Division 2.1 or 2.3.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Division 2.3 (Gas poisonous by inhalation).</I> For the purpose of this subchapter, a <I>gas poisonous by inhalation</I> (Division 2.3) means a material which is a gas at 20 °C (68 °F) or less and a pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) (a material which has a boiling point of 20 °C (68 °F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia)) and which—
</P>
<P>(1) Is known to be so toxic to humans as to pose a hazard to health during transportation, or
</P>
<P>(2) In the absence of adequate data on human toxicity, is presumed to be toxic to humans because when tested on laboratory animals it has an LC<E T="52">50</E> value of not more than 5000 mL/m
<SU>3</SU> (see § 173.116(a) of this subpart for assignment of Hazard Zones A, B, C or D). LC<E T="52">50</E> values for mixtures may be determined using the formula in § 173.133(b)(1)(i) or CGA P-20 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Non-liquefied compressed gas.</I> A gas, which when packaged under pressure for transportation is entirely gaseous at −50 °C (−58 °F) with a critical temperature less than or equal to −50 °C (−58 °F), is considered to be a non-liquefied compressed gas.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Liquefied compressed gas.</I> A gas, which when packaged under pressure for transportation is partially liquid at temperatures above −50 °C (−58 °F), is considered to be a liquefied compressed gas. Gas mixtures with component(s) that are liquefied gases may be described using the hazardous materials description of a compressed gas in the Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter when the partial pressure(s) of the liquefied gas component(s) in the mixture are reduced so that the mixture is entirely in the gas phase at 20 °C (68 °F). A liquefied compressed gas is further categorized as follows:


</P>
<P>(1) <I>High pressure liquefied gas</I> which is a gas with a critical temperature between −50 °C (−58 °F) and + 65 °C (149 °F), and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Low pressure liquefied gas</I> which is a gas with a critical temperature above + 65 °C (149 °F).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Compressed gas in solution.</I> A <I>compressed gas in solution</I> is a non-liquefied compressed gas which is dissolved in a solvent.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Cryogenic liquid.</I> A <I>cryogenic liquid</I> means a refrigerated liquefied gas having a boiling point colder than −90 °C (−130 °F) at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) absolute. A material meeting this definition is subject to requirements of this subchapter without regard to whether it meets the definition of a non-flammable, non-poisonous compressed gas in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Flammable range.</I> The term <I>flammable range</I> means the difference between the minimum and maximum volume percentages of the material in air that forms a flammable mixture.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Service pressure.</I> The term <I>service pressure</I> means the authorized pressure marking on the packaging. For example, for a cylinder marked “DOT 3A1800”, the service pressure is 12410 kPa (1800 psig).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Refrigerant gas or Dispersant gas.</I> The terms <I>Refrigerant gas</I> and <I>Dispersant gas</I> apply to all nonpoisonous refrigerant gases; dispersant gases (fluorocarbons) listed in § 172.101 of this subchapter and §§ 173.304, 173.314(c), 173.315(a), and 173.315(h) and mixtures thereof; and any other compressed gas having a vapor pressure not exceeding 260 psia at 54 °C(130 °F), used only as a refrigerant, dispersant, or blowing agent.
</P>
<P>(k) For Division 2.2 gases, the oxidizing ability shall be determined by tests or by calculation in accordance with ISO 10156:2017(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(l) The following applies to aerosols (see § 171.8 of this subchapter):
</P>
<P>(1) An aerosol must be assigned to Division 2.1 if the contents include 85% by mass or more flammable components and the chemical heat of combustion is 30 kJ/g or more;
</P>
<P>(2) An aerosol must be assigned to Division 2.2 if the contents contain 1% by mass or less flammable components and the heat of combustion is less than 20 kJ/g.
</P>
<P>(3) Aerosols not meeting the provisions of paragraphs (l)(1) or (1)(2) of this section must be classed in accordance with the appropriate tests of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). An aerosol which was tested in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter in effect on December 31, 2005, is not required to be retested.
</P>
<P>(4) Division 2.3 gases may not be transported in an aerosol container.
</P>
<P>(5) When the contents are classified as Division 6.1, PG III or Class 8, PG II or III, the aerosol must be assigned a subsidiary hazard of Division 6.1 or Class 8, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(6) Substances of Division 6.1, PG I or II, and substances of Class 8, PG I are forbidden from transportation in an aerosol container.
</P>
<P>(7) Flammable components are Class 3 flammable liquids, Division 4.1 flammable solids, or Division 2.1 flammable gases. The chemical heat of combustion must be determined in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Adsorbed gas.</I> A gas which when packaged for transport is adsorbed onto a solid porous material resulting in an internal receptacle pressure of less than 101.3 kPa at 20 °C and less than 300 kPa at 50 °C.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.115, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.116" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.116   Class 2—Assignment of hazard zone.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The hazard zone of a Class 2, Division 2.3 material is assigned in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. There are no hazard zones for Divisions 2.1 and 2.2. When the § 172.101 table provides more than one hazard zone for a Division 2.3 material, or indicates that the hazard zone be determined on the basis of the grouping criteria for Division 2.3, the hazard zone shall be determined by applying the following criteria:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Hazard zone
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Inhalation toxicity
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LC<E T="52">50</E> less than or equal to 200 ppm.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LC<E T="52">50</E> greater than 200 ppm and less than or equal to 1000 ppm.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LC<E T="52">50</E> greater than 1000 ppm and less than or equal to 3000 ppm.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LC<E T="52">50</E> greater than 3000 ppm or less than or equal to 5000 ppm.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) The criteria specified in paragraph (a) of this section are represented graphically in § 173.133, Figure 1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 67 FR 61013, Sept. 27, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 173.117-173.119" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 173.117-173.119   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.120" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.120   Class 3—Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Flammable liquid.</I> For the purpose of this subchapter, a <I>flammable liquid</I> (Class 3) means a liquid having a flash point of not more than 60 °C (140 °F), or any material in a liquid phase with a flash point at or above 37.8 °C (100 °F) that is intentionally heated and offered for transportation or transported at or above its flash point in a bulk packaging, with the following exceptions:
</P>
<P>(1) Any liquid meeting one of the definitions specified in § 173.115.
</P>
<P>(2) Any mixture having one or more components with a flash point of 60 °C (140 °F) or higher, that make up at least 99 percent of the total volume of the mixture, if the mixture is not offered for transportation or transported at or above its flash point.
</P>
<P>(3) Any liquid with a flash point greater than 35 °C (95 °F) that does not sustain combustion according to ASTM D 4206 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or the procedure in appendix H of this part. 
</P>
<P>(4) Any liquid with a flash point greater than 35 °C (95 °F) and with a fire point greater than 100 °C (212 °F) according to ISO 2592 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(5) Any liquid with a flash point greater than 35 °C (95 °F) which is in a water-miscible solution with a water content of more than 90 percent by mass.
</P>
<P>(b) Combustible liquid. (1) For the purpose of this subchapter, a <I>combustible liquid</I> means any liquid that does not meet the definition of any other hazard class specified in this subchapter and has a flash point above 60 °C (140 °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F).
</P>
<P>(2) A flammable liquid with a flash point at or above 38 °C (100 °F) that does not meet the definition of any other hazard class may be reclassed as a combustible liquid. This provision does not apply to transportation by vessel or aircraft, except where other means of transportation is impracticable. An elevated temperature material that meets the definition of a Class 3 material because it is intentionally heated and offered for transportation or transported at or above its flash point may not be reclassed as a combustible liquid.
</P>
<P>(3) A combustible liquid that does not sustain combustion is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter as a combustible liquid. Either the test method specified in ASTM D 4206 or the procedure in appendix H of this part may be used to determine if a material sustains combustion when heated under test conditions and exposed to an external source of flame. 
</P>
<P>(c) Flash point. (1) <I>Flash point</I> means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off vapor within a test vessel in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid. It shall be determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For a homogeneous, single-phase, liquid having a viscosity less than 45 S.U.S. at 38 °C (100 °F) that does not form a surface film while under test, one of the following test procedures shall be used:
</P>
<P>(A) Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed Cup Tester, (ASTM D 56) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(B) Standard Test Methods for Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale Closed-Cup Apparatus, (ASTM D 3278) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter); or
</P>
<P>(C) Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Small Scale Closed Tester, (ASTM D 3828) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) For a liquid other than one meeting all the criteria of paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, one of the following test procedures must be used:
</P>
<P>(A) Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester, (ASTM D 93) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). For cutback asphalt, use Method B of ASTM D 93 or alternative tests authorized in this standard;
</P>
<P>(B) Standard Test Methods for Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale Closed-Cup Apparatus (ASTM D 3278) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(C) Determination of Flash/No Flash—Closed Cup Equilibrium Method (ISO 1516) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(D) Determination of Flash point—Closed Cup Equilibrium Method (ISO 1523) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(E) Determination of Flash Point—Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Method (ISO 2719) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(F) Determination of Flash Point—Rapid Equilibrium Closed Cup Method (ISO 3679) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(G) Determination of Flash/No Flash—Rapid Equilibrium Closed Cup Method (ISO 3680) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter); or
</P>
<P>(H) Determination of Flash Point—Abel Closed-Cup Method (ISO 13736) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) For a liquid that is a mixture of compounds that have different volatility and flash points, its flash point shall be determined as specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, on the material in the form in which it is to be shipped. If it is determined by this test that the flash point is higher than −7 °C (20 °F) a second test shall be made as follows: a portion of the mixture shall be placed in an open beaker (or similar container) of such dimensions that the height of the liquid can be adjusted so that the ratio of the volume of the liquid to the exposed surface area is 6 to one. The liquid shall be allowed to evaporate under ambient pressure and temperature (20 to 25 °C (68 to 77 °F)) for a period of 4 hours or until 10 percent by volume has evaporated, whichever comes first. A flash point is then run on a portion of the liquid remaining in the evaporation container and the lower of the two flash points shall be the flash point of the material.
</P>
<P>(3) For flash point determinations by Setaflash closed tester, the glass syringe specified need not be used as the method of measurement of the test sample if a minimum quantity of 2 mL (0.1 ounce) is assured in the test cup.
</P>
<P>(d) If experience or other data indicate that the hazard of a material is greater or less than indicated by the criteria specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the Associate Administrator may revise the classification or make the material subject or not subject to the requirements of parts 171 through 185 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Transitional provisions.</I> The Class 3 classification criteria in effect on December 31, 2006, may continue to be used until January 1, 2012.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-227, 56 FR 49989, Oct. 2, 1991; 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45461, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67506, 67507, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. 26, 1996; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 45379, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 43529, July 20, 2011; 76 FR 56316, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.121" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.121   Class 3—Assignment of packing group.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) The packing group of a Class 3 material is as assigned in column 5 of the § 172.101 Table. When the § 172.101 Table provides more than one packing group for a hazardous material, the packing group must be determined by applying the following criteria:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Packing group
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> Flash point (closed-cup)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial boiling point
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤35 °C
<br/>(95 °F)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&lt;23 °C (73 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;35 °C
<br/>(95 °F)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23 °C, ≤60 °C
<br/>(≥73 °F, ≤140 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;35 °C
<br/>(95 °F)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The initial boiling point of a Class 3 material may be determined by using one of the following test methods:
</P>
<P>(i) Standard Test Method for Distillation of Petroleum Products at Atmospheric Pressure (ASTM D 86) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) Standard Test Method for Distillation Range of Volatile Organic Liquids (ASTM D 1078) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(iii) Petroleum Products—Determination of Distillation Characteristics at Atmospheric Pressure (ISO 3405) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(iv) Petroleum Products—Determination of Boiling Range Distribution—Gas Chromatography Method (ISO 3924) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(v) Volatile Organic Liquids—Determination of Boiling Range of Organic Solvents Used as Raw Materials (ISO 4626) (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter); or
</P>
<P>(vi) Petroleum products containing known flammable gases—Standard Test Method for Determination of Light Hydrocarbons in Stabilized Crude Oils by Gas Chromatography (ASTM D7900) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter) where the initial boiling point is the temperature at which 0.5 weight percent is eluted when determining the boiling range distribution.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Criteria for inclusion of viscous Class 3 materials in Packing Group III.</I> (1) Viscous Class 3 materials in Packing Group II with a flash point of less than 23 °C (73 °F) may be grouped in Packing Group III provided that—
</P>
<P>(i) Less than 3 percent of the clear solvent layer separates in the solvent separation test;
</P>
<P>(ii) The mixture or any separated solvent does not contain any substances with a primary or a subsidiary risk of Division 6.1 or Class 8;
</P>
<P>(iii) The capacity of the packaging is not more than 450 L (119 gallons); except that for transportation by passenger aircraft, the capacity of the packaging is not more than 30 L (7.9 gallons) and for transportation by cargo aircraft, the capacity of the packaging is not more than 100 L (26.3 gallons); and
</P>
<P>(iv) The viscosity 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> and flash point are in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> <I>Viscosity determination:</I> Where the substance concerned is non-Newtonian, or where a flow-cup method of viscosity determination is otherwise unsuitable, a variable shear-rate viscometer shall be used to determine the dynamic viscosity coefficient of the substance, at 23 °C (73.4 °F), at a number of shear rates. The values obtained are plotted against shear rate and then extrapolated to zero shear rate. The dynamic viscosity thus obtained, divided by the density, gives the apparent kinematic viscosity at near-zero shear rate.</P></FTNT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Kinematic viscosity 
<br/>(extrapolated) 
<br/>ν (at near-zero 
<br/>shear rate) mm2/s 
<br/>at 23 °C (73.4 °F)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Flow-time t in 
<br/>seconds
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Jet diameter 
<br/>in mm
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Flash point c.c.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 &lt; ν ≤ 80</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 &lt; t ≤ 60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">above 17 °C (62.6 °F).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80 &lt; ν ≤ 135</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 &lt; t ≤ 100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">above 10 °C (50 °F).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">135 &lt; ν ≤ 220</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 &lt; t ≤ 32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">above 5 °C (41 °F).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">220 &lt; ν ≤ 300</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32 &lt; t ≤ 44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">above −1 °C (31.2 °F).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">300 &lt; ν ≤ 700</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 &lt; t ≤ 100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">above −5 °C (23 °F).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">700 &lt; ν</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 &lt; t</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The methods by which the tests referred to in paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be performed are as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Viscosity test.</I> The flow time in seconds is determined at 23 °C (73.4 °F) using the ISO standard cup with a 4 mm (0.16 inch) jet as set forth in ISO 2431 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Where the flow time exceeds 100 seconds, a further test is carried out using the ISO standard cup with a 6 mm (0.24 inch) jet. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Solvent Separation Test.</I> This test is carried out at 23 °C (73 °F) using a 100.0 mL(3 ounces) measuring cylinder of the stoppered type of approximately 25.0 cm (9.8 inches) total height and of a uniform internal diameter of approximately 30 mm (1.2 inches) over the calibrated section. The sample should be stirred to obtain a uniform consistency, and poured in up to the 100 mL (3 ounces) mark. The stopper should be inserted and the cylinder left standing undisturbed for 24 hours. After 24 hours, the height of the upper separated layer should be measured and the percentage of this layer as compared with the total height of the sample calculated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.121, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.124" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.124   Class 4, Divisions 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3—Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Division 4.1 (Flammable Solid).</I> For the purposes of this subchapter, <I>flammable solid</I> (Division 4.1) means any of the following four types of materials:
</P>
<P>(1) Desensitized explosives that—
</P>
<P>(i) When dry are Explosives of Class 1 other than those of compatibility group A, which are wetted with sufficient water, alcohol, or plasticizer to suppress explosive properties; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Are specifically authorized by name either in the Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter or have been assigned a shipping name and hazard class by the Associate Administrator under the provisions of—
</P>
<P>(A) A special permit issued under subchapter A of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(B) An approval issued under § 173.56(i).
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Self-reactive materials that are thermally unstable and can undergo an exothermic decomposition even without participation of oxygen (air). A material is excluded from this definition if any of the following applies:
</P>
<P>(A) The material meets the definition of an explosive as prescribed in subpart C of this part, in which case it must be classed as an explosive;
</P>
<P>(B) The material is forbidden from being offered for transportation according to § 172.101 of this subchapter or § 173.21;
</P>
<P>(C) The material meets the definition of an oxidizer or organic peroxide as prescribed in this subpart, in which case it must be so classed;
</P>
<P>(D) The material meets one of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Its heat of decomposition is less than 300 J/g; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Its self-accelerating decomposition temperature (SADT) is greater than 75 °C (167 °F) for a 50 kg package; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) It is an oxidizing substance in Division 5.1 containing less than 5.0% combustible organic substances; or
</P>
<P>(E) The Associate Administrator has determined that the material does not present a hazard which is associated with a Division 4.1 material.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Generic types.</I> Division 4.1 self-reactive materials are assigned to a generic system consisting of seven types. A self-reactive substance identified by technical name in the Self-Reactive Materials Table in § 173.224 is assigned to a generic type in accordance with that table. Self-reactive materials not identified in the Self-Reactive Materials Table in § 173.224 are assigned to generic types under the procedures of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Type A.</I> Self-reactive material type A is a self-reactive material which, as packaged for transportation, can detonate or deflagrate rapidly. Transportation of type A self-reactive material is forbidden.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Type B.</I> Self-reactive material type B is a self-reactive material which, as packaged for transportation, neither detonates nor deflagrates rapidly, but is liable to undergo a thermal explosion in a package.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Type C.</I> Self-reactive material type C is a self-reactive material which, as packaged for transportation, neither detonates nor deflagrates rapidly and cannot undergo a thermal explosion.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Type D.</I> Self-reactive material type D is a self-reactive material which—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Detonates partially, does not deflagrate rapidly and shows no violent effect when heated under confinement;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Does not detonate at all, deflagrates slowly and shows no violent effect when heated under confinement; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Does not detonate or deflagrate at all and shows a medium effect when heated under confinement.
</P>
<P>(E) <I>Type E.</I> Self-reactive material type E is a self-reactive material which, in laboratory testing, neither detonates nor deflagrates at all and shows only a low or no effect when heated under confinement.
</P>
<P>(F) <I>Type F.</I> Self-reactive material type F is a self-reactive material which, in laboratory testing, neither detonates in the cavitated state nor deflagrates at all and shows only a low or no effect when heated under confinement as well as low or no explosive power.
</P>
<P>(G) <I>Type G.</I> Self-reactive material type G is a self-reactive material which, in laboratory testing, does not detonate in the cavitated state, will not deflagrate at all, shows no effect when heated under confinement, nor shows any explosive power. A type G self-reactive material is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter for self-reactive material of Division 4.1 provided that it is thermally stable (self-accelerating decomposition temperature is 50 °C (122 °F) or higher for a 50 kg (110 pounds) package). A self-reactive material meeting all characteristics of type G except thermal stability is classed as a type F self-reactive, temperature control material.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Procedures for assigning a self-reactive material to a generic type.</I> A self-reactive material must be assigned to a generic type based on—
</P>
<P>(A) Its physical state (<I>i.e.</I> liquid or solid), in accordance with the definition of liquid and solid in § 171.8 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(B) A determination as to its control temperature and emergency temperature, if any, under the provisions of § 173.21(f);
</P>
<P>(C) Performance of the self-reactive material under the test procedures specified in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and the provisions of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(D) Except for a self-reactive material which is identified by technical name in the Self-Reactive Materials Table in § 173.224(b) or a self-reactive material which may be shipped as a sample under the provisions of § 173.224, the self-reactive material is approved in writing by the Associate Administrator. The person requesting approval shall submit to the Associate Administrator the tentative shipping description and generic type and—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) All relevant data concerning physical state, temperature controls, and tests results; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) An approval issued for the self-reactive material by the competent authority of a foreign government.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Tests.</I> The generic type for a self-reactive material must be determined using the testing protocol from Figure 20.1 (a) and (b) (Flow Chart Scheme for Self-Reactive Substances and Organic Peroxides) from the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(3) Readily combustible solids are materials that—
</P>
<P>(i) Are solids which may cause a fire through friction, such as matches;
</P>
<P>(ii) Show a burning rate faster than 2.2 mm (0.087 inches) per second when tested in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any metal powders that can be ignited and react over the whole length of a sample in 10 minutes or less, when tested in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria.
</P>
<P>(4) Polymerizing materials are materials which, without stabilization, are liable to undergo an exothermic reaction resulting in the formation of larger molecules or resulting in the formation of polymers under conditions normally encountered in transport. Such materials are considered to be polymerizing substances of Division 4.1 when:
</P>
<P>(i) Their self-accelerating polymerization temperature (SAPT) is 75 °C (167 °F) or less under the conditions (with or without chemical stabilization) as offered for transport in the packaging, IBC or portable tank in which the material or mixture is to be transported. An appropriate IBC or portable tank for a polymerizing material must be determined using the heating under confinement testing protocol from boxes 7, 8, 9, and 13 of Figure 20.1 (a) and (b) (Flow Chart Scheme for Self-Reactive Substances and Organic Peroxides) from the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) by successfully passing the UN Test Series E at the “None” or “Low” level, or by an equivalent test method with the approval of the Associate Administrator;
</P>
<P>(ii) They exhibit a heat of reaction of more than 300 J/g; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Do not meet the definition of hazard classes 1-8 (including combustible liquids).


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Division 4.2 (Spontaneously Combustible Material).</I> For the purposes of this subchapter, <I>spontaneously combustible material</I> (Division 4.2) means—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>A pyrophoric material.</I> A pyrophoric material is a liquid or solid that, even in small quantities and without an external ignition source, can ignite within five (5) minutes after coming in contact with air when tested according to UN Manual of Tests and Criteria.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Self-heating material.</I> A self-heating material is a material that through a process where the gradual reaction of that substance with oxygen (in air) generates heat. If the rate of heat production exceeds the rate of heat loss, then the temperature of the substance will rise which, after an induction time, may lead to self-ignition and combustion. A material of this type which exhibits spontaneous ignition or if the temperature of the sample exceeds 200 °C (392 °F) during the 24-hour test period when tested in accordance with UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter), is classed as a Division 4.2 material.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Division 4.3 (Dangerous when wet material).</I> For the purposes of this chapter, <I>dangerous when wet material</I> (Division 4.3) means a material that, by contact with water, is liable to become spontaneously flammable or to give off flammable or toxic gas at a rate greater than 1 L per kilogram of the material, per hour, when tested in accordance with UN Manual of Tests and Criteria.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 15879, Mar. 30, 2017, as amended at 85 FR 27880, May 11, 2020; 89 FR 25477, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.125" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.125   Class 4—Assignment of packing group.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The packing group of a Class 4 material is assigned in column (5) of the § 172.101 Table. When the § 172.101 Table provides more than one packing group for a hazardous material, the packing group shall be determined on the basis of test results following test methods given in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and by applying the appropriate criteria given in this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Packing group criteria for readily combustible materials of Division 4.1 are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Powdered, granular or pasty materials must be classified in Division 4.1 when the time of burning of one or more of the test runs, in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, is less than 45 seconds or the rate of burning is more than 2.2 mm/s. Powders of metals or metal alloys must be classified in Division 4.1 when they can be ignited and the reaction spreads over the whole length of the sample in 10 minutes or less.
</P>
<P>(2) Packing group criteria for readily combustible materials of Division 4.1 are assigned as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For readily combustible solids (other than metal powders), Packing Group II if the burning time is less than 45 seconds and the flame passes the wetted zone. Packing Group II must be assigned to powders of metal or metal alloys if the zone of reaction spreads over the whole length of the sample in 5 minutes or less.
</P>
<P>(ii) For readily combustible solids (other than metal powders), Packing Group III must be assigned if the burning rate time is less than 45 seconds and the wetted zone stops the flame propagation for at least 4 minutes. Packing Group III must be assigned to metal powders if the reaction spreads over the whole length of the sample in more than 5 minutes but not more than 10 minutes.
</P>
<P>(c) Packing group criteria for Division 4.2 materials is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Pyrophoric liquids and solids of Division 4.2 are assigned to Packing Group I.
</P>
<P>(2) A self-heating material is assigned to—
</P>
<P>(i) Packing Group II, if the material gives a positive test result when tested with a 25 mm cube size sample at 140 °C; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Packing Group III, if—
</P>
<P>(A) A positive test result is obtained in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at 140 °C and a negative test result is obtained in a test using a 25 mm sample cube at 140 °C and the substance is transported in packagings with a volume of more than 3 cubic meters; or
</P>
<P>(B) A positive test result is obtained in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at 120 °C and a negative result is obtained in a test using a 25 mm sample cube at 140 °C and the substance is transported in packagings with a volume of more than 450 L; or
</P>
<P>(C) A positive result is obtained in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at 100 °C and a negative result is obtained in a test using a 25 mm sample cube at 140 °C and the substance is transported in packagings with a volume of less than 450 L.
</P>
<P>(d) A Division 4.3 dangerous when wet material is assigned to—
</P>
<P>(1) Packing Group I, if the material reacts vigorously with water at ambient temperatures and demonstrates a tendency for the gas produced to ignite spontaneously, or which reacts readily with water at ambient temperatures such that the rate of evolution of flammable gases is equal or greater than 10 L per kilogram of material over any one minute;
</P>
<P>(2) Packing Group II, if the material reacts readily with water at ambient temperatures such that the maximum rate of evolution of flammable gases is equal to or greater than 20 L per kilogram of material per hour, and which does not meet the criteria for Packing Group I; or
</P>
<P>(3) Packing Group III, if the material reacts slowly with water at ambient temperatures such that the maximum rate of evolution of flammable gases is greater than 1 L per kilogram of material per hour, and which does not meet the criteria for Packing Group I or II.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. 26, 1996; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.127" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.127   Class 5, Division 5.1—Definition and assignment of packing groups.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> For the purpose of this subchapter, <I>oxidizer</I> (Division 5.1) means a material that may, generally by yielding oxygen, cause or enhance the combustion of other materials.
</P>
<P>(1) A solid material, except for solid ammonium nitrate based fertilizer (see paragraph (a)(3) of this section), is classed as a Division 5.1 material if, when tested in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter):
</P>
<P>(i) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.1), the mean burning time is less than or equal to the burning time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.3), the mean burning rate is greater than or equal to the burning rate of a 1:2 calcium peroxide/cellulose mixture.
</P>
<P>(2) A liquid material is classed as a Division 5.1 material if, when tested in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, it spontaneously ignites or its mean time for a pressure rise from 690 kPa to 2070 kPa gauge is less then the time of a 1:1 nitric acid (65 percent)/cellulose mixture.
</P>
<P>(3) Solid ammonium nitrate-based fertilizers must be classified in accordance with the procedure as set out in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, Section 39.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Assignment of packing groups.</I> (1) The packing group of a Division 5.1 material which is a solid shall be assigned using the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(i) Packing Group I, for any material which, in either concentration tested:
</P>
<P>(A) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.1), the mean burning time is less than the mean burning time of a 3:2 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture; or
</P>
<P>(B) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.3), the mean burning rate is greater than the mean burning rate of a 3:1 calcium peroxide/cellulose mixture.
</P>
<P>(ii) Packing Group II, for any material which, in either concentration tested:
</P>
<P>(A) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.1), the mean burning time is less than the mean burning time of a 2:3 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture and the criteria for Packing Group I are not met; or
</P>
<P>(B) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.3), the mean burning rate is greater than the mean burning rate of a 1:1 calcium peroxide/cellulose mixture and the criteria for Packing Group I are not met.
</P>
<P>(iii) Packing Group III for any material which, in either concentration tested:
</P>
<P>(A) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.1), the mean burning time is less than the mean burning time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture and the criteria for Packing Groups I and II are not met; or
</P>
<P>(B) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.3), the mean burning rate is greater than the mean burning rate of a 1:2 calcium peroxide/cellulose mixture and the criteria for Packing Groups I and II are not met.
</P>
<P>(iv) The materials is not classified as a Division 5.1 material if, in either concentration tested:
</P>
<P>(A) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.1), the sample tested does not ignite and exhibit burn, or exhibits a mean burning time of greater than or equal to the mean burning time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture.
</P>
<P>(B) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.3), the sample tested does not ignite and exhibit burn, or exhibits a mean burning rate less than or equal to the mean burning rate of a 1:2 calcium peroxide/cellulose mixture.
</P>
<P>(2) The packing group of a Division 5.1 material which is a liquid shall be assigned using the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(i) Packing Group I for:
</P>
<P>(A) Any material which spontaneously ignites when mixed with cellulose in a 1:1 ratio; or
</P>
<P>(B) Any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than the pressure rise time of a 1:1 perchloric acid (50 percent)/cellulose mixture.
</P>
<P>(ii) Packing Group II, any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than or equal to the pressure rise time of a 1:1 aqueous sodium chlorate solution (40 percent)/cellulose mixture and the criteria for Packing Group I are not met.
</P>
<P>(iii) Packing Group III, any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than or equal to the pressure rise time of a 1:1 nitric acid (65 percent)/cellulose mixture and the criteria for Packing Group I and II are not met.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997, as amended at 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 80 FR 1156, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72924, Nov. 23, 2015; 85 FR 27880, May 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.128" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.128   Class 5, Division 5.2—Definitions and types.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this subchapter, <I>organic peroxide (Division 5.2)</I> means any organic compound containing oxygen (O) in the bivalent -O-O- structure and which may be considered a derivative of hydrogen peroxide, where one or more of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by organic radicals, unless any of the following paragraphs applies:
</P>
<P>(1) The material meets the definition of an explosive as prescribed in subpart C of this part, in which case it must be classed as an explosive;
</P>
<P>(2) The material is forbidden from being offered for transportation according to § 172.101 of this subchapter or § 173.21;
</P>
<P>(3) The Associate Administrator has determined that the material does not present a hazard which is associated with a Division 5.2 material; or
</P>
<P>(4) The material meets one of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) For materials containing no more than 1.0 percent hydrogen peroxide, the available oxygen, as calculated using the equation in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section, is not more than 1.0 percent, or
</P>
<P>(ii) For materials containing more than 1.0 percent but not more than 7.0 percent hydrogen peroxide, the available oxygen, content (O<E T="52">a</E>) is not more than 0.5 percent, when determined using the equation:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="31" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec13no91.031.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>where, for a material containing k species of organic peroxides:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n<E T="52">i</E> = number of -O-O- groups per molecule of the <I>i</I> th species
</FP-2>
<FP-2>c<E T="52">i</E> = concentration (mass percent) of the <I>i</I> th species
</FP-2>
<FP-2>m<E T="52">i</E> = molecular mass of the <I>i</I> th species</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Generic types.</I> Division 5.2 organic peroxides are assigned to a generic system which consists of seven types. An organic peroxide identified by technical name in the Organic Peroxides Table in § 173.225 is assigned to a generic type in accordance with that table. Organic peroxides not identified in the Organic Peroxides table are assigned to generic types under the procedures of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Type A.</I> Organic peroxide type A is an organic peroxide which can detonate or deflagrate rapidly as packaged for transport. Transportation of type A organic peroxides is forbidden.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Type B.</I> Organic peroxide type B is an organic peroxide which, as packaged for transport, neither detonates nor deflagrates rapidly, but can undergo a thermal explosion.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Type C.</I> Organic peroxide type C is an organic peroxide which, as packaged for transport, neither detonates nor deflagrates rapidly and cannot undergo a thermal explosion.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Type D.</I> Organic peroxide type D is an organic peroxide which—
</P>
<P>(i) Detonates only partially, but does not deflagrate rapidly and is not affected by heat when confined;
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not detonate, deflagrates slowly, and shows no violent effect if heated when confined; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Does not detonate or deflagrate, and shows a medium effect when heated under confinement.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Type E.</I> Organic peroxide type E is an organic peroxide which neither detonates nor deflagrates and shows low, or no, effect when heated under confinement.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Type F.</I> Organic peroxide type F is an organic peroxide which will not detonate in a cavitated state, does not deflagrate, shows only a low, or no, effect if heated when confined, and has low, or no, explosive power.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Type G.</I> Organic peroxide type G is an organic peroxide which will not detonate in a cavitated state, will not deflagrate at all, shows no effect when heated under confinement, and shows no explosive power. A type G organic peroxide is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter for organic peroxides of Division 5.2 provided that it is thermally stable (self-accelerating decomposition temperature is 50 °C (122 °F) or higher for a 50 kg (110 pounds) package). An organic peroxide meeting all characteristics of type G except thermal stability and requiring temperature control is classed as a type F, temperature control organic peroxide.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedure for assigning an organic peroxide to a generic type.</I> An organic peroxide shall be assigned to a generic type based on—
</P>
<P>(1) Its physical state (i.e., liquid or solid), in accordance with the definitions for liquid and solid in § 171.8 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) A determination as to its control temperature and emergency temperature, if any, under the provisions of § 173.21(f); and
</P>
<P>(3) Performance of the organic peroxide under the test procedures specified in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Approvals.</I> (1) An organic peroxide must be approved, in writing, by the Associate Administrator, before being offered for transportation or transported, including assignment of a generic type and shipping description, except for—
</P>
<P>(i) An organic peroxide which is identified by technical name in the Organic Peroxides Table in § 173.225(c);
</P>
<P>(ii) A mixture of organic peroxides prepared according to § 173.225(b); or
</P>
<P>(iii) An organic peroxide which may be shipped as a sample under the provisions of § 173.225(b).
</P>
<P>(2) A person applying for an approval must submit all relevant data concerning physical state, temperature controls, and tests results or an approval issued for the organic peroxide by the competent authority of a foreign government.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Tests.</I> The generic type for an organic peroxide shall be determined using the testing protocol from Figure 20.1(a) (Classification and Flow Chart Scheme for Organic Peroxides) from the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.129" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.129   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.132" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.132   Class 6, Division 6.1—Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purpose of this subchapter, <I>poisonous material</I> (Division 6.1) means a material, other than a gas, which is known to be so toxic to humans as to afford a hazard to health during transportation, or which, in the absence of adequate data on human toxicity:
</P>
<P>(1) Is presumed to be toxic to humans because it falls within any one of the following categories when tested on laboratory animals (whenever possible, animal test data that has been reported in the chemical literature should be used):
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Oral Toxicity.</I> A liquid or solid with an LD<E T="52">50</E> for acute oral toxicity of not more than 300 mg/kg.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Dermal Toxicity.</I> A material with an LD<E T="52">50</E> for acute dermal toxicity of not more than 1000 mg/kg.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Inhalation Toxicity.</I> (A) A dust or mist with an LC<E T="52">50</E> for acute toxicity on inhalation of not more than 4 mg/L; or
</P>
<P>(B) A material with a saturated vapor concentration in air at 20 °C (68 °F) greater than or equal to one-fifth of the LC<E T="52">50</E> for acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors and with an LC<E T="52">50</E> for acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors of not more than 5000 mL/m
<SU>3</SU>; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is an irritating material, with properties similar to tear gas, which causes extreme irritation, especially in confined spaces.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this subchapter—
</P>
<P>(1) LD<E T="52">50</E> (median lethal dose) for acute oral toxicity is the statistically derived single dose of a substance that can be expected to cause death within 14 days in 50% of young adult albino rats when administered by the oral route. The LD<E T="52">50</E> value is expressed in terms of mass of test substance per mass of test animal (mg/kg). 
</P>
<P>(2) LD<E T="52">50</E> for acute dermal toxicity means that dose of the material which, administered by continuous contact for 24 hours with the shaved intact skin (avoiding abrading) of an albino rabbit, causes death within 14 days in half of the animals tested. The number of animals tested must be sufficient to give statistically valid results and be in conformity with good pharmacological practices. The result is expressed in mg/kg body mass.
</P>
<P>(3) LC<E T="52">50</E> for acute toxicity on inhalation means that concentration of vapor, mist, or dust which, administered by continuous inhalation for one hour to both male and female young adult albino rats, causes death within 14 days in half of the animals tested. If the material is administered to the animals as a dust or mist, more than 90 percent of the particles available for inhalation in the test must have a diameter of 10 microns or less if it is reasonably foreseeable that such concentrations could be encountered by a human during transport. The result is expressed in mg/L of air for dusts and mists or in mL/m
<SU>3</SU> of air (parts per million) for vapors. See § 173.133(b) for LC<E T="52">50</E> determination for mixtures and for limit tests.
</P>
<P>(i) When provisions of this subchapter require the use of the LC<E T="52">50</E> for acute toxicity on inhalation of dusts and mists based on a one-hour exposure and such data is not available, the LC<E T="52">50</E> for acute toxicity on inhalation based on a four-hour exposure may be multiplied by four and the product substituted for the one-hour LC<E T="52">50</E> for acute toxicity on inhalation.
</P>
<P>(ii) When the provisions of this subchapter require the use of the LC<E T="52">50</E> for acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors based on a one-hour exposure and such data is not available, the LC<E T="52">50</E> for acute toxicity on inhalation based on a four-hour exposure may be multiplied by two and the product substituted for the one-hour LC<E T="52">50</E> for acute toxicity on inhalation.
</P>
<P>(iii) A solid substance should be tested if at least 10 percent of its total mass is likely to be dust in a respirable range, e.g. the aerodynamic diameter of that particle-fraction is 10 microns or less. A liquid substance should be tested if a mist is likely to be generated in a leakage of the transport containment. In carrying out the test both for solid and liquid substances, more than 90% (by mass) of a specimen prepared for inhalation toxicity testing must be in the respirable range as defined in this paragraph (b)(3)(iii).
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of classifying and assigning packing groups to mixtures possessing oral or dermal toxicity hazards according to the criteria in § 173.133(a)(1), it is necessary to determine the acute LD<E T="52">50</E> of the mixture. If a mixture contains more than one active constituent, one of the following methods may be used to determine the oral or dermal LD<E T="52">50</E> of the mixture:
</P>
<P>(1) Obtain reliable acute oral and dermal toxicity data on the actual mixture to be transported;
</P>
<P>(2) If reliable, accurate data is not available, classify the formulation according to the most hazardous constituent of the mixture as if that constituent were present in the same concentration as the total concentration of all active constituents; or
</P>
<P>(3) If reliable, accurate data is not available, apply the formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="27" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er06my97.000.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>where:
</FP>
<FP-2>C = the % concentration of constituent A, B ... Z in the mixture;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T = the oral LD<E T="52">50</E> values of constituent A, B ... Z;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">M</E> = the oral LD<E T="52">50</E> value of the mixture.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to formula in paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(3):</HED>
<P>This formula also may be used for dermal toxicities provided that this information is available on the same species for all constituents. The use of this formula does not take into account any potentiation or protective phenomena.</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) The foregoing categories shall not apply if the Associate Administrator has determined that the physical characteristics of the material or its probable hazards to humans as shown by documented experience indicate that the material will not cause serious sickness or death.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 45702, Aug. 28, 1997; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45379, 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 43529, July 20, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.133" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.133   Assignment of packing group and hazard zones for Division 6.1 materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The packing group of Division 6.1 materials shall be as assigned in column 5 of the § 172.101 table. When the § 172.101 table provides more than one packing group or hazard zone for a hazardous material, the packing group and hazard zone shall be determined by applying the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) The packing group assignment for routes of administration other than inhalation of vapors shall be in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Packing group
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Oral toxicity LD<E T="52">50</E> (mg/kg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dermal toxicity LD<E T="52">50</E>
<br/>(mg/kg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Inhalation toxicity by dusts and mists LC<E T="52">50</E> (mg/L)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤0.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;5.0 and ≤50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;50 and ≤200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;0.2 and ≤2.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;50 and ≤300</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;200 and ≤1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;2.0 and ≤4.0</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2)(i) The packing group and hazard zone assignments for liquids (see § 173.115(c) of this subpart for gases) based on inhalation of vapors shall be in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Packing Group
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vapor concentration and toxicity
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I (Hazard Zone A)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">V ≥500 LC<E T="52">50</E> and LC<E T="52">50</E> ≤200 mL/M
<sup>3</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I (Hazard Zone B)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">V ≥10 LC<E T="52">50</E>; LC<E T="52">50</E> ≤1000 mL/m
<sup>3</sup>; and the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A are not met.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">V ≥LC<E T="52">50</E>; LC<E T="52">50</E> ≤3000 mL/m
<sup>3</sup>; and the criteria for Packing Group I, are not met.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">V ≥.2 LC<E T="52">50</E>; LC<E T="52">50</E> ≤5000 mL/m
<sup>3</sup>; and the criteria for Packing Groups I and II, are not met.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 1:</E> V is the saturated vapor concentration in air of the material in mL/m
<sup>3</sup> at 20 °C and standard atmospheric pressure.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 2:</E> A liquid in Division 6.1 meeting criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zones A or B stated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is a material poisonous by inhalation subject to the additional hazard communication requirements in §§ 172.203(m), 172.313 and table 1 of § 172.504(e) of this subchapter.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) These criteria are represented graphically in Figure 1:

</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.063.gif"/>
<P>(3) When the packing group determined by applying these criteria is different for two or more (oral, dermal or inhalation) routes of administration, the packing group assigned to the material shall be that indicated for the highest degree of toxicity for any of the routes of administration.
</P>
<P>(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, the packing group and hazard zone of a tear gas substance is as assigned in column 5 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(b) The packing group and hazard zone for Division 6.1 mixtures that are poisonous (toxic) by inhalation may be determined by one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(1) Where LC<E T="52">50</E> data is available on each of the poisonous (toxic) substances comprising the mixture—
</P>
<P>(i) The LC<E T="52">50</E> of the mixture is estimated using the formula: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="37" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er07se04.000.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>where
</FP>
<FP-2>f<E T="52">i</E> = mole fraction of the i
<SU>th</SU> component substance of the liquid.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>LC<E T="52">50</E><E T="52">i</E> = mean lethal concentration of the i
<SU>th</SU> component substance in mL/m
<SU>3</SU></FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) The volatility of each component substance is estimated using the formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="26" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er28se01.023.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>where:
</FP>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">i</E> = partial pressure of the i<I>th</I> component substance in kPa at 20 °C and one atmospheric pressure. Pi may be calculated according to Raoult's Law using appropriate activity coefficients. Where activity coefficients are not available, the coefficient may be assumed to be 1.0.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(iii) The ratio of the volatility to the LC<E T="52">50</E> is calculated using the formula: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="26" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er07se04.001.gif"/></MATH>
<P>(iv) Using the calculated values LC<E T="52">50</E> (mixture) and R, the packing group for the mixture is determined as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Packaging group
<br/>(hazard zone) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Ratio of volatility and LC<E T="52">50</E> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I (Hazard Zone A)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R ≥500 and LC<E T="52">50</E> (mixture) ≤200 mL/m
<sup>3</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I (Hazard Zone B)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R ≥10 and LC<E T="52">50</E> (mixture) ≤1000 mL/m
<sup>3</sup>; and the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A are not met.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R ≥1 and LC<E T="52">50</E> (mixture) ≤3000 mL/m
<sup>3</sup>; and the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zones A and B are not met.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R ≥
<fr>1/5</fr> and LC<E T="52">50</E> (mixture) ≤5000 mL/m
<sup>3</sup>; and the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zones A and B and Packing Group II are not met.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) In the absence of LC<E T="52">50</E> data on the poisonous (toxic) constituent substances, the mixture may be assigned a packing group and hazard zone based on the following simplified threshold toxicity tests. When these threshold tests are used, the most restrictive packing group and hazard zone must be determined and used for the transportation of the mixture.
</P>
<P>(i) A mixture is assigned to Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A only if both the following criteria are met:
</P>
<P>(A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create a test atmosphere of 200 mL/m
<SU>3</SU> vaporized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere as determined by an analytical method appropriate for the material being classified for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have an LC<E T="52">50</E> equal to or less than 200 mL/m
<SU>3</SU>.
</P>
<P>(B) A sample of the vapor in equilibrium with the liquid mixture is diluted with 499 equal volumes of air to form a test atmosphere. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than 500 times the mixture LC<E T="52">50</E>.
</P>
<P>(ii) A mixture is assigned to Packing Group I, Hazard Zone B only if both the following criteria are met, and the mixture does not meet the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A:
</P>
<P>(A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create a test atmosphere of 1000 mL/m
<SU>3</SU> vaporized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have an LC<E T="52">50</E> equal to or less than 1000 mL/m
<SU>3</SU>.
</P>
<P>(B) A sample of the vapor in equilibrium with the liquid mixture is diluted with 9 equal volumes of air to form a test atmosphere. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than 10 times the mixture LC<E T="52">50</E>.
</P>
<P>(iii) A mixture is assigned to Packing Group II only if both the following criteria are met, and the mixture does not meet the criteria for Packing Group I (Hazard Zones A or B):
</P>
<P>(A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create a test atmosphere of 3000 mL/m
<SU>3</SU> vaporized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have an LC<E T="52">50</E> equal to or less than 3000 mL/m
<SU>3</SU>.
</P>
<P>(B) A sample of the vapor in equilibrium with the liquid mixture is used to form a test atmosphere. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than the mixture LC<E T="52">50</E>.
</P>
<P>(iv) A mixture is assigned to Packing Group III only if both the following criteria are met, and the mixture does not meet the criteria for Packing Groups I (Hazard Zones A or B) or Packing Group II (Hazard Zone C):
</P>
<P>(A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create a test atmosphere of 5000 mL/m
<SU>3</SU> vaporized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have an LC<E T="52">50</E> equal to or less than 5000 mL/m
<SU>3</SU>.
</P>
<P>(B) The vapor pressure of the liquid mixture is measured and if the vapor concentration is equal to or greater than 1000 mL/m
<SU>3</SU>, the mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than 
<FR>1/5</FR> the mixture LC<E T="52">50</E>.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Transitional provisions.</I> The criteria for packing group assignments in effect on December 31, 2006, may continue to be used until January 1, 2012.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45461, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45183, 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 66 FR 49556, Sept. 28, 2001; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 43529, July 20, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.134" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.134   Class 6, Division 6.2—Definitions and exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions and classification criteria.</I> For the purposes of this subchapter, the following definitions and classification criteria apply to Division 6.2 materials.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Division 6.2 (Infectious substance)</I> means a material known or reasonably expected to contain a pathogen. A pathogen is a microorganism (including bacteria, viruses, parasites, and fungi) or other agent, such as a proteinaceous infectious particle (prion) that can cause disease in humans or animals. An infectious substance must be assigned the identification number UN2814, UN2900, UN3291, UN3373, or UN3549 as appropriate, and must be assigned to one of the following categories:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Category A:</I> An infectious substance in a form capable of causing permanent disability or life-threatening or fatal disease in otherwise healthy humans or animals when exposure to it occurs. An exposure occurs when an infectious substance is released outside of its protective packaging, resulting in physical contact with humans or animals. A Category A infectious substance must be assigned to identification number UN2814, UN2900, or UN3549, as appropriate. Assignment to UN2814, UN2900, or UN3549 must be based on the known medical history or symptoms of the source patient or animal, endemic local conditions, or professional judgment concerning the individual circumstances of the source human or animal.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Category B:</I> An infectious substance that is not in a form generally capable of causing permanent disability or life-threatening or fatal disease in otherwise healthy humans or animals when exposure to it occurs. This includes Category B infectious substances transported for diagnostic or investigational purposes. A Category B infectious substance must be described as “Biological substance, Category B” and assigned identification number UN3373. This does not include regulated medical waste, which must be assigned identification number UN3291.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Biological product</I> means a virus, therapeutic serum, toxin, antitoxin, vaccine, blood, blood component or derivative, allergenic product, or analogous product, or arsphenamine or derivative of arsphenamine (or any other trivalent arsenic compound) applicable to the prevention, treatment, or cure of a disease or condition of human beings or animals. A <I>biological product</I> includes a material subject to regulation under 42 U.S.C. 262 or 21 U.S.C. 151-159. Unless otherwise excepted, a <I>biological product</I> known or reasonably expected to contain a pathogen that meets the definition of a Category A or B infectious substance must be assigned the identification number UN 2814, UN 2900, or UN 3373, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Culture</I> means an infectious substance containing a pathogen that is intentionally propagated. <I>Culture</I> does not include a human or animal patient specimen as defined in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Patient specimens</I> means those collected directly from humans or animals and transported for research, diagnosis, investigational activities, or disease treatment or prevention. <I>Patient specimens</I> includes excreta, secreta, blood and its components, tissue and tissue swabs, body parts, and specimens in transport media (<I>e.g.,</I> transwabs, culture media, and blood culture bottles).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Regulated medical waste or clinical waste or (bio) medical waste</I> means a waste or reusable material derived from the medical treatment of an animal or human, which includes diagnosis and immunization, or from biomedical research, which includes the production and testing of biological products. Regulated medical waste or clinical waste or (bio) medical waste containing a Category A infectious substance must be classed as an infectious substance, and assigned to UN2814, UN2900, or UN3549, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Sharps</I> means any object contaminated with a pathogen or that may become contaminated with a pathogen through handling or during transportation and also capable of cutting or penetrating skin or a packaging material. <I>Sharps</I> includes needles, syringes, scalpels, broken glass, culture slides, culture dishes, broken capillary tubes, broken rigid plastic, and exposed ends of dental wires. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Toxin</I> means a Division 6.1 material from a plant, animal, or bacterial source. A <I>toxin</I> containing an infectious substance or a <I>toxin</I> contained in an infectious substance must be classed as Division 6.2, described as an infectious substance, and assigned to UN 2814 or UN 2900, as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Used health care product</I> means a medical, diagnostic, or research device or piece of equipment, or a personal care product used by consumers, medical professionals, or pharmaceutical providers that does not meet the definition of a patient specimen, biological product, or regulated medical waste, is contaminated with potentially infectious body fluids or materials, and is not decontaminated or disinfected to remove or mitigate the infectious hazard prior to transportation. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> The following are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter as Division 6.2 materials:
</P>
<P>(1) A material that does not contain an infectious substance or that is unlikely to cause disease in humans or animals.
</P>
<P>(2) Non-infectious biological materials from humans, animals, or plants. Examples include non-infectious cells, tissue cultures, blood or plasma from individuals not suspected of having an infectious disease, DNA, RNA or other non-infectious genetic elements.
</P>
<P>(3) A material containing micro-organisms that are non-pathogenic to humans or animals.
</P>
<P>(4) A material containing pathogens that have been neutralized or inactivated such that they no longer pose a health risk.
</P>
<P>(5) A material with a low probability of containing an infectious substance, or where the concentration of the infectious substance is at a level naturally occurring in the environment so it cannot cause disease when exposure to it occurs. Examples of these materials include: Foodstuffs; environmental samples, such as water or a sample of dust or mold; and substances that have been treated so that the pathogens have been neutralized or deactivated, such as a material treated by steam sterilization, chemical disinfection, or other appropriate method, so it no longer meets the definition of an infectious substance.
</P>
<P>(6) A biological product, including an experimental or investigational product or component of a product, subject to Federal approval, permit, review, or licensing requirements, such as those required by the Food and Drug Administration of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services or the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
</P>
<P>(7) Blood collected for the purpose of blood transfusion or the preparation of blood products; blood products; plasma; plasma derivatives; blood components; tissues or organs intended for use in transplant operations; and human cell, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based products regulated under authority of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 264-272) and/or the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(8) Blood, blood plasma, and blood components collected for the purpose of blood transfusion or the preparation of blood products and sent for testing as part of the collection process, except where the person collecting the blood has reason to believe it contains an infectious substance, in which case the test sample must be shipped as a Category A or Category B infectious substance in accordance with § 173.196 or § 173.199, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(9) Dried blood spots or specimens for fecal occult blood detection placed on absorbent filter paper or other material.
</P>
<P>(10) A Division 6.2 material, other than a Category A infectious substance, contained in a patient sample being transported for research, diagnosis, investigational activities, or disease treatment or prevention, or a biological product, when such materials are transported by a private or contract carrier in a motor vehicle used exclusively to transport such materials. Medical or clinical equipment and laboratory products may be transported aboard the same vehicle provided they are properly packaged and secured against exposure or contamination. If the human or animal sample or biological product meets the definition of regulated medical waste in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, it must be offered for transportation and transported in conformance with the appropriate requirements for regulated medical waste.
</P>
<P>(11) A human or animal sample (including, but not limited to, secreta, excreta, blood and its components, tissue and tissue fluids, and body parts) being transported for routine testing not related to the diagnosis of an infectious disease, such as for drug/alcohol testing, cholesterol testing, blood glucose level testing, prostate specific antibody testing, testing to monitor kidney or liver function, or pregnancy testing, or for tests for diagnosis of non-infectious diseases, such as cancer biopsies, and for which there is a low probability the sample is infectious.
</P>
<P>(12) Laundry and medical equipment and used health care products, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Laundry or medical equipment conforming to the regulations of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the Department of Labor in 29 CFR 1910.1030. This exception includes medical equipment intended for use, cleaning, or refurbishment, such as reusable surgical equipment, or equipment used for testing where the components within which the equipment is contained essentially function as packaging. This exception does not apply to medical equipment being transported for disposal.
</P>
<P>(ii) Used health care products not conforming to the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.1030 and being returned to the manufacturer or the manufacturer's designee are excepted from the requirements of this subchapter when offered for transportation or transported in accordance with this paragraph (b)(12). For purposes of this paragraph, a health care product is used when it has been removed from its original packaging. Used health care products contaminated with or suspected of contamination with a Category A infectious substance may not be transported under the provisions of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(A) Each used health care product must be drained of free liquid to the extent practicable and placed in a watertight primary container designed and constructed to assure that it remains intact under conditions normally incident to transportation. For a used health care product capable of cutting or penetrating skin or packaging material, the primary container must be capable of retaining the product without puncture of the packaging under normal conditions of transport. Each primary container must be marked with a BIOHAZARD marking conforming to 29 CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i).
</P>
<P>(B) Each primary container must be placed inside a watertight secondary container designed and constructed to assure that it remains intact under conditions normally incident to transportation. The secondary container must be marked with a BIOHAZARD marking conforming to 29 CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i).
</P>
<P>(C) The secondary container must be placed inside an outer packaging with sufficient cushioning material to prevent shifting between the secondary container and the outer packaging. An itemized list of the contents of the primary container and information concerning possible contamination with a Division 6.2 material, including its possible location on the product, must be placed between the secondary container and the outside packaging.
</P>
<P>(D) Each person who offers or transports a used health care product under the provisions of this paragraph must know about the requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(13) Any waste or recyclable material, other than regulated medical waste, including—
</P>
<P>(i) Household waste as defined in § 171.8, when transported in accordance with applicable state, local, or tribal requirements.
</P>
<P>(ii) Sanitary waste or sewage;
</P>
<P>(iii) Sewage sludge or compost;
</P>
<P>(iv) Animal waste generated in animal husbandry or food production; or
</P>
<P>(v) Medical waste generated from households and transported in accordance with applicable state, local, or tribal requirements.
</P>
<P>(14) Corpses, remains, and anatomical parts intended for interment, cremation, or medical research at a college, hospital, or laboratory.
</P>
<P>(15) Forensic material transported on behalf of a U.S. Government, state, local or Indian tribal government agency, except that—
</P>
<P>(i) Forensic material known or suspected to contain a Category B infectious substance must be shipped in a packaging conforming to the provisions of § 173.24.
</P>
<P>(ii) Forensic material known or suspected to contain a Category A infectious substance or an infectious substance listed as a select agent in 42 CFR part 73 must be transported in packaging capable of meeting the test standards in § 178.609 of this subchapter. The secondary packaging must be marked with a BIOHAZARD symbol conforming to specifications in 29 CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). An itemized list of contents must be enclosed between the secondary packaging and the outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(16) A raw agricultural commodity as defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetics Act (21 U.S.C. 301 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions for regulated medical waste.</I> The following provisions apply to the transportation of regulated medical waste: 
</P>
<P>(1) A regulated medical waste transported by a private or contract carrier is excepted from— 
</P>
<P>(i) The requirement for an “INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE” label if the outer packaging is marked with a “BIOHAZARD” marking in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1030; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The specific packaging requirements of § 173.197, if packaged in a rigid non-bulk packaging conforming to the general packaging requirements of §§ 173.24 and 173.24a and packaging requirements specified in 29 CFR 1910.1030, provided the material does not include a waste concentrated stock culture of an infectious substance. Sharps containers must be securely closed to prevent leaks or punctures.
</P>
<P>(2) The following materials may be offered for transportation and transported as a regulated medical waste when packaged in a rigid non-bulk packaging conforming to the general packaging requirements of §§ 173.24 and 173.24a and packaging requirements specified in 29 CFR 1910.1030 and transported by a private or contract carrier in a vehicle used exclusively to transport regulated medical waste:
</P>
<P>(i) Waste stock or culture of a Category B infectious substance;
</P>
<P>(ii) Plant and animal waste regulated by the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS);
</P>
<P>(iii) Waste pharmaceutical materials;
</P>
<P>(iv) Laboratory and recyclable wastes;
</P>
<P>(v) Infectious substances that have been treated to eliminate or neutralize pathogens;
</P>
<P>(vi) Forensic materials being transported for final destruction;
</P>
<P>(vii) Rejected or recalled health care products;
</P>
<P>(viii) Documents intended for destruction in accordance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) requirements;
</P>
<P>(ix) Medical or clinical equipment and laboratory products provided they are properly packaged and secured against exposure or contamination; or
</P>
<P>(x) Sharps in sharp containers provided the containers are securely closed to prevent leaks or punctures; do not exceed 18 gallons capacity; registered under the Medical Device Regulations of FDA; made of puncture resistant plastic that meets ASTM Standard F2132-01, Standard Specification for Puncture Resistance of Materials Used in Containers for Discarded Medical Needles and Other Sharps; and are securely fitted into wheeled racks that hold them in an upright position. The wheeled racks must contain full rows of sharps containers secured in place by a moveable bar; and must be securely held in place on the motor vehicle by straps or load bars during transportation. No shelf in any wheeled rack may exceed the manufacturer's recommended load capacity.
</P>
<P>(d) If an item listed in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section meets the definition of another hazard class or if it is a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, or marine pollutant, it must be offered for transportation and transported in accordance with applicable requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Transitional provisions.</I> The authorization for continued use of the criteria for packing group assignments in effect on December 31, 2006 ended on January 1, 2012.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 53138, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 73 FR 4718, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 43530, July 20, 2011; 77 FR 60942, Oct. 5, 2012; 78 FR 15327, Mar. 11, 2013; 85 FR 27880, May 11, 2020; 85 FR 83397, Dec. 21, 2020; 87 FR 44992, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.136" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.136   Class 8—Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purpose of this subchapter, “corrosive material” (Class 8) means a liquid or solid that causes irreversible damage to human skin at the site of contact within a specified period of time. A liquid, or a solid which may become liquid during transportation, that has a severe corrosion rate on steel or aluminum based on the criteria in § 173.137(c)(2) is also a corrosive material. Whenever practical, <I>in vitro</I> test methods authorized in § 173.137 of this part or historical data authorized in paragraph (c) of this section should be used to determine whether a material is corrosive.
</P>
<P>(b) If human experience or other data indicate that the hazard of a material is greater or less than indicated by the results of the tests specified in paragraph (a) of this section, PHMSA may revise its classification or make the determination that the material is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Skin corrosion test data produced no later than September 30, 1995, using the procedures of part 173, appendix A, in effect on September 30, 1995 (see 49 CFR part 173, appendix A, revised as of October 1, 1994) for appropriate exposure times may be used for classification and assignment of packing group for Class 8 materials corrosive to skin.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3372, Jan. 19, 2011; 85 FR 27880, May 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.137" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.137   Class 8—Assignment of packing group.</HEAD>
<P>The packing group of a Class 8 material is indicated in Column 5 of the table to § 172.101 (of this subchapter). When the table to § 172.101 provides more than one packing group for a Class 8 material, the packing group must be determined using data obtained from tests conducted in accordance with the OECD Guidelines for the Testing of Chemicals, Test No. 435, “<I>In Vitro</I> Membrane Barrier Test Method for Skin Corrosion” (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter); or Test No. 404, “Acute Dermal Irritation/Corrosion” (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). Alternatively, a substance or mixture may be considered not corrosive to human skin for the purposes of this subchapter following testing in accordance with OECD Guideline for the Testing of Chemicals Test No. 430, “<I>In Vitro</I> Skin Corrosion: Transcutaneous Electrical Resistance test (TER)” (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter); Test No. 431, “<I>In Vitro</I> Skin Corrosion: Reconstructed Human Epidermis (RHE) Test Method” (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter); or Test No. 439, “<I>In Vitro</I> Skin Irritation: Reconstructed Human Epidermis Test Method” (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). However, if the substance or mixture is determined to be corrosive in accordance with Test No. 430 or Test No. 439, the material may be assigned to Packing Group I, or must be further tested using Test No. 435 or Test No. 404 to determine the packaging group assignment. If the results of Test No. 431 indicate that the substance or mixture is corrosive, but the test method does not clearly distinguish between assignment of Packing Groups II and III, the material must be assigned to Packing Group II unless further testing is performed. The packing group assignment using data obtained from tests conducted in accordance with OECD Guideline Test No. 404 must be as follows:




</P>
<P>(a) <I>Packing Group I.</I> Materials that cause irreversible damage to intact skin tissue within an observation period of up to 60 minutes, starting after the exposure time of three minutes or less.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Packing Group II.</I> Materials, other than those meeting Packing Group I criteria, that cause irreversible damage to intact skin tissue within an observation period of up to 14 days, starting after the exposure time of more than three minutes but not more than 60 minutes.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Packing Group III.</I> Materials, other than those meeting Packing Group I or II criteria—
</P>
<P>(1) That cause irreversible damage to intact skin tissue within an observation period of up to 14 days, starting after the exposure time of more than 60 minutes but not more than 4 hours; or
</P>
<P>(2) That do not cause irreversible damage to intact skin tissue but exhibit a corrosion on either steel or aluminum surfaces exceeding 6.25 mm (0.25 inch) a year at a test temperature of 55 °C (130 °F) when tested on both materials. The corrosion may be determined in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or other equivalent test methods.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Alternative packing group assignment methods for mixtures.</I> For mixtures it is necessary to obtain or derive information that allows the criteria to be applied to the mixture for the purpose of classification and assignment of packing groups. The approach to classification and assignment of packing groups is tiered, and is dependent upon the amount of information available for the mixture itself, for similar mixtures and/or for its ingredients. The flow chart in Figure 1 to paragraph (d) outlines the process to be followed:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er11my20.000.gif"/>
<P>(1) <I>Bridging principles.</I> Where a mixture has not been tested to determine its skin corrosion potential, but there is sufficient data on both the individual ingredients and similar tested mixtures to adequately classify and assign a packing group for the mixture, this data will be used in accordance with the following bridging principles. This ensures that the classification process uses the available data to the greatest extent possible in characterizing the hazards of the mixture.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Dilution.</I> If a tested mixture is diluted with a diluent, which does not meet the criteria for Class 8 and does not affect the packing group of other ingredients, then the new diluted mixture may be assigned to the same packing group as the original tested mixture. In certain cases, diluting a mixture or substance may lead to an increase in the corrosive properties. If this is the case, this bridging principle cannot be used.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Batching.</I> The skin corrosion potential of a tested production batch of a mixture can be assumed to be substantially equivalent to that of another untested production batch of the same commercial product when produced by or under the control of the same manufacturer, unless there is reason to believe there is significant variation such that the skin corrosion potential of the untested batch has changed. If the latter occurs, a new classification is necessary.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Concentration of mixtures of packing group I.</I> If a tested mixture meeting the criteria for inclusion in Packing Group I is concentrated, the more concentrated untested mixture may be assigned to Packing Group I without additional testing.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Interpolation within one packing group.</I> For three mixtures (A, B and C) with identical ingredients, where mixtures A and B have been tested and are in the same skin corrosion packing group, and where untested mixture C has the same Class 8 ingredients as mixtures A and B but has concentrations of Class 8 ingredients intermediate to the concentrations in mixtures A and B, then mixture C is assumed to be in the same skin corrosion packing group as A and B.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Substantially similar mixtures.</I> Given the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Two mixtures: (A+B) and (C+B);
</P>
<P>(B) The concentration of ingredient B is the same in both mixtures;
</P>
<P>(C) The concentration of ingredient A in mixture (A+B) equals the concentration of ingredient C in mixture (C+B);
</P>
<P>(D) Data on skin corrosion for ingredients A and C are available and substantially equivalent, <I>i.e.,</I> they are the same skin corrosion packing group and do not affect the skin corrosion potential of B.
</P>
<P>(E) If the above mixture (A+B) or (C+B) is already classified based on test data, then the other mixture may be assigned to the same packing group.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Calculation method based on the classification of the substances.</I> Where a mixture has not been tested to determine its skin corrosion potential, nor is sufficient data available on similar mixtures, the corrosive properties of the substances in the mixture shall be considered to classify and assign a packing group. Applying the calculation method is only allowed if there are no synergistic effects that make the mixture more corrosive than the sum of its substances. This restriction applies only if Packing Group II or III would be assigned to the mixture.
</P>
<P>(i) All Class 8 ingredients present at a concentration of ≥1% shall be taken into account, or &lt;1% if these ingredients are still relevant for classifying the mixture to be corrosive to skin.
</P>
<P>(ii) To determine whether a mixture containing corrosive substances must be considered a corrosive mixture and to assign a packing group, the calculation method in the flow chart in appendix I must be applied. For this calculation method, generic concentration limits apply where 1% is used in the first step for the assessment of the packing group I substances, and where 5% is used for the other steps respectively.
</P>
<P>(iii) When a specific concentration limit (SCL) is assigned to a substance following its entry in the Hazardous Materials Table or in a special provision, this limit shall be used instead of the generic concentration limits (GCL).
</P>
<P>(iv) The following formula must be used for each step of the calculation process. The criterion for a packing group is fulfilled when the result of the calculation is ≥ 1. The generic concentration limits to be used for the evaluation in each step of the calculation method are those found in appendix I of this part. Where applicable, the generic concentration limit shall be substituted by the specific concentration limit assigned to the substance(s) (SCLi), and the adapted formula is a weighted average of the different concentration limits assigned to the different substances in the mixture:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er11my20.001.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>PG x<E T="52">i</E> = concentration of substance 1, 2 . . .<I>i</I> in the mixture, assigned to packing group x (I, II or III)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>GCL = generic concentration limit
</FP-2>
<FP-2>SCL<E T="52">i</E> = specific concentration limit assigned to substance <I>i</I></FP-2></EXTRACT>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 173.137:</HED>
<P>When an initial test on either a steel or aluminum surface indicates the material being tested is corrosive, the follow up test on the other surface is not required.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 27880, May 11, 2020, as amended at 87 FR 44993, July 26, 2022; 89 FR 25477, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.140" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.140   Class 9—Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this subchapter, <I>miscellaneous hazardous material</I> (Class 9) means a material which presents a hazard during transportation but which does not meet the definition of any other hazard class. This class includes:
</P>
<P>(a) Any material which has an anesthetic, noxious or other similar property which could cause extreme annoyance or discomfort to a flight crew member so as to prevent the correct performance of assigned duties; or
</P>
<P>(b) Any material that meets the definition in § 171.8 of this subchapter for an elevated temperature material, a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173-233, 58 FR 33305, June 16, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.141" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.141   Class 9—Assignment of packing group.</HEAD>
<P>The packing group of a Class 9 material is as indicated in column 5 of the § 172.101 table.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.144-173.145" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.144-173.145   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.150" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.150   Exceptions for Class 3 (flammable and combustible liquids).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limited quantities.</I> Limited quantities of flammable liquids (Class 3) and combustible liquids are excepted from labeling requirements, unless the material is offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. For transportation by aircraft, the package must also conform to applicable requirements of § 173.27 of this part (<I>e.g.,</I> authorized materials, inner packaging quantity limits and closure securement) and only hazardous material authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a limited quantity. A limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel, and is eligible for the exceptions provided in § 173.156 of this part. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for transportation by aircraft, the following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(1) For flammable liquids in Packing Group I, inner packagings not over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon) net capacity each, packed in a strong outer packaging;
</P>
<P>(2) For flammable liquids in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallons) net capacity each, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) For flammable liquids in Packing Group III and combustible liquids, inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]</P>
<P>(d) <I>Alcoholic beverages.</I> (1) An alcoholic beverage (wine and distilled spirits as defined in 27 CFR 4.10 and 5.11), when transported via motor vehicle, vessel, or rail, is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if the alcoholic beverage:
</P>
<P>(i) Contains 24 percent or less alcohol by volume;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is contained in an inner packaging of 5 L (1.3 gallons) or less; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Is a Packing Group III alcoholic beverage contained in a packaging 250 liters (66 gallons) or less;
</P>
<P>(2) An alcoholic beverage (wine and distilled spirits as defined in 27 CFR 4.10 and 5.11), when transported via aircraft, is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if the alcoholic beverage:
</P>
<P>(i) Contains 24 percent or less alcohol by volume;
</P>
<P>(ii) For transportation aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft, contains more than 24% but not more than 70% alcohol by volume when in unopened retail packagings not exceeding 5 liters (1.3 gallons) carried in carry-on or checked baggage, with a total net quantity per person of 5 liters (1.3) gallons (See § 175.10(a)(4) of this subchapter); or
</P>
<P>(iii) When carried as cargo, contains more than 24% but not more than 70% alcohol by volume in an inner packaging not exceeding 5 L (1.3 gallons).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Aqueous solutions of alcohol.</I> An aqueous solution containing 24 percent or less alcohol by volume and no other hazardous material—
</P>
<P>(1) May be reclassed as a combustible liquid.
</P>
<P>(2) Is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if it contains no less than 50 percent water.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Combustible liquids.</I> (1) A flammable liquid with a flash point at or above 38 °C (100 °F) that does not meet the definition of any other hazard class may be reclassed as a combustible liquid. This provision does not apply to transportation by vessel or aircraft, except where other means of transportation is impracticable.
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements in this subchapter do not apply to a material classed as a combustible liquid in a non-bulk packaging unless the combustible liquid is a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant.
</P>
<P>(3) A combustible liquid that is in a bulk packaging or a combustible liquid that is a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter except those pertaining to:
</P>
<P>(i) Shipping papers, waybills, switching orders, and hazardous waste manifests;
</P>
<P>(ii) Marking of packages;
</P>
<P>(iii) Display of identification numbers on bulk packages;
</P>
<P>(iv) For bulk packagings only, placarding requirements of subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(v) Carriage aboard aircraft and vessels (for packaging requirements for transport by vessel, see § 176.340 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(vi) Reporting incidents as prescribed by §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(vii) Packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and, in addition, non-bulk packagings must conform with requirements of § 173.203;
</P>
<P>(viii) The requirements of §§ 173.1, 173.21, 173.24, 173.24a, 173.24b, 174.1, 177.804, 177.817, 177.834(j), and 177.837(d) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(ix) The training requirements of subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(x) Emergency response information requirements of subpart G of part 172; and
</P>
<P>(xi) For bulk packagings only, registration requirements of subpart G of part 107 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) A combustible liquid that is not a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if it is a mixture of one or more components that—
</P>
<P>(i) Has a flash point at or above 93 °C (200 °F),
</P>
<P>(ii) Comprises at least 99 percent of the volume of the mixture, and
</P>
<P>(iii) Is not offered for transportation or transported as a liquid at a temperature at or above its flash point.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Limited quantities of retail products containing ethyl alcohol.</I> (1) Beverages, food, cosmetics and medicines, medical screening solutions, and concentrates sold as retail products containing ethyl alcohol classed as a flammable liquid or flammable solid containing not more than 70% ethyl alcohol by volume for liquids, by weight for solids are excepted from the HMR provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) For non-glass inner packagings:
</P>
<P>(A) The volume does not exceed 0.47 liters (0.125 gallons) in capacity for liquids; or
</P>
<P>(B) For volumes greater than 0.47 liters (0.125 gallons) but not exceeding 3.8 liters (1 gallon) the company name and the words “Contains Ethyl Alcohol” are marked on the package;
</P>
<P>(C) Solids containing ethyl alcohol may be packaged in non-glass inner packagings not exceeding 0.45 kilograms (1 pound) capacity;
</P>
<P>(D) For weight greater than 0.45 kilograms (1 pound) up to 3.62 kilograms (8 pounds) the company name and the words “Contains Ethyl Alcohol” are marked on the package.
</P>
<P>(ii) For glass inner packagings:
</P>
<P>(A) The volume does not exceed 0.23 liters (.063 gallons) in capacity; or
</P>
<P>(B) For volumes greater than 0.23 liters (.063 gallons) to 0.47 liters (0.125 gallons) the company name and the words “Contains Ethyl Alcohol” are marked on the package;
</P>
<P>(C) Solids containing ethyl alcohol may be packaged in glass inner packagings not exceeding 0.22 kilograms (0.5 pounds);
</P>
<P>(D) For weight greater than 0.22 kilograms (0.5 pounds) up to 0.45 kilograms (1 pound) the company name and the words “Contains Ethyl Alcohol” are marked on the package.
</P>
<P>(iii) The net liquid contents of all inner packagings in any single outer packaging may not exceed 5.6 liters (1.5 gallons). The net solid contents of all inner packagings in any single outer packaging may not exceed 15 kilograms (33 pounds). The gross weight of any single outer package shipped may not exceed 30 kilograms (66 pounds); Inner packagings must be secured and cushioned within the outer package to prevent breakage, leakage, and shifting.
</P>
<P>(2) Beverages, food, cosmetics and medicines, medical screening solutions, and concentrates sold as retail products containing ethyl alcohol classed as a flammable liquid or flammable solid containing more than 70% ethyl alcohol by volume, by weight for solids are excepted from the HMR provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) For inner packagings containing liquids the volume does not exceed 0.23 liters (0.063 gallons) in capacity;
</P>
<P>(ii) Solids containing ethyl alcohol are not packed in inner packagings exceeding 0.22 kilograms (0.5 pounds) in weight;
</P>
<P>(iii) The net liquid contents of all inner packagings in any single outer packaging may not exceed 5.6 liters (1.5 gallons). The net solid contents of all inner packagings in any single outer packaging may not exceed 15 kilograms (33 pounds). The gross weight of any single outer package shipped may not exceed 30 kilograms (66 pounds). Inner packagings must be secured and cushioned within the outer package to prevent breakage, leakage, and shifting.
</P>
<P>(3) For transportation by passenger or cargo aircraft, no outer package may be transported which contains an inner packaging exceeding:
</P>
<P>(i) 0.47 liters (0.125 gallons) of flammable liquid; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 0.45 kilograms (1 pound) of solids containing flammable liquid.
</P>
<P>(h) Diesel fuel (NA1993) and Gasoline (UN1203) may be transported one way, by motor vehicle, directly from the loading location to an equipment repair facility, in a non-DOT specification, non-bulk packaging, known as a gasoline dispenser, that has been removed from service at a fueling station under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to loading, each dispenser must be prepared for transportation by capping or plugging all product inlet and outlet piping, so that no fluid may be released during transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) No dispenser may contain more than 2 gallons of gasoline; and
</P>
<P>(3) Each dispenser must be blocked, braced or strapped to the motor vehicle in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter to prevent shifting during transportation.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Reverse logistics.</I> Hazardous materials meeting the definition of “reverse logistics” under § 171.8 of this subchapter and in compliance with paragraph (b) of this section may be offered for transport and transported in highway transportation in accordance with § 173.157.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.150, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.151" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.151   Exceptions for Class 4.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limited quantities of Division 4.1.</I> (1) Limited quantities of flammable solids (Division 4.1) in Packing Groups II and III and, where authorized by this section, charcoal briquettes (Division 4.2) in Packing Group III, are excepted from labeling requirements unless the material is offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. If authorized for transportation by aircraft, the package must also conform to applicable requirements of § 173.27 of this part (<I>e.g.,</I> authorized materials, inner packaging quantity limits and closure securement) and only hazardous material authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a limited quantity. A limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel, and is eligible for the exceptions provided in § 173.156 of this part. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for transportation by aircraft, the following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(i) For flammable solids in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) or 1 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(ii) For flammable solids in Packing Group III, inner packagings not over 5.0 kg (11 pounds) or 5.0 L (1.3 gallon) net capacity each, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) For transportation by highway or rail, Charcoal briquettes (NA1361) may be packaged as a limited quantity in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section in packagings not exceeding 30 kg gross weight and are eligible for the exceptions provided in § 173.156.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Limited quantities of Division 4.3.</I> Limited quantities of dangerous when wet solids or liquids (Division 4.3) in Packing Groups II and III are excepted from labeling requirements, unless the material is offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. For transportation by aircraft, the package must also conform to applicable requirements of § 173.27 of this part (<I>e.g.,</I> authorized materials, inner packaging quantity limits, and closure securement), and only hazardous material authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a limited quantity. A limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, or marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for transportation by aircraft, the following combination packagings are authorized:




</P>
<P>(1) For dangerous when wet solids in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) net capacity each, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) For dangerous when wet solids in Packing Group III, inner packagings not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(e) For transportation by motor vehicle only, Lithium (UN1415), Potassium (UN2257), and Sodium (UN1428) with a net quantity of material per inner packaging not exceeding 25 grams, are excepted from the labeling requirements of part 172, subpart E and the placarding requirements of part 172, subpart F of this subchapter, when offered for transportation in the following packagings under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Packaging.</I> (i) The hazardous material is placed in a tightly closed plastic bottle after being submerged in mineral oil;
</P>
<P>(ii) The plastic bottle is placed inside a plastic bag that is securely closed to prevent leaks or punctures;
</P>
<P>(iii) The bagged bottle is then be placed inside a metal can with all void spaces filled with an oil-absorbing material and sealed tight; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The can is then placed into a heat sealed barrier bag.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Marking.</I> Each inner plastic bottle, outer metal can, and barrier bag must be marked with: Chemical name; quantity; and the name and address of the offeror. Each outer packaging must be marked with the proper shipping name and identification number in conformance with § 172.301. Additionally, each outer packaging must be marked, “FOR TRANSPORT BY MOTOR VEHICLE ONLY.”
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (i) Records of the preparation, packaging, and marking of each chemical must be documented and all components in each package must be noted; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Records must be retained for a minimum of 5 years and be accessible at or through the shipper's principal place of business and be made available, upon request, to the Associate Administrator or designated official.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reverse logistics.</I> Except for Division 4.2 hazardous materials and self-reactive materials, hazardous materials meeting the definition of “reverse logistics” under § 171.8 of this subchapter and in compliance with paragraph (b) of this section may be offered for transport and transported in highway transportation in accordance with § 173.157.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.151, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.152" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.152   Exceptions for Division 5.1 (oxidizers) and Division 5.2 (organic peroxides).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limited quantities.</I> Limited quantities of oxidizers (Division 5.1) in Packing Group II and III and organic peroxides (Division 5.2) are excepted from labeling requirements, unless the material is offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. For transportation by aircraft, the package must also conform to applicable requirements of § 173.27 of this part (<I>e.g.,</I> authorized materials, inner packaging quantity limits and closure securement) and only hazardous material authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a limited quantity. A limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel, and is eligible for the exceptions provided in § 173.156 of this part. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for transportation by aircraft, the following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(1) For oxidizers in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each for liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) For oxidizers in Packing Group III, inner packagings not over 5 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each for liquids or not over 5.0 kg (11 lbs) net capacity each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) For organic peroxides that do not require temperature control during transportation—
</P>
<P>(i) Except for transportation by aircraft, for Type B or C organic peroxides, inner packagings not over 25 mL (0.845 ounces) net capacity each for liquids or 100 g (3.528 ounces) net capacity for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(ii) For Type D, E, or F organic peroxides, inner packagings not over 125 mL (4.22 ounces) net capacity each for liquids or 500 g (17.64 ounces) net capacity for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reverse logistics.</I> Except for Division 5.2 hazardous materials, hazardous materials meeting the definition of “reverse logistics” under § 171.8 of this subchapter and in compliance with paragraph (b) of this section may be offered for transport and transported in highway transportation in accordance with § 173.157.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24733, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 3374, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1114, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 18539, Mar. 31, 2016; 87 FR 79776, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.153" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.153   Exceptions for Division 6.1 (poisonous materials).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limited quantities.</I> The exceptions in this paragraph do not apply to poison-by-inhalation materials. Limited quantities of poisonous material (Division 6.1) in Packing Groups II and III are excepted from the labeling requirements, unless the material is offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. For transportation by aircraft, the package must also conform to applicable requirements of § 173.27 of this part (<I>e.g.,</I> authorized materials, inner packaging quantity limits and closure securement) and only hazardous material authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a limited quantity. A limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel, and is eligible for the exceptions provided in § 173.156 of this part. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for transportation by aircraft, the following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(1) For poisonous materials in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 100 mL (3.38 ounces) each for liquids or 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging. Inner packagings containing a liquid poisonous material which is also a drug or medicine in Packing Group II may be increased to not over 250 mL (8 ounces) each and packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) For poisonous materials in Packing Group III, inner packagings not over 5 L (1.3 gallons) each for liquids or 5.0 kg (11 pounds) each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reverse logistics.</I> Hazardous materials meeting the definition of “reverse logistics” under § 171.8 of this subchapter and in compliance with paragraph (b) of this section may be offered for transport and transported in highway transportation in accordance with § 173.157.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; 71 FR 54938, Sept. 20, 2006; 76 FR 3374, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1114, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 18539, Mar. 31, 2016; 87 FR 79776, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.154" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.154   Exceptions for Class 8 (corrosive materials).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limited quantities.</I> Limited quantities of corrosive material (Class 8) in Packing Groups II and III are excepted from labeling requirements, unless the material is offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. For transportation by aircraft, the package must also conform to the applicable requirements of § 173.27 of this part (<I>e.g.,</I> authorized materials, inner packaging quantity limits and closure securement) and only hazardous material authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a limited quantity. A limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel, and is eligible for the exceptions provided in § 173.156 of this part. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for transportation by aircraft, the following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(1) For corrosive materials in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each for liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) For corrosive materials in Packing Group III, inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each for liquids or not over 5.0 kg (11 lbs) net capacity each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]</P>
<P>(d) <I>Materials corrosive to aluminum or steel only.</I> Except for a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant, a material classed as a Class 8, Packing Group III, material solely because of its corrosive effect—
</P>
<P>(1) On aluminum is not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter when transported by motor vehicle or rail car in a packaging constructed of materials that will not react dangerously with or be degraded by the corrosive material; or
</P>
<P>(2) On steel is not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter when transported by motor vehicle or rail car in a bulk packaging constructed of materials that will not react dangerously with or be degraded by the corrosive material.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reverse logistics.</I> Hazardous materials meeting the definition of “reverse logistics” under § 171.8 of this subchapter and in compliance with paragraph (b) of this section may be offered for transport and transported in highway transportation in accordance with § 173.157.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 3374, Jan. 19, 2011; ; 78 FR 1114, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 18539, Mar. 31, 2016; 87 FR 79776, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.155" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.155   Exceptions for Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous materials).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limited quantities of Class 9 materials.</I> Limited quantities of miscellaneous hazardous materials in Packing Groups II and III are excepted from labeling requirements, unless the material is offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. Unless otherwise specified in paragraph (c) of this section, packages of limited quantities intended for transportation by aircraft must conform to the applicable requirements (<I>e.g.,</I> authorized materials, inner packaging quantity limits and closure securement) of § 173.27 of this part. A limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel, and is eligible for the exceptions provided in § 173.156 of this part. In addition, packages of limited quantities are not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except for transportation by aircraft, the following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(1) For miscellaneous materials in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each for liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) For miscellaneous materials in Packing Group III, inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each for liquids or not over 5.0 kg (11 lbs) net capacity each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reverse logistics.</I> Except for Lithium batteries, hazardous materials meeting the definition of “reverse logistics” under § 171.8 of this subchapter and in compliance with paragraph (b) of this section may be offered for transport and transported in highway transportation in accordance with § 173.157.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173-253, 61 FR 27174, May 30, 1996; 71 FR 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; 76 FR 3375, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1114, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 18540, Mar. 31, 2016; 87 FR 79776, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.156" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.156   Exceptions for limited quantity materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the § 172.101 Table or in a packaging section in this part.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional packaging exceptions.</I> Packagings for limited quantity materials are specified according to hazard class in §§ 173.150 through 173.155, 173.306, and 173.309(b). In addition to exceptions provided for limited quantity materials elsewhere in this part, the following are provided:






</P>
<P>(1) Strong outer packagings as specified in this part, marking requirements specified in subpart D of part 172 of this subchapter, and the 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight limitation when—
</P>
<P>(i) Unitized in cages, carts, boxes or similar overpacks;
</P>
<P>(ii) Offered for transportation or transported by:
</P>
<P>(A) Rail;
</P>
<P>(B) Private or contract motor carrier; or
</P>
<P>(C) Common carrier in a vehicle under exclusive use for such service; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Transported to or from a manufacturer, a distribution center, or a retail outlet, or transported to a disposal facility from one offeror.


</P>
<P>(2) The 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight limitation does not apply to packages of limited quantity materials marked in accordance with § 172.315 of this subchapter when offered for transportation or transported by highway or rail between a manufacturer, a distribution center, and a retail outlet provided—






</P>
<P>(i) Inner packagings conform to the quantity limits for inner packagings specified in §§ 173.150(b), 173.152(b), 173.154(b), 173.155(b), 173.306(a) and (b), and 173.309(b), as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(ii) The inner packagings are packed into corrugated fiberboard trays to prevent them from moving freely;
</P>
<P>(iii) The trays are placed in a fiberboard box which is banded and secured to a metal, plastic, composite, or wooden pallet by metal, fabric, or plastic straps, to form a single palletized unit. Hazardous materials should be compatible with the pallet material;
</P>
<P>(iv) The package conforms to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of this part; and
</P>
<P>(v) The maximum net quantity of hazardous material permitted on one palletized unit is 250 kg (550 pounds).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Display packs.</I> Display packs, as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, of consumer commodity or limited quantity packages that exceed 30 kg gross weight limitation may be transported by container/trailer in trailer-on-flatcar (TOFC) or container-on-flat-car (COFC) service, roadrailer and/or railrunner trailers, motor vehicle, or cargo vessel under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Packaging.</I> Combination packages must conform to the requirements of subpart B of this part and meet the following, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) Primary containers must conform to the quantity limits for inner packagings prescribed in §§ 173.150(b), 173.152(b), 173.154(b), 173.155(b) and 173.306(a) and (b), as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(ii) Primary containers must be packed into trays that secure individual containers from shifting inside the completed combination package during transportation;
</P>
<P>(iii) Tray(s) must be placed into a fiberboard box, and the fiberboard box must be banded and secured to a pallet by metal, fabric, or plastic straps to form a single palletized unit; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The maximum net quantity of hazardous material permitted in one palletized unit is 550 kg (1,210 lbs.).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Marking.</I> The outside of each package must be plainly and durably marked in accordance with one of the following, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) As a consumer commodity as prescribed in § 172.316 of this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(ii) As a limited quantity as prescribed in § 172.315 of this subchapter.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions for waste limited quantity materials.</I> Exceptions for certain waste limited quantity materials are prescribed in § 173.12(h).






</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 1114, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 78 FR 65481, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 FR 72924, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR 3673, Jan. 21, 2016; 83 FR 55809, Nov. 7, 2018; 87 FR 79776, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.157" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.4.25.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.157   Reverse logistics—General requirements and exceptions for reverse logistics.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authorized hazardous materials.</I> Hazardous materials may be offered for transport and transported in highway transportation under this section when they meet the definition of reverse logistics as defined under § 171.8 of this subchapter. However, hazardous materials that meet the definition of a hazardous waste as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter are not permitted to be offered for transport or transported under this section. Hazardous materials authorized for transport according to a special permit as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter must be offered for transportation and transported as authorized by the special permit.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>When offered for transport or transported by non-private carrier.</I> Hazardous materials must be both authorized for limited quantity provisions as well as explicitly authorized for reverse logistics transportation under their applicable limited quantities section. Except for alternative training provisions authorized under paragraph (e) of this section, all hazardous materials must otherwise meet the requirements for a limited quantity shipment.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>When offered for transport or transported by private carrier.</I> Hazardous materials are authorized under paragraph (b) of this section or are subject to the following limitations:
</P>
<P>(1) Division 1.4G materials offered for transport and transported in accordance with § 173.65 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) When sold in retail facilities; Division 1.4G or 1.4S fireworks, Division 1.4G ammunition, or Division 1.4G or 1.4S flares. Shipments offered for transport or transported under this subparagraph are limited to 30 kg (66 pounds) per package. All explosive materials subject to an approval must meet the terms of the approval, including packaging required by the approval.
</P>
<P>(3) Equipment powered by flammable liquids or flammable gases.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Flammable liquid-powered equipment.</I> The fuel tank and fuel lines of equipment powered by an internal combustion engine must be in the closed position, and all fuel tank caps or closures must be securely in place.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Flammable gas-powered equipment.</I> A combustion engine using flammable gas fuel or other devices using flammable gas fuel (such as camping equipment, lighting devices, and torch kits) must have the flammable gas source disconnected and all shut-off devices in the closed position.
</P>
<P>(4) Division 2.1 or 2.2 compressed gases weighing less than 66 pounds and sold as retail products. For the purposes of this section a cylinder or aerosol container may be assumed to meet the definition of a Division 2.1 or 2.2 materials, respectively, even if the exact pressure is unknown.
</P>
<P>(5) Materials shipped under this paragraph (c) must also comply with the segregation requirements as required in § 177.848.
</P>
<P>(6) Shipments made under this section are subject to the incident reporting requirements in § 171.15.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hazard communication.</I> Hazardous materials offered for transportation and transported by private carrier in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section may use the marking “REVERSE LOGISTICS—HIGHWAY TRANSPORT ONLY—UNDER 49 CFR 173.157” as an alternative to the surface limited quantity marking found under § 172.315(a). Size marking requirements found in § 172.301(a)(1) apply.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Training.</I> (1) Any person preparing a shipment under this section must have clear instructions on preparing the reverse logistics shipment to the supplier, manufacturer, or distributor from the retail store. This includes information to properly classify, package, mark, offer, and transport. These instructions must be provided by the supplier, manufacturer, or distributor to ensure the shipment is correctly prepared for transportation or through training requirements prescribed under part 172 subpart H of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Employers who do not provide training under part 172 subpart H of this subchapter must:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify hazardous materials subject to the provisions of this section, verify compliance with the appropriate conditions and limitations, as well as ensure clear instructions from the manufacturer, supplier, or distributor associated with product's origination or destination;
</P>
<P>(ii) Ensure clear instructions provided are known and accessible to the employee at the time they are preparing the shipment; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Document that employees are familiar with the requirements of this section as well as the specific return instructions for the products offered under this section. Documentation must be retained while the employee is employed and 60-days thereafter. Alternatively, recordkeeping requirements under part 172 subpart H may be used.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 18540, Mar. 31, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Non-bulk Packaging for Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 173.158" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.158   Nitric acid.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Nitric acid exceeding 40 percent concentration may not be packaged with any other material.
</P>
<P>(b) Nitric acid in any concentration which does not contain sulfuric acid or hydrochloric acid as impurities, when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water shall be packaged in specification containers as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) 1A1 stainless steel drums are authorized, subject to the following limitations:
</P>
<P>(i) Stainless steel used in drums must conform to the following thicknesses:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nominal (marked) capacity (in liters) of 1A1 drum
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum thickness (in mm) of stainless steel
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">210</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) Drums weighing less than 85 percent of their original tare weight may not be used.
</P>
<P>(iii) Type 304 or other grades of equivalent corrosion-resistant steels in the as-welded condition are permissible for nitric acid concentrations up to and including 78 percent.
</P>
<P>(iv) For all concentrations of nitric acid, the following are permissible:
</P>
<P>(A) Type 304 heat-treated (quenched in water at 1040 °C (1900 °F)),
</P>
<P>(B) Stabilized Type 347 in the as-welded condition,
</P>
<P>(C) Stabilized Type 347 stress-relieved (845-900 °C (1550-1650 °F)),
</P>
<P>(D) Stabilized Type 347 heat-treated (quenched in water at 1040 °C (1900 °F)), or
</P>
<P>(E) Other grades of equivalent corrosion resistance.
</P>
<P>(v) All parts of drum exposed to lading must be capable of withstanding the corrosive effect of nitric acid to the extent that 65 percent boiling nitric acid does not penetrate the metal more than 0.0381 mm (0.002 inches) per month. (ASTM A 262 may be used for a suitable corrosion test procedure.) 
</P>
<P>(vi) In addition to marking required by § 178.503 of this subchapter, the following marks, in lettering of at least 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) height, must be placed on drums used to transport nitric acid:
</P>
<P>(A) The type of steel used in body and head sheets as identified by American Iron and Steel Institute type number, and, in addition, the letters “HT” following the steel designation on containers subject to stress relieving or heat treatment during manufacture.
</P>
<P>(B) The thickness in mm of metal in thinnest part. When the thickness of metal in the body differs from that in the head, both must be indicated with slanting line between and with the gauge of the body indicated first.
</P>
<P>(C) Original tare weight in kilograms, preceded by the letters “TW.”
</P>
<FP>An example of the markings required by paragraphs (b)(1)(vi) (A), (B), and (C) of this section is “304HT/1.9/2.7/TW55.”
</FP>
<P>(2) 4H1 expanded plastics outer packagings with glass inner receptacles of not greater than 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity each. No more than four 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) inner receptacles may be packed in one outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(c) Nitric acid of 80 percent or greater concentration which does not contain sulfuric acid or hydrochloric acid as impurities, when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water may be packaged in 1B1 aluminum drums.
</P>
<P>(d) Nitric acid of 90 percent or greater concentration, when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water may be packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes with inner packagings consisting of glass bottles further individually overpacked in tightly closed metal packagings. Glass bottles must be of 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) or less capacity and cushioned with a non-reactive, absorbent material within the metal packagings.
</P>
<P>(2) In combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4A, 4B, 4N or 4G outer packagings with inner glass packagings of 2.5 L (0.66 gallons) or less capacity cushioned with a non-reactive, absorbent material and packed within a tightly closed intermediate packaging of metal or plastic.
</P>
<P>(e) Nitric acid of less than 90 percent concentration, when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water may be packaged in 4A, 4B, or 4N metal boxes, 4G fiberboard boxes or 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes with inside glass packagings of not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity each. Beginning September 17, 2018, when placed in wooden or fiberboard outer packagings, glass inner packagings must be packed in tightly-closed, intermediate packagings and cushioned with absorbent material sufficient to absorb the entire contents of the package. The intermediate packaging and absorbent material must be compatible with the nitric acid. See § 173.24(e).
</P>
<P>(f) Nitric acid of 70 percent or less concentration, when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water, may be packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) In composite packagings 6PA1, 6PA2, 6PB1, 6PB2, 6PC, 6PD1, 6PH1, or 6PH2. 6HH1 and 6HA1 composite packaging with plastic inner receptacles meeting the compatibility requirements § 173.24(e) (e.g., PFA Teflon) are authorized.
</P>
<P>(2) In 4H1 expanded plastic boxes with inner glass packagings of not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) each.
</P>
<P>(3) In combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4A, 4B or 4N outer packagings and plastic inner packagings not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity further individually overpacked in tightly closed metal packagings.
</P>
<P>(g) Nitric acid of more than 70 percent concentration, when offered for transportation or transported by cargo aircraft only, must be packaged in combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4A, 4B or 4N outer packagings with glass or earthenware inner packagings of not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) or glass ampoules of not over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon).
</P>
<P>(h) Nitric acid of less than 70 percent concentration, when offered for transportation in cargo aircraft only must be packaged in combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4A, 4B or 4N outer packagings with inner packagings of—
</P>
<P>(1) Glass or earthenware not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity;
</P>
<P>(2) Plastic not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity further individually overpacked in tightly closed metal packagings; or
</P>
<P>(3) Glass ampoule not over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon) capacity.
</P>
<P>(i) Nitric acid solutions of concentrations up to 40%, nitric acid by weight when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or cargo vessel, may be packaged in a UN1H1 non-removable head plastic drum, tested and marked at the PG II performance level for liquids with a specific gravity of at least 1.8, and a hydrostatic test pressure appropriate for the hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(1) Each drum may only be used one time and must be destroyed after emptying.
</P>
<P>(2) Each drum must be permanently and legibly marked “Single Trip Only” and “Must be Destroyed When Empty.”
</P>
<P>(j) Nitric acid solutions, other than red fuming, with more than 70% nitric acid and Nitric acid solutions, other than red fuming, with not more than 70% nitric acid, when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, cargo vessel, or cargo-only aircraft may be packaged in a UN 4G outer fiberboard box meeting the Packing Group I or II performance level, as appropriate, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Inner packaging: A plastic (“fluorinated ethylene-propylene” [FEP] polymers, “perfluoroalkoxy” [PFA] polymers or similar materials) bottle with lined screw closure meeting the compatibility requirements of § 173.24(e) of this section and having a net capacity not greater than 2.5 liters (0.66 gallon) each. For cargo-only aircraft, the inner packaging for PG I material may not exceed 1 L (0.3 gal) capacity. The wall thickness of the bottle must not be less than 0.020”.
</P>
<P>(2) Intermediate packaging: (i) A tightly closed rigid-foam plastic receptacle each containing one inner packaging; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A plastic bag containing one inner packaging and placed inside a heavy-wall polypropylene bag lined with polypropylene absorbent material of sufficient capacity to completely absorb the liquid contents of each inner package. Both bags must be tightly sealed with either plastic tape, a wire tie or a cable tie.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 78 FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3673, Jan. 21, 2016; 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016; 83 FR 28168, June 18, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.159" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.159   Batteries, wet.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Electric storage batteries, containing electrolyte acid or alkaline corrosive battery fluid (wet batteries), may not be packed with other materials except as provided in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section and in §§ 173.220 and 173.222; and any battery or battery-powered device must be prepared and packaged for transport in a manner to prevent:
</P>
<P>(1) A dangerous evolution of heat (<I>i.e.</I>, an amount of heat sufficient to be dangerous to packaging or personal safety to include charring of packaging, melting of packaging, scorching of packaging, or other evidence);
</P>
<P>(2) Short circuits, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Packaging each battery or each battery-powered device when practicable, in fully enclosed inner packagings made of electrically non-conductive material;
</P>
<P>(ii) Separating or packaging batteries and battery-powered devices in a manner to prevent contact with other batteries, devices or electrically conductive materials (<I>e.g.,</I> metal) in the packagings; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Ensuring exposed terminals are protected with electrically non-conductive caps, electrically non-conductive tape, or by other appropriate means; and;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Damage to terminals.</I> If not impact resistant, the outer packaging must not be used as the sole means of protecting the battery terminals from damage or short circuiting. Batteries must be securely cushioned and packed to prevent shifting which could loosen terminal caps or reorient the terminals. Batteries contained in devices must be securely installed. Terminal protection methods include but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Securely attaching covers of sufficient strength to protect the terminals;
</P>
<P>(ii) Packaging the battery in a rigid plastic packaging; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Constructing the battery with terminals that are recessed or otherwise protected so that the terminals will not be subjected to damage if the package is dropped.
</P>
<P>(b) For transportation by aircraft:
</P>
<P>(1) The packaging for wet batteries must incorporate an acid- or alkali-proof liner, or include a supplementary packaging with sufficient strength and adequately sealed to prevent leakage of electrolyte fluid in the event of spillage; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any battery-powered device, equipment or vehicle must be packaged for transport in a manner to prevent unintentional activation or must have an independent means of preventing unintentional activation (<I>e.g.</I>, packaging restricts access to activation switch, switch caps or locks, recessed switches, trigger locks, temperature sensitive circuit breakers, etc.).
</P>
<P>(c) The following specification packagings are authorized for batteries packed without other materials provided all requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, and for transportation by aircraft, paragraph (b) of this section are met:
</P>
<P>(1) Wooden box: 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F.
</P>
<P>(2) Fiberboard box: 4G.
</P>
<P>(3) Plywood drum: 1D.
</P>
<P>(4) Fiber drum: 1G.
</P>
<P>(5) Plastic drum: 1H2.
</P>
<P>(6) Plastic jerrican: 3H2.
</P>
<P>(7) Plastic box: 4H2.
</P>
<P>(d) The following non-specification packagings are authorized for batteries packed without other materials provided all requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, and for transportation by aircraft, paragraph (b) of this section are met:
</P>
<P>(1) Electric storage batteries are firmly secured to skids or pallets capable of withstanding the shocks normally incident to transportation are authorized for transportation by rail, highway, or vessel. The height of the completed unit must not exceed 1
<FR>1/2</FR> times the width of the skid or pallet. The unit must be capable of withstanding, without damage, a superimposed weight equal to two times the weight of the unit or, if the weight of the unit exceeds 907 kg (2,000 pounds), a superimposed weight of 1,814 kg (4,000 pounds). Battery terminals must not be relied upon to support any part of the superimposed weight and must not short out if an electrically conductive material is placed in direct contact with them.
</P>
<P>(2) Electric storage batteries weighing 225 kg (500 pounds) or more, consisting of carriers' equipment, may be shipped by rail when mounted on suitable skids. Such shipments may not be offered in interchange service.
</P>
<P>(3) One to three batteries not over 11.3 kg (25 pounds) each, packed in strong outer boxes. The maximum authorized gross weight is 34 kg (75 pounds).
</P>
<P>(4) Not more than four batteries not over 7 kg (15 pounds) each, packed in strong outer fiberboard or wooden boxes. The maximum authorized gross weight is 30 kg (65 pounds).
</P>
<P>(5) Not more than five batteries not over 4.5 kg (10 pounds) each, packed in strong outer fiberboard or wooden boxes. The maximum authorized gross weight is 30 kg (65 pounds).
</P>
<P>(6) Single batteries not exceeding 34 kg (75 pounds) each, packed in 5-sided slip covers or in completely closed fiberboard boxes. Slip covers and boxes must be of solid or double-faced corrugated fiberboard of at least 91 kg (200 pounds) Mullen test strength. The slip cover or fiberboard box must fit snugly and provide inside top clearance of at least 1.3 cm (0.5 inch) above battery terminals and filler caps with reinforcement in place. Assembled for shipment, the bottom edges of the slipcover must come to within 2.5 cm (1 inch) of the bottom of the battery. The completed package (battery and box or slip cover) must be capable of withstanding a top-to-bottom compression test of at least 225 kg (500 pounds) without damage to battery terminal caps, cell covers or filler caps.
</P>
<P>(7) Single batteries exceeding 34 kg (75 pounds) each may be packed in completely closed fiberboard boxes. Boxes must be of double-wall corrugated fiberboard of at least 181 kg (400 pounds) test, or solid fiberboard testing at least 181 kg (400 pounds); a box may have hand holes in its ends provided that the hand holes will not materially weaken the box. Sides and ends of the box must have cushioning between the battery and walls of the box; combined thickness of cushioning material and walls of the box must not be less than 1.3 cm (0.5 inch); and cushioning must be excelsior pads, corrugated fiberboard, or other suitable cushioning material. The bottom of the battery must be protected by a minimum of one excelsior pad or by a double-wall corrugated fiberboard pad. The top of the battery must be protected by a wood frame, corrugated trays or scored sheets of corrugated fiberboard having minimum test of 91 kg (200 pounds), or other equally effective cushioning material. Top protection must bear evenly on connectors and/or edges of the battery cover to facilitate stacking of batteries. No more than one battery may be placed in one box. The maximum authorized gross weight is 91 kg (200 pounds).
</P>
<P>(e) When transported by highway or rail, electric storage batteries containing electrolyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery fluid and electric storage batteries packed with electrolyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery fluid, are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter, if all of the following are met:
</P>
<P>(1) No other hazardous materials may be transported in the same vehicle;
</P>
<P>(2) The batteries must be loaded or braced so as to prevent damage and short circuits in transit;
</P>
<P>(3) Any other material loaded in the same vehicle must be blocked, braced, or otherwise secured to prevent contact with or damage to the batteries. In addition, batteries on pallets, must be stacked to not cause damage to another pallet in transportation;
</P>
<P>(4) Except for the purpose of consolidating shipments of batteries for recycling, the transport vehicle may not carry material shipped by any person other than the shipper of the batteries; and
</P>
<P>(5) Shipments made under this paragraph are subject to the incident reporting requirements in § 171.15.
</P>
<P>(f) Batteries can be considered as non-spillable provided they are capable of withstanding the following two tests, without leakage of battery fluid from the battery:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Vibration test.</I> The battery must be rigidly clamped to the platform of a vibration machine, and a simple harmonic motion having an amplitude of 0.8 mm (0.03 inches) with a 1.6 mm (0.063 inches) maximum total excursion must be applied. The frequency must be varied at the rate of 1 Hz/min between the limits of 10 Hz to 55 Hz. The entire range of frequencies and return must be traversed in 95 ±5 minutes for each mounting position (direction of vibrator) of the battery. The battery must be tested in three mutually perpendicular positions (to include testing with fill openings and vents, if any, in an inverted position) for equal time periods.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure differential test.</I> Following the vibration test, the battery must be stored for six hours at 24 °C ±4 °C (75 °F ±7 °F) while subjected to a pressure differential of at least 88 kPa (13 psig). The battery must be tested in three mutually perpendicular positions (to include testing with fill openings and vents, if any, in an inverted position) for at least six hours in each position.
</P>
<P>(g) Electrolyte, acid or alkaline corrosive battery fluid, packed with batteries wet or dry, must be packed in one of the following specification packagings:
</P>
<P>(1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F wooden boxes with inner receptacles of glass, not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) each with not over 8.0 L (2 gallons) total in each outside container. Inside containers must be well-cushioned and separated from batteries by a strong solid wooden partition. The completed package must conform to Packing Group III requirements.
</P>
<P>(2) Electrolyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery fluid included with electric storage batteries and filling kits may be packed in strong rigid outer packagings when shipments are made by, for, or to the Departments of the Army, Navy, or Air Force of the United States. Packagings must conform to military specifications. The electrolyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery fluid must be packed in polyethylene bottles of not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each. Not more than 24 bottles, securely separated from electric storage batteries and kits, may be offered for transportation or transported in each package.
</P>
<P>(3) In 4G fiberboard boxes with not more than 12 inside packagings of polyethylene or other material resistant to the lading, each not over 2.0 L (0.5 gallon) capacity each. Completed packages must conform to Packing Group III requirements. Inner packagings must be adequately separated from the storage battery. The maximum authorized gross weight is 29 kg (64 pounds). These packages are not authorized for transportation by aircraft.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) Dry batteries or battery charger devices may be packaged in 4G fiberboard boxes with inner receptacles containing battery fluid. Completed packages must conform to the Packing Group III performance level. Not more than 12 inner receptacles may be packed in one outer box. The maximum authorized gross weight for the completed package is 34 kg (75 pounds).
</P>
<P>(2) Battery fluid, acid (UN2796) may be packaged in a UN6HG2 composite packaging further packed in a UN4G fiberboard box with a dry storage battery. The UN6HG2 composite packaging may not exceed 8.0 liters in capacity. Completed packages must conform to the Packing Group III performance level. The maximum authorized gross weight for the completed package is 37.0 kg (82.0 lbs).
</P>
<P>(i) When approved by the Associate Administrator, electric storage batteries, containing electrolyte or corrosive battery fluid in a separate reservoir from which fluid is injected into the battery cells by a power device cartridge assembled with the battery, and which meet the criteria of paragraph (f) are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Nickel cadmium batteries containing liquid potassium hydroxide solution.</I> Nickel-cadmium batteries that contain no more than 10 ml of liquid potassium hydroxide solution (UN1814) in each battery are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Each battery must be sealed in a heat sealed bag, packaged to prevent short circuits, and placed in the center of an outer packaging surrounded with a foam-in-place packaging material;
</P>
<P>(2) The completed package must meet the Packing Group II performance level;
</P>
<P>(3) The gross weight of the package may not exceed 15.2 kg (33.4 pounds); and
</P>
<P>(4) The cumulative amount of potassium hydroxide solution in all of the batteries in each package may not exceed 4 ounces (0.11 kg).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Damaged wet electric storage batteries.</I> (1) Damaged batteries incapable of retaining battery fluid inside the outer casing during transportation may be transported by highway or rail provided the batteries are transported in non-bulk packaging, meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, and are prepared for transport under one or more of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Drain the battery of fluid to eliminate the potential for leakage during transportation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Individually pack the battery in a leak proof intermediate package with sufficient compatible absorbent material capable of absorbing the release of any electrolyte and place the intermediate packaging in a leakproof outer packaging that conforms to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of this part;
</P>
<P>(iii) Pack the battery in a salvage packaging in accordance with the provisions of § 173.3(c); or
</P>
<P>(iv) When packaged with other batteries or materials (<I>e.g.,</I> on pallets or non-skid rails) and secured to prevent shifting during transport, pack the battery in leakproof packaging to prevent leakage of battery fluid from the packaging under conditions normally incident to transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) Shipment of damage batteries in accordance with this paragraph is eligible for exception under paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 81 FR 3673, Jan. 21, 2016; 81 FR 18540, Mar. 31, 2016; 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016; 85 FR 27882, May 11, 2020; 85 FR 83398, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.159a" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.159a   Exceptions for non-spillable batteries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the § 172.101 table or in a packaging section in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Non-spillable batteries offered for transportation or transported in accordance with this section are subject to the incident reporting requirements. For transportation by aircraft, a telephone report in accordance with § 171.15(a) is required if a fire, violent rupture, explosion or dangerous evolution of heat (<I>i.e.</I>, an amount of heat sufficient to be dangerous to packaging or personal safety to include charring of packaging, melting of packaging, scorching of packaging, or other evidence) occurs as a direct result of a non-spillable battery. For all modes of transportation, a written report in accordance with § 171.16(a) is required if a fire, violent rupture, explosion or dangerous evolution of heat occurs as a direct result of a non-spillable battery.
</P>
<P>(c) Non-spillable batteries are excepted from the packaging requirements of § 173.159 under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Non-spillable batteries must be securely packed in strong outer packagings or secured to skids or pallets capable of withstanding the shocks normally incident to transportation. The batteries must meet the requirements of § 173.159(a), be loaded or braced so as to prevent damage and short circuits in transit, and any other material loaded in the same vehicle must be blocked, braced, or otherwise secured to prevent contact with or damage to the batteries. A non-spillable battery which is an integral part of and necessary for the operation of mechanical or electronic equipment must be securely fastened in the battery holder on the equipment.
</P>
<P>(2) The battery and outer packaging must be plainly and durably marked “NON-SPILLABLE” or “NON-SPILLABLE BATTERY.” The requirement to mark the outer package does not apply when the battery is installed in a piece of equipment that is transported unpackaged.
</P>
<P>(d) Non-spillable batteries are excepted from all other requirements of this subchapter when offered for transportation and transported in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section and the following:
</P>
<P>(1) At a temperature of 55 °C (131 °F), the battery must not contain any unabsorbed free-flowing liquid, and must be designed so that electrolyte will not flow from a ruptured or cracked case; and
</P>
<P>(2) For transport by aircraft, when contained in a battery-powered device, equipment or vehicle must be prepared and packaged for transport in a manner to prevent unintentional activation in conformance with § 173.159(b)(2) of this Subpart.
</P>
<P>(3) For transport by aircraft, must be transported as cargo and may not be carried onboard an aircraft by passengers or crewmembers in carry-on baggage, checked baggage, or on their person unless specifically excepted by § 175.10.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2258, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; 77 FR 60942, Oct. 5, 2012; 78 FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 15328, Mar. 11, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.160" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.160   Bombs, smoke, non-explosive (corrosive).</HEAD>
<P>Bombs, smoke, non-explosive may be shipped provided they are without ignition elements, bursting charges, detonating fuses or other explosive components. They must be packaged in metal (4A, 4B, 4N), wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D), or reconstituted wood (4F), fiberboard (4G) or solid plastic (4H2) boxes, or metal (1A2, 1B2, 1N2), plastic (1H2), plywood drums (1D), or fiber (1G) drums that meet Packing Group II requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.161" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.161   Chemical kits and first aid kits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> Chemical kits and first aid kits contain one or more compatible items of hazardous materials in boxes, cases, <I>etc.</I> that, for example, are used for medical, analytical, diagnostic, testing, or repair purposes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authorized materials.</I> (1) The kits may only contain hazardous materials for which packaging exceptions are provided in column 8(A) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table in this subchapter. For transportation by aircraft, the kits may only contain quantities of hazardous materials authorized as excepted quantities or as limited quantities in §§ 173.4a and 173.27(f) of this part, respectively. Materials forbidden for transportation by passenger aircraft or cargo aircraft may not be included in the kits.
</P>
<P>(2) The packing group assigned to the chemical kit and first aid kit as a whole must be the most stringent packing group assigned to any individual substance in the kit. The packing group must be shown on the shipping paper. Where the kit contains only hazardous materials to which no packing group is assigned, the packagings shall meet the Packing Group II performance level. Where the kit contains only hazardous materials to which no packing group is assigned, the packing group does not have to be indicated on the shipping paper.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Packaging.</I> Except for transportation by aircraft or vessel, chemical kits and first aid kits must be packaged in combination packagings conforming to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part. For transportation by aircraft or vessel, chemical kits and first aid kits must be packaged in specification combination packagings based on the performance level of the most stringent packing group of material contained within the kit. For transportation by aircraft, friction-type closures must be secured by secondary means and inner packagings intended to contain liquids must be capable of meeting the pressure differential requirements prescribed in § 173.27(c) of this subchapter. Inner and outer packaging quantity limits for packages are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Except for liquids of Division 5.2 (organic peroxide), inner packagings containing not more than 250 mL. Except for transportation by aircraft, for Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids of Type B and C, inner packagings containing not more than 25 mL and for Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids of Type D, E and F, inner packagings containing not more than 125 mL. For transportation by aircraft, for Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids of Type D, E and F (only), inner packagings containing not more than 125 mL;
</P>
<P>(2) Except for solids of Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) of Type B and C, inner packagings containing not more than 250 g. Except for transportation by aircraft, for a Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) solid of Type B and C, inner packagings containing not more than 100 g. For transportation by aircraft, for a Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) solid of Type D, E and F (only), inner packagings containing not more than 250 g;
</P>
<P>(3) No more than 10 L or 10 kg of hazardous material may be contained in one outer package (excluding dry ice). For transportation by aircraft, no more than 1 L or 1 kg of hazardous material may be contained in one kit (excluding dry ice);
</P>
<P>(4) Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight;
</P>
<P>(5) Except for Carbon dioxide, solid (Dry ice), UN1845, no other hazardous materials may be packed within the same outer packaging as the kits. Dry ice must be packaged in accordance with § 173.217 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(6) The kits must include sufficient absorbent material to completely absorb the contents of any liquid hazardous materials contained in the kits. The contents must be separated, placed, or packed, and closed with cushioning material to protect them from damage; and
</P>
<P>(7) The contents of the kits must be packed so there will be no possibility of the mixture of contents causing dangerous evolution of heat or gas.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1)(i) Chemical kits and first aid kits are eligible for the excepted quantity exceptions provided in §§ 173.4 and 173.4a of this part. For transportation by aircraft, chemical kits and first aid kits are eligible for the limited quantity provisions provided in § 173.27(f) of this part. For inner packaging quantity limits, <I>see</I> § 173.27(f), Table 3.
</P>
<P>(ii) A package conforming to the provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel. Chemical kits and First aid kits conforming to this section may be marked as a limited quantity as prescribed in § 172.315 of this subchapter and, if applicable, are eligible for the exceptions provided in § 173.156 of this part. Additionally, chemical and first aid kits conforming to this section are not subject to part 174 (carriage by rail) or part 177 (carriage by highway) of this subchapter when marked in accordance with § 172.315 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Kits that are carried on board transport vehicles for first aid or operating purposes are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 3375, Jan. 19, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 1115, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1157, Jan. 8, 2015; 87 FR 79776, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.162" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.162   Gallium.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except when packaged in cylinders or steel flasks, gallium must be packaged in packagings which meet the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level for transportation by aircraft, and at the Packing Group III performance level for transport by highway, rail or vessel, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) In combination packagings intended to contain liquids consisting of glass, earthenware or rigid plastic inner packagings with a maximum net mass of 15 kg (33 pounds) each. The inner packagings must be packed in wood boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F), fiberboard boxes (4G), plastic boxes (4H1, 4H2), fiber drums (1G) or steel, metal, other than steel or aluminum, and plastic drums or jerricans (1A1, 1A2, 1N1, 1N2, 1H1, 1H2, 3A2 or 3H2) with sufficient cushioning materials to prevent breakage. Either the inner packagings or the outer packagings must have an inner liner that is leakproof or bags of strong leakproof and puncture-resistant material impervious to the contents and completely surrounding the contents to prevent it from escaping from the package, irrespective of its position.
</P>
<P>(2) In packagings intended to contain liquids consisting of semi-rigid plastic inner packagings of not more than 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) net capacity each, individually enclosed in a sealed, leak-tight bag of strong puncture-resistant material. The sealed bags must be packed in wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D), reconstituted wood (4F), fiberboard (4G), plastic (4H1, 4H2) or metal, other than steel or aluminum (4N) boxes or in fiber (1G), steel (1A1, 1A2), metal, other than steel or aluminum (1N1, 1N2), or plastic (1H1 or 1H2) drums, that are lined with leak-tight, puncture-resistant material. Bags and liner material must be chemically resistant to gallium.
</P>
<P>(3) Cylinders and steel flasks with vaulted bottoms are also authorized.
</P>
<P>(b) When it is necessary to transport gallium at low temperatures in order to maintain it in a completely solid state, the above packagings may be overpacked in a strong, water-resistant outer packaging which contains dry ice or other means of refrigeration. If a refrigerant is used, all of the above materials used in the packaging of gallium must be chemically and physically resistant to the refrigerant and must have impact resistance at the low temperatures of the refrigerant employed. If dry ice is used, the outer packaging must permit the release of carbon dioxide gas.
</P>
<P>(c) Manufactured articles or apparatuses, each containing not more than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of gallium and packaged so that the quantity of gallium per package does not exceed 1 g (0.35 ounce) are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. For transportation by aircraft, such articles and apparatuses must be transported as cargo and may not be carried onboard an aircraft by passengers or crewmembers in carry-on baggage, checked baggage, or on their person unless specifically excepted by § 175.10.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 33430, June 21, 2001; 78 FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.163" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.163   Hydrogen fluoride.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Hydrogen fluoride (hydrofluoric acid, anhydrous) must be packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) In specification 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3BN, or 3E cylinders; or in specification 4B, 4BA, or 4BW cylinders except that brazed 4B, 4BA, and 4BW cylinders are not authorized. The filling density may not exceed 85 percent of the cylinder's water weight capacity. In place of the periodic volumetric expansion test, cylinders used in exclusive service may be given a complete external visual inspection in conformance with part 180, subpart C, of this subchapter, at the time such requalification becomes due.
</P>
<P>(2) In a UN cylinder, as specified in part 178 of this subchapter, having a minimum test pressure of 10 bar and a maximum filling ratio of 0.84.
</P>
<P>(b) A cylinder removed from hydrogen fluoride service must be condemned in accordance with § 180.205 of this subchapter. Alternatively, at the direction of the owner, the requalifier may render the cylinder incapable of holding pressure.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.164" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.164   Mercury (metallic and articles containing mercury).</HEAD>
<P>(a) For transportation by aircraft, mercury must be packaged in packagings which meet the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) In inner packagings of earthenware, glass or plastic containing not more than 3.5 kg (7.7 pounds) of mercury, or inner packagings that are glass ampoules containing not more than 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) of mercury, or iron or steel quicksilver flasks containing not more than 35 kg (77 pounds) of mercury. The inner packagings or flasks must be packed in steel drums (1A1, 1A2), metal, other than steel or aluminum drums (1N1, 1N2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2), plywood boxes (4D), reconstituted wood boxes (4F), fiberboard boxes (4G), metal, other than steel or aluminum boxes (4N), plastic boxes (4H2), plywood drums (1D) or fiber drums (1G).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(3) When inner packagings of earthenware, glass or plastic are used, they must be packed in the outer packaging with sufficient cushioning material to prevent breakage.
</P>
<P>(4) Either the inner packagings or the outer packagings must have inner linings or bags of strong leakproof and puncture-resistant material impervious to mercury, completely surrounding the contents, so that the escape of mercury will be prevented irrespective of the position of the package.
</P>
<P>(5) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) When transported as cargo, manufactured articles or apparatuses, each containing not more than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of mercury and packaged so that the quantity of mercury per package does not exceed 1 g (0.035 ounce) are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Manufactured articles or apparatuses containing mercury are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Manufactured articles or apparatuses of which metallic mercury is a component part, such as manometers, pumps, thermometers, switches, etc. (for electron tubes, mercury vapor tubes and similar tubes, see paragraph (c)(3) of this section), must be in strong outer packagings, having sealed inner liners or bags of strong leakproof and puncture-resistant material impervious to mercury, which will prevent the escape of mercury from the package irrespective of its position. Mercury switches and relays are excepted from these packaging requirements, if they are totally enclosed, leakproof and in sealed metal or plastic units.
</P>
<P>(2) When transported as cargo, thermometers, switches and relays, each containing a total quantity of not more than 15 g (0.53 ounces) of mercury, are excepted from the requirements of this subchapter if installed as an integral part of a machine or apparatus and so fitted that shock of impact damage, leading to leakage of mercury, is unlikely to occur under conditions normally incident to transport.
</P>
<P>(3) Electron tubes, mercury vapor tubes and similar tubes must be packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Tubes which are packed in strong outer packagings with all seams and joints sealed with self-adhesive, pressure-sensitive tape which will prevent the escape of mercury from the package, are authorized up to a total net quantity of 450 g (15.9 ounces) of mercury per package;
</P>
<P>(ii) Tubes with more than 450 g (15.9 ounces) of mercury are authorized only when packed in strong outer packagings, having sealed inner liners or bags of strong leakproof and puncture-resistant material impervious to mercury which will prevent escape of mercury from the package irrespective of its position;
</P>
<P>(iii) Tubes which do not contain more than 5 g (0.2 ounce) of mercury each and which are packed in the manufacturer's original packagings, are authorized up to a total net quantity of 30 g (1.1 ounces) of mercury per package;
</P>
<P>(iv) Tubes which are completely jacketed in sealed leakproof metal cases are authorized in the manufacturer's original packagings.
</P>
<P>(4) A person offering for transportation electron tubes, mercury vapor tubes, and similar tubes shall indicate the quantity of mercury therein on the shipping paper.
</P>
<P>(5) Mercurial barometers conforming to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, which are loaded and unloaded from an aircraft under the supervision of, and accompanied in flight by, a National Weather Service official or similar United States agency official, are excepted from any other requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) For transportation by other than aircraft, mercury must be packaged—
</P>
<P>(1) In any packaging which meets the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group III performance level; or
</P>
<P>(2) In non-specification reusable metal packagings.
</P>
<P>(e) Except for a hazardous substance or a hazardous waste or for transportation by aircraft or vessel, packages containing less than 0.45 kg (1.0 pound) net weight of mercury are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) For vessel transport, manufactured articles or instruments containing less than 0.45 kg (1.0 pound) of mercury are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; 64 FR 10777, 10778, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 78 FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1157, Jan. 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.165" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.165   Polyester resin kits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> Polyester resin kits consisting of a base material component (Class 3, Packing Group II or III) or (Division 4.1, Packing Group II or III) and an activator component (Type D, E, or F organic peroxide that does not require temperature control)—
</P>
<P>(1) The organic peroxide component must be packed in inner packagings not over 125 mL (4.22 fluid ounces) net capacity each for liquids or 500 g (17.64 ounces) net capacity each for solids.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for transportation by aircraft, the flammable liquid component must be packaged in suitable inner packagings.
</P>
<P>(i) For transportation by aircraft, a Class 3 Packing Group II base material is limited to a quantity of 5 L (1.3 gallons) in metal or plastic inner packagings and 1 L (0.3 gallons) in glass inner packagings. A Class 3 Packing Group III base material is limited to a quantity of 10 L (2.6 gallons) in metal or plastic inner packagings and 2.5 L (0.66 gallons) in glass inner packagings.
</P>
<P>(ii) For transportation by aircraft, a Division 4.1 Packing Group II base material is limited to a quantity of 5 kg (11 pounds) in metal or plastic inner packagings and 1 kg (2.2 pounds) in glass inner packagings. A Division 4.1 Packing Group III base material is limited to a quantity of 10 kg (22 lbs) in metal or plastic inner packagings and 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) in glass inner packagings.
</P>
<P>(3) If the flammable liquid or solid component and the organic peroxide component will not interact dangerously in the event of leakage, they may be packed in the same outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(4) The Packing Group assigned will be II or III, according to the criteria for Class 3, or Division 4.1, as appropriate, applied to the base material. Additionally, polyester resin kits must be packaged in specification combination packagings, based on the performance level required of the base material (II or III) contained within the kit, as prescribed in § 173.202, § 173.203, § 173.212, or § 173.213, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(5) For transportation by aircraft, the following additional requirements apply:
</P>
<P>(i) Closures on inner packagings containing liquids must be secured by secondary means;
</P>
<P>(ii) Inner packagings containing liquids must be capable of meeting the pressure differential requirements prescribed in § 173.27(c); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The total quantity of activator and base material may not exceed 5 kg (11 lbs) per package for a Packing Group II base material. The total quantity of activator and base material may not exceed 10 kg (22 lbs) per package for a Packing Group III base material. The total quantity of polyester resin kits per package is calculated on a one-to-one basis (<I>i.e.,</I> 1 L equals 1 kg).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Small and excepted quantities.</I> Polyester resin kits are eligible for the Small Quantity exceptions in § 173.4 and the Excepted Quantity exceptions in § 173.4a, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limited quantities.</I> Limited quantity packages of polyester resin kits are excepted from labeling requirements, unless the material is offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph (c). For transportation by aircraft, only hazardous material authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a limited quantity. A limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel, and is eligible for the exceptions provided in § 173.156. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight.
</P>
<P>(1) Except for transportation by aircraft, the organic peroxide component must be packed in inner packagings not over 125 mL (4.22 fluid ounces) net capacity each for liquids or 500 g (17.64 ounces) net capacity each for solids. For transportation by aircraft, the organic peroxide component must be packed in inner packagings not over 30 mL (1 fluid ounce) net capacity each for liquids or 100 g (3.5 ounces) net capacity each for solids.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for transportation by aircraft, the flammable liquid component must be packed in inner packagings not over 5 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each for a Packing Group II and Packing Group III liquid. For transportation by aircraft, the flammable liquid component must be packed in inner packagings not over 1 L (0.3 gallons) net capacity each for a Packing Group II material. For transportation by aircraft, the flammable liquid component must be packed in metal or plastic inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each or glass inner packagings not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallons) net capacity each for a Packing Group III material.
</P>
<P>(3) Except for transportation by aircraft, the flammable solid component must be packed in inner packagings not over 5 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each for a Packing Group II and Packing Group III solid. For transportation by aircraft, the flammable solid component must be packed in inner packagings not over 1 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each for a Packing Group II material. For transportation by aircraft, the flammable solid component must be packed in metal or plastic inner packagings not over 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each or glass inner packagings not over 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) net capacity each for a Packing Group III material.
</P>
<P>(4) If the flammable liquid or solid component and the organic peroxide component will not interact dangerously in the event of leakage, they may be packed in the same outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(5) For transportation by aircraft, the following additional requirements apply:
</P>
<P>(i) Closures on inner packagings containing liquids must be secured by secondary means as prescribed in § 173.27(d);
</P>
<P>(ii) Inner packagings containing liquids must be capable of meeting the pressure differential requirements prescribed in § 173.27(c); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The total quantity of activator and base material may not exceed 1 kg (2.2 pounds) per package for a Packing Group II base material. The total quantity of activator and base material may not exceed 5 kg (11 pounds) per package for a Packing Group III base material. The total quantity of polyester resin kits per package is calculated on a one-to-one basis (<I>i.e.,</I> 1 L equals 1 kg);
</P>
<P>(iv) Fragile inner packagings must be packaged to prevent failure under conditions normally incident to transport. Packages of consumer commodities must be capable of withstanding a 1.2 m drop on solid concrete in the position most likely to cause damage; and
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Stack test capability.</I> Packages of consumer commodities must be capable of withstanding, without failure or leakage of any inner packaging and without any significant reduction in effectiveness, a force applied to the top surface for a duration of 24 hours equivalent to the total weight of identical packages if stacked to a height of 3.0 m (including the test sample).
</P>
<P>(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 15880, Mar. 30, 2017, as amended at 87 FR 79777, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.166" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.166   Safety devices.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose of this section, safety devices are articles which contain pyrotechnic substances or hazardous materials of other classes and are used in vehicles, vessels or aircraft to enhance safety to persons. Examples are: air bag inflators, air bag modules, seat-belt pretensioners and pyromechanical devices. Pyromechanical devices are assembled components for tasks such as but not limited to separation, locking, release-and-drive or occupant restraint. The term includes “Safety devices, pyrotechnic.”
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> An <I>air bag inflator</I> (consisting of a casing containing an igniter, a booster material, a gas generant and, in some cases, a pressure receptacle (cylinder)) is a gas generator used to inflate an air bag in a supplemental restraint system in a motor vehicle. An <I>air bag module</I> is the air bag inflator plus an inflatable bag assembly. A <I>seat-belt pretensioner</I> contains similar hazardous materials and is used in the operation of a seat-belt restraining system in a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Classification.</I> (1) Safety devices, excluding those which contain flammable or toxic gases or mixtures thereof, may be classed as Class 9 (UN3268) if the safety device, or if more than a single safety device is involved then the representative of the maximum parameters of each design type, is examined and successfully tested by a person or agency who is authorized by the Associate Administrator to perform examination and testing of explosives under § 173.56(b)(1), and who:
</P>
<P>(i) Does not manufacture or market explosives or safety devices, is not owned in whole or in part, or is not financially dependent upon any entity that manufactures or markets explosives or safety devices;
</P>
<P>(ii) Performs all examination and testing in accordance with the applicable requirements as specified in special provision 160 (see § 172.102 of this subchapter); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Maintains records in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) By adhering to all the provisions specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a Class 9 (UN3268) air bag inflator, air bag module or seat-belt pretensioner design is not required to be submitted to the Associate Administrator for approval or assigned an EX number. All other Class 9 (UN3268) safety device designs are required to be submitted to the Associate Administrator for approval and assigned an EX number;
</P>
<P>(2) A safety device may be classed as Division 1.4G if the maximum parameters of each design type have been examined and successfully tested by a person or agency who is authorized by the Associate Administrator to perform such examination and testing of explosives under § 173.56(b)(1). As a Class 1 explosive, the manufacturer must submit to the Associate Administrator a report of the examination and assignment of a recommended shipping description, division, and compatibility group, and if the Associate Administrator finds the approval request meets the regulatory criteria, the explosive may be approved in writing and assigned an EX number; or
</P>
<P>(3) The manufacturer has submitted an application, including a classification issued by the competent authority of a foreign government to the Associate Administrator, and received written notification from the Associate Administrator that the device has been approved for transportation and assigned an EX number.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>EX numbers.</I> (1) When a safety device is classed and approved as a Division 1.4G and offered for transportation, the shipping paper must contain the EX number or product code for each approved device in association with the basic description required by § 172.202(a) of this subchapter. Product codes must be traceable to the specific EX number assigned to the device by the Associate Administrator. Further, if the EX number or product code is contained on the shipping paper then it is not required to be marked on the outside package.
</P>
<P>(2) A safety device, when classed as a Class 9 (UN3268), is excepted from the EX number, or product code shipping paper requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) A safety device that is classed as a Class 9 (UN3268) under the terms of paragraph (b)(1) of this section and is installed in a motor vehicle, aircraft, boat or other transport conveyance or its completed components, such as steering columns or door panels, is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. A safety device that has been classed as a Division 1.4G and approved by the Associate Administrator and is installed in a motor vehicle, aircraft, boat or other transport conveyance or its completed components, such as steering columns or door panels, is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) An air bag module containing an inflator that has been previously approved by the Associate Administrator for transportation is not required to be submitted for further examination or approval. For classifications granted after July 30, 2013, if the Class 9 designation for the inflator is contingent upon packaging or other special means specified by the authorized testing agency, the modules must be tested and certified separately to determine if they can be shipped as “UN3268, Safety Devices, 9, PG III”.
</P>
<P>(3) An air bag module containing an inflator that has previously been approved by the Associate Administrator as a Division 2.2 material is not required to be submitted for further examination to be reclassed as a Class 9 material.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Shipments to recycling or waste disposal facilities.</I> When offered for domestic transportation by highway, rail freight, cargo vessel or cargo aircraft, a serviceable safety device classed as either Class 9 (UN3268) or Division 1.4G removed from a motor vehicle that was manufactured as required for use in the United States may be offered for transportation and transported without compliance with the shipping paper requirement prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section. However, when these articles are shipped to a recycling facility, the word “Recycled” must be entered on the shipping paper immediately after the basic description prescribed in § 172.202 of this subchapter. No more than one device is authorized in the packaging prescribed in paragraphs (e)(1), (2) or (3) of this section. The device must be cushioned and secured within the package to prevent shifting during transportation.
</P>
<P>(5) An air bag inflator, air bag module, or seat-belt pretensioner that was classed and approved for transportation prior to January 1, 2015 may continue to be transported under the terms of the existing approval, using the appropriate proper shipping name “Safety Devices” or “Safety Devices, Pyrotechnic” based on the classification of the device as assigned by PHMSA or the authorized person or agency that examined and tested the design type.
</P>
<P>(6) Until January 1, 2016, for domestic transportation by highway, rail, and vessel, packages containing air bag inflators, air bag modules, or seat-belt pretensioners may be;
</P>
<P>(i) Marked with either the appropriate proper shipping name, or an appropriate proper shipping name authorized by § 172.101 in effect on December 31, 2014; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Described on a shipping paper with either the appropriate proper shipping name, or an appropriate proper shipping name authorized by § 172.101 in effect on December 31, 2014.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Packagings.</I> Rigid, outer packagings, meeting the general packaging requirements of part 173 are authorized as follows. Additionally, the UN specification packagings listed in paragraphs (e)(1), (2), and (3) of this section must meet the packaging specification and performance requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group III performance level. The packagings must be designed and constructed to prevent shifting of the articles and inadvertent activation. Further, if the Class 9 designation is contingent upon packaging specified by the authorized testing agency, shipments of the safety device must be in compliance with the prescribed packaging.
</P>
<P>(1) 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, or 1H2 drums.
</P>
<P>(2) 3A2, 3B2, or 3H2 jerricans.
</P>
<P>(3) 4A, 4B, 4N, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, or 4H2 boxes.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Reusable high-strength containers or dedicated handling devices.</I> (i) Reusable containers manufactured from high-strength plastic, metal, or other suitable material, or other dedicated handling devices are authorized for shipment of safety devices from a manufacturing facility to the assembly facility, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) The gross weight of the containers or handling devices may not exceed 1000 kg (2205 pounds). Containers or handling devices must provide adequate support to allow stacking at least three units high with no resultant damage;
</P>
<P>(B) If not completely enclosed by design, the container or handling device must be covered with plastic, fiberboard, metal, or other suitable material. The covering must be secured to the container by banding or other comparable methods; and
</P>
<P>(C) Internal dunnage must be sufficient to prevent shifting of the devices within the container.
</P>
<P>(ii) Reusable containers manufactured from high-strength plastic, metal, or other suitable material, or other dedicated handling devices are authorized for shipment of safety devices only to, between, and from, intermediate handling locations, provided they meet the conditions specified in paragraphs (e)(4)(i)(A) through (C) of this section and:
</P>
<P>(A) The packages may be opened and re-packed by an intermediate handler as long as no modifications or changes are made to the packagings; and
</P>
<P>(B) Transportation must be made by private or contract carrier.
</P>
<P>(5) Packagings which were previously authorized in an approval issued by the Associate Administrator may continue to be used, provided a copy of the approval is maintained while such packaging is being used.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Safety devices removed from a vehicle.</I> When removed from, or were intended to be used in, a motor vehicle that was manufactured as required for use in the United States and offered for domestic transportation by highway or cargo vessel to Recycling or Waste Disposal facilities, a serviceable safety device classed as Class 9 UN3268 may be offered for transportation and transported in the following additional packaging:
</P>
<P>(i) Specification and non-specification steel drums with a wall and lid thickness not less than 20 gauge. The lid must be securely affixed with a lever-locking or bolted-ring assembly. The lid of the drum must provide ventilation of the drum contents in a fire. The drum may be filled with any combination of safety devices to a capacity not greater than fifty (50) percent of the drum's total volume. In addition, inner packagings or cushioning may not be used to fill the void space; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Outer packaging consisting of 4H2 solid plastic boxes or non-specification rugged reusable plastic outer packaging and inner static-resistant plastic bags or trays. If not completely enclosed by design, the container or handling device must be covered with plastic, fiberboard, metal or other suitable material. The covering must be secured to the container by banding or other comparable methods. The articles must be packed to prevent shifting within the container during transportation.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Labeling.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of § 172.402, each package or handling device must display a CLASS 9 label. Additional labeling is not required when the package contains no hazardous materials other than the devices.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Recordkeeping requirements.</I> (1) Following the examination of each new design type classed as a Class 9 in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the person that conducted the examination must prepare a test report and provide the test report to the manufacturer of the safety device. At a minimum, the test report must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Name and address of the test facility;
</P>
<P>(ii) Name and address of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(iii) Manufacturer of the device. For a foreign manufacturer, the U.S. agent or importer must be identified;
</P>
<P>(iv) A test report number, drawing of the device, and description of the safety device in sufficient detail to ensure that the test report is traceable (<I>e.g.</I> a unique product identifier) to a specific design;
</P>
<P>(v) The tests conducted and the results; and
</P>
<P>(vi) A certification that the safety device is classed as a Class 9 (UN3268).
</P>
<P>(2) For at least fifteen (15) years after testing, a copy of each test report must be maintained by the authorizing testing agency. For as long as any safety device design is being manufactured, and for at least fifteen (15) years thereafter, a copy of each test report must be maintained by the manufacturer of the product.
</P>
<P>(3) Test reports must be made available to a representative of the Department upon request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 1157, Jan. 8, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016; 85 FR 83398, Dec. 21, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.167" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.167   ID8000 consumer commodities.</HEAD>
<P>Packages prepared under the requirements of this section may be offered for transportation and transported by all modes.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to limited quantities of “consumer commodity” material. (See § 171.8 of this subchapter.) Materials eligible for transportation in accordance with this section are articles or substances of Class 2 (non-toxic aerosols only), Class 3 (Packing Group II and III only), Division 6.1 (Packing Group III only), UN3077, UN3082, UN3175, UN3334, and UN3335, provided such materials do not have a subsidiary risk and are authorized aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft. The outer packaging for the consumer commodity is not subject to the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter. Except as indicated in § 173.24(i), each completed package must conform to §§ 173.24 and 173.24a of this subchapter. Additionally, except for the pressure differential requirements in § 173.27(c), the requirements of § 173.27 do not apply to packages prepared in accordance with this section. As applicable, the following apply:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inner and outer packaging quantity limits.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) Non-toxic aerosols, as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter and constructed in accordance with § 173.306 of this part, in non-refillable, non-metal containers not exceeding 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) each, or in non-refillable metal containers not exceeding 820 mL (28 fluid ounces) each, except that flammable aerosols may not exceed 500 mL (16.9 fluid ounces) each;
</P>
<P>(ii) Liquids, in inner packagings not exceeding 500 mL (16.9 fluid ounces) each. Liquids must not completely fill an inner packaging at 55 °C;
</P>
<P>(iii) Solids, in inner packagings not exceeding 500 g (1.0 pounds) each; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Any combination thereof not to exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight as prepared for shipment.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Closures.</I> Friction-type closures must be secured by positive means. The body and closure of any packaging must be constructed so as to be able to adequately resist the effects of temperature and vibration occurring in conditions normally incident to air transportation. The closure device must be so designed that it is unlikely it can be incorrectly or incompletely closed.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Absorbent material.</I> Inner packagings must be tightly packaged in strong outer packagings. Absorbent and cushioning material must not react dangerously with the contents of inner packagings. For glass or earthenware inner packagings containing liquids of Class 3 or Division 6.1, sufficient absorbent material must be provided to absorb the entire contents of the largest inner packaging contained in the outer packaging. Absorbent material is not required if the glass or earthenware inner packagings are sufficiently protected as packaged for transport that it is unlikely a failure would occur and, if a failure did occur, that it would be unlikely that the contents would leak from the outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Drop test capability.</I> Breakable inner packagings (<I>e.g.,</I> glass, earthenware, or brittle plastic) must be packaged to prevent failure under conditions normally incident to transport. Packages of consumer commodities, as prepared for transport, must be capable of withstanding a 1.2 meter drop on solid concrete in the position most likely to cause damage. In order to pass the test, the outer packaging must not exhibit any damage liable to affect safety during transport and there must be no leakage from the inner packaging(s).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Stack test capability.</I> Packages of consumer commodities must be capable of withstanding, without failure or leakage of any inner packaging and without any significant reduction in effectiveness, a force applied to the top surface, for a duration of 24 hours, equivalent to the total weight of identical packages if stacked to a height of 3.0 meters (including the test sample).
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Hazard communication.</I> Packages prepared under the requirements of this section are to be marked as a limited quantity, in accordance with § 172.315(b), and labeled as a Class 9 article or substance, as appropriate, in accordance with subpart E of part 172 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Pressure differential capability.</I> Except for UN3082, inner packagings intended to contain liquids must be capable of meeting the pressure differential requirements (75 kPa) prescribed in § 173.27(c) of this part. The capability of a packaging to withstand an internal pressure without leakage that produces the specified pressure differential should be determined by successfully testing design samples or prototypes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Highway, rail, and vessel hazard communication exceptions.</I> Packages prepared in accordance with the requirements of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Are excepted from the labeling requirements in paragraph (a)(6) when transported by highway, rail, and vessel; and
</P>
<P>(2) Are excepted from the shipping papers requirements in Part 172, Subpart C when transported by highway and rail.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 25478, Apr. 10, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.168" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.168   Chemical oxygen generators.</HEAD>
<P>An oxygen generator, chemical (defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter) may be transported only under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Approval.</I> A chemical oxygen generator that is shipped with an explosive or non-explosive means of initiation attached must be classed and approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with the procedures specified in § 173.56 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Impact resistance.</I> A chemical oxygen generator, without any packaging, must be capable of withstanding a 1.8 meter drop onto a rigid, non-resilient, flat and horizontal surface, in the position most likely to cause actuation or loss of contents.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Protection against inadvertent actuation.</I> A chemical oxygen generator must incorporate one of the following means of preventing inadvertent actuation:
</P>
<P>(1) A chemical oxygen generator that is not installed in protective breathing equipment (PBE):
</P>
<P>(i) Mechanically actuated devices:
</P>
<P>(A) Two pins, installed so that each is independently capable of preventing the actuator from striking the primer;
</P>
<P>(B) One pin and one retaining ring, each installed so that each is independently capable of preventing the actuator from striking the primer; or
</P>
<P>(C) A cover securely installed over the primer and a pin installed so as to prevent the actuator from striking the primer and cover.
</P>
<P>(ii) Electrically actuated devices: The electrical leads must be mechanically shorted and the mechanical short must be shielded in metal foil.
</P>
<P>(iii) Devices with a primer but no actuator: A chemical oxygen generator that has a primer but no actuating mechanism must have a protective cover over the primer to prevent actuation from external impact.
</P>
<P>(2) A chemical oxygen generator installed in a PBE must contain a pin installed so as to prevent the actuator from striking the primer, and be placed in a protective bag, pouch, case or cover such that the protective breathing equipment is fully enclosed in such a manner that the protective bag, pouch, case or cover prevents unintentional actuation of the oxygen generator.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Packaging.</I> A chemical oxygen generator and a chemical oxygen generator installed in equipment, (e.g., a PBE) must be placed in a rigid outer packaging that—
</P>
<P>(1) Conforms to the requirements of either:
</P>
<P>(i) Part 178, subparts L and M, of this subchapter at the Packing Group I or II performance level; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The performance criteria in Air Transport Association (ATA) Specification No. 300 for a Category I Shipping Container.
</P>
<P>(2) With its contents, is capable of meeting the following additional requirements when transported by cargo-only aircraft:
</P>
<P>(i) The Flame Penetration Resistance Test specified in appendix E to part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Thermal Resistance Test specified in appendix D to part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Equipment marking.</I> The outside surface of a chemical oxygen generator must be marked to indicate the presence of an oxygen generator (e.g., “oxygen generator, chemical”). The outside surface of equipment containing a chemical oxygen generator that is not readily apparent (e.g., a sealed passenger service unit) must be clearly marked to indicate the presence of the oxygen generator (example: “Oxygen Generator Inside”).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Items forbidden in air transportation.</I> (1) A chemical oxygen generator is forbidden for transportation on board a passenger-carrying aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) A chemical oxygen generator is forbidden for transportation by both passenger-carrying and cargo-only aircraft after:
</P>
<P>(i) The manufacturer's expiration date; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The contents of the generator have been expended.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Exceptions.</I> An unapproved chemical oxygen generator with only one positive means of preventing unintentional actuation of the generator, and without the required approval number marked on the outside of the package, may be transported by motor vehicle, railcar, and cargo vessel only under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Packaging.</I> (i) The one positive means of preventing unintentional actuation of the generator shall be installed in such a manner that the percussion primer is so completely protected from its firing pin that it cannot be physically actuated or the electric firing circuit is so completely isolated from the electric match that it cannot be electrically actuated.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Inner packaging.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this section below, an unapproved chemical oxygen generator, or unapproved chemical oxygen generator installed in smaller size equipment such as a PBE shall be packaged in a combination packaging consisting of a non-combustible inner packaging that fully encloses the chemical oxygen generator or piece of equipment inside an outer packaging which meets the requirements in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Impractical size packaging.</I> If the piece of equipment in which the unapproved chemical oxygen generator is installed is so large (e.g., an aircraft seat) as to not be practically able to be fully enclosed in the packaging prescribed in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section, then a visible and durable warning tag must be securely attached to the piece of equipment stating “THIS ITEM CONTAINS A CHEMICAL OXYGEN GENERATOR.”
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Testing.</I> Each unapproved chemical oxygen generator, without its packaging, must be capable of withstanding a 1.8 meter drop onto a rigid, non-resilient, flat and horizontal surface, in the position most likely to cause damage, with no actuation or loss of contents.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Marking.</I> (i) If the unapproved chemical oxygen generator is inside a piece of equipment which is sealed or difficult to determine if an oxygen generator is present, for example—a closed sealed passenger service unit, then a visible and durable warning sign must be attached to the piece of equipment stating: “THIS ITEM CONTAINS A CHEMICAL OXYGEN GENERATOR”; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each outer package, and overpack if used, must be visibly and durably marked with the following statement: “THIS PACKAGE IS NOT AUTHORIZED FOR TRANSPORTATION ABOARD AIRCRAFT”.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 4455, Jan. 31, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55097, Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 56316, Sept. 13, 2011; 81 FR 3674, Jan. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.170" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.170   Black powder for small arms.</HEAD>
<P>Black powder for small arms that has been classed in Division 1.1 may be reclassed as a Division 4.1 material, for domestic transportation by motor vehicle, rail freight, and cargo vessel only, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) The powder must be examined and approved for Division 1.1 and Division 4.1 classification in accordance with §§ 173.56 and 173.58;
</P>
<P>(b) The total quantity of black powder in one transport vehicle or freight container may not exceed 45.4 kg (100 pounds) net mass. No more than four freight containers may be on board one cargo vessel;
</P>
<P>(c) The black powder must be packed in inner metal or heavy wall conductive plastic receptacles not over 454 g (16 ounces) net capacity each, with no more than 25 cans in one outer UN 4G fiberboard box. The inner packagings must be arranged and protected so as to prevent simultaneous ignition of the contents. The complete package must be of the same type which has been examined as required in § 173.56;
</P>
<P>(d) Each completed package must be marked “BLACK POWDER FOR SMALL ARMS” and “NA 0027”; and
</P>
<P>(e) Each package must bear the FLAMMABLE SOLID label.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996, as amended at Amdt. 173-255, 62 FR 14338, Mar. 26, 1997; 81 FR 35542, June 2, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.171" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.171   Smokeless powder for small arms.</HEAD>
<P>Smokeless powder for small arms which has been classed in Division 1.3 or Division 1.4 may be reclassed in Division 4.1, for domestic transportation by motor vehicle, rail car, vessel, or cargo-only aircraft, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) Powders that have been approved as Division 1.3C or Division 1.4C may be reclassed to Division 4.1 in accordance with §§ 173.56 and 173.58 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The total quantity of smokeless powder may not exceed 45.4 kg (100 pounds) net mass in:
</P>
<P>(1) One transport vehicle or cargo-only aircraft; or
</P>
<P>(2) One freight container on a vessel, not to exceed four freight containers per vessel.
</P>
<P>(c) Only combination packagings with inner packagings not exceeding 3.6 kg (8 pounds) net mass are authorized. Inner packagings must be arranged and protected so as to prevent simultaneous ignition of the contents. The complete package must be of the same type which has been examined as required in § 173.56 of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Inside packages that have been examined and approved by the Associate Administrator may be packaged in UN 4G fiberboard boxes meeting the Packing Group I performance level, provided all inside containers are packed to prevent shifting and the net weight of smokeless powder in any one box does not exceed 7.3 kg (16 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-253, 61 FR 27174, May 30, 1996; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010; 78 FR 14714, Mar. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65482, Oct. 31, 2013; 81 FR 35542, June 2, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.172" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.172   Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel tank.</HEAD>
<P>Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel tanks containing a mixture of anhydrous hydrazine and monomethyl hydrazine (M86 fuel) and designed for installation as complete units in aircraft are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when they conform to either of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) The unit must consist of an aluminum pressure vessel made from tubing and having welded heads. Primary containment of the fuel within this vessel must consist of a welded aluminum bladder having a maximum internal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The outer vessel must have a minimum design gauge pressure of 1,275 kPa (185 psig) and a minimum burst gauge pressure of 2,755 kPa (400 psig). Each vessel must be leak-checked during manufacture and before shipment and must be found leakproof. The complete inner unit must be securely packed in non-combustible cushioning material, such as vermiculite, in a strong outer tightly closed metal packaging which will adequately protect all fittings. Maximum quantity of fuel per primary containment and package is 42 L (11 gallons); or
</P>
<P>(b) The unit must consist of an aluminum pressure vessel. Primary containment of the fuel within this vessel must consist of a welded hermetically sealed fuel compartment with an elastomeric bladder having a maximum internal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The pressure vessel must have a minimum design gauge pressure of 5,170 kPa (750 psig). Each vessel must be leak-checked during manufacture and before shipment and must be found leakproof, and must be securely packed in non-combustible cushioning material, such as vermiculite, in a strong outer tightly closed metal packaging which will adequately protect all fittings. Maximum quantity of fuel per primary containment and package is 42 L (11 gallons).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 87 FR 44993, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.173" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.173   Paint, paint-related material, adhesives, ink and resins.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the § 172.101 table specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, the following requirements apply. Except as otherwise provided in this part, the description “Paint” is the proper shipping name for paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac, varnish, liquid aluminum, liquid bronze, liquid gold, liquid wood filler, and liquid lacquer base. The description “Paint-related material” is the proper shipping name for a paint thinning, drying, reducing or removing compound. However, if a more specific description is listed in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter, that description must be used.
</P>
<P>(b) Paint, paint-related material, adhesives, ink and resins must be packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) As prescribed in § 173.202 of this part if it is a Packing Group II material or § 173.203 of this part if it is a Packing Group III material; or
</P>
<P>(2) In inner glass packagings of not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each or inner metal packagings of not over 5 L (1 gallon) each, packed in a strong outer packaging. Packages must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part but need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.174" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.174   Refrigerating machines.</HEAD>
<P>A refrigerating machine assembled for shipment and containing 7 kg (15 pounds) or less of a flammable liquid for its operation in a strong, tight receptacle is excepted from labeling (except when offered for transportation or transported by air) and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter. In addition. shipments are not subject to subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter (Placarding), to part 174 of this subchapter (Carriage by rail) except § 174.24 (Shipping papers) and to part 177 (Carriage by highway) of this subchapter except § 177.817 (Shipping papers).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.175" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.175   Permeation devices.</HEAD>
<P>Permeation devices that contain hazardous materials and that are used for calibrating air quality monitoring devices are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter provided the following requirements are met:
</P>
<P>(a) Each device must be constructed of a material compatible with the hazardous materials it contains;
</P>
<P>(b) The total contents of hazardous materials in each device is limited to 2 ml (0.07 ounces) and the device must not be liquid full at 55 °C (131 °F);
</P>
<P>(c) Each permeation device must be placed in a sealed, high impact resistant, tubular inner packaging of plastic or equivalent material. Sufficient absorbent material must be contained in the inner packaging to completely absorb the contents of the device. The closure of the inner packaging must be securely held in place with wire, tape or other positive means;
</P>
<P>(d) Each inner packaging must be contained in a secondary packaging constructed of metal, or plastic having a minimum thickness of 1.5 mm (0.06 inches). The secondary packaging must be hermetically sealed;
</P>
<P>(e) The secondary packaging must be securely packed in strong outer packaging. The completed package must be capable of withstanding, without breakage or leakage of any inner packaging and without significant reduction in effectiveness:
</P>
<P>(1) The following free drops onto a rigid, non resilient, flat and horizontal surface from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet):
</P>
<P>(i) One drop flat on the bottom;
</P>
<P>(ii) One drop flat on the top;
</P>
<P>(iii) One drop flat on the long side;
</P>
<P>(iv) One drop flat on the short side;
</P>
<P>(v) One drop on a corner at the junction of three intersecting edges; and
</P>
<P>(2) A force applied to the top surface for a duration of 24 hours, equivalent to the total weight of identical packages if stacked to a height of 3 m (10 feet) (including the test sample).
</P>
<P>(3) Each of the above tests may be performed on different but identical packages.
</P>
<P>(f) The gross mass of the completed package must not exceed 30 kg.
</P>
<P>(g) For transportation by aircraft, permeation devices must be transported as cargo and may not be carried onboard an aircraft by passengers or crewmembers in carry-on baggage, checked baggage, or on their person unless specifically excepted by § 175.10.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 43530, July 20, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 1087, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.176" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.176   Capacitors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Capacitors, including capacitors containing an electrolyte that does not meet the definition of any hazard class or division as defined in this part, must conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Except for asymmetric capacitors, capacitors not installed in equipment must be transported in an uncharged state.
</P>
<P>(2) Each capacitor or module must be protected against a potential short circuit hazard in transport as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Except for asymmetric capacitors, when a capacitor's energy storage capacity is less than or equal to 10 Wh or when the energy storage capacity of each capacitor in a module is less than or equal to 10 Wh, the capacitor or module must be protected against short circuit or be fitted with a metal strap connecting the terminals; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Except for asymmetric capacitors, when the energy storage capacity of a capacitor or a capacitor in a module is more than 10 Wh, the capacitor or module must be fitted with a metal strap connecting the terminals.
</P>
<P>(iii) When an asymmetric capacitor's energy storage capacity is greater than 0.3 Wh, or when the energy storage capacity of each capacitor in a module is greater than 0.3 Wh, the capacitor or module must be protected against short circuit.
</P>
<P>(3) Capacitors containing an electrolyte that meets the definition of one or more hazard class or division as defined in this part, must be designed to withstand a 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 psi) pressure differential.
</P>
<P>(4) Capacitors must be designed and constructed to safely relieve pressure that may build up in use, through a vent or a weak point in the capacitor casing. Any liquid that is released upon venting must be contained by the packaging or by the equipment in which a capacitor is installed.
</P>
<P>(5) Except for asymmetric capacitors, capacitors manufactured after December 31, 2013, or asymmetric capacitors manufactured after December 31, 2015, must be marked with the energy storage capacity in Wh.
</P>
<P>(b) Capacitors must be packed in strong outer packagings. For transport by air, capacitors must be securely cushioned within the outer packagings. Capacitors installed in equipment may be offered for transport unpackaged or on pallets, when the capacitors are afforded equivalent protection by the equipment in which they are contained.
</P>
<P>(c) Capacitors containing an electrolyte not meeting the definition of any hazard class or division as defined in this part, including when configured in a module or when installed in equipment, are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) Except for asymmetric capacitors, capacitors containing an electrolyte that meets the definition of one or more hazard class or division as defined in this part, with an energy storage capacity of 10 Wh or less are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter, when they are capable of withstanding a 1.2 m (3.9 feet) drop test unpackaged onto a rigid, non-resilient, flat and horizontal surface without loss of contents.
</P>
<P>(e) Asymmetric capacitors containing an electrolyte that meets the definition of one or more hazard class or division as defined in this part, with an energy storage capacity of 20 Wh or less, including when configured in a module, are not subject to other provisions of this subchapter when the capacitors are capable of withstanding a 1.2 meter (3.9 feet) drop test unpackaged onto a rigid, non-resilient, flat and horizontal surface without loss of contents.
</P>
<P>(f) Except for asymmetric capacitors, capacitors containing an electrolyte meeting the definition of one or more hazard class or division as defined in this part, that are not installed in equipment, and with an energy storage capacity of more than 10 Wh are subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(g) Asymmetric capacitors containing an electrolyte meeting the definition of one or more hazard class or division as defined in this part, that are not installed in equipment, and with an energy storage capacity of more than 20 Wh are subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(h) Capacitors installed in equipment and containing an electrolyte meeting the definition of one or more hazard class or division as defined in this part, are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter, provided the equipment is packaged in a strong outer packaging and in such a manner as to prevent accidental functioning of the capacitors during transport. Large, robust equipment containing capacitors may be offered for transport unpackaged or on pallets when the capacitors are afforded equivalent protection by the equipment in which they are contained.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 1159, Jan. 8, 2015, as amended at 85 FR 83398, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.181" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.181   Pyrophoric materials (liquids).</HEAD>
<P>When the § 172.101 table specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following non-bulk packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Authorized cylinders.</I> (1) A specification steel or nickel cylinder prescribed for any compressed gas, except acetylene, having a minimum design pressure of 1206 kPa (175 psig).
</P>
<P>(2) DOT 3AL cylinders constructed of aluminum alloy 6061-T6 with a minimum marked service pressure of 1,800 psig and a maximum water capacity of 49 liters (13 gal) may be used for the transportation of inorganic pyrophoric liquids (UN3194). Any preheating or heating of the DOT 3AL cylinder must be limited to a maximum temperature of 79.4 °C (175 °F).
</P>
<P>(3) Cylinders authorized under paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section equipped with valves must be:
</P>
<P>(i) Equipped with steel valve protection caps or collars; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Overpacked in a wooden box (4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F); fiberboard box (4G), or plastic box (4H1 or 4H2). Cylinders must be secured to prevent shifting in the box and, when offered for transportation or transported, must be so loaded that pressure relief devices remain in the vapor space of the cylinder. (See § 177.838(h) of this subchapter.)
</P>
<P>(b) Steel boxes (4A), aluminum boxes (4B), metal boxes, other than steel or aluminum (4N), wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) or fiberboard boxes (4G); steel drums (1A1 or 1A2), aluminum drums (1B1 or 1B2), metal drums, other than steel or aluminum (1N1 or 1N2), plywood drums (1D), or fiber drums (1G); or steel jerricans (3A1 or 3A2) or aluminum jerricans (3B1 or 3B2) enclosing not more than four strong, tight metal cans with inner receptacles of glass or metal, not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each, having positive screwcap closures adequately gasketed or alternative closures physically held in place by a means capable of preventing back-off or loosening of the closure due to conditions normally incident to transportation (<I>e.g.,</I> impact, vibration, etc.). Inner packagings must be cushioned on all sides with dry, absorbent, incombustible material in a quantity sufficient to absorb the entire contents.
</P>
<P>(c) Steel drums (1A1 or 1A2), aluminum drums (1B1 or 1B2), metal drums, other than steel or aluminum (1N1 or 1N2) or fiber drums (1G); steel jerricans (3A1 or 3A2) or aluminum jerricans (3B1 or 3B2); or steel boxes (4A), aluminum boxes (4B) or metal boxes, other than steel or aluminum (4N) not exceeding 220 L (58 gallons) capacity each with strong, tight inner metal cans not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) capacity each. The strong, tight metal cans must be closed by positive means, not friction.
</P>
<P>(1) Inner packagings must have no opening exceeding 25 mm (1 inch) diameter and must be surrounded with noncombustible cushioning material.
</P>
<P>(2) Net quantity of pyrophoric liquids may not exceed two-thirds of the rated capacity of the outer drum. For example, a 220 L (58 gallons) outer drum may contain no more than 147 L (39 gallons) of pyrophoric liquids.
</P>
<P>(3) Each layer of inner containers must be separated by a metal plate separator in addition to cushioning material.
</P>
<P>(d) Combination packagings consisting of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inner packaging.</I> A 10 liter or 20 liter UN1A1 drum which has been certified to PG I of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter. Each inner drum must—
</P>
<P>(i) Have minimum wall thickness of 1.9 mm;
</P>
<P>(ii) Have 4 NPT or VCR openings, each with a diameter of 6.3 mm;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be fabricated from stainless steel; and
</P>
<P>(iv) On the upper head, be fitted with a center opening with a maximum diameter of 68.3 mm and the opening sealed with a threaded closure fabricated from 316 stainless steel. No more than two (2) inner drums may be placed inside the outer drum.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Outer packaging.</I> A UN1A2 drum that has been certified to the PG I performance level of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter and a capacity not to exceed 208 L (55 gal). The drum must have a minimum wall thickness of 1.0 mm and the top head must be closed with a steel closing ring with a minimum thickness of 2.4 mm. No more than two (2) inner drums described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section may be placed inside the outer drum.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45183, 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 24660, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 78 FR 1087, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1159, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 3674, Jan. 21, 2016; 87 FR 44993, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.182" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.182   Barium azide—50 percent or more water wet.</HEAD>
<P>Barium azide—50 percent or more water wet, must be packed in wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) or fiber drums (1G) with inner glass packagings not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) capacity each. Packagings must have rubber stoppers wire tied for securement. If transportation is to take place when and where freezing weather is possible, a suitable antifreeze solution must be used to prevent freezing. Each packaging must conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.183" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.183   Nitrocellulose base film.</HEAD>
<P>Films, nitrocellulose base, must be packaged in packagings conforming to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group III performance level, as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) In steel drums (1A2), aluminum drums (1B2), other metal drums (4A2), steel jerricans (3A2), aluminum jerricans (3B2), steel, aluminum or other metal (4A, 4B, 4N) boxes, wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or reconstituted wood (4F) boxes or plywood drums (1D) with each reel in a tightly closed metal can, polypropylene canister, or strong cardboard or fiberboard inner packaging with cover held in place by adhesive tape or paper; or
</P>
<P>(b) In fiberboard (4G) boxes or fiber drums (1G) with a single tightly closed metal can, polypropylene canister, or strong cardboard or fiberboard inner packaging with cover held in place by adhesive tape or paper; authorized only for not over 600 m (1969 feet) of film.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50627, Sept. 26, 1996; 78 FR 1087, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.184" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.184   Highway or rail fusee.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A fusee is a device designed to burn at a controlled rate and to produce visual effects for signaling purposes. The composition of the fusee must be such that the fusee will not ignite spontaneously or undergo marked decomposition when subjected to a temperature of 75 °C (167 °F) for 48 consecutive hours.
</P>
<P>(b) Fusees (highway and railway) must be packaged in steel (1A2), aluminum (1B2) or other metal (1N2) drums, steel (3A2) or aluminum (3B2) jerricans, steel (4A), aluminum (4B) or other metal (4N) boxes, wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or reconstituted wood (4F) boxes or in fiberboard boxes (4G), plywood (1D) or fiber (1G) drums. If the fusees are equipped with spikes packagings must have reinforced ends to prevent penetration of spikes through the outer packagings; packages must be capable of passing drop test requirements (§ 178.603 of this subchapter), including at least one drop with spike in a downward position, and other requirements of part 178 of this subchapter, at the Packing Group II performance level.
</P>
<P>(c) For transportation by highway, railroad flagging kits are not subject any other requirements of this subchapter when all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The flagging kits may only contain fusees and railroad torpedoes as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Fusee (rail or highway) (NA1325, Division 4.1, PG II).
</P>
<P>(ii) Articles, pyrotechnic (UN0431, Division 1.4G, PG II).
</P>
<P>(iii) Signal devices, hand (UN0373, Division 1.4S, PG II).
</P>
<P>(iv) Signal devices, hand (UN0191, Division 1.4G, PG II).
</P>
<P>(v) Signals, railway track, explosive (UN0193, Division 1.4S, PG II).
</P>
<P>(2) Fusees and railroad torpedoes must be transported in compartmented metal containers. Each compartment must have a cover with a latching device. Compartments for railroad torpedoes must be equipped with a spring-loaded positive locking device. Each compartment may only contain one type of device.
</P>
<P>(3) Each flagging kit may contain a maximum of 36 fusees and 36 railroad torpedoes. No more than six (6) flagging kits may be transported at one time on any motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) Flagging kits may only be transported on railroad motor vehicles including privately owned motor vehicles under the direct control of on-duty railroad employees.
</P>
<P>(5) The fusees and railroad torpedoes must be kept in the closed flagging kits whenever they are not being used on the railroad right-of-way, while the motor vehicle is being driven, or whenever the motor vehicle is located on other than railroad property.
</P>
<P>(6) When left in unattended motor vehicles on non-railroad property, a flagging kit must be locked inside the motor vehicle, or stored in a locked compartment on the motor vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45379; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3674, Jan. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.185" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.185   Lithium cells and batteries.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this section, <I>consignment</I> means one or more packages of hazardous materials accepted by an operator from one shipper at one time and at one address, receipted for in one lot and moving to one consignee at one destination address. <I>Equipment</I> means the device or apparatus for which the lithium cells or batteries will provide electrical power for its operation. <I>Lithium cell(s)</I> or <I>battery(ies)</I> includes both lithium metal and lithium ion chemistries. <I>Medical device</I> means an instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, or in vitro reagent, including any component, part, or accessory thereof, which is intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, of a person.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Classification.</I> (1) Each lithium cell or battery must be of the type proven to meet the criteria in part III, sub-section 38.3 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Lithium cells and batteries are subject to these tests regardless of whether the cells used to construct the battery are of a tested type. A single cell battery as defined in part III, sub-section 38.3 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria is considered a “cell” and must be offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements for cells.
</P>
<P>(i) Cells and batteries manufactured according to a type meeting the requirements of sub-section 38.3 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Revision 3, Amendment 1 or any subsequent revision and amendment applicable at the date of the type testing may continue to be transported, unless otherwise provided in this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Cell and battery types only meeting the requirements of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Revision 3, are no longer valid. However, cells and batteries manufactured in conformity with such types before July 2003 may continue to be transported if all other applicable requirements are fulfilled.
</P>
<P>(2) Each person who manufactures lithium cells or batteries must create a record of satisfactory completion of the testing (<I>e.g.</I> test report) required by this paragraph prior to offering the lithium cell or battery for transport and must:
</P>
<P>(i) Maintain this record for as long as that design is offered for transportation and for one year thereafter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Make this record available to an authorized representative of the Federal, state or local government upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) Each manufacturer and subsequent distributor of lithium cells or batteries, except for button cells installed in equipment (including circuit boards), manufactured on or after January 1, 2008, must make a test summary available. The test summary must include the following elements:


</P>
<P>(i) Name of cell, battery, or product manufacturer, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(ii) Cell, battery, or product manufacturer's contact information to include address, telephone number, email address, and website for more information;
</P>
<P>(iii) Name of the test laboratory, to include address, telephone number, email address, and website for more information;
</P>
<P>(iv) A unique test report identification number;
</P>
<P>(v) Date of test report;
</P>
<P>(vi) Description of cell or battery to include at a minimum;
</P>
<P>(A) Lithium ion or lithium metal cell or battery;
</P>
<P>(B) Mass of cell or battery;
</P>
<P>(C) Watt-hour rating, or lithium content;
</P>
<P>(D) Physical description of the cell/battery; and
</P>
<P>(E) Cell or battery model number or, alternatively, if the test summary is established for a product containing a cell or battery, the product model number.
</P>
<P>(vii) List of tests conducted and results (<I>i.e.,</I> pass/fail);
</P>
<P>(viii) Reference to assembled battery testing requirements (if applicable);
</P>
<P>(ix) Reference to the revised edition of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria used and to amendments thereto, if any; and
</P>
<P>(x) Name and title of a responsible person as an indication of the validity of information provided.


</P>
<P>(4) Except for cells or batteries meeting the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, each lithium cell or battery must:
</P>
<P>(i) Incorporate a safety venting device or be designed to preclude a violent rupture under conditions normally incident to transport;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be equipped with means of preventing external short circuits; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Be equipped with a means of preventing dangerous reverse current flow (<I>e.g.,</I> diodes or fuses) if a battery contains cells, or a series of cells that are connected in parallel.
</P>
<P>(5) Beginning May 10, 2024, each lithium ion battery must be marked with the Watt-hour rating on the outside case.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Packaging.</I> (1) Each package offered for transportation containing lithium cells or batteries, including lithium cells or batteries packed with, or contained in, equipment, must meet all applicable requirements of subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Lithium cells or batteries, including lithium cells or batteries packed with, or contained in, equipment, must be packaged in a manner to prevent:
</P>
<P>(i) Short circuits;
</P>
<P>(ii) Damage caused by shifting or placement within the package; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Accidental activation of the equipment.
</P>
<P>(3) For packages containing lithium cells or batteries offered for transportation:
</P>
<P>(i) The lithium cells or batteries must be placed in non-metallic inner packagings that completely enclose the cells or batteries, and separate the cells or batteries from contact with equipment, other devices, or electrically conductive materials (<I>e.g.,</I> metal) in the packaging.
</P>
<P>(ii) The inner packagings containing lithium cells or batteries must be placed in one of the following packagings meeting the requirements of part 178, subparts L and M, of this subchapter at the Packing Group II level:
</P>
<P>(A) Metal (4A, 4B, 4N), wooden (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F), fiberboard (4G), or solid plastic (4H1, 4H2) box;
</P>
<P>(B) Metal (1A2, 1B2, 1N2), plywood (1D), fiber (1G), or plastic (1H2) drum;
</P>
<P>(C) Metal (3A2, 3B2) or plastic (3H2) jerrican.
</P>
<P>(iii) When packed with equipment, lithium cells or batteries must:
</P>
<P>(A) Be placed in inner packagings that completely enclose the cell or battery, then placed in a packaging of a type that meets the Packing Group II performance requirements as specified in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, and then placed with the equipment in a strong, rigid outer packaging; or




</P>
<P>(B) Be placed in inner packagings that completely enclose the cell or battery, then placed with the equipment in a packaging of a type that meets the Packing Group II performance requirements as specified in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.


</P>
<P>(C) For transportation by aircraft, the number of cells or batteries in each package is limited to the minimum number required to power the piece of equipment, plus two spare sets. A set of cells or batteries is the number of individual cells or batteries that are required to power each piece of equipment.


</P>
<P>(4) When lithium cells or batteries are contained in equipment:
</P>
<P>(i) The outer packaging, when used, must be constructed of suitable material of adequate strength and design in relation to the capacity and intended use of the packaging, unless the lithium cells or batteries are afforded equivalent protection by the equipment in which they are contained;


</P>
<P>(ii) Equipment must be secured to prevent damage caused by shifting within the outer packaging and be packed so as to prevent accidental operation during transport;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any spare lithium cells or batteries packed with the equipment must be packaged in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iv) For transportation by aircraft, where multiple pieces of equipment are packed in the same outer packaging, each piece of equipment must be packed to prevent contact with other equipment.




</P>
<P>(5) Lithium cells or batteries that weigh 12 kg (26.5 pounds) or more and have a strong, impact-resistant outer casing, may be packed in strong outer packagings; in protective enclosures (for example, in fully enclosed or wooden slatted crates); or on pallets or other handling devices, instead of packages meeting the UN performance packaging requirements in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and (b)(3)(iii) of this section. Cells and batteries must be secured to prevent inadvertent shifting, and the terminals may not support the weight of other superimposed elements. Cells and batteries packaged in accordance with this paragraph may be transported by cargo-only aircraft if approved by the Associate Administrator.


</P>
<P>(6) Except for transportation by aircraft, the following rigid large packagings are authorized for a single battery, and for a single item of equipment containing batteries, meeting provisions in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section and the requirements of part 178, subparts P and Q, of this subchapter at the Packing Group II level:
</P>
<P>(i) Metal (50A, 50B, 50N) metal packagings must be fitted with an electrically non-conductive lining material (<I>e.g.,</I> plastics) of adequate strength for the intended use;
</P>
<P>(ii) Rigid plastic (50H);
</P>
<P>(iii) Wooden (50C, 50D, 50F);
</P>
<P>(iv) Rigid fiberboard (50G).
</P>
<P>(7) For transportation by aircraft, lithium cells and batteries must not be packed in the same outer packaging with substances and articles of Class 1 (explosives) other than Division 1.4S, Division 2.1 (flammable gases), Class 3 (flammable liquids), Division 4.1 (flammable solids), or Division 5.1 (oxidizers).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions for smaller cells or batteries.</I> Other than as specifically stated below, a package containing lithium cells or batteries, or lithium cells or batteries packed with, or contained in, equipment, that meets the conditions of this paragraph is excepted from the requirements in subparts C through H of part 172 of this subchapter and the UN performance packaging requirements in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section under the following conditions and limitations.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Size limits.</I> (i) The Watt-hour (Wh) rating may not exceed 20 Wh for a lithium ion cell or 100 Wh for a lithium ion battery. After December 31, 2015, each lithium ion battery subject to this provision must be marked with the Watt-hour rating on the outside case.
</P>
<P>(ii) The lithium content may not exceed 1 g for a lithium metal cell or 2 g for a lithium metal battery.


</P>
<P>(iii) Except when lithium cells or batteries are packed with or contained in equipment in quantities not exceeding 5 kg net weight, the outer package that contains lithium cells or batteries must be appropriately marked: “PRIMARY LITHIUM BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT”, “LITHIUM METAL BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT”, “LITHIUM ION BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT”, or “LITHIUM BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT”, or labeled with a “CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY” label as specified in § 172.448 of this subchapter.


</P>
<P>(iv) For transportation by highway or rail only, the lithium content of the cell and battery may be increased to 5 g for a lithium metal cell or 25 g for a lithium metal battery and 60 Wh for a lithium ion cell or 300 Wh for a lithium ion battery, provided the outer package is marked: “LITHIUM BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD AIRCRAFT AND VESSEL.” A package marked in accordance with this paragraph does not need to display the marking required in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section.






</P>
<P>(v) The marking specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section must have a background of contrasting color, and the letters in the marking must be:
</P>
<P>(A) At least 6 mm (0.25 inch) in height on packages having a gross weight of 30 kg (66 pounds) or less, except that smaller font may be used as necessary when package dimensions so require.
</P>
<P>(B) At least 12 mm (0.5 inch) in height on packages having a gross weight of more than 30 kg (66 pounds).


</P>
<P>(vi) When a package marked or labeled in accordance with paragraph (c)(1)(iii) or (iv) of this section is placed in an overpack, the selected marking or label must either be clearly visible through the overpack, or the marking or label must also be affixed on the outside of the overpack.






</P>
<P>(vii) Except when lithium cells or batteries are packed with, or contained in, equipment, each package must not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Packaging.</I> Lithium cells and batteries must be packed in inner packagings that completely enclose the cell or battery then placed in a strong rigid outer package unless the cell or battery is contained in equipment and is afforded equivalent protection by the equipment in which it is contained. Except when lithium cells or batteries are contained in equipment, each package of lithium cells or batteries, or the completed package when packed with equipment, must be capable of withstanding a 1.2 meter drop test, in any orientation, without damage to the cells or batteries contained in the package, without shifting of the contents that would allow battery-to-battery (or cell-to-cell) contact, and without release of the contents of the package.


</P>
<P>(3) <I>Lithium battery mark.</I> Each package must display the lithium battery mark except when a package contains only button cell batteries contained in equipment (including circuit boards), or when a consignment contains two packages or fewer where each package contains not more than four lithium cells or two lithium batteries contained in equipment.
</P>
<P>(i) The mark must indicate the UN number: “UN3090” for lithium metal cells or batteries, or “UN3480” for lithium ion cells or batteries. Where the lithium cells or batteries are contained in, or packed with, equipment, the UN number “UN3091” or “UN3481,” as appropriate, must be indicated. Where a package contains lithium cells or batteries assigned to different UN numbers, all applicable UN numbers must be indicated on one or more marks. The package must be of such size that there is adequate space to affix the mark on one side without the mark being folded.
</P>
<HD1>Figure 1 to paragraph (c)(3)(i) introductory text
</HD1>
<img src="/graphics/er10ap24.014.gif"/>
<P>(A) The mark must be in the form of a rectangle or a square with hatched edging. The mark must be not less than 100 mm (3.9 inches) wide by 100 mm (3.9 inches) high, and the minimum width of the hatching must be 5 mm (0.2 inches), except marks of 100 mm (3.9 inches) wide by 70 mm (2.8 inches) high may be used on a package containing lithium batteries when the package is too small for the larger mark;
</P>
<P>(B) The symbols and letters must be black on white or suitable contrasting background and the hatching must be red;
</P>
<P>(C) The “*” must be replaced by the appropriate UN number(s); and
</P>
<P>(D) Where dimensions are not specified, all features shall be in approximate proportion to those shown.
</P>
<P>(ii) The lithium battery mark, in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph, in effect on May 9, 2024, may continue to be used until December 31, 2026.
</P>
<P>(iii) When packages are placed in an overpack, the lithium battery mark shall either be clearly visible through the overpack or be reproduced on the outside of the overpack, and the overpack shall be marked with the word “OVERPACK.” The lettering of the “OVERPACK” mark shall be at least 12 mm (0.47 inches) high.














</P>
<P>(4) <I>Air transportation for smaller lithium cells or batteries packed with, or contained in, equipment.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The number of cells or batteries in each package is limited to the minimum number required to power the piece of equipment, plus two spare sets, and the total net quantity (mass) of the lithium cells or batteries in the completed package must not exceed 5 kg. A set of cells or batteries is the number of individual cells or batteries that are required to power each piece of equipment.
</P>
<P>(ii) When packages are placed in an overpack, the packages must be secured within the overpack, and the intended function of each package must not be impaired by the overpack.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each shipment with packages required to display the paragraph (c)(3)(i) lithium battery mark must include an indication on the air waybill of compliance with this paragraph (c)(4) (or the applicable ICAO Technical Instructions Packing Instruction), when an air waybill is used.
</P>
<P>(iv) Each person who prepares a package for transport containing lithium cells or batteries, packed with, or contained in, equipment in accordance with the conditions and limitations of this paragraph (c)(4), must receive instruction on these conditions and limitations, corresponding to their functions.














</P>
<P>(5) <I>Air transportation for smaller lithium cells and batteries.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) A package prepared in accordance with the size limits in paragraph (c)(1) is subject to all applicable requirements of this subchapter, except that a package containing no more than 2.5 kg lithium metal cells or batteries, or 10 kg lithium ion cells or batteries, is not subject to the UN performance packaging requirements in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, when the package displays both the lithium battery mark in paragraph (c)(3)(i) and the Class 9 Lithium Battery label specified in § 172.447 of this subchapter. This paragraph does not apply to batteries or cells packed with, or contained in, equipment.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each package must be capable of withstanding, without damage to the cells or batteries contained therein and without any reduction of effectiveness, a force applied to the top surface equivalent to the total weight of identical packages stacked to a height of 3 meters (including the test sample) for a duration of 24 hours.














</P>
<P>(d) <I>Lithium cells or batteries shipped for disposal or recycling.</I> A lithium cell or battery, including a lithium cell or battery contained in equipment, that is transported by motor vehicle to a permitted storage facility or disposal site, or for purposes of recycling, is excepted—
</P>
<P>(1) From the testing and record keeping requirements of paragraph (a) and the UN performance packaging requirements in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii), (b)(3)(iii) and (b)(6) of this section, when packed in a strong outer packaging conforming to the applicable requirements of subpart B of this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) From subparts C through H of part 172 of this subchapter when the lithium cell or battery meets the size, packaging, and hazard communication conditions in paragraph (c)(1)-(3) of this section.






</P>
<P>(e) <I>Low production runs and prototypes.</I> Low production runs (<I>i.e.,</I> annual production runs consisting of not more than 100 lithium cells or batteries), prototype lithium cells or batteries transported for purposes of testing, and equipment containing such cells or batteries are excepted from the testing and record keeping requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, provided:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(5) of this section, each cell or battery is individually packed in a non-metallic inner packaging, inside an outer packaging, and is surrounded by cushioning material that is non-combustible and electrically non-conductive, or contained in equipment. Equipment must be constructed or packaged in a manner as to prevent accidental operation during transport;
</P>
<P>(2) Appropriate measures shall be taken to minimize the effects of vibration and shocks and prevent shifting of the cells or batteries within the package that may lead to damage and a dangerous condition during transport. Cushioning material that is non-combustible and electrically non-conductive may be used to meet this requirement;
</P>
<P>(3) The lithium cells or batteries are packed in inner packagings or contained in equipment. The inner packaging or equipment is placed in one of the following outer packagings that meet the requirements of part 178, subparts L and M, of this subchapter at the Packing Group I level. Cells and batteries, including equipment of different sizes, shapes or masses must be placed into an outer packaging of a tested design type listed in this section provided the total gross mass of the package does not exceed the gross mass for which the design type has been tested. A cell or battery with a net mass of more than 30 kg is limited to one cell or battery per outer packaging;
</P>
<P>(i) Metal (4A, 4B, 4N), wooden (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F), or solid plastic (4H2) box;
</P>
<P>(ii) Metal (1A2, 1B2, 1N2), plywood (1D), or plastic (1H2) drum.
</P>
<P>(4) For a single battery, and for a single item of equipment containing cells or batteries, the following rigid large packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(i) Metal (50A, 50B, 50N) metal packagings must be fitted with an electrically non-conductive lining material (<I>e.g.,</I> plastics) of adequate strength for the intended use;
</P>
<P>(ii) Rigid plastic (50H);
</P>
<P>(iii) Plywood (50D).




</P>
<P>(5) Lithium batteries, including lithium batteries contained in equipment, that weigh 12 kg (26.5 pounds) or more and have a strong, impact-resistant outer casing, may be packed in strong outer packagings, in protective enclosures (for example, in fully enclosed or wooden slatted crates), or on pallets or other handling devices, instead of packages meeting the UN performance packaging requirements in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section. The cell or battery must be secured to prevent inadvertent shifting, and the terminals may not support the weight of other superimposed elements;
</P>
<P>(6) Irrespective of the limit specified in Column (9B) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table, the cell or battery prepared for transport in accordance with this paragraph may have a mass exceeding 35 kg gross weight when transported by cargo-only aircraft;
</P>
<P>(7) Cells or batteries packaged in accordance with this paragraph are not permitted for transportation by passenger-carrying aircraft, and may be transported by cargo-only aircraft only if approved by the Associate Administrator prior to transportation; and






</P>
<P>(8) Shipping papers must include the following notation: “Transport in accordance with § 173.185(e).”
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Damaged, defective, or recalled cells or batteries.</I> Lithium cells or batteries that have been damaged or identified by the manufacturer as being defective for safety reasons, that have the potential of producing a dangerous evolution of heat, fire, or short circuit (<I>e.g.,</I> those being returned to the manufacturer for safety reasons) may be transported by highway, rail or vessel only, and must be packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Each cell or battery must be placed in individual, non-metallic inner packaging that completely encloses the cell or battery;
</P>
<P>(2) The inner packaging must be surrounded by cushioning material that is non-combustible, electrically non-conductive, and absorbent; and
</P>
<P>(3) Each inner packaging must be individually placed in one of the following packagings meeting the applicable requirements of part 178, subparts L, M, P, and Q of this subchapter at the Packing Group I level:
</P>
<P>(i) Metal (4A, 4B, 4N), wooden (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F), or solid plastic (4H2) box;
</P>
<P>(ii) Metal (1A2, 1B2, 1N2), plywood (1D), or plastic (1H2) drum; or
</P>
<P>(iii) For a single battery, and for a single item of equipment containing cells or batteries, the following rigid large packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(A) Metal (50A, 50B, 50N);
</P>
<P>(B) Rigid plastic (50H);
</P>
<P>(C) Plywood (50D); and
</P>
<P>(4) The outer package must be marked with an indication that the package contains a “Damaged/defective lithium ion battery” and/or “Damaged/defective lithium metal battery” as appropriate. The marking required by this paragraph must be in characters at least 12 mm (0.47 inches) high.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Limited exceptions to restrictions on air transportation of medical device batteries.</I> Irrespective of the quantity limitations described in column 9A of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table of this subchapter, up to two replacement lithium cells or batteries specifically used for a medical device as defined in this section may be transported as cargo on a passenger aircraft. Packages containing these cells or batteries are not subject to the marking requirement in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section or the “CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY” label required by § 172.402(c) of this subchapter and may be transported as cargo on a passenger aircraft when approved by the Associate Administrator and provided the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The intended destination of the cells or batteries is not serviced daily by cargo aircraft if a cell or battery is required for medically necessary care; and
</P>
<P>(2) Lithium ion cells or batteries for medical devices are excepted from the state of charge limitations in § 172.102, special provision A100, of this subchapter, provided each cell or battery is:
</P>
<P>(i) Individually packed in an inner packaging that completely encloses the cell or battery;
</P>
<P>(ii) Placed in a rigid outer packaging; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Protected to prevent short circuits.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Approval.</I> A lithium cell or battery that does not conform to the provisions of this subchapter may be transported only under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 27882, May 11, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 83398, Dec. 21, 2020; 87 FR 44993, July 26, 2022; 87 FR 78010, Dec. 21, 2022; 87 FR 79777, Dec. 27, 2022; 89 FR 15665, Mar. 4, 2024; 89 FR 25478, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.186" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.186   Matches.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Matches must be of a type which will not ignite spontaneously or undergo marked decomposition when subjected for 8 consecutive hours to a temperature of 93 °C (200 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) <I>Fusee matches</I> are matches the heads of which are prepared with a friction-sensitive igniter composition and a pyrotechnic composition which burns with little or no flame, but with intense heat.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Safety matches</I> are matches combined with or attached to the box, book or card that can be ignited by friction only on a prepared surface.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Strike anywhere</I> matches are matches that can be ignited by friction on a solid surface.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Wax “Vesta”</I> matches are matches that can be ignited by friction either on a prepared surface or on a solid surface.
</P>
<P>(c) Safety matches and wax “Vesta” matches must be tightly packed in securely closed inner packagings to prevent accidental ignition under conditions normally incident to transportation, and further packed in outer fiberboard, wooden, or other equivalent-type packagings. These matches in outer packagings not exceeding 23 kg (50 pounds) gross weight are not subject to any other requirement (except marking) of this subchapter. These matches may be packed in the same outer packaging with materials not subject to this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) Strike-anywhere matches may not be packed in the same outer packaging with any material other than safety matches or wax “Vesta” matches, which must be packed in separate inner packagings.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Packagings.</I> Strike-anywhere matches must be tightly packed in securely closed chipboard, fiberboard, wooden, or metal inner packagings to prevent accidental ignition under conditions normally incident to transportation. Each inner packaging may contain no more than 700 strike-anywhere matches and must be packed in outer steel drums (1A1, 1A2), aluminum drums (1B1, 1B2), other metal drums (1N1, 1N2), steel jerricans (3A1, 3A2), aluminum jerricans (3B1, 3B2), steel (4A), aluminum (4N), other metal (4N) boxes, wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D), reconstituted wood (4F) or fiberboard (4G) boxes, plywood (1D) or fiber (1G) drums. Gross weight of fiberboard boxes (4G) must not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds). Gross weight of other outer packagings must not exceed 45 kg (100 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.187" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.187   Pyrophoric solids, metals or alloys, n.o.s.</HEAD>
<P>Packagings for pyrophoric solids, metals, or alloys, n.o.s. must conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the packing group performance level specified in the § 172.101 Table. These materials must be packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) In steel, aluminum or other metal boxes (4A, 4B or 4N) and contain no more than 15 kg (33 pounds) each.
</P>
<P>(b) In wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) with inner metal receptacles that have threaded closures or alternate closures physically held in place by a means capable of preventing back-off or loosening of the closure due to conditions normally incident to transportation (<I>e.g.,</I> impact, vibration, etc.). Each inner metal receptacle must not contain more than 15 kg (33 pounds).
</P>
<P>(c) In fiberboard boxes (4G) with inner metal receptacles that have threaded closures or alternate closures physically held in place by a means capable of preventing back-off or loosening of the closure due to conditions normally incident to transportation (<I>e.g.,</I> impact, vibration, etc.). Each inner metal receptacle must not contain more than 7.5 kg (17 pounds).
</P>
<P>(d) In steel, aluminum or other metal drums (1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1N1 or 1N2) with a gross mass not exceeding 150 kg (331 pounds) per drum.
</P>
<P>(e) In plywood drums (1D) with inner metal receptacles that have threaded closures or alternate closures physically held in place by a means capable of preventing back-off or loosening of the closure due to conditions normally incident to transportation (<I>e.g.,</I> impact, vibration, etc.). Each inner metal receptacle must not contain more than 15 kg (33 pounds).
</P>
<P>(f) In fiberboard drums (1G) with inner metal receptacles that have threaded closures or alternate closures physically held in place by a means capable of preventing back-off or loosening of the closure due to conditions normally incident to transportation (<I>e.g.,</I> impact, vibration, etc.) Each inner metal receptacle must not contain more than 15 kg (33 pounds).
</P>
<P>(g) In specification cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for Specifications 8 and 3HT.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 78632, Dec. 29, 2006, as amended at 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013; 87 FR 44994, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.188" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.188   White or yellow phosphorus.</HEAD>
<P>Phosphorus, white or yellow, when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water, must be packaged in water or dry in packagings conforming to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level, as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) When placed in water, it must be packaged in specification packagings as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Steel, aluminum or other metal boxes (4A, 4B or 4N) or wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) with:
</P>
<P>(i) Inner hermetically sealed (soldered) metal cans, enclosed in other hermetically sealed (soldered) metal cans, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Inner water-tight metal cans containing not over 0.5 kg (1 pound) of phosphorus with screw-top closures; or
</P>
<P>(2) Steel, aluminum or other metal drums (1A1, 1B1 or 1N1) not over 250 L (66 gallons) capacity each or steel, aluminum or other metal drums (1A2, 1B2, or 1N2) not over 115 L (30 gallons) capacity each.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) A 115 L (30 gallon) UN1A2 steel drum certified to the PG I performance level for solids and the PG I or PG II performance level for liquids and dual marked, at a minimum, as a UN1A2/X400/S (for solid) and UN1A2 X(or Y)/1.4/150 (for liquids) subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(ii) Enough water must be present in each drum to ensure that the phosphorous is covered by water at all times during transportation, in any orientation of the drum;
</P>
<P>(iii) Drums must be held and observed for a minimum of 24-hours before transportation. Any leaking or otherwise unsuitable drums must be replaced prior to transportation;
</P>
<P>(iv) Packages must be destroyed and may not be reused;
</P>
<P>(v) The net mass of the material and water, in kilograms, must not exceed the mass that would be permitted by calculating the volume of the packaging in liters multiplied by the specific gravity indicated on the package certification;
</P>
<P>(vi) Transportation is by private or contract motor carrier only; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Transportation is authorized from the offeror's location to a facility where it must be unloaded by the consignee.
</P>
<P>(b) When dry, it must be cast solid and shipped in packagings as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Steel, aluminum or other metal drums (1A2, 1B2 or 1N2) not over 115 L (30 gallons) capacity each, or
</P>
<P>(2) In projectiles or bombs when shipped by, for, or to the Departments of the Army, Navy, or Air Force of the United States Government, without bursting elements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3675, Jan. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.189" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.189   Batteries containing sodium or cells containing sodium.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Batteries and cells may not contain any hazardous material other than sodium, sulfur or sodium compounds (<I>e.g.,</I> sodium polysulfides, sodium tetrachloroaluminate, <I>etc.</I>). Cells not forming a component of a completed battery may not be offered for transportation at a temperature at which any liquid sodium is present in the cell. Batteries may only be offered for transportation, or transported, at a temperature at which any liquid sodium present in the battery conforms to the conditions prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Cells must be protected against short circuit and must consist of hermetically sealed metal casings that fully enclose the hazardous materials and that are so constructed and closed as to prevent the release of the hazardous materials under normal conditions of transport. Cells must be placed in suitable outer packagings with sufficient cushioning material to prevent contact between cells and between cells and the internal surfaces of the outer packaging, and to ensure that no dangerous shifting of the cells within the outer packaging occurs in transport. Cells must be packaged in 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 4A, 4B, 4N, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, 4H2, 3A2, 3B2 or 3H2) outer packagings that meet the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group II performance level.
</P>
<P>(c) Batteries must consist of cells secured within, and fully enclosed by a metal casing so constructed and closed as to prevent the release of the hazardous materials under normal conditions of transport. Batteries may be offered for transportation, and transported, unpacked or in protective packagings that are not subject to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) Batteries containing any liquid sodium may not be offered for transportation, or transported, by aircraft. Batteries containing liquid sodium may be transported by motor vehicle, rail car or vessel under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Batteries must be equipped with an effective means of preventing external short circuits, such as by providing complete electrical insulation of battery terminals or other external electrical connectors. Battery terminals or other electrical connectors penetrating the heat insulation fitted in battery casings must be provided with thermal insulation sufficient to prevent the temperature of the exposed surfaces of such devices from exceeding 55 °C (130 °F).
</P>
<P>(2) No battery may be offered for transportation if the temperature at any point on the external surface of the battery exceeds 55 °C (130 °F).
</P>
<P>(3) If any external source of heating is used during transportation to maintain sodium in batteries in a molten state, means must be provided to ensure that the internal temperature of the battery does not reach or exceed 400 °C (752 °F).
</P>
<P>(4) When loaded in a transport vehicle or freight container:
</P>
<P>(i) Batteries must be secured so as to prevent significant shifting within the transport vehicle or freight container under conditions normally incident to transportation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Adequate ventilation and/or separation between batteries must be provided to ensure that the temperature at any point on the external surface of the battery casing will not exceed 240 °C (464 °F) during transportation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) No other hazardous materials, with the exception of cells containing sodium, may be loaded in the same transport vehicle or freight container. Batteries must be separated from all other freight by a distance of not less than 0.5 m (1.6 feet).
</P>
<P>(e) Vehicles, machinery and equipment powered by sodium batteries must be consigned under the entry “Battery-powered vehicle or Battery-powered equipment.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67511, Dec. 29, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 173-256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 43530, July 20, 2011; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.192" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.192   Packaging for certain toxic gases in Hazard Zone A.</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies a toxic material must be packaged under this section, only the following cylinders are authorized:
</P>
<P>(a) Specification 3A1800, 3AA1800, 3AL1800, 3E1800, or seamless UN cylinders with a minimum test pressure in accordance with P200 of the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(1) Specification 3A, 3AA, or 3AL cylinders may not exceed 57 kg (125 lb) water capacity (nominal). 
</P>
<P>(2) Specification 3AL cylinders may only be offered for transportation or transported by highway and rail. 
</P>
<P>(b) Packagings must conform to the requirements of § 173.40. 
</P>
<P>(c) For cylinders used for phosgene: 
</P>
<P>(1) The filling density may not exceed 125 percent; 
</P>
<P>(2) A cylinder may not contain more than 68 kg (150 lb) of phosgene; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Each cylinder containing phosgene must be tested for leakage before it is offered for transportation or transported and must show no leakage. The leakage test must consist of immersing the cylinder and valve, without the protective cap attached, in a bath of water at a temperature of approximately 66 °C (150 °F) for at least 30 minutes, during which time frequent examinations must be made to note any escape of gas. The valve of the cylinder may not be loosened after this test. Suitable safeguards must be provided to protect personnel and facilities should failure occur during the test. As an alternative, each cylinder containing phosgene may be tested for leakage by a method approved in writing by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.193" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.193   Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, chloropicrin and methyl bromide or methyl chloride mixtures, etc.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Bromoacetone must be packaged as follows in metal boxes (4A, 4B or 4N) or wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F) with inner glass receptacles or tubes in hermetically sealed metal receptacles in corrugated fiberboard cartons. Bottles may not contain over 500 g (17.6 ounces) of liquid each and must be cushioned in cans with at least 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) of absorbent material. Total amount of liquid in the outer box must not exceed 11 kg (24 pounds). Packagings must conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level.
</P>
<P>(b) Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, chloropicrin and methyl bromide mixtures, chloropicrin and methyl chloride mixtures, and chloropicrin mixtures charged with non-flammable, non-liquefied compressed gas must be packed in Specification 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3C, 3E, 4A, 4B, 4BA, 4BW, or 4C cylinders having not over 113 kg (250 pounds) water capacity (nominal) except:
</P>
<P>(1) DOT Specification 4BW cylinders containing chloropicrin and methyl bromide mixtures may not exceed 453 kg (1000 pounds); and
</P>
<P>(2) The capacity limit of this paragraph does not apply to shipments of methyl bromide.
</P>
<P>(c) Methyl bromide mixtures containing up to 2% chloropicrin must be packaged in 4G fiberboard boxes with inside metal cans containing not over one pound each, or inside metal cans with a minimum wall thickness of 0.007 inch containing not over 1
<FR>3/4</FR> pounds each. The one-pound can must be capable of withstanding an internal pressure of 130 psig without leakage or permanent distortion. Vapor pressure of the contents must not exceed 130 psig at 55 °C (130 °F). The 1
<FR>3/4</FR>-pound can must be capable of withstanding an internal pressure of 140 psig without leakage or permanent distortion. Vapor pressure of the contents must not exceed 140 psig at 55 °C (130 °F). Cans must not be liquid full at 130 °F. Cans must be constructed of tinplate or lined with suitable material and must have concave or pressure ends.
</P>
<P>(d) Cylinders, except those containing methyl bromide, must conform to § 173.40 of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3675, Jan. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.194" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.194   Gas identification sets.</HEAD>
<P>Gas identification sets containing poisonous material must be packaged in packagings conforming to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level, as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) In glass inner receptacles, hermetically sealed, of not over 40 mL (1.4 fluid ounces) each. Each glass inner receptacle must in turn be placed in a sealed fiberboard receptacle, cushioned with absorbent material. Not more than 12 fiberboard receptacles must in turn be placed in a 4G fiberboard box. No more than four boxes, well-cushioned, may in turn be placed in a steel cylinder. The cylinder must have a wall thickness of at least 3.7 mm (0.146 inch) and must have a hermetically sealed steel closure.
</P>
<P>(b) When the poisonous material is absorbed in a medium such as activated charcoal or silical gel, gas identification sets may be shipped as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If the poisonous material does not exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid or 5 g (0.2 ounce) if a solid, it may be packed in glass inner receptacles of not over 120 mL (4.1 fluid ounces) each. Each glass receptacle, cushioned with absorbent material must be packed in a hermetically sealed metal can of not less than 0.30 mm (0.012 inch) wall thickness. Metal cans, surrounded on all sides by at least 25 mm (1 inch) of dry sawdust, must be packed in 4A, 4B or 4N metal boxes or 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes. Not more than 100 mL (3.4 fluid ounces) or 100 g (3.5 ounces) of poisonous materials may be packed in one outer box.
</P>
<P>(2) If the poisonous material does not exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid or 20 g (0.7 ounce) if a solid, it may be packed in glass inner receptacles with screw-top closures of not less than 60 mL (2 fluid ounces), hermetically sealed. Twelve bottles containing poisonous material, not to exceed 100 mL (3.4 fluid ounces) or 100 g (3.5 ounces), or both, may be placed in a plastic carrying case, each glass receptacle surrounded by absorbent cushioning and each separated from the other by sponge rubber partitions. The plastic carrying case must be placed in a tightly fitting fiberboard box which in turn must be placed in a tightly fitting 4A, 4B or 4N metal box or 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden box.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45183, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.195" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.195   Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, stabilized (hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solution).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, stabilized, must be packed in specification cylinders or UN pressure receptacles as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) As prescribed in § 173.192;
</P>
<P>(2) Specification 3A480, 3A480X, 3AA480, or 3A1800 metal cylinders of not over 126 kg (278 pounds) water capacity (nominal);
</P>
<P>(3) Shipments in 3AL cylinders are authorized only when transported by highway and rail; or
</P>
<P>(4) UN cylinders, as specified in part 178, with a minimum test pressure of 100 bar and a maximum filling ratio of 0.55. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(b) Cylinders may not be charged with more than 0.27 kg (0.6 pound) of liquid per 0.45 kg (1 pound) water capacity of cylinder. Each filled cylinder must be tested for leakage before being offered for transportation or transported and must show absolutely no leakage; this test must consist of passing a piece of Guignard's sodium picrate paper over the closure of the cylinder, without the protection cap attached, to detect any escape of hydrogen cyanide from the cylinder. Other equally efficient test methods may be used in place of sodium picrate paper.
</P>
<P>(c) Packagings for hydrogen cyanide must conform to § 173.40.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.196" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.196   Category A infectious substances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Category A infectious substances packaging.</I> A packaging for a Division 6.2 material that is a Category A infectious substance must meet the test standards of § 178.609 of this subchapter and must be marked in conformance with § 178.503(f) of this subchapter. A packaging for a Category A infectious substance is a triple packaging consisting of the following components:
</P>
<P>(1) A leakproof primary receptacle.
</P>
<P>(2) A leakproof secondary packaging. If multiple fragile primary receptacles are placed in a single secondary packaging, they must be either wrapped individually or separated to prevent contact between them. 
</P>
<P>(3) A rigid outer packaging of adequate strength for its capacity, mass and intended use; including, drums (1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1N1, 1N2, 1H1, 1H2, 1D, 1G); boxes (4A, 4B, 4N, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, 4H2); or jerricans (3A1, 3A2, 3B1, 3B2, 3H1, 3H2). The outer packaging must measure not less than 100 mm (3.9 inches) at its smallest overall external dimension.
</P>
<P>(4) For a liquid infectious substance, an absorbent material placed between the primary receptacle and the secondary packaging. The absorbent material must be sufficient to absorb the entire contents of all primary receptacles. 
</P>
<P>(5) An itemized list of contents enclosed between the secondary packaging and the outer packaging. 
</P>
<P>(6) The primary receptacle or secondary packaging used for infectious substances must be capable of withstanding, without leakage, an internal pressure producing a pressure differential of not less than 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 psi). 
</P>
<P>(7) The primary receptacle or secondary packaging used for infectious substances must be capable of withstanding without leakage temperatures in the range of −40 °C to + 55 °C (−40 °F to + 131 °F). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional requirements for packaging Category A infectious substances.</I> Category A infectious substances must be packaged according to the following requirements, depending on the physical state and other characteristics of the material.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Infectious substances shipped at ambient temperatures or higher.</I> Primary receptacles must be made of glass, metal, or plastic. Positive means of ensuring a leakproof seal must be provided, such as heat seal, skirted stopper, or metal crimp seal. If screw caps are used, they must be secured by positive means, such as with adhesive tape, paraffin sealing tape, or manufactured locking closure. Lyophilized substances may also be transported in primary receptacles that are flame-sealed with glass ampoules or rubber-stoppered glass vials fitted with metal seals.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Infectious substances shipped refrigerated or frozen (ice, pre-frozen packs, dry ice).</I> Ice, dry ice, or other refrigerant must be placed around the secondary packagings or in an overpack with one or more complete packages marked in accordance with § 178.503 of this subchapter. Interior supports must be provided to secure the secondary packagings in the original position after the ice or dry ice has dissipated. If ice is used, the outer packaging or overpack must be leakproof. If dry ice is used, the outer packaging or overpack must permit the release of carbon dioxide gas and otherwise meet the provisions in § 173.217. The primary receptacle and the secondary packaging must maintain their integrity at the temperature of the refrigerant used, as well as the temperatures and pressures of transport by aircraft to which they could be subjected if refrigeration were lost.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Infectious substances shipped in liquid nitrogen.</I> The primary receptacle and the secondary packaging must maintain their integrity at the temperature of the liquid nitrogen as well as the temperatures and pressures of transport by aircraft to which they could be subjected if refrigeration were lost. Refrigerated liquid nitrogen packagings must be metal vacuum insulated vessels or flasks vented to the atmosphere to prevent any increase in pressure within the packaging. The use of safety relief valves, check valves, frangible discs, or similar devices in the vent lines is prohibited. Fill and discharge openings must be protected against the entry of foreign materials that might cause an increase in the internal pressure. The package orientation markings specified in § 172.312(a) of this subchapter must be marked on the packaging. The packaging must be designed to prevent the release of any refrigerated liquid nitrogen irrespective of the packaging orientation.
</P>
<P>(c) Live animals may not be used to transport infectious substances unless such substances cannot be sent by any other means. An animal containing or contaminated with an infectious substance must be transported under terms and conditions approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. 
</P>
<P>(d) Body parts, organs or whole bodies meeting the definition of Division 6.2 material must be packaged as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) In Division 6.2 packaging, as specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(2) In packaging meeting the requirements of § 173.197.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 53140, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 32260, June 2, 2006; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.197" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.197   Regulated medical waste.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> Non-bulk packagings, Large Packagings, and non-specification bulk outer packagings used for the transportation of regulated medical waste or clinical waste or (bio) medical waste must be rigid containers meeting the provisions of subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Non-bulk packagings.</I> Except as provided in § 173.134(c) of this subpart, non-bulk packagings for regulated medical waste or clinical waste or (bio) medical waste must be UN standard packagings conforming to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group II performance level. A non-bulk packaging used as a sharps container must be puncture-resistant for sharps and sharps with residual fluid as demonstrated by conducting the performance tests in part 178, subpart M, of this subchapter on packagings containing materials representative of the sharps and fluids (such as sterile sharps) intended to be transported in the packagings. Sharps containers must be securely closed to prevent leaks or punctures in conformance with the instructions provided by the packaging manufacturer in accordance with § 178.2(c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Large Packagings.</I> Large Packagings constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with the requirements specified in subparts P and Q of part 178 of this subchapter and conforming to other requirements of this paragraph (c) may be used for the transportation of regulated medical waste, provided the waste is contained in inner packagings conforming to the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section. * * * Each Large Packaging design must be capable of meeting the vibration test specified in § 178.819 of this subchapter. Each Large Packaging is subject to the periodic design requalification requirements for IBCs in § 178.801(e) of this subchapter, and to the proof of compliance requirements of § 178.801(j) and record retention requirements of § 178.801(l) of this subchapter. Inner packagings used for liquids must be rigid. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Authorized packagings.</I> Only the following Large Packagings are authorized for the transportation of liquid or solid regulated medical waste: 
</P>
<P>(i) Metal: 50A, 50B, or 50N. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Rigid plastic: 50H. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional requirements.</I> Each Large Packaging used to transport liquid regulated medical waste must contain absorbent material in sufficient quantity and appropriate location to absorb the entire amount of liquid present in the event of an unintentional release of contents. Each Large Packaging design intended for the transportation of sharps containers must be puncture resistant and capable of retaining liquids. The design must also be tested and certified as meeting the performance tests specified for intermediate bulk containers intended for the transportation of liquids in subpart O of part 178 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Non-specification bulk packaging.</I> A wheeled cart (Cart) or bulk outer packaging (BOP) is authorized as an outer packaging for the transportation of regulated medical waste in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (d). 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General requirements.</I> The following requirements apply to the transportation of regulated medical waste in Carts or BOPs: 
</P>
<P>(i) Regulated medical waste in each Cart or BOP must be contained in non-bulk inner packagings conforming to paragraph (e) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Each Cart or BOP must have smooth, non-porous interior surfaces free of cracks, crevices, and other defects that could damage plastic film inner packagings or impede disinfection operations. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (d), each Cart or BOP must be used exclusively for the transportation of regulated medical waste. Prior to reuse, each Cart or BOP must be disinfected by any means effective for neutralizing the infectious substance the packaging previously contained. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Untreated concentrated stock cultures of infectious substances containing Category A materials may not be transported in a Cart or BOP.
</P>
<P>(v) Division 6.1 toxic waste or Class 7 radioactive waste, with the exception of chemotherapeutic waste, may not be transported in a Cart or BOP. 
</P>
<P>(vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7 chemotherapeutic waste; untreated concentrated stock cultures of infectious substances containing Category B infectious substances; unabsorbed liquids; and sharps containers may be transported in a Cart or BOP only if packaged in rigid non-bulk packagings conforming to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Wheeled cart (Cart).</I> A Cart is authorized as an outer packaging for the transportation of regulated medical waste if it conforms to the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(i) Each Cart must consist of a solid, one-piece body with a nominal volume not exceeding 1,655 L (437 gallons). 
</P>
<P>(ii) Each Cart must be constructed of metal, rigid plastic, or fiberglass fitted with a lid to prevent leakage during transport. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Each Cart must be capable of meeting the requirements of § 178.810 (drop test) at the Packing Group II performance level.
</P>
<P>(iv) Inner packagings must be placed into a Cart and restrained in such a manner as to minimize the risk of breakage. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Bulk outer packaging (BOP).</I> A BOP is authorized as an outer packaging for regulated medical waste if it conforms to the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(i) Each BOP must be constructed of metal or fiberglass and have a capacity of at least 3.5 cubic meters (123.6 cubic feet) and not more than 45 cubic meters (1,590 cubic feet). 
</P>
<P>(ii) Each BOP must have bottom and side joints of fully welded or seamless construction and a rigid, weatherproof top to prevent the intrusion of water (<I>e.g.,</I> rain or snow). 
</P>
<P>(iii) Each opening in a BOP must be fitted with a closure to prevent the intrusion of water or the release of any liquid during all loading, unloading, and transportation operations. 
</P>
<P>(iv) In the upright position, each BOP must be leakproof and able to contain a liquid quantity of at least 300 liters (79.2 gallons) with closures open. 
</P>
<P>(v) Inner packagings must be placed in a BOP in such a manner as to minimize the risk of breakage. Rigid inner packagings may not be placed in the same BOP with plastic film bag inner packagings unless separated from each other by rigid barriers or dividers to prevent damage to the packagings caused by load shifting during normal conditions of transportation. 
</P>
<P>(vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7 chemotherapeutic waste, untreated concentrated stock cultures of infectious substances containing Category B infectious substances, unabsorbed liquids, and sharps may be transported in a BOP only if separated and secured as required in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inner packagings authorized for Large Packagings, Carts, and BOPs.</I> Inner packagings must be durably marked or tagged with the name and location (city and state) of the offeror, except when the entire contents of the Large Packaging, Cart, or BOP originates at a single location and is delivered to a single location.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Solids.</I> A plastic film bag is authorized as an inner packaging for solid regulated medical waste transported in a Cart, Large Packaging, or BOP. Waste material containing absorbed liquid may be packaged as a solid in a plastic film bag if the bag contains sufficient absorbent material to absorb and retain all liquid during transportation. 
</P>
<P>(i) The film bag may not exceed a volume of 175 L (46 gallons). The film bag must be marked and certified by its manufacturer as having passed the tests prescribed for tear resistance in ASTM D 1922, “Standard Test Method for Propagation Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting by Pendulum Method” (IBR, § 171.7 of this subchapter) and for impact resistance in ASTM D 1709, “Standard Test Methods for Impact Resistance of Plastic Film by the Free-Falling Dart Method” (IBR, § 171.7 of this subchapter). The film bag must meet an impact resistance of 165 grams and a tearing resistance of 480 grams in both the parallel and perpendicular planes with respect to the length of the bag.
</P>
<P>(ii) The plastic film bag must be closed with a minimum of entrapped air to prevent leakage in transportation. The bag must be capable of being held in an inverted position with the closed end at the bottom for a period of 5 minutes without leakage. 
</P>
<P>(iii) When used as an inner packaging for Carts or BOPs, a plastic film bag may not weigh more than 10 kg (22 lbs.) when filled. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Liquids.</I> Liquid regulated medical waste or clinical waste or (bio) medical waste transported in a Large Packaging, Cart, or BOP must be packaged in a rigid inner packaging conforming to the provisions of subpart B of this part. Liquid materials are not authorized for transportation in inner packagings having a capacity greater than 19 L (5 gallons).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Sharps.</I> Sharps transported in a Large Packaging, Cart, or BOP must be packaged in a puncture-resistant, non-bulk inner packaging (sharps container). Each sharps container must be securely closed to prevent leaks or punctures in conformance with instructions provided by the packaging manufacturer. Each sharps container exceeding 76 L (20 gallons) in volume must be capable of passing the performance tests in part 178, subpart M, of this subchapter at the Packing Group II performance level. A sharps container may be reused only if it conforms to the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(i) The sharps container is specifically approved and certified by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration as a medical device for reuse. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The sharps container must be permanently marked for reuse. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The sharps container must be disinfected prior to reuse by any means effective for the infectious substance the container previously contained. 
</P>
<P>(iv) The sharps container must have a capacity greater than 7.57 L (2 gallons) and not greater than 151.42 L (40 gallons) in volume.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 53140, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 32261, June 2, 2006; 71 FR 78632, Dec. 29, 2006; 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010; 85 FR 83399, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.198" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.198   Nickel carbonyl.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Nickel carbonyl must be packed in specification steel or nickel cylinders as prescribed for any compressed gas except acetylene. A cylinder used exclusively for nickel carbonyl may be given a complete external visual inspection instead of the pressure test required by § 180.205 of this subchapter. Visual inspection must be in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-6 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(b) Packagings for nickel carbonyl must conform to § 173.40.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.199" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.199   Category B infectious substances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Category B infectious substances.</I> Except as provided in this paragraph (a), Category B infectious substances are excepted from all other requirements of this subchapter when offered for transportation or transported in accordance with this section. Category B infectious substances offered for transportation or transported under the provisions of this section are subject to the incident reporting requirements in §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter and to the requirements in § 175.75(b) of this subchapter concerning cargo location. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(9) of this section, a Category B infectious substance meeting the definition of a hazard class other than Division 6.2 must be offered for transportation or transported in accordance with applicable requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(1) A Category B infectious substance must be packaged in a triple packaging consisting of a primary receptacle, a secondary packaging, and a rigid outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) Primary receptacles must be packed in secondary packaging in such a way that, under normal conditions of transport, they cannot break, be punctured, or leak their contents into the secondary packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) Secondary packagings must be secured in rigid outer packagings with suitable cushioning material such that any leakage of the contents will not impair the protective properties of the cushioning material or the outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(4) The completed package must be designed, constructed, maintained, filled, its contents limited, and closed so that under conditions normally encountered in transportation, including removal from a pallet or overpack for subsequent handling, there will be no release of hazardous material into the environment. Package effectiveness must not be substantially reduced for minimum and maximum temperatures, changes in humidity and pressure, and shocks, loadings and vibrations normally encountered during transportation. The packaging must be capable of successfully passing the drop test in § 178.609(d) of this subchapter at a drop height of at least 1.2 meters (3.9 feet). Following the drop test, there must be no leakage from the primary receptacle, which must remain protected by absorbent material, when required, in the secondary packaging. At least one surface of the outer packaging must have a minimum dimension of 100 mm by 100 mm (3.9 inches).
</P>
<P>(5) The following square-on-point mark must be displayed on the outer packaging on a background of contrasting color. The width of the line forming the border must be at least 2 mm (0.08 inches) and the letters and numbers must be at least 6 mm (0.24 inches) high. The size of the mark must be such that no side of the diamond is less than 50 mm (1.97 inches) in length as measured from the outside of the lines forming the border. For transportation by aircraft, the entire mark must appear on one side of the package. The proper shipping name “Biological substances, Category B” must be marked on the outer packaging adjacent to the diamond-shaped mark in letters that are at least 6 mm (0.24 inches) high.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er23no15.001.gif"/>
<P>(i) Transitional exception—A marking in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue to be used until December 31, 2016.
</P>
<P>(ii) For domestic transportation, a packaging marked prior to January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.
</P>
<P>(6) When packages are placed in an overpack, the package markings required by this section must be either clearly visible or reproduced on the outside of the overpack.
</P>
<P>(7) The name and telephone number of a person who is either knowledgeable about the material being shipped and has comprehensive emergency response and incident mitigation information for the material, or has immediate access to a person who possesses such knowledge and information, must be included on a written document (such as an air waybill or bill of lading) or on the outer packaging. The telephone number must be monitored during a company's administrative hours (<I>i.e.,</I> company's operational business hours).
</P>
<P>(8) For transportation by aircraft, each package, overpack, pallet, or unit load device containing a Category B infectious substance must be inspected for leakage when it is unloaded from the aircraft. If evidence of leakage is found, the cargo compartment in which the package, overpack, pallet, or unit load device was transported must be disinfected. Disinfection may be by any means that will make the material released ineffective at transmitting disease.
</P>
<P>(9) A packaging containing inner packagings of Category B infectious substances may not contain other hazardous materials except—
</P>
<P>(i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or liquid nitrogen, as authorized under paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize blood or plasma; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Small quantities of Class 3, Class 8, Class 9, or other materials in Packing Groups II and III used to stabilize or prevent degradation of the sample, provided the quantity of such materials does not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or 30 g (1 ounce) in each inner packaging. Such preservatives are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(10) Clear instructions on filling and closing a packaging used to transport a Category B infectious substance must be provided by the packaging manufacturer and subsequent distributors to the consignor or person who prepares the package to enable the package to be correctly prepared for transport. A copy or electronic image of these instructions must be retained by the manufacturer and subsequent distributors for at least one year from the date of issuance, and made available for inspection by a Federal or state government representative upon request. Packagings must be filled and closed in accordance with the information provided by the packaging manufacturer or subsequent distributor.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Liquid Category B infectious substances.</I> Liquid Category B infectious substances must be packaged in conformance with the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) The primary receptacle must be leakproof.
</P>
<P>(2) Absorbent material must be placed between the primary receptacle and secondary packaging. If several fragile primary receptacles are placed in a single secondary packaging, they must be either individually wrapped or separated to prevent contact between them. The absorbent material must be of sufficient quantity to absorb the entire contents of the primary receptacles and not compromise the integrity of the cushioning material or the outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) The secondary packaging must be leakproof. 
</P>
<P>(4) For shipments by aircraft, the primary receptacle or the secondary packaging must be capable of withstanding without leakage an internal pressure producing a pressure differential of not less than 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 psi). 
</P>
<P>(5) For shipments by aircraft, the maximum quantity contained in each primary receptacle, including any material used to stabilize or prevent degradation of the sample, may not exceed 1 L (34 ounces), and the maximum quantity contained in each outer packaging, including any material used to stabilize or prevent degradation of the samples, may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon). The outer packaging limitation does not include ice, dry ice, or liquid nitrogen when used to maintain the integrity of the material.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Solid Category B infectious substances.</I> Solid Category B infectious substances must be packaged in a triple packaging, consisting of a primary receptacle, secondary packaging, and outer packaging, conforming to the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) The primary receptacle must be siftproof.
</P>
<P>(2) If several fragile primary receptacles are placed in a single secondary packaging, they must be either individually wrapped or separated to prevent contact between them.
</P>
<P>(3) The secondary packaging must be siftproof.
</P>
<P>(4) If residual liquid may be present in the primary receptacle during transportation, then the material must be transported in accordance with requirements in paragraph (b) of this section. A solid material that may become liquid during transportation must be transported in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Except for packages containing body parts, organs, or whole bodies, for shipment by aircraft, the outer packaging may not contain more than 4 kg (8.8 pounds), including any material used to stabilize or prevent degradation of the samples. The outer packaging limitation does not include ice, dry ice, or liquid nitrogen when used to maintain the integrity of the material.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Refrigerated or frozen specimens (ice, dry ice, and liquid nitrogen).</I> In addition to complying with the requirements in this paragraph (d), dry ice and liquid nitrogen must be offered for transportation or transported in accordance with the applicable requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(1) Ice or dry ice must be placed outside the secondary packaging or in an overpack. Interior supports must be provided to secure the secondary packagings in the original position. If ice is used, the outside packaging must be leakproof or must have a leakproof liner. If dry ice is used, the outside packaging must permit the release of carbon dioxide gas and otherwise meet the provisions in § 173.217. The primary receptacle and secondary packaging must maintain their integrity at the temperature of the refrigerant used, as well as the temperatures and pressures of transport by aircraft they could be subjected to if refrigeration were lost, and sufficient absorbent material must be provided to absorb all liquid, including melted ice.
</P>
<P>(2) The package is marked “Carbon dioxide, solid” or “Dry ice” and an indication that the material being refrigerated is used for diagnostic or treatment purposes (e.g., frozen medical specimens).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Training.</I> Each person who offers or transports a Category B infectious substance under the provisions of this section must know about the requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 53142, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 32261, June 2, 2006; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1160, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72927, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR 35542, June 2, 2016; 85 FR 83399, Dec. 21, 2020; 87 FR 44994, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.201" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.201   Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials in Packing Group I.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a liquid hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level, and to the requirements of the special provisions of column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(b) The following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Outer packagings:</I>
</FP>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood drum: 1D
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiber drum: 1G
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel box: 4A
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum box: 4B
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood box: 4D
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Reconstituted wood box: 4F
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiberboard box: 4G
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Expanded plastic box: 4H1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Solid plastic box: 4H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
</FP-1>
<FP><I>Inner packagings:</I>
</FP>
<FP-1>Glass or earthenware receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass ampoules</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following single packagings are authorized:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal drum other than steel, or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1, 6HH1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wooden, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or expanded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cylinders, specification or UN standard, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except 3HT and those prescribed for acetylene.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.202" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.202   Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials in Packing Group II.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a liquid hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I or II performance level (unless otherwise excepted), and to the particular requirements of the special provisions of column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(b) The following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1><I>Outer packagings:</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood drum: 1D
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiber drum: 1G
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wooden barrel: 2C2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel box: 4A
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum box: 4B
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood box: 4D
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Reconstituted wood box: 4F
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiberboard box: 4G
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Expanded plastic box: 4H1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Solid plastic box: 4H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Inner packagings:</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass or earthenware receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass ampoules</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following single packagings are authorized:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiber drum: 1G (with liner)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wooden barrel: 2C1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wooden, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or expanded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PDl or 6PD2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cylinders, specification, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for Specifications 8 and 3HT</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.203" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.203   Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials in Packing Group III.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a liquid hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I, II or III performance level, and to the requirements of the special provisions of column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(b) The following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>Outer packagings:</I>
</FP>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood drum: 1D
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiber drum: 1G
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wooden barrel: 2C2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel box: 4A
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum box: 4B
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood box: 4D
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Reconstituted wood box: 4F
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiberboard box: 4G
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Expanded plastic box: 4H1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Solid plastic box: 4H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Inner packagings:</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass or earthenware receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass ampoules</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) The following single packagings are authorized:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiber drum: 1G (with liner)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wooden barrel: 2C1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wooden, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, or 6PG1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or expanded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PD1 or 6PD2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for Specifications 8 and 3HT</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.204" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.204   Non-bulk, non-specification packagings for certain hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a liquid or solid hazardous material be packaged under this section, any appropriate non-bulk packaging which conforms to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173 may be used for its transportation. Packagings need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.205" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.205   Specification cylinders for liquid hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material must be packaged under this section, the use of any specification or UN cylinder, except those specified for acetylene, is authorized. Cylinders used for toxic materials in Division 6.1 or 2.3 must conform to the requirements of § 173.40.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.206" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.206   Packaging requirements for chlorosilanes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I or II performance level (unless otherwise excepted), and to the particular requirements of the special provisions of Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table.
</P>
<P>(b) The following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P><I>Outer packagings:</I>
</P>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood drum: 1D 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiber drum: 1G 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel box: 4A 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood box: 4D 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Reconstituted wood box: 4F 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiberboard box: 4G 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Expanded plastic box: 4H1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Solid plastic box: 4H2
</FP-1>
<P><I>Inner packagings:</I>
</P>
<FP-1>Glass or Steel receptacle
</FP-1>
<P>(c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following single packagings are authorized:
</P>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A1
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel jerrican: 3A1
</FP-1>
<P>Plastic receptacle in steel drum: 6HA1
</P>
<FP-1>Cylinders (for liquids in PG I), specification or UN standard, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except Specification 3HT and those prescribed for acetylene
</FP-1>
<P>Cylinders (for liquids in PG II), specification, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except Specification 8 and 3HT cylinders. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.211" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.211   Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group I.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a solid hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each package must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level, and to the requirements of the special provisions of column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(b) The following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1><I>Outer packagings:</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood drum: 1D
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiber drum: 1G
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wooden barrel: 2C2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel box: 4A
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum box: 4B
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood box: 4D
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Reconstituted wood box: 4F
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiberboard box: 4G
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Solid plastic box: 4H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Inner packagings:</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass or earthenware receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass ampoules</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following single packagings are authorized:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiber drum: 1G 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel box with liner: 4A 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum box with liner: 4B 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, plywood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, 6PD1 or 6PG1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67511, 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.212" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.212   Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group II.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a solid hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each package must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I or II performance level, and to the requirements of the special provisions of column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(b) The following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1><I>Outer packagings:</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood drum: 1D
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiber drum: 1G
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wooden barrel: 2C2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel box: 4A
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum box: 4B
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood box: 4D
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Reconstituted wood box: 4F
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiberboard box: 4G
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Solid plastic box: 4H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Inner packagings:</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass or earthenware receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass ampoules</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following single packagings are authorized: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood drum: 1D 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiber drum: 1G 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel box: 4A 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel box with liner: 4A 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum box: 4B 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum box with liner: 4B 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Natural wood box: 4C1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood box: 4D 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Reconstituted wood box: 4F 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiberboard box: 4G 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Expanded plastic box: 4H1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Solid plastic box: 4H2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bag, plastic film: 5H4 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, plywood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, 6PD1 or 6PG1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67511, 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.213" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.213   Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group III.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a solid hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each package must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I, II or III performance level, and to the requirements of the special provisions of column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(b) The following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1><I>Outer packagings:</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood drum: 1D
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiber drum: 1G
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wooden barrel: 2C2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel box: 4A
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum box: 4B
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood box: 4D
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Reconstituted wood box: 4F
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiberboard box: 4G
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Solid plastic box: 4H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Inner packagings:</I>
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass or earthenware receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal receptacles
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass ampoules</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) The following single packagings are authorized:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood drum: 1D 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiber drum: 1G 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel box: 4A 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel box with liner: 4A 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum box: 4B 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum box with liner: 4B 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Natural wood box: 4C1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood box: 4D 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Reconstituted wood box: 4F 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiberboard box: 4G 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Expanded plastic box: 4H1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Solid plastic box: 4H2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bag, plastic film: 5H4 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, plywood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, 6PD1 or 6PG1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67511, 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.214" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.214   Packagings which require approval by the Associate Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, packagings and method of shipment must be approved by the Associate Administrator prior to the first shipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.216" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.216   Asbestos, blue, brown or white.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Asbestos, blue, brown or white, includes each of the following hydrated mineral silicates: chrysolite, crocidolite, amosite, anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and every product containing any of these materials.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) Packagings for asbestos must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of this part but need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter. Asbestos must be offered for transportation and transported in—
</P>
<P>(1) Rigid, leaktight packagings, such as metal, plastic or fiber drums, portable tanks, hopper-type rail cars, or hopper-type motor vehicles;
</P>
<P>(2) Bags or other non-rigid packagings in closed freight containers, motor vehicles, or rail cars that are loaded by and for the exclusive use of the consignor and unloaded by the consignee;
</P>
<P>(3) Bags or other non-rigid packagings which are dust and sift proof must be placed in rigid outer packagings or closed freight containers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45034, July 31, 2003; 71 FR 78632, Dec. 29, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.217" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.217   Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), when offered for transportation or transported by aircraft or water, must be packed in packagings designed and constructed to permit the release of carbon dioxide gas to prevent a buildup of pressure that could rupture the packagings. Packagings must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of this part but need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) For transportation by vessel:
</P>
<P>(1) Each transport vehicle and freight container containing solid carbon dioxide must be conspicuously marked on two sides “WARNING CO<E T="52">2</E> SOLID (DRY ICE).”
</P>
<P>(2) Other packagings containing solid carbon dioxide must be marked “CARBON DIOXIDE, SOLID—DO NOT STOW BELOW DECKS.”
</P>
<P>(c) For transportation by aircraft:
</P>
<P>(1) In addition to the applicable marking requirements in subpart D of part 172, the net mass of the carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice) must be marked on the outside of the package. This provision also applies to unit load devices (ULDs) when the ULD contains dry ice and is considered the packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) The shipper must make arrangements with the operator for each shipment.
</P>
<P>(3) The quantity limits per package shown in columns (9A) and (9B) of the Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter are not applicable to dry ice being used as a refrigerant for other than hazardous materials loaded in a unit load device. In such a case, the unit load device must be identified to the operator and allow the venting of the carbon dioxide gas to prevent a dangerous build-up of pressure.
</P>
<P>(4) Dry ice is excepted from the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter provided alternative written documentation is supplied containing the following information: proper shipping name (Dry ice or Carbon dioxide, solid), class 9, UN number 1845, the number of packages, and the net quantity of dry ice in each package. The information must be included with the description of the materials.
</P>
<P>(5) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), in quantities not exceeding 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) per package and used as a refrigerant for the contents of the package is excepted from all other requirements of this subchapter if the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section are complied with and the package is marked “Carbon dioxide, solid” or “Dry ice”, is marked with the name of the contents being cooled, and is marked with the net weight of the dry ice or an indication that the net weight is 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) or less.
</P>
<P>(d) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), when used to refrigerate materials being shipped for diagnostic or treatment purposes (<I>e.g.</I>, frozen medical specimens), is excepted from the shipping paper and certification requirements of this subchapter if the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (c)(2) of this section are met and the package is marked “Carbon dioxide, solid” or “Dry ice” and is marked with an indication that the material being refrigerated is being transported for diagnostic or treatment purposes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 4718, Jan. 28, 2008, as amended at 82 FR 15882, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.218" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.218   Fish meal or fish scrap.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Transportation by vessel.</I> (1) Except as provided in Column (7) of the HMT in § 172.101 of this subchapter, fish meal or fish scrap, containing at least 6%, but not more than 12% water, is authorized for transportation in packagings as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Burlap (jute) bag;
</P>
<P>(ii) Multi-wall paper bag;
</P>
<P>(iii) Polyethylene-lined burlap or paper bag;
</P>
<P>(iv) Cargo tank;
</P>
<P>(v) Portable tank;
</P>
<P>(vi) Rail car; or
</P>
<P>(vii) Freight container.
</P>
<P>(2) The fish meal or fish scrap must contain at least 50 ppm (mg/kg) of ethoxyquin, 100 ppm (mg/kg) of butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), or 250 ppm (mg/kg) of tocopherol-based antioxidant at the time of shipment. Stabilization of fish meal or fish scrap must occur at the time of production and the application must be within twelve months prior to shipment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transportation by air.</I> (1) Except as provided in Column (7) of the HMT in § 172.101 of this subchapter, fish meal or fish scrap, containing at least 6%, but not more than 12% water, is authorized for transportation in packagings as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Outer packagings:</I> Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2; Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2; Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2; Fiber drum: 1G; Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2; Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2; Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2; Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2; Steel box: 4A; Aluminum box: 4B; Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2; Plywood box: 4D; Reconstituted wood box: 4F; Fiberboard box: 4G; Solid plastic box: 4H2; or Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Inner packagings:</I> Glass, Fiber, Metal, or Plastic.
</P>
<P>(ii) The following single packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(A) Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2; Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2; Plywood drum with liner: 1D; Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2; Fiber drum with liner: 1G; Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2; Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2; Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2; Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2; Steel box: 4A; Aluminum box: 4B; Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N; Natural wood box with liner: 4C2; Plywood box with liner: 4D; Reconstituted wood box with liner: 4F; Fiberboard box with liner: 4G; Solid plastic box: 4H2; Bag, woven plastic: 5H3; Bag, plastic film: 5H4; Bag, textile: 5L3; Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2; Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, plywood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1; Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2, 6HG2 or 6HH2; or Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT.
</P>
<P>(B) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) The fish meal or fish scrap must contain at least 50 ppm (mg/kg) of ethoxyquin, 100 ppm (mg/kg) of butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), or 250 ppm (mg/kg) of tocopherol-based antioxidant at the time of shipment. Stabilization of fish meal or fish scrap must occur at the time of production and the application must be within twelve months prior to shipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 44994, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.219" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.219   Life-saving appliances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A life-saving appliance, self-inflating or non-self-inflating, containing small quantities of hazardous materials that are required as part of the life-saving appliance must conform to the requirements of this section. Packagings must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of this part but need not conform to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter. The appliances must be packed, so that they cannot be accidentally activated and, except for life vests, the hazardous materials must be in inner packagings packed so as to prevent shifting within the outer packaging. The hazardous materials must be an integral part of the appliance and in quantities that do not exceed those appropriate for the actual appliance when in use. 
</P>
<P>(b) Life saving appliances may contain:
</P>
<P>(1) Division 2.2 compressed or liquefied gases must be packaged in cylinders in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Signal devices (Class 1), which may include smoke and illumination signal flares;
</P>
<P>(3) Electric storage batteries and lithium batteries (life-saving appliances containing lithium batteries must be packed in accordance with § 173.185 and Special Provisions A54 and A101 as applicable.);
</P>
<P>(4) First aid or repair kits conforming to the applicable material and quantity limitations of § 173.161 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(5) Strike-anywhere matches;
</P>
<P>(6) For self-inflating life saving appliances only, cartridges power device of Division 1.4S, for purposes of the self-inflating mechanism provided that the quantity of explosives per appliance does not exceed 3.2 g; or
</P>
<P>(7) Limited quantities of other hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(c) Hazardous materials in life saving appliances must be packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Division 2.2 compressed or liquefied gases must be packaged in cylinders in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Signal devices (Class 1) must be in packagings that prevent them from being inadvertently activated;
</P>
<P>(3) Strike-anywhere matches must be cushioned to prevent shifting or friction in a metal or composition receptacle with a screw-type closure in a manner that prevents them from being inadvertently activated;
</P>
<P>(4) Limited quantities of other hazardous materials must be packaged in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(5) Life-saving appliances containing no hazardous materials other than cylinders of Division 2.2 compressed or liquefied gases with no subsidiary risk, with a capacity not exceeding 120 mL, installed solely for the purpose of activating the appliance, are not subject to the provisions of this subchapter provided they are overpacked in rigid outer packagings with a maximum gross mass of 40 kg. For transportation by aircraft, such appliances must be transported as cargo and may not be carried onboard an aircraft by passengers or crewmembers in carry-on baggage, checked baggage, or on their person unless specifically excepted by § 175.10.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 72 FR 44950, Aug. 9, 2007; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013; 79 FR 46039, Aug. 6, 2014; 85 FR 83399, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.220" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.220   Internal combustion engines, vehicles, machinery containing internal combustion engines, battery-powered equipment or machinery, fuel cell-powered equipment or machinery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> An internal combustion engine, self-propelled vehicle, machinery containing an internal combustion engine that is not consigned under the “Dangerous goods in machinery <I>or</I> apparatus” UN 3363 entry, a battery-powered vehicle or equipment, or a fuel cell-powered vehicle or equipment, or any combination thereof, is subject to the requirements of this subchapter when transported as cargo on a transport vehicle, vessel, or aircraft if—
</P>
<P>(1) The vehicle, engine, or machinery contains a liquid or gaseous fuel. Vehicles, engines, or machinery may be considered as not containing fuel when the engine components and any fuel lines have been completely drained, sufficiently cleaned of residue, and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazard and the engine when held in any orientation will not release any liquid fuel;
</P>
<P>(2) The fuel tank contains a liquid or gaseous fuel. A fuel tank may be considered as not containing fuel when the fuel tank and the fuel lines have been completely drained, sufficiently cleaned of residue, and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazard;
</P>
<P>(3) It is equipped with a wet battery (including a non-spillable battery), a sodium battery or a lithium battery; or
</P>
<P>(4) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, it contains other hazardous materials subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements.</I> Unless otherwise excepted in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, vehicles, engines, and equipment are subject to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Flammable liquid fuel and fuels that are marine pollutants.</I> (i) A fuel tank containing a flammable liquid fuel must be drained and securely closed, except that up to 500 mL (17 ounces) of residual fuel may remain in the tank, engine components, or fuel lines provided they are securely closed to prevent leakage of fuel during transportation. Self-propelled vehicles containing diesel fuel are excepted from the requirement to drain the fuel tanks, provided that sufficient ullage space has been left inside the tank to allow fuel expansion without leakage, and the tank caps are securely closed.
</P>
<P>(ii) Engines and machinery containing liquid fuels meeting the definition of a marine pollutant (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) and not meeting the classification criteria of any other Class or Division transported by vessel are subject to the requirements of § 176.906 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Flammable liquefied or compressed gas fuel.</I> (i) For transportation by motor vehicle, rail car or vessel, fuel tanks and fuel systems containing flammable liquefied or compressed gas fuel must be securely closed. For transportation by vessel, the requirements of §§ 176.78(k), 176.905, and 176.906 of this subchapter apply.
</P>
<P>(ii) For transportation by aircraft:
</P>
<P>(A) Flammable gas-powered vehicles, machines, equipment or cylinders containing the flammable gas must be completely emptied of flammable gas. Lines from vessels to gas regulators, and gas regulators themselves, must also be drained of all traces of flammable gas. To ensure that these conditions are met, gas shut-off valves must be left open and connections of lines to gas regulators must be left disconnected upon delivery of the vehicle to the operator. Shut-off valves must be closed and lines reconnected at gas regulators before loading the vehicle aboard the aircraft; or alternatively;
</P>
<P>(B) Flammable gas powered vehicles, machines or equipment, which have cylinders (fuel tanks) that are equipped with electrically operated valves, may be transported under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The valves must be in the closed position and in the case of electrically operated valves, power to those valves must be disconnected;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) After closing the valves, the vehicle, equipment or machinery must be operated until it stops from lack of fuel before being loaded aboard the aircraft;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) In no part of the closed system shall the pressure exceed 5% of the maximum allowable working pressure of the system or 290 psig (2000 kPa), whichever is less; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) There must not be any residual liquefied gas in the system, including the fuel tank.
</P>
<P>(C) If a vehicle is powered by a flammable liquid and a flammable gas internal combustion engine, the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) of this section must also be met.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Truck bodies or trailers on flat cars—flammable liquid or gas powered.</I> Truck bodies or trailers with automatic heating or refrigerating equipment of the flammable liquid type may be shipped with fuel tanks filled and equipment operating or inoperative, when used for the transportation of other freight and loaded on flat cars as part of a joint rail and highway movement, provided the equipment and fuel supply conform to the requirements of § 177.834(l) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Modal exceptions.</I> Quantities of flammable liquid fuel greater than 500 mL (17 ounces) may remain in the fuel tank in self-propelled vehicles engines, and machinery only under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) For transportation by motor vehicle or rail car, the fuel tanks must be securely closed.
</P>
<P>(ii) For transportation by vessel, the shipment must conform to § 176.905 of this subchapter for self-propelled vehicles and § 176.906 of this subchapter for engines and machinery.
</P>
<P>(iii) For transportation by aircraft, when carried in aircraft designed or modified for vehicle ferry operations when all the following conditions must be met:
</P>
<P>(A) Authorization for this type operation has been given by the appropriate authority in the government of the country in which the aircraft is registered;
</P>
<P>(B) Each vehicle is secured in an upright position;
</P>
<P>(C) Each fuel tank is filled in a manner and only to a degree that will preclude spillage of fuel during loading, unloading, and transportation; and
</P>
<P>(D) Each area or compartment in which a self-propelled vehicle is being transported is suitably ventilated to prevent the accumulation of fuel vapors.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Battery-powered or installed.</I> Batteries must be securely installed, and wet batteries must be fastened in an upright position. Batteries must be protected against a dangerous evolution of heat, short circuits, and damage to terminals in conformance with § 173.159(a) and leakage; or must be removed and packaged separately under § 173.159. Battery-powered vehicles, machinery or equipment including battery-powered wheelchairs and mobility aids are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter except § 173.21 when transported by rail, highway or vessel. Where a vehicle could possibly be handled in other than an upright position, the vehicle must be secured in a strong, rigid outer packaging. The vehicle must be secured by means capable of restraining the vehicle in the outer packaging to prevent any shifting during transport which would change the orientation or cause the vehicle to be damaged.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Lithium batteries.</I> Except as provided in § 172.102, special provision A101, of this subchapter, vehicles, engines, and machinery powered by lithium metal batteries, that are transported with these batteries installed, are forbidden aboard passenger-carrying aircraft. Lithium batteries contained in vehicles, engines, or mechanical equipment must be securely fastened in the battery holder of the vehicle, engine, or mechanical equipment, and be protected in such a manner as to prevent damage and short circuits (<I>e.g.,</I> by using non-conductive caps that cover the terminals entirely). Except for vehicles, engines, or machinery transported by highway, rail, or vessel with prototype or low production lithium batteries securely installed, each lithium battery must be of a type that has successfully passed each test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), as specified in § 173.185, unless approved by the Associate Administrator. Where a vehicle could possibly be handled in other than an upright position, the vehicle must be secured in a strong, rigid outer packaging. The vehicle must be secured by means capable of restraining the vehicle in the outer packaging to prevent any shifting during transport which would change the orientation or cause the vehicle to be damaged. Where the lithium battery is removed from the vehicle and is packed separate from the vehicle in the same outer packaging, the package must be consigned as “UN 3481, Lithium ion batteries packed with equipment” or “UN 3091, Lithium metal batteries packed with equipment” and prepared in accordance with the requirements specified in § 173.185.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Fuel cells.</I> A fuel cell must be secured and protected in a manner to prevent damage to the fuel cell. Equipment (other than vehicles, engines or mechanical equipment) such as consumer electronic devices containing fuel cells (fuel cell cartridges) must be described as “Fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment” and transported in accordance with § 173.230. Where a vehicle could possibly be handled in other than an upright position, the vehicle must be secured in a strong, rigid outer packaging. The vehicle must be secured by means capable of restraining the vehicle in the outer packaging to prevent any shifting during transport which would change the orientation or cause the vehicle to be damaged.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Other hazardous materials.</I> (1) Items containing hazardous materials, such as fire extinguishers, compressed gas accumulators, safety devices, and other hazardous materials that are integral components of the motor vehicle, engine, or mechanical equipment, and that are necessary for the operation of the vehicle, engine, or mechanical equipment, or for the safety of its operator or passengers, must be securely installed in the motor vehicle, engine, or mechanical equipment. Such items are not otherwise subject to the requirements of this subchapter. Equipment (other than vehicles, engines, or mechanical equipment), such as consumer electronic devices containing lithium batteries, must be described as “Lithium metal batteries contained in equipment” or “Lithium ion batteries contained in equipment,” as appropriate, and transported in accordance with § 173.185, and applicable special provisions. Equipment (other than vehicles, engines, or mechanical equipment), such as consumer electronic devices containing fuel cells (fuel cell cartridges), must be described as “Fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment” and transported in accordance with § 173.230.
</P>
<P>(2) Other hazardous materials must be packaged and transported in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Additional requirements for internal combustion engines and vehicles with certain electronic equipment when transported by aircraft or vessel.</I> When an internal combustion engine that is not installed in a vehicle or equipment is offered for transportation by aircraft or vessel, all fuel, coolant or hydraulic systems remaining in the engine must be drained as far as practicable, and all disconnected fluid pipes that previously contained fluid must be sealed with leak-proof caps that are positively retained. When offered for transportation by aircraft, vehicles equipped with theft-protection devices, installed radio communications equipment or navigational systems must have such devices, equipment or systems disabled.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exceptions.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, shipments made under the provisions of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) Are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter for transportation by motor vehicle or rail car;
</P>
<P>(2) Are not subject to the requirements of subparts D, E, and F (marking, labeling and placarding, respectively) of part 172 of this subchapter or § 172.604 of this subchapter (emergency response telephone number) for transportation by aircraft. For transportation by aircraft, the provisions of § 173.159(b)(2) as applicable, the provisions of § 173.230(f), as applicable, other applicable requirements of this subchapter, including shipping papers, emergency response information, notification of pilot-in-command, general packaging requirements, and the requirements specified in § 173.27 must be met; and
</P>
<P>(3) For exceptions for transportation by vessel; see § 176.905 of this subchapter for vehicles, and § 176.906 of this subchapter for engines and machinery.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 15882, Mar. 30, 2017, as amended at 85 FR 27886, May 11, 2020; 85 FR 83399, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.221" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.221   Polymeric beads, expandable and Plastic molding compound.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For non-bulk shipments of Polymeric beads (or granules), expandable <I>evolving flammable vapor</I> and Plastic molding compound <I>in dough, sheet, or extruded rope form, evolving flammable vapor</I> the following packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Single packagings.</I> Metal box (4A, 4B, or 4N); Wooden box (4C1 or 4C2); Plywood box (4D); Fiberboard box (4G); Reconstituted wood box (4F); Plastic box (4H1 or 4H2); Plywood drums: (1D) or Fiber drums (1G) with sealed inner plastic liners; in vapor tight metal or plastic drums (1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1N1, 1N2, 1H1 or 1H2); or in vapor tight metal or plastic jerricans (3A1, 3A2, 3B1, 3B2, 3H1, or 3H2).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Combination packagings</I>—(i) <I>Outer packagings:</I> Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2; Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2; Plywood drum: 1D; Fiber drum: 1G; Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2; Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2; Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2; Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2; Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2; Steel box: 4A; Aluminum box: 4B; Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2; Plywood box: 4D; Reconstituted wood box: 4F; Fiberboard box: 4G; Plastic box: 4H1 or 4H2; or Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Inner packagings.</I> Glass receptacles, Plastic receptacles, Metal receptacles, Paper receptacles, or Fiber receptacles.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Non-specification packagings.</I> Non-specification packagings when transported in dedicated vehicles or freight containers. The packagings need not conform to the requirements for package testing in part 178 of this subchapter but must be capable of containing any evolving gases from the contents during normal conditions of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) Bulk shipments of Polymeric beads (or granules), expandable, <I>evolving flammable vapor</I> or Plastic molding compounds <I>in dough, sheet or extruded rope, evolving flammable vapor</I> may be packed in non-specification bulk packagings. Except for transportation by highway and rail, bulk packagings must be capable of containing any gases evolving from the contents during normal conditions of transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) For transportation by vessel, the provisions of § 176.907 must be met.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions.</I> When it can be demonstrated that no flammable vapor, resulting in a flammable atmosphere, is evolved according to test U1 (Test method for substances liable to evolve flammable vapors) of Part III, sub-section 38.4.4 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), polymeric beads, expandable need not be classed as Class 9 (UN2211). This test should only be performed when de-classification of a substance is considered.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013; 82 FR 15884, Mar. 30, 2017; 87 FR 44995, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.222" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.222   Dangerous goods in articles, machinery, or apparatus.</HEAD>
<P>Hazardous materials in articles, machinery, or apparatus are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged according to this section. Hazardous materials in articles, machinery, or apparatus must be packaged in strong outer packagings, unless the receptacles containing the hazardous materials are afforded adequate protection by the construction of the article, machinery, or apparatus. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part, except for the requirements in §§ 173.24(a)(1) and 173.27(e), and the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) If the article, machinery, or apparatus contains more than one hazardous material, the materials must not be capable of reacting dangerously together.
</P>
<P>(b) The nature of the containment must be as follows—
</P>
<P>(1) Damage to the receptacles containing the hazardous materials during transport is unlikely. However, in the event of damage to the receptacles containing the hazardous materials, no leakage of the hazardous materials from the article, machinery, or apparatus is possible. A leakproof liner may be used to satisfy this requirement.
</P>
<P>(2) Receptacles containing hazardous materials must be secured and cushioned so as to prevent their breakage or leakage and so as to control their shifting within the article, machinery, or apparatus during normal conditions of transportation. Cushioning material must not react dangerously with the content of the receptacles. Any leakage of the contents must not substantially impair the protective properties of the cushioning material.
</P>
<P>(3) Receptacles for gases, their contents and filling densities must conform to the applicable requirements of this subchapter, unless otherwise approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Except for transportation by aircraft, the total net quantity of hazardous materials contained in one item of an article, machinery, or apparatus must not exceed the following:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of solids or liquids, the limited quantity amount specified in the corresponding section referenced in Column (8A) of the § 172.101 Table;
</P>
<P>(ii) 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) in the case of Division 2.2 gases.
</P>
<P>(iii) When an article, machinery, or apparatus contains multiple hazardous materials, the quantity of each hazardous material must not exceed the quantity specified in the corresponding section referenced in Column (8A) of the § 172.101 Table, or for gases, paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) For transportation by aircraft, the total net quantity of hazardous materials contained in one item of an article, machinery, or apparatus must not exceed the following:
</P>
<P>(i) 1 kg (2.2 pounds) in the case of solids;
</P>
<P>(ii) 0.5 L (0.1 gallons) in the case of liquids;
</P>
<P>(iii) 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) in the case of Division 2.2 gases. Division 2.2 gases with subsidiary risks and refrigerated liquefied gases are not authorized;
</P>
<P>(iv) A total quantity of not more than the aggregate of that permitted in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section, for each category of material in the package, when a package contains hazardous materials in two or more of the categories in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(d) Except for transportation by aircraft, when a package contains hazardous materials in two or more of the categories listed in paragraph (c)(1) of this section the total quantity required by § 172.202(c) of this subchapter to be entered on the shipping paper must be either the aggregate quantity, or the estimated quantity, of all hazardous materials, expressed as net mass.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 44995, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.223" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.223   Packagings for certain flammable solids.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Packagings for “Musk xylene,” “5-tert-Butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-m-xylene,” “Azodicarbonamide,” or “Isosorbide-5-mononitrate,” when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or vessel, must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173, and to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group III performance level and may only be transported in the following packagings:
</P>
<P>(1) Fiberboard box (4G) with a single inner plastic bag, and a maximum net mass of not more than 50 kg (110 lbs).
</P>
<P>(2) Fiberboard box (4G) or fiber drum (1G), with a plastic inner packaging not exceeding 5 kg (11 lbs), and a maximum net mass of not more than 25 kg (55 lbs).
</P>
<P>(3) Fiber drum (1G), and a maximum net mass of not more than 50 kg (110 lbs), that may be fitted with a coating or lining.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Doc. No. 2002-13658, 68 FR 45035, July 31, 2003; 75 FR 5394, Feb. 2, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.224" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.224   Packaging and control and emergency temperatures for self-reactive materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> When the § 172.101 table of this subchapter specifies that a Division 4.1 material be packaged in accordance with this section, only packagings which conform to the provisions of this section may be used. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and the applicable requirements of part 178 of this subchapter. Non-bulk packagings must meet Packing Group II performance levels. To avoid unnecessary confinement, metallic non-bulk packagings meeting Packing Group I are not authorized. Self-reactive materials which require temperature control are subject to the provisions of § 173.21(f). Packagings required to bear a Class 1 subsidiary label must conform to §§ 173.60 through 173.62.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Self-Reactive Materials Table.</I> The Self-Reactive Materials Table specifies, by technical name, those self-reactive materials that are authorized for transportation and not subject to the approval provisions of § 173.124(a)(2)(iii). A self-reactive material identified by technical name in the following table is authorized for transportation only if it conforms to all applicable provisions of the table. The column headings of the Self-Reactive Materials Table are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Technical name.</I> Column 1 specifies the technical name.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>ID number.</I> Column 2 specifies the identification number which is used to identify the proper shipping name in the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Concentration of self-reactive material.</I> Column 3 specifies the concentration (percent) limitations, if any, in mixtures or solutions for the self-reactive material. Limitations are given as minimums, maximums, or a range, as appropriate. A range includes the lower and upper limits (i.e., “53-100” means from, and including, 53 percent to, and including 100 percent).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Packing method.</I> Column 4 specifies the highest packing method that is authorized for the self-reactive material. A packing method corresponding to a smaller package size may be used, but a packing method corresponding to a larger package size may not be used. The Table of Packing Methods in § 173.225(d) defines the packing methods. Bulk packagings for Type F organic peroxides are authorized by § 173.225(f) for IBCs and § 173.225(h) for bulk packagings other than IBCs. The formulations not listed in this section but listed in § 173.225(e) for IBCs and in § 173.225(g) for portable tanks may also be transported packed in accordance with packing method OP8, with the same control and emergency temperatures, if applicable. Additional bulk packagings are authorized if approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Control temperature.</I> Column 5 specifies the control temperature in °C. Temperatures are specified only when temperature controls are required (see § 173.21(f)).
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Emergency temperature.</I> Column 6 specifies the emergency temperature in °C. Temperatures are specified only when temperature controls are required (see § 173.21(f)).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Notes.</I> Column 7 specifies other applicable provisions, as set forth in notes following the table.


</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)—Self-Reactive Materials Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Self-reactive substance
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Identification No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Concentration—


<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Packing method
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Control


<br/>temperature—

<br/>( °C)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Emergency


<br/>temperature
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Notes
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(2)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(3)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(4)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(5)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(6)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetone-pyrogallol copolymer 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3228</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Azodicarbonamide formulation type B, temperature controlled</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3232</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&lt;100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Azodicarbonamide formulation type C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3224</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&lt;100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Azodicarbonamide formulation type C, temperature controlled</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3234</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&lt;100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Azodicarbonamide formulation type D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&lt;100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Azodicarbonamide formulation type D, temperature controlled</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&lt;100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2′-Azodi(2,4-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+5
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2′-Azodi(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+15
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2′-Azodi(ethyl 2-methylpropionate)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3235</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+25
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Azodi(hexahydrobenzonitrile)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2-Azodi(isobutyronitrile)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3234</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+45
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2′-Azodi(isobutyronitrile) as a water-based paste</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3224</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2-Azodi(2-methylbutyronitrile)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+40
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene-1,3-disulphonylhydrazide, as a paste</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Benzene sulphohydrazide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-(Benzyl(ethyl)amino)-3-ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-(Benzyl(methyl)amino)-3-ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+45
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-Chloro-4-diethylaminobenzenediazonium zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Diazo-1-Naphthol sulphonic acid ester mixture</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&lt;100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-4-sulphonyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3222</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-5-sulphonyl chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3222</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dibutoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-Benzenediazonium, tetrachlorozincate (2:1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3228</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Diethoxy-4-morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">67-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+40
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Diethoxy-4-morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+45
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Diethoxy-4-morpholinobenzenediazonium tetrafluoroborate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+35
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Diethoxy-4-(phenylsulphonyl)benzenediazonium zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+45
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Diethoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-benzenediazonium sulphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diethylene glycol bis(allyl carbonate) +Diisopropylperoxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3237</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥88 + ≤12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethoxy-4-(4-methylphenylsulphony)benzenediazonium zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+45
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-Dimethylamino-6-(2-dimethylaminoethoxy)toluene-2-diazonium zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+45
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-(Dimethylamino)-benzenediazonium trichlorozincate (-1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3228</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N,N′-Dinitroso-N, N′-dimethyl-terephthalamide, as a paste</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3224</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N,N′-Dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3224</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diphenyloxide-4,4′-disulphohydrazide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diphenyloxide-4,4′-disulphonylhydrazide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-Dipropylaminobenzenediazonium zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-3-methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N- cyclohexylamino)benzenediazonium zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63-92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+45
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-3-methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N- cyclohexylamino)benzenediazonium zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+40
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-Formyl-2-(nitromethylene)-1,3-perhydrothiazine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+50
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-1-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzene-4-diazonium zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+50
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzenediazonium zinc chloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+45
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7-Methoxy-5-methyl-benzothiophen-2-yl boronic acid”</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">88-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2-(N,N-Methylaminoethylcarbonyl)-4-(3,4-dimethyl-phenylsulphonyl) benzenediazonium hydrogen sulphate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+50
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-Methylbenzenesulphonylhydrazide</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-Methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzenediazonium tetrafluoroborate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3234</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+50
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-Nitrosophenol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+40
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorothioic acid, O-[(cyanophenyl methylene) azanyl] O,O-diethyl ester</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">82-91 (Z isomer)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Self-reactive liquid, sample</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3223</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Self-reactive liquid, sample, temperature control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3233</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Self-reactive solid, sample</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3224</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Self-reactive solid, sample, temperature control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3234</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tetramine palladium (II) nitrate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3234</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Notes:</E>
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">1. The emergency and control temperatures must be determined in accordance with § 173.21(f).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">2. With a compatible diluent having a boiling point of not less than 150 °C.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">3. Samples may only be offered for transportation under the provisions of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">4. This entry applies to mixtures of esters of 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonic acid and 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonic acid.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">5. This entry applies to the technical mixture in n-butanol within the specified concentration limits of the (Z) isomer.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">6. The technical compound with the specified concentration limits may contain up to 12% water and up to 1% organic impurities.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>New self-reactive materials, formulations and samples.</I> (1) Except as provided for samples in paragraph (c)(3) or (4) of this section, no person may offer, accept for transportation, or transport a self-reactive material which is not identified by technical name in the Self-Reactive Materials Table of this section, or a formulation of one or more self-reactive materials which are identified by technical name in the table, unless the self-reactive material is assigned a generic type and shipping description and is approved by the Associate Administrator under the provisions of § 173.124(a)(2)(iii).
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided by an approval issued under § 173.124(a)(2)(iii), intermediate bulk and bulk packagings are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) Samples of new self-reactive materials or new formulations of self-reactive materials identified in the Self-Reactive Materials Table in paragraph (b) of this section, for which complete test data are not available, and which are to be transported for further testing or product evaluation, may be assigned an appropriate shipping description for Self-reactive materials Type C, packaged and offered for transportation under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Data available to the person offering the material for transportation must indicate that the sample would pose a level of hazard no greater than that of a self-reactive material Type B and that the control temperature, if any, is sufficiently low to prevent any dangerous decomposition and sufficiently high to prevent any dangerous phase separation;
</P>
<P>(ii) The sample must be packaged in accordance with packing method OP2;
</P>
<P>(iii) Packages of the self-reactive material may be offered for transportation and transported in a quantity not to exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per transport vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(iv) One of the following shipping descriptions must be assigned:
</P>
<P>(A) Self-reactive, liquid, type C, 4.1, UN 3223.
</P>
<P>(B) Self-reactive, solid, type C, 4.1, UN 3224.
</P>
<P>(C) Self-reactive, liquid, type C, temperature controlled, 4.1, UN 3233.
</P>
<P>(D) Self-reactive, solid, type C, temperature controlled, 4.1, UN 3234.
</P>
<P>(4) Samples of organic substances carrying functional groups listed in tables A6.1 and/or A6.2 in Annex 6 (Screening Procedures) of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may be transported under UN 3224 or UN 3223, as applicable, of Division 4.1 provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The samples do not contain any:
</P>
<P>(A) Known explosives;
</P>
<P>(B) Substances showing explosive effects in testing;
</P>
<P>(C) Compounds designed with the view of producing a practical explosive or pyrotechnic effect;
</P>
<P>(D) Components consisting of synthetic precursors of intentional explosives;
</P>
<P>(ii) For mixtures, complexes or salts of inorganic oxidizing substances of Division 5.1 with organic material(s), the concentration of the inorganic oxidizing substance is:
</P>
<P>(A) Less than 15 percent, by mass, if assigned to Packing Group I or II; or
</P>
<P>(B) Less than 30 percent, by mass, if assigned to Packing Group III;
</P>
<P>(iii) Available data does not allow a more precise classification;
</P>
<P>(iv) The sample is not packed together with other goods;
</P>
<P>(v) Must be packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) The quantity per individual inner cavity does not exceed 0.01 g for solids or 0.01 mL for liquids and the maximum net quantity per outer packaging does not exceed 20 g for solids or 20 mL for liquids, or in the case of mixed packing the sum of grams and mL does not exceed 20:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The samples are carried in microtiter plates or multi-titer plates made of plastics, glass, porcelain or stoneware as an inner packaging;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) only combination packaging with outer packaging comprising boxes (4A, 4B, 4N, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1 and 4H2) are permitted; or
</P>
<P>(B) The maximum content of each inner packaging does not exceed 1 g for solids or 1 mL for liquids and the maximum net quantity per outer packaging does not exceed 56 g for solids or 56 mL for liquids, or in the case of mixed packing the sum of grams and mL does not exceed 56:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The individual substance is contained in an inner packaging of glass or plastics of maximum capacity of 30 mL placed in an expandable polyethylene foam matrix of at least 130 mm thickness having a density of 18 ± 1 g/L;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Within the foam carrier, inner packagings are segregated from each other by a minimum distance of 40 mm and from the wall of the outer packaging by a minimum distance of 70 mm. The package may contain up to two layers of such foam matrices, each carrying up to twenty-eight inner packagings;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The outer packaging consists only of corrugated fiberboard boxes (4G) having minimum dimensions of 60 cm (length) by 40.5 cm (width) by 30 cm (height) and minimum wall thickness of 1.3 cm.
</P>
<P>(vi) When dry ice or liquid nitrogen is optionally used as a coolant for quality control measures, all applicable requirements of this subchapter must be met. Interior supports must be provided to secure the inner packagings in the original position after the ice or dry ice has dissipated. If ice is used, the outside packaging or overpack must be leakproof. If dry ice is used, the requirements in § 173.217 must be met. The inner and outer packagings must maintain their integrity at the temperature of the refrigerant used as well as the temperatures and the pressures which could result if refrigeration were lost.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67511, Dec. 29, 1994]



]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.224, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.225" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.225   Packaging requirements and other provisions for organic peroxides.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> When the § 172.101 table specifies that an organic peroxide must be packaged under this section, the organic peroxide must be packaged and offered for transportation in accordance with the provisions of this section. Each packaging must conform to the general requirements of subpart B of part 173 and to the applicable requirements of part 178 of this subchapter. Non-bulk packagings must meet Packing Group II performance levels. To avoid unnecessary confinement, metallic non-bulk packagings meeting Packing Group I are not authorized. No used material, other than production residues or regrind from the same production process, may be used in plastic packagings. Organic peroxides that require temperature control are subject to the provisions of § 173.21(f). When an IBC or bulk packaging is authorized and meets the requirements of paragraph (f) or (h) of this section, respectively, lower control temperatures than those specified for non-bulk packaging may be required. An organic peroxide not identified in paragraph (c), (e), or (g) of this section by technical name, or not assigned to a generic type in accordance with the provisions in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, must conform to the provisions of paragraph (c) of § 173.128.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>New organic peroxides, formulations and samples.</I> (1) Except as provided for samples in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, no person may offer for transportation an organic peroxide that is not identified by technical name in the Organic Peroxides Table, Organic Peroxide IBC Table, or the Organic Peroxide Portable Tank Table of this section, or a formulation of one or more organic peroxides that are identified by technical name in one of those tables, unless the organic peroxide is assigned a generic type and shipping description and is approved by the Associate Administrator under the provisions of § 173.128(d) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Samples.</I> Samples of new organic peroxides or new formulations of organic peroxides identified in the Organic Peroxides Table in paragraph (c) of this section, for which complete test data are not available, and that are to be transported for further testing or product evaluation, may be assigned an appropriate shipping description for organic peroxide Type C, packaged and offered for transportation, under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Data available to the person offering the material for transportation must indicate that the sample would pose a level of hazard no greater than that of an organic peroxide Type B and that the control temperature, if any, is sufficiently low to prevent any dangerous decomposition and sufficiently high to prevent any dangerous phase separation;
</P>
<P>(ii) The sample must be packaged in accordance with packing method OP2, for a liquid or solid, respectively;
</P>
<P>(iii) Packages of the organic peroxide may be offered for transportation and transported in a quantity not to exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per transport vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(iv) One of the following shipping descriptions must be assigned:
</P>
<P>(A) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid, 5.2, UN 3103;
</P>
<P>(B) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, 5.2, UN 3104;
</P>
<P>(C) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid, temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3113; or
</P>
<P>(D) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3114.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Mixtures.</I> Mixtures of organic peroxides individually identified in the Organic Peroxides Table in paragraph (c) of this section may be classified as the same type of organic peroxide as that of the most dangerous component and be transported under the conditions for transportation given for this type. If the stable components form a thermally less stable mixture, the SADT of the mixture must be determined and the new control and emergency temperature derived under the provisions of § 173.21(f).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Organic peroxides table.</I> The following Organic Peroxides Table specifies by technical name those organic peroxides that are authorized for transportation and not subject to the approval provisions of § 173.128 of this part. An organic peroxide identified by technical name in the following table is authorized for transportation only if it conforms to all applicable provisions of the table. The column headings of the Organic Peroxides Table are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Technical name.</I> The first column specifies the technical name.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>ID number.</I> The second column specifies the identification (ID) number which is used to identify the proper shipping name in the § 172.101 table. The word “EXEMPT” appearing in the column denotes that the material is not regulated as an organic peroxide.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Concentration of organic peroxide.</I> The third column specifies concentration (mass percent) limitations, if any, in mixtures or solutions for the organic peroxide. Limitations are given as minimums, maximums, or a range, as appropriate. A range includes the lower and upper limits (<I>i.e.</I>, “53-100” means from, and including, 53% to, and including 100%). See introductory paragraph of § 172.203(k) of this subchapter for additional description requirements for an organic peroxide that may qualify for more than one generic listing, depending on its concentration.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Concentration of diluents.</I> The fourth column specifies the type and concentration (mass percent) of diluent or inert solid, when required. Other types and concentrations of diluents may be used if approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(i) The required mass percent of “Diluent type A” is specified in column 4a. A diluent type A is an organic liquid that does not detrimentally affect the thermal stability or increase the hazard of the organic peroxide and with a boiling point not less than 150 °C at atmospheric pressure. Type A diluents may be used for desensitizing all organic peroxides.
</P>
<P>(ii) The required mass percent of “Diluent type B” is specified in column 4b. A diluent type B is an organic liquid which is compatible with the organic peroxide and which has a boiling point, at atmospheric pressure, of less than 150 °C (302 °F) but at least 60 °C (140 °F), and a flash point greater than 5 °C (41 °F). Type B diluents may be used for desensitizing all organic peroxides, when specified in the organic peroxide tables, provided that the boiling point is at least 60 °C (140 °F) above the SADT of the peroxide in a 50 kg (110 lbs) package. A type A diluent may be used to replace a type B diluent in equal concentration.
</P>
<P>(iii) The required mass percent of “Inert solid” is specified in column 4c. An inert solid is a solid that does not detrimentally affect the thermal stability or hazard of the organic peroxide.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Concentration of water.</I> Column 5 specifies, in mass percent, the minimum amount of water, if any, which must be in formulation.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Packing method.</I> Column 6 specifies the highest packing method (largest packaging capacity) authorized for the organic peroxide. Lower numbered packing methods (smaller packaging capacities) are also authorized. For example, if OP3 is specified, then OP2 and OP1 are also authorized. The Table of Packing Methods in paragraph (d) of this section defines the non-bulk packing methods.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Temperatures.</I> Column 7a specifies the control temperature. Column 7b specifies the emergency temperature. Temperatures are specified only when temperature controls are required. (See § 173.21(f)).
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Notes.</I> Column 8 specifies other applicable provisions, as set forth in notes following the table. 




</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(c)</E>—Organic Peroxide Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Technical name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">ID No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Concentration


<br/>(mass %)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Diluent


<br/>(mass %)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Water


<br/>(mass %)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Packing


<br/>method
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Temperature


<br/>( °C)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Notes
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">I
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Control
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Emergency
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(2)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(3)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(4a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(4b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(4c)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(5)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(6)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(7a)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(7b)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(8)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetyl acetone peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetyl acetone peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetyl acetone peroxide [as a paste]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Amyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Amyl peroxyacetate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Amyl peroxybenzoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexyl carbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Amyl peroxy isopropyl carbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥53</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Amyl peroxypivalate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Amyl peroxypivalate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Amyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;42-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3108</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert-butylperoxy)valerate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert-butylperoxy)valerate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3108</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;79-90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤80</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤79</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl hydroperoxide [and] Di-tert-butylperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&lt;82 + &gt;9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3108</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate [as a paste]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3108</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxyacetate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxyacetate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;32-52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxyacetate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;77-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxybutyl fumarate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxycrotonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxydiethylacetate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3117</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;32-52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3118</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-di-(tert-Butylperoxy)butane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤12 + ≤14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-di-(tert-Butylperoxy)butane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤31 + ≤36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexylcarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butylperoxy isopropylcarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butylperoxy isopropylcarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyl)-3-isopropenylbenzene</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyl)-3-isopropenylbenzene</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3108</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxy-2-methylbenzoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;77-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3118</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxyneoheptanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxyneoheptanoate [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3117</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxypivalate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;67-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxypivalate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;27-67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxypivalate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butylperoxy stearylcarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;37-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethlyhexanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;57-86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cumyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;90-98</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cumyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cumyl peroxyneoheptanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cumyl peroxypivalate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyclohexanone peroxide(s)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤91</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyclohexanone peroxide(s)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) [as a paste]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5, 21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyclohexanone peroxide(s)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exempt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exempt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diacetone alcohol peroxides</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diacetyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8, 13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-tert-amyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">([3R- (3R, 5aS, 6S, 8aS, 9R, 10R, 12S, 12aR**)]-Decahydro-10-methoxy-3, 6, 9-trimethyl-3, 12-epoxy-12H-pyrano [4, 3- j]-1, 2-benzodioxepin)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2-Di-(tert-amylperoxy)-butane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-amylperoxy)cyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;77-94</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;35-52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;36-42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3108</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤56.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3108</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dibenzoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exempt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exempt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate [as a paste]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3118</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-tert-butyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-tert-butyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-tert-butyl peroxyazelate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)butane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,6-Di-(tert-butylperoxycarbonyloxy)hexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;80-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-80</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-cyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;42-52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-Butylperoxy) cyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥74</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane + tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤43+≤16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;27-52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3117</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3118</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(tert-butylperoxyisopropyl) benzene(s)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;42-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1, 9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(tert-butylperoxyisopropyl) benzene(s)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exempt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exempt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;42-52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate [as a paste]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)propane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)propane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;90-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;57-90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exempt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exempt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3118</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dicumyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dicumyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exempt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exempt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;91-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤91</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Didecanoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexyl)propane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexyl)propane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥78</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste with silicone oil]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(2-ethoxyethyl) peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;77-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,2-Dihydroperoxypropane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diisobutyryl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;32-52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diisobutyryl peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diisobutyryl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diisopropylbenzene dihydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dilauroyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dilauroyl peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(3-methoxybutyl) peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(2-methylbenzoyl)peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(4-methylbenzoyl)peroxide [as a paste with silicone oil]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(3-methylbenzoyl) peroxide + Benzoyl (3-methylbenzoyl) peroxide + Dibenzoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤20 + ≤18 + ≤4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;82-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;90-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3108</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane [as a paste]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3108</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexyne-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;86-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexyne-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexyne-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(2-ethylhexanoylperoxy)hexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-dihydroperoxyhexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoylperoxy)hexane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Dimethyl-3-hydroxybutylperoxyneoheptanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3117</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3116</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(2-neodecanoylperoxyisopropyl)benzene</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(2-neodecanoyl-peroxyisopropyl) benzene, as stable dispersion in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-n-nonanoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3116</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-n-octanoyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(2-phenoxyethyl)peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;85-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(2-phenoxyethyl)peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤85</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dipropionyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3117</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Disuccinic acid peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;72-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Disuccinic acid peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3116</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;52-82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;38-52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-amylperoxy)butyrate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;77-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-(2-ethylhexanoylperoxy)-1,3-Dimethylbutyl peroxypivalate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Hexyl peroxyneodecanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤71</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Hexyl peroxypivalate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">tert-Hexyl peroxypivalate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3117</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52 as a stable dispersion in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+20
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3117</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Isopropyl sec-butyl peroxydicarbonat + Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate + Di-isopropyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52 + ≤28 + ≤22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Isopropyl sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate + Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate + Di-isopropyl peroxydicarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤32 + ≤15 −18 + ≤12 −15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Isopropylcumyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">p-Menthyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;72-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">p-Menthyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5, 13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥55</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide(s)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5, 23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl isopropyl ketone peroxide(s)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(See remark 31)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Organic peroxide, liquid, sample</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Organic peroxide, liquid, sample, temperature controlled</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Organic peroxide, solid, sample</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Organic peroxide, solid, sample, temperature controlled</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3,3,5,7,7-Pentamethyl-1,2,4-Trioxepane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Peroxyacetic acid, type D, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Peroxyacetic acid, type E, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Peroxyacetic acid, type F, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 20, 28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic acid [with not more than 7% hydrogen peroxide]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 20, 28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic acid [with not more than 20% hydrogen peroxide]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exempt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exempt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Peroxyacetic acid or peracetic acid [with not more than 26% hydrogen peroxide]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13, 20, 28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Peroxylauric acid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3118</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-Phenylethyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pinanyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;56-100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pinanyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Polyether poly-tert-butylperoxycarbonate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tetrahydronaphthyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl hydroperoxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl peroxypivalate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3,6,9-Triethyl-3,6,9-trimethyl-1,4,7-triperoxonane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3,6,9-Triethyl-3,6,9-trimethyl-1,4,7-triperoxonane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN3105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OP7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Notes:</E>
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">1. For domestic shipments, OP8 is authorized.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">2. Available oxygen must be &lt;4.7%.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">3. For concentrations &lt;80% OP5 is allowed. For concentrations of at least 80% but &lt;85%, OP4 is allowed. For concentrations of at least 85%, maximum package size is OP2.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">4. The diluent may be replaced by di-tert-butyl peroxide.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">5. Available oxygen must be ≤9% with or without water.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">6. For domestic shipments, OP5 is authorized.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">7. Available oxygen must be ≤8.2% with or without water.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">8. Only non-metallic packagings are authorized.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">9. For domestic shipments this material may be transported under the provisions of paragraph (h)(3)(xii) of this section.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">10. [Reserved]
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">11. [Reserved]
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">12. Samples may only be offered for transportation under the provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">13. “Corrosive” subsidiary risk label is required.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">14. [Reserved]
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">15. No “Corrosive” subsidiary risk label is required for concentrations below 80%.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">16. With &lt;6% di-tert-butyl peroxide.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">17. With ≤8% 1-isopropylhydroperoxy-4-isopropylhydroxybenzene.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">18. Addition of water to this organic peroxide will decrease its thermal stability.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">19. [Reserved]
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">20. Mixtures with hydrogen peroxide, water, and acid(s).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">21. With diluent type A, with or without water.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">22. With ≥36%% diluent type A by mass, and in addition ethylbenzene.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">23. With ≥19% diluent type A by mass, and in addition methyl isobutyl ketone.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">24. Diluent type B with boiling point &gt;100 C.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">25. No “Corrosive” subsidiary risk label is required for concentrations below 56%.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">26. Available oxygen must be ≤7.6%.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">27. Formulations derived from distillation of peroxyacetic acid originating from peroxyacetic acid in a concentration of not more than 41% with water, total active oxygen less than or equal to 9.5% (peroxyacetic acid plus hydrogen peroxide).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">28. For the purposes of this section, the names “Peroxyacetic acid” and “Peracetic acid” are synonymous.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">29. Not subject to the requirements of this subchapter for Division 5.2.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">30. Diluent type B with boiling point &gt;130 °C (266 °F).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">31. Available oxygen ≤6.7%.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">32. Active oxygen concentration ≤4.15%.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) <I>Packing Method Table.</I> Packagings for organic peroxides and self-reactive substances are listed in the Maximum Quantity per Packing Method Table. The packing methods are designated OP1 to OP8. The quantities specified for each packing method represent the maximum that is authorized.
</P>
<P>(1) The following types of packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(i) Drums: 1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1D, 1G, 1H1, 1H2;
</P>
<P>(ii) Jerricans: 3A1, 3A2, 3B1, 3B2, 3H1, 3H2;
</P>
<P>(iii) Boxes: 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, 4H2, 4A, 4B; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Composite packagings with a plastic inner receptacle: 6HA1, 6HA2, 6HB1, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD1, 6HD2, 6HG1, 6HG2, 6HH1, 6HH2.
</P>
<P>(2) Metal packaging (including inner packagings of combination packagings and outer packagings of combination or composite packagings) are used only for packing methods OP7 and OP8.
</P>
<P>(3) In combination packagings, glass receptacles are used only as inner packagings with a maximum content of 0.5 kg for solids or 0.5 L for liquids.
</P>
<P>(4) The maximum quantity per packaging or package for Packing Methods OP1-OP8 must be as follows: 


</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>): Maximum Quantity per Packaging/Package


</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[For packing methods OP1 to OP8]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Maximum quantity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="8" scope="col">Packing method
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">OP1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">OP2 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">OP3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">OP4 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">OP5
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">OP6
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">OP7
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">OP8
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Solids and combination packagings (liquid and solid) (kg)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5/10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5/25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 400
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liquids (L)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 225
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> If two values are given, the first applies to the maximum net mass per inner packaging and the second to the maximum net mass of the complete package.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> 60 kg for jerricans/200 kg for boxes and, for solids, 400 kg in combination packagings with outer packagings comprising boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, and 4H2) and with inner packagings of plastics or fiber with a maximum net mass of 25 kg.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> 60 L for jerricans.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) <I>Organic Peroxide IBC Table.</I> The following Organic Peroxide IBC Table specifies, by technical name, those organic peroxides that are authorized for transportation in certain IBCs and not subject to the approval provisions of § 173.128 of this part. The formulations listed below may also be transported packed in accordance with packing method OP8 of this section, with the same control and emergency temperatures, if applicable. Additional requirements for authorized IBCs are found in paragraph (f) of this section.


</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 to Paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)—Organic Peroxide IBC Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">UN No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Organic peroxide
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type of
<br/>IBC
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum
<br/>quantity
<br/>(liters)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Control
<br/>temperature
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Emergency
<br/>temperature
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, not more than 72% with water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, not more than 32% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate, not more than 32% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate, not more than 37% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cumyl hydroperoxide, not more than 90% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dibenzoyl peroxide, not more than 42% as a stable dispersion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31H1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di(tert-butylperoxy)hexane, not more than 52% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-tert-butyl peroxide, not more than 52% in diluent type B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1-Di-(tert-Butylperoxy) cyclohexane, not more than 37% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy) cyclohexane, not more than 42% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31H1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dicumyl peroxide, less than or equal to 100%</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dilauroyl peroxide, not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropyl cumyl hydroperoxide, not more than 72% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">p-Menthyl hydroperoxide, not more than 72% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Peroxyacetic acid, stabilized, not more than 17%</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1500
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31H1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1500
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31H2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1500
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1500
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Peroxyacetic acid, not more than 26% hydrogen peroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1500
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1500
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Peroxyacetic acid, type F, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1500
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1500
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3,6,9-Triethyl-3,6,9-trimethyl-1,4,7-triperoxonane not more than 27% diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ORGANIC PEROXIDE TYPE F, SOLID:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dicumyl peroxide, less than or equal to 100%</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31H1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID, TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate, not more than 62% in a diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+15 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+20 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Amyl peroxypivalate, not more than 32% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+10 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+15 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Amyl peroxypivalate, not more than 42% as a stable dispersion in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+10 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate, not more than 32% in diluent type B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+30 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+35 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+30 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+35 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate, not more than 32% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+10 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate, not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+5 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl peroxypivalate, not more than 27% in diluent type B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+10 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+15 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+10 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+15 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl peroxypivalate, not more than 42% in a diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1
<br/>31A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000
<br/>1,250
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 °C
<br/>10 °C
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15 °C
<br/>15 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate, not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl) peroxydicarbonate, not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+30 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+35 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate, not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+30 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+35 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dicyclohexylperoxydicarbonate, not more than 42% as a stable dispersion, in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+10 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+15 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate, not more than 62%, stable dispersion, in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diisobutyryl peroxide, not more than 28% as a stable dispersion in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diisobutyryl peroxide, not more than 42% as a stable dispersion in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−25 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−25 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate, not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+15 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+20 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-(2-neodecanoylperoxyisopropyl) benzene, not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) peroxide, not more than 52% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+10 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+15 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+10 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+15 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) peroxide, not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+10 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+15 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl peroxy-neodecanoate, not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−15 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate, not more than 67%, in diluent type A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+15 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+20 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate, not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+5 °C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31HA1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">+5 °C</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(f) <I>IBCs.</I> IBCs are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this section if the IBC type is authorized according to paragraph (e) of this section, as applicable, and the IBC conforms to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group II performance level. Type F organic peroxides or self-reactive substances are not authorized for transportation in IBCs other than those specified, unless approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(1) IBCs shall be provided with a device to allow venting during transportation. The inlet to the pressure relief device shall be sited in the vapor space of the IBC under maximum filling conditions during transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) To prevent explosive rupture of metal IBCs or composite IBCs with a complete metal casing, the emergency-relief devices shall be designed to vent all the decomposition products and vapors evolved during self-accelerating decomposition or during a period of not less than one hour of complete fire-engulfment as calculated by the formula in paragraph (h)(3)(v) of this section. The control and emergency temperatures specified in the Organic Peroxide IBC Table are based on a non-insulated IBC.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Organic Peroxide Portable Tank Table.</I> The following Organic Peroxide Portable Tank Table provides certain portable tank requirements and identifies, by technical name, those organic peroxides that are authorized for transportation in the bulk packagings listed in paragraph (h) of this section. Organic peroxides listed in this table, provided they meet the specific packaging requirements found in paragraph (h) of this section, are not subject to the approval provisions of § 173.128 of this part. In addition, the formulations listed below may also be transported packed in accordance with packing method OP8 of this section, with the same control and emergency temperatures, if applicable.


</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4 to Paragraph (<E T="01">g</E>): Organic Peroxide Portable Tank Table


</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">UN No. 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Hazardous material 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum test pressure (bar) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum shell thickness (mm-reference steel)
<br/>See. . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bottom opening requirements
<br/>See. . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pressure-relief requirements See. . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Filling limits 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Control temperature
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Emergency temperature 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID 


</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, not more than 56% with diluent type B 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C)


</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, not more than 72% with water
<br/>*Provided that steps have been taken to achieve the safety equivalence of 65% tert-Butyl hydroperoxide and 35% water</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cumyl hydro-peroxide, not more than 90% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-tert-butyl peroxide, not more 32% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dicumyl peroxide, less than or equal to 100% in diluent type B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isopropyl cumyl hydro-peroxide, not more than 72% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">p-Menthyl hydro-peroxide, not more than 72% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pinanyl hydro-peroxide, not more than 56% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, SOLID 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dicumyl peroxide less than or equal to 100% with inert solids
<br/>*Maximum quantity per portable tank 2,000 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID, TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate, not more than 47% in diluent type A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274 (d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275 (d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275 (g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5 °C.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, not more than 32% in diluent type B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 30 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 35 °C 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate, not more than 32% in diluent B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 15 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 20 °C 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butylperoxypivalate, not more than 27% in diluent type B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 5 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 10 °C 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethyl-hexanoate, not more than 32% in diluent type B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 35 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 40 °C 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Di-(3,5,5-trimethyl-hexanoyl) peroxide, not more than 38% in diluent type A or type B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274 (d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275 (d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275 (g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 5 °C.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Peroxyacetic acid, distilled, stabilized, not more than 41%. 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.274(d)(2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(d)(3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.275(g)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 90% at 59 °F (15 °C)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 30 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 35 °C
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Notes:</E>
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">1. “Corrosive” subsidiary risk placard is required.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">2. Diluent type B is tert-Butyl alcohol.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(h) <I>Bulk packagings other than IBCs.</I> The following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the conditions and limitations of this section, if the organic peroxide is listed in the Organic Peroxide Portable Tank Table and bulk packagings are authorized, or if the organic peroxide is specifically authorized for transport in a bulk packaging by this paragraph (h), and the bulk packaging conforms to the requirements of this subchapter:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Rail cars.</I> Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 fusion-weld tank car tanks are authorized. DOT 103W, 111A60F1 and 111A60W1 tank car tanks must have bottom outlets effectively sealed from inside. Gauging devices are required on DOT 103W tank car tanks. Riveted tank car tanks are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Cargo tanks.</I> Specification MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles with a tank design pressure of at least 172 kPa (25 psig) are authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Portable tanks.</I> The following requirements apply to portable tanks intended for the transport of organic peroxides or self-reactive substances. DOT 51, 57, IM 101 portable tanks, and UN portable tanks that conform to the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section, are authorized. Type F organic peroxide or self-reactive substance formulations other than those indicated in the Organic Peroxide Portable Tank Table may be transported in portable tanks if approved by the Associate Administrator. The following conditions also apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The portable tank must be designed for a test pressure of at least 0.4 MPa (4 bar).
</P>
<P>(ii) The portable tank must be fitted with temperature-sensing devices.
</P>
<P>(iii) The portable tank must be fitted with pressure relief devices and emergency-relief devices. Vacuum-relief devices may also be used. Pressure relief devices must operate at pressures determined according to both the properties of the hazardous material and the construction characteristics of the portable tank. Fusible elements are not allowed in the shell.
</P>
<P>(iv) The pressure relief devices must consist of reclosing devices fitted to prevent significant build-up within the portable tank of the decomposition products and vapors released at a temperature of 50 °C (122 °F). The capacity and start-to-discharge pressure of the relief devices must be in accordance with the applicable requirements of this subchapter specified for the portable tank. The pressure relief devices must not allow liquid to escape in the event the portable tank is overturned in a loaded condition.
</P>
<P>(v)(A) The emergency-relief devices may be of the reclosing or frangible types, or a combination of the two, designed to vent all the decomposition products and vapors evolved during a period of not less than one hour of complete fire engulfment as calculated by the following formula: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="15" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er20de04.002.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>q = heat absorption (W) 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A = wetted area (m
<SU>2</SU>) 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>F = insulation factor (−)</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(B) Insulation factor (F) in the formula in paragraph (h)(3)(v)(A) of this section equals 1 for non-insulated vessels and for insulated vessels F is calculated using the following formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="27" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er20de04.003.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where: 
</FP>
<FP-2>U = K/L = heat transfer coefficient of the insulation (W·m<E T="51">−2</E>·K<E T="51">−1</E>); where K = heat conductivity of insulation layer (W·m<E T="51">−1</E>·K<E T="51">−1</E>), and L = thickness of insulation layer (m). 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">PO</E> = temperature of material at relieving conditions (K).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(vi) The start-to-discharge pressure of emergency-relief devices must be higher than that specified for the pressure relief devices in paragraph (h)(3)(iv) of this section. The emergency-relief devices must be sized and designed in such a way that the maximum pressure in the shell never exceeds the test pressure of the portable tank. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">h</E>)(3)(<E T="01">vi</E>):</HED>
<P>An example of a method to determine the size of emergency-relief devices is given in Appendix 5 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A second example of a test method for venting sizing is given in the American Institute of Chemical Engineers Process Safety Progress Journal, June 2002 issue (Vol. 21, No. 2) (Informational materials not requiring incorporation by reference, see § 171.7(b)).</P></NOTE>
<P>(vii) For insulated portable tanks, the capacity and setting of emergency-relief devices must be determined assuming a loss of insulation from 1% of the surface area.
</P>
<P>(viii) Vacuum-relief devices and reclosing devices on portable tanks used for flammable hazardous materials must be provided with flame arresters. Any reduction of the relief capacity caused by the flame arrester must be taken into account and the appropriate relief capacity must be provided.
</P>
<P>(ix) Service equipment such as devices and external piping must be designed and constructed so that no hazardous material remains in them after filling the portable tank.
</P>
<P>(x) Portable tanks may be either insulated or protected by a sun-shield. If the SADT of the hazardous material in the portable tank is 55 °C (131 °F) or less, the portable tank must be completely insulated. The outer surface must be finished in white or bright metal.
</P>
<P>(xi) The degree of filling must not exceed 90% at 15 °C (59 °F).
</P>
<P>(xii) DOT 57 metal portable tanks are authorized only for those materials or mixtures of two or more materials that are provided with a reference to Note 9 in Column 8 of the Organic Peroxide Table, found in paragraph (c) of this section. DOT 57 portable tanks must conform to the venting requirements of paragraph (f) of this section. These portable tanks are not subject to any other requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) For tertiary butyl hydroperoxide (TBHP), each tank car, cargo tank or portable tank must contain 7.6 cm (3.0 inches) low density polyethylene (PE) saddles having a melt index of at least 0.2 grams per 10 minutes (for example see, ASTM D1238, condition E) as part of the lading, with a ratio of PE to TBHP over a range of 0.008 to 0.012 by mass. Alternatively, plastic or metal containers equipped with fusible plugs having a melting point between 69 °C (156 °F) and 71 °C (160 °F) and filled with a sufficient quantity of water to dilute the TBHP to 65% or less by mass may be used. The PE saddles must be visually inspected after each trip and, at a minimum, once every 12 months, and replaced when discoloration, fracture, severe deformation, or other indication of change is noted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 76159, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 2260, Jan. 14, 2009; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65482, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 FR 1160, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 35542, June 2, 2016; 82 FR 15884, Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 27889, May 11, 2020; 87 FR 44996, July 26, 2022; 87 FR 79777, Dec. 27, 2022; 89 FR 25481, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.226" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.226   Materials poisonous by inhalation, Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A.</HEAD>
<P>Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Zone A poisonous by inhalation (see § 173.133) must be packed in non-bulk packagings in accordance with the following paragraphs:
</P>
<P>(a) In seamless specification or UN cylinders conforming to the requirements of § 173.40.
</P>
<P>(b) In 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, or 6HA1 drums further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 drum. Both inner and outer drums must conform to the performance test requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level. The outer drums may be tested either as a package intended to contain inner packagings (combination package) or as a single packaging intended to contain solids or liquids at a mass corresponding to the mass of the assembled packaging system. All outer drums, even those tested to contain inner packaging or as single packagings for solids, must withstand a hydrostatic test pressure of 100 kPa (15 psig). The outer drum must have a minimum thickness of 1.35 mm (0.053 inch) for a 1A2 outer drum or 6.3 mm (0.248 inch) for a 1H2 outer drum. In addition, the inner drum must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be capable of satisfactorily withstanding the hydrostatic pressure test in § 178.605 of this subchapter at a test pressure of 300 kPa (45 psig);
</P>
<P>(2) Satisfactorily withstand the leakproofness test in § 178.604 of this subchapter using an internal air pressure of at least twice the vapor pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of the material to be packaged;
</P>
<P>(3) Have screw-type closures that are—
</P>
<P>(i) Closed and tightened to a torque prescribed by the closure manufacturer, using a properly calibrated device that is capable of measuring torque;
</P>
<P>(ii) Physically held in place by any means capable of preventing back-off or loosening of the closure by impact or vibration during transportation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provided with a cap seal that is properly applied in accordance with the cap seal manufacturer's recommendations and is capable of withstanding an internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 psig).
</P>
<P>(4) Have a minimum thickness as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For a 1A1 or 1N1 drum, 1.3 mm (0.051 inch);
</P>
<P>(ii) For a 1B1 drum, 3.9 mm (0.154 inch);
</P>
<P>(iii) For a 1H1 drum, 3.16 mm (0.124 inch); and
</P>
<P>(iv) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0622 inch) and the outer steel drum shall be 0.96 mm (0.0378 inch).
</P>
<P>(5) Be isolated from the outer drum by a shock-mitigating, non-reactive material, which completely surrounds the inner packaging on all sides.
</P>
<P>(c) In combination packagings, consisting of an inner packaging system and an outer packaging, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Outer packagings:
</P>
<FP-1>Steel drum: 1A2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum drum: 1B2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal drum, other than steel or aluminum: 1N2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood drum: 1D 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiber drum: 1G 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plastic drum: 1H2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel box: 4A 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum box: 4B 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plywood box: 4D 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Reconstituted wood box: 4F 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fiberboard box: 4G 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Expanded plastic box: 4H1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Solid plastic box: 4H2
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N
</FP-1>
<P>(2) Inner packaging system. The inner packaging system consists of two packagings:
</P>
<P>(i) an impact-resistant receptacle of glass, earthenware, plastic or metal securely cushioned with a non-reactive, absorbent material, and
</P>
<P>(A) Capacity of each inner receptacle may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon).
</P>
<P>(B) An inner receptacle that has a closure must have a closure which is physically held in place by any means capable of preventing back-off or loosening of the closure by impact or vibration during transportation.
</P>
<P>(ii) Packed within a leak-tight packaging of metal or plastic.
</P>
<P>(iii) This combination packaging in turn is packed within the outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) Additional requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The total amount of liquid contained in the outer packaging must not exceed 16 L (4 gallons).
</P>
<P>(ii) The inner packaging system must conform to the performance test requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter, at the Packaging Group I performance level when subjected to the following tests:
</P>
<P>(A) § 178.603—Drop Test
</P>
<P>(B) § 178.604—Leakproofness Test
</P>
<P>(C) § 178.605—Hydrostatic Pressure Test
</P>
<P>(iii) The inner packaging system must meet the above tests without the benefit of the outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(iv) The leakproofness and hydrostatic pressure test may be conducted on either the inner receptacle or the outer packaging of the inner packaging system.
</P>
<P>(v) The outer package must conform to the performance test requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter, at the Packaging Group I performance level as applicable for the type of package being used.
</P>
<P>(d) If approved by the Associate Administrator, 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1 or 6HH1 drums described in paragraph (b) of this section may be used without being further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 drum if the shipper loads the material, palletizes the drums, blocks and braces the drums within the transport vehicle and seals the transport vehicle used. Drums may not be stacked (double decked) within the transport vehicle. Shipments must be from one origin to one destination only without any intermediate pickup or delivery.
</P>
<P>(e) Prior to reuse, all authorized inner drums must be leakproofness tested and marked in accordance with § 173.28 using a minimum test pressure as indicated in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Liquid hazardous materials in Division 6.1, PG I, Hazard Zone A, are excepted from the segregation requirements of §§ 174.81, 176.83, and 177.848(d) of this subchapter when packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inner packaging system.</I> The inner packaging system must consist of three packagings:
</P>
<P>(i) A glass, plastic or metal receptacle, with a capacity of not more than 1 liter (1 quart), securely cushioned with a non-reactive, absorbent material. The receptacle must have a closure that is held in place by any means capable of preventing back-off or loosening of the closure by impact or vibration during transportation.
</P>
<P>(ii) The receptacle must be packed within a leak-tight packaging of metal, with a capacity of not less than 4 liters (1 gallon); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The metal packaging must be securely cushioned with a nonreactive absorbent material and packed in a leak-tight UN 1A2 steel drum or UN 1H2 plastic drum, with a capacity of not less than 19 liters (5 gallons).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Outer packaging.</I> The inner packaging system must be placed in a UN 1A2 steel drum or UN 1H2 plastic drum, with a capacity of not less than 114 liters (30 gallons). The inner packaging system must be securely cushioned with a non-reactive, absorbent material. The total amount of liquid contained in the outer packaging may not exceed 1 liter (1 quart).
</P>
<P>(3) Both the inner packaging system and the outer packaging must conform to the performance test requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter at the PG I performance level. The inner packaging system must meet these tests without benefit of the outer packaging.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 76172, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006; 74 FR 2263, Jan. 14, 2009; 78 FR 1090, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3675, Jan. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.227" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.227   Materials poisonous by inhalation, Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone B.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In packagings as authorized in § 173.226 and seamless and welded specification cylinders or UN seamless cylinders conforming to the requirements of § 173.40.
</P>
<P>(b) 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1, or 6HH1 drums further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 drum. Both the inner and outer drums must conform to the performance test requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level. Both the inner and outer drums must conform to the performance test requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level. The outer drums may be tested either as a package intended to contain inner packagings (combination package) or as a single packaging intended to contain solids or liquids at a mass corresponding to the mass of the assembled packaging system. The outer drum must have a minimum thickness of 1.35 mm (0.053 inches) for a 1A2 outer drum or 6.30 mm (0.248 inches) for a 1H2 outer drum. Outer 1A2 and 1H2 drums must withstand a hydrostatic test pressure of 100 kPa (15 psig). Capacity of the inner drum may not exceed 220 liters. In addition, the inner drum must conform to all of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Satisfactorily withstand the leakproofness test in § 178.604 of this subchapter using an internal air pressure of at least two times the vapor pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of the material to be packaged;
</P>
<P>(2) Have screw closures that are—
</P>
<P>(i) Closed and tightened to a torque prescribed by the closure manufacturer, using a properly calibrated device that is capable of measuring torque;
</P>
<P>(ii) Physically held in place by any means capable of preventing back-off or loosening of the closure by impact or vibration during transportation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provided with a cap seal that is properly applied in accordance with the cap seal manufacturer's recommendations and is capable of withstanding an internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 psig).
</P>
<P>(3) Have a minimum thickness as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For a 1A1 drum, 0.69 mm (0.027 inch);
</P>
<P>(ii) For a 1B1 drum, 2.79 mm (0.110 inch);
</P>
<P>(iii) For a 1H1 drum, 1.14 mm (0.045 inch); or
</P>
<P>(iv) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0625 inch), the outer steel drum shall be 0.70 mm (0.027 inch).
</P>
<P>(4) Be isolated from the outer drum by a shock-mitigating, non-reactive material which completely surrounds the inner packaging on all sides.
</P>
<P>(5) Prior to reuse, all authorized inner drums must be leakproofness tested and marked in accordance with § 173.28 using a minimum test pressure as indicated in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1 or 6HH1 drums described in paragraph (b) of this section may be used without being further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 drum if the shipper loads the material, blocks and braces the drums within the transport vehicle and seals the transport vehicle used. Drums may not be stacked (double decked) within the transport vehicle. Shipments must be from one origin to one destination only without any intermediate pickup or delivery.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.228" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.228   Bromine pentafluoride or bromine trifluoride.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Bromine pentafluoride and bromine trifluoride are authorized in packagings as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Specification 3A150, 3AA150, 3B240, 3BN150, 4B240, 4BA240, 4BW240, and 3E1800 cylinders.
</P>
<P>(2) UN cylinders as specified in part 178 of this subchapter, except acetylene cylinders and non-refillable cylinders, with a minimum test pressure of 10 bar and a minimum outage of 8 percent by volume. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The use of a pressure relief device is not authorized. 
</P>
<P>(b) A material in Hazard Zone A must be transported in a seamless specification cylinder conforming to the requirements of § 173.40. However, a welded cylinder filled before October 1, 2002, in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter in effect at the time of filling, may be transported for reprocessing or disposal of the cylinder's contents until December 31, 2003. No cylinder may be equipped with a pressure relief device.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24660, May 8, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.229" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.229   Chloric acid solution or chlorine dioxide hydrate, frozen.</HEAD>
<P>When the § 172.101 table specifies that a hazardous material be packaged in accordance with this section, only 4G fiberboard boxes, with inner packagings of polyethylene or other suitable material, are authorized. Fiberboard boxes must be reinforced and insulated and sufficient dry ice must be used to maintain the hydrate or acid in a frozen state during transportation. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173, and to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level. Transportation is authorized only by private or contract carrier by motor vehicle.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.230" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.230   Fuel cell cartridges containing hazardous material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements for Fuel Cell Cartridges.</I> Fuel cell cartridges, including when contained in or packed with equipment, must be designed and constructed to prevent fuel leakage under normal conditions of transportation. Fuel cell cartridge design types using liquids as fuels must pass an internal pressure test at a gauge pressure of 100 kPa (15 psig) without leakage. Except for fuel cell cartridges containing hydrogen in metal hydride which must be in conformance with paragraph (d) of this section, each fuel cell cartridge design type including when contained in or packed with equipment, must pass a 1.2 meter (3.9 feet) drop test onto an unyielding surface in the orientation most likely to result in the failure of the containment system with no loss of contents. Fuel cell cartridges installed in or integral to a fuel cell system are regarded as contained in equipment. Fuel cell cartridges containing a Division 2.1, Division 4.3 or Class 8 material must meet the following additional requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) A fuel cell cartridge designed to contain a Division 4.3 or a Class 8 material may contain an activator provided it is fitted with two independent means of preventing unintended mixing with the fuel during transport.
</P>
<P>(c) Each fuel cell cartridge designed to contain a liquefied flammable gas must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be capable of withstanding, without leakage or bursting, a pressure of at least two times the equilibrium pressure of the contents at 55 °C (131 °F);
</P>
<P>(2) Contain no more than 200 mL of liquefied flammable gas with a vapor pressure not exceeding 1,000 kPa (150 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F); and
</P>
<P>(3) Pass the hot water bath test prescribed in accordance with § 173.306(a)(3)(v).
</P>
<P>(d) Each fuel cell cartridge designed to contain hydrogen in a metal hydride must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Each fuel cell cartridge must have a water capacity less than or equal to 120 mL (4 fluid ounces).
</P>
<P>(2) Each fuel cell cartridge must be a design type that has been subjected, without leakage or bursting, a pressure of at least two times the design pressure of the cartridge at 55 °C (131 °F) or 200 kPa (30 psig) more than the design pressure of the cartridge at 55 °C (131 °F), whichever is greater. The pressure at which the test is conducted is referred to as the “minimum shell burst pressure.” The pressure within the fuel cell cartridge must not exceed 5 MPa (725 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F).
</P>
<P>(3) Each fuel cell cartridge must be filled in accordance with the procedure provided by the manufacturer. The manufacturer must provide the following information with each fuel cell cartridge:
</P>
<P>(i) Inspection procedures to be carried out before initial filling and before refilling of the fuel cell cartridge;
</P>
<P>(ii) Safety precautions and potential hazards to be aware of;
</P>
<P>(iii) A method of determining when the rated capacity has been achieved;
</P>
<P>(iv) Minimum and maximum pressure range;
</P>
<P>(v) Minimum and maximum temperature range; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any other requirements to be met for initial filling and refilling including the type of equipment to be used.
</P>
<P>(4) Each fuel cell cartridge must be permanently marked with the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The rated charging pressure in megapascals (MPa);
</P>
<P>(ii) The manufacturer's serial number of the fuel cell cartridges or unique identification number; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The expiration date based on the maximum service life (yyyy/mm).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Design type tests:</I> Each fuel cell cartridge design type must be subjected to and pass the following tests (this includes cartridges integral to a fuel cell):
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Drop test.</I> A 1.8 m (5.9 feet) drop test onto an unyielding surface must be performed. There must be no leakage. Leakage must be determined using a soap bubble solution or other equivalent means on all possible leak locations, when the fuel cell cartridge is charged to its rated charging pressure. The fuel cell cartridge must then be hydrostatically pressurized to destruction. The burst pressure must be greater than 85% of the minimum shell burst pressure. The drop must be performed in the following four different orientations:
</P>
<P>(A) Vertically, on the end containing the shut-off valve assembly;
</P>
<P>(B) Vertically, on the end opposite to the shut-off valve assembly;
</P>
<P>(C) Horizontally, onto a steel apex with a diameter of 3.8 cm (9.7 in), with the steel apex in the upward position; and
</P>
<P>(D) At a 45° angle on the end containing the shut-off valve assembly.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Fire test.</I> A fuel cell cartridge filled to rated capacity (with hydrogen) must be subjected to a fire engulfment test. The cartridge design (including design types with an integral vent feature) is deemed to pass the fire test if:
</P>
<P>(A) The internal pressure vents to zero gauge pressure without the rupture of the cartridge; or
</P>
<P>(B) The cartridge withstands the fire for a minimum of 20 minutes without rupture.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Hydrogen cycling test.</I> A fuel cell cartridge must be subjected to a hydrogen cycling test to ensure that the design stress limits are not exceeded during use. The fuel cell cartridge must be cycled from not more than 5% rated hydrogen capacity to not less than 95% rated hydrogen capacity and back to not more than 5% rated hydrogen capacity. The rated charging pressure must be used for charging and temperatures must be within the operating temperature range. The cycling must be continued for at least 100 cycles. Following the cycling test the fuel cell cartridge must be charged and the water volume displaced by the cartridge must be measured. The cartridge design is deemed to pass the test if the water volume displaced by the cycled cartridge does not exceed the water volume displaced by an uncycled cartridge charged to 95% rated capacity and pressurized to 75% of its minimum shell burst pressure.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Production leak test.</I> Each fuel cell cartridge must be tested for leaks at 15 °C ±5 °C (59 °F ±9 °F) while pressurized to its rated charging pressure. There must be no leakage. Leakage must be determined using a soap bubble solution or other equivalent means on all possible leak locations.
</P>
<P>(e) The following packagings are authorized provided the general packaging requirements subpart B of part 173 of this subchapter are met:
</P>
<P>(1) For fuel cell cartridges, rigid packagings conforming to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the packing group II performance level; and
</P>
<P>(2) Strong outer packagings for fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment or packed with equipment. Large equipment containing fuel cell cartridges may be transported unpackaged if the equipment provides an equivalent level of protection.
</P>
<P>(i) Fuel cell cartridges packed with equipment must be packed with cushioning material or divider(s) or inner packagings so that the fuel cell cartridges are protected against damage that may be caused by the shifting or placement of the equipment and cartridges within the packaging.
</P>
<P>(ii) For fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment, the entire fuel cell system must be protected against short circuits and unintentional activation. The equipment must be securely cushioned in the outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(f) For transportation by aircraft, the following additional provisions apply:
</P>
<P>(1) The package must comply with the applicable provisions of § 173.27 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) For fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment, fuel cell systems must not charge batteries during transport;
</P>
<P>(3) For transportation aboard passenger aircraft, for fuel cell cartridges contained in equipment, each fuel cell system and fuel cell cartridge must conform to IEC 62282-6-100 and IEC 62282-6-100 Amend. 1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or a standard approved by the Associate Administrator;
</P>
<P>(4) When packed with equipment, fuel cell cartridges must be packed in an intermediate packaging along with the equipment they are capable of powering, and the intermediate packagings packed in a strong outer packaging. The maximum number of fuel cell cartridges in the intermediate packaging may not be more than the number required to power the equipment, plus two spares;
</P>
<P>(5) Large robust articles containing fuel cells may be transported unpackaged when approved by the Associate Administrator; and
</P>
<P>(6) The mass of a fuel cell cartridge containing a Division 4.3 or Class 8 materials must be not more than 1 kg (2.2 lbs).
</P>
<P>(7) Fuel cell cartridges intended for transportation in carry-on baggage on board passenger aircraft must comply with paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) in this section and the applicable provisions prescribed in § 175.10 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Limited quantities.</I> Limited quantities of hazardous materials contained in fuel cell cartridges are excepted from the labeling requirements, unless the cartridges are offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and from the placarding and specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged according to this section. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except as authorized in paragraph (h) of this section, a package containing a limited quantity of fuel cell cartridges must be marked as specified in § 172.315 of this subchapter and, for transportation by highway or rail, is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, or marine pollutant, and are eligible for the exceptions provided in § 173.156 of part. For transportation by highway, rail and vessel, the following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(1) For flammable liquids, in fuel cell cartridges containing not more than 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) per cartridge, packed in strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) For water-reactive substances (Division 4.3 Dangerous when wet material), in fuel cell cartridges containing not more than 0.5 L (16.9 fluid ounces) for liquids or not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pound) for solids per cartridge, packed in strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) For corrosive materials, in fuel cell cartridges containing not more than 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) for liquids or not more than 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) for solids per cartridge, packed in strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(4) For liquefied (compressed) flammable gas, in fuel cell cartridges not over 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capacity per cartridge, packed in strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(5) For hydrogen in metal hydride, in fuel cell cartridges not over 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capacity per cartridge, packed in strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(6) For transportation by aircraft, the following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(i) For flammable liquids, in fuel cell cartridges containing not more than 0.5 L (16.9 fluid ounces) per cartridge, packed in strong outer packaging. Additionally, each package may contain no more than 2.5 kg (net mass) of fuel cell cartridges.
</P>
<P>(ii) For water-reactive substances (Division 4.3 Dangerous when wet material), in fuel cell cartridges containing not more than 200 g (0.4 pounds) of solid fuel per cartridge, packed in strong outer packaging. Additionally, each package may contain no more than 2.5 kg (net mass) of fuel cell cartridges.
</P>
<P>(iii) For corrosive materials, in fuel cell cartridges containing not more than 200 mL (6.7 fluid ounces) for liquids or not more than 200 g (0.4 pounds) for solids per cartridge packed in strong outer packaging. Additionally, each package may contain no more than 2.5 kg (net mass) of fuel cell cartridges.
</P>
<P>(iv) For liquefied (compressed) flammable gas, in fuel cell cartridges not over 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capacity per cartridge, packed in strong outer packaging. Additionally, each package may contain no more than 0.5 kg (net mass) of fuel cell cartridges.
</P>
<P>(v) For hydrogen in metal hydride, in fuel cell cartridges not over 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capacity per cartridge, packed in strong outer packaging. Additionally, each package may contain no more than 0.5 kg (net mass) of fuel cell cartridges.
</P>
<P>(h) [Reserved]</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2263, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 73, Jan. 4, 2010; 76 FR 3379, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1090, 1115, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65485, Oct. 31, 2013; 87 FR 79779, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.231" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.231   Ammonium nitrate emulsion, suspension or gel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Packagings for non-bulk shipments of Ammonium nitrate emulsions, suspensions and gels must conform to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I or II performance level, and the requirements of the special provisions of column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(1) The following combination packagings are authorized:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Outer packagings:</I>
</P>
<P>Drums: 1B2, 1G, 1N2, 1H2 or 1D
</P>
<P>Boxes: 4B, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4G or 4H2
</P>
<P>Jerricans: 3B2 of 3H2
</P>
<P><I>Inner packagings:</I>
</P>
<P>Glass, plastic or metal inner receptacles</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) For combination packagings, the capacity of each inner packaging must not exceed 5 liters (1.3 gallons) and the maximum authorized net weight of each outer packaging must not exceed 125 kg (275 pounds).
</P>
<P>(3) The following single packagings are authorized:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Drums: 1B1, 1B2, 1H1 or 1H2 with a maximum capacity of 250 liters (66 gallons).
</P>
<P>Jerricans: 3B1, 3B2, 3H1 or 3H2 with a maximum capacity of 60 liters (15.9 gallons).
</P>
<P>Plastic receptacle in aluminum, fiber, plastic or plywood drum: 6HB1, 6HG1, 6HH1 or 6HD1with the outer drum having a maximum capacity of 250 liters (66 gallons).
</P>
<P>Plastic receptacle in aluminum wood, plywood, fiberboard, or solid plastic box: 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2, 6HG2, or 6HH2 with the outer box having a maximum capacity of 60 liters (15.9 gallons).
</P>
<P>Glass receptacle in aluminum, fiber, or plywood drum: 6PB1, 6PF1 or 6PD1 with the outer drum having a maximum capacity of 60 liters (15.9 gallons).
</P>
<P>Glass receptacle in expanded plastic or solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 with the outer packaging having a maximum capacity of 60 liters (15.9 gallons).
</P>
<P>Glass receptacle in aluminum, wood, or fiberboard box, or wickerwork hamper: 6PB2, 6PC, 6PG2 or 6PD2 with the outer box or hamper having a maximum capacity of 60 liters (15.9 gallons).</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 1160, Jan. 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.232" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.5.25.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.232   Articles containing hazardous materials, n.o.s.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Articles containing hazardous materials may be classified as otherwise provided by this subchapter under the proper shipping name for the hazardous materials they contain or in accordance with this section. For the purposes of this section, “article” means machinery, apparatus, or other devices containing one or more hazardous materials (or residues thereof) that are an integral element of the article, necessary for its functioning, and that cannot be removed for the purpose of transport. An inner packaging is not an article. For articles that do not have an existing proper shipping name and that contain only hazardous materials within the permitted limited quantity amounts specified in column (8A) of the § 172.101 Table, see UN3363, Dangerous goods in machinery or apparatus, as prescribed in § 172.102(c)(1), Special provision 136, and § 173.222.
</P>
<P>(b) Such articles may contain batteries. Lithium batteries that are integral to the article must be of a type proven to meet the testing requirements of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, subsection 38.3 (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter), except when otherwise specified by this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not apply to articles for which a more specific proper shipping name already exists in the § 172.101 Table. This section does not apply to hazardous materials of Class 1, Division 6.2, Class 7, or radioactive material contained in articles.
</P>
<P>(d) Articles containing hazardous materials must be assigned to the appropriate class or division determined by the hazards present using, where applicable, the precedence criteria prescribed in § 173.2a for each of the hazardous materials contained in the article. If hazardous materials classified as Class 9 are contained within the article, all other hazardous materials present in the article must be considered to present a higher hazard.
</P>
<P>(e) Subsidiary hazards must be representative of the primary hazard posed by the other hazardous materials contained within the article. When only one item of hazardous materials is present in the article, the subsidiary hazard(s), if any, is the subsidiary hazard(s) identified in column 6 of the § 172.101 Table. If the article contains more than one item of hazardous materials and these could react dangerously with one another during transport, each of the hazardous materials must be enclosed separately.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) Packagings must conform to the Packing Group II performance level. The following packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(i) Drums (1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1H2, 1D, 1G);
</P>
<P>(ii) Boxes (4A, 4B, 4N, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, 4H2); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Jerricans (3A2, 3B2, 3H2).
</P>
<P>(2) In addition, for robust articles, the following non-specification packagings are authorized:
</P>
<P>(i) Strong outer packagings constructed of suitable material and of adequate strength and design in relation to the packaging capacity and its intended use. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part, except for the requirements in §§ 173.24(a)(1) and 173.27(e).
</P>
<P>(ii) Articles may be transported unpackaged or on pallets when the hazardous materials are afforded equivalent protection by the article in which they are contained.
</P>
<P>(g) The nature of the containment must be as follows—
</P>
<P>(1) In the event of damage to the receptacles containing the hazardous materials, no leakage of the hazardous materials from the machinery or apparatus is possible. A leakproof liner may be used to satisfy this requirement.
</P>
<P>(2) Receptacles containing hazardous materials must be secured and cushioned so as to prevent their breakage or leakage and to control their movement within the machinery or apparatus during normal conditions of transportation. Cushioning material must not react dangerously with the content of the receptacles. Any leakage of the contents must not substantially impair the protective properties of the cushioning material.
</P>
<P>(3) Receptacles for gases, their contents, and filling densities must conform to the applicable requirements of this subchapter, unless otherwise approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(h) For transport by aircraft, the following additional requirements apply:
</P>
<P>(1) Articles transported under UN3548, which do not have an existing proper shipping name, and which contain only environmentally hazardous substances where the quantity of the environmentally hazardous substance in the article exceeds 5 L or 5 kg, must be prepared for transport in accordance with this section for transport by air. In addition to the environmentally hazardous substance, the article may also contain lithium cells or batteries that comply with § 173.185(c)(4).
</P>
<P>(2) Articles transported under UN3538, which do not have an existing proper shipping name, and which contain only gases of Division 2.2 without a subsidiary hazard, but excluding refrigerated liquefied gases and gases forbidden for transport on passenger aircraft, where the quantity of the Division 2.2 gas exceeds the quantity limits for UN 3363, as prescribed in § 173.222 must be prepared for transport in accordance with this section. Articles transported under this provision are limited to a maximum net quantity of gas of 75 kg by passenger aircraft and 150 kg by cargo-only aircraft. In addition to the Division 2.2 gas, the article may also contain lithium cells or batteries that comply with § 173.185(c)(4).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 27896, May 11, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 25486, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Bulk Packaging for Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.240" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.6.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.240   Bulk packaging for certain low hazard solid materials.</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Rail cars:</I> Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks; and metal non-DOT specification, sift-proof tank car tanks and sift-proof closed cars.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motor vehicles:</I> Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles; non-DOT specification, sift-proof cargo tank motor vehicles; and sift-proof closed vehicles.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Portable tanks and closed bulk bins.</I> DOT 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IMO type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM 102 portable tanks; UN portable tanks; marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64; and sift-proof non-DOT Specification portable tanks and closed bulk bins are authorized.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>IBCs.</I> IBCs are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this section provided the IBC type is authorized according to the IBC packaging code specified for the specific hazardous material in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter and the IBC conforms to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group performance level as specified in Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter for the material being transported.
</P>
<P>(1) IBCs may not be used for the following hazardous materials:
</P>
<P>(i) Packing Group I liquids; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Packing Group I solids that may become liquid during transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) The following IBCs may not be used for Packing Group II and III solids that may become liquid during transportation:
</P>
<P>(i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F;
</P>
<P>(ii) Fiberboard: 11G;
</P>
<P>(iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and 13M2; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Large Packagings.</I> Large Packagings are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this section provided the Large Packaging type is authorized according to the IBC packaging code specified for the specific hazardous material in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter and the Large Packaging conforms to the requirements in subpart Q of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group performance level as specified in Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the material being transported.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as specifically authorized in this subchapter, Large Packagings may not be used for Packing Group I or II hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(2) Large Packagings with paper or fiberboard inner receptacles may not be used for solids that may become liquid in transportation.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Flexible Bulk Containers.</I> Flexible Bulk Containers are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this section provided the use of a Flexible Bulk Container is authorized by the inclusion of bulk packaging code B120 in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table of this subchapter and the Flexible Bulk Container conforms to the requirements in subpart S of part 178 of this subchapter. Flexible Bulk Containers may not be used for Packing Group I or II hazardous materials.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66274, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173-252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 33435, June 21, 2001; 78 FR 1091, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.241" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.6.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.241   Bulk packagings for certain low hazard liquid and solid materials.</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Rail cars:</I> Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, 117, or 120 tank car tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks; and AAR Class 203W, 206W, and 211W tank car tanks. Additional operational requirements apply to high-hazard flammable trains (<I>see</I> § 171.8 of this subchapter) as prescribed in § 174.310 of this subchapter. Except as otherwise provided in this section, DOT Specification 111 tank cars and DOT Specification 111 tank cars built to the CPC-1232 industry standard are no longer authorized to transport Class 3 (flammable) liquids in Packing Group III, unless retrofitted to the DOT Specification 117R retrofit standards or the DOT Specification 117P performance standards provided in part 179, subpart D of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(1) DOT Specification 111 tank cars and DOT Specification 111 tank cars built to the CPC-1232 industry standard are no longer authorized to transport Class 3 (flammable liquids) unless retrofitted prior to the date in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Jacketed or
<br/>non-jacketed
<br/>tank car
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">DOT-111
<br/>not authorized
<br/>on or after
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">DOT-111
<br/>built to the
<br/>CPC-1232 not
<br/>authorized on or after
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Class 3, PG III (flammable liquid) material</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-jacketed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2029</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2029.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jacketed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2029</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2029.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Note: For unrefined petroleum products (§ 173.41) and ethanol, <E T="03">see</E> §§ 173.242 and 173.243 as appropriate.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Conforming retrofitted tank cars are to be marked “DOT-117R.”
</P>
<P>(3) Conforming performance standard tank cars are to be marked “DOT-117P.”
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cargo tanks:</I> DOT specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles; and non-DOT specification cargo tank motor vehicles suitable for transport of liquids.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Portable tanks.</I> DOT Specification 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IMO type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM 102 portable tanks; UN portable tanks; marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64; and non-DOT Specification portable tanks suitable for transport of liquids are authorized. For transportation by vessel, also see § 176.340 of this subchapter. For transportation of combustible liquids by vessel, additional requirements are specified in § 176.340 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>IBCs.</I> IBCs are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this section provided the IBC type is authorized according to the IBC packaging code specified for the specific hazardous material in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter and the IBC conforms to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group performance level as specified in Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the material being transported.
</P>
<P>(1) IBCs may not be used for the following hazardous materials:
</P>
<P>(i) Packing Group I liquids; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Packing Group I solids that may become liquid during transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) The following IBCs may not be used for Packing Group II and III solids that may become liquid during transportation:
</P>
<P>(i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F;
</P>
<P>(ii) Fiberboard: 11G;
</P>
<P>(iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and 13M2; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Large Packagings.</I> Large Packagings are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this section provided the Large Packaging type is authorized according to the IBC packaging code specified for the specific hazardous material in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter and the Large Packaging conforms to the requirements in subpart Q of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group performance level as specified in Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the material being transported.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as specifically authorized in this subchapter, Large Packagings may not be used for Packing Group I or II hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(2) Large Packagings with paper or fiberboard inner receptacles may not be used for solids that may become liquid in transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173-252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 33435, June 21, 2001; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 70 FR 34075, June 13, 2005; 75 FR 5394, Feb. 2, 2010; 80 FR 26747, May 8, 2015; 81 FR 53956, Aug. 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.242" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.6.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.242   Bulk packagings for certain medium hazard liquids and solids, including solids with dual hazards.</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Rail cars:</I> Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, 117, or 120 tank car tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks and AAR Class 206W tank car tanks. Additional operational requirements apply to high-hazard flammable trains (<I>see</I> § 171.8 of this subchapter) as prescribed in § 174.310 of this subchapter. Except as otherwise provided in this section, DOT Specification 111 tank cars and DOT Specification 111 tank cars built to the CPC-1232 industry standard are no longer authorized to transport unrefined petroleum products, ethanol, and other Class 3 (flammable) liquids in Packing Group II or III, unless retrofitted to the DOT Specification 117R retrofit standards, or the DOT Specification 117P performance standards provided in part 179, subpart D of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(1) DOT Specification 111 tank cars and DOT Specification 111 tank cars built to the CPC-1232 industry standard are no longer authorized for transport of Class 3 flammable liquids unless retrofitted prior to the dates corresponding to the specific material in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Jacketed or
<br/>non-jacketed
<br/>tank car
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">DOT-111
<br/>not authorized
<br/>on or after
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">DOT-111
<br/>built to the
<br/>CPC-1232 not
<br/>authorized on or after
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Unrefined petroleum product</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-jacketed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">January 1, 2018</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April 1, 2020.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jacketed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March 1, 2018</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2025.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Ethanol</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-jacketed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2023</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July 1, 2023.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jacketed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2023</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2025.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Class 3, PG II or III (flammable liquid) material other than unrefined petroleum products and ethanol</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-jacketed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2029</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2029.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jacketed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2029</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2029.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Conforming retrofitted tank cars are to be marked “DOT-117R.”
</P>
<P>(3) Conforming performance standard tank cars are to be marked “DOT-117P.”
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cargo tanks:</I> Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles; and non-DOT specification cargo tank motor vehicles when in compliance with § 173.5a(c). Cargo tanks used to transport Class 3, Packing Group I or II, or Packing Group III with a flash point of less than 38 °C (100 °F); Class 6, Packing Group I or II; and Class 8, Packing Group I or II materials must conform to the following special requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Pressure relief system: Except as provided by § 173.33(d), each cargo tank must be equipped with a pressure relief system meeting the requirements of § 178.346-3 or § 178.347-4 of this subchapter. However, pressure relief devices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 cargo tanks must meet the requirements for a Specification MC 307 cargo tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet the requirement in § 178.337-9 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Bottom outlets: DOT 406, DOT 407 and DOT 412 must be equipped with stop-valves meeting the requirements of § 178.345-11 of this subchapter; MC 304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks must be equipped with stop-valves capable of being remotely closed within 30 seconds of actuation by manual or mechanic means and (except for Class 8, Packing Group I and II) by a closure activated at a temperature not over 121 °C (250 °F); MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with internal self-closing stop-valves meeting the requirements in § 178.337-11 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Portable tanks.</I> DOT Specification 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; Specification IM 101, IM 102, and UN portable tanks when a T Code is specified in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table for a specific hazardous material; and marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64 are authorized. DOT Specification 57 portable tanks used for the transport by vessel of Class 3, Packaging Group II materials must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Minimum design pressure.</I> Each tank must have a minimum design pressure of 62 kPa (9 psig); 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure relief devices.</I> Each tank must be equipped with at least one pressure relief device, such as a spring-loaded valve or fusible plug, conforming to the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Each pressure relief device must communicate with the vapor space of the tank when the tank is in a normal transportation attitude. Shutoff valves may not be installed between the tank opening and any pressure relief device. Pressure relief devices must be mounted, shielded, or drained to prevent the accumulation of any material that could impair the operation or discharge capability of the device; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Frangible devices are not authorized; 
</P>
<P>(iii) No pressure relief device may open at less than 34.4 kPa (5 psig); 
</P>
<P>(iv) If a fusible device is used for relieving pressure, the device must have a minimum area of 1.25 square inches. The device must function at a temperature between 104 °C. and 149 °C. (220 °F. and 300 °F.) and at a pressure less than the design test pressure of the tank, unless this latter function is accomplished by a separate device; and 
</P>
<P>(v) No relief device may be used which would release flammable vapors under normal conditions of transportation (temperature up to and including 54 °C. (130 °F.).); and
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Venting capacity.</I> The minimum venting capacity for pressure activated vents must be 6,000 cubic feet of free air per hour (measured at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi) and 15.6 °C. (60 °F.)) at not more than 34.4 kPa (5 psi). The total emergency venting capacity (cu. ft./hr.) of each portable tank must be at least that determined from the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total surface area square feet 
<sup>1 2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cubic feet free air per hour
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15,800
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23,700
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31,600
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47,400
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71,200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79,100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94,900
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">140</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110,700
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">160</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">126,500
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Interpolate for intermediate sizes.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Surface area excludes area of legs.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(4) Unless provided by § 173.32(h)(3), an IM 101, 102 or UN portable tank with a bottom outlet and used to transport a liquid hazardous material that is a Class 3, PG I or II, or PG III with a flash point of less than 38 °C (100 °F); Division 5.1 PG I or II; or Division 6.1, PG I or II, must have internal valves conforming to § 178.275(d)(3) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>IBCs.</I> IBCs are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this section provided the IBC type is authorized according to the IBC packaging code specified for the specific hazardous material in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter and the IBC conforms to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group performance level as specified in Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter for the material being transported.
</P>
<P>(1) IBCs may not be used for the following hazardous materials:
</P>
<P>(i) Packing Group I liquids; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Packing Group I solids that may become liquid during transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) The following IBCs may not be used for Packing Group II and III solids that may become liquid during transportation:
</P>
<P>(i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F;
</P>
<P>(ii) Fiberboard: 11G;
</P>
<P>(iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and 13M2; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Large Packagings.</I> Large Packagings are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this section provided the Large Packaging type is authorized according to the IBC packaging code specified for the specific hazardous material in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter and the Large Packaging conforms to the requirements in subpart Q of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group performance level as specified in Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the material being transported.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as specifically authorized in this subchapter, Large Packagings may not be used for Packing Group I or II hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(2) Large Packagings with paper or fiberboard inner receptacles may not be used for solids that may become liquid in transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.242, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.243" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.6.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.243   Bulk packaging for certain high hazard liquids and dual hazard materials which pose a moderate hazard.</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Rail cars:</I> Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, 117, or 120 fusion-welded tank car tanks; and Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks. Additional operational requirements apply to high-hazard flammable trains (<I>see</I> § 171.8 of this subchapter) as prescribed in § 174.310 of this subchapter. Except as otherwise provided in this section, DOT Specification 111 tank cars and DOT Specification 111 tank cars built to the CPC-1232 industry standard are no longer authorized to transport Class 3 (flammable liquids) in Packing Group I, unless retrofitted to the DOT Specification 117R retrofit standards or the DOT Specification 117P performance standards provided in part 179, subpart D of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(1) DOT Specification 111 tank cars and DOT Specification 111 tank cars built to the CPC-1232 industry standard are no longer authorized for transport of Class 3 (flammable liquids) unless retrofitted prior to the dates corresponding to the specific material in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Jacketed or
<br/>non-jacketed
<br/>tank car
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">DOT-111
<br/>not authorized
<br/>on or after
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">DOT-111
<br/>built to the
<br/>CPC-1232 not
<br/>authorized on or after
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Unrefined petroleum products</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-jacketed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">January 1, 2018</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April 1, 2020.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jacketed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March 1, 2018</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2025.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Class 3, PG I (flammable liquid) other than unrefined petroleum products</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-jacketed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2025</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2025.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jacketed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2025</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 1, 2025.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Conforming retrofitted tank cars are to be marked “DOT-117R.”
</P>
<P>(3) Conforming performance standard tank cars are to be marked “DOT-117P.”
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cargo tanks.</I> Specification MC 304, MC 307, MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles; and MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles with tank design pressure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig). Cargo tanks used to transport Class 3 or Division 6.1 materials, or Class 8, Packing Group I or II materials must conform to the following special requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Pressure relief system: Except as provided by § 173.33(d), each cargo tank must be equipped with a pressure relief system meeting the requirements of § 178.346-3 or 178.347-4 of this subchapter. However, pressure relief devices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 cargo tanks must meet the requirements for a Specification MC 307 cargo tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet the requirement in § 178.337-9 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Bottom outlets: DOT 407 and DOT 412 cargo tanks must be equipped with stop-valves meeting the requirements of § 178.345-11 of this subchapter; MC 304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks must be equipped with stop-valves capable of being remotely closed within 30 seconds of actuation by manual or mechanic means and (except for Class 8, Packing Group I and II) by a closure activated at a temperature not over 121 °C (250 °F); MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with internal self-closing stop-valves meeting the requirements in § 178.337-11 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Portable tanks.</I> DOT Specification 51 and 60 portable tanks; UN portable tanks and IM 101 and IM 102 portable tanks when a T code is specified in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter for a specific hazardous material; and marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64 with design pressure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig) are authorized. Unless provided by § 173.32(h)(3), an IM 101, 102 or UN portable tank, with a bottom outlet, used to transport a liquid hazardous material that is a Class 3, PG I or II, or PG III with a flash point of less than 38 °C (100 °F); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or Division 6.1, PG I or II, must have internal valves conforming to § 178.275(d)(3) of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>IBCs.</I> IBCs are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this section provided the IBC type is authorized according to the IBC packaging code specified for the specific hazardous material in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter and the IBC conforms to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group performance level as specified in Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter for the material being transported.
</P>
<P>(1) IBCs may not be used for the following hazardous materials:
</P>
<P>(i) Packing Group I liquids; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Packing Group I solids that may become liquid during transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) The following IBCs may not be used for Packing Group II and III solids that may become liquid during transportation:
</P>
<P>(i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F;
</P>
<P>(ii) Fiberboard: 11G;
</P>
<P>(iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and 13M2; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2.
</P>
<P>(e) A dual hazard material may be packaged in accordance with § 173.242 if:
</P>
<P>(1) The subsidiary hazard is Class 3 with a flash point greater than 38 °C (100 °F); or
</P>
<P>(2) The subsidiary hazard is Division 6.1, Packing Group III; or
</P>
<P>(3) The subsidiary hazard is Class 8, Packaging Group, III.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.243, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.244" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.6.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.244   Bulk packaging for certain pyrophoric liquids (Division 4.2), dangerous when wet (Division 4.3) materials, and poisonous liquids with inhalation hazards (Division 6.1).</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Rail cars:</I> (1) Class DOT 105, 109, 112, 114, or 120 fusion-welded tank car tanks; and Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks. For tank car tanks built prior to March 16, 2009, the following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) Division 6.1 Hazard Zone A materials must be transported in tank cars having a test pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or greater and conform to Classes 105J, 106 or 110.
</P>
<P>(ii) Division 6.1 Hazard Zone B materials must be transported in tank cars having a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 psig) or greater and conform to Classes 105S, 106, 110, 112J, 114J or 120S.
</P>
<P>(iii) Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous must be transported in tank cars having a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 psig) or greater and conform to Classes 105, 112, 114 or 120.


</P>
<P>(2) For materials poisonous by inhalation, until December 31, 2027, single unit tank car tanks built prior to March 16, 2009, and approved by the Tank Car Committee for transportation of the specified material. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, tank cars built on or after March 16, 2009, used for the transportation of the PIH materials listed below, must meet the applicable authorized tank car specification listed in the following table:






</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(a)(2)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proper shipping name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Authorized tank car
<br/>specification
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized (Note 1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Acrolein (Note 1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H600W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Allyl Alcohol</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chloropicrin</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorosulfonic acid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethyl sulfate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethyl chloroformate</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexachlorocyclopentadiene</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solution <E T="03">or</E> Hydrogen cyanide, aqueous solution <E T="03">with not more than 20% hydrogen cyanide (Note 2)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized (Note 2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H600W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Poison inhalation hazard, Zone A materials not specifically identified in this table</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H600W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Poison inhalation hazard, Zone B materials not specifically identified in this table</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus trichloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur trioxide, stabilized</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfuric acid, fuming</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titanium tetrachloride</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="03">Note 1 to table 1 to paragraph (a)(2)</E>: Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150 psig). Restenciling to a lower test pressure is not authorized.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="03">Note 2 to table 1 to paragraph (a)(2)</E>: Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 15.51 Bar (225 psig). Restenciling to a lower test pressure is not authorized.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) As an alternative to the authorized tank car specification listed in the table in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a car of the same authorized tank car specification but of the next lower test pressure, as prescribed in column 5 of the table at § 179.101-1 of this subchapter, may be used provided that both of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The difference between the alternative and the required minimum plate thicknesses, based on the calculation prescribed in § 179.100-6 of this subchapter, must be added to the alternative tank car jacket and head shield. When the jacket and head shield are made from steel with a minimum tensile strength from 70,000 p.s.i. to 80,000 p.s.i., but the required minimum plate thickness calculation is based on steel with a minimum tensile strength of 81,000 p.s.i., the thickness to be added to the jacket and head shield must be increased by a factor of 1.157. Forming allowances for heads are not required to be considered when calculating thickness differences.
</P>
<P>(ii) The tank car jacket and head shield are manufactured from carbon steel plate as prescribed in § 179.100-7(a) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cargo tanks:</I> Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles and, except for Division 4.2 materials, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Portable tanks:</I> DOT 51 portable tanks and UN portable tanks that meet the requirements of this subchapter, when a T code is specified in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter for the specific hazardous material, are authorized. Additionally, a DOT 51 or UN portable tank used for Division 6.1 liquids, Hazard Zone A or B, must be certified and stamped to the ASME Code as specified in § 178.273(b)(6) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173-252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 68 FR 45037, July 31, 2003; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 1799, Jan. 13, 2009; 85 FR 75714, Nov. 25, 2020; 87 FR 79779, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.245" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.6.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.245   Bulk packaging for extremely hazardous materials such as poisonous gases (Division 2.3).</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(a) Tank car tanks and multi-unit tank car tanks, when approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) Cargo tank motor vehicles and portable tanks, when approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.247" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.6.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.247   Bulk packaging for certain elevated temperature materials.</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. On or after October 1, 1993, authorized packagings must meet all requirements in paragraph (g) of this section, unless otherwise excepted.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Rail cars:</I> Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car tanks; Class DOT 106, 110 multi-unit tank car tanks; AAR Class 203W, 206W, 211W tank car tanks; and non-DOT specification tank car tanks equivalent in structural design and accident damage resistance to specification packagings.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cargo tanks:</I> Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles; DOT 406, DOT 407, DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles; and non-DOT specification cargo tank motor vehicles equivalent in structural design and accident damage resistance to specification packagings. A non-DOT specification cargo tank motor vehicle constructed of carbon steel which is in elevated temperature material service is excepted from § 178.345-7(d)(5) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Portable tanks.</I> DOT Specification 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IM 101 and IM 102 portable tanks; UN portable tanks; marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64; metal IBCs and non-specification portable tanks equivalent in structural design and accident damage resistance to specification packagings are authorized.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Crucibles:</I> Nonspecification crucibles designed and constructed such that the stress in the packaging does not exceed one fourth (0.25) of the ultimate strength of the packaging material at any temperature within the design temperature range. Stress is determined under a load equal to the sum of the static or working pressure in combination with the loads developed from accelerations and decelerations incident to normal transportation. For highway transportation, these forces are assumed to be “1.7g” vertical, “0.75g” longitudinal, and “0.4g” transverse, in reference to the axes of the transport vehicle. Each accelerative or decelerative load may be considered separately.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Kettles:</I> A kettle, for the purpose of this section, is a bulk packaging (portable tank or cargo tank) having a capacity not greater than 5678 L (1500 gallons) with an integral heating apparatus used for melting various bituminous products such as asphalt. Kettles used for the transport of asphalt or bitumen are subject to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Low stability kettles.</I> Kettles with a ratio of track-width to fully loaded center of gravity (CG) height less than 2.5 must meet all requirements of paragraph (g) of this section (track-width is the distance measured between the outer edge of the kettle tires; CG height is measured perpendicular from the road surface).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>High stability kettles.</I> (i) Kettles with a total capacity of less than 2650 L (700 gallons) and a ratio of track-width to fully loaded CG height of 2.5 or more are excepted from all requirements of paragraph (g)(2) of this section and the rollover protection requirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this section, if closures meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Kettles with a total capacity of 2650 L (700 gallons) or more and a ratio of track-width to fully loaded CG height of 2.5 or more are excepted from the “substantially leak tight” requirements of paragraph (g)(2) of this section and the rollover protection requirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this section if closures meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) Closures must be securely closed during transportation. Closures also must be designed to prevent opening and the expulsion of lading in a rollover accident.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Other bulk packagings:</I> Bulk packagings, other than those specified in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section, which are used for the transport of elevated temperature materials, must conform to all requirements of paragraph (g) of this section on or after October 1, 1993.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>General requirements.</I> Bulk packagings authorized or used for transport of elevated temperature materials must conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Pressure and vacuum control equipment.</I> When pressure or vacuum control equipment is required on a packaging authorized in this section, such equipment must be of a self-reclosing design, must prevent package rupture or collapse due to pressure, must prevent significant release of lading due to packaging overturn or splashing or surging during normal transport conditions, and may be external to the packaging.
</P>
<P>(i) Pressure control equipment is not required if pressure in the packaging would increase less than 10 percent as a result of heating the lading from the lowest design operating temperature to a temperature likely to be encountered if the packaging were engulfed in a fire. When pressure control equipment is required, it must prevent rupture of the packaging from heating, including fire engulfment.
</P>
<P>(ii) Vacuum control equipment is not required if the packaging is designed to withstand an external pressure of 100 kPa (14.5 psig) or if pressure in the packaging would decrease less than 10 percent as a result of the lading cooling from the highest design operating temperature to the lowest temperature incurred in transport. When vacuum control equipment is required, it must prevent collapse of the packaging from a cooling-induced pressure differential.
</P>
<P>(iii) When the regulations require a reclosing pressure relief device, the lading must not render the devices inoperable (i.e. from clogging, freezing, or fouling). If the lading affects the proper operation of the device, the packaging must have:
</P>
<P>(A) A safety relief device incorporating a frangible disc or a permanent opening, each having a maximum effective area of 22 cm
<SU>2</SU> (3.4 in.
<SU>2</SU>), for transportation by highway;
</P>
<P>(B) For transportation of asphalt by highway, a safety relief device incorporating a frangible disc or a permanent opening, each having a maximum effective area of 48 cm 
<SU>2</SU> (7.4 in 
<SU>2</SU>); or
</P>
<P>(C) For transportation by rail, a non-reclosing pressure relief device incorporating a rupture disc conforming to the requirements of § 179.15 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Reclosing pressure relief devices, rupture discs or permanent openings must not allow the release of lading during normal transportation conditions (i.e., due to splashing or surging).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Closures.</I> All openings, except permanent vent openings authorized in paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this section, must be securely closed during transportation. Packagings must be substantially leak-tight so as not to allow any more than dripping or trickling of a non-continuous flow when overturned. Closures must be designed and constructed to withstand, without exceeding the yield strength of the packaging, twice the static loading produced by the lading in any packaging orientation and at all operating temperatures.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Strength.</I> Each packaging must be designed and constructed to withstand, without exceeding the yield strength of the packaging, twice the static loading produced by the lading in any orientation and at all operating temperatures.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Compatibility.</I> The packaging and lading must be compatible over the entire operating temperature range.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Markings.</I> In addition to any other markings required by this subchapter, each packaging must be durably marked in a place readily accessible for inspection in characters at least 4.8 mm (3/16 inch) with the manufacturer's name, date of manufacture, design temperature range, and maximum product weight (or “load limit” for tank cars) or volumetric capacity.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Accident damage protection.</I> For transportation by highway, external loading and unloading valves and closures must be protected from impact damage resulting from collision or overturn. Spraying equipment and the road oil application portion of a packaging are excepted from this requirement.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>New construction.</I> Specification packagings that are being manufactured for the transport of elevated temperature materials must be authorized for current construction.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exceptions</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Packagings manufactured for elevated temperature materials service prior to October 1, 1993, which are not in full compliance with the requirements in paragraph (g) of this section, may continue in service if they meet the applicable requirements of subparts A and B of this part and meet the closure requirements in paragraph (g)(2) of this section by March 30, 1995.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Kettles.</I> Kettles in service prior to October 1, 1993, which are used to transport asphalt or bitumen, are excepted from specific provisions of this section as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Kettles with a total capacity of less than 2650 L (700 gallons), which are not in full compliance with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section, may continue in elevated temperature material service if they meet the applicable requirements of subparts A and B of this part and if, after March 30, 1995, closures are secured during transport to resist opening in an overturn.
</P>
<P>(ii) Kettles with a total capacity of 2650 L (700 gallons) or more, which are not in full compliance with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section, may continue in elevated temperature material service if they meet the applicable requirements of subparts A and B of this part and if, after March 30, 1995, closures are secured during transport to resist opening in an overturn and no opening exceeds 46 cm
<SU>2</SU> (7.1 in
<SU>2</SU>).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Molten metals and molten glass.</I> This section does not apply to packagings used for transportation of molten metals and molten glass by rail when movement is restricted to operating speeds less than 15 miles per hour. (See § 172.203(g)(3) of this subchapter for shipping paper requirements.)
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Solid elevated temperature materials.</I> A material which meets the definition of a solid elevated temperature material is excepted from all requirements of this subchapter except § 172.325 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-227, 58 FR 3349, Jan. 8, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-237, 59 FR 28493, June 2, 1994; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33436, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61013, Sept. 27, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.249" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.6.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.249   Bromine.</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(a) Class DOT 105A300W or 105A500W tank cars. Class 105A500W tank cars may be equipped with manway cover plates, pressure relief valves, vent valves, and loading/unloading valves that are required on Class 105A-300W tank cars. Tank cars must conform to the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Specification MC 310, MC 311, MC 312 or DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles conforming with paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section. Except when transported as a residue, the total quantity in one tank may not be less than 88 percent or more than 96 percent of the volume of the tank. Cargo tanks in bromine service built prior to August 31, 1991, may continue in service under the requirements contained in § 173.252(a)(4) of this part in effect on September 30, 1991.
</P>
<P>(c) UN portable tanks conforming to tank code T22 (see § 172.102 of this subchapter) or specification IM 101 portable tanks conforming with paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section. Except when transported as a residue, the total quantity in one tank may not be less than 88% nor more than 92% of the volume of the tank. 
</P>
<P>(d) The tank must be made from nickel-clad or lead-lined steel plate. Nickel cladding or lead lining must be on the inside of the tank. Nickel cladding must comprise at least 20 percent of the required minimum total thickness. Nickel cladding must conform to ASTM B 162 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Lead lining must be at least 4.763 mm (0.188 inch) thick. All tank equipment and appurtenances in contact with the lading must be lined or made from metal not subject to deterioration by contact with lading.
</P>
<P>(e) Maximum filling density is 300 percent of the tank's water capacity. Minimum filling density is 287 percent of the tank's water capacity. Maximum water capacity is 9,253 kg (20,400 pounds) for DOT 105A300W tank cars. Maximum quantity of lading in DOT 105A300W tank cars is 27,216 kg (60,000 pounds). Maximum water capacity is 16,964 kg (37,400 pounds) for DOT 105A500W tank cars and DOT 105A500W tank cars equipped as described in paragraph (a) of this section. Maximum quantity of lading in DOT 105A500W tank cars is 49,895 kg (110,000 pounds).
</P>
<P>(f) Tank shell and head thickness for cargo tank motor vehicles and portable tanks must be at least 9.5 mm (0.375 inch) excluding lead lining.
</P>
<P>(g) Except as provided in § 173.244(a)(3), tank cars built on or after March 16, 2009 and used for the transportation of bromine must meet the applicable authorized tank car specification listed in the table in § 173.244(a)(2).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004; 74 FR 1800, Jan. 13, 2009; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.251" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.6.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.251   Bulk packaging for ammonium nitrate emulsion, suspension, or gel.</HEAD>
<P>When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>IBCs.</I> IBCs are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this section provided:
</P>
<P>(1) The IBC type is authorized according to the IBC packaging code for the specific hazardous material in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table;
</P>
<P>(2) The IBC conforms to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group performance level in Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the material being transported.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Portable tanks.</I> This section does not apply to “UN3375, Ammonium nitrate emulsion” when transported in IM 101 or 102 portable tanks in accordance with IME Standard 23 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 1161, Jan. 8, 2015, as amended at 89 FR 15665, Mar. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Gases; Preparation and Packaging</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.300" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.300   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.301" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.301   General requirements for shipment of compressed gases and other hazardous materials in cylinders, UN pressure receptacles, and spherical pressure vessels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General qualifications for use of cylinders.</I> Unless otherwise stated, as used in this section, the term “cylinder” includes a UN pressure receptacle. As used in this subpart, filled or charged means an introduction or presence of a hazardous material in a cylinder. A cylinder filled with a Class 2 hazardous material (gas) and offered for transportation must meet the requirements in this section and §§ 173.301a through 173.305, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(1) Compressed gases must be in UN pressure receptacles built in accordance with the UN standards or in metal cylinders and containers built in accordance with the DOT and ICC specifications and part 178 of this subchapter in effect at the time of manufacture or CRC, BTC, CTC or TC specification, and requalified and marked as prescribed in subpart C in part 180 of this subchapter, if applicable. The DOT, ICC, CRC, BTC, CTC and TC specifications authorized for use are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title"><E T="8434">Packagings</E> 
<sup>1</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2P</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4AA480
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2Q</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4B
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ICC-3 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4B240ET
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4BA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3AA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4BW
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3AL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4D
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3AX</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4DA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3A480X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4DS
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3AAX</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4E
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4L
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3BN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8AL
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3HT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3T
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Authorized CRC, BTC, CTC or TC specification cylinders that correspond with a DOT specification cylinder are listed in § 171.12(a)(4)(iii) of this subchapter.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Use of existing cylinders is authorized. New construction is not authorized.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) A cylinder must be filled in accordance with this part, except that a “TC” cylinder must be filled in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Before each filling of a cylinder, the person filling the cylinder must visually inspect the outside of the cylinder. A cylinder that has a crack or leak, is bulged, has a defective valve or a leaking or defective pressure relief device, or bears evidence of physical abuse, fire or heat damage, or detrimental rusting or corrosion, may not be filled and offered for transportation. A cylinder may be repaired and requalified only as prescribed in subpart C of part 180 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Pressure relief devices must be tested for leaks before a filled cylinder is shipped from the cylinder filling plant. It is expressly forbidden to repair a leaking fusible plug device where the leak is through the fusible metal or between the fusible metal and the opening in the plug body, except by removal and replacement of the pressure relief device. 
</P>
<P>(4) A cylinder that previously contained a Class 8 material must be requalified in accordance with § 180.205(e) of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(5) When a cylinder with a marked pressure limit is prescribed, another cylinder made under the same specification but with a higher marked pressure limit is authorized. For example, a cylinder marked “DOT-4B500” may be used when “DOT-4B300” is specified. 
</P>
<P>(6) No person may fill a cylinder overdue for periodic requalification with a hazardous material and then offer it for transportation. The prohibition against offering a cylinder for transportation that is overdue for periodic requalification does not apply to a cylinder filled prior to the requalification due date. 
</P>
<P>(7) A cylinder with an authorized service life may not be offered for transportation in commerce after its authorized service life has expired. However, a cylinder in transportation or a cylinder filled prior to the expiration of its authorized service life may be transported for reprocessing or disposal of the cylinder's contents. After emptying, the cylinder must be condemned in accordance with § 180.205 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(8) The pressure of the hazardous material at 55 °C (131 °F) may not exceed 
<FR>5/4</FR> of the service pressure of the cylinder. Sufficient outage must be provided so the cylinder will not be liquid full at 55 °C (131 °F). 
</P>
<P>(9) Specification 2P, 2Q, 3E, 3HT, spherical 4BA, 4D, 4DA, 4DS, and 39 cylinders must be packed in strong non-bulk outer packagings. The outside of the combination packaging must be marked with an indication that the inner packagings conform to the prescribed specifications.
</P>
<P>(10) Any person who installs a valve into an aluminum cylinder in oxygen service must verify the valve and the cylinder have the same thread type.
</P>
<P>(11) Cylinder valves manufactured on or after November 7, 2019, used on cylinders to transport compressed gases must conform to the applicable requirements in CGA V-9 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A valve for a UN pressure receptacle must conform to the requirements of § 173.301b(c)(1). Cylinder valves used on cylinders in liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) service are permitted to comply with the requirements of NFPA 58 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(12) Cylinder valve protection caps manufactured on or after November 7, 2019, must conform to the requirements of CGA V-9.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cylinder markings.</I> Required markings on a cylinder must be legible and must meet the applicable requirements of subpart C of part 180 of this subchapter. Additional information may be marked on the cylinder provided it does not affect the required markings prescribed in the applicable cylinder specification. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Toxic gases and mixtures.</I> Cylinders containing toxic gases and toxic gas mixtures meeting the criteria of Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or B must conform to the requirements of § 173.40 and CGA S-1.1 (compliance with paragraph 9.1.1 is not required) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and CGA S-7 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A DOT 39 cylinder, UN non-refillable cylinder, or a UN composite cylinder certified to ISO-11119-3 may not be used for a toxic gas or toxic gas mixture meeting the criteria for Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A or B.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Gases capable of combining chemically.</I> A filled cylinder may not contain any gas or material capable of combining chemically with the cylinder's contents or with the cylinder's material of construction, so as to endanger the cylinder's serviceability.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Ownership of cylinder.</I> A cylinder filled with a hazardous material may not be offered for transportation unless it was filled by the owner of the cylinder or with the owner's consent. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Pressure relief device systems.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (f)(5) through (f)(7) and (j) of this section, and § 171.23(a) of this subchapter, a cylinder filled with a gas and offered for transportation must be equipped with one or more pressure relief devices sized and selected as to type, location, and quantity, and tested in accordance with CGA S-1.1 (compliance with paragraph 9.1.1 is not required) and CGA Pamphlet S-7 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The pressure relief device must be capable of preventing rupture of the normally filled cylinder when subjected to a fire test conducted in accordance with CGA C-14 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or, in the case of an acetylene cylinder, CGA C-12 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) A pressure relief device, when installed, must be in communication with the vapor space of a cylinder containing a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material. This requirement does not apply to DOT Specification 39 cylinders of 1.2L (75 cubic inches) or less in volume filled with a Liquefied petroleum gas, Methyl acetylene and Propadiene mixtures, stabilized, Propylene, Propane or Butane.
</P>
<P>(3) For a specification 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3AX, 3AAX, 3B, 3BN, or 3T cylinder filled with gases in other than Division 2.2 (except oxygen and oxidizing gases transported by aircraft, see §§ 173.302(f) and 173.304(f)), the burst pressure of a CG-1, CG-4, or CG-5 pressure relief device must be at test pressure with a tolerance of plus zero to minus 10 percent. An additional 5 percent tolerance is allowed when a combined rupture disk is placed inside a holder. This requirement does not apply if a CG-2, CG-3, or CG-9 thermally activated relief device or a CG-7 reclosing pressure valve is used on the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) A pressure relief device is required on a DOT 39 cylinder regardless of cylinder size or filled pressure.
</P>
<P>(ii) A DOT 39 cylinder used for liquefied Division 2.1 materials must be equipped with a metal pressure relief device.
</P>
<P>(iii) Fusible pressure relief devices are not authorized on a DOT 39 cylinder containing a liquefied gas.
</P>
<P>(iv) A pressure relief device for oxidizing gases transported by air in a DOT 39 cylinder must meet the requirements of § 173.302(f)(2)(iii) of this subpart for permanent gases and § 173.304(f)(2)(iii) for liquefied compressed gases.


</P>
<P>(5) A pressure relief device is not required on—
</P>
<P>(i) A cylinder 305 mm (12 inches) or less in length, exclusive of neck, and 114 mm (4.5 inches) or less in outside diameter, except when the cylinder is filled with a liquefied gas for which this part requires a service pressure of 1800 psig or higher or a nonliquefied gas to a pressure of 1800 psig or higher at 21 °C (70 °F);
</P>
<P>(ii) A cylinder with a water capacity of less than 454 kg (1000 lbs.) filled with a nonliquefied gas to a pressure of 300 psig or less at 21 °C (70 °F), except for a DOT 39 cylinder or a cylinder used for acetylene in solution;
</P>
<P>(iii) A cylinder containing a Class 3 or a Class 8 material without pressurization, unless otherwise specified for the hazardous material; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A UN pressure receptacle transported in accordance with paragraph (k) or (l) of this section.






</P>
<P>(6) A pressure relief device is prohibited on a cylinder filled with a Division 2.3 or 6.1 material in Hazard Zone A. 
</P>
<P>(7) A pressure relief device is not required on a DOT Specification 3E cylinder measuring up to 50mm (2 inches) in diameter by 305mm (12 inches) in length for the following specified gases and maximum weight limits:
</P>
<P>(i) Carbon Dioxide 0.24L (8 oz.)
</P>
<P>(ii) Ethane 0.12L (4 oz.)
</P>
<P>(iii) Ethylene 0.12L (4 oz.)
</P>
<P>(iv) Hydrogen Chloride, anhydrous 0.24L (8 oz.)
</P>
<P>(v) Monochlorotrifluoromethane 0.35L (12 oz.)
</P>
<P>(vi) Nitrous oxide, 0.24L (8 oz.)
</P>
<P>(vii) Vinyl fluoride, stabilized 0.24L (8 oz.)
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Manifolding cylinders in transportation.</I> (1) Cylinder manifolding is authorized only under conditions prescribed in this paragraph (g). Manifolded cylinders must be supported and held together as a unit by structurally adequate means. Except for Division 2.2 materials, each cylinder must be equipped with an individual shutoff valve that must be tightly closed while in transit. Manifold branch lines must be sufficiently flexible to prevent damage to the valves that otherwise might result from the use of rigid branch lines. Each cylinder must be individually equipped with a pressure relief device as required in paragraph (f) of this section, except that pressure relief devices on manifolded horizontal cylinders that are mounted on a motor vehicle or framework may be selected as to type, location, and quantity according to the lowest marked pressure limit of an individual cylinder in the manifolded unit. The pressure relief devices selected for the manifolded unit must have been tested in accordance with CGA S-1.1 and CGA S-7. Pressure relief devices on manifolded horizontal cylinders filled with a compressed gas must be arranged to discharge unobstructed to the open air. In addition, for Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material, the pressure relief devices (PRDs) must be arranged to discharge upward to prevent any escaping gas from contacting personnel or any adjacent cylinders. Valves and pressure relief devices on manifolded cylinders filled with a compressed gas must be protected from damage by framing, a cabinet or other method. Manifolding is authorized for cylinders containing the following gases:
</P>
<P>(i) Nonliquefied (permanent) compressed gases authorized by § 173.302.
</P>
<P>(ii) Liquefied compressed gases authorized by § 173.304. Each manifolded cylinder containing a liquefied compressed gas must be separately filled and means must be provided to ensure no interchange of cylinder contents can occur during transportation.
</P>
<P>(iii) Acetylene as authorized by § 173.303. Mobile acetylene trailers must be maintained, operated and transported in accordance with CGA G-1.6 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) For the checking of tare weights or replacing solvent, the cylinder must be removed from the manifold. This requirement is not intended to prohibit filling acetylene cylinders while manifolded. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Cylinder valve protection.</I> UN pressure receptacles must meet the valve protection requirements in § 173.301b(c). A DOT specification cylinder used to transport a hazardous material must meet the requirements specified in this paragraph (h).
</P>
<P>(1) The following specification cylinders are not subject to the cylinder valve protection requirements in this paragraph (h):
</P>
<P>(i) A cylinder containing only a Division 2.2 material without a Division 5.1 subsidiary hazard; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A cylinder containing a Class 8 liquid corrosive only to metal; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A cylinder with a water capacity of 4.8 liters (293 in 
<SU>3</SU>) or less containing oxygen, compressed; 
</P>
<P>(iv) A cylinder containing oxygen, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid); 
</P>
<P>(v) A Medical E cylinder with a water capacity of 4.9 liters (300 in 
<SU>3</SU>) or less; 
</P>
<P>(vi) A fire extinguisher; or 
</P>
<P>(vii) A “B” style cylinder with a capacity of 40 ft 
<SU>3</SU> (1.13 m
<SU>3</SU>) or an “MC” style cylinder with a capacity of 10 ft 
<SU>3</SU> (0.28m
<SU>3</SU>) containing acetylene.
</P>
<P>(2) For cylinders manufactured before October 1, 2007, a cylinder must have its valves protected by one of the following methods: 
</P>
<P>(i) By equipping the cylinder with securely attached metal or plastic caps of sufficient strength to protect valves from damage during transportation;
</P>
<P>(ii) By boxing or crating the cylinders so as to protect valves from damage during transportation; 
</P>
<P>(iii) By constructing the cylinder so that the valve is recessed into the cylinder or otherwise protected to the extent that it will not be subjected to a blow when the container is dropped onto a flat surface; or
</P>
<P>(iv) By loading the cylinders in an upright position and securely bracing the cylinders in rail cars or motor vehicles, when loaded by the consignor and unloaded by the consignee.
</P>
<P>(3) For cylinders manufactured on or after October 1, 2007, each cylinder valve assembly must be of sufficient strength or protected such that no leakage occurs when a cylinder with the valve installed is dropped 1.8 m (6 ft.) or more onto a non-yielding surface, such as concrete or steel, impacting the valve assembly or protection device at an orientation most likely to cause damage. The cylinder valve assembly protection may be provided by any method meeting the performance requirement in this paragraph (h)(3). Examples include: 
</P>
<P>(i) Equipping the cylinder with a securely attached metal cap. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Packaging the cylinder in a box, crate, or other strong outer packaging conforming to the requirements of § 173.25. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Constructing the cylinder such that the valve is recessed into the cylinder or otherwise protected. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Cylinders mounted in motor vehicles or in frames.</I> (1) MEGCs must conform to the requirements in § 173.312. DOT specification cylinders mounted on motor vehicles or in frames must conform to the requirements specified in this paragraph (i).
</P>
<P>(2) Seamless DOT specification cylinders longer than 2 m (6.5 ft) are authorized for transportation only when horizontally mounted on a motor vehicle or in an ISO framework or other framework of equivalent structural integrity in accordance with CGA C-29 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Seamless DOT specification cylinders longer than 2 m (6.5 ft) manufactured prior to May 11, 2009, may continue to use CGA TB-25 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The pressure relief device must be arranged to discharge unobstructed to the open air. In addition, for Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material, the pressure relief devices must be arranged to discharge upward to prevent any escaping gas from contacting personnel or any adjacent cylinders.


</P>
<P>(3) Cylinders may not be transported by rail in container on freight car (COFC) or trailer on flat car (TOFC) service except under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Non-specification cylinders in domestic use.</I> Except as provided in §§ 171.12(a) and 171.23(a) of this subchapter, a filled cylinder manufactured to other than a DOT specification or a UN standard in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter, or a DOT exemption or special permit cylinder or a cylinder used as a fire extinguisher in conformance with § 173.309(a), may not be transported to, from, or within the United States.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Metal attachments.</I> Metal attachments to cylinders must have rounded or chamfered corners, or be otherwise protected, so as to prevent the likelihood of causing puncture or damage to other hazardous materials packages. This requirement applies to anything temporarily or permanently attached to the cylinder, such as metal skids.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Cylinders made of aluminum alloy 6351-T6.</I> A DOT 3AL cylinder manufactured of aluminum alloy 6351-T6 may not be filled and offered for transportation or transported with pyrophoric gases. The use of UN cylinders manufactured of aluminum alloy 6351-T6 is prohibited.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.301, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.301a" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.301a   Additional general requirements for shipment of specification cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The requirements in this section are in addition to the requirements in § 173.301 and apply to the shipment of gases in specification cylinders. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authorized cylinders not marked with a service pressure.</I> For authorized cylinders not marked with a service pressure, the service pressure is designated as follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specification marking 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Service Pressure psig 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1800 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1800 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Cylinder pressure at 21 °C (70 °F).</I> The pressure in a cylinder at 21 °C (70 °F) may not exceed the service pressure for which the cylinder is marked or designated, except as provided in § 173.302a(b). For certain liquefied gases, the pressure at 21 °C (70 °F) must be lower than the marked service pressure to avoid having a pressure at a temperature of 55 °C (131 °F) that is greater than permitted. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Cylinder pressure at 55 °C (131 °F).</I> The pressure in a cylinder at 55 °C (131 °F) may not exceed 
<FR>5/4</FR> times the service pressure, except: 
</P>
<P>(1) For a cylinder filled with acetylene, liquefied nitrous oxide, or carbon dioxide. 
</P>
<P>(2) For a cylinder filled in accordance with § 173.302a(b), the pressure in the cylinder at 55 °C (131 °F) may not exceed 
<FR>5/4</FR> times the filling pressure. 
</P>
<P>(3) The pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of Hazard Zone A and Hazard Zone B materials may not exceed the service pressure of the cylinder. Sufficient outage must be provided so that the cylinder will not be liquid full at 55 °C (131 °F).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Grandfather clause.</I> A cylinder in domestic use prior to the date on which the specification for the cylinder was first made effective may be used if the cylinder has been properly tested and otherwise conforms to the requirements applicable to the gas with which it is charged.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51645, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.301b" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.301b   Additional general requirements for shipment of UN pressure receptacles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The requirements of this section are in addition to the requirements in § 173.301 and apply to the shipment of gases in UN pressure receptacles. A UN pressure receptacle, including closures, must conform to the design, construction, inspection and testing requirements specified in parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, as applicable. Bundles of cylinders must conform to the requirements in § 178.70(e) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(1) A UN pressure receptacle may not be filled and offered for transportation when damaged to such an extent that the integrity of the UN pressure receptacle or its service equipment may be affected. Prior to filling, the service equipment must be examined and found to be in good working condition (see § 178.70(d) of this subchapter). In addition, the required markings must be legible on the pressure receptacle.
</P>
<P>(2) The gases or gas mixtures must be compatible with the UN pressure receptacle and valve materials as prescribed for metallic materials in ISO 11114-1:2012(E) and ISO 11114-1:2012/Amd 1:2017(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) and for non-metallic materials in ISO 11114-2:2013(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(3) A refillable UN pressure receptacle may not be filled with a gas or gas mixture different from that previously contained in the UN pressure receptacle unless the necessary operations for change of gas service have been performed in accordance with ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(4) When a strong outer packaging is prescribed, for example as provided by paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) or (d)(1) of this section, the UN pressure receptacles must be protected to prevent shifting. Unless otherwise specified in this part, more than one UN pressure receptacle may be enclosed in the strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Individual shut-off valves and pressure relief devices.</I> Except for Division 2.2 permanent gases, each UN pressure receptacle must be equipped with an individual shutoff valve that must be tightly closed while in transit. Each UN pressure receptacle must be individually equipped with a pressure relief device as prescribed by § 173.301(f), except that pressure relief devices on bundles of cylinders or manifolded horizontal cylinders must have a set-to-discharge pressure that is based on the lowest marked pressure of any cylinder in the bundle or manifolded unit.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pressure receptacle valve requirements.</I> (1) When the use of a valve is prescribed, the valve must conform to the requirements in ISO 10297:2014(E) and ISO 10297:2014/Amd 1:2017 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Quick release cylinder valves for specification and type testing must conform to the requirements in ISO 17871:2020 or, until December 31, 2026, ISO 17871:2015(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, a quick release valve conforming to the requirements in ISO 17871:2015(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) continues to be authorized for use.
</P>
<P>(2) A UN pressure receptacle must have its valves protected from damage that could cause inadvertent release of the contents of the UN pressure receptacle by one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) By constructing the pressure receptacle so that the valves are recessed inside the neck of the UN pressure receptacle and protected by a threaded plug or cap;
</P>
<P>(ii) By equipping the UN pressure receptacle with a valve cap conforming to the requirements of ISO 11117:1998(E), ISO 11117:2008(E) and Technical Corrigendum 1, or ISO 11117:2019(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the manufacture of a valve cap conforming to the requirements ISO 11117:2008(E) and Technical Corrigendum 1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized. Until December 31, 2014, the manufacture of a valve cap conforming to the requirements in ISO 11117:1998(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) was authorized. The cap must have vent holes of sufficient cross-sectional area to evacuate the gas if leakage occurs at the valve.


</P>
<P>(iii) By protecting the valves with shrouds or guards conforming to the requirements in ISO 11117:2019 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the valves may continue to be protected by shrouds or guards conforming to the requirements in ISO 11117:2008 and Technical Corrigendum 1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). For metal hydride storage systems, by protecting the valves in accordance with the requirements in ISO 16111:2018(E) or, until December 31, 2026, in accordance with ISO 16111:2008(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(iv) By using valves designed and constructed with sufficient inherent strength to withstand damage, in accordance with Annex B of ISO 10297:2014(E)/Amd. 1:2017 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(v) By enclosing the UN pressure receptacles in frames (<I>e.g.,</I> bundles of cylinders);
</P>
<P>(vi) By packing the UN pressure receptacles in a strong outer package, such as a box or crate, capable of meeting the drop test specified in § 178.603 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level; or
</P>
<P>(vii) By using valves designed and constructed in accordance with Annex A of ISO 17879:2017(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) for UN pressure receptacles with self-closing valves with inherent protection (except those in acetylene service).




</P>
<P>(d) <I>Non-refillable UN pressure receptacles.</I> (1) When the use of a valve is prescribed, the valve must conform to the requirements in ISO 11118:2015(E) and ISO 11118:2015/Amd 1:2019 until further notice. Conformance with ISO 11118:2015 without the supplemental amendment is authorized until December 31, 2026 (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) The receptacles must be transported as an inner package of a combination package;


</P>
<P>(3) The receptacle must have a water capacity not exceeding 1.25 L when used for a flammable or toxic gas or 50 liters for receptacles used to contain chemical under pressure; and
</P>
<P>(4) The receptacle is prohibited for Hazard Zone A material.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Pyrophoric gases.</I> A UN pressure receptacle must have valve outlets equipped with gas-tight plugs or caps when used for pyrophoric or flammable mixtures of gases containing more than 1% pyrophoric compounds. When UN pressure receptacles are manifolded in a bundle, each of the pressure receptacles must be equipped with an individual valve that must be closed while in transportation, and the outlet of the manifold valve must be equipped with a pressure retaining gas-tight plug or cap. Gas-tight plugs or caps must have threads that match those of the valve outlets.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Hydrogen bearing gases.</I> A steel UN pressure receptacle or a UN composite pressure receptacle with a steel liner bearing an “H” mark must be used for hydrogen bearing gases or other embrittling gases that have the potential of causing hydrogen embrittlement.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Composite cylinders in underwater use.</I> A composite cylinder certified to ISO-11119-2 or ISO-11119-3 may not be used for underwater applications unless the cylinder is manufactured in accordance with the requirements for underwater use and is marked “UW” as prescribed in § 178.71(q)(18) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33882, June 12, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 76 FR 3380, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1091, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65485, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 FR 1161, Jan. 8, 2015; 82 FR 15891, Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 27896, May 11, 2020; 85 FR 83400, Dec. 21, 2020; 87 FR 44996, July 26, 2022; 89 FR 25487, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.302" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.302   Filling of cylinders with nonliquefied (permanent) compressed gases or adsorbed gases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) Except as provided in § 171.23(a)(3) of this subchapter, a cylinder filled with a non-liquefied compressed gas (except gas in solution) must be offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements of this section and § 173.301 of this subpart. In addition, a DOT specification cylinder must meet the requirements in §§ 173.301a, 173.302a, and 173.305 of the subpart, as applicable. UN pressure receptacles must meet the requirements in §§ 173.301b and 173.302b of this subpart, as applicable. Where more than one section applies to a cylinder, the most restrictive requirements must be followed.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Adsorbed gas.</I> Except as provided in § 171.23(a)(3) of this subchapter, a cylinder filled with an adsorbed gas must be offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section, and §§ 173.301, and 173.302c of this subpart. UN cylinders must meet the requirements in §§ 173.301b and 173.302b of this subpart, as applicable. Where more than one section applies to a cylinder, the most restrictive requirements must be followed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Aluminum cylinders in oxygen service.</I> Each aluminum cylinder filled with oxygen must meet all of the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) Metallic portions of a valve that may come into contact with the oxygen in the cylinder must be constructed of brass or stainless steel. 
</P>
<P>(2) Except for UN cylinders, each cylinder opening must be configured with straight threads only.
</P>
<P>(3) Each UN pressure receptacle must be cleaned in accordance with the requirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 or this subchapter). Each DOT cylinder must be cleaned in accordance with the requirements of GSA Federal Specification RR-C-901D, paragraphs 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Cleaning agents equivalent to those specified in Federal Specification RR-C-901D may be used provided they do not react with oxygen. One cylinder selected at random from a group of 200 or fewer and cleaned at the same time must be tested for oil contamination in accordance with Federal Specification RR-C-901D, paragraph 4.3.2, and meet the specified standard of cleanliness.
</P>
<P>(4) The pressure in each cylinder may not exceed 3000 psig at 21 °C (70 °F). 
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 173.24(b)(1) and paragraph (f) of this section, an authorized cylinder containing oxygen continuously fed to tanks containing live fish may be offered for transportation and transported.
</P>
<P>(d) Shipment of Division 2.1 materials in aluminum cylinders is authorized for transportation only by motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only aircraft.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>DOT 3AL cylinders manufactured of 6351-T6 aluminum alloy.</I> Suitable safeguards should be provided to protect personnel and facilities should failure occur while filling cylinders manufactured of aluminum alloy 6351-T6 used in self-contained underwater breathing apparatus (SCUBA), self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) or oxygen service. The cylinder filler should allow only those individuals essential to the filling process to be in the vicinity of the cylinder during the filling process.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Compressed oxygen and oxidizing gases by aircraft.</I> A cylinder containing oxygen, compressed; compressed gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.; or nitrogen trifluoride is authorized for transportation by aircraft only when it meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Only DOT specification 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3E, 3HT, 39 cylinders, 4E (filled to less than 200 psig at 21 °C (70 °F), and UN pressure receptacles ISO 9809-1, ISO 9809-2, ISO 9809-3 and ISO 7866 cylinders are authorized.
</P>
<P>(2) Cylinders must be equipped with a pressure relief device in accordance with § 173.301(f) and, for DOT 39 cylinders offered for transportation after October 1, 2008, for the other DOT specification cylinders with the first requalification due after October 1, 2008, or for the UN pressure receptacles prior to initial use:
</P>
<P>(i) The rated burst pressure of a rupture disc for DOT 3A, 3AA, 3AL, and 3E cylinders, and UN pressure receptacles ISO 9809-1, ISO 9809-2, ISO 9809-3 and ISO 7866 cylinders must be 100% of the cylinder minimum test pressure with a tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%;
</P>
<P>(ii) The rated burst pressure of a rupture disc for a DOT 3HT cylinder must be 90% of the cylinder minimum test pressure with a tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The rated burst pressure of a rupture disc for a DOT 39 cylinder must be not more than 80 percent of cylinder burst pressure but not less than 105 percent of cylinder test pressure. Cylinders filled and offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements of the section before January 27, 2021 may continue to be used for the life of the packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) The cylinder must be placed in a rigid outer packaging that—
</P>
<P>(i) Conforms to the requirements of either part 178, subparts L and M of this subchapter at the Packing Group I or II performance level or the performance criteria in Air Transport Association (ATA) Specification No. 300 for a Category I Shipping Container;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is capable of passing, as demonstrated by design testing, the Flame Penetration Resistance Test in appendix E to part 178 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Prior to each shipment, passes a visual inspection that verifies that all features of the packaging are in good condition, including all latches, hinges, seams, and other features, and that the packaging is free from perforations, cracks, dents, or other abrasions that may negatively affect the flame penetration resistance and thermal resistance characteristics of the packaging.
</P>
<P>(4) The cylinder and the outer packaging must be capable of passing, as demonstrated by design testing, the Thermal Resistance Test specified in appendix D to part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(5) The cylinder and the outer packaging must both be marked and labeled in accordance with part 172, subparts D and E of this subchapter. The additional marking “DOT31FP,” is allowed to indicate that the cylinder and the outer packaging are capable of passing, as demonstrated by design testing, the Thermal Resistance Test specified in appendix D to part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(6) A cylinder of compressed oxygen that has been furnished by an aircraft operator to a passenger in accordance with 14 CFR § 121.574, § 125.219, or § 135.91 is excepted from the outer packaging requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51646, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 33883; June 12, 2006; 71 FR 51127, Aug. 29, 2006; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011; 80 FR 1161, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72927, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR 3676, Jan. 21, 2016; 85 FR 75714, Nov. 25, 2020; 85 FR 85416, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.302a" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.302a   Additional requirements for shipment of non-liquefied (permanent) compressed gases in specification cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Detailed filling requirements.</I> Nonliquefied compressed gases (except gas in solution) for which filling requirements are not specifically prescribed in § 173.304a must be shipped subject to the requirements in this section and §§ 173.301, 173.301a, 173.302, and 173.305 in specification cylinders, as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3E, 4B, 4BA, 4BW, and 4E cylinders.
</P>
<P>(2) DOT 3HT cylinders. These cylinders are authorized for aircraft use only and only for nonflammable gases. They have a maximum service life of 24 years from the date of manufacture. The cylinders must be equipped with frangible disc type pressure relief devices that meet the requirements of § 173.301(f). Each frangible disc must have a rated bursting pressure not exceeding 90 percent of the minimum required test pressure of the cylinder. Discs with fusible metal backing are not permitted. Specification 3HT cylinders may be offered for transportation only when packaged in accordance with § 173.301(a)(9).
</P>
<P>(3) DOT 39 cylinders. When the cylinder is filled with a Division 2.1 flammable gas, the internal volume of the cylinder may not exceed 1.23 L (75 in
<SU>3</SU>). For chemical under pressure (see § 172.102 of this subchapter (special provision 362)), the internal volume may not exceed the size limits of the specification as provided in § 178.65(a)(1) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) DOT 3AX, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders are authorized for Division 2.1 and 2.2 materials and for carbon monoxide. DOT 3T cylinders are not authorized for hydrogen. When used in methane service, the methane must be a nonliquefied gas with a minimum purity of 98.0 percent methane and commercially free of corroding components. 
</P>
<P>(5) Aluminum cylinders manufactured in conformance with specifications DOT 39, 3AL and 4E are authorized for oxygen only under the conditions specified in § 173.302(b).
</P>
<P>(6) DOT 4E cylinders- DOT 4E cylinders with a maximum capacity of 43L (11 gal) must have a minimum rating of 240 psig and be filled to no more than 200 psig at 21 °C (70 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special filling limits for DOT 3A, 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders.</I> A DOT 3A, 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cylinder may be filled with a compressed gas, other than a liquefied, dissolved, Division 2.1, or Division 2.3 gas, to a pressure 10 percent in excess of its marked service pressure, provided: 
</P>
<P>(1) The cylinder is equipped with a frangible disc pressure relief device (without fusible metal backing) having a bursting pressure not exceeding the minimum prescribed test pressure. 
</P>
<P>(2) The cylinder's elastic expansion was determined at the time of the last test or retest by the water jacket method. 
</P>
<P>(3) Either the average wall stress or the maximum wall stress does not exceed the wall stress limitation shown in the following table: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type of steel 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Average wall stress limitation 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum wall stress limitation 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I. Plain carbon steels over 0.35 carbon and medium manganese steels</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">II. Steels of analysis and heat treatment specified in spec. 3AA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">III. Steels of analysis and heat treatment specified in spec. DOT-3T</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IV. Plain carbon steels less than 0.35 carbon made prior to 1920</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(i)(A) The average wall stress must be computed from the elastic expansion data using the following formula: 
</P>
<FP-2>S = 1.7EE / KV−0.4P 
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress, pounds per square inch; 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>EE = elastic expansion (total less permanent) in cubic centimeters; 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>K = factor × 10 <E T="51">−7</E> experimentally determined for the particular type of cylinder being tested or derived in accordance with CGA C-5 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V = internal volume in cubic centimeter (1 cubic inch = 16.387 cubic centimeters); 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = test pressure, pounds per square inch.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(B) The formula in paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section is derived from the formula in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section and the following: 
</P>
<FP-2>EE = (PKVD
<SU>2</SU>) / (D
<SU>2</SU>−d
<SU>2</SU>) 
</FP-2>
<P>(ii) The maximum wall stress must be computed from the formula: 
</P>
<FP-2>S = (P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)) / (D
<SU>2</SU>−d
<SU>2</SU>) 
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where: 
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress, pounds per square inch; 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = test pressure, pounds per square inch; 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter, inches; 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = D-2t, where t = minimum wall thickness determined by a suitable method.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(iii) Compliance with average wall stress limitation may be determined by computing the elastic expansion rejection limit in accordance with CGA C-5, by reference to data tabulated in CGA C-5, or by the manufacturer's marked elastic expansion rejection limit (REE) on the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(4) An external and internal visual examination made at the time of test or retest shows the cylinder to be free from excessive corrosion, pitting, or dangerous defects. 
</P>
<P>(5) A plus sign (+) is added following the test date marking on the cylinder to indicate compliance with paragraphs (b) (2), (b)(3), and (b)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special filling limits for DOT 3A, 3AX, 3AA, and 3AAX cylinders containing Division 2.1 gases.</I> Except for transportation by aircraft, a DOT specification 3A, 3AX, 3AA, and 3AAX cylinder may be filled with hydrogen and mixtures of hydrogen with helium, argon or nitrogen, to a pressure 10% in excess of its marked service pressure subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The cylinder must conform to the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The cylinder was manufactured after December 31, 1945.


</P>
<P>(3) DOT specification 3A and 3AX cylinders are limited to those having an intermediate manganese composition.


</P>
<P>(4) Cylinders manufactured with intermediate manganese steel must have been normalized, not quenched and tempered. Quench and temper treatment of intermediate steel is not authorized.


</P>
<P>(5) Cylinders manufactured with chrome moly steel must have been quenched and tempered, not normalized. Use of normalized chrome moly steel cylinders is not permitted.
</P>
<P>(6) Cylinders must be equipped with pressure relief devices sized and selected as to type, location, and quantity, and tested in accordance with § 173.301(f).
</P>
<P>(7) A plus sign (+) is added following the test date marking on the cylinder.




</P>
<P>(d) <I>Carbon monoxide.</I> Carbon monoxide must be offered in a DOT 3, 3A, 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, 3AL, 3E, or 3T cylinder having a minimum service pressure of 1800 psig. The pressure in a steel cylinder may not exceed 1000 psig at 21 °C (70 °F), except that if the gas is dry and sulfur free, the cylinder may be filled to 
<FR>5/6</FR> of the cylinder's service pressure or 2000 psig, whichever is less. A DOT 3AL cylinder may be filled to its marked service pressure. A DOT 3AL cylinder is authorized only when transported by motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only aircraft. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Diborane and diborane mixtures.</I> Diborane and diborane mixed with compatible compressed gas must be offered in a DOT 3AL1800 or 3AA1800 cylinder. The maximum filling density of the diborane may not exceed 7 percent. Diborane mixed with compatible compressed gas may not have a pressure exceeding the service pressure of the cylinder if complete decomposition of the diborane occurs. Cylinder valve assemblies must be protected in accordance with § 173.301(h).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Fluorine.</I> Fluorine must be shipped in specification 3A1000, 3AA1000, or 3BN400 cylinders without pressure relief devices and equipped with valve protection cap. The cylinder may not be charged to over 400 psig at 21 °C (70 °F) and may not contain over 2.7 kg (6 lbs) of gas.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51646, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34075, June 13, 2005; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 72 FR 4455, Jan. 31, 2007; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 78 FR 1091, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3676, Jan. 21, 2016; 85 FR 85416, Dec. 28, 2020; 89 FR 15665, Mar. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.302b" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.302b   Additional requirements for shipment of non-liquefied (permanent) compressed gases in UN pressure receptacles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A cylinder filled with a non-liquefied gas must be offered for transportation in UN pressure receptacles subject to the requirements in this section and § 173.302. In addition, the requirements in §§ 173.301 and 173.301b must be met.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>UN pressure receptacles filling limits.</I> A UN pressure receptacle is authorized for the transportation of non-liquefied compressed gases as specified in this section. Except where filling limits are specifically prescribed in this section, the working pressure of a UN pressure receptacle may not exceed 
<FR>2/3</FR> of the test pressure of the receptacle. Alternatively, the filling limits specified for non-liquefied gases in Table 1 of P200 of the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) are authorized. In no case may the internal pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) exceed the test pressure.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fluorine, compressed, UN 1045 and Oxygen difluoride, compressed, UN 2190.</I> Fluorine, compressed and Oxygen difluoride, compressed must be packaged in a UN pressure receptacle with a minimum test pressure of 200 bar and a maximum working pressure not to exceed 30 bar. A UN pressure receptacle made of aluminum alloy is not authorized. The maximum quantity of gas authorized in each UN pressure receptacle is 5 kg.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Diborane and diborane mixtures, UN 1911.</I> Diborane and diborane mixtures must be packaged in a UN pressure receptacle with a minimum test pressure of 250 bar and a maximum filling ratio dependent on the test pressure not to exceed 0.07. Filling should be further limited so that if complete decomposition of diborane occurs, the pressure of diborane or diborane mixtures will not exceed the working pressure of the cylinder. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Carbon monoxide, compressed UN 1016.</I> Carbon monoxide, compressed is authorized in UN pressure receptacles. The settled pressure in a steel pressure receptacle containing carbon monoxide may not exceed 
<FR>1/3</FR> of the pressure receptacle's test pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) except, if the gas is dry and sulfur-free, the settled pressure may not exceed 
<FR>l/2</FR> of the marked test pressure.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Methane, compressed, or natural gas, compressed, UN1971.</I> Methane, compressed, or natural gas, compressed, is authorized in a UN seamless steel pressure receptacle under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) For methane, and for natural gas with a methane content of 98.0 percent or greater—
</P>
<P>(i) The maximum tensile strength of the UN seamless steel pressure receptacle may not exceed 1100 MPa (159,542 psi); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The contents are commercially free of corroding components.
</P>
<P>(2) For natural gas with a methane content of less than 98.0 percent—
</P>
<P>(i) The maximum tensile strength of the UN seamless steel pressure receptacle may not exceed 950 MPa (137,750 psi);
</P>
<P>(ii) Each discharge end of a UN refillable seamless steel tube must be equipped with an internal drain tube; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The moisture content and concentration of the corroding components must conform to the requirements in § 173.301b(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Mixtures of Fluorine with Nitrogen.</I> Mixtures of fluorine and nitrogen with a fluorine concentration below 35% by volume may be filled in pressure receptacles up to a maximum allowable working pressure for which the partial pressure of fluorine does not exceed 31 bar (abs.).
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er10ap24.015.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>in which X<E T="52">f</E> = fluorine concentration in % by volume/100.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>Mixtures of fluorine and inert gases with a fluorine concentration below 35% by volume may be filled in pressure receptacles up to a maximum allowable working pressure for which the partial pressure of fluorine does not exceed 31 bar (abs.), additionally taking the coefficient of nitrogen equivalency in accordance with ISO 10156:2017 into account when calculating the partial pressure.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er10ap24.016.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>in which X<E T="52">f</E> = fluorine concentration in % by volume/100.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>K<E T="52">k</E> = coefficient of equivalency of an inert gas relative to nitrogen (coefficient of nitrogen equivalency)
</FP-2>
<FP-2> X<E T="52">k</E> = inert gas concentration in % by volume/100</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>However, the working pressure for mixtures of fluorine and inert gases shall not exceed 200 bar. The minimum test pressure of pressure receptacles for mixtures of fluorine and inert gases equals 1.5 times the working pressure or 200 bar, with the greater value to be applied.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33883, June 12, 2006, as amended at 89 FR 15666, Mar. 4, 2024; 89 FR 25487, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.302c" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.302c   Additional requirements for the shipment of adsorbed gases in UN pressure receptacles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A cylinder filled with an adsorbed gas must be offered for transportation in UN pressure receptacles subject to the requirements in this section and § 173.302, as well as, §§ 173.301 and 173.301b.
</P>
<P>(b) The pressure of each filled cylinder must be less than 101.3 kPa at 20 °C (68 °F) and must not exceed 300 kPa at 50 °C (122 °F).
</P>
<P>(c) The minimum test pressure of the cylinder must be 21 bar.
</P>
<P>(d) The minimum burst pressure of the cylinder must be 94.5 bar.
</P>
<P>(e) The internal pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) of the filled cylinder must not exceed the test pressure of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(f) The adsorbent material must be compatible with the cylinder and must not form harmful or dangerous compounds with the gas to be adsorbed. The gas in combination with the adsorbent material must not affect or weaken the cylinder or cause a dangerous reaction (<I>e.g.,</I> a catalyzing reaction).
</P>
<P>(g) The quality of the adsorbent material must be verified at the time of each fill to assure the pressure and chemical stability requirements of this section are met each time an adsorbed gas package is offered for transport.
</P>
<P>(h) The adsorbent material must not meet the definition of any other hazard class.
</P>
<P>(i) Cylinders and closures containing toxic gases with an LC50 less than or equal to 200 ml/m3 (ppm) (see the following Adsorbed Gases Table) must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Valve outlets must be fitted with pressure retaining gas-tight plugs or caps having threads matching those of the valve outlets.
</P>
<P>(2) Each valve must either be of the packless type with non-perforated diaphragm, or be of a type which prevents leakage through or past the packing.
</P>
<P>(3) Each cylinder and closure must be tested for leakage after filling.
</P>
<P>(4) Each valve must be capable of withstanding the test pressure of the cylinder and be directly connected to the cylinder by either a taper-thread or other means which meets the requirements of ISO 10692-2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); and
</P>
<P>(5) Cylinders and valves must not be fitted with a pressure relief device.
</P>
<P>(j) Valve outlets for cylinders containing pyrophoric gases must be fitted with gas-tight plugs or caps having threads matching those of the valve outlets.
</P>
<P>(k) The filling procedure must be in accordance with Annex A of ISO 11513:2019 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, filling may instead be in accordance with Annex A of ISO 11513:2011(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(l) The maximum period for periodic requalification must be in accordance with § 180.207(c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Adsorbed Gases Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ID No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Hazardous material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">LC<E T="52">50</E> ml/m
<sup>3</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Notes
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3510</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, flammable, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">z.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3511</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">z.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3512</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">≤5000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">z.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3513</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">z.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3514</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">≤5000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">z.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3515</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">≤5000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">z.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3516</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">≤5000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">z.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3517</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">≤5000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">z.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3518</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">≤5000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">z.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3519</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boron trifluoride, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">a.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3520</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorine, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">293</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">a.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3521</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silicon tetrafluoride, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">450</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">a.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3522</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsine, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3523</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Germane, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">620</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d, r.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3524</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus pentafluoride, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">190
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3525</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphine, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3526</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrogen selenide, adsorbed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="03">Notes:</E>
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">a: Aluminum alloy cylinders must not be used.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">d: When steel cylinders are used, only those bearing the “H” mark in accordance with § 173.302b(f) are authorized.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">r: The filling of this gas must be limited such that, if complete decomposition occurs, the pressure does not exceed two thirds of the test pressure of the cylinder.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">z: The construction materials of the cylinders and their accessories must be compatible with the contents and must not react to form harmful or dangerous compounds therewith.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 1161, Jan. 8, 2015, as amended at 89 FR 25487, Apr. 10, 2024]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.303" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.303   Charging of cylinders with compressed gas in solution (acetylene).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Cylinder, filler and solvent requirements.</I> (Refer to applicable parts of Specification 8 and 8AL). Acetylene gas must be shipped in Specification 8 or 8AL cylinders (§ 178.59 or § 178.60 of this subchapter). The cylinders shall consist of metal shells filled with a porous material, and this material must be charged with a suitable solvent. The cylinders containing the porous material and solvent shall be successfully tested in accordance with CGA C-12 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Representative samples of cylinders charged with acetylene must be successfully tested in accordance with CGA C-12.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filling limits.</I> For DOT specification cylinders, the pressure in the cylinder containing acetylene gas may not exceed 250 psig at 70 °F. If cylinders are marked for a lower allowable charging pressure at 70 °F., that pressure must not be exceeded. For UN cylinders, the pressure in the cylinder may not exceed the limits specified in § 173.304b(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Data requirements on filler and solvent.</I> Cylinders containing acetylene gas must not be shipped unless they were charged by or with the consent of the owner, and by a person, firm, or company having possession of complete information as to the nature of the porous filling, the kind and quantity of solvent in the cylinders, and the meaning of such markings on the cylinders as are prescribed by the Department's regulations and specifications applying to containers for the transportation of acetylene gas.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Verification of container pressure.</I> (1) Each day, the pressure in a container representative of that day's compression must be checked by the charging plant after the container has cooled to a settled temperature and a record of this test kept for at least 30 days.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prefill requirements.</I> Before each filling of an acetylene cylinder, the person filling the cylinder must visually inspect the outside of the cylinder in accordance with the prefill requirements contained in CGA C-13, Section 3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>UN cylinders.</I> (1) UN cylinders and bundles of cylinders are authorized for the transport of acetylene gas as specified in this section.


</P>
<P>(i) Each UN acetylene cylinder must conform to ISO 3807:2013(E): (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), have a homogeneous monolithic porous mass filler and be charged with acetone or a suitable solvent as specified in the standard. UN acetylene cylinders must have a minimum test pressure of 52 bar and may be filled up to the pressure limits specified in ISO 3807:2013(E). The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is not authorized.




</P>
<P>(ii) Until December 31, 2020, cylinders conforming to the requirements in ISO 3807-2(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter), having a homogeneous monolithic porous mass filler and charged with acetone or a suitable solvent as specified in the standard are authorized. UN acetylene cylinders must have a minimum test pressure of 52 bar and may be filled up to the pressure limits specified in ISO 3807-2(E).
</P>
<P>(2) UN cylinders equipped with pressure relief devices or that are manifolded together must be transported upright.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.303, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.304" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.304   Filling of cylinders with liquefied compressed gases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> Except as provided in § 171.23(a)(3) of this subchapter, a cylinder filled with a liquefied compressed gas (except gas in solution) must be offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements of this section and the general requirements in § 173.301 of this subpart. In addition, a DOT specification cylinder must meet the requirement in §§ 173.301a, 173.304a, and 173.305 of this subpart, as applicable. UN pressure receptacles must be shipped in accordance with the requirements in §§ 173.301b and 173.304b of this subpart, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(1) A DOT 3AL cylinder may not be used for any material with a primary or subsidiary hazard of Class 8. 
</P>
<P>(2) Shipments of Division 2.1 materials in aluminum cylinders are authorized only when transported by motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only aircraft. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filling limits.</I> Except for carbon dioxide; 1,1-Difluoroethylene (R-1132A); nitrous oxide; and vinyl fluoride, inhibited, the liquid portion of a liquefied gas may not completely fill the packaging at any temperature up to and including 55 °C (131 °F). The liquid portion of vinyl fluoride, inhibited, may completely fill the cylinder at 55 °C (131 °F) provided the pressure at the critical temperature does not exceed 1.25 times the service pressure of the cylinder. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Mixture of compressed gas and other material.</I> A mixture of compressed gas must be shipped in accordance with § 173.305. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Refrigerant and dispersant gases.</I> Nontoxic and nonflammable refrigerant or dispersant gases must be offered for transportation in cylinders prescribed in § 173.304a of this subchapter, or in DOT 2P, 2Q, or 2Q1 containers (§§ 178.33, 178.33a, and 178.33d-2 of this subchapter). DOT 2P, 2Q, and 2Q1 containers must be packed in strong outer packagings of such design that protect valves from damage or accidental functioning under conditions incident to transportation. For DOT 2P and 2Q containers, the pressure inside the containers may not exceed 87 psia at 21.1 °C (70 °F). For 2Q1 containers, the pressure inside the container may not exceed 210 psig at 55 °C (131 °F). Each completed metal container filled for shipment must be heated until its contents reach a minimum temperature of 55 °C (131 °F) without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. Each outer package must be plainly marked “INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS”.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Engine starting fluid.</I> Engine starting fluid containing a flammable compressed gas or gases must be shipped in a cylinder as prescribed in § 173.304a or as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Inside non-refillable metal containers having a capacity not greater than 500 mL (32 in 
<SU>3</SU>). The containers must be packaged in strong, tight outer packagings. The pressure in the container may not exceed 145 psia at 54 °C (130 °F). If the pressure exceeds 145 psia at 54 °C (130 °F), a DOT 2P container must be used. In either case, the metal container must be capable of withstanding, without bursting, a pressure of 1.5 times the pressure of the contents at 54 °C (130 °F). The liquid content of the material and gas may not completely fill the container at 54 °C (130 °F). Each container filled for shipment must have been heated until its contents reach a minimum temperature of 54 °C (130 °F), without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. Each outside shipping container must be plainly marked, “INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS”. 
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Oxidizing gases by aircraft.</I> A cylinder containing carbon dioxide and oxygen mixture, compressed; liquefied gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.; or nitrous oxide is authorized for transportation by aircraft only when it meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Only DOT specification 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3E, 3HT, and 39 cylinders, and UN pressure receptacles ISO 9809-1, ISO 9809-2, ISO 9809-3 and ISO 7866 cylinders are authorized.
</P>
<P>(2) Cylinders must be equipped with a pressure relief device in accordance with § 173.301(f) and, for DOT 39 cylinders offered for transportation after October 1, 2008, for the other DOT specification cylinders with the first requalification due after October 1, 2008, or for the UN pressure receptacles prior to initial use:
</P>
<P>(i) The rated burst pressure of a rupture disc for DOT 3A, 3AA, 3AL, and 3E cylinders, and UN pressure receptacles ISO 9809-1, ISO 9809-2, ISO 9809-3, and ISO 7866 cylinders must be 100% of the cylinder minimum test pressure with a tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%;
</P>
<P>(ii) The rated burst pressure of a rupture disc for a DOT 3HT cylinder must be 90% of the cylinder minimum test pressure with a tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The rated burst pressure of a rupture disc for a DOT 39 cylinder must be not more than 80 percent of cylinder burst pressure but not less than 105 percent of cylinder test pressure. Cylinders filled and offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements of the section before January 27, 2021 may continue to be used for the life of the packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) The cylinder must be placed in a rigid outer packaging that—
</P>
<P>(i) Conforms to the requirements of either part 178, subparts L and M, of this subchapter at the Packing Group I or II performance level, or the performance criteria in Air Transport Association (ATA) Specification No. 300 for a Category I Shipping Container;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is capable of passing, as demonstrated by design testing, the Flame Penetration Resistance Test in appendix E to part 178 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Prior to each shipment, passes a visual inspection that verifies that all features of the packaging are in good condition, including all latches, hinges, seams, and other features, and the packaging is free from perforations, cracks, dents, or other abrasions that may negatively affect the flame penetration resistance and thermal resistance characteristics of the container.
</P>
<P>(4) The cylinder and the outer packaging must be capable of passing, as demonstrated by design testing, the Thermal Resistance Test specified in appendix D to part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(5) The cylinder and the outer packaging must both be marked and labeled in accordance with part 172, subparts D and E of this subchapter. The additional marking “DOT31FP,” is allowed to indicate that the cylinder and the outer packaging are capable of passing, as demonstrated by design testing, the Thermal Resistance Test specified in appendix D to part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(6) A cylinder of compressed oxygen that has been furnished by an aircraft operator to a passenger in accordance with 14 CFR 121.574, 125.219, or 135.91 is excepted from the outer packaging requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51647, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 71 FR 33883, June 12, 2006; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 60754, Oct. 2, 2013; 81 FR 3676, Jan. 21, 2016; 85 FR 75714, Nov. 25, 2020; 85 FR 85416, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.304a" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.304a   Additional requirements for shipment of liquefied compressed gases in specification cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Detailed filling requirements.</I> Liquefied gases (except gas in solution) must be offered for transportation, subject to the requirements in this section and §§ 173.301 and 173.304, in specification cylinders, as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3BN, 3E, 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, 39, except that no DOT 4E or 39 packaging may be filled and shipped with a mixture containing a pyrophoric liquid, carbon bisulfide (disulfide), ethyl chloride, ethylene oxide, nickel carbonyl, spirits of nitroglycerin, or toxic material (Division 6.1 or 2.3), unless specifically authorized in this part. 


</P>
<P>(2) For the gases named, the requirements in table 1 to paragraph (a)(2) apply (for cryogenic liquids, <I>see</I> § 173.316):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(2)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Kind of gas
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum permitted filling density (percent)


<br/>(see Note 1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Packaging marked as shown in this column or of the same type with higher service pressure must be used, except as provided in §§ 173.301(l), 173.301a(e), and 180.205(a)


<br/>(see the following notes after the table)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Anhydrous ammonia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3A480X; DOT-4AA480; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL480.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromotrifluoromethane (R-13B1 or H-1301)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">124</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A400; DOT-3AA400; DOT-3B400; DOT-4AA480; DOT-4B400; DOT-4BA400; DOT-4BW400; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL400.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4, 7, and 8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4, 7, and 8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A2000, DOT-3AA2000, DOT-3AX2000, DOT-3AAX2000, DOT-3T2000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4, 7, and 8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A2265, DOT-3AA2265, DOT-3AX2265, DOT-3AAX2265, DOT-3T2265.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4, 7, and 8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">74.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A2400, DOT-3AA2400, DOT-3AX2400, DOT-3AAX2400, DOT-3T2400.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid (see <E T="03">paragraph (e)</E> of this section)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4L.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorine (see Note 2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3; DOT-3BN480; DOT-3E1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorodifluroethane or 1-Chloro-1, 1-difluoroethane (R-142b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT-4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorodifluoromethane (R-22) (see Note 8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT-4BW240; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-4E240; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL240.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chloropentafluorethane (R-115)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4B225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorotrifluoromethane (R-13) (see Note 8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyclopropane (see Notes 8 and 9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A225; DOT-3A480X; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT-4AA480; DOT4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichlorodifluoromethane (R-12) (see Note 8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT-4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-4E225; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL225.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichlorodifluoromethane and difluoroethane mixture (constant boiling mixture) (R-500) (see Note 8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not liquid full at 131 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT-4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-39.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Difluoroethane (R-152a) (see Note 8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT-4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,1-Difluoroethylene (R-1132A)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A2200; DOT-3AA2200; DOT-3AX2200; DOT-3AAX2200; DOT-3T2200; DOT-39.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethylamine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT-4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; ICC-3E1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane (see Notes 8 and 9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3T1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane (see Notes 8 and 9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000; DOT-3AA2000; DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000; DOT-39; DOT-3AL2000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylene (see Notes 8 and 9).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3T1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylene (see Notes 8 and 9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000; DOT-3AA2000; DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000; DOT-39; DOT-3AL2000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylene (see Notes 8 and 9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A2400; DOT-3AX2400; DOT-3AA2400; DOT-3AAX2400; DOT-3T2400; DOT-39; DOT-3AL2400.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen chloride, anhydrous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3T1800; DOT-3E1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen sulfide (Note 10)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A; DOT-3AA; DOT-3B; DOT-4B; DOT-4BA; DOT-4BW; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insecticide, gases liquefied (see Notes 8 and 12)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not liquid full at 131 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A300; DOT-3AA300; DOT-3B300; DOT-4B300; DOT-4BA300; DOT-4BW300; DOT-3E1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liquefied nonflammable gases, other than classified flammable, corrosive, toxic &amp; mixtures or solution thereof filled w/nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or air (see Notes 7 and 8).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not liquid full at 131 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specification packaging authorized in <E T="03">paragraph (a)(1)</E> of this section and DOT-3HT; DOT-4D; DOT-4DA; DOT-4DS.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl acetylene and propadiene mixtures, stabilized; (see Note 5).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not liquid full at 131 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4B240 without brazed seams; DOT-4BA240 without brazed seams; DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3AL240.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl chloride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT-4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4B240ET. Cylinders complying with DOT-3A150; DOT-3B150; and DOT-4B150 manufactured prior to Dec. 7, 1936 are also authorized.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl mercaptan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-4B240; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4BA240; DOT-4BW240.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrosyl chloride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3BN400 only.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8, and 11)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8, and 11)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A2000, DOT-3AA2000, DOT-3AX2000, DOT-3AAX2000, DOT-3T2000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8, and 11)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A2265, DOT-3AA2265, DOT-3AX2265, DOT-3AAX2265, DOT-3T2265.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8, and 11)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">74.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A2400, DOT-3AA2400, DOT-3AX2400, DOT-3AAX2400, DOT-3T2400.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid (see <E T="03">paragraph (e)</E> of this section.)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4L.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant gas, n.o.s. (see Notes 8 and 13)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not liquid full at 130 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT-4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-39; DOT-3AL240.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur dioxide (see note 8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT-4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL225.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur hexafluoride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A1000; DOT-3AA1000; DOT-AAX2400; DOT-3; DOT-3AL1000; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3T1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfuryl fluoride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4B480; DOT-4BA480; DOT-4BW480.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tetrafluoroethylene, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A1200; DOT-3AA1200; DOT-3E1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trifluorochloroethylene, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A300; DOT-3AA300; DOT-3B300; DOT-4B300; DOT-4BA300; DOT-4BW300; DOT-3E1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trimethylamine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT-4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3E1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinyl chloride (see Note 5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4B150 without brazed seams; DOT-4BA225 without brazed seams; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinyl fluoride, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL1800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized (see Note 5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-4B150, without brazed seams; DOT-4BA225 without brazed seams; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B1800; DOT-3E1800.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (a)(2):</HED>
<P>“Filling density” means the percent ratio of the weight of gas in a packaging to the weight of water that the container will hold at 16 °C (60 °F). (1 lb. of water = 27.737 in
<SU>3</SU> at 60 °F).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (a)(2):</HED>
<P>Cylinders purchased after Oct. 1, 1944, for the transportation of chlorine must contain no aperture other than that provided in the neck of the cylinder for attachment of a valve equipped with an approved pressure relief device. Cylinders purchased after November 1, 1935, and filled with chlorine may not contain over 68.04 kg (150 lb.) of gas.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 4 to paragraph (a)(2):</HED>
<P>Special carbon dioxide mining devices containing a heating element and filled with not over 2.72 kg (6 lb.) of carbon dioxide may be filled to a density of not over 85 percent, provided the cylinder is made of steel with a calculated bursting pressure in excess of 39,000 psig, fitted with a frangible disc that will operate at not over 57 percent of that pressure, and is able to withstand a drop of 10 feet when striking crosswise on a steel rail while under a pressure of at least 3,000 psig. Such devices must be shipped in strong boxes or must be wrapped in heavy burlap and bound by 12-gauge wire with the wire completely covered by friction tape. Wrapping must be applied so as not to interfere with the functioning of the frangible disc pressure relief device. Shipments must be described as “liquefied carbon dioxide gas (mining device)” and marked, labeled, and certified as prescribed for liquefied carbon dioxide.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 5 to paragraph (a)(2):</HED>
<P>All parts of the valve and pressure relief devices in contact with contents of cylinders must be of a metal or other material, suitably treated, if necessary, that will not cause the formation of any acetylides.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 7 to paragraph (a)(2):</HED>
<P>Specification 3HT cylinders for aircraft use only, having a maximum service life of 24 years. Authorized only for nonflammable gases. Cylinders must be equipped with pressure relief devices of the frangible disc type that meet the requirements of § 173.301(f). Each frangible disc must have a rated bursting pressure that does not exceed 90 percent of the minimum required test pressure of the cylinder. Discs with fusible metal backing are not permitted. Cylinders may be offered for transportation only when packaged in accordance with § 173.301(a)(9).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 8 to paragraph (a)(2):</HED>
<P>See § 173.301(a)(9).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 9 to paragraph (a)(2):</HED>
<P>When used for shipment of flammable gases, the internal volume of a specification 39 cylinder must not exceed 75 cubic inches.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 10 to paragraph (a)(2):</HED>
<P>Each valve outlet must be sealed by a threaded cap or a threaded solid plug.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 11 to paragraph (a)(2):</HED>
<P>Must meet the valve and cleaning requirements in § 173.302(b).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 12 to paragraph (a)(2):</HED>
<P>For an insecticide gas that is nontoxic and nonflammable, see § 173.305(c).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 13 to paragraph (a)(2):</HED>
<P>For a refrigerant or dispersant gas that is nontoxic and nonflammable, see § 173.304(d).</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) A DOT 39 cylinder shall be equipped with a pressure relief device as defined by the commodity in CGA S-1.1, excluding paragraph 9.1.1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). If the commodity is not listed in CGA S-1.1, a CG-7 pressure relief valve must be used.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Verification of content in cylinder.</I> Except as noted in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the amount of liquefied gas filled into a cylinder must be by weight or, when the gas is lower in pressure than required for liquefaction, a pressure-temperature chart for the specific gas may be used to ensure that the service pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) will not exceed 
<FR>5/4</FR> of the service pressure at 21 °C (70 °F). The weight of liquefied gas filled into the cylinder also must be checked, after disconnecting the cylinder from the filling line, by the use of an accurate scale.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Requirements for liquefied petroleum gas.</I> (1) Filling density limits are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum specific gravity of liquid material at 60 °F 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum the filling density in percent of the water-weight capacity of the cylinder 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.271 to 0.289</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.290 to 0.306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.307 to 0.322</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.323 to 0.338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.339 to 0.354</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.355 to 0.371</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.372 to 0.398</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.399 to 0.425</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.426 to 0.440</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.441 to 0.452</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.453 to 0.462</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.463 to 0.472</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.473 to 0.480</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.481 to 0.488</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.489 to 0.495</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.496 to 0.503</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">41 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.504 to 0.510</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.511 to 0.519</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.520 to 0.527</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.528 to 0.536</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.537 to 0.544</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.545 to 0.552</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.553 to 0.560</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.561 to 0.568</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">49 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.569 to 0.576</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.577 to 0.584</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.585 to 0.592</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">52 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.593 to 0.600</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.601 to 0.608</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.609 to 0.617</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.618 to 0.626</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">56 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.627 to 0.634</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Subject to § 173.301a(d), any filling density percentage prescribed in this section is authorized to be increased by a factor of 2 for liquefied petroleum gas in DOT 3 cylinders or in DOT 3A cylinders marked for 1800 psig, or higher, service pressure. 
</P>
<P>(3) Liquefied petroleum gas must be shipped in specification cylinders as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3E, 3AL, 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, or 39 cylinders. The internal volume of a Specification 39 cylinder must not exceed 75 cubic inches. Shipments of flammable gases in DOT 3AL cylinders are authorized only when transported by motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only aircraft.
</P>
<P>(ii) Additional containers may be used within the limits of quantity and pressure as follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type of container
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum capacity (cubic inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum filling pressure
<br/>(psig)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.83</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 psig at 70 °F and 105 psig at 130 °F (see Note 2).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.83</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 psig at 70 °F and 100 psig at 130 °F.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 1:</E> Containers must be packed in strong wooden or fiber boxes of such design as to protect valves from damage or accidental functioning under conditions normally incident to transportation. Each completed container filled for shipment must have been heated until its contents reach a temperature of 54 °C (130 °F), without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. Each outside shipping container must be plainly marked “INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS'.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 2:</E> A container must be equipped with a pressure relief device that will prevent rupture of the container and dangerous projection of a closing device when exposed to fire.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(4) <I>Verification of content.</I> A cylinder with a water capacity of 90.72 kg (200 lb) or more and for use with a liquefied petroleum gas with a specific gravity of 0.504 or greater at 16 °C (60 °F) may have the quantity of its contents determined by using a fixed length dip tube gauging device. The length of the dip tube must be such that when a liquefied petroleum gas, with a specific volume of 0.03051 cu. ft./lb. at a temperature of 40 °F, is filled into the container, the liquid just reaches the bottom of the tube. The weight of this liquid may not exceed 42 percent of the water capacity of the container, which must be stamped on the cylinder. The length of the dip tube, expressed in inches carried out to one decimal place and prefixed with the letters “DT”, must be stamped on the container and on the exterior of removable type dip tube. For the purpose of this requirement, the marked length must be expressed as the distance measured along the axis of a straight tube from the top of the boss through which the tube is inserted to the proper level of the liquid in the container. The length of each dip tube must be checked when installed by weighing each container after filling except when installed in groups of substantially identical containers, in which case one of each 25 containers must be weighed. The quantity of liquefied gas in each container must be checked by means of the dip tube after disconnecting from the filling line. The outlet from the dip tube may not be larger than 0.1016 centimeters (0.040 inch; No. 54 drill bit size orifice). A container representative of each day's filling at each filling plant must have its contents checked by weighing after disconnecting from the filling line. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid.</I> (1) The following provisions apply to carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid: 
</P>
<P>(i) DOT 4L cylinders conforming to the provisions of this paragraph are authorized. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be protected with at least one pressure relief device and at least one frangible disc conforming to § 173.301(f) and paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The relieving capacity of the pressure relief device system must be equal to or greater than that calculated by the applicable formula in paragraph 5.8.3 of CGA S-1.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(iii) The temperature and pressure of the gas at the time the shipment is offered for transportation may not exceed −18 °C (0 °F) and 290 psig for carbon dioxide and −15.6 °C (+4 °F) and 290 psig for nitrous oxide. Maximum time in transit may not exceed 120 hours. 
</P>
<P>(2) The following pressure relief device settings, design service temperatures and filling densities apply:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Pressure relief device setting maximum start—to discharge gauge pressure in psig
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Maximum permitted filling density
<br/>(percent by weight)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105 psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">108</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">104
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">170 psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">230 psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">295 psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">360 psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">95
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">450 psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">83
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">540 psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">625 psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Design service temperature °C (°F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−196 °C (−320 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−196 °C (−320 °F)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51647, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005; 72 FR 4456, Jan. 31, 2007; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 73 FR 4719, Jan. 28, 2008; 81 FR 3676, Jan. 21, 2016; 85 FR 85416, Dec. 28, 2020; 87 FR 79779, Dec. 27, 2022]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.304b" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.304b   Additional requirements for shipment of liquefied compressed gases in UN pressure receptacles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Liquefied gases and gas mixtures must be offered for transportation in UN pressure receptacles subject to the requirements in this section and § 173.304. In addition, the general requirements applicable to UN pressure receptacles in §§ 173.301 and 173.301b must be met.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>UN pressure receptacle filling limits.</I> A UN pressure receptacle is authorized for the transportation of liquefied compressed gases and gas mixtures as specified in this section. When a liquefied compressed gas or gas mixture is transported in a UN pressure receptacle, the filling ratio may not exceed the maximum filling ratio prescribed in this section and the applicable ISO standard. Compliance with the filling limits may be determined by referencing the numerical values and data in Table 2 of P200 of the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Alternatively, the maximum allowable filling limits may be determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For high pressure liquefied gases, in no case may the filling ratio of the settled pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) exceed the test pressure of the UN pressure receptacle.
</P>
<P>(2) For low pressure liquefied gases, the maximum mass in kilograms of contents per liter of water capacity must be less than or equal to 95 percent of the liquid phase at 50 °C. In addition, the UN pressure receptacle may not be liquid full at 60 °C. The test pressure of the pressure receptacle must be equal to or greater than the vapor pressure of the liquid at 65 °C.
</P>
<P>(3) For high pressure liquefied gases or gas mixtures, the maximum filling ratio may be determined using the formulas in (3)(b) of P200 of the UN Recommendations.
</P>
<P>(4) For low pressure liquefied gases or gas mixtures, the maximum filling ratio may be determined using the formulas in (3)(c) of P200 of the UN Recommendations.
</P>
<P>(5) For liquefied gases charged with compressed gases, both components—the liquefied gas and the compressed gas—must be taken into consideration in the calculation of the internal pressure in the pressure receptacle. The maximum mass of contents per liter of water capacity shall not exceed 95 percent of the density of the liquid phase at 50 °C (122 °F); in addition, the liquid phase shall not completely fill the pressure receptacle at any temperature up to 60 °C (140 °F). When filled, the internal pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) shall not exceed the test pressure of the pressure receptacles. The vapor pressures and volumetric expansions of all substances in the pressure receptacles shall be considered. The maximum filling limits may be determined using the procedure in (3)(e) of P200 of the UN Recommendations.
</P>
<P>(c) Tetraflouroethylene, stabilized, UN1081 must be packaged in a pressure receptacle with a minimum test pressure of 200 bar and a working pressure not exceeding 5 bar.
</P>
<P>(d) Fertilizer ammoniating solution with free ammonia, UN1043 is not authorized in UN tubes or MEGCs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2265, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 82 FR 15891, Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 27897, May 11, 2020; 87 FR 44997, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.305" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.305   Charging of cylinders with a mixture of compressed gas and other material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Detailed requirements.</I> A mixture of a compressed gas and any other material must be shipped as a compressed gas if the mixture is a compressed gas as designated in § 173.115 and when not in violation of § 173.301(a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filling limits.</I> (See § 173.301.) For mixtures, the liquid portion of the liquefied compressed gas at 131 °F. plus any additional liquid or solid must not completely fill the container.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nonpoisonous and nonflammable mixtures.</I> Mixtures containing compressed gas or gases including insecticides, which mixtures are nonpoisonous and nonflammable under this part must be shipped in cylinders as prescribed in § 173.304(a) or as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Specification 2P (§ 178.33 of this subchapter). Inside metal containers equipped with safety relief devices of a type examined by the Bureau of Explosives and approved by the Associate Administrator, and packed in strong wooden or fiber boxes of such design as to protect valves from damage or accidental functioning under conditions incident to transportation. Pressure in the container may not exceed 85 psia at 70 °F. Each completed metal container filled for shipment must be heated until content reaches a minimum temperature of 130 °F., without evidence of leakage, distortion or other defect. Each outside shipping container must be plainly marked “INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS.”
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Poisonous mixtures.</I> A mixture containing any poisonous material (Division 6.1 or 2.3) in such proportions that the mixture would be classed as poisonous under § 173.115 or § 173.132 must be shipped in packagings as authorized for these poisonous materials.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 173-70, 38 FR 5309, Feb. 27, 1973, Amdt. 173-94, 41 FR 16079, Apr. 15, 1976; 45 FR 32697, May 19, 1980; Amdt. 173-224, 56 FR 66275, 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61013, Sept. 27, 2002; 67 FR 51651, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 24662, May 8, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.306" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.306   Limited quantities of compressed gases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Limited quantities of compressed gases for which exceptions are permitted as noted by reference to this section in § 172.101 of this subchapter are excepted from labeling, except when offered for transportation or transported by air, and, unless required as a condition of the exception, specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in accordance with the following paragraphs. For transportation by aircraft, the package must conform to the applicable requirements of § 173.27 and only packages of hazardous materials authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a limited quantity. In addition, shipments are not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter, to part 174 of this subchapter except § 174.24, and to part 177 of this subchapter except § 177.817. Except as otherwise provided in this section, each package may not exceed 30 kg (66 lbs.) gross weight.


</P>
<P>(1) When in containers of not more than 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic inches or less) except cigarette lighters. Additional exceptions for certain compressed gases in limited quantities are provided in paragraph (i) of this section.






</P>
<P>(2) When in refillable metal containers filled with a material that is not classed as a hazardous material to not more than 90% of capacity at 21.1 °C (70 °F) and then charged with nonflammable, nonliquefied gas. Each container must be tested to three times the pressure at 21.1 °C (70 °F) and, when refilled, be retested to three times the pressure of the gas at 21.1 °C (70 °F). Also, one of the following conditions must be met:
</P>
<P>(i) The container is not over 0.95 L (1 quart) capacity and charged to not more than 170 psig (1172.1 kPa) at 21.1 °C (70 °F), and must be packed in a strong outer packaging; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The container is not over 114 L (30 gallons) capacity and charged to not more than 75 psig (517.1 kPa) at 21.1 °C (70 °F).
</P>
<P>(3) When in a metal aerosol container (see § 171.8 of this subchapter for the definition of <I>aerosol</I>). Authorized containers include non-specification, DOT 2P (§ 178.33 of this subchapter), DOT 2Q (§ 178.33a of this subchapter), or DOT 2Q1 (§ 178.33(d) of this subchapter) design, provided the following conditions are met. Additional exceptions for aerosol containers conforming to this paragraph (a)(3) are provided in paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Capacity.</I> The capacity of the container must not exceed 1 L (61.0 cubic inches).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>General pressure conditions.</I> The authorized metal aerosol containers and associated pressure limitations are provided in the following table. Pressure inside the container may not exceed 180 psig at 54.4 °C (130 °F) except as may be authorized by variations of a DOT specification container type. In any event, the metal container must be capable of withstanding without bursting a pressure of at least one and one-half times the equilibrium pressure of the contents at 54.4 °C (130 °F).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Authorized Metal Aerosol Containers
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If the gauge pressure (psig) at 54.4 °C (130 °F) is . . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Authorized container
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">140 or less</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-DOT specification, DOT 2P, DOT 2Q, DOT 2Q1.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 140 but not exceeding 160</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT 2P, DOT 2Q, DOT 2Q1.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 160 but not exceeding 180</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT 2Q, DOT 2Q1.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Not to exceed 210</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT 2Q1 (Non-flammable only).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iii) <I>Liquid fill.</I> The liquid content of the material and gas must not completely fill the container at 54.4 °C (130 °F).
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Outer packaging.</I> The containers must be packed in strong outer packagings.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, each container, after it is filled, must be subjected to a test performed in a hot water bath; the temperature of the bath and the duration of the test must be such that the internal pressure reaches that which would be reached at 55 °C (131 °F), or 50 °C (122 °F) if the liquid phase does not exceed 95% of the capacity of the container at 50 °C (122 °F)). If the contents are sensitive to heat, the temperature of the bath must be set at between 20 °C (68 °F) and 30 °C (86 °F) but, in addition, one container in 2,000 must be tested at the higher temperature. No leakage or permanent deformation of a container may occur. However, instead of this standard water bath test, container(s) may be tested using one of the following methods subject to certain conditions—
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Alternative water bath test.</I> (<I>1</I>) One filled container in a lot of 2,000 must be subjected to a test performed in a hot water bath; the temperature of the bath and the duration of the test must be such that the internal pressure reaches that which would be reached at 55 °C (131 °F). If the container shows evidence of leakage or permanent deformation, the lot of 2,000 containers must be rejected;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A second filled container in the lot of 2,000 must be weighed and compared to the weight specification for the containers as documented in the operating procedures for the weight test. Failure of the container to meet the weight specification is evidence of leakage or overfilling and the lot of 2,000 must be rejected;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The remainder of the containers in the lot of 2,000 must be visually inspected (e.g, examination of the seams). Containers showing evidence of leakage or overfilling must not be transported; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Each person employing this test must maintain a copy of the operating procedures (or an electronic file thereof) that is accessible at, or through, its principal place of business and must make the procedures available upon request, at a reasonable time and location, to an authorized official of the Department.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Automated pressure test.</I> Each person employing an automated process for pressure testing of filled containers must develop procedures for implementation of the test. Each person must maintain a copy of the procedures (or an electronic file thereof) that is accessible at, or through, its principal place of business and must make the procedures available upon request, at a reasonable time and location, to an authorized official of the Department. The procedures must, at a minimum, include instruction on the following:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Pressure specifications. Each person must specify pressure standard(s) (e.g., a pressure limit or range) for a container respective of the design and/or contents. Each container, after it is filled, must be pressure checked and compared to the standards. For a pressure limit, any container exceeding the pressure limit must be rejected. For a pressure range, any container outside of the set range must be rejected. The instruments used to determine the pressure must be properly calibrated before a production run to an accuracy of ±or better; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Periodic inspection. At designated intervals, a randomly selected container must be inspected for proper closure and verification of filling pressure. If a container shows signs of improper closure or over-filling, five (5) additional randomly selected containers must be inspected. If any of the additional containers show signs of improper closure or over-filling, all containers produced since the last inspection must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Weight test.</I> Each person employing a weight test of filled containers must develop procedures for implementation of the test. Each person must maintain a copy of the procedures (or an electronic file thereof) that is accessible at, or through, its principal place of business and must make the procedures available upon request, at a reasonable time and location, to an authorized official of the Department. The procedures must, at a minimum, include instruction on the following:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Weight specifications. Each person must specify target weight specifications for a particular container. Each container, after it is filled, must be weighed and compared to the target weight specification for the container. Any container outside the target weight specification is an indication of leakage or overfilling and must be rejected. The instruments used to determine the weight must be properly calibrated before a testing run and be sufficiently sensitive to measure within 0.10 g of the true weight of the container;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Heat testing and pressure limits. One container out of each lot of successfully filled containers must be heat tested by raising the internal pressure until it reaches that which would be reached at 55 °C (131 °F). The lot size should be no greater than 2,000. If the pressure in the container exceeds the maximum pressure allowed for the container type or if the container shows signs of leakage or permanent deformation, the lot must be rejected. Alternatively, five (5) additional randomly selected containers from the lot may be tested to qualify the lot but if any of the five containers fail the test, the entire lot must be rejected;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Periodic inspection. At intervals of not more than 10 minutes, a randomly selected container must be inspected for proper closure and verification of filling pressure. If a container shows signs of improper closure or over-filling, five (5) additional randomly selected containers must be inspected. If any of the additional containers show signs of improper closure or over-filling, all containers produced since the last inspection must be rejected; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Visual inspection. Each container must be visually inspected prior to being packed. Any container showing signs of leakage or permanent deformation must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Leakage test.</I> (<I>1</I>) Pressure and leak testing before filling. Each empty container must be subjected to a pressure equal to or in excess of the maximum expected in the filled containers at 55 °C (131 °F) or 50 °C (122 °F) if the liquid phase does not exceed 95% of the capacity of the container at 50 °C (122 °F). This must be at least two-thirds of the design pressure of the container. If any container shows evidence of leakage at a rate equal to or greater than 3.3 × 10<E T="51">−2</E> mbar L/s at the test pressure, distortion or other defect, it must be rejected; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Testing after filling. The person filling each container must ensure that the crimping equipment is set appropriately and the specified propellant is used before filling a container. Once filled, each container must be weighed and leak tested. The leak detection equipment must be sufficiently sensitive to detect at least a leak rate of 2.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E> mbar L/s at 20 °C (68 °F). Any filled container which shows evidence of leakage, deformation, or overfilling must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(vi) Each outer packaging must be marked “INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS.”
</P>
<P>(4) Gas samples must be transported under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) A gas sample may only be transported as non-pressurized gas when its pressure corresponding to ambient atmospheric pressure in the container is not more than 105 kPa absolute (15.22 psia).
</P>
<P>(ii) Non-pressurized gases, toxic (or toxic and flammable) must be packed in hermetically sealed glass or metal inner packagings of not more than one L (0.3 gallons) overpacked in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(iii) Non-pressurized gases, flammable must be packed in hermetically sealed glass or metal inner packagings of not more than 5 L (1.3 gallons) and overpacked in a strong outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(5) For limited quantities of Division 2.2 gases with no subsidiary risk, when in a non-DOT specification or a specification DOT 2S (§ 178.33b of this subchapter) plastic aerosol container (see § 171.8 of this subchapter for the definition of aerosol) provided all of the following conditions are met. Additional exceptions for aerosols conforming to this paragraph (a)(5) are provided in paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Capacity.</I> The capacity of the container must not exceed 1 L (61.0 cubic inches).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>General pressure conditions.</I> Authorized plastic aerosol containers and associated pressure limitations are provided in the following table. The pressure in the container must not exceed 160 psig at 54.4 °C (130 °F). The container must be capable of withstanding without bursting a pressure of at least one and one-half times the equilibrium pressure of the contents at 54.4 °C (130 °F).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Authorized Plastic Aerosol Containers
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If the gauge pressure (psig) at 55 °C (131 °F) is . . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Authorized plastic container
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than 140 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-DOT specification, DOT 2S.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">140 or greater but not exceeding 160</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT 2S.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iii) <I>Liquid fill.</I> Liquid content of the material and gas must not completely fill the container at 54.4 °C (130 °F).
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Outer packaging.</I> The containers must be packed in strong outer packagings.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (a)(5)(vi) of this section, each container must be subjected to a test performed in a hot water bath. The temperature of the bath and the duration of the test must be such that the internal pressure reaches that which would be reached at 55 °C (131 °F) or 50 °C (122 °F) if the liquid phase does not exceed 95% of the capacity of the container at 50 °C (122 °F). If the contents are sensitive to heat, or if the container is made of plastic material which softens at this test temperature, the temperature of the bath must be set at between 20 °C (68 °F) and 30 °C (86 °F) but, in addition, one container in 2,000 must be tested at the higher temperature. No leakage or permanent deformation of a container is permitted except that a plastic container may be deformed through softening provided that it does not leak.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Leakage test.</I> As an alternative to the hot water bath test in paragraph (a)(5)(v) of this section, testing may be performed as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Pressure and leak testing before filling. Each empty container must be subjected to a pressure equal to or in excess of the maximum expected in the filled containers at 55 °C (131 °F) or 50 °C (122 °F) if the liquid phase does not exceed 95% of the capacity of the container at 50 °C (122 °F). This must be at least two-thirds of the design pressure of the container. If any container shows evidence of leakage at a rate equal to or greater than 3.3 × 10<E T="51">−2</E> mbar L/s at the test pressure, distortion or other defect, it must be rejected; and
</P>
<P>(B) Testing after filling. Prior to filling, the filler must ensure that the crimping equipment is set appropriately and the specified propellant is used before filling the container. Once filled, each container must be weighed and leak tested. The leak detection equipment must be sufficiently sensitive to detect at least a leak rate of 2.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E> mbar L/s at 20 °C (68 °F). Any filled container that shows evidence of leakage, deformation, or excessive weight must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(vii) Each outer packaging must be marked “INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS.”


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions for foodstuffs, soap, biologicals, electronic tubes, and audible fire alarm systems.</I> Limited quantities of compressed gases (except Division 2.3 gases) for which exceptions are provided as indicated by reference to this section in § 172.101 of this subchapter, when in conformance with one of the following paragraphs, are excepted from labeling, except when offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter. For transportation by aircraft, the package must conform to the applicable requirements of § 173.27 and only packages of hazardous materials authorized aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may be transported as a limited quantity. In addition, shipments are not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter, to part 174 of this subchapter, except § 174.24, and to part 177 of this subchapter, except § 177.817. Additional exceptions for certain compressed gases in limited quantities are provided in paragraph (i) of this section.






</P>
<P>(1) Foodstuffs or soaps with soluble or emulsified compressed gas are authorized in non-refillable metal or plastic containers not to exceed 1 L (61.0 cubic inches) capacity provided the pressure in each container does not exceed 140 psig at 54.4 °C (130 °F) unless authorized by variation of a container type. For pressures ranging from greater than 140 psig to 160 psig, a variation DOT 2P1 or DOT 2Q2 (§§ 178.33(c) and (d) of this subchapter, respectively) container must be used. However, the pressure of the contents in the container may not be greater than 150 psig at 23.9 °C (75 °F). Plastic containers may only contain Division 2.2 non-flammable soluble or emulsified compressed gas. Metal or plastic containers must be capable of withstanding, without bursting, a pressure of at least one and one-half times the equilibrium pressure of the contents at 54.4 °C (130 °F).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Authorized Aerosol Containers for Foodstuffs and Soaps
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If the gauge pressure (psig) at 54.4 °C (130 °F) is . . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Authorized container
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Not exceeding 140</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-DOT specification, DOT 2P, DOT 2P1, DOT 2Q, DOT 2Q2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 140 but not exceeding 160</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT 2P, DOT 2P1, DOT 2Q, DOT 2Q2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 160 but not exceeding 180</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT 2Q, DOT 2Q2.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(i) Containers must be packed in strong outer packagings.
</P>
<P>(ii) Liquid content of the material and the gas must not completely fill the container at 55 °C (131 °F).
</P>
<P>(iii) Each outer packaging must be marked “INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS.”
</P>
<P>(2) Cream in refillable metal or plastic containers with soluble or emulsified compressed gas. Plastic containers must only contain Division 2.2 non-flammable soluble or emulsified compressed gas. Containers must be of such design that they will hold pressure without permanent deformation up to 375 psig and must be equipped with a device designed so as to release pressure without bursting of the container or dangerous projection of its parts at higher pressures. This exception applies to shipments offered for transportation by refrigerated motor vehicles only.
</P>
<P>(3) Nonrefillable metal or plastic containers charged with a Division 6.1 PG III or nonflammable solution containing biological products or a medical preparation that could be deteriorated by heat, and compressed gas or gases. Plastic containers may only contain 2.2 non-flammable soluble or emulsified compressed gas. The capacity of each container may not exceed 35 cubic inches (19.3 fluid ounces). The pressure in the container may not exceed 140 psig at 54.4 °C (130 °F), and the liquid content of the product and gas must not completely fill the containers at 54.4 °C (130 °F). One completed container out of each lot of 500 or less, filled for shipment, must be heated, until the pressure in the container is equivalent to equilibrium pressure of the contents at 54.4 °C (130 °F). There must be no evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. The container must be packed in strong outer packagings.
</P>
<P>(4) Electronic tubes, each having a volume of not more than 30 cubic inches and charged with gas to a pressure of not more than 35 psig and packed in strong outer packagings are authorized.
</P>
<P>(5) Audible fire alarm systems powered by a compressed gas contained in an inside metal container when shipped are authorized under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Each inside container must have contents that are not flammable, poisonous, or corrosive as defined under this part,
</P>
<P>(ii) Each inside container may not have a capacity exceeding 35 cubic inches (19.3 fluid ounces),
</P>
<P>(iii) Each inside container may not have a pressure exceeding 70 psig at 21.1 °C (70 °F) and the liquid portion of the gas may not completely fill the inside container at 54.4 °C (130 °F), and
</P>
<P>(iv) Each nonrefillable inside container must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than four times its charged pressure at 54.4 °C (130 °F). Each refillable inside container must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than five times its charged pressure at 54.4 °C (130 °F).
</P>
<P>(c)-(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Refrigerating machines.</I> (1) New (unused) refrigerating machines or components thereof are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this part if they meet the following conditions. In addition, shipments are not subject to subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter, to part 174 of this subchapter except § 174.24 and to part 177 of this subchapter except § 177.817.
</P>
<P>(i) Each pressure vessel may not contain more than 5,000 pounds of Group A1 refrigerant as classified in ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15 or not more than 50 pounds of refrigerant other than Group A1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Machines or components having two or more charged vessels may not contain an aggregate of more than 2,000 pounds of Group I refrigerant or more than 100 pounds of refrigerant other than Group I.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each pressure vessel must be equipped with a safety device meeting the requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE 15 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(iv) Each pressure vessel must be equipped with a shut-off valve at each opening except openings used for safety devices and with no other connection. These valves must be closed prior to and during transportation.
</P>
<P>(v) Pressure vessels must be manufactured, inspected and tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15, or when over 6 inches internal diameter, in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(vi) All parts subject to refrigerant pressure during shipment must be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15.
</P>
<P>(vii) The liquid portion of the refrigerant, if any, may not completely fill any pressure vessel at 130 °F.
</P>
<P>(viii) The amount of refrigerant, if liquefied, may not exceed the filling density prescribed in § 173.304.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Used refrigerating machines</I>—(i) <I>Packaging.</I> Reconditioned (used) refrigerating machines (UN 2857, Div. 2.2) may be excepted from the marking requirements of § 172.302(c) of this subchapter and transported by motor vehicle when they conform to the requirements prescribed in § 173.306(e)(1), are secured or permanently attached to the motor vehicle, and are:
</P>
<P>(A) Permanently affixed to a steel base structure,
</P>
<P>(B) Permanently affixed to a trailer, or
</P>
<P>(C) Manufactured with a rigid internal structure designed for transportation and stacking conditions such that they do not leak and do not deteriorate, distort, or become damaged in a manner that could adversely affect their safety or reduce their strength in transportation, cause instability in stacks of refrigerating machines, or cause damage to these machines in a way that is likely to reduce safety in transportation.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Testing.</I> Used refrigerating machines returned from their rental locations must be transported back to an authorized original equipment manufacturer service facility and undergo maintenance, repair and/or replacement that renders these machines operational at the same level as that of new refrigerating machines, and must undergo a leak test by a certified technician, prior to re-shipment.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Accumulators (Articles, pressurized pneumatic or hydraulic containing non-flammable gas).</I> The following applies to accumulators, which are hydraulic accumulators containing nonliquefied, nonflammable gas, and nonflammable liquids or pneumatic accumulators containing nonliquefied, nonflammable gas, fabricated from materials which will not fragment upon rupture.
</P>
<P>(1) Accumulators installed in motor vehicles, construction equipment, and assembled machinery and designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than five times their charged pressure at 70 °F, when shipped, are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Accumulators charged with limited quantities of compressed gas to not more than 200 psig at 70 °F are excepted from labeling (except when offered for transportation by air) and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when shipped under the following conditions. In addition, shipments are not subject to subpart F (placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter, to part 174 of this subchapter except § 174.24 and to part 177 of this subchapter except § 177.817.
</P>
<P>(i) Each accumulator must be shipped as an inside packaging. Robust accumulators may be transported unpackaged, in crates, or in appropriate overpacks, when the hazardous materials are afforded equivalent protection by the article in which they are contained;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each accumulator may not have a gas space exceeding 2,500 cubic inches under stored pressure; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Each accumulator must be tested, without evidence of failure or damage, to at least three times its charged pressure of 70 °F, but not less than 120 psi before initial shipment and before each refilling and reshipment.
</P>
<P>(3) Accumulators with a charging pressure exceeding 200 psig at 70 °F and in compliance with the requirements stated in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, as applicable, are excepted from labeling (except when offered for transportation by air) and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when shipped under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Each accumulator must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than five (5) times its charged pressure at 70 °F when shipped;
</P>
<P>(ii) For an accumulator with a gas space not to exceed 100 cubic inches, it must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than five (5) times its charged pressure at 70 °F. Out of each lot not to exceed 1,000 successively produced accumulators per day of the same type, accumulators must be tested, in lieu of the testing of paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) One (1) accumulator must be tested to the minimum design burst pressure;
</P>
<P>(B) Two (2) accumulators, one at the beginning of production and one at the end must be tested to at least two and a half times the charge pressure without evidence of leakage or distortion;
</P>
<P>(C) If accumulators fail either test, an additional four (4) sets of accumulators from the lot may be tested. If any additional accumulators fail, the lot must be rejected;
</P>
<P>(iii) For an accumulator with a gas space not to exceed 30 cubic inches, it must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than four (4) times its charged pressure at 70 °F. Out of each lot not to exceed 1,000 successively produced accumulators per day of the same type, accumulators must be tested, in lieu of the testing of paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) One (1) accumulator must be tested to the minimum design burst pressure;
</P>
<P>(B) Two (2) accumulators, one at the beginning of production and one at the end must be tested to at least two and a half times the charge pressure without evidence of leakage or distortion;
</P>
<P>(C) If accumulators fail either test, an additional four (4) sets of accumulators from the lot may be tested. If any additional accumulators fail, the lot must be rejected;
</P>
<P>(iv) Accumulators must be packaged in strong outer packaging. Robust accumulators may be transported unpackaged, in crates, or in appropriate overpacks, when the hazardous materials are afforded equivalent protection by the article in which they are contained.
</P>
<P>(4) Accumulators intended to function as shock absorbers, struts, gas springs, pneumatic springs or other impact or energy-absorbing devices are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter provided each:
</P>
<P>(i) Has a gas space capacity not exceeding 1.6 L and a charge pressure not exceeding 280 bar, where the product of the capacity expressed in liters and charge pressure expressed in bars does not exceed 80 (for example, 0.5 L gas space and 160 bar charge pressure);
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a minimum burst pressure of 4 times the charge pressure at 20 °C for products not exceeding 0.5 L gas space capacity and 5 times the charge pressure for products greater than 0.5 L gas space capacity;
</P>
<P>(iii) Design type has been subjected to a fire test demonstrating that the article relieves its pressure by means of a fire degradable seal or other pressure relief device, such that the article will not fragment and that the article does not rocket; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Accumulators must be manufactured under a written quality assurance program which monitors parameters controlling burst strength, burst mode and performance in a fire situation as specified in paragraphs (f)(4)(i) through (f)(4)(iii) of this section. A copy of the quality assurance program must be maintained at each facility at which the accumulators are manufactured.
</P>
<P>(5) Accumulators not conforming to the provisions of paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(4) of this section may only be transported subject to the approval of the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Water pump system tank.</I> Water pump system tanks pre-charged at time of manufacture with compressed air or limited quantities of nitrogen or helium to not over 275.79 kPa gauge pressure (40 psig) for single-trip shipment to installation sites are excepted from labeling, and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when shipped under the following conditions. In addition, shipments of these tanks are not subject to the placarding requirements of subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter, and not subject to parts 174 (except § 174.24) and 177 (except § 177.817) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(1) The tank must be of steel or composite construction, with heads concave to pressure, having a rated water capacity not exceeding 455 L (120 gallons) and with an outside diameter not exceeding 61 cm (24 inches). These tanks may be operated in ambient air temperatures of up to 49 °C (120 °F) with a maximum working pressure not less than 75 psig and not greater than 150 psig. Safety relief devices are not required.
</P>
<P>(2) Each tank must be pneumatically tested to the manufacturer's specified maximum working pressure. The test pressure must be permanently marked on the tank. In any case, the pneumatic test must not be conducted to a pressure exceeding 150 psig.
</P>
<P>(3) The stress at prescribed pressure for steel tanks must not exceed 20,000 psig (or 25,000 psig for deep-draw steel), using the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = Pd/2t
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = prescribed pressure for the tank is at least the manufacturer's rated maximum working pressure or three (3) times the pre-charged pressure at 21.1 °C (70 °F), whichever is greater;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t = minimum wall thickness, in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) For steel and composite tanks, the burst pressure must be at least six (6) times the pre-charge pressure at 21.1 °C (70 °F) or three (3) times the manufacturer's specified maximum working pressure, whichever is greater.
</P>
<P>(5) Each tank must be over-packed in a strong outer packaging in conformance with § 173.301(h).
</P>
<P>(6) Transportation is limited to motor vehicle, railcar, and vessel. Transportation by aircraft is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Lighter refills.</I> (1) Lighter refills (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) must not contain an ignition element but must contain a release device. Lighter refills offered for transportation under this section may not exceed 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or contain more than 65 grams of a Division 2.1 fuel. For transportation by highway or rail, lighter refills must be tightly packed and secured against shifting in strong outer packagings. For transportation by aircraft or vessel, lighter refills must be tightly packed and secured against shifting in any rigid specification outer packaging authorized in subpart L of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group II performance level.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exceptions.</I> (i) For other than transportation by aircraft, exceptions for certain compressed gases in limited quantities are provided in paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) For highway transportation, when no more than 1,500 lighter refills covered by this paragraph are transported in one motor vehicle, the requirements of subparts C through H of part 172, and part 177 of this subchapter do not apply. Lighter refills covered under this paragraph must be packaged in rigid, strong outer packagings meeting the general packaging requirements of subpart B of this part. Outer packagings must be plainly and durably marked on two opposing sides or ends with the words “LIGHTER REFILLS” and the number of devices contained therein in letters measuring at least 20 mm (0.79 in) in height. No person may offer for transportation or transport the lighter refills or prepare the lighter refills for shipment unless that person has been specifically informed of the requirements of this section.


</P>
<P>(i) <I>Limited quantities.</I> A limited quantity that conforms to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1), (a)(3), (a)(5), (b) or, except for transportation by aircraft, paragraph (h) of this section is excepted from labeling requirements, unless the material is offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. Packages must be marked in accordance with § 172.315(a) or (b), as appropriate. Packages of limited quantities intended for transportation by aircraft must conform to the applicable requirements (<I>e.g.,</I> authorized materials, inner packaging quantity limits, and closure securement) of § 173.27 of this part. A limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this section is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered for transportation and transported by aircraft or vessel and is eligible for the exceptions provided in § 173.156 of this part. Outside packagings conforming to this paragraph are not required to be marked “INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS.” In addition, packages of limited quantities are not subject to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight.






</P>
<P>(j) <I>Aerosols and receptacles small, containing gas with a capacity of less than 50 mL.</I> Aerosols, as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, and receptacles, small, containing gas, with a capacity not exceeding 50 mL (1.7 fluid oz.) and with a pressure not exceeding 970 kPa (141 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F), containing no hazardous materials other than a Division 2.2 gas, are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter except that for transport by aircraft, such aerosols and receptacles must be transported as cargo and may not be carried onboard an aircraft by passengers or crewmembers in carry-on baggage, checked baggage, or on their person unless specifically excepted by § 175.10. The pressure limit may be increased to 2,000 kPa (290 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F) provided the aerosols are transported in outer packages that conform to the packaging requirements of Subpart B of this part. This paragraph (j) does not apply to a self-defense spray (e.g., pepper spray).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Aerosols for recycling or disposal.</I> Aerosols (as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter) intended for recycling or disposal may be transported under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Aerosols conforming to paragraph (a)(3), (a)(5), (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section are excepted from the labeling requirements of subpart E of part 172 this subchapter, the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in accordance with this paragraph, the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter (unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance or hazardous waste), and the 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight limitation, when transported by motor vehicle for purposes of recycling or disposal under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The aerosols must be packaged in a strong outer packaging. The strong outer packaging and its contents must not exceed a gross weight of 500 kg (1,100 pounds);
</P>
<P>(ii) Each aerosol must be secured with a cap to protect the valve stem or the valve stem must be removed;
</P>
<P>(iii) Each completed package must be marked in accordance with § 172.315(a); and
</P>
<P>(iv) The packaging must be offered for transportation or transported by—
</P>
<P>(A) Private or contract motor carrier; or
</P>
<P>(B) Common carrier in a motor vehicle under exclusive use for such service.
</P>
<P>(2) Aerosols intended to conform to paragraphs (a)(3) or (a)(5) of this section at the time of filling but are leaking, have been improperly filled, or otherwise no longer conform to paragraphs (a)(3) or (a)(5) of this section may be offered for transportation and transported for disposal or recycling under the conditions provided in this paragraph (k)(2). Such aerosols are not eligible for the exceptions provided in paragraphs (a) and (i) of this section except for subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Packaging.</I> (A) The aerosols must be packaged in a metal or plastic removable head UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 drum tested and marked to the PG II performance level or higher for liquids;
</P>
<P>(B) Each drum must be provided, when necessary, with sufficient cushioning and absorption material to prevent excessive shifting of the aerosols and to eliminate the presence of any free liquid at the time the drum is closed. All cushioning and absorbent material used in the drum must be compatible with the hazardous material; and
</P>
<P>(C) The pressure inside each completed drum, at any time during transportation, may not exceed the design test pressure marked on the drum.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Hazard communication.</I> (A) Notwithstanding the marking requirements for non-bulk packages in § 172.301 of this subchapter, each drum must be marked “AEROSOL SALVAGE” or “AEROSOL SALVAGE DRUM” in association with the required label(s); and
</P>
<P>(B) The overpack marking requirements of § 173.25 of this subchapter do not apply.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Modal restrictions.</I> The completed drums must be offered for transportation and transported by private or contract carrier by highway or rail. Vessel and air transportation are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(l) For additional exceptions, <I>see</I> § 173.307.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Reverse logistics.</I> Hazardous materials meeting the definition of “reverse logistics” under § 171.8 of this subchapter and in compliance with this section may be offered for transport and transported in highway transportation in accordance with § 173.157. For the purposes of this paragraph a cylinder or aerosol container may be assumed to meet the definition of a Division 2.1 or 2.2 material, respectively, even if the exact pressure is unknown.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Receptacles, small, containing gas or gas cartridges for recycling or disposal.</I> Receptacles, small, containing gas <I>or</I> gas cartridges not exceeding 1.0 L (0.3 gallons) capacity may be offered for transportation for the purposes of recycling or disposal. Receptacles, small, containing gas <I>or</I> gas cartridges are not required to be protected against shifting and inadvertent discharge if measures to prevent dangerous build-up of pressure and dangerous atmospheres are addressed and are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged and offered in accordance with this paragraph (n).
</P>
<P>(1) Receptacles, small, containing gas <I>or</I> gas cartridges for recycling or disposal, other than those that are leaking or severely deformed, must be packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The receptacles, small, containing gas <I>or</I> gas cartridges must be packaged in a strong outer packaging. The strong outer packaging and its contents must not exceed a gross weight of 55 kg (121 pounds) for fiberboard packagings or 125 kg (275 pounds) for other packagings; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Packagings must be adequately ventilated to prevent the creation of dangerous atmospheres and build-up of pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) Rigid large packagings are authorized conforming to the packing group II performance level made of:
</P>
<P>(i) Steel (50A); Aluminum (50B); Metal other than steel or aluminum (50N); Rigid plastics (50H); Natural wood (50C); Plywood (50D); Reconstituted wood (50F); Rigid fiberboard (50G).
</P>
<P>(ii) Large packagings must be designed and constructed to prevent dangerous shifting and inadvertent discharge during normal conditions of transport;
</P>
<P>(iii) Large packagings must be adequately ventilated to prevent the creation of dangerous atmospheres and the build-up of pressure; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Leaking or severely deformed containers must be transported in salvage cylinders or salvage packagings provided adequate measures are taken to prevent a dangerous build-up of pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) Receptacles, small, containing gas <I>or</I> gas cartridges for recycling or disposal must not be transported in closed freight containers.
</P>
<P>(4) Receptacles, small, containing gas <I>or</I> gas cartridges for recycling or disposal that were filled with Division 2.2 gases and have been pierced are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-94, 41 FR 16079, Apr. 15, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.306, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.307" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.307   Exceptions for compressed gases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following materials are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter:
</P>
<P>(1) Carbonated beverages.
</P>
<P>(2) Tires when inflated to pressures not greater than their rated inflation pressures. For transportation by air, tires and tire assemblies must meet the conditions in § 175.8(b)(4) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Balls used for sports.
</P>
<P>(4) Refrigerating machines, including dehumidifiers and air conditioners, and components thereof, such as precharged tubing containing: 
</P>
<P>(i) 12 kg (25 pounds) or less of a non-flammable, non-toxic gas; 
</P>
<P>(ii) 12 L (3 gallons) or less of ammonia solution (UN2672);
</P>
<P>(iii) Except when offered or transported by air, 12 kg (25 pounds) or less of a flammable, non-toxic gas; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Except when offered or transported by air or vessel, 20 kg (44 pounds) or less of a Group A1 refrigerant specified in ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); or
</P>
<P>(v) 100 g (4 ounces) or less of a flammable, non-toxic liquefied gas. 
</P>
<P>(5) Manufactured articles or apparatuses, other than light bulbs each containing not more than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of inert gas and packaged so that the quantity of inert gas per package does not exceed 1 g (0.035 ounce).
</P>
<P>(6) Light bulbs (lamps) conforming to the requirements of § 173.11.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-94, 41 FR 16081, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 173-135, 45 FR 13090, Feb. 28, 1980; 65 FR 50462, Aug. 18, 2000; 68 FR 45038, July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006; 74 FR 2266, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3380, Jan. 19, 2011; 80 FR 1162, Jan. 8, 2015; 85 FR 83400, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.308" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.308   Lighters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> No person may offer for transportation or transport a lighter (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) containing a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material except under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The lighter must contain a fuel reservoir not exceeding 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic inches), and must contain not more than 10 grams (0.35 ounce) of flammable gas.
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum filling density may not exceed 85 percent of the volumetric capacity of each fluid reservoir at 15 °C (59 °F).
</P>
<P>(3) Each lighter design, including closures, must be capable of withstanding, without leakage or rupture, an internal pressure of at least two times the pressure of the flammable gas at 55 °C (131 °F).
</P>
<P>(4) Each appropriate lighter design must be examined and successfully tested by a person or agency (authorized testing agency) who is authorized by the Associate Administrator to perform such examination and testing under the provisions of subpart E of part 107 of this chapter and who—
</P>
<P>(i) Has the equipment necessary to perform the testing required to the level of accuracy required;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is able to demonstrate, upon request, the knowledge of the testing procedures and requirements of the HMR relative to lighters;
</P>
<P>(iii) Does not manufacture or market lighters, is not financially dependent or owned in whole or in part, by any entity that manufactures or markets lighters;
</P>
<P>(iv) Is a resident of the United States; and
</P>
<P>(v) Performs all examination and testing in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) and (4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The Associate Administrator will assign an identification code to each person who is authorized to examine and test lighters. This identification code must be incorporated into a unique test report identifier for each successfully tested lighter design.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examination and testing of lighter design types</I>—(1) <I>Lighter design type definition.</I> A new lighter design is one that has never been examined and tested or one that differs from a previous design in any manner that may affect the escape (leakage) of gas. Lighter characteristics that may affect the escape of gas include changes in materials of construction, ignition mechanism, burner valve design, wall thickness, sealing materials, and type of fuel (e.g., vapor pressure differences).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lighter samples submitted for examination and testing.</I> Samples of a new lighter design are excepted from the requirements of (a)(4) and (d) of this section and may be offered for transportation and transported under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The samples must be transported only to an authorized testing agency;
</P>
<P>(ii) No more than 12 lighters may be packaged in a single outer packaging;
</P>
<P>(iii) Inner packagings must conform to the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section. For transportation by aircraft, intermediate or outer packagings must meet the pressure differential requirements of § 173.27(c) of this part;
</P>
<P>(iv) The outer packaging must conform to the requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level and to the requirements of § 173.24 of this subpart;
</P>
<P>(v) The word “sample” must appear on the shipping paper as part of the proper shipping name or in association with the basic description; and
</P>
<P>(vi) In addition to other required markings and labels, the package must be marked “SAMPLE FOR EXAMINATION AND TESTING.”
</P>
<P>(vii) All other applicable requirements of this subchapter must be met.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Examination and testing of sample lighters by an authorized testing agency.</I> Each sample lighter must be examined for conformance with paragraph (a) of this section by a person authorized by the Associate Administrator. In addition, lighters must be subjected to the following leakage test:
</P>
<P>(i) A minimum of six lighters must be examined and tested at one time. Store the lighters in a desiccator for 24 hours. After drying, weigh each lighter on an analytical balance capable of accurately measuring to within 
<FR>1/10</FR> of a milligram (0.0001 grams).
</P>
<P>(ii) After weighing, place the lighters together in an explosion-proof, controlled-temperature laboratory oven capable of maintaining 38 ±1 °C (100 ±2 °F) for 96 continuous hours (4 days). At the end of 96 hours, remove the lighters from the oven and place them in the same desiccator and allow the lighters to cool to ambient temperature. 
</P>
<P>(iii) After cooling, weigh each lighter and determine the net weight differences for each lighter tested (subtract the mass after oven exposure from the original mass before oven exposure).
</P>
<P>(iv) Weight losses must be assessed to determine the quantity of gas that leaked from the lighters and from the weight change as a result of absorbed moisture. If the net weight has increased, the test facility must run the required test using six empty lighters in parallel with the six filled lighters. The parallel tests are conducted to determine the weight of moisture absorbed in the plastic in order to determine the weight loss of the lighters from gas leakage.
</P>
<P>(v) If the net weight loss for any one of the six lighters exceeds 20 milligrams (0.020 grams), the design must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(vi) Lighters manufactured to a rejected lighter design may not be offered for transportation or transported in commerce unless approved in writing by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Recordkeeping requirements.</I> (i) Following the examination of each new lighter design, the person or agency that conducted the examination and test must prepare a test report and make that test report available to the manufacturer. At a minimum, the test report must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) Name and address of test facility;
</P>
<P>(B) Name and address of applicant;
</P>
<P>(C) A test report identifier, that is, the authorized person or agency identifier code immediately followed by an alpha/numeric identifier of four or more characters assigned to the specific lighter design by the authorized person or agency (e.g., “LAA****,” where, “LAA” is the identification code assigned to the authorized person or agency by the Associate Administrator and “****” is replaced with the unique test report identifier assigned to the specific lighter design by the authorized person or agency);
</P>
<P>(D) Manufacturer of the lighter. For a foreign manufacturer, the U.S. agent or importer must be identified;
</P>
<P>(E) Description of the lighter design type (e.g., model, dimensions, ignition mechanism, reservoir capacity, lot/batch number) in sufficient detail to ensure conformance with paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(F) A certification by the authorized testing agency that the lighter design conforms to paragraph (a) of this section and passes or does not pass the required leakage test in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) For as long as any lighter design is in production and for at least three years thereafter, a copy of each lighter's test report must be maintained by the authorized testing agency that performed the examination and testing and the manufacturer of the design. For a foreign manufacturer, each test report must be maintained in accordance with this paragraph by the foreign manufacturer's U.S. agent or importer.
</P>
<P>(iii) Test reports must be traceable to a specific lighter design and must be made available to a representative of the Department upon request.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Transitional provisions.</I> Until January 1, 2012, approval numbers issued by the Associate Administrator prior to January 1, 2007 may continue to be marked on packages and annotated on shipping papers, where applicable. After that time, previously issued approvals (<I>i.e.,</I> T-***) will no longer be valid and each lighter design currently in production must be re-examined and tested under the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Packaging requirements</I>—(1) <I>Inner containment.</I> Lighters must be placed in an inner packaging that is designed to prevent shifting of the lighters and inadvertent ignition or leakage. The ignition device and gas control lever of each lighter must be designed, or securely sealed, taped, or otherwise fastened or packaged to protect against accidental functioning or leakage of the contents during transport. If lighters are packed vertically in a plastic tray, a plastic, fiberboard or paperboard partition must be used to prevent friction between the ignition device and the inner packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Outer packaging.</I> Lighters and their inner packagings must be tightly packed and secured against shifting in any rigid specification outer packaging authorized in subpart L of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group II performance level.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Shipping paper and marking requirements.</I> (1) In addition to the requirements of subpart C of part 172, shipping papers must be annotated with the lighter design test report identifier (see paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of this section) traceable to the test report assigned to the lighters or, if applicable, the previously issued approval number (<I>i.e.,</I> T* * *), in association with the basic description.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to the requirements of subpart D of part 172, a lighter design test report identifier (see paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of this section) or, if applicable, the previously issued approval number (<I>i.e.,</I> T* * *), must be marked on a package containing lighters.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exceptions</I>—(1) <I>Common or contract carriage.</I> For highway transportation by common or contract carrier, when no more than 1,500 lighters covered by this section are transported in one motor vehicle, the requirements of subparts C through H of part 172, and part 177 of this subchapter do not apply. Lighters transported in accordance with this paragraph are also excepted from the specification packaging, shipping paper, and marking requirements specified in § 173.308(c) and (d). Inner packagings must conform to paragraph (c)(1) of this section. Lighters must be further packaged in rigid, strong outer packagings meeting the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173. Outer packagings must be plainly and durably marked, on two opposing sides or ends, with the word “LIGHTERS” and the number of devices contained therein in letters measuring at least 20 mm (0.79 in) in height. In addition, the package must include the test report identifier for each lighter design as specified in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of this section or, if applicable, the previously issued approval number (<I>i.e.,</I> T***). The test report identifier or approval number must be durable, legible, in English, and located in, attached to, or marked directly on the package. No person may offer for transportation or transport the lighters or prepare the lighters for shipment unless that person has been specifically informed of the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Private carriage.</I> For highway transportation by a private carrier, lighters that have been examined and successfully tested in accordance with this section are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) No person may offer for transportation or transport the lighters or prepare the lighters for shipment unless that person has been specifically informed of the requirements of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Lighters must be placed in an inner packaging that is designed to prevent accidental activation of the ignition device or valve, release of gas, and shifting of the lighters (<I>e.g.,</I> tray, blister pack, etc.);
</P>
<P>(iii) Inner packagings must be placed in a securely closed rigid outer packaging that limits shifting of the inner packagings and protects them from damage;
</P>
<P>(iv) The outer package may contain not more than 300 lighters;
</P>
<P>(v) A transport vehicle may carry not more than 1,500 lighters at any one time;
</P>
<P>(vi) The lighters may not be placed in an outer packaging with other hazardous materials; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Outer packagings must be plainly and durably marked with the words “LIGHTERS, excepted quantity.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 3427, Jan. 23, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008; 85 FR 75714, Nov. 25, 2020; 85 FR 83400, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.309" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.309   Fire extinguishers.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to portable fire extinguishers for manual handling and operation, fire extinguishers for installation in aircraft, fire extinguishers for installation as part of a fire suppression system, and large fire extinguishers. Fire extinguishers for installation as part of a fire suppression system include cylinders charged with either a compressed gas and an extinguishing agent or a gas which comprises the sole fire extinguishing agent in the system. A fire extinguisher does not include cylinders pressurized with a gas for purposes of expelling a separately stored extinguishing agent in the fire suppression system. Large fire extinguishers include fire extinguishers mounted on wheels for manual handling; fire extinguishing equipment or machinery mounted on wheels or wheeled platforms or units transported similar to (small) trailers; and fire extinguishers composed of a non-rollable pressure drum and equipment, and handled, for example, by fork lift or crane when loaded or unloaded. Cylinders filled with a compressed gas whose purpose is to expel a separately stored extinguishing agent may not be transported under this section when offered for transportation or transported apart from a suppression system.
</P>
<P>(a) Specification 3A, 3AA, 3E, 3AL, 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET or 4BW (§§ 178.36, 178.37, 178.42, 178.46, 178.50, 178.51, 178.55 and 178.61 of this subchapter) cylinders are authorized for manufacture and use as fire extinguishers under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Extinguishing agents must be nonflammable, non-poisonous, non-corrosive, and commercially free from corroding components;
</P>
<P>(2) Each fire extinguisher must be charged with a nonflammable, non-poisonous, dry gas that has a dew-point at or below minus 46.7 °C (minus 52 °F) at 101 kPa (1 atmosphere) and is free of corroding components, to not more than the service pressure of the cylinder;
</P>
<P>(3) A fire extinguisher may not contain more than 30% carbon dioxide by volume or any other corrosive extinguishing agent; and
</P>
<P>(4) Each fire extinguisher must be protected externally by suitable corrosion-resisting coating.
</P>
<P>(5) Specification 3E and 4BA cylinders must be packed in strong non-bulk outer packagings. The outside of the combination packaging must be marked with an indication that the inner packagings conform to the prescribed specifications.
</P>
<P>(b) Specification 2P or 2Q (§§ 178.33 and 178.33a of this subchapter) inner non-refillable metal packagings are authorized as fire extinguishers subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Extinguishing agents must be nonflammable, non-poisonous, and non-corrosive as defined in this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) The liquid portion of the gas plus any additional liquid or solid may not completely fill the packaging at 55 °C (130 °F);
</P>
<P>(3) Pressure in the packaging must not exceed 1250 kPa (181 psig) at 55 °C (130 °F). If the pressure exceeds 920 kPa (141 psig) at 55 °C (130 °F), but does not exceed 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 °C (130 °F), a specification DOT 2P inner metal packaging must be used; if the pressure exceeds 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 °C (130 °F), a specification DOT 2Q inner metal packaging must be used. The metal packaging must be capable of withstanding, without bursting, a pressure of one and one-half times the equilibrium pressure of the contents at 55 °C (130 °F);
</P>
<P>(4) Each completed inner packaging filled for shipment must have been heated until the pressure in the container is equivalent to the equilibrium pressure of the contents at 55 °C (130 °F) without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect; and
</P>
<P>(5) Specification 2P and 2Q cylinders must be packed in strong non-bulk outer packagings. The outside of the combination packaging must be marked with an indication that the inner packagings conform to the prescribed specifications.
</P>
<P>(c) Non-specification cylinders are authorized as fire extinguishers subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Extinguishing agents must be nonflammable, non-poisonous, and non-corrosive as defined in this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) The internal volume of each cylinder may not exceed 18 L (1,100 cubic inches). For fire extinguishers not exceeding 900 mL (55 cubic inches) capacity, the liquid portion of the gas plus any additional liquid or solid must not completely fill the container at 55 °C (130  °F). Fire extinguishers exceeding 900 mL (55 cubic inches) capacity may not contain any liquefied compressed gas;
</P>
<P>(3) Each fire extinguisher manufactured on and after January 1, 1976, must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than six times its charged pressure at 21 °C (70  °F) when shipped;
</P>
<P>(4) Each fire extinguisher must be tested, without evidence of failure or damage, to at least three times its charged pressure at 21 °C (70  °F) but not less than 825 kPa (120 psig) before initial shipment, and must be marked to indicate the year of the test (within 90 days of the actual date of the original test) and with the words “MEETS DOT REQUIREMENTS.” This marking is considered a certification that the fire extinguisher is manufactured in accordance with the requirements of this section. The words “This extinguisher meets all requirements of 49 CFR 173.306” may be displayed on fire extinguishers manufactured prior to January 1, 1976;
</P>
<P>(5) Each non-specification fire extinguisher must be packaged as an inner packaging within a combination outer packaging. Examples of acceptable outer packagings for non-specification fire extinguishers include large cartons, racks, cages or other suitable enclosures; and
</P>
<P>(6) For any subsequent shipment, each fire extinguisher must be in compliance with the retest requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration Regulations of the Department of Labor, 29 CFR 1910.157.
</P>
<P>(d) Limited quantities: Fire extinguishers otherwise conforming to paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section and are charged with a limited quantity of compressed gas to not more than 1660 kPa (241 psig) at 21 °C (70  °F) are excepted from shipping papers (except when offered for transportation by aircraft or vessel), labeling (except when offered for transportation by aircraft), placarding, the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter, and are eligible for the exceptions provided in § 173.156 when offered for transportation in accordance with this paragraph (d). Limited quantity shipments conforming to this paragraph are not subject to parts 174 and 177 of this subchapter when transported by highway or rail. In addition, limited quantity packages of fire extinguishers are subject to the following conditions, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) Extinguishing agents must be nonflammable, non-poisonous, and non-corrosive as defined in this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) Packages must be marked as specified for limited quantities in § 172.315 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(e) Large fire extinguishers may be transported while unpackaged under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The requirements of § 173.24(b) are met;
</P>
<P>(2) The valves are protected in accordance with § 173.301b(c)(2)(i), (ii), (iii) or (v); and
</P>
<P>(3) Other equipment mounted on the fire extinguisher is protected to prevent accidental activation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 1116, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 80 FR 1162, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72927, Nov. 23, 2015; 85 FR 85419, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.310" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.310   Exceptions for radiation detectors.</HEAD>
<P>Radiation detectors, radiation sensors, electron tube devices, or ionization chambers, herein referred to as “radiation detectors,” that contain only Division 2.2 gases in non-refillable cylinders, are excepted from the specification packaging in this subchapter and, except when transported by air, from labeling and placarding requirements of this subchapter when designed, packaged, and transported as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Radiation detectors must be single-trip, hermetically sealed, welded metal inside containers that will not fragment upon impact.
</P>
<P>(b) Radiation detectors must not have a design pressure exceeding 5.00 MPa (725 psig) and a capacity exceeding 405 fluid ounces (731 cubic inches). They must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than three times the design pressure if the radiation detector is equipped with a pressure relief device, and not less than four times the design pressure if the detector is not equipped with a pressure relief device.
</P>
<P>(c) Radiation detectors must be shipped in a strong outer packaging capable of withstanding a drop test of at least 1.2 meters (4 feet) without breakage of the radiation detector or rupture of the outer packaging. If the radiation detector is shipped as part of other equipment, the equipment must be packaged in strong outer packaging or the equipment itself must provide an equivalent level of protection.
</P>
<P>(d) Emergency response information accompanying each shipment and available from each emergency response telephone number for radiation detectors must identify those receptacles that are not fitted with a pressure relief device and provide appropriate guidance for exposure to fire.
</P>
<P>(e) Except as provided paragraph (f) of this section, transport in accordance with this section must be noted on the shipping paper.
</P>
<P>(f) Radiation detectors, including detectors in radiation detection systems, are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter, including shipping papers, if the detectors meet the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section and the capacity of detector receptacles does not exceed 50 ml (1.7 oz.).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 15891, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.311" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.311   Metal Hydride Storage Systems.</HEAD>
<P>The following packing instruction is applicable to transportable UN Metal hydride storage systems (UN3468) with pressure receptacles not exceeding 150 liters (40 gallons) in water capacity, and having a maximum developed pressure not exceeding 25 MPa. UN Metal hydride storage systems must be designed, constructed, initially inspected, and tested in accordance with ISO 16111:2018 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), consistent with § 178.71(m) of this subchapter. Until December 31, 2026, UN Metal hydride storage systems may instead conform to ISO 16111:2008(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Steel pressure receptacles or composite pressure receptacles with steel liners must be marked in accordance with § 173.301b(f), which specifies that a steel UN pressure receptacle displaying an “H” mark must be used for hydrogen-bearing gases or other gases that may cause hydrogen embrittlement. Requalification intervals must be no more than every five years, as specified in § 180.207 of this subchapter, in accordance with the requalification procedures prescribed in ISO 16111:2018 or ISO 16111:2008.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 25487, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.312" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.312   Requirements for shipment of MEGCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) Unless otherwise specified, a MEGC is authorized for the shipment of liquefied and non-liquefied compressed gases. Each pressure receptacle contained in a MEGC must meet the requirements in §§ 173.301, 173.301b, 173.302b and 173.304b, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) The MEGC must conform to the design, construction, inspection and testing requirements prescribed in § 178.75 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for transportation in a MEGC that is damaged to such an extent that the integrity of the pressure receptacles or the MEGC's structural or service equipment may be affected.
</P>
<P>(4) No person may fill or offer for transportation a pressure receptacle in a MEGC if the pressure receptacle or the MEGC is due for periodic requalification, as prescribed in subpart C to part 180 of this subchapter. However, this restriction does not preclude transportation of pressure receptacles filled and offered for transportation prior to the requalification due date.
</P>
<P>(5) Prior to filling and offering a MEGC for transportation, the MEGC's structural and service equipment must be visually inspected. Any unsafe condition must be corrected before the MEGC is offered for transportation. All required markings must be legible.
</P>
<P>(6) Except for Division 2.2 permanent gases, each pressure receptacle must be equipped with an individual shutoff valve that must be tightly closed while in transit. For Division 2.1, Division 2.2 liquefied gases and 2.3 gases, the manifold must be designed so that each pressure receptacle can be filled separately and be kept isolated by a valve capable of being closed during transit. For Division 2.1 gases, the pressure receptacles must be isolated by a valve into assemblies of not more than 3,000 L.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filling.</I> (1) A MEGC may not be filled above its marked maximum permissible gross mass. Additionally, MEGCs must be filled in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A MEGC being filled with non-liquefied (permanent) compressed gas may not be filled to a pressure greater than the lowest marked working pressure of any cylinder (pressure receptacle).
</P>
<P>(ii) An MEGC being filled with a liquefied compressed gas must have each pressure receptacle filled separately by weight and must be filled by a means to ensure that only one pressure receptacle is filled at a time.
</P>
<P>(iii) The filling density for UN pressure receptacles may not exceed the values in accordance with § 173.304b(b).
</P>
<P>(2) After each filling, the shipper must verify the leakproofness of the closures and equipment. Each fill opening must be closed by a cap or plug.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Damage protection.</I> During transportation, a MEGC must be protected against damage to the pressure receptacles and service equipment resulting from lateral and longitudinal impact and overturning as prescribed in § 178.75 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33884, June 12, 2006, as amended at 85 FR 85419, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.313" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.313   UN Portable Tank Table for Liquefied Compressed Gases and Chemical Under Pressure.</HEAD>
<P>The UN Portable Tank Table for Liquefied Compressed Gases and chemical under pressure is referenced in § 172.102(c)(7)(iii) of this subchapter for portable tanks that are used to transport liquefied compressed gases and chemicals under pressure. The table applies to each liquefied compressed gas and chemical under pressure that is identified with Special Provision T50 in Column (7) of the Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101. In addition to providing the UN identification number and proper shipping name, the table provides the minimum design pressures, bottom opening requirements, pressure relief device requirements, and degree of filling requirements for liquefied compressed gases and chemicals under pressure permitted for transportation in a T50 portable tank. In the minimum design pressure column, “small” means a portable tank with a diameter of 1.5 meters or less when measured at the widest part of the shell, “sunshield” means a portable tank with a shield covering at least the upper third of the shell, “bare” means no sunshield or insulation is provided, and “insulated” means a complete cladding of sufficient thickness of insulating material necessary to provide a minimum conductance of not more than 0.67 w/m2/k. In the pressure relief requirements column, the word “Normal” denotes that a frangible disc as specified in § 178.276(e)(3) of this subchapter is not required.






</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">UN Portable Tank Table for Liquefied Compressed Gases and Chemicals Under Pressure


</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">UN No. 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed gases 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum design pressure (bar) small; bare; sunshield; insulated 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Openings below liquid level 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pressure relief requirements (<E T="03">See</E> § 178.276(e)) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum filling density (kg/l)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1005</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonia, anhydrous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25.7
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">22.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">19.7
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1009</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromotrifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 13B1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27.5 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butadienes, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.55
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1012</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butylene</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1017</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">19.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13.5 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1018</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">24.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">19.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1020</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloropentafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">23.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.06
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">18.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1021</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Chloro-1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 124</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.8 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.9 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1027</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclopropane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">18.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14.5 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1028</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.5 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1029</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorofluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1030</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1-Difluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 152a</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.4 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1032</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethylamine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1033</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimethyl ether</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13.8 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.6 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1036</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylamine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1037</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyl chloride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1040</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide with nitrogen up to a total pressure of 1MPa (10 bar) at 50 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Only authorized in 10 bar insulated portable tanks—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1041</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mixture with more than 9% but not more than 87% ethylene oxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in § 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">See</E> § 173.32(f)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1055</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutylene</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1060</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl acetylene and propadiene mixture, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">24.5 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">22.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1061</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylamine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.6 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.8 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1062</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl bromide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1063</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl chloride <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.81
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.7
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1064</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl mercaptan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1067</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dinitrogen tetroxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1075</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Petroleum gas, liquefied</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in § 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See § 173.32(f)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1077</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propylene</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">24.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">22.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1078</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Refrigerant gas, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in § 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See § 173.32(f)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1079</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulphur dioxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1082</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trifluorochloroethylene, stabilized <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 1113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.6
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1083</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trimethylamine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1085</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyl bromide, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1086</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyl chloride, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.81
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1087</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1581</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloropicrin and methyl bromide mixture</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1582</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chloropicrin and methyl chloride mixture</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">19.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.81
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16.9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1858</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hexafluoropropylene compressed <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 1216</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">19.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16.9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1912</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methyl chloride and methylene chloride mixture</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.081
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.6
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NA, 1954</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Insecticide gases, <E T="03">flammable</E>, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in § 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 173.32(f)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1958</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydrocarbon gas, mixture liquefied, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See § 173.32(f)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1969</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Isobutane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorodifluoromethane and chloropentafluoroethane mixture with fixed boiling point, with approximately 49% chlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 502</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">22.8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1974</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorodifluorobromomethane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas R 12B1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octafluorocyclobutane <E T="03">or</E> Refrigerant gas RC 318</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.34
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">22.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20.4
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">18.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Chloro-2,2,2-trifluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 133a</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2035</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1,1-Trifluoroethane compressed or Refrigerant gas R 143a</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">24.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21.8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2424</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Octafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas R 218</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">23.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.07
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20.8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">18.6
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16.6
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2517</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1-Chloro-1,1-difluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 142b</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2602</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dichlorodifluoromethane and difluoroethane azeotropic mixture with approximately 74% dichlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">18.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3057</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trifluoroacetyl chloride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3070</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide and dichlorodifluoromethane mixture with not more than 12.5% ethylene oxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.09
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Perfluoro (methyl vinyl ether)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13.4
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3159</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 134a</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">17.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15.7
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13.8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3161</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, flammable, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in § 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 173.32(f)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3163</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied gas, n.o.s.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in § 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 173.32(f)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3220</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pentafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34.4
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30.8 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">24.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.87
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3252</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Difluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34.4
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3296</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Heptafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas R 227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3297</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide and chlorotetrafluoroethane mixture, with not more than 8.8% ethylene oxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3298</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide and pentafluoroethane mixture, with not more than 7.9% ethylene oxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">23.4
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20.9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">18.6
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3299</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethylene oxide and tetrafluoroethane mixture, with not more than 5.6% ethylene oxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14.7
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3318</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ammonia solution, relative density less than 0.880 at 15 °C in water, with more than 50% ammonia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in § 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 173.32(f)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3337</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Refrigerant gas R 404A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.84
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">22.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Refrigerant gas R 407A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.95
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">22.4
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3339</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Refrigerant gas R 407B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.95
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29.6
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">23.6
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3340</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Refrigerant gas R 407C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.95
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26.8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">23.9
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21.3
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical under pressure, n.o.s</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in § 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See TP4 in § 172.102(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3501</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical under pressure, flammable, n.o.s</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in § 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See TP4 in § 172.102(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3502</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical under pressure, toxic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in § 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See TP4 in § 172.102(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3503</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical under pressure, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in § 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See TP4 in § 172.102(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3504</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical under pressure, flammable, toxic, n.o.s</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in § 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See TP4 in § 172.102(c)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3505</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical under pressure, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See MAWP definition in § 178.276(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 178.276(e)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See TP4 in § 172.102(c)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 34399, June 14, 2005; 78 FR 1091, Jan. 7, 2013; 87 FR 79782, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.314" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.314   Compressed gases in tank cars and multi-unit tank cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For definitions of compressed gases, see § 173.115.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) Tank car tanks containing compressed gases must not be shipped unless they were loaded by or with the consent of the owner thereof.
</P>
<P>(2) Tank car tanks must not contain gases capable of combining chemically and must not be loaded with any gas which combines chemically with the gas previously loaded therein, until all residue has been removed and interior of tank thoroughly cleaned.
</P>
<P>(3) For tanks of the DOT-106A and 110A class, the tanks must be placed in position and attached to car structure by the shipper.
</P>
<P>(4) Wherever the word “approved” is used in this part of the regulations, it means approval by the Association of American Railroads Committee on Tank Cars as prescribed in § 179.3 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(5) Each tank car used for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia or any material that meets the criteria of Division 2.1 or 2.3 must have gaskets for manway cover plates and for mounting of fittings designed (for temperature, application, media, pressure, and size) to create a positive seal so that, under conditions normally incident to transportation, there will not be an identifiable release of the material to the environment. The use of sealants to install gaskets is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Authorized gases, filling limits for tank cars.</I> A compressed gas in a tank car or a multi-unit tank car must be offered for transportation in accordance with § 173.31 and this section. The gases listed below must be loaded and offered for transportation in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(c)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proper shipping name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Outage and filling limits
<br/>(see note 1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Authorized tank car class
<br/>(see note 11)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Authorized tank car specification
<br/>(see note 12)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonia, anhydrous, or ammonia solutions &gt;50 percent ammonia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notes 2, 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 112, 114, 120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">106
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonia solutions with &gt;35 percent, but ≤50 percent ammonia by mass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 109, 112, 114, 120
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Argon, compressed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">107
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Boron trichloride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105H600W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">106
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorine trifluoride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">106, 110
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorine pentafluoride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">106, 110
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethyl ether</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethylamine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 112
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dinitrogen tetroxide, inhibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 2.1 materials not specifically identified in this table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notes 9, 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 2.2 materials not specifically identified in this table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 109, 110, 112, 114, 120
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 2.3 Zone A materials not specifically identified in this table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See § 173.245.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105H600W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 2.3 Zone B materials not specifically identified in this table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105H600W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 2.3 Zone C materials not specifically identified in this table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 2.3 Zone D materials not specifically identified in this table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 109, 110, 112, 114, 120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W, 112H500H
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethylamine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Helium, compressed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">107
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">107
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105H600W, 112H600W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen sulfide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105H600W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen sulfide, liquefied</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">106
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl bromide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl chloride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 112
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl mercaptan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methylamine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 112
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrogen, compressed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">107
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrosyl chloride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">124</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">106
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oxygen, compressed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">107
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosgene</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">106
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur dioxide, liquefied</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105, 106, 110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105H500W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfuryl fluoride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinyl fluoride, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105






</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Notes to table 1 to paragraph (c):
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">1. The filling density percentage for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the mass of gas in the tank to the mass of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in kilograms, the mass of 1 L of water at 15.5 °C in air is 1 kg (the mass of one gallon of water at 60 °F in air is 8.32828 pounds).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">2. The liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least two percent of the total capacity of the tank at the reference temperature of 46 °C (115 °F) for a non-insulated tank; 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour—per square meter—per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 deg;C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour—per square meter—per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">3. The requirements of § 173.24b(a) apply.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">4. The gas pressure at 54.44 °C (130 °F) in any non-insulated tank car may not exceed 7/10 of the marked test pressure, except that a tank may be charged with helium to a pressure of 10 percent in excess of the marked maximum gas pressure at 54.44 °C (130 °F) of each tank.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">5. The liquid portion of the gas at −17.77 °C (0 °F) must not completely fill the tank.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">6. The maximum permitted filling density is 125 percent. The quantity of chlorine loaded into a single unit-tank car may not be loaded in excess of the normal lading weights nor in excess of 81.65 Mg (90 tons).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">7. 89 percent maximum to 80.1 percent minimum at a test pressure of 6.2 bar (90 psig).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">8. 59.6 percent maximum to 53.6 percent minimum at a test pressure of 7.2 bar (105 psig).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">9. For a liquefied petroleum gas, the liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least one percent of the total capacity of the tank at the reference temperature of 46 °C (115 °F) for a non-insulated tank; 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour—per square meter—per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour—per square meter—per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">10. For liquefied petroleum gas and anhydrous ammonia, during the months of November through March (winter), the following reference temperatures may be used: 38 °C (100 °F) for a non-insulated tank; 32 °C (90 °F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour—per square meter—per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 29 °C (85 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket and insulation that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour—per square meter—per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. The winter reference temperatures may only be used for a tank car shipped directly to a consumer for unloading and not stored in transit. The offeror of the tank must inform each customer that the tank car was filled based on winter reference temperatures. The tank must be unloaded as soon as possible after March in order to retain the specified outage and to prevent a release of hazardous material, which might occur due to the tank car becoming liquid full at higher temperatures.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">11. For materials poisonous by inhalation, until December 31, 2027, the single unit tank car tanks authorized are only those cars approved by the Tank Car Committee for transportation of the specified material and built prior to March 16, 2009. After December 31, 2027, all single unit tank cars used in PIH/TIH service must meet the requirements of Note 12.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">12. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, for materials poisonous by inhalation, fusion-welded tank car tanks built on or after March 16, 2009, used for the transportation of the PIH materials noted, must meet the applicable authorized tank car specification and must be equipped with a head shield as prescribed in § 179.16(c)(1).</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) <I>Alternative tank car tanks for materials poisonous by inhalation.</I> (1) As an alternative to the authorized tank car specification noted in the column 4 of the table in paragraph (c) of this section, a car of the same authorized tank car specification but of the next lower test pressure, as prescribed in column 5 of the table at § 179.101-1, may be used provided both of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The difference between the alternative and the required minimum plate thicknesses, based on the calculation prescribed in § 179.100-6 of this subchapter, is added to the alternative tank car jacket and head shield. When the jacket and head shield are made from any authorized steel with a minimum tensile strength from 70,000 p.s.i. to 80,000 p.s.i., but the required minimum plate thickness calculation is based on steel with a minimum tensile strength of 81,000 p.s.i., the thickness to be added to the jacket and head shield must be increased by a factor of 1.157. Forming allowances for heads are not required to be considered when calculating thickness differences as prescribed in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(ii) The tank car jacket and head shield must be manufactured from carbon steel plate as prescribed in § 179.100-7(a) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Verification of content.</I> (1) The amount of liquefied gas loaded into each tank may be determined either by measurement or calculation of the weight, except that DOT specification tank car tanks authorized for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia and ammonia solution may have the amount of liquefied gas loaded into the tank car measured by a metering device in conformance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Metering device.</I> (i) Tank cars loaded with anhydrous ammonia or ammonia solution through the use of a metering device in conformance with this section are not required to be weighed, but must have their outage measured with a magnetic gauging device to determine that the tank car is properly loaded in conformance with this paragraph. Written procedures for loading a tank car using a metering device must be developed and made available at each location where such loading takes place. Certification in writing of the inspection and completion of these loading and/or unloading procedures must be maintained for each tank car and maintained in accordance with the recordkeeping requirements in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section, and all necessary records must be completed. At a minimum, these procedures will specify:
</P>
<P>(A) The tank car must be offered for transportation in conformance with all applicable government regulations.
</P>
<P>(B) Any defects found when the tank car is examined before shipping must be recorded, and the tank must not be loaded until the repairs to eliminate each defect are completed.
</P>
<P>(C) The tank car must be allowed to sit undisturbed for at least 10 minutes after loading to allow material within the tank to settle. After this has occurred a final check for leaks must be conducted prior to offering the tank car for transportation.
</P>
<P>(ii) One out of every 10 tank cars loaded by the use of the metering device must be gauged utilizing the fixed gauging equipment on the tank car to verify by calculation the amount of anhydrous ammonia or ammonia solution contained in the tank car.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The following information must be maintained and be made available to any representative of the DOT upon request for each tank car loaded with the use of a metering device:
</P>
<P>(A) Date loaded,
</P>
<P>(B) Date shipped,
</P>
<P>(C) Tank car reporting marks,
</P>
<P>(D) DOT Specification,
</P>
<P>(E) Tank car stenciled shell capacity (gallons/liters),
</P>
<P>(F) Tank car stenciled tare weight (pounds/kilograms),
</P>
<P>(G) Outage or innage table number,
</P>
<P>(H) Water capacity of tank in pounds and/or kilograms,
</P>
<P>(I) Maximum permitted filling density (see § 173.314),
</P>
<P>(J) Specific gravity of anhydrous ammonia or ammonia solution at the reference temperature,
</P>
<P>(K) Tank car outage (inches/meters, gallons/liters),
</P>
<P>(L) Gallons/liters of liquid ammonia in tank car,
</P>
<P>(M) Quantity of vapor ammonia in tank car (gallons/liters), and
</P>
<P>(N) Total calculated ammonia (liquid &amp; vapor) in tank car (pounds/kilograms).
</P>
<P>(f) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(g) Special requirements for hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid, and vinyl fluoride,stabilized.
</P>
<P>(1) The shipper shall notify the Federal Railroad Administration whenever a tank car is not received by the consignee within 20 days from the date of shipment. Notification to the Federal Railroad Administration may be made by e-mail to <I>Hmassist@fra.dot.gov</I> or telephone call to (202) 493-6229.
</P>
<P>(2) A tank car containing hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid must have the auxiliary valve on the pressure relief device closed during transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) See § 179.102-17 of this subchapter for additional requirements.
</P>
<P>(4) Tank cars containing hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid, must be unloaded to such an extent that any residue remaining in the tank at a reference temperature of 32 °C (90 °F) will not actuate the reclosing pressure relief device.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Special requirements for liquefied petroleum gas</I>—(1) <I>Odorization.</I> All liquefied petroleum gas must be odorized as required in this paragraph to indicate positively, by a distinctive odor, the presence of gas down to a concentration in air of not over one-fifth the lower limit of combustibility; however, odorization is not required if it is harmful in the use or further processing of the liquefied petroleum gas or if it will serve no useful purpose as a warning agent in such use or further processing.
</P>
<P>(i) The lower limits of combustibility of the more commonly used liquefied petroleum gases are: Propane, 2.15 percent; butane, 1.55 percent. These figures represent volumetric percentages of gas-air mixtures in each case.
</P>
<P>(ii) The use of 1.0 pound of ethyl mercaptan per 10,000 gallons of liquefied petroleum gas is considered sufficient to meet the requirements of this paragraph. Use of another odorant is not prohibited so long as there is enough to meet the requirements of this paragraph (h).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Odorant fade.</I> In addition to paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section, the offeror must ensure that enough odorant will remain in the tank car during the course of transportation. The offeror must have procedures in place to:
</P>
<P>(i) Ensure quantitative testing methods are used to measure the amount of odorant in the liquefied petroleum gas;
</P>
<P>(ii) Ensure that, when the odorization of liquefied petroleum gas is manually injected, the required amount of odorant is added;
</P>
<P>(iii) Ensure that, when odorization of liquefied petroleum gas is automatically injected, equipment calibration checks are conducted to ensure the required amount of odorant is consistently added;
</P>
<P>(iv) Ensure quality control measures are in place to make sure that persons who receive tank cars that have been subjected to any condition that could lead to corrosion of the tank car or receive new or recently cleaned tank cars are notified of this information and that a person filling these packagings implement quality control measures so that potential odorant fade is addressed;
</P>
<P>(v) Inspect a tank car for signs of oxidation or corrosion; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Take corrective action needed to ensure enough odorization remains in the tank car during the course of transportation, such as increasing the amount of odorant added to the liquefied petroleum gas.
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Special requirements for materials having a primary or secondary Division 2.1 (flammable gas) hazard.</I> For single unit tank cars, interior pipes of loading and unloading valves, sampling devices, and gauging devices with an opening for the passage of the lading exceeding 1.52 mm (0.060 inch) diameter must be equipped with excess flow valves. For single unit tank cars constructed before January 1, 1972, gauging devices must conform to this paragraph by no later than July 1, 2006. The protective housing cover must be provided with an opening, with a weatherproof cover, above each pressure relief valve that is concentric with the discharge of the pressure relief valve and that has an area at least equal to the valve outlet area. Class DOT 109 tank cars and tank cars manufactured from aluminum or nickel plate are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Special requirements for chlorine.</I> (1) Tank cars built after September 30, 1991, must have an insulation system consisting of 5.08 cm (2 inches) glass fiber placed over 5.08 cm (2 inches) of ceramic fiber. Tank cars must have excess flow valves on the interior pipes of liquid discharge valves. Tank cars constructed to a DOT 105A500W specification may be marked as a DOT 105A300W specification with the size and type of reclosing pressure relief valves required by the marked specification.
</P>
<P>(2) DOT105J500W tank cars may be used as authorized packagings, as prescribed in this subchapter for transporting “UN 1017, Chlorine, 2.3 (8), Poison Inhalation Hazard, Zone B, RQ,” if the tank cars meet all DOT specification requirements, and the tank cars are equipped with combination safety relief valves with a start-to-discharge pressure of 360 psi, rather than the 356 psi. The start-to-discharge pressure setting must be marked on the pressure relief device in conformance with applicable provisions of the AAR Specification for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Special requirements for hydrogen sulphide.</I> Each multi-unit tank car must be equipped with adequate pressure relief devices of the fusible plug type having a yield temperature not over 76.66 °C (170 °F.), and not less than 69.44 °C (157 °F.). Each device must be resistant to extrusion of the fusible alloy and leak tight at 55 °C (130 °F.). A threaded solid plug must seal each valve outlet. In addition, a metal cover must protect all valves.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Special requirements for nitrosyl chloride.</I> Single unit tank cars and their associated service equipment, such as venting, loading and unloading valves, and reclosing pressure relief valves, must be made of metal or clad with a material that is not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading. Multi-unit tank car tanks must be nickel-clad and have reclosing pressure relief devices incorporating a fusible plug having a yield temperature of 79.44 °C (175 °F.). Reclosing pressure relief devices must be vapor tight at 54.44 °C (130 °F.).
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Special requirements for hydrogen.</I> Each tank car must be equipped with one or more pressure relief devices. The discharge outlet for each pressure relief device must be connected to a manifold having a non-obstructed discharge area of at least 1.5 times the total discharge area of the pressure relief devices connected to the manifold. All manifolds must be connected to a single common header having a non-obstructed discharge pointing upward and extending above the top of the car. The header and the header outlet must each have a non-obstructed discharge area at least equal to the total discharge area of the manifolds connected to the header. The header outlet must be equipped with an ignition device that will instantly ignite any hydrogen discharged through the pressure relief device.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Special requirements for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid and nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid.</I> Each tank car must have an insulation system so that the thermal conductance is not more than 0.613 kilojoules per hour, per square meter, per degree Celsius (0.03 B.t.u. per square foot per hour, per degree Fahrenheit) temperature differential. Each tank car must be equipped with one reclosing pressure relief valve having a start-to-discharge pressure not to exceed 75 percent of the tank test pressure and one non-reclosing pressure relief valve having a rupture disc design to burst at a pressure less than the tank test pressure. The discharge capacity of each pressure relief device must be sufficient to prevent building up of pressure in the tank in excess of 82.5 percent of the test pressure of the tank. Tanks must be equipped with two regulating valves set to open at a pressure not to exceed 24.1 Bar (350 psi) on DOT 105A500W tanks and at a pressure not to exceed 27.6 Bar (400 psi) on DOT 105A600W tanks. Each regulating valve and pressure relief device must have its final discharge piped to the outside of the protective housing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52665, Dec. 21, 1990]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.314, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.315" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.315   Compressed gases in cargo tanks and portable tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Liquefied compressed gases that are transported in UN portable tanks, DOT specification portable tanks, or cargo tanks must be prepared in accordance with this section, § 173.32, § 173.33 and subpart E or subpart G of part 180 of this subchapter, as applicable. For cryogenic liquid in cargo tanks, see § 173.318. For marking requirements for portable tanks and cargo tanks, see § 172.326 and § 172.328 of this subchapter, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>UN portable tanks:</I> UN portable tanks must be loaded and offered for transportation in accordance with portable tank provision T50 in § 172.102 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Cargo tanks and DOT specification portable tanks:</I> Cargo tanks and DOT specification portable tanks must be loaded and offered for transportation in accordance with the following table (for purposes of the following table, a column entry with “do” indicates “same as above”):


</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Kind of gas
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Maximum permitted filling density
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Specification container required
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percent by weight (see Note 1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percent by volume (see par. (f) of this section)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type (see Note 2)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum design pressure (psig)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonia, anhydrous or Ammonia solutions with greater than 50 percent ammonia (see Notes 14 and 17)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">82, See Note 5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; See Notes 12, 17 and 27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">265; See Note 17.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ammonia solutions with more than 35 percent but not more than 50 percent ammonia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; see Note 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100; See par. (c) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bromotrifluoromethane (R-13B1 or H-1301); (See Note 9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">365.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Butadiene, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (b) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (b) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c)(1) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200; see Note 3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225; See Notes 4 and 8.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorodifluoroethane (R-142b) (1-Chloro 1,1-difluoroethane); (See Note 9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorodifluoromethane (R-22); (See Note 9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">250.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chloropentafluoroethane (R-115); (See Note 9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorotrifluoromethane (R-13); (See Note 9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichlorodifluoromethane (R-12); (See Note 9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Difluoroethane (R-152a); (See Note 9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethyl ether (see Note 16)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethylamine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 2.1, materials not specifically provided for in this table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 18.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 2.2, materials not specifically provided for in this table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Notes 19 and 28.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A, materials not specifically provided for in this table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; See Note 23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 20.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 2.3, Hazard Zone B, materials not specifically provided for in this table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; See Note 23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 20.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 2.3, Hazard Zone C, materials not specifically provided for in this table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; See Note 24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 21.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Division 2.3, Hazard Zone D, materials not specifically provided for in this table</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; See Note 25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 22.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MC-331, MC-338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100; see Note 11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane-propane mixture, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MC-331, MC-338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">275; see Note 11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexafluoropropylene</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">250.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MC-331, MC-338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100; see Note 11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">91.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">300; see Note 11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">86.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">450; see Note 11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liquefied petroleum gas (see Note 15)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (b) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (b) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; See Note 26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methylacetylene-propadiene, stabilized (see Note 13)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT 51, MC 330, MC 331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methylamine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl chloride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">88.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl chloride (optional portable tank 2,000 pounds water capacity, fusible plug)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl mercaptan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; See Note 23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c)(1) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200; See Note 3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant gas, n.o.s. (See Note 9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See par. (c) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur dioxide (tanks not over 1,200 gallons water capacity)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">87.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; See Note 24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150; See Note 4.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur dioxide (tanks over 1,200 gallons water capacity)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">87.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; See Note 24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125; See Note 4.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur dioxide (optional portable tank 1,000-2,000 pounds water capacity, fusible plug)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51; See Note 24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">225.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trimethylamine, anhydrous</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinyl chloride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">84 (see Note 13)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Note 7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MC-330, MC-331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinyl fluoride, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">250; see Note 11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinyl methyl ether</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See Notes 7 and 13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 1:</E> Maximum filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the weight of gas in the tank to the weight of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in pounds, the weight of a gallon (231 cubic inches) of water at 60 °F. in air shall be 8.32828 pounds.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 2:</E> See § 173.32 for authority to use other portable tanks and for manifolding cargo tanks, see paragraph (q) of this section. Specifications MC 330 cargo tanks may be painted as specified for MC 331 cargo tanks.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 3:</E> If cargo tanks and portable tank containers for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid, are designed to conform to the requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code for low temperature operation (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), the design pressure may be reduced to 100 psig or the controlled pressure, whichever is greater.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 4:</E> Material must be steel. Packagings must have a corrosion allowance of 20 percent or 0.10 inch, whichever is less, added to the metal thickness. The minimum wall thickness for chlorine packagings is 0.300 inch for stainless steel or 0.625 inch for carbon steel, including corrosion allowance.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 5:</E> Unlagged cargo tanks and portable tank containers for liquid anhydrous ammonia may be filled to 87.5 percent by volume provided the temperature of the anhydrous ammonia being loaded into such tanks is determined to be not lower than 30 °F. or provided the filling of such tanks is stopped at the first indication of frost or ice formation on the outside surface of the tank and is not resumed until such frost or ice has disappeared.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 6:</E> Tanks equipped with fusible plugs must be filled by weight.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 7:</E> Tanks must be filled by weight.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 8:</E> Chlorine packagings may be shipped only if the contents are to be unloaded at one unloading point.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 9:</E> This gas may be transported in authorized cargo tanks and portable tanks marked “<E T="04">dispersant gas</E>,” or “<E T="04">refrigerant gas.</E>”
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 10:</E> [Reserved]
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 11:</E> MC-330, MC-331 and MC-338 cargo tanks must be insulated. Cargo tanks must meet all the following requirements. Each tank must have a design service temperature of minus 100 °F., or no warmer than the boiling point at one atmosphere of the hazardous material to be shipped therein, whichever is colder, and must conform to the low-temperature requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code. When the normal travel time is 24 hours or less, the tank's holding time as loaded must be at least twice the normal travel time. When the normal travel time exceeds 24 hours, the tank's holding time as loaded must be at least 24 hours greater than the normal travel time. The holding time is the elapsed time from loading until venting occurs under equilibrium conditions. The cargo tank must have an outer jacket made of steel when the cargo tank is used to transport a flammable gas. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 12:</E> No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc or an alloy of any of these metals shall be used in packaging construction where it comes into contact with the lading.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 13:</E> All parts of valves and safety devices in contact with contents of tank must be of a metal or other material suitably treated if necessary, which will not cause formation of any acetylides.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 14:</E> Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel “(NQT)” are authorized for all grades of anhydrous ammonia. Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and tempered steel “(QT)” (see marking requirements of § 172.328(c) of this subchapter) are authorized for anhydrous ammonia having a minimum water content of 0.2 percent by weight. Any tank being placed in anhydrous ammonia service or a tank which has been in other service or has been opened for inspection, test, or repair, must be cleaned of the previous product and must be purged of air before loading. See § 172.203(h) of this subchapter for special shipping paper requirements.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 15:</E> Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel (NQT) are authorized for all grades of liquefied petroleum gases. Only grades of liquefied petroleum gases determined to be “noncorrosive” are authorized in Specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and tempered steel (QT). “Noncorrosive” means the corrosiveness of the gas does not exceed the limitations for classification 1 of the ASTM Copper Strip Classifications when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1838, “Copper Strip Corrosion by Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). (For (QT) and (NQT) marking requirements, see § 172.328(c) of this subchapter. For special shipping paper requirements, see § 172.203(h) of this subchapter.) 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 16:</E> Openings, inlets, and outlets on MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must conform to § 178.337-8(a) of this subchapter. MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with emergency discharge control equipment as specified in § 178.337-11(a) of this subchapter.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 17:</E> A Specification MC-330 or MC-331 cargo tank or a nonspecification cargo tank meeting, and marked in conformance with, the edition of the ASME Code in effect when it was fabricated, may be used for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia if it:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(1) Has a minimum design pressure not lower than 250 psig;
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(2) Was manufactured in conformance with the ASME Code prior to January 1, 1981, according to its ASME name plate and manufacturer's data report;
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(3) Is painted white or aluminum;
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(4) Complies with Note 12 of this paragraph;
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(5) Has been inspected and tested in accordance with subpart E of part 180 of this subchapter as specified for MC 331 cargo tanks.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(6) Was used to transport anhydrous ammonia prior to January 1, 1981;
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(7) Is operated exclusively in intrastate commerce (including its operation by a motor carrier otherwise engaged in interstate commerce) in a state where its operation was permitted by the laws of that State (not including the incorporation of this subchapter) prior to January 1, 1981; and
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(8) Is operated in conformance with all other requirements of this subchapter.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 18:</E> The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of the lading plus one percent or 173.4 kPa (25 psig), whichever is less.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 19:</E> The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of the lading.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 20:</E> The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 21:</E> The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.3 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 22:</E> The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.1 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 23:</E> Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 7.62 mm (0.300 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 24:</E> Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure. For sulphur dioxide, this Note does not apply until October 1, 1994.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 25:</E> Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness for shell and heads must be as calculated for the packaging at its minimum design pressure.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 26:</E> Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for the transportation of liquefied petroleum gas, subject to the conditions prescribed in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 27:</E> Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for transportation of Ammonia, anhydrous and ammonia solutions with greater than 50% ammonia, subject to the conditions prescribed in paragraph (m) of this section.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 28:</E> For UN1080, Sulfur hexafluoride, a non-specification cargo tank that otherwise conforms to a DOT Specification MC 331 cargo tank except for design pressure and capacity is authorized. Design pressure may not exceed 600 psig. The water capacity range for each tank is 15 to 500 gallons.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Maximum permitted filling densities for cargo and portable tank containers for transportation of butadiene, stabilized, and liquefied petroleum gas are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Maximum specific gravity of the liquid material at 60 °F.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Maximum permitted filling density in percent of the water-weight capacity of the tanks (percent) See Note 1
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1200 gallons or less
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 1200 gallons
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.473 to 0.480</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.481 to 0.488</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.489 to 0.495</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.496 to 0.503</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.504 to 0.510</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.511 to 0.519</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.520 to 0.527</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.528 to 0.536</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.537 to 0.544</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.545 to 0.552</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.553 to 0.560</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.561 to 0.568</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.569 to 0.576</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.577 to 0.584</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.585 to 0.592</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.593 to 0.600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.601 to 0.608</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.609 to 0.617</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.618 to 0.626</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.627 and over</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 1:</E> Filling is permitted by volume provided the same filling density is used as permitted by weight, except when using fixed length dip tube or other fixed maximum liquid level indicators (paragraph (f) of this section), in which case the maximum permitted filling density shall not exceed 97 percent of the maximum permitted filling density by weight contained in the table.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(1) <I>Odorization.</I> All liquefied petroleum gas must be odorized as required in this paragraph to indicate positively, by a distinctive odor, the presence of gas down to a concentration in air of not over one-fifth the lower limit of combustibility; however, odorization is not required if it is harmful in the use or further processing of the liquefied petroleum gas or if it will serve no useful purpose as a warning agent in such use or further processing.
</P>
<P>(i) The lower limits of combustibility of the more commonly used liquefied petroleum gases are: Propane, 2.15 percent; butane, 1.55 percent. These figures represent volumetric percentages of gas-air mixtures in each case.
</P>
<P>(ii) The use of 1.0 pound of ethyl mercaptan per 10,000 gallons of liquefied petroleum gas is considered sufficient to meet the requirements of this paragraph (b). Use of any other odorant is not prohibited so long as there is enough to meet the requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Odorant fade.</I> For cargo tanks or portable tanks being transported from a refinery, gas plant or pipeline terminal and in addition to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, the offeror must ensure that enough odorant will remain in the cargo tank or portable tank during the course of transportation. The offeror must have procedures in place to:
</P>
<P>(i) Ensure quantitative testing methods are used to measure the amount of odorant in the liquefied petroleum gas;
</P>
<P>(ii) Ensure that, when the odorization of liquefied petroleum gas is manually injected, the required amount of odorant is being added;
</P>
<P>(iii) Ensure that, when odorization of liquefied petroleum gas is automatically injected, equipment calibration checks are conducted to ensure the required amount of odorant is consistently added;
</P>
<P>(iv) Ensure that quality control measures are in place to make sure that persons who receive cargo tanks or portable tanks that have been subjected to any condition that could lead to corrosion of the packaging or receive new or recently cleaned cargo tanks or portable tanks are notified of this information and that a person filling these packagings implement quality control measures to ensure that potential odorant fade is addressed;
</P>
<P>(v) Inspect a cargo tank or portable tank for signs of oxidation or corrosion; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Take corrective action needed to ensure enough odorant remains in the cargo tank or portable tank during the course of transportation, such as increasing the amount of odorant added to the liquefied petroleum gas.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as otherwise provided, the loading of a liquefied gas into a cargo tank or portable tank shall be determined by weight or by a suitable liquid level gauging device. The vapor pressure (psig) at 115 °F. must not exceed the design pressure of the cargo tank or portable tank container. The outage and filling limits for liquefied gases must be as prescribed in § 173.24b of this part, except that this requirement does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>A tank containing carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid.</I> Such tank is required to be equipped with suitable pressure control valves and may not be filled to a level exceeding 95 percent of the volumetric capacity of the tank.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>A tank containing ethane, refrigerated liquid; ethane-propane mixture, refrigerated liquid; or hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid.</I> Such tank must be filled to allow at least two percent outage below the inlet of the pressure relief valve or pressure control valve under conditions of incipient opening, with the tank in a level attitude.
</P>
<P>(d) If the loading of cargo tanks and portable tank containers with liquefied gases is to be determined by weight, the gross weight shall be checked after the filling line is disconnected in each instance. The gross weight shall be calculated from the tank capacity and tare weight set forth on the metal plate required by the specification, and the maximum filling density permitted for the material being loaded into the tank as set forth in the table, paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) If the loading of cargo tanks and portable tank containers with liquefied gases is to be determined by adjustable liquid level device, each tank and each compartment thereof shall have a thermometer well, so that the internal liquid temperature can easily be determined, and the amount of liquid in the tank shall be corrected to a 60 °F. basis. Liquid levels shall not exceed a level corresponding to the maximum filling density permitted for the material being loaded into the tank as set forth in the table in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) When the loading of cargo tanks and portable tank containers with liquefied gases is determined only by fixed length dip tube or other fixed maximum liquid level indicator, the device shall be arranged to function at a level not to exceed the maximum permitted volume prescribed by the table, paragraph (a) of this section. Loading shall be stopped when the device functions.
</P>
<P>(g) Containers, the liquid level of which has been determined by means of a fixed length dip tube gauging device, shall not be acceptable for stowage as cargo on vessels in commerce subject to the jurisdiction of the United States Coast Guard. Nothing contained in this section shall be so construed as to prohibit the transportation on car floats or car ferries of motor vehicles laden with containers nor cargo tanks the liquid level of either of which has been determined by means of fixed length dip tube devices.
</P>
<P>(h) Each cargo tank and portable tank, except a tank filled by weight, must be equipped with one or more of the gauging devices described in the following table which indicate accurately the maximum permitted liquid level (for purposes of the following table, a column entry with “do” indicates “same as above”). Additional gauging devices may be installed but may not be used as primary controls for filling of cargo tanks and portable tanks. Gauge glasses are not permitted on any cargo tank or portable tank. Primary gauging devices used on cargo tanks of less than 3500 gallons water capacity are exempt from the longitudinal location requirements specified in paragraphs (h)(2) and (3) of this section provided: The tank length does not exceed three times the tank diameter; and the cargo tank is unloaded within 24 hours after each filling of the tank.


</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Kind of gas
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gaging device permitted for filling purposes
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Anhydrous ammonia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip tube.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Anhydrous dimethylamine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Anhydrous monomethylamine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Anhydrous trimethylamine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aqua ammonia solution containing anhydrous ammonia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip tube.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Butadiene, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chlorine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dichlorodifluoromethane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Difluoroethane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Difluoromonochloroethane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dimethyl ether</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip tube.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ethane-propane mixture, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hexafluoropropylene</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liquefied petroleum gases</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip tube.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl chloride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed length dip tube.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methyl mercaptan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip tube.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Monochlorodifluoromethane</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip tube.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Methylacetylenepropadiene, stabilized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant gas, n.o.s</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur dioxide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fixed length dip tube.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinyl chloride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vinyl fluoride, inhibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(1) The design pressure of the liquid level gauging devices shall be at least equal to the design pressure of the tank.
</P>
<P>(2) If the primary gauging device is adjustable, it must be capable of adjustment so that the end of the tube will be in the location specified in paragraph (h)(3) of this section for at least one of the ladings to be transported, at the filling level corresponding to an average loading temperature. Exterior means must be provided to indicate this adjustment. The gauging device must be legibly and permanently marked in increments not exceeding 20 Fahrenheit degrees (or not exceeding 25 p.s.i.g. on tanks for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid), to indicate the maximum levels to which the tank may be filled with liquid at temperatures above 20 °F. However, if it is not practicable to so mark the gauging device, this information must be legibly and permanently marked on a plate affixed to the tank adjacent to the gauging device.
</P>
<P>(3) A dip tube gauging device consists of a pipe or tube with a valve at its outer end with its intake limited by an orifice not larger than 0.060 inch in diameter. If a fixed length dip tube is used, the intake must be located midway of the tank both longitudinally and laterally and at maximum permitted filling level. In tanks for liquefied petroleum gases, the intake must be located at the level reached by the lading when the tank is loaded to maximum filling density at 40 °F.
</P>
<P>(4) Except on a tank used exclusively for the transportation of carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid, each opening for a pressure gauge must be restricted at or inside the tank by an orifice no larger than 0.060 inch in diameter. For carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid service, the pressure gauge need only be used during the filling operation.
</P>
<P>(i) Each tank must be provided with one or more pressure relief devices which, unless otherwise specified in this part, must be of the spring-loaded type. Each valve must be arranged to discharge upward and unobstructed to the outside of the protective housing to prevent any impingement of escaping gas upon the tank. For each chlorine tank the protective housing must be in compliance with the requirements set forth in the applicable specification.
</P>
<P>(1) The safety relief valves on each tank must meet the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The total relieving capacity, as determined by the flow formulas contained in Section 5 of CGA S-1.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), must be sufficient to prevent a maximum pressure in the tank of more than 120 percent of the design pressure;
</P>
<P>(ii) The flow capacity rating, testing and marking must be in accordance with Sections 5, 6 and 7 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.2.
</P>
<P>(iii) For an insulated tank, the required relieving capacity of the relief devices must be the same as for an uninsulated tank, unless the insulation will remain in place and will be effective under fire conditions. In this case, except for UN portable tanks, each insulated tank must be covered by a sheet metal jacket of not less than 16 gauge thickness. For UN portable tanks where the relieving capacity of the valves has been reduced on the basis of the insulation system, the insulation system must remain effective at all temperatures less than 649 °C (1200.2 °F) and be jacketed with a material having a melting point of 700 °C (1292.0 °F) or greater.
</P>
<P>(iv) An MC 330 cargo tank that has relief valves sized by Fetterly's formula dated November 27, 1928, may be continued in service. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each safety relief valve must be arranged to minimize the possibility of tampering. If the pressure setting or adjustment is external to the valve, the safety relief valve must be provided with means for sealing the adjustment and it must be sealed.
</P>
<P>(3) Each safety relief valve on a portable tank, other than a UN portable tank, must be set to start-to-discharge at pressure no higher than 110% of the tank design pressure and no lower than the design pressure specified in paragraph (a) of this section for the gas transported. For UN portable tanks used for liquefied compressed gases and constructed in accordance with the requirements of § 178.276 of this subchapter, the pressure relief device(s) must conform to § 178.276(e) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Except for UN portable tanks, each safety relief valve must be plainly and permanently marked with the pressure in p.s.i.g. at which it is set to discharge, with the actual rate of discharge of the device in cubic feet per minute of the gas or of air at 60 °F (15.6 °C) and 14.7 p.s.i.a., and with the manufacturer's name or trade name and catalog number. The start-to-discharge valve marking must be visible after the valve is installed. The rated discharge capacity of the device must be determined at a pressure of 120% of the design pressure of the tank. For UN portable tanks, each pressure relief device must be clearly and permanently marked as specified in § 178.274(f)(1) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(5) Each safety relief valve must have direct communication with the vapor space in the tank.
</P>
<P>(6) Each connection to a safety relief valve must be of sufficient size to provide the required rate of discharge through the safety relief valve.
</P>
<P>(7) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(8) Each pressure relief valve outlet must be provided with a protective device to prevent the entrance and accumulation of dirt and water. This device must not impede flow through the valve. Pressure relief devices must be designed to prevent the entry of foreign matter, the leakage of liquid and the development of any dangerous excess pressure.
</P>
<P>(9) On tanks for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid each safety relief device must be installed and located so that the cooling effect of the contents will not prevent the effective operation of the device. In addition to the required safety relief valves, these tanks may be equipped with one or more pressure controlling devices.
</P>
<P>(10) Each tank for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid also may be equipped with one or more non-reclosing pressure relief devices set to function at a pressure not over two times nor less than 1.5 times the design pressure of the tank.
</P>
<P>(11) Each portion of connected liquid piping or hose that can be closed at both ends must be provided with a safety relief valve without an intervening shut-off valve to prevent excessive hydrostatic pressure that could burst the piping or hose.
</P>
<P>(12) Subject to conditions of paragraph (a) of this section for the methyl chloride and sulfur dioxide optional portable tanks, one or more fusible plugs examined by the Bureau of Explosives and approved by the Associate Administrator may be used on these tanks in place of safety relief valves of the spring-loaded type. The fusible plug or plugs must be in accordance with CGA Pamphlet S-1.2, to prevent a pressure rise in the tank of more than 120 percent of the design pressure. If the tank is over 30 inches long, each end must have the total specified safety discharge area.
</P>
<P>(13) A pressure relief device on a chlorine cargo tank must conform to one of the drawings in Chlorine Institute, Inc. Pamphlet 49, “Recommended Practices for Handling Chlorine Bulk Highway Transports” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Consumer storage containers.</I> (1) Storage containers for liquefied petroleum gas or propane charged to five percent of their capacity or less and intended for permanent installation on consumer premises may be shipped by private motor carrier under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Each container must be constructed in compliance with the requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and must be marked to indicate compliance in the manner specified by the respective Code. Containers built in compliance with earlier editions starting with 1943 are authorized.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each container must be equipped with safety devices in compliance with the requirements for safety devices on containers as specified in NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(iii) The containers must be braced or otherwise secured on the vehicle to prevent relative motion while in transit. Valves or other fittings must be adequately protected against damage during transportation. (See § 177.834(a) of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(iv) Storage containers of less than 1,042 pounds water capacity (125 gallons) may be shipped when charged with liquefied petroleum gas in compliance with DOT filling density.
</P>
<P>(2) Storage containers with a water capacity not exceeding 500 gallons charged with liquefied petroleum gas to more than five percent of their capacity and intended for permanent installation on consumer premises may be transported by private motor carrier one-way only from the consumer's premises to the container owner's nearest facility under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Each container must be constructed in compliance with the requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code and must be marked to indicate compliance in the manner specified by the respective Code.
</P>
<P>(ii) Maximum permitted filling density may not exceed that specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) Prior to loading on a motor vehicle, the container must be inspected by a trained and qualified person for leaks, corroded or abraded areas, dents, distortions, weld defects, or other condition that may render the container unsafe for transportation. A record of the inspection must be legibly signed and dated by the person performing the inspection and retained by the container owner for two years. The signature on the inspection record represents a certification that the container has been inspected and has no defects that would render it unsafe for transportation under the HMR. The record of inspection must include the date of inspection, the inspector's contact information (such as a telephone number), the container's serial number and container size (water capacity), estimated amount of hazardous material, and the origin and destination of shipment.
</P>
<P>(iv) Only one storage container may be transported on a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(v) For loading on a motor vehicle, the container must be lifted by slings, which must be completely wrapped around the container. Lifting lugs may not be used. The slings must be rated to a weight sufficient to accommodate the container and its lading and shall comply with ASME B30.9 on slings used for lifting purposes, and must be visually inspected prior to each use. A sling showing evidence of tears, fraying, or other signs of excessive wear may not be used.
</P>
<P>(vi) The storage container must be secured on a motor vehicle so that the container is completely within the envelope of the vehicle and does not extend beyond the vehicle frame.
</P>
<P>(vii) The storage container must be placed on the vehicle in a manner, such as in a cradle, which ensures that no weight is placed on the supporting legs during transportation.
</P>
<P>(viii) The storage container must be secured against shifting during transportation. Bracing must conform with the requirements of paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this section and § 177.834(a) of this subchapter and with Section 6-5.2 of NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code. Straps or chains used as tie-downs must be rated to exceed the maximum load to be transported and conform to the requirements in §§ 393.100 through 393.106 of this title.
</P>
<P>(ix) Tow trailers used to transport storage containers in accordance with this paragraph (j)(2) must provide rear end protection that conforms to requirements in § 393.86 of this title.
</P>
<P>(k) A nonspecification cargo tank meeting, and marked in conformance with, the edition of Section VIII of the ASME Code in effect when it was fabricated may be used for the transportation of liquefied petroleum gas provided it meets all of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) It must have a minimum design pressure no lower than 250 psig.
</P>
<P>(2) It must have a capacity of 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons) or less.
</P>
<P>(3) It must have been manufactured in conformance with Section VIII of the ASME Code prior to January 1, 1981, according to its ASME name plate and manufacturer's data report.
</P>
<P>(4) It must conform to the applicable provisions of NFPA 58, except to the extent that provisions in NFPA 58 are inconsistent with requirements in parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(5) It must be inspected, tested, and equipped in accordance with subpart E of part 180 of this subchapter as specified for MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(6) Except as provided in this paragraph (k), it must be operated exclusively in intrastate commerce, including its operation by a motor carrier otherwise engaged in interstate commerce, in a state where its operation was permitted by law (not including the incorporation of this subchapter) prior to January 1, 1981. A cargo tank motor vehicle operating under authority of this section may cross state lines to travel to and from a qualified assembly, repair, maintenance, or requalification facility. The cargo tank need not be cleaned and purged, but it may not contain liquefied petroleum gas in excess of five percent of the water capacity of the cargo tank. If the vehicle engine is supplied fuel from the cargo tank, enough fuel in excess of five percent of the cargo tank's water capacity may be carried for the trip to or from the facility.
</P>
<P>(7) It must have been used to transport liquefied petroleum gas prior to January 1, 1981.
</P>
<P>(8) It must be operated in conformance with all other requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(l) Anhydrous ammonia must not be offered for transportation or transported in specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and tempered (“QT”) steel except as provided in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(1) The ammonia must have a minimum water content of 0.2 percent by weight. Any addition of water must be made using steam condensate, deionized, or distilled water.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, each person offering for transportation or transporting anhydrous ammonia shall perform a periodic analysis for prescribed water content in the ammonia. The analysis must be performed:
</P>
<P>(i) From a sample of the ammonia in storage taken at least once every 7 days, or each time ammonia is added to the storage tanks, whichever is less frequent; or
</P>
<P>(ii) At the time the cargo tanks are loaded, then a sample of the ammonia taken from at least one loaded cargo tank out of each 10 loads, or from one cargo tank every 24 hours, whichever is less frequent; or
</P>
<P>(iii) At the same frequency as described in paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of this section, from a sample taken from the loading line to the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(3) If water is added at the time of loading:
</P>
<P>(i) The sample for analysis must be taken from a point in the loading line between the water injection equipment and the cargo tank; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Positive provisions must be made to assure water injection equipment is operating.
</P>
<P>(4) If water injection equipment becomes inoperative, suitable corrective maintenance must be performed after which a sample from the first loaded cargo tank must be analyzed for prescribed water content.
</P>
<P>(5) The analysis method for water content must be as prescribed in CGA G-2.2, “Tentative Standard Method for Determining Minimum of 0.2 percent water in Anhydrous Ammonia,” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(6) Records indicating the results of the analysis taken, as required by this paragraph, must be retained for 2 years and must be open to inspection by a representative of the Department.
</P>
<P>(7) Each person receiving anhydrous ammonia containing 0.2 per cent water by weight may offer for transportation or transport that ammonia without performing the prescribed analysis for water content provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The ammonia received was certified as containing 0.2 percent water as prescribed in §§ 172.203(h)(l)(i) and 177.817(a) of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The amount of water in the ammonia has not been reduced by any means.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>General.</I> (1) A cargo tank that is commonly known as a nurse tank and considered an implement of husbandry transporting anhydrous ammonia and operated by a private motor carrier exclusively for agricultural purposes is excepted from the specification requirements of part 178 of this subchapter if it:
</P>
<P>(i) Has a minimum design pressure of 250 psig, meets the requirements of Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and is marked with a valid ASME plate.
</P>
<P>(ii) Is equipped with pressure relief valves meeting the requirements of CGA Standard S-1.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(iii) Is painted white or aluminum;
</P>
<P>(iv) Has a capacity of 3,000 gallons or less;
</P>
<P>(v) Is loaded to a filling density no greater than 56 percent;
</P>
<P>(vi) Is securely mounted on a farm wagon or meets paragraph (m)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Is in conformance with the requirements of part 172 of this subchapter except that shipping papers are not required; and it need not be marked or placarded on one end if that end contains valves, fittings, regulators or gauges when those appurtenances prevent the markings and placard from being properly placed and visible.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Nurse tanks with missing or illegible ASME plates.</I> Nurse tanks with missing or illegible ASME plates may continue to be operated provided they conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) Each nurse tank must undergo an external visual inspection and testing in accordance with § 180.407(d) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each nurse tank must be thickness tested in accordance with § 180.407(i) of this subchapter. A nurse tank with a capacity of less than 1,500 gallons must have a minimum head thickness of 0.203 inch and a minimum shell thickness of 0.239 inch. A nurse tank with a capacity of 1,500 gallons or more must have a minimum thickness of 0.250 inch. Any nurse tank with a thickness test reading of less than that specified in this paragraph at any point must be removed from hazardous materials service.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each nurse tank must be pressure tested in accordance with § 180.407(g) of this subchapter. The minimum test pressure is 375 psig. Pneumatic testing is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(iv) Each nurse tank must be inspected and tested by a person meeting the requirements of § 180.409(d) of this subchapter. Furthermore, each nurse tank must have the tests performed at least once every five years after the completion of the initial tests.
</P>
<P>(v) After each nurse tank has successfully passed the visual, thickness, and pressure tests, welded repairs on the tank are prohibited.
</P>
<P>(vi) After the nurse tank has successfully passed the visual, thickness, and pressure tests, it must be marked in accordance with § 180.415(b), and permanently marked near the test and inspection markings with a unique owner's identification number in letters and numbers at least 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch in height and width.
</P>
<P>(vii) Each nurse tank owner must maintain a copy of the test inspection report prepared by the inspector. The test report must contain the results of the test and meet the requirements in § 180.417(b) and be made available to a DOT representative upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Field truck mounted tanks.</I> A non-DOT specification cargo tank (nurse tank) securely mounted on a field truck is authorized under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The tank is in conformance with all the requirements of paragraph (m)(1) of this section, except that the requirement in paragraph (m)(1)(vi) does not apply;
</P>
<P>(ii) The tank is inspected and tested in accordance with subpart E of part 180 of this subchapter as specified for an MC 331 cargo tank;
</P>
<P>(iii) The tank is restricted to rural roads in areas within 50 miles of the fertilizer distribution point where the nurse tank is loaded; and
</P>
<P>(iv) For the purposes of this section, a field truck means a vehicle on which a nurse tank is mounted that is designed to withstand off-road driving on hilly terrain. Specifically, the vehicle must be outfitted with stiffer suspension (for example, additional springs or airbags) than would be necessary for a comparable on-road vehicle, a rear axle ratio that provides greater low end torque, and a braking system and tires designed to ensure stability in hilly terrain. The field truck must have low annual over-the-road mileage and be used exclusively for agricultural purposes.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Emergency discharge control for cargo tank motor vehicles in liquefied compressed gas service</I>—(1) <I>Required emergency discharge control equipment.</I> Each cargo tank motor vehicle in liquefied compressed gas service must have an emergency discharge control capability as specified in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">§ 173.315(n)(1)(*)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Delivery service
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Required emergency discharge control capability
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(i)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Division 2.2 materials with no subsidiary hazard, excluding anhydrous ammonia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Division 2.3 materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paragraph (n)(2) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iii)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Division 2.2 materials with a subsidiary hazard, Division 2.1 materials, and anhydrous ammonia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other than metered delivery service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paragraph (n)(2) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iv)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Division 2.2 materials with a subsidiary hazard, Division 2.1 materials, and anhydrous ammonia in a cargo tank motor vehicle with a capacity of 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons) or less</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metered delivery service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paragraph (n)(3) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(v)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Division 2.2 materials with a subsidiary hazard, Division 2.1 materials, and anhydrous ammonia in a cargo tank motor vehicle with a capacity greater than 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metered delivery service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paragraph (n)(3) of this section, and, for obstructed view deliveries where permitted by § 177.840(p) of this subchapter, paragraph (n)(2) or (n)(4) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(vi)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Division 2.2 materials with a subsidiary hazard, Division 2.1 materials, and anhydrous ammonia in a cargo tank with a capacity of greater than 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Both metered delivery and other than metered delivery service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paragraph (n)(2) of this section, provided the system operates for both metered and other than metered deliveries; otherwise, paragraphs (n)(2) and (n)(3) of this section.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Cargo tank motor vehicles in other than metered delivery service.</I> A cargo tank motor vehicle in other than metered delivery service must have a means to automatically shut off the flow of product without the need for human intervention within 20 seconds of an unintentional release caused by a complete separation of a liquid delivery hose (passive shut-down capability).
</P>
<P>(i) Designed flow of product through a bypass in the valve is acceptable when authorized by this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) The design for the means to automatically shut off product flow must be certified by a Design Certifying Engineer. The certification must consider any specifications of the original component manufacturer and must explain how the passive means to shut off the flow of product operates. It must also outline the parameters (e.g., temperature, pressure, types of product) within which the passive means to shut off the flow of product is designed to operate. All components of the discharge system that are integral to the design must be included in the certification. A copy of the design certification must be provided to the owner of the cargo tank motor vehicle on which the equipment will be installed.
</P>
<P>(iii) Installation must be performed under the supervision of a Registered Inspector unless the equipment is installed and removed as part of regular operation (e.g., a hose). The Registered Inspector must certify that the equipment is installed and tested, if it is possible to do so without damaging the equipment, in accordance with the Design Certifying Engineer's certification. The Registered Inspector must provide the certification to the owner of the cargo tank motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Cargo tank motor vehicles in metered delivery service.</I> When required by the table in paragraph (n)(1) of this section, a cargo tank motor vehicle must have an off-truck remote means to close the internal self-closing stop valve and shut off all motive and auxiliary power equipment upon activation by a qualified person attending the unloading of the cargo tank motor vehicle (off-truck remote shut-off). It must function reliably at a distance of 45.72 m (150 feet). The off-truck remote shut-off activation device must not be capable of reopening the internal self-closing stop valve after emergency activation.
</P>
<P>(i) The emergency discharge control equipment must be installed under the supervision of a Registered Inspector. Each wireless transmitter/receiver must be tested to demonstrate that it will close the internal self-closing stop valve and shut off all motive and auxiliary power equipment at a distance of 91.44 m (300 feet) under optimum conditions. Emergency discharge control equipment that does not employ a wireless transmitter/receiver must be tested to demonstrate its functioning at the maximum length of the delivery hose.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Registered Inspector must certify that the remote control equipment is installed in accordance with the original component manufacturer's specifications and is tested in accordance with paragraph (n)(3)(i) of this section. The Registered Inspector must provide the owner of the cargo tank motor vehicle with this certification.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Query systems.</I> When a transmitter/receiver system is used to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (n)(1)(v) of this section, it must close the internal self-closing stop valve and shut off all motive and auxiliary power equipment unless the qualified person attending the unloading operation prevents it from doing so at least once every five minutes. Testing and certification must be as specified in paragraph (n)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Compliance dates.</I> (i) Each specification MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicle with a certificate of construction issued two or more years after July 1, 1999, must have an appropriate emergency discharge control capability as specified in this paragraph (n).
</P>
<P>(ii) No MC 330, MC 331, or nonspecification cargo tank motor vehicle authorized under paragraph (k) of this section may be operated unless it has an appropriate emergency discharge control capability as specified in this paragraph (n) no later than the date of its first scheduled pressure retest required after July 1, 2001. No MC 330, MC 331 or nonspecification cargo tank motor vehicle authorized under paragraph (k) of this section may be operated after July 1, 2006, unless it has been equipped with emergency discharge control equipment as specified in this paragraph (n).
</P>
<P>(iii) No MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicle with a capacity over 13,247 L (3,500 gallons) used in metered delivery service may be operated unless it has an appropriate discharge control capability as specified in this paragraph (n) no later than July 1, 2003, or the date of its first scheduled pressure retest required after July 1, 2001, whichever is earlier. 
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles.</I> Each cargo tank motor vehicle used for the transportation of chlorine must meet the requirements in the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Any hose, piping, or tubing used for loading or unloading that is mounted or carried on the motor vehicle may not be attached to any valve and must be capped at all ends to prevent the entry of moisture, except at the time of loading or unloading. Except at the time of loading and unloading, the pipe connection of each angle valve must be closed with a screw plug which is chained or otherwise fastened to prevent misplacement.
</P>
<P>(2) Each chlorine cargo tank motor vehicle angle valve must be tested to be leak free at not less than 225 psig using dry air or inert gas before installation and thereafter every 2 years when performing the required periodic retest in § 180.407(c) of this subchapter. Prior to each loading, the cargo tank motor vehicle must be inspected and the angle valves and gasketed joints must be examined and tested at a pressure of not less than 50 psig to determine that they are not leaking and are in proper condition for transportation. Any leaks must be corrected before the cargo tank motor vehicle is offered for transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) Excess flow valves on the cargo tank motor vehicle must meet the requirements of paragraph (n) of this section.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Fusible elements.</I> Each MC 330, MC 331, or nonspecification cargo tank authorized under paragraph (k) of this section must have a thermal means of closure for each internal self-closing stop valve as specified in § 178.337-8(a)(4) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(q) Manifolding is authorized for cargo tanks containing anhydrous ammonia provided each individual cargo tank is equipped with a pressure relief device or valves and gauging devices as required by paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section. Each valve must be tightly closed while the cargo tank is in transit. Each cargo tank must be filled separately.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.315, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.316" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.316   Cryogenic liquids in cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) A cylinder may not be loaded with a cryogenic liquid colder than the design service temperature of the packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) A cylinder may not be loaded with any material which may combine chemically with any residue in the packaging to produce an unsafe condition.
</P>
<P>(3) The jacket covering the insulation on a cylinder used to transport any flammable cryogenic liquid must be made of steel.
</P>
<P>(4) A valve or fitting made of aluminum with internal rubbing or abrading aluminum parts that may come in contact with oxygen in the cryogenic liquid form may not be installed on any cylinder used to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid unless the parts are anodized in accordance with ASTM Standard B 580 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fitting may not be installed on any cylinder used to transport any flammable cryogenic liquid.
</P>
<P>(6) Each cylinder must be provided with one or more pressure relief devices, which must be installed and maintained in compliance with the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(7) Each pressure relief device must be installed and located so that the cooling effect of the contents during venting will not prevent effective operation of the device.
</P>
<P>(8) All pressure relief device inlets must under maximum filling conditions be situated in the vapor space of the closed cryogenic receptacle and the devices must be arranged to ensure that the escaping vapor is discharged unobstructed.
</P>
<P>(9) The maximum weight of the contents in a cylinder with a design service temperature colder than −320 °F. may not exceed the design weight marked on the cylinder (see § 178.35 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pressure control systems.</I> Each cylinder containing a cryogenic liquid must have a pressure control system that conforms to § 173.301(f) and is designed and installed so that it will prevent the cylinder from becoming liquid full.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Specification cylinder requirements and filling limits.</I> Specification DOT-4L cylinders (§ 178.57 of this subchapter) are authorized for the transportation of cryogenic liquids when carried in the vertical position as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of this section, “filling density,” except for hydrogen, is defined as the percent ratio of the weight of lading in the packaging to the weight of water that the packaging will hold at 60 °F. (1 lb. of water = 27.737 cubic inches at 60 °F.).
</P>
<P>(2) The cryogenic liquids of argon, nitrogen, oxygen, helium and neon must be loaded and shipped in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Pressure control valve setting (maximum start-to-discharge pressure psig)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Air
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Argon
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nitrogen
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Oxygen
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Helium
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Neon
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">133</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">108</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">170</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">119</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">295</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">540</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">625</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Design service temperature (°F.)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−320</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−320</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−320</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−320</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−452</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−411</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) Hydrogen (minimum 95 percent parahydrogen) must be loaded and shipped as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 2
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Design service temperature</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 423 °F. or colder.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum permitted filling density, based on cylinder capacity at minus 423 °F (see Note 1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7 percent.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The pressure control valve must be designed and set to limit the pressure in the cylinder to not more than</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">17 psig.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>The filling density for hydrogen, cryogenic liquid is defined as the percent ratio of the weight of lading in a packaging to the weight of water that the packaging will hold at minus 423 °F. The volume of the packaging at minus 423 °F is determined in cubic inches. The volume is converted to pounds of water (1 lb. of water = 27.737 cubic inches).</P></NOTE>
<P>(i) Each cylinder must be constructed, insulated and maintained so that during transportation the total rate of venting shall not exceed 30 SCF of hydrogen per hour.
</P>
<P>(ii) In addition to the marking requirements in § 178.35 of this subchapter, the total rate of venting in SCF per hour (SCFH) shall be marked on the top head or valve protection band in letters at least one-half inch high as follows: “VENT RATE**SCFH” (with the asterisks replaced by the number representing the total rate of venting, in SCF per hour).
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriage by highway is subject to the conditions specified in § 177.840(a) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Mixtures of cryogenic liquid.</I> Where charging requirements are not specifically prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, the cryogenic liquid must be shipped in packagings and under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-166, 48 FR 27695, June 16, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 173-166, 49 FR 24314, June 12, 1984; Amdt. 173-180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24, 1984; Amdt. 173-201, 52 FR 13041, Apr. 20, 1987: Amdt. 173-250, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996; Amdt. 173-261, 62 FR 24741, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 16013, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 78 FR 1092, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.318" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.318   Cryogenic liquids in cargo tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) A cargo tank may not be loaded with a cryogenic liquid colder than the design service temperature of the packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) A cargo tank may not be loaded with any material that may combine chemically with any residue in the packaging to produce an unsafe condition (see § 178.338-15).
</P>
<P>(3) The jacket covering the insulation on a tank used to transport a cryogenic liquid must be made of steel if the cryogenic liquid:
</P>
<P>(i) Is to be transported by vessel (see § 176.76(g) of this subchapter); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is oxygen or a flammable material.
</P>
<P>(4) A valve or fitting made of aluminum with internal rubbing or abrading aluminum parts that may come in contact with oxygen in the cryogenic liquid form may not be installed on any cargo tank used to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid unless the parts are anodized in accordance with ASTM Standard B 580 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fitting, external to the jacket that retains lading during transportation may not be installed on any cargo tank used to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid or any flammable cryogenic liquid.
</P>
<P>(6) A cargo tank used to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid must be provided with a manhole (see § 178.338-6 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pressure relief systems and pressure control valves</I>—(1) <I>Types of pressure relief systems</I>—(i) <I>Tanks in oxygen and flammable cryogenic liquid service.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, each tank in oxygen and flammable cryogenic liquid service must be protected by two independent pressure relief systems which are not connected in series, namely:
</P>
<P>(A) A primary system of one or more pressure relief valves; and
</P>
<P>(B) A secondary system of one of more frangible discs or pressure relief valves. For a tank in carbon monoxide service, the secondary system must be pressure relief valves only.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Tanks in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid service.</I> For a tank used in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid service, the tank must be protected by at least one pressure relief system consisting of:
</P>
<P>(A) One or more pressure relief valves; or
</P>
<P>(B) A combination of one or more pressure relief valves and one or more frangible discs.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Capacities of pressure relief systems</I>—(i) <I>Tanks in oxygen or flammable cryogenic liquid service.</I> For tanks in oxygen or flammable cryogenic liquid service, the primary system and the secondary system of pressure relief devices must each have a flow capacity equal to or greater than that calculated by the applicable formula in paragraph 5.3.2 or paragraph 5.3.3 of CGA S-1.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). In addition:
</P>
<P>(A) The primary pressure relief system must have a total flow capacity at a pressure not exceeding 120 percent of the tank's design pressure.
</P>
<P>(B) The secondary pressure relief system must have a total flow capacity at a pressure not exceeding 150 percent of the tank's design pressure.
</P>
<P>(C) The flow capacity and rating must be verified and marked by the manufacturer of the device in accordance with CGA Pamphlet S-1.2.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Tanks in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid service.</I> For tanks in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid service, the pressure relief system must have a flow capacity equal to or greater than that calculated by the applicable formula in paragraphs 5.3.2 or 5.3.3 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.2. If the pressure relief system consists of a combination of pressure relief valves and frangible discs, the pressure relief valves must have a total venting capacity equal to or greater than that calculated by the applicable formula in paragraph 4.1.10.1.1 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.2. The pressure relief system must have this total flow capacity at a pressure not exceeding 150 percent of the tank's design pressure. The flow capacity and rating must be verified and marked by the manufacturer of the device in accordance with CGA Pamphlet S-1.2.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Type and construction of pressure relief devices.</I> (i) Each pressure relief device must be designed and constructed for a pressure equal to or exceeding the tank's design pressure at the coldest temperature reasonably expected to be encountered.
</P>
<P>(ii) Pressure relief devices must be either spring-loaded pressure relief valves or frangible discs. Pressure relief valves must be of a type that automatically open and close at predetermined pressures.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Setting of pressure relief devices.</I> (i) On a tank used in oxygen or flammable cryogenic liquid service, the pressure relief devices must perform as follows.
</P>
<P>(A) Each pressure relief valve in the primary relief system must be set-to-discharge at a pressure no higher than 110 percent of the tank's design pressure.
</P>
<P>(B) Each pressure relief device in the secondary pressure relief system must be designed to commence functioning at a pressure no lower than 130 percent and no higher than 150 percent of the tank's design pressure.
</P>
<P>(ii) On a tank used in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid service, the pressure relief devices in the pressure relief system must be designed to commence functioning at no higher than 150 percent of the tank's design pressure.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Optional pressure relief devices and pressure control valves.</I> In addition to the required pressure relief devices, a cargo tank in cryogenic liquid (except carbon monoxide) service may be equipped with one or both of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) One or more pressure control valves set at a pressure below the tank's design pressure.
</P>
<P>(ii) One or more frangible discs set to function at a pressure not less than one and one-half times or more than two times the tank's design pressure.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Maximum filling rate.</I> (i) For a tank used in oxygen and flammable cryogenic liquid service, the maximum rate at which the tank is filled must not exceed the liquid flow capacity of the primary pressure relief system rated at a pressure not exceeding 120 percent of the tank's design pressure.
</P>
<P>(ii) On a tank used in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid service, the maximum rate at which the tank is filled must not exceed the liquid flow capacity of the pressure relief valves rated at 150 percent of the tank's design pressure.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Arrangement and location of pressure relief devices.</I> (i) The discharge from any pressure relief system must be directed upward and be unobstructed to the outside of the protective housing in such a manner as to prevent impingement of gas upon the jacket or any structural part of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each pressure relief valve must be arranged or protected to prevent the accumulation of foreign material between the relief valve and the atmospheric discharge opening in any relief piping. The arrangement must not impede flow through the device.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each pressure relief valve must be designed and located to minimize the possibility of tampering. If the pressure setting or adjustment is external to the valve, the valve adjustment must be sealed.
</P>
<P>(iv) Each pressure relief device must have direct communication with the vapor space of the tank at the midlength of the top centerline.
</P>
<P>(v) Each pressure relief device must be installed and located so that the cooling effect of the contents during venting will not prevent the effective operation of the device.
</P>
<P>(vi) All pressure relief device inlets must under maximum filling conditions be situated in the vapor space of the closed cryogenic receptacle and the devices must be arranged to ensure that the escaping vapor is discharged unobstructed.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Connections.</I> (i) Each connection to a pressure relief device must be of sufficient size to allow the required rate of discharge through the pressure relief device. The inlet connection must be not less than one-half inch nominal pipe size.
</P>
<P>(ii) A shut-off valve may be installed in a pressure relief system only when the required relief capacity is provided at all times.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Pressure relief devices for piping hose and vacuum-insulated jackets.</I> (i) Each portion of connected liquid piping or hose that can be closed at both ends must be provided with either a hydrostatic pressure relief valve without an intervening shut-off valve, or a check valve permitting flow from the pipe or hose into the tank. If used, the relief valve must be located so as to prevent its discharge from impinging on the tank, piping, or operating personnel.
</P>
<P>(ii) On a vacuum-insulated cargo tank the jacket must be protected by a suitable relief device to release internal pressure. The discharge area of this device must be at least 0.00024 square inch per pound of water capacity of the tank. This relief device must function at a pressure not exceeding the internal design pressure of the jacket, calculated in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or 25 psig, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Tank inlet, outlet, pressure relief device and pressure control valve markings.</I> (i) Each tank inlet and outlet, except pressure relief devices and pressure control valves, must be permanently marked to indicate whether it communicates with “vapor” or “liquid” when the tank is filled to the maximum permitted filling density.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each pressure relief valve must be plainly and permanently marked with the pressure, in psig, at which it is set-to-discharge, the discharge rate of the device in SCF per minute (SCFM) of free air, and the manufacturer's name or trade name and catalog number. The marked set-to-discharge pressure valve must be visible with the valve in its installed position. The rated discharge capacity of the device must be determined at a pressure of 120 percent of the design pressure of the tank.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each pressure control valve must be plainly and permanently marked with the pressure, in psig, at which it is set-to-discharge.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Weight of lading requirements.</I> The weight of a cryogenic liquid in the tank must be determined by weighing or by the use of a liquid level gauging device authorized in § 178.338-14(a) of this subchapter, and may not exceed the lesser of:
</P>
<P>(1) The weight of lading in the tank, based on the water capacity stamped on the nameplate (§ 178.338-18(a)(4) of this subchapter) and the appropriate maximum permitted filling density specified in paragraph (f) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum weight of lading for which the cargo tank was designed, as marked on the specification plate (see § 178.338-18(b) of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Outage.</I> Except for a cargo tank containing helium, cryogenic liquid, a cargo tank offered for transportation must have an outage of at least two percent below the inlet of the pressure relief device or pressure control valve, under conditions of incipient opening, with the tank in a level attitude.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Temperature.</I> A flammable cryogenic liquid in a cargo tank at the start of travel must be at a temperature sufficiently cold that the pressure setting of the pressure control valve or the required pressure relief valve, whichever is lower, will not be reached in less time than the marked rated holding time for the cryogenic liquid (see paragraph (g)(3) of this section and § 178.338-9(b) of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Specification MC-338 (§ 178.338 of this subchapter) cargo tanks</I> are authorized for the shipment of the following cryogenic liquids subject to the following additional requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of this section, “filling density” is defined as the percent ratio of the weight of lading in the tank to the weight of water that the tank will hold at the design service temperature (one pound of water = 27.737 cubic inches at 60 °F., or one gallon of water = 231 cubic inches at 60 °F. and weighs 8.32828 pounds).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Air, argon, helium, nitrogen, and oxygen, cryogenic liquids</I> must be loaded and shipped in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Pressure Control Valve Setting or Relief Valve Setting
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Maximum set-to-discharge pressure (psig)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Air
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Argon
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Helium
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nitrogen
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Oxygen
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">129</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">79.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">78.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">55</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">77.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">102
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">76.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">85</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">121</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">67
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">72.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">140</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">71.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">145</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">180</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">67.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">63.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">275</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">325</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">59.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">83
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Design service temperature</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−320 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−320 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−452 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−320 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−320 °F</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) <I>Carbon monoxide, hydrogen (minimum 95 percent para-hydrogen), ethylene, and methane or natural gas, cryogenic liquids</I> must be loaded and shipped in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Pressure Control Valve Setting or Relief Valve Setting
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Maximum set-to-discharge pressure (psig)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Carbon monoxide
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Ethylene
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Hydrogen
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Methane or natural gas
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">74.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">53.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">73.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">72.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">52.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">52.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">71.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">55
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50.8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">49.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">95
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48.2
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">175</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">62.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45.8
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">285</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">56.0
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Design service temperature</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−320 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−155 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−423 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−260 °F</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(4) <I>Mixtures of cryogenic liquid.</I> Where charging requirements are not specifically prescribed in this paragraph (f), the cryogenic liquid must be shipped in packagings and under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>One-way travel time; marking.</I> The jacket of a cargo tank to be used to transport a flammable cryogenic liquid must be marked on its right side near the front, in letters and numbers at least two inches high, “One-Way-Travel-Time __ hrs.”, with the blank filled in with a number indicating the one-way travel time (OWTT), in hours, of the cargo tank for the flammable cryogenic liquid to be transported. A cargo tank that is partially unloaded at one or more locations must have additional marking “One-Way-Travel-Time __ hrs. __ psig to __ psig at __ percent filling density,” with the second blank filled in with the pressure existing after partial unloading and the third blank filled in with the set-to-discharge pressure of the control valve or pressure relief valve, and the fourth blank with the filling density following partial unloading. Multiple OWTT markings for different pressure levels are permitted. The abbreviation “OWTT” may be used in place of the words “One-way-travel-time” in the marking required by this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(1) OWTT is based on the marked rated holding time (MRHT) of the cargo tank for the cryogenic liquid to be transported in the cargo tank. If the MRHT for the flammable cryogenic liquid is not displayed on or adjacent to the specification plate, this MRHT may be derived.
</P>
<P>(2) The MRHT is converted to OWTT, in hours, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For a tank with an MRHT of 72 hours or less,
</P>
<FP-2>OWTT = (MRHT − 24) / 2
</FP-2>
<P>(ii) For a tank with an MRHT greater than 72 hours,
</P>
<FP-2>OWTT = MRHT − 48
</FP-2>
<P>(3) Each cargo tank motor vehicle used to transport a flammable cryogenic liquid must be examined after each shipment to determine its actual holding time. The record required by § 177.840(h) of this subchapter may be used for this determination. If the examination indicates that the actual holding time of the cargo tank, after adjustment to reflect an average ambient temperature of 85 °F, is less than 90 percent of the marked rated holding time (MRHT) for the cryogenic liquid marked on the specification plate or adjacent thereto (see § 178.338-18(b) of this subchapter), the tank may not be refilled with any flammable cryogenic liquid until it is restored to its marked rated holding time value or it is re-marked with the actual marked rated holding time determined by this examination. If the name of the flammable cryogenic liquid that was transported and its marked rated holding time is not displayed on or adjacent to the specification plate, this requirement may be met by deriving the MRHT of the cargo tank for that flammable cryogenic liquid and comparing that derived MRHT with the actual holding time after adjustment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-166, 48 FR 27696, June 16, 1983]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 173.318, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.319" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.319   Cryogenic liquids in tank cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) A tank car containing a flammable cryogenic liquid may not be shipped unless it was loaded by, or with the consent of, the owner of the tank car.
</P>
<P>(2) The amount of flammable cryogenic liquid loaded into a tank car must be determined, either by direct measurement or by calculation based on weight, to verify that the tank has not been filled to a level in excess of the limits specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. The weight of any flammable cryogenic liquid loaded, except hydrogen, must be checked by use of scales after disconnecting the loading line.
</P>
<P>(3) The shipper must notify the Federal Railroad Administration whenever a tank car containing any flammable cryogenic liquid is not received by the consignee within 20 days from the date of shipment. Notification to the Federal Railroad Administration may be made by email to <I>HMassist@dot.gov</I> or telephone call to (202) 493-6245.
</P>
<P>(4) A tank car may not be loaded with any flammable cryogenic liquid:
</P>
<P>(i) That may combine chemically with any residue in the tank to produce an unsafe condition,
</P>
<P>(ii) That is colder than the design service temperature of the tank,
</P>
<P>(iii) If the average daily pressure rise in the tank exceeded 3 psig during the prior shipment,
</P>
<P>(iv) Unless it is marked with the name of contents, in accordance with § 172.330 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) When a tank car containing a flammable cryogenic liquid is offered for transportation:
</P>
<P>(1) At least 0.5 percent outage must be provided below the inlet of the pressure relief or pressure control valve at the start-to-discharge pressure setting of the valve, with the tank car in a level attitude, and
</P>
<P>(2) The absolute pressure in the annular space must be less than 75 microns of mercury.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Temperature.</I> A flammable cryogenic liquid must be loaded into a tank car at such a temperature that the average daily pressure rise during transportation will not exceed 3 psig (see paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section).


</P>
<P>(d) A Class DOT-113 tank car is authorized for the shipment of the following cryogenic liquids subject to the following additional requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of this section, “filling density” is defined as the percent ratio of the weight of lading in the tank to the weight of water that the tank will hold at the design service temperature (one pound of water = 27.737 cubic inches at 60 °F., or one gallon of water = 231 cubic inches at 60 °F. and weighs 8.32828 pounds).


</P>
<P>(2) <I>Ethylene, hydrogen (minimum 95 percent parahydrogen), and cryogenic liquids</I> must be loaded and shipped in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 173.319(<E T="01">d</E>)(2)—Pressure Control Valve Setting or Relief Valve Setting
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Maximum start-to-discharge pressure


<br/>(psig)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Maximum permitted filling density


<br/>(percent by weight)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Ethylene
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Ethylene
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Ethylene
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Hydrogen
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.60.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">52.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51.1
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum pressure when offered for transportation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 psig
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Design service temperature</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 260 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 260 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 155 °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 423 °F.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Specification (<E T="03">see</E> § 180.507(b)(3) of this subchapter)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">113D60W, 113C60W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">113C120W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">113D120W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">113A175W, 113A60W.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="03">Note: For DOT 113 cryogenic tank cars, delimiters indicate the following:</E>
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="03">A—authorized for minus 423 °F loading;</E>
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="03">C—authorized for minus 260 °F loading;</E>
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="03">D—authorized for minus 155 °F loading.</E></P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) <I>Special requirements for class DOT 113 tank cars.</I> (1) A class DOT-113 tank car need not be periodically pressure tested; however, each shipment must be monitored to determine the average daily pressure rise in the tank car. If the average daily pressure rise during any shipment exceeds 0.2 Bar (3 psig) per day, the tank must be tested for thermal integrity prior to any subsequent shipment.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Thermal integrity test.</I> When required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section, either of the following thermal integrity tests may be used:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure rise test.</I> The pressure rise in the tank may not exceed 0.34 Bar (5 psig) in 24 hours. When the pressure rise test is performed, the absolute pressure in the annular space of the loaded tank car may not exceed 75 microns of mercury at the beginning of the test and may not increase more than 25 microns during the 24-hour period; or
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Calculated heat transfer rate test.</I> The insulation system must be performance tested as prescribed in § 179.400-4 of this subchapter. When the calculated heat transfer rate test is performed, the absolute pressure in the annular space of the loaded tank car may not exceed 75 microns of mercury at the beginning of the test and may not increase more than 25 microns during the 24-hour period. The calculated heat transfer rate in 24 hours may not exceed:
</P>
<P>(A) 120 percent of the appropriate standard heat transfer rate specified in § 179.401-1 of this subchapter, for DOT-113A60W and DOT-113C120W tank cars;
</P>
<P>(B) 122.808 joules (0.1164 Btu/day/lb.) of inner tank car water capacity, for DOT-113A175W tank cars;
</P>
<P>(C) 345.215 joules (0.3272 Btu/day/lb.) of inner tank car water capacity, for DOT-113C60W and 113D60W tank cars; or
</P>
<P>(D) 500.09 joules (0.4740 Btu/day/lb.) of inner tank car water capacity, for DOT-113D120W tank cars.
</P>
<P>(3) A tank car that fails a test prescribed in paragraph (e)(2) of this section must be removed from hazardous materials service. A tank car removed from hazardous materials service because it failed a test prescribed in paragraph (e)(2) of this section may not be used to transport a hazardous material unless the tank car conforms to all applicable requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Each rupture disc must be replaced every 12 months, and the replacement date must be marked on the car near the pressure relief valve information.
</P>
<P>(5) Pressure relief valves and alternate pressure relief valves must be tested every five years. The start-to-discharge pressure and vapor tight pressure requirements for the pressure relief valves must be as specified in § 179.401-1 of this subchapter. The alternate pressure relief device values specified in § 179.401-1 of this subchapter for a DOT-113C120W tank car apply to a DOT-113D120W tank car.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 1803, 1804, 1808; 49 CFR 1.53, app. A to part 1)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-166, 48 FR 27698, June 16, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 173-245, Sept. 21, 1995; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45184, 45379, 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005; 81 FR 3681, Jan. 21, 2016; 85 FR 45029, July 24, 2020; 90 FR 26458, June 23, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.320" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.320   Cryogenic liquids; exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Atmospheric gases and helium, cryogenic liquids, in Dewar flasks, insulated cylinders, insulated portable tanks, insulated cargo tanks, and insulated tank cars, designed and constructed so that the pressure in such packagings will not exceed 25.3 psig under ambient temperature conditions during transportation are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter when transported by motor vehicle or railcar except as specified in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter pertaining to the reporting of incidents, not including a release that is the result of venting through a pressure control valve, or the neck of the Dewar flask.
</P>
<P>(2) Subparts A, B, C, D, G and H of part 172, (§§ 174.24 for rail and 177.817 for highway) and in addition, part 172 in its entirety for oxygen. 
</P>
<P>(3) Subparts A and B of part 173, and §§ 174.1 and 177.800, 177.804, and 177.823 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of this subchapter do not apply to atmospheric gases and helium:
</P>
<P>(1) During loading and unloading operations (pressure rises may exceed 25.3 psig); or
</P>
<P>(2) When used in operation of a process system; such as a refrigeration system (pressure may exceed 25.3 psig).
</P>
<P>(c) For transportation aboard aircraft, see the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), Packing Instruction 202 and the packaging specifications in part 6, chapter 5.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-201, 52 FR 13043, Apr. 20, 1987, as amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 33436, June 21, 2001; 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 48570, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.321" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.321   Ethylamine.</HEAD>
<P>Ethylamine must be packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) In 1A1 drums which meet Packing Group I performance level requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) In specification cylinders as prescribed for any compressed gas except acetylene.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.322" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.322   Ethyl chloride.</HEAD>
<P>Ethyl chloride must be packaged in any of the following single or combination non-bulk packagings which meet Packing Group I performance level requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes with glass, earthenware, or metal inner receptacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) capacity each;
</P>
<P>(b) In 4G fiberboard boxes with glass, earthenware, or metal inner receptacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) capacity each. Outer packagings may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight;
</P>
<P>(c) In 1A1 drums of not over 100 L (26 gallons) capacity each; or
</P>
<P>(d) In specification cylinders as prescribed for any compressed gas except acetylene. Cylinders made of aluminum alloy are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(e) In capsules under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The mass of gas must not exceed 150 g (5.30 ounces) per capsule;
</P>
<P>(2) The capsule must be free of faults liable to impair its strength;
</P>
<P>(3) The leakproofness integrity of the closure must be maintained by a secondary means (<I>e.g.,</I> cap, crown, seal, binding, <I>etc.</I>) capable of preventing any leakage of the closure while in transportation; and
</P>
<P>(4) The capsules must be placed in a strong outer packaging suitable for the contents and may not exceed a gross mass of 75 kg (165 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 74 FR 2266, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3381, Jan. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.323" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.323   Ethylene oxide.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For packaging ethylene oxide in non-bulk packagings, silver mercury or any of its alloys or copper may not be used in any part of a packaging, valve, or other packaging appurtenance if that part, during normal conditions of transportation, may come in contact with ethylene oxide liquid or vapor. Copper alloys may be used only where gas mixtures do not contain free acetylene at any concentration that will form copper acetylene. All packaging and gaskets must be constructed of materials which are compatible with ethylene oxide and do not lower the auto-ignition temperature of ethylene oxide.
</P>
<P>(b) Ethylene oxide must be packaged in one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) In hermetically sealed glass or metal inner packagings suitably cushioned in an outer package authorized by § 173.201(b). The maximum quantity permitted in any glass inner packaging is 100 g (3.5 ounces), and the maximum quantity permitted in any metal inner packaging is 340 g (12 ounces). After filling, each inner packaging shall be determined to be leak-tight by placing the inner packaging in a hot water bath at a temperature, and for a period of time, sufficient to ensure that an internal pressure equal to the vapor pressure of ethylene oxide at 55 °C is achieved. The total quantity in any outer packaging shall not exceed 100 g (3.5 ounces), and the total quantity in any outer packaging containing only metal inner packagings shall not exceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds). Each completed package must be capable of passing all Packing Group I performance tests.
</P>
<P>(2) In specification cylinders or UN pressure receptacles, as authorized for any compressed gas except acetylene. Pressurizing valves and insulation are required for cylinders over 4 L (1 gallon) capacity. Eductor tubes must be provided for cylinders over 19 L (5 gallons) capacity. Cylinders must be seamless or welded steel (not brazed) with a nominal capacity of no more than 115 L (30 gallons) and may not be liquid full below 82 °C (180 °F). Before each refilling, each cylinder must be tested for leakage at no less than 103.4 kPa (15 psig) pressure. In addition, each cylinder must be equipped with a fusible type relief device with yield temperature of 69 °C to 77 °C (157 °F to 170 °F). The capacity of the relief device and the effectiveness of the insulation must be such that the charged cylinder will not explode when tested by the method described in CGA Pamphlet C-14 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or other equivalent method.
</P>
<P>(3) In 1A1 steel drums of no more than 231 L (61 gallons) and meeting Packing Group I performance standards. The drum must be lagged of all welded construction with the inner shell having a minimum thickness of 1.7 mm (0.068 inches) and the outer shell having a minimum thickness of 2.4 mm (0.095 inches). Drums must be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic test pressure of 690 kPa (100 psig). Lagging must be of sufficient thickness so that the drum, when filled with ethylene oxide and equipped with the required pressure relief device, will not rupture when exposed to fire. The drum may not be liquid full below 85 °C (185 °F), and must be marked “THIS END UP” on the top head. Before each refilling, each drum must be tested for leakage at no less than 103 kPa (15 psig) pressure. Each drum must be equipped with a fusible type relief device with yield temperature of 69 °C to 77 °C (157 °F to 170 °F), and the capacity of the relief device must be such that the filled drum is capable of passing, without rupture, the test method described in CGA Pamphlet C-14 or other equivalent method.
</P>
<P>(c) When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subparts A and B of this part, the special provisions specified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table, and paragraphs (d) through (j) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Tank cars.</I> Class DOT 105 tank cars:
</P>
<P>(i) Each tank car built before March 16, 2009 must have a tank test pressure of at least 20.7 Bar (300 psig); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Except as provided in § 173.314(d), tank cars built on or after March 16, 2009 used for the transportation of ethylene oxide must meet the applicable authorized tank car specification listed in the table in § 173.314(c).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Cargo tanks.</I> Specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Portable tanks.</I> DOT 51 portable tanks.
</P>
<P>(d) The pressure relief devices must be set to function at 517 kPa (75 psig). Portable tanks fitted with non-reclosing devices made and in use prior to December 31, 1987, may continue to be used in ethylene oxide service.
</P>
<P>(e) In determining outage, consideration must be given to the lading temperature and solubility of inert gas padding in ethylene oxide as well as the partial pressure exerted by the gas padding.
</P>
<P>(f) Each tank, loaded or empty, must be padded with dry nitrogen or other suitable inert gas of sufficient quantity to render the vapor space of the tank nonflammable up to 41 °C (105 °F). The gas used for padding must be free of impurities which may cause the ethylene oxide to polymerize, decompose or undergo other violent chemical reaction.
</P>
<P>(g) Copper, silver, mercury, magnesium or their alloys may not be used in any part of the tank or appurtenances that are normally in contact with the lading.
</P>
<P>(h) Neoprene, natural rubber and asbestos gaskets are prohibited. All packing and gaskets must be made of materials which do not react with or lower the autoignition temperature of the lading.
</P>
<P>(i) Each tank must be insulated with cork (at least 10 cm (4 inches) thick), or mineral wool, fiberglass or other suitable insulation material of sufficient thickness so that the thermal conductance at 16 °C (60 °F) is not more than 0.075 Btu per hour per square foot per degree F. temperature differential. Portable tanks made and in use prior to December 31, 1987 equipped with fusible plugs instead of a pressure relief valve or rupture disc, must have sufficient insulation so that the tank as filled for shipment will not rupture in a fire. The insulation on portable tanks or cargo tank motor vehicles must be protected with a steel jacket at least 2.54 mm (0.100 inch) thick, or as required by the specification.
</P>
<P>(j) Tank car tanks built after December 30, 1971 must be equipped with a thermometer well.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-236, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173-145, 60 FR 49076, Sept. 21, 1995; 66 FR 45380, 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76178, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 33884, June 12, 2006; 74 FR 1801, Jan. 13, 2009; 85 FR 85419, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.334" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.334   Organic phosphates mixed with compressed gas.</HEAD>
<P>Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, parathion, tetraethyl dithio pyrophosphate, tetraethyl pyrophosphate, or other Division 6.1 organic phosphates (including a compound or mixture), may be mixed with a non-flammable compressed gas. This mixture may not contain more than 20 percent by weight of organic phosphate and must be packaged in DOT 3A240, 3AA240, 3B240, 4B240, 4BA240, 4BW240 or UN cylinders meeting all of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) Each cylinder may be filled with not more than 5 kg (11.0 lb) of the mixture, to a maximum filling density of not more than 80 percent of the water capacity.
</P>
<P>(b) No cylinder may be equipped with an eduction tube or a fusible plug.
</P>
<P>(c) No cylinder may be equipped with any valve unless the valve is a type approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(d) Cylinders must be overpacked in a box, crate, or other strong outer packaging conforming to the requirements of § 173.25 and arranged to protect each valve or other closing device from damage. Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, no more than four cylinders may be packed in a strong outer packaging. Each strong outer packaging with its closing device protection must be sufficiently strong to protect all parts of each cylinder from deformation or leakage if the completed package is dropped 1.8 m (6 feet) onto a non-yielding surface, such as concrete or steel, impacting at the packaging's weakest point.
</P>
<P>(e) Cylinders may be packed in strong wooden boxes with valves or other closing devices protected from damage, with not more than twelve cylinders in one outside wooden box. An outer fiberboard box may be used when not more than four such cylinders are to be shipped in one packaging. Valves must be adequately protected. Box and valve protection must be of sufficient strength to protect all parts of inner packagings and valves from deformation or breakage resulting from a drop of at least 1.8 m (6 feet) onto a non-yielding surface, such as concrete or steel, impacting at the weakest point.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51651, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.335" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.335   Chemical under pressure n.o.s.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> A cylinder filled with a chemical under pressure must be offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements of this section and § 173.301 (except for the cylinder valve cap requirements in §§ 173.301(a)(11) and (12)). In addition, a DOT specification cylinder must meet the requirements in §§ 173.301a, 173.302, 173.302a, and 173.305, as applicable. UN pressure receptacles must meet the requirements in §§ 173.301b, 173.302b, and 173.304b, as applicable. Where more than one section applies to a cylinder, the most restrictive requirements must be followed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filling limits.</I> Cylinders must be filled so that at 50 °C (122 °F) the non-gaseous phase does not exceed 95% of their water capacity and they are not completely filled at 60 °C (140 °F). When filled, the internal pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) must not exceed the test pressure of the cylinder. The vapor pressures and volumetric expansion of all substances in the cylinders must be taken into account.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Minimum service pressure.</I> The minimum service pressure must be in accordance with the design specifications of part 178 of this subchapter for the propellant. In any case the minimum test pressure must not be less than 20 bar.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Periodic inspection.</I> (1) Except as specified in (d)(2) of this section, the maximum requalification test period for cylinders transporting chemical under pressure n.o.s. is 5 years.
</P>
<P>(2) For cylinders with maximum capacity of 450 L or less and filled with materials used as fire extinguishing agents, the maximum requalification test period is 10 years.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 1092, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 82 FR 15891, Mar. 30, 2017; 83 FR 55810, Nov. 7, 2018; 85 FR 83401, Dec. 21, 2020; 87 FR 44997, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.336" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.336   Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied, must be packaged in specification or UN cylinders as prescribed in § 173.192, except valves are not authorized. UN tubes and MEGCs are not authorized for use. Cylinders must be equipped with a stainless steel valve and valve seat that will not deteriorate in contact with nitrogen dioxide. Each valve opening must be closed by a solid metal plug with tapered thread properly luted to prevent leakage. Transportation in DOT 3AL cylinders is authorized only by highway and rail.
</P>
<P>(b) Each UN pressure receptacle must be cleaned in accordance with the requirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Each DOT specification cylinder must be cleaned according to the requirements of GSA Federal Specification RR-C-901D, paragraphs 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Cleaning agents equivalent to those specified in RR-C-901D may be used; however, any cleaning agent must not be capable of reacting with oxygen. One cylinder selected at random from a group of 200 or fewer and cleaned at the same time must be tested for oil contamination in accordance with Specification RR-C-901D, paragraph 4.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and meet the standard of cleanliness specified therein.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.337" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.337   Nitric oxide.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Nitric oxide must be packaged in cylinders conforming to the requirements of § 173.40 and as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>DOT specification cylinder.</I> In a DOT 3A1800, 3AA1800, 3E1800, or 3AL1800 cylinder. A DOT specification cylinder must be charged to a pressure of not more than 5,170 kPa (750 psi) at 21 °C (70 °F). Transportation of nitric oxide in a DOT 3AL is cylinder is authorized only by highway and rail.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>UN cylinder.</I> In a UN cylinder with a minimum test pressure of 200 bar. The maximum working pressure of the cylinder must not exceed 50 bar. The pressure in the cylinder at 65 °C (149 °F) may not exceed the test pressure. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Valves.</I> Cylinders must be equipped with a stainless steel valve and valve seat that will not deteriorate in contact with nitric oxide. Cylinders or valves may not be equipped with pressure relief devices of any type.
</P>
<P>(b) Each UN cylinder must be cleaned in accordance with the requirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Each DOT specification cylinder must be cleaned in compliance with the requirements of GSA Federal Specification RR-C-901D, paragraphs 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Cleaning agents equivalent to those specified in Federal Specification RR-C-901D may be used; however, any cleaning agent must not be capable of reacting with oxygen. One cylinder selected at random from a group of 200 or fewer and cleaned at the same time must be tested for oil contamination in accordance with Federal Specification RR-C-901D paragraph 4.3.2 and meet the standard of cleanliness specified therein.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.338" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.338   Tungsten hexafluoride.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tungsten hexafluoride must be packaged in specification 3A, 3AA, 3BN, or 3E (§§ 178.36, 178.37, 178.39, 178.42 of this subchapter) cylinders. Cylinders must be equipped with a valve protection cap or be packed in a strong outer packaging meeting the provisions of § 173.40. Outlets of any valves must be capped or plugged. As an alternative, the cylinder opening may be closed by the use of a metal plug. Specification 3E cylinders must be shipped in an overpack that meets the provisions of § 173.40.
</P>
<P>(b) In place of the volumetric expansion test, DOT 3BN cylinders used in exclusive service may be given a complete external visual inspection in conformance with part 180, subpart C, of this subchapter, at the time such periodic requalification becomes due. Cylinders that undergo a complete external visual inspection, in place of the volumetric expansion test, must be condemned if removed from tungsten hexafluoride service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 16143, Apr. 9, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.340" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.7.25.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.340   Tear gas devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Packagings for tear gas devices must be approved prior to initial transportation by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) Tear gas devices may not be assembled with, or packed in the same packaging with, mechanically- or manually-operated firing, igniting, bursting, or other functioning elements unless of a type and design which has been approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(c) Tear gas grenades, tear gas candles, and similar devices must be packaged in one of the following packagings conforming to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group II performance level:
</P>
<P>(1) In UN 4A, 4B, or 4N metal boxes or UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F metal-strapped wooden boxes. Functioning elements not assembled in grenades or devices must be in a separate compartment of these boxes, or in inner or separate outer boxes, UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F, and must be packed and cushioned so that they may not come in contact with each other or with the walls of the box during transportation. Not more than 50 tear gas devices and 50 functioning elements must be packed in one box, and the gross weight of the outer box may not exceed 35 kg (77 pounds).
</P>
<P>(2) In UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 drums. Functioning elements must be packed in a separate inner packaging or compartment. Not more than 24 tear gas devices and 24 functioning elements must be packed in one outer drum, and the gross weight of the drum may not exceed 35 kg (77 pounds).
</P>
<P>(3) In a UN 4G fiberboard box with inside tear gas devices meeting Specifications 2P or 2Q. Each inside packaging must be placed in fiberboard tubes fitted with metal ends or a fiber box with suitable padding. Not more than 30 inner packagings must be packed in one outer box, and the gross weight of the outer box may not exceed 16 kg (35 pounds).
</P>
<P>(4) In other packagings of a type or design which has been approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(d) Tear gas devices may be shipped completely assembled when offered by or consigned to the U.S. Department of Defense, provided the functioning elements are packed so that they cannot accidentally function. Outer packagings must be UN 4A, 4B, or 4N metal boxes or UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F metal-strapped wooden boxes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52669, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 78 FR 1092, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 173.401" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.401   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart sets forth requirements for the packaging and transportation of Class 7 (radioactive) materials by offerors and carriers subject to this subchapter. The requirements prescribed in this subpart are in addition to, not in place of, other requirements set forth in this subchapter for Class 7 (radioactive) materials and those of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission in 10 CFR part 71.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Class 7 (radioactive) materials produced, used, transported, or stored within an establishment other than during the course of transportation, including storage in transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) Class 7 (radioactive) materials that have been implanted or incorporated into, and are still in, a person or live animal for diagnosis or treatment.
</P>
<P>(3) Class 7 (radioactive) material that is an integral part of the means of transport.
</P>
<P>(4) Natural material and ores containing naturally occurring radionuclides which are either in their natural state, or which have only been processed for purposes other than for extraction of the radionuclides, and which are not intended to be processed for the use of these radionuclides, provided the activity concentration of the material does not exceed 10 times the exempt material activity concentration values specified in § 173.436, or determined in accordance with the requirements of § 173.433.
</P>
<P>(5) Non-radioactive solid objects with radioactive substances present on any surfaces in quantities not exceeding the threshold limits set forth in the definition of contamination in § 173.403.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 3670, Jan. 26, 2004; 79 FR 40610, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.403" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.403   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>A</I><E T="52">1</E> means the maximum activity of special form Class 7 (radioactive) material permitted in a Type A package. This value is either listed in § 173.435 or may be derived in accordance with the procedures prescribed in § 173.433.
</P>
<P><I>A</I><E T="52">2</E> means the maximum activity of Class 7 (radioactive) material, other than special form material, LSA material, and SCO, permitted in a Type A package. This value is either listed in § 173.435 or may be derived in accordance with the procedures prescribed in § 173.433.
</P>
<P><I>Class 7 (radioactive) material</I> See the definition of <I>Radioactive material</I> in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Closed transport vehicle</I> means a transport vehicle or conveyance equipped with a securely attached exterior enclosure that during normal transportation restricts the access of unauthorized persons to the cargo space containing the Class 7 (radioactive) materials. The enclosure may be either temporary or permanent, and in the case of packaged materials may be of the “see-through” type, and must limit access from top, sides, and bottom.
</P>
<P><I>Consignment</I> means a package or group of packages or load of radioactive material offered by a person for transport in the same shipment.
</P>
<P><I>Containment system</I> means the assembly of components of the packaging intended to retain the Class 7 (radioactive) material during transport.
</P>
<P><I>Contamination</I> means the presence of a radioactive substance on a surface in quantities in excess of 0.4 Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> for beta and gamma emitters and low toxicity alpha emitters or 0.04 Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> for all other alpha emitters. There are two categories of contamination:
</P>
<P>(1) Fixed contamination means contamination that cannot be removed from a surface during normal conditions of transport.
</P>
<P>(2) Non-fixed contamination means contamination that can be removed from a surface during normal conditions of transport.
</P>
<P><I>Conveyance</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) For transport by public highway or rail: any transport vehicle or large freight container;
</P>
<P>(2) For transport by water: any vessel, or any hold, compartment, or defined deck area of a vessel including any transport vehicle on board the vessel; and
</P>
<P>(3) For transport by aircraft, any aircraft.
</P>
<P><I>Criticality Safety Index (CSI)</I> means a number (rounded up to the next tenth) which is used to provide control over the accumulation of packages, overpacks or freight containers containing fissile material. The CSI for a package containing fissile material is determined in accordance with the instructions provided in 10 CFR 71.22, 71.23, and 71.59. The CSI for an overpack, freight container, consignment or conveyance containing fissile material packages is the arithmetic sum of the criticality safety indices of all the fissile material packages contained within the overpack, freight container, consignment or conveyance.
</P>
<P><I>Design</I> means the description of a special form Class 7 (radioactive) material, a package, packaging, or LSA-III, that enables those items to be fully identified. The description may include specifications, engineering drawings, reports showing compliance with regulatory requirements, and other relevant documentation.
</P>
<P><I>Deuterium</I> means, for the purposes of § 173.453, deuterium and any deuterium compound, including heavy water, in which the ratio of deuterium atoms to hydrogen atoms exceeds 1:5000.
</P>
<P><I>Exclusive use</I> means sole use by a single consignor of a conveyance for which all initial, intermediate, and final loading and unloading and shipment are carried out in accordance with the direction of the consignor or consignee where required by this subchapter. The consignor and the carrier must ensure that any loading or unloading is performed by personnel having radiological training and resources appropriate for safe handling of the consignment. The consignor must provide to the initial carrier specific written instructions for maintenance of exclusive use shipment controls, including the vehicle survey requirement of § 173.443(c) as applicable, and include these instructions with the shipping paper information provided to the carrier by the consignor.
</P>
<P><I>Exemption value</I> means either an exempt material activity concentration or an exempt consignment activity limit listed in the table in § 173.436, or determined according to the procedures described in § 173.433, and used to determine whether a given physically radioactive material is sufficiently radioactive to be subject to the HMR (see definition of radioactive material). An exemption value is different from an exemption, as specified under the definition for special permit in § 171.8 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Fissile material</I> means plutonium-239, plutonium-241, uranium-233, uranium-235, or any combination of these radionuclides. Fissile material means the fissile nuclides themselves, not material containing fissile nuclides, but does not include: Unirradiated natural uranium or depleted uranium; and natural uranium or depleted uranium that has been irradiated in thermal reactors only. Certain exceptions for fissile materials are provided in § 173.453.
</P>
<P><I>Freight container</I> means a reusable container having a volume of 1.81 cubic meters (64 cubic feet) or more, designed and constructed to permit it being lifted with its contents intact and intended primarily for containment of packages in unit form during transportation. A “small freight container” is one which has an internal volume of not more than 3.0 cubic meters (106 cubic feet). All other freight containers are designated as “large freight containers.”
</P>
<P><I>Graphite</I> means, for the purposes of § 173.453, graphite with a boron equivalent content less than 5 parts per million and density greater than 1.5 grams per cubic centimeter.
</P>
<P><I>Highway route controlled quantity</I> means a quantity within a single package which exceeds:
</P>
<P>(1) 3,000 times the A<E T="52">1</E> value of the radionuclides as specified in § 173.435 for special form Class 7 (radioactive) material;
</P>
<P>(2) 3,000 times the A<E T="52">2</E> value of the radionuclides as specified in § 173.435 for normal form Class 7 (radioactive) material; or
</P>
<P>(3) 1,000 TBq (27,000 Ci), whichever is least.
</P>
<P><I>Limited quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) material</I> means a quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) material not exceeding the material's package limits specified in § 173.425 and conforming with requirements specified in § 173.421.
</P>
<P><I>Low Specific Activity (LSA) material</I> means Class 7 (radioactive) material with limited specific activity which is not fissile material or is excepted under § 173.453, and which satisfies the descriptions and limits set forth below. Shielding material surrounding the LSA material may not be considered in determining the estimated average specific activity of the LSA material. LSA material must be in one of three groups:
</P>
<P>(1) LSA-I:
</P>
<P>(i) Uranium and thorium ores, concentrates of uranium and thorium ores, and other ores containing naturally occurring radionuclides which are intended to be processed for the use of these radionuclides; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Natural uranium, depleted uranium, natural thorium or their compounds or mixtures, provided they are unirradiated and in solid or liquid form; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Radioactive material for which the A<E T="52">2</E> value is unlimited; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Other radioactive material in which the activity is distributed throughout and the estimated average specific activity does not exceed 30 times the values for activity concentration specified in § 173.436 or calculated in accordance with § 173.433, or 30 times the default values listed in Table 8 of § 173.433.
</P>
<P>(2) LSA-II:
</P>
<P>(i) Water with tritium concentration up to 0.8 TBq/L (20.0 Ci/L); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Other radioactive material in which the activity is distributed throughout and the average specific activity does not exceed 10<E T="51">−4</E> A<E T="52">2</E>/g for solids and gases, and 10<E T="51">−5</E> A<E T="52">2</E>/g for liquids.
</P>
<P>(3) LSA-III. Solids (<I>e.g.,</I> consolidated wastes, activated materials), excluding powders, that meet the requirements of § 173.468 and in which:
</P>
<P>(i) The radioactive material is distributed throughout a solid or a collection of solid objects, or is essentially uniformly distributed in a solid compact binding agent (such as concrete, bitumen, ceramic, etc.);
</P>
<P>(ii) The radioactive material is relatively insoluble, or it is intrinsically contained in a relatively insoluble material, so that, even under loss of packaging, the loss of Class 7 (radioactive) material per package by leaching when placed in water for seven days would not exceed 0.1 A<E T="52">2</E>; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The estimated average specific activity of the solid, excluding any shielding material, does not exceed 2 × 10<E T="51">−3</E> A<E T="52">2</E>/g.
</P>
<P><I>Low toxicity alpha emitters</I> means natural uranium; depleted uranium; natural thorium; uranium-235 or uranium-238; thorium-232; thorium-228 and thorium-230 when contained in ores or physical and chemical concentrates; and alpha emitters with a half-life of less than 10 days.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum normal operating pressure</I> means the maximum gauge pressure that would develop in a containment system during a period of one year, in the absence of venting or cooling, under the heat conditions specified in 10 CFR 71.71(c)(1).
</P>
<P><I>Multilateral approval</I> means approval of a package design or shipment by the relevant Competent Authority of the country of origin and of each country through or into which the package or shipment is to be transported. This definition does not include approval from a country over which Class 7 (radioactive) materials are carried in aircraft, if there is no scheduled stop in that country.
</P>
<P><I>Natural thorium</I> means thorium with the naturally occurring distribution of thorium isotopes (essentially 100 percent by weight of thorium-232).
</P>
<P><I>Normal form Class 7 (radioactive) material</I> means Class 7 (radioactive) which has not been demonstrated to qualify as “special form Class 7 (radioactive) material.”
</P>
<P><I>Package</I> means the packaging together with its radioactive contents as presented for transport.
</P>
<P>(1) “Excepted package” means a packaging together with its excepted Class 7 (radioactive) materials as specified in §§ 173.421-173.426 and 173.428.
</P>
<P>(2) “Industrial package” means a packaging that, together with its low specific activity (LSA) material or surface contaminated object (SCO) contents, meets the requirements of §§ 173.410 and 173.411. Industrial packages are categorized in § 173.411 as either:
</P>
<P>(i) “Industrial package Type 1 (Type IP-1);
</P>
<P>(ii) “Industrial package Type 2 (Type IP-2); or
</P>
<P>(iii) “Industrial package Type 3 (Type IP-3).
</P>
<P>(3) “Type A package” means a packaging that, together with its radioactive contents limited to A<E T="52">1</E> or A<E T="52">2</E> as appropriate, meets the requirements of §§ 173.410 and 173.412 and is designed to retain the integrity of containment and shielding required by this part under normal conditions of transport as demonstrated by the tests set forth in § 173.465 or § 173.466, as appropriate. A Type A package does not require Competent Authority approval.
</P>
<P>(4) “Type B package” means a packaging designed to transport greater than an A<E T="52">1</E> or A<E T="52">2</E> quantity of radioactive material that, together with its radioactive contents, is designed to retain the integrity of containment and shielding required by this part when subjected to the normal conditions of transport and hypothetical accident test conditions set forth in 10 CFR part 71.
</P>
<P>(i) “Type B(U) package” means a Type B packaging that, together with its radioactive contents, for international shipments requires unilateral approval only of the package design and of any stowage provisions that may be necessary for heat dissipation.
</P>
<P>(ii) “Type B(M) package” means a Type B packaging, together with its radioactive contents, that for international shipments requires multilateral approval of the package design, and may require approval of the conditions of shipment. Type B(M) packages are those Type B package designs which have a maximum normal operating pressure of more than 700 kPa/cm
<SU>2</SU> (100 lb/in
<SU>2</SU>) gauge or a relief device which would allow the release of Class 7 (radioactive) material to the environment under the hypothetical accident conditions specified in 10 CFR part 71.
</P>
<P>(5) “Fissile material package” means a packaging, together with its fissile material contents, which meets the requirements for fissile material packages described in subpart E of 10 CFR 71. A fissile material package may be a Type AF package, a Type B(U)F package, or a Type B(M)F package.
</P>
<P><I>Packaging</I> means, for Class 7 (radioactive) materials, the assembly of components necessary to ensure compliance with the packaging requirements of this subpart. It may consist of one or more receptacles, absorbent materials, spacing structures, thermal insulation, radiation shielding, service equipment for filling, emptying, venting and pressure relief, and devices for cooling or absorbing mechanical shocks. The conveyance, tie-down system, and auxiliary equipment may sometimes be designated as part of the packaging.
</P>
<P><I>Quality assurance</I> means a systematic program of controls and inspections applied by each person involved in the transport of radioactive material which provides confidence that a standard of safety prescribed in this subchapter is achieved in practice.
</P>
<P><I>Radiation level</I> means the radiation dose-equivalent rate expressed in millisieverts per hour or mSv/h (millirems per hour or mrem/h). It consists of the sum of the dose-equivalent rates from all types of ionizing radiation present including alpha, beta, gamma, and neutron radiation. Neutron flux densities may be used to determine neutron radiation levels according to Table 1:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Neutron Fluence Rates To Be Regarded as Equivalent to a Radiation Level of 0.01 <E T="01">mSv/h (1mrem/h)</E> 
<sup>1</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Energy of neutron
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Flux density equivalent to 0.01 mSv/h
<br/>(1 mrem/h)
<br/>neutrons per square
<br/>centimeter
<br/>per second
<br/>(n/cm
<sup>2</sup>/s)
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thermal (2.5 10E-8) MeV</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">272.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 keV</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">272.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 keV</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">281.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100 keV</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500 keV</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 MeV</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5 MeV</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 MeV</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Flux densities equivalent for energies between those listed in this table may be obtained by linear interpolation.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Radioactive contents</I> means a Class 7 (radioactive) material, together with any contaminated or activated solids, liquids and gases within the packaging.
</P>
<P><I>Radioactive instrument or article</I> means any manufactured instrument or article such as an instrument, clock, electronic tube or apparatus, or similar instrument or article having Class 7 (radioactive) material in gaseous or non-dispersible solid form as a component part.
</P>
<P><I>Radioactive material</I> means any material containing radionuclides where both the activity concentration and the total activity in the consignment exceed the values specified in the table in § 173.436 or values derived according to the instructions in § 173.433.
</P>
<P><I>Special form Class 7 (radioactive) material</I> means either an indispersible solid radioactive material or a sealed capsule containing radioactive material which satisfies the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) It is either a single solid piece or a sealed capsule containing radioactive material that can be opened only by destroying the capsule;
</P>
<P>(2) The piece or capsule has at least one dimension not less than 5 mm (0.2 in); and
</P>
<P>(3) It satisfies the test requirements of § 173.469. Special form encapsulations designed in accordance with the requirements of § 173.389(g) in effect on June 30, 1983 (see 49 CFR part 173, revised as of October 1, 1982), and constructed prior to July 1, 1985 and special form encapsulations designed in accordance with the requirements of § 173.403 in effect on March 31, 1996 (see 49 CFR part 173, revised as of October 1, 1995), and constructed prior to April 1, 1997, may continue to be used. Any other special form encapsulation must meet the requirements of this paragraph (3).
</P>
<P><I>Specific activity</I> of a radionuclide means the activity of the radionuclide per unit mass of that nuclide. The specific activity of a material in which the radionuclide is essentially uniformly distributed is the activity per unit mass of the material.
</P>
<P><I>Surface Contaminated Object (SCO)</I> means a solid object which is not itself radioactive but which has radioactive material distributed on its surface. SCO exists in two phases:
</P>
<P>(1) SCO-I: A solid object on which:
</P>
<P>(i) The non-fixed contamination on the accessible surface averaged over 300 cm
<SU>2</SU> (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm
<SU>2</SU>) does not exceed 4 Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> (10<E T="51">−4</E> microcurie/cm
<SU>2</SU>) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 0.4 Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> (10<E T="51">−5</E> microcurie/cm
<SU>2</SU>) for all other alpha emitters;
</P>
<P>(ii) The fixed contamination on the accessible surface averaged over 300 cm
<SU>2</SU> (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm
<SU>2</SU>) does not exceed 4 × 10
<SU>4</SU> Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> (1.0 microcurie/cm
<SU>2</SU>) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 4 × 10
<SU>3</SU> Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> (0.1 microcurie/cm
<SU>2</SU>) for all other alpha emitters; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The non-fixed contamination plus the fixed contamination on the inaccessible surface averaged over 300 cm
<SU>2</SU> (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm
<SU>2</SU>) does not exceed 4 × 10
<SU>4</SU> Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> (1 microcurie/cm
<SU>2</SU>) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 4 × 10
<SU>3</SU> Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> (0.1 microcurie/cm
<SU>2</SU>) for all other alpha emitters.
</P>
<P>(2) SCO-II: A solid object on which the limits for SCO-I are exceeded and on which:
</P>
<P>(i) The non-fixed contamination on the accessible surface averaged over 300 cm
<SU>2</SU> (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm
<SU>2</SU>) does not exceed 400 Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> (10<E T="51">−2</E> microcurie/cm
<SU>2</SU>) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 40 Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> (10<E T="51">−3</E> microcurie/cm
<SU>2</SU>) for all other alpha emitters;
</P>
<P>(ii) The fixed contamination on the accessible surface averaged over 300 cm
<SU>2</SU> (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm
<SU>2</SU>) does not exceed 8 × 10
<SU>5</SU> Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> (20 microcurie/cm
<SU>2</SU>) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 8 × 10
<SU>4</SU> Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> (2 microcuries/cm
<SU>2</SU>) for all other alpha emitters; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The non-fixed contamination plus the fixed contamination on the inaccessible surface averaged over 300 cm
<SU>2</SU> (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm
<SU>2</SU>) does not exceed 8 × 10
<SU>5</SU> Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> (20 microcuries/cm
<SU>2</SU>) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 8 × 10
<SU>4</SU> Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> (2 microcuries/cm
<SU>2</SU>) for all other alpha emitters.
</P>
<P><I>Transport index (TI)</I> means the dimensionless number (rounded up to the next tenth) placed on the label of a package, to designate the degree of control to be exercised by the carrier during transportation. The transport index is determined by multiplying the maximum radiation level in millisieverts (mSv) per hour at 1 m (3.3 ft) from the external surface of the package by 100 (equivalent to the maximum radiation level in millirem per hour at 1 m (3.3 ft)).
</P>
<P><I>Type A quantity</I> means a quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) material, the aggregate radioactivity which does not exceed A<E T="52">1</E> for special form Class 7 (radioactive) material of A<E T="52">2</E> for normal form Class 7 (radioactive) material, where A<E T="52">1</E> and A<E T="52">2</E> values are given in § 173.435 or are determined in accordance with § 173.433.
</P>
<P><I>Type B quantity</I> means a quantity of material greater than a Type A quantity.
</P>
<P><I>Unilateral approval</I> means approval of a package design solely by the Competent Authority of the country of origin of the design.
</P>
<P><I>Unirradiated thorium</I> means thorium containing not more than 10<E T="51">−7</E> grams uranium-233 per gram of thorium-232.
</P>
<P><I>Unirradiated uranium</I> means uranium containing not more than 2 × 10
<SU>3</SU> Bq of plutonium per gram of uranium-235, not more than 9 × 10
<SU>6</SU> Bq of fission products per gram of uranium-235 and not more than 5 × 10<E T="51">−3</E> g of uranium-236 per gram of uranium-235.
</P>
<P><I>Uranium</I>—<I>natural, depleted</I> or <I>enriched</I> means the following:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) “Natural uranium” means uranium (which may be chemically separated) containing the naturally occurring distribution of uranium isotopes (approximately 99.28% uranium-238 and 0.72% uranium-235 by mass).
</P>
<P>(ii) “Depleted uranium” means uranium containing a lesser mass percentage of uranium-235 than in natural uranium.
</P>
<P>(iii) “Enriched uranium” means uranium containing a greater mass percentage of uranium-235 than 0.72%.
</P>
<P>(2) For each of these definitions, a very small mass percentage of uranium-234 may be present.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3670, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55116, Sept. 13, 2004; 69 FR 58843, Oct. 1, 2004; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005; 79 FR 40610, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1162, Jan. 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.410" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.410   General design requirements.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the requirements of subparts A and B of this part, each package used for the shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be designed so that—
</P>
<P>(a) The package can be easily handled and properly secured in or on a conveyance during transport.
</P>
<P>(b) Each lifting attachment that is a structural part of the package must be designed with a minimum safety factor of three against yielding when used to lift the package in the intended manner, and it must be designed so that failure of any lifting attachment under excessive load would not impair the ability of the package to meet other requirements of this subpart. Any other structural part of the package which could be used to lift the package must be capable of being rendered inoperable for lifting the package during transport or must be designed with strength equivalent to that required for lifting attachments.
</P>
<P>(c) The external surface, as far as practicable, will be free from protruding features and will be easily decontaminated.
</P>
<P>(d) The outer layer of packaging will avoid, as far as practicable, pockets or crevices where water might collect.
</P>
<P>(e) Each feature that is added to the package will not reduce the safety of the package.
</P>
<P>(f) The package will be capable of withstanding the effects of any acceleration, vibration or vibration resonance that may arise under normal conditions of transport without any deterioration in the effectiveness of the closing devices on the various receptacles or in the integrity of the package as a whole and without loosening or unintentionally releasing the nuts, bolts, or other securing devices even after repeated use (see §§ 173.24, 173.24a, and 173.24b).
</P>
<P>(g) The materials of construction of the packaging and any components or structure will be physically and chemically compatible with each other and with the package contents. The behavior of the packaging and the package contents under irradiation will be taken into account.
</P>
<P>(h) All valves through which the package contents could escape will be protected against unauthorized operation.
</P>
<P>(i) For transport by air—
</P>
<P>(1) The temperature of the accessible surfaces of the package will not exceed 50 °C (122 °F) at an ambient temperature of 38 °C (100 °F) with no account taken for insulation;
</P>
<P>(2) The integrity of containment will not be impaired if the package is exposed to ambient temperatures ranging from −40 °C (−40 °F) to + 55 °C (131 °F); and
</P>
<P>(3) A package containing liquid contents must be capable of withstanding, without leakage, an internal pressure that produces a pressure differential of not less than the maximum normal operating pressure plus 95 kPa (13.8 psi).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173-244, 61 FR 20750, May 8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 79 FR 40611, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.411" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.411   Industrial packages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each industrial package must comply with the requirements of this section which specifies package tests, and record retention applicable to Industrial Package Type 1 (Type IP-1), Industrial Package Type 2 (Type IP-2), and Industrial Package Type 3 (Type IP-3).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Industrial package certification and tests.</I> (1) Each Type IP-1 package must meet the general design requirements prescribed in § 173.410.
</P>
<P>(2) Each Type IP-2 package must meet the general design requirements prescribed in § 173.410 and when subjected to the tests specified in § 173.465(c) and (d) or evaluated against these tests by any of the methods authorized by § 173.461(a), must prevent:
</P>
<P>(i) Loss or dispersal of the radioactive contents; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A significant increase in the radiation levels recorded or calculated at the external surfaces for the condition before the test.
</P>
<P>(3) Each Type IP-3 package must meet the requirements for Type IP-1 and Type IP-2 packages, and must meet the requirements specified in § 173.412(a) through (j).
</P>
<P>(4) A portable tank may be used as a Type IP-2 or Type IP-3 package provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) It meets the requirements for Type IP-1 packages specified in paragraph (b)(1);
</P>
<P>(ii) It meets the requirements prescribed in Chapter 6.7 of the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter), “Requirements for the Design, Construction, Inspection and Testing of Portable Tanks and Multiple-Element Gas Containers (MEGCs),” or other requirements at least equivalent to those standards;
</P>
<P>(iii) It is capable of withstanding a test pressure of 265 kPa (38.4 psia); and
</P>
<P>(iv) It is designed so that any additional shielding which is provided must be capable of withstanding the static and dynamic stresses resulting from handling and routine conditions of transport and of preventing more than a 20% increase in the maximum radiation level at any external surface of the portable tanks.
</P>
<P>(5) A cargo tank or a tank car may be used as Type IP-2 or Type IP-3 package for transporting LSA-I and LSA-II liquids and gases as prescribed in Table 6 of § 173.427, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) It meets the requirements for a Type IP-1 package specified in paragraph (b)(1);
</P>
<P>(ii) It is capable of withstanding a test pressure of 265 kPa (38.4 psia); and
</P>
<P>(iii) It is designed so that any additional shielding which is provided must be capable of withstanding the static and dynamic stresses resulting from handling and routine conditions of transport and of preventing more than a 20% increase in the maximum radiation level at any external surface of the tanks.
</P>
<P>(6) A freight container may be used as Type IP-2 or Type IP-3 packages provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The radioactive contents are restricted to solid materials;
</P>
<P>(ii) It meets the requirements for a Type IP-1 packages specified in paragraph (b)(1); and
</P>
<P>(iii) It meets the standards prescribed in the International Organization for Standardization document ISO 1496-1: “Series 1 Freight Containers—Specifications and Testing—Part 1: General Cargo Containers; excluding dimensions and ratings (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). It must be designed such that if subjected to the tests prescribed in that document and the accelerations occurring during routine conditions of transport it would prevent:
</P>
<P>(A) Loss or dispersal of the radioactive contents; and
</P>
<P>(B) More than a 20% increase in the maximum radiation level at any external surface of the freight containers.
</P>
<P>(7) A metal intermediate bulk containers may be used as a Type IP-2 or Type IP-3 package, provided:
</P>
<P>(i) It meets the requirements for a Type IP-1 package specified in paragraph (b)(1); and
</P>
<P>(ii) It meets the requirements prescribed in Chapter 6.5 of the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), “Requirements for the Construction and Testing of Intermediate Bulk Containers,” for Packing Group I or II, and if subjected to the tests prescribed in that document, but with the drop test conducted in the most damaging orientation, it would prevent:
</P>
<P>(A) Loss or dispersal of the radioactive contents; and
</P>
<P>(B) More than a 20% increase in the maximum radiation level at any external surface of the intermediate bulk container.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for Type IP-1 packages, each offeror of an industrial package must maintain on file for at least two years after the offeror's latest shipment, and must provide to the Associate Administrator on request, complete documentation of tests and an engineering evaluation or comparative data showing that the construction methods, package design, and materials of construction comply with that specification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 40611, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.412" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.412   Additional design requirements for Type A packages.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to meeting the general design requirements prescribed in § 173.410, each Type A packaging must be designed so that—
</P>
<P>(a) The outside of the packaging incorporates a feature, such as a seal, that is not readily breakable, and that, while intact, is evidence that the package has not been opened. In the case of packages shipped in closed transport vehicles in exclusive use, the cargo compartment, instead of the individual packages, may be sealed.
</P>
<P>(b) The smallest external dimension of the package is not less than 10 cm (4 inches).
</P>
<P>(c) Containment and shielding is maintained during transportation and storage in a temperature range of −40 °C (−40 °F) to 70 °C (158 °F). Special attention shall be given to liquid contents and to the potential degradation of the packaging materials within the temperature range.
</P>
<P>(d) The packaging must include a containment system securely closed by a positive fastening device that cannot be opened unintentionally or by pressure that may arise within the package during normal transport. Special form Class 7 (radioactive) material, as demonstrated in accordance with § 173.469, may be considered as a component of the containment system. If the containment system forms a separate unit of the package, it must be securely closed by a positive fastening device that is independent of any other part of the package.
</P>
<P>(e) For each component of the containment system account is taken, where applicable, of radiolytic decomposition of materials and the generation of gas by chemical reaction and radiolysis.
</P>
<P>(f) The containment system will retain its radioactive contents under the reduction of ambient pressure to 60 kPa (8.7 psia).
</P>
<P>(g) Each valve, other than a pressure relief device, is provided with an enclosure to retain any leakage.
</P>
<P>(h) Any radiation shield that encloses a component of the packaging specified as part of the containment system will prevent the unintentional escape of that component from the shield.
</P>
<P>(i) Failure of any tie-down attachment that is a structural part of the packaging, under both normal and accident conditions, must not impair the ability of the package to meet other requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(j) When evaluated against the performance requirements of this section and the tests specified in § 173.465 or using any of the methods authorized by § 173.461(a), the packaging will prevent—
</P>
<P>(1) Loss or dispersal of the radioactive contents; and
</P>
<P>(2) A significant increase in the radiation levels recorded or calculated at the external surfaces for the condition before the test.
</P>
<P>(k) Each packaging designed for liquids will—
</P>
<P>(1) Be designed to provide for ullage to accommodate variations in temperature of the contents, dynamic effects and filling dynamics;
</P>
<P>(2) Meet the conditions prescribed in paragraph (j) of this section when subjected to the tests specified in § 173.466 or evaluated against these tests by any of the methods authorized by § 173.461(a); and
</P>
<P>(3) Either—
</P>
<P>(i) Have sufficient suitable absorbent material to absorb twice the volume of the liquid contents. The absorbent material must be compatible with the package contents and suitably positioned to contact the liquid in the event of leakage; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Have a containment system composed of primary inner and secondary outer containment components designed to enclose the liquid contents completely and ensure retention of the liquid within the secondary outer component in the event that the primary inner component leaks.
</P>
<P>(l) Each package designed for gases, other than tritium not exceeding 40 TBq (1080Ci) or noble gases not exceeding the A<E T="52">2</E> value appropriate for the noble gas, will be able to prevent loss or dispersal of contents when the package is subjected to the tests prescribed in § 173.466 or evaluated against these tests by any of the methods authorized by § 173.461(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 57633, Oct. 6, 2003; 79 FR 40612, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.413" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.413   Requirements for Type B packages.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 173.416, each Type B(U) or Type B(M) package must be designed and constructed to meet the applicable requirements specified in 10 CFR part 71.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.415" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.415   Authorized Type A packages.</HEAD>
<P>The following packages are authorized for shipment if they do not contain quantities exceeding A<E T="52">1</E> or A<E T="52">2</E> as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(a) DOT Specification 7A (see § 178.350 of this subchapter) Type A general packaging. Each offeror of a Specification 7A package must maintain on file for at least two years after the offeror's latest shipment, and shall provide to DOT on request, one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the package showing materials of construction, dimensions, weight, closure and closure materials (including gaskets, tape, etc.) of each item of the containment system, shielding and packing materials used in normal transportation, and the following:
</P>
<P>(i) If the packaging is subjected to the physical tests of § 173.465, and if applicable, § 173.466, documentation of testing, including date, place of test, signature of testers, a detailed description of each test performed including equipment used, and the damage to each item of the containment system resulting from the tests, or
</P>
<P>(ii) For any other demonstration of compliance with tests authorized in § 173.461, a detailed analysis which shows that, for the contents being shipped, the package meets the pertinent design and performance requirements for a DOT 7A Type A specification package.
</P>
<P>(2) If the offeror has obtained the packaging from another person who meets the definition of “packaging manufacturer” in § 178.350(c) of this subchapter, a certification from the packaging manufacturer that the package meets all the requirements of § 178.350 for the radioactive contents presented for transport and a copy of documents maintained by the packaging manufacturer that meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Any other Type A packaging that also meets the applicable standards for fissile materials in 10 CFR part 71 and is used in accordance with § 173.471.
</P>
<P>(c) Any Type B(U) or Type B(M) packaging authorized pursuant to § 173.416.
</P>
<P>(d) Any foreign-made packaging that meets the standards in the ” IAEA Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, SSR-6” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and bears the marking “Type A”. Such packagings may be used for domestic and export shipments of Class 7 (radioactive) materials provided the offeror obtains the applicable documentation of tests and engineering evaluations and maintains the documentation on file in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section. These packagings must conform with requirements of the country of origin (as indicated by the packaging marking) and the IAEA regulations applicable to Type A packagings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55117, Sept. 13, 2004; 79 FR 40612, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015; 85 FR 83401, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.416" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.416   Authorized Type B packages.</HEAD>
<P>Each of the following packages is authorized for shipment of quantities exceeding A<E T="52">1</E> or A<E T="52">2</E>, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(a) Any Type B(U) or Type B(M) packaging that meets the applicable requirements of 10 CFR part 71 and that has been approved by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission may be shipped pursuant to § 173.471.
</P>
<P>(b) Any Type B(U) or B(M) packaging that meets the applicable requirements in “IAEA Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, SSR-6” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and for which the foreign Competent Authority Certificate has been revalidated by DOT pursuant to § 173.473. These packagings are authorized only for export and import shipments.
</P>
<P>(c) A package approved by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission under a special package authorization granted in accordance with 10 CFR 71.41(d) provided it is offered only for domestic transportation in accordance with the requirements in § 173.471(b) and (c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40612, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.417" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.417   Authorized fissile materials packages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 173.453, fissile materials containing not more than A<E T="52">1</E> or A<E T="52">2</E> as appropriate, must be packaged in one of the following packagings:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Any packaging listed in § 173.415, limited to the Class 7 (radioactive) materials specified in 10 CFR part 71, subpart C;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F, or Type B(M)F packaging that meets the applicable standards for fissile material packages in 10 CFR part 71; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F, or Type B(M)F packaging that meets the applicable requirements for fissile material packages in Section VI of the International Atomic Energy Agency “Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, SSR-6 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter),” and for which the foreign Competent Authority certificate has been revalidated by the U.S. Competent Authority, in accordance with § 173.473. These packages are authorized only for export and import shipments.
</P>
<P>(2) A residual “heel” of enriched solid uranium hexafluoride may be transported without a protective overpack in any metal cylinder that meets both the requirements of § 173.415 and § 178.350 of this subchapter for Specification 7A Type A packaging, and the requirements of § 173.420 for packagings containing greater than 0.1 kg of uranium hexafluoride. Any such shipment must be made in accordance with Table 2, as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Allowable Content of Uranium Hexafluoride (UF<E T="52">6</E> “Heel” in a Specification 7A Cylinder) 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Maximum cylinder diameter 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Cylinder volume 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Maximum Uranium 235-enrichment (weight)
<br/>percent 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Maximum “Heel” weight per cylinder 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Centimeters 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Inches 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Liters 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Cubic feet 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">UF<E T="52">6</E> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Uranium-235 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">kg 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">lb 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">kg 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">lb 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.311</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.045</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.031</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.07 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.359</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.019</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.410</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.454</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">76.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">725.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.383</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.84 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">122.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,084.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 108.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.690</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.52 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">122.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,041.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 142.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.690</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.52 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> 10 ton.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> 14 ton</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Fissile Class 7 (radioactive) materials with radioactive content exceeding A<E T="52">1</E> or A<E T="52">2</E> must be packaged in one of the following packagings:
</P>
<P>(1) Type B(U), or Type B(M) packaging that meets the standards for packaging of fissile materials in 10 CFR part 71, and is approved by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and used in accordance with § 173.471;
</P>
<P>(2) Type B(U) or Type B(M) packaging that also meets the applicable requirements for fissile material packaging in Section VI of the International Atomic Energy Agency “Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, SSR-6,” and for which the foreign Competent Authority certificate has been revalidated by the U.S. Competent Authority in accordance with § 173.473. These packagings are authorized only for import and export shipments.
</P>
<P>(c) A package approved by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission under a special package authorization granted in accordance with 10 CFR 71.41(d) provided it is offered only for domestic transportation in accordance with the requirements in § 173.471(b) and (c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept. 13, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40612, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.418" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.418   Authorized packages—pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) materials, as referenced in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter, in quantities not exceeding A<E T="52">2</E> per package must be transported in DOT Specification 7A packagings constructed of materials that will not react with, nor be decomposed by, the contents. Contents of the package must be—
</P>
<P>(a) In solid form and must not be fissile unless excepted by § 173.453;
</P>
<P>(b) Contained in sealed and corrosion resistant receptacles with positive closures (friction or slip-fit covers or stoppers are not authorized);
</P>
<P>(c) Free of water and contaminants that would increase the reactivity of the material; and
</P>
<P>(d) Inerted to prevent self-ignition during transport by either—
</P>
<P>(1) Mixing with large volumes of inerting materials, such as graphite, dry sand, or other suitable inerting material, or blended into a matrix of hardened concrete; or
</P>
<P>(2) Filling the innermost receptacle with an appropriate inert gas or liquid.
</P>
<P>(e) Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) materials transported by aircraft must be packaged in Type B packages.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 68 FR 45038, July 31, 2003; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.419" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.419   Authorized packages—oxidizing Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An oxidizing Class 7 (radioactive) material, as referenced in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter, is authorized in quantities not exceeding an A<E T="52">2</E> per package, in a DOT Specification 7A package provided that—
</P>
<P>(1) The contents are:
</P>
<P>(i) Not fissile;
</P>
<P>(ii) Packed in inside packagings of glass, metal or compatible plastic; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Cushioned with a material that will not react with the contents; and
</P>
<P>(2) The outside packaging is made of wood, metal, or plastic.
</P>
<P>(b) The package must be capable of meeting the applicable test requirements of § 173.465 without leakage of contents.
</P>
<P>(c) For shipment by air, the maximum quantity in any package may not exceed 11.3 kg (25 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.420" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.420   Uranium hexafluoride (fissile, fissile excepted and non-fissile).</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to any other applicable requirements of this subchapter, quantities greater than 0.1 kg of fissile, fissile excepted or non-fissile uranium hexafluoride must be offered for transportation as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Before initial filling and during periodic inspection and test, packagings must be cleaned in accordance with American National Standard N14.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) Packagings must be designed, fabricated, inspected, tested and marked in accordance with—
</P>
<P>(i) American National Standard N14.1 in effect at the time the packaging was manufactured; or
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(iii) Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), provided the packaging—
</P>
<P>(A) Was manufactured on or before June 30, 1987;
</P>
<P>(B) Conforms to the edition of the ASME Code in effect at the time the packaging was manufactured;
</P>
<P>(C) Is used within its original design limitations; and
</P>
<P>(D) Has shell and head thicknesses that have not decreased below the minimum value specified in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Packaging model 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum thickness; millimeters (inches) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1S, 2S</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.58 (0.062) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5A, 5B, 8A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.17 (0.125) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12A, 12B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.76 (0.187) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.93 (0.312) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48A, F, X, and Y</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.70 (0.500) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48T, O, OM, OM Allied, HX, H, and G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.35 (0.250)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) Each package shall be designed so that it will:
</P>
<P>(i) Withstand a hydraulic test at an internal pressure of at least 1.4 MPa (200 psig) without leakage;
</P>
<P>(ii) Withstand the test specified in § 173.465(c) without loss or dispersal of the uranium hexafluoride; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Withstand the test specified in 10 CFR 71.73(c)(4) without rupture of the containment system.
</P>
<P>(4) Uranium hexafluoride must be in solid form.
</P>
<P>(5) The volume of solid uranium hexafluoride, except solid depleted uranium hexafluoride, at 20 °C (68 °F) may not exceed 61% of the certified volumetric capacity of the packaging. The volume of solid depleted uranium hexafluoride at 20 °C (68 °F) may not exceed 62% of the certified volumetric capacity of the packaging.
</P>
<P>(6) The pressure in the package at 20 °C (68 °F) must be less than 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia).
</P>
<P>(b) Each packaging for uranium hexafluoride must be periodically inspected, tested, marked and otherwise conform with the American National Standard N14.1.
</P>
<P>(c) Each repair to a packaging for uranium hexafluoride must be performed in accordance with the American National Standard N14.1.
</P>
<P>(d) Uranium hexafluoride not exceeding the limits specified in the limited quantity package limits column of table 4 in § 173.425 may be classified as UN 3507, Uranium hexafluoride, radioactive material, excepted package, less than 0.1 kg (0.22 pounds) per package, non-fissile or fissile-excepted, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The mass of uranium hexafluoride in the package is less than 0.1 kg (0.22 pounds); and
</P>
<P>(2) The conditions of §§ 173.24, 173.24a, and 173.421(a) and (d) are met.
</P>
<P>(e) For a package containing 0.1 kg or more of UF<E T="52">6</E>, the proper shipping name and UN number “Radioactive material, uranium hexafluoride, UN 2978” must be used for the transportation of non-fissile or fissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride and the proper shipping name and UN number “Radioactive material, uranium hexafluoride, fissile, UN 2977” must be used for the transport of fissile uranium hexafluoride.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept. 13, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40612, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1162, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.421" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.421   Excepted packages for limited quantities of Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>A Class 7 (radioactive) material with an activity per package which does not exceed the limited quantity package limits specified in Table 4 in § 173.425, and its packaging, are excepted from requirements in this subchapter for specification packaging, marking (except for the UN identification number marking requirement described in § 173.422(a)), labeling, and if not a hazardous substance or hazardous waste, shipping papers, and the requirements of this subpart if:
</P>
<P>(a) Each package meets the general design requirements of § 173.410;
</P>
<P>(b) The radiation level at any point on the external surface of the package does not exceed 0.005 mSv/h (0.5 mrem/h);
</P>
<P>(c) The non-fixed contamination on the external surface of the package does not exceed the limits specified in § 173.443(a);
</P>
<P>(d) The outside of the inner packaging or, if there is no inner packaging, the outside of the packaging itself bears the marking “Radioactive;”
</P>
<P>(e) The package does not contain fissile material unless excepted by § 173.453; and
</P>
<P>(f) The material is otherwise prepared for shipment as specified in accordance with § 173.422.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 40613, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.422" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.422   Additional requirements for excepted packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>An excepted package of Class 7 (radioactive) material that is prepared for shipment under the provisions of § 173.421, § 173.424, § 173.426, or § 173.428, or a small quantity of another hazard class transported by highway or rail (as defined in § 173.4) which also meets the requirements of one of these sections, is not subject to any additional requirements of this subchapter, except for the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The outside of each package must be marked with:
</P>
<P>(1) The UN identification number for the material preceded by the letters UN, as shown in column (4) of the Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) The letters “RQ” on a non-bulk packaging containing a hazardous substance.
</P>
<P>(b) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter, pertaining to the reporting of incidents;
</P>
<P>(c) Sections 174.750, 175.705, and 176.710 of this subchapter (depending on the mode of transportation), pertaining to the reporting of decontamination;
</P>
<P>(d) The training requirements of subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(e) For a material that meets the definition of a hazardous substance or a hazardous waste, the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, except that such shipments are not subject to shipping paper requirements applicable to Class 7 (radioactive) materials in §§ 172.202(a)(5), 172.202(a)(6), 172.203(d) and 172.204(c)(4); and
</P>
<P>(f) For transportation by vessel—
</P>
<P>(1) The following information must be shown on a special transport document such as a bill of lading, air waybill, or other similar document:
</P>
<P>(i) The UN identification number for the material preceded by the letters “UN”, as shown in column (4) of the Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and address of the consignor and the consignee.
</P>
<P>(2) The certificate requirements in § 176.27 must be met.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40613, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015; 85 FR 27897, May 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.423" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.423   Requirements for multiple hazard limited quantity Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 173.4, when a limited quantity radioactive material meets the definition of another hazard class or division, it must be—
</P>
<P>(1) Classed for the additional hazard;
</P>
<P>(2) Packaged to conform with the requirements specified in § 173.421(a) through (e) or § 173.424(a) through (g), as appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(3) Offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements applicable to the hazard for which it is classed.
</P>
<P>(b) A limited quantity Class 7 (radioactive) material which is classed other than Class 7 in accordance with this subchapter is excepted from the requirements of §§ 173.422(a), 172.203(d), and 172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter if the entry “Limited quantity radioactive material” appears on the shipping paper in association with the basic description.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.424" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.424   Excepted packages for radioactive instruments and articles.</HEAD>
<P>A radioactive instrument or article and its packaging are excepted from requirements in this subchapter for specification packaging, labeling, marking (except for the UN identification number marking requirement described in § 173.422(a)), and if not a hazardous substance or hazardous waste, shipping papers and the requirements of this subpart if:
</P>
<P>(a) Each package meets the general design requirements of § 173.410;
</P>
<P>(b) The activity of the instrument or article does not exceed the relevant limit listed in Table 4 in § 173.425;
</P>
<P>(c) The total activity per package does not exceed the relevant limit listed in Table 4 in § 173.425;
</P>
<P>(d) The radiation level at 10 cm (4 in) from any point on the external surface of any unpackaged instrument or article does not exceed 0.1 mSv/hour (10 mrem/hour);
</P>
<P>(e) The active material is completely enclosed by non-active components (a device performing the sole function of containing radioactive material shall not be considered to be an instrument or manufactured article);
</P>
<P>(f) The radiation level at any point on the external surface of a package bearing the article or instrument does not exceed 0.005 mSv/hour (0.5 mrem/hour), or, for exclusive use domestic shipments, 0.02 mSv/hour (2 mrem/hour);
</P>
<P>(g) The nonfixed (removable) radioactive surface contamination on the external surface of the package does not exceed the limits specified in § 173.443(a);
</P>
<P>(h) Except as provided in § 173.426, the package does not contain more than 15 g of uranium-235; and
</P>
<P>(i) The package is otherwise prepared for shipment as specified in § 173.422.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.425" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.425   Table of activity limits—excepted quantities and articles.</HEAD>
<P>The limits applicable to instruments, articles, and limited quantities subject to exceptions under §§ 173.421 and 173.424 are set forth in table 4 as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4—Activity Limits for Limited Quantities, Instruments, and Articles
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Nature of contents
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Instruments and articles
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Limited quantity package limits 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Limits for each instrument or article 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Package limits 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Solids:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Special form</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−2</E> A<E T="52">1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A<E T="52">1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−3</E> A<E T="52">1</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Normal form</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−2</E> A<E T="52">2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A<E T="52">2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−3</E> A<E T="52">2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liquids:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tritiated water:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">&lt;0.0037 TBq/L (0.1 Ci/L)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37 TBq (1,000 Ci)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">0.0037 TBq to 0.037 TBq/L (0.1 Ci to 1.0 Ci/L)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 TBq (100 Ci)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">&gt;0.037 TBq/L (1.0 Ci/L)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.037 TBq (1.0 Ci)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other Liquids</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−3</E> A<E T="52">2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−1</E> A<E T="52">2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−4</E> A<E T="52">2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gases:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tritium 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 × 10<E T="51">−2</E> A<E T="52">2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 × 10<E T="51">−1</E> A<E T="52">2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 × 10<E T="51">−2</E> A<E T="52">2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Special form</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−3</E> A<E T="52">1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−2</E> A<E T="52">1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−3</E> A<E T="52">1</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Normal form</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−3</E> A<E T="52">2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−2</E> A<E T="52">2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−3</E> A<E T="52">2</E>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For mixtures of radionuclides see § 173.433(d).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> These values also apply to tritium in activated luminous paint and tritium adsorbed on solid carriers.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173-244, 61 FR 20751, May 8, 1996; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.426" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.426   Excepted packages for articles containing natural uranium or thorium.</HEAD>
<P>A manufactured article in which the sole Class 7 (radioactive) material content is natural uranium, unirradiated depleted uranium or natural thorium, and its packaging, are excepted from the requirements in this subchapter for specification packaging, labeling, marking (except for the UN identification number marking requirement described in § 173.422(a)), and if not a hazardous substance or hazardous waste, shipping papers and the requirements of this subpart if:
</P>
<P>(a) Each package meets the general design requirements of § 173.410;
</P>
<P>(b) The outer surface of the uranium or thorium is enclosed in an inactive sheath made of metal or other durable protective material;
</P>
<P>(c) The conditions specified in § 173.421 (b), (c) and (d) are met; and
</P>
<P>(d) The article is otherwise prepared for shipment as specified in § 173.422.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173-244, 61 FR 20752, May 8, 1996; 69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.427" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.427   Transport requirements for low specific activity (LSA) Class 7 (radioactive) material and surface contaminated objects (SCO).</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to other applicable requirements specified in this subchapter, LSA material and SCO must be transported in accordance with the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The external dose rate may not exceed an external radiation level of 10 mSv/h (1 rem/h) at 3 m (10 feet) from the unshielded material;
</P>
<P>(2) The quantity of LSA material and SCO transported in any single conveyance may not exceed the limits specified in Table 5;
</P>
<P>(3) LSA material and SCO that are or contain fissile material must conform to the applicable requirements of § 173.453;
</P>
<P>(4) Packaged and unpackaged Class 7 (radioactive) materials must conform to the contamination control limits specified in § 173.443;
</P>
<P>(5) External radiation levels may not exceed those specified in § 173.441; and
</P>
<P>(6) For LSA material and SCO consigned as exclusive use:
</P>
<P>(i) Shipments must be loaded by the consignor and unloaded by the consignee from the conveyance or freight container in which originally loaded;
</P>
<P>(ii) There may be no loose radioactive material in the conveyance; however, when the conveyance is the packaging, there may not be any leakage of radioactive material from the conveyance;
</P>
<P>(iii) Packaged and unpackaged Class 7 (radioactive) material must be braced so as to prevent shifting of lading under conditions normally incident to transportation;
</P>
<P>(iv) Specific instructions for maintenance of exclusive use shipment controls shall be provided by the offeror to the carrier. Such instructions must be included with the shipping paper information;
</P>
<P>(v) The shipment must be placarded in accordance with subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(vi) For domestic transportation only, packaged and unpackaged Class 7 (radioactive) material containing less than an A<E T="52">2</E> quantity are excepted from the marking and labeling requirements of this subchapter, other than the subsidiary hazard labeling required in § 172.402(d). However, the exterior of each package or unpackaged Class 7 (radioactive) material must be stenciled or otherwise marked “RADIOACTIVE—LSA” or “RADIOACTIVE—SCO”, as appropriate, and packages or unpackaged Class 7 (radioactive) material that contain a hazardous substance must be stenciled or otherwise marked with the letters “RQ” in association with the description in this paragraph (a)(6)(vi); and
</P>
<P>(vii) Transportation by aircraft is prohibited except when transported in an industrial package in accordance with Table 6 of this section, or in an authorized Type A or Type B package.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, LSA material and SCO must be packaged as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) In an industrial package (Type IP-1, Type IP-2 or Type IP-3; § 173.411), subject to the limitations of Table 6;
</P>
<P>(2) In a DOT Specification 7A (§ 178.350 of this subchapter) Type A package;
</P>
<P>(3) In any Type B(U) or B(M) packaging authorized pursuant to § 173.416;
</P>
<P>(4) For domestic transportation of an exclusive use shipment that is less than an A<E T="52">2</E> quantity, in a packaging which meets the requirements of § 173.410; or
</P>
<P>(5) In portable tanks, cargo tanks and tank cars, as provided in § 173.411(b)(4) and (5), respectively.
</P>
<P>(c) LSA-I material and SCO-I may be transported unpackaged under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) All unpackaged material, other than ores containing only naturally occurring radionuclides, must be transported in such a manner that under routine conditions of transport there will be no escape of the radioactive contents from the conveyance nor will there be any loss of shielding;
</P>
<P>(2) Each conveyance must be under exclusive use, except when only transporting SCO-I on which the contamination on the accessible and the inaccessible surfaces is not greater than 4.0 Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> for beta and gamma emitters and low toxicity alpha emitters and 0.4 Bq/cm
<SU>2</SU> for all other alpha emitters;
</P>
<P>(3) For SCO-I where it is reasonable to suspect that non-fixed contamination may exist on inaccessible surfaces in excess of the values specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, measures shall be taken to ensure that the radioactive material is not released into the conveyance or to the environment; and
</P>
<P>(4) The highway or rail conveyance must be placarded in accordance with subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) LSA material and SCO that exceed the packaging limits in this section must be packaged in accordance with 10 CFR part 71.
</P>
<P>(e) Tables 5 and 6 are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 5—Conveyance Activity Limits for LSA Material and SCO
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nature of material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Activity limit for conveyances other than by inland waterway
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Activity limit for hold or compartment of an inland waterway
<br/>conveyance
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. LSA-I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. LSA-II and LSA-III; Non-combustible solids</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 A2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. LSA-II and LSA-III; Combustible solids and all liquids and gases</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 A2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 A2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. SCO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 A2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 A2.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 6—Industrial Package Integrity Requirements for LSA Material and SCO
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Contents
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Industrial packaging type
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Exclusive use shipment
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non exclusive use shipment
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. LSA-I:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Solid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-1.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Liquid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. LSA-II:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Solid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Liquid and gas</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. LSA-III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. SCO-I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-1.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. SCO-II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type IP-2.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 40613, July 11, 2014]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.428" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.428   Empty Class 7 (radioactive) materials packaging.</HEAD>
<P>A packaging which previously contained Class 7 (radioactive) materials and has been emptied of contents as far as practical, is excepted from the shipping paper and marking (except for the UN identification number marking requirement described in § 173.422(a)) requirements of this subchapter, provided that—
</P>
<P>(a) The packaging meets the requirements of § 173.421 (b), (c), and (e) of this subpart;
</P>
<P>(b) The packaging is in unimpaired condition and is securely closed so that there will be no leakage of Class 7 (radioactive) material under conditions normally incident to transportation;
</P>
<P>(c) The outer surface of any uranium or thorium in its structure is covered with an inactive sheath made of metal or some other substantial material;
</P>
<P>(d) Internal contamination does not exceed 100 times the limits in § 173.443(a);
</P>
<P>(e) Any labels previously applied in conformance with subpart E of part 172 of this subchapter are removed, obliterated, or covered and the “Empty” label prescribed in § 172.450 of this subchapter is affixed to the packaging; and
</P>
<P>(f) The packaging is prepared for shipment as specified in § 173.422.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173-244, 61 FR 20752, May 8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 69 FR 3677, Jan. 26, 2004; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.431" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.431   Activity limits for Type A and Type B packages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for LSA material and SCO, a Type A package may not contain a quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials greater than A<E T="52">1</E> for special form Class 7 (radioactive) material or A<E T="52">2</E> for normal form Class 7 (radioactive) material as listed in § 173.435, or, for Class 7 (radioactive) materials not listed in § 173.435, as determined in accordance with § 173.433.
</P>
<P>(b) The limits on activity contained in a Type B(U) or Type B(M) package are those prescribed in §§ 173.416 and 173.417, or in the applicable approval certificate under § 173.471, § 173.472 or § 173.473.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 3677, Jan. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.433" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.433   Requirements for determining basic radionuclide values, and for the listing of radionuclides on shipping papers and labels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For individual radionuclides listed in the table in § 173.435 and § 173.436:
</P>
<P>(1) A<E T="52">1</E> and A<E T="52">2</E> values are given in the table in § 173.435; and
</P>
<P>(2) Activity concentration exemption values and consignment activity exemption values are given in the table in § 173.436.
</P>
<P>(b) For individual radionuclides which are not listed in the tables in § 173.435 or § 173.436 or for which no relevant data are available:
</P>
<P>(1) the radionuclide values in Tables 7 or 8 of this section may be used; or
</P>
<P>(2) other basic radionuclide values may be used provided they are first approved by the Associate Administrator or, for international transport, multilateral approval is obtained from the pertinent Competent Authorities.
</P>
<P>(c) In calculating A1 and A<E T="52">2</E> values for approval in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) It is permissible to use an A<E T="52">2</E> value calculated using a dose coefficient for the appropriate lung absorption type, as recommended by the International Commission on Radiological Protection, if the chemical forms of each radionuclide under both normal and accident conditions of transport are taken into consideration.
</P>
<P>(2) A single radioactive decay chain in which the radionuclides are present in their naturally-occurring proportions, and in which no daughter nuclide has a half life either longer than 10 days or longer than that of the parent nuclide, will be considered as a single radionuclide, and the activity to be taken into account and the A<E T="52">1</E> or A<E T="52">2</E> value to be applied will be those corresponding to the parent nuclide of that chain. Otherwise, the parent and daughter nuclides will be considered as a mixture of different nuclides.
</P>
<P>(d) Mixtures of radionuclides whose identities and respective activities are known must conform to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) For special form Class 7 (radioactive) material, the activity which may be transported in a Type A package must satisfy:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="26" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er26ja04.001.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>B(i) is the activity of radionuclide i in special form; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">1</E> (i) is the A<E T="52">1</E> value for radionuclide i.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) For normal form Class 7 (radioactive) material, the activity which may be transported in a Type A package must satisfy:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="27" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er26ja04.002.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>C(j) is the activity of radionuclide j in normal form; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">2</E>(j) is the A<E T="52">2</E> value for radionuclide j.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) If the package contains both special and normal form Class 7 (radioactive) material, the activity which may be transported in a Type A package must satisfy:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er11jy14.096.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>The symbols are defined as in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) Alternatively, the A<E T="52">1</E> value for a mixture of special form material may be determined as follows:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="37" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er26ja04.004.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>f(i) is the fraction of activity for radionuclide i in the mixture; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">1</E>(i) is the appropriate A<E T="52">1</E> value for radionuclide i.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(5) Alternatively, the A<E T="52">2</E> value for mixtures of normal form material may be determined as follows:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="37" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er26ja04.005.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>f(i) is the fraction of activity for normal form radionuclide i in the mixture; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">2</E>(i) is the appropriate A<E T="52">2</E> value for radionuclide i.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(6) The exempt activity concentration for mixtures of nuclides may be determined as follows:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="39" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="2" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er13se04.013.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>f(i) is the fraction of activity concentration of nuclide i in the mixture; and [A](i) is the activity concentration for exempt material containing nuclide i.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(7) The activity limit for an exempt consignment for mixtures of nuclides may be determined as follows:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="37" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="2" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er26ja04.007.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>f(i) is the fraction of activity of nuclide i in the mixture; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A(i) is the activity limit for exempt consignments for nuclide i.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) When the identity of each nuclide is known but the individual activities of some of the radionuclides are not known, the radionuclides may be grouped and the lowest A<E T="52">1</E> or A<E T="52">2</E> value, as appropriate, for the radionuclides in each group may be used in applying the formulas in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5) of this section. Groups may be based on the total alpha activity and the total beta/gamma activity when these are known, using the lowest A<E T="52">1</E> or A<E T="52">2</E> values for the alpha emitters or beta/gamma emitters, respectively.
</P>
<P>(f) When the identity of each nuclide is known but the individual activities of some of the radionuclides are not known, the radionuclides may be grouped and the lowest [A] (activity concentration for exempt material) or A (activity limit for exempt consignment) value, as appropriate, for the radionuclides in each group may be used in applying the formulas in paragraphs (d)(6) and (d)(7) of this section. Groups may be based on the total alpha activity and the total beta/gamma activity when these are known, using the lowest [A] or A values for the alpha emitters or beta/gamma emitters, respectively.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Shipping papers and labeling.</I> For mixtures of radionuclides, the radionuclides (n) that must be shown on shipping papers and labels in accordance with §§ 172.203 and 172.403 of this subchapter, respectively, must be determined on the basis of the following formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="28" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er26ja04.008.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>n + m represents all the radionuclides in the mixture; 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>m are the radionuclides that do not need to be considered; 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a<E T="52">(i)</E> is the activity of radionuclide i in the mixture; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">(i)</E> is the A<E T="52">1</E> or A<E T="52">2</E> value, as appropriate for radionuclide i.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(h) Tables 7 and 8 are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 7—General Values for A1 and A2
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Radioactive contents
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">A1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">A2
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(TBq)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Ci)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(TBq)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Ci)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are known to be present</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10°</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−1</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Alpha emitting nuclides, but no beta, gamma, or neutron emitters, are known to be present 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>0</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Neutron emitting nuclides are known to be present or no relevant data are available</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> If beta or gamma emitting nuclides are also known to be present, the A1 value of 0.1 TBq (2.7 Ci) should be used.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 8—General Exemption Values
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Radioactive contents
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Activity concentration for
<br/>exempt material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Activity limits for exempt
<br/>consignments
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Bq/g)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Ci/g)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Bq)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Ci)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are known to be present</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Alpha emitting nuclides, but no neutron emitters, are known to be present</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−12</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Neutron emitting nuclides are known to be present or no relevant data are available</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−12</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3677, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40614, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.434" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.434   Activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium.</HEAD>
<P>The table of activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium are as follows:

</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Thorium and uranium enrichment 
<sup>1</sup>(Wt% 
<sup>235</sup> U present)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Specific activity
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">TBq/gram
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grams/Tbq
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Ci/gram
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grams/Ci
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.45 (depleted)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.72 (natural)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.8 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.8 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.6 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.8 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.4 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.3 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.7 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">93.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">95.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.1 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Natural thorium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.6 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The figures for uranium include representative values for the activity of uranium-234 which is concentrated during the enrichment process. The activity for thorium includes the equilibrium concentration of thorium-228.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.435" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.435   Table of A<E T="9145">1</E> and A<E T="9145">2</E> values for radionuclides.</HEAD>
<P>The table of A<E T="52">1</E> and A<E T="52">2</E> values for radionuclides is as follows:

</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Symbol of
<br/>radionuclide
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Element and
<br/>atomic number
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">A<E T="52">1</E> (TBq)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">A<E T="52">1</E> (Ci) 
<sup>b</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">A<E T="52">2</E> (TBq)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">A<E T="52">2</E> (Ci) 
<sup>b</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Specific activity
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(TBq/g)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Ci/g)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ac-225 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actinium (89)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ac-227 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ac-228</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ag-105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silver (47)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ag-108m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.7 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ag-110m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ag-111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Al-26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum (13)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Am-241</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Americium (95)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Am-242m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Am-243 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.4 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ar-37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Argon (18)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.9 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ar-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ar-41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">As-72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenic (33)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">As-73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">As-74</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.9 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">As-76</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">As-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">At-211 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Astatine (85)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Au-193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gold (79)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.2 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Au-194</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Au-195</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Au-198</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Au-199</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ba-131 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium (56)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ba-133</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ba-133m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ba-140 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.3 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Be-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Beryllium (4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Be-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.3 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bi-205</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bismuth (83)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bi-206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.8 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bi-207</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bi-210</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.6 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bi-210m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bi-212 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bk-247</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Berkelium (97)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.8 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bk-249 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Br-76</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromine (35)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Br-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Br-82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon (6)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4 × 10
<sup>8</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C-14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ca-41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium (20)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.5 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ca-45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ca-47 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cd-109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cadmium (48)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cd-113m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cd-115 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cd-115m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ce-139</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cerium (58)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.8 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ce-141</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.8 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ce-143</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ce-144 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-248</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Californium (98)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-249</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-251</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.9 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-252</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10 
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-253 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.9 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-254</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.5 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cl-36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorine (17)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cl-38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.9 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>8</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curium (96)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-241</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-242</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-243</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-244</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-245</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.4 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10<E T="51">−1</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-246</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10<E T="51">−1</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-247 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.3 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-248</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Co-55</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cobalt (27)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Co-56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Co-57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Co-58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Co-58m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.9 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Co-60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cr-51</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chromium (24)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-129</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cesium (55)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.8 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-131</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.8 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-132</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-134</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.8 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-134m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-135</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-136</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.3 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-137 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cu-64</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper (29)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cu-67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.8 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dy-159</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dysprosium (66)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dy-165</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.2 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dy-166 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.6 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Er-169</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Erbium (68)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.3 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Er-171</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-147</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Europium (63)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-148</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-149</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.4 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-150 (short lived)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-150 (long lived)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-152m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-156</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F-18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fluorine (9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.5 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fe-52 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iron (26)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.3 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fe-55</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.8 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fe-59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fe-60 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.4 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ga-67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gallium (31)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ga-68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ga-72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gd-146 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gadolinium (64)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gd-148</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gd-153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gd-159</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ge-68 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Germanium (32)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ge-71</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ge-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hf-172 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hafnium (72)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hf-175</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hf-181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.3 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hf-182</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hg-194 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury (80)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hg-195m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hg-197</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.2 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hg-197m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hg-203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ho-166</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Holmium (67)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ho-166m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-123</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iodine (53)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-124</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.3 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-126</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.9 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-129</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.5 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-131</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.6 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-132</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.8 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-133</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-134</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.9 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-135 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">In-111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indium (49)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">In-113m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">In-114m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">In-115m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ir-189 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iridium (77)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ir-190</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ir-192 (c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.2 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ir-194</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium (19)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.4 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K-42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K-43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kr-79</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Krypton (36)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10 
<sup>0</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10 
<sup>0</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2 × 10 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10 
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kr-81</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Krypton (36)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.8 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kr-85</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kr-85m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.2 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kr-87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.8 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">La-137</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lanthanum (57)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.4 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">La-140</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.6 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lu-172</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lutetium (71)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lu-173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lu-174</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lu-174m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.3 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lu-177</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mg-28 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium (12)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mn-52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Manganese (25)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.4 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mn-53</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.8 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mn-54</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mn-56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mo-93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Molybdenum (42)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mo-99(a)(i)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.8 × 10 
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrogen (7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>9</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Na-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium (11)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.3 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Na-24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.7 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nb-93m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Niobium (41)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nb-94</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.9 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10<E T="51">−1</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nb-95</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nb-97</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.9 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nd-147</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Neodymium (60)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nd-149</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ni-59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nickel (28)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ni-63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ni-65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Np-235</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Neptunium (93)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Np-236 (short-lived)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Np-236 (long-lived)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10
<sup>0</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Np-237</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Np-239</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.6 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Os-185</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Osmium (76)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.8 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Os-191</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Os-191m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.6 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Os-193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.3 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Os-194 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">P-32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus (15)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.9 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">P-33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pa-230 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Protactinium (91)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pa-231</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pa-233</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pb-201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead (82)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pb-202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pb-203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pb-205</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pb-210 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pb-212 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pd-103 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Palladium (46)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.8 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pd-107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pd-109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.9 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-143</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Promethium (61)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-144</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-145</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-147</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.3 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-148m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-149</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.3 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Po-210</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polonium (84)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pr-142</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Praseodymium (59)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pr-143</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-188 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Platinum (78)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.8 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-191</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-193m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-195m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-197</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.7 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-197m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Plutonium (94)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.3 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-237</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-238</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.3 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-239</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10<E T="51">−1</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-241 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-242</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-244 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ra-223 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radium (88)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ra-224 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.9 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ra-225 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ra-226 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ra-228 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rb-81</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rubidium (37)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rb-83 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.8 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rb-84</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rb-86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rb-87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.6 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rb(nat)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7 × 10 <E T="8063">−</E>
<sup>10</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10 <E T="8063">−</E>
<sup>8</sup>


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re-184</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rhenium (75)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re-184m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re-186</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.9 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re-187</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.8 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re-188</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.8 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re-189 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.8 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re(nat)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rh-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rhodium (45)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rh-101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rh-102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rh-102m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rh-103m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rh-105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rn-222 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radon (86)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ru-97</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ruthenium (44)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.6 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ru-103 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ru-105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ru-106 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">S-35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulphur (16)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sb-122</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Antimony (51)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sb-124</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.5 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sb-125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sb-126</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sc-44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Scandium (21)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sc-46</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sc-47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.3 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sc-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Se-75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Selenium (34)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Se-79</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Si-31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silicon (14)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Si-32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sm-145</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Samarium (62)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.8 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sm-147</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.5 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sm-151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.7 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sm-153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.4 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-113 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tin (50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-117m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-119m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-121m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-123</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.2 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-126 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.8 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-82 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Strontium (38)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-85</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.8 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-85m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-87m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.8 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.9 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-90 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-91 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-92 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.7 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T(H-3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tritium (1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.7 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ta-178 (long-lived)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tantalum (73)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>8</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ta-179</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ta-182</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tb-157</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Terbium (65)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.6 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tb-158</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.6 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tb-160</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-95m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Technetium (43)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.3 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-96</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-96m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.8 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-97</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-97m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-98</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.3 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-99m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.3 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-121</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tellurium (52)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-121m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-123m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.9 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-125m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-127</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.8 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-127m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.4 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-129</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.7 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-129m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-131m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-132 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thorium (90)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-228 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-229</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.9 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10<E T="51">−1</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-231</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.3 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-232</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-234 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th(nat)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ti-44 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Titanium (22)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tl-200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thallium (81)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tl-201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.9 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tl-202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.3 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tl-204</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tm-167</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thulium (69)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tm-170</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tm-171</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-230 (fast lung absorption) (a)(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Uranium (92)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-230 (medium lung absorption) (a)(e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-230 (slow lung absorption) (a)(f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-232 (fast lung absorption) (d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.3 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-232 (medium lung absorption) (e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.3 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-232 (slow lung absorption) (f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.3 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-233 (fast lung absorption) (d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-233 (medium lung absorption) (e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-233 (slow lung absorption) (f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-234 (fast lung absorption) (d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-234 (medium lung absorption) (e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-234 (slow lung absorption) (f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-235 (all lung absorption types) (a),(d),(e),(f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-236 (fast lung absorption) (d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.5 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-236 (medium lung absorption) (e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−2</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.5 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-236 (slow lung absorption) (f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−3</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.5 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-238 (all lung absorption types) (d),(e),(f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U (nat)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U (enriched to 20% or less)(g)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">see § 173.434</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">see § 173.434
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U (dep)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">see § 173.434</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">see § 173.434
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">V-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vanadium (23)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.3 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">V-49</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W-178 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tungsten (74)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W-181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W-185</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.4 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W-187</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W-188 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xe-122 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Xenon (54)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.8 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xe-123</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.4 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xe-127</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.8 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xe-131m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xe-133</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.9 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xe-135</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-87 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yttrium (39)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-91</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-91m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.6 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yb-169</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ytterbium (70)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yb-175</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zn-65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc (30)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.2 × 10
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zn-69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.9 × 10
<sup>7</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zn-69m (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zr-88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zirconium (40)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zr-93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlimited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.3 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zr-95 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.9 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zr-97 (a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9 × 10
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>a</sup>A<E T="52">1</E> and/or A<E T="52">2</E> values for these parent radionuclides include contributions from daughter nuclides with half-lives less than 10 days as listed in footnote (a) to Table 2 in the “IAEA Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, SSR-6” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>b</sup> The values of A<E T="52">1</E> and A<E T="52">2</E> in curies (Ci) are approximate and for information only; the regulatory standard units are Terabecquerels (TBq), (see § 171.10).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>c</sup> The activity of Ir-192 in special form may be determined from a measurement of the rate of decay or a measurement of the radiation level at a prescribed distance from the source.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>d</sup> These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UF<E T="52">6</E>, UO<E T="52">2</E>F<E T="52">2</E> and UO<E T="52">2</E>(NO<E T="52">3</E>)<E T="52">2</E> in both normal and accident conditions of transport.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>e</sup> These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO<E T="52">3</E>, UF<E T="52">4</E>, UCl<E T="52">4</E> and hexavalent compounds in both normal and accident conditions of transport.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>f</sup> These values apply to all compounds of uranium other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this table.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>g</sup> These values apply to unirradiated uranium only.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>h</sup> [Reserved]
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>i</sup> A<E T="52">2</E> = 0.74 TBq (20 Ci) for Mo-99 for domestic use.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3678, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 77 FR 60942, Oct. 5, 2012; 79 FR 40615, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015; 85 FR 83401, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.436" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.436   Exempt material activity concentrations and exempt consignment activity limits for radionuclides.</HEAD>
<P>The Table of Exempt material activity concentrations and exempt consignment activity limits for radionuclides is as follows:

</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Symbol of
<br/>radionuclide
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Element and atomic number
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Activity concentration for exempt material
<br/>(Bq/g)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Activity concentration for exempt material
<br/>(Ci/g)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Activity limit for exempt consignment
<br/>(Bq)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Activity limit for exempt consignment
<br/>(Ci)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ac-225</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actinium (89)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ac-227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10<E T="51">−1</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−12</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ac-228</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ag-105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silver (47)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ag-108m (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ag-110m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ag-111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Al-26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum (13)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Am-241</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Americium (95)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Am-242m (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Am-243 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ar-37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Argon (18)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ar-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ar-41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>9</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">As-72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arsenic (33)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">As-73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">As-74</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">As-76</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">As-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">At-211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Astatine (85)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Au-193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gold (79)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Au-194</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Au-195</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Au-198</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Au-199</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ba-131</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Barium (56)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ba-133</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ba-133m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ba-140 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Be-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Beryllium (4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Be-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bi-205</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bismuth (83)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bi-206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bi-207</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bi-210</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bi-210m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bi-212 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bk-247</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Berkelium (97)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bk-249</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Br-76</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bromine (35)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Br-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Br-82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon (6)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C-14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ca-41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Calcium (20)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ca-45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ca-47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cd-109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cadmium (48)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cd-113m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cd-115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cd-115m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ce-139</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cerium (58)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ce-141</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ce-143</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ce-144 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-248</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Californium (98)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-249</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-251</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-252</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-253</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cf-254</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cl-36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorine (17)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cl-38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curium (96)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-241</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-242</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-243</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-244</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-245</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-246</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-247</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cm-248</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Co-55</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cobalt (27)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Co-56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Co-57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Co-58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Co-58m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Co-60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cr-51</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chromium (24)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-129</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cesium (55)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-131</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-132</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-134</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-134m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-135</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-136</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cs-137 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cu-64</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper (29)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cu-67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dy-159</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dysprosium (66)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dy-165</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dy-166</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Er-169</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Erbium (68)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Er-171</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-147</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Europium (63)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-148</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-149</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-150 (short lived)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-150 (long lived)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-152m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eu-156</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F-18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fluorine (9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fe-52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iron (26)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fe-55</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fe-59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fe-60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ga-67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gallium (31)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ga-68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ga-72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gd-146</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gadolinium (64)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gd-148</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gd-153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gd-159</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ge-68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Germanium (32)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ge-71</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ge-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hf-172</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hafnium (72)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hf-175</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hf-181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hf-182</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hg-194</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mercury (80)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hg-195m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hg-197</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hg-197m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hg-203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ho-166</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Holmium (67)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ho-166m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-123</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iodine (53)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-124</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-126</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-129</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-131</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-132</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-133</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-134</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I-135</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">In-111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indium (49)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">In-113m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">In-114m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">In-115m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ir-189</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iridium (77)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ir-190</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ir-192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ir-194</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potassium (19)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K-42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K-43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kr-79</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Krypton (36)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kr-81</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Krypton (36)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kr-85</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kr-85m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>10</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−1</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kr-87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>9</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">La-137</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lanthanum (57)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">La-140</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lu-172</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lutetium (71)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lu-173</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lu-174</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lu-174m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lu-177</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mg-28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Magnesium (12)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mn-52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Manganese (25)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mn-53</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>9</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mn-54</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mn-56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mo-93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Molybdenum (42)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mo-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N-13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nitrogen (7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>9</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Na-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sodium (11)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Na-24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nb-93m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Niobium (41)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nb-94</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nb-95</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nb-97</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nd-147</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Neodymium (60)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nd-149</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ni-59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nickel (28)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ni-63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ni-65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Np-235</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Neptunium (93)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Np-236 (short-lived)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Np-236 (long-lived)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Np-237 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Np-239</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Os-185</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Osmium (76)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Os-191</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Os-191m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Os-193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Os-194</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">P-32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phosphorus (15)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">P-33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pa-230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Protactinium (91)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pa-231</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pa-233</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pb-201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead (82)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pb-202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pb-203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pb-205</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pb-210 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pb-212 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pd-103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Palladium (46)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pd-107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pd-109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-143</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Promethium (61)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-144</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-145</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-147</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-148m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-149</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pm-151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Po-210</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Polonium (84)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pr-142</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Praseodymium (59)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pr-143</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-188</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Platinum (78)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-191</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-193m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-195m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-197</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pt-197m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Plutonium (94)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-237</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-238</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-239</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-241</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-242</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pu-244</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ra-223 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radium (88)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ra-224 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ra-225</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ra-226 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ra-228 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rb-81</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rubidium (37)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rb-83</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rb-84</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rb-86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rb-87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rb(nat)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re-184</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rhenium (75)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re-184m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re-186</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re-187</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>9</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re-188</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re-189</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Re(nat)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>9</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rh-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rhodium (45)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rh-101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rh-102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rh-102m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rh-103m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rh-105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rn-222 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radon (86)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ru-97</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ruthenium (44)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ru-103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ru-105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ru-106 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">S-35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sulphur (16)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sb-122</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Antimony (51)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sb-124</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sb-125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sb-126</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sc-44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Scandium (21)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sc-46</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sc-47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sc-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Se-75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Selenium (34)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Se-79</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Si-31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silicon (14)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Si-32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sm-145</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Samarium (62)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sm-147</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sm-151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sm-153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tin (50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-117m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-119m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-121m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-123</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sn-126</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Strontium (38)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-85</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-85m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-87m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-90 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-91</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sr-92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T(H-3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tritium (1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>9</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ta-178 (long-lived)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tantalum (73)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ta-179</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ta-182</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tb-157</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Terbium (65)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tb-158</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tb-160</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-95m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Technetium (43)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-96</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-96m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-97</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-97m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-98</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tc-99m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-121</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tellurium (52)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-121m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10 
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-123m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-125m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-127</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-127m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-129</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-129m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-131m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Te-132</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thorium (90)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-228 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-229 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-230</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-231</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-232</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th-234 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Th (nat) (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ti-44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Titanium (22)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tl-200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thallium (81)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tl-201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tl-202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tl-204</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tm-167</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thulium (69)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tm-170</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tm-171</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>8</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-230 (fast lung absorption) (b),(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Uranium (92)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-230 (medium lung absorption) (e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-230 (slow lung absorption) (f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-232 (fast lung absorption) (b),(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-232 (medium lung absorption) (e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-232 (slow lung absorption) (f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-233 (fast lung absorption) (d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-233 (medium lung absorption) (e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-233 (slow lung absorption) (f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-234 (fast lung absorption) (d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-234 (medium lung absorption) (e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-234 (slow lung absorption) (f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-235 (all lung absorption types) (b),(d),(e),(f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-236 (fast lung absorption) (d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-236 (medium lung absorption) (e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-236 (slow lung absorption) (f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U-238 (all lung absorption types) (b),(d),(e),(f)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U (nat) (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U (enriched to 20% or less)(g)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U (dep)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−11</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">V-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vanadium (23)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">V-49</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W-178</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tungsten (74)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W-181</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W-185</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W-187</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W-188</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xe-122</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Xenon (54)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>9</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xe-123</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>9</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−2</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xe-127</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xe-131m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xe-133</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Xe-135</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>10</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−1</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yttrium (39)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-91</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-91m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y-93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yb-169</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ytterbium (70)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yb-175</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zn-65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc (30)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zn-69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−7</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zn-69m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zr-88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zirconium (40)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−9</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zr-93 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−8</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−4</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zr-95</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−5</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zr-97 (b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−10</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 × 10
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 × 10<E T="51">−6</E>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>a</sup> [Reserved]


</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>b</sup> Parent nuclides and their progeny included in secular equilibrium are listed as follows:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Sr-90 Y-90
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Zr-93 Nb-93m
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Zr-97 Nb-97
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Ru-106 Rh-106
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Ag-108m Ag-108
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Cs-137 Ba-137m
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Ce-144 Pr-144
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Ba-140 La-140
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Bi-212 Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Pb-210 Bi-210, Po-210
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Pb-212 Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Rn-222 Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Ra-223 Rn-219, Po-215, Pb-211, Bi-211, Tl-207
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Ra-224 Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64),
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Ra-226 Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Ra-228 Ac-228
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Th-228 Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Th-229 Ra-225, Ac-225, Fr-221, At-217, Bi-213, Po-213, Pb-209
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Th-nat Ra-228, Ac-228, Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Th-234 Pa-234m
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">U-230 Th-226, Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">U-232 Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64)
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">U-235 Th-231
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">U-238 Th-234, Pa-234m
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">U-nat Th-234, Pa-234m, U-234, Th-230, Ra-226, Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Np-237 Pa-233
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Am-242m Am-242
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Am-243 Np-239


</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>c</sup> [Reserved]
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>d</sup> These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UF<E T="52">6</E>, UO<E T="52">2</E>F<E T="52">2</E> and UO<E T="52">2</E>(NO<E T="52">3</E>)<E T="52">2</E> in both normal and accident conditions of transport.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>e</sup> These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO<E T="52">3</E>, UF<E T="52">4</E>, UCl<E T="52">4</E> and hexavalent compounds in both normal and accident conditions of transport.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>f</sup> These values apply to all compounds of uranium other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this table.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>g</sup> These values apply to unirradiated uranium only.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3685, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40615, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.441" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.441   Radiation level limitations and exclusive use provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials offered for transportation must be designed and prepared for shipment, so that under conditions normally incident to transportation, the radiation level does not exceed 2 mSv/hour (200 mrem/hour) at any point on the external surface of the package, and the transport index does not exceed 10.
</P>
<P>(b) A package which exceeds the radiation level limits specified in paragraph (a) of this section must be transported by exclusive use shipment, and the radiation levels for such shipment may not exceed the following during transportation:
</P>
<P>(1) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) on the external surface of the package unless the following conditions are met, in which case the limit is 10 mSv/h (1000 mrem/h):
</P>
<P>(i) The shipment is made in a closed transport vehicle;
</P>
<P>(ii) The package is secured within the vehicle so that its position remains fixed during transportation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) There are no loading or unloading operations between the beginning and end of the transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) at any point on the outer surfaces of the vehicle, including the top and underside of the vehicle; or in the case of a flat-bed style vehicle, at any point on the vertical planes projected from the outer edges of the vehicle, on the upper surface of the load or enclosure if used, and on the lower external surface of the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(3) 0.1 mSv/h (10 mrem/h) at any point 2 m (6.6 feet) from the outer lateral surfaces of the vehicle (excluding the top and underside of the vehicle); or in the case of a flat-bed style vehicle, at any point 2 m (6.6 feet) from the vertical planes projected by the outer edges of the vehicle (excluding the top and underside of the vehicle); and
</P>
<P>(4) 0.02 mSv/h (2mrem/h) in any normally occupied space, except that this provision does not apply to carriers if they operate under the provisions of a State or federally regulated radiation protection program and if personnel under their control who are in such an occupied space wear radiation dosimetry devices.
</P>
<P>(c) For shipments made under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, the offeror shall provide specific written instructions for maintenance of the exclusive use shipment controls to the carrier. The instructions must be included with the shipping paper information. The instructions must be sufficient so that, when followed, they will cause the carrier to avoid actions that will unnecessarily delay delivery or unnecessarily result in increased radiation levels or radiation exposures to transport workers or members of the general public.
</P>
<P>(d) Conveyance limits on the sum of package transport indices are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Except for shipments by cargo aircraft only or by seagoing vessel, the sum of transport indices for a non-exclusive use shipment may not exceed 50.
</P>
<P>(2) Where a consignment is transported under exclusive use, there is no limit on the sum of the transport indices aboard a single conveyance. The conditions of paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4) and (c) must be met.
</P>
<P>(3) Provisions for shipments of Class 7 (radioactive) materials by air are described in §§ 175.700-175.705 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Provisions for shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials by vessel are described in §§ 176.700-176.720 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(e) A package exceeding the maximum surface radiation level or maximum transport index prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section may not be transported by aircraft.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 48568, Sept. 10, 1998; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.442" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.442   Thermal limitations.</HEAD>
<P>A package of Class 7 (radioactive) material must be designed, constructed, and loaded so that—
</P>
<P>(a) The heat generated within the package by the radioactive contents will not, during conditions normally incident to transport, affect the integrity of the package; and
</P>
<P>(b) The temperature of the accessible external surfaces of the loaded package will not, assuming still air in the shade at an ambient temperature of 38 °C (100 °F), exceed either—
</P>
<P>(1) 50 °C (122 °F) in other than an exclusive use shipment; or
</P>
<P>(2) 85 °C (185 °F) in an exclusive use shipment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.443" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.443   Contamination control.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The level of non-fixed contamination must be kept as low as reasonably achievable on the external surfaces of each package, conveyance, freight container, and overpack offered for transport, and the internal surfaces of each conveyance, freight container, and overpack in which inner packages or receptacles of Class 7 (radioactive) materials are offered for transport.
</P>
<P>(1) Excluding the interior surfaces of the containment system of packages and the internal surfaces of a conveyance, freight container, tank, or intermediate bulk container dedicated to the transport of unpackaged radioactive material in accordance with § 173.427(c) and remaining under that specific exclusive use, the level of non-fixed contamination may not exceed the limits set forth in Table 9 and must be determined by either:
</P>
<P>(i) Wiping an area of 300 cm
<SU>2</SU> of the surface concerned with an absorbent material, using moderate pressure, and measuring the activity on the wiping material. Sufficient measurements must be taken in the most appropriate locations to yield a representative assessment of the non-fixed contamination levels. The amount of radioactivity measured on any single wiping material, divided by the surface area wiped and divided by the efficiency of the wipe procedure (the fraction of non-fixed contamination transferred from the surface to the absorbent material), may not exceed the limits set forth in Table 9 at any time during transport. For this purpose the actual wipe efficiency may be used, or the wipe efficiency may be assumed to be 0.10; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Alternatively, the level of non-fixed contamination may be determined by using other methods of equal or greater efficiency.
</P>
<P>(2) A conveyance used for non-exclusive use shipments is not required to be surveyed unless there is reason to suspect that it may exhibit contamination.
</P>
<P>Table 9 is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 9—Non-Fixed External Radioactive Contamination Limits for Packages
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"><E T="03">Contaminant</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col"><E T="03">Maximum permissible limits</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">Bq/cm
<sup>2</sup></E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">uCi/cm
<sup>2</sup></E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">dpm/cm
<sup>2</sup></E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Beta and gamma emitters and low toxicity alpha emitters</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 <E T="51">−4</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. All other alpha emitting radionuclides</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10<E T="51">−5</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) In the case of packages transported as exclusive use shipments by rail or public highway only, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, at any time during transport the non-fixed contamination on the external surface of any package, as well as on the associated accessible internal surfaces of any conveyance, overpack, or freight container, may not exceed ten times the levels prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section. The levels at the beginning of transport may not exceed the levels prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section, each conveyance, overpack, freight container, tank, or intermediate bulk container used for transporting Class 7 (radioactive) materials as an exclusive use shipment that utilizes the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, § 173.427(b)(4), or § 173.427(c) must be surveyed with appropriate radiation detection instruments after each exclusive use transport. Except as provided in paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section, these items may not be returned to Class 7 (radioactive) materials exclusive use transport service, and then only for a subsequent exclusive use shipment utilizing one of the above cited provisions, unless the radiation dose rate at each accessible surface is 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) or less, and there is no significant non-fixed surface contamination as specified in paragraph (a) of this section. The requirements of this paragraph do not address return to service of items outside of the above cited provisions.
</P>
<P>(d) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section do not apply to any closed transport vehicle used solely for the exclusive use transportation by highway or rail of Class 7 (radioactive) material with contamination levels that do not exceed ten times the levels prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section if—
</P>
<P>(1) A survey of the interior surfaces of the empty vehicle shows that the radiation dose rate at any point does not exceed 0.1 mSv/h (10 mrem/h) at the surface or 0.02 mSv/h (2 mrem/h) at 1 m (3.3 feet) from the surface;
</P>
<P>(2) Each vehicle is marked (e.g. stenciled) with the words “For Radioactive Materials Use Only” in letters at least 76 millimeters (3 inches) high in a conspicuous place on both sides of the exterior of the vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(3) Each vehicle is kept closed except for loading or unloading; and
</P>
<P>(4) Each vehicle is placarded in accordance with subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(e) If it is evident that a package of radioactive material, or conveyance carrying unpackaged radioactive material, is leaking, or if it is suspected that the package, or conveyance carrying unpackaged material, may have leaked, access to the package or conveyance must be restricted and, as soon as possible, the extent of contamination and the resultant radiation level of the package or conveyance must be assessed. The scope of the assessment must include, as applicable, the package, the conveyance, the adjacent loading and unloading areas, and, if necessary, all other material which has been carried in the conveyance. When necessary, additional steps for the protection of persons, property, and the environment must be taken to overcome and minimize the consequences of such leakage. Packages, and conveyances carrying unpackaged material, which are leaking radioactive contents in excess of limits for normal conditions of transport may be removed to an interim location under supervision, but must not be forwarded until repaired or reconditioned and decontaminated, or as approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 40616, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.447" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.447   Storage incident to transportation—general requirements.</HEAD>
<P>The following requirements apply to temporary storage during the course of transportation but not to Nuclear Regulatory Commission or Agreement State-licensed facilities or U.S. Government-owned or contracted facilities.
</P>
<P>(a) The number of packages and overpacks bearing FISSILE labels stored in any one storage area, such as a transit area, terminal building, storeroom, waterfront pier, or assembly yard, must be limited so that the total sum of the criticality safety indices in any individual group of such packages and overpacks does not exceed 50. Groups of such packages and overpacks must be stored so as to maintain a spacing of at least 6 m (20 feet) from all other groups of such packages and overpacks.
</P>
<P>(b) Storage requirements for Class 7 (radioactive) material transported in vessels are described in subpart M of part 176 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.448" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.448   General transportation requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be secured to prevent shifting during normal transportation conditions.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in §§ 174.81, 176.83, and 177.848 of this subchapter, or as otherwise required by the Competent Authority in the applicable certificate, a package or overpack of Class 7 (radioactive) materials may be carried among packaged general cargo without special stowage provisions, if—
</P>
<P>(1) The heat output in watts does not exceed 0.1 times the minimum package dimension in centimeters; or
</P>
<P>(2) The average surface heat flux of the package or overpack does not exceed 15 watts per square meter and the immediately surrounding cargo is not in sacks or bags or otherwise in a form that would seriously impede air circulation for heat removal.
</P>
<P>(c) Packages or overpacks bearing labels prescribed in § 172.403 of this subchapter may not be carried in compartments occupied by passengers, except in those compartments exclusively reserved for couriers accompanying those packages.
</P>
<P>(d) Mixing of different kinds of packages that include fissile packages is authorized only in accordance with § 173.459.
</P>
<P>(e) No person shall offer for transportation or transport aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft any single package or overpack with a transport index greater than 3.0.
</P>
<P>(f) No person shall offer for transportation or transport aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft any Class 7 (radioactive) material unless that material is intended for use in, or incident to, research, medical diagnosis or treatment.
</P>
<P>(g) If an overpack is used to consolidate individual packages or to enclose a single package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, the package(s) must comply with the packaging, marking, and labeling requirements of this subchapter, and:
</P>
<P>(1) The overpack must be labeled as prescribed in § 172.403(h) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) The overpack must be marked as prescribed in subpart D of part 172 of this subchapter and § 173.25(a); and
</P>
<P>(3) The transport index of the overpack may not exceed 3.0 for passenger-carrying aircraft shipments, or 10.0 for cargo-aircraft shipments.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.453" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.453   Fissile materials—exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>Fissile materials meeting the requirements of at least one of the paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section are excepted from the requirements of this subpart for fissile materials, including the requirements of §§ 173.457 and 173.459, but are subject to all other requirements of this subpart, except as noted.
</P>
<P>(a) An individual package containing 2 grams or less of fissile material.
</P>
<P>(b) An individual or bulk packaging containing 15 grams or less of fissile material provided the package has at least 200 grams of solid nonfissile material for every gram of fissile material. Lead, beryllium, graphite, and hydrogenous material enriched in deuterium may be present in the package but must not be included in determining the required mass for solid nonfissile material.
</P>
<P>(c) Low concentrations of solid fissile material commingled with solid nonfissile material, provide that:
</P>
<P>(1) There is at least 2000 grams of nonfissile material for every gram of fissile material, and
</P>
<P>(2) There is no more than 180 grams of fissile material distributed within 360 kg of contiguous nonfissile material. Lead, beryllium, graphite, and hydrogenous material enriched in deuterium may be present in the package but must not be included in determining the required mass of solid nonfissile material.
</P>
<P>(d) Uranium enriched in uranium-235 to a maximum of 1 percent by weight, and with total plutonium and uranium-233 content of up to 1 percent of the mass of uranium-235, provided that the mass of any beryllium, graphite, and hydrogenous material enriched in deuterium constitute less than 5 percent of the uranium mass.
</P>
<P>(e) Liquid solutions of uranyl nitrate enriched in uranium-235 to a maximum of 2 percent by mass, with a total plutonium and uranium-233 content not exceeding 0.002 percent of the mass of uranium, and with a minimum nitrogen to uranium atomic ratio (N/U) of 2. The material must be contained in at least a DOT Type A package.
</P>
<P>(f) Packages containing, individually, a total plutonium mass of not more than 1000 grams, of which not more than 20 percent by mass may consist of plutonium-239, plutonium-241, or any combination of these radionuclides.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.457" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.457   Transportation of fissile material packages—specific requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Packages containing fissile radioactive material which are not excepted under § 173.453 must be assigned by the offeror, in accordance with their definitions in § 173.403, a criticality safety index (CSI) and a transport index (TI).
</P>
<P>(b) Fissile material packages and conveyances transporting fissile material packages must satisfy the radiation level restrictions of § 173.441.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for consignments under exclusive use, the CSI of any package or overpack may not exceed 50. A fissile material package with CSI greater than 50 must be transported by exclusive use.
</P>
<P>(d) For non-exclusive use shipments of fissile material packages, except on vessels, the total sum of CSI's in a freight container or on a conveyance may not exceed 50.
</P>
<P>(e) For exclusive use shipments of fissile material packages, except on vessels, the total sum of CSI's in a freight container or on a conveyance may not exceed 100.
</P>
<P>(f) Exclusive use shipments of fissile material packages must satisfy the radiation level and administrative requirements of § 173.441(b).
</P>
<P>(g) The number of packages, overpacks and freight containers containing fissile material stored in transit in any one storage area must be so limited that the total sum of the CSI's in any group of packages, overpacks or freight containers does not exceed 50. Groups of packages shall be stored so as to maintain a spacing of a least 6 m (20 ft) between the closest surfaces of any two groups.
</P>
<P>(h) Provisions for shipment by vessel of Class 7 (radioactive) material packages, including fissile material packages by vessel are described in §§ 176.700-176.720 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.459" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.459   Mixing of fissile material packages with non-fissile or fissile-excepted material packages.</HEAD>
<P>Mixing of fissile material packages with other types of Class 7 (radioactive) materials in any conveyance or storage location is authorized only if the TI of any single package does not exceed 10, the CSI of any single package does not exceed 50, and the provisions of §§ 173.441 and 173.457 are satisfied.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.461" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.461   Demonstration of compliance with tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Compliance with the design requirements in § 173.412 and the test requirements in §§ 173.465 through 173.469 must be shown by any of the methods prescribed in this paragraph, or by a combination of these methods appropriate for the particular feature being evaluated:
</P>
<P>(1) Performance of tests with prototypes or samples of the specimens representing LSA-III, special form Class 7 (radioactive) material, or packaging, in which case the contents of the packaging for the test must simulate as closely as practicable the expected range of physical properties of the radioactive contents or packaging to be tested, must be prepared as normally presented for transport. The use of non-radioactive substitute contents is encouraged provided that the results of the testing take into account the radioactive characteristics of the contents for which the package is being tested;
</P>
<P>(2) Reference to a previous, satisfactory demonstration of compliance of a sufficiently similar nature;
</P>
<P>(3) Performance of tests with models of appropriate scale incorporating those features that are significant with respect to the item under investigation, when engineering experience has shown results of those tests to be suitable for design purposes. When a scale model is used, the need for adjusting certain test parameters, such as the penetrator diameter or the compressive load, must be taken into account; or
</P>
<P>(4) Calculations or reasoned evaluation, using reliable and conservative procedures and parameters.
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to the initial conditions for the tests under §§ 173.465 through 173.469, except for the water immersion tests, compliance must be based upon the assumption that the package is in equilibrium at an ambient temperature of 38 °C (100 °F).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.462" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.462   Preparation of specimens for testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each specimen (i.e., sample, prototype or scale model) must be examined before testing to identify and record faults or damage, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Divergence from the specifications or drawings;
</P>
<P>(2) Defects in construction;
</P>
<P>(3) Corrosion or other deterioration; and
</P>
<P>(4) Distortion of features.
</P>
<P>(b) Any deviation found under paragraph (a) of this section from the specified design must be corrected or appropriately taken into account in the subsequent evaluation.
</P>
<P>(c) The containment system of the packaging must be clearly specified.
</P>
<P>(d) The external features of the specimen must be clearly identified so that reference may be made to any part of it.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.465" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.465   Type A packaging tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The packaging, with contents, must be capable of withstanding the water spray, free drop, stacking and penetration tests prescribed in this section. One prototype may be used for all tests if the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section are met. The tests are successful if the requirements of § 173.412(j) are met.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Water spray test.</I> The water spray test must precede each test or test sequence prescribed in this section. The water spray test must simulate exposure to rainfall of approximately 5 cm (2 inches) per hour for at least one hour. The time interval between the end of the water spray test and the beginning of the next test must be such that the water has soaked in to the maximum extent without appreciable drying of the exterior of the specimen. In the absence of evidence to the contrary, this interval may be assumed to be two hours if the water spray is applied from four different directions simultaneously. However, no time interval may elapse if the water spray is applied from each of the four directions consecutively.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Free drop test.</I> The specimen must drop onto the target so as to suffer maximum damage to the safety features being tested, and:
</P>
<P>(1) The height of the drop measured from the lowest point of the specimen to the upper surface of the target may not be less than the distance specified in table 10, for the applicable package mass. The target must be as specified in § 173.465(c)(5). Table 10 is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 10—Free Drop Distance for Testing Packages to Normal Conditions of Transport
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Package mass
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Free drop distance
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Kilograms (pounds)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Meters
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Feet)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">&lt;Mass 5000 (11,000)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5,000 (11,000) Mass to 10,000 (22,000)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(3)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10,000 (22,000) Mass to 15,000 (33,000)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(2)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">&gt;15,000 (33,000) Mass</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(1)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) For packages containing fissile material, the free drop test specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be preceded by a free drop from a height of 0.3 m (1 foot) on each corner, or in the case of cylindrical packages, onto each of the quarters of each rim.
</P>
<P>(3) For fiberboard or wood rectangular packages with a mass of 50 kg (110 pounds) or less, a separate specimen must be subjected to a free drop onto each corner from a height of 0.3 m (1 foot).
</P>
<P>(4) For cylindrical fiberboard packages with a mass of 100 kg (220 pounds) or less, a separate specimen must be subjected to a free drop onto each of the quarters of each rim from a height of 0.3 m (1 foot).
</P>
<P>(5) The target for the free drop test must be a flat, horizontal surface of such mass and rigidity that any increase in its resistance to displacement or deformation upon impact by the specimen would not significantly increase the damage to the specimen.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Stacking test.</I> (1) The specimen must be subjected for a period of at least 24 hours to a compressive load equivalent to the greater of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A total weight equal to five times the maximum weight of the package; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The equivalent of 13 kilopascals (1.9 psi) multiplied by the vertically projected area of the package.
</P>
<P>(2) The compressive load must be applied uniformly to two opposite sides of the specimen, one of which must be the base on which the package would normally rest.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Penetration test.</I> For the penetration test, the specimen must be placed on a rigid, flat, horizontal surface that will not move significantly while the test is being performed.
</P>
<P>(1) A bar of 3.2 cm (1.25 inches) in diameter with a hemispherical end and a mass of 6 kg (13.2 pounds) must be dropped and directed to fall with its longitudinal axis vertical, onto the center of the weakest part of the specimen, so that, if it penetrates far enough, it will hit the containment system. The bar may not be significantly deformed by the test; and
</P>
<P>(2) The height of the drop of the bar measured from its lower end to the intended point of impact on the upper surface of the specimen must be 1 m (3.3 feet) or greater.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173-244, 61 FR 20753, May 8, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 79 FR 40617, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.466" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.466   Additional tests for Type A packagings designed for liquids and gases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the tests prescribed in § 173.465, Type A packagings designed for liquids and gases must be capable of withstanding the following tests in this section. The tests are successful if the requirements of § 173.412(k) are met.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Free drop test.</I> The packaging specimen must drop onto the target so as to suffer the maximum damage to its containment. The height of the drop measured from the lowest part of the packaging specimen to the upper surface of the target must be 9 m (30 feet) or greater. The target must be as specified in § 173.465(c)(5).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Penetration test.</I> The specimen must be subjected to the test specified in § 173.465(e) except that the height of the drop must be 1.7 m (5.5 feet).
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 79 FR 40617, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.467" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.467   Tests for demonstrating the ability of Type B and fissile materials packagings to withstand accident conditions in transportation.</HEAD>
<P>Each Type B packaging or packaging for fissile material must meet the test requirements prescribed in 10 CFR part 71 for ability to withstand accident conditions in transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.468" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.468   Test for LSA-III material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) LSA-III Class 7 (radioactive) material must meet the test requirement of paragraph (b) of this section. Any differences between the material to be transported and the test material must be taken into account in determining whether the test requirements have been met.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test method.</I> (1) The specimen representing no less than the entire contents of the package must be immersed for 7 days in water at ambient temperature.
</P>
<P>(2) The volume of water to be used in the test must be sufficient to ensure that at the end of the test period the free volume of the unabsorbed and unreacted water remaining will be at least 10% of the volume of the specimen itself.
</P>
<P>(3) The water must have an initial pH of 6-8 and a maximum conductivity of 10 micromho/cm at 20 °C (68 °F).
</P>
<P>(4) The total activity of the free volume of water must be measured following the 7 day immersion test and must not exceed 0.1 A<E T="52">2</E>.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.469" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.469   Tests for special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials must meet the test requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. Each solid Class 7 (radioactive) material or capsule specimen to be tested must be manufactured or fabricated so that it is representative of the actual solid material or capsule that will be transported with the proposed radioactive content duplicated as closely as practicable. Any differences between the material to be transported and the test material, such as the use of non-radioactive contents, must be taken into account in determining whether the test requirements have been met. The following additional conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(1) A different specimen may be used for each of the tests;
</P>
<P>(2) The specimen may not break or shatter when subjected to the impact, percussion, or bending tests;
</P>
<P>(3) The specimen may not melt or disperse when subjected to the heat test; and
</P>
<P>(4) After each test, leaktightness or indispersibility of the specimen must be determined by—
</P>
<P>(i) A method no less sensitive than the leaching assessment prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section. For a capsule resistant to corrosion by water, and which has an internal void volume greater than 0.1 milliliter, an alternative to the leaching assessment is a demonstration of leaktightness of 10<E T="51">−4</E> torr-1/s (1.3 × 10<E T="51">−4</E> atm-cm
<SU>3</SU>/s) based on air at 25 °C (77 °F) and one atmosphere differential pressure for solid radioactive content, or 10<E T="51">−6</E> torr-1/s (1.3 × 10<E T="51">−6</E> atm-cm
<SU>3</SU>/s) for liquid or gaseous radioactive content; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A specimen that comprises or simulates Class 7 (radioactive) material contained in a sealed capsule need not be subjected to the leaching assessment specified in paragraph (c) of this section provided it is alternatively subjected to any of the volumetric leakage assessment tests prescribed in the International Organization for Standardization document ISO 9978-1992(E): “Radiation protection—Sealed radioactive sources—Leakage test methods” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test methods</I>—(1) <I>Impact Test.</I> The specimen must fall onto the target from a height of 9 m (30 feet) or greater. The target must be as specified in § 173.465(c)(5).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Percussion Test.</I> (i) The specimen must be placed on a sheet of lead that is supported by a smooth solid surface, and struck by the flat face of a steel billet so as to produce an impact equivalent to that resulting from a free drop of 1.4 kg (3 pounds) through 1 m (3.3 feet).
</P>
<P>(ii) The flat face of the billet must be 2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter with the edge rounded off to a radius of 3 mm ±0.3 mm (0.12 inch ±0.012 inch).
</P>
<P>(iii) The lead must be of hardness number 3.5 to 4.5 on the Vickers scale and thickness not more than 25 mm (1 inch), and must cover an area greater than that covered by the specimen.
</P>
<P>(iv) A fresh surface of lead must be used for each impact.
</P>
<P>(v) The billet must strike the specimen so as to cause maximum damage.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Bending test.</I> (i) This test applies only to long, slender sources with a length of 10 cm (4 inches) or greater and a length to width ratio of 10 or greater.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen must be rigidly clamped in a horizontal position so that one half of its length protrudes from the face of the clamp.
</P>
<P>(iii) The orientation of the specimen must be such that the specimen will suffer maximum damage when its free end is struck by the flat face of a steel billet.
</P>
<P>(iv) The billet must strike the specimen so as to produce an impact equivalent to that resulting from a free vertical drop of 1.4 kg (3 pounds) through 1 m (3.3 feet).
</P>
<P>(v) The flat face of the billet must be 2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter with the edges rounded off to a radius of 3 mm ±0.3 mm (.12 inch ±0.012 inch).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Heat test.</I> The specimen must be heated in air to a temperature of not less than 800 °C (1475 °F), held at that temperature for a period of 10 minutes, and then allowed to cool.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Leaching assessment methods.</I> (1) For indispersible solid material—
</P>
<P>(i) The specimen shall be immersed for seven days in water at ambient temperature. The volume of water to be used in the test shall be sufficient to ensure that at the end of the seven day test period the free volume of the unabsorbed and unreacted water remaining shall be at least 10% of the volume of the solid test sample itself. The water shall have an initial pH of 6-8 and a maximum conductivity of 1 mS/m (10 micromho/cm) at 20 °C (68 °F).
</P>
<P>(ii) The water with specimen must then be heated to a temperature of 50 °C ±5° (122 °F ±9°) and maintained at this temperature for four hours.
</P>
<P>(iii) The activity of the water must then be determined.
</P>
<P>(iv) The specimen shall then be kept for at least seven days in still air at not less than 30 °C (86 °F) and relative humidity not less than 90%.
</P>
<P>(v) The specimen must then be immersed in water under the same conditions as in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, and the water with specimen must be heated to 50 C ±5° (122 °F ±9°) and maintained at that temperature for four hours.
</P>
<P>(vi) The activity of the water must then be determined. The activities determined in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section and this paragraph, (c)(1)(vi), may not exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05 microcurie).
</P>
<P>(2) For encapsulated material—
</P>
<P>(i) The specimen shall be immersed in water at ambient temperature. The water shall have an initial pH of 6-8 and a maximum conductivity of 1 mS/m (10 micromho/cm) at 20 °C (68 °F).
</P>
<P>(ii) The water and specimen must be heated to a temperature of 50 °C ±5° (122 °F ±9°) and maintained at this temperature for four hours.
</P>
<P>(iii) The activity of the water must then be determined.
</P>
<P>(iv) The specimen shall then be kept for at least seven days in still air at not less than 30 °C (86 °F) and relative humidity not less than 90%.
</P>
<P>(v) The process in paragraphs (c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), and (c)(2)(iii) of this section must be repeated.
</P>
<P>(vi) The activity determined in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section may not exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05 microcurie).
</P>
<P>(d) A specimen that comprises or simulates Class 7 (radioactive) material contained in a sealed capsule need not be subjected to—
</P>
<P>(1) The impact test and the percussion test of this section provided that the mass of the special form material is—
</P>
<P>(i) Less than 200 g and it is alternatively subjected to the Class 4 impact test prescribed in ISO 2919 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or
</P>
<P>(ii) Less than 500 g and it is alternatively subjected to the Class 5 impact test prescribed in ISO 2919 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); and
</P>
<P>(2) The heat test of this section, provided the specimen is alternatively subjected to the Class 6 temperature test specified in the International Organization for Standardization document ISO 2919 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(e) Special form materials that were successfully tested prior to October 1, 2014 in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section in effect prior to October 1, 2014 may continue to be offered for transportation and transported without additional testing under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 37461, July 10, 1998; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45184, 45380, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75742, 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004; 79 FR 40617, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.471" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.471   Requirements for U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission approved packages.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the applicable requirements of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) and other requirements of this subchapter, any offeror of a Type B(U), Type B(M), or fissile material package that has been approved by the NRC in accordance with 10 CFR part 71 must also comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) The offeror shall be registered with the USNRC as a party to the packaging approval, and make the shipment in compliance with the terms of the packaging approval;
</P>
<P>(b) The outside of each package must be durably and legibly marked with the package identification marking indicated in the USNRC packaging approval;
</P>
<P>(c) Each shipping paper related to the shipment of the package must bear the package identification marking indicated in the USNRC packaging approval;
</P>
<P>(d) Before export shipment of the package, the offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for that package design, or if one has already been issued, the offeror shall register in writing (including a description of the quality assurance program required by 10 CFR part 71) with the U.S. Competent Authority as a user of the certificate. (<E T="04">Note:</E> The person who originally applies for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate will be registered automatically.) The registration request must be sent to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (PHH-23), Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590-0001. Alternatively, the application with any attached supporting documentation in an appropriate format may be submitted by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or by electronic mail (e-mail) to “<I>ramcert@dot.gov.</I>” Upon registration, the offeror will be furnished with a copy of the certificate. The offeror shall then submit a copy of the U.S. Competent Authority Certificate applying to that package design to the national competent authority of each country into or through which the package will be transported, unless the offeror has documentary evidence that a copy has already been furnished; and 
</P>
<P>(e) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate as required by the IAEA regulations must be submitted in writing to the Associate Administrator. The request must be in triplicate and include copies of the applicable USNRC packaging approval, USNRC Quality Assurance Program approval number, and a reproducible 22 cm × 30 cm (8.5″ × 11″) drawing showing the make-up of the package. The request and accompanying documentation must be sent to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (PHH-23), Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590-0001. Alternatively, the application with any attached supporting documentation in an appropriate format may be submitted by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or by electronic mail (e-mail) to “<I>ramcert@dot.gov.</I>” Each request is considered in the order in which it is received. To allow sufficient time for consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days before the requested effective date. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.472" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.472   Requirements for exporting DOT Specification Type B and fissile packages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any offeror who exports a DOT Specification Type B or fissile material package authorized by § 173.416 or § 173.417 shall comply with paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The shipment must be made in accordance with the conditions of the U.S. Certificate of Competent Authority.
</P>
<P>(c) The outside of each package must be durably and legibly marked with the package identification marking indicated in the U.S. Competent Authority Certificate.
</P>
<P>(d) Each shipping paper related to the shipment of the package must bear the package identification marking indicated in the U.S. Competent Authority Certificate.
</P>
<P>(e) Before export of the package, the offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for that package design, or if one has already been issued, the offeror shall register in writing (including a description of the quality assurance program required by 10 CFR part 71, subpart H, or 49 CFR 173.474 and 173.475) with the U.S. Competent Authority as a user of the certificate. Upon registration, the offeror will be furnished with a copy of the certificate. The offeror shall then submit a copy of the U.S. Competent Authority Certificate applying to that package design to the national competent authority of each country into or through which the package will be transported, unless the offeror has documentary evidence that a copy has already been furnished.
</P>
<P>(f) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate as required by the IAEA regulations must be submitted in writing to the Associate Administrator. The request must be in triplicate and must include a description of the quality assurance program required by 10 CFR part 71, subpart H, or 49 CFR 173.474 and 173.475, and a reproducible 22 cm × 30 cm (8.5″ × 11″) drawing showing the make-up of the package. A copy of the USNRC quality assurance program approval will satisfy the requirement for describing the quality assurance program. The request and accompanying documentation may be sent by mail or other delivery service. Alternatively, the request with any attached supporting documentation submitted in an appropriate format may be sent by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or by electronic mail (e-mail) to “<I>ramcert@dot.gov.</I>” Each request is considered in the order in which it is received. To allow sufficient time for consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days before the requested effective date. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.473" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.473   Requirements for foreign-made packages.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to other applicable requirements of this subchapter, each offeror of a foreign-made Type B(U), Type B(M), Type C, Type CF, Type H(U), Type H(M), or fissile material package for which a Competent Authority Certificate is required by IAEA's “Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, SSR-6, ” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) shall also comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) Prior to the shipment of such a package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials into or from the U.S., the offeror shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Have the foreign competent authority certificate revalidated by the U.S. Competent Authority, unless this has been done previously. Each request for revalidation must be in triplicate, contain all the information required by Section VIII of the IAEA regulations in “IAEA Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, SSR-6” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and include a copy in English of the foreign competent authority certificate. The request and accompanying documentation must be sent to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (PHH-23), Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Alternatively, the request with any attached supporting documentation submitted in an appropriate format may be sent by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or by electronic mail to <I>“ramcert@dot.gov.”</I> Each request is considered in the order in which it is received. To allow sufficient time for consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days before the requested effective date;
</P>
<P>(2) Register in writing with the U.S. Competent Authority as a user of the package covered by the foreign competent authority certificate and its U.S. revalidation. Alternatively, the registration request with any attached supporting documentation submitted in an appropriate format may be sent by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or by electronic mail (e-mail) to “<I>ramcert@dot.gov.</I>” If the offeror is requesting the revalidation, registration is automatic; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Supply to the carrier, upon request, the applicable competent authority certificates. However, the competent authority certificates are not required to accompany the packages to which they apply.
</P>
<P>(b) The outside of each package must be durably and legibly marked with the competent authority identification marking indicated on the Competent Authority Certificate and revalidation.
</P>
<P>(c) Each shipping paper for a shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials must bear a notation of the package identification marking indicated on the competent authority certificate or revalidation.
</P>
<P>(d) All requirements of the foreign competent authority certificate and the U.S. Competent Authority revalidation must be fulfilled.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 16015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75742, 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004; 79 FR 40617, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.474" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.474   Quality control for construction of packaging.</HEAD>
<P>Prior to the first use of any packaging for the shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) material, the offeror shall determine that—
</P>
<P>(a) The packaging meets the quality of design and construction requirements as specified in this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(b) The effectiveness of the shielding, containment and, when required, the heat transfer characteristics of the package, are within the limits specified for the package design.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.475" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.475   Quality control requirements prior to each shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>Before each shipment of any Class 7 (radioactive) materials package, the offeror must ensure, by examination or appropriate tests, that—
</P>
<P>(a) The packaging is proper for the contents to be shipped;
</P>
<P>(b) The packaging is in unimpaired physical condition, except for superficial marks;
</P>
<P>(c) Each closure device of the packaging, including any required gasket, is properly installed, secured, and free of defects;
</P>
<P>(d) For fissile material, each moderator and neutron absorber, if required, is present and in proper condition;
</P>
<P>(e) Each special instruction for filling, closing, and preparation of the packaging for shipment has been followed;
</P>
<P>(f) Each closure, valve, or other opening of the containment system through which the radioactive content might escape is properly closed and sealed;
</P>
<P>(g) Each packaging containing liquid in excess of an A<E T="52">2</E> quantity and intended for air shipment has been tested to show that it will not leak under an ambient atmospheric pressure of not more than 25 kPa, absolute (3.6 psia). The test must be conducted on the entire containment system, or on any receptacle or vessel within the containment system, to determine compliance with this requirement;
</P>
<P>(h) The internal pressure of the containment system will not exceed the design pressure during transportation; and
</P>
<P>(i) External radiation and contamination levels are within the allowable limits specified in this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.476" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.476   Approval of special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each offeror of special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials must maintain on file for at least two years after the offeror's latest shipment, and provide to the Associate Administrator on request, a complete safety analysis, including documentation of any tests, demonstrating that the special form material meets the requirements of § 173.469. An IAEA Certificate of Competent Authority issued for the special form material may be used to satisfy this requirement.
</P>
<P>(b) Prior to the first export shipment of a special form Class 7 (radioactive) material from the United States, each offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for the specific material. For special form material manufactured outside the United States, an IAEA Certificate of Competent Authority from the country of origin may be used to meet this requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate as required by the IAEA regulations must be submitted in writing, in triplicate, by mail or other delivery service to the Associate Administrator. Alternatively, the request with any attached supporting documentation submitted in an appropriate format may be sent by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or by electronic mail (e-mail) to “<I>ramcert@dot.gov.</I>”. Each request is considered in the order in which it is received. To allow sufficient time for consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days before the requested effective date. Each petition for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate must include the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) A detailed description of the material, or if a capsule, a detailed description of the contents. Particular reference must be made to both physical and chemical states;
</P>
<P>(2) A detailed statement of the capsule design and dimensions, including complete engineering drawings [22cm × 30cm (8
<FR>1/2</FR> inches × 11 inches)] and schedules of material, and methods of construction;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the tests that have been made and their results; or evidence based on calculative methods to show that the material is able to pass the tests; or other evidence that the special form Class 7 (radioactive) material complies with § 173.469;
</P>
<P>(4) For the original request for a Competent Authority Certificate, evidence of a quality assurance program based on international, national or other standards, for the design, manufacture, testing, documentation, use, maintenance and inspection, as appropriate, of all special form material offered for transport by the requester; and
</P>
<P>(5) A description of any proposed pre-shipment actions, such as leak testing, for use in the consignment of special form radioactive material for transport.
</P>
<P>(d) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not apply in those cases where A<E T="52">1</E> equals A<E T="52">2</E> and the material is not required to be described on the shipping papers as “Radioactive Material, Type A Package, Special Form” or as “Radioactive Material, Type A Package, Special Form, Fissile.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61015, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004; 78 FR 60754, Oct. 2, 2013; 79 FR 40617, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 173.477" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.9.25.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 173.477   Approval of packagings containing greater than 0.1 kg of non-fissile or fissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each offeror of a package containing more than 0.1 kg of uranium hexafluoride must maintain on file for at least two years after the offeror's latest shipment, and provide to the Associate Administrator on request, a complete safety analysis, including documentation of any tests, demonstrating that the package meets the requirements of § 173.420. An IAEA Certificate of Competent Authority issued for the design of the packaging containing greater than 0.1 kg of non-fissile or fissile-exempted uranium hexafluoride may be used to satisfy this requirement.
</P>
<P>(b) Prior to the first export shipment of a package containing greater than 0.1 kg of uranium hexafluoride from the United States, each offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for the packaging design. For packagings manufactured outside the United States, each offeror shall comply with § 173.473.
</P>
<P>(c) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate as required by the IAEA regulations must be submitted in writing, in triplicate, by mail or other delivery service to the Associate Administrator. Alternatively, the request with any attached supporting documentation submitted in an appropriate format may be sent by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366-3753 or (202) 366-3650, or by electronic mail (e-mail) to <I>ramcert@dot.gov.</I> Each request is considered in the order in which it is received. To allow sufficient time for consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days before the requested effective date. Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A safety analysis report which, at a minimum, provides a detailed description of the packaging and contents; a description of the manufacturing process used for the packaging; and details of the tests conducted and copy of their results, evidence based on calculative methods to show that the package is able to pass the tests, or other evidence that the package complies with § 173.420; and
</P>
<P>(2) For the original request for a Competent Authority Certificate, evidence of a quality assurance program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40617, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subparts J-O [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.12.25.1.7" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 173 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.12.25.1.8" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 173—Procedure for Testing Chemical Compatibility and Rate of Permeation in Plastic Packaging and Receptacles
</HEAD>
<P>1. The purpose of this procedure is to determine the chemical compatibility and permeability of liquid hazardous materials packaged in plastic packaging and receptacles. Alternatives for this procedure are permitted as specified in § 173.24(e)(3)(iii) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>2. Compatibility and rate of permeation are determined by subjecting full size plastic containers (or smaller containers as permitted in paragraph 4 of this appendix) and hazardous material lading to one of the following combinations of time and temperature:
</P>
<P>a. Test Method 1: 180 days at a temperature no lower than 18 °C. (64 °F.)
</P>
<P>b. Test Method 2: 28 days at a temperature no lower than 50 °C. (122 °F.)
</P>
<P>c. Test Method 3: 14 days at a temperature no lower than 60 °C. (140 °F.)
</P>
<P>3. Regardless of which test method is used, at least three sample containers shall be tested for each combination of hazardous material and size and design of container. Fill containers to rated capacity with the specific hazardous material (at the concentration to be transported) and close as for shipment. For the first and last 24 hours of storage under the selected test method, place the containers with closures downward, except that containers fitted with a vent are so placed on each occasion for five minutes only.
</P>
<P>4. For testing under Test Method 2 or 3 in those instances where it is not practicable to use full size containers, smaller containers may be used. The small container shall be manufactured by the same process as the larger container (for example, using the same method of molding and processing temperatures) and be made of identical resins, pigments and additives.
</P>
<P>5. Determine filled container weight or net weight of contents both before and after storage under the selected test method. Rate of permeation is determined from loss of hazardous materials contents, during the conduct of the test, expressed as a percentage of the original weight.
</P>
<P>6. After storage under the selected test method, the container shall be drained, rinsed, filled to rated capacity with water and, with filled container at ambient temperature, dropped from a height determined in accordance with § 178.603(e) of this subchapter onto a rigid non-resilient, flat and horizontal surface.
</P>
<P>7. Each of the following constitute test failure:
</P>
<P>a. Visible evidence of permanent deformation due to vapor pressure build-up or collapse of walls, deterioration, swelling, crazing, cracking, excessive corrosion, oxidization, embrittlement, leakage, rupture or other defects likely to cause premature failure or a hazardous condition.
</P>
<P>b. For materials meeting the definition of a poison according to this subchapter, a rate of permeation in excess of 0.5% determined over the test period. For all other hazardous materials, a rate of permeation in excess of 2.0% determined over the test period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-176, 49 FR 24691, June 14, 1984, as amended by Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52670 Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173-234, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.12.25.1.9" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 173—Procedure for Base-level Vibration Testing
</HEAD>
<P>Base-level vibration testing shall be conducted as follows:
</P>
<P>1. Three sample packagings, selected at random, must be filled and closed as for shipment. A non-hazardous material may be used in place of the hazardous material if it has essentially the same physical characteristics.
</P>
<P>2. The three packages must be placed on a vibrating platform that has a vertical double-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement) of one inch. The packages should be constrained horizontally to prevent them from falling off the platform, but must be left free to move vertically, bounce and rotate.
</P>
<P>3. The test must be performed continuously for one hour at a frequency that causes each package to be raised from the vibrating platform to such a degree that a piece of material of approximately 1.6 mm (0.063 inch) thickness (such as steel strapping or paperboard) can be passed between the bottom of any package and the platform.
</P>
<P>4. Immediately following the period of vibration, each package shall be removed from the platform, turned on its side and observed for any evidence of leakage.
</P>
<P>5. Rupture or leakage from any of the packages constitutes failure of the test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-224, 55 FR 52671, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.12.25.1.10" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 173—Test Methods for Dynamite (Explosive, Blasting, Type A)
</HEAD>
<HD1>1. Test method D-1—Leakage Test
</HD1>
<P>A wooden stick, 114 mm (4.5 inches) long and 4.8 mm (0.2 inch) inch in diameter, with a sharpened end is used to punch 5 holes in one end of the wrapper of a dynamite cartridge. A cork stopper is placed on the bottom of a glass volumetric cylinder. The dynamite cartridge is placed, perforated end down, resting on the cork stopper in the cylinder. The entire assembly is placed in an oven at 38 °C (100 °F) for 48 hours and then examined visually for evidence of leakage.
</P>
<HD1>2. Test method D-2<I>—Centrifugal Exudation Test</I>
</HD1>
<P>The test apparatus consists of a glass tube, 135 mm (5.3 inches) long and one inch in diameter, with both ends open, and is assembled in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(a) Close the bottom with a plastic plug of diameter equal to the inner diameter of the glass tube;
</P>
<P>(b) Place a small amount of absorbent cotton on top of the plug;
</P>
<P>(c) Place a plastic disk that matches the inner diameter to the glass tube and has seven small perforations on top of the cotton; and
</P>
<P>(d) Place 10 g (0.35 ounce) of the dynamite sample on top of the disk.
</P>
<FP>The assembled glass tube is then placed in a hand-operated centrifuge and spun for one minute at 600 rpm (revolutions per minute). The dynamite sample is then removed from the glass tube and weighed to determine the percent of weight loss.
</FP>
<HD1>3. Test method D-3—<I>Compression Exudation Test</I>
</HD1>
<P>The entire apparatus for this test is shown in Figure 1 of this appendix. The test is conducted using the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(a) A glass tube, 135 mm (5.3 inches) long and one inch in diameter, is held on a wooden base;
</P>
<P>(b) A small amount of absorbent cotton is placed into the bottom of the glass tube;
</P>
<P>(c) Ten g (0.35 ounce) of dynamite sample are placed on top of the cotton in the glass tube;
</P>
<P>(d) A small amount of absorbent cotton is placed on top of the dynamite sample;
</P>
<P>(e) A plastic disk that matches the inner diameter of the glass tube and has seven small perforations is placed on top of the cotton;
</P>
<P>(f) A plastic plug matching the inner diameter of the glass tube is then placed on top of the disk;
</P>
<P>(g) The glass tube assembly is placed under the compression rod, and compression is applied by means of the weight on the metal lever rod. The sample is compressed for one minute; and
</P>
<P>(h) The dynamite sample is then removed from the glass tube and weighed to determine the percent of weight loss.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.067.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.12.25.1.11" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendixes E-G to Part 173 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix H" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.12.25.1.12" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix H to Part 173—Method of Testing for Sustained Combustibility
</HEAD>
<HD1>1. Method
</HD1>
<P>The method describes a procedure for determining if the material when heated under the test conditions and exposed to an external source of flame applied in a standard manner sustains combustion.
</P>
<HD1>2. Principle of the method
</HD1>
<P>A metal block with a concave depression (test portion well) is heated to a specified temperature. A specified volume of the material under test is transferred to the well, and its ability to sustain combustion is noted after application and subsequent removal of a standard flame under specified conditions.
</P>
<HD1>3. Apparatus
</HD1>
<P>A combustibility tester consisting of a block of aluminum alloy or other corrosion-resistant metal of high thermal conductivity is used. The block has a concave well and a pocket drilled to take a thermometer. A small gas jet assembly on a swivel is attached to the block. The handle and gas inlet for the gas jet may be fitted at any convenient angle to the gas jet. A suitable apparatus is shown in Figure 32.5.2.1 of the UN Manual of Test and Criteria (IBR, see (171.7 of this subchapter), and the essential dimensions are given in Figures 32.5.2.1 and 32.5.2.2 of the UN Manual and Tests and Criteria. The following equipment is needed:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Gauge,</I> for checking that the height of the center of the gas jet above the top of the test portion well is 2.2 mm (<I>see</I> Figure 32.5.2.1); 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Thermometer,</I> mercury in glass, for horizontal operation, with a sensitivity not less than 1 mm/ °C, or other measuring device of equivalent sensitivity permitting reading at 0.5 °C intervals. When in position in the block, the thermometer bulb must be surrounded with thermally conducting thermoplastic compound;
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hotplate,</I> fitted with a temperature-control device. (Other types of apparatus with suitable temperature-control facilities may be employed to heat the metal block);
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Stopwatch,</I> or other suitable timing device;
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Syringe,</I> capable of delivering 2 mL to an accuracy of ±0.1 mL; and
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Fuel source,</I> butane test fuel.
</P>
<HD1>4. Sampling
</HD1>
<P>The sample must be representative of the material to be tested and must be supplied and kept in a tightly closed container prior to test. Because of the possibility of loss of volatile constituents, the sample must receive only the minimum treatment necessary to ensure its homogeneity. After removing each test portion, the sample container must be immediately closed tightly to ensure that no volatile components escape from the container; if this closure is incomplete, an entirely new sample must be taken.
</P>
<HD1>5. Procedure
</HD1>
<P>Carry out the determination in triplicate.
</P>
<P><E T="04">WARNING</E>—Do not carry out the test in a small confined area (for example a glove box) because of the hazard of explosions.
</P>
<P>(a) It is essential that the apparatus be set up in a completely draft-free area (see warning) and in the absence of strong light to facilitate observation of flash, flame, etc.
</P>
<P>(b) Place the metal block on the hotplate or heat the metal block by other suitable means so that its temperature, as indicated by the thermometer placed in the metal block, is maintained at the specified temperature within a tolerance of ±1 °C. For the appropriate test temperature, see paragraph 5.(h) of this appendix. Correct this temperature for the difference in barometric pressure from the standard atmospheric pressure (101.3 kPa) by raising the test temperature for a higher pressure or lowering the test temperature for a lower pressure by 1.0 °C for each 4 kPa difference. Ensure that the top of the metal block is exactly horizontal. Use the gauge to check that the jet is 2.2 mm above the top of the well when in the test position.
</P>
<P>(c) Light the butane test fuel with the jet away from the test position (i.e. in the “off” position, away from the well). Adjust the size of the flame so that it is 8 mm to 9 mm high and approximately 5 mm wide.
</P>
<P>(d) Using the syringe, take from the sample container at least 2 mL of the sample and rapidly transfer a test portion of 2 mL ±0.1 mL to the well of the combustibility tester and immediately start the timing device.
</P>
<P>(e) After a heating time of 60 seconds (s), by which time the test portion is deemed to have reached its equilibrium temperature, and if the test fluid has not ignited, swing the test flame into the test position over the edge of the pool of liquid. Maintain it in this position for 15 s and then return it to the “off” position while observing the behavior of the test portion. The test flame must remain lighted throughout the test.
</P>
<P>(f) For each test observe and record:
</P>
<P>(i) whether there is ignition and sustained combustion or flashing, or neither, of the test portion before the test flame is moved into the test position;
</P>
<P>(ii) whether the test portion ignites while the test flame is in the test position, and, if so, how long combustion is sustained after the test flame is returned to the “off” position.
</P>
<P>(g) If sustained combustion interpreted in accordance with paragraph 6. of this appendix is not found, repeat the complete procedure with new test portions, but with a heating time of 30 s.
</P>
<P>(h) If sustained combustion interpreted in accordance with paragraph 6. of this appendix is not found at a test temperature of 60 °C (140 °F), repeat the complete procedure with new test portions, but at a test temperature of 75 °C (167 °F). In the case of a material which has a flash point above 60 °C (140 °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F), if sustained combustion interpreted in accordance with paragraph 6. of this appendix is not found at a test temperature of 5 °C (9 °F) above its flash point, repeat the complete procedure with new test portions, but at a test temperature of 20 °C (36 °F) above its flash point.
</P>
<HD1>6. Interpretation of observations
</HD1>
<P>The material must be assessed either as not sustaining combustion or as sustaining combustion. Sustained combustion must be reported at either of the heating times if one of the following occurs with either of the test portions:
</P>
<P>(a) When the test flame is in the “off” position, the test portion ignites and sustains combustion;
</P>
<P>(b) The test portion ignites while the test flame is in the test position for 15 s, and sustains combustion for more than 15 s after the test flame has been returned to the “off” position.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph 6 of this appendix:</HED>
<P>Intermittent flashing may not be interpreted as sustained combustion. Normally, at the end of 15 s, the combustion has either clearly ceased or continues. In cases of doubt, the material must be deemed to sustain combustion.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 173-241, 59 FR 67517, Dec. 29, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 173-255, 61 FR 50627, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76179, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 78634, Dec. 29, 2006]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix I" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.10.12.25.1.13" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix I to Part 173—Calculation Method



</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er11my20.003.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 27897, May 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="174" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 174—CARRIAGE BY RAIL
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 33 U.S.C. 1321; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.1" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.1.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes requirements in addition to those contained in parts 171, 172, 173, and 179 of this subchapter, to be observed with respect to the transportation of hazardous materials in or on rail cars.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-74, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.2" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.1.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.2   Limitation on actions by states, local governments, and Indian tribes.</HEAD>
<P>Sections 5125 and 20106 of Title 49, United States Code, limit the authority of states, political subdivisions of states, and Indian tribes to impose requirements on the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce. A state, local, or Indian tribe requirement on the transportation of hazardous materials by rail may be preempted under either 49 U.S.C. 5125 or 20106, or both.
</P>
<P>(a) Section 171.1(f) of this subchapter describes the circumstances under which 49 U.S.C. 5125 preempts a requirement of a state, political subdivision of a state, or Indian tribe.
</P>
<P>(b) Under the Federal Railroad Safety Act (49 U.S.C. 20106), administered by the Federal Railroad Administration (<I>see</I> 49 CFR parts 200 through 244), laws, regulations and orders related to railroad safety, including security, shall be nationally uniform to the extent practicable. A state may adopt, or continue in force, a law, regulation, or order covering the same subject matter as a DOT regulation or order applicable to railroad safety and security (including the requirements in this subpart) only when an additional or more stringent state law, regulation, or order is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially local safety or security hazard; is not incompatible with a law, regulation, or order of the United States Government; and does not unreasonably burden interstate commerce.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 1801, Jan. 13, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.3" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.1.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.3   Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments.</HEAD>
<P>No person may accept for transportation or transport by rail any shipment of hazardous material that is not in conformance with the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 28677, June 5, 1996]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.5" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.1.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.5   Carrier's materials and supplies.</HEAD>
<P>This subchapter applies to the transportation of a carrier's materials and supplies moving by rail, except that the shipper's certification is not required when these materials and supplies are being transported by the carrier who owns them. The requirements of this subchapter do not apply to railway torpedoes or railroad safety flares (<I>i.e.,</I> fusees) when carried in engines or rail cars. Railway torpedoes must be in closed metal boxes when not in use.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 79783, Dec. 27, 2022]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.9" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.1.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.9   Safety and security inspection and acceptance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At each location where a hazardous material is accepted for transportation or placed in a train, the carrier must inspect each rail car containing the hazardous material, at ground level, for required markings, labels, placards, securement of closures, and leakage. These inspections may be performed in conjunction with inspections required under parts 215 and 232 of this title.
</P>
<P>(b) For each rail car containing an amount of hazardous material requiring placarding in accordance with § 172.504 of this subchapter, the carrier must visually inspect the rail car at ground level for signs of tampering, including closures and seals, for suspicious items or items that do not belong, and for other signs that the security of the car may have been compromised, including the presence of an improvised explosive device. As used in this section, an improvised explosive device is a device fabricated in an improvised manner incorporating explosives or destructive, lethal, noxious, pyrotechnic, or incendiary chemicals in its design, and generally includes a power supply, a switch or timer, and a detonator or initiator. The carrier should be particularly attentive to signs that security may have been compromised on rail cars transporting materials covered by § 172.820 of this subchapter, rail carload quantities of ammonium nitrate or ammonium nitrate mixtures in solid form, or hazardous materials of interest based on current threat information.
</P>
<P>(c) If a rail car does not conform to the safety and security requirements of this subchapter, the carrier may not forward or transport the rail car until the deficiencies are corrected or the car is approved for movement in accordance with § 174.50.
</P>
<P>(d) Where an indication of tampering or suspicious item is found, a carrier must take appropriate action to ensure the security of the rail car and its contents have not been compromised before accepting the rail car for further movement. If the carrier determines that the security of the rail car has been compromised, the carrier must take action, in conformance with its existing security plan (see subpart I of part 172 of this subchapter) to address the security issues before forwarding the rail car for further movement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 20773, Apr. 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.14" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.1.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.14   Movements to be expedited.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A carrier must forward each shipment of hazardous materials promptly and within 48 hours (Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays excluded), after acceptance at the originating point or receipt at any yard, transfer station, or interchange point, except that where biweekly or weekly service only is performed, a shipment of hazardous materials must be forwarded on the first available train.
</P>
<P>(b) A tank car loaded with any Division 2.1 (flammable gas), Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) or Class 3 (flammable liquid) material, may not be received and held at any point, subject to forwarding orders, so as to defeat the purpose of this section or of § 174.204 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52677, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.16" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.1.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.16   Removal and disposition of hazardous materials at destination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Delivery at non-agency stations.</I> A shipment of Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be unloaded at non-agency stations unless the consignee is there to receive it or unless properly locked and secure storage facilities are provided at that point for its protection. If delivery cannot be so made, the shipment must be taken to next or nearest agency station for delivery.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Delivery at agency stations.</I> A carrier shall require the consignee of each shipment of hazardous materials to remove the shipment from carrier's property within 48 hours (exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays) after notice of arrival has been sent or given. If not so removed, the carrier shall immediately dispose of the shipments as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials:</I> If safe storage is available, by storage at the owner's expense; if safe storage is not available, by return to the shipper, sale, or destruction under supervision of a competent person; or if safety requires, by destruction under supervision of a competent person.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Hazardous materials, except Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials, in carload shipments:</I> By storage on the carrier's property; by storage on other than the carrier's property, if safe storage on the carrier's property is not available; or by sale at expiration of 15 calendar days after notice of arrival has been sent or given to the consignee, provided the consignor has been notified of the non-delivery at the expiration of a 48-hour period and orders for disposition have not been received.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Hazardous materials, except Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials, in less-than-carload shipments:</I> By return to the shipper if notice of non-delivery was requested and given the consignor as prescribed by the carrier's tariff, and orders for return to shipper have been received; by storage on the carrier's property; by storage on other than the carrier's property, if safe storage on carrier's property is not available; or by sale at expiration of 15 calendar days after notice of arrival has been sent or given to the consignee, provided the consignor has been notified of non-delivery at expiration of a 48-hour period and orders for disposition have not been received.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52677, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.20" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.1.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.20   Local or carrier restrictions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When local conditions make the acceptance, transportation, or delivery of hazardous materials unusually hazardous, local restrictions may be imposed by the carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) Each carrier must report to the Bureau of Explosives for publication the full information as to any restrictions which it imposes against the acceptance, delivery, or transportation of hazardous materials, over any portion of its lines under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—General Operating Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.24" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.2.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.24   Shipping papers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person may not accept a hazardous material for transportation or transport a hazardous material by rail unless that person receives a shipping paper prepared in accordance with part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material is excepted from shipping paper requirements under this subchapter. Only an initial carrier within the United States must receive and retain a copy of the shipper's certification as required by § 172.204 of this subchapter. This section does not apply to a material that is excepted from shipping paper requirements by this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each person receiving a shipping paper required by this section must retain a copy or an electronic image thereof, that is accessible at or through its principal place of business and must make the shipping paper available, upon request, to an authorized official of a Federal, State, or local government agency at reasonable times and locations. For a hazardous waste, each shipping paper copy must be retained for three years after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. For all other hazardous materials, each shipping paper copy must be retained for one year after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. Each shipping paper copy must include the date of acceptance by the initial carrier. The date on the shipping paper may be the date a shipper notifies the rail carrier that a shipment is ready for transportation, as indicated on the waybill or bill of lading, as an alternative to the date the shipment is picked up, or accepted, by the carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 46128, July 12, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 66574, Nov. 1, 2002; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.26" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.2.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.26   Notice to train crews.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Prior to movement of a train, a railroad must provide the train crew with train consist information as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter in hard-copy (printed paper) form that includes: a railroad-designated emergency response point of contact (including contact phone number) in a conspicuous location; and the position in the train and contents of each hazardous material rail car by reporting mark and number, to include the:
</P>
<P>(1) Point of origin and destination of the train;
</P>
<P>(2) Shipping paper information required by §§ 172.201 to 172.203 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(3) Emergency response information required by § 172.602(a) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The train crew must update the train consist information to reflect any changes in the train consist information occurring at intermediate stops prior to continued movement of the train. Additionally, any update to the train consist information must be made and reflected in the electronic train consist information required pursuant to § 174.28 of this subpart prior to continued movement of the train. The train crew may use electronic, radio communications, or other means to notify the railroad to update the electronic train consist information. Class III railroads complying with the alternative compliance requirements described in § 174.28(c) of this subpart are not subject to the requirement to update electronic train consist information.
</P>
<P>(c) The train consist information must always be immediately available for use by the train crew while the train is in transportation. When the train crew is aboard the train locomotive, the train consist information shall be stowed in a conspicuous location of the occupied locomotive.
</P>
<P>(d) Railroad operating rules for use of electronic devices by the train crew and use of electronic devices by the train crew in association with updates to train consist information requirements of this section and § 174.28 of this subchapter must comply with 49 CFR part 220, subpart C.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 52993, June 24, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.28" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.2.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.28   Electronic Train Consist Information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Retention and notification requirements.</I> Each railroad operating a train carrying hazardous materials must at all times maintain in electronic form, off the train, accurate train consist information as required in § 174.26 of this subpart. Each railroad must make such electronic train consist information immediately accessible at all times to its designated emergency response point of contact such that they are able to communicate train consist information to Federal, State, and local first responders, emergency response officials, and law enforcement personnel seeking assistance. Each railroad must also provide, using electronic communication (<I>e.g.,</I> a software application or electronic data interchange, etc.), that electronic train consist information to authorized Federal, State, and local first responders, emergency response officials, and law enforcement personnel along the train route that could be or are involved in the response to, or investigation of, an accident, incident, or public health or safety emergency involving the rail transportation of hazardous materials such that the information is immediately available for use at the time it is needed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Emergency notification.</I> (1) <I>General requirements.</I> When a train carrying hazardous materials is involved in either an accident requiring response from local emergency response agencies, or in an incident involving the release or suspected release of a hazardous material from a rail car in the train requiring response from local emergency response agencies, the railroad must immediately notify the primary Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP)—<I>e.g.,</I> 9-1-1 call center—telephonically that is responsible for the area where the accident or incident occurred and must separately notify the track owner (should the railroad transporting the hazardous materials not be the track owner) and forward train consist information in electronic form to the PSAP and track owner in a form they are capable of readily accessing (<I>e.g.,</I> email, fax, software application, etc.).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notification system test.</I> At least annually, each railroad that operates trains carrying hazardous materials must test the notification system used to comply with the requirements of this paragraph. Railroads must:
</P>
<P>(i) Develop a testing protocol addressing frequency and locations to ensure reliability across all areas where the railroad operates trains carrying hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(ii) Create a record of each system test that identifies at least the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The date of the test;
</P>
<P>(B) The method used to provide the notification;
</P>
<P>(C) The name and location of the primary PSAP (<I>e.g.,</I> 9-1-1 call center) and/or track owner to whom the notification was sent;
</P>
<P>(D) Whether or not the test notification was received and acknowledged; and
</P>
<P>(E) For system tests that are not immediately received and acknowledged, an analysis of the contributing factors to the failure and corrective actions taken by the railroad to prevent such a failure from recurring.
</P>
<P>(iii) Retain test records for at least five years.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Class III railroad alternative compliance requirements.</I> In place of the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, a Class III railroad, as determined by the Surface Transportation Board under § 1201.1-1 of this title, transporting hazardous materials may comply with the alternative procedures in this paragraph to provide accurate train consist information to Federal, State, or local first responders, emergency response officials, and law enforcement personnel in the event of an incident, accident, or public health or safety emergency involving the rail transportation of hazardous materials. The Class III railroad must:
</P>
<P>(1) Develop a written plan that identifies the procedures for emergency notification and how the railroad will provide accurate train consist information in the event of an accident involving a train carrying hazardous materials requiring response from local emergency response agencies, or an incident involving the release or suspected release of a hazardous material from a rail car in the train requiring response from local emergency response agencies. This may be accomplished via the primary PSAP (<I>e.g.,</I> 9-1-1 call center) responsible for the area where the accident or incident occurred. The written plan must assign at least one person not on board the locomotive with the responsibility to provide accurate train consist information in addition to the train crew onboard the locomotive, unless there are no employees of the Class III railroad capable of fulfilling this function.
</P>
<P>(2) Notify emergency response organizations and primary PSAPs along their route about the contents of the written plan and any material changes to the plan made after the initial notification.
</P>
<P>(3) Enact the written plan when an accident involving a train carrying hazardous materials requiring response from local emergency response agencies, or an incident involving the release or suspected release of a hazardous material from a rail car in the train requiring response from local emergency response agencies occurs. The Class III railroad must provide immediate emergency notification telephonically to the primary PSAP (<I>e.g.,</I> 9-1-1 call center) responsible for the area where the accident or incident occurred, and provide accurate train consist information to appropriate entities based on their written plan.
</P>
<P>(4) Retain a copy of this written plan at the Class III railroad's primary place of business and provide a copy to authorized representatives of the Department upon request.
</P>
<P>(5) Conduct a test, at least annually, of the procedures for emergency notification and transmission of accurate train consist information. Each Class III railroad must create a record of the test that includes at least the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The date of the test;
</P>
<P>(ii) A brief description of the method of emergency notification and transmission of train consist information;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name and location of the recipient of the emergency notification and train consist information;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether or not the test was successful in providing emergency notification and train consist information to the intended recipient;
</P>
<P>(v) For unsuccessful tests, an analysis of the contributing factors to the failure and corrective actions taken by the railroad to prevent such a failure from recurring.
</P>
<P>(6) Retain test records required in paragraph (c)(5) of this section for at least five years.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Security measures.</I> Each railroad must implement security and confidentiality protections in generating, updating, providing, and forwarding train consist information in electronic or other form pursuant to this section to ensure they provide access only to authorized persons. Nothing in this paragraph shall limit a railroad from entering into agreements with other railroads or persons to develop and implement a secure process for generating, updating, providing, and forwarding that information.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Provision of train consist information.</I> No railroad may withhold, or cause to be withheld, the train consist information described in paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of this section from Federal, State, or local first responders, emergency response officials, and law enforcement personnel in the event of an incident, accident, or public health or safety emergency involving the rail transportation of hazardous materials. If a railroad uses a software application to meet the requirements of this section, it must provide all first responders, emergency response officials, and law enforcement personnel responding to, or investigating, an accident, incident, or public health or safety emergency involving the rail transportation of hazardous materials access, in accordance with the security and confidentiality protections required in paragraph (d), to the train consist information contained within that application without delay for the duration of the response or investigation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 52993, June 24, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.50" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.2.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.50   Nonconforming or leaking packages.</HEAD>
<P>A leaking non-bulk package may not be forwarded until repaired, reconditioned, or overpacked in accordance with § 173.3 of this subchapter. Except as otherwise provided in this section, a bulk packaging that no longer conforms to this subchapter may not be forwarded by rail unless repaired or approved for movement by the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, or for cross-border movements to or from Canada, moved in accordance with the TDG Regulations (<I>see</I> § 171.12) or a Temporary Certificate issued by the Competent Authority of Canada, as applicable. For FRA Approval, notification and approval must be in writing, or through telephonic or electronic means, with subsequent written confirmation provided within two weeks. For the applicable address and telephone number, <I>see</I> § 107.117(d)(4) of this chapter. A leaking bulk package containing a hazardous material may be moved without repair or approval only so far as necessary to reduce or to eliminate an immediate threat or harm to human health or to the environment when it is determined its movement would provide greater safety than allowing the package to remain in place. In the case of a liquid leak, measures must be taken to prevent the spread of liquid.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 27897, May 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—General Handling and Loading Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.55" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.3.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.55   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each package containing a hazardous material being transported by rail in a freight container or transport vehicle must be loaded so that it cannot fall or slide and must be safeguarded in such a manner that other freight cannot fall onto or slide into it under conditions normally incident to transportation. When this protection cannot be provided by using other freight, it must be provided by blocking and bracing. For examples of blocking and bracing in freight containers and transport vehicles, see the Intermodal Loading Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers (see table 1 to § 171.7 of this subchapter).






</P>
<P>(b) Each package containing a hazardous material bearing package orientation markings prescribed in § 172.312 of this subchapter must be loaded within a transport vehicle or freight container to remain in the correct position indicated by those markings during transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) The doors of a freight container or transport vehicle may not be used to secure a load that includes a package containing a hazardous material unless the doors meet the design strength requirements of Specification M-930 (for freight containers) and M-931 (for trailers) in the AAR's specification for “Specially Equipped Freight Car and Intermodal Equipment” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and the load is also within the limits of the design strength requirements for the doors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 28677, June 5, 1996, as amended at 68 FR 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 43530, July 20, 2011; 87 FR 79783, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.57" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.3.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.57   Cleaning cars.</HEAD>
<P>All hazardous material which has leaked from a package in any rail car or on other railroad property must be carefully removed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.59" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.3.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.59   Marking and placarding of rail cars.</HEAD>
<P>No person may transport a rail car carrying hazardous materials unless it is marked and placarded as required by this subchapter. Placards and car certificates lost in transit must be replaced at the next inspection point, and those not required must be removed at the next terminal where the train is classified. For Canadian shipments, required placards lost in transit, must be replaced either by those required by part 172 of this subchapter or by those authorized under § 171.12.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 53189, Oct. 16, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.61" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.3.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.61   Transport vehicles and freight containers on flat cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A transport vehicle, freight container, or package containing a hazardous material must be designed and loaded so that it will not become damaged to an extent that would affect its integrity under conditions normally incident to transportation. Each unit must be secured on a flatcar so that it cannot permanently change position during transit. Packages of hazardous materials contained therein must be loaded and braced as provided by §§ 174.101, 174.112, 174.115 and 174.55. Placards must be applied when prescribed by part 172 of this subchapter and part 174.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as specified in § 173.21, a truck body, trailer, or freight container equipped with heating or refrigerating equipment which has fuel or any article classed as a hazardous material may be loaded and transported on a flat car as part of a joint rail highway movement. The heating or refrigerating equipment is considered to be a part of the truck body or trailer and is not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter. The truck body, trailer, or freight container must be secured on the flatcar so that it cannot change position during transit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-38, 45 FR 32698, May 19, 1980; Amdt. 174-39, 45 FR 81572, Dec. 11, 1980; Amdt. 174-59, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986; Amdt. 174-68, 57 FR 45464, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 174-79, 59 FR 64744, Dec. 15, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.63" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.3.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.63   Portable tanks, IM portable tanks, IBCs, Large Packagings, cargo tanks, and multi-unit tank car tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A carrier may not transport a bulk packaging (<I>e.g.,</I> portable tank, IM portable tank, IBC, Large Packaging, cargo tank, or multi-unit tank car tank) containing a hazardous material in container-on-flatcar (COFC) or trailer-on-flatcar (TOFC) service except as authorized by this section or unless approved for transportation by the Associate Administrator for Safety, FRA.
</P>
<P>(b) A bulk packaging containing a hazardous material (including IM 101 and IM 102 when appropriate according to dimensions and weight distribution) may be transported inside a fully closed transport vehicle or fully closed freight container provided it is properly secured with a restraint system that will prevent it from changing position, sliding into other packages, or contacting the side or end walls (including doors) under conditions normally incident to transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) When not transported in conformance with and subject to paragraph (b) of this section, a bulk packaging may be transported in COFC service or TOFC service subject to the following conditions as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) The bulk packaging contains a material packaged in accordance with § 173.240, § 173.241, § 173.242, or § 173.243 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) The tank and flatcar must comply with the applicable requirements of the HMR concerning their specification.
</P>
<P>(3) For TOFC service, the trailer chassis conforms to requirements in paragraphs 3, 4, 5, and 6 of AAR Specification M-943, “Container Chassis For TOFC Service” of the AAR specification for “Specially Equipped Freight Car and Intermodal Equipment” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(4) For COFC service, the container support and securement systems conform to requirements in Specification M-952, “Intermodal Container Support and Securement Systems for Freight Cars”, of the AAR specification for “Specially Equipped Freight Car and Intermodal Equipment” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(5) If transported in a well car—
</P>
<P>(i) The tank is not in a double-stacked configuration (i.e., no freight container or portable tank is placed above or below the tank); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The tank is transported in the well with its outlet valve facing outward towards the end of the well and away from any adjacent tank or container; and
</P>
<P>(6) All securement fittings shall be fully engaged and in the locked position, provided; however, if the tank is transported in a well car, it must be loaded into a well appropriate for the length of the container and any void filling device present must be secured in its designed appropriate position.
</P>
<P>(d) An approval in effect on February 28, 1991 for the transportation of portable tanks or IM portable tanks in TOFC or COFC service expires on the date stated in the approval letter or June 15, 1995, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(e) A carrier may not transport a cargo tank or multi-unit tank car tank containing a hazardous material in TOFC or COFC service unless approved for such service by the Associate Administrator for Safety, FRA. However, in the event of an accident or incident, no such approval is necessary for the transportation of a cargo tank containing a hazardous material in TOFC service under the following condition(s):
</P>
<P>(1) There is an emergency need for the cargo tank in order to mitigate the consequences of an incident; and
</P>
<P>(2) Movement of the cargo tank is limited to transportation necessary for emergency purposes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-79, 59 FR 64744, Dec. 15, 1994, as amended by 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010; 77 FR 37985, June 25, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.67" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.3.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.67   Tank car unloading.</HEAD>
<P>For transloading operations, the following rules must be observed:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) Unloading operations must be performed by hazmat employees properly instructed in unloading hazardous materials and made responsible for compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Each hazmat employee who is responsible for unloading must apply the handbrake and block at least one wheel to prevent motion in any direction. If multiple tank cars are coupled together, sufficient hand brakes must be set and wheels blocked to prevent motion in both directions.


</P>
<P>(3) Each hazmat employee who is responsible for unloading must secure access to the track to prevent entry by other rail equipment, including motorized service vehicles. This requirement may be satisfied by lining each switch providing access to the unloading area against motion and securing each switch with an effective locking device, or by using derails, portable bumper blocks, or other equipment that provides an equivalent level of safety.






</P>
<P>(4) Each hazmat employee who is responsible for unloading must display caution signs on the track or on the tank cars to warn persons approaching the cars from the open end of the track and must be left up until after all closures are secured and the cars are in proper condition for transportation. The caution signs must be of metal or other durable material, rectangular, at 30.48 cm (12 inches) high by 38.10 cm (15 inches) wide, and bear the word “STOP.” The word “STOP” must appear in letters at least 10.16 cm (4 inches) high. The letters must be white on a blue background. Additional words, such as “Tank Car Connected” or “Crew at Work,” may also appear in white letters under the word “STOP.”
</P>
<P>(5) The transloading facility operator must maintain written safety procedures (such as those it may already be required to maintain pursuant to the Department of Labor's Occupational Safety and Health Administration requirements in 29 CFR 1910.119 and 1910.120) in a location where they are immediately available to hazmat employees responsible for the transloading operation.
</P>
<P>(6) Before a manhole cover or outlet valve cap is removed from a tank car, the car must be relieved of all interior pressure by cooling the tank with water or by venting the tank by raising the safety valve or opening the dome vent at short intervals. However, if venting to relieve pressure will cause a dangerous amount of vapor to collect outside the car, venting and unloading must be deferred until the pressure is reduced by allowing the car to stand overnight, otherwise cooling the contents, or venting to a closed collection system. These precautions are not necessary when the car is equipped with a manhole cover which hinges inward or with an inner manhole cover which does not have to be removed to unload the car, and when pressure is relieved by piping vapor into a condenser or storage tank.
</P>
<P>(b) After the pressure is released, for unloading processes that require the removal of the manhole cover, the seal must be broken and the manhole cover removed as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Screw type.</I> The cover must be loosened by placing a bar between the manhole cover lug and knob. After two complete turns, so that the vent openings are exposed, the operation must be stopped, and if there is any sound of escaping vapor, the cover must be screwed down tightly and the interior pressure relieved as prescribed in paragraph (a)(6) of this section, before again attempting to remove the cover.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Hinged and bolted type.</I> All nuts must be unscrewed one complete turn, after which same precautions as prescribed for screw type cover must be observed.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Interior type.</I> All dirt and cinders must be carefully removed from around the cover before the yoke is unscrewed.
</P>
<P>(c) When the car is unloaded through a bottom outlet valve, for unloading processes that require the removal of the manhole cover, the manhole cover must be adjusted as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Screw type.</I> The cover must be put in place, but not entirely screwed down, so that air may enter the tank through the vent holes in threaded flange of the cover.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Hinged and bolted type.</I> A non-metallic block must be placed under one edge of the cover.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Interior type.</I> The screw must be tightened up in the yoke so that the cover is brought up within one-half inch of the closed position.
</P>
<P>(d) When unloading through the bottom outlet of a car equipped with an interior manhole type cover, and in each case where unloading is done through the manhole (unless a special cover with a safety vent opening and a tight connection for the discharge outlet is used), the manhole must be protected by asbestos or metal covers against the entrance of sparks or other sources of ignition of vapor, or by being covered and surrounded with wet burlap or similar cloth material. The burlap or other cloth must be kept damp by the replacement or the application of water as needed.
</P>
<P>(e) Seals or other substances must not be thrown into the tank and the contents may not be spilled over the car or tank.
</P>
<P>(f) The valve rod handle or control in the dome must be operated several times to see that outlet valve in bottom of tank is on its seat before valve cap is removed.
</P>
<P>(g) The valve cap, or the reducer when a large outlet is to be used, must be removed with a suitable wrench after the set screws are loosened and a pail must be placed in position to catch any liquid that may be in the outlet chamber. If the valve cap or reducer does not unscrew easily, it may be tapped lightly with a mallet or wooden block in an upward direction. If leakage shows upon starting the removal, the cap or reducer may not be entirely unscrewed. Sufficient threads must be left engaged and sufficient time allowed to permit the controlled escape of any accumulation of liquid in the outlet chamber. If the leakage stops or the rate of leakage diminishes materially, the cap or reducer may be entirely removed. If the initial rate of leakage continues, further efforts must be made to seat the outlet valve (see paragraph (f) of this section). If this fails, the cap or reducer must be screwed up tight and the tank must be unloaded through the dome. If upon removal of the outlet cap the outlet chamber is found to be blocked with frozen liquid or any other matter, the cap must be replaced immediately and a careful examination must be made to determine whether the outlet casting has been cracked. If the obstruction is not frozen liquid, the car must be unloaded through the dome. If the obstruction is frozen liquid and no crack has been found in the outlet casting, the car may, if circumstances require it, be unloaded from the bottom by removing the cap and attaching unloading connections immediately. Before opening the valve inside the tank car with a frozen liquid blockage:
</P>
<P>(1) Steam must be applied to the outside of the outlet casting or the outlet casting must be wrapped with burlap or other rags and hot water applied to the wrapped casting to melt the frozen liquid; or
</P>
<P>(2) For combustible liquid or Class 3 liquid petroleum distillate fuels, the blockage may be cleared by attaching a fitting to the outlet line and applying nitrogen at a pressure not to exceed 100 psig.
</P>
<P>(h) Unloading connections must be securely attached to unloading pipes on the dome or to the bottom discharge outlets before any discharge valves are opened.
</P>
<P>(i) Throughout the entire period of unloading and while a tank car has unloading equipment attached, the facility operator must assure that the tank car is:
</P>
<P>(1) Attended by a designated hazmat employee who is physically present and who has an unobstructed view of the unloading operation; or
</P>
<P>(2) Monitored by a signaling system (<I>e.g.,</I> video system, sensing equipment, or mechanical equipment) that is observed by a designated hazmat employee located either in the immediate area of the tank car or at a remote location within the facility, such as a control room. The signaling system must—
</P>
<P>(i) Provide a level of surveillance equivalent to that provided in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (i); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide immediate notification to a designated hazmat employee of any system malfunction or other emergency so that, if warranted, responsive actions may be initiated immediately.
</P>
<P>(j) Attendance is not required when piping is attached to a top outlet of a tank car, equipped with a protective housing required under § 179.100-12 of this subchapter, for discharge of lading under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) All valves are tightly closed.
</P>
<P>(2) The piping is not connected to hose or other unloading equipment and is fitted with a cap or plug of appropriate material and construction.
</P>
<P>(3) The piping extends no more than 15.24 centimeters (6 inches) from the outer edge of the protective housing.
</P>
<P>(k) In the absence of the unloader, a tank car may stand with unloading connections attached when no product is being transferred under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The facility operator must designate a hazmat employee responsible for on-site monitoring of the transfer facility. The designated hazmat employee must be made familiar with the nature and properties of the product contained in the tank car; procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency; and, in the event of an emergency, have the ability and authority to take responsible actions.
</P>
<P>(2) When a signaling system is used in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section, the system must be capable of alerting the designated hazmat employee in the event of an emergency and providing immediate notification of any monitoring system malfunction. If the monitoring system does not have self-monitoring capability, the designated hazmat employee must check the monitoring system hourly for proper operation.
</P>
<P>(3) The tank car and facility shutoff valves must be secured in the closed position.
</P>
<P>(4) Brakes must be set and wheels locked in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Access to the track must be secured in accordance with paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(l) As soon as a tank car is completely unloaded, all valves must be made tight by the use of a bar, wrench or other suitable tool, the unloading connections must be removed and all other closures made tight.
</P>
<P>(m) Railroad defect cards may not be removed.
</P>
<P>(n) If oil or gasoline has been spilled on the ground around connections, it must be covered with fresh, dry sand or dirt.
</P>
<P>(o) All tools and implements used in connection with unloading must be kept free of oil, dirt, and grit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 174.67, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.81" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.3.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.81   Segregation of hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to materials which meet one or more of the hazard classes defined in this subchapter and are in packages which are required to be labeled or placarded under the provisions of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) When a rail car is to be transported by vessel, other than a ferry vessel, hazardous materials on or within that rail car must be stowed and segregated in accordance with § 176.83(b) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in § 173.12(e) of this subchapter, cyanides, cyanide mixtures or solutions may not be stored, loaded and transported with acids; Division 4.2 materials may not be stored, loaded and transported with Class 8 liquids; and Division 6.1 Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material may not be stored, loaded and transported with Class 3 material, Class 8 liquids, and Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 or 5.2 material.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, hazardous materials must be stored, loaded or transported in accordance with the following table and other provisions of this section:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Segregation Table for Hazardous Materials
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class or Division
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Notes
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1.1, 1.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1.3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1.4
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1.5
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1.6
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2.3 gas Zone A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2.3 gas Zone B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6.1 liquids PG I Zone A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">7
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8 liquids only
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Explosives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 and 1.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Explosives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Explosives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Very insensitive explosives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Extremely insensitive explosives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flammable gases</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-toxic, non-flammable gases</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Poisonous gas Zone A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Poisonous gas Zone B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flammable liquids</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flammable solids</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Spontaneously combustible materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dangerous when wet materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oxidizers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Organic peroxides</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Poisonous liquids PG I Zone A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Radioactive materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Corrosive liquids</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) Instructions for using the segregation table for hazardous materials in paragraph (d) of this section are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The absence of any hazard class or division, or a blank space in the table indicates that no restrictions apply.
</P>
<P>(2) The letter “X” in the table indicates that these materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored together in the same rail car or storage facility during the course of transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) The letter “O” in the table indicates that these materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored together in the same rail car or storage facility during the course of transportation unless separated in a manner that, in the event of leakage from packages under conditions normally incident to transportation, commingling of hazardous materials would not occur. Notwithstanding the methods of separation employed, Class 8 (corrosive) liquids may not be loaded above or adjacent to Class 4 (flammable) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materials; except that shippers may load carload shipments of such materials together when it is known that the mixture of contents would not cause a fire or a dangerous evolution of heat or gas.
</P>
<P>(4) The “*” in the table indicates that segregation among different Class 1 (explosive) materials is governed by the compatibility table in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The note “A” in the second column of the table means that, notwithstanding the requirements of the letter “X”, ammonium nitrate fertilizer may be loaded or stored with Division 1.1 (explosive) or Division 1.5 materials.
</P>
<P>(6) When the § 172.101 table or § 172.402 of this subchapter requires a package to bear a subsidiary hazard label, segregation appropriate to the subsidiary hazard must be applied when that segregation is more restrictive than that required by the primary hazard. However, hazardous materials of the same class may be loaded and transported together without regard to segregation required by any secondary hazard if the materials are not capable of reacting dangerously with each other and causing combustion or dangerous evolution of heat, evolution of flammable, poisonous, or asphyxiant gases, or formation of corrosive or unstable materials.
</P>
<P>(f) Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored together, except as provided in this section, and in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Compatibility Table For Class 1 (Explosive) Materials
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Compatibility group
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">D
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">E
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">G
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">J
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">K
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">L
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">N
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">S
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">J</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">S</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(g) Instructions for using the compatibility table for Class 1 (explosive) materials in paragraph (f) of this section are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A blank space in the table indicates that no restrictions apply.
</P>
<P>(2) The letter “X” in the table indicates that explosives of different compatibility groups may not be carried on the same rail car, unless packed in separate freight containers (e.g., two or more freight containers mounted upon the same rail car).
</P>
<P>(3) The numbers in the table mean the following:
</P>
<P>(i) “1” means explosives from compatibility group L may only be carried on the same rail car with an identical explosive.
</P>
<P>(ii) “2” means any combination of explosives from compatibility group C, D, or E is assigned to compatibility group E.
</P>
<P>(iii) “3” means any combination of explosives from compatibility group C, D, or E with those in compatibility group N is assigned to compatibility group D.
</P>
<P>(iv) “4” means detonators and detonating primers, Division 1.4S (explosives), may not be loaded in the same car with Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(v) “5” means Division 1.4S fireworks may not be loaded in the same car with Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(vi) “6” means explosive articles in compatibility group G, other than fireworks and those requiring special stowage, may be loaded and transported with articles of compatibility groups C, D and E, provided no explosive substances are carried in the same rail car.
</P>
<P>(h) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, explosives of the same compatibility group but of different divisions may be transported together provided that the whole shipment is transported as though its entire contents were of the lower numerical division (i.e., Division 1.1 being lower than Division 1.2). For example, a mixed shipment of Division 1.2 (explosive) materials and Division 1.4 (explosive) materials, compatibility group D, must be transported as Division 1.2 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(i) When Division 1.5 materials, compatibility group D are transported in the same freight container as Division 1.2 (explosive) materials, compatibility group D, the shipment must be transported as Division 1.1 (explosive) materials, compatibility group D.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52678, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66280, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45464, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 174-68, 57 FR 59310, Dec. 15, 1992; Amdt. 174-75, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 64 FR 10781, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 70 FR 3310, Jan. 24, 2005; 75 FR 27215, May 14, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Handling of Placarded Rail Cars, Transport Vehicles and Freight Containers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.82" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.4.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.82   General requirements for the handling of placarded rail cars, transport vehicles, freight containers, and bulk packages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless otherwise specified, this subpart does not apply to the handling of rail cars, transport vehicles, freight containers, or bulk packagings, which contain Division 1.6, combustible liquids, Division 6.1 PG III materials, or Class 9 materials.






</P>
<P>(b) A placarded rail car, transport vehicle, freight container, or bulk package may not be transported in a passenger train.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52680, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66281, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45464, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 174-74, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; 87 FR 79783, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.83" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.4.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.83   Switching placarded rail cars, transport vehicles, freight containers, and bulk packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In switching operations where the use of hand brakes is necessary—
</P>
<P>(1) It must be determined by trial whether a loaded, placarded car, or a car occupied by a rider in a draft containing a placarded car, has its hand brakes in proper working condition before it is cut off;
</P>
<P>(2) A loaded, placarded tank car or a draft which includes a loaded placarded tank car may not be cut off until the preceding rail car clears the ladder track; and
</P>
<P>(3) A loaded, placarded tank car or a draft which includes a loaded placarded tank car must clear the ladder track before another rail car is allowed to follow.
</P>
<P>(b) Any loaded rail car placarded for a Division 1.1 or Division 1.2 explosive, a Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A gas or a Division 6.1 PG I Hazard Zone A material, or a Class DOT 113 tank car displaying a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) placard, including a Class DOT 113 tank car containing only a residue of a Division 2.1 material, may not be:
</P>
<P>(1) Cut off while in motion;
</P>
<P>(2) Coupled into with more force than is necessary to complete the coupling; or
</P>
<P>(3) Struck by any car moving under its own momentum.
</P>
<P>(c) A placarded flatcar, or a flatcar carrying a placarded transport vehicle, freight container, or bulk packaging under this subchapter may not be cut off while in motion.
</P>
<P>(d) No rail car moving under its own momentum may be permitted to strike any placarded flatcar or any flatcar carrying a placarded transport vehicle, freight container, or bulk packaging.
</P>
<P>(e) No placarded flatcar or any flatcar carrying a placarded transport vehicle, freight container, or bulk packaging may be coupled into with more force than is necessary to complete the coupling.
</P>
<P>(f) When transporting a rail car, transport vehicle, or freight container placarded for Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials in a terminal, yard, or on a side track or siding, the placarded rail car must be separated from the engine by at least one non-placarded rail car and must be placed in a location so that it will be safe from danger of fire. A rail car, transport vehicle, or freight container placarded for Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials may not be placed under a bridge or overhead crossing, or in or alongside a passenger shed or station, except during transfer operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52680, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66281, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 174-75, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 174-77, 59 FR 48549, Sept. 21, 1994; Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.84" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.4.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.84   Position in train of loaded placarded rail cars, transport vehicles, freight containers or bulk packagings when accompanied by guards or technical escorts.</HEAD>
<P>A rail car placarded in Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive); Division 2.3 (Hazard Zone A; poisonous gas); or Division 6.1 (PG I, Hazard Zone A; poisonous liquid) in a moving or standing train must be next to and ahead of any car occupied by the guards or technical escorts accompanying the placarded rail car. However, if a rail car occupied by the guards or technical escorts has temperature control equipment in operation, it must be the fourth car behind any car requiring Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) placards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52680, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66281, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.85" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.4.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.85   Position in train of placarded cars, transport vehicles, freight containers, and bulk packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the position in a train of each loaded placarded car, transport vehicle, freight container, and bulk packaging must conform to the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A car placarded “RADIOACTIVE” must comply with train positioning requirements of paragraph (d) of this section and must be separated from a locomotive, occupied caboose, or carload of undeveloped film by at least one non-placarded car.
</P>
<P>(c) A tank car containing the residue of a hazardous material must be separated from a locomotive or occupied caboose by at least one rail car other than a placarded tank car.
</P>
<P>(d) Position of rail cars in a train. In the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Position in Train of Placarded Cars Transporting Hazardous Materials
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">RESTRICTIONS
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Placard Group 1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Placard Group 2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Placard Group 3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Placard Group 4
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rail Car
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tank Car
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rail Car
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tank Car
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rail Car
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rail Car
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. When train length permits, placarded car may not be nearer than the sixth car from the engine or occupied caboose</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. When train length does not permit, placarded car must be placed near the middle of the train, but not nearer than the second car from an engine or occupied caboose</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. A placarded car may not be placed next to an open-top car when any of the lading in the open top car protrudes beyond the car ends, or if the lading shifted, would protrude beyond the car ends.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. A placarded car may not be placed next to a loaded flat car, except closed TOFC/COFC equipment, auto carriers, and other specially equipped cars with tie-down devices for securing vehicles. Permanent bulk head flat cars are considered the same as open-top cars</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. A placarded car may not be placed next to any transport vehicle or freight container having an internal combustion engine or an open-flame device in operation.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Placarded cars may not be placed next to each other based on the following:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Placard Group 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Placard Group 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Placard Group 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Placard Group 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">PLACARD GROUP:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Group 1—Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Group 2—Divisions 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 (explosive), Class 2 (compressed gas; other than Div 2.3, PG I, Zone A), Class 3 (flammable liquid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxidizing), Class 6 (poisonous liquid; other than Div 6.1, PG I, Zone A), and Class 8 (corrosive) materials.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Group 3—Divisions 2.3 (Zone A; poisonous gas) and 6.1 (PG I, Zone A; poisonous liquid) materials.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Group 4—Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(1) Where an “X” appears at the intersection of a Placard Group column and a Restriction row, the corresponding restriction applies.
</P>
<P>(2) “Rail Car” means a car other than a tank car.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this subpart, each unit of an articulated intermodal rail car shall be considered as one car.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52680, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 45464, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 28678, June 5, 1996; Amdt.174-83, 61 FR 50255, Sept. 25, 1996; Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.86" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.4.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.86   Maximum allowable operating speed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For molten metals and molten glass shipped in packagings other than those prescribed in § 173.247 of this subchapter, the maximum allowable operating speed may not exceed 24 km/hour (15 mph) for shipments by rail.
</P>
<P>(b) For trains transporting any loaded, placarded tank cars containing a material poisonous by inhalation, the maximum allowable operating speed may not exceed 80.5 km/hour (50 mph) for shipments by rail.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 1801, Jan. 13, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Class I (Explosive) Materials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.101" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.5.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.101   Loading Class 1 (explosive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Boxes containing Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials must be loaded so that the ends of wooden boxes will not bear against sides of any fiberboard boxes and so that the ends of any box will not cause a pressure point on a small area of another box.
</P>
<P>(b) Explosive bombs, unfuzed projectiles, rocket ammunition and rocket motors, Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials, which are not packed in wooden boxes, or large metal packages of incendiary bombs, each weighing 226 kg (500 pounds) or more, may be loaded in stock cars or in flat bottom gondola cars only if they are adequately braced. Boxed bombs, rocket ammunition and rocket motors, Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials, which due to their size cannot be loaded in closed cars, may be loaded in open-top cars or on flatcars, provided they are protected from the weather and accidental ignition.
</P>
<P>(c) Boxes of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials packed in long cartridges, bags, or sift-proof liners, and containing no liquid explosive ingredient, may be loaded on their sides or ends.
</P>
<P>(d) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials may not be loaded higher than any permanent car lining unless additional lining is provided as high as the lading.
</P>
<P>(e) When the lading of a car includes any Class 1 (explosive) materials, the weight of the lading must be distributed insofar as possible to equalize the weight on each side of the car and over the trucks.
</P>
<P>(f) Except when boxed, metal kegs containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be loaded on their sides with their ends toward the ends of the car. Packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be placed in the space opposite the doors unless the doorways are boarded on the inside as high as the lading. This paragraph does not apply to palletized packages if they are braced so they cannot fall or slide into the doorways during transportation.
</P>
<P>(g) Wooden kegs, fiber kegs, barrels, and drums must be loaded on their sides or ends, to best suit the conditions.


</P>
<P>(h) Packages containing any Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials for (see § 174.104), detonators, detonator assemblies, or boosters with detonators must be securely blocked and braced to prevent the packages from changing position, falling to the floor, or sliding into each other, under conditions normally incident to transportation. Class 1 (explosive) materials must be loaded so as to avoid transfer at stations. For recommended methods of blocking and bracing, see the Intermodal Loading Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers (see Table 1 to § 171.7 of this subchapter). Heavy packages or containers must be trucked, rolled, or moved by skids, fork trucks, or other handling devices and may not be dropped from trucks, platforms, or cars. Planks for rolling trucks from platforms to cars must have beveled ends. Loading platforms and the shoes of each workman must be free from grit. All possible precautions must be taken against fire. Class 1 (explosive) materials must be kept in a safe place and inaccessible to unauthorized persons while being held by a carrier for loading or delivery.






</P>
<P>(i) To prevent delays of local freight trains, when there are shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials for different destinations loaded in a “peddler car” or “way car” the shipment for each destination must be stayed separately.
</P>
<P>(j) Forwarding and transfer stations for Class 1 (explosive) materials must be provided with the necessary materials for staying.
</P>
<P>(k) Shippers must furnish the material for staying packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials loaded by them.
</P>
<P>(l) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored in a rail car equipped with any type of lighted heater or open-flame device, or electric devices having exposed heating coils, or in a rail car equipped with any apparatus or mechanism utilizing an internal combustion engine in its operation.
</P>
<P>(m) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(n) A container car or freight container on a flatcar or a gondola car other than a drop-bottom car, when properly loaded, blocked, and braced to prevent change of position under conditions normally incident to transportation, may be used to transport any Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) material except black powder packed in metal containers. A freight container must be designed, constructed, and maintained so as to be weather tight and capable of preventing the entrance of sparks. In addition:
</P>
<P>(1) A freight container must be of such design and so braced as to show no evidence of failure of the container or the bracing when subjected to impact from each end of at least 13 km (8.1 miles) per hour. Its efficiency shall be determined by actual test, using dummy loads equal in weight and general character to material to be shipped.
</P>
<P>(2) A container car or car which is loaded with freight containers must be placarded with the Class 1 (explosive) materials placards as required by subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter and with properly executed car certificates as required by § 174.104.
</P>
<P>(3) Lading must be so loaded, blocked, and braced within the freight container that it will not change position under impact from each end of at least 13 km (8.1 miles) per hour.
</P>
<P>(o) Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials may be loaded and transported in a tight closed truck body or trailer on a flatcar. Wooden boxed bombs, rocket ammunition, and rocket motors, Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials, which due to their size cannot be loaded in tight, closed truck bodies or trailers, may be loaded in or on open-top truck bodies or trailers. However, they must be protected against accidental ignition. In addition:
</P>
<P>(1) Each truck body or trailer must meet the requirements of part 177 of this subchapter, applicable to shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials by motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) Each truck body or trailer must be secured on the rail car so that it will not permanently change position or show evidence of failure or impending failure of the method of securing the truck body or trailer under impact from each end of at least 13 km (8.1 miles) per hour. Its efficiency must be determined by actual test, using dummy loads equal in weight and general character to the material to be shipped. For recommended methods of blocking and bracing, see the Intermodal Loading Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(3) Lading must be loaded, blocked, and braced within or on the truck body or trailer so that the lading will not change position under impact from each end of at least 13 km (8.1 miles) per hour. For recommended methods of blocking and bracing, see the Intermodal Loading Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(4) Each rail car containing Class 1 (explosive) materials and each rail car loaded with truck bodies, trailers or containers containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be placarded with Class 1 (explosive) materials placards as required by subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter and with properly executed car certificates as required by § 174.104.
</P>
<P>(5) Each fuel tank of a heater or refrigerating machinery on the truck bodies or trailers must be drained and all automatic heating or refrigerating machinery must be made inoperative by disconnection of the automatic controls or the source of power for their operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-26B, 41 FR 57071, Dec. 30, 1976; Amdt. 174-36, 44 FR 70732, Dec. 10, 1979; Amdt. 174-59, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52681, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 43531, July 20, 2011; 87 FR 79783, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.102" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.5.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.102   Forbidden mixed loading and storage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials and initiating or priming explosives may not be transported together in the same rail car. Additionally, they may not be transported or loaded in the same rail car or stored on carrier property with charged electric storage batteries or with any hazardous material for which a NONFLAMMABLE GAS, FLAMMABLE GAS, FLAMMABLE LIQUID, FLAMMABLE SOLID, OXIDIZER, ORGANIC PEROXIDE, RADIOACTIVE or CORROSIVE label is required.
</P>
<P>(b) Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be loaded together or with other hazardous materials, except as provided in § 174.81. See § 174.104 for loading shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials or any other material in a placarded and certified car containing a shipment of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52681, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.103" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.5.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.103   Disposition of damaged or astray shipments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials found damaged or broken in transit may be repaired when practicable and not dangerous. A broken box of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials that cannot be repaired must be reinforced by stout wrapping paper and twine, placed in another strong box and surrounded by dry, fine sawdust or dry and clean cotton waste or elastic wads made from dry newspapers. A ruptured can or keg must be sealed and enclosed in a strong cloth bag of good quality and boxed. Damaged packages thus protected and properly marked may be forwarded. The box and waybill must be marked to indicate that it has been repacked.
</P>
<P>(b) Care must be exercised in repacking damaged containers so that no spark is produced by contact of metal or other hard surfaces which could ignite loose particles of explosive compositions that may be strewn on car floors or freight. In addition, the car floors must be thoroughly swept, and washed with a plentiful supply of water. Iron-wheel trucks, metal hammers, or other metal tools that may produce sparks may not be used. Metal tools must be limited to those made of brass, bronze, or copper.
</P>
<P>(c) Each package of Class 1 (explosive) materials showing evidence of leakage of liquid ingredients must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be refused if leakage is discovered before acceptance;
</P>
<P>(2) Be disposed of to a person who is competent and willing to remove them from the carrier's property, if the leakage is discovered while the shipment is in transit; or
</P>
<P>(3) Be removed immediately by consignee, if the leakage is discovered at the shipment's destination.
</P>
<P>(d) When the disposition required by paragraph (c) of this section cannot be made, the leaking package must be packed in other boxes large enough to permit enclosure and the leaking boxes must be surrounded by at least 5 cm (2 inches) of dry, fine sawdust or dry and clean cotton waste, and be stored in a station magazine or other safe place until the arrival of an inspector of the Bureau of Explosives, or other authorized person, to superintend the destruction or disposition of the condemned material.
</P>
<P>(e) If careful inspection shows that an astray shipment of Class 1 (explosive) materials is in proper condition for safe transportation, it must be forwarded immediately to its destination if known, or returned to the shipper by the most practicable route.
</P>
<P>(f) When a package in an astray shipment is not in proper condition for safe transportation (see paragraphs (a), (c), and (d) of this section), or when the name and address of the consignee and the shipper are unknown, disposition must be made as prescribed by paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52681, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.104" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.5.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.104   Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials; car selection, preparation, inspection, and certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 174.101 (b), (n), and (o), Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials being transported by rail may be transported only in a certified and properly placarded closed car of not less than 36,300 kg (80,028 pounds) capacity, with steel underframes and friction draft gear or cushioned underframe, except that on a narrow-gauge railroad they may be transported in a car of less capacity as long as the car of greatest capacity and strength available is used.
</P>
<P>(b) Each rail car used for transporting Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials must meet the following requirements as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) The car must be equipped with air brakes, hand brakes, and roller bearings which are in condition for service.
</P>
<P>(2) The car may not have any holes or cracks in the roof, sides, ends, or doors through which sparks may enter, or unprotected decayed spots which may hold sparks and start a fire.
</P>
<P>(3) The roof of the car must be carefully inspected from the outside for decayed spots, especially under or near the running board, and such spots must be covered or repaired to prevent their holding fire from sparks. A car with a roof generally decayed, even if tight, may not be used.
</P>
<P>(4) The doors must close tightly so that sparks cannot get in at the joints, and, if necessary to achieve this degree of tightness, the doors must be stripped. The stripping should be placed on the inside and fastened to the door frames where it will form a shoulder against which the closed doors are pressed by means of wedges or cleats in door shoes or keepers. The openings under the doors should be similarly closed. The hasp fastenings must be examined with the doors closed and fastened, and the doors must be cleated when necessary to prevent them from shifting. When the car is opened for any reason, the wedges or cleats must be replaced before car containing Class 1 (explosive) materials is permitted to proceed.
</P>
<P>(5) The roller bearings and the trucks must be carefully examined and put in such condition as to reduce to a minimum the danger of hotboxes or other failure necessitating the setting out of the car before reaching its destination.
</P>
<P>(6) The car must be carefully swept out before it is loaded. For less-than-carload shipments the space in which the packages are to be loaded must be carefully swept. If evidence of a potential hazardous residue is apparent after the floor has been swept, the carrier must either decontaminate the car or provide a suitable substitute car.
</P>
<P>(7) Any holes in the floor or lining must be repaired and special care taken that there are no projecting nails or bolts or exposed pieces of metal which may work loose or produce holes in packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials during transit. Protruding nails in the floor or lining which have worked loose must be drawn, and if necessary for the purpose of fastening the floor or lining, new nails must be driven through other parts thereof.
</P>
<P>(8) Metal floor plates must be completely covered with wood, plywood, or fiber or composition sheets of adequate thickness and strength to prevent contact of the floor plates with the packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials under conditions incident to transportation, except that the covering of metal floor plates is not necessary for carload shipments loaded by the Department of Defense provided the Class 1 (explosive) materials are of such nature that they are not liable to leakage of dust, powder, or vapor which might become the cause of an explosion.
</P>
<P>(9) If the car is equipped with automobile loading devices, it may not be used unless the loading device is securely attached to the roof of the car with fastenings supplementing those already provided and so fixed that it cannot fall.
</P>
<P>(10) The car must be equipped with high-friction composition brake shoes (except metal deck flat cars used for COFC/TOFC service may be equipped with high phosphorus cast iron brakeshoes) and brake rigging designed for this type of brake shoe. Each brake shoe on the car must be at least 1 cm (0.4 inch) thick, and in safe and suitable condition for service.
</P>
<P>(11) The car must have either a metal subfloor with no combustible material exposed beneath the car, or metal spark shields extending from center sill to side sills and from end sills to at least 30 cm (12 inches) beyond the extreme treads of the inside wheels of each truck, which are tightly fitted against the subfloor so that there is no vacant space or combustible material exposed. The metal subfloor or spark shields may not have an accumulation of oil, grease, or other debris which could support combustion.
</P>
<P>(c) Before Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials may be loaded into a rail car, the car must have been inspected and certified to be in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section by a qualified person designated under § 215.11 of this title. The certification shall be made in Car Certificate No. 1 on the form prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) If the carrier furnishes the car to a shipper for loading Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials, the shipper or his authorized employee shall, before commencing the loading of the car, inspect the interior thereof, and after loading certify to the proper condition of the car and the loading. This certification shall be made on the first signature line in Car Certificate No. 2 on the form prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section. In addition, the finished load must be inspected and certified to be in compliance with the requirements of this part by a qualified person designated under § 215.11 of this title before the car goes forward. This certification shall be made on the second signature line in Car Certificate No. 2 on the form prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section. If the loading is performed by the carrier, Car Certificate No. 2 may only be signed by a qualified person designated under § 215.11 of this title.
</P>
<P>(e) If a trailer or container containing Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials is loaded on a flatcar, the loading and securing of the load on the car must be supervised by a representative of the shipper or carrier. The certification shall be made in Car Certificate No. 3 on the form prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Each car certificate for use in connection with the inspection of rail cars for the carriage of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials shall be printed on strong tag board measuring 18 by 18 cm (7.1 by 7.1 inches) or 15 by 20 cm (5.9 by 7.9 inches). It must be duly executed in triplicate by the carrier, and by the shipper if he loads the shipments. The original must be filed by the carrier at the forwarding station in a separate file and the other two must be attached to the car, one to each outer side on a fixed placard board or as otherwise provided.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>__________ Railroad
</FP>
<HD3>CAR CERTIFICATE
</HD3>
<FP>No. 1 ___ Station ______
</FP>
<FP>20__.
</FP>
<P>I hereby certify that I have this day personally examined Car Number ___ and that the car is in condition for service and complies with the FRA Freight Car Safety Standards (49 CFR part 215) and with the requirements for freight cars used to transport explosives prescribed by the DOT Hazardous Materials Regulation (49 CFR part 174).
</P>
<FP-1>Qualified Person Designated Under 49 CFR 215.11
</FP-1>
<FP>No. 2 ___ Station ______
</FP>
<FP>20 __.
</FP>
<P>I have this day personally examined the above car and hereby certify that the explosives in or on this car, or in or on vehicles or in containers have been loaded and braced; that placards have been applied, according to the regulations prescribed by the Department of Transportation; and that the doors of cars so equipped fit or have been stripped so that sparks cannot enter.
</P>
<FP>Shipper or his authorized agent
</FP>
<FP-1>Qualified Person Designated Under 49 CFR 215.11
</FP-1>
<FP>No. 3 ___ Station ______
</FP>
<FP>20 __.
</FP>
<P>I hereby certify that I have this day personally supervised the loading of the vehicles or containers on and their securement to the above car.
</P>
<FP-1>Shipper or railway employee inspecting loading and securement
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>A shipper must decline to use a car not in proper condition.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>All certificates, where applicable, must be signed.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 174.104, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.105" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.5.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.105   Routing shipments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>Before a shipment of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials destined to a point beyond the lines of the initial carrier is accepted from the shipper, the initial carrier shall ascertain that the shipment can go forward by the route designated. To avoid delays en route, the initial carrier must be in possession of full rate information before forwarding the shipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.106" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.5.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.106   “Order-Notify” or “C.O.D.” shipments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A carrier may not accept for transportation Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials, detonators, or detonating primers in any quantity when consigned to “order-notify” or “C.O.D.”, except on a through bill of lading to a place outside the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) A carrier may not accept for transportation Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials, detonators, or detonating primers which the shipper consigns to himself unless the shipper has a resident representative to receive them at the delivery point.
</P>
<P>(c) A carrier may not accept Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials for transportation subject to “stop-off privileges en route for partial loading or unloading.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-36, 44 FR 70732, Dec. 10, 1979; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.110" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.5.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.110   Car magazine.</HEAD>
<P>When specially authorized by the carrier, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials in quantity not exceeding 68 kg (150 pounds) may be carried in construction or repair cars if the packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials are placed in a “magazine” box made of sound lumber not less than 2.5 cm (0.98 inch) thick, covered on the exterior with metal, and provided with strong handles. The box must be plainly stenciled on the top, sides, and ends, in letters not less than 5 cm (2 inches) high, “EXPLOSIVES—DANGEROUS—HANDLE CAREFULLY”. The box must be provided with strong hinges and with a lock for keeping it securely closed. Vacant space in the box must be filled with a cushioning material such as sawdust or excelsior, and the box must be properly stayed to prevent shifting within the car. The car must be placarded with EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or 1.2 (EXPLOSIVES A) placards when the magazine contains Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.112" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.5.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.112   Loading Division 1.3 materials and Division 1.2 (explosive) materials (Also see § 174.101).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Division 1.3 materials and Division 1.2 (explosive) materials may not be loaded, transported or stored in a rail car equipped with any type of lighted heater or open-flame device, or in a rail car equipped with any apparatus or mechanism utilizing an internal combustion engine in its operation.


</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in § 174.101(b), (n), or (o), Division 1.3 materials and Division 1.2 (explosive) materials must be transported in a closed car or container car which is in good condition, and into which sparks cannot enter. The car does not require the car certificates prescribed in § 174.104(c) through (f). If the doors are not tight, they must be stripped to prevent the entrance of sparks. Wood floored cars must be equipped with spark shields (<I>see</I> § 174.104). Packages of Division 1.3 materials and Division 1.2 (explosive) materials must be blocked and braced to prevent their shifting and possible damage due to shifting of other freight during transportation. For recommended methods of blocking and bracing see the Intermodal Loading Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers (<I>see</I> Table 1 to § 171.7 of this subchapter).






</P>
<P>(c) Division 1.3 materials and Division 1.2 (explosive) materials may not be transported in a truck body, trailer, or container on a flatcar unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The truck body, trailer, or container is closed and tight;
</P>
<P>(2) All automatic heating or refrigerating machinery with which the truck body, trailer, or container is equipped is inoperative; and
</P>
<P>(3) Packages of Division 1.2 materials and Division 1.3 (explosive) materials are blocked and braced within the truck body, trailer, or container to prevent their shifting and possible damage due to shifting of other freight during transportation (ends, sidewalls, or doors of the truck body, trailer, or container may not be relied on to prevent the shifting of heavy loads). For recommended methods of blocking and bracing see the Intermodal Loading Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26B, 41 FR 57072, Dec. 30, 1976; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 174-83, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003; 76 FR 43531, July 20, 2011; 87 FR 79783, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.114" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.5.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.114   Record to be made of change of seals on “Cars loaded with Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials”.</HEAD>
<P>When a car seal is changed on a car requiring “EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or EXPLOSIVES 1.2 (EXPLOSIVES A) placards” while en route or before delivery to a consignee, a record of the change showing the following information must be made on or attached to the waybill or other form of memorandum which must accompany the car to its destination:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>    Railroad  Place  Date
</FP>
<FP>  Car Initials  Car Number Number or description of seal broken
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Number or description of seal used to reseal car
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Reasons for opening car
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Condition of load
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Name and occupation of person opening car</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.115" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.5.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.115   Loading Division 1.4 (explosive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Division 1.4 (explosive) materials may be loaded into any closed car in good condition, or into any container car in good condition. Car certificates are not required. Packages of Division 1.4 (explosive) materials must be blocked and braced to prevent their shifting and possible damage due to shifting of other freight during transportation. For methods of recommended loading and bracing see the Intermodal Loading Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers (see Table 1 to § 171.7 of this subchapter).




</P>
<P>(b) Division 1.4 (explosive) materials may not be transported in a truck body, trailer, or container on a flatcar unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The truck body, trailer, or container is closed and tight;
</P>
<P>(2) All automatic heating or refrigerating machinery with which the truck body, trailer, or container is equipped is inoperative; and
</P>
<P>(3) Packages of Division 1.4 (explosive) materials are blocked and braced within the truck body, trailer, or container to prevent their shifting and possible damage due to shifting of other freight during transportation. Ends, side walls, or doors of the truck body, trailer, or container may not be relied on to prevent shifting of heavy loads. For recommended methods of blocking and bracing see the Intermodal Loading Guide for Products in Closed Trailers and Containers (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-36, 44 FR 70732, Dec. 10, 1979; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003; 76 FR 43531, July 20, 2011; 87 FR 79783, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Detailed Requirements for Class 2 (Gases) Materials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.200" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.6.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.200   Special handling requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored in a rail car equipped with any type of lighted heater or open-flame device, or in a rail car equipped with any apparatus or mechanism utilizing an internal combustion engine in its operation.
</P>
<P>(b) Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials may not be loaded in a truck body or trailer equipped with any type of lighted heater or any automatic heating or refrigerating apparatus when such truck bodies or trailers are loaded on flatcars except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Heating or refrigeration apparatus may be operated on a motor vehicle loaded on a flatcar when the motor vehicle is loaded with Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The lading space is not equipped with any electrical apparatus that is not non-sparking or explosion-proof;
</P>
<P>(2) There is no combustion apparatus in the lading space;
</P>
<P>(3) There is no connection for the return of air from the lading space to any combustion apparatus; and
</P>
<P>(4) The heating system conforms to § 393.77 of this title and does not heat any part of the lading over 54 °C (129 °F).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66281, Dec. 20, 1991; 85 FR 45030, July 24, 2020; 90 FR 26459, June 23, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.201" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.6.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.201   Class 2 (gases) material cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, cylinders containing Class 2 (gases) materials being transported in a rail car must be:
</P>
<P>(1) Securely lashed in an upright position so as to prevent their overturning;
</P>
<P>(2) Loaded into racks securely attached to the car;
</P>
<P>(3) Packed in boxes or crates of such dimensions as to prevent their overturning; or
</P>
<P>(4) Loaded in a horizontal position.
</P>
<P>(b) Specification DOT-4L (§ 178.57 of this subchapter) cylinders being transported in a rail car must be loaded in an upright position and be securely braced.
</P>
<P>(c) Cylinders containing Class 2 (gases) materials may be transported in stock cars, gondola cars and flat cars. However, they may not be transported in hopper bottom cars.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-32, 43 FR 48644, Oct. 19, 1978; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.204" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.6.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.204   Tank car delivery of gases, including cryogenic liquids.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A tank car containing Class 2 (gases) material may not be unloaded unless it is consigned for delivery and unloaded on a private track (see § 171.8 of this subchapter). However, if a private track is not available, it may be delivered and unloaded on carrier tracks subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) A tank car of DOT-106A or 110A type (§ 179.300 or § 179.301 of this subchapter) may not be delivered and the loaded unit tanks may not be removed from the car frame on carrier tracks. However, a carrier may give permission for the unloading of these containers on carrier tracks only if a private siding is not available within a reasonable trucking distance of the final destination. In addition, before the car is accepted for transportation, the shipper must obtain from the delivering carrier and file with the originating carrier, written permission for the removal and the consignee must furnish an adequately strong mechanical hoist by which the tanks can be lifted from the car and deposited directly upon vehicles furnished by the consignee for immediate removal from carrier property.
</P>
<P>(2) The following tank cars may not be delivered and unloaded on carrier tracks unless the lading is piped directly from the car to permanent storage tanks of sufficient capacity to receive the entire contents of the car; however, such cars may be stored on a private track (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) or on carrier tracks designated by the carrier for such storage:
</P>
<P>(i) A tank car containing Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material that is a cryogenic liquid; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A tank car, except for a DOT-106A or 110A multi-unit tank car tank (§ 179.300 or § 179.301 of this subchapter), containing anhydrous ammonia; hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid; hydrocarbon gas, liquefied; or liquefied petroleum gas; and having interior pipes for liquid and gas discharge valves equipped with check valves.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-26A, 41 FR 40685, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 174-32, 43 FR 48644, Oct. 19, 1978; Amdt. 174-43, 48 FR 27699, June 16, 1983; 48 FR 50440, 50441, Nov. 1, 1983; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52682, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.290" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.6.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.290   Materials extremely poisonous by inhalation shipped by, for, or to the Department of Defense.</HEAD>
<P>(a) General. The provisions of this section apply only to materials extremely poisonous by inhalation which are Division 2.3 materials in Hazard Zone A and Division 6.1 materials in Hazard Zone A, as defined in § 173.133(a)(2) of this subchapter. Such materials when shipped by, for, or to the Department of Defense may be transported by rail only if loaded and handled in accordance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or a Division 6.1 Hazard Zone A material extremely poisonous by inhalation may be transported in:
</P>
<P>(1) UN 1N1 or UN 1N2 metal drums or equivalent military specification metal drums, by boxcar, gondola car (flat bottom), or stock car in carload lots. See §§ 174.55 and 174.600 for blocking, bracing, and stowage requirements;
</P>
<P>(2) Tanks which are authorized under this subchapter for a Hazard Zone A material extremely poisonous by inhalation, Specification DOT 106A (§§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this subchapter), mounted on or secured to a multi-unit car or gondola car (flat bottom) in carload lots only;
</P>
<P>(3) Bombs, by boxcar, or gondola car (flat bottom) in carload lots only; or
</P>
<P>(4) Projectiles or ammunition for cannon with gas filled projectiles, by boxcar in carload or less-than-carload lots.
</P>
<P>(c) Each shipment of one or more carloads of a material extremely poisonous by inhalation, as described in paragraph (b) of this section, must be accompanied by a Department of Defense qualified escort supplied with equipment to handle leaks and other packaging failures which could result in escape of the material. The escort shall remain with the shipment during the entire time that it is in the custody of the carrier and in the event of leakage or escape of material, shall make repairs and perform decontamination as necessary.
</P>
<P>(d) When a material extremely poisonous by inhalation is transported in a tank, the tank must be securely mounted on a rail car especially provided for it or on a gondola car prepared with substantial wooden frames and blocks.
</P>
<P>(e) Bombs, projectiles, and cannon ammunition being transported by rail must be loaded, blocked and braced as shown in Bureau of Explosives Pamphlet No. 6A, or Department of Defense specifications. When a shipment is loaded in a gondola car it must be securely blocked and braced and not loaded higher than the sides of the car.
</P>
<P>(f) When a material extremely poisonous by inhalation is transported in drums with filling holes in the heads, they must be loaded on their bottoms. They may be loaded in rows, lengthwise of the car and any space between the sides of the car and the nearest row of drums must be “filled in” with wooden boards or lumber nailed to sides of the car sufficient in length and width to contact both hoops of drums, or they may be loaded across the car in staggered stacks of which the number of drums in alternate stacks is reduced by one drum. All drums in stacks following the first stack loaded in the end of the car must be placed tightly into the angle of the space formed by the sidewalls of the drum in the preceding stack. Any space between the sides of the car and the drums in stacks having the greater number of drums must be filled in with wooden boards or lumber nailed to sides of the car sufficient in length and width to contact both hoops of the drums.
</P>
<P>(g) When a material extremely poisonous by inhalation is transported in drums with filling holes in the sides, they must be loaded on their sides with the filling holes up. They must be loaded lengthwise of the car in rows and any space between the sides of the car and the nearest row of drums must be filled in with wooden boards or lumber nailed to sides of the car sufficient in length and width to contact both hoops of the drums.


</P>
<P>(h) When a material extremely poisonous by inhalation is transported in drums in a boxcar, they must be loaded from ends of the car toward the space between the car doors, and there braced by center gates and wedges.
</P>
<P>(i) The doorways of a boxcar in which a material poisonous by inhalation is being transported must be protected.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52683, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 174-74, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 87 FR 79783, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Detailed Requirements for Class 3 (Flammable Liquid) Materials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.300" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.7.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.300   Special handling requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored in a rail car equipped with any type of lighted heater or open-flame device, or in a rail car equipped with any apparatus or mechanism utilizing an internal combustion engine in its operation.
</P>
<P>(b) A truck body or trailer which is loaded with a Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials and equipped with a lighted heater or any automatic heating or refrigerating apparatus may not be loaded on a flatcar except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Heating or refrigeration apparatus on a motor vehicle loaded with Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials may be operated while the motor vehicle is loaded on a flatcar only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The lading space is not equipped with any electrical apparatus that is not non-sparking or explosion-proof;
</P>
<P>(2) There is no combustion apparatus in the lading space;
</P>
<P>(3) There is no connection for the return of air from the lading space to any combustion apparatus; and
</P>
<P>(4) The heating system conforms to § 393.77 of this title and does not heat any part of the lading over 54 °C (129 °F).
</P>
<P>(d) Metal barrels or drums containing Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials may be transported in a steel gondola or flatcar or in a stock car. However, they may not be transported in a hopper bottom car.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-31, 43 FR 31143, July 20, 1978; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52683, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.304" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.7.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.304   Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials in tank cars.</HEAD>
<P>A tank car containing a Class 3 (flammable liquid) material, other than liquid road asphalt or tar, may not be transported by rail unless it is originally consigned or subsequently reconsigned to a party having a private track on which it is to be delivered and unloaded (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) or to a party using railroad siding facilities which are equipped for piping the liquid from the tank car to permanent storage tanks of sufficient capacity to receive the entire contents of the car.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-32, 43 FR 48644, Oct. 19, 1978; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52683, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.310" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.7.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.310   Requirements for the operation of high-hazard flammable trains.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> Each rail carrier operating a high-hazard flammable train (as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter) must comply with each of the following additional safety requirements with respect to each high-hazard flammable train that it operates:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Routing.</I> The additional planning requirements for transportation by rail in accordance with part 172, subpart I of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Speed restrictions.</I> All trains are limited to a maximum speed of 50 mph. The train is further limited to a maximum speed of 40 mph while that train travels within the limits of high-threat urban areas (HTUAs) as defined in § 1580.3 of this title, unless all tank cars containing a Class 3 flammable liquid meet or exceed the DOT Specification 117 standards, the DOT Specification 117P performance standards, or the DOT Specification 117R retrofit standards provided in part 179, subpart D of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Braking.</I> Each rail carrier operating a high-hazard flammable train (as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter) operating at a speed in excess of 30 mph must ensure the train is equipped and operated with either a two-way end-of-train (EOT) device, as defined in 49 CFR 232.5, or a distributed power (DP) system, as defined in 49 CFR 229.5.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>New tank cars.</I> After October 1, 2015, tank cars manufactured for use in a HHFT must meet:
</P>
<P>(i) DOT Specification 117, or 117P performance standard in part 179, subpart D of this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An authorized tank specification as specified in part 173, subpart F of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Retrofit reporting.</I> Owners of non-jacketed DOT-111 tank cars in PG I service in an HHFT, who are unable to meet the January 1, 2017, retrofit deadline specified in § 173.243(a)(1) of this subchapter are required to submit a report by March 1, 2017, to Department of Transportation. A group representing owners may submit a consolidated report to the Department of Transportation in lieu of individual reports from each tank car owner. The report must include the following information regarding the retrofitting progress:
</P>
<P>(i) The total number of tank cars retrofitted to meet the DOT-117R specification;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total number of tank cars built or retrofitted to meet the DOT-117P specification;
</P>
<P>(iii) The total number of DOT-111 tank cars (including those built to CPC-1232 industry standard) that have not been modified;
</P>
<P>(iv) The total number of tank cars built to meet the DOT-117 specification; and
</P>
<P>(v) Entities required to submit a report under this paragraph shall submit subsequent follow-up reports containing the information identified in this paragraph within 60 days of being notified by PHMSA and FRA.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Oil spill response plans.</I> The additional requirements for petroleum oil transported by rail in accordance with part 130 of of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>High-hazard flammable train (HHFT) information sharing notification for emergency response planning.</I> The additional requirements for notification in § 174.312.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 26748, May 8, 2015, as amended at 83 FR 48401, Sept. 25, 2018; 84 FR 6952, Feb. 28, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.312" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.7.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.312   HHFT information sharing notification for emergency response planning.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Prior to operating high-hazard flammable trains (HHFTs) as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, a railroad must provide the information described in paragraphs (b) and (c) to each State Emergency Response Commission (SERC), Tribal Emergency Response Commission (TERC), or other appropriate State-delegated agency in each State through which it operates HHFTs. The SERC, TERC, or other appropriate State-delegated agency shall further distribute the information to the appropriate local authorities at their request.
</P>
<P>(b) At a minimum, the information railroads are required to provide to the relevant State or tribal agencies must include all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A reasonable estimate of the number of HHFTs that the railroad expects to operate each week, through each county within the State or through each tribal jurisdiction;
</P>
<P>(2) The routes over which the HHFTs will operate;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the hazardous materials being transported and all applicable emergency response information required by subparts C and G of part 172 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(4) An HHFT point of contact: At least one point of contact at the railroad (including name or email address, title, phone number and address) who has knowledge of the railroad's transportation of affected trains and who is responsible for serving as the point of contact for the SERC, TERC, or other State or tribal agency responsible for receiving the information; and
</P>
<P>(5) If a route identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section is additionally subject to the comprehensive spill plan requirements in subpart C of part 130 of this chapter, the information must include a description of the response zones (including counties and states) and the contact information for the qualified individual and alternate, as specified under § 130.120(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) The HHFT notification must be maintained and transmitted in accordance with all of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads must update the notifications for changes in volume greater than 25%.
</P>
<P>(2) Notifications and updates may be transmitted electronically or by hard copy.
</P>
<P>(3) If the disclosure includes information that a railroad believes is security sensitive or proprietary and exempt from public disclosure, the railroad should indicate that in the notification.
</P>
<P>(4) Each point of contact must be clearly identified by name or title, and contact role (e.g., qualified individual, HHFT point of contact) in association with the telephone number. One point of contact may fulfill multiple roles.
</P>
<P>(5) Copies of the railroad's notifications made under this section must be made available to the Department of Transportation upon request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 6952, Feb. 28, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subparts H-I [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Detailed Requirements for Division 6.1 (Poisonous) Materials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.600" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.9.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.600   Special handling requirements for materials extremely poisonous by inhalation.</HEAD>
<P>A tank car containing a material extremely poisonous by inhalation which is a Division 2.3 material in Hazard Zone A or a Division 6.1 material in Hazard Zone A, as defined in § 173.133(a)(2) of this subchapter, may not be transported by rail unless it is originally consigned or subsequently reconsigned to a party having a private track on which it is to be delivered and unloaded (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) or to a party using railroad siding facilities which are equipped for piping the liquid or gas from the tank car to permanent storage tanks or sufficient capacity to receive the entire contents of the car. See the requirements in § 174.290 for materials extremely poisonous by inhalation which are shipped by, for, or to the Department of Defense.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52684, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.615" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.9.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.615   Cleaning cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) After Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials are unloaded from a rail car, that car must be thoroughly cleaned unless the car is used exclusively in the carriage of Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52684, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 174-82, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.680" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.9.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.680   Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials with foodstuffs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a carrier may not transport any package bearing a POISON or POISON INHALATION HAZARD label in the same car with any material marked as, or known to be, a foodstuff, feed or any other edible material intended for consumption by humans or animals.
</P>
<P>(b) A carrier must separate any package bearing a POISON label displaying the text “PG III,” or bearing a “PG III” mark adjacent to the POISON label, from materials marked as or known to be foodstuffs, feed or any other edible materials intended for consumption by humans or animals, as required in § 174.81(e)(3) for classes identified with the letter “O” in the Segregation Table for Hazardous Materials.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 10781, Mar. 5, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Detailed Requirements for Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.700" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.10.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.700   Special handling requirements for Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each rail shipment of low specific activity materials or surface contaminated objects as defined in § 173.403 of this subchapter must be loaded so as to avoid spillage and scattering of loose material. Loading restrictions are prescribed in § 173.427 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The number of packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials that may be transported by rail car or stored at any single location is limited to a total transport index and a total criticality safety index (as defined in § 173.403 of this subchapter) of not more than 50 each. This provision does not apply to exclusive use shipments as described in §§ 173.403, 173.427, 173.441, and 173.457 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Each package of Class 7 (radioactive) material bearing RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II or RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III labels may not be placed closer than 0.9 m (3 feet) to an area (or dividing partition between areas) which may be continuously occupied by any passenger, rail employee, or shipment of one or more animals, nor closer than 4.5 m (15 feet) to any package containing undeveloped film (if so marked). If more than one package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials is present, the distance must be computed from the table below on the basis of the total transport index number (determined by adding together the transport index numbers on the labels of the individual packages) of packages in the rail car or storage area:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Total transport index
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Minimum separation distance to nearest undeveloped film
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Minimum distance to area of persons or minimum distance from dividing partition of a combination car
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Meters
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Feet
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Meters
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Feet
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.1 to 10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.1 to 20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20.1 to 30.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30.1 to 40.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40.1 to 50.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note:</E> The distance in this table must be measured from the nearest point on the nearest packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) Each shipment of fissile material packages must conform to requirements of §§ 173.457 and 173.459.
</P>
<P>(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) A person shall not remain unnecessarily in, on or near a transport vehicle containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
</P>
<P>(g) In the case of packages shipped under the exclusive use provisions of § 173.441(b) of this subchapter for packages with external radiation levels in excess of 2 mSv per hour (200 mrem per hour) at the package surface—
</P>
<P>(1) The transport vehicle must meet the requirements for a closed transport vehicle (§ 173.403 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(2) Each package must be secured so that its position within the transport vehicle remains fixed under conditions normally incident to transportation; and
</P>
<P>(3) The radiation level may not exceed 0.02 mSv per hour (2 mrem per hour) in any normally occupied position in the transport vehicle or adjacent rail car.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-80, 60 FR 50331, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 174-80, 61 FR 20753, May 8, 1996; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004; 79 FR 40618, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.715" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.10.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.715   Cleanliness of transport vehicles after use.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each transport vehicle used for transporting Class 7 (radioactive) materials under exclusive use conditions (as defined in § 173.403 of this subchapter) in accordance with § 173.427(b)(4), § 173.427(c), or § 173.443(b), must be surveyed with appropriate radiation detection instruments after each use. A transport vehicle may not be returned to Class 7 (radioactive) materials exclusive use transport service, and then only for a subsequent exclusive use shipment utilizing the provisions of any of the paragraphs § 173.427(b)(4), § 173.427(c), or § 173.443(b), until the radiation dose rate at any accessible surface is 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) or less, and there is no significant non-fixed contamination, as specified in § 173.443(a) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not apply to any transport vehicle used solely for transporting Class 7 (radioactive) materials if a survey of the interior surface shows that the radiation dose rate does not exceed 0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem per hour) at the interior surface or 0.02 mSv per hour (2 mrem per hour) at 1 m (3.3 feet) from any interior surface. The transport vehicle must be stenciled with the words “FOR RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS USE ONLY” in lettering at least 7.6 cm (3 inches) high in a conspicuous place on both sides of the exterior of the transport vehicle, and it must be kept closed at all times other than during loading and unloading.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-80, 60 FR 50332, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 79 FR 40618, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 174.750" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.11.10.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 174.750   Incidents involving leakage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the incident reporting requirements of §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter, the carrier shall also notify the offeror at the earliest practicable moment following any incident in which there has been breakage, spillage, or suspected radioactive contamination involving Class 7 (radioactive) materials shipments. Transport vehicles, buildings, areas, or equipment in which Class 7 (radioactive) materials have been spilled may not be again placed in service or routinely occupied until the radiation dose rate at every accessible surface is less than 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) and there is no significant removable radioactive surface contamination (see § 173.443 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(b) The package or materials should be segregated as far as practicable from personnel contact. If radiological advice or assistance is needed, the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) should also be notified. In case of obvious leakage, or if it appears likely that the inside container may have been damaged, care should be taken to avoid inhalation, ingestion, or contact with the Class 7 (radioactive) material. Any loose Class 7 (radioactive) materials should be left in a segregated area and held pending disposal instructions, from qualified persons.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 174-26, 41 FR 16092, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 174-42, 48 FR 10245, Mar. 10, 1983; Amdt. 174-61, 51 FR 34987, Oct. 1, 1986; Amdt. 174-65, 53 FR 38274, Sept. 29, 1988; Amdt. 174-68, 55 FR 52684, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 174-80, 60 FR 50332, Sept. 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="175" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 175—CARRIAGE BY AIRCRAFT 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 44701; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information and Regulations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.1" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.1.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.1   Purpose, scope, and applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes the requirements that apply to the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce aboard (including attached to or suspended from) an aircraft. The requirements in this part are in addition to other requirements contained in parts 171, 172, 173, 178, and 180 of this subchapter.




</P>
<P>(b) This part applies to the offering, acceptance, and transportation of hazardous materials in commerce by aircraft to, from, or within the United States, and to any aircraft of United States registry anywhere in air commerce. This subchapter applies to any person who performs, attempts to perform, or is required to perform any function subject to this subchapter, including—(1) Air carriers, indirect air carriers, and freight forwarders and their flight and non-flight employees, agents, subsidiary and contract personnel (including cargo, passenger and baggage acceptance, handling, loading and unloading personnel); and
</P>
<P>(2) Air passengers that carry any hazardous material on their person or in their carry-on or checked baggage.
</P>
<P>(c) This part does not apply to aircraft of United States registry under lease to and operated by foreign nationals outside the United States if:
</P>
<P>(1) Hazardous materials forbidden aboard aircraft by § 172.101 of this subchapter are not carried on the aircraft; and
</P>
<P>(2) Other hazardous materials are carried in accordance with the regulations of the State (nation) of the aircraft operator.
</P>
<P>(d) The requirements of this subchapter do not apply to transportation of hazardous material in support of dedicated air ambulance, firefighting, or search and rescue operations performed in compliance with the operator requirements under federal air regulations, title 14 of the CFR.


</P>
<P>(e) In addition to the requirements of this part, air carriers that are certificate holders authorized to conduct operations in accordance with 14 CFR part 121 are also required to have a Safety Management System that meets the conditions of 14 CFR part 5 and is acceptable to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Administrator.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 81 FR 35543, June 2, 2016; 87 FR 79784, Dec. 27, 2022; 89 FR 25488, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.3" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.1.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.3   Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments.</HEAD>
<P>A hazardous material that is not prepared for shipment in accordance with this subchapter may not be offered or accepted for transportation or transported aboard an aircraft.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.8" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.1.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.8   Exceptions for operator equipment and items of replacement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Operator equipment.</I> This subchapter does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Aviation fuel and oil in tanks that are in compliance with the installation provisions of 14 CFR, chapter 1.
</P>
<P>(2) Hazardous materials required aboard an aircraft in accordance with the applicable airworthiness requirements and operating regulations. Items of replacement for such materials must be transported in accordance with paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Items of replacement (company material (COMAT)) for hazardous materials described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section must be transported in accordance with this subchapter. When an operator transports its own replacement items described in paragraph (a)(2), the following exceptions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) In place of required packagings, packagings specifically designed for the items of replacement may be used, provided such packagings provide at least an equivalent level of protection to those that would be required by this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Aircraft batteries are not subject to quantity limitations such as those provided in § 172.101 or § 175.75(c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Unless otherwise addressed by FAA regulation or policy (e.g. Advisory Circular), hazardous materials used by the operator aboard the aircraft, when approved by the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other operator exceptions.</I> This subchapter does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Oxygen, or any hazardous material used for the generation of oxygen, for medical use by a passenger, which is furnished by the aircraft operator in accordance with 14 CFR 121.574, 125.219, or 135.91. For the purposes of this paragraph (b)(1), an aircraft operator that does not hold a certificate under 14 CFR parts 121, 125, or 135 may apply this exception in conformance with 14 CFR 121.574, 125.219, or 135.91 in the same manner as required for a certificate holder. See § 175.501 for additional requirements applicable to the stowage of oxygen.
</P>
<P>(2) Dry ice (carbon dioxide, solid) intended for use by the operator in food and beverage service aboard the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(3) Aerosols of Division 2.2 only (for dispensing of food products), alcoholic beverages, colognes, liquefied gas lighters, perfumes, and portable electronic devices containing lithium cells or batteries that meet the requirements of § 175.10(a)(18) carried aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft by the operator for use or sale on that specific aircraft. A liquefied gas lighter design must be examined and successfully tested by a person or agency authorized by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(4) A tire assembly with a serviceable tire, provided the tire is not inflated to a gauge pressure exceeding the maximum rated pressure for that tire, and the tire (including valve assemblies) is protected from damage during transport. A tire or tire assembly which is unserviceable or damaged is forbidden from air transport; however, a damaged tire is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if it contains no material meeting the definition of a hazardous material (e.g., Division 2.2).
</P>
<P>(5) Alcohol-based hand sanitizers and alcohol-based cleaning products that are accessible to crewmembers in the passenger cabin during the flight or series of flights for the purposes of passenger and crew hygiene. Conditions for the carriage and use must be described in an operations manual and/or other appropriate manuals.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 3381, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1092, Jan. 7, 2013; 79 FR 46039, Aug. 6, 2014; 81 FR 35543, June 2, 2016; 87 FR 44997, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.9" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.1.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.9   Special aircraft operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to rotorcraft external load operations transporting hazardous material on board, attached to, or suspended from an aircraft. Operators must have all applicable requirements prescribed in 14 CFR part 133 approved by the FAA Administrator prior to accepting or transporting hazardous material. In addition, rotorcraft external load operations must be approved by the Associate Administrator prior to the initiation of such operations.




</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> This subchapter does not apply to the following materials used for special aircraft operations when applicable FAA operator requirements have been met, including training operator personnel on the proper handling and stowage of the hazardous materials carried:
</P>
<P>(1) Hazardous materials loaded and carried in hoppers or tanks of aircraft certificated for use in aerial seeding, dusting spraying, fertilizing, crop improvement, or pest control, to be dispensed during such an operation.
</P>
<P>(2) Parachute activation devices, lighting equipment, oxygen cylinders, flotation devices, smoke grenades, flares, or similar devices carried during a parachute operation.
</P>
<P>(3) Smoke grenades, flares, and pyrotechnic devices affixed to aircraft during any flight conducted as part of a scheduled air show or exhibition of aeronautical skill. The aircraft may not carry any persons other than required flight crewmembers. The affixed installation accommodating the smoke grenades, flares, or pyrotechnic devices on the aircraft must be approved for its intended use by the FAA Flight Standards District Office having responsibility for that aircraft.
</P>
<P>(4) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(5) A transport incubator unit necessary to protect life or an organ preservation unit necessary to protect human organs, carried in the aircraft cabin, provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The compressed gas used to operate the unit is in an authorized DOT specification cylinder and is marked, labeled, filled, and maintained as prescribed by this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each type of battery used is either nonspillable, lithium metal, or lithium ion. Lithium metal or lithium ion batteries must meet the provisions of § 173.185(a) of this subchapter. Spare batteries—of any type—must be individually protected to prevent short circuits when not in use;
</P>
<P>(iii) The unit is constructed so that valves, fittings, and gauges are protected from damage;
</P>
<P>(iv) The pilot-in-command is advised when the unit is on board, and when it is intended for use;
</P>
<P>(v) The unit is accompanied by a person qualified to operate it;
</P>
<P>(vi) The unit is secured in the aircraft in a manner that does not restrict access to or use of any required emergency or regular exit or of the aisle in the passenger compartment; and,
</P>
<P>(vii) Smoking within 3 m (10 feet) of the unit is prohibited.




</P>
<P>(6) Hazardous materials that are loaded and carried on or in cargo only aircraft, and that are to be dispensed or expended during flight for weather control, environmental restoration or protection, forest preservation and protection, flood control, avalanche control, landslide clearance, or ice jam control purposes, when the following requirements are met:




</P>
<P>(i) Operations may not be conducted over densely populated areas, in a congested airway, or near any airport where carrier passenger operations are conducted.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each operator must prepare and keep current a manual containing operational guidelines and handling procedures, for the use and guidance of flight, maintenance, and ground personnel concerned in the dispensing or expending of hazardous materials. The manual must be approved by the FAA Principal Operations Inspector assigned to the operator.
</P>
<P>(iii) No person other than a required flight crewmember, FAA inspector, or person necessary for handling or dispensing the hazardous material may be carried on the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(iv) The operator of the aircraft must have advance permission from the owner of any airport to be used for the dispensing or expending operation.
</P>
<P>(v) When Division 1.1, 1.2, and 1.3 materials (except detonators and detonator assemblies) and detonators or detonator assemblies are carried for avalanche control, landslide clearance, or ice jam control flights, the explosives must be handled by, and at all times be under the control of, a qualified blaster. When required by a State or local authority, the blaster must be licensed and the State or local authority must be identified in writing to the FAA Principal Operations Inspector assigned to the operator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 3381, Jan. 19, 2011, as amended at 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 35543, June 2, 2016; 87 FR 44997, July 26, 2022; 87 FR 79784, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.10" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.1.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.10   Exceptions for passengers, crewmembers, and air operators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subchapter does not apply to the following hazardous materials when carried by aircraft passengers or crewmembers provided the requirements of §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter (see paragraph (c) of this section) and the requirements of this section are met. The most appropriate description of the hazardous material item or article must be selected and the associated conditions for exception must be followed:


</P>
<P>(1)(i) Non-radioactive medicinal and toilet articles for personal use (including aerosols) carried in carry-on and checked baggage. Release devices on aerosols must be protected by a cap or other suitable means to prevent inadvertent release;
</P>
<P>(ii) Other aerosols in Division 2.2 (nonflammable gas) with no subsidiary risk carried in carry-on or checked baggage. Release devices on aerosols must be protected by a cap or other suitable means to prevent inadvertent release;
</P>
<P>(iii) The aggregate quantity of these hazardous materials carried by each person may not exceed 2 kg (70 ounces) by mass or 2 L (68 fluid ounces) by volume and the capacity of each container may not exceed 0.5 kg (18 ounces) by mass or 500 ml (17 fluid ounces) by volume; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The release of gas must not cause extreme annoyance or discomfort to crew members so as to prevent the correct performance of assigned duties.
</P>
<P>(2) One packet of safety matches or a lighter intended for use by an individual when carried on one's person or in carry-on baggage only. Lighter fuel, lighter refills, and lighters containing unabsorbed liquid fuel (other than liquefied gas) are not permitted on one's person or in carry-on or checked baggage. For lighters powered by lithium batteries (<I>e.g.,</I> laser plasma lighters, tesla coil lighters, flux lighters, arc lighters and double arc lighters), each battery must be of a type which meets the requirements of each test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, Subsection 38.3 (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). The lighters must be equipped with a safety cap or similar means of protection to prevent unintentional activation of the heating element while on board the aircraft. Recharging of the devices and/or the batteries on board the aircraft is not permitted. Each battery must not exceed the following:
</P>
<P>(i) For lithium metal batteries, a lithium content of 2 grams; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For lithium ion batteries, a Watt-hour (Wh) rating of 100 Wh.
</P>
<P>(3) Medical devices that contain radioactive materials (<I>e.g.,</I> cardiac pacemaker) implanted or externally fitted in humans or animals and radiopharmaceuticals that have been injected or ingested as the result of medical treatment.
</P>
<P>(4) Alcoholic beverages containing:
</P>
<P>(i) Not more than 24% alcohol by volume; or
</P>
<P>(ii) More than 24% and not more than 70% alcohol by volume when in unopened retail packagings not exceeding 5 liters (1.3 gallons) carried in carry-on or checked baggage, with a total net quantity per person of 5 liters (1.3) gallons for such beverages.
</P>
<P>(5) Perfumes and colognes purchased through duty-free sales and carried on one's person or in carry-on baggage.
</P>
<P>(6) Hair curlers (curling irons) containing a hydrocarbon gas such as butane, no more than one per person, in carry-on baggage only. The safety cover must be securely fitted over the heating element. Gas refills for such curlers are not permitted in carry-on or checked baggage.
</P>
<P>(7) A small medical or clinical mercury thermometer for personal use, when carried in a protective case in checked baggage.
</P>
<P>(8) Small arms ammunition for personal use carried by a crewmember or passenger in checked baggage only, if securely packed in boxes or other packagings specifically designed to carry small amounts of ammunition. Ammunition clips and magazines must also be securely boxed. This paragraph does not apply to persons traveling under the provisions of 49 CFR 1544.219.
</P>
<P>(9) One self-defense spray (see § 171.8 of this subchapter), not exceeding 118 mL (4 fluid ounces) by volume, that incorporates a positive means to prevent accidental discharge may be carried in checked baggage only.
</P>
<P>(10) Dry ice (carbon dioxide, solid), with the approval of the operator:
</P>
<P>(i) Quantities may not exceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) per person when used to pack perishables not subject to the HMR. The package must permit the release of carbon dioxide gas; and
</P>
<P>(ii) When carried in checked baggage, each package is marked “DRY ICE” or “CARBON DIOXIDE, SOLID,” and marked with the net weight of dry ice or an indication the net weight is 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) or less.
</P>
<P>(11) No more than two self-inflating personal safety devices, intended to be worn by a person such as a life jacket or vest, fitted with no more than two small gas cartridges per device (containing no hazardous material other than a Division 2.2 gas) for inflation purposes plus no more than two spare cartridges per device. The personal safety device(s) and spare cartridges may be carried in carry-on or checked baggage, with the approval of the aircraft operator, and must be packed in such a manner that they cannot be accidently activated.
</P>
<P>(12) Small compressed gas cylinders of Division 2.2 (containing no hazardous material other than a Division 2.2 gas) worn by the passenger for the operation of mechanical limbs and, in carry-on and checked baggage, spare cylinders of a similar size for the same purpose in sufficient quantities to ensure an adequate supply for the duration of the journey.
</P>
<P>(13) A mercury barometer or thermometer carried as carry-on baggage, by a representative of a government weather bureau or similar official agency, provided that individual advises the operator of the presence of the barometer or thermometer in his baggage. The barometer or thermometer must be packaged in a strong packaging having a sealed inner liner or bag of strong, leak proof and puncture-resistant material impervious to mercury, which will prevent the escape of mercury from the package in any position.


</P>
<P>(14) Battery powered heat-producing devices (<I>e.g.,</I> battery-operated equipment such as diving lamps and soldering equipment) as checked or carry-on baggage and with the approval of the operator of the aircraft. The heating element, the battery, or other component (<I>e.g.,</I> fuse) must be isolated to prevent unintentional activation during transport. Any battery that is removed must be carried in accordance with the provisions for spare batteries in paragraph (a)(18) of this section. Each lithium battery must be of a type that meets the requirements of each test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, Subsection 38.3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and each installed or spare lithium battery:


</P>
<P>(i) For a lithium metal battery, a lithium content must not exceed 2 grams; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For a lithium ion battery, the Watt-hour rating must not exceed 100 Wh.
</P>
<P>(15) A wheelchair or other battery-powered mobility aid equipped with a non-spillable battery or a dry sealed battery when carried as checked baggage, provided—
</P>
<P>(i) The battery conforms to the requirements of § 173.159a(d) of this subchapter for non-spillable batteries;
</P>
<P>(ii) The battery conforms to the requirements of § 172.102(c)(1), special provision 130 of this subchapter for dry sealed batteries, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(iii) Visual inspection including removal of the battery, where necessary, reveals no obvious defects (removal of the battery from the housing should be performed by qualified airline personnel only);
</P>
<P>(iv) The battery is disconnected and the battery terminals are protected to prevent short circuits, unless the wheelchair or mobility aid design provides an effective means of preventing unintentional activation;
</P>
<P>(v) The non-spillable battery is—
</P>
<P>(A) Adequately protected against damage by design of the wheelchair or mobility aid and securely attached to the wheelchair or mobility aid; or


</P>
<P>(B) Removed and placed in a strong, rigid packaging marked “NONSPILLABLE BATTERY” (unless fully enclosed in a rigid housing that is properly marked); or
</P>
<P>(C) Is handled in accordance with paragraph (a)(16)(iv) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The dry sealed battery is—


</P>
<P>(A) Adequately protected against damage by design of the wheelchair or mobility aid and securely attached to the wheelchair or mobility aid; or
</P>
<P>(B) Removed and placed in a strong, rigid packaging marked with the words “not restricted” in accordance with § 172.102(c)(2), special provision 130, of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(vii) A maximum of one spare battery that conforms to the requirements in (a)(15)(i) or (ii) may be carried per passenger if handled in accordance with paragraph (a)(15)(v) or (vi) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(16) A wheelchair or other battery-powered mobility aid equipped with a spillable battery, when carried as checked baggage, provided—
</P>
<P>(i) Visual inspection including removal of the battery, where necessary, reveals no obvious defects (however, removal of the battery from the housing should be performed by qualified airline personnel only);
</P>
<P>(ii) The battery is disconnected and terminals are insulated to prevent short circuits;
</P>
<P>(iii) The pilot-in-command is advised, either orally or in writing, prior to departure, as to the location of the battery aboard the aircraft; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The wheelchair or mobility aid is loaded, stowed, secured and unloaded in an upright position, or the battery is removed, and carried in a strong, rigid packaging under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) The packaging must be leak-tight and impervious to battery fluid. An inner liner may be used to satisfy this requirement if there is absorbent material placed inside of the liner and the liner has a leakproof closure;
</P>
<P>(B) The battery must be protected against short circuits, secured upright in the packaging, and be packaged with enough compatible absorbent material to completely absorb liquid contents in the event of rupture of the battery; and
</P>
<P>(C) The packaging must be labeled with a CORROSIVE label, marked to indicate proper orientation, and marked with the words “Battery, wet, with wheelchair.”
</P>
<P>(17) A wheelchair or other mobility aid equipped with a lithium ion battery, when carried as checked baggage, provided—
</P>
<P>(i) The lithium ion battery must be of a type that successfully passed each test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter), as specified in § 173.185 of this subchapter, unless approved by the Associate Administrator;
</P>
<P>(ii) The operator must verify that:
</P>
<P>(A) Visual inspection of the wheelchair or other mobility aid reveals no obvious defects;
</P>
<P>(B) Battery terminals are protected from short circuits (e.g., enclosed within a battery housing);
</P>
<P>(C) The battery is adequately protected against damage by design of the wheelchair or mobility aid and securely attached to the wheelchair or other mobility aid; and
</P>
<P>(D) Electrical circuits are isolated;
</P>
<P>(iii) The wheelchair or other mobility aid must be loaded and stowed in such a manner to prevent its unintentional activation and its battery must be protected from short circuiting;
</P>
<P>(iv) The wheelchair or other mobility aid must be protected from damage by the shifting of baggage, mail, service items, or other cargo;
</P>
<P>(v) Where a lithium ion battery-powered wheelchair or other mobility aid does not provide adequate protection to the battery:
</P>
<P>(A) The battery must be removed from the wheelchair or other mobility aid according to instructions provided by the wheelchair or other mobility aid owner or its manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(B) The battery must be carried in carry-on baggage only;
</P>
<P>(C) Battery terminals must be protected from short circuits (by placement in original retail packaging or otherwise insulating the terminal e.g. by taping over exposed terminals or placing each battery in a separate plastic bag or protective pouch);
</P>
<P>(D) The battery must not exceed 300 Watt-hour (Wh); and
</P>
<P>(E) A maximum of one spare battery not exceeding 300 Wh or two spares not exceeding 160 Wh each may be carried;
</P>
<P>(vi) The pilot-in-command is advised either orally or in writing, prior to departure, as to the location of the lithium ion battery or batteries aboard the aircraft.


</P>
<P>(18) Except as provided in § 173.21 of this subchapter, portable electronic devices (<I>e.g.,</I> watches, calculating machines, cameras, cellular phones, laptop and notebook computers, camcorders, medical devices, etc.), containing dry cells or dry batteries (including lithium cells or batteries) and spare dry cells or batteries for these devices, when carried by passengers or crew members for personal use. Portable electronic devices powered by lithium batteries may be carried in either checked or carry-on baggage. When carried in checked baggage, portable electronic devices powered by lithium batteries must be completely switched off (<I>i.e.,</I> not in sleep or hibernation mode) and protected to prevent unintentional activation or damage, except portable electronic devices powered by lithium batteries with lithium content not exceeding 0.3 grams for lithium metal batteries and 2.7 Wh for lithium ion batteries are not required to be switched off. Spare lithium batteries must be carried in carry-on baggage only. Each installed or spare lithium battery must be of a type proven to meet the requirements of each test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, Sub-section 38.3, and each spare lithium battery must be individually protected so as to prevent short circuits (<I>e.g.,</I> by placement in original retail packaging, by otherwise insulating terminals by taping over exposed terminals, or placing each battery in a separate plastic bag or protective pouch). In addition, each installed or spare lithium battery:


</P>
<P>(i) For a lithium metal battery, the lithium content must not exceed 2 grams. With the approval of the operator, portable medical electronic devices (<I>e.g.,</I> automated external defibrillators (AED), nebulizer, continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP), etc.) may contain lithium metal batteries exceeding 2 grams, but not exceeding 8 grams. With the approval of the operator, no more than two lithium metal batteries each exceeding 2 grams, but not exceeding 8 grams, may be carried as spare batteries for portable medical electronic devices in carry-on baggage and must be carried with the portable medical electronic device the spare batteries are intended to operate;
</P>
<P>(ii) For a lithium ion battery, the Watt-hour rating must not exceed 100 Wh. With the approval of the operator, portable electronic devices may contain lithium ion batteries exceeding 100 Wh, but not exceeding 160 Wh and no more than two individually protected lithium ion batteries each exceeding 100 Wh, but not exceeding 160 Wh, may be carried per person as spare batteries in carry-on baggage.
</P>
<P>(iii) For a non-spillable battery, the battery and equipment must conform to § 173.159a(d). Each battery must not exceed a voltage greater than 12 volts and a watt-hour rating of not more than 100 Wh. No more than two individually protected spare batteries may be carried. Such equipment and spare batteries must be carried in checked or carry-on baggage.
</P>
<P>(iv) Articles containing lithium metal or lithium ion cells or batteries the primary purpose of which is to provide power to another device must be carried as spare batteries in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(19) Except as provided in § 173.21 of this subchapter, battery-powered portable electronic smoking devices (<I>e.g.,</I> e-cigarettes, e-cigs, e-cigars, e-pipes, e-hookahs, personal vaporizers, electronic nicotine delivery systems) when carried by passengers or crewmembers for personal use must be carried on one's person or in carry-on baggage only. Measures must be taken to prevent unintentional activation of the heating element while on board the aircraft. Spare lithium batteries also must be carried on one's person or in carry-on baggage only and must be individually protected so as to prevent short circuits (by placement in original retail packaging or by otherwise insulating terminals, <I>e.g.,</I> by taping over exposed terminals or placing each battery in a separate plastic bag or protective pouch). Each lithium battery must be of a type which meets the requirements of each test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, Subsection 38.3. Recharging of the devices and/or the batteries on board the aircraft is not permitted. Each installed or spare lithium battery:
</P>
<P>(i) For a lithium metal battery, the lithium content must not exceed 2 grams; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For a lithium ion battery, the Watt-hour rating must not exceed 100 Wh.
</P>
<P>(20) Fuel cells used to power portable electronic devices (<I>e.g.,</I> cameras, cellular phones, laptop computers and camcorders) and spare fuel cell cartridges when transported personal use under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Fuel cells and fuel cell cartridges may contain only Division 2.1 liquefied flammable gas, or hydrogen in a metal hydride, Class 3 flammable liquid (including methanol), Division 4.3 water-reactive material, or Class 8 corrosive material;
</P>
<P>(ii) The quantity of fuel in any fuel cell or fuel cell cartridge may not exceed:
</P>
<P>(A) 200 mL (6.76 ounces) for liquids;
</P>
<P>(B) 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) for liquefied gases in non-metallic fuel cell cartridges, or 200 mL (6.76 ounces) for liquefied gases in metal fuel cell cartridges;
</P>
<P>(C) 200 g (7 ounces) for solids; or
</P>
<P>(D) For hydrogen in metal hydride, the fuel cell cartridges must have a water capacity of 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) or less;
</P>
<P>(iii) No more than two spare fuel cell cartridges may be carried by a passenger or crew member as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Fuel cell cartridges containing Class 3 flammable liquid (including methanol) and Class 8 corrosive material in carry-on or checked baggage; and
</P>
<P>(B) Division 2.1 liquefied flammable gas or hydrogen in a metal hydride and Division 4.3 water-reactive material in carry-on baggage only;
</P>
<P>(iv) Fuel cells containing fuel are permitted in carry-on baggage only;
</P>
<P>(v) Fuel cell cartridges containing hydrogen in a metal hydride must meet the requirements in § 173.230(d) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(vi) Refueling of a fuel cell aboard an aircraft is not permitted except that the installation of a spare cartridge is allowed;
</P>
<P>(vii) Each fuel cell and fuel cell cartridge must conform to IEC 62282-6-100 and IEC 62282-6-100 Amend. 1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and must be marked with a manufacturer's certification that it conforms to the specification. In addition, each fuel cell cartridge must be marked with the maximum quantity and type of fuel in the cartridge;
</P>
<P>(viii) Interaction between fuel cells and integrated batteries in a device must conform to IEC 62282-6-100 and IEC 62282-6-100 Amend. 1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Fuel cells whose sole function is to charge a battery in the device are not permitted; and 
</P>
<P>(ix) Fuel cells must be of a type that will not charge batteries when the consumer electronic device is not in use and must be durably marked by the manufacturer with the wording: “APPROVED FOR CARRIAGE IN AIRCRAFT CABIN ONLY” to indicate that the fuel cell meets this requirement.
</P>
<P>(21) Permeation devices for calibrating air quality monitoring equipment when carried in checked baggage provided the devices are constructed and packaged in accordance with § 173.175.
</P>
<P>(22) An internal combustion or fuel cell engine or a machine or apparatus containing an internal combustion or fuel cell engine when carried as checked baggage, provided—
</P>
<P>(i) The engine contains no liquid or gaseous fuel. An engine may be considered as not containing fuel when the engine components and any fuel lines have been completed drained, sufficiently cleaned of residue, and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazard and the engine when held in any orientation will not release any liquid fuel;
</P>
<P>(ii) The fuel tank contains no liquid or gaseous fuel. A fuel tank may be considered as not containing fuel when the fuel tank and the fuel lines have been completed drained, sufficiently cleaned of residue, and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazard;
</P>
<P>(iii) It is not equipped with a wet battery (including a non-spillable battery), a sodium battery or a lithium battery; and
</P>
<P>(iv) It contains no other hazardous materials subject to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(23) Non-infectious specimens in preservative solutions transported in accordance with § 173.4b(b) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(24) Insulated packagings containing refrigerated liquid nitrogen when carried in checked or carry-on baggage in accordance with the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), Packing Instruction 202, the packaging specifications in part 6, chapter 5, and special provision A152.
</P>
<P>(25) Small cartridges fitted into or securely packed with devices with no more than four small cartridges of carbon dioxide or other suitable gas in Division 2.2, without subsidiary risk with the approval of the operator. The water capacity of each cartridge must not exceed 50 mL (equivalent to a 28 g cartridge).
</P>
<P>(26) Baggage equipped with lithium batteries must be carried as carry-on baggage unless the lithium batteries are removed from the baggage. Each lithium battery must be of a type which meets the requirements of each test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, Subsection 38.3 (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). Additionally, removed batteries must be carried in accordance with the provision for spare batteries prescribed in paragraph (a)(18) of this section. Baggage equipped with lithium batteries may be carried as checked baggage and electronic features may remain active if the batteries do not exceed:


</P>
<P>(i) For lithium metal batteries, a lithium content of 0.3 grams; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For lithium ion batteries, a Watt-hour rating of 2.7 Wh.
</P>
<P>(b) The exceptions provided in paragraph (a) of this section also apply to aircraft operators when transporting passenger or crewmember baggage that has been separated from the passenger or crewmember, including transfer to another carrier for transport to its final destination.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements to submit incident reports as required under §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter apply to the air carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 175.10, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.20" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.1.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.20   Compliance and training.</HEAD>
<P>An air carrier may not transport a hazardous material by aircraft unless each of its hazmat employees involved in that transportation is trained as required by subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter. In addition, air carriers must comply with all applicable hazardous materials training requirements in 14 CFR part 121 and 135.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.25" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.1.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.25   Passenger notification system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each person who engages in for hire air transportation of passengers must effectively inform passengers about hazardous materials that passengers are forbidden to transport on aircraft and must accomplish this through the development, implementation, and maintenance of a passenger notification system.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Passenger notification system requirements.</I> The passenger notification system required by paragraph (a) of this section must ensure that:
</P>
<P>(1) A passenger is presented with information required under paragraph (a) of this section at the point of ticket purchase or, if this is not practical, in another way prior to boarding pass issuance;
</P>
<P>(2) A passenger is presented with information required under paragraph (a) of this section at the point of boarding pass issuance (<I>i.e.</I> check-in), or when no boarding pass is issued, prior to boarding the aircraft;
</P>
<P>(3) A passenger, where the ticket purchase and/or boarding pass issuance can be completed by a passenger without the involvement of another person, acknowledges that they have been presented with the information required under paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(4) A passenger is presented with information required under paragraph (a) of this section at each of the places at an airport where tickets are issued, boarding passes are issued, passenger baggage is dropped off, aircraft boarding areas are maintained, and at any other location where boarding passes are issued and/or checked baggage is accepted. This information must include visual examples of forbidden hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Aircraft operator manual requirements.</I> For certificate holders under 14 CFR parts 121 and 135, procedures and information necessary to allow personnel to implement and maintain the passenger notification system required in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must be described in an operations manual and/or other appropriate manuals in accordance with 14 CFR part 121 or 135.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 15892, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.26" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.1.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.26   Notification at cargo facilities of hazardous materials requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person who engages in the acceptance or transport of cargo for transportation by aircraft shall display notices to persons offering such cargo of the requirements applicable to the carriage of hazardous materials aboard aircraft, and the penalties for failure to comply with those requirements, at each facility where cargo is accepted. Each notice must be legible, and be prominently displayed so it can be seen. At a minimum, each notice must communicate the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Cargo containing hazardous materials (dangerous goods) for transportation by aircraft must be offered in accordance with the Federal Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR parts 171 through 180).
</P>
<P>(2) A violation can result in five years' imprisonment and penalties of $250,000 or more (49 U.S.C. 5124).
</P>
<P>(3) Hazardous materials (dangerous goods) include explosives, compressed gases, flammable liquids and solids, oxidizers, poisons, corrosives and radioactive materials.
</P>
<P>(b) The information contained in paragraph (a) of this section must be printed:
</P>
<P>(1) Legibly in English, and, where cargo is accepted outside of the United States, in the language of the host country; and
</P>
<P>(2) On a background of contrasting color.
</P>
<P>(c) Size and color of the notice are optional. Additional information, examples, or illustrations, if not inconsistent with required information, may be included.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions.</I> Display of a notice required by paragraph (a) of this section is not required at:
</P>
<P>(1) An unattended location (e.g., a drop box) provided a general notice advising customers of a prohibition on shipments of hazardous materials through that location is prominently displayed; or
</P>
<P>(2) A customer's facility where hazardous materials packages are accepted by a carrier.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.30" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.1.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.30   Inspecting shipments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may accept a hazardous material for transportation aboard an aircraft unless the aircraft operator ensures the hazardous material is:
</P>
<P>(1) Authorized, and is within the quantity limitations specified for carriage aboard aircraft according to § 172.101 of this subchapter or as otherwise specifically provided by this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Described and certified on a shipping paper prepared in duplicate in accordance with part 172 of this subchapter or as authorized by subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter. See § 175.33 for shipping paper retention requirements;
</P>
<P>(3) Marked and labeled in accordance with subparts D and E of part 172 or as authorized by subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter, and placarded (when required) in accordance with subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(4) Labeled with a “CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY” label (see § 172.448 of this subchapter) if the material as presented is not permitted aboard passenger-carrying aircraft.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, no person may carry a hazardous material in a package or overpack aboard an aircraft unless the package or overpack is inspected by the operator of the aircraft immediately before placing it:
</P>
<P>(1) Aboard the aircraft; or
</P>
<P>(2) In a unit load device or on a pallet prior to loading aboard the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(c) A hazardous material may be carried aboard an aircraft only if, based on the inspection by the operator, the package or overpack containing the hazardous material:
</P>
<P>(1) Has no leakage or other indication that its integrity has been compromised; and
</P>
<P>(2) For Class 7 (radioactive) materials, does not have a broken seal, except packages contained in overpacks need not be inspected for seal integrity.
</P>
<P>(d) The requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section do not apply to Dry ice (carbon dioxide, solid).
</P>
<P>(e) An overpack containing packages of hazardous materials may be accepted only if the operator has taken all reasonable steps to establish that:
</P>
<P>(1) The proper shipping names, identification numbers, labels and special handling instructions appearing on the inside packages are clearly visible or reproduced on the outside of the overpack, and
</P>
<P>(2) The word “OVERPACK” appears on the outside of the overpack when specification packagings are required.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 72 FR 25177, May 3, 2007; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008; 76 FR 3383, Jan. 19, 2011; 79 FR 46040, Aug. 6, 2014; 80 FR 1164, Jan. 8, 2015; 83 FR 52899, Oct. 18, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.31" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.1.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.31   Reports of discrepancies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person who discovers a discrepancy, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section, relative to the shipment of a hazardous material following its acceptance for transportation aboard an aircraft shall, as soon as practicable, notify the nearest FAA Regional Office by telephone or electronically. The nearest Regional Office may be located by calling the FAA Washington Operations Center 202-267-3333 (any hour). Electronic notifications may be submitted by following instructions on the FAA's website. The following information must be provided:
</P>
<P>(1) Name and telephone number of the person reporting the discrepancy.
</P>
<P>(2) Name of the aircraft operator.
</P>
<P>(3) Specific location of the shipment concerned.
</P>
<P>(4) Name of the shipper.
</P>
<P>(5) Nature of discrepancy.
</P>
<P>(6) Address of the shipper or person responsible for the discrepancy, if known, by the air carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) Discrepancies which must be reported under paragraph (a) of this section are those involving hazardous materials which are improperly described, certified, labeled, marked, or packaged, in a manner not ascertainable when accepted under the provisions of § 175.30(a) of this subchapter including packages or baggage which are found to contain hazardous materials subsequent to their being offered and accepted as other than hazardous materials.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 85 FR 83402, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.33" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.1.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.33   Shipping paper and information to the pilot-in-command.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a hazardous material subject to the provisions of this subchapter is carried in an aircraft, the operator of the aircraft must provide the pilot-in-command and the flight dispatcher or other ground support personnel with responsibilities for operational control of the aircraft with accurate and legible written information (e.g., handwritten, printed, or electronic form) as early as practicable before departure of the aircraft, but in no case later than when the aircraft moves under its own power, which specifies at least the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The date of the flight;
</P>
<P>(2) The air waybill number (when issued);
</P>
<P>(3) The proper shipping name (the technical name(s) shown on the shipping paper is not required), hazard class or division, subsidiary risk(s) corresponding to a required label(s), packing group and identification number of the material as specified in § 172.101 of this subchapter or the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). In the case of Class 1 materials, the compatibility group letter also must be shown.
</P>
<P>(4) The total number of packages;
</P>
<P>(5) The exact loading location of the packages;
</P>
<P>(6) The net quantity or gross mass, as applicable, for each package except those containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials. For a shipment consisting of multiple packages containing hazardous materials bearing the same proper shipping name and identification number, only the total quantity and an indication of the quantity of the largest and smallest package at each loading location need to be provided. For consumer commodities, the information provided may be either the gross mass of each package or the average gross mass of the packages as shown on the shipping paper;
</P>
<P>(7) For Class 7 (radioactive) materials, the number of packages overpacks or freight containers, their category, transport index (if applicable), and their exact loading location;
</P>
<P>(8) Confirmation that the package must be carried on cargo-only aircraft;
</P>
<P>(9) The airport at which the package(s) is to be unloaded;
</P>
<P>(10) An indication, when applicable, that a hazardous material is being carried under terms of a special permit or under a State exemption as prescribed in the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(11) The telephone number from whom the information contained in the information to the pilot-in-command can be obtained. The aircraft operator must ensure the telephone number is monitored at all times the aircraft is in flight. The telephone number is not required to be placed on the information to the pilot-in-command if the phone number is in a location in the cockpit available and known to the pilot-in-command;
</P>
<P>(12) For UN1845, Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), the information required by this paragraph (a) may be replaced by the UN number, proper shipping name, hazard class, total quantity in each cargo compartment aboard the aircraft, and the airport at which the package(s) is to be unloaded; and
</P>
<P>(13)(i) For UN3480, Lithium ion batteries, and UN3090, Lithium metal batteries, the information required by paragraph (a) of this section may be replaced by the UN number, proper shipping name, hazard class, total quantity at each specific loading location, the airport at which the package(s) is to be unloaded, and whether the package must be carried on cargo-only aircraft.
</P>
<P>(ii) For UN3480, Lithium ion batteries, and UN3090, Lithium metal batteries, carried under a special permit or a State exemption as prescribed in the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), must meet all of the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) UN3481 and UN3091 are not required to appear on the information provided to the pilot-in-command when prepared in accordance with § 173.185(c).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The information provided to the pilot-in-command must also include a signed confirmation or some other indication from the person responsible for loading the aircraft that there was no evidence of any damage to or leakage from the packages or any leakage from the unit load devices loaded on the aircraft;
</P>
<P>(2) The information to the pilot-in-command and the emergency response information required by subpart G of part 172 of this subchapter shall be readily available to the pilot-in-command and flight dispatcher during flight.
</P>
<P>(3) The pilot-in-command must indicate in writing (e.g., handwritten, printed, or electronic form) that the information to the pilot-in-command has been received.
</P>
<P>(c) The aircraft operator must—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>For shipping papers.</I> (i) Ensure a copy of the shipping paper required by § 175.30(a)(2) accompanies the shipment it covers during transportation aboard the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(ii) Retain a copy of the shipping paper required by § 175.30(a)(2) or an electronic image thereof, that is accessible at or through its principal place of business and must make the shipping paper available, upon request, to an authorized official of a federal, state, or local government agency at reasonable times and locations. For a hazardous waste, each shipping paper copy must be retained for three years after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. For all other hazardous materials, each shipping paper copy must be retained by the operator for one year after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. Each shipping paper copy must include the date of acceptance by the carrier. The date on the shipping paper may be the date a shipper notifies the air carrier that a shipment is ready for transportation, as indicated on the air waybill or bill of lading, as an alternative to the date the shipment is picked up or accepted by the carrier. Only an initial carrier must receive and retain a copy of the shipper's certification, as required by § 172.204 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>For information to the pilot-in-command.</I> Retain for 90 days at the airport of departure or the operator's principal place of business.
</P>
<P>(3) Have the shipping paper and information to the pilot-in-command readily accessible at the airport of departure and the intended airport of arrival for the duration of the flight.
</P>
<P>(4) Make available, upon request, to an authorized official of a Federal, State, or local government agency (which includes emergency responders) at reasonable times and locations, the documents or information required to be retained by this paragraph. In the event of a reportable incident, as defined in § 171.15 of this subchapter, the aircraft operator must make immediately available to an authorized official of a Federal, State, or local government agency (which includes emergency responders), the documents or information required to be retained by this paragraph (c).
</P>
<P>(5) Specify the personnel to be provided the information required by paragraph (a) of this section in their operations manual and/or other appropriate manuals.
</P>
<P>(d) The information required by paragraph (a) of this section and the shipping paper required by (c)(1) of this section may be combined into one document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 52899, Oct. 18, 2018, as amended at 85 FR 27899, May 11, 2020; 89 FR 25488, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.34" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.1.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.34   Exceptions for cylinders of compressed oxygen or other oxidizing gases transported within the State of Alaska.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exceptions.</I> When transported in the State of Alaska, cylinders of compressed oxygen or other oxidizing gases aboard aircraft are excepted from all the requirements of §§ 173.302(f)(3) through (5) and 173.304(f)(3) through (5) of this subchapter subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Transportation of the cylinders by a ground-based or water-based mode of transportation is unavailable and transportation by aircraft is the only practical means for transporting the cylinders to their destination;
</P>
<P>(2) Each cylinder is fully covered with a fire or flame resistant blanket that is secured in place; and
</P>
<P>(3) The operator of the aircraft complies with the applicable notification procedures under § 175.33.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Aircraft restrictions.</I> This exception only applies to the following types of aircraft:
</P>
<P>(1) Cargo-only aircraft transporting the cylinders to a delivery destination that receives cargo-only service at least once a week.
</P>
<P>(2) Passenger and cargo-only aircraft transporting the cylinders to a delivery destination that does not receive cargo only service once a week.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 15046, Mar. 18, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Loading, Unloading and Handling</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.75" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.2.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.75   Quantity limitations and cargo location.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may carry on an aircraft a hazardous material except as permitted by this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hazardous materials stowage.</I> (1) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, no person may carry a hazardous material in the cabin of a passenger-carrying aircraft or on the flight deck of any aircraft, and the hazardous material must be located in a place that is inaccessible to persons other than crew members.
</P>
<P>(2) Hazardous materials may be carried in a main deck cargo compartment of a passenger aircraft provided that the compartment is inaccessible to passengers and that it meets all certification requirements for: a Class B aircraft cargo compartment in 14 CFR 25.857(b); or a Class C aircraft cargo compartment in 14 CFR 25.857(c).
</P>
<P>(3) A package bearing a “KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT” handling marking must be protected from direct sunshine and stored in a cool and ventilated place, away from sources of heat.
</P>
<P>(4) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, a package containing a hazardous material acceptable for cargo-only aircraft must be loaded in an accessible manner.
</P>
<P>(c) For each package containing a hazardous material acceptable for carriage aboard passenger-carrying aircraft, no more than 25 kg (55 pounds) net weight of hazardous material may be loaded in an inaccessible manner. In addition to the 25 kg limitation, an additional 75 kg (165 pounds) net weight of Division 2.2 (non-flammable compressed gas) may be loaded in an inaccessible manner. The requirements of this paragraph (c) do not apply to Class 9, articles of Identification Numbers UN0012, UN0014, or UN0055 also meeting the requirements of § 173.63(b) of this subchapter, articles of Identification Numbers UN3528 or UN3529, and Limited or Excepted Quantity material.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purposes of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Accessible</I> means, on passenger-carrying or cargo-only aircraft that each package is loaded where a crew member or other authorized person can access, handle, and, when size and weight permit, separate such packages from other cargo during flight, including a freight container in an accessible cargo compartment when packages are loaded in an accessible manner. Additionally, a package is considered accessible when transported on a cargo-only aircraft if it is:
</P>
<P>(i) In a cargo compartment certified by FAA as a Class C aircraft cargo compartment as defined in 14 CFR 25.857(c); or
</P>
<P>(ii) In an FAA-certified freight container that has an approved fire or smoke detection system and fire suppression system equivalent to that required by the certification requirements for a Class C aircraft cargo compartment.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Inaccessible</I> means all other configurations to include packages loaded where a crew member or other authorized person cannot access, handle, and, when size and weight permit, separate such packages from other cargo during flight, including a freight container in an accessible cargo compartment when packages are loaded in an inaccessible manner.
</P>
<P>(e) For transport aboard cargo-only aircraft, the requirements of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section do not apply to the following hazardous materials:
</P>
<P>(1) Class 3, PG III (unless the substance is also labeled CORROSIVE), Class 6.1 (unless the substance is also labeled for any hazard class or division except FLAMMABLE LIQUID), Division 6.2, Class 7 (unless the hazardous material meets the definition of another hazard class), Class 9, articles of Identification Numbers UN0012, UN0014, or UN0055 also meeting the requirements of § 173.63(b) of this subchapter, articles of Identification Numbers UN3528 or UN3529, and those marked as a Limited Quantity or Excepted Quantity material.
</P>
<P>(2) Packages of hazardous materials transported aboard a cargo aircraft, when other means of transportation are impracticable or not available, in accordance with procedures approved in writing by the FAA Regional Office in the region where the operator is certificated.
</P>
<P>(3) Packages of hazardous materials carried on small, single pilot, cargo aircraft if:
</P>
<P>(i) No person is carried on the aircraft other than the pilot, an FAA Flight Standards inspector, the shipper or consignee of the material, a representative of the shipper or consignee so designated in writing, or a person necessary for handling the material;
</P>
<P>(ii) The pilot is provided with written instructions on the characteristics and proper handling of the materials; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Whenever a change of pilots occurs while the material is on board, the new pilot is briefed under a hand-to-hand signature service provided by the operator of the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(f) At a minimum, quantity limits and loading instructions in the following quantity and loading table must be followed to maintain acceptable quantity and loading between packages containing hazardous materials. The quantity and loading table is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Quantity and Loading Table 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Applicability 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Forbidden 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Quantity Limitation: 25 kg net weight of hazardous material plus 75 kg net weight of Division 2.2 (non-flammable compressed gas) per cargo compartment 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No limit 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passenger-carrying aircraft</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cargo Aircraft Only labeled packages</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inaccessible</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accessible.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cargo-only aircraft—
<br/>Packages authorized aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inaccessible (Note 1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accessible (Note 2).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cargo-only aircraft—
<br/>Packages not authorized aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft and displaying a Cargo Aircraft Only label</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inaccessible (Note 1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accessible (Note 2).


</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note 1 to § 175.75(f):</E>
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">The following materials are not subject to this loading restriction—
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">a. Class 3, PG III (unless the substance is also labeled CORROSIVE).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">b. Division 6.1 (unless the substance is also labeled for any hazard class or division except FLAMMABLE LIQUID).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">c. Division 6.2.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">d. Class 7 (unless the hazardous material meets the definition of another hazard class).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">e. Class 9, Limited Quantity, or Excepted Quantity material.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">f. Articles of Identification Numbers UN0012, UN0014, or UN0055 also meeting the requirements of § 173.63(b).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">g. Articles of Identification Numbers UN3528 or UN3529.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note 2 to § 175.75(f):</E>
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Aboard cargo-only aircraft, packages required to be loaded in a position that is considered to be accessible include those loaded in a Class C cargo compartment.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 82178, Dec. 30, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 65486, Oct. 31, 2013; 81 FR 35544, June 2, 2016; 82 FR 15892, Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 83402, Dec. 21, 2020; 87 FR 44998, July 26, 2022]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.78" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.2.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.78   Stowage compatibility of cargo.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For stowage on an aircraft, in a cargo facility, or in any other area at an airport designated for the stowage of hazardous materials, packages containing hazardous materials which might react dangerously with one another may not be placed next to each other or in a position that would allow a dangerous interaction in the event of leakage.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) At a minimum, the segregation instructions prescribed in the following Segregation Table must be followed to maintain acceptable segregation between packages containing hazardous materials with different hazards. The Segregation Table instructions apply whether or not the class or division is the primary or subsidiary risk.
</P>
<P>(2) Packages and overpacks containing articles of Identification Numbers UN3090 and UN3480 prepared in accordance with § 173.185(b)(3) and (c)(4)(vi) must not be stowed on an aircraft next to, in contact with, or in a position that would allow interaction with packages or overpacks containing hazardous materials that bear a Class 1 (other than Division 1.4S), Division 2.1, Class 3, Division 4.1, or Division 5.1 hazard label. To maintain acceptable segregation between packages and overpacks, the segregation requirements shown in the Segregation Table must be followed. The segregation requirements apply based on all hazard labels applied to the package or overpack, irrespective of whether the hazard is the primary or subsidiary hazard.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>): Segregation Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Hazard label
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="11" scope="col">Class or division
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2.2, 2.3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">9
<br/>see (b)(2)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.2, 2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X (Note 3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X (Note 3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9 see (b)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Instructions for using the Segregation Table are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Hazard labels, classes or divisions not shown in the table are not subject to segregation requirements.
</P>
<P>(2) Dots at the intersection of a row and column indicate that no restrictions apply.
</P>
<P>(3) The letter “X” at the intersection of a row and column indicates that packages containing these classes of hazardous materials may not be stowed next to or in contact with each other, or in a position which would allow interaction in the event of leakage of the contents.
</P>
<P>(4) Note 1. “Note 1” at the intersection of a row and column means the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Only Division 1.4, Compatibility Group S, explosives are permitted to be transported aboard a passenger aircraft. Only certain Division 1.3, Compatibility Groups C and G, and Division 1.4, Compatibility Groups B, C, D, E, G and S, explosives may be transported aboard a cargo aircraft.
</P>
<P>(ii) Division 1.4 explosives in Compatibility Group S may be stowed with Division 1.3 and 1.4 explosives in compatibility groups as permitted aboard aircraft under paragraph (c)(4)(i) above.
</P>
<P>(iii) Except for Division 1.4B explosives and as otherwise provided in this Note, explosives of different compatibility groups may be stowed together whether or not they belong to the same division. Division 1.4B explosives must not be stowed together with any other explosive permitted aboard aircraft except Division 1.4S, unless segregated as prescribed in paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this section (“Note 1”).
</P>
<P>(iv) Division 1.4B and Division 1.3 explosives may not be stowed together. Division 1.4B explosives must be loaded into separate unit load devices and, when stowed aboard the aircraft, the unit load devices must be separated by other cargo with a minimum separation of 2 m (6.5 feet). When not loaded in unit load devices, Division 1.4B and Division 1.3 explosives must be loaded into different, non-adjacent loading positions and separated by other cargo with a minimum separation of 2 m (6.5 feet). 
</P>
<P>(5) Note 2. “Note 2” at the intersection of a row and column means that other than explosives of Division 1.4, Compatibility Group S, explosives may not be stowed together with that class.
</P>
<P>(6) Packages containing hazardous materials with multiple hazards in the class or divisions, which require segregation in accordance with the Segregation Table, need not be segregated from other packages bearing the same UN number.
</P>
<P>(7) A package labeled “BLASTING AGENT” may not be stowed next to or in a position that will allow contact with a package of special fireworks or railway torpedoes.
</P>
<P>(8) Note 3. “Note 3” at the intersection of a row and column means that UN 3528, Engines, internal combustion, flammable liquid powered; Engines, fuel cell, flammable liquid powered; Machinery internal combustion, flammable liquid powered; and Machinery, fuel cell, flammable liquid powered need not be segregated from packages containing dangerous goods in Division 5.1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 54396, Sept. 14, 2006; 71 FR 78634, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3384, Jan. 19, 2011; 85 FR 27899, May 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.88" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.2.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.88   Inspection, orientation and securing packages of hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A unit load device may not be loaded on an aircraft unless the device has been inspected and found to be free from any evidence of leakage from, or damage to, any package containing hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(b) A package containing hazardous materials marked “THIS SIDE UP” or “THIS END UP”, or with arrows to indicate the proper orientation of the package, must be stored and loaded aboard an aircraft in accordance with such markings. A package without orientation markings containing liquid hazardous materials must be stored and loaded with top closure facing upward.
</P>
<P>(c) Packages containing hazardous materials must be:
</P>
<P>(1) Secured in an aircraft in a manner that will prevent any shifting or change in the orientation of the packages;
</P>
<P>(2) Protected from being damaged, including by the shifting of baggage, mail, stores, or other cargo;
</P>
<P>(3) Loaded so that accidental damage is not caused through dragging or mishandling; and
</P>
<P>(4) When containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials, secured in a manner that ensures that the separation requirements of §§ 175.701 and 175.702 will be maintained at all times during flight.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 83 FR 52900, Oct. 18, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.90" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.2.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.90   Damaged shipments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Packages or overpacks containing hazardous materials must be inspected for damage or leakage after being unloaded from an aircraft. When packages or overpacks containing hazardous materials have been transported in a unit load device, the area where the unit load device was stowed must be inspected for evidence of leakage or contamination immediately upon removal of the unit load device from the aircraft, and the packages or overpacks must be inspected for evidence of damage or leakage when the unit load device is unloaded. In the event of leakage or suspected leakage, the compartment in which the package, overpack, or unit load device was carried must be inspected for contamination and decontaminated, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in § 175.700, the operator of an aircraft must remove from the aircraft any package, baggage or cargo that appears to be leaking or contaminated by a hazardous material. In the case of a package, baggage or cargo that appears to be leaking, the operator must ensure that other packages, baggage or cargo in the same shipment are in proper condition for transport aboard the aircraft and that no other package, baggage or cargo has been contaminated or is leaking. If an operator becomes aware that a package, baggage or cargo not identified as containing a hazardous material has been contaminated, or the operator has cause to believe that a hazardous material may be the cause of the contamination, the operator must take reasonable steps to identify the nature and source of contamination before proceeding with the loading of the contaminated baggage or cargo. If the contaminating substance is found or suspected to be hazardous material, the operator must isolate the package, baggage or cargo and take appropriate steps to eliminate any identified hazard before continuing the transportation of the item by aircraft.
</P>
<P>(c) No person may place aboard an aircraft a package, baggage or cargo that is contaminated with a hazardous material or appears to be leaking.
</P>
<P>(d) If a package containing a material in Division 6.2 (infectious substance) is found to be damaged or leaking, the person finding the package must:
</P>
<P>(1) Avoid handling the package or keep handling to a minimum;
</P>
<P>(2) Inspect packages adjacent to the leaking package for contamination and withhold from further transportation any contaminated packages until it is ascertained that they can be safely transported;
</P>
<P>(3) Comply with the reporting requirement of §§ 171.15 and 175.31 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(4) Notify the consignor or consignee.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Specific Regulations Applicable According to Classification of Material</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.310" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.3.25.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.310   Transportation of flammable liquid fuel; aircraft only means of transportation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When other means of transportation are impracticable, flammable liquid fuels may be carried on certain passenger and cargo aircraft as provided in this section, without regard to the packaging references and quantity limits listed in Columns 7, 8 and 9 of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table. All requirements of this subchapter that are not specifically covered in this section continue to apply to shipments made under the provisions of this section. For purposes of this section “impracticable” means transportation is not physically possible or cannot be performed by routine and frequent means of other transportation, due to extenuating circumstances. Extenuating circumstances include: conditions precluding highway or water transportation, such as a frozen vessel route; road closures due to catastrophic weather or volcanic activity; or a declared state of emergency. The desire for expedience of a shipper, carrier, or consignor, is not relevant in determining whether other means of transportation are impracticable. The stowage requirements of § 175.75(a) do not apply to a person operating an aircraft under the provisions of this section which, because of its size and configuration, makes it impossible to comply.
</P>
<P>(b) A small passenger-carrying aircraft operated entirely within the State of Alaska or into a remote area, in other than scheduled passenger operations, may carry up to 76 L (20 gallons) of flammable liquid fuel (in Packing Group II or Packing Group III), when:
</P>
<P>(1) The flight is necessary to meet the needs of a passenger; and
</P>
<P>(2) The fuel is carried in one of the following types of containers:
</P>
<P>(i) Strong tight metal containers of not more than 20 L (5.3 gallons) capacity, each packed inside a UN 4G fiberboard box, at the Packing Group II performance level, or each packed inside a UN 4C1 wooden box, at the Packing Group II performance level;
</P>
<P>(ii) Airtight, leakproof, inside containers of not more than 40 L (11 gallons) capacity and of at least 28-gauge metal, each packed inside a UN 4C1 wooden box, at the Packing Group II performance level;
</P>
<P>(iii) UN 1A1 steel drums, at the Packing Group I or II performance level, of not more than 20 L (5.3 gallons) capacity; or
</P>
<P>(iv) In fuel tanks attached to flammable liquid fuel powered equipment under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) Each piece of equipment is secured in an upright position;
</P>
<P>(B) Each fuel tank is filled in a manner that will preclude spillage of fuel during loading, unloading, and transportation; and
</P>
<P>(C) Fueling and refueling of the equipment is prohibited in or on the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a passenger-carrying helicopter, the fuel or fueled equipment must be carried on external cargo racks or slings.
</P>
<P>(c) Flammable liquid fuels may be carried on a cargo aircraft, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The flammable liquid fuel is in Packing Group II or Packing Group III except as indicated in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The fuel is carried in packagings authorized in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) The fuel is carried in metal drums (UN 1A1, 1B1, 1N1) authorized for Packing Group I or Packing Group II liquid hazardous materials and having rated capacities of 220 L (58 gallons) or less. These single packagings may not be transported in the same aircraft with Class 1, Class 5, or Class 8 materials.
</P>
<P>(iv) Combustible and flammable liquid fuels (including those in Packing Group I) may be carried in installed aircraft tanks each having a capacity of more than 450 L (118.9 gallons), subject to the following additional conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) The tanks and their associated piping and equipment and the installation thereof must have been approved for the material to be transported by the appropriate FAA Flight Standards District Office.
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of an aircraft being operated by a certificate holder, the operator shall list the aircraft and the approval information in its operating specifications. If the aircraft is being operated by other than a certificate holder, a copy of the FAA Flight Standards District Office approval required by this section must be carried on the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(C) The crew of the aircraft must be thoroughly briefed on the operation of the particular bulk tank system being used.
</P>
<P>(D) During loading and unloading and thereafter until any remaining fumes within the aircraft are dissipated:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Only those electrically operated bulk tank shutoff valves that have been approved under a supplemental type certificate may be electrically operated.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) No engine or electrical equipment, avionic equipment, or auxiliary power units may be operated, except position lights in the steady position and equipment required by approved loading or unloading procedures, as set forth in the operator's operations manual, or for operators that are not certificate holders, as set forth in a written statement.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Static ground wires must be connected between the storage tank or fueler and the aircraft, and between the aircraft and a positive ground device.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) The following restrictions apply to loading, handling, or carrying fuel under the provisions of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) During loading and unloading, no person may smoke, carry a lighted cigarette, cigar, or pipe, or operate any device capable of causing an open flame or spark within 15 m (50 feet) of the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) No person may fill a container, other than an approved bulk tank, with a Class 3 material or combustible liquid or discharge a Class 3 material or combustible liquid from a container, other than an approved bulk tank, while that container is inside or within 15 m (50 feet) of the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(3) When filling an approved bulk tank by hose from inside the aircraft, the doors and hatches of the aircraft must be fully open to insure proper ventilation.
</P>
<P>(4) Each area or compartment in which the fuel is loaded is suitably ventilated to prevent the accumulation of fuel vapors.
</P>
<P>(5) Fuel is transferred to the aircraft fuel tanks only while the aircraft is on the ground.
</P>
<P>(6) Before each flight, the pilot-in-command:
</P>
<P>(i) Prohibits smoking, lighting matches, the carrying of any lighted cigar, pipe, cigarette or flame, and the use of anything that might cause an open flame or spark, while in flight; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For passenger aircraft, informs each passenger of the location of the fuel and the hazards involved.
</P>
<P>(e) Operators must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If the aircraft is being operated by a holder of a certificate issued under 14 CFR part 121 or part 135, operations must be conducted in accordance with conditions and limitations specified in the certificate holder's operations specifications or operations manual accepted by the FAA. If the aircraft is being operated under 14 CFR part 91, operations must be conducted in accordance with an operations plan accepted and acknowledged in writing by the FAA Principal Operations Inspector assigned to the operator.
</P>
<P>(2) The aircraft and the loading arrangement to be used must be approved for the safe carriage of the particular materials concerned by the FAA Principal Operations Inspector assigned to the operator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.501" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.3.25.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.501   Special requirements for oxidizers and compressed oxygen.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Compressed oxygen, when properly labeled Oxidizer or Oxygen, may be loaded and transported as provided in this section. Except for Oxygen, compressed, no person may load or transport a hazardous material for which an OXIDIZER label is required under this subchapter in an inaccessible cargo compartment that does not have a fire or smoke detection system and a fire suppression system.
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to the quantity limitations prescribed in § 175.75, no more than a combined total of six cylinders of compressed oxygen may be stowed on an aircraft in the inaccessible aircraft cargo compartment(s) that do not have fire or smoke detection systems and fire suppression systems.
</P>
<P>(c) When loaded into a passenger-carrying aircraft or in an inaccessible cargo location on a cargo-only aircraft, cylinders of compressed oxygen must be stowed horizontally on the floor or as close as practicable to the floor of the cargo compartment or unit load device. This provision does not apply to cylinders stowed in the cabin of the aircraft in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) When transported in a Class B aircraft cargo compartment (see 14 CFR 25.857(b)) or its equivalent (i.e., an accessible cargo compartment equipped with a fire or smoke detection system, but not a fire suppression system), cylinders of compressed oxygen must be loaded in a manner that a crew member can see, handle and, when size and weight permit, separate the cylinders from other cargo during flight. No more than six cylinders of compressed oxygen and, in addition, one cylinder of medical-use compressed oxygen per passenger needing oxygen at destination—with a rated capacity of 1000 L (34 cubic feet) or less of oxygen—may be carried in a Class B aircraft cargo compartment or its equivalent.
</P>
<P>(e) A cylinder containing medical-use compressed oxygen, owned or leased by an aircraft operator or offered for transportation by a passenger needing it for personal medical use at destination, may be carried in the cabin of a passenger-carrying aircraft in accordance with the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) No more than six cylinders belonging to the aircraft operator and, in addition, no more than one cylinder per passenger needing the oxygen at destination, may be transported in the cabin of the aircraft under the provisions of this paragraph (e);
</P>
<P>(2) The rated capacity of each cylinder may not exceed 1,000 L (34 cubic feet);
</P>
<P>(3) Each cylinder must conform to the provisions of this subchapter and be placed in:
</P>
<P>(i) An outer packaging that conforms to the performance criteria of Air Transport Association (ATA) Specification 300 for a Category I Shipping Container; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A metal, plastic or wood outer packaging that conforms to a UN standard at the Packing Group I or II performance level.
</P>
<P>(4) The aircraft operator shall securely stow the cylinder in its overpack or outer packaging in the cabin of the aircraft and shall notify the pilot-in-command as specified in § 175.33 of this part; and
</P>
<P>(5) Shipments under this paragraph (e) are not subject to—
</P>
<P>(i) Sections 173.302(f) and 173.304(f) of this subchapter, subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, and, for passengers only, subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Section 173.25(a)(4) of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 4456, Jan. 31, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55099, Sept. 28, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.630" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.3.25.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.630   Special requirements for Division 6.1 (poisonous) material and Division 6.2 (infectious substances) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) No person may operate an aircraft that has been used to transport any package required to bear a POISON or POISON INHALATION HAZARD label unless, upon removal of such package, the area in the aircraft in which it was carried is visually inspected for evidence of leakage, spillage, or other contamination. All contamination discovered must be either isolated or removed from the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(c) When unloaded from the aircraft, each package, overpack, pallet, or unit load device containing a Division 6.2 material must be inspected for signs of leakage. If evidence of leakage is found, the cargo compartment in which the package, overpack, or unit load device was transported must be disinfected. Disinfection may be by any means that will make the material released ineffective at transmitting disease.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 32263, June 2, 2006; 80 FR 1164, Jan. 8, 2015; 85 FR 83402, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.700" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.3.25.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.700   Special limitations and requirements for Class 7 materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in §§ 173.4a, 173.422 and 173.423 of this subchapter, no person may carry any Class 7 materials aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft unless that material is intended for use in, or incident to research (See § 171.8 of this subchapter), medical diagnosis or treatment. Regardless of its intended use, no person may carry a Type B(M) package aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft, a vented Type B(M) package aboard any aircraft, or a liquid pyrophoric Class 7 material aboard any aircraft.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limits for transport index and criticality safety index.</I> A person may carry the following Class 7 (radioactive) materials aboard an aircraft only when—
</P>
<P>(1) On a passenger-carrying aircraft—
</P>
<P>(i) Each single package on the aircraft has a transport index no greater than 3.0;
</P>
<P>(ii) The combined transport index and the combined criticality index of all the packages on the aircraft are each no greater than 50.
</P>
<P>(2) On a cargo aircraft—
</P>
<P>(i) Each single package on the aircraft has a transport index no greater than 10.0.
</P>
<P>(ii) The combined transport index of all the packages on the aircraft is no greater than 200, and the combined criticality index of all the packages on the aircraft is no greater than—
</P>
<P>(A) 50 on a non-exclusive use cargo aircraft, or
</P>
<P>(B) 100 on an aircraft assigned for the exclusive use of the shipper [offeror] for the specific shipment of fissile Class 7 material. Instructions for the exclusive use must be developed by the shipper [offeror] and carrier, and the instructions must accompany the shipping papers.
</P>
<P>(3) The combined transport index and combined criticality index are determined by adding together the transport index and criticality index numbers, respectively, shown on the labels of the individual packages.
</P>
<P>(c) No person may carry in a passenger-carrying aircraft any package required to be labeled RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II or RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label unless the package is carried on the floor of the cargo compartment or freight container.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.701" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.3.25.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.701   Separation distance requirements for packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials in passenger-carrying aircraft.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following table prescribes the minimum separation distances that must be maintained in a passenger-carrying aircraft between Class 7 (radioactive) materials labeled RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II or RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III and passengers and crew: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Transport index or sum of transport indexes of all packages in the aircraft or predesignated area 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Minimum separation
<br/>distances 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Centimeters 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Inches 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.1 to 1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.1 to 2.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.1 to 3.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.1 to 4.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.1 to 5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.1 to 6.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6.1 to 7.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7.1 to 8.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">145</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8.1 to 9.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9.1 to 10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.1 to 11.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">175</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11.1 to 12.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">185</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12.1 to 13.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">195</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13.1 to 14.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">205</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14.1 to 15.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">215</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15.1 to 16.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">225</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16.1 to 17.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17.1 to 18.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18.1 to 20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">260</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20.1 to 25.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">290</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">114 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25.1 to 30.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">320</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">126 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30.1 to 35.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35.1 to 40.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">148 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40.1 to 45.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">157 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45.1 to 50.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">425</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">167</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) When transported aboard passenger-carrying aircraft packages, overpacks or freight containers labeled Radioactive Yellow-II or Radioactive Yellow-III must be separated from live animals by a distance of at least 0.5 m (20 inches) for journeys not exceeding 24 hours, and by a distance of at least 1.0 m (39 inches) for journeys longer than 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the minimum separation distances prescribed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section are determined by measuring the shortest distance between the surfaces of the Class 7 (radioactive) materials package and the surfaces bounding the space occupied by passengers or animals. If more than one package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials is placed in a passenger-carrying aircraft, the minimum separation distance for these packages shall be determined in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section on the basis of the sum of the transport index numbers of the individual packages or overpacks.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Predesignated areas.</I> A package labeled RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II or RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III may be carried in a passenger-carrying aircraft in accordance with a system of predesignated areas established by the aircraft operator. Each aircraft operator that elects to use a system of predesignated areas shall submit a detailed description of the proposed system to the Associate Administrator for approval prior to implementation of the system. A proposed system of predesignated areas is approved if the Associate Administrator determines that it is designed to assure that:
</P>
<P>(1) The packages can be placed in each predesignated area in accordance with the minimum separation distances prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) The predesignated areas are separated from each other by minimum distance equal to at least four times the distances required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section for the predesignated area containing packages with the largest sum of transport indexes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.702" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.3.25.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.702   Separation distance requirements for packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials in cargo aircraft.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may carry in a cargo aircraft any package required by § 172.403 of this subchapter to be labeled Radioactive Yellow-II or Radioactive Yellow-III unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The total transport index for all packages does not exceed 50.0 and the packages are carried in accordance with § 175.701(a); or
</P>
<P>(2) The total transport index for all packages exceeds 50.0; and
</P>
<P>(i) The separation distance between the surfaces of the radioactive materials packages, overpacks or freight containers and any space occupied by live animals is at least 0.5 m (20 inches) for journeys not exceeding 24 hours and at least 1.0 m (39 inches) for journeys longer than 24 hours; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The minimum separation distances between the radioactive material and any areas occupied by persons that are specified in the following table are maintained: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Transport index or sum of transport indexes of all packages in the aircraft or predesignated area 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Minimum separation distances 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Centimeters 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Inches 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50.1 to 60.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">465</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">183 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60.1 to 70.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">505</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">199 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70.1 to 80.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">545</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">215 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80.1 to 90.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">580</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">228 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90.1 to 100.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">610</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100.1 to 110.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">645</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">254 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">110.1 to 120.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">670</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">264 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120.1 to 130.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">700</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">276 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">130.1 to 140.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">730</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">287 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">140.1 to 150.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">755</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">297 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">150.1 to 160.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">780</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">307 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">160.1 to 170.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">805</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">317 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">170.1 to 180.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">830</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">327 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">180.1 to 190.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">855</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">337 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">190.1 to 200.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">875</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">344</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) In addition to the limits on combined criticality safety indexes stated in § 175.700(b),
</P>
<P>(1) The criticality safety index of any single group of packages must not exceed 50.0 (as used in this section, the term “group of packages” means packages that are separated from each other in an aircraft by a distance of 6 m (20 feet) or less); and
</P>
<P>(2) Each group of packages must be separated from every other group in the aircraft by not less than 6 m (20 feet), measured from the outer surface of each group.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 54396, Sept. 14, 2006; 77 FR 60943, Oct. 5, 2012; 79 FR 40618, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.703" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.3.25.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.703   Other special requirements for the acceptance and carriage of packages containing Class 7 materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may accept for carriage in an aircraft packages of Class 7 materials, other than limited quantities, contained in a rigid or non-rigid overpack, including a fiberboard box or plastic bag, unless they have been prepared for shipment in accordance with § 172.403(h) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Each shipment of fissile material packages must conform to the requirements of §§ 173.457 and 173.459 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) No person shall offer or accept for transportation, or transport, by air—
</P>
<P>(1) Vented Type B(M) packages, packages which require external cooling by an ancillary cooling system or packages subject to operational controls during transport; or
</P>
<P>(2) Liquid pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
</P>
<P>(d) Packages with radiation levels at the package surface or a transport index in excess of the limits specified in § 173.441(a) of this subchapter may not be transported by aircraft except under special arrangements approved by the Associate Administrator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.704" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.3.25.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.704   Plutonium shipments.</HEAD>
<P>Shipments of plutonium which are subject to 10 CFR 71.88(a)(4) must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Each package containing plutonium must be secured and restrained to prevent shifting under normal conditions.
</P>
<P>(b) A package of plutonium having a gross mass less than 40 kg (88 pounds) and both its height and diameter less than 50 cm (19.7 inches)—
</P>
<P>(1) May not be transported aboard an aircraft carrying other cargo required to bear a Division 1.1 label; and
</P>
<P>(2) Must be stowed aboard the aircraft on the main deck or the lower cargo compartment in the aft-most location that is possible for cargo of its size and weight, and no other cargo may be stowed aft of packages containing plutonium.
</P>
<P>(c) A package of plutonium exceeding the size and weight limitations in paragraph (b) of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) May not be transported aboard an aircraft carrying other cargo required to bear any of the following labels: Class 1 (all Divisions), Class 2 (all Divisions), Class 3, Class 4 (all Divisions), Class 5 (all Divisions), or Class 8; and
</P>
<P>(2) Must be securely cradled and tied down to the main deck of the aircraft in a manner that restrains the package against the following internal forces acting separately relative to the deck of the aircraft; Upward, 2g; Forward, 9g; Sideward, 1.5g; Downward, 4.5g.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.705" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.3.25.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.705   Radioactive contamination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A carrier shall take care to avoid possible inhalation, ingestion, or contact by any person with Class 7 (radioactive) materials that may have been released from their packagings.
</P>
<P>(b) When contamination is present or suspected, the package containing a Class 7 material, any loose Class 7 material, associated packaging material, and any other materials that have been contaminated must be segregated as far as practicable from personnel contact until radiological advice or assistance is obtained from the U.S. Department of Energy or appropriate State or local radiological authorities.
</P>
<P>(c) An aircraft in which Class 7 (radioactive) material has been released must be taken out of service and may not be returned to service or routinely occupied until the aircraft is checked for radioactive substances and it is determined that any radioactive substances present do not meet the definition of radioactive material, as defined in § 173.403 of this subchapter, and it is determined in accordance with § 173.443 of this subchapter that the dose rate at every accessible surface must not exceed 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) and there is no significant removable surface contamination.
</P>
<P>(d) Each aircraft used routinely for transporting Class 7 materials shall be periodically checked for radioactive contamination, and an aircraft must be taken out of service if contamination exceeds the level specified in paragraph (c). The frequency of these checks shall be related to the likelihood of contamination and the extent to which Class 7 materials are transported.
</P>
<P>(e) In addition to the reporting requirements of (§§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter and § 175.31 of this part, an aircraft operator shall notify the offeror at the earliest practicable moment following any incident in which there has been breakage, spillage, or suspected radioactive contamination involving Class 7 (radioactive) materials shipments.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006, as amended at 79 FR 40618, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1164, Jan. 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.706" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.3.25.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.706   Separation distances for undeveloped film from packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>No person may carry in an aircraft any package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials required by § 172.403 of this subchapter to be labeled Radioactive Yellow-II or Radioactive Yellow-III closer than the distances shown in the table below to any package marked as containing underdeveloped film.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Transport index
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="10" scope="col">Minimum separation distance to nearest undeveloped film for various times in transit
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Up to 2 hours
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">2 to 4 hours
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">4 to 8 hours
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">8 to 12 hours
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Over 12 hours
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Meters
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Feet
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Meters
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Feet
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Meters
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Feet
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Meters
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Feet
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Meters
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Feet
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.1 to 1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.1 to 5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.1 to 10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.1 to 20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20.1 to 30.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30.1 to 40.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40.1 to 50.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 175.900" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.12.3.25.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 175.900   Handling requirements for carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice).</HEAD>
<P>Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice) when shipped by itself or when used as a refrigerant for other commodities, may be carried only if the operator has made suitable arrangements based on the aircraft type, the aircraft ventilation rates, the method of packing and stowing, whether animals will be carried on the same flight and other factors. The operator must ensure that the ground staff is informed that the dry ice is being loaded or is on board the aircraft. For arrangements between the shipper and operator, see § 173.217 of this subchapter. Where dry ice is contained in a unit load device (ULD) prepared by a single shipper in accordance with § 173.217 of this subchapter and the operator after the acceptance adds additional dry ice, the operator must ensure that the information provided to the pilot-in-command and the marking on the ULD when used as a packaging reflects that revised quantity of dry ice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 15892, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="176" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 176—CARRIAGE BY VESSEL
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.1" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.1.32.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes requirements in addition to those contained in parts 171, 172, and 173 of this subchapter to be observed with respect to the transportation of hazardous materials by vessel.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.2" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.1.32.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Cantline</I> means the v-shaped groove between two abutting, parallel horizontal cylinders.
</P>
<P><I>Cargo net</I> means a net made of fiber or wire used to provide convenience in handling loose or packaged cargo to and from a vessel.
</P>
<P><I>Cargo transport unit</I> means a transport vehicle, a freight container, a portable tank or a multiple element gas container (MEGC). A <I>closed cargo transport unit</I> means a cargo transport unit in which the contents are totally enclosed by permanent structures. An <I>open cargo transport unit</I> means a cargo transport unit that is not a closed cargo transport unit. Cargo transport units with fabric sides or tops are not closed cargo transport units for the purposes of this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Clear of living quarters</I> means that the hazardous material must be located so that in the event of release of the material, leakage or vapors will not penetrate accommodations, machinery spaces or other work areas by means of entrances or other openings in bulkheads or ventilation ducts.
</P>
<P><I>Closed freight container</I> means a freight container which totally encloses its contents by permanent structures. A freight container formed partly by a tarpaulin, plastic sheet, or similar material is not a closed freight container.
</P>
<P><I>Closed cargo transport unit for Class 1 (explosive) materials</I> means a freight container or transport vehicle that fully encloses the contents by permanent structures and can be secured to the ship's structure and are, except for the carriage of division 1.4 explosives, structurally serviceable (see § 176.172). Portable magazines conforming to § 176.137 are also considered closed cargo transport units for Class 1. Small compartments such as deck houses and mast lockers are included. Cargo transport units with fabric sides or tops are not closed cargo transport units. The floor of any closed cargo transport unit must either be constructed of wood, close-boarded or so arranged that goods are stowed on sparred gratings, wooden pallets or dunnage.
</P>
<P><I>Commandant (CG-522), USCG</I> means the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards, United States Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
</P>
<P><I>Compartment</I> means any space on a vessel that is enclosed by the vessel's decks and its sides or permanent steel bulkheads.
</P>
<P><I>CSC safety approval plate</I> means the safety approval plate specified in Annex I of the International Convention for Safe Containers (1972) and conforming to the specifications in 49 CFR 451.23 and 451.25. The plate is evidence that a freight container was designed, constructed, and tested under international rules incorporated into U.S. regulations in 49 CFR parts 450 through 453. The plate is found in the door area of the container.
</P>
<P><I>Deck structure</I> means a structure of substantial weight and size located on the weather deck of a vessel and integral with the deck. This term includes superstructures, deck houses, mast houses, and bridge structures.
</P>
<P><I>Draft</I> means a load or combination of loads capable of being hoisted into or out of a vessel in a single lift.
</P>
<P><I>Dunnage</I> means lumber of not less than 25 mm (0.98 inch) commercial thickness or equivalent material laid over or against structures such as tank tops, decks, bulkheads, frames, plating, or ladders, or used for filling voids or fitting around cargo, to prevent damage during transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Explosives anchorage</I> means an anchorage so designated under 33 CFR part 110, subpart B.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive article</I> means an article or device that contains one or more explosive substances. Individual explosive substances are identified in column 17 of the Dangerous Goods List in the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P><I>Explosives handling facility</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) A “designated waterfront facility” designated under 33 CFR part 126 when loading, handling, and unloading Class 1 (explosives) materials; or
</P>
<P>(2) A facility for loading, unloading, and handling military Class 1 (explosives) materials which is operated or controlled by an agency of the Department of Defense.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive substance</I> means a solid or liquid material, or a mixture of materials, which is in itself capable by chemical reaction of producing gas at such a temperature and pressure and at such a speed as to cause damage to its surroundings. Individual explosive substances are identified in column 17 of the Dangerous Goods List in the IMDG Code. 
</P>
<P><I>Handling</I> means the operation of loading and unloading a vessel; transfer to, from, or within a vessel, and any ancillary operations.
</P>
<P><I>Hold</I> means a compartment below deck that is used exclusively for the carriage of cargo.
</P>
<P><I>In containers or the like</I> means any clean, substantial, weatherproof box structure which can be secured to the vessel's structure, including a portable magazine or a closed cargo transport unit. Whenever this stowage is specified, stowage in deckhouses, mast lockers and oversized weatherproof packages (overpacks) is also acceptable. 
</P>
<P><I>Incompatible materials</I> means two materials whose stowage together may result in undue hazards in the case of leakage, spillage, or other accident.
</P>
<P><I>INF cargo</I> means packaged irradiated nuclear fuel, plutonium or high-level radioactive wastes as those terms are defined in the “International Code for the Safe Carriage of Packaged Irradiated Nuclear Fuel, Plutonium and High-Level Radioactive Wastes on Board Ships” (INF Code) contained in the IMDG Code. 
</P>
<P><I>Landing mat</I> means a shock absorbing pad used in loading Class 1 (explosive) materials on vessels.
</P>
<P><I>Machinery Spaces of Category</I> A are those spaces, and trunks to such spaces, which contain:
</P>
<P>(1) Internal combustion machinery used for main propulsion:
</P>
<P>(2) Internal combustion machinery used for purposes other than main propulsion where such machinery has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 375 kw; or
</P>
<P>(3) any oil-fired boiler or fuel unit.
</P>
<P><I>Magazine</I> means an enclosure designed to protect certain goods of Class 1 (explosive) materials from damage by other cargo and adverse weather conditions during loading, unloading, and when in transit; and to prevent unauthorized access. A magazine may be a fixed structure or compartment in the vessel, a closed freight container, a closed transport vehicle, or a portable magazine. Magazines may be positioned in any part of the ship conforming with the relevant provisions for Class 1 (explosive) materials contained in Subpart G of this part provided that magazines which are fixed structures are sited so that their doors, where fitted, are easily accessible. 
</P>
<P><I>Master of the Vessel,</I> as used in this part, includes the person in charge of an unmanned vessel or barge.
</P>
<P><I>Open freight container</I> means a freight container that does not totally enclose its contents by permanent structures.
</P>
<P><I>Overstowed</I> means a package or container is stowed directly on top of another. However, with regard to Class 1 (explosive) stowage, such goods may themselves be stacked to a safe level but other goods should not be stowed directly on top of them.
</P>
<P><I>Pallet</I> means a portable platform for stowing, handling, and moving cargo.
</P>
<P><I>Palletized unit</I> means packages or unpackaged objects stacked on a pallet, banded and secured to the pallet by metal, fabric, or plastic straps for the purpose of handling as a single unit.
</P>
<P><I>Pie plate</I> means a round, oval, or hexagonal pallet without sideboards, used in conjunction with a cargo net to handle loose cargo on board a vessel.
</P>
<P><I>Portable magazine</I> means a strong, closed, prefabricated, steel or wooden, closed box or container, other than a freight container, designed and used to handle Class 1 (explosive) materials either by hand or mechanical means.
</P>
<P><I>Potential or possible sources of ignition</I> means, but is not limited to, open fires, machinery exhausts, galley uptakes, electrical outlets and electrical equipment including those on refrigerated or heated cargo transport units unless they are of a type designed to operate in a hazardous environment.
</P>
<P><I>Protected from sources of heat</I> means that packages and cargo transport units must be stowed at least 2.4 m from heated ship structures, where the surface temperature is liable to exceed 131 °F (55 °C). Examples of heated structures are steam pipes, heating coils, top or side walls of heated fuel and cargo tanks, and bulkheads of machinery spaces. In addition, packages not loaded inside a cargo transport unit and stowed on deck must be shaded from direct sunlight. The surface of a cargo transport unit can heat rapidly when in direct sunlight in nearly windless conditions and the cargo may also become heated. Depending on the nature of the goods in the cargo transport unit, and the planned voyage, precautions must be taken to ensure that exposure to direct sunlight is reduced.
</P>
<P><I>Readily combustible material</I> means a material which may or may not be classed as a hazardous material but which is easily ignited and supports combustion. Examples of readily combustible materials include wood, paper, straw, vegetable fibers, products made from such materials, coal, lubricants, and oils. This definition does not apply to packaging material or dunnage.
</P>
<P><I>Responsible person</I> means a person empowered by the master of the vessel to make all decisions relating to his or her specific task, and having the necessary knowledge and experience for that purpose.
</P>
<P><I>Safe working load</I> means the maximum gross weight that cargo handling equipment is approved to lift.
</P>
<P><I>Skilled person</I> means a person having the knowledge and experience to perform a certain duty.
</P>
<P><I>Skipboard</I> means a square or rectangular pallet without sideboards, usually used in conjunction with a cargo net to handle loose cargo on board a vessel.
</P>
<P><I>Splice</I> as used in § 176.172 of this part, means any repair of a freight container main structural member which replaces material, other than complete replacement of the member.
</P>
<P><I>Tray</I> means a type of pallet constructed to specific dimensions for handling a particular load.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52687, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 33438, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45184, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75747, 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76179, Dec. 20, 2004; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008; 74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3384, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1093, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.3" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.1.32.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.3   Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A carrier may not transport by vessel any shipment of a hazardous material that is not prepared for transportation in accordance with parts 172 and 173 of this subchapter, or as authorized by subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) A carrier may not transport by vessel any explosive or explosive composition described in § 173.54 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52688, Dec. 21, 1990; 74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.4" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.1.32.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.4   Port security and safety regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each carrier, master, agent, and charterer of a vessel and all other persons engaged in handling hazardous materials on board vessels shall comply with the applicable provisions of 33 CFR parts 6, 109, 110, 125, 126, and 160.
</P>
<P>(b) Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials may only be loaded on and unloaded from a vessel at—
</P>
<P>(1) A facility of particular hazard as defined in 33 CFR 126.05(b);
</P>
<P>(2) An explosives anchorage listed in 33 CFR part 110; or
</P>
<P>(3) A facility operated or controlled by the Department of Defense.
</P>
<P>(c) With the concurrence of the COTP, Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials may be loaded on or unloaded from a vessel in any location acceptable to the COTP.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52688, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.5" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.1.32.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.5   Application to vessels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this subchapter applies to each domestic or foreign vessel when in the navigable waters of the United States, regardless of its character, tonnage, size, or service, and whether self-propelled or not, whether arriving or departing, underway, moored, anchored, aground, or while in dry dock.
</P>
<P>(b) This subchapter does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) A public vessel not engaged in commercial service;
</P>
<P>(2) A vessel constructed or converted for the principal purpose of carrying flammable or combustible liquid cargo in bulk in its own tanks, when only carrying these liquid cargoes;
</P>
<P>(3) A vessel of 15 gross tons or smaller when not engaged in carrying passengers for hire;
</P>
<P>(4) A vessel used exclusively for pleasure;
</P>
<P>(5) A vessel of 500 gross tons or smaller when engaged in fisheries;
</P>
<P>(6) A tug or towing vessel, except when towing another vessel having Class 1 (explosive) materials, Class 3 (flammable liquids), or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials, in which case the owner/operator of the tug or towing vessel shall make such provisions to guard against and extinguish fire as the Coast Guard may prescribe;
</P>
<P>(7) A cable vessel, dredge, elevator vessel, fireboat, icebreaker, pile driver, pilot boat, welding vessel, salvage vessel, or wrecking vessel; or
</P>
<P>(8) A foreign vessel transiting the territorial sea of the United States without entering the internal waters of the United States, if all hazardous materials being carried on board are being carried in accordance with the requirements of the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) Except for transportation in bulk packagings (as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter), the bulk carriage of hazardous materials by water is governed by 46 CFR chapter I, subchapters D, I, N and O.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 176-14, 47 FR 44471, Oct. 7, 1982; Amdt. 176-24, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986; Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52688, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66281, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 176-34, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 68 FR 75747, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.7" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.1.32.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.7   Documentation for vessel personnel.</HEAD>
<P>Each owner, operator, master, agent, person in charge, and charterer must ensure that vessel personnel required to have a license, certificate of registry, or merchant mariner's document by 46 CFR parts 10 and 12 possess a license, certificate or document, as appropriate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 23842, May 5, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.9" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.1.32.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.9   “Order-Notify” or “C.O.D.” shipments.</HEAD>
<P>A carrier may not transport Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials, detonators, or boosters with detonators which are:
</P>
<P>(a) Consigned to “order-notify” or “C.O.D.”, except on a through bill of lading to a place outside the United States; or
</P>
<P>(b) Consigned by the shipper to himself unless he has a resident representative to receive the shipment at the port of discharge.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52688, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.11" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.1.32.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.11   Exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A hazardous material may be offered and accepted for transport by vessel when in conformance with the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter.The requirements of §§ 176.83, 176.84, and 176.112 through 176.174 are not applicable to shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials made in accordance with the IMDG Code. A hazardous material which conforms to the provisions of this paragraph (a) is not subject to the requirement specified in § 172.201(d) of this subchapter for an emergency response telephone number, when transportation of the hazardous material originates and terminates outside the United States and the hazardous material—
</P>
<P>(1) Is not offloaded from the vessel; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is offloaded between ocean vessels at a U.S. port facility without being transported by public highway.
</P>
<P>(b) Canadian shipments and packages may be transported by vessel if they are transported in accordance with this subchapter. (See subparts B and C of part 171 of this subchapter.)
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements of this subchapter governing the transportation of combustible liquids do not apply to the transportation of combustible liquids in non-bulk (see definitions in § 171.8 of this subchapter) packages on board vessels.
</P>
<P>(d) Transport vehicles, containing hazardous materials loaded in accordance with specific requirements of this subchapter applicable to such vehicles, may be transported on board a ferry vessel or carfloat, subject to the applicable requirements specified in §§ 176.76, 176.100, and subpart E of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to hazardous materials, including certain hazardous wastes and hazardous substances as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, which are not subject to the requirements of the IMDG Code.
</P>
<P>(g) The requirements of this subchapter do not apply to atmospheric gases used in a refrigeration system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 176.11, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.13" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.1.32.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.13   Responsibility for compliance and training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless this subchapter specifically provides that another person shall perform a particular duty, each carrier shall perform the duties specified and comply with all applicable requirements in this part and shall ensure its hazmat employees receive training in relation thereto.
</P>
<P>(b) A carrier may not transport a hazardous material by vessel unless each of its hazmat employees involved in that transportation is trained as required by subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) The record of training required by § 172.704(d) of this subchapter for a crewmember who is a hazmat employee subject to the training requirements of this subchapter must be kept on board the vessel while the crewmember is in service on board the vessel.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-31, 57 FR 20954, May 15, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 176-35, 59 FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.15" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.1.32.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.15   Enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An enforcement officer of the U.S. Coast Guard may at any time and at any place, within the jurisdiction of the United States, board any vessel for the purpose of enforcement of this subchapter and inspect any shipment of hazardous materials as defined in this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 176-24, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.18" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.1.32.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.18   Assignment and certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The National Cargo Bureau, Inc., is authorized to assist the Coast Guard in administering this subchapter with respect to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Inspection of vessels for suitability for loading hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(2) Examination of stowage of hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(3) Making recommendations for stowage requirements of hazardous materials cargo; and
</P>
<P>(4) Issuance of certificates of loading setting forth that the stowage of hazardous materials is in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) A certificate of loading issued by the National Cargo Bureau, Inc., may be accepted by the Coast Guard as prima facie evidence that the cargo is stowed in conformity with the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-24, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—General Operating Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.24" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.2.32.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.24   Shipping papers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person may not accept a hazardous material for transportation or transport a hazardous material by vessel unless that person has received a shipping paper prepared in accordance with part 172 of this subchapter, or as authorized by subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter, unless the material is excepted from shipping paper requirements under this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each person receiving a shipping paper required by this section must retain a copy or an electronic image thereof, that is accessible at or through its principal place of business and must make the shipping paper available, upon request, to an authorized official of a Federal, State, or local government agency at reasonable times and locations. For a hazardous waste, each shipping paper copy must be retained for three years after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. For all other hazardous materials, each shipping paper copy must be retained for one year after the material is accepted by the carrier. Each shipping paper copy must include the date of acceptance by the carrier. The date on the shipping paper may be the date a shipper presents a booking for carriage with the carrier as an alternative to the date the shipment is picked up, accepted, or loaded on the vessel by the carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 66574, Nov. 1, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005; 72 FR 25177, May 3, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.27" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.2.32.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.27   Certificate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A carrier may not transport a hazardous material by vessel unless a certificate prepared in accordance with § 172.204 of this subchapter has been received. 
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of an import or export shipment of a hazardous material that will not be transported by rail, highway, or air, the shipper may certify on the bill of lading or other shipping paper that the hazardous material is properly classed, described, marked, packaged, and labeled according to part 172 of this subchapter or in accordance with the requirements of the IMDG Code (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). See subpart C of part 171 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) A person responsible for packing or loading a freight container or transport vehicle with packages of hazardous materials for transportation by a manned vessel in ocean or coastwise service, must provide the vessel operator, at the time the shipment is offered for transportation by vessel, with a signed container packing certificate stating, at a minimum, that—
</P>
<P>(i) The freight container or transport vehicle is serviceable for the materials loaded therein, contains no incompatible goods, and is properly marked, labeled or placarded, as applicable; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) When the freight container or transport vehicle contains packages, those packages have been inspected prior to loading, are properly marked, labeled or placarded, as applicable; are not damaged; and are properly secured. 
</P>
<P>(2) The certification may appear on a shipping paper or on a separate document as a statement, such as “It is declared that the packing of the container has been carried out in accordance with the applicable provisions [of 49 CFR], [of the IMDG Code], or [of 49 CFR and the IMDG Code].” 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 76180, Dec. 20, 2004; 72 FR 25177, May 3, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.30" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.2.32.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.30   Dangerous cargo manifest.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The carrier, its agents, and any person designated for this purpose by the carrier or agents must prepare a dangerous cargo manifest, list, or stowage plan. This document may not include a material that is not subject to the requirements of the Hazardous Material Regulations (49 CFR parts 171 through 180) or the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). This document must be kept on or near the vessel's bridge, except when the vessel is docked in a United States port. When the vessel is docked in a United States port, this document may be kept in the vessel's cargo office or another location designated by the master of the vessel provided that a sign is placed beside the designated holder on or near the vessel's bridge indicating the location of the dangerous cargo manifest, list, or stowage plan. This document must always be in a location that is readily accessible to emergency response and enforcement personnel. It must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of vessel and official number. (If the vessel has no official number, the international radio call sign must be substituted.);
</P>
<P>(2) Nationality of vessel;
</P>
<P>(3) Shipping name and identification number of each hazardous material on board as listed in § 172.101 of this subchapter or as listed in the IMDG Code and an emergency response telephone number as prescribed in subpart G of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) The number and description of packages (barrels, drums, cylinders, boxes, etc.) and gross weight for each type of package;
</P>
<P>(5) Classification of the hazardous material in accordance with either:
</P>
<P>(i) The Hazardous Materials Table, the § 172.101 table; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The IMDG Code.
</P>
<P>(6) Any additional description required by § 172.203 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(7) Stowage location of the hazardous material on board the vessel.
</P>
<P>(8) In the case of a vessel used for the storage of explosives or other hazardous materials, the following additional information is required:
</P>
<P>(i) Name and address of vessel's owner;
</P>
<P>(ii) Location of vessel's mooring;
</P>
<P>(iii) Name of person in charge of vessel;
</P>
<P>(iv) Name and address of the owner of the cargo; and
</P>
<P>(v) A complete record, by time intervals of one week, of all receipts and disbursements of hazardous materials. The name and address of the consignor must be shown against all receipts and the name and address of the consignee against all deliveries.
</P>
<P>(9) For excepted packages containing Class 7 materials only the following information is required:
</P>
<P>(i) The UN identification number for the material preceded by the letters “UN”;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and address of the consignor and the consignee; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The stowage location of the hazardous material on board the vessel.
</P>
<P>(b) The hazardous material information on the dangerous cargo manifest must be the same as the information furnished by the shipper on the shipping order or other shipping paper, except that the IMO “correct technical name” and the IMO class may be indicated on the manifest as provided in paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(5) of this section. The person who supervises the preparation of the manifest, list, or stowage plan shall ensure that the information is correctly transcribed, and shall certify to the truth and accuracy of this information to the best of his knowledge and belief by his signature and notation of the date prepared.
</P>
<P>(c) The carrier and its agents shall insure that the master, or a licensed deck officer designated by the master and attached to the vessel, or in the case of a barge, the person in charge of the barge, acknowledges the correctness of the dangerous cargo manifest, list or stowage plan by his signature.
</P>
<P>(d) For barges, manned or unmanned, the requirements of this section apply except for the following:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a manned barge, the person in charge of the barge shall prepare the dangerous cargo manifest.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of an unmanned barge, the person responsible for loading the barge is responsible for the preparation of a dangerous cargo manifest, list, or stowage plan and must designate an individual for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(3) For all barges, manned or unmanned, the dangerous cargo manifest must be on board the barge in a readily accessible location and a copy must be furnished to the person in charge of the towing vessel.
</P>
<P>(e) Each carrier who transports or stores hazardous materials on a vessel shall retain a copy of the dangerous cargo manifest, list, or stowage plan for at least one year, and shall make that document available for inspection in accordance with § 176.36(b) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 176.30, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.31" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.2.32.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.31   Special permits.</HEAD>
<P>If a hazardous material is being transported by vessel under the authority of an exemption or special permit and a copy of the exemption or special permit is required to be on board the vessel, it must be kept with the dangerous cargo manifest.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.36" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.2.32.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.36   Preservation of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When this part requires shipping orders, manifest, cargo lists, stowage plans, reports, or any other papers, documents or similar records to be prepared, the carrier shall preserve them or copies of them in his place of business or office in the United States for a period of one year after their preparation.
</P>
<P>(b) Any record required to be preserved must be made available upon request to an authorized representative of the Department.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.39" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.2.32.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.39   Inspection of cargo.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Manned vessels.</I> The carrier, its agents, and any person designated for this purpose by the carrier or agents shall cause an inspection of each hold or compartment containing hazardous materials to be made after stowage is complete, and at least once every 24 hours thereafter, weather permitting, in order to ensure that the cargo is in a safe condition and that no damage caused by shifting, spontaneous heating, leaking, sifting, wetting, or other cause has been sustained by the vessel or its cargo since loading and stowage. However, freight containers or individual barges need not be opened. A vessel's holds equipped with smoke or fire detecting systems having an automatic monitoring capability need not be inspected except after stowage is complete and after periods of heavy weather. The carrier, its agents, and any person designated for this purpose by the carrier or agents shall cause an entry to be made in the vessel's deck log book for each inspection of the stowage of hazardous materials performed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Unmanned and magazine vessels.</I> An inspection of the cargo must be made after stowage has been completed to ensure that stowage has been accomplished properly and that there are no visible signs of damage to any packages or evidence of heating, leaking, or sifting. This inspection must be made by the individual who is responsible to the carrier and who is in charge of loading and stowing the cargo on the unmanned vessels or the individual in charge in the case of a magazine vessel.
</P>
<P>(c) The carrier, its agents, and any person designated for this purpose by the carrier or agents of each ocean-going vessel carrying hazardous material shall, immediately prior to entering a port in the United States, cause an inspection of that cargo to be made.
</P>
<P>(d) When inspecting a cargo of hazardous materials capable of evolving flammable vapors, any artificial means of illumination must be of an explosion-proof type.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-8, 44 FR 23228, Apr. 19, 1979; Amdt. 176-9, 44 FR 49458, Aug. 23, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.45" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.2.32.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.45   Emergency situations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When an accident occurs on board a vessel involving hazardous materials, and the safety of the vessel, its passengers or crew are endangered, the master shall adopt such procedures as will, in his judgment, provide maximum safety for the vessel, its passengers, and its crew. When the accident results in damaged packages or the emergency use of unauthorized packagings, these packages may not be offered to any forwarding carrier for transportation. The master shall notify the nearest Captain of the Port, U.S. Coast Guard, and request instructions for disposition of the packages.
</P>
<P>(b) Hazardous materials may be jettisoned only if the master believes this action necessary to prevent or substantially reduce a hazard to human life or reduce a substantial hazard to property.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1B, 41 FR 57072, Dec. 30, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.48" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.2.32.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.48   Situation requiring report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a fire or other hazardous condition exists on a vessel transporting hazardous materials, the master shall notify the nearest Captain of the Port as soon as possible and shall comply with any instructions given by the Captain of the Port.
</P>
<P>(b) When an incident occurs during transportation in which a hazardous material is involved, a report may be required (see §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(c) If a package, portable tank, freight container, highway or railroad vehicle containing hazardous materials is jettisoned or lost, the master shall notify the nearest Captain of the Port as soon as possible of the location, quantity, and type of the material.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 176-1B, 41 FR 57072, Dec. 30, 1976; Amdt. 176-24, 51 FR 5974, Feb. 18, 1986; Amdt. 176-25, 52 FR 8592, Mar. 19, 1987]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.50" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.2.32.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.50   Acceptance of damaged or leaking packages.</HEAD>
<P>A carrier may not transport by vessel any package that is so damaged as to permit the escape of its contents, that appears to have leaked, or that gives evidence of failure to properly contain the contents unless it is restored or repaired to the satisfaction of the master of the vessel. A package containing radioactive materials (other than low specific activity materials) may not be repaired or restored.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.52" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.2.32.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.52   Rejections of shipments in violation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A carrier may not knowingly transport by vessel any hazardous material offered under a false or deceptive name, marking, invoice, shipping paper or other declaration, or without the shipper furnishing written information about the true nature of the material at the time of delivery.
</P>
<P>(b) If a shipment in violation is found in transit, the master of the vessel shall adopt procedures which in his judgment provide maximum safety to the vessel, its passengers and its crew and which are in compliance with § 176.45. If the vessel is in port, the material may not be delivered to any party, and the master shall immediately notify the nearest Captain of the Port and request instructions for disposition of the material.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1B, 41 FR 57072, Dec. 30, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.54" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.2.32.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.54   Repairs involving welding, burning, and power-actuated tools and appliances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, repairs or work involving welding or burning, or the use of power-actuated tools or appliances which may produce intense heat may not be undertaken on any vessel having on board explosives or other hazardous materials as cargo.
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply if:
</P>
<P>(1) The repairs or work are approved by the COTP under 33 CFR 126.30; or
</P>
<P>(2) Emergency repairs to the vessel's main propelling or boiler plant or auxiliaries are necessary for the safety of the vessel. If such repairs are performed, the master of the vessel must immediately notify the nearest COTP.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—General Handling and Stowage</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.57" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.3.32.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.57   Supervision of handling and stowage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Hazardous materials may be handled or stowed on board a vessel only under the direction and observation of a responsible person assigned this duty.
</P>
<P>(b) For a vessel engaged in coastwise voyages, or on rivers, bays, sounds or lakes, including the Great Lakes when the voyage is not foreign-going, the responsible person may be an employee of the carrier and assigned this duty by the carrier, or a licensed officer attached to the vessel and assigned by the master of the vessel.
</P>
<P>(c) For a domestic vessel engaged in a foreign-going or intercoastal voyage, the responsible person must be an officer possessing an unexpired license issued by the USCG and assigned this duty by the master of the vessel.
</P>
<P>(d) For a foreign vessel, the responsible person must be an officer of the vessel assigned this duty by the master of the vessel.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.58" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.3.32.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.58   Preparation of the vessel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each hold or compartment in which hazardous materials are to be stowed must be free of all debris before the hazardous materials are stowed. Bilges must be examined and all residue of previous cargo removed.
</P>
<P>(b) All decks, gangways, hatches, and cargo ports over or through which hazardous materials must be passed or handled in loading or unloading must be free of all loose materials before cargo handling operations begin.
</P>
<P>(c) No debris that creates a fire hazard or a hazardous condition for persons engaged in handling hazardous materials may be on the weather deck of a vessel during loading or unloading operations.
</P>
<P>(d) Hatch beams and hatch covers may not be stowed in a location that would interfere with cargo handling.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.60" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.3.32.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.60   “No Smoking” signs.</HEAD>
<P>When smoking is prohibited during the loading, stowing, storing, transportation, or unloading of hazardous materials by this part, the carrier and the master of the vessel are jointly responsible for posting “NO SMOKING” signs in conspicuous locations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.63" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.3.32.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.63   Stowage locations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The table in § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies generally the locations authorized for stowage of the various hazardous materials on board vessels. This part prescribes additional requirements with respect to the stowage of specific hazardous materials in addition to those authorized in § 172.101 of this subchapter. This section sets forth the basic physical requirements for the authorized locations. Hazardous materials offered for transport as limited quantities are allocated stowage category A and are not subject to any of the specific stowage requirements indicated in column 10B in § 172.101 of this subchapter for the material being transported.
</P>
<P>(b) To qualify as “on deck” stowage, the location must be on the weather deck. If the location is in a house on the weather deck, the location must have a permanent structural opening to the atmosphere, such as a door, hatch, companionway or manhole, and must be vented to the atmosphere. The location may not have any structural opening to any living quarters, cargo, or other compartment unless the opening has means for being closed off and secured. Any deck house containing living quarters, a steering engine, a refrigerating unit, a refrigerated stowage box, or a heating unit may not be used unless that area is isolated from the cargo stowage area by a permanent, and tight, metallic bulkhead. Stowage in a shelter or 'tween deck is not considered to be “on deck”. A barge that is vented to the atmosphere and is stowed on deck on a barge-carrying ship is considered to be “on deck”. When an entry in § 172.101 of this subchapter requires “on-deck” stowage and is qualified by the requirement “protected from sources of heat”, the stowage must be protected from the direct rays of the sun by means of structural erections or awnings except that such protection is not required for shipment in portable tanks.
</P>
<P>(c) To qualify as “under deck” stowage, the location must be in a hold or compartment below the weather deck capable of being ventilated and allotted entirely to the carriage of cargo. It must be bounded by permanent steel decks and bulkheads or the shell of the vessel. The deck openings must have means for effectively closing the hold or compartment against the weather, and in the case of superimposed holds, for effectively closing off each hold. A hold or compartment containing a crew passage formed by battens or by mesh or wire screen bulkhead may not be used for the stowage of any hazardous material unless a watchman is provided for this area.
</P>
<P>(d) To qualify as “under deck away from heat”, the location must be under deck and have built-in means for ventilation. If it is subject to heat from any artificial source, it only qualifies for the stowage of those hazardous materials for which “under deck” stowage is authorized.
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding the stowage provisions given in the table in § 172.101 of this subchapter, empty packages containing residue, including IBCs and large packages, may be stowed “on deck” or “under deck” in a mechanically ventilated cargo space. However, empty pressure receptacles containing residue that carry a label of class 2.3 must be stowed “on deck” and waste aerosols must be stowed in accordance with the table in § 172.101 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Stowage of containers on board hatchless container ships.</I> (1) Containers holding a hazardous material may be stowed in or vertically above a hatchless container hold if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) All hazardous materials are permitted for <I>under deck</I> stowage as specified in the Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The hatchless container hold is in full compliance with the provisions of SOLAS, Chapter II-2/Regulation 19 (IBR; <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter), applicable to enclosed container cargo spaces, as appropriate for the cargo transported.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 176-1B, 41 FR 57072, Dec. 30, 1976; Amdt. 176-12, 45 FR 81572, Dec. 11, 1980; 66 FR 33438, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45184, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45038, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76180, Dec. 20, 2004; 76 FR 3384, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1094, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.65" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.3.32.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.65   Alternative stowage procedures.</HEAD>
<P>When a hazardous material is to be loaded on board a vessel and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Coast Guard Captain of the Port for the place where the vessel is being loaded that it is impracticable to comply with a stowage location requirement specified in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter or a segregation, handling or stowage requirement specified in this part, the Captain of the Port may authorize in writing the use of an alternative stowage location or method of segregation, handling or stowage subject to such conditions as he finds will insure a level of safety at least equal to that afforded by the regulatory requirement concerned.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.69" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.3.32.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.69   General stowage requirements for hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Hazardous materials (except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section and Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous) materials) must be stowed in a manner that will facilitate inspection during the voyage, their removal from a potentially dangerous situation, and the removal of packages in case of fire.
</P>
<P>(b) Each package marked in accordance with § 172.312(a)(2) of this subchapter must be stowed as to remain in the position indicated during transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) If a vessel designed for and carrying hazardous materials in freight containers or a vessel designed for and carrying hazardous materials in barges is equipped with a fixed fire extinguishing and fire detection system, the freight containers or barges need not be stowed in the manner required by paragraph (a) of this section. When freight containers or barges containing hazardous materials are stowed on deck, they need not be stowed in the manner required by paragraph (a) of this section if fire fighting equipment capable of reaching and piercing the freight container or barge is on board the vessel.
</P>
<P>(d) Packages of hazardous materials must be secured and dunnaged to prevent shifting in any direction. Vertical restraints are not required if the shape of the package and the stuffing pattern preclude shifting of the load.
</P>
<P>(e) Packages of hazardous materials must be braced and dunnaged so that they are not likely to be pierced by the dunnage or crushed by a superimposed load.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 176-12, 45 FR 81573, Dec. 11, 1980; Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.70" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.3.32.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.70   Stowage requirements for marine pollutants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Marine pollutants must be properly stowed and secured to minimize the hazards to the marine environment without impairing the safety of the ship and the persons on board.
</P>
<P>(b) Where stowage is permitted “on deck or under deck”, under deck stowage is preferred except when a weather deck provides equivalent protection.
</P>
<P>(c) Where stowage “on deck only” is required, preference should be given to stowage on well-protected decks or to stowage inboard in sheltered areas of exposed decks.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-31, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.72" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.3.32.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.72   Handling of break-bulk hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A metal bale hook may not be used for handling any package of hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(b) The use of equipment designed to lift or move cargo by means of pressure exerted on the packages may not be used for handling any package of hazardous materials if the device can damage the package or the package is not designed to be moved in that manner.
</P>
<P>(c) Pallets, slings, cargo nets and other related equipment used in loading packages of hazardous materials must give adequate support to the packages. The packages must be contained so that they are not able to fall during loading.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.74" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.3.32.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.74   On deck stowage of break-bulk hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Packages containing hazardous materials must be secured by enclosing in boxes, cribs or cradles and proper lashing by use of wire rope, strapping or other means, including shoring and bracing, or both. Lashing of deck cargo is permitted if eye pads are used to attach the lashings. Lashings may not be secured to guard rails. Bulky articles must be shored.
</P>
<P>(b) A packaging susceptible to weather or water damage must be protected so that it will not be exposed to the weather or to sea water.
</P>
<P>(c) Not more than fifty percent of the total open deck area should be used for stowage of hazardous materials (except Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous material).
</P>
<P>(d) Fireplugs, hoses, sounding pipes, and access to these must be free and clear of all cargo.
</P>
<P>(e) Crew and passenger spaces and areas set aside for the crew's use may not be used to stow any hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(f) A hazardous material may not be stowed within a horizontal distance of 25 feet of an operating or embarkation point of a lifeboat.
</P>
<P>(g) Hazardous materials must be stowed to permit safe access to the crew's quarters and to all parts of the deck required in navigation and necessary working of the vessel.
</P>
<P>(h) When runways for use of the crew are built over stowed hazardous materials, they must be constructed and fitted with rails and lifelines so as to afford complete protection to the crew when in use.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1B, 41 FR 57072, Dec. 30, 1976; Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45181, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.76" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.3.32.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.76   Transport vehicles, freight containers, and portable tanks containing hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section, hazardous materials authorized to be transported by vessel may be carried on board a vessel in a transport vehicle or freight container, subject to the following conditions (see additional requirements concerning the transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in §§ 176.168 through 176.172 of this subchapter):
</P>
<P>(1) The material must be in proper condition for transportation according to the requirements of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) All packages in the transport vehicle or freight container must be secured to prevent shifting in any direction. Vertical restraint is not required if the shape of the packages, loading pattern, and horizontal restraint preclude vertical shifting of the load within the freight container or transport vehicle;
</P>
<P>(3) Bulkheads made of dunnage which extend to the level of the cargo must be provided unless the packages are stowed flush with the sides or ends;
</P>
<P>(4) Dunnage must be secured to the floor when the cargo consists of dense materials or heavy packages;
</P>
<P>(5) Each package marked in accordance with § 172.312(a)(2) of this subchapter must be stowed as marked;
</P>
<P>(6) Any slack spaces between packages must be filled with dunnage;
</P>
<P>(7) The weight in a container must be distributed throughout as evenly as possible and the maximum permissible weight must not be exceeded;
</P>
<P>(8) Adjacent levels of baggaged and baled cargo must be stowed in alternate directions so that each tier binds the tier above and below it;
</P>
<P>(9) When security devices, beacons or other tracking or monitoring equipment are used, they must be securely installed and must be of a certified safe type for the hazardous materials that will be carried within the freight container or transport vehicle in which such as device or equipment is installed.
</P>
<P>(10) The lading must be contained entirely within the freight container or vehicle body without overhang or projection except that oversized machinery such as tractors or vehicles with batteries attached may overhang or project outside the intermodal container provided all of that portion of the lading that consists of hazardous materials is contained entirely within the freight container. No open-bed container or vehicle is permitted to carry hazardous materials unless it is equipped with a means of properly securing the lading.
</P>
<P>(11) When packages are secured with banding or straps, these restraints must not be over-tightened to cause damage or deformation of the packages or the securing points (such as D-rings) within the freight container or transport vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) A transport vehicle containing hazardous materials may be carried only on board a trailership, trainship, ferry vessel or car float.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) A transport vehicle or freight container equipped with heating or refrigeration equipment may be operated on board a vessel. However, the equipment may not be operated in any hold or compartment in which any flammable liquid or gas is stowed. Any heating or air conditioning equipment having a fuel tank containing a flammable liquid or gas may be stowed only “on deck”. Equipment electrically powered and designed to operate within an environment containing flammable vapors may be operated below deck in a hold or compartment containing a flammable liquid or gas.
</P>
<P>(e) A transport vehicle, loaded with any hazardous material which is required to be stowed “on deck” by § 172.101 of this subchapter, may be stowed one deck below the weather deck when transported on a trainship or trailership which is unable to provide “on deck” stowage because of the vessel's design. Otherwise, the transport vehicle or container must be transported “on deck.”
</P>
<P>(f) A hazardous material may be carried on board a vessel in a portable tank subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Small passenger vessels of 100 gross tons, or less, may carry a hazardous material in a portable tank only when 16 or less passengers are on board and only when specifically authorized by the Officer-in-Charge, Marine Inspection, by endorsement of the vessel's Certificate of Inspection.
</P>
<P>(2) Portable tanks containing flammable liquids or gases, combustible liquids with flashpoints below 60 °C (140 °F). that are insoluble in water, or organic peroxides, spontaneously combustible materials, or water reactive materials must be stowed on deck irrespective of the stowage authorized in § 172.101 of this subchapter. Portable tanks containing hazardous materials not restricted to on deck stowage by the previous sentence must be stowed in accordance with the requirements specified in § 172.101 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Aluminum, magnesium, and their alloys are specifically prohibited as materials of construction of portable tanks.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Cryogenic liquids.</I> For shipment of cryogenic liquids on board a vessel the packaging must be designed and filled so that:
</P>
<P>(1) Any cryogenic liquid being transported in a cargo tank, regardless of the pressure in the package, must be contained in a steel jacketed Specification MC-338 (§ 178.338 of this subchapter) insulated cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(2) Any valve or fitting with moving or abrading parts that may come in contact with any cryogenic liquid may not be made of aluminum.
</P>
<P>(3) For a flammable cryogenic liquid being transported in a cargo tank, the elapsed time between the loading of the cargo tank and the subsequent unloading of the cargo tank at its final destination may not exceed the marked rated holding time (MRHT) of the cargo tank for the cryogenic liquid being transported, which must be displayed on or adjacent to the specification plate.
</P>
<P>(4) Portable tanks, cargo tanks, and tank cars containing cryogenic liquids must be stowed “on deck” regardless of the stowage authorized in § 172.101 of this subchapter. Cargo tanks or tank cars containing cryogenic liquids may be stowed one deck below the weather deck when transported on a trailership or trainship that is unable to provide “on deck” stowage because of the vessel's design. Tank cars must be Class DOT-113 or AAR-204W tank cars.
</P>
<P>(h) A fumigated cargo transport unit may only be transported on board a vessel subject to the following conditions and limitations:
</P>
<P>(1) The fumigated cargo transport unit may be placed on board a vessel only if at least 24 hours have elapsed since the unit was last fumigated;
</P>
<P>(2) The fumigated cargo transport unit is accompanied by a document showing the date of fumigation and the type and amount of fumigant used;
</P>
<P>(3) Prior to loading, the master is informed of the intended placement of the fumigated cargo transport unit on board the vessel and the information provided on the accompanying document;
</P>
<P>(4) Equipment that is capable of detecting the fumigant and instructions for the equipment's use is provided on the vessel;
</P>
<P>(5) The fumigated cargo transport unit must be stowed at least 5 m from any opening to accommodation spaces;
</P>
<P>(6) Fumigated cargo transport units may only be transported on deck on vessels carrying more than 25 passengers; and
</P>
<P>(7) Fumigants may not be added to cargo transport units while on board a vessel.
</P>
<P>(i) A cargo transport unit packed or loaded with flammable gas or flammable liquid having a flashpoint below + 23 °C transported on deck must be stowed “away from” possible sources of ignition. In the case of container ships, a distance equivalent to one container space athwartships away from possible sources of ignition applied in any direction will satisfy this requirement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 176.76, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.77" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.3.32.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.77   Stowage of barges containing hazardous materials on board barge-carrying vessels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A barge which contains hazardous materials may be transported on board a barge-carrying vessel if it is stowed in accordance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A barge which contains hazardous materials for which only “on deck” stowage is authorized must be stowed above the weather deck and be vented to the atmosphere.
</P>
<P>(c) A barge which contains hazardous materials for which both “on deck” and “below deck” stowage is authorized may be stowed above or below the weather deck.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.78" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.3.32.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.78   Use of power-operated industrial trucks on board vessels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Power Operated trucks.</I> A power-operated truck (including a power-operated tractor, forklift, or other specialized truck used for cargo handling) may not be used on board a vessel in a space containing a hazardous material unless the truck conforms to the requirements of this section. The COTP may suspend or prohibit the use of cargo handling vehicles or equipment when that use constitutes a safety hazard.
</P>
<P>(b) Each truck must have a specific designation of Underwriter's Laboratories or Factory Mutual Laboratories. Any repair or alteration to a truck must be equivalent to that required on the original designation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Description of designations.</I> The recognized testing laboratory type designations are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) An “E” designated unit is an electrically-powered unit that has minimum acceptable safeguards against inherent fire hazards.
</P>
<P>(2) An “EE” designated unit is an electrically-powered unit that has, in addition to all the requirements for the “E” unit, the electric motor and all other electrical equipment completely enclosed.
</P>
<P>(3) An “EX” designated unit is an electrically-powered unit that differs from the “E” and “EE” unit in that the electrical fittings and equipment are so designed, constructed, and assembled that the unit may be used in certain atmospheres containing flammable vapors or dusts.
</P>
<P>(4) A “G” designated unit is a gasoline-powered unit having minimum acceptable safeguards against inherent fire hazards.
</P>
<P>(5) A “GS” designated unit is a gasoline-powered unit that is provided with additional safeguards to the exhaust, fuel, and electrical systems.
</P>
<P>(6) An “LP” designated unit is similar to a “G” unit except that it is powered by liquefied petroleum gas instead of gasoline.
</P>
<P>(7) An “LPS” designated unit is a unit similar to a “GS” unit except that liquefied petroleum gas is used for fuel instead of gasoline.
</P>
<P>(8) A “D” designated unit is a unit similar to a “G” unit except that it is powered by a diesel engine instead of a gasoline engine.
</P>
<P>(9) A “DS” designated unit is a unit powered by a diesel engine provided with additional safeguards to the exhaust, fuel, and electrical systems.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Class 1 (explosive) materials.</I> No power-operated truck may be used to handle Class 1 (explosive) materials or other cargo in an area near Class 1 (explosive) materials on board a vessel except:
</P>
<P>(1) A power-operated truck designated EE or EX.
</P>
<P>(2) A power-operated truck designated LPS, GS, D, or DS may be used under conditions acceptable to the COTP.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Other hazardous materials.</I> (1) Only an “EX”, “EE”, “GS”, “LPA”, or “DS” truck may be used in a hold or compartment containing Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials, Class 3 (flammable liquids), Class 4 (flammable solids) materials, or Class 5 (oxidizers or organic peroxides) materials, cottons or other vegetable fibers, or bulk sulfur.
</P>
<P>(2) Only a designated truck may be used to handle any other hazardous material not covered in paragraph (d) or (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Minimum safety features.</I> In addition to the construction and design safety features required, each truck must have at least the following minimum safety features:
</P>
<P>(1) The truck must be equipped with a warning horn, whistle, gong, or other device that may be heard clearly above normal shipboard noises.
</P>
<P>(2) When the truck operation may expose the operator to danger from a falling object, the truck must be equipped with a driver's overhead guard. When the overall height of the truck with forks in the lowered position is limited by head room the overhead guard may be omitted. This overhead guard is only intended to offer protection from impact of small packages, boxes, bagged material, or similar hazards.
</P>
<P>(3) A forklift truck used to handle small objects or unstable loads must be equipped with a load backrest extension having height, width, and strength sufficient to prevent any load, or part of it, from falling toward the mast when the mast is in a position of maximum backward tilt. The load backrest extension must be constructed in a manner that does not interfere with good visibility.
</P>
<P>(4) The forks on a fork lift truck must be secured to the carriage so as to prevent any unintentional lifting of the toe which could create a hazard. The forks may not display permanent deformation when subjected to a test load of three times the rated capacity.
</P>
<P>(5) Each fork extension or other attachment must be secured to prevent unintentional lifting or displacement on primary forks.
</P>
<P>(6) Tires extending beyond the confines of the truck shall be provided with a guard to prevent the tires from throwing particles at the operator.
</P>
<P>(7) Unless the steering mechanism is a type that prevents road reactions from causing the steering handwheel to spin, a mushroom type steering knob must be used to engage the palm of the operator's hand, or the steering mechanism must be arranged in some other manner to prevent injury. The knob must be mounted within the perimeter of the wheel.
</P>
<P>(8) All steering controls must be confined within the clearnace of the truck or guarded so that moving of the controls will not result in injury to the operator when passing stanchions, obstructions or other.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Special operating conditions.</I> (1) A truck may not be used on board a vessel unless prior notification of its use is given to the master or senior deck officer on board.
</P>
<P>(2) Before a truck is operated on board a vessel, it must be in a safe operating condition as determined by the master or senior deck officer on board.
</P>
<P>(3) Any truck that emits sparks or flames from the exhaust system must immediately be removed from service and may not be returned to service until the cause of these sparks or flames has been eliminated.
</P>
<P>(4)-(5) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(6) All truck motors must be shut off immediately when a breakage or leakage of packages containing flammable liquids or gases, flammable solids, oxidizers, or organic peroxides occurs or is discovered.
</P>
<P>(7) The rated capacity of the truck must be posted on the truck at all times in a conspicuous place. This capacity may not be exceeded.
</P>
<P>(8) At least one Coast Guard approved marine type size 1 Type B, or UL approved 5BC portable fire extinguisher, or its approved equivalent, must be affixed to the truck in a readily accessible position or must be kept in close proximity, available for immediate use.
</P>
<P>(9) The vessel's fire fighting equipment, both fixed (where installed) and portable, must be kept ready for immediate use in the vicinity of the space being worked.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Refueling.</I> (1) A truck using gasoline as fuel may not be refueled in the hold or on the weather deck of a vessel unless a portable non-spilling fuel handling system of not over five gallons capacity is used. Gasoline may not be transferred to a portable non-spilling fuel handling device on board the vessel.
</P>
<P>(2) A truck using liquefied petroleum gas as fuel may not be refueled in the hold or on the weather deck of a vessel unless it is fitted with a removable tank and the hand-operated shutoff valve of the depleted tank is closed. In addition, the motor must be run until it stalls from lack of fuel and then the hand-operated shut off valve closed before the quick disconnect fitting to the fuel tank is disconnected.
</P>
<P>(3) A truck using diesel oil as fuel may not be refueled on the weather deck or in the hold of a vessel unless a portable container of not over a five gallon capacity is used. A truck may be refueled or a portable container may be refilled from a larger container of diesel fuel on the weather deck of a vessel if a suitable pump is used for the transfer operation and a drip pan of adequate size is used to prevent any dripping of fuel on the deck.
</P>
<P>(4) Refueling must be performed under the direct supervision of an experienced and responsible person specifically designated for this duty by the person in charge of the loading or unloading of the vessel.
</P>
<P>(5) Refueling may not be undertaken with less than two persons specifically assigned and present for the complete operation, at least one of whom must be experienced in using the portable fire extinguishers required in the fuel area.
</P>
<P>(6) At least one Coast Guard approved marine type size 1 Type B or UL approved 5BC portable fire extinguisher or its approved equivalent, must be provided in the fueling area. This is in addition to the extinguisher required by paragraph (g)(8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) The location for refueling trucks must be designated by the master or senior deck officer on board the vessel. “NO SMOKING” signs must be conspicuously posted in the area.
</P>
<P>(8) The location designated for refueling must be adequately ventilated to insure against accumulation of any hazardous concentration of vapors.
</P>
<P>(9) Before any truck in a hold is refueled or before any fuel handling device or unmounted liquefied petroleum gas cylinder is placed in a hold, the motors of all trucks in the same hold must be stopped.
</P>
<P>(10) All fuel handling devices and unmounted liquefied petroleum gas containers must be removed from a hold before any truck motor is started and the trucks are placed in operation in that hold.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Replacing batteries.</I> Batteries for electrically powered trucks and for the ignition systems of internal combustion powered trucks may be changed in the hold of a vessel subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Only suitable handling equipment may be employed.
</P>
<P>(2) Adequate precautions must be taken to avoid damage to the battery, short circuiting of the battery, and spillage of the electrolyte.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Charging of batteries.</I> Batteries of industrial trucks may be recharged in a hold of a vessel subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The batteries must be housed in a suitable, ventilated, portable metal container with a suitable outlet at the top for connection of a portable air hose, or must be placed directly beneath a suitable outlet at the top for connection of a portable air hose. The air hose must be permanently connected to an exhaust duct leading to the open deck and terminate in a gooseneck or other suitable weather head. If natural ventilation is not practicable or adequate, mechanical means of exhaust must be employed in conjunction with the duct. The air outlet on the battery container must be equipped with an interlock switch so arranged that the charging of the battery cannot take place unless the air hose is properly connected to the box.
</P>
<P>(2) If mechanical ventilation is used, an additional interlock must be provided between the fan and the charging circuit so that the fan must be in operation in order to complete the charging circuit for operation. It is preferable that this interlock switch be of a centrifugal type driven by the fan shaft.
</P>
<P>(3) The hold may not contain any hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(4) The charging facilities may be part of the truck equipment or may be separate from the truck and located inside or outside the cargo hold. The power supply or charging circuit (whichever method is used) must be connected to the truck by a portable plug connection of the break-away type. This portable plug must be so engaged with the truck battery charging outlet that any movement of the truck away from the charging station will break the connection between the plug and receptacle without exposing any live parts to contact with a conducting surface or object and without the plug falling to the deck where it may become subject to damage.
</P>
<P>(5) All unmounted batteries must be suitably protected or removed from an area in the hold of the vessel before any truck is operated in that area.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Stowage of power-operated industrial trucks on board a vessel.</I> Trucks stowed on board a vessel must meet vessel stowage requirements in § 176.905.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Packaging and stowage of fuel on board a vessel.</I> Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials and flammable liquids used as fuel for industrial trucks must be packaged and stowed as authorized in 46 CFR 147.60 or 46 CFR 147.45, respectively.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 FR 40687, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52689, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 176-39, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29, 1996; Amdt. 176-43, 62 FR 24741, May 6, 1997; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—General Segregation Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.80" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.4.32.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.80   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart sets forth segregation requirements in addition to any segregation requirements set forth elsewhere in this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Hazardous materials in limited quantities when loaded in transport vehicles and freight containers, are excepted from the segregation requirements of this subpart and any additional segregation specified in this subchapter for transportation by vessel; except that articles of division 1.4, compatibility group S, shall not be stowed in the same compartment or hold, or cargo transport unit with hazardous materials of Class 1 of compatibility groups A and L.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-3, 42 FR 57967, Nov. 7, 1977; 80 FR 1164, Jan. 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.83" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.4.32.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.83   Segregation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) The requirements of this section apply to all cargo spaces on deck or under deck of all types of vessels, and to all cargo transport units.
</P>
<P>(2) Segregation is obtained by maintaining certain distances between incompatible hazardous materials or by requiring the presence of one or more steel bulkheads or decks between them or a combination thereof. Intervening spaces between such hazardous materials may be filled with other cargo which is not incompatible with the hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(3) The general requirements for segregation between the various classes of dangerous goods are shown in the segregation table. In addition to these general requirements, there may be a need to segregate a particular material from other materials which would contribute to its hazard. Such segregation requirements are indicated by code numbers in Column 10B of the § 172.101 Table.
</P>
<P>(4) Segregation is not required:
</P>
<P>(i) Between hazardous materials of different classes which comprise the same substance but vary only in their water content (for example, sodium sulfide in Division 4.2 or Class 8) or quantity for Class 7 materials; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Between hazardous materials of different classes which comprise a group of substances that do not react dangerously with each other. The following materials are grouped by compatibility:
</P>
<P>(A) Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions <I>with not less than 8 percent but less than 20 percent hydrogen peroxide (stabilized as necessary);</I> Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions <I>with not less than 20 percent but not more than 40 percent hydrogen peroxide;</I> Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions <I>with more than 40 percent but not more than 60 percent hydrogen peroxide;</I> Hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid mixtures, stabilized <I>with acids, water and not more than 5 percent peroxyacetic acid;</I> Organic peroxide type D, liquid; Organic peroxide type E, liquid; Organic peroxide type F, liquid;
</P>
<P>(B) Dichlorosilane, Silicon tetrachloride, and Trichlorosilane; and
</P>
<P>(C) Organometallic substance, solid, pyrophoric; Organometallic substance, liquid, pyrophoric; Organometallic substance, solid, pyrophoric, water-reactive; Organometallic substance, liquid, pyrophoric, water-reactive; Organometallic substance, solid, water-reactive; Organometallic substance, solid, water-reactive, flammable; Organometallic substance, solid, water-reactive, self-heating; Organometallic substance, liquid, water-reactive; Organometallic substance, liquid, water-reactive, flammable; and Organometallic substance, solid, self-heating.
</P>
<P>(5) Whenever hazardous materials are stowed together, whether or not in a cargo transport unit, the segregation of such hazardous materials from others must always be in accordance with the most restrictive requirements for any of the hazardous materials concerned. 
</P>
<P>(6) When the § 172.101 Table or § 172.402 requires packages to bear a subsidiary hazard label or labels, the segregation appropriate to the subsidiary hazards must be applied when that segregation is more restrictive than that required by the primary hazard. For the purposes of this paragraph, the segregation requirements corresponding to an explosive subsidiary hazard are—except for organic peroxides which are those corresponding to Division 1.3—those for Division 1.4 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(7) Where, for the purposes of segregation, terms such as “away from” a particular hazard class are used in the § 172.101 Table, the segregation requirement applies to:
</P>
<P>(i) All hazardous materials within the hazard class; and
</P>
<P>(ii) All hazardous materials for which a secondary hazard label of that class is required.
</P>
<P>(8) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs (a)(6) and (a)(7) of this section, hazardous materials of the same class may be stowed together without regard to segregation required by secondary hazards (subsidiary risk label(s)), provided the substances do not react dangerously with each other and cause:
</P>
<P>(i) Combustion and/or evolution of considerable heat;
</P>
<P>(ii) Evolution of flammable, toxic or asphyxiant gases;
</P>
<P>(iii) The formation of corrosive substances; or
</P>
<P>(iv) The formation of unstable substances.
</P>
<P>(9) Stowage in a shelter-'tween deck cargo space is not considered to be “on deck” stowage.
</P>
<P>(10) Where the code in column (10B) of the § 172.101 Table specifies that “Segregation as for. . .” applies, the segregation requirements applicable to that class in the § 176.83(b) General Segregation Table must be applied. However, for the purposes of paragraph (a)(8) of this section, which permits substances of the same class to be stowed together provided they do not react dangerously with each other, the segregation requirements of the class as represented by the primary hazard class in the § 172.101 Table entry must be applied.
</P>
<P>(11) Certain exceptions from segregation for waste cyanides or waste cyanide mixtures or solutions transported with acids; waste Division 4.2 materials transported with Class 8 liquids; and waste Division 6.1 Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material transported with waste Class 3 material, Class 8 liquids, and Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 or 5.2 material are set forth in § 173.12(e) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General Segregation Table.</I> The following table sets forth the general requirements for segregation between the various classes (divisions) of hazardous materials. Certain divisions are listed as separate hazard classes for the purpose of this table (<I>e.g.</I>, “2.1” and “2.2”). The properties of materials within each class may vary greatly and may require greater segregation than is reflected in this table. If the § 172.101 Table sets forth particular requirements for segregation, they take precedence over these general requirements.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 176.83(<E T="01">b</E>)—General Segregation Requirements for Hazardous Materials
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Segregation must also take account of a single secondary hazard label, as required by paragraph (a)(6) of this section.]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1.1, 1.2, 1.5
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1.3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1.4, 1.6
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2.3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">7
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">9
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Explosives, 1.1, 1.2, 1.5
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(*)
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(*)
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(*)
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Explosives, 1.3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(*)
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(*)
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(*)
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Explosives, 1.4, 1.6
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(*)
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(*)
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">(*)
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flammable gases 2.1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-toxic, non-flammable gases 2.2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Poisonous gases 2.3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flammable liquids 3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flammable solids 4.1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Spontaneously combustible substances 4.2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Substances which are dangerous when wet 4.3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oxidizing substances 5.1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Organic peroxides 5.2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Poisons 6.1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Infectious substances 6.2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Radioactive materials 7
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Corrosives 8
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous dangerous substances 9
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Numbers and symbols relate to the following terms as defined in this section:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">1—“Away from.”
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">2—“Separated from.”
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">3—“Separated by a complete compartment or hold from.”
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">4—“Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from.”
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">X—The segregation, if any, is shown in the § 172.101 table.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">*—See § 176.144 of this part for segregation within Class 1.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Segregation requirements for breakbulk cargo.</I> (1) The requirements of this paragraph apply to the segregation of packages containing hazardous materials and stowed as breakbulk cargo;
</P>
<P>(2) Definition of the segregation terms:
</P>
<P>(i) Legend:
</P>
<P>(A) Package containing incompatible goods.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.070.gif"/>
<P>(B) Reference package.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.071.gif"/>
<P>(C) Deck resistant to fire and liquid.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.072.gif"/>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Full vertical lines represent transverse bulkheads between compartments or holds resistant to fire and liquid.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) <I>“Away from”:</I> Effectively segregated so that the incompatible materials cannot interact dangerously in the event of an accident but may be carried in the same compartment or hold or on deck provided a minimum horizontal separation of 3 m (10 feet) projected vertically is obtained.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.073.gif"/>
<P>(iii) <I>“Separated From”:</I> In different compartments or holds when stowed under deck. If the intervening deck is resistant to fire and liquid, a vertical separation (i.e., in different compartments) is acceptable as equivalent to this segregation. For “on deck” stowage, this segregation means a separation by a distance of at least 6 m (20 feet) horizontally.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.091.gif"/>
<P>(iv) “<I>Separated by a complete compartment or hold from</I>”: Either a vertical or horizontal separation. If the intervening decks are not resistant to fire and liquid, then only a longitudinal separation (i.e., by an intervening complete compartment or hold) is acceptable. For “on deck” stowage, this segregation means a separation by a distance of at least 12 m (39 feet) horizontally. The same distance must be applied if one package is stowed “on deck”, and the other one in an upper compartment.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.074.gif"/>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>One of the two decks must be resistant to fire and liquid.</P></NOTE>
<P>(v) “<I>Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from</I>”: Vertical separation alone does not meet this requirement. Between a package “under deck” and one “on deck” a minimum distance of 24 m (79 feet) including a complete compartment must be maintained longitudinally. For “on deck” stowage, this segregation means a separation by a distance of at least 24 m (79 feet) longitudinally.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.075.gif"/>
<P>(d) <I>Segregation in cargo transport units:</I> Two hazardous materials for which any segregation is required may not be stowed in the same cargo transport unit.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Segregation of hazardous materials stowed as breakbulk cargo from those packed in cargo transport units:</I> (1) Hazardous materials stowed as breakbulk cargo must be segregated from materials packed in open cargo transport units in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Hazardous materials stowed as breakbulk cargo must be segregated from materials packed in closed cargo transport units in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, except that:
</P>
<P>(i) Where “away from” is required, no segregation between packages and the closed cargo transport units is required; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Where “separated from” is required, the segregation between the packages and the closed cargo transport units may be the same as for “away from”.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Segregation of cargo transport units on board container vessels:</I> (1) Except for hatchless container ships, this paragraph applies to segregation of cargo transport units that are carried on board container vessels, or on other types of vessels, provided these cargo spaces are properly fitted for permanent stowage of containers during transport. 
</P>
<P>(2) For container vessels which have cargo spaces used for breakbulk cargo or any other method of stowage, the appropriate paragraph of this section applies to the relevant cargo space.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Segregation Table.</I> Table § 176.83(f) sets forth the general requirements for segregation between cargo transport units on board container vessels. 
</P>
<P>(4) In table § 176.83(f), a <I>container space</I> means a distance of not less than 6 m (20 feet) fore and aft or not less than 2.5 m (8 feet) athwartship.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1<E T="01">76.83(f)</E>—Segregation of Containers on Board Container Ships
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Segregation requirement
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Vertical
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="7" scope="col">Horizontal
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Closed versus closed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Closed versus open
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Open versus open
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Closed versus closed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Closed versus open
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Open versus open
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under deck
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. “Away from”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One on top of the other permitted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Open on top of closed permitted
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Otherwise as for open versus open</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not in the same vertical line unless segregated by a deck</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fore and aft
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Athwartships</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>No restriction
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space
<br/> 
<br/>One container space</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space or one bulkhead.
<br/>One container space.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. “Separated from”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not in the same vertical line unless segregated by a deck</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As for open versus open</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not in the same vertical line unless segregated by a deck</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fore and aft
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Athwartships</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space
<br/> 
<br/>One container space</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space or one bulkhead
<br/>One container space</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space
<br/> 
<br/>One container space</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space or one bulkhead
<br/>Two container spaces</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space.
<br/> 
<br/>Two container spaces.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One bulkhead.
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>One bulkhead.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. “Separated by a complete compartment or hold from”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not in the same vertical line unless segregated by a deck</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As for open versus open</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not in the same vertical line unless segregated by a deck</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fore and aft
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Athwartships
<br/> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space
<br/>Two container spaces</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One bulkhead
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>One bulkhead</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space
<br/>Two container spaces</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One bulkhead
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>One bulkhead</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two container spaces
<br/>Three container spaces</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two bulkheads.
<br/> 
<br/>Two bulkheads.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. “Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fore and aft
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Athwartships</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Four container spaces
<br/> 
<br/>Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One bulkhead and four container spaces*
<br/>Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Four container spaces
<br/> 
<br/>Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two bulkheads
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Four container spaces
<br/> 
<br/>Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two bulkheads.
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Prohibited.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">* Containers not less than 6 m (20 feet) from intervening bulkhead.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note:</E> All bulkheads and decks must be resistant to fire and liquid.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(g) <I>Segregation of cargo transport units on board trailerships and trainships:</I> (1) The requirements of this paragraph apply to the segregation of cargo transport units which are carried on board trailerships and trainships or in “roll-on/roll-off” cargo spaces.
</P>
<P>(2) For trailerships and trainships which have spaces suitable for breakbulk cargo, containers, or any other method of stowage, the appropriate paragraph of this section applies to the relevant cargo space.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Segregation Table.</I> Table § 176.83(g) sets forth the general requirements for segregation between transport units on board trailerships and trainships. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table <E T="01">176.83(g)</E>—Segregation of Cargo Transport Units on Board Trailerships and Trainships.
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Segregation
<br/>requirement
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="7" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Closed versus closed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Closed versus open
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Open versus open
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under deck
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. “Away From”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fore and aft</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 3 m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 3 m.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Athwartships</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 3 m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 3 m.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. “Separated from”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fore and aft
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Athwartships</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 6 m
<br/> 
<br/>At least 3 m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 6 m or one bulkhead
<br/>At least 3 m or one bulkhead</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 6 m
<br/> 
<br/>At least 3 m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 6 m or one bulkhead
<br/>At least 6 m or one bulkhead</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 6 m
<br/>At least 6 m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 12 m or one bulkhead
<br/>At least 12 m or one bulkhead
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. “Separated by a complete compartment or hold from”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fore and aft
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Athwartships</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 12 m
<br/> 
<br/>At least 12 m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 24 m + deck
<br/> 
<br/>At least 24 m + deck</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 24 m
<br/> 
<br/>At least 24 m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 24 m + deck
<br/> 
<br/>At least 24 m + deck</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 36 m
<br/> 
<br/>At least 36 m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two decks or two bulkheads.
<br/> 
<br/>Prohibited.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. “Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fore and aft
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Athwartships</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 36 m
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two bulkheads or at least 36 m + two decks
<br/>Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 36 m
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 48 m including two bulkheads
<br/>Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least 48 m
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited.
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/> 
<br/>Prohibited.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note:</E> All bulkheads and decks must be resistant to fire and liquid.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(h) <I>Segregation on board barge carrying vessels:</I> (1) The requirements of this section apply to the segregation in shipborne barges as well as to the segregation between shipborne barges carried on board vessels specially designed and equipped to carry such barges.
</P>
<P>(2) On barge-carrying vessels which incorporate other stowage spaces or any other method of stowage, barges containing hazardous materials must be segregated from hazardous materials not stowed in barges as prescribed in paragraphs (b) and (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Segregation in shipborne barges:</I> Hazardous materials transported in shipborne barges must be segregated as prescribed in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Segregation between shipborne barges on barge-carrying vessels:</I> (1) When a shipborne barge is loaded with two or more hazardous materials with different requirements for segregation, the most stringent applicable segregation requirement must be applied.
</P>
<P>(2) “Away from” and “separated from” require no segregation between shipborne barges.
</P>
<P>(3) For barge-carrying vessels with vertical holds, “Separated by a complete compartment or hold from” means that separate holds are required. On barge-carrying vessels having horizontal barge levels, separate barge levels are required and the barges may not be in the same vertical line.
</P>
<P>(4) “Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from” means, for barge-carrying vessels with vertical holds, that separation by an intervening hold or engine room is required. On barge-carrying vessels having horizontal barge levels, separate barge levels and a longitudinal separation by at least two intervening barge spaces are required.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Segregation requirements for ferry vessels:</I> A ferry vessel (when operating either as a passenger or cargo vessel) that cannot provide the separation required in this section may carry incompatible hazardous materials in separate transport vehicles if they are stowed to give the maximum possible separation.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Segregation of containers on board hatchless (open-top) container ships:</I> (1) This paragraph applies to the segregation of cargo transport units that are transported on board hatchless container ships provided that the cargo spaces are properly fitted to give permanent stowage of the cargo transport units during transport.
</P>
<P>(2) For container ships that have both hatchless container spaces and other spaces suitable for breakbulk cargo, conventional container stowage, or any other method of stowage, the appropriate requirements of this section apply to the relevant cargo space.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Segregation Table.</I> Table § 176.83(l)(3) sets forth the general requirements for segregation of cargo transport units on board hatchless container ships.
</P>
<P>(4) In Table § 176.83(l)(3), a container space means a distance of not less than 6 m (20 feet) fore and aft or not less than 2.5 m (8 feet) athwartship.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table § 176.83(L)(3)—Segregation of Cargo Transport Units on Board Hatchless Container Ships
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Segregation requirement
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Vertical
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="7" scope="col">Horizontal
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Closed versus closed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Closed versus open
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Open versus open
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Closed versus closed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Closed versus open
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Open versus open
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On deck
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under deck
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. “Away from”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On top of the other permitted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Open on top of closed permitted</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fore and aft</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space or one bulkhead.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Otherwise as for “Open versus open”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Athwart ships</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No restriction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. “Separated from”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not in the same vertical line</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fore and aft</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space or one bulkhead</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space or one bulkhead</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space and not in or above same hold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One bulkhead.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not in the same vertical line</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As for “Open versus open”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Athwart ships</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two container spaces</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two container spaces</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two container spaces and not in or above same hold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One bulkhead.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. “Separated by a complete compartment or hold from”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fore and aft</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space and not in or above same hold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One bulkhead</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One container space and not in or above same hold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One bulkhead</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two container spaces and not in or above same hold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two bulkheads.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Athwart ships</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two container spaces and not in or above same hold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One bulkhead</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two container spaces and not in or above same hold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One bulkhead</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Three container spaces and not in or above same hold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two bulkheads.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. “Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fore and aft</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum horizontal distance of 24 m and not in or above same hold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One bulkhead and minimum horizontal distance of 24 m*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum horizontal distance of 24 m and not in or above same hold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two bulkheads</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum horizontal distance of 24 m and not in or above same hold</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Two bulkheads.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Athwart ships</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">* Containers not less than 6 m (20 feet) from intervening bulkhead.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note:</E> All bulkheads and decks must be resistant to fire and liquid.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(m) <I>Provisions for segregation groups:</I> (1) For the purpose of segregation, materials having certain similar chemical properties have been grouped together in segregation groups. The segregation groups (such as “acids”, “chlorates”, “permanganates”) and the entries allocated to each of these groups include the substances identified in section 3.1.4 of the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). When column (10B) of the § 172.101 Table refers to a numbered stowage provision set forth in § 176.84(b) such as “Stow ‘away from’ acids”, that particular stowage/segregation requirement applies to all the materials allocated to the respective segregation group.
</P>
<P>(2) Not all hazardous materials falling within a segregation group are listed by name in the regulations. These materials are shipped under “n.o.s.” entries. Although these “n.o.s.” entries are not listed themselves in the above groups, the person who offers a hazardous material for transportation must decide whether allocation under a segregation group is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(3) The segregation groups described above do not address materials that fall outside the classification criteria of the hazardous materials regulations, although it is recognized that some non-hazardous materials have certain chemical properties similar to hazardous materials listed in the segregation groups. A person who offers a hazardous material for transportation or the person responsible for packing the materials into a cargo transport unit who does have knowledge of the chemical properties of such non-hazardous materials may identify a relevant segregation group and apply the segregation requirements for that segregation group.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52690, Dec. 21, 1990]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 176.83, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.84" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.4.32.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.84   Other requirements for stowage, cargo handling, and segregation for cargo vessels and passenger vessels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> When Column 10B of the § 172.101 Table refers to a numbered or alpha-numeric stowage provision for water shipments, the meaning and requirements of that provision are set forth in this section. Terms in quotation marks are defined in § 176.83. Other terms used in the table in this section such as “acids”, “chlorates” and “permanganates” indicate different chemical groups referred to here as segregation groups. Materials falling within a segregation group are considered to have certain similar chemical properties and, although not exhaustive in nature, the materials belonging to each group include those substances identified in section 3.1.4 of the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) as set forth in § 176.83(m).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Table of provisions:</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Provisions
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">[Reserved]
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Temperature controlled material.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Do not stow with high explosives.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Shall not be stowed together with combustible material in the same cargo transport unit.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “Separated from” powdered metals and their compounds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Emergency temperature material.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">[Reserved]
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Glass carboys not permitted on passenger vessels.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Glass carboys not permitted under deck.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Glass bottles not permitted under deck.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Keep away from heat and open flame.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Keep as cool as reasonably practicable.
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Keep as dry as reasonably practicable.
<sup>3</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For metal drums, stowage permitted under deck on cargo vessels.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May be stowed in portable magazine or metal locker.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No other cargo may be stowed in the same hold with this material.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Segregation same as for flammable gases but “away from” dangerous when wet.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prohibited on any vessel carrying explosives (except explosives in Division 1.4, Compatibility group S).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Segregation same as for corrosives.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Segregation same as for flammable liquids.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Segregation same as for flammable liquids if flash point is below 60 °C (140 °F).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Segregation same as for flammable liquids if flash point is between 23 °C (73 °F) and 60 °C (140 °F).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Segregation same as for flammable solids.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Protected from sources of heat
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” acids.
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” alkaline compounds. 
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” flammable liquids.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” ammonium compounds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” animal or vegetable oils.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” combustible materials.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” copper, its alloys and its salts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” fluorides.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">34</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” foodstuffs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” all odor-absorbing cargo.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” heavy metals and their compounds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” hydrazine.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” all other corrosives.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” liquid halogenated hydrocarbons.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “clear of living quarters”.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” mercury and its compounds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” nitric acids and perchloric acids not exceeding 50 percent acid by weight.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” organic materials.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” oxidizers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” permanganates.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">46</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” powdered metals.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” sodium compounds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” corrosives.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">51</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” acetylene.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">52</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” acids. 
<sup>1 2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">53</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” alkaline compounds. 
<sup>2</sup> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">54</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” animal or vegetable oils.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">55</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” ammonia.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” ammonium compounds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” chlorine.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” cyanides.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” combustible materials.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” chlorates, chlorites, hypochlorites, nitrites, perchlorates, permanganates, and metallic powders.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">61</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” corrosive materials.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” diborane.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” diethylene triamine.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">64</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” explosives.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” flammable substances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">66</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” flammable solids.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” halides.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” hydrogen.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” hydrogen peroxide.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” mercury salts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">71</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” nitric acid.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” nitrogen compounds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” chlorates.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">74</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” oxidizers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” permanganates.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">76</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated by a complete compartment or hold from” organic peroxides.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated longitudinally by a complete compartment or hold from” explosives.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">78</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from” explosives.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">79</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The maximum net quantity in one package for this material shipped aboard a passenger vessel is limited to 22.7 kg (50 pounds).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toy torpedoes must not be packed with other special fireworks.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">81</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Under deck stowage permitted only if an indicating substance such as chloropicrin has been added.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Under deck stowage is permitted only if containing not more than 36 percent by weight of hydrazine.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">83</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">[Reserved]
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">84</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Under deck stowage must be in well-ventilated space.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">85</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Under deck stowage must be in mechanically ventilated space.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated by a complete compartment or hold from” explosives Division 1.3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” Class 1 (explosives) except Division 1.4.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated by a complete compartment or hold from” Class 1 (explosives) except Division 1.4.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Segregation same as for oxidizers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” radioactive materials.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">91</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” flammable liquids.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” powdered materials.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow not accessible to unauthorized persons on passenger vessels.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">94</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Plastic jerricans and plastic drums not permitted under deck.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">95</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” foodstuffs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">96</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Glass carboys not permitted under deck on passenger vessels.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">97</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” azides.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">98</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” all flammable materials.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Only new metal drums permitted on passenger vessels.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” flammable solids.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” iron oxide.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” all odor absorbing cargoes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Only to be loaded under dry weather conditions.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” bromine.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As approved by the Competent Authority of the country concerned.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” powdered metal.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” peroxides and superoxides.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">108</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The transport temperature should be indicated on the tank.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Label as a flammable liquid if flash point is 60 °C (140 °F) or below.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Packaging Group II if concentration does not exceed 70 percent acid.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If concentration exceeds 50 percent acid, notes 66, 74, 89, and 90 apply.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Packaging Group II for concentrations not less that 50 percent and Packaging Group III for concentrations less than 50 percent.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Packaging Group II if concentrations does not exceed 60 percent acid.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corrosive subsidiary risk label required unless concentration is less than 80 percent.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If packaged in glass or earthenware inner packagings in wooden or fiberboard outer packagings, the maximum quantity on any vessel is 500 kg (equivalent to 450 L).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">116</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">In a cargo space capable of being opened up in an emergency. The possible need to open hatches in case of fire to provide maximum ventilation and to apply water in an emergency and the consequent risk to the stability of the ship through flooding of the cargo space should be considered before loading.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">117</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">In a clean cargo space capable of being opened up in an emergency. In the case of bagged fertilizer in freight containers, it is sufficient if in the case of an emergency, the cargo is accessible through free approaches (hatch entries) and mechanical ventilation enables the master to exhaust any gases or fumes resulting from decomposition. The possible need to open hatches in case of fire to provide maximum ventilation and to apply water in an emergency and the consequent risk to the stability of the ship through flooding of the cargo space should be considered before loading.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">118</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stowage—Category D, Category E freight containers and pallet boxes only. Ventilation may be required. The possible need to open hatches in a case of fire to provide maximum ventilation and to supply water in an emergency, and the consequent risk to the stability of the ship through flooding of the cargo space, should be considered before loading.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Double strip stowage recommended.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provide good surface and through ventilation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">121</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Packaging group III when the flash point of the flammable liquid is 23 °C (73 °F) or above.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">122</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” infectious substances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">123</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” infectious substances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">124</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” bromates. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">125</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Segregation same as for flammable liquids, but also “away from” flammable solids. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">126</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Segregation same as for Class 9, miscellaneous hazardous materials. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">127</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For packages carrying a subsidiary risk of Class 1 (explosives), segregation same as for Class 1, Division 1.3. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">128</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow in accordance with the IMDG Code, Sub-section 7.6.2.7.2 (incorporated by reference; see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">129</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stowage Category A applies, except for uranyl nitrate hexahydrate solution for which Category D applies. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">130</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stowage Category A applies, except for uranyl nitrate hexahydrate solution, uranium metal hexahydrate solution, uranium metal pyrophoric and thorium metal pyrophoric for which Category D applies. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">131</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stowage Category A applies, except for uranyl nitrate hexahydrate solution, uranium metal pyrophoric and thorium metal pyrophoric for which Category D applies, and taking into account any supplementary requirements specified in the transport documents. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">132</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stowage A applies, taking into account any supplementary requirements specified in the transport documents. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">133</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” sulfur. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">134</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” UN2716. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">135</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “Separated from” mercury and mercury compounds. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">136</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “Separated from” carbon tetrachloride. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">137</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For arsenic sulphides, Stow “separated from” acids. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">138</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “Separated from” peroxides. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">141</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” radioactive materials. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">142</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Packages in cargo transport units must be stowed so as to allow for adequate air circulation throughout the cargo. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">144</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">When stowed under deck, mechanical ventilation shall be in accordance with SOLAS, Chapter II-2/Regulation 19 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) for flammable liquids with flashpoint below 23 °C (73 °F).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">145</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” ammonium compounds except for UN1444.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">146</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Category B stowage applies for unit loads in open cargo transport units.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">147</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated from” flammable gases and flammable liquids.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">148</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">In addition: from flammable gases and flammable liquids when stowed on deck of a containership a minimum distance of two container spaces athwartship shall be maintained, when stowed on ro-ro ships a distance of 6 m athwartship shall be maintained.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">149</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For engines or machinery containing fuels with flash point equal or greater than 23 °C (73.4 °F), stowage Category A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For uranium metal pyrophoric and thorium metal pyrophoric stowage, category D applies.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Segregation as for Class 7.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Segregation as for Class 8. However, in relation to Class 7, no segregation needs to be applied.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">153</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from” Divisions 1.1, 1.2, and 1.5.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">154</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notwithstanding the stowage category indicated in column 10A of the § 172.101 Table, may be stowed in accordance with the provisions of packing instruction US 1 in § 173.62.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">155</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Avoid handling the package or keep handling to a minimum. Inform the appropriate public health authority or veterinary authority where persons or animals may have been exposed.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">156</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For lithium batteries transported in accordance with § 173.185(f) or for purposes of disposal or recycling, stowage category C applies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">157</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For aerosols and gas receptacles transported for purposes of recycling or disposal, stowage category C applies, and stowage must be clear of living quarters.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">M1—M6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">[Reserved]
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For waste cyanides or waste cyanide mixtures or solutions, refer to § 173.12(e) of this subchapter.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Class 8 materials in PG II or III that otherwise are required to be segregated from one another may be transported in the same cargo transport unit, whether in the same packaging or not, provided the substances do not react dangerously with each other to cause combustion and/or evolution of considerable heat, or of flammable, toxic or asphyxiant gases, or the formation of corrosive or unstable substances; and the package does not contain more than 30 L (7.8 gallons) for liquids or 30 kg (66 lbs.) for solids.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> These requirements apply to the loading of hazardous materials in cargo transport units as well as the stowage of cargo transport units.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Provisions for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials:</I> (1) Explosive substances and explosive articles must be stowed in accordance with Column (10A) and Column (10B) of the 172.101 Table of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The following notes in column 10B of the § 172.101 Table apply to the transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials by vessel:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Notes
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Provisions
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stow “away from” lead and its compounds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On deck, cargo transport unit must be steel.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On deck, cargo transport unit must be leakproof.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On deck stowage is recommended.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“Separated from” explosives containing chlorates or perchlorates.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cargo space ventilation must be carefully controlled to avoid excessive condensation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“Separated from” ammonium compounds and explosives containing ammonium compounds or salts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">23E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“Separated from” Division 1.4 and “separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from” Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.5, and 1.6 except from explosives of compatibility group J.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For closed cargo transport units, a non-metallic lining is required when not in effectively sealed, sift-proof packages.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">27E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For closed cargo transport units, a non-metallic lining is required.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52693, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 176.84, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Special Requirements for Transport Vehicles Loaded With Hazardous Materials and Transported on Board Ferry Vessels</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.88" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.5.32.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.88   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements in this subpart are applicable to transport vehicles containing hazardous materials being transported on board ferry vessels and are in addition to any prescribed elsewhere in this subchapter. Vessels in a service similar to a ferry service, but not over a designated ferry route, may be treated as a ferry vessel for the purpose of this subpart if approved in writing by the District Commander.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-1A, 41 FR 40690, Sept. 20, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.89" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.5.32.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.89   Control of transport vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A transport vehicle containing hazardous materials may be transported on board a ferry vessel, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The operator or person in charge of the vehicle shall deliver to the vessel's representative a copy of the shipping papers and certificate required by §§ 176.24 and 176.27;
</P>
<P>(2) The vehicle shall be placed at the location indicated by the vessel's representative;
</P>
<P>(3) The parking brakes of the vehicle shall be set securely to prevent motion;
</P>
<P>(4) The motor of a highway vehicle shall be shut off and not restarted until the vessel has completed its voyage and docked;
</P>
<P>(5) All vehicle lights shall be cut off and not relighted until the vessel has completed its voyage and docked;
</P>
<P>(6) The operator of a highway vehicle shall remain with the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(7) No repairs or adjustments must be made to the vehicle while it is on the vessel;
</P>
<P>(8) No hazardous materials are to be released from the vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(9) Any instructions given by the vessel's representative during the voyage, and during “roll on” and “roll off” operations must be observed.
</P>
<P>(b) Smoking by any person in or around a vehicle is prohibited.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended at 85 FR 83402, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.90" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.5.32.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.90   Private automobiles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Class 1 (explosive) material.</I> A private automobile which is carrying any Class 1 (explosive) material (except permitted fireworks or small arms ammunition) may not be transported on a passenger-carrying ferry vessel unless the Class 1 (explosive) material conforms to the packaging, labeling, marking, and certification requirements of this subchapter. Permitted fireworks and small arms ammunition may be carried without the required packaging, labeling, marking, or certification if they are in tight containers.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Engines, gasoline, or liquefied petroleum gas.</I> Engines, internal combustion, flammable gas powered <I>or</I> flammable liquid powered, including when fitted in machinery or vehicles (<I>i.e.</I> motor vehicles, recreational vehicles, campers, trailers), vehicle flammable liquid <I>or</I> flammable gas powered, gasoline, and petroleum gases, liquefied <I>or</I> liquefied petroleum gas when included as part of a motor home, recreational vehicle, camper, or trailer; are excepted from the requirements of this subchapter if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) Any container showing deterioration which might affect its integrity must not be allowed on board the vessel. A visual inspection by a responsible member of the crew must be made of each cylinder of liquefied petroleum gas before it may be allowed aboard the vessel. A cylinder that has a crack or leak, is bulged, has a defective valve or a leaking or defective pressure relief device, or bears evidence of physical abuse, fire or heat damage, or detrimental rusting or corrosion, may not offered for transportation on board the vessel. Leaking or damaged containers of gasoline may not be offered for transportation on board the vessel.
</P>
<P>(2) Motor vehicles may be stowed in the same hold or compartment or on the vehicle deck of passenger vessels with cylinders of liquefied petroleum gas when the cylinders are securely attached to recreational vehicles, such as campers or trailers.
</P>
<P>(3) Extra containers of gasoline (including camp stove or lantern fuel) and portable cylinders of liquefied petroleum gas (including cylinders for camping equipment) not securely attached to recreational vehicles must be stowed in the vessel's paint locker. Containers must be securely closed.
</P>
<P>(4) All liquefied petroleum gas cylinders must be secured by closing the shut-off valves prior to the recreational vehicles being loaded on the vessels. The owner or operator of each recreational vehicle must be directed to close all operating valves within the vehicles.
</P>
<P>(5) “No smoking” signs must be posted on the vehicle decks and, if used for storage of hazardous materials; in close proximity to the vessel's paint locker.
</P>
<P>(6) An hourly patrol of the vehicle decks must be made by a crewmember. Any unusual or dangerous situation must be reported to the vessel's master.
</P>
<P>(7) Passengers may be allowed on the vehicle decks during the voyage and are subject to the control of the crew personnel conducting the continuous vehicle deck patrol.
</P>
<P>(8) Each person responsible for performing a function authorized by this section must be trained in accordance with subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter and on the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(9) Shipments made under this paragraph are subject to the Incident Reporting requirements prescribed in §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 3682, Jan. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.91" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.5.32.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.91   Motorboats.</HEAD>
<P>A motorboat may be transported on board a ferry vessel with gasoline in the tank and two other containers not exceeding 23 L (six gallons) capacity each if they are in the motorboat, closed, and in good condition.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.92" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.5.32.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.92   Cylinders laden in vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>Any cylinder of Class 2 (compressed gas) material which is required to have a valve protection cap fitted in place may be transported on board a ferry vessel without having the valve protection cap in place when it is laden in a transport vehicle and is not removed from the vehicle while on the vessel.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.93" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.5.32.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.93   Vehicles having refrigerating or heating equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A transport vehicle fitted with refrigerating or heating equipment using a flammable liquid or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material, or diesel oil as fuel, may be transported on a ferry vessel. However, the refrigerating or heating equipment may not be operated while the vehicle is on the vessel, unless the equipment complies with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The installation is rigidly mounted and free of any motion other than normal vibration in operation;
</P>
<P>(2) An easily accessible shutoff control is fitted to the fuel and electrical supply of the refrigerating or heating equipment; and
</P>
<P>(3) The fuel storage tank, the fuel lines, the carburetor and any other fuel devices are tight and show no signs of leakage.
</P>
<P>(b) If the vehicle operator desires to operate the refrigerating or heating equipment while on the vessel and the equipment is not fitted with automatic starting and stopping devices, it must be started before the vehicle is taken on board. It may continue in operation while the vehicle is on the vessel, but if the motor stops it may not be restarted.
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of a ferry vessel on a voyage exceeding 30 minutes' duration, stowage must be provided for transport vehicles having refrigerating or heating equipment operated by internal combustion engines which will permit ready diffusion of exhaust gases to the open air. Passenger vehicles may not be stowed in a position adjacent to vehicles operating internal combustion motors which expose the occupants of the passenger vehicles to excessive concentrations of exhaust fumes from such motors.
</P>
<P>(d) A transport vehicle containing solid carbon dioxide as a refrigerant may be transported on a ferry vessel only if it is stowed in a well ventilated location.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-1, 41 FR 16110, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Special Requirements for Barges</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 176-8, 44 FR 23228, Apr. 19, 1979, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 176.95" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.6.32.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.95   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements prescribed in this subpart are applicable to the transportation of packaged hazardous materials on board barges. The requirements prescribed elsewhere in this subchapter for vessels similarly apply, except as provided in this subpart, to the transportation of packaged hazardous materials on board barges.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.96" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.6.32.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.96   Materials of construction.</HEAD>
<P>Barges used to transport hazardous materials must be constructed of steel.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.97" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.6.32.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.97   Prohibition of dump scows.</HEAD>
<P>Dump scows are barges having cargo carrying compartments of the hopper type and fitted with a bottom dump or a side dump. This type of barge is prohibited from the carriage of any class of hazardous material.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.98" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.6.32.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.98   Stowage of hazardous materials on board barges.</HEAD>
<P>A material for which “on deck” stowage only is required by column (10) of the Hazardous Materials Table (§ 172.101 of this subchapter) may be stowed “under deck” on unmanned barges.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-8, 44 FR 23228, Apr. 19, 1979, as amended by Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.99" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.6.32.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.99   Permit requirements for certain hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>The permits required by §§ 176.100 and 176.415 for loading, unloading, and handling Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (explosives) materials, Division 1.5 materials, ammonium nitrate and certain ammonium nitrate mixtures and fertilizers must be obtained before these materials may be loaded on, unloaded from, or handled on board a barge or barge-carrying vessel. However, a barge loaded with these materials being placed on, removed from, or handled on board a barge-carrying vessel is not subject to these permit requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52695, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Detailed Requirements for Class 1 (Explosive) Materials</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 176.100" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.32.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.100   Permit for Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>Before Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials may be discharged from, loaded on, handled or restowed on board a vessel at any place in the United States, the carrier must obtain a permit from the COTP in accordance with the procedures in 33 CFR 126.19. Exceptions to this permit requirement may be authorized by the COTP.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 176-34, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 45385, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.102" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.32.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.102   Supervisory detail.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the COTP may assign a USCG supervisory detail to any vessel to supervise the loading, handling or unloading of Class 1 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(b) The owner, agent, charterer, master or person in charge of the vessel, and all persons engaged in the handling, loading, unloading, and stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials shall obey all orders that are given by the officer in charge of the supervisory detail.
</P>
<P>(c) If Class 1 (explosive) materials are loaded onto or unloaded from a vessel at a facility operated or controlled by the Department of Defense, the Commanding Officer of that facility may decline the USCG supervisory detail. Whenever the supervisory detail is declined, the Commanding Officer of the facility shall ensure compliance with the regulations in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.104" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.32.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.104   Loading and unloading Class 1 (explosive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be thrown, dropped, rolled, dragged, or slid over each other or over a deck.
</P>
<P>(b) When Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed in a hold below one in which any cargo is being handled, the hatch in the deck dividing the two holds must have all covers securely in place.
</P>
<P>(c) Drafts of Class 1 (explosive) materials must be handled in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A draft may not be raised, lowered, or stopped by sudden application of power or brake.
</P>
<P>(2) A draft may not be released by tripping or freeing one side of the cargo-handling equipment and tumbling the Class 1 (explosive) materials off.
</P>
<P>(3) All drafts, beams, shackles, bridles, slings, and hooks must be manually freed before the winch takes control.
</P>
<P>(4) Slings may not be dragged from under a draft by winching except for the topmost layer in the hold when power removal is the only practical method and when the cargo cannot be toppled.
</P>
<P>(5) Handles or brackets on packages in a draft may not be used for slinging purposes.
</P>
<P>(d) A combination woven rope and wire sling or a sling that is formed by use of an open hook may not be used in handling Class 1 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(e) Only a safety hook or a hook that has been closed by wire may be used in handling drafts of Class 1 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(f) Wire rope or wire rope assemblies, including splices and fittings, used in handling Class 1 (explosive) materials must be unpainted and kept bare to permit inspection of their safe working condition. A mechanical end fitting (pressed fitting) may be used in place of an eye splice, if the efficiency of the mechanical end fitting is at least equal to the efficiency of an eye splice prepared as prescribed in 29 CFR 1918.51(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(g) Packages of Division 1.1 and 1.2 materials that are not part of a palletized unit must be loaded and unloaded from a vessel using a chute, conveyor or a mechanical hoist and a pallet, skipboard, tray or pie plate fitted with a cargo net or sideboards. 
</P>
<P>(h) Packages of Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials must be loaded or unloaded in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A cargo net with a pallet, skipboard, tray, or pie plate, must be loaded so that no more than a minimum displacement of packages occurs when it is lifted.
</P>
<P>(2) A cargo net must completely encompass the bottom and sides of the draft. The mesh of the cargo net must be of a size and strength that will prevent a package in the draft from passing through the net.
</P>
<P>(3) When a tray is used in handling packages, no package may extend more than one-third its vertical dimension above the sideboard of the tray.
</P>
<P>(i) A landing mat must be used when a draft of nonpalletized Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials is deposited on deck. The landing mat must have dimensions of at least l m (3 feet) wide, 2 m (7 feet) long, and 10 cm (3.9 inches) thick, and be made of woven hemp, sisal, or similar fiber, or foam rubber, polyurethane or similar resilient material.
</P>
<P>(j) In addition to the other requirements of this section, packages of Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials must be handled in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Packages may not be loaded or unloaded through a hatch at the same time that other cargo is being handled in any hold served by that hatch.
</P>
<P>(2) Packages may not be loaded or unloaded from the same hatch by using two pieces of cargo equipment unless the equipment is positioned at the forward and aft ends of the hatch.
</P>
<P>(3) Packages may not be lifted over any hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(4) The height of any structure, equipment, or load on a deck over which packages must be lifted may not be higher than the hatch coaming or bulwark, or 1 m (3 feet), whichever is greater.
</P>
<P>(k) Unpackaged explosive devices may not be handled by their lifting lugs or suspension lugs.
</P>
<P>(l) A chute may not be used when loading or unloading Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility group A or B.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 176-40, 61 FR 27175, May 30, 1996; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.108" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.32.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.108   Supervision of Class 1 (explosive) materials during loading, unloading, handling and stowage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) During the loading, unloading, handling and stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials, a responsible person shall be in constant attendance during the entire operation to direct the loading, unloading, handling and stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials, including the preparation of the holds. The responsible person must be aware of the hazards involved and the steps to be taken in an emergency, and must maintain sufficient contact with the master to ensure proper steps are taken in an emergency.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person involved in the handling of Class 1 (explosive) materials on a vessel shall obey the orders of the responsible person.
</P>
<P>(c) The responsible person must inspect all cargo-handling equipment to determine that it is in safe operating condition before it is used to handle Class 1 (explosive) materials.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="32" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.32" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Stowage</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.112" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.32.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.112   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of §§ 176.116(e), 176,118, and 176.120 of this subpart do not apply to Division 1.4 (explosive) materials, compatibility group S. Such materials may be stowed together with all other Class 1 (explosive) materials except those of compatibility group A or L. They must be segregated from other hazardous materials in accordance with table 176.83(b) of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.116" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.32.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.116   General stowage conditions for Class 1 (explosive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Stowage Location:</I> (1) Class 1 (explosive) materials must be stowed in a cool part of the ship and must be kept as cool as practicable while on board. Class 1 (explosives) must be stowed as far away as practicable from any potential source of heat or ignition.
</P>
<P>(2) With the exception of division 1.4 (explosive) materials, Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be positioned closer to the ship's side than a distance equal to one eighth of the beam or 2.4 m (8 feet), whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(3) Except where the consignment of Class 1 (explosive) materials consists only of explosive articles, the wearing of shoes or boots with unprotected metal nails, heels, or tips of any kind is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Wetness:</I> (1) Spaces where Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed below deck must be dry. In the event of the contents of packages being affected by water when on board immediate advice must be sought from the shippers; pending this advice handling of the packages must be avoided.
</P>
<P>(2) Bilges and bilge sections must be examined and any residue of previous cargo removed before Class 1 materials (explosive) are loaded onto the vessel.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Security:</I> All compartments, magazines, and cargo transport units containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be locked or suitably secured in order to prevent unauthorized access. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Secure stowage:</I> Class 1 (explosive) materials must be securely stowed to prevent shifting in transit; where necessary, precautions must be taken to prevent cargo sliding down between the frames at the ship's sides.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Separation from accommodation spaces and machinery spaces:</I> (1) Class 1 (explosive) materials must be stowed as far away as practicable from any accommodation spaces or any machinery space and may not be stowed directly above or below such a space. The requirements in paragraphs (e)(2) through (e)(4) of this section are minimum requirements in addition to the applicable requirements of 46 CFR chapter I. Where the requirements of this subpart are less stringent than those of 46 CFR chapter I, the 46 CFR chapter I requirements must be satisfied for ships to which they are applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) There must be a permanent A Class steel bulkhead between any accommodation space and any compartment containing Class 1 (explosive) materials. Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, or 1.5 materials may not be stowed within 3 m (10 feet) of this bulkhead; in the decks immediately above or below an accommodation space they must be stowed at least 3 m (10 feet) from the line of this bulkhead projected vertically.
</P>
<P>(3) There must be a permanent A Class steel bulkhead between a compartment containing Class 1 (explosive) materials and any machinery space. Class 1 (explosive) materials, except those in Division 1.4 (explosive), may not be stowed within 3 m (10 feet) of this bulkhead; and in the decks above or below the machinery space they must be stowed at least 3 m (10 feet) from the line of this bulkhead projected vertically. In addition to this separation, there must be insulation to Class A60 standard as defined in 46 CFR 72.05-10(c)(1) if the machinery space is one of Category ‘A’ unless the only Class 1 (explosive) materials carried are in Division 1.4S (explosive).
</P>
<P>(4) Where Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed away from bulkheads bounding any accommodation space or machinery space, the intervening space may be filled with cargo that is not readily combustible.
</P>
<P>(f) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 76183, Dec. 20, 2004; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003; 78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.118" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.32.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.118   Electrical requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Electrical equipment and cables installed in compartments in which Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed which do not need to be energized during the voyage must be isolated from the supply so that no part of the circuit within the compartment is energized. The method of isolation may be by withdrawal of fuses, opening of switches or circuit breakers, or disconnection from bus bars. The means, or access to the means, of disconnection/reconnection must be secured by a locked padlock under the control of a responsible person.
</P>
<P>(b) Electrical equipment and cables in a cargo space in which Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed which are energized during the voyage for the safe operation of the ship must meet the requirements of subchapter J of 46 CFR chapter I. Before Class 1 (explosive) materials are loaded aboard a vessel, all cables must be tested by a skilled person to ensure that they are safe and to determine satisfactory grounding, insulation resistance, and continuity of the cable cores, metal sheathing or armoring.
</P>
<P>(c) All Class 1 (explosive) materials must be stowed in a safe position relative to electrical equipment and cables. Additional physical protection must be provided where necessary to minimize possible damage to the electrical equipment or cables, especially during loading and unloading.
</P>
<P>(d) Cable joints in the compartments must be enclosed in metal-clad junction boxes.
</P>
<P>(e) All lighting equipment and cables must be of the fixed type, and must meet the relevant inspection, test, and installation standards of 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 176-34, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.120" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.32.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.120   Lightning protection.</HEAD>
<P>A lightning conductor grounded to the sea must be provided on any mast or similar structure on a vessel on which Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed unless effective electrical bonding is provided between the sea and the mast or structure from its extremity and throughout to the main body of the hull structure. (Steel masts in ships of all welded construction comply with this requirement).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 176.122-176.124" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.32.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 176.122-176.124   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 176.128-176.136" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.32.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 176.128-176.136   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.137" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.32.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.137   Portable magazine.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each portable magazine used for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials on board vessels must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) It must be weather-tight, constructed of wood or metal lined with wood at least 2 cm (0.787 inch) thick, and with a capacity of no more than 3.1 cubic m (110 cubic feet).
</P>
<P>(2) All inner surfaces must be smooth and free of any protruding nails, screws or other projections.
</P>
<P>(3) If constructed of wood, a portable magazine must be framed of nominal 5 cm × 10 cm (2 × 4 inch) lumber, and sheathed with nominal 20 mm (0.787 inch) thick boards or plywood.
</P>
<P>(4) When constructed of metal, the metal must be not less than 3.2 mm (0.126 inch) thick.
</P>
<P>(5) Runners, bearers, or skids must be provided to elevate the magazine at least 10 cm (3.9 inches) from the deck. Padeyes, ring bolts, or other suitable means must be provided for securing.
</P>
<P>(6) If the portable magazine has a door or hinged cover, the door or cover must have a strong hasp and padlock or equally effective means of securing.
</P>
<P>(7) The portable magazine must be marked on its top and four sides, in letters at least 8 cm (3 inches) high, as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>EXPLOSIVES—HANDLE CAREFULLY—KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE AWAY.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) A portable magazine which meets the requirements for a type 2 or type 3 magazine under 27 CFR part 555 subpart K may be used for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials on board vessels.
</P>
<P>(c) A portable magazine with a capacity exceeding 3.1 m
<SU>3</SU> (110 cubic feet) may be used for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials under such construction, handling, and stowage requirements as the COTP approves.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45185, Aug. 28, 2001; 6 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.138" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.32.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.138   Deck stowage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(b) Class 1 (explosives) may not be stowed within a horizontal distance of 6 m (20 feet) from any source of heat and any possible sources of ignition. With the exception of division 1.4 (explosive) materials, Class 1 (explosives) materials may not be stowed within a horizontal distance of 12 m (39 feet) from the bridge, accommodation areas, and lifesaving appliances.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 69 FR 76184, Dec. 20, 2004; 78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="33" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.33" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Segregation</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.140" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.33.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.140   Segregation from other classes of hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Class 1 (explosive) materials must be segregated from other packaged hazardous materials in accordance with § 176.83.
</P>
<P>(b) Class 1 (explosive) materials must be segregated from bulk solid dangerous cargoes in accordance with the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Notwithstanding § 176.83(b), ammonium nitrate and sodium nitrate may be stowed together with blasting explosives, except those containing chlorates, provided the mixed stowage is treated as blasting explosives (see § 176.410(e)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 68 FR 45041, July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.142" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.33.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.142   Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.144" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.33.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.144   Segregation of Class 1 (explosive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 176.145 of this subchapter, stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials within the same compartment, magazine, or cargo transport unit is subject to provisions contained in table 176.144(a).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 176.144(<E T="01">a</E>)—Authorized Mixed Stowage for Explosives 
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[An “X” indicates that explosives in the two different compatibility groups reflected by the location of the “X” may not be stowed in the same compartment, magazine, or cargo transport unit] 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Compatibility groups 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">B 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">D 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">E 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">G 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">J 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">K 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">L 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">N 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">S 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">J</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">L</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">S</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Notes:</E> 1. Explosive articles in compatibility group G, other than fireworks, may be stowed with articles of compatibility groups C, D, and E, provided no explosive substances are carried in the same compartment, magazine or cargo transport unit.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">2. Explosives in compatibility group L may only be stowed in the same compartment, magazine or cargo transport unit with identical explosives within compatibility group L. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">3. Different types of articles of Division 1.6, compatibility group N, may only be transported together when it is proven that there is no additional risk of sympathetic detonation between the articles. Otherwise they must be treated as division 1.1. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">4. When articles of compatibility group N are transported with articles or substances of compatibility groups C, D or E, the goods of compatibility group N must be treated as compatibility group D. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">5. When articles of compatibility group N are transported together with articles or substances of compatibility group S, the entire load must be treated as compatibility group N. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">6. Any combination of articles in compatibility groups C, D and E must be treated as compatibility group E. Any combination of substances in compatibility groups C and D must be treated as the most appropriate compatibility group shown in Table 2 of § 173.52 taking into account the predominant characteristics of the combined load. This overall classification code must be displayed on any label or placard on a unit load or cargo transport unit as prescribed in subpart E (Labeling) and subpart F (Placarding).</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Where Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility groups are allowed to be stowed in the same compartment, magazine, or cargo transport unit, the stowage arrangements must conform to the most stringent requirements for the entire load.
</P>
<P>(c) Where a mixed load of Class 1 (explosive) materials of different hazard divisions and/or stowage arrangements is carried within a compartment, magazine, or cargo transport unit, the entire load must be treated as belonging to the hazard division having the greatest hazard. (For example, if a load of Division 1.1 (explosive) materials is mixed with Division 1.3 (explosive) materials, the load is treated as a Division 1.1 (explosive) material as defined in § 173.50(b) of this subchapter and the stowage must conform to the most stringent requirements for the entire load). 
</P>
<P>(d) If some of the Class 1 (explosive) materials in a stowage mixture require non-metallic lining of the closed cargo transport unit, Class 1 (explosive) materials requiring ordinary stowage may be stowed in the same closed cargo transport. When a closed cargo transport unit is used for such substances that require non-metallic lining of the closed cargo transport unit, the other Class 1 (explosive) materials stowed therein must have no exposed parts of any ferrous metal or aluminum alloy, unless separated by a partition.
</P>
<P>(e) Segregation on deck: When Class 1 (explosive) materials in different compatibility groups are carried on deck, they must be stored not less than 6 m (20 feet) apart unless they are allowed under Table 176.144(a) to be stowed in the same compartment, magazine, or cargo transport unit. 
</P>
<P>(f) On a barge used to transfer class 1 (explosive) materials from a waterfront facility to a vessel at an explosives anchorage (or from the vessel to the water front facility), if compliance with paragraph (e) of this section is not practicable, a sandbag barrier at least 0.6 m (2 feet) in thickness may be substituted for the 6 m (20 feet) separation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 76184, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.145" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.33.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.145   Segregation in single hold vessels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On board a vessel having a single cargo hold, Class 1 (explosive) materials in hazard division/compatibility group 1.1B and 1.2B may be stowed in the same compartment with substances of compatibility group D, provided:
</P>
<P>(1) The net explosive weight of the compatibility group B explosive does not exceed 50 kg (110 pounds); and
</P>
<P>(2) The compatibility group B explosive materials are stowed in a steel portable magazine that is stowed at least 6 m (20 feet) from the compatibility group D substances.
</P>
<P>(b) Division/compatibility group 1.4B (explosive) materials may be stowed in the same compartment with substances of compatibility group D provided the Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility groups are separated by either a distance of at least 6 m (20 feet) or by a steel partition.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.146" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.33.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.146   Segregation from non-hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as required by paragraph (b) of this section, Class 1 (explosive) materials need not be segregated from other cargo of a non-dangerous nature.
</P>
<P>(b) Readily combustible materials may not be stowed in the same compartment or hold as Class 1 (explosive) materials other than those in compatibility group S.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) In order to avoid contamination:
</P>
<P>(1) An explosive substance or article which has a secondary POISON hazard label must be stowed “separated from” all foodstuffs, except when such materials are stowed in separate closed cargo transport units, the requirements for “away from” segregation apply. 
</P>
<P>(2) An explosive substance or article which has a secondary CORROSIVE hazard label must be stowed “away from” foodstuffs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 69 FR 76185, Dec. 20, 2004; 78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="34" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.34" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Precautions During Loading and Unloading</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.148" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.34.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.148   Artificial lighting.</HEAD>
<P>Electric lights, except arc lights, are the only form of artificial lighting permitted when loading and unloading Class 1 (explosive) materials.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.150" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.34.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.150   Radio and radar.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, when Class 1 (explosive) materials (other than explosive articles in Division 1.4 [explosive] or any explosive substance) are loaded, unloaded, or handled, the responsible person must ensure that all sources of electromagnetic radiation such as radio and radar transmitters are deenergized by opening the main switches controlling the sources and tagging them to warn that the devices are not to be energized until loading or unloading has ceased.
</P>
<P>(b) During the loading or unloading of all explosive articles (except those in Division 1.4 [explosive]), no radio or radar transmitter may be used within 50 m (164 feet) of such articles except for VHF transmitters the power output of which does not exceed 25 watts and of which no part of the antenna system is within 2 m (7 feet) of the Class 1 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(c) Explosive articles which are sensitive to electromagnetic radiation from external sources must be stowed at a safe distance from the vessel's radio cabin, receiving and transmitting apparatus radio antenna or lead-in, and radar installation, with due regard to the character of the vessel and the degree of screening-off of the explosive articles.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.154" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.34.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.154   Fueling (bunkering).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Class 1 (explosive) materials, except those in compatibility group S, may not be loaded or unloaded when fueling (bunkering) is in progress except with the prior authorization of the COTP, and under conditions prescribed by that officer.
</P>
<P>(b) Vessels containing Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be fueled (bunkered) with the hatches open unless authorized by the COTP.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.156" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.34.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.156   Defective packages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No leaking, broken, or otherwise defective package containing Class 1 (explosive) materials, including packages which have been adversely affected by moisture, may be accepted for shipment. The master or person in charge of a vessel on which there is a defective package containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must seek advice from the shipper concerning withdrawal, repair, or replacement. No repair of damaged or defective package containing Class 1 (explosive) materials may be performed on board a vessel.
</P>
<P>(b) No Class 1 (explosive) material, which for any reason has deteriorated or undergone a change of condition that increases the hazard attendant upon its conveyance or handling, may be moved in the port area, except as directed by the COTP.
</P>
<P>(c) If any package of Class 1 (explosive) materials, or seal of a package of Class 1 (explosive) materials, appears to be damaged, that package must be set aside for examination and repair or otherwise legally disposed of as directed by the shipper.
</P>
<P>(d) If any Class 1 (explosive) materials are spilled or released from a package, the responsible person must ensure that an appropriate emergency response is undertaken in accordance with the emergency response information required under § 172.602 of this subchapter. The master of the vessel must report each incident involving spillage or release of Class 1 (explosive) materials to the COTP as soon as practicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.160" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.34.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.160   Protection against weather.</HEAD>
<P>Any person loading or unloading packages containing Class 1 (explosive) materials shall take adequate measures to prevent these packages from becoming wet.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.162" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.34.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.162   Security.</HEAD>
<P>A responsible person must be present at all times when the hatches of spaces containing Class 1 (explosive) materials are open. No unauthorized person may be permitted to access spaces in which Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed. Magazines must be secured against unauthorized entry when loading has been completed, or when loading or unloading is stopped. Packages containing Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be opened on board ship.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.164" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.34.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.164   Fire precautions and firefighting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Matches, lighters, fire, and other ignition sources are prohibited on and near any vessel on which Class 1 (explosive) materials are being loaded, unloaded, or handled except in places designated by the master or the COTP.
</P>
<P>(b) A fire hose of sufficient length to reach every part of the loading area with an effective stream of water must be laid and connected to the water main, ready for immediate use.
</P>
<P>(c) No repair work may be carried out in a cargo space containing Class 1 (explosive) materials other than those of Division 1.4 (explosive). No welding, burning, cutting, or riveting operations involving the use of fire, flame, spark, or arc-producing equipment may be conducted on board except in an emergency; and, if in port, with the consent of the COTP.
</P>
<P>(d) Each compartment, including a closed vehicle deck space, which contains Class 1 (explosive) materials must be provided with a fixed fire extinguishing system. Each adjacent cargo compartment either must be protected by a fixed fire extinguishing installation or must be accessible for firefighting operations.
</P>
<P>(e) A vessel must have two sets of breathing apparatus and a power-operated fire pump, which, together with its source of power and sea connections, must be located outside the machinery space.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="35" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.35" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Passenger Vessels</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.166" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.35.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.166   Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials on passenger vessels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Only the following Class 1 (explosive) materials may be transported as cargo on passenger vessels:
</P>
<P>(1) Division 1.4 (explosive) materials, compatibility group S.
</P>
<P>(2) Explosive articles designed for lifesaving purposes as identified in § 176.142(b)(2), if the total net explosive mass (weight) does not exceed 50 kg (110 pounds).
</P>
<P>(3) Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility groups C, D, and E, if the total net explosive mass (weight) does not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per vessel.
</P>
<P>(4) Articles in compatibility group G other than those requiring special stowage, if the total net explosive mass (weight) does not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per vessel.
</P>
<P>(5) Articles in compatibility group B, if the total net explosive mass (weight) does not exceed 5 kg (11 pounds).
</P>
<P>(b) Class 1 (explosive) materials which may be carried on passenger vessels are identified in column (10) of the § 172.101 table. They must be stowed in accordance with table 176.166(b).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table <E T="01">176.166(b)</E>—Stowage Arrangements in Passenger Vessels
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Class/Division
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Samples, explosive
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Goods, N.O.S. Class 1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="13" scope="col">Goods shipped under a specific proper shipping name
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="13" scope="col">Compatibility group
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">D
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">E
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">G
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">J
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">K
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">L
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">N
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">S
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">b</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">b</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">b</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">b</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">b</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">a
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">a—As for cargo ships, on deck or under deck.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">b—As for cargo ships, on deck or under deck, in portable magazines only.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">c—Prohibited.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">d—As specified by the Associate Administrator, or the competent authority of the country in which the Class 1 (explosive) materials are loaded on the vessel.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">e—In containers or the like, on deck only.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, a combination of the substances and articles listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section may be transported on the same passenger vessel provided the total net explosive mass (weight) of the combination of Class 1 (explosive) materials carried does not exceed the smallest quantity specified for any one of the substances or articles in the combination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001].


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="36" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.36" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Cargo Transport Units and Shipborne Barges</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.168" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.36.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.168   Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in vehicle spaces.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All transport vehicles and cargo must be properly secured.
</P>
<P>(b) All transport vehicles used for the carriage of Class 1 (explosive) materials must be structurally serviceable as defined in § 176.172(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(c) Vehicles used to transport Class 1 (explosive) materials must conform to the requirements in §§ 177.834 and 177.835 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) Class 1 (explosive) materials which require special stowage must be transported in transport vehicles approved for the purpose by the Associate Administrator except that Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility group G or H may be carried in steel portable magazines or freight containers. Closed transport vehicles may be used as magazines; transport vehicles of other types may be used to transport Class 1 (explosive) materials which require ordinary stowage.
</P>
<P>(e) Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility groups may not be stowed in the same vehicle except as allowed in § 176.144 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(f) Vehicles containing different Class 1 (explosive) materials require no segregation from each other, except that these materials may be carried together under the provisions of § 176.144 of this subchapter. In all other instances, the vehicles must be “separated from” one another.
</P>
<P>(g) All transport vehicles used for the transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials must have lashing arrangements for securing the vehicle on the ship and preventing the moving of the vehicle on its springs during the sea passage.
</P>
<P>(h) Where a portable magazine or closed freight container is carried on a chassis, twist locks or other suitable securing arrangements must be provided and made secure.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.170" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.36.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.170   Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in freight containers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed in a freight container, the freight container, for the purposes of this subpart, may be regarded as a closed transport unit for class 1 or a magazine but not a separate compartment.
</P>
<P>(b) Freight containers loaded with Class 1 (explosive) materials, except for explosives in Division 1.4, must not be stowed in the outermost row of containers. 
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility groups may not be stowed within the same freight container except as allowed in § 176.144 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(e) On vessels, other than specially fitted container ships, freight containers containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be stowed only in the lowest tier.
</P>
<P>(f) Freight containers carrying different Class 1 (explosive) materials require no segregation from each other, if the provisions of § 176.144 of this subpart allow the Class 1 (explosive) materials to be carried together in the same compartment. In all other instances, the containers must be “separated from” one another in accordance with § 176.83(f) of this part.
</P>
<P>(g) Freight containers carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be handled on board a vessel with fork lift trucks unless approved by the COTP. This does not preclude the use of front-loading trucks using side-frame lifting equipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 68 FR 45041, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76185, Dec. 20, 2004; 78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.172" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.36.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.172   Structural serviceability of freight containers and vehicles carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials on ships.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for Division 1.4 materials, a freight container may not be offered for the carriage of Class 1 (explosive) materials, unless the container is structurally serviceable as evidenced by a current CSC (International Convention for Safe Containers) approval plate and verified by a detailed visual examination as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Before a freight container or transport vehicle is packed with Class 1 (explosive) materials, it must be visually examined by the shipper to ensure it is structurally serviceable, free of any residue of previous cargo, and its interior walls and floors are free from protrusions.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Structurally serviceable</I> means the freight container or the vehicle cannot have major defects in its structural components, such as top and bottom side rails, top and bottom end rails, door sill and header, floor cross members, corner posts, and corner fittings in a freight container. Major defects include—
</P>
<P>(i) Dents or bends in the structural members greater than 19 mm (0.75 inch) in depth, regardless of length;
</P>
<P>(ii) Cracks or breaks in structural members;
</P>
<P>(iii) More than one splice or an improper splice (such as a lapped splice) in top or bottom end rails or door headers;
</P>
<P>(iv) More than two splices in any one top or bottom side rail;
</P>
<P>(v) Any splice in a door sill or corner post;
</P>
<P>(vi) Door hinges and hardware that are seized, twisted, broken, missing, or otherwise inoperative;
</P>
<P>(vii) Gaskets and seals that do not seal; or
</P>
<P>(viii) For freight containers, any distortion of the overall configuration great enough to prevent proper alignment of handling equipment, mounting and securing chassis or vehicle, or insertion into ships' cells.
</P>
<P>(3) In addition, deterioration of any component of the freight container or vehicle, regardless of the material of construction, such as rusted-out metal in sidewalls or disintegrated fiberglass, is prohibited. Normal wear, however, including oxidation (rust), slight dents and scratches, and other damage that does not affect serviceability or the weather-tight integrity of the units, is not prohibited.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in paragraph (a) of this section, <I>splice</I> means any repair of a freight container main structural member which replaces material, except complete replacement of the member.
</P>
<P>(c) All shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials except those in Division 1.4 (explosive) must be accompanied by a statement, which may appear on the shipping paper, certifying that the freight container or the vehicle is structurally serviceable as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001; 74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.174" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.36.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.174   Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in shipborne barges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Fixed magazines may be built within a shipboard barge. Freight containers may be used as magazines within a barge.
</P>
<P>(b) Shipborne barges may be used for the carriage of all types of Class 1 (explosive) materials. When carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials requiring special stowage, the following requirements apply:
</P>
<P>(1) Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility group G or H must be stowed in freight containers.
</P>
<P>(2) Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility group K or L must be stowed in steel magazines. 
</P>
<P>(c) Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility groups may not be stowed within the same shipborne barge unless under § 176.144(b) of this subpart they are authorized to be stowed in the same compartment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 69 FR 76185, Dec. 20, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="37" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.37" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Handling Class 1 (Explosive) Materials in Port</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.176" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.37.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.176   Signals.</HEAD>
<P>When Class 1 (explosive) materials are being loaded, handled, or unloaded on a vessel, the vessel must exhibit the following signals:
</P>
<P>(a) By day, flag “B” (Bravo) of the international code of signals; and
</P>
<P>(b) By night, an all-round fixed red light.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.178" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.37.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.178   Mooring lines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All lines used in mooring the vessel must be of sufficient strength, type, and number for the size of the vessel and local conditions.
</P>
<P>(b) While the vessel is moored or anchored in a port area, towing wires of adequate size and length must be properly secured to mooring bits at the bow and stern ready for immediate use with the towing eyes passed outboard and kept at about water level.
</P>
<P>(c) The mooring arrangements must be such that the vessel can be released quickly in an emergency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.180" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.37.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.180   Watchkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever Class 1 (explosive) materials are on board a vessel in port, there must be sufficient crew on board to maintain a proper watch and to operate the propulsion and firefighting equipment in case of an emergency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.182" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.37.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.182   Conditions for handling on board ship.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Weather conditions.</I> Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be handled in weather conditions which may seriously increase the hazards presented by the Class 1 (explosive) materials. During electrical storms, cargo operations must be halted and all hatches containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be closed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Darkness.</I> Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be handled on board a vessel during the hours of darkness unless prior consent has been obtained from the COTP.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Lighting.</I> The area where Class 1 (explosive) materials are handled, or where preparations are being made to handle Class 1 (explosive) materials, must be illuminated with lighting that is sufficient to safely perform the handling operation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Protective equipment.</I> (1) A sufficient quantity of appropriate protective equipment must be provided for the personnel involved in handling Class 1 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(2) The protective equipment must provide adequate protection against the hazards specific to the Class 1 (explosive) materials handled.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Intoxicated persons.</I> No person under the influence of alcohol or drugs to such an extent that the person's judgment or behavior is impaired may participate in any operation involving the handling of Class 1 (explosive) materials. The master of the vessel must keep any such person clear of any areas where Class 1 (explosive) materials are being handled.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Smoking.</I> (1) Smoking is prohibited on the vessel while Class 1 (explosive) materials are being handled or stowed except in places designated by the master of the vessel.
</P>
<P>(2) Conspicuous notices prohibiting smoking must be posted and clearly visible at all locations where Class 1 (explosive) materials are handled or stored.
</P>
<P>(g) All hatches and cargo ports opening into a compartment in which Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed must be kept closed except during loading and unloading of the compartment. After loading, hatches must be securely closed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.184" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.37.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.184   Class 1 (explosive) materials of Compatibility Group L.</HEAD>
<P>Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility group L may not be handled in a port area without the special permission of, and subject to any special precautions required by, the COTP.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.190" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.37.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.190   Departure of vessel.</HEAD>
<P>When loading of Class 1 (explosive) materials is completed, the vessel must depart from the port area as soon as is reasonably practicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.192" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.37.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.192   Cargo handling equipment for freight containers carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except in an emergency, only cargo handling equipment that has been specifically designed or modified for the handling of freight containers may be used to load, unload, or handle freight containers containing Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(b) The gross weight of a freight container containing Class 1 (explosive) materials may not exceed the safe working load of the cargo handling equipment by which it is handled.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="38" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.38" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Magazine Vessels</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.194" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.7.38.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.194   Stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials on magazine vessels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The requirements of this section are applicable to magazine vessels and are in addition to any other requirements in this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type vessel authorized.</I> A single deck vessel with or without a house on deck is the only type vessel that may be used as a magazine vessel. A magazine vessel may not be moved while Class 1 (explosive) materials are on board.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Location of explosives.</I> Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials, in excess of 2268 kg (5000 pounds), stored in any magazine vessel must be stowed below deck. No Class 1 (explosive) materials may be stowed on deck unless the vessel is fitted with a deck house having a stowage area which meets the requirements in this subpart for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials. Detonators, detonator assemblies and boosters with detonators, Division 1.1 (explosive) may not be stored on the same magazine vessel with other Division 1.1, 1.2. and 1.3 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Class 1 (explosive) materials storage spaces.</I> Any compartment on a magazine vessel used for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials must be completely sealed with wood so as to provide a smooth interior surface. Each metal stanchion in the compartment must be boxed in the same manner. An overhead ceiling is not required when the overdeck is weather tight. All nail and bolt heads must be countersunk and any exposed metal must be covered with wood.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Initiating explosives, detonators and boosters with detonators.</I> No explosive substance in Division 1.1, compatibility group A may be stowed in the same compartment with any other Class 1 (explosive) materials when there are explosive substances in Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) on the same magazine vessel. Detonators, detonator assemblies and boosters with detonators must be stowed at least 8 m (26 feet) from any bulkhead forming a boundary of a compartment containing any other Class 1 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Dry storage spaces.</I> A magazine vessel having a dry storage space capable of being used for any purpose whatsoever must have a cofferdam at least 61 cm (24 inches) wide fitted between the dry storage space and each adjacent compartment containing Class 1 (explosive) materials. The cofferdam must be constructed of wood or steel, formed by two tight athwartship bulkheads extending from the skin of the vessel to the overdeck. If the cofferdam extends to the weather deck, a watertight hatch must be fitted in the deck to provide access to the cofferdam.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Lighting.</I> Non-sparking, battery-powered, self-contained electric lanterns or non-sparking hand flashlights are the only means of artificial light authorized.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Living quarters.</I> Living quarters must be fitted on the inside with a non-combustible material approved by the Commandant, USCG. Bracketed ship's lamps are the only lighting fixtures authorized to be used in the living quarters. Any stove used for heating or cooking must be securely fastened and may not be mounted closer than 15 cm (5.9 inches) to the deck or sides of the house. Any smoke pipe for the stove which passes through the roof of the house must be kept at least 8 cm (3 inches) away from any woodwork. Each smoke pipe must be protected by a layer of non-combustible material approved by the Commandant, USCG, an air space of at least 2.54 cm (1 inch), and a metal collar of at least 1.5 mm (0.059 inch) sheet secured only on the weather side of the roof. There may be no opening from any living quarters into any stowage compartment.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Storage of other hazardous materials.</I> Magazine vessels having Class 1 (explosive) materials on board may not be used for the storage of any other hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Magazine vessel's stores.</I> Hazardous materials used as stores on board any magazine vessel must comply with the requirements of 46 CFR part 147.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Matches.</I> Safety matches requiring a prepared surface for ignition are the only type of matches authorized to be possessed or used on board a magazine vessel. They must be kept in a metal box or can with a metal cover and stored in the custodian's living quarters.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Firearms.</I> Firearms and ammunition (other than cargo) are not permitted on board a magazine vessel.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Fire extinguishing equipment.</I> No Class 1 (explosive) materials may be loaded or stowed in, unloaded from, or handled on any magazine vessel unless four fire extinguishers that meet the requirements for Type A Size II or Type B Size III in 46 CFR part 95, subpart 95.50 are near and accessible to the magazines.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Supervision.</I> A magazine vessel containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be continuously attended by a custodian employed for that purpose by the vessel's owner.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Unauthorized persons on magazine vessels.</I> The custodian of a magazine vessel shall prevent unauthorized persons from coming on board unless it is necessary to abate a hazard to human life or a substantial hazard to property.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Repacking of Class 1 (explosive) materials on board.</I> No Class 1 (explosive) materials may be repacked on board a magazine vessel. Broken or damaged packages must be handled in accordance with the requirements of § 176.156. Packages requiring an emergency response must be handled in accordance with the emergency response information required under § 172.602 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Work boat.</I> Each magazine vessel must be equipped with a work boat.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Life preservers.</I> One approved personal flotation device must be available for each person employed on a magazine vessel.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Fenders.</I> Each magazine vessel must be fitted with fenders in sufficient number and size to prevent any vessel tieing up alongside from coming in contact with the hull.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52696, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 176-41, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45185, 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Detailed Requirements for Class 2 (Compressed Gas) Materials</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52704, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 176.200" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.8.39.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.200   General stowage requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each package of Class 2 (compressed gas) material being transported by vessel must be prevented from making direct contact with the vessel's deck, side, or bulwark by dunnage, shoring, or other effective means.
</P>
<P>(b) When cylinders of Class 2 (compressed gas) materials being transported by vessel are stowed in a horizontal position, each tier must be stowed in the cantlines of the tier below it, and the valves on cylinders in adjacent tiers must be at alternate ends of the stow. Each tier may be stepped back and the ends alternated in order to clear the flange. Lashing must be provided to prevent any shifting.
</P>
<P>(c) When cylinders of Class 2 (compressed gas) materials being transported by vessel are stowed in a vertical position they must be stowed in a block and cribbed or boxed-in with suitable sound lumber and the box or crib dunnaged to provide clearance from a steel deck at least 10 cm (3.9 inches) off any metal deck. Pressure receptacles in the box or crib must be braced to prevent any shifting of the pressure receptacles. The box or crib (gas rack) must be securely chocked and lashed to prevent shifting in any direction.
</P>
<P>(d) Any package containing Division 2.3 (poison gas) materials must be stowed separate from all foodstuffs.
</P>
<P>(e) Class 2 (compressed gas) materials may not be stowed “on deck” over a hold or compartment containing coal.
</P>
<P>(f) Class 2 (compressed gas) material must be kept as cool as practicable and be stowed away from all sources of heat and ignition. Any package containing a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material is restricted from transport in powered refrigerated temperature controlled containers, unless the equipment is capable of preventing ignition of flammable vapors by having non-sparking or explosion-proof electric fittings within the cooling compartment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52704, Dec. 21, 1990 , as amended at 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003; 74 FR 16143, Apr. 9, 2009; 78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013; 85 FR 83402, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.205" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.8.39.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.205   Under deck stowage requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a Class 2 (compressed gas) material is stowed below deck, it must be stowed in a mechanically ventilated cargo space with no source of artificial heat and clear of living quarters. No bulkhead or deck of that hold or compartment may be a common boundary with any boiler room, engine room, coal bunker, galley or boiler room uptake.
</P>
<P>(b) When Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials are stowed below deck, they must be stowed in a hold or compartment which complies with paragraph (a) of this section and the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Each hold or compartment must be ventilated.
</P>
<P>(2) Each hold or compartment must be equipped with an overhead water sprinkler system or fixed fire extinguishing system.
</P>
<P>(3) Each electrical power line in the hold or compartment must be protected by a strong metal covering to prevent crushing by cargo being stowed against it.
</P>
<P>(4) Except when fitted with electrical fixtures of the explosion-proof type, each electrical circuit serving the hold or compartment must be disconnected from all sources of power. No circuit may be energized until the Division 2.1 (flammable gas) cargo and any vapors have been removed from the hold or compartment. Explosion-proof portable lighting may be used if the source of power is from electrical outlets outside the hold or compartment and above the weather deck.
</P>
<P>(5) Any opening in a common bulkhead of an adjacent hold or compartment must be securely closed off and made gas-tight, unless the adjacent hold or compartment is also used for the stowage of Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials.
</P>
<P>(6) Full and efficient hatch covers must be used. Tarpaulins, if fitted, must be protected by dunnaging before overstowing with any cargo. Each tarpaulin must be in one piece and free of rents, tears, and holes.
</P>
<P>(7) A fire screen must be fitted at the weather end of each vent duct leading from the hold or compartment. The fire screen must completely cover the open area. It must consist of two layers of corrosion-resistant metal wire of 20 × 20 mesh or finer, spaced not less than 1 cm (0.4 inch) or more than 4 cm (1.6 inches) apart. The screen may be removable if means for securing it in place when in service are provided.
</P>
<P>(8) The hold or compartment may not be fitted with any gooseneck type vent trunk head.
</P>
<P>(9) Any electrical apparatus located in the hold or compartment must be capable of being disconnected from its power source by a positive means located outside the hold or compartment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52704, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.210" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.8.39.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.210   On deck stowage requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Cylinders of Class 2 (compressed gas) materials being transported by vessel must be protected from sources of heat. A tarpaulin covering the cylinders is not acceptable if it comes in contact with them.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.220" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.8.39.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.220   Smoking or open flame and posting of warning signs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Smoking or the use of open flame is prohibited in any hold or compartment containing a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material, near any Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material stowed on deck, or near any ventilator leading to a hold containing this material.
</P>
<P>(b) A sign carrying the legend:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>FLAMMABLE VAPORS
</FP>
<FP>KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE AWAY
</FP>
<FP>NO SMOKING</FP></EXTRACT>
<FP>must be conspicuously posted at each approach to an “on deck” Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material stowage area and near each cargo hold ventilator leading to a hold containing this material. The sign must be painted on a white background using red letters. The letters may not be less than 8 cm (3 inches) high.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.225" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.8.39.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.225   Stowage of chlorine.</HEAD>
<P>Chlorine (UN 1017) must be stowed separate from copper or brass leaf sheets and from finely divided organic material.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.230" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.8.39.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.230   Stowage of Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials.</HEAD>
<P>Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials transported in Specification 106A or 110A multi-unit car tanks must be stowed on deck only, and must be protected from sources of heat.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 1095, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Detailed Requirements for Class 3 (Flammable) and Combustible Liquid Materials</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52705, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 176.305" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.9.39.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.305   General stowage requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid must be kept as cool as reasonably practicable, protected from sources of heat, and away from potential sources of ignition.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as otherwise provided in § 176.76(g), a package containing a Class 3 (flammable) liquid and equipped with a vent or safety relief device must be stowed “on deck” only.
</P>
<P>(c) The following requirements apply to each hold or compartment in which any Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquids are being transported:
</P>
<P>(1) The hold or compartment must be ventilated except that the stowage of non-bulk packages of Class 3 (flammable) liquids with a flash point above 23 °C (73 °F) (see 49 CFR 171.8 definitions) may be in non-ventilated holds.
</P>
<P>(2) Stowage of a Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid within 6 m (20 feet) of a bulkhead which forms a boundary or deck of a boiler room, engine room, coal bunker, galley, or boiler room uptake is not permitted. If the amount of the liquid to be stowed in a hold will not permit compliance with the requirement for a 6 m (20 foot) separation, less separation distance is authorized if at least one of the following conditions exists:
</P>
<P>(i) The bulkhead or deck is covered with at least 8 cm (3 inches) of insulation on the entire area subject to heat;
</P>
<P>(ii) A temporary wooden bulkhead at least 5 cm (2 inches) thick is constructed in the hold at least 8 cm (3 inches) off an engine room or 15 cm (5.9 inches) off a boiler room bulkhead, covering the entire area of the bulkhead that is subject to heat, and the space between the permanent bulkhead and the temporary wooden bulkhead is filled with mineral wool or equivalent bulk noncombustible insulating material; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A temporary wooden bulkhead is constructed of at least 2.5 cm (1 inch) thick tongue and groove sheathing, located 1 m (3 feet) from the boiler room or engine room bulkhead, and filled with sand to a height of 2 m (7 feet) above the tank top, or, if the cargo compartment is located between decks, 1 m (3 feet) of sand.
</P>
<P>(3) Combustible liquids may not be stowed in a hold within 6 m (20 feet) of a common bulkhead with the engine room unless the means of vessel propulsion is internal combustion engines.
</P>
<P>(4) Each cargo opening in a bulkhead of an adjacent hold must be securely closed off and made gas-tight, unless the adjacent hold is also used for the stowage of a Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid.
</P>
<P>(d) In addition to the requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the following requirements apply to each hold or compartment in which a Class 3 (flammable) liquid is transported:
</P>
<P>(1) Full and effective hatch covers must be used. Tarpaulins, if fitted, must be protected by dunnaging before overstowing with any cargo. Each tarpaulin must be in one piece and free of rents, tears, and holes;
</P>
<P>(2) If Class 3 (flammable) liquids in excess of 1016 kg (2240 pounds) are stowed under deck in any one hold or compartment, a fire screen must be fitted at the weather end of each vent duct leading from that hold or compartment. The fire screen must completely cover the open area. It must consist of two layers of corrosion-resistant metal wire of 20 × 20 mesh or finer, spaced not less than 1 cm (0.4 inch) or more than 4 cm (1.6 inches) apart. The screen may be removable only if means for securing it in place when in service are provided;
</P>
<P>(3) Each electrical power line in the hold or compartment must be protected by a strong metal covering to prevent crushing by cargo being stowed against it;
</P>
<P>(4) Except when fitted with explosion-proof type electrical fixtures, each electrical circuit serving the hold or compartment must be disconnected from all sources of power from a point outside the hold or compartment containing flammable liquids. No circuit may be energized until the flammable liquids and any vapors have been removed from the hold or compartment. Explosion-proof type portable lighting may be used if the source of power is from electrical outlets outside the hold or compartment and above the weather deck; and
</P>
<P>(5) A Class 3 (flammable) liquid in excess of 1016 kg (2240 pounds) may not be transported in any hold or compartment that is fitted with a gooseneck type of vent head.
</P>
<P>(e) On a passenger vessel, each hold or compartment used to transport a Class 3 (flammable) liquid must be equipped with an overhead water sprinkler system or fixed fire-extinguishing system.
</P>
<P>(f) On a passenger vessel, each hold or compartment used to transport Class 3 (flammable) liquids under a passenger space must have an overdeck of an A-60 type construction (see 46 CFR 72.05-10(c)(1)) or equivalent or have its underside covered with at least 8 cm (3 inches) of noncombustible insulation.
</P>
<P>(g) No Class 3 (flammable) liquid in a drum or wooden case, having inside packagings of more than 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each, may be stowed as a beam filler. A wooden barrel, a wooden box or a fiberboard box, with any Class 3 (flammable) liquid material in inside packagings of not more than 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each, may only be stowed as a beam filler if it is possible to stow and observe any “THIS SIDE UP” marking.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52705, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 78 FR 1096, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.315" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.9.39.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.315   Fire protection requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each 79,500 L (21,000 U.S. gallons) or part thereof of any Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid being transported on board a vessel in a portable tank, rail tank car, or a motor vehicle cargo tank, there must be provided at least one B-V semiportable foam (152 L/40 gallon capacity) (see 46 CFR 95.50), dry chemical (45.4 kg (100 pounds) minimum capacity) or equivalent fire extinguisher, or a fire hose fitted with an approved portable mechanical foam nozzle with pick-up tube and two 19 L (5 gallon) cans of foam liquid concentrate. Each foam system must be suitable for use with each Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid for which it is required. Each fire extinguisher must be accessible to the tank it is intended to cover.
</P>
<P>(b) The fire hose at each fire hydrant in the vicinity of Class 3 (flammable) and combustible liquids stowage areas must be fitted with an approved combination solid stream and water spray nozzle.
</P>
<P>(c) The pressure must be maintained in the vessel's fire mains during the loading and unloading of any Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquids.
</P>
<P>(d) Two 7 kg (15-pound) capacity hand portable dry chemical or two portable 10 L (2.6 gallons) foam-type extinguishers must be accessible to any packaged Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid and suitable for use with the lading.
</P>
<P>(e) The requirements of this section do not apply to portable tanks and their contents authorized under 46 CFR part 98 or 46 CFR part 64.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52705, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.320" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.9.39.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.320   Use of hand flashlights.</HEAD>
<P>Each hand flashlight used on deck near or in any hold or compartment containing a Class 3 (flammable) liquid, must be suitable for use in hazardous locations where fire or explosion hazards may exist.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.325" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.9.39.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.325   Smoking or open flame and posting of warning signs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Smoking or the use of open flame is prohibited in any hold or compartment containing a Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid, near any Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid stowed on deck, or near any ventilator leading to a hold containing such material.
</P>
<P>(b) A sign carrying the legend:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>FLAMMABLE VAPORS
</FP>
<FP>KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE AWAY
</FP>
<FP>NO SMOKING</FP></EXTRACT>
<FP>must be conspicuously posted at each approach to a Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid stowed “on deck” and near each cargo hold ventilator leading to a hold or compartment containing this material. This sign must be painted on a white background using red letters. The letters may not be less than 8 cm (3 inches) high.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.340" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.9.39.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.340   Combustible liquids in portable tanks.</HEAD>
<P>Combustible liquids, having a flash point of 38 °C (100 °F) or higher, may be transported by vessel only in one of the portable tanks as specified below:
</P>
<P>(a) Specification portable tanks authorized in § 173.241 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) In nonspecification portable tanks, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Each portable tank must conform to a DOT specification 57 portable tank, except as otherwise provided in this paragraph;
</P>
<P>(2) The rated capacity of the tank may not exceed 4,542 L (1,200 gallons), and the rated gross weight may not exceed 13,608 kg (30,000 pounds);
</P>
<P>(3) The vibration test need not be performed;
</P>
<P>(4) When the total surface area of the tank exceeds 14.9 square meters (160 square feet), the total emergency venting capacity must be determined in accordance with table I in § 178.345-10 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(5) ln place of a specification identification marking, the tank must be marked, on two sides in letters at least 5 cm (2 inches) high on contrasting background: “FOR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS ONLY” and “49 CFR 176.340”. This latter marking constitutes certification by the person offering the combustible liquid materials for transportation that the portable tank conforms to this paragraph;
</P>
<P>(6) Each tank must be made of steel;
</P>
<P>(7) The design pressure of the tank must be not less than 62 kPa (9 psig);
</P>
<P>(8) No pressure relief device may open at less than 34.4 kPa (5 psig);
</P>
<P>(9) Each tank must be retested and marked at least once every 2 years in accordance with the requirements applicable to a DOT specification 57 portable tank in § 180.605 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(10) Each tank must conform to the provisions of § 173.24 of this subchapter and § 180.605(b) and (j) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Portable tanks approved by the Commandant (G-MSO), USCG.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52705, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 176-41, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 45185, 45384, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 57633, Oct. 6, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Detailed Requirements for Class 4 (Flammable Solids), Class 5 (Oxidizers and Organic Peroxides), and Division 1.5 Materials</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52706, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 176.400" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.10.39.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.400   Stowage of Division 1.5, Class 4 (flammable solids) and Class 5 (oxidizers and organic peroxides) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Class 4 (flammable solid) material and Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material must be kept as cool as reasonably practicable, protected from sources of heat, and away from potential sources of ignition.
</P>
<P>(b) Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material must be stowed away from living quarters or access to them. Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material not requiring temperature control must be protected from sources of heat, including radiant heat and strong sunlight, and must be stowed in a cool, well-ventilated area.
</P>
<P>(c) No Division 1.5 or Class 5 (oxidizers and organic peroxides) material being transported by vessel may be stowed in the same hold or compartment with any readily combustible material such as a combustible liquid, a textile product, or with a finely divided substance, such as an organic powder.
</P>
<P>(d) No Division 1.5 or Class 5 (oxidizers and organic peroxides) material being transported by vessel may be stowed in a hold or compartment containing sulfur in bulk, or in any hold or compartment above, below, or adjacent to one containing sulfur in bulk.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52706, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001; 78 FR 1096, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.405" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.10.39.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.405   Stowage of charcoal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before stowing charcoal Division 4.2 (flammable solid), UN 1361, NA 1361, or UN 1362 on a vessel for transportation, the hold or compartment in which it is to be stowed must be swept as clean as practicable. All residue of any former cargo, including especially a petroleum product, a vegetable or animal oil, nitrate, or sulfur, must be removed.
</P>
<P>(b) Charcoal packed in bags and offered for transportation on board a vessel in a quantity over 1016 kg (2240 pounds) must be loaded so that the bags are laid horizontally and stacked with space for efficient air circulation. If the bags are not compactly filled and closed to avoid free space within, vertical and horizontal dunnage strips must be laid between the bags. Space for ventilating must be maintained near bulkheads, the shell of the vessel, the deck, and the overhead. No more than 40,600 kg (89,508 pounds) of charcoal may be stowed in a hold or compartment when other stowage space is available. If the unavailability of hold or compartment space requires the stowage of a larger amount, the arrangement of the stow for ventilation must be adjusted to ensure a sufficient venting effect.
</P>
<P>(c) Any loose material from bags broken during loading must be removed. Broken bags may be repacked or have the closures repaired and the repaired bags restowed.
</P>
<P>(d) Charcoal “screenings” packed in bags must be stowed to provide spaces for air circulation between tiers regardless of the quantity stowed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.410" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.10.39.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.410   Division 1.5 materials, ammonium nitrate and ammonium nitrate mixtures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section prescribes requirements to be observed with respect to transportation of each of the following hazardous materials by vessel:
</P>
<P>(1) Explosives, blasting, type E, and Explosives, blasting, type B, Division 1.5 compatibility group D, UN 0331 and UN 0332.
</P>
<P>(2) Ammonium nitrate, Division 5.1 (oxidizer), UN1942.
</P>
<P>(3) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer), UN 2067.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not apply to Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Class 9, UN 2071 or to any non-acidic ammonium nitrate mixed fertilizer containing 13 percent or less ammonium nitrate, less than 5 percent organic material, and no other oxidizing material, and which does not meet the criteria for any other hazard set forth in part 173 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) When Division 1.5 compatibility group D materials, ammonium nitrate, or any of the ammonium nitrate fertilizers listed in paragraph (a) of this section are transported by vessel:
</P>
<P>(1) They must be stowed well away from any steam pipe, electric circuit, or other source of heat;
</P>
<P>(2) Smoking is prohibited except in designated areas away from the material and “No-Smoking” signs must be posted in accordance with § 176.60;
</P>
<P>(3) Fire hoses must be connected, laid out, and tested before loading or unloading commences; and
</P>
<P>(4) A fire watch must be posted in the hold or compartment where the material is being loaded or unloaded.
</P>
<P>(d) When any of the hazardous materials listed in paragraph (a) of this section is transported in bags by vessel:
</P>
<P>(1) The requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section must be complied with;
</P>
<P>(2) The temperature of the bagged material may not exceed 54 °C (130 °F);
</P>
<P>(3) Minimum dunnage and sweatboards must be used to prevent any friction or abrasion of bags, and to allow for the circulation of air and access of water in the event of fire;
</P>
<P>(4) The bags must be stowed from side to side, out to the sweatboards;
</P>
<P>(5) A space of 46 cm (18 inches) must be provided between any transverse bulkhead and the bags;
</P>
<P>(6) The bags must be stowed so as to provide a 46 cm (18 inch) athwartship trench along the centerline of the compartment, continuous from top to bottom;
</P>
<P>(7) The bags must be stowed so as to provide a 46 cm (18 inch) amidship trench running fore and aft from bulkhead to bulkhead;
</P>
<P>(8) The bags may not be stowed less than 46 cm (18 inches) from any overhead deck beam;
</P>
<P>(9) The bags must be stowed so as to provide vent flues 36 cm (14 inches) square at each corner of the hatch continuous from top to bottom;
</P>
<P>(10) Trenching must be accomplished by alternating the direction of the bags in each tier (bulkheading); and
</P>
<P>(11) The bags must be blocked and braced as necessary to prevent shifting of the bagged cargo adjacent to any trench area.
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding § 176.83(b) of this part, ammonium nitrate and ammonium nitrate fertilizers classed as Division 5.1 (oxidizers) materials, may be stowed in the same hold, compartment, magazine, or freight container with Class 1 materials (explosive), except those containing chlorates, in accordance with the segregation and separation requirements of § 176.144 of this part applying to Explosives, blasting, type B, and Explosives, blasting, type E, Division 1.5 compatibility group D.
</P>
<P>(f) No mixture containing ammonium nitrate and any ingredient which would accelerate the decomposition of ammonium nitrate under conditions incident to transportation may be transported by vessel.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52706, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 176-34, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 176-38, 60 FR 49111, Sept. 21, 1995; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45384, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45041, July 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.415" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.10.39.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.415   Permit requirements for Division 1.5, ammonium nitrates, and certain ammonium nitrate fertilizers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, before any of the following material is loaded on or unloaded from a vessel at any waterfront facility, the owner/operator must obtain written permission from the Captain of the Port (COTP).
</P>
<P>(1) Ammonium nitrate UN1942, ammonium nitrate fertilizers containing more than 70% ammonium nitrate, or Division 1.5 compatibility group D materials packaged in a paper bag, burlap bag, or other nonrigid combustible packaging, or any rigid packaging with combustible inside packagings, 
</P>
<P>(2) Any other ammonium nitrate or ammonium nitrate fertilizer not listed in § 176.410(a) or (b).
</P>
<P>(b) Any of the following may be loaded on or unloaded from a vessel at any waterfront facility without a permit:
</P>
<P>(1) Ammonium nitrate, Division 5.1 (oxidizer) UN1942, in a rigid packaging with a noncombustible inside packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer) UN 2067, if the nearest COTP is notified at least 24 hours in advance of any loading or unloading in excess of 454 kg (1,000 pounds).
</P>
<P>(3) Division 1.5 compatibility group D material in a rigid packaging with non-combustible inside packaging.
</P>
<P>(4) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Class 9, UN 2071.
</P>
<P>(5) Ammonium nitrate, Division 5.1 (oxidizer) UN1942, shipped as a limited quantity, if the nearest COTP is notified at least 24 hours in advance of any loading or unloading in excess of 454 kg (1,000 pounds).
</P>
<P>(c) Before a permit may be issued, the following requirements must be met in addition to any others the COTP may impose:
</P>
<P>(1) If the material is Explosives, blasting, type E, Division 1.5 compatibility group D, UN0332 in a combustible packaging or in a rigid packaging with a combustible inside packaging, it must be loaded or unloaded at a facility remote from populous areas, or high-value or high-hazard industrial facilities, so that in the event of fire or explosion, loss of lives and property may be minimized;
</P>
<P>(2) If the material is a Division 1.5 compatibility group D material in a non-rigid combustible packaging and loaded in a freight container or transport vehicle, it may be loaded or unloaded at a non-isolated facility if the facility is approved by the COTP;
</P>
<P>(3) Each facility at which the material is to be loaded or unloaded must conform with the requirements of the port security and local regulations and must have an abundance of water readily available for fire fighting and
</P>
<P>(4) Each facility at which the material is to be loaded or unloaded must be located so that each vessel to be loaded or unloaded has an unrestricted passage to open water. Each vessel must be moored bow to seaward, and must be maintained in a mobile status during loading, unloading, or handling operations by the presence of tugs or the readiness of engines. Each vessel must have two wire towing hawsers, each having an eye splice, lowered to the water's edge, one at the bow and the other at the stern.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52706, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66282, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 176-35, 59 FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45185, 45384, 45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45041, July 31, 2003; 74 FR 53189, Oct. 16, 2009; 83 FR 55810, Nov. 7, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Detailed Requirements for Division 2.3 (Poisonous Gas) and Division 6.1 (Poisonous) Materials</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 176.600" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.12.39.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.600   General stowage requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each package required to have a POISON GAS, POISON INHALATION HAZARD, or POISON label, being transported on a vessel, must be stowed clear of living quarters and any ventilation ducts serving living quarters and separated from foodstuffs, except when the hazardous materials and the foodstuffs are in different closed cargo transport units.
</P>
<P>(b) Each package required to have both a POISON GAS label and a FLAMMABLE GAS label thereon must be segregated as a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material.
</P>
<P>(c) Each package bearing a POISON label displaying the text “PG III” or bearing a “PG III” mark adjacent to the poison label must be stowed away from foodstuffs.
</P>
<P>(d) Each package of Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) material or Division 6.1 (poison) material that also bears a FLAMMABLE LIQUID or FLAMMABLE GAS label must be stowed in a mechanically ventilated space, kept as cool as reasonably practicable, and be protected from sources of heat and stowed away from potential sources of ignition.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 45465, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 176-35, 59 FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 176-42, 62 FR 1236, Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR 10782, Mar. 5, 1999; 69 FR 76185, Dec. 20, 2004; 78 FR 1096, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.605" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.12.39.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.605   Care following leakage or sifting of Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) and Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials.</HEAD>
<P>A hold or compartment containing a package of a Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) or Division 6.1 (poisonous) material which has leaked or sifted must be thoroughly cleaned and decontaminated after the cargo is unloaded and before the hold or compartment is used for the stowage of any other cargo.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="M" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart M—Detailed Requirements for Radioactive Materials</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 176-15, 48 FR 10245, Mar. 10, 1983, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 176.700" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.13.39.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.700   General stowage requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) A package of radioactive materials which in still air has a surface temperature more than 5 °C (9 °F) above the ambient air may not be overstowed with any other cargo. If the package is stowed under deck, the hold or compartment in which it is stowed must be ventilated.
</P>
<P>(c) For a shipment of radioactive materials requiring supplemental operational procedures, the shipper must furnish the master or person in charge of the vessel a copy of the necessary operational instructions.
</P>
<P>(d) A person may not remain unnecessarily in a hold, or compartment, or in the immediate vicinity of any package on deck, containing radioactive materials.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(The information collection requirements in paragraph (d) were approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 2137-0534, 2137-0535 and 2137-0536)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-15, 48 FR 10245, Mar. 10, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 176-15, 48 FR 31220, July 7, 1983; Amdt. 176-23, 50 FR 41523, Oct. 11, 1985; Amdt. 176-37, 60 FR 50333, Sept. 28, 1995; 66 FR 45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3694, Jan. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.704" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.13.39.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.704   Requirements relating to transport indices and criticality safety indices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The sum of the transport indices (TI's) for all packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials on board a vessel may not exceed the limits specified in Table IIIA of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) For freight containers containing packages and overpacks of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, the radiation level may not exceed 2 mSv per hour (200 mrem per hour) at any point on the outside surface and 0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem per hour) at 2 m (6.6 ft) from the outside surface of the freight container.
</P>
<P>(c) The limitations specified in Table IIIA of this section do not apply to consignments of LSA-I material.
</P>
<P>(d) The sum of the criticality safety indices (CSI's) for all packages and overpacks of fissile Class 7 (radioactive) materials on board a vessel may not exceed the limits specified in Table IIIB of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) Each group of fissile Class 7 (radioactive) material packages and overpacks, containing a sum of CSIs no greater than 50 for a non-exclusive use shipment, or no greater than 100 for an exclusive use shipment, must be separated from all other groups containing fissile material packages and overpacks by a distance of at least 6 m (20 ft) at all times.
</P>
<P>(f) The limitations specified in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section do not apply when the entire vessel is reserved or chartered for use by a single offeror under exclusive use conditions if—
</P>
<P>(1) The number of packages of fissile Class 7 (radioactive) material satisfies the individual package CSI limits of § 173.457 of this subchapter, except that the total sums of CSI's in the last column of Table IIIB of this section, including table note (d) apply;
</P>
<P>(2) A radiation protection program for the shipment has been established and approved by the competent authority of the flag state of the vessel and, when requested, by the competent authority at each port of call;
</P>
<P>(3) Stowage arrangements have been predetermined for the whole voyage, including any consignments to be loaded at ports of call;
</P>
<P>(4) The loading, transport and unloading are to be supervised by persons qualified in the transport of radioactive material; and
</P>
<P>(5) The entire shipment operation is approved by the Associate Administrator in advance.
</P>
<P>(g) Table IIIA is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table IIIA—TI Limits for Freight Containers and Conveyances 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Type of freight container or conveyance 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Limit on total sum of transport indices in a single freight container or aboard a conveyance 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Not under exclusive use 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under exclusive use 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I. Freight container—small</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">II. Freight container—large</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">III. Vessel: 
<sup>a b</sup> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Hold, compartment or defined deck area: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">i. Packages, overpacks, small freight containers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">ii. Large freight containers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Total vessel: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">i. Packages, overpacks, small freight containers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">ii. Large freight containers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit. 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Notes:</E> 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>a</sup> For vessels, the requirements in both 1 and 2 must be fulfilled. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>b</sup> Packages or overpacks transported in or on a vehicle which are offered for transport in accordance with the provisions of § 173.441(b) of this subchapter may be transported by vessels provided that they are not removed from the vehicle at any time while on board the vessel.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(h) Table IIIB is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table IIIB—CSI Limits for Freight Containers and Conveyances 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Type of freight container or conveyance 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Limit on total sum of criticality safety indices in a single freight container or aboard a conveyance 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Not under exclusive use 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under exclusive use 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I. Freight container—small</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">II. Freight container—large</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">III. Vessel: 
<sup>a b</sup> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Hold, compartment or defined deck area: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">i. Packages, overpacks, small freight containers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">ii. Large freight containers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Total vessel: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">i. Packages, overpacks, small freight containers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200 
<sup>c</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200 
<sup>d</sup>. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">ii. Large freight containers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit 
<sup>c</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No limit 
<sup>d</sup>. 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Notes:</E> 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>a</sup> For vessels, the requirements in both 1 and 2 must be fulfilled. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>b</sup> Packages or overpacks transported in or on a vehicle which are offered for transport in accordance with the provisions of § 173.441(b) of this subchapter may be transported by vessels provided that they are not removed from the vehicle at any time while on board the vessel. In that case, the entries under the heading “under exclusive use” apply. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>c</sup> The consignment must be handled and stowed such that the total sum of CSIs in any group does not exceed 50, and such that each group is handled and stowed so that the groups are separated from each other by at least 6 m (20 ft). 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>d</sup> The consignment must be handled and stowed such that the total sum of CSIs in any group does not exceed 100, and such that each group is handled and stowed so that the groups are separated from each other by at least 6 m (20 ft). The intervening space between groups may be occupied by other cargo.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 3694, Jan. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.708" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.13.39.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.708   Segregation distances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Table IV lists minimum separation distances between radioactive materials and spaces regularly occupied by crew members or passengers, or between radioactive materials and undeveloped photographic film. It expresses the separation distances as a function of the sum of the TIs of all packages in a single consignment, in the case of 0 or 3 feet of intervening cargo of unit density for persons, and 0, 3, or 6 feet of intervening cargo of unit density for undeveloped film. Cargo of unit density is stowed cargo with a density of 1 long ton (2240 lbs.) per 36 cubic feet. Separation distances may be interpolated from the table where appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) Table IV is to be used to determine the separation distance for undeveloped film.
</P>
<P>(c) Category YELLOW-II or YELLOW-III packages or overpacks must not be transported in spaces occupied by passengers, except those exclusively reserved for couriers specially authorized to accompany such packages or overpacks.
</P>
<P>(d) The separation distances for crew members and passengers may be determined by one of two methods:
</P>
<P>(1) By using Table IV to determine the minimum distances between the radioactive material packages and regularly occupied spaces or living quarters; or
</P>
<P>(2) For one or more consignments of Class 7 (radioactive) material to be loaded on board a vessel under the exclusive use conditions described in § 176.704(f), by demonstration through direct measurement, made and documented by a suitably qualified person, that for the indicated exposure times the dose rate in regularly occupied spaces or living quarters is less than—
</P>
<P>(i) For the crew: 7.0 µSv/h (0.70 mrem/h) up to 700 hours in a year, or 1.8 µSv/h (0.18 mrem/h) up to 2750 hours in a year; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For the passengers: 1.8 µSv/h (0.18 mrem/h) up to 550 hours in a year, taking into account any relocation of cargo during the voyage.
</P>
<P>(e) Any departure from the segregation provisions should be approved by the competent authority of the flag state of the ship and, when requested, by the competent authority at each port of call.
</P>
<P>(f) Table IV is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table IV
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Sum of transport indexes of the packages
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Minimum distance in feet from living accommodation or regularly occupied working space
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="24" scope="col">Minimum distance in feet from undeveloped film and plates
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">1 day voyage
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">2 day voyage
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">4 day voyage
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">10 day voyage
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">20 day voyage
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">30 day voyage
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">40 day voyage
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">50 day voyage
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="26">Cargo thickness in feet (unit density)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Nil</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.1 to 0.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.6 to 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.1 to 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.1 to 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.1 to 5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">124</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.1 to 10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">175</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.1 to 20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">190</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20.1 to 30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">190</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">305</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30.1 to 50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">175</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">390</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50.1 to 100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">245</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">430</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">515</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100.1 to 150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">190</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">425</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">525</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">145</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>7</sup> )</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">150.1 to 200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">490</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>7</sup> )</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>7</sup> )</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">190</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">200.1 to 300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">190</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">425</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">145</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>7</sup> )</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>7</sup> )</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">205</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>7</sup> )</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">300.1 to 400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">310</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>7</sup> )</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>7</sup> )</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">205</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>7</sup> )</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>7</sup> )</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">265</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note:</E>
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(1) X—indicates that thickness of screening cargo is sufficient without any additional segregation distance.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(2) By using 6 feet of intervening unit density cargo for persons and 10 feet for film and plates, no distance shielding is necessary for any length of voyage specified.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(3) Using 1 steel bulkhead or steel deck—multiply segregation distance by 0.8. Using 2 steel bulkheads or steel decks—multiply segregation distance by 0.64.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(4) “Cargo of Unit Density” means cargo stowed at a density of 1 ton (long) per 36 cubic feet; where the density is less than this the depth of cargo specified must be increased in proportion.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(5) “Minimum distance” means the least in any direction whether vertical or horizontal from the outer surface of the nearest package.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(6) The figures below the double line of the table shall be used in those cases where the appropriate provisions of this class permit the sum of the transport indices to exceed 200.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(7) Not to be carried unless screening by other cargo and bulkheads can be arranged in accordance with the other columns.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-15, 48 FR 10245, Mar. 10, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 176-37, 60 FR 50334, Sept. 28, 1995; 69 FR 3695, Jan. 26, 2004]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.710" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.13.39.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.710   Care following leakage or sifting of radioactive materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In case of fire, collision, or breakage involving any shipment of radioactive materials, other than materials of low specific activity, the radioactive materials must be segregated from unnecessary contact with personnel. In case of obvious leakage, or if the inside container appears to be damaged, the stowage area (hold, compartment, or deck area) containing this cargo must be isolated as much as possible to prevent radioactive material from entering any person's body through contact, inhalation, or ingestion. No person may handle the material or remain in the vicinity unless supervised by a qualified person.
</P>
<P>(b) A hold or compartment in which leakage of radioactive materials has occurred may not be used for other cargo until it is decontaminated in accordance with the requirements of § 176.715.
</P>
<P>(c) For reporting requirements, see § 171.15 of this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.715" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.13.39.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.715   Contamination control.</HEAD>
<P>Each hold, compartment, or deck area used for the transportation of low specific activity or surface contaminated object Class 7 (radioactive) materials under exclusive use conditions in accordance with § 173.427(b)(4), or § 173.427(c) must be surveyed with appropriate radiation detection instruments after each use. Such holds, compartments, and deck areas may not be used again for Class 7 (radioactive) materials exclusive use transport service, and then only for a subsequent exclusive use shipment utilizing the provisions of § 173.427(b)(4), or § 173.427(c) until the radiation dose rate at every accessible surface is less than 0.005 mSv/h (0.5 mrem/h), and the non-fixed contamination is not greater than the limits prescribed in § 173.443(a) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 40618, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.720" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.13.39.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.720   Requirements for carriage of INF cargo in international transportation.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to all other applicable requirements of this subchapter, a vessel carrying INF cargo (see § 176.2, under INF cargo definition) in international transportation must meet the requirements of the INF Code contained in the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—Detailed Requirements for Class 8 (Corrosive Materials) Materials</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 176.800" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.14.39.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.800   General stowage requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each package required to have a Class 8 (corrosive) label thereon being transported on a vessel must be stowed clear of living quarters, and away from foodstuffs and cargo of an organic nature. For the purposes of this section, food ingredients intended for human consumption (ingredients) that are Class 8 (corrosive) materials are not considered to be incompatible with other food ingredients if the intended use of those ingredients is for the manufacture of food, or food ingredients containing those food ingredients (or like ingredients), with or without other ingredients.
</P>
<P>(b) A package of Class 8 (corrosive material) material may not be stowed over any readily combustible material.
</P>
<P>(c) Glass carboys containing Class 8 (corrosive material) material may not be stowed on board any vessel, other than a barge, more than two tiers high unless each carboy is boxed or crated with neck protection extending to the sides of the carboy box. This protective construction must be strong enough to permit stacking one on top of the other.
</P>
<P>(d) A Class 8 (corrosive material) material may not be stowed over a hold or compartment containing cotton unless the deck is of steel and the hatch is fitted with a tight coaming. In addition, the deck must be tight against leakage and the Class 8 (corrosive material) material may not be stowed over the square of the hatch.
</P>
<P>(e) Each package of Class 8 (corrosive material) which also bears a FLAMMABLE LIQUID label must be stowed away from all sources of heat and ignition.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 176-39, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29, 1996; 81 FR 3683, Jan. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.805" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.14.39.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.805   On deck stowage.</HEAD>
<P>When break bulk Class 8 (corrosive materials) materials being transported on a vessel are stowed on deck:
</P>
<P>(a) Provisions must be made for leakage from any package to drain away from other cargo into an overboard scupper or freeing port. The drainage may not enter an enclosed drainage system other than a direct overboard scupper. If this stowage is not practical, sufficient clean dry sand must be placed under and around the lower tier of packages to absorb any leakage.
</P>
<P>(b) Dunnage must be provided on the deck and arranged so that any leakage will be apparent.
</P>
<P>(c) Any leakage that occurs must be washed down, using liberal quantities of water.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="O" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.15" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart O—Detailed Requirements for Cotton and Vegetable Fibers, Motor Vehicles, Polymeric Beads, and Plastic Molding Compounds</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 176-30, 55 FR 52708, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 176.900" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.15.39.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.900   Packaging and stowage of cotton and vegetable fibers; general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Cotton, Class 9, NA 1365, Cotton, wet, Division 4.2, UN 1365, and other vegetable fibers, Division 4.1, being transported on a vessel must be securely baled and bound. Each bale of cotton or vegetable fibers must be covered with bagging on at least three-fourths of its surface, including both ends. Cut cotton linters may be accepted for transportation by vessel when baled and covered with bagging on the soft sides only if the bale is compressed to a density of at least 512 kg/m 
<SU>3</SU> (32 pounds per cubic foot) and it is bound with at least six bands per bale. Any poorly compressed bale or any bale having damaged bindings may not be transported by vessel.
</P>
<P>(b) Each bale of Cotton, wet, Division 4.2, UN 1365 must be stowed separately from any bales of dry cotton or vegetable fibers, in a 'tween deck space, and not overstowed. Any bale of cotton or vegetable fibers which is saturated with water may not be transported by vessel.
</P>
<P>(c) Bales of cotton or vegetable fibers showing contact with oil or grease may not be accepted for transportation by vessel.
</P>
<P>(d) Cotton or vegetable fibers must be stowed in a hold or compartment in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) All traces of oil or residue in the hold or compartment must be removed;
</P>
<P>(2) A recently painted hold or compartment may not be used unless it is thoroughly dry;
</P>
<P>(3) Each ventilation cowl serving the hold or compartment must be fitted with a spark screen;
</P>
<P>(4) When a bulkhead of the hold or compartment is common with a boiler room, engine room, coal bunker, or galley and subjected to heat, a wooden bulkhead must be erected between the bulkhead and any cotton or vegetable fibers. This wooden bulkhead must be at least 15 cm (6 inches) from a boiler room bulkhead, and at least 5 cm (2 inches) from an engine room, coal bunker, or galley bulkhead;
</P>
<P>(5) Each 'tween deck hatch must be closed with hatch covers, tarpaulins, and dunnage; however, metal hatch covers which are sealed by other means to provide equivalent protection may be used;
</P>
<P>(6) Each hold or compartment must be equipped with a carbon dioxide or overhead water sprinkler system or other approved fixed extinguishing system. Before loading, the extinguishing system must be examined to ensure that it is in good working condition; and
</P>
<P>(7) Each hold or compartment must be clear of all debris and swept as clean as practicable before loading.
</P>
<P>(e) Naked lights or any fire likely to produce sparks are not permitted on the vessel, dock area, or on any lighters alongside a vessel during loading or unloading of cotton or vegetable fibers.
</P>
<P>(f) Upon completion of stowage, each opening must be completely closed. Where required, tarpaulins must be fitted and secured in place to provide a tight hold. During a period of temporary stoppage of loading or unloading, a hatch may be left open. However, during that period, a fire watch, designated by the master or officer-in-charge, must be stationed in the hold or compartment in which the cotton or vegetable fibers are stowed.
</P>
<P>(g) At least one fire hose must be connected while cotton or vegetable fibers are being loaded or unloaded. Each fire pump must be operated before any loading or unloading. Pressure must be maintained on each fire main during the loading and the fire hose laid out ready for immediate use. Portable fire extinguishers must be placed to be readily available. The fire hose, fire pumps, and fire extinguishers may be the vessel's equipment or shore equipment.
</P>
<P>(h) Smoking is not permitted on a vessel during the loading or unloading of cotton or vegetable fibers except at those times and in those places designated by the master. “NO SMOKING” signs must be conspicuously posted in appropriate places, and the responsible person in charge of the loading or unloading (see § 176.57 of this part) must ensure that they are observed.
</P>
<P>(i) Cotton or vegetable fibers may be stowed in the same hold over bulk sulfur if the sulfur has been trimmed and leveled and the hold is thoroughly cleaned of sulfur dust. A tight floor of two layers of 2.54 cm (1 inch) crossed clean dunnage boards must be laid on the sulfur before cotton or vegetable fibers are stowed. These substances may be stowed alongside each other in the same hold if they are separated by a tight dustproof wood bulkhead.
</P>
<P>(j) Cotton or vegetable fibers may not be stowed in a 'tween deck hold over bulk sulfur in a lower hold unless the 'tween deck hold has been thoroughly cleaned of all sulfur dust and the 'tween deck hatch covers are in place and covered with tarpaulins and dunnage.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.901" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.15.39.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.901   Stowage of cotton or vegetable fibers with rosin or pitch.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless impracticable, cotton or vegetable fibers being transported on a vessel may not be stowed in the same hold or compartment with rosin or pitch being transported on the same vessel.
</P>
<P>(b) When separate stowage is impracticable, the cotton or vegetable fibers may be stowed in the same hold or compartment with rosin or pitch if they are separated by clean dunnage or a cargo of a non-combustible nature. When such stowage within the same hold or compartment involves large amounts of cotton or fibers or of rosin or pitch, the rosin or pitch must be floored off with at least two layers of 2.54 cm (1 inch) dunnaging and the cotton or vegetable fibers stowed above.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.903" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.15.39.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.903   Stowage of cotton or vegetable fibers with coal.</HEAD>
<P>Cotton or vegetable fibers being transported on a vessel may not be stowed in the same hold with coal. They may be stowed in adjacent holds if the holds are separated by a tight steel bulkhead and the cotton or vegetable fibers are dunnaged at least 5 cm (2 inches) off the bulkhead. Cotton or vegetable fibers may be stowed in a hold above or below one in which coal is stowed if there is a tight steel intervening deck and all hatch covers are in place and covered with tarpaulins.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.905" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.15.39.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.905   Stowage of vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A vehicle powered by an internal combustion engine, a fuel cell, batteries or a combination thereof is subject to the following requirements when carried as cargo on a vessel:
</P>
<P>(1) Before being loaded on a vessel, each vehicle must be inspected for signs of leakage from batteries, engines, fuel cells, compressed gas cylinders or accumulators, or fuel tank(s) when applicable, and any identifiable faults in the electrical system that could result in short circuit or other unintended electrical source of ignition. A vehicle showing any signs of leakage or electrical fault may not be transported.
</P>
<P>(2) For flammable liquid powered vehicles, the fuel tank(s) containing the flammable liquid, may not be more than one fourth full and the flammable liquid must not exceed 250 L (66 gal) unless otherwise approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(3) For flammable gas powered vehicles, the fuel shut-off valve of the fuel tank(s) must be securely closed.
</P>
<P>(4) For vehicles with batteries installed, the batteries shall be protected from damage, short circuit, and accidental activation during transport. Except for vehicles with prototype or low production lithium batteries (<I>see</I> § 173.185(d) of this subchapter) securely installed, each lithium battery must be of a type that has successfully passed each test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter), as specified in § 173.185(a) of this subchapter, unless approved by the Associate Administrator. Where a lithium battery installed in a vehicle is damaged or defective, the battery must be removed and transported according to § 173.185(f) of this subchapter, unless otherwise approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(5) Whenever possible, each vehicle must be stowed to allow for its inspection during transportation.
</P>
<P>(6) Vehicles may be refueled when necessary in the hold of a vessel in accordance with § 176.78.
</P>
<P>(b) All equipment used for handling vehicles must be designed so that the fuel tank and the fuel system of the vehicle are protected from stress that might cause rupture or other damage incident to handling.
</P>
<P>(c) Two hand-held, portable, dry chemical fire extinguishers of at least 4.5 kg (10 pounds) capacity each must be separately located in an accessible location in each hold or compartment in which any vehicle is stowed.
</P>
<P>(d) “NO SMOKING” signs must be conspicuously posted at each access opening to the hold or compartment.
</P>
<P>(e) Each portable electrical light, including a flashlight, used in the stowage area must be an approved, explosion-proof type. All electrical connections for any light must be made to outlets outside the space in which any vehicle is stowed.
</P>
<P>(f) Each hold or compartment must be ventilated and fitted with an overhead water sprinkler system or fixed fire extinguisher system.
</P>
<P>(g) Each hold or compartment must be equipped with a smoke or fire detection system capable of alerting personnel on the bridge.
</P>
<P>(h) All electrical equipment in the hold or compartment other than fixed explosion-proof lighting must be disconnected from its power source at a location outside the hold or compartment during the handling and transportation of any vehicle. Where the disconnecting means is a switch or circuit breaker, it must be locked in the open position until all vehicles have been removed.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Exceptions.</I> A vehicle is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if any of the following are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The vehicle is stowed in a hold or compartment designated by the administration of the country in which the vessel is registered as specially designed and approved for vehicles and there are no signs of leakage from the battery, engine, fuel cell, compressed gas cylinder or accumulator, or fuel tank, as appropriate. For vehicles with batteries connected and fuel tanks containing gasoline transported by U.S. vessels, see 46 CFR 70.10-1 and 90.10-38;
</P>
<P>(i) For vehicles powered solely by lithium batteries and hybrid electric vehicles powered by both an internal combustion engine and lithium metal or ion batteries offered in accordance with this paragraph, the lithium batteries, except for prototype or those produced in low production, must be of a type that has successfully passed each test in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), as specified in § 173.185(a) of this subchapter. Where a lithium battery installed in a vehicle is damaged or defective, the battery must be removed.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) The vehicle is powered by a flammable liquid that has a flashpoint of 38 °C (100 °F) or above, the fuel tank contains 450 L (119 gallons) of fuel or less, there are no leaks in any portion of the fuel system, and installed batteries are protected from short circuit;
</P>
<P>(3) The vehicle is powered by a flammable liquid fuel that has a flashpoint less than 38 °C (100 °F), the fuel tank is empty, and installed batteries are protected from short circuit. Vehicles are considered to be empty of flammable liquid fuel when the fuel tank has been drained and the vehicles cannot be operated due to a lack of fuel. Engine components such as fuel lines, fuel filters and injectors do not need to be cleaned, drained or purged to be considered empty. The fuel tank does not need to be cleaned or purged;
</P>
<P>(4) The vehicle is powered by a flammable gas (liquefied or compressed), the fuel tanks are empty and the positive pressure in the tank does not exceed 2 bar (29 psig), the fuel shut-off or isolation valve is closed and secured, and installed batteries are protected from short circuit;
</P>
<P>(5) The vehicle is solely powered by a wet or dry electric storage battery or a sodium battery, and the battery is protected from short circuit; or
</P>
<P>(6) The vehicle is powered by a fuel cell engine, the engine is protected from inadvertent operation by closing fuel supply lines or by other means, and the fuel supply reservoir has been drained and sealed.
</P>
<P>(j) Except as provided in § 173.220(f) of this subchapter, the provisions of this subchapter do not apply to items of equipment such as fire extinguishers, compressed gas accumulators, airbag inflators and the like which are installed in the vehicle if they are necessary for the operation of the vehicle, or for the safety of its operator or passengers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 15893, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.906" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.15.39.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.906   Stowage of engines and machinery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any engine or machinery powered by internal combustion systems, with or without batteries installed, is subject to the following requirements when carried as cargo on a vessel:
</P>
<P>(1) Before being loaded on a vessel, each engine or machinery must be inspected for fuel leaks and identifiable faults in the electrical system that could result in short circuit or other unintended electrical source of ignition. Engines or machinery showing any signs of leakage or electrical fault may not be transported.
</P>
<P>(2) The fuel tanks of an engine or machinery powered by liquid fuel may not be more than one-fourth full.
</P>
<P>(3) Whenever possible, each engine or machinery must be stowed to allow for its inspection during transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) All equipment used for handling engines or machinery must be designed so that the fuel tank and the fuel system of the engines or machinery are protected from stress that might cause rupture or other damage incident to handling.
</P>
<P>(c) Two hand-held, portable, dry chemical fire extinguishers of at least 4.5 kg (10 pounds) capacity each must be separately located in an accessible location in each hold or compartment in which engine or machinery is stowed.
</P>
<P>(d) “NO SMOKING” signs must be conspicuously posted at each access opening to the hold or compartment.
</P>
<P>(e) Each portable electrical light, including a flashlight, used in the stowage area must be an approved, explosion-proof type. All electrical connections for any light must be made to outlets outside the space in which any engine or machinery is stowed.
</P>
<P>(f) Each hold or compartment must be ventilated and fitted with an overhead water sprinkler system or fixed fire extinguisher system.
</P>
<P>(g) Each hold or compartment must be equipped with a smoke or fire detection system capable of alerting personnel on the bridge.
</P>
<P>(h) All electrical equipment in the hold or compartment other than fixed explosion-proof lighting must be disconnected from its power source at a location outside the hold or compartment during the handling and transportation of any engine or machinery. Where the disconnecting means is a switch or circuit breaker, it must be locked in the open position until all engines or machinery has been removed.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) An engine or machinery is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if the engine or machinery is empty of liquid or gaseous fuel(s), does not contain other dangerous goods, and installed batteries are protected from short circuit. An engine and machinery is considered to be empty of fuel when:
</P>
<P>(i) For liquid fuels, the liquid fuel tank has been drained and the mechanical equipment cannot be operated due to a lack of fuel. Engine and machinery components such as fuel lines, fuel filters and injectors do not need to be cleaned, drained or purged to be considered empty of liquid fuels. In addition, the liquid fuel tank does not need to be cleaned or purged;
</P>
<P>(ii) For gaseous fuels, the gaseous fuel tanks are empty of liquid (for liquefied gases), the positive pressure in the tanks does not exceed 2 bar (29 psig) and the fuel shut-off or isolation valve is closed and secured; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The engine or machinery is powered by a fuel cell engine and the engine is protected from inadvertent operation by closing fuel supply lines or by other means, and the fuel supply reservoir has been drained and sealed.
</P>
<P>(2) An engine or machinery is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter except for § 173.185 of this subchapter and the vessel stowage provisions of column (10) of table § 172.101 of this subchapter, if the following are met:
</P>
<P>(i) Any valves or openings (<I>e.g.</I> venting devices) for liquid fuels must be closed during transport;
</P>
<P>(ii) The engines or machinery must be oriented to prevent inadvertent leakage of dangerous goods and secured by means capable of restraining the engines or machinery to prevent any shifting during transport which would change the orientation or cause them to be damaged;
</P>
<P>(iii) For UN 3528 and UN 3530:
</P>
<P>(A) Where the engine or machinery contains more than 60 L (16 Gal) of liquid fuel and has a capacity of not more than 450 L (119 Gal), it shall be labeled in accordance with subpart E of part 172 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(B) Where the engine or machinery contains more than 60 L of liquid fuel and has a capacity of more than 450 L (119 Gal) but not more than 3,000 L (793 Gal), it shall be labeled on two opposing sides in accordance with § 172.406(e) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(C) Where the engine or machinery contains more than 60 L (16 Gal) of liquid fuel and has a capacity of more than 3,000 L (793 Gal), it shall be placarded on two opposing sides in accordance with subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(D) For UN 3530 the marking requirements of § 172.322 of this subchapter also apply.
</P>
<P>(iv) For UN 3529:
</P>
<P>(A) Where the fuel tank of the engine or mechanical equipment has a water capacity of not more than 450 L (119 Gal), the labeling requirements of subpart E of part 172 of this subchapter shall apply;
</P>
<P>(B) Where the fuel tank of the mechanical equipment has a water capacity of more than 450 L (119 Gal) but not more than 1,000 L (264 Gal), it shall be labeled on two opposing sides in accordance with § 172.406(e) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(C) Where the fuel tank of the mechanical equipment has a water capacity of more than 1,000 L (264 Gal), it shall be placarded on two opposing sides in accordance with subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(v) Except for engines or machinery offered in accordance with paragraph (i)(1) of this section, a shipping paper prepared in accordance with part 172 of this subchapter is required and shall contain the following additional statement “Transport in accordance with § 176.906.” For transportation in accordance with the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) the following alternative statement is authorized “Transport in accordance with IMDG Code special provision 363.”
</P>
<P>(j) Except as provided in § 173.220(f) of this subchapter, the provisions of this subchapter do not apply to items of equipment such as fire extinguishers, compressed gas accumulators, airbag inflators and the like which are installed in the engine or machinery if they are necessary for the operation of the engine or machinery, or for the safety of its operator or passengers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 15894, Mar. 30, 2017, as amended at 85 FR 83402, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 176.907" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.13.15.39.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 176.907   Polymeric Beads and Plastic Molding Compounds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When transported in cargo transport units, the cargo transport units must provide an adequate exchange of air in the unit. This adequate exchange of air may be accomplished by utilizing a ventilated container, an open-top container, or a container in one door off operation. When cargo transport units with venting devices are used these devices should be kept clear and operable. If mechanical devices are used for ventilation, they must be explosion-proof.
</P>
<P>(b) As an alternative to the options presented in paragraph (a) of this section to ensure an adequate exchange of air; a refrigerated cargo transport unit may be used.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements in paragraph (a) and (b) of this section do not apply if the hazardous material is:
</P>
<P>(1) Packed in hermetically sealed packagings or IBC's which conform to packing group II performance level for liquid dangerous goods with a total pressure in the packaging (i.e., the vapor pressure of the material plus the partial pressure of air or other inert gases, less 100kPa (15 psia)) at 55 °C (131 °F), determined on the basis of the hazardous material not completely filling the receptacle at a temperature of 55 °C (131 °C) or less at a filling temperature of 15 °C (59 °F), will not exceed two-thirds of the marked test pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) Cargo transport units must be marked with a warning mark including the words “CAUTION—MAY CONTAIN FLAMMABLE VAPOR” or “CAUTION—MAY CONTAIN FLAMMABLE VAPOUR” with lettering having a height of at least 25 mm (1 inch). The mark must be affixed to each access point in a location where it will be easily seen by persons prior to opening or entering the cargo transport unit and must remain on the cargo transport unit until the following provisions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The cargo transport unit has been completely ventilated to remove any hazardous concentrations of vapor or gas;
</P>
<P>(2) The immediate vicinity of the cargo transport unit is clear of any source of ignition; and
</P>
<P>(3) The hazardous materials have been unloaded.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 1096, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="177" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 177—CARRIAGE BY PUBLIC HIGHWAY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; sec. 112 of Pub. L. 103-311, 108 Stat. 1673, 1676 (1994); sec. 32509 of Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 805 (2012); 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information and Regulations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.800" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.1.39.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.800   Purpose and scope of this part and responsibility for compliance and training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This part prescribes requirements, in addition to those contained in parts 171, 172, 173, 178 and 180 of this subchapter, that are applicable to the acceptance and transportation of hazardous materials by private, common, or contract carriers by motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Responsibility for compliance.</I> Unless this subchapter specifically provides that another person shall perform a particular duty, each carrier, including a connecting carrier, shall perform the duties specified and comply with all applicable requirements in this part and shall ensure its hazmat employees receive training in relation thereto.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Responsibility for training.</I> A carrier may not transport a hazardous material by motor vehicle unless each of its hazmat employees involved in that transportation is trained as required by this part and subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>No unnecessary delay in movement of shipments.</I> All shipments of hazardous materials must be transported without unnecessary delay, from and including the time of commencement of the loading of the hazardous material until its final unloading at destination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 177-79, 57 FR 20954, May 15, 1992, as amended by Amdt.177-86, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.801" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.1.39.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.801   Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments.</HEAD>
<P>No person may accept for transportation or transport by motor vehicle a forbidden material or hazardous material that is not prepared in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 177-87, 61 FR 27175, May 30, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.802" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.1.39.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.802   Inspection.</HEAD>
<P>Records, equipment, packagings and containers under the control of a motor carrier, insofar as they affect safety in transportation of hazardous materials by motor vehicle, must be made available for examination and inspection by a duly authorized representative of the Department.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 177-71, 54 FR 25015, June 12, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.804" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.1.39.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.804   Compliance with Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Motor carriers and other persons subject to this part must comply with 49 CFR part 383 and 49 CFR parts 390 through 397 (excluding §§ 397.3 and 397.9) to the extent those regulations apply.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional prohibitions.</I> A person transporting a quantity of hazardous materials requiring placarding under 49 CFR part 172 or any quantity of a material listed as a select agent or toxin in 42 CFR part 73:
</P>
<P>(1) Must comply with the safe clearance requirements for highway-rail grade crossings in § 392.12 of this title;
</P>
<P>(2) May not engage in, allow, or require texting while driving, in accordance with § 392.80 of this title; and
</P>
<P>(3) May not engage in, allow, or require the use of a hand-held mobile telephone while driving, in accordance with § 392.82 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 58923, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.810" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.1.39.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.810   Vehicular tunnels.</HEAD>
<P>Except as regards Class 7 (radioactive) materials, nothing contained in parts 170-189 of this subchapter shall be so construed as to nullify or supersede regulations established and published under authority of State statute or municipal ordinance regarding the kind, character, or quantity of any hazardous material permitted by such regulations to be transported through any urban vehicular tunnel used for mass transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 177-52, 46 FR 5316, Jan. 19, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 177-78, 55 FR 52710, Dec. 21, 1990; 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.816" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.1.39.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.816   Driver training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the training requirements of § 177.800, no carrier may transport, or cause to be transported, a hazardous material unless each hazmat employee who will operate a motor vehicle has been trained in the applicable requirements of 49 CFR parts 390 through 397 and the procedures necessary for the safe operation of that motor vehicle. Driver training shall include the following subjects:
</P>
<P>(1) Pre-trip safety inspection;
</P>
<P>(2) Use of vehicle controls and equipment, including operation of emergency equipment;
</P>
<P>(3) Operation of vehicle, including turning, backing, braking, parking, handling, and vehicle characteristics including those that affect vehicle stability, such as effects of braking and curves, effects of speed on vehicle control, dangers associated with maneuvering through curves, dangers associated with weather or road conditions that a driver may experience (e.g., blizzards, mountainous terrain, high winds), and high center of gravity;
</P>
<P>(4) Procedures for maneuvering tunnels, bridges, and railroad crossings;
</P>
<P>(5) Requirements pertaining to attendance of vehicles, parking, smoking, routing, and incident reporting; and
</P>
<P>(6) Loading and unloading of materials, including—
</P>
<P>(i) Compatibility and segregation of cargo in a mixed load;
</P>
<P>(ii) Package handling methods; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Load securement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specialized requirements for cargo tanks and portable tanks.</I> In addition to the training requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, each person who operates a cargo tank or a vehicle with a portable tank with a capacity of 1,000 gallons or more must receive training applicable to the requirements of this subchapter and have the appropriate State-issued commercial driver's license required by 49 CFR part 383. Specialized training shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Operation of emergency control features of the cargo tank or portable tank;
</P>
<P>(2) Special vehicle handling characteristics, including: high center of gravity, fluid-load subject to surge, effects of fluid-load surge on braking, characteristic differences in stability among baffled, unbaffled, and multi-compartmented tanks; and effects of partial loads on vehicle stability;
</P>
<P>(3) Loading and unloading procedures;
</P>
<P>(4) The properties and hazards of the material transported; and
</P>
<P>(5) Retest and inspection requirements for cargo tanks.
</P>
<P>(c) The training required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section may be satisfied by compliance with the current requirements for a Commercial Driver's License (CDL) with a tank vehicle or hazardous materials endorsement.
</P>
<P>(d) Training required by paragraph (b) of this section must conform to the requirements of § 172.704 of this subchapter with respect to frequency and recordkeeping.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 177-79, 57 FR 20954, May 15, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 177-79, 58 FR 5852, Jan. 22, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.817" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.1.39.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.817   Shipping papers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> A person may not accept a hazardous material for transportation or transport a hazardous material by highway unless that person has received a shipping paper prepared in accordance with part 172 of this subchapter or the material is excepted from shipping paper requirements under this subchapter. A subsequent carrier may not transport a hazardous material unless it is accompanied by a shipping paper prepared in accordance with part 172 of this subchapter, except for § 172.204, which is not required.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Shipper certification.</I> An initial carrier may not accept a hazardous material offered for transportation unless the shipping paper describing the material includes a shipper's certification which meets the requirements in § 172.204 of this subchapter. Except for a hazardous waste, the certification is not required for shipments to be transported entirely by private carriage and for bulk shipments to be transported in a cargo tank supplied by the carrier.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requirements when interlining with carriers by rail.</I> A motor carrier shall mark on the shipping paper required by this section, if it offers or delivers a freight container or transport vehicle to a rail carrier for further transportation:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the freight container or transport vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(2) The kind of placard affixed to the freight container or transport vehicle.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Applicability.</I> This section does not apply to a material that is excepted from shipping paper requirements as specified in § 172.200 of this subchapter.




</P>
<P>(e) <I>Shipping paper accessibility—accident or inspection.</I> A driver of a motor vehicle containing hazardous material, and each carrier using such a vehicle, shall ensure that the shipping paper required by this section is readily available to, and recognizable by, authorities in the event of accident or inspection. Specifically, the driver and the carrier shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Clearly distinguish the shipping paper, if it is carried with other shipping papers or other papers of any kind, by either distinctively tabbing it or by having it appear first; and
</P>
<P>(2) Store the shipping paper as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) When the driver is at the vehicle's controls, the shipping paper shall be: (A) Within his immediate reach while he is restrained by the lap belt; and (B) either readily visible to a person entering the driver's compartment or in a holder which is mounted to the inside of the door on the driver's side of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(ii) When the driver is not at the vehicle's controls, the shipping paper shall be: (A) In a holder which is mounted to the inside of the door on the driver's side of the vehicle; or (B) on the driver's seat in the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Retention of shipping papers.</I> Each person receiving a shipping paper required by this section must retain a copy or an electronic image thereof, that is accessible at or through its principal place of business and must make the shipping paper available, upon request, to an authorized official of a Federal, State, or local government agency at reasonable times and locations. For a hazardous waste, the shipping paper copy must be retained for three years after the material is accepted by the initial carrier. For all other hazardous materials, the shipping paper copy must be retained for one year after the material is accepted by the carrier. Each shipping paper copy must include the date of acceptance by the carrier. A motor carrier (as defined in § 390.5 of subchapter B of chapter III of subtitle B) using a shipping paper without change for multiple shipments of one or more hazardous materials having the same shipping name and identification number may retain a single copy of the shipping paper, instead of a copy for each shipment made, if the carrier also retains a record of each shipment made that includes shipping name, identification number, quantity transported, and date of shipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 177-35, 41 FR 16130, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 177-35A, 41 FR 40691, Sept. 20, 1976; Amdt. 177-48, 45 FR 47670, Nov. 10, 1980; Amdt. 177-65, 50 FR 11055, Mar. 19, 1985; Amdt. 177-72, 53 FR 17160, May 13, 1988; 67 FR 46128, July 12, 2002; 67 FR 66574, Nov. 1, 2002; 68 FR 19277, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 57633, Oct. 6, 2003; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005; 87 FR 79784, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.823" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.1.39.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.823   Movement of motor vehicles in emergency situations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A carrier may not move a transport vehicle containing a hazardous material unless the vehicle is marked and placarded in accordance with part 172 or as authorized in § 171.12a of this subchapter, or unless, in an emergency:
</P>
<P>(1) The vehicle is escorted by a representative of a state or local government;
</P>
<P>(2) The carrier has permission from the Department; or
</P>
<P>(3) Movement of the transport vehicle is necessary to protect life or property.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disposition of contents of cargo tank when unsafe to continue.</I> In the event of a leak in a cargo tank of such a character as to make further transportation unsafe, the leaking vehicle should be removed from the traveled portion of the highway and every available means employed for the safe disposal of the leaking material by preventing, so far as practicable, its spread over a wide area, such as by digging trenches to drain to a hole or depression in the ground, diverting the liquid away from streams or sewers if possible, or catching the liquid in containers if practicable. Smoking, and any other source of ignition, in the vicinity of a leaking cargo tank is not permitted.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Movement of leaking cargo tanks.</I> A leaking cargo tank may be transported only the minimum distance necessary to reach a place where the contents of the tank or compartment may be disposed of safely. Every available means must be utilized to prevent the leakage or spillage of the liquid upon the highway.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 177-35, 41 FR 16130, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 177-67, 50 FR 41521, Oct. 11, 1985; Amdt. 177-86, 61 FR 18933, Apr. 29, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Loading and Unloading</HEAD>

<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>For prohibited loading and storage of hazardous materials, see § 177.848.</P></NOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 177.834" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.2.39.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.834   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Packages secured in a motor vehicle.</I> Any package containing any hazardous material, not permanently attached to a motor vehicle, must be secured against shifting, including relative motion between packages, within the vehicle on which it is being transported, under conditions normally incident to transportation. Packages having valves or other fittings must be loaded in a manner to minimize the likelihood of damage during transportation. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each package containing a hazardous material bearing package orientation markings prescribed in § 172.312 of this subchapter must be loaded on a transport vehicle or within a freight container in accordance with such markings and must remain in the correct position indicated by the markings during transportation. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>No smoking while loading or unloading.</I> Smoking on or about any motor vehicle while loading or unloading any Class 1 (explosive), Class 3 (flammable liquid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxidizing), or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials is forbidden.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Keep fire away, loading and unloading.</I> Extreme care shall be taken in the loading or unloading of any Class 1 (explosive), Class 3 (flammable liquid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxidizing), or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials into or from any motor vehicle to keep fire away and to prevent persons in the vicinity from smoking, lighting matches, or carrying any flame or lighted cigar, pipe, or cigarette.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Handbrake set while loading and unloading.</I> No hazardous material shall be loaded into or on, or unloaded from, any motor vehicle unless the handbrake be securely set and all other reasonable precautions be taken to prevent motion of the motor vehicle during such loading or unloading process.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Use of tools, loading and unloading.</I> No tools which are likely to damage the effectiveness of the closure of any package or other container, or likely adversely to affect such package or container, shall be used for the loading or unloading of any Class 1 (explosive) material or other dangerous article.
</P>
<P>(g) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Precautions concerning containers in transit; fueling road units.</I> Reasonable care should be taken to prevent undue rise in temperature of containers and their contents during transit. There must be no tampering with such container or the contents thereof nor any discharge of the contents of any container between point of origin and point of billed destination. Discharge of contents of any container, other than a cargo tank or IM portable tank, must not be made prior to removal from the motor vehicle. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall be so construed as to prohibit the fueling of machinery or vehicles used in road construction or maintenance.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Attendance requirements</I>—(1) <I>Loading.</I> A cargo tank must be attended by a qualified person at all times when it is being loaded. The person who is responsible for loading the cargo tank is also responsible for ensuring that it is so attended.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Unloading.</I> A motor carrier who transports hazardous materials by a cargo tank must ensure that the cargo tank is attended by a qualified person at all times during unloading. However, the carrier's obligation to ensure attendance during unloading ceases when:
</P>
<P>(i) The carrier's obligation for transporting the materials is fulfilled;
</P>
<P>(ii) The cargo tank has been placed upon the consignee's premises; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The motive power has been removed from the cargo tank and removed from the premises.
</P>
<P>(3) A qualified person “attends” the loading or unloading of a cargo tank only if, throughout the process:
</P>
<P>(i) Except for unloading operations subject to §§ 177.837(d) and 177.840(p) and (q), the qualified person is within 7.62 m (25 feet) of the cargo tank. The qualified person attending the unloading of a cargo tank must be alert and have an unobstructed view of the cargo tank and delivery hose to the maximum extent practicable during the unloading operation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The qualified person observes all loading or unloading operations by means of video cameras and monitors or instrumentation and signaling systems such as sensors, alarms, and electronic surveillance equipment located at a remote control station, and the loading or unloading system is equipped as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) For a video monitoring system used to meet the attendance requirement, the camera must be mounted so as to provide an unobstructed view of all equipment involved in the loading or unloading operations, including all valves, hoses, domes, and pressure relief devices;
</P>
<P>(B) For an instrumentation and signaling system used to meet the attendance requirement, the system must provide a surveillance capability at least equal to that of a human observer;
</P>
<P>(C) Upon loss of video monitoring capability or instrumentation and signaling systems, loading or unloading operations must be immediately terminated;
</P>
<P>(D) Shut-off valves operable from the remote control station must be provided;
</P>
<P>(E) In the event of a remote system failure, a qualified person must immediately resume attending the loading or unloading of the cargo tank as provided in paragraph (i)(3)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(F) A containment area must be provided capable of holding the contents of as many cargo tank motor vehicles as might be loaded at any single time; and
</P>
<P>(G) A qualified person must personally conduct a visual inspection of each cargo tank motor vehicle after it is loaded, prior to departure, for any damage that may have occurred during loading; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Hoses used in the loading or unloading operations are equipped with cable-connected wedges, plungers, or flapper valves located at each end of the hose, able to stop the flow of product from both the source and the receiving tank within one second without human intervention in the event of a hose rupture, disconnection, or separation.
</P>
<P>(A) Prior to each use, each hose must be inspected to ensure that it is of sound quality, without defects detectable through visual observation; and
</P>
<P>(B) The loading or unloading operations must be physically inspected by a qualified person at least once every sixty (60) minutes.
</P>
<P>(4) A person is “qualified” if he has been made aware of the nature of the hazardous material which is to be loaded or unloaded, has been instructed on the procedures to be followed in emergencies, and except for persons observing loading or unloading operations by means of video cameras and monitors or instrumentation and signaling systems such as sensors, alarms, and electronic surveillance equipment located at a remote control station and persons inspecting hoses in accordance with paragraph (i)(3)(iii) of this section, is authorized to move the cargo tank, and has the means to do so.
</P>
<P>(j) Except for a cargo tank conforming to § 173.29(b)(2) of this subchapter, a person may not drive a cargo tank motor vehicle containing a hazardous material regardless of quantity unless:
</P>
<P>(1) All manhole closures are closed and secured; and
</P>
<P>(2) All valves and other closures in liquid discharge systems are closed and free of leaks, except external emergency self-closing valves on MC 338 cargo tanks containing the residue of cryogenic liquids may remain either open or closed during transit.
</P>
<P>(k) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Use of cargo heaters when transporting certain hazardous material.</I> Transportation includes loading, carrying, and unloading.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>When transporting Class 1 (explosive) materials.</I> A motor vehicle equipped with a cargo heater of any type may transport Class 1 (explosive) materials only if the cargo heater is rendered inoperable by: (i) Draining or removing the cargo heater fuel tank; and (ii) disconnecting the heater's power source.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>When transporting certain flammable material</I>—(i) <I>Use of combustion cargo heaters.</I> A motor vehicle equipped with a combustion cargo heater may be used to transport Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials only subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) The combustion cargo heater is powered by diesel fuel or propane and each of the following requirements are met:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Electrical apparatus in the cargo compartment is non-sparking or explosion proof.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) There is no combustion apparatus in the cargo compartment.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) There is no connection for return of air from the cargo compartment to the combustion apparatus.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The heating system will not heat any part of the cargo to more than 54 °C (130 °F).
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Heater requirements under § 393.77 of this title are complied with.
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The heater unit and its fuel supply must be externally mounted on the truck or trailer.
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) The heater unit must retain combustion in a sealed combustion chamber.
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) The heater unit must utilize outside air for combustion (air from the cargo space cannot be used for combustion).
</P>
<P>(<I>9</I>) Heater unit combustion gases must be exhausted to the outside of the truck or trailer.
</P>
<P>(B) The combustion cargo heater is a catalytic heater and each of the following requirements are met:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The heater's surface temperature cannot exceed 54 °C (130 °F)—either on a thermostatically controlled heater or on a heater without thermostatic control when the outside or ambient temperature is 16 °C (61 °F) or less.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The heater is not ignited in a loaded vehicle.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) There is no flame, either on the catalyst or anywhere in the heater.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The manufacturer has certified that the heater meets the requirements under paragraph (l)(2)(i)(B) of this section by permanently marking the heater <I>“MEETS DOT REQUIREMENTS FOR CATALYTIC HEATERS USED WITH FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND GAS.”</I>
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The heater is also marked “<I>DO NOT LOAD INTO OR USE IN CARGO COMPARTMENTS CONTAINING FLAMMABLE LIQUID OR GAS IF FLAME IS VISIBLE ON CATALYST OR IN HEATER.”</I>
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>)<I> Heater requirements under § 393.77 of this title are complied with.</I>
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Restrictions on automatic cargo-space-heating temperature control devices.</I> Restrictions on these devices have two dimensions: Restrictions upon use and restrictions which apply when the device must not be used.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Use restrictions.</I> An automatic cargo-space-heating temperature control device may be used when transporting Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials only if each of the following requirements is met:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Electrical apparatus in the cargo compartment is nonsparking or explosion proof.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) There is no combustion apparatus in the cargo compartment.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) There is no connection for return of air from the cargo compartment to the combustion apparatus.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The heating system will not heat any part of the cargo to more than 54 °C (129 °F).
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Heater requirements under § 393.77 of this title are complied with.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Protection against use.</I> Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials may be transported by a vehicle, which is equipped with an automatic cargo-space-heating temperature control device that does not meet each requirement of paragraph (l)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, only if the device is first rendered inoperable, as follows:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Each cargo heater fuel tank, if other than LPG, must be emptied or removed.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Each LPG fuel tank for automatic temperature control equipment must have its discharge valve closed and its fuel feed line disconnected.
</P>
<P>(m) Tanks constructed and maintained in compliance with Spec. 106A or 110A (§§ 179.300, 179.301 of this subchapter) that are authorized for the shipment of hazardous materials by highway in part 173 of this subchapter must be carried in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Tanks must be securely chocked or clamped on vehicles to prevent any shifting.
</P>
<P>(2) Equipment suitable for handling a tank must be provided at any point where a tank is to be loaded upon or removed from a vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) No more than two cargo carrying vehicles may be in the same combination of vehicles.
</P>
<P>(4) Compliance with §§ 174.200 and 174.204 of this subchapter for combination rail freight, highway shipments and for trailer-on-flat-car service is required.
</P>
<P>(n) Specification 56, 57, IM 101, and IM 102 portable tanks, when loaded, may not be stacked on each other nor placed under other freight during transportation by motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Unloading of IM and UN portable tanks.</I> No person may unload an IM or UN portable tank while it remains on a transport vehicle with the motive power unit attached except under the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) The unloading operation must be attended by a qualified person in accordance with the requirements in paragraph (i) of this section. The person performing unloading functions must be trained in handling emergencies that may occur during the unloading operation. 
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to unloading, the operator of the vehicle on which the portable tank is transported must ascertain that the conditions of this paragraph (o) are met. 
</P>
<P>(3) An IM or UN portable tank equipped with a bottom outlet as authorized in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter by assignment of a T Code in the appropriate proper shipping name entry, and that contains a liquid hazardous material of Class 3, PG I or II, or PG III with a flash point of less than 100 °F (38 °C); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or Division 6.1, PG I or II, must conform to the outlet requirements in § 178.275(d)(3) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 177.834, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.835" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.2.39.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.835   Class 1 (explosive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(See also § 177.834 (a) to (j).)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Engine stopped.</I> No Class 1 (explosive) materials may be loaded into or on or be unloaded from any motor vehicle with the engine running, except that the engine of a multipurpose bulk truck (see paragraph (d) of this section) and the engine of a cargo tank motor vehicle transporting a single bulk hazardous material for blasting may be used for the operation of the pumping equipment of the vehicle during loading or unloading.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Care in loading, unloading, or other handling of Class 1 (explosive) materials.</I> No bale hooks or other metal tools shall be used for the loading, unloading, or other handling of Class 1 (explosive) materials, nor shall any package or other container of Class 1 (explosive) materials, except barrels or kegs, be rolled. No packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials shall be thrown or dropped during process of loading or unloading or handling of Class 1 (explosive) materials. Special care shall be exercised to the end that packages or other containers containing Class 1 (explosive) materials shall not catch fire from sparks or hot gases from the exhaust tailpipe.
</P>
<P>(1) Whenever tarpaulins are used for covering Class 1 (explosive) materials, they shall be secured by means of rope, wire, or other equally efficient tie downs. Class 1 (explosive) materials placards or markings required by § 177.823 shall be secured, in the appropriate locations, directly to the equipment transporting the Class 1 (explosive) materials. If the vehicle is provided with placard boards, the placards must be applied to these boards.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Class 1 (explosive) materials on vehicles in combination.</I> Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials may not be loaded into or carried on any vehicle or a combination of vehicles if:
</P>
<P>(1) More than two cargo carrying vehicles are in the combination;
</P>
<P>(2) Any full trailer in the combination has a wheel base of less than 184 inches;
</P>
<P>(3) Any vehicle in the combination is a cargo tank which is required to be marked or placarded under § 177.823; or
</P>
<P>(4) The other vehicle in the combination contains any:
</P>
<P>(i) Substances, explosive, n.o.s., Division 1.1A (explosive) material (Initiating explosive),
</P>
<P>(ii) Packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials bearing “Yellow III” labels,
</P>
<P>(iii) Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A or Hazard Zone B materials or Division 6.1, PG I, Hazard Zone A materials, or 
</P>
<P>(iv) Hazardous materials in a portable tank or a DOT specification 106A or 110A tank.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Multipurpose bulk trucks.</I> When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that Class 1 (explosive) materials may be transported in accordance with § 173.66 of this subchapter (per special provision 148 in § 172.102(c)(1)), these materials may be transported on the same vehicle with Division 5.1 (oxidizing) materials, or Class 8 (corrosive) materials, and/or Combustible Liquid, n.o.s., NA1993 only under the conditions and requirements set forth in IME Standard 23 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and paragraph (g) of this section. In addition, the segregation requirements in § 177.848 do not apply.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>No sharp projections inside body of vehicles.</I> No motor vehicle transporting any kind of Class 1 (explosive) material shall have on the interior of the body in which the Class 1 (explosive) materials are contained, any inwardly projecting bolts, screws, nails, or other inwardly projecting parts likely to produce damage to any package or container of Class 1 (explosive) materials during the loading or unloading process or in transit.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Class 1 (explosive) materials vehicles, floors tight and lined.</I> Motor vehicles transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials shall have tight floors; shall have that portion of the interior in contact with the load lined with either non-metallic material or non-ferrous metals, except that the lining is not required for truck load shipments loaded by the Departments of the Army, Navy or Air Force of the United States Government provided the Class 1 (explosive) materials are of such nature that they are not liable to leakage of dust, powder, or vapor which might become the cause of an explosion. The interior of the cargo space must be in good condition so that there will not be any likelihood of containers being damaged by exposed bolts, nuts, broken side panels or floor boards, or any similar projections.
</P>
<P>(g) No detonator assembly or booster with detonator may be transported on the same motor vehicle with any Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 material (except other detonator assemblies, boosters with detonators or detonators), detonating cord Division 1.4 material or Division 1.5 material. No detonator may be transported on the same motor vehicle with any Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 material (except other detonators, detonator assemblies or boosters with detonators), detonating cord Division 1.4 material or Division 1.5 material unless—
</P>
<P>(1) It is packed in a specification MC 201 (§ 178.318 of this subchapter) container; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The package conforms with requirements prescribed in § 173.62 of this subchapter, and its use is restricted to instances when— 
</P>
<P>(i) There is no Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 or 1.5 material loaded on the motor vehicle; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) A separation of 61 cm (24 inches) is maintained between each package of detonators and each package of detonating cord; or 
</P>
<P>(3) It is packed and loaded in accordance with a method approved by the Associate Administrator. One approved method requires that— 
</P>
<P>(i) The detonators are in packagings as prescribed in § 173.63 of this subchapter which in turn are loaded into suitable containers or separate compartments; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) That both the detonators and the container or compartment meet the requirements of the IME Standard 22 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Lading within body or covered tailgate closed.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, dealing with the transportation of liquid nitroglycerin, desensitized liquid nitroglycerin or diethylene glycol dinitrate, all of that portion of the lading of any motor vehicle which consists of Class 1 (explosive) materials shall be contained entirely within the body of the motor vehicle or within the horizontal outline thereof, without overhang or projection of any part of the load and if such motor vehicle has a tailboard or tailgate, it shall be closed and secured in place during such transportation. Every motor vehicle transporting Class 1 (explosive) materials must either have a closed body or have the body thereof covered with a tarpaulin, and in either event care must be taken to protect the load from moisture and sparks, except that subject to other provisions of these regulations, Class 1 (explosive) materials other than black powder may be transported on flat-bed vehicles if the explosive portion of the load on each vehicle is packed in fire and water resistant containers or covered with a fire and water resistant tarpaulin.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Class 1 (explosive) materials to be protected against damage by other lading.</I> No motor vehicle transporting any Class 1 (explosive) material may transport as a part of its load any metal or other articles or materials likely to damage such Class 1 (explosive) material or any package in which it is contained, unless the different parts of such load be so segregated or secured in place in or on the motor vehicle and separated by bulkheads or other suitable means as to prevent such damage.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Transfer of Class 1 (explosive) materials en route.</I> No Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) material shall be transferred from one container to another, or from one motor vehicle to another vehicle, or from another vehicle to a motor vehicle, on any public highway, street, or road, except in case of emergency. In such cases red electric lanterns, red emergency reflectors or red flags shall be set out in the manner prescribed for disabled or stopped motor vehicles. (See Motor Carrier Safety Regulations, part 392 of this title.) In any event, all practicable means, in addition to these hereinbefore prescribed, shall be taken to protect and warn other users of the highway against the hazard involved in any such transfer or against the hazard occasioned by the emergency making such transfer necessary.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Attendance of Class 1 (explosive) materials.</I> Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 materials that are stored during transportation in commerce must be attended and afforded surveillance in accordance with 49 CFR 397.5. A safe haven that conforms to NFPA 498 (IBR, see § 171.7 of the subchapter) constitutes a federally approved safe haven for the unattended storage of vehicles containing Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 materials.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 177.835, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.837" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.2.39.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.837   Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(See also § 177.834 (a) to (j).)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Engine stopped.</I> Unless the engine of a cargo tank motor vehicle is to be used for the operation of a pump, Class 3 material may not be loaded into, or on, or unloaded from any cargo tank motor vehicle while the engine is running. The diesel engine of a cargo tank motor vehicle may be left running during the loading and unloading of a Class 3 material if the ambient atmospheric temperature is at or below −12 °C (10 °F). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bonding and grounding containers other than cargo tanks prior to and during transfer of lading.</I> For containers which are not in metallic contact with each other, either metallic bonds or ground conductors shall be provided for the neutralization of possible static charges prior to and during transfers of Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials between such containers. Such bonding shall be made by first connecting an electric conductor to the container to be filled and subsequently connecting the conductor to the container from which the liquid is to come, and not in any other order. To provide against ignition of vapors by discharge of static electricity, the latter connection shall be made at a point well removed from the opening from which the Class 3 (flammable liquid) material is to be discharged.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Bonding and grounding cargo tanks before and during transfer of lading.</I> (1) When a cargo tank is loaded through an open filling hole, one end of a bond wire shall be connected to the stationary system piping or integrally connected steel framing, and the other end to the shell of the cargo tank to provide a continuous electrical connection. (If bonding is to the framing, it is essential that piping and framing be electrically interconnected.) This connection must be made before any filling hole is opened, and must remain in place until after the last filling hole has been closed. Additional bond wires are not needed around All-Metal flexible or swivel joints, but are required for nonmetallic flexible connections in the stationary system piping. When a cargo tank is unloaded by a suction-piping system through an open filling hole of the cargo tank, electrical continuity shall be maintained from cargo tank to receiving tank.
</P>
<P>(2) When a cargo tank is loaded or unloaded through a vapor-tight (not open hole) top or bottom connection, so that there is no release of vapor at a point where a spark could occur, bonding or grounding is not required. Contact of the closed connection must be made before flow starts and must not be broken until after the flow is completed.
</P>
<P>(3) Bonding or grounding is not required when a cargo tank is unloaded through a nonvapor-tight connection into a stationary tank provided the metallic filling connection is maintained in contact with the filling hole.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Unloading combustible liquids.</I> For a cargo tank unloading a material meeting the definition for combustible liquid in § 173.150(f) of this subchapter, the qualified person attending the unloading operation must remain within 45.72 meters (150 feet) of the cargo tank and 7.62 meters (25 feet) of the delivery hose and must observe both the cargo tank and the receiving container at least once every five minutes during unloading operations that take more than five minutes to complete.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 177.837, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.838" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.2.39.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.838   Class 4 (flammable solid) materials, Class 5 (oxidizing) materials, and Division 4.2 (self-heating and pyrophoric liquid) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(See also § 177.834 (a) to (j).)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Lading within body or covered; tailgate closed; pick-up and delivery.</I> All of that portion of the lading of any motor vehicle transporting Class 4 (flammable solid) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materials shall be contained entirely within the body of the motor vehicle and shall be covered by such body, by tarpaulins, or other suitable means, and if such motor vehicle has a tailboard or tailgate, it shall be closed and secured in place during such transportation: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the provisions of this paragraph need not apply to “pick-up and delivery” motor vehicles when such motor vehicles are used in no other transportation than in and about cities, towns, or villages. Shipment in water-tight bulk containers need not be covered by a tarpaulin or other means.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Articles to be kept dry.</I> Special care shall be taken in the loading of any motor vehicle with Class 4 (flammable solid) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materials which are likely to become hazardous to transport when wet, to keep them from being wetted during the loading process and to keep them dry during transit. Special care shall also be taken in the loading of any motor vehicle with Class 4 (flammable solid) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materials, which are likely to become more hazardous to transport by wetting, to keep them from being wetted during the loading process and to keep them dry during transit. Examples of such dangerous materials are charcoal screenings, ground, crushed, or pulverized charcoal, and lump charcoal.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Lading ventilation, precautions against spontaneous combustion.</I> Whenever a motor carrier has knowledge concerning the hazards of spontaneous combustion or heating of any article to be loaded on a motor vehicle, such article shall be so loaded as to afford sufficient ventilation of the load to provide reasonable assurance against fire from this cause; and in such a case the motor vehicle shall be unloaded as soon as practicable after reaching its destination. Charcoal screenings, or ground, crushed, granulated, or pulverized charcoal, in bags, shall be so loaded that the bags are laid horizontally in the motor vehicle, and so piled that there will be spaces for effective air circulation, which spaces shall not be less than 10 cm (3.9 inches) wide; and air spaces shall be maintained between rows of bags. Bags shall not be piled closer than 15 cm (5.9 inches) from the top of any motor vehicle with a closed body.
</P>
<P>(d)-(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) Nitrates, except ammonium nitrate having organic coating, must be loaded in closed or open type motor vehicles, which must be swept clean and be free of any projections capable of injuring bags when so packaged. When shipped in open type motor vehicles, the lading must be suitably covered. Ammonium nitrate having organic coating must not be loaded in all-metal vehicles, other than those made of aluminum or aluminum alloys of the closed type.
</P>
<P>(g) A motor vehicle may only contain 45.4 kg (100 pounds) or less net mass of material described as “Smokeless powder for small arms, Division 4.1” or “Black powder for small arms, Division 4.1.”
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Division 4.2 (pyrophoric liquid) materials in cylinders.</I> Cylinders containing Division 4.2 (pyrophoric liquid) materials, unless packed in a strong box or case and secured therein to protect valves, must be loaded with all valves and safety relief devices in the vapor space. All cylinders must be secured so that no shifting occurs in transit.
</P>
<P>(i) Division 4.2 (self-heating liquid) material. Notwithstanding the segregation requirements of § 177.848(d), the following Division 4.2 (self-heating) materials may be transported on the same transport vehicle with Class 8 (corrosive) materials. The hazardous materials must be palletized with a minimum height of 100 mm (4 inches) off the floor of the vehicle, and the self-heating material must be separated from the corrosive material by a minimum horizontal distance of 1.2 m (4 feet).
</P>
<P>(1) Sodium hydrosulfite <I>or</I> sodium dithionite, UN1384, in PG II or III packaged in UN 1A2 steel drums that meet the Packing Group II performance requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this title.
</P>
<P>(2) Thiourea dioxide, UN3341, in PG II or III packaged in UN 1G fiber drums meeting packing group II performance requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Self-heating, solid, organic, n.o.s., UN3088, in PG II or III packaged in UN 1G fiber drums meeting the Packing Group II performance level requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 177.838, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.839" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.2.39.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.839   Class 8 (corrosive) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(See also § 177.834(a) through (j).)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Nitric acid.</I> No packaging of nitric acid of 50 percent or greater concentration may be loaded above any packaging containing any other kind of material.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Storage batteries.</I> All storage batteries containing any electrolyte must be so loaded, if loaded with other lading, that all such batteries will be protected against other lading falling onto or against them, and adequate means must be provided in all cases for the protection and insulation of battery terminals against short circuits.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 177-87, 61 FR 27175, May 30, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.840" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.2.39.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.840   Class 2 (gases) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(See also § 177.834 (a) to (j).)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Floors or platforms essentially flat.</I> Cylinders containing Class 2 (gases) materials shall not be loaded onto any part of the floor or platform of any motor vehicle which is not essentially flat; cylinders containing Class 2 (gases) materials may be loaded onto any motor vehicle not having a floor or platform only if such motor vehicle be equipped with suitable racks having adequate means for securing such cylinders in place therein. Nothing contained in this section shall be so construed as to prohibit the loading of such cylinders on any motor vehicle having a floor or platform and racks as hereinbefore described.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Cylinders.</I> Cylinders containing Class 2 gases must be securely restrained in an upright or horizontal position, loaded in racks, or packed in boxes or crates to prevent the cylinders from being shifted, overturned or ejected from the motor vehicle under normal transportation conditions. A pressure relief device, when installed, must be in communication with the vapor space of a cylinder containing a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Cylinders for hydrogen, cryogenic liquid.</I> A Specification DOT-4L cylinder containing hydrogen, cryogenic liquid may only be transported on a motor vehicle as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The vehicle must have an open body equipped with a suitable rack or support having a means to hold the cylinder upright when subjected to an acceleration of 2 “g” in any horizontal direction;
</P>
<P>(ii) The combined total of the hydrogen venting rates, as marked, on the cylinders transported on one motor vehicle may not exceed 60 SCF per hour;
</P>
<P>(iii) The vehicle may not enter a tunnel; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Highway transportation is limited to private and contract carriage and to direct movement from point of origin to destination.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Cylinders containing material classed as Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A.</I> (i) Notwithstanding the segregation requirements of § 177.848(d), a cylinder containing a Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A materials may be transported on the same transport vehicle with materials classed as Division 2.1, Class 3, Class 4, Class 5, and Class 8 if all of the following requirements are met:
</P>
<P>(A) The Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A material must be packaged as authorized by this subchapter. In addition, each package must be must be placed in a plastic bag which is taped closed and then overpacked in a UN 1A2 steel drum tested and marked for a PG II or higher performance level with insulation material inside to protect the cylinders from fire. The outside of the overpack must be marked with an indication that the inner packagings conform to the prescribed specifications.
</P>
<P>(B) A Division 2.1 material requiring strong non-bulk outer packagings in accordance with § 173.301(a)(9) of this subchapter must be overpacked in a UN 1A2 steel or 1H2 plastic drum tested and marked for a PG II or higher performance level. The outside of the overpack must be marked with an indication that the inner packagings conform to the prescribed specifications.
</P>
<P>(C) Packages containing Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A material must be separated within the transport vehicle from packages containing Division 2.1, Class 3, Class 4, Class 5, and Class 8 materials by a minimum horizontal distance of 1.2 m (4 feet). In addition, all steel or plastic overpacks containing packages of Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A or Division 2.1 material must be placed on pallets within the transport vehicle.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notwithstanding the segregation requirements of § 177.848(d), Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A material may be transported on the same transport vehicle with non-bulk packagings and IBCs meeting a UN performance standard containing only the residue of Division 2.1, 4.3, 5.1, and Class 3 and 8 materials if all of the following requirements are met:
</P>
<P>(A) The materials are transported in enclosed trailers equipped with inlet and outlet vent openings with a minimum total area of one square foot per 1,000 cubic feet of trailer volume. Electrical systems within the trailer's interior must be non-sparking or explosion proof.
</P>
<P>(B) Cylinders must be transported in an upright position and securely restrained within the trailer, or loaded into racks, secured to pallets, or packed in wooden or fiberboard boxes or crates to prevent the cylinders from shifting or overturning within the motor vehicle under normal transportation conditions. If cylinders are secured to a pallet, the pallet must be designed to transport 1,590 kg (3,500 lbs.) per pallet and the cylinders must be secured within the pallet by a web strap rated at 4,545 kg (10,000 lbs.).
</P>
<P>(C) A cylinder containing Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A materials must be separated from non-bulk packagings and IBCs meeting a UN performance standard containing the residue of materials in Division 2.1, 4.3, or 5.1, or Class 3 or 8 by a minimum horizontal distance of 3 m (10 feet). The maximum gross weight of Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A material carried on one vehicle must not exceed 3,636 kg (8,000 lbs.).
</P>
<P>(D) Motor carriers must have a satisfactory safety rating as prescribed in 49 CFR part 385.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Cylinders for acetylene.</I> Cylinders containing acetylene and manifolded as part of a mobile acetylene trailer system must be transported in accordance with § 173.301(g) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Portable tank containers containing Class 2 (gases) materials shall be loaded on motor vehicles only as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Onto a flat floor or platform of a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) Onto a suitable frame of a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) In either such case, such containers shall be safely and securely blocked or held down to prevent shifting relative to each other or to the supporting structure when in transit, particularly during sudden starts and stops and changes of direction of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) Requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph (b) shall not be construed as prohibiting stacking of containers provided the provisions of paragraph (3) of this paragraph (b) are fully complied with.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Engine to be stopped in cargo tank motor vehicles, except for transfer pump.</I> No Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material shall be loaded into or on or unloaded from any cargo tank motor vehicles with the engine running unless the engine is used for the operation of the transfer pump of the vehicle. Unless the delivery hose is equipped with a shut-off valve at its discharge end, the engine of the motor vehicle shall be stopped at the finish of such loading or unloading operation while the filling or discharge connections are disconnected.
</P>
<P>(e) Chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles shall be shipped only when equipped:
</P>
<P>(1) With a gas mask of a type approved by the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Pittsburgh Research Center, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services for chlorine service; and
</P>
<P>(2) With an emergency kit for controlling leaks in fittings on the dome cover plate.
</P>
<P>(f) A cargo tank motor vehicle used for transportation of chlorine may not be moved, coupled or uncoupled, when any loading or unloading connections are attached to the vehicle, nor may it be left without the power unit attached unless the vehicle is chocked or equivalent means are provided to prevent motion. For additional requirements, see § 173.315(o) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(g) Each liquid discharge valve on a cargo tank motor vehicle, other than an engine fuel line valve, must be closed during transportation except during loading and unloading.
</P>
<P>(h) The driver of a motor vehicle transporting a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material that is a cryogenic liquid in a package exceeding 450 L (119 gallons) of water capacity shall avoid unnecessary delays during transportation. If unforeseen conditions cause an excessive pressure rise, the driver shall manually vent the tank at a remote and safe location. For each shipment, the driver shall make a written record of the cargo tank pressure and ambient (outside) temperature:
</P>
<P>(1) At the start of each trip,
</P>
<P>(2) Immediately before and after any manual venting,
</P>
<P>(3) At least once every five hours, and
</P>
<P>(4) At the destination point.
</P>
<P>(i) No person may transport a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material that is a cryogenic liquid in a cargo tank motor vehicle unless the pressure of the lading is equal to or less than that used to determine the marked rated holding time (MRHT) and the one-way travel time (OWTT), marked on the cargo tank in conformance with § 173.318(g) of this subchapter, is equal to or greater than the elapsed time between the start and termination of travel. This prohibition does not apply if, prior to expiration of the OWTT, the cargo tank is brought to full equilibration as specified in paragraph (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(j) Full equilibration of a cargo tank transporting a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material that is a cryogenic liquid may only be done at a facility that loads or unloads a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material that is a cryogenic liquid and must be performed and verified as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The temperature and pressure of the liquid must be reduced by a manually controlled release of vapor; and
</P>
<P>(2) The pressure in the cargo tank must be measured at least ten minutes after the manual release is terminated.
</P>
<P>(k) A carrier of carbon monoxide, cryogenic liquid must provide each driver with a self-contained air breathing apparatus that is approved by the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health; for example, Mine Safety Appliance Co., Model 401, catalog number 461704.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Operating procedure.</I> Each operator of a cargo tank motor vehicle that is subject to the emergency discharge control requirements in § 173.315(n) of this subchapter must carry on or within the cargo tank motor vehicle written emergency discharge control procedures for all delivery operations. The procedures must describe the cargo tank motor vehicle's emergency discharge control features and, for a passive shut-down capability, the parameters within which they are designed to function. The procedures must describe the process to be followed if a facility-provided hose is used for unloading when the cargo tank motor vehicle has a specially equipped delivery hose assembly to meet the requirements of § 173.315(n)(2) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Cargo tank motor vehicle safety check.</I> Before unloading from a cargo tank motor vehicle containing a liquefied compressed gas, the qualified person performing the function must check those components of the discharge system, including delivery hose assemblies and piping, that are readily observed during the normal course of unloading to assure that they are of sound quality, without obvious defects detectable through visual observation and audio awareness, and that connections are secure. This check must be made after the pressure in the discharge system has reached at least equilibrium with the pressure in the cargo tank. Operators need not use instruments or take extraordinary actions to check components not readily visible. No operator may unload liquefied compressed gases from a cargo tank motor vehicle with a delivery hose assembly found to have any condition identified in § 180.416(g)(1) of this subchapter or with piping systems found to have any condition identified in § 180.416(g)(2) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Emergency shut down.</I> If there is an unintentional release of product to the environment during unloading of a liquefied compressed gas, the qualified person unloading the cargo tank motor vehicle must promptly shut the internal self-closing stop valve or other primary means of closure and shut down all motive and auxiliary power equipment.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Daily test of off-truck remote shut-off activation device.</I> For a cargo tank motor vehicle equipped with an off-truck remote means to close the internal self-closing stop valve and shut off all motive and auxiliary power equipment, an operator must successfully test the activation device within 18 hours prior to the first delivery of each day. For a wireless transmitter/receiver, the person conducting the test must be at least 45.72 m (150 feet) from the cargo tank and may have the cargo tank in his line of sight.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Unloading procedures for liquefied petroleum gas and anhydrous ammonia in metered delivery service.</I> An operator must use the following procedures for unloading liquefied petroleum gas or anhydrous ammonia from a cargo tank motor vehicle in metered delivery service:
</P>
<P>(1) For a cargo tank with a capacity of 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons) or less, excluding delivery hose and piping, the qualified person attending the unloading operation must remain within 45.72 meters (150 feet) of the cargo tank and 7.62 meters (25 feet) of the delivery hose and must observe both the cargo tank and the receiving container at least once every five minutes when the internal self-closing stop valve is open during unloading operations that take more than five minutes to complete.
</P>
<P>(2) For a cargo tank with a capacity greater than 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons), excluding delivery hose and piping, the qualified person attending the unloading operation must remain within 45.72 m (150 feet) of the cargo tank and 7.62 m (25 feet) of the delivery hose when the internal self-closing stop valve is open.
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraph (p)(2)(ii) of this section, the qualified person attending the unloading operation must have an unobstructed view of the cargo tank and delivery hose to the maximum extent practicable, except during short periods when it is necessary to activate controls or monitor the receiving container.
</P>
<P>(ii) For deliveries where the qualified person attending the unloading operation cannot maintain an unobstructed view of the cargo tank, when the internal self-closing stop valve is open, the qualified person must observe both the cargo tank and the receiving container at least once every five minutes during unloading operations that take more than five minutes to complete. In addition, by the compliance dates specified in §§ 173.315(n)(5) and 180.405(m)(3) of this subchapter, the cargo tank motor vehicle must have an emergency discharge control capability that meets the requirements of § 173.315(n)(2) or § 173.315(n)(4) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Unloading procedures for liquefied petroleum gas and anhydrous ammonia in other than metered delivery service.</I> An operator must use the following procedures for unloading liquefied petroleum gas or anhydrous ammonia from a cargo tank motor vehicle in other than metered delivery service:
</P>
<P>(1) The qualified person attending the unloading operation must remain within 7.62 m (25 feet) of the cargo tank when the internal self-closing stop valve is open.
</P>
<P>(2) The qualified person attending the unloading operation must have an unobstructed view of the cargo tank and delivery hose to the maximum extent practicable, except during short periods when it is necessary to activate controls or monitor the receiving container.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Unloading using facility-provided hoses.</I> A cargo tank motor vehicle equipped with a specially designed delivery hose assembly to meet the requirements of § 173.315(n)(2) of this subchapter may be unloaded using a delivery hose assembly provided by the receiving facility under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The qualified person monitoring unloading must visually examine the facility hose assembly for obvious defects prior to its use in the unloading operation.
</P>
<P>(2) The qualified person monitoring unloading must remain within arm's reach of the mechanical means of closure for the internal self-closing stop valve when the internal self-closing stop valve is open except for short periods when it is necessary to activate controls or monitor the receiving container. For chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles, the qualified person must remain within arm's reach of a means to stop the flow of product except for short periods when it is necessary to activate controls or monitor the receiving container.
</P>
<P>(3) If the facility hose is equipped with a passive means to shut off the flow of product that conforms to and is maintained to the performance standard in § 173.315(n)(2) of this subchapter, the qualified person may attend the unloading operation in accordance with the attendance requirements prescribed for the material being unloaded in § 177.834 of this section.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Off-truck remote shut-off activation device.</I> For a cargo tank motor vehicle with an off-truck remote control shut-off capability as required by § 173.315(n)(3) or (n)(4) of this subchapter, the qualified person attending the unloading operation must be in possession of the activation device at all times during the unloading process. This requirement does not apply if the activation device is part of a system that will shut off the unloading operation without human intervention in the event of a leak or separation in the hose.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Unloading without appropriate emergency discharge control equipment.</I> Until a cargo tank motor vehicle is equipped with emergency discharge control equipment in conformance with §§ 173.315(n)(2) and 180.405(m)(1) of this subchapter, the qualified person attending the unloading operation must remain within arm's reach of a means to close the internal self-closing stop valve when the internal self-closing stop valve is open except during short periods when the qualified person must activate controls or monitor the receiving container. For chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles unloaded after December 31, 1999, the qualified person must remain within arm's reach of a means to stop the flow of product except for short periods when it is necessary to activate controls or monitor the receiving container.
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Unloading of chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles.</I> Unloading of chlorine from a cargo tank motor vehicle must be performed in compliance with Section 3 of the Chlorine Institute Pamphlet 57, “Emergency Shut-off Systems for Bulk Transfer of Chlorine” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2137-0542)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 177.840, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.841" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.2.39.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.841   Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials and Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) materials.</HEAD>
<P>(See also § 177.834 (a) to (j).)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Arsenical compounds in bulk.</I> Care shall be exercised in the loading and unloading of “arsenical dust”, “arsenic trioxide”, and “sodium arsenate”, allowable to be loaded into sift-proof, steel hopper-type or dump-type motor-vehicle bodies equipped with water-proof, dust-proof covers well secured in place on all openings, to accomplish such loading with the minimum spread of such compounds into the atmosphere by all means that are practicable; and no such loading or unloading shall be done near or adjacent to any place where there are or are likely to be, during the loading or unloading process assemblages of persons other than those engaged in the loading or unloading process, or upon any public highway or in any public place. Before any motor vehicle may be used for transporting any other articles, all detectable traces of arsenical materials must be removed therefrom by flushing with water, or by other appropriate method, and the marking removed.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) or Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials.</I> The transportation of a Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) or Division 6.1 (poisonous) material is not permitted if there is any interconnection between packagings.
</P>
<P>(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) A motor carrier may not transport a package:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, bearing or required to bear a POISON or POISON INHALATION HAZARD label or placard in the same motor vehicle with material that is marked as or known to be foodstuffs, feed or edible material intended for consumption by humans or animals unless the poisonous material is packaged in accordance with this subchapter and is: 
</P>
<P>(i) Overpacked in a metal drum as specified in § 173.25(c) of this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Loaded into a closed unit load device and the foodstuffs, feed, or other edible material are loaded into another closed unit load device;
</P>
<P>(2) Bearing or required to bear a POISON, POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION HAZARD label in the driver's compartment (including a sleeper berth) of a motor vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(3) Bearing a POISON label displaying the text “PG III,” or bearing a “PG III” mark adjacent to the POISON label, with materials marked as, or known to be, foodstuffs, feed or any other edible material intended for consumption by humans or animals, unless the package containing the Division 6.1, Packing Group III material is separated in a manner that, in the event of leakage from packages under conditions normally incident to transportation, commingling of hazardous materials with foodstuffs, feed or any other edible material would not occur.
</P>
<P>(f) Notwithstanding the segregation requirements of § 177.848(d), when transported by highway by private or contract motor carrier, Division 6.1 PG I, Hazard Zone A toxic-by-inhalation (TIH) materials meeting the definition of a hazardous waste as provided in § 171.8 of this subchapter, may be transported on the same transport vehicle with materials classed as Class 3, Class 4, Class 5, and Class 8. The Division 6.1 PG I, Hazard Zone A materials must be loaded on pallets and separated from the Class 3, Class 4, Class 5, and Class 8 materials by a minimum horizontal distance of 2.74 m (9 feet) when in conformance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The TIH materials are packaged in combination packagings as prescribed in § 173.226(c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The combination packages containing TIH materials must be:
</P>
<P>(i) Filled and packed by the offeror's hazmat employees;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be placed on pallets, when in a transport vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Separated from hazardous materials classed as Class 3, Class 8 or Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or 5.2 by a nine-foot (minimum distance) buffer zone, when in a transport vehicle. The buffer zone maybe established by:
</P>
<P>(A) A load lock;
</P>
<P>(B) Empty drums;
</P>
<P>(C) Drums containing hazardous materials (e.g., Class 9) that are compatible with materials in all other drums immediately around them; or
</P>
<P>(D) Drums containing non-hazardous materials that are compatible with materials in all other drums immediately around them.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 177.841, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.842" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.2.39.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.842   Class 7 (radioactive) material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The number of packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials in any transport vehicle or in any single group in any storage location must be limited so that the total transport index number does not exceed 50. The total transport index of a group of packages and overpacks is determined by adding together the transport index number on the labels on the individual packages and overpacks in the group. This provision does not apply to exclusive use shipments described in §§ 173.441(b), 173.457, and 173.427 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Packages of Class 7 (radioactive) material bearing “RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II” or “RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III” labels may not be placed in a transport vehicle, storage location or in any other place closer than the distances shown in the following table to any area which may be continuously occupied by any passenger, employee, or animal, nor closer than the distances shown in the table to any package containing undeveloped film (if so marked), and must conform to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) If more than one of these packages is present, the distance must be computed from the following table on the basis of the total transport index number determined by adding together the transport index number on the labels on the individual packages and overpacks in the vehicle or storeroom.


</P>
<P>(2) Where more than one group of packages is present in any single storage location, a single group may not have a total transport index greater than 50. Each group of packages must be handled and stored together no closer than 6 m (20 feet) (measured edge to edge) to any other group. The following table is to be used in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section:






</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Total transport index
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Minimum separation distance in meters (feet) to nearest undeveloped film in various times of transit
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Minimum distance in meters (feet) to area of persons, or minimum distance in meters (feet) from dividing partition of cargo compartments
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Up to 2 hours
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2-4 hours
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4-8 hours
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8-12 hours
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 12 hours
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0 (0)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0 (0)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0 (0)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0 (0)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 0.0 (0)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0 (0)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.1 to 1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.3 (1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.6 (2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9 (3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 (4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 1.5 (5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.3 (1)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.1 to 5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9 (3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 (4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 (6)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 (8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 3.4 (11)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.6 (2)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.1 to 10.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 (4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 (6)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 (9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 (11)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 4.6 (15)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9 (3)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.1 to 20.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 (5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 (8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 (12)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.9 (16)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 6.7 (22)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2 (4)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20.1 to 30.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 (7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0 (10)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.6 (15)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1 (20)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 8.8 (29)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 (5)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30.1 to 40.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4 (8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4 (11)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2 (17)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7 (22)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.1 (33)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 (6)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40.1 to 50.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7 (9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.7 (12)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8 (19)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.3 (24)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.0 (36)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1 (7)
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note:</E> The distance in this table must be measured from the nearest point on the nearest packages of Class 7 (radioactive) material.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Shipments of low specific activity materials and surface contaminated objects, as defined in § 173.403 of this subchapter, must be loaded so as to avoid spillage and scattering of loose materials. Loading restrictions are set forth in § 173.427 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) Packages must be so blocked and braced that they cannot change position during conditions normally incident to transportation.
</P>
<P>(e) Persons should not remain unnecessarily in a vehicle containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
</P>
<P>(f) The number of packages of fissile Class 7 (radioactive) material in any non-exclusive use transport vehicle must be limited so that the sum of the criticality safety indices (CSIs) does not exceed 50. In loading and storage areas, fissile material packages must be grouped so that the sum of CSIs in any one group is not greater than 50; there may be more than one group of fissile material packages in a loading or storage area, so long as each group is at least 6 m (20 feet) away from all other such groups. All pertinent requirements of §§ 173.457 and 173.459 apply.
</P>
<P>(g) For shipments transported under exclusive use conditions the radiation dose rate may not exceed 0.02 mSv per hour (2 mrem per hour) in any position normally occupied in the motor vehicle. For shipments transported as exclusive use under the provisions of § 173.441(b) of this subchapter for packages with external radiation levels in excess of 2 mSv (200 mrem per hour) at the package surface, the motor vehicle must meet the requirements of a closed transport vehicle (see § 173.403 of this subchapter). The sum of criticality safety indices (CSIs) for packages containing fissile material may not exceed 100 in an exclusive use vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 177-85, 60 FR 50334, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3696, Jan. 26, 2004; 87 FR 79784, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.843" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.2.39.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.843   Contamination of vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each motor vehicle used for transporting Class 7 (radioactive) materials under exclusive use conditions in accordance with § 173.427(b)(4), § 173.427(c), or § 173.443(b) of this subchapter must be surveyed with radiation detection instruments after each use. A vehicle may not be returned to Class 7 (radioactive) materials exclusive use transport service, and then only for a subsequent exclusive use shipment utilizing the provisions of any of the paragraphs § 173.427(b)(4), § 173.427(c), or § 173.443(b), until the radiation dose rate at every accessible surface is 0.005 mSv/h (0.5 mrem/h) or less and the non-fixed contamination is not greater than the level prescribed in § 173.443(a) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not apply to any vehicle used solely for transporting Class 7 (radioactive) material if a survey of the interior surface shows that the radiation dose rate does not exceed 0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem per hour) at the interior surface or 0.02 mSv per hour (2 mrem per hour) at 1 meter (3.3 feet) from any interior surface. These vehicles must be stenciled with the words “For Radioactive Materials Use Only” in lettering at least 7.6 cm (3 inches) high in a conspicuous place, on both sides of the exterior of the vehicle. These vehicles must be kept closed at all times other than loading and unloading.
</P>
<P>(c) In case of fire, accident, breakage, or unusual delay involving shipments of Class 7 (radioactive) material, see §§ 171.15, 171.16 and 177.854 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each transport vehicle used to transport Division 6.2 materials must be disinfected prior to reuse if a Division 6.2 material is released from its packaging during transportation. Disinfection may be by any means effective for neutralizing the material released.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 177-3, 33 FR 14933, Oct. 4, 1968, as amended by Amdt. 177-35, 41 FR 16131, Apr. 15, 1976; Amdt. 177-57, 48 FR 10247, Mar. 10, 1983; Amdt. 177-78, 55 FR 52712, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 177-85, 60 FR 50335, Sept. 28, 1995; 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998; 65 FR 58631, Sept. 29, 2000; 67 FR 53142, Aug. 14, 2002; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010; 79 FR 40618, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Segregation and Separation Chart of Hazardous Materials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.848" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.3.39.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.848   Segregation of hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to materials which meet one or more of the hazard classes defined in this subchapter and are:
</P>
<P>(1) In packages that must be labeled or placarded in accordance with part 172 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) In a compartment within a multi-compartmented cargo tank subject to the restrictions in § 173.33 of this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(3) In a portable tank loaded in a transport vehicle or freight container.
</P>
<P>(b) When a transport vehicle is to be transported by vessel, other than a ferry vessel, hazardous materials on or within that vehicle must be stowed and segregated in accordance with § 176.83(b) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) In addition to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section and except as provided in § 173.12(e) of this subchapter, cyanides, cyanide mixtures or solutions may not be stored, loaded and transported with acids if a mixture of the materials would generate hydrogen cyanide; Division 4.2 materials may not be stored, loaded and transported with Class 8 liquids; and Division 6.1 Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material may not be stored, loaded and transported with Class 3 material, Class 8 liquids, and Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 or 5.2 materials.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, hazardous materials must be stored, loaded or transported in accordance with the following table and other provisions of this section:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Segregation Table for Hazardous Materials
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class or division
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Notes
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1.1 1.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1.3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1.4
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1.5
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1.6
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2.3 gas zone A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2.3 gas Zone B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4.3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5.1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5.2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6.1 liquids PG I zone A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">7
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8 liquids only
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Explosives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1 and 1.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Explosives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Explosives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Very insensitive explosives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Extremely insensitive explosives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flammable gases</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Non-toxic, non-flammable gases</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Poisonous gas Zone A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Poisonous gas Zone B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flammable liquids</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flammable solids</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Spontaneously combustible materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dangerous when wet materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oxidizers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Organic peroxides</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Poisonous liquids PG I Zone A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Radioactive materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Corrosive liquids</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">O</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) lnstructions for using the segregation table for hazardous materials are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The absence of any hazard class or division or a blank space in the table indicates that no restrictions apply.
</P>
<P>(2) The letter “X” in the table indicates that these materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored together in the same transport vehicle or storage facility during the course of transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) The letter “O” in the table indicates that these materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored together in the same transport vehicle or storage facility during the course of transportation unless separated in a manner that, in the event of leakage from packages under conditions normally incident to transportation, commingling of hazardous materials would not occur. Notwithstanding the methods of separation employed, Class 8 (corrosive) liquids may not be loaded above or adjacent to Class 4 (flammable) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materials; except that shippers may load truckload shipments of such materials together when it is known that the mixture of contents would not cause a fire or a dangerous evolution of heat or gas.
</P>
<P>(4) The “*” in the table indicates that segregation among different Class 1 (explosive) materials is governed by the compatibility table in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The note “A” in the second column of the table means that, notwithstanding the requirements of the letter “X”, ammonium nitrate (UN1942) and ammonium nitrate fertilizer may be loaded or stored with Division 1.1 (explosive) or Division 1.5 materials, unless otherwise prohibited by § 177.835(c).


</P>
<P>(6) When the § 172.101 table or § 172.402 of this subchapter requires a package to bear a subsidiary hazard label, segregation appropriate to the subsidiary hazard must be applied when that segregation is more restrictive than that required by the primary hazard. However, hazardous materials of the same class may be stored together without regard to segregation required for any secondary hazard if the materials are not capable of reacting dangerously with each other and causing combustion or dangerous evolution of heat, evolution of flammable, poisonous, or asphyxiant gases, or formation of corrosive or unstable materials.






</P>
<P>(f) Class 1 (explosive) materials shall not be loaded, transported, or stored together, except as provided in this section, and in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Compatibility Table For Class 1 (Explosive) Materials
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Compatibility group
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">D
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">E
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">G
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">J
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">K
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">L
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">N
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">S
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X<E T="52">(4)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X<E T="52">(4)</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">J</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">S</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(g) Instructions for using the compatibility table for Class 1 (explosive) materials are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A blank space in the table indicates that no restrictions apply.
</P>
<P>(2) The letter “X” in the table indicates that explosives of different compatibility groups may not be carried on the same transport vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) The numbers in the table mean the following:
</P>
<P>(i) “1” means an explosive from compatibility group L shall only be carried on the same transport vehicle with an identical explosive.
</P>
<P>(ii) “2” means any combination of explosives from compatibility groups C, D, or E is assigned to compatibility group E.
</P>
<P>(iii) “3” means any combination of explosives from compatibility groups C, D, or E with those in compatibility group N is assigned to compatibility group D.
</P>
<P>(iv) “4” means see § 177.835(g) when transporting detonators.
</P>
<P>(v) “5” means Division 1.4S fireworks may not be loaded on the same transport vehicle with Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(vi) “6” means explosive articles in compatibility group G, other than fireworks and those requiring special handling, may be loaded, transported and stored with other explosive articles of compatibility groups C, D and E, provided that explosive substances (such as those not contained in articles) are not carried in the same transport vehicle.
</P>
<P>(h) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, explosives of the same compatibility group but of different divisions may be transported together provided that the whole shipment is transported as though its entire contents were of the lower numerical division (i.e., Division 1.1 being lower than Division 1.2). For example, a mixed shipment of Division 1.2 (explosive) materials and Division 1.4 (explosive) materials, both of compatibility group D, must be transported as Division 1.2 (explosive) materials.
</P>
<P>(i) When Division 1.5 materials, compatibility group D, are transported in the same freight container as Division 1.2 (explosive) materials, compatibility group D, the shipment must be transported as Division 1.1 (explosive) materials, compatibility group D.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 177-78, 55 FR 52712, Dec. 21, 1990] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 177.848, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Vehicles and Shipments in Transit; Accidents</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.854" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.4.39.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.854   Disabled vehicles and broken or leaking packages; repairs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Care of lading, hazardous materials.</I> Whenever for any cause other than necessary traffic stops any motor vehicle transporting any hazardous material is stopped upon the traveled portion of any highway or shoulder thereof, special care shall be taken to guard the vehicle and its load or to take such steps as may be necessary to provide against hazard. Special effort shall be made to remove the motor vehicle to a place where the hazards of the materials being transported may be provided against. See §§ 392.22, 392.24, and 392.25 of this title for warning devices required to be displayed on the highway.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disposition of containers found broken or leaking in transit.</I> When leaks occur in packages or containers during the course of transportation, subsequent to initial loading, disposition of such package or container shall be made by the safest practical means afforded under paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Repairing or overpacking packages.</I> (1) Packages may be repaired when safe and practicable, such repairing to be in accordance with the best and safest practice known and available.
</P>
<P>(2) Packages of hazardous materials that are damaged or found leaking during transportation, and hazardous materials that have spilled or leaked during transportation, may be forwarded to destination or returned to the shipper in a salvage packaging in accordance with the requirements of § 173.3, as applicable, of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Transportation of repaired packages.</I> Any package repaired in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section may be transported to the nearest place at which it may safely be disposed of only in compliance with the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) The package must be safe for transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) The repair of the package must be adequate to prevent contamination of or hazardous admixture with other lading transported on the same motor vehicle therewith.
</P>
<P>(3) If the carrier is not himself the shipper, the consignee's name and address must be plainly marked on the repaired package.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Disposition of unsafe broken packages.</I> In the event any leaking package or container cannot be safely and adequately repaired for transportation or transported, it shall be stored pending proper disposition in the safest and most expeditious manner possible.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Stopped vehicles; other dangerous articles.</I> Whenever any motor vehicle transporting Class 3 (flammable liquid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxidizing), Class 8 (corrosive), Class 2 (gases), or Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials, is stopped for any cause other than necessary traffic stops upon the traveled portion of any highway, or a shoulder next thereto, the following requirements shall be complied with during the period of such stop:
</P>
<P>(1) For motor vehicles other than cargo tank motor vehicles used for the transportation of Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials and not transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials, warning devices must be set out in the manner prescribed in § 392.22 of this title. 
</P>
<P>(2) For cargo tanks used for the transportation of Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials, whether loaded or empty, and vehicles transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials, warning devices must be set out in the manner prescribed by § 392.25 of this title.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Repair and maintenance of vehicles containing certain hazardous materials</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> No person may use heat, flame or spark producing devices to repair or maintain the cargo or fuel containment system of a motor vehicle required to be placarded, other than COMBUSTIBLE, in accordance with subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter. As used in this section, “containment system” includes all vehicle components intended physically to contain cargo or fuel during loading or filling, transport, or unloading.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Repair and maintenance inside a building.</I> No person may perform repair or maintenance on a motor vehicle subject to paragraph (g)(1) of this section inside a building unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The motor vehicle's cargo and fuel containment systems are closed (except as necessary to maintain or repair the vehicle's motor) and do not show any indication of leakage;
</P>
<P>(ii) A means is provided, and a person capable to operate the motor vehicle is available, to immediately remove the motor vehicle if necessary in an emergency;
</P>
<P>(iii) The motor vehicle is removed from the enclosed area upon completion of repair or maintenance work; and
</P>
<P>(iv) For motor vehicles loaded with Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive), Class 3 (flammable liquid), or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials, all sources of spark, flame or glowing heat within the area of enclosure (including any heating system drawing air therefrom) are extinguished, made inoperable or rendered explosion-proof by a suitable method. <I>Exception:</I> Electrical equipment on the vehicle, necessary to accomplish the maintenance function, may remain operational.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>No repair with flame unless gas-free.</I> No repair of a cargo tank used for the transportation of any Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 6.1 (poisonous liquid) material, or any compartment thereof, or of any container for fuel of whatever nature, may be repaired by any method employing a flame, arc, or other means of welding, unless the tank or compartment shall first have been made gas-free.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 177.854, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Regulations Applying to Hazardous Material on Motor Vehicles Carrying Passengers for Hire</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 177.870" NODE="49:2.1.1.3.14.5.39.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 177.870   Regulations for passenger carrying vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Vehicles transporting passengers and property.</I> In addition to the regulations in parts 170-189 of this subchapter the following requirements shall apply to vehicles transporting passengers and property.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>No Class 1 (explosive) materials or other hazardous materials on passenger-carrying vehicles, exceptions.</I> No hazardous materials except small-arms ammunition, emergency shipments of drugs, chemicals and hospital supplies, and the accompanying munitions of war of the Departments of the Army, Navy, and Air Force of the United States Government, are authorized by parts 170-189 of this subchapter to be transported on motor vehicles carrying passengers for hire where other practicable means of transportation is available.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Class 1 (explosive) materials in passenger-carrying space forbidden.</I> No Class 1 (explosive) material, except small-arms ammunition, may be carried in the passenger-carrying space of any motor vehicle transporting passengers for hire.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hazardous materials on passenger carrying vehicles; quantity.</I> Where no other practicable means of transportation is available the following articles in the quantities as shown may be transported in motor vehicles carrying passengers for hire in a space other than that provided for passengers: Not to exceed 45 kg (99 pounds) gross weight of any or all of the kinds of Class 1 (explosive) materials permitted to be transported by passenger-carrying aircraft or rail car may be transported on a motor vehicle transporting passengers: <I>Provided, however,</I> That samples of Class 1 (explosive) materials for laboratory examination, not to exceed two samples, or a total of no more than 100 detonators, Division 1.4 (explosive) materials at one time in a single motor vehicle, may be transported in a motor vehicle transporting passengers.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Articles other than Class 1 (explosive) materials on passenger-carrying vehicles.</I> The gross weight of any given class of hazardous material other than Class 1 (explosive) materials shall not exceed 45 kg (99 pounds), and the aggregate weight of all such other dangerous articles shall not exceed 225 kg (496 pounds). This provision does not apply to nontoxic, nonflammable refrigerants, when such refrigerant is for servicing operations of a motor carrier on whose motor vehicles the refrigerant is used. A cylinder secured against shifting while in transit and not exceeding 113 kg (250 pounds) gross weight may be transported.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Division 6.1 (poisonous) or Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) materials on passenger-carrying vehicles.</I> No motor carrier may transport any extremely dangerous Division 6.1 (poisonous) or Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) material, or any paranitroaniline, in any amount, in or on any bus while engaged in the transportation of passengers; or any less dangerous Division 6.1 (poisonous) material, which is other than a liquid, in any amount exceeding an aggregate of 45 kg (99 pounds) gross weight in or on any such bus.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</I> In addition to the limitations prescribed in paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section, no person may transport any Class 7 (radioactive) material requiring labels under §§ 172.436, 172.438, and 172.440 of this subchapter in or on any motor vehicle carrying passengers for hire except where no other practicable means of transportation is available. Packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be stored only in the trunk or baggage compartment of the vehicle, and must not be stored in any compartment occupied by persons. Packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be handled and placed in the vehicle as prescribed in § 177.842.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18795, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 177.870, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>

</DIV4>

</DIV3>

</DIV2>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>May 29, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="3" NODE="49:3" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 49—Transportation--Volume 3</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Other regulations issued by the Department of Transportation appear in 14 CFR chapters I and II, 23 CFR, 33 CFR chapters I and IV, 44 CFR chapter IV, 46 CFR chapters I through III, 48 CFR chapter 12, and 49 CFR chapters I through VI.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
<SUBTI>
<HED>SUBTITLE B—<E T="04">Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)</E>
</HED></SUBTI>
<PTHD>Part
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter I</E>—Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Department of Transportation, DOT 
</SUBJECT>
<PG>178


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>
<DIV2 N="Subtitle B" NODE="49:3.1" TYPE="SUBTITLE">
<HEAD>Subtitle B—Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)


</HEAD>

<DIV3 N="I" NODE="49:3.1.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER I—PIPELINE AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (CONTINUED)</HEAD>

<DIV4 N="C" NODE="49:3.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER C—HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REGULATIONS (CONTINUED)


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="178" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 178—SPECIFICATIONS FOR PACKAGINGS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 178.1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes the manufacturing and testing specifications for packaging and containers used for the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-40, 42 FR 2689, Jan. 13, 1977. Redesignated by Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52715, Dec. 21, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.2   Applicability and responsibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> (1) The requirements of this part apply to packagings manufactured—
</P>
<P>(i) To a DOT specification, regardless of country of manufacture; or
</P>
<P>(ii) To a UN standard, for packagings manufactured within the United States. For UN standard packagings manufactured outside the United States, see § 173.24(d)(2) of this subchapter. For UN standard packagings for which standards are not prescribed in this part, see § 178.3(b).
</P>
<P>(2) A manufacturer of a packaging subject to the requirements of this part is primarily responsible for compliance with the requirements of this part. However, any person who performs a function prescribed in this part shall perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specification markings.</I> When this part requires that a packaging be marked with a DOT specification or UN standard marking, marking of the packaging with the appropriate DOT or UN markings is the certification that—
</P>
<P>(1) Except as otherwise provided in this section, all requirements of the DOT specification or UN standard, including performance tests, are met; and
</P>
<P>(2) All functions performed by, or on behalf of, the person whose name or symbol appears as part of the marking conform to requirements specified in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notification.</I> (1) Except as specifically provided in §§ 178.337-18, 178.338-19, and 178.345-15 of this part, the manufacturer or other person certifying compliance with the requirements of this part, and each subsequent distributor of that packaging must:
</P>
<P>(i) Notify each person to whom that packaging is transferred—
</P>
<P>(A) Of all requirements in this part not met at the time of transfer, and
</P>
<P>(B) With information specifying the type(s) and dimensions of the closures, including gaskets and any other components needed to ensure that the packaging is capable of successfully passing the applicable performance tests. This information must include any procedures to be followed, including closure instructions for inner packagings and receptacles, to effectively assemble and close the packaging for the purpose of preventing leakage in transportation. Closure instructions must provide for a consistent and repeatable means of closure that is sufficient to ensure the packaging is closed in the same manner as it was tested. For packagings sold or represented as being in conformance with the requirements of this subchapter applicable to transportation by aircraft, this information must include relevant guidance to ensure that the packaging, as prepared for transportation, will withstand the pressure differential requirements in § 173.27 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Retain copies of each written notification for at least one year from date of issuance; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Make copies of all written notifications available for inspection by a representative of the Department.
</P>
<P>(2) The notification required in accordance with this paragraph (c) may be in writing or by electronic means, including e-mailed transmission or transmission on a CD or similar device. If a manufacturer or subsequent distributor of the packaging utilizes electronic means to make the required notifications, the notification must be specific to the packaging in question and must be in a form that can be printed in hard copy by the person receiving the notification.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a packaging not conforming to the applicable specifications or standards in this part may not be marked to indicate such conformance.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this part—
</P>
<P><I>Manufacturer</I> means the person whose name and address or symbol appears as part of the specification markings required by this part or, for a packaging marked with the symbol of an approval agency, the person on whose behalf the approval agency certifies the packaging.
</P>
<P><I>Specification markings</I> mean the packaging identification markings required by this part including, where applicable, the name and address or symbol of the packaging manufacturer or approval agency.
</P>
<P>(f) No packaging may be manufactured or marked to a packaging specification that was in effect on September 30, 1991, and that was removed from this part 178 by a rule published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> on December 21, 1990 and effective October 1, 1991.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52715, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66284, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67519, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 178-117, 62 FR 14338, Mar. 26, 1997; 68 FR 45041, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 34612, June 22, 2004; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010; 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010; 78 FR 1118, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 15328, Mar. 11, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.3   Marking of packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each packaging represented as manufactured to a DOT specification or a UN standard must be marked on a non-removable component of the packaging with specification markings conforming to the applicable specification, and with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) In an unobstructed area, with letters, and numerals identifying the standards or specification (e.g. UN 1A1, DOT 4B240ET, etc.).
</P>
<P>(2) Unless otherwise specified in this part, the name and address or symbol of the packaging manufacturer or the person certifying compliance with a UN standard. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator. Unless authorized in writing by the holder of the symbol, symbols must represent either the packaging manufacturer or the approval agency responsible for providing the most recent certification for the packaging through design certification testing or periodic retesting, as applicable. Duplicative symbols are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The markings must be stamped, embossed, burned, printed or otherwise marked on the packaging to provide adequate accessibility, permanency, contrast, and legibility so as to be readily apparent and understood.
</P>
<P>(4) Unless otherwise specified, letters and numerals must be at least 12.0 mm (0.47 inches) in height except for packagings of less than or equal to 30 L (7.9 gallons) capacity for liquids or 30 kg (66 pounds) maximum net mass for solids the height must be at least 6.0 mm (0.2 inches). For packagings having a capacity of 5 L (1.3 gallons) or less or of 5 kg (11 pounds) maximum net mass, letters and numerals must be of an appropriate size.
</P>
<P>(5) For packages with a gross mass of more than 30 kg (66 pounds), the markings or a duplicate thereof must appear on the top or on a side of the packaging.
</P>
<P>(b) A UN standard packaging for which the UN standard is set forth in this part may be marked with the United Nations symbol and other specification markings only if it fully conforms to the requirements of this part. A UN standard packaging for which the UN standard is not set forth in this part may be marked with the United Nations symbol and other specification markings for that standard as provided in the ICAO Technical Instructions or the IMDG Code subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The U.S. manufacturer must establish that the packaging conforms to the applicable provisions of the ICAO Technical Instructions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), respectively. 
</P>
<P>(2) If an indication of the name of the manufacturer or other identification of the packaging as specified by the competent authority is required, the name and address or symbol of the manufacturer or the approval agency certifying compliance with the UN standard must be entered. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(3) The letters “USA” must be used to indicate the State authorizing the allocation of the specification marks if the packaging is manufactured in the United States.
</P>
<P>(c) Where a packaging conforms to more than one UN standard or DOT specification, the packaging may bear more than one marking, provided the packaging meets all the requirements of each standard or specification. Where more than one marking appears on a packaging, each marking must appear in its entirety.
</P>
<P>(d) No person may mark or otherwise certify a packaging or container as meeting the requirements of a manufacturing special permit unless that person is the holder of or a party to that special permit, an agent of the holder or party for the purpose of marking or certification, or a third party tester.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52716, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 FR 66284, Dec. 20, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67519, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 178-113, 61 FR 21102, May 9, 1996; 65 FR 50462, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 73166, Dec. 9, 2005; 78 FR 14714, Mar. 7, 2013; 87 FR 44999, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Specifications for Inside Containers, and Linings</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>29 FR 18823, Dec. 29, 1964, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 178.33" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33   Specification 2P; inner nonrefillable metal receptacles.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33-1   Compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Required in all details.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33-2   Type and size.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Single-trip inside containers. Must be seamless, or with seams, welded, soldered, brazed, double seamed, or swedged.
</P>
<P>(b) The maximum capacity of containers in this class shall not exceed one liter (61.0 cubic inches). The maximum inside diameter shall not exceed 3 inches.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18813, Dec. 29, 1964, as amended by Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 178-101, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33-3   Inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) By competent inspector.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33-4   Duties of inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To inspect material and completed containers and witness tests, and to reject defective materials or containers.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33-5   Material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Uniform quality steel plate such as black plate, electro-tin plate, hot dipped tin plate, tern plate or other commercially accepted can making plate; or nonferrous metal of uniform drawing quality.
</P>
<P>(b) Material with seams, cracks, laminations or other injurious defects not authorized.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33-6   Manufacture.</HEAD>
<P>(a) By appliances and methods that will assure uniformity of completed containers; dirt and scale to be removed as necessary; no defect acceptable that is likely to weaken the finished container appreciably; reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish required.
</P>
<P>(b) Seams when used must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Circumferential seams: By welding, swedging, brazing, soldering, or double seaming.
</P>
<P>(2) Side seams: By welding, brazing, or soldering.
</P>
<P>(c) Ends: The ends shall be of pressure design.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18823, Dec. 29, 1964, as amended by Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33-7   Wall thickness.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The minimum wall thickness for any container shall be 0.007 inch.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33-8   Tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) One out of each lot of 25,000 containers or less, successively produced per day shall be pressure tested to destruction and must not burst below 240 psig gauge pressure. The container tested shall be complete with end assembled.
</P>
<P>(b) Each such 25,000 containers or less, successively produced per day, shall constitute a lot and if the test container shall fail, the lot shall be rejected or ten additional containers may be selected at random and subjected to the test under which failure occurred. These containers shall be complete with ends assembled. Should any of the ten containers thus tested fail, the entire lot must be rejected. All containers constituting a lot shall be of like material, size, design construction, finish, and quality.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, as amended by 66 FR 45387, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33-9   Marking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) By means of printing, lithographing, embossing, or stamping, each container must be marked to show:
</P>
<P>(1) DOT-2P.
</P>
<P>(2) Name or symbol of person making the mark specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Symbol, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-40, 41 FR 38181, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 178-97, 56 FR 66287, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33a" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33a   Specification 2Q; inner nonrefillable metal receptacles.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33a-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33a-1   Compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Required in all details.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33a-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33a-2   Type and size.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Single-trip inside containers. Must be seamless, or with seams welded, soldered, brazed, double seamed, or swedged.
</P>
<P>(b) The maximum capacity of containers in this class shall not exceed 1 L (61.0 cubic inches). The maximum inside diameter shall not exceed 3 inches.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 178-43, 42 FR 42208, Aug. 22, 1977; Amdt. 178-101, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; 66 FR 45387, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33a-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33a-3   Inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) By competent inspector.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33a-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33a-4   Duties of inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To inspect material and completed containers and witness tests, and to reject defective materials or containers.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33a-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33a-5   Material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Uniform quality steel plate such as black plate, electrotin plate, hot dipped tinplate, ternplate or other commercially accepted can making plate; or nonferrous metal of uniform drawing quality.
</P>
<P>(b) Material with seams, cracks, laminations or other injurious defects not authorized.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33a-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33a-6   Manufacture.</HEAD>
<P>(a) By appliances and methods that will assure uniformity of completed containers; dirt and scale to be removed as necessary; no defect acceptable that is likely to weaken the finished container appreciably; reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish required.
</P>
<P>(b) Seams when used must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Circumferential seams. By welding, swedging, brazing, soldering, or double seaming.
</P>
<P>(2) Side seams. By welding, brazing or soldering.
</P>
<P>(c) Ends. The ends shall be of pressure design.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33a-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33a-7   Wall thickness.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The minimum wall thickness for any container shall be 0.008 inch.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33a-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33a-8   Tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) One out of each lot of 25,000 containers or less, successively produced per day, shall be pressure tested to destruction and must not burst below 270 psig gauge pressure. The container tested shall be complete with end assembled.
</P>
<P>(b) Each such 25,000 containers or less, successively produced per day, shall constitute a lot and if the test container shall fail, the lot shall be rejected or ten additional containers may be selected at random and subjected to the test under which failure occurred. These containers shall be complete with ends assembled. Should any of the ten containers thus tested fail, the entire lot must be rejected. All containers constituting a lot shall be of like material, size, design, construction, finish and quality.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 71, 31 FR 9074, July 1, 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, as amended by 66 FR 45387, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33a-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33a-9   Marking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) By means of printing, lithographing, embossing, or stamping, each container must be marked to show:
</P>
<P>(1) DOT-2Q.
</P>
<P>(2) Name or symbol of person making the mark specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Symbol, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-40, 41 FR 38181, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 178-97, 56 FR 66287, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33b" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33b   Specification 2S; inner nonrefillable plastic receptacles.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33b-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33b-1   Compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Required in all details.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved] 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33b-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33b-2   Type and size.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Single-trip inside containers.
</P>
<P>(b) The maximum capacity of containers in this class shall not exceed one liter (61.0 cubic inches). The maximum inside diameter shall not exceed 3 inches. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33b-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33b-3   Inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) By competent inspector.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved] 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33b-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33b-4   Duties of inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To inspect material and completed containers and witness tests, and to reject defective materials or containers.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33b-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33b-5   Material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The receptacles must be constructed of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene napthalate (PEN), polyamide (Nylon) or a blend of PET, PEN, ethyl vinyl alcohol (EVOH) and/or Nylon.
</P>
<P>(b) Material with seams, cracks, laminations or other injurious defects are forbidden. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33b-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33b-6   Manufacture.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each container must be manufactured by thermoplastic processes that will assure uniformity of the completed container. No used material other than production residues or regrind from the same manufacturing process may be used. The packaging must be adequately resistant to aging and to degradation caused either by the substance contained or by ultraviolet radiation.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved] 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33b-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33b-7   Design qualification test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Drop testing.</I> (1) To ensure that creep does not affect the ability of the container to retain the contents, each new design must be drop tested as follows: Three groups of twenty-five filled containers must be dropped from 1.8 m (5.9 ft) on to a rigid, non-resilient, flat and horizontal surface. One group must be conditioned at 38 °C (100 °F) for 26 weeks, the second group for 100 hours at 50 °C (122 °F) and the third group for 18 hours at 55 °C (131 °F), prior to performing the drop test. The closure, or sealing component of the container, must not be protected during the test. The orientation of the test container at drop must be statistically random, but direct impact on the valve or valve closure must be avoided.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Criteria for passing the drop test:</I> The containers must not break or leak.
</P>
<P>(b) Design qualification testing must be completed if the design is manufactured with a new mold or if there is any change in the properties of the material of construction. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 73, Jan. 4, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33b-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33b-8   Production tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Burst Testing.</I> (1) One out of each lot of 5,000 containers or less, successively produced per day must be pressure tested to destruction and must not burst below 240 psig. The container tested must be complete as intended for transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) Each such 5,000 containers or less, successively produced per day, shall constitute a lot and if the test container shall fail, the lot shall be rejected or ten additional containers may be selected at random and subjected to the test under which failure occurred. These containers shall be complete as intended for transportation. Should any of the ten containers thus tested fail, the entire lot must be rejected. All containers constituting a lot shall be of like material, size, design construction, finish, and quality.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved] 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 74, Jan. 4, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33b-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33b-9   Marking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each container must be clearly and permanently marked to show:
</P>
<P>(1) DOT-2S.
</P>
<P>(2) Name or symbol of person making the mark specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Symbol, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 2268, Jan. 14, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33c" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33c   Specification 2P; inner nonrefillable metal receptacle variation.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33c-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33c-1   Compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Required in all details.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 3685, Jan. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33c-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33c-2   Variation.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding the variation provided in this section, each container must otherwise conform to a DOT 2P container in accordance with § 178.33. The following conditions also apply under Variation 1—
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Manufacture.</I> Side seams: not permitted. Ends: The ends shall be designed to withstand pressure and be equipped with a pressure relief system (e.g., rim-venting release or a dome expansion device) designed to function prior to bursting of the container.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Tests.</I> (1) One out of each lot of 25,000 containers or less, successively produced per day complete with ends assembled (and without a pressure relief system assembled) shall be pressure tested to destruction at gauge pressure and must not burst below 240 psig. For containers with a pressure relief system as described in paragraph (a) of this section and assembled, failure at a location other than the pressure relief system will reject the lot. For containers with an end expansion device, the lot must be rejected if the container bursts prior to buckling of the device.
</P>
<P>(2) Each such 25,000 containers or less, successively produced per day, shall constitute a lot and if the test container(s) shall fail, the lot shall be rejected. Otherwise, ten (10) additional containers of each container design produced may be selected at random and subjected to the test. These containers shall be complete with ends assembled. Should any of the containers thus tested fail, the entire lot must be rejected. All containers constituting a lot shall be of like material, size, design construction, finish, and quality.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Marking.</I> By means of printing, lithographing, embossing, or stamping, each container must be marked:
</P>
<P>(1) DOT-2P1.
</P>
<P>(2) With the name or symbol of the person making the mark. A symbol, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 3685, Jan. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33d" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33d   Specification 2Q; inner nonrefillable metal receptacle variations.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33d-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33d-1   Compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Required in all details.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 3685, Jan. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33d-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33d-2   Variation 1.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding the variation provided in this paragraph, each container must otherwise conform to a DOT 2Q container in accordance with § 178.33a. The following conditions also apply under Variation 1—
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Type and size.</I> The maximum capacity of containers in this class may not exceed 0.40 L (24.4 cubic inches). The maximum inside diameter shall not exceed 2.1 inches.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Manufacture.</I> Ends: The top of the container must be designed with a pressure relief system consisting of radial scores on the top seam(s). The bottom of the container must be designed to buckle at a pressure greater than the pressure at which the top buckles and vents.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The minimum wall thickness for any container shall be 0.0085 inches.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Tests.</I> (1) Two containers (one without a pressure relief system and one with) out of each lot of 25,000 or less, successively produced per day shall be pressure tested to destruction at gauge pressure. The container without a pressure relief system must not burst below 320 psig. The container assembled with a pressure relief system as described in paragraph (b) of this section must be tested to destruction. The bottom of the container must buckle at a pressure greater than the pressure at which the top buckles and vents.
</P>
<P>(2) Each such 25,000 containers or less, successively produced per day, shall constitute a lot and if the test container(s) shall fail, the lot shall be rejected. Otherwise, ten (10) additional pairs of containers may be selected at random and subjected to the test under which failure occurred. Should any of the containers thus tested fail, the entire lot must be rejected. All containers constituting a lot shall be of like material, size, design construction, finish, and quality.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Marking.</I> By means of printing, lithographing, embossing, or stamping, each container must be marked:
</P>
<P>(1) DOT-2Q1.
</P>
<P>(2) With the name or symbol of the person making the mark. A symbol, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 3685, Jan. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.33d-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.2.1.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.33d-3   Variation 2.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding the variation provided in this paragraph, each container must otherwise conform to a DOT 2Q container in accordance with § 178.33a. The following conditions also apply under Variation 2—
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Manufacture.</I> Ends: The ends shall be designed to withstand pressure and the container equipped with a pressure relief system (e.g., rim-venting release or a dome expansion device) designed to buckle prior to the burst of the container.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Tests.</I> (1) One out of each lot of 25,000 containers or less, successively produced per day shall be pressure tested to destruction at gauge pressure and must not burst below 270 psig. For containers with a pressure relief system as described in paragraph (a) of this section and assembled, failure at a location other than the pressure relief system will reject the lot.
</P>
<P>(2) Each such 25,000 containers or less, successively produced per day, shall constitute a lot and if the test container(s) shall fail, the lot shall be rejected. Otherwise, ten (10) additional containers of each container design produced may be selected at random and subjected to the test. These containers shall be complete with ends assembled. Should any of the containers thus tested fail, the entire lot must be rejected. All containers constituting a lot shall be of like material, size, design construction, finish, and quality.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Marking.</I> By means of printing, lithographing, embossing, or stamping, each container must be marked:
</P>
<P>(1) DOT-2Q2.
</P>
<P>(2) With the name or symbol of the person making the mark. A symbol, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 3685, Jan. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Specifications for Cylinders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.35" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.35   General requirements for specification cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Compliance.</I> Compliance with the requirements of this subpart is required in all details.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inspections and analyses.</I> Chemical analyses and tests required by this subchapter must be made within the United States, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Associate Administrator, in accordance with subpart I of part 107 of this chapter. Inspections and verification must be performed by—
</P>
<P>(1) An independent inspection agency approved in writing by the Associate Administrator, in accordance with subpart I of part 107 of this chapter; or 
</P>
<P>(2) For DOT Specifications 3B, 3BN, 3E, 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET, 4AA480, 4L, 8, 8AL, 4BW, 4E, 4D (with a water capacity less than 1,100 cubic inches) and Specification 39 (with a marked service pressure 900 psig or lower), and manufactured within the United States, a competent inspector of the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duties of inspector.</I> The inspector shall determine that each cylinder made is in conformance with the applicable specification. Inspections shall conform to CGA C-11 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) except as otherwise specified in the applicable specification.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Seamless cylinders.</I> Seamless cylinders shall be inspected in accordance with Section 5 of CGA C-11. For cylinders made by the billet-piercing process, billets must be inspected and shown to be free from piping (laminations), cracks, excessive segregation and other injurious defects after parting or, when applicable, after nick and cold break.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Welded cylinders.</I> Welded cylinders shall be inspected in accordance with Section 6 of CGA C-11. Note: The recommended locations for test specimens are depicted in Figures 1 through 5 in appendix A to subpart C of part 178.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Non-refillable cylinders.</I> Non-refillable cylinders shall be inspected in accordance with Section 7 of CGA C-11
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Inspector's report.</I> The inspector shall prepare a report containing, at a minimum, the applicable information listed in CGA C-11. Any additional information or markings that are required by the applicable specification must be shown on the test report. The signature of the inspector on the reports certifies that the processes of manufacture and heat treatment of cylinders were observed and found satisfactory. The inspector must furnish the completed test reports required by this subpart to the maker of the cylinder and, upon request, to the purchaser. The test report must be retained by the inspector for 15 years from the original test date of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Defects and attachments.</I> Cylinders must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A cylinder may not be constructed of material with seams, cracks or laminations, or other injurious defects.
</P>
<P>(2) Metal attachments to cylinders must have rounded or chamfered corners or must be protected in such a manner as to prevent the likelihood of causing puncture or damage to other hazardous materials packages. This requirement applies to anything temporarily or permanently attached to the cylinder, such as metal skids.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Safety devices.</I> Pressure relief devices and protection for valves, safety devices, and other connections, if applied, must be as required or authorized by the appropriate specification, and as required in § 173.301 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Markings.</I> Markings on a DOT Specification cylinder must conform to applicable requirements.
</P>
<P>(1) Each cylinder must be marked with the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The DOT specification marking must appear first, followed immediately by the service pressure. For example, DOT-3A1800.
</P>
<P>(ii) The serial number must be placed just below or immediately following the DOT specification marking.
</P>
<P>(iii) A symbol (letters) must be placed just below, immediately before or following the serial number. Other variations in sequence of markings are authorized only when necessitated by a lack of space. The symbol and numbers must be those of the manufacturer. The symbol must be registered with the Associate Administrator; duplications are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(iv) The inspector's official mark and date of test (such as 5-95 for May 1995) must be placed near the serial number. This information must be placed so that dates of subsequent tests can be easily added. An example of the markings prescribed in this paragraph (f)(1) is as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>DOT-3A1800
</FP-2>
<FP-2>1234
</FP-2>
<FP-2>XY
</FP-2>
<FP-2>AB 5-95</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>Or;
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>DOT-3A1800-1234-XY
</FP-2>
<FP-2>AB 5-95
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>DOT-3A = specification number
</FP-2>
<FP-2>1800 = service pressure
</FP-2>
<FP-2>1234 = serial number
</FP-2>
<FP-2>XY = symbol of manufacturer
</FP-2>
<FP-2>AB = inspector's mark
</FP-2>
<FP-2>5-95 = date of test</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Additional required marking must be applied to the cylinder as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The word “spun” or “plug” must be placed near the DOT specification marking when an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process, or effected by plugging.
</P>
<P>(ii) As prescribed in specification 3HT (§ 178.44) or 3T (§ 178.45), if applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Marking exceptions.</I> A DOT 3E cylinder is not required to be marked with an inspector's mark or a serial number. 
</P>
<P>(4) Unless otherwise specified in the applicable specification, the markings on each cylinder must be stamped plainly and permanently on the shoulder, top head, or neck.
</P>
<P>(5) The size of each marking must be at least 0.25 inch or as space permits.
</P>
<P>(6) Other markings are authorized provided they are made in low stress areas other than the side wall and are not of a size and depth that will create harmful stress concentrations. Such marks may not conflict with any DOT required markings.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Marking exceptions.</I> A DOT 8 or 8AL cylinder is not required to be marked with the service pressure.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Tare weight or mass weight, and water capacity marking.</I> DOT-specification 4B, 4BA, 4BW, and 4E cylinders used in liquefied compressed gas service manufactured after December 28, 2022, must be marked with the tare weight or mass weight. Additionally, the cylinder must be permanently marked with the water capacity. The owner of the cylinder must ensure it is marked with the following information, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Tare weight.</I> The tare weight for a cylinder 25 pounds or less at the time of manufacture, with a lower tolerance of 3 percent and an upper tolerance of 1 percent; or for a cylinder exceeding 25 pounds at the time of manufacture, with a lower tolerance of 2 percent and an upper tolerance of 1 percent. The tare weight marking must be the actual weight of the fully assembled cylinder, including the valve(s) and other permanently affixed appurtenances. Removable protective cap(s) or cover(s) must not be included in the cylinder tare weight. Tare weight shall be abbreviated “TW”; or
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Mass weight.</I> The mass weight for a cylinder 25 pounds or less at the time of manufacture, with a lower tolerance of 3 percent and an upper tolerance of 1 percent; or the mass weight marking for a cylinder exceeding 25 pounds at the time of manufacture, with a lower tolerance of 2 percent and an upper tolerance of 1 percent. The mass weight marking must be the actual weight of the fully assembled cylinder, excluding valve(s) and removable protective cap(s) or cover(s). Mass weight shall be abbreviated “MW”; and
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Water capacity.</I> The water capacity for a cylinder 25 pounds water capacity or less, with a tolerance of minus 1 percent and no upper tolerance; or for a cylinder exceeding 25 pounds water capacity, with a tolerance of minus 0.5 percent and no upper tolerance. The marked water capacity of the cylinder must be the capacity of the cylinder at the time of manufacture. Water capacity shall be abbreviated “WC”.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Manufacturer's reports.</I> At or before the time of delivery to the purchaser, the cylinder manufacturer must have all completed certification documents listed in CGA C-11. The manufacturer of the cylinders must retain the reports required by this subpart for 15 years from the original test date of the cylinder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45185, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51652, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 43531, July 20, 2011; 83 FR 55810, Nov. 7, 2018; 85 FR 75716, Nov. 25, 2020; 85 FR 85419, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.36" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.36   Specification 3A and 3AX seamless steel cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type size and service pressure.</I> In addition to the requirements of § 178.35, cylinders must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A DOT-3A cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with a water capacity (nominal) not over 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 150 psig.
</P>
<P>(2) A DOT-3AX is a seamless steel cylinder with a water capacity not less than 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 500 psig, conforming to the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(i) Assuming the cylinder is to be supported horizontally at its two ends only and to be uniformly loaded over its entire length consisting of the weight per unit of length of the straight cylindrical portion filled with water and compressed to the specified test pressure; the sum of two times the maximum tensile stress in the bottom fibers due to bending, plus that in the same fibers (longitudinal stress), due to hydrostatic test may not exceed 80 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel at such maximum stress. Wall thickness must be increased when necessary to meet the requirement.
</P>
<P>(ii) To calculate the maximum longitudinal tensile stress due to bending, the following formula must be used:
</P>
<FP-2>S = Mc/I
</FP-2>
<P>(iii) To calculate the maximum longitudinal tensile stress due to hydrostatic test pressure, the following formula must be used:
</P>
<FP-2>S = A<E T="52">1</E> P/A<E T="52">2</E>
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = tensile stress—p.s.i.;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>M = bending moment-inch pounds—(wl
<SU>2</SU>)/8;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>w = weight per inch of cylinder filled with water;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>l = length of cylinder-inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>c = radius (D)/(2) of cylinder-inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>I = moment of inertia—0.04909 (D
<SU>4</SU>−d
<SU>4</SU>) inches fourth;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter-inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter-inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">1</E> = internal area in cross section of cylinder-square inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">2</E> = area of metal in cross section of cylinder-square inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = hydrostatic test pressure-psig.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Steel.</I> Open-hearth or electric steel of uniform quality must be used. Content percent may not exceed the following: Carbon, 0.55; phosphorous, 0.045; sulphur, 0.050.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> Material must be identified by any suitable method, except that plates and billets for hot-drawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No fissure or other defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. If not originally free from such defects, the surface may be machined or otherwise treated to eliminate these defects. The thickness of the bottoms of cylinders welded or formed by spinning is, under no condition, to be less than two times the minimum wall thickness of the cylindrical shell; such bottom thicknesses must be measured within an area bounded by a line representing the points of contact between the cylinder and floor when the cylinder is in a vertical position.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Welding or brazing.</I> Welding or brazing for any purpose whatsoever is prohibited except as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Welding or brazing is authorized for the attachment of neckrings and footrings which are non-pressure parts and only to the tops and bottoms of cylinders having a service pressure of 500 psig or less. Cylinders, neckrings, and footrings must be made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent except in the case of 4130X steel which may be used with proper welding procedures.
</P>
<P>(2) As permitted in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Cylinders used solely in anhydrous ammonia service may have a 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch diameter bar welded within their concave bottoms.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> For cylinders with service pressure less than 900 psig, the wall stress may not exceed 24,000 psig. A minimum wall thickness of 0.100 inch is required for any cylinder over 5 inches outside diameter. Wall stress calculation must be made by using the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)]/(D
<SU>2</SU>−d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test or 450 psig whichever is the greater;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Heat treatment.</I> The completed cylinder must be uniformly and properly heat-treated prior to tests.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Openings in cylinders and connections (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those openings.</I> Threads are required on openings.
</P>
<P>(1) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and to gauge.
</P>
<P>(2) Taper threads, when used, must be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads.
</P>
<P>(3) Straight threads having at least 6 engaged threads are authorized. Straight threads must have a tight fit and calculated shear strength of at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test must be by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(2) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of 
<FR>5/3</FR> times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) The minimum test pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(4) Permanent, volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Flattening test.</I> A flattening test must be performed on one cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, by placing the cylinder between wedge shaped knife edges having a 60° included angle, rounded to 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch radius. The longitudinal axis of the cylinder must be at a 90-degree angle to knife edges during the test. For lots of 30 or less, flattening tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Physical test.</I> A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. For lots of 30 or less, physical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Gauge length of 8 inches with a width of not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width of not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length of at least 24 times thickness with width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when cylinder wall is not over 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within 1 inch of each end of the reduced section.
</P>
<P>(iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens.
</P>
<P>(iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2-percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psig and the strain indicator reading must be set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Acceptable results for physical and flattening tests.</I> Either of the following is an acceptable result:
</P>
<P>(1) An elongation at least 40 percent for a 2-inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases and yield strength not over 73 percent of tensile strength. In this instance, the flattening test is not required.
</P>
<P>(2) An elongation at least 20 percent for a 2-inch gauge length or 10 percent in other cases and a yield strength not over 73 percent of tensile strength. In this instance, the flattening test is required, without cracking, to 6 times the wall thickness.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Leakage test.</I> All spun cylinders and plugged cylinders must be tested for leakage by gas or air pressure after the bottom has been cleaned and is free from all moisture subject to the following conditions and limitations:
</P>
<P>(1) Pressure, approximately the same as but no less than service pressure, must be applied to one side of the finished bottom over an area of at least 
<FR>1/16</FR> of the total area of the bottom but not less than 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch in diameter, including the closure, for at least 1 minute, during which time the other side of the bottom exposed to pressure must be covered with water and closely examined for indications of leakage. Except as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, a cylinder that is leaking must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(2) A spun cylinder is one in which an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process.
</P>
<P>(3) A plugged cylinder is one in which a permanent closure in the bottom of a finished cylinder has been effected by a plug.
</P>
<P>(4) As a safety precaution, if the manufacturer elects to make this test before the hydrostatic test, the manufacturer should design the test apparatus so that the pressure is applied to the smallest area practicable, around the point of closure, and so as to use the smallest possible volume of air or gas.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment is authorized for rejected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding or spinning is not authorized. Spun cylinders rejected under the provisions of paragraph (m) of this section may be removed from the spun cylinder category by drilling to remove defective material, tapping and plugging.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 45185, 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51652, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008; 85 FR 85420, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.37" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.37   Specification 3AA and 3AAX seamless steel cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size and service pressure.</I> In addition to the requirements of § 178.35, cylinders must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A DOT-3AA cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with a water capacity (nominal) of not over 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 150 psig.
</P>
<P>(2) A DOT-3AAX cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with a water capacity of not less than 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 500 psig, conforming to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) Assuming the cylinder is to be supported horizontally at its two ends only and to be uniformly loaded over its entire length consisting of the weight per unit of length of the straight cylindrical portion filled with water and compressed to the specified test pressure; the sum of two times the maximum tensile stress in the bottom fibers due to bending, plus that in the same fibers (longitudinal stress), due to hydrostatic test pressure may not exceed 80 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel at such maximum stress. Wall thickness must be increased when necessary to meet the requirement.
</P>
<P>(ii) To calculate the maximum tensile stress due to bending, the following formula must be used:
</P>
<FP-2>S = Mc/I
</FP-2>
<P>(iii) To calculate the maximum longitudinal tensile stress due to hydrostatic test pressure, the following formula must be used:
</P>
<FP-2>S = A
<SU>1</SU>P/A
<SU>2</SU>
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = tensile stress-p.s.i.;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>M = bending moment-inch pounds (wl
<SU>2</SU>)/8;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>w = weight per inch of cylinder filled with water;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>l = length of cylinder-inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>c = radius (D)/(2) of cylinder-inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>I = moment of inertia-0.04909 (D
<SU>4</SU>−d
<SU>4</SU>) inches fourth;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter-inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter-inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A
<SU>1</SU> = internal area in cross section of cylinder-square inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A
<SU>2</SU> = area of metal in cross section of cylinder-square inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = hydrostatic test pressure-psig.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Authorized steel.</I> Open-hearth, basic oxygen, or electric steel of uniform quality must be used. A heat of steel made under the specifications in table 1 of this paragraph (b), check chemical analysis of which is slightly out of the specified range, is acceptable, if satisfactory in all other respects, provided the tolerances shown in table 2 of this paragraph (b) are not exceeded. When a carbon-boron steel is used, a hardenability test must be performed on the first and last ingot of each heat of steel. The results of this test must be recorded on the Record of Chemical Analysis of Material for Cylinders required by § 178.35. This hardness test must be made 
<FR>5/16</FR>-inch from the quenched end of the Jominy quench bar and the hardness must be at least Rc 33 and no more than Rc 53. The following chemical analyses are authorized:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Authorized Materials
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Designation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4130X (percent) (see Note 1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">NE-8630 (percent) (see Note 1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">9115 (percent) (see Note 1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">9125 (percent) (see Note 1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Carbon-boron (percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Inter- mediate manganese (percent)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25/0.35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.28/0.33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10/0.20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.20/0.30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.27-0.37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.40 max.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.40/0.90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.70/0.90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.50/0.75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.50/0.75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.80-1.40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.35/1.65.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.035 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04 max.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.045 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05 max.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15/0.35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.20/0.35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.60/0.90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.60/0.90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.3 max.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10/0.30.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.80/1.10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.40/0.60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.50/0.65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.50/0.65.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15/0.25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15/0.25
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05/0.15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05/0.15
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.40/0.70
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Boron</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005/0.003.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 1:</E> This designation may not be restrictive and the commercial steel is limited in analysis as shown in this table.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Check Analysis Tolerances
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Element
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Limit or maximum specified
<br/>(percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Tolerance (percent) over the maximum limit or under the minimum limit
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under minimum limit
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over maximum limit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.15 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.15 to 0.40 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.60 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.60 to 1.15 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 1.15 to 2.50 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulphur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.30 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.30 to 1.00 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 1.00 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.90 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.90 to 2.90 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.20 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.20 to 0.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis for phosphorus.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> Material must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hot-drawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No fissure or other defects is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. If not originally free from such defects, the surface may be machined or otherwise treated to eliminate these defects. The thickness of the bottoms of cylinders welded or formed by spinning is, under no condition, to be less than two times the minimum wall thickness of the cylindrical shell; such bottom thicknesses must be measured within an area bounded by a line representing the points of contact between the cylinder and floor when the cylinder is in a vertical position.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Welding or brazing.</I> Welding or brazing for any purpose whatsoever is prohibited except as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Welding or brazing is authorized for the attachment of neckrings and footrings which are non-pressure parts, and only to the tops and bottoms of cylinders having a service pressure of 500 psig or less. Cylinders, neckrings, and footrings must be made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent except in the case of 4130X steel which may be used with proper welding procedure.
</P>
<P>(2) As permitted in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The thickness of each cylinder must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) For cylinders with a service pressure of less than 900 psig, the wall stress may not exceed 24,000 psi. A minimum wall thickness of 0.100 inch is required for any cylinder with an outside diameter of over 5 inches.
</P>
<P>(2) For cylinders with service pressure of 900 psig or more the minimum wall must be such that the wall stress at the minimum specified test pressure may not exceed 67 percent of the minimum tensile strength of the steel as determined from the physical tests required in paragraphs (k) and (l) of this section and must be not over 70,000 psi.
</P>
<P>(3) Calculation must be made by the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)]/(D
<SU>2</SU>−d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test or 450 psig whichever is the greater;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Heat treatment.</I> The completed cylinders must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to tests. Heat treatment of cylinders of the authorized analyses must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) All cylinders must be quenched by oil, or other suitable medium except as provided in paragraph (g)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The steel temperature on quenching must be that recommended for the steel analysis, but may not exceed 1750 °F.
</P>
<P>(3) All steels must be tempered at a temperature most suitable for that steel.
</P>
<P>(4) The minimum tempering temperature may not be less than 1000 °F except as noted in paragraph (g)(6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Steel 4130X may be normalized at a temperature of 1650 °F instead of being quenched and cylinders so normalized need not be tempered.
</P>
<P>(6) Intermediate manganese steels may be tempered at temperatures not less than 1150 °F., and after heat treating each cylinder must be submitted to a magnetic test to detect the presence of quenching cracks. Cracked cylinders must be rejected and destroyed.
</P>
<P>(7) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (g)(6) of this section, all cylinders, if water quenched or quenched with a liquid producing a cooling rate in excess of 80 percent of the cooling rate of water, must be inspected by the magnetic particle, dye penetrant or ultrasonic method to detect the presence of quenching cracks. Any cylinder designed to the requirements for specification 3AA and found to have a quenching crack must be rejected and may not be requalified. Cylinders designed to the requirements for specification 3AAX and found to have cracks must have cracks removed to sound metal by mechanical means. Such specification 3AAX cylinders will be acceptable if the repaired area is subsequently examined to assure no defect, and it is determined that design thickness requirements are met.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Openings in cylinders and connections (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those openings.</I> Threads are required on openings.
</P>
<P>(1) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and to gauge.
</P>
<P>(2) Taper threads, when used, must be of a length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads.
</P>
<P>(3) Straight threads having at least 6 engaged threads are authorized. Straight threads must have a tight fit and a calculated shear strength of at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test must be by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(2) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of 
<FR>5/3</FR> times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) The minimum test pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(4) Permanent, volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Flattening test.</I> A flattening test must be performed on one cylinder, taken at random out of each lot of 200 or fewer, by placing the cylinder between wedge shaped knife edges, having a 60-degree included angle, rounded to 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch radius. The longitudinal axis of the cylinder must be at a 90-degree angle to the knife edges during the test. For lots of 30 or fewer, flattening tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least eight (8) inches long, cut from each cylinder and subjected to the same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. Cylinders may be subjected to a bend test in lieu of the flattening test. Two bend test specimens must be taken in accordance with ISO 9809-1:2019(E) or ASTM E290 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and must be subjected to the bend test specified therein.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Physical test.</I> A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. For lots of 30 or less, physical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to the same heat treatment as the finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Gauge length of 8 inches with a width of not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width of not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length of at least 24 times the thickness with width not over 6 times thickness when the thickness of the cylinder wall is not over 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within 1 inch of each end of the reduced section.
</P>
<P>(iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens.
</P>
<P>(iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psi, the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Acceptable results for physical, flattening and bend tests.</I> An acceptable result for physical and flattening tests is elongation of at least 20 percent for 2 inches of gauge length or at least 10 percent in other cases. Flattening is required, without cracking, to 6 times the wall thickness of the cylinder. An acceptable result for the alternative bend test is no crack when the cylinder is bent inward around the mandrel until the interior edges are not further apart than the diameter of the mandrel.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Leakage test.</I> All spun cylinders and plugged cylinders must be tested for leakage by gas or air pressure after the bottom has been cleaned and is free from all moisture. Pressure, approximately the same as but no less than the service pressure, must be applied to one side of the finished bottom over an area of at least 
<FR>1/16</FR> of the total area of the bottom but not less than 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch in diameter, including the closure, for at least one minute, during which time the other side of the bottom exposed to pressure must be covered with water and closely examined for indications of leakage. Except as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, a cylinder must be rejected if there is any leaking.
</P>
<P>(1) A spun cylinder is one in which an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process.
</P>
<P>(2) A plugged cylinder is one in which a permanent closure in the bottom of a finished cylinder has been effected by a plug.
</P>
<P>(3) As a safety precaution, if the manufacturer elects to make this test before the hydrostatic test, the manufacturer should design the test apparatus so that the pressure is applied to the smallest area practicable, around the point of closure, and so as to use the smallest possible volume of air or gas.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment is authorized for rejected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding or spinning is not authorized. Spun cylinders rejected under the provision of paragraph (m) of this section may be removed from the spun cylinder category by drilling to remove defective material, tapping and plugging.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 58631, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51652, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 43531, July 20, 2011; 85 FR 85420, Dec. 28, 2020; 89 FR 25488, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.38" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.38   Specification 3B seamless steel cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size, and service pressure.</I> A DOT 3B cylinder is seamless steel cylinder with a water capacity (nominal) of not over 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 150 to not over 500 psig.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steel.</I> Open-hearth or electric steel of uniform quality must be used. Content percent may not exceed the following: carbon, 0.55; phosphorus, 0.045; sulphur, 0.050.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> Material must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hot-drawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No fissure or other defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. If not originally free from such defects, the surface may be machined or otherwise treated to eliminate these defects. The thickness of the bottoms of cylinders welded or formed by spinning is, under no condition, to be less than two times the minimum wall thickness of the cylindrical shell; such bottom thicknesses to be measured within an area bounded by a line representing the points of contact between the cylinder and floor when the cylinder is in a vertical position.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Welding or brazing.</I> Welding or brazing for any purpose whatsoever is prohibited except as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Welding or brazing is authorized for the attachment of neckrings and footrings which are non-pressure parts, and only to the tops and bottoms of cylinders having a service pressure of 500 psig or less. Cylinders, neckrings, and footrings must be made of weldable steel, carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent except in the case of 4130X steel which may be used with proper welding procedure.
</P>
<P>(2) As permitted in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The wall stress may not exceed 24,000 psi. The minimum wall thickness is 0.090 inch for any cylinder with an outside diameter of 6 inches. Calculation must be made by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)]/(D
<SU>2</SU>−d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = at least two times service pressure or 450 psig, whichever is the greater;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Heat treatment.</I> The completed cylinders must be uniformly and properly heat-treated prior to tests.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Openings in cylinders and connections (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those openings.</I> Threads, conforming to the following, are required on all openings:
</P>
<P>(1) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and to gauge.
</P>
<P>(2) Taper threads when used, must be of a length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads.
</P>
<P>(3) Straight threads having at least 4 engaged threads are authorized. Straight threads must have a tight fit, and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test must be by water-jacket or direct expansion method as defined in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(2) Cylinders must be tested as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Each cylinder to at least two (2) times its service pressure; or
</P>
<P>(ii) One (1) cylinder out of each lot of 200 or fewer to at least three (3) times its service pressure. When one (1) cylinder out of each lot of 200 or less is tested to at least 3 times service pressure, the balance of the lot must be pressure tested by the proof pressure, water-jacket or direct expansion test method as prescribed in CGA C-1. The cylinders must be subjected to at least 2 times service pressure and show no defect. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1 5.7.2 or 7.1.2, as appropriate. Determination of expansion properties is not required.
</P>
<P>(3) When each cylinder is tested to the minimum test pressure, the minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(4) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Flattening test.</I> A flattening test must be performed on one cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, by placing the cylinder between wedge shaped knife edges having a 60° included angle, rounded to 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch radius. The longitudinal axis of the cylinder must be at a 90-degree angle to knife edges during the test. For lots of 30 or less, flattening tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Physical test.</I> A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. For lots of 30 or less, physical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Gauge length of 8 inches with a width of not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches; or a gauge length of 2 inches with a width of not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches; or a gauge length at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section.
</P>
<P>(iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens.
</P>
<P>(iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psi, and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Acceptable results for physical and flattening tests.</I> Either of the following is an acceptable result:
</P>
<P>(1) An elongation of at least 40 percent for a 2-inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases and yield strength not over 73 percent of tensile strength. In this instance, the flattening test is not required.
</P>
<P>(2) An elongation of at least 20 percent for a 2-inch gauge length or 10 percent in other cases and yield strength not over 73 percent of tensile strength. Flattening is required, without cracking, to 6 times the wall thickness.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Leakage test.</I> All spun cylinders and plugged cylinders must be tested for leakage by gas or air pressure after the bottom has been cleaned and is free from all moisture, subject to the following conditions and limitations:
</P>
<P>(1) Pressure, approximately the same as but no less than service pressure, must be applied to one side of the finished bottom over an area of at least 
<FR>1/16</FR> of the total area of the bottom but not less than 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch in diameter, including the closure, for at least one minute, during which time the other side of the bottom exposed to pressure must be covered with water and closely examined for indications of leakage. Except as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, a cylinder must be rejected if there is any leaking.
</P>
<P>(2) A spun cylinder is one in which an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process.
</P>
<P>(3) A plugged cylinder is one in which a permanent closure in the bottom of a finished cylinder has been effected by a plug.
</P>
<P>(4) As a safety precaution, if the manufacturer elects to make this test before the hydrostatic test, he should design his apparatus so that the pressure is applied to the smallest area practicable, around the point of closure, and so as to use the smallest possible volume of air or gas.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment of rejected cylinders is authorized. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding or spinning is not authorized. Spun cylinders rejected under the provisions of paragraph (m) of this section may be removed from the spun cylinder category by drilling to remove defective material, tapping and plugging.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Marking.</I> Markings may be stamped into the sidewalls of cylinders having a service pressure of 150 psig if all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) Wall stress at test pressure may not exceed 24,000 psi.
</P>
<P>(2) Minimum wall thickness must be not less than 0.090 inch.
</P>
<P>(3) Depth of stamping must be no greater than 15 percent of the minimum wall thickness, but may not exceed 0.015 inch.
</P>
<P>(4) Maximum outside diameter of cylinder may not exceed 5 inches.
</P>
<P>(5) Carbon content of cylinder may not exceed 0.25 percent. If the carbon content exceeds 0.25 percent, the complete cylinder must be normalized after stamping.
</P>
<P>(6) Stamping must be adjacent to the top head.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended by 66 FR 45185, 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51652, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 85420, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.39" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.39   Specification 3BN seamless nickel cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size and service pressure.</I> A DOT 3BN cylinder is a seamless nickel cylinder with a water capacity (nominal) not over 125 pounds water capacity (nominal) and a service pressure at least 150 to not over 500 psig.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Nickel.</I> The percentage of nickel plus cobalt must be at least 99.0 percent.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> The material must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hot-drawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Cylinders closed in by spinning process are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Welding or brazing.</I> Welding or brazing for any purpose whatsoever is prohibited except that welding is authorized for the attachment of neckrings and footrings which are nonpressure parts, and only to the tops and bottoms of cylinders. Neckrings and footrings must be of weldable material, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent. Nickel welding rod must be used.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The wall stress may not exceed 15,000 psi. A minimum wall thickness of 0.100 inch is required for any cylinder over 5 inches in outside diameter. Wall stress calculation must be made by using the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)] / (D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test or 450 psig whichever is the greater;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Heat treatment.</I> The completed cylinders must be uniformly and properly heat-treated prior to tests.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Openings in cylinders and connections (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those openings.</I> Threads conforming to the following are required on openings:
</P>
<P>(1) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and to gauge.
</P>
<P>(2) Taper threads, when used, to be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads.
</P>
<P>(3) Straight threads having at least 6 engaged threads are authorized. Straight threads must have a tight fit and a calculated shear strength of at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test must be by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(2) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of at least two (2) times its service pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(4) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Flattening test.</I> A flattening test must be performed on one cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, by placing the cylinder between wedge shaped knife edges having a 60° included angle, rounded to 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch radius. The longitudinal axis of the cylinder must be at a 90-degree angle to knife edges during the test. For lots of 30 or less, flattening tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Physical test.</I> A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. For lots of 30 or less, physical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width of not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width of not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length of at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section.
</P>
<P>(iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens.
</P>
<P>(iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psi, and the strain indicator reading must be set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Acceptable results for physical and flattening tests.</I> Either of the following is an acceptable result:
</P>
<P>(1) An elongation of at least 40 percent for a 2 inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases and yield point not over 50 percent of tensile strength. In this instance, the flattening test is not required.
</P>
<P>(2) An elongation of at least 20 percent for a 2 inch gauge length or 10 percent in other cases and a yield point not over 50 percent of tensile strength. Flattening is required, without cracking, to 6 times the wall thickness.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment is authorized for rejected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding is not authorized.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended by 66 FR 45185, 45386, 45388, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51652, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 85420, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.42" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.42   Specification 3E seamless steel cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size, and service pressure.</I> A DOT 3E cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with an outside diameter not greater than 2 inches nominal, a length less than 2 feet and a service pressure of 1,800 psig.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steel.</I> Open-hearth or electric steel of uniform quality must be used. Content percent may not exceed the following: Carbon, 0.55; phosphorus, 0.045; sulphur, 0.050.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of steel.</I> Materials must be identified by any suitable method.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured by best appliances and methods. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. The thickness of the spun bottom is, under no condition, to be less than two times the minimum wall thickness of the cylindrical shell; such bottom thickness must be measured within an area bounded by a line representing the points of contact between the cylinder and floor when the cylinder is in a vertical position.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Openings in cylinders and connections (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those openings.</I> Threads conforming to the following are required on openings.
</P>
<P>(1) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and to gauge.
</P>
<P>(2) Taper threads, when used, must be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads.
</P>
<P>(3) Straight threads having at least 4 engaged threads are authorized. Straight threads must have a tight fit and a calculated shear strength of at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Cylinders must be tested as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) One cylinder out of each lot of 500 or fewer must be subjected to a hydrostatic test pressure of 6,000 psig or higher.
</P>
<P>(2) The cylinder referred to in paragraph (f)(1) of this section must burst at a pressure higher than 6,000 psig without fragmenting or otherwise showing lack of ductility, or must hold a pressure of 12,000 psig for 30 seconds without bursting. In which case, it must be subjected to a flattening test without cracking to six times wall thickness between knife edges, wedge shaped 60 degree angle, rounded out to a 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch radius. The inspector's report must be suitably changed to show results of latter alternate and flattening test. The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(3) The remaining cylinders of the lot must be pressure tested by the proof pressure water-jacket or direct expansion test method as prescribed in CGA C-1. Cylinders must be examined under pressure of at least 3,000 psig and not to exceed 4,500 psig and show no defect. Cylinders tested at a pressure in excess of 3,600 psig must burst at a pressure higher than 7,500 psig when tested as specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. The pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete examination. The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1 5.7.2 or 7.1.2, as appropriate. Determination of expansion properties is not required.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Leakage test.</I> All spun cylinders and plugged cylinders must be tested for leakage by gas or air pressure after the bottom has been cleaned and is free from all moisture subject to the following conditions and limitations:
</P>
<P>(1) A pressure, approximately the same as but not less than the service pressure, must be applied to one side of the finished bottom over an area of at least 
<FR>1/16</FR> of the total area of the bottom but not less than 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch in diameter, including the closure, for at least one minute, during which time the other side of the bottom exposed to pressure must be covered with water and closely examined for indications of leakage. Accept as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, a cylinder must be rejected if there is any leakage.
</P>
<P>(2) A spun cylinder is one in which an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process.
</P>
<P>(3) A plugged cylinder is one in which a permanent closure in the bottom of a finished cylinder has been effected by a plug.
</P>
<P>(4) As a safety precaution, if the manufacturer elects to make this test before the hydrostatic test, the manufacturer shall design the test apparatus so that the pressure is applied to the smallest area practicable, around the point of closure, and so as to use the smallest possible volume of air or gas.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment is authorized for rejected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding or spinning is not authorized. Spun cylinders rejected under the provisions of paragraph (g) of this section may be removed from the spun cylinder category by drilling to remove defective material, tapping and plugging.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Marking.</I> Markings required by § 178.35 must be stamped plainly and permanently on the shoulder, top head, neck or sidewall of each cylinder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended by 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 85 FR 85421, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.44" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.44   Specification 3HT seamless steel cylinders for aircraft use.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size and service pressure.</I> A DOT 3HT cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with a water capacity (nominal) of not over 150 pounds and a service pressure of at least 900 psig.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authorized steel.</I> Open hearth or electric furnace steel of uniform quality must be used. A heat of steel made under the specifications listed in Table 1 in this paragraph (b), a check chemical analysis that is slightly out of the specified range is acceptable, if satisfactory in all other respects, provided the tolerances shown in Table 2 in this paragraph (b) are not exceeded. The maximum grain size shall be 6 or finer. The grain size must be determined in accordance with ASTM E 112-88 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Steel of the following chemical analysis is authorized: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Authorized Materials
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Designation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">AISI 4130
<br/>(percent)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.28/0.33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.40/0.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.040 maximum
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.040 maximum
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15/0.35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.80/1.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15/0.25</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Check Analysis Tolerances
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Element
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Limit or maximum specified (percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Tolerance
<br/>(percent) over the maximum limit or under the
<br/>minimum limit
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under minimum limit
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over maximum limit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.15 to 0.40 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.60 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulphur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.30 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.30 to 1.00 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.90 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.90 to 2.10 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.20 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.20 to 0.40 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.02
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis for phosphorus.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> Material must be identified by any suitable method. Steel stamping of heat identifications may not be made in any area which will eventually become the side wall of the cylinder. Depth of stamping may not encroach upon the minimum prescribed wall thickness of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No fissure or other defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished container appreciably. The general surface finish may not exceed a roughness of 250 RMS. Individual irregularities such as draw marks, scratches, pits, etc., should be held to a minimum consistent with good high stress pressure vessel manufacturing practices. If the cylinder is not originally free of such defects or does not meet the finish requirements, the surface may be machined or otherwise treated to eliminate these defects. The point of closure of cylinders closed by spinning may not be less than two times the prescribed wall thickness of the cylindrical shell. The cylinder end contour must be hemispherical or ellipsoidal with a ratio of major-to-minor axis not exceeding two to one and with the concave side to pressure.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Welding or brazing.</I> Welding or brazing for any purpose whatsoever is prohibited, except that welding by spinning is permitted to close the bottom of spun cylinders. Machining or grinding to produce proper surface finish at point of closure is required.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> (1) Minimum wall thickness for any cylinder must be 0.050 inch. The minimum wall thickness must be such that the wall stress at the minimum specified test pressure may not exceed 75 percent of the minimum tensile strength of the steel as determined from the physical tests required in paragraph (m) of this section and may not be over 105,000 psi.
</P>
<P>(2) Calculations must be made by the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)] / (D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = Wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = Outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = Inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) Wall thickness of hemispherical bottoms only permitted to 90 percent of minimum wall thickness of cylinder sidewall but may not be less than 0.050 inch. In all other cases, thickness to be no less than prescribed minimum wall.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Heat treatment.</I> The completed cylinders must be uniformly and properly heated prior to tests. Heat treatment of the cylinders of the authorized analysis must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) All cylinders must be quenched by oil, or other suitable medium.
</P>
<P>(2) The steel temperature on quenching must be that recommended for the steel analysis, but may not exceed 1750 °F.
</P>
<P>(3) The steel must be tempered at a temperature most suitable for the particular steel analysis but not less than 850 °F.
</P>
<P>(4) All cylinders must be inspected by the magnetic particle or dye penetrant method to detect the presence of quenching cracks. Any cylinder found to have a quenching crack must be rejected and may not be requalified.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Openings in cylinders and connections (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those openings.</I> Threads conforming to the following are required on openings:
</P>
<P>(1) Threads must be clean cut, even, without cracks, and to gauge.
</P>
<P>(2) Taper threads, when used, must be of length not less than as specified for National Gas Tapered Thread (NGT) as required by American Standard Compressed Gas Cylinder Valve Outlet and Inlet Connections.
</P>
<P>(3) Straight threads having at least 6 engaged threads are authorized. Straight threads must have a tight fit and a calculated shear stress of at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test must be by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(2) Each cylinder must be tested to minimum of 
<FR>5/3</FR> times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(4) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Cycling tests.</I> Prior to the initial shipment of any specific cylinder design, cyclic pressurization tests must have been performed on at least three representative samples without failure as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Pressurization must be performed hydrostatically between approximately zero psig and the service pressure at a rate not in excess of 10 cycles per minute. Adequate recording instrumentation must be provided if equipment is to be left unattended for periods of time.
</P>
<P>(2) Tests prescribed in paragraph (j)(1) of this section must be repeated on one random sample out of each lot of cylinders. The cylinder may then be subjected to a burst test.
</P>
<P>(3) A lot is defined as a group of cylinders fabricated from the same heat of steel, manufactured by the same process and heat treated in the same equipment under the same conditions of time, temperature, and atmosphere, and may not exceed a quantity of 200 cylinders.
</P>
<P>(4) All cylinders used in cycling tests must be destroyed.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Burst test.</I> One cylinder taken at random out of each lot of cylinders must be hydrostatically tested to destruction.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Flattening test.</I> A flattening test must be performed on one cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, by placing the cylinder between wedge shaped knife edges having a 60° included angle, rounded to 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch radius. The longitudinal axis of the cylinder must be at a 90-degree angle to knife edges during the test. For lots of 30 or less, flattening tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Physical tests.</I> A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Test is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of cylinders.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A gauge length of at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over six times the thickness. The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section. When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with the record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens.
</P>
<P>(ii) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length.
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psi, the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Magnetic particle inspection.</I> Inspection must be performed on the inside of each container before closing and externally on each finished container after heat treatment. Evidence of discontinuities, which in the opinion of a qualified inspector may appreciably weaken or decrease the durability of the cylinder, must be cause for rejection.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Leakage test.</I> All spun cylinders and plugged cylinders must be tested for leakage by dry gas or dry air pressure after the bottom has been cleaned and is free from all moisture, subject to the following conditions and limitations:
</P>
<P>(1) Pressure, approximately the same as but not less than service pressure, must be applied to one side of the finished bottom over an area of at least 
<FR>1/16</FR> of the total area of the bottom but not less than 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch in diameter, including the closure, for at least one minute, during which time the other side of the bottom exposed to pressure must be covered with water and closely examined for indications of leakage. Except as provided in paragraph (q) of this section, a cylinder must be rejected if there is leakage.
</P>
<P>(2) A spun cylinder is one in which an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process.
</P>
<P>(3) A plugged cylinder is one in which a permanent closure in the bottom of a finished cylinder has been effected by a plug.
</P>
<P>(4) As a safety precaution, if the manufacturer elects to make this test before the hydrostatic test, the manufacturer should design the test apparatus so that the pressure is applied to the smallest area practicable, around the point of closure, and so as to use the smallest possible volume of air or gas.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Acceptable results of tests.</I> Results of the flattening test, physical tests, burst test, and cycling test must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Flattening required without cracking to ten times the wall thickness of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) Physical tests:
</P>
<P>(i) An elongation of at least 6 percent for a gauge length of 24 times the wall thickness.
</P>
<P>(ii) The tensile strength may not exceed 165,000 p.s.i.
</P>
<P>(3) The burst pressure must be at least 
<FR>4/3</FR> times the test pressure.
</P>
<P>(4) Cycling-at least 10,000 pressurizations.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment is authorized for rejected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding or spinning is not authorized. For each cylinder subjected to reheat treatment during original manufacture, sidewall measurements must be made to verify that the minimum sidewall thickness meets specification requirements after the final heat treatment.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Marking.</I> (1) Cylinders must be marked by low stress type steel stamping in an area and to a depth which will insure that the wall thickness measured from the root of the stamping to the interior surface is equal to or greater than the minimum prescribed wall thickness. Stamping must be permanent and legible. Stamping on side wall not authorized.
</P>
<P>(2) The rejection elastic expansion (REE), in cubic cm (cc), must be marked on the cylinder near the date of test. The REE for a cylinder is 1.05 times its original elastic expansion.
</P>
<P>(3) Name plates are authorized, provided that they can be permanently and securely attached to the cylinder. Attachment by either brazing or welding is not permitted. Attachment by soldering is permitted provided steel temperature does not exceed 500 °F.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Inspector's report.</I> In addition to the requirements of § 178.35, the inspector's report must indicate the rejection elastic expansion (REE), in cubic cm (cc).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 65 FR 58631, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45385, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51652, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, 75749, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 85421, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.45" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.45   Specification 3T seamless steel cylinder.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size, and service pressure.</I> A DOT 3T cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with a minimum water capacity of 1,000 pounds and a minimum service pressure of 1,800 psig. Each cylinder must have integrally formed heads concave to pressure at both ends. The inside head shape must be hemispherical, ellipsoidal in which the major axis is two times the minor axis, or a dished shape falling within these two limits. Permanent closures formed by spinning are prohibited.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Material, steel.</I> Only open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace process steel of uniform quality is authorized. The steel analysis must conform to the following:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Analysis Tolerances
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Element
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Ladle analysis
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Check Analysis
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.35 to 0.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.75 to 1.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus (max)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.035</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulphur (max)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15 to 0.35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.80 to 1.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15 to 0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.02</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(1) A heat of steel made under the specifications in the table in this paragraph (b), the ladle analysis of which is slightly out of the specified range, is acceptable if satisfactory in all other aspects. However, the check analysis tolerances shown in the table in this paragraph (b) may not be exceeded except as approved by the Department.
</P>
<P>(2) Material with seams, cracks, laminations, or other injurious defects is not permitted.
</P>
<P>(3) Material used must be identified by any suitable method.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Manufacture.</I> General manufacturing requirements are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Surface finish must be uniform and reasonably smooth.
</P>
<P>(2) Inside surfaces must be clean, dry, and free of loose particles.
</P>
<P>(3) No defect of any kind is permitted if it is likely to weaken a finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(4) If the cylinder surface is not originally free from the defects, the surface may be machined or otherwise treated to eliminate these defects provided the minimum wall thickness is maintained.
</P>
<P>(5) Welding or brazing on a cylinder is not permitted.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The minimum wall thickness must be such that the wall stress at the minimum specified test pressure does not exceed 67 percent of the minimum tensile strength of the steel as determined by the physical tests required in paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section. A wall stress of more than 90,500 p.s.i. is not permitted. The minimum wall thickness for any cylinder may not be less than 0.225 inch.
</P>
<P>(1) Calculation of the stress for cylinders must be made by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)] / (D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = Wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Minimum test pressure, at least 
<FR>5/3</FR> service pressure;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = Outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = Inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Each cylinder must meet the following additional requirement which assumes a cylinder horizontally supported at its two ends and uniformly loaded over its entire length. This load consists of the weight per inch of length of the straight cylindrical portion filled with water compressed to the specified test pressure. The wall thickness must be increased when necessary to meet this additional requirement:
</P>
<P>(i) The sum of two times the maximum tensile stress in the bottom fibers due to bending (see paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section), plus the maximum tensile stress in the same fibers due to hydrostatic testing (see paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section) may not exceed 80 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel at this maximum stress.
</P>
<P>(ii) The following formula must be used to calculate the maximum tensile stress due to bending:
</P>
<FP-2>S = Mc / I
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = Tensile stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>M = Bending moment in inch-pounds (wl
<SU>2</SU>/8);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>I = Moment of inertia—0.04909 (D
<SU>4</SU>−d
<SU>4</SU>) in inches fourth;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>c = Radius (D/2) of cylinder in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>w = Weight per inch of cylinder filled with water;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>l = Length of cylinder in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = Outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = Inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(iii) The following formula must be used to calculate the maximum longitudinal tensile stress due to hydrostatic test pressure:
</P>
<FP-2>S = A<E T="52">1</E> P / A<E T="52">2</E>
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = Tensile stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">1</E> = Internal area in cross section of cylinder in square inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Hydrostatic test pressure-psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">2</E> = Area of metal in cross section of cylinder in square inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Heat treatment.</I> Each completed cylinder must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to testing, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Each cylinder must be heated and held at the proper temperature for at least one hour per inch of thickness based on the maximum thickness of the cylinder and then quenched in a suitable liquid medium having a cooling rate not in excess of 80 percent of water. The steel temperature on quenching must be that recommended for the steel analysis, but it must never exceed 1750 °F.
</P>
<P>(2) After quenching, each cylinder must be reheated to a temperature below the transformation range but not less than 1050 °F., and must be held at this temperature for at least one hour per inch of thickness based on the maximum thickness of the cylinder. Each cylinder must then be cooled under conditions recommended for the steel.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Openings.</I> Openings in cylinders must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Openings are permitted on heads only.
</P>
<P>(2) The size of any centered opening in a head may not exceed one half the outside diameter of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(3) Openings in a head must have ligaments between openings of at least three times the average of their hole diameter. No off-center opening may exceed 2.625 inches in diameter.
</P>
<P>(4) All openings must be circular.
</P>
<P>(5) All openings must be threaded. Threads must be in compliance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Each thread must be clean cut, even, without any checks, and to gauge.
</P>
<P>(ii) Taper threads, when used, must be the American Standard Pipe thread (NPT) type and must be in compliance with the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(iii) Taper threads conforming to National Gas Taper thread (NGT) standards must be in compliance with the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Straight threads conforming with National Gas Straight thread (NGS) standards are authorized. These threads must be in compliance with the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test must be by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(2) Each cylinder must be tested to minimum of 
<FR>5/3</FR> times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(4) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Ultrasonic examination.</I> After the hydrostatic test, the cylindrical section of each vessel must be examined in accordance with ASTM E 213 for shear wave and E 114 for straight beam (IBR, Standard <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). The equipment used must be calibrated to detect a notch equal to five percent of the design minimum wall thickness. Any discontinuity indication greater than that produced by the five percent notch must be cause for rejection of the cylinder, unless the discontinuity is repaired within the requirements of this specification.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Basic requirements for tension and Charpy impact tests.</I> Cylinders must be subjected to a tension and Charpy impact as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) When the cylinders are heat treated in a batch furnace, two tension specimens and three Charpy impact specimens must be tested from one of the cylinders or a test ring from each batch. The lot size represented by these tests may not exceed 200 cylinders.
</P>
<P>(2) When the cylinders are heat treated in a continuous furnace, two tension specimens and three Charpy impact specimens must be tested from one of the cylinders or a test ring from each four hours or less of production. However, in no case may a test lot based on this production period exceed 200 cylinders.
</P>
<P>(3) Each specimen for the tension and Charpy impact tests must be taken from the side wall of a cylinder or from a ring which has been heat treated with the finished cylinders of which the specimens must be representative. The axis of the specimens must be parallel to the axis of the cylinder. Each cylinder or ring specimen for test must be of the same diameter, thickness, and metal as the finished cylinders they represent. A test ring must be at least 24 inches long with ends covered during the heat treatment process so as to simulate the heat treatment process of the finished cylinders it represents.
</P>
<P>(4) A test cylinder or test ring need represent only one of the heats in a furnace batch provided the other heats in the batch have previously been tested and have passed the tests and that such tests do not represent more than 200 cylinders from any one heat.
</P>
<P>(5) The test results must conform to the requirements specified in paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) When the test results do not conform to the requirements specified, the cylinders represented by the tests may be reheat treated and the tests repeated. Paragraph (i)(5) of this section applies to any retesting.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Basic conditions for acceptable physical testing.</I> The following criteria must be followed to obtain acceptable physical test results:
</P>
<P>(1) Each tension specimen must have a gauge length of two inches with a width not exceeding one and one-half inches. Except for the grip ends, the specimen may not be flattened. The grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section.
</P>
<P>(2) A specimen may not be heated after heat treatment specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gage length.
</P>
<P>(i) This yield strength must be determined by the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method described in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(ii) For the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or extension under load) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gage length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gage length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. However, when the degree of accuracy of this method is questionable the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set with the specimen under a stress of 12,000 p.s.i. and the strain indicator reading set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) The cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during the determination of yield strength.
</P>
<P>(4) Each impact specimen must be Charpy V-notch type size 10 mm × 10 mm taken in accordance with paragraph 11 of ASTM A 333 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). When a reduced size specimen is used, it must be the largest size obtainable.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Acceptable physical test results.</I> Results of physical tests must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The tensile strength may not exceed 155,000 p.s.i.
</P>
<P>(2) The elongation must be at least 16 percent for a two-inch gage length.
</P>
<P>(3) The Charpy V-notch impact properties for the three impact specimens which must be tested at 0 °F may not be less than the values shown as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Size of specimen (mm)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Average value
<br/>for acceptance
<br/>(3 specimens)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum value
<br/>(1 specimen only
<br/>of the 3)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.0 × 10.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25.0 ft. lbs.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0 ft. lbs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.0 × 7.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21.0 ft. lbs.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0 ft. lbs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.0 × 5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0 ft. lbs.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14.0 ft. lbs.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(4) After the final heat treatment, each vessel must be hardness tested on the cylindrical section. The tensile strength equivalent of the hardness number obtained may not be more than 165,000 p.s.i. (Rc 36). When the result of a hardness test exceeds the maximum permitted, two or more retests may be made; however, the hardness number obtained in each retest may not exceed the maximum permitted.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment is authorized for rejected cylinders. However, each reheat treated cylinder must subsequently pass all the prescribed tests. Repair by welding is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Markings.</I> Marking must be done by stamping into the metal of the cylinder. All markings must be legible and located on a shoulder.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Inspector's report.</I> In addition to the requirements of § 178.35, the inspector's report for the physical test report, must indicate the average value for three specimens and the minimum value for one specimen for each lot number.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45385, 43588, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51652, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 48571, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75748, 75749, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 85421, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.46" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.46   Specification 3AL seamless aluminum cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Size and service pressure.</I> A DOT 3AL cylinder is a seamless aluminum cylinder with a maximum water capacity of 1000 pounds and minimum service pressure of 150 psig.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authorized material and identification of material.</I> The material of construction must meet the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Starting stock must be cast stock or traceable to cast stock.
</P>
<P>(2) Material with seams, cracks, laminations, or other defects likely to weaken the finished cylinder may not be used.
</P>
<P>(3) Material must be identified by a suitable method that will identify the alloy, the aluminum producer's cast number, the solution heat treat batch number and the lot number.
</P>
<P>(4) The material must be of uniform quality. Only the following heat treatable aluminum alloys in table 1 and 2 are permitted as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Heat or Cast Analysis for Aluminum; Similar to “Aluminum Association”
<sup>1</sup> Alloy 6061 
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[CHEMICAL ANALYSIS IN WEIGHT PERCENT
<sup>2</sup>] 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Si
<br/>min/max 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Fe
<br/>max 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Cu
<br/>min/max 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Mn
<br/>max 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Mg
<br/>min/max 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Cr
<br/>min/max 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Zn
<br/>max 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Ti
<br/>max 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Pb
<br/>max 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Bi
<br/>max 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Other 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">A1 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">each
<br/>max 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">total
<br/>max 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.4/0.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15/0.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8/1.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04/0.35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bal. 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The “Aluminum Association” refers to “Aluminum Standards and Data 1993”, published by the Aluminum Association Inc. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Except for “Pb” and “Bi”, the chemical composition corresponds with that of Table 1 of ASTM B 221 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) for Aluminum Association alloy 6061.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Mechanical Property Limits
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Alloy and temper
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Tensile strength—PSI
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Elongation—percent minimum for 2″ or 4D 
<sup>1</sup> size specimen
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Ultimate—minimum
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Yield—minimum
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6061-T6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup>14
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> “D” represents specimen diameters. When the cylinder wall is greater than 
<fr>3/16</fr> inch thick, a retest without reheat treatment using the 4D size specimen is authorized if the test using the 2 inch size specimen fails to meet elongation requirements.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> When cylinder wall is not over 
<fr>3/16</fr>-inch thick, 10 percent elongation is authorized when using a 24t × 6t size test specimen.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(5) All starting stock must be 100 percent ultrasonically inspected, along the length at right angles to the central axis from two positions at 90° to one another. The equipment and continuous scanning procedure must be capable of detecting and rejecting internal defects such as cracks which have an ultrasonic response greater than that of a calibration block with a 
<FR>5/64</FR>-inch diameter flat bottomed hole.
</P>
<P>(6) Cast stock must have uniform equiaxed grain structure not to exceed 500 microns maximum.
</P>
<P>(7) Any starting stock not complying with the provisions of paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(6) of this section must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Cylinder shells must be manufactured by the backward extrusion method and have a cleanliness level adequate to ensure proper inspection. No fissure or other defect is acceptable that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder below the design strength requirements. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. If not originally free from such defects, the surface may be machined or otherwise conditioned to eliminate these defects.
</P>
<P>(2) Thickness of the cylinder base may not be less than the prescribed minimum wall thickness of the cylindrical shell. The cylinder base must have a basic torispherical, hemispherical, or ellipsoidal interior base configuration where the dish radius is no greater than 1.2 times the inside diameter of the shell. The knuckle radius may not be less than 12 percent of the inside diameter of the shell. The interior base contour may deviate from the true torispherical, hemispherical or ellipsoidal configuration provided that—
</P>
<P>(i) Any areas of deviation are accompanied by an increase in base thickness;
</P>
<P>(ii) All radii of merging surfaces are equal to or greater than the knuckle radius;
</P>
<P>(iii) Each design has been qualified by successfully passing the cycling tests in this paragraph (c); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Detailed specifications of the base design are available to the inspector.
</P>
<P>(3) For free standing cylinders, the base thickness must be at least two times the minimum wall thickness along the line of contact between the cylinder base and the floor when the cylinders are in the vertical position.
</P>
<P>(4) Welding or brazing is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(5) Each new design and any significant change to any acceptable design must be qualified for production by testing prototype samples as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Three samples must be subjected to 100,000 pressure reversal cycles between zero and service pressure or 10,000 pressure reversal cycles between zero and test pressure, at a rate not in excess of 10 cycles per minute without failure.
</P>
<P>(ii) Three samples must be pressurized to destruction and failure may not occur at less than 2.5 times the marked cylinder service pressure. Each cylinder must remain in one piece. Failure must initiate in the cylinder sidewall in a longitudinal direction. Rate of pressurization may not exceed 200 psig per second.
</P>
<P>(6) In this specification “significant change” means a 10 percent or greater change in cylinder wall thickness, service pressure, or diameter; a 30 percent or greater change in water capacity or base thickness; any change in material; over 100 percent increase in size of openings; or any change in the number of openings.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The minimum wall thickness must be such that the wall stress at the minimum specified test pressure will not exceed 80 percent of the minimum yield strength nor exceed 67 percent of the minimum ultimate tensile strength as verified by physical tests in paragraph (i) of this section. The minimum wall thickness for any cylinder with an outside diameter greater than 5 inches must be 0.125 inch. Calculations must be made by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)] / (D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = Wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Prescribed minimum test pressure in psig (see paragraph (g) of this section);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = Outside diameter in inches; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = Inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Openings.</I> Openings must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Openings are permitted in heads only.
</P>
<P>(2) The size of any centered opening in a head may not exceed one-half the outside diameter of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(3) Other openings are permitted in the head of a cylinder if:
</P>
<P>(i) Each opening does not exceed 2.625 inches in diameter, or one-half the outside diameter of the cylinder; whichever is less;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each opening is separated from each other by a ligament; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Each ligament which separates two openings must be at least three times the average of the diameters of the two openings.
</P>
<P>(4) All openings must be circular.
</P>
<P>(5) All openings must be threaded. Threads must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Each thread must be clean cut, even, without checks, and to gauge.
</P>
<P>(ii) Taper threads, when used, must conform to one of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) American Standard Pipe Thread (NPT) type, conforming to the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); 
</P>
<P>(B) National Gas Taper Thread (NGT) type, conforming to the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28; or 
</P>
<P>(C) Other taper threads conforming to other standards may be used provided the length is not less than that specified for NPT threads.
</P>
<P>(iii) Straight threads, when used, must conform to one of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) National Gas Straight Thread (NGS) type, conforming to the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28; 
</P>
<P>(B) Unified Thread (UN) type, conforming to the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28; 
</P>
<P>(C) Controlled Radius Root Thread (UN) type, conforming to the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28; or 
</P>
<P>(D) Other straight threads conforming to other recognized standards may be used provided that the requirements in paragraph (e)(5)(iv) of this section are met.
</P>
<P>(iv) All straight threads must have at least 6 engaged threads, a tight fit, and a factor of safety in shear of at least 10 at the test pressure of the cylinder. Shear stress must be calculated by using the appropriate thread shear area in accordance with NBS Handbook H-28.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Heat treatment.</I> Prior to any test, all cylinders must be subjected to a solution heat treatment and aging treatment appropriate for the aluminum alloy used.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test must be by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(2) The minimum test pressure must be the greater of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) 450 psig regardless of service pressure;
</P>
<P>(ii) Two (2) times the service pressure for cylinders having service pressure less than 500 psig; or
</P>
<P>(iii) 
<FR>5/3</FR> times the service pressure for cylinders having a service pressure of 500 psig or greater.
</P>
<P>(3) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2, however, if a second failure to maintain the test pressure occurs the cylinder being tested must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(4) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Flattening test.</I> One cylinder taken at random out of each lot must be subjected to a flattening test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test must be between knife edges, wedge shaped, having a 60° included angle, and rounded in accordance with the following table. The longitudinal axis of the cylinder must be at an angle 90° to the knife edges during the test. The flattening test table is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Flattening Test Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cylinder wall thickness in inches
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Radius in inches
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Under .150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.150 to .249</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.875
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.250 to .349</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.350 to .449</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.125
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.450 to .549</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.750
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.550 to .649</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.650 to .749</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.125</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) An alternate bend test in accordance with ASTM E 290 using a mandrel diameter not more than 6 times the wall thickness is authorized to qualify lots that fail the flattening test of this section without reheat treatment. If used, this test must be performed on two samples from one cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 cylinders or less.
</P>
<P>(3) Each test cylinder must withstand flattening to nine times the wall thickness without cracking. When the alternate bend test is used, the test specimens must remain uncracked when bent inward around a mandrel in the direction of curvature of the cylinder wall until the interior edges are at a distance apart not greater than the diameter of the mandrel.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Mechanical properties test.</I> Two test specimens cut from one cylinder representing each lot of 200 cylinders or less must be subjected to the mechanical properties test, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The results of the test must conform to at least the minimum acceptable mechanical property limits for aluminum alloys as specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must be 4D bar or gauge length 2 inches with width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inch taken in the direction of extrusion approximately 180° from each other; provided that gauge length at least 24 times thickness with width not over 6 times thickness is authorized, when cylinder wall is not over 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick. The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section. When the size of the cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold by pressure only, not by blows. When such specimens are used, the inspector's report must show that the specimens were so taken and prepared. Heating of specimens for any purpose is forbidden.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length.
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM B 557 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 10,000,000 psi. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 6,000 psi, the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Rejected cylinder.</I> Reheat treatment of rejected cylinders is authorized one time. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Duties of inspector.</I> In addition to the requirements of § 178.35, the inspector shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Verify compliance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section by:
</P>
<P>(i) Performing or witnessing the performance of the chemical analyses on each melt or cast lot or other unit of starting material; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Obtaining a certified chemical analysis from the material or cylinder manufacturer for each melt, or cast of material; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Obtaining a certified check analysis on one cylinder out of each lot of 200 cylinders or less, if a certificate containing data to indicate compliance with the material specification is obtained.
</P>
<P>(2) The inspector must verify ultrasonic inspection of all material by inspection or by obtaining the material producer's certificate of ultrasonic inspection. Ultrasonic inspection must be performed or verified as having been performed in accordance with paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The inspector must also determine that each cylinder complies with this specification by:
</P>
<P>(i) Selecting the samples for check analyses performed by other than the material producer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Verifying that the prescribed minimum thickness was met by measuring or witnessing the measurement of the wall thickness; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Verifying that the identification of material is proper.
</P>
<P>(4) Prior to initial production of any design or design change, verify that the design qualification tests prescribed in paragraph (c)(6) of this section have been performed with acceptable results.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) In this specification, a “lot” means a group of cylinders successively produced having the same:
</P>
<P>(i) Size and configuration;
</P>
<P>(ii) Specified material of construction;
</P>
<P>(iii) Process of manufacture and heat treatment;
</P>
<P>(iv) Equipment of manufacture and heat treatment; and
</P>
<P>(v) Conditions of time, temperature and atmosphere during heat treatment.
</P>
<P>(2) In no case may the lot size exceed 200 cylinders, but any cylinder processed for use in the required destructive physical testing need not be counted as being one of the 200.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Inspector's report.</I> In addition to the information required by § 178.35, the record of chemical analyses must also include the alloy designation, and applicable information on iron, titanium, zinc, magnesium and any other applicable element used in the construction of the cylinder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51652, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75749, Dec. 31, 2003; 77 FR 60943, Oct. 5, 2012; 85 FR 85421, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.47" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.47   Specification 4DS welded stainless steel cylinders for aircraft use.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size, and service pressure.</I> A DOT 4DS cylinder is either a welded stainless steel sphere (two seamless hemispheres) or circumferentially welded cylinder both with a water capacity of not over 100 pounds and a service pressure of at least 500 but not over 900 psig.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steel.</I> Types 304, 321 and 347 stainless steel are authorized with proper welding procedure. A heat of steel made under the specifications in table 1 in this paragraph (b), check chemical analysis of which is slightly out of the specified range, is acceptable, if satisfactory in all other respects, provided the tolerances shown in table 2 in this paragraph (b) are not exceeded, except as approved by Associate Administrator. The following chemical analyses are authorized:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Authorized Materials
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Stainless steels
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">304 (percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">321 (percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">347 (percent)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon (max)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese (max)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus (max)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.030</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.030</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.030
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulphur (max)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.030</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.030</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.030
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon (max)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0/11.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0/13.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0/13.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">18.0/20.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0/20.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0/20.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titanium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>1</sup>)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Columbium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>2</sup>)
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Titanium may not be more than 5C and not more than 0.60%.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Columbium may not be less than 10C and not more than 1.0%.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Check Analysis Tolerances
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Element
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Limit or maximum specified (percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Tolerance (percent) over the maximum limit or under the minimum limit
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under minimum limit
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over maximum limit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.15 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 1.15 to 2.50 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulphur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.30 to 1.00 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 5.30 to 10.00 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 10.00 to 14.00 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 15.00 to 20.00 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titanium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Columbium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup>Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis for phosphorus.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> Materials must be identified by any suitable method.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably, a reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. No abrupt change in wall thickness is permitted. Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). All seams of the sphere or cylinder must be fusion welded. Seams must be of the butt type and means must be provided for accomplishing complete penetration of the joint.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Attachments.</I> Attachments to the container are authorized by fusion welding provided that such attachments are made of weldable stainless steel in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The minimum wall thickness must be such that the wall stress at the minimum specified test pressure may not be over 60,000 psig. A minimum wall thickness of 0.040 inch is required for any diameter container. Calculations must be made by the following formulas:
</P>
<P>(1) Calculation for sphere must be made by the formula:
</P>
<FP>S = PD / 4tE
</FP>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = Wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Test pressure prescribed for water jacket test, i.e., at least two times service pressure, in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = Outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t = Minimum wall thickness in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = 0.85 (provides 85 percent weld efficiency factor which must be applied in the girth weld area and heat zones which zone must extend a distance of 6 times wall thickness from center of weld);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = 1.0 (for all other areas).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Calculation for a cylinder must be made by the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)] / (D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = Wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Test pressure prescribed for water jacket test, i.e., at least two times service pressure, in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = Outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = Inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Heat treatment.</I> The seamless hemispheres and cylinders may be stress relieved or annealed for forming. Welded container must be stress relieved at a temperature of 775 °F ±25° after process treatment and before hydrostatic test.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Openings in container.</I> Openings must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Each opening in the container must be provided with a fitting, boss or pad of weldable stainless steel securely attached to the container by fusion welding.
</P>
<P>(2) Attachments to a fitting, boss, or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage. Threads must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and tapped to gauge.
</P>
<P>(ii) Taper threads to be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads.
</P>
<P>(iii) Straight threads having at least 4 engaged threads, to have tight fit and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the container; gaskets required, adequate to prevent leakage.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Process treatment.</I> Each container must be hydraulically pressurized in a water jacket to at least 100 percent, but not more than 110 percent, of the test pressure and maintained at this pressure for a minimum of 3 minutes. Total and permanent expansion must be recorded and included in the inspector's report.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test must be by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(2) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of at least two (2) times its service pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(4) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(5) The cylinder must then be inspected. Any wall thickness lower than that required by paragraph (f) of this section must be cause for rejection. Bulges and cracks must be cause for rejection. Welded joint defects exceeding requirements of paragraph (k) of this section are cause for rejection.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Radiographic inspection.</I> Radiographic inspection is required on all welded joints which are subjected to internal pressure, except that at the discretion of the disinterested inspector, openings less than 25 percent of the container diameter need not be subjected to radiographic inspection. Evidence of any defects likely to seriously weaken the container is cause for rejection. Radiographic inspection must be performed subsequent to the hydrostatic test.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Burst test.</I> One container taken at random out of 200 or less must be hydrostatically tested to destruction. Rupture pressure must be included as part of the inspector's report.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Flattening test.</I> A flattening test must be performed as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For spheres the test must be at the weld between parallel steel plates on a press with welded seam at right angles to the plates. Test one sphere taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less after the hydrostatic test. Any projecting appurtenances may be cut off (by mechanical means only) prior to crushing.
</P>
<P>(2) For cylinders the test must be between knife edges, wedge shaped, 60° angle, rounded to 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch radius. Test one cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, after the hydrostatic test.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Acceptable results for flattening and burst tests.</I> Acceptable results for flattening and burst tests are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Flattening required to 50 percent of the original outside diameter without cracking.
</P>
<P>(2) Burst pressure must be at least 3 times the service pressure.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Rejected containers.</I> Repair of welded seams by welding prior to process treatment is authorized. Subsequent thereto, containers must be heat treated and pass all prescribed tests.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Duties of inspector.</I> In addition to the requirements of § 178.35, the inspector must verify that all tests are conducted at temperatures between 60 °F and 90 °F.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Marking.</I> Markings must be stamped plainly and permanently on a permanent attachment or on a metal nameplate permanently secured to the container by means other than soft solder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45386, 45388, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51653, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 85421, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.50" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.50   Specification 4B welded or brazed steel cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size, pressure, and application.</I> A DOT 4B is a welded or brazed steel cylinder with water capacity (nominal) not over 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 150 but not over 500 psig. Longitudinal seams must be forged lap-welded or brazed. Cylinders closed in by spinning process are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steel.</I> Open-hearth, electric or basic oxygen process steel of uniform quality must be used. Content percent may not exceed the following: Carbon, 0.25; phosphorus, 0.045; sulphur, 0.050. The cylinder manufacturer must maintain a record of intentionally added alloying elements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> Pressure-retaining materials must be identified by any suitable method that does not compromise the integrity of the cylinder. Plates and billets for hotdrawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Exposed bottom welds on cylinders over 18 inches long must be protected by footrings. Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in conformance with CGA C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Seams must be made as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Brazing materials.</I> Brazing materials must be by copper brazing, by copper alloy brazing, or by silver alloy brazing. Copper alloy composition must be: Copper, 95 percent minimum; Silicon, 1.5 percent to 3.85 percent; Manganese, 0.25 percent to 1.10 percent.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Brazed circumferential seams.</I> Heads attached by brazing must have a driving fit with the shell, unless the shell is crimped, swedged, or curled over the skirt or flange of the head, and be thoroughly brazed until complete penetration by the brazing material of the brazed joint is secured. Depth of brazing of the joint must be at least four (4) times the minimum thickness of shell metal.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Welded circumferential seams.</I> Circumferential seams are permitted by the welding process.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Longitudinal seams in shells.</I> Longitudinal seams must be a forged lap joint design. When brazed, the plate edge must be lapped at least eight (8) times the thickness of the plate, laps being held in position, substantially metal to metal, by riveting or electric spot-welding; brazing must be done by using a suitable flux and by placing brazing material on one side of seam and applying heat until this material shows uniformly along the seam of the other side.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Welding or brazing.</I> Only the attachment of neckrings, footrings, handles, bosses, pads, and valve protection rings to the tops and bottoms of cylinders by welding or brazing is authorized. Attachments and the portion of the cylinder to which they are attached must be made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent except in the case of 4130X steel, which may be used with proper welding procedure.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The wall thickness of the cylinder must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) For cylinders with outside diameters over 6 inches, the minimum wall thickness must be 0.090 inch. In any case, the minimum wall thickness must be such that calculated wall stress at minimum test pressure (paragraph (i)(4) of this section) may not exceed the following values:
</P>
<P>(i) 24,000 psig for cylinders without longitudinal seam.
</P>
<P>(ii) 22,800 psig for cylinders having copper brazed or silver alloy brazed longitudinal seam.
</P>
<P>(iii) 18,000 psig for cylinders having forged lapped welded longitudinal seam.
</P>
<P>(2) Calculation must be made by the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)]/(D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test or 450 psig whichever is the greater;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Heat treatment.</I> Cylinder heads, bodies or the completed cylinder, formed by drawing or pressing, must be uniformly and properly heat treated by an applicable method shown in table 1 of appendix A of this part before tests.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Opening in cylinders.</I> Openings in cylinders must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Any opening must be placed on other than a cylindrical surface.
</P>
<P>(2) Each opening in a spherical type of cylinder must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad of weldable steel securely attached to the cylinder by fusion welding.
</P>
<P>(3) Each opening in a cylindrical type cylinder, except those for pressure relief devices, must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad, securely attached to container by brazing or by welding.
</P>
<P>(4) If threads are used, they must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Threads must be clean cut, even without checks, and tapped to gauge.
</P>
<P>(ii) Taper threads must be of a length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads.
</P>
<P>(iii) Straight threads, must have at least four (4) engaged threads, must have tight fit and a calculated shear strength at least ten (10) times the test pressure of the cylinder; gaskets are required for straight threads and must be of sufficient quality to prevent leakage.
</P>
<P>(iv) A brass fitting may be brazed to the steel boss or flange on cylinders used as component parts of handheld fire extinguishers.
</P>
<P>(5) The closure of a fitting, boss, or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows: (1) <I>Lot testing.</I> (i) At least one (1) cylinder randomly selected out of each lot of 200 or fewer must be tested by the water jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of 2 times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(iii) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(iv) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure testing.</I> (i) The remaining cylinders in the lot must be tested by the proof pressure, water-jacket, or direct expansion test method as prescribed in CGA C-1. The minimum test pressure must be maintained for the specific timeframe and the testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. Further, all testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, sections 5.7.2 or 7.1.2, as appropriate. Determination of expansion properties is not required.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of at least two (2) times service pressure and show no defect.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Mechanical test.</I> A mechanical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation as a percentage, and reduction of area of material as a percentage as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Testing is required on two (2) specimens removed from one (1) cylinder, or part thereof, heat-treated as required, as illustrated in appendix A to this subpart. For lots of 30 or fewer, mechanical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long removed from each cylinder and subjected to the same heat treatment as the finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) When a cylinder wall is 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick or less, one the following gauge lengths is authorized: A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length at least twenty-four (24) times the thickness with a width not over six (6) times the thickness.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section.
</P>
<P>(iii) When the size of a cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are taken and prepared using this method, the inspector's report must show detailed information regarding such specimens in connection with the record of mechanical tests.
</P>
<P>(iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For strain measurement, the initial strain reference must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psig, and strain indicator reading must be set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(v) The yield strength must not exceed 73 percent of the tensile strength.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Elongation.</I> Mechanical test specimens must show at least a 40 percent elongation for a 2-inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases. However, elongation percentages may be reduced numerically by 2 percent for 2-inch specimens, and by 1 percent in other cases, for each 7,500 psig increase of tensile strength above 50,000 psig. The tensile strength may be incrementally increased by four increments of 7,500 psig for a maximum total of 30,000 psig.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Flattening test</I>—(1) <I>Cylinders.</I> After pressure testing, a flattening test must be performed on one cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or fewer by placing the cylinder between wedge-shaped knife edges having a 60 degree included angle, rounded to a half-inch radius. The longitudinal axis of the cylinder must be at a 90-degree angle to knife edges during the test. For lots of 30 or fewer, flattening tests are authorized to be performed on a ring of at least 8 inches long removed from each cylinder and subjected to the same heat treatment as the finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pipes.</I> When cylinders are constructed of lap welded pipe, an additional flattening test is required, without evidence of cracking, up to six (6) times the wall thickness. In such case, the rings (crop ends) removed from each end of the pipe, must be tested with the weld 45 °F or less from the point of greatest stress.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Acceptable results for flattening tests.</I> There must be no evidence of cracking of the sample when it is flattened between flat plates to no more than six (6) times the wall thickness. If this test fails, one additional sample from the same lot may be taken. If this second sample fails, the entire lot must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment is authorized for a rejected cylinder in accordance with this paragraph (n). After reheat treatment, a cylinder must pass all prescribed tests in this section to be considered acceptable. Repair of brazed seams by brazing and welded seams by welding is authorized. For cylinders with an outside diameter of less than or equal to six (6) inches, welded seam repairs greater than one (1) inch in length shall require reheat treatment of the cylinder. For cylinders greater than an outside diameter of 6 inches, welded seam repairs greater than three (3) inches in length shall require reheat treatment.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Markings.</I> (1) Markings must be as required as in § 178.35 and in addition must be stamped plainly and permanently in any of the following locations on the cylinder:
</P>
<P>(i) On shoulders and top heads whose wall thickness is not less than 0.087-inch thick;
</P>
<P>(ii) On side wall adjacent to top head for side walls which are not less than 0.090 inch thick;
</P>
<P>(iii) On a cylindrical portion of the shell that extends beyond the recessed bottom of the cylinder, constituting an integral and non-pressure part of the cylinder;
</P>
<P>(iv) On a metal plate attached to the top of the cylinder or permanent part thereof; sufficient space must be left on the plate to provide for stamping at least six retest dates; the plate must be at least 
<FR>1/16</FR>-inch thick and must be attached by welding, or by brazing. The brazing rod must melt at a temperature of 1100 °F. Welding or brazing must be along all the edges of the plate;
</P>
<P>(v) On the neck, neckring, valve boss, valve protection sleeve, or similar part permanently attached to the top of the cylinder; or
</P>
<P>(vi) On the footring permanently attached to the cylinder, provided the water capacity of the cylinder does not exceed 30 pounds.
</P>
<P>(2) Embossing the cylinder head or sidewall is not permitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 85422, Dec. 28, 2020, as amended at 87 FR 79784, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.51" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.51   Specification 4BA welded or brazed steel cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size, pressure, and application.</I> A DOT 4BA cylinder is a cylinder, either spherical or cylindrical design, with a water capacity of 1,000 pounds or less and a service pressure range of 225 to 500 psig. Closures made by the spinning process are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(1) Spherical type cylinder designs are permitted to have only one circumferentially welded seam.
</P>
<P>(2) Cylindrical type cylinder designs must be of circumferentially welded or brazed construction; longitudinally brazed or silver-soldered seams are also permitted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steel.</I> The steel used in the construction of the cylinder must be as specified in table 1 of appendix A to this part. The cylinder manufacturer must maintain a record of intentionally added alloying elements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> Pressure-retaining material must be identified by any suitable method that does not compromise the integrity of the cylinder. Plates and billets for hotdrawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Exposed bottom welds on cylinders over 18 inches long must be protected by footrings.
</P>
<P>(1) Seams must be made as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Minimum thickness of heads and bottoms must be not less than 90 percent of the required thickness of the side wall.
</P>
<P>(ii) Circumferential seams must be made by welding or by brazing. Heads attached by brazing must have a driving fit with the shell unless the shell is crimped, swedged, or curled over the skirt or flange of the head and must be thoroughly brazed until complete penetration by the brazing material of the brazed joint is secured. Depth of brazing from end of the shell must be at least four (4) times the thickness of shell metal.
</P>
<P>(iii) Longitudinal seams in shells must be made by copper brazing, copper alloy brazing, or by silver alloy brazing. Copper alloy composition must be: Copper 95 percent minimum, Silicon 1.5 percent to 3.85 percent, Manganese 0.25 percent to 1.10 percent. The melting point of the silver alloy brazing material must be in excess of 1,000 °F. The plate edge must be lapped at least eight times the thickness of plate, laps being held in position, substantially metal to metal, by riveting or by electric spot-welding. Brazing must be done by using a suitable flux and by placing brazing material on one side of seam and applying heat until this material shows uniformly along the seam of the other side. Strength of longitudinal seam: Copper brazed longitudinal seam must have strength at least 
<FR>3/2</FR> times the strength of the steel wall.
</P>
<P>(2) Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in conformance with CGA C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Welding or brazing.</I> Welding or brazing of any attachment or opening to the heads of cylinders is permitted provided the carbon content of the steel does not exceed 0.25 percent except in the case of 4130 × steel, which may be used with proper welding procedure.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The minimum wall thickness of the cylinder must meet the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) For any cylinder with an outside diameter of greater than 6 inches, the minimum wall thickness is 0.078 inch. In any case, the minimum wall thickness must be such that the calculated wall stress at the minimum test pressure may not exceed the lesser value of any of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The value shown in table 1 of appendix A to this part, for the material under consideration;
</P>
<P>(ii) One-half of the minimum tensile strength of the material determined as required in paragraph (j) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) 35,000 psig; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Further provided that wall stress for cylinders having copper brazed longitudinal seams may not exceed 95 percent of any of the above values. Measured wall thickness may not include galvanizing or other protective coating.
</P>
<P>(2) Cylinders that are cylindrical in shape must have the wall stress calculated by the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)]/(D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) Cylinders that are spherical in shape must have the wall stress calculated by the formula:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>S = PD/4tE
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t = minimum wall thickness in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = 0.85 (provides 85 percent weld efficiency factor which must be applied in the circumferential weld area and heat affected zones which zone must extend a distance of 6 times wall thickness from center line of weld); and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = 1.0 (for all other areas).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) For a cylinder with a wall thickness less than 0.100 inch, the ratio of tangential length to outside diameter may not exceed 4.1.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Heat treatment.</I> Cylinders must be heat treated in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Each cylinder must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to test by the applicable method shown in table 1 of appendix A to this part. Heat treatment must be accomplished after all forming and welding operations, except that when brazed joints are used, heat treatment must follow any forming and welding operations, but may be done before, during or after the brazing operations (see paragraph (m) of this section for weld repairs).
</P>
<P>(2) Heat treatment is not required after the welding or brazing of weldable low carbon parts to attachments of similar material which have been previously welded or brazed to the top or bottom of cylinders and properly heat treated, provided such subsequent welding or brazing does not produce a temperature in excess of 400 °F in any part of the top or bottom material.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Openings in cylinders.</I> Openings in cylinders must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Any opening must be placed on other than a cylindrical surface.
</P>
<P>(2) Each opening in a spherical type cylinder must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad of weldable steel securely attached to the container by fusion welding.
</P>
<P>(3) Each opening in a cylindrical type cylinder must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad, securely attached to container by brazing or by welding.
</P>
<P>(4) If threads are used, they must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Threads must be clean-cut, even, without checks and tapped to gauge.
</P>
<P>(ii) Taper threads must be of a length not less than that specified for American Standard taper pipe threads.
</P>
<P>(iii) Straight threads, having at least 4 engaged threads, must have a tight fit and a calculated shear strength of at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Lot testing.</I> (i) At least one (1) cylinder randomly selected out of each lot of 200 or fewer must be tested by water jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) The selected cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(iii) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(iv) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure testing.</I> (i) The remaining cylinders in the lot must be tested by the proof pressure, water-jacket, or direct expansion test method as prescribed in CGA C-1. The minimum test pressure must be maintained for the specific timeframe and the testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. Further, all testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure and show no defect. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1 5.7.2 or 7.1.2, as appropriate. Determination of expansion properties is not required.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Mechanical test.</I> (1) A mechanical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation as a percentage, and reduction of area of material as a percentage, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Cylinders.</I> Testing is required on two (2) specimens removed from one cylinder or part thereof taken at random out of each lot of 200 or fewer. Samples must be removed after heat treatment as illustrated in appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Spheres.</I> Testing is required on two (2) specimens removed from the sphere or flat representative sample plates of the same heat of material taken at random from the steel used to produce the spheres. Samples (including plates) must be taken from each lot of 200 or fewer. The flat steel from which two specimens are to be removed must receive the same heat treatment as the spheres themselves. Samples must be removed after heat treatment as illustrated in appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) When a cylinder wall is 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick or less, one the following gauge lengths is authorized: A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length at least twenty-four (24) times the thickness with a width not over six (6) times the thickness.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section.
</P>
<P>(iii) When size of the cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show with the record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens.
</P>
<P>(iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”), corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For strain measurement, the initial strain reference must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psig, and the strain indicator reading must be set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Elongation.</I> Mechanical test specimens must show at least a 40 percent elongation for a 2-inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases. However, elongation percentages may be reduced numerically by 2 percent for 2-inch specimens, and by 1 percent in other cases, for each 7,500 psig increase of tensile strength above 50,000 psig. The tensile strength may be incrementally increased by four increments of 7,500 psig for a maximum total of 30,000 psig.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Tests of welds.</I> Except for brazed seams, welds must be tested as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Tensile test.</I> A specimen must be removed from one cylinder of each lot of 200 or fewer, or welded test plate. The welded test plate must be of one of the heats in the lot of 200 or fewer which it represents, in the same condition and approximately the same thickness as the cylinder wall except that in no case must it be of a lesser thickness than that required for a quarter size Charpy impact specimen. The weld must be made by the same procedures and subjected to the same heat treatment as the major weld on the cylinder. The specimen must be taken from across the major seam and must be prepared and tested in conformance with and must meet the requirements of CGA C-3. Should this specimen fail to meet the requirements, one additional specimen must be taken from two additional cylinders or welded test plates from the same lot and tested. If either of these latter two specimens fail to meet the requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Guided bend test.</I> A root bend test specimen must be removed from the cylinder or welded test plate that was used for the tensile test specified in paragraph (l)(1) of this section. The specimen must be taken from across the circumferential seam and must be prepared and tested in conformance with and must meet the requirements of CGA C-3. Should this specimen fail to meet the requirements, one additional specimen must be taken from two additional cylinders or welded test plates from the same lot and tested. If either of these latter two specimens fail to meet the requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Alternate guided-bend test.</I> This test may be used and must be as required by CGA C-3. The specimen must be bent until the elongation at the outer surface, adjacent to the root of the weld, between the lightly scribed gage lines a to b, must be at least 20 percent, except that this percentage may be reduced for steels having a tensile strength in excess of 50,000 psig, as provided in paragraph (k) of this section. Should the specimen fail to meet the requirements, one additional specimen must be taken from two additional cylinders or welded test plates from the same lot and tested. If any of these latter two specimens fail to meet the requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment is authorized for a rejected cylinder in accordance with this paragraph (m). After reheat, a cylinder must pass all prescribed tests in this section to be acceptable. Repair of brazed seams by brazing and welded seams by welding is considered authorized. For cylinders with an outside diameter of less than or equal to six (6) inches, welded seam repairs greater than one (1) inch in length shall require reheat treatment of the cylinder. For cylinders greater than an outside diameter of six (6) inches, welded seam repairs greater than three (3) inches in length shall require reheat treatment.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Markings.</I> (1) Markings must be as required in § 178.35 and in addition must be stamped plainly and permanently in one of the following locations on the cylinder:
</P>
<P>(i) On shoulders and top heads whose wall thickness is not less than 0.087 inch thick;
</P>
<P>(ii) On side wall adjacent to top head for side walls not less than 0.090 inch thick;
</P>
<P>(iii) On a cylindrical portion of the shell that extends beyond the recessed bottom of the cylinder constituting an integral and non-pressure part of the cylinder;
</P>
<P>(iv) On a plate attached to the top of the cylinder or permanent part thereof; sufficient space must be left on the plate to provide for stamping at least six retest dates; the plate must be at least 
<FR>1/16</FR> inch thick and must be attached by welding, or by brazing at a temperature of at least 1100 °F., throughout all edges of the plate;
</P>
<P>(v) On the neck, neckring, valve boss, valve protection sleeve, or similar part permanently attached to the top of the cylinder; or
</P>
<P>(vi) On the footring permanently attached to the cylinder, provided the water capacity of the cylinder does not exceed 30 pounds.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 85424, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.53" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.53   Specification 4D welded steel cylinders for aircraft use.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size, and service pressure.</I> A DOT 4D cylinder is a welded steel sphere (two seamless hemispheres) or circumferentially welded cylinder (two seamless drawn shells) with a water capacity not over 100 pounds and a service pressure of at least 300 but not over 500 psig. Cylinders closed in by spinning process are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steel.</I> Open-hearth or electric steel of uniform and weldable quality must be used. Content may not exceed the following: Carbon, 0.25; phosphorus, 0.045; sulphur, 0.050, except that the following steels commercially known as 4130X and Type 304, 316, 321, and 347 stainless steels may be used with proper welding procedure. A heat of steel made under table 1 in this paragraph (b), check chemical analysis of which is slightly out of the specified range, is acceptable, if satisfactory in all other respects, provided the tolerances shown in table 2 in this paragraph (b) are not exceeded, except as approved by the Associate Administrator. The following chemical analyses are authorized:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—4130X Steel
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4130X
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percent
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25/0.35.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.40/0.60.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04 max.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulphur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05 max
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15/0.35.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.80/1.10.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15/0.25.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Authorized Stainless Steels
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Stainless steels
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">304
<br/>(percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">316
<br/>(percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">321
<br/>(percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">347
<br/>(percent)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon (max)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese (max)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus (max)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.030</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.045</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.030</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.030
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulphur (max)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.030</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.030</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.030</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.030
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon (max)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0/11.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0/14.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0/13.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0/13.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.0/20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0/18.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0/20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0/20.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0/3.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titanium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>1</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Columbium</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>2</sup>)
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Titanium may not be less than 5C and not more than 0.60%.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Columbium may not be less than 10C and not more than 1.0%.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Check Analysis Tolerances
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Element
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Limit or maximum specified
<br/>(percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Tolerance (percent) over the maximum limit or under the minimum limit
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under minimum limit
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over maximum limit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.15 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.15 to 0.40 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.60 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 1.15 to 2.50 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulphur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.30 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.30 to 1.00 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 5.30 to 10.00 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 10.00 to 14.00 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.90 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.90 to 2.10 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 15.00 to 20.00 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.20 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.20 to 0.40 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 1.75 to 3.0 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titanium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Columbium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis for phosphorus.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> Material must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hotdrawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished container appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The wall stress at the minimum test pressure may not exceed 24,000 psi, except where steels commercially known as 4130X, types 304, 316, 321, and 347 stainless steels are used, stress at the test pressures may not exceed 37,000 psi. The minimum wall thickness for any container having a capacity of 1,100 cubic inches or less is 0.04 inch. The minimum wall thickness for any container having a capacity in excess of 1,100 cubic inches is 0.095 inch. Calculations must be done by the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Calculation for a “sphere” must be made by the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = PD / 4tE
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = test pressure prescribed for water jacket test, i.e., at least two times service pressure, in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t = minimum wall thickness in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = 0.85 (provides 85 percent weld efficiency factor which must be applied in the girth weld area and heat affected zones which zone must extend a distance of 6 times wall thickness from center line of weld);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = 1.0 (for all other areas).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Calculation for a cylinder must be made by the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)] / (D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>T12</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = test pressure prescribed for water jacket test, i.e., at least two times service pressure, in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) <I>Heat treatment.</I> The completed cylinders must be uniformly and properly heat-treated prior to tests.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Openings in container.</I> Openings in cylinders must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Each opening in the container, except those for safety devices, must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad, securely attached to the container by brazing or by welding or by threads. If threads are used, they must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and tapped to gauge.
</P>
<P>(ii) Taper threads must be of a length not less than that specified for American Standard taper pipe threads.
</P>
<P>(iii) Straight threads, having at least 4 engaged threads, must have a tight fit and calculated shear strength of at least 10 times the test pressure of the container. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required.
</P>
<P>(2) Closure of a fitting, boss, or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Lot testing.</I> (i) At least one cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 200 or fewer must be tested by water-jacket or direct expansion as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) The selected cylinder must be tested to a minimum of three (3) times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(iii) The minimum test pressure must be maintained be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(iv) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure testing.</I> (i) The remaining cylinders in each lot must be tested by the proof pressure water-jacket or direct expansion test method as prescribed in CGA C-1. The minimum test pressure must be maintained for the specific timeframe and the testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. Further, all testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1. Determination of expansion properties is not required.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure and show no defect. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1 5.7.2 or 7.1.2, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Alternative volumetric expansion testing.</I> As an alternative to the testing prescribed in paragraphs (h)(1) and (2) of this section, every cylinder may be volumetrically expansion tested by the water jacket or direct expansion test method. The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(i) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of at least two (2) times its service pressure.
</P>
<P>(ii) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(iii) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Flattening test for spheres and cylinders.</I> Spheres and cylinders must be subjected to a flattening test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) One sphere taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less must be subjected to a flattening test as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The test must be performed after the hydrostatic test.
</P>
<P>(ii) The test must be between parallel steel plates on a press with a welded seam at right angles to the plates. Any projecting appurtenances may be cut off (by mechanical means only) prior to crushing.
</P>
<P>(2) One cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less must be subjected to a flattening test, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The test must be performed after the hydrostatic test.
</P>
<P>(ii) The test must be between knife edges, wedge shaped, 60° angle, rounded to 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch radius. For lots of 30 or less, physical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to the same heat treatment as the finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Physical test and specimens for spheres and cylinders.</I> Spheres and cylinders must be subjected to a physical test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Physical test for spheres are required on 2 specimens cut from a flat representative sample plate of the same heat taken at random from the steel used to produce the sphere. This flat steel from which the 2 specimens are to be cut must receive the same heat-treatment as the spheres themselves. Sample plates must be taken for each lot of 200 or less spheres.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens for spheres must have a gauge length 2 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times the thickness is authorized when a wall is not over 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick.
</P>
<P>(3) Physical test for cylinders is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. For lots of 30 or less, physical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to the same heat treatment as the finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(4) Specimens for cylinders must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times the thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within 1 inch of each end of the reduced section. Heating of the specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(5) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psi and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Acceptable results for physical and flattening tests.</I> Either of the following is an acceptable result:
</P>
<P>(1) An elongation of at least 40 percent for a 2 inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases and yield strength not over 73 percent of tensile strength. In this instance, the flattening test is not required.
</P>
<P>(2) An elongation of at least 20 percent for a 2 inch gauge length or 10 percent in other cases. Flattening is required to 50 percent of the original outside diameter without cracking.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat-treatment is authorized for rejected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, containers must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair of welded seams by welding prior to reheat-treatment is authorized.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Marking.</I> Marking on each container by stamping plainly and permanently are only authorized where the metal is at least 0.09 inch thick, or on a metal nameplate permanently secured to the container by means other than soft solder, or by means that would not reduce the wall thickness.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45386, 45388, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51653, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 85426, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.55" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.55   Specification 4B240ET welded or brazed cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, spinning process, size and service pressure.</I> A DOT 4B240ET cylinder is a brazed type cylinder made from electric resistance welded tubing. The maximum water capacity of this cylinder is 12 pounds or 333 cubic inches and the service must be 240 psig. The maximum outside diameter of the shell must be five inches and maximum length of the shell is 21 inches. Cylinders closed in by a spinning process are authorized.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steel.</I> Open-hearth, basic oxygen, or electric steel of uniform quality must be used. Plain carbon steel content may not exceed the following: Carbon, 0.25; phosphorus, 0.045; sulfur, 0.050. The addition of other elements for alloying effect is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> Material must be identified by any suitable method.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Heads may be attached to shells by lap brazing or may be formed integrally. The thickness of the bottom of cylinders welded or formed by spinning is, under no condition, to be less than two times the minimum wall thickness of the cylindrical shell. Such bottom thicknesses must be measured within an area bounded by a line representing the points of contact between the cylinder and the floor when the cylinder is in a vertical position. Seams must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Circumferential seams must be by brazing only. Heads must be attached to shells by the lap brazing method and must overlap not less than four times the wall thickness. Brazing material must have a melting point of not less than 1000 °F. Heads must have a driving fit with the shell unless the shell is crimped, swedged, or curled over the skirt or flange of the head and be thoroughly brazed until complete penetration of the joint by the brazing material is secured. Brazed joints may be repaired by brazing.
</P>
<P>(2) Longitudinal seams in shell must be by electric resistance welded joints only. No repairs to longitudinal joints is permitted.
</P>
<P>(3) Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Welding or brazing.</I> Only the attachment, by welding or brazing, to the tops and bottoms of cylinders of neckrings, footrings, handles, bosses, pads, and valve protection rings is authorized. Provided that such attachments and the portion of the container to which they are attached are made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The wall stress must be at least two times the service pressure and may not exceed 18,000 psi. The minimum wall thickness is 0.044 inch. Calculation must be made by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)] / (D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = 2 times service pressure;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Heat treatment.</I> Heads formed by drawing or pressing must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to tests. Cylinders with integral formed heads or bases must be subjected to a normalizing operation. Normalizing and brazing operations may be combined, provided the operation is carried out at a temperature in excess of the upper critical temperature of the steel.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Openings in cylinders.</I> Openings in cylinders must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Each opening in cylinders, except those for safety devices, must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad, securely attached to the cylinder by brazing or by welding or by threads. A fitting, boss, or pad must be of steel suitable for the method of attachment employed, and which need not be identified or verified as to analysis, except that if attachment is by welding, carbon content may not exceed 0.25 percent. If threads are used, they must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Threads must be clean cut, even without checks, and tapped to gauge.
</P>
<P>(ii) Taper threads to be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads.
</P>
<P>(iii) Straight threads, having at least 4 engaged threads, to have tight fit and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder; gaskets required, adequate to prevent leakage.
</P>
<P>(2) Closure of a fitting, boss, or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Lot testing.</I> (i) At least one (1) cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 200 or fewer must be tested by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(iii) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(iv) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure testing.</I> (i) The remaining cylinders in each lot must be tested by the proof pressure water-jacket or direct expansion test method as prescribed in CGA C-1. The minimum test pressure must be maintained for the specific timeframe and the testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure and show no defect. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1 5.7.2 or 7.1.2. Determination of expansion properties is not required.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Burst testing.</I> (i) For purposes of burst testing, each 1,000 cylinders or fewer successively produced each day constitutes a lot. All cylinders of a lot must be of identical size, construction heat treatment, finish, and quality.
</P>
<P>(ii) One cylinder must be selected from each lot and be hydrostatically pressure tested to destruction. If this cylinder bursts below five (5) times the service pressure, then two additional cylinders from the same lot as the previously tested cylinder must be selected and subjected to this test. If either of these cylinders fails by bursting below five (5) times the service pressure then the entire lot must be rejected. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Lot testing.</I> (i) At least one (1) cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 200 or fewer must be tested by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(iii) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(iv) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure testing.</I> (i) The remaining cylinders in each lot must be tested by the proof pressure water-jacket or direct expansion test method as prescribed in CGA C-1. The minimum test pressure must be maintained for the specific timeframe and the testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure and show no defect. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1 5.7.2 or 7.1.2. Determination of expansion properties is not required.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Burst testing.</I> (i) For purposes of burst testing, each 1,000 cylinders or fewer successively produced each day constitutes a lot. All cylinders of a lot must be of identical size, construction heat treatment, finish, and quality.
</P>
<P>(ii) One cylinder must be selected from each lot and be hydrostatically pressure tested to destruction. If this cylinder bursts below five (5) times the service pressure, then two additional cylinders from the same lot as the previously tested cylinder must be selected and subjected to this test. If either of these cylinders fails by bursting below five (5) times the service pressure then the entire lot must be rejected. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Flattening test.</I> Following the hydrostatic test, one cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, must be subjected to a flattening test that is between knife edges, wedge shaped, 60° angle, rounded to 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch radius.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Physical test.</I> A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder, or part thereof heat-treated as required, taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less in the case of cylinders of capacity greater than 86 cubic inches and out of each lot of 500 or less for cylinders having a capacity of 86 cubic inches or less.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times the thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section.
</P>
<P>(iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens.
</P>
<P>(iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psi and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Acceptable results for physical and flattening tests.</I> Acceptable results for the physical and flattening tests are an elongation of at least 40 percent for a 2 inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases and a yield strength not over 73 percent of tensile strength. In this instance the flattening test is required, without cracking, to six times the wall thickness with a weld 90° from the direction of the applied load. Two rings cut from the ends of length of pipe used in production of a lot may be used for the flattening test provided the rings accompany the lot which they represent in all thermal processing operations. At least one of the rings must pass the flattening test.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Leakage test.</I> All spun cylinders and plugged cylinders must be tested for leakage by gas or air pressure after the bottom has been cleaned and is free from all moisture, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Pressure, approximately the same as but no less than service pressure, must be applied to one side of the finished bottom over an area of at least 
<FR>1/16</FR> of the total area of the bottom but not less than 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch in diameter, including the closure, for at least 1 minute, during which time the other side of the bottom exposed to pressure must be covered with water and closely examined for indications of leakage. Except as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, cylinders which are leaking must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(2) A spun cylinder is one in which an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process.
</P>
<P>(3) A plugged cylinder is one in which a permanent closure in the bottom of a finished cylinder has been effected by a plug.
</P>
<P>(4) As a safety precaution, if the manufacturer elects to make this test before the hydrostatic test, he should design his apparatus so that the pressure is applied to the smallest area practicable, around the point of closure, and so as to use the smallest possible volume of air or gas.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Repairs of rejected cylinders is authorized. Cylinders that are leaking must be rejected, except that:
</P>
<P>(1) Spun cylinders rejected under the provisions of paragraph (m) of this section may be removed from the spun cylinder category by drilling to remove defective material, tapping, and plugging.
</P>
<P>(2) Brazed joints may be rebrazed.
</P>
<P>(3) Subsequent to the operations noted in paragraphs (n)(1) and (n)(2) of this section, acceptable cylinders must pass all prescribed tests.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Marking.</I> Markings on each cylinder must be by stamping plainly and permanently on shoulder, top head, neck or valve protection collar which is permanently attached to the cylinders and forming an integral part thereof, provided that cylinders not less than 0.090 inch thick may be stamped on the side wall adjacent to top head.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51653, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, 75749, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 85426, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.56" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.56   Specification 4AA480 welded steel cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size, and service pressure.</I> A DOT 4AA480 cylinder is a welded steel cylinder having a water capacity (nominal) not over 1,000 pounds water capacity and a service pressure of 480 psig. Closures welded by spinning process not permitted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steel.</I> The limiting chemical composition of steel authorized by this specification must be as shown in table I of appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> Material must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hotdrawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Exposed bottom welds on cylinders over 18 inches long must be protected by footrings. Minimum thickness of heads and bottoms may not be less than 90 percent of the required thickness of the side wall. Seams must be made as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Circumferential seams must be welded. Brazing is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(2) Longitudinal seams are not permitted.
</P>
<P>(3) Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Welding.</I> Only the welding of neckrings, footrings, bosses, pads, and valve protection rings to the tops and bottoms of cylinders is authorized. Provided that such attachments are made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which does not exceed 0.25 percent.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The wall thickness of the cylinder must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) For cylinders with an outside diameter over 5 inches, the minimum wall thickness is 0.078 inch. In any case, the minimum wall thickness must be such that the calculated wall stress at the minimum test pressure (in paragraph (i) of this section) may not exceed the lesser value of either of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) One-half of the minimum tensile strength of the material determined as required in paragraph (j) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 35,000 psi.
</P>
<P>(2) Calculation must be made by the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)] / (D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) The ratio of tangential length to outside diameter may not exceed 4.0 for cylinders with a wall thickness less than 0.100 inch.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Heat treatment.</I> Each cylinder must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to tests. Any suitable heat treatment in excess of 1100 °F is authorized except that liquid quenching is not permitted. Heat treatment must be accomplished after all forming and welding operations. Heat treatment is not required after welding weldable low carbon parts to attachments of similar material which have been previously welded to the top or bottom of cylinders and properly heat treated, provided such subsequent welding does not produce a temperature in excess of 400 °F., in any part of the top or bottom material.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Openings in cylinders.</I> Openings in cylinders must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) All openings must be in the heads or bases.
</P>
<P>(2) Each opening in the cylinder, except those for safety devices, must be provided with a fitting boss, or pad, securely attached to the cylinder by welding or by threads. If threads are used they must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Threads must be clean-cut, even without checks and cut to gauge.
</P>
<P>(ii) Taper threads to be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads.
</P>
<P>(iii) Straight threads having at least 6 engaged threads, must have a tight fit and a calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required.
</P>
<P>(3) Closure of a fitting, boss or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Lot testing.</I> (i) At least one (1) cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 200 or fewer must be tested by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) The selected cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(iii) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(iv) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(v) If the selected cylinder fails, then two (2) additional specimens must be selected at random from the same lot and subjected to the prescribed testing. If either of these fails the test, then each cylinder in that lot must be tested as prescribed in paragraph (i)(l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure testing.</I> (i) The remaining cylinders in each lot must be tested by the proof pressure, water-jacket, or direct expansion test method as prescribed in CGA C-1. The minimum test pressure must be maintained for the specific timeframe and the testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. Further, all testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure and show no defect. A cylinder showing a defect must be rejected unless it may be requalified under paragraph (m) of this section. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1 5.7.2 or 7.1.2, as appropriate. Determination of expansion properties is not required.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Physical test.</I> A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from one cylinder having passed the hydrostatic test, or part thereof heat-treated as required, taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when the cylinder wall is not over 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section.
</P>
<P>(iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens.
</P>
<P>(iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”), corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain reference must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psi and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Elongation.</I> Physical test specimens must show at least a 40 percent elongation for 2-inch gauge lengths or at least a 20 percent elongation in other cases. Except that these elongation percentages may be reduced numerically by 2 for 2-inch specimens and by 1 in other cases for each 7,500 psi increment of tensile strength above 50,000 psi to a maximum of four such increments.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Tests of welds.</I> Welds must be tested as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Tensile test.</I> A specimen must be cut from one cylinder of each lot of 200 or less, or a welded test plate. The welded test plate must be of one of the heats in the lot of 200 or less which it represents, in the same condition and approximately the same thickness as the cylinder wall except that it may not be of a lesser thickness than that required for a quarter size Charpy impact specimen. The weld must be made by the same procedures and subjected to the same heat treatment as the major weld on the cylinder. The specimens must be taken across the major seam and must be prepared and tested in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. Should this specimen fail to meet the requirements, specimens may be taken from two additional cylinders or welded test plates from the same lot and tested. If either of the latter specimens fail to meet the requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Guided bend test.</I> A root bend test specimen must be cut from the cylinder or a welded test plate, used for the tensile test specified in paragraph (l)(1) of this section. Specimens must be taken from across the major seam and must be prepared and tested in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Alternate guided-bend test.</I> This test may be used and must be as required by CGA Pamphlet C-3. The specimen must be bent until the elongation at the outer surface, adjacent to the root of the weld, between the lightly scribed gage lines-a to b, is at least 20 percent, except that this percentage may be reduced for steels having a tensile strength in excess of 50,000 psi, as provided in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment of rejected cylinders is authorized. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair of welded seams by welding is authorized.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Markings.</I> Markings must be stamped plainly and permanently in one of the following locations on the cylinder:
</P>
<P>(1) On shoulders and top heads not less than 0.087 inch thick.
</P>
<P>(2) On neck, valve boss, valve protection sleeve, or similar part permanently attached to top end of cylinder.
</P>
<P>(3) On a plate attached to the top of the cylinder or permanent part thereof: sufficient space must be left on the plate to provide for stamping at least six retest dates: the plate must be at least 
<FR>1/16</FR> inch thick and must be attached by welding or by brazing at a temperature of at least 1100 °F, throughout all edges of the plate.
</P>
<P>(4) Variations in location of markings authorized only when necessitated by lack of space.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51653, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, 75749, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 85427, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.57" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.57   Specification 4L welded insulated cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size, service pressure, and design service temperature.</I> A DOT 4L cylinder is a fusion welded insulated cylinder with a water capacity (nominal) not over 1,000 pounds water capacity and a service pressure of at least 40 but not greater than 500 psig conforming to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) For liquefied hydrogen service, the cylinders must be designed to stand on end, with the axis of the cylindrical portion vertical.
</P>
<P>(2) The design service temperature is the coldest temperature for which a cylinder is suitable. The required design service temperatures for each cryogenic liquid is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cryogenic liquid
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Design service temperature
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Argon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 320 °F or colder.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Helium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 452 °F or colder.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 42 3 °F or colder.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 411 °F or colder.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nitrogen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 320 °F or colder.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oxygen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 320 °F or colder.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Material.</I> Material use in the construction of this specification must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inner containment vessel (cylinder).</I> Designations and limiting chemical compositions of steel authorized by this specification must be as shown in table 1 in paragraph (o) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Outer jacket.</I> Steel or aluminum may be used subject to the requirements of paragraph (o)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> Material must be identified by any suitable method.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart and to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. The shell portion must be a reasonably true cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) The heads must be seamless, concave side to the pressure, hemispherical or ellipsoidal in shape with the major diameter not more than twice the minor diameter. Minimum thickness of heads may not be less than 90 percent of the required thickness of the sidewall. The heads must be reasonably true to shape, have no abrupt shape changes, and the skirts must be reasonably true to round.
</P>
<P>(3) The surface of the cylinder must be insulated. The insulating material must be fire resistant. The insulation on non-evacuated jackets must be covered with a steel jacket not less than 0.060-inch thick or an aluminum jacket not less than 0.070 inch thick, so constructed that moisture cannot come in contact with the insulating material. If a vacuum is maintained in the insulation space, the evacuated jacket must be designed for a minimum collapsing pressure of 30 psig differential whether made of steel or aluminum. The construction must be such that the total heat transfer, from the atmosphere at ambient temperature to the contents of the cylinder, will not exceed 0.0005 Btu per hour, per Fahrenheit degree differential in temperature, per pound of water capacity of the cylinder. For hydrogen, cryogenic liquid service, the total heat transfer, with a temperature differential of 520 Fahrenheit degrees, may not exceed that required to vent 30 SCF of hydrogen gas per hour.
</P>
<P>(4) For a cylinder having a design service temperature colder than minus 320 °F, a calculation of the maximum weight of contents must be made and that weight must be marked on the cylinder as prescribed in § 178.35.
</P>
<P>(5) Welding procedures and operations must be qualified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). In addition, an impact test of the weld must be performed in accordance with paragraph (l) of this section as part of the qualification of each welding procedure and operator.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Welding.</I> Welding of the cylinder must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) All seams of the cylinder must be fusion welded. A means must be provided for accomplishing complete penetration of the joint. Only butt or joggle butt joints for the cylinder seams are authorized. All joints in the cylinder must have reasonably true alignment.
</P>
<P>(2) All attachments to the sidewalls and heads of the cylinder must be by fusion welding and must be of a weldable material complying with the impact requirements of paragraph (l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) For welding the cylinder, each procedure and operator must be qualified in accordance with the sections of CGA Pamphlet C-3 that apply. In addition, impact tests of the weld must be performed in accordance with paragraph (l) of this section as part of the qualification of each welding procedure and operator.
</P>
<P>(4) Brazing, soldering and threading are permitted only for joints not made directly to the cylinder body. Threads must comply with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The minimum wall thickness of the cylinder must be such that the calculated wall stress at the minimum required test pressure may not exceed the least value of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) 45,000 psi.
</P>
<P>(2) One-half of the minimum tensile strength across the welded seam determined in paragraph (l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) One-half of the minimum tensile strength of the base metal determined as required in paragraph (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The yield strength of the base metal determined as required in paragraph (l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Further provided that wall stress for cylinders having longitudinal seams may not exceed 85 percent of the above value, whichever applies.
</P>
<P>(6) Calculation must be made by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)] / (D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in pounds psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = minimum test pressure prescribed for pressure test in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Heat treatment.</I> Heat treatment is not permitted.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Openings in cylinder.</I> Openings in cylinders must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Openings are permitted in heads only. They must be circular and may not exceed 3 inches in diameter or one third of the cylinder diameter, whichever is less. Each opening in the cylinder must be provided with a fitting, boss or pad, either integral with, or securely attached to, the cylinder body by fusion welding. Attachments to a fitting, boss or pad may be made by welding, brazing, mechanical attachment, or threading.
</P>
<P>(2) Threads must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Threads must be clean-cut, even, without checks and cut to gauge.
</P>
<P>(ii) Taper threads to be of a length not less than that specified for NPT.
</P>
<P>(iii) Straight threads must have at least 4 engaged threads, tight fit and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, which prevent leakage and are inert to the hazardous material, are required.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder, before insulating and jacketing, must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The cylinder must be tested by the proof pressure, water-jacket, or direct expansion test method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(2) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1 5.7.2 or 7.1.2. Determination of expansion properties is not required.
</P>
<P>(4) There must be no evidence of leakage, visible distortion or other defect.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Physical test.</I> A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, and elongation as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test is required on 2 specimens selected from material of each heat and in the same condition as that in the completed cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness (authorized when cylinder wall is not over 
<FR>1/16</FR> inch thick).
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section.
</P>
<P>(iii) When size of the cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens.
</P>
<P>(iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”), corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic expansion of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on the elastic modulus of the material used. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain reference must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psi and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Acceptable results for physical tests.</I> Physical properties must meet the limits specified in paragraph (o)(1), table 1, of this section, for the particular steel in the annealed condition. The specimens must show at least a 20 percent elongation for a 2-inch gage length. Except that the percentage may be reduced numerically by 2 for each 7,500 psi increment of tensile strength above 100,000 psi to a maximum of 5 such increments. Yield strength and tensile strength must meet the requirements of paragraph (o)(1), table 1, of this section.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Tests of welds.</I> Welds must be tested as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Tensile test.</I> A specimen must be cut from one cylinder of each lot of 200 or less, or welded test plate. The welded test plate must be of one of the heats in the lot of 200 or less which it represents, in the same condition and approximately the same thickness as the cylinder wall except that it may not be of a lesser thickness than that required for a quarter size Charpy impact specimen. The weld must be made by the same procedures and subjected to the same heat treatment as the major weld on the cylinder. The specimen must be taken across the major seam and must be prepared in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. Should this specimen fail to meet the requirements, specimens may be taken from two additional cylinders or welded test plates from the same lot and tested. If either of the latter specimens fails to meet the requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Guided bend test.</I> A “root” bend test specimen must be cut from the cylinder or welded test plate, used for the tensile test specified in paragraph (l)(1) of this section and from any other seam or equivalent welded test plate if the seam is welded by a procedure different from that used for the major seam. Specimens must be taken across the particular seam being tested and must be prepared and tested in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Alternate guided-bend test.</I> This test may be used and must be as specified in CGA Pamphlet C-3. The specimen must be bent until the elongation at the outer surface, adjacent to the root of the weld, between the lightly scribed gage lines a to b, is at least 20 percent, except that this percentage may be reduced for steels having a tensile strength in excess of 100,000 psig, as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Impact tests.</I> One set of three impact test specimens (for each test) must be prepared and tested for determining the impact properties of the deposited weld metal—
</P>
<P>(i) As part of the qualification of the welding procedure.
</P>
<P>(ii) As part of the qualification of the operators.
</P>
<P>(iii) For each “heat” of welding rodor wire used.
</P>
<P>(iv) For each 1,000 feet of weld made with the same heat of welding rod or wire.
</P>
<P>(v) All impact test specimens must be of the charpy type, keyhole or milled U-notch, and must conform in all respects to ASTM E 23 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Each set of impact specimens must be taken across the weld and have the notch located in the weld metal. When the cylinder material thickness is 2.5 mm or thicker, impact specimens must be cut from a cylinder or welded test plate used for the tensile or bend test specimens. The dimension along the axis of the notch must be reduced to the largest possible of 10 mm, 7.5 mm, 5 mm or 2.5 mm, depending upon cylinder thickness. When the material in the cylinder or welded test plate is not of sufficient thickness to prepare 2.5 mm impact test specimens, 2.5 mm specimens must be prepared from a welded test plate made from 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch thick material meeting the requirements specified in paragraph (o)(1), table 1, of this section and having a carbon analysis of .05 minimum, but not necessarily from one of the heats used in the lot of cylinders. The test piece must be welded by the same welding procedure as used on the particular cylinder seam being qualified and must be subjected to the same heat treatment.
</P>
<P>(vi) Impact test specimens must be cooled to the design service temperature. The apparatus for testing the specimens must conform to requirements of ASTM Standard E 23. The test piece, as well as the handling tongs, must be cooled for a length of time sufficient to reach the service temperature. The temperature of the cooling device must be maintained within a range of plus or minus 3 °F. The specimen must be quickly transferred from the cooling device to the anvil of the testing machine and broken within a time lapse of not more than six seconds.
</P>
<P>(vii) The impact properties of each set of impact specimens may not be less than the values in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Size of specimen
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>impact value required for avg. of each set of three specimens (ft.-lb.)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>impact value permitted on one only of a set of three (ft.-lb.)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 mm × 10 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 mm × 7.5 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 mm × 5 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 mm × 2.5 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(viii) When the average value of the three specimens equals or exceeds the minimum value permitted for a single specimen and the value for more than one specimen is below the required average value, or when the value for one specimen is below the minimum value permitted for a single specimen, a retest of three additional specimens must be made. The value of each of these retest specimens must equal or exceed the required average value. When an erratic result is caused by a defective specimen, or there is uncertainty in test procedure, a retest is authorized.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Radiographic examination.</I> Cylinders must be subject to a radiographic examination as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The techniques and acceptability of radiographic inspection must conform to the standards set forth in CGA Pamphlet C-3. 
</P>
<P>(2) One finished longitudinal seam must be selected at random from each lot of 100 or less successively produced and be radiographed throughout its entire length. Should the radiographic examination fail to meet the requirements of paragraph (m)(1) of this section, two additional seams of the same lot must be examined, and if either of these fail to meet the requirements of (m)(1) of this section, only those passing are acceptable.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment of rejected cylinders is authorized. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Welds may be repaired by suitable methods of fusion welding.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Authorized materials of construction.</I> Authorized materials of construction are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inner containment vessel (cylinder).</I> Electric furnace steel of uniform quality must be used. Chemical analysis must conform to ASTM A 240/A 240M (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 304 stainless steel. Chemical analysis must conform to ASTM A240, Type 304 Stainless Steel. A heat of steel made under table 1 and table 2 in this paragraph (o)(1) is acceptable, even though its check chemical analysis is slightly out of the specified range, if it is satisfactory in all other respects, provided the tolerances shown in table 3 in this paragraph (o)(1) are not exceeded. The following chemical analyses and physical properties are authorized:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Authorized Materials
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Designation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Chemical analysis, limits in percent
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08 max.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00 max.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.045 max.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulphur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.030 max.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00 max.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.00-10.50.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">18.00-20.00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titanium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Columbium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The carbon analysis must be reported to the nearest hundredth of one percent.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Physical Properties
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Physical properties (annealed)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tensile strength, p.s.i. (minimum)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yield strength, p.s.i. (minimum)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Elongation in 2 inches (minimum) percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Elongation other permissible gauge lengths (minimum) percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.0</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Check Analysis Tolerances
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Elements
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Limit or specified range (percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tolerance over the maximum limit or under the minimum limit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.030, incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.005
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.30 to 0.20, incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 1.00 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 1.00 to 3.00, incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.040, incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.005
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.040 to 0.020 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.010
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulphur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To .40 incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.005
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 1.00, incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 5.00 to 10.00, incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 10.00 to 20.00, incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 15.00 to 20.00, incl</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.20
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis for phosphorus.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Outer jacket.</I> (i) Nonflammable cryogenic liquids. Cylinders intended for use in the transportation of nonflammable cryogenic liquid must have an outer jacket made of steel or aluminum.
</P>
<P>(ii) Flammable cryogenic liquids. Cylinders intended for use in the transportation of flammable cryogenic liquid must have an outer jacket made of steel.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Markings.</I> (1) Markings must be stamped plainly and permanently on shoulder or top head of jacket or on a permanently attached plate or head protective ring.
</P>
<P>(2) The letters “ST”, followed by the design service temperature (for example, ST-423F), must be marked on cylinders having a design service temperature of colder than minus 320 °F only. Location to be just below the DOT mark.
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum weight of contents, in pounds (for example, “Max. Content 51 #”), must be marked on cylinders having a design service temperature colder than minus 320 °F only. Location to be near symbol.
</P>
<P>(4) Special orientation instructions must be marked on the cylinder (for example, THIS END UP), if the cylinder is used in an orientation other than vertical with openings at the top of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(5) If the jacket of the cylinder is constructed of aluminum, the letters “AL” must be marked after the service pressure marking. Example: DOT-4L150 AL.
</P>
<P>(6) Except for serial number and jacket material designation, each marking prescribed in this paragraph (p) must be duplicated on each cylinder by any suitable means.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Inspector's report.</I> In addition to the information required by § 178.35, the inspector's reports must contain information on:
</P>
<P>(1) The jacket material and insulation type;
</P>
<P>(2) The design service temperature
</P>
<FP>(°F); and
</FP>
<P>(3) The impact test results, on a lot basis.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51653, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 85427, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.58" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.58   Specification 4DA welded steel cylinders for aircraft use.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size, and service pressure.</I> A DOT 4DA is a welded steel sphere (two seamless hemispheres) or a circumferentially welded cylinder (two seamless drawn shells) with a water capacity not over 100 pounds and a service pressure of at least 500 but not over 900 psig.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steel.</I> Open-hearth or electric steel of uniform quality must be used. A heat of steel made under table 1 in this paragraph (b), check chemical analysis of which is slightly out of the specified range, is acceptable, if satisfactory in all other respects, provided the tolerances shown in table 2 in this paragraph (b) are not exceeded except as approved by the Associate Administrator. The following chemical analyses are authorized:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Authorized Materials
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4130
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percent
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.28/0.33.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.40/0.60.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.040 max.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.040 max.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15/0.35.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.80/1.10.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15/0.25.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Check Analysis Tolerances
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Element
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Limit or maximum specified (percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Tolerance (percent) over the maximum limit or under the minimum limit
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under minimum limit
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over maximum limit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.15 to 0.40 incl</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.60 incl</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulphur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.30 incl</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.30 to 1.00 incl</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.90 incl</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.90 to 2.10 incl</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.20 incl</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.20 to 0.40, incl</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">.02
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis for phosphorus.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> Materials must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hot-drawn containers must be marked with the heat number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) By best appliances and methods. No defect is acceptable that is likely to weaken the finished container appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. No abrupt change in wall thickness is permitted. Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) All seams of the sphere or cylinders must be fusion welded. Seams must be of the butt or joggle butt type and means must be provided for accomplishing complete penetration of the joint.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Welding.</I> Attachments to the container are authorized by fusion welding provided that such attachments are made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent except in the case of 4130 steel.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The minimum wall thickness must be such that the wall stress at the minimum specified test pressure may not exceed 67 percent of the minimum tensile strength of the steel as determined from the physical and burst tests required and may not be over 70,000 p.s.i. For any diameter container, the minimum wall thickness is 0.040 inch. Calculations must be made by the formulas in (f)(1) or (f)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Calculation for a sphere must be made by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = PD / 4tE
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in pounds psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = test pressure prescribed for water jacket test, i.e., at least 2 times service pressure, in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t = minimum wall thickness in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = 0.85 (provides 85 percent weld efficiency factor which must be applied in the girth weld area and heat affected zones which zone must extend a distance of 6 times wall thickness from center line of weld);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = 1.0 (for all other areas).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Calculation for a cylinder must be made by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D 
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d 
<SU>2</SU>)] / (D 
<SU>2</SU> − d 
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in pounds psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = test pressure prescribed for water jacket test, i.e., at least 2 times service pressure, in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Heat treatment.</I> The completed containers must be uniformly and properly heat-treated prior to tests. Heat-treatment of containers of the authorized analysis must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) All containers must be quenched by oil, or other suitable medium except as provided in paragraph (g)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The steel temperature on quenching must be that recommended for the steel analysis, but may not exceed 1,750 °F.
</P>
<P>(3) The steel must be tempered at the temperature most suitable for the analysis except that in no case shall the tempering temperature be less than 1,000 °F.
</P>
<P>(4) The steel may be normalized at a temperature of 1,650 °F instead of being quenched, and containers so normalized need not be tempered.
</P>
<P>(5) All cylinders, if water quenched or quenched with a liquid producing a cooling rate in excess of 80 percent of the cooling rate of water, must be inspected by the magnetic particle or dye penetrant method to detect the presence of quenching cracks. Any cylinder found to have a quench crack must be rejected and may not be requalified.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Openings in container.</I> Openings in the container must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Each opening in the container must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad of weldable steel securely attached to the container by fusion welding.
</P>
<P>(2) Attachments to a fitting, boss, or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage. Threads must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and tapped to gauge.
</P>
<P>(ii) Taper threads to be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads.
</P>
<P>(iii) Straight threads, having at least 4 engaged threads, to have tight fit and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the container; gaskets required, adequate to prevent leakage.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test must be by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(2) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(4) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Burst test.</I> One container taken at random out of 200 or less must be hydrostatically tested to destruction. The rupture pressure must be included as part of the inspector's report.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Flattening test.</I> Spheres and cylinders must be subjected to a flattening test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Flattening test for spheres.</I> One sphere taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less must be subjected to a flattening test as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The test must be performed after the hydrostatic test.
</P>
<P>(ii) The test must be at the weld between the parallel steel plates on a press with a welded seam, at right angles to the plates. Any projecting appurtenances may be cut off (by mechanical means only) prior to crushing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Flattening test for cylinders.</I> One cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, must be subjected to a flattening test as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The test must be performed after the hydrostatic test.
</P>
<P>(ii) The test cylinder must be placed between wedge-shaped knife edges having a 60° angle, rounded to a 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch radius. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Radiographic inspection.</I> Radiographic examinations is required on all welded joints which are subjected to internal pressure, except that at the discretion of the disinterested inspector, openings less than 25 percent of the sphere diameter need not be subjected to radiographic inspection. Evidence of any defects likely to seriously weaken the container must be cause for rejection.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Physical test and specimens for spheres and cylinders.</I> Spheres and cylinders must be subjected to a physical test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A physical test for a sphere is required on 2 specimens cut from a flat representative sample plate of the same heat taken at random from the steel used to produce the sphere. This flat steel from which the 2 specimens are to be cut must receive the same heat-treatment as the spheres themselves. Sample plates to be taken for each lot of 200 or less spheres.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens for spheres have a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when wall of sphere is not over 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick.
</P>
<P>(3) A physical test for cylinders is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less.
</P>
<P>(4) Specimens for cylinder must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length at least 24 times thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within 1 inch of each end of the reduced section.
</P>
<P>(iii) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(5) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psi and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Acceptable results for physical, flattening, and burst tests.</I> The following are acceptable results of the physical, flattening and burst test:
</P>
<P>(1) Elongation must be at least 20 percent for a 2-inch gauge length or 10 percent in other cases.
</P>
<P>(2) Flattening is required to 50 percent of the original outside diameter without cracking.
</P>
<P>(3) Burst pressure must be at least 3 times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Rejected containers.</I> Reheat-treatment of rejected cylinders is authorized. Subsequent thereto, containers must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair of welded seams by welding prior to reheat-treatment is authorized.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Marking.</I> Markings on each container must be stamped plainly and permanently on a permanent attachment or on a metal nameplate permanently secured to the container by means other than soft solder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45386, 45388, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51654, Aug. 8, 2002; 67 FR 61015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 85427, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.59" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.59   Specification 8 steel cylinders with porous fillings for acetylene.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type and service pressure.</I> A DOT 8 cylinder is a seamless cylinder with a service pressure of 250 psig. The following steel is authorized:
</P>
<P>(1) A longitudinal seam if forge lap welded;
</P>
<P>(2) Attachment of heads by welding or by brazing by dipping process; or
</P>
<P>(3) A welded circumferential body seam if the cylinder has no longitudinal seam.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steel.</I> Open-hearth, electric or basic oxygen process steel of uniform quality must be used. Content percent may not exceed the following: Carbon, 0.25; phosphorus, 0.045; sulphur, 0.050.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of steel.</I> Materials must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hot-drawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is acceptable that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exposed bottom welds.</I> Exposed bottom welds on cylinders over 18 inches long must be protected by footrings.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Heat treatment.</I> Body and heads formed by drawing or pressing must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to tests.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Openings.</I> Openings in the cylinders must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Standard taper pipe threads are required;
</P>
<P>(2) Length may not be less than as specified for American Standard pipe threads; tapped to gauge; clean cut, even, and without checks.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Lot testing.</I> (i) At least one (1) cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 200 or fewer must be tested by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) The selected cylinder must be tested to a minimum of 750 psig.
</P>
<P>(iii) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(iv) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(v) If the selected cylinder passes the volumetric expansion test, each remaining cylinder in the lot must be pressure tested in accordance with paragraph (h)(2) of this section. If the selected cylinder fails, each cylinder in the lot must be tested by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 at 750 psig. Each cylinder with a permanent expansion that does not exceed 10% is acceptable.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure testing.</I> (i) If the selected cylinder passes the water-jacket or direct expansion test, the remaining cylinders in each lot must be pressure tested by the proof pressure, water-jacket or direct expansion test method as prescribed in CGA C-1. The minimum test pressure must be maintained for the specific timeframe and the testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. Further, all testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested between 500 and 600 psig and show no defect. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1 section 5.7.2 or 7.1.2, as appropriate. Determination of expansion properties is not required.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Leakage test.</I> Cylinders with bottoms closed in by spinning must be subjected to a leakage test by setting the interior air or gas pressure to not less than the service pressure. Cylinders which leak must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Physical test.</I> A physical test must be conducted as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test is required on 2 specimens cut longitudinally from 1 cylinder or part thereof taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, after heat treatment.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must conform to a gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR>, or a gauge length at least 24 times thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psi and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(4) Yield strength may not exceed 73 percent of tensile strength. Elongation must be at least 40 percent in 2 inch or 20 percent in other cases.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment of rejected cylinder is authorized. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding is authorized.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Porous filling.</I> (1) Cylinders must be filled with a porous material in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The porous material may not disintegrate or sag when wet with solvent or when subjected to normal service;
</P>
<P>(ii) The porous filling material must be uniform in quality and free of voids, except that a well drilled into the filling material beneath the valve is authorized if the well is filled with a material of such type that the functions of the filling material are not impaired;
</P>
<P>(iii) Overall shrinkage of the filling material is authorized if the total clearance between the cylinder shell and filling material, after solvent has been added, does not exceed 
<FR>1/2</FR> of 1 percent of the respective diameter or length, but not to exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch, measured diametrically and longitudinally;
</P>
<P>(iv) The clearance may not impair the functions of the filling material;
</P>
<P>(v) The installed filling material must meet the requirements of CGA C-12 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); and 
</P>
<P>(vi) Porosity of filling material may not exceed 80 percent except that filling material with a porosity of up to 92 percent may be used when tested with satisfactory results in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-12.
</P>
<P>(2) When the porosity of each cylinder is not known, a cylinder taken at random from a lot of 200 or less must be tested for porosity. If the test cylinder fails, each cylinder in the lot may be tested individually and those cylinders that pass the test are acceptable.
</P>
<P>(3) For filling that is molded and dried before insertion in cylinders, porosity test may be made on a sample block taken at random from material to be used.
</P>
<P>(4) The porosity of the filling material must be determined. The amount of solvent at 70 °F for a cylinder:
</P>
<P>(i) Having shell volumetric capacity above 20 pounds water capacity (nominal) may not exceed the following:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percent porosity of filler
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum acetone solvent percent shell capacity by volume
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90 to 92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">87 to 90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">83 to 87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80 to 83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75 to 80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70 to 75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">65 to 70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.4</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) Having volumetric capacity of 20 pounds or less water capacity (nominal), may not exceed the following:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percent porosity of filler
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum acetone solvent percent shell capacity by volume
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90 to 92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">83 to 90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80 to 83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75 to 80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70 to 75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">65 to 70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(m) <I>Tare weight.</I> The tare weight is the combined weight of the cylinder proper, porous filling, valve, and solvent, without removable cap.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Duties of inspector.</I> In addition to the requirements of § 178.35, the inspector is required to—
</P>
<P>(1) Certify chemical analyses of steel used, signed by manufacturer thereof; also verify by, check analyses of samples taken from each heat or from 1 out of each lot of 200 or less, plates, shells, or tubes used.
</P>
<P>(2) Verify compliance of cylinder shells with all shell requirements; inspect inside before closing in both ends; verify heat treatment as proper; obtain all samples for all tests and for check analyses; witness all tests; verify threads by gauge; report volumetric capacity and minimum thickness of wall noted.
</P>
<P>(3) Prepare report on manufacture of steel shells in form prescribed in § 178.35. Furnish one copy to manufacturer and three copies to the company that is to complete the cylinders.
</P>
<P>(4) Determine porosity of filling and tare weights; verify compliance of marking with prescribed requirements; obtain necessary copies of steel shell reports; and furnish complete reports required by this specification to the person who has completed the manufacture of the cylinders and, upon request, to the purchaser. The test reports must be retained by the inspector for fifteen years from the original test date of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Marking.</I> (1) Marking on each cylinder must be stamped plainly and permanently on or near the shoulder, top head, neck or valve protection collar which is permanently attached to the cylinder and forming integral part thereof.
</P>
<P>(2) Tare weight of cylinder, in pounds and ounces, must be marked on the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(3) Cylinders, not completed, when delivered must each be marked for identification of each lot of 200 or less.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61016, Sept. 27, 2002; 67 FR 51654, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, 75749, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 85427, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.60" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.60   Specification 8AL steel cylinders with porous fillings for acetylene.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type and service pressure.</I> A DOT 8AL cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with a service pressure of 250 psig. However, the attachment of heads by welding or by brazing by dipping process and a welded circumferential body seam is authorized. Longitudinal seams are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authorized steel.</I> The authorized steel is as specified in table I of appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of steel.</I> Material must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hot-drawn cylinders must be marked with heat number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Footrings.</I> Exposed bottom welds on cylinders over 18 inches long must be protected by footrings.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Welding or brazing.</I> Welding or brazing for any purpose whatsoever is prohibited except as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The attachment to the tops or bottoms of cylinders of neckrings, footrings, handlers, bosses, pads, and valve protecting rings is authorized provided that such attachments and the portion of the container to which they are attached are made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent.
</P>
<P>(2) Heat treatment is not required after welding or brazing weldable low carbon parts to attachments, specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, of similar material which have been previously welded or brazed to the top or bottom of cylinders and properly heat treated, provided such subsequent welding or brazing does not produce a temperature in excess of 400 °F in any part of the top or bottom material.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Wall thickness; wall stress.</I> The wall thickness/wall stress of the cylinder must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The calculated wall stress at 750 psi may not exceed 35,000 psi, or one-half of the minimum ultimate strength of the steel as determined in paragraph (l) of this section, whichever value is the smaller. The measured wall thickness may not include galvanizing or other protective coating.
</P>
<P>(i) Calculation of wall stress must be made by the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)] / (D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in pounds psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = 750 psig (minimum test pressure);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) Either D or d must be calculated from the relation D = d + 2t, where t = minimum wall thickness.
</P>
<P>(2) Cylinders with a wall thickness less than 0.100 inch, the ratio of straight side wall length to outside diameter may not exceed 3.5.
</P>
<P>(3) For cylinders having outside diameter over 5 inches, the minimum wall thickness must be 0.087 inch.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Heat treatment.</I> Each cylinder must be uniformly and properly heat treated, prior to tests, by any suitable method in excess of 1100 °F. Heat treatment must be accomplished after all forming and welding operations, except that when brazed joints are used, heat treatment must follow any forming and welding operations but may be done before, during, or after the brazing operations. Liquid quenching is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Openings.</I> Standard taper pipe threads required in all openings. The length of the opening may not be less than as specified for American Standard pipe threads; tapped to gauge; clean cut, even, and without checks.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Lot testing.</I> (i) At least one (1) cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 200 or less must be tested by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) The selected cylinder must be tested to a minimum of 750 psig.
</P>
<P>(iii) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(iv) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(v) If the selected cylinder passes the volumetric expansion test, each remaining cylinder in the lot must be pressure tested in accordance with paragraph (h)(2) of this section. If the selected cylinder fails, each cylinder in the lot must be tested by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 at 750 psig. Each cylinder with a permanent expansion that does not exceed 10% is acceptable.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure testing.</I> (i) If the selected cylinder passes the water-jacket or direct expansion test, the remaining cylinders in each lot must be pressure tested by the proof pressure water-jacket or direct expansion test method as prescribed in CGA C-1. The minimum test pressure must be maintained for the specific timeframe and the testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. Further, all testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested between 500 and 600 psig and show no defect. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1 section 5.7.2 or 7.1.2, as appropriate. Determination of expansion properties is not required.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Leakage test.</I> Cylinders with bottoms closed in by spinning must be leakage tested by setting the interior air or gas pressure at not less than the service pressure. Any cylinder that leaks must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Physical test.</I> A physical test must be conducted as follows;
</P>
<P>(1) The test is required on 2 specimens cut longitudinally from 1 cylinder or part thereof taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, after heat treatment.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must conform to a gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length 2 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “offset” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psi, the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Elongation.</I> Physical test specimens must show at least a 40 percent elongation for a 2 inch gauge length or at least a 20 percent elongation in other cases. Except that these elongation percentages may be reduced numerically by 2 for 2 inch specimens and 1 in other cases for each 7,500 psi increment of tensile strength above 50,000 psi to a maximum of four such increments.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Weld tests.</I> Specimens taken across the circumferentially welded seam must be cut from one cylinder taken at random from each lot of 200 or less cylinders after heat treatment and must pass satisfactorily the following tests:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Tensile test.</I> A specimen must be cut from one cylinder of each lot of 200 or less, or welded test plate. The specimen must be taken from across the major seam and must be prepared and tested in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. Should this specimen fail to meet the requirements, specimens may be taken from two additional cylinders or welded test plates from the same lot and tested. If either of the latter specimens fail to meet the requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Guided bend test.</I> A root bend test specimen must be cut from the cylinder or welded test plate, used for the tensile test specified in paragraph (n)(1) of this section. Specimens must be prepared and tested in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Alternate guided-bend test.</I> This test may be used and must be as required by CGA Pamphlet C-3. The specimen must be bent until the elongation at the outer surface, adjacent to the root of the weld, between the lightly scribed gage lines-a to b, must be at least 20 percent, except that this percentage may be reduced for steels having a tensile strength in excess of 50,000 psi, as provided in paragraph (m) of this section.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment of rejected cylinders is authorized. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding is authorized.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Porous filling.</I> (1) Cylinders must be filled with a porous material in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The porous material may not disintegrate or sag when wet with solvent or when subjected to normal service;
</P>
<P>(ii) The filling material must be uniform in quality and free of voids, except that a well drilled into the filling material beneath the valve is authorized if the well is filled with a material of such type that the functions of the filling material are not impaired;
</P>
<P>(iii) Overall shrinkage of the filling material is authorized if the total clearance between the cylinder shell and filling material, after solvent has been added, does not exceed 
<FR>1/2</FR> of 1 percent of the respective diameter or length but not to exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch, measured diametrically and longitudinally;
</P>
<P>(iv) The clearance may not impair the functions of the filling material;
</P>
<P>(v) The installed filling material must meet the requirements of CGA C-12 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); and 
</P>
<P>(vi) Porosity of filling material may not exceed 80 percent except that filling material with a porosity of up to 92 percent may be used when tested with satisfactory results in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-12.
</P>
<P>(2) When the porosity of each cylinder is not known, a cylinder taken at random from a lot of 200 or less must be tested for porosity. If the test cylinder fails, each cylinder in the lot may be tested individually and those cylinders that pass the test are acceptable.
</P>
<P>(3) For filling that is molded and dried before insertion in cylinders, porosity test may be made on sample block taken at random from material to be used.
</P>
<P>(4) The porosity of the filling material must be determined; the amount of solvent at 70 °F for a cylinder:
</P>
<P>(i) Having shell volumetric capacity above 20 pounds water capacity (nominal) may not exceed the following:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percent porosity of filler
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum acetone
<br/>solvent percent shell
<br/>capacity by volume
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90 to 92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">87 to 90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">83 to 87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80 to 83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75 to 80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70 to 75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">65 to 70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.4</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) Having volumetric capacity of 20 pounds or less water capacity (nominal), may not exceed the following:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percent porosity of filler
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum acetone
<br/>solvent percent shell
<br/>capacity by volume
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90 to 92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">83 to 90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80 to 83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75 to 80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70 to 75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">65 to 70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(q) <I>Tare weight.</I> The tare weight is the combined weight of the cylinder proper, porous filling, valve, and solvent, but without removable cap.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Duties of inspector.</I> In addition to the requirements of § 178.35, the inspector shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Certify chemical analyses of steel used, signed by manufacturer thereof; also verify by check analyses, of samples taken from each heat or from 1 out of each lot of 200 or less plates, shells, or tubes used.
</P>
<P>(2) Verify compliance of cylinder shells with all shell requirements, inspect inside before closing in both ends, verify heat treatment as proper; obtain all samples for all tests and for check analyses, witness all tests; verify threads by gauge, report volumetric capacity and minimum thickness of wall noted.
</P>
<P>(3) Report percentage of each specified alloying element in the steel. Prepare report on manufacture of steel shells in form prescribed in § 178.35. Furnish one copy to manufacturer and three copies to the company that is to complete the cylinders.
</P>
<P>(4) Determine porosity of filling and tare weights; verify compliance of marking with prescribed requirements; obtain necessary copies of steel shell reports prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section; and furnish complete test reports required by this specification to the person who has completed the manufacturer of the cylinders and, upon request, to the purchaser. The test reports must be retained by the inspector for fifteen years from the original test date of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Marking.</I> (1) Tare weight of cylinder, in pounds and ounces, must be marked on the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) Cylinders, not completed, when delivered must each be marked for identification of each lot of 200 or less.
</P>
<P>(3) Markings must be stamped plainly and permanently in locations in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) On shoulders and top heads not less than 0.087 inch thick; or
</P>
<P>(ii) On neck, valve boss, valve protection sleeve, or similar part permanently attached to the top end of cylinder; or
</P>
<P>(iii) On a plate of ferrous material attached to the top of the cylinder or permanent part thereof; the plate must be at least 
<FR>1/16</FR> inch thick, and must be attached by welding, or by brazing at a temperature of at least 1,100 °F throughout all edges of the plate. Sufficient space must be left on the plate to provide for stamping at least four (4) retest dates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45386, 45388, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51654, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, 75749, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 85428, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.61" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.61   Specification 4BW welded steel cylinders with electric-arc welded seam.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size, pressure, and application.</I> A DOT 4BW cylinder has a spherical or cylindrical design, a water capacity of 1,000 pounds or less, and a service pressure range of 225 to 500 psig. Closures made by the spinning process are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(1) Spherical designs are permitted to have only one circumferentially electric-arc welded seam.
</P>
<P>(2) Cylindrical designs must be of circumferentially welded electric-arc construction; longitudinally electric-arc welded seams are permitted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steel.</I> (1) The steel used in the construction of the cylinder must be as specified in table 1 of appendix A to this part. The cylinder manufacturer must maintain a record of intentionally added alloying elements.
</P>
<P>(2) Material for heads must meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section or be open hearth, electric or basic oxygen carbon steel of uniform quality. Content percent may not exceed the following: Carbon 0.25, Manganese 0.60, Phosphorus 0.045, Sulfur 0.050. Heads must be hemispherical or ellipsoidal in shape with a maximum ratio of 2:1. If low carbon steel is used, the thickness of such heads must be determined by using a maximum wall stress of 24,000 psi in the formula described in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of material.</I> Pressure-retaining materials must be identified by any suitable method that does not compromise the integrity of the cylinder. Plates and billets for hotdrawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart and the following:
</P>
<P>(1) No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface is required. Exposed bottom welds on cylinders over 18 inches long must be protected by footrings. Minimum thickness of heads may not be less than 90 percent of the required thickness of the sidewall. Heads must be concave to pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) Circumferential seams must be by electric-arc welding. Joints must be butt with one member offset (joggle butt) or with a lap joint. Joints must have a minimum overlap of at least four (4) times nominal sheet thickness.
</P>
<P>(3) Longitudinal electric-arc welded seams (in shells) must be of the butt welded type. Welds must be made by a machine process including automatic feed and welding guidance mechanisms. Longitudinal seams must have complete joint penetration, and must be free from undercuts, overlaps or abrupt ridges or valleys. Misalignment of mating butt edges may not exceed 
<FR>1/6</FR> inch of nominal sheet thickness or 
<FR>1/32</FR> inch whichever is less. All joints with nominal sheet thickness up to and including 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch must be tightly butted. When nominal sheet thickness is greater than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch, the joint must be gapped with maximum distance equal to one-half the nominal sheet thickness or 
<FR>1/32</FR> inch whichever is less. Joint design, preparation, and fit-up must be such that requirements of this paragraph (d) are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(4) Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(5)(i) Welds of the cylinders must be subjected to radioscopic or radiographic examination as follows:
</P>
<P>(ii) Radioscopy or radiography must be in conformance with CGA C-3 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Maximum joint efficiency will be 1.0 when each longitudinal seam is examined completely. Maximum joint efficiency will be 0.90 when one cylinder from each lot of 50 consecutively welded cylinders is spot examined. In addition, one out of the first five cylinders welded following a shutdown of welding operations exceeding four hours must be spot examined. Spot radiographs, when required, must be made of a finished welded cylinder and must include the circumferential weld for 2 inches in both directions from the intersection of the longitudinal and circumferential welds and include at least 6 inches of the longitudinal weld. Maximum joint efficiency of 0.75 will be permissible without radiography or radioscopy. When fluoroscopic examination is used, permanent film records need not be retained. Circumferential welds need not be examined, except as part of spot examination.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Welding of attachments.</I> The attachment to the tops and bottoms only of cylinders by welding of neckrings, footrings, handles, bosses, pads and valve protection rings is authorized provided that such attachments and the portion of the container to which they are attached are made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> (1) For outside diameters over 6 inches the minimum wall thickness must be 0.078 inch. In any case, the minimum wall thickness must be such that the wall stress calculated by the formula listed in paragraph (f)(2) of this section may not exceed the lesser value of any of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The value referenced in paragraph (b) of this section for the particular material under consideration.
</P>
<P>(ii) One-half of the minimum tensile strength of the material determined as required in paragraph (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) 35,000 psig.
</P>
<P>(2) Stress must be calculated by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [2P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)]/[E(D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)]
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress, psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = service pressure, psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter, inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter, inches; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = joint efficiency of the longitudinal seam (from paragraph (d) of this section).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) For a cylinder with a wall thickness less than 0.100 inch, the ratio of tangential length to outside diameter may not exceed 4 to 1 (4:1).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Heat treatment.</I> Cylinders must be heat treated in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Each cylinder must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to test by the applicable method referenced in table 1 of appendix A to this part. Heat treatment must be accomplished after all forming and welding operations, except that when brazed joints are used, heat treatment must follow any forming and welding operations, but may be done before, during or after the brazing operations (see paragraph (n) of this section for weld repairs).
</P>
<P>(2) Heat treatment is not required after welding of weldable low-carbon parts to attachments of similar material which have been previously welded to the top or bottom of cylinders and properly heat treated, provided such subsequent welding does not produce a temperature in excess of 400 °F in any part of the top or bottom material.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Openings in cylinders.</I> Openings in cylinders must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) All openings must be in heads or bases.
</P>
<P>(2) Each opening in a spherical-type cylinder must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad of weldable steel securely attached to the cylinder by fusion welding.
</P>
<P>(3) Each opening in a cylindrical-type cylinder must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad securely attached to the cylinder by welding.
</P>
<P>(4) If threads are used, they must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and tapped to gauge.
</P>
<P>(ii) Taper threads must be of length not less than as specified for American Standard Taper Pipe Threads.
</P>
<P>(iii) Straight threads, having at least four (4) engaged threads, must have a tight fit and calculated shear strength at least ten (10) times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required.
</P>
<P>(iv) A brass fitting may be brazed to the steel boss or flange on cylinders used as component parts of handheld fire extinguishers.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Lot testing.</I> (i) At least one (1) cylinder randomly selected out of each lot of 200 or fewer must be tested by the water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each selected cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(iii) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(iv) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure testing.</I> (i) The remaining cylinders in each lot must be pressure tested by the proof pressure, water-jacket or direct expansion test method as prescribed in CGA C-1. The minimum test pressure must be maintained for the specific timeframe and the testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. Further, all testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure and show no defect. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1 5.7.2 or 7.1.2, as appropriate. Determination of expansion properties is not required.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Burst testing.</I> One finished cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 500 or less successively produced must be hydrostatically tested to four (4) times service pressure without bursting. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Mechanical tests.</I> Mechanical tests must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation as a percentage, and reduction of area of material as a percentage, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Specimens must be taken from one cylinder after heat treatment as illustrated in appendix A to this subpart, chosen at random from each lot of 200 or fewer, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) One specimen must be taken longitudinally from the body section at least 90 degrees away from the weld.
</P>
<P>(ii) One specimen must be taken from either head on a cylinder when both heads are made of the same material. However, if the two heads are made of differing materials, a specimen must be taken from each head.
</P>
<P>(iii) If due to welded attachments on the top head there is insufficient surface from which to take a specimen, it may be taken from a representative head of the same heat treatment as the test cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) When a cylinder wall is 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick or less, one the following gauge lengths is authorized: A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over

1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or a gauge length at least twenty-four (24) times the thickness with a width not over six (6) times the thickness.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within 1 inch of each end of the reduced section.
</P>
<P>(iii) When size of the cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are taken, and prepared in this manner, the inspector's report must show, in connection with the record of physical tests, detailed information in regard to such specimens.
</P>
<P>(iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by either the “off-set” method or the “extension under load” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) In using the “extension under load” method, the total strain (or “extension under load”), corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2-percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2-percent offset.
</P>
<P>(iii) For strain measurement, the initial strain reference must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 psig, and the strain indicator reading must be set at the calculated corresponding strain.
</P>
<P>(iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Elongation.</I> Mechanical test specimens must show at least a 40 percent elongation for a 2-inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases. However, elongation percentages may be reduced numerically by 2 percent for 2-inch specimens, and by 1 percent in other cases, for each 7,500 psi increase of tensile strength above 50,000 psig. The tensile strength may be incrementally increased by four increments of 7,500 psig for a maximum total of 30,000 psig.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Tests of welds.</I> Welds must be subjected to the following tests:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Tensile test.</I> A specimen must be removed from one cylinder of each lot of 200 or fewer. The specimen must be taken from across the longitudinal seam and must be prepared and tested in conformance with the requirements of CGA C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Guided bend test.</I> A root bend test specimen must be removed from the cylinder or welded test plate used for the tensile test specified in paragraph (m)(1) of this section. Specimens must be taken from across the longitudinal seam and must be prepared and tested in conformance with the requirements of CGA C-3. If the specimen fails to meet the requirements, one specimen each must be taken from two additional cylinders or welded test plates from the same lot as the previously tested cylinder or added test plate and tested. If either of these latter two specimens fails to meet the requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Alternate guided bend test.</I> This test may be used and must be as required by CGA C-3. The specimen must be bent until the elongation at the outer surface, adjacent to the root of the weld, between the lightly scribed gauge lines a to b, must be at least 20 percent, except that this percentage may be reduced for steels having a tensile strength in excess of 50,000 psig, as provided in paragraph (k) of this section. Should this specimen fail to meet the requirements, one additional specimen must be taken from two additional cylinders or welded test plates from the same lot and tested as the previously tested cylinder or added test plate. If either of these latter two specimens fails to meet the requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> (1) Unless otherwise stated, if a sample cylinder or specimen taken from a lot of cylinders fails the prescribed test, then two additional specimens must be selected from the same lot and subjected to the prescribed test. If either of these fails the test, then the entire lot must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reheat treatment of rejected cylinders.</I> Reheat treatment is authorized for a rejected cylinder in accordance with this paragraph (m)(2). After reheat treatment, a cylinder must pass all prescribed tests in this section to be considered acceptable. Repair of welded seams by welding is authorized. For cylinders less than or equal to an outside diameter of 6 inches, welded seam repairs greater than 1 inch in length shall require reheat treatment of the cylinder. For cylinders greater than an outside diameter of 6 inches, welded seam repairs greater than 3 inches in length shall require reheat treatment.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Markings.</I> (1) Markings must be as required in § 178.35 and in addition must be stamped plainly and permanently in one of the following locations on the cylinder:
</P>
<P>(i) On shoulders and top heads whose wall thickness is not less than 0.087 inch thick.
</P>
<P>(ii) On side wall adjacent to top head for side walls not less than 0.090 inch thick.
</P>
<P>(iii) On a cylindrical portion of the shell that extends beyond the recessed bottom of the cylinder constituting an integral and non-pressure part of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(iv) On a plate attached to the top of the cylinder or permanent part thereof; sufficient space must be left on the plate to provide for stamping at least six retest dates; the plate must be at least 
<FR>1/16</FR>-inch thick and must be attached by welding at a temperature of 1,100 °F, throughout all edges of the plate.
</P>
<P>(v) On the neck, neckring, valve boss, valve protection sleeve, or similar part permanently attached to the top of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(vi) On the footring permanently attached to the cylinder, provided the water capacity of the cylinder does not exceed 30 pounds.
</P>
<P>(2) Embossing the cylinder head or side wall is not permitted.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Inspector's report.</I> In addition to the information required by § 178.35, the inspector's report must indicate the type and amount of radiography.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 85428, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.65" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.65   Specification 39 non-reusable (non-refillable) cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size, service pressure, and test pressure.</I> A DOT 39 cylinder is a seamless, welded, or brazed cylinder with a service pressure not to exceed 80 percent of the test pressure. Spherical pressure vessels are authorized and covered by references to cylinders in this specification.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Size limitation.</I> Maximum water capacity may not exceed: (i) 55 pounds (1,526 cubic inches) for a service pressure of 500 p.s.i.g. or less, and (ii) 10 pounds (277 cubic inches) for a service pressure in excess of 500 p.s.i.g.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Test pressure.</I> The minimum test pressure is the maximum pressure of contents at 130 °F or 180 p.s.i.g. whichever is greater.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Pressure of contents.</I> The term “pressure of contents” as used in this specification means the total pressure of all the materials to be shipped in the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Material; steel or aluminum.</I> The cylinder must be constructed of either steel or aluminum conforming to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Steel.</I> (i) The steel analysis must conform to the following:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Ladle analysis
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Check analysis
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon, maximum percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus, maximum percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur, maximum percent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.06</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) For a cylinder made of seamless steel tubing with integrally formed ends, hot drawn, and finished, content percent for the following may not exceed: Carbon, 0.55; phosphorous, 0.045; sulfur, 0.050.
</P>
<P>(iii) For non-heat treated welded steel cylinders, adequately killed deep drawing quality steel is required.
</P>
<P>(iv) Longitudinal or helical welded cylinders are not authorized for service pressures in excess of 500 p.s.i.g.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Aluminum.</I> Aluminum is not authorized for service pressures in excess of 500 psig. The analysis of the aluminum must conform to the Aluminum Association standard for alloys 1060, 1100, 1170, 3003, 5052, 5086, 5154, 6061, and 6063, as specified in its publication entitled “Aluminum Standards and Data” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(3) Material with seams, cracks, laminations, or other injurious defects not permitted.
</P>
<P>(4) Material used must be identified by any suitable method.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Manufacture.</I> (1) General manufacturing requirements are as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The surface finish must be uniform and reasonably smooth.
</P>
<P>(ii) Inside surfaces must be clean, dry, and free of loose particles.
</P>
<P>(iii) No defect of any kind is permitted if it is likely to weaken a finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) Requirements for seams:
</P>
<P>(i) Brazing is not authorized on aluminum cylinders.
</P>
<P>(ii) Brazing material must have a melting point of not lower than 1,000 °F.
</P>
<P>(iii) Brazed seams must be assembled with proper fit to ensure complete penetration of the brazing material throughout the brazed joint.
</P>
<P>(iv) Minimum width of brazed joints must be at least four times the thickness of the shell wall.
</P>
<P>(v) Brazed seams must have design strength equal to or greater than 1.5 times the minimum strength of the shell wall.
</P>
<P>(vi) Welded seams must be properly aligned and welded by a method that provides clean, uniform joints with adequate penetration.
</P>
<P>(vii) Welded joints must have a strength equal to or greater than the minimum strength of the shell material in the finished cylinder.
</P>
<P>(3) Attachments to the cylinder are permitted by any means which will not be detrimental to the integrity of the cylinder. Welding or brazing of attachments to the cylinder must be completed prior to all pressure tests.
</P>
<P>(4) Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The minimum wall thickness must be such that the wall stress at test pressure does not exceed the yield strength of the material of the finished cylinder wall. Calculations must be made by the following formulas:
</P>
<P>(1) Calculation of the stress for cylinders must be made by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)] / (D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = Wall stress, in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Test pressure in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = Outside diameter, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = Inside diameter, in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Calculation of the stress for spheres must be made by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = PD / 4t
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = Wall stress, in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Test pressure i psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = Outside diameter, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t = Minimum wall thickness, in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Openings and attachments.</I> Openings and attachments must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Openings and attachments are permitted on heads only.
</P>
<P>(2) All openings and their reinforcements must be within an imaginary circle, concentric to the axis of the cylinder. The diameter of the circle may not exceed 80 percent of the outside diameter of the cylinder. The plane of the circle must be parallel to the plane of a circumferential weld and normal to the long axis of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(3) Unless a head has adequate thickness, each opening must be reinforced by a securely attached fitting, boss, pad, collar, or other suitable means.
</P>
<P>(4) Material used for welded openings and attachments must be of weldable quality and compatible with the material of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Pressure testing.</I> (1) Each cylinder must be proof pressure tested as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The minimum test pressure must be maintained for the specific timeframe and the testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(i) The leakage test must be conducted by submersion under water or by some other method that will be equally sensitive.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the cylinder leaks, evidences visible distortion or evidences any other defect while under test, it must be rejected (see paragraph (h) of this section).
</P>
<P>(iii) If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA, C-1 section 7.1.2.
</P>
<P>(2) One cylinder taken from the beginning of each lot, and one from each 1,000 or less successively produced within the lot thereafter, must be hydrostatically tested to destruction. The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1. The entire lot must be rejected (see paragraph (h) of this section) if:
</P>
<P>(i) A failure occurs at a gage pressure less than 2.0 times the test pressure;
</P>
<P>(ii) A failure initiates in a braze or a weld or the heat affected zone thereof;
</P>
<P>(iii) A failure is other than in the sidewall of a cylinder longitudinal with its long axis; or
</P>
<P>(iv) In a sphere, a failure occurs in any opening, reinforcement, or at a point of attachment.
</P>
<P>(3) A “lot” is defined as the quantity of cylinders successively produced per production shift (not exceeding 10 hours) having identical size, design, construction, material, heat treatment, finish, and quality.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Flattening test.</I> One cylinder must be taken from the beginning of production of each lot (as defined in paragraph (f)(3) of this section) and subjected to a flattening test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The flattening test must be made on a cylinder that has been tested at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) A ring taken from a cylinder may be flattened as an alternative to a test on a complete cylinder. The test ring may not include the heat affected zone or any weld. However, for a sphere, the test ring may include the circumferential weld if it is located at a 45 degree angle to the ring, ±5 degrees.
</P>
<P>(3) The flattening must be between 60 degrees included-angle, wedge shaped knife edges, rounded to a 0.5 inch radius.
</P>
<P>(4) Cylinders and test rings may not crack when flattened so that their outer surfaces are not more than six times wall thickness apart when made of steel or not more than ten times wall thickness apart when made of aluminum.
</P>
<P>(5) If any cylinder or ring cracks when subjected to the specified flattening test, the lot of cylinders represented by the test must be rejected (see paragraph (h) of this section).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Rejected cylinders must conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) If the cause for rejection of a lot is determinable, and if by test or inspection defective cylinders are eliminated from the lot, the remaining cylinders must be qualified as a new lot under paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Repairs to welds are permitted. Following repair, a cylinder must pass the pressure test specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If a cylinder made from seamless steel tubing fails the flattening test described in paragraph (g) of this section, suitable uniform heat treatment must be used on each cylinder in the lot. All prescribed tests must be performed subsequent to this heat treatment.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Markings.</I> (1) The markings required by this section must be durable and waterproof. The requirements of § 178.35(h) do not apply to this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Required markings are as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) DOT-39.
</P>
<P>(ii) NRC.
</P>
<P>(iii) The service pressure.
</P>
<P>(iv) The test pressure.
</P>
<P>(v) The registration number (M****) of the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(vi) The lot number.
</P>
<P>(vii) The date of manufacture if the lot number does not establish the date of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(viii) With one of the following statements:
</P>
<P>(A) For cylinders manufactured prior to October 1, 1996: “Federal law forbids transportation if refilled-penalty up to $25,000 fine and 5 years imprisonment (49 U.S.C. 1809)” or “Federal law forbids transportation if refilled-penalty up to $500,000 fine and 5 years imprisonment (49 U.S.C. 5124).”
</P>
<P>(B) For cylinders manufactured on or after October 1, 1996: “Federal law forbids transportation if refilled-penalty up to $500,000 fine and 5 years imprisonment (49 U.S.C. 5124).”
</P>
<P>(3) The markings required by paragraphs (i)(2)(i) through (i)(2)(v) of this section must be in numbers and letters at least 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch high and displayed sequentially. For example:
</P>
<FP-2>DOT-39 NRC 250/500 M1001.
</FP-2>
<P>(4) No person may mark any cylinder with the specification identification “DOT-39” unless it was manufactured in compliance with the requirements of this section and its manufacturer has a registration number (M****) from the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 58631, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45389, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51654, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, 75749, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 85430, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.68" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.68   Specification 4E welded aluminum cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type, size and service pressure.</I> A DOT 4E cylinder is a welded aluminum cylinder with a water capacity (nominal) of not over 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 225 to not over 500 psig. The cylinder must be constructed of not more than two seamless drawn shells with no more than one circumferential weld. The circumferential weld may not be closer to the point of tangency of the cylindrical portion with the shoulder than 20 times the cylinder wall thickness. Cylinders or shells closed in by spinning process and cylinders with longitudinal seams are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authorized material.</I> (1) The cylinder must be constructed of aluminum of uniform quality. The following chemical analyses are authorized:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1)—Authorized Materials
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Designation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Chemical
<br/>analysis—limits in percent 5154
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iron plus silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.45 maximum.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Copper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10 maximum.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10 maximum.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Magnesium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.10/3.90.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15/0.35.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.20 maximum.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titanium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.20 maximum.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Others, each</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05 maximum.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Others, total</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15 maximum.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aluminum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">remainder.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The aluminum used in the construction of the cylinder must be as specified in Table 1 to paragraph (b)(1) of this section. Analyses must regularly be made only for the elements specifically mentioned in the table. If, however, the presence of other elements is indicated in the course of routine analysis, further analysis should be made to determine conformance with the limits specified for other elements. The cylinder manufacturer must maintain a record of intentionally added alloying elements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification.</I> Material must be identified by any suitable method that will identify the alloy and manufacturer's lot number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacture.</I> Cylinders must be manufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. All welding must be by the gas shielded arc process.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Welding.</I> The attachment to the tops and bottoms only of cylinders by welding of neckrings, flanges, footrings, handles, bosses, pads, and valve protection rings is authorized. However, such attachments and the portion of the cylinder to which it is attached must be made of weldable aluminum alloys.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wall thickness.</I> The wall thickness of the cylinder must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The minimum wall thickness of the cylinder must be 0.140 inch. In any case, the minimum wall thickness must be such that calculated wall stress at twice service pressure may not exceed the lesser value of either of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) 20,000 psi.
</P>
<P>(ii) One-half of the minimum tensile strength of the material as required in paragraph (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Calculation must be made by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = [P(1.3D
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4d
<SU>2</SU>)] / (D
<SU>2</SU> − d
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = wall stress in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) Minimum thickness of heads and bottoms may not be less than the minimum required thickness of the side wall.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Opening in cylinder.</I> Openings in cylinders must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) All openings must be in the heads or bases.
</P>
<P>(2) Each opening in cylinders, except those for safety devices, must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad, securely attached to cylinder by welding by inert gas shielded arc process or by threads. If threads are used, they must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Threads must be clean-cut, even, without checks and cut to gauge.
</P>
<P>(ii) Taper threads to be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads.
</P>
<P>(iii) Straight threads, having at least 4 engaged threads, to have tight fit and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder; gaskets required, adequate to prevent leakage.
</P>
<P>(3) Closure of a fitting, boss, or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Pressure testing.</I> Each cylinder must successfully withstand a pressure test as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Pressure test.</I> All cylinders with a wall stress greater than 18,000 psig must be tested by water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(i) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(ii) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(iii) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 12 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lot testing.</I> (i) Cylinders with a wall stress of 18,000 psig or less may be lot tested. At least one (1) cylinder randomly selected out of each lot of 200 or less must be tested by the water-jacket or direct expansion method as prescribed in CGA C-1. The testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.2.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each selected cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(iii) The minimum test pressure must be maintained at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and prior to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure.
</P>
<P>(iv) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 12 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Pressure testing.</I> (i) For cylinders with a wall stress of 18,000 psig or less, the remaining cylinders of the lot must be pressure tested by the proof pressure, water-jacket, or direct expansion test method as defined in CGA C-1. The minimum test pressure must be maintained for the specific timeframe and the testing equipment must be calibrated as prescribed in CGA C-1. Further, all testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure and show no defect. If, due to failure of the test apparatus or operator error, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1 5.7.2 or 7.1.2, as appropriate. Determination of expansion properties is not required.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Burst testing.</I> One (1) finished cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 1000 or less must be hydrostatically tested to four (4) times service pressure without bursting. Inability to meet this requirement must result in rejection of the lot. All testing equipment and pressure indicating devices must be accurate within the parameters defined in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Flattening test.</I> After hydrostatic testing, a flattening test is required on one section of a cylinder, taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If the weld is not at midlength of the cylinder, the test section must be no less in width than 30 times the cylinder wall thickness. The weld must be in the center of the section. Weld reinforcement must be removed by machining or grinding so that the weld is flush with the exterior of the parent metal. There must be no evidence of cracking in the sample when it is flattened between flat plates to no more than 6 times the wall thickness.
</P>
<P>(2) If the weld is at midlength of the cylinder, the test may be made as specified in paragraph (i)(1) of this section or must be made between wedge shaped knife edges (60° angle) rounded to a 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch radius. There must be no evidence of cracking in the sample when it is flattened to no more than 6 times the wall thickness.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Mechanical test.</I> A mechanical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation as a percentage, and reduction of area of material as a percentage as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The test is required on two (2) specimens removed from one cylinder or part thereof as illustrated in appendix A to this subpart taken at random out of each lot of 200 or fewer.
</P>
<P>(2) Specimens must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within 1 inch of each end of the reduced section.
</P>
<P>(iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows; when specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical test detailed information in regard to such specimens.
</P>
<P>(iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The yield strength must be determined by the “offset” method as prescribed in ASTM E 8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch per minute during yield strength determination.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Acceptable results for mechanical tests.</I> An acceptable result of the mechanical test requires at least 7 percent and yield strength not over 80 percent of tensile strength.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Weld tests.</I> Welds of the cylinder are required to pass the following tests successfully:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Reduced section tensile test.</I> A specimen must be removed from the cylinder used for the mechanical tests specified in paragraph (j) of this section. The specimen must be taken from across the seam; edges must be parallel for a distance of approximately 2 inches on either side of the weld. The specimen must be fractured in tension. The actual breaking stress must be a minimum of 30,000 psi. The apparent breaking stress calculated on the minimum design wall thickness must be a minimum of two (2) times the stress calculated under paragraph (f)(2) of this section. If the specimen fails to meet the requirements, the lot must be rejected except that specimens may be taken from two (2) additional cylinders from the same lot as the previously tested specimens. If either of the latter specimens fails to meet requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Guided bend test.</I> A bend test specimen must be removed from the cylinder used for the mechanical test specified in paragraph (j) of this section. The specimen must be taken across the circumferential seam, must be a minimum of 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide, edges must be parallel and rounded with a file, and back-up strip, if used, must be removed by machining. The specimen must be tested as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Standard guided bend test.</I> The specimen must be bent to refusal in the guided bend test jig as illustrated in CGA C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The root of the weld (inside surface of the cylinder) must be located away from the ram of the jig. The specimen must not show a crack or other open defect exceeding 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch in any direction upon completion of the test. Should this specimen fail to meet the requirements, one additional specimen must be taken from two additional cylinders from the same lot and tested. If either of the latter specimens fails to meet requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Alternate guided bend test.</I> This test may be used as an alternate to the guided bend test. The test specimen must be in conformance with The Aluminum Association's “Welding Aluminum: Theory and Practice, Fourth Edition, 2002” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). If the specimen fails to meet the requirements, one additional specimen must be taken from two additional cylinders or welded test plates from the same lot and tested. If any of these latter two specimens fails to meet the requirements, the entire lot must be rejected.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Rejected cylinders.</I> Repair of welded seams is authorized. Acceptable cylinders must pass all prescribed tests.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Markings.</I> (1) Markings must be as required in § 178.35 and in addition must be stamped plainly and permanently in one of the following locations on the cylinder:
</P>
<P>(i) On the neck, neckring, valve boss, valve protection sleeve, or similar part permanently attached to the top of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(ii) On the footring permanently attached to the cylinder, provided the water capacity of the cylinder does not exceed 30 pounds.
</P>
<P>(2) Embossing the cylinder head or side wall is not permitted.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Inspector's report.</I> In addition to the information required by § 178.35, the record of chemical analyses must also include applicable information on iron, titanium, zinc, and magnesium used in the construction of the cylinder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-114, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51654, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75748, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 74 FR 16143, Apr. 9, 2009; 85 FR 85431, Dec. 27, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.69" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.69   Responsibilities and requirements for manufacturers of UN pressure receptacles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer of a UN pressure receptacle marked with “USA” as a country of approval must comply with the requirements in this section. The manufacturer must maintain a quality system, obtain an approval for each initial pressure receptacle design type, and ensure that all production of UN pressure receptacles meets the applicable requirements.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Quality system.</I> The manufacturer of a UN pressure receptacle must have its quality system approved by the Associate Administrator. The quality system will initially be assessed through an audit by the Associate Administrator or his or her representative to determine whether it meets the requirements of this section. The Associate Administrator will notify the manufacturer in writing of the results of the audit. The notification will contain the conclusions of the audit and any corrective action required. The Associate Administrator may perform periodic audits to ensure that the manufacturer operates in accordance with the quality system. Reports of periodic audits will be provided to the manufacturer. The manufacturer must bear the cost of audits.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Quality system documentation.</I> The manufacturer must be able to demonstrate a documented quality system. Management must review the adequacy of the quality system to assure that it is effective and conforms to the requirements in § 178.70. The quality system records must be in English and must include detailed descriptions of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The organizational structure and responsibilities of personnel with regard to design and product quality;
</P>
<P>(ii) The design control and design verification techniques, processes, and procedures used when designing the pressure receptacles;
</P>
<P>(iii) The relevant procedures for pressure receptacle manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance, and process operation instructions;
</P>
<P>(iv) Inspection and testing methodologies, measuring and testing equipment, and calibration data;
</P>
<P>(v) The process for meeting customer requirements;
</P>
<P>(vi) The process for document control and document revision;
</P>
<P>(vii) The system for controlling non-conforming material and records, including procedures for identification, segregation, and disposition;
</P>
<P>(viii) Production, processing and fabrication, including purchased components, in-process and final materials; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Training programs for relevant personnel.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Maintenance of quality system.</I> The manufacturer must maintain the quality system as approved by the Associate Administrator. The manufacturer shall notify the Associate Administrator of any intended changes to the approved quality system prior to making the change. The Associate Administrator will evaluate the proposed change to determine whether the amended quality system will satisfy the requirements. The Associate Administrator will notify the manufacturer of the findings.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Design type approvals.</I> The manufacturer must have each pressure receptacle design type reviewed by an IIA and approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with § 178.70. A cylinder is considered to be of a new design, compared with an existing approved design, as stated in the applicable ISO design, construction and testing standard.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Production inspection and certification.</I> The manufacturer must ensure that each UN pressure receptacle is inspected and certified in accordance with § 178.71.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.70" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.70   Approval of UN pressure receptacles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial design-type approval.</I> The manufacturer of a UN pressure receptacle must obtain an initial design type approval from the Associate Administrator. The initial design type approval must be of the pressure receptacle design as it is intended to be produced. The manufacturer must arrange for an IIA, approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with subpart I of part 107 of this chapter, to perform a pre-audit of its pressure receptacle manufacturing operation prior to having an audit conducted by the Associate Administrator or his designee.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>IIA pre-audit.</I> The manufacturer must submit an application for initial design type approval to the IIA for review. The IIA will examine the manufacturer's application for initial design type approval for completeness. An incomplete application will be returned to the manufacturer with an explanation. If an application is complete, the IIA will review all technical documentation, including drawings and calculations, to verify that the design meets all requirements of the applicable UN pressure receptacle standard and specification requirements. If the technical documentation shows that the pressure receptacle prototype design conforms to the applicable standards and requirements in § 178.70, the manufacturer will fabricate a prototype lot of pressure receptacles in conformance with the technical documentation representative of the design. The IIA will verify that the prototype lot conforms to the applicable requirements by selecting pressure receptacles and witnessing their testing. After prototype testing has been satisfactorily completed, showing the pressure receptacles fully conform to all applicable specification requirements, the certifying IIA must prepare a letter of recommendation and a design type approval certificate. The design type approval certificate must contain the name and address of the manufacturer and the IIA certifying the design type, the test results, chemical analyses, lot identification, and all other supporting data specified in the applicable ISO design, construction and testing standard. The IIA must provide the certificate and documentation to the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application for initial design type approval.</I> If the pre-audit is found satisfactory by the IIA, the manufacturer will submit the letter of recommendation from the IIA and an application for design type approval to the Associate Administrator. An application for initial design type approval must be submitted for each manufacturing facility. The application must be in English and, at a minimum, contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the manufacturing facility. If the application is submitted by an authorized representative on behalf of the manufacturer, the application must include the representative's name and address.
</P>
<P>(2) The name and title of the individual responsible for the manufacturer's quality system, as required by § 178.69.
</P>
<P>(3) The designation of the pressure receptacle and the relevant pressure receptacle standard.
</P>
<P>(4) Details of any refusal of approval of a similar application by a designated approval agency of another country.
</P>
<P>(5) The name and address of the production IIA that will perform the functions prescribed in paragraph (e) of this section. The IIA must be approved in writing by the Associate Administrator in accordance with subpart I of part 107 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(6) Documentation on the manufacturing facility as specified in § 178.69.
</P>
<P>(7) Design specifications and manufacturing drawings, showing components and subassemblies if relevant, design calculations, and material specifications necessary to verify compliance with the applicable pressure receptacle design standard.
</P>
<P>(8) Manufacturing procedures and any applicable standards that describe in detail the manufacturing processes and control.
</P>
<P>(9) Design type approval test reports detailing the results of examinations and tests conducted in accordance with the relevant pressure receptacle standard, to include any additional data, such as suitability for underwater applications or compatibility with hydrogen embrittlement gases.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Modification of approved pressure receptacle design type.</I> Modification of an approved UN (ISO) pressure receptacle design type is not authorized without the approval of the Associate Administrator. However, modification of an approved UN (ISO) pressure receptacle design type is authorized without an additional approval of the Associate Administrator provided the design modification is covered under the UN (ISO) standard for the design type. A manufacturer seeking modification of an approved UN (ISO) pressure receptacle design type may be required to submit design qualification test data to the Associate Administrator before production. An audit may be required as part of the process to modify an approval.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Responsibilities of the production IIA.</I> The production IIA is responsible for ensuring that each pressure receptacle conforms to the design type approval. The production IIA must perform the following functions:
</P>
<P>(1) Witness all inspections and tests specified in the UN pressure receptacle standard to ensure compliance with the standard and that the procedures adopted by the manufacturer meet the requirements of the standard;
</P>
<P>(2) Verify that the production inspections were performed in accordance with this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Select UN pressure receptacles from a prototype production lot and witness testing as required for the design type approval;
</P>
<P>(4) Ensure that the various design type approval examinations and tests are performed accurately; 
</P>
<P>(5) Verify that each pressure receptacle is marked in accordance with the applicable requirements in § 178.71; and
</P>
<P>(6) Furnish complete test reports to the manufacturer and upon request to the purchaser. The test reports and certificate of compliance must be retained by the IIA for at least 20 years from the original test date of the pressure receptacles.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Production inspection audit and certification.</I> (1) If the application, design drawing and quality control documents are found satisfactory, PHMSA will schedule an on-site audit of the pressure receptacle manufacturer's quality system, manufacturing processes, inspections, and test procedures.
</P>
<P>(2) During the audit, the manufacturer will be required to produce pressure receptacles to the technical standards for which approval is sought.
</P>
<P>(3) The production IIA must witness the required inspections and verifications on the pressure receptacles during the production run. The IIA selected by the manufacturer for production inspection and testing may be different from the IIA who performed the design type approval verifications.
</P>
<P>(4) If the procedures and controls are deemed acceptable, test sample pressure receptacles will be selected at random from the production lot and sent to a laboratory designated by the Associate Administrator for verification testing.
</P>
<P>(5) If the pressure receptacle test samples are found to conform to all the applicable requirements, the Associate Administrator will issue approvals to the manufacturer and the production IIA to authorize the manufacture of the pressure receptacles. The approved design type approval certificate will be returned to the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(6) Upon the receipt of the approved design type approval certificate from the Associate Administrator, the pressure receptacle manufacturer must sign the certificate.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The production IIA and the manufacturer must retain a copy of the design type approval certificate and certificate of compliance records for at least 20 years.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Denial of design type application.</I> If the design type application is denied, the Associate Administrator will notify the applicant in writing and provide the reason for the denial. The manufacturer may request that the Associate Administrator reconsider the decision. The application request must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be written in English and filed within 60 days of receipt of the decision;
</P>
<P>(2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law; and
</P>
<P>(3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the request to reconsider.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Appeal.</I> (1) A manufacturer whose reconsideration request is denied may appeal to the PHMSA Administrator. The appeal must—
</P>
<P>(i) Be written in English and filed within 60 days of receipt of the Associate Administrator's decision on reconsideration;
</P>
<P>(ii) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
</P>
<P>(iii) Enclose any additional information needed to support the appeal; and
</P>
<P>(iv) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.
</P>
<P>(2) The PHMSA Administrator will grant or deny the relief and inform the appellant in writing of the decision. PHMSA Administrator's decision is the final administrative action.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Termination of a design type approval certificate.</I> (1) The Associate Administrator may terminate an approval certificate issue under this section if it is determined that, because of a change in circumstances, the approval no longer is needed or no longer would be granted if applied for; information upon which the approval was based is fraudulent or substantially erroneous; or termination of the approval is necessary to adequately protect against risks to life and property.
</P>
<P>(2) Before an approval is terminated, the Associate Administrator will provide the manufacturer and the approval agency—
</P>
<P>(i) Written notice of the facts or conduct believed to warrant the withdrawal;
</P>
<P>(ii) Opportunity to submit oral and written evidence, and
</P>
<P>(iii) Opportunity to demonstrate or achieve compliance with the application requirement.
</P>
<P>(3) If the Associate Administrator determines that a certificate of approval must be withdrawn to preclude a significant and imminent adverse affect on public safety, the procedures in paragraph (j)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section need not be provided prior to withdrawal of the approval, but shall be provided as soon as practicable thereafter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33886, June 12, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 54397, Sept. 14, 2006; 77 FR 60943, Oct. 5, 2012; 85 FR 85432, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.71" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.71   Specifications for UN pressure receptacles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each UN pressure receptacle must meet the requirements of this section. UN pressure receptacles and service equipment constructed according to the standards applicable at the date of manufacture may continue in use subject to the continuing qualification and maintenance provisions of part 180 of this subchapter. Requirements for approval, qualification, maintenance, and testing are contained in § 178.70, and subpart C of part 180 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> The following definitions apply for the purposes of design and construction of UN pressure receptacles under this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Alternative arrangement</I> means an approval granted by the Associate Administrator for a MEGC that has been designed, constructed or tested to the technical requirements or testing methods other than those specified for UN pressure receptacles in part 178 or part 180 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Bundle of cylinders. See</I> § 171.8 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Design type</I> means a pressure receptacle design as specified by a particular pressure receptacle standard.
</P>
<P><I>Design type approval</I> means an overall approval of the manufacturer's quality system and design type of each pressure receptacle to be produced within the manufacturer's facility.
</P>
<P><I>UN tube. See</I> § 171.8 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Following the final heat treatment, all cylinders, except those selected for batch testing must be subjected to a proof pressure or a hydraulic volumetric expansion test.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Service equipment.</I> (1) Except for pressure relief devices, UN pressure receptacle equipment, including valves, piping, fittings, and other equipment subjected to pressure must be designed and constructed to withstand at least 1.5 times the test pressure of the pressure receptacle.
</P>
<P>(2) Service equipment must be configured, or designed, to prevent damage that could result in the release of the pressure receptacle contents during normal conditions of handling and transport. Manifold piping leading to shut-off valves must be sufficiently flexible to protect the valves and the piping from shearing or releasing the pressure receptacle contents. The filling and discharge valves and any protective caps must be secured against unintended opening. The valves must conform to ISO 10297:2014(E) and ISO 10297:2014/Amd 1:2017(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter), or for non-refillable pressure receptacles valves manufactured until December 31, 2020, ISO 13340:2001(E), and be protected as specified in § 173.301b(f) of this subchapter. Until December 31, 2022, the manufacture of a valve conforming to the requirements of ISO 10297:2014(E) is authorized. Until December 31, 2020, the manufacture of a valve conforming to the requirements in ISO 10297:2006(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) was authorized. Until December 31, 2008, the manufacture of a valve conforming to the requirements in ISO 10297:1999(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) was authorized. Additionally, valves must be initially inspected and tested in accordance with ISO 14246:2014(E) and ISO 14246:2014/Amd 1:2017(E), (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). For self-closing valves with inherent protection, the requirements of ISO 17879:2017(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) shall be met until further notice.
</P>
<P>(3) UN pressure receptacles that cannot be handled manually or rolled, must be equipped with devices (e.g., skids, rings, straps) ensuring that they can be safely handled by mechanical means and so arranged as not to impair the strength of, nor cause undue stresses, in the pressure receptacle.
</P>
<P>(4) Pressure receptacles filled by volume must be equipped with a level indicator.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Bundles of cylinders.</I> UN pressure receptacles assembled in bundles must be structurally supported and held together as a unit and secured in a manner that prevents movement in relation to the structural assembly and movement that would result in the concentration of harmful local stresses. The frame design must ensure stability under normal operating conditions.
</P>
<P>(1) The frame must securely retain all the components of the bundle and must protect them from damage during conditions normally incident to transportation. The method of cylinder restraint must prevent any vertical or horizontal movement or rotation of the cylinder that could cause undue strain on the manifold. The total assembly must be able to withstand rough handling, including being dropped or overturned.
</P>
<P>(2) The frame must include features designed for the handling and transportation of the bundle. The lifting rings must be designed to withstand a design load of 2 times the maximum gross weight. Bundles with more than one lifting ring must be designed such that a minimum sling angle of 45 degrees to the horizontal can be achieved during lifting using the lifting rings. If four lifting rings are used, their design must be strong enough to allow the bundle to be lifted by two rings. Where two or four lifting rings are used, diametrically opposite lifting rings must be aligned with each other to allow for correct lifting using shackle pins. If the bundle is filled with forklift pockets, it must contain two forklift pockets on each side from which it is to be lifted. The forklift pockets must be positioned symmetrically consistent with the bundle center of gravity.
</P>
<P>(3) The frame structural members must be designed for a vertical load of 2 times the maximum gross weight of the bundle. Design stress levels may not exceed 0.9 times the yield strength of the material.
</P>
<P>(4) The frame must not contain any protrusions from the exterior frame structure that could cause a hazardous condition.
</P>
<P>(5) The frame design must prevent collection of water or other debris that would increase the tare weight of bundles filled by weight.
</P>
<P>(6) The floor of the bundle frame must not buckle during normal operating conditions and must allow for the drainage of water and debris from around the base of the cylinders.
</P>
<P>(7) If the frame design includes movable doors or covers, they must be capable of being secured with latches or other means that will not become dislodged by operational impact loads. Valves that need to be operated in normal service or in an emergency must be accessible.
</P>
<P>(8) For bundles of cylinders, pressure receptacle marking requirements only apply to the individual cylinders of a bundle and not to any assembly structure.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Design and construction requirements for UN refillable welded cylinders and UN pressure drums.</I> In addition to the general requirements of this section, UN refillable welded cylinders and UN pressure drums must conform to the following ISO standards, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) ISO 4706: Gas cylinders—Refillable welded steel cylinders—Test pressure 60 bar and below (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) ISO 18172-1: Gas cylinders—Refillable welded stainless steel cylinders—Part 1: Test pressure 6 MPa and below (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(3) ISO 20703: Gas cylinders—Refillable welded aluminum-alloy cylinders—Design, construction and testing (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(4) ISO 21172-1:2015(E) Gas cylinders—Welded steel pressure drums up to 3,000 litres capacity for the transport of gases—Design and construction—Part 1: Capacities up-to 1,000 litres (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) in combination with ISO 21172-1:2015/Amd 1:2018(E)—Gas Cylinders—Welded steel pressure drums up to 3,000 litres capacity for the transport of gases—Design and construction—Part 1: Capacities up—to 1,000 litres—Amendment 1 (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the use of ISO 21172-1:2015 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) without the supplemental amendment is authorized.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Design and construction requirements for UN refillable seamless steel cylinders.</I> In addition to the general requirements of this section, UN refillable seamless steel cylinders must conform to the following ISO standards, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) ISO 9809-1:2019(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction, and testing—Part 1: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength less than 1100 MPa (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the manufacture of a cylinder conforming to the requirements in ISO 9809-1:2010(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized.
</P>
<P>(2) ISO 9809-2:2019(E), Gas cylinders—Design, construction, and testing of refillable seamless steel gas cylinders and tubes—Part 2: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders and tubes with tensile strength greater than or equal to 1100 MPa (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the manufacture of a cylinder conforming to the requirements in ISO 9809-2:2010 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) ISO 9809-3:2019(E), Gas cylinders—Design, construction, and testing of refillable seamless steel gas cylinders and tubes—Part 3: Normalized steel cylinders and tubes. (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, a cylinder may instead conform to ISO 9809-3:2010(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(4) ISO 9809-4:2014(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction, and testing—Part 4: Stainless steel cylinders with an Rm value of less than 1,100 MPa (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).


</P>
<P>(h) <I>Design and construction requirements for UN refillable seamless aluminum alloy cylinders.</I> In addition to the general requirements of this section, UN refillable seamless aluminum cylinders must conform to ISO 7866:2012(E) as modified by ISO 7866:2012/Cor.1:2014(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2020, the manufacture of a cylinder conforming to the requirements in ISO 7866(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized. The use of Aluminum alloy 6351-T6 or equivalent is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Design and construction requirements for UN non-refillable metal cylinders.</I> In addition to the general requirements of this section, UN non-refillable metal cylinders must conform to ISO 11118:2015(E) Gas cylinders—Non-refillable metallic gas cylinders—Specification and test methods, in combination with ISO 11118:2015/Amd 1:2019 Gas cylinders—Non-refillable metallic gas cylinders—Specification and test methods—Amendment 1. (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the use of ISO 11118:2015 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) without the supplemental amendment is authorized.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Design and construction requirements for UN refillable seamless steel tubes.</I> In addition to the general requirements of this section, UN refillable seamless steel tubes must conform to ISO 11120:2015(E) Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel tubes of water capacity between 150 L and 3,000 L—Design, construction and testing (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2022, UN refillable seamless steel tubes may be manufactured in accordance with ISO 11120: Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel tubes of water capacity between 150 L and 3,000 L—Design, construction and testing (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter)
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Design and construction requirements for UN acetylene cylinders.</I> In addition to the general requirements of this section, UN acetylene cylinders must conform to the following ISO standards, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) For the cylinder shell:
</P>
<P>(i) ISO 9809-1:2019(E) Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction, and testing—Part 1: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength less than 1100 MPa (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the manufacture of a cylinder conforming to the requirements in ISO 9809-1:2010(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized.
</P>
<P>(ii) ISO 9809-3:2019(E) Gas cylinders—Design, construction, and testing of refillable seamless steel gas cylinders and tubes—Part 3: Normalized steel cylinders and tubes (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the manufacture of a cylinder conforming to the requirements in ISO 9809-3:2010(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized.
</P>
<P>(2) The porous mass in an acetylene cylinder must conform to ISO 3807:2013(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2020, the manufacture of a cylinder conforming to the requirements in ISO 3807-2(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized.


</P>
<P>(l) <I>Design and construction requirements for UN composite cylinders and tubes.</I> (1) In addition to the general requirements of this section, UN composite cylinders and tubes must be designed for a design life of not less than 15 years. Composite cylinders and tubes with a design life longer than 15 years must not be filled after 15 years from the date of manufacture, unless the design has successfully passed a service life test program. The service life test program must be part of the initial design type approval and must specify inspections and tests to demonstrate that cylinders manufactured accordingly remain safe to the end of their design life. The service life test program and the results must be approved by the competent authority of the country of approval that is responsible for the initial approval of the cylinder design. The service life of a composite cylinder or tube must not be extended beyond its initial approved design life. Additionally, composite cylinders and tubes must conform to the following ISO standards, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) ISO 11119-1:2012(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2020, cylinders conforming to the requirements in ISO 11119-1(E), (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) are authorized.
</P>
<P>(ii) ISO 11119-2:2012(E) (ISO 11119-2:2012/Amd.1:2014(E)) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2020, cylinders conforming to the requirements in ISO 11119-2(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) are authorized.
</P>
<P>(iii) ISO 11119-3:2013(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2020, cylinders conforming to the requirements in ISO 11119-3(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) are authorized.
</P>
<P>(iv) ISO 11119-4:2016(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) ISO 11119-2 and ISO 11119-3 gas cylinders of composite construction manufactured in accordance with the requirements for underwater use must bear the “UW” mark.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Design and construction requirements for UN metal hydride storage systems.</I> In addition to the general requirements of this section, metal hydride storage systems must conform to ISO 16111:2018(E) Transportable gas storage devices—Hydrogen absorbed in reversible metal hydride (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the manufacture of a UN metal hydride storage system conforming to the requirements in ISO 16111:2008 (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Design and construction requirements for UN cylinders for the transportation of adsorbed gases.</I> In addition to the general requirements of this section, UN cylinders for the transportation of adsorbed gases must conform to the following ISO standards, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) ISO 11513:2019, Gas cylinders—Refillable welded steel cylinders containing materials for sub-atmospheric gas packaging (excluding acetylene)—Design, construction, testing, use and periodic inspection (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the manufacture of a cylinder conforming to the requirements in ISO 11513:2011(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized.
</P>
<P>(2) ISO 9809-1:2019(E): Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction, and testing—Part 1: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength less than 1100 MPa (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the manufacture of a cylinder conforming to the requirements in ISO 9809-1:2010(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter is authorized.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Material compatibility.</I> In addition to the material requirements specified in the UN pressure receptacle design and construction ISO standards, and any restrictions specified in part 173 for the gases to be transported, the requirements of the following standards must be applied with respect to material compatibility:


</P>
<P>(1) ISO 11114-1:2012(E) and 11114-1:2012/Amd 1:2017(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) ISO 11114-2:2013(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Protection of closures.</I> Closures and their protection must conform to the requirements in § 173.301(f) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Marking of UN refillable pressure receptacles.</I> UN refillable pressure receptacles must be marked clearly and legibly. The required markings must be permanently affixed by stamping, engraving, or other equivalent method, on the shoulder, top end or neck of the pressure receptacle or on a permanently affixed component of the pressure receptacle, such as a welded collar. Except for the “UN” mark, the minimum size of the marks must be 5 mm for pressure receptacles with a diameter greater than or equal to 140 mm, and 2.5 mm for pressure receptacles with a diameter less than 140 mm. The minimum size of the “UN” mark must be 5 mm for pressure receptacles with a diameter less than 140 mm, and 10 mm for pressure receptacles with a diameter of greater than or equal to 140 mm. The depth of the markings must not create harmful stress concentrations. A refillable pressure receptacle conforming to the UN standard must be marked as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The UN packaging symbol.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er19ja11.035.gif"/>
<P>(2) The ISO standard, for example ISO 9809-1, used for design, construction and testing. Acetylene cylinders must be marked to indicate the porous mass and the steel shell, for example: “ISO 3807-2/ISO 9809-1.”
</P>
<P>(3) The mark of the country where the approval is granted. The letters “USA” must be marked on UN pressure receptacles approved by the United States. The manufacturer must obtain an approval number from the Associate Administrator. The manufacturer approval number must follow the country of approval mark, separated by a slash (for example, USA/MXXXX). Pressure receptacles approved by more than one national authority may contain the mark of each country of approval, separated by a comma.
</P>
<P>(4) The identity mark or stamp of the IIA.
</P>
<P>(5) The date of the initial inspection, the year (four digits) followed by the month (two digits) separated by a slash, for example “2006/04”.
</P>
<P>(6) The test pressure in bar, preceded by the letters “PH” and followed by the letters “BAR”.
</P>
<P>(7) The rated charging pressure of the metal hydride storage system in bar, preceded by the letters “RCP” and followed by the letters “BAR.”
</P>
<P>(8) The empty or tare weight. Except for acetylene cylinders, empty weight is the mass of the pressure receptacle in kilograms, including all integral parts (e.g., collar, neck ring, foot ring, <I>etc.</I>), followed by the letters “KG”. The empty weight does not include the mass of the valve, valve cap or valve guard or any coating. The empty weight must be expressed to three significant figures rounded up to the last digit. For cylinders of less than 1 kg, the empty weight must be expressed to two significant figures rounded down to the last digit. For acetylene cylinders, the tare weight must be marked on the cylinders in kilograms. The tare weight is the sum of the empty weight, mass of the valve, any coating and all permanently attached parts (e.g., fittings and accessories) that are not removed during filling. The tare weight must be expressed to two significant figures rounded down to the last digit. The tare weight does not include the cylinder cap or any outlet cap or plug not permanently attached to the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(9) The minimum wall thickness of the pressure receptacle in millimeters followed by the letters “MM”. This mark is not required for pressure receptacles with a water capacity less than or equal to 1.0 L or for composite cylinders.
</P>
<P>(10) For pressure receptacles intended for the transport of compressed gases and UN 1001 acetylene, dissolved, the working pressure in bar, proceeded by the letters “PW”.
</P>
<P>(11) For liquefied gases, the water capacity in liters expressed to three significant digits rounded down to the last digit, followed by the letter “L”. If the value of the minimum or nominal water capacity is an integer, the digits after the decimal point may be omitted.
</P>
<P>(12) Identification of the cylinder thread type (<I>e.g.,</I> 25E). Information on the marks that may be used for identifying threads for cylinders is given in ISO/TR 11364, Gas Cylinders—Compilation of national and international valve stem/gas cylinder neck threads and their identification and marking system (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(13) The country of manufacture. The letters “USA” must be marked on cylinders manufactured in the United States.
</P>
<P>(14) The serial number assigned by the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(15) For steel pressure receptacles, the letter “H” showing compatibility of the steel, as specified in ISO 11114-1.
</P>
<P>(16) Identification of aluminum alloy, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(17) Stamp for nondestructive testing, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(18) Stamp for underwater use of composite cylinders, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(19) For metal hydride storage systems having a limited life, the date of expiration indicated by the word “FINAL,” followed by the year (four digits), the month (two digits) and separated by a slash.
</P>
<P>(20) For composite cylinders and tubes having a limited design life, the letters “FINAL” followed by the design life shown as the year (four digits) followed by the month (two digits) separated by a slash (<I>i.e.</I> “/”).
</P>
<P>(21) For composite cylinders and tubes having a limited design life greater than 15 years and for composite cylinders and tubes having non-limited design life, the letters “SERVICE” followed by the date 15 years from the date of manufacture (initial inspection) shown as the year (four digits) followed by the month (two digits) separated by a slash (<I>i.e.</I> “/”).
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Marking sequence.</I> The marking required by paragraph (q) of this section must be placed in three groups as shown in the example below:
</P>
<P>(1) The top grouping contains manufacturing marks and must appear consecutively in the sequence given in paragraphs (q)(13) through (19) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The middle grouping contains operational marks described in paragraphs (q)(6) through (11) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The bottom grouping contains certification marks and must appear consecutively in the sequence given in paragraphs (q)(1) through (5) of this section.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er30mr17.035.gif"/>
<P>(s) <I>Other markings.</I> Other markings are allowed in areas other than the side wall, provided they are made in low stress areas and are not of a size and depth that will create harmful stress concentrations. Such marks must not conflict with required marks.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Marking of UN non-refillable pressure receptacles.</I> Unless otherwise specified in this paragraph, each UN non-refillable pressure receptacle must be clearly and legibly marked as prescribed in paragraph (q) of this section. In addition, permanent stenciling is authorized. Except when stenciled, the marks must be on the shoulder, top end or neck of the pressure receptacle or on a permanently affixed component of the pressure receptacle (e.g., a welded collar).
</P>
<P>(1) The marking requirements and sequence listed in paragraphs (q)(1) through (19) of this section are required, except the markings in paragraphs (q)(8), (9), (12) and (18) are not applicable. The required serial number marking in paragraph (q)(14) may be replaced by the batch number.
</P>
<P>(2) Each receptacle must be marked with the words “DO NOT REFILL” in letters of at least 5 mm in height.
</P>
<P>(3) A non-refillable pressure receptacle, because of its size, may substitute the marking required by this paragraph with a label. Reduction in marking size is authorized only as prescribed in ISO 7225, Gas cylinders—Precautionary labels. (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(4) Each non-refillable pressure receptacle must also be legibly marked by stenciling the following statement: “Federal law forbids transportation if refilled-penalty up to $500,000 fine and 5 years in imprisonment (49 U.S.C. 5124).”
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Marking of bundles of cylinders.</I> (1) Individual cylinders in a bundle of cylinders must be marked in accordance with paragraphs (q), (r), (s) and (t) of this section as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) Refillable UN bundles of cylinders must be marked clearly and legibly with certification, operational, and manufacturing marks. These marks must be permanently affixed (e.g., stamped, engraved, or etched) on a plate permanently attached to the frame of the bundle of cylinders. Except for the “UN” mark, the minimum size of the marks must be 5 mm. The minimum size of the “UN” mark must be 10 mm. A refillable UN bundle of cylinders must be marked with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The UN packaging symbol;
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er08ja15.002.gif"/>
<P>(ii) The ISO standard, for example ISO 9809-1, used for design, construction and testing. Acetylene cylinders must be marked to indicate the porous mass and the steel shell, for example: “ISO 3807-2/ISO 9809-1”;
</P>
<P>(iii) The mark of the country where the approval is granted. The letters “USA” must be marked on UN pressure receptacles approved by the United States. The manufacturer must obtain an approval number from the Associate Administrator. The manufacturer approval number must follow the country of approval mark, separated by a slash (for example, USA/MXXXX). Pressure receptacles approved by more than one national authority may contain the mark of each country of approval, separated by a comma;
</P>
<P>(iv) The identity mark or stamp of the IIA;
</P>
<P>(v) The date of the initial inspection, the year in four digits followed by the two digit month separated by a slash, for example “2006/04”;
</P>
<P>(vi) The test pressure in bar, preceded by the letters “PH” and followed by the letters “BAR”;
</P>
<P>(vii) For pressure receptacles intended for the transport of compressed gases and UN 1001 acetylene, dissolved, the working pressure in bar, proceeded by the letters “PW”;
</P>
<P>(viii) For liquefied gases, the water capacity in liters expressed to three significant digits rounded down to the last digit, followed by the letter “L”. If the value of the minimum or nominal water capacity is an integer, the digits after the decimal point may be omitted;
</P>
<P>(ix) The total mass of the frame of the bundle and all permanently attached parts (cylinders, manifolds, fittings and valves). Bundles intended for the carriage of UN 1001 acetylene, dissolved must bear the tare mass as specified in clause N.4.2 of ISO 10961:2010;
</P>
<P>(x) The country of manufacture. The letters “USA” must be marked on cylinders manufactured in the United States;
</P>
<P>(xi) The serial number assigned by the manufacturer; and
</P>
<P>(xii) For steel pressure receptacles, the letter “H” showing compatibility of the steel, as specified in 1SO 11114-1.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Marking sequence.</I> The marking required by paragraph (u) of this section must be placed in three groups as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The top grouping contains manufacturing marks and must appear consecutively in the sequence given in paragraphs (u)(2)(x) through (u)(2)(xii) of this section as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) The middle grouping contains operational marks described in paragraphs (u)(2)(vi) through (u)(2)(ix) of this section as applicable. When the operational mark specified in paragraph (u)(2)(vii) is required, it must immediately precede the operational mark specified in paragraph (u)(2)(vi).
</P>
<P>(3) The bottom grouping contains certification marks and must appear consecutively in the sequence given in paragraphs (u)(2)(i) through (u)(2)(v) of this section as applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 3385, Jan. 19, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 43532, July 20, 2011; 77 FR 60943, Oct. 5, 2012; 78 FR 1096, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1166, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72929, Nov. 23, 2015; 82 FR 15895, Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 27900, May 11, 2020; 87 FR 44999, July 26, 2022; 89 FR 25489, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.74" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.74   Approval of MEGCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application for design type approval.</I> (1) Each new MEGC design type must have a design approval certificate. An owner or manufacturer must apply to an approval agency that is approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with subpart E of part 107 of this chapter + to obtain approval of a new design. When a series of MEGCs is manufactured without change in the design, the certificate is valid for the entire series. The design approval certificate must refer to the prototype test report, the materials of construction of the manifold, the standards to which the pressure receptacles are made and an approval number. The compliance requirements or test methods applicable to MEGCs as specified in this subpart may be varied when the level of safety is determined to be equivalent to or exceed the requirements of this subchapter and is approved in writing by the Associate Administrator. A design approval may serve for the approval of smaller MEGCs made of materials of the same type and thickness, by the same fabrication techniques and with identical supports, equivalent closures and other appurtenances.
</P>
<P>(2) Each application for design approval must be in English and contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Two complete copies of all engineering drawings, calculations, and test data necessary to ensure that the design meets the relevant specification.
</P>
<P>(ii) The manufacturer's serial number that will be assigned to each MEGC.
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement as to whether the design type has been examined by any approval agency previously and judged unacceptable. Affirmative statements must be documented with the name of the approval agency, reason for non-acceptance, and the nature of modifications made to the design type.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Actions by the approval agency.</I> The approval agency must review the application for design type approval, including all drawings and calculations, to ensure that the design of the MEGC meets all requirements of the relevant specification and to determine whether it is complete and conforms to the requirements of this section. An incomplete application will be returned to the applicant with the reasons why the application was returned. If the application is complete and all applicable requirements of this section are met, the approval agency must prepare a MEGC design approval certificate containing the manufacturer's name and address, results and conclusions of the examination and necessary data for identification of the design type. If the Associate Administrator approves the Design Type Approval Certificate application, the approval agency and the manufacturer must each maintain a copy of the approved drawings, calculations, and test data for at least 20 years.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Approval agency's responsibilities.</I> The approval agency is responsible for ensuring that the MEGC conforms to the design type approval. The approval agency must:
</P>
<P>(1) Witness all tests required for the approval of the MEGC specified in this section and § 178.75.
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure, through appropriate inspection, that each MEGC is fabricated in all respects in conformance with the approved drawings, calculations, and test data.
</P>
<P>(3) Determine and ensure that the MEGC is suitable for its intended use and that it conforms to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Apply its name, identifying mark or identifying number, and the date the approval was issued, to the metal identification marking plate attached to the MEGC upon successful completion of all requirements of this subpart. Any approvals by the Associate Administrator authorizing design or construction alternatives (Alternate Arrangements) of the MEGC (see paragraph (a) of this section) must be indicated on the metal identification plate as specified in § 178.75(j).
</P>
<P>(5) Prepare an approval certificate for each MEGC or, in the case of a series of identical MEGCs manufactured to a single design type, for each series of MEGCs. The approval certificate must include all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The information displayed on the metal identification plate required by § 178.75(j);
</P>
<P>(ii) The results of the applicable framework test specified in ISO 1496-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(iii) The results of the initial inspection and test specified in paragraph (h) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) The results of the impact test specified in § 178.75(i)(4);
</P>
<P>(v) Certification documents verifying that the cylinders and tubes conform to the applicable standards; and
</P>
<P>(vi) A statement that the approval agency certifies the MEGC in accordance with the procedures in this section and that the MEGC is suitable for its intended purpose and meets the requirements of this subchapter. When a series of MEGCs is manufactured without change in the design type, the certificate may be valid for the entire series of MEGCs representing a single design type. The approval number must consist of the distinguishing sign or mark of the country (“USA” for the United States of America) where the approval was granted and a registration number.
</P>
<P>(6) Retain on file a copy of each approval certificate for at least 20 years.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacturers' responsibilities.</I> The manufacturer is responsible for compliance with the applicable specifications for the design and construction of MEGCs. The manufacturer of a MEGC must:
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with all the requirements of the applicable ISO standard specified in § 178.71;
</P>
<P>(2) Obtain and use an approval agency to review the design, construction and certification of the MEGC;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide a statement in the manufacturers' data report certifying that each MEGC manufactured complies with the relevant specification and all the applicable requirements of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(4) Retain records for the MEGCs for at least 20 years. When required by the specification, the manufacturer must provide copies of the records to the approval agency, the owner or lessee of the MEGC, and to a representative of DOT, upon request.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Denial of application for approval.</I> If the Associate Administrator finds that the MEGC will not be approved for any reason, the Associate Administrator will notify the applicant in writing and provide the reason for the denial. The manufacturer may request that the Associate Administrator reconsider the decision. The application request must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be written in English and filed within 90 days of receipt of the decision;
</P>
<P>(2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law; and
</P>
<P>(3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the request to reconsider.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Appeal.</I> (1) A manufacturer whose reconsideration request is denied may appeal to the PHMSA Administrator. The appeal must—
</P>
<P>(i) Be in writing and filed within 90 days of receipt of the Associate Administrator s decision on reconsideration;
</P>
<P>(ii) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law;
</P>
<P>(iii) Enclose any additional information needed to support the appeal; and
</P>
<P>(iv) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought.
</P>
<P>(2) The Administrator will grant or deny the relief and inform the appellant in writing of the decision. The Administrator's decision is the final administrative action.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Modifications to approved MEGCs.</I> (1) Prior to modification of any approved MEGC that may affect conformance and safe use, and that may involve a change to the design type or affect its ability to retain the hazardous material in transportation, the MEGC's owner must inform the approval agency that prepared the initial approval certificate for the MEGC or, if the initial approval agency is unavailable, another approval agency, of the nature of the modification and request certification of the modification. The owner must supply the approval agency with all revised drawings, calculations, and test data relative to the intended modification. The MEGC's owner must also provide a statement as to whether the intended modification has been examined and determined to be unacceptable by any approval agency. The written statement must include the name of the approval agency, the reason for non-acceptance, and the nature of changes made to the modification since its original rejection.
</P>
<P>(2) The approval agency must review the request for modification. If the approval agency determines that the proposed modification does not conform to the relevant specification, the approval agency must reject the request in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section. If the approval agency determines that the proposed modification conforms fully with the relevant specification, the request is accepted. If modification to an approved MEGC alters any information on the approval certificate, the approval agency must prepare a new approval certificate for the modified MEGC and submit the certificate to the Associate Administrator for approval. After receiving approval from the Associate Administrator, the approval agency must ensure that any necessary changes are made to the metal identification plate. A copy of each newly issued approval certificate must be retained by the approval agency and the MEGC's owner for at least 20 years. The approval agency must perform the following activities:
</P>
<P>(i) Retain a set of the approved revised drawings, calculations, and data as specified in § 178.69(b)(4) for at least 20 years;
</P>
<P>(ii) Ensure through appropriate inspection that all modifications conform to the revised drawings, calculations, and test data; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Determine the extent to which retesting of the modified MEGC is necessary based on the nature of the proposed modification, and ensure that all required retests are satisfactorily performed.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Termination of Approval Certificate.</I> (1) The Associate Administrator may terminate an approval issued under this section if he or she determines that—
</P>
<P>(i) Because of a change in circumstances, the approval no longer is needed or no longer would be granted if applied for;
</P>
<P>(ii) Information upon which the approval was based is fraudulent or substantially erroneous;
</P>
<P>(iii) Termination of the approval is necessary to adequately protect against risks to life and property; or
</P>
<P>(iv) The MEGC does not meet the specification.
</P>
<P>(2) Before an approval is terminated, the Associate Administrator will provide the person—
</P>
<P>(i) Written notice of the facts or conduct believed to warrant the termination;
</P>
<P>(ii) An opportunity to submit oral and written evidence; and
</P>
<P>(3) An opportunity to demonstrate or achieve compliance with the applicable requirements.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Imminent Danger.</I> If the Associate Administrator determines that a certificate of approval must be terminated to preclude a significant and imminent adverse effect on public safety, the Associate Administrator may terminate the certificate immediately. In such circumstances, the opportunities of paragraphs (h)(2) and (3) of this section need not be provided prior to termination of the approval, but must be provided as soon as practicable thereafter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33890, June 12, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.75" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.75   Specifications for MEGCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each MEGC must meet the requirements of this section. In a MEGC that meets the definition of a “container” within the terms of the International Convention for Safe Containers (CSC) must meet the requirements of the CSC as amended and 49 CFR parts 450 through 453, and must have a CSC approval plate.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Alternate Arrangements.</I> The technical requirements applicable to MEGCs may be varied when the level of safety is determined to be equivalent to or exceed the requirements of this subchapter. Such an alternate arrangement must be approved in writing by the Associate Administrator. MEGCs approved to an Alternate Arrangement must be marked as required by paragraph (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> The following definitions apply:
</P>
<P><I>Leakproofness test</I> means a test using gas subjecting the pressure receptacles and the service equipment of the MEGC to an effective internal pressure of not less than 20% of the test pressure.
</P>
<P><I>Manifold</I> means an assembly of piping and valves connecting the filling and/or discharge openings of the pressure receptacles.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum permissible gross mass or MPGM</I> means the heaviest load authorized for transport (sum of the tare mass of the MEGC, service equipment and pressure receptacle).
</P>
<P><I>Service equipment</I> means manifold system (measuring instruments, piping and safety devices).
</P>
<P><I>Shut-off valve</I> means a valve that stops the flow of gas.
</P>
<P><I>Structural equipment</I> means the reinforcing, fastening, protective and stabilizing members external to the pressure receptacles.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>General design and construction requirements.</I> (1) The MEGC must be capable of being loaded and discharged without the removal of its structural equipment. It must possess stabilizing members external to the pressure receptacles to provide structural integrity for handling and transport. MEGCs must be designed and constructed with supports to provide a secure base during transport and with lifting and tie-down attachments that are adequate for lifting the MEGC including when loaded to its maximum permissible gross mass. The MEGC must be designed to be loaded onto a transport vehicle or vessel and equipped with skids, mountings or accessories to facilitate mechanical handling.
</P>
<P>(2) MEGCs must be designed, manufactured and equipped to withstand, without loss of contents, all normal handling and transportation conditions. The design must take into account the effects of dynamic loading and fatigue.
</P>
<P>(3) Each pressure receptacle of a MEGC must be of the same design type, seamless steel, or composite, and constructed and tested according to one of the following ISO standards:
</P>
<P>(i) ISO 9809-1:2019(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction, and testing—Part 1: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders with tensile strength less than 1100 MPa (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the manufacture of a cylinder conforming to the requirements in ISO 9809-1:2010(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized.
</P>
<P>(ii) ISO 9809-2:2019(E), Gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing of refillable seamless steel gas cylinders and tubes—Part 2: Quenched and tempered steel cylinders and tubes with tensile strength greater than or equal to 1100 MPa (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the manufacture of a cylinder conforming to the requirements in \ ISO 9809-2:2010(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized.
</P>
<P>(iii) ISO 9809-3:2019(E), Gas cylinders—Design, construction, and testing of refillable seamless steel gas cylinders and tubes—Part 3: Normalized steel cylinders and tubes (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2026, the manufacture of a cylinder conforming to the requirements in ISO 9809-3:2010(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized.
</P>
<P>(iv) ISO 9809-4:2014(E) Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing—Part 4: Stainless steel cylinders with an Rm value of less than 1 100 MPa (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(v) ISO 11120:2015(E) Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel tubes of water capacity between 150 L and 3000 L—Design, construction and testing (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2022, pressure receptacles of a MEGC may be constructed and tested in accordance with ISO 11120:1999(E) Gas cylinders—Refillable seamless steel tubes of water capacity between 150 L and 3000 L—Design, construction and testing (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(vi) ISO 11119-1:2012(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable composite gas cylinders and tubes—Design, construction and testing—Part 1: Hoop wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders and tubes up to 450 l (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(vii) ISO 11119-2:2012(E) and ISO 11119-2:2012/Amd.1:2014(E), Gas cylinders—Refillable composite gas cylinders and tubes—Design, construction and testing—Part 2: Fully wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders and tubes up to 450 l with load-sharing metal liners (both IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(viii) ISO 11119-3:2013(E) Gas cylinders—Refillable composite gas cylinders and tubes—Design, construction and testing—Part 3: Fully wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders and tubes up to 450 l with non-load-sharing metallic or non-metallic liners (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ix) ISO 11119-4:2016(E) Gas cylinders—Refillable composite gas cylinders—Design, construction and testing—Part 4: Fully wrapped fibre reinforced composite gas cylinders up to 150 l with load-sharing welded metallic liners (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).


</P>
<P>(4) Pressure receptacles of MEGCs, fittings, and pipework must be constructed of a material that is compatible with the hazardous materials intended to be transported, as specified in this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(5) Contact between dissimilar metals that could result in damage by galvanic action must be prevented by appropriate means.
</P>
<P>(6) The materials of the MEGC, including any devices, gaskets, and accessories, must have no adverse effect on the gases intended for transport in the MEGC.
</P>
<P>(7) MEGCs must be designed to withstand, without loss of contents, at least the internal pressure due to the contents, and the static, dynamic and thermal loads during normal conditions of handling and transport. The design must take into account the effects of fatigue, caused by repeated application of these loads through the expected life of the MEGC.
</P>
<P>(8) MEGCs and their fastenings must, under the maximum permissible load, be capable of withstanding the following separately applied static forces (for calculation purposes, acceleration due to gravity (g) = 9.81 m/s
<SU>2</SU>):
</P>
<P>(i) In the direction of travel: 2g (twice the MPGM multiplied by the acceleration due to gravity);
</P>
<P>(ii) Horizontally at right angles to the direction of travel: 1g (the MPGM multiplied by the acceleration due to gravity. When the direction of travel is not clearly determined, the forces must be equal to twice the MPGM);
</P>
<P>(iii) Vertically upwards: 1g (the MPGM multiplied by the acceleration due to gravity); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Vertically downwards: 2g (twice the MPGM (total loading including the effect of gravity) multiplied by the acceleration due to gravity.
</P>
<P>(9) Under each of the forces specified in paragraph (d)(8) of this section, the stress at the most severely stressed point of the pressure receptacles must not exceed the values given in the applicable design specifications (e.g., ISO 11120).
</P>
<P>(10) Under each of the forces specified in paragraph (d)(8) of this section, the safety factor for the framework and fastenings must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For steels having a clearly defined yield point, a safety factor of 1.5 in relation to the guaranteed yield strength; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For steels with no clearly defined yield point, a safety factor of 1.5 in relation to the guaranteed 0.2 percent proof strength and, for austenitic steels, the 1 percent proof strength.
</P>
<P>(11) MEGCs must be capable of being electrically grounded to prevent electrostatic discharge when intended for flammable gases.
</P>
<P>(12) The pressure receptacles of a MEGC must be secured in a manner to prevent movement that could result in damage to the structure and concentration of harmful localized stresses.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service equipment.</I> (1) Service equipment must be arranged so that it is protected from mechanical damage by external forces during handling and transportation. When the connections between the frame and the pressure receptacles allow relative movement between the subassemblies, the equipment must be fastened to allow movement to prevent damage to any working part. The manifolds, discharge fittings (pipe sockets, shut-off devices), and shut-off valves must be protected from damage by external forces. Manifold piping leading to shut-off valves must be sufficiently flexible to protect the valves and the piping from shearing, or releasing the pressure receptacle contents. The filling and discharge devices, including flanges or threaded plugs, and any protective caps must be capable of being secured against unintended opening.
</P>
<P>(2) Each pressure receptacle intended for the transport of Division 2.3 gases must be equipped with an individual shut-off valve. The manifold for Division 2.3 liquefied gases must be designed so that each pressure receptacle can be filled separately and be kept isolated by a valve capable of being closed during transit. For Division 2.1 gases, the pressure receptacles must be isolated by an individual shut-off valve into assemblies of not more than 3,000 L.
</P>
<P>(3) For MEGC filling and discharge openings:
</P>
<P>(i) Two valves in series must be placed in an accessible position on each discharge and filling pipe. One of the valves may be a backflow prevention valve.
</P>
<P>(ii) The filling and discharge devices may be equipped to a manifold.
</P>
<P>(iii) For sections of piping which can be closed at both ends and where a liquid product can be trapped, a pressure-relief valve must be provided to prevent excessive pressure build-up.
</P>
<P>(iv) The main isolation valves on a MEGC must be clearly marked to indicate their directions of closure. All shutoff valves must close by a clockwise motion of the handwheel.
</P>
<P>(v) Each shut-off valve or other means of closure must be designed and constructed to withstand a pressure equal to or greater than 1.5 times the test pressure of the MEGC.
</P>
<P>(vi) All shut-off valves with screwed spindles must close by a clockwise motion of the handwheel. For other shut-off valves, the open and closed positions and the direction of closure must be clearly shown.
</P>
<P>(vii) All shut-off valves must be designed and positioned to prevent unintentional opening.
</P>
<P>(viii) Ductile metals must be used in the construction of valves or accessories.
</P>
<P>(4) The piping must be designed, constructed and installed to avoid damage due to expansion and contraction, mechanical shock and vibration. Joints in tubing must be brazed or have an equally strong metal union. The melting point of brazing materials must be no lower than 525 °C (977 °F). The rated pressure of the service equipment and of the manifold must be not less than two-thirds of the test pressure of the pressure receptacles.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Pressure relief devices.</I> Each pressure receptacle must be equipped with one or more pressure relief devices as specified in § 173.301(f) of this subchapter. When pressure relief devices are installed, each pressure receptacle or group of pressure receptacles of a MEGC that can be isolated must be equipped with one or more pressure relief devices. Pressure relief devices must be of a type that will resist dynamic forces including liquid surge and must be designed to prevent the entry of foreign matter, the leakage of gas and the development of any dangerous excess pressure.
</P>
<P>(1) The size of the pressure relief devices: CGA S-1.1, excluding paragraph 9.1.1, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) must be used to determine the relief capacity of individual pressure receptacles.
</P>
<P>(2) Connections to pressure-relief devices: Connections to pressure relief devices must be of sufficient size to enable the required discharge to pass unrestricted to the pressure relief device. A shut-off valve installed between the pressure receptacle and the pressure relief device is prohibited, except where duplicate devices are provided for maintenance or other reasons, and the shut-off valves serving the devices actually in use are locked open, or the shut-off valves are interlocked so that at least one of the duplicate devices is always operable and capable of meeting the requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this section. No obstruction is permitted in an opening leading to or leaving from a vent or pressure-relief device that might restrict or cut-off the flow from the pressure receptacle to that device. The opening through all piping and fittings must have at least the same flow area as the inlet of the pressure relief device to which it is connected. The nominal size of the discharge piping must be at least as large as that of the pressure relief device.
</P>
<P>(3) Location of pressure-relief devices: For liquefied gases, each pressure relief device must, under maximum filling conditions, be in communication with the vapor space of the pressure receptacles. The devices, when installed, must be arranged to ensure the escaping vapor is discharged upwards and unrestrictedly to prevent impingement of escaping gas or liquid upon the MEGC, its pressure receptacles or personnel. For flammable, pyrophoric and oxidizing gases, the escaping gas must be directed away from the pressure receptacle in such a manner that it cannot impinge upon the other pressure receptacles. Heat resistant protective devices that deflect the flow of gas are permissible provided the required pressure relief device capacity is not reduced. Arrangements must be made to prevent access to the pressure relief devices by unauthorized persons and to protect the devices from damage caused by rollover.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Gauging devices.</I> When a MEGC is intended to be filled by mass, it must be equipped with one or more gauging devices. Glass level-gauges and gauges made of other fragile material are prohibited.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>MEGC supports, frameworks, lifting and tie-down attachments.</I> (1) MEGCs must be designed and constructed with a support structure to provide a secure base during transport. MEGCs must be protected against damage to the pressure receptacles and service equipment resulting from lateral and longitudinal impact and overturning. The forces specified in paragraph (d)(8) of this section, and the safety factor specified in paragraph (d)(10) of this section must be considered in this aspect of the design. Skids, frameworks, cradles or other similar structures are acceptable. If the pressure receptacles and service equipment are so constructed as to withstand impact and overturning, additional protective support structure is not required (see paragraph (h)(4) of this section).
</P>
<P>(2) The combined stresses caused by pressure receptacle mountings (e.g. cradles, frameworks, etc.) and MEGC lifting and tie-down attachments must not cause excessive stress in any pressure receptacle. Permanent lifting and tie-down attachments must be equipped to all MEGCs. Any welding of mountings or attachments onto the pressure receptacles is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(3) The effects of environmental corrosion must be taken into account in the design of supports and frameworks.
</P>
<P>(4) When MEGCs are not protected during transport as specified in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, the pressure receptacles and service equipment must be protected against damage resulting from lateral or longitudinal impact or overturning. External fittings must be protected against release of the pressure receptacles' contents upon impact or overturning of the MEGC on its fittings. Particular attention must be paid to the protection of the manifold. Examples of protection include:
</P>
<P>(i) Protection against lateral impact, which may consist of longitudinal bars;
</P>
<P>(ii) Protection against overturning, which may consist of reinforcement rings or bars fixed across the frame;
</P>
<P>(iii) Protection against rear impact, which may consist of a bumper or frame;
</P>
<P>(iv) Protection of the pressure receptacles and service equipment against damage from impact or overturning by use of an ISO frame according to the relevant provisions of ISO 1496-3. (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Initial inspection and test.</I> The pressure receptacles and items of equipment of each MEGC must be inspected and tested before being put into service for the first time (initial inspection and test). This initial inspection and test of an MEGC must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A check of the design characteristics.
</P>
<P>(2) An external examination of the MEGC and its fittings, taking into account the hazardous materials to be transported.
</P>
<P>(3) A pressure test performed at the test pressures specified in § 173.304b(b)(1) and (2) of this subchapter. The pressure test of the manifold may be performed as a hydraulic test or by using another liquid or gas. A leakproofness test and a test of the satisfactory operation of all service equipment must also be performed before the MEGC is placed into service. When the pressure receptacles and their fittings have been pressure-tested separately, they must be subjected to a leakproof test after assembly.
</P>
<P>(4) An MEGC that meets the definition of “container” in the CSC (see 49 CFR 450.3(a)(2)) must be subjected to an impact test using a prototype representing each design type. The prototype MEGC must be shown to be capable of absorbing the forces resulting from an impact not less than 4 times (4 g) the MPGM of the fully loaded MEGC, at a duration typical of the mechanical shocks experienced in rail transport. A listing of acceptable methods for performing the impact test is provided in the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Marking.</I> (1) Each MEGC must be equipped with a corrosion resistant metal plate permanently attached to the MEGC in a conspicuous place readily accessible for inspection. The pressure receptacles must be marked according to this section. Affixing the metal plate to a pressure receptacle is prohibited. At a minimum, the following information must be marked on the plate by stamping or by any other equivalent method:
</P>
<FP>Country of manufacture 
</FP>
<HD3>UN 
</HD3>
<img src="/graphics/er12jn06.002.gif"/>
<FP>Approval Country 
</FP>
<FP>Approval Number 
</FP>
<FP>Alternate Arrangements (see § 178.75(b)) 
</FP>
<FP>MEGC Manufacturer's name or mark 
</FP>
<FP>MEGC's serial number 
</FP>
<FP>Approval agency (Authorized body for the design approval) 
</FP>
<FP>Year of manufacture 
</FP>
<FP>Test pressure: ______ bar gauge 
</FP>
<FP>Design temperature range ______ °C to ______ °C 
</FP>
<FP>Number of pressure receptacles ______ 
</FP>
<FP>Total water capacity ______ liters 
</FP>
<FP>Initial pressure test date and identification of the Approval Agency 
</FP>
<FP>Date and type of most recent periodic tests 
</FP>
<FP>Year ______ Month______ Type ______
</FP>
<FP>(e.g. 2004-05, AE/UE, where “AE” represents acoustic emission and “UE” represents ultrasonic examination)
</FP>
<P>Stamp of the approval agency who performed or witnessed the most recent test
</P>
<P>(2) The following information must be marked on a metal plate firmly secured to the MEGC:
</P>
<FP>Name of the operator 
</FP>
<FP>Maximum permissible load mass ______ kg 
</FP>
<FP>Working pressure at 15 °C: ______ bar gauge 
</FP>
<FP>Maximum permissible gross mass (MPGM) ______ kg 
</FP>
<FP>Unladen (tare) mass ______ kg
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33892, June 12, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 4719, Jan. 28, 2008; 77 FR 60943, Oct. 5, 2012; 80 FR 1168, Jan. 8, 2015; 82 FR 15896, Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 27901, May 11, 2020; 85 FR 85432, Dec. 27, 2020; 87 FR 44999, July 26, 2022; 89 FR 25489, Apr. 10, 2024]





</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.3.1.28.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart C of Part 178—Illustrations: Cylinder Tensile Sample
</HEAD>
<P>The following figures illustrate the recommended locations for test specimens taken from welded cylinders: 

</P>
<img src="/graphics/er08au02.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08au02.014.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08au02.015.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08au02.016.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08au02.017.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51654, Aug. 8, 2002]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subparts D-G [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Specifications for Portable Tanks</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>29 FR 18972, Dec. 29, 1964, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§§ 178.251—178.253-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 178.251--178.253-5   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255   Specification 60; steel portable tanks.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-1   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks must be of fusion welded construction, cylindrical in shape with seamless heads concave to the pressure. Tank shells may be of seamless construction.
</P>
<P>(b) Tanks must be designed, constructed, certified, and stamped in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(c) Tanks including all permanent attachments must be postweld heat treated as a unit.
</P>
<P>(d) Requirements concerning types of valves, retesting, and qualification of portable tanks contained in §§ 173.32 and 173.315 of this chapter must be observed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18972, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 178-7, 34 FR 18250, Nov. 14, 1969; 68 FR 75750, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-2   Material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Material used in the tank must be steel of good weldable quality and conform with the requirements in Sections V, VIII, and IX of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(b) The minimum thickness of metal, exclusive of lining material, for shell and heads of tanks shall be as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tank capacity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum thickness (inch)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Not more than 1,200 gallons</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 1,200 to 1,800 gallons</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 1,800 gallons</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18972, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 178-7, 34 FR 18250, Nov. 14, 1969; 68 FR 75750, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-3   Expansion domes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Expansion domes, if applied, must have a minimum capacity of one percent of the combined capacity of the tank and dome.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-4   Closures for manholes and domes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The manhole cover shall be designed to provide a secure closure of the manhole. All covers, not hinged to the tanks, shall be attached to the outside of the dome by at least 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch chain or its equivalent. Closures shall be made tight against leakage of vapor and liquid by use of gaskets of suitable material.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-5   Bottom discharge outlets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Bottom discharge outlets prohibited, except on tanks used for shipments of sludge acid and alkaline corrosive liquids.
</P>
<P>(b) If installed, bottom outlets or bottom washout chambers shall be of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading, and each shall be provided with a valve or plug at its upper end and liquid-tight closure at it lower end. Each valve or plug shall be designed to insure against unseating due to stresses or shocks incident to transportation. Bottom outlets shall be adequately protected against handling damage and outlet equipment must not extend to within less than one inch of the bottom bearing surface of the skids or tank mounting.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18972, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, as amended by Amdt. 178-104, 59 FR 49135, Sept. 26, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-6   Loading and unloading accessories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When installed, gauging, loading and air inlet devices, including their valves, shall be provided with adequate means for their secure closure; and means shall also be provided for the closing of pipe connections of valves.
</P>
<P>(b) Interior heater coils, if installed, must be of extra heavy pipe and so constructed that breaking off of exterior connections will not cause leakage of tanks.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-7   Protection of valves and accessories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All valves, fittings, accessories, safety devices, gauging devices, and the like shall be adequately protected against mechanical damage by a housing closed with a cover plate.
</P>
<P>(b) Protective housing shall comply with the requirements under which the tanks are fabricated with respect to design and construction, and shall be designed with a minimum factor of safety of four to withstand loadings in any direction equal to two times the weight of the tank and attachments when filled with water.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-8   Safety devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) See § 173.315(i) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-83, 50 FR 11066, Mar. 19, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-9   Compartments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the interior of the tank is divided into compartments, each compartment shall be designed, constructed and tested as a separate tank. Thickness of shell and compartment heads shall be determined on the basis of total tank capacity.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-10" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-10   Lining.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a lining is required, the material used for lining the tank shall be homogeneous, nonporous, imperforate when applied, not less elastic than the metal of the tank proper. It shall be of substantially uniform thickness, not less than 
<FR>1/32</FR> inch thick if metallic, and not less than 
<FR>1/16</FR> inch thick if nonmetallic, and shall be directly bonded or attached by other equally satisfactory means. Rubber lining shall be not less than 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch thick. Joints and seams in the lining shall be made by fusing the material together or by other equally satisfactory means. The interior of the tank shall be free from scale, oxidation, moisture and all foreign matter during the lining operation.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-11" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-11   Tank mountings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks shall be designed and fabricated with mountings to provide a secure base in transit. “Skids” or similar devices shall be deemed to comply with this requirement.
</P>
<P>(b) All tank mountings such as skids, fastenings, brackets, cradles, lifting lugs, etc., intended to carry loadings shall be permanently secured to tanks in accordance with the requirements under which the tanks are fabricated, and shall be designed with a factor of safety of four, and built to withstand loadings in any direction equal to two times the weight of the tanks and attachments when filled to the maximum permissible loaded weight.
</P>
<P>(c) Lifting lugs or side hold-down lugs shall be provided on the tank mountings in a manner suitable for attaching lifting gear and hold-down devices. Lifting lugs and hold-down lugs welded directly to the tank shall be of the pad-eye type. Doubling plates welded to the tank and located at the points of support shall be deemed to comply with this requirement.
</P>
<P>(d) All tank mountings shall be so designed as to prevent the concentration of excessive loads on the tank shell.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-12" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-12   Pressure test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each completed portable tank prior to application of lining shall be tested before being put into transportation service by completely filling the tank with water or other liquid having a similar viscosity, the temperature of which shall not exceed 100 °F during the test, and applying a pressure of 60 psig. The tank shall be capable of holding the prescribed pressure for at least 10 minutes without leakage, evidence of impending failure, or failure. All closures shall be in place while the test is made and the pressure shall be gauged at the top of the tank. Safety devices and/or vents shall be plugged during this test.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18972, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, as amended by Amdt. 178-104, 59 FR 49135, Sept. 26, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-13" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-13   Repair of tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks failing to meet the test may be repaired and retested, provided that repairs are made in complete compliance with the requirements of this specification.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-14" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-14   Marking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to markings required by Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), every tank shall bear permanent marks at least 1/8-inch high stamped into the metal near the center of one of the tank heads or stamped into a plate permanently attached to the tank by means of brazing or welding or other suitable means as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-DASH>Manufacturer's name ______________ Serial No.
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>DOT specification
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Nominal capacity ______________ (gallons)
</FP>
<FP>Tare weight ______________ (pounds)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Date of manufacture</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18972, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 178-67, 46 FR 49906, Oct. 8, 1981; 68 FR 75750, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.255-15" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.255-15   Report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A copy of the manufacturer's data report required by Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) under which the tank is fabricated must be furnished to the owner for each new tank. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P-DASH>    Place
</P-DASH>
<P-DASH>    Date
</P-DASH>
<FP>   <I>Portable tank</I>
</FP>
<FP>Manufactured for ______________ Company
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Location
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Manufactured by ______________ Company
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Location
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Consigned to __________________ Company
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Location
</FP-DASH>
<FP-1>Size ______ feet outside diameter by ______ long.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Marks on tank as prescribed by § 178.255-14 of this specification are as follows:
</FP-1>
<FP-DASH>Manufacturer's name
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Serial number
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Owner's serial number
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>DOT specification
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>ASME Code Symbol (par U-201)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Date of manufacture
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Nominal capacity ______________ gallons.
</FP>
<P>It is hereby certified that this tank is in complete compliance with the requirements of <I>DOT specification No. 60.</I>
</P>
<P-DASH>   (Signed)
</P-DASH>
<FRP>Manufacturer or owner</FRP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18972, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 178-83, 50 FR 11066, Mar. 19, 1985; 68 FR 75750, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.273" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.273   Approval of Specification UN portable tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application for approval.</I> (1) An owner or manufacturer of a portable tank shall apply for approval to a designated approval agency authorized to approve the portable tank in accordance with the procedures in subpart E, part 107 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Each application for approval must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Two complete copies of all engineering drawings, calculations, and test data necessary to ensure that the design meets the relevant specification.
</P>
<P>(ii) The manufacturer's serial number that will be assigned to each portable tank.
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement as to whether the design type has been examined by any approval agency previously and judged unacceptable. Affirmative statements must be documented with the name of the approval agency, reason for nonacceptance, and the nature of modifications made to the design type.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Action by approval agency.</I> The approval agency must perform the following activities:
</P>
<P>(1) Review the application for approval to determine whether it is complete and conforms with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. If an application is incomplete, it will be returned to the applicant with an explanation as to why the application is incomplete.
</P>
<P>(2) Review all drawings and calculations to ensure that the design is in compliance with all requirements of the relevant specification. If the application is approved, one set of the approved drawings, calculations, and test data shall be returned to the applicant. The second (inspector's copy) set of approved drawings, calculations, and test data shall be retained by the approval agency. Maintain drawings and approval records for as long as the portable tank remains in service. The drawings and records must be provided to the Department of Transportation (DOT) upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) Witness all tests required for the approval of the portable tank specified in this section and part 180, subpart G of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Ensure, through appropriate inspection that each portable tank is fabricated in all respects in conformance with the approved drawings, calculations, and test data.
</P>
<P>(5) Determine and ensure that the portable tank is suitable for its intended use and that it conforms to the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(6) For UN portable tanks intended for non-refrigerated and refrigerated liquefied gases and Division 6.1 liquids which meet the inhalation toxicity criteria (Zone A or B) as defined in § 173.132 of this subchapter, or that are designated as toxic by inhalation materials in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter, the approval agency must ensure that:
</P>
<P>(i) The portable tank has been designed, constructed, certified, and stamped in accordance with the requirements in Division 1 of Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Other design codes may be used if approved by the Associate Administrator (see § 178.274(b)(1)); 
</P>
<P>(ii) All applicable provisions of the design and construction have been met to the satisfaction of the designated approval agency in accordance with the rules established in the ASME Code and that the portable tank meets the requirements of the ASME Code and all the applicable requirements specified in this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) The inspector has carried out all the inspections specified by the rules established in the ASME Code; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The portable tank is marked with a U stamp code symbol under the authority of the authorized independent inspector.
</P>
<P>(7) Upon successful completion of all requirements of this subpart, the approval agency must:
</P>
<P>(i) Apply its name, identifying mark or identifying number, and the date upon which the approval was issued, to the metal identification marking plate attached to the portable tank. Any approvals for UN portable tanks authorizing design or construction alternatives (Alternate Arrangements) approved by the Associate Administrator (see § 178.274(a)(2)) must be indicated on the plate as specified in § 178.274(i).
</P>
<P>(ii) Issue an approval certificate for each portable tank or, in the case of a series of identical portable tanks manufactured to a single design type, for each series of portable tanks. The approval certificate must include all the information required to be displayed on the metal identification plate required by § 178.274(i). The approval certificate must certify that the approval agency designated to approve the portable tank has approved the portable tank in accordance with the procedures in subpart E of part 107 of this subchapter and that the portable tank is suitable for its intended purpose and meets the requirements of this subchapter. When a series of portable tanks is manufactured without change in the design type, the certificate may be valid for the entire series of portable tanks representing a single design type. For UN portable tanks, the certificate must refer to the prototype test report, the hazardous material or group of hazardous materials allowed to be transported, the materials of construction of the shell and lining (when applicable) and an approval number. The approval number must consist of the distinguishing sign or mark of the country (“USA” for the United States of America) where the approval was granted and a registration number.
</P>
<P>(iii) Retain a copy of each approval certificate.
</P>
<P>(8) For UN portable tanks, the approval certificate must also include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The results of the applicable framework and rail impact test specified in part 180, subpart G, of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The results of the initial inspection and test in § 178.274(j).
</P>
<P>(9) The approval agency shall be independent from the manufacturer. The approval agency and the authorized inspector may be the same entity.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Manufacturers' responsibilities.</I> The manufacturer is responsible for compliance with the applicable specifications for the design and construction of portable tanks. In addition to responsibility for compliance, manufacturers are responsible for ensuring that the contracted approval agency and authorized inspector, if applicable, are qualified, reputable and competent. The manufacturer of a portable tank shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with all the applicable requirements of the ASME Code and of this subpart including, but not limited to, ensuring that the quality control, design calculations and required tests are performed and that all aspects of the portable tank meet the applicable requirements.
</P>
<P>(2) Obtain and use a designated approval agency, if applicable, and obtain and use a DOT-designated approval agency to approve the design, construction and certification of the portable tank.
</P>
<P>(3) Provide a statement in the manufacturers' data report certifying that each portable tank that is manufactured complies with the relevant specification and all the applicable requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Maintain records of the qualification of portable tanks for at least 5 years and provide copies to the approval agency, the owner or lessee of the tank. Upon request, provide these records to a representative of DOT.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Denial of application for approval.</I> If an approval agency finds that a portable tank cannot be approved for any reason, it shall notify the applicant in writing and shall provide the applicant with the reasons for which the approval is denied. A copy of the notification letter shall be provided to the Associate Administrator. An applicant aggrieved by a decision of an approval agency may appeal the decision in writing, within 90 days of receipt, to the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Modifications to approved portable tanks.</I> (1) Prior to modification of any UN portable tank which may affect conformance and the safe use of the portable tank, which may involve a change to the design type or which may affect its ability to retain hazardous material in transportation, the person desiring to make such modification shall inform the approval agency that issued the initial approval of the portable tank (or if unavailable, another approval agency) of the nature of the modification and request approval of the modification. The person desiring to modify the tank must supply the approval agency with three sets of all revised drawings, calculations, and test data relative to the intended modification.
</P>
<P>(2) A statement as to whether the intended modification has been examined and determined to be unacceptable by any approval agency. The written statement must include the name of the approving agency, the reason for nonacceptance, and the nature of changes made to the modification since its original rejection.
</P>
<P>(3) The approval agency shall review the request for modification, and if it is determined that the proposed modification is in full compliance with the relevant DOT specification, including a UN portable tank, the request shall be approved and the approval agency shall perform the following activities:
</P>
<P>(i) Return one set of the approved revised drawings, calculations, and test data to the applicant. The second and third sets of the approved revised drawings, calculations, and data shall be retained by the approval agency as required in § 107.404(a)(3) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Ensure through appropriate inspection that all modifications conform to the revised drawings, calculations, and test data.
</P>
<P>(iii) Determine the extent to which retesting of the modified tank is necessary based on the nature of the proposed modification, and ensure that all required retests are satisfactorily performed.
</P>
<P>(iv) If modification to an approved tank alters any information on the approval certificate, issue a new approval certificate for the modified tank and ensure that any necessary changes are made to the metal identification plate. A copy of each newly issued approval certificate shall be retained by the approval agency and by the owner of each portable tank.
</P>
<P>(4) If the approval agency determines that the proposed modification is not in compliance with the relevant DOT specification, the approval agency shall deny the request in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Termination of Approval Certificate.</I> (1) The Associate Administrator may terminate an approval issued under this section if he determines that—
</P>
<P>(i) Information upon which the approval was based is fraudulent or substantially erroneous; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Termination of the approval is necessary to adequately protect against risks to life and property; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The approval was not issued by the approval agency in good faith; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) The portable tank does not meet the specification.
</P>
<P>(2) Before an approval is terminated, the Associate Administrator gives the interested party(ies):
</P>
<P>(i) Written notice of the facts or conduct believed to warrant the termination;
</P>
<P>(ii) Opportunity to submit oral and written evidence; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Opportunity to demonstrate or achieve compliance with the applicable requirements.
</P>
<P>(3) If the Associate Administrator determines that a certificate of approval must be terminated to preclude a significant and imminent adverse affect on public safety, he may terminate the certificate immediately. In such circumstances, the opportunities of paragraphs (f)(2) (ii) and (iii) of this section need not be provided prior to termination of the approval, but shall be provided as soon as practicable thereafter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 33439, June 21, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 61016, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75748, 75751, Dec. 31, 2003; 72 FR 55695, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.274" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.274   Specifications for UN portable tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Each UN portable tank must meet the requirements of this section. In addition to the requirements of this section, requirements specific to UN portable tanks used for liquid and solid hazardous materials, non-refrigerated liquefied gases and refrigerated liquefied gases are provided in §§ 178.275, 178.276 and 178.277, respectively. Requirements for approval, maintenance, inspection, testing and use are provided in § 178.273 and part 180, subpart G, of this subchapter. Any portable tank which meets the definition of a “container” within the terms of the International Convention for Safe Containers (CSC) must meet the requirements of the CSC as amended and 49 CFR parts 450 through 453 and must have a CSC safety approval plate.
</P>
<P>(2) In recognition of scientific and technological advances, the technical requirements applicable to UN portable tanks may be varied if approved by the Associate Administrator and the portable tank is shown to provide a level of safety equal to or exceeding the requirements of this subchapter. Portable tanks approved to alternative technical requirements must be marked “Alternative Arrangement” as specified in paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Definitions.</I> The following definitions apply for the purposes of design and construction of UN portable tanks under this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Alternate Arrangement portable tank</I> means a UN portable tank that has been approved to alternative technical requirements or testing methods other than those specified for UN portable tanks in part 178 or part 180 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Approval agency</I> means the designated approval agency authorized to approve the portable tank in accordance with the procedures in subpart E of part 107 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Design pressure</I> is defined according to the hazardous materials intended to be transported in the portable tank. See §§ 178.275, 178.276 and 178.277, as applicable.
</P>
<P><I>Design type</I> means a portable tank or series of portable tanks made of materials of the same material specifications and thicknesses, manufactured by a single manufacturer, using the same fabrication techniques (for example, welding procedures) and made with equivalent structural equipment, closures, and service equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Fine grain steel</I> means steel that has a ferritic grain size of 6 or finer when determined in accordance with ASTM E 112-96 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P><I>Fusible element</I> means a non-reclosing pressure relief device that is thermally activated and that provides protection against excessive pressure buildup in the portable tank developed by exposure to heat, such as from a fire (see § 178.275(g)).
</P>
<P><I>Jacket</I> means the outer insulation cover or cladding which may be part of the insulation system.
</P>
<P><I>Leakage test</I> means a test using gas to subject the shell and its service equipment to an internal pressure.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP)</I> is defined according to the hazardous materials intended to be transported in the portable tank. See §§ 178.275, 178.276 and 178.277, as applicable.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum permissible gross mass (MPGM)</I> means the sum of the tare mass of the portable tank and the heaviest hazardous material authorized for transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Mild steel</I> means a steel with a guaranteed minimum tensile strength of 360 N/mm
<SU>2</SU> to 440 N/mm
<SU>2</SU> and a guaranteed minimum elongation at fracture as specified in paragraph (c)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Offshore portable tank</I> means a portable tank specially designed for repeated use in the transportation of hazardous materials to, from and between offshore facilities. An offshore portable tank is designed and constructed in accordance with the Guidelines for the Approval of Containers Handled in Open Seas specified in the IMDG Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P><I>Reference steel</I> means a steel with a tensile strength of 370 N/mm
<SU>2</SU> and an elongation at fracture of 27%.
</P>
<P><I>Service equipment</I> means measuring instruments and filling, discharge, venting, safety, heating, cooling and insulating devices.
</P>
<P><I>Shell</I> means the part of the portable tank which retains the hazardous materials intended for transportation, including openings and closures, but does not include service equipment or external structural equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Structural equipment</I> means the reinforcing, fastening, protective and stabilizing members external to the shell.
</P>
<P><I>Test pressure</I> means the maximum gauge pressure at the top of the shell during the hydraulic pressure test equal to not less than 1.5 times the design pressure for liquids and 1.3 for liquefied compressed gases and refrigerated liquefied gases. In some instances a pneumatic test is authorized as an alternative to the hydraulic test. The minimum test pressures for portable tanks intended for specific liquid and solid hazardous materials are specified in the applicable portable tank T codes (such as T1-T23) assigned to these hazardous materials in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General design and construction requirements.</I> (1) The design temperature range for the shell must be −40 °C to 50 °C (−40 °F to 122 °F) for hazardous materials transported under normal conditions of transportation, except for portable tanks used for refrigerated liquefied gases where the minimum design temperature must not be higher than the lowest (coldest) temperature (for example, service temperature) of the contents during filling, discharge or transportation. For hazardous materials handled under elevated temperature conditions, the design temperature must not be less than the maximum temperature of the hazardous material during filling, discharge or transportation. More severe design temperatures must be considered for portable tanks subjected to severe climatic conditions (for example, portable tanks transported in arctic regions). Shells must be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), except as limited or modified in this subchapter. For portable tanks used for liquid or solid hazardous materials, a design code other than the ASME Code may be used if approved by the Associate Administrator. Portable tanks must have an ASME certification and U stamp when used for Hazard Zone A or B toxic by inhalation liquids, or when used for non-refrigerated or refrigerated liquefied compressed gases. Shells must be made of metallic materials suitable for forming. Non-metallic materials may be used for the attachments and supports between the shell and jacket, provided their material properties at the minimum and maximum design temperatures are proven to be sufficient. For welded shells, only a material whose weldability has been fully demonstrated may be used. Welds must be of high quality and conform to a level of integrity at least equivalent to the welding requirements specified in Section VIII of the ASME Code for the welding of pressure vessels. When the manufacturing process or the materials make it necessary, the shells must be suitably heat-treated to guarantee adequate toughness in the weld and in the heat-affected zones. In choosing the material, the design temperature range must be taken into account with respect to risk of brittle fracture, stress corrosion cracking, resistance to impact, and suitability for the hazardous materials intended for transportation in the portable tank. When fine grain steel is used, the guaranteed value of the yield strength must be not more than 460 N/mm
<SU>2</SU> and the guaranteed value of the upper limit of the tensile strength must be not more than 725 N/mm
<SU>2</SU> according to the material specification. Aluminum may not be used as a construction material for the shells of portable tanks intended for the transport of non-refrigerated liquefied gases. For portable tanks intended for the transport of liquid or solid hazardous materials, aluminum may only be used as a construction material for portable tank shells if approved by the Associate Administrator. Portable tank materials must be suitable for the external environment where they will be transported, taking into account the determined design temperature range. Portable tanks shall be designed to withstand, without loss of contents, at least the internal pressure due to the contents and the static, dynamic and thermal loads during normal conditions of handling and transportation. The design must take into account the effects of fatigue, caused by repeated application of these loads through the expected life of the portable tank.
</P>
<P>(2) Portable tank shells, fittings, and pipework shall be constructed from materials that are:
</P>
<P>(i) Compatible with the hazardous materials intended to be transported; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Properly passivated or neutralized by chemical reaction, if applicable; or
</P>
<P>(iii) For portable tanks used for liquid and solid materials, lined with corrosion-resistant material directly bonded to the shell or attached by equivalent means.
</P>
<P>(3) Gaskets and seals shall be made of materials that are compatible with the hazardous materials intended to be transported.
</P>
<P>(4) When shells are lined, the lining must be compatible with the hazardous materials intended to be transported, homogeneous, non-porous, free from perforations, sufficiently elastic and compatible with the thermal expansion characteristics of the shell. The lining of every shell, shell fittings and piping must be continuous and must extend around the face of any flange. Where external fittings are welded to the tank, the lining must be continuous through the fitting and around the face of external flanges. Joints and seams in the lining must be made by fusing the material together or by other equally effective means.
</P>
<P>(5) Contact between dissimilar metals which could result in damage by galvanic action must be prevented by appropriate measures.
</P>
<P>(6) The construction materials of the portable tank, including any devices, gaskets, linings and accessories, must not adversely affect or react with the hazardous materials intended to be transported in the portable tank.
</P>
<P>(7) Portable tanks must be designed and constructed with supports that provide a secure base during transportation and with suitable lifting and tie-down attachments.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Design criteria.</I> (1) Portable tanks and their fastenings must, under the maximum permissible loads and maximum permissible working pressures, be capable of absorbing the following separately applied static forces (for calculation purposes, acceleration due to gravity (g) = 9.81m/s
<SU>2</SU>):
</P>
<P>(i) In the direction of travel: 2g (twice the MPGM multiplied by the acceleration due to gravity);
</P>
<P>(ii) Horizontally at right angles to the direction of travel: 1g (the MPGM multiplied by the acceleration due to gravity);
</P>
<P>(iii) Vertically upwards: 1g (the MPGM multiplied by the acceleration due to gravity); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Vertically downwards: 2g (twice the MPGM multiplied by the acceleration due to gravity).
</P>
<P>(2) Under each of the forces specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the safety factor must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For metals having a clearly defined yield point, a design margin of 1.5 in relation to the guaranteed yield strength; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For metals with no clearly defined yield point, a design margin of 1.5 in relation to the guaranteed 0.2% proof strength and, for austenitic steels, the 1% proof strength.
</P>
<P>(3) The values of yield strength or proof strength must be the values according to recognized material standards. When austenitic steels are used, the specified minimum values of yield strength or proof strength according to the material standards may be increased by up to 15% for portable tanks used for liquid and solid hazardous materials, other than toxic by inhalation liquids meeting the criteria of Hazard Zone A or Hazard Zone B (see § 173.133 of this subchapter), when these greater values are attested in the material inspection certificate.
</P>
<P>(4) Portable tanks must be capable of being electrically grounded to prevent dangerous electrostatic discharge when they are used for Class 2 flammable gases or Class 3 flammable liquids, including elevated temperature materials transported at or above their flash point.
</P>
<P>(5) For shells of portable tanks used for liquefied compressed gases, the shell must consist of a circular cross section. Shells must be of a design capable of being stress-analyzed mathematically or experimentally by resistance strain gauges as specified in UG-101 of Section VIII of the ASME Code, or other methods approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(6) Shells must be designed and constructed to withstand a hydraulic test pressure of not less than 1.5 times the design pressure for portable tanks used for liquids and 1.3 times the design pressure for portable tanks used for liquefied compressed gases. Specific requirements are provided for each hazardous material in the applicable T Code or portable tank special provision specified in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter. The minimum shell thickness requirements must also be taken into account.
</P>
<P>(7) For metals exhibiting a clearly defined yield point or characterized by a guaranteed proof strength (0.2% proof strength, generally, or 1% proof strength for austenitic steels), the primary membrane stress σ (sigma) in the shell must not exceed 0.75 Re or 0.50 Rm, whichever is lower, at the test pressure, where:
</P>
<FP-2>Re = yield strength in N/mm
<SU>2</SU>, or 0.2% proof strength or, for austenitic steels, 1% proof strength;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Rm = minimum tensile strength in N/mm
<SU>2</SU>.
</FP-2>
<P>(8) The values of Re and Rm to be used must be the specified minimum values according to recognized material standards. When austenitic steels are used, the specified minimum values for Re and Rm according to the material standards may be increased by up to 15% when greater values are attested in the material inspection certificate.
</P>
<P>(9) Steels which have a Re/Rm ratio of more than 0.85 are not allowed for the construction of welded shells. The values of Re and Rm to be used in determining this ratio must be the values specified in the material inspection certificate.
</P>
<P>(10) Steels used in the construction of shells must have an elongation at fracture, in percentage, of not less than 10,000/Rm with an absolute minimum of 16% for fine grain steels and 20% for other steels.
</P>
<P>(11) For the purpose of determining actual values for materials for sheet metal, the axis of the tensile test specimen must be at right angles (transversely) to the direction of rolling. The permanent elongation at fracture must be measured on test specimens of rectangular cross sections in accordance with ISO 6892 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), using a 50 mm gauge length.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Minimum shell thickness.</I> (1) The minimum shell thickness must be the greatest thickness of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) the minimum thickness determined in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2) through (d)(7) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) the minimum thickness determined in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code or other approved pressure vessel code; or
</P>
<P>(iii) the minimum thickness specified in the applicable T code or portable tank special provision indicated for each hazardous material in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Shells (cylindrical portions, heads and manhole covers) not more than 1.80 m in diameter may not be less than 5 mm thick in the reference steel or of equivalent thickness in the metal to be used. Shells more than 1.80 m in diameter may not be less than 6 mm (0.2 inches) thick in the reference steel or of equivalent thickness in the metal to be used. For portable tanks used only for the transportation of powdered or granular solid hazardous materials of Packing Group II or III, the minimum thickness requirement may be reduced to 5 mm in the reference steel or of equivalent thickness in the metal to be used regardless of the shell diameter. For vacuum-insulated tanks, the aggregate thickness of the jacket and the shell must correspond to the minimum thickness prescribed in this paragraph, with the thickness of the shell itself not less than the minimum thickness prescribed in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) When additional protection against shell damage is provided in the case of portable tanks used for liquid and solid hazardous materials requiring test pressures less than 2.65 bar (265.0 kPa), subject to certain limitations specified in the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), the Associate Administrator may approve a reduced minimum shell thickness.
</P>
<P>(4) The cylindrical portions, heads and manhole covers of all shells must not be less than 3 mm (0.1 inch) thick regardless of the material of construction, except for portable tanks used for liquefied compressed gases where the cylindrical portions, ends (heads) and manhole covers of all shells must not be less than 4 mm (0.2 inch) thick regardless of the material of construction.
</P>
<P>(5) When steel is used, that has characteristics other than that of reference steel, the equivalent thickness of the shell and heads must be determined according to the following formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="28" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/en21jn01.005.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>e<E T="52">1</E> = required equivalent thickness (in mm) of the metal to be used;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>e<E T="52">0</E> = minimum thickness (in mm) of the reference steel specified in the applicable T code or portable tank special provision indicated for each material in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d<E T="52">1</E> = 1.8m, unless the formula is used to determine the equivalent minimum thickness for a portable tank shell that is required to have a minimum thickness of 8mm or 10mm according to the applicable T code indicated in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter. When reference steel thicknesses of 8mm or 10mm are specified, d<E T="52">1</E> is equal to the actual diameter of the shell but not less than 1.8m;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Rm<E T="52">1</E> = guaranteed minimum tensile strength (in N/mm 
<SU>2</SU>) of the metal to be used;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">1</E> = guaranteed minimum elongation at fracture (in %) of the metal to be used according to recognized material standards.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(6) The wall and all parts of the shell may not have a thickness less than that prescribed in paragraphs (d)(2), (d)(3) and (d)(4) of this section. This thickness must be exclusive of any corrosion allowance.
</P>
<P>(7) There must be no sudden change of plate thickness at the attachment of the heads to the cylindrical portion of the shell.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service equipment.</I> (1) Service equipment must be arranged so that it is protected against the risk of mechanical damage by external forces during handling and transportation. When the connections between the frame and the shell allow relative movement between the sub-assemblies, the equipment must be fastened to allow such movement without risk of damage to any working part. The external discharge fittings (pipe sockets, shut-off devices) and the internal stop-valve and its seating must be protected against mechanical damage by external forces (for example, by using shear sections). Each internal self-closing stop-valve must be protected by a shear section or sacrificial device located outboard of the valve. The shear section or sacrificial device must break at no more than 70% of the load that would cause failure of the internal self-closing stop valve. The filling and discharge devices (including flanges or threaded plugs) and any protective caps must be capable of being secured against unintended opening.
</P>
<P>(2) Each filling or discharge opening of a portable tank must be clearly marked to indicate its function.
</P>
<P>(3) Each stop-valve or other means of closure must be designed and constructed to a rated pressure not less than the MAWP of the shell taking into account the temperatures expected during transport. All stop-valves with screwed spindles must close by a clockwise motion of the handwheel. For other stop-valves, the position (open and closed) and direction of closure must be clearly indicated. All stop-valves must be designed to prevent unintentional opening.
</P>
<P>(4) Piping must be designed, constructed and installed to avoid the risk of damage due to thermal expansion and contraction, mechanical shock and vibration. All piping must be of a suitable metallic material. Welded pipe joints must be used wherever possible.
</P>
<P>(5) Joints in copper tubing must be brazed or have an equally strong metal union. The melting point of brazing materials must be no lower than 525 °C (977 °F). The joints must not decrease the strength of the tubing, such as may happen when cutting threads. Brazed joints are not authorized for portable tanks intended for refrigerated liquefied gases.
</P>
<P>(6) The burst pressure of all piping and pipe fittings must be greater than the highest of four times the MAWP of the shell or four times the pressure to which it may be subjected in service by the action of a pump or other device (except pressure relief devices).
</P>
<P>(7) Ductile metals must be used in the construction of valves and accessories.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Pressure relief devices</I>—(1) <I>Marking of pressure relief devices.</I> Every pressure relief device must be clearly and permanently marked with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) the pressure (in bar or kPa) or temperature for fusible elements (in °C) at which it is set to discharge;
</P>
<P>(ii) the allowable tolerance at the discharge pressure for reclosing devices;
</P>
<P>(iii) the reference temperature corresponding to the rated pressure for frangible discs;
</P>
<P>(iv) the allowable temperature tolerance for fusible elements;
</P>
<P>(v) The rated flow capacity of the spring loaded pressure relief devices, frangible disc or fusible elements in standard cubic meters of air per second (m
<SU>3</SU>/s). For spring loaded pressure relief devices, the rated flow capacity must be determined according to ISO 4126-1 (including Technical Corrigendum 1) and ISO 4126-7 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); and 
</P>
<P>(vi) The cross sectional flow areas of the spring loaded pressure relief devices, frangible discs, and fusible elements in mm
<SU>2</SU>; and
</P>
<P>(vii) When practicable, the device must show the manufacturer's name and product number.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Connections to pressure relief devices.</I> Connections to pressure relief devices must be of sufficient size to enable the required discharge to pass unrestricted to the safety device. No stop-valve may be installed between the shell and the pressure relief devices except where duplicate devices are provided for maintenance or other reasons and the stop-valves serving the devices actually in use are locked open or the stop-valves are interlocked so that at least one of the devices is always in use. There must be no obstruction in an opening leading to a vent or pressure relief device which might restrict or cut-off the flow from the shell to that device. Vents or pipes from the pressure relief device outlets, when used, must deliver the relieved vapor or liquid to the atmosphere in conditions of minimum back-pressure on the relieving devices.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location of pressure relief devices.</I> (i) Each pressure relief device inlet must be situated on top of the shell in a position as near the longitudinal and transverse center of the shell as reasonably practicable. All pressure relief device inlets must, under maximum filling conditions, be situated in the vapor space of the shell and the devices must be so arranged as to ensure that any escaping vapor is not restricted in any manner. For flammable hazardous materials, the escaping vapor must be directed away from the shell in such a manner that it cannot impinge upon the shell. For refrigerated liquefied gases, the escaping vapor must be directed away from the tank and in such a manner that it cannot impinge upon the tank. Protective devices which deflect the flow of vapor are permissible provided the required relief-device capacity is not reduced.
</P>
<P>(ii) Provisions must be implemented to prevent unauthorized persons from access to the pressure relief devices and to protect the devices from damage caused by the portable tank overturning.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Gauging devices.</I> Unless a portable tank is intended to be filled by weight, it must be equipped with one or more gauging devices. Glass level-gauges and gauges made of other fragile material, which are in direct communication with the contents of the tank are prohibited. A connection for a vacuum gauge must be provided in the jacket of a vacuum-insulated portable tank.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Portable tank supports, frameworks, lifting and tie-down attachments.</I> (1) Portable tanks must be designed and constructed with a support structure to provide a secure base during transport. The forces and safety factors specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section, respectively, must be taken into account in this aspect of the design. Skids, frameworks, cradles or other similar structures are acceptable.
</P>
<P>(2) The combined stresses caused by portable tank mountings (for example, cradles, framework, etc.) and portable tank lifting and tie-down attachments must not cause stress that would damage the shell in a manner that would compromise its lading retention capability. Permanent lifting and tie-down attachments must be fitted to all portable tanks. Preferably they should be fitted to the portable tank supports but may be secured to reinforcing plates located on the shell at the points of support. Each portable tank must be designed so that the center of gravity of the filled tank is approximately centered within the points of attachment for lifting devices.
</P>
<P>(3) In the design of supports and frameworks, the effects of environmental corrosion must be taken into account.
</P>
<P>(4) Forklift pockets must be capable of being closed off. The means of closing forklift pockets must be a permanent part of the framework or permanently attached to the framework. Single compartment portable tanks with a length less than 3.65 m (12 ft.) need not have forklift pockets that are capable of being closed off provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The shell, including all the fittings, are well protected from being hit by the forklift blades; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The distance between forklift pockets (measured from the center of each pocket) is at least half of the maximum length of the portable tank.
</P>
<P>(5) During transport, portable tanks must be adequately protected against damage to the shell, and service equipment resulting from lateral and longitudinal impact and overturning, or the shell and service equipment must be constructed to withstand the forces resulting from impact or overturning. External fittings must be protected so as to preclude the release of the shell contents upon impact or overturning of the portable tank on its fittings. Examples of protection include:
</P>
<P>(i) Protection against lateral impact which may consist of longitudinal bars protecting the shell on both sides at the level of the median line;
</P>
<P>(ii) Protection of the portable tank against overturning which may consist of reinforcement rings or bars fixed across the frame;
</P>
<P>(iii) Protection against rear impact which may consist of a bumper or frame;
</P>
<P>(iv) Protection of the shell against damage from impact or overturning by use of an ISO frame in accordance with ISO 1496-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); and
</P>
<P>(v) Protection of the portable tank from impact or damage that may result from overturning by an insulation jacket.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Marking.</I> (1) Every portable tank must be fitted with a corrosion resistant metal plate permanently attached to the portable tank in a conspicuous place and readily accessible for inspection. When the plate cannot be permanently attached to the shell, the shell must be marked with at least the information required by Section VIII of the ASME Code. At a minimum, the following information must be marked on the plate by stamping or by any other equivalent method: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Country of manufacture
</FP-1>
<FP-1>U N
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Approval Country
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Approval Number
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Alternative Arrangements (see § 178.274(a)(2)) “AA”
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Manufacturer's name or mark
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Manufacturer's serial number
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Approval Agency (Authorized body for the design approval)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Owner's registration number
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Year of manufacture
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pressure vessel code to which the shell is designed
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Test pressure________bar gauge.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>MAWP________bar gauge.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>External design pressure (not required for portable tanks used for refrigerated liquefied gases)________bar gauge.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Design temperature range________ °C to________ °C. (For portable tanks used for refrigerated liquefied gases, the minimum design temperature must be marked.)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water capacity at 20 °C/________liters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water capacity of each compartment at 20 °C________liters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Initial pressure test date and witness identification.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>MAWP for heating/cooling system________bar gauge.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Shell material(s) and material standard reference(s).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Equivalent thickness in reference steel________mm.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lining material (when applicable).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Date and type of most recent periodic test(s).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Month________Year________ Test pressure________bar gauge.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Stamp of approval agency that performed or witnessed the most recent test.
</FP-1>
<P>For portable tanks used for refrigerated liquefied gases:
</P>
<FP-1>Either “thermally insulated” or “vacuum insulated”________.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Effectiveness of the insulation system (heat influx)________Watts (W).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Reference holding time________days or hours and initial pressure________bar/kPa gauge and degree of filling________in kg for each refrigerated liquefied gas permitted for transportation.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) The following information must be marked either on the portable tank itself or on a metal plate firmly secured to the portable tank:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Name of the operator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Name of hazardous materials being transported and maximum mean bulk temperature (except for refrigerated liquefied gases, the name and temperature are only required when the maximum mean bulk temperature is higher than 50 °C).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Maximum permissible gross mass (MPGM)________kg.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Unladen (tare) mass________kg.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">i</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>For the identification of the hazardous materials being transported refer to part 172 of this subchapter.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) If a portable tank is designed and approved for open seas operations, such as offshore oil exploration, in accordance with the IMDG Code, the words “OFFSHORE PORTABLE TANK” must be marked on the identification plate.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Initial inspection and test.</I> The initial inspection and test of a portable tank must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A check of the design characteristics.
</P>
<P>(2) An internal and external examination of the portable tank and its fittings, taking into account the hazardous materials to be transported. For UN portable tanks used for refrigerated liquefied gases, a pressure test using an inert gas may be conducted instead of a hydrostatic test. An internal inspection is not required for a portable tank used for the dedicated transportation of refrigerated liquefied gases that are not filled with an inspection opening.
</P>
<P>(3) A pressure test as specified in paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) A leakage test.
</P>
<P>(5) A test of the satisfactory operation of all service equipment including pressure relief devices must also be performed. When the shell and its fittings have been pressure-tested separately, they must be subjected to a leakage test after reassembly. All welds, subject to full stress level in the shell, must be inspected during the initial test by radiographic, ultrasonic, or another suitable non-destructive test method. This does not apply to the jacket.
</P>
<P>(6) Effective January 1, 2008, each new UN portable tank design type meeting the definition of “container” in the Convention for Safe Containers (CSC) (see 49 CFR 450.3(a)(2)) must be subjected to the dynamic longitudinal impact test prescribed in Part IV, Section 40 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (see IBR, § 171.7 of this subchapter). A UN portable tank design type impact-tested prior to January 1, 2008, in accordance with the requirements of this section in effect on October 1, 2005, need not be retested. UN portable tanks used for the dedicated transportation of “Helium, refrigerated liquid,” UN1963, and “Hydrogen, refrigerated liquid,” UN1966, that are marked “NOT FOR RAIL TRANSPORT” in letters of a minimum height of 10 cm (4 inches) on at least two sides of the portable tank are excepted from the dynamic longitudinal impact test. 
</P>
<P>(7) The following tests must be completed on a portable tank or a series of portable tanks designed and constructed to a single design type that is also a CSC container without leakage or deformation that would render the portable tank unsafe for transportation and use:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Longitudinal inertia.</I> The portable tank loaded to its maximum gross weight must be positioned with its longitudinal axis vertical. It shall be held in this position for five minutes by support at the lower end of the base structure providing vertical and lateral restraint and by support at the upper end of the base structure providing lateral restraint only.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Lateral inertia.</I> The portable tank loaded to its maximum gross weight must be positioned for five minutes with its transverse axis vertical. It shall be held in this position for five minutes by support at the lower side of the base structure providing vertical and lateral restraint and by support at the upper side of the base structure providing lateral restraint only.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 33440, June 21, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 15744, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 45041, July 31, 2003; 68 FR 57633, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75751, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76185, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34399, June 14, 2005; 71 FR 78634, Dec. 29, 2006; 72 FR 55696, Oct. 1, 2007; 73 FR 4719, Jan. 28, 2008; 78 FR 1096, Jan. 7, 2013]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.275" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.275   Specification for UN Portable Tanks intended for the transportation of liquid and solid hazardous materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the requirements of § 178.274, this section sets forth definitions and requirements that apply to UN portable tanks intended for the transportation of liquid and solid hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions and requirements</I>—(1) <I>Design pressure</I> means the pressure to be used in calculations required by the recognized pressure vessel code. The design pressure must not be less than the highest of the following pressures:
</P>
<P>(i) The maximum effective gauge pressure allowed in the shell during filling or discharge; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The sum of—
</P>
<P>(A) The absolute vapor pressure (in bar) of the hazardous material at 65 °C, minus 1 bar (149 °F, minus 100 kPa);
</P>
<P>(B) The partial pressure (in bar) of air or other gases in the ullage space, resulting from their compression during filling without pressure relief by a maximum ullage temperature of 65 °C (149 °F) and a liquid expansion due to an increase in mean bulk temperature of 35 °C (95 °F); and
</P>
<P>(C) A head pressure determined on the basis of the forces specified in § 178.274(c) of this subchapter, but not less than 0.35 bar (35 kPa).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP)</I> means a pressure that must not be less than the highest of the following pressures measured at the top of the shell while in operating position:
</P>
<P>(i) The maximum effective gauge pressure allowed in the shell during filling or discharge; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The maximum effective gauge pressure to which the shell is designed which must be not less than the design pressure.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service equipment.</I> (1) In addition to the requirements specified in § 178.274, for service equipment, all openings in the shell, intended for filling or discharging the portable tank must be fitted with a manually operated stop-valve located as close to the shell as reasonably practicable. Other openings, except for openings leading to venting or pressure relief devices, must be equipped with either a stop-valve or another suitable means of closure located as close to the shell as reasonably practicable.
</P>
<P>(2) All portable tanks must be fitted with a manhole or other inspection openings of a suitable size to allow for internal inspection and adequate access for maintenance and repair of the interior. Compartmented portable tanks must have a manhole or other inspection openings for each compartment.
</P>
<P>(3) For insulated portable tanks, top fittings must be surrounded by a spill collection reservoir with suitable drains.
</P>
<P>(4) Piping must be designed, constructed and installed to avoid the risk of damage due to thermal expansion and contraction, mechanical shock and vibration. All piping must be of a suitable metallic material. Welded pipe joints must be used wherever possible.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Bottom openings.</I> (1) Certain hazardous materials may not be transported in portable tanks with bottom openings. When the applicable T code or portable tank special provision, as referenced for materials in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter, specifies that bottom openings are prohibited, there must be no openings below the liquid level of the shell when it is filled to its maximum permissible filling limit. When an existing opening is closed, it must be accomplished by internally and externally welding one plate to the shell.
</P>
<P>(2) Bottom discharge outlets for portable tanks carrying certain solid, crystallizable or highly viscous hazardous materials must be equipped with at least two serially fitted and mutually independent shut-off devices. Use of only two shut-off devices is only authorized when this paragraph is referenced in the applicable T Code indicated for each hazardous material in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter. The design of the equipment must be to the satisfaction of the approval agency and must include:
</P>
<P>(i) An external stop-valve fitted as close to the shell as reasonably practicable; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A liquid tight closure at the end of the discharge pipe, which may be a bolted blank flange or a screw cap.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, every bottom discharge outlet must be equipped with three serially fitted and mutually independent shut-off devices. The design of the equipment must include:
</P>
<P>(i) A self-closing internal stop-valve, which is a stop-valve within the shell or within a welded flange or its companion flange, such that:
</P>
<P>(A) The control devices for the operation of the valve are designed to prevent any unintended opening through impact or other inadvertent act;
</P>
<P>(B) The valve is operable from above or below;
</P>
<P>(C) If possible, the setting of the valve (open or closed) must be capable of being verified from the ground;
</P>
<P>(D) Except for portable tanks having a capacity less than 1,000 liters (264.2 gallons), it must be possible to close the valve from an accessible position on the portable tank that is remote from the valve itself within 30 seconds of actuation; and
</P>
<P>(E) The valve must continue to be effective in the event of damage to the external device for controlling the operation of the valve;
</P>
<P>(ii) An external stop-valve fitted as close to the shell as reasonably practicable;
</P>
<P>(iii) A liquid tight closure at the end of the discharge pipe, which may be a bolted blank flange or a screw cap; and
</P>
<P>(iv) For UN portable tanks, with bottom outlets, used for the transportation of liquid hazardous materials that are Class 3, PG I or II, or PG III with a flash point of less than 100 °F (38 °C); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or Division 6.1, PG I or II, the remote means of closure must be capable of thermal activation. The thermal means of activation must activate at a temperature of not more than 250 °F (121 °C).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Pressure relief devices.</I> All portable tanks must be fitted with at least one pressure relief device. All relief devices must be designed, constructed and marked in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Vacuum-relief devices.</I> (1) A shell which is to be equipped with a vacuum-relief device must be designed to withstand, without permanent deformation, an external pressure of not less than 0.21 bar (21.0 kPa). The vacuum-relief device must be set to relieve at a vacuum setting not greater than −0.21 bar (−21.0 kPa) unless the shell is designed for a higher external over pressure, in which case the vacuum-relief pressure of the device to be fitted must not be greater than the tank design vacuum pressure. A shell that is not fitted with a vacuum-relief device must be designed to withstand, without permanent deformation, an external pressure of not less than 0.4 bar (40.0 kPa).
</P>
<P>(2) Vacuum-relief devices used on portable tanks intended for the transportation of hazardous materials meeting the criteria of Class 3, including elevated temperature hazardous materials transported at or above their flash point, must prevent the immediate passage of flame into the shell or the portable tank must have a shell capable of withstanding, without leakage, an internal explosion resulting from the passage of flame into the shell.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Pressure relief devices.</I> (1) Each portable tank with a capacity not less than 1,900 liters (501.9 gallons) and every independent compartment of a portable tank with a similar capacity, must be provided with one or more pressure relief devices of the reclosing type. Such portable tanks may, in addition, have a frangible disc or fusible element in parallel with the reclosing devices, except when the applicable T code assigned to a hazardous material requires that the frangible disc precede the pressure relief device, according to paragraph (g)(3) of this section, or when no bottom openings are allowed. The pressure relief devices must have sufficient capacity to prevent rupture of the shell due to over pressurization or vacuum resulting from filling, discharging, heating of the contents or fire.
</P>
<P>(2) Pressure relief devices must be designed to prevent the entry of foreign matter, the leakage of liquid and the development of any dangerous excess pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) When required for certain hazardous materials by the applicable T code or portable tank special provision specified for a hazardous material in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter, portable tanks must have a pressure relief device consistent with the requirements of this subchapter. Except for a portable tank in dedicated service that is fitted with an approved relief device constructed of materials compatible with the hazardous material, the relief device system must include a frangible disc preceding (such as, between the lading and the reclosing pressure relief device) a reclosing pressure relief device. A pressure gauge or suitable tell-tale indicator for the detection of disc rupture, pin-holing or leakage must be provided in the space between the frangible disc and the pressure relief device to allow the portable tank operator to check to determine if the disc is leak free. The frangible disc must rupture at a nominal pressure 10% above the start-to-discharge pressure of the reclosable pressure relief device.
</P>
<P>(4) Every portable tank with a capacity less than 1,900 liters (501.9 gallons) must be fitted with a pressure relief device which, except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section, may be a frangible disc when this disc is set to rupture at a nominal pressure equal to the test pressure at any temperature within the design temperature range.
</P>
<P>(5) When the shell is fitted for pressure discharge, a suitable pressure relief device must provide the inlet line to the portable tank and set to operate at a pressure not higher than the MAWP of the shell, and a stop-valve must be fitted as close to the shell as practicable to minimize the potential for damage.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Setting of pressure relief devices.</I> (i) Pressure relief devices must operate only in conditions of excessive rise in temperature. The shell must not be subject to undue fluctuations of pressure during normal conditions of transportation.
</P>
<P>(ii) The required pressure relief device must be set to start to discharge at a nominal pressure of five-sixths of the test pressure for shells having a test pressure of not more than 4.5 bar (450 kPa) and 110% of two-thirds of the test pressure for shells having a test pressure of more than 4.5 bar (450 kPa). A self-closing relief device must close at a pressure not more than 10% below the pressure at which the discharge starts. The device must remain closed at all lower pressures. This requirement does not prevent the use of vacuum-relief or combination pressure relief and vacuum-relief devices.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Fusible elements.</I> Fusible elements must operate at a temperature between 110 °C (230 °F) and 149 °C (300.2 °F), provided that the pressure in the shell at the fusing temperature will not exceed the test pressure. They must be placed at the top of the shell with their inlets in the vapor space and in no case may they be shielded from external heat. Fusible elements must not be utilized on portable tanks with a test pressure which exceeds 2.65 bar (265.0 kPa); however, fusible elements are authorized on portable tanks for the transportation of certain organometallic materials in accordance with § 172.102, special provision TP36 of this subchapter. Fusible elements used on portable tanks intended for the transport of elevated temperature hazardous materials must be designed to operate at a temperature higher than the maximum temperature that will be experienced during transport and must be designed to the satisfaction of the approval agency.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Capacity of pressure relief devices.</I> (1) The reclosing pressure relief device required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section must have a minimum cross sectional flow area equivalent to an orifice of 31.75 mm (1.3 inches) diameter. Vacuum-relief devices, when used, must have a cross sectional flow area not less than 284 mm 
<SU>2</SU> (11.2 inches 
<SU>2</SU>).
</P>
<P>(2) The combined delivery capacity of the pressure relief system (taking into account the reduction of the flow when the portable tank is fitted with frangible-discs preceding spring-loaded pressure-relief devices or when the spring-loaded pressure-relief devices are provided with a device to prevent the passage of the flame), in condition of complete fire engulfment of the portable tank must be sufficient to limit the pressure in the shell to 20% above the start to discharge pressure limiting device (pressure relief device). The total required capacity of the relief devices may be determined using the formula in paragraph (i)(2)(i)(A) of this section or the table in paragraph (i)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i)(A) To determine the total required capacity of the relief devices, which must be regarded as being the sum of the individual capacities of all the contributing devices, the following formula must be used:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er26jy22.153.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Q = minimum required rate of discharge in cubic meters of air per second (<I>
<SU>m</SU></I>
<SU>3</SU>/<E T="52">s</E>) at conditions: 1 bar and 0 °C (273 °K);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>F = for uninsulated shells: 1; for insulated shells: U(649−t)/13.6 but in no case, is less than 0.25
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>U = heat transfer coefficient of the insulation, in <I>kW m</I><E T="51">−2</E><I>K</I><E T="51">−1</E>, at 38 °C (100 °F); and t = actual temperature of the hazardous material during filling (in °C) or when this temperature is unknown, let t = 15 °C (59 °F). The value of F given in this paragraph (i)(2)(i)(A) for insulated shells may only be used if the insulation is in conformance with paragraph (i)(2)(iv) of this section;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A = total external surface area of shell in square meters;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Z = the gas compressibility factor in the accumulating condition (when this factor is unknown, let Z equal 1.0);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T = absolute temperature in Kelvin ( °C + 273) above the pressure relief devices in the accumulating condition;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>L = the latent heat of vaporization of the liquid, in kJ/kg, in the accumulating condition;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>M = molecular weight of the hazardous material.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(B) The constant C, as shown in the formula in paragraph (i)(2)(i)(A) of this section, is derived from one of the following formulas as a function of the ratio k of specific heats: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="31" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er01oc08.001.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>c</I><E T="54">p</E> is the specific heat at constant pressure; and 
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>c</I><E T="54">v</E> is the specific heat at constant volume.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(C) When k &gt;1: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="38" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er01oc08.002.gif"/></MATH>
<P>(D) When k = 1 or k is unknown, a value of 0.607 may be used for the constant C. C may also be taken from the following table: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">C Constant Value Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">k
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.00</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.607 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.02</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.611 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.04</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.615 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.06</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.620 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.08</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.624 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.10</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.628 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.12</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.633 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.14</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.637 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.16</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.641 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.18</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.645 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.20</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.649 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.22</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.652 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.24</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.656 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.26</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.660
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.28</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.664
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.30</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.667
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.32</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.671
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.34</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.674
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.36</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.678 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.38</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.681
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.40</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.685
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.42</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.688
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.44</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.691
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.46</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.695
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.48</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.698
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.50</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.701
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.52</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.704
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.54</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.707
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.56</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.710
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.58</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.713
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.60</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.716
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.62</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.719
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.64</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.722
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.66</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.725
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.68</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.728
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.70</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.731
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.00</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.770
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.20</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.793
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) As an alternative to the formula in paragraph (i)(2)(i)(A) of this section, relief devices for shells used for transporting liquids may be sized in accordance with the table in paragraph (i)(2)(iii) of this section. The table in paragraph (i)(2)(iii) of this section assumes an insulation value of F = 1 and must be adjusted accordingly when the shell is insulated. Other values used in determining the table in paragraph (i)(2)(iii) of this section are: L = 334.94 kJ/kg; M = 86.7; T = 394 °K; Z = 1; and C = 0.607.
</P>
<P>(iii) Minimum emergency vent capacity, Q, in cubic meters of air per second at 1 bar and 0 °C (273 °K) shown in the following table: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Minimum Emergency Vent Capacity
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Q Values]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A
<br/>Exposed area (square meters)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Q
<br/>(Cubic meters of air per second)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A
<br/>Exposed area (square meters)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Q
<br/>(Cubic meters of air per second)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.230</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">37.5</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2.539
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.320</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2.677
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.405</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">42.5</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2.814
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.487</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2.949
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.565</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">47.5</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3.082
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.641</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3.215
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.715</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">52.5</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3.346
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.788</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3.476
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.859</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">57.5</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3.605
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.998</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3.733
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.132</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">62.5</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3.860
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.263</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3.987
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.391</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">67.5</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4.112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.517</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4.236
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22.5</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.670</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4.483
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.821</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4.726
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">27.5</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.969</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4.967
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2.115</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">5.206
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32.5</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2.258</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">5.442
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2.400</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">5.676</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iv) Insulation systems, used for the purpose of reducing venting capacity, must be specifically approved by the approval agency. In all cases, insulation systems approved for this purpose must—
</P>
<P>(A) Remain effective at all temperatures up to 649 °C (1200 °F); and
</P>
<P>(B) Be jacketed with a material having a melting point of 700 °C (1292 °F) or greater. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Approval, inspection and testing.</I> Approval procedures for UN portable tanks are specified in § 178.273. Inspection and testing requirements are specified in § 180.605 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 33445, June 21, 2001, as amended at 68 FR 32414, May 30, 2003; 69 FR 76185, Dec. 20, 2004; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008; 76 FR 3388, Jan. 19, 2011; 87 FR 44999, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.276" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.276   Requirements for the design, construction, inspection and testing of portable tanks intended for the transportation of non-refrigerated liquefied compressed gases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the requirements of § 178.274 applicable to UN portable tanks, the following requirements apply to UN portable tanks used for non-refrigerated liquefied compressed gases. In addition to the definitions in § 178.274, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Design pressure</I> means the pressure to be used in calculations required by the ASME Code, Section VIII (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The design pressure must be not less than the highest of the following pressures:
</P>
<P>(i) The maximum effective gauge pressure allowed in the shell during filling or discharge; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The sum of:
</P>
<P>(A) The maximum effective gauge pressure to which the shell is designed as defined in this paragraph under “MAWP”; and
</P>
<P>(B) A head pressure determined on the basis of the dynamic forces specified in paragraph (h) of this section, but not less than 0.35 bar (35 kPa).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Design reference temperature</I> means the temperature at which the vapor pressure of the contents is determined for the purpose of calculating the MAWP. The value for each portable tank type is as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Shell with a diameter of 1.5 meters (4.9 ft.) or less: 65 °C (149 °F); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Shell with a diameter of more than 1.5 meters (4.9 ft.):
</P>
<P>(A) Without insulation or sun shield: 60 °C (140 °F);
</P>
<P>(B) With sun shield: 55 °C (131 °F); and
</P>
<P>(C) With insulation: 50 °C (122 °F).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Filling density</I> means the average mass of liquefied compressed gas per liter of shell capacity (kg/l).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP)</I> means a pressure that must be not less than the highest of the following pressures measured at the top of the shell while in operating position, but in no case less than 7 bar (700 kPa):
</P>
<P>(i) The maximum effective gauge pressure allowed in the shell during filling or discharge; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The maximum effective gauge pressure to which the shell is designed, which must be:
</P>
<P>(A) Not less than the pressure specified for each liquefied compressed gas listed in the UN Portable Tank Table for Liquefied Compressed Gases in § 173.313; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Not less than the sum of:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The absolute vapor pressure (in bar) of the liquefied compressed gas at the design reference temperature minus 1 bar; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The partial pressure (in bar) of air or other gases in the ullage space which is determined by the design reference temperature and the liquid phase expansion due to the increase of the mean bulk temperature of t<E T="52">r</E>−t<E T="52">f</E> (t<E T="52">f</E> = filling temperature, usually 15 °C, t<E T="52">r</E> = 50 °C maximum mean bulk temperature).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General design and construction requirements.</I> (1) Shells must be of seamless or welded steel construction, or combination of both, and have a water capacity greater than 450 liters (118.9 gallons). Shells must be designed, constructed, certified and stamped in accordance with the ASME Code, Section VIII.
</P>
<P>(2) Portable tanks must be postweld heat-treated and radiographed as prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code, except that each portable tank constructed in accordance with part UHT of the ASME Code must be postweld heat-treated. Where postweld heat treatment is required, the portable tank must be treated as a unit after completion of all the welds in and/or to the shell and heads. The method must be as prescribed in the ASME Code. Welded attachments to pads may be made after postweld heat treatment is made. A portable tank used for anhydrous ammonia must be postweld heat-treated. The postweld heat treatment must be as prescribed in the ASME Code, but in no event at less than 1050 °F tank metal temperature. Additionally, portable tanks constructed in accordance with part UHT of the ASME Code must conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) Welding procedure and welder performance tests must be made annually in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Code. In addition to the essential variables named therein, the following must be considered to be essential variables: number of passes, thickness of plate, heat input per pass, and manufacturer's identification of rod and flux. The number of passes, thickness of plate and heat input per pass may not vary more than 25 percent from the qualified procedure. Records of the qualification must be retained for at least 5 years by the portable tank manufacturer or his designated agent and, upon request, made available to a representative of the Department of Transportation or the owner of the tank.
</P>
<P>(ii) Impact tests must be made on a lot basis. A lot is defined as 100 tons or less of the same heat and having a thickness variation no greater than plus or minus 25 percent. The minimum impact required for full-sized specimens shall be 20 foot-pounds (or 10 foot-pounds for half-sized specimens) at 0 °F (−17.8 °F) Charpy V-Notch in both the longitudinal and transverse direction. If the lot test does not pass this requirement, individual plates may be accepted if they individually meet this impact requirement.
</P>
<P>(3) When the shells intended for the transportation of non-refrigerated liquefied compressed gases are equipped with thermal insulation, a device must be provided to prevent any dangerous pressure from developing in the insulating layer in the event of a leak, when the protective covering is closed it must be gas tight. The thermal insulation must not inhibit access to the fittings and discharge devices. In addition, the thermal insulation systems must satisfy the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) consist of a shield covering not less than the upper third, but not more than the upper half of the surface of the shell, and separated from the shell by an air space of approximately 40 mm (1.7 inches) across; or
</P>
<P>(ii) consist of a complete cladding of insulating materials. The insulation must be of adequate thickness and constructed to prevent the ingress of moisture and damage to the insulation. The insulation and cladding must have a thermal conductance of not more than 0.67 (W·m<E T="51">−2</E>·K<E T="51">−1</E>) under normal conditions of transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service equipment.</I> (1) Each opening with a diameter of more than 1.5 mm (0.1 inch) in the shell of a portable tank, except openings for pressure-relief devices, inspection openings and closed bleed holes, must be fitted with at least three mutually independent shut-off devices in series: the first being an internal stop-valve, excess flow valve, integral excess flow valve, or excess flow feature (see § 178.337-1(g)), the second being an external stop-valve and the third being a blank flange, thread cap, plug or equivalent tight liquid closure device.
</P>
<P>(2) When a portable tank is fitted with an excess flow valve, the excess flow valve must be so fitted that its seating is inside the shell or inside a welded flange or, when fitted externally, its mountings must be designed so that in the event of impact it maintains its effectiveness. The excess flow valves must be selected and fitted so as to close automatically when the rated flow, specified by the manufacturer, is reached. Connections and accessories leading to or from such a valve must have a capacity for a flow more than the excess flow valve's rated flow.
</P>
<P>(3) For filling and discharge openings that are located below the liquid level, the first shut-off device must be an internal stop-valve and the second must be a stop-valve placed in an accessible position on each discharge and filling pipe.
</P>
<P>(4) For filling and discharge openings located below the liquid level of portable tanks intended for the transportation of flammable and/or toxic liquefied compressed gases, the internal stop-valve must be a self-closing safety device that fully closes automatically during filling or discharge in the event of fire engulfment. The device shall fully close within 30 seconds of actuation and the thermal means of closure must actuate at a temperature of not more than 121 °C (250 °F). Except for portable tanks having a capacity less than 1,000 liters (264.2 gallons), this device must be operable by remote control.
</P>
<P>(5) In addition to filling, discharge and gas pressure equalizing orifices, shells may have openings in which gauges, thermometers and manometers can be fitted. Connections for such instruments must be made by suitable welded nozzles or pockets and may not be connected by screwed connections through the shell.
</P>
<P>(6) All portable tanks must be fitted with manholes or other inspection openings of suitable size to allow for internal inspection and adequate access for maintenance and repair of the interior.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Inlets and discharge outlets on chlorine portable tanks.</I> The inlet and discharge outlets on portable tanks used to transport chlorine must meet the requirements of § 178.337-1(c)(2) and must be fitted with an internal excess flow valve. In addition to the internal excess flow valve, the inlet and discharge outlets must be equipped with an external stop valve (angle valve). Excess flow valves must conform to the standards of The Chlorine Institute, Inc. (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) A valve conforming to Drawing 101-7, dated July 1993, must be installed under each liquid angle valve.
</P>
<P>(ii) A valve conforming to Drawing 106-6, dated July 1993, must be installed under each gas angle valve. For portable tanks used to transport non-refrigerated liquefied gases.
</P>
<P>(8) External fittings must be grouped together as close as reasonably practicable. The following openings may be installed at locations other than on the top or end of the tank:
</P>
<P>(i) The openings for liquid level gauging devices, pressure gauges, or for safety devices, may be installed separately at the other location or in the side of the shell;
</P>
<P>(ii) One plugged opening of 2-inch National Pipe Thread or less provided for maintenance purposes may be located elsewhere;
</P>
<P>(iii) An opening of 3-inch National Pipe Size or less may be provided at another location, when necessary, to facilitate installation of condensing coils.
</P>
<P>(9) Filling and discharge connections are not required to be grouped and may be installed below the normal liquid level of the tank if:
</P>
<P>(i) The portable tank is permanently mounted in a full framework for containerized transport;
</P>
<P>(ii) For each portable tank design, a prototype portable tank, meets the requirements of parts 450 through 453 of this title for compliance with the requirements of Annex II of the International Convention for Safe Containers; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Each filling and discharge outlet meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Bottom openings.</I> Bottom openings are prohibited on portable tanks when the UN Portable Tank Table for Liquefied Compressed Gases in § 173.313 of this subchapter indicates that bottom openings are not allowed. In this case, there may be no openings located below the liquid level of the shell when it is filled to its maximum permissible filling limit.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Pressure relief devices.</I> (1) Portable tanks must be provided with one or more reclosing pressure relief devices. The pressure relief devices must open automatically at a pressure not less than the MAWP and be fully open at a pressure equal to 110% of the MAWP. These devices must, after discharge, close at a pressure not less than 10% below the pressure at which discharge starts and must remain closed at all lower pressures. The pressure relief devices must be of a type that will resist dynamic forces including liquid surge. A frangible disc may only be used in series with a reclosing pressure relief device.
</P>
<P>(2) Pressure relief devices must be designed to prevent the entry of foreign matter, the leakage of gas and the development of any dangerous excess pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) A portable tank intended for the transportation of certain liquefied compressed gases identified in the UN Portable Tank Table for Liquefied Compressed Gases in § 173.313 of this subchapter must have a pressure relief device which conforms to the requirements of this subchapter. Unless a portable tank, in dedicated service, is fitted with a relief device constructed of materials compatible with the hazardous material, the relief device must be comprised of a frangible disc preceded by a reclosing device. The space between the frangible disc and the device must be provided with a pressure gauge or a suitable tell-tale indicator. This arrangement must facilitate the detection of disc rupture, pinholing or leakage which could cause a malfunction of the pressure relief device. The frangible disc must rupture at a nominal pressure 10% above the start-to-discharge pressure of the relief device. 
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of portable tanks used for more than one gas, the pressure relief devices must open at a pressure indicated in paragraph (e)(1) of this section for the gas having the highest maximum allowable pressure of the gases allowed to be transported in the portable tank.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Capacity of relief devices.</I> The combined delivery capacity of the relief devices must be sufficient so that, in the event of total fire engulfment, the pressure inside the shell cannot exceed 120% of the MAWP. Reclosing relief devices must be used to achieve the full relief capacity prescribed. In the case of portable tanks used for more than gas, the combined delivery capacity of the pressure relief devices must be taken for the liquefied compressed gas which requires the highest delivery capacity of the liquefied compressed gases allowed to be transported in the portable tank. The total required capacity of the relief devices must be determined according to the requirements in § 178.275(i). These requirements apply only to liquefied compressed gases which have critical temperatures well above the temperature at the accumulating condition. For gases that have critical temperatures near or below the temperature at the accumulating condition, the calculation of the pressure relief device delivery capacity must consider the additional thermodynamic properties of the gas, for example see CGA S-1.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 33448, June 21, 2001, as amended at 68 FR 75748, 75752, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 69 FR 76185, Dec. 20, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.277" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.5.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.277   Requirements for the design, construction, inspection and testing of portable tanks intended for the transportation of refrigerated liquefied gases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the requirements of § 178.274 applicable to UN portable tanks, the following requirements and definitions apply to UN portable tanks used for refrigerated liquefied gases:
</P>
<P><I>Design pressure</I> For the purpose of this section the term “design pressure” is consistent with the definition for design pressure in the ASME Code, Section VIII (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P><I>Holding time</I> is the time, as determined by testing, that will elapse from loading until the pressure of the contents, under equilibrium conditions, reaches the lowest set pressure of the pressure limiting device(s) (for example, pressure control valve or pressure relief device). Holding time must be determined as specified in § 178.338-9.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP)</I> means the maximum effective gauge pressure permissible at the top of the shell of a loaded portable tank in its operating position including the highest effective pressure during filling and discharge;
</P>
<P><I>Minimum design temperature</I> means the temperature which is used for the design and construction of the shell not higher than the lowest (coldest) service temperature of the contents during normal conditions of filling, discharge and transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Shell</I> means the part of the portable tank which retains the refrigerated liquefied gas intended for transport, including openings and their closures, but does not include service equipment or external structural equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Tank</I> means a construction which normally consists of either:
</P>
<P>(1) A jacket and one or more inner shells where the space between the shell(s) and the jacket is exhausted of air (vacuum insulation) and may incorporate a thermal insulation system; or
</P>
<P>(2) A jacket and an inner shell with an intermediate layer of solid thermally insulating material (for example, solid foam).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General design and construction requirements.</I> (1) Portable tanks must be of seamless or welded steel construction and have a water capacity of more than 450 liters (118.9 gallons). Portable tanks must be designed, constructed, certified and stamped in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code.
</P>
<P>(2) Portable tanks must be postweld heat treated and radiographed as prescribed in Sections V and VIII of the ASME Code except that each tank constructed in accordance with part UHT in Section VIII of the ASME Code must be postweld heat treated. Where postweld heat treatment is required, the tank must be treated as a unit after completion of all the welds to the shell and heads. The method must be as prescribed in the ASME Code. Welded attachments to pads may be made after postweld heat treatment is made. The postweld heat treatment must be as prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code, but in no event at less than 1,050 °F tank metal temperature. 
</P>
<P>(3) Welding procedure and welder performance tests must be made annually in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). In addition to the essential variables named in the ASME Code, the following must be considered as essential variables: number of passes, thickness of plate, heat input per pass, and the specified rod and flux. The number of passes, thickness of plate and heat input per pass may not vary more than 25% from the procedure qualification. Records of the qualification must be retained for at least 5 years by the portable tank manufacturer and made available to the approval agency and the owner of the portable tank as specified in § 178.273.
</P>
<P>(4) Shells and jackets must be made of metallic materials suitable for forming. Jackets must be made of steel. Non-metallic materials may be used for the attachments and supports between the shell and jacket, provided their material properties at the minimum design temperature are proven to be sufficient. In choosing the material, the minimum design temperature must be taken into account with respect to risk of brittle fracture, to hydrogen embrittlement, to stress corrosion cracking and to resistance to impact.
</P>
<P>(5) Any part of a portable tank, including fittings, gaskets and pipe-work, which can be expected normally to come into contact with the refrigerated liquefied gas transported must be compatible with that refrigerated liquefied gas.
</P>
<P>(6) The thermal insulation system must include a complete covering of the shell with effective insulating materials. External insulation must be protected by a jacket so as to prevent the ingress of moisture and other damage under normal transport conditions.
</P>
<P>(7) When a jacket is so closed as to be gas-tight, a device must be provided to prevent any dangerous pressure from developing in the insulation space.
</P>
<P>(8) Materials which may react with oxygen or oxygen enriched atmospheres in a dangerous manner may not be used in portable tanks intended for the transport of refrigerated liquefied gases having a boiling point below minus 182 °C at atmospheric pressure in locations with the thermal insulation where there is a risk of contact with oxygen or with oxygen enriched fluid.
</P>
<P>(9) Insulating materials must not deteriorate to an extent that the effectiveness of the insulation system, as determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(11) of this section, would be reduced in service.
</P>
<P>(10) A reference holding time must be determined for each refrigerated liquefied gas intended for transport in a portable tank. The reference holding time must be determined by testing in accordance with the requirements of § 178.338-9, considering the following factors:
</P>
<P>(i) The effectiveness of the insulation system, determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(11) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The lowest set pressure of the pressure limiting device;
</P>
<P>(iii) The initial filling conditions;
</P>
<P>(iv) An assumed ambient temperature of 30 °C (86 °F);
</P>
<P>(v) The physical properties of the individual refrigerated liquefied gas intended to be transported.
</P>
<P>(11) The effectiveness of the insulation system (heat influx in watts) may be determined by type testing the portable tank in accordance with a procedure specified in § 178.338-9(c) or by using the holding time test in § 178.338-9(b). This test must consist of either:
</P>
<P>(i) A constant pressure test (for example, at atmospheric pressure) when the loss of refrigerated liquefied gas is measured over a period of time; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A closed system test when the rise in pressure in the shell is measured over a period of time.
</P>
<P>(12) When performing the constant pressure test, variations in atmospheric pressure must be taken into account. When performing either test, corrections must be made for any variation of the ambient temperature from the assumed ambient temperature reference value of 30 °C (86 °F).
</P>
<P>(13) The jacket of a vacuum-insulated double-wall tank must have either an external design pressure not less than 100 kPa (1 bar) gauge pressure calculated in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code or a calculated critical collapsing pressure of not less than 200 kPa (2 bar) gauge pressure. Internal and external reinforcements may be included in calculating the ability of the jacket to resist the external pressure. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>For the determination of the actual holding time, as indicated by paragraphs (b)(10), (11), (12), and (13), before each journey, refer to § 178.338-9(b).</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Design criteria.</I> For shells with vacuum insulation, the test pressure must not be less than 1.3 times the sum of the MAWP and 100 kPa (1 bar). In no case may the test pressure be less than 300 kPa (3 bar) gauge pressure.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Service equipment.</I> (1) Each filling and discharge opening in portable tanks used for the transport of flammable refrigerated liquefied gases must be fitted with at least three mutually independent shut-off devices in series: the first being a stop-valve situated as close as reasonably practicable to the jacket, the second being a stop-valve and the third being a blank flange or equivalent device. The shut-off device closest to the jacket must be a self-closing device, which is capable of being closed from an accessible position on the portable tank that is remote from the valve within 30 seconds of actuation. This device must actuate at a temperature of not more than 121 °C (250 °F).
</P>
<P>(2) Each filling and discharge opening in portable tanks used for the transport of non-flammable refrigerated liquefied gases must be fitted with at least two mutually independent shut-off devices in series: the first being a stop-valve situated as close as reasonably practicable to the jacket and the second a blank flange or equivalent device.
</P>
<P>(3) For sections of piping which can be closed at both ends and where liquid product can be trapped, a method of automatic pressure relief must be provided to prevent excess pressure build-up within the piping.
</P>
<P>(4) Each filling and discharge opening on a portable tank must be clearly marked to indicate its function.
</P>
<P>(5) When pressure-building units are used, the liquid and vapor connections to that unit must be provided with a valve as close to the jacket as reasonably practicable to prevent the loss of contents in case of damage to the pressure-building unit. A check valve may be used for this purpose if it is located on the vapor side of the pressure build-up coil.
</P>
<P>(6) The materials of construction of valves and accessories must have satisfactory properties at the lowest operating temperature of the portable tank.
</P>
<P>(7) Vacuum insulated portable tanks are not required to have an inspection opening.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Pressure relief devices.</I> (1) Every shell must be provided with not less than two independent reclosing pressure relief devices. The pressure relief devices must open automatically at a pressure not less than the MAWP and be fully open at a pressure equal to 110% of the MAWP. These devices must, after discharge, close at a pressure not lower than 10% below the pressure at which discharge starts and must remain closed at all lower pressures. The pressure relief devices must be of the type that will resist dynamic forces including surge.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for portable tanks used for oxygen, portable tanks for non-flammable refrigerated liquefied gases (except oxygen) and hydrogen may in addition have frangible discs in parallel with the reclosing devices as specified in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii) and (e)(4)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Pressure relief devices must be designed to prevent the entry of foreign matter, the leakage of gas and the development of any dangerous excess pressure.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Capacity and setting of pressure relief devices.</I> (i) In the case of the loss of vacuum in a vacuum-insulated tank or of loss of 20% of the insulation of a portable tank insulated with solid materials, the combined capacity of all pressure relief devices installed must be sufficient so that the pressure (including accumulation) inside the shell does not exceed 120% of the MAWP.
</P>
<P>(ii) For non-flammable refrigerated liquefied gases (except oxygen) and hydrogen, this capacity may be achieved by the use of frangible discs in parallel with the required safety-relief devices. Frangible discs must rupture at nominal pressure equal to the test pressure of the shell.
</P>
<P>(iii) Under the circumstances described in paragraphs (e)(4)(i) and (e)(4)(ii) of this section, together with complete fire engulfment, the combined capacity of all pressure relief devices installed must be sufficient to limit the pressure in the shell to the test pressure.
</P>
<P>(iv) The required capacity of the relief devices must be calculated in accordance with CGA Pamphlet S-1.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 33450, June 21, 2001, as amended at 68 FR 75748, 75752, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Specifications for Containers for Motor Vehicle Transportation</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>29 FR 18975, Dec. 29, 1964, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 178.318" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.318   Specification MC 201; container for detonators and percussion caps.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.318-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.318-1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This specification pertains to a container to be used for the transportation of detonators and percussion caps in connection with the transportation of liquid nitroglycerin, desensitized liquid nitroglycerin or diethylene glycol dinitrate, where any or all of such types of caps may be used for the detonation of liquid nitroglycerin, desentitized liquid nitroglycerin or diethylene glycol dinitrate in blasting operations. This specification is not intended to take the place of any shipping or packing requirements of this Department where the caps in question are themselves articles of commerce.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18975, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 178-60, 44 FR 70733, Dec. 10, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.318-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.318-2   Container.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every container for detonators and percussion caps coming within the scope of this specification shall be constructed entirely of hard rubber, phenolresinous or other resinous material, or other nonmetallic, nonsparking material, except that metal parts may be used in such locations as not in any event to come in contact with any of the caps. Space shall be provided so that each detonator of whatever nature may be inserted in an individual cell in the body of the container, into which each such cap shall snugly fit. There shall be provided no more than twenty (20) such cellular spaces. Space may be provided into which a plurality of percussion caps may be carried, provided that such space may be closed with a screw cap, and further provided that each or any such space is entirely separate from any space provided for any detonator. Each cellular space into which a detonator is to be inserted and carried shall be capable of being covered by a rotary cover so arranged as to expose not more than one cell at any time, and capable of rotation to such a place that all cells will be covered at the same time, at which place means shall be provided to lock the cover in place. Means shall be provided to lock in place the cover for the cells provided for the carrying of detonators. The requirement that not more than one cell be exposed at one time need not apply in the case of detonators, although spaces for such caps and detonators shall be separate. Sufficient annular space shall be provided inside the cover for such detonators that, when the cover is closed, there will be sufficient space to accommodate the wires customarily attached to such caps. If the material is of such a nature as to require treatment to prevent the absorption of moisture, such treatment shall be applied as shall be necessary in order to provide against the penetration of water by permeation. A suitable carrying handle shall be provided, except for which handle no part of the container may project beyond the exterior of the body.
</P>
<P>(b) Exhibited in plates I and II are line drawings of a container for detonators and percussion caps, illustrative of the requirements set forth in § 178.318-2(a). These plates shall not be construed as a part of this specification.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec02mr91.076.gif"/>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.318-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.318-3   Marking.</HEAD>
<P>Each container must be marked as prescribed in § 178.2(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-40, 41 FR 38181, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended at 66 FR 45185, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.320" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.320   General requirements applicable to all DOT specification cargo tank motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this subchapter: 
</P>
<P><I>Appurtenance</I> means any attachment to a cargo tank that has no lading retention or containment function and provides no structural support to the cargo tank. 
</P>
<P><I>Baffle</I> means a non-liquid-tight transverse partition device that deflects, checks or regulates fluid motion in a tank. 
</P>
<P><I>Bulkhead</I> means a liquid-tight transverse closure at the ends of or between cargo tanks. 
</P>
<P><I>Cargo tank</I> means a bulk packaging that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is a tank intended primarily for the carriage of liquids, gases, solids, or semi-solids and includes appurtenances, reinforcements, fittings, and closures (for <I>tank,</I> see §§ 178.337-1, 178.338-1, or 178.345-1, as applicable); 
</P>
<P>(2) Is permanently attached to or forms a part of a motor vehicle, or is not permanently attached to a motor vehicle but that, by reason of its size, construction, or attachment to a motor vehicle, is loaded or unloaded without being removed from the motor vehicle; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Is not fabricated under a specification for cylinders, intermediate bulk containers, multi-unit tank car tanks, portable tanks, or tank cars.
</P>
<P><I>Cargo tank motor vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle with one or more cargo tanks permanently attached to or forming an integral part of the motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P><I>Cargo tank wall</I> means those parts of the cargo tank that make up the primary lading retention structure, including shell, bulkheads, and fittings and, when closed, yield the minimum volume of a completed cargo tank motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P><I>Charging line</I> means a hose, tube, pipe, or a similar device used to pressurize a tank with material other than the lading. 
</P>
<P><I>Companion flange</I> means one of two mating flanges where the flange faces are in contact or separated only by a thin leak-sealing gasket and are secured to one another by bolts or clamps. 
</P>
<P><I>Connecting structure</I> means the structure joining two cargo tanks. 
</P>
<P><I>Constructed and certified in accordance with the ASME Code</I> means a cargo tank is constructed and stamped in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and is inspected and certified by an Authorized Inspector.
</P>
<P><I>Constructed in accordance with the ASME Code</I> means a cargo tank is constructed in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code with authorized exceptions (see §§ 178.346 through 178.348) and is inspected and certified by a Registered Inspector. 
</P>
<P><I>Design type</I> means one or more cargo tanks that are made—
</P>
<P>(1) To the same specification; 
</P>
<P>(2) By the same manufacturer; 
</P>
<P>(3) To the same engineering drawings and calculations, except for minor variations in piping that do not affect the lading retention capability of the cargo tank; 
</P>
<P>(4) Of the same materials of construction; 
</P>
<P>(5) To the same cross-sectional dimensions; 
</P>
<P>(6) To a length varying by no more than 5 percent; 
</P>
<P>(7) With the volume varying by no more than 5 percent (due to a change in length only); and 
</P>
<P>(8) For the purposes of § 178.338 only, with the same insulation system. 
</P>
<P><I>External self-closing stop valve</I> means a self-closing stop valve designed so that the self-stored energy source is located outside the cargo tank and the welded flange. 
</P>
<P><I>Extreme dynamic loading</I> means the maximum loading a cargo tank motor vehicle may experience during its expected life, excluding accident loadings resulting from an accident, such as overturn or collision. 
</P>
<P><I>Flange</I> means the structural ring for guiding or attachment of a pipe or fitting with another flange (companion flange), pipe, fitting or other attachment. 
</P>
<P><I>Inspection pressure</I> means the pressure used to determine leak tightness of the cargo tank when testing with pneumatic pressure. 
</P>
<P><I>Internal self-closing stop valve</I> means a self-closing stop valve designed so that the self-stored energy source is located inside the cargo tank or cargo tank sump, or within the welded flange, and the valve seat is located within the cargo tank or within one inch of the external face of the welded flange or sump of the cargo tank. 
</P>
<P><I>Lading</I> means the hazardous material contained in a cargo tank. 
</P>
<P><I>Loading/unloading connection</I> means the fitting in the loading/unloading line farthest from the loading/unloading outlet to which the loading/unloading hose, pipe, or device is attached. 
</P>
<P><I>Loading/unloading outlet</I> means a cargo tank outlet used for normal loading/unloading operations. 
</P>
<P><I>Loading/unloading stop valve</I> means the stop valve farthest from the cargo tank loading/unloading outlet to which the loading/unloading connection is attached. 
</P>
<P><I>Manufacturer</I> means any person engaged in the manufacture of a DOT specification cargo tank, cargo tank motor vehicle, or cargo tank equipment that forms part of the cargo tank wall. This term includes attaching a cargo tank to a motor vehicle or to a motor vehicle suspension component that involves welding on the cargo tank wall. A manufacturer must register with the Department in accordance with subpart F of part 107 in subpart A of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum allowable working pressure</I> or <I>MAWP</I> means the maximum pressure allowed at the top of the tank in its normal operating position. The MAWP must be calculated as prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code. In use, the MAWP must be greater than or equal to the maximum lading pressure conditions prescribed in § 173.33 of this subchapter for each material transported. 
</P>
<P><I>Maximum lading pressure. See</I> § 173.33(c). 
</P>
<P><I>Minimum thickness</I> means the minimum required shell and head (and baffle and bulkhead when used as tank reinforcement) thickness needed to meet the specification. The minimum thickness is the <I>greatest</I> of the following values: (1)(i) For MC 330, MC 331, and MC 338 cargo tanks, the specified minimum thickness found the applicable specification(s); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) For DOT 406, DOT 407 and DOT 412 cargo tanks, the specified minimum thickness found in Tables I and II of the applicable specification(s); or 
</P>
<P>(iii) For MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks, the in-service minimum thickness prescribed in Tables I and II of § 180.407(i)(5) of this subchapter, for the minimum thickness specified by Tables I and II of the applicable specification(s); or 
</P>
<P>(2) The thickness necessary to meet with the structural integrity and accident damage requirements of the applicable specification(s); or 
</P>
<P>(3) The thickness as computed per the ASME Code requirements (if applicable). 
</P>
<P><I>Multi-specification cargo tank motor vehicle</I> means a cargo tank motor vehicle equipped with two or more cargo tanks fabricated to more than one cargo tank specification. 
</P>
<P><I>Normal operating loading</I> means the loading a cargo tank motor vehicle may be expected to experience routinely in operation. 
</P>
<P><I>Nozzle</I> means a subassembly consisting of a pipe or tubular section with or without a welded or forged flange on one end. 
</P>
<P><I>Outlet</I> means any opening in the shell or head of a cargo tank, (including the means for attaching a closure), except that the following are not <I>outlets:</I> a threaded opening securely closed during transportation with a threaded plug or a threaded cap, a flanged opening securely closed during transportation with a bolted or welded blank flange, a manhole, a gauging device, a thermometer well, or a pressure relief device. 
</P>
<P><I>Outlet stop valve</I> means the stop valve at a cargo tank loading or unloading outlet. 
</P>
<P><I>Pipe coupling</I> means a fitting with internal threads on both ends. 
</P>
<P><I>Rear bumper</I> means the structure designed to prevent a vehicle or object from under-riding the rear of another motor vehicle. <I>See</I> § 393.86 of this title. 
</P>
<P><I>Rear-end tank protection device</I> means the structure designed to protect a cargo tank and any lading retention piping or devices in case of a rear end collision. 
</P>
<P><I>Self-closing stop valve</I> means a stop valve held in the closed position by means of self-stored energy, that opens only by application of an external force and that closes when the external force is removed. 
</P>
<P><I>Shell</I> means the circumferential portion of a cargo tank defined by the basic design radius or radii excluding the bulkheads. 
</P>
<P><I>Stop valve</I> means a valve that stops the flow of lading. 
</P>
<P><I>Sump</I> means a protrusion from the bottom of a cargo tank shell designed to facilitate complete loading and unloading of lading. 
</P>
<P><I>Tank</I> means a container, consisting of a shell and heads, that forms a pressure tight vessel having openings designed to accept pressure tight fittings or closures, but excludes any appurtenances, reinforcements, fittings, or closures. 
</P>
<P><I>Test pressure</I> means the pressure to which a tank is subjected to determine structural integrity. 
</P>
<P><I>Toughness of material</I> means the capability of a material to absorb energy represented by the area under a stress strain curve (indicating the energy absorbed per unit volume of the material) up to the point of rupture.
</P>
<P><I>Vacuum cargo tank</I> means a cargo tank that is loaded by reducing the pressure in the cargo tank to below atmospheric pressure. 
</P>
<P><I>Variable specification cargo tank</I> means a cargo tank that is constructed in accordance with one specification, but that may be altered to meet another specification by changing relief device, closures, lading discharge devices, and other lading retention devices. 
</P>
<P><I>Void</I> means the space between tank heads or bulkheads and a connecting structure. 
</P>
<P><I>Welded flange</I> means a flange attached to the tank by a weld joining the tank shell to the cylindrical outer surface of the flange, or by a fillet weld joining the tank shell to a flange shaped to fit the shell contour.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Design certification.</I> (1) Each cargo tank or cargo tank motor vehicle design type, including its required accident damage protection device, must be certified to conform to the specification requirements by a Design Certifying Engineer who is registered in accordance with subpart F of part 107 of this title. An accident damage protection device is a rear-end protection, overturn protection, or piping protection device.
</P>
<P>(2) The Design Certifying Engineer shall furnish to the manufacturer a certificate to indicate compliance with the specification requirements. The certificate must include the sketches, drawings, and calculations used for certification. Each certificate, including sketches, drawings, and calculations, shall be signed by the Design Certifying Engineer.
</P>
<P>(3) The manufacturer shall retain the design certificate at his principal place of business for as long as he manufactures DOT specification cargo tanks.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions to the ASME Code.</I> Unless otherwise specified, when exceptions are provided in this subpart from compliance with certain paragraphs of the ASME Code, compliance with those paragraphs is not prohibited.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 55 FR 37055, Sept. 7, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-98, 58 FR 33306, June 16, 1993; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51339, Oct. 1, 1996; 68 FR 19277, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 52370, Sept. 3, 2003; 68 FR 75752, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 43532, July 20, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337   Specification MC 331; cargo tank motor vehicle primarily for transportation of compressed gases as defined in subpart G of part 173 of this subchapter.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-1   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>ASME Code construction.</I> Tanks must be—
</P>
<P>(1) Seamless or welded construction, or a combination of both;
</P>
<P>(2) Designed, constructed, certified, and stamped in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); 
</P>
<P>(3) Made of steel or aluminum; however, if aluminum is used, the cargo tank must be insulated and the hazardous material to be transported must be compatible with the aluminum (see §§ 178.337-1(e)(2), 173.315(a) table, and 178.337-2(a)(1) of this subchapter); and
</P>
<P>(4) Covered with a steel jacket if the cargo tank is insulated and used to transport a flammable gas (see § 173.315(a) table Note 11 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Design pressure.</I> The design pressure of a cargo tank authorized under this specification shall be not less than the vapor pressure of the commodity contained therein at 115 °F. or as prescribed for a particular commodity in § 173.315(a) of this subchapter, except that in no case shall the design pressure of any cargo tank be less than 100 p.s.i.g. nor more than 500 p.s.i.g.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>The term <I>design pressure</I> as used in this specification, is identical to the term <I>MAWP</I> as used in the ASME Code.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Openings.</I> (1) Excess pressure relief valves shall be located in the top of the cargo tank or heads.
</P>
<P>(2) A chlorine cargo tank shall have only one opening. That opening shall be in the top of the cargo tank and shall be fitted with a nozzle that meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) On a cargo tank manufactured on or before December 31, 1974, the nozzle shall be protected by a dome cover plate which conforms to either the standard of The Chlorine Institute, Inc., Dwg. 103-3, dated January 23, 1958, or to the standard specified in paragraph (c) (2) (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) On a cargo tank manufactured on or after January 1, 1975, the nozzle shall be protected by a manway cover which conforms to the standard of The Chlorine Institute, Inc., Dwg. 103-4, dated September 1, 1971.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reflective design.</I> Every uninsulated cargo tank permanently attached to a cargo tank motor vehicle shall, unless covered with a jacket made of aluminum, stainless steel, or other bright non-tarnishing metal, be white, aluminum, or a similar reflecting color on the upper two-thirds of area of the cargo tank.


</P>
<P>(e) <I>Insulation.</I> (1) Each cargo tank required to be insulated must conform with the use and performance requirements contained in §§ 173.315(a) table and 178.337-1 (a)(3) and (e)(2) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Each cargo tank intended for chlorine; carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid; or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid service must have suitable insulation of such thickness that the overall thermal conductance is not more than 0.08 Btu per square foot per °F differential per hour. The conductance must be determined at 60 °F. Insulation material used on cargo tanks for nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid must be noncombustible. Insulating material used on cargo tanks for chlorine must be corkboard or polyurethane foam, with a minimum thickness of 4 inches, or 2 inches minimum thickness of ceramic fiber/fiberglass of 4 pounds per cubic foot minimum density covered by 2 inches minimum thickness of fiber.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Postweld heat treatment.</I> Postweld heat treatment must be as prescribed in the ASME Code except that each cargo tank constructed in accordance with Part UHT of Section VIII of the ASME Code must be postweld heat treated. Each chlorine cargo tank must be fully radiographed and postweld heat treated in accordance with the provisions in Section VIII of the ASME Code under which it is constructed. Where postweld heat treatment is required, the cargo tank must be treated as a unit after completion of all the welds in and/or to the shells and heads. The method must be as prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code. Welded attachments to pads may be made after postweld heat treatment. A cargo tank used for anhydrous ammonia must be postweld heat treated. The postweld heat treatment must be as prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code, but in no event at less than 1,050 °F cargo tank metal temperature.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Definitions.</I> The following definitions apply to §§ 178.337-1 through 178.337-18:
</P>
<P><I>Emergency discharge control</I> means the ability to stop a cargo tank unloading operation in the event of an unintentional release. Emergency discharge control can utilize passive or off-truck remote means to stop the unloading operation. A passive means of emergency discharge control automatically shuts off the flow of product without the need for human intervention within 20 seconds of an unintentional release caused by a complete separation of the liquid delivery hose. An off-truck remote means of emergency discharge control permits a qualified person attending the unloading operation to close the cargo tank's internal self-closing stop valve and shut off all motive and auxiliary power equipment at a distance from the cargo tank motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Excess flow valve, integral excess flow valve, or excess flow feature</I> means a component that will close automatically if the flow rate of a gas or liquid through the component reaches or exceeds the rated flow of gas or liquid specified by the original valve manufacturer when piping mounted directly on the valve is sheared off before the first valve, pump, or fitting downstream from the valve.
</P>
<P><I>Internal self-closing stop valve</I> means a primary shut off valve installed in a product discharge outlet of a cargo tank and designed to be kept closed by self-stored energy.
</P>
<P><I>Primary discharge control system</I> means a primary shut-off installed at a product discharge outlet of a cargo tank consisting of an internal self-closing stop valve that may include an integral excess flow valve or an excess flow feature, together with linkages that must be installed between the valve and remote actuator to provide manual and thermal on-truck remote means of closure.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 59-B, 30 FR 579, Jan. 16, 1965. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 178.337-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-2   Material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) All material used for construction of the cargo tank and appurtenances must be suitable for use with the commodities to be transported therein and must conform to the requirements in Section II of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and/or requirements of the American Society for Testing and Materials in all respects. 
</P>
<P>(2) Impact tests are required on steel used in the fabrication of each cargo tank constructed in accordance with part UHT in Section VIII of the ASME Code. The tests must be made on a lot basis. A lot is defined as 100 tons or less of the same heat treatment processing lot having a thickness variation no greater than plus or minus 25 percent. The minimum impact required for full size specimens must be 20 foot-pounds in the longitudinal direction at −30 °F., Charpy V-Notch and 15 foot-pounds in the transverse direction at −30 °F., Charpy V-Notch. The required values for subsize specimens must be reduced in direct proportion to the cross-sectional area of the specimen beneath the notch. If a lot does not meet this requirement, individual plates may be accepted if they individually meet this requirement.
</P>
<P>(3) The fabricator shall record the heat, and slab numbers, and the certified Charpy impact values, where required, of each plate used in each cargo tank on a sketch showing the location of each plate in the shell and heads of the cargo tank. Copies of each sketch shall be provided to the owner and retained for at least five years by the fabricator and made available to duly identified representatives of the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(4) The direction of final rolling of the shell material shall be the circumferential orientation of the cargo tank shell.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>For a chlorine cargo tank.</I> Plates, the manway nozzle, and anchorage shall be made of carbon steel which meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) For a cargo tank manufactured on or before December 31, 1974—
</P>
<P>(i) Material shall conform to ASTM A 300, “Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels for Service at Low Temperatures” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(ii) Material shall be Class 1, Grade A, flange or firebox quality;
</P>
<P>(iii) Plate impact test specimens, as required under paragraph (a) of this section, shall be of the Charpy keyhole notch type; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Plate impact test specimens shall meet the impact test requirements in paragraph (a) of this section in both the longitudinal and transverse directions of rolling at a temperature of minus 45.5 C. (−50 °F.).
</P>
<P>(2) For a cargo tank manufactured on or after January 1, 1975—
</P>
<P>(i) Material shall conform to ASTM A 612 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), Grade B or A 516/A 516M (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), Grade 65 or 70; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Material shall meet the Charpy V-notch test requirements of ASTM A 20/A 20M (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Plate impact test specimens shall meet the impact test requirements in paragraph (a) of this section in both the longitudinal and transverse directions of rolling at a temperature of minus 40 °C. (−40 °F.).
</P>
<P>(c) A cargo tank in anhydrous ammonia service must be constructed of steel. The use of copper, silver, zinc or their alloys is prohibited. Baffles made from aluminum may be used only if joined to the cargo tank by a process not requiring postweld heat treatment of the cargo tank.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 59-B, 30 FR 579, Jan. 16, 1965. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 178.337-2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-3   Structural integrity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) General requirements and acceptance criteria. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the maximum calculated design stress at any point in the cargo tank may not exceed the maximum allowable stress value prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or 25 percent of the tensile strength of the material used.
</P>
<P>(2) The relevant physical properties of the materials used in each cargo tank may be established either by a certified test report from the material manufacturer or by testing in conformance with a recognized national standard. In either case, the ultimate tensile strength of the material used in the design may not exceed 120 percent of the ultimate tensile strength specified in either the ASME Code or the ASTM standard to which the material is manufactured.
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum design stress at any point in the cargo tank must be calculated separately for the loading conditions described in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. Alternate test or analytical methods, or a combination thereof, may be used in place of the procedures described in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, if the methods are accurate and verifiable.
</P>
<P>(4) Corrosion allowance material may not be included to satisfy any of the design calculation requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Static design and construction.</I> (1) The static design and construction of each cargo tank must be in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code. The cargo tank design must include calculation of stresses generated by design pressure, the weight of lading, the weight of structure supported by the cargo tank wall, and the effect of temperature gradients resulting from lading and ambient temperature extremes. When dissimilar materials are used, their thermal coefficients must be used in calculation of thermal stresses. 
</P>
<P>(2) Stress concentrations in tension, bending and torsion which occur at pads, cradles, or other supports must be considered in accordance with appendix G in Section VIII of the ASME Code. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Shell design.</I> Shell stresses resulting from static or dynamic loadings, or combinations thereof, are not uniform throughout the cargo tank motor vehicle. The vertical, longitudinal, and lateral normal operating loadings can occur simultaneously and must be combined. The vertical, longitudinal and lateral extreme dynamic loadings occur separately and need not be combined.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Normal operating loadings.</I> The following procedure addresses stress in the tank shell resulting from normal operating loadings. The effective stress (the maximum principal stress at any point) must be determined by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = 0.5(S<E T="52">y</E> + S<E T="52">x</E>) ±[0.25(S<E T="52">y</E> − S<E T="52">x</E>)
<SU>2</SU> + S<E T="52">s</E>2]
<SU>0.5</SU>
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<P>(i) S = effective stress at any given point under the combination of static and normal operating loadings that can occur at the same time, in psi.
</P>
<P>(ii) S<E T="52">y</E> = circumferential stress generated by the MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in psi.
</P>
<P>(iii) S<E T="52">x</E> = The following net longitudinal stress generated by the following static and normal operating loading conditions, in psi:
</P>
<P>(A) The longitudinal stresses resulting from the MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in combination with the bending stress generated by the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall;
</P>
<P>(B) The tensile or compressive stress resulting from normal operating longitudinal acceleration or deceleration. In each case, the forces applied must be 0.35 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer during deceleration; or the horizontal pivot of the truck tractor or converter dolly fifth wheel, or the drawbar hinge on the fixed dolly during acceleration; or anchoring and support members of a truck during acceleration and deceleration, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall. The following loadings must be included:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The axial load generated by a decelerative force;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The bending moment generated by a decelerative force;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The axial load generated by an accelerative force; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The bending moment generated by an accelerative force; and
</P>
<P>(C) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the bending moment resulting from normal operating vertical accelerative force equal to 0.35 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer; or the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall.
</P>
<P>(iv) S<E T="52">s</E> = The following shear stresses generated by the following static and normal operating loading conditions, in psi:
</P>
<P>(A) The static shear stress resulting from the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall;
</P>
<P>(B) The vertical shear stress generated by a normal operating accelerative force equal to 0.35 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer; or the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall;
</P>
<P>(C) The lateral shear stress generated by a normal operating lateral accelerative force equal to 0.2 times the vertical reaction at each suspension assembly of a trailer, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; and
</P>
<P>(D) The torsional shear stress generated by the same lateral forces as described in paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Extreme dynamic loadings.</I> The following procedure addresses stress in the tank shell resulting from extreme dynamic loadings. The effective stress (the maximum principal stress at any point) must be determined by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = 0.5(S<E T="52">y</E> + S<E T="52">x</E>) ±[0.25(S<E T="52">y</E> − S<E T="52">x</E>)
<SU>2</SU> + S<E T="52">s</E>2]
<SU>0.5</SU>
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<P>(i) S = effective stress at any given point under a combination of static and extreme dynamic loadings that can occur at the same time, in psi.
</P>
<P>(ii) S<E T="52">y</E> = circumferential stress generated by MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in psi.
</P>
<P>(iii) S<E T="52">x</E> = the following net longitudinal stress generated by the following static and extreme dynamic loading conditions, in psi:
</P>
<P>(A) The longitudinal stresses resulting from the MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in combination with the bending stress generated by the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the tank wall;
</P>
<P>(B) The tensile or compressive stress resulting from extreme longitudinal acceleration or deceleration. In each case the forces applied must be 0.7 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer during deceleration; or the horizontal pivot of the truck tractor or converter dolly fifth wheel, or the drawbar hinge on the fixed dolly during acceleration; or the anchoring and support members of a truck during acceleration and deceleration, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall. The following loadings must be included:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The axial load generated by a decelerative force;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The bending moment generated by a decelerative force;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The axial load generated by an accelerative force; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The bending moment generated by an accelerative force; and
</P>
<P>(C) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the bending moment resulting from an extreme vertical accelerative force equal to 0.7 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or the anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall.
</P>
<P>(iv) S<E T="52">s</E> = The following shear stresses generated by static and extreme dynamic loading conditions, in psi:
</P>
<P>(A) The static shear stress resulting from the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall;
</P>
<P>(B) The vertical shear stress generated by an extreme vertical accelerative force equal to 0.7 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall;
</P>
<P>(C) The lateral shear stress generated by an extreme lateral accelerative force equal to 0.4 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; and
</P>
<P>(D) The torsional shear stress generated by the same lateral forces as described in paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) In order to account for stresses due to impact in an accident, the design calculations for the cargo tank shell and heads must include the load resulting from the design pressure in combination with the dynamic pressure resulting from a longitudinal deceleration of “2g”. For this loading condition the stress value used may not exceed the lesser of the yield strength or 75 percent of the ultimate tensile strength of the material of construction. For cargo tanks constructed of stainless steel the maximum design stress may not exceed 75 percent of the ultimate tensile strength of the type steel used.
</P>
<P>(e) The minimum metal thickness for the shell and heads on tanks with a design pressure of 100 psig or more must be 4.75 mm (0.187 inch) for steel and 6.86 mm (0.270 inch) for aluminum, except for chlorine and sulfur dioxide tanks. In all cases, the minimum thickness of the tank shell and head shall be determined using structural design requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code or 25% of the tensile strength of the material used. For a cargo tank used in chlorine or sulfur dioxide service, the cargo tank must be made of steel. A corrosion allowance of 20 percent or 2.54 mm (0.10 inch), whichever is less, must be added to the thickness otherwise required for sulfur dioxide and chlorine tank material. In chlorine cargo tanks, the wall thickness must be at least 1.59 cm (0.625 inch), including corrosion allowance.
</P>
<P>(f) Where a cargo tank support is attached to any part of the cargo tank wall, the stresses imposed on the cargo tank wall must meet the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) The design, construction, and installation of an attachment, appurtenance to the cargo tank, structural support member between the cargo tank and the vehicle or suspension component, or accident protection device must conform to the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) Structural members, the suspension sub-frame, accident protection structures, and external circumferential reinforcement devices must be used as sites for attachment of appurtenances and other accessories to the cargo tank, when practicable. 
</P>
<P>(2) A lightweight attachment to the cargo tank wall such as a conduit clip, brake line clip, skirting structure, lamp mounting bracket, or placard holder must be of a construction having lesser strength than the cargo tank wall materials and may not be more than 72 percent of the thickness of the material to which it is attached. The lightweight attachment may be secured directly to the cargo tank wall if the device is designed and installed in such a manner that, if damaged, it will not affect the lading retention integrity of the tank. A lightweight attachment must be secured to the cargo tank shell or head by a continuous weld or in such a manner as to preclude formation of pockets which may become sites for corrosion. Attachments meeting the requirements of this paragraph are not authorized for cargo tanks constructed under part UHT in Section VIII of the ASME Code.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as prescribed in paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this section, the welding of any appurtenance to the cargo tank wall must be made by attachment of a mounting pad so that there will be no adverse effect upon the lading retention integrity of the cargo tank if any force less than that prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is applied from any direction. The thickness of the mounting pad may not be less than that of the shell wall or head wall to which it is attached, and not more than 1.5 times the shell or head thickness. However, a pad with a minimum thickness of 0.25 inch may be used when the shell or head thickness is over 0.25 inch. If weep holes or tell-tale holes are used, the pad must be drilled or punched at the lowest point before it is welded to the tank. Each pad must— 
</P>
<P>(i) Be fabricated from material determined to be suitable for welding to both the cargo tank material and the material of the appurtenance or structural support member; a Design Certifying Engineer must make this determination considering chemical and physical properties of the materials and must specify filler material conforming to the requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) Be preformed to an inside radius no greater than the outside radius of the cargo tank at the attachment location. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Extend at least 2 inches in each direction from any point of attachment of an appurtenance or structural support member. This dimension may be measured from the center of the attached structural member. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Have rounded corners, or otherwise be shaped in a manner to minimize stress concentrations on the shell or head. 
</P>
<P>(v) Be attached by continuous fillet welding. Any fillet weld discontinuity may only be for the purpose of preventing an intersection between the fillet weld and a tank or jacket seam weld.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 55 FR 37056, Sept. 7, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-104, 59 FR 49135, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 178-105, 60 FR 17401, Apr. 5, 1995; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51340, Oct. 1, 1996; 65 FR 58631, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 19279, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 52370, Sept. 3, 2003; 68 FR 75753, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-4   Joints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Joints shall be as required in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), with all undercutting in shell and head material repaired as specified therein. 
</P>
<P>(b) Welding procedure and welder performance must be in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Code. In addition to the essential variables named therein, the following must be considered as essential variables: Number of passes; thickness of plate; heat input per pass; and manufacturer's identification of rod and flux. When fabrication is done in accordance with part UHT in Section VIII of the ASME Code, filler material containing more than 0.08 percent vanadium must not be used. The number of passes, thickness of plate, and heat input per pass may not vary more than 25 percent from the procedure or welder qualifications. Records of the qualifications must be retained for at least 5 years by the cargo tank manufacturer and must be made available to duly identified representatives of the Department and the owner of the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(c) All longitudinal shell welds shall be located in the upper half of the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(d) Edge preparation of shell and head components may be by machine heat processes, provided such surfaces are remelted in the subsequent welding process. Where there will be no subsequent remelting of the prepared surface as in a tapered section, the final 0.050 inch of material shall be removed by mechanical means.
</P>
<P>(e) The maximum tolerance for misalignment and butting up shall be in accordance with the requirement in Section VIII of the ASME Code. 
</P>
<P>(f) Substructures shall be properly fitted before attachment, and the welding sequence shall be such as to minimize stresses due to shrinkage of welds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 59-B, 30 FR 580, Jan. 16, 1965. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 178.337-4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-5   Bulkheads, baffles and ring stiffeners.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Not a specification requirement.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 59-B, 30 FR 580, Jan. 16, 1965. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-6   Closure for manhole.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each cargo tank marked or certified after April 21, 1994, must be provided with a manhole conforming to paragraph UG-46(g)(1) and other applicable requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), except that a cargo tank constructed of NQT steel having a capacity of 3,500 water gallons or less may be provided with an inspection opening conforming to paragraph UG-46 and other applicable requirements of the ASME Code instead of a manhole. 
</P>
<P>(b) The manhole assembly of cargo tanks constructed after June 30, 1979, may not be located on the front head of the cargo tank.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-7, 34 FR 18250, Nov. 14, 1969, as amended by Amdt. 178-52, 43 FR 58820, Dec. 18, 1978; Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25017, June 12, 1989; 55 FR 21038, May 22, 1990; 56 FR 27876, June 17, 1991; 58 FR 12905, Mar. 8, 1993; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51340, Oct. 1, 1996; 68 FR 75753, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-7   Overturn protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) See § 178.337-10.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 59-B, 30 FR 580, Jan. 16, 1965. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-8   Openings, inlets, and outlets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The requirements in this paragraph (a) apply to MC 331 cargo tanks except for those used to transport chlorine. The requirements for inlets and outlets on chlorine cargo tanks are in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) An opening must be provided on each cargo tank used for the transportation of liquefied materials to permit complete drainage.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for gauging devices, thermometer wells, pressure relief valves, manhole openings, product inlet openings, and product discharge openings, each opening in a cargo tank must be closed with a plug, cap, or bolted flange.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each product inlet opening, including vapor return lines, must be fitted with a back flow check valve or an internal self-closing stop valve located inside the cargo tank or inside a welded nozzle that is an integral part of the cargo tank. The valve seat must be located inside the cargo tank or within 2.54 cm (one inch) of the external face of the welded flange. Damage to parts exterior to the cargo tank or mating flange must not prevent effective seating of the valve. All parts of a valve inside a cargo tank or welded flange must be made of material that will not corrode or deteriorate in the presence of the lading.
</P>
<P>(4) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(5), (b), and (c) of this section, each liquid or vapor discharge outlet must be fitted with a primary discharge control system as defined in § 178.337-1(g). Thermal remote operators must activate at a temperature of 121.11 °C (250 °F) or less. Linkages between closures and remote operators must be corrosion resistant and effective in all types of environmental conditions incident to discharging of product.
</P>
<P>(i) On a cargo tank over 13,247.5 L (3,500 gallons) water capacity, thermal and mechanical means of remote closure must be installed at the ends of the cargo tank in at least two diagonally opposite locations. If the loading/unloading connection at the cargo tank is not in the general vicinity of one of the two locations specified in the first sentence of this paragraph (a)(4)(i), additional means of thermal remote closure must be installed so that heat from a fire in the loading/unloading connection area or the discharge pump will activate the primary discharge control system. The loading/unloading connection area is where hoses or hose reels are connected to the permanent metal piping.
</P>
<P>(ii) On a cargo tank of 13,247.5 L (3,500 gallons) water capacity or less, a thermal means of remote closure must be installed at or near the internal self-closing stop valve. A mechanical means of remote closure must be installed on the end of the cargo tank furthest away from the loading/unloading connection area. The loading/unloading connection area is where hoses or hose reels are connected to the permanent metal piping. Linkages between closures and remote operators must be corrosion resistant and effective in all types of environmental conditions incident to discharge of product.
</P>
<P>(iii) All parts of a valve inside a cargo tank or within a welded flange must be made of material that will not corrode or deteriorate in the presence of the lading.
</P>
<P>(iv) An excess flow valve, integral excess flow valve, or excess flow feature must close if the flow reaches the rated flow of a gas or liquid specified by the original valve manufacturer when piping mounted directly on the valve is sheared off before the first valve, pump, or fitting downstream from the excess flow valve, integral excess flow valve, or excess flow feature.
</P>
<P>(v) An integral excess flow valve or the excess flow feature of an internal self-closing stop valve may be designed with a bypass, not to exceed 0.1016 cm (0.040 inch) diameter opening, to allow equalization of pressure.
</P>
<P>(vi) The internal self-closing stop valve must be designed so that the self-stored energy source and the valve seat are located inside the cargo tank or within 2.54 cm (one inch) of the external face of the welded flange. Damage to parts exterior to the cargo tank or mating flange must not prevent effective seating of the valve.
</P>
<P>(5) A primary discharge control system is not required on the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A vapor or liquid discharge opening of less than 1
<FR>1/4</FR> NPT equipped with an excess flow valve together with a manually operated external stop valve in place of an internal self-closing stop valve.
</P>
<P>(ii) An engine fuel line on a truck-mounted cargo tank of not more than 
<FR>3/4</FR> NPT equipped with a valve having an integral excess flow valve or excess flow feature.
</P>
<P>(iii) A cargo tank motor vehicle used to transport refrigerated liquids such as argon, carbon dioxide, helium, krypton, neon, nitrogen, and xenon, or mixtures thereof. 
</P>
<P>(6) In addition to the internal self-closing stop valve, each filling and discharge line must be fitted with a stop valve located in the line between the internal self-closing stop valve and the hose connection. A back flow check valve or excess flow valve may not be used to satisfy this requirement.
</P>
<P>(7) An excess flow valve may be designed with a bypass, not to exceed a 0.1016 centimeter (0.040 inch) diameter opening, to allow equalization of pressure.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inlets and discharge outlets on chlorine tanks.</I> The inlet and discharge outlets on a cargo tank used to transport chlorine must meet the requirements of § 178.337-1(c)(2) and must be fitted with an internal excess flow valve. In addition to the internal excess flow valve, the inlet and discharge outlets must be equipped with an external stop valve (angle valve). Excess flow valves must conform to the standards of The Chlorine Institute, Inc., as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A valve conforming to The Chlorine Institute, Inc., Dwg. 101-7 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), must be installed under each liquid angle valve. 
</P>
<P>(2) A valve conforming to The Chlorine Institute, Inc., Dwg. 106-6 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), must be installed under each gas angle valve. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Discharge outlets on carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, cargo tanks.</I> A discharge outlet on a cargo tank used to transport carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid is not required to be fitted with an internal self-closing stop valve.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 28049, May 24, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 45387, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 19279, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 75753, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-9   Pressure relief devices, piping, valves, hoses, and fittings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pressure relief devices.</I> (1) See § 173.315(i) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) On cargo tanks for carbon dioxide or nitrous oxide see § 173.315 (i) (9) and (10) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Each valve must be designed, constructed, and marked for a rated pressure not less than the cargo tank design pressure at the temperature expected to be encountered.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Piping, valves, hose, and fittings.</I> (1) The burst pressure of all piping, pipe fittings, hose and other pressure parts, except for pump seals and pressure relief devices, must be at least 4 times the design pressure of the cargo tank. Additionally, the burst pressure may not be less than 4 times any higher pressure to which each pipe, pipe fitting, hose or other pressure part may be subjected to in service. For chlorine service, see paragraph (b)(7) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Pipe joints must be threaded, welded, or flanged. If threaded pipe is used, the pipe and fittings must be Schedule 80 weight or heavier, except for sacrificial devices. Malleable metal, stainless steel, or ductile iron must be used in the construction of primary valve body parts and fittings used in liquid filling or vapor equalization. Stainless steel may be used for internal components such as shutoff discs and springs except where incompatible with the lading to be transported. Where copper tubing is permitted, joints must be brazed or be of equally strong metal union type. The melting point of the brazing material may not be lower than 538 °C (1,000 °F). The method of joining tubing may not reduce the strength of the tubing.
</P>
<P>(3) Each hose coupling must be designed for a pressure of at least 120 percent of the hose design pressure and so that there will be no leakage when connected.
</P>
<P>(4) Piping must be protected from damage due to thermal expansion and contraction, jarring, and vibration. Slip joints are not authorized for this purpose.
</P>
<P>(5) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(6) Cargo tank manufacturers and fabricators must demonstrate that all piping, valves, and fittings on a cargo tank are free from leaks. To meet this requirement, the piping, valves, and fittings must be tested after installation at not less than 80 percent of the design pressure marked on the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(7) A hose assembler must:
</P>
<P>(i) Permanently mark each hose assembly with a unique identification number.
</P>
<P>(ii) Demonstrate that each hose assembly is free from leaks by performing the tests and inspections in § 180.416(f) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(iii) Mark each hose assembly with the month and year of its original pressure test.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Chlorine cargo tanks.</I> Angle valves on cargo tanks intended for chlorine service must conform to the standards of the Chlorine Institute, Inc., Drawing; Dwg. 104-8; or “Section 3, Pamphlet 166, Angle Valve Guidelines for Chlorine Bulk Transportation;” or “Sections 4 through 6, Pamphlet 168, Guidelines for Dual Valve Systems for Bulk Chlorine Transport” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Before installation, each angle valve must be tested for leakage at not less than 225 psig using dry air or inert gas.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Marking inlets and outlets.</I> Except for gauging devices, thermometer wells, and pressure relief valves, each cargo tank inlet and outlet must be marked “liquid” or “vapor” to designate whether it communicates with liquid or vapor when the cargo tank is filled to the maximum permitted filling density. A filling line that communicates with vapor may be marked “spray-fill” instead of “vapor.”
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Refrigeration and heating coils.</I> (1) Refrigeration and heating coils must be securely anchored with provisions for thermal expansion. The coils must be pressure tested externally to at least the cargo tank test pressure, and internally to either the tank test pressure or twice the working pressure of the heating/refrigeration system, whichever is higher. A cargo tank may not be placed in service if any leakage occurs or other evidence of damage is found. The refrigerant or heating medium to be circulated through the coils must not be capable of causing any adverse chemical reaction with the cargo tank lading in the event of leakage. The unit furnishing refrigeration may be mounted on the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) Where any liquid susceptible to freezing, or the vapor of any such liquid, is used for heating or refrigeration, the heating or refrigeration system shall be arranged to permit complete drainage.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 59-B, 30 FR 580, Jan. 16, 1965. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 178.337-9, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-10" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-10   Accident damage protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All valves, fittings, pressure relief devices, and other accessories to the tank proper shall be protected in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section against such damage as could be caused by collision with other vehicles or objects, jack-knifing and overturning. In addition, pressure relief valves shall be so protected that in the event of overturn of the vehicle onto a hard surface, their opening will not be prevented and their discharge will not be restricted. 
</P>
<P>(b) The protective devices or housing must be designed to withstand static loading in any direction equal to twice the weight of the tank and attachments when filled with the lading, using a safety factor of not less than four, based on the ultimate strength of the material to be used, without damage to the fittings protected, and must be made of metal at least 
<FR>3/16</FR>-inch thick.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Rear-end tank protection.</I> Rear-end tank protection devices must: 
</P>
<P>(1) Consist of at least one rear bumper designed to protect the cargo tank and all valves, piping and fittings located at the rear of the cargo tank from damage that could result in loss of lading in the event of a rear end collision. The bumper design must transmit the force of the collision directly to the chassis of the vehicle. The rear bumper and its attachments to the chassis must be designed to withstand a load equal to twice the weight of the loaded cargo tank motor vehicle and attachments, using a safety factor of four based on the tensile strength of the materials used, with such load being applied horizontally and parallel to the major axis of the cargo tank. The rear bumper dimensions must also meet the requirements of § 393.86 of this title; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Conform to the requirements of § 178.345-8(d).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Chlorine tanks.</I> A chlorine tank must be equipped with a protective housing and a manway cover to permit the use of standard emergency kits for controlling leaks in fittings on the dome cover plate. For tanks manufactured on or after October 1, 2009, the housing and manway cover must conform to the Chlorine Institute, Inc., Dwg. 137-5 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Piping and fittings.</I> Piping and fittings must be grouped in the smallest practicable space and protected from damage as required in this section. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Shear section.</I> A shear section or sacrificial device is required for the valves specified in the following locations: 
</P>
<P>(1) A section that will break under strain must be provided adjacent to or outboard of each valve specified in § 178.337-8(a)(3) and (4). 
</P>
<P>(2) Each internal self-closing stop valve, excess flow valve, and check valve must be protected by a shear section or other sacrificial device. The sacrificial device must be located in the piping system outboard of the stop valve and within the accident damage protection to prevent any accidental loss of lading. The failure of the sacrificial device must leave the protected lading protection device and its attachment to the cargo tank wall intact and capable of retaining product.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 59-B, 30 FR 581, Jan. 16, 1965. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 178.337-10, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-11" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-11   Emergency discharge control.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Emergency discharge control equipment.</I> Emergency discharge control equipment must be installed in a liquid discharge line as specified by product and service in § 173.315(n) of this subchapter. The performance and certification requirements for emergency discharge control equipment are specified in § 173.315(n) of this subchapter and are not a part of the cargo tank motor vehicle certification made under this specification.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Engine fuel lines.</I> On a truck-mounted cargo tank, emergency discharge control equipment is not required on an engine fuel line of not more than 
<FR>3/4</FR> NPT equipped with a valve having an integral excess flow valve or excess flow feature.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 28050, May 24, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-12" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-12   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-13" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-13   Supporting and anchoring.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A cargo tank that is not permanently attached to or integral with a vehicle chassis must be secured by the use of restraining devices designed to prevent relative motion between the cargo tank and the vehicle chassis when the vehicle is in operation. Such restraining devices must be readily accessible for inspection and maintenance. 
</P>
<P>(b) On a cargo tank motor vehicle designed and constructed so that the cargo tank constitutes in whole or in part the structural member used in place of a motor vehicle frame, the cargo tank must be supported by external cradles. A cargo tank mounted on a motor vehicle frame must be supported by external cradles or longitudinal members. Where used, the cradles must subtend at least 120 degrees of the shell circumference. 
</P>
<P>(c) The design calculations of the support elements must satisfy the requirements of § 178.337-3, (a), (b), (c), and (d). 
</P>
<P>(d) Where any cargo tank support is attached to any part of a cargo tank head, the stresses imposed upon the head must be provided for as required in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 19280, Apr. 18, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-14" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-14   Gauging devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Liquid level gauging devices.</I> See § 173.315(h) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pressure gauges.</I> (1) See § 173.315(h) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Each cargo tank used in carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid service must be provided with a suitable pressure gauge. A shut-off valve must be installed between the pressure gauge and the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Orifices.</I> See § 173.315(h) (3) and (4) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-29, 38 FR 27599, Oct. 5, 1973, as amended by Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25018, June 12, 1989; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51340, Oct. 1, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-15" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-15   Pumps and compressors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Liquid pumps or gas compressors, if used, must be of suitable design, adequately protected against breakage by collision, and kept in good condition. They may be driven by motor vehicle power take-off or other mechanical, electrical, or hydraulic means. Unless they are of the centrifugal type, they shall be equipped with suitable pressure actuated by-pass valves permitting flow from discharge to suction or to the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(b) A liquid chlorine pump may not be installed on a cargo tank intended for the transportation of chlorine.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25018, June 12, 1989, as amended by Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51340, Oct. 1, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-16" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-16   Testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Inspection and tests.</I> Inspection of materials of construction of the cargo tank and its appurtenances and original test and inspection of the finished cargo tank and its appurtenances must be as required by Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and as further required by this specification, except that for cargo tanks constructed in accordance with part UHT in Section VIII of the ASME Code the original test pressure must be at least twice the cargo tank design pressure. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Weld testing and inspection.</I> (1) Each cargo tank constructed in accordance with part UHT in Section VIII of the ASME Code must be subjected, after postweld heat treatment and hydrostatic tests, to a wet fluorescent magnetic particle inspection to be made on all welds in or on the cargo tank shell and heads both inside and out. The method of inspection must conform to appendix 6 in Section VIII of the ASME Code except that permanent magnets shall not be used.
</P>
<P>(2) On cargo tanks of over 3,500 gallons water capacity other than those described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section unless fully radiographed, a test must be made of all welds in or on the shell and heads both inside and outside by either the wet fluorescent magnetic particle method conforming to appendix U in Section VIII of the ASME Code, liquid dye penetrant method, or ultrasonic testing in accordance with appendix 12 in Section VIII of the ASME Code. Permanent magnets must not be used to perform the magnetic particle inspection. 
</P>
<P>(c) All defects found shall be repaired, the cargo tanks shall then again be postweld heat treated, if such heat treatment was previously performed, and the repaired areas shall again be tested.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 59-B, 30 FR 582, Jan. 16, 1965. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 178-7, 34 FR 18250, Nov. 14, 1969; Amdt. 178-99, 58 FR 51534, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51340, Oct. 1, 1996; 68 FR 75753, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-17" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-17   Marking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each cargo tank certified after October 1, 2004 must have a corrosion-resistant metal name plate (ASME Plate); and each cargo tank motor vehicle certified after October 1, 2004 must have a specification plate, permanently attached to the cargo tank by brazing, welding, or other suitable means on the left side near the front, in a place accessible for inspection. If the specification plate is attached directly to the cargo tank wall by welding, it must be welded to the tank before the cargo tank is postweld heat treated.
</P>
<P>(1) The plates must be legibly marked by stamping, embossing, or other means of forming letters into the metal of the plate, with the information required in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, in addition to that required by the ASME Code, in characters at least 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch high (parenthetical abbreviations may be used). All plates must be maintained in a legible condition. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each insulated cargo tank must have additional plates, as described, attached to the jacket in the location specified unless the specification plate is attached to the chassis and has the information required in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) The information required for both the name and specification plate may be displayed on a single plate. If the information required by this section is displayed on a plate required by the ASME, the information need not be repeated on the name and specification plates. 
</P>
<P>(4) The specification plate may be attached to the cargo tank motor vehicle chassis rail by brazing, welding, or other suitable means on the left side near the front head, in a place accessible for inspection. If the specification plate is attached to the chassis rail, then the cargo tank serial number assigned by the cargo tank manufacturer must be included on the plate. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Name plate.</I> The following information must be marked on the name plate in accordance with this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) DOT-specification number MC 331 (DOT MC 331). 
</P>
<P>(2) Original test date (Orig. Test Date). 
</P>
<P>(3) MAWP in psig. 
</P>
<P>(4) Cargo tank design temperature (Design Temp. Range) ______ °F to ______ °F. 
</P>
<P>(5) Nominal capacity (Water Cap.), in pounds. 
</P>
<P>(6) Maximum design density of lading (Max. Lading density), in pounds per gallon. 
</P>
<P>(7) Material specification number—shell (Shell matl, yyy***), where “yyy” is replaced by the alloy designation and “***” is replaced by the alloy type. 
</P>
<P>(8) Material specification number—heads (Head matl. yyy***), where “yyy” is replaced by the alloy designation and “***” by the alloy type. 
</P>
<P>(9) Minimum Thickness—shell (Min. Shell-thick), in inches. When minimum shell thicknesses are not the same for different areas, show (top____, side____, bottom____, in inches). 
</P>
<P>(10) Minimum thickness—heads (Min. heads thick.), in inches. 
</P>
<P>(11) Manufactured thickness—shell (Mfd. Shell thick.), top____, side____, bottom____, in inches. (Required when additional thickness is provided for corrosion allowance.) 
</P>
<P>(12) Manufactured thickness—heads (Mfd. Heads thick.), in inches. (Required when additional thickness is provided for corrosion allowance.) 
</P>
<P>(13) Exposed surface area, in square feet. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>When the shell and head materials are the same thickness, they may be combined, (Shell&amp;head matl, yyy***).</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Specification plate.</I> The following information must be marked on the specification plate in accordance with this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) Cargo tank motor vehicle manufacturer (CTMV mfr.). 
</P>
<P>(2) Cargo tank motor vehicle certification date (CTMV cert. date). 
</P>
<P>(3) Cargo tank manufacturer (CT mfr.). 
</P>
<P>(4) Cargo tank date of manufacture (CT date of mfr.), month and year. 
</P>
<P>(5) Maximum weight of lading (Max. Payload), in pounds 
</P>
<P>(6) Lining materials (Lining), if applicable. 
</P>
<P>(7) Heating system design pressure (Heating sys. press.), in psig, if applicable. 
</P>
<P>(8) Heating system design temperature (Heating sys. temp.), in °F, if applicable. 
</P>
<P>(9) Cargo tank serial number, assigned by cargo tank manufacturer (CT serial), if applicable. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>):</HED>
<P>See § 173.315(a) of this chapter regarding water capacity.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>):</HED>
<P>When the shell and head materials are the same thickness, they may be combined (Shell &amp; head matl, yyy***).</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) The design weight of lading used in determining the loading in §§ 178.337-3(b), 178.337-10(b) and (c), and 178.337-13(a) and (b), must be shown as the maximum weight of lading marking required by paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 19280, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 52370, Sept. 3, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 57633, Oct. 6, 2003; 81 FR 35544, June 2, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.337-18" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.337-18   Certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At or before the time of delivery, the cargo tank motor vehicle manufacturer must supply and the owner must obtain, a cargo tank motor vehicle manufacturer's data report as required by Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and a certificate stating that the completed cargo tank motor vehicle conforms in all respects to Specification MC 331 and the ASME Code. The registration numbers of the manufacturer, the Design Certifying Engineer, and the Registered Inspector, as appropriate, must appear on the certificates (see subpart F, part 107 in subchapter A of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(1) For each design type, the certificate must be signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer and a Design Certifying Engineer; and
</P>
<P>(2) For each cargo tank motor vehicle, the certificate must be signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer and a Registered Inspector.
</P>
<P>(3) When a cargo tank motor vehicle is manufactured in two or more stages, each manufacturer who performs a manufacturing function or portion thereof on the incomplete cargo tank motor vehicle must provide to the succeeding manufacturer, at or before the time of delivery, a certificate that states the function performed by the manufacturer, including any certificates received from previous manufacturers, Registered Inspectors, and Design Certifying Engineers. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Specification shortages.</I> When a cargo tank motor vehicle is manufactured in two or more stages, the manufacturer of the cargo tank must attach the name plate and specification plate as required by § 178.337-17(a) and (b) without the original date of certification stamped on the specification plate. Prior manufacturers must list the specification requirements that are not completed on the Certificate of Compliance. When the cargo tank motor vehicle is brought into full compliance with the applicable specification, the cargo tank motor vehicle manufacturer must have a Registered Inspector stamp the date of certification on the specification plate and issue a Certificate of Compliance to the owner of the cargo tank motor vehicle. The Certificate of Compliance must list the actions taken to bring the cargo tank motor vehicle into full compliance. In addition, the certificate must include the date of certification and the person (manufacturer, carrier or repair organization) accomplishing compliance.
</P>
<P>(5) The certificate must state whether or not it includes certification that all valves, piping, and protective devices conform to the requirements of the specification. If it does not so certify, the installer of any such valve, piping, or device shall supply and the owner shall obtain a certificate asserting complete compliance with these specifications for such devices. The certificate, or certificates, will include sufficient sketches, drawings, and other information to indicate the location, make, model, and size of each valve and the arrangement of all piping associated with the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(6) The certificate must contain a statement indicating whether or not the cargo tank was postweld heat treated for anhydrous ammonia as specified in § 178.337-1(f).
</P>
<P>(b) The owner shall retain the copy of the data report and certificates and related papers in his files throughout his ownership of the cargo tank motor vehicle and for at least one year thereafter; and in the event of change in ownership, retention by the prior owner of nonfading photographically reproduced copies will be deemed to satisfy this requirement. Each motor carrier using the cargo tank motor vehicle, if not the owner thereof, shall obtain a copy of the data report and certificate and retain them in his files during the time he uses the cargo tank motor vehicle and for at least one year thereafter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Order 59-B, 30 FR 583, Jan. 16, 1965. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 178.337-18, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338   Specification MC-338; insulated cargo tank motor vehicle.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-1   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purposes of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Design pressure</I> means the “MAWP” as used in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and is the gauge pressure at the top of the tank.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Design service temperature</I> means the coldest temperature for which the tank is suitable (see §§ 173.318 (a)(1) and (f) of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(b) Each cargo tank must consist of a suitably supported welded inner vessel enclosed within an outer shell or jacket, with insulation between the inner vessel and outer shell or jacket, and having piping, valves, supports and other appurtenances as specified in this subchapter. For the purpose of this specification, <I>tank</I> means inner vessel and <I>jacket</I> means either the outer shell or insulation cover.
</P>
<P>(c) Each tank must be designed, constructed, certified, and stamped in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code. 
</P>
<P>(d) The exterior surface of the tank must be insulated with a material compatible with the lading.
</P>
<P>(1) Each cargo tank must have an insulation system that will prevent the tank pressure from exceeding the pressure relief valve set pressure within the specified holding time when the tank is loaded with the specific cryogenic liquid at the design conditions of—
</P>
<P>(i) The specified temperature and pressure of the cryogenic liquid, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The exposure of the filled cargo tank to an average ambient temperature of 85 °F.
</P>
<P>(2) For a cargo tank used to transport oxygen, the insulation may not sustain combustion in a 99.5 percent oxygen atmosphere at atmospheric pressure when contacted with a continuously heated glowing platinum wire. The cargo tank must be marked in accordance with § 178.338-18(b)(7).
</P>
<P>(3) Each vacuum-insulated cargo tank must be provided with a connection for a vacuum gauge to indicate the absolute pressure within the insulation space.
</P>
<P>(e) The insulation must be completely covered by a metal jacket. The jacket or the insulation must be so constructed and sealed as to prevent moisture from coming into contact with the insulation (see § 173.318(a)(3) of this subchapter). Minimum metal thicknesses are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Type metal
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Jacket evacuated
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Jacket not evacuated
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gauge
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Inches
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gauge
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Inches
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stainless steel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0428</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0269
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Low carbon mild steel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0946</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0677
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aluminum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(f) An evacuated jacket must be in compliance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The jacket must be designed to sustain a minimum critical collapsing pressure of 30 psig.
</P>
<P>(2) If the jacket also supports additional loads, such as the weight of the tank and lading, the combined stress, computed according to the formula in § 178.338-3(b), may not exceed 25 percent of the minimum specified tensile strength.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 48 FR 27703, June 16, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 24316, June 12, 1984; Amdt. 178-104, 59 FR 49135, Sept. 26, 1994; 66 FR 45387, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75754, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-2   Material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All material used in the construction of a tank and its appurtenances that may come in contact with the lading must be compatible with the lading to be transported. All material used for tank pressure parts must conform to the requirements in Section II of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). All material used for evacuated jacket pressure parts must conform to the chemistry and steelmaking practices of one of the material specifications of Section II of the ASME Code or the following ASTM Specifications (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter): A 242, A 441, A 514, A 572, A 588, A 606, A 633, A 715, A 1008/A 1008M, A 1011/A 1011M.
</P>
<P>(b) All tie-rods, mountings, and other appurtenances within the jacket and all piping, fittings and valves must be of material suitable for use at the lowest temperature to be encountered.
</P>
<P>(c) Impact tests are required on all tank materials, except materials that are excepted from impact testing by the ASME Code, and must be performed using the procedure prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code.
</P>
<P>(d) The direction of final rolling of the shell material must be the circumferential orientation of the tank shell.
</P>
<P>(e) Each tank constructed in accordance with part UHT in Section VIII of the ASME Code must be postweld heat treated as a unit after completion of all welds to the shell and heads. Other tanks must be postweld heat treated as required in Section VIII of the ASME Code. For all tanks the method must be as prescribed in the ASME Code. Welded attachments to pads may be made after postweld heat treatment.
</P>
<P>(f) The fabricator shall record the heat and slab numbers and the certified Charpy impact values of each plate used in the tank on a sketch showing the location of each plate in the shell and heads of the tank. A copy of the sketch must be provided to the owner of the cargo tank and a copy must be retained by the fabricator for at least five years and made available, upon request, to any duly identified representative of the Department.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2137-0017)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 48 FR 27703, 27713, June 16, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 24316, June 12, 1984; 68 FR 19281, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 75754, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-3   Structural integrity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements and acceptance criteria.</I> (1) Except as permitted in paragraph (d) of this section, the maximum calculated design stress at any point in the tank may not exceed the lesser of the maximum allowable stress value prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or 25 percent of the tensile strength of the material used.
</P>
<P>(2) The relevant physical properties of the materials used in each tank may be established either by a certified test report from the material manufacturer or by testing in conformance with a recognized national standard. In either case, the ultimate tensile strength of the material used in the design may not exceed 120 percent of the minimum ultimate tensile strength specified in either the ASME Code or the ASTM standard to which the material is manufactured.
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum design stress at any point in the tank must be calculated separately for the loading conditions described in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. Alternate test or analytical methods, or a combination thereof, may be used in lieu of the procedures described in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, if the methods are accurate and verifiable.
</P>
<P>(4) Corrosion allowance material may not be included to satisfy any of the design calculation requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Static design and construction.</I> (1) The static design and construction of each tank must be in accordance with appendix G in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The tank design must include calculation of stress due to the design pressure, the weight of lading, the weight of structures supported by the tank wall, and the effect of temperature gradients resulting from lading and ambient temperature extremes. When dissimilar materials are used, their thermal coefficients must be used in calculation of the thermal stresses. 
</P>
<P>(2) Stress concentrations in tension, bending, and torsion which occur at pads, cradles, or other supports must be considered in accordance with appendix G in Section VIII of the ASME Code. 
</P>
<P>(c) Stresses resulting from static and dynamic loadings, or a combination thereof, are not uniform throughout the cargo tank motor vehicle. The following is a simplified procedure for calculating the effective stress in the tank resulting from static and dynamic loadings. The effective stress (the maximum principal stress at any point) must be determined by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = 0.5 (S<E T="52">y</E> + S<E T="52">x</E>) ±(0.25(S<E T="52">y</E> − S<E T="52">x</E>)
<SU>2</SU> + S<E T="52">s</E>2) 
<SU>0.5</SU>
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<P>(1) S = effective stress at any given point under the most severe combination of static and dynamic loadings that can occur at the same time, in psi.
</P>
<P>(2) S<E T="52">y</E> = circumferential stress generated by internal and external pressure when applicable, in psi.
</P>
<P>(3) S<E T="52">x</E> = the net longitudinal stress, in psi, generated by the following loading conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The longitudinal tensile stress generated by internal pressure;
</P>
<P>(ii) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the axial load resulting from a decelerative force applied independently to each suspension assembly at the road surface using applicable static loadings specified in § 178.338-13 (b);
</P>
<P>(iii) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the bending moment resulting from a decelerative force applied independently to each suspension assembly at the road surface using applicable static loadings specified in § 178.338-13 (b);
</P>
<P>(iv) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the axial load resulting from an accelerative force applied to the horizontal pivot of the fifth wheel supporting the vehicle using applicable static loadings specified in § 178.338-13 (b);
</P>
<P>(v) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the bending moment resulting from an accelerative force applied to the horizontal pivot of the fifth wheel supporting the vehicle using applicable static loadings specified in § 178.338-13 (b); and
</P>
<P>(vi) The tensile or compressive stress generated by a bending moment produced by a vertical force using applicable static loadings specified in § 178.338-13 (b).
</P>
<P>(4) S<E T="52">s</E> = The following shear stresses that apply, in psi,: The vectorial sum of the applicable shear stresses in the plane under consideration, including direct shear generated by the static vertical loading; direct lateral and torsional shear generated by a lateral accelerative force applied at the road surface, using applicable static loads specified in § 178.338-13 (b)
</P>
<P>(d) In order to account for stresses due to impact in an accident, the design calculations for the tank shell and heads must include the load resulting from the design pressure in combination with the dynamic pressure resulting from a longitudinal deceleration of “2g”. For this loading condition the stress value used may not exceed the lesser of the yield strength or 75 percent of the ultimate tensile strength of the material of construction. For a cargo tank constructed of stainless steel, the maximum design stress may not exceed 75 percent of the ultimate tensile strength of the type steel used.
</P>
<P>(e) The minimum thickness of the shell or heads of the tank must be 0.187 inch for steel and 0.270 inch for aluminum. However, the minimum thickness for steel may be 0.110 inches provided the cargo tank is:
</P>
<P>(1) Vacuum insulated, or
</P>
<P>(2) Double walled with a load bearing jacket designed to carry a proportionate amount of structural loads prescribed in this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Where a tank support is attached to any part of the tank wall, the stresses imposed on the tank wall must meet the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) The design, construction and installation of an attachment, appurtenance to the cargo tank or structural support member between the cargo tank and the vehicle or suspension component or accident protection device must conform to the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) Structural members, the suspension subframe, accident protection structures and external circumferential reinforcement devices must be used as sites for attachment of appurtenances and other accessories to the cargo tank, when practicable. 
</P>
<P>(2) A lightweight attachment to the cargo tank wall such as a conduit clip, brakeline clip, skirting structure, lamp mounting bracket, or placard holder must be of a construction having lesser strength than the cargo tank wall materials and may not be more than 72 percent of the thickness of the material to which it is attached. The lightweight attachment may be secured directly to the cargo tank wall if the device is designed and installed in such a manner that, if damaged, it will not affect the lading retention integrity of the tank. A lightweight attachment must be secured to the cargo tank shell or head by a continuous weld or in such a manner as to preclude formation of pockets that may become sites for corrosion. Attachments meeting the requirements of this paragraph are not authorized for cargo tanks constructed under part UHT in Section VIII of the ASME Code.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as prescribed in paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this section, the welding of any appurtenance the cargo tank wall must be made by attachment of a mounting pad so that there will be no adverse effect upon the lading retention integrity of the cargo tank if any force less than that prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is applied from any direction. The thickness of the mounting pad may not be less than that of the shell or head to which it is attached, and not more than 1.5 times the shell or head thickness. However, a pad with a minimum thickness of 0.187 inch may be used when the shell or head thickness is over 0.187 inch. If weep holes or tell-tale holes are used, the pad must be drilled or punched at the lowest point before it is welded to the tank. Each pad must: 
</P>
<P>(i) Be fabricated from material determined to be suitable for welding to both the cargo tank material and the material of the appurtenance or structural support member; a Design Certifying Engineer must make this determination considering chemical and physical properties of the materials and must specify filler material conforming to the requirements in Section IX of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) Be preformed to an inside radius no greater than the outside radius of the cargo tank at the attachment location. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Extend at least 2 inches in each direction from any point of attachment of an appurtenance or structural support member. This dimension may be measured from the center of the attached structural member. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Have rounded corners, or otherwise be shaped in a manner to minimize stress concentrations on the shell or head. 
</P>
<P>(v) Be attached by continuous fillet welding. Any fillet weld discontinuity may only be for the purpose of preventing an intersection between the fillet weld and a tank or jacket seam weld.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 55 FR 37057, Sept. 7, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-89, 56 FR 27876, June 17, 1991; 56 FR 46354, Sept. 11, 1991; 68 FR 19281, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 57633, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75754, Dec. 31, 2003; 81 FR 25618, Apr. 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-4   Joints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All joints in the tank, and in the jacket if evacuated, must be as prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), except that a butt weld with one plate edge offset is not authorized. 
</P>
<P>(b) Welding procedure and welder performance tests must be made in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Code. Records of the qualification must be retained by the tank manufacturer for at least five years and must be made available, upon request, to any duly identified representative of the Department, or the owner of the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(c) All longitudinal welds in tanks and load bearing jackets must be located so as not to intersect nozzles or supports other than load rings and stiffening rings.
</P>
<P>(d) Substructures must be properly fitted before attachment and the welding sequence must minimize stresses due to shrinkage of welds.
</P>
<P>(e) Filler material containing more than 0.05 percent vanadium may not be used with quenched and tempered steel.
</P>
<P>(f) All tank nozzle-to-shell and nozzle-to-head welds must be full penetration welds.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2137-0017)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 48 FR 27704, 27713, June 16, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 24316, June 12, 1984; 68 FR 75754, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-5   Stiffening rings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A tank is not required to be provided with stiffening rings, except as prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(b) If a jacket is evacuated, it must be constructed in compliance with § 178.338-1(f). Stiffening rings may be used to meet these requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 48 FR 27704, June 16, 1983, as amended at 68 FR 75754, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-6   Manholes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each tank in oxygen service must be provided with a manhole as prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(b) Each tank having a manhole must be provided with a means of entrance and exit through the jacket, or the jacket must be marked to indicate the manway location on the tank.
</P>
<P>(c) A manhole with a bolted closure may not be located on the front head of the tank.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 48 FR 27704, June 16, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 24316, June 12, 1984; 68 FR 75754, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-7   Openings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The inlet to the liquid product discharge opening of each tank intended for flammable ladings must be at the bottom centerline of the tank.
</P>
<P>(b) If the leakage of a single valve, except a pressure relief valve, pressure control valve, full trycock or gas phase manual vent valve, would permit loss of flammable material, an additional closure that is leak tight at the tank design pressure must be provided outboard of such valve.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 48 FR 27704, June 16, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-8   Pressure relief devices, piping, valves, and fittings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pressure relief devices.</I> Each tank pressure relief device must be designed, constructed, and marked in accordance with § 173.318(b) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Piping, valves, and fittings.</I> (1) The burst pressure of all piping, pipe fittings, hoses and other pressure parts, except for pump seals and pressure relief devices, must be at least 4 times the design pressure of the tank. Additionally, the burst pressure may not be less than 4 times any higher pressure to which each pipe, pipe fitting, hose or other pressure part may be subjected to in service.
</P>
<P>(2) Pipe joints must be threaded, welded or flanged. If threaded pipe is used, the pipe and fittings must be Schedule 80 weight or heavier. Malleable metals must be used in the construction of valves and fittings. Where copper tubing is permitted, joints shall be brazed or be of equally strong metal union type. The melting point of the brazing materials may not be lower than 1000 °F. The method of joining tubing may not reduce the strength of the tubing, such as by the cutting of threads.
</P>
<P>(3) Each hose coupling must be designed for a pressure of at least 120 percent of the hose design pressure and so that there will be no leakage when connected.
</P>
<P>(4) Piping must be protected from damage due to thermal expansion and contraction, jarring, and vibration. Slip joints are not authorized for this purpose.
</P>
<P>(5) All piping, valves and fittings on a cargo tank must be proved free from leaks. This requirement is met when such piping, valves, and fittings have been tested after installation with gas or air and proved leak tight at not less than the design pressure marked on the cargo tank. This requirement is applicable to all hoses used in a cargo tank, except that hose may be tested before or after installation on the tank.
</P>
<P>(6) Each valve must be suitable for the tank design pressure at the tank design service temperature.
</P>
<P>(7) All fittings must be rated for the maximum tank pressure and suitable for the coldest temperature to which they will be subjected in actual service.
</P>
<P>(8) All piping, valves, and fittings must be grouped in the smallest practicable space and protected from damage as required by § 178.338-10.
</P>
<P>(9) When a pressure-building coil is used on a tank designed to handle oxygen or flammable ladings, the vapor connection to that coil must be provided with a valve or check valve as close to the tank shell as practicable to prevent the loss of vapor from the tank in case of damage to the coil. The liquid connection to that coil must also be provided with a valve.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 48 FR 27704, June 16, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25019, June 12, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-9   Holding time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) “Holding time” is the time, as determined by testing, that will elapse from loading until the pressure of the contents, under equilibrium conditions, reaches the level of the lowest pressure control valve or pressure relief valve setting.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Holding time test.</I> (1) The test to determine holding time must be performed by charging the tank with a cryogenic liquid having a boiling point, at a pressure of one atmosphere, absolute, no lower than the design service temperature of the tank. The tank must be charged to its maximum permitted filling density with that liquid and stabilized to the lowest practical pressure, which must be equal to or less than the pressure to be used for loading. The cargo tank together with its contents must then be exposed to ambient temperature.
</P>
<P>(2) The tank pressure and ambient temperature must be recorded at 3-hour intervals until the pressure level of the contents reaches the set-to-discharge pressure of the pressure control valve or pressure relief valve with the lowest setting. This total time lapse in hours represents the measured holding time at the actual average ambient temperature. This measured holding time for the test cryogenic liquid must be adjusted to an equivalent holding time for each cryogenic liquid that is to be identified on or adjacent to the specification plate, at an average ambient temperature of 85 °F. This is the rated holding time (RHT). The marked rated holding time (MRHT) displayed on or adjacent to the specification plate (see § 178.338-18(c)(10)) may not exceed this RHT.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Optional test regimen.</I> (1) If more than one cargo tank is made to the same design, only one cargo tank must be subjected to the full holding time test at the time of manufacture. However, each subsequent cargo tank made to the same design must be performance tested during its first trip. The holding time determined in this test may not be less than 90 percent of the marked rated holding time. This test must be performed in accordance with §§ 173.318(g)(3) and 177.840(h) of this subchapter, regardless of the classification of the cryogenic liquid.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Same design.</I> The term “same design” as used in this section means cargo tanks made to the same design type. See § 178.320(a) for definition of “design type”.
</P>
<P>(3) For a cargo tank used in nonflammable cryogenic liquid service, in place of the holding time tests prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, the marked rated holding time (MRHT) may be determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) While the cargo tank is stationary, the heat transfer rate must be determined by measuring the normal evaporation rate (NER) of the test cryogenic liquid (preferably the lading, where feasible) maintained at approximately one atmosphere. The calculated heat transfer rate must be determined from:
</P>
<FP-2>q = [n(Δ h)(85−t<E T="52">1</E>)] / [t<E T="52">s</E> − t<E T="52">f</E>]
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>q = calculated heat transfer rate to cargo tank with lading, Btu/hr.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = normal evaporation rate (NER), which is the rate of evaporation, determined by the test of a test cryogenic liquid in a cargo tank maintained at a pressure of approximately one atmosphere, absolute, lb/hr.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Δ h = latent heat of vaporization of test fluid at test pressure, Btu/lb.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t<E T="52">s</E> = average temperature of outer shell during test, °F.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t<E T="52">1</E> = equilibrium temperature of lading at maximum loading pressure, °F.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t<E T="52">f</E> = equilibrium temperature of test fluid at one atmosphere, °F.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) The rated holding time (RHT) must be calculated as follows:
</P>
<FP-2>RHT = [(U<E T="52">2</E> − U<E T="52">1</E>) W] / q
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>RHT = rated holding time, in hours
</FP-2>
<FP-2>U<E T="52">1</E> and U<E T="52">2</E> = internal energy for the combined liquid and vapor lading at the pressure offered for transportation, and the set pressure of the applicable pressure control valve or pressure relief valve, respectively, Btu/lb.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>W = total weight of the combined liquid and vapor lading in the cargo tank, pounds.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>q = calculated heat transfer rate to cargo tank with lading, Btu/hr.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(iii) The MRHT (see § 178.338-18(b)(9) of this subchapter) may not exceed the RHT.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 48 FR 27704, June 16, 1983; 48 FR 50442, Nov. 1, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 24316, June 12, 1984; 49 FR 43965, Nov. 1, 1984; 59 FR 55173, Nov. 3, 1994; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51340, Oct. 1, 1996; 68 FR 57634, Oct. 6, 2003; 71 FR 54397, Sept. 14, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-10" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-10   Accident damage protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All valves, fittings, pressure relief devices and other accessories to the tank proper, which are not isolated from the tank by closed intervening shut-off valves or check valves, must be installed within the motor vehicle framework or within a suitable collision resistant guard or housing, and appropriate ventilation must be provided. Each pressure relief device must be protected so that in the event of the upset of the vehicle onto a hard surface, the device's opening will not be prevented and its discharge will not be restricted.
</P>
<P>(b) Each protective device or housing, and its attachment to the vehicle structure, must be designed to withstand static loading in any direction that it may be loaded as a result of front, rear, side, or sideswipe collision, or the overturn of the vehicle. The static loading shall equal twice the loaded weight of the tank and attachments. A safety factor of four, based on the tensile strength of the material, shall be used. The protective device or the housing must be made of steel at least 
<FR>3/16</FR>-inch thick, or other material of equivalent strength.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Rear-end tank protection.</I> Rear-end tank protections devices must: 
</P>
<P>(1) Consist of at least one rear bumper designed to protect the cargo tank and piping in the event of a rear-end collision. The rear-end tank protection device design must transmit the force of the collision directly to the chassis of the vehicle. The rear-end tank protection device and its attachments to the chassis must be designed to withstand a load equal to twice the weight of the loaded cargo tank and attachments, using a safety factor of four based on the tensile strength of the materials used, with such load being applied horizontally and parallel to the major axis of the cargo tank. The rear-end tank protection device dimensions must meet the requirements of § 393.86 of this title and extend vertically to a height adequate to protect all valves and fittings located at the rear of the cargo tank from damage that could result in loss of lading; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Conform to the requirements of § 178.345-8(d).
</P>
<P>(d) Every part of the loaded cargo tank, and any associated valve, pipe, enclosure, or protective device or structure (exclusive of wheel assemblies), must be at least 14 inches above level ground.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 48 FR 27705, June 16, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 24316, June 12, 1984; Amdt. 178-99, 58 FR 51534, Oct. 1, 1993; 68 FR 19282, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 52371, Sept. 3, 2003; 85 FR 83402, Dec. 21, 2020; 87 FR 79784, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-11" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-11   Discharge control devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Excess-flow valves are not required.
</P>
<P>(b) Each liquid filling and liquid discharge line must be provided with a shut-off valve located as close to the tank as practicable. Unless this valve is manually operable at the valve, the line must also have a manual shut-off valve.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for a cargo tank that is used to transport argon, carbon dioxide, helium, krypton, neon, nitrogen, xenon, or mixtures thereof, each liquid filling and liquid discharge line must be provided with an on-vehicle remotely controlled self-closing shutoff valve. 
</P>
<P>(1) If pressure from a reservoir or from an engine-driven pump or compressor is used to open this valve, the control must be of fail-safe design and spring-biased to stop the admission of such pressure into the cargo tank. If the jacket is not evacuated, the seat of the valve must be inside the tank, in the opening nozzle or flange, or in a companion flange bolted to the nozzle. If the jacket is evacuated, the remotely controlled valve must be located as close to the tank as practicable. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each remotely controlled shut off valve must be provided with on-vehicle remote means of automatic closure, both mechanical and thermal. One means may be used to close more than one remotely controlled valve. Cable linkage between closures and remote operators must be corrosion resistant and effective in all types of environment and weather. The thermal means must consist of fusible elements actuated at a temperature not exceeding 121 °C (250 °F), or equivalent devices. The loading/unloading connection area is where hoses are connected to the permanent metal piping. The number and location of remote operators and thermal devices shall be as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) On a cargo tank motor vehicle over 3,500 gallons water capacity, remote means of automatic closure must be installed at the ends of the cargo tank in at least two diagonally opposite locations. If the loading/unloading connection at the cargo tank is not in the general vicinity of one of these locations, at least one additional thermal device must be installed so that heat from a fire in the loading/unloading connection area will activate the emergency control system. 
</P>
<P>(ii) On a cargo tank motor vehicle of 3,500 gallons water capacity or less, at least one remote means of automatic closure must be installed on the end of the cargo tank farthest away from the loading/unloading connection area. At least one thermal device must be installed so that heat from a fire in the loading/unloading connection area will activate the emergency control system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 48 FR 27705, June 16, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55173, Nov. 3, 1994; 60 FR 17402, Apr. 5, 1995; 68 FR 19282, Apr. 18, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-12" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-12   Shear section.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the valve is located in a rear cabinet forward of and protected by the bumper (see § 178.338-10(c)), the design and installation of each valve, damage to which could result in loss of liquid or vapor, must incorporate a shear section or breakage groove adjacent to, and outboard of, the valve. The shear section or breakage groove must yield or break under strain without damage to the valve that would allow the loss of liquid or vapor. The protection specified in § 178.338-10 is not a substitute for a shear section or breakage groove.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 49 FR 24316, June 12, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-13" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-13   Supporting and anchoring.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On a cargo tank motor vehicle designed and constructed so that the cargo tank constitutes in whole or in part the structural member used in place of a motor vehicle frame, the cargo tank or the jacket must be supported by external cradles or by load rings. For a cargo tank mounted on a motor vehicle frame, the tank or jacket must be supported by external cradles, load rings, or longitudinal members. If cradles are used, they must subtend at least 120 degrees of the cargo tank circumference. The design calculations for the supports and load-bearing tank or jacket, and the support attachments must include beam stress, shear stress, torsion stress, bending moment, and acceleration stress for the loaded vehicle as a unit, using a safety factor of four, based on the tensile strength of the material, and static loading that uses the weight of the cargo tank and its attachments when filled to the design weight of the lading (see appendix G in Section VIII of the ASME Code) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), multiplied by the following factors. The effects of fatigue must also be considered in the calculations. Minimum static loadings must be as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) For a vacuum-insulated cargo tank— 
</P>
<P>(i) Vertically downward of 2; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Vertically upward of 2; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Longitudinally of 2; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Laterally of 2. 
</P>
<P>(2) For any other insulated cargo tank— 
</P>
<P>(i) Vertically downward of 3; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Vertically upward of 2; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Longitudinally of 2; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Laterally of 2. 
</P>
<P>(b) When a loaded tank is supported within the vacuum jacket by structural members, the design calculations for the tank and its structural members must be based on a safety factor of four and the tensile strength of the material at ambient temperature. The enhanced tensile strength of the material at actual operating temperature may be substituted for the tensile strength at ambient temperature to the extent recognized in the ASME Code for static loadings. Static loadings must take into consideration the weight of the tank and the structural members when the tank is filled to the design weight of lading (see Appendix G of Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME Code), multiplied by the following factors. Static loadings must take into consideration the weight of the tank and the structural members when the tank is filled to the design weight of lading (see appendix G in Section VIII of the ASME Code), multiplied by the following factors. When load rings in the jacket are used for supporting the tank, they must be designed to carry the fully loaded tank at the specified static loadings, plus external pressure. Minimum static loadings must be as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Vertically downward of 2; 
</P>
<P>(2) Vertically upward of 1
<FR>1/2</FR>; 
</P>
<P>(3) Longitudinally of 1
<FR>1/2</FR>; and, (4) Laterally of 1
<FR>1/2</FR>.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 19282, Apr. 18, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 75754, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-14" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-14   Gauging devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Liquid level gauging devices.</I> (1) Unless a cargo tank is intended to be filled by weight, it must be equipped with one or more gauging devices, which accurately indicate the maximum permitted liquid level at the loading pressure, in order to provide a minimum of two percent outage below the inlet of the pressure control valve or pressure relief valve at the condition of incipient opening of that valve. A fixed-length dip tube, a fixed trycock line, or a differential pressure liquid level gauge must be used as the primary control for filling. Other gauging devices, except gauge glasses, may be used, but not as the primary control for filling.
</P>
<P>(2) The design pressure of each liquid level gauging device must be at least that of the tank.
</P>
<P>(3) If a fixed length dip tube or trycock line gauging device is used, it must consist of a pipe or tube of small diameter equipped with a valve at or near the jacket and extending into the cargo tank to a specified filling height. The fixed height at which the tube ends in the cargo tank must be such that the device will function when the liquid reaches the maximum level permitted in loading.
</P>
<P>(4) The liquid level gauging device used as a primary control for filling must be designed and installed to accurately indicate the maximum filling level at the point midway of the tank both longitudinally and laterally.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pressure gauges.</I> Each cargo tank must be provided with a suitable pressure gauge indicating the lading pressure and located on the front of the jacket so it can be read by the driver in the rear view mirror. Each gauge must have a reference mark at the cargo tank design pressure or the set pressure of the pressure relief valve or pressure control valve, whichever is lowest.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Orifices.</I> All openings for dip tube gauging devices and pressure gauges in flammable cryogenic liquid service must be restricted at or inside the jacket by orifices no larger than 0.060-inch diameter. Trycock lines, if provided, may not be greater than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch nominal pipe size.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 48 FR 27706, June 16, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 24317, June 12, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-15" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-15   Cleanliness.</HEAD>
<P>A cargo tank constructed for oxygen service must be thoroughly cleaned to remove all foreign material in accordance with CGA G-4.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). All loose particles from fabrication, such as weld beads, dirt, grinding wheel debris, and other loose materials, must be removed prior to the final closure of the manhole of the tank. Chemical or solvent cleaning with a material compatible with the intending lading must be performed to remove any contaminants likely to react with the lading.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 75755, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-16" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-16   Inspection and testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The material of construction of a tank and its appurtenances must be inspected for conformance to Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The tank must be subjected to either a hydrostatic or pneumatic test. The test pressure must be one and one-half times the sum of the design pressure, plus static head of lading, plus 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi) if subjected to external vacuum, except that for tanks constructed in accordance with Part UHT in Section VIII of the ASME Code the test pressure must be twice the design pressure. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional requirements for pneumatic test.</I> A pneumatic test may be used in place of the hydrostatic test. Due regard for protection of all personnel should be taken because of the potential hazard involved in a pneumatic test. The pneumatic test pressure in the tank must be reached by gradually increasing the pressure to one-half of the test pressure. Thereafter, the test pressure must be increased in steps of approximately one-tenth of the test pressure until the required test pressure has been reached. Then the pressure must be reduced to a value equal to four-fifths of the test pressure and held for a sufficient time to permit inspection of the cargo tank for leaks.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Weld inspection.</I> All tank shell or head welds subject to pressure shall be radiographed in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code. A tank which has been subjected to inspection by the magnetic particle method, the liquid penetrant method, or any method involving a material deposit on the interior tank surface, must be cleaned to remove any such residue by scrubbing or equally effective means, and all such residue and cleaning solution must be removed from the tank prior to final closure of the tank.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Defect repair.</I> All cracks and other defects must be repaired as prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code. The welder and the welding procedure must be qualified in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). After repair, the tank must again be postweld heat-treated, if such heat treatment was previously performed, and the repaired areas must be retested. 
</P>
<P>(e) Verification must be made of the interior cleanliness of a tank constructed for oxygen service by means that assure that all contaminants that are likely to react with the lading have been removed as required by § 178.338-15.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 48 FR 27706, June 16, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 24317, June 12, 1984; 49 FR 42736, Oct. 24, 1984; 68 FR 75755, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-17" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-17   Pumps and compressors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Liquid pumps and gas compressors,</I> if used, must be of suitable design, adequately protected against breakage by collision, and kept in good condition. They may be driven by motor vehicle power take-off or other mechanical, electrical, or hydraulic means. Unless they are of the centrifugal type, they shall be equipped with suitable pressure actuated by-pass valves permitting flow from discharge to suction to the tank.
</P>
<P>(b) A valve or fitting made of aluminum with internal rubbing or abrading aluminum parts that may come in contact with oxygen (cryogenic liquid) may not be installed on any cargo tank used to transport oxygen (cryogenic liquid) unless the parts are anodized in accordance with ASTM B 580 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25020, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37058, Sept. 7, 1990; 67 FR 61016, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75755, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-18" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-18   Marking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each cargo tank certified after October 1, 2004 must have a corrosion-resistant metal name plate (ASME Plate) and specification plate permanently attached to the cargo tank by brazing, welding, or other suitable means on the left side near the front, in a place accessible for inspection. If the specification plate is attached directly to the cargo tank wall by welding, it must be welded to the tank before the cargo tank is postweld heat treated. 
</P>
<P>(1) The plates must be legibly marked by stamping, embossing, or other means of forming letters into the metal of the plate, with the information required in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, in addition to that required by Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), in characters at least 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch high (parenthetical abbreviations may be used). All plates must be maintained in a legible condition. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each insulated cargo tank must have additional plates, as described, attached to the jacket in the location specified unless the specification plate is attached to the chassis and has the information required in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) The information required for both the name and specification plate may be displayed on a single plate. If the information required by this section is displayed on a plate required by Section VIII of the ASME Code, the information need not be repeated on the name and specification plates.
</P>
<P>(4) The specification plate may be attached to the cargo tank motor vehicle chassis rail by brazing, welding, or other suitable means on the left side near the front head, in a place accessible for inspection. If the specification plate is attached to the chassis rail, then the cargo tank serial number assigned by the cargo tank manufacturer must be included on the plate. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Name plate.</I> The following information must be marked on the name plate in accordance with this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) DOT-specification number MC 338 (DOT MC 338). 
</P>
<P>(2) Original test date (Orig, Test Date). 
</P>
<P>(3) MAWP in psig. 
</P>
<P>(4) Cargo tank test pressure (Test P), in psig. 
</P>
<P>(5) Cargo tank design temperature (Design Temp. Range) ____ °F to ____ °F. 
</P>
<P>(6) Nominal capacity (Water Cap.), in pounds.
</P>
<P>(7) Maximum design density of lading (Max. Lading density), in pounds per gallon. 
</P>
<P>(8) Material specification number—shell (Shell matl, yyy * * *), where “yyy” is replaced by the alloy designation and “* * *” is replaced by the alloy type. 
</P>
<P>(9) Material specification number—heads (Head matl. yyy * * *), where “yyy” is replaced by the alloy designation and “* * *” by the alloy type.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>When the shell and heads materials are the same thickness, they may be combined, (Shell &amp; head matl, yyy * * *).</P></NOTE>
<P>(10) Weld material (Weld matl.). 
</P>
<P>(11) Minimum Thickness-shell (Min. Shell-thick), in inches. When minimum shell thicknesses are not the same for different areas, show (top ____, side ____, bottom ____, in inches). 
</P>
<P>(12) Minimum thickness-heads (Min heads thick.), in inches. 
</P>
<P>(13) Manufactured thickness-shell (Mfd. Shell thick.), top ____, side ____, bottom ____, in inches. (Required when additional thickness is provided for corrosion allowance.) 
</P>
<P>(14) Manufactured thickness-heads (Mfd. Heads thick.), in inches. (Required when additional thickness is provided for corrosion allowance.) 
</P>
<P>(15) Exposed surface area, in square feet. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Specification plate.</I> The following information must be marked on the specification plate in accordance with this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) Cargo tank motor vehicle manufacturer (CTMV mfr.). 
</P>
<P>(2) Cargo tank motor vehicle certification date (CTMV cert. date). 
</P>
<P>(3) Cargo tank manufacturer (CT mfr.). 
</P>
<P>(4) Cargo tank date of manufacture (CT date of mfr.), month and year. 
</P>
<P>(5) Maximum weight of lading (Max. Payload), in pounds. 
</P>
<P>(6) Maximum loading rate in gallons per minute (Max. Load rate, GPM). 
</P>
<P>(7) Maximum unloading rate in gallons per minute (Max Unload rate). 
</P>
<P>(8) Lining materials (Lining), if applicable. 
</P>
<P>(9) “Insulated for oxygen service” or “Not insulated for oxygen service” as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(10) Marked rated holding time for at least one cryogenic liquid, in hours, and the name of that cryogenic liquid (MRHT ____ hrs, name of cryogenic liquid). Marked rated holding marking for additional cryogenic liquids may be displayed on or adjacent to the specification plate. 
</P>
<P>(11) Cargo tank serial number (CT serial), as assigned by cargo tank manufacturer, if applicable. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>):</HED>
<P>See § 173.315(a) of this chapter regarding water capacity.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>):</HED>
<P>When the shell and head materials are the same thickness, they may be combined (Shell &amp; head matl, yyy***).</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) The design weight of lading used in determining the loading in §§ 178.338-3 (b), 178.338-10 (b) and (c), and 178.338-13 (b), must be shown as the maximum weight of lading marking required by paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 19283, Apr. 18, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 57634, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75755, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.338-19" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.338-19   Certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At or before the time of delivery, the manufacturer of a cargo tank motor vehicle shall furnish to the owner of the completed vehicle the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The tank manufacturer's data report as required by the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and a certificate bearing the manufacturer's vehicle serial number stating that the completed cargo tank motor vehicle conforms to all applicable requirements of Specification MC 338, including Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) in effect on the date (month, year) of certification. The registration numbers of the manufacturer, the Design Certifying Engineer, and the Registered Inspector, as appropriate, must appear on the certificates (see subpart F, part 107 in subchapter B of this chapter). 
</P>
<P>(2) A photograph, pencil rub, or other facsimile of the plates required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of § 178.338-18.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a cargo tank vehicle manufactured in two or more stages, each manufacturer who performs a manufacturing operation on the incomplete vehicle or portion thereof shall furnish to the succeeding manufacturer, at or before the time of delivery, a certificate covering the particular operation performed by that manufacturer, and any certificates received from previous manufacturers, Registered Inspectors, and Design Certifying Engineers. The certificates must include sufficient sketches, drawings, and other information to indicate the location, make, model and size of each valve and the arrangement of all piping associated with the tank. Each certificate must be signed by an official of the manufacturing firm responsible for the portion of the complete cargo tank vehicle represented thereby, such as basic tank fabrication, insulation, jacket, or piping. The final manufacturer shall furnish the owner with all certificates, as well as the documents required by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The owner shall retain the data report, certificates, and related papers throughout his ownership of the cargo tank. In the event of change of ownership, the prior owner shall retain non-fading photographically reproduced copies of these documents for at least one year. Each operator using the cargo tank vehicle, if not the owner thereof, shall obtain a copy of the data report and the certificate or certificates and retain them during the time he uses the cargo tank and for at least one year thereafter.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2137-0017)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-77, 48 FR 27707, 27713, June 16, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 178-89, 55 FR 37058, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-99, 58 FR 51534, Oct. 1, 1993; 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 68 FR 75755, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 178.340-178.343" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 178.340-178.343   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345   General design and construction requirements applicable to Specification DOT 406 (§ 178.346), DOT 407 (§ 178.347), and DOT 412 (§ 178.348) cargo tank motor vehicles.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-1   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Specification DOT 406, DOT 407 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles must conform to the requirements of this section in addition to the requirements of the applicable specification contained in §§ 178.346, 178.347 or 178.348.
</P>
<P>(b) All specification requirements are minimum requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> See § 178.320(a) for the definition of certain terms used in §§ 178.345, 178.346, 178.347, and 178.348. In addition, the following definitions apply to §§ 178.345, 178.346, 178.347, and 178.348:
</P>
<P><I>Appurtenance</I> means any cargo tank accessory attachment that has no lading retention or containment function and provides no structural support to the cargo tank.
</P>
<P><I>Baffle</I> means a non-liquid-tight transverse partition device that deflects, checks or regulates fluid motion in a tank.
</P>
<P><I>Bulkhead</I> means a liquid-tight transverse closure at the ends of or between cargo tanks.
</P>
<P><I>Charging line</I> means a hose, tube, pipe, or similar device used to pressurize a tank with material other than the lading.
</P>
<P><I>Companion flange</I> means one of two mating flanges where the flange faces are in contact or separated only by a thin leak sealing gasket and are secured to one another by bolts or clamps.
</P>
<P><I>Connecting structure</I> means the structure joining two cargo tanks.
</P>
<P><I>Constructed and certified in conformance with the ASME Code</I> means the cargo tank is constructed and stamped in accordance with the ASME Code, and is inspected and certified by an Authorized Inspector.
</P>
<P><I>Constructed in accordance with the ASME Code</I> means the cargo tank is constructed in accordance with the ASME Code with the authorized exceptions (see §§ 178.346, 178.347, and 178.348) and is inspected and certified by a Registered Inspector.
</P>
<P><I>External self-closing stop-valve</I> means a self-closing stop-valve designed so that the self-stored energy source is located outside the cargo tank and the welded flange.
</P>
<P><I>Extreme dynamic loading</I> means the maximum single-acting loading a cargo tank motor vehicle may experience during its expected life, excluding accident loadings.
</P>
<P><I>Flange</I> means the structural ring for guiding or attachment of a pipe or fitting with another flange (companion flange), pipe, fitting or other attachment.
</P>
<P><I>Inspection pressure</I> means the pressure used to determine leak tightness of the cargo tank when testing with pneumatic pressure.
</P>
<P><I>Internal self-closing stop-valve</I> means a self-closing stop-valve designed so that the self-stored energy source is located inside the cargo tank or cargo tank sump, or within the welded flange, and the valve seat is located within the cargo tank or within one inch of the external face of the welded flange or sump of the cargo tank.
</P>
<P><I>Lading</I> means the hazardous material contained in a cargo tank.
</P>
<P><I>Loading/unloading connection</I> means the fitting in the loading/unloading line farthest from the loading/unloading outlet to which the loading/unloading hose or device is attached.
</P>
<P><I>Loading/unloading outlet</I> means the cargo tank outlet used for normal loading/unloading operations.
</P>
<P><I>Loading/unloading stop-valve</I> means the stop valve farthest from the cargo tank loading/unloading outlet to which the loading/unloading connection is attached.
</P>
<P><I>MAWP.</I> See § 178.320(a).
</P>
<P><I>Multi-specification cargo tank motor vehicle</I> means a cargo tank motor vehicle equipped with two or more cargo tanks fabricated to more than one cargo tank specification.
</P>
<P><I>Normal operating loading</I> means the loading a cargo tank motor vehicle may be expected to experience routinely in operation.
</P>
<P><I>Nozzle</I> means the subassembly consisting of a pipe or tubular section with or without a welded or forged flange on one end.
</P>
<P><I>Outlet</I> means any opening in the shell or head of a cargo tank, (including the means for attaching a closure), except that the following are not outlets: A threaded opening securely closed during transportation with a threaded plug or a threaded cap, a flanged opening securely closed during transportation with a bolted or welded blank flange, a manhole, or gauging devices, thermometer wells, and safety relief devices.
</P>
<P><I>Outlet stop-valve</I> means the stop-valve at the cargo tank loading/unloading outlet.
</P>
<P><I>Pipe coupling</I> means a fitting with internal threads on both ends.
</P>
<P><I>Rear bumper</I> means the structure designed to prevent a vehicle or object from under-riding the rear of a motor vehicle. See § 393.86 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Rear-end tank protection device</I> means the structure designed to protect a cargo tank and any lading retention piping or devices in case of a rear end collision.
</P>
<P><I>Sacrificial device</I> means an element, such as a shear section, designed to fail under a load in order to prevent damage to any lading retention part or device. The device must break under strain at no more than 70 percent of the strength of the weakest piping element between the cargo tank and the <I>sacrificial device.</I> Operation of the <I>sacrificial device</I> must leave the remaining piping and its attachment to the cargo tank intact and capable of retaining lading.
</P>
<P><I>Self-closing stop-valve</I> means a stop-valve held in the closed position by means of self-stored energy, which opens only by application of an external force and which closes when the external force is removed.
</P>
<P><I>Shear section</I> means a sacrificial device fabricated in such a manner as to abruptly reduce the wall thickness of the adjacent piping or valve material by at least 30 percent.
</P>
<P><I>Shell</I> means the circumferential portion of a cargo tank defined by the basic design radius or radii excluding the closing heads.
</P>
<P><I>Stop-valve</I> means a valve that stops the flow of lading.
</P>
<P><I>Sump</I> means a protrusion from the bottom of a cargo tank shell designed to facilitate complete loading and unloading of lading.
</P>
<P><I>Tank</I> means a container, consisting of a shell and heads, that forms a pressure tight vessel having openings designed to accept pressure tight fittings or closures, but excludes any appurtenances, reinforcements, fittings, or closures.
</P>
<P><I>Test pressure</I> means the pressure to which a tank is subjected to determine pressure integrity.
</P>
<P><I>Toughness of material</I> means the capability of a material to absorb the energy represented by the area under the stress strain curve (indicating the energy absorbed per unit volume of the material) up to the point of rupture.
</P>
<P><I>Vacuum cargo tank</I> means a cargo tank that is loaded by reducing the pressure in the cargo tank to below atmospheric pressure.
</P>
<P><I>Variable specification cargo tank</I> means a cargo tank that is constructed in accordance with one specification, but which may be altered to meet another specification by changing relief device, closures, lading discharge devices, and other lading retention devices.
</P>
<P><I>Void</I> means the space between tank heads or bulkheads and a connecting structure.
</P>
<P><I>Welded flange</I> means a flange attached to the tank by a weld joining the tank shell to the cylindrical outer surface of the flange, or by a fillet weld joining the tank shell to a flange shaped to fit the shell contour.
</P>
<P>(d) A manufacturer of a cargo tank must hold a current ASME certificate of authorization and must be registered with the Department in accordance with part 107, subpart F of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) All construction must be certified by an Authorized Inspector or by a Registered Inspector as applicable to the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(f) Each cargo tank must be designed and constructed in conformance with the requirements of the applicable cargo tank specification. Each DOT 412 cargo tank with a “MAWP” greater than 15 psig, and each DOT 407 cargo tank with a maximum allowable working pressure greater than 35 psig must be “constructed and certified in conformance with Section VIII of the ASME Code” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) except as limited or modified by the applicable cargo tank specification. Other cargo tanks must be “constructed in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code,” except as limited or modified by the applicable cargo tank specification. 
</P>
<P>(g) Requirements relating to parts and accessories on motor vehicles, which are contained in part 393 of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations of this title, are incorporated into these specifications.
</P>
<P>(h) Any additional requirements prescribed in part 173 of this subchapter that pertain to the transportation of a specific lading are incorporated into these specifications.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Cargo tank motor vehicle composed of multiple cargo tanks.</I> (1) A cargo tank motor vehicle composed of more than one cargo tank may be constructed with the cargo tanks made to the same specification or to different specifications. Each cargo tank must conform in all respects with the specification for which it is certified.
</P>
<P>(2) The strength of the connecting structure joining multiple cargo tanks in a cargo tank motor vehicle must meet the structural design requirements in § 178.345-3. Any void within the connecting structure must be equipped with a drain located on the bottom centerline that is accessible and kept open at all times. For carbon steel, self-supporting cargo tanks, the drain configuration may consist of a single drain of at least 1.0 inch diameter, or two or more drains of at least 0.5 inch diameter, 6.0 inches apart, one of which is located as close to the bottom centerline as practicable. Vapors trapped in a void within the connecting structure must be allowed to escape to the atmosphere either through the drain or a separate vent.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Variable specification cargo tank.</I> A cargo tank that may be physically altered to conform to another cargo tank specification must have the required physical alterations to convert from one specification to another clearly indicated on the variable specification plate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25020, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37058, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55173, Nov. 3, 1994; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51340, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45387, 45389, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 19283, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 52371, Sept. 3, 2003; 68 FR 75755, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 76 FR 43532, July 20, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-2   Material and material thickness.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All material for shell, heads, bulkheads, and baffles must conform to Section II of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) except as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The following steels are also authorized for cargo tanks “constructed in accordance with the ASME Code”, Section VIII. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>ASTM A 569
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM A 570
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM A 572
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM A 622
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM A 656
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM A 715
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM A 1008/ A 1008M, ASTM A 1011/A 1011M</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Aluminum alloys suitable for fusion welding and conforming with the 0, H32 or H34 tempers of one of the following ASTM specifications may be used for cargo tanks “constructed in accordance with the ASME Code”:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>ASTM B-209 Alloy 5052
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM B-209 Alloy 5086
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM B-209 Alloy 5154
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM B-209 Alloy 5254
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM B-209 Alloy 5454
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM B-209 Alloy 5652</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP>All heads, bulkheads and baffles must be of 0 temper (annealed) or stronger tempers. All shell materials shall be of H 32 or H 34 tempers except that the lower ultimate strength tempers may be used if the minimum shell thicknesses in the tables are increased in inverse proportion to the lesser ultimate strength.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Minimum thickness.</I> The minimum thickness for the shell and heads (or baffles and bulkheads when used as tank reinforcement) must be no less than that determined under criteria for minimum thickness specified in § 178.320(a).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Corrosion or abrasion protection.</I> When required by 49 CFR part 173 for a particular lading, a cargo tank or a part thereof, subject to thinning by corrosion or mechanical abrasion due to the lading, must be protected by providing the tank or part of the tank with a suitable increase in thickness of material, a lining or some other suitable method of protection.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Corrosion allowance.</I> Material added for corrosion allowance need not be of uniform thickness if different rates of attack can reasonably be expected for various areas of the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lining.</I> Lining material must consist of a nonporous, homogeneous material not less elastic than the parent metal and substantially immune to attack by the lading. The lining material must be bonded or attached by other appropriate means to the cargo tank wall and must be imperforate when applied. Any joint or seam in the lining must be made by fusing the materials together, or by other satisfactory means.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25021, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37059, Sept. 7, 1990; 56 FR 27876, June 17, 1991; Amdt. 178-97, 57 FR 45465, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51341, Oct. 1, 1996; 68 FR 19283, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 75755, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-3   Structural integrity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements and acceptance criteria.</I> (1) The maximum calculated design stress at any point in the cargo tank wall may not exceed the maximum allowable stress value prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or 25 percent of the tensile strength of the material used at design conditions. 
</P>
<P>(2) The relevant physical properties of the materials used in each cargo tank may be established either by a certified test report from the material manufacturer or by testing in conformance with a recognized national standard. In either case, the ultimate tensile strength of the material used in the design may not exceed 120 percent of the minimum ultimate tensile strength specified in either the ASME Code or the ASTM standard to which the material is manufactured.
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum design stress at any point in the cargo tank must be calculated separately for the loading conditions described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. Alternate test or analytical methods, or a combination thereof, may be used in place of the procedures described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, if the methods are accurate and verifiable. TTMA RP 96-01, Structural Integrity of DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 Cylindrical Cargo Tanks, may be used as guidance in performing the calculations.
</P>
<P>(4) Corrosion allowance material may not be included to satisfy any of the design calculation requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>ASME Code design and construction.</I> The static design and construction of each cargo tank must be in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code. The cargo tank design must include calculation of stresses generated by the MAWP, the weight of the lading, the weight of structures supported by the cargo tank wall and the effect of temperature gradients resulting from lading and ambient temperature extremes. When dissimilar materials are used, their thermal coefficients must be used in the calculation of thermal stresses. 
</P>
<P>(1) Stress concentrations in tension, bending and torsion which occur at pads, cradles, or other supports must be considered in accordance with appendix G in Section VIII of the ASME Code.
</P>
<P>(2) Longitudinal compressive buckling stress for ASME certified vessels must be calculated using paragraph UG-23(b) in Section VIII of the ASME Code. For cargo tanks not required to be certified in accordance with the ASME Code, compressive buckling stress may be calculated using alternative analysis methods which are accurate and verifiable. When alternative methods are used, calculations must include both the static loads described in this paragraph and the dynamic loads described in paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) Cargo tank designers and manufacturers must consider all of the conditions specified in § 173.33(c) of this subchapter when matching a cargo tank's performance characteristic to the characteristic of each lading transported. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Shell design.</I> Shell stresses resulting from static or dynamic loadings, or combinations thereof, are not uniform throughout the cargo tank motor vehicle. The vertical, longitudinal, and lateral normal operating loadings can occur simultaneously and must be combined. The vertical, longitudinal and lateral extreme dynamic loadings occur separately and need not be combined.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Normal operating loadings.</I> The following procedure addresses stress in the cargo tank shell resulting from normal operating loadings. The effective stress (the maximum principal stress at any point) must be determined by the following formula:


</P>
<FP-2>S = 0.5(S<E T="52">y</E> + S<E T="52">X</E>) ± [0.25(S<E T="52">y</E> − S<E T="52">X</E>)
<SU>2</SU> + S<E T="52">S</E>
<SU>2</SU>]
<SU>0.5</SU>
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<P>(i) S = effective stress at any given point under the combination of static and normal operating loadings that can occur at the same time, in psi.
</P>
<P>(ii) S<E T="52">y</E> = circumferential stress generated by the MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in psi.
</P>
<P>(iii) S<E T="52">x</E> = The following net longitudinal stress generated by the following static and normal operating loading conditions, in psi:
</P>
<P>(A) The longitudinal stresses resulting from the MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in combination with the bending stress generated by the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall;
</P>
<P>(B) The tensile or compressive stress resulting from normal operating longitudinal acceleration or deceleration. In each case, the forces applied must be 0.35 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer during deceleration; or the horizontal pivot of the truck tractor or converter dolly fifth wheel, or the drawbar hinge on the fixed dolly during acceleration; or anchoring and support members of a truck during acceleration and deceleration, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall. The following loadings must be included:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The axial load generated by a decelerative force;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The bending moment generated by a decelerative force;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The axial load generated by an accelerative force; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The bending moment generated by an accelerative force; and
</P>
<P>(C) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the bending moment resulting from normal operating vertical accelerative force equal to 0.35 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer; or the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall.
</P>
<P>(iv) S<E T="52">S</E> = The following shear stresses generated by the following static and normal operating loading conditions, in psi:
</P>
<P>(A) The static shear stress resulting from the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall;
</P>
<P>(B) The vertical shear stress generated by a normal operating accelerative force equal to 0.35 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer; or the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall;
</P>
<P>(C) The lateral shear stress generated by a normal operating lateral accelerative force equal to 0.2 times the vertical reaction at each suspension assembly of a trailer, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; and
</P>
<P>(D) The torsional shear stress generated by the same lateral forces as described in paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Extreme dynamic loadings.</I> The following procedure addresses stress in the cargo tank shell resulting from extreme dynamic loadings. The effective stress (the maximum principal stress at any point) must be determined by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = 0.5(S<E T="52">y</E> + S<E T="52">x</E>) ±[0.25(S<E T="52">y</E> − S<E T="52">x</E>)
<SU>2</SU> + S<E T="52">S</E>
<SU>2</SU>]
<SU>0.5</SU>
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<P>(i) S = effective stress at any given point under a combination of static and extreme dynamic loadings that can occur at the same time, in psi.
</P>
<P>(ii) S<E T="52">y</E> = circumferential stress generated by MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in psi.
</P>
<P>(iii) S<E T="52">x</E> = the following net longitudinal stress generated by the following static and extreme dynamic loading conditions, in psi:
</P>
<P>(A) The longitudinal stresses resulting from the MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in combination with the bending stress generated by the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the tank wall;
</P>
<P>(B) The tensile or compressive stress resulting from extreme longitudinal acceleration or deceleration. In each case the forces applied must be 0.7 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer during deceleration; or the horizontal pivot of the truck tractor or converter dolly fifth wheel, or the drawbar hinge on the fixed dolly during acceleration; or the anchoring and support members of a truck during acceleration and deceleration, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall. The following loadings must be included:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The axial load generated by a decelerative force;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The bending moment generated by a decelerative force;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The axial load generated by an accelerative force; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The bending moment generated by an accelerative force; and
</P>
<P>(C) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the bending moment resulting from an extreme vertical accelerative force equal to 0.7 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or the anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall.
</P>
<P>(iv) S<E T="52">S</E> = The following shear stresses generated by static and extreme dynamic loading conditions, in psi:
</P>
<P>(A) The static shear stress resulting from the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall;
</P>
<P>(B) The vertical shear stress generated by an extreme vertical accelerative force equal to 0.7 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall;
</P>
<P>(C) The lateral shear stress generated by an extreme lateral accelerative force equal to 0.4 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; and
</P>
<P>(D) The torsional shear stress generated by the same lateral forces as described in paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) In no case may the minimum thickness of the cargo tank shells and heads be less than that prescribed in § 178.346-2, § 178.347-2, or § 178.348-2, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(e) For a cargo tank mounted on a frame or built with integral structural supports, the calculation of effective stresses for the loading conditions in paragraph (c) of this section may include the structural contribution of the frame or the integral structural supports.
</P>
<P>(f) The design, construction, and installation of an attachment, appurtenance to a cargo tank, structural support member between the cargo tank and the vehicle or suspension component must conform to the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) Structural members, the suspension sub-frame, accident protection structures and external circumferential reinforcement devices must be used as sites for attachment of appurtenances and other accessories to the cargo tank, when practicable. 
</P>
<P>(2) A lightweight attachment to a cargo tank wall such as a conduit clip, brake line clip, skirting structure, lamp mounting bracket, or placard holder must be of a construction having lesser strength than the cargo tank wall materials and may not be more than 72 percent of the thickness of the material to which it is attached. The lightweight attachment may be secured directly to the cargo tank wall if the device is designed and installed in such a manner that, if damaged, it will not affect the lading retention integrity of the tank. A lightweight attachment must be secured to the cargo tank shell or head by continuous weld or in such a manner as to preclude formation of pockets which may become sites for corrosion. 
</P>
<P>(3) Except as prescribed in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section, the welding of any appurtenance to the cargo tank wall must be made by attachment of a mounting pad so that there will be no adverse effect upon the lading retention integrity of the cargo tank if any force less than that prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is applied from any direction. The thickness of the mounting pad may not be less than that of the shell or head to which it is attached, and not more than 1.5 times the shell or head thickness. However, a pad with a minimum thickness of 0.187 inch may be used when the shell or head thickness is over 0.187 inch. If weep holes or tell-tale holes are used, the pad must be drilled or punched at the lowest point before it is welded to the tank. Each pad must: 
</P>
<P>(i) Be fabricated from material determined to be suitable for welding to both the cargo tank material and the material of the appurtenance or structural support member; a Design Certifying Engineer must make this determination considering chemical and physical properties of the materials and must specify filler material conforming to the requirements of the ASME Code (incorporated by reference; see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) Be preformed to an inside radius no greater than the outside radius of the cargo tank at the attachment location. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Extend at least 2 inches in each direction from any point of attachment of an appurtenance or structural support member. This dimension may be measured from the center of the structural member attached. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Have rounded corners, or otherwise be shaped in a manner to minimize stress concentrations on the shell or head. 
</P>
<P>(v) Be attached by continuous fillet welding. Any fillet weld discontinuity may only be for the purpose of preventing an intersection between the fillet weld and the tank or jacket seam weld.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 55 FR 37059, Sept. 7, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-89, 56 FR 27876, June 17, 1991; Amdt. 178-104, 59 FR 49135, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55173, 55174, 55175, Nov. 3, 1994; 60 FR 17402, Apr. 5, 1995; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51341, Oct. 1, 1996; 65 FR 58631, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 19283, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 75755, Dec. 31, 2003; 74 FR 16143, Apr. 9, 2009; 78 FR 60755, Oct. 2, 2013; 81 FR 35545, June 2, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-4   Joints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All joints between the cargo tank shell, heads, baffles, baffle attaching rings, and bulkheads must be welded in conformance with Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(b) Where practical all welds must be easily accessible for inspection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25022, June 12, 1989, as amended by Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51341, Oct. 1, 1996; 68 FR 75756, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-5   Manhole assemblies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each cargo tank with capacity greater than 400 gallons must be accessible through a manhole at least 15 inches in diameter.
</P>
<P>(b) Each manhole, fill opening and washout assembly must be structurally capable of withstanding, without leakage or permanent deformation that would affect its structural integrity, a static internal fluid pressure of at least 36 psig, or cargo tank test pressure, whichever is greater. The manhole assembly manufacturer shall verify compliance with this requirement by hydrostatically testing at least one percent (or one manhole closure, whichever is greater) of all manhole closures of each type produced each 3 months, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The manhole, fill opening, or washout assembly must be tested with the venting devices blocked. Any leakage or deformation that would affect the product retention capability of the assembly shall constitute a failure.
</P>
<P>(2) If the manhole, fill opening, or washout assembly tested fails, then five more covers from the same lot must be tested. If one of these five covers fails, then all covers in the lot from which the tested covers were selected are to be 100% tested or rejected for service.
</P>
<P>(c) Each manhole, filler and washout cover must be fitted with a safety device that prevents the cover from opening fully when internal pressure is present.
</P>
<P>(d) Each manhole and fill cover must be secured with fastenings that will prevent opening of the covers as a result of vibration under normal transportation conditions or shock impact due to a rollover accident on the roadway or shoulder where the fill cover is not struck by a substantial obstacle.
</P>
<P>(e) On cargo tank motor vehicles manufactured after October 1, 2004, each manhole assembly must be permanently marked on the outside by stamping or other means in a location visible without opening the manhole assembly or fill opening, with: 
</P>
<P>(1) Manufacturer's name;
</P>
<P>(2) Test pressure ____ psig;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement certifying that the manhole cover meets the requirements in § 178.345-5.
</P>
<P>(f) All components mounted on a manhole cover that form part of the lading retention structure of the cargo tank wall must withstand the same static internal fluid pressure as that required for the manhole cover. The component manufacturer shall verify compliance using the same test procedure and frequency of testing as specified in § 178.345-5(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25022, June 12, 1989, as amended by Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55175, Nov. 3, 1994; 68 FR 19284, Apr. 18, 2003; 74 FR 16144, Apr. 9, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-6   Supports and anchoring.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A cargo tank with a frame not integral to the cargo tank must have the tank secured by restraining devices to eliminate any motion between the tank and frame that may abrade the tank shell due to the stopping, starting, or turning of the cargo tank motor vehicle. The design calculations of the support elements must include the stresses indicated in § 178.345-3(b) and as generated by the loads described in § 178.345-3(c). Such restraining devices must be readily accessible for inspection and maintenance, except that insulation and jacketing are permitted to cover the restraining devices.
</P>
<P>(b) A cargo tank designed and constructed so that it constitutes, in whole or in part, the structural member used in lieu of a frame must be supported in such a manner that the resulting stress levels in the cargo tank do not exceed those specified in § 178.345-3(a). The design calculations of the support elements must include the stresses indicated in § 178.345-3(b) and as generated by the loads described in § 178.345-3(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25023, June 12, 1989, as amended by Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55175, Nov. 3, 1994; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51341, Oct. 1, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-7   Circumferential reinforcements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A cargo tank with a shell thickness of less than 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch must be circumferentially reinforced with bulkheads, baffles, ring stiffeners, or any combination thereof, in addition to the cargo tank heads.
</P>
<P>(1) Circumferential reinforcement must be located so that the thickness and tensile strength of the shell material in combination with the frame and reinforcement produces structural integrity at least equal to that prescribed in § 178.345-3 and in such a manner that the maximum unreinforced portion of the shell does not exceed 60 inches. For cargo tanks designed to be loaded by vacuum, spacing of circumferential reinforcement may exceed 60 inches provided the maximum unreinforced portion of the shell conforms with the requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) Where circumferential joints are made between conical shell sections, or between conical and cylindrical shell sections, and the angle between adjacent sections is less than 160 degrees, circumferential reinforcement must be located within one inch of the shell joint, unless otherwise reinforced with structural members capable of maintaining shell stress levels authorized in § 178.345-3. When the joint is formed by the large ends of adjacent conical shell sections, or by the large end of a conical shell and a cylindrical shell section, this angle is measured inside the shell; when the joint is formed by the small end of a conical shell section and a cylindrical shell section, it is measured outside the shell.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for doubler plates and knuckle pads, no reinforcement may cover any circumferential joint.
</P>
<P>(c) When a baffle or baffle attachment ring is used as a circumferential reinforcement member, it must produce structural integrity at least equal to that prescribed in § 178.345-3 and must be circumferentially welded to the cargo tank shell. The welded portion may not be less than 50 percent of the total circumference of the cargo tank and the length of any unwelded space on the joint may not exceed 40 times the shell thickness unless reinforced external to the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(d) When a ring stiffener is used as a circumferential reinforcement member, whether internal or external, reinforcement must be continuous around the circumference of the cargo tank shell and must be in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The section modulus about the neutral axis of the ring section parallel to the shell must be at least equal to that derived from the applicable formula:
</P>
<FP-2>I/C = 0.00027WL, for MS, HSLA and SS; or
</FP-2>
<FP-2>I/C = 0.000467WL, for aluminum alloys;
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>I/C = Section modulus in inches 
<SU>3</SU>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>W = Tank width, or diameter, inches
</FP-2>
<FP-2>L = Spacing of ring stiffener, inches; i.e., the maximum longitudinal distance from the midpoint of the unsupported shell on one side of the ring stiffener to the midpoint of the unsupported shell on the opposite side of the ring stiffener.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) If a ring stiffener is welded to the cargo tank shell, a portion of the shell may be considered as part of the ring section for purposes of computing the ring section modulus. This portion of the shell may be used provided at least 50 percent of the total circumference of the cargo tank is welded and the length of any unwelded space on the joint does not exceed 40 times the shell thickness. The maximum portion of the shell to be used in these calculations is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of circumferential ring stiffener-to-shell welds
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">J 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Shell section
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20t
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Less than 20t</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20t + J
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20t or more</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40t
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> where:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">t = Shell thickness, inches;
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">J = Longitudinal distance between parallel circumferential ring stiffener-to-shell welds.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) When used to meet the vacuum requirements of this section, ring stiffeners must be as prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code. 
</P>
<P>(4) If configuration of internal or external ring stiffener encloses an air space, this air space must be arranged for venting and be equipped with drainage facilities which must be kept operative at all times.
</P>
<P>(5) Hat shaped or open channel ring stiffeners which prevent visual inspection of the cargo tank shell are prohibited on cargo tank motor vehicles constructed of carbon steel.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 55 FR 37060, Sept. 7, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-89, 56 FR 27876, June 17, 1991; 56 FR 46354, Sept. 11, 1991; Amdt. 178-104, 59 FR 49135, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51341, Oct. 1, 1996; 68 FR 75756, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-8   Accident damage protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each cargo tank motor vehicle must be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of this section and the applicable individual specification to minimize the potential for the loss of lading due to an accident.
</P>
<P>(1) Any dome, sump, or washout cover plate projecting from the cargo tank wall that retains lading in any tank orientation, must be as strong and tough as the cargo tank wall and have a thickness at least equal to that specified by the appropriate cargo tank specification. Any such projection located in the lower 
<FR>1/3</FR> of the tank circumference (or cross section perimeter for non-circular cargo tanks) that extends more than half its diameter at the point of attachment to the tank or more than 4 inches from the cargo tank wall, or located in the upper 
<FR>2/3</FR> of the tank circumference (or cross section perimeter for non-circular cargo tanks) that extends more than 
<FR>1/4</FR> its diameter or more than 2 inches from the point of attachment to the tank must have accident damage protection devices that are:
</P>
<P>(i) As specified in this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) 125 percent as strong as the otherwise required accident damage protection device; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Attached to the cargo tank in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Outlets, valves, closures, piping, or any devices that if damaged in an accident could result in a loss of lading from the cargo tank must be protected by accident damage protection devices as specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Accident damage protection devices attached to the wall of a cargo tank must be able to withstand or deflect away from the cargo tank the loads specified in this section. They must be designed, constructed and installed so as to maximize the distribution of loads to the cargo tank wall and to minimize the possibility of adversely affecting the lading retention integrity of the cargo tank. Accident induced stresses resulting from the appropriate accident damage protection device requirements in combination with the stresses from the cargo tank operating at the MAWP may not result in a cargo tank wall stress greater than the ultimate strength of the material of construction using a safety factor of 1.3. Deformation of the protection device is acceptable provided the devices being protected are not damaged when loads specified in this section are applied.
</P>
<P>(4) Any piping that extends beyond an accident damage protection device must be equipped with a stop-valve and a sacrificial device such as a shear section. The sacrificial device must be located in the piping system outboard of the stop-valve and within the accident damage protection device to prevent any accidental loss of lading. The device must break at no more than 70 percent of the load that would be required to cause the failure of the protected lading retention device, part or cargo tank wall. The failure of the sacrificial device must leave the protected lading retention device and its attachment to the cargo tank wall intact and capable of retaining product.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Minimum road clearance.</I> The minimum road clearance of any cargo tank motor vehicle component or protection device located between any two adjacent axles on a vehicle or vehicle combination must be at least one-half inch for each foot separating the component or device from the nearest axle of the adjacent pair, but in no case less than twelve (12) inches, except that the minimum road clearance for landing gear or other attachments within ten (10) feet of an axle must be no less than ten (10) inches. These measurements must be calculated at the gross vehicle weight rating of the cargo tank motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each outlet, projection or piping located in the lower 
<FR>1/3</FR> of the cargo tank circumference (or cross section perimeter for non-circular cargo tanks) that could be damaged in an accident that may result in the loss of lading must be protected by a bottom damage protection device, except as provided by paragraph (a)(1) of this section and § 173.33(e) of this subchapter. Outlets, projections and piping may be grouped or clustered together and protected by a single protection device.
</P>
<P>(1) Any bottom damage protection device must be able to withstand a force of 155,000 pounds (based on the ultimate strength of the material), from the front, side, and rear uniformly distributed, applied in each direction of the device, over an area not to exceed 6 square feet, and a width not to exceed 6 feet. Suspension components and structural mounting members may be used to provide all, or part, of this protection. The device must extend no less than 6 inches beyond any component that may contain lading in transit.
</P>
<P>(2) A lading discharge opening equipped with an internal self-closing stop-valve need not conform to paragraph (b)(1) of this section provided it is protected so as to reasonably assure against the accidental loss of lading. This protection must be provided by a sacrificial device located outboard of each internal self-closing stop-valve and within 4 inches of the major radius of the cargo tank shell or within 4 inches of a sump, but in no case more than 8 inches from the major radius of the tank shell. The device must break at no more than 70 percent of the load that would be required to cause the failure of the protected lading retention device, part or cargo tank wall. The failure of the sacrificial device must leave the protected lading retention device or part and its attachment to the cargo tank wall intact and capable of retaining product.
</P>
<P>(c) Each closure for openings, including but not limited to the manhole, filling or inspection openings, and each valve, fitting, pressure relief device, vapor recovery stop valve or lading retaining fitting located in the upper 
<FR>2/3</FR> of a cargo tank circumference (or cross section perimeter for non-circular tanks) must be protected by being located within or between adjacent rollover damage protection devices, or by being 125 percent of the strength that would be provided by the otherwise required damage protection device.
</P>
<P>(1) A rollover damage protection device on a cargo tank motor vehicle must be designed and installed to withstand loads equal to twice the weight of the loaded cargo tank motor vehicle applied as follows: normal to the cargo tank shell (perpendicular to the cargo tank surface); and tangential (perpendicular to the normal load) from any direction. The stresses shall not exceed the ultimate strength of the material of construction. These design loads may be considered to be uniformly distributed and independently applied. If more than one rollover protection device is used, each device must be capable of carrying its proportionate share of the required loads and in each case at least one-fourth the total tangential load. The design must be proven capable of carrying the required loads by calculations, tests or a combination of tests and calculations.
</P>
<P>(2) A rollover damage protection device that would otherwise allow the accumulation of liquid on the top of the cargo tank, must be provided with a drain that directs the liquid to a safe point of discharge away from any structural component of the cargo tank motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rear-end tank protection.</I> Each cargo tank motor vehicle must be provided with a rear-end tank protection device to protect the cargo tank and piping in the event of a rear-end collision and reduce the likelihood of damage that could result in the loss of lading. Nothing in this paragraph relieves the manufacturer of responsibility for complying with the requirements of § 393.86 of this title and, if applicable, paragraph (b) of this section. The rear-end tank protection device must conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The rear-end cargo tank protection device must be designed so that it can deflect at least 6 inches horizontally forward with no contact between any part of the cargo tank motor vehicle which contains lading during transit and with any part of the rear-end protection device, or with a vertical plane passing through the outboard surface of the protection device.
</P>
<P>(2) The dimensions of the rear-end cargo tank protection device shall conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The bottom surface of the rear-end protection device must be at least 4 inches below the lower surface of any part at the rear of the cargo tank motor vehicle which contains lading during transit and not more than 60 inches from the ground when the vehicle is empty.
</P>
<P>(ii) The maximum width of a notch, indentation, or separation between sections of a rear-end cargo tank protection device may not exceed 24 inches. A notched, indented, or separated rear-end protection device may be used only when the piping at the rear of the cargo tank is equipped with a sacrificial device outboard of a shut-off valve.
</P>
<P>(iii) The widest part of the motor vehicle at the rear may not extend more than 18 inches beyond the outermost ends of the device or (if separated) devices on either side of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) The structure of the rear-end protection device and its attachment to the vehicle must be designed to satisfy the conditions specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section when subjected to an impact of the cargo tank motor vehicle at rated payload, at a deceleration of 2 “g”. Such impact must be considered as being uniformly applied in the horizontal plane at an angle of 10 degrees or less to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Longitudinal deceleration protection.</I> In order to account for stresses due to longitudinal impact in an accident, the cargo tank shell and heads must be able to withstand the load resulting from the design pressure in combination with the dynamic pressure resulting from a longitudinal deceleration of 2 “g”. For this loading condition, the allowable stress value used may not exceed the ultimate strength of the material of construction using a safety factor of 1.3. Performance testing, analytical methods, or a combination thereof, may be used to prove this capability provided the methods are accurate and verifiable. For cargo tanks with internal baffles, the decelerative force may be reduced by 0.25 “g” for each baffle assembly, but in no case may the total reduction in decelerative force exceed 1.0 “g”.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25023, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37061, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55175, Nov. 3, 1994; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51341, Oct. 1, 1996; 68 FR 19284, Apr. 18, 2003; 85 FR 83402, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-9   Pumps, piping, hoses and connections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Suitable means must be provided during loading or unloading operations to ensure that pressure within a cargo tank does not exceed test pressure.
</P>
<P>(b) Each hose, piping, stop-valve, lading retention fitting and closure must be designed for a bursting pressure of the greater of 100 psig or four times the MAWP.
</P>
<P>(c) Each hose coupling must be designed for a bursting pressure of the greater of 120 psig or 4.8 times the MAWP of the cargo tank, and must be designed so that there will be no leakage when connected.
</P>
<P>(d) Suitable provision must be made to allow for and prevent damage due to expansion, contraction, jarring, and vibration. Slip joints may not be used for this purpose in the lading retention system.
</P>
<P>(e) Any heating device, when installed, must be so constructed that the breaking of its external connections will not cause leakage of the cargo tank lading.
</P>
<P>(f) Any gauging, loading or charging device, including associated valves, must be provided with an adequate means of secure closure to prevent leakage.
</P>
<P>(g) The attachment and construction of each loading/unloading or charging line must be of sufficient strength, or be protected by a sacrificial device, such that any load applied by loading/unloading or charging lines connected to the cargo tank cannot cause damage resulting in loss of lading from the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(h) Use of a nonmetallic pipe, valve or connection that is not as strong and heat resistant as the cargo tank material is authorized only if such attachment is located outboard of the lading retention system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25025, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37061, Sept. 7, 1990, Amdt. 178-89, 56 FR 27877, June 17, 1991; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51341, Oct. 1, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-10" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-10   Pressure relief.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each cargo tank must be equipped to relieve pressure and vacuum conditions in conformance with this section and the applicable individual specification. The pressure and vacuum relief system must be designed to operate and have sufficient capacity to prevent cargo tank rupture or collapse due to over-pressurization or vacuum resulting from loading, unloading, or from heating and cooling of lading. Pressure relief systems are not required to conform to the ASME Code. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type and construction of relief systems and devices.</I> (1) Each cargo tank must be provided with a primary pressure relief system consisting of one or more reclosing pressure relief valves. A secondary pressure relief system consisting of another pressure relief valve in parallel with the primary pressure relief system may be used to augment the total venting capacity of the cargo tank. Non-reclosing pressure relief devices are not authorized in any cargo tank except when in series with a reclosing pressure relief device. Gravity actuated reclosing valves are not authorized on any cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(2) When provided by § 173.33(c)(1)(iii) of this subchapter, cargo tanks may be equipped with a normal vent. Such vents must be set to open at not less than 1 psig and must be designed to prevent loss of lading through the device in case of vehicle overturn.
</P>
<P>(3) Each pressure relief system must be designed to withstand dynamic pressure surges in excess of the design set pressure as specified in paragraphs (b)(3) (i) and (ii) of this section. Set pressure is a function of MAWP as set forth in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) Each pressure relief device must be able to withstand dynamic pressure surge reaching 30 psig above the design set pressure and sustained above the set pressure for at least 60 milliseconds with a total volume of liquid released not exceeding one gallon before the relief device recloses to a leak-tight condition. This requirement must be met regardless of vehicle orientation. This capability must be demonstrated by testing. An acceptable method is outlined in TTMA RP No. 81-97 “Performance of Spring Loaded Pressure Relief Valves on MC 306, MC 307, MC 312, DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 Tanks” (incorporated by reference; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(ii) After August 31, 1995, each pressure relief device must be able to withstand a dynamic pressure surge reaching 30 psig above the design set pressure and sustained above the design set pressure for at least 60 milliseconds with a total volume of liquid released not exceeding 1 L before the relief valve recloses to a leak-tight condition. This requirement must be met regardless of vehicle orientation. This capability must be demonstrated by testing. TTMA RP No. 81, cited in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, is an acceptable test procedure.
</P>
<P>(4) Each reclosing pressure relief valve must be constructed and installed in such a manner as to prevent unauthorized adjustment of the relief valve setting.
</P>
<P>(5) No shut-off valve or other device that could prevent venting through the pressure relief system may be installed in a pressure relief system.
</P>
<P>(6) The pressure relief system must be mounted, shielded and drainable so as to minimize the accumulation of material that could impair the operation or discharge capability of the system by freezing, corrosion or blockage.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Location of relief devices.</I> Each pressure relief device must communicate with the vapor space above the lading as near as practicable to the center of the vapor space. For example, on a cargo tank designed to operate in a level attitude, the device should be positioned at the horizontal and transverse center of the cargo tank; on cargo tanks sloped to the rear, the device should be located in the forward half of the cargo tank. The discharge from any device must be unrestricted. Protective devices which deflect the flow of vapor are permissible provided the required vent capacity is maintained.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Settings of pressure relief system.</I> The set pressure of the pressure relief system is the pressure at which it starts to open, allowing discharge.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Primary pressure relief system.</I> The set pressure of each primary relief valve must be no less than 120 percent of the MAWP, and no more than 132 percent of the MAWP. The valve must reclose at not less than 108 percent of the MAWP and remain closed at lower pressures.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Secondary pressure relief system.</I> The set pressure of each pressure relief valve used as a secondary relief device must be not less than 120 percent of the MAWP.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Venting capacity of pressure relief systems.</I> The pressure relief system (primary and secondary, including piping) must have sufficient venting capacity to limit the cargo tank internal pressure to not more than the cargo tank test pressure. The total venting capacity, rated at not more than the cargo tank test pressure, must be at least that specified in table I, except as provided in § 178.348-4.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Minimum Emergency Vent Capacity
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[In cubic feet free air/hour at 60 °F and 1 atm.]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Exposed area in square feet
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cubic feet free air per hour
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15,800
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23,700
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31,600
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47,400
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71,200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79,100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94,900
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">140</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110,700
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">160</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">126,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">142,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">158,100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">225</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">191,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">203,100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">275</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">214,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">225,100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">245,700
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">265,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">283,200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300,600
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">550</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">317,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">333,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">650</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">348,800
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">700</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">363,700
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">750</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">378,200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">392,200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">850</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">405,900
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">419,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">950</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">432,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">445,000
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 1:</E> Interpolate for intermediate sizes.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(1) <I>Primary pressure relief system.</I> Unless otherwise specified in the applicable individual specification, the primary relief system must have a minimum venting capacity of 12,000 SCFH per 350 square feet of exposed cargo tank area, but in any case at least one fourth the required total venting capacity for the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Secondary pressure relief system.</I> If the primary pressure relief system does not provide the required total venting capacity, additional capacity must be provided by a secondary pressure relief system.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Certification of pressure relief devices.</I> The manufacturer of any pressure relief device, including valves, frangible (rupture) disks, vacuum vents and combination devices must certify that the device model was designed and tested in accordance with this section and the appropriate cargo tank specification. The certificate must contain sufficient information to describe the device and its performance. The certificate must be signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer who approved the flow capacity certification.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Rated flow capacity certification test.</I> Each pressure relief device model must be successfully flow capacity certification tested prior to first use. Devices having one design, size and set pressure are considered to be one model. The testing requirements are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) At least 3 devices of each specific model must be tested for flow capacity at a pressure not greater than the test pressure of the cargo tank. For a device model to be certified, the capacities of the devices tested must fall within a range of plus or minus 5 percent of the average for the devices tested.
</P>
<P>(2) The rated flow capacity of a device model may not be greater than 90 percent of the average value for the devices tested.
</P>
<P>(3) The rated flow capacity derived for each device model must be certified by a responsible official of the device manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Marking of pressure relief devices.</I> Each pressure relief device must be permanently marked with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Manufacturer's name;
</P>
<P>(2) Model number;
</P>
<P>(3) Set pressure, in psig; and
</P>
<P>(4) Rated flow capacity, in SCFH at the rating pressure, in psig.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25025, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 21038, May 22, 1990; 55 FR 37062, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-89, 56 FR 27877, June 17, 1991; Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55175, Nov. 3, 1994; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51341, Oct. 1, 1996; 65 FR 58631, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45389, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 19284, Apr. 18, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-11" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-11   Tank outlets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> As used in this section, “loading/unloading outlet” means any opening in the cargo tank wall used for loading or unloading of lading, as distinguished from outlets such as manhole covers, vents, vapor recovery devices, and similar closures. Cargo tank outlets, closures and associated piping must be protected in accordance with § 178.345-8.
</P>
<P>(b) Each cargo tank loading/unloading outlet must be equipped with an internal self-closing stop-valve, or alternatively, with an external stop-valve located as close as practicable to the cargo tank wall. Each cargo tank loading/unloading outlet must be in accordance with the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) Each loading/unloading outlet must be fitted with a self-closing system capable of closing all such outlets in an emergency within 30 seconds of actuation. During normal operations the outlets may be closed manually. The self-closing system must be designed according to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Each self-closing system must include a remotely actuated means of closure located more than 10 feet from the loading/unloading outlet where vehicle length allows, or on the end of the cargo tank farthest away from the loading/unloading outlet. The actuating mechanism must be corrosion-resistant and effective in all types of environment and weather.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the actuating system is accidentally damaged or sheared off during transportation, each loading/unloading outlet must remain securely closed and capable of retaining lading.
</P>
<P>(iii) When required by part 173 of this subchapter for materials which are flammable, pyrophoric, oxidizing, or Division 6.1 (poisonous liquid) materials, the remote means of closure must be capable of thermal activation. The means by which the self-closing system is thermally activated must be located as close as practicable to the primary loading/unloading connection and must actuate the system at a temperature not over 250 °F. In addition, outlets on these cargo tanks must be capable of being remotely closed manually or mechanically.
</P>
<P>(2) Bottom loading outlets which discharge lading into the cargo tank through fixed internal piping above the maximum liquid level of the cargo tank need not be equipped with a self-closing system.
</P>
<P>(c) Any loading/unloading outlet extending beyond an internal self-closing stop-valve, or beyond the innermost external stop-valve which is part of a self-closing system, must be fitted with another stop-valve or other leak-tight closure at the end of such connection.
</P>
<P>(d) Each cargo tank outlet that is not a loading/unloading outlet must be equipped with a stop-valve or other leak-tight closure located as close as practicable to the cargo tank outlet. Any connection extending beyond this closure must be fitted with another stop-valve or other leak-tight closure at the end of such connection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 56 FR 27877, June 17, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 178-97, 57 FR 45465, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51341, Oct. 1, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-12" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-12   Gauging devices.</HEAD>
<P>Each cargo tank, except a cargo tank intended to be filled by weight, must be equipped with a gauging device that indicates the maximum permitted liquid level to within 0.5 percent of the nominal capacity as measured by volume or liquid level. Gauge glasses are not permitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 55 FR 37062, Sept. 7, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51342, Oct. 1, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-13" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-13   Pressure and leakage tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each cargo tank must be pressure and leakage tested in accordance with this section and §§ 178.346-5, 178.347-5, or 178.348-5. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pressure test.</I> Each cargo tank or cargo tank compartment must be tested hydrostatically or pneumatically. Each cargo tank of a multi-cargo tank motor vehicle must be tested with the adjacent cargo tanks empty and at atmospheric pressure. Each closure, except pressure relief devices and loading/unloading venting devices rated at less than the prescribed test pressure, must be in place during the test. If the venting device is not removed during the test, such device must be rendered inoperative by a clamp, plug or other equally effective restraining device, which may not prevent the detection of leaks, or damage the device. Restraining devices must be removed immediately after the test is completed.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Hydrostatic method.</I> Each cargo tank, including its domes, must be filled with water or other liquid having similar viscosity, the temperature of which may not exceed 100 °F. The cargo tank must then be pressurized as prescribed in the applicable specification. The pressure must be gauged at the top of the cargo tank. The prescribed test pressure must be maintained for at least 10 minutes during which time the cargo tank must be inspected for leakage, bulging, or other defect.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pneumatic method.</I> A pneumatic test may be used in place of the hydrostatic test. However, pneumatic pressure testing may involve higher risk than hydrostatic testing. Therefore, suitable safeguards must be provided to protect personnel and facilities should failure occur during the test. The cargo tank must be pressurized with air or an inert gas. Test pressure must be reached gradually by increasing the pressure to one half of test pressure. Thereafter, the pressure must be increased in steps of approximately one tenth of the test pressure until test pressure is reached. Test pressure must be held for at least 5 minutes. The pressure must then be reduced to the inspection pressure which must be maintained while the entire cargo tank surface is inspected for leakage and other sign of defects. The inspection method must consist of coating all joints and fittings with a solution of soap and water or other equally sensitive method.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Leakage test.</I> The cargo tank with all its accessories in place and operable must be leak tested at not less than 80 percent of tank's MAWP with the pressure maintained for at least 5 minutes.
</P>
<P>(d) Any cargo tank that leaks, bulges or shows any other sign of defect must be rejected. Rejected cargo tanks must be suitably repaired and retested successfully prior to being returned to service. The retest after any repair must use the same method of test under which the cargo tank was originally rejected.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25026, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37063, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55176, Nov. 3, 1994; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51342, Oct. 1, 1996; 65 FR 58631, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 19284, Apr. 18, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-14" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-14   Marking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The manufacturer shall certify that each cargo tank motor vehicle has been designed, constructed and tested in accordance with the applicable Specification DOT 406, DOT 407 or DOT 412 (§§ 178.345, 178.346, 178.347, 178.348) cargo tank requirements and, when applicable, with Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The certification shall be accomplished by marking the cargo tank as prescribed in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and by preparing the certificate prescribed in § 178.345-15. Metal plates prescribed by paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this section, must be permanently attached to the cargo tank or its integral supporting structure, by brazing, welding or other suitable means. These plates must be affixed on the left side of the vehicle near the front of the cargo tank (or the frontmost cargo tank of a multi-cargo tank motor vehicle), in a place readily accessible for inspection. The plates must be permanently and plainly marked in English by stamping, embossing or other means in characters at least 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch high. The information required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section may be combined on one specification plate.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Nameplate.</I> Each cargo tank must have a corrosion resistant nameplate permanently attached to it. The following information, in addition to any applicable information required by the ASME Code, must be marked on the tank nameplate (parenthetical abbreviations may be used):
</P>
<P>(1) DOT-specification number DOT XXX (DOT XXX) where “XXX” is replaced with the applicable specification number. For cargo tanks having a variable specification plate, the DOT-specification number is replaced with the words “See variable specification plate.”
</P>
<P>(2) Original test date, month and year (Orig. Test Date).
</P>
<P>(3) Tank MAWP in psig.
</P>
<P>(4) Cargo tank test pressure (Test P), in psig.
</P>
<P>(5) Cargo tank design temperature range (Design temp. range),__ °F to __ °F.
</P>
<P>(6) Nominal capacity (Water cap.), in gallons.
</P>
<P>(7) Maximum design density of lading (Max. lading density), in pounds per gallon.
</P>
<P>(8) Material specification number—shell (Shell matl, yyy***), where “yyy” is replaced by the alloy designation and “***” by the alloy type.
</P>
<P>(9) Material specification number—heads (Head matl, yyy***), where “yyy” is replaced by the alloy designation and “***” by the alloy type.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>When the shell and heads materials are the same thickness, they may be combined, (Shell&amp;head matl, yyy***).</P></NOTE>
<P>(10) Weld material (Weld matl.).
</P>
<P>(11) Minimum thickness—shell (Min. shell-thick), in inches. When minimum shell thicknesses are not the same for different areas, show (top __, side __, bottom __, in inches).
</P>
<P>(12) Minimum thickness—heads (Min. heads thick.), in inches.
</P>
<P>(13) Manufactured thickness—shell (Mfd. shell thick.), top __, side __, bottom __, in inches. (Required when additional thickness is provided for corrosion allowance.)
</P>
<P>(14) Manufactured thickness—heads (Mfd. heads thick.), in inches. (Required when additional thickness is provided for corrosion allowance.)
</P>
<P>(15) Exposed surface area, in square feet.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Specification plate.</I> Each cargo tank motor vehicle must have an additional corrosion resistant metal specification plate attached to it. The specification plate must contain the following information (parenthetical abbreviations may be used):
</P>
<P>(1) Cargo tank motor vehicle manufacturer (CTMV mfr.). 
</P>
<P>(2) Cargo tank motor vehicle certification date (CTMV cert. date), if different from the cargo tank certification date. 
</P>
<P>(3) Cargo tank manufacturer (CT mfr.). 
</P>
<P>(4) Cargo tank date of manufacture (CT date of mfr.), month and year. 
</P>
<P>(5) Maximum weight of lading (Max. Payload), in pounds. 
</P>
<P>(6) Maximum loading rate in gallons per minute (Max. Load rate, GPM). 
</P>
<P>(7) Maximum unloading rate in gallons per minute (Max. Unload rate). 
</P>
<P>(8) Lining material (Lining), if applicable. 
</P>
<P>(9) Heating system design pressure (Heating sys. press.), in psig, if applicable. 
</P>
<P>(10) Heating system design temperature (Heating sys. temp.), in °F, if applicable. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Multi-cargo tank motor vehicle.</I> For a multi-cargo tank motor vehicle having all its cargo tanks not separated by any void, the information required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section may be combined on one specification plate. When separated by a void, each cargo tank must have an individual nameplate as required in paragraph (b) of this section, unless all cargo tanks are made by the same manufacturer with the same materials, manufactured thickness, minimum thickness and to the same specification. The cargo tank motor vehicle may have a combined nameplate and specification plate. When only one plate is used, the plate must be visible and not covered by insulation. The required information must be listed on the plate from front to rear in the order of the corresponding cargo tank location.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Variable specification cargo tank.</I> Each variable specification cargo tank must have a corrosion resistant metal variable specification plate attached to it. The mounting of this variable specification plate must be such that only the plate identifying the applicable specification under which the tank is being operated is legible.
</P>
<P>(1) The following information must be included (parenthetical abbreviations are authorized):
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Specification DOT XXX (DOT XXX), where “XXX” is replaced with the applicable specification number.</P></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Equipment required
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Required rating 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pressure relief devices:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Pressure actuated type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____________
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Frangible type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____________
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Lading discharge devices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____________
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Top</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____________
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bottom</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____________
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Pressure unloading fitting</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____________
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Closures:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Manhole</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____________
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Fill openings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____________
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Discharge openings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">____________
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Required rating—to meet the applicable specification.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) If no change of information in the specification plate is required, the letters “NC” must follow the rating required. If the cargo tank is not so equipped, the word “None” must be inserted.
</P>
<P>(3) Those parts to be changed or added must be stamped with the appropriate MC or DOT Specification markings.
</P>
<P>(4) The alterations that must be made in order for the tank to be modified from one specification to another must be clearly indicated on the manufacturer's certificate and on the variable specification plate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25027, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37063, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-99, 58 FR 51534, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 178-104, 59 FR 49135, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55176, Nov. 3, 1994; 60 FR 17402, Apr. 5, 1995; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51342, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45389, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 19284, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 52371, Sept. 3, 2003; 68 FR 75756, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.345-15" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.345-15   Certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At or before the time of delivery, the manufacturer of a cargo tank motor vehicle must provide certification documents to the owner of the cargo tank motor vehicle. The registration numbers of the manufacturer, the Design Certifying Engineer, and the Registered Inspector, as appropriate, must appear on the certificates (see subpart F, part 107 in subchapter A of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer of a cargo tank motor vehicle made to any of these specifications must provide:
</P>
<P>(1) For each design type, a certificate signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer and a Design Certifying Engineer certifying that the cargo tank motor vehicle design meets the applicable specification; and
</P>
<P>(2) For each ASME cargo tank, a cargo tank manufacturer's data report as required by Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). For each cargo tank motor vehicle, a certificate signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer and a Registered Inspector certifying that the cargo tank motor vehicle is constructed, tested and completed in conformance with the applicable specification. 
</P>
<P>(c) The manufacturer of a variable specification cargo tank motor vehicle must provide:
</P>
<P>(1) For each design type, a certificate signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer and a Design Certifying Engineer certifying that the cargo tank motor vehicle design meets the applicable specifications; and
</P>
<P>(2) For each variable specification cargo tank motor vehicle, a certificate signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer and a Registered Inspector certifying that the cargo tank motor vehicle is constructed, tested and completed in conformance with the applicable specifications. The certificate must include all the information required and marked on the variable specification plate.
</P>
<P>(d) In the case of a cargo tank motor vehicle manufactured in two or more stages, each manufacturer who performs a manufacturing operation on the incomplete vehicle or portion thereof shall provide to the succeeding manufacturer, at or before the time of delivery, a certificate covering the particular operation performed by that manufacturer, including any certificates received from previous manufacturers, Registered Inspectors, and Design Certifying Engineers. Each certificate must indicate the portion of the complete cargo tank motor vehicle represented thereby, such as basic cargo tank fabrication, insulation, jacket, lining, or piping. The final manufacturer shall provide all applicable certificates to the owner.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Specification shortages.</I> If a cargo tank is manufactured which does not meet all applicable specification requirements, thereby requiring subsequent manufacturing involving the installation of additional components, parts, appurtenances or accessories, the cargo tank manufacturer may affix the name plate and specification plate, as required by § 178.345-14 (b) and (c), without the original date of certification stamped on the specification plate. The manufacturer shall state the specification requirements not complied with on the manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. When the cargo tank is brought into full compliance with the applicable specification, the Registered Inspector shall stamp the date of compliance on the specification plate. The Registered Inspector shall issue a Certificate of Compliance stating details of the particular operations performed on the cargo tank, and the date and person (manufacturer, carrier, or repair organization) accomplishing the compliance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 55 FR 37063, Sept. 7, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-98, 58 FR 33306, June 16, 1993; Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55176, Nov. 3, 1994; Amdt. 178-118, 61 FR 51342, Oct. 1, 1996; 68 FR 75756, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.346" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.346   Specification DOT 406; cargo tank motor vehicle.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.346-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.346-1   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each Specification DOT 406 cargo tank motor vehicle must meet the general design and construction requirements in § 178.345, in addition to the specific requirements contained in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>MAWP:</I> The MAWP of each cargo tank must be no lower than 2.65 psig and no higher than 4 psig.
</P>
<P>(c) Vacuum loaded cargo tanks must not be constructed to this specification.
</P>
<P>(d) Each cargo tank must be “constructed in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) except as modified herein: 
</P>
<P>(1) The record-keeping requirements contained in the ASME Code Section VIII do not apply. Parts UG-90 through 94 in Section VIII do not apply. Inspection and certification must be made by an inspector registered in accordance with subpart F of part 107. 
</P>
<P>(2) Loadings must be as prescribed in § 178.345-3.
</P>
<P>(3) The knuckle radius of flanged heads must be at least three times the material thickness, and in no case less than 0.5 inch. Stuffed (inserted) heads may be attached to the shell by a fillet weld. The knuckle radius and dish radius versus diameter limitations of UG-32 do not apply. Shell sections of cargo tanks designed with a non-circular cross section need not be given a preliminary curvature, as prescribed in UG-79(b).
</P>
<P>(4) Marking, certification, data reports, and nameplates must be as prescribed in §§ 178.345-14 and 178.345-15.
</P>
<P>(5) Manhole closure assemblies must conform to §§ 178.345-5 and 178.346-5.
</P>
<P>(6) Pressure relief devices must be as prescribed in § 178.346-3.
</P>
<P>(7) The hydrostatic or pneumatic test must be as prescribed in § 178.346-5.
</P>
<P>(8) The following paragraphs in parts UG and UW in Section VIII of the ASME Code do not apply: UG-11, UG-12, UG-22(g), UG-32(e), UG-34, UG-35, UG-44, UG-76, UG-77, UG-80, UG-81, UG-96, UG-97, UW-13(b)(2), UW-13.1(f) and the dimensional requirements found in Figure UW-13.1. 
</P>
<P>(9) Single full fillet lap joints without plug welds may be used for arc or gas welded longitudinal seams without radiographic examination under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) For a truck-mounted cargo tank, no more than two such joints may be used on the top half of the tank and no more than two joints may be used on the bottom half. They may not be located farther from the top and bottom centerline than 16 percent of the shell's circumference.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a self-supporting cargo tank, no more than two such joints may be used on the top of the tank. They may not be located farther from the top centerline than 12.5 percent of the shell's circumference.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Compliance test.</I> Two test specimens of the material to be used in the manufacture of a cargo tank must be tested to failure in tension. The test specimens must be of the same thicknesses and joint configuration as the cargo tank, and joined by the same welding procedures. The test specimens may represent all the tanks that are made of the same materials and welding procedures, have the same joint configuration, and are made in the same facility within 6 months after the tests are completed. Before welding, the fit-up of the joints on the test specimens must represent production conditions that would result in the least joint strength. Evidence of joint fit-up and test results must be retained at the manufacturers' facility.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Weld joint efficiency.</I> The lower value of stress at failure attained in the two tensile test specimens shall be used to compute the efficiency of the joint as follows: Determine the failure ratio by dividing the stress at failure by the mechanical properties of the adjacent metal; this value, when multiplied by 0.75, is the design weld joint efficiency.
</P>
<P>(10) The requirements of paragraph UW-9(d) in Section VIII of the ASME Code do not apply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25028, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37063, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-89, 56 FR 27877, June 17, 1991; Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55176, Nov. 3, 1994; 65 FR 58631, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45387, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 19285, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 75756, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.346-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.64" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.346-2   Material and thickness of material.</HEAD>
<P>The type and thickness of material for DOT 406 specification cargo tanks must conform to § 178.345-2, but in no case may the thickness be less than that determined by the minimum thickness requirements in § 178.320(a). The following Tables I and II identify the specified minimum thickness values to be employed in that determination.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Specified Minimum Thickness of Heads (or Bulkheads and Baffles When Used as Tank Reinforcement) Using Mild Steel (MS), High Strength Low Alloy Steel (HSLA), Austenitic Stainless Steel (SS), or Aluminum (AL)—Expressed in Decimals of an Inch After Forming 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="9" scope="col">Volume capacity in gallons per inch of length
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">14 or less
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Over 14 to 23
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Over 23
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">MS
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">HSLA SS
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">AL
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">MS
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">HSLA SS
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">AL
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">MS
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">HSLA SS
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">AL
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.160</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.173</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II—Specified Minimum Thickness of Shell Using Mild Steel (MS), High Strength Low Alloy Steel (HSLA), Austenitic Stainless Steel (SS), or Aluminum (AL)—Expressed in Decimals of an Inch After Forming 
<sup>1</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cargo tank motor vehicle rated capacity (gallons)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">MS
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SS/HSLA
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">AL
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 0 to at least 4,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.151
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 4,500 to at least 8,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.160
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 8,000 to at least 14,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.173
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 14,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.187
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Maximum distance between bulkheads, baffles, or ring stiffeners shall not exceed 60 inches.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25028, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37064, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55176, Nov. 3, 1994; 68 FR 19285, Apr. 18, 2003]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.346-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.65" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.346-3   Pressure relief.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each cargo tank must be equipped with a pressure relief system in accordance with § 178.345-10 and this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type and construction.</I> In addition to the pressure relief devices required in § 178.345-10:
</P>
<P>(1) Each cargo tank must be equipped with one or more vacuum relief devices;
</P>
<P>(2) When intended for use only for lading meeting the requirements of § 173.33(c)(1)(iii) of this subchapter, the cargo tank may be equipped with a normal vent. Such vents must be set to open at not less than 1 psig and must be designed to prevent loss of lading through the device in case of vehicle upset; and
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding the requirements in § 178.345-10(b), after August 31, 1996, each pressure relief valve must be able to withstand a dynamic pressure surge reaching 30 psig above the design set pressure and sustained above the set pressure for at least 60 milliseconds with a total volume of liquid released not exceeding 1 L before the relief valve recloses to a leak-tight condition. This requirement must be met regardless of vehicle orientation. This capability must be demonstrated by testing. TTMA RP No. 81 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), cited at § 178.345-10(b)(3)(i), is an acceptable test procedure. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pressure settings of relief valves.</I> (1) Notwithstanding the requirements in § 178.345-10(d), the set pressure of each primary relief valve must be not less than 110 percent of the MAWP or 3.3 psig, whichever is greater, and not more than 138 percent of the MAWP. The valve must close at not less than the MAWP and remain closed at lower pressures.
</P>
<P>(2) Each vacuum relief device must be set to open at no more than 6 ounces vacuum.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Venting capacities.</I> (1) Notwithstanding the requirements in § 178.345-10 (e) and (g), the primary pressure relief valve must have a venting capacity of at least 6,000 SCFH, rated at not greater than 125 percent of the tank test pressure and not greater than 3 psig above the MAWP. The venting capacity required in § 178.345-10(e) may be rated at these same pressures.
</P>
<P>(2) Each vacuum relief system must have sufficient capacity to limit the vacuum to 1 psig.
</P>
<P>(3) If pressure loading or unloading devices are provided, the relief system must have adequate vapor and liquid capacity to limit the tank pressure to the cargo tank test pressure at maximum loading or unloading rate. The maximum loading and unloading rates must be included on the metal specification plate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25029, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37064, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55176, Nov. 3, 1994. Redesignated by Amdt. 178-112, 61 FR 18934, Apr. 29, 1996; 66 FR 45389, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75756, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.346-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.66" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.346-4   Outlets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All outlets on each tank must conform to § 178.345-11 and this section.
</P>
<P>(b) External self-closing stop-valves are not authorized as an alternative to internal self-closing stop-valves on loading/unloading outlets.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25029, June 12, 1989. Redesignated by Amdt. 178-112, 61 FR 18934, Apr. 29, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.346-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.67" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.346-5   Pressure and leakage tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each cargo tank must be tested in accordance with § 178.345-13 and this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pressure test.</I> Test pressure must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Using the hydrostatic test method, the test pressure must be the greater of 5.0 psig or 1.5 times the cargo tank MAWP.
</P>
<P>(2) Using the pneumatic test method, the test pressure must be the greater of 5.0 psig or 1.5 times the cargo tank MAWP, and the inspection pressure must be the cargo tank MAWP.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Leakage test.</I> A cargo tank used to transport a petroleum distillate fuel that is equipped with vapor recovery equipment may be leakage tested in accordance with 40 CFR 63.425(e). To satisfy the leakage test requirements of this paragraph, the test specified in 40 CFR 63.425(e)(1) must be conducted using air. The hydrostatic test alternative permitted under Appendix A to 40 CFR Part 60 (“Method 27—Determination of Vapor Tightness of Gasoline Delivery Tank Using Pressure-Vacuum Test”) may not be used to satisfy the leakage test requirements of this paragraph. A cargo tank tested in accordance with 40 CFR 63.425(e) may be marked as specified in § 180.415 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25029, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37064, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-105, 59 FR 55176, Nov. 3, 1994. Redesignated by Amdt. 178-112, 61 FR 18934, Apr. 29, 1996; 68 FR 19285, Apr. 18, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.347" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.68" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.347   Specification DOT 407; cargo tank motor vehicle.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.347-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.69" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.347-1   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each specification DOT 407 cargo tank motor vehicle must conform to the general design and construction requirements in § 178.345 in addition to the specific requirements contained in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each tank must be of a circular cross-section and have an MAWP of at least 25 psig.
</P>
<P>(c) Any cargo tank motor vehicle built to this specification with a MAWP greater than 35 psig or any cargo tank motor vehicle built to this specification designed to be loaded by vacuum must be constructed and certified in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The external design pressure for a cargo tank loaded by vacuum must be at least 15 psi.
</P>
<P>(d) Any cargo tank motor vehicle built to this specification with a MAWP of 35 psig or less or any cargo tank motor vehicle built to this specification designed to withstand full vacuum but not equipped to be loaded by vacuum must be constructed in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code. 
</P>
<P>(1) The record-keeping requirements contained in Section VIII of the ASME Code do not apply. The inspection requirements of parts UG-90 through 94 do not apply. Inspection and certification must be made by an inspector registered in accordance with subpart F of part 107. 
</P>
<P>(2) Loadings must be as prescribed in § 178.345-3.
</P>
<P>(3) The knuckle radius of flanged heads must be at least three times the material thickness, and in no case less than 0.5 inch. Stuffed (inserted) heads may be attached to the shell by a fillet weld. The knuckle radius and dish radius versus diameter limitations of UG-32 do not apply for cargo tank motor vehicles with a MAWP of 35 psig or less.
</P>
<P>(4) Marking, certification, data reports and nameplates must be as prescribed in §§ 178.345-14 and 178.345-15.
</P>
<P>(5) Manhole closure assemblies must conform to § 178.347-3.
</P>
<P>(6) Pressure relief devices must be as prescribed in § 178.347-4.
</P>
<P>(7) The hydrostatic or pneumatic test must be as prescribed in § 178.347-5.
</P>
<P>(8) The following paragraphs in parts UG and UW in Section VIII the ASME Code do not apply: UG-11, UG-12, UG-22(g), UG-32(e), UG-34, UG-35, UG-44, UG-76, UG-77, UG-80, UG-81, UG-96, UG-97, UW-12, UW-13(b)(2), UW-13.1(f), and the dimensional requirements found in Figure UW-13.1. 
</P>
<P>(9) UW-12 in Section VIII of the ASME Code does not apply to a weld seam in a bulkhead that has not been radiographically examined, under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The strength of the weld seam is assumed to be 0.85 of the strength of the bulkhead.
</P>
<P>(ii) The welded seam must be a full penetration butt weld.
</P>
<P>(iii) No more than one seam may be used per bulkhead.
</P>
<P>(iv) The welded seam must be completed before forming the dish radius and knuckle radius.
</P>
<P>(v) Compliance test: Two test specimens of materials representative of those to be used in the manufacture of a cargo tank bulkhead must be tested to failure in tension. The test specimen must be of the same thickness and joined by the same welding procedure. The test specimens may represent all the tanks that are made in the same facility within 6 months after the tests are completed. Before welding, the fit-up of the joints on the test specimens must represent production conditions that would result in the least joint strength. Evidence of joint fit-up and test results must be retained at the manufacturer's facility for at least 5 years.
</P>
<P>(vi) Acceptance criteria: The ratio of the actual tensile stress at failure to the actual tensile strength of the adjacent material of all samples of a test lot must be greater than 0.85.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25029, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37064, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-89, 56 FR 27877, June 17, 1991; 65 FR 58632, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45387, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 19285, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 75756, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 3388, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 43532, July 20, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.347-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.70" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.347-2   Material and thickness of material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The type and thickness of material for DOT 407 specification cargo tanks must conform to § 178.345-2, but in no case may the thickness be less than that determined by the minimum thickness requirements in § 178.320(a). Tables I and II identify the specified minimum thickness values to be employed in that the determination:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Specified Minimum Thickness of Heads (or Bulkheads and Baffles When Used as Tank Reinforcement) Using Mild Steel (MS), High Strength Low Alloy Steel (HSLA), Austenitic Stainless Steel (SS), or Aluminum (AL)—Expressed in Decimals of an Inch After Forming 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Volume capacity in gallons per inch
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">10 or less
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 10 to 14
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 14 to 18
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 18 to 22
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 22 to 26
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 26 to 30
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 30
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness (MS)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.156
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness (HSLA)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.156
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness (SS)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.156
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness (AL)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.160</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.160</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.173</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.194</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.237</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II—Specified Minimum Thickness of Shell Using Mild Steel (MS), High Strength Low Alloy Steel (HSLA), Austenitic Stainless Steel (SS), or Aluminum (AL)—Expressed in Decimals of an Inch After Forming 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Volume capacity in gallons per inch
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">10 or less
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 10 to 14
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 14 to 18
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 18 to 22
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 22 to 26
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 26 to 30
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over 30
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness (MS)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.156
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness (HSLA)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.156
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness (SS)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.156
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness (AL)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.160</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.173</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.194</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.237</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) [Reserved]

</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25030, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37064, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-104, 59 FR 49135, Sept. 26, 1994; 68 FR 19285, Apr. 18, 2003]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.347-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.71" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.347-3   Manhole assemblies.</HEAD>
<P>Each manhole assembly must conform to § 178.345-5, except that each manhole assembly must be capable of withstanding internal fluid pressures of 40 psig or test pressure of the tank, whichever is greater.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25030, June 12, 1989. Redesignated by Amdt. 178-112, 61 FR 18934, Apr. 29, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.347-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.72" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.347-4   Pressure relief.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each cargo tank must be equipped with a pressure and vacuum relief system in accordance with § 178.345-10 and this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type and construction.</I> Vacuum relief devices are not required for cargo tank motor vehicles that are designed to be loaded by vacuum in accordance with § 178.347-1(c) or built to withstand full vacuum in accordance with § 178.347-1(d).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pressure settings of relief valves.</I> The setting of pressure relief valves must be in accordance with § 178.345-10(d).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Venting capacities.</I> (1) The vacuum relief system must limit the vacuum to less than 80 percent of the design vacuum capability of the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(2) If pressure loading or unloading devices are provided, the relief system must have adequate vapor and liquid capacity to limit the tank pressure to the cargo tank test pressure at maximum loading or unloading rate. The maximum loading or unloading rate must be included on the metal specification plate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25030, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37064, Sept. 7, 1990. Redesignated by Amdt. 178-112, 61 FR 18934, Apr. 29, 1996; 76 FR 43532, July 20, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.347-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.73" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.347-5   Pressure and leakage test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each cargo tank must be tested in accordance with § 178.345-13 and this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pressure test.</I> Test pressure must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Using the hydrostatic test method, the test pressure must be at least 40 psig or 1.5 times tank MAWP, whichever is greater.
</P>
<P>(2) Using the pneumatic test method, the test pressure must be 40 psig or 1.5 times tank MAWP, whichever is greater, and the inspection pressure is tank MAWP.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25030, June 12, 1989. Redesignated by Amdt. 178-112, 61 FR 18934, Apr. 29, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.348" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.74" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.348   Specification DOT 412; cargo tank motor vehicle.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.348-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.75" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.348-1   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each specification DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicle must conform to the general design and construction requirements in § 178.345 in addition to the specific requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The MAWP of each cargo tank must be at least 5 psig.
</P>
<P>(c) The MAWP for each cargo tank designed to be loaded by vacuum must be at least 25 psig internal and 15 psig external.
</P>
<P>(d) Each cargo tank having a MAWP greater than 15 psig must be of circular cross-section.
</P>
<P>(e) Each cargo tank having a—
</P>
<P>(1) MAWP greater than 15 psig must be “constructed and certified in conformance with Section VIII of the ASME Code” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); or 
</P>
<P>(2) MAWP of 15 psig or less must be “constructed in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code,” except as modified herein: 
</P>
<P>(i) The recordkeeping requirements contained in Section VIII of the ASME Code do not apply. Parts UG-90 through 94 in Section VIII do not apply. Inspection and certification must be made by an inspector registered in accordance with subpart F of part 107. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Loadings must be as prescribed in § 178.345-3.
</P>
<P>(iii) The knuckle radius of flanged heads must be at least three times the material thickness, and in no case less than 0.5 inch. Stuffed (inserted) heads may be attached to the shell by a fillet weld. The knuckle radius and dish radius versus diameter limitations of UG-32 do not apply for cargo tank motor vehicles with a MAWP of 15 psig or less. Shell sections of cargo tanks designed with a non-circular cross section need not be given a preliminary curvature, as prescribed in UG-79(b).
</P>
<P>(iv) Marking, certification, data reports, and nameplates must be as prescribed in §§ 178.345-14 and 178.345-15.
</P>
<P>(v) Manhole closure assemblies must conform to §§ 178.345-5.
</P>
<P>(vi) Pressure relief devices must be as prescribed in § 178.348-4.
</P>
<P>(vii) The hydrostatic or pneumatic test must be as prescribed in § 178.348-5.
</P>
<P>(viii) The following paragraphs in parts UG and UW in Section VIII of the ASME Code do not apply: UG-11, UG-12, UG-22(g), UG-32(e), UG-34, UG-35, UG-44, UG-76, UG-77, UG-80, UG-81, UG-96, UG-97, UW-13(b)(2), UW-13.1(f), and the dimensional requirements found in Figure UW-13.1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25031, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37065, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-89, 56 FR 27877, June 17, 1991; 65 FR 58632, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 19285, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 fR 75756, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.348-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.76" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.348-2   Material and thickness of material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The type and thickness of material for DOT 412 specification cargo tanks must conform to § 178.345-2, but in no case may the thickness be less than that determined by the minimum thickness requirements in § 178.320(a). The following Tables I and II identify the “Specified Minimum Thickness” values to be employed in that determination.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Specified Minimum Thickness of Heads (or Bulkheads and Baffles When Used as Tank Reinforcement) Using Mild Steel (MS), High Strength Low Alloy Steel (HSLA), Austenitic Stainless Steel (SS), or Aluminum (AL)—Expressed in Decimals of an Inch After Forming 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Volume capacity (gallons per inch)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">10 or less
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Over 10 to 14
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Over 14 to 18
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">18 and over
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lading density at 60 °F in pounds per gallon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 lbs and less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 10 to 13 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 13 to 16 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 16 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 lbs and less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 10 to 13 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 13 to 16 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 16 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 lbs and less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 10 to 13 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 13 to 16 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 lbs and less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 10 to 13 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 13 to 16 lbs
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness (inch), steel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.312
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness (inch), aluminum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.144</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.450</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II—Specified Minimum Thickness of Shell Using Mild Steel (MS), High Strength Low Alloy Steel (HSLA), Austenitic Stainless Steel (SS), or Aluminum (AL)—Expressed in Decimals of an Inch After Forming 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Volume capacity in gallons per inch
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">10 or less
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Over 10 to 14
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Over 14 to 18
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">18 and over
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lading density at 60 °F in pounds per gallon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 lbs and less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 10 to 13 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 13 to 16 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 16 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 lbs and less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 10 to 13 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 13 to 16 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 16 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 lbs and less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 10 to 13 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 13 to 16 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 lbs and less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 10 to 13 lbs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 13 to 16 lbs
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness (steel):
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Distances between heads (and bulkheads baffles and ring stiffeners when used as tank reinforcement):
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">36 in. or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Over 36 in. to 54 inches</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.250
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Over 54 in. to 60 inches</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.312
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness (aluminum):
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Distances between heads (and bulkheads baffles and ring stiffeners when used as tank reinforcement):
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">36 in. or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.144</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.144</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.144</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.270
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Over 36 in. to 54 inches</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.144</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.144</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.360
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Over 54 in. to 60 inches</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.144</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.450</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) [Reserved]

</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25031, June 12, 1989; 54 FR 28750, July 7, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37065, Sept. 7, 1990; 68 FR 19285, Apr. 18, 2003]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.348-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.77" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.348-3   Pumps, piping, hoses and connections.</HEAD>
<P>Each pump and all piping, hoses and connections on each cargo tank motor vehicle must conform to § 178.345-9, except that the use of nonmetallic pipes, valves, or connections are authorized on DOT 412 cargo tanks.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 55 FR 37065, Sept. 7, 1990. Redesignated by Amdt. 178-112, 61 FR 18934, Apr. 29, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.348-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.78" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.348-4   Pressure relief.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each cargo tank must be equipped with a pressure and vacuum relief system in accordance with § 178.345-10 and this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type and construction.</I> Vacuum relief devices are not required for cargo tanks designed to be loaded by vacuum or built to withstand full vacuum.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pressure settings of relief valves.</I> The setting of the pressure relief devices must be in accordance with § 178.345-10(d), except as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Venting capacities.</I> (1) The vacuum relief system must limit the vacuum to less than 80 percent of the design vacuum capability of the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(2) If pressure loading or unloading devices are provided, the pressure relief system must have adequate vapor and liquid capacity to limit tank pressure to the cargo tank test pressure at the maximum loading or unloading rate. The maximum loading and unloading rates must be included on the metal specification plate.
</P>
<P>(3) Cargo tanks used in dedicated service for materials classed as corrosive material, with no secondary hazard, may have a total venting capacity which is less than required by § 178.345-10(e). The minimum total venting capacity for these cargo tanks must be determined in accordance with the following formula (use of approximate values given for the formula is acceptable):
</P>
<HD2>Formula in Nonmetric Units
</HD2>
<FP-2>Q = 37,980,000 A
<SU>0.82</SU> (ZT)
<SU>0.5</SU> / (LC)(M
<SU>0.5</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>Q = The total required venting capacity, in cubic meters of air per hour at standard conditions of 15.6 °C and 1 atm (cubic feet of air per hour at standard conditions of 60 °F and 14.7 psia);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T = The absolute temperature of the vapor at the venting conditions—degrees Kelvin (°C + 273) [degrees Rankine (°F + 460)];
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A = The exposed surface area of tank shell—square meters (square feet);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>L = The latent heat of vaporization of the lading—calories per gram (BTU/lb);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Z = The compressibility factor for the vapor (if this factor is unknown, let Z equal 1.0);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>M = The molecular weight of vapor;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>C = A constant derived from (K), the ratio of specific heats of the vapor. If (K) is unknown, let C = 315.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>C = 520[K(2/(K ++ 1))<E T="51">[(K + 1)/(K−1)]</E>]
<SU>0.5</SU>
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>K = C<E T="52">p</E> / C<E T="52">v</E>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>C<E T="52">p</E> = The specific heat at constant pressure, in -calories per gram degree centigrade (BTU/lb °F.); and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>C<E T="52">v</E> = The specific heat at constant volume, in -calories per gram degree centigrade (BTU/lb °F.).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25032, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37065, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 178-104, 59 FR 49135, Sept. 26, 1994. Redesignated by Amdt. 178-112, 61 FR 18934, Apr. 29, 1996; 72 FR 55696, Oct. 1, 2007; 72 FR 59146, Oct. 18, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.348-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.7.1.79" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.348-5   Pressure and leakage test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each cargo tank must be tested in accordance with § 178.345-13 and this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Pressure test. Test pressure must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Using the hydrostatic test method, the test pressure must be at least 1.5 times MAWP.
</P>
<P>(2) Using the pneumatic test method, the test pressure must be at least 1.5 times tank MAWP, and the inspection pressure is tank MAWP.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-89, 54 FR 25032, June 12, 1989. Redesignated by Amdt. 178-112, 61 FR 18934, Apr. 29, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Specifications for Packagings for Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.350" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.8.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.350   Specification 7A; general packaging, Type A.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each packaging must meet all applicable requirements of subpart B of part 173 of this subchapter and be designed and constructed so that it meets the requirements of §§ 173.403, 173.410, 173.412, 173.415 and 173.465 of this subchapter for Type A packaging.
</P>
<P>(b) Each Specification 7A packaging must be marked on the outside “USA DOT 7A Type A.”
</P>
<P>(c) Each Specification 7A packaging must comply with the requirements of §§ 178.2 and 178.3. In § 178.3(a)(2) the term “packaging manufacturer” means the person certifying that the package meets all requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-109, 60 FR 50336, Sept. 28, 1995; 60 FR 54409, Oct. 23, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 3696, Jan. 26, 2004; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 79 FR 40618, July 11, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Non-bulk Performance-Oriented Packaging Standards</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 178.500" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.500   Purpose, scope and definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes certain requirements for non-bulk packagings for hazardous materials. Standards for these packagings are based on the UN Recommendations.
</P>
<P>(b) Terms used in this subpart are defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.502" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.502   Identification codes for packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Identification codes for designating kinds of packagings consist of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A numeral indicating the kind of packaging, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) “1” means a drum.
</P>
<P>(ii) “2” means a wooden barrel.
</P>
<P>(iii) “3” means a jerrican.
</P>
<P>(iv) “4” means a box.
</P>
<P>(v) “5” means a bag.
</P>
<P>(vi) “6” means a composite packaging.
</P>
<P>(vii) “7” means a pressure receptacle.
</P>
<P>(2) A capital letter indicating the material of construction, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) “A” means steel (all types and surface treatments).
</P>
<P>(ii) “B” means aluminum.
</P>
<P>(iii) “C” means natural wood.
</P>
<P>(iv) “D” means plywood.
</P>
<P>(v) “F” means reconstituted wood.
</P>
<P>(vi) “G” means fiberboard.
</P>
<P>(vii) “H” means plastic.
</P>
<P>(viii) “L” means textile.
</P>
<P>(ix) “M” means paper, multi-wall.
</P>
<P>(x) “N” means metal (other than steel or aluminum).
</P>
<P>(xi) “P” means glass, porcelain or stoneware.
</P>
<P>(3) A numeral indicating the category of packaging within the kind to which the packaging belongs. For example, for steel drums (“1A”), “1” indicates a non-removable head drum ( <I>i.e.</I>, “1A1”) and “2” indicates a removable head drum (<I>i.e.</I>, “1A2”).
</P>
<P>(b) For composite packagings, two capital letters are used in sequence in the second position of the code, the first indicating the material of the inner receptacle and the second, that of the outer packaging. For example, a plastic receptacle in a steel drum is designated “6HA1”.
</P>
<P>(c) For combination packagings, only the code number for the outer packaging is used.
</P>
<P>(d) Identification codes are set forth in the standards for packagings in §§ 178.504 through 178.523 of this subpart. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 178.502:</HED>
<P>Plastics materials include other polymeric materials such as rubber.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67519, Dec. 29, 1994; 74 FR 2269, Jan. 14, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.503" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.503   Marking of packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A manufacturer must mark every packaging that is represented as manufactured to meet a UN standard with the marks specified in this section. The markings must be durable, legible and placed in a location and of such a size relative to the packaging as to be readily visible, as specified in § 178.3(a). Except as otherwise provided in this section, every reusable packaging liable to undergo a reconditioning process which might obliterate the packaging marks must bear the marks specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) and (a)(9) of this section in a permanent form (e.g. embossed) able to withstand the reconditioning process. A marking may be applied in a single line or in multiple lines provided the correct sequence is used. As illustrated by the examples in paragraph (e) of this section, the following information must be presented in the correct sequence. Slash marks should be used to separate this information. A packaging conforming to a UN standard must be marked as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section, the United Nations symbol as illustrated in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section (for embossed metal receptacles, the letters “UN” may be applied in place of the symbol);
</P>
<P>(2) A packaging identification code designating the type of packaging, the material of construction and, when appropriate, the category of packaging under §§ 178.504 through 178.523 of this subpart within the type to which the packaging belongs. The letter “V” must follow the packaging identification code on packagings tested in accordance with § 178.601(g)(2); for example, “4GV”. The letter “W” must follow the packaging identification code on packagings when required by an approval under the provisions of § 178.601(h) of this part;
</P>
<P>(3) A letter identifying the performance standard under which the packaging design type has been successfully tested, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) X—for packagings meeting Packing Group I, II and III tests;
</P>
<P>(ii) Y—for packagings meeting Packing Group II and III tests; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Z—for packagings only meeting Packing Group III tests;
</P>
<P>(4) A designation of the specific gravity or mass for which the packaging design type has been tested, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For packagings without inner packagings intended to contain liquids, the designation shall be the specific gravity rounded down to the first decimal but may be omitted when the specific gravity does not exceed 1.2; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For packagings intended to contain solids or inner packagings, the designation shall be the maximum gross mass in kilograms;
</P>
<P>(5)(i) For single and composite packagings intended to contain liquids, the test pressure in kilopascals rounded down to the nearest 10 kPa of the hydrostatic pressure test that the packaging design type has successfully passed;
</P>
<P>(ii) For packagings intended to contain solids or inner packagings, the letter “S”;
</P>
<P>(6) The last two digits of the year of manufacture. Packagings of types 1H and 3H shall also be marked with the month of manufacture in any appropriate manner; this may be marked on the packaging in a different place from the remainder of the markings;
</P>
<P>(7) The state authorizing allocation of the mark. The letters ‘USA’ indicate that the packaging is manufactured and marked in the United States in compliance with the provisions of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(8) The name and address or symbol of the manufacturer or the approval agency certifying compliance with subpart L and subpart M of this part. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator;
</P>
<P>(9) For metal or plastic drums or jerricans intended for reuse or reconditioning as single packagings or the outer packagings of a composite packaging, the thickness of the packaging material, expressed in mm (rounded to the nearest 0.1 mm), as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Metal drums or jerricans must be marked with the nominal thickness of the metal used in the body. The marked nominal thickness must not exceed the minimum thickness of the steel used by more than the thickness tolerance stated in ISO 3574 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). (See appendix C of this part.) The unit of measure is not required to be marked. When the nominal thickness of either head of a metal drum is thinner than that of the body, the nominal thickness of the top head, body, and bottom head must be marked (e.g., “1.0-1.2-1.0” or “0.9-1.0-1.0”). 
</P>
<P>(ii) Plastic drums or jerricans must be marked with the minimum thickness of the packaging material. Minimum thicknesses of plastic must be as determined in accordance with § 173.28(b)(4). The unit of measure is not required to be marked;
</P>
<P>(10) In addition to the markings prescribed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(9) of this section, every new metal drum having a capacity greater than 100 L must bear the marks described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6), and (a)(9)(i) of this section, in a permanent form, on the bottom. The markings on the top head or side of these packagings need not be permanent, and need not include the thickness mark described in paragraph (a)(9) of this section. This marking indicates a drum's characteristics at the time it was manufactured, and the information in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section that is marked on the top head or side must be the same as the information in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section permanently marked by the original manufacturer on the bottom of the drum; and
</P>
<P>(11) Rated capacity of the packaging expressed in liters may be marked.
</P>
<P>(b) For a packaging with a removable head, the markings may not be applied only to the removable head.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Marking of reconditioned packagings.</I> (1) If a packaging is reconditioned, it shall be marked by the reconditioner near the marks required in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section with the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the country in which the reconditioning was performed (in the United States, use the letters “USA”);
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and address or symbol of the reconditioner. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator;
</P>
<P>(iii) The last two digits of the year of reconditioning;
</P>
<P>(iv) The letter “R”; and
</P>
<P>(v) For every packaging successfully passing a leakproofness test, the additional letter “L”.
</P>
<P>(2) When, after reconditioning, the markings required by paragraph (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section no longer appear on the top head or the side of the metal drum, the reconditioner must apply them in a durable form followed by the markings in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. These markings may identify a different performance capability than that for which the original design type had been tested and marked, but may not identify a greater performance capability. The markings applied in accordance with this paragraph may be different from those which are permanently marked on the bottom of a drum in accordance with paragraph (a)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Marking of remanufactured packagings.</I> For remanufactured metal drums, if there is no change to the packaging type and no replacement or removal of integral structural components, the required markings need not be permanent (e.g., embossed). Every other remanufactured drum must bear the marks required in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section in a permanent form (e.g., embossed) on the top head or side. If the metal thickness marking required in paragraph (a)(9)(i) of this section does not appear on the bottom of the drum, or if it is no longer valid, the remanufacturer also must mark this information in permanent form.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>The following are examples of symbols and required</I> markings. 
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The United Nations symbol is:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er05oc12.059.gif"/>
<P>(ii) The circle that surrounds the letters “u” and “n” may have small breaks provided the following provisions are met:
</P>
<P>(A) The total gap space does not exceed 15 percent of the circumference of the circle;
</P>
<P>(B) There are no more than four gaps in the circle;
</P>
<P>C) The spacing between gaps is separated by no less than 20 percent of the circumference of the circle (72 degrees); and
</P>
<P>D) The letters “u” and “n” appear exactly as depicted in § 178.503(e)(1)(i) with no gaps.
</P>
<P>(2) Examples of markings for a new packaging are as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For a fiberboard box designed to contain an inner packaging:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er05oc12.060.gif"/>
<FP>(as in § 178.503 (a)(1) through (9) of this subpart).
</FP>
<P>(ii) For a steel drum designed to contain liquids:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er05oc12.061.gif"/>
<FP>(as in § 178.503 (a)(1) through (10) of this subpart).
</FP>
<P>(iii) For a steel drum to transport solids or inner packagings:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er05oc12.062.gif"/>
<FP>(as in § 178.503 (a)(1) through (8) of this subpart).
</FP>
<P>(3) Examples of markings for reconditioned packagings are as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er05oc12.063.gif"/>
<FP>(as in § 178.503(c)(1)).
</FP>
<P>(f) A manufacturer must mark every UN specification package represented as manufactured to meet the requirements of § 178.609 for packaging of infectious substances with the marks specified in this section. The markings must be durable, legible, and must be readily visible, as specified in § 178.3(a). An infectious substance packaging that successfully passes the tests conforming to the UN standard must be marked as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The United Nations symbol as illustrated in paragraph (e) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) The code designating the type of packaging and material of construction according to the identification codes for packagings specified in § 178.502. 
</P>
<P>(3) The text “CLASS 6.2”. 
</P>
<P>(4) The last two digits of the year of manufacture of the packaging. 
</P>
<P>(5) The country authorizing the allocation of the mark. The letters “USA” indicate the packaging is manufactured and marked in the United States in compliance with the provisions of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(6) The name and address or symbol of the manufacturer or the approval agency certifying compliance with subparts L and M of this part. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. 
</P>
<P>(7) For packagings meeting the requirements of § 178.609(i)(3), the letter “U” must be inserted immediately following the marking designating the type of packaging and material required in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66284, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 178-102, 59 FR 28493, June 2, 1994; Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67520, 67521, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 178-107, 60 FR 26806, May 18, 1995; 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61016, Sept. 27, 2002; 67 FR 53143, Aug. 14, 2002; 68 FR 75757, Dec. 31, 2003; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010; 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010; 77 FR 60943, Oct. 5, 2012; 78 FR 60755, Oct. 2, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.504" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.504   Standards for steel drums.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are identification codes for steel drums:
</P>
<P>(1) 1A1 for a non-removable head steel drum; and
</P>
<P>(2) 1A2 for a removable head steel drum.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for steel drums are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Body and heads must be constructed of steel sheet of suitable type and adequate thickness in relation to the capacity and intended use of the drum. Minimum thickness and marking requirements in §§ 173.28(b)(4) and 178.503(a)(9) of this subchapter apply to drums intended for reuse.
</P>
<P>(2) Body seams must be welded on drums designed to contain more than 40 L (11 gallons) of liquids. Body seams must be mechanically seamed or welded on drums intended to contain only solids or 40 L (11 gallons) or less of liquids.
</P>
<P>(3) Chimes must be mechanically seamed or welded. Separate reinforcing rings may be applied.
</P>
<P>(4) The body of a drum of a capacity greater than 60 L (16 gallons) may have at least two expanded rolling hoops or two separate rolling hoops. If there are separate rolling hoops, they must be fitted tightly on the body and so secured that they cannot shift. Rolling hoops may not be spot-welded.
</P>
<P>(5) Openings for filling, emptying and venting in the bodies or heads of non-removable head (1A1) drums may not exceed 7.0 cm (3 inches) in diameter. Drums with larger openings are considered to be of the removable head type (1A2). Closures for openings in the bodies and heads of drums must be so designed and applied that they will remain secure and leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Closure flanges may be mechanically seamed or welded in place. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with closures unless the closure is inherently leakproof.
</P>
<P>(6) Closure devices for removable head drums must be so designed and applied that they will remain secure and drums will remain leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with all removable heads.
</P>
<P>(7) If materials used for body, heads, closures, and fittings are not in themselves compatible with the contents to be transported, suitable internal protective coatings or treatments must be applied. These coatings or treatments must retain their protective properties under normal conditions of transport.
</P>
<P>(8) Maximum capacity of drum: 450 L (119 gallons).
</P>
<P>(9) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66284, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 178-110, 60 FR 49111, Sept. 21, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.505" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.505   Standards for aluminum drums.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are the identification codes for aluminum drums:
</P>
<P>(1) 1B1 for a non-removable head aluminum drum; and
</P>
<P>(2) 1B2 for a removable head aluminum drum.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for aluminum drums are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Body and heads must be constructed of aluminum at least 99 percent pure or an aluminum base alloy. Material must be of suitable type and adequate thickness in relation to the capacity and the intended use of the drum. Minimum thickness and marking requirements in §§ 173.28(b)(4) and 178.503(a)(9) of this subchapter apply to drums intended for reuse.
</P>
<P>(2) All seams must be welded. Chime seams, if any, must be reinforced by the application of separate reinforcing rings.
</P>
<P>(3) The body of a drum of a capacity greater than 60 L (16 gallons) may have at least two expanded rolling hoops or two separate rolling hoops. If there are separate rolling hoops, the hoops must be fitted tightly on the body and so secured that they cannot shift. Rolling hoops may not be spot-welded.
</P>
<P>(4) Openings for filling, emptying, or venting in the bodies or heads of non-removable head (1B1) drums may not exceed 7.0 cm (3 inches) in diameter. Drums with larger openings are considered to be of the removable head type (1B2). Closures for openings in the bodies and heads of drums must be so designed and applied that they will remain secure and leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Closure flanges may be welded in place so that the weld provides a leakproof seam. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with closures unless the closure is inherently leakproof.
</P>
<P>(5) Closure devices for removable head drums must be so designed and applied that they remain secure and drums remain leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with all removable heads.
</P>
<P>(6) If materials used for body, heads, closures, and fittings are not compatible with the contents to be transported, suitable internal protective coatings or treatments must be applied. These coatings or treatments must retain their protective properties under normal conditions of transport.
</P>
<P>(7) Maximum capacity of drum: 450 L (119 gallons).
</P>
<P>(8) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66284, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 178-102, 59 FR 28494, June 2, 1994; 87 FR 45000, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.506" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.506   Standards for metal drums other than steel or aluminum.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are the identification codes for metal drums other than steel or aluminum:
</P>
<P>(1) 1N1 for a non-removable head metal drum; and
</P>
<P>(2) 1N2 for a removable head metal drum.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for metal drums other than steel or aluminum are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Body and heads must be constructed of metal (other than steel or aluminum) of suitable type and adequate thickness in relation to the capacity and the intended use of the drum. Minimum thickness and marking requirements in §§ 173.28(b)(4) and 178.503(a)(9) of this subchapter apply to drums intended for reuse.
</P>
<P>(2) All seams must be welded. Chime seams, if any, must be reinforced by the application of separate reinforcing rings.
</P>
<P>(3) The body of a drum of a capacity greater than 60 L (16 gallons) may have at least two expanded rolling hoops or two separate rolling hoops. If there are separate rolling hoops, the hoops must be fitted tightly on the body and so secured that they cannot shift. Rolling hoops may not be spot-welded.
</P>
<P>(4) Openings for filling, emptying, or venting in the bodies or heads of non-removable head (1N1) drums may not exceed 7.0 cm (3 inches) in diameter. Drums with larger openings are considered to be of the removable head type (1N2). Closures for openings in the bodies and heads of drums must be so designed and applied that they will remain secure and leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Closure flanges may be welded in place so that the weld provides a leakproof seam. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with closures unless the closure is inherently leakproof.
</P>
<P>(5) Closure devices for removable head drums must be so designed and applied that they remain secure and drums remain leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with all removable heads.
</P>
<P>(6) If materials used for body, heads, closures, and fittings are not compatible with the contents to be transported, suitable internal protective coatings or treatments must be applied. These coatings or treatments must retain their protective properties under normal conditions of transport.
</P>
<P>(7) Maximum capacity of drum: 450 L (119 gallons).
</P>
<P>(8) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66285, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 178-102, 59 FR 28494, June 2, 1994; 87 FR 45000, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.507" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.507   Standards for plywood drums.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The identification code for a plywood drum is 1D.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for plywood drums are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The wood used must be well-seasoned, commercially dry and free from any defect likely to lessen the effectiveness of the drum for the purpose intended. A material other than plywood, of at least equivalent strength and durability, may be used for the manufacture of the heads.
</P>
<P>(2) At least two-ply plywood must be used for the body and at least three-ply plywood for the heads; the plies must be firmly glued together, with their grains crosswise.
</P>
<P>(3) The body and heads of the drum and their joints must be of a design appropriate to the capacity of the drum and its intended use.
</P>
<P>(4) In order to prevent sifting of the contents, lids must be lined with kraft paper or some other equivalent material which must be securely fastened to the lid and extend to the outside along its full circumference.
</P>
<P>(5) Maximum capacity of drum: 250 L (66 gallons).
</P>
<P>(6) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 45465, Oct. 1, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.508" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.508   Standards for fiber drums.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The identification code for a fiber drum is 1G.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for fiber drums are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The body of the drum must be constructed of multiple plies of heavy paper or fiberboard (without corrugations) firmly glued or laminated together and may include one or more protective layers of bitumen, waxed kraft paper, metal foil, plastic material, or similar materials.
</P>
<P>(2) Heads must be of natural wood, fiberboard, metal, plywood, plastics, or other suitable material and may include one or more protective layers of bitumen, waxed kraft paper, metal foil, plastic material, or similar material.
</P>
<P>(3) The body and heads of the drum and their joints must be of a design appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the drum.
</P>
<P>(4) The assembled packaging must be sufficiently water-resistant so as not to delaminate under normal conditions of transport.
</P>
<P>(5) Maximum capacity of drum: 450 L (119 gallons).
</P>
<P>(6) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67521, Dec. 29, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.509" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.509   Standards for plastic drums and jerricans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are identification codes for plastic drums and jerricans:
</P>
<P>(1) 1H1 for a non-removable head plastic drum;
</P>
<P>(2) 1H2 for a removable head plastic drum;
</P>
<P>(3) 3H1 for a non-removable head jerrican; and
</P>
<P>(4) 3H2 for a removable head jerrican.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for plastic drums and jerricans are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The packaging must be manufactured from suitable plastic material and be of adequate strength in relation to its capacity and intended use. No used material other than production residues or regrind from the same manufacturing process may be used unless approved by the Associate Administrator. The packaging must be adequately resistant to aging and to degradation caused either by the substance contained or by ultra-violet radiation. Any permeation of the substance contained may not constitute a danger under normal conditions of transport.
</P>
<P>(2) If protection against ultra-violet radiation is required, it must be provided by the addition of carbon black or other suitable pigments or inhibitors. These additives must be compatible with the contents and remain effective throughout the life of the packaging. Where use is made of carbon black, pigments or inhibitors other than those used in the manufacture of the design type, retesting may be omitted if the carbon black content does not exceed 2 percent by mass or if the pigment content does not exceed 3 percent by mass; the content of inhibitors of ultra-violet radiation is not limited.
</P>
<P>(3) Additives serving purposes other than protection against ultra-violet radiation may be included in the composition of the plastic material provided they do not adversely affect the chemical and physical properties of the packaging material.
</P>
<P>(4) The wall thickness at every point of the packaging must be appropriate to its capacity and its intended use, taking into account the stresses to which each point is liable to be exposed. Minimum thickness and marking requirements in §§ 173.28(b)(4) and 178.503(a)(9) of this subchapter apply to drums intended for reuse.
</P>
<P>(5) Openings for filling, emptying and venting in the bodies or heads of non-removable head (1H1) drums and jerricans (3H1) may not exceed 7.0 cm (3 inches) in diameter. Drums and jerricans with larger openings are considered to be of the removable head type (1H2 and 3H2). Closures for openings in the bodies or heads of drums and jerricans must be so designed and applied that they remain secure and leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with closures unless the closure is inherently leakproof.
</P>
<P>(6) Closure devices for removable head drums and jerricans must be so designed and applied that they remain secure and leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Gaskets must be used with all removable heads unless the drum or jerrican design is such that when the removable head is properly secured, the drum or jerrican is inherently leakproof.
</P>
<P>(7) Maximum capacity of drums and jerricans: 1H1, 1H2: 450 L (119 gallons); 3H1, 3H2: 60 L (16 gallons).
</P>
<P>(8) Maximum net mass: 1H1, 1H2: 400 kg (882 pounds); 3H1, 3H2: 120 kg (265 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-102, 59 FR 28494, June 2, 1994; 64 FR 10782, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.510" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.510   Standards for wooden barrels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are identification codes for wooden barrels:
</P>
<P>(1) 2C1 for a bung type wooden barrel; and
</P>
<P>(2) 2C2 for a slack type (removable head) wooden barrel.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for wooden barrels are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The wood used must be of good quality, straight-grained, well-seasoned and free from knots, bark, rotten wood, sapwood or other defects likely to lessen the effectiveness of the barrel for the purpose intended.
</P>
<P>(2) The body and heads must be of a design appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the barrel.
</P>
<P>(3) Staves and heads must be sawn or cleft with the grain so that no annual ring extends over more than half the thickness of a stave or head.
</P>
<P>(4) Barrel hoops must be of steel or iron of good quality. The hoops of 2C2 barrels may be of a suitable hardwood.
</P>
<P>(5) For wooden barrels 2C1, the diameter of the bung-hole may not exceed half the width of the stave in which it is placed.
</P>
<P>(6) For wooden barrels 2C2, heads must fit tightly into crozes.
</P>
<P>(7) Maximum capacity of barrel: 250 L (66 gallons).
</P>
<P>(8) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.511" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.511   Standards for aluminum and steel jerricans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are identification codes for aluminum and steel jerricans:
</P>
<P>(1) 3A1 for a non-removable head steel jerrican;
</P>
<P>(2) 3A2 for a removable head steel jerrican;
</P>
<P>(3) 3B1 for a non-removable head aluminum jerrican; and
</P>
<P>(4) 3B2 for a removable head aluminum jerrican.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for aluminum and steel jerricans are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For steel jerricans the body and heads must be constructed of steel sheet of suitable type and adequate thickness in relation to the capacity of the jerrican and its intended use. Minimum thickness and marking requirements in §§ 173.28(b)(4) and 178.503(a)(9) of this subchapter apply to jerricans intended for reuse.
</P>
<P>(2) For aluminum jerricans the body and heads must be constructed of aluminum at least 99% pure or of an aluminum base alloy. Material must be of a type and of adequate thickness in relation to the capacity of the jerrican and to its intended use.
</P>
<P>(3) Chimes of all jerricans must be mechanically seamed or welded. Body seams of jerricans intended to carry more than 40 L (11 gallons) of liquid must be welded. Body seams of jerricans intended to carry 40 L (11 gallons) or less must be mechanically seamed or welded.
</P>
<P>(4) Openings in jerricans (3A1) may not exceed 7.0 cm (3 inches) in diameter. Jerricans with larger openings are considered to be of the removable head type. Closures must be so designed that they remain secure and leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with closures, unless the closure is inherently leakproof.
</P>
<P>(5) If materials used for body, heads, closures and fittings are not in themselves compatible with the contents to be transported, suitable internal protective coatings or treatments must be applied. These coatings or treatments must retain their protective properties under normal conditions of transport.
</P>
<P>(6) Maximum capacity of jerrican: 60 L (16 gallons).
</P>
<P>(7) Maximum net mass: 120 kg (265 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-102, 59 FR 28494, June 2, 1994; Amdt. 178-119, 62 FR 24742, May 6, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.512" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.512   Standards for steel, aluminum or other metal boxes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are identification codes for steel, aluminum, or other metal boxes:
</P>
<P>(1) 4A for a steel box;
</P>
<P>(2) 4B for an aluminum box; and
</P>
<P>(3) 4N for an other metal box.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for steel, aluminum or other metal boxes are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The strength of the metal and the construction of the box must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the box.
</P>
<P>(2) Boxes must be lined with fiberboard or felt packing pieces or must have an inner liner or coating of suitable material in accordance with subpart C of part 173 of this subchapter. If a double seamed metal liner is used, steps must be taken to prevent the ingress of materials, particularly explosives, into the recesses of the seams.
</P>
<P>(3) Closures may be of any suitable type, and must remain secure under normal conditions of transport.
</P>
<P>(4) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67521, Dec. 29, 1994; 78 FR 1096, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.513" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.513   Standards for boxes of natural wood.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are the identification codes for boxes of natural wood:
</P>
<P>(1) 4C1 for an ordinary box; and
</P>
<P>(2) 4C2 for a box with sift-proof walls.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for boxes of natural wood are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The wood used must be well-seasoned, commercially dry and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of any part of the box. The strength of the material used and the method of construction must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the box. The tops and bottoms may be made of water-resistant reconstituted wood such as hard board, particle board or other suitable type.
</P>
<P>(2) Fastenings must be resistant to vibration experienced under normal conditions of transportation. End grain nailing must be avoided whenever practicable. Joints which are likely to be highly stressed must be made using clenched or annular ring nails or equivalent fastenings.
</P>
<P>(3) Each part of the 4C2 box must be one piece or equivalent. Parts are considered equivalent to one piece when one of the following methods of glued assembly is used: Linderman joint, tongue and groove joint, ship lap or rabbet joint, or butt joint with at least two corrugated metal fasteners at each joint.
</P>
<P>(4) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67521, Dec. 29, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.514" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.514   Standards for plywood boxes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The identification code for a plywood box is 4D.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for plywood boxes are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Plywood used must be at least 3 ply. It shall be made from well-seasoned rotary cut, sliced or sawn veneer, commercially dry and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of the box. The strength of the material used and the method of construction must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the box. All adjacent plies must be glued with water-resistant adhesive. Other suitable materials may be used together with plywood in the construction of boxes. Boxes must be nailed or secured to corner posts or ends or assembled with other equally suitable devices.
</P>
<P>(2) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.515" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.515   Standards for reconstituted wood boxes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The identification code for a reconstituted wood box is 4F.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for reconstituted wood boxes are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The walls of boxes must be made of water-resistant, reconstituted wood such as hardboard, particle board, or other suitable type. The strength of the material used and the method of construction must be appropriate to the capacity of the boxes and their intended use.
</P>
<P>(2) Other parts of the box may be made of other suitable materials.
</P>
<P>(3) Boxes must be securely assembled by means of suitable devices.
</P>
<P>(4) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.516" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.516   Standards for fiberboard boxes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The identification code for a fiberboard box is 4G.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for fiberboard boxes are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Strong, solid or double-faced corrugated fiberboard (single or multi-wall) must be used, appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the box. The water resistance of the outer surface must be such that the increase in mass, as determined in a test carried out over a period of 30 minutes by the Cobb method of determining water absorption, is not greater than 155 g per square meter (0.0316 pounds per square foot)—see ISO 535 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Fiberboard must have proper bending qualities. Fiberboard must be cut, creased without cutting through any thickness of fiberboard, and slotted so as to permit assembly without cracking, surface breaks, or undue bending. The fluting of corrugated fiberboard must be firmly glued to the facings. 
</P>
<P>(2) The ends of boxes may have a wooden frame or be entirely of wood or other suitable material. Reinforcements of wooden battens or other suitable material may be used.
</P>
<P>(3) Manufacturing joints. (i) Manufacturing joints in the bodies of boxes must be—
</P>
<P>(A) Taped;
</P>
<P>(B) Lapped and glued; or
</P>
<P>(C) Lapped and stitched with metal staples.
</P>
<P>(ii) Lapped joints must have an appropriate overlap.
</P>
<P>(4) Where closing is effected by gluing or taping, a water resistant adhesive must be used.
</P>
<P>(5) Boxes must be designed so as to provide a snug fit to the contents.
</P>
<P>(6) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds).
</P>
<P>(7) Authorization to manufacture, mark, and sell UN4G combination packagings with outer fiberboard boxes and with inner fiberboard components that have individual containerboard or paper wall basis weights that vary by not more than plus or minus 10% from the nominal basis weight reported in the initial design qualification test report.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-99, 58 FR 51534, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67521, Dec. 29, 1994; 68 FR 75758, Dec. 31, 2003; 79 FR 15046, Mar. 18, 2014; 83 FR 55810, Nov. 7, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.517" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.517   Standards for plastic boxes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are identification codes for plastic boxes:
</P>
<P>(1) 4H1 for an expanded plastic box; and
</P>
<P>(2) 4H2 for a solid plastic box.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for plastic boxes are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The box must be manufactured from suitable plastic material and be of adequate strength in relation to its capacity and intended use. The box must be adequately resistant to aging and to degradation caused either by the substance contained or by ultra-violet radiation.
</P>
<P>(2) An expanded plastic box must consist of two parts made of a molded expanded plastic material: a bottom section containing cavities for the inner receptacles, and a top section covering and interlocking with the bottom section. The top and bottom sections must be so designed that the inner receptacles fit snugly. The closure cap for any inner receptacle may not be in contact with the inside of the top section of the box.
</P>
<P>(3) For transportation, an expanded plastic box must be closed with a self-adhesive tape having sufficient tensile strength to prevent the box from opening. The adhesive tape must be weather-resistant and its adhesive compatible with the expanded plastic material of the box. Other closing devices at least equally effective may be used.
</P>
<P>(4) For solid plastic boxes, protection against ultra-violet radiation, if required, must be provided by the addition of carbon black or other suitable pigments or inhibitors. These additives must be compatible with the contents and remain effective throughout the life of the box. Where use is made of carbon black pigment or inhibitors other than those used in the manufacture of the tested design type, retesting may be waived if the carbon black content does not exceed 2 percent by mass or if the pigment content does not exceed 3 percent by mass; the content of inhibitors of ultra-violet radiation is not limited.
</P>
<P>(5) Additives serving purposes other than protection against ultra-violet radiation may be included in the composition of the plastic material if they do not adversely affect the material of the box. Addition of these additives does not change the design type.
</P>
<P>(6) Solid plastic boxes must have closure devices made of a suitable material of adequate strength and so designed as to prevent the box from unintentionally opening.
</P>
<P>(7) Maximum net mass 4H1: 60 kg (132 pounds); 4H2: 400 kg (882 pounds).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.518" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.518   Standards for woven plastic bags.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are identification codes for woven plastic bags:
</P>
<P>(1) 5H1 for an unlined or non-coated woven plastic bag;
</P>
<P>(2) 5H2 for a sift-proof woven plastic bag; and
</P>
<P>(3) 5H3 for a water-resistant woven plastic bag.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for woven plastic fabric bags are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Bags must be made from stretched tapes or monofilaments of a suitable plastic material. The strength of the material used and the construction of the bag must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the bag.
</P>
<P>(2) If the fabric is woven flat, the bags must be made by sewing or some other method ensuring closure of the bottom and one side. If the fabric is tubular, the bag must be closed by sewing, weaving, or some other equally strong method of closure.
</P>
<P>(3) Bags, sift-proof, 5H2 must be made sift-proof by appropriate means such as use of paper or a plastic film bonded to the inner surface of the bag or one or more separate inner liners made of paper or plastic material.
</P>
<P>(4) Bags, water-resistant, 5H3: To prevent the entry of moisture, the bag must be made waterproof by appropriate means, such as separate inner liners of water-resistant paper (e.g., waxed kraft paper, double-tarred kraft paper or plastic-coated kraft paper), or plastic film bonded to the inner or outer surface of the bag, or one or more inner plastic liners.
</P>
<P>(5) Maximum net mass: 50 kg (110 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-99, 58 FR 51534, Oct. 1, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.519" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.519   Standards for plastic film bags.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The identification code for a plastic film bag is 5H4.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for plastic film bags are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Bags must be made of a suitable plastic material. The strength of the material used and the construction of the bag must be appropriate to the capacity and the intended use of the bag. Joints and closures must be capable of withstanding pressures and impacts liable to occur under normal conditions of transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) Maximum net mass: 50 kg (110 pounds).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.520" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.520   Standards for textile bags.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are identification codes for textile bags:
</P>
<P>(1) 5L1 for an unlined or non-coated textile bag;
</P>
<P>(2) 5L2 for a sift-proof textile bag; and
</P>
<P>(3) 5L3 for a water-resistant textile bag.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for textile bags are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The textiles used must be of good quality. The strength of the fabric and the construction of the bag must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the bag.
</P>
<P>(2) Bags, sift-proof, 5L2: The bag must be made sift-proof, by appropriate means, such as by the use of paper bonded to the inner surface of the bag by a water-resistant adhesive such as bitumen, plastic film bonded to the inner surface of the bag, or one or more inner liners made of paper or plastic material.
</P>
<P>(3) Bags, water-resistant, 5L3: To prevent entry of moisture, the bag must be made waterproof by appropriate means, such as by the use of separate inner liners of water-resistant paper (e.g., waxed kraft paper, tarred paper, or plastic-coated kraft paper), or plastic film bonded to the inner surface of the bag, or one or more inner liners made of plastic material or metalized film or foil.
</P>
<P>(4) Maximum net mass: 50 kg (110 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66285, Dec. 20, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.521" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.521   Standards for paper bags.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are identification codes for paper bags:
</P>
<P>(1) 5M1 for a multi-wall paper bag; and
</P>
<P>(2) 5M2 for a multi-wall water-resistant paper bag.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for paper bags are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Bags must be made of a suitable kraft paper, or of an equivalent paper with at least three plies. The strength of the paper and the construction of the bag must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the bag. Seams and closures must be sift-proof.
</P>
<P>(2) Paper bags 5M2: To prevent the entry of moisture, a bag of four plies or more must be made waterproof by the use of either a water-resistant ply as one of the two outermost plies or a water-resistant barrier made of a suitable protective material between the two outermost plies. A 5M2 bag of three plies must be made waterproof by the use of a water-resistant ply as the outermost ply. When there is danger of the lading reacting with moisture, or when it is packed damp, a waterproof ply or barrier, such as double-tarred kraft paper, plastics-coated kraft paper, plastics film bonded to the inner surface of the bag, or one or more inner plastics liners, must also be placed next to the substance. Seams and closures must be waterproof.
</P>
<P>(3) Maximum net mass: 50 kg (110 pounds).
</P>
<P>(4) UN5M1 and UN5M2 multi-wall paper bags that have paper wall basis weights that vary by not more than plus or minus 10 percent from the nominal basis weight reported in the initial design qualification test report.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66285, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67521, Dec. 29, 1994; 79 FR 15046, Mar. 18, 2014; 85 FR 75716, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.522" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.522   Standards for composite packagings with inner plastic receptacles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are the identification codes for composite packagings with inner plastic receptacles:
</P>
<P>(1) 6HA1 for a plastic receptacle within a protective steel drum;
</P>
<P>(2) 6HA2 for a plastic receptacle within a protective steel crate or box;
</P>
<P>(3) 6HB1 for a plastic receptacle within a protective aluminum drum.
</P>
<P>(4) 6HB2 for a plastic receptacle within a protective aluminum crate or box.
</P>
<P>(5) 6HC for a plastic receptacle within a protective wooden box.
</P>
<P>(6) 6HD1 for a plastic receptacle within a protective plywood drum;
</P>
<P>(7) 6HD2 for a plastic receptacle within a protective plywood box;
</P>
<P>(8) 6HG1 for a plastic receptacle within a protective fiber drum;
</P>
<P>(9) 6HG2 for a plastic receptacle within a protective fiberboard box;
</P>
<P>(10) 6HH1 for a plastic receptacle within a protective plastic drum; and
</P>
<P>(11) 6HH2 for a plastic receptacle within a protective plastic box.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for composite packagings with inner receptacles of plastic are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Inner receptacles must be constructed under the applicable construction requirements prescribed in § 178.509(b) (1) through (7) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) The inner plastic receptacle must fit snugly inside the outer packaging, which must be free of any projections which may abrade the plastic material.
</P>
<P>(3) Outer packagings must be constructed as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) 6HA1 or 6HB1: Protective packaging must conform to the requirements for steel drums in § 178.504(b) of this subpart, or aluminum drums in § 178.505(b) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(ii) 6HA2 or 6HB2: Protective packagings with steel or aluminum crate must conform to the requirements for steel or aluminum boxes found in § 178.512(b) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(iii) 6HC protective packaging must conform to the requirements for wooden boxes in § 178.513(b) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(iv) 6HD1: Protective packaging must conform to the requirements for plywood drums, in § 178.507(b) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(v) 6HD2: Protective packaging must conform to the requirements of plywood boxes, in § 178.514(b) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(vi) 6HG1: Protective packaging must conform to the requirements for fiber drums, in § 178.508(b) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(vii) 6HG2: protective packaging must conform to the requirements for fiberboard boxes, in § 178.516(b) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(viii) 6HH1: Protective packaging must conform to the requirements for plastic drums, in § 178.509(b).
</P>
<P>(ix) 6HH2: Protective packaging must conform to the requirements for plastic boxes, in § 178.517(b).
</P>
<P>(4) Maximum capacity of inner receptacles is as follows: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1, 6HG1, 6HH1—250 L (66 gallons); 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2, 6HG2, 6HH2—60 L (16 gallons).
</P>
<P>(5) Maximum net mass is as follows: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1, 6HG1, 6HH1—400kg (882 pounds); 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2, 6HG2, 6HH2—75 kg (165 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67521, Dec. 29, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.523" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.9.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.523   Standards for composite packagings with inner glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following are identification codes for composite packagings with inner receptacles of glass, porcelain, or stoneware:
</P>
<P>(1) 6PA1 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective steel drum;
</P>
<P>(2) 6PA2 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective steel crate or box;
</P>
<P>(3) 6PB1 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective aluminum drum;
</P>
<P>(4) 6PB2 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective aluminum crate or box;
</P>
<P>(5) 6PC for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective wooden box;
</P>
<P>(6) 6PD1 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective plywood drum;
</P>
<P>(7) 6PD2 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective wickerwork hamper;
</P>
<P>(8) 6PG1 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective fiber drum;
</P>
<P>(9) 6PG2 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective fiberboard box;
</P>
<P>(10) 6PH1 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective expanded plastic packaging; and
</P>
<P>(11) 6PH2 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective solid plastic packaging.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for composite packagings with inner receptacles of glass, porcelain, or stoneware are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Inner receptacles must conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) Receptacles must be of suitable form (cylindrical or pear-shaped), be made of good quality materials free from any defect that could impair their strength, and be firmly secured in the outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any part of a closure likely to come into contact with the contents of the receptacle must be resistant to those contents. Closures must be fitted so as to be leakproof and secured to prevent any loosening during transportation. Vented closures must conform to § 173.24(f) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Protective packagings must conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) For receptacles with protective steel drum 6PAl, the drum must comply with § 178.504(b) of this subpart. However, the removable lid required for this type of packaging may be in the form of a cap.
</P>
<P>(ii) For receptacles with protective packaging of steel crate or steel box 6PA2, the protective packaging must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Section 178.512(b) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of cylindrical receptacles, the protective packaging must, when upright, rise above the receptacle and its closure; and
</P>
<P>(C) If the protective crate surrounds a pear-shaped receptacle and is of matching shape, the protective packaging must be fitted with a protective cover (cap).
</P>
<P>(iii) For receptacles with protective aluminum drum 6PB1, the requirements of § 178.505(b) of this subpart apply to the protective packaging.
</P>
<P>(iv) For receptacles with protective aluminum box or crate 6PB2, the requirements of § 178.512(b) of this subpart apply to the protective packaging.
</P>
<P>(v) For receptacles with protective wooden box 6PC, the requirements of § 178.513(b) of this subpart apply to the protective packaging.
</P>
<P>(vi) For receptacles with protective plywood drum 6PD1, the requirements of § 178.507(b) of this subpart apply to the protective packaging.
</P>
<P>(vii) For receptacles with protective wickerwork hamper 6PD2, the wickerwork hamper must be properly made with material of good quality. The hamper must be fitted with a protective cover (cap) so as to prevent damage to the receptacle.
</P>
<P>(viii) For receptacles with protective fiber drum 6PG1, the drum must conform to the requirements of § 178.508(b) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(ix) For receptacles with protective fiberboard box 6PG2, the requirements of § 178.516(b) of this subpart apply to the protective packaging.
</P>
<P>(x) For receptacles with protective solid plastic or expanded plastic packaging 6PH1 or 6PH2, the requirements of § 178.517(b) of this subpart apply to the protective packaging. Solid protective plastic packaging must be manufactured from high-density polyethylene from some other comparable plastic material. The removable lid required for this type of packaging may be a cap.
</P>
<P>(3) Quantity limitations are as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Maximum net capacity for packaging for liquids: 60 L (16 gallons).
</P>
<P>(ii) Maximum net mass for packagings for solids: 75 kg (165 pounds).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="M" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart M—Testing of Non-bulk Packagings and Packages</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52723, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 178.600" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.10.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.600   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes certain testing requirements for performance-oriented packagings identified in subpart L of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52717, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-99, 58 FR 51534, Oct. 1, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.601" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.10.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.601   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The test procedures prescribed in this subpart are intended to ensure that packages containing hazardous materials can withstand normal conditions of transportation and are considered minimum requirements. Each packaging must be manufactured and assembled so as to be capable of successfully passing the prescribed tests and of conforming to the requirements of § 173.24 of this subchapter at all times while in transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Responsibility.</I> It is the responsibility of the packaging manufacturer to assure that each package is capable of passing the prescribed tests. To the extent that a package assembly function, including final closure, is performed by the person who offers a hazardous material for transportation, that person is responsible for performing the function in accordance with §§ 173.22 and 178.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Design qualification testing</I> is the performance of the tests prescribed in § 178.603, § 178.604, § 178.605, § 178.606, § 178.607, § 178.608, or § 178.609, as applicable, for each new or different packaging, at the start of production of that packaging. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Periodic retesting</I> is the performance of the drop, leakproofness, hydrostatic pressure, and stacking tests, as applicable, as prescribed in § 178.603, § 178.604, § 178.605, or § 178.606, respectively, at the frequency specified in paragraph (e) of this section. For infectious substances packagings required to meet the requirements of § 178.609, periodic retesting is the performance of the tests specified in § 178.609 at the frequency specified in paragraph (e) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Production testing</I> is the performance of the leakproofness test prescribed in § 178.604 of this subpart on each single or composite packaging intended to contain a liquid.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>A different packaging</I> is one that differs (<I>i.e.</I>, is not identical) from a previously produced packaging in structural design, size, material of construction, wall thickness or manner of construction but does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) A packaging which differs only in surface treatment;
</P>
<P>(ii) A combination packaging which differs only in that the outer packaging has been successfully tested with different inner packagings. A variety of such inner packagings may be assembled in this outer packaging without further testing;
</P>
<P>(iii) A plastic packaging which differs only with regard to additives which conform to § 178.509(b)(3) or § 178.517(b) (4) or (5) of this part;
</P>
<P>(iv) A combination packaging with inner packagings conforming to the provisions of paragraph (g) of this section;
</P>
<P>(v) Packagings which differ from the design type only in their lesser design height; or 
</P>
<P>(vi) For a steel drum, variations in design elements which do not constitute a different design type under the provisions of paragraph (g)(8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Design qualification testing.</I> The packaging manufacturer shall achieve successful test results for the design qualification testing at the start of production of each new or different packaging.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Periodic retesting.</I> The packaging manufacturer must achieve successful test results for the periodic retesting at intervals established by the manufacturer of sufficient frequency to ensure that each packaging produced by the manufacturer is capable of passing the design qualification tests. Changes in retest frequency are subject to the approval of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. For single or composite packagings, the periodic retests must be conducted at least once every 12 months. For combination packagings, the periodic retests must be conducted at least once every 24 months. For infectious substances packagings, the periodic retests must be conducted at least once every 24 months.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Test samples.</I> The manufacturer shall conduct the design qualification and periodic tests prescribed in this subpart using random samples of packagings, in the numbers specified in the appropriate test section. In addition, the leakproofness test, when required, shall be performed on each packaging produced by the manufacturer, and each packaging prior to reuse under § 173.28 of this subchapter, by the reconditioner.


</P>
<P>(g) <I>Selective testing.</I> The selective testing of packagings that differ only in minor respects from a tested type is permitted as described in this section. For air transport, packagings must comply with § 173.27(c)(1) and (c)(2) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Selective testing of combination packagings. Variation 1.</I> Variations are permitted in inner packagings of a tested combination package, without further testing of the package, provided an equivalent level of performance is maintained and, when a package is altered under Variation 1 after October 1, 2010, the methodology used to determine that the inner packaging, including closure, maintains an equivalent level of performance is documented in writing by the person certifying compliance with this paragraph and retained in accordance with paragraph (l) of this section. Permitted variations are as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Inner packagings of equivalent or smaller size may be used provided—
</P>
<P>(A) The inner packagings are of similar design to the tested inner packagings (<I>i.e.</I>, shape—round, rectangular, etc.);
</P>
<P>(B) The material of construction of the inner packagings (glass, plastic, metal, etc.) offers resistance to impact and stacking forces equal to or greater than that of the originally tested inner packaging;
</P>
<P>(C) The inner packagings have the same or smaller openings and the closure is of similar design (e.g., screw cap, friction lid, etc.);
</P>
<P>(D) Sufficient additional cushioning material is used to take up void spaces and to prevent significant moving of the inner packagings;
</P>
<P>(E) Inner packagings are oriented within the outer packaging in the same manner as in the tested package; and,
</P>
<P>(F) The gross mass of the package does not exceed that originally tested.
</P>
<P>(ii) A lesser number of the tested inner packagings, or of the alternative types of inner packagings identified in paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section, may be used provided sufficient cushioning is added to fill void space(s) and to prevent significant moving of the inner packagings.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Selective testing of combination packagings. Variation 2.</I> Articles or inner packagings of any type, for solids or liquids, may be assembled and transported without testing in an outer packaging under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The outer packaging must have been successfully tested in accordance with § 178.603 with fragile (e.g. glass) inner packagings containing liquids at the Packing Group I drop height;
</P>
<P>(ii) The total combined gross mass of inner packagings may not exceed one-half the gross mass of inner packagings used for the drop test;
</P>
<P>(iii) The thickness of cushioning material between inner packagings and between inner packagings and the outside of the packaging may not be reduced below the corresponding thickness in the originally tested packaging; and when a single inner packaging was used in the original test, the thickness of cushioning between inner packagings may not be less than the thickness of cushioning between the outside of the packaging and the inner packaging in the original test. When either fewer or smaller inner packagings are used (as compared to the inner packagings used in the drop test), sufficient additional cushioning material must be used to take up void spaces.
</P>
<P>(iv) The outer packaging must have successfully passed the stacking test set forth in § 178.606 of this subpart when empty, i.e., without either inner packagings or cushioning materials. The total mass of identical packages must be based on the combined mass of inner packagings used for the drop test;
</P>
<P>(v) Inner packagings containing liquids must be completely surrounded with a sufficient quantity of absorbent material to absorb the entire liquid contents of the inner packagings;
</P>
<P>(vi) When the outer packaging is intended to contain inner packagings for liquids and is not leakproof or is intended to contain inner packagings for solids and is not siftproof, a means of containing any liquid or solid contents in the event of leakage must be provided in the form of a leakproof liner, plastic bag, or other equally efficient means of containment. For packagings containing liquids, the absorbent material required in paragraph (g)(2)(v) of this section must be placed inside as the means of containing liquid contents; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Packagings must be marked in accordance with § 178.503 of this part as having been tested to Packing Group I performance for combination packagings. The marked maximum gross mass may not exceed the sum of the mass of the outer packaging plus one half the mass of the filled inner packagings of the tested combination packaging. In addition, the marking required by § 178.503(a)(2) of this part must include the letter “V”.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Variation 3.</I> Packagings other than combination packagings which are produced with reductions in external dimensions (<I>i.e.</I>, length, width or diameter) of up to 25 percent of the dimensions of a tested packaging may be used without further testing provided an equivalent level of performance is maintained. The packagings must, in all other respects (including wall thicknesses), be identical to the tested design-type. The marked gross mass (when required) must be reduced in proportion to the reduction in volume.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Variation 4.</I> Variations are permitted in outer packagings of a tested design-type combination packaging, without further testing, provided an equivalent level of performance is maintained, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Each external dimension (length, width and height) is less than or equal to the corresponding dimension of the tested design-type;
</P>
<P>(ii) The structural design of the tested outer packaging (<I>i.e.</I>, methods of construction, materials of construction, strength characteristics of materials of construction, method of closure and material thicknesses) is maintained;
</P>
<P>(iii) The inner packagings are identical to the inner packagings used in the tested design type except that their size and mass may be less; and they are oriented within the outer packaging in the same manner as in the tested packaging;
</P>
<P>(iv) The same type or design of absorbent materials, cushioning materials and any other components necessary to contain and protect inner packagings, as used in the tested design type, are maintained. The thickness of cushioning material between inner packagings and between inner packagings and the outside of the packaging may not be less than the thicknesses in the tested design type packaging; and
</P>
<P>(v) Sufficient additional cushioning material is used to take up void spaces and to prevent significant moving of the inner packagings.
</P>
<FP>An outer packaging qualifying for use in transport in accordance with all of the above conditions may also be used without testing to transport inner packagings substituted for the originally tested inner packagings in accordance with the conditions set out in Variation 1 in paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
</FP>
<P>(5) <I>Variation 5.</I> Single packagings (<I>i.e.</I>, non-bulk packagings other than combination packagings), that differ from a tested design type only to the extent that the closure device or gasketing differs from that used in the originally tested design type, may be used without further testing, provided an equivalent level of performance is maintained, subject to the following conditions (the qualifying tests):
</P>
<P>(i) A packaging with the replacement closure devices or gasketing must successfully pass the drop test specified in § 178.603 in the orientation which most severely tests the integrity of the closure or gasket;
</P>
<P>(ii) When intended to contain liquids, a packaging with the replacement closure devices or gasketing must successfully pass the leakproofness test specified in § 178.604, the hydrostatic pressure test specified in § 178.605, and the stacking test specified in § 178.606.
</P>
<FP>Replacement closures and gasketings qualified under the above test requirements are authorized without additional testing for packagings described in paragraph (g)(3) of this section. Replacement closures and gasketings qualified under the above test requirements also are authorized without additional testing for different tested design types packagings of the same type as the originally tested packaging, provided the original design type tests are more severe or comparable to tests which would otherwise be conducted on the packaging with the replacement closures or gasketings. (For example: The packaging used in the qualifying tests has a lesser packaging wall thickness than the packaging with replacement closure devices or gasketing; the gross mass of the packaging used in the qualifying drop test equals or exceeds the mass for which the packaging with replacement closure devices or gasketing was tested; the packaging used in the qualifying drop test was dropped from the same or greater height than the height from which the packaging with replacement closure devices or gasketing was dropped in design type tests; and the specific gravity of the substance used in the qualifying drop test was the same or greater than the specific gravity of the liquid used in the design type tests of the packaging with replacement closure devices or gasketing.)
</FP>
<P>(6) <I>Selective testing of combination packagings for articles containing small arms ammunition: Variation 6.</I> Variations in inner and intermediate packagings are permitted in packages for articles containing Cartridges, small arms (UN0012); Cartridges for tools, blank (UN0014); Primers, cap type (UN0044); and Cases, cartridge empty with primer (UN0055) packed in inner packages without further testing of the package under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The package has been tested containing only the articles to be transported without intermediate containment;
</P>
<P>(ii) The outer packaging must have passed the stacking test set forth in § 178.606 when empty, <I>i.e.,</I> without cushioning or inner or intermediate packagings, with the test mass of identical packages being the mass of the package filled with the articles;
</P>
<P>(iii) Only articles tested without intermediate containment may be transported; however, a variety of articles tested in this fashion may be assembled in a package with intermediate containment;
</P>
<P>(iv) No articles demonstrate a loss of material in testing; and
</P>
<P>(v) The completed package does not exceed the marked maximum gross mass of the package.
</P>
<P>(7) The provisions in Variations 1, 2, and 4 in paragraphs (g)(1), (2) and (4) of this section for combination packagings may be applied to packagings containing articles, where the provisions for inner packagings are applied analogously to the articles. In this case, inner packagings need not comply with § 173.27(c)(1) and (c)(2) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Approval of selective testing.</I> In addition to the provisions of paragraphs (g)(1) through (7) of this section, the Associate Administrator may approve the selective testing of packagings that differ only in minor respects from a tested type.
</P>
<P>(9) For a steel drum with a capacity greater than 12 L (3 gallons) manufactured from low carbon, cold-rolled sheet steel meeting ASTM designations A 366/A 366M or A 568/A 568M, variations in elements other than the following design elements are considered minor and do not constitute a different drum design type, or “different packaging” as defined in paragraph (c) of this section for which design qualification testing and periodic retesting are required. Minor variations authorized without further testing include changes in the identity of the supplier of component material made to the same specifications, or the original manufacturer of a DOT specification or UN standard drum to be remanufactured. A change in any one or more of the following design elements constitutes a different drum design type:
</P>
<P>(i) The packaging type and category of the original drum and the remanufactured drum, <I>i.e.,</I> 1A1 or 1A2;
</P>
<P>(ii) The style, (<I>i.e.,</I> straight-sided or tapered);
</P>
<P>(iii) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section, the rated (marked) capacity and outside dimensions;
</P>
<P>(iv) The physical state for which the packaging was originally approved (e.g., tested for solids or liquids);
</P>
<P>(v) An increase in the marked level of performance of the original drum (<I>i.e.,</I> to a higher packing group, hydrostatic test pressure, or specific gravity to which the packaging has been tested);
</P>
<P>(vi) Type of side seam welding;
</P>
<P>(vii) Type of steel;
</P>
<P>(viii) An increase greater than 10% or any decrease in the steel thickness of the head, body, or bottom;
</P>
<P>(ix) End seam type, (e.g., triple or double seam);
</P>
<P>(x) A reduction in the number of rolling hoops (beads) which equal or exceed the diameter over the chimes;
</P>
<P>(xi) The location, type or size, and material of closures (other than the cover of UN 1A2 drums);
</P>
<P>(xii) The location (e.g., from the head to the body), type (e.g., mechanically seamed or welded flange), and materials of closure (other than the cover of UN 1A2 drums); and
</P>
<P>(xiii) For UN 1A2 drums:
</P>
<P>(A) Gasket material (e.g., plastic), or properties affecting the performance of the gasket;
</P>
<P>(B) Configuration or dimensions of the gasket;
</P>
<P>(C) Closure ring style including bolt size (e.g., square or round back, 0.625 inches bolt); and
</P>
<P>(D) Closure ring thickness,
</P>
<P>(E) Width of lugs or extensions in crimp/lug cover.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Approval of equivalent packagings.</I> A packaging having specifications different from those in §§ 178.504-178.523 of this part, or which is tested using methods or test intervals, other than those specified in subpart M of this part, may be used if approved by the Associate Administrator. Such packagings must be shown to be equally effective, and testing methods used must be equivalent.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Proof of compliance.</I> Notwithstanding the periodic retest intervals specified in paragraph (e) of this section, the Associate Administrator may at any time require demonstration of compliance by a manufacturer, through testing in accordance with this subpart, that packagings meet the requirements of this subpart. As required by the Associate Administrator, the manufacturer shall either—
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct performance tests, or have tests conducted by an independent testing facility, in accordance with this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(2) Supply packagings, in quantities sufficient to conduct tests in accordance with this subpart, to the Associate Administrator or a designated representative of the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Coatings.</I> If an inner treatment or coating of a packaging is required for safety reasons, the manufacturer shall design the packaging so that the treatment or coating retains its protective properties even after withstanding the tests prescribed by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Number of test samples.</I> Except as provided in this section, one test sample must be used for each test performed under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Stainless steel drums.</I> Provided the validity of the test results is not affected, a person may perform the design qualification testing of stainless steel drums using three (3) samples rather than the specified eighteen (18) samples under the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(i) The packaging must be tested in accordance with this subpart by subjecting each of the three containers to the following sequence of tests:
</P>
<P>(A) The stacking test in § 178.606,
</P>
<P>(B) The leakproofness test in § 178.604,
</P>
<P>(C) The hydrostatic pressure test in § 178.608, and
</P>
<P>(D) Diagonal top chime and flat on the side drop tests in § 178.603. Both drop tests may be conducted on the same sample.
</P>
<P>(ii) For periodic retesting of stainless steel drums, a reduced sample size of one container is authorized.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Packagings other than stainless steel drums.</I> Provided the validity of the test results is not affected, several tests may be performed on one sample with the approval of the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Record retention.</I> Following each design qualification test and each periodic retest on a packaging, a test report must be prepared.
</P>
<P>(1) The test report must be maintained at each location where the packaging is manufactured, certified, and a design qualification test or periodic retest is conducted as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Responsible party
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Duration
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Person manufacturing the packaging</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As long as manufactured and two years thereafter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Person performing design testing</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Design test maintained for a single or composite packaging for six years after the test is successfully performed and for a combination packaging or packaging intended for infectious substances for seven years after the test is successfully performed.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Person performing periodic retesting</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Performance test maintained for a single or composite packaging for one year after the test is successfully performed and for a combination packaging or packaging intended for infectious substances for two years after the test is successfully performed.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The test report must be made available to a user of a packaging or a representative of the Department upon request. The test report, at a minimum, must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Name and address of test facility;
</P>
<P>(ii) Name and address of applicant (where appropriate);
</P>
<P>(iii) A unique test report identification;
</P>
<P>(iv) Date of the test report;
</P>
<P>(v) Manufacturer of the packaging;
</P>
<P>(vi) Description of the packaging design type (e.g., dimensions, materials, closures, thickness, <I>etc.</I>), including methods of manufacture (e.g., blow molding) and which may include drawing(s) and/or photograph(s);
</P>
<P>(vii) Maximum capacity;
</P>
<P>(viii) Characteristics of test contents, including for plastic packagings subject to the hydrostatic pressure test in § 178.605 of this subpart, the temperature of the water used;
</P>
<P>(ix) Test descriptions and results; and
</P>
<P>(x) Signed with the name and title of signatory.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52723, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66285, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45465, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 178-102, 59 FR 28494, June 2, 1994; Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67521, 67522, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 178-117, 61 FR 50628, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 53143, Aug. 14, 2002; 68 FR 75758, Dec. 31, 2003; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003; 75 FR 5396, Feb. 2, 2010; 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010; 77 FR 60944, Oct. 5, 2012; 78 FR 1118, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 14715, Mar. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65487, Oct. 31, 2013; 85 FR 27901, May 11, 2020; 87 FR 79784, Dec. 27, 2022; 89 FR 15666, Mar. 4, 2024 ]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.602" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.10.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.602   Preparation of packagings and packages for testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, each packaging and package must be closed in preparation for testing and tests must be carried out in the same manner as if prepared for transportation, including inner packagings in the case of combination packagings.
</P>
<P>(b) For the drop and stacking test, inner and single-unit receptacles other than bags must be filled to not less than 95% of maximum capacity (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) in the case of solids and not less than 98% of maximum in the case of liquids. Bags containing solids shall be filled to the maximum mass at which they may be used. The material to be transported in the packagings may be replaced by a non-hazardous material, except for chemical compatibility testing or where this would invalidate the results of the tests. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the material to be transported is replaced for test purposes by a non-hazardous material, the material used must be of the same or higher specific gravity as the material to be carried, and its other physical properties (grain, size, viscosity) which might influence the results of the required tests must correspond as closely as possible to those of the hazardous material to be transported. Water may also be used for the liquid drop test under the conditions specified in § 178.603(e) of this subpart. It is permissible to use additives, such as bags of lead shot, to achieve the requisite total package mass, so long as they are placed so that the test results are not affected.
</P>
<P>(d) Paper or fiberboard packagings must be conditioned for at least 24 hours immediately prior to testing in an atmosphere maintained—
</P>
<P>(1) At 50 percent ±2 percent relative humidity, and at a temperature of 23 °C±2 °C (73 °F±4 °F). Average values should fall within these limits. Short-term fluctuations and measurement limitations may cause individual measurements to vary by up to ±5 percent relative humidity without significant impairment of test reproducibility;
</P>
<P>(2) At 65 percent ±2 percent relative humidity, and at a temperature of 20 °C±2 °C (68 °F±4 °F), or 27 °C±2 °C (81 °F±4 °F). Average values should fall within these limits. Short-term fluctuations and measurement limitations may cause individual measurements to vary by up to ±5 percent relative humidity without significant impairment of test reproducibility; or
</P>
<P>(3) For testing at periodic intervals only (<I>i.e.</I>, other than initial design qualification testing), at ambient conditions.
</P>
<P>(e) Except as otherwise provided, each packaging must be closed in preparation for testing in the same manner as if prepared for actual shipment. All closures must be installed using proper techniques and torques.
</P>
<P>(f) Bung-type barrels made of natural wood must be left filled with water for at least 24 hours before the tests.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52723, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66286, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67522, Dec. 29, 1994; 69 FR 76186, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 78635, Dec. 29, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.603" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.10.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.603   Drop test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The drop test must be conducted for the qualification of all packaging design types and performed periodically as specified in § 178.601(e). For other than flat drops, the center of gravity of the test packaging must be vertically over the point of impact. Where more than one orientation is possible for a given drop test, the orientation most likely to result in failure of the packaging must be used. The number of drops required and the packages' orientations are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Packaging
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No. of tests (samples)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Drop orientation of samples
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Steel drums, Aluminum drums, Metal drums (other than steel or aluminum), Steel Jerricans, Plywood drums, Wooden barrels, Fiber drums, Plastic drums and Jerricans, Composite packagings which are in the shape of a drum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Six—(three for each drop)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">First drop (using three samples): The package must strike the target diagonally on the chime or, if the packaging has no chime, on a circumferential seam or an edge. Second drop (using the other three samples): The package must strike the target on the weakest part not tested by the first drop, for example a closure or, for some 7 cylindrical drums, the welded longitudinal seam of the drum body.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Boxes of natural wood, Plywood boxes, Reconstituted wood boxes, Fiberboard boxes, Plastic boxes, Steel, aluminum or other metal boxes, Composite packagings that are in the shape of a box</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Five—(one for each drop)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">First drop: Flat on the bottom (using the first sample). Second drop: Flat on the top (using the second sample). Third drop: Flat on the long side (using the third sample). Fourth drop: Flat on the short side (using the fourth sample). Fifth drop: On a corner (using the fifth sample).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bags—single-ply with a side seam</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Three—(three drops per bag)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">First drop: Flat on a wide face (using all three samples). Second drop: Flat on a narrow face (using all three samples). Third drop: On an end of the bag (using all three samples).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bags—single-ply without a side seam, or multi-ply</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Three—(two drops per bag)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">First drop: Flat on a wide face (using all three samples). Second drop: On an end of the bag (using all three samples).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> For testing of single or composite packagings constructed of stainless steel, nickel, or monel at periodic intervals only (<I>i.e.</I>, other than design qualification testing), the drop test may be conducted with two samples, one sample each for the two drop orientations. These samples may have been previously used for the hydrostatic pressure or stacking test. Exceptions for the number of steel, aluminum and other metal packaging samples used for conducting the drop test are subject to the approval of the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special preparation of test samples for the drop test.</I> (1) Testing of plastic drums, plastic jerricans, plastic boxes other than expanded polystyrene boxes, composite packagings (plastic material), and combination packagings with plastic inner packagings other than plastic bags intended to contain solids or articles must be carried out when the temperature of the test sample and its contents has been reduced to −18 °C (0 °F) or lower. Test liquids must be kept in the liquid state, if necessary, by the addition of anti-freeze. Water/anti-freeze solutions with a minimum specific gravity of 0.95 for testing at −18 °C (0 °F) or lower are considered acceptable test liquids. Test samples prepared in this way are not required to be conditioned in accordance with § 178.602(d). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Target.</I> The target must be a rigid, non-resilient, flat and horizontal surface.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Drop height.</I> Drop heights, measured as the vertical distance from the target to the lowest point on the package, must be equal to or greater than the drop height determined as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) For solids and liquids, if the test is performed with the solid or liquid to be transported or with a non-hazardous material having essentially the same physical characteristic, the drop height must be determined according to packing group, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Packing Group I: 1.8 m (5.9 feet).
</P>
<P>(ii) Packing Group II: 1.2 m (3.9 feet).
</P>
<P>(iii) Packing Group III: 0.8 m (2.6 feet).
</P>
<P>(2) For liquids in single packagings and for inner packagings of combination packagings, if the test is performed with water:
</P>
<P>(i) Where the materials to be carried have a specific gravity not exceeding 1.2, drop height must be determined according to packing group, as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Packing Group I: 1.8 m (5.9 feet).
</P>
<P>(B) Packing Group II: 1.2 m (3.9 feet).
</P>
<P>(C) Packing Group III: 0.8 m (2.6 feet).
</P>
<P>(ii) Where the materials to be transported have a specific gravity exceeding 1.2, the drop height must be calculated on the basis of the specific gravity (SG) of the material to be carried, rounded up to the first decimal, as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Packing Group I: SG × 1.5 m (4.9 feet).
</P>
<P>(B) Packing Group II: SG × 1.0 m (3.3 feet).
</P>
<P>(C) Packing Group III: SG × 0.67 m (2.2 feet).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> A package is considered to successfully pass the drop tests if for each sample tested—
</P>
<P>(1) For packagings containing liquid, each packaging does not leak when equilibrium has been reached between the internal and external pressures, except for inner packagings of combination packagings when it is not necessary that the pressures be equalized;
</P>
<P>(2) For removable head drums for solids, the entire contents are retained by an inner packaging (e.g., a plastic bag) even if the closure on the top head of the drum is no longer sift-proof;
</P>
<P>(3) For a bag, neither the outermost ply nor an outer packaging exhibits any damage likely to adversely affect safety during transport;
</P>
<P>(4) The packaging or outer packaging of a composite or combination packaging must not exhibit any damage likely to affect safety during transport. Inner receptacles, inner packagings, or articles must remain completely within the outer packaging and there must be no leakage of the filling substance from the inner receptacles or inner packagings;
</P>
<P>(5) Any discharge from a closure is slight and ceases immediately after impact with no further leakage; and
</P>
<P>(6) No rupture is permitted in packagings for materials in Class 1 which would permit spillage of loose explosive substances or articles from the outer packaging.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52723, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66286, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45465, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 178-99, 58 FR 51534, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67522, Dec. 29, 1994; 65 FR 50462, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61016, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 76186, Dec. 20, 2004; 76 FR 3389, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1097, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.604" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.10.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.604   Leakproofness test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The leakproofness test must be performed with compressed air or other suitable gases on all packagings intended to contain liquids, except that:
</P>
<P>(1) The inner receptacle of a composite packaging may be tested without the outer packaging provided the test results are not affected; and
</P>
<P>(2) This test is not required for inner packagings of combination packagings.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Number of packagings to be tested</I>—(1) <I>Production testing.</I> All packagings subject to the provisions of this section must be tested and must pass the leakproofness test:
</P>
<P>(i) Before they are first used in transportation; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Prior to reuse, when authorized for reuse by § 173.28 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Design qualification and periodic testing.</I> Three samples of each different packaging must be tested and must pass the leakproofness test. Exceptions for the number of samples used in conducting the leakproofness test are subject to the approval of the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special preparation</I>—(1) For design qualification and periodic testing, packagings must be tested with closures in place. For production testing, packagings need not have their closures in place. Removable heads need not be installed during production testing.
</P>
<P>(2) For testing with closures in place, vented closures must either be replaced by similar non-vented closures or the vent must be sealed.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Test method.</I> The packaging must be restrained under water while an internal air pressure is applied; the method of restraint must not affect the results of the test. The test must be conducted, for other than production testing, for a minimum time of five minutes. Other methods, at least equally effective, may be used in accordance with appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Pressure applied.</I> An internal air pressure (gauge) must be applied to the packaging as indicated for the following packing groups:
</P>
<P>(1) Packing Group I: Not less than 30 kPa (4 psi).
</P>
<P>(2) Packing Group II: Not less than 20 kPa (3 psi).
</P>
<P>(3) Packing Group III: Not less than 20 kPa (3 psi).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> A packaging passes the test if there is no leakage of air from the packaging.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52723, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66286, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67522, Dec. 29, 1994; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.605" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.10.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.605   Hydrostatic pressure test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The hydrostatic pressure test must be conducted for the qualification of all metal, plastic, and composite packaging design types intended to contain liquids and be performed periodically as specified in § 178.601(e). This test is not required for inner packagings of combination packagings. For internal pressure requirements for inner packagings of combination packagings intended for transportation by aircraft, see § 173.27(c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Number of test samples.</I> Three test samples are required for each different packaging. For packagings constructed of stainless steel, monel, or nickel, only one sample is required for periodic retesting of packagings. Exceptions for the number of aluminum and steel sample packagings used in conducting the hydrostatic pressure test are subject to the approval of the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special preparation of receptacles for testings.</I> Vented closures must either be replaced by similar non-vented closures or the vent must be sealed.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Test method and pressure to be applied.</I> Metal packagings and composite packagings other than plastic (e.g., glass, porcelain or stoneware), including their closures, must be subjected to the test pressure for 5 minutes. Plastic packagings and composite packagings (plastic material), including their closures, must be subjected to the test pressure for 30 minutes. This pressure is the one to be marked as required in § 178.503(a)(5). The receptacles must be supported in a manner that does not invalidate the test. The test pressure must be applied continuously and evenly, and it must be kept constant throughout the test period. In addition, packagings intended to contain hazardous materials of Packing Group I must be tested to a minimum test pressure of 250 kPa (36 psig). The hydraulic pressure (gauge) applied, taken at the top of the receptacle, and determined by any one of the following methods must be:
</P>
<P>(1) Not less than the total gauge pressure measured in the packaging (<I>i.e.</I>, the vapor pressure of the filling material and the partial pressure of the air or other inert gas minus 100 kPa (15 psi)) at 55 °C (131 °F), multiplied by a safety factor of 1.5. This total gauge pressure must be determined on the basis of a maximum degree of filling in accordance with § 173.24a(d) of this subchapter and a filling temperature of 15 °C (59 °F);
</P>
<P>(2) Not less than 1.75 times the vapor pressure at 50 °C (122 °F) of the material to be transported minus 100 kPa (15 psi), but with a minimum test pressure of 100 kPa (15 psig); or
</P>
<P>(3) Not less than 1.5 times the vapor pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of the material to be transported minus 100 kPa (15 psi), but with a minimum test pressure of 100 kPa (15 psig).
</P>
<FP>Packagings intended to contain hazardous materials of Packing Group I must be tested to a minimum test pressure of 250 kPa (36 psig).
</FP>
<P>(e) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> A package passes the hydrostatic test if, for each test sample, there is no leakage of liquid from the package.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52723, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66286, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 178-99, 58 FR 51534, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 178-102, 59 FR 28494, June 2, 1994; 65 FR 50462, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 45386, 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 73 FR 57007, Oct. 1, 2008; 78 FR 60755, Oct. 2, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.606" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.10.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.606   Stacking test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> All packaging design types other than bags must be subjected to a stacking test.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Number of test samples.</I> Three test samples are required for each different packaging. For periodic retesting of packagings constructed of stainless steel, monel, or nickel, only one test sample is required. Exceptions for the number of aluminum and steel sample packagings used in conducting the stacking test are subject to the approval of the Associate Administrator. Notwithstanding the provisions of § 178.602(a) of this subpart, combination packagings may be subjected to the stacking test without their inner packagings, except where this would invalidate the results of the test.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method</I>—(1) <I>Design qualification testing.</I> The test sample must be subjected to a force applied to the top surface of the test sample equivalent to the total weight of identical packages which might be stacked on it during transport; where the contents of the test sample are non-hazardous liquids with specific gravities different from that of the liquid to be transported, the force must be calculated based on the specific gravity that will be marked on the packaging. The minimum height of the stack, including the test sample, must be 3.0 m (10 feet). The duration of the test must be 24 hours, except that plastic drums, jerricans, and composite packagings 6HH intended for liquids shall be subjected to the stacking test for a period of 28 days at a temperature of not less than 40 °C (104 °F). Alternative test methods which yield equivalent results may be used if approved by the Associate Administrator. In guided load tests, stacking stability must be assessed after completion of the test by placing two filled packagings of the same type on the test sample. The stacked packages must maintain their position for one hour. Plastic packagings must be cooled to ambient temperature before this stacking stability assessment.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Periodic retesting.</I> The test sample must be tested in accordance with:
</P>
<P>(i) Section 178.606(c)(1) of this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The packaging may be tested using a dynamic compression testing machine. The test must be conducted at room temperature on an empty, unsealed packaging. The test sample must be centered on the bottom platen of the testing machine. The top platen must be lowered until it comes in contact with the test sample. Compression must be applied end to end. The speed of the compression tester must be one-half inch plus or minus one-fourth inch per minute. An initial preload of 50 pounds must be applied to ensure a definite contact between the test sample and the platens. The distance between the platens at this time must be recorded as zero deformation. The force A to then be applied must be calculated using the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>Liquids: A = (n−1) [w + (s × v × 8.3 × .98)] × 1.5;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Solids: A = (n−1) (m × 2.2 × 1.5)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>A = applied load in pounds
</FP-2>
<FP-2>m = the certified maximum gross mass for the container in kilograms.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = minimum number of containers that, when stacked, reach a height of 3 meters.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = specific gravity of lading.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>w = maximum weight of one empty container in pounds.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v = actual capacity of container (rated capacity + outage) in gallons.
</FP-2>
<FP>And:
</FP>
<FP-2>8.3 corresponds to the weight in pounds of 1.0 gallon of water.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>.98 corresponds to the minimum filling percentage of the maximum capacity for liquids.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>1.5 is a compensation factor that converts the static load of the stacking test into a load suitable for dynamic compression testing.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>2.2 is the conversion factor for kilograms to pounds.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> No test sample may leak. In composite packagings or combination packagings, there must be no leakage of the filling substance from the inner receptacle, or inner packaging. No test sample may show any deterioration which could adversely affect transportation safety or any distortion likely to reduce its strength, cause instability in stacks of packages, or cause damage to inner packagings likely to reduce safety in transportation. For the dynamic compression test, a container passes the test if, after application of the required load, there is no buckling of the sidewalls sufficient to cause damage to its expected contents; in no case may the maximum deflection exceed one inch.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52723, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66286, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45465, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 178-102, 59 FR 28494, June 2, 1994; Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67522, Dec. 29, 1994; 65 FR 58632, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005; 72 FR 55696, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.607" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.10.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.607   Cooperage test for bung-type wooden barrels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Number of samples.</I> One barrel is required for each different packaging.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Method of testing.</I> Remove all hoops above the bilge of an empty barrel at least two days old.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> A packaging passes the cooperage test only if the diameter of the cross-section of the upper part of the barrel does not increase by more than 10 percent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.608" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.10.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.608   Vibration standard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each packaging must be capable of withstanding, without rupture or leakage, the vibration test procedure outlined in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Test method. (1) Three sample packagings, selected at random, must be filled and closed as for shipment.
</P>
<P>(2) The three samples must be placed on a vibrating platform that has a vertical or rotary double-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement) of one inch. The packages should be constrained horizontally to prevent them from falling off the platform, but must be left free to move vertically, bounce and rotate.
</P>
<P>(3) The test must be performed for one hour at a frequency that causes the package to be raised from the vibrating platform to such a degree that a piece of material of approximately 1.6 mm (0.063 inch) thickness (such as steel strapping or paperboard) can be passed between the bottom of any package and the platform.
</P>
<P>(4) Immediately following the period of vibration, each package must be removed from the platform, turned on its side and observed for any evidence of leakage.
</P>
<P>(5) Other methods, at least equally effective, may be used, if approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> A packaging passes the vibration test if there is no rupture or leakage from any of the packages. No test sample should show any deterioration which could adversely affect transportation safety or any distortion liable to reduce packaging strength.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52723, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66286, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.609" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.10.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.609   Test requirements for packagings for infectious substances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Samples of each packaging must be prepared for testing as described in paragraph (b) of this section and then subjected to the tests in paragraphs (d) through (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Samples of each packaging must be prepared as for transport except that a liquid or solid infectious substance should be replaced by water or, where conditioning at −18 °C (0 °F) is specified, by water/antifreeze. Each primary receptacle must be filled to 98 percent capacity. Packagings for live animals should be tested with the live animal being replaced by an appropriate dummy of similar mass.
</P>
<P>(c) Packagings prepared as for transport must be subjected to the tests in Table I of this paragraph (c), which, for test purposes, categorizes packagings according to their material characteristics. For outer packagings, the headings in Table I relate to fiberboard or similar materials whose performance may be rapidly affected by moisture; plastics that may embrittle at low temperature; and other materials, such as metal, for which performance is not significantly affected by moisture or temperature. Where a primary receptacle and a secondary packaging of an inner packaging are made of different materials, the material of the primary receptacle determines the appropriate test. In instances where a primary receptacle is made of more than one material, the material most likely to be damaged determines the appropriate test.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Tests Required
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Material of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Tests required
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Outer packaging
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Inner packaging
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Refer to para. (d)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Refer to para. (h)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fiberboard
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Plastics
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Plastics
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(d)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(e)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(f)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(g)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">When dry ice is used</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) Samples must be subjected to free-fall drops onto a rigid, nonresilient, flat, horizontal surface from a height of 9 m (30 feet).
</P>
<P>The drops must be performed as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Where the samples are in the shape of a box, five samples must be dropped, one in each of the following orientation:
</P>
<P>(i) Flat on the base;
</P>
<P>(ii) Flat on the top;
</P>
<P>(iii) Flat on the longest side;
</P>
<P>(iv) Flat on the shortest side; and
</P>
<P>(v) On a corner.
</P>
<P>(2) Where the samples are in the shape of a drum or jerrican, three samples must be dropped, one in each of the following orientations:
</P>
<P>(i) Diagonally on the top edge, with the center of gravity directly above the point of impact;
</P>
<P>(ii) Diagonally on the base edge; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Flat on the body or side.
</P>
<P>(3) While the sample should be released in the required orientation, it is accepted that for aerodynamic reasons the impact may not take place in that orientation.
</P>
<P>(4) Following the appropriate drop sequence, there must be no leakage from the primary receptacle(s) which should remain protected by absorbent material in the secondary packaging.
</P>
<P>(e) The samples must be subjected to a water spray to simulate exposure to rainfall of approximately 50 mm (2 inches) per hour for at least one hour. They must then be subjected to the test described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) The sample must be conditioned in an atmosphere of −18 °C (0 °F) or less for a period of at least 24 hours and within 15 minutes of removal from that atmosphere be subjected to the test described in paragraph (d) of this section. Where the sample contains dry ice, the conditioning period may be reduced to 4 hours.


</P>
<P>(g) Where packaging is intended to contain dry ice, an additional drop test to that specified in paragraph (d), and when appropriate, paragraph (e) or (f) of this section must be performed on one sample in one of the orientations described in paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section, as appropriate, which is most likely to result in failure of the packaging. The sample must be stored so that all the dry ice dissipates prior to being subjected to the drop test.
</P>
<P>(h) Packagings with a gross mass of 7 kg (15 pounds) or less should be subjected to the tests described in paragraph (h)(1) of this section and packagings with a gross mass exceeding 7 kg (15 pounds) to the tests in paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) Samples must be placed on a level, hard surface. A cylindrical steel rod with a mass of at least 7 kg (15 pounds), a diameter not exceeding 38 mm (1.5 inches), and, at the impact end edges, a radius not exceeding 6 mm (0.2 inches), must be dropped in a vertical free fall from a height of 1 m (3 feet), measured from the impact end of the sample's impact surface. One sample must be placed on its base. A second sample must be placed in an orientation perpendicular to that used for the first. In each instance, the steel rod must be aimed to impact the primary receptacle(s). For a successful test, there must be no leakage from the primary receptacle(s) following each impact.
</P>
<P>(2) Samples must be dropped onto the end of a cylindrical steel rod. The rod must be set vertically in a level, hard surface. It must have a diameter of 38 mm (1.5 inches) and a radius not exceeding 6 mm (0.2 inches) at the edges of the upper end. The rod must protrude from the surface a distance at least equal to that between the primary receptacle(s) and the outer surface of the outer packaging with a minimum of 200 mm (7.9 inches). One sample must be dropped in a vertical free fall from a height of 1 m (3 feet), measured from the top of the steel rod. A second sample must be dropped from the same height in an orientation perpendicular to that used for the first. In each instance, the packaging must be oriented so the steel rod will impact the primary receptacle(s). For a successful test, there must be no leakage from the primary receptacle(s) following each impact. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Variations.</I> The following variations in the primary receptacles placed within the secondary packaging are allowed without additional testing of the completed package. An equivalent level of performance must be maintained. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Variation 1.</I> Primary receptacles of equivalent or smaller size as compared to the tested primary receptacles may be used provided they meet all of the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(i) The primary receptacles are of similar design to the tested primary receptacle (e.g., shape: round, rectangular, etc.). 
</P>
<P>(ii) The material of construction of the primary receptacle (glass, plastics, metal, etc.) offers resistance to impact and a stacking force equal to or greater than that of the originally tested primary receptacle. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The primary receptacles have the same or smaller openings and the closure is of similar design (e.g., screw cap, friction lid, etc.). 
</P>
<P>(iv) Sufficient additional cushioning material is used to fill void spaces and to prevent significant movement of the primary receptacles. 
</P>
<P>(v) Primary receptacles are oriented within the intermediate packaging in the same manner as in the tested package. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Variation 2.</I> A lesser number of the tested primary receptacles, or of the alternative types of primary receptacles identified in paragraph (i)(1) of this section, may be used provided sufficient cushioning is added to fill the void space(s) and to prevent significant movement of the primary receptacles. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Variation 3.</I> Primary receptacles of any type may be placed within a secondary packaging and shipped without testing in the outer packaging provided all of the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(i) The secondary and outer packaging combination must be successfully tested in accordance with paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section with fragile (e.g., glass) inner receptacles. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The total combined gross weight of inner receptacles may not exceed one-half the gross weight of inner receptacles used for the drop test in paragraph (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The thickness of cushioning material between inner receptacles and between inner receptacles and the outside of the secondary packaging may not be reduced below the corresponding thicknesses in the originally tested packaging. If a single inner receptacle was used in the original test, the thickness of cushioning between the inner receptacles must be no less than the thickness of cushioning between the outside of the secondary packaging and the inner receptacle in the original test. When either fewer or smaller inner receptacles are used (as compared to the inner receptacles used in the drop test), sufficient additional cushioning material must be used to fill the void. 
</P>
<P>(iv) The outer packaging must pass the stacking test in § 178.606 while empty. The total weight of identical packages must be based on the combined mass of inner receptacles used in the drop test in paragraph (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(v) For inner receptacles containing liquids, an adequate quantity of absorbent material must be present to absorb the entire liquid contents of the inner receptacles. 
</P>
<P>(vi) If the outer packaging is intended to contain inner receptacles for liquids and is not leakproof, or is intended to contain inner receptacles for solids and is not sift proof, a means of containing any liquid or solid contents in the event of leakage must be provided. This can be a leakproof liner, plastic bag, or other equally effective means of containment. 
</P>
<P>(vii) In addition, the marking required in § 178.503(f) of this subchapter must be followed by the letter “U”.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52723, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 178-111, 60 FR 48787, Sept. 20, 1995; 67 FR 53143, Aug. 14, 2002; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 87 FR 45000, July 26, 2022; 89 FR 25490, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—IBC Performance-Oriented Standards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.700" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.11.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.700   Purpose, scope and definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes requirements applying to IBCs intended for the transportation of hazardous materials. Standards for these packagings are based on the UN Recommendations.
</P>
<P>(b) Terms used in this subpart are defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter and in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The following definitions pertain to the IBC standards in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(1) Body means the receptacle proper (including openings and their closures, but not including service equipment) that has a volumetric capacity of not more than 3 cubic meters (3,000 L, 793 gallons, or 106 cubic feet). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Service equipment</I> means filling and discharge, pressure relief, safety, heating and heat-insulating devices and measuring instruments.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Structural equipment</I> means the reinforcing, fastening, handling, protective or stabilizing members of the body or stacking load bearing structural members (such as metal cages).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Maximum permissible gross mass</I> means the mass of the body, its service equipment, structural equipment and the maximum net mass (see § 171.8 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 178-108, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; 66 FR 45386, 45387, Aug. 28, 2001; 73 FR 57008, Oct. 1, 2008; 75 FR 5396, Feb. 2, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.702" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.11.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.702   IBC codes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Intermediate bulk container code designations consist of: two numerals specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section; followed by the capital letter(s) specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section; followed, when specified in an individual section, by a numeral indicating the category of intermediate bulk container.
</P>
<P>(1) IBC code number designations are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">For solids, discharged
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">For liquids
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">by gravity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under pressure of more than 10 kPa (1.45 psig)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rigid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flexible</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Intermediate bulk container code letter designations are as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>“A” means steel (all types and surface treatments).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>“B” means aluminum.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>“C” means natural wood.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>“D” means plywood.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>“F” means reconstituted wood.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>“G” means fiberboard.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>“H” means plastic.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>“L” means textile.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>“M” means paper, multiwall.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>“N” means metal (other than steel or aluminum).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) For composite IBCs, two capital letters are used in sequence following the numeral indicating IBC design type. The first letter indicates the material of the IBC inner receptacle. The second letter indicates the material of the outer IBC. For example, 31HA1 is a composite IBC with a plastic inner receptacle and a steel outer packaging.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.703" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.11.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.703   Marking of IBCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The manufacturer shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Mark every IBC in a durable and clearly visible manner. The marking may be applied in a single line or in multiple lines provided the correct sequence is followed with the information required by this section in letters, numerals and symbols of at least 12 mm in height. This minimum marking size applies only to IBCs manufactured after October 1, 2001). The following information is required in the sequence presented:
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in § 178.503(e)(1)(ii), the United Nations symbol as illustrated in § 178.503(e)(1)(i). For metal IBCs on which the marking is stamped or embossed, the capital letters “UN” may be applied instead of the symbol.
</P>
<P>(ii) The code number designating IBC design type according to § 178.702(a). The letter “W” must follow the IBC design type identification code on an IBC when the IBC differs from the requirements in subpart N of this part, or is tested using methods other than those specified in this subpart, and is approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with the provisions in § 178.801(i).
</P>
<P>(iii) A capital letter identifying the performance standard under which the design type has been successfully tested, as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) X—for IBCs meeting Packing Group I, II and III tests;
</P>
<P>(B) Y—for IBCs meeting Packing Group II and III tests; and
</P>
<P>(C) Z—for IBCs meeting only Packing Group III tests.
</P>
<P>(iv) The month (designated numerically) and year (last two digits) of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(v) The country authorizing the allocation of the mark. The letters ‘USA’ indicate that the IBC is manufactured and marked in the United States in compliance with the provisions of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(vi) The name and address or symbol of the manufacturer or the approval agency certifying compliance with subparts N and O of this part. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(vii) The stacking test load in kilograms (kg). For IBCs not designed for stacking, the figure “0” must be shown.
</P>
<P>(viii) The maximum permissible gross mass in kg.
</P>
<P>(2) The following are examples of symbols and required markings:
</P>
<P>(i) For a metal IBC containing solids discharged by gravity made from steel:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er26jy94.000.gif"/>
<P>(ii) For a flexible IBC containing solids discharged by gravity and made from woven plastic with a liner:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er26jy94.001.gif"/>
<P>(iii) For a rigid plastic IBC containing liquids, made from plastic with structural equipment withstanding the stack load and with a manufacturer's symbol in place of the manufacturer's name and address:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er26jy94.002.gif"/>
<P>(iv) For a composite IBC containing liquids, with a rigid plastic inner receptacle and an outer steel body and with the symbol of a DOT approved third-party test laboratory:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er26jy94.003.gif"/>
<P>(b) <I>Additional marking.</I> In addition to markings required in paragraph (a) of this section, each IBC must be marked as follows in a place near the markings required in paragraph (a) of this section that is readily accessible for inspection. Where units of measure are used, the metric unit indicated (e.g., 450 L) must also appear.
</P>
<P>(1) For each rigid plastic and composite IBC, the following markings must be included:
</P>
<P>(i) Rated capacity in L of water at 20 °C (68 °F);
</P>
<P>(ii) Tare mass in kilograms;
</P>
<P>(iii) Gauge test pressure in kPa;
</P>
<P>(iv) Date of last leakproofness test, if applicable (month and year); and
</P>
<P>(v) Date of last inspection (month and year).
</P>
<P>(2) For each metal IBC, the following markings must be included on a metal corrosion-resistant plate:
</P>
<P>(i) Rated capacity in L of water at 20 °C (68 °F);
</P>
<P>(ii) Tare mass in kilograms;
</P>
<P>(iii) Date of last leakproofness test, if applicable (month and year);
</P>
<P>(iv) Date of last inspection (month and year);
</P>
<P>(v) Maximum loading/discharge pressure, in kPa, if applicable;
</P>
<P>(vi) Body material and its minimum thickness in mm; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Serial number assigned by the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(3) Markings required by paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section may be preceded by the narrative description of the marking, e.g. “Tare Mass: * * *” where the “* * *” are replaced with the tare mass in kilograms of the IBC.
</P>
<P>(4) For each fiberboard and wooden IBC, the tare mass in kg must be shown.
</P>
<P>(5) Each flexible IBC may be marked with a pictogram displaying recommended lifting methods.
</P>
<P>(6) For each composite IBC, the inner receptacle must be marked with at least the following information as required by paragraphs (b)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section. Additionally, the marking must be visible while inside of the outer receptacle. If the marking is not visible from the outer receptacle, the marking must be duplicated on the outer receptacle and include an indication that the marking applies to the inner receptacle.
</P>
<P>(i) The code number designating the IBC design type, the name and address or symbol of the manufacturer, the date of manufacture and the country authorizing the allocation of the mark as specified in paragraph (a) of this section. The date of manufacture of the inner receptacle may be different from the marked date of manufacture required by § 178.703(a)(1)(iv) or by § 180.352(d)(1)(iv) of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) When a composite IBC is designed in such a manner that the outer casing is intended to be dismantled for transport when empty (such as, for the return of the IBC for reuse to the original consignor), each of the parts intended to be detached when so dismantled must be marked with the month and year of manufacture and the name or symbol of the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(7) The symbol applicable to an IBC designed for stacking or not designed for stacking, as appropriate, must be marked on all IBCs manufactured, repaired or remanufactured after January 1, 2011 as follows:
</P>
<P>(i)
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er04ja10.097.gif"/>
<P>(ii) Display the symbol in a durable and visible manner.
</P>
<P>(iii) The symbol must be a square with each side being not less than 100 mm (3.9 inches) by 100 mm (3.9 inches) as measured from the corner printer marks shown on the figures in paragraph (b)(7)(i) of this section. Where dimensions are not specified, all features must be in approximate proportion to those shown.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Transitional exception.</I> A marking in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue to be applied to all IBCs manufactured, repaired or remanufactured between January 1, 2011 and December 31, 2016.
</P>
<P>(B) For domestic transportation, an IBC marked prior to January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.
</P>
<P>(iv) For IBCs designed for stacking, the maximum permitted stacking load applicable when the IBC is in transportation must be displayed with the symbol. The mass in kilograms (kg) marked above the symbol must not exceed the load imposed during the design test, as indicated by the marking in paragraph (a)(1)(vii) of this section, divided by 1.8. The letters and numbers indicating the mass must be at least 12 mm (0.48 inches).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 178-119, 62 FR 24743, May 6, 1997; 64 FR 10782, Mar. 5, 1999; 65 FR 50462, Aug. 18, 2000; 65 FR 58632, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 33451, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45387, Aug. 28, 2001; 74 FR 2269, Jan. 14, 2009; 75 FR 74, Jan. 4, 2010; 75 FR 5396, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR 3389, Jan. 19, 2011; 80 FR 1168, Jan. 8, 2015; 83 FR 55810, Nov. 7, 2018; 87 FR 45000, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.704" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.11.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.704   General IBC standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each IBC must be resistant to, or protected from, deterioration due to exposure to the external environment. IBCs intended for solid hazardous materials must be sift-proof and water-resistant.
</P>
<P>(b) All service equipment must be so positioned or protected as to minimize potential loss of contents resulting from damage during IBC handling and transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) Each IBC, including attachments, and service and structural equipment, must be designed to withstand, without loss of hazardous materials, the internal pressure of the contents and the stresses of normal handling and transport. An IBC intended for stacking must be designed for stacking. Any lifting or securing features of an IBC must be of sufficient strength to withstand the normal conditions of handling and transportation without gross distortion or failure and must be positioned so as to cause no undue stress in any part of the IBC.
</P>
<P>(d) An IBC consisting of a packaging within a framework must be so constructed that:
</P>
<P>(1) The body is not damaged by the framework;
</P>
<P>(2) The body is retained within the framework at all times; and
</P>
<P>(3) The service and structural equipment are fixed in such a way that they cannot be damaged if the connections between body and frame allow relative expansion or motion.
</P>
<P>(e) Bottom discharge valves must be secured in the closed position and the discharge system suitably protected from damage. Valves having lever closures must be secured against accidental opening. The open or closed position of each valve must be readily apparent. For each IBC containing a liquid, a secondary means of sealing the discharge aperture must also be provided, e.g., by a blank flange or equivalent device.
</P>
<P>(f) IBC design types must be constructed in such a way as to be bottom-lifted or top-lifted as specified in §§ 178.811 and 178.812.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61942, Oct. 30, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.705" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.11.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.705   Standards for metal IBCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions in this section apply to metal IBCs intended to contain liquids and solids. Metal IBC types are designated:
</P>
<P>(1) 11A, 11B, 11N for solids that are loaded or discharged by gravity.
</P>
<P>(2) 21A, 21B, 21N for solids that are loaded or discharged at a gauge pressure greater than 10 kPa (1.45 psig).
</P>
<P>(3) 31A, 31B, 31N for liquids.
</P>
<P>(b) Definitions for metal IBCs:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Metal IBC</I> means an IBC with a metal body, together with appropriate service and structural equipment.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Protected</I> means providing the IBC body with additional external protection against impact and abrasion. For example, a multi-layer (sandwich) or double wall construction or a frame with a metal lattice-work casing.
</P>
<P>(c) Construction requirements for metal IBCs are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Body.</I> The body must be made of ductile metal materials. Welds must be made so as to maintain design type integrity of the receptacle under conditions normally incident to transportation.
</P>
<P>(i) The use of dissimilar metals must not result in deterioration that could affect the integrity of the body.
</P>
<P>(ii) Aluminum IBCs intended to contain flammable liquids must have no movable parts, such as covers and closures, made of unprotected steel liable to rust, which might cause a dangerous reaction from friction or percussive contact with the aluminum.
</P>
<P>(iii) Metals used in fabricating the body of a metal IBC must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) For steel, the percentage elongation at fracture must not be less than 10,000/Rm with a minimum of 20 percent; where Rm = minimum tensile strength of the steel to be used, in N/mm
<SU>2</SU>; if U.S. Standard units of psi are used for tensile strength then the ratio becomes 10,000 × (145/Rm).
</P>
<P>(B) For aluminum, the percentage elongation at fracture must not be less than 10,000/(6Rm) with an absolute minimum of eight percent; if U.S. Standard units of psi are used for tensile strength then the ratio becomes 10,000 × 145 / (6Rm).
</P>
<P>(C) Specimens used to determine the elongation at fracture must be taken transversely to the direction of rolling and be so secured that:
</P>
<FP-1>Lo = 5d
</FP-1>
<FP>or
</FP>
<FP-1>Lo = 5.65 √A
</FP-1>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>where:
</FP>
<FP-1>Lo = gauge length of the specimen before the test
</FP-1>
<FP-1>d = diameter
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A = cross-sectional area of test specimen.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(iv) <I>Minimum wall thickness.</I> For metal IBCs with a capacity of more than 1500 liters, the minimum wall thickness must be determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) For a reference steel having a product of Rm × Ao = 10,000, where Ao is the minimum elongation (as a percentage) of the reference steel to be used on fracture under tensile stress (Rm × Ao = 10,000 × 145; if tensile strength is in U.S. Standard units of pounds per square inch), the wall thickness must not be less than:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(1)(<E T="01">iv</E>)(A)—Wall Thickness (T) in <E T="01">mm</E>, Capacity (C) in Liters
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Types 11A, 11B, 11N
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Types 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B, 31N
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Unprotected
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Protected
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Unprotected
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Protected
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T = C/2000 + 1.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">T = C/2000 + 1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">T = C/1000 + 1.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">T = C/2000 + 1.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(B) For metals other than the reference steel described in paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) of this section, the minimum wall thickness is the greater of 1.5 mm (0.059 inches) or as determined by use of the following equivalence formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="30" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<TCAP><E T="15">Formula for Metric Units</E>
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/ep26jn96.000.gif"/></MATH>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="32" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<TCAP><E T="15">Formula for U.S. Standard Units</E>
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/ep26jn96.001.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>where:
</FP>
<FP-1>e<E T="52">1</E> = required equivalent wall thickness of the metal to be used (in mm or if e<E T="52">o</E> is in inches, use formula for U.S. Standard units).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>e<E T="52">o</E> = required minimum wall thickness for the reference steel (in mm or if e<E T="52">o</E> is in inches, use formula for U.S. Standard units).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rm<E T="52">1</E> = guaranteed minimum tensile strength of the metal to be used (in N/mm
<SU>2</SU> or for U.S. Standard units, use psi).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A<E T="52">1</E> = minimum elongation (as a percentage) of the metal to be used on fracture under tensile stress (see paragraph (c)(1) of this section).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(C) For purposes of the calculation described in paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(B) of this section, the guaranteed minimum tensile strength of the metal to be used (Rm<E T="52">1</E>) must be the minimum value according to material standards. However, for austenitic (stainless) steels, the specified minimum value for Rm, according to the material standards, may be increased by up to 15% when a greater value is provided in the material inspection certificate. When no material standard exists for the material in question, the value of Rm must be the minimum value indicated in the material inspection certificate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure relief.</I> The following pressure relief requirements apply to IBCs intended for liquids:
</P>
<P>(i) IBCs must be capable of releasing a sufficient amount of vapor in the event of fire engulfment to ensure that no rupture of the body will occur due to pressure build-up. This can be achieved by spring-loaded or non-reclosing pressure relief devices or by other means of construction.
</P>
<P>(ii) The start-to-discharge pressure may not be higher than 65 kPa (9 psig) and no lower than the vapor pressure of the hazardous material plus the partial pressure of the air or other inert gases, measured in the IBC at 55 °C (131 °F), determined on the basis of a maximum degree of filling as specified in § 173.35(d) of this subchapter. This does not apply to fusible devices unless such devices are the only source of pressure relief for the IBC. Pressure relief devices must be fitted in the vapor space.
</P>
<P>(d) Metal IBCs may not have a volumetric capacity greater than 3,000 L (793 gallons) or less than 450 L (119 gallons).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 178-108, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 178-117, 61 FR 50629, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 33452, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45386, 45387, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45041, July 31, 2003; 75 FR 5396, Feb. 2, 2010; 78 FR 1097, Jan. 7, 2013; 87 FR 45000, July 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.706" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.11.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.706   Standards for rigid plastic IBCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions in this section apply to rigid plastic IBCs intended to contain solids or liquids. Rigid plastic IBC types are designated:
</P>
<P>(1) 11H1 fitted with structural equipment designed to withstand the whole load when IBCs are stacked, for solids which are loaded or discharged by gravity.
</P>
<P>(2) 11H2 freestanding, for solids which are loaded or discharged by gravity.
</P>
<P>(3) 21H1 fitted with structural equipment designed to withstand the whole load when IBCs are stacked, for solids which are loaded or discharged under pressure.
</P>
<P>(4) 21H2 freestanding, for solids which are loaded or discharged under pressure.
</P>
<P>(5) 31H1 fitted with structural equipment designed to withstand the whole load when IBCs are stacked, for liquids.
</P>
<P>(6) 31H2 freestanding, for liquids.
</P>
<P>(b) Rigid plastic IBCs consist of a rigid plastic body, which may have structural equipment, together with appropriate service equipment.
</P>
<P>(c) Rigid plastic IBCs must be manufactured from plastic material of known specifications and be of a strength relative to its capacity and to the service it is required to perform. In addition to conformance to § 173.24 of this subchapter, plastic materials must be resistant to aging and to degradation caused by ultraviolet radiation.
</P>
<P>(1) If protection against ultraviolet radiation is necessary, it must be provided by the addition of a pigment or inhibiter such as carbon black. These additives must be compatible with the contents and remain effective throughout the life of the IBC body. Where use is made of carbon black, pigments or inhibitors, other than those used in the manufacture of the tested design type, retesting may be omitted if changes in the carbon black content, the pigment content or the inhibitor content do not adversely affect the physical properties of the material of construction.
</P>
<P>(2) Additives may be included in the composition of the plastic material to improve the resistance to aging or to serve other purposes, provided they do not adversely affect the physical or chemical properties of the material of construction.
</P>
<P>(3) No used material other than production residues or regrind from the same manufacturing process may be used in the manufacture of rigid plastic IBCs unless approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(4) Rigid plastic IBCs intended for the transportation of liquids must be capable of releasing a sufficient amount of vapor to prevent the body of the IBC from rupturing if it is subjected to an internal pressure in excess of that for which it was hydraulically tested. This may be achieved by spring-loaded or non-reclosing pressure relief devices or by other means of construction.
</P>
<P>(d) Rigid plastic IBCs may not have a volumetric capacity greater than 3,000 L (793 gallons) or less than 450 L (119 gallons).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 45386, 45387, Aug. 28, 2001; 75 FR 5396, Feb. 2, 2010; 89 FR 25490, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.707" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.11.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.707   Standards for composite IBCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions in this section apply to composite IBCs intended to contain solids and liquids. To complete the marking codes listed below, the letter “Z” must be replaced by a capital letter in accordance with § 178.702(a)(2) to indicate the material used for the outer packaging. Composite IBC types are designated: 
</P>
<P>(1) 11HZ1 Composite IBCs with a rigid plastic inner receptacle for solids loaded or discharged by gravity. 
</P>
<P>(2) 11HZ2 Composite IBCs with a flexible plastic inner receptacle for solids loaded or discharged by gravity. 
</P>
<P>(3) 21HZ1 Composite IBCs with a rigid plastic inner receptacle for solids loaded or discharged under pressure. 
</P>
<P>(4) 21HZ2 Composite IBCs with a flexible plastic inner receptacle for solids loaded or discharged under pressure. 
</P>
<P>(5) 31HZ1 Composite IBCs with a rigid plastic inner receptacle for liquids. 
</P>
<P>(6) 31HZ2 Composite IBCs with a flexible plastic inner receptacle for liquids. 
</P>
<P>(b) Definitions for composite IBC types:
</P>
<P>(1) A <I>composite IBC</I> is an IBC which consists of a rigid outer packaging enclosing a plastic inner receptacle together with any service or other structural equipment. The outer packaging of a composite IBC is designed to bear the entire stacking load. The inner receptacle and outer packaging form an integral packaging and are filled, stored, transported, and emptied as a unit.
</P>
<P>(2) The term plastic means polymeric materials (<I>i.e.</I>, plastic or rubber).
</P>
<P>(3) A “rigid” inner receptacle is an inner receptacle which retains its general shape when empty without closures in place and without benefit of the outer casing. Any inner receptacle that is not “rigid” is considered to be “flexible.”
</P>
<P>(c) Construction requirements for composite IBCs with plastic inner receptacles are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The outer packaging must consist of rigid material formed so as to protect the inner receptacle from physical damage during handling and transportation, but is not required to perform the secondary containment function. It includes the base pallet where appropriate. The inner receptacle is not intended to perform a containment function without the outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(2) A composite IBC with a fully enclosing outer packaging must be designed to permit assessment of the integrity of the inner container following the leakproofness and hydraulic tests. The outer packaging of 31HZ2 composite IBCs must enclose the inner receptacles on all sides.
</P>
<P>(3) The inner receptacle must be manufactured from plastic material of known specifications and be of a strength relative to its capacity and to the service it is required to perform. In addition to conformance with the requirements of § 173.24 of this subchapter, the material must be resistant to aging and to degradation caused by ultraviolet radiation. The inner receptacle of 31HZ2 composite IBCs must consist of at least three plies of film.
</P>
<P>(i) If necessary, protection against ultraviolet radiation must be provided by the addition of pigments or inhibitors such as carbon black. These additives must be compatible with the contents and remain effective throughout the life of the inner receptacle. Where use is made of carbon black, pigments, or inhibitors, other than those used in the manufacture of the tested design type, retesting may be omitted if the carbon black content, the pigment content, or the inhibitor content do not adversely affect the physical properties of the material of construction.
</P>
<P>(ii) Additives may be included in the composition of the plastic material of the inner receptacle to improve resistance to aging, provided they do not adversely affect the physical or chemical properties of the material.
</P>
<P>(iii) No used material, other than production residues or regrind from the same manufacturing process, may be used in the manufacture of inner receptacles unless approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(iv) Composite IBCs intended for the transportation of liquids must be capable of releasing a sufficient amount of vapor to prevent the body of the IBC from rupturing if it is subjected to an internal pressure in excess of that for which it was hydraulically tested. This may be achieved by spring-loaded or non-reclosing pressure relief devices or by other means of construction. 
</P>
<P>(4) The strength of the construction material comprising the outer packaging and the manner of construction must be appropriate to the capacity of the composite IBC and its intended use. The outer packaging must be free of any projection that might damage the inner receptacle.
</P>
<P>(i) Outer packagings of natural wood must be constructed of well seasoned wood that is commercially dry and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of any part of the outer packaging. The tops and bottoms may be made of water-resistant reconstituted wood such as hardboard or particle board. Materials other than natural wood may be used for construction of structural equipment of the outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(ii) Outer packagings of plywood must be made of well-seasoned, rotary cut, sliced, or sawn veneer, commercially dry and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of the casing. All adjacent plies must be glued with water-resistant adhesive. Materials other than plywood may be used for construction of structural equipment of the outer packaging. Outer packagings must be firmly nailed or secured to corner posts or ends or be assembled by equally suitable devices.
</P>
<P>(iii) Outer packagings of reconstituted wood must be constructed of water-resistant reconstituted wood such as hardboard or particle board. Materials other than reconstituted wood may be used for the construction of structural equipment of reconstituted wood outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(iv) Fiberboard outer packagings must be constructed of strong, solid, or double-faced corrugated fiberboard (single or multiwall).
</P>
<P>(A) Water resistance of the outer surface must be such that the increase in mass, as determined in a test carried out over a period of 30 minutes by the Cobb method of determining water absorption, is not greater than 155 grams per square meter (0.0316 pounds per square foot)—see ISO 535 (E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Fiberboard must have proper bending qualities. Fiberboard must be cut, creased without cutting through any thickness of fiberboard, and slotted so as to permit assembly without cracking, surface breaks, or undue bending. The fluting of corrugated fiberboard must be firmly glued to the facings.
</P>
<P>(B) The ends of fiberboard outer packagings may have a wooden frame or be constructed entirely of wood. Wooden battens may be used for reinforcements.
</P>
<P>(C) Manufacturers' joints in the bodies of outer packagings must be taped, lapped and glued, or lapped and stitched with metal staples.
</P>
<P>(D) Lapped joints must have an appropriate overlap.
</P>
<P>(E) Where closing is effected by gluing or taping, a water-resistant adhesive must be used.
</P>
<P>(F) All closures must be sift-proof.
</P>
<P>(v) Outer packagings of plastic materials must be constructed in accordance with the relevant provisions of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Any integral pallet base forming part of an IBC, or any detachable pallet, must be suitable for the mechanical handling of an IBC filled to its maximum permissible gross mass.
</P>
<P>(i) The pallet or integral base must be designed to avoid protrusions that may cause damage to the IBC in handling.
</P>
<P>(ii) The outer packaging must be secured to any detachable pallet to ensure stability in handling and transportation. Where a detachable pallet is used, its top surface must be free from sharp protrusions that might damage the IBC.
</P>
<P>(iii) Strengthening devices, such as timber supports to increase stacking performance, may be used but must be external to the inner receptacle.
</P>
<P>(iv) The load-bearing surfaces of IBCs intended for stacking must be designed to distribute loads in a stable manner. An IBC intended for stacking must be designed so that loads are not supported by the inner receptacle.
</P>
<P>(6) Intermediate IBCs of type 31HZ2 must be limited to a capacity of not more than 1,250 L.
</P>
<P>(d) Composite IBCs may not have a volumetric capacity greater than 3,000 L (793 gallons) or less than 450 L (119 gallons).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 178-119, 62 FR 24743, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 45387, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61016, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75758, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; 75 FR 5396, Feb. 2, 2010; 89 FR 25490, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.708" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.11.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.708   Standards for fiberboard IBCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions of this section apply to fiberboard IBCs intended to contain solids that are loaded or discharged by gravity. Fiberboard IBCs are designated: 11G.
</P>
<P>(b) Definitions for fiberboard IBC types:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Fiberboard IBCs</I> consist of a fiberboard body with or without separate top and bottom caps, appropriate service and structural equipment, and if necessary an inner liner (but no inner packaging).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Liner</I> means a separate tube or bag, including the closures of its openings, inserted in the body but not forming an integral part of it.
</P>
<P>(c) Construction requirements for fiberboard IBCs are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Top lifting devices are prohibited in fiberboard IBCs.
</P>
<P>(2) Fiberboard IBCs must be constructed of strong, solid or double-faced corrugated fiberboard (single or multiwall) that is appropriate to the capacity of the outer packaging and its intended use. Water resistance of the outer surface must be such that the increase in mass, as determined in a test carried out over a period of 30 minutes by the Cobb method of determining water absorption, is not greater than 155 grams per square meter (0.0316 pounds per square foot)—see ISO 535 (E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Fiberboard must have proper bending qualities. Fiberboard must be cut, creased without cutting through any thickness of fiberboard, and slotted so as to permit assembly without cracking, surface breaks, or undue bending. The fluting of corrugated fiberboard must be firmly glued to the facings. 
</P>
<P>(i) The walls, including top and bottom, must have a minimum puncture resistance of 15 Joules (11 foot-pounds of energy) measured according to ISO 3036 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) Manufacturers' joints in the bodies of IBCs must be made with an appropriate overlap and be taped, glued, stitched with metal staples or fastened by other means at least equally effective. Where joints are made by gluing or taping, a water-resistant adhesive must be used. Metal staples must pass completely through all pieces to be fastened and be formed or protected so that any inner liner cannot be abraded or punctured by them.
</P>
<P>(3) The strength of the material used and the construction of the liner must be appropriate to the capacity of the IBC and the intended use. Joints and closures must be sift-proof and capable of withstanding pressures and impacts liable to occur under normal conditions of handling and transport.
</P>
<P>(4) Any integral pallet base forming part of an IBC, or any detachable pallet, must be suitable for the mechanical handling of an IBC filled to its maximum permissible gross mass.
</P>
<P>(i) The pallet or integral base must be designed to avoid protrusions that may cause damage to the IBC in handling.
</P>
<P>(ii) The outer packaging must be secured to any detachable pallet to ensure stability in handling and transport. Where a detachable pallet is used, its top surface must be free from sharp protrusions that might damage the IBC.
</P>
<P>(iii) Strengthening devices, such as timber supports to increase stacking performance, may be used but must be external to the inner liner.
</P>
<P>(iv) The load-bearing surfaces of IBCs intended for stacking must be designed to distribute loads in a stable manner.
</P>
<P>(d) Fiberboard IBCs may not have a volumetric capacity greater than 3,000 L (793 gallons) or less than 450 L (119 gallons).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75758, Dec. 31, 2003; 75 FR 5396, Feb. 2, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.709" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.11.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.709   Standards for wooden IBCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions in this section apply to wooden IBCs intended to contain solids that are loaded or discharged by gravity. Wooden IBC types are designated:
</P>
<P>(1) 11C Natural wood with inner liner.
</P>
<P>(2) 11D Plywood with inner liner.
</P>
<P>(3) 11F Reconstituted wood with inner liner.
</P>
<P>(b) Definitions for wooden IBCs:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Wooden IBCs</I> consist of a rigid or collapsible wooden body together with an inner liner (but no inner packaging) and appropriate service and structural equipment.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Liner</I> means a separate tube or bag, including the closures of its openings, inserted in the body but not forming an integral part of it.
</P>
<P>(c) Construction requirements for wooden IBCs are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Top lifting devices are prohibited in wooden IBCs.
</P>
<P>(2) The strength of the materials used and the method of construction must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the IBC.
</P>
<P>(i) Natural wood used in the construction of an IBC must be well-seasoned, commercially dry, and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of any part of the IBC. Each IBC part must consist of uncut wood or a piece equivalent in strength and integrity. IBC parts are equivalent to one piece when a suitable method of glued assembly is used (<I>i.e.</I>, a Lindermann joint, tongue and groove joint, ship lap or rabbet joint, or butt joint with at least two corrugated metal fasteners at each joint, or when other methods at least equally effective are used). Materials other than natural wood may be used for the construction of structural equipment of the outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(ii) Plywood used in construction of bodies must be at least 3-ply. Plywood must be made of well-seasoned, rotary-cut, sliced or sawn veneer, commercially dry, and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of the body. All adjacent plies must be glued with water-resistant adhesive. Materials other than plywood may be used for the construction of structural equipment of the outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(iii) Reconstituted wood used in construction of bodies must be water resistant reconstituted wood such as hardboard or particle board. Materials other than reconstituted wood may be used for the construction of structural equipment of the outer packaging.
</P>
<P>(iv) Wooden IBCs must be firmly nailed or secured to corner posts or ends or be assembled by similar devices.
</P>
<P>(3) The strength of the material used and the construction of the liner must be appropriate to the capacity of the IBC and its intended use. Joints and closures must be sift-proof and capable of withstanding pressures and impacts liable to occur under normal conditions of handling and transportation.
</P>
<P>(4) Any integral pallet base forming part of an IBC, or any detachable pallet, must be suitable for the mechanical handling of an IBC filled to its maximum permissible gross mass.
</P>
<P>(i) The pallet or integral base must be designed to avoid protrusions that may cause damage to the IBC in handling.
</P>
<P>(ii) The outer packaging must be secured to any detachable pallet to ensure stability in handling and transportation. Where a detachable pallet is used, its top surface must be free from sharp protrusions that might damage the IBC.
</P>
<P>(iii) Strengthening devices, such as timber supports to increase stacking performance, may be used but must be external to the inner liner.
</P>
<P>(iv) The load-bearing surfaces of IBCs intended for stacking must be designed to distribute loads in a stable manner.
</P>
<P>(d) Wooden IBCs may not have a volumetric capacity greater than 3,000 L (793 gallons) or less than 450 L (119 gallons).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 75 FR 5397, Feb. 2, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.710" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.11.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.710   Standards for flexible IBCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions of this section apply to flexible IBCs intended to contain solid hazardous materials. Flexible IBC types are designated:
</P>
<P>(1) 13H1 woven plastic without coating or liner.
</P>
<P>(2) 13H2 woven plastic, coated.
</P>
<P>(3) 13H3 woven plastic with liner.
</P>
<P>(4) 13H4 woven plastic, coated and with liner.
</P>
<P>(5) 13H5 plastic film.
</P>
<P>(6) 13L1 textile without coating or liner.
</P>
<P>(7) 13L2 textile, coated.
</P>
<P>(8) 13L3 textile with liner.
</P>
<P>(9) 13L4 textile, coated and with liner.
</P>
<P>(10) 13M1 paper, multiwall.
</P>
<P>(11) 13M2 paper, multiwall, water resistant.
</P>
<P>(b) Definitions for flexible IBCs:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Flexible IBCs</I> consist of a body constructed of film, woven plastic, woven fabric, paper, or combination thereof, together with any appropriate service equipment and handling devices, and if necessary, an inner coating or liner.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Woven plastic</I> means a material made from stretched tapes or monofilaments.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Handling device</I> means any sling, loop, eye, or frame attached to the body of the IBC or formed from a continuation of the IBC body material.
</P>
<P>(c) Construction requirements for flexible IBCs are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The strength of the material and the construction of the flexible IBC must be appropriate to its capacity and its intended use.
</P>
<P>(2) All materials used in the construction of flexible IBCs of types 13M1 and 13M2 must, after complete immersion in water for not less than 24 hours, retain at least 85 percent of the tensile strength as measured originally on the material conditioned to equilibrium at 67 percent relative humidity or less.
</P>
<P>(3) Seams must be stitched or formed by heat sealing, gluing or any equivalent method. All stitched seam-ends must be secured.
</P>
<P>(4) In addition to conformance with the requirements of § 173.24 of this subchapter, flexible IBCs must be resistant to aging and degradation caused by ultraviolet radiation.
</P>
<P>(5) For plastic flexible IBCs, if necessary, protection against ultraviolet radiation must be provided by the addition of pigments or inhibitors such as carbon black. These additives must be compatible with the contents and remain effective throughout the life of the container. Where use is made of carbon black, pigments, or inhibitors, other than those used in the manufacture of the tested design type, retesting may be omitted if the carbon black content, the pigment content or the inhibitor content does not adversely affect the physical properties of the material of construction. Additives may be included in the composition of the plastic material to improve resistance to aging, provided they do not adversely affect the physical or chemical properties of the material.
</P>
<P>(6) No used material other than production residues or regrind from the same manufacturing process may be used in the manufacture of plastic flexible IBCs. This does not preclude the re-use of component parts such as fittings and pallet bases, provided such components have not in any way been damaged in previous use.
</P>
<P>(7) When flexible IBCs are filled, the ratio of height to width may not be more than 2:1.
</P>
<P>(d) Flexible IBCs: (1) May not have a volumetric capacity greater than 3,000 L (793 gallons) or less than 56 L (15 gallons); and
</P>
<P>(2) Must be designed and tested to a capacity of no less than 50 kg (110 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 178-108, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 75 FR 5397, Feb. 2, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="O" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart O—Testing of IBCs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.800" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.800   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes certain testing requirements for IBCs identified in subpart N of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38074, July 26, 1994, as amended by 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.801" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.801   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The test procedures prescribed in this subpart are intended to ensure that IBCs containing hazardous materials can withstand normal conditions of transportation and are considered minimum requirements. Each packaging must be manufactured and assembled so as to be capable of successfully passing the prescribed tests and of conforming to the requirements of § 173.24 of this subchapter at all times while in transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Responsibility.</I> It is the responsibility of the IBC manufacturer to assure that each IBC is capable of passing the prescribed tests. To the extent that an IBC assembly function, including final closure, is performed by the person who offers a hazardous material for transportation, that person is responsible for performing the function in accordance with §§ 173.22 and 178.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>IBC design type</I> refers to an IBC that does not differ in structural design, size, material of construction, wall thickness, manner of construction and representative service equipment. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Design qualification testing</I> is the performance of the drop, leakproofness, hydrostatic pressure, stacking, bottom-lift or top-lift, tear, topple, righting and vibration tests, as applicable, prescribed in this subpart, for each different IBC design type, at the start of production of that packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Periodic design requalification test</I> is the performance of the applicable tests specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section on an IBC design type, in order to requalify the design for continued production at the frequency specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Production inspection</I> is the inspection that must initially be conducted on each newly manufactured IBC.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Production testing</I> is the performance of the leakproofness test in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section on each IBC intended to contain solids discharged by pressure or intended to contain liquids.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Periodic retest and inspection</I> is performance of the applicable test and inspections on each IBC at the frequency specified in § 180.352 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Different IBC design type</I> is one that differs from a previously qualified IBC design type in structural design, size, material of construction, wall thickness, or manner of construction, but does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) A packaging which differs in surface treatment;
</P>
<P>(ii) A rigid plastic IBC or composite IBC which differs with regard to additives used to comply with §§ 178.706(c), 178.707(c) or 178.710(c);
</P>
<P>(iii) A packaging which differs only in its lesser external dimensions (<I>i.e.</I>, height, width, length) provided materials of construction and material thicknesses or fabric weight remain the same;
</P>
<P>(iv) A packaging which differs in service equipment.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Design qualification testing.</I> The packaging manufacturer shall achieve successful test results for the design qualification testing at the start of production of each new or different IBC design type. The service equipment selected for this design qualification testing shall be representative of the type of service equipment that will be fitted to any finished IBC body under the design. Application of the certification mark by the manufacturer shall constitute certification that the IBC design type passed the prescribed tests in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Periodic design requalification testing.</I> (1) Periodic design requalification must be conducted on each qualified IBC design type if the manufacturer is to maintain authorization for continued production. The IBC manufacturer shall achieve successful test results for the periodic design requalification at sufficient frequency to ensure each packaging produced by the manufacturer is capable of passing the design qualification tests. Design requalification tests must be conducted at least once every 12 months.
</P>
<P>(2) Changes in the frequency of design requalification testing specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section are authorized if approved by the Associate Administrator. These requests must be based on:
</P>
<P>(i) Detailed quality assurance programs that assure that proposed decreases in test frequency maintain the integrity of originally tested IBC design types; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Demonstrations that each IBC produced is capable of withstanding higher standards (e.g., increased drop height, hydrostatic pressure, wall thickness, fabric weight).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Production testing and inspection.</I> (1) Production testing consists of the leakproofness test prescribed in § 178.813 of this subpart and must be performed on each IBC intended to contain solids discharged by pressure or intended to contain liquids. For this test:
</P>
<P>(i) The IBC need not have its closures fitted, except that the IBC must be fitted with its primary bottom closure.
</P>
<P>(ii) The inner receptacle of a composite IBC may be tested without the outer IBC body, provided the test results are not affected.
</P>
<P>(2) Applicable inspection requirements in § 180.352 of this subchapter must be performed on each IBC initially after production.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Test samples.</I> The IBC manufacturer shall conduct the design qualification and periodic design requalification tests prescribed in this subpart using random samples of IBCs, according to the appropriate test section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Selective testing of IBCs.</I> Variation of a tested IBC design type is permitted without further testing, provided selective testing demonstrates an equivalent or greater level of safety than the design type tested and which has been approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Approval of equivalent packagings.</I> An IBC differing from the standards in subpart N of this part, or tested using methods other than those specified in this subpart, may be used if approved by the Associate Administrator. Such IBCs must be shown to be equally effective, and testing methods used must be equivalent. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Proof of compliance.</I> Notwithstanding the periodic design requalification testing intervals specified in paragraph (e) of this section, the Associate Administrator, or a designated representative, may at any time require demonstration of compliance by a manufacturer, through testing in accordance with this subpart, that packagings meet the requirements of this subpart. As required by the Associate Administrator, or a designated representative, the manufacturer shall either:
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct performance tests or have tests conducted by an independent testing facility, in accordance with this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(2) Make a sample IBC available to the Associate Administrator, or a designated representative, for testing in accordance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Coatings.</I> If an inner treatment or coating of an IBC is required for safety reasons, the manufacturer shall design the IBC so that the treatment or coating retains its protective properties even after withstanding the tests prescribed by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Record retention.</I> Following each design qualification test and each periodic retest on an IBC, a test report must be prepared.
</P>
<P>(1) The test report must be maintained at each location where the packaging is manufactured, certified, and a design qualification test or periodic retest is conducted as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Responsible party
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Duration
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Person manufacturing the packaging</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As long as manufactured and two years thereafter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Person performing design testing</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Design test maintained for a single or composite packaging for six years after the test is successfully performed and for a combination packaging or packaging intended for infectious substances for seven years after the test is successfully performed.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Person performing periodic retesting</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Performance test maintained for a single or composite packaging for one year after the test is successfully performed and for a combination packaging or packaging intended for infectious substances for two years after the test is successfully performed.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The test report must be made available to a user of a packaging or a representative of the Department upon request. The test report, at a minimum, must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Name and address of test facility;
</P>
<P>(ii) Name and address of the person certifying the IBC;
</P>
<P>(iii) A unique test report identification;
</P>
<P>(iv) Date of test report;
</P>
<P>(v) Manufacturer of the IBC;
</P>
<P>(vi) Description of the IBC design type (e.g., dimensions, materials, closures, thickness, representative service equipment, etc.);
</P>
<P>(vii) Maximum IBC capacity;
</P>
<P>(viii) Characteristics of test contents, including for rigid plastics and composite IBCs subject to the hydrostatic pressure test in § 178.814 of this subpart, the temperature of the water used;
</P>
<P>(ix) Test descriptions and results (including drop heights, hydrostatic pressures, tear propagation length, etc.); and
</P>
<P>(x) The signature of the person conducting the test, and name of the person responsible for testing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38074, July 26, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 178-108, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 66 FR 33452, June 21, 2001; 68 FR 75758, Dec. 31, 2003; 73 FR 57008, Oct. 1, 2008; 74 FR 2269, Jan. 14, 2009; 75 FR 5397, Feb. 2, 2010; 78 FR 14715, Mar. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65487, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 FR 72929, Nov. 23, 2015; 85 FR 27901, May 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.802" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.802   Preparation of fiberboard IBCs for testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Fiberboard IBCs and composite IBCs with fiberboard outer packagings must be conditioned for at least 24 hours in an atmosphere maintained:
</P>
<P>(1) At 50 percent ±2 percent relative humidity, and at a temperature of 23° ±2 °C (73 °F ±4 °F); or
</P>
<P>(2) At 65 percent ±2 percent relative humidity, and at a temperature of 20° ±2 °C (68 °F ±4 °F), or 27 °C ±2 °C (81 °F ±4 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) Average values for temperature and humidity must fall within the limits in paragraph (a) of this section. Short-term fluctuations and measurement limitations may cause individual measurements to vary by up to ±5 percent relative humidity without significant impairment of test reproducibility.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of periodic design requalification only, fiberboard IBCs or composite IBCs with fiberboard outer packagings may be at ambient conditions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38074, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.803" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.803   Testing and certification of IBCs.</HEAD>
<P>Tests required for the certification of each IBC design type are specified in the following table. The letter X indicates that one IBC (except where noted) of each design type must be subjected to the tests in the order presented:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Performance test
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">IBC type
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Metal IBCs
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rigid plastic IBCs
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Composite IBCs
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fiber-board IBCs
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Wooden IBCs
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Flexible IBCs
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vibration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>6</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>6</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>6</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>6</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>6</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1.5</sup> X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bottom lift</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Top lift</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2 5</sup> X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stacking</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>7</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>7</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>7</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>7</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>7</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>5</sup> X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leakproofness</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrostatic</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Drop</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>4</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>4</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>4</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>4</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>4</sup> X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>5</sup> X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Topple</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>5</sup> X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Righting</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2 5</sup> X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tear</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>5</sup> X
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Flexible IBCs must be capable of withstanding the vibration test.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> This test must be performed only if IBCs are designed to be handled this way. For metal IBCs, at least one of the bottom lift or top lift tests must be performed.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> The leakproofness and hydrostatic pressure tests are required only for IBCs intended to contain liquids or intended to contain solids loaded or discharged under pressure.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Another IBC of the same design type may be used for the drop test set forth in § 178.810 of this subchapter.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> Another different flexible IBC of the same design type may be used for each test.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> The vibration test may be performed in another order for IBCs manufactured and tested under provisions of an exemption before October 1, 1994 and for non-DOT specification portable tanks tested before October 1, 1994, intended for export.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> This test must be performed only if the IBC is designed to be stacked.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-108, 60 FR 40039, Aug. 4, 1995, as amended at 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45386, 45390, Aug. 28, 2001]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.810" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.810   Drop test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The drop test must be conducted for the qualification of all IBC design types and performed periodically as specified in § 178.801(e) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the drop test.</I> (1) Metal, rigid plastic, and composite IBCs intended to contain solids must be filled to not less than 95 percent of their maximum capacity, or if intended to contain liquids, to not less than 98 percent of their maximum capacity. Pressure relief devices must be removed and their apertures plugged or rendered inoperative.
</P>
<P>(2) Fiberboard and wooden IBCs must be filled with a solid material to not less than 95 percent of their maximum capacity; the contents must be evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(3) Flexible IBCs must be filled to the maximum permissible gross mass; the contents must be evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(4) Rigid plastic IBCs and composite IBCs with plastic inner receptacles must be conditioned for testing by reducing the temperature of the packaging and its contents to −18 °C (0 °F) or lower. Test liquids must be kept in the liquid state, if necessary, by the addition of anti-freeze. Water/anti-freeze solutions with a minimum specific gravity of 0.95 for testing at −18 °C (0 °F) or lower are considered acceptable test liquids, and may be considered equivalent to water for test purposes. IBCs conditioned in this way are not required to be conditioned in accordance with § 178.802. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> (1) Samples of all IBC design types must be dropped onto a rigid, non-resilient, smooth, flat and horizontal surface. The point of impact must be the most vulnerable part of the base of the IBC being tested. Following the drop, the IBC must be restored to the upright position for observation.
</P>
<P>(2) IBC design types with a capacity of 0.45 cubic meters (15.9 cubic feet) or less must be subject to an additional drop test. The same IBC or a different IBC of the same design may be used for each drop.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Drop height.</I> (1) For all IBCs, drop heights are specified as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Packing Group I: 1.8 m (5.9 feet).
</P>
<P>(ii) Packing Group II: 1.2 m (3.9 feet).
</P>
<P>(iii) Packing Group III: 0.8 m (2.6 feet).
</P>
<P>(2) Drop tests are to be performed with the solid or liquid to be transported or with a non-hazardous material having essentially the same physical characteristics.
</P>
<P>(3) The specific gravity and viscosity of a substituted non-hazardous material used in the drop test for liquids must be similar to the hazardous material intended for transportation. Water also may be used for the liquid drop test under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Where the substances to be carried have a specific gravity not exceeding 1.2, the drop heights must be those specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section for each IBC design type; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Where the substances to be carried have a specific gravity exceeding 1.2, the drop heights must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Packing Group I: SG × 1.5 m (4.9 feet).
</P>
<P>(B) Packing Group II: SG × 1.0 m (3.3 feet).
</P>
<P>(C) Packing Group III: SG × 0.67 m (2.2 feet).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> For all IBC design types, there may be no damage which renders the IBC unsafe to be transported for salvage or for disposable, and no loss of contents. The IBC shall be capable of being lifted by an appropriate means until clear of the floor for five minutes. A slight discharge from a closure upon impact is not considered to be a failure of the IBC provided that no further leakage occurs. A slight discharge (e.g., from closures or stitch holes) upon impact is not considered a failure of the flexible IBC provided that no further leakage occurs after the IBC has been raised clear of the ground.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38074, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 76186, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 78635, Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 2269, Jan. 14, 2009; 75 FR 5397, Feb. 2, 2010; 85 FR 27901, May 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.811" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.811   Bottom lift test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The bottom lift test must be conducted for the qualification of all IBC design types designed to be lifted from the base.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the bottom lift test.</I> The IBC must be loaded to 1.25 times its maximum permissible gross mass, the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> All IBC design types must be raised and lowered twice by a lift truck with the forks centrally positioned and spaced at three quarters of the dimension of the side of entry (unless the points of entry are fixed). The forks must penetrate to three quarters of the direction of entry. The test must be repeated from each possible direction of entry.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> For all IBC design types designed to be lifted from the base, there may be no permanent deformation which renders the IBC unsafe for transportation and no loss of contents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38074, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.812" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.812   Top lift test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The top lift test must be conducted for the qualification of all IBC design types designed to be lifted from the top or, for flexible IBCs, from the side.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the top lift test.</I> (1) Metal, rigid plastic, and composite IBC design types must be loaded to twice the maximum permissible gross mass with the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(2) Flexible IBC design types must be filled to six times the maximum net mass, the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> (1) A metal or flexible IBC must be lifted in the manner for which it is designed until clear of the floor and maintained in that position for a period of five minutes.
</P>
<P>(2) Rigid plastic and composite IBC design types must be:
</P>
<P>(i) Lifted by each pair of diagonally opposite lifting devices, so that the hoisting forces are applied vertically, for a period of five minutes; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Lifted by each pair of diagonally opposite lifting devices, so that the hoisting forces are applied towards the center at 45° to the vertical, for a period of five minutes.
</P>
<P>(3) If not tested as indicated in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a flexible IBC design type must be tested as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Fill the flexible IBC to 95% full with a material representative of the product to be shipped.
</P>
<P>(ii) Suspend the flexible IBC by its lifting devices.
</P>
<P>(iii) Apply a constant downward force through a specially designed platen. The platen will be a minimum of 60% and a maximum of 80% of the cross sectional surface area of the flexible IBC.
</P>
<P>(iv) The combination of the mass of the filled flexible IBC and the force applied through the platen must be a minimum of six times the maximum net mass of the flexible IBC. The test must be conducted for a period of five minutes.
</P>
<P>(v) Other equally effective methods of top lift testing and preparation may be used with approval of the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> For all IBC design types designed to be lifted from the top, there may be no permanent deformation which renders the IBC, including the base pallets when applicable, unsafe for transportation, and no loss of contents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38074, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 33452, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45042, July 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.813" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.813   Leakproofness test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The leakproofness test must be conducted for the qualification of all IBC design types and on all production units intended to contain solids that are loaded or discharged under pressure or intended to contain liquids.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the leakproofness test.</I> Vented closures must either be replaced by similar non-vented closures or the vent must be sealed. For metal IBC design types, the initial test must be carried out before the fitting of any thermal insulation equipment. The inner receptacle of a composite IBC may be tested without the outer packaging provided the test results are not affected.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method and pressure applied.</I> The leakproofness test must be carried out for a suitable length of time using air at a gauge pressure of not less than 20 kPa (2.9 psig). Leakproofness of IBC design types must be determined by coating the seams and joints with a heavy oil, a soap solution and water, or other methods suitable for the purpose of detecting leaks. Other methods, if at least equally effective, may be used in accordance with appendix B of this part, or if approved by the Associate Administrator, as provided in § 178.801(i)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Criterion for passing the test.</I> For all IBC design types intended to contain solids that are loaded or discharged under pressure or intended to contain liquids, there may be no leakage of air from the IBC.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38074, July 26, 1994, as amended at 64 FR 10782, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45185, 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.814" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.814   Hydrostatic pressure test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The hydrostatic pressure test must be conducted for the qualification of all metal, rigid plastic, and composite IBC design types intended to contain solids that are loaded or discharged under pressure or intended to contain liquids.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the hydrostatic pressure test.</I> For metal IBCs, the test must be carried out before the fitting of any thermal insulation equipment. For all IBCs, pressure relief devices and vented closures must be removed and their apertures plugged or rendered inoperative.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> Hydrostatic gauge pressure must be measured at the top of the IBC. The test must be carried out for a period of at least 10 minutes applying a hydrostatic gauge pressure not less than that indicated in paragraph (d) of this section. The IBCs may not be mechanically restrained during the test.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hydrostatic gauge pressure applied.</I> (1) For metal IBC design types, 31A, 31B, 31N: 65 kPa gauge pressure (9.4 psig).
</P>
<P>(2) For metal IBC design types 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B, 31N: 200 kPa (29 psig). For metal IBC design types 31A, 31B and 31N, the tests in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section must be conducted consecutively.
</P>
<P>(3) For metal IBCs design types 21A, 21B, and 21N, for Packing Group I solids: 250 kPa (36 psig) gauge pressure.
</P>
<P>(4) For rigid plastic IBC design types 21H1 and 21H2 and composite IBC design types 21HZ1 and 21HZ2: 75 kPa (11 psig).
</P>
<P>(5) For rigid plastic IBC design types 31H1 and 31H2 and composite IBC design types 31HZ1 and 31HZ2: whichever is the greater of:
</P>
<P>(i) The pressure determined by any one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(A) The gauge pressure (pressure in the IBC above ambient atmospheric pressure) measured in the IBC at 55 °C (131 °F) multiplied by a safety factor of 1.5. This pressure must be determined on the basis of the IBC being filled and closed to no more than 98 percent capacity at 15 °C (60 °F);
</P>
<P>(B) If absolute pressure (vapor pressure of the hazardous material plus atmospheric pressure) is used, 1.5 multiplied by the vapor pressure of the hazardous material at 55 °C (131 °F) minus 100 kPa (14.5 psi). If this method is chosen, the hydrostatic test pressure applied must be at least 100 kPa gauge pressure (14.5 psig); or
</P>
<P>(C) If absolute pressure (vapor pressure of the hazardous material plus atmospheric pressure) is used, 1.75 multiplied by the vapor pressure of the hazardous material at 50 °C (122 °F) minus 100 kPa (14.5 psi). If this method is chosen, the hydrostatic test pressure applied must be at least 100 kPa gauge pressure (14.5 psig); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Twice the greater of: (A) The static pressure of the hazardous material on the bottom of the IBC filled to 98 percent capacity; or
</P>
<P>(B) The static pressure of water on the bottom of the IBC filled to 98 percent capacity.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Criteria for passing the test(s).</I> (1) For metal IBCs, subjected to the 65 kPa (9.4 psig) test pressure specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, there may be no leakage or permanent deformation that would make the IBC unsafe for transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) For metal IBCs intended to contain liquids, when subjected to the 200 kPa (29 psig) and the 250 kPa (36 psig) test pressures specified in paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section, respectively, there may be no leakage.
</P>
<P>(3) For rigid plastic IBC types 21H1, 21H2, 31H1, and 31H2, and composite IBC types 21HZ1, 21HZ2, 31HZ1, and 31HZ2, there may be no leakage and no permanent deformation which renders the IBC unsafe for transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38074, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 45185, 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.815" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.815   Stacking test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The stacking test must be conducted for the qualification of all IBC design types intended to be stacked.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the stacking test.</I> (1) All IBCs except flexible IBC design types must be loaded to their maximum permissible gross mass.
</P>
<P>(2) The flexible IBC must be filled to not less than 95 percent of its capacity and to its maximum net mass, with the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> (1) <I>Design Qualification Testing.</I> All IBCs must be placed on their base on level, hard ground and subjected to a uniformly distributed superimposed test load for a period of at least five minutes (see paragraph (c)(5) of this section).
</P>
<P>(2) Fiberboard, wooden and composite IBCs with outer packagings constructed of other than plastic materials must be subject to the test for 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(3) Rigid plastic IBC types and composite IBC types with plastic outer packagings (11HH1, 11HH2, 21HH1, 21HH2, 31HH1 and 31HH2) which bear the stacking load must be subjected to the test for 28 days at 40 °C (104 °F).
</P>
<P>(4) For all IBCs, the load must be applied by one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) One or more IBCs of the same type loaded to their maximum permissible gross mass and stacked on the test IBC;
</P>
<P>(ii) The calculated superimposed test load weight loaded on either a flat plate or a reproduction of the base of the IBC, which is stacked on the test IBC.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Calculation of superimposed test load.</I> For all IBCs, the load to be placed on the IBC must be 1.8 times the combined maximum permissible gross mass of the number of similar IBCs that may be stacked on top of the IBC during transportation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Periodic Retest.</I> (1) The package must be tested in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section; <I>or</I>
</P>
<P>(2) The packaging may be tested using a dynamic compression testing machine. The test must be conducted at room temperature on an empty, unsealed packaging. The test sample must be centered on the bottom platen of the testing machine. The top platen must be lowered until it comes in contact with the test sample. Compression must be applied end to end. The speed of the compression tester must be one-half inch plus or minus one-fourth inch per minute. An initial preload of 50 pounds must be applied to ensure a definite contact between the test sample and the platens. The distance between the platens at this time must be recorded as zero deformation. The force “A” then to be applied must be calculated using the applicable formula:
</P>
<FP-1>Liquids: A = (1.8)(n − 1) [w + (s × v × 8.3 × .98)] × 1.5;
</FP-1>
<FP>or
</FP>
<FP-1>Solids: A = (1.8)(n − 1) [w + (s × v × 8.3 × .95)] × 1.5
</FP-1>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-1>A = applied load in pounds.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>n = maximum number of IBCs being stacked during transportation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>w = maximum weight of one empty container in pounds.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>s = specific gravity (liquids) or density (solids) of the lading.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>v = actual capacity of container (rated capacity + outage) in gallons.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>and:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>8.3 corresponds to the weight in pounds of 1.0 gallon of water.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>1.5 is a compensation factor converting the static load of the stacking test into a load suitable for dynamic compression testing.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> (1) For metal, rigid plastic, and composite IBCs, there may be no permanent deformation, which renders the IBC unsafe for transportation, and no loss of contents.
</P>
<P>(2) For fiberboard and wooden IBCs, there may be no loss of contents and no permanent deformation, which renders the whole IBC, including the base pallet, unsafe for transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) For flexible IBCs, there may be no deterioration, which renders the IBC unsafe for transportation, and no loss of contents.
</P>
<P>(4) For the dynamic compression test, a container passes the test if, after application of the required load, there is no permanent deformation to the IBC, which renders the whole IBC, including the base pallet, unsafe for transportation; in no case may the maximum deflection exceed one inch.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 5397, Feb. 2, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.816" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.816   Topple test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The topple test must be conducted for the qualification of all flexible IBC design types.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the topple test.</I> The flexible IBC must be filled to not less than 95 percent of its capacity and to its maximum net mass, with the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> A flexible IBC must be toppled onto any part of its top upon a rigid, non-resilient, smooth, flat, and horizontal surface.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Topple height.</I> For all flexible IBCs, the topple height is specified as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Packing Group I: 1.8 m (5.9 feet).
</P>
<P>(2) Packing Group II: 1.2 m (3.9 feet).
</P>
<P>(3) Packing Group III: 0.8 m (2.6 feet).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> For all flexible IBCs, there may be no loss of contents. A slight discharge (e.g., from closures or stitch holes) upon impact is not considered to be a failure, provided no further leakage occurs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38074, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.817" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.817   Righting test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The righting test must be conducted for the qualification of all flexible IBCs designed to be lifted from the top or side.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the righting test.</I> The flexible IBC must be filled to not less than 95 percent of its capacity and to its maximum net mass, with the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> The flexible IBC, lying on its side, must be lifted at a speed of at least 0.1 m/second (0.33 ft/s) to an upright position, clear of the floor, by one lifting device, or by two lifting devices when four are provided.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Criterion for passing the test.</I> For all flexible IBCs, there may be no damage to the IBC or its lifting devices which renders the IBC unsafe for transportation or handling.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38074, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.818" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.818   Tear test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The tear test must be conducted for the qualification of all flexible IBC design types.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the tear test.</I> The flexible IBC must be filled to not less than 95 percent of its capacity and to its maximum net mass, the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> Once the IBC is placed on the ground, a 100-mm (4-inch) knife score, completely penetrating the wall of a wide face, is made at a 45° angle to the principal axis of the IBC, halfway between the bottom surface and the top level of the contents. The IBC must then be subjected to a uniformly distributed superimposed load equivalent to twice the maximum net mass. The load must be applied for at least five minutes. An IBC which is designed to be lifted from the top or the side must, after removal of the superimposed load, be lifted clear of the floor and maintained in that position for a period of five minutes.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Criterion for passing the test.</I> The IBC passes the tear test if the cut does not propagate more than 25 percent of its original length.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38074, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.819" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.12.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.819   Vibration test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The vibration test must be conducted for the qualification of all rigid IBC design types. Flexible IBC design types must be capable of withstanding the vibration test.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test method.</I> (1) A sample IBC, selected at random, must be filled and closed as for shipment. IBCs intended for liquids may be tested using water as the filling material for the vibration test.
</P>
<P>(2) The sample IBC must be placed on a vibrating platform with a vertical or rotary double-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement) of one inch. The IBC must be constrained horizontally to prevent it from falling off the platform, but must be left free to move vertically and bounce.
</P>
<P>(3) The test must be performed for one hour at a frequency that causes the package to be raised from the vibrating platform to such a degree that a piece of material of approximately 1.6-mm (0.063-inch) thickness (such as steel strapping or paperboard) can be passed between the bottom of the IBC and the platform. Other methods at least equally effective may be used (see § 178.801(i)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> An IBC passes the vibration test if there is no rupture or leakage.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-103, 59 FR 38074, July 26, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 178-108, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 178-110, 60 FR 49111, Sept. 21, 1995; 66 FR 45386, Aug. 28, 2001; 75 FR 5397, Feb. 2, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="P" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart P—Large Packagings Standards</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>75 FR 5397, Feb. 2, 2010, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 178.900" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.13.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.900   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes requirements for Large Packaging intended for the transportation of hazardous materials. Standards for these packagings are based on the UN Recommendations.
</P>
<P>(b) Terms used in this subpart are defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.905" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.13.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.905   Large Packaging identification codes.</HEAD>
<P>Large packaging code designations consist of: two numerals specified in paragraph (a) of this section; followed by the capital letter(s) specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) Large packaging code number designations are as follows: 50 for rigid Large Packagings; or 51 for flexible Large Packagings.
</P>
<P>(b) Large Packagings code letter designations are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) “A” means steel (all types and surface treatments).
</P>
<P>(2) “B” means aluminum.
</P>
<P>(3) “C” means natural wood.
</P>
<P>(4) “D” means plywood.
</P>
<P>(5) “F” means reconstituted wood.
</P>
<P>(6) “G” means fiberboard.
</P>
<P>(7) “H” means plastic.
</P>
<P>(8) “M” means paper, multiwall.
</P>
<P>(9) “N” means metal (other than steel or aluminum).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.910" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.13.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.910   Marking of Large Packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The manufacturer must:
</P>
<P>(1) Mark every Large Packaging in a durable and clearly visible manner. The marking may be applied in a single line or in multiple lines provided the correct sequence is followed with the information required by this section, in letters, numerals, and symbols of at least 12 mm in height. This minimum marking size requirement applies only to large packages manufactured after January 1, 2014. The following information is required in the sequence presented:
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in § 178.503(e)(1)(ii), the United Nations packaging symbol as illustrated in § 178.503(e)(1)(i). For metal Large Packagings on which the marking is stamped or embossed, the capital letters “UN” may be applied instead of the symbol;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>The code number designating the Large Packaging design type according to § 178.905.</I> The letters “T” or “W” may follow the Large Packaging design type identification code on a Large Packaging. Large Salvage Packagings conforming to the requirements of subpart P of this part must be marked with the letter “T”. Large Packagings must be marked with the letter “W” when the Large Packaging differs from the requirements in subpart P of this part, or is tested using methods other than those specified in this subpart, and is approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with the provisions in § 178.955;
</P>
<P>(iii) A capital letter identifying the performance standard under which the design type has been successfully tested, as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) X—for Large Packagings meeting Packing Groups I, II and III tests;
</P>
<P>(B) Y—for Large Packagings meeting Packing Groups II and III tests; and
</P>
<P>(C) Z—for Large Packagings meeting Packing Group III test.
</P>
<P>(iv) The month (designated numerically) and year (last two digits) of manufacture;
</P>
<P>(v) The country authorizing the allocation of the mark. The letters “USA” indicate that the Large Packaging is manufactured and marked in the United States in compliance with the provisions of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(vi) The name and address or symbol of the manufacturer or the approval agency certifying compliance with subpart P and subpart Q of this part. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(vii) The stacking test load in kilograms (kg). For Large Packagings not designed for stacking the figure “0” must be shown.
</P>
<P>(viii) The maximum permissible gross mass or for flexible Large Packagings, the maximum net mass, in kg.
</P>
<P>(2) The following are examples of symbols and required markings:
</P>
<P>(i) For a steel Large Packaging suitable for stacking; stacking load: 2,500 kg; maximum gross mass: 1,000 kg.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er02fe10.003.gif"/>
<P>(ii) For a plastic Large Packaging not suitable for stacking; maximum gross mass: 800 kg.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er02fe10.004.gif"/>
<P>(iii) For a Flexible Large Packaging not suitable for stacking; maximum gross mass: 500 kg.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er02fe10.005.gif"/>
<P>(iv) For a steel Large Salvage Packaging suitable for stacking; stacking load: 2,500 kg; maximum gross mass: 1,000 kg.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er08ja15.003.gif"/>
<P>(b) All Large Packagings manufactured, repaired or remanufactured after January 1, 2015 must be marked with the symbol applicable to a Large Packaging designed for stacking or not designed for stacking, as appropriate. The symbol must be a square with each side being not less than 100 mm (3.9 inches) by 100 mm (3.9 inches) as measured from the corner printer marks shown on the following figures. Where dimensions are not specified, all features must be in approximate proportion to those shown.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja13.001.gif"/>
<P>(1) <I>Transitional exception</I>—A marking in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue to be applied to all Large Packagings manufactured, repaired or remanufactured between January 1, 2015 and December 31, 2016.
</P>
<P>(2) For domestic transportation, a Large Packaging marked prior to January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December 31, 2014, may continue in service until the end of its useful life.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 5397, Feb. 2, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010; 78 FR 1097, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1168, Jan. 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.915" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.13.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.915   General Large Packaging standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each Large Packaging must be resistant to, or protected from, deterioration due to exposure to the external environment. Large Packagings intended for solid hazardous materials must be sift-proof and water-resistant.
</P>
<P>(b) All service equipment must be positioned or protected to minimize potential loss of contents resulting from damage during Large Packaging handling and transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) Each Large Packaging, including attachments and service and structural equipment, must be designed to withstand, without loss of hazardous materials, the internal pressure of the contents and the stresses of normal handling and transport. A Large Packaging intended for stacking must be designed for stacking. Any lifting or securing features of a Large Packaging must be sufficient strength to withstand the normal conditions of handling and transportation without gross distortion or failure and must be positioned so as to cause no undue stress in any part of the Large Packaging.
</P>
<P>(d) A Large Packaging consisting of packagings within a framework must be so constructed that the packaging is not damaged by the framework and is retained within the framework at all times.
</P>
<P>(e) Large Packaging design types must be constructed in such a way as to be bottom-lifted or top-lifted as specified in §§ 178.970 and 178.975.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 5397, Feb. 2, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.920" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.13.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.920   Standards for metal Large Packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions in this section apply to metal Large Packagings intended to contain liquids and solids. Metal Large Packaging types are designated:
</P>
<P>(1) 50A steel
</P>
<P>(2) 50B aluminum
</P>
<P>(3) 50N metal (other than steel or aluminum)
</P>
<P>(b) Each Large Packaging must be made of suitable ductile metal materials. Welds must be made so as to maintain design type integrity of the receptacle under conditions normally incident to transportation. Low-temperature performance must be taken into account when appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) The use of dissimilar metals must not result in deterioration that could affect the integrity of the Large Packaging.
</P>
<P>(d) Metal Large Packagings may not have a volumetric capacity greater than 3,000 L (793 gallons) and not less than 450 L (119 gallons).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.925" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.13.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.925   Standards for rigid plastic Large Packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions in this section apply to rigid plastic Large Packagings intended to contain liquids and solids. Rigid plastic Large Packaging types are designated:
</P>
<P>(1) 50H rigid plastics.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) A rigid plastic Large Packaging must be manufactured from plastic material of known specifications and be of a strength relative to its capacity and to the service it is required to perform. In addition to conformance to § 173.24 of this subchapter, plastic materials must be resistant to aging and to degradation caused by ultraviolet radiation.
</P>
<P>(1) If protection against ultraviolet radiation is necessary, it must be provided by the addition of a pigment or inhibiter such as carbon black to plastic materials. These additives must be compatible with the contents and remain effective throughout the life of the plastic Large Packaging body. Where use is made of carbon black, pigments or inhibitors, other than those used in the manufacture of the tested design type, retesting may be omitted if changes in the carbon black content, the pigment content or the inhibitor content do not adversely affect the physical properties of the material of construction.
</P>
<P>(2) Additives may be included in the composition of the plastic material to improve the resistance to aging or to serve other purposes, provided they do not adversely affect the physical or chemical properties of the material of construction.
</P>
<P>(3) No used material other than production residues or regrind from the same manufacturing process may be used in the manufacture of rigid plastic Large Packagings.
</P>
<P>(c) Rigid plastic Large Packagings:
</P>
<P>(1) May not have a volumetric capacity greater than 3,000 L (793 gallons); and
</P>
<P>(2) May not have a volumetric capacity less than 450 L (119 gallons).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.930" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.13.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.930   Standards for fiberboard Large Packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions in this section apply to fiberboard Large Packagings intended to contain solids. Rigid fiberboard Large Packaging types are designated:
</P>
<P>(1) 50G fiberboard
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Construction requirements for fiberboard Large Packagings.</I> (1) Fiberboard Large Packagings must be constructed of strong, solid or double-faced corrugated fiberboard (single or multiwall) that is appropriate to the capacity of the Large Packagings and to their intended use. Water resistance of the outer surface must be such that the increase in mass, as determined in a test carried out over a period of 30 minutes by the Cobb method of determining water absorption, is not greater than 155 grams per square meter (0.0316 pounds per square foot)—<I>see</I> ISO 535 (E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). Fiberboard must have proper bending qualities. Fiberboard must be cut, creased without cutting through any thickness of fiberboard, and slotted so as to permit assembly without cracking, surface breaks or undue bending. The fluting or corrugated fiberboard must be firmly glued to the facings.
</P>
<P>(i) The walls, including top and bottom, must have a minimum puncture resistance of 15 Joules (11 foot-pounds of energy) measured according to ISO 3036 (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) Manufacturers' joints in the outer packaging of Large Packagings must be made with an appropriate overlap and be taped, glued, stitched with metal staples or fastened by other means at least equally effective. Where joints are made by gluing or taping, a water resistant adhesive must be used. Metal staples must pass completely through all pieces to be fastened and be formed or protected so that any inner liner cannot be abraded or punctured by them.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Integral and detachable pallets.</I> (i) Any integral pallet base forming part of a Large Packaging or any detachable pallet must be suitable for mechanical handling with the Large Packaging filled to its maximum permissible gross mass.
</P>
<P>(ii) The pallet or integral base must be designed to avoid protrusions causing damage to the fiberboard Large Packagings in handling.
</P>
<P>(iii) The body must be secured to any detached pallet to ensure stability in handling and transport. Where a detachable pallet is used, its top surface must be free from protrusions that might damage the Large Packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) Strengthening devices, such as timber supports to increase stacking performance may be used but must be external to the liner.
</P>
<P>(4) The load-bearing surfaces of Large Packagings intended for stacking must be designed to distribute the load in a stable manner.
</P>
<P>(c) Fiberboard Large Packagings may not have a volumetric capacity greater than 3,000 L (793 gallons) and not less than 450 L (119 gallons).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 5397, Feb. 2, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.935" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.13.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.935   Standards for wooden Large Packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions in this section apply to wooden Large Packagings intended to contain solids. Wooden Large Packaging types are designated:
</P>
<P>(1) 50C natural wood.
</P>
<P>(2) 50D plywood.
</P>
<P>(3) 50F reconstituted wood.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for wooden Large Packagings are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The strength of the materials used and the method of construction must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the Large Packagings.
</P>
<P>(i) Natural wood used in the construction of Large Packagings must be well-seasoned, commercially dry and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of any part of the Large Packagings. Each Large Packaging part must consist of uncut wood or a piece equivalent in strength and integrity. Large Packagings parts are equivalent to one piece when a suitable method of glued assembly is used (<I>i.e.,</I> a Lindermann joint, tongue and groove joint, ship, lap or babbet joint; or butt joint with at least two corrugated metal fasteners at each joint, or when other methods at least equally effective are used).
</P>
<P>(ii) Plywood used in construction must be at least 3-ply. Plywood must be made of well-seasoned rotary cut, sliced or sawn veneer, commercially dry and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of the Large Packagings. All adjacent piles must be glued with water resistant adhesive. Materials other than plywood may be used for the construction of the Large Packaging.
</P>
<P>(iii) Reconstituted wood used in the construction of Large Packagings must be water resistant reconstituted wood such as hardboard, particle board or other suitable type.
</P>
<P>(iv) Wooden Large Packagings must be firmly nailed or secured to corner posts or ends or be assembled by similar devices.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Integral and detachable pallets.</I> (i) Any integral pallet base forming part of a Large Packaging, or any detachable pallet must be suitable for mechanical handling of a Large Packaging filled to its maximum permissible gross mass.
</P>
<P>(ii) The pallet or integral base must be designed to avoid protrusion that may cause damage to the Large Packaging in handling.
</P>
<P>(iii) The body must be secured to any detachable pallet to ensure stability in handling and transportation. Where a detachable pallet is used, its top surface must be free from protrusions that might damage the Large Packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) Strengthening devices, such as timber supports to increase stacking performance, may be used but must be external to the liner.
</P>
<P>(4) The load bearing surfaces of the Large Packaging must be designed to distribute loads in a stable manner.
</P>
<P>(c) Wooden Large Packagings:
</P>
<P>(1) May not have a volumetric capacity greater than 3,000 L (793 gallons); and
</P>
<P>(2) May not have a volumetric capacity less than 450 L (119 gallons).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.940" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.13.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.940   Standards for flexible Large Packagings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions in this section apply to flexible Large Packagings intended to contain liquids and solids. Flexible Large Packagings types are designated:
</P>
<P>(1) 51H flexible plastics.
</P>
<P>(2) 51M flexible paper.
</P>
<P>(b) Construction requirements for flexible Large Packagings are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The strength of the material and the construction of the flexible Large Packagings must be appropriate to its capacity and its intended use.
</P>
<P>(2) All materials used in the construction of flexible Large Packagings of types 51M must, after complete immersion in water for not less than 24 hours, retain at least 85 percent of the tensile strength as measured originally on the material conditioned to equilibrium at 67 percent relative humidity or less.
</P>
<P>(3) Seams must be stitched or formed by heat sealing, gluing or any equivalent method. All stitched seam-ends must be secured.
</P>
<P>(4) In addition to conformance with the requirements of § 173.24 of this subchapter, flexible Large Packaging must be resistant to aging and degradation caused by ultraviolet radiation.
</P>
<P>(5) For plastic flexible Large Packagings, if necessary, protection against ultraviolet radiation must be provided by the addition of pigments or inhibitors such as carbon black. These additives must be compatible with the contents and remain effective throughout the life of the Large Packaging. Where use is made of carbon black, pigments or inhibitors other than those used in the manufacture of the tested design type, retesting may be omitted if the carbon black content, the pigment content or the inhibitor content do not adversely affect the physical properties of the material of construction.
</P>
<P>(6) Additives may be included in the composition of the material of the Large Packaging to improve the resistance to aging, provided they do not adversely affect the physical or chemical properties of the material.
</P>
<P>(7) When flexible material Large Packagings are filled, the ratio of height to width must be no more than 2:1.
</P>
<P>(c) Flexible Large Packagings:
</P>
<P>(1) May not have a volumetric capacity greater than 3,000 L (793 gallons);
</P>
<P>(2) May not have a volumetric capacity less than 56 L (15 gallons); and
</P>
<P>(3) Must be designed and tested to a capacity of not less than 50 kg (110 pounds).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="Q" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart Q—Testing of Large Packagings</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>75 FR 5400, Feb. 2, 2010, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 178.950" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.14.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.950   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes certain testing requirements for Large Packagings identified in subpart P of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.955" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.14.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.955   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The test procedures prescribed in this subpart are intended to ensure that Large Packagings containing hazardous materials can withstand normal conditions of transportation. These test procedures are considered minimum requirements. Each packaging must be manufactured and assembled so as to be capable of successfully passing the prescribed tests and to conform to the requirements of § 173.24 of this subchapter while in transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Responsibility.</I> The Large Packaging manufacturer is responsible for ensuring each Large Packaging is capable of passing the prescribed tests. To the extent a Large Packaging's assembly function, including final closure, is performed by the person who offers a hazardous material for transportation, that person is responsible for performing the function in accordance with §§ 173.22 and 178.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Large packaging design type</I> refers to a Large Packaging which does not differ in structural design, size, material of construction and packing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Design qualification testing</I> is the performance of the drop, stacking, and bottom-lift or top-lift tests, as applicable, prescribed in this subpart, for each different Large Packaging design type, at the start of production of that packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Periodic design requalification test</I> is the performance of the applicable tests specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section on a Large Packaging design type, to requalify the design for continued production at the frequency specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Production inspection</I> is the inspection, which must initially be conducted on each newly manufactured Large Packaging.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Different Large Packaging design type</I> is one which differs from a previously qualified Large Packaging design type in structural design, size, material of construction, wall thickness, or manner of construction, but does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) A packaging which differs in surface treatment;
</P>
<P>(ii) A rigid plastic Large Packaging, which differs with regard to additives used to comply with § 178.925(b) or § 178.940(b);
</P>
<P>(iii) A packaging which differs only in its lesser external dimensions (<I>i.e.,</I> height, width, length) provided materials of construction and material thickness or fabric weight remain the same;
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Remanufactured Large Packaging</I> is a metal or rigid Large Packaging that is produced as a UN type from a non-UN type or is converted from one UN design type to another UN design type. Remanufactured Large Packagings are subject to the same requirements of this subchapter that apply to new Large Packagings of the same type.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Reused Large Packaging</I> is a Large Packaging intended to be refilled and has been examined and found free of defects affecting its ability to withstand the performance tests. <I>See</I> also § 173.36(c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Design qualification testing.</I> The packaging manufacturer must achieve successful test results for the design qualification testing at the start of production of each new or different Large Packaging design type. Application of the certification mark by the manufacturer constitutes certification that the Large Packaging design type passed the prescribed tests in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Periodic design requalification testing.</I> (1) Periodic design requalification must be conducted on each qualified Large Packaging design type if the manufacturer is to maintain authorization for continued production. The Large Packaging manufacturer must achieve successful test results for the periodic design requalification at sufficient frequency to ensure each packaging produced by the manufacturer is capable of passing the design qualification tests. Design requalification tests must be conducted at least once every 24 months.
</P>
<P>(2) Changes in the frequency of design requalification testing specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section are authorized if approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Test samples.</I> The manufacturer must conduct the design qualification and periodic tests prescribed in this subpart using random samples of packagings, in the numbers specified in the appropriate test section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Selective testing.</I> The selective testing of Large Packagings, which differ only in minor respects from a tested type is permitted as described in this section. For air transport, Large Packagings must comply with § 173.27(c)(1) and (c)(2) of this subchapter. Variations are permitted in inner packagings of a tested Large Packaging, without further testing of the package, provided an equivalent level of performance is maintained and the methodology used to determine that the inner packaging, including closure, maintains an equivalent level of performance is documented in writing by the person certifying compliance with this paragraph and retained in accordance with paragraph (l) of this section. Permitted variations are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Inner packagings of equivalent or smaller size may be used provided—
</P>
<P>(i) The inner packagings are of similar design to the tested inner packagings (<I>i.e.,</I> shape—round, rectangular, etc.);
</P>
<P>(ii) The material of construction of the inner packagings (glass, plastic, metal, etc.) offers resistance to impact and stacking forces equal to or greater than that of the originally tested inner packaging;
</P>
<P>(iii) The inner packagings have the same or smaller openings and the closure is of similar design (e.g., screw cap, friction lid, etc.);
</P>
<P>(iv) Sufficient additional cushioning material is used to take up void spaces and to prevent significant movement of the inner packagings;
</P>
<P>(v) Inner packagings are oriented within the outer packaging in the same manner as in the tested package; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The gross mass of the package does not exceed that originally tested.
</P>
<P>(2) A lesser number of the tested inner packagings, or of the alternative types of inner packagings identified in paragraph (g)(1) of this section, may be used provided sufficient cushioning is added to fill void space(s) and to prevent significant movement of the inner packagings.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Approval of equivalent packagings.</I> A Large Packaging differing from standards in subpart P of this part, or tested using methods other than those specified in this subpart, may be used if approved by the Associate Administrator. The Large Packagings and testing methods must be shown to have an equivalent level of safety.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Proof of compliance.</I> In addition to the periodic design requalification testing intervals specified in paragraph (e) of this section, the Associate Administrator, or a designated representative, may at any time require demonstration of compliance by a manufacturer, through testing in accordance with this subpart, to ensure packagings meet the requirements of this subpart. As required by the Associate Administrator, or a designated representative, the manufacturer must either:
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct performance tests or have tests conducted by an independent testing facility, in accordance with this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(2) Make a sample Large Packaging available to the Associate Administrator, or a designated representative, for testing in accordance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Record retention.</I> Following each design qualification test and each periodic retest on a Large Packaging, a test report must be prepared.
</P>
<P>(1) The test report must be maintained at each location where the packaging is manufactured, certified, and a design qualification test or periodic retest is conducted as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Responsible party
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Duration
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Person manufacturing the packaging</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As long as manufactured and two years thereafter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Person performing design testing</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Design test maintained for a single or composite packaging for six years after the test is successfully performed and for a combination packaging or packaging intended for infectious substances for seven years after the test is successfully performed.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Person performing periodic retesting</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Performance test maintained for a single or composite packaging for one year after the test is successfully performed and for a combination packaging or packaging intended for infectious substances for two years after the test is successfully performed.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The test report must be made available to a user of a Large Packaging or a representative of the Department of Transportation upon request. The test report, at a minimum, must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Name and address of test facility;
</P>
<P>(ii) Name and address of applicant (where appropriate);
</P>
<P>(iii) A unique test report identification;
</P>
<P>(iv) Date of the test report;
</P>
<P>(v) Manufacturer of the packaging;
</P>
<P>(vi) Description of the packaging design type (e.g., dimensions, materials, closures, thickness, etc.), including methods of manufacture (e.g., blow molding) and which may include drawing(s) and/or photograph(s);
</P>
<P>(vii) Maximum capacity;
</P>
<P>(viii) Characteristics of test contents, e.g., viscosity and relative density for liquids and particle size for solids;
</P>
<P>(ix) Mathematical calculations performed to conduct and document testing (for example, drop height, test capacity, outage requirements, etc.);
</P>
<P>(x) Test descriptions and results; and
</P>
<P>(xi) Signature with the name and title of signatory.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 5400, Feb. 2, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010; 76 FR 3389, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 14715, Mar. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65487, Oct. 31, 2013; 81 FR 35545, June 2, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.960" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.14.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.960   Preparation of Large Packagings for testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, each Large Packaging and package must be closed in preparation for testing and tests must be carried out in the same manner as if prepared for transportation, including inner packagings. All closures must be installed using proper techniques and torques.
</P>
<P>(b) For the drop and stacking test, inner receptacles must be filled to not less than 95 percent of maximum capacity (<I>see</I> § 171.8 of this subchapter) in the case of solids and not less than 98 percent of maximum in the case of liquids. Bags must be filled to the maximum mass at which they may be used. For Large Packagings where the inner packagings are designed to carry liquids and solids, separate testing is required for both liquid and solid contents. The material to be transported in the packagings may be replaced by a non-hazardous material, except for chemical compatibility testing or where this would invalidate the results of the tests.
</P>
<P>(c) If the material to be transported is replaced for test purposes by a non-hazardous material, the material used must be of the same or higher specific gravity as the material to be carried, and its other physical properties (grain, size, viscosity) which might influence the results of the required tests must correspond as closely as possible to those of the hazardous material to be transported. It is permissible to use additives, such as bags of lead shot, to achieve the requisite total package mass, so long as they do not affect the test results.
</P>
<P>(d) Paper or fiberboard Large Packagings must be conditioned for at least 24 hours immediately prior to testing in an atmosphere maintained—
</P>
<P>(1) At 50 percent ±2 percent relative humidity, and at a temperature of 23 °C ±2 °C (73 °F ±4 °F). Average values should fall within these limits. Short-term fluctuations and measurement limitations may cause individual measurements to vary by up to ±5 percent relative humidity without significant impairment of test reproducibility;
</P>
<P>(2) At 65 percent ±2 percent relative humidity, and at a temperature of 20 °C ±2 °C (68 °F ±4 °F), or 27 °C ±2 °C (81 °F ±4 °F). Average values should fall within these limits. Short-term fluctuations and measurement limitations may cause individual measurements to vary by up to ±5 percent relative humidity without significant impairment of test reproducibility; or
</P>
<P>(3) For testing at periodic intervals only (<I>i.e.,</I> other than initial design qualification testing), at ambient conditions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.965" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.14.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.965   Drop test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The drop test must be conducted for the qualification of all Large Packaging design types and performed periodically as specified in § 178.955(e) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the drop test.</I> Large Packagings must be filled in accordance with § 178.960.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conditioning.</I> Rigid plastic Large Packagings and Large Packagings with plastic inner receptacles must be conditioned for testing by reducing the temperature of the packaging and its contents to −18 °C (0 °F) or lower. Test liquids must be kept in the liquid state, if necessary, by the addition of anti-freeze. Water/anti-freeze solutions with a minimum specific gravity of 0.95 for testing at −18 °C (0 °F) or lower are considered acceptable test liquids, and may be considered equivalent to water for test purposes. Large Packagings conditioned in this way are not required to be conditioned in accordance with § 178.960(d).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Test method.</I> (1) Samples of all Large Packaging design types must be dropped onto a rigid, non-resilient, smooth, flat and horizontal surface. The point of impact must be the most vulnerable part of the base of the Large Packaging being tested. Following the drop, the Large Packaging must be restored to the upright position for observation.
</P>
<P>(2) Large Packaging design types with a capacity of 0.45 cubic meters (15.9 cubic feet) or less must be subject to an additional drop test.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Drop height.</I> (1) For all Large Packagings, drop heights are specified as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Packing group I: 1.8 m (5.9 feet)
</P>
<P>(ii) Packing group II: 1.2 m (3.9 feet)
</P>
<P>(iii) Packing group III: 0.8 m (2.6 feet)
</P>
<P>(2) Drop tests are to be performed with the solid or liquid to be transported or with a non-hazardous material having essentially the same physical characteristics.
</P>
<P>(3) The specific gravity and viscosity of a substituted non-hazardous material used in the drop test for liquids must be similar to the hazardous material intended for transportation. Water also may be used for the liquid drop test under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Where the substances to be carried have a specific gravity not exceeding 1.2, the drop heights must be those specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section for each Large Packaging design type; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Where the substances to be carried have a specific gravity exceeding 1.2, the drop heights must be as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Packing Group I: SG × 1.5 m (4.9 feet).
</P>
<P>(B) Packing Group II: SG × 1.0 m (3.3 feet).
</P>
<P>(C) Packing Group III: SG × 0.67 m (2.2 feet).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> For all Large Packaging design types there may be no loss of the filling substance from inner packaging(s) or article(s). Ruptures are not permitted in Large Packaging for articles of Class 1 which permit the spillage of loose explosive substances or articles from the Large Packaging. Where a Large Packaging undergoes a drop test, the sample passes the test if the entire contents are retained even if the closure is no longer sift-proof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 5400, Feb. 2, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.970" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.14.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.970   Bottom lift test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The bottom lift test must be conducted for the qualification of all Large Packagings design types designed to be lifted from the base.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the bottom lift test.</I> The Large Packaging must be loaded to 1.25 times its maximum permissible gross mass, the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> All Large Packaging design types must be raised and lowered twice by a lift truck with the forks centrally positioned and spaced at three quarters of the dimension of the side of entry (unless the points of entry are fixed). The forks must penetrate to three quarters of the direction of entry.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> For all Large Packagings design types designed to be lifted from the base, there may be no permanent deformation which renders the Large Packaging unsafe for transport and there must be no loss of contents.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.975" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.14.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.975   Top lift test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The top lift test must be conducted for the qualification of all of Large Packagings design types to be lifted from the top or, for flexible Large Packagings, from the side.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the top lift test.</I> (1) Metal and rigid plastic Large Packagings design types must be loaded to twice its maximum permissible gross mass.
</P>
<P>(2) Flexible Large Packaging design types must be filled to six times the maximum permissible gross mass, the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> (1) A Large Packaging must be lifted in the manner for which it is designed until clear of the floor and maintained in that position for a period of five minutes.
</P>
<P>(2) Rigid plastic Large Packaging design types must be:
</P>
<P>(i) Lifted by each pair of diagonally opposite lifting devices, so that the hoisting forces are applied vertically for a period of five minutes; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Lifted by each pair of diagonally opposite lifting devices so that the hoisting forces are applied towards the center at 45° to the vertical, for a period of five minutes.
</P>
<P>(3) If not tested as indicated in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a flexible Large Packaging design type must be tested as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Fill the flexible Large Packaging to 95% full with a material representative of the product to be shipped.
</P>
<P>(ii) Suspend the flexible Large Packaging by its lifting devices.
</P>
<P>(iii) Apply a constant downward force through a specially designed platen. The platen will be a minimum of 60 percent and a maximum of 80 percent of the cross sectional surface area of the flexible Large Packaging.
</P>
<P>(iv) The combination of the mass of the filled flexible Large Packaging and the force applied through the platen must be a minimum of six times the maximum net mass of the flexible Large Packaging. The test must be conducted for a period of five minutes.
</P>
<P>(v) Other equally effective methods of top lift testing and preparation may be used with approval of the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Criterion for passing the test.</I> For all Large Packagings design types designed to be lifted from the top, there may be no permanent deformation which renders the Large Packagings unsafe for transport and no loss of contents.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.980" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.14.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.980   Stacking test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The stacking test must be conducted for the qualification of all Large Packagings design types intended to be stacked.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the stacking test.</I> (1) All Large Packagings except flexible Large Packaging design types must be loaded to their maximum permissible gross mass.
</P>
<P>(2) Flexible Large Packagings must be filled to not less than 95 percent of their capacity and to their maximum net mass, with the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> (1) All Large Packagings must be placed on their base on level, hard ground and subjected to a uniformly distributed superimposed test load for a period of at least five minutes (see paragraph (c)(5) of this section).
</P>
<P>(2) Fiberboard and wooden Large Packagings must be subjected to the test for 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(3) Rigid plastic Large Packagings which bear the stacking load must be subjected to the test for 28 days at 40 °C (104 °F).
</P>
<P>(4) For all Large Packagings, the load must be applied by one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) One or more Large Packagings of the same type loaded to their maximum permissible gross mass and stacked on the test Large Packaging;
</P>
<P>(ii) The calculated superimposed test load weight loaded on either a flat plate or a reproduction of the base of the Large Packaging, which is stacked on the test Large Packaging; or
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Calculation of superimposed test load.</I> For all Large Packagings, the load to be placed on the Large Packaging must be 1.8 times the combined maximum permissible gross mass of the number of similar Large Packaging that may be stacked on top of the Large Packaging during transportation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Periodic Retest.</I> (1) The package must be tested in accordance with § 178.980(c) of this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(2) The packaging may be tested using a dynamic compression testing machine. The test must be conducted at room temperature on an empty, unsealed packaging. The test sample must be centered on the bottom platen of the testing machine. The top platen must be lowered until it comes in contact with the test sample. Compression must be applied end to end. The speed of the compression tester must be one-half inch plus or minus one-fourth inch per minute. An initial preload of 50 pounds must be applied to ensure a definite contact between the test sample and the platens. The distance between the platens at this time must be recorded as zero deformation. The force “A” to then be applied must be calculated using the applicable formula:
</P>
<FP-2>Liquids: A = (1.8)(n−1) [w + (s × v × 8.3 × .98)] × 1.5;
</FP-2>
<FP>or
</FP>
<FP-2>Solids: A = (1.8)(n−1) [w + (s × v × 8.3 × .95)] × 1.5
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>A = applied load in pounds.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>n = maximum number of Large Packagings that may be stacked during transportation.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>w = maximum weight of one empty container in pounds.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>s = specific gravity (liquids) or density (solids) of the lading.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>v = actual capacity of container (rated capacity + outage) in gallons.
</FP-2>
<FP>and:
</FP>
<FP-2>8.3 corresponds to the weight in pounds of 1.0 gallon of water.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>1.5 is a compensation factor that converts the static load of the stacking test into a load suitable for dynamic compression testing.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) <I>Criterion for passing the test.</I> (1) For metal or rigid plastic Large Packagings, there may be no permanent deformation which renders the Large Packaging unsafe for transportation and no loss of contents.
</P>
<P>(2) For fiberboard or wooden Large Packagings, there may be no loss of contents and no permanent deformation that renders the whole Large Packaging, including the base pallet, unsafe for transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) For flexible Large Packagings, there may be no deterioration which renders the Large Packaging unsafe for transportation and no loss of contents.
</P>
<P>(4) For the dynamic compression test, a container passes the test if, after application of the required load, there is no permanent deformation to the Large Packaging which renders the whole Large Packaging; including the base pallet, unsafe for transportation; in no case may the maximum deflection exceed one inch.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 5400, Feb. 2, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010; 78 FR 1097, Jan. 7, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.985" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.14.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.985   Vibration test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> All rigid Large Packaging and flexible Large Packaging design types must be capable of withstanding the vibration test.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test method.</I> (1) A sample Large Packaging, selected at random, must be filled and closed as for shipment. Large Packagings intended for liquids may be tested using water as the filling material for the vibration test.
</P>
<P>(2) The sample Large Packaging must be placed on a vibrating platform that has a vertical or rotary double-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement) of one inch. The Large Packaging must be constrained horizontally to prevent it from falling off the platform, but must be left free to move vertically and bounce.
</P>
<P>(3) The sample Large Packaging must be placed on a vibrating platform that has a vertical double-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement) of one inch. The Large Packaging must be constrained horizontally to prevent it from falling off the platform, but must be left free to move vertically and bounce.
</P>
<P>(4) The test must be performed for one hour at a frequency that causes the package to be raised from the vibrating platform to such a degree that a piece of material of approximately 1.6-mm (0.063-inch) in thickness (such as steel strapping or paperboard) can be passed between the bottom of the Large Packaging and the platform. Other methods at least equally effective may be used (<I>see</I> § 178.801(i)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Criterion for passing the test.</I> A Large Packaging passes the vibration test if there is no rupture or leakage.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 5400, Feb. 2, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="R" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.15" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart R—Flexible Bulk Container Standards</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>78 FR 1097, Jan. 7, 2013, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 178.1000" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.15.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1000   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes requirements for Flexible Bulk Containers (FBCs) intended for the transportation of hazardous materials. FBC standards in this subpart are based on the UN Model Regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) Terms used in this subpart are defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.1005" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.15.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1005   Flexible Bulk Container identification code.</HEAD>
<P>The Flexible Bulk Container code designation is BK3.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.1010" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.15.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1010   Marking of Flexible Bulk Containers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The manufacturer must:
</P>
<P>(1) Mark every Flexible Bulk Container in a durable and clearly visible manner. The marking may be applied in a single line or in multiple lines provided the correct sequence is followed with the information required by this section. The following information is required in the sequence presented:
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in § 178.503(e)(1)(ii), the United Nations packaging symbol as illustrated in § 178.503(e)(1)(i).
</P>
<P>(ii) The code number designating the Flexible Bulk Container design type according to § 178.1005. The letter “W” must follow the Flexible Bulk Container design type identification code on a Flexible Bulk Container when the Flexible Bulk Container differs from the requirements in subpart R of this part, or is tested using methods other than those specified in this subpart, and is approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with § 178.1035;
</P>
<P>(iii) The capital letter Z identifying that the Flexible Bulk Container meets Packing Group III performance standard under which the design type has been successfully tested.
</P>
<P>(iv) The month (designated numerically) and year (last two digits) of manufacture;
</P>
<P>(v) The country authorizing the allocation of the mark. The letters “USA” indicate that the Flexible Bulk Container is manufactured and marked in the United States in compliance with the provisions of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(vi) The name and address or symbol of the manufacturer or the approval agency certifying compliance with subpart R and subpart S of this part. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(vii) The stacking test load in kilograms (kg). For Flexible Bulk Containers not designed for stacking the figure “0” must be shown.
</P>
<P>(viii) The maximum permissible gross mass in kg.
</P>
<P>(2) The following is an example of symbols and required markings for a Flexible Bulk container suitable for stacking; stacking load: 1,000 kg; maximum gross mass: 2,500 kg.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja13.002.gif"/>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.1015" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.15.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1015   General Flexible Bulk Container standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each Flexible Bulk Containers must be sift-proof and completely closed during transport to prevent the release of contents and waterproof.
</P>
<P>(b) Parts of the Flexible Bulk Container that are in direct contact with hazardous materials:
</P>
<P>(1) Must not be affected or significantly weakened by those hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(2) Must not cause a dangerous effect with the dangerous goods (e.g., catalyzing a reaction or reacting with the hazardous materials).
</P>
<P>(3) Must not allow permeation of the hazardous materials that could constitute a danger under conditions normally incident to transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) Filling and discharge devices must be so constructed as to be protected against damage during transport and handling. The filling and discharge devices must be capable of being secured against unintended opening.
</P>
<P>(d) Slings of the Flexible Bulk Container, if fitted with such, must withstand pressure and dynamic forces which can be expected under conditions normally incident to transportation.
</P>
<P>(e) Handling devices must be strong enough to withstand repeated use.
</P>
<P>(f) A venting device must be fitted to Flexible Bulk Containers intended to transport hazardous materials that may develop dangerous accumulation of gases within the Flexible Bulk Container. Any venting device must be designed so that external foreign substances or the ingress of water are prevented from entering the Flexible Bulk Container through the venting device under conditions normally incident to transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 1097, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 82 FR 15896, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.1020" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.15.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1020   Period of use for transportation of hazardous materials in Flexible Bulk Containers.</HEAD>
<P>The use of Flexible Bulk Containers for the transport of hazardous materials is permitted for a period of time not to exceed two years from the date of manufacture of the Flexible Bulk Container.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="S" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.16" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart S—Testing of Flexible Bulk Containers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>78 FR 1098, Jan. 7, 2013, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 178.1030" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.16.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1030   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes certain testing requirements for Flexible Bulk Containers identified in subpart R of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.1035" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.16.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1035   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The test procedures prescribed in this subpart are intended to ensure that Flexible Bulk Containers containing hazardous materials can withstand normal conditions of transportation. These test procedures are considered minimum requirements. Each packaging must be manufactured and assembled so as to be capable of successfully passing the prescribed tests and to conform to the requirements of § 173.24 of this subchapter while in transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Responsibility.</I> The Flexible Bulk Container manufacturer is responsible for ensuring each Flexible Bulk Containers is capable of passing the prescribed tests. To the extent a Flexible Bulk Container's assembly function, including final closure, is performed by the person who offers a hazardous material for transportation, that person is responsible for performing the function in accordance with §§ 173.22 and 178.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Flexible Bulk Container design type</I> refers to a Flexible Bulk Container that does not differ in structural design, size, material of construction and packing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Design qualification testing</I> is the performance of the drop, topple, righting, tear, stacking, and top-lift tests prescribed in this subpart, for each different Flexible Bulk Container design type, at the start of production of that packaging.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Periodic design requalification test</I> is the performance of the applicable tests specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section on a Flexible Bulk Container design type, to requalify the design for continued production at the frequency specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Production inspection</I> is the inspection that must initially be conducted on each newly manufactured Flexible Bulk Container.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Different Flexible Bulk Container design type</I> is one that differs from a previously qualified Flexible Bulk Container design type in structural design, size, material of construction, wall thickness, or manner of construction, but does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) A packaging that differs in surface treatment;
</P>
<P>(ii) A packaging that differs only in its lesser external dimensions (<I>i.e.,</I> height, width, length) provided materials of construction and material thickness or fabric weight remain the same;
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Design qualification testing.</I> The packaging manufacturer must achieve successful test results for the design qualification testing at the start of production of each new or different Flexible Bulk Container design type. Application of the certification mark by the manufacturer constitutes certification that the Flexible Bulk Container design type passed the prescribed tests in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Periodic design requalification testing.</I> (1) Periodic design requalification must be conducted on each qualified Flexible Bulk Container design type if the manufacturer is to maintain authorization for continued production. The Flexible Bulk Container manufacturer must achieve successful test results for the periodic design requalification at sufficient frequency to ensure each packaging produced by the manufacturer is capable of passing the design qualification tests. Design requalification tests must be conducted at least once every 24 months.
</P>
<P>(2) Changes in the frequency of design requalification testing specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section are authorized if approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Test samples.</I> The manufacturer must conduct the design qualification and periodic tests prescribed in this subpart using random samples of packagings, in the numbers specified in the appropriate test section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Proof of compliance.</I> In addition to the periodic design requalification testing intervals specified in paragraph (e) of this section, the Associate Administrator, or a designated representative, may at any time require demonstration of compliance by a manufacturer, through testing in accordance with this subpart, to ensure packagings meet the requirements of this subpart. As required by the Associate Administrator, or a designated representative, the manufacturer must either:
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct performance tests or have tests conducted by an independent testing facility, in accordance with this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(2) Make a sample Flexible Bulk Container available to the Associate Administrator, or a designated representative, for testing in accordance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Record retention.</I> Following each design qualification test and each periodic retest on a Flexible Bulk Container, a test report must be prepared. The test report must be maintained at each location where the Flexible Bulk Container is manufactured and each location where the design qualification tests are conducted, for as long as the Flexible Bulk Container is produced and for at least two years thereafter, and at each location where the periodic retests are conducted until such tests are successfully performed again and a new test report produced. In addition, a copy of the test report must be maintained by a person certifying compliance with this part. The test report must be made available to a user of a Flexible Bulk Container or a representative of the Department upon request. The test report, at a minimum, must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name and address of test facility;
</P>
<P>(2) Name and address of applicant (where appropriate);
</P>
<P>(3) A unique test report identification;
</P>
<P>(4) Date of the test report;
</P>
<P>(5) Manufacturer of the packaging;
</P>
<P>(6) Description of the flexible bulk container design type (e.g.<I>,</I> dimensions materials, closures, thickness, etc.), including methods of manufacture (e.g., blow molding) and which may include drawing(s) and/or photograph(s);
</P>
<P>(7) Maximum capacity;
</P>
<P>(8) Characteristics of test contents (e.g.<I>,</I> particle size for solids);
</P>
<P>(9) Mathematical calculations performed to conduct and document testing (e.g., drop height, test capacity, outage requirements, etc.);
</P>
<P>(10) Test descriptions and results; and
</P>
<P>(11) Signature with the name and title of signatory.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.1040" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.16.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1040   Preparation of Flexible Bulk Containers for testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, each Flexible Bulk Container must be closed in preparation for testing and tests must be carried out in the same manner as if prepared for transportation. All closures must be installed using proper techniques and torques.
</P>
<P>(b) If the material to be transported is replaced for test purposes by a non-hazardous material, the physical properties (grain, size, viscosity) of the replacement material used that might influence the results of the required tests must correspond as closely as possible to those of the hazardous material to be transported. It is permissible to use additives, such as bags of lead shot, to achieve the requisite total package mass, so long as they do not affect the test results.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.1045" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.16.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1045   Drop test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The drop test must be conducted for the qualification of all Flexible Bulk Container design types and performed periodically as specified in § 178.1035(e) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the drop test.</I> Flexible Bulk Containers must be filled to their maximum permissible gross mass.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> (1) A sample of all Flexible Bulk Container design types must be dropped onto a rigid, non-resilient, smooth, flat and horizontal surface. This test surface must be large enough to be immovable during testing and sufficiently large enough to ensure that the test Flexible Bulk Container falls entirely upon the surface. The test surface must be kept free from local defects capable of influencing the test results.
</P>
<P>(2) Following the drop, the Flexible Bulk Container must be restored to the upright position for observation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Drop height.</I> (1) For all Flexible Bulk Containers, drop heights are specified as follows: Packing group III: 0.8 m (2.6 feet)
</P>
<P>(2) Drop tests are to be performed with the solid to be transported or with a non-hazardous material having essentially the same physical characteristics.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> For all Flexible Bulk Container design types there may be no loss of the filling substance. However a slight discharge (e.g., from closures or stitch holes) upon impact is not considered a failure of the Flexible Bulk Container provided that no further leakage occurs after the container has been restored to the upright position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.1050" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.16.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1050   Top lift test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The top lift test must be conducted for the qualification of all of Flexible Bulk Containers design types to be lifted from the top.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the top lift test.</I> Flexible Bulk Container design types must be filled to six times the maximum permissible gross mass, the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> (1) A Flexible Bulk Container must be lifted in the manner for which it is designed until clear of the floor and maintained in that position for a period of five minutes.
</P>
<P>(2) If not tested as indicated in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a Flexible Bulk Container design type must be tested as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Fill the Flexible Bulk Container to 95% full with a material representative of the product to be shipped.
</P>
<P>(ii) Suspend the Flexible Bulk Container by its lifting devices.
</P>
<P>(iii) Apply a constant downward force through a specially designed platen. The platen will be a minimum of 60 percent and a maximum of 80 percent of the cross sectional surface area of the Flexible Bulk Container.
</P>
<P>(iv) The combination of the mass of the filled Flexible Bulk Container and the force applied through the platen must be a minimum of six times the maximum net mass of the Flexible Bulk Container. The test must be conducted for a period of five minutes.
</P>
<P>(v) Other equally effective methods of top lift testing and preparation may be used with approval of the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> For all Flexible Bulk Containers design types designed to be lifted from the top, there may be no damage to the Flexible Bulk Container or its lifting devices that renders the Flexible Bulk Container unsafe for transport, and no loss of contents.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.1055" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.16.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1055   Stacking test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The stacking test must be conducted for the qualification of all Flexible Bulk Containers design types.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the stacking test.</I> All Flexible Bulk Containers design types must be loaded to their maximum permissible gross mass.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> (1) All Flexible Bulk Containers must be placed on their base on level, hard ground and subjected to a uniformly distributed superimposed test load that is four times the design type maximum gross weight for a period of at least twenty-four hours.
</P>
<P>(2) For all Flexible Bulk Containers, the load must be applied by one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) Four Flexible Bulk Containers of the same type loaded to their maximum permissible gross mass and stacked on the test Flexible Bulk Container;
</P>
<P>(ii) The calculated superimposed test load weight loaded on either a flat plate or a reproduction of the base of the Flexible Bulk Container, which is stacked on the test Flexible Bulk Container.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Criteria for passing the test.</I> There may be no deterioration that renders the Flexible Bulk Container unsafe for transportation and no loss of contents during the test or after removal of the test load.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.1060" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.16.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1060   Topple test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The topple test must be conducted for the qualification of all Flexible Bulk Containers design types.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the topple test.</I> Flexible Bulk Container design types must be filled to their maximum permissible gross mass, the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> Samples of all Flexible Bulk Container design types must be toppled onto any part of its top by lifting the side furthest from the drop edge upon a rigid, non-resilient, smooth, flat and horizontal surface. This test surface must be large enough to be immovable during testing and sufficiently large enough to ensure that the test Flexible Bulk Container falls entirely upon the surface. The test surface must be kept free from local defects capable of influencing the test results.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Topple height.</I> (1) For all Flexible Bulk Containers, topple heights are specified as follows: Packing group III: 0.8 m (2.6 feet).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Criterion for passing the test.</I> For all Flexible Bulk Container design types there may be no loss of the filling substance. However a slight discharge (e.g., from closures or stitch holes) upon impact is not considered a failure of the Flexible Bulk Container.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.1065" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.16.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1065   Righting test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The righting test must be conducted for the qualification of all Flexible Bulk Containers design types designed to be lifted from the top or side.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the righting test.</I> Flexible Bulk Container design types must be filled to not less than 95% of their capacity and to their maximum permissible gross mass, the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> A sample Flexible Bulk Container design type must be tested; the Flexible Bulk Container should start lying on its side and then must be lifted at a speed of at least 0.1m/s (0.328 ft/s) to an upright position clear of the floor, by no more than half of the lifting devices.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Criterion for passing the test.</I> For all Flexible Bulk Container design types there must be no damage that renders the Flexible Bulk Container unsafe for transport or handling.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 178.1070" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.16.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 178.1070   Tear test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The tear test must be conducted for the qualification of all of Flexible Bulk Containers design types.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special preparation for the tear test.</I> Flexible Bulk Container design types must be filled its maximum permissible gross mass, the load being evenly distributed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test method.</I> (1) A Flexible Bulk Container design type must be placed on the ground and a 300 mm (11.9 in) cut shall be made. This 300 mm (11.9 in) cut must:
</P>
<P>(i) Completely penetrate all layers of the Flexible Bulk Container on a wall with a wide face.
</P>
<P>(ii) Be made at a 45° angle to the principal axis of the Flexible Bulk Container, halfway between the bottom surface and the top level of the contents.
</P>
<P>(2) The Flexible Bulk Container after being cut according to the provisions of § 178.1070(c)(1), must be subjected to a uniformly distributed superimposed load equivalent to twice the maximum gross mass of the package. This load must be applied for at least fifteen minutes. Flexible Bulk Containers that are designed to be lifted from the top or the side must, after removal of the superimposed load, be lifted clear of the floor and maintained in that position for a period of fifteen minutes.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Criterion for passing the test.</I> For all Flexible Bulk Container design types, the cut must not spread more than an additional 25% of its original length.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.17" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.18.1.1.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 178—Specifications for Steel

</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Open-hearth, basic oxygen, or electric steel of uniform quality. The following chemical composition limits are based on ladle analysis:]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Designation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Chemical composition, percent-ladle analysis
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grade 1 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grade 2 
<sup>1 2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grade 3 
<sup>2 4 5</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10/0.20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.24 maximum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.22 maximum.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.10/1.60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.50/1.00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.25 maximum.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus, maximum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.045.
<sup>6</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur, maximum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.15/0.30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.30 maximum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Copper, maximum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Columbium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01/0.04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Heat treatment authorized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>3</sup>).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum stress (p.s.i.)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Addition of other elements to obtain alloying effect is not authorized.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Ferritic grain size 6 or finer according to ASTM E 112-96 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Any suitable heat treatment in excess of 1,100 °F., except that liquid quenching is not permitted.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Other alloying elements may be added and shall be reported.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> For compositions with a maximum carbon content of 0.15 percent of ladle analysis, the maximum limit for manganese on ladle analysis may be 1.40 percent.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> Rephosphorized Grade 3 steels containing no more than 0.15 percent phosphorus are permitted if carbon content does not exceed 0.15 percent and manganese does not exceed 1 percent.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Check Analysis Tolerances
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[A heat of steel made under any of the above grades, the ladle analysis of which is slightly out of the specified range is acceptable if the check analysis is within the following variations:]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Element
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Limit or maximum specified (percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Tolerance (percent) over the maximum limit or under the minimum limit
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Under minimum limit
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over maximum limit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.15 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.15 to 0.40 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.60 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.60 to 1.15 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 1.15 to 2.50 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus 
<sup>7</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.30 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.30 to 1.00 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Copper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 1.00 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 1.00 to 2.00 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nickel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 1.00 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 1.00 to 2.00 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.90 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.90 to 2.10 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.20 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.20 to 0.40 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zirconium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All ranges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Columbium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To 0.04 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aluminum</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.10 to 0.20 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 0.20 to 0.30 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis for phosphorus.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-3, 34 FR 12283, July 25, 1969; 34 FR 12593, Aug. 1, 1969, as amended by Amdt. 178-64, 45 FR 81573, Dec. 11, 1980; Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52728, Dec. 21, 1990; 68 FR 75758, Dec. 31, 2003]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.18.1.1.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 178—Alternative Leakproofness Test Methods
</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the method prescribed in § 178.604 of this subchapter, the following leakproofness test methods are authorized:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Helium test.</I> The packaging must be filled with at least 1 L inert helium gas, air tight closed, and placed in a testing chamber. The testing chamber must be evacuated down to a pressure of 5 kPa which equals an over-pressure inside the packaging of 95 kPa. The air in the testing chamber must be analyzed for traces of helium gas by means of a mass spectrograph. The test must be conducted for a period of time sufficient to evacuate the chamber and to determine if there is leakage into or out of the packaging. If helium gas is detected, the leaking packaging must be automatically separated from non-leaking drums and the leaking area determined according to the method prescribed in § 178.604(d) of this subchapter. A packaging passes the test if there is no leakage of helium.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure differential test.</I> The packaging shall be restrained while either pressure or a vacuum is applied internally. The packaging must be pressurized to the pressure required by § 178.604(e) of this subchapter for the appropriate packing group. The method of restraint must not affect the results of the test. The test must be conducted for a period of time sufficient to appropriately pressurize or evacuate the interior of the packaging and to determine if there is leakage into or out of the packaging. A packaging passes the pressure differential test if there is no change in measured internal pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Solution over seams.</I> The packaging must be restrained while an internal air pressure is applied; the method of restraint may not affect the results of the test. The exterior surface of all seams and welds must be coated with a solution of soap suds or a water and oil mixture. The test must be conducted for a period of time sufficient to pressurize the interior of the packaging to the specified air pressure and to determine if there is leakage of air from the packaging. A packaging passes the test if there is no leakage of air from the packaging.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Solution over partial seams test.</I> For other than design qualification testing, the following test may be used for metal drums: The packaging must be restrained while an internal air pressure of 48 kPa (7.0 psig) is applied; the method of restraint may not affect the results of the test. The packaging must be coated with a soap solution over the entire side seam and a distance of not less than eight inches on each side of the side seam along the chime seam(s). The test must be conducted for a period of time sufficient to pressurize the interior of the packaging to the specified air pressure and to determine if there is leakage of air from the packaging. A packaging passes the test if there is no leakage of air from the packaging. Chime cuts must be made on the initial drum at the beginning of each production run and on the initial drum after any adjustment to the chime seamer. Chime cuts must be maintained on file in date order for not less than six months and be made available to a representative of the Department of Transportation on request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-97, 55 FR 52728, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66287, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45466, Oct. 1, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.18.1.1.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 178—Nominal and Minimum Thicknesses of Steel Drums and Jerricans
</HEAD>
<P>For each listed packaging capacity, the following table compares the ISO 3574 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) nominal thickness with the corresponding ISO 3574 minimum thickness.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum capacity (L)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ISO nominal (mm)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Corresponding ISO minimum (mm)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.77</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 178-106, 59 FR 67522, Dec. 29, 1994, as amended at 68 FR 75758, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.18.1.1.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 178—Thermal Resistance Test
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>Scope.</I> This test method evaluates the thermal resistance capabilities of a compressed oxygen generator and the outer packaging for a cylinder of compressed oxygen or other oxidizing gas and an oxygen generator. When exposed to a temperature of 205 °C (400 °F) for a period of not less than three hours, the outer surface of the cylinder may not exceed a temperature of 93 °C (199 °F) and the oxygen generator must not actuate.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Apparatus.</I>
</P>
<P>2.1 <I>Test Oven.</I> The oven must be large enough in size to fully house the test outer package without clearance problems. The test oven must be capable of maintaining a minimum steady state temperature of 205 °C (400 °F).
</P>
<P>2.2 <I>Thermocouples.</I> At least three thermocouples must be used to monitor the temperature inside the oven and an additional three thermocouples must be used to monitor the temperature of the cylinder. The thermocouples must be 
<FR>1/16</FR> inch, ceramic packed, metal sheathed, type K (Chromel-Alumel), grounded junction with a nominal 30 American wire gauge (AWG) size conductor. The thermocouples measuring the temperature inside the oven must be placed at varying heights to ensure even temperature and proper heat-soak conditions. For the thermocouples measuring the temperature of the cylinder: (1) Two of them must be placed on the outer cylinder side wall at approximately 2 inches (5 cm) from the top and bottom shoulders of the cylinder; and (2) one must be placed on the cylinder valve body near the pressure relief device. Alternatively, the thermocouples may be replaced with other devices such as a remote temperature sensor, metal fuse on the valve, or coated wax, provided the device is tested and the test report is retained for verification. Under this alternative, it is permissible to record the highest temperature to which the cylinder is subjected instead of temperature measurements in intervals of not more than five (5) minutes.
</P>
<P>2.3 <I>Instrumentation.</I> A calibrated recording device or a computerized data acquisition system with an appropriate range should be provided to measure and record the outputs of the thermocouples.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Test Specimen.</I>
</P>
<P>3.1 <I>Specimen Configuration.</I> Each outer package material type and design must be tested, including any features such as handles, latches, fastening systems, etc., that may compromise the ability of the outer package to provide thermal protection.
</P>
<P>3.2 <I>Test Specimen Mounting.</I> The tested outer package must be supported at the four corners using fire brick or other suitable means. The bottom surface of the outer package must be exposed to allow exposure to heat.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Preparation for Testing.</I>
</P>
<P>4.1 It is recommended that the cylinder be closed at ambient temperature and configured as when filled with a valve and pressure relief device. The oxygen generator must be filled with an oxidizing agent and may be tested with or without packaging.
</P>
<P>4.2 Place the package or generator onto supporting bricks or a stand inside the test oven in such a manner to ensure even temperature flow.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Test Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>5.1 Close oven door and check for proper reading on thermocouples.
</P>
<P>5.2 Raise the temperature of the oven to a minimum temperature of 205 °C ±2 °C (400 °F ±5 °F). Maintain a minimum oven temperature of 205 °C ±2 °C (400 °F ±5 °F) for at least three hours. Exposure time begins when the oven steady state temperature reaches a minimum of 205 °C ±2 °C (400 °F ±5 °F).
</P>
<P>5.3 At the conclusion of the three-hour period, the outer package may be removed from the oven and allowed to cool naturally.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Recordkeeping.</I>
</P>
<P>6.1 Record a complete description of the material being tested, including the manufacturer, size of cylinder, etc.
</P>
<P>6.2 Record any observations regarding the behavior of the test specimen during exposure, such as smoke production, delamination, resin ignition, and time of occurrence of each event.
</P>
<P>6.3 Record the temperature and time history of the cylinder temperature during the entire test for each thermocouple location. Temperature measurements must be recorded at intervals of not more than five (5) minutes. Record the maximum temperatures achieved at all three thermocouple locations and the corresponding time.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>7.1 For a cylinder, the outer package must provide adequate protection such that the outer surface of the cylinder and valve does not exceed a temperature of 93 °C (199 °F) at any of the three points where the thermocouples are located.
</P>
<P>7.2 For an oxygen generator, the generator must not actuate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 4457, Jan. 31, 2008, as amended at 72 FR 55099, Sept. 28, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.1.18.1.1.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 178—Flame Penetration Resistance Test
</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Criteria for Acceptance.</I> (1) At least three specimens of the outer packaging materials must be tested;
</P>
<P>(2) Each test must be conducted on a flat 16 inch × 24 inch test specimen mounted in the horizontal ceiling position of the test apparatus to represent the outer packaging design;
</P>
<P>(3) Testing must be conducted on all design features (latches, seams, hinges, etc.) affecting the ability of the outer packaging to safely prevent the passage of fire in the horizontal ceiling position; and
</P>
<P>(4) There must be no flame penetration of any specimen within 5 minutes after application of the flame source and the maximum allowable temperature at a point 4 inches above the test specimen, centered over the burner cone, must not exceed 205 °C (400 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Summary of Method.</I> This method provides a laboratory test procedure for measuring the capability of cargo compartment lining materials to resist flame penetration with a 2 gallon per hour (GPH) #2 Grade kerosene or equivalent burner fire source. Ceiling and sidewall liner panels may be tested individually provided a baffle is used to simulate the missing panel. Any specimen that passes the test as a ceiling liner panel may be used as a sidewall liner panel.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test Specimens.</I> (1) The specimen to be tested must measure 16 ±
<FR>1/8</FR> inches (406 ±3 mm) by 24 + 
<FR>1/8</FR> inches (610 ±3 mm).
</P>
<P>(2) The specimens must be conditioned at 70 °F. ±5 °F. (21 °C. ±2 °C.) and 55% ±5% humidity for at least 24 hours before testing.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Test Apparatus.</I> The arrangement of the test apparatus must include the components described in this section. Minor details of the apparatus may vary, depending on the model of the burner used.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Specimen Mounting Stand.</I> The mounting stand for the test specimens consists of steel angles.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Test Burner.</I> The burner to be used in tesing must—
</P>
<P>(i) Be a modified gun type.
</P>
<P>(ii) Use a suitable nozzle and maintain fuel pressure to yield a 2 GPH fuel flow. For example: An 80 degree nozzle nominally rated at 2.25 GPH and operated at 85 pounds per square inch (PSI) gauge to deliver 2.03 GPH.
</P>
<P>(iii) Have a 12 inch (305 mm) burner extension installed at the end of the draft tube with an opening 6 inches (152 mm) high and 11 inches (280 mm) wide.
</P>
<P>(iv) Have a burner fuel pressure regulator that is adjusted to deliver a nominal 2.0 GPH of #2 Grade kerosene or equivalent.
</P>
<P>Burner models which have been used successfully in testing are the Lenox Model OB-32, Carlin Model 200 CRD and Park Model DPL.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Calorimeter.</I> (i) The calorimeter to be used in testing must be a total heat flux Foil Type Gardon Gage of an appropriate range (approximately 0 to 15.0 British thermal unit (BTU) per ft.
<SU>2</SU> sec., 0-17.0 watts/cm
<SU>2</SU>). The calorimeter must be mounted in a 6 inch by 12 inch (152 by 305 mm) by 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch (19 mm) thick insulating block which is attached to a steel angle bracket for placement in the test stand during burner calibration as shown in Figure 2 of this part of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(ii) The insulating block must be monitored for deterioration and the mounting shimmed as necessary to ensure that the calorimeter face is parallel to the exit plane of the test burner cone.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Thermocouples.</I> The seven thermocouples to be used for testing must be 
<FR>1/16</FR> inch ceramic sheathed, type K, grounded thermocouples with a nominal 30 American wire gage (AWG) size conductor. The seven thermocouples must be attached to a steel angle bracket to form a thermocouple rake for placement in the test stand during burner calibration.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Apparatus Arrangement.</I> The test burner must be mounted on a suitable stand to position the exit of the burner cone a distance of 8 inches from the ceiling liner panel and 2 inches from the sidewall liner panel. The burner stand should have the capability of allowing the burner to be swung away from the test specimen during warm-up periods.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Instrumentation.</I> A recording potentiometer or other suitable instrument with an appropriate range must be used to measure and record the outputs of the calorimeter and the thermocouples.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Timing Device.</I> A stopwatch or other device must be used to measure the time of flame application and the time of flame penetration, if it occurs.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Preparation of Apparatus.</I> Before calibration, all equipment must be turned on and allowed to stabilize, and the burner fuel flow must be adjusted as specified in paragraph (d)(2).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Calibration.</I> To ensure the proper thermal output of the burner the following test must be made:
</P>
<P>(1) Remove the burner extension from the end of the draft tube. Turn on the blower portion of the burner without turning the fuel or igniters on. Measure the air velocity using a hot wire anemometer in the center of the draft tube across the face of the opening. Adjust the damper such that the air velocity is in the range of 1550 to 1800 ft./min. If tabs are being used at the exit of the draft tube, they must be removed prior to this measurement. Reinstall the draft tube extension cone.
</P>
<P>(2) Place the calorimeter on the test stand as shown in Figure 2 at a distance of 8 inches (203 mm) from the exit of the burner cone to simulate the position of the horizontal test specimen.
</P>
<P>(3) Turn on the burner, allow it to run for 2 minutes for warm-up, and adjust the damper to produce a calorimeter reading of 8.0 ±0.5 BTU per ft.
<SU>2</SU> sec. (9.1 ±0.6 Watts/cm
<SU>2</SU>).
</P>
<P>(4) Replace the calorimeter with the thermocouple rake.
</P>
<P>(5) Turn on the burner and ensure that each of the seven thermocouples reads 1700 °F. ±100 °F. (927 °C. ±38 °C.) to ensure steady state conditions have been achieved. If the temperature is out of this range, repeat steps 2 through 5 until proper readings are obtained.
</P>
<P>(6) Turn off the burner and remove the thermocouple rake.
</P>
<P>(7) Repeat (1) to ensure that the burner is in the correct range.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Test Procedure.</I> (1) Mount a thermocouple of the same type as that used for calibration at a distance of 4 inches (102 mm) above the horizontal (ceiling) test specimen. The thermocouple should be centered over the burner cone.
</P>
<P>(2) Mount the test specimen on the test stand shown in Figure 1 in either the horizontal or vertical position. Mount the insulating material in the other position.
</P>
<P>(3) Position the burner so that flames will not impinge on the specimen, turn the burner on, and allow it to run for 2 minutes. Rotate the burner to apply the flame to the specimen and simultaneously start the timing device.
</P>
<P>(4) Expose the test specimen to the flame for 5 minutes and then turn off the burner. The test may be terminated earlier if flame penetration is observed.
</P>
<P>(5) When testing ceiling liner panels, record the peak temperature measured 4 inches above the sample.
</P>
<P>(6) Record the time at which flame penetration occurs if applicable.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Test Report.</I> The test report must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A complete description of the materials tested including type, manufacturer, thickness, and other appropriate data.
</P>
<P>(2) Observations of the behavior of the test specimens during flame exposure such as delamination, resin ignition, smoke, etc., including the time of such occurrence.
</P>
<P>(3) The time at which flame penetration occurs, if applicable, for each of the three specimens tested.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er11mr13.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er11mr13.014.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 55099, Sept. 28, 2007, as amended at 78 FR 15328, Mar. 11, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="179" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 179—SPECIFICATIONS FOR TANK CARS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Introduction, Approvals and Reports</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.1   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes the specifications for tanks that are to be mounted on or form part of a tank car and which are to be marked with a DOT specification. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, tanks to which this part is applicable, must be built to the specifications prescribed in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Tanks built to specifications predating those in this part may continue in use as provided in § 180.507 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) Any person who performs a function prescribed in this part, shall perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(e) When this part requires a tank to be marked with a DOT specification (for example, DOT-105A100W), compliance with that requirement is the responsibility of the tank builder. Marking the tank with the DOT specification shall be understood to certify compliance by the builder that the functions performed by the builder, as prescribed in this part, have been performed in compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(f) The tank builder should inform each person to whom that tank is transferred of any specification requirements which have not been met at time of transfer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-17, 41 FR 38183, Sept. 9, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 179-50, 60 FR 49076, Sept. 21, 1995; 68 FR 48571, Aug. 14, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.2   Definitions and abbreviations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following apply in part 179:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>AAR</I> means Association of American Railroads.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Approved</I> means approval by the AAR Tank Car Committee.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>ASTM</I> means American Society for Testing and Materials.
</P>
<P>(4) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(5) Definitions in part 173 of this chapter also apply.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>F</I> means degrees Fahrenheit.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>NGT</I> means National Gas Taper Threads.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>NPT</I> means an American Standard Taper Pipe Thread conforming to the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(9) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Tank car facility</I> means an entity that manufactures, repairs, inspects, tests, qualifies, or maintains a tank car to ensure that the tank car conforms to this part and subpart F of part 180 of this subchapter, that alters the certificate of construction of the tank car, that ensures the continuing qualification of a tank car by performing a function prescribed in parts 179 or 180 of this subchapter, or that makes any representation indicating compliance with one or more of the requirements of parts 179 or 180 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Tanks</I> means tank car tanks.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 20, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21344, Nov. 6, 1971; Amdt. 179-50, 60 FR 49076, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 179-50, 61 FR 33255, June 26, 1996; 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45186, 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 fR 75759, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.3   Procedure for securing approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Application for approval of designs, materials and construction, conversion or alteration of tank car tanks under these specifications, complete with detailed prints, must be submitted in prescribed form to the Executive Director—Tank Car Safety, AAR, for consideration by its Tank Car Committee and other appropriate committees. Approval or rejections of applications based on appropriate committee action will be issued by the executive director.
</P>
<P>(b) When, in the opinion of the Committee, such tanks or equipment are in compliance with the requirements of this subchapter, the application will be approved. 
</P>
<P>(c) When such tanks or equipment are not in compliance with the requirements of this subchapter, the Committee may recommend service trials to determine the merits of a change in specifications. Such service trials may be conducted only if the builder or shipper applies for and obtains a special permit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967 and amended by Amdt. 179-41, 52 FR 36672, Sept. 30, 1987; 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998; 68 FR 48571, Aug. 14, 2003; 70 FR 73166, Dec. 9, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.4   Changes in specifications for tank cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Proposed changes in or additions to specifications for tanks must be submitted to the Executive Director—Tank Car Safety, AAR, for consideration by its Tank Car Committee. An application for construction of tanks to any new specification may be submitted with proposed specification. Construction should not be started until the specification has been approved or a special permit has been issued. When proposing a new specification, the applicant shall furnish information to justify a new specification. This data should include the properties of the lading and the method of loading and unloading.
</P>
<P>(b) The Tank Car Committee will review the proposed specifications at its earliest convenience and report its recommendations through the Executive Director—Tank Car Safety to the Department. The recommendation will be considered by the Department in determining appropriate action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967 and amended by Amdt. 179-41, 52 FR 36672, Sept. 30, 1987; 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998; 70 FR 73166, Dec. 9, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.5   Certificate of construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before a tank car is placed in service, the party assembling the completed car shall furnish a Certificate of Construction, Form AAR 4-2 to the owner and the Executive Director—Tank Car Safety, AAR, certifying that the tank, equipment, and car fully conforms to all requirements of the specification.
</P>
<P>(b) When cars or tanks are covered in one application and are identical in all details are built in series, one certificate will suffice for each series when submitted to the Executive Director—Tank Car Safety, AAR.
</P>
<P>(c) If the owner elects to furnish service equipment, the owner shall furnish the Executive Director—Tank Car Safety, AAR, a report in prescribed form, certifying that the service equipment complies with all the requirements of the specifications. 
</P>
<P>(d) When cars or tanks which are covered on one application and are identical in all details are built in series, one certificate shall suffice for each series when submitted to the Executive Director—Tank Car Safety, AAR. One copy of the Certificate of Construction must be furnished to the Executive Director—Tank Car Safety, AAR for each car number of consecutively numbered group or groups covered by the original application.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21344, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended at 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998; 68 FR 48571, Aug. 14, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.6   Repairs and alterations.</HEAD>
<P>For procedure to be followed in making repairs or alterations, see appendix R of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 75759, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.7   Quality assurance program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At a minimum, each tank car facility shall have a quality assurance program, approved by AAR, that—
</P>
<P>(1) Ensures the finished product conforms to the requirements of the applicable specification and regulations of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Has the means to detect any nonconformity in the manufacturing, repair, inspection, testing, and qualification or maintenance program of the tank car; and
</P>
<P>(3) Prevents non-conformities from recurring.
</P>
<P>(b) At a minimum, the quality assurance program must have the following elements
</P>
<P>(1) Statement of authority and responsibility for those persons in charge of the quality assurance program.
</P>
<P>(2) An organizational chart showing the interrelationship between managers, engineers, purchasing, construction, inspection, testing, and quality control personnel.
</P>
<P>(3) Procedures to ensure that the latest applicable drawings, design calculations, specifications, and instructions are used in manufacture, inspection, testing, and repair.
</P>
<P>(4) Procedures to ensure that the fabrication and construction materials received are properly identified and documented.
</P>
<P>(5) A description of the manufacturing, repair, inspection, testing, and qualification or maintenance program, including the acceptance criteria, so that an inspector can identify the characteristics of the tank car and the elements to inspect, examine, and test at each point.
</P>
<P>(6) Monitoring and control of processes and product characteristics during production.
</P>
<P>(7) Procedures for correction of nonconformities.
</P>
<P>(8) Provisions indicating that the requirements of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), apply.
</P>
<P>(9) Qualification requirements of personnel performing non-destructive inspections and tests.
</P>
<P>(10) Procedures for evaluating the inspection and test technique employed, including the accessibility of the area and the sensitivity and reliability of the inspection and test technique and minimum detectable crack length.
</P>
<P>(11) Procedures for the periodic calibration and measurement of inspection and test equipment.
</P>
<P>(12) A system for the maintenance of records, inspections, tests, and the interpretation of inspection and test results.
</P>
<P>(c) Each tank car facility shall ensure that only personnel qualified for each non-destructive inspection and test perform that particular operation.
</P>
<P>(d) Each tank car facility shall provide written procedures to its employees to ensure that the work on the tank car conforms to the specification, AAR approval, and owner's acceptance criteria.
</P>
<P>(e) Each tank car facility shall train its employees in accordance with subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter on the program and procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section to ensure quality.
</P>
<P>(f) No tank car facility may manufacture, repair, inspect, test, qualify or maintain tank cars subject to requirements of this subchapter, unless it is operating in conformance with a quality assurance program and written procedures required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-50, 60 FR 49076, Sept. 21, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 179-50, 61 FR 33255, June 26, 1996; 68 FR 48571, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75759, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.8   Limitation on actions by states, local governments, and Indian tribes.</HEAD>
<P>Sections 5125 and 20106 of Title 49, United States Code, limit the authority of states, political subdivisions of states, and Indian tribes to impose requirements on the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce. A state, local, or Indian tribe requirement on the transportation of hazardous materials by rail may be preempted under either 49 U.S.C. 5125 or 20106, or both.
</P>
<P>(a) Section 171.1(f) of this subchapter describes the circumstances under which 49 U.S.C. 5125 preempts a requirement of a state, political subdivision of a state, or Indian tribe.
</P>
<P>(b) Under the Federal Railroad Safety Act (49 U.S.C. 20106), administered by the Federal Railroad Administration (see 49 CFR parts 200-244), laws, regulations and orders related to railroad safety, including security, shall be nationally uniform to the extent practicable. A state may adopt, or continue in force, a law, regulation, or order covering the same subject matter as a DOT regulation or order applicable to railroad safety and security (including the requirements in this subpart) only when an additional or more stringent state law, regulation, or order is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially local safety or security hazard; is not incompatible with a law, regulation, or order of the United States Government; and does not unreasonably burden interstate commerce.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 1801, Jan. 13, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—General Design Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.10" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.10   Tank mounting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The manner in which tanks are attached to the car structure shall be approved. The use of rivets to secure anchors to tanks prohibited.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.11" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.11   Welding certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Welding procedures, welders and fabricators shall be approved.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.12" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.12   Interior heater systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Interior heater systems shall be of approved design and materials. If a tank is divided into compartments, a separate system shall be provided for each compartment.
</P>
<P>(b) Each interior heater system shall be hydrostatically tested at not less than 13.79 bar (200 psig) and shall hold the pressure for 10 minutes without leakage or evidence of distress.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28678, June 5, 1996, as amended by 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.13" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.13   Tank car capacity and gross weight limitation.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in this section, tank cars, built after November 30, 1970, or any existing tank cars that are converted, may not exceed 34,500 gallons (130,597 L) capacity or 263,000 pounds (119,295 kg) gross weight on rail.
</P>
<P>(a) For other than tank cars containing poisonous-by-inhalation material, a tank car may be loaded to a gross weight on rail of up to 286,000 pounds (129,727 kg) upon approval by the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration (FRA). Tank cars must conform to the conditions of the approval and must be operated only under controlled interchange conditions agreed to by participating railroads.
</P>
<P>(b) Tank cars containing poisonous-by-inhalation material meeting the applicable authorized tank car specifications listed in § 173.244(a)(2) or (3) or § 173.314(c) or (d) of this subchapter may have a gross weight on rail of up to 286,000 pounds (129,727 kg). Tank cars containing poisonous-by-inhalation material not meeting the specifications listed in § 173.244(a)(2) or (3) or § 173.314(c) or (d) may be loaded to a gross weight on rail of up to 286,000 pounds (129,727 kg) only upon approval of the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration (FRA). Any increase in weight above 263,000 pounds may not be used to increase the

quantity of the contents of the tank car.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 1802, Jan. 13, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 27216, May 14, 2010; 77 FR 37985, June 25, 2012; 81 FR 35545, June 2, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.14" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.14   Coupler vertical restraint system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Performance standard.</I> Each tank car shall be equipped with couplers capable of sustaining, without disengagement or material failure, vertical loads of at least 200,000 pounds (90,718.5 kg) applied in upward and downward directions in combination with buff loads of 2,000 pounds (907.2 kg), when coupled to cars which may or may not be equipped with couplers having this vertical restraint capability.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test verification.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall be achieved by verification testing of the coupler vertical restraint system in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Coupler vertical restraint tests.</I> A coupler vertical restraint system shall be tested under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The test coupler shall be tested with a mating coupler (or simulated coupler) having only frictional vertical force resistance at the mating interface; or a mating coupler (or simulated coupler) having the capabilities described in paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The testing apparatus shall simulate the vertical coupler performance at the mating interface and may not interfere with coupler failure or otherwise inhibit failure due to force applications and reactions; and
</P>
<P>(3) The test shall be conducted as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) A minimum of 200,000 pounds (90,718.5 kg) vertical downward load shall be applied continuously for at least 5 minutes to the test coupler head simultaneously with the application of a nominal 2,000 pounds (907.2 kg) buff load;
</P>
<P>(ii) The procedures prescribed in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, shall be repeated with a minimum vertical upward load of 200,000 pounds (90,718.5 kg); and
</P>
<P>(iii) A minimum of three consecutive successful tests shall be performed for each load combination prescribed in paragraphs (c)(3) (i) and (ii) of this section. A test is successful when a vertical disengagement or material failure does not occur during the application of any of the loads prescribed in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Authorized couplers.</I> As an alternative to the test verifications in paragraph (c) of this section, the following couplers are authorized:
</P>
<P>(1) E double shelf couplers designated by the Association of American Railroads' Catalog Nos., SE60CHT, SE60CC, SE60CHTE, SE60CE, SE60DC, SE60DE, SE67CC, SE67CE, SE67BHT, SE67BC, SE67BHTE, SE67BE, SE68BHT, SE68BC, SE68BHTE, SE68BE, SE69AHTE, and SE69AE.
</P>
<P>(2) F double shelf couplers designated by the Association of American Railroads' Catalog Nos., SF70CHT, SF70CC, SF70CHTE, SF70CE, SF73AC, SF73AE, SF73AHT, SF73AHTE, SF79CHT, SF79CC, SF79CHTE, and SF79CE.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-42, 54 FR 38797, Sept. 20, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.15" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.15   Pressure relief devices.</HEAD>
<P>Except for DOT Class 106, 107, 110, and 113 tank cars, tanks must have a pressure relief device, made of material compatible with the lading, that conforms to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Performance standard.</I> Each tank must have a pressure relief device, made of materials compatible with the lading, having sufficient flow capacity to prevent pressure build-up in the tank to no more than the flow rating pressure of the pressure relief device in fire conditions as defined in appendix A of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Settings for reclosing pressure relief devices.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a reclosing pressure relief valve must have a minimum start-to-discharge pressure equal to the sum of the static head and gas padding pressure and the lading vapor pressure at the following reference temperatures:
</P>
<P>(i) 46 °C (115 °F) for noninsulated tanks;
</P>
<P>(ii) 43 °C (110 °F) for tanks having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and
</P>
<P>(iii) 41 °C (105 °F) for insulated tanks.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The start-to-discharge pressure of a pressure relief device may not be lower than 5.17 Bar (75 psig) or exceed 33 percent of the minimum tank burst pressure.
</P>
<P>(ii) Tanks built prior to October 1, 1997 having a minimum tank burst pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or less may be equipped with a reclosing pressure relief valve having a start-to-discharge pressure of not less than 14.5 percent of the minimum tank burst pressure but no more than 33 percent of the minimum tank burst pressure.
</P>
<P>(3) The vapor tight pressure of a reclosing pressure relief valve must be at least 80 percent of the start-to-discharge pressure.
</P>
<P>(4) The flow rating pressure must be 110 percent of the start-to-discharge pressure for tanks having a minimum tank burst pressure greater than 34.47 Bar (500 psig) and from 110 percent to 130 percent for tanks having a minimum tank burst pressure less than or equal to 34.47 Bar (500 psig).
</P>
<P>(5) The tolerance for a reclosing pressure relief valve is ±3 psi for valves with a start-to-discharge pressure of 6.89 Bar (100 psig) or less and ±3 percent for valves with a start-to-discharge pressure greater than 6.89 Bar (100 psig).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Flow capacity of pressure relief devices.</I> The total flow capacity of each reclosing and nonreclosing pressure relief device must conform to appendix A of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Flow capacity tests.</I> The manufacturer of any reclosing or nonreclosing pressure relief device must design and test the device in accordance with appendix A of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Combination pressure relief systems.</I> A non-reclosing pressure relief device may be used in series with a reclosing pressure relief valve. The pressure relief valve must be located outboard of the non-reclosing pressure relief device.
</P>
<P>(1) When a breaking pin device is used in combination with a reclosing pressure relief valve, the breaking pin must be designed to fail at the start-to-discharge pressure specified in paragraph (b) of this section, and the reclosing pressure relief valve must be designed to discharge at not greater than 95 percent of the start-to-discharge pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) When a rupture disc is used in combination with a reclosing pressure relief valve, the rupture disc must be designed to burst at the pressure specified in paragraph (b) of this section, and the reclosing pressure relief valve must be designed to discharge at not greater than 95 percent of the pressure. A device must be installed to detect any accumulation of pressure between the rupture disc and the reclosing pressure relief valve. The detection device must be a needle valve, trycock, or tell-tale indicator. The detection device must be closed during transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) The vapor tight pressure and the start-to-discharge tolerance is based on the discharge setting of the reclosing pressure relief device.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Nonreclosing pressure relief device.</I> In addition to paragraphs (a), (b)(4), (c), and (d) of this section, a nonreclosing pressure relief device must conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) A non-reclosing pressure relief device must incorporate a rupture disc designed to burst at a pressure equal to the greater of 100% of the tank test pressure, or 33% of the tank burst pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) The approach channel and the discharge channel may not reduce the required minimum flow capacity of the pressure relief device.
</P>
<P>(3) The non-reclosing pressure relief device must be designed to prevent interchange with other fittings installed on the tank car, must have a structure that encloses and clamps the rupture disc in position (preventing any distortion or damage to the rupture disc when properly applied), and must have a cover, with suitable means of preventing misplacement, designed to direct any discharge of the lading downward.
</P>
<P>(4) The non-reclosing pressure relief device must be closed with a rupture disc that is compatible with the lading and manufactured in accordance with Appendix A of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. The tolerance for a rupture disc is + 0 to −15 percent of the burst pressure marked on the disc.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Location of relief devices.</I> Each pressure relief device must communicate with the vapor space above the lading as near as practicable on the longitudinal center line and center of the tank.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Marking of pressure relief devices.</I> Each pressure relief device and rupture disc must be permanently marked in accordance with the appendix A of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28678, June 5, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 50255, Sept. 25, 1996; 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75759, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.16" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.16   Tank-head puncture-resistance systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Performance standard.</I> When the regulations in this subchapter require a tank-head puncture-resistance system, the system shall be capable of sustaining, without any loss of lading, coupler-to-tank-head impacts at relative car speeds of 29 km/hour (18 mph) when:
</P>
<P>(1) The weight of the impact car is at least 119,295 kg (263,000 pounds);
</P>
<P>(2) The impacted tank car is coupled to one or more backup cars that have a total weight of at least 217,724 kg (480,000 pounds) and the hand brake is applied on the last “backup” car; and
</P>
<P>(3) The impacted tank car is pressurized to at least 6.9 Bar (100 psig).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Verification by testing.</I> Compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall be verified by full-scale testing according to appendix A of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Alternative compliance by other than testing.</I> As an alternative to requirements prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section may be met by installing full-head protection (shields) or full tank-head jackets on each end of the tank car conforming to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The full-head protection (shields) or full tank-head jackets must be at least 1.27 cm (0.5 inch) thick, shaped to the contour of the tank head and made from steel having a tensile strength greater than 379.21 N/mm
<SU>2</SU> (55,000 psi).
</P>
<P>(2) The design and test requirements of the full-head protection (shields) or full tank-head jackets must meet the impact test requirements in Section 5.3 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(3) The workmanship must meet the requirements in Section C, Part II, Chapter 5, of the AAR Specifications for Design, Fabrication, and Construction of Freight Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-50, 60 FR 49077, Sept. 21, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 179-50, 61 FR 33255, June 26, 1996; 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75759, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.18" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.18   Thermal protection systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Performance standard.</I> When the regulations in this subchapter require thermal protection on a tank car, the tank car must have sufficient thermal resistance so that there will be no release of any lading within the tank car, except release through the pressure release device, when subjected to:
</P>
<P>(1) A pool fire for 100 minutes; and
</P>
<P>(2) A torch fire for 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Thermal analysis.</I> (1) Compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall be verified by analyzing the fire effects on the entire surface of the tank car. The analysis must consider the fire effects on and heat flux through tank discontinuities, protective housings, underframes, metal jackets, insulation, and thermal protection. A complete record of each analysis shall be made, retained, and upon request, made available for inspection and copying by an authorized representative of the Department. The procedures outlined in “Temperatures, Pressures, and Liquid Levels of Tank Cars Engulfed in Fires,” DOT/FRA/OR&amp;D-84/08.11, (1984), Federal Railroad Administration, Washington, DC (available from the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, VA) shall be deemed acceptable for analyzing the fire effects on the entire surface of the tank car.
</P>
<P>(2) When the analysis shows the thermal resistance of the tank car does not conform to paragraph (a) of this section, the thermal resistance of the tank car must be increased by using a system listed by the Department under paragraph (c) of this section or by testing a new or untried system and verifying it according to appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Systems that no longer require test verification.</I> The Department maintains a list of thermal protection systems that comply with the requirements of appendix B of this part and that no longer require test verification. Information necessary to equip tank cars with one of these systems is available in the PHMSA Records Center, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-50, 60 FR 49077, Sept. 21, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 179-50, 61 FR 33256, June 26, 1996; 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 72 FR 55696, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.20" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.20   Service equipment; protection systems.</HEAD>
<P>If an applicable tank car specification authorizes location of filling or discharge connections in the bottom shell, the connections must be designed, constructed, and protected according to paragraphs E9.00 and E10.00 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 75759, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.22" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.2.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.22   Marking.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to any other marking requirement in this subchapter, the following marking requirements apply:
</P>
<P>(a) Each tank car must be marked according to the requirements in appendix C of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(b) Each tank car that requires a tank-head puncture-resistance system must have the letter “S” substituted for the letter “A” in the specification marking.
</P>
<P>(c) Each tank car that requires a tank-head puncture-resistance system, a thermal protection system, and a metal jacket must have the letter “J” substituted for the letter “A” or “S” in the specification marking.
</P>
<P>(d) Each tank car that requires a tank-head puncture-resistance system, a thermal protection system, and no metal jacket must have the letter “T” substituted for the letter “A” or “S” in the specification marking.
</P>
<P>(e) Each tank car manufactured after March 16, 2009, and before December 28, 2020, to meet the requirements of §§ 173.244(a)(2) or (3) or 173.314(c) or (d) that is marked with the letter “I” in the specification marking, following the test pressure, shall be re-marked with the letter “W” with a delimeter of letter “H” at the tank car's next qualification. (Example: DOT 105J600I would be re-marked as 105H600W.) Each new tank car manufactured after December 28, 2020 shall be marked with the letter “W” following the test pressure and with a delimiter of “H”. (Example: 105H600W).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-50, 60 FR 49077, Sept. 21, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 179-50, 61 FR 33256, June 26, 1996; 68 FR 75759, Dec. 31, 2003; 74 FR 1802, Jan. 13, 2009; 85 FR 75716, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.24" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.2.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.24   Stamping.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) After July 25, 2012, to certify compliance with federal requirements, the tank manufacturer must install two identical permanent identification plates, one located on both inboard surfaces of the body bolsters of the tank car. One identification plate must be installed on the right side (AR) of the tank car, and the other must be installed on the back end left side (BL) body bolster webs so that each plate is readily accessible for inspection. The plates must be at least 
<FR>3/32</FR> inch thick and manufactured from corrosion resistant metal. When the tank jacket (flashing) covers the body bolster web and identification plates, additional identical plates must be installed on the AR and BL corners of the tank in a visible location. Tank cars built before July 25, 2012, may have the plate instead of or in addition to the stamping.
</P>
<P>(2) Each plate must be stamped, embossed, or otherwise marked by an equally durable method in letters 3/16 inch high with the following information (parenthetical abbreviations may be used, and the AAR form reference is to the applicable provisions of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter):
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Tank Manufacturer (Tank MFG):</I> Full name of the car builder as shown on the certificate of construction (AAR form 4-2).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Tank Manufacturer's Serial Number (SERIAL NO):</I> For the specific car.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>AAR Number (AAR NO):</I> The AAR number from line 3 of AAR Form 4-2.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Tank Specification (SPECIFICATION):</I> The specification to which the tank was built from line 7 of AAR form 4-2.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Tank Shell Material/Head Material (SHELL MATL/HEAD MATL):</I> ASTM or AAR specification of the material used in the construction of the tank shell and heads from lines 15 and 16 of AAR Form 4-2. For Class DOT-113W, DOT-115W, AAR-204W, and AAR-206W, the materials used in the construction of the outer tank shell and heads must be listed. Only list the alloy (e.g., 5154) for aluminum tanks and the type (e.g., 304L or 316L) for stainless steel tanks.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Insulation Material (INSULATION MATL):</I> Generic names of the first and second layer of any thermal protection/insulation material applied.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Insulation Thickness (INSULATION THICKNESS):</I> In inches.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Underframe/Stub Sill Type (UF/SS DESIGN):</I> The design from Line 32 of AAR Form 4-2.
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Date of Manufacture (DATE OF MFR):</I> The month and year of tank manufacture. If the underframe has a different built date than the tank, show both dates.
</P>
<P>(3) When a modification to the tank changes any of the information shown in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the car owner or the tank car facility making the modification must install an additional variable identification plate on the tank in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section showing the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>AAR Number (AAR NO):</I> The AAR number from line 3 of AAR Form 4-2 for the alteration or conversion.
</P>
<P>(ii) All items of paragraph (a)(2) of this section that were modified, followed by the month and year of modification.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved].
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 37985, June 25, 2012, as amended at 81 FR 35545, June 2, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Specifications for Pressure Tank Car Tanks (Classes DOT-105, 109, 112, 114 and 120)</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100   General specifications applicable to pressure tank car tanks.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-1   Tanks built under these specifications shall comply with the requirements of §§ 179.100, 179.101 and when applicable, §§ 179.102 and 179.103.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-3   Type.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks built under this specification shall be fusion-welded with heads designed convex outward. Except as provided in § 179.103 they shall be circular in cross section, shall be provided with a manway nozzle on top of the tank of sufficient size to permit access to the interior, a manway cover to provide for the mounting of all valves, measuring and sampling devices, and a protective housing. Other openings in the tank are prohibited, except as provided in part 173 of this chapter, §§ 179.100-14, 179.101-1, 179.102 or § 179.103.
</P>
<P>(b) Head shields and shells of tanks built under this specification must be normalized. Tank car heads must be normalized after forming unless specific approval is granted for a facility's equipment and controls.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21344, Nov. 6, 1971; 65 FR 58632, Sept. 29, 2000; 74 FR 1802, Jan. 13, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-4   Insulation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If insulation is applied, the tank shell and manway nozzle must be insulated with an approved material. The entire insulation must be covered with a metal jacket of a thickness not less than 11 gauge (0.1196 inch) nominal (Manufacturers' Standard Gauge) and flashed around all openings so as to be weather-tight. The exterior surface of a carbon steel tank, and the inside surface of a carbon steel jacket must be given a protective coating.
</P>
<P>(b) If insulation is a specification requirement, it shall be of sufficient thickness so that the thermal conductance at 60 °F is not more than 0.075 Btu per hour, per square foot, per degree F temperature differential. If exterior heaters are attached to tank, the thickness of the insulation over each heater element may be reduced to one-half that required for the shell.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21344, Nov. 6, 1971; Amdt. 179-50, 60 FR 49077, Sept. 21, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-6   Thickness of plates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The wall thickness after forming of the tank shell and heads must not be less than that specified in § 179.101, nor that calculated by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2><I>t = Pd / 2SE</I>
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>d</I> = Inside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>E</I> = 1.0 welded joint efficiency; except for heads with seams = 0.9;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>P</I> = Minimum required bursting pressure in p.s.i.;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>S</I> = Minimum tensile strength of plate material in p.s.i., as prescribed in § 179.100-7;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>t</I> = Minimum thickness of plate in inches after forming.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) If plates are clad with material having tensile strength properties at least equal to the base plate, the cladding may be considered a part of the base plate when determining thickness. If cladding material does not have tensile strength at least equal to the base plate, the base plate alone shall meet the thickness requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) When aluminum plate is used, the minimum width of bottom sheet of tank shall be 60 inches, measured on the arc, but in all cases the width shall be sufficient to bring the entire width of the longitudinal welded joint, including welds, above the bolster.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21344, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-7   Materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Steel plate:</I> Steel plate materials used to fabricate tank shell and manway nozzle must comply with one of the following specifications with the indicated minimum tensile strength and elongation in the welded condition. The maximum allowable carbon content must be 0.31 percent when the individual specification allows carbon greater than this amount. The plates may be clad with other approved materials.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specifications 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) welded condition (longitudinal) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">AAR TC 128, Gr. B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 302 
<sup>2</sup>, Gr. B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 516 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 537 
<sup>2</sup>, Class 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Maximum stresses to be used in calculations. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> These specifications are incorporated by reference (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Aluminum alloy plate:</I> Aluminum alloy plate material used to fabricate tank shell and manway nozzle must be suitable for fusion welding and must comply with one of the following specifications (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) with its indicated minimum tensile strength and elongation in the welded condition. * * * 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specifications
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) 0 temper, welded condition 
<sup>3 4</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) 0 temper, welded condition (longitudinal)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5052 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5083 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5086 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5154 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5254 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5454 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5652 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For fabrication, the parent plate material may be 0, H112, or H32 temper, but design calculations must be based on minimum tensile strength shown.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> 0 temper only.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Weld filler metal 5556 must not be used.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Maximum stress to be used in calculations.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>High alloy steel plate.</I> (1) High alloy steel plate must conform to the following specifications:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specifications
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M (incorporated by reference; <E T="03">see</E> § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 304L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M (incorporated by reference; <E T="03">see</E> § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 316L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Maximum stresses to be used in calculations.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2)(i) High alloy steels used to fabricate tank must be tested in accordance with the following procedures in ASTM A 262, “Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steel” (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and must exhibit corrosion rates not exceeding the following: * * * 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test procedures
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Corrosion rate i.p.m.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Practice B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Types 304L and 316L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0040
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Practice C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type 304L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0020</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) Type 304L and 316L test specimens must be given a sensitizing treatment prior to testing.
</P>
<P>(d) All attachments welded to tank shell must be of approved material which is suitable for welding to the tank.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21344, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27707, June 16, 1983; Amdt. 179-47, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28679, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 50255, Sept. 25, 1996; 66 FR 45186, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75759, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-8   Tank heads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The tank head shape shall be an ellipsoid of revolution in which the major axis shall equal the diameter of the shell adjacent to the head and the minor axis shall be one-half the major axis.
</P>
<P>(b) Each tank head made from steel which is required to be “fine grain” by the material specification, which is hot formed at a temperature exceeding 1700 °F., must be normalized after forming by heating to a temperature between 1550° and 1700 °F., by holding at that temperature for at least 1 hour per inch of thickness (30-minute minimum), and then by cooling in air. If the material specification requires quenching and tempering, the treatment specified in that specification must be used instead of the one specified above.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated, 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967 and amended by Amdt. 179-12, 39 FR 15038, Apr. 30, 1974]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-9   Welding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All joints shall be fusion-welded in compliance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Welding procedures, welders and fabricators shall be approved. 
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964, as amended at 65 FR 58632, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 75759, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-10" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-10   Postweld heat treatment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After welding is complete, steel tanks and all attachments welded thereto must be postweld heat treated as a unit in compliance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(b) For aluminum tanks, postweld heat treatment is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(c) Tank and welded attachments, fabricated from ASTM A 240/A 240M (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 304L or Type 316L materials do not require postweld heat treatment, but these materials do require a corrosion resistance test as specified in § 179.100-7(c)(2).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21345, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 179-47, 58 FR 50238, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28679, June 5, 1996; 67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75758, 75759, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-12" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-12   Manway nozzle, cover and protective housing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Manway nozzles must be of approved design of forged or rolled steel for steel tanks or of fabricated aluminum alloy for aluminum tanks, with an access opening of at least 18 inches inside diameter, or at least 14 inches by 18 inches around or oval. Each nozzle must be welded to the tank and the opening reinforced in an approved manner in compliance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix E, Figure E10 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(b) Manway cover shall be machined to approved dimensions and be of forged or rolled carbon or alloy steel, rolled aluminum alloy or nickel when required by the lading. Minimum thickness is listed in § 179.101. Manway cover shall be attached to manway nozzle by through or stud bolts not entering tank, except as provided in § 179.103-2(a).
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in § 179.103, protective housing of cast, forged or fabricated approved materials must be bolted to manway cover with not less than twenty 
<FR>3/4</FR>-inch studs. The shearing value of the bolts attaching protective housing to manway cover must not exceed 70 percent of the shearing value of bolts attaching manway cover to manway nozzle. Housing must have steel sidewalls not less than three-fourths inch in thickness and must be equipped with a metal cover not less than one-fourth inch in thickness that can be securely closed. Housing cover must have suitable stop to prevent cover striking loading and unloading connections and be hinged on one side only with approved riveted pin or rod with nuts and cotters. Openings in wall of housing must be equipped with screw plugs or other closures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21345, Nov. 6, 1971; 68 FR 75760, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-13" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-13   Venting, loading and unloading valves, measuring and sampling devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Venting, loading and unloading valves must be of approved design, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading, and must withstand the tank test pressure without leakage. The valves shall be bolted to seatings on the manway cover, except as provided in § 179.103. Valve outlets shall be closed with approved screw plugs or other closures fastened to prevent misplacement.
</P>
<P>(b) The interior pipes of the loading and unloading valves shall be anchored and, except as prescribed in §§ 173.314(j), 179.102 or 179.103, may be equipped with excess flow valves of approved design.
</P>
<P>(c) Gauging device, sampling valve and thermometer well are not specification requirements. When used, they shall be of approved design, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading, and shall withstand the tank test pressure without leakage. Interior pipes of the gauging device and sampling valve, except as prescribed in §§ 173.314(j), 179.102 or 179.103, may be equipped with excess flow valves of approved design. Interior pipe of the thermometer well shall be anchored in an approved manner to prevent breakage due to vibration. The thermometer well shall be closed by an approved valve attached close to the manway cover, or other approved location, and closed by a screw plug. Other approved arrangements that permit testing thermometer well for leaks without complete removal of the closure may be used.
</P>
<P>(d) An excess flow valve as referred to in this specification, is a device which closes automatically against the outward flow of the contents of the tank in case the external closure valve is broken off or removed during transit. Excess flow valves may be designed with a by-pass to allow the equalization of pressures.
</P>
<P>(e) Bottom of tank shell may be equipped with a sump or siphon bowl, or both, welded or pressed into the shell. Such sumps or siphon bowls, if applied, are not limited in size and must be made of cast, forged or fabricated metal. Each sump or siphon bowl must be of good welding quality in conjunction with the metal of the tank shell. When the sump or siphon bowl is pressed in the bottom of the tank shell, the wall thickness of the pressed section must not be less than that specified for the shell. The section of a circular cross section tank to which a sump or siphon bowl is attached need not comply with the out-of-roundness requirement specified in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W, W14.06 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Any portion of a sump or siphon bowl not forming a part of cylinder of revolution must have walls of such thickness and be so reinforced that the stresses in the walls caused by a given internal pressure are no greater than the circumferential stress that would exist under the same internal pressure in the wall of a tank of circular cross section designed in accordance with § 179.100-6(a), but in no case shall the wall thickness be less than that specified in § 179.101-1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21345, Nov. 6, 1971; Amdt. 179-40, 52 FR 13046, Apr. 20, 1987; Amdt. 179-42, 54 FR 38798, Sept. 20, 1989; 65 FR 58632, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 48571, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75760, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-14" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-14   Bottom outlets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Bottom outlets for discharge of lading is prohibited, except as provided in § 179.103-3. If indicated in § 179.101, tank may be equipped with a bottom washout of approved construction. If applied, bottom washout shall be in accordance with the following requirements;
</P>
<P>(1) The extreme projection of the bottom washout equipment may not be more than that allowed by appendix E of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(2) Bottom washout shall be of cast, forged or fabricated metal and shall be fusion-welded to the tank. It shall be of good weldable quality in conjunction with metal of tank.
</P>
<P>(3) If the bottom washout nozzle extends 6 inches or more from shell of tank, a V-shaped breakage groove shall be cut (not cast) in the upper part of the outlet nozzle at a point immediately below the lowest part of the inside closure seat or plug. In no case may the nozzle wall thickness at the root of the “V” be more than 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch. Where the nozzle is not a single piece, provision shall be made for the equivalent of the breakage groove. The nozzle must be of a thickness to insure that accidental breakage will occur at or below the “V” groove or its equivalent. On cars without continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent may not be more than 15 inches below the tank shell. On cars with continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be above the bottom of the center sill construction.
</P>
<P>(4) The closure plug and seat shall be readily accessible or removable for repairs.
</P>
<P>(5) The closure of the washout nozzle must be equipped with a 
<FR>3/4</FR>-inch solid screw plug. Plug must be attached by at least a 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch chain.
</P>
<P>(6) Joints between closures and their seats may be gasketed with suitable material.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21345, Nov. 6, 1971; Amdt. 179-40, 52 FR 13046, Apr. 20, 1987; 66 FR 45186, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75760, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-16" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-16   Attachments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Reinforcing pads must be used between external brackets and shells if the attachment welds exceed 6 linear inches of 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch fillet or equivalent weld per bracket or bracket leg. When reinforcing pads are used, they must not be less than one-fourth inch in thickness, have each corner rounded to a 1-inch minimum radius, and be attached to the tank by continuous fillet welds except for venting provisions. The ultimate shear strength of the bracket-to-reinforcing pad weld must not exceed 85 percent of the ultimate shear strength of the reinforcing pad-to-tank weld.
</P>
<P>(b) Attachments not otherwise specified shall be applied by approved means.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21346, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-17" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-17   Closures for openings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Closures shall be of approved design and made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading. Plugs, if used, shall be solid, with NPT threads, and shall be of a length which will screw at least six threads inside the face of fitting or tank.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-18" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-18   Tests of tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each tank shall be tested by completely filling tank and manway nozzle with water or other liquid having similar viscosity, at a temperature which shall not exceed 100 °F during the test; and applying the pressure prescribed in § 179.101. The tank shall hold the prescribed pressure for at least 10 minutes without leakage or evidence of distress.
</P>
<P>(b) Insulated tanks shall be tested before insulation is applied.
</P>
<P>(c) Caulking of welded joints to stop leaks developed during the foregoing test is prohibited. Repairs in welded joints shall be made as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(d) Testing of exterior heaters is not a specification requirement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967; 66 FR 45186, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75760, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-19" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-19   Tests of safety relief valves.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each valve shall be tested by air or gas for compliance with § 179.15 before being put into service.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, as amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.100-20" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.100-20   Stamping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To certify that the tank complies with all specification requirements, each tank shall be plainly and permanently stamped in letters and figures at least 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch high into the metal near the center of both outside heads as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Example of required stamping
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Specification</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-105A100W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Material</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ASTM A 516
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cladding material (if any)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ASTM A240-304
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tank builder's initials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clad
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Date of original test</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ABC
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Car assembler (if other than tanker builder)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">00-0000
<br/>DEF</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) After July 25, 2012, newly constructed DOT tank cars must have their DOT specification and other required information stamped plainly and permanently on stainless steel identification plates in conformance with the applicable requirements prescribed in § 179.24(a). Tank cars built before July 25, 2012, may have the identification plates instead of or in addition to the head stamping.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21346, Nov. 6, 1971; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28679, June 5, 1996; 65 FR 50463, Aug. 18, 2000; 77 FR 37985, June 25, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.101" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.101   Individual specification requirements applicable to pressure tank car tanks.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.101-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.101-1   Individual specification requirements.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to § 179.100, the individual specification requirements are as follows:

</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">DOT specification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Insulation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bursting pressure (psig)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum plate thickness (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test pressure (psig)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Manway cover thickness
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bottom outlet
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bottom washout
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reference
<br/>(179.***)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105A100ALW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5/8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 2 1/2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105A200ALW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5/8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 2 1/2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105A300ALW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5/8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 2 5/8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105A100W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 9/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105A200W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 9/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105A300W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 11/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>7</sup> 2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105A400W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 11/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>7</sup> 2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105A500W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 11/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">102-1, 102-2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105A600W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 11/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">102-4, 102-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">109A100ALW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5/8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 2 1/2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">109A200ALW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5/8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 2 1/2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">109A300ALW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5/8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 2 5/8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">109A300W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 11/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">112A200W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3 5</sup> 9/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">112A340W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">850</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 11/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">340</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">112A400W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 11/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">112A500W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 11/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">114A340W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">850</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 11/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">340</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">114A400W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 11/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>6</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120A200ALW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5/8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 2 1/2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120A100W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 9/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120A200W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 9/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120A300W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 11/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120A400W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 11/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120A500W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 11/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 1/4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> When steel of 65,000 to 81,000 p.s.i. minimum tensile strength is used, the thickness of plates shall be not less than 
<fr>5/8</fr> inch, and when steel of 81,000 p.s.i. minimum tensile strength is used, the minimum thickness of plate shall be not less than 
<fr>9/16</fr> inch.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> When approved material other than aluminum alloys are used, the thickness shall be not less than 2
<fr>1/4</fr> inches.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> When steel of 65,000 p.s.i. minimum tensile strength is used, minimum thickness of plates shall be not less than 
<fr>1/2</fr> inch.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Tank cars not equipped with a thermal protection or an insulation system used for the transportation of a Class 2 (compressed gas) material must have at least the upper two-thirds of the exterior of the tank, including manway nozzle and all appurtenances in contact with this area, finished with a reflective coat of white paint.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> For inside diameter of 87 inches or less, the thickness of plates shall be not less than 
<fr>1/2</fr> inch.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>6</sup> See AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix E, E4.01 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and § 179.103-2. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>7</sup> When the use of nickel is required by the lading, the thickness shall not be less than two inches.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28679, June 5, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75760, Dec. 31, 2003]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.102" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.102   Special commodity requirements for pressure tank car tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to §§ 179.100 and 179.101 the following requirements are applicable:
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.102-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.102-1   Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tank cars used to transport carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid must comply with the following special requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) All plates for tank, manway nozzle and anchorage of tanks must be made of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A 516/A 516M (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), Grades 55, 60, 65, or 70, or AAR Specification TC 128-78, Grade B. The ASTM A 516/A 516M plate must also meet the Charpy V-Notch test requirements of ASTM A 20/A 20M (see table 16) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) in the longitudinal direction of rolling. The TC 128 plate must also meet the Charpy V-Notch energy absorption requirements of 15 ft.-lb. minimum average for 3 specimens, and 10 ft.-lb. minimum for one specimen, at minus 50 °F in the longitudinal direction of rolling in accord with ASTM A 370 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Production-welded test plates prepared as required by W4.00 of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), must include impact test specimens of weld metal and heat-affected zone. As an alternate, anchor legs may be fabricated of stainless steel, ASTM A 240/A 240M Types 304, 304L, 316 or 316L, for which impact tests are not required.
</P>
<P>(2)-(6) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 179.102-1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.102-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.102-2   Chlorine.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each tank car used to transport chlorine must comply with all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Tanks must be fabricated from carbon steel complying with ASTM Specification A 516 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), Grade 70, or AAR Specification TC 128, Grade A or B. 
</P>
<P>(2)-(3) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-7, 36 FR 14697, Aug. 10, 1971; Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21346, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 179-25, 44 FR 20433, Apr. 5, 1979; Amdt. 179-40, 52 FR 13046, Apr. 20, 1987; Amdt. 179-45, 55 FR 52728, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28680, June 5, 1996; 68 FR 75760, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.102-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.102-3   Materials poisonous by inhalation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each tank car built after March 16, 2009 for the transportation of a material poisonous by inhalation must, in addition to the requirements prescribed in § 179.100-12(c), enclose the service equipment within a protective housing and cover.
</P>
<P>(1) Tank cars must be equipped with a top fitting protection system and nozzle capable of sustaining, without failure, a rollover accident at a speed of 9 miles per hour, in which the rolling protective housing strikes a stationary surface assumed to be flat, level and rigid and the speed is determined as a linear velocity, measured at the geometric center of the loaded tank car as a transverse vector. Failure is deemed to occur when the deformed protective housing contacts any of the service equipment or when the tank retention capability is compromised.
</P>
<P>(2) As an alternative to the tank car top fitting protection system requirements in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the tank car may be equipped with a system that prevents the release of product from any top fitting in the case of an accident where any top fitting would be sheared off. The tank nozzle must meet the performance standard in paragraph (a)(1) of this section and only mechanically operated excess flow devices are authorized.
</P>
<P>(b) An application for approval of a tank car built in accordance with § 173.244(a)(3) or § 173.314(d) must include a demonstration, through engineering analysis, that the tank jacket and support structure system, including any anchors and support devices, is capable of withstanding a 6 mile per hour coupling without jacket shift such that results in damage to the nozzle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 1802, Jan. 13, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.102-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.102-4   Vinyl fluoride, stabilized.</HEAD>
<P>Each tank used to transport vinyl fluoride, stabilized, must comply with the following special requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) All plates for the tank must be fabricated of material listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and appurtenances must be fabricated of material listed in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) Stainless steel, ASTM A 240/A 240M (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 304, 304L, 316 or 316L, in which case impact tests are not required; or
</P>
<P>(2) Steel complying with ASTM Specification A 516 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); Grade 70; ASTM Specification A 537 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), Class 1; or AAR Specification TC 128, Grade B, in which case impact tests must be performed as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) ASTM A 516/A 516M and A 537/A 537M material must meet the Charpy V-Notch test requirements, in longitudinal direction of rolling, of ASTM A 20/A 20M (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(ii) AAR Specification TC 128 material must meet the Charpy V-Notch test requirements, in longitudinal direction of rolling, of 15 ft.-lb. minimum average for 3 specimens, with a 10 ft.-lb. minimum for any one specimen, at minus 50 °F or colder, in accordance with ASTM A 370 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(iii) Production welded test plates must—
</P>
<P>(A) Be prepared in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W, W4.00 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); 
</P>
<P>(B) Include impact specimens of weld metal and heat affected zone prepared and tested in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W, W9.00; and
</P>
<P>(C) Meet the same impact requirements as the plate material.
</P>
<P>(b) Insulation must be of approved material.
</P>
<P>(c) Excess flow valves must be installed under all liquid and vapor valves, except safety relief valves.
</P>
<P>(d) A thermometer well may be installed.
</P>
<P>(e) Only an approved gaging device may be installed.
</P>
<P>(f) A pressure gage may be installed.
</P>
<P>(g) Aluminum, copper, silver, zinc, or an alloy containing any of these metals may not be used in the tank construction, or in fittings in contact with the lading.
</P>
<P>(h) The jacket must be stenciled, adjacent to the water capacity stencil,
</P>
<FP-1>MINIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE __ °F.
</FP-1>
<P>(i) The tank car and insulation must be designed to prevent the vapor pressure of the lading from increasing from the pressure at the maximum allowable filling density to the start-to-discharge pressure of the reclosing pressure relief valve within 30 days, at an ambient temperature of 90 °F.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27707, June 16, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 24317, June 12, 1984; 49 FR 42736, Oct. 24, 1984; Amdt. 179-45, 55 FR 52728, Dec. 21, 1990; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28680, June 5, 1996; 65 FR 58632, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 33452, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45186, 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75758, 75760 Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.102-17" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.102-17   Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid.</HEAD>
<P>Each tank car used to transport hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid must comply with the following special requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) The tank car must comply with Specification DOT-105J600W and be designed for loading at minus 50 °F. or colder.
</P>
<P>(b) All plates for the tank must be fabricated of material listed in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and appurtenances must be fabricated of material listed in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) Stainless steel, ASTM A 240/A 240M (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 304, 304L, 316, or 316L, in which case impact tests are not required; or
</P>
<P>(2) Steel conforming to ASTM A 516/A 516M (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), Grade 70; ASTM A 537/A 537M, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) Class 1; or AAR Specification TC 128, Grade B in which case impact tests must be performed as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) ASTM A 516/A 516M and A 537/A 537M material must meet the Charpy V-notch test requirements, in longitudinal direction of rolling, of ASTM A 20/A 20M (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(ii) AAR Specification TC 128 material must meet the Charpy V-notch test requirements, in longitudinal direction of rolling of 15 ft.-lb. minimum average for 3 specimens, with a 10 ft.-lb. minimum for any one specimen, at minus 50 °F or colder, in accordance with ASTM A 370 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(iii) Production welded test plates must—
</P>
<P>(A) Be prepared in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W, W4.00 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); 
</P>
<P>(B) include impact test specimens of weld metal and heat affected zone prepared and tested in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W, W9.00; and
</P>
<P>(C) meet the same impact requirements as the plate material.
</P>
<P>(c) Insulation must be of approved material.
</P>
<P>(d) Pressure relief valves must be trimmed with monel or other approved material and equipped with a rupture disc of silver, polytetrafluoroethylene coated monel, or tantalum. Each pressure relief device shall have the space between the rupture disc and the valve vented with a suitable auxiliary valve. The discharge from each pressure relief valve must be directed outside the protective housing.
</P>
<P>(e) Loading and unloading valves must be trimmed with Hastelloy B or C, monel, or other approved material, and identified as “Vapor” or “Liquid”. Excess flow valves must be installed under all liquid and vapor valves, except safety relief valves.
</P>
<P>(f) A thermometer well may be installed.
</P>
<P>(g) Only an approved gaging device may be installed.
</P>
<P>(h) A sump must be installed in the bottom of the tank under the liquid pipes.
</P>
<P>(i) All gaskets must be made of, or coated with, polytetrafluoroethylene or other approved material.
</P>
<P>(j) The tank car tank may be equipped with exterior cooling coils on top of the tank car shell.
</P>
<P>(k) The jacket must be stenciled, adjacent to the water capacity stencil,
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>MINIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE __ °F.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(l) The tank car and insulation must be designed to prevent the pressure of the lading from increasing from the pressure at the maximum allowable filling density to the start-to-discharge pressure of the pressure relief valve within 30 days, at an ambient temperature of 90° F.
</P>
<P>(m) Except as provided in § 173.314(d), tank cars built on or after March 16, 2009 used for the transportation of hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid, must meet the applicable authorized tank car specification listed in § 173.314(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 50441, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR 24317, June 12, 1984; 49 FR 42736, Oct. 24, 1984; Amdt. 179-45, 55 FR 52728, Dec. 21, 1990; 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75758, 75760, Dec. 31, 2003; 74 FR 1802, Jan. 13, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.103" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.103   Special requirements for class 114A * * * tank car tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the applicable requirements of §§ 179.100 and 179.101 the following requirements shall be complied with:
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.103-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.103-1   Type.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks built under this section may be of any approved cross section.
</P>
<P>(b) Any portion of the tank shell not circular in cross section shall have walls of such thickness and be so reinforced that the stresses in the walls caused by a given internal pressure are no greater than the circumferential stresses which would exist under the same internal pressure in the wall of a tank of circular cross section designed in accordance with paragraphs § 179.100-6 (a) and (b), but in no case shall the wall thickness be less than that specified in § 179.101.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) Valves and fittings need not be mounted on the manway cover.
</P>
<P>(e) One opening may be provided in each head for use in purging the tank interior.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-50, 60 FR 49077, Sept. 21, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.103-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.103-2   Manway cover.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The manway cover must be an approved design.
</P>
<P>(b) If no valves or measuring and sampling devices are mounted on manway cover, no protective housing is required.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-50, 60 FR 49077, Sept. 21, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.103-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.103-3   Venting, loading and unloading valves, measuring and sampling devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Venting, loading and unloading valves, measuring and sampling devices, when used, shall be attached to a nozzle or nozzles on the tank shell or heads.
</P>
<P>(b) These valves and appurtenances must be grouped in one location and, except as provided in § 179.103-5, must be equipped with a protective housing with cover, or may be recessed into tank shell with cover. An additional set grouped in another location may be provided. Protective housing with cover, when used, must have steel sidewalls not less than three-fourths inch in thickness and a metal cover not less than one-fourth inch in thickness that can be securely closed. Underframe sills are an acceptable alternate to the protective housing cover, provided the arrangement is of approved design. For fittings recessed into tank shell, protective cover must be metal and not less than one-fourth inch in thickness.
</P>
<P>(c) When tank car is used to transport liquefied flammable gases, the interior pipes of the loading, unloading, and sampling valves must be equipped with excess flow valves of approved design except when quick closing internal valves of approved design are used. When the interior pipe of the gaging device provides a means for the passage of lading from the interior to the exterior of the tank, it must be equipped with an excess flow valve of approved design or with an orifice not exceeding 0.060 inch.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21348, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.103-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.103-4   Safety relief devices and pressure regulators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Safety relief devices and pressure regulators must be located on top of the tank near the center of the car on a nozzle, mounting plate or recess in the shell. Through or stud bolts, if used, must not enter the tank.
</P>
<P>(b) Metal guard of approved design must be provided to protect safety relief devices and pressure regulators from damage.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21348, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.103-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.3.1.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.103-5   Bottom outlets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to or in place of the venting, loading and unloading valves, measuring and sampling devices as prescribed in § 179.103-3, tanks may be equipped with approved bottom outlet valves. If applied, bottom outlet valves must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) On cars with center sills, a ball valve may be welded to the outside bottom of the tank or mounted on a pad or nozzle with a tongue and groove or male and female flange attachment, but in no case shall the breakage groove or equivalent extend below the bottom flange of the center sill. On cars without continuous center sills, a ball valve may be welded to the outside bottom of the tank or mounted with a tongue and groove or male and female flange attachment on a pad attached to the outside bottom of the tank. The mounting pad must have a maximum thickness of 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches measured on the longitudinal centerline of the tank. The valve operating mechanism must be provided with a suitable locking arrangement to insure positive closure during transit.
</P>
<P>(2) When internal bottom outlet valve is used in liquefied flammable gas service, the outlet of the valve must be equipped with an excess flow valve of approved design, except when a quick-closing internal valve of approved design is used. Protective housing is not required.
</P>
<P>(3) Bottom outlet must be equipped with a liquid tight closure at its lower end.
</P>
<P>(b) Bottom outlet equipment must be of approved design and must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The extreme projection of the bottom outlet equipment may not be more than allowed by appendix E of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). All bottom outlet reducers and closures and their attachments shall be secured to the car by at least 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch chain, or its equivalent, except that bottom outlet closure plugs may be attached by 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch chain. When the bottom outlet closure is of the combination cap and valve type, the pipe connection to the valve shall be closed by a plug, cap, or approved quick coupling device. The bottom outlet equipment should include only the valve, reducers and closures that are necessary for the attachment of unloading fixtures. The permanent attachment of supplementary exterior fittings must be approved by the AAR Committee on Tank Cars.
</P>
<P>(2) To provide for the attachment of unloading connections, the discharge end of the bottom outlet nozzle or reducer, the valve body of the exterior valve, or some fixed attachment thereto, shall be provided with one of the following arrangements or an approved modification thereof. (See appendix E. Fig. E17 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars for illustrations of some of the possible arrangements.)
</P>
<P>(i) A bolted flange closure arrangement including a minimum 1-inch NPT pipe plug (see Fig. E17.1) or including an auxiliary valve with a threaded closure.
</P>
<P>(ii) A threaded cap closure arrangement including a minimum 1-inch NPT pipe plug (see Fig. E17.2) or including an auxiliary valve with a threaded closure.
</P>
<P>(iii) A quick-coupling device using a threaded plug closure of at least 1-inch NPT or having a threaded cap closure with a minimum 1-inch NPT pipe plug (see Fig. E17.3 through E17.5). A minimum 1-inch auxiliary test valve with a threaded closure may be substituted for the 1-inch pipe plug (see Fig E17.6). If the threaded cap closure does not have a pipe plug or integral auxiliary test valve, a minimum 1-inch NPT pipe plug shall be installed in the outlet nozzle above the closure (see Fig. E17.7).
</P>
<P>(iv) A two-piece quick-coupling device using a clamped dust cap must include an in-line auxiliary valve, either integral with the quick-coupling device or located between the primary bottom outlet valve and the quick-coupling device. The quick-coupling device closure dust cap or outlet nozzle shall be fitted with a minimum 1-inch NPT closure (see Fig. E17.8 and E17.9).
</P>
<P>(3) The valve operating mechanism must be provided with a suitable locking arrangement to insure positive closure during transit.
</P>
<P>(4) If the outlet nozzle extends 6 inches or more from shell of tank, a V-shaped breakage groove shall be cut (not cast) in the upper part to the outlet nozzle at a point immediately below the lowest part of value closest to the tank. In no case may the nozzle wall thickness at the roof of the “V” be more than 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch. On cars without continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent may not be more than 15 inches below the tank shell. On cars with continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be above the bottom of the center sill construction.
</P>
<P>(5) The valve body must be of a thickness which will insure that accidental breakage of the outlet nozzle will occur at or below the “V” groove, or its equivalent, and will not cause distortion of the valve seat or valve.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21348, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 179-40, 52 FR 13046, Apr. 20, 1987; Amdt. 179-41, 52 FR 36672, Sept. 30, 1987; Amdt. 179-50, 60 FR 49077, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28680, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 179-53, 61 FR 51342, Oct. 1, 1996; 66 FR 45186, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75761, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Specifications for Non-Pressure Tank Car Tanks (Classes DOT-111AW, 115AW, and 117AW)</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200   General specifications applicable to non-pressure tank car tanks (Class DOT-111, DOT-117).</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-1   Tank built under these specifications must meet the applicable requirements in this part.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-3   Type.</HEAD>
<P>Tank built under these specifications must be circular in cross section, with formed heads designed convex outward. When specified in § 179.201-1, the tank must have at least one manway or one expansion dome with manway, and such other external projections as are prescribed herein. When the tank is divided into compartments, each compartment must be treated as a separate tank.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21348, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-4   Insulation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If insulation is applied, the tank shell and expansion dome when used must be insulated with an approved material. The entire insulation must be covered with a metal jacket of a thickness not less than 11 gauge (0.1196 inch) nominal (Manufacturer's Standard Gauge) and flashed around all openings so as to be weather tight. The exterior surface of a carbon steel tank and the inside surface of a carbon steel jacket must be given a protection coating.
</P>
<P>(b) If insulation is a specification requirement, it shall be of sufficient thickness so that the thermal conductance at 60 °F is not more than 0.225 Btu per hour, per square foot, per degree F temperature differential, unless otherwise provided in § 179.201-1. If exterior heaters are attached to tank, the thickness of the insulation over each heater element may be reduced to one-half that required for the shell.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21349, Nov. 6, 1971; Amdt. 179-50, 60 FR 49078, Sept. 21, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-6   Thickness of plates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The wall thickness after forming of the tank shell, dome shell, and of 2:1 ellipsoidal heads must be not less than specified in § 179.201-1, nor that calculated by the following formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="27" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec13no91.032.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>d</I> = Inside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>E</I> = 0.9 Welded joint efficiency; except <I>E</I> = 1.0 for seamless heads;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>P</I> = Minimum required bursting pressure in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>S</I> = Minimum tensile strength of plate material in p.s.i. as prescribed in § 179.200-7;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>t</I> = Minimum thickness of plate in inches after forming.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The wall thickness after forming of 3:1 ellipsoidal heads must be not less than specified in § 179.201-1, nor that calculated by the following formula: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="27" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec13no91.033.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>d</I> = Inside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>E</I> = 0.9 Welded joint efficiency; except <I>E</I> = 1.0 for seamless heads;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>P</I> = Minimum required bursting pressure in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>S</I> = Minimum tensile strength of plate material in p.s.i. as prescribed in § 179.200-7;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>t</I> = Minimum thickness of plate in inches after forming.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) The wall thickness after forming of a flanged and dished head must be not less than specified in § 179.201-1, nor that calculated by the following formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="26" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec13no91.034.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>E</I> = 0.9 Welded joint efficiency; except <I>E</I> = 1.0 for seamless heads;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>L</I> = Main inside radius to which head is dished, measured on concave side in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>P</I> = Minimum required bursting pressure in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>S</I> = Minimum tensile strength of plate material in p.s.i. as prescribed in § 179.200-7;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>t</I> = Minimum thickness of plate in inches after forming.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) If plates are clad with material having tensile strength properties at least equal to the base plate, the cladding may be considered a part of the base plate when determining thickness. If cladding material does not have tensile strength at least equal to the base plate, the base plate alone must meet the thickness requirements.
</P>
<P>(e) For a tank constructed of longitudinal sections, the minimum width of bottom sheet of the tank must be 60 inches measured on the arc, but in all cases the width must be sufficient to bring the entire width of the longitudinal welded joint, including welds, above the bolster.
</P>
<P>(f) For a tank built of one piece cylindrical sections, the thickness specified for bottom sheet must apply to the entire cylindrical section.
</P>
<P>(g) See § 179.200-9 for thickness requirements for a compartmented tank.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21349, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended at 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-7   Materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Plate material used to fabricate the tank and, when used, expansion dome or manway nozzle material, must meet one of the following specifications with the indicated minimum tensile strength and elongation in the welded condition.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Carbon steel plate:</I> The maximum allowable carbon content must be 0.31 percent when the individual specification allows carbon content greater than this amount. The plates may be clad with other approved materials:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specifications 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">AAR TC 128, Gr. B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 516 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Minimum stresses to be used in calculations. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> This specification is incorporated by reference (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Aluminum alloy plate:</I> Aluminum alloy plate must be suitable for welding and comply with one of the following specifications (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter): 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specifications
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition 
<sup>3 4</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) 0 temper weld metal (longitudinal)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5052 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5083 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5086 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5154 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5254 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5454 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5652 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For fabrication, the parent plate material may be 0, H112, or H32 temper, but design calculations must be based on minimum tensile strength shown.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> 0 temper only.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Weld filler metal 5556 must not be used.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Maximum stresses to be used in calculations.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) <I>High alloy steel plate:</I> High alloy steel plate must comply with one of the following specifications:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specifications
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M (incorporated by reference; <E T="03">see</E> § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M (incorporated by reference; <E T="03">see</E> § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 304L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M (incorporated by reference; <E T="03">see</E> § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 316</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M (incorporated by reference; <E T="03">see</E> § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 316L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Maximum stresses to be used in calculations.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> High alloy steel materials used to fabricate tank and expansion dome, when used, must be tested in accordance with Practice A of ASTM Specification A 262 titled, “Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels” (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). If the specimen does not pass Practice A, Practice B or C must be used and the corrosion rates may not exceed the following:</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test procedure
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Corrosion rate i.p.m.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Practice B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Types 304, 304L, 316, and 316L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0040
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Practice C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type 304L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.0020
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Type 304L and Type 316L test specimens must be given a sensitizing treatment prior to testing. (A typical sensitizing treatment is 1 hour at 1250 F.)</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) <I>Nickel plate:</I> Nickel plate must comply with the following specification (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specifications 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum tensile strength (psi) welded condition 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 162 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(f) <I>Manganese-molybdenum steel plate:</I> Manganese-molybdenum steel plate must be suitable for fusion welding and comply with the following specification (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specifications
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 302, Gr. B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Maximum stresses to be used in calculations.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(g) All parts and items of construction in contact with the lading must be made of material compatible with plate material and not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading, or be coated or lined with suitable corrosion resistant material.
</P>
<P>(h) All external projections that may be in contact with the lading and all castings, forgings, or fabrications used for fittings or attachments to tank and expansion dome, when used, in contact with lading must be made of material to an approved specification. See AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix M, M4.05 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) for approved material specifications for castings for fittings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21349, Nov. 9, 1971; 36 FR 21893, Nov. 17, 1971, as amended by Amdt.179-28, 46 FR 49906, Oct. 8, 1981; Amdt. 179-40, 52 FR 13046, Apr. 20, 1987; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28680, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 45186, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75761, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-8   Tank heads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All external tank heads must be an ellipsoid of revolution in which the major axis must equal the diameter of the shell and the minor axis must be one-half the major axis.
</P>
<P>(b) Internal compartment tank heads may be 2:1 ellipsoidal, 3:1 ellipsoidal, or flanged and dished to thicknesses as specified in § 179.200-6. Flanged and dished heads must have main inside radius not exceeding 10 feet, and inside knuckle radius must not be less than 3
<FR>3/4</FR> inches for steel, alloy steel, or nickel tanks, and not less than 5 inches for aluminum alloy tanks.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21350, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-9   Compartment tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a tank is divided into compartments, by inserting interior heads, interior heads must be inserted in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix E, E7.00 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and must comply with the requirements specified in § 179.201-1. Voids between compartment heads must be provided with at least one tapped drain hole at their lowest point, and a tapped hole at the top of the tank. The top hole must be closed, and the bottom hole may be closed, with not less than three-fourths inch and not more than 1
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch solid pipe plugs having NPT threads. 
</P>
<P>(b) When the tank is divided into compartments by constructing each compartment as a separate tank, these tanks shall be joined together by a cylinder made of plate, having a thickness not less than that required for the tank shell and applied to the outside surface of tank head flanges. The cylinder shall fit the straight flange portion of the compartment tank head tightly. The cylinder shall contact the head flange for a distance of at least two times the plate thickness, or a minimum of 1 inch, whichever is greater. The cylinder shall be joined to the head flange by a full fillet weld. Distance from head seam to cylinder shall not be less than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or three times the plate thickness, whichever is greater. Voids created by the space between heads of tanks joined together to form a compartment tank shall be provided with a tapped drain hole at their lowest point and a tapped hole at top of tank. The top hole shall be closed and the bottom hole may be closed with solid pipe plugs not less than 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch nor more than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches having NPT threads.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21350, Nov. 6, 1971; 66 FR 45186, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75761, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-10" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-10   Welding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All joints shall be fusion-welded in compliance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Welding procedures, welders and fabricators shall be approved.
</P>
<P>(b) Welding is not permitted on or to ductile iron or malleable iron fittings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21350, Nov. 6, 1971; 68 FR 75761, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-11" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-11   Postweld heat treatment.</HEAD>
<P>When specified in § 179.201-1, after welding is complete, postweld heat treatment must be in compliance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 75761, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-13" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-13   Manway ring or flange, pressure relief device flange, bottom outlet nozzle flange, bottom washout nozzle flange and other attachments and openings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) These attachments shall be fusion welded to the tank and reinforced in an approved manner in compliance with the requirements of appendix E, figure 10, of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(b) The opening in the manway ring must be at least 16 inches in diameter except that acid resistant lined manways must be at least 18 inches in diameter before lining.
</P>
<P>(c) The manway ring or flange, shall be made of cast, forged or fabricated metal. The metal of the dome, tank, or nozzle must be compatible with the manway ring or flange, so that they may be welded together.
</P>
<P>(d) The openings for the manway or other fittings shall be reinforced in an approved manner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-40, 52 FR 13047, Apr. 20, 1987, as amended at 68 FR 75761, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-14" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-14   Expansion capacity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks shall have expansion capacity as prescribed in this subchapter. This capacity shall be provided in the tank for Class DOT-111A cars, or in a dome for Class DOT-103 and 104 type cars.
</P>
<P>(b) For tank cars having an expansion dome, the expansion capacity is the total capacity of the tank and dome combined. The capacity of the dome shall be measured from the inside top of shell of tank to the inside top of dome or bottom of any vent pipe projecting inside of dome, except that when a pressure relief device is applied to side of dome, the effective capacity of the dome shall be measured from top of the pressure relief device opening inside of dome to inside top of shell of tank.
</P>
<P>(c) The opening in the tank shell within the dome shall be at least 29 inches in diameter. When the opening in the tank shell exceeds 30 inches in diameter, the opening shall be reinforced in an approved manner. This additional reinforcement may be accomplished by the use of a dome opening of the flued-type as shown in appendix E, Figure E 10C of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars or by the use of reinforcing as outlined in Appendix E, E3.04 and Figures E10K and E10L. When the opening in the tank shell is less than the inside diameter of the dome, and the dome pocket is not closed off in an approved manner, dome pocket drain holes shall be provided in the tank shell with nipples projecting inside the tank at least 1 inch.
</P>
<P>(d) The dome head shall be of approved contour and shall be designed for pressure on concave side.
</P>
<P>(e) Aluminum alloy domes: (1) The dome shell thickness shall be calculated by the formula in § 179.200-6(a).
</P>
<P>(2) The dome head may be an ellipsoid of revolution in which the major axis shall be equal to the diameter of the dome shell and the minor axis shall be one-half the major axis. The thickness in this case shall be determined by using formula in § 179.200-6(a).
</P>
<P>(3) The dome head, if dished, must be dished to a radius not exceeding 96 inches. Thickness of dished dome head must be calculated by the formula in § 179.200-6(c).
</P>
<P>(4) Tank shell shall be reinforced by the addition of a plate equal to or greater than shell in thickness and the cross sectional area shall exceed metal removed for dome opening, or tank shell shall be reinforced by a seamless saddle plate equal to or greater than shell in thickness and butt welded to tank shell. The reinforcing saddle plate shall be provided with a fluid opening having a vertical flange of the diameter of the dome for butt welding shell of dome to the flange. The reinforcing saddle plate shall extend about the dome a distance measured along shell of tank at least equal to the extension at top of tank. Other approved designs may be used.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21350, Nov. 6, 1971; Amdt. 179-28, 46 FR 49906, Oct. 8, 1981; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28680, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 45186, 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48571, Aug. 14, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-15" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-15   Closures for manways.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Manway covers must be of approved type.
</P>
<P>(b) Manway covers shall be designed to provide a secure closure of the manway.
</P>
<P>(c) Manway covers must be of approved cast, forged, or fabricated metals. Malleable iron, if used, must comply with ASTM A 47 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), Grade 35018. Cast iron manway covers must not be used. 
</P>
<P>(d) All joints between manway covers and their seats shall be made tight against leakage of vapor and liquid by use of gaskets of suitable material.
</P>
<P>(e) For other manway cover requirements see § 179.201-1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21350, Nov. 6, 1971; Amdt. 179-37, 50 FR 11066, Mar. 19, 1985; 68 FR 75762, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-16" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-16   Gauging devices, top loading and unloading devices, venting and air inlet devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When installed, these devices shall be of an approved design which will prevent interchange with any other fixture, and be tightly closed. Unloading pipes shall be securely anchored within the tank. Each tank or compartment may be equipped with one separate air connection.
</P>
<P>(b) When the characteristics of the commodity for which the car is authorized are such that these devices must be equipped with valves or fittings to permit the loading and unloading of the contents, these devices, including valves, shall be of an approved design, and be provided with a protective housing except when plug or ball type valves with operating handles removed are used. Provision shall be made for closing pipe connections of valves.
</P>
<P>(c) A tank may be equipped with a vacuum relief valve of an approved design. Protective housing is not required.
</P>
<P>(d) When using a visual gauging device on a car with a hinged manway cover, an outage scale visible through the manway opening shall be provided. If loading devices are applied to permit tank loading with cover closed, a telltale pipe may be provided. Telltale pipe shall be capable of determining that required outage is provided. Pipe shall be equipped with 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch minimum NPT control valve mounted outside tank and enclosed within a housing. Other approved devices may be used in lieu of outage scale or telltale pipe.
</P>
<P>(e) Bottom of tank shell may be equipped with a sump or siphon bowl, or both, welded or pressed into the shell. Such sumps or siphon bowls, if applied are not limited in size and must be made of cast, forged, or fabricated metal. Each sump or siphon bowl must be of good welding quality in conjunction with the metal of the tank shell. When sump or siphon bowl is pressed in the bottom of the tank shell, the wall thickness of the pressed section must not be less than that specified for the shell. The section of a circular cross section tank to which a sump or siphon bowl is attached need not comply with the out-of-roundness requirement specified in appendix W, W14.06, of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. Any portion of a sump or siphon bowl not forming a part of a cylinder of revolution must have walls of such thickness and be so reinforced that the stresses in the walls caused by a given internal pressure are not greater than the circumferential stress which would exist under the same internal pressure in the wall of a tank of circular cross section designed in accordance with § 179.200-6 (a) and (d). In no case shall the wall thickness be less than that specified in § 179.201-1.
</P>
<P>(f) When top loading and discharge devices, or venting and air inlet devices are installed with exposed piping to a removed location, shutoff valves must be applied directly to reinforcing pads or nozzles at their communication through the tank shell, and must be enclosed in a protective housing with provision for a seal. The piping must include breakage grooves, and suitable bracing. Relief valves must be applied to liquid lines for protection in case lading is trapped. Provision must be made to insure closure of the valves while the car is in transit.
</P>
<P>(g) Protective housing, when required, must be fabricated of approved material and have cover and sidewalls not less than 0.119 inch in thickness.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21350, Nov. 6, 1971; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28680, June 5, 1996; 69 FR 54047, Sept. 7, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-17" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-17   Bottom outlets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If indicated in § 179.201-1, tank may be equipped with bottom outlet. Bottom outlet, if applied, must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The extreme projection of the bottom outlet equipment may not be more than that allowed by appendix E of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). All bottom outlet reducers and closures and their attachments shall be secured to the car by at least 
<FR>3/8</FR>-inch chain, or its equivalent, except that the bottom outlet closure plugs may be attached by 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch chain. When the bottom outlet closure is of the combination cap and valve type, the pipe connection to the valve shall be closed by a plug, cap, or approved quick coupling device. The bottom outlet equipment should include only the valve, reducers and closures that are necessary for the attachment of unloading fixtures. The permanent attachment of supplementary exterior fittings shall be approved by the AAR Committee on Tank Cars.
</P>
<P>(2) Bottom outlet must be of approved construction, and be provided with a liquid-tight closure at its lower end.
</P>
<P>(3) On cars with center sills, a ball valve may be welded to the outside bottom of the tank or mounted on a pad or nozzle with a tongue and groove or male and female flange attachment. In no case shall the breakage groove or equivalent extend below the bottom flange of the center sill. On cars without continuous center sills, a ball valve may be welded to the outside bottom of the tank or mounted with a tongue and groove or male and female flange attachment on a pad attached to the outside bottom of the tank. The mounting pad must have a maximum thickness of 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches measured on the longitudinal centerline of the tank. The valve operating mechanism must be provided with a suitable locking arrangement to insure positive closure during transit.
</P>
<P>(4) The valve operating mechanism for valves applied to the interior of the tank, and outlet nozzle construction, must insure against the unseating of the valve due to stresses or shocks incident to transportation.
</P>
<P>(5) Bottom outlet nozzle of interior valves and the valve body of exterior valves, must be of cast, fabricated, or forged metal. If welded to tank, they must be of good weldable quality in conjunction with metal of tank.
</P>
<P>(6) To provide for the attachment of unloading connections, the discharge end of the bottom outlet nozzle or reducer, the valve body of the exterior valve, or some fixed attachment thereto, shall be provided with one of the following arrangements or an approved modification thereof. (See appendix E. Fig. E17 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars for illustrations of some of the possible arrangements.)
</P>
<P>(i) A bolted flange closure arrangement including a minimum 1-inch NPT pipe plug (see Fig. E17.1) or including an auxiliary valve with a threaded closure.
</P>
<P>(ii) A threaded cap closure arrangement including a minimum 1-inch NPT pipe plug (see Fig. E17.2) or including an auxiliary valve with a threaded closure.
</P>
<P>(iii) A quick-coupling device using a threaded plug closure of at least 1-inch NPT or having a threaded cap closure with a minimum 1-inch NPT pipe plug (see Fig. E17.3 through E17.5). A minimum 1-inch auxiliary test valve with a threaded closure may be substituted for the 1-inch pipe plug (see Fig. E17.6). If the threaded cap closure does not have a pipe plug or integral auxiliary test valve, a minimum 1-inch NPT pipe plug shall be installed in the outlet nozzle above the closure (see Fig. E17.7).
</P>
<P>(iv) A two-piece quick-coupling device using a clamped dust cap must include an in-line auxiliary valve, either integral with the quick-coupling device or located between the primary bottom outlet valve and the quick-coupling device. The quick-coupling device closure dust cap or outlet nozzle shall be fitted with a minimum 1-inch NPT closure (see Fig. E17.8 and E17.9).
</P>
<P>(7) If the outlet nozzle extends 6 inches or more from the shell of the tank, a V-shaped breakage groove shall be cut (not cast) in the upper part of the outlet nozzle at a point immediately below the lowest part of valve closest to the tank. In no case may the nozzle wall thickness at the root of the “V” be more than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch. The outlet nozzle on interior valves or the valve body on exterior valves may be steam jacketed, in which case the breakage groove or its equivalent must be below the steam chamber but above the bottom of center sill construction. If the outlet nozzle is not a single piece, or if exterior valves are applied, provisions shall be made for the equivalent of the breakage groove. On cars without continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be no more than 15 inches below the tank shell. On cars with continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be above the bottom of the center sill construction.
</P>
<P>(8) The flange on the outlet nozzle or the valve body of exterior valves must be of a thickness which will prevent distortion of the valve seat or valve by any change in contour of the shell resulting from expansion of lading, or other causes, and which will insure that accidental breakage of the outlet nozzle will occur at or below the “V” groove, or its equivalent.
</P>
<P>(9) The valve must have no wings or stem projecting below the “V” groove or its equivalent. The valve and seat must be readily accessible or removable for repairs, including grinding.
</P>
<P>(10) The valve operating mechanism on interior valves must have means for compensating for variation in the vertical diameter of the tank produced by expansion, weight of the liquid contents, or other causes, and may operate from the interior of the tank, but in the event the rod is carried through the dome, or tank shell, leakage must be prevented by packing in stuffing box or other suitable seals and a cap.
</P>
<P>(b) If indicated in § 179.201-1, tank may be equipped with bottom washout of approved construction. If applied, bottom washout shall be in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The extreme projection of the bottom washout equipment may not be more than that allowed by appendix E of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars.
</P>
<P>(2) Bottom washout shall be of cast, forged or fabricated metal. If welded to tank, they shall be of good weldable quality in conjunction with metal of tank.
</P>
<P>(3) If the washout nozzle extends 6 inches or more from the shell of the tank, a V-shaped breakage groove shall be cut (not cast) in the upper part of the nozzle at a point immediately below the lowest part of the inside closure seat or plug. In no case may the nozzle wall thickness at the root of the “V” be more than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch. Where the nozzle is not a single piece, provisions shall be made for the equivalent of the breakage groove. The nozzle must be of a thickness to insure that accidental breakage will occur at or below the “V” groove or its equivalent. On cars without continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent may not be more than 15 inches below the outer shell. On cars with continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be above the bottom of the center sill construction.
</P>
<P>(4) The closure plug and seat must be readily accessible or removable for repairs, including grinding.
</P>
<P>(5) The closure of the washout nozzle must be equipped with a 
<FR>3/4</FR>-inch solid screw plug. Plug must be attached by at least a 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch chain.
</P>
<P>(6) Joints between closures and their seats may be gasketed with suitable material.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21351, Nov. 6, 1971; Amdt. 179-40, 52 FR 13047, Apr. 20, 1987; 68 FR 75762, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-19" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-19   Reinforcements, when used, and appurtenances not otherwise specified.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All attachments to tank and dome shall be applied by approved means. Rivets if used shall be caulked inside and outside.
</P>
<P>(b) Reinforcing pads must be used between external brackets and shells if the attachment welds exceed 6 lineal inches of 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch fillet or equivalent weld per bracket or bracket leg. When reinforcing pads are used, they must not be less than one-fourth inch in thickness, have each corner rounded to a 1 inch minimum radius, and be attached to the tank by continuous fillet welds except for venting provisions. The ultimate shear strength of the bracket to reinforcing pad weld must not exceed 85 percent of the ultimate shear strength of the reinforcing pad to tank weld.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21351, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-21" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-21   Closures for openings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All plugs shall be solid, with NPT threads, and shall be of a length which will screw at least 6 threads inside the face of fitting or tank. Plugs, when inserted from the outside of tank heads, shall have the letter “S” at least 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch in size stamped with steel stamp or cast on the outside surface to indicate the plug is solid.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-22" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-22   Test of tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each tank shall be tested by completely filling the tank and dome or nozzles with water, or other liquid having similar viscosity, of a temperature which shall not exceed 100 °F. during the test; and applying the pressure prescribed in § 179.201-1. Tank shall hold the prescribed pressure for at least 10 minutes without leakage or evidence of distress. All rivets and closures, except safety relief valves or safety vents, shall be in place when test is made.
</P>
<P>(b) Insulated tanks shall be tested before insulation is applied.
</P>
<P>(c) Rubber-lined tanks shall be tested before rubber lining is applied.
</P>
<P>(d) Caulking of welded joints to stop leaks developed during the foregoing tests is prohibited. Repairs in welded joints shall be made as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964, as amended at 68 FR 75762, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-23" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-23   Tests of pressure relief valves.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each valve shall be tested by air or gas for compliance with § 179.15 before being put into service.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, as amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.200-24" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.200-24   Stamping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To certify that the tank complies with all specification requirements, each tank shall be plainly and permanently stamped in letters and figures at least 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch high into the metal near the center of both outside heads as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Example of required stamping
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Specification</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-111A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Material</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ASTM A 516-GR 70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cladding material (if any)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ASTM A240-304 Clad
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tank builder's initials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ABC
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Date of original test</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">00-0000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Car assembler (if other than tank builder)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DEF</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) On Class DOT-111 tank cars, the last numeral of the specification number may be omitted from the stamping; for example, DOT-111A100W.
</P>
<P>(c) After July 25, 2012, newly constructed DOT tank cars must have their DOT specification and other required information stamped plainly and permanently on stainless steel identification plates in conformance with the applicable requirements prescribed in § 179.24(a). Tank cars built before July 25, 2012, may have the identification plates instead of or in addition to the head stamping.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21351, Nov. 6, 1971; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28680, June 5, 1996; 68 FR 48571, Aug. 14, 2003; 77 FR 37985, June 25, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.201" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.201   Individual specification requirements applicable to non-pressure tank car tanks.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.201-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.201-1   Individual specification requirements.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to § 179.200, the individual specification requirements are as follows:

</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">DOT Specification 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Insulation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bursting pressure (psig)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum plate
<br/>thickness (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test
<br/>pressure (psig)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bottom
<br/>outlet
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bottom
<br/>washout
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">References (179.201 - ***)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A60ALW1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6(a).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A60ALW2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A60W1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6(a).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A60W2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A60W5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3, 6(b).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A60W6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 5, 6(a), 6(c).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A60W7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 5, 6(a).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A100ALW1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6(a).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A100ALW2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A100W1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6(a).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A100W2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A100W3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6(a).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A100W4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes (see 179.201-11)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6(a), 8, 10.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A100W5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A100W6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 5, 6(a) and 6(c).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111A100W7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 5, 6(c).
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Tanks marked “ALW” are constructed from aluminum alloy plate; “AN” nickel plate; “CW,” “DW,” “EW,” “W6,” and “W7” high alloy steel or manganese-molybdenum steel plate; and those marked “BW” or “W5” must have an interior lining that conforms to § 179.201-3.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28680, June 5, 1996, as amended by 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48571, Aug. 14, 2003]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.201-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.201-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.201-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.201-3   Lined tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Rubber-lined tanks.</I> (1) Each tank or each compartment thereof must be lined with acid-resistant rubber or other approved rubber compound vulcanized or bonded directly to the metal tank, to provide a nonporous laminated lining, at least 
<FR>5/32</FR>-inch thick, except overall rivets and seams formed by riveted attachments in the lining must be double thickness. The rubber lining must overlap at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches at all edges which must be straight and be beveled to an angle of approximately 45°, or butted edges of lining must be sealed with a 3-inch minimum strip of lining having 45° beveled edges.
</P>
<P>(2) As an alternate method, the lining may be joined with a skived butt seam then capped with a separate strip of lining 3 inches wide having 45° beveled edges. An additional rubber reinforcing pad at least 4
<FR>1/2</FR> feet square and at least 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch thick must be applied by vulcanizing to the lining on bottom of tank directly under the manway opening. The edges of the rubber pad must be beveled to an angle of approximately 45°. An opening in this pad for sump is permitted. No lining must be under tension when applied except due to conformation over rivet heads. Interior of tank must be free from scale, oxidation, moisture, and all foreign matter during the lining operation.
</P>
<P>(3) Other approved lining materials may be used provided the material is resistant to the corrosive or solvent action of the lading in the liquid or gas phase and is suitable for the service temperatures.
</P>
<P>(b) Before a tank car tank is lined with rubber, or other rubber compound, a report certifying that the tank and its equipment have been brought into compliance with spec. DOT-111A60W5 or 111A100W5 must be furnished by car owner to the party who is to apply the lining. A copy of this report in approved form, certifying that tank has been lined in compliance with all requirements of one of the above specifications, must be furnished by party lining tank to car owner. Reports of the latest lining application must be retained by the car owner until the next relining has been accomplished and recorded.
</P>
<P>(c) All rivet heads on inside of tank must be buttonhead, or similar shape, and of uniform size. The under surface of heads must be driven tight against the plate. All plates, castings and rivet heads on the inside of the tank must be calked. All projecting edges of plates, castings and rivet heads on the inside of the tank must be rounded and free from fins and other irregular projections. Castings must be free from porosity.
</P>
<P>(d) All surfaces of attachments or fittings and their closures exposed to the lading must be covered with at least 
<FR>1/8</FR>-inch acid resistant material. Attachments made of metal not affected by the lading need not be covered with rubber or other acid resistant material.
</P>
<P>(e) Hard rubber or polyvinyl chloride may be used for pressure retaining parts of safety vents provided the material is resistant to the corrosive or solvent action of the lading in the liquid or gas phase and is suitable for the service temperatures.
</P>
<P>(f) Polyvinyl chloride lined tanks. Tank car tanks or each compartment thereof may be lined with elastomeric polyvinyl chloride having a minimum lining thickness of three thirty-seconds inch.
</P>
<P>(g) Polyurethane lined tanks. Tank car tanks or each compartment thereof may be lined with elastomeric polyurethane having a minimum lining thickness of one-sixteenth inch.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21352, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended at 66 FR 45186, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48571, Aug. 14, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.201-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.201-4   Material.</HEAD>
<P>All fittings, tubes, and castings and all projections and their closures, except for protective housing, must also meet the requirements specified in ASTM A 262 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), except that when preparing the specimen for testing the carburized surface may be finished by grinding or machining.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 75762, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.201-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.201-5   Postweld heat treatment and corrosion resistance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks and attachments welded directly thereto must be postweld heat treated as a unit at the proper temperature except as indicated below. Tanks and attachments welded directly thereto fabricated from ASTM A 240/A 240M (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) Type 430A, Type 304 and Type 316 materials must be postweld heat treated as a unit and must be tested to demonstrate that they possess the corrosion resistance specified in § 179.200-7(d), Footnote 2. Tanks and attachments welded directly thereto, fabricated from ASTM A 240/A 240M Type 304L or Type 316L materials are not required to be postweld heat treated. 
</P>
<P>(b) Tanks and attachments welded directly thereto, fabricated from ASTM A 240/A 240M Type 304L and Type 316 materials must be tested to demonstrate that they possess the corrosion resistance specified in § 179.200-7(d), Footnote 2.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 75762, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.201-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.201-6   Manways and manway closures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The manway cover for spec. DOT 104W, 111A60ALW1, 111A60W1, 111A100ALW1, 111A100W1, 111A100W3, or 111A100W6 must be designed to make it impossible to remove the cover while the interior of the tank is subjected to pressure.
</P>
<P>(b) The manway cover for spec. DOT 111A60W5, or 111A100W5 must be made of a suitable metal. The top, bottom and edge of manway cover must be acid resistant material covered as prescribed in § 179.201-3. Through-bolt holes must be lined with acid resistant material at least one-eighth inch in thickness. A manway cover made of metal not affected by the lading need not be acid resistant material covered.
</P>
<P>(c) The manway ring and cover for specifications DOT-103CW, 103DW, 103EW, 111A60W7, or 111A100W6 must be made of the metal and have the same inspection procedures specified in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix M, M3.03 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 83403, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.201-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.201-8   Sampling device and thermometer well.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Sampling valve and thermometer well are not specification requirements. When used, they must be of approved design, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by lading, and must withstand a pressure of 100 psig without leakage. Interior pipes of the sampling valve must be equipped with excess flow valves of an approved design. Interior pipe of thermometer well must be closed by an approved valve attached close to fitting where it passes through the tank and closed by a screw plug. Other approved arrangements that permit testing thermometer well for leaks without complete removal of the closure may be used.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21348, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended at 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.201-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.201-9   Gauging device.</HEAD>
<P>A gauging device of an approved design must be applied to permit determining the liquid level of the lading. The gauging device must be made of materials not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading. When the interior pipe of the gauging device provides a means for passage of the lading from the interior to the exterior of the tank, it must be equipped with an excess flow valve of an approved design. If the opening for passage of lading through the gauging device is not more than 0.060 inch diameter an excess flow valve is not required. The gauging device must be provided with a protective housing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21353, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.201-10" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.201-10   Water capacity marking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Water capacity of the tank in pounds stamped plainly and permanently in letters and figures at least 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch high into the metal of the tank immediately below the stamped marks specified in § 179.200-24(a). This mark shall also be stenciled on the jacket immediately below the dome platform and directly behind or within 3 feet of the right or left side of the ladder, or ladders, if there is a ladder on each side of the tank, in letters and figures at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches high as follows:
</P>
<HD1>water capacity
</HD1>
<HD3>000000 Pounds
</HD3>
<P>(b) After July 25, 2012, authorized DOT non-pressure tank cars that comply with this section and are equipped with stainless steel identification plates may have the water capacity of the tank in pounds prescribed in the first sentence of paragraph (a) of this section stamped plainly and permanently on their identification plate in conformance with the applicable marking requirements prescribed in § 179.24(a) instead of into the metal of the tank or immediately below the stamped marks specified in § 179.200-24(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967. Amended at 77 FR 37985, June 25, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.201-11" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.201-11   Insulation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Insulation shall be of sufficient thickness so that the thermal conductance at 60 °F. is not more than 0.075 Btu per hour, per square foot, per degree F. temperature differential.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.202" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.202   Individual specification requirements applicable to DOT-117 tank car tanks.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.202-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.202-1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>Each tank built under these specifications must conform to the general requirements of § 179.200 and the prescriptive standards in §§ 179.202-1 through 179.202-11, or the performance standard requirements of § 179.202-12.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 26749, May 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.202-2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.202-2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.202-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.202-3   Approval to operate at 286,000 gross rail load (GRL).</HEAD>
<P>A tank car may be loaded to a gross weight on rail of up to 286,000 pounds (129,727 kg) upon approval by the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration (FRA). See § 179.13.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 26749, May 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.202-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.202-4   Thickness of plates.</HEAD>
<P>The wall thickness after the forming of the tank shell and heads must be, at a minimum, 9/16 of an inch AAR TC-128 Grade B, normalized steel, in accordance with § 179.200-7(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 26749, May 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.202-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.202-5   Tank head puncture resistance system.</HEAD>
<P>The DOT-117 specification tank car must have a tank head puncture resistance system in conformance with § 179.16(c). The full height head shields must have a minimum thickness of 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 26749, May 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.202-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.202-6   Thermal protection system.</HEAD>
<P>The DOT Specification 117 tank car must have a thermal protection system. The thermal protection system must:
</P>
<P>(a) Conform to § 179.18 of this part;
</P>
<P>(b) Be equipped with a thermal protection blanket with at least 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch-thick material that meets § 179.18(c) of this part; and
</P>
<P>(c) Include a reclosing pressure relief device in accordance with § 173.31 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 53957, Aug. 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.202-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.202-7   Jackets.</HEAD>
<P>The entire thermal protection system must be covered with a metal jacket of a thickness not less than 11 gauge A1011 steel or equivalent; and flashed around all openings so as to be weather tight. A protective coating must be applied to the exterior surface of a carbon steel tank and the inside surface of a carbon steel jacket.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 26749, May 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.202-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.202-8   Bottom outlets.</HEAD>
<P>If the tank car is equipped with a bottom outlet, the handle must be removed prior to train movement or be designed with protection safety system(s) to prevent unintended actuation during train accident scenarios.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 26749, May 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.202-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.202-9   Top fittings protection.</HEAD>
<P>The tank car tank must be equipped with top fittings protection conforming to AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix E paragraph 10.2.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 26749, May 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.202-11" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.202-11   Individual specification requirements.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to § 179.200, the individual specification requirements are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">DOT specification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Insulation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bursting
<br/>pressure
<br/>(psig)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum plate thickness
<br/>(Inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test pressure
<br/>(psig)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bottom outlet
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">117A100W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">9/16</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 26749, May 8, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.202-12" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.202-12   Performance standard requirements (DOT-117P).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Approval.</I> Design, testing, and modeling results must be reviewed and approved by the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Approval to operate at 286,000 gross rail load (GRL).</I> In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, a tank car may be loaded to a gross weight on rail of up to 286,000 pounds (129,727 kg) upon approval by the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration (FRA). See § 179.13.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Puncture resistance.</I> (1) Minimum side impact speed: 12 mph when impacted at the longitudinal and vertical center of the shell by a rigid 12-inch by 12-inch indenter with a weight of 286,000 pounds.
</P>
<P>(2) Minimum head impact speed: 18 mph when impacted at the center of the head by a rigid 12-inch by 12-inch indenter with a weight of 286,000 pounds.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Thermal protection systems.</I> The tank car must be equipped with a thermal protection system. The thermal protection system must be equivalent to the performance standard prescribed in § 179.18 and include a reclosing pressure relief device in accordance with § 173.31 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Bottom outlet.</I> If the tank car is equipped with a bottom outlet, the handle must be removed prior to train movement or be designed with protection safety system(s) to prevent unintended actuation during train accident scenarios.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Top fittings protection.</I> The tank car tank must be equipped with top fittings protection conforming to AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix E paragraph 10.2.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 26749, May 8, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 53957, Aug. 15, 2016; 83 FR 48401, Sept. 25, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.202-13" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.202-13   Retrofit standard requirements (DOT-117R).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> Each tank retrofit under these specifications must conform to the general requirements of § 179.200 and the prescriptive standards in § 179.202-13, or the performance standard requirements of § 179.202-12.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Approval to operate at 286,000 gross rail load (GRL).</I> A tank car may be loaded to a gross weight on rail of up to 286,000 pounds (129,727 kg) upon approval by the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration (FRA). See § 179.13.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Thickness of plates.</I> The wall thickness after forming of the tank shell and heads must be, at a minimum, 7/16 of an inch, and constructed with steel authorized by the HMR at the time of construction.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Tank head puncture resistance system.</I> The DOT-117R specification tank car must have a tank head puncture resistance system in conformance with § 179.16(c). The full height head shields must have a minimum thickness of 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Thermal protection system.</I> (1) The DOT Specification 117R tank car must have a thermal protection system. The thermal protection system must conform to § 179.18 of this part and include a reclosing pressure relief device in accordance with § 173.31 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) A non-jacketed tank car modified to the DOT Specification 117R must be equipped with a thermal protection blanket with at least 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch-thick material that meets § 179.18(c) of this part.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Jackets.</I> The entire thermal protection system must be covered with a metal jacket of a thickness not less than 11 gauge A1011 steel or equivalent; and flashed around all openings so as to be weather tight. The exterior surface of a carbon steel tank and the inside surface of a carbon steel jacket must be given a protective coating.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Bottom outlets.</I> If the tank car is equipped with a bottom outlet, the handle must be removed prior to train movement or be designed with protection safety system(s) to prevent unintended actuation during train accident scenarios.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Top fittings protection</I>—(1) <I>Protective housing.</I> Except as provided in §§ 179.202-13(h)(2) and (3) of this paragraph, top fittings on DOT Specification 117R tank cars must be located inside a protective housing not less than 1/2-inch in thickness and constructed of a material having a tensile strength not less than 65 kpsi and must conform to all of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The protective housing must have a height exceeding the tallest valve or fitting which requires protection and the height of a valve or fitting within the protective housing must be kept to the minimum size compatible to allow for proper operation.
</P>
<P>(ii) The protective housing or cover may not reduce the flow capacity of a pressure relief device below the minimum required.
</P>
<P>(iii) The protective housing must provide a means of drainage with a minimum flow area equivalent to six (6) 1-inch diameter weep holes.
</P>
<P>(iv) When connected to the nozzle or fitting cover plate, and subject to a horizontal force applied perpendicular to and uniformly over the projected plane of the protective housing, the tensile connection strength of the protective housing must be designed to be—
</P>
<P>(A) no greater than 70 percent of the nozzle to tank tensile connection strength;
</P>
<P>(B) no greater than 70 percent of the cover plate to nozzle connection strength; and
</P>
<P>(C) no less than either 40 percent of the nozzle to tank tensile connection strength or the shear strength of twenty (20) 12-inch bolts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure relief devices.</I> (i) The pressure relief device(s) must be located inside the protective housing, unless space does not allow for placement within a housing. If multiple pressure relief devices are installed, no more than one (1) may be located outside of a protective housing.
</P>
<P>(ii) The height of a pressure relief device located outside of a protective housing in accordance with paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this section may not exceed the tank car jacket by more than 12 inches.
</P>
<P>(iii) The highest point of a closure of any unused pressure relief device nozzle may not exceed the tank car jacket by more than six (6) inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Alternative.</I> As an alternative to the protective housing requirements in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, the tank car may be equipped with a system that prevents the release of contents from any top fitting under accident conditions where any top fitting may be sheared off.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 26749, May 8, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 53957, Aug. 15, 2016; 83 FR 48401, Sept. 25, 2018; 85 FR 83403, Dec. 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 179.203—179.202-22" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 179.203--179.202-22   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220   General specifications applicable to nonpressure tank car tanks consisting of an inner container supported within an outer shell (class DOT-115).</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-1   Tanks built under these specifications must meet the requirements of §§ 179.220 and 179.221.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-3   Type.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks built under these specifications must consist of an inner container, a support system for the inner container, and an outer shell.
</P>
<P>(b) The inner container must be a fusion welded tank of circular cross section with formed heads designed convex outward and must have a manway on top of the tank as prescribed herein. When the inner container is divided into compartments, each compartment must be considered a separate container.
</P>
<P>(c) The outer shell must be a fusion welded tank with formed heads designed convex outward.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21340, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-4   Insulation.</HEAD>
<P>The annular space between the inner container and the outer shell must contain an approved insulation material.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21340, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-6   Thickness of plates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The wall thickness, after forming of the inner container shell and 2:1 ellipsoidal heads must be not less than specified in § 179.221-1, or not less than that calculated by the following formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="27" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec13no91.035.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>d</I> = Inside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>E</I> = 0.9 welded joint efficiency; except <I>E</I> = 1.0 for seamless heads;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>P</I> = Minimum required bursting pressure in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>S</I> = Minimum tensile strength of plate material in p.s.i. as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix M, Table M1;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>t</I> = Minimum thickness of plate in inches after forming.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The wall thickness after forming of the inner container heads, if flanged and dished, must be not less than specified in § 179.221-1, or not less than that calculated by the following formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="26" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec13no91.036.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>E</I> = 0.9 welded joint efficiency; except <I>E</I> = 1.0 for seamless heads;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>L</I> = Main inside radius to which head is dished, measured on concave side in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>P</I> = Minimum required bursting pressure in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>S</I> = Minimum tensile strength of plate material in psi as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix M, Table M1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter);
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>t</I> = Minimum thickness of plate in inches after forming.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) The wall thickness after forming of the cylindrical section and heads of the outer shell must be not less than seven-sixteenths of an inch.
</P>
<P>(d) See § 179.220-9 for plate thickness requirements for inner container when divided into compartments.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21340, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended at 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75762, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-7   Materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The plate material used to fabricate the inner container and nozzles must meet one of the following specifications and with the indicated minimum tensile strength and elongation in the welded condition.
</P>
<P>(b) Carbon steel plate: The maximum allowable carbon content must be 0.31 percent when the individual specification allows carbon content greater than this amount. The plates may be clad with other approved materials.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specifications 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">AAR TC 128, Gr. B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 516 
<sup>2</sup>, Gr. 70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Maximum stresses to be used in calculations. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> This specification is incorporated by reference (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Aluminum alloy plate:</I> Aluminum alloy plate must be suitable for welding and comply with one of the following specifications (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter): * * *
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specifications
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition
<sup>3 4</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5052 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5083 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5086 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5154 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5254 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5454 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM B 209, Alloy 5652 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For fabrication, the parent plate material may be 0 H112, or H32 temper, but design calculations must be based on the minimum tensile strength shown.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> 0 temper only.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Weld filler metal 5556 must not be used.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Maximum stresses to be used in calculations.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) High alloy steel plate: High alloy steel plate must comply with one of the following specifications (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specifications
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M (incorporated by reference; <E T="03">see</E> § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M (incorporated by reference; <E T="03">see</E> § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 304L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M (incorporated by reference; <E T="03">see</E> § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 316</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M (incorporated by reference; <E T="03">see</E> § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 316L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Maximum stresses to be used in calculations.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) Manganese-molybdenum steel plate: Manganese-molybdenum steel plate must be suitable for fusion welding and must comply with the following specification (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specifications
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 302, Gr. B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Maximum stresses to be used in calculations.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(f) Plate materials used to fabricate the outer shell and heads must be those listed in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section. The maximum allowable carbon content must be 0.31 percent when the individual specification allows carbon content greater than this amount. The plates may be clad with other approved materials.
</P>
<P>(g) All appurtenances on the inner container in contact with the lading must be made of approved material compatible with the plate material of the inner container. These appurtenances must not be subject to rapid deterioration by the lading, or must be coated or lined with suitable corrosion resistant material. See AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix M, M4.05 for approved material specifications for castings for fittings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21340, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 179-28, 46 FR 49906, Oct. 8, 1981; Amdt. 179-40, 52 FR 13048, Apr. 20, 1987; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28681, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 45186, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75762, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-8   Tank heads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tank heads of the inner container, inner container compartments and outer shell must be of approved contour, and may be flanged and dished or ellipsoidal for pressure on concave side.
</P>
<P>(b) Flanged and dished heads must have main inside radius not exceeding 10 feet and inside knuckle radius must be not less than 3
<FR>3/4</FR> inches for steel and alloy steel tanks nor less than 5 inches for aluminum alloy tanks.
</P>
<P>(c) Ellipsoidal heads must be an ellipsoid of revolution in which the major axis must equal the diameter of the shell and the minor axis must be one-half the major axis.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21341, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-9   Compartment tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The inner container may be divided into compartments by inserting interior heads, or by fabricating each compartment as a separate container and joining with a cylinder, or by fabricating each compartment as a separate tank without a joining cylinder. Each compartment must be capable of withstanding, without evidence of yielding or leakage, the required test pressure applied in each compartment separately, or in any combination of compartments.
</P>
<P>(b) When the inner container is divided into compartments by fabricating each compartment as a separate container and joining with a cylinder, the cylinder must have a plate thickness not less than that required for the inner container shell and must be applied to the outside surface of the straight flange portion of the container head. The cylinder must fit the straight flange tightly for a distance of at least two times the plate thickness, or 1 inch, whichever is greater and must be joined to the straight flange by a full fillet weld. Distance from fillet weld seam to container head seam must be not less than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or three times the plate thickness, whichever is greater.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21341, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-10" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-10   Welding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All joints must be fusion welded in compliance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Welding procedures, welders, and fabricators shall be approved.
</P>
<P>(b) Radioscopy of the outer shell is not a specification requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) Welding is not permitted on or to ductile iron or malleable iron fittings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21341, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended at 68 FR 75762, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-11" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-11   Postweld heat treatment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Postweld heat treatment of the inner container is not a specification requirement.
</P>
<P>(b) Postweld heat treatment of the cylindrical portions of the outer shell to which the anchorage or draft sills are attached must comply with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(c) When cold formed heads are used on the outer shell they must be heat treated before welding to shell if postweld heat treatment is not practicable due to assembly procedures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21341, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended at 68 FR 75762, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-13" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-13   Inner container manway nozzle and cover.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Inner container manway nozzle must be of approved design with access opening at least 18 inches inside diameter, or at least 14 inches by 18 inches obround or oval.
</P>
<P>(b) Manway covers must be of approved type. Design must provide a secure closure of the manway and must make it impossible to remove the cover while the tank interior is under pressure.
</P>
<P>(c) All joints between manway covers and their seats must be made tight against leakage of vapor and liquid by use of suitable gaskets.
</P>
<P>(d) Manway covers must be cast, forged, or fabricated metal complying with subsection § 179.220-7(g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) A seal must be provided between the inner container manway nozzle and the opening in the outer shell.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21341, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-14" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-14   Openings in the tanks.</HEAD>
<P>Openings in the inner container and the outer shell must be reinforced in compliance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix E (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). In determining the required reinforcement area for openings in the outer shell, <I>t</I> shall be one-fourth inch.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-15" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-15   Support system for inner container.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The inner container must be supported within the outer shell by a support system of adequate strength and ductility at its operating temperature to support the inner container when filled with liquid lading to any level. The support system must be designed to support, without yielding, impact loads producing accelerations of the following magnitudes and directions when the inner container is loaded so that the car is at its rail load limit, and the car is equipped with a conventional AAR Specification M-901 draft gear.
</P>
<LDRWK>
<FL-2>Longitudinal</FL-2>
<LDRFIG>7G
</LDRFIG>
<FL-2>Transverse</FL-2>
<LDRFIG>3G
</LDRFIG>
<FL-2>Vertical</FL-2>
<LDRFIG>3G</LDRFIG></LDRWK>
<P>(b) The longitudinal acceleration may be reduced to 3G where a cushioning device of approved design, which has been tested to demonstrate its ability to limit body forces to 400,000 pounds maximum at a 10 miles per hour impact, is used between the coupler and the tank structure. The support system must be of approved design and the inner container must be thermally isolated from the outer shell to the best practical extent. The inner container and outer shell must be permanently bonded to each other electrically either by the support system used, piping, or by a separate electrical connection of approved design.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21341, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 179-28, 46 FR 49906, Oct. 8, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-16" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-16   Expansion capacity.</HEAD>
<P>Expansion capacity must be provided in the shell of the inner container as prescribed in § 179.221-1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21341, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-17" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-17   Gauging devices, top loading and unloading devices, venting and air inlet devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When installed, each device must be of approved design which will prevent interchange with any other fixture and must be tightly closed. Each unloading pipe must be securely anchored within the inner container. Each inner container or compartment thereof may be equipped with one separate air connection.
</P>
<P>(b) When the characteristics of the commodity for which the car is authorized require these devices to be equipped with valves or fittings to permit the loading and unloading of the contents, these devices including valves, shall be provided with a protective housing except when plug or ball-type valves with operating handles removed are used. Provision must be made for closing pipe connections of valves.
</P>
<P>(c) Inner container may be equipped with a vacuum relief valve of approved design. Protective housing is not required.
</P>
<P>(d) When a gauging device is required in § 179.221-1, an outage scale visible through the manway opening must be provided. If loading devices are applied to permit tank loading with cover closed, a telltale pipe may be provided. The telltail pipe must be capable of determining that required outage is provided. The pipe must be equipped with 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch maximum, NPT control valve mounted outside tank and enclosed within a protective housing. Other approved devices may be used in place of an outage scale or a telltale pipe.
</P>
<P>(e) The bottom of the tank shell may be equipped with a sump or siphon bowl, or both, welded or pressed into the shell. These sumps or siphon bowls, if applied, are not limited in size and must be made of cast, forged, or fabricated metal. Each sump or siphon bowl must be of good welding quality in conjunction with the metal of the tank shell. When the sump or siphon bowl is pressed in the bottom of the tank shell, the wall thickness of the pressed section must not be less than that specified for the shell. The section of a circular cross section tank to which a sump or siphon bowl is attached need not comply with the out-of-roundness requirement specified in appendix W, W14.06 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. Any portion of a sump or siphon bowl not forming a part of a cylinder of revolution must have walls of such thickness and must be so reinforced that the stresses in the walls caused by a given internal pressure are not greater than the circumferential stress which would exist under the same internal pressure in the wall of a tank of circular cross section designed in accordance with §§ 179.220-6(a) and 179.220-9. In no case shall the wall thickness be less than that specified in § 179.221-1.
</P>
<P>(f) Protective housing, when required, must be of approved material and must have cover and sidewalls not less than 0.119 inch in thickness.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21341, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended at 69 FR 54047, Sept. 7, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-18" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-18   Bottom outlets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The inner container may be equipped with a bottom outlet of approved design and an opening provided in the outer shell of its access. If applied, the bottom outlet must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The extreme projection of the bottom outlet equipment may not be more than that allowed by appendix E of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). All bottom outlet reducers and closures and their attachments shall be secured to car by at at least 
<FR>3/8</FR>-inch chain, or its equivalent, except that bottom outlet closure plugs may be attached by 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch chain. When the bottom outlet closure is of the combination cap and valve type, the pipe connection to the valve shall be closed by a plug, or cap. The bottom outlet equipment should include only the valve, reducers and closures that are necessary for the attachment of unloading fixtures. The permanent attachment of supplementary exterior fittings shall be approved by the AAR Committee on Tank Cars.
</P>
<P>(2) Each bottom outlet must be provided with a liquid tight closure at its lower end.
</P>
<P>(3) The valve and its operating mechanism must be applied to the outside bottom of the inner container. The valve operating mechanism must be provided with a suitable locking arrangement to insure positive closure during transportation.
</P>
<P>(4) Valve outlet nozzle and valve body must be of cast, fabricated or forged metal. If welded to inner container, they must be of good weldable quality in conjunction with metal of tank.
</P>
<P>(5) To provide for the attachment of unloading connections, the bottom of the main portion of the outlet nozzle or valve body, or some fixed attachment thereto, must be provided with threaded cap closure arrangement or bolted flange closure arrangement having minimum 1-inch threaded pipe plug.
</P>
<P>(6) If outlet nozzle and its closure extends below the bottom of the outer shell, a V-shaped breakage groove shall be cut (not cast) in the upper part of the outlet nozzle at a point immediately below the lowest part of the valve closest to the tank. In no case may the nozzle wall thickness at the root of the “V” be more than 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch. The outlet nozzle or the valve body may be steam jacketed, in which case the breakage groove or its equivalent must be below the steam chamber but above the bottom of the center sill construction. If the outlet nozzle is not a single piece or its exterior valves are applied, provision shall be made for the equivalent of the breakage groove. On cars without continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent may not be more than 15 inches below the outer shell. On cars with continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be above the bottom of the center sill construction.
</P>
<P>(7) The valve body must be of a thickness which will prevent distortion of the valve seat or valve by any change in contour of the shell resulting from expansion of lading, or other causes, and which will insure that accidental breakage of the outlet nozzle will occur at or below the “V” groove, or its equivalent.
</P>
<P>(8) The valve must have no wings or stem projection below the “V” groove or its equivalent. The valve and seat must be readily accessible or removable for repairs, including grinding.
</P>
<P>(b) Inner container may be equipped with bottom washout of approved design. If applied, bottom washout must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The extreme projection of the bottom washout equipment may not be more than that allowed by appendix E of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars.
</P>
<P>(2) Bottom washout must be of cast, forged or fabricated metals. If it is welded to the inner container, it must be of good weldable quality in conjunction with metal of tank.
</P>
<P>(3) If washout nozzle extends below the bottom of the outer shell, a V-shaped breakage groove shall be cut (not cast) in the upper part of the nozzle at a point immediately below the lowest part of the inside closure seat or plug. In no case may the nozzle wall thickness at the root of the “V” be more than 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch. Where the nozzle is not a single piece, provisions shall be made for the equivalent of the breakage groove. The nozzle must be of a thickness to insure that accidental breakage will occur at or below the “V” groove or its equivalent. On cars without a continuous center sill, the breakage groove or its equivalent may not be more than 15 inches below the outer shell. On cars with continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be above the bottom of the center sill construction.
</P>
<P>(4) The closure plug and seat must be readily accessible or removable for repairs.
</P>
<P>(5) The closure of the washout nozzle must be equipped with a 
<FR>3/4</FR>-inch solid screw plug. Plug must be attached by at least a 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch chain.
</P>
<P>(6) Joints between closures and their seats may be gasketed with suitable material.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21342, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 179-40, 52 FR 13048, Apr. 20, 1987; 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-20" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-20   Reinforcements, when used, and appurtenances not otherwise specified.</HEAD>
<P>All attachments to inner container and outer shell must be applied by approved means.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21342, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-22" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-22   Closure for openings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All plugs must be solid, with NPT threads, and must be of a length which will screw at least six threads inside the face of fitting or tank. Plugs, when inserted from the outside of the outer shell tank heads, must have the letter “S” at least three-eighths inch in size stamped with steel stamp or cast on the outside surface to indicate the plug is solid.
</P>
<P>(b) Openings in the outer shell used during construction for installation must be closed in an approved manner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21343, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-23" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.64" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-23   Test of tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each inner container or compartment must be tested hydrostatically to the pressure specified in § 179.221-1. The temperature of the pressurizing medium must not exceed 100 °F. during the test. The container must hold the prescribed pressure for at least 10 minutes without leakage or evidence of distress. Safety relief devices must not be in place when the test is made.
</P>
<P>(b) The inner container must be pressure tested before installation within the outer shell. Items which, because of assembly sequence, must be welded to inner container after its installation within outer shell must have their attachment welds thoroughly inspected by a nondestructive dye penetrant method or its equivalent.
</P>
<P>(c) Pressure testing of outer shell is not a specification requirement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21343, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-24" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.65" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-24   Tests of pressure relief valves.</HEAD>
<P>Each safety relief valve must be tested by air or gas for compliance with § 179.15 before being put into service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21343, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-25" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.66" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-25   Stamping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To certify that the tank complies with all specification requirements, each outer shell must be plainly and permanently stamped in letters and figures at least 
<FR>3/8</FR>-inch high into the metal near the center of both outside heads as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Examples of required stamping
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Specifications</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-115A60W6.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Inner container:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Material</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ASTM A240-316L.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Shell thickness</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Shell 0.167 in.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Head thickness</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 0.150 in.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Tank builders initials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ABC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Date of original test</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">00-0000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Outer shell:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Material</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ASTM A285-C.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Tank builders initials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">WYZ.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Car assembler (if other than inner container or outer shell builders)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DEF.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) After July 25, 2012, newly constructed DOT tank cars must have their DOT specification and other required information stamped plainly and permanently on stainless steel identification plates in conformance with the applicable requirements prescribed in § 179.24(a). Tank cars built before July 25, 2012, may have the identification plates instead of or in addition to the head stamping.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21343, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended at 77 FR 37986, June 25, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.220-26" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.67" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.220-26   Stenciling.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The outer shell, or the jacket if the outer shell is insulated, must be stenciled in compliance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix C (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(b) Stenciling must be applied on both sides of the outer shell or jacket near the center in letters and figures at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches high to indicate the safe upper temperature limit, if applicable, for the inner tank, insulation, and the support system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-9, 36 FR 21343, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended at 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.221" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.68" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.221   Individual specification requirements applicable to tank car tanks consisting of an inner container supported within an outer shell.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.221-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.4.1.69" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.221-1   Individual specification requirements.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to § 179.220, the individual specification requirements are as follows:

</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">DOT specification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Insulation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bursting
<br/>pressure
<br/>(psig)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>plate
<br/>thickness (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test pressure (psig)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bottom
<br/>outlet
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bottom
<br/>washout
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reference
<br/>(179.221-***)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">115A60ALW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">115A60W1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">115A60W6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 170-52, 61 FR 28681, June 5, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001]



</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Specifications for Multi-Unit Tank Car Tanks (Classes DOT-106A and 110AW)</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300   General specifications applicable to multi-unit tank car tanks designed to be removed from car structure for filling and emptying (Classes DOT-106A and 110AW).</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-1   Tanks built under these specifications shall meet the requirements of §§ 179.300 and 179.301.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-3   Type and general requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks built under this specification shall be cylindrical, circular in cross section, and shall have heads of approved design. All openings shall be located in the heads.
</P>
<P>(b) Each tank shall have a water capacity of at least 1500 pounds and not more than 2600 pounds.
</P>
<P>(c) For tanks made in foreign countries, a chemical analysis of materials and all tests as specified shall be carried out within the limits of the United States under the supervision of a competent and impartial inspector.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-4   Insulation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks shall not be insulated.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-6   Thickness of plates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For class DOT-110A tanks, the wall thickness after forming of the cylindrical portion of the tank must not be less than that specified in § 179.301 nor that calculated by the following formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="27" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec13no91.037.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>d</I> = inside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>E</I> = 1.0 welded joint efficiency;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>P</I> = minimum required bursting pressure in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>S</I> = minimum tensile strength of plate material in p.s.i. as prescribed in § 179.300-7;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>t</I> = minimum thickness of plate material in inches after forming.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) For class DOT-106A tanks, the wall thickness of the cylindrical portion of the tank shall not be less than that specified in § 179.301 and shall be such that at the tank test pressure the maximum fiber stress in the wall of the tank will not exceed 15,750 p.s.i. as calculated by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2><I>s</I>=[<I>p</I>(1.3<I>D</I>
<SU>2</SU> + 0.4<I>d</I>
<SU>2</SU>] / (<I>D</I>
<SU>2</SU><I>−d</I>
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>where:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>d</I> = inside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>D</I> = outside diameter in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>p</I> = tank test pressure in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>s</I> = wall stress in psig</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) If plates are clad with material having tensile strength at least equal to the base plate, the cladding may be considered a part of the base plate when determining the thickness. If cladding material does not have tensile strength at least equal to the base plate, the base plate alone shall meet the thickness requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964, as amended by Order 71, 31 FR 9083, July 1, 1966. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967; 66 FR 45186, 45390, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-7   Materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Steel plate material used to fabricate tanks must conform with the following specifications with the indicated minimum tensile strength and elongation in the welded condition. However, the maximum allowable carbon content for carbon steel must not exceed 0.31 percent, although the individual ASTM specification may allow for a greater amount of carbon. The plates may be clad with other approved materials:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specifications 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tensile strength (psi) welded condition 
<sup>1</sup> (minimum)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Elongation in 2 inches (percent) welded condition 
<sup>1</sup> (longitudinal) (minimum)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M type 304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M type 304L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M type 316</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M type 316L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 240/A 240M type 321</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 285 Gr. A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 285 Gr. B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 285 Gr. C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 515/A 515M Gr. 65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 515/A 515M Gr. 70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A 516/A 516M Gr. 70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Maximum stresses to be used in calculations.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> These specifications are incorporated by reference (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter.)</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) All plates must have their heat number and the name or brand of the manufacturer legibly stamped on them at the rolling mill.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21355, Nov. 6, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 179-42, 54 FR 38798, Sept. 20, 1989; Amdt. 179-43, 55 FR 27642, July 5, 1990; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28682, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 50255, Sept. 25, 1996; Amdt. 179-53, 61 FR 51342, Oct. 1, 1996; 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-8   Tank heads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Class DOT-110A tanks shall have fusion-welded heads formed concave to pressure. Heads for fusion welding shall be an ellipsoid of revolution 2:1 ratio of major to minor axis. They shall be one piece, hot formed in one heat so as to provide a straight flange at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches long. The thickness shall not be less than that calculated by the following formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="22" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec13no91.038.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>where symbols are as defined in § 179.300-6(a).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) Class DOT-106A tanks must have forged-welded heads, formed convex to pressure. Heads for forge welding must be torispherical with an inside radius not greater than the inside diameter of the shell. They must be one piece, hot formed in one heat so as to provide a straight flange at least 4 inches long. They must have snug drive fit into the shell for forge welding. The wall thickness after forming must be sufficient to meet the test requirements of § 179.300-16 and to provide for adequate threading of openings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21355, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-9   Welding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Longitudinal joints must be fusion welded. Head-to-shell joints must be forge welded on class DOT-106A tanks and fusion welded on class DOT-110A tanks. Welding procedures, welders and fabricators must be approved in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(b) Fusion-welded joints must be in compliance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W, except that circumferential welds in tanks less than 36 inches inside diameter need not be radiotaped.
</P>
<P>(c) Forge-welded joints shall be thoroughly hammered or rolled to insure sound welds. The flanges of the heads shall be forge lapwelded to the shell and then crimped inwardly toward the center line at least one inch on the radius. Welding and crimping must be accomplished in one heat.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, as amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21355, Nov. 6, 1971; 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-10" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-10   Postweld heat treatment.</HEAD>
<P>After welding is complete, steel tanks and all attachments welded thereto, must be postweld heat treated as a unit in compliance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-12" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-12   Protection of fittings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks shall be of such design as will afford maximum protection to any fittings or attachment to the head including the housing referred to in § 179.300-12(b). Tank ends shall slope or curve inward toward the axis so that the diameter at each end is at least 2 inches less than the maximum diameter.
</P>
<P>(b) Loading and unloading valves shall be protected by a detachable protective housing of approved design which shall not project beyond the end of the tank and shall be securely fastened to the tank head. Pressure relief devices shall not be covered by the housing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964, as amended at 68 FR 57634, Oct. 6, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-13" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-13   Venting, loading and unloading valves.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Valves shall be of approved type, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by lading, and shall withstand tank test pressure without leakage. The valves shall be screwed directly into or attached by other approved methods to one tank head. Provision shall be made for closing outlet connections of the valves.
</P>
<P>(b) Threads for openings must be National Gas Taper Threads (NGT) tapped to gauge, clean cut, even and without checks. Taper threads must comply with § 178.61(h)(3)(i) and (h)(3)(ii). Threads for the clean-out/inspection ports of DOT Specification 110A multi-unit tank car tanks may be straight threads instead of taper threads. The straight threads must meet the requirements of § 178.61(h)(3)(i) and (h)(3)(iii). Hex plugs may be secured to threaded boss ports using stainless steel safety wire that must not fail during its intended use.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967. Amended at 77 FR 37986, June 25, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-14" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-14   Attachments not otherwise specified.</HEAD>
<P>Siphon pipes and their couplings on the inside of the tank head and lugs on the outside of the tank head for attaching the valve protective housing must be fusion-welded in place prior to postweld heat treatment. All other fixtures and appurtenances, except as specifically provided for, are prohibited.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21355, Nov. 6, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-15" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-15   Pressure relief devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless prohibited in part 173 of this subchapter, tanks shall be equipped with one or more relief devices of approved type, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading and screwed directly into tank heads or attached to tank heads by other approved methods. The total discharge capacity shall be sufficient to prevent building up pressure in tank in excess of 82.5 percent of the tank test pressure. When relief devices of the fusible plug type are used, the required discharge capacity shall be available in each head. See AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix A (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), for the formula for calculating discharge capacity.
</P>
<P>(b) Threads for openings shall be National Gas Taper Threads (NGT) tapped to gage, clean cut, even and without checks.
</P>
<P>(c) Pressure relief devices shall be set for start-to-discharge and rupture discs shall burst at a pressure not exceeding that specified in § 179.301.
</P>
<P>(d) Fusible plugs shall function at a temperature not exceeding 175 °F. and shall be vapor-tight at a temperature of not less than 130 °F.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964, as amended at 64 FR 51920, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-16" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-16   Tests of tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After postweld heat treatment, tanks shall be subjected to hydrostatic expansion test in a water jacket, or by other approved methods. No tank shall have been subjected previously to internal pressure within 100 pounds of the test pressure. Each tank shall be tested to the pressure prescribed in § 179.301. Pressure shall be maintained for 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to insure complete expansion of tank. Pressure gage shall permit reading to accuracy of one percent. Expansion gage shall permit reading of total expansion to accuracy of one percent. Expansion shall be recorded in cubic cm.
</P>
<P>(1) No leaks shall appear and permanent volumetric expansion shall not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) After all fittings have been installed, each tank shall be subjected to interior air pressure test of at least 100 psig under conditions favorable to detection of any leakage. No leaks shall appear.
</P>
<P>(c) Repairs of leaks detected in manufacture or in foregoing tests shall be made by the same process as employed in manufacture of tank. Caulking, soldering, or similar repairing is prohibited.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21355, Nov. 6, 1971; 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-17" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-17   Tests of pressure relief devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each valve shall be tested by air or gas before being put into service. The valve shall open and be vapor-tight at the pressure prescribed in § 179.301.
</P>
<P>(b) Rupture disks of non-reclosing pressure relief devices must be tested and qualified as prescribed in appendix A, Paragraph 5, of the AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section C—Part III, AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(c) For pressure relief devices of the fusible plug type, a sample of the plug used shall function at the temperatures prescribed in § 179.300-15.
</P>
<P>(d) The start-to-discharge and vapor-tight pressures shall not be affected by any auxiliary closure or other combination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21355, Nov. 6, 1971; 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48572, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-18" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-18   Stamping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To certify that the tank complies with all specification requirements, each tank shall be plainly and permanently stamped in letters and figures 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch high into the metal of valve end chime as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) DOT Specification number.
</P>
<P>(2) Material and cladding material if any (immediately below the specification number).
</P>
<P>(3) Owner's or builder's identifying symbol and serial number (immediately below the material identification). The symbol shall be registered with the Bureau of Explosives, duplications are not authorized.
</P>
<P>(4) Inspector's official mark (immediately below the owner's or builder's symbol).
</P>
<P>(5) Date of original tank test (month and year, such as 1-64 for January 1964). This should be so placed that dates of subsequent tests may easily be added thereto.
</P>
<P>(6) Water capacity—0000 pounds.
</P>
<P>(b) A copy of the above stamping in letters and figures of the prescribed size stamped on a brass plate secured to one of the tank heads is authorized.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-19" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-19   Inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tank shall be inspected within the United States and Canada by a competent and impartial inspector as approved by the Associate Administrator of Safety, FRA. For tanks made outside the United States or Canada, the specified inspection shall be made within the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) The inspector shall carefully inspect all plates from which tanks are to be made and secure records certifying that plates comply with the specification. Plates which do not comply with § 179.300-7 shall be rejected.
</P>
<P>(c) The inspector shall make such inspection as may be necessary to see that all the requirements of this specification, including markings, are fully complied with; shall see that the finished tanks are properly stress relieved and tested.
</P>
<P>(d) The inspector shall stamp his official mark on each accepted tank as required in § 179.300-18, and render the report required in § 179.300-20.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964, as amended at 72 FR 55696, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.300-20" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.300-20   Reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before a tank is placed in service, the inspector shall furnish to the builder, tank owner, Bureau of Explosives and the Secretary, Mechanical Division, Association of American Railroads, a report in approved form certifying that the tank and its equipment comply with all the requirements of this specification.
</P>
<P>(b) For builder's Certificate of Construction, see § 179.5 (b), (c), and (d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21355, Nov. 5, 1971]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.301" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.301   Individual specification requirements for multi-unit tank car tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to § 179.300 the individual specification requirements are as follows:

</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">DOT specification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">106A500-X
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">106A800-X
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">110A500-W
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">110A600-W
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">110A800-W
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">110A1000-W
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minimum required bursting pressure, psig</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>1</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>1</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minimum thickness shell, inches</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>13/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>11/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>11/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>15/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>19/32</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Test pressure, psig (see § 179.300-16)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Safety relief devices, psig (see § 179.300-15)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Start-to-discharge, or burst maximum, p.s.i.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">700
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vapor-tight, minimum psig</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">480</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">480</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">650
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> None specified.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) [Reserved]

</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-10, 36 FR 21355, Nov. 6, 1971; Amdt. 179-40, 52 FR 13049, Apr. 20, 1987; 65 FR 58632, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.302" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.5.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.302   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Specification for Cryogenic Liquid Tank Car Tanks and Seamless Steel Tanks (Classes DOT-113 and 107A)</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 179.400" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400   General specification applicable to cryogenic liquid tank car tanks.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-1   General.</HEAD>
<P>A tank built to this specification must comply with §§ 179.400 and 179.401.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-3   Type.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A tank built to this specification must—
</P>
<P>(1) Consist of an inner tank of circular cross section supported essentially concentric within an outer jacket of circular cross section, with the out of roundness of both the inner tank and outer jacket limited in accordance with Paragraph UG-80 in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); 
</P>
<P>(2) Have the annular space evacuated after filling the annular space with an approved insulating material;
</P>
<P>(3) Have the inner tank heads designed concave to pressure; and
</P>
<P>(4) Have the outer jacket heads designed convex to pressure.
</P>
<P>(b) The tank must be equipped with piping systems for vapor venting and transfer of lading, and with pressure relief devices, controls, gages and valves, as prescribed herein.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-4   Insulation system and performance standard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purposes of this specification—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Standard Heat Transfer Rate</I> (SHTR), expressed in Btu/day/lb of water capacity, means the rate of heat transfer used for determining the satisfactory performance of the insulation system of a cryogenic tank car tank in cryogenic liquid service (see § 179.401-1 table).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Test cryogenic liquid</I> means the cryogenic liquid, which may be different from the lading intended to be shipped in the tank, being used during the performance tests of the insulation system.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Normal evaporation rate</I> (NER), expressed in lbs. (of the cryogenic liquid)/day, means the rate of evaporation, determined by test of a test cryogenic liquid in a tank maintained at a pressure of approximately one atmosphere, absolute. This determination of the NER is the NER test.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Stabilization period</I> means the elapsed time after a tank car tank is filled with the test cryogenic liquid until the NER has stabilized, or 24 hours has passed, whichever is greater.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Calculated heat transfer rate.</I> The calculated heat transfer rate (CHTR) is determined by the use of test data obtained during the NER test in the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>q = [N(Δ h)(90-t<E T="52">l</E>)] / [V(8.32828)(t<E T="52">s</E>-t<E T="52">f</E>)]
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>q = CHTR, in Btu/day/lb., of water capacity;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>N = NER, determined by NER test, in lbs./day;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Δh = latent heat of vaporization of the test cryogenic liquid at the NER test pressure of approximately one atmosphere, absolute, in Btu/lb.;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>90 = ambient temperature at 90 °F.;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V = gross water volume at 60 °F. of the inner tank, in gallons;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t<E T="52">l</E> = equilibrium temperature of intended lading at maximum shipping pressure, in °F.;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>8.32828 = constant for converting gallons of water at 60 °F. to lbs. of water at 60 °F., in lbs./gallon;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t<E T="52">s</E> = average temperature of outer jacket, determined by averaging jacket temperatures at various locations on the jacket at regular intervals during the NER test, in °F.;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t<E T="52">f</E> = equilibrium temperature of the test cryogenic liquid at the NER test pressure of approximately, one atmosphere, absolute, in °F.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) DOT-113A60W tank cars must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be filled with hydrogen, cryogenic liquid to the maximum permitted fill density specified in § 173.319(d)(2) table of this subchapter prior to performing the NER test; and
</P>
<P>(2) Have a CHTR equal to or less than the SHTR specified in § 179.401-1 table for a DOT-113A60W tank car.
</P>
<P>(c) DOT-113C120W tank cars must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be filled with ethylene, cryogenic liquid to the maximum permitted fill density specified in § 173.319(d)(2) table of this subchapter prior to performing the NER test, or be filled with nitrogen, cryogenic liquid to 90 percent of the volumetric capacity of the inner tank prior to performing the NER test; and
</P>
<P>(2) Have a CHTR equal to or less than 75 percent of the SHTR specified in § 179.401-1 table for a DOT-113C120W tank car.
</P>
<P>(d) Insulating materials must be approved.
</P>
<P>(e) If the insulation consists of a powder having a tendency to settle, the entire top of the cylindrical portion of the inner tank must be insulated with a layer of glass fiber insulation at least one-inch nominal thickness, or equivalent, suitably held in position and covering an area extending 25 degrees to each side of the top center line of the inner tank.
</P>
<P>(f) The outer jacket must be provided with fittings to permit effective evacuation of the annular space between the outer jacket and the inner tank.
</P>
<P>(g) A device to measure the absolute pressure in the annular space must be provided. The device must be portable with an easily accessible connection or permanently positioned where it is readily visible to the operator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 24318, June 12, 1984; 66 FR 45186, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-5   Materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Stainless steel of ASTM A 240/A 240M (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), Type 304 or 304L must be used for the inner tank and its appurtenances, as specified in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix M (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and must be—
</P>
<P>(1) In the annealed condition prior to fabrication, forming and fusion welding;
</P>
<P>(2) Suitable for use at the temperature of the lading; and
</P>
<P>(3) Compatible with the lading.
</P>
<P>(b) Any steel casting, steel forging, steel structural shape or carbon steel plate used to fabricate the outer jacket or heads must be as specified in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix M.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Impact tests</I> must be—
</P>
<P>(1) Conducted in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W, W9.01;
</P>
<P>(2) Performed on longitudinal specimens of the material;
</P>
<P>(3) Conducted at the tank design service temperature or colder; and
</P>
<P>(4) Performed on test plate welds and materials used for inner tanks and appurtenances and which will be subjected to cryogenic temperatures.
</P>
<P>(d) Impact test values must be equal to or greater than those specified in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W. The report of impact tests must include the test values and lateral expansion data.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 45030, July 24, 2020; 90 FR 26459, June 23, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-6   Bursting and buckling pressure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) The outer jacket of the required evacuated insulation system must be designed in accordance with § 179.400-8(d) and in addition must comply with the design loads specified in Section 6.2 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The designs and calculations must provide for the loadings transferred to the outer jacket through the support system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 179-51, 61 FR 18934, Apr. 29, 1996; 65 FR 58632, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-7   Tank heads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tank heads of the inner tank and outer jacket must be flanged and dished, or ellipsoidal.
</P>
<P>(b) Flanged and dished heads must have—
</P>
<P>(1) A main inside dish radius not greater than the outside diameter of the straight flange;
</P>
<P>(2) An inside knuckle radius of not less than 6 percent of the outside diameter of the straight flange; and
</P>
<P>(3) An inside knuckle radius of at least three times the head thickness.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-8   Thickness of plates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The minimum wall thickness, after forming, of the inner shell and any 2:1 ellipsoidal head for the inner tank must be that specified in § 179.401-1, or that calculated by the following formula, whichever is greater:
</P>
<FP-2>t = Pd / 2SE
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>t = minimum thickness of plate, after forming, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = minimum required bursting pressure in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S = minimum tensile strength of the plate material, as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix M, Table M1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = 0.9, a factor representing the efficiency of welded joints, except that for seamless heads, E = 1.0.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The minimum wall thickness, after forming, of any 3:1 ellipsoidal head for the inner tank must be that specified in § 179.401-1, or that calculated by the following formula, whichever is greater:
</P>
<FP-2>t = 1.83 Pd / 2SE
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>t = minimum thickness of plate, after forming, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = minimum required bursting pressure in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = inside diameter, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S = minimum tensile strength of the plate material, as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix M, Table M1, in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = 0.9, a factor representing the efficiency of welded joints, except that for seamless heads, E = 1.0.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) The minimum wall thickness, after forming, of a flanged and dished head for the inner tank must be that specified in § 179.401-1, or that calculated by the following formula, whichever is greater:
</P>
<FP-2>t = [PL(3 + √(L/r))] / (8SE)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>t = minimum thickness of plate, after forming, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = minimum required bursting pressure in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>L = main inside radius of dished head, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>r = inside knuckle radius, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S = minimum tensile strength of plate material, as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix M, table M1, in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = 0.9, a factor representing the efficiency of welded joints, except that for seamless heads, E = 1.0.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(d)(1) The minimum wall thickness, after forming, of the outer jacket shell may not be less than 
<FR>7/16</FR> inch. The minimum wall thickness, after forming, of the outer jacket heads may not be less than 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch and they must be made from steel specified in § 179.16(c).






</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) The annular space is to be evacuated, and the cylindrical portion of the outer jacket between heads, or between stiffening rings if used, must be designed to withstand an external pressure of 37.5 psig (critical collapsing pressure), as determined by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">c</E> = [2.6E(t/D)
<SU>2.5</SU>]/[(L/D)−0.45(t/D)
<SU>0.5</SU>]
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">c</E> = Critical collapsing pressure (37.5 psig minimum) in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = modulus of elasticity of jacket material, in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t = minimum thickness of jacket material, after forming, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter of jacket, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>L = distance between stiffening ring centers in inches. (The heads may be considered as stiffening rings located 1/3 of the head depth from the head tangent line.)</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983; 49 FR 42736, Oct. 24, 1984; 64 FR 51920, Sept. 27, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003; 85 FR 45030, July 24, 2020; 90 FR 26459, June 23, 2025; 90 FR 28044, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-9" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-9   Stiffening rings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If stiffening rings are used in designing the cylindrical portion of the outer jacket for external pressure, they must be attached to the jacket by means of fillet welds. Outside stiffening ring attachment welds must be continuous on each side of the ring. Inside stiffening ring attachment welds may be intermittent welds on each side of the ring with the total length of weld on each side not less than one-third of the circumference of the tank. The maximum space between welds may not exceed eight times the outer jacket wall thickness.
</P>
<P>(b) A portion of the outer jacket may be included when calculating the moment of inertia of the ring. The effective width of jacket plate on each side of the attachment of the stiffening ring is given by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>W = 0.78(Rt)
<SU>0.5</SU>
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>W = width of jacket effective on each side of the stiffening ring, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>R = outside radius of the outer jacket, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t = plate thickness of the outer jacket, after forming, in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) Where a stiffening ring is used that consists of a closed section having two webs attached to the outer jacket, the jacket plate between the webs may be included up to the limit of twice the value of “W”, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section. The outer flange of the closed section, if not a steel structural shape, is subject to the same limitations with “W” based on the “R” and “t” values of the flange. Where two separate members such as two angles, are located less than “2W” apart they may be treated as a single stiffening ring member. (The maximum length of plate which may be considered effective is 4W.) The closed section between an external ring and the outer jacket must be provided with a drain opening.
</P>
<P>(d) The stiffening ring must have a moment of inertia large enough to support the critical collapsing pressure, as determined by either of the following formulas:
</P>
<FP-2>I = [0.035D
<SU>3</SU> LP<E T="52">c</E>] / E,
</FP-2>
<FP>or
</FP>
<FP-2>I′ = [0.046D
<SU>3</SU> LP<E T="52">c</E>] / E
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>I = required moment of inertia of stiffening ring about the centroidal axis parallel to the vessel axis, in inches to the fourth power;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>I′ = required moment of inertia of combined section of stiffening ring and effective width of jacket plate about the centroidal axis parallel to the vessel axis, in inches to the fourth power;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = outside diameter of the outer jacket, in inches;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>L = one-half of the distance from the centerline of the stiffening ring to the next line of support on one side, plus one-half of the distance from the centerline to the next line of support on the other side of stiffening ring. Both distances are measured parallel to the axis of the vessel, in inches. (A line of support is:
</FP-2>
<FP2-3>(1) A stiffening ring which meets the requirements of this paragraph, or
</FP2-3>
<FP2-3>(2) A circumferential line of a head at one-third the depth of the head from the tangent line);
</FP2-3>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">c</E> = critical collapsing pressure (37.5 psig minimum) in psig;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = modulus of elasticity of stiffening ring material, in psi.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) Where loads are applied to the outer jacket or to stiffening rings from the system used to support the inner tank within the outer jacket, additional stiffening rings, or an increased moment of inertia of the stiffening rings designed for the external pressure, must be provided to carry the support loads.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-10" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-10   Sump or siphon bowl.</HEAD>
<FP>A sump or siphon bowl may be in the bottom of the inner tank shell if—
</FP>
<P>(a) It is formed directly into the inner tank shell, or is formed and welded to the inner tank shell and is of weldable quality metal that is compatible with the inner tank shell;
</P>
<P>(b) The stress in any orientation under any condition does not exceed the circumferential stress in the inner tank shell; and
</P>
<P>(c) The wall thickness is not less than that specified in § 179.401-1.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-11" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-11   Welding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for closure of openings and a maximum of two circumferential closing joints in the cylindrical portion of the outer jacket, each joint of an inner tank and the outer jacket must be a fusion double welded butt joint.
</P>
<P>(b) The closure for openings and the circumferential closing joints in the cylindrical portion of the outer jacket, including head to shell joints, may be a single welded butt joint using a backing strip on the inside of the joint.
</P>
<P>(c) Each joint must be welded in accordance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(d) Each welding procedure, welder, and fabricator must be approved.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-12" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-12   Postweld heat treatment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Postweld heat treatment of the inner tank is not required.
</P>
<P>(b) The cylindrical portion of the outer jacket, with the exception of the circumferential closing seams, must be postweld heat treated as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Any item to be welded to this portion of the outer jacket must be attached before postweld heat treatment. Welds securing the following need not be postweld heat treated when it is not practical due to final assembly procedures: 
</P>
<P>(1) the inner tank support system to the outer jacket,
</P>
<P>(2) connections at piping penetrations,
</P>
<P>(3) closures for access openings, and
</P>
<P>(4) circumferential closing joints of head to shell joints.
</P>
<P>(c) When cold formed heads are used on the outer jacket they must be heat treated before welding to the jacket shell if postweld heat treatment is not practical due to assembly procedures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-13" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-13   Support system for inner tank.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The inner tank must be supported within the outer jacket by a support system of approved design. The system and its areas of attachment to the outer jacket must have adequate strength and ductility at operating temperatures to support the inner tank when filled with the lading to any level incident to transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) The support system must be designed to support, without yielding, impact loads producing accelerations of the following magnitudes and directions when the inner tank is fully loaded and the car is equipped with a conventional draft gear:
</P>
<LDRWK>
<FL-2>Longitudinal</FL-2>
<LDRFIG>7“g”
</LDRFIG>
<FL-2>Transverse</FL-2>
<LDRFIG>3“g”
</LDRFIG>
<FL-2>Vertical</FL-2>
<LDRFIG>3“g”</LDRFIG></LDRWK>
<FP>The longitudinal acceleration may be reduced to 3“g” where a cushioning device of approved design, which has been tested to demonstrate its ability to limit body forces to 400,000 pounds maximum at 10 miles per hour, is used between the coupler and the tank structure.
</FP>
<P>(c) The inner tank and outer jacket must be permanently bonded to each other electrically, by either the support system, piping, or a separate electrical connection of approved design.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-14" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-14   Cleaning of inner tank.</HEAD>
<P>The interior of the inner tank and all connecting lines must be thoroughly cleaned and dried prior to use. Proper precautions must be taken to avoid contamination of the system after cleaning.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-15" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-15   Radioscopy.</HEAD>
<P>Each longitudinal and circumferential joint of the inner tank, and each longitudinal and circumferential double welded butt joint of the outer jacket, must be examined along its entire length in accordance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-16" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-16   Access to inner tank.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The inner tank must be provided with a means of access having a minimum inside diameter of 16 inches. Reinforcement of the access opening must be made of the same material used in the inner tank. The access closure must be of an approved material and design.
</P>
<P>(b) If a welded closure is used, it must be designed to allow it to be reopened by grinding or chipping and to be closed again by rewelding, preferably without a need for new parts. A cutting torch may not be used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-17" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-17   Inner tank piping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Product lines.</I> The piping system for vapor and liquid phase transfer and venting must be made for material compatible with the product and having satisfactory properties at the lading temperature. The outlets of all vapor phase and liquid phase lines must be located so that accidental discharge from these lines will not impinge on any metal of the outer jacket, car structures, trucks or safety appliances. Suitable provison must be made to allow for thermal expansion and contraction.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Loading and unloading line.</I> A liquid phase transfer line must be provided and it must have a manually operated shut-off valve located as close as practicable to the outer jacket, plus a secondary closure that is liquid and gas tight. This secondary closure must permit any trapped pressure to bleed off before the closure can be removed completely. A vapor trap must be incorporated in the line and located as close as practicable to the inner tank. On a DOT-113A60W tank car, any loading and unloading line must be vacuum jacketed between the outer jacket and the shut-off valve and the shut-off valve must also be vacuum jacketed.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vapor phase line.</I> A vapor phase line must connect to the inner tank and must be of sufficient size to permit the pressure relief devices specified in § 179.400-20 and connected to this line to operate at their design capacity without excessive pressure build-up in the tank. The vapor phase line must have a manually operated shut-off valve located as close as practicable to the outer jacket, plus a secondary closure that is liquid and gas tight. This secondary closure must permit any trapped pressure to bleed off before the closure can be removed completely.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Vapor phase blowdown line.</I> A blowdown line must be provided. It must be attached to the vapor phase line specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, upstream of the shut-off valve in that line. A by-pass line with a manually operated shut-off valve must be provided to permit reduction of the inner tank pressure when the vapor phase line is connected to a closed system. The discharge from this line must be outside the housing and must be directed upward and away from operating personnel.
</P>
<P>(b) Any pressure building system provided for the purpose of pressurizing the vapor space of the inner tank to facilitate unloading the liquid lading must be approved.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-18" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-18   Test of inner tank.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After all items to be welded to the inner tank have been welded in place, the inner tank must be pressure tested at the test pressure prescribed in § 179.401-1. The temperature of the pressurizing medium may not exceed 38 °C (100 °F) during the test. The inner tank must hold the prescribed pressure for a period of not less than ten minutes without leakage or distortion. In a pneumatic test, due regard for the protection of all personnel should be taken because of the potential hazard involved. After a hydrostatic test the container and piping must be emptied of all water and purged of all water vapor. 
</P>
<P>(b) Caulking of welded joints to stop leaks developed during the test is prohibited. Repairs to welded joints must be made as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix W (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003; 73 FR 57008, Oct. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-19" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-19   Valves and gages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Valves.</I> Manually operated shut-off valves and control valves must be provided wherever needed for control of vapor phase pressure, vapor phase venting, liquid transfer and liquid flow rates. All valves must be made from approved materials compatible with the lading and having satisfactory properties at the lading temperature.
</P>
<P>(1) Liquid control valves must be of extended stem design.
</P>
<P>(2) Packing, if used, must be satisfactory for use in contact with the lading and of approved materials that will effectively seal the valve stem without causing difficulty of operation.
</P>
<P>(3) Each control valve and shut-off valve must be readily operable. These valves must be mounted so that their operation will not transmit excessive forces to the piping system.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Gages.</I> Gages, except portable units, must be securely mounted within suitable protective housings. A liquid level gage and a vapor phase pressure gage must be provided as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Liquid level gage.</I> (i) A gage of approved design to indicate the quantity of liquefied lading within the inner tank, mounted where it will be readily visible to an operator during transfer operations or storage, or a portable gage with a readily accessible connection, or
</P>
<P>(ii) A fixed length dip tube, with a manually operated shut-off valve located as close as practicable to the outer jacket. The dip tube must indicate the maximum liquid level for the allowable filling density. The inner end of the dip tube must be located on the longitudinal centerline of the inner tank and within four feet of the transverse centerline of the inner tank.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vapor phase pressure gage.</I> A vapor phase pressure gage of approved design, with a manually operated shut-off valve located as close as practicable to the outer jacket. The gage must indicate the vapor pressure within the inner tank and must be mounted where it will be readily visible to an operator. An additional fitting for use of a test gage must be provided.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-20" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-20   Pressure relief devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The tank must be provided with pressure relief devices for the protection of the tank assembly and piping system. The discharge from these devices must be directed away from operating personnel, principal load bearing members of the outer jacket, car structure, trucks and safety appliances. Vent or weep holes in pressure relief devices are prohibited. All main pressure relief devices must discharge to the outside of the protective housings in which they are located, except that this requirement does not apply to pressure relief valves installed to protect isolated sections of lines between the final valve and end closure.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Materials.</I> Materials used in pressure relief devices must be suitable for use at the temperature of the lading and otherwise compatible with the lading in both the liquid and vapor phases.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inner tank.</I> Pressure relief devices for the inner tank must be attached to vapor phase piping and mounted so as to remain at ambient temperature prior to operation. The inner tank must be equipped with one or more pressure relief valves and one or more safety vents (except as noted in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section), and installed without an intervening shut-off valve (except as noted in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section). Additional requirements are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Safety vent.</I> The safety vent shall function at the pressure specified in § 179.401-1. The safety vent must be flow rated in accordance with the applicable provisions of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix A (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and provide sufficient capacity to meet the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix A, A8.07(a). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure relief valve.</I> The pressure relief valve must:
</P>
<P>(i) be set to start-to-discharge at the pressure specified in § 179.401-1, and
</P>
<P>(ii) meet the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix A, A8.07(b).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Installation of safety vent and pressure relief valve</I>—(i) <I>Inlet piping.</I> (A) The opening through all piping and fittings between the inner tank and its pressure relief devices must have a cross-sectional area at least equal to that of the pressure relief device inlet, and the flow characteristics of this upstream system must be such that the pressure drop will not adversely affect the relieving capacity or the proper operation of the pressure relief device.
</P>
<P>(B) When the required relief capacity is met by the use of multiple pressure relief device placed on one connection, the inlet internal cross-sectional area of this connection must be sufficient to provide the required flow capacity for the proper operation of the pressure relief device system.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Outlet piping.</I> (A) The opening through the discharge lines must have a cross-sectional area at least equal to that of the pressure relief device outlet and may not reduce the relieving capacity below that required to properly protect the inner tank.
</P>
<P>(B) When the required relieving capacity is met by use of multiple pressure relief devices placed on a common discharge manifold, the manifold outlet internal cross-sectional area must be at least equal to the combined outlet areas of the pressure relief devices.
</P>
<P>(iii) Duplicate pressure relief devices may be used when an approved 3-way selector valve is installed to provide for relief through either duplicate pressure relief device. The 3-way valve must be included in the mounting prescribed by AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix A, A6.02(g), when conducting the flow capacity test on the safety vent prescribed by AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix A, A6.01. Flow capacity tests must be performed with the 3-way valve at both of the extreme positions as well as at the mid-position and the flow capacity must be in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix A, A8.07(a).
</P>
<P>(iv) An alternate pressure relief valve, set as required in § 179.401-1, may be used in lieu of the safety vent, provided it meets the flow capacity prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix A at a flow rating pressure of 110 percent of its start-to-discharge pressure. Installation must—
</P>
<P>(A) Prevent moisture accumulation at the seat by providing drainage away from that area,
</P>
<P>(B) Permit periodic drainage of the vent piping, and
</P>
<P>(C) Prevent accumulation of foreign material in the vent system.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Evaporation control.</I> The routine release of vaporized lading may be controlled with a pressure controlling and mixing device, except that a pressure controlling and mixing device is required on each DOT-113A60W car. Any pressure controlling and mixing device must—
</P>
<P>(i) Be set to start-to-discharge at a pressure not greater than that specified in § 179.401-1;
</P>
<P>(ii) Have sufficient capacity to limit the pressure within the inner tank to that pressure specified in § 179.401-1, when the discharge is equal to twice the normal venting rate during transportation, with normal vacuum and the outer shell at 130 °F; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Prevent the discharge of a gas mixture exceeding 50% of the lower flammability limit to the atmosphere under normal conditions of storage or transportation.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Safety interlock.</I> If a safety interlock is provided for the purpose of allowing transfer of lading at a pressure higher than the pressure control valve setting but less than the pressure relief valve setting, the design must be such that the safety interlock will not affect the discharge path of the pressure relief value or safety vent at any time. The safety interlock must automatically provide an unrestricted discharge path for the pressure control device at all times when the tank car is in transport service.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Outer jacket.</I> The outer jacket must be provided with a suitable system to prevent buildup of annular space pressure in excess of 16 psig or the external pressure for which the inner tank was designed, whichever is less. The total relief area provided by the system must be a minimum of 25 square inches, and means must be provided to prevent clogging of any system opening, as well as to ensure adequate communication to all areas of the insulation space. If a safety vent is a part of the system, it must be designed to prevent distortion of the rupture disc when the annular space is evacuated.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Piping system.</I> Where a piping circuit can be isolated by closing a valve, means for pressure relief must be provided.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-21" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-21   Test of pressure relief valves.</HEAD>
<P>Each valve must be tested with air or gas for compliance with § 179.401-1 before being put into service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-22" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-22   Protective housings.</HEAD>
<P>Each valve, gage, closure and pressure relief device, with the exception of secondary relief valves for the protection of isolated piping, must be enclosed within a protective housing. The protective housing must be adequate to protect the enclosed components from direct solar radiation, mud, sand, adverse environmental exposure and mechanical damage incident to normal operation of the tank car. It must be designed to provide reasonable access to the enclosed components for operation, inspection and maintenance and so that vapor concentrations cannot build up to a dangerous level inside the housing in the event of valve leakage or pressure relief valve operation. All equipment within the protective housing must be operable by personnel wearing heavy gloves and must incorporate provisions for locks or seals. A protective housing and its cover must be constructed of metal not less than 0.119 inch thick.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-23" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-23   Operating instructions.</HEAD>
<P>All valves and gages must be clearly identified with corrosion-resistant nameplates. A plate of corrosion-resistant material bearing precautionary instructions for the safe operation of the equipment during storage and transfer operations must be securely mounted so as to be readily visible to an operator. The instruction plate must be mounted in each housing containing operating equipment and controls for product handling. These instructions must include a diagram of the tank and its piping system with the various gages, control valves and pressure relief devices clearly identified and located.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-24" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-24   Stamping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A tank that complies with all specification requirements must have the following information plainly and permanently stamped into the metal near the center of the head of the outer jacket at the “B” end of the car, in letters and figures at least 
<FR>3/8</FR>-inch high, in the following order:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Example of required stamping
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Specification</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DOT-113A60W.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Design service temperature</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 423 °F.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Inner tank</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inner Tank.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Material</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ASTM A240-304.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Shell thickness</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Shell 
<fr>3/16</fr> inch.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Head thickness</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 
<fr>3/16</fr> inch.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Inside diameter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ID 107 inch.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Inner tank builder's initials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ABC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Date of original test (month and year) and initials of person conducting original test</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">00-0000GHK.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Water capacity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">00000 lbs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Outer jacket</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Outer jacket.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Material</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ASTM A515-70.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Outer jacket builder's initials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DEF.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Car assembler's initials (if other than inner tank or outer jacket builder)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XYZ.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Any stamping on the shell or heads of the inner tank is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(c) In lieu of the stamping required by paragraph (a) of this section, the specified markings may be incorporated on a data plate of corrosion-resistant metal, fillet welded in place on the head of the outer jacket at the “B” end of the car.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.400-25" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.400-25   Stenciling.</HEAD>
<P>Each tank car must be stenciled in compliance with the provisions of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, appendix C (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The stenciling must also include the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) The date on which the rupture disc was last replaced and the initials of the person making the replacement, on the outer jacket in letters and figures at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches high.
</P>
<P>(b) The design service temperature and maximum lading weight, in letters and figures at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches high adjacent to the hazardous material stencil.
</P>
<P>(c) The water capacity, in pounds net at 60 °F., with the tank at its coldest operating temperature, after deduction for the volume above the inlet to the pressure relief device or pressure control valve, structural members, baffles, piping, and other appurtenances inside the tank, in letters and figures at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches high.
</P>
<P>(d) Both sides of the tank car, in letters at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches high, with the statement “Do Not Hump or Cut Off While in Motion.”
</P>
<P>(e) The outer jacket, below the tank classification stencil, in letters at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches high, with the statement, “vacuum jacketed.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75763, Dec. 31, 2003]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.401" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.401   Individual specification requirements applicable to inner tanks for cryogenic liquid tank car tanks.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.401-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.401-1   Individual specification requirements.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to § 179.400, the individual specification requirements for the inner tank and its appurtenances are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">DOT specification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">113A60W
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">113C120W
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Design service temperature, °F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−423</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−260.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Material</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 179.400-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 179.400-5.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Impact test (weld and plate material)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 179.400-5(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 179.400-5(c).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Impact test values</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 179.400-5(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 179.400-5(d).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Standard heat transfer rate.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(Btu per day per lb. of water capacity, max.) (see § 179.400-4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.097</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.4121.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bursting pressure, min. psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minimum plate thickness shell, inches (see § 179.400-7(a))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minimum head thickness, inches (see § 179.400-8 (a), (b), and (c))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Test pressure, psig (see § 179.400-16)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Safety vent bursting pressure, max. psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pressure relief valve start-to-discharge pressure, psig (±3 psi)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pressure relief valve vapor tight pressure, min. psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pressure relief valve flow rating pressure, max. psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">85.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Alternate pressure relief valve start to-discharge pressure, psig (±3 psi)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">90.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Alternate pressure relief valve vapor tight pressure, min. psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">72.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Alternate pressure relief valve flow rating pressure, max. psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pressure control valve Start-to-vent, max. psig (see § 179.400-20(c)(4))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not required.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Relief device discharge restrictions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 179.400-20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">179.400-20.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Transfer line insulation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 179.400-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not required.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 24318, June 12, 1984; 65 FR 58632, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500   Specification DOT-107A * * * * seamless steel tank car tanks.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-1   Tanks built under these specifications shall meet the requirements of § 179.500.</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-3   Type and general requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks built under this specification shall be hollow forged or drawn in one piece. Forged tanks shall be machined inside and outside before ends are necked-down and, after necking-down, the ends shall be machined to size on the ends and outside diameter. Machining not necessary on inside or outside of seamless steel tubing, but required on ends after necking-down.
</P>
<P>(b) For tanks made in foreign countries, chemical analysis of material and all tests as specified must be carried out within the limits of the United States under supervision of a competent and disinterested inspector; in addition to which, provisions in § 179.500-18 (b) and (c) shall be carried out at the point of manufacture by a recognized inspection bureau with principal office in the United States.
</P>
<P>(c) The term “marked end” and “marked test pressure” used throughout this specification are defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) “Marked end” is that end of the tank on which marks prescribed in § 179.500-17 are stamped.
</P>
<P>(2) “Marked test pressure” is that pressure in psig which is indicated by the figures substituted for the **** in the marking DOT-107A **** stamped on the marked end of tank.
</P>
<P>(d) The gas pressure at 130 °F in the tank shall not exceed 
<FR>7/10</FR> of the marked test pressure of the tank.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 66 FR 45186, 45391, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-4" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-4   Thickness of wall.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Minimum thickness of wall of each finished tank shall be such that at a pressure equal to 
<FR>7/10</FR> of the marked test pressure of the tank, the calculated fiber stress in psi at inner wall of tank multiplied by 3.0 will not exceed the tensile strength of any specimen taken from the tank and tested as prescribed in § 179.500-7(b). Minimum wall thickness shall be 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(b) Calculations to determine the maximum marked test pressure permitted to be marked on the tank shall be made by the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>P = [10<I>S</I>(<I>D</I>
<SU>2</SU> − <I>d</I>
<SU>2</SU>)] / [7(<I>D</I>
<SU>2</SU> + <I>d</I>
<SU>2</SU>)]
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>P</I> = Maximum marked test pressure permitted;</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<FP-2><I>S = U</I> / 3.0
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>U</I> = Tensile strength of that specimen which shows the lower tensile strength of the two specimens taken from the tank and tested as prescribed in § 179.500-7(b).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>3 = Factor of safety.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(<I>D</I>
<SU>2</SU> − <I>d</I>
<SU>2</SU>/(<I>D</I>
<SU>2</SU> + <I>d</I>
<SU>2</SU>) = The smaller value obtained for this factor by the operations specified in § 179.500-4(c).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) Measure at one end, in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the tank and at least 18 inches from that end before necking-down:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2><I>d</I> = Maximum inside diameter (inches) for the location under consideration; to be determined by direct measurement to an accuracy of 0.05 inch.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>t</I> = Minimum thickness of wall for the location under consideration; to be determined by direct measurement to an accuracy of 0.001 inch.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Take <I>D = d</I> + 2<I>t.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Calculate the value of (<I>D</I>
<SU>2</SU>−d
<SU>2</SU>)/(<I>D</I>
<SU>2</SU> + d
<SU>2</SU>)</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(1) Make similar measurements and calculation for a corresponding location at the other end of the tank.
</P>
<P>(2) Use the smaller result obtained, from the foregoing, in making calculations prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. 179-31, 47 FR 43067, Sept. 30, 1982; 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-5" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-5   Material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks shall be made from open-hearth or electric steel of uniform quality. Material shall be free from seams, cracks, laminations, or other defects injurious to finished tank. If not free from such defects, the surface may be machined or ground to eliminate these defects. Forgings and seamless tubing for bodies of tanks shall be stamped with heat numbers.
</P>
<P>(b) Steel (see Note 1) must conform to the following requirements as to chemical composition:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Designation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class I (percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class II (percent)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class III (percent)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carbon, maximum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manganese, maximum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Phosphorus, maximum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulphur, maximum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Silicon, maximum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Molybdenum, maximum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chromium, maximum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sum of manganese and carbon not over</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note 1:</E> Alternate steel containing other alloying elements may be used if approved.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(1) For instructions as to the obtaining and checking of chemical analysis, see § 179.500-18(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-6" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-6   Heat treatment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each necked-down tank shall be uniformly heat treated. Heat treatment shall consist of annealing or normalizing and tempering for Class I, Class II and Class III steel or oil quenching and tempering for Class III steel. Tempering temperatures shall not be less than 1000 °F. Heat treatment of alternate steels shall be approved. All scale shall be removed from outside of tank to an extent sufficient to allow proper inspection.
</P>
<P>(b) To check uniformity of heat treatment, Brinnel hardness tests shall be made at 18 inch intervals on the entire longitudinal axis. The hardness shall not vary more than 35 points in the length of the tank. No hardness tests need be taken within 12 inches from point of head to shell tangency.
</P>
<P>(c) A magnetic particle inspection shall be performed after heat treatment on all tanks subjected to a quench and temper treatment to detect the presence of quenching cracks. Cracks shall be removed to sound metal by grinding and the surface exposed shall be blended smoothly into the surrounding area. A wall thickness check shall then be made of the affected area by ultrasonic equipment or other suitable means acceptable to the inspector and if the remaining wall thickness is less than the minimum recorded thickness as determined by § 179.500-4(b) it shall be used for making the calculation prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-7" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-7   Physical tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Physical tests shall be made on two test specimens 0.505 inch in diameter within 2-inch gauge length, taken 180 degrees apart, one from each ring section cut from each end of each forged or drawn tube before necking-down, or one from each prolongation at each end of each necked-down tank. These test specimen ring sections or prolongations shall be heat treated, with the necked-down tank which they represent. The width of the test specimen ring section must be at least its wall thickness. Only when diameters and wall thickness will not permit removal of 0.505 by 2-inch tensile test bar, laid in the transverse direction, may test bar cut in the longitudinal direction be substituted. When the thickness will not permit obtaining a 0.505 specimen, then the largest diameter specimen obtainable in the longitudinal direction shall be used. Specimens shall have bright surface and a reduced section. When 0.505 specimen is not used the gauge length shall be a ratio of 4 to 1 length to diameter.
</P>
<P>(b) Elastic limit as determined by extensometer, shall not exceed 70 percent of tensile strength for class I steel or 85 percent of tensile strength for class II and class III steel. Determination shall be made at cross head speed of not more than 0.125 inch per minute with an extensometer reading to 0.0002 inch. The extensometer shall be read at increments of stress not exceeding 5,000 psi. The stress at which the strain first exceeds
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>stress (psi) /30,000,000 (psi) + 0.005 (inches per inch)</HD3></EXTRACT>
<FP>shall be recorded as the elastic limit.
</FP>
<P>(1) Elongation shall be at least 18 percent and reduction of area at least 35 percent.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>Upon approval, the ratio of elastic limit to ultimate strength may be raised to permit use of special alloy steels of definite composition that will give equal or better physical properties than steels herein specified.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-8, 36 FR 18470, Sept. 15, 1971, as amended at 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-8" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-8   Openings in tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each end shall be closed by a cover made of forged steel. Covers shall be secured to ends of tank by through bolts or studs not entering interior of tank. Covers shall be of a thickness sufficient to meet test requirements of § 179.500-12 and to compensate for the openings closed by attachments prescribed herein.
</P>
<P>(1) It is also provided that each end may be closed by internal threading to accommodate an approved fitting. The internal threads as well as the threads on fittings for these openings shall be clean cut, even, without checks, and tapped to gauge. Taper threads are required and shall be of a length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. External threading of an approved type shall be permissible on the internal threaded ends.
</P>
<P>(b) Joints between covers and ends and between cover and attachments shall be of approved form and made tight against vapor or liquid leakage by means of a confined gasket of suitable material.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-10" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-10   Protective housing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Safety devices, and loading and unloading valves on tanks shall be protected from accidental damage by approved metal housing, arranged so it may be readily opened to permit inspection and adjustment of safety relief devices and valves, and securely locked in closed position. Housing shall be provided with opening having an opening equal to twice the total discharge area of pressure relief device enclosed.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended at 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61016, Sept. 27, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-11" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-11   Loading and unloading valves.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Loading and unloading valve or valves shall be mounted on the cover or threaded into the marked end of tank. These valves shall be of approved type, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by lading or in service, and shall withstand without leakage a pressure equal to the marked test pressure of tank. Provision shall be made for closing service outlet of valves.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-12" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-12   Pressure relief devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tank shall be equipped with one or more pressure relief devices of approved type and discharge area, mounted on the cover or threaded into the non-marked end of the tank. If fittings are mounted on a cover, they shall be of the flanged type, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by lading or in service. Total flow capacity shall be such that, with tank filled with air at pressure equal to 70 percent of the marked test pressure of tank, flow capacity will be sufficient to reduce air pressure to 30 percent of the marked test pressure within 3 minutes after pressure relief device opens.
</P>
<P>(b) Pressure relief devices shall open at a pressure not exceeding the marked test pressure of tank and not less than 
<FR>7/10</FR> of marked test pressure. (For tolerance for pressure relief valves, see § 179.500-16(a).)
</P>
<P>(c) Cars used for the transportation of flammable gases shall have the safety devices equipped with an approved ignition device.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 57634, Oct. 6, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-13" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-13   Fixtures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Attachments, other than those mounted on tank covers or serving as threaded closures for the ends of the tank, are prohibited.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-14" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-14   Test of tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After heat-treatment, tanks shall be subjected to hydrostatic tests in a water jacket, or by other accurate method, operated so as to obtain reliable data. No tank shall have been subjected previously to internal pressure greater than 90 percent of the marked test pressure. Each tank shall be tested to a pressure at least equal to the marked test pressure of the tank. Pressure shall be maintained for 30 seconds, and sufficiently longer to insure complete expansion of tank. Pressure gauge shall permit reading to accuracy of one percent. Expansion gauge shall permit reading of total expansion to accuracy of one percent. Expansion shall be recorded in cubic cm.
</P>
<P>(b) No leaks shall appear and permanent volumetric expansion shall not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-15" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-15   Handling of tanks failing in tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tanks rejected for failure in any of the tests prescribed may be reheat-treated, and will be acceptable if subsequent to reheat-treatment they are subjected to and pass all of the tests.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-16" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-16   Tests of pressure relief devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pressure relief valves shall be tested by air or gas before being put into service. Valve shall open at pressure not exceeding the marked test pressure of tank and shall be vapor-tight at 80 percent of the marked test pressure. These limiting pressures shall not be affected by any auxiliary closure or other combination.
</P>
<P>(b) For pressure relief devices that incorporate a rupture disc, samples of the discs used shall burst at a pressure not exceeding the marked test pressure of tank and not less than 
<FR>7/10</FR> of marked test pressure.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended at 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-17" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-17   Marking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each tank shall be plainly and permanently marked, thus certifying that tank complies with all requirements of this specification. These marks shall be stamped into the metal of necked-down section of tank at marked end, in letters and figures at least 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch high, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Spec. DOT-107A * * * *, the * * * * to be replaced by figures indicating marked test pressure of the tank. This pressure shall not exceed the calculated maximum marked test pressure permitted, as determined by the formula in § 179.500-4(b).
</P>
<P>(2) Serial number immediately below the stamped mark specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Inspector's official mark immediately below the stamped mark specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Name, mark (other than trademark), or initials of company or person for whose use tank is being made, which shall be recorded with the Bureau of Explosives.
</P>
<P>(5) Date (such as 1-01, for January 2001) of tank test, so placed that dates of subsequent tests may easily be added.
</P>
<P>(6) Date (such as 1-01, for January 2001) of latest test of pressure relief device or of the rupture disc, required only when tank is used for transportation of flammable gases.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[29 FR 18995, Dec. 29, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 179-52, 61 FR 28682, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 179.500-18" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.6.1.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 179.500-18   Inspection and reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before a tank car is placed in service, the party assembling the completed car shall furnish to car owner, Bureau of Explosives, and the Secretary, Mechanical Division, Association of American Railroads, a report in proper form certifying that tanks and their equipment comply with all the requirements of this specification and including information as to serial numbers, dates of tests, and ownership marks on tanks mounted on car structure.
</P>
<P>(b) Purchaser of tanks shall provide for inspection by a competent inspector as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Inspector shall carefully inspect all material and reject that not complying with § 179.500-5.
</P>
<P>(2) Inspector shall stamp his official mark on each forging or seamless tube accepted by him for use in making tanks, and shall verify proper application of heat number to such material by occasional inspections at steel manufacturer's plant.
</P>
<P>(3) Inspector shall obtain certified chemical analysis of each heat of material.
</P>
<P>(4) Inspector shall make inspection of inside surface of tanks before necking-down, to insure that no seams, cracks, laminations, or other defects exist.
</P>
<P>(5) Inspector shall fully verify compliance with specification, verify heat treatment of tank as proper; obtain samples for all tests and check chemical analyses; witness all tests; and report minimum thickness of tank wall, maximum inside diameter, and calculated value of D, for each end of each tank as prescribed in § 179.500-4(c).
</P>
<P>(6) Inspector shall stamp his official mark on each accepted tank immediately below serial number, and make certified report (see paragraph (c) of this section) to builder, to company or person for whose use tanks are being made, to builder of car structure on which tanks are to be mounted, to the Bureau of Explosives, and to the Secretary, Mechanical Division, Association of American Railroads.
</P>
<P>(c) Inspector's report required herein shall be in the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-DASH>    (Place)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>    (Date)
</FP-DASH>
<HD1>Steel Tanks
</HD1>
<P>It is hereby certified that drawings were submitted for these tanks under AAR Application for Approval ____________ and approved by the AAR Committee on Tank Cars under date of ____________.
</P>
<FP>Built for ________________________ Company
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Location at
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Built by ________________________ Company
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Location at
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Consigned to __________________ Company
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Location at
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Quantity
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Length (inches)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Outside diameter (inches)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-1>Marks stamped into tank as required in § 179.500-17 are:
</FP-1>
<HD1>DOT-107A* * * *
</HD1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>The marked test pressure substituted for the * * * * on each tank is shown on Record of General Data on Tanks attached hereto.</P></NOTE>
<FP>Serial numbers ____ to ____ inclusive
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Inspector's mark
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Owner's mark
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Test date
</FP-DASH>
<FP-1>Water capacity (see Record of Hydrostatic Tests).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tare weights (yes or no) (see Record of Hydrostatic Tests).
</FP-1>
<FP-DASH>These tanks were made by process of
</FP-DASH>
<P>Steel used was identified as indicated by the attached list showing the serial number of each tank, followed by the heat number.
</P>
<P>Steel used was verified as to chemical analysis and record thereof is attached hereto. Heat numbers were stamped into metal. All material was inspected and each tank was inspected both before and after closing in ends; all material accepted was found free from seams, cracks, laminations, and other defects which might prove injurious to strength of tank. Processes of manufacture and heat-treatment of tanks were witnessed and found to be efficient and satisfactory.
</P>
<P>Before necking-down ends, each tank was measured at each location prescribed in § 179.500-4(c) and minimum wall thickness in inches at each location was recorded; maximum inside diameter in inches at each location was recorded; value of D in inches at each location was calculated and recorded; maximum fiber stress in wall at location showing larger value for
</P>
<FP-2>(<I>D</I>
<SU>2</SU> + <I>d</I>
<SU>2</SU>)/(<I>D</I>
<SU>2</SU>−<I>d</I>
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<FP>was calculated for 
<FR>7/10</FR> the marked test pressure and recorded. Calculations were made by the formula:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>S</I>=[0.7<I>P</I>(<I>D</I>
<SU>2</SU>−<I>d</I>
<SU>2</SU>)/(<I>D</I>
<SU>2</SU> + <I>d</I>
<SU>2</SU>)]
</FP-2>
<P>Hydrostatic tests, tensile test of material, and other tests as prescribed in this specification, were made in the presence of the inspector, and all material and tanks accepted were found to be in compliance with the requirements of this specification. Records thereof are attached hereto.
</P>
<P>I hereby certify that all of these tanks proved satisfactory in every way and comply with the requirements of Department of Transportation Specification No. 107A* * * *.
</P>
<FP-DASH>    (Signed)
</FP-DASH>
<FRP>(Inspector)
</FRP>
<FP-DASH>    (Place)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>    (Date)
</FP-DASH>
<HD1>Record of Chemical Analysis of Steel for Tanks
</HD1>
<FP>Numbered ________ to ________ inclusive
</FP>
<FP-1>Size __ inches outside diameter by __ inches long
</FP-1>
<FP>Built by ________________________ Company
</FP>
<FP>For ______________________________ Company
</FP>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Heat No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Tanks represented (serial Nos.)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="8" scope="col">Chemical analysis
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mn
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">P
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">S
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Si
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Ni
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cr
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mo
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="10" scope="row"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="10" scope="row"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>These analyses were made by
</FP>
<FP-DASH>      (Signed)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>      (Place)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>      (Date)
</FP-DASH>
<HD1>Record of Chemical Analysis of Steel in Tanks
</HD1>
<FP>Numbered ________ to ________ inclusive
</FP>
<FP-1>Size ____ inches outside by ____ inches long
</FP-1>
<FP>Built by ________________________ Company
</FP>
<FP>For ______________________________ Company
</FP>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Heat No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tanks represented by test (serial Nos.)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Elastic limit (psi)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tensile strength (psi)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Elongation (percent in 2 inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reduction of area (percent)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="6" scope="row"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="6" scope="row"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP-DASH>      (Signed)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>      (Place)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>      (Date)
</FP-DASH>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Record of Hydrostatic Tests on Tanks
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Numbered</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">to</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">inclusive
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Size</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">inches outside by</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">inches long
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row">Built by</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row">For</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Serial Nos. of tanks
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Actual test pressure (psig)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total expansion (cubic cm)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Permanent expansion (cubic cm)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percent ratio of permanent expansion to total expansion 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tare weight (pounds) 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Capacity in pounds of water at 60 °F
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="7" scope="row"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="7" scope="row"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="7" scope="row"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> If tests are made by method involving measurement of amount of liquid forced into tank by test pressure, then the basic data on which calculations are made, such as pump factors, temperature of liquid, coefficient of compressibility of liquid, etc., must also be given.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Do not include protective housing, but state whether with or without valves.</P></DIV></DIV>
<FP-DASH>                                 (Signed)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>                                 (Place)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>                                 (Date)
</FP-DASH>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Record of General Data on Tanks
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Numbered</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">to</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">inclusive
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row">Built by</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row">For</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Company</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="7" scope="col">Data obtained as prescribed in § 179.500-4(c)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Larger value of the factor <E T="03">D</E>
<sup>2</sup> + <E T="03">d</E>
<sup>2</sup>/<E T="03">D</E>
<sup>2</sup>−d
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">(S) Calculated fiber stress in psi at 
<fr>7/10</fr> marked test pressure
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Marked test pressure in psig stamped in tank
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Minimum tensile strength of material in psi recorded
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Marked end of tank
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Other end of tank
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Serial No. of tank
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(t) Min. thickness of wall in inches
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(d) Max. inside diameter in inches
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(D) Calculated value of <E T="03">D</E> in inches=<E T="03">d</E> + 2t
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(t) Minimum thickness of wall in inches
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(d) Maximum inside diameter in inches
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(<E T="03">D</E>) calculated value of <E T="03">D</E> in inches=<E T="03">d</E> + 2t
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="11" scope="row"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="11" scope="row"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP-DASH>                                  (Signed)</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-32, 48 FR 27708, June 16, 1983, as amended by 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001]



</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.8.1.1.7" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 179—Procedures for Tank-Head Puncture-Resistance Test
</HEAD>
<P>1. This test procedure is designed to verify the integrity of new or untried tank-head puncture-resistance systems and to test for system survivability after coupler-to-tank-head impacts at relative speeds of 29 km/hour (18 mph). Tank-head puncture-resistance is a function of one or more of the following: Head thickness, jacket thickness, insulation thickness, and material of construction.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Tank-head puncture-resistance test.</I> A tank-head puncture-resistance system must be tested under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>a. The ram car used must weigh at least 119,295 kg (263,000 pounds), be equipped with a coupler, and duplicate the condition of a conventional draft sill including the draft yoke and draft gear. The coupler must protrude from the end of the ram car so that it is the leading location of perpendicular contact with the impacted test car.
</P>
<P>b. The impacted test car must be loaded with water at six percent outage with internal pressure of at least 6.9 Bar (100 psig) and coupled to one or more “backup” cars which have a total weight of 217,724 kg (480,000 pounds) with hand brakes applied on the last “backup” car.
</P>
<P>c. At least two separate tests must be conducted with the coupler on the vertical centerline of the ram car. One test must be conducted with the coupler at a height of 53.3 cm (21 inches), plus-or-minus 2.5 cm (1 inch), above the top of the sill; the other test must be conducted with the coupler height at 79 cm (31 inches), plus-or-minus 2.5 cm (1 inch), above the top of the sill. If the combined thickness of the tank head and any additional shielding material is less than the combined thickness on the vertical centerline of the car, a third test must be conducted with the coupler positioned so as to strike the thinnest point of the tank head.
</P>
<P>3. One of the following test conditions must be applied:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum weight of attached ram cars in kg (pounds)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum velocity of impact in km/hour (mph)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Restrictions
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">119,295 (263,000)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29 (18)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One ram car only.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">155,582 (343,000)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25.5 (16)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One ram car or one car plus one rigidly attached car.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">311,164 (686,000)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">22.5 (14)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One ram car plus one or more rigidly attached cars.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>4. A test is successful if there is no visible leak from the standing tank car for at least one hour after impact.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-50, 60 FR 49078, Sept. 21, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 179-50, 61 FR 33256, June 26, 1996; 66 FR 45390, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.2.8.1.1.8" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 179—Procedures for Simulated Pool and Torch-Fire Testing
</HEAD>
<P>1. This test procedure is designed to measure the thermal effects of new or untried thermal protection systems and to test for system survivability when exposed to a 100-minute pool fire and a 30-minute torch fire.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Simulated pool fire test.</I>
</P>
<P>a. A pool-fire environment must be simulated in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) The source of the simulated pool fire must be hydrocarbon fuel with a flame temperature of 871 °C plus or minus 55.6 °C (1600  °F plus-or-minus 100  °F) throughout the duration of the test.
</P>
<P>(2) A square bare plate with thermal properties equivalent to the material of construction of the tank car must be used. The plate dimensions must be not less than one foot by one foot by nominal 1.6 cm (0.625 inch) thick. The bare plate must be instrumented with not less than nine thermocouples to record the thermal response of the bare plate. The thermocouples must be attached to the surface not exposed to the simulated pool fire and must be divided into nine equal squares with a thermocouple placed in the center of each square.
</P>
<P>(3) The pool-fire simulator must be constructed in a manner that results in total flame engulfment of the front surface of the bare plate. The apex of the flame must be directed at the center of the plate.
</P>
<P>(4) The bare plate holder must be constructed in such a manner that the only heat transfer to the back side of the bare plate is by heat conduction through the plate and not by other heat paths.
</P>
<P>(5) Before the bare plate is exposed to the simulated pool fire, none of the temperature recording devices may indicate a plate temperature in excess of 37.8 °C (100 °F) nor less than 0 °C (32 °F).
</P>
<P>(6) A minimum of two thermocouple devices must indicate 427 °C (800 °F) after 13 minutes, plus-or-minus one minute, of simulated pool-fire exposure.
</P>
<P>b. A thermal protection system must be tested in the simulated pool-fire environment described in paragraph 2a of this appendix in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) The thermal protection system must cover one side of a bare plate as described in paragraph 2a(2) of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(2) The non-protected side of the bare plate must be instrumented with not less than nine thermocouples placed as described in paragraph 2a(2) of this appendix to record the thermal response of the plate.
</P>
<P>(3) Before exposure to the pool-fire simulation, none of the thermocouples on the thermal protection system configuration may indicate a plate temperature in excess of 37.8 °C (100 °F) nor less than 0 °C (32 °F).
</P>
<P>(4) The entire surface of the thermal protection system must be exposed to the simulated pool fire.
</P>
<P>(5) A pool-fire simulation test must run for a minimum of 100 minutes. The thermal protection system must retard the heat flow to the plate so that none of the thermocouples on the non-protected side of the plate indicate a plate temperature in excess of 427 °C (800 °F).
</P>
<P>(6) A minimum of three consecutive successful simulation fire tests must be performed for each thermal protection system.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Simulated torch fire test.</I>
</P>
<P>a. A torch-fire environment must be simulated in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) The source of the simulated torch must be a hydrocarbon fuel with a flame temperature of 1,204 °C plus-or-minus 55.6 °C (2,200 °F plus or minus 100 °F), throughout the duration of the test. Furthermore, torch velocities must be 64.4 km/h ±16 km/h (40 mph ±10 mph) throughout the duration of the test.
</P>
<P>(2) A square bare plate with thermal properties equivalent to the material of construction of the tank car must be used. The plate dimensions must be at least four feet by four feet by nominal 1.6 cm (0.625 inch) thick. The bare plate must be instrumented with not less than nine thermocouples to record the thermal response of the plate. The thermocouples must be attached to the surface not exposed to the simulated torch and must be divided into nine equal squares with a thermocouple placed in the center of each square.
</P>
<P>(3) The bare plate holder must be constructed in such a manner that the only heat transfer to the back side of the plate is by heat conduction through the plate and not by other heat paths. The apex of the flame must be directed at the center of the plate.
</P>
<P>(4) Before exposure to the simulated torch, none of the temperature recording devices may indicate a plate temperature in excess of 37.8 °C (100 °F) or less than 0 °C (32 °F).
</P>
<P>(5) A minimum of two thermocouples must indicate 427 °C (800 °F) in four minutes, plus-or-minus 30 seconds, of torch simulation exposure.
</P>
<P>b. A thermal protection system must be tested in the simulated torch-fire environment described in paragraph 3a of this appendix in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) The thermal protection system must cover one side of the bare plate identical to that used to simulate a torch fire under paragraph 3a(2) of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(2) The back of the bare plate must be instrumented with not less than nine thermocouples placed as described in paragraph 3a(2) of this appendix to record the thermal response of the material.
</P>
<P>(3) Before exposure to the simulated torch, none of the thermocouples on the back side of the thermal protection system configuration may indicate a plate temperature in excess of 37.8 °C (100 °F) nor less than 0 °C (32 °F).
</P>
<P>(4) The entire outside surface of the thermal protection system must be exposed to the simulated torch-fire environment.
</P>
<P>(5) A torch-simulation test must be run for a minimum of 30 minutes. The thermal protection system must retard the heat flow to the plate so that none of the thermocouples on the backside of the bare plate indicate a plate temperature in excess of 427 °C (800 °F).
</P>
<P>(6) A minimum of two consecutive successful torch-simulation tests must be performed for each thermal protection system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 179-50, 60 FR 49078, Sept. 21, 1995, as amended at 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010; 77 FR 60945, Oct. 5, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="180" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 180—CONTINUING QUALIFICATION AND MAINTENANCE OF PACKAGINGS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 180-2, 54 FR 25032, June 12, 1989, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.1" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes requirements pertaining to the maintenance, reconditioning, repair, inspection and testing of packagings, and any other function having an effect on the continuing qualification and use of a packaging under the requirements of this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.2" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who performs a function prescribed in this part shall perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who performs a function prescribed in this part is considered subject to the regulations of this subchapter when that person—
</P>
<P>(1) Makes any representation indicating compliance with one or more of the requirements of this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) Reintroduces into commerce a packaging that bears markings indicating compliance with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-2, 54 FR 25032, June 12, 1989, as amended by Amdt. 180-2, 56 FR 27877, June 17, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.3" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.3   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may represent, mark, certify, sell, or offer a packaging or container as meeting the requirements of this part, or a special permit pertaining to this part issued under subchapter A of this chapter, whether or not the packaging or container is intended to be used for the transportation of a hazardous material, unless it is marked, maintained, reconditioned, repaired, or retested, as appropriate, in accordance with this part, an approval issued thereunder, or a special permit issued under subchapter A of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The representations, markings, and certifications subject to the prohibitions of paragraph (a) of this section include:
</P>
<P>(1) Identifications that include the letters “DOT”, “MC”, “ICC”, or “UN”;
</P>
<P>(2) Special permit, approval, and registration numbers that include the letters “DOT”;
</P>
<P>(3) Test dates displayed in association with specification, registration, approval, or exemption markings indicating conformance to a test or retest requirement of this subchapter, an approval issued thereunder, or a special permit issued under subchapter A of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(4) Documents indicating conformance to the testing, inspection, maintenance or other continuing qualification requirements of this part; and
</P>
<P>(5) Sales literature, including advertising, indicating that the packaging or container represented therein conforms to requirements contained in subchapter A or C of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-2, 54 FR 25032, June 12, 1989, as amended by Amdt. 180-3, 58 FR 33306, June 16, 1993; 70 FR 73166, Dec. 9, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Qualification, Maintenance and Use of Cylinders</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 180.201" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.201   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes requirements, in addition to those contained in parts 107, 171, 172, 173, and 178 of this chapter, for the continuing qualification, maintenance, or periodic requalification of DOT specification and exemption cylinders and UN pressure receptacles.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33894, June 12, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.203" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.203   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this section, the word “cylinder” includes UN pressure receptacles. In addition to the definitions contained in § 171.8 of this subchapter, the following definitions apply to this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Commercially free of corrosive components</I> means a hazardous material having a moisture content less than 55 ppm and free of components that will adversely react with the cylinder (<I>e.g.,</I> chemical stress corrosion).
</P>
<P><I>Condemn</I> means a determination that a cylinder is unserviceable for the continued transportation of hazardous materials in commerce and that the cylinder may not be restored by repair, rebuilding, requalification, or any other procedure. 
</P>
<P><I>Filled</I> or <I>charged</I> means an introduction or presence of a hazardous material in a cylinder. 
</P>
<P><I>Mobile unit</I> means a vehicle specifically authorized under a RIN to carry out requalification operations identified under the RIN within specified geographic areas away from the principle place of business. Mobile units must comply with the requirements outlined in the approval issuance letter from the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (see § 107.805 of subchapter A of this chapter).
</P>
<P><I>Non-corrosive service</I> means a hazardous material that, in the presence of moisture, is not corrosive to the materials of construction of a cylinder (including valve, pressure relief device, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Over-heated</I> means a condition in which the temperature of any portion of an aluminum cylinder has reached 176 °C (350 °F) or higher, or in which the temperature of any portion of a steel or nickel cylinder has reached 343 °C (650 °F) or higher. 
</P>
<P><I>Over-pressurized</I> means a condition in which the internal pressure applied to a cylinder has reached or exceeded the yield point of the cylinder.
</P>
<P><I>Permanent expansion</I> means a permanent increase in a cylinder's volume after the test pressure is released. 
</P>
<P><I>Proof pressure test</I> means a liquid-based pressure test by interior pressurization without the determination of a cylinder's expansion.
</P>
<P><I>Rebuild</I> means the replacement of a pressure part (e.g. a wall, head, or pressure fitting) by welding. 
</P>
<P><I>Repair</I> means a procedure for correction of a rejected cylinder that may involve welding. 
</P>
<P><I>Requalification</I> means the completion of a visual inspection and/or the test(s) required to be performed on a cylinder to determine its suitability for continued service. 
</P>
<P><I>Requalification identification number or RIN</I> means a code assigned by DOT to uniquely identify a cylinder requalification, repair, or rebuilding facility. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 33894, June 12, 2006; 85 FR 85432, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.205" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.205   General requirements for requalification of specification cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each cylinder used for the transportation of hazardous materials must be an authorized packaging. To qualify as an authorized packaging, each cylinder must conform to this subpart, the applicable requirements specified in part 173 of this subchapter, and the applicable requirements of subpart C of part 178 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Persons performing requalification functions.</I> No person may represent that a repair or requalification of a cylinder has been performed in accordance with the requirements in this subchapter unless that person holds a current approval issued under the procedural requirements prescribed in subpart I of part 107 of this chapter. No person may mark a cylinder with a RIN and a requalification date or otherwise represent that a DOT specification or special permit cylinder has been requalified unless all applicable requirements of this subpart have been met. A person who requalifies cylinders must maintain the records prescribed in § 180.215 at each location at which it inspects, tests, or marks cylinders. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Periodic requalification of cylinders.</I> Each cylinder bearing a DOT, CRC, BTC, or CTC specification marking must be requalified and marked as specified in the requalification table in § 180.209(a) or requalified and marked by a facility registered by Transport Canada in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Each cylinder bearing both a TC specification marking and also marked with a corresponding DOT specification marking must be requalified and marked as specified in the requalification table in § 180.209(a) or requalified and marked by a facility registered by Transport Canada in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations. Each cylinder bearing a DOT special permit (or exemption) number must be requalified and marked in conformance with this section and the terms of the applicable special permit (or exemption). Each cylinder bearing only a TC mark must be requalified and marked as specified in the Transport Canada TDG Regulations, except that registration with Transport Canada is not required and cylinders must be marked with the requalifier's DOT issued requalifier identification number. No cylinder may be filled with a hazardous material and offered for transportation in commerce unless that cylinder has been successfully requalified and marked in accordance with this subpart. A cylinder may be requalified at any time during or before the month and year that the requalification is due. However, a cylinder filled before the requalification becomes due may remain in service until it is emptied. A cylinder with a specified service life may not be refilled and offered for transportation after its authorized service life has expired.
</P>
<P>(1) Each cylinder that is requalified in accordance with the requirements specified in this section must be marked in accordance with § 180.213 or the requirements of the Transport Canada TDG Regulations, or in the case of a TC cylinder requalified in the United States by a DOT RIN holder, in accordance with the requirements of the Transport Canada TDG Regulations except that registration with Transport Canada is not required and cylinders must be marked with the requalifiers DOT issued requalifier identification number.
</P>
<P>(2) Each cylinder that fails requalification must be:
</P>
<P>(i) Rejected and may be repaired or rebuilt in accordance with § 180.211 or § 180.212, as appropriate; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Condemned in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) For DOT specification cylinders, the marked service pressure may be changed upon approval of the Associate Administrator and in accordance with written procedures specified in the approval.
</P>
<P>(4) For a specification 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3AX, 3AAX, 3B, 3BN, or 3T cylinder filled with gases in other than Division 2.2, from the first requalification due on or after December 31, 2003, the burst pressure of a CG-1, CG-4, or CG-5 pressure relief device must be at test pressure with a tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%. An additional 5% tolerance is allowed when a combined rupture disc is placed inside a holder. This requirement does not apply if a CG-2, CG-3 or CG-9 thermally activated relief device or a CG-7 reclosing pressure valve is used on the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(5) Each 3-series specification cylinder that is horizontally mounted on a motor vehicle or in a framework and that is: 12 feet or longer; has an outside diameter greater than or equal to 18 inches; and is supported by the neck mounting surface during transportation in commerce must be inspected at the time of requalification in accordance with CGA C-23 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conditions requiring test and inspection of cylinders.</I> Without regard to any other periodic requalification requirements, a cylinder must be tested and inspected in accordance with this section prior to further use if—
</P>
<P>(1) The cylinder shows evidence of dents, corrosion, cracked or abraded areas, leakage, or any other condition that might render it unsafe for use in transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) The cylinder has been in an accident and has been damaged to an extent that may adversely affect its lading retention capability;
</P>
<P>(3) The cylinder shows evidence of or is known to have thermal damage, or have been over-heated;
</P>
<P>(4) Except in association with an authorized repair, evidence of removal of wall thickness via grinding, sanding or other means; 
</P>
<P>(5) For a cylinder subject to paragraph (c)(5) of this section, if there is visible corrosion around the neck or under the flange/sleeve, as outlined in Section 4.2 of CGA C-23, it must be removed and examined in accordance with CGA C-23 before being returned to service; or
</P>
<P>(6) The Associate Administrator determines that the cylinder may be in an unsafe condition.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Cylinders containing Class 8 (corrosive) liquids.</I> A cylinder previously containing a Class 8 (corrosive) liquid may not be used to transport a Class 2 material in commerce unless the cylinder is— 
</P>
<P>(1) Visually inspected, internally and externally, in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section and the inspection is recorded as prescribed in § 180.215; 
</P>
<P>(2) Requalified in accordance with this section, regardless of the date of the previous requalification. When requalification is performed using ultrasonic examination, the cylinder must be visually inspected in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Marked in accordance with § 180.213; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Decontaminated to remove all significant residue or impregnation of the Class 8 material. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Visual inspection.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, each time a cylinder is pressure tested, it must be given an internal and external visual inspection.
</P>
<P>(1) The visual inspection must be performed in accordance with the following standards (all IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter): CGA C-6 for steel and nickel cylinders; CGA C-6.1 for seamless aluminum cylinders; CGA C-6.2 for fiber reinforced composite special permit cylinders; CGA C-6.3 for low pressure aluminum cylinders; CGA C-8 for DOT 3HT cylinders; and CGA C-13 for DOT 8 series cylinders.
</P>
<P>(2) If a cylinder or tube is requalified by ultrasonic examination, only an external visual inspection is required.
</P>
<P>(3) For each cylinder with a coating or attachments that would inhibit inspection of the cylinder, the coating or attachments must be removed before performing the visual inspection.
</P>
<P>(4) Each cylinder subject to visual inspection must be approved, rejected, or condemned according to the criteria in the applicable CGA standard.
</P>
<P>(5) In addition to other requirements prescribed in this paragraph (f), each specification cylinder manufactured of aluminum alloy 6351-T6 and used in self-contained underwater breathing apparatus (SCUBA), self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), or oxygen service must be inspected for sustained load cracking in accordance with appendix C to this part at the first scheduled five-year requalification period after January 1, 2007, and every five years thereafter.
</P>
<P>(6) Except in association with an authorized repair, removal of wall thickness via grinding, sanding, or other means is not permitted. Removal of paint or loose material to prepare the cylinder for inspection is permitted (<I>i.e.,</I> shot blasting).
</P>
<P>(7) Chasing of cylinder threads to clean them is permitted, but removal of metal must not occur. Re-tapping of cylinder threads is not permitted, except by the original manufacturer, as provided in § 180.212.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Pressure test.</I> (1) Unless otherwise provided, each cylinder required to be retested under this subpart must be retested by means suitable for measuring the expansion of the cylinder under pressure. Testing must be performed in accordance with CGA C-1 (except for paragraph 5.3.2.2, if the required accuracy of the pressure indicating device can be demonstrated by other recognized means such as calibration certificates) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) The pressure indicating device and expansion indicating device must meet the resolution requirements of CGA C-1. Midpoint visual interpolation is allowed.
</P>
<P>(3) Each day before retesting, the retester shall confirm, by using a calibrated cylinder or other method authorized in writing by the Associate Administrator, that:
</P>
<P>(i) The pressure-indicating device, as part of the retest apparatus, is accurate within ±1.0% of the prescribed test pressure of any cylinder tested that day. The pressure indicating device, itself, must be certified as having an accuracy of ±0.5%, or better, of its full range, and must permit readings of pressure from 90%-110% of the minimum prescribed test pressure of the cylinder to be tested. The accuracy of the pressure indicating device within the test system can be demonstrated at any point within 500 psig of the actual test pressure for test pressures at or above 3000 psig, or 10% of the actual test pressure for test pressures below 3000 psig.
</P>
<P>(ii) The expansion-indicating device, as part of the retest apparatus, meets the accuracy requirements of CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(4) Test equipment must be verified each day before retesting as required in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(i) The retester must demonstrate calibration in conformance with this paragraph (g) to an authorized inspector on any day that it retests cylinders.
</P>
<P>(ii) A retester must maintain calibrated cylinder certificates in conformance with § 180.215(b)(4).
</P>
<P>(5) A system check may be performed at or below 90% of test pressure prior to the retest. In the case of a malfunction of the test equipment or operator error, the test may be repeated in accordance with CGA C-1, section 5.7.1. This paragraph (g) does not authorize retest of a cylinder otherwise required to be condemned under paragraph (i) of this section.


</P>
<P>(h) <I>Ultrasonic examination (UE).</I> Requalification of cylinders and tubes using UE must be performed in accordance with CGA C-20 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).


</P>
<P>(i) <I>Cylinder rejection.</I> A cylinder must be rejected when, after a visual inspection, it meets a condition for rejection under the visual inspection requirements of paragraph (f) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (i)(3) and (4) of this section, a cylinder that is rejected may not be marked as meeting the requirements of this section.


</P>
<P>(2) The requalifier must notify the cylinder owner, in writing, that the cylinder has been rejected. 
</P>
<P>(3) Unless the cylinder is repaired or rebuilt in conformance with requirements in § 180.211, it may not be filled with a hazardous material and offered for transportation where use of a specification packaging is required.
</P>
<P>(4) A rejected cylinder with a service pressure of less than 900 psig may be requalified and marked if the cylinder is repaired or rebuilt and subsequently inspected and tested in conformance with— 
</P>
<P>(i) The visual inspection requirements of paragraph (f) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Part 178 of this subchapter and this part; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any special permit covering the manufacture, requalification, and/or use of that cylinder; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any approval required under § 180.211. 


</P>
<P>(j) <I>Cylinder condemnation.</I> (1) A cylinder must be condemned when— 
</P>
<P>(i) The cylinder meets a condition for condemnation under the visual inspection requirements of paragraph (f) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The cylinder leaks through its wall. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Evidence of cracking exists to the extent that the cylinder is likely to be weakened appreciably. 
</P>
<P>(iv) For a DOT specification cylinder, other than a DOT 4E aluminum cylinder or a special permit cylinder, permanent expansion exceeds 10 percent of total expansion. 
</P>
<P>(v) For a DOT 3HT cylinder— 
</P>
<P>(A) The pressure test yields an elastic expansion exceeding the marked rejection elastic expansion (REE) value. 
</P>
<P>(B) The cylinder shows evidence of denting or bulging. 
</P>
<P>(C) The cylinder bears a manufacture or an original test date older than twenty-four years or after 4380 pressurizations, whichever occurs first. If a cylinder is refilled, on average, more than once every other day, an accurate record of the number of rechargings must be maintained by the cylinder owner or the owner's agent. 
</P>
<P>(vi) For a DOT 4E aluminum cylinder, permanent expansion exceeds 12 percent of total expansion. 
</P>
<P>(vii) For a DOT special permit cylinder, permanent expansion exceeds the limit in the applicable special permit, or the cylinder meets another criterion for condemnation in the applicable special permit. 
</P>
<P>(viii) For an aluminum or an aluminum-lined composite special permit cylinder, the cylinder is known to have been or shows evidence of having been overheated. Arc burns must be considered evidence of overheating.
</P>
<P>(ix) The cylinder is known to have been or shows evidence of having been over-pressurized.
</P>
<P>(x) For a cylinder with a specified service life, its authorized service life has expired.
</P>
<P>(xi) The cylinder has been stamped on the sidewall, except as provided in part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) When a cylinder must be condemned, the requalifier must—
</P>
<P>(i) Communicate condemnation of the cylinder as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Stamp a series of Xs over the DOT-specification number and the marked pressure or stamp “CONDEMNED” on the shoulder, top head, or neck using a steel stamp;
</P>
<P>(B) For composite cylinders, securely affix to the cylinder a label with the word “CONDEMNED” overcoated with epoxy near, but not obscuring, the original cylinder manufacturer's label; or
</P>
<P>(C) As an alternative to the stamping or labeling as described in this paragraph (j)(2), at the direction of the owner, the requalifier may render the cylinder incapable of holding pressure. If a condemned cylinder contains hazardous materials, the requalifier must stamp the cylinder “CONDEMNED” and affix a readily visible label on the cylinder stating: “UN REJECTED, RETURNING TO ORIGIN FOR PROPER DISPOSITION.” The requalifier may only transport the condemned cylinder by private motor vehicle carriage to a facility capable of safely removing the contents of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notify the cylinder owner, in writing, that the cylinder is condemned and may not be filled with hazardous material and offered for transportation in commerce where use of a specification packaging is required.
</P>
<P>(3) No person may remove, obliterate, or alter the required condemnation communication of paragraph (j)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Training materials.</I> Training materials may be used for training persons who requalify cylinders using the volumetric expansion test method.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24662, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 75764, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34077, June 13, 2005; 70 FR 73166, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 51128, Aug. 29, 2006; 73 FR 4720, Jan. 28, 2008; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010; 82 FR 15896, Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 85433, Dec. 28, 2020; 89 FR 15666, Mar. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.207" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.207   Requirements for requalification of UN pressure receptacles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Each UN pressure receptacle used for the transportation of hazardous materials must conform to the requirements prescribed in paragraphs (a), (b) and (d) in § 180.205.
</P>
<P>(2) No pressure receptacle due for requalification may be filled with a hazardous material and offered for transportation in commerce unless that pressure receptacle has been successfully requalified and marked in accordance with this subpart or requalified and marked by a facility registered by Transport Canada in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). A pressure receptacle may be requalified at any time during or before the month and year that the requalification is due. However, a pressure receptacle filled before the requalification becomes due may remain in service until it is emptied. In accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations a CAN marked UN cylinder may be requalified in the United States by a domestic requalifier, provided the requirements in §§ 178.69, 178.70, and 178.71, as applicable, are met.
</P>
<P>(3) A pressure receptacle with a specified service life may not be requalified after its authorized service life has expired. A pressure receptacle with a specified service life may not be refilled and offered for transportation after its authorized service life has expired unless approval has been obtained in writing from the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Periodic requalification of UN pressure receptacles.</I> (1) Each pressure receptacle that is successfully requalified in accordance with the requirements specified in this section must be marked in accordance with § 180.213. The requalification results must be recorded in accordance § 180.215.
</P>
<P>(2) Each pressure receptacle that fails requalification must be rejected or condemned in accordance with the applicable ISO requalification standard.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requalification interval.</I> Each UN pressure receptacle that becomes due for periodic requalification must be requalified at the interval specified in the following table before it is filled:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Requalification Intervals of UN Pressure Receptacles 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Interval (years)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">UN pressure receptacles/hazardous materials 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pressure receptacles for all hazardous materials except as noted below (also for dissolved acetylene, see paragraph (d)(3) of this section):
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Composite pressure receptacles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Metal hydride storage systems
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pressure receptacles used for:
<br/>All Division 2.3 materials.
<br/>UN1013, Carbon dioxide.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1043, Fertilizer ammoniating solution with free ammonia.
<br/>UN1051, Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized containing less than 3% water.
<br/>UN1052, Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous.
<br/>UN1745, Bromine pentafluoride.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UN1746, Bromine trifluoride.
<br/>UN2073, Ammonia solution.
<br/>UN2495, Iodine pentafluoride.
<br/>UN2983, Ethylene Oxide and Propylene oxide mixture, not more than 30% ethylene oxide.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pressure receptacles used for adsorbed gases.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) <I>Requalification procedures.</I> Each UN pressure receptacle must be requalified in conformance with the procedures contained in the following standards, as applicable. Furthermore, when a pressure test is performed on a UN pressure receptacle, the test must be a water jacket volumetric expansion test suitable for the determination of the cylinder expansion or a hydraulic proof pressure test. The test equipment must conform to the accuracy requirements in § 180.205(g). Alternative methods (<I>e.g.,</I> acoustic emission) or requalification procedures may be performed if prior approval has been obtained in writing from the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Seamless steel.</I> (i) Each seamless steel UN pressure receptacle, including pressure receptacles exceeding 150 L capacity installed in multiple-element gas containers (MEGCs) or in other service, must be requalified in accordance with ISO 6406:2005(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). However, UN cylinders with a tensile strength greater than or equal to 950 MPa must be requalified by ultrasonic examination in accordance with ISO 6406:2005(E). For seamless steel cylinders and tubes, the internal inspection and hydraulic pressure test may be replaced by a procedure conforming to ISO 16148:2016(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) Each seamless steel UN pressure receptacle that is horizontally mounted on a motor vehicle or in a framework and that: is 12 feet or longer; has an outside diameter greater than or equal to 18 inches; and is supported by a neck mounting surface during transportation must be inspected at the time of requalification in accordance with CGA C-23 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Notwithstanding the periodic inspection, if the seamless steel UN pressure receptacle shows visible corrosion, as outlined in Section 4.2 of CGA C-23, around the neck or under the flange/sleeve, then it must be removed and examined in accordance with Section 6 of CGA C-23 prior to returning to service.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Seamless UN aluminum:</I> Each seamless aluminum UN pressure receptacle must be requalified in accordance with ISO 10461 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(3) Dissolved acetylene UN cylinders: Each dissolved acetylene cylinder must be requalified in accordance with ISO 10462:2013(E)/Amd 1:2019 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). However, a cylinder may continue to be requalified in accordance with ISO 10462:2013(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) without the supplemental amendment until December 31, 2024. Further, a cylinder requalified in accordance with ISO 10462:2013(E) until December 31, 2018, may continue to be used until its next required requalification. The porous mass and the shell must be requalified no sooner than three (3) years, six (6) months, from the date of manufacture. Thereafter, subsequent requalifications of the porous mass and shell must be performed at least once every 10 years.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Composite UN cylinders:</I> Each composite cylinder must be inspected and tested in accordance with ISO 11623:2015(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until December 31, 2020, ISO 11623:2002(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) may be used.
</P>
<P>(5) UN cylinders for adsorbed gases: Each UN cylinder for adsorbed gases must be inspected and tested in accordance with § 173.302c of this subchapter and ISO 11513:2019(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). However, a UN cylinder may continue to be requalified in accordance with ISO 11513:2011(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) until December 31, 2024.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Valves:</I> Inspection and maintenance of cylinder valves must be carried out in accordance with ISO 22434:2006 Transportable gas cylinders—Inspection and maintenance of cylinder valves (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>UN cylinder bundles:</I> UN cylinder bundles containing compressed, liquefied, and dissolved gas must be inspected and tested in accordance with ISO 20475:2018(E) (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(8) UN pressure drums: UN pressure drums must be inspected and tested in accordance with ISO 23088:2020 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33894, June 12, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 54397, Sept. 14, 2006; 76 FR 3389, Jan. 19, 2011; 80 FR 1168, Jan. 8, 2015; 82 FR 15897, Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 27901, May 11, 2020; 85 FR 85434, Dec. 28, 2020; 86 FR 45000, July 26, 2022; 89 FR 15667, Mar. 4, 2024; 89 FR 25490, Apr. 10, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.209" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.209   Requirements for requalification of specification cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Periodic qualification of cylinders.</I> Each specification cylinder that becomes due for periodic requalification, as specified in the following table, must be requalified and marked in conformance with the requirements of this subpart. Requalification records must be maintained in accordance with § 180.215. Table 1 follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)—Requalification of Cylinders 
<sup>1</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specification under which cylinder was made
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum test pressure


<br/>(psig) 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Requalification period


<br/>(years)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3000 psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3A, 3AA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5/3 times service pressure, except non-corrosive service (<E T="03">see</E> § 180.209(g))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5, 10, or 12 (<E T="03">see</E> § 180.209(b), (f), (h), and (j)).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3AL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5/3 times service pressure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 or 12 (see § 180.209(j) and (m) 
<sup>4</sup>).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3AX, 3AAX</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5/3 times service pressure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3B, 3BN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 times service pressure (<E T="03">see</E> § 180.209(g))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 or 10 (<E T="03">see</E> § 180.209(f)).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Test not required
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3HT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5/3 times service pressure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 (<E T="03">see</E> §§ 180.209(k) and 180.213(c)).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3T</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5/3 times service pressure or UE
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4AA480</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 times service pressure (<E T="03">see</E> § 180.209(g))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 or 10 (<E T="03">see</E> § 180.209(h)).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4B, 4BA, 4BW, 4B-240ET</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 times service pressure, except non-corrosive service (<E T="03">see</E> § 180.209(g))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5, 7, 10, or 12 (<E T="03">see</E> § 180.209(e), (f), and (j)).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4D, 4DA, 4DS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 times service pressure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 times service pressure, except non-corrosive service (<E T="03">see</E> § 180.209(g))</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5, 10, or 12 (<E T="03">see</E> § 180.209(e)).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Test not required
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8, 8AL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 or 20 (<E T="03">see</E> § 180.209(i)).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Exemption or special permit cylinder</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See current exemption or special permit, or UE
<sup>3</sup> as allowed by CGA C-20 (2014)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See current exemption or special permit.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Foreign cylinder (<E T="03">see</E> § 173.301(j) of this subchapter for restrictions on use)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As marked on cylinder, but not less than 5/3 of any service or working pressure marking</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 (<E T="03">see</E> §§ 180.209(l) and 180.213(d)(2)).
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Any cylinder not exceeding two inches outside diameter and less than two feet in length is excepted from volumetric expansion test.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> For cylinders not marked with a service pressure, see § 173.301a(b) of this subchapter.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Minimum test pressure is not applicable to those cylinders and tubes requalified using ultrasonic examination.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> This provision does not apply to cylinders used for carbon dioxide, fire extinguisher, or other industrial gas service.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>DOT 3A or 3AA cylinders.</I> (1) A cylinder conforming to specification DOT 3A or 3AA with a water capacity of 56.7 kg (125 lb) or less that is removed from any cluster, bank, group, rack, or vehicle each time it is filled, may be requalified every ten years instead of every five years, provided the cylinder conforms to all of the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(i) The cylinder was manufactured after December 31, 1945. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The cylinder is used exclusively for air; argon; cyclopropane; ethylene; helium; hydrogen; krypton; neon; nitrogen; nitrous oxide; oxygen; sulfur hexafluoride; xenon; chlorinated hydrocarbons, fluorinated hydrocarbons, liquefied hydrocarbons, and mixtures thereof that are commercially free from corroding components; permitted mixtures of these gases (<I>see</I> § 173.301(d) of this subchapter); and permitted mixtures of these gases with up to 30 percent by volume of carbon dioxide, provided the gas has a dew point at or below minus (52 °F) at 1 atmosphere. 
</P>
<P>(iii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(iv) The cylinder is dried immediately after hydrostatic testing to remove all traces of water. 
</P>
<P>(v) The cylinder is not used for underwater breathing. 
</P>
<P>(vi) Each cylinder is stamped with a five-pointed star at least one-fourth of an inch high immediately following the test date. 
</P>
<P>(2) If, since the last required requalification, a cylinder has not been used exclusively for the gases specifically identified in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, but currently conforms with all other provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, it may be requalified every 10 years instead of every five years, provided it is first requalified and examined as prescribed by § 173.302a(b) (2), (3) and (4) of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(3) Except as specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, if a cylinder, marked with a star, is filled with a compressed gas other than as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, the star following the most recent test date must be obliterated. The cylinder must be requalified five years from the marked test date, or prior to the first filling with a compressed gas, if the required five-year requalification period has passed. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>DOT 4-series cylinders.</I> A DOT 4-series cylinder, except a 4L cylinder, that at any time shows evidence of a leak, internal or external corrosion, denting, bulging or rough usage to the extent that it is likely to be weakened appreciably, or that has lost 5 percent or more of its official tare weight must be requalified before being refilled and offered for transportation. (Refer to CGA C-6 or C-6.3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), as applicable, regarding cylinder weakening.) After testing, the actual tare weight must be recorded as the new tare weight on the test report and marked on the cylinder. The previous tare weight must be strike-lined through, but not obliterated.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Cylinders 5.44 kg (12 lb) or less with service pressures of 300 psig or less.</I> A cylinder of 5.44 kg (12 lb) or less water capacity authorized for service pressure of 300 psig or less must be given a complete external visual inspection at the time periodic requalification becomes due. External visual inspection must be in accordance with CGA C-6 or CGA C-6.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The cylinder may be proof pressure tested. The test is successful if the cylinder, when examined under test pressure, does not display a defect described in § 180.205(j)(1)(ii) or (iii). Upon successful completion of the test and inspection, the cylinder must be marked in accordance with § 180.213.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Cylinders in non-corrosive gas service.</I> A cylinder made in conformance with DOT Specifications 4B, 4BA, 4BW, or 4E protected externally by a suitable corrosion-resistant coating and used exclusively for non-corrosive gas that is commercially free from corroding components may be requalified by volumetric expansion testing every 12 years instead of every 5 years. As an alternative, the cylinder may be subjected to a proof pressure test at least two times the marked service pressure, but this latter type of test must be repeated every 10 years after expiration of the initial 12-year period. When subjected to a proof pressure test, as prescribed in CGA C-1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), the cylinder must be carefully examined under test pressure and removed from service if a leak or defect is found.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Poisonous materials.</I> A cylinder conforming to specification DOT 3A, 3AA, 3B, 4BA, or 4BW having a service pressure of 300 psig or less and used exclusively for methyl bromide, liquid; mixtures of methyl bromide and ethylene dibromide, liquid; mixtures of methyl bromide and chlorpicrin, liquid; mixtures of methyl bromide and petroleum solvents, liquid; or methyl bromide and nonflammable, nonliquefied compressed gas mixtures, liquid; commercially free of corroding components, and protected externally by a suitable corrosion resistant coating (such as galvanizing or painting) and internally by a suitable corrosion resistant lining (such as galvanizing) may be tested every 10 years instead of every five years, provided a visual internal and external examination of the cylinder is conducted every five years in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-6. The cylinder must be examined at each filling, and rejected if a dent, corroded area, leak or other condition indicates possible weakness. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Visual inspections.</I> A cylinder conforming to a specification listed in the table in this paragraph (g) and used exclusively in the service indicated may, instead of a periodic hydrostatic test, be given a complete external visual inspection at the time periodic requalification becomes due. External visual inspection must be in conformance with CGA C-6 or C-6.3, as applicable. When this inspection is used instead of hydrostatic testing, subsequent inspections are required at five-year intervals after the first inspection. Inspections must be made only by persons holding a current RIN and the results recorded and maintained in conformance with § 180.215. Records must include: Date of inspection (month and year); DOT-specification number; cylinder identification (registered symbol and serial number, date of manufacture, and owner); type of cylinder protective coating (including statement as to need of refinishing or recoating); conditions checked (<I>e.g.,</I> leakage, corrosion, gouges, dents or digs in shell or heads, broken or damaged footring or protective ring or fire damage); and disposition of cylinder (returned to service, returned to cylinder manufacturer for repairs or condemned). A cylinder passing requalification by the external visual inspection must be marked in conformance with § 180.213. Specification cylinders must be in exclusive service as shown in table 2 to this paragraph (g):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph (<E T="01">g</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cylinders conforming to—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Used exclusively for—
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 3A, DOT 3AA, DOT 3A480X, DOT 4AA480</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Anhydrous ammonia of at least 99.95% purity.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 3A, DOT 3AA, DOT 3A480X, DOT 3B, DOT 4B, DOT 4BA, DOT 4BW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butadiene, inhibited, that is commercially free from corroding components.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 3A, DOT 3AA, DOT 3A480X, DOT 3B. DOT 4AA480, DOT 4B, DOT 4BA, DOT 4BW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cyclopropane that is commercially free from corroding components.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 3A, DOT 3AA, DOT 3A480X, DOT 4B, DOT 4BA, DOT 4BW, DOT 4E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chlorinated hydrocarbons and mixtures thereof that are commercially free from corroding components.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 3A, DOT 3AA, DOT 3A480X, DOT 4B, DOT 4BA, DOT 4BW, DOT 4E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fluorinated hydrocarbons and mixtures thereof that are commercially free from corroding components.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 3A, DOT 3AA, DOT 3A480X, DOT 3B, DOT 4B, DOT 4BA, DOT 4BW, DOT 4E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied hydrocarbon gas that is commercially free of corroding components.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 3A, DOT 3AA, DOT 3A480X, DOT 3B, DOT 4B, DOT 4BA, DOT 4BW, DOT 4E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied petroleum gas that meets the detail requirements limits in Table 1 of ASTM 1835, Standard Specification for Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases (incorporated by reference; see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or an equivalent standard containing the same limits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 3A, DOT 3AA, DOT 3B, DOT 4B, DOT 4BA, DOT 4BW, DOT 4E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Methylacetylene-propadiene, stabilized, that is commercially free from corroding components.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 3A, DOT 3AA, DOT 3B, DOT 4B, DOT 4BA, DOT 4BW, DOT 4E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Propylene that is commercially free from corroding components.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 3A, DOT 3AA, DOT 3B, DOT 4B, DOT 4BA, DOT 4BW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Anhydrous mono, di, trimethylamines that are commercially free from corroding components.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 4B240, DOT 4BW240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ethyleneimine, stabilized.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 4BW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alkali metal alloys, liquid, n.o.s., Alkali metal dispersions or Alkaline earth metal dispersions, Potassium, Potassium Sodium alloys and Sodium that are commercially free of corroding components.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(h) <I>Cylinders containing anhydrous ammonia.</I> A cylinder conforming to specification DOT 3A, 3A480X, or 4AA480 used exclusively for anhydrous ammonia, commercially free from corroding components, and protected externally by a suitable corrosion-resistant coating (such as paint) may be requalified every 10 years instead of every five years. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Requalification of DOT-8 series cylinders.</I> (1) Each owner of a DOT-8 series cylinder used to transport acetylene must have the cylinder shell and the porous filler requalified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-13 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Requalification must be performed in accordance with the following schedule: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Date of cylinder manufacture
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Shell (visual inspection) requalification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Porous filler requalification
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Initial
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subsequent
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Intial
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subsequent
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Before January 1, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Before January 1, 2001</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Before January 1, 2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not required.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On or after January 1, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 years 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 to 20 years 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not required.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Years from the date of cylinder manufacture.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> No sooner than 5 years, and no later than 20 years from the date of manufacture.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Unless requalified and marked in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-13 before October 1, 1994, an acetylene cylinder must be requalified by a person who holds a current RIN. 
</P>
<P>(3) If a cylinder valve is replaced, a cylinder valve of the same weight must be used or the tare weight of the cylinder must be adjusted to compensate for valve weight differential. 
</P>
<P>(4) The person performing a visual inspection or requalification must record the results as specified in § 180.215. 
</P>
<P>(5) The person performing a visual inspection or requalification must mark the cylinder as specified in § 180.213. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Cylinder used as a fire extinguisher.</I> Only a DOT-specification cylinder used as a fire extinguisher in conformance with § 173.309(a) of this subchapter may be requalified in conformance with this paragraph (j). The testing procedures, calibration of the testing equipment, accuracy of the pressure indicating device, accuracy of the testing equipment must be as prescribed in CGA C-1.
</P>
<P>(1) A DOT 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET or 4BW cylinder used as a fire extinguisher may be tested as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For a cylinder with a water capacity of 5.44 kg (12 pounds) or less, by the water-jacket, direct expansion or proof pressure test methods as prescribed in CGA C-1. A requalification must be performed by the end of 12 years after the original test date and at 12-year intervals thereafter.
</P>
<P>(A) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(B) When testing using the water-jacket or direct expansion test method, the permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(C) When testing using the proof pressure test method, the cylinder must be carefully examined under test pressure and removed from service if a leak or defect is found.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a cylinder having a water capacity over 5.44 kg (12 pounds), by the water-jacket, direct expansion or proof pressure test methods as prescribed in CGA C-1. For the water-jacket or direct expansion test, the requalification must be performed by the end of 12 years after the original test date and at 12-year intervals theafter. For the proof-pressure test, a requalification must be performed by the end of 12 years after the original test date and at seven (7) year intervals.
</P>
<P>(A) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of two (2) times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(B) When testing using the water-jacket or direct expansion test method, the permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(C) When testing using the proof pressure test method, the cylinder must be carefully examined under test pressure and removed from service if a leak or defect is found.
</P>
<P>(2) A DOT 3A, 3AA, or 3AL cylinder must be requalified by:
</P>
<P>(i) The water-jacket or direct expansion method. A requalification must be performed 12 years after the original test date and at 12-year intervals thereafter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each cylinder must be tested to a minimum of 
<FR>5/3</FR> times service pressure.
</P>
<P>(iii) When testing using the water-jacket or direct expansion test method, the permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>3HT cylinders.</I> In addition to the other requirements of this section, a cylinder marked DOT-3HT must be requalified in accordance with CGA C-8 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Requalification of foreign cylinders filled for export.</I> A cylinder manufactured outside the United States, other than as provided in §§ 171.12(a) and 171.23(a) of this subchapter, that has not been manufactured, inspected, tested and marked in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter may be filled with compressed gas in the United States, and shipped solely for export if it meets the following requirements, in addition to other requirements of this subchapter: 
</P>
<P>(1) It has been inspected, tested and marked in conformance with the procedures and requirements of this subpart or the Associate Administrator has authorized the filling company to fill foreign cylinders under an alternative method of qualification; and
</P>
<P>(2) It is offered for transportation in conformance with the requirements of §§ 171.12(a)(4) or 171.23(a)(5) of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>DOT-3AL cylinders manufactured of 6351-T6 aluminum alloy.</I> In addition to the periodic requalification and marking described in § 180.205, each cylinder manufactured of aluminum alloy 6351-T6 used in self-contained underwater breathing apparatus (SCUBA), self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), or oxygen service must be requalified and inspected for sustained load cracking in accordance with the non-destructive examination method described in the following table. Each cylinder with sustained load cracking that has expanded into the neck threads must be condemned in accordance with § 180.205(j). This paragraph (m) does not apply to cylinders used for carbon dioxide, fire extinguisher, or other industrial gas service.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4 to Paragraph (m)—Requalification and Inspection of DOT-3AL Cylinders Made of Aluminum Alloy 6351-T6
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Requalification requirement
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Examination procedure 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Sustained Load Cracking Condemnation Criteria 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Requalification period (years)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eddy current examination combined with visual inspection</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Eddy current—In accordance with Appendix C of this part
<br/>Visual inspection—In accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-6.1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any crack in the neck or shoulder of 2 thread lengths or more</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The requalifier performing eddy current must be familiar with the eddy current equipment and must standardize (calibrate) the system in accordance with the requirements provided in Appendix C to this part.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> The eddy current must be applied from the inside of the cylinder's neck to detect any sustained load cracking that has expanded into the neck threads.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24662, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 55544, Sept. 26, 2003; 68 FR 48572, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75764, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 73166, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 51128, Aug. 29, 2005; 72 FR 55696, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 53189, Oct. 16, 2009; 81 FR 3685, Jan. 21, 2016; 81 FR 35545, June 2, 2016; 85 FR 68797, Oct. 30, 2020; 85 FR 75716, Nov. 25, 2020; 85 FR 85434, Dec. 28, 2020; 89 FR 15667, Mar. 4, 2024]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 71 FR 54397, Sept. 14, 2006, § 180.209 was amended in (a)(1) table 1; however, because of the inaccurate amendatory language, the amendment could not be incorporated.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.211" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.211   Repair, rebuilding and reheat treatment of DOT-4 series specification cylinders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements for repair and rebuilding.</I> Any repair or rebuilding of a DOT-4 series cylinder must be performed by a person holding an approval as specified in § 107.805 of this chapter or by a registered facility in Canada in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A person performing a rebuild function is considered a manufacturer subject to the requirements of § 178.2(a)(2) and subpart C of part 178 of this subchapter. The person performing a repair, rebuild, or reheat treatment must record the test results as specified in § 180.215. Each cylinder that is successfully repaired or rebuilt must be marked in accordance with § 180.213.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General repair requirements.</I> Each repair of a DOT 4-series cylinder must be made in accordance with the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) The repair and the inspection of the work performed must be made in accordance with the requirements of the cylinder specification. 
</P>
<P>(2) The person performing the repair must use the procedure, equipment, and filler metal or brazing material as authorized by the approval issued under § 107.805 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(3) Welding and brazing must be performed on an area free from contaminants. 
</P>
<P>(4) A weld defect, such as porosity in a pressure retaining seam, must be completely removed before re-welding. Puddling may be used to remove a weld defect only by the tungsten inert gas shielded arc process. 
</P>
<P>(5) After removal of a non-pressure attachment and before its replacement, the cylinder must be given a visual inspection in accordance with § 180.205(f). 
</P>
<P>(6) Reheat treatment of DOT 4B, 4BA or 4BW specification cylinders after replacement of non-pressure attachments is not required when the total weld material does not exceed 20.3 cm (8 inches). Individual welds must be at least 7.6 cm (3 inches) apart. 
</P>
<P>(7) After repair of a DOT 4B, 4BA or 4BW cylinder, the weld area must be leak tested at the service pressure of the cylinder. 
</P>
<P>(8) Repair of weld defects must be free of cracks. 
</P>
<P>(9) When a non-pressure attachment with the original cylinder specification markings is replaced, all markings must be transferred to the attachment on the repaired cylinder. 
</P>
<P>(10) Walls, heads or bottoms of cylinders with defects or leaks in base metal may not be repaired, but may be replaced as provided for in paragraph (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional repair requirements for 4L cylinders.</I> (1) Repairs to a DOT 4L cylinder must be performed in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section and are limited to the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) The removal of either end of the insulation jacket to permit access to the cylinder, piping system, or neck tube. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The replacement of the neck tube. At least a 13 mm (0.51 inch) piece of the original neck tube must be protruding above the cylinder's top end. The original weld attaching the neck tube to the cylinder must be sound and the replacement neck tube must be welded to this remaining piece of the original neck tube. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The replacement of material such as, but not limited to, the insulating material and the piping system within the insulation space is authorized. The replacement material must be equivalent to that used at the time of original manufacture. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Other welding procedures that are permitted by CGA Pamphlet C-3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and not excluded by the definition of “rebuild,” are authorized. 
</P>
<P>(2) After repair, the cylinder must be— 
</P>
<P>(i) Pressure tested in accordance with the specifications under which the cylinder was originally manufactured; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Leak tested before and after assembly of the insulation jacket using a mass spectrometer detection system; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Tested for heat conductivity requirements. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>General rebuilding requirements.</I> (1) The rebuilding of a DOT 4-series cylinder must be made in accordance with the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(i) The person rebuilding the cylinder must use the procedures and equipment as authorized by the approval issued under § 107.805 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(ii) After removal of a non-pressure component and before replacement of any non-pressure component, the cylinder must be visually inspected in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-6 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(iii) The rebuilder may rebuild a DOT 4B, 4BA or 4BW cylinder having a water capacity of 9.07 kg (20 lb) or greater by replacing a head of the cylinder using a circumferential joint. When this weld joint is located at other than an original welded joint, a notation of this modification must be shown on the Manufacturer's Report of Rebuilding in § 180.215(c)(2). The weld joint must be on the cylindrical section of the cylinder. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any welding and the inspection of the rebuilt cylinder must be in accordance with the requirements of the applicable cylinder specification and the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(A) Rebuilding of any cylinder involving a joint subject to internal pressure may only be performed by fusion welding; 
</P>
<P>(B) Welding must be performed on an area free from contaminants; and 
</P>
<P>(C) A weld defect, such as porosity in a pressure retaining seam, must be completely removed before re-welding. Puddling may be used to remove a weld defect only by using the tungsten inert gas shielded arc process. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any rebuilt cylinder must be— 
</P>
<P>(i) Heat treated in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Subjected to a volumetric expansion test on each cylinder. The results of the tests must conform to the applicable cylinder specification; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Inspected and have test data reviewed to determine conformance with the applicable cylinder specification; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Made of material conforming to the specification. Determination of conformance shall include chemical analysis, verification, inspection and tensile testing of the replaced part. Tensile tests must be performed on the replaced part after heat treatment by lots defined in the applicable specification. 
</P>
<P>(3) For each rebuilt cylinder, an inspector's report must be prepared to include the information listed in § 180.215(c). 
</P>
<P>(4) Rebuilding a cylinder with brazed seams is prohibited. 
</P>
<P>(5) When an end with the original cylinder specification markings is replaced, all markings must be transferred to the rebuilt cylinder. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Additional rebuilding requirements for DOT 4L cylinders.</I> (1) The rebuilding of a DOT 4L cylinder must be performed in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section. Rebuilding of a DOT 4L cylinder is: 
</P>
<P>(i) Substituting or adding material in the insulation space not identical to that used in the original manufacture of that cylinder; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Making a weld repair not to exceed 150 mm (5.9 inches) in length on the longitudinal seam of the cylinder or 300 mm (11.8 inches) in length on a circumferential weld joint of the cylinder; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Replacing the outer jacket. 
</P>
<P>(2) Reheat treatment of cylinders is prohibited. 
</P>
<P>(3) After rebuilding, each inner containment vessel must be proof pressure tested at 2 times its service pressure. Each completed assembly must be leak-tested using a mass spectrometer detection system. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reheat treatment.</I> (1) Prior to reheat treatment, each cylinder must be given a visual inspection, internally and externally, in accordance with § 180.205(f). 
</P>
<P>(2) Cylinders must be segregated in lots for reheat treatment. The reheat treatment and visual inspection must be performed in accordance with the specification for the cylinders except as provided in paragraph (f)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) After reheat treatment, each cylinder in the lot must be subjected to a volumetric expansion test and meet the acceptance criteria in the applicable specification or be scrapped. 
</P>
<P>(4) After all welding and heat treatment, a test of the new weld must be performed as required by the original specification. The test results must be recorded in accordance with § 180.215. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Repair, rebuilding and reheat treatment in Canada.</I> Repair, rebuilding, or reheat treatment of a DOT-4 series specification cylinder performed by a registered facility in Canada in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24664, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 75764, Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 54398, Sept. 14, 2006; 82 FR 15897, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.212" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.212   Repair of seamless DOT 3-series specification cylinders and seamless UN pressure receptacles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements for repair of DOT 3-series cylinders and UN pressure receptacles.</I> (1) No person may repair a DOT 3-series cylinder or a seamless UN pressure receptacle unless—
</P>
<P>(i) The repair facility holds an approval issued under the provisions in § 107.805 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the repair and the inspection is performed under the provisions of an approval issued under subpart H of part 107 of this chapter or by a facility registered by Transport Canada in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and conform to the applicable cylinder specification or ISO standard contained in part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The person performing the repair must prepare a report containing, at a minimum, the results prescribed in § 180.215.
</P>
<P>(3) If grinding is performed on a DOT 3-series cylinder or a seamless UN pressure receptacle, the following conditions apply after grinding has been completed. Grinding must not be used to remove arc burns from a cylinder, as such a cylinder must be condemned:
</P>
<P>(i) Ultrasonic examination must be conducted to ensure that the wall thickness is not less than the minimum design requirement. The wall thickness must be measured in at least 3 different areas for every 10 square inches of grinding area.
</P>
<P>(ii) The cylinder must be requalified in conformance with § 180.205.
</P>
<P>(iii) The cylinder must be marked in accordance with § 180.213(f)(10) to indicate compliance with this paragraph (a)(3).
</P>
<P>(4) DOT 3-series seamless steel tubes with an outside diameter greater than 9
<FR>5/8</FR> in (244.5 mm) may be processed by a repair facility for derating the marked service pressure in accordance with CGA C-27 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Repairs not requiring prior approval.</I> Approval is not required for the following specific repairs:
</P>
<P>(1) The removal and replacement of a neck ring or foot ring on a DOT 3A, 3AA or 3B cylinder or a UN pressure receptacle that does not affect a pressure part of the cylinder when the repair is performed by a repair facility or a cylinder manufacturer of these types of cylinders. The repair may be made by welding or brazing in conformance with the original specification. After removal and before replacement, the cylinder must be visually inspected and any defective cylinder must be rejected. The heat treatment, testing and inspection of the repair must be performed under the supervision of an inspector and must be performed in accordance with the original specification.
</P>
<P>(2) External rethreading of a DOT 3AX, 3AAX, or 3T specification cylinder or a UN pressure receptacle, and external threading of a seamless DOT 3AX, 3AAX, or 3T specification cylinder or seamless UN pressure receptacle originally manufactured without external threads; or the internal rethreading of a DOT-3 series cylinder or a seamless UN pressure receptacle when performed by a cylinder manufacturer of these types of cylinders. The repair work must be performed under the supervision of an independent inspection agency. Upon completion of the rethreading or post-manufacture threading, the threads must be gauged in accordance with Federal Standard H-28 or an equivalent standard containing the same specification limits. The rethreaded cylinder or UN pressure receptacle must be stamped clearly and legibly with the words “RETHREAD” and a post-manufacture threaded cylinder or UN pressure receptacle must be stamped clearly and legibly with the words “POST-THREAD”, on the shoulder, top head, or neck. No DOT specification cylinder or UN pressure receptacle may be rethreaded more than one time without approval of the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33895, June 12, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 54398, Sept. 14, 2006; 72 FR 55697, Oct. 1, 2007; 82 FR 15897, Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 85435, Dec. 28, 2020; 89 FR 15668, Mar. 4, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.213" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.213   Requalification markings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each cylinder or UN pressure receptacle requalified in accordance with this subpart with acceptable results must be marked as specified in this section. Required specification markings may not be altered or removed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Placement of markings.</I> Each cylinder must be plainly and permanently marked on the metal of the cylinder as permitted by the applicable specification. Unless authorized by the cylinder specification, marking on the cylinder sidewall is prohibited. 
</P>
<P>(1) Requalification and required specification markings must be legible so as to be readily visible at all times. Illegible specification markings may be remarked on the cylinder as provided by the original specification. Requalification markings may be placed on any portion of the upper end of the cylinder excluding the sidewall, as provided in this section. Requalification and required specification markings that are illegible may be reproduced on a metal plate and attached as provided by the original specification. 
</P>
<P>(2) Previous requalification markings may not be obliterated, except that, when the space originally provided for requalification dates becomes filled, additional dates may be added as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) All preceding requalification dates may be removed by peening provided that— 
</P>
<P>(A) Permission is obtained from the cylinder owner; 
</P>
<P>(B) The minimum wall thickness is maintained in accordance with manufacturing specifications for the cylinder; and 
</P>
<P>(C) The original manufacturing test date is not removed. 
</P>
<P>(ii) When the cylinder is fitted with a footring, additional dates may be marked on the external surface of the footring. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requalification marking method.</I> The depth of requalification markings may not be greater than specified in the applicable specification. The markings must be made by stamping, engraving, scribing or applying a label embedded in epoxy that will remain legible and durable throughout the life of the cylinder, or by other methods that produce a legible, durable mark.
</P>
<P>(1) A cylinder used as a fire extinguisher (see § 180.209(j)) may be marked by using a pressure sensitive label.
</P>
<P>(2) For a DOT 3HT cylinder, when stamped, the test date and RIN must be applied by low-stress steel stamps to a depth no greater than that prescribed at the time of manufacture. Stamping on the sidewall is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(3) For a composite cylinder, the requalification markings must be applied on a pressure sensitive label, securely affixed and overcoated with epoxy in a manner prescribed by the cylinder manufacturer, near the original manufacturer's label. Stamping of the composite surface is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Requalification markings.</I> Each cylinder successfully passing requalification must be marked with the RIN set in a square pattern, between the month and year of the requalification date. The first character of the RIN must appear in the upper left corner of the square pattern; the second in the upper right; the third in the lower right; and the fourth in the lower left. Example: A cylinder requalified in September 2006, and approved by a person who has been issued RIN “A123”, would be marked plainly and permanently into the metal of the cylinder in accordance with location requirements of the cylinder specification or on a metal plate permanently secured to the cylinder in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section. An example of the markings prescribed in this paragraph (d) is as follows: 
</P>
<FP>        A1
</FP>
<FP>  9           06  X
</FP>
<FP>        32
</FP>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>“9” is the month of requalification 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>“A123” is the RIN 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>“06” is the year of requalification, and 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>“X” represents the symbols described in paragraphs (f)(2) through (f)(8) of this section.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(1) Upon written request, variation from the marking requirement may be approved by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(2) A cylinder subject to the requirements of § 171.23(a)(5) of this subchapter must be marked with the date and RIN in accordance with this paragraph (d) and paragraph (f)(11) of this section, or marked in accordance with the requalification authorized by the Associate Administrator in accordance with § 171.23(a)(5)(i) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Size of markings.</I> The size of the markings must be at least 6.35 mm (
<FR>1/4</FR> in.) high, except RIN characters must be at least 3.18 mm (
<FR>1/8</FR> in.) high. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Marking illustrations.</I> Examples of required requalification markings for DOT specification and special permit cylinders are illustrated as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) For designation of the 5-year volumetric expansion test, 10-year volumetric expansion test for UN cylinders and cylinders conforming to § 180.209(f) and (h), or 12-year volumetric expansion test for fire extinguishers conforming to § 173.309(a) of this subchapter and cylinders conforming to § 180.209(e) and (g), the marking is as illustrated in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) For designation of the 10-year volumetric expansion test for cylinders conforming to § 180.209(b), the marking is as illustrated in paragraph (d) of this section, except that the “X” is replaced with a five-point star. 
</P>
<P>(3) For designation of special filling limits up to 10% in excess of the marked service pressure for cylinders conforming to § 173.302a(b) of this subchapter, the marking is as illustrated in paragraph (d) of this section, except that the “X” is replaced with a plus sign “ + ”. 
</P>
<P>(4) For designation of the proof pressure test, the marking is as illustrated in paragraph (d) of this section, except that the “X” is replaced with the letter “S”. 
</P>
<P>(5) For designation of the 5-year external visual inspection for cylinders conforming to § 180.209(g), the marking is as illustrated in paragraph (d) of this section, except that the “X” is replaced with the letter “E”. 
</P>
<P>(6) For designation of DOT 8 series cylinder shell requalification only, the marking is as illustrated in paragraph (d) of this section, except that the “X” is replaced with the letter “S”. 
</P>
<P>(7) For designation of DOT 8 series and UN cylinder shell and porous filler requalification, the marking is as illustrated in paragraph (d) of this section, except that the “X” is replaced with the letters “FS.”
</P>
<P>(8) For designation of a nondestructive examination combined with a visual inspection, the marking is as illustrated in paragraph (d) of this section, except that the “X” is replaced with the type of test performed, for example the letters “AE” for acoustic emission or “UE” for ultrasonic examination.
</P>
<P>(9) For designation of the eddy current examination combined with a visual inspection, the marking is as illustrated in paragraph (d) of this section, except the “X” is replaced with the letters “VE.”
</P>
<P>(10) For designation of grinding with ultrasonic wall thickness examination, the marking is as illustrated in paragraph (d) of this section, except the “X” is replaced with the letter “R”.
</P>
<P>(11) For designation of requalification of a foreign cylinder requalified in conformance with §§ 171.23(a)(5) of this subchapter and 180.209(l), the marking is as illustrated in paragraph (d) of this section, except that the “X” is replaced with the letters “EX” to indicate that the cylinder is for export only.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Visual inspection requalification markings.</I> (1) Alternative to the marking requirements of paragraphs (d) and (f)(5) of this section, each cylinder successfully passing a visual inspection only, in accordance with § 180.209(g), may be marked with the visual inspection number (<I>e.g.,</I> V123456) issued to a person performing visual inspections. Examples of the way the markings may be applied are as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er28de20.498.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>(2) Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(i) “03” is the month of requalification (the additional numeral “0” is optional”);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(ii) “V123456” is the RIN;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(iii) “14” is the year of requalification; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>(iv) “E” to indicate visual inspection.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 73166, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 33896, June 12, 2006; 71 FR 51128, Aug. 29, 2006; 71 FR 78635, Dec. 29, 2006; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010; 80 FR 72929, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR 3686, Jan. 21, 2016; 85 FR 75716, Nov. 25, 2020; 85 FR 85435, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.215" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.215   Reporting and record retention requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Facility records.</I> A person who requalifies, repairs or rebuilds cylinders must maintain the following records where the requalification is performed: 
</P>
<P>(1) Current RIN issuance letter; 
</P>
<P>(2) If the RIN has expired and renewal is pending, a copy of the renewal request; 
</P>
<P>(3) Copies of notifications to Associate Administrator required under § 107.805 of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(4) Current copies of those portions of this subchapter applicable to its cylinder requalification and marking activities at that location; 
</P>
<P>(5) Current copies of all special permits governing exemption cylinders requalified or marked by the requalifier at that location; and 
</P>
<P>(6) The information contained in each applicable CGA or ASTM standard incorporated by reference in § 171.7 of this subchapter applicable to the requalifier's activities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requalification records.</I> Daily records of visual inspection, pressure test, eddy current examination if required, and ultrasonic examination if permitted under a special permit, as applicable, must be maintained by the person who performs the requalification until either the expiration of the requalification period or until the cylinder is again requalified, whichever occurs first. A single date may be used for each test sheet, provided each test on the sheet was conducted on that date. Ditto marks or a solid vertical line may be used to indicate repetition of the preceding entry for the following entries only: Date; actual dimensions; manufacturer's name or symbol, if present; owner's name or symbol, if present; and test operator. Blank spaces may not be used to indicate repetition of a prior entry. A symbol may be used for the actual dimensions if there is a reference chart available at the facility that lists the actual dimensions of every symbol used. The records must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Calibration test records.</I> For each test to demonstrate calibration, the date; serial number of the calibrated cylinder; calibration test pressure; total, elastic and permanent expansions; and legible identification of test operator. The test operator must be able to demonstrate that the results of the daily calibration verification correspond to the hydrostatic tests performed on that day. The daily verification of calibration(s) may be recorded on the same sheets as, and with, test records for that date, or may be recorded on a separate sheet.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure test and visual inspection records.</I> The date of requalification; serial number; DOT-specification or special permit number; marked pressure; actual dimensions; manufacturer's name or symbol, if present; year of manufacture; owner's name or symbol, if present; gas service; result of visual inspection; actual test pressure; total, elastic and permanent expansions; percent permanent expansion; disposition, with reason for any repeated test, rejection or condemnation; and legible identification of test operator. For each cylinder marked pursuant to § 173.302a(b)(5) of this subchapter, the test sheet must indicate the method by which any average or maximum wall stress was computed. Records must be kept for all completed, as well as unsuccessful tests. The entry for a repeated test must indicate the date of the earlier test, if conducted on a different day.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Wall stress.</I> Calculations of average and maximum wall stress pursuant to § 173.302a(b)(3) of this subchapter, if performed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Calibration certificates.</I> The most recent certificate of calibration must be maintained for each calibrated cylinder, pressure indicating device, and expansion indicating device.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Repair, rebuilding or reheat treatment records.</I> (1) Records covering welding or brazing repairs, rebuilding or reheat treating shall be retained for a minimum of fifteen years by the approved facility. 
</P>
<P>(2) A record of rebuilding, in accordance with § 180.211(d), must be completed for each cylinder rebuilt. The record must be clear, legible, and contain the following information: 
</P>
<P>(i) Name and address of test facility, date of test report, and name of original manufacturer; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Marks stamped on cylinder to include specification number, service pressure, serial number, symbol of manufacturer, inspector's mark, and other marks, if any; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Cylinder outside diameter and length in inches; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Rebuild process (welded, brazed, type seams, etc.); 
</P>
<P>(v) Description of assembly and any attachments replaced (e.g., neckrings, footrings); 
</P>
<P>(vi) Chemical analysis of material for the cylinder, including seat and Code No., type of analysis (ladle, check), chemical components (Carbon (C), Phosphorous (P), Sulfur (S), Silicon (Si), Manganese (Mn), Nickel (Ni), Chromium (Cr), Molybdenum (Mo), Copper (Cu), Aluminum (Al), Zinc (Zn)), material manufacturer, name of person performing the analysis, results of physical tests of material for cylinder (yield strength (psi), tensile strength (psi), elongation percentage (inches), reduction in area percentage, weld bend, tensile bend, name of inspector); 
</P>
<P>(vii) Results of a test on a cylinder, including test method, test pressure, total expansion, permanent expansion, elastic expansion, percent permanent expansion (permanent expansion may not exceed ten percent (10 percent) of total expansion), and volumetric capacity (volumetric capacity of a rebuilt cylinder must be within ±3 percent of the calculated capacity);
</P>
<P>(viii) Each report must include the following certification statement: “I certify that this rebuilt cylinder is accurately represented by the data above and conforms to all of the requirements in Subchapter C of Chapter I of Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations.”. The certification must be signed by the rebuild technician and principal, officer, or partner of the rebuild facility.
</P>
<P>(3) A record of grinding and ultrasonic examination in conformance with § 180.212(a)(3) must be completed for each cylinder on which grinding is performed. The record must be clear, legible, and contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Name and address of the test facility, date of test report, and name or original manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Marks stamped on cylinder to include specification number, service pressure, serial number, symbol of manufacturer, and date of manufacture;
</P>
<P>(iii) Cylinder outside diameter and length in inches;
</P>
<P>(iv) Detailed map of where the grinding was performed on the cylinder; and
</P>
<P>(v) Wall thickness measurements in grind area in conformance with § 180.212(a)(3)(i).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 51660, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24664, May 8, 2003; 70 FR 73166, Dec. 9, 2005; 71 FR 54398, Sept. 14, 2006; 72 FR 55697, Oct. 1, 2007; 85 FR 85436, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.217" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.3.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.217   Requalification requirements for MEGCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Periodic inspections.</I> Each MEGC must be given an initial visual inspection and test in accordance with § 178.75(i) of this subchapter before being put into service for the first time. After the initial inspection, a MEGC must be inspected at least once every five years in accordance with this subpart or by a facility registered by Transport Canada in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, <I>see</I> § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptional inspection and test.</I> If a MEGC shows evidence of damaged or corroded areas, leakage, or other conditions that indicate a deficiency that could affect the integrity of the MEGC, an exceptional inspection and test must be performed, regardless of the last periodic inspection and test. The extent of the exceptional inspection and test will depend on the amount of damage or deterioration of the MEGC. As a minimum, an exceptional inspection of a MEGC must include inspection as specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Correction of unsafe condition.</I> When evidence of any unsafe condition is discovered, the MEGC may not be returned to service until the unsafe condition has been corrected and the MEGC has been requalified in accordance with the applicable tests and inspection.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Repairs and modifications to MEGCs.</I> No person may perform a modification to an approved MEGC that may affect conformance to the applicable ISO standard or safe use, and that involve a change to the design type or affect its ability to retain the hazardous material in transportation. Before making any modification changes to an approved MEGC, the owner must obtain approval from the Associate Administrator as prescribed in § 178.74 of this subchapter. The repair of a MEGC's structural equipment is authorized provided such repairs are made in accordance with the requirements prescribed for its approved design and construction. Any repair to the pressure receptacles of a MEGC must meet the requirements of § 180.212.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Requalification markings.</I> Each MEGC must be durably and legibly marked in English, with the year and month, and the type of the most recent periodic requalification performed (e.g., 2004-05 AE/UE, where “AE” represents acoustic emission and “UE” represents ultrasonic examination) followed by the stamp of the approval agency who performed or witnessed the most recent test.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Records.</I> The owner of each MEGC or the owner's authorized agent must retain a written record of the date and results of all repairs and required inspections and tests. The report must contain the name and address of the person performing the inspection or test. The periodic test and inspection records must be retained until the next inspection or test is completed. Repair records and the initial exceptional inspection and test records must be retained during the period the MEGC is in service and for one year thereafter. These records must be made available for inspection by a representative of the Department on request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 33896, June 12, 2006, as amended at 85 FR 27901, May 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Qualification and Maintenance of IBCs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.350" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.350   Applicability and definitions.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes requirements, in addition to those contained in parts 107, 171, 172, 173 and 178 of this subchapter, applicable to any person responsible for the continuing qualification, maintenance, or periodic retesting of an IBC. The following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Remanufactured IBCs</I> are metal, rigid plastic or composite IBCs produced as a UN type from a non-UN type, or are converted from one UN design type to another UN design type. Remanufactured IBCs are subject to the same requirements of this subchapter that apply to new IBCs of the same type (also see § 178.801(c)(1) of this subchapter for design type definition).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Repaired IBCs</I> are metal, rigid plastic or composite IBCs that, as a result of impact or for any other cause (such as corrosion, embrittlement or other evidence of reduced strength as compared to the design type), are restored so as to conform to the design type and to be able to withstand the design type tests. For the purposes of this subchapter, the replacement of the rigid inner receptacle of a composite IBC with one from the original manufacturer is considered a repair. Routine maintenance of IBCs (see definition in paragraph (c) of this section) is not considered repair. The bodies of rigid plastic IBCs and the inner receptacles of composite IBCs are not repairable.
</P>
<P>(c) Routine maintenance of IBCs is the routine performance on:
</P>
<P>(1) Metal, rigid plastic or composite IBCs of operations such as:
</P>
<P>(i) Cleaning;
</P>
<P>(ii) Removal and reinstallation or replacement of body closures (including associated gaskets), or of service equipment conforming to the original manufacturer's specifications provided that the leaktightness of the IBC is verified; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Restoration of structural equipment not directly performing a hazardous material containment or discharge pressure retention function so as to conform to the design type (for example, the straightening of legs or lifting attachments), provided the containment function of the IBC is not affected.
</P>
<P>(2) Plastics or textile flexible IBCs of operations, such as:
</P>
<P>(i) Cleaning; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Replacement of non-integral components, such as non-integral liners and closure ties, with components conforming to the original manufacturer's specification; provided that these operations do not adversely affect the containment function of the flexible IBC or alter the design type.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 45042, July 31, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 76186, Dec. 20, 2004; 76 FR 3389, Jan. 19, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.351" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.351   Qualification of IBCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each IBC used for the transportation of hazardous materials must be an authorized packaging.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>IBC specifications.</I> To qualify as an authorized packaging, each IBC must conform to this subpart, the applicable requirements specified in part 173 of this subchapter, and the applicable requirements of subparts N and O of part 178 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-5, 59 FR 38079, July 26, 1994, as amended at 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.352" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.352   Requirements for retest and inspection of IBCs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each IBC constructed in accordance with a UN standard for which a test or inspection specified in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section is required may not be filled and offered for transportation or transported until the test or inspection has been successfully completed. This paragraph does not apply to any IBC filled prior to the test or inspection due date. The requirements in this section do not apply to DOT 56 and 57 portable tanks.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test and inspections for metal, rigid plastic, and composite IBCs.</I> Each IBC is subject to the following test and inspections:
</P>
<P>(1) Each IBC intended to contain solids that are loaded or discharged under pressure or intended to contain liquids must be tested in accordance with the leakproofness test prescribed in § 178.813 of this subchapter prior to its first use in transportation and every 2.5 years thereafter, starting from the date of manufacture or the date of a repair conforming to paragraph (d)(1) of this section. For this test, the IBC is not required to have its closures fitted. 
</P>
<P>(2) An external visual inspection must be conducted initially after production and every 2.5 years starting from the date of manufacture or the date of a repair conforming to paragraph (d)(1) of this section to ensure that:
</P>
<P>(i) The IBC is marked in accordance with requirements in § 178.703 of this subchapter. Missing or damaged markings, or markings difficult to read must be restored or returned to original condition.
</P>
<P>(ii) Service equipment is fully functional and free from damage which may cause failure. Missing, broken, or damaged parts must be repaired or replaced.
</P>
<P>(iii) The IBC is capable of withstanding the applicable design qualification tests. The IBC must be externally inspected for cracks, warpage, corrosion or any other damage which might render the IBC unsafe for transportation. An IBC found with such defects must be removed from service or repaired in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section. The inner receptacle of a composite IBC must be removed from the outer IBC body for inspection unless the inner receptacle is bonded to the outer body or unless the outer body is constructed in such a way (e.g., a welded or riveted cage) that removal of the inner receptacle is not possible without impairing the integrity of the outer body. Defective inner receptacles must be replaced in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section or the entire IBC must be removed from service. For metal IBCs, thermal insulation must be removed to the extent necessary for proper examination of the IBC body.
</P>
<P>(3) Each metal, rigid plastic and composite IBC must be internally inspected at least every five years to ensure that the IBC is free from damage and to ensure that the IBC is capable of withstanding the applicable design qualification tests.
</P>
<P>(i) The IBC must be internally inspected for cracks, warpage, and corrosion or any other defect that might render the IBC unsafe for transportation. An IBC found with such defects must be removed from hazardous materials service until restored to the original design type of the IBC.
</P>
<P>(ii) Metal IBCs must be inspected to ensure the minimum wall thickness requirements in § 178.705(c)(1)(iv) of this subchapter are met. Metal IBCs not conforming to minimum wall thickness requirements must be removed from hazardous materials service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Visual inspection for flexible, fiberboard, or wooden IBCs.</I> Each IBC must be visually inspected prior to first use and permitted reuse, by the person who places hazardous materials in the IBC, to ensure that:
</P>
<P>(1) The IBC is marked in accordance with requirements in § 178.703 of this subchapter. Additional marking allowed for each design type may be present. Required markings that are missing, damaged or difficult to read must be restored or returned to original condition.
</P>
<P>(2) Proper construction and design specifications have been met.
</P>
<P>(i) Each flexible IBC must be inspected to ensure that:
</P>
<P>(A) Lifting straps if used, are securely fastened to the IBC in accordance with the design type.
</P>
<P>(B) Seams are free from defects in stitching, heat sealing or gluing which would render the IBC unsafe for transportation of hazardous materials. All stitched seam-ends must be secure.
</P>
<P>(C) Fabric used to construct the IBC is free from cuts, tears and punctures. Additionally, fabric must be free from scoring which may render the IBC unsafe for transport.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each fiberboard IBC must be inspected to ensure that:
</P>
<P>(A) Fluting or corrugated fiberboard is firmly glued to facings.
</P>
<P>(B) Seams are creased and free from scoring, cuts, and scratches.
</P>
<P>(C) Joints are appropriately overlapped and glued, stitched, taped or stapled as prescribed by the design. Where staples are used, the joints must be inspected for protruding staple-ends which could puncture or abrade the inner liner. All such ends must be protected before the IBC is authorized for hazardous materials service.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each wooden IBC must be inspected to ensure that:
</P>
<P>(A) End joints are secured in the manner prescribed by the design.
</P>
<P>(B) IBC walls are free from defects in wood. Inner protrusions which could puncture or abrade the liner must be covered.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Requirements applicable to repair of IBCs.</I> (1) Except for flexible and fiberboard IBCs and the bodies of rigid plastic and composite IBCs, damaged IBCs may be repaired and the inner receptacles of composite packagings may be replaced and returned to service provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The repaired IBC conforms to the original design type, is capable of withstanding the applicable design qualification tests, and is retested and inspected in accordance with the applicable requirements of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) An IBC intended to contain liquids or solids that are loaded or discharged under pressure is subjected to a leakproofness test as specified in § 178.813 of this subchapter and is marked with the date of the test; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The IBC is subjected to the internal and external inspection requirements as specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) The person performing the tests and inspections after the repair must durably mark the IBC near the manfacturer's UN design type marking to show the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The country in which the tests and inspections were performed;
</P>
<P>(B) The name or authorized symbol of the person performing the tests and inspections; and
</P>
<P>(C) The date (month, year) of the tests and inspections.
</P>
<P>(v) Retests and inspections performed in accordance with paragraphs (d)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section may be used to satisfy the requirements for the 2.5 and five year periodic tests and inspections required by paragraph (b) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for flexible and fiberboard IBCs, the structural equipment of an IBC may be repaired and returned to service provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The repaired IBC conforms to the original design type and is capable of withstanding the applicable design qualification tests; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The IBC is subjected to the internal and external inspection requirements as specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Service equipment may be replaced provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The repaired IBC conforms to the original design type and is capable of withstanding the applicable design qualification tests;
</P>
<P>(ii) The IBC is subjected to the external visual inspection requirements as specified in paragraph (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The proper functioning and leak tightness of the service equipment, if applicable, is verified.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Requirements applicable to routine maintenance of IBCs.</I> Except for routine maintenance of metal, rigid plastics and composite IBCs performed by the owner of the IBC, whose State and name or authorized symbol is durably marked on the IBC, the party performing the routine maintenance shall durably mark the IBC near the manufacturer's UN design type marking to show the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The country in which the routine maintenance was carried out; and
</P>
<P>(2) The name or authorized symbol of the party performing the routine maintenance.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Retest date.</I> The date of the most recent periodic retest must be marked as provided in § 178.703(b) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Record retention.</I> (1) The owner or lessee of the IBC must keep records of periodic retests, initial and periodic inspections, and tests performed on the IBC if it has been repaired or remanufactured.
</P>
<P>(2) Records must include design types and packaging specifications, test and inspection dates, name and address of test and inspection facilities, names or name of any persons conducting test or inspections, and test or inspection specifics and results.
</P>
<P>(3) Records must be kept for each packaging at each location where periodic tests are conducted, until such tests are successfully performed again or for at least 2.5 years from the date of the last test. These records must be made available for inspection by a representative of the Department on request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-5, 59 FR 38079, July 26, 1994, as amended at 64 FR 10782, Mar. 5, 1999; 65 FR 58632, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45186, 45391, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45042, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76186, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34399, June 14, 2005; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 71 FR 78635, Dec. 29, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Qualification and Maintenance of Cargo Tanks</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.401" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.401   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes requirements, in addition to those contained in parts 107, 171, 172, 173 and 178 of this subchapter, applicable to any person responsible for the continuing qualification, maintenance or periodic testing of a cargo tank.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-2, 54 FR 25032, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37065, Sept. 7, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.403" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.403   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the definitions contained in §§ 171.8, 178.320(a) and 178.345-1 of this subchapter, the following definitions apply to this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Corroded or abraded</I> means any visible reduction in the material thickness of the cargo tank wall or valve due to pitting, flaking, gouging, or chemical reaction to the material surface that effects the safety or serviceability of the cargo tank. The term does not include cosmetic or minor surface degradation that does not effect the safety or serviceability of the cargo tank 
</P>
<P><I>Corrosive to the tank or valve</I> means that the lading has been shown through experience or test data to reduce the thickness of the material of construction of the tank wall or valve.
</P>
<P><I>Delivery hose assembly</I> means a liquid delivery hose and its attached couplings.
</P>
<P><I>Modification</I> means any change to the original design and construction of a cargo tank or a cargo tank motor vehicle that affects its structural integrity or lading retention capability including changes to equipment certified as part of an emergency discharge control system required by § 173.315(n)(2) of this subchapter. Any modification that involves welding on the cargo tank wall must also meet all requirements for “Repair” as defined in this section. Excluded from this category are the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A change to motor vehicle equipment such as lights, truck or tractor power train components, steering and brake systems, and suspension parts, and changes to appurtenances, such as fender attachments, lighting brackets, ladder brackets; and
</P>
<P>(2) Replacement of components such as valves, vents, and fittings with a component of a similar design and of the same size.
</P>
<P><I>Owner</I> means the person who owns a cargo tank motor vehicle used for the transportation of hazardous materials, or that person's authorized agent.
</P>
<P><I>Piping system</I> means any component of a cargo tank delivery system, other than a delivery hose assembly, that contains product during loading or unloading.
</P>
<P><I>Rebarrelling</I> means replacing more than 50 percent of the combined shell and head material of a cargo tank.
</P>
<P><I>Repair</I> means any welding on a cargo tank wall done to return a cargo tank or a cargo tank motor vehicle to its original design and construction specification, or to a condition prescribed for a later equivalent specification in effect at the time of the repair. Excluded from this category are the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A change to motor vehicle equipment such as lights, truck or tractor power train components, steering and brake systems, and suspension parts, and changes to appurtenances, such as fender attachments, lighting brackets, ladder brackets; and
</P>
<P>(2) Replacement of components such as valves, vents, and fittings with a component of a similar design and of the same size.
</P>
<P>(3) Replacement of an appurtenance by welding to a mounting pad.
</P>
<P><I>Replacement of a barrel</I> means to replace the existing tank on a motor vehicle chassis with an unused (new) <I>tank.</I> For the definition of <I>tank,</I> see § 178.320, § 178.345, or § 178.338-1 of this subchapter, as applicable. 
</P>
<P><I>Stretching</I> means any change in length, width or diameter of the cargo tank, or any change to a cargo tank motor vehicle's undercarriage that may affect the cargo tank's structural integrity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-2, 54 FR 25032, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37065, Sept. 7, 1990; Amdt. 180-3, 57 FR 45466, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 180-7, 59 FR 55177, Nov. 3, 1994; 60 FR 17402, Apr. 5, 1995; Amdt. 180-10, 61 FR 51342, Oct. 1, 1996; 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998; 64 FR 28050, May 24, 1999; 68 FR 19286, Apr. 18, 2003; 69 FR 54047, Sept. 7, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.405" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.405   Qualification of cargo tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Unless otherwise provided in this subpart, each cargo tank used for the transportation of hazardous material must be an authorized packaging.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cargo tank specifications.</I> (1) To qualify as an authorized packaging, each cargo tank must conform to this subpart, the applicable requirements specified in part 173 of this subchapter for the specific lading, and where a DOT specification cargo tank is required, an applicable specification in effect on the date initial construction began: MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, MC 338, DOT 406, DOT 407, or DOT 412 (§§ 178.337, 178.338, 178.345, 178.346, 178.347, 178.348 of this subchapter). However, except as provided in paragraphs (b)(2), (d), (e), (f)(5), and (f)(6) of this section, no cargo tank may be marked or certified after August 31, 1995, to the applicable MC 306, MC 307, MC 312, MC 331, or MC 338 specification in effect on December 30, 1990. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> A cargo tank originally manufactured to the MC 306, MC 307, or MC 312 specification may be recertified to the original specification provided: 
</P>
<P>(i) Records are available verifying the cargo tank was originally manufactured to the specification; 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the cargo tank was stretched, rebarrelled, or modified, records are available verifying that the stretching, rebarrelling, or modification was performed in accordance with the National Board Inspection Code and this part; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A Design Certifying Engineer or Registered Inspector verifies the cargo tank conforms to all applicable requirements of the original specification and furnishes to the owner written documentation that verifies the tank conforms to the original structural design requirements in effect at the time the tank was originally constructed; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The cargo tank meets all applicable tests and inspections required by § 180.407(c); and 
</P>
<P>(v) The cargo tank is recertified to the original specification in accordance with the reporting and record retention provisions of § 180.417. The certification documents required by § 180.417(a)(3) must include both the date the cargo tank was originally certified to the specification and the date it was recertified. The specification plate on the cargo tank or the cargo tank motor vehicle must display the date the cargo tank was originally certified to the specification.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cargo tank specifications no longer authorized for construction.</I> (1) A cargo tank made to a specification listed in column 1 of table 1 or table 2 of this paragraph (c)(1) may be used when authorized in this part, provided—
</P>
<P>(i) The cargo tank initial construction began on or before the date listed in table 1, column 2, as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 2
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 300</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 2, 1967
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 301</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">June 12, 1961
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 310, MC 311</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 2, 1967
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 330</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 15, 1967</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) The cargo tank was marked or certified before the date listed in table 2, column 2, as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 2
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 306, MC 307, MC 312</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sept. 1, 1995</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) A cargo tank of a specification listed in paragraph (c)(1) of this section may have its pressure relief devices and outlets modified as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) A Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, or MC 305 cargo tank, to conform with a Specification MC 306 or DOT 406 cargo tank (See §§ 178.346-3 and 178.346-4 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) A Specification MC 306 cargo tank to conform to a Specification DOT 406 cargo tank (See §§ 178.346-3 and 178.346-4 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(iii) A Specification MC 304 cargo tank, to conform with a Specification MC 307 or DOT 407 cargo tank (See §§ 178.347-4 and 178.345-11 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(iv) A Specification MC 307 cargo tank, to conform with a Specification DOT 407 cargo tank (See §§ 178.347-4 and 178.345-11 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(v) A Specification MC 310 or MC 311 cargo tank, to conform with a Specification MC 312 or DOT 412 cargo tank (See §§ 178.348-4 and 178.345-11 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(vi) A Specification MC 312 cargo tank, to conform with a Specification DOT 412 cargo tank (See §§ 178.348-4 and 178.345-11 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(vii) A Specification MC 330 cargo tank, to conform with a Specification MC 331 cargo tank, except as specifically required by § 173.315 of this subchapter (see §§ 178.337-8 and 178.337-9 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>MC 338 cargo tank.</I> The owner of a cargo tank that conforms to and was used under the terms of an exemption issued before October 1, 1984, that authorizes the transportation of a cryogenic liquid shall remove the exemption number stenciled on the cargo tank and stamp the specification plate (or a plate placed adjacent to the specification plate) “DOT MC 338” followed by the exemption number, for example, “DOT MC 338-E * * * *”. (Asterisks to be replaced by the exemption number). The cargo tank must be remarked prior to the expiration date of the exemption. During the period the cargo tank is in service, the owner of a cargo tank that is remarked in this manner must retain at its principal place of business a copy of the last exemption in effect. No new construction of cargo tanks pursuant to such exemption is authorized.
</P>
<P>(1) The holding time must be determined, as required in § 178.338-9 of this subchapter, on each cargo tank or on at least one cargo tank of each design. Any subsequent cargo tank manufactured to the same design type (see § 178.320), if not individually tested, must have the optional test regimen performed during the first shipment (see § 178.338-9 (b) and (c) of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(2) The holding time determined by test for one authorized cryogenic liquid may be used as the basis for establishing the holding time for other authorized cryogenic liquids.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>MC 331 cargo tanks.</I> The owner of a MC 331 (§ 178.337 of this subchapter) cargo tank that conforms to and was used under an exemption issued before October 1, 1984, that authorizes the transportation of ethane, refrigerated liquid; ethane-propane mixture, refrigerated liquid; or hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid shall remove the exemption number stenciled on the cargo tank and stamp the exemption number on the specification plate (or a plate placed adjacent to the specification plate), immediately after the DOT Specification, for example, “DOT MC 331-E * * * *”. (Asterisks to be replaced by the exemption number.) The cargo tank must be remarked prior to the expiration date of the exemption. During the period the cargo tank is in service, the owner of a cargo tank that is remarked in this manner must retain at the owner's principal place of business a copy of the last exemption in effect.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>MC 306, MC 307, MC 312 cargo tanks.</I> Either a Registered Inspector or a Design Certifying Engineer and the owner of a MC 306, MC 307 or MC 312 cargo tank motor vehicle constructed in accordance with and used under an exemption issued before December 31, 1990, that authorizes a condition specified in this paragraph shall examine the cargo tank motor vehicle and its design to determine if it meets the requirements of the applicable MC 306, MC 307 or MC 312 specification in effect at the time of manufacture, except as specified herein.
</P>
<P>(1) A cargo tank motor vehicle constructed after August 1, 1981, or the date specified in the applicable exemption, in conformance with the following conditions that apply, may be remarked and certified in accordance with paragraphs (f) (5) and (6) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) A vacuum-loaded cargo tank must have an ASME Code stamped specification plate marked with a minimum internal design pressure of 25 psig, and be designed for a minimum external design pressure of 15 psig.
</P>
<P>(ii) An outlet equipped with a self-closing system which includes an external stop-valve must have the stop valve and associated piping protected within the vehicle's rear-end tank protection device, vehicle frame or an equally adequate accident damage protection device (See § 178.345-8 of this subchapter.) The self-closing system (See § 178.345-11 of this subchapter) must be equipped with a remotely actuated means of closure as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) For a cargo tank used in other than corrosive service, the remote means of closure must be activated for closure by manual or mechanical means and, in case of fire, by an automatic heat activated means.
</P>
<P>(B) For a cargo tank used in corrosive service, the remote means of closure may be actuated by manual or mechanical means only.
</P>
<P>(iii) A cargo tank having an unreinforced portion of the shell exceeding 60 inches must have the circumferential reinforcement located so that the thickness and tensile strength of shell material in combination with the frame and circumferential reinforcement produces a structural integrity at least equal to that prescribed in § 178.345-3 of this subchapter or the specification in effect at time of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(iv) A cargo tank having a projection from the tank shell or head that may contain lading in any tank position is authorized, provided such projection is as strong as the tank shell or head and is located within the motor vehicle's rear-end tank protection or other appropriate accident damage protection device.
</P>
<P>(v) A cargo tank may be constructed of nickel, titanium, or other ASME sheet or plate materials in accordance with an exemption.
</P>
<P>(2) A vacuum-loaded cargo tank constructed after August 1, 1981, or the date specified in the applicable exemption, in conformance with paragraph (f)(1) of this section, except that an outlet equipped with an external valve which is not part of a self-closing system:
</P>
<P>(i) Must be equipped with a self-closing system prior to September 1, 1993.
</P>
<P>(ii) May be remarked and certified in accordance with paragraphs (f)(5) and (6) of this section after the cargo tank motor vehicle has been equipped with the self-closing system.
</P>
<P>(3) A vacuum-loaded cargo tank constructed prior to August 1, 1981, in conformance with paragraph (f)(1) of this section, except for paragraph (f)(1)(i), may be remarked and certified in accordance with paragraphs (f) (5) and (6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) A vacuum-loaded cargo tank constructed prior to August 1, 1981, in conformance with paragraph (f)(1) of this section, except for paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, and except that an outlet is equipped with an external valve which is not part of a self-closing system:
</P>
<P>(i) Must be equipped with a self-closing system prior to September 1, 1993.
</P>
<P>(ii) May be remarked and certified in accordance with paragraphs (f)(5) and (6) of this section after the cargo tank motor vehicle has been equipped with the self-closing system.
</P>
<P>(5) The owner of a cargo tank for which a determination has been made that the cargo tank is in conformance with paragraph (f) (1), (2), (3), or (4) of this section shall complete a written certification, in English, signed by the owner and containing at least the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement certifying that each cargo tank conforms to § 180.405 (f) (1), (2), (3), or (4);
</P>
<P>(ii) The applicable DOT exemption number, the applicable specification number and the owner's and manufacturer's serial number for the cargo tank;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement setting forth any modifications made to bring the cargo tank into conformance with § 180.405(f) (1), (2), (3), or (4), or the applicable specification;
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement identifying the person certifying the cargo tank and the date of certification.
</P>
<P>(6) The owner of a certified cargo tank shall remove the exemption number stenciled on the cargo tank and shall durably mark the specification plate (or a plate placed adjacent to the specification plate) “MC + + + -E ****####” (where “ + + + ” is to be replaced by the applicable specification number, “* * * *” by the exemption number and “# # # #” by the alloy.)
</P>
<P>(7) A cargo tank remarked and certified in conformance with this paragraph (f) is excepted from the provisions of § 180.405(c).
</P>
<P>(8) During the period the cargo tank is in service, and for one year thereafter, the owner of a cargo tank that is certified and remarked in this manner must retain on file at its principal place of business a copy of the certificate and the last exemption in effect.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Cargo tank manhole assemblies.</I> (1) MC 306, MC 307, and MC 312 cargo tanks marked or certified after December 30, 1990, and DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles must be equipped with manhole assemblies conforming with § 178.345-5 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) On or before August 31, 1995, each owner of a cargo tank marked or certified before December 31, 1990, authorized for the transportation of a hazardous material, must have the cargo tank equipped with manhole assemblies conforming with § 178.345-5, except for the dimensional requirements in § 178.345-5(a), the hydrostatic testing requirements in § 178.345-5(b), and the marking requirements in § 178.345-5(e) of this subchapter. A manhole assembly meeting one of the following provisions is considered to be in compliance with this paragraph:
</P>
<P>(i) Manhole assemblies on MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks that are marked or certified in writing as conforming to § 178.345-5 of this subchapter or TTMA RP No. 61-98 (incorporated by reference; see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or are tested and certified in accordance with TTMA TB No. 107 (incorporated by reference; see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) Manhole assemblies on MC 304 and MC 307 cargo tanks.
</P>
<P>(iii) Manhole assemblies on MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks with a test pressure of 36 psig or greater.
</P>
<P>(3) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Pressure relief system.</I> Properly functioning reclosing pressure relief valves and frangible or fusible vents need not be replaced. However, replacement of reclosing pressure relief valves on MC-specification cargo tanks is authorized subject to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Until August 31, 1998, the owner of a cargo tank may replace a reclosing pressure relief device with a device which is in compliance with the requirements for pressure relief devices in effect at the time the cargo tank specification became superseded. If the pressure relief device is installed as an integral part of a manhole cover assembly, the manhole cover must comply with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) After August 31, 1998, replacement for any reclosing pressure relief valve must be capable of reseating to a leak-tight condition after a pressure surge, and the volume of lading released may not exceed 1 L. Specific performance requirements for these pressure relief valves are set forth in § 178.345-10(b)(3) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) As provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the owner of a cargo tank may elect to modify reclosing pressure relief devices to more recent cargo tank specifications. However, replacement devices constructed to the requirements of § 178.345-10 of this subchapter must provide the minimum venting capacity required by the original specification to which the cargo tank was designed and constructed.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Flammable cryogenic liquids.</I> Each cargo tank used to transport a flammable cryogenic liquid must be examined after each shipment to determine its actual holding time (See § 173.318(g)(3) of this subchapter.)
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Withdrawal of certification.</I> A specification cargo tank that for any reason no longer meets the applicable specification may not be used to transport hazardous materials unless the cargo tank is repaired and retested in accordance with §§ 180.413 and 180.407 prior to being returned to hazardous materials service. If the cargo tank is not in conformance with the applicable specification requirements, the specification plate on the cargo tank must be removed, obliterated or securely covered. The details of the conditions necessitating withdrawal of the certification must be recorded and signed on the written certificate for that cargo tank. The vehicle owner shall retain the certificate for at least 1 year after withdrawal of the certification.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>DOT-specification cargo tank with no marked design pressure or a marked design pressure of less than 3 psig.</I> The owner of an MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306, or MC 312 cargo tank with a pressure relief system set at 3 psig, must mark or remark the cargo tank with an MAWP or design pressure of not less than 3 psig.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306 cargo tank—Rear accident damage protection.</I> (1) Notwithstanding the requirements in § 180.405(b), the applicable specification requirement for a rear bumper or rear-end tank protection device on MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 cargo tanks does not apply to a cargo tank truck (power unit) until July 1, 1992, if the cargo tank truck—
</P>
<P>(i) Was manufactured before July 1, 1989;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is used to transport gasoline or any other petroleum distillate product; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Is operated in combination with a cargo tank full trailer. However, an empty cargo tank truck, without a cargo tank full trailer attached, may be operated without the required rear bumper or rear-end tank protection device on a one-time basis while being transported to a repair facility for installation of a rear bumper or rear-end protection device.
</P>
<P>(2) Each cargo tank shall be provided with a rear accident damage protection device to protect the tank and piping in the event of a rear-end collision and reduce the likelihood of damage which could result in the loss of lading. The rear-end protection device must be in the form of a rear-end tank protection device meeting the requirements of § 178.345-8(d) or a rear bumper meeting the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The bumper shall be located at least 6 inches to the rear of any vehicle component used for loading or unloading or that may contain lading while the vehicle is in transit.
</P>
<P>(ii) The dimensions of the bumper shall conform to § 393.86 of this title.
</P>
<P>(iii) The structure of the bumper must be designed in accordance with § 178.345-8(d)(3) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Specification MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles, and nonspecification cargo tank motor vehicles conforming to § 173.315(k) of this subchapter, intended for use in the transportation of liquefied compressed gases.</I> (1) No later than the date of its first scheduled pressure test after July 1, 2001, each specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicle, and each nonspecification cargo tank motor vehicle conforming to § 173.315(k) of this subchapter, marked and certified before July 1, 2001, that is used to transport a Division 2.1 material, a Division 2.2 material with a subsidiary hazard, a Division 2.3 material, or anhydrous ammonia must have an emergency discharge control capability as specified in § 173.315(n) of this subchapter. Each passive shut-off system installed prior to July 1, 2001, must be certified by a Design Certifying Engineer that it meets the requirements of § 173.315(n)(2) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The requirement in paragraph (m)(1) of this section does not apply to a cargo tank equal to or less than 13,247.5 L (3,500 gallons) water capacity transporting in metered delivery service a Division 2.1 material, a Division 2.2 material with a subsidiary hazard, or anhydrous ammonia equipped with an off-truck remote shut-off device that was installed prior to July 1, 2000. The device must be capable of stopping the transfer of lading by operation of a transmitter carried by a qualified person attending unloading of the cargo tank. The device is subject to the requirement in § 177.840(o) of this subchapter for a daily test at 45.72 meters (150 feet).
</P>
<P>(3) Each specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank in metered delivery service of greater than 13,247.5 L (3,500 gallons) water capacity transporting a Division 2.1 material, a Division 2.2 material with a subsidiary hazard, or anhydrous ammonia, marked and certified before July 1, 1999, must have an emergency discharge control capability as specified in §§ 173.315(n) and 177.840 of this subchapter no later than the date of its first scheduled pressure test after July 1, 2001, or July 1, 2003, whichever is earlier.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Thermal activation.</I> No later than the date of its first scheduled leakage test after July 1, 1999, each specification MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicle and each nonspecification cargo tank motor vehicle conforming to § 173.315(k) of this subchapter, marked and certified before July 1, 1999, that is used to transport a liquefied compressed gas, other than carbon dioxide and chlorine, that has a water capacity of 13,247.5 L (3,500 gallons) or less must be equipped with a means of thermal activation for the internal self-closing stop valve as specified in § 178.337-8(a)(4) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>On-truck remote control of self-closing stop valves—MC 330, MC 331, and MC 338.</I> On or before October 2, 2006— 
</P>
<P>(1) Each owner of an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicle marked or certified before January 1, 1995, must equip the cargo tank with an on-vehicle remote means of closure of the internal self-closing stop valve in conformance with § 178.337-8(a)(4) of this subchapter. This requirement does not apply to cargo tanks used only for carbon dioxide and marked “For carbon dioxide only” or intended for use in chlorine service only. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each owner of an MC 338 cargo tank motor vehicle marked or certified before January 1, 1995, must equip each remotely controlled shutoff valve with an on-vehicle remote means of automatic closure in conformance with § 178.338-11(c) of this subchapter. This requirement does not apply to cargo tanks used for the transportation of argon, carbon dioxide, helium, krypton, neon, nitrogen, or xenon, or mixtures thereof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-2, 54 FR 25032, June 12, 1989]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 180.405, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.407" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.407   Requirements for test and inspection of specification cargo tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) A cargo tank constructed in accordance with a DOT specification for which a test or inspection specified in this section has become due, may not be filled and offered for transportation or transported until the test or inspection has been successfully completed. This paragraph does not apply to any cargo tank filled prior to the test or inspection due date.
</P>
<P>(2) Except during a pressure test, a cargo tank may not be subjected to a pressure greater than its design pressure or MAWP. 
</P>
<P>(3) A person witnessing or performing a test or inspection specified in this section must meet the minimum qualifications prescribed in § 180.409.
</P>
<P>(4) Each cargo tank must be evaluated in accordance with the acceptable results of tests and inspections prescribed in § 180.411.
</P>
<P>(5) Each cargo tank which has successfully passed a test or inspection specified in this section must be marked in accordance with § 180.415.
</P>
<P>(6) A cargo tank which fails a prescribed test or inspection must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be repaired and retested in accordance with § 180.413; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Be removed from hazardous materials service and the specification plate removed, obliterated or covered in a secure manner.
</P>
<P>(7) The use of video cameras or fiber optic equipment is authorized for any test or inspection, or portion thereof, provided all the required areas and elements can be viewed and evaluated in accordance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions requiring test and inspection of cargo tanks.</I> Without regard to any other test or inspection requirements, a specification cargo tank must be tested and inspected in accordance with this section prior to further use if:
</P>
<P>(1) The cargo tank shows evidence of dents, cuts, gouges, corroded or abraded areas, leakage, or any other condition that might render it unsafe for hazardous materials service. At a minimum, any area of a cargo tank showing evidence of dents, cuts, digs, gouges, or corroded or abraded areas must be thickness tested in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraphs (i)(2), (i)(3), (i)(5), (i)(6), (i)(9), and (i)(10) of this section and evaluated in accordance with the criteria prescribed in § 180.411. Any signs of leakage must be repaired in accordance with § 180.413. The suitability of any repair affecting the structural integrity of the cargo tank must be determined either by the testing required in the applicable manufacturing specification or in paragraph (g)(1)(iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The cargo tank has sustained damage to an extent that may adversely affect its lading retention capability. A damaged cargo tank must be pressure tested in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The cargo tank has been out of hazardous materials transportation service for a period of one year or more. Each cargo tank that has been out of hazardous materials transportation service for a period of one year or more must be pressure tested in accordance with § 180.407(g) prior to further use.
</P>
<P>(4) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(5) The Department so requires based on the existence of probable cause that the cargo tank is in an unsafe operating condition.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Periodic test and inspection.</I> Each specification cargo tank must be tested and inspected as specified in the following table by an inspector meeting the qualifications in § 180.409. The retest date shall be determined from the specified interval identified in the following table from the most recent inspection or the CTMV certification date.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Compliance Dates—Inspections and Test Under § 180.407(<E T="01">c</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test or inspection
<br/>(cargo tank specification, configuration, and service)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date by which first test
<br/>must be completed
<br/>(see Note 1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Interval
<br/>period
<br/>after first test
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">External Visual Inspection:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">All cargo tanks designed to be loaded by vacuum with full opening rear heads</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 months.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">All other cargo tanks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Internal Visual Inspection:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">All insulated cargo tanks, except MC 330, MC 331, MC 338 (see Note 4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">All cargo tanks transporting lading corrosive to the tank</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">MC 331 cargo tanks less than 3,500 gallons water capacity in dedicated propane service constructed of nonquenched and tempered NQT SA-612 steel (see Note 5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">All other cargo tanks, except MC 338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1, 1995</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lining Inspection:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">All lined cargo tanks transporting lading corrosive to the tank</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leakage Test:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks in chlorine service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">All other cargo tanks except MC 338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pressure Test:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(Hydrostatic or pneumatic) (See Notes 2 and 3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">All cargo tanks which are insulated with no manhole or insulated and lined, except MC 338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1, 1991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">All cargo tanks designed to be loaded by vacuum with full opening rear heads</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1, 1992</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks in chlorine service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1, 1992</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">MC 331 cargo tanks less than 3,500 gallons water capacity in dedicated propane service constructed of nonquenched and tempered NQT SA-612 steel (See Note 5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">All other cargo tanks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1, 1995</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thickness Test:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">All unlined cargo tanks transporting material corrosive to the tank, except MC 338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 1, 1992</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note 1:</E> If a cargo tank is subject to an applicable inspection or test requirement under the regulations in effect on December 30, 1990, and the due date (as specified by a requirement in effect on December 30, 1990) for completing the required inspection or test occurs before the compliance date listed in table I, the earlier date applies.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note 2:</E> Pressure testing is not required for MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tanks in dedicated sodium metal service.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note 3:</E> Pressure testing is not required for uninsulated lined cargo tanks, with a design pressure MAWP 15 psig or less, which receive an external visual inspection and lining inspection at least once each year.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note 4:</E> Insulated cargo tanks equipped with manholes or inspection openings may perform either an internal visual inspection in conjunction with the external visual inspection or a hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure-test of the cargo tank.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note 5:</E> A 10-year inspection interval period also applies to cargo tanks constructed of NQT SA-202 or NQT SA-455 steel provided the materials have full-size equivalent (FSE) Charpy vee notch (CVN) energy test data that demonstrated 75% shear-area ductility at 32  °F with an average of 3 or more samples &gt;15 ft-lb FSE with no sample &lt;10 ft-lb FSE.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) <I>External visual inspection and testing.</I> The following applies to the external visual inspection and testing of cargo tanks: 
</P>
<P>(1) Where insulation precludes a complete external visual inspection as required by paragraphs (d)(2) through (d)(6) of this section, the cargo tank also must be given an internal visual inspection in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section. If external visual inspection is precluded because any part of the cargo tank wall is externally lined, coated, or designed to prevent an external visual inspection, those areas of the cargo tank must be internally inspected. If internal visual inspection is precluded because the cargo tank is lined, coated, or designed so as to prevent access for internal inspection, the tank must be hydrostatically or pneumatically tested in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(iv) of this section. Those items able to be externally inspected must be externally inspected and noted in the inspection report.
</P>
<P>(2) The external visual inspection and testing must include as a minimum the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The tank shell and heads must be inspected for corroded or abraded areas, dents, distortions, defects in welds and any other conditions, including leakage, that might render the tank unsafe for transportation service;
</P>
<P>(ii) The piping, valves, and gaskets must be carefully inspected for corroded areas, defects in welds, and other conditions, including leakage, that might render the tank unsafe for transportation service;
</P>
<P>(iii) All devices for tightening manhole covers must be operative and there must be no evidence of leakage at manhole covers or gaskets;
</P>
<P>(iv) All emergency devices and valves including self-closing stop valves, excess flow valves and remote closure devices must be free from corrosion, distortion, erosion and any external damage that will prevent safe operation. Remote closure devices and self-closing stop valves must be functioned to demonstrate proper operation;
</P>
<P>(v) Missing bolts, nuts and fusible links or elements must be replaced, and loose bolts and nuts must be tightened;
</P>
<P>(vi) All markings on the cargo tank required by parts 172, 178 and 180 of this subchapter must be legible;
</P>
<P>(vii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(viii) All major appurtenances and structural attachments on the cargo tank including, but not limited to, suspension system attachments, connecting structures, and those elements of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly that can be inspected without dismantling the upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly must be inspected for any corrosion or damage which might prevent safe operation;
</P>
<P>(ix) For cargo tanks transporting lading corrosive to the tank, areas covered by the upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly must be inspected at least once in each two year period for corroded and abraded areas, dents, distortions, defects in welds, and any other condition that might render the tank unsafe for transportation service. The upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly must be removed from the cargo tank for this inspection.
</P>
<P>(3) All reclosing pressure relief valves must be externally inspected for any corrosion or damage which might prevent safe operation. All reclosing pressure relief valves on cargo tanks carrying lading corrosive to the valve must be removed from the cargo tank for inspection and testing. Each reclosing pressure relief valve required to be removed and tested must be tested according to the requirements set forth in paragraph (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Ring stiffeners or other appurtenances, installed on cargo tanks constructed of mild steel or high-strength, low-alloy steel, that create air cavities adjacent to the tank shell that do not allow for external visual inspection must be thickness tested in accordance with paragraphs (i)(2) and (i)(3) of this section, at least once every 2 years. At least four symmetrically distributed readings must be taken to establish an average thickness for the ring stiffener or appurtenance. If any thickness reading is less than the average thickness by more than 10%, thickness testing in accordance with paragraphs (i)(2) and (i)(3) of this section must be conducted from the inside of the cargo tank on the area of the tank wall covered by the appurtenance or ring stiffener.
</P>
<P>(5) Corroded or abraded areas of the cargo tank wall must be thickness tested in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraphs (i)(2), (i)(3), (i)(5), (i)(6), (i)(9), and (i)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) The gaskets on any full opening rear head must be:
</P>
<P>(i) Visually inspected for cracks or splits caused by weather or wear; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Replaced if cuts or cracks which are likely to cause leakage, or are of a depth one-half inch or more, are found.
</P>
<P>(7) The inspector must record the results of the external visual examination as specified in § 180.417(b).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Internal visual inspection.</I> (1) When the cargo tank is not equipped with a manhole or inspection opening, or the cargo tank design precludes an internal inspection, the tank shall be hydrostatically or pneumatically tested in accordance with 180.407(c) and (g).
</P>
<P>(2) The internal visual inspection must include as a minimum the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The tank shell and heads must be inspected for corroded and abraded areas, dents, distortions, defects in welds, and any other condition that might render the tank unsafe for transportation service.
</P>
<P>(ii) Tank liners must be inspected as specified in § 180.407(f).
</P>
<P>(3) Corroded or abraded areas of the cargo tank wall must be thickness tested in accordance with paragraphs (i)(2), (i)(3), (i)(5), (i)(6), (i)(9), and (i)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The inspector must record the results of the internal visual inspection as specified in § 180.417(b).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Lining inspection.</I> The integrity of the lining on all lined cargo tanks, when lining is required by this subchapter, must be verified at least once each year as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Rubber (elastomeric) lining must be tested for holes as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Equipment must consist of:
</P>
<P>(A) A high frequency spark tester capable of producing sufficient voltage to ensure proper calibration;
</P>
<P>(B) A probe with an “L” shaped 2.4 mm (0.09 inch) diameter wire with up to a 30.5 cm (12-inch) bottom leg (end bent to a 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) radius), or equally sensitive probe; and
</P>
<P>(C) A steel calibration coupon 30.5 cm × 30.5 cm (12 inches × 12 inches) covered with the same material and thickness as that to be tested. The material on the coupon shall have a test hole to the metal substrate made by puncturing the material with a 22 gauge hypodermic needle or comparable piercing tool.
</P>
<P>(ii) The probe must be passed over the surface of the calibration coupon in a constant uninterrupted manner until the hole is found. The hole is detected by the white or light blue spark formed. (A sound lining causes a dark blue or purple spark.) The voltage must be adjusted to the lowest setting that will produce a minimum 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) spark measured from the top of the lining to the probe. To assure that the setting on the probe has not changed, the spark tester must be calibrated periodically using the test calibration coupon, and the same power source, probe, and cable length.
</P>
<P>(iii) After calibration, the probe must be passed over the lining in an uninterrupted stroke.
</P>
<P>(iv) Holes that are found must be repaired using equipment and procedures prescribed by the lining manufacturer or lining installer.
</P>
<P>(2) Linings made of other than rubber (elastomeric material) must be tested using equipment and procedures prescribed by the lining manufacturer or lining installer.
</P>
<P>(3) Degraded or defective areas of the cargo tank liner must be removed and the cargo tank wall below the defect must be inspected. Corroded areas of the tank wall must be thickness tested in accordance with paragraphs (i)(2), (i)(3), (i)(5) and (i)(6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The inspector must record the results of the lining inspection as specified in § 180.417(b).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Pressure test.</I> All components of the cargo tank wall, as defined in § 178.320(a) of this subchapter, must be pressure tested as prescribed by this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Test Procedure</I>—(i) As part of the pressure test, the inspector must perform an external and internal visual inspection, except that on an MC 338 cargo tank, or a cargo tank not equipped with a manhole or inspection opening, an internal inspection is not required.
</P>
<P>(ii) All self-closing pressure relief valves, including emergency relief vents and normal vents, must be removed from the cargo tank for inspection and testing according to the requirements in paragraph (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) Except for cargo tanks carrying lading corrosive to the tank, areas covered by the upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly must be inspected for corroded and abraded areas, dents, distortions, defects in welds, and any other condition that might render the tank unsafe for transportation service. The upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly must be removed from the cargo tank for this inspection.
</P>
<P>(iv) Each cargo tank must be tested hydrostatically or pneumatically to the internal pressure specified in the following table. At no time during the pressure test may a cargo tank be subject to pressures that exceed those identified in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(g)(1)(iv)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test pressure
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 300, 301, 302, 303, 305, 306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The test pressure on the name plate or specification plate, 20.7 kPa (3 psig) or design pressure, whichever is greater.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 304, 307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The test pressure on the name plate or specification plate, 275.8 kPa (40 psig) or 1.5 times the design pressure, whichever is greater.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 310, 311, 312</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The test pressure on the name plate or specification plate, 20.7 kPa (3 psig) or 1.5 times the design pressure, whichever is greater.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 330, 331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The test pressure on the name plate or specification plate, 1.5 times either the MAWP or the re-rated pressure, whichever is applicable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MC 338</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The test pressure on the name plate or specification plate, 1.25 times either the MAWP or the re-rated pressure, whichever is applicable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 406</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The test pressure on the name plate or specification plate, 34.5 kPa (5 psig) or 1.5 times the MAWP, whichever is greater.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 407</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The test pressure on the name plate or specification plate, 275.8 kPa (40 psig) or 1.5 times the MAWP, whichever is greater.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 412</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The test pressure on the name plate or specification plate, or 1.5 times the MAWP, whichever is greater.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(v) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(vi) Each cargo tank of a multi-tank cargo tank motor vehicle must be tested with the adjacent cargo tanks empty and at atmospheric pressure.
</P>
<P>(vii) All closures except pressure relief devices must be in place during the test. All prescribed loading and unloading venting devices rated at less than test pressure may be removed during the test. If retained, the devices must be rendered inoperative by clamps, plugs, or other equally effective restraining devices. Restraining devices may not prevent detection of leaks or damage the venting devices and must be removed immediately after the test is completed.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Hydrostatic test method.</I> Each cargo tank, including its domes, must be filled with water or other liquid having similar viscosity, at a temperature not exceeding 100 °F. The cargo tank must then be pressurized to not less than the pressure specified in paragraph (g)(1)(iv) of this section. The cargo tank, including its closures, must hold the prescribed test pressure for at least 10 minutes during which time it shall be inspected for leakage, bulging or any other defect.
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Pneumatic test method.</I> Pneumatic testing may involve higher risk than hydrostatic testing. Therefore, suitable safeguards must be provided to protect personnel and facilities should failure occur during the test. The cargo tank must be pressurized with air or an inert gas. The pneumatic test pressure in the cargo tank must be reached by gradually increasing the pressure to one-half of the test pressure. Thereafter, the pressure must be increased in steps of approximately one-tenth of the test pressure until the required test pressure has been reached. The test pressure must be held for at least 5 minutes. The pressure must then be reduced to the MAWP, which must be maintained during the time the entire cargo tank surface is inspected. During the inspection, a suitable method must be used for detecting the existence of leaks. This method must consist either of coating the entire surface of all joints under pressure with a solution of soap and water, or using other equally sensitive methods.
</P>
<P>(2) When testing an insulated cargo tank, the insulation and jacketing need not be removed unless it is otherwise impossible to reach test pressure and maintain a condition of pressure equilibrium after test pressure is reached, or the vacuum integrity cannot be maintained in the insulation space. If an MC 338 cargo tank used for the transportation of a flammable gas or oxygen, refrigerated liquid is opened for any reason, the cleanliness must be verified prior to closure using the procedures contained in § 178.338-15 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Each MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank constructed of quenched and tempered steel in accordance with Part UHT in Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel but without postweld heat treatment, used for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia or any other hazardous materials that may cause corrosion stress cracking, must be internally inspected by the wet fluorescent magnetic particle method immediately prior to and in conjunction with the performance of the pressure test prescribed in this section. Each MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank constructed of quenched and tempered steel in accordance with Part UHT in Section VIII of the ASME Code and used for the transportation of liquefied petroleum gas must be internally inspected by the wet fluorescent magnetic particle method immediately prior to and in conjunction with the performance of the pressure test prescribed in this section. The wet fluorescent magnetic particle inspection must be in accordance with Section V of the ASME Code and CGA Technical Bulletin TB-2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). This paragraph does not apply to cargo tanks that do not have manholes. (See § 180.417(c) for reporting requirements.)
</P>
<P>(4) All pressure bearing portions of a cargo tank heating system employing a medium such as, but not limited to, steam or hot water for heating the lading must be hydrostatically pressure tested at least once every 5 years. The test pressure must be at least the maximum system design operating pressure and must be maintained for five minutes. A heating system employing flues for heating the lading must be tested to ensure against lading leakage into the flues or into the atmosphere.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Exceptions.</I> (i) Pressure testing is not required for MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks in dedicated sodium metal service.
</P>
<P>(ii) Pressure testing is not required for uninsulated lined cargo tanks, with a design pressure or MAWP of 15 psig or less, which receive an external visual inspection and a lining inspection at least once each year.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Acceptance criteria.</I> A cargo tank that leaks, fails to retain test pressure or pneumatic inspection pressure, shows distortion, excessive permanent expansion, or other evidence of weakness that might render the cargo tank unsafe for transportation service, may not be returned to service, except as follows: A cargo tank with a heating system which does not hold pressure may remain in service as an unheated cargo tank if:
</P>
<P>(i) The heating system remains in place and is structurally sound and no lading may leak into the heating system, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The specification plate heating system information is changed to indicate that the cargo tank has no working heating system.
</P>
<P>(7) The inspector must record the results of the pressure test as specified in § 180.417(b).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Leakage test.</I> The following requirements apply to cargo tanks requiring a leakage test: 
</P>
<P>(1) Each cargo tank must be tested for leaks in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. The leakage test must include testing product piping with all valves and accessories in place and operative, except that any venting devices set to discharge at less than the leakage test pressure must be removed or rendered inoperative during the test. All internal or external self-closing stop valves must be tested for leak tightness. Each cargo tank of a multi-cargo tank motor vehicle must be tested with adjacent cargo tanks empty and at atmospheric pressure. Test pressure must be maintained for at least 5 minutes. Cargo tanks in liquefied compressed gas service must be externally inspected for leaks during the leakage test. Suitable safeguards must be provided to protect personnel should a failure occur. Cargo tanks may be leakage tested with hazardous materials contained in the cargo tank during the test. Leakage test pressure must be no less than 80% of MAWP marked on the specification plate except as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) A cargo tank with an MAWP of 690 kPa (100 psig) or more may be leakage tested at its maximum normal operating pressure provided it is in dedicated service or services; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank in dedicated liquified petroleum gas service may be leakage tested at not less than 414 kPa (60 psig).
</P>
<P>(iii) An operator of a specification MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank, and a nonspecification cargo tank authorized under § 173.315(k) of this subchapter, equipped with a meter may check leak tightness of the internal self-closing stop valve by conducting a meter creep test. (See appendix B to this part.)
</P>
<P>(iv) An MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank in dedicated service for anhydrous ammonia may be leakage tested at not less than 414 kPa (60 psig). 
</P>
<P>(v) A non-specification cargo tank required by § 173.8(d) of this subchapter to be leakage tested, must be leakage tested at not less than 16.6 kPa (2.4 psig), or as specified in paragraph (h)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) Cargo tanks used to transport petroleum distillate fuels that are equipped with vapor collection equipment may be leak tested in accordance with the Environmental Protection Agency's “Method 27—Determination of Vapor Tightness of Gasoline Delivery Tank Using Pressure-Vacuum Test,” as set forth in Appendix A to 40 CFR part 60. Test methods and procedures and maximum allowable pressure and vacuum changes are in 40 CFR 63.425(e). The hydrostatic test alternative, using liquid in Environmental Protection Agency's “Method 27—Determination of Vapor Tightness of Gasoline Delivery Tank Using Pressure-Vacuum Test,” may not be used to satisfy the leak testing requirements of this paragraph. The test must be conducted using air.
</P>
<P>(3) A cargo tank that fails to retain leakage test pressure may not be returned to service as a specification cargo tank, except under conditions specified in § 180.411(d).
</P>
<P>(4) After July 1, 2000, Registered Inspectors of specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks, and nonspecification cargo tanks authorized under § 173.315(k) of this subchapter must visually inspect the delivery hose assembly and piping system while the assembly is under leakage test pressure utilizing the rejection criteria listed in § 180.416(g). Delivery hose assemblies not permanently attached to the cargo tank motor vehicle may be inspected separately from the cargo tank motor vehicle. In addition to a written record of the inspection prepared in accordance with § 180.417(b), the Registered Inspector conducting the test must note the hose identification number, the date of the test, and the condition of the hose assembly and piping system tested.
</P>
<P>(5) The inspector must record the results of the leakage test as specified in § 180.417(b).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Thickness testing.</I> (1) The shell and head thickness of all unlined cargo tanks used for the transportation of materials corrosive to the tank must be measured at least once every 2 years, except that cargo tanks measuring less than the sum of the minimum prescribed thickness, plus one-fifth of the original corrosion allowance, must be tested annually.
</P>
<P>(2) Measurements must be made using a device capable of accurately measuring thickness to within ±0.002 of an inch.
</P>
<P>(3) Any person performing thickness testing must be trained in the proper use of the thickness testing device used in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction.
</P>
<P>(4) Thickness testing must be performed in the following areas of the cargo tank wall, as a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) Areas of the tank shell and heads and shell and head area around any piping that retains lading;
</P>
<P>(ii) Areas of high shell stress such as the bottom center of the tank;
</P>
<P>(iii) Areas near openings;
</P>
<P>(iv) Areas around weld joints;
</P>
<P>(v) Areas around shell reinforcements;
</P>
<P>(vi) Areas around appurtenance attachments;
</P>
<P>(vii) Areas near upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly attachments;
</P>
<P>(viii) Areas near suspension system attachments and connecting structures;
</P>
<P>(ix) Known thin areas in the tank shell and nominal liquid level lines; and
</P>
<P>(x) Connecting structures joining multiple cargo tanks of carbon steel in a self-supporting cargo tank motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(5) Minimum thicknesses for MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks are determined based on the definition of minimum thickness found in § 178.320(a) of this subchapter. The following Tables I and II identify the “In-Service Minimum Thickness” values to be used to determine the minimum thickness for the referenced cargo tanks. The column headed “Minimum Manufactured Thickness” indicates the minimum values required for new construction of DOT 400 series cargo tanks, found in Tables I and II of §§ 178.346-2, 178.347-2, and 178.348-2 of this subchapter. In-Service Minimum Thicknesses for MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks are based on 90 percent of the manufactured thickness specified in the DOT specification, rounded to three places.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—In-Service Minimum Thickness for MC 300, MC 303, MC 304, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 Specification Cargo Tanks Constructed of Steel and Steel Alloys
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum manufactured thickness (US gauge or inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nominal decimal equivalent for (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">In-service minimum thickness reference (inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0418</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.038
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.043
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0538</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.048
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0598</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.054
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0673</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.061
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0747</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.067
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0897</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.081
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1046</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.094
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1196</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.108
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1345</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.121
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1495</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.135
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1644</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.148
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1793</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.161
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1875</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.169
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1/4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.2500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.225
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5/16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.3125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.281
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3/8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.3750</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.338</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II—In-Service Minimum Thickness for MC 301, MC 302, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 311, and MC 312 Specification Cargo Tanks Constructed of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum manufactured thickness
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">In-service minimum thickness (inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.078</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.070
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.087</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.078
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.096</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.086
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.098
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.117
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.141</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.127
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.136
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.172</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.155
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.173</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.156
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.194</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.175
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.194
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.237</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.213
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.243
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.324
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.405
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.540</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.486</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(6) An owner of a cargo tank that no longer conforms to the minimum thickness prescribed for the design as manufactured may use the cargo tank to transport authorized materials at reduced maximum weight of lading or reduced maximum working pressure, or combinations thereof, provided the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(i) A Design Certifying Engineer must certify that the cargo tank design and thickness are appropriate for the reduced loading conditions by issuance of a revised manufacturer's certificate, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The cargo tank motor vehicle's nameplate must reflect the revised service limits.
</P>
<P>(7) An owner of a cargo tank that no longer conforms with the minimum thickness prescribed for the specification may not return the cargo tank to hazardous materials service. The tank's specification plate must be removed, obliterated or covered in a secure manner.
</P>
<P>(8) The inspector must record the results of the thickness test as specified in § 180.417(b).
</P>
<P>(9) For MC 331 cargo tanks constructed before October 1, 2003, minimum thickness shall be determined by the thickness indicated on the U1A form minus any corrosion allowance. For MC 331 cargo tanks constructed after October 1, 2003, the minimum thickness will be the value indicated on the specification plate. If no corrosion allowance is indicated on the U1A form then the thickness of the tank shall be the thickness of the material of construction indicated on the UIA form with no corrosion allowance. 
</P>
<P>(10) For 400-series cargo tanks, minimum thickness is calculated according to tables in each applicable section of this subchapter for that specification: § 178.346-2 for DOT 406 cargo tanks, § 178.347-2 for DOT 407 cargo tanks, and § 178.348-2 for DOT 412 cargo tanks.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Pressure vent bench test.</I> When required by this section, pressure relief valves must be tested for proper function as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Each self-closing pressure relief valve must open and reseat to a leaktight condition at the pressures prescribed for the applicable cargo tank specification or at the following pressures:
</P>
<P>(i) For MC 306 cargo tanks:
</P>
<P>(A) With MC 306 reclosing pressure relief valves, it must open at not less than 3 psi and not more than 4.4 psi and must reseat to a leak tight-condition at no less than 2.7 psi.
</P>
<P>(B) With reclosing pressure relief valves modified as provided in § 180.405(c) to conform with DOT 406 specifications, according to the pressures set forth for a DOT 406 cargo tank in § 178.346-3 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) For MC 307 cargo tanks:
</P>
<P>(A) With MC 307 reclosing pressure relief valves, it must open at not less than the cargo tank MAWP and not more than 110% of the cargo tank MAWP and must reseat to a leak tight-condition at no less than 90% of the cargo tank MAWP.
</P>
<P>(B) With reclosing pressure relief valves modified as provided in § 180.405(c) to conform with DOT 407 specifications, according to the pressures set forth for a DOT 407 cargo tank in § 178.347-4 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(iii) For MC 312 cargo tanks:
</P>
<P>(A) With MC 312 reclosing pressure relief valves, it must open at not less than the cargo tank MAWP and not more than 110% of the cargo tank MAWP and must reseat to a leak tight-condition at no less than 90% of the cargo tank MAWP.
</P>
<P>(B) With reclosing pressure relief valves modified as provided in § 180.405(c) to conform with DOT 412 specifications, according to the pressures set forth for a DOT 412 cargo tank in § 178.348-4 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(iv) For MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tanks, it must open at not less than the required set pressure and not more than 110% of the required set pressure and must reseat to a leak-tight condition at no less than 90% of the required set pressure.
</P>
<P>(v) For DOT 400-series cargo tanks, according to the pressures set forth for the applicable cargo tank specification in §§ 178.346-3, 178.347-4, and 178.348-4, respectively, of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(vi) For cargo tanks not specified in this paragraph, it must open at not less than the required set pressure and not more than 110% of the required set pressure and must reseat to a leak-tight condition at no less than 90% of the required set pressure or the pressure prescribed for the applicable cargo tank specification.
</P>
<P>(2) Normal vents (1 psig vents) must be tested according to the testing criteria established by the valve manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(3) Self-closing pressure relief devices not tested or failing the tests in paragraph (j)(1) of this section must be repaired or replaced.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-2, 54 FR 25032, June 12, 1989]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 180.407, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.409" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.409   Minimum qualifications for inspectors and testers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, any person performing or witnessing the inspections and tests specified in § 180.407(c) must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be registered with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration in accordance with part 107, subpart F of this chapter, 
</P>
<P>(2) Be familiar with DOT-specification cargo tanks and trained and experienced in use of the inspection and testing equipment needed, and 
</P>
<P>(3) Have the training and experience required to meet the definition of “Registered Inspector” in § 171.8 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) A person who only performs annual external visual inspections and leakage tests on a cargo tank motor vehicle, owned or operated by that person, with a capacity of less than 13,250 L (3,500 gallons) used exclusively for flammable liquid petroleum fuels, is not required to meet the educational and years of experience requirements set forth in the definition of “Registered Inspector” in § 171.8 of this subchapter. Although not required to meet the educational and years of experience requirements, a person who performs visual inspections or leakage tests or signs the inspection reports must have the knowledge and ability to perform such inspections and tests and must perform them as required by this subchapter, and must register with the Department as required by subpart F of part 107 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) A person who performs only annual external visual inspections and leakage tests on a permanently mounted non-bulk tank, owned or operated by that person, for petroleum products as authorized by § 173.8(c) of this subchapter, is not required to be registered in accordance with subpart F of part 107 of this chapter. In addition the person who signs the inspection report required by § 180.417(b) of this subpart for such non-bulk tanks is not required to be registered. Although not required to register, a person who performs visual inspections or leakage tests or signs the inspection reports must have the knowledge and ability to perform such inspections and tests and must perform them as required by this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) A motor carrier or cargo tank owner who meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section may use an employee who is not a Registered Inspector to perform a portion of the pressure retest required by § 180.407(g). External and internal visual inspections must be accomplished by a Registered Inspector, but the hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure test, as set forth in § 180.407(g)(1)(viii) and (ix), respectively, may be done by an employee who is not a Registered Inspector provided that—
</P>
<P>(1) The employee is familiar with the cargo tank and is trained and experienced in the use of the inspection and testing equipment used;
</P>
<P>(2) The employer submits certification that such employee meets the qualification requirements to the Associate Administrator, Attn: (PHH-32), Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Department of Transportation, East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590; and
</P>
<P>(3) The employer retains a copy of the tester's qualifications with the documents required by § 180.417(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-2, 55 FR 37069, Sept. 7, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 180-3, 56 FR 66287, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45466, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 180-11, 62 FR 1217, Jan. 8, 1997; 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 19288, Apr. 18, 2003; 70 FR 56100, Sept. 23, 2005; 72 FR 55697, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.411" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.411   Acceptable results of tests and inspections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Corroded or abraded areas.</I> The minimum thickness may not be less than that prescribed in the applicable specification.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dents, cuts, digs and gouges.</I> For evaluation procedures, see CGA C-6 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(1) For dents at welds or that include a weld, the maximum allowable depth is 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch. For dents away from welds, the maximum allowable depth is 
<FR>1/10</FR> of the greatest dimension of the dent, but in no case may the depth exceed one inch.
</P>
<P>(2) The minimum thickness remaining beneath a cut, dig, or gouge may not be less than that prescribed in the applicable specification.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Weld or structural defects.</I> Any cargo tank with a weld defect such as a crack, pinhole, or incomplete fusion, or a structural defect must be taken out of hazardous materials service until repaired.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Leakage.</I> All sources of leakage must be properly repaired prior to returning a tank to hazardous materials service.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Relief valves.</I> Any pressure relief valve that fails to open and reclose at the prescribed pressure must be repaired or replaced.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Liner integrity.</I> Any defect shown by the test must be properly repaired.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Pressure test.</I> Any tank that fails to meet the acceptance criteria found in the individual specification that applies must be properly repaired.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-2, 54 FR 25032, June 12, 1989, as amended at 68 FR 75764, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.413" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.413   Repair, modification, stretching, rebarrelling, or mounting of specification cargo tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Any repair, modification, stretching, rebarrelling, or mounting of a cargo tank must be performed in conformance with the requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(1) Except as otherwise provided in this section, each repair, modification, stretching, or rebarrelling of a specification cargo tank must be performed by a repair facility holding a valid National Board Certificate of Authorization for use of the National Board “R” stamp and must be made in accordance with the edition of the National Board Inspection Code in effect at the time the work is performed. 
</P>
<P>(i) Repairs, modifications, stretchings, and rebarrellings performed on non-ASME stamped specification cargo tanks may be performed by: 
</P>
<P>(A) A cargo tank manufacturer holding a valid ASME Certificate of Authorization for the use of the ASME “U” stamp using the quality control procedures used to obtain the Certificate of Authorization; or 
</P>
<P>(B) A repair facility holding a valid National Board Certificate of Authorization for use of the National Board “R” stamp using the quality control procedures used to obtain the Certificate of Authorization. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A repair, modification, stretching, or rebarrelling of a non-ASME stamped cargo tank may be done without certification by an Authorized Inspector, completion of the R-1 form, or being stamped with the “R” stamp. 
</P>
<P>(iii) A repair, as defined in § 180.403, of a DOT specification cargo tank used for the transportation of hazardous materials in the United States may be performed by a facility in Canada in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) provided:
</P>
<P>(A) The facility holds a valid Certificate of Authorization from a provincial pressure vessel jurisdiction for repair;
</P>
<P>(B) The facility is registered in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG Regulations to repair the corresponding TC specification; and
</P>
<P>(C) All repairs are performed using the quality control procedures used to obtain the Certificate of Authorization.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to each repair, modification, stretching, rebarrelling, or mounting, the cargo tank motor vehicle must be emptied of any hazardous material lading. In addition, cargo tank motor vehicles used to transport flammable or toxic lading must be sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors so any potential hazard is removed, including void spaces between double bulkheads, piping and vapor recovery systems. 
</P>
<P>(3) Each person performing a repair, modification, stretching, rebarrelling or mounting of a DOT specification cargo tank must be registered in accordance with subpart F of part 107 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Repair.</I> The suitability of each repair affecting the structural integrity or lading retention capability of the cargo tank must be determined by the testing required either in the applicable manufacturing specification or in § 180.407(g)(1)(iv). Except for a repair performed by a facility in Canada in accordance with paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, each repair of a cargo tank involving welding on the shell or head must be certified by a Registered Inspector. The following provisions apply to specific cargo tank repairs:
</P>
<P>(1) DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tanks must be repaired in accordance with the specification requirements in effect at the time of repair; 
</P>
<P>(2) MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 cargo tanks must be repaired in accordance with either the most recent revision of the original specification or with the DOT 406 specification in effect at the time of repair; 
</P>
<P>(3) MC 304 and MC 307 cargo tanks must be repaired in accordance with either the most recent revision of the original specification or with the DOT 407 specification in effect at the time of repair; 
</P>
<P>(4) MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks must be repaired in accordance with either the most recent revision of the original specification or with the DOT 412 specification in effect at the time of repair; 
</P>
<P>(5) MC 338 cargo tanks must be repaired in accordance with the specification requirements in effect at the time of repair; and 
</P>
<P>(6) MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be repaired in accordance with the repair procedures described in CGA Technical Bulletin TB-2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) and the National Board Inspection Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Each cargo tank having cracks or other defects requiring welded repairs must meet all inspection, test, and heat treatment requirements in § 178.337-16 of this subchapter in effect at the time of the repair, except that postweld heat treatment after minor weld repairs is not required. When a repair is made of defects revealed by the wet fluorescent magnetic particle inspection, including those repaired by grinding, the affected area of the cargo tank must again be examined by the wet fluorescent magnetic particle method after hydrostatic testing to assure that all defects have been removed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Maintenance or replacement of piping, valves, hoses, or fittings.</I> After each repair, maintenance or replacement of a pipe, valve, hose, or fitting on a cargo tank, that component must be installed in accordance with the provisions of the applicable specification before the cargo tank is returned to service. 
</P>
<P>(1) After maintenance or replacement that does not involve welding on the cargo tank wall, the repaired or replaced piping, valve, hose, or fitting must be tested for leaks. This requirement is met when the piping, valve, hose, or fitting is tested after installation in accordance with § 180.407(h)(1). A hose may be tested before or after installation on the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(2) After repair or replacement of piping, valves, or fittings that involves welding on the cargo tank wall, the cargo tank must be pressure tested in accordance with the applicable manufacturing specification or § 180.407(g)(1)(iv). In addition, the affected piping, valve, or fitting must be tested in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) Hoses on cargo tanks in dedicated liquefied compressed gas, except carbon dioxide, service are excepted from these testing requirements, but must be tested in accordance with § 180.416(f). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Modification, stretching, or rebarrelling.</I> Modification, stretching or rebarrelling of a cargo tank motor vehicle must conform to the following provisions: 
</P>
<P>(1) The design of the modified, stretched, or rebarrelled cargo tank motor vehicle must be certified in writing by a Design Certifying Engineer as meeting the structural integrity and accident damage protection requirements of the applicable specification. 
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section, all new material and equipment affected by modification, stretching, or rebarrelling must meet the requirements of the specification in effect at the time such work is performed, and all applicable structural integrity requirements (§ 178.337-3, § 178.338-3, or § 178.345-3 of this subchapter). The work must conform to the requirements of the applicable specification as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) For specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305 and MC 306 cargo tanks, the provisions of either specification MC 306 or DOT 406 until August 31, 1995 and, thereafter to specification DOT 406 only; 
</P>
<P>(ii) For specification MC 304 and MC 307 cargo tanks, the provisions of either specification MC 307 or DOT 407 until August 31, 1995 and, thereafter to specification DOT 407 only; 
</P>
<P>(iii) For specification MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks, the provisions of either specification MC 312 or DOT 412 until August 31, 1995 and, thereafter to specification DOT 412 only; 
</P>
<P>(iv) For specification MC 330 cargo tanks, the provisions of specification MC 331; and 
</P>
<P>(v) For specification MC 338 cargo tanks, the provisions of specification MC 338. However, structural modifications to MC 338 cargo tanks authorized under § 180.405(d) may conform to applicable provisions of the ASME Code instead of specification MC 338, provided the structural integrity of the modified cargo tank is at least equivalent to that of the original cargo tank. 
</P>
<P>(3) The person performing the modification, stretching, or rebarrelling must: 
</P>
<P>(i) Have knowledge of the original design concept, particularly with respect to structural design analysis, material and welding procedures. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Assure compliance of the rebuilt cargo tank's structural integrity, venting, and accident damage protection with the applicable specification requirements. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Assure compliance with all applicable Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations for all newly installed safety equipment. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Assure the suitability of each modification, stretching and rebarrelling that affects the lading retention capability of the cargo tank by performing the tests required in the applicable specification or § 180.407(g)(1)(iv). 
</P>
<P>(v) Any modification that changes information displayed on the specification plate requires the installation of a supplemental specification plate, nameplate, or both containing the information that reflects the cargo tank as modified, stretched or rebarrelled. The plate must include the name of the person or facility doing the work, DOT registration number, date work is completed, retest information, and any other information that differs from the original plate. The supplemental plates must be installed immediately adjacent to the existing plate or plates. 
</P>
<P>(vi) On a variable specification cargo tank, install a supplemental or new variable specification plate, and replace the specification listed on the original specification plate with the words “see variable specification plate.” 
</P>
<P>(4) A Registered Inspector must certify that the modified, stretched, or rebarrelled cargo tank conforms to the requirements of this section and the applicable specification by issuing a supplemental certificate of compliance. The registration number of the Registered Inspector must be entered on the certificate. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Mounting of cargo tanks.</I> Mounting a cargo tank on a cargo tank motor vehicle must be: 
</P>
<P>(1) Performed as required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section and certified by a Design Certifying Engineer if the mounting of a cargo tank on a motor vehicle chassis involves welding on the cargo tank head or shell or any change or modification of the methods of attachment; or 
</P>
<P>(2) In accordance with the original specification for attachment to the chassis or the specification for attachment to the chassis in effect at the time of the mounting, and performed under the supervision of a Registered Inspector if the mounting of a cargo tank on a motor vehicle chassis does not involve welding on the cargo tank head or shell or a change or modification of the methods of attachment. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Records.</I> Each owner of a cargo tank motor vehicle must retain at the owner's principal place of business all records of repair, modification, stretching, or rebarrelling, including notation of any tests conducted to verify the suitability of the repair, modification, stretching, or rebarrelling made to each cargo tank during the time the cargo tank motor vehicle is in service and for one year thereafter. Copies of these records must be retained by a motor carrier, if not the owner of the cargo tank motor vehicle, at its principal place of business during the period the cargo tank motor vehicle is in the carrier's service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 19288, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 52372, Sept. 3, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 75764, Dec. 31, 2003; 82 FR 15897, Mar. 30, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.415" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.415   Test and inspection markings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each cargo tank successfully completing the test and inspection requirements contained in § 180.407 must be marked as specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each cargo tank must be durably and legibly marked, in English, with the date (month and year) and the type of test or inspection performed, subject to the following provisions: 
</P>
<P>(1) The date must be readily identifiable with the applicable test or inspection. 
</P>
<P>(2) The markings must be in letters and numbers at least 32 mm (1.25 inches) high, near the specification plate or anywhere on the front head. 
</P>
<P>(3) The type of test or inspection may be abbreviated as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) V for external visual inspection and test; 
</P>
<P>(ii) I for internal visual inspection; 
</P>
<P>(iii) P for pressure test; 
</P>
<P>(iv) L for lining inspection; 
</P>
<P>(v) T for thickness test; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) K for leakage test for a cargo tank tested under § 180.407, except § 180.407(h)(2); and 
</P>
<P>(vii) K-EPA27 for a cargo tank tested under § 180.407(h)(2) after October 1, 2004.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples to paragraph (b).</HED><PSPACE>The markings “10-99 P, V, L” represent that in October 1999 a cargo tank passed the prescribed pressure test, external visual inspection and test, and the lining inspection. The markings “2-00 K-EPA27” represent that in February 2000 a cargo tank passed the leakage test under § 180.407(h)(2). The markings “2-00 K, K-EPA27” represent that in February 2000 a cargo tank passed the leakage test under both § 180.407(h)(1) and under EPA Method 27 in § 180.407(h)(2).</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(c) For a cargo tank motor vehicle composed of multiple cargo tanks constructed to the same specification, which are tested and inspected at the same time, one set of test and inspection markings may be used to satisfy the requirements of this section. For a cargo tank motor vehicle composed of multiple cargo tanks constructed to different specifications, which are tested and inspected at different intervals, the test and inspection markings must appear in the order of the cargo tank's corresponding location, from front to rear.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-2, 56 FR 27879, June 17, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 180-3, 56 FR 66287, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45466, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 180-6, 59 FR 49135, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 180-10, 61 FR 51343, Oct. 1, 1996; 68 FR 19290, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 52372, Sept. 3, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.416" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.416   Discharge system inspection and maintenance program for cargo tanks transporting liquefied compressed gases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section is applicable to an operator using specification MC 330, MC 331, and nonspecification cargo tanks authorized under § 173.315(k) of this subchapter for transportation of liquefied compressed gases other than carbon dioxide. Paragraphs (b), (c), (d)(1), (d)(5), (e), (f), and (g)(1) of this section, applicable to delivery hose assemblies, apply only to hose assemblies installed or carried on the cargo tank.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hose identification.</I> By July 1, 2000, the operator must assure that each delivery hose assembly is permanently marked with a unique identification number and maximum working pressure.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Post-delivery hose check.</I> After each unloading, the operator must visually check that portion of the delivery hose assembly deployed during the unloading.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Monthly inspections and tests.</I> (1) The operator must visually inspect each delivery hose assembly at least once each calendar month the delivery hose assembly is in service.
</P>
<P>(2) The operator must visually inspect the piping system at least once each calendar month the cargo tank is in service. The inspection must include fusible elements and all components of the piping system, including bolts, connections, and seals.
</P>
<P>(3) At least once each calendar month a cargo tank is in service, the operator must actuate all emergency discharge control devices designed to close the internal self-closing stop valve to assure that all linkages operate as designed. appendix A to this part outlines acceptable procedures that may be used for this test.
</P>
<P>(4) The operator of a cargo tank must check the internal self-closing stop valve in the liquid discharge opening for leakage through the valve at least once each calendar month the cargo tank is in service. On cargo tanks equipped with a meter, the meter creep test as outlined in appendix B to this part or a test providing equivalent accuracy is acceptable. For cargo tanks that are not equipped with a meter, appendix B to this part outlines one acceptable method that may be used to check internal self-closing stop valves for closure.
</P>
<P>(5) The operator must note each inspection in a record. That record must include the inspection date, the name of the person performing the inspection, the hose assembly identification number, the manufacturer of the hose assembly, the date the hose was assembled and tested, and an indication that the delivery hose assembly and piping system passed or failed the tests and inspections. The operator must retain a copy of each test and inspection record at its principal place of business or where the vehicle is housed or maintained until the next test of the same type is successfully completed.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Annual hose leakage test.</I> The owner of a delivery hose assembly that is not permanently attached to a cargo tank motor vehicle must ensure that the hose assembly is annually tested in accordance with § 180.407(h)(4).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>New or repaired delivery hose assemblies.</I> Each operator of a cargo tank must ensure each new and repaired delivery hose assembly is tested at a minimum of 120 percent of the hose maximum working pressure.
</P>
<P>(1) The operator must visually examine the delivery hose assembly while it is under pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon successful completion of the pressure test and inspection, the operator must assure that the delivery hose assembly is permanently marked with the month and year of the test.
</P>
<P>(3) After July 1, 2000, the operator must complete a record documenting the test and inspection, including the date, the signature of the inspector, the hose owner, the hose identification number, the date of original delivery hose assembly and test, notes of any defects observed and repairs made, and an indication that the delivery hose assembly passed or failed the tests and inspections. A copy of each test and inspection record must be retained by the operator at its principal place of business or where the vehicle is housed or maintained until the next test of the same type is successfully completed.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Rejection criteria.</I> (1) No operator may use a delivery hose assembly determined to have any condition identified below for unloading liquefied compressed gases. An operator may remove and replace damaged sections or correct defects discovered. Repaired hose assemblies may be placed back in service if retested successfully in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) Damage to the hose cover that exposes the reinforcement.
</P>
<P>(ii) Wire braid reinforcement that has been kinked or flattened so as to permanently deform the wire braid.
</P>
<P>(iii) Soft spots when not under pressure, bulging under pressure, or loose outer covering.
</P>
<P>(iv) Damaged, slipping, or excessively worn hose couplings.
</P>
<P>(v) Loose or missing bolts or fastenings on bolted hose coupling assemblies.
</P>
<P>(2) No operator may use a cargo tank with a piping system found to have any condition identified in this paragraph (g)(2) for unloading liquefied compressed gases.
</P>
<P>(i) Any external leak identifiable without the use of instruments.
</P>
<P>(ii) Bolts that are loose, missing, or severely corroded.
</P>
<P>(iii) Manual stop valves that will not actuate.
</P>
<P>(iv) Rubber hose flexible connectors with any condition outlined in paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) Stainless steel flexible connectors with damaged reinforcement braid.
</P>
<P>(vi) Internal self-closing stop valves that fail to close or that permit leakage through the valve detectable without the use of instruments.
</P>
<P>(vii) Pipes or joints that are severely corroded.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 28051, May 24, 1999, as amended at 78 FR 15330, Mar. 11, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.417" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.5.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.417   Reporting and record retention requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Vehicle certification.</I> (1) Each owner of a specification cargo tank must retain the manufacturer's certificate, the manufacturer's ASME U1A data report, where applicable, and related papers certifying that the specification cargo tank identified in the documents was manufactured and tested in accordance with the applicable specification. This would include any certification of emergency discharge control systems required by § 173.315(n) of this subchapter or § 180.405(m). The owner must retain the documents throughout his ownership of the specification cargo tank and for one year thereafter. In the event of a change in ownership, the prior owner must retain non-fading photo copies of these documents for one year.
</P>
<P>(2) Each motor carrier who uses a specification cargo tank motor vehicle must obtain a copy of the manufacturer's certificate and related papers or the alternative report authorized by paragraph (a)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section and retain the documents as specified in this paragraph (a)(2). A motor carrier who is not the owner of a cargo tank motor vehicle must also retain a copy of the vehicle certification report for as long as the cargo tank motor vehicle is used by that carrier and for one year thereafter. The information required by this section must be maintained at the company's principal place of business or at the location where the vehicle is housed or maintained. The provisions of this section do not apply to a motor carrier who leases a cargo tank for less than 30 days. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>DOT Specification cargo tanks</I>—(i) <I>Non-ASME Code stamped cargo tanks</I>—If an owner does not have a manufacturer's certificate for a cargo tank and he wishes to certify it as a specification cargo tank, the owner must perform appropriate tests and inspections, under the direct supervision of a Registered Inspector, to determine if the cargo tank conforms with the applicable specification. Both the owner and the Registered Inspector must certify that the cargo tank fully conforms to the applicable specification. The owner must retain the certificate, as specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>ASME Code Stamped cargo tanks.</I> If the owner does not have the manufacturer's certificate required by the specification and the manufacturer's data report required by the ASME, the owner may contact the National Board for a copy of the manufacturer's data report, if the cargo tank was registered with the National Board, or copy the information contained on the cargo tank's identification and ASME Code plates. Additionally, both the owner and the Registered Inspector must certify that the cargo tank fully conforms to the specification. The owner must retain such documents, as specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test or inspection reporting.</I> Each person performing a test or inspection as specified in § 180.407 must prepare a written report, in English, in accordance with this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(1) Each test or inspection report must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Owner's and manufacturer's unique serial number for the cargo tank;
</P>
<P>(ii) Name of cargo tank manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(iii) Cargo tank DOT or MC specification number;
</P>
<P>(iv) MAWP of the cargo tank;
</P>
<P>(v) Minimum thickness of the cargo tank shell and heads when the cargo tank is thickness tested in accordance with § 180.407(d)(5), § 180.407(e)(3), § 180.407(f)(3), or § 180.407(i); 
</P>
<P>(vi) Indication of whether the cargo tank is lined, insulated, or both; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Indication of special service of the cargo tank (e.g., transports material corrosive to the tank, dedicated service, etc.)
</P>
<P>(2) Each test or inspection report must include the following specific information as appropriate for each individual type of test or inspection:
</P>
<P>(i) Type of test or inspection performed;
</P>
<P>(ii) Date of test or inspection (month and year);
</P>
<P>(iii) Listing of all items tested or inspected, including information about pressure relief devices that are removed, inspected and tested or replaced, when applicable (type of device, set to discharge pressure, pressure at which device opened, pressure at which device re-seated, and a statement of disposition of the device (e.g., reinstalled, repaired, or replaced)); information regarding the inspection of upper coupler assemblies, when applicable (visually examined in place, or removed for examination); and, information regarding leakage and pressure testing, when applicable (pneumatic or hydrostatic testing method, identification of the fluid used for the test, test pressure, and holding time of test);
</P>
<P>(iv) Location of defects found and method of repair;
</P>
<P>(v) ASME or National Board Certificate of Authorization number of facility performing repairs, if applicable;
</P>
<P>(vi) Name and address of person performing test;
</P>
<P>(vii) Registration number of the facility or person performing the test;
</P>
<P>(viii) Continued qualification statement, such as “cargo tank meets the requirements of the DOT specification identified on this report” or “cargo tank fails to meet the requirements of the DOT specification identified on this report”;
</P>
<P>(ix) DOT registration number of the registered inspector; and
</P>
<P>(x) Dated signature of the registered inspector and the cargo tank owner.
</P>
<P>(3) The owner and the motor carrier, if not the owner, must each retain a copy of the test and inspection reports until the next test or inspection of the same type is successfully completed. This requirement does not apply to a motor carrier leasing a cargo tank for fewer than 30 days.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional requirements for Specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks.</I> (1) After completion of the pressure test specified in § 180.407(g)(3), each motor carrier operating a Specification MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank in anhydrous ammonia, liquefied petroleum gas, or any other service that may cause stress corrosion cracking, must make a written report containing the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Carrier's name, address of principal place of business, and telephone number;
</P>
<P>(ii) Complete identification plate data required by Specification MC 330 or MC 331, including data required by ASME Code;
</P>
<P>(iii) Carrier's equipment number;
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement indicating whether or not the tank was stress relieved after fabrication;
</P>
<P>(v) Name and address of the person performing the test and the date of the test;
</P>
<P>(vi) A statement of the nature and severity of any defects found. In particular, information must be furnished to indicate the location of defects detected, such as in weld, heat-affected zone, the liquid phase, the vapor phase, or the head-to-shell seam. If no defect or damage was discovered, that fact must be reported;
</P>
<P>(vii) A statement indicating the methods employed to make repairs, who made the repairs, and the date they were completed. Also, a statement of whether or not the tank was stress relieved after repairs and, if so, whether full or local stress relieving was performed;
</P>
<P>(viii) A statement of the disposition of the cargo tank, such as “cargo tank scrapped” or “cargo tank returned to service”; and
</P>
<P>(ix) A statement of whether or not the cargo tank is used in anhydrous ammonia, liquefied petroleum gas, or any other service that may cause stress corrosion cracking. Also, if the cargo tank has been used in anhydrous ammonia service since the last report, a statement indicating whether each shipment of ammonia was certified by its shipper as containing 0.2 percent water by weight.
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the report must be retained by the carrier at its principal place of business during the period the cargo tank is in the carrier's service and for one year thereafter. Upon a written request to, and with the approval of, the Field Administrator, Regional Service Center, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration for the region in which a motor carrier has its principal place of business, the carrier may maintain the reports at a regional or terminal office.
</P>
<P>(3) The requirement in paragraph (c)(1) of this section does not apply to a motor carrier leasing a cargo tank for less than 30 days.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Supplying certificates and reports.</I> Each person offering a DOT-specification cargo tank for sale or lease must provide the purchaser or lessee a copy of the cargo tank certificate of compliance, records of repair, modification, stretching, or rebarrelling; and the most recent inspection and test reports made under this section. Copies of such reports must be provided to the lessee if the cargo tank is leased for more than 30 days.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-2, 54 FR 25032, June 12, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 21038, May 22, 1990; 55 FR 37069, Sept. 7, 1990; 56 FR 27879, June 17, 1991; 58 FR 12905, Mar. 8, 1993; Amdt. 180-2, 59 FR 1786, Jan. 12, 1994; Amdt. 180-10, 61 FR 51343, Oct. 1, 1996; 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998; 64 FR 28052, May 24, 1999; 65 FR 50463, Aug. 18, 2000; 67 FR 61016, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 19290, Apr. 18, 2003; 68 FR 52372, Sept. 3, 2003; 69 FR 54047, Sept. 7, 2004; 70 FR 34077, June 13, 2005; 76 FR 43532, July 20, 2011; 85 FR 75717, Nov. 25, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Qualification and Maintenance of Tank Cars</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 180-8, 60 FR 49079, Sept. 21, 1995, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 180.501" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.501   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes requirements, in addition to those contained in parts 107, 171, 172, 173, 174, and 179 of this subchapter, applicable to any person who manufactures, fabricates, marks, maintains, repairs, inspects, or services tank cars to ensure continuing qualification.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart also establishes the minimum acceptable framework for an owner's qualification program for tank cars and components. Owners should follow this subpart in developing their written procedures (work instructions), as required under § 179.7(d), for use by tank car facility employees. The owner's qualification program for each tank car, or a fleet of tank cars, must identify where to inspect, how to inspect, and the acceptance criteria. Alternative inspection and test procedures or intervals based on a damage-tolerance analysis or service reliability assessment must be approved by the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety in accordance with 180.509(l). Tank car facilities must incorporate the owner's qualification program in their quality assurance program, as required under § 179.7(a)(2), (b)(3), (b)(5), and (d).
</P>
<P>(c) Any person who performs a function prescribed in this part shall perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Where, in this subpart, a person is required to make documents available to FRA upon request, such request means that credentialed FRA personnel or an authorized representative of the Department may view the documents and make copies of them. The document owner's may seek confidential treatment of the documents presented. See § 105.30.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-8, 60 FR 49079, Sept. 21, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 179-50, 61 FR 33256, June 26, 1996; 77 FR 37986, June 25, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.503" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.6.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.503   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions and those contained in §§ 171.8 and 179.2 of this subchapter apply:
</P>
<P><I>Coating/lining owner</I> means the person with the financial responsibility for purchasing and maintaining the integrity of the interior coating or lining.
</P>
<P><I>Corrosive to the tank or service equipment</I> means a material identified in Appendix D of this part or a material when in contact with the inner shell of the tank or service equipment has a corrosion rate on steel greater than 2.5 milli-inch per year (mpy) (0.0025 inch per year).
</P>
<P><I>Defects</I> mean abrasions; corrosion; cracks; dents; flaws in welds; distortions; erosion; missing, damaged, leaking or loose components and fasteners; and other conditions or imperfections that may make a tank car unsafe for transportation and/or require it to be removed from service.
</P>
<P><I>Design level of reliability and safety</I> means the level of reliability and safety built into the tank car and, therefore, inherent in its specification, design, and manufacture.
</P>
<P><I>Inspection and test</I> means a careful and critical examination of a tank car and its appurtenances performed by qualified personnel following the owner's qualified procedures.
</P>
<P><I>Interior heater system</I> means a piping system located within the tank shell that uses a fluid medium to heat the lading for the purposes of unloading.
</P>
<P><I>Maintenance</I> means upkeep, or preservation, including repairs necessary and proper to ensure an in-operation tank car's specification until its next qualification.
</P>
<P><I>Modification</I> means any change to a tank car that affects the certificate of construction prescribed in § 179.5, including an alteration prescribed in § 179.6, or conversion.
</P>
<P><I>Objectively reasonable and articulable belief</I> means a belief based on particularized and identifiable facts that provide an objective basis to believe or suspect that a tank car or a class or design of tank cars may be in an unsafe operating condition.
</P>
<P><I>Qualification,</I> as relevant to a tank car, means the car and its components conforms to the specification to which it was designed, manufactured, or modified to the requirements of this subpart, to the applicable requirements of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and to the owner's acceptance criteria. Qualification is accomplished by careful and critical examination that verifies conformance using inspections and tests based on a written program approved by the tank car owner followed by a written representation of that conformance. A tank car that passes the appropriate tests for its specification, has a signed test report, is marked to denote this passage, and is considered qualified for hazardous materials transportation under this subchapter.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Qualification of
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tests and inspections
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">§ 180.509 <E T="51">(*)</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tank</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Visual Inspection</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">d
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Structural Integrity Inspection</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">e
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thickness Test: Note 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">f
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Safety System Inspection</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">h
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Service Equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Service Equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">k
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coating/lining</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Internal Coatings and Linings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">i</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>Subparagraph (f)(2) may require thickness tests at an interval different from the other items for qualification of the tank.</P></NOTE>
<P><I>Railworthy, Railworthiness</I> for a tank car means that the tank, service equipment, safety systems, and all other components covered by this subchapter conform to the HMR, and are otherwise suitable for continued service and capable of performing their intended function until their next qualification.
</P>
<P><I>Reactive to the tank or service equipment</I> means a material that, in contact with the inner shell of the tank, or with the service equipment, may react to produce heat, gases, and/or pressure which could substantially reduce the effectiveness of the packaging or the safety of its use.
</P>
<P><I>Reinforced tank shell butt weld</I> means the portion of a butt weld covered by a reinforcing pad.
</P>
<P><I>Reinforcing pad</I> means an attachment welded directly to the tank supporting major structural components for the purpose of preventing damage to the tank through fatigue, overstressing, denting, puncturing, or tearing.
</P>
<P><I>Reliability</I> means the quantified ability of an item or structure to operate without failure for the specified period of its design life or until its next qualification.
</P>
<P><I>Representation</I> means attesting through documenting, in writing or by marking on the tank (or jacket), that a tank car is qualified and railworthy. See also §§ 180.511 and 180.517(b).
</P>
<P><I>Safety system</I> means one or more of the following: Thermal protection systems, insulation systems, tank head puncture resistance systems, coupler vertical restraint systems, and systems used to protect discontinuities (e.g., skid protection and protective housings) as required under this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Service equipment</I> means equipment used for loading and unloading (including an interior heating system), sampling, venting, vacuum relief, pressure relief, and measuring the amount of lading or the lading temperature.
</P>
<P><I>Service equipment owner</I> means the party responsible for bearing the cost of the maintenance of the service equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Tank car owner</I> means the person to whom a rail car's reporting marks are assigned, as listed in the Universal Machine Language Equipment Register (UMLER).
</P>
<P><I>Tank car tank</I> means the shell, heads, tank shell and head weld joints, attachment welds, sumps, nozzles, flanges, and all other components welded thereto that are either in contact with the lading or contain the lading.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 37986, June 25, 2012, as amended at 81 FR 35546, June 2, 2016; 89 FR 52994, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.505" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.6.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.505   Quality assurance program.</HEAD>
<P>The quality assurance program requirements of § 179.7 of this subchapter apply.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.507" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.6.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.507   Qualification of tank cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each tank car marked as meeting a “DOT” specification or any other tank car used for the transportation of a hazardous material must meet the requirements of this subchapter or the applicable specification to which the tank was constructed.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Tank cars prescribed in the following table are no longer authorized for construction but may remain in hazardous materials service provided they conform to all applicable safety requirements of this subchapter:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specification prescribed in the current regulations
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other specifications permitted
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Notes
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105A200W</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105A100W</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105A200ALW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105A100ALW</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to Table 1 to paragraph (b)(1):
</HED>
<P>Tanks built as Specification DOT 105A100W or DOT 105A100ALW may be altered and converted to DOT 105A200W and DOT 105A200ALW, respectively.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) Specification DOT-113A175W, DOT-113C60W, DOT-113D60W, and DOT-113D120W tank cars may continue in use, but new construction is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(4) Class DOT 105A and 105S tank cars used to transport hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid under the terms of DOT-E 3992 may continue in service, but new construction is not authorized.
</P>
<P>(5) Specification DOT-103A-ALW, 103AW, 103ALW, 103ANW, 103BW, 103CW, 103DW, 103EW, and 104W tank cars may continue in use, but new construction is not authorized.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-8, 60 FR 49079, Sept. 21, 1995, as amended at 68 FR 48572, Aug. 14, 2003; 77 FR 37987, June 25, 2012; 87 FR 79785, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.509" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.6.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.509   Requirements for inspection and test of specification tank cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each tank car owner must ensure that a tank car facility:
</P>
<P>(1) Inspects and tests each item according to the requirements specified in this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Evaluates each item according to the acceptable results of inspections and tests specified in § 180.511;
</P>
<P>(3) Marks each tank car as specified in § 180.515 that is qualified to transport hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(4) Prepares the documentation as required by § 180.517 for each item qualified under this section. A copy of the documentation required by § 180.517 must be sent to the owner as appropriate and according to the owner's instructions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions requiring qualification of tank cars.</I> Without regard to the qualification compliance date requirements of any paragraph of this section, an owner of a tank car or an internal coating or lining must ensure an appropriate inspection and test according to the type of defect and the type of maintenance or repair performed if:
</P>
<P>(1) The tank car shows evidence of abrasion, corrosion, cracks, dents, distortions, defects in welds, or any other condition that may make the tank car unsafe for transportation,
</P>
<P>(2) The tank car was in an accident and shows evidence of damage to an extent that may adversely affect its capability to retain its contents or to otherwise remain railworthy.
</P>
<P>(3) The tank bears evidence of damage caused by fire. (4) The Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety, FRA, requires it based on the existence of an objectively reasonable and articulable belief that a tank car or a class or design of tank cars may be in an unsafe operating condition.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Frequency of inspection and tests.</I> Each tank car shall have an inspection and test according to the requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(1) For Class 107 tank cars and tank cars of riveted construction, the tank car must have a hydrostatic pressure test and visual inspection conforming to the requirements in effect prior to July 1, 1996, for the tank specification.
</P>
<P>(2) For Class DOT 113 tank cars, see § 173.319(e) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Fusion welded tank cars must be inspected and tested to be qualified and maintained in accordance with the following table. All qualification requirements need not be done at the same time or at the same facility.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Frequency of Qualification Inspection and Tests
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Section 180.509 <E T="51">(*)</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum interval
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Visual inspection</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Structural integrity inspection</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thickness test</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See § 180.509(f).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Safety Systems</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Internal coating or lining (for materials corrosive or reactive to the tank) (See definitions at § 180.503)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See § 180.509(i).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">J</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Leakage pressure test</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">After reassembly.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Service equipment (including pressure relief device)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See § 180.509(k).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) <I>Visual inspection.</I> At a minimum, each tank car facility must visually inspect the tank externally and internally as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) An internal inspection of the tank shell and heads for abrasion, corrosion, cracks, dents, distortions, defects in welds, or any other condition that makes the tank car unsafe for transportation, and except in the areas where insulation or a thermal protection system precludes it, an external inspection of the tank shell and heads for abrasion, corrosion, cracks, dents, distortions, defects in welds, or any other condition that makes the tank car unsafe for transportation, and for DOT 115 class tank cars, an internal inspection of the inner container and external inspection of the outer shell and heads for defects in welds, or any other condition that may make the tank car unsafe for transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) When an internal coating or lining, head protection, insulation, or thermal protection is removed in part or in whole, the internal and external exposed surface of the tank must be visually inspected for defects in welds or any other condition that may make the tank car unsafe for transportation, and this inspection must precede any application or reapplication of a coating or lining;
</P>
<P>(3) An inspection of the service equipment, including gaskets, for indications of corrosion and other conditions that may make the tank car unsafe for transportation;
</P>
<P>(4) An inspection for missing or loose bolts, nuts, or elements that may make the tank car unsafe for transportation;
</P>
<P>(5) An inspection of all closures on the tank car for conditions that may make the tank car unsafe for transportation, including an inspection of the protective housings for proper condition;
</P>
<P>(6) An inspection of excess flow valves with threaded seats for tightness; and
</P>
<P>(7) An inspection of the required markings on the tank car for legibility.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Structural integrity inspections and tests.</I> (1) Each tank car owner must ensure the structural elements on the tank car qualify with the applicable requirements of this subchapter. At a minimum, the structural integrity inspection and test must include:
</P>
<P>(i) All transverse fillet welds greater than 0.64 cm (0.25 inch) within 121.92 cm (4 feet) of the bottom longitudinal centerline except body bolster pad attachment welds;
</P>
<P>(ii) The termination of longitudinal fillet welds greater than 0.64 cm (0.25 inch) within 121.92 cm (4 feet) of the bottom longitudinal centerline; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The tank shell butt welds within 60.96 cm (2 feet) of the bottom longitudinal centerline, unless the tank car owner can determine by analysis (e.g., finite element analysis, damage-tolerance analysis, or service reliability assessment) that the structure will not develop defects that reduce the design level of safety and reliability or fail within its operational life or prior to the next required inspection. The owner must maintain all documentation used to make such determination at its principal place of business and make the data available to FRA or an authorized representative of the Department upon request.
</P>
<P>(2) For DOT 115 class tanks, paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section apply only to the outer shell fillet welds and to the non-reinforced exposed outer shell butt welds.
</P>
<P>(3) The inspection requirements of paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section do not apply to reinforced tank shell butt welds until the time of lining removal or application for tank cars with an internal lead, glass, or rubber lining.
</P>
<P>(4) Each tank car facility must inspect and test the elements identified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section by one or more of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) Dye penetrant testing (PT);
</P>
<P>(ii) Radiographic examination (RT);
</P>
<P>(iii) Magnetic particle testing (MT);
</P>
<P>(iv) Ultrasonic testing (UT); and
</P>
<P>(v) Direct, remote, or enhanced visual inspection, using, for example, magnifiers, fiberscopes, borescopes, and/or machine vision technology (VT).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Thickness tests.</I> (1) The tank car owner must ensure that each tank car facility measures the thickness of the tank car shell, heads, sumps, protective housing (<I>i.e.</I>, domes), and nozzles on each tank car by using a device capable of accurately measuring the thickness to within ±0.05 mm (±0.002 inch).
</P>
<P>(2) The tank car owner must ensure that each tank car has a thickness test measurement:
</P>
<P>(i) At the time of an internal coating or lining application or replacement, or
</P>
<P>(ii) At least once every ten (10) years for a tank that does not have an internal coating or lining, or
</P>
<P>(iii) At least once every five (5) years for a tank that does not have an internal coating or lining when:
</P>
<P>(A) The tank is used to transport a material that is corrosive or reactive to the tank (see Appendix D of this part) or service equipment as defined § 180.503, and
</P>
<P>(B) The remaining shell and head thickness is tested and determined to be at or below line C in Figure A of this paragraph.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er25jn12.000.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>A. As-built tank shell or head thickness with additional thickness.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>B. Required minimum tank shell or head thickness after forming per part 179.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>C. Inspection frequency adjustment point (design minimum shell or head thickness, minus 
<FR>1/2</FR> of the table value in paragraph (g) of this section).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D. Condemning limit for general corrosion (required minimum shell or head thickness, minus the value in paragraph (g) of this section).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E. Condemning limit for localized corrosion (required minimum shell or head thickness, minus the table value in paragraph (g) of this section, minus 1.58 mm (
<FR>1/16</FR> inch)). See Note 1 in paragraph (g) of this section for diameter limitations and minimum separation distances.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>F. Allowable shell or head thickness reduction (table value in paragraph (g) of this section).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>G. Additional thickness reduction for localized areas in paragraph (g) of this section.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) For a localized repair of an internal coating or lining where a material corrosive to the tank or service equipment as defined § 180.503 has contacted the tank, a qualified individual must verify the coating or lining's conformance with paragraph (g) of this section by measuring the shell or head in the area of the repair. The thickness test applies only to the non-lined or coated repaired area, and is not a qualification event. Modification of the tank stencil is not required.
</P>
<P>(4) Operation of a tank car below the condemning limit for general corrosion or the condemning limit for localized corrosion (as shown in Figure A of this section) is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(5) For sumps, protective housing (<I>i.e.</I>, domes), nozzles, and nozzle reinforcing pads, the tank car owner must determine if any reduction in wall thickness affects the design levels of reliability and safety built into sump, protective housing, nozzle, or nozzle reinforcement. Each tank car owner must maintain at its principal place of business documentation describing the allowable thickness reductions for sumps, protective housings, and nozzles, and nozzle reinforcements. This documentation must be made available to FRA or an authorized representative of the Department upon request.
</P>
<P>(6) After repairs, alterations, conversions, modifications, or blasting of tank car that results in a reduction of the tank's thickness, and anytime a tank car coating or lining is removed, a qualified individual must measure the thickness of the tank in the area of reduced thickness to ensure that the thickness of the tank conforms to paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Service life thickness allowance.</I> (1) A tank car found with a thickness below the required minimum thickness after forming for its specification, as stated in part 179 of this subchapter, may continue in service if any reduction in the required minimum thickness is not more than that provided in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Allowable Shell Thickness Reductions
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Marked tank test pressure
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Top shell and tank head
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bottom shell
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60 psig &lt;200 psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.17 mm
<br/>
<fr>1/8</fr> inch</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.58 mm.
<br/>
<fr>1/16</fr> inch.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">≥200 psig</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.79 mm
<br/>
<fr>1/32</fr> inch</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.79 mm.
<br/>
<fr>1/32</fr> inch.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1.</HED>
<P>A tank car owner may add an extra 1.58 mm (
<FR>1/16</FR> inch) to the values in the table for local reductions. Local reductions are those that do not exceed 20.32 linear centimeters (8 linear inches) measured at the longest diameter, and are separated from the other local reductions by at least 40.64 cm (16 inches).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2.</HED>
<P>Any reduction in the tank car shell thickness may not affect the structural strength of the tank car to the extent that the tank car no longer conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 6.2 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 3.</HED>
<P>For DOT 115 class tank cars, shell thickness reductions apply only to the outer shell of the tank car. There is no shell or head thickness reduction authorized for the inner tank.</P></NOTE>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Safety system inspections.</I> Each tank car owner must ensure qualification of the tank car safety systems. However, inspections of foam or cork insulation systems are not required.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Internal coating and lining inspection and test.</I> (1) At a minimum, the owner of an internal coating or lining applied to protect a tank used to transport a material that is corrosive or reactive to the tank must ensure an inspection adequate enough to detect defects or other conditions that could reduce the design level of reliability and safety of the tank is performed. In addition, the owner of a coating or lining of tank cars used to transport hazardous materials must ensure the lining complies with § 173.24(b)(2) and (b)(3) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The owner of the internal coating or lining must establish and maintain a record of the service life of the coating or lining and commodity combination, that is, the specific hazardous materials that were loaded into a tank and the coating or lining in place at the time of loading. The owner of the internal coating or lining must use its knowledge of the service life of each coating or lining and commodity combination to establish an appropriate inspection interval for that coating or lining and commodity combination. This interval must not exceed eight (8) years, unless the coating or lining owner can establish, document, and show that the service history or scientific analysis of the coating or lining and commodity pairing supports a longer inspection interval. The owner must maintain at its principal place of business a written procedure for collecting and documenting the performance of the coating or lining applied within the tank car for its service life. The internal coating or lining owner must provide this documentation, including inspection and test, repair, removal, and application procedures, to the FRA or car owner upon request. Further, the offeror must provide commodity information to the car owner and the owner of the internal coating or lining upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) The owner of the internal coating or lining must provide the test method and acceptance criteria to the tank car owner and to the person responsible for qualifying the coating or lining. The tank car facility inspecting and testing the internal coating or lining must follow the inspection and test procedure, including the acceptance requirements, established by the internal coating or lining owner.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Leakage pressure test.</I> Unless the design of the service equipment arrangement precludes it (e.g., there is no fitting to pressurize the tank), each owner of a tank car must ensure that the tank, service equipment, and closures installed, replaced, or reinstalled on the tank car are leak tested. The test may be conducted with the lading in the tank. When the test pressure exceeds the start-to-discharge or burst pressure of a pressure relief device, the device must be rendered inoperative. The written procedures and test method for leak testing must ensure the sensitivity and reliability of the test method to prevent premature failure. This section does not apply to facilities that remove closures for the sole purpose of loading or unloading the lading (e.g., blind flanges, pipe plugs, etc.).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Service equipment inspection and test.</I> (1) Each tank car owner must ensure the qualification of tank car service equipment at least once every ten (10) years. The tank car owner must analyze the service equipment inspection and test results for any given lading and, based on the analysis, adjust the inspection and test frequency to ensure that the design level of reliability and safety of the equipment is met. The owner must maintain at its principal place of business all supporting documentation used to make such analyses and inspection and test frequency adjustments. The supporting documentation must be made available to FRA or an authorized representative of the Department upon request.
</P>
<P>(2) Each tank car facility must qualify service equipment, including reclosing pressure relief devices and interior heater systems in accordance with the applicable provisions of Appendix D of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Alternative inspection and test procedures.</I> When approved by the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety, FRA, a tank car owner, or a coating or lining owner may use an alternative inspection and test procedure or interval based on a damage-tolerance analysis (that must include a determination of the probable locations and modes of damage due to fatigue, corrosion, and accidental damage), or based on a service reliability assessment (that must be supported by analysis of systematically collected data) in lieu of the other requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Inspection and test compliance date for tank cars.</I> (1) After July 1, 2000, each tank car with a metal jacket or with a thermal protection system shall have an inspection and test conforming to this section no later than the date the tank car requires a periodic hydrostatic pressure test (<I>i.e.</I>, the marked due date on the tank car for the hydrostatic test).
</P>
<P>(2) After July 1, 1998, each tank car without a metal jacket shall have an inspection and test conforming to this section no later than the date the tank car requires a periodic hydrostatic pressure test (<I>i.e.</I>, the marked due date on the tank car for the hydrostatic test).
</P>
<P>(3) For tank cars on a 20-year periodic hydrostatic pressure test interval (<I>i.e.</I>, Class DOT 103W, 104W, 111A60W1, 111A100W1, and 111A100W3 tank cars), the next inspection and test date is the midpoint between the compliance date in paragraph (l)(1) or (2) of this section and the remaining years until the tank would have had a hydrostatic pressure test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-8, 60 FR 49079, Sept. 21, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 179-50, 61 FR 33256, June 26, 1996; 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 52851, Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75765, Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 54398, Sept. 14, 2006; 77 FR 37987, June 25, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.511" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.6.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.511   Acceptable results of inspections and tests.</HEAD>
<P>Provided it conforms to other applicable requirements of this subchapter, a tank car is qualified for use if it successfully passes the inspections and tests set forth below conducted in accordance with this subpart. A representation of that qualification must consist of marking the tank in accordance with § 180.515.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Visual inspection.</I> A tank car successfully passes the visual inspection when the inspection shows no structural defect that may cause leakage from or failure of the tank before the next inspection and test interval.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Structural integrity inspection and test.</I> A tank car successfully passes the structural integrity inspection and test when it shows no structural defect that may initiate cracks or propagate cracks and cause failure of the tank before the next inspection and test interval.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service life shell thickness.</I> A tank car successfully passes the service life shell thickness inspection when the tank shell and heads show no thickness reduction below that allowed in § 180.509(g).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Safety system inspection.</I> A tank car successfully passes the safety system inspection when each thermal protection system, tank head puncture resistance system, coupler vertical restraint system, and system used to protect discontinuities (e.g., breakage grooves on bottom outlets and protective housings) on the tank car conform to this subchapter and show no indication of a defect that may reduce reliability before the next inspection and test interval.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Lining and coating inspection.</I> A tank car successfully passes the lining and coating inspection and test when the lining or coating conforms to the owner's acceptance criteria.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Leakage pressure test.</I> A tank car successfully passes the leakage pressure test when all product piping, fittings and closures show no indication of leakage.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Hydrostatic test.</I> A Class 107 tank car, the inner tank of a Class 115 tank car, or a riveted tank car successfully passes the hydrostatic test when it shows no leakage, distortion, excessive permanent expansion, or other evidence of weakness that might render the tank car unsafe for transportation service.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Service equipment.</I> A tank car successfully passes the service equipment inspection and test when this equipment conforms to this subchapter and applicable provisions of Appendix D of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and shows no indication of a defect that may reduce reliability during the qualification interval.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-8, 60 FR 49079, Sept. 21, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 179-50, 61 FR 33256, June 26, 1996; 66 FR 45187, Aug. 28, 2001; 77 FR 37990, June 25, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.513" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.6.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.513   Repairs, alterations, conversions, and modifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To work on tank cars, a tank car facility must comply with the applicable requirements of this subpart, the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and the owner's requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Responsibilities of Tank Car Facility.</I> A tank car facility must obtain the permission of the equipment owner before performing work affecting alteration, conversion, repair, or qualification of the owner's equipment. For the purposes of qualification and maintenance, the tank car facility must use the written instructions furnished by the owner or have written confirmation from the owner allowing the use of written instructions furnished by the owner or have written confirmation from the owner allowing the use of written instructions furnished by another. A tank car facility must not use, copy distribute, forward or provide to another person the owner's confidential and proprietary written instructions, procedures, manuals, and records without the owner's permission. A tank car facility must report all work performed to the owner. The tank car facility must also report observed damage, deterioration, failed components, or non-compliant parts to the owner. A tank car facility must incorporate the owner's Quality Assurance Program into their own Quality Assurance Program.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless the exterior tank car shell or interior tank car jacket has a protective coating, after a repair that requires the complete removal of the tank car jacket, the exterior tank car shell and the interior tank car jacket must have a protective coating applied to prevent the deterioration of the tank shell and tank jacket. Previously applied coatings that still provide effective protection need not be covered over.
</P>
<P>(d) After repair, replacement, or qualification of tank car service equipment, the tank service equipment must successfully pass the leak test prescribed in § 180.509(j).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 37990, June 25, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.515" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.6.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.515   Markings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a tank car passes the required inspection and test with acceptable results, the tank car facility must mark the date of the inspection and test and due date of the next inspection and test qualified on the tank car in accordance with the applicable provisions of Appendix C of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). When a tank car facility performs multiple inspections and tests at the same time, one date may be used to satisfy the requirements of this section. One date also may be shown when multiple inspections and tests have the same due date. Dates displayed on the “consolidated stencil” (see the applicable provisions of Appendix C of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars) take precedence over dates modified, and not stenciled, pursuant to interval adjustments for service equipment, linings, and granted alternative inspection intervals.
</P>
<P>(b) Converted DOT 105, 109, 112, 114, or 120 class tank cars must have the new specification and conversion date permanently marked in letters and figures at least 0.95 cm (0.375 inch) high on the outside of the manway nozzle or the edge of the manway nozzle flange on the left side of the car. The marking may have the last numeral of the specification number omitted (e.g., “DOT 111A100W” instead of “DOT 111A100W1”).
</P>
<P>(c) When qualified within six months of installation and protected from deterioration, the test date marking of a reclosing pressure relief device is the installation date on the tank car.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-8, 60 FR 49079, Sept. 21, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 179-50, 61 FR 33256, June 26, 1996; 63 FR 52851, Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45391, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75765, Dec. 31, 2003; 77 FR 37991, June 25, 2012; 85 FR 45030, July 24, 2020; 90 FR 26459, June 23, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.517" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.6.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.517   Reporting and record retention requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Certification and representation.</I> Each owner of a specification tank car must retain the certificate of construction (AAR Form 4-2) and related papers certifying that the manufacture of the specification tank car identified in the documents is in accordance with the applicable specification. The builder's signature on the certificate of construction and the marking of the tank car with the tank specification is the representation that all of the appropriate inspections and tests were successfully performed to qualify the tank for use. The owner must retain the documents throughout the period of ownership of the specification tank car and for one year thereafter. Upon a change of ownership, the applicable provisions prescribed in Section 1.3.15 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) apply. The builder of the car or a facility performing work on the car may retain copies of relevant records.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inspection and test reporting.</I> Each tank car that is inspected and tested as specified in § 180.509 must have a written report, in English, prepared according to this paragraph. Marking the tank car with the specification (or retaining the specification marking on the tank) is the representation that all of the appropriate inspections and tests were performed and the results meet the tank car owner's acceptance criteria to qualify the car for continued use. The report may be created and retained electronically, but, upon request by FRA for a copy of the report, it must be made available in common readable form. The owner must retain a copy of the inspection and test reports until successfully completing the next inspection and test of the same type. The inspection and test report must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Type of inspection and test performed (a checklist is acceptable);
</P>
<P>(2) The results of each inspection and test performed;
</P>
<P>(3) Tank car reporting mark and number;
</P>
<P>(4) Tank car specification;
</P>
<P>(5) Inspection and test date (month and year);
</P>
<P>(6) Location and description of defects found and method used to repair each defect;
</P>
<P>(7) The name and address of the tank car facility and the name and signature of inspector; and
</P>
<P>(8) The unique code (station stencil) identifying the facility.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-2, 54 FR 25032, June 12, 1989, as amended at 68 FR 75765, Dec. 31, 2003; 77 FR 37991, June 25, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.519" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.6.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.519   Periodic retest and inspection of tank cars other than single-unit tank car tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Unless otherwise provided in this subpart, tanks designed to be removed from cars for filling and emptying and tanks built to a Class DOT 107A specification and their safety relief devices must be retested periodically as specified in Retest Table 1 of paragraph (b)(5) of this section. Retests may be made at any time during the calendar year the retest falls due.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pressure test.</I> (1) Each tank must be subjected to the specified hydrostatic pressure and its permanent expansion determined. Pressure must be maintained for 30 seconds and for as long as necessary to secure complete expansion of the tank. Before testing, the pressure gauge must be shown to be accurate within 1 percent at test measure. The expansion gauge must be shown to be accurate, at test pressure, to within 1 percent. Expansion must be recorded in cubic cm. Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure and the tank must not leak or show evidence of distress.
</P>
<P>(2) Each tank, except tanks built to specification DOT 107A, must also be subjected to interior air pressure test of at least 100 psig under conditions favorable to detection of any leakage. No leaks may appear.
</P>
<P>(3) Safety relief valves must be retested by air or gas, must start-to-discharge at or below the prescribed pressure and must be vapor tight at or above the prescribed pressure.
</P>
<P>(4) Rupture discs and fusible plugs must be removed from the tank and visually inspected.
</P>
<P>(5) Tanks must be retested as specified in Retest Table 1 of this paragraph (b)(5), and before returning to service after repairs involving welding or heat treatment:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Retest Table 1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Specification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Retest interval—years
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Minimum Retest
<br/>pressure—psig
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Pressure relief valve
<br/>pressure—psig
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tank
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pressure relief devices 
<sup>d</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tank hydrostatic
<br/>expansion 
<sup>c</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tank air test
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Start-to-
<br/>discharge
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vapor tight
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DOT 27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">106A500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">106A500X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">106A800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">480
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">106A800X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">480
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">106A800NCI</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">480
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">107A * * * *</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>d</sup>5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>a</sup>2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>b</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">None</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">None
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">110A500-W</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">110A600-W</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">360
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">110A800-W</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">480
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">110A1000-W</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BE-27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Notes:</E>
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>a</sup> If DOT 107A * * * * tanks are used for transportation of flammable gases, one rupture disc from each car must be burst at the interval prescribed. The sample disc must burst at a pressure not exceeding the marked test pressure of the tank and not less than 70 percent of the marked test pressure. If the sample disc does not burst within the prescribed limits, all discs on the car must be replaced.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>b</sup> The hydrostatic expansion test pressure must at least equal the marked test pressure.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>c</sup> See § 180.519(b)(1).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>d</sup> Safety relief valves of the spring-loaded type on tanks used exclusively for fluorinated hydrocarbons and mixtures thereof which are free from corroding components may be retested every 5 years.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(6) The month and year of test, followed by a “V” if visually inspected as described in paragraph (c) of this section, must be plainly and permanently stamped into the metal of one head or chime of each tank with successful test results; for example, 01-90 for January 1990. On DOT 107A**** tanks, the date must be stamped into the metal of the marked end, except that if all tanks mounted on a car have been tested, the date may be stamped into the metal of a plate permanently applied to the bulkhead on the “A” end of the car. Dates of previous tests and all prescribed markings must be kept legible.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Visual inspection.</I> Tanks of Class DOT 106A and DOT 110A-W specifications (§§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this subchapter) used exclusively for transporting fluorinated hydrocarbons and mixtures thereof, and that are free from corroding components, may be given a periodic complete internal and external visual inspection in place of the periodic hydrostatic retest. Visual inspections shall be made only by competent persons. The tank must be accepted or rejected in accordance with the criteria in CGA C-6 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Written records.</I> The results of the pressure test and visual inspection must be recorded on a suitable data sheet. Completed copies of these reports must be retained by the owner and by the person performing the pressure test and visual inspection as long as the tank is in service. The information to be recorded and checked on these data sheets are: Date of test and inspection; DOT specification number; tank identification (registered symbol and serial number, date of manufacture and ownership symbol); type of protective coating (painted, etc., and statement as to need for refinishing or recoating); conditions checked (leakage, corrosion, gouges, dents or digs, broken or damaged chime or protective ring, fire, fire damage, internal condition); test pressure; results of tests; and disposition of tank (returned to service, returned to manufacturer for repair, or scrapped); and identification of the person conducting the retest or inspection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-8, 60 FR 49079, Sept. 21, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 179-50, 61 FR 33257, June 26, 1996; 65 FR 58633, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45187, 45392, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75765, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Qualification and Maintenance of Portable Tanks</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 33453, June 21, 2001, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 180.601" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.7.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.601   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes requirements, in addition to those contained in parts 107, 171, 172, 173, and 178 of this subchapter, applicable to any person responsible for the continuing qualification, maintenance or periodic retesting of a portable tank.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.603" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.7.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.603   Qualification of portable tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each portable tank used for the transportation of hazardous materials must be an authorized packaging.
</P>
<P>(b) To qualify as an authorized packaging, each portable tank must conform to the requirements of this subchapter and the applicable design specification to which the portable tank was constructed.
</P>
<P>(c) The following portable tanks are authorized for use provided they conform to all applicable safety requirements of this subchapter: 51, 56, 57, 60, IM 101, IM 102 and UN portable tanks.
</P>
<P>(d) A portable tank that also meets the definition of “container” in 49 CFR 450.3(a)(3) must conform to the requirements in parts 450 through 453 of this title for compliance with Annex II of the Convention for Safe Containers (CSC).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exemption portable tanks based on DOT 51 portable tanks.</I> The owner of a portable tank constructed in accordance with and used under an exemption issued prior to August 31, 1996, which was in conformance with the requirements for Specification DOT 51 portable tanks with the exception of the location of fill and discharge outlets, shall examine the portable tank and its design to determine if it meets the outlet requirements in effect on October 1, 1996. If the owner determines that the portable tank is in compliance with all requirements of the DOT 51 specification, the exemption number stenciled on the portable tank shall be removed and the specification plate (or a plate placed adjacent to the specification plate) shall be durably marked “DOT 51-E*****” (where ***** is to be replaced by the exemption number). During the period the portable tank is in service, and for one year thereafter, the owner of the portable tank must retain on file, at its principal place of business, a copy of the last exemption in effect.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 180.605" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.7.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 180.605   Requirements for periodic testing, inspection, and repair of portable tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A portable tank constructed in accordance with a DOT specification for which a test or inspection specified in this subpart has become due, must be tested or inspected prior to being returned for transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions requiring test and inspection of portable tanks.</I> Without regard to any other test or inspection requirements, a Specification or UN portable tank must be tested and inspected in accordance with this section prior to further use if any of the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(1) The portable tank shows evidence of dents, corroded or abraded areas, leakage, or any other condition that might render it unsafe for transportation service.
</P>
<P>(2) The portable tank has been in an accident and has been damaged to an extent that may adversely affect its ability to retain the hazardous material.
</P>
<P>(3) The portable tank has been out of hazardous materials transportation service for a period of one year or more.
</P>
<P>(4) The portable tank has been modified from its original design specification.
</P>
<P>(5) The portable tank is in an unsafe operating condition.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Schedule for periodic inspections and tests.</I> Each Specification portable tank must be tested and inspected in accordance with the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) Each IM or UN portable tank must be given an initial inspection and test before being placed into service, a periodic inspection and test at least once every 5 years, and an intermediate periodic inspection and test at least every 2.5 years following the initial inspection and the last 5 year periodic inspection and test.
</P>
<P>(2) Each Specification 51 portable tank must be given a periodic inspection and test at least once every five years.
</P>
<P>(3) Each Specification 56 or 57 portable tank must be given a periodic inspection and test at least once every 2.5 years.
</P>
<P>(4) Each Specification 60 portable tank must be given a periodic inspection and test at the end of the first 4-year period after the original test; at least once every 2 years thereafter up to a total of 12 years of service; and at least once annually thereafter. Retesting is not required on a rubber-lined tank except before each relining.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Intermediate periodic inspection and test.</I> For IM and UN portable tanks the intermediate 2.5 year periodic inspection and test must include at least an internal and external examination of the portable tank and its fittings taking into account the hazardous materials intended to be transported; a leakage test; and a test of the satisfactory operation of all service equipment. Sheathing, thermal insulation, etc. need only be removed to the extent required for reliable appraisal of the condition of the portable tank. For portable tanks intended for the transportation of a single hazardous material, the internal examination may be waived if it is leakage tested in accordance with the procedures in paragraph (h) of this section prior to each filling, or if approved by the Associate Administrator. Portable tanks used for dedicated transportation of refrigerated liquefied gases that are not fitted with inspection openings are excepted from the internal inspection requirement.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Periodic inspection and test.</I> The 5 year periodic inspection and test must include an internal and external examination and, unless excepted, a pressure test as specified in this section. Sheathing, thermal insulation, etc. need only to be removed to the extent required for reliable appraisal of the condition of the portable tank. Except for DOT Specification 56 and 57 portable tanks, reclosing pressure relief devices must be removed from the tank and tested separately unless they can be tested while installed on the portable tank. For portable tanks where the shell and equipment have been pressure-tested separately, after assembly they must be subjected together to a leakage test and effectively tested and inspected for corrosion. Portable tanks used for the transportation of refrigerated, liquefied gases are excepted from the requirement for internal inspection and the hydraulic pressure test during the 5-year periodic inspection and test, if the portable tanks were pressure tested to a minimum test pressure of 1.3 times the design pressure using an inert gas as prescribed in § 178.338-16(a) and (b) of this subchapter before putting the portable tank into service initially and after any exceptional inspections and tests specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exceptional inspection and test.</I> The exceptional inspection and test is necessary when a portable tank shows evidence of damaged or corroded areas, or leakage, or other conditions that indicate a deficiency that could affect the integrity of the portable tank. The extent of the exceptional inspection and test must depend on the amount of damage or deterioration of the portable tank. It must include at least the inspection and a pressure test according to paragraph (e) of this section. Pressure relief devices need not be tested or replaced unless there is reason to believe the relief devices have been affected by the damage or deterioration.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Internal and external examination.</I> The internal and external examinations must ensure that:
</P>
<P>(1) The shell is inspected for pitting, corrosion, or abrasions, dents, distortions, defects in welds or any other conditions, including leakage, that might render the portable tank unsafe for transportation. The wall thickness must be verified by appropriate measurement if this inspection indicates a reduction of wall thickness;
</P>
<P>(2) The piping, valves, and gaskets are inspected for corroded areas, defects, and other conditions, including leakage, that might render the portable tank unsafe for filling, discharge or transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) Devices for tightening manhole covers are operative and there is no leakage at manhole covers or gaskets;
</P>
<P>(4) Missing or loose bolts or nuts on any flanged connection or blank flange are replaced or tightened;
</P>
<P>(5) All emergency devices and valves are free from corrosion, distortion and any damage or defect that could prevent their normal operation. Remote closure devices and self-closing stop-valves must be operated to demonstrate proper operation;
</P>
<P>(6) Required markings on the portable tank are legible and in accordance with the applicable requirements; and
</P>
<P>(7) The framework, the supports and the arrangements for lifting the portable tank are in satisfactory condition.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Pressure test procedures for specification 51, 56, 57, 60, IM or UN portable tanks.</I> (1) Each Specification 57 portable tank must be leak tested by a minimum sustained air pressure of at least 3 psig applied to the entire tank. Each Specification 51 or 56 portable tank must be tested by a minimum pressure (air or hydrostatic) of at least 2 psig or at least one and one-half times the design pressure (maximum allowable working pressure, or re-rated pressure) of the tank, whichever is greater. The leakage test for portable tanks used for refrigerated liquefied gas must be performed at 90% of MAWP. Leakage tests for all other portable tanks must be at a pressure of at least 25% of MAWP. During each air pressure test, the entire surface of all joints under pressure must be coated with or immersed in a solution of soap and water, heavy oil, or other material suitable for the purpose of detecting leaks. The pressure must be held for a period of time sufficiently long to assure detection of leaks, but in no case less than five minutes. During the air or hydrostatic test, relief devices may be removed, but all the closure fittings must be in place and the relief device openings plugged. Lagging need not be removed from a lagged tank if it is possible to maintain the required test pressure at constant temperature with the tank disconnected from the source of pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) Each Specification 60 portable tank must be retested by completely filling the tank with water or other liquid having a similar viscosity, the temperature of the liquid must not exceed 37.7 °C (100 °F) during the test, and applying a pressure of 60 psig. The portable tank must be capable of holding the prescribed pressure for at least 10 minutes without leakage, evidence of impending failure, or failure. All closures shall be in place while the test is made and the pressure shall be gauged at the top of the tank. Safety devices and/or vents shall be plugged during this test.
</P>
<P>(3) Each Specification IM or UN portable tank, except for UN portable tanks used for non-refrigerated and refrigerated liquefied gases, and all piping, valves and accessories, except pressure relief devices, must be hydrostatically tested with water, or other liquid of similar density and viscosity, to a pressure not less than 150% of its maximum allowable working pressure. UN portable tanks used for the transportation of non-refrigerated liquefied gases must be hydrostatically tested with water, or other liquid of similar density and viscosity, to a pressure not less than 130% of its maximum allowable working pressure. UN portable tanks used for the transportation of refrigerated liquefied gases may be tested hydrostatically or pneumatically using an inert gas to a pressure not less than 1.3 times the design pressure. For pneumatic testing, due regard for protection of all personnel must be taken because of the potential hazard involved in such a test. The pneumatic test pressure in the portable tank must be reached by gradually increasing the pressure to one-half of the test pressure. Thereafter, the test pressure must be increased in steps of approximately one-tenth of the test pressure until the required test pressure has been reached. The pressure must then be reduced to a value equal to four-fifths of the test pressure and held for a sufficient time to permit inspection of the portable tank for leaks. The minimum test pressure for a portable tank is determined on the basis of the hazardous materials that are intended to be transported in the portable tanks. For liquid, solid and non-refrigerated liquefied gases, the minimum test pressure for specific hazardous materials are specified in the applicable T Codes assigned to a particular hazardous material in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter. While under pressure the tank shall be inspected for leakage, distortion, or any other condition which might render the tank unsafe for service. A portable tank fails to meet the requirements of the pressure test if, during the test, there is permanent distortion of the tank exceeding that permitted by the applicable specification; if there is any leakage; or if there are any deficiencies that would render the portable tank unsafe for transportation. Any portable tank that fails must be rejected and may not be used again for the transportation of a hazardous material unless the tank is adequately repaired, and, thereafter, a successful test is conducted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. An approval agency shall witness the hydrostatic or pneumatic test. Any damage or deficiency that might render the portable tank unsafe for service shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the witnessing approval agency. The repaired tank must be retested to the original pressure test requirements. Upon successful completion of the hydrostatic or pneumatic test, as applicable, the witnessing approval agency shall apply its name, identifying mark or identifying number in accordance with paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Rejection criteria.</I> When evidence of any unsafe condition is discovered, the portable tank may not be returned to service until it has been repaired and the pressure test is repeated and passed.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Repair.</I> The repair of a portable tank is authorized, provided such repairs are made in accordance with the requirements prescribed in the specification for the tank's original design and construction. In addition to any other provisions of the specification, no portable tank may be repaired so as to cause leakage or cracks or so as to increase the likelihood of leakage or cracks near areas of stress concentration due to cooling metal shrinkage in welding operations, sharp fillets, reversal of stresses, or otherwise. No field welding may be done except to non-pressure parts. Any cutting, burning or welding operations on the shell of an IM or UN portable tank must be done with the approval of the approval agency and be done in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter, taking into account the pressure vessel code used for the construction of the shell. A pressure test to the original test pressure must be performed after the work is completed.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Inspection and test markings.</I> (1) Each IM or UN portable tank must be durably and legibly marked, in English, with the date (month and year) of the last pressure test, the identification markings of the approval agency witnessing the test, when required, and the date of the last visual inspection. The marking must be placed on or near the metal identification plate, in letters and numerals of not less than 3 mm (0.118 inches) high when on the metal identification plate, and 12 mm (0.47 inches) high when on the portable tank.
</P>
<P>(2) Each Specification DOT 51, 56, 57 or 60 portable tank must be durably and legibly marked, in English, with the date (month and year) of the most recent periodic retest. The marking must be placed on or near the metal certification plate and must be in accordance with § 178.3 of this subchapter. The letters and numerals must not be less than 3 mm (0.118 inches) high when on the metal certification plate, and 12 mm (0.47 inches) high when on the portable tank, except that a portable tank manufactured under a previously authorized specification may continue to be marked with smaller markings if originally authorized under that specification (for example, DOT Specification 57 portable tanks).
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Record retention.</I> (1) The owner of each portable tank or his authorized agent shall retain a written record of the date and results of all required inspections and tests, including an ASME manufacturer's date report, if applicable, and the name and address of the person performing the inspection or test, in accordance with the applicable specification. The manufacturer's data report, including a certificate(s) signed by the manufacturer, and the authorized design approval agency, as applicable, indicating compliance with the applicable specification of the portable tank, and related papers certifying that the portable tank was manufactured and tested in accordance with the applicable specification must be retained in the files of the owner, or his authorized agent, during the time that such portable tank is used for such service, except for Specifications 56 and 57 portable tanks.
</P>
<P>(2) If the owner does not have the manufacturer's certificate required by the specification and the manufacturer's data report required by the ASME, the owner may contact the National Board for a copy of the manufacturer's data report, if the portable tank was registered with the National Board, or copy the information contained on the portable tanks specification plate and ASME Code data plates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 180-2, 54 FR 25032, June 12, 1989, as amended at 67 FR 15744, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 45042, July 31, 2003; 74 FR 53189, Oct. 16, 2009; 82 FR 15897, Mar. 30, 2017; 83 FR 55811, Nov. 7, 2018; 87 FR 79785, Dec. 27, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.9.1.1.9" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 180—Internal Self-closing Stop Valve Emergency Closure Test for Liquefied Compressed Gases
</HEAD>
<P>1. In performing this test, all internal self-closing stop valves must be opened. Each emergency discharge control remote actuator (on-truck and off-truck) must be operated to ensure that each internal self-closing stop valve's lever, piston, or other valve indicator has moved to the closed position.
</P>
<P>2. On pump-actuated pressure differential internal valves, the three-way toggle valve handle or its cable attachment must be activated to verify that the toggle handle moves to the closed position.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 28052, May 24, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 15744, Apr. 3, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.9.1.1.10" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 180—Acceptable Internal Self-closing Stop Valve Leakage Tests for Cargo Tanks Transporting Liquefied Compressed Gases
</HEAD>
<P>For internal self-closing stop valve leakage testing, leakage is defined as any leakage through the internal self-closing valve or to the atmosphere that is detectable when the valve is in the closed position. On some valves this will require the closure of the pressure by-pass port.
</P>
<HD2>(a) Meter Creep Test.
</HD2>
<P>1. An operator of a cargo tank equipped with a calibrated meter may check the internal self-closing stop valve for leakage through the valve seat using the meter as a flow measurement indicator. The test is initiated by starting the delivery process or returning product to the cargo tank through the delivery system. This may be performed at an idle. After the flow is established, the operator closes the internal self-closing stop valve and monitors the meter flow. The meter flow must stop within 30 seconds with no meter creep within 5 seconds after the meter stops.
</P>
<P>2. On pump-actuated pressure differential internal self-closing stop valves, the valve must be closed with the remote actuator to assure that it is functioning. On other types of internal self-closing stop valves, the valve(s) may be closed using either the normal valve control or the discharge control system (e.g., remote).
</P>
<P>3. Rejection criteria: Any detectable meter creep within the first five seconds after initial meter stoppage.
</P>
<HD2>(b) Internal Self-Closing Stop Valve Test.
</HD2>
<P>An operator of a cargo tank that is not equipped with a meter may check the internal self-closing stop valve(s) for leakage as follows:
</P>
<P>1. The internal self-closing stop valve must be in the closed position.
</P>
<P>2. All of the material in the downstream piping must be evacuated, and the piping must be returned to atmospheric temperature and pressure.
</P>
<P>3. The outlet must be monitored for 30 seconds for detectable leakage.
</P>
<P>4. Rejection criteria. Any detectable leakage is considered unacceptable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 28052, May 24, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.9.1.1.11" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 180—Eddy Current Examination With Visual Inspection for DOT 3AL Cylinders Manufactured of Aluminum Alloy 6351-T6
</HEAD>
<P>1. <I>Examination Procedure.</I> Each facility performing eddy current examination with visual inspection must develop, update, and maintain a written examination procedure applicable to the test equipment it uses to perform eddy current examinations.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Visual examinations.</I> Visual examinations of the neck and shoulder area of the cylinder must be conducted in accordance with CGA pamphlet C-6.1 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>3. <I>Eddy Current Equipment.</I> A reference ring and probe for each DOT-3AL cylinder manufactured of aluminum alloy 6351-T6 to be inspected must be available at the examination facility. Eddy current equipment must be capable of accurately detecting the notches on the standard reference ring.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Eddy Current Reference Ring.</I> The reference ring must be produced to represent each cylinder to be tested. The reference ring must include artificial notches to simulate a neck crack. The size of the artificial notch (depth and length) must have a depth less than or equal to 


<FR>1/3</FR> of the wall thickness of the neck and a length greater than or equal to two threads. The standard reference must have a drawing that includes the diameter of the ring, and depth and length of each notch.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Condemnation Criteria.</I> A cylinder must be condemned if the eddy current examination combined with visual examination reveals any crack in the neck or shoulder of 2 thread lengths or more.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Examination equipment records.</I> Records of eddy current inspection equipment shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Equipment manufacturer, model number and serial number.
</P>
<P>(ii) Probe description and unique identification (e.g., serial number, part number, etc.).
</P>
<P>7. <I>Eddy current examination reporting and record retention requirements.</I> Daily records of eddy current examinations must be maintained by the person who performs the requalification until either the expiration of the requalification period or until the cylinder is again requalified, whichever occurs first. These records shall be made available for inspection by a representative of the Department on request. Eddy current examination records shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Specification of each standard reference ring used to perform the eddy current examination.
</P>
<P>(ii) DOT specification or exemption number of the cylinder; manufacturer's name or symbol; owner's name or symbol, if present; serial number; and, date of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(iii) Name of test operator performing the eddy current examination.
</P>
<P>(iv) Date of eddy current examination.
</P>
<P>(vi) Acceptance/condemnation results (e.g., pass or fail).
</P>
<P>(vii) Retester identification number.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Personnel Qualification Requirements.</I> Each person who performs eddy current and visual examinations, and evaluates and certifies retest results must be certified by the employer that he/she has been properly trained and tested in the eddy current and visual examination procedures.
</P>
<P>9. <I>Training Records.</I> A record of current training must be maintained for each employee who performs eddy current and visual examinations in accordance with § 172.704(d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 51129, Aug. 29, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.3.9.1.1.12" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 180—Hazardous Materials Corrosive to Tanks or Service Equipment
</HEAD>
<P>This list contains materials identified either by proper shipping name in 49 CFR 172.101 or shipped under an “n.o.s.” shipping description that, under certain conditions, can corrode carbon steel tanks or service equipment at a rate that may reduce the design level of reliability and safety of the tank or equipment to an unsafe level before the next qualification. Materials identified on this list are considered corrosive to the tank or service equipment.
</P>
<P>While every effort was made to identify materials deemed corrosive to the tank or service equipment, owners and operators are cautioned that this list may not be inclusive. Tank car owners and operators are reminded of their duty to ensure that no in-service tank will deteriorate below the specified minimum thickness requirements in this subchapter. See § 180.509(f)(3). In addition, FRA states a tank car owner must designate an internal coating or lining appropriately based on its knowledge of the chemical and not rely simply on this list. Regarding future thickness tests, this list may also be modified based on an analysis of the test results by the car owner, the Department of Transportation, or the Association of American Railroads' Tank Car Committee.
</P>
<HD2>Hazardous Materials Table Proper Shipping Names (See § 172.101)
</HD2>
<FP-1>Acetic acid, glacial or Acetic acid solution
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Aluminum chloride, solution
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Arsenic acid, liquid
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Arsenic acid, solid
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Butyric acid
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ferric chloride, solution
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fertilizer ammoniating solution (<I>Nitrogen fertilizer solution</I>)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fluoroboric acid
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fluorosilicic acid
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Formaldehyde, solutions, flammable
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Formaldehyde, solutions
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrobromic acid
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrochloric acid 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrochloric acid solution
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrofluoric acid and Sulfuric acid mixtures
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrofluoric acid
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid mixtures, stabilized
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrogen, peroxide, aqueous solutions
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydrogen peroxide, stabilized <I>or</I> Hydrogen peroxide aqueous solutions, stabilized
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hypochlorite solutions
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Nitric acid
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phenyl phosphorus dichloride
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phenyl phosphorus thiodichloride
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phosphoric acid solution
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phosphoric acid, solid
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Phosphorus trichloride (<I>Phosphorus chloride</I>)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sodium chlorate
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sodium chlorate, aqueous solution
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sodium hydrosulfide
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sulfur, molten
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sulfuric acid
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sulfuric acid, fuming
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sulfuric acid, spent
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Zinc chloride, anhydrous
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Zinc chloride, solution
</FP-1>
<HD2>Materials Transported Under an “N.O.S.” Description
</HD2>
<FP-1>Benzoic acid (Environmentally hazardous substance, liquid, n.o.s., (RQ 5,000 pounds)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bisulphites, aqueous solution, n.o.s. (Ammonium bisulfide)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Black liquor (Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. (contains sulfuric acid))
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Calcium lignosulfonate (not regulated under this subchapter)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hexanoic acid (Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. (contains hexanoic acid))
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lignin liquor (not regulated under this subchapter)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lithium chloride (not regulated under this subchapter)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sodium polyacrylate (not regulated under this subchapter)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Titanium sulfate solution (Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. (contains sulfuric acid))
</FP-1>
<FP-1>White liquor (not regulated under this subchapter)
</FP-1>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 37991, June 25, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="181-185" NODE="49:3.1.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 181-185 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV4>


<DIV4 N="D" NODE="49:3.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER D—PIPELINE SAFETY 


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="186-189" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 186-189 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="190" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 190—PIPELINE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT AND REGULATORY PROCEDURES


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>33 U.S.C. 1321(b); 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 20413, Mar. 27, 1980, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 190 appear at 78 FR 58908, Sept. 25, 2013.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.1" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes procedures used by the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration in carrying out duties regarding pipeline safety under 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I> (the pipeline safety laws) and 33 U.S.C. 1321 (the water pollution control laws). 
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart defines certain terms and prescribes procedures that are applicable to each proceeding described in this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 20413, Mar. 27, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 190-6, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26, 1996; 70 FR 11137, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58908, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.3" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part: 
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means the Associate Administrator for Pipeline Safety, or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Chief Counsel</I> means the Chief Counsel of PHMSA.
</P>
<P><I>Day</I> means a 24-hour period ending at 11:59 p.m. Unless otherwise specified, a day refers to a calendar day. When a deadline mandated by this part is scheduled to fall on a day that is a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, the deadline will be adjusted to the next business day.


</P>
<P><I>Emergency order</I> means a written order issued in response to an imminent hazard imposing restrictions, prohibitions, or safety measures on owners and operators of gas or hazardous liquid pipeline facilities, without prior notice or an opportunity for a hearing.
</P>
<P><I>Formal hearing</I> means a formal review in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554, conducted by an administrative law judge.
</P>
<P><I>Hearing</I> means an informal conference or a proceeding for oral presentation. Unless otherwise specifically prescribed in this part, the use of “hearing” is not intended to require a hearing on the record in accordance with section 554 of title 5, U.S.C. 
</P>
<P><I>Imminent hazard</I> means the existence of a condition relating to a gas or hazardous liquid pipeline facility that presents a substantial likelihood that death, serious illness, severe personal injury, or a substantial endangerment to health, property, or the environment may occur before the reasonably foreseeable completion date of a formal proceeding begun to lessen the risk of such death, illness, injury or endangerment.
</P>
<P><I>New and novel technologies</I> means any products, designs, materials, testing, construction, inspection, or operational procedures that are not addressed in 49 CFR parts 192, 193, or 195, due to technology or design advances and innovation for new construction. Technologies that are addressed in consensus standards that are incorporated by reference into parts 192, 193, and 195 are not “new or novel technologies.”
</P>
<P><I>OPS</I> means the Office of Pipeline Safety, which is part of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Operator</I> means any owner or operator.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, firm, joint venture, partnership, corporation, association, State, municipality, cooperative association, or joint stock association, and includes any trustee, receiver, assignee, or personal representative thereof. 
</P>
<P><I>Presiding Official</I> means the person who conducts any hearing relating to civil penalty assessments, compliance orders, orders directing amendment, safety orders, or corrective action orders and who has the duties and powers set forth in § 190.212.
</P>
<P><I>Regional Director</I> means the head of any one of the Regional Offices of the Office of Pipeline Safety, or a designee appointed by the Regional Director. Regional Offices are located in Trenton, NJ (Eastern Region); Atlanta, Georgia (Southern Region); Kansas City, Missouri (Central Region); Houston, Texas (Southwest Region); and Lakewood, Colorado (Western Region).
</P>
<P><I>Respondent</I> means a person upon whom OPS has served an enforcement action described in this part.
</P>
<P><I>PHMSA</I> means the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration of the United States Department of Transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-6, 61 FR 18513, Apr. 26, 1996, as amended at 68 FR 11749, Mar. 12, 2003; 70 FR 11137, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt. 190-15, 74 FR 62505, Nov. 30, 2009; Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58908, Sept. 25, 2013; Amdt. 190-18, 81 FR 70985, Oct. 14, 2016; Amdt. 190-19, 82 FR 7995, Jan. 23, 2017; Amdt. 190-21, 84 FR 52026, Oct. 1, 2019; Amdt. 190-23, 90 FR 28046, July 1, 2025]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.5" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.1.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.5   Service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each order, notice, or other document required to be served under this part, will be served personally, by certified mail, overnight courier, or electronic transmission by facsimile or other electronic means that includes reliable acknowledgement of actual receipt.
</P>
<P>(b) Service upon a person's duly authorized representative or agent constitutes service upon that person. 
</P>
<P>(c) Service by certified mail or overnight courier is complete upon mailing. Service by electronic transmission is complete upon transmission and acknowledgement of receipt. An official receipt for the mailing from the U.S. Postal Service or overnight courier, or a facsimile or other electronic transmission confirmation, constitutes prima facie evidence of service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 20413, Mar. 27, 1980, as amended at 73 FR 16567, Mar. 28, 2008; Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58909, Sept. 25, 2013; Amdt. 190-18, 81 FR 70985, Oct. 14, 2016; Amdt. 190-21, 84 FR 52026, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.7" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.1.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.7   Subpoenas; witness fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator, Chief Counsel, or the official designated by the Administrator to preside over a hearing convened in accordance with this part, may sign and issue subpoenas individually on his or her own initiative at any time, including pursuant to an inspection or investigation, or upon request and adequate showing by a participant to an enforcement proceeding that the information sought will materially advance the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) A subpoena may require the attendance of a witness, or the production of documentary or other tangible evidence in the possession or under the control of person served, or both.
</P>
<P>(c) A subpoena may be served personally by any person who is not an interested person and is not less than 18 years of age, or by certified mail.
</P>
<P>(d) Service of a subpoena upon the person named in the subpoena is achieved by delivering a copy of the subpoena to the person and by paying the fees for one day's attendance and mileage, as specified by paragraph (g) of this section. When a subpoena is issued at the instance of any officer or agency of the United States, fees and mileage need not be tendered at the time of service. Delivery of a copy of a subpoena and tender of the fees to a natural person may be made by handing them to the person, leaving them at the person's office with a person in charge, leaving them at the person's residence with a person of suitable age and discretion residing there, by mailing them by certified mail to the person at the last known address, or by any method whereby actual notice is given to the person and the fees are made available prior to the return date.
</P>
<P>(e) When the person to be served is not a natural person, delivery of a copy of the subpoena and tender of the fees may be achieved by handing them to a designated agent or representative for service, or to any officer, director, or agent in charge of any office of the person, or by mailing them by certified mail to that agent or representative and the fees are made available prior to the return date.
</P>
<P>(f) The original subpoena bearing a certificate of service shall be filed with the official having responsibility for the proceeding in connection with which the subpoena was issued.
</P>
<P>(g) A subpoenaed witness shall be paid the same fees and mileage as would be paid to a witness in a proceeding in the district courts of the United States. The witness fees and mileage shall be paid by the person at whose instance the subpoena was issued.
</P>
<P>(h) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (g) of this section, and upon request, the witness fees and mileage may be paid by the PHMSA if the official who issued the subpoena determines on the basis of good cause shown, that:
</P>
<P>(1) The presence of the subpoenaed witness will materially advance the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(2) The person at whose instance the subpoena was issued would suffer a serious hardship if required to pay the witness fees and mileage.
</P>
<P>(i) Any person to whom a subpoena is directed may, prior to the time specified therein for compliance, but in no event more than 10 days after the date of service of such subpoena, apply to the official who issued the subpoena, or if the person is unavailable, to the Administrator to quash or modify the subpoena. The application shall contain a brief statement of the reasons relied upon in support of the action sought therein. The Administrator, or this issuing official, as the case may be, may: 
</P>
<P>(1) Deny the application;
</P>
<P>(2) Quash or modify the subpoena; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Condition a grant or denial of the application to quash or modify the subpoena upon the satisfaction of certain just and reasonable requirements. The denial may be summary.
</P>
<P>(j) Upon refusal to obey a subpoena served upon any person under the provisions of this section, the PHMSA may request the Attorney General to seek the aid of the U. S. District Court for any District in which the person is found to compel that person, after notice, to appear and give testimony, or to appear and produce the subpoenaed documents before the PHMSA, or both. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 20413, Mar. 27, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 190-6, 61 FR 18513, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 190-7, 63 FR 7722, Feb. 17, 1998; 70 FR 11137, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58909, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.9" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.1.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.9   Petitions for finding or approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In circumstances where a rule contained in parts 192, 193 and 195 of this chapter authorizes the Administrator to make a finding or approval, an operator may petition the Administrator for such a finding or approval. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition must refer to the rule authorizing the action sought and contain information or arguments that justify the action. Unless otherwise specified, no public proceeding is held on a petition before it is granted or denied. After a petition is received, the Administrator or participating state agency notifies the petitioner of the disposition of the petition or, if the request requires more extensive consideration or additional information or comments are requested and delay is expected, of the date by which action will be taken.
</P>
<P>(1) For operators seeking a finding or approval involving intrastate pipeline transportation, petitions must be sent to: 
</P>
<P>(i) The State agency certified to participate under 49 U.S.C. 60105. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Where there is no state agency certified to participate, the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(2) For operators seeking a finding or approval involving interstate pipeline transportation, petitions must be sent to the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(c) All petitions must be received at least 90 days prior to the date by which the operator requests the finding or approval to be made.
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator will make all findings or approvals of petitions initiated under this section. A participating state agency receiving petitions initiated under this section shall provide the Administrator a written recommendation as to the disposition of any petition received by them. Where the Administrator does not reverse or modify a recommendation made by a state agency within 10 business days of its receipt, the recommended disposition shall constitute the Administrator's decision on the petition.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-5, 59 FR 17280, Apr. 12, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 190-6, 61 FR 18513, Apr. 26, 1996; 70 FR 11137, Mar. 8, 2005; 73 FR 16566, Mar. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.11" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.1.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.11   Availability of informal guidance and interpretive assistance.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="11">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 21967, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) <I>Availability of telephonic and Internet assistance.</I> PHMSA has established a Web site and a telephone line to OPS headquarters where information on and advice about compliance with the pipeline safety regulations specified in 49 CFR parts 190-199 is available. The Web site and telephone line are staffed by personnel from PHMSA's OPS from 9:00 a.m. through 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, Monday through Friday, with the exception of Federal holidays. When the lines are not staffed, individuals may leave a recorded voicemail message. The telephone number for the OPS information line is (202) 366-4595 and the OPS Web site can be accessed via the Internet at <I>http://phmsa.dot.gov/pipeline.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Availability of written interpretations.</I> A written regulatory interpretation, response to a question, or an opinion concerning a pipeline safety issue may be obtained by submitting a written request to the Office of Pipeline Safety (PHP-30), PHMSA, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. The requestor must include his or her return address and should also include a daytime telephone number. Written requests should be submitted at least 120 days before the time the requestor needs a response.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Public notice of interpretations.</I> Each request for written interpretation will be made available to the public on the PHMSA website with an opportunity to submit comment for a period not to exceed 30 days. PHMSA will consider the public comments received and may, in its discretion, respond to any comment. Each final written interpretation will be posted to the PHMSA interpretations website.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58909, Sept. 25, 2013, as amended by Amdt. No. 190-24, 91 FR 21975, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.13" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.1.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.13   Declaratory orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> An operator may request that an issue of controversy or uncertainty be addressed through the issuance of a declaratory order in accordance with this section and 5 U.S.C. 554(e).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing of petition.</I> A petition for declaratory order is filed by sending the petition to the Associate Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. A petition for declaratory order must include a complete and accurate statement of the relevant facts, identification of an issue of controversy or uncertainty, and an explanation of how a declaratory order would remove the uncertainty or terminate the controversy.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice of petition.</I> Upon receiving a petition for declaratory order that satisfies the requirements of this section, the Associate Administrator will publish a notice acknowledging receipt of the petition along with a request for public comment in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Issuance of a declaratory order.</I> After considering any comments, the Associate Administrator will issue a declaratory order or deny the petition. A declaratory order will include a statement of the relevant facts, application of law, and determination as to the issue of controversy or uncertainty. A declaratory order is effective upon issuance to the requestor and constitutes a legally binding determination upon the requestor and the facts described in the order.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Denial of petition.</I> If the Associate Administrator denies a petition for declaratory order, the Associate Administrator will respond with a brief statement of the grounds for denial.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Petitions for reconsideration; finality; judicial review.</I> The operator may petition for reconsideration of a declaratory order issued under this section. A petition for reconsideration must be received by the Associate Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, no later than 20 days after issuance of the order. The filing of a petition under this section does not stay the legal effect of the order, unless the Associate Administrator provides otherwise. If the Associate Administrator receives a petition for reconsideration under this section, the decision on reconsideration is the final administrative action. Any application for judicial review must be filed no later than 89 days after the issuance of the order or the decision on reconsideration in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 60119(a).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. No. 190-25, 91 FR 21970, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Enforcement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.201" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.201   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart describes the enforcement authority and sanctions exercised by the Associate Administrator for achieving and maintaining pipeline safety and compliance under 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.,</I> 33 U.S.C. 1321(j), and any regulation or order issued thereunder. It also prescribes the procedures governing the exercise of that authority and the imposition of those sanctions.
</P>
<P>(b) A person who is the subject of action pursuant to this subpart may be represented by legal counsel at all stages of the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 20413, Mar. 27, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 190-6, 61 FR 18513, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58909, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.203" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.203   Inspections and investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Officers, employees, or agents authorized by the Associate Administrator for Pipeline Safety, PHMSA, upon presenting appropriate credentials, are authorized to enter upon, inspect, and examine, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, the records and properties of persons to the extent such records and properties are relevant to determining the compliance of such persons with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.,</I> or regulations or orders issued thereunder. 
</P>
<P>(b) Inspections are ordinarily conducted pursuant to one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Routine scheduling by the Regional Director of the Region in which the facility is located; 
</P>
<P>(2) A complaint received from a member of the public;
</P>
<P>(3) Information obtained from a previous inspection;
</P>
<P>(4) Report from a State Agency participating in the Federal Program under 49 U.S.C. 60105; 
</P>
<P>(5) Pipeline accident or incident; or
</P>
<P>(6) Whenever deemed appropriate by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Associate Administrator or Regional Director believes that further information is needed to determine appropriate action, the Associate Administrator or Regional Director may notify the pipeline operator in writing that the operator is required to provide specific information within 30 days from the time the notification is received by the operator, unless otherwise specified in the notification. The notification must provide a reasonable description of the specific information required. An operator may request an extension of time to respond by providing a written justification as to why such an extension is necessary and proposing an alternative submission date. A request for an extension may ask for the deadline to be stayed while the extension is considered. General statements of hardship are not acceptable bases for requesting an extension.
</P>
<P>(d) To the extent necessary to carry out the responsibilities under 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.,</I> the Administrator, or the Associate Administrator, may require testing of portions of pipeline facilities that have been involved in, or affected by, an accident. However, before exercising this authority, the Administrator, or the Associate Administrator, shall make every effort to negotiate a mutually acceptable plan with the owner of those facilities and, where appropriate, the National Transportation Safety Board for performing the testing. 
</P>
<P>(e) If a representative of the U.S. Department of Transportation inspects or investigates an accident or incident involving a pipeline facility, the operator must make available to the representative all records and information that pertain to the event in any way, including integrity management plans and test results. The operator must provide all reasonable assistance in the investigation. Any person who obstructs an inspection or investigation by taking actions that were known or reasonably should have been known to prevent, hinder, or impede an investigation without good cause will be subject to administrative civil penalties under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(f) When OPS determines that the information obtained from an inspection or from other appropriate sources warrants further action, OPS may initiate one or more of the enforcement proceedings prescribed in this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 20413, Mar. 27, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 190-3, 56 FR 31090, July 9, 1991; Amdt. 190-6, 61 FR 18513, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 190-7, 61 FR 27792, June 3, 1996; Amdt. 190-7, 63 FR 7722, Feb. 17, 1998; 70 FR 11137, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58909, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.205" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.205   Warnings.</HEAD>
<P>Upon determining that a probable violation of 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.,</I> 33 U.S.C. 1321(j), or any regulation or order issued thereunder has occurred, the Associate Administrator or a Regional Director may issue a written warning notifying the operator of the probable violation and advising the operator to correct it or be subject to potential enforcement action in the future. The operator may submit a response to a warning, but is not required to. An adjudication under this subpart to determine whether a violation occurred is not conducted for warnings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58909, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.206" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.206   Amendment of plans or procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Regional Director begins a proceeding to determine whether an operator's plans or procedures required under parts 192, 193, 195, and 199 of this subchapter are inadequate to assure safe operation of a pipeline facility by issuing a notice of amendment. The notice will specify the alleged inadequacies and the proposed revisions of the plans or procedures and provide an opportunity to respond. The notice will allow the operator 30 days following receipt of the notice to submit written comments, revised procedures, or a request for a hearing under § 190.211.
</P>
<P>(b) After considering all material presented in writing or at the hearing, if applicable, the Associate Administrator determines whether the plans or procedures are inadequate as alleged. The Associate Administrator issues an order directing amendment of the plans or procedures if they are inadequate, or withdraws the notice if they are not. In determining the adequacy of an operator's plans or procedures, the Associate Administrator may consider:
</P>
<P>(1) Relevant pipeline safety data;
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the plans or procedures are appropriate for the particular type of pipeline transportation or facility, and for the location of the facility;
</P>
<P>(3) The reasonableness of the plans or procedures; and
</P>
<P>(4) The extent to which the plans or procedures contribute to public safety.
</P>
<P>(c) An order directing amendment of an operator's plans or procedures prescribed in this section may be in addition to, or in conjunction with, other appropriate enforcement actions prescribed in this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58910, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.207" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.207   Notice of probable violation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided by this subpart, a Regional Director begins an enforcement proceeding by serving a notice of probable violation on a person charging that person with a probable violation of 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.,</I> 33 U.S.C. 1321(j), or any regulation or order issued thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) A notice of probable violation issued under this section shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Statement of the provisions of the laws, regulations or orders which the respondent is alleged to have violated and a statement of the evidence upon which the allegations are based;
</P>
<P>(2) Notice of response options available to the respondent under § 190.208;
</P>
<P>(3) If a civil penalty is proposed under § 190.221, the amount of the proposed civil penalty and the maximum civil penalty for which respondent is liable under law; and
</P>
<P>(4) If a compliance order is proposed under § 190.217, a statement of the remedial action being sought in the form of a proposed compliance order.
</P>
<P>(c) The Regional Director may amend a notice of probable violation at any time prior to issuance of a final order under § 190.213. If an amendment includes any new material allegations of fact, proposes an increased civil penalty amount, or proposes new or additional remedial action under § 190.217, the respondent will have the opportunity to respond under § 190.208.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 20413, Mar. 27, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 190-6, 61 FR 18513, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58910, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.208" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.208   Response options.</HEAD>
<P>Within 30 days of receipt of a notice of probable violation, the respondent must answer the Regional Director who issued the notice in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(a) When the notice contains a proposed civil penalty—
</P>
<P>(1) If the respondent is not contesting an allegation of probable violation, pay the proposed civil penalty as provided in § 190.227 and advise the Regional Director of the payment. The payment authorizes the Associate Administrator to make a finding of violation and to issue a final order under § 190.213;
</P>
<P>(2) If the respondent is not contesting an allegation of probable violation but wishes to submit a written explanation, information, or other materials the respondent believes may warrant mitigation or elimination of the proposed civil penalty, the respondent may submit such materials. This authorizes the Associate Administrator to make a finding of violation and to issue a final order under § 190.213;
</P>
<P>(3) Request the execution of a consent order under § 190.219.
</P>
<P>(4) If the respondent is contesting one or more allegations of probable violation but is not requesting a hearing under § 190.211, the respondent may submit a written response in answer to the allegations; or
</P>
<P>(5) The respondent may request a hearing under § 190.211.
</P>
<P>(b) When the notice contains a proposed compliance order—
</P>
<P>(1) If the respondent is not contesting an allegation of probable violation, agree to the proposed compliance order. This authorizes the Associate Administrator to make a finding of violation and to issue a final order under § 190.213;
</P>
<P>(2) Request the execution of a consent order under § 190.219;
</P>
<P>(3) If the respondent is contesting one or more of the allegations of probable violation or compliance terms, but is not requesting a hearing under § 190.211, the respondent may object to the proposed compliance order and submit written explanations, information, or other materials in answer to the allegations in the notice of probable violation; or
</P>
<P>(4) The respondent may request a hearing under § 190.211.
</P>
<P>(c) Before or after responding in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section or, when applicable paragraph (b) of this section, the respondent may request a copy of the violation report from the Regional Director as set forth in § 190.209. The Regional Director will provide the violation report to the respondent within five business days of receiving a request.
</P>
<P>(d) Failure to respond in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section or, when applicable paragraph (b) of this section, constitutes a waiver of the right to contest the allegations in the notice of probable violation and authorizes the Associate Administrator, without further notice to the respondent, to find the facts as alleged in the notice of probable violation and to issue a final order under § 190.213.
</P>
<P>(e) All materials submitted by operators in response to enforcement actions may be placed on publicly accessible Web sites. A respondent seeking confidential treatment under 5 U.S.C. 552(b) for any portion of its responsive materials must provide a second copy of such materials along with the complete original document. A respondent may redact the portions it believes qualify for confidential treatment in the second copy but must provide a written explanation for each redaction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58910, Sept. 25, 2013, as amended by Amdt. No. 190-26, 91 FR 21973, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.209" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.209   Case file.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The case file, as defined in this section, is available to the respondent in all enforcement proceedings conducted under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) The case file of an enforcement proceeding consists of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) In cases commenced under § 190.206, the notice of amendment and the relevant procedures;
</P>
<P>(2) In cases commenced under § 190.207, the notice of probable violation and the violation report;
</P>
<P>(3) In cases commenced under § 190.233, the corrective action order or notice of proposed corrective action order and the data report, if one is prepared;
</P>
<P>(4) In cases commenced under § 190.239, the notice of proposed safety order;
</P>
<P>(5) Any documents and other material submitted by the respondent in response to the enforcement action;
</P>
<P>(6) In cases involving a hearing, any material submitted during and after the hearing as set forth in § 190.211; and
</P>
<P>(7) The Regional Director's written evaluation of response material submitted by the respondent and recommendation for final action, if one is prepared.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58910, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.210" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.210   Separation of functions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> An agency employee who assists in the investigation or prosecution of an enforcement case may not participate in the decision of that case or a factually related one, but may participate as a witness or counsel at a hearing as set forth in this subpart. Likewise, an agency employee who prepares a decision in an enforcement case may not have served in an investigative or prosecutorial capacity in that case or a factually related one.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibition on</I> ex parte <I>communications.</I> A party to an enforcement proceeding, including the respondent, its representative, or an agency employee having served in an investigative or prosecutorial capacity in the proceeding, may not communicate privately with the Associate Administrator, Presiding Official, or attorney drafting the recommended decision concerning information that is relevant to the questions to be decided in the proceeding. A party may communicate with the Presiding Official regarding administrative or procedural issues, such as for scheduling a hearing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58911, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.211" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.211   Hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This section applies to hearings conducted under this part relating to civil penalty assessments, compliance orders, orders directing amendment, safety orders, and corrective action orders. The Presiding Official will convene hearings conducted under this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hearing request and statement of issues.</I> A request for a hearing must be accompanied by a statement of the issues that the respondent intends to raise at the hearing. The issues may relate to the allegations in the notice, the proposed corrective action, or the proposed civil penalty amount. A respondent's failure to specify an issue may result in waiver of the respondent's right to raise that issue at the hearing. The respondent's request must also indicate whether or not the respondent will be represented by counsel at the hearing. The respondent may withdraw a request for a hearing in writing and provide a written response.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Telephonic and in-person hearings.</I> A telephone hearing will be held if the amount of the proposed civil penalty or the cost of the proposed corrective action is less than $25,000, unless the respondent or OPS submits a written request for an in-person hearing. In-person hearings will normally be held at the office of the appropriate OPS Region. Hearings may be held by video teleconference if the necessary equipment is available to all parties.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Pre-hearing submissions.</I> If OPS or the respondent intends to introduce material, including records, documents, and other exhibits not already in the case file, the material must be submitted to the Presiding Official and the other party at least 10 days prior to the date of the hearing, unless the Presiding Official sets a different deadline or waives the deadline for good cause.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Conduct of the hearing.</I> The hearing is conducted informally without strict adherence to rules of evidence. The Presiding Official regulates the course of the hearing and gives each party an opportunity to offer facts, statements, explanations, documents, testimony or other evidence that is relevant and material to the issues under consideration. The parties may call witnesses on their own behalf and examine the evidence and witnesses presented by the other party. After the evidence in the case has been presented, the Presiding Official will permit reasonable discussion of the issues under consideration.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Written transcripts.</I> If a respondent elects to transcribe a hearing, the respondent must make arrangements with a court reporter at cost to the respondent and submit a complete copy of the transcript for the case file. The respondent must notify the Presiding Official in advance if it intends to transcribe a hearing.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Post-hearing submission.</I> The respondent and OPS may request an opportunity to submit further written material after the hearing for inclusion in the record. The Presiding Official will allow a reasonable time for the submission of the material and will specify the submission date. If the material is not submitted within the time prescribed, the case will proceed to final action without the material.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Preparation of decision.</I> After consideration of the case file, the Presiding Official prepares a recommended decision in the case, which is then forwarded to the Associate Administrator for issuance of a final order.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58911, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.212" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.212   Presiding official, powers, and duties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Presiding Official for a hearing conducted under § 190.211 is an attorney on the staff of the Deputy Chief Counsel who is not engaged in any investigative or prosecutorial functions, such as the issuance of notices under this subpart. If the designated Presiding Official is unavailable, the Deputy Chief Counsel may delegate the powers and duties specified in this section to another attorney in the Office of Chief Counsel who is not engaged in any investigative or prosecutorial functions under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time and place of the hearing.</I> The Presiding Official will set the date, time and location of the hearing. To the extent practicable, the Presiding Official will accommodate the parties' schedules when setting the hearing. Reasonable notice of the hearing will be provided to all parties.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Powers and duties of Presiding Official.</I> The Presiding Official will conduct a fair and impartial hearing and take all action necessary to avoid delay in the disposition of the proceeding and maintain order. The Presiding Official has all powers necessary to achieve those ends, including, but not limited to the power to:
</P>
<P>(1) Regulate the course of the hearing and conduct of the parties and their counsel;
</P>
<P>(2) Receive evidence and inquire into the relevant and material facts;
</P>
<P>(3) Require the submission of documents and other information;
</P>
<P>(4) Direct that documents or briefs relate to issues raised during the course of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(5) Set the date for filing documents, briefs, and other items;
</P>
<P>(6) Prepare a recommended decision; and
</P>
<P>(7) Exercise the authority necessary to carry out the responsibilities of the Presiding Official under this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58911, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.213" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.213   Final order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In an enforcement proceeding commenced under § 190.207, an attorney from the Office of Chief Counsel prepares a recommended decision after expiration of the 30-day response period prescribed in § 190.208. If a hearing is held, the Presiding Official prepares the recommended decision as set forth in § 190.211. The recommended decision is forwarded to the Associate Administrator who considers the case file and issues a final order. The final order includes—
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of findings and determinations on all material issues, including a determination as to whether each alleged violation has been proved;
</P>
<P>(2) If a civil penalty is assessed, the amount of the penalty and the procedures for payment of the penalty, provided that the assessed civil penalty may not exceed the penalty proposed in the notice of probable violation; and
</P>
<P>(3) If a compliance order is issued, a statement of the actions required to be taken by the respondent and the time by which such actions must be accomplished.
</P>
<P>(b) In cases where a substantial delay is expected in the issuance of a final order, notice of that fact and the date by which it is expected that action will be taken is provided to the respondent upon request and whenever practicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58911, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.215" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.215   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="5" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Compliance Orders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.217" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.217   Compliance orders generally.</HEAD>
<P>When a Regional Director has reason to believe that a person is engaging in conduct that violates 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.,</I> 33 U.S.C. 1321(j), or any regulation or order issued thereunder, and if the nature of the violation and the public interest so warrant, the Regional Director may initiate proceedings under §§ 190.207 through 190.213 to determine the nature and extent of the violations and for the issuance of an order directing compliance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58912, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.219" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.5.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.219   Consent order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At any time prior to the resolution of an enforcement proceeding under subpart B of this part, the Regional Director and respondent may agree to resolve the case by execution of a consent agreement and order, which may be jointly executed by the parties and issued by the Associate Administrator. Upon execution, the consent order is considered a final order under § 190.213.
</P>
<P>(b) A consent order executed under paragraph (a) of this section shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) An admission by the respondent of all jurisdictional facts;
</P>
<P>(2) An express waiver of further procedural steps and of all right to seek judicial review or otherwise challenge or contest the validity of that order;


</P>
<P>(3) An acknowledgement that the notice may be used to construe the terms of the consent order; and
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the actions required of the respondent and the time by which such actions shall be accomplished.
</P>
<P>(c) Prior to the execution of a consent agreement and order arising out of a corrective action order under § 190.233, the Associate Administrator will notify any appropriate State official in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 60112(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 20413, Mar. 27, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 190-6, 61 FR 18514, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58912, Sept. 25, 2013; Amdt. No. 190-26, 91 FR 21973, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="6" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.6" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Civil Penalties</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.221" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.6.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.221   Civil penalties generally.</HEAD>
<P>When a Regional Director has reason to believe that a person has committed an act violating 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.,</I> 33 U.S.C. 1321(j), or any regulation or order issued thereunder, the Regional Director may initiate proceedings under §§ 190.207 through 190.213 to determine the nature and extent of the violations and appropriate civil penalty.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58912, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.223" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.6.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.223   Maximum penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person found to have violated a provision of 49 U.S.C. 60101, <I>et seq.,</I> or any regulation in 49 CFR parts 190 through 199, or order issued pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 60101, <I>et seq.</I> or 49 CFR part 190, is subject to an administrative civil penalty not to exceed $272,926 for each violation for each day the violation continues, with a maximum administrative civil penalty not to exceed $2,729,245 for any related series of violations.






</P>
<P>(b) Any person found to have violated a provision of 33 U.S.C. 1321(j), or any regulation or order issued thereunder, is subject to an administrative civil penalty under 33 U.S.C. 1321(b)(6), as adjusted by 40 CFR 19.4.


</P>
<P>(c) Any person found to have violated any standard or order under 49 U.S.C. 60103 is subject to an administrative civil penalty not to exceed $99,704, which may be in addition to other penalties to which such person may be subject under paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
<P>(d) Any person who is determined to have violated any standard or order under 49 U.S.C. 60129 is subject to an administrative civil penalty not to exceed $1,584, which may be in addition to other penalties to which such person may be subject under paragraph (a) of this section.




</P>
<P>(e) Separate penalties for violating a regulation prescribed under this subchapter and for violating an order issued under §§ 190.206, 190.213, 190.233, or 190.239 may not be imposed under this section if both violations are based on the same act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58912, Sept. 25, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 42566, June 30, 2016; Amdt. 190-17, 82 FR 19328, Apr. 27, 2017; 84 FR 37071, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1756, Jan 11, 2021; 86 FR 23252, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15866, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1125, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89560, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106294, Dec. 30, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.225" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.6.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.225   Assessment considerations.</HEAD>
<P>In determining the amount of a civil penalty under this part,
</P>
<P>(a) The Associate Administrator will consider:
</P>
<P>(1) The nature, circumstances and gravity of the violation, including adverse impact on the environment;
</P>
<P>(2) The degree of the respondent's culpability;
</P>
<P>(3) The respondent's history of prior offenses;
</P>
<P>(4) Any good faith by the respondent in attempting to achieve compliance;
</P>
<P>(5) The effect on the respondent's ability to continue in business; and
</P>
<P>(b) The Associate Administrator may consider:
</P>
<P>(1) The economic benefit gained from violation, if readily ascertainable, without any reduction because of subsequent damages; and
</P>
<P>(2) Such other matters as justice may require.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58912, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.227" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.6.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.227   Payment of penalty.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for payments exceeding $10,000, payment of a civil penalty proposed or assessed under this subpart may be made by certified check or money order (containing the CPF Number for the case), payable to “U.S. Department of Transportation,” to the Federal Aviation Administration, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, Financial Operations Division (AMZ-341), P.O. Box 25770, Oklahoma City, OK 73125, or by wire transfer through the Federal Reserve Communications System (Fedwire) to the account of the U.S. Treasury, or via <I>https://www.pay.gov.</I> Payments exceeding $10,000 must be made by wire transfer.
</P>
<P>(b) Payment of a civil penalty assessed in a final order issued under § 190.213 or affirmed in a decision on a petition for reconsideration must be made within 20 days after receipt of the final order or decision. Failure to do so will result in the initiation of collection action, including the accrual of interest and penalties, in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717 and 49 CFR part 89. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-7, 61 FR 27792, June 3, 1996, as amended at 70 FR 11138, Mar. 8, 2005; 73 FR 16567, Mar. 28, 2008; Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58912, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 190.229-190.231" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.6.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 190.229-190.231   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="7" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.7" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Specific Relief</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.233" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.7.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.233   Corrective action orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> Except as provided by paragraph (b) of this section, if the Associate Administrator finds, after reasonable notice and opportunity for hearing in accord with paragraph (c) of this section, a particular pipeline facility is or would be hazardous to life, property, or the environment, the Associate Administrator may issue an order pursuant to this section requiring the operator of the facility to take corrective action. Corrective action may include suspended or restricted use of the facility, physical inspection, testing, repair, replacement, or other appropriate action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Waiver of notice and expedited review.</I> The Associate Administrator may waive the requirement for notice and opportunity for hearing under paragraph (a) of this section before issuing an order whenever the Associate Administrator determines that the failure to do so would result in the likelihood of serious harm to life, property, or the environment. When an order is issued under this paragraph, a respondent that contests the order may obtain expedited review of the order either by answering in writing to the order within 10 days of receipt or requesting a hearing under § 190.211 to be held as soon as practicable in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section. For purposes of this section, the term “expedited review” is defined as the process for making a prompt determination of whether the order should remain in effect or be amended or terminated. The expedited review of an order issued under this paragraph will be complete upon issuance of such determination.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice and hearing:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Written notice that OPS intends to issue an order under this section will be served upon the owner or operator of an alleged hazardous facility in accordance with § 190.5. The notice must allege the existence of a hazardous facility and state the facts and circumstances supporting the issuance of a corrective action order. The notice must provide the owner or operator with an opportunity to respond within 10 days of receipt.
</P>
<P>(2) An owner or operator that elects to exercise its opportunity for a hearing under this section must notify the Associate Administrator of that election in writing within 10 days of receipt of the notice provided under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, or the order under paragraph (b) of this section when applicable. The absence of such written notification waives an owner or operator's opportunity for a hearing.
</P>
<P>(3) At any time after issuance of a notice or order under this section, the respondent may request a copy of the case file as set forth in § 190.209.
</P>
<P>(4) A hearing under this section is conducted pursuant to § 190.211. The hearing should be held within 15 days of receipt of the respondent's request for a hearing.
</P>
<P>(5) After conclusion of a hearing under this section, the Presiding Official submits a recommended decision to the Associate Administrator as to whether or not the facility is or would be hazardous to life, property, or the environment, and if necessary, requiring expeditious corrective action. If a notice or order is contested in writing without a hearing, an attorney from the Office of Chief Counsel prepares the recommended decision. The recommended decision should be submitted to the Associate Administrator within five business days after conclusion of the hearing or after receipt of the respondent's written objection if no hearing is held. Upon receipt of the recommendation, the Associate Administrator will proceed in accordance with paragraphs (d) through (h) of this section. If the Associate Administrator finds the facility is or would be hazardous to life, property, or the environment, the Associate Administrator issues a corrective action order in accordance with this section, or confirms (or amends) the corrective action order issued under paragraph (b) of this section. If the Associate Administrator does not find the facility is or would be hazardous to life, property, or the environment, the Associate Administrator withdraws the notice or terminates the order issued under paragraph (b) of this section, and promptly notifies the operator in writing by service as prescribed in § 190.5.
</P>
<P>(d) The Associate Administrator may find a pipeline facility to be hazardous under paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) If under the facts and circumstances the Associate Administrator determines the particular facility is hazardous to life, property, or the environment; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the pipeline facility or a component thereof has been constructed or operated with any equipment, material, or technique which the Associate Administrator determines is hazardous to life, property, or the environment, unless the operator involved demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Associate Administrator that, under the particular facts and circumstances involved, such equipment, material, or technique is not hazardous.
</P>
<P>(e) In making a determination under paragraph (d) of this section, the Associate Administrator shall consider, if relevant:
</P>
<P>(1) The characteristics of the pipe and other equipment used in the pipeline facility involved, including its age, manufacturer, physical properties (including its resistance to corrosion and deterioration), and the method of its manufacture, construction or assembly;
</P>
<P>(2) The nature of the materials transported by such facility (including their corrosive and deteriorative qualities), the sequence in which such materials are transported, and the pressure required for such transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) The characteristics of the geographical areas in which the pipeline facility is located, in particular the climatic and geologic conditions (including soil characteristics) associated with such areas, and the population density and population and growth patterns of such areas;
</P>
<P>(4) Any recommendation of the National Transportation Safety Board issued in connection with any investigation conducted by the Board; and
</P>
<P>(5) Such other factors as the Associate Administrator may consider appropriate.
</P>
<P>(f) A corrective action order shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A finding that the pipeline facility is or would be hazardous to life, property, or the environment.
</P>
<P>(2) The relevant facts which form the basis of that finding.
</P>
<P>(3) The legal basis for the order.
</P>
<P>(4) The nature and description of any particular corrective action required of the respondent.
</P>
<P>(5) The date by which the required corrective action must be taken or completed and, where appropriate, the duration of the order.
</P>
<P>(6) If the opportunity for a hearing was waived pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, a statement that an opportunity for a hearing will be available at a particular time and location after issuance of the order.
</P>
<P>(g) The Associate Administrator will terminate a corrective action order whenever the Associate Administrator determines that the facility is no longer hazardous to life, property, or the environment. If appropriate, however, a notice of probable violation may be issued under § 190.207.
</P>
<P>(h) At any time after a corrective action order issued under this section has become effective, the Associate Administrator may request the Attorney General to bring an action for appropriate relief in accordance with § 190.235.
</P>
<P>(i) Upon petition by the Attorney General, the District Courts of the United States shall have jurisdiction to enforce orders issued under this section by appropriate means.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 11138, Mar. 8, 2005, as amended by Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58912, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.235" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.7.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.235   Civil actions generally.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever it appears to the Associate Administrator that a person has engaged, is engaged, or is about to engage in any act or practice constituting a violation of any provision of 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.,</I> or any regulations issued thereunder, the Administrator, or the person to whom the authority has been delegated, may request the Attorney General to bring an action in the appropriate U.S. District Court for such relief as is necessary or appropriate, including mandatory or prohibitive injunctive relief, interim equitable relief, civil penalties, and punitive damages as provided under 49 U.S.C. 60120 and 49 U.S.C. 5123.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 11139, Mar. 8, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.236" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.7.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.236   Emergency orders: Procedures for issuance and rescision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Determination of imminent hazard.</I> When the Administrator determines that an unsafe condition or practice, or a combination of unsafe conditions and practices, constitutes or is causing an imminent hazard, as defined in § 190.3, the Administrator may issue or impose an emergency order, without advance notice or an opportunity for a hearing, but only to the extent necessary to abate the imminent hazard. The order will contain a written description of:
</P>
<P>(1) The violation, condition, or practice that constitutes or is causing the imminent hazard;
</P>
<P>(2) Those entities subject to the order;
</P>
<P>(3) The restrictions, prohibitions, or safety measures imposed;
</P>
<P>(4) The standards and procedures for obtaining relief from the order;
</P>
<P>(5) How the order is tailored to abate the imminent hazard and the reasons the authorities under 49 U.S.C. 60112 and 60117(l) are insufficient to do so; and
</P>
<P>(6) How the considerations listed in paragraph (c) of this section were taken into
</P>
<P>account.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Consultation.</I> In considering the factors under paragraph (c) of this section, the Administrator shall consult, as the Administrator determines appropriate, with appropriate Federal agencies, State agencies, and other entities knowledgeable in pipeline safety or operations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Considerations.</I> Prior to issuing an emergency order, the Administrator shall consider the following, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) The impact of the emergency order on public health and safety;
</P>
<P>(2) The impact, if any, of the emergency order on the national or regional economy or national security;
</P>
<P>(3) The impact of the emergency order on the ability of owners and operators of pipeline facilities to maintain reliability and continuity of service to customers; and
</P>
<P>(4) The results of any consultations with appropriate Federal agencies, State agencies, and other entities knowledgeable in pipeline safety or operations.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Service.</I> The Administrator will provide service of emergency orders in accordance with § 190.5 to all operators of gas and hazardous liquid pipeline facilities that the Administrator reasonably expects to be affected by the emergency order. In addition, the Administrator will publish emergency orders in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and post them on the PHMSA website as soon as practicable upon issuance. Publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> will serve as general notice of an emergency order. Each emergency order must contain information specifying how pipeline operators and owners may respond to the emergency order, filing procedures, and service requirements, including the address of DOT Docket Operations and the names and addresses of all persons to be served if a petition for review is filed.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rescission.</I> If an emergency order has been in effect for more than 365 days, the Administrator will make an assessment regarding whether the unsafe condition or practice, or combination of unsafe conditions and practices, constituting or causing an imminent hazard, as defined in § 190.3, continues to exist. If the imminent hazard does not continue to exist, the Administrator will rescind the emergency order and follow the service procedures set forth in § 190.236(d). If the imminent hazard underlying the emergency order continues to exist, PHMSA will initiate a rulemaking action as soon as practicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-21, 84 FR 52027, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.237" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.7.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.237   Emergency orders: Petitions for review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements.</I> A pipeline owner or operator that is subject to and aggrieved by an emergency order may petition the Administrator for review to determine whether the order will remain in place, be modified, or be terminated. A petition for review must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing;
</P>
<P>(2) State with particularity each part of the emergency order that is sought to be modified or terminated and include all information, evidence and arguments in support thereof;
</P>
<P>(3) State whether the petitioner requests a formal hearing in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554, and, if so, any material facts in dispute; and,
</P>
<P>(4) Be filed and served in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Modification of petitions.</I> A petitioner may modify its petition for review to provide new information that materially affects the review proceeding and that is timely submitted. Where the petitioner has not requested a formal hearing, the Associate Administrator will make the determination whether to accept the new information. Where a case has been assigned for a formal hearing, the presiding administrative law judge will determine whether to accept the new information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response to the petition for review.</I> An attorney designated by the Office of Chief Counsel may file and serve, in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section, a response to the petition, including appropriate pleadings, within five calendar days of receipt of the petition by the Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Associate Administrator's responsibilities.</I>—(1) <I>Formal hearing requested.</I> Upon receipt of a petition for review that includes a formal hearing request under this section, the Associate Administrator will, within three days after receipt of the petition, assign the petition to the Office of Hearings, DOT, for a formal hearing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>No formal hearing requested.</I> Upon receipt of a petition for review that does not include a formal hearing request, the Associate Administrator will issue an administrative decision on the merits within 30 days of receipt of the petition for review. The Associate Administrator's decision constitutes the agency's final decision.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Consolidation.</I> If the Associate Administrator receives more than one petition for review and they share common issues of law or fact, the Associate Administrator may consolidate the petitions for the purpose of complying with this section, provided such consolidation occurs prior to the commencement of a formal hearing. The Associate Administrator may reassign a petition that does not request a formal hearing to the Office of Hearings, DOT, provided the petition otherwise meets the requirements for consolidation. If the Associate Administrator has consolidated multiple petitions that do not request a formal hearing, he may de-consolidate such petitions if there has been a change in circumstances that, in his discretion, warrant separation for the purpose of rendering a final decision.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Formal Hearings.</I> Formal hearings must be conducted by an administrative law judge assigned by the chief administrative law judge of the Office of Hearings, DOT. The administrative law judge may:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas as provided by the appropriate statutes and agency regulations (<I>e.g.,</I> 49 U.S.C. 60117 and 49 CFR 190.7);
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt the relevant Federal Rules of Civil Procedure for the United States District Courts for the procedures governing the hearings, when appropriate;
</P>
<P>(4) Adopt the relevant Federal Rules of Evidence for United States Courts and Magistrates for the submission of evidence, when appropriate;
</P>
<P>(5) Take or cause depositions to be taken;
</P>
<P>(6) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(7) Rule on offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
</P>
<P>(8) Convene, recess, adjourn or otherwise regulate the course of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(9) Hold conferences for settlement, simplification of the issues, or any other proper purpose; and
</P>
<P>(10) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provisions of this part and permitted by law that may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of an issue raised.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Parties.</I> The petitioner may appear and be heard in person or by an authorized representative. PHMSA will be represented by an attorney designated by the Office of Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Burden of proof.</I> Except in the case of an affirmative defense, PHMSA shall bear the burden of proving, by a preponderance of the evidence, the validity of an emergency order in a proceeding under this section by a preponderance of the evidence. A party asserting an affirmative defense shall bear the burden of proving, by a preponderance of the evidence, the affirmative defense in a proceeding under this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Filing and service.</I> (1) Each petition, pleading, motion, notice, order, or other document submitted in connection with an emergency order issued under this section must be filed (commercially delivered or submitted electronically) with: U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. All documents filed will be published on the Department's docket management website, <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I> The emergency order must state the above filing requirements and the address of DOT Docket Operations.
</P>
<P>(2) Each document filed in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section must be concurrently served upon the following persons:
</P>
<P>(i) Associate Administrator for Pipeline Safety, OPS, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, East Building, Washington, DC 20590;
</P>
<P>(ii) Chief Counsel, PHC, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, East Building, Washington, DC 20590 (facsimile: 202-366-7041); and
</P>
<P>(iii) If the petition for review requests a formal hearing, the Chief Administrative Law Judge, U.S. Department of Transportation, Office of Hearings, 1200 New Jersey Ave SE, c/o Mail Center (E11-310), Washington, DC 20590 (facsimile: 202-366-7536).
</P>
<P>(3) Service must be made in accordance with § 190.5 of this part. The emergency order must state all relevant service requirements and list the persons to be served and may be updated as necessary.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Certificate of service.</I> Each order, pleading, motion, notice, or other document must be accompanied by a certificate of service specifying the manner in which and the date on which service was made.
</P>
<P>(5) If applicable, service upon a person's duly authorized representative, agent for service, or an organization's president or chief executive officer constitutes service upon that person.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Report and recommendation.</I> The administrative law judge must issue a report and recommendation to the Associate Administrator at the close of the record. The report and recommendation must:
</P>
<P>(1) Contain findings of fact and conclusions of law and the grounds for the decision, based on the material issues of fact or law presented on the record;
</P>
<P>(2) Be served on the parties to the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be issued no later than 25 days after receipt of the petition for review by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Petition for reconsideration.</I> (1) A petitioner aggrieved by the administrative law judge's report and recommendation may file a petition for reconsideration with the Associate Administrator. The petition for reconsideration must be filed:
</P>
<P>(i) Not more than five days after the administrative law judge has issued a report and recommendation under paragraph (i) of this section, provided such report and recommendation is issued 20 days or less after the petition for review was filed with PHMSA; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Not more than two days after the administrative law judge has issued his or her report and recommendation under paragraph (h) of this section, where such report and recommendation are issued more than 20 days after the petition for review was filed with PHMSA.
</P>
<P>(2) The Associate Administrator must issue a decision on a petition for reconsideration no later than 30 days after receipt of the petition for review. Such decision constitutes final agency action on a petition for review.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Judicial review.</I> (1) After the issuance of a final agency decision pursuant to paragraphs (d)(2) or (j)(2) of this section, or the issuance of a written determination by the Administrator pursuant to paragraph (l) of this section, a pipeline owner or operator subject to and aggrieved by an emergency order issued under § 190.236 may seek judicial review of the order in the appropriate district court of the United States. The filing of an action seeking judicial review does not stay or modify the force and effect of the agency's final decision under paragraphs (d)(2) or (j)(3) of this section, or the written determination under paragraph (l) of this section, unless stayed or modified by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Expiration of order.</I> (1) <I>No petition for review filed:</I> If no petition for review is filed challenging the emergency order, then the emergency order shall remain in effect until PHMSA determines, in writing, that the imminent hazard no longer exists or the order is terminated by a court of competent jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Petition for review filed and decision rendered within 30 days.</I> If the Associate Administrator renders a final decision upon a petition for review within 30 days of its receipt by PHMSA, any elements of the emergency order upheld or modified by the decision shall remain in effect until PHMSA determines, in writing, that the imminent hazard no longer exists or the order is terminated by a court of competent jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Petition for review filed but no decision rendered within 30 days.</I> If the Associate Administrator has not reached a decision on the petition for review within 30 days of receipt of the petition for review, the emergency order will cease to be effective unless the Administrator determines, in writing, that the imminent hazard providing a basis for the emergency order continues to exist.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Time.</I> In computing any period of time prescribed by this section or an order or report and recommendation issued by an administrative law judge under this section, the day of filing of a petition for review or of any other act, event or default from which the designated period of time begins to run will not be included. The last day of the period so computed will be included, unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, in which event the period runs until end of the next day which is not one of the aforementioned days.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-21, 84 FR 52027, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.239" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.7.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.239   Safety orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When may PHMSA issue a safety order?</I> If the Associate Administrator finds, after notice and an opportunity for hearing under paragraph (b) of this section, that a particular pipeline facility has a condition or conditions that pose a pipeline integrity risk to public safety, property, or the environment, the Associate Administrator may issue an order requiring the operator of the facility to take necessary corrective action. Such action may include physical inspection, testing, repair or other appropriate action to remedy the identified risk condition.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How is an operator notified of the proposed issuance of a safety order and what are its responses options?</I> (1) <I>Notice of proposed safety order.</I> PHMSA will serve written notice of a proposed safety order under § 190.5 to an operator of the pipeline facility. The notice will allege the existence of a condition that poses a pipeline integrity risk to public safety, property, or the environment, and state the facts and circumstances that support issuing a safety order for the specified pipeline or portion thereof. The notice will also specify proposed testing, evaluations, integrity assessment, or other actions to be taken by the operator and may propose that the operator submit a work plan and schedule to address the conditions identified in the notice. The notice will also provide the operator with its response options, including procedures for requesting informal consultation and a hearing. An operator receiving a notice will have 30 days to respond to the PHMSA official who issued the notice. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Informal consultation.</I> Upon timely request by the operator, PHMSA will provide an opportunity for informal consultation concerning the proposed safety order. Such informal consultation shall commence within 30 days, provided that PHMSA may extend this time by request or otherwise for good cause. Informal consultation provides an opportunity for the respondent to explain the circumstances associated with the risk condition(s) identified in the notice and, where appropriate, to present a proposal for corrective action, without prejudice to the operator's position in any subsequent hearing. If the respondent and Regional Director agree within 30 days of the informal consultation on a plan for the operator to address each risk condition, they may enter into a written consent agreement and the Associate Administrator may issue a consent order incorporating the terms of the agreement. If a consent agreement is reached, no further hearing will be provided in the matter and any pending hearing request will be considered withdrawn. If a consent agreement is not reached within 30 days of the informal consultation (or if informal consultation is not requested), the Associate Administrator may proceed under paragraphs (b)(3) through (5) of this section. If PHMSA subsequently determines that an operator has failed to comply with the terms of a consent order, PHMSA may obtain any administrative or judicial remedies available under 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I> and this part. If a consent agreement is not reached, any admissions made by the operator during the informal consultation shall be excluded from the record in any subsequent hearing. Nothing in this paragraph (b) precludes PHMSA from terminating the informal consultation process if it has reason to believe that the operator is not engaging in good faith discussions or otherwise concludes that further consultation would not be productive or in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Hearing.</I> An operator receiving a notice of proposed safety order may contest the notice, or any portion thereof, by filing a written request for a hearing within 30 days following receipt of the notice or within 10 days following the conclusion of informal consultation that did not result in a consent agreement, as applicable. In the absence of a timely request for a hearing, the Associate Administrator may issue a safety order in the form of the proposed order in accordance with paragraphs (c) through (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Conduct of hearing.</I> An attorney from the Office of Chief Counsel, will serve as the Presiding Official in a hearing under this section. The hearing will be conducted informally, without strict adherence to formal rules of evidence in accordance with § 190.211. The respondent may submit any relevant information or materials, call witnesses, and present arguments on the issue of whether a safety order should be issued to address the alleged presence of a condition that poses a pipeline integrity risk to public safety, property, or the environment.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Post-hearing action.</I> Following a hearing under this section, the Presiding Official will submit a recommendation to the Associate Administrator concerning issuance of a final safety order. Upon receipt of the recommendation, the Associate Administrator may proceed under paragraphs (c) through (g) of this section. If the Associate Administrator finds the facility to have a condition that poses a pipeline integrity risk to public safety, property, or the environment, the Associate Administrator will issue a safety order under this section. If the Associate Administrator does not find that the facility has such a condition, or concludes that a safety order is otherwise not warranted, the Associate Administrator will withdraw the notice and promptly notify the operator in writing by service as prescribed in § 190.5. Nothing in this subsection precludes PHMSA and the operator from entering into a consent agreement at any time before a safety order is issued.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Termination of safety order.</I> Once all remedial actions set forth in the safety order and associated work plans are completed, as determined by PHMSA, the Associate Administrator will notify the operator that the safety order has been lifted. The Associate Administrator shall suspend or terminate a safety order whenever the Associate Administrator determines that the pipeline facility no longer has a condition or conditions that pose a pipeline integrity risk to public safety, property, or the environment.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>How is the determination made that a pipeline facility has a condition that poses an integrity risk?</I> The Associate Administrator may find a pipeline facility to have a condition that poses a pipeline integrity risk to public safety, property, or the environment under paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) If under the facts and circumstances the Associate Administrator determines the particular facility has such a condition; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the pipeline facility or a component thereof has been constructed or operated with any equipment, material, or technique with a history of being susceptible to failure when used in pipeline service, unless the operator involved demonstrates that such equipment, material, or technique is not susceptible to failure given the manner it is being used for a particular facility.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>What factors must PHMSA consider in making a determination that a risk condition is present?</I> In making a determination under paragraph (c) of this section, the Associate Administrator shall consider, if relevant:
</P>
<P>(1) The characteristics of the pipe and other equipment used in the pipeline facility involved, including its age, manufacturer, physical properties (including its resistance to corrosion and deterioration), and the method of its manufacture, construction or assembly;
</P>
<P>(2) The nature of the materials transported by such facility (including their corrosive and deteriorative qualities), the sequence in which such materials are transported, and the pressure required for such transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) The characteristics of the geographical areas where the pipeline facility is located, in particular the climatic and geologic conditions (including soil characteristics) associated with such areas;
</P>
<P>(4) For hazardous liquid pipelines, the proximity of the pipeline to an unusually sensitive area;
</P>
<P>(5) The population density and growth patterns of the area in which the pipeline facility is located;
</P>
<P>(6) Any relevant recommendation of the National Transportation Safety Board issued in connection with any investigation conducted by the Board;
</P>
<P>(7) The likelihood that the condition will impair the serviceability of the pipeline;
</P>
<P>(8) The likelihood that the condition will worsen over time; and
</P>
<P>(9) The likelihood that the condition is present or could develop on other areas of the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>What information will be included in a safety order?</I> A safety order shall contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A finding that the pipeline facility has a condition that poses a pipeline integrity risk to public safety, property, or the environment;
</P>
<P>(2) The relevant facts which form the basis of that finding;
</P>
<P>(3) The legal basis for the order;
</P>
<P>(4) The nature and description of any particular corrective actions to be required of the operator; and
</P>
<P>(5) The date(s) by which the required corrective actions must be taken or completed and, where appropriate, the duration of the order.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Can PHMSA take other enforcement actions on the affected facilities?</I> Nothing in this section precludes PHMSA from issuing a Notice of Probable Violation under § 190.207 or taking other enforcement action if noncompliance is identified at the facilities that are the subject of a safety order proceeding.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>May I petition for reconsideration of a safety order?</I> Yes, a petition for reconsideration may be submitted in accordance with § 190.243.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 16567, Mar. 28, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 2893, Jan. 16, 2009; Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58913, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.241" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.7.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.241   Finality.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided by § 190.243, an order directing amendment issued under § 190.206, a final order issued under § 190.213, a corrective action order issued under § 190.233, or a safety order issued under § 190.239 is considered final administrative action on that enforcement proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58913, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.243" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.2.7.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.243   Petitions for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A respondent may petition the Associate Administrator for reconsideration of an order directing amendment of plans or procedures issued under § 190.206, a final order issued under § 190.213, or a safety order issued under § 190.239. The written petition must be received no later than 20 days after receipt of the order by the respondent. A copy of the petition must be provided to the Chief Counsel of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, East Building, 2nd Floor, Mail Stop E26-105, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590 or by email to <I>phmsachiefcounsel@dot.gov.</I> Petitions received after that time will not be considered. The petition must contain a brief statement of the complaint and an explanation as to why the order should be reconsidered.
</P>
<P>(b) If the respondent requests the consideration of additional facts or arguments, the respondent must submit the reasons why they were not presented prior to issuance of the final order.
</P>
<P>(c) The filing of a petition under this section stays the payment of any civil penalty assessed. However, unless the Associate Administrator otherwise provides, the order, including any required corrective action, is not stayed.
</P>
<P>(d) The Associate Administrator may grant or deny, in whole or in part, any petition for reconsideration without further proceedings. If the Associate Administrator reconsiders an order under this section, a final decision on reconsideration may be issued without further proceedings, or, in the alternative, additional information, data, and comment may be requested by the Associate Administrator, as deemed appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) It is the policy of the Associate Administrator to expeditiously issue notice of the action taken on a petition for reconsideration. In cases where a substantial delay is expected, notice of that fact and the date by which it is expected that action will be taken is provided to the respondent upon request and whenever practicable.
</P>
<P>(f) If the Associate Administrator reconsiders an order under this section, the decision on reconsideration is the final administrative action on that enforcement proceeding.
</P>
<P>(g) Any application for judicial review must be filed no later than 89 days after the issuance of the decision in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 60119(a).
</P>
<P>(h) Judicial review of agency action under 49 U.S.C. 60119(a) will apply the standards of review established in 5 U.S.C. 706.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58913, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Criminal Enforcement</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58914, Sept. 25, 2013, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 190.291" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.3.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.291   Criminal penalties generally.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who willfully and knowingly violates a provision of 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I> or any regulation or order issued thereunder will upon conviction be subject to a fine under title 18, United States Code, and imprisonment for not more than five years, or both, for each offense.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who willfully and knowingly injures or destroys, or attempts to injure or destroy, any interstate transmission facility, any interstate pipeline facility, or any intrastate pipeline facility used in interstate or foreign commerce or in any activity affecting interstate or foreign commerce (as those terms are defined in 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>) will, upon conviction, be subject to a fine under title 18, United States Code, imprisonment for a term not to exceed 20 years, or both, for each offense.
</P>
<P>(c) Any person who willfully and knowingly defaces, damages, removes, or destroys any pipeline sign, right-of-way marker, or marine buoy required by 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I> or any regulation or order issued thereunder will, upon conviction, be subject to a fine under title 18, United States Code, imprisonment for a term not to exceed 1 year, or both, for each offense.
</P>
<P>(d) Any person who willfully and knowingly engages in excavation activity without first using an available one-call notification system to establish the location of underground facilities in the excavation area; or without considering location information or markings established by a pipeline facility operator; and
</P>
<P>(1) Subsequently damages a pipeline facility resulting in death, serious bodily harm, or property damage exceeding $50,000;
</P>
<P>(2) Subsequently damages a pipeline facility and knows or has reason to know of the damage but fails to promptly report the damage to the operator and to the appropriate authorities; or
</P>
<P>(3) Subsequently damages a hazardous liquid pipeline facility that results in the release of more than 50 barrels of product; will, upon conviction, be subject to a fine under title 18, United States Code, imprisonment for a term not to exceed 5 years, or both, for each offense.
</P>
<P>(e) No person shall be subject to criminal penalties under paragraph (a) of this section for violation of any regulation and the violation of any order issued under §§ 190.217, 190.219 or 190.291 if both violations are based on the same act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.293" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.3.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.293   Criminal referrals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a PHMSA employee becomes aware of any actual or possible activity subject to criminal penalties under § 190.291, the employee must report it to the Office of Chief Counsel, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, and to the employee's supervisor. The Chief Counsel may refer the report to the Associate Administrator to investigate. If appropriate, the Chief Counsel shall refer the report to the Office of Inspector General, or other law enforcement as appropriate (with notification to the Office of Inspector General as soon as possible).
</P>
<P>(b) A PHMSA employee also has the option of making a direct referral to the Office of Inspector General (OIG), either by directly contacting an OIG investigator, or via the OIG hotline at 800-424-9071, at <I>https://www.oig.dot.gov/hotline,</I> by email at <I>hotline@oig.dot.gov,</I> or by mail to the Office of Inspector General, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, West Bldg. 7th Floor, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 28781, May 11, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Procedures for Adoption of Rules</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 190-8, 61 FR 50909, Sept. 27, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 190.301" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.301   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes general rulemaking procedures for the issue, amendment, and repeal of Pipeline Safety Program regulations of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration of the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-8, 61 FR 50909, Sept. 27, 1996, as amended at 70 FR 11137, Mar. 8, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.303" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.303   Delegations.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this subpart, <I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, or his or her delegate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-8, 61 FR 50909, Sept. 27, 1996, as amended at 70 FR 11137, Mar. 8, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.305" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.305   Regulatory dockets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Information and data considered relevant by the Administrator relating to rulemaking actions, including notices of proposed rulemaking; comments received in response to notices; petitions for rulemaking and reconsideration; denials of petitions for rulemaking and reconsideration; records of additional rulemaking proceedings under § 190.325; and final regulations are maintained by the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration at 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE, Washington, D.C. 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(b) Once a public docket is established, docketed material may be accessed at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I> Public comments also may be submitted at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I> Comment submissions must identify the docket number. You may also examine public docket material at the offices of the Docket Operations Facility (M-30), U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building, First Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may obtain a copy during normal business hours, excluding Federal holidays, for a fee, with the exception of material which the Administrator of PHMSA determines should be withheld from public disclosure under 5 U.S.C. 552(b) or any other applicable statutory provision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-8, 61 FR 50909, Sept. 27, 1996, as amended at 70 FR 11137, 11139, Mar. 8, 2005; 73 FR 16566, Mar. 28, 2008; 73 FR 16568, Mar. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.307" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.307   Records.</HEAD>
<P>Records of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration relating to rulemaking proceedings are available for inspection as provided in section 552(b) of title 5, United States Code, and part 7 of the Regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation (part 7 of this title).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-8, 61 FR 50909, Sept. 27, 1996, as amended at 70 FR 11137, Mar. 8, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.309" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.309   Where to file petitions.</HEAD>
<P>Petitions for extension of time to comment submitted under § 190.319, petitions for hearings submitted under § 190.327, petitions for rulemaking submitted under § 190.331, and petitions for reconsideration submitted under § 190.335 must be submitted to: Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE, Washington, D.C. 20590-0001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-8, 61 FR 50909, Sept. 27, 1996, as amended at 70 FR 11137, Mar. 8, 2005; 73 FR 16566, Mar. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.311" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.311   General.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the Administrator, for good cause, finds that notice is impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest, and incorporates that finding and a brief statement of the reasons for it in the rule, a notice of proposed rulemaking is issued and interested persons are invited to participate in the rulemaking proceedings with respect to each substantive rule.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.313" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.313   Initiation of rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator initiates rulemaking on his or her own motion; however, in so doing, the Administrator may use discretion to consider the recommendations of other agencies of the United States or of other interested persons including those of any technical advisory body established by statute for that purpose.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.315" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.315   Contents of notices of proposed rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each notice of proposed rulemaking is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> unless all persons subject to it are named and are personally served with a copy of it.
</P>
<P>(b) Each notice, whether published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or personally served, includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the time, place, and nature of the proposed rulemaking proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) A reference to the authority under which it is issued;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the subjects and issues involved or the substance and terms of the proposed regulation;
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the time within which written comments must be submitted; and
</P>
<P>(5) A statement of how and to what extent interested persons may participate in the proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.317" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.317   Participation by interested persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interested person may participate in rulemaking proceedings by submitting comments in writing containing information, views or arguments in accordance with instructions for participation in the rulemaking document.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator may invite any interested person to participate in the rulemaking proceedings described in § 190.325.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of this subpart, an interested person includes any Federal or State government agency or any political subdivision of a State.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.319" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.319   Petitions for extension of time to comment.</HEAD>
<P>A petition for extension of the time to submit comments must be submitted to PHMSA in accordance with § 190.309 and received by PHMSA not later than 10 days before expiration of the time stated in the notice. The filing of the petition does not automatically extend the time for petitioner's comments. A petition is granted only if the petitioner shows good cause for the extension, and if the extension is consistent with the public interest. If an extension is granted, it is granted to all persons, and it is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58914, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.321" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.321   Contents of written comments.</HEAD>
<P>All written comments must be in English. Any interested person should submit as part of written comments all material considered relevant to any statement of fact. Incorporation of material by reference should be avoided; however, where necessary, such incorporated material must be identified by document title and page.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58914, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.323" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.323   Consideration of comments received.</HEAD>
<P>All timely comments and the recommendations of any technical advisory body established by statute for the purpose of reviewing the proposed rule concerned are considered before final action is taken on a rulemaking proposal. Late filed comments are considered so far as practicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.325" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.325   Additional rulemaking proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may initiate any further rulemaking proceedings that the Administrator finds necessary or desirable. For example, interested persons may be invited to make oral arguments, to participate in conferences between the Administrator or the Administrator's representative and interested persons, at which minutes of the conference are kept, to appear at informal hearings presided over by officials designated by the Administrator at which a transcript of minutes are kept, or participate in any other proceeding to assure informed administrative action and to protect the public interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.327" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.327   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a notice of proposed rulemaking does not provide for a hearing, any interested person may petition the Administrator for an informal hearing. The petition must be received by the Administrator not later than 20 days before expiration of the time stated in the notice. The filing of the petition does not automatically result in the scheduling of a hearing. A petition is granted only if the petitioner shows good cause for a hearing. If a petition for a hearing is granted, notice of the hearing is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) Sections 556 and 557 of title 5, United States Code, do not apply to hearings held under this subpart. Unless otherwise specified, hearings held under this subpart are informal, non-adversarial fact-finding proceedings, at which there are no formal pleadings or adverse parties. Any regulation issued in a case in which an informal hearing is held is not necessarily based exclusively on the record of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator designates a representative to conduct any hearing held under this subpart. The Chief Counsel designates a member of his or her staff to serve as legal officer at the hearing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-8, 61 FR 50909, Sept. 27, 1996. Redesignated and amended by Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58914, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.329" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.329   Adoption of final rules.</HEAD>
<P>Final rules are prepared by representatives of the Office of Pipeline Safety and the Office of the Chief Counsel. The regulation is then submitted to the Administrator for consideration. If the Administrator adopts the regulation, it is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> unless all persons subject to it are named and are personally served with a copy of it.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.331" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.331   Petitions for rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interested person may petition the Associate Administrator for Pipeline Safety to establish, amend, or repeal a substantive regulation, or may petition the Chief Counsel to establish, amend, or repeal a procedural regulation.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition filed under this section must—
</P>
<P>(1) Summarize the proposed action and explain its purpose;
</P>
<P>(2) State the text of the proposed rule or amendment, or specify the rule proposed to be repealed;
</P>
<P>(3) Explain the petitioner's interest in the proposed action and the interest of any party the petitioner represents; and
</P>
<P>(4) Provide information and arguments that support the proposed action, including relevant technical, scientific or other data as available to the petitioner, and any specific known cases that illustrate the need for the proposed action.
</P>
<P>(c) If the potential impact of the proposed action is substantial, and information and data related to that impact are available to the petitioner, the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel may request the petitioner to provide—
</P>
<P>(1) The costs and benefits to society and identifiable groups within society, quantifiable and otherwise;
</P>
<P>(2) The direct effects (including preemption effects) of the proposed action on States, on the relationship between the Federal Government and the States, and on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government;
</P>
<P>(3) The regulatory burden on small businesses, small organizations and small governmental jurisdictions; 
</P>
<P>(4) The recordkeeping and reporting requirements and to whom they would apply; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Impacts on the quality of the natural and social environments. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Associate Administrator or Chief Counsel may return a petition that does not comply with the requirements of this section, accompanied by a written statement indicating the deficiencies in the petition. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.333" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.333   Processing of petition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Unless the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel otherwise specifies, no public hearing, argument, or other proceeding is held directly on a petition before its disposition under this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Grants.</I> If the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel determines that the petition contains adequate justification, he or she initiates rulemaking action under this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Denials.</I> If the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel determines that the petition does not justify rulemaking, the petition is denied. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification.</I> The Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel will notify a petitioner, in writing, of the decision to grant or deny a petition for rulemaking. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.335" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.335   Petitions for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 190.339(d), any interested person may petition the Associate Administrator for reconsideration of any regulation issued under this subpart, or may petition the Chief Counsel for reconsideration of any procedural regulation issued under this subpart and contained in this subpart. The petition must be received not later than 30 days after publication of the rule in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Petitions filed after that time will be considered as petitions filed under § 190.331. The petition must contain a brief statement of the complaint and an explanation as to why compliance with the rule is not practicable, is unreasonable, or is not in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(b) If the petitioner requests the consideration of additional facts, the petitioner must state the reason they were not presented to the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel within the prescribed time. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel does not consider repetitious petitions. 
</P>
<P>(d) Unless the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel otherwise provides, the filing of a petition under this section does not stay the effectiveness of the rule. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-8, 61 FR 50909, Sept. 27, 1996. Redesignated and amended by Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58914, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.337" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.337   Proceedings on petitions for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel may grant or deny, in whole or in part, any petition for reconsideration without further proceedings, except where a grant of the petition would result in issuance of a new final rule. In the event that the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel determines to reconsider any regulation, a final decision on reconsideration may be issued without further proceedings, or an opportunity to submit comment or information and data as deemed appropriate, may be provided. Whenever the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel determines that a petition should be granted or denied, the Office of the Chief Counsel prepares a notice of the grant or denial of a petition for reconsideration, for issuance to the petitioner, and the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel issues it to the petitioner. The Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel may consolidate petitions relating to the same rules. 
</P>
<P>(b) It is the policy of the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel to issue notice of the action taken on a petition for reconsideration within 90 days after the date on which the regulation in question is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> unless it is found impracticable to take action within that time. In cases where it is so found and the delay beyond that period is expected to be substantial, notice of that fact and the date by which it is expected that action will be taken is issued to the petitioner and published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.338" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.338   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interested person may appeal a denial of the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel, issued under § 190.333 or § 190.337, to the Administrator. 
</P>
<P>(b) An appeal must be received within 20 days of service of written notice to petitioner of the Associate Administrator's or the Chief Counsel's decision, or within 20 days from the date of publication of the decision in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> and should set forth the contested aspects of the decision as well as any new arguments or information. 
</P>
<P>(c) Unless the Administrator otherwise provides, the filing of an appeal under this section does not stay the effectiveness of any rule. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-8, 61 FR 50909, Sept. 27, 1996. Redesignated and amended by Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58914, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.339" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.339   Direct final rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where practicable, the Administrator will use direct final rulemaking to issue the following types of rules: 
</P>
<P>(1) Minor, substantive changes to regulations; 
</P>
<P>(2) Incorporation by reference of the latest edition of technical or industry standards; 
</P>
<P>(3) Extensions of compliance dates; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Other noncontroversial rules where the Administrator determines that use of direct final rulemaking is in the public interest, and that a regulation is unlikely to result in adverse comment. 
</P>
<P>(b) The direct final rule will state an effective date. The direct final rule will also state that unless an adverse comment or notice of intent to file an adverse comment is received within the specified comment period, generally 60 days after publication of the direct final rule in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> the Administrator will issue a confirmation document, generally within 15 days after the close of the comment period, advising the public that the direct final rule will either become effective on the date stated in the direct final rule or at least 30 days after the publication date of the confirmation document, whichever is later. 
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, an adverse comment is one which explains why the rule would be inappropriate, including a challenge to the rule's underlying premise or approach, or would be ineffective or unacceptable without a change. Comments that are frivolous or insubstantial will not be considered adverse under this procedure. A comment recommending a rule change in addition to the rule will not be considered an adverse comment, unless the commenter states why the rule would be ineffective without the additional change. 
</P>
<P>(d) Only parties who filed comments to a direct final rule issued under this section may petition under § 190.335 for reconsideration of that direct final rule. 
</P>
<P>(e) If an adverse comment or notice of intent to file an adverse comment is received, a timely document will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> advising the public and withdrawing the direct final rule in whole or in part. The Administrator may then incorporate the adverse comment into a subsequent direct final rule or may publish a notice of proposed rulemaking. A notice of proposed rulemaking will provide an opportunity for public comment, generally a minimum of 60 days, and will be processed in accordance with §§ 190.311-190.329.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.341" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.341   Special permits.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="12">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 21967, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="17">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 21978, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) <I>What is a special permit?</I> A special permit is an order by which PHMSA waives compliance with one or more of the Federal pipeline safety regulations under the standards set forth in 49 U.S.C. 60118(c) and subject to conditions set forth in the order. A special permit is issued to a pipeline operator (or prospective operator) for specified facilities that are or, absent waiver, would be subject to the regulation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How do I apply for a special permit?</I> Applications for special permits must be submitted at least 120 days before the requested effective date using any of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(1) Direct fax to PHMSA at: 202-366-4566; or
</P>
<P>(2) Mail, express mail, or overnight courier to the Associate Administrator for Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., East Building, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>What information must be contained in the application?</I> Applications must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, mailing address, and telephone number of the applicant and whether the applicant is an operator;
</P>
<P>(2) A detailed description of the pipeline facilities for which the special permit is sought, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The beginning and ending points of the pipeline mileage to be covered and the Counties and States in which it is located;
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the pipeline is interstate or intrastate and a general description of the right-of-way including proximity of the affected segments to populated areas and unusually sensitive areas;
</P>
<P>(iii) Relevant pipeline design and construction information including the year of installation, the material, grade, diameter, wall thickness, and coating type; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Relevant operating information including operating pressure, leak history, and most recent testing or assessment results;
</P>
<P>(3) A list of the specific regulation(s) from which the applicant seeks relief;
</P>
<P>(4) An explanation of the unique circumstances that the applicant believes make the applicability of that regulation or standard (or portion thereof) unnecessary or inappropriate for its facility;
</P>
<P>(5) A description of any measures or activities the applicant proposes to undertake as an alternative to compliance with the relevant regulation, including an explanation of how such measures will mitigate any safety or environmental risks;
</P>
<P>(6) A description of any positive or negative impacts on affected stakeholders and a statement indicating how operating the pipeline pursuant to a special permit would be in the public interest;
</P>
<P>(7) A certification that operation of the applicant's pipeline under the requested special permit would not be inconsistent with pipeline safety; 
</P>
<P>(8) Any other information PHMSA may need to process the application including environmental analysis where necessary.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>How does PHMSA handle special permit applications?</I>—(1) <I>Public notice.</I> Upon receipt of an application or renewal of a special permit, PHMSA will provide notice to the public of its intent to consider the application and invite comment. In addition, PHMSA may consult with other Federal agencies before granting or denying an application or renewal on matters that PHMSA believes may have significance for proceedings under their areas of responsibility.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Grants, renewals, and denials.</I> If the Associate Administrator determines that the application complies with the requirements of this section and that the waiver of the relevant regulation or standard is not inconsistent with pipeline safety, the Associate Administrator may grant the application, in whole or in part, for a period of time from the date granted. Conditions may be imposed on the grant if the Associate Administrator concludes they are necessary to assure safety, environmental protection, or are otherwise in the public interest. If the Associate Administrator determines that the application does not comply with the requirements of this section or that a waiver is not justified, the application will be denied. Whenever the Associate Administrator grants or denies an application, notice of the decision will be provided to the applicant. PHMSA will post all special permits on its Web site at <I>http://www.phmsa.dot.gov/.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) <I>How does PHMSA handle special permit renewals?</I> (1) The grantee of the special permit must apply for a renewal of the permit 180 days prior to the permit expiration.
</P>
<P>(2) If, at least 180 days before an existing special permit expires the holder files an application for renewal that is complete and conforms to the requirements of this section, the special permit will not expire until final administrative action on the application for renewal has been taken:
</P>
<P>(i) Direct fax to PHMSA at: 202-366-4566; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Express mail, or overnight courier to the Associate Administrator for Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>What information must be included in the renewal application?</I> (1) The renewal application must include a copy of the original special permit, the docket number on the special permit, and the following information as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) A summary report in accordance with the requirements of the original special permit including verification that the grantee's operations and maintenance plan (O&amp;M Plan) is consistent with the conditions of the special permit;
</P>
<P>(ii) Name, mailing address and telephone number of the special permit grantee;
</P>
<P>(iii) Location of special permit—areas on the pipeline where the special permit is applicable including: Diameter, mile posts, county, and state;
</P>
<P>(iv) Applicable usage of the special permit—original and future; and
</P>
<P>(v) Data for the special permit segment and area identified in the special permit as needing additional inspections to include, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(A) Pipe attributes: Pipe diameter, wall thickness, grade, seam type; and pipe coating including girth weld coating;
</P>
<P>(B) Operating Pressure: Maximum allowable operating pressure (MAOP); class location (including boundaries on aerial photography);
</P>
<P>(C) High Consequence Areas (HCAs): HCA boundaries on aerial photography;
</P>
<P>(D) Material Properties: Pipeline material documentation for all pipe, fittings, flanges, and any other facilities included in the special permit. Material documentation must include: Yield strength, tensile strength, chemical composition, wall thickness, and seam type;
</P>
<P>(E) Test Pressure: Hydrostatic test pressure and date including pressure and temperature charts and logs and any known test failures or leaks;
</P>
<P>(F) In-line inspection (ILI): Summary of ILI survey results from all ILI tools used on the special permit segments during the previous five years or latest ILI survey result;
</P>
<P>(G) Integrity Data and Integration: The following information, as applicable, for the past five (5) years: Hydrostatic test pressure including any known test failures or leaks; casings(any shorts); any in-service ruptures or leaks; close interval survey (CIS) surveys; depth of cover surveys; rectifier readings; test point survey readings; alternating current/direct current (AC/DC) interference surveys; pipe coating surveys; pipe coating and anomaly evaluations from pipe excavations; stress corrosion cracking (SCC), selective seam weld corrosion (SSWC) and hard spot excavations and findings; and pipe exposures from encroachments;
</P>
<P>(H) In-service: Any in-service ruptures or leaks including repair type and failure investigation findings; and
</P>
<P>(I) Aerial Photography: Special permit segment and special permit inspection area, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) PHMSA may request additional operational, integrity or environmental assessment information prior to granting any request for special permit renewal.
</P>
<P>(3) The existing special permit will remain in effect until PHMSA acts on the application for renewal by granting or denying the request.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Can a special permit be requested on an emergency basis?</I> Yes. PHMSA may grant an application for an emergency special permit without notice and comment or hearing if the Associate Administrator determines that such action is in the public interest, is not inconsistent with pipeline safety, and is necessary to address an actual or impending emergency involving pipeline transportation. For purposes of this section, an emergency event may be local, regional, or national in scope and includes significant fuel supply disruptions and natural or manmade disasters such as hurricanes, floods, earthquakes, terrorist acts, biological outbreaks, releases of dangerous radiological, chemical, or biological materials, war-related activities, or other similar events. PHMSA will determine on a case-by-case basis what duration is necessary to address the emergency. However, as required by statute, no emergency special permit may be issued for a period of more than 60 days. Each emergency special permit will automatically expire on the date specified in the permit. Emergency special permits may be renewed upon application to PHMSA only after notice and opportunity for a hearing on the renewal.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>How do I apply for an emergency special permit?</I> Applications for emergency special permits may be submitted to PHMSA using any of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(1) Direct fax to the Crisis Management Center at: 202-366-3768;
</P>
<P>(2) Direct e-mail to PHMSA at: <I>phmsa.pipeline-emergencyspecpermit@dot.gov</I>; or
</P>
<P>(3) Express mail/overnight courier to the Associate Administrator for Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., East Building, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>What must be contained in an application for an emergency special permit?</I> In addition to the information required under paragraph (c) of this section, applications for emergency special permits must include:
</P>
<P>(1) An explanation of the actual or impending emergency and how the applicant is affected;
</P>
<P>(2) A citation of the regulations that are implicated and the specific reasons the permit is necessary to address the emergency (e.g., lack of accessibility, damaged equipment, insufficient manpower);
</P>
<P>(3) A statement indicating how operating the pipeline pursuant to an emergency special permit is in the public interest (e.g., continuity of service, service restoration);
</P>
<P>(4) A description of any proposed alternatives to compliance with the regulation (e.g., additional inspections and tests, shortened reassessment intervals); and
</P>
<P>(5) A description of any measures to be taken after the emergency situation or permit expires—whichever comes first—to confirm long-term operational reliability of the pipeline facility.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">g</E>):</HED>
<P>If PHMSA determines that handling of the application on an emergency basis is not warranted, PHMSA will notify the applicant and process the application under normal special permit procedures of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(j) <I>In what circumstances will PHMSA revoke, suspend, or modify a special permit?</I> (1) PHMSA may revoke, suspend, or modify a special permit on a finding that:
</P>
<P>(i) Intervening changes in Federal law mandate revocation, suspension, or modification of the special permit;
</P>
<P>(ii) Based on a material change in conditions or circumstances, continued adherence to the terms of the special permit would be inconsistent with safety;
</P>
<P>(iii) The application contained inaccurate or incomplete information, and the special permit would not have been granted had the application been accurate and complete;
</P>
<P>(iv) The application contained deliberately inaccurate or incomplete information; or
</P>
<P>(v) The holder has failed to comply with any material term or condition of the special permit. 
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(3) of this section, before a special permit is modified, suspended or revoked, PHMSA will notify the holder in writing of the proposed action and the reasons for it, and provide an opportunity to show cause why the proposed action should not be taken.
</P>
<P>(i) The holder may file a written response that shows cause why the proposed action should not be taken within 30 days of receipt of notice of the proposed action.
</P>
<P>(ii) After considering the holder's written response, or after 30 days have passed without response since receipt of the notice, PHMSA will notify the holder in writing of the final decision with a brief statement of reasons.
</P>
<P>(3) If necessary to avoid a risk of significant harm to persons, property, or the environment, PHMSA may in the notification declare the proposed action immediately effective.
</P>
<P>(4) Unless otherwise specified, the terms and conditions of a corrective action order, compliance order, or other order applicable to a pipeline facility covered by a special permit will take precedence over the terms of the special permit.
</P>
<P>(5) A special permit holder may seek reconsideration of a decision under paragraph (h) of this section as provided in paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Can a denial of a request for a special permit or a revocation of an existing special permit be appealed?</I> Reconsideration of the denial of an application for a special permit or a revocation of an existing special permit may be sought by petition to the Associate Administrator. Petitions for reconsideration must be received by PHMSA within 20 calendar days of the notice of the grant or denial and must contain a brief statement of the issue and an explanation of why the petitioner believes that the decision being appealed is not in the public interest. The Associate Administrator may grant or deny, in whole or in part, any petition for reconsideration without further proceedings. The Associate Administrator's decision is the final administrative action.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Are documents related to an application for a special permit available for public inspection?</I> Documents related to an application, including the application itself, are available for public inspection on regulations.gov or the Docket Operations Facility to the extent such documents do not include information exempt from public disclosure under 5 U.S.C. 552(b). Applicants may request confidential treatment under part 7 of this title.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Am I subject to enforcement action for non-compliance with the terms and conditions of a special permit?</I> Yes. PHMSA inspects for compliance with the terms and conditions of special permits and if a probable violation is identified, PHMSA will initiate one or more of the enforcement actions under subpart B of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 16568, Mar. 28, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 2893, Jan. 16, 2009; Amdt. 190-16, 78 FR 58914, Sept. 25, 2013; Amdt. 190-19, 82 FR 7995, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.343" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.4.8.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.343   Information made available to the public and request for protection of confidential commercial information.</HEAD>
<P>When you submit information to PHMSA during a rulemaking proceeding, as part of your application for special permit or renewal, or for any other reason, we may make that information publicly available unless you ask that we keep the information confidential.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Asking for protection of confidential commercial information.</I> You may ask us to give confidential treatment to information you give to the agency by taking the following steps:
</P>
<P>(1) Mark “confidential” on each page of the original document you would like to keep confidential.
</P>
<P>(2) Send us, along with the original document, a second copy of the original document with the confidential commercial information deleted.
</P>
<P>(3) Explain why the information you are submitting is confidential commercial information.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>PHMSA decision.</I> PHMSA will treat as confidential the information that you submitted in accordance with this section, unless we notify you otherwise. If PHMSA decides to disclose the information, PHMSA will review your request to protect confidential commercial information under the criteria set forth in the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552, including following the consultation procedures set out in the Departmental FOIA regulations, 49 CFR 7.29. If PHMSA decides to disclose the information over your objections, we will notify you in writing at least five business days before the intended disclosure date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 190-19, 82 FR 7995, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Cost Recovery for Design Reviews</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 190-19, 82 FR 7996, Jan. 23, 2017, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 190.401" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.5.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.401   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>If PHMSA conducts a facility design and/or construction safety review or inspection in connection with a proposal to construct, expand, or operate a gas, hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline facility, or a liquefied natural gas facility that meets the applicability requirements in § 190.403, PHMSA may require the applicant proposing the project to pay the costs incurred by PHMSA relating to such review, including the cost of design and construction safety reviews or inspections.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.403" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.5.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.403   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The following paragraph specifies which projects will be subject to the cost recovery requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) This section applies to any project that—
</P>
<P>(1) Has design and construction costs totaling at least $2,500,000,000, as periodically adjusted by PHMSA, to take into account increases in the Consumer Price Index for all urban consumers published by the Department of Labor, based on—
</P>
<P>(i) The cost estimate provided to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission in an application for a certificate of public convenience and necessity for a gas pipeline facility or an application for authorization for a liquefied natural gas pipeline facility; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A good faith estimate developed by the applicant proposing a hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline facility and submitted to the Associate Administrator. The good faith estimate for design and construction costs must include all of the applicable cost items contained in the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission application referenced in § 190.403(a)(1)(i) for a gas or LNG facility. In addition, an applicant must take into account all survey, design, material, permitting, right-of way acquisition, construction, testing, commissioning, start-up, construction financing, environmental protection, inspection, material transportation, sales tax, project contingency, and all other applicable costs, including all segments, facilities, and multi-year phases of the project;
</P>
<P>(2) Uses new or novel technologies or design, as defined in § 190.3.
</P>
<P>(b) The Associate Administrator may not collect design safety review fees under this section and 49 U.S.C. 60301 for the same design safety review.
</P>
<P>(c) The Associate Administrator, after receipt of the design specifications, construction plans and procedures, and related materials, determines if cost recovery is necessary. The Associate Administrator's determination is based on the amount of PHMSA resources needed to ensure safety and environmental protection.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.405" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.5.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.405   Notification.</HEAD>
<P>For any new pipeline facility construction project in which PHMSA will conduct a design review, the applicant proposing the project must notify PHMSA and provide the design specifications, construction plans and procedures, project schedule and related materials at least 120 days prior to the commencement of any of the following activities: Route surveys for construction, material manufacturing, offsite facility fabrications, construction equipment move-in activities, onsite or offsite fabrications, personnel support facility construction, and any offsite or onsite facility construction. To the maximum extent practicable, but not later than 90 days after receiving such design specifications, construction plans and procedures, and related materials, PHMSA will provide written comments, feedback, and guidance on the project.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.407" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.5.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.407   Master Agreement.</HEAD>
<P>PHMSA and the applicant will enter into an agreement within 60 days after PHMSA received notification from the applicant provided in § 190.405, outlining PHMSA's recovery of the costs associated with the facility design safety review.
</P>
<P>(a) A Master Agreement, at a minimum, includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Itemized list of direct costs to be recovered by PHMSA;
</P>
<P>(2) Scope of work for conducting the facility design safety review and an estimated total cost;
</P>
<P>(3) Description of the method of periodic billing, payment, and auditing of cost recovery fees;
</P>
<P>(4) Minimum account balance which the applicant must maintain with PHMSA at all times;
</P>
<P>(5) Provisions for reconciling differences between total amount billed and the final cost of the design review, including provisions for returning any excess payments to the applicant at the conclusion of the project;
</P>
<P>(6) A principal point of contact for both PHMSA and the applicant; and
</P>
<P>(7) Provisions for terminating the agreement.
</P>
<P>(8) A project reimbursement cost schedule based upon the project timing and scope.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.409" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.5.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.409   Fee structure.</HEAD>
<P>The fee charged is based on the direct costs that PHMSA incurs in conducting the facility design safety review (including construction review and inspections), and will be based only on costs necessary for conducting the facility design safety review. “Necessary for” means that but for the facility design safety review, the costs would not have been incurred and that the costs cover only those activities and items without which the facility design safety review cannot be completed.
</P>
<P>(a) Costs qualifying for cost recovery include, but are not limited to—
</P>
<P>(1) Personnel costs based upon total cost to PHMSA;
</P>
<P>(2) Travel, lodging and subsistence;
</P>
<P>(3) Vehicle mileage;
</P>
<P>(4) Other direct services, materials and supplies;
</P>
<P>(5) Other direct costs as may be specified in the Master Agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 190.411" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.6.5.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 190.411   Procedures for billing and payment of fee.</HEAD>
<P>All PHMSA cost calculations for billing purposes are determined from the best available PHMSA records.
</P>
<P>(a) PHMSA bills an applicant for cost recovery fees as specified in the Master Agreement, but the applicant will not be billed more frequently than quarterly.
</P>
<P>(1) PHMSA will itemize cost recovery bills in sufficient detail to allow independent verification of calculations.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) PHMSA will monitor the applicant's account balance. Should the account balance fall below the required minimum balance specified in the Master Agreement, PHMSA may request at any time the applicant submit payment within 30 days to maintain the minimum balance.
</P>
<P>(c) PHMSA will provide an updated estimate of costs to the applicant on or near October 1st of each calendar year.
</P>
<P>(d) Payment of cost recovery fees is due within 30 days of issuance of a bill for the fees. If payment is not made within 30 days, PHMSA may charge an annual rate of interest (as set by the Department of Treasury's Statutory Debt Collection Authorities) on any outstanding debt, as specified in the Master Agreement.
</P>
<P>(e) Payment of the cost recovery fee by the applicant does not obligate or prevent PHMSA from taking any particular action during safety inspections on the project.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="191" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 191—TRANSPORTATION OF NATURAL AND OTHER GAS BY PIPELINE; ANNUAL, INCIDENT, AND OTHER REPORTING




</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>30 U.S.C. 185(w)(3), 49 U.S.C. 5121, 60101 <I>et. seq.,</I> and 49 CFR 1.97.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 191.1" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes requirements for the reporting of incidents, safety-related conditions, annual pipeline summary data, National Operator Registry information, and other miscellaneous conditions by operators of underground natural gas storage facilities and natural gas pipeline facilities located in the United States or Puerto Rico, including underground natural gas storage facilities and pipelines within the limits of the Outer Continental Shelf as that term is defined in the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1331). This part applies to offshore gathering lines (except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section) and to onshore gathering lines, including Type R gathering lines as determined in § 192.8 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Offshore gathering of gas in State waters upstream from the outlet flange of each facility where hydrocarbons are produced or where produced hydrocarbons are first separated, dehydrated, or otherwise processed, whichever facility is farther downstream;
</P>
<P>(2) Pipelines on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) that are producer-operated and cross into State waters without first connecting to a transporting operator's facility on the OCS, upstream (generally seaward) of the last valve on the last production facility on the OCS. Safety equipment protecting PHMSA-regulated pipeline segments is not excluded. Producing operators for those pipeline segments upstream of the last valve of the last production facility on the OCS may petition the Administrator, or designee, for approval to operate under Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) regulations governing pipeline design, construction, operation, and maintenance under 49 CFR 190.9; or
</P>
<P>(3) Pipelines on the Outer Continental Shelf upstream of the point at which operating responsibility transfers from a producing operator to a transporting operator.


</P>
<P>(c) Sections 191.22(b) and (c) and 191.23 do not apply to the onshore gathering of gas—
</P>
<P>(1) Through a pipeline that operates at less than 0 psig (0 kPa);
</P>
<P>(2) Through a pipeline that is not a regulated onshore gathering pipeline; or
</P>
<P>(3) Within inlets of the Gulf of America, except for the requirements in § 192.612 of this chapter.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 191-5, 49 FR 18960, May 3, 1984, as amended by Amdt. 191-6, 53 FR 24949, July 1, 1988; Amdt. 191-11, 61 FR 27793, June 3, 1996; Amdt. 191-12, 62 FR 61695, Nov. 19, 1997; Amdt. 191-15, 68 FR 46111, Aug. 5, 2003; 70 FR 11139, Mar. 8, 2005; 75 FR 72904, Nov. 26, 2010; Amdt. 191-24, 81 FR 91871, Dec. 19, 2016; Amdt. 191-27, 85 FR 8124, Feb. 12, 2020; Amdt. 191-30, 86 FR 63294, Nov. 15, 2021; Amdt. 191-34, 90 FR 21436, May 20, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.3" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part and the PHMSA Forms referenced in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration or his or her delegate 
</P>
<P><I>Confirmed Discovery</I> means when it can be reasonably determined, based on information available to the operator at the time a reportable event has occurred, even if only based on a preliminary evaluation.
</P>
<P><I>Gas</I> means natural gas, flammable gas, or gas which is toxic or corrosive; 
</P>
<P><I>Incident</I> means any of the following events:
</P>
<P>(1) An event that involves a release of gas from a pipeline, gas from an underground natural gas storage facility (UNGSF), liquefied natural gas, liquefied petroleum gas, refrigerant gas, or gas from an LNG facility, and that results in one or more of the following consequences:
</P>
<P>(i) A death, or personal injury necessitating in-patient hospitalization;
</P>
<P>(ii) Estimated property damage of $122,000 or more, including loss to the operator and others, or both, but excluding the cost of gas lost. For adjustments for inflation observed in calendar year 2021 onwards, changes to the reporting threshold will be posted on PHMSA's website. These changes will be determined in accordance with the procedures in appendix A to part 191.
</P>
<P>(iii) Unintentional estimated gas loss of three million cubic feet or more.
</P>
<P>(2) An event that results in an emergency shutdown of an LNG facility or a UNGSF. Activation of an emergency shutdown system for reasons other than an actual emergency within the facility does not constitute an incident.
</P>
<P>(3) An event that is significant in the judgment of the operator, even though it did not meet the criteria of paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition.
</P>
<P><I>LNG facility</I> means a liquefied natural gas facility as defined in § 193.2007 of part 193 of this chapter;
</P>
<P><I>Master Meter System</I> means a pipeline system for distributing gas within, but not limited to, a definable area, such as a mobile home park, housing project, or apartment complex, where the operator purchases metered gas from an outside source for resale through a gas distribution pipeline system. The gas distribution pipeline system supplies the ultimate consumer who either purchases the gas directly through a meter or by other means, such as by rents;
</P>
<P><I>Municipality</I> means a city, county, or any other political subdivision of a State; 
</P>
<P><I>Offshore</I> means beyond the line of ordinary low water along that portion of the coast of the United States that is in direct contact with the open seas and beyond the line marking the seaward limit of inland waters;
</P>
<P><I>Operator</I> means a person who engages in the transportation of gas; 
</P>
<P><I>Outer Continental Shelf</I> means all submerged lands lying seaward and outside the area of lands beneath navigable waters as defined in Section 2 of the Submerged Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1301) and of which the subsoil and seabed appertain to the United States and are subject to its jurisdiction and control.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, firm, joint venture, partnership, corporation, association, State, municipality, cooperative association, or joint stock association, and includes any trustee, receiver, assignee, or personal representative thereof; 
</P>
<P><I>Pipeline</I> or <I>Pipeline System</I> means all parts of those physical facilities through which gas moves in transportation, including, but not limited to, pipe, valves, and other appurtenance attached to pipe, compressor units, metering stations, regulator stations, delivery stations, holders, and fabricated assemblies.
</P>
<P><I>Regulated onshore gathering</I> means a Type A, Type B, or Type C gas gathering pipeline system as determined in § 192.8 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Reporting-regulated gathering</I> means a Type R gathering line as determined in § 192.8 of this chapter. A Type R gathering line is subject only to this part.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> includes each of the several States, the District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; 
</P>
<P><I>Transportation of gas</I> means the gathering, transmission, or distribution of gas by pipeline, or the storage of gas in or affecting interstate or foreign commerce.
</P>
<P><I>Underground natural gas storage facility</I> (<I>UNGSF</I>) means an underground natural gas storage facility or UNGSF as defined in § 192.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 320, Jan. 8, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 191-5, 49 FR 18960, May 3, 1984; Amdt. 191-10, 61 FR 18516, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 191-12, 62 FR 61695, Nov. 19, 1997; 68 FR 11749, Mar. 12, 2003; 70 FR 11139, Mar. 8, 2005; 75 FR 72905, Nov. 26, 2010; Amdt. 191-24, 81 FR 91871, Dec. 19, 2016; Amdt. 191-25, 82 FR 7997, Jan. 23, 2017; Amdt. 191-27, 85 FR 8125, Feb. 12, 2020; 86 FR 2237, Jan. 11, 2021; Amdt. 191-30, 86 FR 63295, Nov. 15, 2021]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.5" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.5   Immediate notice of certain incidents.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="23">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 21981, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) At the earliest practicable moment following discovery, but no later than one hour after confirmed discovery, each operator must give notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section of each incident as defined in § 191.3.
</P>
<P>(b) Each notice required by paragraph (a) of this section must be made to the National Response Center either by telephone to 800-424-8802 (in Washington, DC, 202 267-2675) or electronically at <I>http://www.nrc.uscg.mil</I> and must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Names of operator and person making report and their telephone numbers.
</P>
<P>(2) The location of the incident.
</P>
<P>(3) The time of the incident. 
</P>
<P>(4) The number of fatalities and personal injuries, if any. 
</P>
<P>(5) All other significant facts that are known by the operator that are relevant to the cause of the incident or extent of the damages.
</P>
<P>(c) Within 48 hours after the confirmed discovery of an incident, to the extent practicable, an operator must revise or confirm its initial telephonic notice required in paragraph (b) of this section with an estimate of the amount of product released, an estimate of the number of fatalities and injuries, and all other significant facts that are known by the operator that are relevant to the cause of the incident or extent of the damages. If there are no changes or revisions to the initial report, the operator must confirm the estimates in its initial report.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 191-4, 47 FR 32720, July 29, 1982, as amended by Amdt. 191-5, 49 FR 18960, May 3, 1984; Amdt. 191-8, 54 FR 40878, Oct. 4, 1989; 75 FR 72905, Nov. 26, 2010; Amdt. 191-25, 82 FR 7997, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.7" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.7   Report submission requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section, an operator must submit each report required by this part electronically to the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration at <I>http://portal.phmsa.dot.gov/pipeline</I> unless an alternative reporting method is authorized in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions:</I> An operator is not required to submit a safety-related condition report (§ 191.25) electronically.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Safety-related conditions.</I> An operator must submit concurrently to the applicable State agency a safety-related condition report required by § 191.23 for intrastate pipeline transportation or when the State agency acts as an agent of the Secretary with respect to interstate transmission facilities.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Alternative Reporting Method.</I> If electronic reporting imposes an undue burden and hardship, an operator may submit a written request for an alternative reporting method to the Information Resources Manager, Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, PHP-20, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE, Washington DC 20590. The request must describe the undue burden and hardship. PHMSA will review the request and may authorize, in writing, an alternative reporting method. An authorization will state the period for which it is valid, which may be indefinite. An operator must contact PHMSA at 202-366-8075, or electronically to <I>informationresourcesmanager@dot.gov</I> or make arrangements for submitting a report that is due after a request for alternative reporting is submitted but before an authorization or denial is received.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>National Pipeline Mapping System (NPMS).</I> An operator must provide the NPMS data to the address identified in the NPMS Operator Standards manual available at <I>www.npms.phmsa.dot.gov</I> or by contacting the PHMSA Geographic Information Systems Manager at (202) 366-4595.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72905, Nov. 26, 2010, as amended at by Amdt. 191-23, 80 FR 12777, Mar. 11, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.9" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.9   Distribution system: Incident report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each operator of a distribution pipeline system shall submit Department of Transportation Form PHMSA F 7100.1 as soon as practicable but not more than 30 days after detection of an incident required to be reported under § 191.5. 
</P>
<P>(b) When additional relevant information is obtained after the report is submitted under paragraph (a) of this section, the operator shall make supplementary reports as deemed necessary with a clear reference by date and subject to the original report. 
</P>
<P>(c) Master meter operators are not required to submit an incident report as required by this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 191-5, 49 FR 18960, May 3, 1984, as amended at 75 FR 72905, Nov. 26, 2010; Amdt. 191-37, 90 FR 40760, Aug. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.11" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.11   Distribution system: Annual report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each operator of a distribution pipeline system must submit an annual report for that system on DOT Form PHMSA F 7100.1-1. This report must be submitted each year, not later than March 15, for the preceding calendar year.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Not required.</I> The annual report requirement in this section does not apply to a master meter system, a petroleum gas system that serves fewer than 100 customers from a single source, or an individual service line directly connected to a production pipeline or a gathering line other than a regulated gathering line as determined in § 192.8.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72905, Nov. 26, 2010, as amended at 86 FR 2237, Jan. 11, 2021]












</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.12" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.12   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.13" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.13   Distribution systems reporting transmission pipelines; transmission or gathering systems reporting distribution pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator, primarily engaged in gas distribution, who also operates gas transmission or gathering pipelines shall submit separate reports for these pipelines as required by §§ 191.15 and 191.17. Each operator, primarily engaged in gas transmission or gathering, who also operates gas distribution pipelines shall submit separate reports for these pipelines as required by §§ 191.9 and 191.11.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 191-5, 49 FR 18961, May 3, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.15" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.15   Transmission systems; gathering systems; liquefied natural gas facilities; and underground natural gas storage facilities: Incident report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pipeline systems</I>—(1) <I>Transmission, offshore gathering, or regulated onshore gathering.</I> Each operator of a transmission, offshore gathering, or a regulated onshore gathering pipeline system must submit Department of Transportation (DOT) Form PHMSA F 7100.2 as soon as practicable but not more than 30 days after detection of an incident required to be reported under § 191.5.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reporting-regulated gathering.</I> Each operator of a reporting-regulated gathering pipeline system must submit DOT Form PHMSA F 7100.2-2 as soon as practicable but not more than 30 days after detection of an incident required to be reported under § 191.5 that occurs after May 16, 2022.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>LNG.</I> Each operator of a liquefied natural gas plant or facility must submit DOT Form PHMSA F 7100.3 as soon as practicable but not more than 30 days after detection of an incident required to be reported under § 191.5 of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Underground natural gas storage facility.</I> Each operator of a UNGSF must submit DOT Form PHMSA F7100.2 as soon as practicable but not more than 30 days after the detection of an incident required to be reported under § 191.5.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Supplemental report.</I> Where additional related information is obtained after an operator submits a report under paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section, the operator must make a supplemental report as soon as practicable, with a clear reference by date to the original report.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72905, Nov. 26, 2010; as amended by Amdt. 191-24, 81 FR 91871, Dec. 19, 2016; Amdt. 191-27, 85 FR 8125, Feb. 12, 2020; Amdt. 191-30, 86 FR 63295, Nov. 15, 2021; 87 FR 35677, June 13, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.17" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.17   Transmission systems; gathering systems; liquefied natural gas facilities; and underground natural gas storage facilities: Annual report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pipeline systems</I>—(1) <I>Transmission, offshore gathering, or regulated onshore gathering.</I> Each operator of a transmission, offshore gathering, or regulated onshore gathering pipeline system must submit an annual report for that system on DOT Form PHMSA F 7100.2-1. This report must be submitted each year, not later than March 15, for the preceding calendar year.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Type R gathering.</I> Beginning with an initial annual report submitted in March 2023 for the 2022 calendar year, each operator of a reporting-regulated gas gathering pipeline system must submit an annual report for that system on DOT Form PHMSA F 7100.2-3. This report must be submitted each year, not later than March 15, for the preceding calendar year.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>LNG.</I> Each operator of a liquefied natural gas facility must submit an annual report for that system on DOT Form PHMSA 7100.3-1 This report must be submitted each year, not later than March 15, for the preceding calendar year, except that for the 2010 reporting year the report must be submitted by June 15, 2011.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Underground natural gas storage facility.</I> Each operator of a UNGSF must submit an annual report through DOT Form PHMSA 7100.4-1. This report must be submitted each year, no later than March 15, for the preceding calendar year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72905, Nov. 26, 2010, as amended by Amdt. 191-24, 81 FR 91871, Dec. 19, 2016; Amdt. 191-27, 85 FR 8125, Feb. 12, 2020; Amdt. 191-30, 86 FR 63295, Nov. 15, 2021; 87 FR 35677. June 13, 2022]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.21" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.21   OMB control number assigned to information collection.</HEAD>
<P>This section displays the control number assigned by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to the information collection requirements in this part. The Paperwork Reduction Act requires agencies to display a current control number assigned by the Director of OMB for each agency information collection requirement.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">OMB Control Number 2137-0522
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Section of 49 CFR part 191 where identified
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Form No.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">191.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Telephonic.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">191.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PHMSA 7100.1, PHMSA 7100.3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">191.11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PHMSA 7100.1-1, PHMSA 7100.3-1.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">191.12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PHMSA 7100.1-2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">191.15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PHMSA 7100.2, PHMSA 7100.3.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">191.17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PHMSA 7100.2-1, PHMSA 7100.3-1.PHMSA 7100.4-1.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">191.22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PHMSA 1000.1, PHMSA 1000.2.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72905, Nov. 26, 2010, as amended by Amdt. 191-24, 81 FR 91871, Dec. 19, 2016]





</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.22" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.22   National Registry of Operators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>OPID request.</I> Effective January 1, 2012, each operator of a gas pipeline, gas pipeline facility, UNGSF, LNG plant, or LNG facility must obtain from PHMSA an Operator Identification Number (OPID). An OPID is assigned to an operator for the pipeline, pipeline facility, or pipeline system for which the operator has primary responsibility. To obtain an OPID, an operator must submit an OPID Assignment Request DOT Form PHMSA F 1000.1 through the National Registry of Operators in accordance with § 191.7.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>OPID validation.</I> An operator who has already been assigned one or more OPIDs by January 1, 2011, must validate the information associated with each OPID through the National Registry of Operators at <I>https://portal.phmsa .dot.gov,</I> and correct that information as necessary, no later than June 30, 2012.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Changes.</I> Each operator of a gas pipeline, gas pipeline facility, UNGSF, LNG plant, or LNG facility must notify PHMSA electronically through the National Registry of Operators at <I>https://portal.phmsa.dot.gov</I> of certain events.
</P>
<P>(1) An operator must notify PHMSA of any of the following events not later than 60 days before the event occurs:
</P>
<P>(i) Construction or any planned rehabilitation, replacement, modification, upgrade, uprate, or update of a facility, other than a section of line pipe, that costs $10 million or more. If 60-day notice is not feasible because of an emergency, an operator must notify PHMSA as soon as practicable;
</P>
<P>(ii) Construction of 10 or more miles of a new pipeline;
</P>
<P>(iii) Construction of a new LNG plant, LNG facility, or UNGSF;
</P>
<P>(iv) Maintenance of a UNGSF that involves the plugging or abandonment of a well, or that requires a workover rig and costs $200,000 or more for an individual well, including its wellhead. If 60-days' notice is not feasible due to an emergency, an operator must promptly respond to the emergency and notify PHMSA as soon as practicable;
</P>
<P>(v) Reversal of product flow direction when the reversal is expected to last more than 30 days. This notification is not required for pipeline systems already designed for bi-directional flow; or
</P>
<P>(vi) A pipeline converted for service under § 192.14 of this chapter, or a change in commodity as reported on the annual report as required by § 191.17.
</P>
<P>(2) An operator must notify PHMSA of any of the following events not later than 60 days after the event occurs:
</P>
<P>(i) A change in the primary entity responsible (<I>i.e.,</I> with an assigned OPID) for managing or administering a safety program required by this part covering pipeline facilities operated under multiple OPIDs;
</P>
<P>(ii) A change in the name of the operator;
</P>
<P>(iii) A change in the entity (<I>e.g.,</I> company, municipality) responsible for an existing pipeline, pipeline segment, pipeline facility, UNGSF, or LNG facility;
</P>
<P>(iv) The acquisition or divestiture of 50 or more miles of a pipeline or pipeline system subject to part 192 of this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(v) The acquisition or divestiture of an existing UNGSF, or an LNG plant or LNG facility subject to part 193 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reporting.</I> An operator must use the OPID issued by PHMSA for all reporting requirements covered under this subchapter and for submissions to the National Pipeline Mapping System.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 191-27, 85 FR 8125, Feb. 12, 2020, as amended by Amdt. 191-28, 85 FR 44478, July 23, 2020; Amdt. 191-37, 90 FR 40760, Aug. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.23" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.23   Reporting safety-related conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each operator shall report in accordance with § 191.25 the existence of any of the following safety-related conditions involving facilities in service:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a pipeline (other than an LNG facility) that operates at a hoop stress of 20% or more of its specified minimum yield strength, general corrosion that has reduced the wall thickness to less than that required for the maximum allowable operating pressure, and localized corrosion pitting to a degree where leakage might result.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a UNGSF, general corrosion that has reduced the wall thickness of any metal component to less than that required for the well's maximum operating pressure, or localized corrosion pitting to a degree where leakage might result.
</P>
<P>(3) Unintended movement or abnormal loading by environmental causes, such as an earthquake, landslide, or flood, that impairs the serviceability of a pipeline or the structural integrity or reliability of a UNGSF or LNG facility that contains, controls, or processes gas or LNG.
</P>
<P>(4) Any crack or other material defect that impairs the structural integrity or reliability of a UNGSF or an LNG facility that contains, controls, or processes gas or LNG.
</P>
<P>(5) Any material defect or physical damage that impairs the serviceability of a pipeline that operates at a hoop stress of 20% or more of its specified minimum yield strength, or the serviceability or the structural integrity of a UNGSF.
</P>
<P>(6) Any malfunction or operating error that causes the pressure—plus the margin (build-up) allowed for operation of pressure limiting or control devices—to exceed either the maximum allowable operating pressure of a distribution or gathering line, the maximum well allowable operating pressure of an underground natural gas storage facility, or the maximum allowable working pressure of an LNG facility that contains or processes gas or LNG.
</P>
<P>(7) A leak in a pipeline, UNGSF, or LNG facility containing or processing gas or LNG that constitutes an emergency.
</P>
<P>(8) Inner tank leakage, ineffective insulation, or frost heave that impairs the structural integrity of an LNG storage tank.
</P>
<P>(9) Any safety-related condition that could lead to an imminent hazard and causes (either directly or indirectly by remedial action of the operator), for purposes other than abandonment, a 20% or more reduction in operating pressure or shutdown of operation of a pipeline, UNGSF, or an LNG facility that contains or processes gas or LNG.
</P>
<P>(10) For transmission pipelines only, each exceedance of the maximum allowable operating pressure that exceeds the margin (build-up) allowed for operation of pressure-limiting or control devices as specified in the applicable requirements of §§ 192.201, 192.620(e), and 192.739. The reporting requirement of this paragraph (a)(10) is not applicable to gathering lines, distribution lines, LNG facilities, or underground natural gas storage facilities (<I>See</I> paragraph (a)(6) of this section).
</P>
<P>(11) Any malfunction or operating error that causes the pressure of a UNGSF using a salt cavern for natural gas storage to fall below its minimum allowable operating pressure, as defined by the facility's State or Federal operating permit or certificate, whichever pressure is higher.
</P>
<P>(b) A report is not required for any safety-related condition that—
</P>
<P>(1) Exists on a master meter system, a reporting-regulated gathering pipeline, a Type C gas gathering pipeline with an outside diameter of 12.75 inches or less, a Type C gas gathering pipeline covered by the exception in § 192.9(f)(1) of this subchapter and therefore not required to comply with § 192.9(e)(2)(ii), or a customer-owned service line;
</P>
<P>(2) Is an incident or results in an incident before the deadline for filing the safety-related condition report;
</P>
<P>(3) Exists on a pipeline (other than an UNGSF or an LNG facility) that is more than 220 yards (200 meters) from any building intended for human occupancy or outdoor place of assembly, except that reports are required for conditions within the right-of-way of an active railroad, paved road, street, or highway; or
</P>
<P>(4) Is corrected by repair or replacement in accordance with applicable safety standards before the deadline for filing the safety-related condition report. Notwithstanding this exception, a report must be filed for:
</P>
<P>(i) Conditions under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, unless the condition is localized corrosion pitting on an effectively coated and cathodically protected pipeline; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any condition under paragraph (a)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Exists on an UNGSF, where a well or wellhead is isolated, allowing the reservoir or cavern and all other components of the facility to continue to operate normally and without pressure restriction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 191-26, 84 FR 52242, Oct. 1, 2019; Amdt. 191-27, 85 FR 8125, Feb. 12, 2020; Amdt. 191-31, 192-131, 87 FR 26299, May 4, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.25" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.25   Filing safety-related condition reports.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="24">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 21984, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) Each report of a safety-related condition under § 191.23(a)(1) through (9) must be filed (received by the Associate Administrator) in writing within 5 working days (not including Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holidays) after the day a representative of an operator first determines that the condition exists, but not later than 10 working days after the day a representative of an operator discovers the condition. Separate conditions may be described in a single report if they are closely related. Reporting methods and report requirements are described in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each report of a maximum allowable operating pressure exceedance meeting the requirements of criteria in § 191.23(a)(10) for a gas transmission pipeline must be filed (received by the Associate Administrator) in writing within 5 calendar days of the exceedance using the reporting methods and report requirements described in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Reports must be filed by email to <I>InformationResourcesManager@dot.gov</I> or by facsimile to (202) 366-7128. For a report made pursuant to § 191.23(a)(1) through (9), the report must be headed “Safety-Related Condition Report.” For a report made pursuant to § 191.23(a)(10), the report must be headed “Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure Exceedances.” All reports must provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name, principal address, and operator identification number (OPID) of the operator.
</P>
<P>(2) Date of report.
</P>
<P>(3) Name, job title, and business telephone number of person submitting the report.
</P>
<P>(4) Name, job title, and business telephone number of person who determined that the condition exists.
</P>
<P>(5) Date condition was discovered and date condition was first determined to exist.
</P>
<P>(6) Location of condition, with reference to the State (and town, city, or county) or offshore site, and as appropriate, nearest street address, offshore platform, survey station number, milepost, landmark, or name of pipeline.
</P>
<P>(7) Description of the condition, including circumstances leading to its discovery, any significant effects of the condition on safety, and the name of the commodity transported or stored.
</P>
<P>(8) The corrective action taken (including reduction of pressure or shutdown) before the report is submitted and the planned follow-up or future corrective action, including the anticipated schedule for starting and concluding such action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 191-26, 84 FR 52242, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 191.29" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 191.29   National Pipeline Mapping System.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator of a gas transmission pipeline or liquefied natural gas facility must provide the following geospatial data to PHMSA for that pipeline or facility:
</P>
<P>(1) Geospatial data, attributes, metadata and transmittal letter appropriate for use in the National Pipeline Mapping System. Acceptable formats and additional information are specified in the NPMS Operator Standards Manual available at <I>www.npms.phmsa.dot.gov</I> or by contacting the PHMSA Geographic Information Systems Manager at (202) 366-4595.
</P>
<P>(2) The name of and address for the operator.
</P>
<P>(3) The name and contact information of a pipeline company employee, to be displayed on a public Web site, who will serve as a contact for questions from the general public about the operator's NPMS data.
</P>
<P>(b) The information required in paragraph (a) of this section must be submitted each year, on or before March 15, representing assets as of December 31 of the previous year. If no changes have occurred since the previous year's submission, the operator must comply with the guidance provided in the NPMS Operator Standards manual available at <I>www.npms.phmsa.dot.gov</I> or contact the PHMSA Geographic Information Systems Manager at (202) 366-4595.
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not apply to gathering pipelines.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 191-23, 80 FR 12777, Mar. 11, 2015, as amended by Amdt. 191-30, 86 FR 63295, Nov. 15, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.7.0.8.16.13" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 191—Procedure for Determining Reporting Threshold
</HEAD>
<HD2>I. Property Damage Threshold Formula
</HD2>
<P>Each year after calendar year 2021, the Administrator will publish a notice on PHMSA's website announcing the updates to the property damage threshold criterion that will take effect on July 1 of that year and will remain in effect until the June 30 of the next year. The property damage threshold used in the definition of an <I>Incident</I> at § 191.3 shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er11ja21.019.gif"/>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>T</I><E T="54">r</E> is the revised damage threshold,
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>T</I><E T="54">p</E> is the previous damage threshold,
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>CPI</I><E T="54">r</E> is the average Consumer Price Indices for all Urban Consumers (CPI-U) published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics each month during the most recent complete calendar year, and
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>CPI</I><E T="54">p</E> is the average CPI-U for the calendar year used to establish the previous property damage criteria.
</FP-2>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 2237, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="192" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 192—TRANSPORTATION OF NATURAL AND OTHER GAS BY PIPELINE: MINIMUM FEDERAL SAFETY STANDARDS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>30 U.S.C. 185(w)(3), 49 U.S.C. 5103, 60101 <I>et. seq.,</I> and 49 CFR 1.97.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 192 appear at 71 FR 33406, June 9, 2006.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.1" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.1   What is the scope of this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes minimum safety requirements for pipeline facilities and the transportation of gas, including pipeline facilities and the transportation of gas within the limits of the outer continental shelf as that term is defined in the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1331). 


</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Offshore gathering of gas in State waters upstream from the outlet flange of each facility where hydrocarbons are produced or where produced hydrocarbons are first separated, dehydrated, or otherwise processed, whichever facility is farther downstream;
</P>
<P>(2) Pipelines on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) that are producer-operated and cross into State waters without first connecting to a transporting operator's facility on the OCS, upstream (generally seaward) of the last valve on the last production facility on the OCS. Safety equipment protecting PHMSA-regulated pipeline segments is not excluded. Producing operators for those pipeline segments upstream of the last valve of the last production facility on the OCS may petition the Administrator, or designee, for approval to operate under PHMSA regulations governing pipeline design, construction, operation, and maintenance under 49 CFR 190.9;
</P>
<P>(3) Pipelines on the Outer Continental Shelf upstream of the point at which operating responsibility transfers from a producing operator to a transporting operator;


</P>
<P>(4) Onshore gathering of gas—
</P>
<P>(i) Through a pipeline that operates at less than 0 psig (0 kPa);
</P>
<P>(ii) Through a pipeline that is not a regulated onshore gathering line (as determined in § 192.8); and


</P>
<P>(iii) Within inlets of the Gulf of America, except for the requirements in § 192.612; or 


</P>
<P>(5) Any pipeline system that transports only petroleum gas or petroleum gas/air mixtures to—
</P>
<P>(i) Fewer than 10 customers, if no portion of the system is located in a public place; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A single customer, if the system is located entirely on the customer's premises (no matter if a portion of the system is located in a public place).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34605, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-67, 56 FR 63771, Dec. 5, 1991; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28782, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-81, 62 FR 61695, Nov. 19, 1997; Amdt. 192-92, 68 FR 46112, Aug. 5, 2003; 70 FR 11139, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt. 192-102, 71 FR 13301, Mar. 15, 2006; Amdt. 192-103, 72 FR 4656, Feb. 1, 2007; Amdt. 192-139, 90 FR 21436, May 20, 2025]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.3" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Abandoned</I> means permanently removed from service.
</P>
<P><I>Active corrosion</I> means continuing corrosion that, unless controlled, could result in a condition that is detrimental to public safety.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Alarm</I> means an audible or visible means of indicating to the controller that equipment or processes are outside operator-defined, safety-related parameters.
</P>
<P><I>Close interval survey</I> means a series of closely and properly spaced pipe-to-electrolyte potential measurements taken over the pipe to assess the adequacy of cathodic protection or to identify locations where a current may be leaving the pipeline that may cause corrosion and for the purpose of quantifying voltage (IR) drops other than those across the structure electrolyte boundary, such as when performed as a current interrupted, depolarized, or native survey.
</P>
<P><I>Composite materials</I> means materials used to make pipe or components manufactured with a combination of either steel and/or plastic and with a reinforcing material to maintain its circumferential or longitudinal strength.
</P>
<P><I>Control room</I> means an operations center staffed by personnel charged with the responsibility for remotely monitoring and controlling a pipeline facility.
</P>
<P><I>Controller</I> means a qualified individual who remotely monitors and controls the safety-related operations of a pipeline facility via a SCADA system from a control room, and who has operational authority and accountability for the remote operational functions of the pipeline facility.
</P>
<P><I>Customer meter</I> means the meter that measures the transfer of gas from an operator to a consumer.
</P>
<P><I>Distribution center</I> means the initial point where gas enters piping used primarily to deliver gas to customers who purchase it for consumption, as opposed to customers who purchase it for resale, for example:
</P>
<P>(1) At a metering location;
</P>
<P>(2) A pressure reduction location; or
</P>
<P>(3) Where there is a reduction in the volume of gas, such as a lateral off a transmission line.
</P>
<P><I>Distribution line</I> means a pipeline other than a gathering or transmission line. 
</P>
<P><I>Dry gas or dry natural gas</I> means gas above its dew point and without condensed liquids.
</P>
<P><I>Electrical survey</I> means a series of closely spaced pipe-to-soil readings over pipelines which are subsequently analyzed to identify locations where a corrosive current is leaving the pipeline.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible Class 3 inspection area</I> means an eligible Class 3 segment and the upstream and downstream portion of the transmission line that is capable of being assessed with an in-line inspection tool extending from the nearest in-line inspection tool launcher to the nearest in-line inspection tool receiver.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible Class 3 segment</I> means a segment of a transmission line in a Class 3 location that is capable of being assessed with an instrumented in-line inspection tool which does not contain: bare pipe; wrinkle bends; pipe with a seam formed by lap welding; a seam with a longitudinal joint factor below 1.0; or a segment which has experienced an in-service leak or rupture due to cracking in the pipe body, seam, or girth weld on the segment or segments of similar characteristics in or within 5 miles.
</P>
<P><I>Engineering critical assessment (ECA)</I> means a documented analytical procedure based on fracture mechanics principles, relevant material properties (mechanical and fracture resistance properties), operating history, operational environment, in-service degradation, possible failure mechanisms, initial and final defect sizes, and usage of future operating and maintenance procedures to determine the maximum tolerable sizes for imperfections based upon the pipeline segment maximum allowable operating pressure.
</P>
<P><I>Entirely replaced onshore transmission pipeline segments</I> means, for the purposes of §§ 192.179 and 192.634, where 2 or more miles, in the aggregate, of onshore transmission pipeline have been replaced within any 5 contiguous miles of pipeline within any 24-month period. This definition does not apply to any gathering line.
</P>
<P><I>Exposed underwater pipeline</I> means an underwater pipeline where the top of the pipe protrudes above the underwater natural bottom (as determined by recognized and generally accepted practices) in waters less than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep, as measured from mean low water.
</P>
<P><I>Gas</I> means natural gas, flammable gas, or gas which is toxic or corrosive. 
</P>
<P><I>Gathering line</I> means a pipeline that transports gas from a current production facility to a transmission line or main. 
</P>
<P><I>Gulf of America and its inlets</I> means the waters from the mean high water mark of the coast of the Gulf of America and its inlets open to the sea (excluding rivers, tidal marshes, lakes, and canals) seaward to include the territorial sea and Outer Continental Shelf to a depth of 15 feet (4.6 meters), as measured from the mean low water.


</P>
<P><I>Hard spot</I> means an area on steel pipe material with a minimum dimension greater than two inches (50.8 mm) in any direction and hardness greater than or equal to Rockwell 35 HRC (Brinell 327 HB or Vickers 345 HV<E T="52">10</E>).
</P>
<P><I>Hazard to navigation</I> means, for the purposes of this part, a pipeline where the top of the pipe is less than 12 inches (305 millimeters) below the underwater natural bottom (as determined by recognized and generally accepted practices) in waters less than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep, as measured from the mean low water.
</P>
<P><I>High-pressure distribution system</I> means a distribution system in which the gas pressure in the main is higher than the pressure provided to the customer. 
</P>
<P><I>In-line inspection (ILI)</I> means an inspection of a pipeline from the interior of the pipe using an inspection tool also called <I>intelligent</I> or <I>smart pigging.</I> This definition includes tethered and self-propelled inspection tools.
</P>
<P><I>In-line inspection tool</I> or <I>instrumented internal inspection device</I> means an instrumented device or vehicle that uses a non-destructive testing technique to inspect the pipeline from the inside in order to identify and characterize flaws to analyze pipeline integrity; also known as an <I>intelligent</I> or <I>smart pig.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Line section</I> means a continuous run of transmission line between adjacent compressor stations, between a compressor station and storage facilities, between a compressor station and a block valve, or between adjacent block valves.
</P>
<P><I>Listed specification</I> means a specification listed in section I of appendix B of this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Low-pressure distribution system</I> means a distribution system in which the gas pressure in the main is substantially the same as the pressure provided to the customer. 
</P>
<P><I>Main</I> means a distribution line that serves as a common source of supply for more than one service line. 
</P>
<P><I>Master Meter System</I> means a pipeline system for distributing gas within, but not limited to, a definable area (such as a mobile home park, housing project, or apartment complex) where the operator purchases metered gas from an outside source for resale through a gas distribution pipeline system. The gas distribution pipeline system supplies the ultimate consumer who either purchases the gas directly through a meter or by other means, such as by rents.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum actual operating pressure</I> means the maximum pressure that occurs during normal operations over a period of 1 year.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum allowable operating pressure (MAOP)</I> means the maximum pressure at which a pipeline or segment of a pipeline may be operated under this part.
</P>
<P><I>Moderate consequence area</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) An onshore area that is within a potential impact circle, as defined in § 192.903, containing either:
</P>
<P>(i) Five or more buildings intended for human occupancy; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any portion of the paved surface, including shoulders, of a designated interstate, other freeway, or expressway, as well as any other principal arterial roadway with 4 or more lanes, (See appendix G to this part), and that does not meet the definition of high consequence area, as defined in § 192.903.
</P>
<P>(2) The length of the moderate consequence area extends axially along the length of the pipeline from the outermost edge of the first potential impact circle containing either 5 or more buildings intended for human occupancy; or any portion of the paved surface, including shoulders, of any designated interstate, freeway, or expressway, as well as any other principal arterial roadway with 4 or more lanes, to the outermost edge of the last contiguous potential impact circle that contains either 5 or more buildings intended for human occupancy, or any portion of the paved surface, including shoulders, of any designated interstate, freeway, or expressway, as well as any other principal arterial roadway with 4 or more lanes. 
</P>
<P><I>Municipality</I> means a city, county, or any other political subdivision of a State. 
</P>
<P><I>Notification of potential rupture</I> means the notification to, or observation by, an operator of indicia identified in § 192.635 of a potential unintentional or uncontrolled release of a large volume of gas from a pipeline. This definition does not apply to any gathering line.
</P>
<P><I>Offshore</I> means beyond the line of ordinary low water along that portion of the coast of the United States that is in direct contact with the open seas and beyond the line marking the seaward limit of inland waters. 
</P>
<P><I>Operator</I> means a person who engages in the transportation of gas. 
</P>
<P><I>Outer Continental Shelf</I> means all submerged lands lying seaward and outside the area of lands beneath navigable waters as defined in Section 2 of the Submerged Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1301) and of which the subsoil and seabed appertain to the United States and are subject to its jurisdiction and control.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, firm, joint venture, partnership, corporation, association, State, municipality, cooperative association, or joint stock association, and including any trustee, receiver, assignee, or personal representative thereof. 
</P>
<P><I>Petroleum gas</I> means propane, propylene, butane, (normal butane or isobutanes), and butylene (including isomers), or mixtures composed predominantly of these gases, having a vapor pressure not exceeding 208 psi (1434 kPa) gage at 100 °F (38 °C). 
</P>
<P><I>Pipe</I> means any pipe or tubing used in the transportation of gas, including pipe-type holders. 
</P>
<P><I>Pipeline</I> means all parts of those physical facilities through which gas moves in transportation, including pipe, valves, and other appurtenance attached to pipe, compressor units, metering stations, regulator stations, delivery stations, holders, and fabricated assemblies. 
</P>
<P><I>Pipeline environment</I> includes soil resistivity (high or low), soil moisture (wet or dry), soil contaminants that may promote corrosive activity, and other known conditions that could affect the probability of active corrosion.
</P>
<P><I>Pipeline facility</I> means new and existing pipelines, rights-of-way, and any equipment, facility, or building used in the transportation of gas or in the treatment of gas during the course of transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Rupture-mitigation valve</I> (RMV) means an automatic shut-off valve (ASV) or a remote-control valve (RCV) that a pipeline operator uses to minimize the volume of gas released from the pipeline and to mitigate the consequences of a rupture. This definition does not apply to any gathering line.
</P>
<P><I>Service line</I> means a distribution line that transports gas from a common source of supply to an individual customer, to two adjacent or adjoining residential or small commercial customers, or to multiple residential or small commercial customers served through a meter header or manifold. A service line ends at the outlet of the customer meter or at the connection to a customer's piping, whichever is further downstream, or at the connection to customer piping if there is no meter.
</P>
<P><I>Service regulator</I> means the device on a service line that controls the pressure of gas delivered from a higher pressure to the pressure provided to the customer. A service regulator may serve one customer or multiple customers through a meter header or manifold. 
</P>
<P><I>SMYS</I> means specified minimum yield strength is:
</P>
<P>(1) For steel pipe manufactured in accordance with a listed specification, the yield strength specified as a minimum in that specification; or 
</P>
<P>(2) For steel pipe manufactured in accordance with an unknown or unlisted specification, the yield strength determined in accordance with § 192.107(b). 
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means each of the several States, the District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. 
</P>
<P><I>Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system</I> means a computer-based system or systems used by a controller in a control room that collects and displays information about a pipeline facility and may have the ability to send commands back to the pipeline facility.
</P>
<P><I>Transmission line</I> means a pipeline or connected series of pipelines, other than a gathering line, that:
</P>
<P>(1) Transports gas from a gathering pipeline or storage facility to a distribution center, storage facility, or large volume customer that is not down-stream from a distribution center;
</P>
<P>(2) Has an MAOP of 20 percent or more of SMYS;
</P>
<P>(3) Transports gas within a storage field; or
</P>
<P>(4) Is voluntarily designated by the operator as a transmission pipeline.
</P>
<P>Note 1 to <I>transmission line.</I> A large volume customer may receive similar volumes of gas as a distribution center, and includes factories, power plants, and institutional users of gas.
</P>
<P><I>Transportation of gas</I> means the gathering, transmission, or distribution of gas by pipeline or the storage of gas, in or affecting interstate or foreign commerce.
</P>
<P><I>Underground natural gas storage facility</I> (<I>UNGSF)</I> means a gas pipeline facility that stores natural gas underground incidental to the transportation of natural gas, including:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) A depleted hydrocarbon reservoir;
</P>
<P>(ii) An aquifer reservoir; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A solution-mined salt cavern.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to the reservoir or cavern, a UNGSF includes injection, withdrawal, monitoring, and observation wells; wellbores and downhole components; wellheads and associated wellhead piping; wing-valve assemblies that isolate the wellhead from connected piping beyond the wing-valve assemblies; and any other equipment, facility, right-of-way, or building used in the underground storage of natural gas.
</P>
<P><I>Weak link</I> means a device or method used when pulling polyethylene pipe, typically through methods such as horizontal directional drilling, to ensure that damage will not occur to the pipeline by exceeding the maximum tensile stresses allowed.
</P>
<P><I>Welder</I> means a person who performs manual or semi-automatic welding.
</P>
<P><I>Welding operator</I> means a person who operates machine or automatic welding equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Wrinkle bend</I> means a bend in the pipe that:
</P>
<P>(1) Was formed in the field during construction such that the inside radius of the bend has one or more ripples with:
</P>
<P>(i) An amplitude greater than or equal to 1.5 times the wall thickness of the pipe, measured from peak to valley of the ripple; or
</P>
<P>(ii) With ripples less than 1.5 times the wall thickness of the pipe and with a wrinkle length (peak to peak) to wrinkle height (peak to valley) ratio under 12.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) If the length of the wrinkle bend cannot be reliably determined, then <I>wrinkle bend</I> means a bend in the pipe where (h/D)*100 exceeds 2 when S is less than 37,000 psi (255 MPa), where (h/D)*100 exceeds (47000—<I>S</I>)/10,000 +1 for psi [(324—<I>S</I>)/69 +1 for MPa] when S is greater than 37,000 psi (255 MPa) but less than 47,000 psi (324 MPa), and where (h/D)*100 exceeds 1 when S is 47,000 psi (324 MPa) or more.
</P>
<P>(ii) Where:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>(A) D = Outside diameter of the pipe, in. (mm);
</P>
<P>(B) h = Crest-to-trough height of the ripple, in. (mm); and
</P>
<P>(C) S = Maximum operating hoop stress, psi (S/145, MPa).</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-13, 38 FR 9084, Apr. 10, 1973]


</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 192.3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.5" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.5   Class locations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section classifies pipeline locations for purposes of this part. The following criteria apply to classifications under this section. 
</P>
<P>(1) A “class location unit” is an onshore area that extends 220 yards (200 meters) on either side of the centerline of any continuous 1- mile (1.6 kilometers) length of pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each separate dwelling unit in a multiple dwelling unit building is counted as a separate building intended for human occupancy. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, pipeline locations are classified as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) A Class 1 location is: 
</P>
<P>(i) An offshore area; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any class location unit that has 10 or fewer buildings intended for human occupancy. 
</P>
<P>(2) A Class 2 location is any class location unit that has more than 10 but fewer than 46 buildings intended for human occupancy. 
</P>
<P>(3) A Class 3 location is: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any class location unit that has 46 or more buildings intended for human occupancy; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) An area where the pipeline lies within 100 yards (91 meters) of either a building or a small, well-defined outside area (such as a playground, recreation area, outdoor theater, or other place of public assembly) that is occupied by 20 or more persons on at least 5 days a week for 10 weeks in any 12-month period. (The days and weeks need not be consecutive.) 
</P>
<P>(4) A Class 4 location is any class location unit where buildings with four or more stories above ground are prevalent. 
</P>
<P>(c) The length of Class locations 2, 3, and 4 may be adjusted as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) A Class 4 location ends 220 yards (200 meters) from the nearest building with four or more stories above ground. 
</P>
<P>(2) When a cluster of buildings intended for human occupancy requires a Class 2 or 3 location, the class location ends 220 yards (200 meters) from the nearest building in the cluster. 
</P>
<P>(d) An operator must have records that document the current class location of each gas transmission pipeline segment and that demonstrate how the operator determined each current class location in accordance with this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28783, June 6, 1996; 61 FR 35139, July 5, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52243, Oct. 1, 2019; Amdt. 192-127, 85 FR 40134, July 6, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.7" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.7   What documents are incorporated by reference partly or wholly in this part?</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="18">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 21978, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="26">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 21990, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="26a">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 21993, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="27">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 21997, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="28">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22000, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="29">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22004, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="30">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22008, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="31">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22011, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="33">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22015, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="35">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22021, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="36">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22025, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="37">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22028, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="39">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22032, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="41">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22036, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved incorporation by reference material (IBR) is available for inspection at the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) and the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Contact PHSMA at: Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, 202-366-4046; <I>www.phmsa.dot.gov/pipeline/regs.</I> For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</I> or email <I>fr.inspection@nara.gov.</I> The material may be obtained from the sources in the following paragraphs of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) American Petroleum Institute (API), 200 Massachusetts Avenue NW, Suite 1100, Washington, DC 20001-5571; phone: (202) 682-8000; website: <I>www.api.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) API Recommended Practice 5L1, Recommended Practice for Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe, 7th edition, September 2009, (API RP 5L1), IBR approved for § 192.65(a).
</P>
<P>(2) API Recommended Practice 5LT, Recommended Practice for Truck Transportation of Line Pipe, First edition, March 2012, (API RP 5LT), IBR approved for § 192.65(c).
</P>
<P>(3) API Recommended Practice 5LW, Recommended Practice for Transportation of Line Pipe on Barges and Marine Vessels, 3rd edition, September 2009, (API RP 5LW), IBR approved for § 192.65(b).
</P>
<P>(4) API Recommended Practice 80, Guidelines for the Definition of Onshore Gas Gathering Lines, 1st edition, April 2000, (API RP 80), IBR approved for § 192.8(a).
</P>
<P>(5) API Recommended Practice 1162, Public Awareness Programs for Pipeline Operators, 1st edition, December 2003, (API RP 1162), IBR approved for § 192.616(a), (b), and (c).
</P>
<P>(6) API Recommended Practice 1165, Recommended Practice for Pipeline SCADA Displays, First edition, January 2007, (API RP 1165), IBR approved for § 192.631(c).
</P>
<P>(7) API Specification 5L, Line Pipe, 46th edition, April 2018, including Errata 1 (May 2018), (API Spec 5L); IBR approved for §§ 192.55(e); 192.112(a), (b), (c), (d), and (e); 192.113; appendix B to part 192.
</P>
<P>(8) API Specification 6D, Specification for Valves, 25th edition, November 1, 2021, including Errata (December 2021), Errata 2 (April 2022), Errata 3 (October 2023), Addendum 1 (April 2023), Addendum 2 (September 2024), and Addendum 3 (March 2025), (API Spec 6D); IBR approved for § 192.145(a).
</P>
<P>(9) API Standard 1104, Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities, 21st edition, September 2013, including Errata 1 through 5 (April 2014 through September 2018), Addendum 1 (2014), and Addendum 2 (2016), (API Std 1104); IBR approved for §§ 192.225(a); 192.227(a); 192.229(b) and (c); 192.241(c); appendix B to part 192.
</P>
<P>(10) API Recommended Practice 1170, Design and Operation of Solution-mined Salt Caverns Used for Natural Gas Storage, 2nd edition, November 2022 (API RP 1170); IBR approved for § 192.12(a).
</P>
<P>(11) API Recommended Practice 1171, Functional Integrity of Natural Gas Storage in Depleted Hydrocarbon Reservoirs and Aquifer Reservoirs, 2nd edition, November 2022, including Errata 1, September 2023 (API RP 1171); IBR approved for § 192.12(a), (b), and (d).
</P>
<P>(12) API STANDARD 1163, In-Line Inspection Systems Qualification, Second edition, April 2013, Reaffirmed August 2018 (API STD 1163); IBR approved for §§ 192.493; 192.611(a).


</P>
<P>(c) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). Two Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016; phone: (800) 843-2763 (U.S./Canada); website: <I>www.asme.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ASME/ANSI B16.1-2005, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: (Classes 25, 125, and 250), August 31, 2006, (ASME/ANSI B16.1); IBR approved for § 192.147(c).
</P>
<P>(2) ASME/ANSI B16.5-2003, Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, October 2004, (ASME/ANSI B16.5); IBR approved for §§ 192.147(a); 192.607(f).
</P>
<P>(3) ASME B16.40-2019, Manually Operated Thermoplastic Gas Shutoffs and Valves in Gas Distribution Systems, issued February 11, 2019, (ASME B16.40); IBR approved for appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(4) ASME/ANSI B31G-1991 (Reaffirmed 2004), Manual for Determining the Remaining Strength of Corroded Pipelines, 2004, (ASME/ANSI B31G); IBR approved for §§ 192.632(a); 192.712(b).
</P>
<P>(5) ASME B31.8-2018, Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems, Issued November 20, 2018, (ASME B31.8); IBR approved for §§ 192.112(b); 192.619(a); 192.911(m).
</P>
<P>(6) ASME B31.8S-2018, Managing System Integrity of Gas Pipelines, Issued November 28, 2018, (ASME B31.8S); IBR approved for §§ 192.13(d); 192.714(c) and (d); 192.903 note to Potential impact radius; 192.907(b); 192.911 introductory text, (i), and (l); 192.913(a) through (c); 192.917(a) through (e); 192.921(a); 192.923(b); 192.925(b); 192.933(c) and (d); 192.935(b); 192.937(c); 192.939(a); 192.945(a).
</P>
<P>(7) ASME B36.10M-2018, Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe, Issued October 12, 2018, (ASME B36.10M); IBR approved for § 192.279.
</P>
<P>(8) ASME Boiler &amp; Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 “Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels,” 2007 edition, July 1, 2007, (ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1); IBR approved for §§ 192.153(a), (b), and (d); 192.165(b).
</P>
<P>(9) ASME Boiler &amp; Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 2 “Alternate Rules, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels,” 2007 edition, July 1, 2007, (ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 2); IBR approved for §§ 192.153(b), and (d); 192.165(b).
</P>
<P>(10) ASME Boiler &amp; Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX: “Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing Operators,” 2007 edition, July 1, 2007, ASME BPVC, Section IX; IBR approved for §§ 192.225(a); 192.227(a); appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(d) American Society for Nondestructive Testing, (ASNT), 1201 Dublin Road, Suite #G04, Columbus, OH 43215; phone: (800) 222-2768; website: <I>www.asnt.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ANSI/ASNT ILI-PQ 2017, In-line Inspection Personnel Qualification and Certification, 2017 Edition, approved December 12, 2017, (ASNT ILI-PQ); IBR approved for § 192.493.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) Association for Material Protection and Performance (AMPP), (formerly NACE, International), 1440 South Creek Drive, Houston, Texas 77084; phone: (281) 228-6223 or (800) 797-6223; website: <I>www.ampp.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ANSI/NACE SP0502-2010, Pipeline External Corrosion Direct Assessment Methodology, revised June 24, 2010, (NACE SP0502); IBR approved for §§ 192.319(f); 192.461(h); 192.620(d); 192.923(b); 192.925(b); 192.931(d); 192.935(b); 192.939(a).
</P>
<P>(2) NACE SP0102-2017, In-Line Inspection of Pipelines, March 10, 2017, (NACE SP0102); IBR approved for §§ 192.150(a); 192.493.
</P>
<P>(3) NACE SP0204-2008, Standard Practice, “Stress Corrosion Cracking (SCC) Direct Assessment Methodology,” reaffirmed September 18, 2008, (NACE SP0204); IBR approved for §§ 192.923(b); 192.929(b).
</P>
<P>(4) NACE SP0206-2006, Standard Practice, “Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment Methodology for Pipelines Carrying Normally Dry Natural Gas (DG-ICDA),” approved December 1, 2006, (NACE SP0206), IBR approved for §§ 192.923(b); 192.927(b), (c).
</P>
<P>(f) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428; phone: (610) 832-9585; website: <I>www.astm.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ASTM A53/A53M-22, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless, approved July 1, 2022, (ASTM A53/A53M); IBR approved for § 192.113; appendix B to part 192.
</P>
<P>(2) ASTM A106/A106M-19A, Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service, approved November 1, 2019, (ASTM A106/A106M); IBR approved for § 192.113; appendix B to part 192.
</P>
<P>(3) ASTM A333/A333M-18, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service and Other Applications with Required Notch Toughness, approved November 1, 2018, (ASTM A333/A333M); IBR approved for § 192.113; appendix B to part 192.
</P>
<P>(4) ASTM A372/A372M-20e1, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Thin-Walled Pressure Vessels, approved March 1, 2020, (ASTM A372/A372M); IBR approved for § 192.177(b).
</P>
<P>(5) ASTM A381/A381M-23, Standard Specification for Metal-Arc-Welded Carbon or High-Strength Low-alloy Steel Pipe for Use With High-Pressure Transmission Systems, approved November 1, 2023, (ASTM A381); IBR approved for § 192.113(a); appendix B to part 192.
</P>
<P>(6) ASTM A578/A578M-17 (2023), “Standard Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Rolled Steel Plates for Special Applications,” reapproved November 1, 2023, (ASTM A578/A578M); IBR approved for § 192.112(c).
</P>
<P>(7) ASTM A671/A671M-20, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures, approved March 1, 2020, (ASTM A671/A671M); IBR approved for § 192.113(a); appendix B to part 192.
</P>
<P>(8) ASTM A672/A672M-19, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure Service at Moderate Temperatures, approved November 1, 2019, (ASTM A672/672M); IBR approved for § 192.113(a); appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(9) ASTM A691/A691M-19, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric-Fusion-Welded for High-Pressure Service at High Temperatures, approved November 1, 2019, (ASTM A691/A691M); IBR approved for § 192.113; appendix B to part 192.
</P>
<P>(10) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(11) ASTM D2513-20, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings, approved December 1, 2020, (ASTM D2513); IBR approved for appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(12) ASTM D2517-00, Standard Specification for Reinforced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings, (ASTM D2517), IBR approved for §§ 192.281(d); 192.283(a); appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(13) ASTM D2564-20, Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems, approved August 1, 2020, (ASTM D2564); IBR approved for § 192.281(b).
</P>
<P>(14) ASTM F1055-16a, Standard Specification for Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled Polyethylene and Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe and Tubing, approved November 15, 2016, (ASTM F1055); IBR approved for § 192.283(a); appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(15) ASTM F1924-19, Standard Specification for Plastic Mechanical Fittings for Use on Outside Diameter Controlled Polyethylene Gas Distribution Pipe and Tubing, approved August 1, 2019, (ASTM F1924); IBR approved for appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(16) ASTM F1948-20, Standard Specification for Metallic Mechanical Fittings for Use on Outside Diameter Controlled Thermoplastic Gas Distribution Pipe and Tubing, approved February 1, 2020, (ASTM F1948); IBR approved for appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(17) ASTM F1973-21, Standard Specification for Factory Assembled Anodeless Risers and Transition Fittings in Polyethylene (PE) and Polyamide 11 (PA11) and Polyamide 12 (PA12) Fuel Gas Distribution Systems, November 1, 2021, (ASTM F1973); IBR approved for § 192.204(b); appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(18) ASTM F2145-23, Standard Specification for Polyamide 11 (PA 11) and Polyamide 12 (PA12) Mechanical Fittings for Use on Outside Diameter Controlled Polyamide 11 and Polyamide 12 Pipe and Tubing, amended February 1, 2023, (ASTM F2145); IBR approved for appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(19) ASTM F2600-09(2023), Standard Specification for Electrofusion Type Polyamide-11 Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled Polyamide-11 Pipe and Tubing, reapproved November 1, 2023, (ASTM F2600); IBR approved for appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(20) ASTM F2620-20ae2, Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings, approved December 1, 2020, (ASTM F2620); IBR approved for §§ 192.281(c); 192.285(b).
</P>
<P>(21) ASTM F2767-18(2023), Specification for Electrofusion Type Polyamide-12 Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled Polyamide-12 Pipe and Tubing for Gas Distribution, November 1, 2023 (ASTM F2767); IBR approved for appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(22) ASTM F2785-21, Standard Specification for Polyamide 12 Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings, approved July 1, 2021, (ASTM F2785); IBR approved for appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(23) ASTM F2817-13 (Reapproved 2023), Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Maintenance or Repair, approved July 1, 2023, (ASTM F2817); IBR approved for appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(24) ASTM F2945-18 (Reapproved 2023) Standard Specification for Polyamide 11 Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings, approved November 1, 2023 (ASTM F2945); IBR approved for appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(g) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(h) Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS), 127 Park St. NE, Vienna, VA 22180; phone: (703) 281-6613; email: <I>info@msshq.org;</I> website: <I>www.mss-hq.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ANSI/MSS SP-44-2019, Steel Pipeline Flanges, published April 2020, (MSS SP-44); IBR approved for § 192.147(a).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(i) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169; phone: (800) 344-3555; website: <I>www.nfpa.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, 2021 Edition, effective August 31, 2020, (NFPA 30); IBR approved for § 192.735(b).
</P>
<P>(2) NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, 2020 edition, effective August 25, 2019, (NFPA 58); IBR approved for § 192.11.
</P>
<P>(3) NFPA 59, Utility LP-Gas Plant Code, 2018 edition, effective September 6, 2017, (NFPA 59); IBR approved for § 192.11.
</P>
<P>(4) NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC), 2023 edition, effective September 1, 2022; IBR approved for §§ 192.163(e); 192.189(c).
</P>
<P>(j) Pipeline Research Council International, Inc. (PRCI), 15059 Conference Center Drive Suite 130, Chantilly, VA 20151; phone: (703) 205-1600; website: <I>www.prci.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) AGA, Pipeline Research Committee Project, PR-3-805, A Modified Criterion for Evaluating the Remaining Strength of Corroded Pipe, December 22, 1989, (PRCI PR-3-805 (R-STRENG)), IBR approved for §§ 192.632(a); 192.712(b).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(k) Plastics Pipe Institute, Inc. (PPI), 105 Decker Court, Suite 825, Irving, TX 75062; phone: 469-499-1044, website: <I>www.plasticpipe.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) PPI TR-3, Policies and Procedures for Developing Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB), Hydrostatic Design Stresses (HDS), Pressure Design Basis (PDB), Strength Design Basis (SDB), Minimum Required Strength (MRS) Ratings, and Categorized Required Strength (CRS) for Thermoplastic Piping Materials or Pipe, May 1, 2024; IBR approved for § 192.121(a).
</P>
<P>(2) PPI TR-4, PPI HSB Listing of Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB), Hydrostatic Design Stress (HDS), Strength Design Basis (SDB), Pressure Design Basis (PDB) and Minimum Required Strength (MRS) Ratings For Thermoplastic Piping Materials or Pipe, updated May 1, 2024, (PPI TR-4); IBR approved for § 192.121(b).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-156, 90 FR 40760, Aug. 21, 2025, as amended by Amdt. No. 192-155, 91 FR 1653, Jan. 14, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.8" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.8   How are onshore gathering pipelines and regulated onshore gathering pipelines determined?</HEAD>
<P>(a) An operator must use API RP 80 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7), to determine if an onshore pipeline (or part of a connected series of pipelines) is an onshore gathering line. The determination is subject to the limitations listed below. After making this determination, an operator must determine if the onshore gathering line is a regulated onshore gathering line under paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) The beginning of gathering, under section 2.2(a)(1) of API RP 80, may not extend beyond the furthermost downstream point in a production operation as defined in section 2.3 of API RP 80. This furthermost downstream point does not include equipment that can be used in either production or transportation, such as separators or dehydrators, unless that equipment is involved in the processes of “production and preparation for transportation or delivery of hydrocarbon gas” within the meaning of “production operation.”
</P>
<P>(2) The endpoint of gathering, under section 2.2(a)(1)(A) of API RP 80, may not extend beyond the first downstream natural gas processing plant, unless the operator can demonstrate, using sound engineering principles, that gathering extends to a further downstream plant.
</P>
<P>(3) If the endpoint of gathering, under section 2.2(a)(1)(C) of API RP 80, is determined by the commingling of gas from separate production fields, the fields may not be more than 50 miles from each other, unless the Administrator finds a longer separation distance is justified in a particular case (see 49 CFR § 190.9).
</P>
<P>(4) The endpoint of gathering, under section 2.2(a)(1)(D) of API RP 80, may not extend beyond the furthermost downstream compressor used to increase gathering line pressure for delivery to another pipeline.
</P>
<P>(5) For new, replaced, relocated, or otherwise changed gas gathering pipelines installed after May 16, 2022, the endpoint of gathering under sections 2.2(a)(1)(E) and 2.2.1.2.6 of API RP 80 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7)—also known as “incidental gathering”—may not be used if the pipeline terminates 10 or more miles downstream from the furthermost downstream endpoint as defined in paragraphs 2.2(a)(1)(A) through (a)(1)(D) of API RP 80 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) and this section. If an “incidental gathering” pipeline is 10 miles or more in length, the entire portion of the pipeline that is designated as an incidental gathering line under 2.2(a)(1)(E) and 2.2.1.2.6 of API RP 80 shall be classified as a transmission pipeline subject to all applicable regulations in this chapter for transmission pipelines.


</P>
<P>(b) Each operator must determine and maintain for the life of the pipeline records documenting the methodology by which it calculated the beginning and end points of each onshore gathering pipeline it operates, as described in the second column of table 1 to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, by:
</P>
<P>(1) November 16, 2022, or before the pipeline is placed into operation, whichever is later; or
</P>
<P>(2) An alternative deadline approved by the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA). The operator must notify PHMSA and State or local pipeline safety authorities, as applicable, no later than 90 days in advance of the deadline in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The notification must be made in accordance with § 192.18 and must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Description of the affected facilities and operating environment;
</P>
<P>(ii) Justification for an alternative compliance deadline; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Proposed alternative deadline.


</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of part 191 of this chapter and § 192.9, the term “regulated onshore gathering pipeline” means:
</P>
<P>(1) Each Type A, Type B, or Type C onshore gathering pipeline (or segment of onshore gathering pipeline) with a feature described in the second column of table 1 to paragraph (c)(2) of this section that lies in an area described in the third column; and
</P>
<P>(2) As applicable, additional lengths of pipeline described in the fourth column to provide a safety buffer:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)(2)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Feature
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Area
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Additional safety buffer
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Metallic and the MAOP produces a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Class 2, 3, or 4 location (<E T="03">see</E> § 192.5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—If the stress level is unknown, an operator must determine the stress level according to the applicable provisions in subpart C of this part
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Non-metallic and the MAOP is more than 125 psig (862 kPa)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Metallic and the MAOP produces a hoop stress of less than 20 percent of SMYS. If the stress level is unknown, an operator must determine the stress level according to the applicable provisions in subpart C of this part


<br/>—Non-metallic and the MAOP is 125 psig (862 kPa) or less</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Area 1.</E> Class 3, or 4 location


<br/><E T="03">Area 2.</E> An area within a Class 2 location the operator determines by using any of the following three methods:

<br/>(a) A Class 2 location;

<br/>(b) An area extending 150 feet (45.7 m) on each side of the centerline of any continuous 1 mile (1.6 km) of pipeline and including more than 10 but fewer than 46 dwellings; or

<br/>(c) An area extending 150 feet (45.7 m) on each side of the centerline of any continuous 1000 feet (305 m) of pipeline and including 5 or more dwellings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If the gathering pipeline is in Area 2(b) or 2(c), the additional lengths of line extend upstream and downstream from the area to a point where the line is at least 150 feet (45.7 m) from the nearest dwelling in the area.


<br/>However, if a cluster of dwellings in Area 2(b) or 2(c) qualifies a pipeline as Type B, the Type B classification ends 150 feet (45.7 m) from the nearest dwelling in the cluster.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Outside diameter greater than or equal to 8.625 inches and any of the following:


<br/>—Metallic and the MAOP produces a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS;

<br/>—If the stress level is unknown, segment is metallic and the MAOP is more than 125 psig (862 kPa); or

<br/>—Non-metallic and the MAOP is more than 125 psig (862 kPa)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Class 1 location</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—All other onshore gathering lines</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Class 1 and Class 2 locations</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) A Type R gathering line is subject to reporting requirements under part 191 of this chapter but is not a regulated onshore gathering line under this part.
</P>
<P>(4) For the purpose of identifying Type C lines in table 1 to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, if an operator has not calculated MAOP consistent with the methods at § 192.619(a) or (c)(1), the operator must either:
</P>
<P>(i) Calculate MAOP consistent with the methods at § 192.619(a) or (c)(1); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Use as a substitute for MAOP the highest operating pressure to which the segment was subjected during the preceding 5 operating years.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-102, 71 FR 13302, Mar. 15, 2006, as amended by Amdt. 192-129, 86 FR 63295, Nov. 15, 2021; Amdt. 192-131, 87 FR 26299, May 4, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.9" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.9   What requirements apply to gathering pipelines?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements.</I> An operator of a gathering line must follow the safety requirements of this part as prescribed by this section.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Offshore lines.</I> An operator of an offshore gathering line must comply with requirements of this part applicable to transmission lines, except the requirements in §§ 192.13(d), 192.150, 192.285(e), 192.319(d) through (g), 192.461(f) through (i), 192.465(d) and (f), 192.473(c), 192.485(c), 192.493, 192.506, 192.607, 192.613(c), 192.619(e), 192.624, 192.710, 192.712, and 192.714, and in subpart O of this part. Further, operators of offshore gathering lines are exempt from the requirements of §§ 192.617(b) through (d) and 192.635. Lastly, operators of offshore gathering lines are exempt from the requirements of § 192.615 (but an operator of an offshore gathering line must comply with the requirements of 49 CFR 192.615, effective as of October 4, 2022).


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Type A lines.</I> An operator of a Type A regulated onshore gathering line must comply with the requirements of this part applicable to transmission lines, except the requirements in §§ 192.13(d), 192.150, 192.285(e), 192.319(d) through (g), 192.461(f) through (i), 192.465(d) and (f), 192.473(c), 192.485(c) 192.493, 192.506, 192.607, 192.613(c), 192.619(e), 192.624, 192.710, 192.712, and 192.714, and in subpart O of this part. However, an operator of a Type A regulated onshore gathering line in a Class 2 location may demonstrate compliance with subpart N of this part by describing the processes it uses to determine the qualification of persons performing operations and maintenance tasks. Further, operators of Type A regulated onshore gathering lines are exempt from the requirements of §§ 192.179(e) through (g), 192.610, 192.617(b) through (d), 192.634, 192.635, 192.636, and 192.745(c) through (f). Lastly, operators of Type A regulated onshore gathering lines are exempt from the requirements of § 192.615 (but an operator of a Type A regulated onshore gathering line must comply with the requirements of 49 CFR 192.615, effective as of October 4, 2022).


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Type B lines.</I> An operator of a Type B regulated onshore gathering line must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) If a line is new, replaced, relocated, or otherwise changed, the design, installation, construction, initial inspection, and initial testing must be in accordance with requirements of this part applicable to transmission lines. Compliance with §§ 192.67, 192.127, 192.179(e) and (f), 192.205, 192.227(c), 192.285(e), 192.319(d) through (g), 192.506, 192.634, and 192.636 is not required;
</P>
<P>(2) If the pipeline is metallic, control corrosion according to requirements of subpart I of this part applicable to transmission lines, except the requirements in §§ 192.461(f) through (i), 192.465(d) and (f), 192.473(c), 192.485(c), and 192.493;


</P>
<P>(3) If the pipeline contains plastic pipe or components, the operator must comply with all applicable requirements of this part for plastic pipe components;
</P>
<P>(4) Carry out a damage prevention program under § 192.614;
</P>
<P>(5) Establish a public education program under § 192.616;
</P>
<P>(6) Establish the MAOP of the line under § 192.619(a), (b), and (c);
</P>
<P>(7) Install and maintain line markers according to the requirements for transmission lines in § 192.707; and
</P>
<P>(8) Conduct leakage surveys in accordance with the requirements for transmission lines in § 192.706, using leak-detection equipment, and promptly repair hazardous leaks in accordance with § 192.703(c).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Type C lines.</I> The requirements for Type C gathering lines are as follows.
</P>
<P>(1) An operator of a Type C onshore gathering line with an outside diameter greater than or equal to 8.625 inches must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section for pipe and components made with composite materials, the design, installation, construction, initial inspection, and initial testing of a new, replaced, relocated, or otherwise changed Type C gathering line, must be done in accordance with the requirements in subparts B through G and J of this part applicable to transmission lines. Compliance with §§ 192.67, 192.127, 192.179(e) and (f), 192.205, 192.227(c), 192.285(e), 192.319(d) through (g), 192.506, 192.634, and 192.636 is not required;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the pipeline is metallic, control corrosion according to requirements of subpart I of this part applicable to transmission lines, except the requirements in §§ 192.461(f) through (i), 192.465(d) and (f), 192.473(c), 192.485(c), and 192.493;


</P>
<P>(iii) Carry out a damage prevention program under § 192.614;
</P>
<P>(iv) Develop and implement procedures for emergency plans in accordance with the requirements of 49 CFR 192.615, effective as of October 4, 2022;
</P>
<P>(v) Develop and implement a written public awareness program in accordance with § 192.616;
</P>
<P>(vi) Install and maintain line markers according to the requirements for transmission lines in § 192.707; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Conduct leakage surveys in accordance with the requirements for transmission lines in § 192.706 using leak-detection equipment, and promptly repair hazardous leaks in accordance with § 192.703(c).
</P>
<P>(2) An operator of a Type C onshore gathering line with an outside diameter greater than 12.75 inches must comply with the requirements in paragraph (e)(1) of this section and the following:
</P>
<P>(i) If the pipeline contains plastic pipe, the operator must comply with all applicable requirements of this part for plastic pipe or components. This does not include pipe and components made of composite materials that incorporate plastic in the design; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Establish the MAOP of the pipeline under § 192.619(a) or (c) and maintain records used to establish the MAOP for the life of the pipeline.


</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) Compliance with paragraphs (e)(1)(ii), (v), (vi), and (vii) and (e)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section is not required for pipeline segments that are 16 inches or less in outside diameter if one of the following criteria are met:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Method 1.</I> The segment is not located within a potential impact circle containing a building intended for human occupancy or other impacted site. The potential impact circle must be calculated as specified in § 192.903, except that a factor of 0.73 must be used instead of 0.69. The MAOP used in this calculation must be determined and documented in accordance with paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Method 2.</I> The segment is not located within a class location unit (<I>see</I> § 192.5) containing a building intended for human occupancy or other impacted site.
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section is not applicable to pipeline segments 40 feet or shorter in length that are replaced, relocated, or changed on a pipeline existing on or before May 16, 2022.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this section, the term “building intended for human occupancy or other impacted site” means any of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Any building that may be occupied by humans, including homes, office buildings factories, outside recreation areas, plant facilities, etc.;
</P>
<P>(ii) A small, well-defined outside area (such as a playground, recreation area, outdoor theater, or other place of public assembly) that is occupied by 20 or more persons on at least 5 days a week for 10 weeks in any 12-month period (the days and weeks need not be consecutive); or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any portion of the paved surface, including shoulders, of a designated interstate, other freeway, or expressway, as well as any other principal arterial roadway with 4 or more lanes.


</P>
<P>(g) <I>Compliance deadlines.</I> An operator of a regulated onshore gathering line must comply with the following deadlines, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(1) An operator of a new, replaced, relocated, or otherwise changed line must be in compliance with the applicable requirements of this section by the date the line goes into service, unless an exception in § 192.13 applies.
</P>
<P>(2) If a Type A or Type B regulated onshore gathering pipeline existing on April 14, 2006, was not previously subject to this part, an operator has until the date stated in the second column to comply with the applicable requirement for the pipeline listed in the first column, unless the Administrator finds a later deadline is justified in a particular case:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Requirement
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Compliance deadline
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(i) Control corrosion according to requirements for transmission lines in subpart I of this part</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April 15, 2009.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii) Carry out a damage prevention program under § 192.614</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">October 15, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iii) Establish MAOP under § 192.619</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">October 15, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iv) Install and maintain line markers under § 192.707</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April 15, 2008.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(v) Establish a public education program under § 192.616</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April 15, 2008.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(vi) Other provisions of this part as required by paragraph (c) of this section for Type A lines</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April 15, 2009.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) If, after April 14, 2006, a change in class location or increase in dwelling density causes an onshore gathering pipeline to become a Type A or Type B regulated onshore gathering line, the operator has 1 year for Type B lines and 2 years for Type A lines after the pipeline becomes a regulated onshore gathering pipeline to comply with this section.
</P>
<P>(4) If a Type C gathering pipeline existing on or before May 16, 2022, was not previously subject to this part, an operator must comply with the applicable requirements of this section, except for paragraph (h) of this section, on or before:
</P>
<P>(i) May 16, 2023; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An alternative deadline approved by PHMSA. The operator must notify PHMSA and State or local pipeline safety authorities, as applicable, no later than 90 days in advance of the deadline in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The notification must be made in accordance with § 192.18 and must include a description of the affected facilities and operating environment, the proposed alternative deadline for each affected requirement, the justification for each alternative compliance deadline, and actions the operator will take to ensure the safety of affected facilities.
</P>
<P>(5) If, after May 16, 2022, a change in class location, an increase in dwelling density, or an increase in MAOP causes a pipeline to become a Type C gathering pipeline, or causes a Type C gathering pipeline to become subject to additional Type C requirements (<I>see</I> paragraph (f) of this section), the operator has 1 year after the pipeline becomes subject to the additional requirements to comply with this section.


</P>
<P>(h) <I>Composite materials.</I> Pipe and components made with composite materials not otherwise authorized for use under this part may be used on Type C gathering pipelines if the following requirements are met:
</P>
<P>(1) Steel and plastic pipe and components must meet the installation, construction, initial inspection, and initial testing requirements in subparts B though G and J of this part applicable to transmission lines.
</P>
<P>(2) Operators must notify PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18 at least 90 days prior to installing new or replacement pipe or components made of composite materials otherwise not authorized for use under this part in a Type C gathering pipeline. The notifications required by this section must include a detailed description of the pipeline facilities in which pipe or components made of composite materials would be used, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The beginning and end points (stationing by footage and mileage with latitude and longitude coordinates) of the pipeline segment containing composite pipeline material and the counties and States in which it is located;
</P>
<P>(ii) A general description of the right-of-way including high consequence areas, as defined in § 192.905;
</P>
<P>(iii) Relevant pipeline design and construction information including the year of installation, the specific composite material, diameter, wall thickness, and any manufacturing and construction specifications for the pipeline;
</P>
<P>(iv) Relevant operating information, including MAOP, leak and failure history, and the most recent pressure test (identification of the actual pipe tested, minimum and maximum test pressure, duration of test, any leaks and any test logs and charts) or assessment results;
</P>
<P>(v) An explanation of the circumstances that the operator believes make the use of composite pipeline material appropriate and how the design, construction, operations, and maintenance will mitigate safety and environmental risks;
</P>
<P>(vi) An explanation of procedures and tests that will be conducted periodically over the life of the composite pipeline material to document that its strength is being maintained;
</P>
<P>(vii) Operations and maintenance procedures that will be applied to the alternative materials. These include procedures that will be used to evaluate and remediate anomalies and how the operator will determine safe operating pressures for composite pipe when defects are found;
</P>
<P>(viii) An explanation of how the use of composite pipeline material would be in the public interest; and
</P>
<P>(ix) A certification signed by a vice president (or equivalent or higher officer) of the operator's company that operation of the applicant's pipeline using composite pipeline material would be consistent with pipeline safety.
</P>
<P>(3) Repairs or replacements using materials authorized under this part do not require notification under this section.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-102, 71 FR 13301, Mar. 15, 2006, as amended by Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12777, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58716, Nov. 20, 2018; Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52244, Oct. 1, 2019; Amdt. 192-129, 86 FR 63296, Nov. 15, 2021; Amdt. 192-130, 87 FR 20982, Apr. 8, 2022; Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52268, Aug. 24, 2022; Amdt. 192-134, 88 FR 50060, Aug. 1, 2023; Amdt. No. 192-138, 90 FR 3715, Jan. 15, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.10" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.10   Outer continental shelf pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>Operators of transportation pipelines on the Outer Continental Shelf (as defined in the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act; 43 U.S.C. 1331) must identify on all their respective pipelines the specific points at which operating responsibility transfers to a producing operator. For those instances in which the transfer points are not identifiable by a durable marking, each operator will have until September 15, 1998 to identify the transfer points. If it is not practicable to durably mark a transfer point and the transfer point is located above water, the operator must depict the transfer point on a schematic located near the transfer point. If a transfer point is located subsea, then the operator must identify the transfer point on a schematic which must be maintained at the nearest upstream facility and provided to PHMSA upon request. For those cases in which adjoining operators have not agreed on a transfer point by September 15, 1998 the Regional Director and the MMS Regional Supervisor will make a joint determination of the transfer point. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-81, 62 FR 61695, Nov. 19, 1997, as amended at 70 FR 11139, Mar. 8, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.11" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.11   Petroleum gas systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each plant that supplies petroleum gas by pipeline to a natural gas distribution system must meet the requirements of this part and NFPA 58 or NFPA 59 (both incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), based on the scope and applicability statements in those standards.
</P>
<P>(b) Each pipeline system subject to this part that transports only petroleum gas or petroleum gas/air mixtures must meet the requirements of this part and NFPA 58 or NFPA 59 (both incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), based on the scope and applicability statements in those standards.
</P>
<P>(c) In the event of a conflict between this part and NFPA 58 or NFPA 59 (both incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), NFPA 58 or NFPA 59 shall prevail if applicable based on the scope and applicability statements in those standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33280, Apr. 29, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.12" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.12   Underground natural gas storage facilities.</HEAD>
<P>Underground natural gas storage facilities (UNGSFs), as defined in § 192.3, are not subject to any requirements of this part aside from this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Salt cavern UNGSFs.</I> (1) Each UNGSF that uses a solution-mined salt cavern for natural gas storage and was constructed after March 13, 2020, must meet all the provisions of API RP 1170 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), the provisions of section 8 of API RP 1171 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) that are applicable to the physical characteristics and operations of a solution-mined salt cavern UNGSF, and paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section prior to commencing operations.
</P>
<P>(2) Each UNGSF that uses a solution-mined salt cavern for natural gas storage and was constructed between July 18, 2017, and March 13, 2020, must meet all the provisions of API RP 1170 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) and paragraph (c) of this section prior to commencing operations, and must meet all the provisions of section 8 of API RP 1171 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) that are applicable to the physical characteristics and operations of a solution-mined salt cavern UNGSF, and paragraph (d) of this section, by March 13, 2021.
</P>
<P>(3) Each UNGSF that uses a solution-mined salt cavern for natural gas storage and was constructed on or before July 18, 2017, must meet the provisions of API RP 1170 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), sections 9, 10, and 11, and paragraph (c) of this section, by January 18, 2018, and must meet all provisions of section 8 of API RP 1171 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) that are applicable to the physical characteristics and operations of a solution-mined salt cavern UNGSF, and paragraph (d) of this section, by March 13, 2021.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Depleted hydrocarbon and aquifer reservoir UNGSFs.</I> (1) Each UNGSF that uses a depleted hydrocarbon reservoir or an aquifer reservoir for natural gas storage and was constructed after July 18, 2017, must meet all provisions of API RP 1171 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), and paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, prior to commencing operations.
</P>
<P>(2) Each UNGSF that uses a depleted hydrocarbon reservoir or an aquifer reservoir for natural gas storage and was constructed on or before July 18, 2017, must meet the provisions of API RP 1171 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), sections 8, 9, 10, and 11, and paragraph (c) of this section, by January 18, 2018, and must meet all provisions of paragraph (d) of this section by March 13, 2021.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedural manuals.</I> Each operator of a UNGSF must prepare and follow for each facility one or more manuals of written procedures for conducting operations, maintenance, and emergency preparedness and response activities under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. Each operator must keep records necessary to administer such procedures and review and update these manuals at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year. Each operator must keep the appropriate parts of these manuals accessible at locations where UNGSF work is being performed. Each operator must have written procedures in place before commencing operations or beginning an activity not yet implemented.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Integrity management program</I>—(1) <I>Integrity management program elements.</I> The integrity management program for each UNGSF under this paragraph (d) must consist, at a minimum, of a framework developed under API RP 1171 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), section 8 (“Risk Management for Gas Storage Operations”), and that also describes how relevant decisions will be made and by whom. An operator must make continual improvements to the program and its execution. The integrity management program must include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(i) A plan for developing and implementing each program element to meet the requirements of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) An outline of the procedures to be developed;
</P>
<P>(iii) The roles and responsibilities of UNGSF staff assigned to develop and implement the procedures required by this paragraph (d);
</P>
<P>(iv) A plan for how staff will be trained in awareness and application of the procedures required by this paragraph (d);
</P>
<P>(v) Timelines for implementing each program element, including the risk analysis and baseline risk assessments; and
</P>
<P>(vi) A plan for how to incorporate information gained from experience into the integrity management program on a continuous basis.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Integrity management baseline risk-assessment intervals.</I> No later than March 13, 2024, each UNGSF operator must complete the baseline risk assessments of all reservoirs and caverns, and at least 40% of the baseline risk assessments for each of its UNGSF wells (including wellhead assemblies), beginning with the highest-risk wells, as identified by the risk analysis process. No later than March 13, 2027, an operator must complete baseline risk assessments on all its wells (including wellhead assemblies). Operators may use prior risk assessments for a well as a baseline (or part of the baseline) risk assessment in implementing its initial integrity management program, so long as the prior assessments meet the requirements of API RP 1171 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), section 8, and continue to be relevant and valid for the current operating and environmental conditions. When evaluating prior risk-assessment results, operators must account for the growth and effects of indicated defects since the time the assessment was performed.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Integrity management re-assessment intervals.</I> The operator must determine the appropriate interval for risk assessments under API RP 1171 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), subsection 8.6.2, and this paragraph (d) for each reservoir, cavern, and well, using the results from earlier assessments and updated risk analyses. The re-assessment interval for each reservoir, cavern, and well must not exceed seven years from the date of the baseline assessment for each reservoir, cavern, and well.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Integrity management procedures and recordkeeping.</I> Each UNGSF operator must establish and follow written procedures to carry out its integrity management program under API RP 1171 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), section 8 (“Risk Management for Gas Storage Operations”), and this paragraph (d). The operator must also maintain, for the useful life of the UNGSF, records that demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this paragraph (d). This includes records developed and used in support of any identification, calculation, amendment, modification, justification, deviation, and determination made, and any action taken to implement and evaluate any integrity management program element.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-126, 85 FR 8126, Feb. 12, 2020, as amended by Amdt. No. 192-141, 90 FR 28090, July 1, 2025] 








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.13" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.13   What general requirements apply to pipelines regulated under this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may operate a segment of pipeline listed in the first column of paragraph (a)(3) of this section that is readied for service after the date in the second column, unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The pipeline has been designed, installed, constructed, initially inspected, and initially tested in accordance with this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) The pipeline qualifies for use under this part according to the requirements in § 192.14.
</P>
<P>(3) The compliance deadlines are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipeline
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(i) Offshore gathering pipeline</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July 31, 1977.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii) Regulated onshore gathering pipeline to which this part did not apply until April 14, 2006</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March 15, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iii) Regulated onshore gathering pipeline to which this part did not apply until May 16, 2022</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 16, 2023.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iv) All other pipelines</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March 12, 1971.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) No person may operate a segment of pipeline listed in the first column of this paragraph (b) that is replaced, relocated, or otherwise changed after the date in the second column of this paragraph (b), unless the replacement, relocation or change has been made according to the requirements in this part.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipeline
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Offshore gathering pipeline</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July 31, 1977.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Regulated onshore gathering pipeline to which this part did not apply until April 14, 2006</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March 15, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) Regulated onshore gathering pipeline to which this part did not apply until May 16, 2022</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 16, 2023.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) All other pipelines</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 12, 1970.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Each operator shall maintain, modify as appropriate, and follow the plans, procedures, and programs that it is required to establish under this part. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each operator of an onshore gas transmission pipeline must evaluate and mitigate, as necessary, significant changes that pose a risk to safety or the environment through a management of change process. Each operator of an onshore gas transmission pipeline must develop and follow a management of change process, as outlined in ASME B31.8S, section 11 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), that addresses technical, design, physical, environmental, procedural, operational, maintenance, and organizational changes to the pipeline or processes, whether permanent or temporary. A management of change process must include the following: reason for change, authority for approving changes, analysis of implications, acquisition of required work permits, documentation, communication of change to affected parties, time limitations, and qualification of staff. For pipeline segments other than those covered in subpart O of this part, this management of change process must be implemented by February 26, 2024. The requirements of this paragraph (d) do not apply to gas gathering pipelines. Operators may request an extension of up to 1 year by submitting a notification to PHMSA at least 90 days before February 26, 2024, in accordance with § 192.18. The notification must include a reasonable and technically justified basis, an up-to-date plan for completing all actions required by this section, the reason for the requested extension, current safety or mitigation status of the pipeline segment, the proposed completion date, and any needed temporary safety measures to mitigate the impact on safety.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34605, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-30, 42 FR 60148, Nov. 25, 1977; Amdt. 192-102, 71 FR 13303, Mar. 15, 2006; Amdt. 192-129, 86 FR 63298, Nov. 15, 2021; Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52268, Aug. 24, 2022; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33280, Apr. 29, 2024] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.14" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.14   Conversion to service subject to this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A steel pipeline previously used in service not subject to this part qualifies for use under this part if the operator prepares and follows a written procedure to carry out the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) The design, construction, operation, and maintenance history of the pipeline must be reviewed and, where sufficient historical records are not available, appropriate tests must be performed to determine if the pipeline is in a satisfactory condition for safe operation. 
</P>
<P>(2) The pipeline right-of-way, all aboveground segments of the pipeline, and appropriately selected underground segments must be visually inspected for physical defects and operating conditions which reasonably could be expected to impair the strength or tightness of the pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(3) All known unsafe defects and conditions must be corrected in accordance with this part. 
</P>
<P>(4) The pipeline must be tested in accordance with subpart J of this part to substantiate the maximum allowable operating pressure permitted by subpart L of this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator must keep for the life of the pipeline a record of the investigations, tests, repairs, replacements, and alterations made under the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) An operator converting a pipeline from service not previously covered by this part must notify PHMSA 60 days before the conversion occurs as required by § 191.22 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-30, 42 FR 60148, Nov. 25, 1977, as amended by Amdt. 192-123, 82 FR 7997, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.15" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.15   Rules of regulatory construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Includes</I> means including but not limited to. 
</P>
<P><I>May</I> means “is permitted to” or “is authorized to”. 
</P>
<P><I>May not</I> means “is not permitted to” or “is not authorized to”. 
</P>
<P><I>Shall</I> is used in the mandatory and imperative sense. 
</P>
<P>(b) In this part:
</P>
<P>(1) Words importing the singular include the plural; 
</P>
<P>(2) Words importing the plural include the singular; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Words importing the masculine gender include the feminine. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.16" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.16   Customer notification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to each operator of a service line who does not maintain the customer's buried piping up to entry of the first building downstream, or, if the customer's buried piping does not enter a building, up to the principal gas utilization equipment or the first fence (or wall) that surrounds that equipment. For the purpose of this section, “customer's buried piping” does not include branch lines that serve yard lanterns, pool heaters, or other types of secondary equipment. Also, “maintain” means monitor for corrosion according to § 192.465 if the customer's buried piping is metallic, survey for leaks according to § 192.723, and if an unsafe condition is found, shut off the flow of gas, advise the customer of the need to repair the unsafe condition, or repair the unsafe condition. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator shall notify each customer once in writing of the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) The operator does not maintain the customer's buried piping. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the customer's buried piping is not maintained, it may be subject to the potential hazards of corrosion and leakage. 
</P>
<P>(3) Buried gas piping should be—
</P>
<P>(i) Periodically inspected for leaks; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Periodically inspected for corrosion if the piping is metallic; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Repaired if any unsafe condition is discovered. 
</P>
<P>(4) When excavating near buried gas piping, the piping should be located in advance, and the excavation done by hand. 
</P>
<P>(5) The operator (if applicable), plumbing contractors, and heating contractors can assist in locating, inspecting, and repairing the customer's buried piping.
</P>
<P>(c) Each operator shall notify each customer not later than August 14, 1996, or 90 days after the customer first receives gas at a particular location, whichever is later. However, operators of master meter systems may continuously post a general notice in a prominent location frequented by customers. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each operator must make the following records available for inspection by the Administrator or a State agency participating under 49 U.S.C. 60105 or 60106: 
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the notice currently in use; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Evidence that notices have been sent to customers within the previous 3 years.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-74, 60 FR 41828, Aug. 14, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 192-74A, 60 FR 63451, Dec. 11, 1995; Amdt. 192-83, 63 FR 7723, Feb. 17, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.18" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.1.8.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.18   How to notify PHMSA.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An operator must provide any notification required by this part by—
</P>
<P>(1) Sending the notification by electronic mail to <I>InformationResourcesManager@dot.gov;</I> or
</P>
<P>(2) Sending the notification by mail to ATTN: Information Resources Manager, Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, PHF-30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.


</P>
<P>(b) An operator must also notify the appropriate State or local pipeline safety authority when an applicable pipeline segment is located in a State where OPS has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate applicable pipeline segment is regulated by that State.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless otherwise specified, if an operator submits, pursuant to § 192.8, § 192.9, § 192.13, § 192.179, § 192.319, § 192.461, § 192.506, § 192.607, § 192.619, § 192.624, § 192.632, § 192.634, § 192.636, § 192.710, § 192.712, § 192.714, § 192.745, § 192.917, § 192.921, § 192.927, § 192.933, or § 192.937, a notification for use of a different integrity assessment method, analytical method, compliance period, sampling approach, pipeline material, or technique (<I>e.g.,</I> “other technology” or “alternative equivalent technology”) than otherwise prescribed in those sections, that notification must be submitted to PHMSA for review at least 90 days in advance of using the other method, approach, compliance timeline, or technique. An operator may proceed to use the other method, approach, compliance timeline, or technique 91 days after submitting the notification unless it receives a letter from the Associate Administrator for Pipeline Safety informing the operator that PHMSA objects to the proposal or that PHMSA requires additional time and/or more information to conduct its review.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52244, Oct. 1, 2019, as amended by Amdt. 192-129, 86 FR 63298, Nov. 15, 2021; Amdt. 192-130, 87 FR 20982, Apr. 8, 2022; Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52268, Aug. 24, 2022; Amdt. 192-156, 90 FR 40762, Aug. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Materials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.51" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.2.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.51   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for the selection and qualification of pipe and components for use in pipelines. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.53" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.2.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.53   General.</HEAD>
<P>Materials for pipe and components must be:
</P>
<P>(a) Able to maintain the structural integrity of the pipeline under temperature and other environmental conditions that may be anticipated; 
</P>
<P>(b) Chemically compatible with any gas that they transport and with any other material in the pipeline with which they are in contact; and 
</P>
<P>(c) Qualified in accordance with the applicable requirements of this subpart. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.55" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.2.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.55   Steel pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) New steel pipe is qualified for use under this part if:
</P>
<P>(1) It was manufactured in accordance with a listed specification; 
</P>
<P>(2) It meets the requirements of—
</P>
<P>(i) Section II of appendix B to this part; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) If it was manufactured before November 12, 1970, either section II or III of appendix B to this part; or 
</P>
<P>(3) It is used in accordance with paragraph (c) or (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Used steel pipe is qualified for use under this part if:
</P>
<P>(1) It was manufactured in accordance with a listed specification and it meets the requirements of paragraph II-C of appendix B to this part; 
</P>
<P>(2) It meets the requirements of:
</P>
<P>(i) Section II of appendix B to this part; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) If it was manufactured before November 12, 1970, either section II or III of appendix B to this part; 
</P>
<P>(3) It has been used in an existing line of the same or higher pressure and meets the requirements of paragraph II-C of appendix B to this part; or 
</P>
<P>(4) It is used in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) New or used steel pipe may be used at a pressure resulting in a hoop stress of less than 6,000 p.s.i. (41 MPa) where no close coiling or close bending is to be done, if visual examination indicates that the pipe is in good condition and that it is free of split seams and other defects that would cause leakage. If it is to be welded, steel pipe that has not been manufactured to a listed specification must also pass the weldability tests prescribed in paragraph II-B of appendix B to this part. 
</P>
<P>(d) Steel pipe that has not been previously used may be used as replacement pipe in a segment of pipeline if it has been manufactured prior to November 12, 1970, in accordance with the same specification as the pipe used in constructing that segment of pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(e) New steel pipe that has been cold expanded must comply with the mandatory provisions of API Spec 5L (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 191-1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970; Amdt. 192-12, 38 FR 4761, Feb. 22, 1973; Amdt. 192-51, 51 FR 15335, Apr. 23, 1986; 58 FR 14521, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 180, Jan. 5, 2015; 80 FR 46847, Aug. 6, 2015] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.57" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.2.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.57   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.59" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.2.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.59   Plastic pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) New plastic pipe is qualified for use under this part if:
</P>
<P>(1) It is manufactured in accordance with a listed specification;
</P>
<P>(2) It is resistant to chemicals with which contact may be anticipated; and
</P>
<P>(3) It is free of visible defects.
</P>
<P>(b) Used plastic pipe is qualified for use under this part if:
</P>
<P>(1) It was manufactured in accordance with a listed specification; 
</P>
<P>(2) It is resistant to chemicals with which contact may be anticipated; 
</P>
<P>(3) It has been used only in gas service;
</P>
<P>(4) Its dimensions are still within the tolerances of the specification to which it was manufactured; and 
</P>
<P>(5) It is free of visible defects. 
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of paragraphs (a)(1) and (b)(1) of this section, where pipe of a diameter included in a listed specification is impractical to use, pipe of a diameter between the sizes included in a listed specification may be used if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Meets the strength and design criteria required of pipe included in that listed specification; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Is manufactured from plastic compounds which meet the criteria for material required of pipe included in that listed specification.
</P>
<P>(d) Rework and/or regrind material is not allowed in plastic pipe produced after March 6, 2015 used under this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-19, 40 FR 10472, Mar. 6, 1975; Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 180, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58716, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.61" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.2.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.61   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.63" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.2.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.63   Marking of materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) and (e) of this section, each valve, fitting, length of pipe, and other component must be marked as prescribed in the specification or standard to which it was manufactured.
</P>
<P>(b) Surfaces of pipe and components that are subject to stress from internal pressure may not be field die stamped. 
</P>
<P>(c) If any item is marked by die stamping, the die must have blunt or rounded edges that will minimize stress concentrations. 
</P>
<P>(d) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to items manufactured before November 12, 1970, that meet all of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The item is identifiable as to type, manufacturer, and model. 
</P>
<P>(2) Specifications or standards giving pressure, temperature, and other appropriate criteria for the use of items are readily available.
</P>
<P>(e) All plastic pipe and components must also meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) All markings on plastic pipe prescribed in the listed specification and the requirements of paragraph (e)(2) of this section must be repeated at intervals not exceeding two feet.
</P>
<P>(2) Plastic pipe and components manufactured after December 31, 2019 must be marked in accordance with the listed specification.
</P>
<P>(3) All physical markings on plastic pipelines prescribed in the listed specification and paragraph (e)(2) of this section must be legible until the time of installation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-31, 43 FR 883, Apr. 3, 1978; Amdt. 192-61, 53 FR 36793, Sept. 22, 1988; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5627, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt. 192-61A, 54 FR 32642, Aug. 9, 1989; 58 FR 14521, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192-76, 61 FR 26122, May 24, 1996; 61 FR 36826, July 15, 1996; Amdt. 192-114, 75 FR 48603, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 180, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58716, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.65" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.2.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.65   Transportation of pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Railroad.</I> In a pipeline to be operated at a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS, an operator may not install pipe having an outer diameter to wall thickness of 70 to 1, or more, that is transported by railroad unless the transportation is performed by API RP 5L1 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ship or barge.</I> In a pipeline to be operated at a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS, an operator may not use pipe having an outer diameter to wall thickness ratio of 70 to 1, or more, that is transported by ship or barge on both inland and marine waterways unless the transportation is performed in accordance with API RP 5LW (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Truck.</I> In a pipeline to be operated at a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS, an operator may not use pipe having an outer diameter to wall thickness ratio of 70 to 1, or more, that is transported by truck unless the transportation is performed in accordance with API RP 5LT (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-114, 75 FR 48603, Aug. 11, 2010, as amended by Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 180, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12777, Mar. 11, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.67" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.2.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.67   Records: Material properties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For steel transmission pipelines installed after [July 1, 2020, an operator must collect or make, and retain for the life of the pipeline, records that document the physical characteristics of the pipeline, including diameter, yield strength, ultimate tensile strength, wall thickness, seam type, and chemical composition of materials for pipe in accordance with §§ 192.53 and 192.55. Records must include tests, inspections, and attributes required by the manufacturing specifications applicable at the time the pipe was manufactured or installed.
</P>
<P>(b) For steel transmission pipelines installed on or before July 1, 2020], if operators have records that document tests, inspections, and attributes required by the manufacturing specifications applicable at the time the pipe was manufactured or installed, including diameter, yield strength, ultimate tensile strength, wall thickness, seam type, and chemical composition in accordance with §§ 192.53 and 192.55, operators must retain such records for the life of the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(c) For steel transmission pipeline segments installed on or before July 1, 2020], if an operator does not have records necessary to establish the MAOP of a pipeline segment, the operator may be subject to the requirements of § 192.624 according to the terms of that section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52244, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.69" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.2.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.69   Storage and handling of plastic pipe and associated components.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator must have and follow written procedures for the storage and handling of plastic pipe and associated components that meet the applicable listed specifications.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 58716, Nov. 20, 2018. Redesignated by Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52244, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Pipe Design</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.101" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.101   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes the minimum requirements for the design of pipe. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.103" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.103   General.</HEAD>
<P>Pipe must be designed with sufficient wall thickness, or must be installed with adequate protection, to withstand anticipated external pressures and loads that will be imposed on the pipe after installation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.105" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.105   Design formula for steel pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The design pressure for steel pipe is determined in accordance with the following formula: 
</P>
<FP-2><I>P</I> = (2 <I>St/D</I>) × <I>F × E × T</I> 
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2><I>P</I> = Design pressure in pounds per square inch (kPa) gauge. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>S</I> = Yield strength in pounds per square inch (kPa) determined in accordance with § 192.107. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>D</I> = Nominal outside diameter of the pipe in inches (millimeters). 
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>t</I> = Nominal wall thickness of the pipe in inches (millimeters). If this is unknown, it is determined in accordance with § 192.109. Additional wall thickness required for concurrent external loads in accordance with § 192.103 may not be included in computing design pressure. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>F</I> = Design factor determined in accordance with § 192.111. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>E</I> = Longitudinal joint factor determined in accordance with § 192.113. 
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>T</I> = Temperature derating factor determined in accordance with § 192.115.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) If steel pipe that has been subjected to cold expansion to meet the SMYS is subsequently heated, other than by welding or stress relieving as a part of welding, the design pressure is limited to 75 percent of the pressure determined under paragraph (a) of this section if the temperature of the pipe exceeds 900 °F (482 °C) at any time or is held above 600 °F (316 °C) for more than 1 hour. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-47, 49 FR 7569, Mar. 1, 1984; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.107" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.107   Yield strength (<E T="7462">S</E>) for steel pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For pipe that is manufactured in accordance with a specification listed in section I of appendix B of this part, the yield strength to be used in the design formula in § 192.105 is the SMYS stated in the listed specification, if that value is known. 
</P>
<P>(b) For pipe that is manufactured in accordance with a specification not listed in section I of appendix B to this part or whose specification or tensile properties are unknown, the yield strength to be used in the design formula in § 192.105 is one of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) If the pipe is tensile tested in accordance with section II-D of appendix B to this part, the lower of the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) 80 percent of the average yield strength determined by the tensile tests. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The lowest yield strength determined by the tensile tests. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the pipe is not tensile tested as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, 24,000 p.s.i. (165 MPa). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28783, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-83, 63 FR 7723, Feb. 17, 1998; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.109" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.109   Nominal wall thickness (<E T="7462">t</E>) for steel pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the nominal wall thickness for steel pipe is not known, it is determined by measuring the thickness of each piece of pipe at quarter points on one end. 
</P>
<P>(b) However, if the pipe is of uniform grade, size, and thickness and there are more than 10 lengths, only 10 percent of the individual lengths, but not less than 10 lengths, need be measured. The thickness of the lengths that are not measured must be verified by applying a gauge set to the minimum thickness found by the measurement. The nominal wall thickness to be used in the design formula in § 192.105 is the next wall thickness found in commercial specifications that is below the average of all the measurements taken. However, the nominal wall thickness used may not be more than 1.14 times the smallest measurement taken on pipe less than 20 inches (508 millimeters) in outside diameter, nor more than 1.11 times the smallest measurement taken on pipe 20 inches (508 millimeters) or more in outside diameter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.111" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.111   Design factor (<E T="7462">F</E>) for steel pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, the design factor to be used in the design formula in § 192.105 is determined in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class location
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Design factor (<E T="03">F</E>)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.40</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) A design factor of 0.60 or less must be used in the design formula in § 192.105 for steel pipe in Class 1 locations that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Crosses the right-of-way of an unimproved public road, without a casing; 
</P>
<P>(2) Crosses without a casing, or makes a parallel encroachment on, the right-of-way of either a hard surfaced road, a highway, a public street, or a railroad; 
</P>
<P>(3) Is supported by a vehicular, pedestrian, railroad, or pipeline bridge; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Is used in a fabricated assembly, (including separators, mainline valve assemblies, cross-connections, and river crossing headers) or is used within five pipe diameters in any direction from the last fitting of a fabricated assembly, other than a transition piece or an elbow used in place of a pipe bend which is not associated with a fabricated assembly. 
</P>
<P>(c) For Class 2 locations, a design factor of 0.50, or less, must be used in the design formula in § 192.105 for uncased steel pipe that crosses the right-of-way of a hard surfaced road, a highway, a public street, or a railroad. 
</P>
<P>(d) For Class 1 and Class 2 locations, a design factor of 0.50, or less, must be used in the design formula in § 192.105 for—
</P>
<P>(1) Steel pipe in a compressor station, regulating station, or measuring station; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Steel pipe, including a pipe riser, on a platform located offshore or in inland navigable waters. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34605, Aug. 16, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.112" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.112   Additional design requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum allowable operating pressure.</HEAD>
<P>For a new or existing pipeline segment to be eligible for operation at the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure (MAOP) calculated under § 192.620, a segment must meet the following additional design requirements. Records for alternative MAOP must be maintained, for the useful life of the pipeline, demonstrating compliance with these requirements: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">To address this design issue:
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The pipeline segment must meet these additional requirements:
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a) General standards for the steel pipe</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) The plate, skelp, or coil used for the pipe must be micro-alloyed, fine grain, fully killed, continuously cast steel with calcium treatment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(2) The carbon equivalents of the steel used for pipe must not exceed 0.25 percent by weight, as calculated by the Ito-Bessyo formula (Pcm formula) or 0.43 percent by weight, as calculated by the International Institute of Welding (IIW) formula.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(3) The ratio of the specified outside diameter of the pipe to the specified wall thickness must be less than 100. The wall thickness or other mitigative measures must prevent denting and ovality anomalies during construction, strength testing and anticipated operational stresses.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(4) The pipe must be manufactured using API Spec 5L, product specification level 2 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) for maximum operating pressures and minimum and maximum operating temperatures and other requirements under this section.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(b) Fracture control</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) The toughness properties for pipe must address the potential for initiation, propagation and arrest of fractures in accordance with:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) API Spec 5L (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7); or
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) ASME B31.8 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7); and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iii) Any correction factors needed to address pipe grades, pressures, temperatures, or gas compositions not expressly addressed in API Spec 5L , product specification level 2 or ASME B31.8 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(2) Fracture control must:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) Ensure resistance to fracture initiation while addressing the full range of operating temperatures, pressures, gas compositions, pipe grade and operating stress levels, including maximum pressures and minimum temperatures for shut-in conditions, that the pipeline is expected to experience. If these parameters change during operation of the pipeline such that they are outside the bounds of what was considered in the design evaluation, the evaluation must be reviewed and updated to assure continued resistance to fracture initiation over the operating life of the pipeline;
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) Address adjustments to toughness of pipe for each grade used and the decompression behavior of the gas at operating parameters;
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iii) Ensure at least 99 percent probability of fracture arrest within eight pipe lengths with a probability of not less than 90 percent within five pipe lengths; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iv) Include fracture toughness testing that is equivalent to that described in supplementary requirements SR5A, SR5B, and SR6 of API Spec 5L (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) and ensures ductile fracture and arrest with the following exceptions:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(A) The results of the Charpy impact test prescribed in SR5A must indicate at least 80 percent minimum shear area for any single test on each heat of steel; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(B) The results of the drop weight test prescribed in SR6 must indicate 80 percent average shear area with a minimum single test result of 60 percent shear area for any steel test samples. The test results must ensure a ductile fracture and arrest.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(3) If it is not physically possible to achieve the pipeline toughness properties of paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, additional design features, such as mechanical or composite crack arrestors and/or heavier walled pipe of proper design and spacing, must be used to ensure fracture arrest as described in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(c) Plate/coil quality control</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) There must be an internal quality management program at all mills involved in producing steel, plate, coil, skelp, and/or rolling pipe to be operated at alternative MAOP. These programs must be structured to eliminate or detect defects and inclusions affecting pipe quality.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(2) A mill inspection program or internal quality management program must include paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section and either paragraph (c)(2)(ii) or (iii) of this section:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) An ultrasonic test of the ends and at least 35 percent of the surface of the plate/coil or pipe to identify imperfections that impair serviceability such as laminations, cracks, and inclusions. At least 95 percent of the lengths of pipe manufactured must be tested. For all pipelines designed after December 22, 2008, the test must be done in accordance with ASTM A578/A578M Level B, or API Spec 5L Paragraph 7.8.10 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) or equivalent method, and either
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) A macro etch test or other equivalent method to identify inclusions that may form centerline segregation during the continuous casting process. Use of sulfur prints is not an equivalent method. The test must be carried out on the first or second slab of each sequence graded with an acceptance criteria of one or two on the Mannesmann scale or equivalent; or


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iii) A quality assurance monitoring program implemented by the operator that includes audits of:


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(A) all steelmaking and casting facilities, 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(B) quality control plans and manufacturing procedure specifications, 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(C) equipment maintenance and records of conformance, 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(D) applicable casting superheat and speeds, and 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(E) centerline segregation monitoring records to ensure mitigation of centerline segregation during the continuous casting process.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(d) Seam quality control</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) There must be a quality assurance program for pipe seam welds to assure tensile strength provided in API Spec 5L (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) for appropriate grades.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(2) There must be a hardness test, using Vickers (Hv10) hardness test method or equivalent test method, to assure a maximum hardness of 280 Vickers of the following:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) A cross section of the weld seam of one pipe from each heat plus one pipe from each welding line per day; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) For each sample cross section, a minimum of 13 readings (three for each heat affected zone, three in the weld metal, and two in each section of pipe base metal).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(3) All of the seams must be ultrasonically tested after cold expansion and mill hydrostatic testing.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(e) Mill hydrostatic test</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) All pipe to be used in a new pipeline segment installed after October 1, 2015, must be hydrostatically tested at the mill at a test pressure corresponding to a hoop stress of 95 percent SMYS for 10 seconds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(2) Pipe in operation prior to December 22, 2008, must have been hydrostatically tested at the mill at a test pressure corresponding to a hoop stress of 90 percent SMYS for 10 seconds.


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(3) Pipe in operation on or after December 22, 2008, but before October 1, 2015, must have been hydrostatically tested at the mill at a test pressure corresponding to a hoop stress of 95 percent SMYS for 10 seconds. The test pressure may include a combination of internal test pressure and the allowance for end loading stresses imposed by the pipe mill hydrostatic testing equipment as allowed by “API Spec 5L” (incorporated by reference, <E T="03">see</E> § 192.7).


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(f) Coating</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) The pipe must be protected against external corrosion by a non-shielding coating.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(2) Coating on pipe used for trenchless installation must be non-shielding and resist abrasions and other damage possible during installation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(3) A quality assurance inspection and testing program for the coating must cover the surface quality of the bare pipe, surface cleanliness and chlorides, blast cleaning, application temperature control, adhesion, cathodic disbondment, moisture permeation, bending, coating thickness, holiday detection, and repair.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(g) Fittings and flanges</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) There must be certification records of flanges, factory induction bends and factory weld ells. Certification must address material properties such as chemistry, minimum yield strength and minimum wall thickness to meet design conditions.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(2) If the carbon equivalents of flanges, bends and ells are greater than 0.42 percent by weight, the qualified welding procedures must include a pre-heat procedure.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(3) Valves, flanges and fittings must be rated based upon the required specification rating class for the alternative MAOP.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(h) Compressor stations</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) A compressor station must be designed to limit the temperature of the nearest downstream segment operating at alternative MAOP to a maximum of 120 degrees Fahrenheit (49 degrees Celsius) or the higher temperature allowed in paragraph (h)(2) of this section unless a long-term coating integrity monitoring program is implemented in accordance with paragraph (h)(3) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(2) If research, testing and field monitoring tests demonstrate that the coating type being used will withstand a higher temperature in long-term operations, the compressor station may be designed to limit downstream piping to that higher temperature. Test results and acceptance criteria addressing coating adhesion, cathodic disbondment, and coating condition must be provided to each PHMSA pipeline safety regional office where the pipeline is in service at least 60 days prior to operating above 120 degrees Fahrenheit (49 degrees Celsius). An operator must also notify a State pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a State where PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate pipeline is regulated by that State.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(3) Pipeline segments operating at alternative MAOP may operate at temperatures above 120 degrees Fahrenheit (49 degrees Celsius) if the operator implements a long-term coating integrity monitoring program. The monitoring program must include examinations using direct current voltage gradient (DCVG), alternating current voltage gradient (ACVG), or an equivalent method of monitoring coating integrity. An operator must specify the periodicity at which these examinations occur and criteria for repairing identified indications. An operator must submit its long-term coating integrity monitoring program to each PHMSA pipeline safety regional office in which the pipeline is located for review before the pipeline segments may be operated at temperatures in excess of 120 degrees Fahrenheit (49 degrees Celsius). An operator must also notify a State pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a State where PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate pipeline is regulated by that State.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 62175, Oct. 17, 2008, as amended by Amdt. 192-111, 74 FR 62505, Nov. 30, 2009; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 180, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12777, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33280, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.113" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.113   Longitudinal joint factor (E) for steel pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The longitudinal joint factor to be used in the design formula in § 192.105 is determined in accordance with the table 1 to this paragraph (a):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipe class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Longitudinal
<br/>joint factor
<br/>(E)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A53/A53M (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Seamless</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric resistance welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Furnace butt welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A106/A106M (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Seamless</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A333/A333M (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Seamless</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric resistance welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A381 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Double submerged arc welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A671/A671M (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric-fusion-welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A672/A672M (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric-fusion-welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A691/A691M (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric-fusion-welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">API Spec 5L (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Seamless</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric resistance welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric flash welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Submerged arc welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Furnace butt welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pipe over 4 inches (102 millimeters)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pipe 4 inches (102 millimeters) or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.60</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) If the type of longitudinal joint cannot be determined, the joint factor to be used must not exceed that designated for “Other.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33280, Apr. 29, 2024, as amended by Amdt. 192-156, 90 FR 40763, Aug. 21, 2025]









</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.115" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.115   Temperature derating factor (<E T="7462">T</E>) for steel pipe.</HEAD>
<P>The temperature derating factor to be used in the design formula in § 192.105 is determined as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gas temperature in degrees
<br/>Fahrenheit (Celsius)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Temperature
<br/>derating factor (T)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">250 °F (121 °C) or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">300 °F (149 °C)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.967
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">350 °F (177 °C)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.933
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">400 °F (204 °C)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.900
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">450 °F (232 °C)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.867</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>For intermediate gas temperatures, the derating factor is determined by interpolation. 
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 192.117-192.119" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 192.117-192.119   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.121" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.121   Design of plastic pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Design pressure.</I> The design pressure for plastic pipe is determined in accordance with either of the following formulas:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er20no18.000.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2><I>P</I> = Design pressure, gage, psi (kPa).
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>S</I> = For thermoplastic pipe, the hydrostatic design basis (HDB) is determined in accordance with the listed specification at a temperature equal to 73 °F (23 °C), 100 °F (38 °C), 120 °F (49 °C), or 140 °F (60 °C). In the absence of an HDB established at the specified temperature, the HDB of a higher temperature may be used in determining a design pressure rating at the specified temperature by arithmetic interpolation using the procedure in Part D.2 of PPI TR-3, (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). For reinforced thermosetting plastic pipe, 11,000 psig (75,842 kPa).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>t = Specified wall thickness, inches (mm).
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>D</I> = Specified outside diameter, inches (mm).
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>SDR</I> = Standard dimension ratio, the ratio of the average specified outside diameter to the minimum specified wall thickness, corresponding to a value from a common numbering system that was derived from the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) preferred number series 10.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>DF</I> = Design Factor, a maximum of 0.32 unless otherwise specified for a particular material in this section</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements for plastic pipe and components.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) through (f) of this section, the design pressure for plastic pipe may not exceed a gauge pressure of 100 psig (689 kPa) for pipe used in:
</P>
<P>(i) Distribution systems; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Transmission lines in Class 3 and 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(2) Plastic pipe may not be used where operating temperatures of the pipe will be:
</P>
<P>(i) Below −20 °F (−29 °C), or below −40 °F (−40 °C) if all pipe and pipeline components whose operating temperature will be below −20 °F (−29 °C) have a temperature rating by the manufacturer consistent with that operating temperature; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Above the temperature at which the HDB used in the design formula under this section is determined.
</P>
<P>(3) Unless specified for a particular material in this section, the wall thickness of plastic pipe may not be less than 0.062 inches (1.57 millimeters).


</P>
<P>(4) All plastic pipe must have a listed HDB in accordance with PPI TR-4 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Polyethylene (PE) pipe requirements.</I> (1) For PE pipe produced after July 14, 2004, but before January 22, 2019, a design pressure of up to 125 psig may be used, provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The material designation code is PE2406 or PE3408.
</P>
<P>(ii) The pipe has a nominal size (Iron Pipe Size (IPS) or Copper Tubing Size (CTS)) of 12 inches or less (above nominal pipe size of 12 inches, the design pressure is limited to 100 psig); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The wall thickness is not less than 0.062 inches (1.57 millimeters).
</P>
<P>(2) For PE pipe produced on or after January 22, 2019, a DF of 0.40 may be used in the design formula, provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The design pressure does not exceed 125 psig;
</P>
<P>(ii) The material designation code is PE2708 or PE4710;
</P>
<P>(iii) The pipe has a nominal size (IPS or CTS) of 24 inches or less; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The wall thickness for a given outside diameter is not less than that listed in Table 1 to this paragraph (c)(2)(iv):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(c)(2)(iv)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">PE pipe: minimum wall thickness and SDR values
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipe size


<br/>(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum wall thickness


<br/>(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Corresponding dimension


<br/>ratio (values)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr>″ CTS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr>″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr>″ CTS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr>″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1″ CTS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.099</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.119</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 
<fr>1/4</fr>″ CTS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 
<fr>1/4</fr>″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 
<fr>1/2</fr>″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.173</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.259</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.265</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.411</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.512</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.607</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.762</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.857</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.952</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.048</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) <I>Polyamide (PA-11) pipe requirements.</I> (1) For PA-11 pipe produced after January 23, 2009, but before January 22, 2019, a DF of 0.40 may be used in the design formula, provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The design pressure does not exceed 200 psig;
</P>
<P>(ii) The material designation code is PA32312 or PA32316;
</P>
<P>(iii) The pipe has a nominal size (IPS or CTS) of 4 inches or less; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The pipe has a standard dimension ratio of SDR-11 or less (<I>i.e.,</I> thicker wall pipe).


</P>
<P>(2) For PA-11 pipe produced on or after January 22, 2019, a DF of 0.40 may be used in the design formula, provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The design pressure does not exceed 250 psig;
</P>
<P>(ii) The material designation code is PA32316;
</P>
<P>(iii) The pipe has a nominal size (IPS or CTS) of 6 inches or less; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The minimum wall thickness for a given outside diameter is not less than that listed in table 2 to this paragraph (d)(2)(iv):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>)(2)(iv)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">PA-11 pipe: minimum wall thickness and SDR
<br/>values
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipe size
<br/>(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum wall thickness
<br/>(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Corresponding dimension ratio 
<br/>(values)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr>″ CTS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr>″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr>″ CTS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr>″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1″ CTS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.099</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.119</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 
<fr>1/4</fr>″ CTS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 
<fr>1/4</fr>″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 
<fr>1/2</fr>″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.173</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.259</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.333</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.491</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) <I>Polyamide (PA-12) pipe requirements.</I> For PA-12 pipe produced after January 22, 2019, a DF of 0.40 may be used in the design formula, provided:
</P>
<P>(1) The design pressure does not exceed 250 psig;
</P>
<P>(2) The material designation code is PA42316;
</P>
<P>(3) The pipe has a nominal size (IPS or CTS) of 6 inches or less; and
</P>
<P>(4) The minimum wall thickness for a given outside diameter is not less than that listed in table 3 to this paragraph (e)(4):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 to Paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)(4)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">PA-12 Pipe: minimum wall thickness and SDR values
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipe size
<br/>(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum wall thickness
<br/>(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Corresponding dimension ratio 
<br/>(values)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr>″ CTS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr>″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr>″ CTS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr>″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.095</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1″ CTS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.099</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.119</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 
<fr>1/4</fr>″ CTS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 
<fr>1/4</fr>″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 
<fr>1/2</fr>″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.173</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.259</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.333</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6″ IPS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.491</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(f) <I>Reinforced thermosetting plastic pipe requirements.</I> (1) Reinforced thermosetting plastic pipe may not be used at operating temperatures above 150 °F (66 °C).
</P>
<P>(2) The wall thickness for reinforced thermosetting plastic pipe may not be less than that listed in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nominal size in inches
<br/>(millimeters)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum wall
<br/>thickness in
<br/>inches
<br/>(millimeters)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 (51)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.060 (1.52)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 (76)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.060 (1.52)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 (102)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.070 (1.78)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 (152)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.100 (2.54)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58716, Nov. 20, 2018, as amended at 86 FR 2238, Jan. 11, 2021; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33281, Apr. 29, 2024; Amdt. 192-137, 89 FR 53882, June 28, 2024; Amdt. 192-153, 90 FR 28079, July 1, 2025; Amdt. 192-152, 90 FR 28101, July 1, 2025]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.123" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.123   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.125" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.125   Design of copper pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Copper pipe used in mains must have a minimum wall thickness of 0.065 inches (1.65 millimeters) and must be hard drawn. 
</P>
<P>(b) Copper pipe used in service lines must have wall thickness not less than that indicated in the following table: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Standard size inch (millimeter)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Nominal O.D. inch (millimeter)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Wall thickness inch (millimeter)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nominal
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tolerance 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr> (13)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.625 (16)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.040 (1.06)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.0035 (.0889) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/8</fr> (16)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.750 (19)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.042 (1.07)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.0035 (.0889) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr> (19)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.875 (22)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.045 (1.14)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.004 (.102) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 (25)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.125 (29)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.050 (1.27)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.004 (.102) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/4</fr> (32)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.375 (35)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.055 (1.40)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.0045 (.1143) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1
<fr>1/2</fr> (38)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.625 (41)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.060 (1.52)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.0045 (.1143)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Copper pipe used in mains and service lines may not be used at pressures in excess of 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage. 
</P>
<P>(d) Copper pipe that does not have an internal corrosion resistant lining may not be used to carry gas that has an average hydrogen sulfide content of more than 0.3 grains/100 ft
<SU>3</SU> (6.9/m
<SU>3</SU>) under standard conditions. Standard conditions refers to 60 °F and 14.7 psia (15.6 °C and one atmosphere) of gas. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.127" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.3.8.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.127   Records: Pipe design.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For steel transmission pipelines installed after July 1, 2020], an operator must collect or make, and retain for the life of the pipeline, records documenting that the pipe is designed to withstand anticipated external pressures and loads in accordance with § 192.103 and documenting that the determination of design pressure for the pipe is made in accordance with § 192.105.
</P>
<P>(b) For steel transmission pipelines installed on or before July 1, 2020, if operators have records documenting pipe design and the determination of design pressure in accordance with §§ 192.103 and 192.105, operators must retain such records for the life of the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(c) For steel transmission pipeline segments installed on or before July 1, 2020, if an operator does not have records necessary to establish the MAOP of a pipeline segment, the operator may be subject to the requirements of § 192.624 according to the terms of that section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52244, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Design of Pipeline Components</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.141" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.141   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for the design and installation of pipeline components and facilities. In addition, it prescribes requirements relating to protection against accidental overpressuring. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.143" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.143   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each component of a pipeline must be able to withstand operating pressures and other anticipated loadings without impairment of its serviceability with unit stresses equivalent to those allowed for comparable material in pipe in the same location and kind of service. However, if design based upon unit stresses is impractical for a particular component, design may be based upon a pressure rating established by the manufacturer by pressure testing that component or a prototype of the component.
</P>
<P>(b) The design and installation of pipeline components and facilities must meet applicable requirements for corrosion control found in subpart I of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for excess flow valves, each plastic pipeline component installed after January 22, 2019 must be able to withstand operating pressures and other anticipated loads in accordance with a listed specification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 48, 49 FR 19824, May 10, 1984, as amended at 72 FR 20059, Apr. 23, 2007; Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58717, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.144" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.144   Qualifying metallic components.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding any requirement of this subpart which incorporates by reference an edition of a document listed in § 192.7 or Appendix B of this part, a metallic component manufactured in accordance with any other edition of that document is qualified for use under this part if— 
</P>
<P>(a) It can be shown through visual inspection of the cleaned component that no defect exists which might impair the strength or tightness of the component; and
</P>
<P>(b) The edition of the document under which the component was manufactured has equal or more stringent requirements for the following as an edition of that document currently or previously listed in § 192.7 or appendix B of this part: 
</P>
<P>(1) Pressure testing;
</P>
<P>(2) Materials; and
</P>
<P>(3) Pressure and temperature ratings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-45, 48 FR 30639, July 5, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32894, June 14, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.145" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.145   Valves.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for cast iron and plastic valves, each valve must meet the minimum requirements of API Spec 6D (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), or to a national or international standard that provides an equivalent performance level. A valve may not be used under operating conditions that exceed the applicable pressure-temperature ratings contained in those requirements. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each cast iron and plastic valve must comply with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The valve must have a maximum service pressure rating for temperatures that equal or exceed the maximum service temperature. 
</P>
<P>(2) The valve must be tested as part of the manufacturing, as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) With the valve in the fully open position, the shell must be tested with no leakage to a pressure at least 1.5 times the maximum service rating. 
</P>
<P>(ii) After the shell test, the seat must be tested to a pressure not less than 1.5 times the maximum service pressure rating. Except for swing check valves, test pressure during the seat test must be applied successively on each side of the closed valve with the opposite side open. No visible leakage is permitted.
</P>
<P>(iii) After the last pressure test is completed, the valve must be operated through its full travel to demonstrate freedom from interference. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each valve must be able to meet the anticipated operating conditions. 
</P>
<P>(d) No valve having shell (body, bonnet, cover, and/or end flange) components made of ductile iron may be used at pressures exceeding 80 percent of the pressure ratings for comparable steel valves at their listed temperature. However, a valve having shell components made of ductile iron may be used at pressures up to 80 percent of the pressure ratings for comparable steel valves at their listed temperature, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The temperature-adjusted service pressure does not exceed 1,000 p.s.i. (7 Mpa) gage; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Welding is not used on any ductile iron component in the fabrication of the valve shells or their assembly.
</P>
<P>(e) No valve having shell (body, bonnet, cover, and/or end flange) components made of cast iron, malleable iron, or ductile iron may be used in the gas pipe components of compressor stations.
</P>
<P>(f) Except for excess flow valves, plastic valves installed after January 22, 2019, must meet the minimum requirements of a listed specification. A valve may not be used under operating conditions that exceed the applicable pressure and temperature ratings contained in the listed specification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32894, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192-114, 75 FR 48603, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 181, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58717, Nov. 20, 2018; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33281, Apr. 29, 2024] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.147" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.147   Flanges and flange accessories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each flange or flange accessory (other than cast iron) must meet the minimum requirements of ASME/ANSI B16.5 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7), ANSI/MSS SP-44 (incorporation by reference, see § 192.7), or the equivalent.
</P>
<P>(b) Each flange assembly must be able to withstand the maximum pressure at which the pipeline is to be operated and to maintain its physical and chemical properties at any temperature to which it is anticipated that it might be subjected in service. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each flange on a flanged joint in cast iron pipe must conform in dimensions, drilling, face and gasket design to ASME/ANSI B16.1 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7)and be cast integrally with the pipe, valve, or fitting. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989; 58 FR 14521, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 181, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33281, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.149" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.149   Standard fittings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The minimum metal thickness of threaded fittings may not be less than specified for the pressures and temperatures in the applicable standards referenced in this part, or their equivalent. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each steel butt-welding fitting must have pressure and temperature ratings based on stresses for pipe of the same or equivalent material. The actual bursting strength of the fitting must at least equal the computed bursting strength of pipe of the designated material and wall thickness, as determined by a prototype that was tested to at least the pressure required for the pipeline to which it is being added. 
</P>
<P>(c) Plastic fittings installed after January 22, 2019, must meet a listed specification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58718, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.150" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.150   Passage of internal inspection devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, each new transmission line and each replacement of line pipe, valve, fitting, or other line component in a transmission line, must be designed and constructed to accommodate the passage of instrumented internal inspection devices in accordance with NACE SP0102, section 7 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7).
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not apply to: (1) Manifolds;
</P>
<P>(2) Station piping such as at compressor stations, meter stations, or regulator stations;
</P>
<P>(3) Piping associated with storage facilities, other than a continuous run of transmission line between a compressor station and storage facilities; 
</P>
<P>(4) Cross-overs;
</P>
<P>(5) Sizes of pipe for which an instrumented internal inspection device is not commercially available;
</P>
<P>(6) Transmission lines, operated in conjunction with a distribution system which are installed in Class 4 locations;
</P>
<P>(7) Offshore transmission lines, except transmission lines 10


<FR>3/4</FR> inches (273 millimeters) or more in outside diameter on which construction begins after December 28, 2005, that run from platform to platform or platform to shore unless—
</P>
<P>(i) Platform space or configuration is incompatible with launching or retrieving instrumented internal inspection devices; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the design includes taps for lateral connections, the operator can demonstrate, based on investigation or experience, that there is no reasonably practical alternative under the design circumstances to the use of a tap that will obstruct the passage of instrumented internal inspection devices; 
</P>
<P>(8) Gathering lines; and
</P>
<P>(9) Other piping that, under § 190.9 of this chapter, the Administrator finds in a particular case would be impracticable to design and construct to accommodate the passage of instrumented internal inspection devices.
</P>
<P>(c) An operator encountering emergencies, construction time constraints or other unforeseen construction problems need not construct a new or replacement segment of a transmission line to meet paragraph (a) of this section, if the operator determines and documents why an impracticability prohibits compliance with paragraph (a) of this section. Within 30 days after discovering the emergency or construction problem the operator must petition, under § 190.9 of this chapter, for approval that design and construction to accommodate passage of instrumented internal inspection devices would be impracticable. If the petition is denied, within 1 year after the date of the notice of the denial, the operator must modify that segment to allow passage of instrumented internal inspection devices.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-72, 59 FR 17281, Apr. 12, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-97, 69 FR 36029, June 28, 2004; Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52244, Oct. 1, 2019; Amdt. 192-129, 86 FR 63298, Nov. 15, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.151" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.151   Tapping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each mechanical fitting used to make a hot tap must be designed for at least the operating pressure of the pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(b) Where a ductile iron pipe is tapped, the extent of full-thread engagement and the need for the use of outside-sealing service connections, tapping saddles, or other fixtures must be determined by service conditions. 
</P>
<P>(c) Where a threaded tap is made in cast iron or ductile iron pipe, the diameter of the tapped hole may not be more than 25 percent of the nominal diameter of the pipe unless the pipe is reinforced, except that 
</P>
<P>(1) Existing taps may be used for replacement service, if they are free of cracks and have good threads; and 
</P>
<P>(2) A 1
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch (32 millimeters) tap may be made in a 4-inch (102 millimeters) cast iron or ductile iron pipe, without reinforcement. 
</P>
<FP>However, in areas where climate, soil, and service conditions may create unusual external stresses on cast iron pipe, unreinforced taps may be used only on 6-inch (152 millimeters) or larger pipe. 
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.153" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.153   Components fabricated by welding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for branch connections and assemblies of standard pipe and fittings joined by circumferential welds, the design pressure of each component fabricated by welding, whose strength cannot be determined, must be established in accordance with paragraph UG-101 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC) (Section VIII, Division 1) (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7).
</P>
<P>(b) Each prefabricated unit that uses plate and longitudinal seams must be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with the ASME BPVC (<I>Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels</I> as defined in either Section VIII, Division 1 or Section VIII, Division 2; incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), except for the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Regularly manufactured butt-welding fittings.
</P>
<P>(2) Pipe that has been produced and tested under a specification listed in appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(3) Partial assemblies such as split rings or collars.
</P>
<P>(4) Prefabricated units that the manufacturer certifies have been tested to at least twice the maximum pressure to which they will be subjected under the anticipated operating conditions.
</P>
<P>(c) Orange-peel bull plugs and orange-peel swages may not be used on pipelines that are to operate at a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of the SMYS of the pipe. 
</P>
<P>(d) Except for flat closures designed in accordance with ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1 or Division 2, (both incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), flat closures and fish tails may not be used on pipe that either operates at 100 psig (689 kilopascals) or more, or that is more than 3 inches (76 millimeters) in nominal diameter.
</P>
<P>(e) The test requirements for a prefabricated unit or pressure vessel, defined for this paragraph as components with a design pressure established in accordance with paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this section are as follows.
</P>
<P>(1) A prefabricated unit or pressure vessel installed after July 14, 2004 is not subject to the strength testing requirements at § 192.505(b) provided the component has been tested in accordance with paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this section and with a test factor of at least 1.3 times MAOP.
</P>
<P>(2) A prefabricated unit or pressure vessel must be tested for a duration specified as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) A prefabricated unit or pressure vessel installed after July 14, 2004, but before October 1, 2021 is exempt from §§ 192.505(c) and (d) and 192.507(c) provided it has been tested for a duration consistent with the ASME BPVC requirements referenced in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A prefabricated unit or pressure vessel installed on or after October 1, 2021 must be tested for the duration specified in either § 192.505(c) or (d), § 192.507(c), or § 192.509(a), whichever is applicable for the pipeline in which the component is being installed.
</P>
<P>(3) For any prefabricated unit or pressure vessel permanently or temporarily installed on a pipeline facility, an operator must either:
</P>
<P>(i) Test the prefabricated unit or pressure vessel in accordance with this section and Subpart J of this part after it has been placed on its support structure at its final installation location. The test may be performed before or after it has been tied-in to the pipeline. Test records that meet § 192.517(a) must be kept for the operational life of the prefabricated unit or pressure vessel; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For a prefabricated unit or pressure vessel that is pressure tested prior to installation or where a manufacturer's pressure test is used in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, inspect the prefabricated unit or pressure vessel after it has been placed on its support structure at its final installation location and confirm that the prefabricated unit or pressure vessel was not damaged during any prior operation, transportation, or installation into the pipeline. The inspection procedure and documented inspection must include visual inspection for vessel damage, including, at a minimum, inlets, outlets, and lifting locations. Injurious defects that are an integrity threat may include dents, gouges, bending, corrosion, and cracking. This inspection must be performed prior to operation but may be performed either before or after it has been tied-in to the pipeline. If injurious defects that are an integrity threat are found, the prefabricated unit or pressure vessel must be either non-destructively tested, re-pressure tested, or remediated in accordance with applicable part 192 requirements for a fabricated unit or with the applicable ASME BPVC requirements referenced in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section. Test, inspection, and repair records for the fabricated unit or pressure vessel must be kept for the operational life of the component. Test records must meet the requirements in § 192.517(a).
</P>
<P>(4) An initial pressure test from the prefabricated unit or pressure vessel manufacturer may be used to meet the requirements of this section with the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The prefabricated unit or pressure vessel is newly-manufactured and installed on or after October 1, 2021, except as provided in paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) An initial pressure test from the fabricated unit or pressure vessel manufacturer or other prior test of a new or existing prefabricated unit or pressure vessel may be used for a component that is temporarily installed in a pipeline facility in order to complete a testing, integrity assessment, repair, odorization, or emergency response-related task, including noise or pollution abatement. The temporary component must be promptly removed after that task is completed. If operational and environmental constraints require leaving a temporary prefabricated unit or pressure vessel under this paragraph in place for longer than 30 days, the operator must notify PHMSA and State or local pipeline safety authorities, as applicable, in accordance with § 192.18.
</P>
<P>(iii) The manufacturer's pressure test must meet the minimum requirements of this part; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The operator inspects and remediates the prefabricated unit or pressure vessel after installation in accordance with paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) An existing prefabricated unit or pressure vessel that is temporarily removed from a pipeline facility to complete a testing, integrity assessment, repair, odorization, or emergency response-related task, including noise or pollution abatement, and then re-installed at the same location must be inspected in accordance with paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section; however, a new pressure test is not required provided no damage or threats to the operational integrity of the prefabricated unit or pressure vessel were identified during the inspection and the MAOP of the pipeline is not increased.
</P>
<P>(6) Except as provided in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii) and (5) of this section, on or after October 1, 2021, an existing prefabricated unit or pressure vessel relocated and operated at a different location must meet the requirements of this part and the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The prefabricated unit or pressure vessel must be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of this part at the time the vessel is returned to operational service at the new location; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The prefabricated unit or pressure vessel must be pressure tested by the operator in accordance with the testing and inspection requirements of this part applicable to newly installed prefabricated units and pressure vessels.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970; 58 FR 14521, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 45268, Aug. 27, 1993; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37502, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 181, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12778, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 46847, Aug. 6, 2015; 86 FR 2239, Jan. 11, 2021; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33281, Apr. 29, 2024] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.155" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.155   Welded branch connections.</HEAD>
<P>Each welded branch connection made to pipe in the form of a single connection, or in a header or manifold as a series of connections, must be designed to ensure that the strength of the pipeline system is not reduced, taking into account the stresses in the remaining pipe wall due to the opening in the pipe or header, the shear stresses produced by the pressure acting on the area of the branch opening, and any external loadings due to thermal movement, weight, and vibration. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.157" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.157   Extruded outlets.</HEAD>
<P>Each extruded outlet must be suitable for anticipated service conditions and must be at least equal to the design strength of the pipe and other fittings in the pipeline to which it is attached. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.159" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.159   Flexibility.</HEAD>
<P>Each pipeline must be designed with enough flexibility to prevent thermal expansion or contraction from causing excessive stresses in the pipe or components, excessive bending or unusual loads at joints, or undesirable forces or moments at points of connection to equipment, or at anchorage or guide points. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.161" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.161   Supports and anchors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each pipeline and its associated equipment must have enough anchors or supports to:
</P>
<P>(1) Prevent undue strain on connected equipment; 
</P>
<P>(2) Resist longitudinal forces caused by a bend or offset in the pipe; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Prevent or damp out excessive vibration. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each exposed pipeline must have enough supports or anchors to protect the exposed pipe joints from the maximum end force caused by internal pressure and any additional forces caused by temperature expansion or contraction or by the weight of the pipe and its contents. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each support or anchor on an exposed pipeline must be made of durable, noncombustible material and must be designed and installed as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Free expansion and contraction of the pipeline between supports or anchors may not be restricted. 
</P>
<P>(2) Provision must be made for the service conditions involved. 
</P>
<P>(3) Movement of the pipeline may not cause disengagement of the support equipment. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each support on an exposed pipeline operated at a stress level of 50 percent or more of SMYS must comply with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) A structural support may not be welded directly to the pipe. 
</P>
<P>(2) The support must be provided by a member that completely encircles the pipe. 
</P>
<P>(3) If an encircling member is welded to a pipe, the weld must be continuous and cover the entire circumference. 
</P>
<P>(e) Each underground pipeline that is connected to a relatively unyielding line or other fixed object must have enough flexibility to provide for possible movement, or it must have an anchor that will limit the movement of the pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(f) Except for offshore pipelines, each underground pipeline that is being connected to new branches must have a firm foundation for both the header and the branch to prevent detrimental lateral and vertical movement. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.163" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.163   Compressor stations: Design and construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Location of compressor building.</I> Except for a compressor building on a platform located offshore or in inland navigable waters, each main compressor building of a compressor station must be located on property under the control of the operator. It must be far enough away from adjacent property, not under control of the operator, to minimize the possibility of fire being communicated to the compressor building from structures on adjacent property. There must be enough open space around the main compressor building to allow the free movement of fire-fighting equipment. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Building construction.</I> Each building on a compressor station site must be made of noncombustible materials if it contains either—
</P>
<P>(1) Pipe more than 2 inches (51 millimeters) in diameter that is carrying gas under pressure; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Gas handling equipment other than gas utilization equipment used for domestic purposes. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exits.</I> Each operating floor of a main compressor building must have at least two separated and unobstructed exits located so as to provide a convenient possibility of escape and an unobstructed passage to a place of safety. Each door latch on an exit must be of a type which can be readily opened from the inside without a key. Each swinging door located in an exterior wall must be mounted to swing outward. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Fenced areas.</I> Each fence around a compressor station must have at least two gates located so as to provide a convenient opportunity for escape to a place of safety, or have other facilities affording a similarly convenient exit from the area. Each gate located within 200 feet (61 meters) of any compressor plant building must open outward and, when occupied, must be openable from the inside without a key. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Electrical facilities.</I> Electrical equipment and wiring installed in compressor stations must conform to the NFPA 70 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), so far as that code is applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34605, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10159, Feb. 2, 1981; 58 FR 14521, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37502, 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 181, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-35, 89 FR 33281, Apr. 29, 2024] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.165" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.165   Compressor stations: Liquid removal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where entrained vapors in gas may liquefy under the anticipated pressure and temperature conditions, the compressor must be protected against the introduction of those liquids in quantities that could cause damage. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each liquid separator used to remove entrained liquids at a compressor station must:
</P>
<P>(1) Have a manually operable means of removing these liquids. 
</P>
<P>(2) Where slugs of liquid could be carried into the compressors, have either automatic liquid removal facilities, an automatic compressor shutdown device, or a high liquid level alarm; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Be manufactured in accordance with section VIII ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC) (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) and the additional requirements of § 192.153(e) except that liquid separators constructed of pipe and fittings without internal welding must be fabricated with a design factor of 0.4, or less.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 181, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12778, Mar. 11, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.167" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.167   Compressor stations: Emergency shutdown.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for unattended field compressor stations of 1,000 horsepower (746 kilowatts) or less, each compressor station must have an emergency shutdown system that meets the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) It must be able to block gas out of the station and blow down the station piping. 
</P>
<P>(2) It must discharge gas from the blowdown piping at a location where the gas will not create a hazard. 
</P>
<P>(3) It must provide means for the shutdown of gas compressing equipment, gas fires, and electrical facilities in the vicinity of gas headers and in the compressor building, except that:
</P>
<P>(i) Electrical circuits that supply emergency lighting required to assist station personnel in evacuating the compressor building and the area in the vicinity of the gas headers must remain energized; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Electrical circuits needed to protect equipment from damage may remain energized. 
</P>
<P>(4) It must be operable from at least two locations, each of which is:
</P>
<P>(i) Outside the gas area of the station; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Near the exit gates, if the station is fenced, or near emergency exits, if not fenced; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Not more than 500 feet (153 meters) from the limits of the station. 
</P>
<P>(b) If a compressor station supplies gas directly to a distribution system with no other adequate source of gas available, the emergency shutdown system must be designed so that it will not function at the wrong time and cause an unintended outage on the distribution system. 
</P>
<P>(c) On a platform located offshore or in inland navigable waters, the emergency shutdown system must be designed and installed to actuate automatically by each of the following events: 
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of an unattended compressor station:
</P>
<P>(i) When the gas pressure equals the maximum allowable operating pressure plus 15 percent; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) When an uncontrolled fire occurs on the platform; and 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a compressor station in a building:
</P>
<P>(i) When an uncontrolled fire occurs in the building; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) When the concentration of gas in air reaches 50 percent or more of the lower explosive limit in a building which has a source of ignition. 
</P>
<FP>For the purpose of paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, an electrical facility which conforms to Class 1, Group D, of the National Electrical Code is not a source of ignition. 
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34605, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.169" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.169   Compressor stations: Pressure limiting devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each compressor station must have pressure relief or other suitable protective devices of sufficient capacity and sensitivity to ensure that the maximum allowable operating pressure of the station piping and equipment is not exceeded by more than 10 percent. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each vent line that exhausts gas from the pressure relief valves of a compressor station must extend to a location where the gas may be discharged without hazard. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.171" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.171   Compressor stations: Additional safety equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each compressor station must have adequate fire protection facilities. If fire pumps are a part of these facilities, their operation may not be affected by the emergency shutdown system. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each compressor station prime mover, other than an electrical induction or synchronous motor, must have an automatic device to shut down the unit before the speed of either the prime mover or the driven unit exceeds a maximum safe speed. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each compressor unit in a compressor station must have a shutdown or alarm device that operates in the event of inadequate cooling or lubrication of the unit. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each compressor station gas engine that operates with pressure gas injection must be equipped so that stoppage of the engine automatically shuts off the fuel and vents the engine distribution manifold. 
</P>
<P>(e) Each muffler for a gas engine in a compressor station must have vent slots or holes in the baffles of each compartment to prevent gas from being trapped in the muffler. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.173" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.173   Compressor stations: Ventilation.</HEAD>
<P>Each compressor station building must be ventilated to ensure that employees are not endangered by the accumulation of gas in rooms, sumps, attics, pits, or other enclosed places. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.175" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.175   Pipe-type and bottle-type holders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each pipe-type and bottle-type holder must be designed so as to prevent the accumulation of liquids in the holder, in connecting pipe, or in auxiliary equipment, that might cause corrosion or interfere with the safe operation of the holder. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each pipe-type or bottle-type holder must have minimum clearance from other holders in accordance with the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>C = (3D*P*F)/1000) in inches; (C = (3D*P*F*)/6,895) in millimeters
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>in which:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>C</I> = Minimum clearance between pipe containers or bottles in inches (millimeters).
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>D</I> = Outside diameter of pipe containers or bottles in inches (millimeters).
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>P</I> = Maximum allowable operating pressure, psi (kPa) gauge.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>F</I> = Design factor as set forth in § 192.111 of this part.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-123, 82 FR 7997, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.177" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.177   Additional provisions for bottle-type holders.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="32">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22012, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) Each bottle-type holder must be—
</P>
<P>(1) Located on a site entirely surrounded by fencing that prevents access by unauthorized persons and with minimum clearance from the fence as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum allowable operating pressure
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum clearance feet (meters)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than 1,000 p.s.i. (7 MPa) gage</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 (7.6)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,000 p.s.i. (7 MPa) gage or more</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 (31)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Designed using the design factors set forth in § 192.111; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Buried with a minimum cover in accordance with § 192.327. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each bottle-type holder manufactured from steel that is not weldable under field conditions must comply with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) A bottle-type holder made from alloy steel must meet the chemical and tensile requirements for the various grades of steel in ASTM A372/372M (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). 
</P>
<P>(2) The actual yield-tensile ratio of the steel may not exceed 0.85. 
</P>
<P>(3) Welding may not be performed on the holder after it has been heat treated or stress relieved, except that copper wires may be attached to the small diameter portion of the bottle end closure for cathodic protection if a localized thermit welding process is used. 
</P>
<P>(4) The holder must be given a mill hydrostatic test at a pressure that produces a hoop stress at least equal to 85 percent of the SMYS. 
</P>
<P>(5) The holder, connection pipe, and components must be leak tested after installation as required by subpart J of this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989; 58 FR 14521, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 181, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.179" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.179   Transmission line valves.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each transmission line, other than offshore segments, must have sectionalizing block valves spaced as follows, unless in a particular case the Administrator finds that alternative spacing would provide an equivalent level of safety: 
</P>
<P>(1) Each point on the pipeline in a Class 4 location must be within 2
<FR>1/2</FR> miles (4 kilometers)of a valve. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each point on the pipeline in a Class 3 location must be within 4 miles (6.4 kilometers) of a valve. 
</P>
<P>(3) Each point on the pipeline in a Class 2 location must be within 7
<FR>1/2</FR> miles (12 kilometers) of a valve. 
</P>
<P>(4) Each point on the pipeline in a Class 1 location must be within 10 miles (16 kilometers) of a valve. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each sectionalizing block valve on a transmission line, other than offshore segments, must comply with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The valve and the operating device to open or close the valve must be readily accessible and protected from tampering and damage. 
</P>
<P>(2) The valve must be supported to prevent settling of the valve or movement of the pipe to which it is attached. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each section of a transmission line, other than offshore segments, between main line valves must have a blowdown valve with enough capacity to allow the transmission line to be blown down as rapidly as practicable. Each blowdown discharge must be located so the gas can be blown to the atmosphere without hazard and, if the transmission line is adjacent to an overhead electric line, so that the gas is directed away from the electrical conductors. 
</P>
<P>(d) Offshore segments of transmission lines must be equipped with valves or other components to shut off the flow of gas to an offshore platform in an emergency. 
</P>
<P>(e) For onshore transmission pipeline segments with diameters greater than or equal to 6 inches that are constructed after April 10, 2023, the operator must install rupture-mitigation valves (RMV) or an alternative equivalent technology whenever a valve must be installed to meet the appropriate valve spacing requirements of this section. An operator seeking to use alternative equivalent technology must notify PHMSA in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph (g) of this section. All RMVs and alternative equivalent technologies installed pursuant to this paragraph (e) must meet the requirements of § 192.636. The installation requirements in this paragraph (e) do not apply to pipe segments with a potential impact radius (PIR), as defined in § 192.903, that is less than or equal to 150 feet in either Class 1 or Class 2 locations. An operator may request an extension of the installation compliance deadline requirements of this paragraph (e) if it can demonstrate to PHMSA, in accordance with the notification procedures in § 192.18, that those installation compliance deadlines would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible for a particular new pipeline.
</P>
<P>(f) For entirely replaced onshore transmission pipeline segments, as defined in § 192.3, with diameters greater than or equal to 6 inches and that are installed after April 10, 2023, the operator must install RMVs or an alternative equivalent technology whenever a valve must be installed to meet the appropriate valve spacing requirements of this section. An operator seeking to use alternative equivalent technology must notify PHMSA in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph (g) of this section. All RMVs and alternative equivalent technologies installed pursuant to this paragraph (f) must meet the requirements of § 192.636. The requirements of this paragraph (f) apply when the applicable pipeline replacement project involves a valve, either through addition, replacement, or removal. The installation requirements in this paragraph (f) do not apply to pipe segments with a PIR, as defined in § 192.903, that is less than or equal to 150 feet in either Class 1 or Class 2 locations. An operator may request an extension of the installation compliance deadline requirements of this paragraph (f) if it can demonstrate to PHMSA, in accordance with the notification procedures in § 192.18, that those installation compliance deadlines would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible for a particular pipeline replacement project.
</P>
<P>(g) If an operator elects to use alternative equivalent technology in accordance with paragraph (e) or (f) of this section, the operator must notify PHMSA in accordance with the procedures in § 192.18. The operator must include a technical and safety evaluation in its notice to PHMSA. Valves that are installed as alternative equivalent technology must comply with §§ 192.634 and 192.636. An operator requesting use of manual valves as an alternative equivalent technology must also include within the notification submitted to PHMSA a demonstration that installation of an RMV as otherwise required would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible. An operator may use a manual compressor station valve at a continuously manned station as an alternative equivalent technology, and use of such valve would not require a notification to PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18, but it must comply with § 192.636.
</P>
<P>(h) The valve spacing requirements of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to pipe replacements on a pipeline if the distance between each point on the pipeline and the nearest valve does not exceed:
</P>
<P>(1) Four (4) miles in Class 4 locations, with a total spacing between valves no greater than 8 miles;
</P>
<P>(2) Seven-and-a-half (7
<FR>1/2</FR>) miles in Class 3 locations, with a total spacing between valves no greater than 15 miles; or
</P>
<P>(3) Ten (10) miles in Class 1 or 2 locations, with a total spacing between valves no greater than 20 miles.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-130, 87 FR 20982, Apr. 8, 2022; Amdt. 192-134, 88 FR 50061, Aug. 1, 2023]  


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.181" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.181   Distribution line valves.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each high-pressure distribution system must have valves spaced so as to reduce the time to shut down a section of main in an emergency. The valve spacing is determined by the operating pressure, the size of the mains, and the local physical conditions. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each regulator station controlling the flow or pressure of gas in a distribution system must have a valve installed on the inlet piping at a distance from the regulator station sufficient to permit the operation of the valve during an emergency that might preclude access to the station. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each valve on a main installed for operating or emergency purposes must comply with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The valve must be placed in a readily accessible location so as to facilitate its operation in an emergency. 
</P>
<P>(2) The operating stem or mechanism must be readily accessible. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the valve is installed in a buried box or enclosure, the box or enclosure must be installed so as to avoid transmitting external loads to the main. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.183" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.183   Vaults: Structural design requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each underground vault or pit for valves, pressure relieving, pressure limiting, or pressure regulating stations, must be able to meet the loads which may be imposed upon it, and to protect installed equipment. 
</P>
<P>(b) There must be enough working space so that all of the equipment required in the vault or pit can be properly installed, operated, and maintained. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each pipe entering, or within, a regulator vault or pit must be steel for sizes 10 inch (254 millimeters), and less, except that control and gage piping may be copper. Where pipe extends through the vault or pit structure, provision must be made to prevent the passage of gases or liquids through the opening and to avert strains in the pipe. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.185" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.185   Vaults: Accessibility.</HEAD>
<P>Each vault must be located in an accessible location and, so far as practical, away from:
</P>
<P>(a) Street intersections or points where traffic is heavy or dense; 
</P>
<P>(b) Points of minimum elevation, catch basins, or places where the access cover will be in the course of surface waters; and 
</P>
<P>(c) Water, electric, steam, or other facilities. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.187" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.187   Vaults: Sealing, venting, and ventilation.</HEAD>
<P>Each underground vault or closed top pit containing either a pressure regulating or reducing station, or a pressure limiting or relieving station, must be sealed, vented or ventilated as follows: 
</P>
<P>(a) When the internal volume exceeds 200 cubic feet (5.7 cubic meters):
</P>
<P>(1) The vault or pit must be ventilated with two ducts, each having at least the ventilating effect of a pipe 4 inches (102 millimeters) in diameter; 
</P>
<P>(2) The ventilation must be enough to minimize the formation of combustible atmosphere in the vault or pit; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The ducts must be high enough above grade to disperse any gas-air mixtures that might be discharged. 
</P>
<P>(b) When the internal volume is more than 75 cubic feet (2.1 cubic meters) but less than 200 cubic feet (5.7 cubic meters):
</P>
<P>(1) If the vault or pit is sealed, each opening must have a tight fitting cover without open holes through which an explosive mixture might be ignited, and there must be a means for testing the internal atmosphere before removing the cover; 
</P>
<P>(2) If the vault or pit is vented, there must be a means of preventing external sources of ignition from reaching the vault atmosphere; or 
</P>
<P>(3) If the vault or pit is ventilated, paragraph (a) or (c) of this section applies. 
</P>
<P>(c) If a vault or pit covered by paragraph (b) of this section is ventilated by openings in the covers or gratings and the ratio of the internal volume, in cubic feet, to the effective ventilating area of the cover or grating, in square feet, is less than 20 to 1, no additional ventilation is required. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.189" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.189   Vaults: Drainage and waterproofing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each vault must be designed so as to minimize the entrance of water. 
</P>
<P>(b) A vault containing gas piping may not be connected by means of a drain connection to any other underground structure. 
</P>
<P>(c) Electrical equipment in vaults must conform to the applicable requirements of Class 1, Group D, of the National Electrical Code, NFPA-70 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-76, 61 FR 26122, May 24, 1996; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 181, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.191" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.191   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.193" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.193   Valve installation in plastic pipe.</HEAD>
<P>Each valve installed in plastic pipe must be designed so as to protect the plastic material against excessive torsional or shearing loads when the valve or shutoff is operated, and from any other secondary stresses that might be exerted through the valve or its enclosure. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.195" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.195   Protection against accidental overpressuring.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> Except as provided in § 192.197, each pipeline that is connected to a gas source so that the maximum allowable operating pressure could be exceeded as the result of pressure control failure or of some other type of failure, must have pressure relieving or pressure limiting devices that meet the requirements of §§ 192.199 and 192.201. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional requirements for distribution systems.</I> Each distribution system that is supplied from a source of gas that is at a higher pressure than the maximum allowable operating pressure for the system must—
</P>
<P>(1) Have pressure regulation devices capable of meeting the pressure, load, and other service conditions that will be experienced in normal operation of the system, and that could be activated in the event of failure of some portion of the system; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Be designed so as to prevent accidental overpressuring. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.197" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.197   Control of the pressure of gas delivered from high-pressure distribution systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the maximum actual operating pressure of the distribution system is 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, or less and a service regulator having the following characteristics is used, no other pressure limiting device is required: 
</P>
<P>(1) A regulator capable of reducing distribution line pressure to pressures recommended for household appliances. 
</P>
<P>(2) A single port valve with proper orifice for the maximum gas pressure at the regulator inlet. 
</P>
<P>(3) A valve seat made of resilient material designed to withstand abrasion of the gas, impurities in gas, cutting by the valve, and to resist permanent deformation when it is pressed against the valve port. 
</P>
<P>(4) Pipe connections to the regulator not exceeding 2 inches (51 millimeters) in diameter. 
</P>
<P>(5) A regulator that, under normal operating conditions, is able to regulate the downstream pressure within the necessary limits of accuracy and to limit the build-up of pressure under no-flow conditions to prevent a pressure that would cause the unsafe operation of any connected and properly adjusted gas utilization equipment. 
</P>
<P>(6) A self-contained service regulator with no external static or control lines. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the maximum actual operating pressure of the distribution system is 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, or less, and a service regulator that does not have all of the characteristics listed in paragraph (a) of this section is used, or if the gas contains materials that seriously interfere with the operation of service regulators, there must be suitable protective devices to prevent unsafe overpressuring of the customer's appliances if the service regulator fails. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the maximum actual operating pressure of the distribution system exceeds 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, one of the following methods must be used to regulate and limit, to the maximum safe value, the pressure of gas delivered to the customer: 
</P>
<P>(1) A service regulator having the characteristics listed in paragraph (a) of this section, and another regulator located upstream from the service regulator. The upstream regulator may not be set to maintain a pressure higher than 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage. A device must be installed between the upstream regulator and the service regulator to limit the pressure on the inlet of the service regulator to 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage or less in case the upstream regulator fails to function properly. This device may be either a relief valve or an automatic shutoff that shuts, if the pressure on the inlet of the service regulator exceeds the set pressure (60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage or less), and remains closed until manually reset. 
</P>
<P>(2) A service regulator and a monitoring regulator set to limit, to a maximum safe value, the pressure of the gas delivered to the customer. 
</P>
<P>(3) A service regulator with a relief valve vented to the outside atmosphere, with the relief valve set to open so that the pressure of gas going to the customer does not exceed a maximum safe value. The relief valve may either be built into the service regulator or it may be a separate unit installed downstream from the service regulator. This combination may be used alone only in those cases where the inlet pressure on the service regulator does not exceed the manufacturer's safe working pressure rating of the service regulator, and may not be used where the inlet pressure on the service regulator exceeds 125 p.s.i. (862 kPa) gage. For higher inlet pressures, the methods in paragraph (c) (1) or (2) of this section must be used. 
</P>
<P>(4) A service regulator and an automatic shutoff device that closes upon a rise in pressure downstream from the regulator and remains closed until manually reset. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 7, 1970; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.199" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.199   Requirements for design of pressure relief and limiting devices.</HEAD>
<P>Except for rupture discs, each pressure relief or pressure limiting device must:
</P>
<P>(a) Be constructed of materials such that the operation of the device will not be impaired by corrosion; 
</P>
<P>(b) Have valves and valve seats that are designed not to stick in a position that will make the device inoperative; 
</P>
<P>(c) Be designed and installed so that it can be readily operated to determine if the valve is free, can be tested to determine the pressure at which it will operate, and can be tested for leakage when in the closed position; 
</P>
<P>(d) Have support made of noncombustible material; 
</P>
<P>(e) Have discharge stacks, vents, or outlet ports designed to prevent accumulation of water, ice, or snow, located where gas can be discharged into the atmosphere without undue hazard; 
</P>
<P>(f) Be designed and installed so that the size of the openings, pipe, and fittings located between the system to be protected and the pressure relieving device, and the size of the vent line, are adequate to prevent hammering of the valve and to prevent impairment of relief capacity; 
</P>
<P>(g) Where installed at a district regulator station to protect a pipeline system from overpressuring, be designed and installed to prevent any single incident such as an explosion in a vault or damage by a vehicle from affecting the operation of both the overpressure protective device and the district regulator; and 
</P>
<P>(h) Except for a valve that will isolate the system under protection from its source of pressure, be designed to prevent unauthorized operation of any stop valve that will make the pressure relief valve or pressure limiting device inoperative. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.201" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.201   Required capacity of pressure relieving and limiting stations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each pressure relief station or pressure limiting station or group of those stations installed to protect a pipeline must have enough capacity, and must be set to operate, to insure the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) In a low pressure distribution system, the pressure may not cause the unsafe operation of any connected and properly adjusted gas utilization equipment. 
</P>
<P>(2) In pipelines other than a low pressure distribution system:
</P>
<P>(i) If the maximum allowable operating pressure is 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage or more, the pressure may not exceed the maximum allowable operating pressure plus 10 percent, or the pressure that produces a hoop stress of 75 percent of SMYS, whichever is lower; 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the maximum allowable operating pressure is 12 p.s.i. (83 kPa) gage or more, but less than 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, the pressure may not exceed the maximum allowable operating pressure plus 6 p.s.i. (41 kPa) gage; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the maximum allowable operating pressure is less than 12 p.s.i. (83 kPa) gage, the pressure may not exceed the maximum allowable operating pressure plus 50 percent. 
</P>
<P>(b) When more than one pressure regulating or compressor station feeds into a pipeline, relief valves or other protective devices must be installed at each station to ensure that the complete failure of the largest capacity regulator or compressor, or any single run of lesser capacity regulators or compressors in that station, will not impose pressures on any part of the pipeline or distribution system in excess of those for which it was designed, or against which it was protected, whichever is lower. 
</P>
<P>(c) Relief valves or other pressure limiting devices must be installed at or near each regulator station in a low-pressure distribution system, with a capacity to limit the maximum pressure in the main to a pressure that will not exceed the safe operating pressure for any connected and properly adjusted gas utilization equipment. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-9, 37 FR 20827, Oct. 4, 1972; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.203" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.203   Instrument, control, and sampling pipe and components.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to the design of instrument, control, and sampling pipe and components. It does not apply to permanently closed systems, such as fluid-filled temperature-responsive devices. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Materials and design.</I> All materials employed for pipe and components must be designed to meet the particular conditions of service and the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Each takeoff connection and attaching boss, fitting, or adapter must be made of suitable material, be able to withstand the maximum service pressure and temperature of the pipe or equipment to which it is attached, and be designed to satisfactorily withstand all stresses without failure by fatigue. 
</P>
<P>(2) Except for takeoff lines that can be isolated from sources of pressure by other valving, a shutoff valve must be installed in each takeoff line as near as practicable to the point of takeoff. Blowdown valves must be installed where necessary. 
</P>
<P>(3) Brass or copper material may not be used for metal temperatures greater than 400 °F (204 °C). 
</P>
<P>(4) Pipe or components that may contain liquids must be protected by heating or other means from damage due to freezing. 
</P>
<P>(5) Pipe or components in which liquids may accumulate must have drains or drips. 
</P>
<P>(6) Pipe or components subject to clogging from solids or deposits must have suitable connections for cleaning. 
</P>
<P>(7) The arrangement of pipe, components, and supports must provide safety under anticipated operating stresses. 
</P>
<P>(8) Each joint between sections of pipe, and between pipe and valves or fittings, must be made in a manner suitable for the anticipated pressure and temperature condition. Slip type expansion joints may not be used. Expansion must be allowed for by providing flexibility within the system itself. 
</P>
<P>(9) Each control line must be protected from anticipated causes of damage and must be designed and installed to prevent damage to any one control line from making both the regulator and the over-pressure protective device inoperative. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.204" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.204   Risers installed after January 22, 2019.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Riser designs must be tested to ensure safe performance under anticipated external and internal loads acting on the assembly.
</P>
<P>(b) Factory assembled anodeless risers must be designed and tested in accordance with ASTM F1973 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7).
</P>
<P>(c) All risers used to connect regulator stations to plastic mains must be rigid and designed to provide adequate support and resist lateral movement. Anodeless risers used in accordance with this paragraph must have a rigid riser casing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58718, Nov. 20, 2018, as amended by Amdt. 192-150, 90 FR 28082, July 1, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.205" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.4.8.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.205   Records: Pipeline components.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For steel transmission pipelines installed after July 1, 2020, an operator must collect or make, and retain for the life of the pipeline, records documenting the manufacturing standard and pressure rating to which each valve was manufactured and tested in accordance with this subpart. Flanges, fittings, branch connections, extruded outlets, anchor forgings, and other components with material yield strength grades of 42,000 psi (X42) or greater and with nominal diameters of greater than 2 inches must have records documenting the manufacturing specification in effect at the time of manufacture, including yield strength, ultimate tensile strength, and chemical composition of materials.
</P>
<P>(b) For steel transmission pipelines installed on or before July 1, 2020, if operators have records documenting the manufacturing standard and pressure rating for valves, flanges, fittings, branch connections, extruded outlets, anchor forgings, and other components with material yield strength grades of 42,000 psi (X42) or greater and with nominal diameters of greater than 2 inches, operators must retain such records for the life of the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(c) For steel transmission pipeline segments installed on or before July 1, 2020, if an operator does not have records necessary to establish the MAOP of a pipeline segment, the operator may be subject to the requirements of § 192.624 according to the terms of that section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52245, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Welding of Steel in Pipelines</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.221" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.5.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.221   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for welding steel materials in pipelines. 
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not apply to welding that occurs during the manufacture of steel pipe or steel pipeline components. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.225" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.5.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.225   Welding procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Welding must be performed by a qualified welder or welding operator in accordance with welding procedures qualified under section 5 (except for Note 2 in section 5.4.2.2), section 12, Appendix A or Appendix B of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), or section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPVC) (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) to produce welds meeting the requirements of this subpart. The quality of the test welds used to qualify welding procedures must be determined by destructive testing in accordance with the applicable welding standard(s).
</P>
<P>(b) Each welding procedure must be recorded in detail, including the results of the qualifying tests. This record must be retained and followed whenever the procedure is used.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-52, 51 FR 20297, June 4, 1986; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32894, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 181, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12778, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 192-123, 82 FR 7997, Jan. 23, 2017; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33281, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.227" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.5.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.227   Qualification of welders and welding operators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each welder or welding operator must be qualified in accordance with section 6, section 12, Appendix A or Appendix B of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), or section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPVC) (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). However, a welder or welding operator qualified under an earlier edition than the listed in § 192.7 of this part may weld but may not requalify under that earlier edition.
</P>
<P>(b) A welder may qualify to perform welding on pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of less than 20 percent of SMYS by performing an acceptable test weld, for the process to be used, under the test set forth in section I of Appendix C of this part. Each welder who is to make a welded service line connection to a main must first perform an acceptable test weld under section II of Appendix C of this part as a requirement of the qualifying test.
</P>
<P>(c) For steel transmission pipe installed after July 1, 2021, records demonstrating each individual welder qualification at the time of construction in accordance with this section must be retained for a minimum of 5 years following construction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12778, Mar. 11, 2015, as amended by Amdt. 192-123, 82 FR 7997, Jan. 23, 2017; Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52245, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.229" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.5.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.229   Limitations on welders and welding operators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No welder or welding operator whose qualification is based on nondestructive testing may weld compressor station pipe and components.
</P>
<P>(b) A welder or welding operator may not weld with a particular welding process unless, within the preceding 6 calendar months, the welder or welding operator was engaged in welding with that process. Alternatively, welders or welding operators may demonstrate they have engaged in a specific welding process if they have performed a weld with that process that was tested and found acceptable under section 6, 9, 12, or Appendix A of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) within the preceding 7
<FR>1/2</FR> months.
</P>
<P>(c) A welder or welding operator qualified under § 192.227(a)—
</P>
<P>(1) May not weld on pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS unless within the preceding 6 calendar months the welder or welding operator has had one weld tested and found acceptable under either section 6, section 9, section 12 or Appendix A of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). Alternatively, welders or welding operators may maintain an ongoing qualification status by performing welds tested and found acceptable under the above acceptance criteria at least twice each calendar year, but at intervals not exceeding 7
<FR>1/2</FR> months. A welder or welding operator qualified under an earlier edition of a standard listed in § 192.7 of this part may weld, but may not re-qualify under that earlier edition; and,
</P>
<P>(2) May not weld on pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of less than 20 percent of SMYS unless the welder or welding operator is tested in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section or re-qualifies under paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) A welder or welding operator qualified under § 192.227(b) may not weld unless—
</P>
<P>(1) Within the preceding 15 calendar months, but at least once each calendar year, the welder or welding operator has re-qualified under § 192.227(b); or
</P>
<P>(2) Within the preceding 7
<FR>1/2</FR> calendar months, but at least twice each calendar year, the welder or welding operator has had—
</P>
<P>(i) A production weld cut out, tested, and found acceptable in accordance with the qualifying test; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For a welder who works only on service lines 2 inches (51 millimeters) or smaller in diameter, the welder has had two sample welds tested and found acceptable in accordance with the test in section III of Appendix C of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12778, Mar. 11, 2015, as amended at 86 FR 2240, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.231" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.5.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.231   Protection from weather.</HEAD>
<P>The welding operation must be protected from weather conditions that would impair the quality of the completed weld. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.233" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.5.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.233   Miter joints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A miter joint on steel pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 30 percent or more of SMYS may not deflect the pipe more than 3°. 
</P>
<P>(b) A miter joint on steel pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of less than 30 percent, but more than 10 percent, of SMYS may not deflect the pipe more than 12
<FR>1/2</FR>° and must be a distance equal to one pipe diameter or more away from any other miter joint, as measured from the crotch of each joint. 
</P>
<P>(c) A miter joint on steel pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 10 percent or less of SMYS may not deflect the pipe more than 90°. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.235" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.5.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.235   Preparation for welding.</HEAD>
<P>Before beginning any welding, the welding surfaces must be clean and free of any material that may be detrimental to the weld, and the pipe or component must be aligned to provide the most favorable condition for depositing the root bead. This alignment must be preserved while the root bead is being deposited. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.241" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.5.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.241   Inspection and test of welds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Visual inspection of welding must be conducted by an individual qualified by appropriate training and experience to ensure that:
</P>
<P>(1) The welding is performed in accordance with the welding procedure; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The weld is acceptable under paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) The welds on a pipeline to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS must be nondestructively tested in accordance with § 192.243, except that welds that are visually inspected and approved by a qualified welding inspector need not be nondestructively tested if:
</P>
<P>(1) The pipe has a nominal diameter of less than 6 inches (152 millimeters); or 
</P>
<P>(2) The pipeline is to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of less than 40 percent of SMYS and the welds are so limited in number that nondestructive testing is impractical. 
</P>
<P>(c) The acceptability of a weld that is nondestructively tested or visually inspected is determined according to the standards in section 9 or Appendix A of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). Appendix A of API Std 1104 may not be used to accept cracks.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10160, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32894, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 181, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12778, Mar. 11, 2015] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.243" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.5.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.243   Nondestructive testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Nondestructive testing of welds must be performed by any process, other than trepanning, that will clearly indicate defects that may affect the integrity of the weld. 
</P>
<P>(b) Nondestructive testing of welds must be performed:
</P>
<P>(1) In accordance with written procedures; and 
</P>
<P>(2) By persons who have been trained and qualified in the established procedures and with the equipment employed in testing. 
</P>
<P>(c) Procedures must be established for the proper interpretation of each nondestructive test of a weld to ensure the acceptability of the weld under § 192.241(c). 
</P>
<P>(d) When nondestructive testing is required under § 192.241(b), the following percentages of each day's field butt welds, selected at random by the operator, must be nondestructively tested over their entire circumference: 
</P>
<P>(1) In Class 1 locations, except offshore, at least 10 percent. 
</P>
<P>(2) In Class 2 locations, at least 15 percent. 
</P>
<P>(3) In Class 3 and Class 4 locations, at crossings of major or navigable rivers, offshore, and within railroad or public highway rights-of-way, including tunnels, bridges, and overhead road crossings, 100 percent unless impracticable, in which case at least 90 percent. Nondestructive testing must be impracticable for each girth weld not tested. 
</P>
<P>(4) At pipeline tie-ins, including tie-ins of replacement sections, 100 percent. 
</P>
<P>(e) Except for a welder or welding operator whose work is isolated from the principal welding activity, a sample of each welder or welding operator's work for each day must be nondestructively tested, when nondestructive testing is required under § 192.241(b).
</P>
<P>(f) When nondestructive testing is required under § 192.241(b), each operator must retain, for the life of the pipeline, a record showing by milepost, engineering station, or by geographic feature, the number of girth welds made, the number nondestructively tested, the number rejected, and the disposition of the rejects. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-50, 50 FR 37192, Sept. 12, 1985; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12779, Mar. 11, 2015] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.245" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.5.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.245   Repair or removal of defects.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each weld that is unacceptable under § 192.241(c) must be removed or repaired. Except for welds on an offshore pipeline being installed from a pipeline vessel, a weld must be removed if it has a crack that is more than 8 percent of the weld length.
</P>
<P>(b) Each weld that is repaired must have the defect removed down to sound metal and the segment to be repaired must be preheated if conditions exist which would adversely affect the quality of the weld repair. After repair, the segment of the weld that was repaired must be inspected to ensure its acceptability.
</P>
<P>(c) Repair of a crack, or of any defect in a previously repaired area must be in accordance with written weld repair procedures that have been qualified under § 192.225. Repair procedures must provide that the minimum mechanical properties specified for the welding procedure used to make the original weld are met upon completion of the final weld repair.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-46, 48 FR 48674, Oct. 20, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Joining of Materials Other Than by Welding</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.271" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.6.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.271   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for joining materials in pipelines, other than by welding. 
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not apply to joining during the manufacture of pipe or pipeline components. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.273" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.6.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.273   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The pipeline must be designed and installed so that each joint will sustain the longitudinal pullout or thrust forces caused by contraction or expansion of the piping or by anticipated external or internal loading. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each joint must be made in accordance with written procedures that have been proven by test or experience to produce strong gastight joints. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each joint must be inspected to insure compliance with this subpart. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.275" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.6.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.275   Cast iron pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each caulked bell and spigot joint in cast iron pipe must be sealed with mechanical leak clamps. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each mechanical joint in cast iron pipe must have a gasket made of a resilient material as the sealing medium. Each gasket must be suitably confined and retained under compression by a separate gland or follower ring. 
</P>
<P>(c) Cast iron pipe may not be joined by threaded joints. 
</P>
<P>(d) Cast iron pipe may not be joined by brazing. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.277" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.6.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.277   Ductile iron pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Ductile iron pipe may not be joined by threaded joints. 
</P>
<P>(b) Ductile iron pipe may not be joined by brazing. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.279" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.6.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.279   Copper pipe.</HEAD>
<P>Copper pipe may not be threaded except for copper pipe that is used for joining screw fittings or valves, which may be threaded if the wall thickness is equivalent to the comparable size of Schedule 40 or heavier wall pipe listed in ASME B36.10M (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33281, Apr. 29, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.281" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.6.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.281   Plastic pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A plastic pipe joint that is joined by solvent cement, adhesive, or heat fusion may not be disturbed until it has properly set. Plastic pipe may not be joined by a threaded joint or miter joint.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Solvent cement joints.</I> Each solvent cement joint on plastic pipe must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The mating surfaces of the joint must be clean, dry, and free of material which might be detrimental to the joint.
</P>
<P>(2) The solvent cement must conform to ASTM D2564 for PVC (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7).
</P>
<P>(3) The joint may not be heated or cooled to accelerate the setting of the cement.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Heat-fusion joints.</I> Each heat fusion joint on a PE pipe or component, except for electrofusion joints, must comply with ASTM F2620 (incorporated by reference in § 192.7), or an alternative written procedure that has been demonstrated to provide an equivalent or superior level of safety and has been proven by test or experience to produce strong gastight joints, and the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A butt heat-fusion joint must be joined by a device that holds the heater element square to the ends of the pipe or component, compresses the heated ends together, and holds the pipe in proper alignment in accordance with the appropriate procedure qualified under § 192.283.
</P>
<P>(2) A socket heat-fusion joint must be joined by a device that heats the mating surfaces of the pipe or component, uniformly and simultaneously, to establish the same temperature. The device used must be the same device specified in the operator's joining procedure for socket fusion.
</P>
<P>(3) An electrofusion joint must be made using the equipment and techniques prescribed by the fitting manufacturer, or using equipment and techniques shown, by testing joints to the requirements of § 192.283(a)(1)(iii), to be equivalent to or better than the requirements of the fitting manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(4) Heat may not be applied with a torch or other open flame.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Adhesive joints.</I> Each adhesive joint on plastic pipe must comply with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The adhesive must conform to ASTM D2517 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). 
</P>
<P>(2) The materials and adhesive must be compatible with each other. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Mechanical joints.</I> Each compression type mechanical joint on plastic pipe must comply with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The gasket material in the coupling must be compatible with the plastic. 
</P>
<P>(2) A rigid internal tubular stiffener, other than a split tubular stiffener, must be used in conjunction with the coupling. 
</P>
<P>(3) All mechanical fittings must meet a listed specification based upon the applicable material.
</P>
<P>(4) All mechanical joints or fittings installed after January 22, 2019, must be Category 1 as defined by a listed specification for the applicable material, providing a seal plus resistance to a force on the pipe joint equal to or greater than that which will cause no less than 25% elongation of pipe, or the pipe fails outside the joint area if tested in accordance with the applicable standard.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42973, July 23, 1979; Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988; Amdt. 192-61, 53 FR 36793, Sept. 22, 1988; 58 FR 14521, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-114, 75 FR 48603, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 181, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58718, Nov. 20, 2018; 86 FR 2240, Jan. 11, 2021; Amdt. 192-156, 90 FR 40763, Aug. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.283" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.6.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.283   Plastic pipe: Qualifying joining procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Heat fusion, solvent cement, and adhesive joints.</I> Before any written procedure established under § 192.273(b) is used for making plastic pipe joints by a heat fusion, solvent cement, or adhesive method, the procedure must be qualified by subjecting specimen joints that are made according to the procedure to the following tests, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) The test requirements of—
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of thermoplastic pipe, based on the pipe material, the Sustained Pressure Test or the Minimum Hydrostatic Burst Test per the listed specification requirements. Additionally, for electrofusion joints, based on the pipe material, the Tensile Strength Test or the Joint Integrity Test per the listed specification.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of thermosetting plastic pipe, paragraph 8.5 (Minimum Hydrostatic Burst Pressure) or paragraph 8.9 (Sustained Static Pressure Test) of ASTM D2517 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7).
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of electrofusion fittings for polyethylene (PE) pipe and tubing, paragraph 9.1 (Minimum Hydraulic Burst Pressure Test), paragraph 9.2 (Sustained Pressure Test), paragraph 9.3 (Tensile Strength Test), or paragraph 9.4 (Joint Integrity Tests) of ASTM F1055 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7).
</P>
<P>(2) For procedures intended for lateral pipe connections, subject a specimen joint made from pipe sections joined at right angles according to the procedure to a force on the lateral pipe until failure occurs in the specimen. If failure initiates outside the joint area, the procedure qualifies for use.
</P>
<P>(3) For procedures intended for non-lateral pipe connections, perform tensile testing in accordance with a listed specification. If the test specimen elongates no less than 25% or failure initiates outside the joint area, the procedure qualifies for use.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Mechanical joints.</I> Before any written procedure established under § 192.273(b) is used for making mechanical plastic pipe joints, the procedure must be qualified in accordance with a listed specification based upon the pipe material.
</P>
<P>(c) A copy of each written procedure being used for joining plastic pipe must be available to the persons making and inspecting joints.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58718, Nov. 20, 2018, as amended at 86 FR 2240, Jan. 11, 2021; Amdt. 192-156, 90 FR 40763, Aug. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.285" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.6.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.285   Plastic pipe: Qualifying persons to make joints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may make a plastic pipe joint unless that person has been qualified under the applicable joining procedure by:
</P>
<P>(1) Appropriate training or experience in the use of the procedure; and
</P>
<P>(2) Making a specimen joint from pipe sections joined according to the procedure that passes the inspection and test set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The specimen joint must be:
</P>
<P>(1) Visually examined during and after assembly or joining and found to have the same appearance as a joint or photographs of a joint that is acceptable under the procedure; and
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a heat fusion, solvent cement, or adhesive joint:
</P>
<P>(i) Tested under any one of the test methods listed under § 192.283(a), and for PE heat fusion joints (except for electrofusion joints) visually inspected in accordance with ASTM F2620 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7), or a written procedure that has been demonstrated to provide an equivalent or superior level of safety, applicable to the type of joint and material being tested;
</P>
<P>(ii) Examined by ultrasonic inspection and found not to contain flaws that would cause failure; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Cut into at least 3 longitudinal straps, each of which is:
</P>
<P>(A) Visually examined and found not to contain voids or discontinuities on the cut surfaces of the joint area; and
</P>
<P>(B) Deformed by bending, torque, or impact, and if failure occurs, it must not initiate in the joint area.
</P>
<P>(c) A person must be re-qualified under an applicable procedure once each calendar year at intervals not exceeding 15 months, or after any production joint is found unacceptable by testing under § 192.513.
</P>
<P>(d) Each operator shall establish a method to determine that each person making joints in plastic pipelines in the operator's system is qualified in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(e) For transmission pipe installed after July 1, 2021, records demonstrating each person's plastic pipe joining qualifications at the time of construction in accordance with this section must be retained for a minimum of 5 years following construction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-34A, 45 FR 9935, Feb. 14, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 192-34B, 46 FR 39, Jan. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12779, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58718, Nov. 20, 2018; Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52245, Oct. 1, 2019; 86 FR 2240, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.287" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.6.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.287   Plastic pipe: Inspection of joints.</HEAD>
<P>No person may carry out the inspection of joints in plastic pipes required by §§ 192.273(c) and 192.285(b) unless that person has been qualified by appropriate training or experience in evaluating the acceptability of plastic pipe joints made under the applicable joining procedure. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42974, July 23, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—General Construction Requirements for Transmission Lines and Mains</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.301" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.301   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for constructing transmission lines and mains. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.303" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.303   Compliance with specifications or standards.</HEAD>
<P>Each transmission line or main must be constructed in accordance with comprehensive written specifications or standards that are consistent with this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.305" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.305   Inspection: General.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20150311" REFID="28">Link to an amendment published at 80 FR 12779, Mar. 11, 2015.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20150930" REFID="32a">This amendment was delayed indefinitely at 80 FR 58633, Sept. 30, 2015.</XREF>
<P>Each transmission line or main must be inspected to ensure that it is constructed in accordance with this part. 
</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.307" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.307   Inspection of materials.</HEAD>
<P>Each length of pipe and each other component must be visually inspected at the site of installation to ensure that it has not sustained any visually determinable damage that could impair its serviceability. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.309" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.309   Repair of steel pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each imperfection or damage that impairs the serviceability of a length of steel pipe must be repaired or removed. If a repair is made by grinding, the remaining wall thickness must at least be equal to either: 
</P>
<P>(1) The minimum thickness required by the tolerances in the specification to which the pipe was manufactured; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The nominal wall thickness required for the design pressure of the pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each of the following dents must be removed from steel pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20 percent, or more, of SMYS, unless the dent is repaired by a method that reliable engineering tests and analyses show can permanently restore the serviceability of the pipe:
</P>
<P>(1) A dent that contains a stress concentrator such as a scratch, gouge, groove, or arc burn. 
</P>
<P>(2) A dent that affects the longitudinal weld or a circumferential weld. 
</P>
<P>(3) In pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 40 percent or more of SMYS, a dent that has a depth of:
</P>
<P>(i) More than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch (6.4 millimeters) in pipe 12
<FR>3/4</FR> inches (324 millimeters) or less in outer diameter; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) More than 2 percent of the nominal pipe diameter in pipe over 12
<FR>3/4</FR> inches (324 millimeters) in outer diameter. 
</P>
<FP>For the purpose of this section a “dent” is a depression that produces a gross disturbance in the curvature of the pipe wall without reducing the pipe-wall thickness. The depth of a dent is measured as the gap between the lowest point of the dent and a prolongation of the original contour of the pipe. 
</FP>
<P>(c) Each arc burn on steel pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 40 percent, or more, of SMYS must be repaired or removed. If a repair is made by grinding, the arc burn must be completely removed and the remaining wall thickness must be at least equal to either: 
</P>
<P>(1) The minimum wall thickness required by the tolerances in the specification to which the pipe was manufactured; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The nominal wall thickness required for the design pressure of the pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(d) A gouge, groove, arc burn, or dent may not be repaired by insert patching or by pounding out. 
</P>
<P>(e) Each gouge, groove, arc burn, or dent that is removed from a length of pipe must be removed by cutting out the damaged portion as a cylinder. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69664, Dec. 14, 1999] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.311" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.311   Repair of plastic pipe.</HEAD>
<P>Each imperfection or damage that would impair the serviceability of plastic pipe must be repaired or removed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.313" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.313   Bends and elbows.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each field bend in steel pipe, other than a wrinkle bend made in accordance with § 192.315, must comply with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) A bend must not impair the serviceability of the pipe. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each bend must have a smooth contour and be free from buckling, cracks, or any other mechanical damage. 
</P>
<P>(3) On pipe containing a longitudinal weld, the longitudinal weld must be as near as practicable to the neutral axis of the bend unless:
</P>
<P>(i) The bend is made with an internal bending mandrel; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The pipe is 12 inches (305 millimeters) or less in outside diameter or has a diameter to wall thickness ratio less than 70. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each circumferential weld of steel pipe which is located where the stress during bending causes a permanent deformation in the pipe must be nondestructively tested either before or after the bending process. 
</P>
<P>(c) Wrought-steel welding elbows and transverse segments of these elbows may not be used for changes in direction on steel pipe that is 2 inches (51 millimeters) or more in diameter unless the arc length, as measured along the crotch, is at least 1 inch (25 millimeters). 
</P>
<P>(d) An operator may not install plastic pipe with a bend radius that is less than the minimum bend radius specified by the manufacturer for the diameter of the pipe being installed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-26, 41 FR 26018, June 24, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 192-29, 42 FR 42866, Aug. 25, 1977; Amdt. 192-29, 42 FR 60148, Nov. 25, 1977; Amdt. 192-49, 50 FR 13225, Apr. 3, 1985; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58718, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.315" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.315   Wrinkle bends in steel pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A wrinkle bend may not be made on steel pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 30 percent, or more, of SMYS. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each wrinkle bend on steel pipe must comply with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The bend must not have any sharp kinks. 
</P>
<P>(2) When measured along the crotch of the bend, the wrinkles must be a distance of at least one pipe diameter. 
</P>
<P>(3) On pipe 16 inches (406 millimeters) or larger in diameter, the bend may not have a deflection of more than 1
<FR>1/2</FR>° for each wrinkle. 
</P>
<P>(4) On pipe containing a longitudinal weld the longitudinal seam must be as near as practicable to the neutral axis of the bend. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.317" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.317   Protection from hazards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The operator must take all practicable steps to protect each transmission line or main from washouts, floods, unstable soil, landslides, or other hazards that may cause the pipeline to move or to sustain abnormal loads. In addition, the operator must take all practicable steps to protect offshore pipelines from damage by mud slides, water currents, hurricanes, ship anchors, and fishing operations. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each aboveground transmission line or main, not located offshore or in inland navigable water areas, must be protected from accidental damage by vehicular traffic or other similar causes, either by being placed at a safe distance from the traffic or by installing barricades. 
</P>
<P>(c) Pipelines, including pipe risers, on each platform located offshore or in inland navigable waters must be protected from accidental damage by vessels. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. 16, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.319" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.319   Installation of pipe in a ditch.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When installed in a ditch, each transmission line that is to be operated at a pressure producing a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS must be installed so that the pipe fits the ditch so as to minimize stresses and protect the pipe coating from damage. 
</P>
<P>(b) When a ditch for a transmission line or main is backfilled, it must be backfilled in a manner that:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides firm support under the pipe; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Prevents damage to the pipe and pipe coating from equipment or from the backfill material. 


</P>
<P>(c) All offshore pipe in water at least 12 feet (3.7 meters) deep but not more than 200 feet (61 meters) deep, as measured from the mean low tide, except pipe in the Gulf of America and its inlets under 15 feet (4.6 meters) of water, must be installed so that the top of the pipe is below the natural bottom unless the pipe is supported by stanchions, held in place by anchors or heavy concrete coating, or protected by an equivalent means. Pipe in the Gulf of America and its inlets under 15 feet (4.6 meters) of water must be installed so that the top of the pipe is 36 inches (914 millimeters) below the seabed for normal excavation or 18 inches (457 millimeters) for rock excavation. 


</P>
<P>(d) Promptly after a ditch for an onshore steel transmission line is backfilled (if the construction project involves 1,000 feet or more of continuous backfill length along the pipeline), but not later than 6 months after placing the pipeline in service, the operator must perform an assessment to assess any coating damage and ensure integrity of the coating using direct current voltage gradient (DCVG), alternating current voltage gradient (ACVG), or other technology that provides comparable information about the integrity of the coating. Coating surveys must be conducted, except in locations where effective coating surveys are precluded by geographical, technical, or safety reasons.
</P>
<P>(e) An operator must notify PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18 at least 90 days in advance of using other technology to assess integrity of the coating under paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) An operator of an onshore steel transmission pipeline must develop a remedial action plan and apply for any necessary permits within 6 months of completing the assessment that identified the deficiency. An operator must repair any coating damage classified as severe (voltage drop greater than 60 percent for DCVG or 70 dBµV for ACVG) in accordance with section 4 of NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) within 6 months of the assessment, or as soon as practicable after obtaining necessary permits, not to exceed 6 months after the receipt of permits.
</P>
<P>(g) An operator of an onshore steel transmission pipeline must make and retain for the life of the pipeline records documenting the coating assessment findings and remedial actions performed under paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52268, Aug. 24, 2022; Amdt. 192-133, 88 FR 24711, Apr. 24, 2023; Amdt. 192-139, 90 FR 21436, May 20, 2025] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.321" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.321   Installation of plastic pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Plastic pipe must be installed below ground level except as provided in paragraphs (g), (h), and (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Plastic pipe that is installed in a vault or any other below grade enclosure must be completely encased in gas-tight metal pipe and fittings that are adequately protected from corrosion. 
</P>
<P>(c) Plastic pipe must be installed so as to minimize shear or tensile stresses. 
</P>
<P>(d) Plastic pipe must have a minimum wall thickness in accordance with § 192.121.
</P>
<P>(e) Plastic pipe that is not encased must have an electrically conducting wire or other means of locating the pipe while it is underground. Tracer wire may not be wrapped around the pipe and contact with the pipe must be minimized but is not prohibited. Tracer wire or other metallic elements installed for pipe locating purposes must be resistant to corrosion damage, either by use of coated copper wire or by other means. 
</P>
<P>(f) Plastic pipe that is being encased must be inserted into the casing pipe in a manner that will protect the plastic. Plastic pipe that is being encased must be protected from damage at all entrance and all exit points of the casing. The leading end of the plastic must be closed before insertion.
</P>
<P>(g) Uncased plastic pipe may be temporarily installed above ground level under the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) The operator must be able to demonstrate that the cumulative aboveground exposure of the pipe does not exceed the manufacturer's recommended maximum period of exposure or 2 years, whichever is less. 
</P>
<P>(2) The pipe either is located where damage by external forces is unlikely or is otherwise protected against such damage. 
</P>
<P>(3) The pipe adequately resists exposure to ultraviolet light and high and low temperatures. 
</P>
<P>(h) Plastic pipe may be installed on bridges provided that it is: 
</P>
<P>(1) Installed with protection from mechanical damage, such as installation in a metallic casing; 
</P>
<P>(2) Protected from ultraviolet radiation; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Not allowed to exceed the pipe temperature limits specified in § 192.121.
</P>
<P>(i) Plastic mains may terminate above ground level provided they comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The above-ground level part of the plastic main is protected against deterioration and external damage.
</P>
<P>(2) The plastic main is not used to support external loads.
</P>
<P>(3) Installations of risers at regulator stations must meet the design requirements of § 192.204.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28784, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32895, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58718, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.323" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.323   Casing.</HEAD>
<P>Each casing used on a transmission line or main under a railroad or highway must comply with the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) The casing must be designed to withstand the superimposed loads. 
</P>
<P>(b) If there is a possibility of water entering the casing, the ends must be sealed. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the ends of an unvented casing are sealed and the sealing is strong enough to retain the maximum allowable operating pressure of the pipe, the casing must be designed to hold this pressure at a stress level of not more than 72 percent of SMYS. 
</P>
<P>(d) If vents are installed on a casing, the vents must be protected from the weather to prevent water from entering the casing. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.325" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.325   Underground clearance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each transmission line must be installed with at least 12 inches (305 millimeters) of clearance from any other underground structure not associated with the transmission line. If this clearance cannot be attained, the transmission line must be protected from damage that might result from the proximity of the other structure. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each main must be installed with enough clearance from any other underground structure to allow proper maintenance and to protect against damage that might result from proximity to other structures. 
</P>
<P>(c) In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, each plastic transmission line or main must be installed with sufficient clearance, or must be insulated, from any source of heat so as to prevent the heat from impairing the serviceability of the pipe. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each pipe-type or bottle-type holder must be installed with a minimum clearance from any other holder as prescribed in § 192.175(b). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.327" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.327   Cover.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c), (e), (f), and (g) of this section, each buried transmission line must be installed with a minimum cover as follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Location
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Normal soil
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Consolidated rock
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Inches (Millimeters)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 1 locations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 (762)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18 (457)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 2, 3, and 4 locations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36 (914)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24 (610)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Drainage ditches of public roads and railroad crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36 (914)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24 (610)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, each buried main must be installed with at least 24 inches (610 millimeters) of cover. 
</P>
<P>(c) Where an underground structure prevents the installation of a transmission line or main with the minimum cover, the transmission line or main may be installed with less cover if it is provided with additional protection to withstand anticipated external loads. 
</P>
<P>(d) A main may be installed with less than 24 inches (610 millimeters) of cover if the law of the State or municipality:
</P>
<P>(1) Establishes a minimum cover of less than 24 inches (610 millimeters); 
</P>
<P>(2) Requires that mains be installed in a common trench with other utility lines; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Provides adequately for prevention of damage to the pipe by external forces. 
</P>
<P>(e) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, all pipe installed in a navigable river, stream, or harbor must be installed with a minimum cover of 48 inches (1,219 millimeters) in soil or 24 inches (610 millimeters) in consolidated rock between the top of the pipe and the underwater natural bottom (as determined by recognized and generally accepted practices).


</P>
<P>(f) All pipe installed offshore, except in the Gulf of America and its inlets, under water not more than 200 feet (60 meters) deep, as measured from the mean low tide, must be installed as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, pipe under water less than 12 feet (3.66 meters) deep, must be installed with a minimum cover of 36 inches (914 millimeters) in soil or 18 inches (457 millimeters) in consolidated rock between the top of the pipe and the natural bottom. 
</P>
<P>(2) Pipe under water at least 12 feet (3.66 meters) deep must be installed so that the top of the pipe is below the natural bottom, unless the pipe is supported by stanchions, held in place by anchors or heavy concrete coating, or protected by an equivalent means. 


</P>
<P>(g) All pipelines installed under water in the Gulf of America and its inlets, as defined in § 192.3, must be installed in accordance with § 192.612(c)(3). 


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-98, 69 FR 48406, Aug. 10, 2004; Amdt. 192-139, 90 FR 21436, May 20, 2025; Amdt. 192-156, 90 FR 40763, Aug. 21, 2025] 






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.328" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.328   Additional construction requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum allowable operating pressure.</HEAD>
<P>For a new or existing pipeline segment to be eligible for operation at the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure calculated under § 192.620, a segment must meet the following additional construction requirements. Records must be maintained, for the useful life of the pipeline, demonstrating compliance with these requirements: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">To address this construction issue:
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The pipeline segment must meet this additional construction requirement:
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a) Quality assurance</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) The construction of the pipeline segment must be done under a quality assurance plan addressing pipe inspection, hauling and stringing, field bending, welding, non-destructive examination of girth welds, applying and testing field applied coating, lowering of the pipeline into the ditch, padding and backfilling, and hydrostatic testing.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(2) The quality assurance plan for applying and testing field applied coating to girth welds must be:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) Equivalent to that required under § 192.112(f)(3) for pipe; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) Performed by an individual with the knowledge, skills, and ability to assure effective coating application.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(b) Girth welds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) All girth welds on a new pipeline segment must be non-destructively examined in accordance with § 192.243(b) and (c).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(c) Depth of cover</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) Notwithstanding any lesser depth of cover otherwise allowed in § 192.327, there must be at least 36 inches (914 millimeters) of cover or equivalent means to protect the pipeline from outside force damage.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(2) In areas where deep tilling or other activities could threaten the pipeline, the top of the pipeline must be installed at least one foot below the deepest expected penetration of the soil.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(d) Initial strength testing</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) The pipeline segment must not have experienced failures indicative of systemic material defects during strength testing, including initial hydrostatic testing. A root cause analysis, including metallurgical examination of the failed pipe, must be performed for any failure experienced to verify that it is not indicative of a systemic concern. The results of this root cause analysis must be reported to each PHMSA pipeline safety regional office where the pipe is in service at least 60 days prior to operating at the alternative MAOP. An operator must also notify a State pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a State where PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate pipeline is regulated by that State.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(e) Interference currents</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) For a new pipeline segment, the construction must address the impacts of induced alternating current from parallel electric transmission lines and other known sources of potential interference with corrosion control.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 62176, Oct. 17, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.329" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.7.8.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.329   Installation of plastic pipelines by trenchless excavation.</HEAD>
<P>Plastic pipelines installed by trenchless excavation must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Each operator must take practicable steps to provide sufficient clearance for installation and maintenance activities from other underground utilities and/or structures at the time of installation.
</P>
<P>(b) For each pipeline section, plastic pipe and components that are pulled through the ground must use a weak link, as defined by § 192.3, to ensure the pipeline will not be damaged by any excessive forces during the pulling process.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58719, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Customer Meters, Service Regulators, and Service Lines</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.351" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.351   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for installing customer meters, service regulators, service lines, service line valves, and service line connections to mains. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.353" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.353   Customer meters and regulators: Location.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each meter and service regulator, whether inside or outside a building, must be installed in a readily accessible location and be protected from corrosion and other damage, including, if installed outside a building, vehicular damage that may be anticipated. However, the upstream regulator in a series may be buried. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each service regulator installed within a building must be located as near as practical to the point of service line entrance. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each meter installed within a building must be located in a ventilated place and not less than 3 feet (914 millimeters) from any source of ignition or any source of heat which might damage the meter. 
</P>
<P>(d) Where feasible, the upstream regulator in a series must be located outside the building, unless it is located in a separate metering or regulating building. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.355" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.355   Customer meters and regulators: Protection from damage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Protection from vacuum or back pressure.</I> If the customer's equipment might create either a vacuum or a back pressure, a device must be installed to protect the system. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service regulator vents and relief vents.</I> Service regulator vents and relief vents must terminate outdoors, and the outdoor terminal must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be rain and insect resistant; 
</P>
<P>(2) Be located at a place where gas from the vent can escape freely into the atmosphere and away from any opening into the building; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Be protected from damage caused by submergence in areas where flooding may occur. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pits and vaults.</I> Each pit or vault that houses a customer meter or regulator at a place where vehicular traffic is anticipated, must be able to support that traffic. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.357" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.357   Customer meters and regulators: Installation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each meter and each regulator must be installed so as to minimize anticipated stresses upon the connecting piping and the meter. 
</P>
<P>(b) When close all-thread nipples are used, the wall thickness remaining after the threads are cut must meet the minimum wall thickness requirements of this part. 
</P>
<P>(c) Connections made of lead or other easily damaged material may not be used in the installation of meters or regulators. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each regulator that might release gas in its operation must be vented to the outside atmosphere. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.359" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.359   Customer meter installations: Operating pressure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A meter may not be used at a pressure that is more than 67 percent of the manufacturer's shell test pressure. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each newly installed meter manufactured after November 12, 1970, must have been tested to a minimum of 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage. 
</P>
<P>(c) A rebuilt or repaired tinned steel case meter may not be used at a pressure that is more than 50 percent of the pressure used to test the meter after rebuilding or repairing. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.361" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.361   Service lines: Installation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Depth.</I> Each buried service line must be installed with at least 12 inches (305 millimeters) of cover in private property and at least 18 inches (457 millimeters) of cover in streets and roads. However, where an underground structure prevents installation at those depths, the service line must be able to withstand any anticipated external load. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Support and backfill.</I> Each service line must be properly supported on undisturbed or well-compacted soil, and material used for backfill must be free of materials that could damage the pipe or its coating. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Grading for drainage.</I> Where condensate in the gas might cause interruption in the gas supply to the customer, the service line must be graded so as to drain into the main or into drips at the low points in the service line. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Protection against piping strain and external loading.</I> Each service line must be installed so as to minimize anticipated piping strain and external loading. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Installation of service lines into buildings.</I> Each underground service line installed below grade through the outer foundation wall of a building must:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a metal service line, be protected against corrosion; 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a plastic service line, be protected from shearing action and backfill settlement; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Be sealed at the foundation wall to prevent leakage into the building. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Installation of service lines under buildings.</I> Where an underground service line is installed under a building:
</P>
<P>(1) It must be encased in a gas tight conduit; 
</P>
<P>(2) The conduit and the service line must, if the service line supplies the building it underlies, extend into a normally usable and accessible part of the building; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The space between the conduit and the service line must be sealed to prevent gas leakage into the building and, if the conduit is sealed at both ends, a vent line from the annular space must extend to a point where gas would not be a hazard, and extend above grade, terminating in a rain and insect resistant fitting. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Locating underground service lines.</I> Each underground nonmetallic service line that is not encased must have a means of locating the pipe that complies with § 192.321(e).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18517, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.363" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.363   Service lines: Valve requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each service line must have a service-line valve that meets the applicable requirements of subparts B and D of this part. A valve incorporated in a meter bar, that allows the meter to be bypassed, may not be used as a service-line valve. 
</P>
<P>(b) A soft seat service line valve may not be used if its ability to control the flow of gas could be adversely affected by exposure to anticipated heat. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each service-line valve on a high-pressure service line, installed above ground or in an area where the blowing of gas would be hazardous, must be designed and constructed to minimize the possibility of the removal of the core of the valve with other than specialized tools. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.365" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.365   Service lines: Location of valves.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Relation to regulator or meter.</I> Each service-line valve must be installed upstream of the regulator or, if there is no regulator, upstream of the meter. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Outside valves.</I> Each service line must have a shut-off valve in a readily accessible location that, if feasible, is outside of the building. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Underground valves.</I> Each underground service-line valve must be located in a covered durable curb box or standpipe that allows ready operation of the valve and is supported independently of the service lines. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.367" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.367   Service lines: General requirements for connections to main piping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Location.</I> Each service line connection to a main must be located at the top of the main or, if that is not practical, at the side of the main, unless a suitable protective device is installed to minimize the possibility of dust and moisture being carried from the main into the service line. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compression-type connection to main.</I> Each compression-type service line to main connection must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be designed and installed to effectively sustain the longitudinal pull-out or thrust forces caused by contraction or expansion of the piping, or by anticipated external or internal loading;
</P>
<P>(2) If gaskets are used in connecting the service line to the main connection fitting, have gaskets that are compatible with the kind of gas in the system; and
</P>
<P>(3) If used on pipelines comprised of plastic, be a Category 1 connection as defined by a listed specification for the applicable material, providing a seal plus resistance to a force on the pipe joint equal to or greater than that which will cause no less than 25% elongation of pipe, or the pipe fails outside the joint area if tested in accordance with the applicable standard.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18517, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58719, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.369" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.369   Service lines: Connections to cast iron or ductile iron mains.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each service line connected to a cast iron or ductile iron main must be connected by a mechanical clamp, by drilling and tapping the main, or by another method meeting the requirements of § 192.273. 
</P>
<P>(b) If a threaded tap is being inserted, the requirements of § 192.151 (b) and (c) must also be met. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.371" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.371   Service lines: Steel.</HEAD>
<P>Each steel service line to be operated at less than 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage must be constructed of pipe designed for a minimum of 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-1, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.373" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.373   Service lines: Cast iron and ductile iron.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Cast or ductile iron pipe less than 6 inches (152 millimeters) in diameter may not be installed for service lines. 
</P>
<P>(b) If cast iron pipe or ductile iron pipe is installed for use as a service line, the part of the service line which extends through the building wall must be of steel pipe. 
</P>
<P>(c) A cast iron or ductile iron service line may not be installed in unstable soil or under a building. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37503, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.375" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.375   Service lines: Plastic.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each plastic service line outside a building must be installed below ground level, except that—
</P>
<P>(1) It may be installed in accordance with § 192.321(g); and 
</P>
<P>(2) It may terminate above ground level and outside the building, if—
</P>
<P>(i) The above ground level part of the plastic service line is protected against deterioration and external damage;
</P>
<P>(ii) The plastic service line is not used to support external loads; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The riser portion of the service line meets the design requirements of § 192.204.
</P>
<P>(b) Each plastic service line inside a building must be protected against external damage. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58719, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.376" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.376   Installation of plastic service lines by trenchless excavation.</HEAD>
<P>Plastic service lines installed by trenchless excavation must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Each operator shall take practicable steps to provide sufficient clearance for installation and maintenance activities from other underground utilities and structures at the time of installation.
</P>
<P>(b) For each pipeline section, plastic pipe and components that are pulled through the ground must use a weak link, as defined by § 192.3, to ensure the pipeline will not be damaged by any excessive forces during the pulling process.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58719, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.377" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.377   Service lines: Copper.</HEAD>
<P>Each copper service line installed within a building must be protected against external damage. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.379" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.379   New service lines not in use.</HEAD>
<P>Each service line that is not placed in service upon completion of installation must comply with one of the following until the customer is supplied with gas: 
</P>
<P>(a) The valve that is closed to prevent the flow of gas to the customer must be provided with a locking device or other means designed to prevent the opening of the valve by persons other than those authorized by the operator. 
</P>
<P>(b) A mechanical device or fitting that will prevent the flow of gas must be installed in the service line or in the meter assembly. 
</P>
<P>(c) The customer's piping must be physically disconnected from the gas supply and the open pipe ends sealed. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-8, 37 FR 20694, Oct. 3, 1972]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.381" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.381   Service lines: Excess flow valve performance standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Excess flow valves (EFVs) to be used on service lines that operate continuously throughout the year at a pressure not less than 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage must be manufactured and tested by the manufacturer according to an industry specification, or the manufacturer's written specification, to ensure that each valve will:
</P>
<P>(1) Function properly up to the maximum operating pressure at which the valve is rated;
</P>
<P>(2) Function properly at all temperatures reasonably expected in the operating environment of the service line;
</P>
<P>(3) At 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage:
</P>
<P>(i) Close at, or not more than 50 percent above, the rated closure flow rate specified by the manufacturer; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Upon closure, reduce gas flow—
</P>
<P>(A) For an excess flow valve designed to allow pressure to equalize across the valve, to no more than 5 percent of the manufacturer's specified closure flow rate, up to a maximum of 20 cubic feet per hour (0.57 cubic meters per hour); or
</P>
<P>(B) For an excess flow valve designed to prevent equalization of pressure across the valve, to no more than 0.4 cubic feet per hour (.01 cubic meters per hour); and
</P>
<P>(4) Not close when the pressure is less than the manufacturer's minimum specified operating pressure and the flow rate is below the manufacturer's minimum specified closure flow rate.
</P>
<P>(b) An excess flow valve must meet the applicable requirements of Subparts B and D of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) An operator must mark or otherwise identify the presence of an excess flow valve in the service line.
</P>
<P>(d) An operator shall locate an excess flow valve as near as practical to the fitting connecting the service line to its source of gas supply. 
</P>
<P>(e) An operator should not install an excess flow valve on a service line where the operator has prior experience with contaminants in the gas stream, where these contaminants could be expected to cause the excess flow valve to malfunction or where the excess flow valve would interfere with necessary operation and maintenance activities on the service, such as blowing liquids from the line.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-79, 61 FR 31459, June 20, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 192-80, 62 FR 2619, Jan. 17, 1997; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-121, 81 FR 71001, Oct. 14, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.383" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.383   Excess flow valve installation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section:
</P>
<P><I>Branched service line</I> means a gas service line that begins at the existing service line or is installed concurrently with the primary service line but serves a separate residence.
</P>
<P><I>Replaced service line</I> means a gas service line where the fitting that connects the service line to the main is replaced or the piping connected to this fitting is replaced.
</P>
<P><I>Service line serving single-family residence</I> means a gas service line that begins at the fitting that connects the service line to the main and serves only one single-family residence (SFR).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Installation required.</I> An EFV installation must comply with the performance standards in § 192.381. After April 14, 2017, each operator must install an EFV on any new or replaced service line serving the following types of services before the line is activated:
</P>
<P>(1) A single service line to one SFR;
</P>
<P>(2) A branched service line to a SFR installed concurrently with the primary SFR service line (<I>i.e.,</I> a single EFV may be installed to protect both service lines);
</P>
<P>(3) A branched service line to a SFR installed off a previously installed SFR service line that does not contain an EFV;
</P>
<P>(4) Multifamily residences with known customer loads not exceeding 1,000 SCFH per service, at time of service installation based on installed meter capacity, and
</P>
<P>(5) A single, small commercial customer served by a single service line with a known customer load not exceeding 1,000 SCFH, at the time of meter installation, based on installed meter capacity.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions to excess flow valve installation requirement.</I> An operator need not install an excess flow valve if one or more of the following conditions are present:
</P>
<P>(1) The service line does not operate at a pressure of 10 psig or greater throughout the year;
</P>
<P>(2) The operator has prior experience with contaminants in the gas stream that could interfere with the EFV's operation or cause loss of service to a customer;
</P>
<P>(3) An EFV could interfere with necessary operation or maintenance activities, such as blowing liquids from the line; or
</P>
<P>(4) An EFV meeting the performance standards in § 192.381 is not commercially available to the operator.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Customer's right to request an EFV.</I> Existing service line customers who desire an EFV on service lines not exceeding 1,000 SCFH and who do not qualify for one of the exceptions in paragraph (c) of this section may request an EFV to be installed on their service lines. If an eligible service line customer requests an EFV installation, an operator must install the EFV at a mutually agreeable date. The operator's rate-setter determines how and to whom the costs of the requested EFVs are distributed.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Operator notification of customers concerning EFV installation.</I> Operators must notify customers of their right to request an EFV in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as specified in paragraphs (c) and (e)(5) of this section, each operator must provide written or electronic notification to customers of their right to request the installation of an EFV. Electronic notification can include emails, Web site postings, and e-billing notices.
</P>
<P>(2) The notification must include an explanation for the service line customer of the potential safety benefits that may be derived from installing an EFV. The explanation must include information that an EFV is designed to shut off the flow of natural gas automatically if the service line breaks.
</P>
<P>(3) The notification must include a description of EFV installation and replacement costs. The notice must alert the customer that the costs for maintaining and replacing an EFV may later be incurred, and what those costs will be to the extent known.
</P>
<P>(4) The notification must indicate that if a service line customer requests installation of an EFV and the load does not exceed 1,000 SCFH and the conditions of paragraph (c) are not present, the operator must install an EFV at a mutually agreeable date.
</P>
<P>(5) Operators of master-meter systems and liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) operators with fewer than 100 customers may continuously post a general notification in a prominent location frequented by customers.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Operator evidence of customer notification.</I> An operator must make a copy of the notice or notices currently in use available during PHMSA inspections or State inspections conducted under a pipeline safety program certified or approved by PHMSA under 49 U.S.C. 60105 or 60106.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Reporting.</I> Except for operators of master-meter systems and LPG operators with fewer than 100 customers, each operator must report the EFV measures detailed in the annual report required by § 191.11.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-121, 81 FR 71001, Oct. 14, 2016; 81 FR 72739, Oct. 21, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.385" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.8.8.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.385   Manual service line shut-off valve installation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section:
</P>
<P><I>Manual service line shut-off valve</I> means a curb valve or other manually operated valve located near the service line that is safely accessible to operator personnel or other personnel authorized by the operator to manually shut off gas flow to the service line, if needed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Installation requirement.</I> The operator must install either a manual service line shut-off valve or, if possible, based on sound engineering analysis and availability, an EFV for any new or replaced service line with installed meter capacity exceeding 1,000 SCFH.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Accessibility and maintenance.</I> Manual service line shut-off valves for any new or replaced service line must be installed in such a way as to allow accessibility during emergencies. Manual service shut-off valves installed under this section are subject to regular scheduled maintenance, as documented by the operator and consistent with the valve manufacturer's specification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-121, 81 FR 71002, Oct. 14, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Requirements for Corrosion Control</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 192.451" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.451   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for the protection of metallic pipelines from external, internal, and atmospheric corrosion. 
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39389, Sept. 5, 1978]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.452" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.452   How does this subpart apply to converted pipelines and regulated onshore gathering pipelines?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Converted pipelines.</I> Notwithstanding the date the pipeline was installed or any earlier deadlines for compliance, each pipeline which qualifies for use under this part in accordance with § 192.14 must meet the requirements of this subpart specifically applicable to pipelines installed before August 1, 1971, and all other applicable requirements within 1 year after the pipeline is readied for service. However, the requirements of this subpart specifically applicable to pipelines installed after July 31, 1971, apply if the pipeline substantially meets those requirements before it is readied for service or it is a segment which is replaced, relocated, or substantially altered. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type A and B onshore gathering lines.</I> For any Type A or Type B regulated onshore gathering line under § 192.9 existing on April 14, 2006, that was not previously subject to this part, and for any onshore gathering line that becomes a regulated onshore gathering line under § 192.9 after April 14, 2006, because of a change in class location or increase in dwelling density:
</P>
<P>(1) The requirements of this subpart specifically applicable to pipelines installed before August 1, 1971, apply to the gathering line regardless of the date the pipeline was actually installed; and
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of this subpart specifically applicable to pipelines installed after July 31, 1971, apply only if the pipeline substantially meets those requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Type C onshore regulated gathering lines.</I> For any Type C onshore regulated gathering pipeline under § 192.9 existing on May 16, 2022, that was not previously subject to this part, and for any Type C onshore gas gathering pipeline that becomes subject to this subpart after May 16, 2022, because of an increase in MAOP, change in class location, or presence of a building intended for human occupancy or other impacted site:
</P>
<P>(1) The requirements of this subpart specifically applicable to pipelines installed before August 1, 1971, apply to the gathering line regardless of the date the pipeline was actually installed; and
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of this subpart specifically applicable to pipelines installed after July 31, 1971, apply only if the pipeline substantially meets those requirements.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Regulated onshore gathering lines generally.</I> Any gathering line that is subject to this subpart per § 192.9 at the time of construction must meet the requirements of this subpart applicable to pipelines installed after July 31, 1971.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-30, 42 FR 60148, Nov. 25, 1977, as amended by Amdt. 192-102, 71 FR 13303, Mar. 15, 2006; Amdt. 192-129, 86 FR 63298, Nov. 15, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.453" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.453   General.</HEAD>
<P>The corrosion control procedures required by § 192.605(b)(2), including those for the design, installation, operation, and maintenance of cathodic protection systems, must be carried out by, or under the direction of, a person qualified in pipeline corrosion control methods. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6584, Feb. 11, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.455" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.455   External corrosion control: Buried or submerged pipelines installed after July 31, 1971.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), (f), and (g) of this section, each buried or submerged pipeline installed after July 31, 1971, must be protected against external corrosion, including the following:
</P>
<P>(1) It must have an external protective coating meeting the requirements of § 192.461. 
</P>
<P>(2) It must have a cathodic protection system designed to protect the pipeline in accordance with this subpart, installed and placed in operation within 1 year after completion of construction. 
</P>
<P>(b) An operator need not comply with paragraph (a) of this section, if the operator can demonstrate by tests, investigation, or experience in the area of application, including, as a minimum, soil resistivity measurements and tests for corrosion accelerating bacteria, that a corrosive environment does not exist. However, within 6 months after an installation made pursuant to the preceding sentence, the operator shall conduct tests, including pipe-to-soil potential measurements with respect to either a continuous reference electrode or an electrode using close spacing, not to exceed 20 feet (6 meters), and soil resistivity measurements at potential profile peak locations, to adequately evaluate the potential profile along the entire pipeline. If the tests made indicate that a corrosive condition exists, the pipeline must be cathodically protected in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) An operator need not comply with paragraph (a) of this section, if the operator can demonstrate by tests, investigation, or experience that—
</P>
<P>(1) For a copper pipeline, a corrosive environment does not exist; or 
</P>
<P>(2) For a temporary pipeline with an operating period of service not to exceed 5 years beyond installation, corrosion during the 5-year period of service of the pipeline will not be detrimental to public safety. 
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, if a pipeline is externally coated, it must be cathodically protected in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) Aluminum may not be installed in a buried or submerged pipeline if that aluminum is exposed to an environment with a natural pH in excess of 8, unless tests or experience indicate its suitability in the particular environment involved. 
</P>
<P>(f) This section does not apply to electrically isolated, metal alloy fittings in plastic pipelines, if:
</P>
<P>(1) For the size fitting to be used, an operator can show by test, investigation, or experience in the area of application that adequate corrosion control is provided by the alloy composition; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The fitting is designed to prevent leakage caused by localized corrosion pitting.
</P>
<P>(g) Electrically isolated metal alloy fittings installed after January 22, 2019, that do not meet the requirements of paragraph (f) must be cathodically protected, and must be maintained in accordance with the operator's integrity management plan.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as amended at Amdt. 192-28, 42 FR 35654, July 11, 1977; Amdt. 192-39, 47 FR 9844, Mar. 8, 1982; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58719, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.457" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.457   External corrosion control: Buried or submerged pipelines installed before August 1, 1971.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for buried piping at compressor, regulator, and measuring stations, each buried or submerged transmission line installed before August 1, 1971, that has an effective external coating must be cathodically protected along the entire area that is effectively coated, in accordance with this subpart. For the purposes of this subpart, a pipeline does not have an effective external coating if its cathodic protection current requirements are substantially the same as if it were bare. The operator shall make tests to determine the cathodic protection current requirements. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except for cast iron or ductile iron, each of the following buried or submerged pipelines installed before August 1, 1971, must be cathodically protected in accordance with this subpart in areas in which active corrosion is found: 
</P>
<P>(1) Bare or ineffectively coated transmission lines. 
</P>
<P>(2) Bare or coated pipes at compressor, regulator, and measuring stations. 
</P>
<P>(3) Bare or coated distribution lines.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39390, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.459" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.459   External corrosion control: Examination of buried pipeline when exposed.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever an operator has knowledge that any portion of a buried pipeline is exposed, the exposed portion must be examined for evidence of external corrosion if the pipe is bare, or if the coating is deteriorated. If external corrosion requiring remedial action under §§ 192.483 through 192.489 is found, the operator shall investigate circumferentially and longitudinally beyond the exposed portion (by visual examination, indirect method, or both) to determine whether additional corrosion requiring remedial action exists in the vicinity of the exposed portion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-87, 64 FR 56981, Oct. 22, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.461" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.461   External corrosion control: Protective coating.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each external protective coating, whether conductive or insulating, applied for the purpose of external corrosion control must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be applied on a properly prepared surface; 
</P>
<P>(2) Have sufficient adhesion to the metal surface to effectively resist underfilm migration of moisture; 
</P>
<P>(3) Be sufficiently ductile to resist cracking; 
</P>
<P>(4) Have sufficient strength to resist damage due to handling (including, but not limited to, transportation, installation, boring, and backfilling) and soil stress; and
</P>
<P>(5) Have properties compatible with any supplemental cathodic protection. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each external protective coating which is an electrically insulating type must also have low moisture absorption and high electrical resistance. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each external protective coating must be inspected just prior to lowering the pipe into the ditch and backfilling, and any damage detrimental to effective corrosion control must be repaired. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each external protective coating must be protected from damage resulting from adverse ditch conditions or damage from supporting blocks. 
</P>
<P>(e) If coated pipe is installed by boring, driving, or other similar method, precautions must be taken to minimize damage to the coating during installation. 
</P>
<P>(f) Promptly after the backfill of an onshore steel transmission pipeline ditch following repair or replacement (if the repair or replacement results in 1,000 feet or more of backfill length along the pipeline), but no later than 6 months after the backfill, the operator must perform an assessment to assess any coating damage and ensure integrity of the coating using direct current voltage gradient (DCVG), alternating current voltage gradient (ACVG), or other technology that provides comparable information about the integrity of the coating. Coating surveys must be conducted, except in locations where effective coating surveys are precluded by geographical, technical, or safety reasons.
</P>
<P>(g) An operator must notify PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18 at least 90 days in advance of using other technology to assess integrity of the coating under paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) An operator of an onshore steel transmission pipeline must develop a remedial action plan and apply for any necessary permits within 6 months of completing the assessment that identified the deficiency. The operator must repair any coating damage classified as severe (voltage drop greater than 60 percent for DCVG or 70 dBµV for ACVG) in accordance with section 4 of NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) within 6 months of the assessment, or as soon as practicable after obtaining necessary permits, not to exceed 6 months after the receipt of permits.
</P>
<P>(i) An operator of an onshore steel transmission pipeline must make and retain for the life of the pipeline records documenting the coating assessment findings and remedial actions performed under paragraphs (f) through (h) of this section.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52268, Aug. 24, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.463" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.463   External corrosion control: Cathodic protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each cathodic protection system required by this subpart must provide a level of cathodic protection that complies with one or more of the applicable criteria contained in appendix D of this part. If none of these criteria is applicable, the cathodic protection system must provide a level of cathodic protection at least equal to that provided by compliance with one or more of these criteria. 
</P>
<P>(b) If amphoteric metals are included in a buried or submerged pipeline containing a metal of different anodic potential—
</P>
<P>(1) The amphoteric metals must be electrically isolated from the remainder of the pipeline and cathodically protected; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The entire buried or submerged pipeline must be cathodically protected at a cathodic potential that meets the requirements of appendix D of this part for amphoteric metals. 
</P>
<P>(c) The amount of cathodic protection must be controlled so as not to damage the protective coating or the pipe. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.465" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.465   External corrosion control: Monitoring and remediation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each pipeline that is under cathodic protection must be tested at least once each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 15 months, to determine whether the cathodic protection meets the requirements of § 192.463. However, if tests at those intervals are impractical for separately protected short sections of mains or transmission lines, not in excess of 100 feet (30 meters), or separately protected service lines, these pipelines may be surveyed on a sampling basis. At least 10 percent of these protected structures, distributed over the entire system must be surveyed each calendar year, with a different 10 percent checked each subsequent year, so that the entire system is tested in each 10-year period.
</P>
<P>(b) Cathodic protection rectifiers and impressed current power sources must be periodically inspected as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Each cathodic protection rectifier or impressed current power source must be inspected six times each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 2
<FR>1/2</FR> months between inspections, to ensure adequate amperage and voltage levels needed to provide cathodic protection are maintained. This may be done either through remote measurement or through an onsite inspection of the rectifier.
</P>
<P>(2) After January 1, 2022, each remotely inspected rectifier must be physically inspected for continued safe and reliable operation at least once each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 15 months.
</P>
<P>(c) Each reverse current switch, each diode, and each interference bond whose failure would jeopardize structure protection must be electrically checked for proper performance six times each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 2
<FR>1/2</FR> months. Each other interference bond must be checked at least once each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 15 months. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each operator must promptly correct any deficiencies indicated by the inspection and testing required by paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section. For onshore gas transmission pipelines, each operator must develop a remedial action plan and apply for any necessary permits within 6 months of completing the inspection or testing that identified the deficiency. Remedial action must be completed promptly, but no later than the earliest of the following: prior to the next inspection or test interval required by this section; within 1 year, not to exceed 15 months, of the inspection or test that identified the deficiency; or as soon as practicable, not to exceed 6 months, after obtaining any necessary permits.
</P>
<P>(e) After the initial evaluation required by §§ 192.455(b) and (c) and 192.457(b), each operator must, not less than every 3 years at intervals not exceeding 39 months, reevaluate its unprotected pipelines and cathodically protect them in accordance with this subpart in areas in which active corrosion is found. The operator must determine the areas of active corrosion by electrical survey. However, on distribution lines and where an electrical survey is impractical on transmission lines, areas of active corrosion may be determined by other means that include review and analysis of leak repair and inspection records, corrosion monitoring records, exposed pipe inspection records, and the pipeline environment.
</P>
<P>(f) An operator must determine the extent of the area with inadequate cathodic protection for onshore gas transmission pipelines where any annual test station reading (pipe-to-soil potential measurement) indicates cathodic protection levels below the required levels in appendix D to this part.
</P>
<P>(1) Gas transmission pipeline operators must investigate and mitigate any non-systemic or location-specific causes.
</P>
<P>(2) To address systemic causes, an operator must conduct close interval surveys in both directions from the test station with a low cathodic protection reading at a maximum interval of approximately 5 feet or less. An operator must conduct close interval surveys unless it is impractical based upon geographical, technical, or safety reasons. An operator must complete close interval surveys required by this section with the protective current interrupted unless it is impractical to do so for technical or safety reasons. An operator must remediate areas with insufficient cathodic protection levels, or areas where protective current is found to be leaving the pipeline, in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section. An operator must confirm the restoration of adequate cathodic protection following the implementation of remedial actions undertaken to mitigate systemic causes of external corrosion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39390, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-35A, 45 FR 23441, Apr. 7, 1980; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53900, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192-114, 75 FR 48603, Aug. 11, 2010; 86 FR 2240, Jan. 11, 2021; Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52269, Aug. 24, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.467" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.467   External corrosion control: Electrical isolation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each buried or submerged pipeline must be electrically isolated from other underground metallic structures, unless the pipeline and the other structures are electrically interconnected and cathodically protected as a single unit. 
</P>
<P>(b) One or more insulating devices must be installed where electrical isolation of a portion of a pipeline is necessary to facilitate the application of corrosion control. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except for unprotected copper inserted in ferrous pipe, each pipeline must be electrically isolated from metallic casings that are a part of the underground system. However, if isolation is not achieved because it is impractical, other measures must be taken to minimize corrosion of the pipeline inside the casing. 
</P>
<P>(d) Inspection and electrical tests must be made to assure that electrical isolation is adequate. 
</P>
<P>(e) An insulating device may not be installed in an area where a combustible atmosphere is anticipated unless precautions are taken to prevent arcing. 
</P>
<P>(f) Where a pipeline is located in close proximity to electrical transmission tower footings, ground cables or counterpoise, or in other areas where fault currents or unusual risk of lightning may be anticipated, it must be provided with protection against damage due to fault currents or lightning, and protective measures must also be taken at insulating devices. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39390, Sept. 5, 1978]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.469" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.469   External corrosion control: Test stations.</HEAD>
<P>Each pipeline under cathodic protection required by this subpart must have sufficient test stations or other contact points for electrical measurement to determine the adequacy of cathodic protection. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34606, Aug. 16, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.471" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.471   External corrosion control: Test leads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each test lead wire must be connected to the pipeline so as to remain mechanically secure and electrically conductive. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each test lead wire must be attached to the pipeline so as to minimize stress concentration on the pipe. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each bared test lead wire and bared metallic area at point of connection to the pipeline must be coated with an electrical insulating material compatible with the pipe coating and the insulation on the wire. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.473" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.473   External corrosion control: Interference currents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator whose pipeline system is subjected to stray currents shall have in effect a continuing program to minimize the detrimental effects of such currents. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each impressed current type cathodic protection system or galvanic anode system must be designed and installed so as to minimize any adverse effects on existing adjacent underground metallic structures. 
</P>
<P>(c) For onshore gas transmission pipelines, the program required by paragraph (a) of this section must include:
</P>
<P>(1) Interference surveys for a pipeline system to detect the presence and level of any electrical stray current. Interference surveys must be conducted when potential monitoring indicates a significant increase in stray current, or when new potential stray current sources are introduced, such as through co-located pipelines, structures, or high voltage alternating current (HVAC) power lines, including from additional generation, a voltage up-rating, additional lines, new or enlarged power substations, or new pipelines or other structures;
</P>
<P>(2) Analysis of the results of the survey to determine the cause of the interference and whether the level could cause significant corrosion, impede safe operation, or adversely affect the environment or public;
</P>
<P>(3) Development of a remedial action plan to correct any instances where interference current is greater than or equal to 100 amps per meter squared alternating current (AC), or if it impedes the safe operation of a pipeline, or if it may cause a condition that would adversely impact the environment or the public; and
</P>
<P>(4) Application for any necessary permits within 6 months of completing the interference survey that identified the deficiency. An operator must complete remedial actions promptly, but no later than the earliest of the following: within 15 months after completing the interference survey that identified the deficiency; or as soon as practicable, but not to exceed 6 months, after obtaining any necessary permits.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39390, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 92269, Aug. 24, 2022; Amdt. 192-133, 88 FR 24711, Apr. 24, 2023]
</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.475" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.475   Internal corrosion control: General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Corrosive gas may not be transported by pipeline, unless the corrosive effect of the gas on the pipeline has been investigated and steps have been taken to minimize internal corrosion. 
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever any pipe is removed from a pipeline for any reason, the internal surface must be inspected for evidence of corrosion. If internal corrosion is found—
</P>
<P>(1) The adjacent pipe must be investigated to determine the extent of internal corrosion; 
</P>
<P>(2) Replacement must be made to the extent required by the applicable paragraphs of §§ 192.485, 192.487, or 192.489; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Steps must be taken to minimize the internal corrosion. 
</P>
<P>(c) Gas containing more than 0.25 grain of hydrogen sulfide per 100 cubic feet (5.8 milligrams/m
<SU>.3</SU>) at standard conditions (4 parts per million) may not be stored in pipe-type or bottle-type holders. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39390, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.476" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.476   Internal corrosion control: Design and construction of transmission line.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Design and construction.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each new transmission line and each replacement of line pipe, valve, fitting, or other line component in a transmission line must have features incorporated into its design and construction to reduce the risk of internal corrosion. At a minimum, unless it is impracticable or unnecessary to do so, each new transmission line or replacement of line pipe, valve, fitting, or other line component in a transmission line must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be configured to reduce the risk that liquids will collect in the line;
</P>
<P>(2) Have effective liquid removal features whenever the configuration would allow liquids to collect; and
</P>
<P>(3) Allow use of devices for monitoring internal corrosion at locations with significant potential for internal corrosion.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions to applicability.</I> The design and construction requirements of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Offshore pipeline; and
</P>
<P>(2) Pipeline installed or line pipe, valve, fitting or other line component replaced before May 23, 2007.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Change to existing transmission line.</I> When an operator changes the configuration of a transmission line, the operator must evaluate the impact of the change on internal corrosion risk to the downstream portion of an existing onshore transmission line and provide for removal of liquids and monitoring of internal corrosion as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Records.</I> An operator must maintain records demonstrating compliance with this section. Provided the records show why incorporating design features addressing paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section is impracticable or unnecessary, an operator may fulfill this requirement through written procedures supported by as-built drawings or other construction records.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 20059, Apr. 23, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.477" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.477   Internal corrosion control: Monitoring.</HEAD>
<P>If corrosive gas is being transported, coupons or other suitable means must be used to determine the effectiveness of the steps taken to minimize internal corrosion. Each coupon or other means of monitoring internal corrosion must be checked two times each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 7
<FR>1/2</FR> months. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39390, Sept. 5, 1978]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.478" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.478   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.479" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.479   Atmospheric corrosion control: General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator must clean and coat each pipeline or portion of pipeline that is exposed to the atmosphere, except pipelines under paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Coating material must be suitable for the prevention of atmospheric corrosion. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except portions of pipelines in offshore splash zones or soil-to-air interfaces, the operator need not protect from atmospheric corrosion any pipeline for which the operator demonstrates by test, investigation, or experience appropriate to the environment of the pipeline that corrosion will— 
</P>
<P>(1) Only be a light surface oxide; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Not affect the safe operation of the pipeline before the next scheduled inspection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.481" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.481   Atmospheric corrosion control: Monitoring.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator must inspect and evaluate each pipeline or portion of the pipeline that is exposed to the atmosphere for evidence of atmospheric corrosion, as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipeline type:
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Then the frequency of inspection is:
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Onshore other than a Service Line</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least once every 3 calendar years, but with intervals not exceeding 39 months.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Onshore Service Line</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least once every 5 calendar years, but with intervals not exceeding 63 months, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) Offshore</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least once each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 15 months.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) During inspections the operator must give particular attention to pipe at soil-to-air interfaces, under thermal insulation, under disbonded coatings, at pipe supports, in splash zones, at deck penetrations, and in spans over water. 
</P>
<P>(c) If atmospheric corrosion is found during an inspection, the operator must provide protection against the corrosion as required by § 192.479.
</P>
<P>(d) If atmospheric corrosion is found on a service line during the most recent inspection, then the next inspection of that pipeline or portion of pipeline must be within 3 calendar years, but with intervals not exceeding 39 months.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003, as amended at 86 FR 2240, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.483" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.483   Remedial measures: General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each segment of metallic pipe that replaces pipe removed from a buried or submerged pipeline because of external corrosion must have a properly prepared surface and must be provided with an external protective coating that meets the requirements of § 192.461. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each segment of metallic pipe that replaces pipe removed from a buried or submerged pipeline because of external corrosion must be cathodically protected in accordance with this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except for cast iron or ductile iron pipe, each segment of buried or submerged pipe that is required to be repaired because of external corrosion must be cathodically protected in accordance with this subpart. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.485" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.485   Remedial measures: Transmission lines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General corrosion.</I> Each segment of transmission line with general corrosion and with a remaining wall thickness less than that required for the MAOP of the pipeline must be replaced or the operating pressure reduced commensurate with the strength of the pipe based on actual remaining wall thickness. However, corroded pipe may be repaired by a method that reliable engineering tests and analyses show can permanently restore the serviceability of the pipe. Corrosion pitting so closely grouped as to affect the overall strength of the pipe is considered general corrosion for the purpose of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Localized corrosion pitting.</I> Each segment of transmission line pipe with localized corrosion pitting to a degree where leakage might result must be replaced or repaired, or the operating pressure must be reduced commensurate with the strength of the pipe, 

based on the actual remaining wall thickness in the pits.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Calculating remaining strength.</I> Under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the strength of pipe based on actual remaining wall thickness must be determined and documented in accordance with § 192.712.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39390, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69664, Dec. 14, 1999; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 181, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52270, Aug. 24, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.487" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.487   Remedial measures: Distribution lines other than cast iron or ductile iron lines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General corrosion.</I> Except for cast iron or ductile iron pipe, each segment of generally corroded distribution line pipe with a remaining wall thickness less than that required for the MAOP of the pipeline, or a remaining wall thickness less than 30 percent of the nominal wall thickness, must be replaced. However, corroded pipe may be repaired by a method that reliable engineering tests and analyses show can permanently restore the serviceability of the pipe. Corrosion pitting so closely grouped as to affect the overall strength of the pipe is considered general corrosion for the purpose of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Localized corrosion pitting.</I> Except for cast iron or ductile iron pipe, each segment of distribution line pipe with localized corrosion pitting to a degree where leakage might result must be replaced or repaired. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12302, June 30, 1971, as amended by Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69665, Dec. 14, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.489" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.489   Remedial measures: Cast iron and ductile iron pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General graphitization.</I> Each segment of cast iron or ductile iron pipe on which general graphitization is found to a degree where a fracture or any leakage might result, must be replaced. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Localized graphitization.</I> Each segment of cast iron or ductile iron pipe on which localized graphitization is found to a degree where any leakage might result, must be replaced or repaired, or sealed by internal sealing methods adequate to prevent or arrest any leakage. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.490" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.490   Direct assessment.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator that uses direct assessment as defined in § 192.903 on an onshore transmission line made primarily of steel or iron to evaluate the effects of a threat in the first column must carry out the direct assessment according to the standard listed in the second column. These standards do not apply to methods associated with direct assessment, such as close interval surveys, voltage gradient surveys, or examination of exposed pipelines, when used separately from the direct assessment process.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Threat 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Standard 
<sup>1</sup> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">External corrosion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 192.925 
<sup>2</sup> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Internal corrosion in pipelines that transport dry gas</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 192.927 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stress corrosion cracking</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">§ 192.929 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For lines not subject to subpart O of this part, the terms “covered segment” and “covered pipeline segment” in §§ 192.925, 192.927, and 192.929 refer to the pipeline segment on which direct assessment is performed.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> In § 192.925(b), the provision regarding detection of coating damage applies only to pipelines subject to subpart O of this part.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-101, 70 FR 61575, Oct. 25, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.491" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.491   Corrosion control records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall maintain records or maps to show the location of cathodically protected piping, cathodic protection facilities, galvanic anodes, and neighboring structures bonded to the cathodic protection system. Records or maps showing a stated number of anodes, installed in a stated manner or spacing, need not show specific distances to each buried anode. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each record or map required by paragraph (a) of this section must be retained for as long as the pipeline remains in service. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each operator shall maintain a record of each test, survey, or inspection required by this subpart in sufficient detail to demonstrate the adequacy of corrosion control measures or that a corrosive condition does not exist. These records must be retained for at least 5 years with the following exceptions:
</P>
<P>(1) Operators must retain records related to §§ 192.465(a) and (e) and 192.475(b) for as long as the pipeline remains in service.
</P>
<P>(2) Operators must retain records of the two most recent atmospheric corrosion inspections for each distribution service line that is being inspected under the interval in § 192.481(a)(2).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996, as amended at 86 FR 2241, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.493" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.9.8.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.493   In-line inspection of pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>When conducting in-line inspections of pipelines required by this part, an operator must comply with API STD 1163, ASNT ILI-PQ, and NACE SP0102, (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). Assessments may be conducted using tethered or remotely controlled tools, not explicitly discussed in NACE SP0102, provided they comply with those sections of NACE SP0102 that are applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52245, Oct. 1, 2019, as amended by Amdt. 192-156, 90 FR 40763, Aug. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Test Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.501" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.10.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.501   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum leak-test and strength-test requirements for pipelines. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.503" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.10.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.503   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may operate a new segment of pipeline, or return to service a segment of pipeline that has been relocated or replaced, until—
</P>
<P>(1) It has been tested in accordance with this subpart and § 192.619 to substantiate the maximum allowable operating pressure; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Each potentially hazardous leak has been located and eliminated. 
</P>
<P>(b) The test medium must be liquid, air, natural gas, or inert gas that is—
</P>
<P>(1) Compatible with the material of which the pipeline is constructed; 
</P>
<P>(2) Relatively free of sedimentary materials; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Except for natural gas, nonflammable. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in § 192.505(a), if air, natural gas, or inert gas is used as the test medium, the following maximum hoop stress limitations apply:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Class location
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Maximum hoop stress allowed as percentage of SMYS
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Natural gas
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Air or inert gas
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) Each joint used to tie in a test segment of pipeline is excepted from the specific test requirements of this subpart, but each non-welded joint must be leak tested at not less than its operating pressure.
</P>
<P>(e) If a component other than pipe is the only item being replaced or added to a pipeline, a strength test after installation is not required, if the manufacturer of the component certifies that:
</P>
<P>(1) The component was tested to at least the pressure required for the pipeline to which it is being added;
</P>
<P>(2) The component was manufactured under a quality control system that ensures that each item manufactured is at least equal in strength to a prototype and that the prototype was tested to at least the pressure required for the pipeline to which it is being added; or
</P>
<P>(3) The component carries a pressure rating established through applicable ASME/ANSI, Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS) specifications, or by unit strength calculations as described in § 192.143.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988; Amdt. 192-60, 53 FR 36029, Sept. 16, 1988; Amdt. 192-60A, 54 FR 5485, Feb. 3, 1989; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12779, Mar. 11, 2015] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.505" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.10.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.505   Strength test requirements for steel pipeline to operate at a hoop stress of 30 percent or more of SMYS.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for service lines, each segment of a steel pipeline that is to operate at a hoop stress of 30 percent or more of SMYS must be strength tested in accordance with this section to substantiate the proposed maximum allowable operating pressure. In addition, in a Class 1 or Class 2 location, if there is a building intended for human occupancy within 300 feet (91 meters) of a pipeline, a hydrostatic test must be conducted to a test pressure of at least 125 percent of maximum operating pressure on that segment of the pipeline within 300 feet (91 meters) of such a building, but in no event may the test section be less than 600 feet (183 meters) unless the length of the newly installed or relocated pipe is less than 600 feet (183 meters). However, if the buildings are evacuated while the hoop stress exceeds 50 percent of SMYS, air or inert gas may be used as the test medium. 
</P>
<P>(b) In a Class 1 or Class 2 location, each compressor station regulator station, and measuring station, must be tested to at least Class 3 location test requirements. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the strength test must be conducted by mai ntaining the pressure at or above the test pressure for at least 8 hours.
</P>
<P>(d) For fabricated units and short sections of pipe, for which a post installation test is impractical, a preinstallation strength test must be conducted by maintaining the pressure at or above the test pressure for at least 4 hours. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32895, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 195-94, 69 FR 54592, Sept. 9, 2004; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12779, Mar. 11, 2015; 86 FR 2241, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.506" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.10.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.506   Transmission lines: Spike hydrostatic pressure test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Spike test requirements.</I> Whenever a segment of steel transmission pipeline that is operated at a hoop stress level of 30 percent or more of SMYS is spike tested under this part, the spike hydrostatic pressure test must be conducted in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(1) The test must use water as the test medium.
</P>
<P>(2) The baseline test pressure must be as specified in the applicable paragraphs of § 192.619(a)(2) or § 192.620(a)(2), whichever applies.
</P>
<P>(3) The test must be conducted by maintaining a pressure at or above the baseline test pressure for at least 8 hours as specified in § 192.505.
</P>
<P>(4) After the test pressure stabilizes at the baseline pressure and within the first 2 hours of the 8-hour test interval, the hydrostatic pressure must be raised (spiked) to a minimum of the lesser of 1.5 times MAOP or 100% SMYS. This spike hydrostatic pressure test must be held for at least 15 minutes after the spike test pressure stabilizes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other technology or other technical evaluation process.</I> Operators may use other technology or another process supported by a documented engineering analysis for establishing a spike hydrostatic pressure test or equivalent. Operators must notify PHMSA 90 days in advance of the assessment or reassessment requirements of this subchapter. The notification must be made in accordance with § 192.18 and must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Descriptions of the technology or technologies to be used for all tests, examinations, and assessments;
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures and processes to conduct tests, examinations, assessments, perform evaluations, analyze defects, and remediate defects discovered;
</P>
<P>(3) Data requirements, including original design, maintenance and operating history, anomaly or flaw characterization;
</P>
<P>(4) Assessment techniques and acceptance criteria;
</P>
<P>(5) Remediation methods for assessment findings;
</P>
<P>(6) Spike hydrostatic pressure test monitoring and acceptance procedures, if used;
</P>
<P>(7) Procedures for remaining crack growth analysis and pipeline segment life analysis for the time interval for additional assessments, as required; and
</P>
<P>(8) Evidence of a review of all procedures and assessments by a qualified technical subject matter expert.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52245, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.507" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.10.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.507   Test requirements for pipelines to operate at a hoop stress less than 30 percent of SMYS and at or above 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage.</HEAD>
<P>Except for service lines and plastic pipelines, each segment of a pipeline that is to be operated at a hoop stress less than 30 percent of SMYS and at or above 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage must be tested in accordance with the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) The pipeline operator must use a test procedure that will ensure discovery of all potentially hazardous leaks in the segment being tested. 
</P>
<P>(b) If, during the test, the segment is to be stressed to 20 percent or more of SMYS and natural gas, inert gas, or air is the test medium—
</P>
<P>(1) A leak test must be made at a pressure between 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage and the pressure required to produce a hoop stress of 20 percent of SMYS; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The line must be walked to check for leaks while the hoop stress is held at approximately 20 percent of SMYS. 
</P>
<P>(c) The pressure must be maintained at or above the test pressure for at least 1 hour. 
</P>
<P>(d) For fabricated units and short sections of pipe, for which a post installation test is impractical, a preinstallation pressure test must be conducted in accordance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998; 86 FR 2241, Jan. 21, 2021; 86 FR 12836, Mar. 5, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.509" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.10.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.509   Test requirements for pipelines to operate below 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage.</HEAD>
<P>Except for service lines and plastic pipelines, each segment of a pipeline that is to be operated below 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage must be leak tested in accordance with the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) The test procedure used must ensure discovery of all potentially hazardous leaks in the segment being tested. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each main that is to be operated at less than 1 p.s.i. (6.9 kPa) gage must be tested to at least 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage and each main to be operated at or above 1 p.s.i. (6.9 kPa) gage must be tested to at least 90 p.s.i. (621 kPa) gage. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21, 1988; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.511" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.10.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.511   Test requirements for service lines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each segment of a service line (other than plastic) must be leak tested in accordance with this section before being placed in service. If feasible, the service line connection to the main must be included in the test; if not feasible, it must be given a leakage test at the operating pressure when placed in service. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each segment of a service line (other than plastic) intended to be operated at a pressure of at least 1 p.s.i. (6.9 kPa) gage but not more than 40 p.s.i. (276 kPa) gage must be given a leak test at a pressure of not less than 50 p.s.i. (345 kPa) gage. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each segment of a service line (other than plastic) intended to be operated at pressures of more than 40 p.s.i. (276 kPa) gage must be tested to at least 90 p.s.i. (621 kPa) gage, except that each segment of a steel service line stressed to 20 percent or more of SMYS must be tested in accordance with § 192.507 of this subpart. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-74, 61 FR 18517, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.513" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.10.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.513   Test requirements for plastic pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each segment of a plastic pipeline must be tested in accordance with this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) The test procedure must insure discovery of all potentially hazardous leaks in the segment being tested. 
</P>
<P>(c) The test pressure must be at least 150% of the maximum operating pressure or 50 psi (345 kPa) gauge, whichever is greater. However, the maximum test pressure may not be more than 2.5 times the pressure determined under § 192.121 at a temperature not less than the pipe temperature during the test.
</P>
<P>(d) During the test, the temperature of thermoplastic material may not be more than 100 °F (38 °C), or the temperature at which the material's long-term hydrostatic strength has been determined under the listed specification, whichever is greater. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-77, 61 FR 27793, June 3, 1996; 61 FR 45905, Aug. 30, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58719, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.515" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.10.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.515   Environmental protection and safety requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In conducting tests under this subpart, each operator shall insure that every reasonable precaution is taken to protect its employees and the general public during the testing. Whenever the hoop stress of the segment of the pipeline being tested will exceed 50 percent of SMYS, the operator shall take all practicable steps to keep persons not working on the testing operation outside of the testing area until the pressure is reduced to or below the proposed maximum allowable operating pressure. 
</P>
<P>(b) The operator shall insure that the test medium is disposed of in a manner that will minimize damage to the environment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.517" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.10.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.517   Records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An operator must make, and retain for the useful life of the pipeline, a record of each test performed under §§ 192.505, 192.506, and 192.507. The record must contain at least the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) The operator's name, the name of the operator's employee responsible for making the test, and the name of any test company used. 
</P>
<P>(2) Test medium used. 
</P>
<P>(3) Test pressure. 
</P>
<P>(4) Test duration. 
</P>
<P>(5) Pressure recording charts, or other record of pressure readings. 
</P>
<P>(6) Elevation variations, whenever significant for the particular test. 
</P>
<P>(7) Leaks and failures noted and their disposition.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator must maintain a record of each test required by §§ 192.509, 192.511, and 192.513 for at least 5 years. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52245, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Uprating</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.551" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.11.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.551   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for increasing maximum allowable operating pressures (uprating) for pipelines. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.553" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.11.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.553   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pressure increases.</I> Whenever the requirements of this subpart require that an increase in operating pressure be made in increments, the pressure must be increased gradually, at a rate that can be controlled, and in accordance with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) At the end of each incremental increase, the pressure must be held constant while the entire segment of pipeline that is affected is checked for leaks. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each leak detected must be repaired before a further pressure increase is made, except that a leak determined not to be potentially hazardous need not be repaired, if it is monitored during the pressure increase and it does not become potentially hazardous. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Records.</I> Each operator who uprates a segment of pipeline shall retain for the life of the segment a record of each investigation required by this subpart, of all work performed, and of each pressure test conducted, in connection with the uprating. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Written plan.</I> Each operator who uprates a segment of pipeline shall establish a written procedure that will ensure that each applicable requirement of this subpart is complied with. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Limitation on increase in maximum allowable operating pressure.</I> Except as provided in § 192.555(c), a new maximum allowable operating pressure established under this subpart may not exceed the maximum that would be allowed under §§ 192.619 and 192.621 for a new segment of pipeline constructed of the same materials in the same location. However, when uprating a steel pipeline, if any variable necessary to determine the design pressure under the design formula (§ 192.105) is unknown, the MAOP may be increased as provided in § 192.619(a)(1).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 10, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.555" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.11.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.555   Uprating to a pressure that will produce a hoop stress of 30 percent or more of SMYS in steel pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless the requirements of this section have been met, no person may subject any segment of a steel pipeline to an operating pressure that will produce a hoop stress of 30 percent or more of SMYS and that is above the established maximum allowable operating pressure. 
</P>
<P>(b) Before increasing operating pressure above the previously established maximum allowable operating pressure the operator shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Review the design, operating, and maintenance history and previous testing of the segment of pipeline and determine whether the proposed increase is safe and consistent with the requirements of this part; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Make any repairs, replacements, or alterations in the segment of pipeline that are necessary for safe operation at the increased pressure. 
</P>
<P>(c) After complying with paragraph (b) of this section, an operator may increase the maximum allowable operating pressure of a segment of pipeline constructed before September 12, 1970, to the highest pressure that is permitted under § 192.619, using as test pressure the highest pressure to which the segment of pipeline was previously subjected (either in a strength test or in actual operation). 
</P>
<P>(d) After complying with paragraph (b) of this section, an operator that does not qualify under paragraph (c) of this section may increase the previously established maximum allowable operating pressure if at least one of the following requirements is met: 
</P>
<P>(1) The segment of pipeline is successfully tested in accordance with the requirements of this part for a new line of the same material in the same location. 
</P>
<P>(2) An increased maximum allowable operating pressure may be established for a segment of pipeline in a Class 1 location if the line has not previously been tested, and if:
</P>
<P>(i) It is impractical to test it in accordance with the requirements of this part; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The new maximum operating pressure does not exceed 80 percent of that allowed for a new line of the same design in the same location; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The operator determines that the new maximum allowable operating pressure is consistent with the condition of the segment of pipeline and the design requirements of this part. 
</P>
<P>(e) Where a segment of pipeline is uprated in accordance with paragraph (c) or (d)(2) of this section, the increase in pressure must be made in increments that are equal to:
</P>
<P>(1) 10 percent of the pressure before the uprating; or 
</P>
<P>(2) 25 percent of the total pressure increase, 
</P>
<FP>whichever produces the fewer number of increments. 


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.557" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.11.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.557   Uprating: Steel pipelines to a pressure that will produce a hoop stress less than 30 percent of SMYS: plastic, cast iron, and ductile iron pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless the requirements of this section have been met, no person may subject:
</P>
<P>(1) A segment of steel pipeline to an operating pressure that will produce a hoop stress less than 30 percent of SMYS and that is above the previously established maximum allowable operating pressure; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A plastic, cast iron, or ductile iron pipeline segment to an operating pressure that is above the previously established maximum allowable operating pressure. 
</P>
<P>(b) Before increasing operating pressure above the previously established maximum allowable operating pressure, the operator shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Review the design, operating, and maintenance history of the segment of pipeline; 
</P>
<P>(2) Make a leakage survey (if it has been more than 1 year since the last survey) and repair any leaks that are found, except that a leak determined not to be potentially hazardous need not be repaired, if it is monitored during the pressure increase and it does not become potentially hazardous; 
</P>
<P>(3) Make any repairs, replacements, or alterations in the segment of pipeline that are necessary for safe operation at the increased pressure; 
</P>
<P>(4) Reinforce or anchor offsets, bends and dead ends in pipe joined by compression couplings or bell and spigot joints to prevent failure of the pipe joint, if the offset, bend, or dead end is exposed in an excavation; 
</P>
<P>(5) Isolate the segment of pipeline in which the pressure is to be increased from any adjacent segment that will continue to be operated at a lower pressure; and 
</P>
<P>(6) If the pressure in mains or service lines, or both, is to be higher than the pressure delivered to the customer, install a service regulator on each service line and test each regulator to determine that it is functioning. Pressure may be increased as necessary to test each regulator, after a regulator has been installed on each pipeline subject to the increased pressure. 
</P>
<P>(c) After complying with paragraph (b) of this section, the increase in maximum allowable operating pressure must be made in increments that are equal to 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage or 25 percent of the total pressure increase, whichever produces the fewer number of increments. Whenever the requirements of paragraph (b)(6) of this section apply, there must be at least two approximately equal incremental increases. 
</P>
<P>(d) If records for cast iron or ductile iron pipeline facilities are not complete enough to determine stresses produced by internal pressure, trench loading, rolling loads, beam stresses, and other bending loads, in evaluating the level of safety of the pipeline when operating at the proposed increased pressure, the following procedures must be followed: 
</P>
<P>(1) In estimating the stresses, if the original laying conditions cannot be ascertained, the operator shall assume that cast iron pipe was supported on blocks with tamped backfill and that ductile iron pipe was laid without blocks with tamped backfill. 
</P>
<P>(2) Unless the actual maximum cover depth is known, the operator shall measure the actual cover in at least three places where the cover is most likely to be greatest and shall use the greatest cover measured. 
</P>
<P>(3) Unless the actual nominal wall thickness is known, the operator shall determine the wall thickness by cutting and measuring coupons from at least three separate pipe lengths. The coupons must be cut from pipe lengths in areas where the cover depth is most likely to be the greatest. The average of all measurements taken must be increased by the allowance indicated in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Pipe size inches (millimeters)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Allowance inches (millimeters)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Cast iron pipe
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Ductile iron pipe
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pit cast pipe
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Centrifugally cast pipe
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 to 8 (76 to 203)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.075 (1.91)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.065 (1.65)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.065 (1.65)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 to 12 (254 to 305)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08 (2.03)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.07 (1.78)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.07 (1.78)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 to 24 (356 to 610)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08 (2.03)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08 (2.03)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.075 (1.91)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30 to 42 (762 to 1067)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.09 (2.29)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.09 (2.29)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.075 (1.91)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48 (1219)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.09 (2.29)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.09 (2.29)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08 (2.03)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">54 to 60 (1372 to 1524)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.09 (2.29)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(4) For cast iron pipe, unless the pipe manufacturing process is known, the operator shall assume that the pipe is pit cast pipe with a bursting tensile strength of 11,000 p.s.i. (76 MPa) gage and a modulus of rupture of 31,000 p.s.i. (214 MPa) gage.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10160, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt. 195-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Operations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.601" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.601   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for the operation of pipeline facilities. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.603" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.603   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may operate a segment of pipeline unless it is operated in accordance with this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator shall keep records necessary to administer the procedures established under § 192.605. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Associate Administrator or the State Agency that has submitted a current certification under the pipeline safety laws, (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>) with respect to the pipeline facility governed by an operator's plans and procedures may, after notice and opportunity for hearing as provided in 49 CFR 190.206 or the relevant State procedures, require the operator to amend its plans and procedures as necessary to provide a reasonable level of safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-66, 56 FR 31090, July 9, 1991; Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6584, Feb. 11, 1994; Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18517, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 192-118, 78 FR 58915, Sept. 25, 2013] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.605" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.605   Procedural manual for operations, maintenance, and emergencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each operator shall prepare and follow for each pipeline, a manual of written procedures for conducting operations and maintenance activities and for emergency response. For transmission lines, the manual must also include procedures for handling abnormal operations. This manual must be reviewed and updated by the operator at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year. This manual must be prepared before operations of a pipeline system commence. Appropriate parts of the manual must be kept at locations where operations and maintenance activities are conducted. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Maintenance and normal operations.</I> The manual required by paragraph (a) of this section must include procedures for the following, if applicable, to provide safety during maintenance and operations. 
</P>
<P>(1) Operating, maintaining, and repairing the pipeline in accordance with each of the requirements of this subpart and subpart M of this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) Controlling corrosion in accordance with the operations and maintenance requirements of subpart I of this part. 
</P>
<P>(3) Making construction records, maps, and operating history available to appropriate operating personnel. 
</P>
<P>(4) Gathering of data needed for reporting incidents under Part 191 of this chapter in a timely and effective manner. 
</P>
<P>(5) Starting up and shutting down any part of the pipeline in a manner designed to assure operation within the MAOP limits prescribed by this part, plus the build-up allowed for operation of pressure-limiting and control devices. 
</P>
<P>(6) Maintaining compressor stations, including provisions for isolating units or sections of pipe and for purging before returning to service. 
</P>
<P>(7) Starting, operating and shutting down gas compressor units. 
</P>
<P>(8) Periodically reviewing the work done by operator personnel to determine the effectiveness, and adequacy of the procedures used in normal operation and maintenance and modifying the procedures when deficiencies are found. 
</P>
<P>(9) Taking adequate precautions in excavated trenches to protect personnel from the hazards of unsafe accumulations of vapor or gas, and making available when needed at the excavation, emergency rescue equipment, including a breathing apparatus and, a rescue harness and line. 
</P>
<P>(10) Systematic and routine testing and inspection of pipe-type or bottle-type holders including—
</P>
<P>(i) Provision for detecting external corrosion before the strength of the container has been impaired; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Periodic sampling and testing of gas in storage to determine the dew point of vapors contained in the stored gas which, if condensed, might cause internal corrosion or interfere with the safe operation of the storage plant; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Periodic inspection and testing of pressure limiting equipment to determine that it is in safe operating condition and has adequate capacity. 
</P>
<P>(11) Responding promptly to a report of a gas odor inside or near a building, unless the operator's emergency procedures under § 192.615(a)(3) specifically apply to these reports. 
</P>
<P>(12) Implementing the applicable control room management procedures required by § 192.631.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Abnormal operation.</I> For transmission lines, the manual required by paragraph (a) of this section must include procedures for the following to provide safety when operating design limits have been exceeded: 
</P>
<P>(1) Responding to, investigating, and correcting the cause of: 
</P>
<P>(i) Unintended closure of valves or shutdowns; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Increase or decrease in pressure or flow rate outside normal operating limits; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Loss of communications; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Operation of any safety device; and 
</P>
<P>(v) Any other foreseeable malfunction of a component, deviation from normal operation, or personnel error, which may result in a hazard to persons or property. 
</P>
<P>(2) Checking variations from normal operation after abnormal operation has ended at sufficient critical locations in the system to determine continued integrity and safe operation. 
</P>
<P>(3) Notifying responsible operator personnel when notice of an abnormal operation is received. 
</P>
<P>(4) Periodically reviewing the response of operator personnel to determine the effectiveness of the procedures controlling abnormal operation and taking corrective action where deficiencies are found. 
</P>
<P>(5) The requirements of this paragraph (c) do not apply to natural gas distribution operators that are operating transmission lines in connection with their distribution system. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Safety-related condition reports.</I> The manual required by paragraph (a) of this section must include instructions enabling personnel who perform operation and maintenance activities to recognize conditions that potentially may be safety-related conditions that are subject to the reporting requirements of § 191.23 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Surveillance, emergency response, and accident investigation.</I> The procedures required by §§ 192.613(a), 192.615, and 192.617 must be included in the manual required by paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6584, Feb. 11, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 192-71A, 60 FR 14381, Mar. 17, 1995; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192-112, 74 FR 63327, Dec. 3, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.607" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.607   Verification of Pipeline Material Properties and Attributes: Onshore steel transmission pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> Wherever required by this part, operators of onshore steel transmission pipelines must document and verify material properties and attributes in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Documentation of material properties and attributes.</I> Records established under this section documenting physical pipeline characteristics and attributes, including diameter, wall thickness, seam type, and grade (<I>e.g.,</I> yield strength, ultimate tensile strength, or pressure rating for valves and flanges, etc.), must be maintained for the life of the pipeline and be traceable, verifiable, and complete. Charpy v-notch toughness values established under this section needed to meet the requirements of the ECA method at § 192.624(c)(3) or the fracture mechanics requirements at § 192.712 must be maintained for the life of the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Verification of material properties and attributes.</I> If an operator does not have traceable, verifiable, and complete records required by paragraph (b) of this section, the operator must develop and implement procedures for conducting nondestructive or destructive tests, examinations, and assessments in order to verify the material properties of aboveground line pipe and components, and of buried line pipe and components when excavations occur at the following opportunities: Anomaly direct examinations, <I>in situ</I> evaluations, repairs, remediations, maintenance, and excavations that are associated with replacements or relocations of pipeline segments that are removed from service. The procedures must also provide for the following:
</P>
<P>(1) For nondestructive tests, at each test location, material properties for minimum yield strength and ultimate tensile strength must be determined at a minimum of 5 places in at least 2 circumferential quadrants of the pipe for a minimum total of 10 test readings at each pipe cylinder location.
</P>
<P>(2) For destructive tests, at each test location, a set of material properties tests for minimum yield strength and ultimate tensile strength must be conducted on each test pipe cylinder removed from each location, in accordance with API Specification 5L.
</P>
<P>(3) Tests, examinations, and assessments must be appropriate for verifying the necessary material properties and attributes.
</P>
<P>(4) If toughness properties are not documented, the procedures must include accepted industry methods for verifying pipe material toughness.
</P>
<P>(5) Verification of material properties and attributes for non-line pipe components must comply with paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special requirements for nondestructive Methods.</I> Procedures developed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section for verification of material properties and attributes using nondestructive methods must:
</P>
<P>(1) Use methods, tools, procedures, and techniques that have been validated by a subject matter expert based on comparison with destructive test results on material of comparable grade and vintage;
</P>
<P>(2) Conservatively account for measurement inaccuracy and uncertainty using reliable engineering tests and analyses; and
</P>
<P>(3) Use test equipment that has been properly calibrated for comparable test materials prior to usage.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Sampling multiple segments of pipe.</I> To verify material properties and attributes for a population of multiple, comparable segments of pipe without traceable, verifiable, and complete records, an operator may use a sampling program in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The operator must define separate populations of similar segments of pipe for each combination of the following material properties and attributes: Nominal wall thicknesses, grade, manufacturing process, pipe manufacturing dates, and construction dates. If the dates between the manufacture or construction of the pipeline segments exceeds 2 years, those segments cannot be considered as the same vintage for the purpose of defining a population under this section. The total population mileage is the cumulative mileage of pipeline segments in the population. The pipeline segments need not be continuous.
</P>
<P>(2) For each population defined according to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the operator must determine material properties at all excavations that expose the pipe associated with anomaly direct examinations, <I>in situ</I> evaluations, repairs, remediations, or maintenance, except for pipeline segments exposed during excavation activities pursuant to § 192.614, until completion of the lesser of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) One excavation per mile rounded up to the nearest whole number; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 150 excavations if the population is more than 150 miles.
</P>
<P>(3) Prior tests conducted for a single excavation according to the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section may be counted as one sample under the sampling requirements of this paragraph (e).
</P>
<P>(4) If the test results identify line pipe with properties that are not consistent with available information or existing expectations or assumed properties used for operations and maintenance in the past, the operator must establish an expanded sampling program. The expanded sampling program must use valid statistical bases designed to achieve at least a 95% confidence level that material properties used in the operation and maintenance of the pipeline are valid. The approach must address how the sampling plan will be expanded to address findings that reveal material properties that are not consistent with all available information or existing expectations or assumed material properties used for pipeline operations and maintenance in the past. Operators must notify PHMSA in advance of using an expanded sampling approach in accordance with § 192.18.
</P>
<P>(5) An operator may use an alternative statistical sampling approach that differs from the requirements specified in paragraph (e)(2) of this section. The alternative sampling program must use valid statistical bases designed to achieve at least a 95% confidence level that material properties used in the operation and maintenance of the pipeline are valid. The approach must address how the sampling plan will be expanded to address findings that reveal material properties that are not consistent with all available information or existing expectations or assumed material properties used for pipeline operations and maintenance in the past. Operators must notify PHMSA in advance of using an alternative sampling approach in accordance with § 192.18.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Components.</I> For mainline pipeline components other than line pipe, an operator must develop and implement procedures in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section for establishing and documenting the ANSI rating or pressure rating (in accordance with ASME/ANSI B16.5 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7)),
</P>
<P>(1) Operators are not required to test for the chemical and mechanical properties of components in compressor stations, meter stations, regulator stations, separators, river crossing headers, mainline valve assemblies, valve operator piping, or cross-connections with isolation valves from the mainline pipeline.
</P>
<P>(2) Verification of material properties is required for non-line pipe components, including valves, flanges, fittings, fabricated assemblies, and other pressure retaining components and appurtenances that are:
</P>
<P>(i) Larger than 2 inches in nominal outside diameter,
</P>
<P>(ii) Material grades of 42,000 psi (Grade X-42) or greater, or
</P>
<P>(iii) Appurtenances of any size that are directly installed on the pipeline and cannot be isolated from mainline pipeline pressures.
</P>
<P>(3) Procedures for establishing material properties of non-line pipe components must be based on the documented manufacturing specification for the components. If specifications are not known, usage of manufacturer's stamped, marked, or tagged material pressure ratings and material type may be used to establish pressure rating. Operators must document the method used to determine the pressure rating and the findings of that determination.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Uprating.</I> The material properties determined from the destructive or nondestructive tests required by this section cannot be used to raise the grade or specification of the material, unless the original grade or specification is unknown and MAOP is based on an assumed yield strength of 24,000 psi in accordance with § 192.107(b)(2).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52245, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.609" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.609   Change in class location: Required study.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever an increase in population density indicates a change in class location for a segment of an existing steel pipeline operating at hoop stress that is more than 40 percent of SMYS, or indicates that the hoop stress corresponding to the established maximum allowable operating pressure for a segment of existing pipeline is not commensurate with the present class location, the operator shall immediately make a study to determine:
</P>
<P>(a) The present class location for the segment involved. 
</P>
<P>(b) The design, construction, and testing procedures followed in the original construction, and a comparison of these procedures with those required for the present class location by the applicable provisions of this part. 
</P>
<P>(c) The physical condition of the segment to the extent it can be ascertained from available records; 
</P>
<P>(d) The operating and maintenance history of the segment; 
</P>
<P>(e) The maximum actual operating pressure and the corresponding operating hoop stress, taking pressure gradient into account, for the segment of pipeline involved; and 
</P>
<P>(f) The actual area affected by the population density increase, and physical barriers or other factors which may limit further expansion of the more densely populated area. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.610" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.610   Change in class location: Change in valve spacing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a class location change on a transmission pipeline occurs after October 5, 2022, and results in pipe replacement, of 2 or more miles, in the aggregate, within any 5 contiguous miles within a 24-month period, to meet the maximum allowable operating pressure (MAOP) requirements in § 192.611, § 192.619, or § 192.620, then the requirements in §§ 192.179, 192.634, and 192.636, as applicable, apply to the new class location, and the operator must install valves, including rupture-mitigation valves (RMV) or alternative equivalent technologies, as necessary, to comply with those sections. Such valves must be installed within 24 months of the class location change in accordance with the timing requirement in § 192.611(d) for compliance after a class location change.
</P>
<P>(b) If a class location change on a gas transmission pipeline occurs after October 5, 2022, and results in pipe replacement of less than 2 miles within 5 contiguous miles during a 24-month period, to meet the MAOP requirements in § 192.611, § 192.619, or § 192.620, then within 24 months of the class location change, in accordance with § 192.611(d), the operator must either:
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the valve spacing requirements of § 192.179(a) for the replaced pipeline segment; or
</P>
<P>(2) Install or use existing RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies so that the entirety of the replaced pipeline segments are between at least two RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies. The distance between RMVs and alternative equivalent technologies for the replaced segment must not exceed 20 miles. The RMVs and alternative equivalent technologies must comply with the applicable requirements of § 192.636.
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions of paragraph (b) of this section do not apply to pipeline replacements that amount to less than 1,000 feet within any one contiguous mile during any 24-month period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-130, 87 FR 20983, Apr. 8, 2022, as amended by Amdt. 192-134, 88 FR 50061, Aug. 1, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.611" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.611   Change in class location: Confirmation or revision of maximum allowable operating pressure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the hoop stress corresponding to the established maximum allowable operating pressure of a segment of pipeline is not commensurate with the present class location, and the segment is in satisfactory physical condition, the maximum allowable operating pressure of that segment of pipeline must be confirmed or revised according to one of the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) If the segment involved has been previously tested in place for a period of not less than 8 hours:
</P>
<P>(i) The maximum allowable operating pressure is 0.8 times the test pressure in Class 2 locations, 0.667 times the test pressure in Class 3 locations, or 0.555 times the test pressure in Class 4 locations. The corresponding hoop stress may not exceed 72 percent of the SMYS of the pipe in Class 2 locations, 60 percent of SMYS in Class 3 locations, or 50 percent of SMYS in Class 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(ii) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure is 0.8 times the test pressure in Class 2 locations and 0.667 times the test pressure in Class 3 locations. For pipelines operating at alternative maximum allowable pressure per § 192.620, the corresponding hoop stress may not exceed 80 percent of the SMYS of the pipe in Class 2 locations and 67 percent of SMYS in Class 3 locations.
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum allowable operating pressure of the segment involved must be reduced so that the corresponding hoop stress is not more than that allowed by this part for new segments of pipelines in the existing class location. 
</P>
<P>(3) The segment involved must be tested in accordance with the applicable requirements of subpart J of this part, and its maximum allowable operating pressure must then be established according to the following criteria: 
</P>
<P>(i) The maximum allowable operating pressure after the requalification test is 0.8 times the test pressure for Class 2 locations, 0.667 times the test pressure for Class 3 locations, and 0.555 times the test pressure for Class 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(ii) The corresponding hoop stress may not exceed 72 percent of the SMYS of the pipe in Class 2 locations, 60 percent of SMYS in Class 3 locations, or 50 percent of SMYS in Class 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(iii) For pipeline operating at an alternative maximum allowable operating pressure per § 192.620, the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure after the requalification test is 0.8 times the test pressure for Class 2 locations and 0.667 times the test pressure for Class 3 locations. The corresponding hoop stress may not exceed 80 percent of the SMYS of the pipe in Class 2 locations and 67 percent of SMYS in Class 3 locations.
</P>
<P>(4) The maximum allowable operating pressure of an eligible Class 3 segment may be confirmed by complying with the integrity management requirements in subpart O of this part and the additional or more stringent requirements in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) By no later than March 16, 2028, or within 24 months of the date of the class location change, whichever is later, the operator must complete the following initial programmatic requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) Conduct a baseline assessment of the eligible Class 3 inspection area and remediate all immediate and one-year conditions in accordance with this section and subpart O of this part. A prior assessment conducted after March 16, 2024, or within 24 months of the class location change, whichever is later, may be used as the baseline assessment. In addition, if the eligible Class 3 segment contains pipe with a seam formed by direct current electric resistance welding, low-frequency electric resistance welding, or electric flash welding, the assessment technology or technologies selected must have a proven application capable of assessing seam integrity and seam corrosion anomalies.
</P>
<P>(B) Test the eligible Class 3 segment in accordance with the requirements in subpart J of this part to a pressure of at least 1.25 times the maximum allowable operating pressure. The results of a prior test, conducted for a duration consistent with the requirements in subpart J to a pressure of at least 1.25 the maximum allowable operating pressure, may be used to satisfy this requirement.
</P>
<P>(C) Confirm that the eligible Class 3 segment has traceable, verifiable, and complete records available for pipe diameter, wall thickness, grade, seam type, yield strength, and tensile strength; or obtain the necessary material records in accordance with § 192.607.
</P>
<P>(D) Install, or use existing, valves such that rupture-mitigation valves are located on both sides of the eligible Class 3 segment. Isolation valves on any crossover or lateral pipe designed to isolate a leak or rupture within the eligible Class 3 segment consistent with the requirements of § 192.634(b)(3) and (4). Valves must be located at their original class design per § 192.179.
</P>
<P>(E) Install, if not already present, at least one cathodic protection pipe-to-soil test station on the eligible Class 3 segment in accordance with § 192.469, with a maximum spacing of 
<FR>1/2</FR> mile between test stations. Where prevented by obstructions or restricted areas, the test station may be placed in the closest practical location.
</P>
<P>(F) Perform a depth of cover survey of the eligible Class 3 segment and take appropriate action to remediate any locations that do not conform to the requirements in § 192.327 for the original class design.
</P>
<P>(G) Perform a coating survey of the eligible Class 3 segment and remediate in accordance with the requirements in § 192.461(f) through (h) if any of the following in paragraphs (a)(4)(i)(<I>1</I>) through (<I>5</I>) are present:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Ineffective external coating, as defined in § 192.457;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Adequacy of cathodic protection is measured using a minimum negative (cathodic) polarization voltage shift of 100 millivolts in accordance with paragraph I.A.(3) of appendix D to this part;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Linear anodes are required to maintain cathodic protection in accordance with § 192.463;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Tape wraps or shrink sleeves; or
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) A history of shielding pipe from cathodic protection.
</P>
<P>(H) Notify PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18(a) and (b) that the maximum allowable operating pressure of the eligible Class 3 segment is being confirmed under paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Beginning no later than March 16, 2028, or 24 months after the date of the class location change, whichever is later, the operator must comply with the following recurring programmatic requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) Except during abnormal operations, the gas transported in the eligible Class 3 segment must not contain:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) More than 3 percent carbon dioxide by volume;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) More than seven pounds of water per million cubic feet of gas or any free water; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) More than one grain of hydrogen sulfide (H<E T="52">2</E>S) per 100 cubic feet of gas.
</P>
<P>(B) Perform close interval surveys of the eligible Class 3 segment using a maximum interval of 5 feet or less with the protected current interrupted at least once every 7 calendar years, with intervals not to exceed 90 months. Evaluate the close interval survey results in accordance with § 192.463 and complete any needed remedial actions in accordance with § 192.465 within 1 year of the survey.
</P>
<P>(C) Perform right-of-way patrols of the eligible Class 3 segment in accordance with § 192.705(a) and (c) at least once per month, with intervals not exceeding 45 days.
</P>
<P>(D) Perform leakage surveys of the eligible Class 3 segment in accordance with § 192.706 at least four times each calendar year, with intervals not exceeding 4
<FR>1/2</FR> months.
</P>
<P>(E) Install, if not already present, line markers on the eligible Class 3 segment in accordance with § 192.707. Each line marker must be visible from at least one other line marker. Replace any missing line markers within 30 days of discovery.
</P>
<P>(F) Clear shorted casings in the eligible Class 3 segment within 1 year of identifying any metallic or electrolytic short. If clearing the short is impractical, take other measures to minimize corrosion inside the casing.
</P>
<P>(G) Conduct a class location study of the eligible Class 3 inspection area in accordance with § 192.609 at least once each calendar year, with intervals not to exceed 15 months.
</P>
<P>(H) Whenever the eligible Class 3 segment is exposed and the coating is removed, examine the pipe and weld surfaces for cracking using non-destructive examination methods and procedures that are appropriate for the pipe and integrity threat conditions. Analyze predicted failure pressure and critical strain level of any cracking in accordance with § 192.712 and remediate in accordance with the requirements in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(I) The eligible Class 3 inspection area must be reassessed and remediated in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a)(4) of this section and subpart O of this part.
</P>
<P>(iii) Whenever required to comply with the requirements in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section, the operator must:
</P>
<P>(A) Validate the results of any in-line inspection of an eligible Class 3 inspection area in accordance with API Std 1163 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) to at least level 2 validation with sufficient in-situ anomaly validation measurements to achieve an 80 percent confidence level or 100 percent of anomalies, whichever results in fewer validation measurements.
</P>
<P>(B) Not use direct assessment as an integrity assessment method for an eligible Class 3 inspection area.
</P>
<P>(C) Use a factor 1.39 times the maximum allowable operating pressure when determining the predicted failure pressure on any Class 1 design pipe in an eligible Class 3 segment for one-year conditions in accordance with § 192.933(d)(2)(iv) through (vii) and monitored conditions in accordance with § 192.933(d)(3)(v) through (vi).
</P>
<P>(iv) Within 24 months of experiencing an in-service leak from the pipe (including pipe to pipe connections) or rupture, the operator must confirm or revise the maximum allowable operating pressure of an eligible Class 3 segment in accordance with the requirements in paragraph (a)(1), (2), or (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) The operator must keep for the life of the pipeline a record of any action taken to comply with the requirements in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vi) The maximum allowable operating pressure of an eligible Class 3 segment confirmed under this paragraph may not produce a corresponding hoop stress that exceeds 72 percent of SMYS for pipe with a Class 1 design factor or 60 percent of SMYS for pipe with a Class 2 design factor.
</P>
<P>(vii) Confirmation of maximum allowable operating pressure pursuant to § 192.611(a)(4) is not authorized for gathering lines or distribution lines.
</P>
<P>(b) The maximum allowable operating pressure confirmed or revised in accordance with this section, may not exceed the maximum allowable operating pressure established before the confirmation or revision. 
</P>
<P>(c) Confirmation or revision of the maximum allowable operating pressure of a segment of pipeline in accordance with this section does not preclude the application of §§ 192.553 and 192.555. 




</P>
<P>(d) Confirmation or revision of maximum allowable operating pressure required as a result of a study under § 192.609 must be completed within 24 months of the change in class location. Pressure reduction under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section within the 24-month period does not preclude establishing the maximum allowable operating pressure of a segment under paragraph (a)(3) of this section or restoring the maximum allowable operating pressure of a segment under paragraph (a)(4) of this section at a later date, provided the date of the decision to restore the maximum allowable operating pressure is treated as the date of the class location change. Before restoring the maximum allowable operating pressure of an eligible Class 3 segment pursuant to paragraph (a)(4) of this section, an operator must:
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the requirements of § 192.555(b)(1) and (2), (e);
</P>
<P>(2) Comply with the requirements in subpart O of this part for MAOP increases; and
</P>
<P>(3) Complete all requirements of paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-63A, 54 FR 24174, June 6, 1989, as amended by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32895, June 14, 2004; 73 FR 62177, Oct. 17, 2008; Amdt. No. 192-155, 91 FR 1654, Jan. 14, 2026; 91 FR 31980, May 29, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.612" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.612   Underwater inspection and reburial of pipelines in the Gulf of America and its inlets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall prepare and follow a procedure to identify its pipelines in the Gulf of America and its inlets in waters less than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep as measured from mean low water that are at risk of being an exposed underwater pipeline or a hazard to navigation. The procedures must be in effect August 10, 2005.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator shall conduct appropriate periodic underwater inspections of its pipelines in the Gulf of America and its inlets in waters less than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep as measured from mean low water based on the identified risk.
</P>
<P>(c) If an operator discovers that its pipeline is an exposed underwater pipeline or poses a hazard to navigation, the operator shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Promptly, but not later than 24 hours after discovery, notify the National Response Center, telephone: 1-800-424-8802, of the location and, if available, the geographic coordinates of that pipeline.
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly, but not later than 7 days after discovery, mark the location of the pipeline in accordance with 33 CFR part 64 at the ends of the pipeline segment and at intervals of not over 500 yards (457 meters) long, except that a pipeline segment less than 200 yards (183 meters) long need only be marked at the center; and
</P>
<P>(3) Within 6 months after discovery, or not later than November 1 of the following year if the 6 month period is later than November 1 of the year of discovery, bury the pipeline so that the top of the pipe is 36 inches (914 millimeters) below the underwater natural bottom (as determined by recognized and generally accepted practices) for normal excavation or 18 inches (457 millimeters) for rock excavation.
</P>
<P>(i) An operator may employ engineered alternatives to burial that meet or exceed the level of protection provided by burial.
</P>
<P>(ii) If an operator cannot obtain required state or Federal permits in time to comply with this section, it must notify OPS; specify whether the required permit is State or Federal; and, justify the delay.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-98, 69 FR 48406, Aug. 10, 2004, as amended by Amdt. 192-139, 90 FR 21436, May 20, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.613" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.613   Continuing surveillance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall have a procedure for continuing surveillance of its facilities to determine and take appropriate action concerning changes in class location, failures, leakage history, corrosion, substantial changes in cathodic protection requirements, and other unusual operating and maintenance conditions. 
</P>
<P>(b) If a segment of pipeline is determined to be in unsatisfactory condition but no immediate hazard exists, the operator shall initiate a program to recondition or phase out the segment involved, or, if the segment cannot be reconditioned or phased out, reduce the maximum allowable operating pressure in accordance with § 192.619 (a) and (b). 
</P>
<P>(c) Following an extreme weather event or natural disaster that has the likelihood of damage to pipeline facilities by the scouring or movement of the soil surrounding the pipeline or movement of the pipeline, such as a named tropical storm or hurricane; a flood that exceeds the river, shoreline, or creek high-water banks in the area of the pipeline; a landslide in the area of the pipeline; or an earthquake in the area of the pipeline, an operator must inspect all potentially affected onshore transmission pipeline facilities to detect conditions that could adversely affect the safe operation of that pipeline.
</P>
<P>(1) An operator must assess the nature of the event and the physical characteristics, operating conditions, location, and prior history of the affected pipeline in determining the appropriate method for performing the initial inspection to determine the extent of any damage and the need for the additional assessments required under this paragraph (c)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) An operator must commence the inspection required by paragraph (c) of this section within 72 hours after the point in time when the operator reasonably determines that the affected area can be safely accessed by personnel and equipment, and the personnel and equipment required to perform the inspection as determined by paragraph (c)(1) of this section are available. If an operator is unable to commence the inspection due to the unavailability of personnel or equipment, the operator must notify the appropriate PHMSA Region Director as soon as practicable.
</P>
<P>(3) An operator must take prompt and appropriate remedial action to ensure the safe operation of a pipeline based on the information obtained as a result of performing the inspection required by paragraph (c) of this section. Such actions might include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Reducing the operating pressure or shutting down the pipeline;
</P>
<P>(ii) Modifying, repairing, or replacing any damaged pipeline facilities;
</P>
<P>(iii) Preventing, mitigating, or eliminating any unsafe conditions in the pipeline right-of-way;
</P>
<P>(iv) Performing additional patrols, surveys, tests, or inspections;
</P>
<P>(v) Implementing emergency response activities with Federal, State, or local personnel; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Notifying affected communities of the steps that can be taken to ensure public safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52270, Aug. 24, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.614" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.614   Damage prevention program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, each operator of a buried pipeline must carry out, in accordance with this section, a written program to prevent damage to that pipeline from excavation activities. For the purposes of this section, the term “excavation activities” includes excavation, blasting, boring, tunneling, backfilling, the removal of aboveground structures by either explosive or mechanical means, and other earthmoving operations.
</P>
<P>(b) An operator may comply with any of the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section through participation in a public service program, such as a one-call system, but such participation does not relieve the operator of responsibility for compliance with this section. However, an operator must perform the duties of paragraph (c)(3) of this section through participation in a one-call system, if that one-call system is a qualified one-call system. In areas that are covered by more than one qualified one-call system, an operator need only join one of the qualified one-call systems if there is a central telephone number for excavators to call for excavation activities, or if the one-call systems in those areas communicate with one another. An operator's pipeline system must be covered by a qualified one-call system where there is one in place. For the purpose of this section, a one-call system is considered a “qualified one-call system” if it meets the requirements of section (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) The state has adopted a one-call damage prevention program under § 198.37 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(2) The one-call system:
</P>
<P>(i) Is operated in accordance with § 198.39 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides a pipeline operator an opportunity similar to a voluntary participant to have a part in management responsibilities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Assesses a participating pipeline operator a fee that is proportionate to the costs of the one-call system's coverage of the operator's pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(c) The damage prevention program required by paragraph (a) of this section must, at a minimum: 
</P>
<P>(1) Include the identity, on a current basis, of persons who normally engage in excavation activities in the area in which the pipeline is located. 
</P>
<P>(2) Provides for notification of the public in the vicinity of the pipeline and actual notification of the persons identified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section of the following as often as needed to make them aware of the damage prevention program: 
</P>
<P>(i) The program's existence and purpose; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) How to learn the location of underground pipelines before excavation activities are begun. 
</P>
<P>(3) Provide a means of receiving and recording notification of planned excavation activities. 
</P>
<P>(4) If the operator has buried pipelines in the area of excavation activity, provide for actual notification of persons who give notice of their intent to excavate of the type of temporary marking to be provided and how to identify the markings.
</P>
<P>(5) Provide for temporary marking of buried pipelines in the area of excavation activity before, as far as practical, the activity begins. 
</P>
<P>(6) Provide as follows for inspection of pipelines that an operator has reason to believe could be damaged by excavation activities: 
</P>
<P>(i) The inspection must be done as frequently as necessary during and after the activities to verify the integrity of the pipeline; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of blasting, any inspection must include leakage surveys. 
</P>
<P>(d) A damage prevention program under this section is not required for the following pipelines: 
</P>
<P>(1) Pipelines located offshore. 
</P>
<P>(2) Pipelines, other than those located offshore, in Class 1 or 2 locations until September 20, 1995. 
</P>
<P>(3) Pipelines to which access is physically controlled by the operator.
</P>
<P>(e) Pipelines operated by persons other than municipalities (including operators of master meters) whose primary activity does not include the transportation of gas need not comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The requirement of paragraph (a) of this section that the damage prevention program be written; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-40, 47 FR 13824, Apr. 1, 1982, as amended by Amdt. 192-57, 52 FR 32800, Aug. 31, 1987; Amdt. 192-73, 60 FR 14650, Mar. 20, 1995; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28785, June 6, 1996; Amdt.192-82, 62 FR 61699, Nov. 19, 1997; Amdt. 192-84, 63 FR 38758, July 20, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.615" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.615   Emergency plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall establish written procedures to minimize the hazard resulting from a gas pipeline emergency. At a minimum, the procedures must provide for the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Receiving, identifying, and classifying notices of events which require immediate response by the operator. 
</P>
<P>(2) Establishing and maintaining adequate means of communication with the appropriate public safety answering point (<I>i.e.,</I> 9-1-1 emergency call center), where direct access to a 9-1-1 emergency call center is available from the location of the pipeline, and fire, police, and other public officials. Operators may establish liaison with the appropriate local emergency coordinating agencies, such as 9-1-1 emergency call centers or county emergency managers, in lieu of communicating individually with each fire, police, or other public entity. An operator must determine the responsibilities, resources, jurisdictional area(s), and emergency contact telephone number(s) for both local and out-of-area calls of each Federal, State, and local government organization that may respond to a pipeline emergency, and inform such officials about the operator's ability to respond to a pipeline emergency and the means of communication during emergencies.
</P>
<P>(3) Prompt and effective response to a notice of each type of emergency, including the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Gas detected inside or near a building. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Fire located near or directly involving a pipeline facility. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Explosion occurring near or directly involving a pipeline facility. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Natural disaster. 
</P>
<P>(4) The availability of personnel, equipment, tools, and materials, as needed at the scene of an emergency. 
</P>
<P>(5) Actions directed toward protecting people first and then property. 
</P>
<P>(6) Taking necessary actions, including but not limited to, emergency shutdown, valve shut-off, or pressure reduction, in any section of the operator's pipeline system, to minimize hazards of released gas to life, property, or the environment.
</P>
<P>(7) Making safe any actual or potential hazard to life or property. 
</P>
<P>(8) Notifying the appropriate public safety answering point (<I>i.e.,</I> 9-1-1 emergency call center) where direct access to a 9-1-1 emergency call center is available from the location of the pipeline, and fire, police, and other public officials, of gas pipeline emergencies to coordinate and share information to determine the location of the emergency, including both planned responses and actual responses during an emergency. The operator must immediately and directly notify the appropriate public safety answering point or other coordinating agency for the communities and jurisdictions in which the pipeline is located after receiving a notification of potential rupture, as defined in § 192.3, to coordinate and share information to determine the location of any release, regardless of whether the segment is subject to the requirements of § 192.179, § 192.634, or § 192.636.
</P>
<P>(9) Safely restoring any service outage. 
</P>
<P>(10) Beginning action under § 192.617, if applicable, as soon after the end of the emergency as possible. 
</P>
<P>(11) Actions required to be taken by a controller during an emergency in accordance with the operator's emergency plans and requirements set forth in §§ 192.631, 192.634, and 192.636.
</P>
<P>(12) Each operator must develop written rupture identification procedures to evaluate and identify whether a notification of potential rupture, as defined in § 192.3, is an actual rupture event or a non-rupture event. These procedures must, at a minimum, specify the sources of information, operational factors, and other criteria that operator personnel use to evaluate a notification of potential rupture and identify an actual rupture. For operators installing valves in accordance with § 192.179(e), § 192.179(f), or that are subject to the requirements in § 192.634, those procedures must provide for rupture identification as soon as practicable.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Furnish its supervisors who are responsible for emergency action a copy of that portion of the latest edition of the emergency procedures established under paragraph (a) of this section as necessary for compliance with those procedures. 
</P>
<P>(2) Train the appropriate operating personnel to assure that they are knowledgeable of the emergency procedures and verify that the training is effective. 
</P>
<P>(3) Review employee activities to determine whether the procedures were effectively followed in each emergency. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each operator must establish and maintain liaison with the appropriate public safety answering point(<I>i.e.,</I> 9-1-1 emergency call center) where direct access to a 9-1-1 emergency call center is available from the location of the pipeline, as well as fire, police, and other public officials, to:
</P>
<P>(1) Learn the responsibility and resources of each government organization that may respond to a gas pipeline emergency; 
</P>
<P>(2) Acquaint the officials with the operator's ability in responding to a gas pipeline emergency; 
</P>
<P>(3) Identify the types of gas pipeline emergencies of which the operator notifies the officials; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Plan how the operator and officials can engage in mutual assistance to minimize hazards to life or property. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-24, 41 FR 13587, Mar. 31, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6585, Feb. 11, 1994; Amdt. 192-112, 74 FR 63327, Dec. 3, 2009; Amdt. 192-130, 87 FR 20983, Apr. 8, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.616" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.616   Public awareness.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for an operator of a master meter or petroleum gas system covered under paragraph (j) of this section, each pipeline operator must develop and implement a written continuing public education program that follows the guidance provided in the American Petroleum Institute's (API) Recommended Practice (RP) 1162 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7).
</P>
<P>(b) The operator's program must follow the general program recommendations of API RP 1162 and assess the unique attributes and characteristics of the operator's pipeline and facilities.
</P>
<P>(c) The operator must follow the general program recommendations, including baseline and supplemental requirements of API RP 1162, unless the operator provides justification in its program or procedural manual as to why compliance with all or certain provisions of the recommended practice is not practicable and not necessary for safety. 
</P>
<P>(d) The operator's program must specifically include provisions to educate the public, appropriate government organizations, and persons engaged in excavation related activities on:
</P>
<P>(1) Use of a one-call notification system prior to excavation and other damage prevention activities;
</P>
<P>(2) Possible hazards associated with unintended releases from a gas pipeline facility;
</P>
<P>(3) Physical indications that such a release may have occurred;
</P>
<P>(4) Steps that should be taken for public safety in the event of a gas pipeline release; and
</P>
<P>(5) Procedures for reporting such an event.
</P>
<P>(e) The program must include activities to advise affected municipalities, school districts, businesses, and residents of pipeline facility locations.
</P>
<P>(f) The program and the media used must be as comprehensive as necessary to reach all areas in which the operator transports gas.
</P>
<P>(g) The program must be conducted in English and in other languages commonly understood by a significant number and concentration of the non-English speaking population in the operator's area.
</P>
<P>(h) Operators in existence on June 20, 2005, must have completed their written programs no later than June 20, 2006. The operator of a master meter or petroleum gas system covered under paragraph (j) of this section must complete development of its written procedure by June 13, 2008. Upon request, operators must submit their completed programs to PHMSA or, in the case of an intrastate pipeline facility operator, the appropriate State agency.
</P>
<P>(i) The operator's program documentation and evaluation results must be available for periodic review by appropriate regulatory agencies.
</P>
<P>(j) Unless the operator transports gas as a primary activity, the operator of a master meter or petroleum gas system is not required to develop a public awareness program as prescribed in paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section. Instead the operator must develop and implement a written procedure to provide its customers public awareness messages twice annually. If the master meter or petroleum gas system is located on property the operator does not control, the operator must provide similar messages twice annually to persons controlling the property. The public awareness message must include:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the purpose and reliability of the pipeline;
</P>
<P>(2) An overview of the hazards of the pipeline and prevention measures used;
</P>
<P>(3) Information about damage prevention;
</P>
<P>(4) How to recognize and respond to a leak; and
</P>
<P>(5) How to get additional information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-100, 70 FR 28842, May 19, 2005; 70 FR 35041, June 16, 2005; 72 FR 70810, Dec. 13, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.617" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.617   Investigation of failures and incidents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Post-failure and incident procedures.</I> Each operator must establish and follow procedures for investigating and analyzing failures and incidents as defined in § 191.3, including sending the failed pipe, component, or equipment for laboratory testing or examination, where appropriate, for the purpose of determining the causes and contributing factor(s) of the failure or incident and minimizing the possibility of a recurrence.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Post-failure and incident lessons learned.</I> Each operator of a transmission or distribution pipeline must develop, implement, and incorporate lessons learned from a post-failure or incident review into its written procedures, including personnel training and qualification programs; and design, construction, testing, maintenance, operations, and emergency procedure manuals and specifications.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Analysis of rupture and valve shutoffs.</I> If an incident on an onshore gas transmission pipeline involves the closure of a rupture-mitigation valve (RMV), as defined at § 192.3, or the closure of alternative equivalent technology, the operator of the pipeline must also conduct a post-incident analysis of all of the factors that may have impacted the release volume and the consequences of the incident and identify and implement operations and maintenance measures to prevent or minimize the consequences of a future incident. The requirements of this paragraph (c) are not applicable to gas distribution or gas gathering pipelines. The analysis must include all relevant factors impacting the release volume and consequences, including, but not limited to, the following:






</P>
<P>(1) Detection, identification, operational response, system shut-off, and emergency response communications, based on the type and volume of the incident;
</P>
<P>(2) Appropriateness and effectiveness of procedures and pipeline systems, including supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA), communications, valve shut-off, and operator personnel;
</P>
<P>(3) Actual response time from identifying a rupture following a notification of potential rupture, as defined at § 192.3, to initiation of mitigative actions and isolation of the pipeline segment, and the appropriateness and effectiveness of the mitigative actions taken;
</P>
<P>(4) Location and timeliness of actuation of RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies; and
</P>
<P>(5) All other factors the operator deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rupture post-failure and incident summary.</I> If a failure or incident on an onshore gas transmission pipeline involves the identification of a rupture following a notification of potential rupture, or the closure of an RMV (as those terms are defined at § 192.3), or the closure of an alternative equivalent technology, the operator of the pipeline must complete a summary of the post-failure or incident review required by paragraph (c) of this section within 90 days of the incident, and while the investigation is pending, conduct quarterly status reviews until the investigation is complete and a final post-incident summary is prepared. The final post-failure or incident summary, and all other reviews and analyses produced under the requirements of this section, must be reviewed, dated, and signed by the operator's appropriate senior executive officer. The final post-failure or incident summary, all investigation and analysis documents used to prepare it, and records of lessons learned must be kept for the useful life of the pipeline. The requirements of this paragraph (d) are not applicable to gas distribution or gas gathering pipelines.










</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-130, 87 FR 20983, Apr. 8, 2022, as amended by Amdt. 192-136, 89 FR 53880, June 28, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.619" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.619   Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may operate a segment of steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that exceeds a maximum allowable operating pressure (MAOP) determined under paragraph (c), (d), or (e) of this section, or the lowest of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The design pressure of the weakest element in the segment, determined in accordance with subparts C and D of this part. However, for steel pipe in pipelines being converted under § 192.14 or uprated under subpart K of this part, if any variable necessary to determine the design pressure under the design formula (§ 192.105) is unknown, one of the following pressures is to be used as design pressure: 
</P>
<P>(i) Eighty percent of the first test pressure that produces yield undersection N5 of Appendix N of ASME B31.8 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), reduced by the appropriate factor in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the pipe is 12
<FR>3/4</FR> inches (324 mm) or less in outside diameter and is not tested to yield under this paragraph, 200 p.s.i. (1379 kPa). 
</P>
<P>(2) The pressure obtained by dividing the pressure to which the pipeline segment was tested after construction as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For plastic pipe in all locations, the test pressure is divided by 

a factor of 1.5.
</P>
<P>(ii) For steel pipe operated at 100 psi (689 kPa) gage or more, the test pressure is divided by a factor determined in accordance with the Table 1 to paragraph (a)(2)(ii):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(2)(<E T="01">ii</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Class location
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Installed before
<br/>(Nov. 12, 1970)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Factors,<E T="0731">1 2</E> segment—
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Installed after
<br/>(Nov. 11, 1970)
<br/>and before
<br/>July 1, 2020
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Installed on or
<br/>after July 1, 2020
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Converted under
<br/>§ 192.14
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For offshore pipeline segments installed, uprated or converted after July 31, 1977, that are not located on an offshore platform, the factor is 1.25. For pipeline segments installed, uprated or converted after July 31, 1977, that are located on an offshore platform or on a platform in inland navigable waters, including a pipe riser, the factor is 1.5.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> For a component with a design pressure established in accordance with § 192.153(a) or (b) installed after July 14, 2004, the factor is 1.3.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) The highest actual operating pressure to which the segment was subjected during the 5 years preceding the applicable date in the second column. This pressure restriction applies unless the segment was tested according to the requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this section after the applicable date in the third column or the segment was uprated according to the requirements in subpart K of this part:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipeline segment
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pressure date
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test date
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(i) Onshore regulated gathering pipeline (Type A or Type B under § 192.9(d)) that first became subject to this part (other than § 192.612) after April 13, 2006</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March 15, 2006, or date pipeline becomes subject to this part, whichever is later</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 years preceding applicable date in second column.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii) Onshore regulated gathering pipeline (Type C under § 192.9(d)) that first became subject to this part (other than § 192.612) on or after May 16, 2022</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May 16, 2023,<E T="03"> or date pipeline becomes subject to this part, whichever is later</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 years preceding applicable date in second column.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iii) Onshore transmission pipeline that was a gathering pipeline not subject to this part before March 15, 2006</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March 15, 2006, or date pipeline becomes subject to this part, whichever is later</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 years preceding applicable date in second column.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iv) Offshore gathering pipelines</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July 1, 1976</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July 1, 1971.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(v) All other pipelines</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July 1, 1970</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July 1, 1965.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(4) The pressure determined by the operator to be the maximum safe pressure after considering and accounting for records of material properties, including material properties verified in accordance with § 192.607, if applicable, and the history of the pipeline segment, including known corrosion and actual operating pressure. 
</P>
<P>(b) No person may operate a segment to which paragraph (a)(4) of this section is applicable, unless over-pressure protective devices are installed on the segment in a manner that will prevent the maximum allowable operating pressure from being exceeded, in accordance with § 192.195. 
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements on pressure restrictions in this section do not apply in the following instances:
</P>
<P>(1) An operator may operate a segment of pipeline found to be in satisfactory condition, considering its operating and maintenance history, at the highest actual operating pressure to which the segment was subjected during the 5 years preceding the applicable date in the second column of the table in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. An operator must still comply with § 192.611.
</P>
<P>(2) For any Type C gas gathering pipeline under § 192.9 existing on or before May 16, 2022, that was not previously subject to this part and the operator cannot determine the actual operating pressure of the pipeline for the 5 years preceding May 16, 2023, the operator may establish MAOP using other criteria based on a combination of operating conditions, other tests, and design with approval from PHMSA. The operator must notify PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18. The notification must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The proposed MAOP of the pipeline;
</P>
<P>(ii) Description of pipeline segment for which alternate methods are used to establish MAOP, including diameter, wall thickness, pipe grade, seam type, location, endpoints, other pertinent material properties, and age;
</P>
<P>(iii) Pipeline operating data, including operating history and maintenance history;
</P>
<P>(iv) Description of methods being used to establish MAOP;
</P>
<P>(v) Technical justification for use of the methods chosen to establish MAOP; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Evidence of review and acceptance of the justification by a qualified technical subject matter expert.
</P>
<P>(d) The operator of a pipeline segment of steel pipeline meeting the conditions prescribed in § 192.620(b) may elect to operate the segment at a maximum allowable operating pressure determined under § 192.620(a).
</P>
<P>(e) Notwithstanding the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, operators of onshore steel transmission pipelines that meet the criteria specified in § 192.624(a) must establish and document the maximum allowable operating pressure in accordance with § 192.624.
</P>
<P>(f) Operators of onshore steel transmission pipelines must make and retain records necessary to establish and document the MAOP of each pipeline segment in accordance with paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Operators of pipelines in operation as of July 1, 2020 must retain any existing records establishing MAOP for the life of the pipeline;
</P>
<P>(2) Operators of pipelines in operation as of July 1, 2020 that do not have records establishing MAOP and are required to reconfirm MAOP in accordance with § 192.624, must retain the records reconfirming MAOP for the life of the pipeline; and
</P>
<P>(3) Operators of pipelines placed in operation after July 1, 2020 must make and retain records establishing MAOP for the life of the pipeline.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 192.619, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.620" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.620   Alternative maximum allowable operating pressure for certain steel pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>How does an operator calculate the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure?</I> An operator calculates the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure by using different factors in the same formulas used for calculating maximum allowable operating pressure under § 192.619(a) as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) In determining the alternative design pressure under § 192.105, use a design factor determined in accordance with § 192.111(b), (c), or (d) or, if none of these paragraphs apply, in accordance with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class location
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Alternative design factor (F)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.56</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(i) For facilities installed prior to December 22, 2008, for which § 192.111(b), (c), or (d) applies, use the following design factors as alternatives for the factors specified in those paragraphs: § 192.111(b)−0.67 or less; 192.111(c) and (d)−0.56 or less.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure is the lower of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The design pressure of the weakest element in the pipeline segment, determined under subparts C and D of this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) The pressure obtained by dividing the pressure to which the pipeline segment was tested after construction by a factor determined in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class location
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Alternative test factor
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 1.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.50
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For Class 2 alternative maximum allowable operating pressure segments installed prior to December 22, 2008 the alternative test factor is 1.25.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>When may an operator use the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure calculated under paragraph (a) of this section?</I> An operator may use an alternative maximum allowable operating pressure calculated under paragraph (a) of this section if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The pipeline segment is in a Class 1, 2, or 3 location;
</P>
<P>(2) The pipeline segment is constructed of steel pipe meeting the additional design requirements in § 192.112;
</P>
<P>(3) A supervisory control and data acquisition system provides remote monitoring and control of the pipeline segment. The control provided must include monitoring of pressures and flows, monitoring compressor start-ups and shut-downs, and remote closure of valves per paragraph (d)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(4) The pipeline segment meets the additional construction requirements described in § 192.328;
</P>
<P>(5) The pipeline segment does not contain any mechanical couplings used in place of girth welds;
</P>
<P>(6) If a pipeline segment has been previously operated, the segment has not experienced any failure during normal operations indicative of a systemic fault in material as determined by a root cause analysis, including metallurgical examination of the failed pipe. The results of this root cause analysis must be reported to each PHMSA pipeline safety regional office where the pipeline is in service at least 60 days prior to operation at the alternative MAOP. An operator must also notify a State pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a State where PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate pipeline is regulated by that State; and
</P>
<P>(7) At least 95 percent of girth welds on a segment that was constructed prior to December 22, 2008, must have been non-destructively examined in accordance with § 192.243(b) and (c).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>What is an operator electing to use the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure required to do?</I> If an operator elects to use the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure calculated under paragraph (a) of this section for a pipeline segment, the operator must do each of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) For pipelines already in service, notify the PHMSA pipeline safety regional office where the pipeline is in service of the intention to use the alternative pressure at least 180 days before operating at the alternative MAOP. For new pipelines, notify the PHMSA pipeline safety regional office of planned alternative MAOP design and operation at least 60 days prior to the earliest start date of either pipe manufacturing or construction activities. An operator must also notify the state pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a state where PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement or where an intrastate pipeline is regulated by that state.
</P>
<P>(2) Certify, by signature of a senior executive officer of the company, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The pipeline segment meets the conditions described in paragraph (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The operating and maintenance procedures include the additional operating and maintenance requirements of paragraph (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The review and any needed program upgrade of the damage prevention program required by paragraph (d)(4)(v) of this section has been completed.
</P>
<P>(3) Send a copy of the certification required by paragraph (c)(2) of this section to each PHMSA pipeline safety regional office where the pipeline is in service 30 days prior to operating at the alternative MAOP. An operator must also send a copy to a State pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a State where PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate pipeline is regulated by that State.
</P>
<P>(4) For each pipeline segment, do one of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Perform a strength test as described in § 192.505 at a test pressure calculated under paragraph (a) of this section or
</P>
<P>(ii) For a pipeline segment in existence prior to December 22, 2008, certify, under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, that the strength test performed under § 192.505 was conducted at test pressure calculated under paragraph (a) of this section, or conduct a new strength test in accordance with paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Comply with the additional operation and maintenance requirements described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) If the performance of a construction task associated with implementing alternative MAOP that occurs after December 22, 2008, can affect the integrity of the pipeline segment, treat that task as a “covered task”, notwithstanding the definition in § 192.801(b) and implement the requirements of subpart N as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(7) Maintain, for the useful life of the pipeline, records demonstrating compliance with paragraphs (b), (c)(6), and (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8) A Class 1 and Class 2 location can be upgraded one class due to class changes per § 192.611(a). All class location changes from Class 1 to Class 2 and from Class 2 to Class 3 must have all anomalies evaluated and remediated per: The “original pipeline class grade” § 192.620(d)(11) anomaly repair requirements; and all anomalies with a wall loss equal to or greater than 40 percent must be excavated and remediated. Pipelines in Class 4 may not operate at an alternative MAOP.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>What additional operation and maintenance requirements apply to operation at the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure?</I> In addition to compliance with other applicable safety standards in this part, if an operator establishes a maximum allowable operating pressure for a pipeline segment under paragraph (a) of this section, an operator must comply with the additional operation and maintenance requirements as follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">To address increased risk of a maximum allowable operating pressure based on higher stress levels in the following areas:
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Take the following additional step:
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Identifying and evaluating threats</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Develop a threat matrix consistent with § 192.917 to do the following:
<br/>(i) Identify and compare the increased risk of operating the pipeline at the increased stress level under this section with conventional operation; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) Describe and implement procedures used to mitigate the risk.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Notifying the public</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) Recalculate the potential impact circle as defined in § 192.903 to reflect use of the alternative maximum operating pressure calculated under paragraph (a) of this section and pipeline operating conditions; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) In implementing the public education program required under § 192.616, perform the following:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(A) Include persons occupying property within 220 yards of the centerline and within the potential impact circle within the targeted audience; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(B) Include information about the integrity management activities performed under this section within the message provided to the audience.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) Responding to an emergency in an area defined as a high consequence area in § 192.903</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) Ensure that the identification of high consequence areas reflects the larger potential impact circle recalculated under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) If personnel response time to mainline valves on either side of the high consequence area exceeds one hour (under normal driving conditions and speed limits) from the time the event is identified in the control room, provide remote valve control through a supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) system, other leak detection system, or an alternative method of control.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iii) Remote valve control must include the ability to close and monitor the valve position (open or closed), and monitor pressure upstream and downstream.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iv) A line break valve control system using differential pressure, rate of pressure drop or other widely-accepted method is an acceptable alternative to remote valve control.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) Protecting the right-of-way</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) Patrol the right-of-way at intervals not exceeding 45 days, but at least 12 times each calendar year, to inspect for excavation activities, ground movement, wash outs, leakage, or other activities or conditions affecting the safety operation of the pipeline.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) Develop and implement a plan to monitor for and mitigate occurrences of unstable soil and ground movement.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iii) If observed conditions indicate the possible loss of cover, perform a depth of cover study and replace cover as necessary to restore the depth of cover or apply alternative means to provide protection equivalent to the originally-required depth of cover.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iv) Use line-of-sight line markers satisfying the requirements of § 192.707(d) except in agricultural areas, large water crossings or swamp, steep terrain, or where prohibited by Federal Energy Regulatory Commission orders, permits, or local law.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(v) Review the damage prevention program under § 192.614(a) in light of national consensus practices, to ensure the program provides adequate protection of the right-of-way. Identify the standards or practices considered in the review, and meet or exceed those standards or practices by incorporating appropriate changes into the program.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(vi) Develop and implement a right-of-way management plan to protect the pipeline segment from damage due to excavation activities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(5) Controlling internal corrosion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) Develop and implement a program to monitor for and mitigate the presence of, deleterious gas stream constituents.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) At points where gas with potentially deleterious contaminants enters the pipeline, use filter separators or separators and gas quality monitoring equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iii) Use gas quality monitoring equipment that includes a moisture analyzer, chromatograph, and periodic hydrogen sulfide sampling.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iv) Use cleaning pigs and sample accumulated liquids. Use inhibitors when corrosive gas or liquids are present.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(v) Address deleterious gas stream constituents as follows:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(A) Limit carbon dioxide to 3 percent by volume;
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(B) Allow no free water and otherwise limit water to seven pounds per million cubic feet of gas; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(C) Limit hydrogen sulfide to 1.0 grain per hundred cubic feet (16 ppm) of gas, where the hydrogen sulfide is greater than 0.5 grain per hundred cubic feet (8 ppm) of gas, implement a pigging and inhibitor injection program to address deleterious gas stream constituents, including follow-up sampling and quality testing of liquids at receipt points.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(vi) Review the program at least quarterly based on the gas stream experience and implement adjustments to monitor for, and mitigate the presence of, deleterious gas stream constituents.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(6) Controlling interference that can impact external corrosion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) Prior to operating an existing pipeline segment at an alternate maximum allowable operating pressure calculated under this section, or within six months after placing a new pipeline segment in service at an alternate maximum allowable operating pressure calculated under this section, address any interference currents on the pipeline segment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) To address interference currents, perform the following:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(A) Conduct an interference survey to detect the presence and level of any electrical current that could impact external corrosion where interference is suspected;
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(B) Analyze the results of the survey; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(C) Take any remedial action needed within 6 months after completing the survey to protect the pipeline segment from deleterious current.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(7) Confirming external corrosion control through indirect assessment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) Within six months after placing the cathodic protection of a new pipeline segment in operation, or within six months after certifying a segment under § 192.620(c)(1) of an existing pipeline segment under this section, assess the adequacy of the cathodic protection through an indirect method such as close-interval survey, and the integrity of the coating using direct current voltage gradient (DCVG) or alternating current voltage gradient (ACVG).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) Remediate any construction damaged coating with a voltage drop classified as moderate or severe (IR drop greater than 35% for DCVG or 50 dBµv for ACVG) under Section 4 of NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <E T="03">see</E> § 192.7).


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iii) Within six months after completing the baseline internal inspection required under paragraph (d)(9) of this section, integrate the results of the indirect assessment required under paragraph (d)(7)(i) of this section with the results of the baseline internal inspection and take any needed remedial actions.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iv) For all pipeline segments in high consequence areas, perform periodic assessments as follows:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(A) Conduct periodic close interval surveys with current interrupted to confirm voltage drops in association with periodic assessments under subpart O of this part.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(B) Locate pipe-to-soil test stations at half-mile intervals within each high consequence area ensuring at least one station is within each high consequence area, if practicable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(C) Integrate the results with those of the baseline and periodic assessments for integrity done under paragraphs (d)(9) and (d)(10) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(8) Controlling external corrosion through cathodic protection</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) If an annual test station reading indicates cathodic protection below the level of protection required in subpart I of this part, complete remedial action within six months of the failed reading or notify each PHMSA pipeline safety regional office where the pipeline is in service demonstrating that the integrity of the pipeline is not compromised if the repair takes longer than 6 months. An operator must also notify a State pipeline safety authority when the pipeline is located in a State where PHMSA has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate pipeline is regulated by that State; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) After remedial action to address a failed reading, confirm restoration of adequate corrosion control by a close interval survey on either side of the affected test station to the next test station unless the reason for the failed reading is determined to be a rectifier connection or power input problem that can be remediated and otherwise verified.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iii) If the pipeline segment has been in operation, the cathodic protection system on the pipeline segment must have been operational within 12 months of the completion of construction.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(9) Conducting a baseline assessment of integrity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(9)(iii) of this section, for a new pipeline segment operating at the new alternative maximum allowable operating pressure, perform a baseline internal inspection of the entire pipeline segment as follows:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(A) Assess using a geometry tool after the initial hydrostatic test and backfill and within six months after placing the new pipeline segment in service; and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(B) Assess using a high resolution magnetic flux tool within three years after placing the new pipeline segment in service at the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(9)(iii) of this section, for an existing pipeline segment, perform a baseline internal assessment using a geometry tool and a high resolution magnetic flux tool before, but within two years prior to, raising pressure to the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure as allowed under this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iii) If headers, mainline valve by-passes, compressor station piping, meter station piping, or other short portion of a pipeline segment operating at alternative maximum allowable operating pressure cannot accommodate a geometry tool and a high resolution magnetic flux tool, use direct assessment (per § 192.925, § 192.927 and/or § 192.929) or pressure testing (per subpart J of this part) to assess that portion.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(10) Conducting periodic assessments of integrity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) Determine a frequency for subsequent periodic integrity assessments as if all the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure pipeline segments were covered by subpart O of this part and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) Conduct periodic internal inspections using a high resolution magnetic flux tool on the frequency determined under paragraph (d)(10)(i) of this section, or
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iii) Use direct assessment (per § 192.925, § 192.927 and/or § 192.929) or pressure testing (per subpart J of this part) for periodic assessment of a portion of a segment to the extent permitted for a baseline assessment under paragraph (d)(9)(iii) of this section.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(11) Making repairs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) Perform the following when evaluating an anomaly:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(A) Use the most conservative calculation for determining remaining strength or an alternative validated calculation based on pipe diameter, wall thickness, grade, operating pressure, operating stress level, and operating temperature: and
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(B) Take into account the tolerances of the tools used for the inspection.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) Repair a defect immediately if any of the following apply:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(A) The defect is a dent discovered during the baseline assessment for integrity under paragraph (d)(9) of this section and the defect meets the criteria for immediate repair in § 192.309(b).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(B) The defect meets the criteria for immediate repair in § 192.933(d).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(C) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was based on a design factor of 0.67 under paragraph (a) of this section and the failure pressure is less than 1.25 times the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(D) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was based on a design factor of 0.56 under paragraph (a) of this section and the failure pressure is less than or equal to 1.4 times the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iii) If paragraph (d)(11)(ii) of this section does not require immediate repair, repair a defect within one year if any of the following apply:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(A) The defect meets the criteria for repair within one year in § 192.933(d).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(B) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was based on a design factor of 0.80 under paragraph (a) of this section and the failure pressure is less than 1.25 times the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(C) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was based on a design factor of 0.67 under paragraph (a) of this section and the failure pressure is less than 1.50 times the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(D) The alternative maximum allowable operating pressure was based on a design factor of 0.56 under paragraph (a) of this section and the failure pressure is less than or equal to 1.80 times the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iv) Evaluate any defect not required to be repaired under paragraph (d)(11)(ii) or (iii) of this section to determine its growth rate, set the maximum interval for repair or re-inspection, and repair or re-inspect within that interval.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) <I>Is there any change in overpressure protection associated with operating at the alternative maximum allowable operating pressure?</I> Notwithstanding the required capacity of pressure relieving and limiting stations otherwise required by § 192.201, if an operator establishes a maximum allowable operating pressure for a pipeline segment in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, an operator must:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide overpressure protection that limits mainline pressure to a maximum of 104 percent of the maximum allowable operating pressure; and
</P>
<P>(2) Develop and follow a procedure for establishing and maintaining accurate set points for the supervisory control and data acquisition system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 62177, Oct. 17, 2008, as amended by Amdt. 192-111, 74 FR 62505, Nov. 30, 2009; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12779, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 192-156, 90 FR 40763, Aug. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.621" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.621   Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may operate a segment of a high pressure distribution system at a pressure that exceeds the lowest of the following pressures, as applicable: 
</P>
<P>(1) The design pressure of the weakest element in the segment, determined in accordance with subparts C and D of this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, for a segment of a distribution system otherwise designed to operate at over 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, unless the service lines in the segment are equipped with service regulators or other pressure limiting devices in series that meet the requirements of § 192.197(c). 
</P>
<P>(3) 25 p.s.i. (172 kPa) gage in segments of cast iron pipe in which there are unreinforced bell and spigot joints. 
</P>
<P>(4) The pressure limits to which a joint could be subjected without the possibility of its parting. 
</P>
<P>(5) The pressure determined by the operator to be the maximum safe pressure after considering the history of the segment, particularly known corrosion and the actual operating pressures. 
</P>
<P>(b) No person may operate a segment of pipeline to which paragraph (a)(5) of this section applies, unless overpressure protective devices are installed on the segment in a manner that will prevent the maximum allowable operating pressure from being exceeded, in accordance with § 192.195. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.623" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.623   Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure; Low-pressure distribution systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may operate a low-pressure distribution system at a pressure high enough to make unsafe the operation of any connected and properly adjusted low-pressure gas burning equipment. 
</P>
<P>(b) No person may operate a low pressure distribution system at a pressure lower than the minimum pressure at which the safe and continuing operation of any connected and properly adjusted low-pressure gas burning equipment can be assured. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.624" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.624   Maximum allowable operating pressure reconfirmation: Onshore steel transmission pipelines.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="25">Link to a correction published at 91 FR 21986, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> Operators of onshore steel transmission pipeline segments must reconfirm the maximum allowable operating pressure (MAOP) of all pipeline segments in accordance with the requirements of this section if either of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) Records necessary to establish the MAOP in accordance with § 192.619(a)(2), including records required by § 192.517(a) for testing conducted pursuant to subpart J of this part, are not traceable, verifiable, and complete and the pipeline is located in one of the following locations:


</P>
<P>(i) A high consequence area as defined in § 192.903; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A Class 3 or Class 4 location.
</P>
<P>(2) The pipeline segment's MAOP was established in accordance with § 192.619(c), the pipeline segment's MAOP is greater than or equal to 30 percent of the specified minimum yield strength, and the pipeline segment is located in one of the following areas:
</P>
<P>(i) A high consequence area as defined in § 192.903;
</P>
<P>(ii) A Class 3 or Class 4 location; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A moderate consequence area as defined in § 192.3, if the pipeline segment can accommodate inspection by means of instrumented inline inspection tools.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedures and completion dates.</I> Operators of a pipeline subject to this section must develop and document procedures for completing all actions required by this section by July 1, 2021. These procedures must include a process for reconfirming MAOP for any pipelines that meet a condition of § 192.624(a), and for performing a spike test or material verification in accordance with §§ 192.506 and 192.607, if applicable. All actions required by this section must be completed according to the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) Operators must complete all actions required by this section on at least 50% of the pipeline mileage by July 3, 2028.
</P>
<P>(2) Operators must complete all actions required by this section on 100% of the pipeline mileage by July 2, 2035 or as soon as practicable, but not to exceed 4 years after the pipeline segment first meets a condition of § 192.624(a) (<I>e.g.,</I> due to a location becoming a high consequence area), whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(3) If operational and environmental constraints limit an operator from meeting the deadlines in § 192.624, the operator may petition for an extension of the completion deadlines by up to 1 year, upon submittal of a notification in accordance with § 192.18. The notification must include an up-to-date plan for completing all actions in accordance with this section, the reason for the requested extension, current status, proposed completion date, outstanding remediation activities, and any needed temporary measures needed to mitigate the impact on safety.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Maximum allowable operating pressure determination.</I> Operators of a pipeline segment meeting a condition in paragraph (a) of this section must reconfirm its MAOP using one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Method 1: Pressure test.</I> Perform a pressure test and verify material properties records in accordance with § 192.607 and the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pressure test.</I> Perform a pressure test in accordance with subpart J of this part. The MAOP must be equal to the test pressure divided by the greater of either 1.25 or the applicable class location factor in § 192.619(a)(2)(ii).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Material properties records.</I> Determine if the following material properties records are documented in traceable, verifiable, and complete records: Diameter, wall thickness, seam type, and grade (minimum yield strength, ultimate tensile strength).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Material properties verification.</I> If any of the records required by paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section are not documented in traceable, verifiable, and complete records, the operator must obtain the missing records in accordance with § 192.607. An operator must test the pipe materials cut out from the test manifold sites at the time the pressure test is conducted. If there is a failure during the pressure test, the operator must test any removed pipe from the pressure test failure in accordance with § 192.607.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Method 2: Pressure Reduction.</I> Reduce pressure, as necessary, and limit MAOP to no greater than the highest actual operating pressure sustained by the pipeline during the 5 years preceding October 1, 2019, divided by the greater of 1.25 or the applicable class location factor in § 192.619(a)(2)(ii). The highest actual sustained pressure must have been reached for a minimum cumulative duration of 8 hours during a continuous 30-day period. The value used as the highest actual sustained operating pressure must account for differences between upstream and downstream pressure on the pipeline by use of either the lowest maximum pressure value for the entire pipeline segment or using the operating pressure gradient along the entire pipeline segment (<I>i.e.,</I> the location-specific operating pressure at each location).
</P>
<P>(i) Where the pipeline segment has had a class location change in accordance with § 192.611, and records documenting diameter, wall thickness, seam type, grade (minimum yield strength and ultimate tensile strength), and pressure tests are not documented in traceable, verifiable, and complete records, the operator must reduce the pipeline segment MAOP as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) For pipeline segments where a class location changed from Class 1 to Class 2, from Class 2 to Class 3, or from Class 3 to Class 4, reduce the pipeline MAOP to no greater than the highest actual operating pressure sustained by the pipeline during the 5 years preceding October 1, 2019, divided by 1.39 for Class 1 to Class 2, 1.67 for Class 2 to Class 3, and 2.00 for Class 3 to Class 4.
</P>
<P>(B) For pipeline segments where a class location changed from Class 1 to Class 3, reduce the pipeline MAOP to no greater than the highest actual operating pressure sustained by the pipeline during the 5 years preceding October 1, 2019, divided by 2.00.
</P>
<P>(ii) Future uprating of the pipeline segment in accordance with subpart K is allowed if the MAOP is established using Method 2.
</P>
<P>(iii) If an operator elects to use Method 2, but desires to use a less conservative pressure reduction factor or longer look-back period, the operator must notify PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18 no later than 7 calendar days after establishing the reduced MAOP. The notification must include the following details:
</P>
<P>(A) Descriptions of the operational constraints, special circumstances, or other factors that preclude, or make it impractical, to use the pressure reduction factor specified in § 192.624(c)(2);
</P>
<P>(B) The fracture mechanics modeling for failure stress pressures and cyclic fatigue crack growth analysis that complies with § 192.712;
</P>
<P>(C) Justification that establishing MAOP by another method allowed by this section is impractical;
</P>
<P>(D) Justification that the reduced MAOP determined by the operator is safe based on analysis of the condition of the pipeline segment, including material properties records, material properties verified in accordance § 192.607, and the history of the pipeline segment, particularly known corrosion and leakage, and the actual operating pressure, and additional compensatory preventive and mitigative measures taken or planned; and
</P>
<P>(E) Planned duration for operating at the requested MAOP, long-term remediation measures and justification of this operating time interval, including fracture mechanics modeling for failure stress pressures and cyclic fatigue growth analysis and other validated forms of engineering analysis that have been reviewed and confirmed by subject matter experts.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Method 3: Engineering Critical Assessment (ECA).</I> Conduct an ECA in accordance with § 192.632.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Method 4: Pipe Replacement.</I> Replace the pipeline segment in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Method 5: Pressure Reduction for Pipeline Segments with Small Potential Impact Radius.</I> Pipelines with a potential impact radius (PIR) less than or equal to 150 feet may establish the MAOP as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Reduce the MAOP to no greater than the highest actual operating pressure sustained by the pipeline during 5 years preceding October 1, 2019, divided by 1.1. The highest actual sustained pressure must have been reached for a minimum cumulative duration of 8 hours during one continuous 30-day period. The reduced MAOP must account for differences between discharge and upstream pressure on the pipeline by use of either the lowest value for the entire pipeline segment or the operating pressure gradient (<I>i.e.,</I> the location specific operating pressure at each location);
</P>
<P>(ii) Conduct patrols in accordance with § 192.705 paragraphs (a) and (c) and conduct instrumented leakage surveys in accordance with § 192.706 at intervals not to exceed those in the following table 1 to § 192.624(c)(5)(ii):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 192.624(<E T="01">c</E>)(5)(<E T="01">ii</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class locations
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Patrols
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Leakage surveys
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(A) Class 1 and Class 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 
<fr>1/2</fr> months, but at least four times each calendar year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 
<fr>1/2</fr> months, but at least four times each calendar year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(B) Class 3 and Class 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 months, but at least six times each calendar year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 months, but at least six times each calendar year.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iii) Under Method 5, future uprating of the pipeline segment in accordance with subpart K is allowed.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Method 6: Alternative Technology.</I> Operators may use an alternative technical evaluation process that provides a documented engineering analysis for establishing MAOP. If an operator elects to use alternative technology, the operator must notify PHMSA in advance in accordance with § 192.18. The notification must include descriptions of the following details:
</P>
<P>(i) The technology or technologies to be used for tests, examinations, and assessments; the method for establishing material properties; and analytical techniques with similar analysis from prior tool runs done to ensure the results are consistent with the required corresponding hydrostatic test pressure for the pipeline segment being evaluated;
</P>
<P>(ii) Procedures and processes to conduct tests, examinations, assessments and evaluations, analyze defects and flaws, and remediate defects discovered;
</P>
<P>(iii) Pipeline segment data, including original design, maintenance and operating history, anomaly or flaw characterization;
</P>
<P>(iv) Assessment techniques and acceptance criteria, including anomaly detection confidence level, probability of detection, and uncertainty of the predicted failure pressure quantified as a fraction of specified minimum yield strength;
</P>
<P>(v) If any pipeline segment contains cracking or may be susceptible to cracking or crack-like defects found through or identified by assessments, leaks, failures, manufacturing vintage histories, or any other available information about the pipeline, the operator must estimate the remaining life of the pipeline in accordance with paragraph § 192.712;
</P>
<P>(vi) Operational monitoring procedures;
</P>
<P>(vii) Methodology and criteria used to justify and establish the MAOP; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Documentation of the operator's process and procedures used to implement the use of the alternative technology, including any records generated through its use.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Records.</I> An operator must retain records of investigations, tests, analyses, assessments, repairs, replacements, alterations, and other actions taken in accordance with the requirements of this section for the life of the pipeline.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52247, Oct. 1, 2019, as amended by Amdt. 192-127, 85 FR 40134, July 6, 2020; Amdt. No. 192-155, 90 FR 28057, July 1, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.625" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.625   Odorization of gas.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A combustible gas in a distribution line must contain a natural odorant or be odorized so that at a concentration in air of one-fifth of the lower explosive limit, the gas is readily detectable by a person with a normal sense of smell. 
</P>
<P>(b) After December 31, 1976, a combustible gas in a transmission line in a Class 3 or Class 4 location must comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section unless:
</P>
<P>(1) At least 50 percent of the length of the line downstream from that location is in a Class 1 or Class 2 location; 
</P>
<P>(2) The line transports gas to any of the following facilities which received gas without an odorant from that line before May 5, 1975; 
</P>
<P>(i) An underground storage field; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A gas processing plant; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A gas dehydration plant; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) An industrial plant using gas in a process where the presence of an odorant:
</P>
<P>(A) Makes the end product unfit for the purpose for which it is intended; 
</P>
<P>(B) Reduces the activity of a catalyst; or 
</P>
<P>(C) Reduces the percentage completion of a chemical reaction; 
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a lateral line which transports gas to a distribution center, at least 50 percent of the length of that line is in a Class 1 or Class 2 location; or 
</P>
<P>(4) The combustible gas is hydrogen intended for use as a feedstock in a manufacturing process. 
</P>
<P>(c) In the concentrations in which it is used, the odorant in combustible gases must comply with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The odorant may not be deleterious to persons, materials, or pipe. 
</P>
<P>(2) The products of combustion from the odorant may not be toxic when breathed nor may they be corrosive or harmful to those materials to which the products of combustion will be exposed. 
</P>
<P>(d) The odorant may not be soluble in water to an extent greater than 2.5 parts to 100 parts by weight. 
</P>
<P>(e) Equipment for odorization must introduce the odorant without wide variations in the level of odorant. 
</P>
<P>(f) To assure the proper concentration of odorant in accordance with this section, each operator must conduct periodic sampling of combustible gases using an instrument capable of determining the percentage of gas in air at which the odor becomes readily detectable. Operators of master meter systems may comply with this requirement by—
</P>
<P>(1) Receiving written verification from their gas source that the gas has the proper concentration of odorant; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Conducting periodic “sniff” tests at the extremities of the system to confirm that the gas contains odorant. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 192.625, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.627" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.627   Tapping pipelines under pressure.</HEAD>
<P>Each tap made on a pipeline under pressure must be performed by a crew qualified to make hot taps. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.629" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.629   Purging of pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a pipeline is being purged of air by use of gas, the gas must be released into one end of the line in a moderately rapid and continuous flow. If gas cannot be supplied in sufficient quantity to prevent the formation of a hazardous mixture of gas and air, a slug of inert gas must be released into the line before the gas. 
</P>
<P>(b) When a pipeline is being purged of gas by use of air, the air must be released into one end of the line in a moderately rapid and continuous flow. If air cannot be supplied in sufficient quantity to prevent the formation of a hazardous mixture of gas and air, a slug of inert gas must be released into the line before the air.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.631" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.631   Control room management.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) This section applies to each operator of a pipeline facility with a controller working in a control room who monitors and controls all or part of a pipeline facility through a SCADA system. Each operator must have and follow written control room management procedures that implement the requirements of this section, except that for each control room where an operator's activities are limited to either or both of:
</P>
<P>(i) Distribution with less than 250,000 services, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Transmission without a compressor station, the operator must have and follow written procedures that implement only paragraphs (d) (regarding fatigue), (i) (regarding compliance validation), and (j) (regarding compliance and deviations) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The procedures required by this section must be integrated, as appropriate, with operating and emergency procedures required by §§ 192.605 and 192.615. An operator must develop the procedures no later than August 1, 2011, and must implement the procedures according to the following schedule. The procedures required by paragraphs (b), (c)(5), (d)(2) and (d)(3), (f) and (g) of this section must be implemented no later than October 1, 2011. The procedures required by paragraphs (c)(1) through (4), (d)(1), (d)(4), and (e) must be implemented no later than August 1, 2012. The training procedures required by paragraph (h) must be implemented no later than August 1, 2012, except that any training required by another paragraph of this section must be implemented no later than the deadline for that paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Roles and responsibilities.</I> Each operator must define the roles and responsibilities of a controller during normal, abnormal, and emergency operating conditions. To provide for a controller's prompt and appropriate response to operating conditions, an operator must define each of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A controller's authority and responsibility to make decisions and take actions during normal operations;
</P>
<P>(2) A controller's role when an abnormal operating condition is detected, even if the controller is not the first to detect the condition, including the controller's responsibility to take specific actions and to communicate with others;
</P>
<P>(3) A controller's role during an emergency, even if the controller is not the first to detect the emergency, including the controller's responsibility to take specific actions and to communicate with others;
</P>
<P>(4) A method of recording controller shift-changes and any hand-over of responsibility between controllers; and
</P>
<P>(5) The roles, responsibilities and qualifications of others with the authority to direct or supersede the specific technical actions of a controller.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Provide adequate information.</I> Each operator must provide its controllers with the information, tools, processes and procedures necessary for the controllers to carry out the roles and responsibilities the operator has defined by performing each of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Implement sections 1, 4, 8, 9, 11.1, and 11.3 of API RP 1165 (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) whenever a SCADA system is added, expanded or replaced, unless the operator demonstrates that certain provisions of sections 1, 4, 8, 9, 11.1, and 11.3 of API RP 1165 are not practical for the SCADA system used;
</P>
<P>(2) Conduct a point-to-point verification between SCADA displays and related field equipment when field equipment is added or moved and when other changes that affect pipeline safety are made to field equipment or SCADA displays;
</P>
<P>(3) Test and verify an internal communication plan to provide adequate means for manual operation of the pipeline safely, at least once each calendar year, but at intervals not to exceed 15 months;
</P>
<P>(4) Test any backup SCADA systems at least once each calendar year, but at intervals not to exceed 15 months; and
</P>
<P>(5) Establish and implement procedures for when a different controller assumes responsibility, including the content of information to be exchanged.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Fatigue mitigation.</I> Each operator must implement the following methods to reduce the risk associated with controller fatigue that could inhibit a controller's ability to carry out the roles and responsibilities the operator has defined:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish shift lengths and schedule rotations that provide controllers off-duty time sufficient to achieve eight hours of continuous sleep;
</P>
<P>(2) Educate controllers and supervisors in fatigue mitigation strategies and how off-duty activities contribute to fatigue;
</P>
<P>(3) Train controllers and supervisors to recognize the effects of fatigue; and
</P>
<P>(4) Establish a maximum limit on controller hours-of-service, which may provide for an emergency deviation from the maximum limit if necessary for the safe operation of a pipeline facility.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Alarm management.</I> Each operator using a SCADA system must have a written alarm management plan to provide for effective controller response to alarms. An operator's plan must include provisions to:
</P>
<P>(1) Review SCADA safety-related alarm operations using a process that ensures alarms are accurate and support safe pipeline operations;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify at least once each calendar month points affecting safety that have been taken off scan in the SCADA host, have had alarms inhibited, generated false alarms, or that have had forced or manual values for periods of time exceeding that required for associated maintenance or operating activities;
</P>
<P>(3) Verify the correct safety-related alarm set-point values and alarm descriptions at least once each calendar year, but at intervals not to exceed 15 months;
</P>
<P>(4) Review the alarm management plan required by this paragraph at least once each calendar year, but at intervals not exceeding 15 months, to determine the effectiveness of the plan;
</P>
<P>(5) Monitor the content and volume of general activity being directed to and required of each controller at least once each calendar year, but at intervals not to exceed 15 months, that will assure controllers have sufficient time to analyze and react to incoming alarms; and
</P>
<P>(6) Address deficiencies identified through the implementation of paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Change management.</I> Each operator must assure that changes that could affect control room operations are coordinated with the control room personnel by performing each of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish communications between control room representatives, operator's management, and associated field personnel when planning and implementing physical changes to pipeline equipment or configuration;
</P>
<P>(2) Require its field personnel to contact the control room when emergency conditions exist and when making field changes that affect control room operations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Seek control room or control room management participation in planning prior to implementation of significant pipeline hydraulic or configuration changes.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Operating experience.</I> Each operator must assure that lessons learned from its operating experience are incorporated, as appropriate, into its control room management procedures by performing each of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Review incidents that must be reported pursuant to 49 CFR part 191 to determine if control room actions contributed to the event and, if so, correct, where necessary, deficiencies related to:
</P>
<P>(i) Controller fatigue;
</P>
<P>(ii) Field equipment;
</P>
<P>(iii) The operation of any relief device;
</P>
<P>(iv) Procedures;
</P>
<P>(v) SCADA system configuration; and
</P>
<P>(vi) SCADA system performance.
</P>
<P>(2) Include lessons learned from the operator's experience in the training program required by this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Training.</I> Each operator must establish a controller training program and review the training program content to identify potential improvements at least once each calendar year, but at intervals not to exceed 15 months. An operator's program must provide for training each controller to carry out the roles and responsibilities defined by the operator. In addition, the training program must include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) Responding to abnormal operating conditions likely to occur simultaneously or in sequence;
</P>
<P>(2) Use of a computerized simulator or non-computerized (tabletop) method for training controllers to recognize abnormal operating conditions;
</P>
<P>(3) Training controllers on their responsibilities for communication under the operator's emergency response procedures;
</P>
<P>(4) Training that will provide a controller a working knowledge of the pipeline system, especially during the development of abnormal operating conditions;
</P>
<P>(5) For pipeline operating setups that are periodically, but infrequently used, providing an opportunity for controllers to review relevant procedures in advance of their application; and
</P>
<P>(6) Control room team training and exercises that include both controllers and other individuals, defined by the operator, who would reasonably be expected to operationally collaborate with controllers (control room personnel) during normal, abnormal or emergency situations. Operators must comply with the team training requirements under this paragraph by no later than January 23, 2018.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Compliance validation.</I> Upon request, operators must submit their procedures to PHMSA or, in the case of an intrastate pipeline facility regulated by a State, to the appropriate State agency.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Compliance and deviations.</I> An operator must maintain for review during inspection:
</P>
<P>(1) Records that demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Documentation to demonstrate that any deviation from the procedures required by this section was necessary for the safe operation of a pipeline facility.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-112, 74 FR 63327, Dec. 3, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 5537, Feb. 3, 2010; 76 FR 35135, June 16, 2011; Amdt. 192-123, 82 FR 7997, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.632" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.632   Engineering Critical Assessment for Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure Reconfirmation: Onshore steel transmission pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>When an operator conducts an MAOP reconfirmation in accordance with § 192.624(c)(3) “Method 3” using an ECA to establish the material strength and MAOP of the pipeline segment, the ECA must comply with the requirements of this section. The ECA must assess: Threats; loadings and operational circumstances relevant to those threats, including along the pipeline right-of way; outcomes of the threat assessment; relevant mechanical and fracture properties; in-service degradation or failure processes; and initial and final defect size relevance. The ECA must quantify the interacting effects of threats on any defect in the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>ECA Analysis.</I> (1) The material properties required to perform an ECA analysis in accordance with this paragraph are as follows: Diameter, wall thickness, seam type, grade (minimum yield strength and ultimate tensile strength), and Charpy v-notch toughness values based upon the lowest operational temperatures, if applicable. If any material properties required to perform an ECA for any pipeline segment in accordance with this paragraph are not documented in traceable, verifiable and complete records, an operator must use conservative assumptions and include the pipeline segment in its program to verify the undocumented information in accordance with § 192.607. The ECA must integrate, analyze, and account for the material properties, the results of all tests, direct examinations, destructive tests, and assessments performed in accordance with this section, along with other pertinent information related to pipeline integrity, including close interval surveys, coating surveys, interference surveys required by subpart I of this part, cause analyses of prior incidents, prior pressure test leaks and failures, other leaks, pipe inspections, and prior integrity assessments, including those required by §§ 192.617, 192.710, and subpart O of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The ECA must analyze and determine the predicted failure pressure for the defect being assessed using procedures that implement the appropriate failure criteria and justification as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The ECA must analyze any cracks or crack-like defects remaining in the pipe, or that could remain in the pipe, to determine the predicted failure pressure of each defect in accordance with § 192.712.
</P>
<P>(ii) The ECA must analyze any metal loss defects not associated with a dent, including corrosion, gouges, scrapes or other metal loss defects that could remain in the pipe, to determine the predicted failure pressure. ASME/ANSI B31G (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) or R-STRENG (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) must be used for corrosion defects. Both procedures and their analysis apply to corroded regions that do not penetrate the pipe wall over 80 percent of the wall thickness and are subject to the limitations prescribed in the equations' procedures. The ECA must use conservative assumptions for metal loss dimensions (length, width, and depth).
</P>
<P>(iii) When determining the predicted failure pressure for gouges, scrapes, selective seam weld corrosion, crack-related defects, or any defect within a dent, appropriate failure criteria and justification of the criteria must be used and documented.
</P>
<P>(iv) If SMYS or actual material yield and ultimate tensile strength is not known or not documented by traceable, verifiable, and complete records, then the operator must assume 30,000 p.s.i. or determine the material properties using § 192.607.
</P>
<P>(3) The ECA must analyze the interaction of defects to conservatively determine the most limiting predicted failure pressure. Examples include, but are not limited to, cracks in or near locations with corrosion metal loss, dents with gouges or other metal loss, or cracks in or near dents or other deformation damage. The ECA must document all evaluations and any assumptions used in the ECA process.
</P>
<P>(4) The MAOP must be established at the lowest predicted failure pressure for any known or postulated defect, or interacting defects, remaining in the pipe divided by the greater of 1.25 or the applicable factor listed in § 192.619(a)(2)(ii).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Assessment to determine defects remaining in the pipe.</I> An operator must utilize previous pressure tests or develop and implement an assessment program to determine the size of defects remaining in the pipe to be analyzed in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) An operator may use a previous pressure test that complied with subpart J to determine the defects remaining in the pipe if records for a pressure test meeting the requirements of subpart J of this part exist for the pipeline segment. The operator must calculate the largest defect that could have survived the pressure test. The operator must predict how much the defects have grown since the date of the pressure test in accordance with § 192.712. The ECA must analyze the predicted size of the largest defect that could have survived the pressure test that could remain in the pipe at the time the ECA is performed. The operator must calculate the remaining life of the most severe defects that could have survived the pressure test and establish a re-assessment interval in accordance with the methodology in § 192.712.
</P>
<P>(2) Operators may use an inline inspection program in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Operators may use “other technology” if it is validated by a subject matter expert to produce an equivalent understanding of the condition of the pipe equal to or greater than pressure testing or an inline inspection program. If an operator elects to use “other technology” in the ECA, it must notify PHMSA in advance of using the other technology in accordance with § 192.18. The “other technology” notification must have:
</P>
<P>(i) Descriptions of the technology or technologies to be used for all tests, examinations, and assessments, including characterization of defect size used in the crack assessments (length, depth, and volumetric); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Procedures and processes to conduct tests, examinations, assessments and evaluations, analyze defects, and remediate defects discovered.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>In-line inspection.</I> An inline inspection (ILI) program to determine the defects remaining the pipe for the ECA analysis must be performed using tools that can detect wall loss, deformation from dents, wrinkle bends, ovalities, expansion, seam defects, including cracking and selective seam weld corrosion, longitudinal, circumferential and girth weld cracks, hard spot cracking, and stress corrosion cracking.
</P>
<P>(1) If a pipeline has segments that might be susceptible to hard spots based on assessment, leak, failure, manufacturing vintage history, or other information, then the ILI program must include a tool that can detect hard spots.
</P>
<P>(2) If the pipeline has had a reportable incident, as defined in § 191.3, attributed to a girth weld failure since its most recent pressure test, then the ILI program must include a tool that can detect girth weld defects unless the ECA analysis performed in accordance with this section includes an engineering evaluation program to analyze and account for the susceptibility of girth weld failure due to lateral stresses.
</P>
<P>(3) Inline inspection must be performed in accordance with § 192.493.
</P>
<P>(4) An operator must use unity plots or equivalent methodologies to validate the performance of the ILI tools in identifying and sizing actionable manufacturing and construction related anomalies. Enough data points must be used to validate tool performance at the same or better statistical confidence level provided in the tool specifications. The operator must have a process for identifying defects outside the tool performance specifications and following up with the ILI vendor to conduct additional in-field examinations, reanalyze ILI data, or both.
</P>
<P>(5) Interpretation and evaluation of assessment results must meet the requirements of §§ 192.710, 192.713, and subpart O of this part, and must conservatively account for the accuracy and reliability of ILI, in-the-ditch examination methods and tools, and any other assessment and examination results used to determine the actual sizes of cracks, metal loss, deformation and other defect dimensions by applying the most conservative limit of the tool tolerance specification. ILI and in-the-ditch examination tools and procedures for crack assessments (length and depth) must have performance and evaluation standards confirmed for accuracy through confirmation tests for the defect types and pipe material vintage being evaluated. Inaccuracies must be accounted for in the procedures for evaluations and fracture mechanics models for predicted failure pressure determinations.
</P>
<P>(6) Anomalies detected by ILI assessments must be remediated in accordance with applicable criteria in §§ 192.713 and 192.933.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Defect remaining life.</I> If any pipeline segment contains cracking or may be susceptible to cracking or crack-like defects found through or identified by assessments, leaks, failures, manufacturing vintage histories, or any other available information about the pipeline, the operator must estimate the remaining life of the pipeline in accordance with § 192.712.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Records.</I> An operator must retain records of investigations, tests, analyses, assessments, repairs, replacements, alterations, and other actions taken in accordance with the requirements of this section for the life of the pipeline.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52249, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.634" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.634   Transmission lines: Onshore valve shut-off for rupture mitigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> For new or entirely replaced onshore transmission pipeline segments with diameters of 6 inches or greater that are located in high-consequence areas (HCA) or Class 3 or Class 4 locations and that are installed after April 10, 2023, an operator must install or use existing rupture-mitigation valves (RMV), or an alternative equivalent technology, according to the requirements of this section and §§ 192.179 and 192.636. RMVs and alternative equivalent technologies must be operational within 14 days of placing the new or replaced pipeline segment into service. An operator may request an extension of this 14-day operation requirement if it can demonstrate to PHMSA, in accordance with the notification procedures in § 192.18, that application of that requirement would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible. The requirements of this section apply to all applicable pipe replacement projects, even those that do not otherwise involve the addition or replacement of a valve. This section does not apply to pipe segments in Class 1 or Class 2 locations that have a potential impact radius (PIR), as defined in § 192.903, that is less than or equal to 150 feet.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Maximum spacing between valves.</I> RMVs, or alternative equivalent technology, must be installed in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Shut-off segment.</I> For purposes of this section, a “shut-off segment” means the segment of pipe located between the upstream valve closest to the upstream endpoint of the new or replaced Class 3 or Class 4 or HCA pipeline segment and the downstream valve closest to the downstream endpoint of the new or replaced Class 3 or Class 4 or HCA pipeline segment so that the entirety of the segment that is within the HCA or the Class 3 or Class 4 location is between at least two RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies. If any crossover or lateral pipe for gas receipts or deliveries connects to the shut-off segment between the upstream and downstream valves, the shut-off segment also must extend to a valve on the crossover connection(s) or lateral(s), such that, when all valves are closed, there is no flow path for gas to be transported to the rupture site (except for residual gas already in the shut-off segment). Multiple Class 3 or Class 4 locations or HCA segments may be contained within a single shut-off segment. The operator is not required to select the closest valve to the shut-off segment as the RMV, as that term is defined in § 192.3, or the alternative equivalent technology. An operator may use a manual compressor station valve at a continuously manned station as an alternative equivalent technology, but it must be able to be closed within 30 minutes following rupture identification, as that term is defined at § 192.3. Such a valve used as an alternative equivalent technology would not require a notification to PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Shut-off segment valve spacing.</I> A pipeline subject to paragraph (a) of this section must have RMVs or alternative equivalent technology on the upstream and downstream side of the pipeline segment. The distance between RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies must not exceed:
</P>
<P>(i) Eight (8) miles for any Class 4 location,
</P>
<P>(ii) Fifteen (15) miles for any Class 3 location, or
</P>
<P>(iii) Twenty (20) miles for all other locations.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Laterals.</I> Laterals extending from shut-off segments that contribute less than 5 percent of the total shut-off segment volume may have RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies that meet the actuation requirements of this section at locations other than mainline receipt/delivery points, as long as all of the laterals contributing gas volumes to the shut-off segment do not contribute more than 5 percent of the total shut-off segment gas volume based upon maximum flow volume at the operating pressure. For laterals that are 12 inches in diameter or less, a check valve that allows gas to flow freely in one direction and contains a mechanism to automatically prevent flow in the other direction may be used as an alternative equivalent technology where it is positioned to stop flow into the shut-off segment. Such check valves that are used as an alternative equivalent technology in accordance with this paragraph (b)(3) are not subject to § 192.636, but they must be inspected, operated, and remediated in accordance with § 192.745, including for closure and leakage to ensure operational reliability. An operator using such a check valve as an alternative equivalent technology must notify PHMSA in accordance with §§ 192.18 and 192.179 and develop and implement maintenance procedures for such equipment that meet § 192.745.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Crossovers.</I> An operator may use a manual valve as an alternative equivalent technology in lieu of an RMV for a crossover connection if, during normal operations, the valve is closed to prevent the flow of gas by the use of a locking device or other means designed to prevent the opening of the valve by persons other than those authorized by the operator. The operator must develop and implement operating procedures and document that the valve has been closed and locked in accordance with the operator's lock-out and tag-out procedures to prevent the flow of gas. An operator using such a manual valve as an alternative equivalent technology must notify PHMSA in accordance with §§ 192.18 and 192.179.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-130, 87 FR 20984, Apr. 8, 2022, as amended by Amdt. 192-134, 88 FR 50061, Aug. 1, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.635" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.635   Notification of potential rupture.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this part, a “notification of potential rupture” refers to the notification of, or observation by, an operator (e.g., by or to its controller(s) in a control room, field personnel, nearby pipeline or utility personnel, the public, local responders, or public authorities) of one or more of the below indicia of a potential unintentional or uncontrolled release of a large volume of gas from a pipeline:
</P>
<P>(1) An unanticipated or unexplained pressure loss outside of the pipeline's normal operating pressures, as defined in the operator's written procedures. The operator must establish in its written procedures that an unanticipated or unplanned pressure loss is outside of the pipeline's normal operating pressures when there is a pressure loss greater than 10 percent occurring within a time interval of 15 minutes or less, unless the operator has documented in its written procedures the operational need for a greater pressure-change threshold due to pipeline flow dynamics (including changes in operating pressure, flow rate, or volume), that are caused by fluctuations in gas demand, gas receipts, or gas deliveries; or
</P>
<P>(2) An unanticipated or unexplained flow rate change, pressure change, equipment function, or other pipeline instrumentation indication at the upstream or downstream station that may be representative of an event meeting paragraph (a)(1) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any unanticipated or unexplained rapid release of a large volume of gas, a fire, or an explosion in the immediate vicinity of the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(b) A notification of potential rupture occurs when an operator first receives notice of or observes an event specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not apply to any gas gathering line.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-130, 87 FR 20985, Apr. 8, 2022, as amended by Amdt. 192-136, 89 FR 53880, June 28, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.636" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.12.8.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.636   Transmission lines: Response to a rupture; capabilities of rupture-mitigation valves (RMVs) or alternative equivalent technologies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> The requirements in this section apply to rupture-mitigation valves (RMVs), as defined in § 192.3, or alternative equivalent technologies, installed pursuant to §§ 192.179(e), (f), and (g) and 192.634.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rupture identification and valve shut-off time.</I> An operator must, as soon as practicable but within 30 minutes of rupture identification (<I>see</I> § 192.615(a)(12)), fully close any RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies necessary to minimize the volume of gas released from a pipeline and mitigate the consequences of a rupture.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Open valves.</I> An operator may leave an RMV or alternative equivalent technology open for more than 30 minutes, as required by paragraph (b) of this section, if the operator has previously established in its operating procedures and demonstrated within a notice submitted under § 192.18 for PHMSA review, that closing the RMV or alternative equivalent technology would be detrimental to public safety. The request must have been coordinated with appropriate local emergency responders, and the operator and emergency responders must determine that it is safe to leave the valve open. Operators must have written procedures for determining whether to leave an RMV or alternative equivalent technology open, including plans to communicate with local emergency responders and minimize environmental impacts, which must be submitted as part of its notification to PHMSA.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Valve monitoring and operation capabilities.</I> An RMV, as defined in § 192.3, or alternative equivalent technology, must be capable of being monitored or controlled either remotely or by on-site personnel as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Operated during normal, abnormal, and emergency operating conditions;
</P>
<P>(2) Monitored for valve status (<I>i.e.,</I> open, closed, or partial closed/open), upstream pressure, and downstream pressure. For automatic shut-off valves (ASV), an operator does not need to monitor remotely a valve's status if the operator has the capability to monitor pressures or gas flow rate within each pipeline segment located between RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies to identify and locate a rupture. Pipeline segments that use manual valves or other alternative equivalent technologies must have the capability to monitor pressures or gas flow rates on the pipeline to identify and locate a rupture; and
</P>
<P>(3) Have a back-up power source to maintain SCADA systems or other remote communications for remote-control valve (RCV) or automatic shut-off valve (ASV) operational status, or be monitored and controlled by on-site personnel.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Monitoring of valve shut-off response status.</I> The position and operational status of an RMV must be appropriately monitored through electronic communication with remote instrumentation or other equivalent means. An operator does not need to monitor remotely an ASV's status if the operator has the capability to monitor pressures or gas flow rate on the pipeline to identify and locate a rupture.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Flow modeling for automatic shut-off valves.</I> Prior to using an ASV as an RMV, an operator must conduct flow modeling for the shut-off segment and any laterals that feed the shut-off segment, so that the valve will close within 30 minutes or less following rupture identification, consistent with the operator's procedures, and in accordance with § 192.3 and this section. The flow modeling must include the anticipated maximum, normal, or any other flow volumes, pressures, or other operating conditions that may be encountered during the year, not exceeding a period of 15 months, and it must be modeled for the flow between the RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies, and any looped pipelines or gas receipt tie-ins. If operating conditions change that could affect the ASV set pressures and the 30-minute valve closure time after notification of potential rupture, as defined at § 192.3, an operator must conduct a new flow model and reset the ASV set pressures prior to the next review for ASV set pressures in accordance with § 192.745. The flow model must include a time/pressure chart for the segment containing the ASV if a rupture occurs. An operator must conduct this flow modeling prior to making flow condition changes in a manner that could render the 30-minute valve closure time unachievable.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Manual valves in non-HCA, Class 1 locations.</I> For pipeline segments in a Class 1 location that do not meet the definition of a high consequence area (HCA), an operator submitting a notification pursuant to §§ 192.18 and 192.179 for use of manual valves as an alternative equivalent technology may also request an exemption from the requirements of § 192.636(b).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Manual operation upon identification of a rupture.</I> Operators using a manual valve as an alternative equivalent technology as authorized pursuant to §§ 192.18, 192.179, and 192.634 and this section must develop and implement operating procedures that appropriately designate and locate nearby personnel to ensure valve shutoff in accordance with this section and § 192.634. Manual operation of valves must include time for the assembly of necessary operating personnel, the acquisition of necessary tools and equipment, driving time under heavy traffic conditions and at the posted speed limit, walking time to access the valve, and time to shut off all valves manually, not to exceed the maximum response time allowed under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-130, 87 FR 20985, Apr. 8, 2022, as amended by Amdt. 192-134, 88 FR 50062, Aug. 1, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="M" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart M—Maintenance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.701" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.701   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for maintenance of pipeline facilities. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.703" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.703   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may operate a segment of pipeline, unless it is maintained in accordance with this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each segment of pipeline that becomes unsafe must be replaced, repaired, or removed from service. 
</P>
<P>(c) Hazardous leaks must be repaired promptly. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.705" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.705   Transmission lines: Patrolling.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall have a patrol program to observe surface conditions on and adjacent to the transmission line right-of-way for indications of leaks, construction activity, and other factors affecting safety and operation. 
</P>
<P>(b) The frequency of patrols is determined by the size of the line, the operating pressures, the class location, terrain, weather, and other relevant factors, but intervals between patrols may not be longer than prescribed in the following table: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Maximum interval between patrols 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class location of line 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">At highway and railroad crossings 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">At all other places
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1, 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7
<fr>1/2</fr> months; but at least twice each calendar year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15 months; but at least once each calendar year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4
<fr>1/2</fr> months; but at least four times each calendar year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7
<fr>1/2</fr> months; but at least twice each calendar year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4
<fr>1/2</fr> months; but at least four times each calendar year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4
<fr>1/2</fr> months; but at least four times each calendar year.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Methods of patrolling include walking, driving, flying or other appropriate means of traversing the right-of-way. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-21, 40 FR 20283, May 9, 1975, as amended by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28786, June 6, 1996]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.706" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.706   Transmission lines: Leakage surveys.</HEAD>
<P>Leakage surveys of a transmission line must be conducted at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year. However, in the case of a transmission line which transports gas in conformity with § 192.625 without an odor or odorant, leakage surveys using leak detector equipment must be conducted—
</P>
<P>(a) In Class 3 locations, at intervals not exceeding 7
<FR>1/2</FR> months, but at least twice each calendar year; and
</P>
<P>(b) In Class 4 locations, at intervals not exceeding 4
<FR>1/2</FR> months, but at least four times each calendar year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-21, 40 FR 20283, May 9, 1975, as amended by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6585, Feb. 11, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.707" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.707   Line markers for mains and transmission lines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Buried pipelines.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a line marker must be placed and maintained as close as practical over each buried main and transmission line: 
</P>
<P>(1) At each crossing of a public road and railroad; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Wherever necessary to identify the location of the transmission line or main to reduce the possibility of damage or interference. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions for buried pipelines.</I> Line markers are not required for the following pipelines: 
</P>
<P>(1) Mains and transmission lines located offshore, or at crossings of or under waterways and other bodies of water. 
</P>
<P>(2) Mains in Class 3 or Class 4 locations where a damage prevention program is in effect under § 192.614. 
</P>
<P>(3) Transmission lines in Class 3 or 4 locations until March 20, 1996. 
</P>
<P>(4) Transmission lines in Class 3 or 4 locations where placement of a line marker is impractical. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pipelines aboveground.</I> Line markers must be placed and maintained along each section of a main and transmission line that is located aboveground in an area accessible to the public. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Marker warning.</I> The following must be written legibly on a background of sharply contrasting color on each line marker: 
</P>
<P>(1) The word “Warning,” “Caution,” or “Danger” followed by the words “Gas (or name of gas transported) Pipeline” all of which, except for markers in heavily developed urban areas, must be in letters at least 1 inch (25 millimeters) high with 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch (6.4 millimeters) stroke. 
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the operator and the telephone number (including area code) where the operator can be reached at all times. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-20, 40 FR 13505, Mar. 27, 1975; Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 39752, Sept. 16, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 192-20A, 41 FR 56808, Dec. 30, 1976; Amdt. 192-44, 48 FR 25208, June 6, 1983; Amdt. 192-73, 60 FR 14650, Mar. 20, 1995; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.709" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.709   Transmission lines: Record keeping.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall maintain the following records for transmission lines for the periods specified: 
</P>
<P>(a) The date, location, and description of each repair made to pipe (including pipe-to-pipe connections) must be retained for as long as the pipe remains in service. 
</P>
<P>(b) The date, location, and description of each repair made to parts of the pipeline system other than pipe must be retained for at least 5 years. However, repairs generated by patrols, surveys, inspections, or tests required by subparts L and M of this part must be retained in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) A record of each patrol, survey, inspection, and test required by subparts L and M of this part must be retained for at least 5 years or until the next patrol, survey, inspection, or test is completed, whichever is longer. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28786, June 6, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.710" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.710   Transmission lines: Assessments outside of high consequence areas.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability:</I> This section applies to onshore steel transmission pipeline segments with a maximum allowable operating pressure of greater than or equal to 30% of the specified minimum yield strength and are located in:
</P>
<P>(1) A Class 3 or Class 4 location; or
</P>
<P>(2) A moderate consequence area as defined in § 192.3, if the pipeline segment can accommodate inspection by means of an instrumented inline inspection tool (<I>i.e.,</I> “smart pig”).
</P>
<P>(3) This section does not apply to a pipeline segment located in a high consequence area as defined in § 192.903.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General</I>—(1) <I>Initial assessment.</I> An operator must perform initial assessments in accordance with this section based on a risk-based prioritization schedule and complete initial assessment for all applicable pipeline segments no later than July 3, 2034, or as soon as practicable but not to exceed 10 years after the pipeline segment first meets the conditions of § 192.710(a) (<I>e.g.,</I> due to a change in class location or the area becomes a moderate consequence area), whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Periodic reassessment.</I> An operator must perform periodic reassessments at least once every 10 years, with intervals not to exceed 126 months, or a shorter reassessment interval based upon the type of anomaly, operational, material, and environmental conditions found on the pipeline segment, or as necessary to ensure public safety.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Prior assessment.</I> An operator may use a prior assessment conducted before July 1, 2020 as an initial assessment for the pipeline segment, if the assessment met the subpart O requirements of part 192 for in-line inspection at the time of the assessment. If an operator uses this prior assessment as its initial assessment, the operator must reassess the pipeline segment according to the reassessment interval specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section calculated from the date of the prior assessment.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>MAOP verification.</I> An integrity assessment conducted in accordance with the requirements of § 192.624(c) for establishing MAOP may be used as an initial assessment or reassessment under this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Assessment method.</I> The initial assessments and the reassessments required by paragraph (b) of this section must be capable of identifying anomalies and defects associated with each of the threats to which the pipeline segment is susceptible and must be performed using one or more of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Internal inspection.</I> Internal inspection tool or tools capable of detecting those threats to which the pipeline is susceptible, such as corrosion, deformation and mechanical damage (<I>e.g.,</I> dents, gouges and grooves), material cracking and crack-like defects (<I>e.g.,</I> stress corrosion cracking, selective seam weld corrosion, environmentally assisted cracking, and girth weld cracks), hard spots with cracking, and any other threats to which the covered segment is susceptible. When performing an assessment using an in-line inspection tool, an operator must comply with § 192.493;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure test.</I> Pressure test conducted in accordance with subpart J of this part. The use of subpart J pressure testing is appropriate for threats such as internal corrosion, external corrosion, and other environmentally assisted corrosion mechanisms; manufacturing and related defect threats, including defective pipe and pipe seams; and stress corrosion cracking, selective seam weld corrosion, dents and other forms of mechanical damage;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Spike hydrostatic pressure test.</I> A spike hydrostatic pressure test conducted in accordance with § 192.506. A spike hydrostatic pressure test is appropriate for time-dependent threats such as stress corrosion cracking; selective seam weld corrosion; manufacturing and related defects, including defective pipe and pipe seams; and other forms of defect or damage involving cracks or crack-like defects;
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Direct examination.</I> Excavation and <I>in situ</I> direct examination by means of visual examination, direct measurement, and recorded non-destructive examination results and data needed to assess all applicable threats. Based upon the threat assessed, examples of appropriate non-destructive examination methods include ultrasonic testing (UT), phased array ultrasonic testing (PAUT), Inverse Wave Field Extrapolation (IWEX), radiography, and magnetic particle inspection (MPI);
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Guided Wave Ultrasonic Testing.</I> Guided Wave Ultrasonic Testing (GWUT) as described in Appendix F;
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Direct assessment.</I> Direct assessment to address threats of external corrosion, internal corrosion, and stress corrosion cracking. The use of use of direct assessment to address threats of external corrosion, internal corrosion, and stress corrosion cracking is allowed only if appropriate for the threat and pipeline segment being assessed. Use of direct assessment for threats other than the threat for which the direct assessment method is suitable is not allowed. An operator must conduct the direct assessment in accordance with the requirements listed in § 192.923 and with the applicable requirements specified in §§ 192.925, 192.927 and 192.929; or
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Other technology.</I> Other technology that an operator demonstrates can provide an equivalent understanding of the condition of the line pipe for each of the threats to which the pipeline is susceptible. An operator must notify PHMSA in advance of using the other technology in accordance with § 192.18.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Data analysis.</I> An operator must analyze and account for the data obtained from an assessment performed under paragraph (c) of this section to determine if a condition could adversely affect the safe operation of the pipeline using personnel qualified by knowledge, training, and experience. In addition, when analyzing inline inspection data, an operator must account for uncertainties in reported results (<I>e.g.,</I> tool tolerance, detection threshold, probability of detection, probability of identification, sizing accuracy, conservative anomaly interaction criteria, location accuracy, anomaly findings, and unity chart plots or equivalent for determining uncertainties and verifying actual tool performance) in identifying and characterizing anomalies.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Discovery of condition.</I> Discovery of a condition occurs when an operator has adequate information about a condition to determine that the condition presents a potential threat to the integrity of the pipeline. An operator must promptly, but no later than 180 days after conducting an integrity assessment, obtain sufficient information about a condition to make that determination, unless the operator demonstrates that 180 days is impracticable.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Remediation.</I> An operator must comply with the requirements in §§ 192.485, 192.711, 192.712, 192.713, and 192.714, where applicable, if a condition that could adversely affect the safe operation of a pipeline is discovered.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Analysis of information.</I> An operator must analyze and account for all available relevant information about a pipeline in complying with the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52250, Oct. 1, 2019, as amended by Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52270, Aug. 24, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.711" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.711   Transmission lines: General requirements for repair procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Temporary repairs.</I> Each operator must take immediate temporary measures to protect the public whenever:
</P>
<P>(1) A leak, imperfection, or damage that impairs its serviceability is found in a segment of steel transmission line operating at or above 40 percent of the SMYS; and
</P>
<P>(2) It is not feasible to make a permanent repair at the time of discovery.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Permanent repairs.</I> An operator must make permanent repairs on its pipeline system according to the following:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Non-integrity management repairs for gathering lines and offshore transmission lines: For gathering lines subject to this section in accordance with § 192.9 and for offshore transmission lines, an operator must make permanent repairs as soon as feasible.
</P>
<P>(ii) Non-integrity management repairs for onshore transmission lines: Except for gathering lines exempted from this section in accordance with § 192.9 and offshore transmission lines, after May 24, 2023, whenever an operator discovers any condition that could adversely affect the safe operation of a pipeline segment not covered by an integrity management program under subpart O of this part, it must correct the condition as prescribed in § 192.714.
</P>
<P>(2) Integrity management repairs: When an operator discovers a condition on a pipeline covered under Subpart O-Gas Transmission Pipeline Integrity Management, the operator must remediate the condition as prescribed by § 192.933(d).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Welded patch.</I> Except as provided in § 192.717(b)(3), no operator may use a welded patch as a means of repair.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-114, 75 FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010, as amended by Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52270, Aug. 24, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.712" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.712   Analysis of predicted failure pressure and critical strain level.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> Whenever required by this part, operators of onshore steel transmission pipelines must analyze anomalies or defects to determine the predicted failure pressure at the location of the anomaly or defect, and the remaining life of the pipeline segment at the location of the anomaly or defect, in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Corrosion metal loss.</I> When analyzing corrosion metal loss under this section, an operator must use a suitable remaining strength calculation method including, ASME/ANSI B31G (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7); R-STRENG (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7); or an alternative equivalent method of remaining strength calculation that will provide an equally conservative result.
</P>
<P>(1) If an operator would choose to use a remaining strength calculation method that could provide a less conservative result than the methods listed in paragraph (b) introductory text, the operator must notify PHMSA in advance in accordance with § 192.18(c).
</P>
<P>(2) The notification provided for by paragraph (b)(1) of this section must include a comparison of its predicted failure pressures to R-STRENG or ASME/ANSI B31G, all burst pressure tests used, and any other technical reviews used to qualify the calculation method(s) for varying corrosion profiles.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dents and other mechanical damage.</I> To evaluate dents and other mechanical damage that could result in a stress riser or other integrity impact, an operator must develop a procedure and perform an engineering critical assessment as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify and evaluate potential threats to the pipe segment in the vicinity of the anomaly or defect, including ground movement, external loading, fatigue, cracking, and corrosion.
</P>
<P>(2) Review high-resolution magnetic flux leakage (HR-MFL) high-resolution deformation, inertial mapping, and crack detection inline inspection data for damage in the dent area and any associated weld region, including available data from previous inline inspections.
</P>
<P>(3) Perform pipeline curvature-based strain analysis using recent HR-Deformation inspection data.
</P>
<P>(4) Compare the dent profile between the most recent and previous in-line inspections to identify significant changes in dent depth and shape.
</P>
<P>(5) Identify and quantify all previous and present significant loads acting on the dent.
</P>
<P>(6) Evaluate the strain level associated with the anomaly or defect and any nearby welds using Finite Element Analysis, or other technology in accordance with this section. Using Finite Element Analysis to quantify the dent strain, and then estimating and evaluating the damage using the Strain Limit Damage (SLD) and Ductile Failure Damage Indicator (DFDI) at the dent, are appropriate evaluation methods.
</P>
<P>(7) The analyses performed in accordance with this section must account for material property uncertainties, model inaccuracies, and inline inspection tool sizing tolerances.
</P>
<P>(8) Dents with a depth greater than 10 percent of the pipe outside diameter or with geometric strain levels that exceed the lessor of 10 percent or exceed the critical strain for the pipe material properties must be remediated in accordance with § 192.713, § 192.714, or § 192.933, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(9) Using operational pressure data, a valid fatigue life prediction model that is appropriate for the pipeline segment, and assuming a reassessment safety factor of 5 or greater for the assessment interval, estimate the fatigue life of the dent by Finite Element Analysis or other analytical technique that is technically appropriate for dent assessment and reassessment intervals in accordance with this section. Multiple dent or other fatigue models must be used for the evaluation as a part of the engineering critical assessment.
</P>
<P>(10) If the dent or mechanical damage is suspected to have cracks, then a crack growth rate assessment is required to ensure adequate life for the dent with crack(s) until remediation or the dent with crack(s) must be evaluated and remediated in accordance with the criteria and timing requirements in § 192.713, § 192.714, or § 192.933, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(11) An operator using an engineering critical assessment procedure, other technologies, or techniques to comply with paragraph (c) of this section must submit advance notification to PHMSA, with the relevant procedures, in accordance with § 192.18.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Cracks and crack-like defects</I>—(1) <I>Crack analysis models.</I> When analyzing cracks and crack-like defects under this section, an operator must determine predicted failure pressure, failure stress pressure, and crack growth using a technically proven fracture mechanics model appropriate to the failure mode (ductile, brittle or both), material properties (pipe and weld properties), and boundary condition used (pressure test, ILI, or other).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Analysis for crack growth and remaining life.</I> If the pipeline segment is susceptible to cyclic fatigue or other loading conditions that could lead to fatigue crack growth, fatigue analysis must be performed using an applicable fatigue crack growth law (for example, Paris Law) or other technically appropriate engineering methodology. For other degradation processes that can cause crack growth, appropriate engineering analysis must be used. The above methodologies must be validated by a subject matter expert to determine conservative predictions of flaw growth and remaining life at the maximum allowable operating pressure. The operator must calculate the remaining life of the pipeline by determining the amount of time required for the crack to grow to a size that would fail at maximum allowable operating pressure.
</P>
<P>(i) When calculating crack size that would fail at MAOP, and the material toughness is not documented in traceable, verifiable, and complete records, the same Charpy v-notch toughness value established in paragraph (e)(2) of this section must be used.
</P>
<P>(ii) Initial and final flaw size must be determined using a fracture mechanics model appropriate to the failure mode (ductile, brittle or both) and boundary condition used (pressure test, ILI, or other).
</P>
<P>(iii) An operator must re-evaluate the remaining life of the pipeline before 50% of the remaining life calculated by this analysis has expired. The operator must determine and document if further pressure tests or use of other assessment methods are required at that time. The operator must continue to re-evaluate the remaining life of the pipeline before 50% of the remaining life calculated in the most recent evaluation has expired.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Cracks that survive pressure testing.</I> For cases in which the operator does not have in-line inspection crack anomaly data and is analyzing potential crack defects that could have survived a pressure test, the operator must calculate the largest potential crack defect sizes using the methods in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. If pipe material toughness is not documented in traceable, verifiable, and complete records, the operator must use one of the following for Charpy v-notch toughness values based upon minimum operational temperature and equivalent to a full-size specimen value:
</P>
<P>(i) Charpy v-notch toughness values from comparable pipe with known properties of the same vintage and from the same steel and pipe manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(ii) A conservative Charpy v-notch toughness value to determine the toughness based upon the material properties verification process specified in § 192.607;
</P>
<P>(iii) A full size equivalent Charpy v-notch upper-shelf toughness level of 120 ft.-lbs.; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Other appropriate values that an operator demonstrates can provide conservative Charpy v-notch toughness values of the crack-related conditions of the pipeline segment. Operators using an assumed Charpy v-notch toughness value must notify PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Data.</I> In performing the analyses of predicted or assumed anomalies or defects in accordance with this section, an operator must use data as follows.
</P>
<P>(1) An operator must explicitly analyze and account for uncertainties in reported assessment results (including tool tolerance, detection threshold, probability of detection, probability of identification, sizing accuracy, conservative anomaly interaction criteria, location accuracy, anomaly findings, and unity chart plots or equivalent for determining uncertainties and verifying tool performance) in identifying and characterizing the type and dimensions of anomalies or defects used in the analyses, unless the defect dimensions have been verified using <I>in situ</I> direct measurements.
</P>
<P>(2) The analyses performed in accordance with this section must utilize pipe and material properties that are documented in traceable, verifiable, and complete records. If documented data required for any analysis is not available, an operator must obtain the undocumented data through § 192.607. Until documented material properties are available, the operator shall use conservative assumptions as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Material toughness.</I> An operator must use one of the following for material toughness:
</P>
<P>(A) Charpy v-notch toughness values from comparable pipe with known properties of the same vintage and from the same steel and pipe manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(B) A conservative Charpy v-notch toughness value to determine the toughness based upon the ongoing material properties verification process specified in § 192.607;
</P>
<P>(C) If the pipeline segment does not have a history of reportable incidents caused by cracking or crack-like defects, maximum Charpy v-notch toughness values of 13.0 ft.-lbs. for body cracks and 4.0 ft.-lbs. for cold weld, lack of fusion, and selective seam weld corrosion defects;
</P>
<P>(D) If the pipeline segment has a history of reportable incidents caused by cracking or crack-like defects, maximum Charpy v-notch toughness values of 5.0 ft.-lbs. for body cracks and 1.0 ft.-lbs. for cold weld, lack of fusion, and selective seam weld corrosion; or
</P>
<P>(E) Other appropriate values that an operator demonstrates can provide conservative Charpy v-notch toughness values of crack-related conditions of the pipeline segment. Operators using an assumed Charpy v-notch toughness value must notify PHMSA in advance in accordance with § 192.18 and include in the notification the bases for demonstrating that the Charpy v-notch toughness values proposed are appropriate and conservative for use in analysis of crack-related conditions.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Material strength.</I> An operator must assume one of the following for material strength:
</P>
<P>(A) Grade A pipe (30,000 psi), or
</P>
<P>(B) The specified minimum yield strength that is the basis for the current maximum allowable operating pressure.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Pipe dimensions and other data.</I> Until pipe wall thickness, diameter, or other data are determined and documented in accordance with § 192.607, the operator must use values upon which the current MAOP is based.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Review.</I> Analyses conducted in accordance with this section must be reviewed and confirmed by a subject matter expert.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Records.</I> An operator must keep for the life of the pipeline records of the investigations, analyses, and other actions taken in accordance with the requirements of this section. Records must document justifications, deviations, and determinations made for the following, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) The technical approach used for the analysis;
</P>
<P>(2) All data used and analyzed;
</P>
<P>(3) Pipe and weld properties;
</P>
<P>(4) Procedures used;
</P>
<P>(5) Evaluation methodology used;
</P>
<P>(6) Models used;
</P>
<P>(7) Direct in situ examination data;
</P>
<P>(8) In-line inspection tool run information evaluated, including any multiple in-line inspection tool runs;
</P>
<P>(9) Pressure test data and results;
</P>
<P>(10) In-the-ditch assessments;
</P>
<P>(11) All measurement tool, assessment, and evaluation accuracy specifications and tolerances used in technical and operational results;
</P>
<P>(12) All finite element analysis results;
</P>
<P>(13) The number of pressure cycles to failure, the equivalent number of annual pressure cycles, and the pressure cycle counting method;
</P>
<P>(14) The predicted fatigue life and predicted failure pressure from the required fatigue life models and fracture mechanics evaluation methods;
</P>
<P>(15) Safety factors used for fatigue life and/or predicted failure pressure calculations;
</P>
<P>(16) Reassessment time interval and safety factors;
</P>
<P>(17) The date of the review;
</P>
<P>(18) Confirmation of the results by qualified technical subject matter experts; and
</P>
<P>(19) Approval by responsible operator management personnel.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Reassessments.</I> If an operator uses an engineering critical assessment method in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section to determine the maximum reevaluation intervals, the operator must reassess the anomalies as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If the anomaly is in an HCA, the operator must reassess the anomaly within a maximum of 7 years in accordance with § 192.939(a), unless the safety factor is expected to go below what is specified in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If the anomaly is outside of an HCA, the operator must perform a reassessment of the anomaly within a maximum of 10 years in accordance with § 192.710(b), unless the anomaly safety factor is expected to go below what is specified in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52251, Oct. 1, 2019, as amended by Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52270, Aug. 24, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.713" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.713   Transmission lines: Permanent field repair of imperfections and damages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each imperfection or damage that impairs the serviceability of pipe in a steel transmission line operating at or above 40 percent of SMYS must be—
</P>
<P>(1) Removed by cutting out and replacing a cylindrical piece of pipe; or
</P>
<P>(2) Repaired by a method that reliable engineering tests and analyses show can permanently restore the serviceability of the pipe.
</P>
<P>(b) Operating pressure must be at a safe level during repair operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69665, Dec. 14, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.714" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.714   Transmission lines: Repair criteria for onshore transmission pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to onshore transmission pipelines not subject to the repair criteria in subpart O of this part, and which do not operate under an alternative MAOP in accordance with §§ 192.112, 192.328, and 192.620. Pipeline segments that are located in high consequence areas, as defined in § 192.903, must comply with the applicable actions specified by the integrity management requirements in subpart O. Pipeline segments operating under an alternative MAOP in accordance with §§ 192.112, 192.328, and 192.620 must comply with § 192.620(d)(11).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General.</I> Each operator must, in repairing its pipeline systems, ensure that the repairs are made in a safe manner and are made to prevent damage to persons, property, and the environment. A pipeline segment's operating pressure must be less than the predicted failure pressure determined in accordance with § 192.712 during repair operations. Repairs performed in accordance with this section must use pipe and material properties that are documented in traceable, verifiable, and complete records. If documented data required for any analysis, including predicted failure pressure for determining MAOP, is not available, an operator must obtain the undocumented data through § 192.607. Until documented material properties are available, the operator must use the conservative assumptions in either § 192.712(e)(2) or, if appropriate following a pressure test, in § 192.712(d)(3).




</P>
<P>(c) <I>Schedule for evaluation and remediation.</I> An operator must remediate conditions according to a schedule that prioritizes the conditions for evaluation and remediation. Unless paragraph (d) of this section provides a special requirement for remediating certain conditions, an operator must calculate the predicted failure pressure of anomalies or defects and follow the schedule in ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7), section 7, Figure 7.2.1-1. If an operator cannot meet the schedule for any condition, the operator must document the reasons why it cannot meet the schedule and how the changed schedule will not jeopardize public safety. Each condition that meets any of the repair criteria in paragraph (d) of this section in an onshore steel transmission pipeline must be—






</P>
<P>(1) Removed by cutting out and replacing a cylindrical piece of pipe that will permanently restore the pipeline's MAOP based on the use of § 192.105 and the design factors for the class location in which it is located; or
</P>
<P>(2) Repaired by a method, shown by technically proven engineering tests and analyses, that will permanently restore the pipeline's MAOP based upon the determined predicted failure pressure times the design factor for the class location in which it is located.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Remediation of certain conditions.</I> For onshore transmission pipelines not located in high consequence areas, an operator must remediate a listed condition according to the following criteria:


</P>
<P>(1) <I>Immediate repair conditions.</I> An operator's evaluation and remediation schedule for immediate repair conditions must follow section 7 of ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). An operator must repair the following conditions immediately upon discovery:






</P>
<P>(i) Metal loss anomalies where a calculation of the remaining strength of the pipe at the location of the anomaly shows a predicted failure pressure, determined in accordance with § 192.712(b), of less than or equal to 1.1 times the MAOP.
</P>
<P>(ii) A dent located between the 8 o'clock and 4 o'clock positions (upper 
<FR>2/3</FR> of the pipe) that has metal loss, cracking, or a stress riser, unless an engineering analysis performed in accordance with § 192.712(c) demonstrates critical strain levels are not exceeded.
</P>
<P>(iii) Metal loss greater than 80 percent of nominal wall regardless of dimensions.
</P>
<P>(iv) Metal loss preferentially affecting a detected longitudinal seam, if that seam was formed by direct current, low-frequency electric resistance welding, electric flash welding, or has a longitudinal joint factor less than 1.0, and the predicted failure pressure determined in accordance with § 192.712(d) is less than 1.25 times the MAOP.


</P>
<P>(v) A crack or crack-like anomaly meeting any of the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(A) Crack depth plus any metal loss is greater than 50 percent of pipe wall thickness; or
</P>
<P>(B) Crack depth plus any metal loss is greater than the inspection tool's maximum measurable depth.


</P>
<P>(vi) An indication or anomaly that, in the judgment of the person designated by the operator to evaluate the assessment results, requires immediate action.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Two-year conditions.</I> An operator must repair the following conditions within 2 years of discovery:
</P>
<P>(i) A smooth dent located between the 8 o'clock and 4 o'clock positions (upper 
<FR>2/3</FR> of the pipe) with a depth greater than 6 percent of the pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50 inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) 12), unless an engineering analysis performed in accordance with § 192.712(c) demonstrates critical strain levels are not exceeded.
</P>
<P>(ii) A dent with a depth greater than 2 percent of the pipeline diameter (0.250 inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12) that affects pipe curvature at a girth weld or at a longitudinal or helical (spiral) seam weld, unless an engineering analysis performed in accordance with § 192.712(c) demonstrates critical strain levels are not exceeded.
</P>
<P>(iii) A dent located between the 4 o'clock and 8 o'clock positions (lower 
<FR>1/3</FR> of the pipe) that has metal loss, cracking, or a stress riser, unless an engineering analysis performed in accordance with § 192.712(c) demonstrates critical strain levels are not exceeded.




</P>
<P>(iv) For metal loss anomalies, a calculation of the remaining strength of the pipe shows a predicted failure pressure, determined in accordance with § 192.712(b) at the location of the anomaly, of less than 1.39 times the MAOP for Class 2 locations, or less than 1.50 times the MAOP for Class 3 and 4 locations. For metal loss anomalies in Class 1 locations with a predicted failure pressure greater than 1.1 times MAOP, an operator must follow the remediation schedule specified in ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7), section 7, Figure 7.2.1-1, as specified in paragraph (c) of this section.






</P>
<P>(v) Metal loss that is located at a crossing of another pipeline, is in an area with widespread circumferential corrosion, or could affect a girth weld, and that has a predicted failure pressure, determined in accordance with § 192.712(b), less than 1.39 times the MAOP for Class 1 locations or where Class 2 locations contain Class 1 pipe that has been uprated in accordance with § 192.611, or less than 1.50 times the MAOP for all other Class 2 locations and all Class 3 and 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(vi) Metal loss preferentially affecting a detected longitudinal seam, if that seam was formed by direct current, low-frequency or high-frequency electric resistance welding, electric flash welding, or that has a longitudinal joint factor less than 1.0, and where the predicted failure pressure determined in accordance with § 192.712(d) is less than 1.39 times the MAOP for Class 1 locations or where Class 2 locations contain Class 1 pipe that has been uprated in accordance with § 192.611, or less than 1.50 times the MAOP for all other Class 2 locations and all Class 3 and 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(vii) A crack or crack-like anomaly that has a predicted failure pressure, determined in accordance with § 192.712(d), that is less than 1.39 times the MAOP for Class 1 locations or where Class 2 locations contain Class 1 pipe that has been uprated in accordance with § 192.611, or less than 1.50 times the MAOP for all other Class 2 locations and all Class 3 and 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Monitored conditions.</I> An operator must record and monitor the following conditions during subsequent risk assessments and integrity assessments for any change that may require remediation.
</P>
<P>(i) A dent that is located between the 4 o'clock and 8 o'clock positions (bottom 
<FR>1/3</FR> of the pipe) with a depth greater than 6 percent of the pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50 inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12), and where an engineering analysis, performed in accordance with § 192.712(c), demonstrates critical strain levels are not exceeded.


</P>
<P>(ii) A dent located between the 8 o'clock and 4 o'clock positions (upper 
<FR>2/3</FR> of the pipe) with a depth greater than 6 percent of the pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50 inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12), and where an engineering analysis performed in accordance with § 192.712(c) determines that critical strain levels are not exceeded.
</P>
<P>(iii) A dent with a depth greater than 2 percent of the pipeline diameter (0.250 inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12) that affects pipe curvature at a girth weld or longitudinal or helical (spiral) seam weld, and where an engineering analysis of the dent and girth or seam weld, performed in accordance with § 192.712(c), demonstrates critical strain levels are not exceeded. These analyses must consider weld mechanical properties.
</P>
<P>(iv) A dent that has metal loss, cracking, or a stress riser, and where an engineering analysis performed in accordance with § 192.712(c) demonstrates critical strain levels are not exceeded.
</P>
<P>(v) Metal loss preferentially affecting a detected longitudinal seam, if that seam was formed by direct current, low-frequency or high-frequency electric resistance welding, electric flash welding, or that has a longitudinal joint factor less than 1.0, and where the predicted failure pressure, determined in accordance with § 192.712(d), is greater than or equal to 1.39 times the MAOP for Class 1 locations or where Class 2 locations contain Class 1 pipe that has been uprated in accordance with § 192.611, or is greater than or equal to 1.50 times the MAOP for all other Class 2 locations and all Class 3 and 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(vi) A crack or crack-like anomaly for which the predicted failure pressure, determined in accordance with § 192.712(d), is greater than or equal to 1.39 times the MAOP for Class 1 locations or where Class 2 locations contain Class 1 pipe that has been uprated in accordance with § 192.611, or is greater than or equal to 1.50 times the MAOP for all other Class 2 locations and all Class 3 and 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Temporary pressure reduction.</I> (1) Immediately upon discovery and until an operator remediates the condition specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, or upon a determination by an operator that it is unable to respond within the time limits for the conditions specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the operator must reduce the operating pressure of the affected pipeline to any one of the following based on safety considerations for the public and operating personnel:
</P>
<P>(i) A level not exceeding 80 percent of the operating pressure at the time the condition was discovered;
</P>
<P>(ii) A level not exceeding the predicted failure pressure times the design factor for the class location in which the affected pipeline is located; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A level not exceeding the predicted failure pressure divided by 1.1.
</P>
<P>(2) An operator must notify PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18 if it cannot meet the schedule for evaluation and remediation required under paragraph (c) or (d) of this section and cannot provide safety through a temporary reduction in operating pressure or other action. Notification to PHMSA does not alleviate an operator from the evaluation, remediation, or pressure reduction requirements in this section.
</P>
<P>(3) When a pressure reduction, in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, exceeds 365 days, an operator must notify PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18 and explain the reasons for the remediation delay. This notice must include a technical justification that the continued pressure reduction will not jeopardize the integrity of the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(4) An operator must document and keep records of the calculations and decisions used to determine the reduced operating pressure and the implementation of the actual reduced operating pressure for a period of 5 years after the pipeline has been repaired.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Other conditions.</I> Unless another timeframe is specified in paragraph (d) of this section, an operator must take appropriate remedial action to correct any condition that could adversely affect the safe operation of a pipeline system in accordance with the criteria, schedules, and methods defined in the operator's operating and maintenance procedures.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>In situ direct examination of crack defects.</I> Whenever an operator finds conditions that require the pipeline to be repaired, in accordance with this section, an operator must perform a direct examination of known locations of cracks or crack-like defects using technology that has been validated to detect tight cracks (equal to or less than 0.008 inches crack opening), such as inverse wave field extrapolation (IWEX), phased array ultrasonic testing (PAUT), ultrasonic testing (UT), or equivalent technology. “In situ” examination tools and procedures for crack assessments (length, depth, and volumetric) must have performance and evaluation standards, including pipe or weld surface cleanliness standards for the inspection, confirmed by subject matter experts qualified by knowledge, training, and experience in direct examination inspection for accuracy of the type of defects and pipe material being evaluated. The procedures must account for inaccuracies in evaluations and fracture mechanics models for failure pressure determinations.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Determining predicted failure pressures and critical strain levels.</I> An operator must perform all determinations of predicted failure pressures and critical strain levels required by this section in accordance with § 192.712.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52711, Aug. 24, 2022, as amended by Amdt. 192-133, 88 FR 24712, Apr. 24, 2023; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33281, Apr. 29, 2024; Amdt. No. 192-138, 90 FR 3716, Jan. 15, 2025; Amdt. No. 192-137, 90 FR 28097, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.715" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.715   Transmission lines: Permanent field repair of welds.</HEAD>
<P>Each weld that is unacceptable under § 192.241(c) must be repaired as follows: 
</P>
<P>(a) If it is feasible to take the segment of transmission line out of service, the weld must be repaired in accordance with the applicable requirements of § 192.245. 
</P>
<P>(b) A weld may be repaired in accordance with § 192.245 while the segment of transmission line is in service if:
</P>
<P>(1) The weld is not leaking; 
</P>
<P>(2) The pressure in the segment is reduced so that it does not produce a stress that is more than 20 percent of the SMYS of the pipe; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Grinding of the defective area can be limited so that at least 
<FR>1/8</FR>-inch (3.2 millimeters) thickness in the pipe weld remains. 
</P>
<P>(c) A defective weld which cannot be repaired in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b) of this section must be repaired by installing a full encirclement welded split sleeve of appropriate design. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.717" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.717   Transmission lines: Permanent field repair of leaks.</HEAD>
<P>Each permanent field repair of a leak on a transmission line must be made by—
</P>
<P>(a) Removing the leak by cutting out and replacing a cylindrical piece of pipe; or
</P>
<P>(b) Repairing the leak by one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(1) Install a full encirclement welded split sleeve of appropriate design, unless the transmission line is joined by mechanical couplings and operates at less than 40 percent of SMYS.
</P>
<P>(2) If the leak is due to a corrosion pit, install a properly designed bolt-on-leak clamp.
</P>
<P>(3) If the leak is due to a corrosion pit and on pipe of not more than 40,000 psi (267 Mpa) SMYS, fillet weld over the pitted area a steel plate patch with rounded corners, of the same or greater thickness than the pipe, and not more than one-half of the diameter of the pipe in size.
</P>
<P>(4) If the leak is on a submerged offshore pipeline or submerged pipeline in inland navigable waters, mechanically apply a full encirclement split sleeve of appropriate design.
</P>
<P>(5) Apply a method that reliable engineering tests and analyses show can permanently restore the serviceability of the pipe.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69665, Dec. 14, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.719" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.719   Transmission lines: Testing of repairs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Testing of replacement pipe.</I> If a segment of transmission line is repaired by cutting out the damaged portion of the pipe as a cylinder, the replacement pipe must be tested to the pressure required for a new line installed in the same location. This test may be made on the pipe before it is installed. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Testing of repairs made by welding.</I> Each repair made by welding in accordance with §§ 192.713, 192.715, and 192.717 must be examined in accordance with § 192.241. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-54, 51 FR 41635, Nov. 18, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.720" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.720   Distribution systems: Leak repair.</HEAD>
<P>Mechanical leak repair clamps installed after January 22, 2019 may not be used as a permanent repair method for plastic pipe.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58719, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.721" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.721   Distribution systems: Patrolling.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The frequency of patrolling mains must be determined by the severity of the conditions which could cause failure or leakage, and the consequent hazards to public safety. 
</P>
<P>(b) Mains in places or on structures where anticipated physical movement or external loading could cause failure or leakage must be patrolled—
</P>
<P>(1) In business districts, at intervals not exceeding 4
<FR>1/2</FR> months, but at least four times each calendar year; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Outside business districts, at intervals not exceeding 7
<FR>1/2</FR> months, but at least twice each calendar year. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28786, June 6, 1996] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.723" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.723   Distribution systems: Leakage surveys.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator of a distribution system shall conduct periodic leakage surveys in accordance with this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) The type and scope of the leakage control program must be determined by the nature of the operations and the local conditions, but it must meet the following minimum requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) A leakage survey with leak detector equipment must be conducted in business districts, including tests of the atmosphere in gas, electric, telephone, sewer, and water system manholes, at cracks in pavement and sidewalks, and at other locations providing an opportunity for finding gas leaks, at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year.
</P>
<P>(2) A leakage survey with leak detector equipment must be conducted outside business districts as frequently as necessary, but at least once every 5 calendar years at intervals not exceeding 63 months. However, for cathodically unprotected distribution lines subject to § 192.465(e) on which electrical surveys for corrosion are impractical, a leakage survey must be conducted at least once every 3 calendar years at intervals not exceeding 39 months.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 192-70, 58 FR 54528, 54529, Oct. 22, 1993; Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6585, Feb. 11, 1994; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32895, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 54592, Sept. 9, 2004] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.725" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.725   Test requirements for reinstating service lines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each disconnected service line must be tested in the same manner as a new service line, before being reinstated. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each service line temporarily disconnected from the main must be tested from the point of disconnection to the service line valve in the same manner as a new service line, before reconnecting. However, if provisions are made to maintain continuous service, such as by installation of a bypass, any part of the original service line used to maintain continuous service need not be tested. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.727" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.727   Abandonment or deactivation of facilities.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="19">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 21978, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) Each operator shall conduct abandonment or deactivation of pipelines in accordance with the requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each pipeline abandoned in place must be disconnected from all sources and supplies of gas; purged of gas; in the case of offshore pipelines, filled with water or inert materials; and sealed at the ends. However, the pipeline need not be purged when the volume of gas is so small that there is no potential hazard. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except for service lines, each inactive pipeline that is not being maintained under this part must be disconnected from all sources and supplies of gas; purged of gas; in the case of offshore pipelines, filled with water or inert materials; and sealed at the ends. However, the pipeline need not be purged when the volume of gas is so small that there is no potential hazard. 
</P>
<P>(d) Whenever service to a customer is discontinued, one of the following must be complied with: 
</P>
<P>(1) The valve that is closed to prevent the flow of gas to the customer must be provided with a locking device or other means designed to prevent the opening of the valve by persons other than those authorized by the operator. 
</P>
<P>(2) A mechanical device or fitting that will prevent the flow of gas must be installed in the service line or in the meter assembly. 
</P>
<P>(3) The customer's piping must be physically disconnected from the gas supply and the open pipe ends sealed. 
</P>
<P>(e) If air is used for purging, the operator shall insure that a combustible mixture is not present after purging. 
</P>
<P>(f) Each abandoned vault must be filled with a suitable compacted material. 
</P>
<P>(g) For each abandoned offshore pipeline facility or each abandoned onshore pipeline facility that crosses over, under or through a commercially navigable waterway, the last operator of that facility must file a report upon abandonment of that facility. 
</P>
<P>(1) The preferred method to submit data on pipeline facilities abandoned after October 10, 2000, is to the National Pipeline Mapping System (NPMS) in accordance with the NPMS “Standards for Pipeline and Liquefied Natural Gas Operator Submissions.” To obtain a copy of the NPMS Standards, please refer to the NPMS homepage at <I>www.npms.phmsa.dot.gov.</I> A digital data format is preferred, but hard copy submissions are acceptable if they comply with the NPMS Standards. In addition to the NPMS-required attributes, operators must submit the date of abandonment, diameter, method of abandonment, and certification that, to the best of the operator's knowledge, all of the reasonably available information requested was provided and, to the best of the operator's knowledge, the abandonment was completed in accordance with applicable laws. Refer to the NPMS Standards for details in preparing your data for submission. The NPMS Standards also include details of how to submit data. Alternatively, operators may submit reports by mail, fax or email to the Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Information Resources Manager, PHP-10, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001; fax (202) 366-4566; email <I>InformationResourcesManager@dot.gov.</I> The information in the report must contain all reasonably available information related to the facility, including information in the possession of a third party. The report must contain the location, size, date, method of abandonment, and a certification that the facility has been abandoned in accordance with all applicable laws.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-8, 37 FR 20695, Oct. 3, 1972, as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34607, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6585, Feb. 11, 1994; Amdt. 192-89, 65 FR 54443, Sept. 8, 2000; 65 FR 57861, Sept. 26, 2000; 70 FR 11139, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt. 192-103, 72 FR 4656, Feb. 1, 2007; 73 FR 16570, Mar. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2894, Jan. 16, 2009; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33282, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.731" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.731   Compressor stations: Inspection and testing of relief devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for rupture discs, each pressure relieving device in a compressor station must be inspected and tested in accordance with §§ 192.739 and 192.743, and must be operated periodically to determine that it opens at the correct set pressure. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any defective or inadequate equipment found must be promptly repaired or replaced. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each remote control shutdown device must be inspected and tested at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year, to determine that it functions properly.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.735" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.735   Compressor stations: Storage of combustible materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Flammable or combustible materials in quantities beyond those required for everyday use, or other than those normally used in compressor buildings, must be stored a safe distance from the compressor building. 
</P>
<P>(b) Aboveground oil or gasoline storage tanks must be protected in accordance with NFPA-30 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) . 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 181, Jan. 5, 2015; 80 FR 46847, Aug. 6, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.736" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.736   Compressor stations: Gas detection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Not later than September 16, 1996, each compressor building in a compressor station must have a fixed gas detection and alarm system, unless the building is— 
</P>
<P>(1) Constructed so that at least 50 percent of its upright side area is permanently open; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Located in an unattended field compressor station of 1,000 horsepower (746 kW) or less. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except when shutdown of the system is necessary for maintenance under paragraph (c) of this section, each gas detection and alarm system required by this section must— 
</P>
<P>(1) Continuously monitor the compressor building for a concentration of gas in air of not more than 25 percent of the lower explosive limit; and 
</P>
<P>(2) If that concentration of gas is detected, warn persons about to enter the building and persons inside the building of the danger. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each gas detection and alarm system required by this section must be maintained to function properly. The maintenance must include performance tests.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 48464, Sept. 16, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.739" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.739   Pressure limiting and regulating stations: Inspection and testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each pressure limiting station, relief device (except rupture discs), and pressure regulating station and its equipment must be subjected at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year, to inspections and tests to determine that it is—
</P>
<P>(1) In good mechanical condition; 
</P>
<P>(2) Adequate from the standpoint of capacity and reliability of operation for the service in which it is employed; 
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, set to control or relieve at the correct pressure consistent with the pressure limits of § 192.201(a); and 
</P>
<P>(4) Properly installed and protected from dirt, liquids, or other conditions that might prevent proper operation. 
</P>
<P>(b) For steel pipelines whose MAOP is determined under § 192.619(c), if the MAOP is 60 psi (414 kPa) gage or more, the control or relief pressure limit is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If the MAOP produces a hoop stress that is:
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Then the pressure limit is:
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 72 percent of SMYS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MAOP plus 4 percent.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unknown as a percentage of SMYS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A pressure that will prevent unsafe operation of the pipeline considering its operating and maintenance history and MAOP.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192-96, 69 FR 27863, May 17, 2004] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.740" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.740   Pressure regulating, limiting, and overpressure protection—Individual service lines directly connected to regulated gathering or transmission pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, to any service line directly connected to a transmission pipeline or regulated gathering pipeline as determined in § 192.8 that is not operated as part of a distribution system.
</P>
<P>(b) Each pressure regulating or limiting device, relief device (except rupture discs), automatic shutoff device, and associated equipment must be inspected and tested at least once every 3 calendar years, not exceeding 39 months, to determine that it is:
</P>
<P>(1) In good mechanical condition;
</P>
<P>(2) Adequate from the standpoint of capacity and reliability of operation for the service in which it is employed;
</P>
<P>(3) Set to control or relieve at the correct pressure consistent with the pressure limits of § 192.197; and to limit the pressure on the inlet of the service regulator to 60 psi (414 kPa) gauge or less in case the upstream regulator fails to function properly; and
</P>
<P>(4) Properly installed and protected from dirt, liquids, or other conditions that might prevent proper operation.
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not apply to equipment installed on:
</P>
<P>(1) A service line that only serves engines that power irrigation pumps;
</P>
<P>(2) A service line included in a distribution integrity management plan meeting the requirements of subpart P of this part; or
</P>
<P>(3) A service line directly connected to either a production or gathering pipeline other than a regulated gathering line as determined in § 192.8 of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-123, 82 FR 7998, Jan. 23, 2017, as amended at 86 FR 2241, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.741" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.741   Pressure limiting and regulating stations: Telemetering or recording gauges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each distribution system supplied by more than one district pressure regulating station must be equipped with telemetering or recording pressure gauges to indicate the gas pressure in the district. 
</P>
<P>(b) On distribution systems supplied by a single district pressure regulating station, the operator shall determine the necessity of installing telemetering or recording gauges in the district, taking into consideration the number of customers supplied, the operating pressures, the capacity of the installation, and other operating conditions. 
</P>
<P>(c) If there are indications of abnormally high or low pressure, the regulator and the auxiliary equipment must be inspected and the necessary measures employed to correct any unsatisfactory operating conditions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.743" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.743   Pressure limiting and regulating stations: Capacity of relief devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pressure relief devices at pressure limiting stations and pressure regulating stations must have sufficient capacity to protect the facilities to which they are connected. Except as provided in § 192.739(b), the capacity must be consistent with the pressure limits of § 192.201(a). This capacity must be determined at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year, by testing the devices in place or by review and calculations.
</P>
<P>(b) If review and calculations are used to determine if a device has sufficient capacity, the calculated capacity must be compared with the rated or experimentally determined relieving capacity of the device for the conditions under which it operates. After the initial calculations, subsequent calculations need not be made if the annual review documents that parameters have not changed to cause the rated or experimentally determined relieving capacity to be insufficient. 
</P>
<P>(c) If a relief device is of insufficient capacity, a new or additional device must be installed to provide the capacity required by paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-96, 69 FR 27863, May 17, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.745" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.745   Valve maintenance: Transmission lines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each transmission line valve that might be required during any emergency must be inspected and partially operated at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator must take prompt remedial action to correct any valve found inoperable, unless the operator designates an alternative valve. 
</P>
<P>(c) For each remote-control valve (RCV) installed in accordance with § 192.179 or § 192.634, an operator must conduct a point-to-point verification between SCADA system displays and the installed valves, sensors, and communications equipment, in accordance with § 192.631(c) and (e).
</P>
<P>(d) For each alternative equivalent technology installed on an onshore pipeline under § 192.179(e) or (f) or § 192.634 that is manually or locally operated (<I>i.e.,</I> not a rupture-mitigation valve (RMV), as that term is defined in § 192.3):
</P>
<P>(1) Operators must achieve a valve closure time of 30 minutes or less, pursuant to § 192.636(b), through an initial drill and through periodic validation as required in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. An operator must review and document the results of each phase of the drill response to validate the total response time, including confirming the rupture, and valve shut-off time as being less than or equal to 30 minutes after rupture identification.
</P>
<P>(2) Within each pipeline system and within each operating or maintenance field work unit, operators must randomly select a valve serving as an alternative equivalent technology in lieu of an RMV for an annual 30-minute-total response time validation drill that simulates worst-case conditions for that location to ensure compliance with § 192.636. Operators are not required to close the valve fully during the drill; a minimum 25 percent valve closure is sufficient to demonstrate compliance with drill requirements unless the operator has operational information that requires an additional closure percentage for maintaining reliability. The response drill must occur at least once each calendar year, with intervals not to exceed 15 months. Operators must include in their written procedures the method they use to randomly select which alternative equivalent technology is tested in accordance with this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(3) If the 30-minute-maximum response time cannot be achieved during the drill, the operator must revise response efforts to achieve compliance with § 192.636 as soon as practicable but no later than 12 months after the drill. Alternative valve shut-off measures must be in place in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section within 7 days of a failed drill.
</P>
<P>(4) Based on the results of response-time drills, the operator must include lessons learned in:
</P>
<P>(i) Training and qualifications programs;
</P>
<P>(ii) Design, construction, testing, maintenance, operating, and emergency procedures manuals; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other areas identified by the operator as needing improvement.
</P>
<P>(5) The requirements of this paragraph (d) do not apply to manual valves who, pursuant to § 192.636(g), have been exempted from the requirements of § 192.636(b).
</P>
<P>(e) Each operator must develop and implement remedial measures to correct any valve installed on an onshore pipeline under § 192.179(e) or (f) or § 192.634 that is indicated to be inoperable or unable to maintain effective shut-off as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Repair or replace the valve as soon as practicable but no later than 12 months after finding that the valve is inoperable or unable to maintain effective shut-off. An operator must request an extension from PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18 if repair or replacement of a valve within 12 months would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible; and
</P>
<P>(2) Designate an alternative valve acting as an RMV within 7 calendar days of the finding while repairs are being made and document an interim response plan to maintain safety. Such valves are not required to comply with the valve spacing requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(f) An operator using an ASV as an RMV, in accordance with §§ 192.3, 192.179, 192.634, and 192.636, must document and confirm the ASV shut-in pressures, in accordance with § 192.636(f), on a calendar year basis not to exceed 15 months. ASV shut-in set pressures must be proven and reset individually at each ASV, as required, on a calendar year basis not to exceed 15 months.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982, as amended by Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192-87 FR 20986, Apr. 8, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.747" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.747   Valve maintenance: Distribution systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each valve, the use of which may be necessary for the safe operation of a distribution system, must be checked and serviced at 









intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator must take prompt remedial action to correct any valve found inoperable, unless the operator designates an alternative valve. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982, as amended by Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.749" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.749   Vault maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each vault housing pressure regulating and pressure limiting equipment, and having a volumetric internal content of 200 cubic feet (5.66 cubic meters) or more, must be inspected at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year, to determine that it is in good physical condition and adequately ventilated.
</P>
<P>(b) If gas is found in the vault, the equipment in the vault must be inspected for leaks, and any leaks found must be repaired. 
</P>
<P>(c) The ventilating equipment must also be inspected to determine that it is functioning properly. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each vault cover must be inspected to assure that it does not present a hazard to public safety. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46851, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.750" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.750   Launcher and receiver safety.</HEAD>
<P>Any launcher or receiver used after July 1, 2021, must be equipped with a device capable of safely relieving pressure in the barrel before removal or opening of the launcher or receiver barrel closure or flange and insertion or removal of in-line inspection tools, scrapers, or spheres. An operator must use a device to either: Indicate that pressure has been relieved in the barrel; or alternatively prevent opening of the barrel closure or flange when pressurized, or insertion or removal of in-line devices (<I>e.g.</I> inspection tools, scrapers, or spheres), if pressure has not been relieved.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52252, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.751" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.751   Prevention of accidental ignition.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall take steps to minimize the danger of accidental ignition of gas in any structure or area where the presence of gas constitutes a hazard of fire or explosion, including the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) When a hazardous amount of gas is being vented into open air, each potential source of ignition must be removed from the area and a fire extinguisher must be provided. 
</P>
<P>(b) Gas or electric welding or cutting may not be performed on pipe or on pipe components that contain a combustible mixture of gas and air in the area of work. 
</P>
<P>(c) Post warning signs, where appropriate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.753" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.753   Caulked bell and spigot joints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each cast iron caulked bell and spigot joint that is subject to pressures of more than 25 psi (172kPa) gage must be sealed with: 
</P>
<P>(1) A mechanical leak clamp; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A material or device which:
</P>
<P>(i) Does not reduce the flexibility of the joint; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Permanently bonds, either chemically or mechanically, or both, with the bell and spigot metal surfaces or adjacent pipe metal surfaces; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Seals and bonds in a manner that meets the strength, environmental, and chemical compatibility requirements of §§ 192.53 (a) and (b) and 192.143. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each cast iron caulked bell and spigot joint that is subject to pressures of 25 psi (172kPa) gage or less and is exposed for any reason must be sealed by a means other than caulking. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-25, 41 FR 23680, June 11, 1976; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53901, Sept. 15, 2003] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.755" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.755   Protecting cast-iron pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>When an operator has knowledge that the support for a segment of a buried cast-iron pipeline is disturbed: 
</P>
<P>(a) That segment of the pipeline must be protected, as necessary, against damage during the disturbance by: 
</P>
<P>(1) Vibrations from heavy construction equipment, trains, trucks, buses, or blasting; 
</P>
<P>(2) Impact forces by vehicles; 
</P>
<P>(3) Earth movement; 
</P>
<P>(4) Apparent future excavations near the pipeline; or 
</P>
<P>(5) Other foreseeable outside forces which may subject that segment of the pipeline to bending stress. 
</P>
<P>(b) As soon as feasible, appropriate steps must be taken to provide permanent protection for the disturbed segment from damage that might result from external loads, including compliance with applicable requirements of §§ 192.317(a), 192.319, and 192.361(b)-(d). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-23, 41 FR 13589, Mar. 31, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.756" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.13.8.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.756   Joining plastic pipe by heat fusion; equipment maintenance and calibration.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator must maintain equipment used in joining plastic pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended practices or with written procedures that have been proven by test and experience to produce acceptable joints.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-124, 83 FR 58719, Nov. 20, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—Qualification of Pipeline Personnel</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46865, Aug. 27, 1999, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 192.801" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.14.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.801   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes the minimum requirements for operator qualification of individuals performing covered tasks on a pipeline facility.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purpose of this subpart, a covered task is an activity, identified by the operator, that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is performed on a pipeline facility;
</P>
<P>(2) Is an operations or maintenance task;
</P>
<P>(3) Is performed as a requirement of this part; and
</P>
<P>(4) Affects the operation or integrity of the pipeline.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.803" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.14.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.803   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Abnormal operating condition</I> means a condition identified by the operator that may indicate a malfunction of a component or deviation from normal operations that may:
</P>
<P>(a) Indicate a condition exceeding design limits; or
</P>
<P>(b) Result in a hazard(s) to persons, property, or the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Evaluation</I> means a process, established and documented by the operator, to determine an individual's ability to perform a covered task by any of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Written examination;
</P>
<P>(b) Oral examination;
</P>
<P>(c) Work performance history review;
</P>
<P>(d) Observation during:
</P>
<P>(1) Performance on the job, 
</P>
<P>(2) On the job training, or
</P>
<P>(3) Simulations;
</P>
<P>(e) Other forms of assessment.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified</I> means that an individual has been evaluated and can:
</P>
<P>(a) Perform assigned covered tasks; and
</P>
<P>(b) Recognize and react to abnormal operating conditions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46865, Aug. 27, 1999, as amended by Amdt. 192-90, 66 FR 43523, Aug. 20, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.805" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.14.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.805   Qualification program.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall have and follow a written qualification program. The program shall include provisions to:
</P>
<P>(a) Identify covered tasks;
</P>
<P>(b) Ensure through evaluation that individuals performing covered tasks are qualified;
</P>
<P>(c) Allow individuals that are not qualified pursuant to this subpart to perform a covered task if directed and observed by an individual that is qualified;
</P>
<P>(d) Evaluate an individual if the operator has reason to believe that the individual's performance of a covered task contributed to an incident as defined in Part 191;
</P>
<P>(e) Evaluate an individual if the operator has reason to believe that the individual is no longer qualified to perform a covered task;
</P>
<P>(f) Communicate changes that affect covered tasks to individuals performing those covered tasks; 
</P>
<P>(g) Identify those covered tasks and the intervals at which evaluation of the individual's qualifications is needed;
</P>
<P>(h) After December 16, 2004, provide training, as appropriate, to ensure that individuals performing covered tasks have the necessary knowledge and skills to perform the tasks in a manner that ensures the safe operation of pipeline facilities; and
</P>
<P>(i) After December 16, 2004, notify the Administrator or a state agency participating under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 601 if an operator significantly modifies the program after the administrator or state agency has verified that it complies with this section. Notifications to PHMSA must be submitted in accordance with § 192.18.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46865, Aug. 27, 1999, as amended by Amdt. 192-100, 70 FR 10335, Mar. 3, 2005; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12779, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52252, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.807" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.14.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.807   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall maintain records that demonstrate compliance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(a) Qualification records shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of qualified individual(s);
</P>
<P>(2) Identification of the covered tasks the individual is qualified to perform;
</P>
<P>(3) Date(s) of current qualification; and
</P>
<P>(4) Qualification method(s).
</P>
<P>(b) Records supporting an individual's current qualification shall be maintained while the individual is performing the covered task. Records of prior qualification and records of individuals no longer performing covered tasks shall be retained for a period of five years.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.809" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.14.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.809   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Operators must have a written qualification program by April 27, 2001. The program must be available for review by the Administrator or by a state agency participating under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 601 if the program is under the authority of that state agency.
</P>
<P>(b) Operators must complete the qualification of individuals performing covered tasks by October 28, 2002.
</P>
<P>(c) Work performance history review may be used as a sole evaluation method for individuals who were performing a covered task prior to October 26, 1999.
</P>
<P>(d) After October 28, 2002, work performance history may not be used as a sole evaluation method.
</P>
<P>(e) After December 16, 2004, observation of on-the-job performance may not be used as the sole method of evaluation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46865, Aug. 27, 1999, as amended by Amdt. 192-90, 66 FR 43524, Aug. 20, 2001; Amdt. 192-100, 70 FR 10335, Mar. 3, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="O" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart O—Gas Transmission Pipeline Integrity Management</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 192.901" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.901   What do the regulations in this subpart cover?</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for an integrity management program on any gas transmission pipeline covered under this part. For gas transmission pipelines constructed of plastic, only the requirements in §§ 192.917, 192.921, 192.935 and 192.937 apply. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.903" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.903   What definitions apply to this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to this subpart: 
</P>
<P><I>Assessment</I> is the use of testing techniques as allowed in this subpart to ascertain the condition of a covered pipeline segment. 
</P>
<P><I>Confirmatory direct assessment</I> is an integrity assessment method using more focused application of the principles and techniques of direct assessment to identify internal and external corrosion in a covered transmission pipeline segment. 
</P>
<P><I>Covered segment or covered pipeline segment</I> means a segment of gas transmission pipeline located in a high consequence area. The terms gas and transmission line are defined in § 192.3. 
</P>
<P><I>Direct assessment</I> is an integrity assessment method that utilizes a process to evaluate certain threats (<I>i.e.,</I> external corrosion, internal corrosion and stress corrosion cracking) to a covered pipeline segment's integrity. The process includes the gathering and integration of risk factor data, indirect examination or analysis to identify areas of suspected corrosion, direct examination of the pipeline in these areas, and post assessment evaluation. 
</P>
<P><I>High consequence area</I> means an area established by one of the methods described in paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) An area defined as—
</P>
<P>(i) A Class 3 location under § 192.5; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A Class 4 location under § 192.5; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any area in a Class 1 or Class 2 location where the potential impact radius is greater than 660 feet (200 meters), and the area within a potential impact circle contains 20 or more buildings intended for human occupancy; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Any area in a Class 1 or Class 2 location where the potential impact circle contains an identified site; or
</P>
<P>(v) Any area containing an eligible Class 3 segment with a maximum allowable operating pressure confirmed in accordance with § 192.611(a)(4).
</P>
<P>(2) The area within a potential impact circle containing—
</P>
<P>(i) 20 or more buildings intended for human occupancy, unless the exception in paragraph (4) of this definition applies; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An identified site; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any portion of an eligible Class 3 segment with a maximum allowable operating pressure confirmed in accordance with § 192.611(a)(4).
</P>
<P>(3) Where a potential impact circle is calculated under either method in paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition to establish a high consequence area, the length of the high consequence area extends axially along the length of the pipeline from the outermost edge of the first potential impact circle that contains either an identified site or 20 or more buildings intended for human occupancy to the outermost edge of the last contiguous potential impact circle that contains either an identified site or 20 or more buildings intended for human occupancy. (See figure E.I.A. in appendix E.)
</P>
<P>(4) If in identifying a high consequence area under paragraph (1)(iii) of this definition or paragraph (2)(i) of this definition, the radius of the potential impact circle is greater than 660 feet (200 meters), the operator may identify a high consequence area based on a prorated number of buildings intended for human occupancy with a distance of 660 feet (200 meters) from the centerline of the pipeline until December 17, 2006. If an operator chooses this approach, the operator must prorate the number of buildings intended for human occupancy based on the ratio of an area with a radius of 660 feet (200 meters) to the area of the potential impact circle (<I>i.e.,</I> the prorated number of buildings intended for human occupancy is equal to 20 × (660 feet) [or 200 meters]/potential impact radius in feet [or meters]
<SU>2</SU>).


</P>
<P><I>Identified site</I> means each of the following areas:
</P>
<P>(a) An outside area or open structure that is occupied by twenty (20) or more persons on at least 50 days in any twelve (12)-month period. (The days need not be consecutive.) Examples include but are not limited to, beaches, playgrounds, recreational facilities, camping grounds, outdoor theaters, stadiums, recreational areas near a body of water, or areas outside a rural building such as a religious facility; or 
</P>
<P>(b) A building that is occupied by twenty (20) or more persons on at least five (5) days a week for ten (10) weeks in any twelve (12)-month period. (The days and weeks need not be consecutive.) Examples include, but are not limited to, religious facilities, office buildings, community centers, general stores, 4-H facilities, or roller skating rinks; or 
</P>
<P>(c) A facility occupied by persons who are confined, are of impaired mobility, or would be difficult to evacuate. Examples include but are not limited to hospitals, prisons, schools, day-care facilities, retirement facilities or assisted-living facilities. 
</P>
<P><I>Potential impact circle</I> is a circle of radius equal to the potential impact radius (PIR). 
</P>
<P><I>Potential impact radius</I> (PIR) means the radius of a circle within which the potential failure of a pipeline could have significant impact on people or property. PIR is determined by the formula r = 0.69* (square root of (p*d 
<SU>2</SU>)), where ‘r’ is the radius of a circular area in feet surrounding the point of failure, ‘p’ is the maximum allowable operating pressure (MAOP) in the pipeline segment in pounds per square inch and ‘d’ is the nominal diameter of the pipeline in inches. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>0.69 is the factor for natural gas. This number will vary for other gases depending upon their heat of combustion. An operator transporting gas other than natural gas must use section 3.2 of ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) to calculate the impact radius formula.</P></NOTE>
<P><I>Remediation</I> is a repair or mitigation activity an operator takes on a covered segment to limit or reduce the probability of an undesired event occurring or the expected consequences from the event. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18231, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 29904, May 26, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 72 FR 4657, Feb. 1, 2007; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 181, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33282, Apr. 29, 2024; Amdt. No. 192-155, 91 FR 1655, Jan. 14, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.905" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.905   How does an operator identify a high consequence area?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> To determine which segments of an operator's transmission pipeline system are covered by this subpart, an operator must identify the high consequence areas. An operator must use method (1) or (2) from the definition in § 192.903 to identify a high consequence area. An operator may apply one method to its entire pipeline system, or an operator may apply one method to individual portions of the pipeline system. An operator must describe in its integrity management program which method it is applying to each portion of the operator's pipeline system. The description must include the potential impact radius when utilized to establish a high consequence area. (<I>See</I> appendix E.I. for guidance on identifying high consequence areas.) 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Identified sites.</I> An operator must identify an identified site, for purposes of this subpart, from information the operator has obtained from routine operation and maintenance activities and from public officials with safety or emergency response or planning responsibilities who indicate to the operator that they know of locations that meet the identified site criteria. These public officials could include officials on a local emergency planning commission or relevant Native American tribal officials. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a public official with safety or emergency response or planning responsibilities informs an operator that it does not have the information to identify an identified site, the operator must use one of the following sources, as appropriate, to identify these sites. 
</P>
<P>(i) Visible marking (e.g., a sign); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The site is licensed or registered by a Federal, State, or local government agency; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The site is on a list (including a list on an internet web site) or map maintained by or available from a Federal, State, or local government agency and available to the general public. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Newly identified areas.</I> When an operator has information that the area around a pipeline segment not previously identified as a high consequence area could satisfy any of the definitions in § 192.903, the operator must complete the evaluation using method (1) or (2). If the segment is determined to meet the definition as a high consequence area, it must be incorporated into the operator's baseline assessment plan as a high consequence area within one year from the date the area is identified. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.907" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.907   What must an operator do to implement this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> No later than December 17, 2004, an operator of a covered pipeline segment must develop and follow a written integrity management program that contains all the elements described in § 192.911 and that addresses the risks on each covered transmission pipeline segment. The initial integrity management program must consist, at a minimum, of a framework that describes the process for implementing each program element, how relevant decisions will be made and by whom, a time line for completing the work to implement the program element, and how information gained from experience will be continuously incorporated into the program. The framework will evolve into a more detailed and comprehensive program. An operator must make continual improvements to the program. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Implementation Standards.</I> In carrying out this subpart, an operator must follow the requirements of this subpart and of ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) and its appendices, where specified. An operator may follow an equivalent standard or practice only when the operator demonstrates the alternative standard or practice provides an equivalent level of safety to the public and property. In the event of a conflict between this subpart and ASME B31.8S, the requirements in this subpart control. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended at 89 FR 33282, Apr. 29, 2024]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.909" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.909   How can an operator change its integrity management program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> An operator must document any change to its program and the reasons for the change before implementing the change. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notification.</I> An operator must notify OPS, in accordance with § 192.18, of any change to the program that may substantially affect the program's implementation or may significantly modify the program or schedule for carrying out the program elements. An operator must provide notification within 30 days after adopting this type of change into its program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18231, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52253, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.911" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.911   What are the elements of an integrity management program?</HEAD>
<P>An operator's initial integrity management program begins with a framework (<I>see</I> § 192.907) and evolves into a more detailed and comprehensive integrity management program, as information is gained and incorporated into the program. An operator must make continual improvements to its program. The initial program framework and subsequent program must, at minimum, contain the following elements. (When indicated, refer to ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) for more detailed information on the listed element.) 
</P>
<P>(a) An identification of all high consequence areas, in accordance with § 192.905. 
</P>
<P>(b) A baseline assessment plan meeting the requirements of § 192.919 and § 192.921. 
</P>
<P>(c) An identification of threats to each covered pipeline segment, which must include data integration and a risk assessment. An operator must use the threat identification and risk assessment to prioritize covered segments for assessment (§ 192.917) and to evaluate the merits of additional preventive and mitigative measures (§ 192.935) for each covered segment. 
</P>
<P>(d) A direct assessment plan, if applicable, meeting the requirements of § 192.923, and depending on the threat assessed, of §§ 192.925, 192.927, or 192.929. 
</P>
<P>(e) Provisions meeting the requirements of § 192.933 for remediating conditions found during an integrity assessment. 
</P>
<P>(f) A process for continual evaluation and assessment meeting the requirements of § 192.937. 
</P>
<P>(g) If applicable, a plan for confirmatory direct assessment meeting the requirements of § 192.931. 
</P>
<P>(h) Provisions meeting the requirements of § 192.935 for adding preventive and mitigative measures to protect the high consequence area. 
</P>
<P>(i) A performance plan as outlined in ASME B31.8S, section 9 that includes performance measures meeting the requirements of § 192.945. 
</P>
<P>(j) Record keeping provisions meeting the requirements of § 192.947. 
</P>
<P>(k) A management of change process as required by § 192.13(d).
</P>
<P>(l) A quality assurance process as outlined in ASME B31.8S, section 12. 
</P>
<P>(m) A communication plan that includes the elements of ASME B31.8, Paragraph 850.9 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), and that includes procedures for addressing safety concerns raised by—
</P>
<P>(1) OPS; and
</P>
<P>(2) A State or local pipeline safety authority when a covered segment is located in a State where OPS has an interstate agent agreement.
</P>
<P>(n) Procedures for providing (when requested), by electronic or other means, a copy of the operator's risk analysis or integrity management program to—
</P>
<P>(1) OPS; and 
</P>
<P>(2) A State or local pipeline safety authority when a covered segment is located in a State where OPS has an interstate agent agreement. 
</P>
<P>(o) Procedures for ensuring that each integrity assessment is being conducted in a manner that minimizes environmental and safety risks. 
</P>
<P>(p) A process for identification and assessment of newly-identified high consequence areas. (<I>See</I> § 192.905 and § 192.921.) 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18231, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52273, Aug. 24, 2022; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33282, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.913" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.913   When may an operator deviate its program from certain requirements of this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) provides the essential features of a performance-based or a prescriptive integrity management program. An operator that uses a performance-based approach that satisfies the requirements for exceptional performance in paragraph (b) of this section may deviate from certain requirements in this subpart, as provided in paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptional performance.</I> An operator must be able to demonstrate the exceptional performance of its integrity management program through the following actions. 
</P>
<P>(1) To deviate from any of the requirements set forth in paragraph (c) of this section, an operator must have a performance-based integrity management program that meets or exceed the performance-based requirements of ASME/ANSI B31.8S and includes, at a minimum, the following elements—
</P>
<P>(i) A comprehensive process for risk analysis; 
</P>
<P>(ii) All risk factor data used to support the program; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A comprehensive data integration process; 
</P>
<P>(iv) A procedure for applying lessons learned from assessment of covered pipeline segments to pipeline segments not covered by this subpart; 
</P>
<P>(v) A procedure for evaluating every incident, including its cause, within the operator's sector of the pipeline industry for implications both to the operator's pipeline system and to the operator's integrity management program; 
</P>
<P>(vi) A performance matrix that demonstrates the program has been effective in ensuring the integrity of the covered segments by controlling the identified threats to the covered segments; 
</P>
<P>(vii) Semi-annual performance measures beyond those required in § 192.945 that are part of the operator's performance plan. (<I>See</I> § 192.911(i).) An operator must submit these measures, by electronic or other means, on a semi-annual frequency to OPS in accordance with § 192.951; and 
</P>
<P>(viii) An analysis that supports the desired integrity reassessment interval and the remediation methods to be used for all covered segments. 
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to the requirements for the performance-based plan, an operator must—
</P>
<P>(i) Have completed at least two integrity assessments on each covered pipeline segment the operator is including under the performance-based approach, and be able to demonstrate that each assessment effectively addressed the identified threats on the covered segment.
</P>
<P>(ii) Remediate all anomalies identified in the more recent assessment according to the requirements in § 192.933, and incorporate the results and lessons learned from the more recent assessment into the operator's data integration and risk assessment. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Deviation.</I> Once an operator has demonstrated that it has satisfied the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, the operator may deviate from the prescriptive requirements of ASME/ANSI B31.8S and of this subpart only in the following instances. 
</P>
<P>(1) The time frame for reassessment as provided in § 192.939 except that reassessment by some method allowed under this subpart (e.g., confirmatory direct assessment) must be carried out at intervals no longer than seven years; 
</P>
<P>(2) The time frame for remediation as provided in § 192.933 if the operator demonstrates the time frame will not jeopardize the safety of the covered segment. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18231, Apr. 6, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.915" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.915   What knowledge and training must personnel have to carry out an integrity management program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Supervisory personnel.</I> The integrity management program must provide that each supervisor whose responsibilities relate to the integrity management program possesses and maintains a thorough knowledge of the integrity management program and of the elements for which the supervisor is responsible. The program must provide that any person who qualifies as a supervisor for the integrity management program has appropriate training or experience in the area for which the person is responsible. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Persons who carry out assessments and evaluate assessment results.</I> The integrity management program must provide criteria for the qualification of any person—
</P>
<P>(1) Who conducts an integrity assessment allowed under this subpart; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Who reviews and analyzes the results from an integrity assessment and evaluation; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Who makes decisions on actions to be taken based on these assessments. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Persons responsible for preventive and mitigative measures.</I> The integrity management program must provide criteria for the qualification of any person—
</P>
<P>(1) Who implements preventive and mitigative measures to carry out this subpart, including the marking and locating of buried structures; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Who directly supervises excavation work carried out in conjunction with an integrity assessment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.917" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.917   How does an operator identify potential threats to pipeline integrity and use the threat identification in its integrity program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Threat identification.</I> An operator must identify and evaluate all potential threats to each covered pipeline segment. Potential threats that an operator must consider include, but are not limited to, the threats listed in ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), section 2, which are grouped under the following four threat categories:
</P>
<P>(1) Time dependent threats such as internal corrosion, external corrosion, and stress corrosion cracking;
</P>
<P>(2) Stable threats, such as manufacturing, welding, fabrication, or construction defects;
</P>
<P>(3) Time independent threats, such as third party damage, mechanical damage, incorrect operational procedure, weather related and outside force damage, to include consideration of seismicity, geology, and soil stability of the area; and
</P>
<P>(4) Human error, such as operational or maintenance mishaps, or design and construction mistakes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Data gathering and integration.</I> To identify and evaluate the potential threats to a covered pipeline segment, an operator must gather and integrate existing data and information on the entire pipeline that could be relevant to the covered segment. In performing data gathering and integration, an operator must follow the requirements in ASME B31.8S, section 4. Operators must begin to integrate all pertinent data elements specified in this section starting on May 24, 2023, with all available attributes integrated by February 26, 2024. An operator may request an extension of up to 1 year by submitting a notification to PHMSA at least 90 days before February 26, 2024, in accordance with § 192.18. The notification must include a reasonable and technically justified basis, an up-to-date plan for completing all actions required by this paragraph (b), the reason for the requested extension, current safety or mitigation status of the pipeline segment, the proposed completion date, and any needed temporary safety measures to mitigate the impact on safety. An operator must gather and evaluate the set of data listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The evaluation must analyze both the covered segment and similar non-covered segments, and it must:
</P>
<P>(1) Integrate pertinent information about pipeline attributes to ensure safe operation and pipeline integrity, including information derived from operations and maintenance activities required under this part, and other relevant information, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Pipe diameter, wall thickness, seam type, and joint factor;
</P>
<P>(ii) Manufacturer and manufacturing date, including manufacturing data and records;
</P>
<P>(iii) Material properties including, but not limited to, grade, specified minimum yield strength (SMYS), and ultimate tensile strength;
</P>
<P>(iv) Equipment properties;
</P>
<P>(v) Year of installation;
</P>
<P>(vi) Bending method;
</P>
<P>(vii) Joining method, including process and inspection results;
</P>
<P>(viii) Depth of cover;
</P>
<P>(ix) Crossings, casings (including if shorted), and locations of foreign line crossings and nearby high voltage power lines;
</P>
<P>(x) Hydrostatic or other pressure test history, including test pressures and test leaks or failures, failure causes, and repairs;
</P>
<P>(xi) Pipe coating methods (both manufactured and field applied), including the method or process used to apply girth weld coating, inspection reports, and coating repairs;
</P>
<P>(xii) Soil, backfill;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Construction inspection reports, including but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) Post backfill coating surveys; and
</P>
<P>(B) Coating inspection (“jeeping” or “holiday inspection”) reports;
</P>
<P>(xiv) Cathodic protection installed, including, but not limited to, type and location;
</P>
<P>(xv) Coating type;
</P>
<P>(xvi) Gas quality;
</P>
<P>(xvii) Flow rate;
</P>
<P>(xviii) Normal maximum and minimum operating pressures, including maximum allowable operating pressure (MAOP);
</P>
<P>(xix) Class location;
</P>
<P>(xx) Leak and failure history, including any in-service ruptures or leaks from incident reports, abnormal operations, safety-related conditions (both reported and unreported) and failure investigations required by § 192.617, and their identified causes and consequences;
</P>
<P>(xxi) Coating condition;
</P>
<P>(xxii) Cathodic protection (CP) system performance;
</P>
<P>(xxiii) Pipe wall temperature;
</P>
<P>(xxiv) Pipe operational and maintenance inspection reports, including, but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(A) Data gathered through integrity assessments required under this part, including, but not limited to, in-line inspections, pressure tests, direct assessments, guided wave ultrasonic testing, or other methods;
</P>
<P>(B) Close interval survey (CIS) and electrical survey results;
</P>
<P>(C) CP rectifier readings;
</P>
<P>(D) CP test point survey readings and locations;
</P>
<P>(E) Alternating current, direct current, and foreign structure interference surveys;
</P>
<P>(F) Pipe coating surveys, including surveys to detect coating damage, disbonded coatings, or other conditions that compromise the effectiveness of corrosion protection, including, but not limited to, direct current voltage gradient or alternating current voltage gradient inspections;
</P>
<P>(G) Results of examinations of exposed portions of buried pipelines (e.g., pipe and pipe coating condition, <I>see</I> § 192.459), including the results of any non-destructive examinations of the pipe, seam, or girth weld (<I>i.e.</I> bell hole inspections);
</P>
<P>(H) Stress corrosion cracking excavations and findings;
</P>
<P>(I) Selective seam weld corrosion excavations and findings;
</P>
<P>(J) Any indication of seam cracking; and
</P>
<P>(K) Gas stream sampling and internal corrosion monitoring results, including cleaning pig sampling results;
</P>
<P>(xxv) External and internal corrosion monitoring;
</P>
<P>(xxvi) Operating pressure history and pressure fluctuations, including an analysis of effects of pressure cycling and instances of exceeding MAOP by any amount;
</P>
<P>(xxvii) Performance of regulators, relief valves, pressure control devices, or any other device to control or limit operating pressure to less than MAOP;
</P>
<P>(xxviii) Encroachments;
</P>
<P>(xxix) Repairs;
</P>
<P>(xxx) Vandalism;
</P>
<P>(xxxi) External forces;
</P>
<P>(xxxii) Audits and reviews;
</P>
<P>(xxxiii) Industry experience for incident, leak, and failure history;
</P>
<P>(xxxiv) Aerial photography; and
</P>
<P>(xxxv) Exposure to natural forces in the area of the pipeline, including seismicity, geology, and soil stability of the area.
</P>
<P>(2) Use validated information and data as inputs, to the maximum extent practicable. If input is obtained from subject matter experts (SME), an operator must employ adequate control measures to ensure consistency and accuracy of information. Control measures may include training of SMEs or the use of outside technical experts (independent expert reviews) to assess the quality of processes and the judgment of SMEs. An operator must document the names and qualifications of the individuals who approve SME inputs used in the current risk assessment.
</P>
<P>(3) Identify and analyze spatial relationships among anomalous information (e.g., corrosion coincident with foreign line crossings or evidence of pipeline damage where overhead imaging shows evidence of encroachment).
</P>
<P>(4) Analyze the data for interrelationships among pipeline integrity threats, including combinations of applicable risk factors that increase the likelihood of incidents or increase the potential consequences of incidents.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Risk assessment.</I> An operator must conduct a risk assessment that follows ASME B31.8S, section 5, and that analyzes the identified threats and potential consequences of an incident for each covered segment. An operator must ensure the validity of the methods used to conduct the risk assessment considering the incident, leak, and failure history of the pipeline segments and other historical information. Such a validation must ensure the risk assessment methods produce a risk characterization that is consistent with the operator's and industry experience, including evaluations of the cause of past incidents, as determined by root cause analysis or other equivalent means, and include sensitivity analysis of the factors used to characterize both the likelihood of loss of pipeline integrity and consequences of the postulated loss of pipeline integrity. An operator must use the risk assessment to determine additional preventive and mitigative measures needed for each covered segment in accordance with § 192.935 and periodically evaluate the integrity of each covered pipeline segment in accordance with § 192.937. Beginning February 26, 2024, the risk assessment must:
</P>
<P>(1) Analyze how a potential failure could affect high consequence areas;
</P>
<P>(2) Analyze the likelihood of failure due to each individual threat and each unique combination of threats that interact or simultaneously contribute to risk at a common location;
</P>
<P>(3) Account for, and compensate for, uncertainties in the model and the data used in the risk assessment; and
</P>
<P>(4) Evaluate the potential risk reduction associated with candidate risk reduction activities, such as preventive and mitigative measures, and reduced anomaly remediation and assessment intervals.
</P>
<P>(5) In conjunction with § 192.917(b), an operator may request an extension of up to 1 year for the requirements of this paragraph by submitting a notification to PHMSA at least 90 days before February 26, 2024, in accordance with § 192.18. The notification must include a reasonable and technically justified basis, an up-to-date plan for completing all actions required by this paragraph (c)(5), the reason for the requested extension, current safety or mitigation status of the pipeline segment, the proposed completion date, and any needed temporary safety measures to mitigate the impact on safety.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Plastic transmission pipeline.</I> An operator of a plastic transmission pipeline must assess the threats to each covered segment using the information in sections 4 and 5 of ASME B31.8S and consider any threats unique to the integrity of plastic pipe, such as poor joint fusion practices, pipe with poor slow crack growth (SCG) resistance, brittle pipe, circumferential cracking, hydrocarbon softening of the pipe, internal and external loads, longitudinal or lateral loads, proximity to elevated heat sources, and point loading.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Actions to address particular threats.</I> If an operator identifies any of the following threats, the operator must take the following actions to address the threat. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Third party damage.</I> An operator must utilize the data integration required in paragraph (b) of this section and ASME/ANSI B31.8S, Appendix A-8 to determine the susceptibility of each covered segment to the threat of third party damage. If an operator identifies the threat of third party damage, the operator must implement comprehensive additional preventive measures in accordance with § 192.935 and monitor the effectiveness of the preventive measures. If, in conducting a baseline assessment under § 192.921, or a reassessment under § 192.937, an operator uses an internal inspection tool or external corrosion direct assessment, the operator must integrate data from these assessments with data related to any encroachment or foreign line crossing on the covered segment, to define where potential indications of third party damage may exist in the covered segment. 

An operator must also have procedures in its integrity management program addressing actions it will take to respond to findings from this data integration.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Cyclic fatigue.</I> An operator must analyze and account for whether cyclic fatigue or other loading conditions (including ground movement, and suspension bridge condition) could lead to a failure of a deformation, including a dent or gouge, crack, or other defect in the covered segment. The analysis must assume the presence of threats in the covered segment that could be exacerbated by cyclic fatigue. An operator must use the results from the analysis together with the criteria used to determine the significance of the threat(s) to the covered segment to prioritize the integrity baseline assessment or reassessment. Failure stress pressure and crack growth analysis of cracks and crack-like defects must be conducted in accordance with § 192.712. An operator must monitor operating pressure cycles and periodically, but at least every 7 calendar years, with intervals not to exceed 90 months, determine if the cyclic fatigue analysis remains valid or if the cyclic fatigue analysis must be revised based on changes to operating pressure cycles or other loading conditions.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Manufacturing and construction defects.</I> An operator must analyze the covered segment to determine and account for the risk of failure from manufacturing and construction defects (including seam defects) in the covered segment. The analysis must account for the results of prior assessments on the covered segment. An operator may consider manufacturing and construction related defects to be stable defects only if the covered segment has been subjected to hydrostatic pressure testing satisfying the criteria of subpart J of at least 1.25 times MAOP, and the covered segment has not experienced a reportable incident attributed to a manufacturing or construction defect since the date of the most recent subpart J pressure test. If any of the following changes occur in the covered segment, an operator must prioritize the covered segment as a high-risk segment for the baseline assessment or a subsequent reassessment.
</P>
<P>(i) The pipeline segment has experienced a reportable incident, as defined in § 191.3, since its most recent successful subpart J pressure test, due to an original manufacturing-related defect, or a construction-, installation-, or fabrication-related defect;
</P>
<P>(ii) MAOP increases; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The stresses leading to cyclic fatigue increase.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Electric Resistance Welded (ERW) pipe.</I> If a covered pipeline segment contains low frequency ERW pipe, lap welded pipe, pipe with longitudinal joint factor less than 1.0 as defined in § 192.113, or other pipe that satisfies the conditions specified in ASME B31.8S, Appendices A-5.3 and A-5.4, and any covered or non-covered segment in the pipeline system with such pipe has experienced seam failure (including seam cracking and selective seam weld corrosion), or operating pressure on the covered segment has increased over the maximum operating pressure experienced during the preceding 5 years (including abnormal operation as defined in § 192.605(c)), or MAOP has been increased, an operator must select an assessment technology or technologies with a proven application capable of assessing seam integrity and seam corrosion anomalies. The operator must prioritize the covered segment as a high-risk segment for the baseline assessment or a subsequent reassessment. Pipe with seam cracks must be evaluated using fracture mechanics modeling for failure stress pressures and cyclic fatigue crack growth analysis to estimate the remaining life of the pipe in accordance with § 192.712.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Corrosion.</I> If an operator identifies corrosion on a covered pipeline segment that could adversely affect the integrity of the line (conditions specified in § 192.933), the operator must evaluate and remediate, as necessary, all pipeline segments (both covered and non-covered) with similar material coating and environmental characteristics. An operator must establish a schedule for evaluating and remediating, as necessary, the similar segments that is consistent with the operator's established operating and maintenance procedures under part 192 for testing and repair. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Cracks.</I> If an operator identifies any crack or crack-like defect (e.g., stress corrosion cracking or other environmentally assisted cracking, seam defects, selective seam weld corrosion, girth weld cracks, hook cracks, and fatigue cracks) on a covered pipeline segment that could adversely affect the integrity of the pipeline, the operator must evaluate, and remediate, as necessary, all pipeline segments (both covered and non-covered) with similar characteristics associated with the crack or crack-like defect. Similar characteristics may include operating and maintenance histories, material properties, and environmental characteristics. An operator must establish a schedule for evaluating, and remediating, as necessary, the similar pipeline segments that is consistent with the operator's established operating and maintenance procedures under this part for testing and repair.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18231, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52253, Oct. 1, 2019; Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52273, Aug. 24, 2022; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33282, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.919" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.919   What must be in the baseline assessment plan?</HEAD>
<P>An operator must include each of the following elements in its written baseline assessment plan: 
</P>
<P>(a) Identification of the potential threats to each covered pipeline segment and the information supporting the threat identification. (<I>See</I> § 192.917.); 
</P>
<P>(b) The methods selected to assess the integrity of the line pipe, including an explanation of why the assessment method was selected to address the identified threats to each covered segment. The integrity assessment method an operator uses must be based on the threats identified to the covered segment. (<I>See</I> § 192.917.) More than one method may be required to address all the threats to the covered pipeline segment; 
</P>
<P>(c) A schedule for completing the integrity assessment of all covered segments, including risk factors considered in establishing the assessment schedule; 
</P>
<P>(d) If applicable, a direct assessment plan that meets the requirements of §§ 192.923, and depending on the threat to be addressed, of § 192.925, § 192.927, or § 192.929; and 
</P>
<P>(e) A procedure to ensure that the baseline assessment is being conducted in a manner that minimizes environmental and safety risks. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.921" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.921   How is the baseline assessment to be conducted?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Assessment methods.</I> An operator must assess the integrity of the line pipe in each covered segment by applying one or more of the following methods for each threat to which the covered segment is susceptible. An operator must select the method or methods best suited to address the threats identified to the covered segment (<I>See</I> § 192.917).
</P>
<P>(1) Internal inspection tool or tools capable of detecting those threats to which the pipeline is susceptible. The use of internal inspection tools is appropriate for threats such as corrosion, deformation and mechanical damage (including dents, gouges and grooves), material cracking and crack-like defects (<I>e.g.,</I> stress corrosion cracking, selective seam weld corrosion, environmentally assisted cracking, and girth weld cracks), hard spots with cracking, and any other threats to which the covered segment is susceptible. When performing an assessment using an in-line inspection tool, an operator must comply with § 192.493. In addition, an operator must analyze and account for uncertainties in reported results (<I>e.g.,</I> tool tolerance, detection threshold, probability of detection, probability of identification, sizing accuracy, conservative anomaly interaction criteria, location accuracy, anomaly findings, and unity chart plots or equivalent for determining uncertainties and verifying actual tool performance) in identifying and characterizing anomalies;
</P>
<P>(2) Pressure test conducted in accordance with subpart J of this part. The use of subpart J pressure testing is appropriate for threats such as internal corrosion; external corrosion and other environmentally assisted corrosion mechanisms; manufacturing and related defects threats, including defective pipe and pipe seams; stress corrosion cracking; selective seam weld corrosion; dents; and other forms of mechanical damage. An operator must use the test pressures specified in specified in Table 5.6.1-1 of Section 5 of ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) to justify an extended reassessment interval in accordance with § 192.939.
</P>
<P>(3) Spike hydrostatic pressure test conducted in accordance with § 192.506. The use of spike hydrostatic pressure testing is appropriate for time-dependent threats such as stress corrosion cracking; selective seam weld corrosion; manufacturing and related defects, including defective pipe and pipe seams; and other forms of defect or damage involving cracks or crack-like defects;
</P>
<P>(4) Excavation and <I>in situ</I> direct examination by means of visual examination, direct measurement, and recorded non-destructive examination results and data needed to assess all threats. Based upon the threat assessed, examples of appropriate non-destructive examination methods include ultrasonic testing (UT), phased array ultrasonic testing (PAUT), inverse wave field extrapolation (IWEX), radiography, and magnetic particle inspection (MPI);
</P>
<P>(5) Guided wave ultrasonic testing (GWUT) as described in Appendix F. The use of GWUT is appropriate for internal and external pipe wall loss;
</P>
<P>(6) Direct assessment to address threats of external corrosion, internal corrosion, and stress corrosion cracking. The use of direct assessment to address threats of external corrosion, internal corrosion, and stress corrosion cracking is allowed only if appropriate for the threat and the pipeline segment being assessed. Use of direct assessment for threats other than the threat for which the direct assessment method is suitable is not allowed. An operator must conduct the direct assessment in accordance with the requirements listed in § 192.923 and with the applicable requirements specified in §§ 192.925, 192.927 and 192.929; or
</P>
<P>(7) Other technology that an operator demonstrates can provide an equivalent understanding of the condition of the line pipe for each of the threats to which the pipeline is susceptible. An operator must notify PHMSA in advance of using the other technology in accordance with § 192.18.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prioritizing segments.</I> An operator must prioritize the covered pipeline segments for the baseline assessment according to a risk analysis that considers the potential threats to each covered segment. The risk analysis must comply with the requirements in § 192.917. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Assessment for particular threats.</I> In choosing an assessment method for the baseline assessment of each covered segment, an operator must take the actions required in § 192.917(e) to address particular threats that it has identified. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time period.</I> An operator must prioritize all the covered segments for assessment in accordance with § 192.917 (c) and paragraph (b) of this section. An operator must assess at least 50% of the covered segments beginning with the highest risk segments, by December 17, 2007. An operator must complete the baseline assessment of all covered segments by December 17, 2012. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prior assessment.</I> An operator may use a prior integrity assessment conducted before December 17, 2002 as a baseline assessment for the covered segment, if the integrity assessment meets the baseline requirements in this subpart and subsequent remedial actions to address the conditions listed in § 192.933 have been carried out. In addition, if an operator uses this prior assessment as its baseline assessment, the operator must reassess the line pipe in the covered segment according to the requirements of § 192.937 and § 192.939. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Newly identified areas.</I> When an operator identifies a new high consequence area (<I>see</I> § 192.905), an operator must complete the baseline assessment of the line pipe in the newly identified high consequence area within ten (10) years from the date the area is identified. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Newly installed pipe.</I> An operator must complete the baseline assessment of a newly-installed segment of pipe covered by this subpart within ten (10) years from the date the pipe is installed. An operator may conduct a pressure test in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, to satisfy the requirement for a baseline assessment.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Plastic transmission pipeline.</I> If the threat analysis required in § 192.917(d) on a plastic transmission pipeline indicates that a covered segment is susceptible to failure from causes other than third-party damage, an operator must conduct a baseline assessment of the segment in accordance with the requirements of this section and of § 192.917. The operator must justify the use of an alternative assessment method that will address the identified threats to the covered segment. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Baseline assessments for pipeline segments with a reconfirmed MAOP.</I> An integrity assessment conducted in accordance with the requirements of § 192.624(c) may be used as a baseline assessment under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18232, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52253, Oct. 1, 2019; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33282, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.923" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.923   How is direct assessment used and for what threats?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> An operator may use direct assessment either as a primary assessment method or as a supplement to the other assessment methods allowed under this subpart. An operator may only use direct assessment as the primary assessment method to address the identified threats of external corrosion (EC), internal corrosion (IC), and stress corrosion cracking (SCC).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Primary method.</I> An operator using direct assessment as a primary assessment method must have a plan that complies with the requirements in—
</P>
<P>(1) Section 192.925 and ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7) Section 6.4, and NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) , if addressing external corrosion (EC).
</P>
<P>(2) Section 192.927 and NACE SP0206 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), if addressing internal corrosion (IC).
</P>
<P>(3) Section 192.929 and NACE SP0204 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), if addressing stress corrosion cracking (SCC).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Supplemental method.</I> An operator using direct assessment as a supplemental assessment method for any applicable threat must have a plan that follows the requirements for confirmatory direct assessment in § 192.931. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-114, 75 FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 178, 182, Jan. 5, 2015; 80 FR 46847, Aug. 6, 2015; Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52274, Aug. 24, 2022; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33282, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.925" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.925   What are the requirements for using External Corrosion Direct Assessment (ECDA)?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> ECDA is a four-step process that combines preassessment, indirect inspection, direct examination, and post assessment to evaluate the threat of external corrosion to the integrity of a pipeline.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements.</I> An operator that uses direct assessment to assess the threat of external corrosion must follow the requirements in this section, in ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), section 6.4, and in NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). An operator must develop and implement a direct assessment plan that has procedures addressing pre-assessment, indirect inspection, direct examination, and post assessment. If the ECDA detects pipeline coating damage, the operator must also integrate the data from the ECDA with other information from the data integration (§ 192.917(b)) to evaluate the covered segment for the threat of third party damage and to address the threat as required by § 192.917(e)(1).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Preassessment.</I> In addition to the requirements in ASME B31.8S section 6.4 and NACE SP0502, section 3, the plan's procedures for preassessment must include—
</P>
<P>(i) Provisions for applying more restrictive criteria when conducting ECDA for the first time on a covered segment; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The basis on which an operator selects at least two different, but complementary indirect assessment tools to assess each ECDA Region. If an operator utilizes an indirect inspection method that is not discussed in Appendix A of NACE SP0502, the operator must demonstrate the applicability, validation basis, equipment used, application procedure, and utilization of data for the inspection method. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Indirect inspection.</I> In addition to the requirements in ASME B31.8S, section 6.4 and in NACE SP0502, section 4, the plan's procedures for indirect inspection of the ECDA regions must include—
</P>
<P>(i) Provisions for applying more restrictive criteria when conducting ECDA for the first time on a covered segment; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Criteria for identifying and documenting those indications that must be considered for excavation and direct examination. Minimum identification criteria include the known sensitivities of assessment tools, the procedures for using each tool, and the approach to be used for decreasing the physical spacing of indirect assessment tool readings when the presence of a defect is suspected; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Criteria for defining the urgency of excavation and direct examination of each indication identified during the indirect examination. These criteria must specify how an operator will define the urgency of excavating the indication as immediate, scheduled or monitored; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Criteria for scheduling excavation of indications for each urgency level. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Direct examination.</I> In addition to the requirements in ASME B31.8S section 6.4 and NACE SP0502, section 5, the plan's procedures for direct examination of indications from the indirect examination must include— 
</P>
<P>(i) Provisions for applying more restrictive criteria when conducting ECDA for the first time on a covered segment; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Criteria for deciding what action should be taken if either: 
</P>
<P>(A) Corrosion defects are discovered that exceed allowable limits (Section 5.5.2.2 of NACE SP0502), or 
</P>
<P>(B) Root cause analysis reveals conditions for which ECDA is not suitable (Section 5.6.2 of NACE SP0502); 
</P>
<P>(iii) Criteria and notification procedures for any changes in the ECDA Plan, including changes that affect the severity classification, the priority of direct examination, and the time frame for direct examination of indications; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Criteria that describe how and on what basis an operator will reclassify and reprioritize any of the provisions that are specified in section 5.9 of NACE SP0502. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Post assessment and continuing evaluation.</I> In addition to the requirements in ASME B31.8S section 6.4 and NACE SP0502, section 6, the plan's procedures for post assessment of the effectiveness of the ECDA process must include—
</P>
<P>(i) Measures for evaluating the long-term effectiveness of ECDA in addressing external corrosion in covered segments; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Criteria for evaluating whether conditions discovered by direct examination of indications in each ECDA region indicate a need for reassessment of the covered segment at an interval less than that specified in § 192.939. (See Appendix D of NACE SP0502.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 29904, May 26, 2004; Amdt. 192-114, 75 FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 178, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-120, 80 FR 12779, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33282, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.927" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.927   What are the requirements for using Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment (ICDA)?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment (ICDA) is a process an operator uses to identify areas along the pipeline where fluid or other electrolyte introduced during normal operation or by an upset condition may reside, and then focuses direct examination on the locations in covered segments where internal corrosion is most likely to exist. The process identifies the potential for internal corrosion caused by microorganisms, or fluid with CO<E T="52">2</E>, O<E T="52">2</E>, hydrogen sulfide or other contaminants present in the gas. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements.</I> An operator using direct assessment as an assessment method to address internal corrosion in a covered pipeline segment must follow the requirements in this section and in NACE SP0206 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). The Dry Gas Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment (DG-ICDA) process described in this section applies only for a segment of pipe transporting normally dry natural gas (<I>see</I> § 192.3) and not for a segment with electrolytes normally present in the gas stream. If an operator uses ICDA to assess a covered segment operating with electrolytes present in the gas stream, the operator must develop a plan that demonstrates how it will conduct ICDA in the segment to address internal corrosion effectively and must notify PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18. In the event of a conflict between this section and NACE SP0206, the requirements in this section control.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>The ICDA plan.</I> An operator must develop and follow an ICDA plan that meets NACE SP0206 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) and that implements all four steps of the DG-ICDA process, including pre-assessment, indirect inspection, detailed examination at excavation locations, and post-assessment evaluation and monitoring. The plan must identify the locations of all ICDA regions within covered segments in the transmission system. An ICDA region is a continuous length of pipe (including weld joints), uninterrupted by any significant change in water or flow characteristics, that includes similar physical characteristics or operating history. An ICDA region extends from the location where liquid may first enter the pipeline and encompasses the entire area along the pipeline where internal corrosion may occur until a new input introduces the possibility of water entering the pipeline. In cases where a single covered segment is partially located in two or more ICDA regions, the four-step ICDA process must be completed for each ICDA region in which the covered segment is partially located to complete the assessment of the covered segment.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Preassessment.</I> An operator must comply with NACE SP0206 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) in conducting the preassessment step of the ICDA process.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Indirect inspection.</I> An operator must comply with NACE SP0206 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), and the following additional requirements, in conducting the Indirect Inspection step of the ICDA process. An operator must explicitly document the results of its feasibility assessment as required by NACE SP0206, section 3.3 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7); if any condition that precludes the successful application of ICDA applies, then ICDA may not be used, and another assessment method must be selected. When performing the indirect inspection, the operator must use actual pipeline-specific data, exclusively. The use of assumed pipeline or operational data is prohibited. When calculating the critical inclination angle of liquid holdup and the inclination profile of the pipeline, the operator must consider the accuracy, reliability, and uncertainty of the data used to make those calculations, including, but not limited to, gas flow velocity (including during upset conditions), pipeline elevation profile survey data (including specific profile at features with inclinations such as road crossings, river crossings, drains, valves, drips, etc.), topographical data, and depth of cover. An operator must select locations for direct examination and establish the extent of pipe exposure needed (<I>i.e.,</I> the size of the bell hole), to account for these uncertainties and their cumulative effect on the precise location of predicted liquid dropout.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Detailed examination.</I> An operator must comply with NACE SP0206 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) in conducting the detailed examination step of the ICDA process. When an operator first uses ICDA for a covered segment, an operator must identify a minimum of two locations for excavation within each covered segment associated with the ICDA region and must perform a detailed examination for internal corrosion at each location using ultrasonic thickness measurements, radiography, or other generally accepted measurement techniques that can examine for internal corrosion or other threats that are being assessed. One location must be the low point (e.g., sag, drip, valve, manifold, dead-leg) within the covered segment nearest to the beginning of the ICDA region. The second location must be further downstream, within the covered segment, near the end of the ICDA region. Whenever corrosion is found during ICDA at any location, the operator must:
</P>
<P>(i) Evaluate the severity of the defect (remaining strength) and remediate the defect in accordance with § 192.933 if the condition is in a covered segment, or in accordance with §§ 192.485 and 192.714 if the condition is not in a covered segment;
</P>
<P>(ii) Expand the detailed examination program to determine all locations that have internal corrosion within the ICDA region, and accurately characterize the nature, extent, and root cause of the internal corrosion. In cases where the internal corrosion was identified within the ICDA region but outside the covered segment, the expanded detailed examination program must also include at least two detailed examinations within each covered segment associated with the ICDA region, at the location within the covered segment(s) most likely to have internal corrosion. One location must be the low point (e.g., sags, drips, valves, manifolds, dead-legs, traps) within the covered segment nearest to the beginning of the ICDA region. The second location must be further downstream, within the covered segment. In instances of first use of ICDA for a covered segment, where these locations have already been examined in accordance with paragraph (c)(3) of this section, two additional detailed examinations must be conducted within the covered segment; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Expand the detailed examination program to evaluate the potential for internal corrosion in all pipeline segments (both covered and non-covered) in the operator's pipeline system with similar characteristics to the ICDA region in which the corrosion was found and remediate identified instances of internal corrosion in accordance with either § 192.933 or §§ 192.485 and 192.714, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Post-assessment evaluation and monitoring.</I> An operator must comply with NACE SP0206 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) in performing the post assessment step of the ICDA process. In addition to NACE SP0206, the evaluation and monitoring process must also include—
</P>
<P>(i) An evaluation of the effectiveness of ICDA as an assessment method for addressing internal corrosion and determining whether a covered segment should be reassessed at more frequent intervals than those specified in § 192.939. An operator must carry out this evaluation within 1 year of conducting an ICDA;
</P>
<P>(ii) Validation of the flow modeling calculations by comparison of actual locations of discovered internal corrosion with locations predicted by the model (if the flow model cannot be validated, then ICDA is not feasible for the segment); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Continuous monitoring of each ICDA region that contains a covered segment where internal corrosion has been identified by using techniques such as coupons or ultrasonic (UT) sensors or electronic probes, and by periodically drawing off liquids at low points and chemically analyzing the liquids for the presence of corrosion products. An operator must base the frequency of the monitoring and liquid analysis on results from all integrity assessments that have been conducted in accordance with the requirements of this subpart and risk factors specific to the ICDA region. At a minimum, the monitoring frequency must be two times each calendar year, but at intervals not exceeding 7
<FR>1/2</FR> months. If an operator finds any evidence of corrosion products in the ICDA region, the operator must take prompt action in accordance with one of the two following required actions, and remediate the conditions the operator finds in accordance with § 192.933 or §§ 192.485 and 192.714, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(A) Conduct excavations of, and detailed examinations at, locations downstream from where the electrolytes might have entered the pipe to investigate and accurately characterize the nature, extent, and root cause of the corrosion; or


</P>
<P>(B) Assess the covered segment using another integrity assessment method allowed by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Other requirements.</I> The ICDA plan must also include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Criteria an operator will apply in making key decisions (including, but not limited to, ICDA feasibility, definition of ICDA regions and sub-regions, and conditions requiring excavation) in implementing each stage of the ICDA process; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provisions that the analysis be carried out on the entire pipeline in which covered segments are present, except that application of the remediation criteria of § 192.933 may be limited to covered segments.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18232, Apr. 6, 2004;  Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52275, Aug. 24, 2022; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33282, Apr. 29, 2024; Amdt. No. 192-138, 90 FR 3716, Jan. 15, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.929" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.929   What are the requirements for using Direct Assessment for Stress Corrosion Cracking?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> A Stress Corrosion Cracking Direct Assessment (SCCDA) is a process to assess a covered pipeline segment for the presence of stress corrosion cracking (SCC) by systematically gathering and analyzing excavation data from pipe having similar operational characteristics and residing in a similar physical environment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements.</I> An operator using direct assessment as an integrity assessment method for addressing SCC in a covered pipeline segment must develop and follow an SCCDA plan that meets NACE SP0204 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) and that implements all four steps of the SCCDA process, including pre-assessment, indirect inspection, detailed examination at excavation locations, and post-assessment evaluation and monitoring. As specified in NACE SP0204, SCCDA is complementary with other inspection methods for SCC, such as in-line inspection or hydrostatic testing with a spike test, and it is not necessarily an alternative or replacement for these methods in all instances. Additionally, the plan must provide for—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Data gathering and integration.</I> An operator's plan must provide for a systematic process to collect and evaluate data for all covered pipeline segments to identify whether the conditions for SCC are present and to prioritize the covered pipeline segments for assessment in accordance with NACE SP0204, sections 3 and 4, and Table 1 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). This process must also include gathering and evaluating data related to SCC at all sites an operator excavates while conducting its pipeline operations (both within and outside covered segments) where the criteria in NACE SP0204 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) indicate the potential for SCC. This data gathering process must be conducted in accordance with NACE SP0204, section 5.3 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), and must include, at a minimum, all data listed in NACE SP0204, Table 2 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). Further, the following factors must be analyzed as part of this evaluation:
</P>
<P>(i) The effects of a carbonate-bicarbonate environment, including the implications of any factors that promote the production of a carbonate-bicarbonate environment, such as soil temperature, moisture, the presence or generation of carbon dioxide, or cathodic protection (CP);
</P>
<P>(ii) The effects of cyclic loading conditions on the susceptibility and propagation of SCC in both high-pH and near-neutral-pH environments;
</P>
<P>(iii) The effects of variations in applied CP, such as overprotection, CP loss for extended periods, and high negative potentials;
</P>
<P>(iv) The effects of coatings that shield CP when disbonded from the pipe; and
</P>
<P>(v) Other factors that affect the mechanistic properties associated with SCC, including, but not limited to, historical and present-day operating pressures, high tensile residual stresses, flowing product temperatures, and the presence of sulfides.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Indirect inspection.</I> In addition to NACE SP0204, the plan's procedures for indirect inspection must include provisions for conducting at least two above ground surveys using the complementary measurement tools most appropriate for the pipeline segment based on an evaluation of integrated data.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Direct examination.</I> In addition to NACE SP0204, the plan's procedures for direct examination must provide for an operator conducting a minimum of three direct examinations for SCC within the covered pipeline segment spaced at the locations determined to be the most likely for SCC to occur.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Remediation and mitigation.</I> If SCC is discovered in a covered pipeline segment, an operator must mitigate the threat in accordance with one of the following applicable methods:
</P>
<P>(i) Removing the pipe with SCC; remediating the pipe with a Type B sleeve; performing hydrostatic testing in accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section; or by grinding out the SCC defect and repairing the pipe. If an operator uses grinding for repair, the operator must also perform the following as a part of the repair procedure: nondestructive testing for any remaining cracks or other defects; a measurement of the remaining wall thickness; and a determination of the remaining strength of the pipe at the repair location that is performed in accordance with § 192.712 and that meets the design requirements of §§ 192.111 and 192.112, as applicable. The pipe and material properties an operator uses in remaining strength calculations must be documented in traceable, verifiable, and complete records. If such records are not available, an operator must base the pipe and material properties used in the remaining strength calculations on properties determined and documented in accordance with § 192.607, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(ii) Performing a spike pressure test in accordance with § 192.506 based upon the class location of the pipeline segment. The MAOP must be no greater than the test pressure specified in § 192.506(a) divided by: 1.39 for Class 1 locations and Class 2 locations that contain Class 1 pipe that has been uprated in accordance with § 192.611; and 1.50 for all other Class 2 locations and all Class 3 and Class 4 locations. An operator must repair any test failures due to SCC by replacing the pipe segment and re-testing the segment until the pipe passes the test without failures (such as pipe seam or gasket leaks, or a pipe rupture). At a minimum, an operator must repair pipe segments that pass the pressure test but have SCC present by grinding the segment in accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Post assessment.</I> An operator's procedures for post-assessment, in addition to the procedures listed in NACE SP0204, sections 6.3, “periodic reassessment,” and 6.4, “effectiveness of SCCDA,” must include the development of a reassessment plan based on the susceptibility of the operator's pipe to SCC as well as the mechanistic behavior of identified cracking. An operator's reassessment intervals must comply with § 192.939. The plan must include the following factors, in addition to any factors the operator determines appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) The evaluation of discovered crack clusters during the direct examination step in accordance with NACE SP0204, sections 5.3.5.7, 5.4, and 5.5 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7);
</P>
<P>(ii) Conditions conducive to the creation of a carbonate-bicarbonate environment;
</P>
<P>(iii) Conditions in the application (or loss) of CP that can create or exacerbate SCC;
</P>
<P>(iv) Operating temperature and pressure conditions, including operating stress levels on the pipe;
</P>
<P>(v) Cyclic loading conditions;
</P>
<P>(vi) Mechanistic conditions that influence crack initiation and growth rates;
</P>
<P>(vii) The effects of interacting crack clusters;
</P>
<P>(viii) The presence of sulfides; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Disbonded coatings that shield CP from the pipe.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52276, Aug. 24, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.931" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.931   How may Confirmatory Direct Assessment (CDA) be used?</HEAD>
<P>An operator using the confirmatory direct assessment (CDA) method as allowed in § 192.937 must have a plan that meets the requirements of this section and of §§ 192.925 (ECDA) and § 192.927 (ICDA). 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Threats.</I> An operator may only use CDA on a covered segment to identify damage resulting from external corrosion or internal corrosion. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>External corrosion plan.</I> An operator's CDA plan for identifying external corrosion must comply with § 192.925 with the following exceptions. 
</P>
<P>(1) The procedures for indirect examination may allow use of only one indirect examination tool suitable for the application. 
</P>
<P>(2) The procedures for direct examination and remediation must provide that—
</P>
<P>(i) All immediate action indications must be excavated for each ECDA region; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) At least one high risk indication that meets the criteria of scheduled action must be excavated in each ECDA region. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Internal corrosion plan.</I> An operator's CDA plan for identifying internal corrosion must comply with § 192.927 except that the plan's procedures for identifying locations for excavation may require excavation of only one high risk location in each ICDA region. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Defects requiring near-term remediation.</I> If an assessment carried out under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section reveals any defect requiring remediation prior to the next scheduled assessment, the operator must schedule the next assessment in accordance with NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), section 6.2 and 6.3. If the defect requires immediate remediation, then the operator must reduce pressure consistent with § 192.933 until the operator has completed reassessment using one of the assessment techniques allowed in § 192.937. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-114, 75 FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 178, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.933" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.933   What actions must be taken to address integrity issues?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> An operator must take prompt action to address all anomalous conditions the operator discovers through the integrity assessment. In addressing all conditions, an operator must evaluate all anomalous conditions and remediate those that could reduce a pipeline's integrity. An operator must be able to demonstrate that the remediation of the condition will ensure the condition is unlikely to pose a threat to the integrity of the pipeline until the next reassessment of the covered segment. Repairs performed in accordance with this section must use pipe and material properties that are documented in traceable, verifiable, and complete records. If documented data required for any analysis is not available, an operator must obtain the undocumented data through § 192.607. Until documented material properties are available, the operator must use the conservative assumptions in either § 192.712(e)(2) or, if appropriate following a pressure test, in § 192.712(d)(3).


</P>
<P>(1) <I>Temporary pressure reduction.</I> (i) If an operator is unable to respond within the time limits for certain conditions specified in this section, the operator must temporarily reduce the operating pressure of the pipeline or take other action that ensures the safety of the covered segment. An operator must reduce the operating pressure to one of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) A level not exceeding 80 percent of the operating pressure at the time the condition was discovered;
</P>
<P>(B) A level not exceeding the predicted failure pressure times the design factor for the class location in which the affected pipeline is located; or
</P>
<P>(C) A level not exceeding the predicted failure pressure divided by 1.1.
</P>
<P>(ii) An operator must determine the predicted failure pressure in accordance with § 192.712. An operator must notify PHMSA in accordance with § 192.18 if it cannot meet the schedule for evaluation and remediation required under paragraph (c) or (d) of this section and cannot provide safety through a temporary reduction in operating pressure or other action. The operator must document and keep records of the calculations and decisions used to determine the reduced operating pressure, and the implementation of the actual reduced operating pressure, for a period of 5 years after the pipeline has been remediated.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Long-term pressure reduction.</I> When a pressure reduction exceeds 365 days, an operator must notify PHMSA under § 192.18 and explain the reasons for the remediation delay. This notice must include a technical justification that the continued pressure reduction will not jeopardize the integrity of the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Discovery of condition.</I> Discovery of a condition occurs when an operator has adequate information about a condition to determine that the condition presents a potential threat to the integrity of the pipeline. For the purposes of this section, a condition that presents a potential threat includes, but is not limited to, those conditions that require remediation or monitoring listed under paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section. An operator must promptly, but no later than 180 days after conducting an integrity assessment, obtain sufficient information about a condition to make that determination, unless the operator demonstrates that the 180-day period is impracticable. In cases where a determination is not made within the 180-day period, the operator must notify PHMSA, in accordance with § 192.18, and provide an expected date when adequate information will become available. Notification to PHMSA does not alleviate an operator from the discovery requirements of this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Schedule for evaluation and remediation.</I> An operator must complete remediation of a condition according to a schedule prioritizing the conditions for evaluation and remediation. Unless a special requirement for remediating certain conditions applies, as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, an operator must follow the schedule in ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7), section 7, Figure 7.2.1-1. If an operator cannot meet the schedule for any condition, the operator must explain the reasons why it cannot meet the schedule and how the changed schedule will not jeopardize public safety.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special requirements for scheduling remediation</I>—(1) <I>Immediate repair conditions.</I> An operator's evaluation and remediation schedule must follow ASME B31.8S, section 7 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) in providing for immediate repair conditions. To maintain safety, an operator must temporarily reduce operating pressure in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section or shut down the pipeline until the operator completes the repair of these conditions. An operator must treat the following conditions as immediate repair conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) A metal loss anomaly where a calculation of the remaining strength of the pipe shows a predicted failure pressure determined in accordance with § 192.712(b) less than or equal to 1.1 times the MAOP at the location of the anomaly.
</P>
<P>(ii) A dent located between the 8 o'clock and 4 o'clock positions (upper 
<FR>2/3</FR> of the pipe) that has metal loss, cracking, or a stress riser, unless engineering analyses performed in accordance with § 192.712(c) demonstrate critical strain levels are not exceeded.
</P>
<P>(iii) Metal loss greater than 80 percent of nominal wall regardless of dimensions.
</P>
<P>(iv) Metal loss preferentially affecting a detected longitudinal seam, if that seam was formed by direct current, low-frequency electric resistance welding, electric flash welding, or has a longitudinal joint factor less than 1.0, and the predicted failure pressure determined in accordance with § 192.712(d) is less than 1.25 times the MAOP.


</P>
<P>(v) A crack or crack-like anomaly meeting any of the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(A) Crack depth plus any metal loss is greater than 50 percent of pipe wall thickness; or
</P>
<P>(B) Crack depth plus any metal loss is greater than the inspection tool's maximum measurable depth.


</P>
<P>(vi) An indication or anomaly that, in the judgment of the person designated by the operator to evaluate the assessment results, requires immediate action.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>One-year conditions.</I> Except for conditions listed in paragraphs (d)(1) and (3) of this section, an operator must remediate any of the following within 1 year of discovery of the condition:
</P>
<P>(i) A smooth dent located between the 8 o'clock and 4 o'clock positions (upper 
<FR>2/3</FR> of the pipe) with a depth greater than 6 percent of the pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50 inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) 12), unless engineering analyses performed in accordance with § 192.712(c) demonstrate critical strain levels are not exceeded.
</P>
<P>(ii) A dent with a depth greater than 2 percent of the pipeline diameter (0.250 inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12) that affects pipe curvature at a girth weld or at a longitudinal or helical (spiral) seam weld, unless engineering analyses performed in accordance with § 192.712(c) demonstrate critical strain levels are not exceeded.
</P>
<P>(iii) A dent located between the 4 o'clock and 8 o'clock positions (lower 
<FR>1/3</FR> of the pipe) that has metal loss, cracking, or a stress riser, unless engineering analyses performed in accordance with § 192.712(c) demonstrate critical strain levels are not exceeded.


</P>
<P>(iv) Metal loss anomalies where a calculation of the remaining strength of the pipe at the location of the anomaly shows a predicted failure pressure, determined in accordance with § 192.712(b), less than 1.39 times the MAOP for Class 2 locations, and less than 1.50 times the MAOP for Class 3 and 4 locations. For metal loss anomalies in Class 1 locations with a predicted failure pressure greater than 1.1 times MAOP, an operator must follow the remediation schedule specified in ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), section 7, Figure 7.2.1-1, in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.




</P>
<P>(v) Metal loss that is located at a crossing of another pipeline, or is in an area with widespread circumferential corrosion, or could affect a girth weld, that has a predicted failure pressure, determined in accordance with § 192.712(b), of less than 1.39 times the MAOP for Class 1 locations or where Class 2 locations contain Class 1 pipe that has been uprated in accordance with § 192.611, or less than 1.50 times the MAOP for all other Class 2 locations and all Class 3 and 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(vi) Metal loss preferentially affecting a detected longitudinal seam, if that seam was formed by direct current, low-frequency or high-frequency electric resistance welding, electric flash welding, or with a longitudinal joint factor less than 1.0, and where the predicted failure pressure, determined in accordance with § 192.712(d), is less than 1.39 times the MAOP for Class 1 locations or where Class 2 locations contain Class 1 pipe that has been uprated in accordance with § 192.611, or less than 1.50 times the MAOP for all other Class 2 locations and all Class 3 and 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(vii) A crack or crack-like anomaly that has a predicted failure pressure, determined in accordance with § 192.712(d), that is less than 1.39 times the MAOP for Class 1 locations or where Class 2 locations contain Class 1 pipe that has been uprated in accordance with § 192.611, or less than 1.50 times the MAOP for all other Class 2 locations and all Class 3 and 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Monitored conditions.</I> An operator is not required by this section to schedule remediation of the following less severe conditions but must record and monitor the conditions during subsequent risk assessments and integrity assessments for any change that may require remediation. Monitored indications are the least severe and do not require an operator to examine and evaluate them until the next scheduled integrity assessment interval, but if an anomaly is expected to grow to dimensions or have a predicted failure pressure (with a safety factor) meeting a 1-year condition prior to the next scheduled assessment, then the operator must repair the condition:
</P>
<P>(i) A dent with a depth greater than 6 percent of the pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50 inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12), located between the 4 o'clock position and the 8 o'clock position (bottom 
<FR>1/3</FR> of the pipe), and for which engineering analyses of the dent, performed in accordance with § 192.712(c), demonstrate critical strain levels are not exceeded.
</P>
<P>(ii) A dent located between the 8 o'clock and 4 o'clock positions (upper 
<FR>2/3</FR> of the pipe) with a depth greater than 6 percent of the pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50 inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12), and for which engineering analyses of the dent, performed in accordance with § 192.712(c), demonstrate critical strain levels are not exceeded.
</P>
<P>(iii) A dent with a depth greater than 2 percent of the pipeline diameter (0.250 inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12) that affects pipe curvature at a girth weld or longitudinal or helical (spiral) seam weld, and for which engineering analyses, performed in accordance with § 192.712(c), of the dent and girth or seam weld demonstrate that critical strain levels are not exceeded.
</P>
<P>(iv) A dent that has metal loss, cracking, or a stress riser, and where engineering analyses performed in accordance with § 192.712(c) demonstrate critical strain levels are not exceeded.
</P>
<P>(v) Metal loss preferentially affecting a detected longitudinal seam, if that seam was formed by direct current, low-frequency or high-frequency electric resistance welding, electric flash welding, or with a longitudinal joint factor less than 1.0, and where the predicted failure pressure, determined in accordance with § 192.712(d), is greater than or equal to 1.39 times the MAOP for Class 1 locations or where Class 2 locations contain Class 1 pipe that has been uprated in accordance with § 192.611, or greater than or equal to 1.50 times the MAOP for all other Class 2 locations and all Class 3 and 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(vi) A crack or crack-like anomaly for which the predicted failure pressure, determined in accordance with § 192.712(d), is greater than or equal to 1.39 times the MAOP for Class 1 locations or where Class 2 locations contain Class 1 pipe that has been uprated in accordance with § 192.611, or greater than or equal to 1.50 times the MAOP for all other Class 2 locations and all Class 3 and 4 locations.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>In situ direct examination of crack defects.</I> Whenever an operator finds conditions that require the pipeline to be repaired, in accordance with this section, an operator must perform a direct examination of known locations of cracks or crack-like defects using technology that has been validated to detect tight cracks (equal to or less than 0.008 inches crack opening), such as inverse wave field extrapolation (IWEX), phased array ultrasonic testing (PAUT), ultrasonic testing (UT), or equivalent technology. “In situ” examination tools and procedures for crack assessments (length, depth, and volumetric) must have performance and evaluation standards, including pipe or weld surface cleanliness standards for the inspection, confirmed by subject matter experts qualified by knowledge, training, and experience in direct examination inspection for accuracy of the type of defects and pipe material being evaluated. The procedures must account for inaccuracies in evaluations and fracture mechanics models for failure pressure determinations.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18233, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-104, 72 FR 39016, July 17, 2007; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 182, Jan. 5, 2015; 80 FR 46847, Aug. 6, 2015; Amdt. No. 192-125, 84 FR 52254, Oct. 1, 2019; Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52277, Aug. 24, 2022; Amdt. 192-133, 88 FR 24712, Apr. 24, 2023; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33282, Apr. 29, 2024; Amdt. No. 192-138, 90 FR 3716, Jan. 15, 2025; Amdt. No. 192-137, 90 FR 28097, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.935" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.935   What additional preventive and mitigative measures must an operator take?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) An operator must take additional measures beyond those already required by this part to prevent a pipeline failure and to mitigate the consequences of a pipeline failure in a high consequence area. Such additional measures must be based on the risk analyses required by § 192.917. Measures that operators must consider in the analysis, if necessary, to prevent or mitigate the consequences of a pipeline failure include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Correcting the root causes of past incidents to prevent recurrence;
</P>
<P>(ii) Establishing and implementing adequate operations and maintenance processes that could increase safety;
</P>
<P>(iii) Establishing and deploying adequate resources for the successful execution of preventive and mitigative measures;
</P>
<P>(iv) Installing automatic shut-off valves or remote-control valves;
</P>
<P>(v) Installing pressure transmitters on both sides of automatic shut-off valves and remote-control valves that communicate with the pipeline control center;
</P>
<P>(vi) Installing computerized monitoring and leak detection systems;
</P>
<P>(vii) Replacing pipe segments with pipe of heavier wall thickness or higher strength;
</P>
<P>(viii) Conducting additional right-of-way patrols;
</P>
<P>(ix) Conducting hydrostatic tests in areas where pipe material has quality issues or lost records;
</P>
<P>(x) Testing to determine material mechanical and chemical properties for unknown properties that are needed to assure integrity or substantiate MAOP evaluations, including material property tests from removed pipe that is representative of the in-service pipeline;
</P>
<P>(xi) Re-coating damaged, poorly performing, or disbonded coatings;
</P>
<P>(xii) Performing additional depth-of-cover surveys at roads, streams, and rivers;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Remediating inadequate depth-of-cover;
</P>
<P>(xiv) Providing additional training to personnel on response procedures and conducting drills with local emergency responders; and
</P>
<P>(xv) Implementing additional inspection and maintenance programs.
</P>
<P>(2) Operators must document the risk analysis, the preventive and mitigative measures considered, and the basis for implementing or not implementing any preventive and mitigative measures considered, in accordance with § 192.947(d).
</P>
<P>(b) Third party damage and outside force damage— 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Third party damage.</I> An operator must enhance its damage prevention program, as required under § 192.614 of this part, with respect to a covered segment to prevent and minimize the consequences of a release due to third party damage. Enhanced measures to an existing damage prevention program include, at a minimum—
</P>
<P>(i) Using qualified personnel (<I>see</I> § 192.915) for work an operator is conducting that could adversely affect the integrity of a covered segment, such as marking, locating, and direct supervision of known excavation work. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Collecting in a central database information that is location specific on excavation damage that occurs in covered and non covered segments in the transmission system and the root cause analysis to support identification of targeted additional preventative and mitigative measures in the high consequence areas. This information must include recognized damage that is not required to be reported as an incident under part 191.
</P>
<P>(iii) Participating in one-call systems in locations where covered segments are present. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Monitoring of excavations conducted on covered pipeline segments by pipeline personnel. If an operator finds physical evidence of encroachment involving excavation that the operator did not monitor near a covered segment, an operator must either excavate the area near the encroachment or conduct an above ground survey using methods defined in NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). An operator must excavate, and remediate, in accordance with ASME B31.8S and § 192.933 any indication of coating holidays or discontinuity warranting direct examination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Outside force damage.</I> If an operator determines that outside force (e.g., earth movement, loading, longitudinal, or lateral forces, seismicity of the area, floods, unstable suspension bridge) is a threat to the integrity of a covered segment, the operator must take measures to minimize the consequences to the covered segment from outside force damage. These measures include increasing the frequency of aerial, foot or other methods of patrols; adding external protection; reducing external stress; relocating the line; or inline inspections with geospatial and deformation tools. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Risk analysis for gas releases and protection against ruptures.</I> If an operator determines, based on a risk analysis, that a rupture-mitigation valve (RMV) or alternative equivalent technology would be an efficient means of adding protection to a high-consequence area (HCA) in the event of a gas release, an operator must install the RMV or alternative equivalent technology. In making that determination, an operator must, at least, evaluate the following factors—timing of leak detection and pipe shutdown capabilities, the type of gas being transported, operating pressure, the rate of potential release, pipeline profile, the potential for ignition, and location of nearest response personnel. An RMV or alternative equivalent technology installed under this paragraph must meet all of the other applicable requirements in this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Pipelines operating below 30% SMYS.</I> An operator of a transmission pipeline operating below 30% SMYS located in a high consequence area must follow the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section. An operator of a transmission pipeline operating below 30% SMYS located in a Class 3 or Class 4 area but not in a high consequence area must follow the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(1) Apply the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(iii) of this section to the pipeline; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Either monitor excavations near the pipeline, or conduct patrols as required by § 192.705 of the pipeline at bi-monthly intervals. If an operator finds any indication of unreported construction activity, the operator must conduct a follow up investigation to determine if mechanical damage has occurred. 
</P>
<P>(3) Perform instrumented leak surveys using leak detector equipment at least twice each calendar year, at intervals not exceeding 7 
<FR>1/2</FR> months. For unprotected pipelines or cathodically protected pipe where electrical surveys are impractical, instrumented leak surveys must be performed at least four times each calendar year, at intervals not exceeding 4 
<FR>1/2</FR> months. Electrical surveys are indirect assessments that include close interval surveys, alternating current voltage gradient surveys, direct current voltage gradient surveys, or their equivalent.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Plastic transmission pipeline.</I> An operator of a plastic transmission pipeline must apply the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(iii) and (b)(1)(iv) of this section to the covered segments of the pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Periodic evaluations.</I> Risk analyses and assessments conducted under paragraph (c) of this section must be reviewed by the operator and certified by a senior executive of the company, for operational matters that could affect rupture-mitigation processes and procedures. Review and certification must occur once per calendar year, with the period between reviews not to exceed 15 months, and must also occur within 3 months of an incident or safety-related condition, as those terms are defined at §§ 191.3 and 191.23, respectively.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18233, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 29904, May 26, 2004; Amdt. 192-114, 75 FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 178, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52254, Oct. 1, 2019; Amdt. 192-130, 87 FR 20986, Apr. 8, 2022; Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52279, Aug. 24, 2022; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33282, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.937" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.937   What is a continual process of evaluation and assessment to maintain a pipeline's integrity?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> After completing the baseline integrity assessment of a covered segment, an operator must continue to assess the line pipe of that segment at the intervals specified in § 192.939 and periodically evaluate the integrity of each covered pipeline segment as provided in paragraph (b) of this section. An operator must reassess a covered segment on which a prior assessment is credited as a baseline under § 192.921(e) by no later than December 17, 2009. An operator must reassess a covered segment on which a baseline assessment is conducted during the baseline period specified in § 192.921(d) by no later than seven years after the baseline assessment of that covered segment unless the evaluation under paragraph (b) of this section indicates earlier reassessment. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Evaluation.</I> An operator must conduct a periodic evaluation as frequently as needed to assure the integrity of each covered segment. The periodic evaluation must be based on a data integration and risk assessment of the entire pipeline as specified in § 192.917. For plastic transmission pipelines, the periodic evaluation is based on the threat analysis specified in 192.917(d). For all other transmission pipelines, the evaluation must consider the past and present integrity assessment results, data integration and risk assessment information (§ 192.917), and decisions about remediation (§ 192.933) and additional preventive and mitigative actions (§ 192.935). An operator must use the results from this evaluation to identify the threats specific to each covered segment and the risk represented by these threats. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Assessment methods.</I> In conducting the integrity reassessment, an operator must assess the integrity of the line pipe in each covered segment by applying one or more of the following methods for each threat to which the covered segment is susceptible. An operator must select the method or methods best suited to address the threats identified on the covered segment (<I>see</I> § 192.917).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Internal inspection tools.</I> When performing an assessment using an in-line inspection tool, an operator must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) Perform the in-line inspection in accordance with § 192.493;
</P>
<P>(ii) Select a tool or combination of tools capable of detecting the threats to which the pipeline segment is susceptible such as corrosion, deformation and mechanical damage (<I>e.g.</I> dents, gouges and grooves), material cracking and crack-like defects (<I>e.g.</I> stress corrosion cracking, selective seam weld corrosion, environmentally assisted cracking, and girth weld cracks), hard spots with cracking, and any other threats to which the covered segment is susceptible; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Analyze and account for uncertainties in reported results (<I>e.g.,</I> tool tolerance, detection threshold, probability of detection, probability of identification, sizing accuracy, conservative anomaly interaction criteria, location accuracy, anomaly findings, and unity chart plots or equivalent for determining uncertainties and verifying actual tool performance) in identifying and characterizing anomalies.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pressure test conducted in accordance with subpart J of this part.</I> The use of pressure testing is appropriate for threats such as: Internal corrosion; external corrosion and other environmentally assisted corrosion mechanisms; manufacturing and related defects threats, including defective pipe and pipe seams; stress corrosion cracking; selective seam weld corrosion; dents; and other forms of mechanical damage. An operator must use the test pressures specified in Table 5.6.1-1 of section 5 of ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7) to justify an extended reassessment interval in accordance with § 192.939.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Spike hydrostatic pressure test in accordance with § 192.506.</I> The use of spike hydrostatic pressure testing is appropriate for time-dependent threats such as: Stress corrosion cracking; selective seam weld corrosion; manufacturing and related defects, including defective pipe and pipe seams; and other forms of defect or damage involving cracks or crack-like defects;
</P>
<P>(4) Excavation and <I>in situ</I> direct examination by means of visual examination, direct measurement, and recorded non-destructive examination results and data needed to assess all threats. Based upon the threat assessed, examples of appropriate non-destructive examination methods include ultrasonic testing (UT), phased array ultrasonic testing (PAUT), inverse wave field extrapolation (IWEX), radiography, or magnetic particle inspection (MPI);
</P>
<P>(5) Guided wave ultrasonic testing (GWUT) as described in Appendix F. The use of GWUT is appropriate for internal and external pipe wall loss;
</P>
<P>(6) Direct assessment to address threats of external corrosion, internal corrosion, and stress corrosion cracking. The use of direct assessment to address threats of external corrosion, internal corrosion, and stress corrosion cracking is allowed only if appropriate for the threat and pipeline segment being assessed. Use of direct assessment for threats other than the threat for which the direct assessment method is suitable is not allowed. An operator must conduct the direct assessment in accordance with the requirements listed in § 192.923 and with the applicable requirements specified in §§ 192.925, 192.927, and 192.929;
</P>
<P>(7) Other technology that an operator demonstrates can provide an equivalent understanding of the condition of the line pipe for each of the threats to which the pipeline is susceptible. An operator must notify PHMSA in advance of using the other technology in accordance with § 192.18; or
</P>
<P>(8) Confirmatory direct assessment when used on a covered segment that is scheduled for reassessment at a period longer than 7 calendar years. An operator using this reassessment method must comply with § 192.931.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>MAOP reconfirmation assessments.</I> An integrity assessment conducted in accordance with the requirements of § 192.624(c) may be used as a reassessment under this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52254, Oct. 1, 2019; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33282, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.939" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.939   What are the required reassessment intervals?</HEAD>
<P>An operator must comply with the following requirements in establishing the reassessment interval for the operator's covered pipeline segments. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Pipelines operating at or above 30% SMYS.</I> An operator must establish a reassessment interval for each covered segment operating at or above 30% SMYS in accordance with the requirements of this section. The maximum reassessment interval by an allowable reassessment method is 7 calendar years. Operators may request a 6-month extension of the 7-calendar-year reassessment interval if the operator submits written notice to OPS, in accordance with § 192.18, with sufficient justification of the need for the extension. If an operator establishes a reassessment interval that is greater than 7 calendar years, the operator must, within the 7-calendar-year period, conduct a confirmatory direct assessment on the covered segment, and then conduct the follow-up reassessment at the interval the operator has established. A reassessment carried out using confirmatory direct assessment must be done in accordance with § 192.931. The table that follows this section sets forth the maximum allowed reassessment intervals.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Pressure test or internal inspection or other equivalent technology.</I> An operator that uses pressure testing or internal inspection as an assessment method must establish the reassessment interval for a covered pipeline segment by—
</P>
<P>(i) Basing the interval on the identified threats for the covered segment (see § 192.917) and on the analysis of the results from the last integrity assessment and from the data integration and risk assessment required by § 192.917; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Using the intervals specified for different stress levels of pipeline (operating at or above 30% SMYS) listed in ASME B31.8S (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), Table 5.6.1-1 of Section 5. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>External Corrosion Direct Assessment.</I> An operator that uses ECDA that meets the requirements of this subpart must determine the reassessment interval according to the requirements in paragraphs 6.2 and 6.3 of NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Internal Corrosion or SCC Direct Assessment.</I> An operator that uses ICDA or SCCDA in accordance with the requirements of this subpart must determine the reassessment interval according to the following method. However, the reassessment interval cannot exceed those specified for direct assessment in ASME B31.8S, Table 5.6.1-1 of Section 5. 
</P>
<P>(i) Determine the largest defect most likely to remain in the covered segment and the corrosion rate appropriate for the pipe, soil and protection conditions; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Use the largest remaining defect as the size of the largest defect discovered in the SCC or ICDA segment; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Estimate the reassessment interval as half the time required for the largest defect to grow to a critical size. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pipelines Operating below 30% SMYS.</I> An operator must establish a reassessment interval for each covered segment operating below 30% SMYS in accordance with the requirements of this section. The maximum reassessment interval by an allowable reassessment method is 7 calendar years. Operators may request a 6-month extension of the 7-calendar-year reassessment interval if the operator submits written notice to OPS in accordance with § 192.18. The notice must include sufficient justification of the need for the extension. An operator must establish reassessment by at least one of the following—
</P>
<P>(1) Reassessment by pressure test, internal inspection or other equivalent technology following the requirements in paragraph (a)(1) of this section except that the stress level referenced in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section would be adjusted to reflect the lower operating stress level. If an established interval is more than 7 calendar years, an operator must conduct by the seventh calendar year of the interval either a confirmatory direct assessment in accordance with § 192.931, or a low stress reassessment in accordance with § 192.941. 
</P>
<P>(2) Reassessment by ECDA following the requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) Reassessment by ICDA or SCCDA following the requirements in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) Reassessment by confirmatory direct assessment at 7-year intervals in accordance with § 192.931, with reassessment by one of the methods listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section by year 20 of the interval. 
</P>
<P>(5) Reassessment by the low stress assessment method at 7-year intervals in accordance with § 192.941 with reassessment by one of the methods listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section by year 20 of the interval. 
</P>
<P>(6) The following table sets forth the maximum reassessment intervals. Also refer to Appendix E.II for guidance on Assessment Methods and Assessment Schedule for Transmission Pipelines Operating Below 30% SMYS. In case of conflict between the rule and the guidance in the Appendix, the requirements of the rule control. An operator must comply with the following requirements in establishing a reassessment interval for a covered segment: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Maximum Reassessment Interval 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Assessment method 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipeline operating at or above 50% SMYS 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipeline operating at or above 30% SMYS, up to 50% SMYS 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipeline operating below 30% SMYS 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Internal Inspection Tool, Pressure Test or Direct Assessment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 years <E T="51">(*)</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15 years <E T="51">(*)</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 years. <E T="51">(**)</E> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Confirmatory Direct Assessment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 years. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Low Stress Reassessment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 years + ongoing actions specified in § 192.941. 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">(*)</E> A Confirmatory direct assessment as described in § 192.931 must be conducted by year 7 in a 10-year interval and years 7 and 14 of a 15-year interval. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="51">(**)</E> A low stress reassessment or Confirmatory direct assessment must be conducted by years 7 and 14 of the interval.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-114, 75 FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 192-119, 80 FR 178, 182, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52255, Oct. 1, 2019; Amdt. 192-135, 89 FR 33282, Apr. 29, 2024]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.941" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.941   What is a low stress reassessment?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> An operator of a transmission line that operates below 30% SMYS may use the following method to reassess a covered segment in accordance with § 192.939. This method of reassessment addresses the threats of external and internal corrosion. The operator must have conducted a baseline assessment of the covered segment in accordance with the requirements of §§ 192.919 and 192.921. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>External corrosion.</I> An operator must take one of the following actions to address external corrosion on the low stress covered segment. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Cathodically protected pipe.</I> To address the threat of external corrosion on cathodically protected pipe in a covered segment, an operator must perform an indirect assessment on the covered segment at least once every 7 calendar years. The indirect assessment must be conducted using one of the following means: indirect examination method, such as a close interval survey; alternating current voltage gradient survey; direct current voltage gradient survey; or the equivalent of any of these methods. An operator must evaluate the cathodic protection and corrosion threat for the covered segment and include the results of each indirect assessment as part of the overall evaluation. This evaluation must also include, at a minimum, the leak repair and inspection records, corrosion monitoring records, exposed pipe inspection records, and the pipeline environment.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Unprotected pipe or cathodically protected pipe where external corrosion assessments are impractical.</I> If an external corrosion assessment is impractical on the covered segment an operator must—


</P>
<P>(i) Conduct leakage surveys as required by § 192.706 at 4-month intervals; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Every 18 months, identify and remediate areas of active corrosion by evaluating leak repair and inspection records, corrosion monitoring records, exposed pipe inspection records, and the pipeline environment. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Internal corrosion.</I> To address the threat of internal corrosion on a covered segment, an operator must— 
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct a gas analysis for corrosive agents at least once each calendar year; 
</P>
<P>(2) Conduct periodic testing of fluids removed from the segment. At least once each calendar year test the fluids removed from each storage field that may affect a covered segment; and 
</P>
<P>(3) At least every seven (7) years, integrate data from the analysis and testing required by paragraphs (c)(1)-(c)(2) with applicable internal corrosion leak records, incident reports, safety-related condition reports, repair records, patrol records, exposed pipe reports, and test records, and define and implement appropriate remediation actions. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-132, 87 FR 52279, Aug. 24, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.943" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.943   When can an operator deviate from these reassessment intervals?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Waiver from reassessment interval in limited situations.</I> In the following limited instances, OPS may allow a waiver from a reassessment interval required by § 192.939 if OPS finds a waiver would not be inconsistent with pipeline safety. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Lack of internal inspection tools.</I> An operator who uses internal inspection as an assessment method may be able to justify a longer reassessment period for a covered segment if internal inspection tools are not available to assess the line pipe. To justify this, the operator must demonstrate that it cannot obtain the internal inspection tools within the required reassessment period and that the actions the operator is taking in the interim ensure the integrity of the covered segment. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Maintain product supply.</I> An operator may be able to justify a longer reassessment period for a covered segment if the operator demonstrates that it cannot maintain local product supply if it conducts the reassessment within the required interval. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How to apply.</I> If one of the conditions specified in paragraph (a) (1) or (a) (2) of this section applies, an operator may seek a waiver of the required reassessment interval. An operator must apply for a waiver in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 60118(c), at least 180 days before the end of the required reassessment interval, unless local product supply issues make the period impractical. If local product supply issues make the period impractical, an operator must apply for the waiver as soon as the need for the waiver becomes known. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.945" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.945   What methods must an operator use to measure program effectiveness?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> An operator must include in its integrity management program methods to measure whether the program is effective in assessing and evaluating the integrity of each covered pipeline segment and in protecting the high consequence areas. These measures must include the four overall performance measures specified in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7 of this part), section 9.4, and the specific measures for each identified threat specified in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, Appendix A. An operator must submit the four overall performance measures as part of the annual report required by § 191.17 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>External Corrosion Direct assessment.</I> In addition to the general requirements for performance measures in paragraph (a) of this section, an operator using direct assessment to assess the external corrosion threat must define and monitor measures to determine the effectiveness of the ECDA process. These measures must meet the requirements of § 192.925. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004; 75 FR 72906, Nov. 26, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.947" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.947   What records must an operator keep?</HEAD>
<P>An operator must maintain, for the useful life of the pipeline, records that demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this subpart. At minimum, an operator must maintain the following records for review during an inspection. 
</P>
<P>(a) A written integrity management program in accordance with § 192.907; 
</P>
<P>(b) Documents supporting the threat identification and risk assessment in accordance with § 192.917; 
</P>
<P>(c) A written baseline assessment plan in accordance with § 192.919; 
</P>
<P>(d) Documents to support any decision, analysis and process developed and used to implement and evaluate each element of the baseline assessment plan and integrity management program. Documents include those developed and used in support of any identification, calculation, amendment, modification, justification, deviation and determination made, and any action taken to implement and evaluate any of the program elements; 
</P>
<P>(e) Documents that demonstrate personnel have the required training, including a description of the training program, in accordance with § 192.915; 
</P>
<P>(f) Schedule required by § 192.933 that prioritizes the conditions found during an assessment for evaluation and remediation, including technical justifications for the schedule. 
</P>
<P>(g) Documents to carry out the requirements in §§ 192.923 through 192.929 for a direct assessment plan; 
</P>
<P>(h) Documents to carry out the requirements in § 192.931 for confirmatory direct assessment; 
</P>
<P>(i) Verification that an operator has provided any documentation or notification required by this subpart to be provided to OPS, and when applicable, a State authority with which OPS has an interstate agent agreement, and a State or local pipeline safety authority that regulates a covered pipeline segment within that State. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 69817, Dec. 15, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.949" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.949   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.951" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.15.8.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.951   Where does an operator file a report?</HEAD>
<P>An operator must file any report required by this subpart electronically to the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration in accordance with § 191.7 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-115, 75 FR 72906, Nov. 26, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="P" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.16" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart P—Gas Distribution Pipeline Integrity Management (IM)</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>74 FR 63934, Dec. 4, 2009, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 192.1001" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.16.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.1001   What definitions apply to this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Excavation Damage</I> means any impact that results in the need to repair or replace an underground facility due to a weakening, or the partial or complete destruction, of the facility, including, but not limited to, the protective coating, lateral support, cathodic protection or the housing for the line device or facility.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous Leak</I> means a leak that represents an existing or probable hazard to persons or property and requires immediate repair or continuous action until the conditions are no longer hazardous.
</P>
<P><I>Integrity Management Plan</I> or <I>IM Plan</I> means a written explanation of the mechanisms or procedures the operator will use to implement its integrity management program and to ensure compliance with this subpart.
</P>
<P><I>Integrity Management Program</I> or <I>IM Program</I> means an overall approach by an operator to ensure the integrity of its gas distribution system.
</P>
<P><I>Mechanical fitting</I> means a mechanical device used to connect sections of pipe. The term “Mechanical fitting” applies only to:
</P>
<P>(1) Stab Type fittings;
</P>
<P>(2) Nut Follower Type fittings;
</P>
<P>(3) Bolted Type fittings; or
</P>
<P>(4) Other Compression Type fittings.
</P>
<P><I>Small LPG Operator</I> means an operator of a liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) distribution pipeline that serves fewer than 100 customers from a single source.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 63934, Dec. 4, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 5499, Feb. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.1003" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.16.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.1003   What do the regulations in this subpart cover?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Unless exempted in paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart prescribes minimum requirements for an IM program for any gas distribution pipeline covered under this part, including liquefied petroleum gas systems. A gas distribution operator must follow the requirements in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> This subpart does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Individual service lines directly connected to a production line or a gathering line other than a regulated onshore gathering line as determined in § 192.8;
</P>
<P>(2) Individual service lines directly connected to either a transmission or regulated gathering pipeline and maintained in accordance with § 192.740(a) and (b); and
</P>
<P>(3) Master meter systems.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 2241, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.1005" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.16.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.1005   What must a gas distribution operator (other than a small LPG operator) do to implement this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>No later than August 2, 2011 a gas distribution operator must develop and implement an integrity management program that includes a written integrity management plan as specified in § 192.1007.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 63934, Dec. 4, 2009, as amended at 86 FR 2241, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.1007" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.16.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.1007   What are the required elements of an integrity management plan?</HEAD>
<P>A written integrity management plan must contain procedures for developing and implementing the following elements:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Knowledge.</I> An operator must demonstrate an understanding of its gas distribution system developed from reasonably available information.
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the characteristics of the pipeline's design and operations and the environmental factors that are necessary to assess the applicable threats and risks to its gas distribution pipeline.
</P>
<P>(2) Consider the information gained from past design, operations, and maintenance.
</P>
<P>(3) Identify additional information needed and provide a plan for gaining that information over time through normal activities conducted on the pipeline (for example, design, construction, operations or maintenance activities).
</P>
<P>(4) Develop and implement a process by which the IM program will be reviewed periodically and refined and improved as needed.
</P>
<P>(5) Provide for the capture and retention of data on any new pipeline installed. The data must include, at a minimum, the location where the new pipeline is installed and the material of which it is constructed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Identify threats.</I> The operator must consider the following categories of threats to each gas distribution pipeline: Corrosion (including atmospheric corrosion), natural forces, excavation damage, other outside force damage, material or welds, equipment failure, incorrect operations, and other issues that could threaten the integrity of its pipeline. An operator must consider reasonably available information to identify existing and potential threats. Sources of data may include incident and leak history, corrosion control records (including atmospheric corrosion records), continuing surveillance records, patrolling records, maintenance history, and excavation damage experience.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Evaluate and rank risk.</I> An operator must evaluate the risks associated with its distribution pipeline. In this evaluation, the operator must determine the relative importance of each threat and estimate and rank the risks posed to its pipeline. This evaluation must consider each applicable current and potential threat, the likelihood of failure associated with each threat, and the potential consequences of such a failure. An operator may subdivide its pipeline into regions with similar characteristics (e.g., contiguous areas within a distribution pipeline consisting of mains, services and other appurtenances; areas with common materials or environmental factors), and for which similar actions likely would be effective in reducing risk.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Identify and implement measures to address risks.</I> Determine and implement measures designed to reduce the risks from failure of its gas distribution pipeline. These measures must include an effective leak management program (unless all leaks are repaired when found).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Measure performance, monitor results, and evaluate effectiveness.</I> (1) Develop and monitor performance measures from an established baseline to evaluate the effectiveness of its IM program. An operator must consider the results of its performance monitoring in periodically re-evaluating the threats and risks. These performance measures must include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Number of hazardous leaks either eliminated or repaired as required by § 192.703(c) of this subchapter (or total number of leaks if all leaks are repaired when found), categorized by cause;
</P>
<P>(ii) Number of excavation damages;
</P>
<P>(iii) Number of excavation tickets (receipt of information by the underground facility operator from the notification center);
</P>
<P>(iv) Total number of leaks either eliminated or repaired, categorized by cause;
</P>
<P>(v) Number of hazardous leaks either eliminated or repaired as required by § 192.703(c) (or total number of leaks if all leaks are repaired when found), categorized by material; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any additional measures the operator determines are needed to evaluate the effectiveness of the operator's IM program in controlling each identified threat.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Periodic Evaluation and Improvement.</I> An operator must re-evaluate threats and risks on its entire pipeline and consider the relevance of threats in one location to other areas. Each operator must determine the appropriate period for conducting complete program evaluations based on the complexity of its system and changes in factors affecting the risk of failure. An operator must conduct a complete program re-evaluation at least every five years. The operator must consider the results of the performance monitoring in these evaluations.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Report results.</I> Report, on an annual basis, the four measures listed in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (e)(1)(iv) of this section, as part of the annual report required by § 191.11. An operator also must report the four measures to the state pipeline safety authority if a state exercises jurisdiction over the operator's pipeline.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 63934, Dec. 4, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 5499, Feb. 1, 2011; 86 FR 2241, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.1009" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.16.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.1009   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.1011" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.16.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.1011   What records must an operator keep?</HEAD>
<P>An operator must maintain records demonstrating compliance with the requirements of this subpart for at least 10 years. The records must include copies of superseded integrity management plans developed under this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.1013" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.16.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.1013   When may an operator deviate from required periodic inspections under this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) An operator may propose to reduce the frequency of periodic inspections and tests required in this part on the basis of the engineering analysis and risk assessment required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) An operator must submit its proposal to the PHMSA Associate Administrator for Pipeline Safety or, in the case of an intrastate pipeline facility regulated by the State, the appropriate State agency. The applicable oversight agency may accept the proposal on its own authority, with or without conditions and limitations, on a showing that the operator's proposal, which includes the adjusted interval, will provide an equal or greater overall level of safety.
</P>
<P>(c) An operator may implement an approved reduction in the frequency of a periodic inspection or test only where the operator has developed and implemented an integrity management program that provides an equal or improved overall level of safety despite the reduced frequency of periodic inspections.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 192.1015" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.16.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 192.1015   What must a small LPG operator do to implement this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> No later than August 2, 2011, a small LPG operator must develop and implement an IM program that includes a written IM plan as specified in paragraph (b) of this section. The IM program for these pipelines should reflect the relative simplicity of these types of pipelines.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Elements.</I> A written integrity management plan must address, at a minimum, the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Knowledge.</I> The operator must demonstrate knowledge of its pipeline, which, to the extent known, should include the approximate location and material of its pipeline. The operator must identify additional information needed and provide a plan for gaining knowledge over time through normal activities conducted on the pipeline (for example, design, construction, operations or maintenance activities).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Identify threats.</I> The operator must consider, at minimum, the following categories of threats (existing and potential): Corrosion (including atmospheric corrosion), natural forces, excavation damage, other outside force damage, material or weld failure, equipment failure, and incorrect operation.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rank risks.</I> The operator must evaluate the risks to its pipeline and estimate the relative importance of each identified threat.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Identify and implement measures to mitigate risks.</I> The operator must determine and implement measures designed to reduce the risks from failure of its pipeline.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Measure performance, monitor results, and evaluate effectiveness.</I> The operator must monitor, as a performance measure, the number of leaks eliminated or repaired on its pipeline and their causes.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Periodic evaluation and improvement.</I> The operator must determine the appropriate period for conducting IM program evaluations based on the complexity of its pipeline and changes in factors affecting the risk of failure. An operator must re-evaluate its entire program at least every 5 years. The operator must consider the results of the performance monitoring in these evaluations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Records.</I> The operator must maintain, for a period of at least 10 years, the following records:
</P>
<P>(1) A written IM plan in accordance with this section, including superseded IM plans;
</P>
<P>(2) Documents supporting threat identification; and
</P>
<P>(3) Documents showing the location and material of all piping and appurtenances that are installed after the effective date of the operator's IM program and, to the extent known, the location and material of all pipe and appurtenances that were existing on the effective date of the operator's program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 63934, Dec. 4, 2009, as amended at 86 FR 2242, Jan. 11, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.17" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.18.8.1.14" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 192 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.18.8.1.15" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 192—Qualification of Pipe and Components








</HEAD>
<HD1>I. List of Specifications
</HD1>
<HD2>A. Listed Pipe Specifications
</HD2>
<FP-1>API Spec 5L, Line Pipe (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM A53/A53M, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM A106/A-106M, Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM A333/A333M, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service and Other Applications with Required Notch Toughness (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM A381, Standard Specification for Metal-Arc-Welded Carbon or High-Strength Low-alloy Steel Pipe for Use With High-Pressure Transmission Systems (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM A671/A671M, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM A672/A672M, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure Service at Moderate Temperatures (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM A691/A691M, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric-Fusion-Welded for High-Pressure Service at High Temperatures (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM D2513, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM D2517, Standard Specification for Reinforced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM F2785, Standard Specification for Polyamide 12 Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM F2817, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Maintenance or Repair (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM F2945, Standard Specification for Polyamide 11 Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<HD2>B. Other Listed Specifications for Components
</HD2>
<FP-1>ASME B16.40, Manually Operated Thermoplastic Gas Shutoffs and Valves in Gas Distribution Systems (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM D2513, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM D2517, Standard Specification for Reinforced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM F1055, Standard Specification for Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled Polyethylene and Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe and Tubing (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM F1924, Standard Specification for Plastic Mechanical Fittings for Use on Outside Diameter Controlled Polyethylene Gas Distribution Pipe and Tubing (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM F1948, Standard Specification for Metallic Mechanical Fittings for Use on Outside Diameter Controlled Thermoplastic Gas Distribution Pipe and Tubing (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM F1973, Standard Specification for Factory Assembled Anodeless Risers and Transition Fittings in Polyethylene (PE) and Polyamide 11 (PA 11) and Polyamide 12 (PA 12) Fuel Gas Distribution Systems (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM F2145, Standard Specification for Polyamide 11 (PA 11) and Polyamide 12 (PA12) Mechanical Fittings for Use on Outside Diameter Controlled Polyamide 11 and Polyamide 12 Pipe and Tubing (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM F2600, Standard Specification for Electrofusion Type Polyamide-11 Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled Polyamide-11 Pipe and Tubing (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM F2767, Specification for Electrofusion Type Polyamide-12 Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled Polyamide-12 Pipe and Tubing for Gas Distribution (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM F2785, Standard Specification for Polyamide 12 Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM F2817, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Maintenance or Repair (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASTM F2945, Standard Specification for Polyamide 11 Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings (incorporated by reference, see § 192.7).
</FP-1>
<P>II. <I>Steel pipe of unknown or unlisted specification.</I> 
</P>
<P>A. <I>Bending Properties.</I> For pipe 2 inches (51 millimeters) or less in diameter, a length of pipe must be cold bent through at least 90 degrees around a cylindrical mandrel that has a diameter 12 times the diameter of the pipe, without developing cracks at any portion and without opening the longitudinal weld.
</P>
<P>For pipe more than 2 inches (51 millimeters) in diameter, the pipe must meet the requirements of the flattening tests set forth in ASTM A53/A53M (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7), except that the number of tests must be at least equal to the minimum required in paragraph II-D of this appendix to determine yield strength.
</P>
<P>B. <I>Weldability.</I> A girth weld must be made in the pipe by a welder who is qualified under subpart E of this part. The weld must be made under the most severe conditions under which welding will be allowed in the field and by means of the same procedure that will be used in the field. On pipe more than 4 inches (102 millimeters) in diameter, at least one test weld must be made for each 100 lengths of pipe. On pipe 4 inches (102 millimeters) or less in diameter, at least one test weld must be made for each 400 lengths of pipe. The weld must be tested in accordance with API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). If the requirements of API Std 1104 cannot be met, weldability may be established by making chemical tests for carbon and manganese, and proceeding in accordance with ASME BPVC, Section IX (incorporated by reference, see 192.7). The same number of chemical tests must be made as are required for testing a girth weld.
</P>
<P>C. <I>Inspection.</I> The pipe must be clean enough to permit adequate inspection. It must be visually inspected to ensure that it is reasonably round and straight and there are no defects which might impair the strength or tightness of the pipe.
</P>
<P>D. <I>Tensile Properties.</I> If the tensile properties of the pipe are not known, the minimum yield strength may be taken as 24,000 p.s.i. (165 MPa) or less, or the tensile properties may be established by performing tensile tests as set forth in API Spec 5L (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 192.7). All test specimens shall be selected at random and the following number of tests must be performed:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Number of Tensile Tests—All Sizes
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 lengths or less</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 set of tests for each length.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 to 100 lengths</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 set of tests for each 5 lengths, but not less than 10 tests.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 100 lengths</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 set of tests for each 10 lengths, but not less than 20 tests.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>If the yield-tensile ratio, based on the properties determined by those tests, exceeds 0.85, the pipe may be used only as provided in § 192.55(c). 
</FP>
<P>III. <I>Steel pipe manufactured before November 12, 1970, to earlier editions of listed specifications.</I> Steel pipe manufactured before November 12, 1970, in accordance with a specification of which a later edition is listed in section I of this appendix, is qualified for use under this part if the following requirements are met: 
</P>
<P>A. <I>Inspection.</I> The pipe must be clean enough to permit adequate inspection. It must be visually inspected to ensure that it is reasonably round and straight and that there are no defects which might impair the strength or tightness of the pipe. 
</P>
<P>B. <I>Similarity of specification requirements.</I> The edition of the listed specification under which the pipe was manufactured must have substantially the same requirements with respect to the following properties as a later edition of that specification listed in section I of this appendix: 
</P>
<P>(1) Physical (mechanical) properties of pipe, including yield and tensile strength, elongation, and yield to tensile ratio, and testing requirements to verify those properties. 
</P>
<P>(2) Chemical properties of pipe and testing requirements to verify those properties. 
</P>
<P>C. <I>Inspection or test of welded pipe.</I> On pipe with welded seams, one of the following requirements must be met: 
</P>
<P>(1) The edition of the listed specification to which the pipe was manufactured must have substantially the same requirements with respect to nondestructive inspection of welded seams and the standards for acceptance or rejection and repair as a later edition of the specification listed in section I of this appendix. 
</P>
<P>(2) The pipe must be tested in accordance with subpart J of this part to at least 1.25 times the maximum allowable operating pressure if it is to be installed in a class 1 location and to at least 1.5 times the maximum allowable operating pressure if it is to be installed in a class 2, 3, or 4 location. Notwithstanding any shorter time period permitted under subpart J of this part, the test pressure must be maintained for at least 8 hours.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting appendix B to part 192, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.18.8.1.16" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 192—Qualification of Welders for Low Stress Level Pipe
</HEAD>
<P>I. <I>Basic test.</I> The test is made on pipe 12 inches (305 millimeters) or less in diameter. The test weld must be made with the pipe in a horizontal fixed position so that the test weld includes at least one section of overhead position welding. The beveling, root opening, and other details must conform to the specifications of the procedure under which the welder is being qualified. Upon completion, the test weld is cut into four coupons and subjected to a root bend test. If, as a result of this test, two or more of the four coupons develop a crack in the weld material, or between the weld material and base metal, that is more than 
<FR>1/8</FR>-inch (3.2 millimeters) long in any direction, the weld is unacceptable. Cracks that occur on the corner of the specimen during testing are not considered. A welder who successfully passes a butt-weld qualification test under this section shall be qualified to weld on all pipe diameters less than or equal to 12 inches.
</P>
<P>II. <I>Additional tests for welders of service line connections to mains.</I> A service line connection fitting is welded to a pipe section with the same diameter as a typical main. The weld is made in the same position as it is made in the field. The weld is unacceptable if it shows a serious undercutting or if it has rolled edges. The weld is tested by attempting to break the fitting off the run pipe. The weld is unacceptable if it breaks and shows incomplete fusion, overlap, or poor penetration at the junction of the fitting and run pipe. 
</P>
<P>III. <I>Periodic tests for welders of small service lines.</I> Two samples of the welder's work, each about 8 inches (203 millimeters) long with the weld located approximately in the center, are cut from steel service line and tested as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) One sample is centered in a guided bend testing machine and bent to the contour of the die for a distance of 2 inches (51 millimeters) on each side of the weld. If the sample shows any breaks or cracks after removal from the bending machine, it is unacceptable. 
</P>
<P>(2) The ends of the second sample are flattened and the entire joint subjected to a tensile strength test. If failure occurs adjacent to or in the weld metal, the weld is unacceptable. If a tensile strength testing machine is not available, this sample must also pass the bending test prescribed in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37504, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32896, June 14, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.18.8.1.17" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 192—Criteria for Cathodic Protection and Determination of Measurements
</HEAD>
<P>I. <I>Criteria for cathodic protection—</I> A. <I>Steel, cast iron, and ductile iron structures.</I> (1) A negative (cathodic) voltage of at least 0.85 volt, with reference to a saturated copper-copper sulfate half cell. Determination of this voltage must be made with the protective current applied, and in accordance with sections II and IV of this appendix. 
</P>
<P>(2) A negative (cathodic) voltage shift of at least 300 millivolts. Determination of this voltage shift must be made with the protective current applied, and in accordance with sections II and IV of this appendix. This criterion of voltage shift applies to structures not in contact with metals of different anodic potentials. 
</P>
<P>(3) A minimum negative (cathodic) polarization voltage shift of 100 millivolts. This polarization voltage shift must be determined in accordance with sections III and IV of this appendix. 
</P>
<P>(4) A voltage at least as negative (cathodic) as that originally established at the beginning of the Tafel segment of the E-log-I curve. This voltage must be measured in accordance with section IV of this appendix. 
</P>
<P>(5) A net protective current from the electrolyte into the structure surface as measured by an earth current technique applied at predetermined current discharge (anodic) points of the structure. 
</P>
<P>B. <I>Aluminum structures.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (3) and (4) of this paragraph, a minimum negative (cathodic) voltage shift of 150 millivolts, produced by the application of protective current. The voltage shift must be determined in accordance with sections II and IV of this appendix. 
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (3) and (4) of this paragraph, a minimum negative (cathodic) polarization voltage shift of 100 millivolts. This polarization voltage shift must be determined in accordance with sections III and IV of this appendix. 
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding the alternative minimum criteria in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph, aluminum, if cathodically protected at voltages in excess of 1.20 volts as measured with reference to a copper-copper sulfate half cell, in accordance with section IV of this appendix, and compensated for the voltage (IR) drops other than those across the structure-electrolyte boundary may suffer corrosion resulting from the build-up of alkali on the metal surface. A voltage in excess of 1.20 volts may not be used unless previous test results indicate no appreciable corrosion will occur in the particular environment. 
</P>
<P>(4) Since aluminum may suffer from corrosion under high pH conditions, and since application of cathodic protection tends to increase the pH at the metal surface, careful investigation or testing must be made before applying cathodic protection to stop pitting attack on aluminum structures in environments with a natural pH in excess of 8. 
</P>
<P>C. <I>Copper structures.</I> A minimum negative (cathodic) polarization voltage shift of 100 millivolts. This polarization voltage shift must be determined in accordance with sections III and IV of this appendix. 
</P>
<P>D. <I>Metals of different anodic potentials.</I> A negative (cathodic) voltage, measured in accordance with section IV of this appendix, equal to that required for the most anodic metal in the system must be maintained. If amphoteric structures are involved that could be damaged by high alkalinity covered by paragraphs (3) and (4) of paragraph B of this section, they must be electrically isolated with insulating flanges, or the equivalent. 
</P>
<P>II. <I>Interpretation of voltage measurement.</I> Voltage (IR) drops other than those across the structure-electrolyte boundary must be considered for valid interpretation of the voltage measurement in paragraphs A(1) and (2) and paragraph B(1) of section I of this appendix. 
</P>
<P>III. <I>Determination of polarization voltage shift.</I> The polarization voltage shift must be determined by interrupting the protective current and measuring the polarization decay. When the current is initially interrupted, an immediate voltage shift occurs. The voltage reading after the immediate shift must be used as the base reading from which to measure polarization decay in paragraphs A(3), B(2), and C of section I of this appendix. 
</P>
<P>IV. <I>Reference half cells.</I> A. Except as provided in paragraphs B and C of this section, negative (cathodic) voltage must be measured between the structure surface and a saturated copper-copper sulfate half cell contacting the electrolyte. 
</P>
<P>B. Other standard reference half cells may be substituted for the saturated cooper-copper sulfate half cell. Two commonly used reference half cells are listed below along with their voltage equivalent to −0.85 volt as referred to a saturated copper-copper sulfate half cell: 
</P>
<P>(1) Saturated KCl calomel half cell: −0.78 volt. 
</P>
<P>(2) Silver-silver chloride half cell used in sea water: −0.80 volt. 
</P>
<P>C. In addition to the standard reference half cells, an alternate metallic material or structure may be used in place of the saturated copper-copper sulfate half cell if its potential stability is assured and if its voltage equivalent referred to a saturated copper-copper sulfate half cell is established. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12305, June 30, 1971] 


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.18.8.1.18" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 192—Guidance on Determining High Consequence Areas and on Carrying out Requirements in the Integrity Management Rule
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. Guidance on Determining a High Consequence Area 
</HD1>
<P>To determine which segments of an operator's transmission pipeline system are covered for purposes of the integrity management program requirements, an operator must identify the high consequence areas. An operator must use method (1) or (2) from the definition in § 192.903 to identify a high consequence area. An operator may apply one method to its entire pipeline system, or an operator may apply one method to individual portions of the pipeline system. (Refer to figure E.I.A for a diagram of a high consequence area).
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er06ap04.003.gif"/>
<HD1>II. Guidance on Assessment Methods and Additional Preventive and Mitigative Measures for Transmission Pipelines 
</HD1>
<P>(a) Table E.II.1 gives guidance to help an operator implement requirements on additional preventive and mitigative measures for addressing time dependent and independent threats for a transmission pipeline operating below 30% SMYS not in an HCA (<I>i.e.</I> outside of potential impact circle) but located within a Class 3 or Class 4 Location. 
</P>
<P>(b) Table E.II.2 gives guidance to help an operator implement requirements on assessment methods for addressing time dependent and independent threats for a transmission pipeline in an HCA. 
</P>
<P>(c) Table E.II.3 gives guidance on preventative &amp; mitigative measures addressing time dependent and independent threats for transmission pipelines that operate below 30% SMYS, in HCAs.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er06ap04.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06ap04.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06ap04.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06ap04.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06ap04.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06ap04.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06ap04.010.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-95, 69 FR 18234, Apr. 6, 2004, as amended by Amdt. 192-95, May 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.18.8.1.19" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 192—Criteria for Conducting Integrity Assessments Using Guided Wave Ultrasonic Testing (GWUT)
</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="34">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22017, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>This appendix defines criteria which must be properly implemented for use of guided wave ultrasonic testing (GWUT) as an integrity assessment method. Any application of GWUT that does not conform to these criteria is considered “other technology” as described by §§ 192.710(c)(7), 192.921(a)(7), and 192.937(c)(7), for which OPS must be notified 90 days prior to use in accordance with §§ 192.921(a)(7) or 192.937(c)(7). GWUT in the “Go-No Go” mode means that all indications (wall loss anomalies) above the testing threshold (a maximum of 5% of cross sectional area (CSA) sensitivity) be directly examined, in-line tool inspected, pressure tested, or replaced prior to completing the integrity assessment on the carrier pipe.
</P>
<P>I. <I>Equipment and Software: Generation.</I> The equipment and the computer software used are critical to the success of the inspection. Computer software for the inspection equipment must be reviewed and updated, as required, on an annual basis, with intervals not to exceed 15 months, to support sensors, enhance functionality, and resolve any technical or operational issues identified.
</P>
<P>II. <I>Inspection Range.</I> The inspection range and sensitivity are set by the signal to noise (S/N) ratio but must still keep the maximum threshold sensitivity at 5% cross sectional area (CSA). A signal that has an amplitude that is at least twice the noise level can be reliably interpreted. The greater the S/N ratio the easier it is to identify and interpret signals from small changes. The signal to noise ratio is dependent on several variables such as surface roughness, coating, coating condition, associated pipe fittings (T's, elbows, flanges), soil compaction, and environment. Each of these affects the propagation of sound waves and influences the range of the test. It may be necessary to inspect from both ends of the pipeline segment to achieve a full inspection. In general, the inspection range can approach 60 to 100 feet for a 5% CSA, depending on field conditions.
</P>
<P>III. <I>Complete Pipe Inspection.</I> To ensure that the entire pipeline segment is assessed there should be at least a 2 to 1 signal to noise ratio across the entire pipeline segment that is inspected. This may require multiple GWUT shots. Double-ended inspections are expected. These two inspections are to be overlaid to show the minimum 2 to 1 S/N ratio is met in the middle. If possible, show the same near or midpoint feature from both sides and show an approximate 5% distance overlap.
</P>
<P>IV. <I>Sensitivity.</I> The detection sensitivity threshold determines the ability to identify a cross sectional change. The maximum threshold sensitivity cannot be greater than 5% of the cross sectional area (CSA).
</P>
<P>The locations and estimated CSA of all metal loss features in excess of the detection threshold must be determined and documented.
</P>
<P>All defect indications in the “Go-No Go” mode above the 5% testing threshold must be directly examined, in-line inspected, pressure tested, or replaced prior to completing the integrity assessment.
</P>
<P>V. <I>Wave Frequency.</I> Because a single wave frequency may not detect certain defects, a minimum of three frequencies must be run for each inspection to determine the best frequency for characterizing indications. The frequencies used for the inspections must be documented and must be in the range specified by the manufacturer of the equipment.
</P>
<P>VI. <I>Signal or Wave Type: Torsional and Longitudinal.</I> Both torsional and longitudinal waves must be used and use must be documented.
</P>
<P>VII. <I>Distance Amplitude Correction (DAC) Curve and Weld Calibration.</I> The distance amplitude correction curve accounts for coating, pipe diameter, pipe wall and environmental conditions at the assessment location. The DAC curve must be set for each inspection as part of establishing the effective range of a GWUT inspection. DAC curves provide a means for evaluating the cross-sectional area change of reflections at various distances in the test range by assessing signal to noise ratio. A DAC curve is a means of taking apparent attenuation into account along the time base of a test signal. It is a line of equal sensitivity along the trace which allows the amplitudes of signals at different axial distances from the collar to be compared.
</P>
<P>VIII. <I>Dead Zone.</I> The dead zone is the area adjacent to the collar in which the transmitted signal blinds the received signal, making it impossible to obtain reliable results. Because the entire line must be inspected, inspection procedures must account for the dead zone by requiring the movement of the collar for additional inspections. An alternate method of obtaining valid readings in the dead zone is to use B-scan ultrasonic equipment and visual examination of the external surface. The length of the dead zone and the near field for each inspection must be documented.
</P>
<P>IX. <I>Near Field Effects.</I> The near field is the region beyond the dead zone where the receiving amplifiers are increasing in power, before the wave is properly established. Because the entire line must be inspected, inspection procedures must account for the near field by requiring the movement of the collar for additional inspections. An alternate method of obtaining valid readings in the near field is to use B-scan ultrasonic equipment and visual examination of the external surface. The length of the dead zone and the near field for each inspection must be documented.
</P>
<P>X. <I>Coating Type.</I> Coatings can have the effect of attenuating the signal. Their thickness and condition are the primary factors that affect the rate of signal attenuation. Due to their variability, coatings make it difficult to predict the effective inspection distance. Several coating types may affect the GWUT results to the point that they may reduce the expected inspection distance. For example, concrete coated pipe may be problematic when well bonded due to the attenuation effects. If an inspection is done and the required sensitivity is not achieved for the entire length of the pipe, then another type of assessment method must be utilized.
</P>
<P>XI. <I>End Seal.</I> When assessing cased carrier pipe with GWUT, operators must remove the end seal from the casing at each GWUT test location to facilitate visual inspection. Operators must remove debris and water from the casing at the end seals. Any corrosion material observed must be removed, collected and reviewed by the operator's corrosion technician. The end seal does not interfere with the accuracy of the GWUT inspection but may have a dampening effect on the range.
</P>
<P>XII. <I>Weld Calibration to set DAC Curve.</I> Accessible welds, along or outside the pipeline segment to be inspected, must be used to set the DAC curve. A weld or welds in the access hole (secondary area) may be used if welds along the pipeline segment are not accessible. In order to use these welds in the secondary area, sufficient distance must be allowed to account for the dead zone and near field. There must not be a weld between the transducer collar and the calibration weld. A conservative estimate of the predicted amplitude for the weld is 25% CSA (cross sectional area) and can be used if welds are not accessible. Calibrations (setting of the DAC curve) should be on pipe with similar properties such as wall thickness and coating. If the actual weld cap height is different from the assumed weld cap height, the estimated CSA may be inaccurate and adjustments to the DAC curve may be required. Alternative means of calibration can be used if justified by a documented engineering analysis and evaluation.
</P>
<P>XIII. <I>Validation of Operator Training.</I> Pipeline operators must require all guided wave service providers to have equipment-specific training and experience for all GWUT Equipment Operators which includes training for:
</P>
<P>A. Equipment operation,
</P>
<P>B. field data collection, and
</P>
<P>C. data interpretation on cased and buried pipe.
</P>
<P>Only individuals who have been qualified by the manufacturer or an independently assessed evaluation procedure similar to ISO 9712 (Sections: 5 Responsibilities; 6 Levels of Qualification; 7 Eligibility; and 10 Certification), as specified above, may operate the equipment. A senior-level GWUT equipment operator with pipeline specific experience must provide onsite oversight of the inspection and approve the final reports. A senior-level GWUT equipment operator must have additional training and experience, including training specific to cased and buried pipe, with a quality control program which that conforms to Section 12 of ASME B31.8S (for availability, see § 192.7).
</P>
<P>XIV. <I>Training and Experience Minimums for Senior Level GWUT Equipment Operators:</I>
</P>
<P>• Equipment Manufacturer's minimum qualification for equipment operation and data collection with specific endorsements for casings and buried pipe
</P>
<P>• Training, qualification and experience in testing procedures and frequency determination
</P>
<P>• Training, qualification and experience in conversion of guided wave data into pipe features and estimated metal loss (estimated cross-sectional area loss and circumferential extent)
</P>
<P>• Equipment Manufacturer's minimum qualification with specific endorsements for data interpretation of anomaly features for pipe within casings and buried pipe.
</P>
<P>XV. <I>Equipment: Traceable from vendor to inspection company.</I> An operator must maintain documentation of the version of the GWUT software used and the serial number of the other equipment such as collars, cables, etc., in the report.
</P>
<P>XVI. <I>Calibration Onsite.</I> The GWUT equipment must be calibrated for performance in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and specifications, including the frequency of calibrations. A diagnostic check and system check must be performed on-site each time the equipment is relocated to a different casing or pipeline segment. If on-site diagnostics show a discrepancy with the manufacturer's requirements and specifications, testing must cease until the equipment can be restored to manufacturer's specifications.
</P>
<P>XVII. <I>Use on Shorted Casings (direct or electrolytic).</I> GWUT may not be used to assess shorted casings. GWUT operators must have operations and maintenance procedures (<I>see § 192.605</I>) to address the effect of shorted casings on the GWUT signal. The equipment operator must clear any evidence of interference, other than some slight dampening of the GWUT signal from the shorted casing, according to their operating and maintenance procedures. All shorted casings found while conducting GWUT inspections must be addressed by the operator's standard operating procedures.
</P>
<P>XVIII. <I>Direct examination of all indications above the detection sensitivity threshold.</I> The use of GWUT in the “Go-No Go” mode requires that all indications (wall loss anomalies) above the testing threshold (5% of CSA sensitivity) be directly examined (or replaced) prior to completing the integrity assessment on the cased carrier pipe or other GWUT application. If this cannot be accomplished, then alternative methods of assessment (such as hydrostatic pressure tests or ILI) must be utilized.
</P>
<P>XIV. <I>Timing of direct examination of all indications above the detection sensitivity threshold.</I> Operators must either replace or conduct direct examinations of all indications identified above the detection sensitivity threshold according to the table below. Operators must conduct leak surveys and reduce operating pressure as specified until the pipe is replaced or direct examinations are completed.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Required Response to GWUT Indications
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">GWUT criterion
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Operating pressure less than or equal to 30% SMYS
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Operating pressure over 30 and less than or equal to 50% SMYS
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Operating pressure over 50% SMYS
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over the detection sensitivity threshold (maximum of 5% CSA)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Replace or direct examination within 12 months, and instrumented leak survey once every 30 calendar days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Replace or direct examination within 6 months, instrumented leak survey once every 30 calendar days, and maintain MAOP below the operating pressure at time of discovery</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Replace or direct examination within 6 months, instrumented leak survey once every 30 calendar days, and reduce MAOP to 80% of operating pressure at time of discovery.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-125, 84 FR 52255, Oct. 1, 2019]




</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix G" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.8.18.8.1.20" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix G to Part 192—Guidance on Moderate Consequence Areas
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. List of Definitions
</HD1>
<HD2>A. Other Principal Arterials
</HD2>
<P>These roadways serve major centers of metropolitan areas, provide a high degree of mobility, and can also provide mobility through rural areas. Unlike their access-controlled counterparts, these roadways can serve abutting land uses directly. Forms of access for other principal arterial roadways include driveways to specific parcels and at-grade intersections with other roadways. For the most part, roadways that fall into the top three functional classification categories (interstate, other freeways and expressways, and other principal arterials) provide similar service in both urban and rural areas. The primary difference is that multiple arterial routes usually serve a particular urban area, radiating out from the urban center to serve the surrounding region. In contrast, an expanse of a rural area of equal size would be served by a single arterial.
</P>
<HD2>B. Minor Arterials
</HD2>
<P>Minor arterials provide service for trips of moderate length, serve geographic areas that are smaller than their higher-arterial counterparts, and offer connectivity to the higher-arterial system. In an urban context, they interconnect and augment the higher-arterial system, provide intra-community continuity, and may carry local bus routes. In rural settings, minor arterials should be identified and spaced at intervals that are consistent with population density so that all developed areas are within a reasonable distance of a higher-level Arterial. In addition, minor arterials in rural areas are typically designed to provide relatively high overall travel speeds, with minimum interference to through movement. The spacing of minor-arterial streets typically may vary from 
<FR>1/8</FR>- to 
<FR>1/2</FR>-mile in the central business district and between 2 and 3 miles in the suburban fringes. Normally, the spacing should not exceed 1 mile in fully developed areas.
</P>
<HD2>C. Major and Minor Collectors
</HD2>
<P>Collectors serve a critical role in the roadway network by gathering traffic from local roads and funneling it into the arterial network. Within the context of functional classification, collectors are broken down into two categories: major collectors and minor collectors. Until recently, this division was considered only in the rural environment. Currently, all collectors, regardless of whether they are within a rural area or an urban area, may be sub-stratified into major and minor categories. The determination regarding whether a given collector is a major or minor collector is frequently one of the biggest challenges in functionally classifying a roadway network. In the rural environment, collectors generally serve primarily intra-county travel (rather than statewide) and constitute those routes on which, independent of traffic volume, predominant travel distances are shorter than on arterial routes. Consequently, more moderate speeds may be posted. The distinctions between major collectors and minor collectors are often subtle. In general, major-collector routes are longer in length, have lower connecting-driveway densities, have higher speed limits, are spaced at greater intervals, have higher annual average traffic volumes, and may have more travel lanes than their minor-collector counterparts. Careful consideration should be given to these factors when assigning a major or minor collector designation. In rural areas, annual average daily traffic and spacing may be the most significant designation factors. Since major collectors offer more mobility and minor collectors offer more access, it is beneficial to reexamine these two fundamental concepts of functional classification. Overall, the total mileage of major collectors is typically lower than the total mileage of minor collectors, while the total collector mileage is typically one-third of the local roadway network.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 192-156, 90 FR 40764, Aug. 21, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="193" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 193—LIQUEFIED NATURAL GAS FACILITIES: FEDERAL SAFETY STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5103, 60102, 60103, 60104, 60108, 60109, 60110, 60113, 60118; and 49 CFR 1.53. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 9203, Feb. 11, 1980, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 193 appear at 71 FR 33408, June 9, 2006.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2001" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.1.13.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2001   Scope of part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes safety standards for LNG facilities used in the transportation of gas by pipeline that is subject to the pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>) and Part 192 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) LNG facilities used by ultimate consumers of LNG or natural gas.
</P>
<P>(2) LNG facilities used in the course of natural gas treatment or hydrocarbon extraction which do not store LNG.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a marine cargo transfer system and associated facilities, any matter other than siting pertaining to the system or facilities between the marine vessel and the last manifold (or in the absence of a manifold, the last valve) located immediately before a storage tank. 
</P>
<P>(4) Any LNG facility located in navigable waters (as defined in Section 3(8) of the Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C. 796(8)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 9203, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-1, 45 FR 57418, Aug. 28, 1980; Amdt. 193-10, 61 FR 18517, Apr. 26, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2003" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.1.13.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2003   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2005" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.1.13.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2005   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Regulations in this part governing siting, design, installation, or construction of LNG facilities (including material incorporated by reference in these regulations) do not apply to LNG facilities in existence or under construction when the regulations go into effect.
</P>
<P>(b) If an existing LNG facility (or facility under construction before March 31, 2000 is replaced, relocated or significantly altered after March 31, 2000, the facility must comply with the applicable requirements of this part governing, siting, design, installation, and construction, except that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The siting requirements apply only to LNG storage tanks that are significantly altered by increasing the original storage capacity or relocated, and 
</P>
<P>(2) To the extent compliance with the design, installation, and construction requirements would make the replaced, relocated, or altered facility incompatible with the other facilities or would otherwise be impractical, the replaced, relocated, or significantly altered facility may be designed, installed, or constructed in accordance with the original specifications for the facility, or in another manner subject to the approval of the Administrator. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10958, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended by Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11336, Mar. 10, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2007" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.1.13.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2007   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Ambient vaporizer</I> means a vaporizer which derives heat from naturally occurring heat sources, such as the atmosphere, sea water, surface waters, or geothermal waters.
</P>
<P><I>Cargo transfer system</I> means a component, or system of components functioning as a unit, used exclusively for transferring hazardous fluids in bulk between a tank car, tank truck, or marine vessel and a storage tank.
</P>
<P><I>Component</I> means any part, or system of parts functioning as a unit, including, but not limited to, piping, processing equipment, containers, control devices, impounding systems, lighting, security devices, fire control equipment, and communication equipment, whose integrity or reliability is necessary to maintain safety in controlling, processing, or containing a hazardous fluid.
</P>
<P><I>Container</I> means a component other than piping that contains a hazardous fluid.
</P>
<P><I>Control system</I> means a component, or system of components functioning as a unit, including control valves and sensing, warning, relief, shutdown, and other control devices, which is activated either manually or automatically to establish or maintain the performance of another component.
</P>
<P><I>Controllable emergency</I> means an emergency where reasonable and prudent action can prevent harm to people or property.
</P>
<P><I>Design pressure</I> means the pressure used in the design of components for the purpose of determining the minimum permissible thickness or physical characteristics of its various parts. When applicable, static head shall be included in the design pressure to determine the thickness of any specific part.
</P>
<P><I>Determine</I> means make an appropriate investigation using scientific methods, reach a decision based on sound engineering judgment, and be able to demonstrate the basis of the decision.
</P>
<P><I>Dike</I> means the perimeter of an impounding space forming a barrier to prevent liquid from flowing in an unintended direction.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency</I> means a deviation from normal operation, a structural failure, or severe environmental conditions that probably would cause harm to people or property.
</P>
<P><I>Exclusion zone</I> means an area surrounding an LNG facility in which an operator or government agency legally controls all activities in accordance with § 193.2057 and § 193.2059 for as long as the facility is in operation.
</P>
<P><I>Fail-safe</I> means a design feature which will maintain or result in a safe condition in the event of malfunction or failure of a power supply, component, or control device.
</P>
<P><I>g</I> means the standard acceleration of gravity of 9.806 meters per second
<SU>2</SU> (32.17 feet per second
<SU>2</SU>). 
</P>
<P><I>Gas,</I> except when designated as inert, means natural gas, other flammable gas, or gas which is toxic or corrosive.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous fluid</I> means gas or hazardous liquid.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous liquid</I> means LNG or a liquid that is flammable or toxic.
</P>
<P><I>Heated vaporizer</I> means a vaporizer which derives heat from other than naturally occurring heat sources.
</P>
<P><I>Impounding space</I> means a volume of space formed by dikes and floors which is designed to confine a spill of hazardous liquid.
</P>
<P><I>Impounding system</I> includes an impounding space, including dikes and floors for conducting the flow of spilled hazardous liquids to an impounding space. 
</P>
<P><I>Liquefied natural gas</I> or <I>LNG</I> means natural gas or synthetic gas having methane (CH<E T="52">4</E>) as its major constituent which has been changed to a liquid.
</P>
<P><I>LNG facility</I> means a pipeline facility that is used for liquefying natural gas or synthetic gas or transferring, storing, or vaporizing liquefied natural gas. 
</P>
<P><I>LNG plant</I> means an LNG facility or system of LNG facilities functioning as a unit.
</P>
<P><I>m</I>
<SU>3</SU> means a volumetric unit which is one cubic metre, 6.2898 barrels, 35.3147 ft.
<SU>3</SU>, or 264.1720 U.S. gallons, each volume being considered as equal to the other.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum allowable working pressure</I> means the maximum gage pressure permissible at the top of the equipment, containers or pressure vessels while operating at design temperature.
</P>
<P><I>Normal operation</I> means functioning within ranges of pressure, temperature, flow, or other operating criteria required by this part.
</P>
<P><I>Operator</I> means a person who owns or operates an LNG facility.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, firm, joint venture, partnership, corporation, association, state, municipality, cooperative association, or joint stock association and includes any trustee, receiver, assignee, or personal representative thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Pipeline facility</I> means new and existing piping, rights-of-way, and any equipment, facility, or building used in the transportation of gas or in the treatment of gas during the course of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Piping</I> means pipe, tubing, hoses, fittings, valves, pumps, connections, safety devices or related components for containing the flow of hazardous fluids.
</P>
<P><I>Storage tank</I> means a container for storing a hazardous fluid. 
</P>
<P><I>Transfer piping</I> means a system of permanent and temporary piping used for transferring hazardous fluids between any of the following: Liquefaction process facilities, storage tanks, vaporizers, compressors, cargo transfer systems, and facilities other than pipeline facilities.
</P>
<P><I>Transfer system</I> includes transfer piping and cargo transfer system.
</P>
<P><I>Vaporization</I> means an addition of thermal energy changing a liquid to a vapor or gaseous state.
</P>
<P><I>Vaporizer</I> means a heat transfer facility designed to introduce thermal energy in a controlled manner for changing a liquid to a vapor or gaseous state.
</P>
<P><I>Waterfront LNG plant</I> means an LNG plant with docks, wharves, piers, or other structures in, on, or immediately adjacent to the navigable waters of the United States or Puerto Rico and any shore area immediately adjacent to those waters to which vessels may be secured and at which LNG cargo operations may be conducted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 9203, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-1, 45 FR 57418, Aug. 28, 1980; Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70404, Oct. 23, 1980; Amdt. 193-10, 61 FR 18517, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10958, Mar. 1, 2000; 68 FR 11749, Mar. 12, 2003; 70 FR 11140, Mar. 8, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2009" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.1.13.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2009   Rules of regulatory construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this part:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Includes</I> means including but not limited to;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>May</I> means is permitted to or is authorized to;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>May not</I> means is not permitted to or is not authorized to; and
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Shall</I> or <I>must</I> is used in the mandatory and imperative sense.
</P>
<P>(b) In this part:
</P>
<P>(1) Words importing the singular include the plural; and
</P>
<P>(2) Words importing the plural include the singular.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2011" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.1.13.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2011   Reporting.</HEAD>
<P>Incidents, safety-related conditions, and annual pipeline summary data for LNG plants or facilities must be reported in accordance with the requirements of Part 191 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72906, Nov. 26, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2013" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.1.13.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2013   What documents are incorporated by reference partly or wholly in this part?</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="20">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 21978, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) This part prescribes standards, or portions thereof, incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. The materials listed in this section have the full force of law. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, PHMSA must publish a notice of change in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Availability of standards incorporated by reference.</I> All of the materials incorporated by reference are available for inspection from several sources, including the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. For more information contact 202-366-4046 or go to the PHMSA Web site at: <I>http://www.phmsa.dot.gov/pipeline/regs.</I>
</P>
<P>(ii) The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to the NARA Web site at: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(iii) Copies of standards incorporated by reference in this part can also be purchased or are otherwise made available from the respective standards-developing organization at the addresses provided in the centralized IBR section below.
</P>
<P>(b) American Gas Association (AGA), 400 North Capitol Street NW., Washington, DC 20001, and phone: 202-824-7000, Web site: <I>http://www.aga.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) American Gas Association, “Purging Principles and Practices,” 3rd edition, June 2001, (Purging Principles and Practices), IBR approved for §§ 193.2513(b) and (c), 193.2517, and 193.2615(a).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and phone: 202-682-8000, Web site: <I>http://api.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) API Standard 620, “Design and Construction of Large, Welded, Low-pressure Storage Tanks,” 11th edition, February 2008 (including addendum 1 (March 2009), addendum 2 (August 2010), and addendum 3 (March 2012)), (API Std 620), IBR approved for §§ 193.2101(b); 193.2321(b).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191, (800) 548-2723, 703 295-6300 (international), Web site: <I>http://www.asce.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ASCE/SEI 7-05, “Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures” 2005 edition (including supplement No. 1 and Errata), (ASCE/SEI 7-05), IBR approved for § 193.2067(b).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) ASME International (ASME), Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016. 800-843-2763 (U.S/Canada), Web site: <I>http://www.asme.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ASME Boiler &amp; Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1: “Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels,” 2007 edition, July 1, 2007, (ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1), IBR approved for § 193.2321(a).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) Gas Technology Institute (GTI), formerly the Gas Research Institute (GRI), 1700 S. Mount Prospect Road, Des Plaines, IL 60018, phone: 847-768-0500, Web site: <I>www.gastechnology.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) GRI-96/0396.5, “Evaluation of Mitigation Methods for Accidental LNG Releases, Volume 5: Using FEM3A for LNG Accident Consequence Analyses,” April 1997, (GRI-96/0396.5), IBR approved for § 193.2059(a).
</P>
<P>(2) GTI-04/0032 LNGFIRE3: “A Thermal Radiation Model for LNG Fires” March 2004, (GTI-04/0032 LNGFIRE3), IBR approved for § 193.2057(a).
</P>
<P>(3) GTI-04/0049 “LNG Vapor Dispersion Prediction with the DEGADIS 2.1: Dense Gas Dispersion Model for LNG Vapor Dispersion,” April 2004, (GTI-04/0049), IBR approved for § 193.2059(a).
</P>
<P>(g) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA, 02169 phone: 617-984-7275, Web site: <I>http://www.nfpa.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) NFPA-59A (2001), “Standard for the Production, Storage, and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG),” (NFPA-59A-2001), IBR approved for §§ 193.2019(a), 193.2051, 193.2057, 193.2059 introductory text and (c), 193.2101(a), 193.2301, 193.2303, 193.2401, 193.2521, 193.2639(a), and 193.2801.
</P>
<P>(2) NFPA 59A (2006), “Standard for the Production, Storage, and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG),” 2006 edition, approved August 18, 2005, (NFPA-59A-2006), IBR approved for §§ 193.2101(b) and 193.2321(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 182, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2015" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.1.13.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2015   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2017" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.1.13.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2017   Plans and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall maintain at each LNG plant the plans and procedures required for that plant by this part. The plans and procedures must be available upon request for review and inspection by the Administrator or any State Agency that has submitted a current certification or agreement with respect to the plant under the pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>). In addition, each change to the plans or procedures must be available at the LNG plant for review and inspection within 20 days after the change is made. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Associate Administrator or the State Agency that has submitted a current certification under section 5(a) of the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act with respect to the pipeline facility governed by an operator's plans and procedures may, after notice and opportunity for hearing as provided in 49 CFR 190.206 or the relevant State procedures, require the operator to amend its plans and procedures as necessary to provide a reasonable level of safety.
</P>
<P>(c) Each operator must review and update the plans and procedures required by this part—
</P>
<P>(1) When a component is changed significantly or a new component is installed; and
</P>
<P>(2) At intervals not exceeding 27 months, but at least once every 2 calendar years.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70404, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-7, 56 FR 31090, July 9, 1991; Amdt. 193-10, 61 FR 18517, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11336, Mar. 10, 2004; Amdt. 193-24, 78 FR 58915, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2019" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.1.13.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2019   Mobile and temporary LNG facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Mobile and temporary LNG facilities for peakshaving application, for service maintenance during gas pipeline systems repair/alteration, or for other short term applications need not meet the requirements of this part if the facilities are in compliance with applicable sections of NFPA-59A-2001 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013). 
</P>
<P>(b) The State agency having jurisdiction over pipeline safety in the State in which the portable LNG equipment is to be located must be provided with a location description for the installation at least 2 weeks in advance, including to the extent practical, the details of siting, leakage containment or control, fire fighting equipment, and methods employed to restrict public access, except that in the case of emergency where such notice is not possible, as much advance notice as possible must be provided.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-14, 62 FR 41311, Aug. 1, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11336, Mar. 10, 2004; Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 182, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Siting Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2051" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.2.13.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2051   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>Each LNG facility designed, constructed, replaced, relocated or significantly altered after March 31, 2000 must be provided with siting requirements in accordance with the requirements of this part and of NFPA 59A (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013). In the event of a conflict between this part and NFPA-59A-2001, this part prevails.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10958, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended by Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11336, Mar. 10, 2004; Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 182, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2055" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.2.13.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2055   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2057" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.2.13.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2057   Thermal radiation protection.</HEAD>
<P>Each LNG container and LNG transfer system must have a thermal exclusion zone in accordance with section 2.2.3.2 of NFPA-59A-2001 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013) with the following exceptions: 
</P>
<P>(a) The thermal radiation distances must be calculated using Gas Technology Institute's (GTI) report or computer model GTI-04/0032 LNGFIRE3: A Thermal Radiation Model for LNG Fires (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013). The use of other alternate models which take into account the same physical factors and have been validated by experimental test data may be permitted subject to the Administrator's approval.
</P>
<P>(b) In calculating exclusion distances, the wind speed producing the maximum exclusion distances shall be used except for wind speeds that occur less than 5 percent of the time based on recorded data for the area. 
</P>
<P>(c) In calculating exclusion distances, the ambient temperature and relative humidity that produce the maximum exclusion distances shall be used except for values that occur less than five percent of the time based on recorded data for the area. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10958, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended by Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11336, Mar. 10, 2004; Amdt. 193-22, 75 FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 182, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2059" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.2.13.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2059   Flammable vapor-gas dispersion protection.</HEAD>
<P>Each LNG container and LNG transfer system must have a dispersion exclusion zone in accordance with sections 2.2.3.3 and 2.2.3.4 of NFPA-59A-2001 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013) with the following exceptions: 
</P>
<P>(a) Flammable vapor-gas dispersion distances must be determined in accordance with the model described in the GTI-04/0049, “LNG Vapor Dispersion Prediction with the DEGADIS 2.1 Dense Gas Dispersion Model”” (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013).” Alternatively, in order to account for additional cloud dilution which may be caused by the complex flow patterns induced by tank and dike structure, dispersion distances may be calculated in accordance with the model described in the Gas Research Institute report GRI-96/0396.5 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013), “Evaluation of Mitigation Methods for Accidental LNG Releases. Volume 5: Using FEM3A for LNG Accident Consequence Analyses”. The use of alternate models which take into account the same physical factors and have been validated by experimental test data shall be permitted, subject to the Administrator's approval. 
</P>
<P>(b) The following dispersion parameters must be used in computing dispersion distances: 
</P>
<P>(1) Average gas concentration in air = 2.5 percent. 
</P>
<P>(2) Dispersion conditions are a combination of those which result in longer predicted downwind dispersion distances than other weather conditions at the site at least 90 percent of the time, based on figures maintained by National Weather Service of the U.S. Department of Commerce, or as an alternative where the model used gives longer distances at lower wind speeds, Atmospheric Stability (Pasquill Class) F, wind speed = 4.5 miles per hour (2.01 meters/sec) at reference height of 10 meters, relative humidity = 50.0 percent, and atmospheric temperature = average in the region. 
</P>
<P>(3) The elevation for contour (receptor) output H = 0.5 meters. 
</P>
<P>(4) A surface roughness factor of 0.03 meters shall be used. Higher values for the roughness factor may be used if it can be shown that the terrain both upwind and downwind of the vapor cloud has dense vegetation and that the vapor cloud height is more than ten times the height of the obstacles encountered by the vapor cloud. 
</P>
<P>(c) The design spill shall be determined in accordance with section 2.2.3.5 of NFPA-59A-2001 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10959, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended by Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11336, Mar. 10, 2004; Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 183, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2061-193.2065" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.2.13.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2061-193.2065   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2067" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.2.13.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2067   Wind forces.</HEAD>
<P>(a) LNG facilities must be designed to withstand without loss of structural or functional integrity:
</P>
<P>(1) The direct effect of wind forces;
</P>
<P>(2) The pressure differential between the interior and exterior of a confining, or partially confining, structure; and
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of impounding systems for LNG storage tanks, impact forces and potential penetrations by wind borne missiles. 
</P>
<P>(b) The wind forces at the location of the specific facility must be based on one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) For shop fabricated containers of LNG or other hazardous fluids with a capacity of not more than 70,000 gallons, applicable wind load data in ASCE/SEI 7 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013).
</P>
<P>(2) For all other LNG facilities:
</P>
<P>(i) An assumed sustained wind velocity of not less than 150 miles per hour, unless the Administrator finds a lower velocity is justified by adequate supportive data; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The most critical combination of wind velocity and duration, with respect to the effect on the structure, having a probability of exceedance in a 50-year period of 0.5 percent or less, if adequate wind data are available and the probabilistic methodology is reliable. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 9203, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-1, 45 FR 57419, Aug. 28, 1980; 58 FR 14522, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 193-16, 63 FR 37505, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10959, Mar. 1, 2000; Amdt. 193-19, 71 FR 33409, June 9, 2006; Amdt. 193-22, 75 FR 48604, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 183, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2069-193.2073" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.2.13.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2069-193.2073   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Design</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2101" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.13.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2101   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each LNG facility designed after March 31, 2000 must comply with the requirements of this part and of NFPA-59A-2001 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013). If there is a conflict between this Part and NFPA-59A-2001, the requirements in this part prevail.
</P>
<P>(b) Each stationary LNG storage tank must comply with Section 7.2.2 of NFPA-59A-2006 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013) for seismic design of field fabricated tanks. All other LNG storage tanks must comply with API Std-620 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013) for seismic design.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 183, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="13" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.13" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Materials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2103-193.2117" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.13.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2103-193.2117   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2119" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.13.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2119   Records</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall keep a record of all materials for components, buildings, foundations, and support systems, as necessary to verify that material properties meet the requirements of this part. These records must be maintained for the life of the item concerned. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="14" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.14" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Design of Components and Buildings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2121-193.2153" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.14.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2121-193.2153   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="15" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.15" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Impoundment Design and Capacity</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2155" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2155   Structural requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The structural members of an impoundment system must be designed and constructed to prevent impairment of the system's performance reliability and structural integrity as a result of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The imposed loading from—
</P>
<P>(i) Full hydrostatic head of impounded LNG; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Hydrodynamic action, including the effect of any material injected into the system for spill control; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The impingement of the trajectory of an LNG jet discharged at any predictable angle; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Anticipated hydraulic forces from a credible opening in the component or item served, assuming that the discharge pressure equals design pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) The erosive action from a spill, including jetting of spilling LNG, and any other anticipated erosive action including surface water runoff, ice formation, dislodgement of ice formation, and snow removal.
</P>
<P>(3) The effect of the temperature, any thermal gradient, and any other anticipated degradation resulting from sudden or localized contact with LNG.
</P>
<P>(4) Exposure to fire from impounded LNG or from sources other than impounded LNG.
</P>
<P>(5) If applicable, the potential impact and loading on the dike due to—
</P>
<P>(i) Collapse of the component or item served or adjacent components; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the LNG facility adjoins the right-of-way of any highway or railroad, collision by or explosion of a train, tank car, or tank truck that could reasonably be expected to cause the most severe loading.
</P>
<P>(b) An LNG storage tank must not be located within a horizontal distance of one mile (1.6 km) from the ends, or 
<FR>1/4</FR> mile (0.4 km) from the nearest point of a runway, whichever is longer. The height of LNG structures in the vicinity of an airport must also comply with Federal Aviation Administration requirements in 14 CFR Section 1.1. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 9203, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10959, Mar. 1, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2157-193.2159" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2157-193.2159   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2161" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2161   Dikes, general.</HEAD>
<P>An outer wall of a component served by an impounding system may not be used as a dike unless the outer wall is constructed of concrete. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10959, Mar. 1, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2163-193.2165" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.15.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2163-193.2165   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2167" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.15.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2167   Covered systems.</HEAD>
<P>A covered impounding system is prohibited except for concrete wall designed tanks where the concrete wall is an outer wall serving as a dike. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10959, Mar. 1, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2169-193.2171" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.15.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2169-193.2171   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2173" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.15.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2173   Water removal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Impoundment areas must be constructed such that all areas drain completely to prevent water collection. Drainage pumps and piping must be provided to remove water from collecting in the impoundment area. Alternative means of draining may be acceptable subject to the Administrator's approval. 
</P>
<P>(b) The water removal system must have adequate capacity to remove water at a rate equal to 25% of the maximum predictable collection rate from a storm of 10-year frequency and 1-hour duration, and other natural causes. For rainfall amounts, operators must use the “Rainfall Frequency Atlas of the United States” published by the National Weather Service of the U.S. Department of Commerce. 
</P>
<P>(c) Sump pumps for water removal must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be operated as necessary to keep the impounding space as dry as practical; and
</P>
<P>(2) If sump pumps are designed for automatic operation, have redundant automatic shutdown controls to prevent operation when LNG is present. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 9203, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10959, Mar. 1, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2175-193.2179" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.15.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2175-193.2179   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2181" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.15.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2181   Impoundment capacity: LNG storage tanks.</HEAD>
<P>Each impounding system serving an LNG storage tank must have a minimum volumetric liquid impoundment capacity of: 
</P>
<P>(a) 110 percent of the LNG tank's maximum liquid capacity for an impoundment serving a single tank; 
</P>
<P>(b) 100 percent of all tanks or 110 percent of the largest tank's maximum liquid capacity, whichever is greater, for the impoundment serving more than one tank; or 
</P>
<P>(c) If the dike is designed to account for a surge in the event of catastrophic failure, then the impoundment capacity may be reduced to 100 percent in lieu of 110 percent. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10960, Mar. 1, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2183-193.2185" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.15.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2183-193.2185   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="16" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.16" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>LNG Storage Tanks</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2187" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.16.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2187   Nonmetallic membrane liner.</HEAD>
<P>A flammable nonmetallic membrane liner may not be used as an inner container in a storage tank. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10960, Mar. 1, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2189-193.2233" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.3.16.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2189-193.2233   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Construction</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2301" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.4.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2301   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>Each LNG facility constructed after March 31, 2000 must comply with requirements of this part and of NFPA-59A-2001 (incorporated by reference <I>see</I> § 193.2013). In the event of a conflict between this part and NFPA 59A, this part prevails. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10960, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended by Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11336, Mar. 10, 2004; Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 182, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2303" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.4.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2303   Construction acceptance.</HEAD>
<P>No person may place in service any component until it passes all applicable inspections and tests prescribed by this subpart and NFPA-59A-2001 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 9203, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10960, Mar. 1, 2000; Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11337, Mar. 10, 2004; Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 182, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2304" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.4.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2304   Corrosion control overview.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to paragraph (b) of this section, components may not be constructed, repaired, replaced, or significantly altered until a person qualified under § 193.2707(c) reviews the applicable design drawings and materials specifications from a corrosion control viewpoint and determines that the materials involved will not impair the safety or reliability of the component or any associated components.
</P>
<P>(b) The repair, replacement, or significant alteration of components must be reviewed only if the action to be taken—
</P>
<P>(1) Involves a change in the original materials specified;
</P>
<P>(2) Is due to a failure caused by corrosion; or
</P>
<P>(3) Is occasioned by inspection revealing a significant deterioration of the component due to corrosion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70404, Oct. 23, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2305-193.2319" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.4.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2305-193.2319   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2321" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.4.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2321   Nondestructive tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The butt welds in metal shells of storage tanks with internal design pressure above 15 psig must be nondestructively examined in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC) (Section VIII, Division 1)(incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013), except that 100 percent of welds that are both longitudinal (or meridional) and circumferential (or latitudinal) of hydraulic load bearing shells with curved surfaces that are subject to cryogenic temperatures must be nondestructively examined in accordance with the ASME BPVC (Section VIII, Division 1).
</P>
<P>(b) For storage tanks with internal design pressures at 15 psig or less, ultrasonic examinations of welds on metal containers must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 7.3.1.2 of NFPA Std-59A-2006, (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193. 2013);
</P>
<P>(2) Appendices C and Q of API Std 620, (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013);
</P>
<P>(c) Ultrasonic examination records must be retained for the life of the facility. If electronic records are kept, they must be retained in a manner so that they cannot be altered by any means; and
</P>
<P>(d) The ultrasonic equipment used in the examination of welds must be calibrated at a frequency no longer than eight hours. Such calibrations must verify the examination of welds against a calibration standard. If the ultrasonic equipment is found to be out of calibration, all previous weld inspections that are suspect must be reexamined.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-22, 75 FR 48605, Aug. 11, 2010, as amended by Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 183, Jan. 5, 2015; 80 FR 46848, Aug. 6, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2323-193.2329" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.4.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2323-193.2329   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Equipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2401" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.5.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2401   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>After March 31, 2000, each new, replaced, relocated or significantly altered vaporization equipment, liquefaction equipment, and control systems must be designed, fabricated, and installed in accordance with requirements of this part and of NFPA-59A-2001. In the event of a conflict between this part and NFPA 59A (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013), this part prevails. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10960, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended by Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11337, Mar. 10, 2004; Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 182, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="17" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.5.17" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Vaporization Equipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2403-193.2439" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.5.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2403-193.2439   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2441" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.5.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2441   Control center.</HEAD>
<P>Each LNG plant must have a control center from which operations and warning devices are monitored as required by this part. A control center must have the following capabilities and characteristics:
</P>
<P>(a) It must be located apart or protected from other LNG facilities so that it is operational during a controllable emergency.
</P>
<P>(b) Each remotely actuated control system and each automatic shutdown control system required by this part must be operable from the control center.
</P>
<P>(c) Each control center must have personnel in continuous attendance while any of the components under its control are in operation, unless the control is being performed from another control center which has personnel in continuous attendance.
</P>
<P>(d) If more than one control center is located at an LNG Plant, each control center must have more than one means of communication with each other center.
</P>
<P>(e) Each control center must have a means of communicating a warning of hazardous conditions to other locations within the plant frequented by personnel.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2443" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.5.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2443   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2445" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.5.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2445   Sources of power.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Electrical control systems, means of communication, emergency lighting, and firefighting systems must have at least two sources of power which function so that failure of one source does not affect the capability of the other source.
</P>
<P>(b) Where auxiliary generators are used as a second source of electrical power:
</P>
<P>(1) They must be located apart or protected from components so that they are not unusable during a controllable emergency; and
</P>
<P>(2) Fuel supply must be protected from hazards. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Operations</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70405, Oct. 23, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 193.2501" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.6.18.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2501   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes requirements for the operation of LNG facilities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2503" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.6.18.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2503   Operating procedures.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall follow one or more manuals of written procedures to provide safety in normal operation and in responding to an abnormal operation that would affect safety. The procedures must include provisions for:
</P>
<P>(a) Monitoring components or buildings according to the requirements of § 193.2507.
</P>
<P>(b) Startup and shutdown, including for initial startup, performance testing to demonstrate that components will operate satisfactory in service.
</P>
<P>(c) Recognizing abnormal operating conditions.
</P>
<P>(d) Purging and inerting components according to the requirements of § 193.2517.
</P>
<P>(e) In the case of vaporization, maintaining the vaporization rate, temperature and pressure so that the resultant gas is within limits established for the vaporizer and the downstream piping.
</P>
<P>(f) In the case of liquefaction, maintaining temperatures, pressures, pressure differentials and flow rates, as applicable, within their design limits for:
</P>
<P>(1) Boilers;
</P>
<P>(2) Turbines and other prime movers;
</P>
<P>(3) Pumps, compressors, and expanders;
</P>
<P>(4) Purification and regeneration equipment; and
</P>
<P>(5) Equipment within cold boxes. 
</P>
<P>(g) Cooldown of components according to the requirements of § 193.2505.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70405, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11337, Mar. 10, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2505" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.6.18.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2505   Cooldown.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The cooldown of each system of components that is subjected to cryogenic temperatures must be limited to a rate and distribution pattern that keeps thermal stresses within design limits during the cooldown period, paying particular attention to the performance of expansion and contraction devices.
</P>
<P>(b) After cooldown stabilization is reached, cryogenic piping systems must be checked for leaks in areas of flanges, valves, and seals.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2507" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.6.18.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2507   Monitoring operations.</HEAD>
<P>Each component in operation or building in which a hazard to persons or property could exist must be monitored to detect fire or any malfunction or flammable fluid that could cause a hazardous condition. Monitoring must be accomplished by watching or listening from an attended control center for warning alarms, such as gas, temperature, pressure, vacuum, and flow alarms, or by conducting an inspection or test at intervals specified in the operating procedures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt, 193-2, 45 FR 70405, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11337, Mar. 10, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2509" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.6.18.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2509   Emergency procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall determine the types and places of emergencies other than fires that may reasonably be expected to occur at an LNG plant due to operating malfunctions, structural collapse, personnel error, forces of nature, and activities adjacent to the plant.
</P>
<P>(b) To adequately handle each type of emergency identified under paragraph (a) of this section and each fire emergency, each operator must follow one or more manuals of written procedures. The procedures must provide for the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Responding to controllable emergencies, including notifying personnel and using equipment appropriate for handling the emergency.
</P>
<P>(2) Recognizing an uncontrollable emergency and taking action to minimize harm to the public and personnel, including prompt notification of appropriate local officials of the emergency and possible need for evacuation of the public in the vicinity of the LNG plant.
</P>
<P>(3) Coordinating with appropriate local officials in preparation of an emergency evacuation plan, which sets forth the steps required to protect the public in the event of an emergency, including catastrophic failure of an LNG storage tank. 
</P>
<P>(4) Cooperating with appropriate local officials in evacuations and emergencies requiring mutual assistance and keeping these officials advised of:
</P>
<P>(i) The LNG plant fire control equipment, its location, and quantity of units located throughout the plant;
</P>
<P>(ii) Potential hazards at the plant, including fires;
</P>
<P>(iii) Communication and emergency control capabilities at the LNG plant; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The status of each emergency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70405, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11337, Mar. 10, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2511" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.6.18.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2511   Personnel safety.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall provide any special protective clothing and equipment necessary for the safety of personnel while they are performing emergency response duties.
</P>
<P>(b) All personnel who are normally on duty at a fixed location, such as a building or yard, where they could be harmed by thermal radiation from a burning pool of impounded liquid, must be provided a means of protection at that location from the harmful effects of thermal radiation or a means of escape.
</P>
<P>(c) Each LNG plant must be equipped with suitable first-aid material, the location of which is clearly marked and readily available to personnel.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2513" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.6.18.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2513   Transfer procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each transfer of LNG or other hazardous fluid must be conducted in accordance with one or more manuals of written procedures to provide for safe transfers.
</P>
<P>(b) The transfer procedures must include provisions for personnel to:
</P>
<P>(1) Before transfer, verify that the transfer system is ready for use, with connections and controls in proper positions, including if the system could contain a combustible mixture, verifying that it has been adequately purged in accordance with a procedure which meets the requirements of “Purging Principles and Practices (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013)”;
</P>
<P>(2) Before transfer, verify that each receiving container or tank vehicle does not contain any substance that would be incompatible with the incoming fluid and that there is sufficient capacity available to receive the amount of fluid to be transferred;
</P>
<P>(3) Before transfer, verify the maximum filling volume of each receiving container or tank vehicle to ensure that expansion of the incoming fluid due to warming will not result in overfilling or overpressure;
</P>
<P>(4) When making bulk transfer of LNG into a partially filled (excluding cooldown heel) container, determine any differences in temperature or specific gravity between the LNG being transferred and the LNG already in the container and, if necessary, provide a means to prevent rollover due to stratification.
</P>
<P>(5) Verify that the transfer operations are proceeding within design conditions and that overpressure or overfilling does not occur by monitoring applicable flow rates, liquid levels, and vapor returns.
</P>
<P>(6) Manually terminate the flow before overfilling or overpressure occurs; and
</P>
<P>(7) Deactivate cargo transfer systems in a safe manner by depressurizing, venting, and disconnecting lines and conducting any other appropriate operations. 
</P>
<P>(c) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, the procedures for cargo transfer must be located at the transfer area and include provisions for personnel to:
</P>
<P>(1) Be in constant attendance during all cargo transfer operations;
</P>
<P>(2) Prohibit the backing of tank trucks in the transfer area, except when a person is positioned at the rear of the truck giving instructions to the driver;
</P>
<P>(3) Before transfer, verify that:
</P>
<P>(i) Each tank car or tank truck complies with applicable regulations governing its use;
</P>
<P>(ii) All transfer hoses have been visually inspected for damage and defects;
</P>
<P>(iii) Each tank truck is properly immobilized with chock wheels, and electrically grounded; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Each tank truck engine is shut off unless it is required for transfer operations;
</P>
<P>(4) Prevent a tank truck engine that is off during transfer operations from being restarted until the transfer lines have been disconnected and any released vapors have dissipated;
</P>
<P>(5) Prevent loading LNG into a tank car or tank truck that is not in exclusive LNG service or that does not contain a positive pressure if it is in exclusive LNG service, until after the oxygen content in the tank is tested and if it exceeds 2 percent by volume, purged in accordance with a procedure that meets the requirements of “Purging Principles and Practices (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013)”.
</P>
<P>(6) Verify that all transfer lines have been disconnected and equipment cleared before the tank car or tank truck is moved from the transfer position; and
</P>
<P>(7) Verify that transfers into a pipeline system will not exceed the pressure or temperature limits of the system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70405, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 183, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2515" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.6.18.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2515   Investigations of failures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall investigate the cause of each explosion, fire, or LNG spill or leak which results in:
</P>
<P>(1) Death or injury requiring hospitalization; or
</P>
<P>(2) Property damage exceeding $10,000.
</P>
<P>(b) As a result of the investigation, appropriate action must be taken to minimize recurrence of the incident.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator or relevant state agency under the pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>) investigates an incident, the operator involved shall make available all relevant information and provide reasonable assistance in conducting the investigation. Unless necessary to restore or maintain service, or for safety, no component involved in the incident may be moved from its location or otherwise altered until the investigation is complete or the investigating agency otherwise provides. Where components must be moved for operational or safety reasons, they must not be removed from the plant site and must be maintained intact to the extent practicable until the investigation is complete or the investigating agency otherwise provides. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70405, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-10, 61 FR 18517, Apr. 26, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2517" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.6.18.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2517   Purging.</HEAD>
<P>When necessary for safety, components that could accumulate significant amounts of combustible mixtures must be purged in accordance with a procedure which meets the provisions of the “Purging Principles and Practices (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013)” after being taken out of service and before being returned to service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70405, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 183, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2519" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.6.18.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2519   Communication systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each LNG plant must have a primary communication system that provides for verbal communications between all operating personnel at their work stations in the LNG plant.
</P>
<P>(b) Each LNG plant in excess of 70,000 gallons (265,000 liters) storage capacity must have an emergency communication system that provides for verbal communications between all persons and locations necessary for the orderly shutdown of operating equipment and the operation of safety equipment in time of emergency. The emergency communication system must be independent of and physically separated from the primary communication system and the security communication system under § 193.2909.
</P>
<P>(c) Each communication system required by this part must have an auxiliary source of power, except sound-powered equipment. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 9203, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-16, 63 FR 37505, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2521" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.6.18.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2521   Operating records.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall maintain a record of results of each inspection, test and investigation required by this subpart. For each LNG facility that is designed and constructed after March 31, 2000 the operator shall also maintain related inspection, testing, and investigation records that NFPA-59A-2001 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013) requires. Such records, whether required by this part or NFPA-59A-2001, must be kept for a period of not less than five years. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10960, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended by Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11337, Mar. 10, 2004; Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 182, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Maintenance</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70407, Oct. 23, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 193.2601" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2601   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes requirements for maintaining components at LNG plants.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2603" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2603   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each component in service, including its support system, must be maintained in a condition that is compatible with its operational or safety purpose by repair, replacement, or other means.
</P>
<P>(b) An operator may not place, return, or continue in service any component which is not maintained in accordance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) Each component taken out of service must be identified in the records kept under § 193.2639.
</P>
<P>(d) If a safety device is taken out of service for maintenance, the component being served by the device must be taken out of service unless the same safety function is provided by an alternate means.
</P>
<P>(e) If the inadvertent operation of a component taken out of service could cause a hazardous condition, that component must have a tag attached to the controls bearing the words “do not operate” or words of comparable meaning.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2605" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2605   Maintenance procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall determine and perform, consistent with generally accepted engineering practice, the periodic inspections or tests needed to meet the applicable requirements of this subpart and to verify that components meet the maintenance standards prescribed by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator shall follow one or more manuals of written procedures for the maintenance of each component, including any required corrosion control. The procedures must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The details of the inspections or tests determined under paragraph (a) of this section and their frequency of performance; and
</P>
<P>(2) A description of other actions necessary to maintain the LNG plant according to the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) Each operator shall include in the manual required by paragraph (b) of this section instructions enabling personnel who perform operation and maintenance activities to recognize conditions that potentially may be safety-related conditions that are subject to the reporting requirements of § 191.23 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70407, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-5, 53 FR 24950, July 1, 1988; 53 FR 26560, July 13, 1988; Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11337, Mar. 10, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2607" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2607   Foreign material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The presence of foreign material, contaminants, or ice shall be avoided or controlled to maintain the operational safety of each component.
</P>
<P>(b) LNG plant grounds must be free from rubbish, debris, and other material which present a fire hazard. Grass areas on the LNG plant grounds must be maintained in a manner that does not present a fire hazard.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2609" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2609   Support systems.</HEAD>
<P>Each support system or foundation of each component must be inspected for any detrimental change that could impair support.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2611" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2611   Fire protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Maintenance activities on fire control equipment must be scheduled so that a minimum of equipment is taken out of service at any one time and is returned to service in a reasonable period of time.
</P>
<P>(b) Access routes for movement of fire control equipment within each LNG plant must be maintained to reasonably provide for use in all weather conditions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2613" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2613   Auxiliary power sources.</HEAD>
<P>Each auxiliary power source must be tested monthly to check its operational capability and tested annually for capacity. The capacity test must take into account the power needed to start up and simultaneously operate equipment that would have to be served by that power source in an emergency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2615" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2615   Isolating and purging.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before personnel begin maintenance activities on components handling flammable fluids which are isolated for maintenance, the component must be purged in accordance with a procedure which meets the requirements of “Purging Principles and Practices (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013)”; unless the maintenance procedures under § 193.2605 provide that the activity can be safely performed without purging.
</P>
<P>(b) If the component or maintenance activity provides an ignition source, a technique in addition to isolation valves (such as removing spool pieces or valves and blank flanging the piping, or double block and bleed valving) must be used to ensure that the work area is free of flammable fluids.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70405, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 184, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2617" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2617   Repairs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Repair work on components must be performed and tested in a manner which:
</P>
<P>(1) As far as practicable, complies with the applicable requirements of Subpart D of this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Assures the integrity and operational safety of the component being repaired.
</P>
<P>(b) For repairs made while a component is operating, each operator shall include in the maintenance procedures under § 193.2605 appropriate precautions to maintain the safety of personnel and property during repair activities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2619" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2619   Control systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each control system must be properly adjusted to operate within design limits.
</P>
<P>(b) If a control system is out of service for 30 days or more, it must be inspected and tested for operational capability before returning it to service.
</P>
<P>(c) Control systems in service, but not normally in operation, such as relief valves and automatic shutdown devices, and control systems for internal shutoff valves for bottom penetration tanks must be inspected and tested once each calendar year, not exceeding 15 months, with the following exceptions: 
</P>
<P>(1) Control systems used seasonally, such as for liquefaction or vaporization, must be inspected and tested before use each season.
</P>
<P>(2) Control systems that are intended for fire protection must be inspected and tested at regular intervals not to exceed 6 months.
</P>
<P>(d) Control systems that are normally in operation, such as required by a base load system, must be inspected and tested once each calendar year but with intervals not exceeding 15 months.
</P>
<P>(e) Relief valves must be inspected and tested for verification of the valve seat lifting pressure and reseating. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70407, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10960, Mar. 1, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2621" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2621   Testing transfer hoses.</HEAD>
<P>Hoses used in LNG or flammable refrigerant transfer systems must be:
</P>
<P>(a) Tested once each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 15 months, to the maximum pump pressure or relief valve setting; and
</P>
<P>(b) Visually inspected for damage or defects before each use. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2623" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2623   Inspecting LNG storage tanks.</HEAD>
<P>Each LNG storage tank must be inspected or tested to verify that each of the following conditions does not impair the structural integrity or safety of the tank:
</P>
<P>(a) Foundation and tank movement during normal operation and after a major meteorological or geophysical disturbance.
</P>
<P>(b) Inner tank leakage.
</P>
<P>(c) Effectiveness of insulation.
</P>
<P>(d) Frost heave.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70407, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 32720, July 29, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2625" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2625   Corrosion protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall determine which metallic components could, unless corrosion is controlled, have their integrity or reliability adversely affected by external, internal, or atmospheric corrosion during their intended service life.
</P>
<P>(b) Components whose integrity or reliability could be adversely affected by corrosion must be either—
</P>
<P>(1) Protected from corrosion in accordance with §§ 193.2627 through 193.2635, as applicable; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Inspected and replaced under a program of scheduled maintenance in accordance with procedures established under § 193.2605.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2627" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2627   Atmospheric corrosion control.</HEAD>
<P>Each exposed component that is subject to atmospheric corrosive attack must be protected from atmospheric corrosion by—
</P>
<P>(a) Material that has been designed and selected to resist the corrosive atmosphere involved; or
</P>
<P>(b) Suitable coating or jacketing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2629" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2629   External corrosion control: buried or submerged components.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each buried or submerged component that is subject to external corrosive attack must be protected from external corrosion by—
</P>
<P>(1) Material that has been designed and selected to resist the corrosive environment involved; or
</P>
<P>(2) The following means:
</P>
<P>(i) An external protective coating designed and installed to prevent corrosion attack and to meet the requirements of § 192.461 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A cathodic protection system designed to protect components in their entirety in accordance with the requirements of § 192.463 of this chapter and placed in operation before October 23, 1981, or within 1 year after the component is constructed or installed, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(b) Where cathodic protection is applied, components that are electrically interconnected must be protected as a unit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70407, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 32720, July 29, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2631" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2631   Internal corrosion control.</HEAD>
<P>Each component that is subject to internal corrosive attack must be protected from internal corrosion by—
</P>
<P>(a) Material that has been designed and selected to resist the corrosive fluid involved; or
</P>
<P>(b) Suitable coating, inhibitor, or other means.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2633" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2633   Interference currents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each component that is subject to electrical current interference must be protected by a continuing program to minimize the detrimental effects of currents.
</P>
<P>(b) Each cathodic protection system must be designed and installed so as to minimize any adverse effects it might cause to adjacent metal components.
</P>
<P>(c) Each impressed current power source must be installed and maintained to prevent adverse interference with communications and control systems.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2635" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2635   Monitoring corrosion control.</HEAD>
<P>Corrosion protection provided as required by this subpart must be periodically monitored to give early recognition of ineffective corrosion protection, including the following, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(a) Each buried or submerged component under cathodic protection must be tested at least once each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 15 months, to determine whether the cathodic protection meets the requirements of § 192.463 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Each cathodic protection rectifier or other impressed current power source must be inspected at least 6 times each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 2
<FR>1/2</FR> months, to ensure that it is operating properly.
</P>
<P>(c) Each reverse current switch, each diode, and each interference bond whose failure would jeopardize component protection must be electrically checked for proper performance at least 6 times each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 2
<FR>1/2</FR> months. Each other interference bond must be checked at least once each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 15 months.
</P>
<P>(d) Each component that is protected from atmospheric corrosion must be inspected at intervals not exceeding 3 years.
</P>
<P>(e) If a component is protected from internal corrosion, monitoring devices designed to detect internal corrosion, such as coupons or probes, must be located where corrosion is most likely to occur. However, monitoring is not required for corrosion resistant materials if the operator can demonstrate that the component will not be adversely affected by internal corrosion during its service life. Internal corrosion control monitoring devices must be checked at least two times each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 7
<FR>1/2</FR> months.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2637" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2637   Remedial measures.</HEAD>
<P>Prompt corrective or remedial action must be taken whenever an operator learns by inspection or otherwise that atmospheric, external, or internal corrosion is not controlled as required by this subpart. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2639" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.7.18.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2639   Maintenance records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall keep a record at each LNG plant of the date and type of each maintenance activity performed on each component to meet the requirements of this part. For each LNG facility that is designed and constructed after March 31, 2000 the operator shall also maintain related periodic inspection and testing records that NFPA-59A-2001 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013) requires. Maintenance records, whether required by this part or NFPA-59A-2001, must be kept for a period of not less than five years. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator shall maintain records or maps to show the location of cathodically protected components, neighboring structures bonded to the cathodic protection system, and corrosion protection equipment.
</P>
<P>(c) Each of the following records must be retained for as long as the LNG facility remains in service:
</P>
<P>(1) Each record or map required by paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Records of each test, survey, or inspection required by this subpart in sufficient detail to demonstrate the adequacy of corrosion control measures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70407, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-17, 65 FR 10960, Mar. 1, 2000; Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11337, Mar. 10, 2004; Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 182, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Personnel Qualifications and Training</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Sections 193.2707 through 193.2719 appear at Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70404, Oct. 23, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 193.2701" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.8.18.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2701   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes requirements for personnel qualifications and training. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 9219, Feb. 11, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2703" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.8.18.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2703   Design and fabrication.</HEAD>
<P>For the design and fabrication of components, each operator shall use— 
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to design, persons who have demonstrated competence by training or experience in the design of comparable components. 
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to fabrication, persons who have demonstrated competence by training or experience in the fabrication of comparable components. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 9219, Feb. 11, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2705" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.8.18.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2705   Construction, installation, inspection, and testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Supervisors and other personnel utilized for construction, installation, inspection, or testing must have demonstrated their capability to perform satisfactorily the assigned function by appropriate training in the methods and equipment to be used or related experience and accomplishments. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator must periodically determine whether inspectors performing construction, installation, and testing duties required by this part are satisfactorily performing their assigned functions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 9219, Feb. 11, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11337, Mar. 10, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2707" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.8.18.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2707   Operations and maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall utilize for operation or maintenance of components only those personnel who have demonstrated their capability to perform their assigned functions by—
</P>
<P>(1) Successful completion of the training required by §§ 193.2713 and 193.2717; and
</P>
<P>(2) Experience related to the assigned operation or maintenance function; and
</P>
<P>(3) Acceptable performance on a proficiency test relevant to the assigned function.
</P>
<P>(b) A person who does not meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section may operate or maintain a component when accompanied and directed by an individual who meets the requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) Corrosion control procedures under § 193.2605(b), including those for the design, installation, operation, and maintenance of cathodic protection systems, must be carried out by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by experience and training in corrosion control technology.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2709" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.8.18.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2709   Security.</HEAD>
<P>Personnel having security duties must be qualified to perform their assigned duties by successful completion of the training required under § 193.2715.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2711" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.8.18.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2711   Personnel health.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall follow a written plan to verify that personnel assigned operating, maintenance, security, or fire protection duties at the LNG plant do not have any physical condition that would impair performance of their assigned duties. The plan must be designed to detect both readily observable disorders, such as physical handicaps or injury, and conditions requiring professional examination for discovery.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2713" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.8.18.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2713   Training: operations and maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall provide and implement a written plan of initial training to instruct—
</P>
<P>(1) All permanent maintenance, operating, and supervisory personnel—
</P>
<P>(i) About the characteristics and hazards of LNG and other flammable fluids used or handled at the facility, including, with regard to LNG, low temperatures, flammability of mixtures with air, odorless vapor, boiloff characteristics, and reaction to water and water spray;
</P>
<P>(ii) About the potential hazards involved in operating and maintenance activities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) To carry out aspects of the operating and maintenance procedures under §§ 193.2503 and 193.2605 that relate to their assigned functions; and
</P>
<P>(2) All personnel—
</P>
<P>(i) To carry out the emergency procedures under § 193.2509 that relate to their assigned functions; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To give first-aid; and
</P>
<P>(3) All operating and appropriate supervisory personnel— 
</P>
<P>(i) To understand detailed instructions on the facility operations, including controls, functions, and operating procedures; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To understand the LNG transfer procedures provided under § 193.2513.
</P>
<P>(b) A written plan of continuing instruction must be conducted at intervals of not more than two years to keep all personnel current on the knowledge and skills they gained in the program of initial instruction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2715" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.8.18.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2715   Training: security.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Personnel responsible for security at an LNG plant must be trained in accordance with a written plan of initial instruction to:
</P>
<P>(1) Recognize breaches of security;
</P>
<P>(2) Carry out the security procedures under § 193.2903 that relate to their assigned duties;
</P>
<P>(3) Be familiar with basic plant operations and emergency procedures, as necessary to effectively perform their assigned duties; and
</P>
<P>(4) Recognize conditions where security assistance is needed.
</P>
<P>(b) A written plan of continuing instruction must be conducted at intervals of not more than two years to keep all personnel having security duties current on the knowledge and skills they gained in the program of initial instruction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2717" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.8.18.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2717   Training: fire protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All personnel involved in maintenance and operations of an LNG plant, including their immediate supervisors, must be trained according to a written plan of initial instruction, including plant fire drills, to:
</P>
<P>(1) Know the potential causes and areas of fire;
</P>
<P>(2) Know the types, sizes, and predictable consequences of fire; and
</P>
<P>(3) Know and be able to perform their assigned fire control duties according to the procedures established under § 193.2509 and by proper use of equipment provided under § 193.2801.
</P>
<P>(b) A written plan of continuing instruction, including plant fire drills, must be conducted at intervals of not more than two years to keep personnel current on the knowledge and skills they gained in the instruction under paragraph (a) of the section.
</P>
<P>(c) Plant fire drills must provide personnel hands-on experience in carrying out their duties under the fire emergency procedures required by § 193.2509.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70404, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11337, Mar. 10, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2719" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.8.18.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2719   Training: records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall maintain a system of records which—
</P>
<P>(1) Provide evidence that the training programs required by this subpart have been implemented; and
</P>
<P>(2) Provide evidence that personnel have undergone and satisfactorily completed the required training programs.
</P>
<P>(b) Records must be maintained for one year after personnel are no longer assigned duties at the LNG plant.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Fire Protection</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70408, Oct. 23, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 193.2801" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.9.18.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2801   Fire protection.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator must provide and maintain fire protection at LNG plants according to sections 9.1 through 9.7 and section 9.9 of NFPA-59A-2001 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 193.2013). However, LNG plants existing on March 31, 2000, need not comply with provisions on emergency shutdown systems, water delivery systems, detection systems, and personnel qualification and training until September 12, 2005.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-18, 69 FR 11337, Mar. 10, 2004; Amdt. 193-25, 80 FR 182, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 193.2803-193.2821" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.9.18.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 193.2803-193.2821   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Security</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70409, Oct. 23, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 193.2901" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.10.18.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2901   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes requirements for security at LNG plants. However, the requirements do not apply to existing LNG plants that do not contain LNG.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-4, 52 FR 675, Jan. 8, 1987]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2903" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.10.18.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2903   Security procedures.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall prepare and follow one or more manuals of written procedures to provide security for each LNG plant. The procedures must be available at the plant in accordance with § 193.2017 and include at least:
</P>
<P>(a) A description and schedule of security inspections and patrols performed in accordance with § 193.2913;
</P>
<P>(b) A list of security personnel positions or responsibilities utilized at the LNG plant;
</P>
<P>(c) A brief description of the duties associated with each security personnel position or responsibility;
</P>
<P>(d) Instructions for actions to be taken, including notification of other appropriate plant personnel and law enforcement officials, when there is any indication of an actual or attempted breach of security;
</P>
<P>(e) Methods for determining which persons are allowed access to the LNG plant;
</P>
<P>(f) Positive identification of all persons entering the plant and on the plant, including methods at least as effective as picture badges; and
</P>
<P>(g) Liaison with local law enforcement officials to keep them informed about current security procedures under this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2905" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.10.18.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2905   Protective enclosures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following facilities must be surrounded by a protective enclosure:
</P>
<P>(1) Storage tanks;
</P>
<P>(2) Impounding systems;
</P>
<P>(3) Vapor barriers;
</P>
<P>(4) Cargo transfer systems;
</P>
<P>(5) Process, liquefaction, and vaporization equipment;
</P>
<P>(6) Control rooms and stations;
</P>
<P>(7) Control systems;
</P>
<P>(8) Fire control equipment;
</P>
<P>(9) Security communications systems; and
</P>
<P>(10) Alternative power sources.
</P>
<FP>The protective enclosure may be one or more separate enclosures surrounding a single facility or multiple facilities.
</FP>
<P>(b) Ground elevations outside a protective enclosure must be graded in a manner that does not impair the effectiveness of the enclosure.
</P>
<P>(c) Protective enclosures may not be located near features outside of the facility, such as trees, poles, or buildings, which could be used to breach the security.
</P>
<P>(d) At least two accesses must be provided in each protective enclosure and be located to minimize the escape distance in the event of emergency.
</P>
<P>(e) Each access must be locked unless it is continuously guarded. During normal operations, an access may be unlocked only by persons designated in writing by the operator. During an emergency, a means must be readily available to all facility personnel within the protective enclosure to open each access. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2907" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.10.18.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2907   Protective enclosure construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each protective enclosure must have sufficient strength and configuration to obstruct unauthorized access to the facilities enclosed. 
</P>
<P>(b) Openings in or under protective enclosures must be secured by grates, doors or covers of construction and fastening of sufficient strength such that the integrity of the protective enclosure is not reduced by any opening. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70409, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 193-12, 61 FR 27793, June 3, 1996; 61 FR 45905, Aug. 30, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2909" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.10.18.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2909   Security communications.</HEAD>
<P>A means must be provided for:
</P>
<P>(a) Prompt communications between personnel having supervisory security duties and law enforcement officials; and
</P>
<P>(b) Direct communications between all on-duty personnel having security duties and all control rooms and control stations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2911" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.10.18.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2911   Security lighting.</HEAD>
<P>Where security warning systems are not provided for security monitoring under § 193.2913, the area around the facilities listed under § 193.2905(a) and each protective enclosure must be illuminated with a minimum in service lighting intensity of not less than 2.2 lux (0.2 ft
<SU>c</SU>) between sunset and sunrise.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2913" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.10.18.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2913   Security monitoring.</HEAD>
<P>Each protective enclosure and the area around each facility listed in § 193.2905(a) must be monitored for the presence of unauthorized persons. Monitoring must be by visual observation in accordance with the schedule in the security procedures under § 193.2903(a) or by security warning systems that continuously transmit data to an attended location. At an LNG plant with less than 40,000 m
<SU>3</SU> (250,000 bbl) of storage capacity, only the protective enclosure must be monitored.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2915" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.10.18.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2915   Alternative power sources.</HEAD>
<P>An alternative source of power that meets the requirements of § 193.2445 must be provided for security lighting and security monitoring and warning systems required under §§ 193.2911 and 193.2913.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 193.2917" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.9.10.18.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 193.2917   Warning signs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Warning signs must be conspicuously placed along each protective enclosure at intervals so that at least one sign is recognizable at night from a distance of 30m (100 ft.) from any way that could reasonably be used to approach the enclosure.
</P>
<P>(b) Signs must be marked with at least the following on a background of sharply contrasting color:
</P>
<FP>The words “NO TRESPASSING,” or words of comparable meaning.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 193-2, 45 FR 70409, Oct. 23, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 32720, July 29, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="194" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 194—RESPONSE PLANS FOR ONSHORE OIL PIPELINES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>33 U.S.C. 1231, 1321(j)(1)(C), (j)(5) and (j)(6); sec. 2, E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; 49 CFR 1.53.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 253, Jan. 5, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.1" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.1.18.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part contains requirements for oil spill response plans to reduce the environmental impact of oil discharged from onshore oil pipelines.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.3" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.1.18.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to an operator of an onshore oil pipeline that, because of its location, could reasonably be expected to cause substantial harm, or significant and substantial harm to the environment by discharging oil into or on any navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.5" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.1.18.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Adverse weather</I> means the weather conditions that the operator will consider when identifying response systems and equipment to be deployed in accordance with a response plan. Factors to consider include ice conditions, temperature ranges, weather-related visibility, significant wave height as specified in 33 CFR Part 154, Appendix C, Table 1, and currents within the areas in which those systems or equipment are intended to function.
</P>
<P><I>Barrel</I> means 42 United States gallons (159 liters) at 60 °Fahrenheit (15.6 °Celsius).
</P>
<P><I>Breakout tank</I> means a tank used to:
</P>
<P>(1) Relieve surges in an oil pipeline system or 
</P>
<P>(2) Receive and store oil transported by a pipeline for reinjection and continued transportation by pipeline.
</P>
<P><I>Contract or other approved means</I> is:
</P>
<P>(1) A written contract or other legally binding agreement between the operator and a response contractor or other spill response organization identifying and ensuring the availability of the specified personnel and equipment within stipulated response times for a specified geographic area;
</P>
<P>(2) Certification that specified equipment is owned or operated by the pipeline operator, and operator personnel and equipment are available within stipulated response times for a specified geographic area; or
</P>
<P>(3) Active membership in a local or regional oil spill removal organization that has identified specified personnel and equipment to be available within stipulated response times for a specified geographic area.
</P>
<P><I>Environmentally sensitive area</I> means an area of environmental importance which is in or adjacent to navigable waters. 
</P>
<P><I>High volume area</I> means an area which an oil pipeline having a nominal outside diameter of 20 inches (508 millimeters) or more crosses a major river or other navigable waters, which, because of the velocity of the river flow and vessel traffic on the river, would require a more rapid response in case of a worst case discharge or substantial threat of such a discharge. Appendix B to this part contains a list of some of the high volume areas in the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>Line section</I> means a continuous run of pipe that is contained between adjacent pressure pump stations, between a pressure pump station and a terminal or breakout tank, between a pressure pump station and a block valve, or between adjacent block valves. 
</P>
<P><I>Major river</I> means a river that, because of its velocity and vessel traffic, would require a more rapid response in case of a worst case discharge. For a list of rivers see “<I>Rolling Rivers, An Encyclopedia of America's Rivers,”</I> Richard A. Bartlett, Editor, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1984.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum extent practicable</I> means the limits of available technology and the practical and technical limits on a pipeline operator in planning the response resources required to provide the on-water recovery capability and the shoreline protection and cleanup capability to conduct response activities for a worst case discharge from a pipeline in adverse weather.
</P>
<P><I>Navigable waters</I> means the waters of the United States, including the territorial sea and such waters as lakes, rivers, streams; waters which are used for recreation; and waters from which fish or shellfish are taken and sold in interstate or foreign commerce.
</P>
<P><I>Oil</I> means oil of any kind or in any form, including, but not limited to, petroleum, fuel oil, vegetable oil, animal oil, sludge, oil refuse, oil mixed with wastes other than dredged spoil.
</P>
<P><I>Oil spill removal organization</I> means an entity that provides response resources.
</P>
<P><I>On-Scene Coordinator (OSC)</I> means the federal official designated by the Administrator of the EPA or by the Commandant of the USCG to coordinate and direct federal response under subpart D of the National Contingency Plan (40 CFR part 300).
</P>
<P><I>Onshore oil pipeline facilities</I> means new and existing pipe, rights-of-way and any equipment, facility, or building used in the transportation of oil located in, on, or under, any land within the United States other than submerged land.
</P>
<P><I>Operator</I> means a person who owns or operates onshore oil pipeline facilities.
</P>
<P><I>Pipeline</I> means all parts of an onshore pipeline facility through which oil moves including, but not limited to, line pipe, valves, and other appurtenances connected to line pipe, pumping units, fabricated assemblies associated with pumping units, metering and delivery stations and fabricated assemblies therein, and breakout tanks.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified individual</I> means an English-speaking representative of an operator, located in the United States, available on a 24-hour basis, with full authority to: activate and contract with required oil spill removal organization(s); activate personnel and equipment maintained by the operator; act as liaison with the OSC; and obligate any funds required to carry out all required or directed oil response activities.
</P>
<P><I>Response activities</I> means the containment and removal of oil from the water and shorelines, the temporary storage and disposal of recovered oil, or the taking of other actions as necessary to minimize or mitigate damage to the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Response plan</I> means the operator's core plan and the response zone appendices for responding, to the maximum extent practicable, to a worse case discharge of oil, or the substantial threat of such a discharge.
</P>
<P><I>Response resources</I> means the personnel, equipment, supplies, and other resources necessary to conduct response activities.
</P>
<P><I>Response zone</I> means a geographic area either along a length of pipeline or including multiple pipelines, containing one or more adjacent line sections, for which the operator must plan for the deployment of, and provide, spill response capabilities. The size of the zone is determined by the operator after considering available capability, resources, and geographic characteristics.
</P>
<P><I>Specified minimum yield strength</I> means the minimum yield strength, expressed in pounds per square inch, prescribed by the specification under which the material is purchased from the manufacturer.
</P>
<P><I>Stress level</I> means the level of tangential or hoop stress, usually expressed as a percentage of specified minimum yield strength.
</P>
<P><I>Worst case discharge</I> means the largest foreseeable discharge of oil, including a discharge from fire or explosion, in adverse weather conditions. This volume will be determined by each pipeline operator for each response zone and is calculated according to § 194.105.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 253, Jan. 5, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 194-3, 63 FR 37505, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 194-4, 70 FR 8746, Feb. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.7" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.1.18.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.7   Operating restrictions and interim operating authorization.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An operator of a pipeline for which a response plan is required under § 194.101, may not handle, store, or transport oil in that pipeline unless the operator has submitted a response plan meeting the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) An operator must operate its onshore pipeline facilities in accordance with the applicable response plan.
</P>
<P>(c) The operator of a pipeline line section described in § 194.103(c), may continue to operate the pipeline for two years after the date of submission of a response plan, pending approval or disapproval of that plan, only if the operator has submitted the certification required by § 194.119(e).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 194-4, 70 FR 8746, Feb. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Response Plans</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.101" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.2.18.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.101   Operators required to submit plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, unless OPS grants a request from an Federal On-Scene Coordinator (FOSC) to require an operator of a pipeline in paragraph (b) to submit a response plan, each operator of an onshore pipeline facility shall prepare and submit a response plan to PHMSA as provided in § 194.119. A pipeline which does not meet the criteria for significant and substantial harm as defined in § 194.103(c) and is not eligible for an exception under § 194.101(b), can be expected to cause substantial harm. Operators of substantial harm pipeline facilities must prepare and submit plans to PHMSA for review.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> An operator need not submit a response plan for:
</P>
<P>(1) A pipeline that is 6
<FR>5/8</FR> inches (168 millimeters) or less in outside nominal diameter, is 10 miles (16 kilometers) or less in length, and all of the following conditions apply to the pipeline:
</P>
<P>(i) The pipeline has not experienced a release greater than 1,000 barrels (159 cubic meters) within the previous five years,
</P>
<P>(ii) The pipeline has not experienced at least two reportable releases, as defined in § 195.50, within the previous five years,
</P>
<P>(iii) A pipeline containing any electric resistance welded pipe, manufactured prior to 1970, does not operate at a maximum operating pressure established under § 195.406 that corresponds to a stress level greater than 50 percent of the specified minimum yield strength of the pipe, and
</P>
<P>(iv) The pipeline is not in proximity to navigable waters, public drinking water intakes, or environmentally sensitive areas.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A line section that is greater than 6
<FR>5/8</FR> inches in outside nominal diameter and is greater than 10 miles in length, where the operator determines that it is unlikely that the worst case discharge from any point on the line section would adversely affect, within 12 hours after the initiation of the discharge, any navigable waters, public drinking water intake, or environmentally sensitive areas.
</P>
<P>(ii) A line section that is 6
<FR>5/8</FR> inches (168 millimeters) or less in outside nominal diameter and is 10 miles (16 kilometers) or less in length, where the operator determines that it is unlikely that the worst case discharge from any point on the line section would adversely affect, within 4 hours after the initiation of the discharge, any navigable waters, public drinking water intake, or environmentally sensitive areas.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 253, Jan. 5, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 194-3, 63 FR 37505, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 194-4, 70 FR 8747, Feb. 23, 2005; 70 FR 11140, Mar. 8, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.103" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.2.18.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.103   Significant and substantial harm; operator's statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall submit a statement with its response plan, as required by §§ 194.107 and 194.113, identifying which line sections in a response zone can be expected to cause significant and substantial harm to the environment in the event of a discharge of oil into or on the navigable waters or adjoining shorelines.
</P>
<P>(b) If an operator expects a line section in a response zone to cause significant and substantial harm, then the entire response zone must, for the purpose of response plan review and approval, be treated as if it is expected to cause significant and substantial harm. However, an operator will not have to submit separate plans for each line section.
</P>
<P>(c) A line section can be expected to cause significant and substantial harm to the environment in the event of a discharge of oil into or on the navigable waters or adjoining shorelines if; the pipeline is greater than 6
<FR>5/8</FR> inches (168 millimeters) in outside nominal diameter, greater than 10 miles (16 kilometers) in length, and the line section—
</P>
<P>(1) Has experienced a release greater than 1,000 barrels (159 cubic meters) within the previous five years,
</P>
<P>(2) Has experienced two or more reportable releases, as defined in § 195.50, within the previous five years,
</P>
<P>(3) Containing any electric resistance welded pipe, manufactured prior to 1970, operates at a maximum operating pressure established under § 195.406 that corresponds to a stress level greater than 50 percent of the specified minimum yield strength of the pipe,
</P>
<P>(4) Is located within a 5 mile (8 kilometer) radius of potentially affected public drinking water intakes and could reasonably be expected to reach public drinking water intakes, or
</P>
<P>(5) Is located within a 1 mile (1.6 kilometer) radius of potentially affected environmentally sensitive areas, and could reasonably be expected to reach these areas.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 253, Jan. 5, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 194-3, 63 FR 37505, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.105" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.2.18.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.105   Worst case discharge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall determine the worst case discharge for each of its response zones and provide the methodology, including calculations, used to arrive at the volume.
</P>
<P>(b) The worst case discharge is the largest volume, in barrels (cubic meters), of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The pipeline's maximum release time in hours, plus the maximum shutdown response time in hours (based on historic discharge data or in the absence of such historic data, the operator's best estimate), multiplied by the maximum flow rate expressed in barrels per hour (based on the maximum daily capacity of the pipeline), plus the largest line drainage volume after shutdown of the line section(s) in the response zone expressed in barrels (cubic meters); or
</P>
<P>(2) The largest foreseeable discharge for the line section(s) within a response zone, expressed in barrels (cubic meters), based on the maximum historic discharge, if one exists, adjusted for any subsequent corrective or preventive action taken; or
</P>
<P>(3) If the response zone contains one or more breakout tanks, the capacity of the single largest tank or battery of tanks within a single secondary containment system, adjusted for the capacity or size of the secondary containment system, expressed in barrels (cubic meters).
</P>
<P>(4) Operators may claim prevention credits for breakout tank secondary containment and other specific spill prevention measures as follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Prevention measure 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Standard 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Credit
<br/>(percent) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Secondary containment &gt;100%</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NFPA 30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Built/repaired to API standards</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">API STD 620/650/653</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Overfill protection standards</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">API RP 2350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Testing/cathodic protection</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">API STD 650/651/653</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tertiary containment/drainage/treatment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NFPA 30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum allowable credit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 253, Jan. 5, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 194-3, 63 FR 37505, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 194-4, 70 FR 8747, Feb. 23, 2005; Amdt. 194-5, 70 FR 35042, June 16, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.107" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.2.18.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.107   General response plan requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each response plan must include procedures and a list of resources for responding, to the maximum extent practicable, to a worst case discharge and to a substantial threat of such a discharge. The “substantial threat” term is equivalent to abnormal operations outlined in 49 CFR 195.402(d). To comply with this requirement, an operator can incorporate by reference into the response plan the appropriate procedures from its manual for operations, maintenance, and emergencies, which is prepared in compliance with 49 CFR 195.402.
</P>
<P>(b) An operator must certify in the response plan that it reviewed the NCP and each applicable ACP and that its response plan is consistent with the NCP and each applicable ACP as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) As a minimum to be consistent with the NCP a facility response plan must:
</P>
<P>(i) Demonstrate an operator's clear understanding of the function of the Federal response structure, including procedures to notify the National Response Center reflecting the relationship between the operator's response organization's role and the Federal On Scene Coordinator's role in pollution response;
</P>
<P>(ii) Establish provisions to ensure the protection of safety at the response site; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Identify the procedures to obtain any required Federal and State permissions for using alternative response strategies such as in-situ burning and dispersants as provided for in the applicable ACPs; and
</P>
<P>(2) As a minimum, to be consistent with the applicable ACP the plan must:
</P>
<P>(i) Address the removal of a worst case discharge and the mitigation or prevention of a substantial threat of a worst case discharge;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify environmentally and economically sensitive areas;
</P>
<P>(iii) Describe the responsibilities of the operator and of Federal, State and local agencies in removing a discharge and in mitigating or preventing a substantial threat of a discharge; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Establish the procedures for obtaining an expedited decision on use of dispersants or other chemicals.
</P>
<P>(c) Each response plan must include:
</P>
<P>(1) A core plan consisting of—
</P>
<P>(i) An information summary as required in § 194.113,
</P>
<P>(ii) Immediate notification procedures,
</P>
<P>(iii) Spill detection and mitigation procedures,
</P>
<P>(iv) The name, address, and telephone number of the oil spill response organization, if appropriate,
</P>
<P>(v) Response activities and response resources,
</P>
<P>(vi) Names and telephone numbers of Federal, State and local agencies which the operator expects to have pollution control responsibilities or support,
</P>
<P>(vii) Training procedures,
</P>
<P>(viii) Equipment testing,
</P>
<P>(ix) Drill program—an operator will satisfy the requirement for a drill program by following the National Preparedness for Response Exercise Program (PREP) guidelines. An operator choosing not to follow PREP guidelines must have a drill program that is equivalent to PREP. The operator must describe the drill program in the response plan and OPS will determine if the program is equivalent to PREP.
</P>
<P>(x) Plan review and update procedures;
</P>
<P>(2) An appendix for each response zone that includes the information required in paragraph (c)(1)(i)-(ix) of this section and the worst case discharge calculations that are specific to that response zone. An operator submitting a response plan for a single response zone does not need to have a core plan and a response zone appendix. The operator of a single response zone onshore pipeline shall have a single summary in the plan that contains the required information in § 194.113.7; and
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the operator's response management system including the functional areas of finance, logistics, operations, planning, and command. The plan must demonstrate that the operator's response management system uses common terminology and has a manageable span of control, a clearly defined chain of command, and sufficient trained personnel to fill each position.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 194-4, 70 FR 8747, Feb. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.109" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.2.18.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.109   Submission of state response plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In lieu of submitting a response plan required by § 194.103, an operator may submit a response plan that complies with a state law or regulation, if the state law or regulation requires a plan that provides equivalent or greater spill protection than a plan required under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) A plan submitted under this section must
</P>
<P>(1) Have an information summary required by § 194.113;
</P>
<P>(2) List the names or titles and 24-hour telephone numbers of the qualified individual(s) and at least one alternate qualified individual(s); and
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure through contract or other approved means the necessary private personnel and equipment to respond to a worst case discharge or a substantial threat of such a discharge.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 253, Jan. 5, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 194-4, 70 FR 8748, Feb. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.111" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.2.18.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.111   Response plan retention.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="43">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22039, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) Each operator shall maintain relevant portions of its response plan at the operator's headquarters and at other locations from which response activities may be conducted, for example, in field offices, supervisors' vehicles, or spill response trailers.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator shall provide a copy of its response plan to each qualified individual.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 253, Jan. 5, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 194-4, 70 FR 8748, Feb. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.113" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.2.18.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.113   Information summary.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The information summary for the core plan, required by § 194.107, must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the operator; and
</P>
<P>(2) For each response zone which contains one or more line sections that meet the criteria for determining significant and substantial harm as described in § 194.103, a listing and description of the response zones, including county(s) and state(s).
</P>
<P>(b) The information summary for the response zone appendix, required in § 194.107, must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The information summary for the core plan;
</P>
<P>(2) The names or titles and 24-hour telephone numbers of the qualified individual(s) and at least one alternate qualified individual(s);
</P>
<P>(3) The description of the response zone, including county(s) and state(s), for those zones in which a worst case discharge could cause substantial harm to the environment;
</P>
<P>(4) A list of line sections for each pipeline contained in the response zone, identified by milepost or survey station number, or other operator designation;
</P>
<P>(5) The basis for the operator's determination of significant and substantial harm; and 
</P>
<P>(6) The type of oil and volume of the worst case discharge.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 253, Jan. 5, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 194-4, 70 FR 8748, Feb. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.115" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.2.18.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.115   Response resources.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall identify and ensure, by contract or other approved means, the resources necessary to remove, to the maximum extent practicable, a worst case discharge and to mitigate or prevent a substantial threat of a worst case discharge. 
</P>
<P>(b) An operator shall identify in the response plan the response resources which are available to respond within the time specified, after discovery of a worst case discharge, or to mitigate the substantial threat of such a discharge, as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tier 1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tier 2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tier 3
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High volume area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 hrs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 hrs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">54 hrs. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">All other areas</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12 hrs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 hrs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 hrs.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.117" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.2.18.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.117   Training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall conduct training to ensure that:
</P>
<P>(1) All personnel know—
</P>
<P>(i) Their responsibilities under the response plan,
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and address of, and the procedure for contacting, the operator on a 24-hour basis, and
</P>
<P>(iii) The name of, and procedures for contacting, the qualified individual on a 24-hour basis;
</P>
<P>(2) Reporting personnel know—
</P>
<P>(i) The content of the information summary of the response plan,
</P>
<P>(ii) The toll-free telephone number of the National Response Center, and
</P>
<P>(iii) The notification process; and
</P>
<P>(3) Personnel engaged in response activities know—
</P>
<P>(i) The characteristics and hazards of the oil discharged,
</P>
<P>(ii) The conditions that are likely to worsen emergencies, including the consequences of facility malfunctions or failures, and the appropriate corrective actions,
</P>
<P>(iii) The steps necessary to control any accidental discharge of oil and to minimize the potential for fire, explosion, toxicity, or environmental damage, and
</P>
<P>(iv) The proper firefighting procedures and use of equipment, fire suits, and breathing apparatus.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator shall maintain a training record for each individual that has been trained as required by this section. These records must be maintained in the following manner as long as the individual is assigned duties under the response plan:
</P>
<P>(1) Records for operator personnel must be maintained at the operator's headquarters; and
</P>
<P>(2) Records for personnel engaged in response, other than operator personnel, shall be maintained as determined by the operator.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section relieves an operator from the responsibility to ensure that all response personnel are trained to meet the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards for emergency response operations in 29 CFR 1910.120, including volunteers or casual laborers employed during a response who are subject to those standards pursuant to 40 CFR part 311.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.119" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.2.18.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.119   Submission and approval procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall submit two copies of the response plan required by this part. Copies of the response plan shall be submitted to: Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Department of Transportation, PHP 80, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Note: Submission of plans in electronic format is preferred.
</P>
<P>(b) If PHMSA determines that a response plan requiring approval does not meet all the requirements of this part, PHMSA will notify the operator of any alleged deficiencies, and to provide the operator an opportunity to respond, including the opportunity for an informal conference, on any proposed plan revisions and an opportunity to correct any deficiencies.
</P>
<P>(c) An operator who disagrees with the PHMSA determination that a plan contains alleged deficiencies may petition PHMSA for reconsideration within 30 days from the date of receipt of PHMSA's notice. After considering all relevant material presented in writing or at an informal conference, PHMSA will notify the operator of its final decision. The operator must comply with the final decision within 30 days of issuance unless PHMSA allows additional time.
</P>
<P>(d) For response zones of pipelines described in § 194.103(c) OPS will approve the response plan if OPS determines that the response plan meets all requirements of this part. OPS may consult with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) if a Federal on-scene coordinator (FOSC) has concerns about the operator's ability to respond to a worst case discharge.
</P>
<P>(e) If OPS has not approved a response plan for a pipeline described in § 194.103(c), the operator may submit a certification to OPS that the operator has obtained, through contract or other approved means, the necessary personnel and equipment to respond, to the maximum extent practicable, to a worst case discharge or a substantial threat of such a discharge. The certificate must be signed by the qualified individual or an appropriate corporate officer.
</P>
<P>(f) If OPS receives a request from a FOSC to review a response plan, OPS may require an operator to give a copy of the response plan to the FOSC. OPS may consider FOSC comments on response techniques, protecting fish, wildlife and sensitive environments, and on consistency with the ACP. OPS remains the approving authority for the response plan.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 253, Jan. 5, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 194-4, 70 FR 8748, Feb. 23, 2005; 70 FR 1140, Mar. 8, 2005; 73 FR 16570, Mar. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2894, Jan. 16, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 194.121" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.2.18.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 194.121   Response plan review and update procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall update its response plan to address new or different operating conditions or information. In addition, each operator shall review its response plan in full at least every 5 years from the date of the last submission or the last approval as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For substantial harm plans, an operator shall resubmit its response plan to OPS every 5 years from the last submission date.
</P>
<P>(2) For significant and substantial harm plans, an operator shall resubmit every 5 years from the last approval date.
</P>
<P>(b) If a new or different operating condition or information would substantially affect the implementation of a response plan, the operator must immediately modify its response plan to address such a change and, within 30 days of making such a change, submit the change to PHMSA. Examples of changes in operating conditions that would cause a significant change to an operator's response plan are: 
</P>
<P>(1) An extension of the existing pipeline or construction of a new pipeline in a response zone not covered by the previously approved plan; 
</P>
<P>(2) Relocation or replacement of the pipeline in a way that substantially affects the information included in the response plan, such as a change to the worst case discharge volume; 
</P>
<P>(3) The type of oil transported, if the type affects the required response resources, such as a change from crude oil to gasoline; 
</P>
<P>(4) The name of the oil spill removal organization; 
</P>
<P>(5) Emergency response procedures; 
</P>
<P>(6) The qualified individual; 
</P>
<P>(7) A change in the NCP or an ACP that has significant impact on the equipment appropriate for response activities; and 
</P>
<P>(8) Any other information relating to circumstances that may affect full implementation of the plan. 
</P>
<P>(c) If PHMSA determines that a change to a response plan does not meet the requirements of this part, PHMSA will notify the operator of any alleged deficiencies, and provide the operator an opportunity to respond, including an opportunity for an informal conference, to any proposed plan revisions and an opportunity to correct any deficiencies. 
</P>
<P>(d) An operator who disagrees with a determination that proposed revisions to a plan are deficient may petition PHMSA for reconsideration, within 30 days from the date of receipt of PHMSA's notice. After considering all relevant material presented in writing or at the conference, PHMSA will notify the operator of its final decision. The operator must comply with the final decision within 30 days of issuance unless PHMSA allows additional time. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 253, Jan. 5, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 194-1, 62 FR 67293, Dec. 24, 1997; Amdt. 194-4, 70 FR 8748, Feb. 23, 2005; 70 FR 11140, Mar. 8, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.4.18.1.21" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 194—Guidelines for the Preparation of Response Plans
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix provides a recommended format for the preparation and submission of the response plans required by 49 CFR Part 194. Operators are referenced to the most current version of the guidance documents listed below. Although these documents contain guidance to assist in preparing response plans, their use is not mandatory:
</P>
<P>(1) The “National Preparedness for Response Exercise Program (PREP) Guidelines” (PREP), which can be found using the search function on the USCG's PREP Web page, <I>http://www.uscg.mil</I>;
</P>
<P>(2) The National Response Team's “Integrated Contingency Plan Guidance,” which can be found using the search function at the National Response Center's Web site, <I>http://www.nrt.org and</I>;
</P>
<P>(3) 33 CFR Part 154, Appendix C, “Guidelines for Determining and Evaluating Required Response Resources for Facility Response Plans.”
</P>
<HD2>Response Plan: Section 1. Information Summary 
</HD2>
<P>Section 1 would include the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) For the core plan: 
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the operator; and
</P>
<P>(2) For each response zone which contains one or more line sections that meet the criteria for determining significant and substantial harm as described in § 194.103, a listing and description of the response zones, including county(s) and state(s). 
</P>
<P>(b) For each response zone appendix: 
</P>
<P>(1) The information summary for the core plan; 
</P>
<P>(2) The name and telephone number of the qualified individual, available on a 24-hour basis; 
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the response zone, including county(s) and state(s) in which a worst case discharge could cause substantial harm to the environment; 
</P>
<P>(4) A list of line sections contained in the response zone, identified by milepost or survey station number or other operator designation. 
</P>
<P>(5) The basis for the operator's determination of significant and substantial harm; and 
</P>
<P>(6) The type of oil and volume of the worst case discharge.
</P>
<P>(c) The certification that the operator has obtained, through contract or other approved means, the necessary private personnel and equipment to respond, to the maximum extent practicable, to a worst case discharge or a substantial threat of such a discharge.
</P>
<HD2>Response Plan: Section 2. Notification Procedures
</HD2>
<P>Section 2 would include the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Notification requirements that apply in each area of operation of pipelines covered by the plan, including applicable State or local requirements;
</P>
<P>(b) A checklist of notifications the operator or qualified individual is required to make under the response plan, listed in the order of priority;
</P>
<P>(c) Names of persons (individuals or organizations) to be notified of a discharge, indicating whether notification is to be performed by operating personnel or other personnel;
</P>
<P>(d) Procedures for notifying qualified individuals;
</P>
<P>(e) The primary and secondary communication methods by which notifications can be made; and 
</P>
<P>(f) The information to be provided in the initial and each follow-up notification, including the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of pipeline;
</P>
<P>(2) Time of discharge;
</P>
<P>(3) Location of discharge;
</P>
<P>(4) Name of oil involved;
</P>
<P>(5) Reason for discharge (e.g., material failure, excavation damage, corrosion);
</P>
<P>(6) Estimated volume of oil discharged;
</P>
<P>(7) Weather conditions on scene; and
</P>
<P>(8) Actions taken or planned by persons on scene.
</P>
<HD2>Response Plan: Section 3. Spill Detection and On-Scene Spill Mitigation Procedures
</HD2>
<P>Section 3 would include the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Methods of initial discharge detection;
</P>
<P>(b) Procedures, listed in the order of priority, that personnel are required to follow in responding to a pipeline emergency to mitigate or prevent any discharge from the pipeline;
</P>
<P>(c) A list of equipment that may be needed in response activities on land and navigable waters, including—
</P>
<P>(1) Transfer hoses and connection equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) Portable pumps and ancillary equipment; and
</P>
<P>(3) Facilities available to transport and receive oil from a leaking pipeline;
</P>
<P>(d) Identification of the availability, location, and contact telephone numbers to obtain equipment for response activities on a 24-hour basis; and
</P>
<P>(e) Identification of personnel and their location, telephone numbers, and responsibilities for use of equipment in response activities on a 24-hour basis.
</P>
<HD2>Response Plan: Section 4. Response Activities
</HD2>
<P>Section 4 would include the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Responsibilities of, and actions to be taken by, operating personnel to initiate and supervise response actions pending the arrival of the qualified individual or other response resources identified in the response plan;
</P>
<P>(b) The qualified individual's responsibilities and authority, including notification of the response resources identified in the plan;
</P>
<P>(c) Procedures for coordinating the actions of the operator or qualified individual with the action of the OSC responsible for monitoring or directing those actions;
</P>
<P>(d) Oil spill response organizations available, through contract or other approved means, to respond to a worst case discharge to the maximum extent practicable; and
</P>
<P>(e) For each organization identified under paragraph (d) of this section, a listing of:
</P>
<P>(1) Equipment and supplies available; and
</P>
<P>(2) Trained personnel necessary to continue operation of the equipment and staff the oil spill removal organization for the first 7 days of the response.
</P>
<HD2>Response Plan: Section 5. List of Contacts
</HD2>
<P>Section 5 would include the names and addresses of the following individuals or organizations, with telephone numbers at which they can be contacted on a 24-hour basis:
</P>
<P>(a) A list of persons the plan requires the operator to contact;
</P>
<P>(b) Qualified individuals for the operator's areas of operation;
</P>
<P>(c) Applicable insurance representatives or surveyors for the operator's areas of operation; and
</P>
<P>(d) Persons or organizations to notify for activation of response resources.
</P>
<HD2>Response plan: Section 6. Training Procedures
</HD2>
<P>Section 6 would include a description of the training procedures and programs of the operator.
</P>
<HD2>Response plan: Section 7. Drill Procedures
</HD2>
<P>Section 7 would include a description of the drill procedures and programs the operator uses to assess whether its response plan will function as planned. It would include:
</P>
<P>(a) Announced and unannounced drills;
</P>
<P>(b) The types of drills and their frequencies. For example, drills could be described as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Manned pipeline emergency procedures and qualified individual notification drills conducted quarterly.
</P>
<P>(2) Drills involving emergency actions by assigned operating or maintenance personnel and notification of the qualified individual on pipeline facilities which are normally unmanned, conducted quarterly.
</P>
<P>(3) Shore-based spill management team tabletop drills conducted yearly.
</P>
<P>(4) Oil spill removal organization field equipment deployment drills conducted yearly. 
</P>
<P>(5) A drill that exercises the entire response plan for each response zone, would be conducted at least once every 3 years.
</P>
<HD2>Response plan: Section 8. Response Plan Review and Update Procedures
</HD2>
<P>Section 8 would include the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Procedures to meet § 194.121; and
</P>
<P>(b) Procedures to review the plan after a worst case discharge and to evaluate and record the plan's effectiveness.
</P>
<HD2>Response plan: Section 9. Response Zone Appendices.
</HD2>
<P>Each response zone appendix would provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The name and telephone number of the qualified individual;
</P>
<P>(b) Notification procedures;
</P>
<P>(c) Spill detection and mitigation procedures;
</P>
<P>(d) Name, address, and telephone number of oil spill response organization;
</P>
<P>(e) Response activities and response resources including—
</P>
<P>(1) Equipment and supplies necessary to meet § 194.115, and
</P>
<P>(2) The trained personnel necessary to sustain operation of the equipment and to staff the oil spill removal organization and spill management team for the first 7 days of the response;
</P>
<P>(f) Names and telephone numbers of Federal, state and local agencies which the operator expects to assume pollution response responsibilities;
</P>
<P>(g) The worst case discharge volume;
</P>
<P>(h) The method used to determine the worst case discharge volume, with calculations;
</P>
<P>(i) A map that clearly shows—
</P>
<P>(1) The location of the worst case discharge, and
</P>
<P>(2) The distance between each line section in the response zone and—
</P>
<P>(i) Each potentially affected public drinking water intake, lake, river, and stream within a radius of 5 miles (8 kilometers) of the line section, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each potentially affected environmentally sensitive area within a radius of 1 mile (1.6 kilometer) of the line section;
</P>
<P>(j) A piping diagram and plan-profile drawing of each line section, which may be kept separate from the response plan if the location is identified; and
</P>
<P>(k) For every oil transported by each pipeline in the response zone, emergency response data that—
</P>
<P>(1) Include the name, description, physical and chemical characteristics, health and safety hazards, and initial spill-handling and firefighting methods; and
</P>
<P>(2) Meet 29 CFR 1910.1200 or 49 CFR 172.602.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 253, Jan. 5, 1993, as amended by Amdt. 194-3, 63 FR 37505, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 194-4, 70 FR 8748, Feb. 23, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.10.4.18.1.22" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 194—High Volume Areas
</HEAD>
<P>As of January 5, 1993 the following areas are high volume areas: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Major rivers 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nearest town and state
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arkansas River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N. Little Rock, AR.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arkansas River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jenks, OK.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arkansas River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Little Rock, AR.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Black Warrior River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Moundville, AL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Black Warrior River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Akron, AL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brazos River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Glen Rose, TX.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brazos River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sealy, TX.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Catawba River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mount Holly, NC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chattahoochee River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sandy Springs, GA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Colorado River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yuma, AZ.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Colorado River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LaPaz, AZ.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Connecticut River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lancaster, NH.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coosa River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vincent, AL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cumberland River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clarksville, TN.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Delaware River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Frenchtown, NJ.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Delaware River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lower Chichester, NJ.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gila River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gila Bend, AZ.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Grand River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bosworth, MO.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Illinois River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chillicothe, IL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Illinois River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Havanna, IL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">James River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arvonia, VA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kankakee River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Kankakee, IL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kankakee River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">South Bend, IN.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kankakee River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wilmington, IL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kentucky River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Salvisa, KY.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kentucky River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Worthville, KY.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maumee River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Defiance, OH.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maumee River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toledo, OH.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mississippi River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Myrtle Grove, LA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mississippi River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Woodriver, IL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mississippi River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chester, IL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mississippi River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cape Girardeau, MO.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mississippi River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Woodriver, IL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mississippi River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">St. James, LA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mississippi River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New Roads, LA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mississippi River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ball Club, MN.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mississippi River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mayersville, MS.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mississippi River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New Roads, LA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mississippi River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Quincy, IL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mississippi River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ft. Madison, IA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Missouri River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waverly, MO.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Missouri River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">St. Joseph, MO.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Missouri River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Weldon Springs, MO.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Missouri River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New Frankfort, MO.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Naches River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Beaumont, TX.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ohio River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Joppa, IL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ohio River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cincinnati, OH.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ohio River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Owensboro, KY.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pascagoula River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lucedale, MS.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pascagoula River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wiggins, MS.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pearl River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Columbia, MS.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pearl River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oria, TX.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Platte River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ogaliala, NE.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Potomac River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reston, VA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rappahannock River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Midland, VA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Raritan River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">South Bound Brook, NJ.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Raritan River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Highland Park, NJ.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Red River (of the South)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hanna, LA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Red River (of the South)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bonham, TX.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Red River (of the South)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dekalb, TX.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Red River (of the South)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sentell Plantation, LA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Red River (of the North)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wahpeton, ND.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rio Grande</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Anthony, NM.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sabine River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Edgewood, TX.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sabine River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Leesville, LA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sabine River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Orange, TX.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sabine River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Echo, TX.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Savannah River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hartwell, GA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Smokey Hill River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Abilene, KS.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Susquehanna River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Darlington, MD.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tenessee River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New Johnsonville, TN.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Wabash River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Harmony, IN.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Wabash River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Terre Haute, IN.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Wabash River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mt. Carmel, IL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">White River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Batesville, AR.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">White River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grand Glaise, AR.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Wisconsin River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wisconsin Rapids, WI.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yukon River</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fairbanks, AK.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Other Navigable Waters 
</HD2>
<FP-1>Arthur Kill Channel, NY
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cook Inlet, AK
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Freeport, TX
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Los Angeles/Long Beach Harbor, CA
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Port Lavaca, TX
</FP-1>
<FP-1>San Fransico/San Pablo Bay, CA


</FP-1>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="195" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 195—TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS LIQUIDS BY PIPELINE 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>30 U.S.C. 185(w)(3), 49 U.S.C. 5103, 60101 <I>et seq.,</I> and 49 CFR 1.97.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 195 appear at 71 FR 33409, June 9, 2006.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.0" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.0   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes safety standards and reporting requirements for pipeline facilities used in the transportation of hazardous liquids or carbon dioxide.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-45, 56 FR 26925, June 12, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.1" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.1   Which pipelines are covered by this Part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Covered.</I> Except for the pipelines listed in paragraph (b) of this Section, this Part applies to pipeline facilities and the transportation of hazardous liquids or carbon dioxide associated with those facilities in or affecting interstate or foreign commerce, including pipeline facilities on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS). Covered pipelines include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Any pipeline that transports a highly volatile liquid;
</P>
<P>(2) Any pipeline segment that crosses a waterway currently used for commercial navigation;
</P>
<P>(3) Except for a gathering line not covered by paragraph (a)(4) of this Section, any pipeline located in a rural or non-rural area of any diameter regardless of operating pressure;


</P>
<P>(4) Any of the following onshore gathering lines used for transportation of petroleum:
</P>
<P>(i) A pipeline located in a non-rural area;
</P>
<P>(ii) A regulated rural gathering line as provided in § 195.11; or


</P>
<P>(iii) A pipeline located in an inlet of the Gulf of America as provided in § 195.413.


</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of the reporting requirements in subpart B of this part, any gathering line not already covered under paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3) or (4) of this section.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Excepted.</I> This Part does not apply to any of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Transportation of a hazardous liquid transported in a gaseous state;
</P>
<P>(2) Except for the reporting requirements of subpart B of this part, see § 195.13, transportation of a hazardous liquid through a pipeline by gravity.
</P>
<P>(3) Transportation of a hazardous liquid through any of the following low-stress pipelines:
</P>
<P>(i) A pipeline subject to safety regulations of the U.S. Coast Guard; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A pipeline that serves refining, manufacturing, or truck, rail, or vessel terminal facilities, if the pipeline is less than one mile long (measured outside facility grounds) and does not cross an offshore area or a waterway currently used for commercial navigation;


</P>
<P>(4) Except for the reporting requirements of subpart B of this part, see § 195.15, transportation of petroleum through an onshore rural gathering line that does not meet the definition of a “regulated rural gathering line” as provided in § 195.11. This exception does not apply to gathering lines in the inlets of the Gulf of America subject to § 195.413.


</P>
<P>(5) Transportation of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide in an offshore pipeline in state waters where the pipeline is located upstream from the outlet flange of the following farthest downstream facility: The facility where hydrocarbons or carbon dioxide are produced or the facility where produced hydrocarbons or carbon dioxide are first separated, dehydrated, or otherwise processed;
</P>
<P>(6) Transportation of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide in a pipeline on the OCS where the pipeline is located upstream of the point at which operating responsibility transfers from a producing operator to a transporting operator;
</P>
<P>(7) A pipeline segment upstream (generally seaward) of the last valve on the last production facility on the OCS where a pipeline on the OCS is producer-operated and crosses into state waters without first connecting to a transporting operator's facility on the OCS. Safety equipment protecting PHMSA-regulated pipeline segments is not excluded. A producing operator of a segment falling within this exception may petition the Administrator, under § 190.9 of this chapter, for approval to operate under PHMSA regulations governing pipeline design, construction, operation, and maintenance;
</P>
<P>(8) Transportation of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide through onshore production (including flow lines), refining, or manufacturing facilities or storage or in-plant piping systems associated with such facilities;
</P>
<P>(9) Transportation of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide:
</P>
<P>(i) By vessel, aircraft, tank truck, tank car, or other non-pipeline mode of transportation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Through facilities located on the grounds of a materials transportation terminal if the facilities are used exclusively to transfer hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide between non-pipeline modes of transportation or between a non-pipeline mode and a pipeline. These facilities do not include any device and associated piping that are necessary to control pressure in the pipeline under § 195.406(b); or
</P>
<P>(10) Transportation of carbon dioxide downstream from the applicable following point:
</P>
<P>(i) The inlet of a compressor used in the injection of carbon dioxide for oil recovery operations, or the point where recycled carbon dioxide enters the injection system, whichever is farther upstream; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The connection of the first branch pipeline in the production field where the pipeline transports carbon dioxide to an injection well or to a header or manifold from which a pipeline branches to an injection well.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Breakout tanks.</I> Breakout tanks that are subject to this part must comply with requirements that apply specifically to breakout tanks and, to the extent applicable, with requirements that apply to pipeline systems and pipeline facilities. If a conflict exists between a requirement that applies specifically to breakout tanks and a requirement that applies to pipeline systems or pipeline facilities, the requirement that applies specifically to breakout tanks prevails. Anhydrous ammonia breakout tanks need not comply with §§ 195.132(b); 195.205(b); 195.264(b) and (e); 195.307; 195.428(c) through (d); and 195.432(b) and (c).
</P>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 195.1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.2" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Abandoned</I> means permanently removed from service.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Alarm</I> means an audible or visible means of indicating to the controller that equipment or processes are outside operator-defined, safety-related parameters.
</P>
<P><I>Barrel</I> means a unit of measurement equal to 42 U.S. standard gallons.
</P>
<P><I>Breakout tank</I> means a tank used to (a) relieve surges in a hazardous liquid pipeline system or (b) receive and store hazardous liquid transported by a pipeline for reinjection and continued transportation by pipeline.
</P>
<P><I>Carbon dioxide</I> means a fluid consisting of more than 90 percent carbon dioxide molecules compressed to a supercritical state. 
</P>
<P><I>Component</I> means any part of a pipeline which may be subjected to pump pressure including, but not limited to, pipe, valves, elbows, tees, flanges, and closures.
</P>
<P><I>Computation Pipeline Monitoring (CPM)</I> means a software-based monitoring tool that alerts the pipeline dispatcher of a possible pipeline operating anomaly that may be indicative of a commodity release.
</P>
<P><I>Confirmed Discovery</I> means when it can be reasonably determined, based on information available to the operator at the time a reportable event has occurred, even if only based on a preliminary evaluation.
</P>
<P><I>Control room</I> means an operations center staffed by personnel charged with the responsibility for remotely monitoring and controlling a pipeline facility.
</P>
<P><I>Controller</I> means a qualified individual who remotely monitors and controls the safety-related operations of a pipeline facility via a SCADA system from a control room, and who has operational authority and accountability for the remote operational functions of the pipeline facility.
</P>
<P><I>Corrosive product</I> means “corrosive material” as defined by § 173.136 Class 8-Definitions of this chapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Entirely replaced onshore hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline segments,</I> for the purposes of §§ 195.258, 195.260, and 195.418, means where 2 or more miles of pipe, in the aggregate, have been replaced within any 5 contiguous miles within any 24-month period. This definition does not apply to any gathering line.
</P>
<P><I>Exposed underwater pipeline</I> means an underwater pipeline where the top of the pipe protrudes above the underwater natural bottom (as determined by recognized and generally accepted practices) in waters less than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep, as measured from mean low water.
</P>
<P><I>Flammable product</I> means “flammable liquid” as defined by § 173.120 Class 3-Definitions of this chapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Gathering line</I> means a pipeline 219.1 mm (8
<FR>5/8</FR> in) or less nominal outside diameter that transports petroleum from a production facility.


</P>
<P><I>Gulf of America and its inlets</I> means the waters from the mean high water mark of the coast of the Gulf of America and its inlets open to the sea (excluding rivers, tidal marshes, lakes, and canals) seaward to include the territorial sea and Outer Continental Shelf to a depth of 15 feet (4.6 meters), as measured from the mean low water.




</P>
<P><I>Hazard to navigation</I> means, for the purposes of this part, a pipeline where the top of the pipe is less than 12 inches (305 millimeters) below the underwater natural bottom (as determined by recognized and generally accepted practices) in waters less than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep, as measured from the mean low water.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous liquid</I> means petroleum, petroleum products, anhydrous ammonia, and ethanol or other non-petroleum fuel, including biofuel, which is flammable, toxic, or would be harmful to the environment if released in significant quantities.
</P>
<P><I>Highly volatile liquid</I> or <I>HVL</I> means a hazardous liquid which will form a vapor cloud when released to the atmosphere and which has a vapor pressure exceeding 276 kPa (40 psia) at 37.8 °C (100 °F).
</P>
<P><I>In-Line Inspection (ILI)</I> means the inspection of a pipeline from the interior of the pipe using an in-line inspection tool. Also called <I>intelligent</I> or <I>smart pigging.</I>
</P>
<P><I>In-Line Inspection Tool</I> or <I>Instrumented Internal Inspection Device</I> means a device or vehicle that uses a non-destructive testing technique to inspect the pipeline from the inside. Also known as <I>intelligent</I> or <I>smart pig.</I>
</P>
<P><I>In-plant piping system</I> means piping that is located on the grounds of a plant and used to transfer hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide between plant facilities or between plant facilities and a pipeline or other mode of transportation, not including any device and associated piping that are necessary to control pressure in the pipeline under § 195.406(b). 
</P>
<P><I>Interstate pipeline</I> means a pipeline or that part of a pipeline that is used in the transportation of hazardous liquids or carbon dioxide in interstate or foreign commerce. 
</P>
<P><I>Intrastate pipeline</I> means a pipeline or that part of a pipeline to which this part applies that is not an interstate pipeline.
</P>
<P><I>Line section</I> means a continuous run of pipe between adjacent pressure pump stations, between a pressure pump station and terminal or breakout tanks, between a pressure pump station and a block valve, or between adjacent block valves.
</P>
<P><I>Low-stress pipeline</I> means a hazardous liquid pipeline that is operated in its entirety at a stress level of 20 percent or less of the specified minimum yield strength of the line pipe. 
</P>
<P><I>Maximum operating pressure (MOP)</I> means the maximum pressure at which a pipeline or segment of a pipeline may be normally operated under this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Nominal wall thickness</I> means the wall thickness listed in the pipe specifications.
</P>
<P><I>Notification of potential rupture</I> means the notification to, or observation by, an operator of indicia identified in § 195.417 of a potential unintentional or uncontrolled release of a large volume of commodity from a pipeline. This definition does not apply to any gathering line.
</P>
<P><I>Offshore</I> means beyond the line of ordinary low water along that portion of the coast of the United States that is in direct contact with the open seas and beyond the line marking the seaward limit of inland waters.
</P>
<P><I>Operator</I> means a person who owns or operates pipeline facilities.
</P>
<P><I>Outer Continental Shelf</I> means all submerged lands lying seaward and outside the area of lands beneath navigable waters as defined in Section 2 of the Submerged Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1301) and of which the subsoil and seabed appertain to the United States and are subject to its jurisdiction and control.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, firm, joint venture, partnership, corporation, association, State, municipality, cooperative association, or joint stock association, and includes any trustee, receiver, assignee, or personal representative thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Petroleum</I> means crude oil, condensate, natural gasoline, natural gas liquids, and liquefied petroleum gas. 
</P>
<P><I>Petroleum product</I> means flammable, toxic, or corrosive products obtained from distilling and processing of crude oil, unfinished oils, natural gas liquids, blend stocks and other miscellaneous hydrocarbon compounds. 
</P>
<P><I>Pipe</I> or <I>line pipe</I> means a tube, usually cylindrical, through which a hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide flows from one point to another. 
</P>
<P><I>Pipeline</I> or <I>pipeline system</I> means all parts of a pipeline facility through which a hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide moves in transportation, including, but not limited to, line pipe, valves, and other appurtenances connected to line pipe, pumping units, fabricated assemblies associated with pumping units, metering and delivery stations and fabricated assemblies therein, and breakout tanks. 
</P>
<P><I>Pipeline facility</I> means new and existing pipe, rights-of-way and any equipment, facility, or building used in the transportation of hazardous liquids or carbon dioxide. 
</P>
<P><I>Production facility</I> means piping or equipment used in the production, extraction, recovery, lifting, stabilization, separation or treating of petroleum or carbon dioxide, or associated storage or measurement. (To be a production facility under this definition, piping or equipment must be used in the process of extracting petroleum or carbon dioxide from the ground or from facilities where CO<E T="52">2</E> is produced, and preparing it for transportation by pipeline. This includes piping between treatment plants which extract carbon dioxide, and facilities utilized for the injection of carbon dioxide for recovery operations.) 
</P>
<P><I>Rupture-mitigation valve</I> (RMV) means an automatic shut-off valve (ASV) or a remote-control valve (RCV) that a pipeline operator uses to minimize the volume of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide released from the pipeline and to mitigate the consequences of a rupture. This definition does not apply to any gathering line.
</P>
<P><I>Rural area</I> means outside the limits of any incorporated or unincorpated city, town, village, or any other designated residential or commercial area such as a subdivision, a business or shopping center, or community development.
</P>
<P><I>Significant Stress Corrosion Cracking</I> means a stress corrosion cracking (SCC) cluster in which the deepest crack, in a series of interacting cracks, is greater than 10% of the wall thickness and the total interacting length of the cracks is equal to or greater than 75% of the critical length of a 50% through-wall flaw that would fail at a stress level of 110% of SMYS.
</P>
<P><I>Specified minimum yield strength</I> means the minimum yield strength, expressed in p.s.i. (kPa) gage, prescribed by the specification under which the material is purchased from the manufacturer.
</P>
<P><I>Stress level</I> means the level of tangential or hoop stress, usually expressed as a percentage of specified minimum yield strength.
</P>
<P><I>Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system</I> means a computer-based system or systems used by a controller in a control room that collects and displays information about a pipeline facility and may have the ability to send commands back to the pipeline facility.
</P>
<P><I>Surge pressure</I> means pressure produced by a change in velocity of the moving stream that results from shutting down a pump station or pumping unit, closure of a valve, or any other blockage of the moving stream.
</P>
<P><I>Toxic product</I> means “poisonous material” as defined by § 173.132 Class 6, Division 6.1-Definitions of this chapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Unusually Sensitive Area (USA)</I> means a drinking water or ecological resource area that is unusually sensitive to environmental damage from a hazardous liquid pipeline release, as identified under § 195.6.
</P>
<P><I>Welder</I> means a person who performs manual or semi-automatic welding.
</P>
<P><I>Welding operator</I> means a person who operates machine or automatic welding equipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981; 47 FR 32721, July 29, 1982]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 195.2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.3" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.3   What documents are incorporated by reference partly or wholly in this part?</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="21">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 21979, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="38">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22028, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="40">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22032, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="42">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22036, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="44">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22043, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="45">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22046, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved incorporation by reference material (IBR) is available for inspection at the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) and the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Contact PHSMA at: Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590; phone: 202-366-4046; website: <I>www.phmsa.dot.gov/pipeline/regs.</I> For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</I> or email <I>fr.inspection@nara.gov.</I> The material may be obtained from the sources in the following paragraphs of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) American Petroleum Institute (API), 200 Massachusetts Avenue NW, Suite 1100, Washington, DC 20001-5571; phone: (202) 682-8000; website: <I>www.api.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) API 510, Pressure Vessel Inspection Code: In-service Inspection, Rating, Repair, and Alteration, 10th Edition, May 2014, Including Addendum 1 (May 2017); IBR approved for §§ 195.205(b); 195.432(c).
</P>
<P>(2) API Recommended Practice 5L1, Recommended Practice for Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe, 7th edition, September 2009, (API RP 5L1); IBR approved for § 195.207(a).
</P>
<P>(3) API Recommended Practice 5LT, Recommended Practice for Truck Transportation of Line Pipe, First edition, March 12, 2012, (API RP 5LT); IBR approved for § 195.207(c).
</P>
<P>(4) API Recommended Practice 5LW, Recommended Practice Transportation of Line Pipe on Barges and Marine Vessels, 3rd edition, September 2009, (API RP 5LW); IBR approved for § 195.207(b).
</P>
<P>(5) API Recommended Practice 651, Cathodic Protection of Aboveground Petroleum Storage Tanks, 4th edition, September 2014, (API RP 651); IBR approved for §§ 195.565; 195.573(d).
</P>
<P>(6) API Recommended Practice 652, Linings of Aboveground Petroleum Storage Tank Bottoms, 5th Edition, May 2020, (API RP 652); IBR approved for § 195.579(d).
</P>
<P>(7) API Recommended Practice 1130, Computational Pipeline Monitoring for Liquids: Pipeline Segment, 3rd edition, September 2007, (API RP 1130); IBR approved for §§ 195.134(c); 195.444(c).
</P>
<P>(8) API Recommended Practice 1162, Public Awareness Programs for Pipeline Operators, 1st edition, December 2003, (API RP 1162); IBR approved for § 195.440(a), (b), and (c).
</P>
<P>(9) API Recommended Practice 1165, Recommended Practice for Pipeline SCADA Displays, First edition, January 2007, (API RP 1165); IBR approved for § 195.446(c).
</P>
<P>(10) API Recommended Practice 1168, Pipeline Control Room Management, First edition, September 2008, (API RP 1168); IBR approved for § 195.446(c) and (f).
</P>
<P>(11) API Recommended Practice 2003, Protection Against Ignitions Arising out of Static, Lightning, and Stray Currents, 8th Edition, September 2015, reaffirmed March 2020, (API RP 2003); IBR approved for § 195.405(a).
</P>
<P>(12) API Recommended Practice 2026, Safe Access/Egress Involving Floating Roofs of Storage Tanks in Petroleum Service, 4th edition, July 2022, (API RP 2026); IBR approved for § 195.405(b).
</P>
<P>(13) API Specification 5L, Line Pipe, 46th edition, April 2018, including Errata 1 (May 2018), (API Spec 5L); IBR approved for § 195.106(b) and (e).
</P>
<P>(14) API Specification 6D, Specification for Valves, 25th edition, November 1, 2021, including Errata 1 (December 2021), Errata 2 (April 2022), Errata 3 (October 2023), Addendum 1 (April 2023), Addendum 2 (September 2024), and Addendum 3 (March 2025), (API Spec 6D); IBR approved for § 195.116(d).
</P>
<P>(15) API Specification 12F, Specification for Shop-welded Tanks for Storage of Production Liquids, 13th Edition, January 2019, (API Spec 12F); IBR approved for §§ 195.132(b); 195.205(b); 195.264(e); 195.307(a); 195.565; 195.579(d).
</P>
<P>(16) API Standard 620, Design and Construction of Large, Welded, Low-pressure Storage Tanks, 12th edition, effective October 2013, including Addendum 1 through 4 (November 2014), Addendum 2 (April 2018), Addendum 3 (March 2021), Addendum 4 (February 2025), Errata 1 (March 2025), (API Std 620); IBR approved for §§ 195.132(b); 195.205(b); 195.264(e); 195.307(b); 195.565; 195.579(d).
</P>
<P>(17) API Standard 650, Welded Tanks for Oil Storage, 13th edition, March 2020, including Errata 1 (January 2021), (API Std 650); IBR approved for §§ 195.132(b); 195.205(b); 195.307(c); 195.565; 195.579(d).
</P>
<P>(18) API Standard 653, Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction, 3rd edition, December 2001, (including addendum 1 (September 2003), addendum 2 (November 2005), addendum 3 (February 2008), and errata (April 2008)), (API Std 653); IBR approved for §§ 195.205(b); 195.307(d); 195.432(b).
</P>
<P>(19) API Standard 1104, Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities, 21st edition, September 2013, including Errata 1 through 5 (April 2014 through September 2018), Addendum 1 (July 2014), and Addendum 2 (May 2016), (API Std 1104); IBR approved for §§ 195.214(a); 195.222(a) and (b); 195.228(b).
</P>
<P>(20) API Standard 1163, In-Line Inspection Systems Qualification, Second edition, April 2013, (API Std 1163); IBR approved for § 195.591.
</P>
<P>(21) API Standard 2000, Venting Atmospheric and Low-pressure Storage Tanks, 7th Edition, March 2014, Reaffirmed April 2020, (API Std 2000); IBR approved for § 195.264(e).
</P>
<P>(22) API Standard 2350, Overfill Prevention for Storage Tanks in Petroleum Facilities, 5th edition, September 2020, including Errata 1 (April 2021), (API Std 2350); IBR approved for § 195.428(c).
</P>
<P>(23) API Standard 2510, Design and Construction of LPG Installations, 9th Edition, August 2020, (API Std 2510); IBR approved for §§ 195.132(b); 195.205(b); 195.264(b) and (e); 195.307(e); 195.428(c); 195.432(c).
</P>
<P>(c) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), Two Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016; phone: (800) 843-2763 (U.S/Canada); website: <I>www.asme.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ASME/ANSI B16.9-2007, Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings, December 7, 2007, (ASME/ANSI B16.9); IBR approved for § 195.118(a).
</P>
<P>(2) ASME/ANSI B31G-1991 (Reaffirmed 2004), Manual for Determining the Remaining Strength of Corroded Pipelines, 2004, (ASME/ANSI B31G); IBR approved for §§ 195.452(h); 195.587; 195.588(c).
</P>
<P>(3) ASME B31.4-2019, Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquids and Slurries: ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31, issued November 1, 2019, (ASME B31.4); IBR approved for § 195.110(a).
</P>
<P>(4) ASME B31.8-2018, Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems, Issued November 20, 2018, (ASME B31.8); IBR approved for §§ 195.5(a); 195.406(a).
</P>
<P>(5) ASME Boiler &amp; Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels, 2007 edition, July 1, 2007, (ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1); IBR approved for §§ 195.124; 195.307(e).
</P>
<P>(6) ASME Boiler &amp; Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 2, Alternate Rules, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels, 2007 edition, July 1, 2007, (ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 2); IBR approved for § 195.307(e).
</P>
<P>(7) ASME Boiler &amp; Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX: Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing Operators, 2007 edition, July 1, 2007, (ASME BPVC, Section IX); IBR approved for § 195.222(a).
</P>
<P>(d) American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT), 1201 Dublin Road, Suite #G04, Columbus, OH 43215; phone: (800) 222-2768; website: <I>www.asnt.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ANSI/ASNT ILI-PQ-2017, In-line Inspection Personnel Qualification and Certification, 2017 Edition, approved December 12, 2017, (ASNT ILI-PQ); IBR approved for § 195.591.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) Association for Material Protection and Performance (AMPP) (formerly NACE), 1440 South Creek Drive, Houston, TX 77084; phone: (281) 228-6223 or (800) 797-6223; website: <I>www.ampp.org</I>/.
</P>
<P>(1) NACE SP0102-2017, In-Line Inspection of Pipelines, March 10, 2017, (NACE SP0102); IBR approved for §§ 195.120(a); 195.591.
</P>
<P>(2) NACE SP0169-2007, Standard Practice, Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems, reaffirmed March 15, 2007, (NACE SP0169), IBR approved for §§ 195.571; 195.573(a).
</P>
<P>(3) NACE SP0204-2015, Stress Corrosion Cracking (SCC) Direct Assessment Methodology, Revised March 14, 2015, (NACE SP0204); IBR approved for § 195.588(c).
</P>
<P>(4) ANSI/NACE SP0502-2010, Pipeline External Corrosion Direct Assessment Methodology, revised June 24, 2010, (NACE SP0502); IBR approved for § 195.588(b).
</P>
<P>(f) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428; phone: (610) 832-9585; website: <I>www.astm.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ASTM A53/A53M-22, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless, approved July 1, 2022, (ASTM A53/A53M); IBR approved for § 195.106(e).
</P>
<P>(2) ASTM A106/A106M-19A, Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service, approved November 1, 2019, (ASTM A106/A106M); IBR approved for § 195.106(e).
</P>
<P>(3) ASTM A333/A333M-18, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service and Other Applications with Required Notch Toughness, approved November 1, 2018, (ASTM A333/A333M); IBR approved for § 195.106(e).
</P>
<P>(4) ASTM A381/A381M-23, Standard Specification for Metal-Arc-Welded Carbon or High-Strength Low-alloy Steel Pipe for Use With High-Pressure Transmission Systems, approved November 1, 2023, (ASTM A381/A381M); IBR approved for § 195.106(e).
</P>
<P>(5) ASTM A671/A671M-20, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures, approved March 1, 2020, (ASTM A671/A671M); IBR approved for § 195.106(e).
</P>
<P>(6) ASTM A672/A672M-19, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure Service at Moderate Temperatures, approved November 1, 2019, (ASTM A672/672M); IBR approved for § 195.106(e).
</P>
<P>(7) ASTM A691/A691M-19, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric-Fusion-Welded for High-Pressure Service at High Temperatures, approved November 1, 2019, (ASTM A691/A691M); IBR approved for § 195.106(e).
</P>
<P>(g) Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS), 127 Park St. NE, Vienna, VA 22180; phone: (703) 281-6613; website: <I>www.mss-hq.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) MSS SP-75-2019 Standard Practice, High-Strength, Wrought, Butt-Welding Fittings, published December 2019, (MSS SP-75); IBR approved for § 195.118(a).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(h) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169; phone: (800) 344-3555; website: <I>www.nfpa.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, 2021 Edition, effective August 31, 2020; IBR approved for § 195.264(b).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(i) Pipeline Research Council International, Inc. (PRCI), 15059 Conference Center Drive Suite 130, Chantilly, VA 20151; phone: (703) 205-1600; website: <I>www.prci.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) AGA Pipeline Research Committee, Project PR-3-805, A Modified Criterion for Evaluating the Remaining Strength of Corroded Pipe, December 22, 1989, (PR-3-805 (RSTRENG)); IBR approved for §§ 195.452(h); 195.587; 195.588(c).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-117, 90 FR 40764, Aug. 21, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.4" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.4   Compatibility necessary for transportation of hazardous liquids or carbon dioxide.</HEAD>
<P>No person may transport any hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide unless the hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide is chemically compatible with both the pipeline, including all components, and any other commodity that it may come into contact with while in the pipeline.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-45, 56 FR 26925, June 12, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.5" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.5   Conversion to service subject to this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A steel pipeline previously used in service not subject to this part qualifies for use under this part if the operator prepares and follows a written procedure to accomplish the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The design, construction, operation, and maintenance history of the pipeline must be reviewed and, where sufficient historical records are not available, appropriate tests must be performed to determine if the pipeline is in satisfactory condition for safe operation. If one or more of the variables necessary to verify the design pressure under § 195.106 or to perform the testing under paragraph (a)(4) of this section is unknown, the design pressure may be verified and the maximum operating pressure determined by—
</P>
<P>(i) Testing the pipeline in accordance with ASME B31.8 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), Appendix N, to produce a stress equal to the yield strength; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Applying, to not more than 80 percent of the first pressure that produces a yielding, the design factor F in § 195.106(a) and the appropriate factors in § 195.106(e). 
</P>
<P>(2) The pipeline right-of-way, all aboveground segments of the pipeline, and appropriately selected underground segments must be visually inspected for physical defects and operating conditions which reasonably could be expected to impair the strength or tightness of the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(3) All known unsafe defects and conditions must be corrected in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(4) The pipeline must be tested in accordance with subpart E of this part to substantiate the maximum operating pressure permitted by § 195.406. 
</P>
<P>(b) A pipeline that qualifies for use under this section need not comply with the corrosion control requirements of subpart H of this part until 12 months after it is placed into service, notwithstanding any previous deadlines for compliance.
</P>
<P>(c) Each operator must keep for the life of the pipeline a record of the investigations, tests, repairs, replacements, and alterations made under the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) An operator converting a pipeline from service not previously covered by this part must notify PHMSA 60 days before the conversion occurs as required by § 195.64.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-52, 59 FR 33396, June 28, 1994; Amdt. 195-173, 66 FR 67004, Dec. 27, 2001; Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 184, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 195-101, 82 FR 7999, Jan. 23, 2017; Amdt. 195-107, 89 FR 33284, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.6" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.6   Unusually Sensitive Areas (USAs).</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part, a USA means a drinking water or ecological resource area that is unusually sensitive to environmental damage from a hazardous liquid pipeline release. 
</P>
<P>(a) An USA drinking water resource is: 
</P>
<P>(1) The water intake for a Community Water System (CWS) or a Non-transient Non-community Water System (NTNCWS) that obtains its water supply primarily from a surface water source and does not have an adequate alternative drinking water source; 
</P>
<P>(2) The Source Water Protection Area (SWPA) for a CWS or a NTNCWS that obtains its water supply from a Class I or Class IIA aquifer and does not have an adequate alternative drinking water source. Where a state has not yet identified the SWPA, the Wellhead Protection Area (WHPA) will be used until the state has identified the SWPA; or 
</P>
<P>(3) The sole source aquifer recharge area where the sole source aquifer is a karst aquifer in nature. 
</P>
<P>(b) An USA ecological resource is: 
</P>
<P>(1) An area containing a critically imperiled species or ecological community; 
</P>
<P>(2) A multi-species assemblage area; 
</P>
<P>(3) A migratory waterbird concentration area; 
</P>
<P>(4) An area containing an imperiled species, threatened or endangered species, depleted marine mammal species, or an imperiled ecological community where the species or community is aquatic, aquatic dependent, or terrestrial with a limited range;  
</P>
<P>(5) An area containing an imperiled species, threatened or endangered species, depleted marine mammal species, or imperiled ecological community where the species or community occurrence is considered to be one of the most viable, highest quality, or in the best condition, as identified by an element occurrence ranking (EORANK) of A (excellent quality) or B (good quality) or 
</P>
<P>(6) A coastal beach; or
</P>
<P>(7) Certain coastal waters.
</P>
<P>(c) Definitions used in this part—


</P>
<P><I>Adequate Alternative Drinking Water Source</I> means a source of water that currently exists, can be used almost immediately with a minimal amount of effort and cost, involves no decline in water quality, and will meet the consumptive, hygiene, and fire fighting requirements of the existing population of impacted customers for at least one month for a surface water source of water and at least six months for a groundwater source. 
</P>
<P><I>Aquatic or Aquatic Dependent Species or Community</I> means a species or community that primarily occurs in aquatic, marine, or wetland habitats, as well as species that may use terrestrial habitats during all or some portion of their life cycle, but that are still closely associated with or dependent upon aquatic, marine, or wetland habitats for some critical component or portion of their life-history (<I>i.e.,</I> reproduction, rearing and development, feeding, etc). 
</P>
<P><I>Class I Aquifer</I> means an aquifer that is surficial or shallow, permeable, and is highly vulnerable to contamination. Class I aquifers include: 
</P>
<P>(1) Unconsolidated Aquifers (Class Ia) that consist of surficial, unconsolidated, and permeable alluvial, terrace, outwash, beach, dune and other similar deposits. These aquifers generally contain layers of sand and gravel that, commonly, are interbedded to some degree with silt and clay. Not all Class Ia aquifers are important water-bearing units, but they are likely to be both permeable and vulnerable. The only natural protection of these aquifers is the thickness of the unsaturated zone and the presence of fine-grained material; 
</P>
<P>(2) Soluble and Fractured Bedrock Aquifers (Class Ib). Lithologies in this class include limestone, dolomite, and, locally, evaporitic units that contain documented karst features or solution channels, regardless of size. Generally these aquifers have a wide range of permeability. Also included in this class are sedimentary strata, and metamorphic and igneous (intrusive and extrusive) rocks that are significantly faulted, fractured, or jointed. In all cases groundwater movement is largely controlled by secondary openings. Well yields range widely, but the important feature is the potential for rapid vertical and lateral ground water movement along preferred pathways, which result in a high degree of vulnerability; 
</P>
<P>(3) Semiconsolidated Aquifers (Class Ic) that generally contain poorly to moderately indurated sand and gravel that is interbedded with clay and silt. This group is intermediate to the unconsolidated and consolidated end members. These systems are common in the Tertiary age rocks that are exposed throughout the Gulf and Atlantic coastal states. Semiconsolidated conditions also arise from the presence of intercalated clay and caliche within primarily unconsolidated to poorly consolidated units, such as occurs in parts of the High Plains Aquifer; or 


</P>
<P>(4) Covered Aquifers (Class Id) that are any Class I aquifer overlain by less than 50 feet of low permeability, unconsolidated material, such as glacial till, lacustrian, and loess deposits. 
</P>
<P><I>Certain coastal waters</I> means the territorial sea of the United States; the Great Lakes and their connecting waters; and the marine and estuarine waters of the United States up to the head of tidal influence.
</P>
<P><I>Class IIa aquifer</I> means a Higher Yield Bedrock Aquifer that is consolidated and is moderately vulnerable to contamination. These aquifers generally consist of fairly permeable sandstone or conglomerate that contain lesser amounts of interbedded fine grained clastics (shale, siltstone, mudstone) and occasionally carbonate units. In general, well yields must exceed 50 gallons per minute to be included in this class. Local fracturing may contribute to the dominant primary porosity and permeability of these systems. 
</P>
<P><I>Coastal beach</I> means any land between the high- and low-water marks of certain coastal waters.
</P>
<P><I>Community Water System (CWS)</I> means a public water system that serves at least 15 service connections used by year-round residents of the area or regularly serves at least 25 year-round residents. 
</P>
<P><I>Critically imperiled species or ecological community (habitat)</I> means an animal or plant species or an ecological community of extreme rarity, based on The Nature Conservancy's Global Conservation Status Rank. There are generally 5 or fewer occurrences, or very few remaining individuals (less than 1,000) or acres (less than 2,000). These species and ecological communities are extremely vulnerable to extinction due to some natural or man-made factor. 
</P>
<P><I>Depleted marine mammal species</I> means a species that has been identified and is protected under the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (MMPA) (16 U.S.C. 1361 <I>et seq.</I>). The term “depleted” refers to marine mammal species that are listed as threatened or endangered, or are below their optimum sustainable populations (16 U.S.C. 1362). The term “marine mammal” means “any mammal which is morphologically adapted to the marine environment (including sea otters and members of the orders Sirenia, Pinnipedia, and Cetacea), or primarily inhabits the marine environment (such as the polar bear)” (16 U.S.C. 1362). The order Sirenia includes manatees, the order Pinnipedia includes seals, sea lions, and walruses, and the order Cetacea includes dolphins, porpoises, and whales. 
</P>
<P><I>Ecological community</I> means an interacting assemblage of plants and animals that recur under similar environmental conditions across the landscape. 
</P>
<P><I>Element occurrence rank (EORANK)</I> means the condition or viability of a species or ecological community occurrence, based on a population's size, condition, and landscape context. EORANKs are assigned by the Natural Heritage Programs. An EORANK of A means an excellent quality and an EORANK of B means good quality. 
</P>
<P><I>Imperiled species or ecological community (habitat)</I> means a rare species or ecological community, based on The Nature Conservancy's Global Conservation Status Rank. There are generally 6 to 20 occurrences, or few remaining individuals (1,000 to 3,000) or acres (2,000 to 10,000). These species and ecological communities are vulnerable to extinction due to some natural or man-made factor. 
</P>
<P><I>Karst aquifer</I> means an aquifer that is composed of limestone or dolomite where the porosity is derived from connected solution cavities. Karst aquifers are often cavernous with high rates of flow. 
</P>
<P><I>Migratory waterbird concentration area</I> means a designated Ramsar site or a Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve Network site. 
</P>
<P><I>Multi-species assemblage area</I> means an area where three or more different critically imperiled or imperiled species or ecological communities, threatened or endangered species, depleted marine mammals, or migratory waterbird concentrations co-occur. 
</P>
<P><I>Non-transient Non-community Water System (NTNCWS)</I> means a public water system that regularly serves at least 25 of the same persons over six months per year. Examples of these systems include schools, factories, and hospitals that have their own water supplies. 
</P>
<P><I>Public Water System (PWS)</I> means a system that provides the public water for human consumption through pipes or other constructed conveyances, if such system has at least 15 service connections or regularly serves an average of at least 25 individuals daily at least 60 days out of the year. These systems include the sources of the water supplies—<I>i.e.,</I> surface or ground. PWS can be community, non-transient non-community, or transient non-community systems. 
</P>
<P><I>Ramsar site</I> means a site that has been designated under The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat program. Ramsar sites are globally critical wetland areas that support migratory waterfowl. These include wetland areas that regularly support 20,000 waterfowl; wetland areas that regularly support substantial numbers of individuals from particular groups of waterfowl, indicative of wetland values, productivity, or diversity; and wetland areas that regularly support 1% of the individuals in a population of one species or subspecies of waterfowl. 
</P>
<P><I>Sole source aquifer (SSA)</I> means an area designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency under the Sole Source Aquifer program as the “sole or principal” source of drinking water for an area. Such designations are made if the aquifer's ground water supplies 50% or more of the drinking water for an area, and if that aquifer were to become contaminated, it would pose a public health hazard. A sole source aquifer that is karst in nature is one composed of limestone where the porosity is derived from connected solution cavities. They are often cavernous, with high rates of flow. 
</P>
<P><I>Source Water Protection Area (SWPA)</I> means the area delineated by the state for a public water supply system (PWS) or including numerous PWSs, whether the source is ground water or surface water or both, as part of the state source water assessment program (SWAP) approved by EPA under section 1453 of the Safe Drinking Water Act. 
</P>
<P><I>Species</I> means species, subspecies, population stocks, or distinct vertebrate populations. 
</P>
<P><I>Terrestrial ecological community with a limited range</I> means a non-aquatic or non-aquatic dependent ecological community that covers less than five (5) acres. 
</P>
<P><I>Terrestrial species with a limited range means</I> a non-aquatic or non-aquatic dependent animal or plant species that has a range of no more than five (5) acres. 
</P>
<P><I>Threatened and endangered species (T&amp;E)</I> means an animal or plant species that has been listed and is protected under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA73) (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.). “Endangered species” is defined as “any species which is in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range” (16 U.S.C. 1532). “Threatened species” is defined as “any species which is likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range” (16 U.S.C. 1532). 
</P>
<P><I>Transient Non-community Water System (TNCWS)</I> means a public water system that does not regularly serve at least 25 of the same persons over six months per year. This type of water system serves a transient population found at rest stops, campgrounds, restaurants, and parks with their own source of water. 
</P>
<P><I>Wellhead Protection Area (WHPA)</I> means the surface and subsurface area surrounding a well or well field that supplies a public water system through which contaminants are likely to pass and eventually reach the water well or well field. 
</P>
<P><I>Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve Network (WHSRN) site</I> means an area that contains migratory shorebird concentrations and has been designated as a hemispheric reserve, international reserve, regional reserve, or endangered species reserve. Hemispheric reserves host at least 500,000 shorebirds annually or 30% of a species flyway population. International reserves host 100,000 shorebirds annually or 15% of a species flyway population. Regional reserves host 20,000 shorebirds annually or 5% of a species flyway population. Endangered species reserves are critical to the survival of endangered species and no minimum number of birds is required.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-71, 65 FR 80544, Dec. 21, 2000, as amended at 86 FR 73186, Dec. 27, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.8" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.8   Transportation of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide in pipelines constructed with other than steel pipe.</HEAD>
<P>No person may transport any hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide through a pipe that is constructed after October 1, 1970, for hazardous liquids or after July 12, 1991 for carbon dioxide of material other than steel unless the person has notified the Administrator in writing at least 90 days before the transportation is to begin. The notice must state whether carbon dioxide or a hazardous liquid is to be transported and the chemical name, common name, properties and characteristics of the hazardous liquid to be transported and the material used in construction of the pipeline. If the Administrator determines that the transportation of the hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide in the manner proposed would be unduly hazardous, he will, within 90 days after receipt of the notice, order the person that gave the notice, in writing, not to transport the hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide in the proposed manner until further notice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-45, 56 FR 26925, June 12, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 195-50, 59 FR 17281, Apr. 12, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.9" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.9   Outer continental shelf pipelines.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="50">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22060, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>Operators of transportation pipelines on the Outer Continental Shelf must identify on all their respective pipelines the specific points at which operating responsibility transfers to a producing operator. For those instances in which the transfer points are not identifiable by a durable marking, each operator will have until September 15, 1998 to identify the transfer points. If it is not practicable to durably mark a transfer point and the transfer point is located above water, the operator must depict the transfer point on a schematic maintained near the transfer point. If a transfer point is located subsea, the operator must identify the transfer point on a schematic which must be maintained at the nearest upstream facility and provided to PHMSA upon request. For those cases in which adjoining operators have not agreed on a transfer point by September 15, 1998 the Regional Director and the MMS Regional Supervisor will make a joint determination of the transfer point.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-59, 62 FR 61695, Nov. 19, 1997, as amended at 70 FR 11140, Mar. 8, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.10" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.10   Responsibility of operator for compliance with this part.</HEAD>
<P>An operator may make arrangements with another person for the performance of any action required by this part. However, the operator is not thereby relieved from the responsibility for compliance with any requirement of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.11" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.11   What is a regulated rural gathering line and what requirements apply?</HEAD>
<P>Each operator of a regulated rural gathering line, as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, must comply with the safety requirements described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> As used in this section, a regulated rural gathering line means an onshore gathering line in a rural area that meets all of the following criteria—
</P>
<P>(1) Has a nominal diameter from 6
<FR>5/8</FR> inches (168 mm) to 8
<FR>5/8</FR> inches (219.1 mm);
</P>
<P>(2) Is located in or within one-quarter mile (.40 km) of an unusually sensitive area as defined in § 195.6; and
</P>
<P>(3) Operates at a maximum pressure established under § 195.406 corresponding to—
</P>
<P>(i) A stress level greater than 20-percent of the specified minimum yield strength of the line pipe; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the stress level is unknown or the pipeline is not constructed with steel pipe, a pressure of more than 125 psi (861 kPa) gage.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safety requirements.</I> Each operator must prepare, follow, and maintain written procedures to carry out the requirements of this section. Except for the requirements in paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(9) and (b)(10) of this section, the safety requirements apply to all materials of construction.
</P>
<P>(1) Identify all segments of pipeline meeting the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section before April 3, 2009.
</P>
<P>(2) For steel pipelines constructed, replaced, relocated, or otherwise changed after July 3, 2009:
</P>
<P>(i) Design, install, construct, initially inspect, and initially test the pipeline in compliance with this part, unless the pipeline is converted under § 195.5.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) For non-steel pipelines constructed after July 3, 2009, notify the Administrator according to § 195.8.
</P>
<P>(4) Beginning no later than January 3, 2009, comply with the reporting requirements in subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(5) Establish the maximum operating pressure of the pipeline according to § 195.406 before transportation begins, or if the pipeline exists on July 3, 2008, before July 3, 2009.
</P>
<P>(6) Install line markers according to § 195.410 before transportation begins, or if the pipeline exists on July 3, 2008, before July 3, 2009. Continue to maintain line markers in compliance with § 195.410.
</P>
<P>(7) Establish a continuing public education program in compliance with § 195.440 before transportation begins, or if the pipeline exists on July 3, 2008, before January 3, 2010. Continue to carry out such program in compliance with § 195.440.
</P>
<P>(8) Establish a damage prevention program in compliance with § 195.442 before transportation begins, or if the pipeline exists on July 3, 2008, before July 3, 2009. Continue to carry out such program in compliance with § 195.442.
</P>
<P>(9) For steel pipelines, comply with subpart H of this part, except corrosion control is not required for pipelines existing on July 3, 2008 before July 3, 2011.
</P>
<P>(10) For steel pipelines, establish and follow a comprehensive and effective program to continuously identify operating conditions that could contribute to internal corrosion. The program must include measures to prevent and mitigate internal corrosion, such as cleaning the pipeline and using inhibitors. This program must be established before transportation begins or if the pipeline exists on July 3, 2008, before July 3, 2009.
</P>
<P>(11) To comply with the Operator Qualification program requirements in subpart G of this part, have a written description of the processes used to carry out the requirements in § 195.505 to determine the qualification of persons performing operations and maintenance tasks. These processes must be established before transportation begins or if the pipeline exists on July 3, 2008, before July 3, 2009.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>New unusually sensitive areas.</I> If, after July 3, 2008, a new unusually sensitive area is identified and a segment of pipeline becomes regulated as a result, except for the requirements of paragraphs (b)(9) and (b)(10) of this section, the operator must implement the requirements in paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(11) of this section for the affected segment within 6 months of identification. For steel pipelines, comply with the deadlines in paragraph (b)(9) and (b)(10).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Record Retention.</I> An operator must maintain records demonstrating compliance with each requirement according to the following schedule.
</P>
<P>(1) An operator must maintain the segment identification records required in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and the records required to comply with (b)(10) of this section, for the life of the pipe.
</P>
<P>(2) An operator must maintain the records necessary to demonstrate compliance with each requirement in paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(9), and (b)(11) of this section according to the record retention requirements of the referenced section or subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 31644, June 3, 2008, as amended by Amdt. 195-105, 87 FR 20987, Apr. 8, 2022; Amdt. 195-106, 88 FR 50062, Aug. 1, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.12" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.12   What requirements apply to low-stress pipelines in rural areas?</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="47">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22053, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This Section sets forth the requirements for each category of low-stress pipeline in a rural area set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section. This Section does not apply to a rural low-stress pipeline regulated under this Part as a low-stress pipeline that crosses a waterway currently used for commercial navigation; these pipelines are regulated pursuant to § 195.1(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Categories.</I> An operator of a rural low-stress pipeline must meet the applicable requirements and compliance deadlines for the category of pipeline set forth in paragraph (c) of this Section. For purposes of this Section, a rural low-stress pipeline is a Category 1, 2, or 3 pipeline based on the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) A Category 1 rural low-stress pipeline:
</P>
<P>(i) Has a nominal diameter of 8
<FR>5/8</FR> inches (219.1 mm) or more;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is located in or within one-half mile (.80 km) of an unusually sensitive area (USA) as defined in § 195.6; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Operates at a maximum pressure established under § 195.406 corresponding to:
</P>
<P>(A) A stress level equal to or less than 20-percent of the specified minimum yield strength of the line pipe; or
</P>
<P>(B) If the stress level is unknown or the pipeline is not constructed with steel pipe, a pressure equal to or less than 125 psi (861 kPa) gauge.
</P>
<P>(2) A Category 2 rural pipeline:
</P>
<P>(i) Has a nominal diameter of less than 8
<FR>5/8</FR> inches (219.1mm);
</P>
<P>(ii) Is located in or within one-half mile (.80 km) of an unusually sensitive area (USA) as defined in § 195.6; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Operates at a maximum pressure established under § 195.406 corresponding to:
</P>
<P>(A) A stress level equal to or less than 20-percent of the specified minimum yield strength of the line pipe; or
</P>
<P>(B) If the stress level is unknown or the pipeline is not constructed with steel pipe, a pressure equal to or less than 125 psi (861 kPa) gage.
</P>
<P>(3) A Category 3 rural low-stress pipeline:
</P>
<P>(i) Has a nominal diameter of any size and is not located in or within one-half mile (.80 km) of an unusually sensitive area (USA) as defined in § 195.6; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Operates at a maximum pressure established under § 195.406 corresponding to a stress level equal to or less than 20-percent of the specified minimum yield strength of the line pipe; or
</P>
<P>(iii) If the stress level is unknown or the pipeline is not constructed with steel pipe, a pressure equal to or less than 125 psi (861 kPa) gage.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Applicable requirements and deadlines for compliance.</I> An operator must comply with the following compliance dates depending on the category of pipeline determined by the criteria in paragraph (b):
</P>
<P>(1) An operator of a Category 1 pipeline must:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify all segments of pipeline meeting the criteria in paragraph (b)(1) of this Section before April 3, 2009.
</P>
<P>(ii) Beginning no later than January 3, 2009, comply with the reporting requirements of Subpart B for the identified segments.
</P>
<P>(iii) IM requirements—
</P>
<P>(A) Establish a written program that complies with § 195.452 before July 3, 2009, to assure the integrity of the pipeline segments. Continue to carry out such program in compliance with § 195.452.
</P>
<P>(B) An operator may conduct a determination per § 195.452(a) in lieu of the one-half mile buffer.
</P>
<P>(C) Complete the baseline assessment of all segments in accordance with § 195.452(c) before July 3, 2015, and complete at least 50-percent of the assessments, beginning with the highest risk pipe, before January 3, 2012.
</P>
<P>(iv) Comply with all other safety requirements of this Part, except Subpart H, before July 3, 2009. Comply with the requirements of Subpart H before July 3, 2011.
</P>
<P>(2) An operator of a Category 2 pipeline must:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify all segments of pipeline meeting the criteria in paragraph (b)(2) of this Section before July 1, 2012.
</P>
<P>(ii) Beginning no later than January 3, 2009, comply with the reporting requirements of Subpart B for the identified segments.
</P>
<P>(iii) IM—
</P>
<P>(A) Establish a written IM program that complies with § 195.452 before October 1, 2012 to assure the integrity of the pipeline segments. Continue to carry out such program in compliance with § 195.452.
</P>
<P>(B) An operator may conduct a determination per § 195.452(a) in lieu of the one-half mile buffer.
</P>
<P>(C) Complete the baseline assessment of all segments in accordance with § 195.452(c) before October 1, 2016 and complete at least 50-percent of the assessments, beginning with the highest risk pipe, before April 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>(iv) Comply with all other safety requirements of this Part, except Subpart H, before October 1, 2012. Comply with Subpart H of this Part before October 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>(3) An operator of a Category 3 pipeline must:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify all segments of pipeline meeting the criteria in paragraph (b)(3) of this Section before July 1, 2012.
</P>
<P>(ii) Beginning no later than January 3, 2009, comply with the reporting requirements of Subpart B for the identified segments.
</P>
<P>(A)(iii) Comply with all safety requirements of this Part, except the requirements in § 195.452, Subpart B, and the requirements in Subpart H, before October 1, 2012. Comply with Subpart H of this Part before October 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Economic compliance burden.</I> (1) An operator may notify PHMSA in accordance with § 195.452(m) of a situation meeting the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(i) The pipeline is a Category 1 rural low-stress pipeline;
</P>
<P>(ii) The pipeline carries crude oil from a production facility;
</P>
<P>(iii) The pipeline, when in operation, operates at a flow rate less than or equal to 14,000 barrels per day; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The operator determines it would abandon or shut-down the pipeline as a result of the economic burden to comply with the assessment requirements in § 195.452(d) or 195.452(j).
</P>
<P>(2) A notification submitted under this provision must include, at minimum, the following information about the pipeline: its operating, maintenance and leak history; the estimated cost to comply with the integrity assessment requirements (with a brief description of the basis for the estimate); the estimated amount of production from affected wells per year, whether wells will be shut in or alternate transportation used, and if alternate transportation will be used, the estimated cost to do so.
</P>
<P>(3) When an operator notifies PHMSA in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of this Section, PHMSA will stay compliance with §§ 195.452(d) and 195.452(j)(3) until it has completed an analysis of the notification. PHMSA will consult the Department of Energy, as appropriate, to help analyze the potential energy impact of loss of the pipeline. Based on the analysis, PHMSA may grant the operator a special permit to allow continued operation of the pipeline subject to alternative safety requirements.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Changes in unusually sensitive areas.</I> (1) If, after June 3, 2008, for Category 1 rural low-stress pipelines or October 1, 2011 for Category 2 rural low-stress pipelines, an operator identifies a new USA that causes a segment of pipeline to meet the criteria in paragraph (b) of this Section as a Category 1 or Category 2 rural low-stress pipeline, the operator must:
</P>
<P>(i) Comply with the IM program requirement in paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) or (c)(2)(iii)(A) of this Section, as appropriate, within 12 months following the date the area is identified regardless of the prior categorization of the pipeline; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Complete the baseline assessment required by paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(C) or (c)(2)(iii)(C) of this Section, as appropriate, according to the schedule in § 195.452(d)(3).
</P>
<P>(2) If a change to the boundaries of a USA causes a Category 1 or Category 2 pipeline segment to no longer be within one-half mile of a USA, an operator must continue to comply with paragraph (c)(1)(iii) or paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section, as applicable, with respect to that segment unless the operator determines that a release from the pipeline could not affect the USA.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Record Retention.</I> An operator must maintain records demonstrating compliance with each requirement applicable to the category of pipeline according to the following schedule.
</P>
<P>(1) An operator must maintain the segment identification records required in paragraph (c)(1)(i), (c)(2)(i) or (c)(3)(i) of this Section for the life of the pipe.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for the segment identification records, an operator must maintain the records necessary to demonstrate compliance with each applicable requirement set forth in paragraph (c) of this section according to the record retention requirements of the referenced section or subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 25587, May 5, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 43605, July 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.13" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.13   What requirements apply to pipelines transporting hazardous liquids by gravity?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> Pipelines transporting hazardous liquids by gravity must comply with the reporting requirements of subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Implementation period</I>—(1) <I>Annual reporting.</I> Comply with the annual reporting requirements in subpart B of this part by March 31, 2021.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Accident and safety-related reporting.</I> Comply with the accident and safety-related condition reporting requirements in subpart B of this part by January 1, 2021.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) This section does not apply to the transportation of a hazardous liquid in a gravity line that meets the definition of a low-stress pipeline, travels no farther than 1 mile from a facility boundary, and does not cross any waterways used for commercial navigation.
</P>
<P>(2) The reporting requirements in §§ 195.52, 195.61, and 195.65 do not apply to the transportation of a hazardous liquid in a gravity line.
</P>
<P>(3) The drug and alcohol testing requirements in part 199 of this subchapter do not apply to the transportation of a hazardous liquid in a gravity line.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-102, 84 FR 52294, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.15" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.15   What requirements apply to reporting-regulated-only gathering lines?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> Gathering lines that do not otherwise meet the definition of a regulated rural gathering line in § 195.11 and any gathering line not already covered under § 195.1(a)(1), (2), (3) or (4) must comply with the reporting requirements of subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Implementation period</I>—(1) <I>Annual reporting.</I> Operators must comply with the annual reporting requirements in subpart B of this part by March 31, 2021.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Accident and safety-related condition reporting.</I> Operators must comply with the accident and safety-related condition reporting requirements in subpart B of this part by January 1, 2021.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) This section does not apply to those gathering lines that are otherwise excepted under § 195.1(b)(3), (7), (8), (9), or (10).
</P>
<P>(2) The reporting requirements in §§ 195.52, 195.61, and 195.65 do not apply to the transportation of a hazardous liquid in a gathering line that is specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The drug and alcohol testing requirements in part 199 of this subchapter do not apply to the transportation of a hazardous liquid in a gathering line that is specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-102, 84 FR 52294, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.18" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.1.20.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.18   How to notify PHMSA.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An operator must provide any notification required by this part by:
</P>
<P>(1) Sending the notification by electronic mail to <I>InformationResourcesManager@dot.gov;</I> or
</P>
<P>(2) Sending the notification by mail to ATTN: Information Resources Manager, DOT/PHMSA/OPS, East Building, 2nd Floor, E22-321, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) An operator must also notify the appropriate State or local pipeline safety authority when an applicable pipeline segment is located in a State where OPS has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate pipeline segment is regulated by that State.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless otherwise specified, if an operator submits, pursuant to § 195.258, § 195.260, § 195.418, § 195.419, § 195.420 or § 195.452 a notification requesting use of a different integrity assessment method, analytical method, sampling approach, compliance timeline, or technique (e.g., “other technology” or “alternative equivalent technology”) than otherwise prescribed in those sections, that notification must be submitted to PHMSA for review at least 90 days in advance of using that other method, approach, compliance timeline, or technique. An operator may proceed to use the other method, approach, compliance timeline, or technique 91 days after submittal of the notification unless it receives a letter from the Associate Administrator of Pipeline Safety informing the operator that PHMSA objects to the proposal, or that PHMSA requires additional time and/or information to conduct its review.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-105, 87 FR 20987, Apr. 8, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Annual, Accident, and Safety-Related Condition Reporting</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.48" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.48   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This Subpart prescribes requirements for periodic reporting and for reporting of accidents and safety-related conditions. This Subpart applies to all pipelines subject to this Part. An operator of a Category 3 rural low-stress pipeline meeting the criteria in § 195.12 is not required to complete those parts of the hazardous liquid annual report form PHMSA F 7000-1.1 associated with IM or high consequence areas.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 25588, May 5, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.49" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.49   Annual report.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator must annually complete and submit DOT Form PHMSA F 7000-1.1 for each type of hazardous liquid pipeline facility operated at the end of the previous year. An operator must submit the annual report by June 15 each year, except that for the 2010 reporting year the report must be submitted by August 15, 2011. A separate report is required for crude oil, HVL (including anhydrous ammonia), petroleum products, carbon dioxide pipelines, and fuel grade ethanol pipelines. For each state a pipeline traverses, an operator must separately complete those sections on the form requiring information to be reported for each state.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72907, Nov. 26, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.50" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.50   Reporting accidents.</HEAD>
<P>An accident report is required for each failure in a pipeline system subject to this part in which there is a release of the hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide transported resulting in any of the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) Explosion or fire not intentionally set by the operator.
</P>
<P>(b) Release of 5 gallons (19 liters) or more of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide, except that no report is required for a release of less than 5 barrels (0.8 cubic meters) resulting from a pipeline maintenance activity if the release is: 
</P>
<P>(1) Not otherwise reportable under this section; 
</P>
<P>(2) Not one described in § 195.52(a)(4); 
</P>
<P>(3) Confined to company property or pipeline right-of-way; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Cleaned up promptly; 
</P>
<P>(c) Death of any person; 
</P>
<P>(d) Personal injury necessitating hospitalization; 
</P>
<P>(e) Estimated property damage, including cost of clean-up and recovery, value of lost product, and damage to the property of the operator or others, or both, exceeding $50,000.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-39, 53 FR 24950, July 1, 1988; Amdt. 195-45, 56 FR 26925, June 12, 1991; Amdt. 195-52, 59 FR 33396, June 28, 1994; Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 195-75, 67 FR 836, Jan. 8, 2002]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.52" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.52   Immediate notice of certain accidents.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="49">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22058, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) <I>Notice requirements.</I> At the earliest practicable moment following discovery, of a release of the hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide transported resulting in an event described in § 195.50, but no later than one hour after confirmed discovery, the operator of the system must give notice, in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section of any failure that:
</P>
<P>(1) Caused a death or a personal injury requiring hospitalization;
</P>
<P>(2) Resulted in either a fire or explosion not intentionally set by the operator;
</P>
<P>(3) Caused estimated property damage, including cost of cleanup and recovery, value of lost product, and damage to the property of the operator or others, or both, exceeding $50,000;
</P>
<P>(4) Resulted in pollution of any stream, river, lake, reservoir, or other similar body of water that violated applicable water quality standards, caused a discoloration of the surface of the water or adjoining shoreline, or deposited a sludge or emulsion beneath the surface of the water or upon adjoining shorelines; or
</P>
<P>(5) In the judgment of the operator was significant even though it did not meet the criteria of any other paragraph of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Information required. Each notice required by paragraph (a) of this section must be made to the National Response Center either by telephone to 800-424-8802 (in Washington, DC, 202-267-2675) or electronically at <I>http://www.nrc.uscg.mil</I> and must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name, address and identification number of the operator.
</P>
<P>(2) Name and telephone number of the reporter.
</P>
<P>(3) The location of the failure.
</P>
<P>(4) The time of the failure.
</P>
<P>(5) The fatalities and personal injuries, if any.
</P>
<P>(6) Initial estimate of amount of product released in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) All other significant facts known by the operator that are relevant to the cause of the failure or extent of the damages.
</P>
<P>(c) Calculation. A pipeline operator must have a written procedure to calculate and provide a reasonable initial estimate of the amount of released product.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>New information.</I> Within 48 hours after the confirmed discovery of an accident, to the extent practicable, an operator must revise or confirm its initial telephonic notice required in paragraph (b) of this section with a revised estimate of the amount of product released, location of the failure, time of the failure, a revised estimate of the number of fatalities and injuries, and all other significant facts that are known by the operator that are relevant to the cause of the accident or extent of the damages. If there are no changes or revisions to the initial report, the operator must confirm the estimates in its initial report.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72907, Nov. 26, 2010, as amended by Amdt. 195-101, 82 FR 7999, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.54" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.54   Accident reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator that experiences an accident that is required to be reported under § 195.50 must, as soon as practicable, but not later than 30 days after discovery of the accident, file an accident report on DOT Form 7000-1 or 7000-2, whichever is applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever an operator receives any changes in the information reported or additions to the original report on DOT Form 7000-1 or 7000-2, whichever is applicable, it shall file a supplemental report within 30 days.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-39, 53 FR 24950, July 1, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 195-95, 75 FR 72907, Nov. 26, 2010; Amdt. 195-117, 90 FR 40766, Aug. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.55" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.55   Reporting safety-related conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each operator shall report in accordance with § 195.56 the existence of any of the following safety-related conditions involving pipelines in service:
</P>
<P>(1) General corrosion that has reduced the wall thickness to less than that required for the maximum operating pressure, and localized corrosion pitting to a degree where leakage might result.
</P>
<P>(2) Unintended movement or abnormal loading of a pipeline by environmental causes, such as an earthquake, landslide, or flood, that impairs its serviceability. 
</P>
<P>(3) Any material defect or physical damage that impairs the serviceability of a pipeline.
</P>
<P>(4) Any malfunction or operating error that causes the pressure of a pipeline to rise above 110 percent of its maximum operating pressure.
</P>
<P>(5) A leak in a pipeline that constitutes an emergency.
</P>
<P>(6) Any safety-related condition that could lead to an imminent hazard and causes (either directly or indirectly by remedial action of the operator), for purposes other than abandonment, a 20 percent or more reduction in operating pressure or shutdown of operation of a pipeline.
</P>
<P>(b) A report is not required for any safety-related condition that—
</P>
<P>(1) Exists on a pipeline that is more than 220 yards (200 meters) from any building intended for human occupancy or outdoor place of assembly, except that reports are required for conditions within the right-of-way of an active railroad, paved road, street, or highway, or that occur offshore or at onshore locations where a loss of hazardous liquid could reasonably be expected to pollute any stream, river, lake, reservoir, or other body of water; 
</P>
<P>(2) Is an accident that is required to be reported under § 195.50 or results in such an accident before the deadline for filing the safety-related condition report; or
</P>
<P>(3) Is corrected by repair or replacement in accordance with applicable safety standards before the deadline for filing the safety-related condition report, except that reports are required for all conditions under paragraph (a)(1) of this section other than localized corrosion pitting on an effectively coated and cathodically protected pipeline.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-39, 53 FR 24950, July 1, 1988; 53 FR 29800, Aug. 8, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.56" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.56   Filing safety-related condition reports.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="48">Link to a correction published at 91 FR 22055, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) Each report of a safety-related condition under § 195.55(a) must be filed (received by OPS) within five working days (not including Saturday, Sunday, or Federal Holidays) after the day a representative of the operator first determines that the condition exists, but not later than 10 working days after the day a representative of the operator discovers the condition. Separate conditions may be described in a single report if they are closely related. Reports may be transmitted by electronic mail to <I>InformationResourcesManager@dot.gov,</I> or by facsimile at (202) 366-7128.
</P>
<P>(b) The report must be headed “Safety-Related Condition Report” and provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name and principal address of operator.
</P>
<P>(2) Date of report.
</P>
<P>(3) Name, job title, and business telephone number of person submitting the report.
</P>
<P>(4) Name, job title, and business telephone number of person who determined that the condition exists.
</P>
<P>(5) Date condition was discovered and date condition was first determined to exist.
</P>
<P>(6) Location of condition, with reference to the State (and town, city, or county) or offshore site, and as appropriate nearest street address, offshore platform, survey station number, milepost, landmark, or name of pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(7) Description of the condition, including circumstances leading to its discovery, any significant effects of the condition on safety, and the name of the commodity transported or stored. 
</P>
<P>(8) The corrective action taken (including reduction of pressure or shutdown) before the report is submitted and the planned follow-up or future corrective action, including the anticipated schedule for starting and concluding such action. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-39, 53 FR 24950, July 1, 1988; 53 FR 29800, Aug. 8, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 195-42, 54 FR 32344, Aug. 7, 1989; Amdt. 195-44, 54 FR 40878, Oct. 4, 1989; Amdt. 195-50, 59 FR 17281, Apr. 12, 1994; Amdt. 195-61, 63 FR 7723, Feb. 17, 1998; Amdt. 195-100, 80 FR 12780, Mar. 11, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.58" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.58   Report submission requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section, an operator must submit each report required by this part electronically to PHMSA at <I>https://portal.phmsa.dot.gov</I> unless an alternative reporting method is authorized in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions:</I> An operator is not required to submit a safety-related condition report (§ 195.56) electronically.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Safety-related conditions.</I> An operator must submit concurrently to the applicable State agency a safety-related condition report required by § 195.55 for an intrastate pipeline or when the State agency acts as an agent of the Secretary with respect to interstate pipelines.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Alternate Reporting Method.</I> If electronic reporting imposes an undue burden and hardship, the operator may submit a written request for an alternative reporting method to the Information Resources Manager, Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, PHP-20, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590. The request must describe the undue burden and hardship. PHMSA will review the request and may authorize, in writing, an alternative reporting method. An authorization will state the period for which it is valid, which may be indefinite. An operator must contact PHMSA at 202-366-8075, or electronically to “<I>informationresourcesmanager@dot.gov”</I> to make arrangements for submitting a report that is due after a request for alternative reporting is submitted but before an authorization or denial is received.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>National Pipeline Mapping System (NPMS).</I> An operator must provide NPMS data to the address identified in the NPMS Operator Standards Manual available at <I>www.npms.phmsa.dot.gov</I> or by contacting the PHMSA Geographic Information Systems Manager at (202) 366-4595.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-95, 75 FR 72907, Nov. 26, 2010, as amended by  Amdt. 195-100, 80 FR 12780, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 195-107, 89 FR 33284, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.59" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.59   Abandonment or deactivation of facilities.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="22">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 21979, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>For each abandoned offshore pipeline facility or each abandoned onshore pipeline facility that crosses over, under or through a commercially navigable waterway, the last operator of that facility must file a report upon abandonment of that facility. 
</P>
<P>(a) The preferred method to submit data on pipeline facilities abandoned after October 10, 2000, is to the National Pipeline Mapping System (NPMS) in accordance with the NPMS “Standards for Pipeline and Liquefied Natural Gas Operator Submissions.” To obtain a copy of the NPMS standards, please refer to the NPMS homepage at <I>https://www.npms.phmsa.dot.gov.</I> A digital data format is preferred, but hard copy submissions are acceptable if they comply with the NPMS Standards. In addition to the NPMS-required attributes, operators must submit the date of abandonment, diameter, method of abandonment, and certification that, to the best of the operator's knowledge, all of the reasonably available information requested was provided and, to the best of the operator's knowledge, the abandonment was completed in accordance with applicable laws. Refer to the NPMS Standards for details in preparing your data for submission. The NPMS Standards also include details of how to submit data. Alternatively, operators may submit reports by mail, fax or email to the Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Information Resources Manager, PHP-10, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001; fax: (202) 366-4566; email: <I>InformationResourcesManager@dot.gov.</I> The information in the report must contain all reasonably available information related to the facility, including information in the possession of a third party. The report must contain the location, size, date, method of abandonment, and a certification that the facility has been abandoned in accordance with all applicable laws.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-69, 65 FR 54444, Sept. 8, 2000, as amended at 70 FR 11140, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt. 195-86, 72 FR 4657, Feb. 1, 2007; 73 FR 16570, Mar. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2894, Jan. 16, 2009; Amdt. 195-107, 89 FR 33284, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.60" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.60   Operator assistance in investigation.</HEAD>
<P>If the Department of Transportation investigates an accident, the operator involved shall make available to the representative of the Department all records and information that in any way pertain to the accident, and shall afford all reasonable assistance in the investigation of the accident.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.61" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.61   National Pipeline Mapping System.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator of a hazardous liquid pipeline facility must provide the following geospatial data to PHMSA for that facility:
</P>
<P>(1) Geospatial data, attributes, metadata and transmittal letter appropriate for use in the National Pipeline Mapping System. Acceptable formats and additional information are specified in the NPMS Operator Standards manual available at <I>www.npms.phmsa.dot.gov</I> or by contacting the PHMSA Geographic Information Systems Manager at (202) 366-4595.
</P>
<P>(2) The name of and address for the operator.
</P>
<P>(3) The name and contact information of a pipeline company employee, to be displayed on a public Web site, who will serve as a contact for questions from the general public about the operator's NPMS data.
</P>
<P>(b) This information must be submitted each year, on or before June 15, representing assets as of December 31 of the previous year. If no changes have occurred since the previous year's submission, the operator must refer to the information provided in the NPMS Operator Standards manual available at <I>www.npms.phmsa.dot.gov</I> or contact the PHMSA Geographic Information Systems Manager at (202) 366-4595.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-100, 80 FR 12780, Mar. 11, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.63" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.63   OMB control number assigned to information collection.</HEAD>
<P>The control numbers assigned by the Office of Management and Budget to the hazardous liquid pipeline information collection pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act are 2137-0047, 2137-0601, 2137-0604, 2137-0605, 2137-0618, and 2137-0622.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-95, 75 FR 72907, Nov. 26, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.64" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.64   National Registry of Operators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) OPID Request. Effective January 1, 2012, each operator of a hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline or pipeline facility must obtain from PHMSA an Operator Identification Number (OPID). An OPID is assigned to an operator for the pipeline or pipeline system for which the operator has primary responsibility. To obtain an OPID or a change to an OPID, an operator must complete an OPID Assignment Request DOT Form PHMSA F 1000.1 through the National Registry of Operators in accordance with § 195.58.
</P>
<P>(b) OPID validation. An operator who has already been assigned one or more OPID by January 1, 2011 must validate the information associated with each such OPID through the National Registry of Operators at <I>https://portal.phmsa.dot.gov,</I> and correct that information as necessary, no later than June 30, 2012.
</P>
<P>(c) Changes. Each operator must notify PHMSA electronically through the National Registry of Operators at <I>https://portal.phmsa.dot.gov,</I> of certain events.
</P>
<P>(1) An operator must notify PHMSA of any of the following events not later than 60 days before the event occurs:
</P>
<P>(i) Construction or any planned rehabilitation, replacement, modification, upgrade, uprate, or update of a facility, other than a section of line pipe, that costs $10 million or more. If 60 day notice is not feasible because of an emergency, an operator must notify PHMSA as soon as practicable;
</P>
<P>(ii) Construction of 10 or more miles of a new or replacement hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline;
</P>
<P>(iii) Reversal of product flow direction when the reversal is expected to last more than 30 days. This notification is not required for pipeline systems already designed for bi-directional flow; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A pipeline converted for service under § 195.5, or a change in commodity as reported on the annual report as required by § 195.49.
</P>
<P>(2) An operator must notify PHMSA of any following event not later than 60 days after the event occurs:
</P>
<P>(i) A change in the primary entity responsible (<I>i.e.</I>, with an assigned OPID) for managing or administering a safety program required by this part covering pipeline facilities operated under multiple OPIDs.
</P>
<P>(ii) A change in the name of the operator;
</P>
<P>(iii) A change in the entity (e.g., company, municipality) responsible for operating an existing pipeline, pipeline segment, or pipeline facility;
</P>
<P>(iv) The acquisition or divestiture of 50 or more miles of pipeline or pipeline system subject to this part; or
</P>
<P>(v) The acquisition or divestiture of an existing pipeline facility subject to this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Reporting. An operator must use the OPID issued by PHMSA for all reporting requirements covered under this subchapter and for submissions to the National Pipeline Mapping System.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-95, 75 FR 72907, Nov. 26, 2010, as amended by Amdt. 195-100, 80 FR 12780, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 195-101, 82 FR 7999, Jan. 23, 2017; Amdt. 195-103, 85 FR 8127, Feb. 12, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.65" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.2.20.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.65   Safety data sheets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each owner or operator of a hazardous liquid pipeline facility, following an accident involving a pipeline facility that results in a hazardous liquid spill, must provide safety data sheets on any spilled hazardous liquid to the designated Federal On-Scene Coordinator and appropriate State and local emergency responders within 6 hours of a telephonic or electronic notice of the accident to the National Response Center.
</P>
<P>(b) Definitions. In this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Federal On-Scene Coordinator.</I> The term “Federal On-Scene Coordinator” has the meaning given such term in section 311(a) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1321(a)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>National Response Center.</I> The term “National Response Center” means the center described under 40 CFR 300.125(a).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Safety data sheet.</I> The term “safety data sheet” means a safety data sheet required under 29 CFR 1910.1200.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-102, 84 FR 52294, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Design Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.100" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.100   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum design requirements for new pipeline systems constructed with steel pipe and for relocating, replacing, or otherwise changing existing systems constructed with steel pipe. However, it does not apply to the movement of line pipe covered by § 195.424.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.101" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.101   Qualifying metallic components other than pipe.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding any requirement of the subpart which incorporates by reference an edition of a document listed in § 195.3, a metallic component other than pipe manufactured in accordance with any other edition of that document is qualified for use if—
</P>
<P>(a) It can be shown through visual inspection of the cleaned component that no defect exists which might impair the strength or tightness of the component: and
</P>
<P>(b) The edition of the document under which the component was manufactured has equal or more stringent requirements for the following as an edition of that document currently or previously listed in § 195.3:
</P>
<P>(1) Pressure testing;
</P>
<P>(2) Materials; and
</P>
<P>(3) Pressure and temperature ratings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-28, 48 FR 30639, July 5, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.102" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.102   Design temperature.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Material for components of the system must be chosen for the temperature environment in which the components will be used so that the pipeline will maintain its structural integrity. 
</P>
<P>(b) Components of carbon dioxide pipelines that are subject to low temperatures during normal operation because of rapid pressure reduction or during the initial fill of the line must be made of materials that are suitable for those low temperatures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-45, 56 FR 26925, June 12, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.104" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.104   Variations in pressure.</HEAD>
<P>If, within a pipeline system, two or more components are to be connected at a place where one will operate at a higher pressure than another, the system must be designed so that any component operating at the lower pressure will not be overstressed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.106" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.106   Internal design pressure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Internal design pressure for the pipe in a pipeline is determined in accordance with the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>P = (2<I>St/D</I>) × <I>E</I> × <I>F</I>
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2><I>P</I> = Internal design pressure in p.s.i. (kPa) gage.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>S</I> = Yield strength in pounds per square inch (kPa) determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>t</I> = Nominal wall thickness of the pipe in inches (millimeters). If this is unknown, it is determined in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>D</I> = Nominal outside diameter of the pipe in inches (millimeters).
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>E</I> = Seam joint factor determined in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>F</I> = A design factor of 0.72, except that a design factor of 0.60 is used for pipe, including risers, on a platform located offshore or on a platform in inland navigable waters, and 0.54 is used for pipe that has been subjected to cold expansion to meet the specified minimum yield strength and is subsequently heated, other than by welding or stress relieving as a part of welding, to a temperature higher than 900 °F (482 °C) for any period of time or over 600 °F (316 °C) for more than 1 hour.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The yield strength to be used in determining the internal design pressure under paragraph (a) of this section is the specified minimum yield strength. If the specified minimum yield strength is not known, the yield strength to be used in the design formula is one of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The yield strength determined by performing all of the tensile tests of API Spec 5L (incorporated by reference, see § 195.3) on randomly selected specimens with the following number of tests: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipe size
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No. of tests
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than 6
<fr>5/8</fr> in (168 mm) nominal outside diameter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One test for each 200 lengths. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 
<fr>5/8</fr> in through 12
<fr>3/4</fr> in (168 mm through 324 mm) nominal outside diameter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One test for each 100 lengths. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Larger than 12
<fr>3/4</fr> in (324 mm) nominal outside diameter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One test for each 50 lengths.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) If the average yield-tensile ratio exceeds 0.85, the yield strength shall be taken as 24,000 p.s.i. (165,474 kPa). If the average yield-tensile ratio is 0.85 or less, the yield strength of the pipe is taken as the lower of the following: 
</P>
<P>(A) Eighty percent of the average yield strength determined by the tensile tests. 
</P>
<P>(B) The lowest yield strength determined by the tensile tests. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the pipe is not tensile tested as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the yield strength shall be taken as 24,000 p.s.i. (165,474 kPa). 
</P>
<P>(c) If the nominal wall thickness to be used in determining internal design pressure under paragraph (a) of this section is not known, it is determined by measuring the thickness of each piece of pipe at quarter points on one end. However, if the pipe is of uniform grade, size, and thickness, only 10 individual lengths or 5 percent of all lengths, whichever is greater, need be measured. The thickness of the lengths that are not measured must be verified by applying a gage set to the minimum thickness found by the measurement. The nominal wall thickness to be used is the next wall thickness found in commercial specifications that is below the average of all the measurements taken. However, the nominal wall thickness may not be more than 1.14 times the smallest measurement taken on pipe that is less than 20 inches (508 mm) nominal outside diameter, nor more than 1.11 times the smallest measurement taken on pipe that is 20 inches (508 mm) or more in nominal outside diameter. 
</P>
<P>(d) The minimum wall thickness of the pipe may not be less than 87.5 percent of the value used for nominal wall thickness in determining the internal design pressure under paragraph (a) of this section. In addition, the anticipated external loads and external pressures that are concurrent with internal pressure must be considered in accordance with §§ 195.108 and 195.110 and, after determining the internal design pressure, the nominal wall thickness must be increased as necessary to compensate for these concurrent loads and pressures.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) The seam joint factor used in paragraph (a) of this section is determined in accordance with the following standards incorporated by reference (<I>see</I> § 195.3):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipe class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Seam joint factor
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A53/A53M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Seamless</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric resistance welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Furnace lap welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Furnace butt welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A106/A106M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Seamless</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A333/A333M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Seamless</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A381</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Double submerged arc welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A671/A671M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric-fusion-welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A672/A672M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric-fusion-welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ASTM A691/A691M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric-fusion-welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">API Spec 5L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Seamless</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric resistance welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric flash welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Submerged arc welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Furnace lap welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Furnace butt welded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.60</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>(2) The seam joint factor for pipe that is not covered by this paragraph must be approved by the Administrator.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981; 47 FR 32721, July 29, 1982, as amended by Amdt. 195-30, 49 FR 7569, Mar. 1, 1984; Amdt. 195-37, 51 FR 15335, Apr. 23, 1986; Amdt. 195-40, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989; 58 FR 14524, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 195-50, 59 FR 17281, Apr. 12, 1994; Amdt. 195-52, 59 FR 33396, 33397, June 28, 1994; Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 185, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 195-107, 89 FR 33284, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.108" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.108   External pressure.</HEAD>
<P>Any external pressure that will be exerted on the pipe must be provided for in designing a pipeline system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.110" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.110   External loads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Anticipated external loads (<I>e.g.,</I> earthquakes, vibration, thermal expansion, and contraction) must be provided for in a pipeline system's design. Sections 401, 402, 403.3, and 403.9 of ASME B31.4 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) must be followed to provide for expansion and flexibility.


</P>
<P>(b) The pipe and other components must be supported in such a way that the support does not cause excess localized stresses. In designing attachments to pipe, the added stress to the wall of the pipe must be computed and compensated for.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended at 58 FR 14524, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 195-107, 89 FR 33284, Apr. 29, 2024; Amdt. 195-117, 90 FR 40766, Aug. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.111" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.111   Fracture propagation.</HEAD>
<P>A carbon dioxide pipeline system must be designed to mitigate the effects of fracture propagation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-45, 56 FR 26926, June 12, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.112" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.112   New pipe.</HEAD>
<P>Any new pipe installed in a pipeline system must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The pipe must be made of steel of the carbon, low alloy-high strength, or alloy type that is able to withstand the internal pressures and external loads and pressures anticipated for the pipeline system.
</P>
<P>(b) The pipe must be made in accordance with a written pipe specification that sets forth the chemical requirements for the pipe steel and mechanical tests for the pipe to provide pipe suitable for the use intended.
</P>
<P>(c) Each length of pipe with a nominal outside diameter of 4 
<FR>1/2</FR> in (114.3 mm) or more must be marked on the pipe or pipe coating with the specification to which it was made, the specified minimum yield strength or grade, and the pipe size. The marking must be applied in a manner that does not damage the pipe or pipe coating and must remain visible until the pipe is installed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-52, 59 FR 33396, June 28, 1994; Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.114" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.114   Used pipe.</HEAD>
<P>Any used pipe installed in a pipeline system must comply with § 195.112 (a) and (b) and the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The pipe must be of a known specification and the seam joint factor must be determined in accordance with § 195.106(e). If the specified minimum yield strength or the wall thickness is not known, it is determined in accordance with § 195.106 (b) or (c) as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) There may not be any:
</P>
<P>(1) Buckles;
</P>
<P>(2) Cracks, grooves, gouges, dents, or other surface defects that exceed the maximum depth of such a defect permitted by the specification to which the pipe was manufactured; or
</P>
<P>(3) Corroded areas where the remaining wall thickness is less than the minimum thickness required by the tolerances in the specification to which the pipe was manufactured.
</P>
<FP>However, pipe that does not meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) of this section may be used if the operating pressure is reduced to be commensurate with the remaining wall thickness.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981; 47 FR 32721, July 29, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.116" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.116   Valves.</HEAD>
<P>Each valve installed in a pipeline system must comply with the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) The valve must be of a sound engineering design. 
</P>
<P>(b) Materials subject to the internal pressure of the pipeline system, including welded and flanged ends, must be compatible with the pipe or fittings to which the valve is attached. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each part of the valve that will be in contact with the carbon dioxide or hazardous liquid stream must be made of materials that are compatible with carbon dioxide or each hazardous liquid that it is anticipated will flow through the pipeline system.
</P>
<P>(d) Each valve must be both hydrostatically shell tested and hydrostatically seat tested without leakage to at least the requirements set forth in Section 11 of API Spec 6D (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(e) Each valve other than a check valve must be equipped with a means for clearly indicating the position of the valve (open, closed, etc.). 
</P>
<P>(f) Each valve must be marked on the body or the nameplate, with at least the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Manufacturer's name or trademark. 
</P>
<P>(2) Class designation or the maximum working pressure to which the valve may be subjected. 
</P>
<P>(3) Body material designation (the end connection material, if more than one type is used). 
</P>
<P>(4) Nominal valve size. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-45, 56 FR 26926, June 12, 1991; Amdt. 195-86, 71 FR 33410, June 9, 2006; Amdt. 195-94, 75 FR 48606, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 186, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 195-107, 89 FR 33284, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.118" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.118   Fittings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Butt-welding type fittings must meet the marking, end preparation, and the bursting strength requirements of ASME/ANSI B16.9 or MSS SP-75 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3). 
</P>
<P>(b) There may not be any buckles, dents, cracks, gouges, or other defects in the fitting that might reduce the strength of the fitting. 
</P>
<P>(c) The fitting must be suitable for the intended service and be at least as strong as the pipe and other fittings in the pipeline system to which it is attached. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981; 47 FR 32721, July 29, 1982, as amended at 58 FR 14524, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 186, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.120" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.120   Passage of internal inspection devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, each new pipeline and each main line section of a pipeline where the line pipe, valve, fitting or other line component is replaced must be designed and constructed to accommodate the passage of instrumented internal inspection devices in accordance with NACE SP0102 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> This section does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Manifolds;
</P>
<P>(2) Station piping such as at pump stations, meter stations, or pressure reducing stations;
</P>
<P>(3) Piping associated with tank farms and other storage facilities;
</P>
<P>(4) Cross-overs;
</P>
<P>(5) Pipe for which an instrumented internal inspection device is not commercially available; and
</P>
<P>(6) Offshore pipelines, other than lines 10 inches (254 millimeters) or greater in nominal diameter, that transport liquids to onshore facilities.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Impracticability.</I> An operator may file a petition under § 190.9 for a finding that the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section should not be applied to a pipeline for reasons of impracticability.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Emergencies.</I> An operator need not comply with paragraph (a) of this section in constructing a new or replacement segment of a pipeline in an emergency. Within 30 days after discovering the emergency, the operator must file a petition under § 190.9 for a finding that requiring the design and construction of the new or replacement pipeline segment to accommodate passage of instrumented internal inspection devices would be impracticable as a result of the emergency. If PHMSA denies the petition, within 1 year after the date of the notice of the denial, the operator must modify the new or replacement pipeline segment to allow passage of instrumented internal inspection devices.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-102, 84 FR 52294, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.122" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.122   Fabricated branch connections.</HEAD>
<P>Each pipeline system must be designed so that the addition of any fabricated branch connections will not reduce the strength of the pipeline system. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.124" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.124   Closures.</HEAD>
<P>Each closure to be installed in a pipeline system must comply with the 2007 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC) (Section VIII, Division 1) (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) and must have pressure and temperature ratings at least equal to those of the pipe to which the closure is attached.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 186, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.126" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.126   Flange connection.</HEAD>
<P>Each component of a flange connection must be compatible with each other component and the connection as a unit must be suitable for the service in which it is to be used. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.128" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.128   Station piping.</HEAD>
<P>Any pipe to be installed in a station that is subject to system pressure must meet the applicable requirements of this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.130" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.130   Fabricated assemblies.</HEAD>
<P>Each fabricated assembly to be installed in a pipeline system must meet the applicable requirements of this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.132" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.132   Design and construction of aboveground breakout tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each aboveground breakout tank must be designed and constructed to withstand the internal pressure produced by the hazardous liquid to be stored therein and any anticipated external loads.
</P>
<P>(b) For aboveground breakout tanks first placed in service after October 2, 2000, compliance with paragraph (a) of this section requires one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Shop-fabricated, vertical, cylindrical, closed top, welded steel tanks with nominal capacities of 90 to 750 barrels (14.3 to 119.2 m 
<SU>3</SU>) and with internal vapor space pressures that are approximately atmospheric must be designed and constructed in accordance with API Spec 12F (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) .
</P>
<P>(2) Welded, low-pressure (<I>i.e.</I>, internal vapor space pressure not greater than 15 psig (103.4 kPa)), carbon steel tanks that have wall shapes that can be generated by a single vertical axis of revolution must be designed and constructed in accordance with API Std 620 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(3) Vertical, cylindrical, welded steel tanks with internal pressures at the tank top approximating atmospheric pressures (<I>i.e.</I>, internal vapor space pressures not greater than 2.5 psig (17.2 kPa), or not greater than the pressure developed by the weight of the tank roof) must be designed and constructed in accordance with API Std 650 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(4) High pressure steel tanks (<I>i.e.</I>, internal gas or vapor space pressures greater than 15 psig (103.4 kPa)) with a nominal capacity of 2000 gallons (7571 liters) or more of liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) must be designed and constructed in accordance with API Std 2510 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-66, 64 FR 15935, Apr. 2, 1999, as amended by Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 186, Jan. 5, 2015; 80 FR 46848, Aug. 6, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.134" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.3.20.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.134   Leak detection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section applies to each hazardous liquid pipeline transporting liquid in single phase (without gas in the liquid).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General.</I> (1) For each pipeline constructed prior to October 1, 2019. Each pipeline must have a system for detecting leaks that complies with the requirements in § 195.444 by October 1, 2024.
</P>
<P>(2) For each pipeline constructed on or after October 1, 2019. Each pipeline must have a system for detecting leaks that complies with the requirements in § 195.444 by October 1, 2020.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>CPM leak detection systems.</I> A new computational pipeline monitoring (CPM) leak detection system or replaced component of an existing CPM system must be designed in accordance with the requirements in section 4.2 of API RP 1130 (incorporated by reference, see § 195.3) and any other applicable design criteria in that standard.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exception.</I> The requirements of paragraph (b) of this section do not apply to offshore gathering or regulated rural gathering lines.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-102, 84 FR 52295, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Construction</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.200" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.200   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for constructing new pipeline systems with steel pipe, and for relocating, replacing, or otherwise changing existing pipeline systems that are constructed with steel pipe. However, this subpart does not apply to the movement of pipe covered by § 195.424. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.202" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.202   Compliance with specifications or standards.</HEAD>
<P>Each pipeline system must be constructed in accordance with comprehensive written specifications or standards that are consistent with the requirements of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.204" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.204   Inspection—general.</HEAD>
<P>Inspection must be provided to ensure that the installation of pipe or pipeline systems is in accordance with the requirements of this subpart. Any operator personnel used to perform the inspection must be trained and qualified in the phase of construction to be inspected. An operator must not use operator personnel to perform a required inspection if the operator personnel performed the construction task requiring inspection. Nothing in this section prohibits the operator from inspecting construction tasks with operator personnel who are involved in other construction tasks.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-100, 80 FR 12780, Mar. 11, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.205" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.205   Repair, alteration and reconstruction of aboveground breakout tanks that have been in service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Aboveground breakout tanks that have been repaired, altered, or reconstructed and returned to service must be capable of withstanding the internal pressure produced by the hazardous liquid to be stored therein and any anticipated external loads.
</P>
<P>(b) After October 2, 2000, compliance with paragraph (a) of this section requires the following:
</P>
<P>(1) For tanks designed for approximate atmospheric pressure, constructed of carbon and low alloy steel, welded or riveted, and non-refrigerated; and for tanks built to API Std 650 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) or its predecessor Standard 12C; repair, alteration; and reconstruction must be in accordance with API Std 653 (except section 6.4.3) (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(2) For tanks built to API Spec 12F (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) or API Std 620 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), repair, alteration, and reconstruction must be in accordance with the design, welding, examination, and material requirements of those respective standards.
</P>
<P>(3) For high-pressure tanks built to API Std 2510 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), repairs, alterations, and reconstruction must be in accordance with API Std 510 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-66, 64 FR 15935, Apr. 2, 1999, as amended by Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 186, Jan. 5, 2015; 80 FR 46848, Aug. 6, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.206" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.206   Material inspection.</HEAD>
<P>No pipe or other component may be installed in a pipeline system unless it has been visually inspected at the site of installation to ensure that it is not damaged in a manner that could impair its strength or reduce its serviceability.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.207" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.207   Transportation of pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Railroad.</I> In a pipeline operated at a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS, an operator may not use pipe having an outer diameter to wall thickness ratio of 70 to 1, or more, that is transported by railroad unless the transportation is performed in accordance with API RP 5L1 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ship or barge.</I> In a pipeline operated at a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS, an operator may not use pipe having an outer diameter to wall thickness ratio of 70 to 1, or more, that is transported by ship or barge on both inland and marine waterways, unless the transportation is performed in accordance with API RP 5LW (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Truck.</I> In a pipeline to be operated at a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS, an operator may not use pipe having an outer diameter to wall thickness ratio of 70 to 1, or more, that is transported by truck unless the transportation is performed in accordance with API RP 5LT (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-94, 75 FR 48606, Aug. 11, 2010, as amended by Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 186, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.208" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.208   Welding of supports and braces.</HEAD>
<P>Supports or braces may not be welded directly to pipe that will be operated at a pressure of more than 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.210" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.210   Pipeline location.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pipeline right-of-way must be selected to avoid, as far as practicable, areas containing private dwellings, industrial buildings, and places of public assembly.
</P>
<P>(b) No pipeline may be located within 50 feet (15 meters) of any private dwelling, or any industrial building or place of public assembly in which persons work, congregate, or assemble, unless it is provided with at least 12 inches (305 millimeters) of cover in addition to that prescribed in § 195.248.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 39360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.212" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.212   Bending of pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pipe must not have a wrinkle bend.
</P>
<P>(b) Each field bend must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A bend must not impair the serviceability of the pipe.
</P>
<P>(2) Each bend must have a smooth contour and be free from buckling, cracks, or any other mechanical damage.
</P>
<P>(3) On pipe containing a longitudinal weld, the longitudinal weld must be as near as practicable to the neutral axis of the bend unless—
</P>
<P>(i) The bend is made with an internal bending mandrel; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The pipe is 12
<FR>3/4</FR> in (324 mm) or less nominal outside diameter or has a diameter to wall thickness ratio less than 70.
</P>
<P>(c) Each circumferential weld which is located where the stress during bending causes a permanent deformation in the pipe must be nondestructively tested either before or after the bending process.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-52, 59 FR 33396, June 28, 1994; Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.214" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.214   Welding procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Welding must be performed by a qualified welder or welding operator in accordance with welding procedures qualified under section 5 (except for Note 2 in section 5.4.2.2), section 12, Appendix A or Appendix B of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference, see § 195.3), or Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPVC) (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3). The quality of the test welds used to qualify the welding procedures must be determined by destructive testing.
</P>
<P>(b) Each welding procedure must be recorded in detail, including the results of the qualifying tests. This record must be retained and followed whenever the procedure is used.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-38, 51 FR 20297, June 4, 1986, as amended at Amdt. 195-81, 69 FR 32897, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 186, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 195-100, 80 FR 12780, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 195-101, 82 FR 7999, Jan. 23, 2017; Amdt. 195-107, 89 FR 33284, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.216" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.216   Welding: Miter joints.</HEAD>
<P>A miter joint is not permitted (not including deflections up to 3 degrees that are caused by misalignment).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.222" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.222   Welders and welding operators: Qualification of welders and welding operators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each welder or welding operator must be qualified in accordance with section 6, section 12, Appendix A or Appendix B of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), or section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPVC), (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) except that a welder or welding operator qualified under an earlier edition than listed in § 195.3, may weld but may not requalify under that earlier edition.
</P>
<P>(b) No welder or welding operator may weld with a welding process unless, within the preceding 6 calendar months, the welder or welding operator has—
</P>
<P>(1) Engaged in welding with that process; and
</P>
<P>(2) Had one weld tested and found acceptable under section 9 or Appendix A of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-81, 69 FR 54593, Sept. 9, 2004, as amended by Amdt. 195-86, 71 FR 33409, June 9, 2006; Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 186, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 195-100, 80 FR 12780, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 195-101, 82 FR 7999, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.224" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.224   Welding: Weather.</HEAD>
<P>Welding must be protected from weather conditions that would impair the quality of the completed weld.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.226" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.226   Welding: Arc burns.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each arc burn must be repaired.
</P>
<P>(b) An arc burn may be repaired by completely removing the notch by grinding, if the grinding does not reduce the remaining wall thickness to less than the minimum thickness required by the tolerances in the specification to which the pipe is manufactured. If a notch is not repairable by grinding, a cylinder of the pipe containing the entire notch must be removed.
</P>
<P>(c) A ground may not be welded to the pipe or fitting that is being welded.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.228" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.228   Welds and welding inspection: Standards of acceptability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each weld and welding must be inspected to insure compliance with the requirements of this subpart. Visual inspection must be supplemented by nondestructive testing.
</P>
<P>(b) The acceptability of a weld is determined according to the standards in section 9 or Appendix A of API Std 1104 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3). Appendix A of API Std 1104 may not be used to accept cracks.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-52, 59 FR 33397, June 28, 1994; Amdt. 195-81, 69 FR 32898, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 186, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 195-100, 80 FR 12780, Mar. 11, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.230" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.230   Welds: Repair or removal of defects.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each weld that is unacceptable under § 195.228 must be removed or repaired. Except for welds on an offshore pipeline being installed from a pipelay vessel, a weld must be removed if it has a crack that is more than 8 percent of the weld length.
</P>
<P>(b) Each weld that is repaired must have the defect removed down to sound metal and the segment to be repaired must be preheated if conditions exist which would adversely affect the quality of the weld repair. After repair, the segment of the weld that was repaired must be inspected to ensure its acceptability.
</P>
<P>(c) Repair of a crack, or of any defect in a previously repaired area must be in accordance with written weld repair procedures that have been qualified under § 195.214. Repair procedures must provide that the minimum mechanical properties specified for the welding procedure used to make the original weld are met upon completion of the final weld repair.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-29, 48 FR 48674, Oct. 20, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.234" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.234   Welds: Nondestructive testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A weld may be nondestructively tested by any process that will clearly indicate any defects that may affect the integrity of the weld.
</P>
<P>(b) Any nondestructive testing of welds must be performed—
</P>
<P>(1) In accordance with a written set of procedures for nondestructive testing; and
</P>
<P>(2) With personnel that have been trained in the established procedures and in the use of the equipment employed in the testing.
</P>
<P>(c) Procedures for the proper interpretation of each weld inspection must be established to ensure the acceptability of the weld under § 195.228.
</P>
<P>(d) During construction, at least 10 percent of the girth welds made by each welder and welding operator during each welding day must be nondestructively tested over the entire circumference of the weld.
</P>
<P>(e) All girth welds installed each day in the following locations must be nondestructively tested over their entire circumference, except that when nondestructive testing is impracticable for a girth weld, it need not be tested if the number of girth welds for which testing is impracticable does not exceed 10 percent of the girth welds installed that day: 
</P>
<P>(1) At any onshore location where a loss of hazardous liquid could reasonably be expected to pollute any stream, river, lake, reservoir, or other body of water, and any offshore area; 
</P>
<P>(2) Within railroad or public road rights-of-way; 
</P>
<P>(3) At overhead road crossings and within tunnels; 
</P>
<P>(4) Within the limits of any incorporated subdivision of a State government; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Within populated areas, including, but not limited to, residential subdivisions, shopping centers, schools, designated commercial areas, industrial facilities, public institutions, and places of public assembly. 
</P>
<P>(f) When installing used pipe, 100 percent of the old girth welds must be nondestructively tested.
</P>
<P>(g) At pipeline tie-ins, including tie-ins of replacement sections, 100 percent of the girth welds must be nondestructively tested. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-35, 50 FR 37192, Sept. 21, 1985; Amdt. 195-52, 59 FR 33397, June 28, 1994; Amdt. 195-100, 80 FR 12780, Mar. 11, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 195.236-195.244" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 195.236-195.244   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.246" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.246   Installation of pipe in a ditch.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All pipe installed in a ditch must be installed in a manner that minimizes the introduction of secondary stresses and the possibility of damage to the pipe.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for pipe in the Gulf of America and its inlets in waters less than 15 feet deep, all offshore pipe in water at least 12 feet deep (3.7 meters) but not more than 200 feet deep (61 meters) deep as measured from the mean low water must be installed so that the top of the pipe is below the underwater natural bottom (as determined by recognized and generally accepted practices) unless the pipe is supported by stanchions held in place by anchors or heavy concrete coating or protected by an equivalent means.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-52, 59 FR 33397, June 28, 1994; 59 FR 36256, July 15, 1994; Amdt. 195-85, 69 FR 48407, Aug. 10, 2004; Amdt. 195-108, 90 FR 21436, May 20, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.248" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.248   Cover over buried pipeline.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless specifically exempted in this subpart, all pipe must be buried so that it is below the level of cultivation. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the pipe must be installed so that the cover between the top of the pipe and the ground level, road bed, river bottom, or underwater natural bottom (as determined by recognized and generally accepted practices), as applicable, complies with the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Location
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Cover inches (millimeters)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For normal
<br/>excavation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For rock
<br/>excavation 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Industrial, commercial, and residential areas</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36 (914)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 (762)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Crossing of inland bodies of water with a width of at least 100 feet (30.5 meters) from high water mark to high water mark</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48 (1219)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18 (457)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Drainage ditches at public roads and railroads</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36 (914)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36 (914)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Deepwater port safety zones</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48 (1219)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24 (610)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gulf of America and its inlets in waters less than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep as measured from mean low water</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36 (914)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18 (457)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other offshore areas under water less than 12 ft (3.7 meters) deep as measured from mean low water</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36 (914)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18 (457)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Any other area</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 (762)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18 (457)
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Rock excavation is any excavation that requires blasting or removal by equivalent means.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Except for the Gulf of America and its inlets in waters less than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep, less cover than the minimum required by paragraph (a) of this section and § 195.210 may be used if—
</P>
<P>(1) It is impracticable to comply with the minimum cover requirements; and
</P>
<P>(2) Additional protection is provided that is equivalent to the minimum required cover.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981; 47 FR 32721, July 29, 1982, as amended by Amdt. 195-52, 59 FR 33397, June 28, 1994; 59 FR 36256, July 15, 1994; Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 195-95, 69 FR 48407, Aug. 10, 2004; Amdt. 195-101, 82 FR 7999, Jan. 23, 2017; Amdt. 195-108, 90 FR 21436, May 20, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.250" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.250   Clearance between pipe and underground structures.</HEAD>
<P>Any pipe installed underground must have at least 12 inches (305 millimeters) of clearance between the outside of the pipe and the extremity of any other underground structure, except that for drainage tile the minimum clearance may be less than 12 inches (305 millimeters) but not less than 2 inches (51 millimeters). However, where 12 inches (305 millimeters) of clearance is impracticable, the clearance may be reduced if adequate provisions are made for corrosion control.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.252" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.252   Backfilling.</HEAD>
<P>When a ditch for a pipeline is backfilled, it must be backfilled in a manner that: 
</P>
<P>(a) Provides firm support under the pipe; and 
</P>
<P>(b) Prevents damage to the pipe and pipe coating from equipment or from the backfill material.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-78, 68 FR 53528, Sept. 11, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.254" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.254   Above ground components.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any component may be installed above ground in the following situations, if the other applicable requirements of this part are complied with:
</P>
<P>(1) Overhead crossings of highways, railroads, or a body of water.
</P>
<P>(2) Spans over ditches and gullies.
</P>
<P>(3) Scraper traps or block valves.
</P>
<P>(4) Areas under the direct control of the operator.
</P>
<P>(5) In any area inaccessible to the public.
</P>
<P>(b) Each component covered by this section must be protected from the forces exerted by the anticipated loads. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.256" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.256   Crossing of railroads and highways.</HEAD>
<P>The pipe at each railroad or highway crossing must be installed so as to adequately withstand the dynamic forces exerted by anticipated traffic loads. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.258" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.258   Valves: General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each valve must be installed in a location that is accessible to authorized employees and that is protected from damage or tampering.
</P>
<P>(b) Each submerged valve located offshore or in inland navigable waters must be marked, or located by conventional survey techniques, to facilitate quick location when operation of the valve is required.
</P>
<P>(c) For all onshore hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline segments with diameters greater than or equal to 6 inches that are constructed after April 10, 2023, the operator must install rupture-mitigation valves (RMV) or an alternative equivalent technology whenever a valve must be installed to meet the appropriate valve spacing requirements of this section and § 195.260. An operator using alternative equivalent technology must notify PHMSA in accordance with the procedure in paragraph (e) of this section. All RMVs and alternative equivalent technology installed as required by this section must meet the requirements of § 195.419. An operator may request an extension of the installation compliance deadline requirements of this paragraph if it can demonstrate to PHMSA, in accordance with the notification procedures in § 195.18, that those installation deadline requirements would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible for a particular new pipeline.
</P>
<P>(d) For all entirely replaced onshore hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline segments with diameters greater than or equal to 6 inches that have been replaced after April 10, 2023, the operator must install RMVs or an alternative equivalent technology whenever a valve must be installed to meet the appropriate valve spacing requirements of this section. An operator using alternative equivalent technology must notify PHMSA in accordance with the procedure in paragraph (e) of this section. All valves installed as required by this section must meet the requirements of § 195.419. The requirements of this paragraph (d) apply when the applicable pipeline replacement project involves a valve, either through addition, replacement, or removal. An operator may request an extension of the installation compliance deadline requirements of this paragraph if it can demonstrate to PHMSA, in accordance with the notification procedures in § 195.18, that those installation deadline requirements would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible for a particular pipeline replacement project.
</P>
<P>(e) If an operator elects to use alternative equivalent technology in accordance with paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, the operator must notify PHMSA in accordance with § 195.18. The operator must include a technical and safety evaluation in its notice to PHMSA. Valves that are installed as alternative equivalent technology must comply with §§ 195.418, 195.419, and 195.420. An operator requesting use of manual valves as an alternative equivalent technology must also include within the notification submitted to PHMSA a demonstration that installation of an RMV as otherwise required would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible. An operator may use a manual pump station valve at a continuously manned station as an alternative equivalent technology. Such a valve used as an alternative equivalent technology would not require a notification to PHMSA in accordance with § 195.18, but it must comply with §§ 195.419 and 195.420.
</P>
<P>(f) The requirements of paragraphs (c) through (e) of this section do not apply to gathering lines.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-105, 87 FR 20987, Apr. 8, 2022; Amdt. 195-106, 88 FR 50062, Aug. 1, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.260" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.260   Valves: Location.</HEAD>
<P>A valve must be installed at each of the following locations:
</P>
<P>(a) On the suction end and the discharge end of a pump station in a manner that permits isolation of the pump station equipment in the event of an emergency.
</P>
<P>(b) On each pipeline entering or leaving a breakout storage tank area in a manner that permits isolation of the tank from other facilities.
</P>
<P>(c) On each pipeline at locations along the pipeline system that will minimize or prevent safety risks, property damage, or environmental harm from accidental hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide discharges, as appropriate for onshore areas, offshore areas, and high-consequence areas (HCA). For newly constructed or entirely replaced onshore hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline segments, as that term is defined at § 195.2, that are installed after April 10, 2023, valve spacing must not exceed 15 miles for pipeline segments that could affect or are in HCAs, as defined in § 195.450, and 20 miles for pipeline segments that could not affect HCAs. Valves on pipeline segments that are located in HCAs or which could affect HCAs must be installed at locations as determined by the operator's process for identifying preventive and mitigative measures established pursuant to § 195.452(i) and by using the selection process in section I.B of appendix C of part 195, but with a maximum distance that does not exceed 7
<FR>1/2</FR> miles from the endpoints of the HCA segment or the segment that could affect an HCA. An operator may request an exemption from the compliance deadline requirements of this section for valve installation at the specified valve spacing if it can demonstrate to PHMSA, in accordance with the notification procedures in § 195.18, that those compliance deadline requirements would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible.
</P>
<P>(d) On each lateral takeoff from a pipeline in a manner that permits shutting off the lateral without interrupting flow in the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(e) On each side of one or more adjacent water crossings that are more than 100 feet (30 meters) wide from high water mark to high water mark, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Valves must be installed at locations outside of the 100-year flood plain or be equipped with actuators or other control equipment that is installed so as not to be impacted by flood conditions; and
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum spacing interval between valves that protect multiple adjacent water crossings cannot exceed 1 mile in length.
</P>
<P>(f) On each side of a reservoir holding water for human consumption.
</P>
<P>(g) On each highly volatile liquid (HVL) pipeline that is located in a high-population area or other populated area, as defined in § 195.450, and that is constructed, or where 2 or more miles of pipe have been replaced within any 5 contiguous miles within any 24-month period, after April 10, 2023, with a maximum valve spacing of 7
<FR>1/2</FR> miles. The maximum valve spacing intervals may be increased by 1.25 times the distance up to a 9 
<FR>3/8</FR>-mile spacing, provided the operator:
</P>
<P>(1) Submits for PHMSA review a notification pursuant to § 195.18 requesting alternative spacing because installation of a valve at a particular location between a 7-mile to a 7
<FR>1/2</FR>-mile spacing would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible, and that an alternative spacing would not adversely impact safety; and
</P>
<P>(2) Keeps the records necessary to support that determination for the useful life of the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(h) An operator may submit for PHMSA review, in accordance with § 195.18, a notification requesting site-specific exemption from the valve installation requirements or valve spacing requirements of paragraph (c), (e), or (f) of this section and demonstrating such exemption would not adversely affect safety. An operator may also submit for PHMSA review, in accordance with § 195.18, a notification requesting an extension of the compliance deadline requirements for valve installation and spacing of this section because those compliance deadline requirements would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible for a particular new construction or pipeline replacement project.
</P>
<P>(i) An operator of a gathering line must only comply with the requirements of 49 CFR 195.260 effective as of October 4, 2022, and need not comply with the other requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-105, 87 FR 20987, Apr. 8, 2022, as amended by Amdt. 195-106, 88 FR 50062, Aug. 1, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.262" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.262   Pumping equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Adequate ventilation must be provided in pump station buildings to prevent the accumulation of hazardous vapors. Warning devices must be installed to warn of the presence of hazardous vapors in the pumping station building.
</P>
<P>(b) The following must be provided in each pump station:
</P>
<P>(1) Safety devices that prevent overpressuring of pumping equipment, including the auxiliary pumping equipment within the pumping station.
</P>
<P>(2) A device for the emergency shutdown of each pumping station.
</P>
<P>(3) If power is necessary to actuate the safety devices, an auxiliary power supply.
</P>
<P>(c) Each safety device must be tested under conditions approximating actual operations and found to function properly before the pumping station may be used.
</P>
<P>(d) Except for offshore pipelines, pumping equipment must be installed on property that is under the control of the operator and at least 15.2 m (50 ft) from the boundary of the pump station. 
</P>
<P>(e) Adequate fire protection must be installed at each pump station. If the fire protection system installed requires the use of pumps, motive power must be provided for those pumps that is separate from the power that operates the station.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-52, 59 FR 33397, June 28, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.264" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.264   Impoundment, protection against entry, normal/emergency venting or pressure/vacuum relief for aboveground breakout tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A means must be provided for containing hazardous liquids in the event of spillage or failure of an aboveground breakout tank.
</P>
<P>(b) After October 2, 2000, compliance with paragraph (a) of this section requires the following for the aboveground breakout tanks specified:
</P>
<P>(1) For tanks built to API Spec 12F, API Std 620, and others (such as API Std 650 (or its predecessor Standard 12C)), the installation of impoundment must be in accordance with the following sections of NFPA 30 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3);
</P>
<P>(i) Impoundment around a breakout tank must be installed in accordance with section 22.11.2; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Impoundment by drainage to a remote impounding area must be installed in accordance with section 22.11.1.
</P>
<P>(2) For tanks built to API Std 2510 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) , the installation of impoundment must be in accordance with section 5 or 11 of API Std 2510.
</P>
<P>(c) Aboveground breakout tank areas must be adequately protected against unauthorized entry.
</P>
<P>(d) Normal/emergency relief venting must be provided for each atmospheric pressure breakout tank. Pressure/vacuum-relieving devices must be provided for each low-pressure and high-pressure breakout tank.
</P>
<P>(e) For normal/emergency relief venting and pressure/vacuum-relieving devices installed on aboveground breakout tanks after October 2, 2000, compliance with paragraph (d) of this section requires the following for the tanks specified:
</P>
<P>(1) Normal/emergency relief venting installed on atmospheric pressure tanks built to API Spec 12F must be in accordance with section 4 and Appendices B and C of API Spec 12F (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) .
</P>
<P>(2) Normal/emergency relief venting installed on atmospheric pressure tanks (such as those built to API Std 650 or its predecessor Standard 12C) must be in accordance with API Std 2000 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(3) Pressure-relieving and emergency vacuum-relieving devices installed on low-pressure tanks built to API Std 620 must be in accordance with Section 9 of API Std 620 (incorporated by reference, see § 195.3) and its references to the normal and emergency venting requirements in API Std 2000 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(4) Pressure and vacuum-relieving devices installed on high-pressure tanks built to API Std 2510 must be in accordance with sections 7 or 11 of API Std 2510 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-66, 64 FR 15935, Apr. 2, 1999, as amended by Amdt. 195-86, 71 FR 33410, June 9, 2006; Amd .t195-94, 75 FR 48606, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 186, Jan. 5, 2015; 80 FR 46848, Aug. 6, 2015; Amdt. 195-117, 90 FR 40766, Aug. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.266" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.4.20.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.266   Construction records.</HEAD>
<P>A complete record that shows the following must be maintained by the operator involved for the life of each pipeline facility:
</P>
<P>(a) The total number of girth welds and the number nondestructively tested, including the number rejected and the disposition of each rejected weld.
</P>
<P>(b) The amount, location; and cover of each size of pipe installed.
</P>
<P>(c) The location of each crossing of another pipeline.
</P>
<P>(d) The location of each buried utility crossing.
</P>
<P>(e) The location of each overhead crossing.
</P>
<P>(f) The location of each valve and corrosion test station. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-34, 50 FR 34474, Aug. 26, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Pressure Testing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.300" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.5.20.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.300   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for the pressure testing of steel pipelines. However, this subpart does not apply to the movement of pipe under § 195.424.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-51, 59 FR 29384, June 7, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.302" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.5.20.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.302   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section and in § 195.305(b), no operator may operate a pipeline unless it has been pressure tested under this subpart without leakage. In addition, no operator may return to service a segment of pipeline that has been replaced, relocated, or otherwise changed until it has been pressure tested under this subpart without leakage. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except for pipelines converted under § 195.5, the following pipelines may be operated without pressure testing under this subpart: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any hazardous liquid pipeline whose maximum operating pressure is established under § 195.406(a)(5) that is—
</P>
<P>(i) An interstate pipeline constructed before January 8, 1971; 
</P>
<P>(ii) An interstate offshore gathering line constructed before August 1, 1977; 
</P>
<P>(iii) An intrastate pipeline constructed before October 21, 1985; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) A low-stress pipeline constructed before August 11, 1994 that transports HVL. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any carbon dioxide pipeline constructed before July 12, 1991, that—
</P>
<P>(i) Has its maximum operating pressure established under § 195.406(a)(5); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is located in a rural area as part of a production field distribution system. 
</P>
<P>(3) Any low-stress pipeline constructed before August 11, 1994 that does not transport HVL. 
</P>
<P>(4) Those portions of older hazardous liquid and carbon dioxide pipelines for which an operator has elected the risk-based alternative under § 195.303 and which are not required to be tested based on the risk-based criteria.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for pipelines that transport HVL onshore, low-stress pipelines, and pipelines covered under § 195.303, the following compliance deadlines apply to pipelines under paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2)(i) of this section that have not been pressure tested under this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) Before December 7, 1998, for each pipeline each operator shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Plan and schedule testing according to this paragraph; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Establish the pipeline's maximum operating pressure under § 195.406(a)(5). 
</P>
<P>(2) For pipelines scheduled for testing, each operator shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Before December 7, 2000, pressure test—
</P>
<P>(A) Each pipeline identified by name, symbol, or otherwise that existing records show contains more than 50 percent by mileage (length) of electric resistance welded pipe manufactured before 1970; and 
</P>
<P>(B) At least 50 percent of the mileage (length) of all other pipelines; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Before December 7, 2003, pressure test the remainder of the pipeline mileage (length).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-51, 59 FR 29384, June 7, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 195-53, 59 FR 35471, July 12, 1994; Amdt. 195-51B, 61 FR 43027, Aug. 20, 1996; Amdt. 195-58, 62 FR 54592, Oct. 21, 1997; Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 195-65, 63 FR 59479, Nov. 4, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.303" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.5.20.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.303   Risk-based alternative to pressure testing older hazardous liquid and carbon dioxide pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An operator may elect to follow a program for testing a pipeline on risk-based criteria as an alternative to the pressure testing in § 195.302(b)(1)(i)-(iii) and § 195.302(b)(2)(i) of this subpart. Appendix B provides guidance on how this program will work. An operator electing such a program shall assign a risk classification to each pipeline segment according to the indicators described in paragraph (b) of this section as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Risk Classification A if the location indicator is ranked as low or medium risk, the product and volume indicators are ranked as low risk, and the probability of failure indicator is ranked as low risk;
</P>
<P>(2) Risk Classification C if the location indicator is ranked as high risk; or
</P>
<P>(3) Risk Classification B.
</P>
<P>(b) An operator shall evaluate each pipeline segment in the program according to the following indicators of risk:
</P>
<P>(1) The location indicator is—
</P>
<P>(i) High risk if an area is non-rural or environmentally sensitive 
<SU>1</SU>; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Medium risk; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Low risk if an area is not high or medium risk.
</P>
<P>(2) The product indicator is 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> (See Appendix B, Table C).</P></FTNT>
<P>(i) High risk if the product transported is highly toxic or is both highly volatile and flammable;
</P>
<P>(ii) Medium risk if the product transported is flammable with a flashpoint of less than 100 °F, but not highly volatile; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Low risk if the product transported is not high or medium risk.
</P>
<P>(3) The volume indicator is—
</P>
<P>(i) High risk if the line is at least 18 inches in nominal diameter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Medium risk if the line is at least 10 inches, but less than 18 inches, in nominal diameter; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Low risk if the line is not high or medium risk.
</P>
<P>(4) The probability of failure indicator is—
</P>
<P>(i) High risk if the segment has experienced more than three failures in the last 10 years due to time-dependent defects (e.g., corrosion, gouges, or problems developed during manufacture, construction or operation, etc.); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Low risk if the segment has experienced three failures or less in the last 10 years due to time-dependent defects.
</P>
<P>(c) The program under paragraph (a) of this section shall provide for pressure testing for a segment constructed of electric resistance-welded (ERW) pipe and lapwelded pipe manufactured prior to 1970 susceptible to longitudinal seam failures as determined through paragraph (d) of this section. The timing of such pressure test may be determined based on risk classifications discussed under paragraph (b) of this section. For other segments, the program may provide for use of a magnetic flux leakage or ultrasonic internal inspection survey as an alternative to pressure testing and, in the case of such segments in Risk Classification A, may provide for no additional measures under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) All pre-1970 ERW pipe and lapwelded pipe is deemed susceptible to longitudinal seam failures unless an engineering analysis shows otherwise. In conducting an engineering analysis an operator must consider the seam-related leak history of the pipe and pipe manufacturing information as available, which may include the pipe steel's mechanical properties, including fracture toughness; the manufacturing process and controls related to seam properties, including whether the ERW process was high-frequency or low-frequency, whether the weld seam was heat treated, whether the seam was inspected, the test pressure and duration during mill hydrotest; the quality control of the steel-making process; and other factors pertinent to seam properties and quality.
</P>
<P>(e) Pressure testing done under this section must be conducted in accordance with this subpart. Except for segments in Risk Classification B which are not constructed with pre-1970 ERW pipe, water must be the test medium.
</P>
<P>(f) An operator electing to follow a program under paragraph (a) must develop plans that include the method of testing and a schedule for the testing by December 7, 1998. The compliance deadlines for completion of testing are as shown in the table below:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">§ 195.303—Test Deadlines
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipeline Segment
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Risk classification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test deadline
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pre-1970 Pipe susceptible to longitudinal seam failures [defined in § 195.303(c) &amp; (d)]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C or B
<br/>A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12/7/2000
<br/>12/7/2002
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">All Other Pipeline Segments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
<br/>B
<br/>A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12/7/2002
<br/>12/7//2004
<br/>Additional testing not required</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(g) An operator must review the risk classifications for those pipeline segments which have not yet been tested under paragraph (a) of this section or otherwise inspected under paragraph (c) of this section at intervals not to exceed 15 months. If the risk classification of an untested or uninspected segment changes, an operator must take appropriate action within two years, or establish the maximum operating pressure under § 195.406(a)(5).
</P>
<P>(h) An operator must maintain records establishing compliance with this section, including records verifying the risk classifications, the plans and schedule for testing, the conduct of the testing, and the review of the risk classifications.
</P>
<P>(i) An operator may discontinue a program under this section only after written notification to the Administrator and approval, if needed, of a schedule for pressure testing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-65, 63 FR 59480, Nov. 4, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.304" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.5.20.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.304   Test pressure.</HEAD>
<P>The test pressure for each pressure test conducted under this subpart must be maintained throughout the part of the system being tested for at least 4 continuous hours at a pressure equal to 125 percent, or more, of the maximum operating pressure and, in the case of a pipeline that is not visually inspected for leakage during the test, for at least an additional 4 continuous hours at a pressure equal to 110 percent, or more, of the maximum operating pressure.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-51, 59 FR 29384, June 7, 1994. Redesignated by Amdt. 195-65, 63 FR 59480, Nov. 4, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.305" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.5.20.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.305   Testing of components.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each pressure test under § 195.302 must test all pipe and attached fittings, including components, unless otherwise permitted by paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A component, other than pipe, that is the only item being replaced or added to the pipeline system need not be hydrostatically tested under paragraph (a) of this section if the manufacturer certifies that either—
</P>
<P>(1) The component was hydrostatically tested at the factory; or
</P>
<P>(2) The component was manufactured under a quality control system that ensures each component is at least equal in strength to a prototype that was hydrostatically tested at the factory.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-51, 59 FR 29385, June 7, 1994; Amdt. 195-52, 59 FR 33397, June 28, 1994. Redesignated by Amdt. 195-65, 63 FR 59480, Nov. 4, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.306" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.5.20.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.306   Test medium.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, water must be used as the test medium. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except for offshore pipelines, liquid petroleum that does not vaporize rapidly may be used as the test medium if—
</P>
<P>(1) The entire pipeline section under test is outside of cities and other populated areas;
</P>
<P>(2) Each building within 300 feet (91 meters) of the test section is unoccupied while the test pressure is equal to or greater than a pressure which produces a hoop stress of 50 percent of specified minimum yield strength;
</P>
<P>(3) The test section is kept under surveillance by regular patrols during the test; and
</P>
<P>(4) Continuous communication is maintained along entire test section.
</P>
<P>(c) Carbon dioxide pipelines may use inert gas or carbon dioxide as the test medium if— 
</P>
<P>(1) The entire pipeline section under test is outside of cities and other populated areas; 
</P>
<P>(2) Each building within 300 feet (91 meters) of the test section is unoccupied while the test pressure is equal to or greater than a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 50 percent of specified minimum yield strength; 
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum hoop stress during the test does not exceed 80 percent of specified minimum yield strength; 
</P>
<P>(4) Continuous communication is maintained along entire test section; and 
</P>
<P>(5) The pipe involved is new pipe having a longitudinal joint factor of 1.00.
</P>
<P>(d) Air or inert gas may be used as the test medium in low-stress pipelines. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 195-45, 56 FR 26926, June 12, 1991; Amdt. 195-51, 59 FR 29385, June 7, 1994; Amdt. 195-53, 59 FR 35471, July 12, 1994; Amdt. 195-51A, 59 FR 41260, Aug. 11, 1994; Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.307" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.5.20.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.307   Pressure testing aboveground breakout tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For aboveground breakout tanks built to API Spec 12F (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) and first placed in service after October 2, 2000, pneumatic testing must be performed in accordance with section 5.3 of API Spec 12F.
</P>
<P>(b) For aboveground breakout tanks built to API Std 620 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) and first placed in service after October 2, 2000, hydrostatic and pneumatic testing must be performed in accordance with section 7.18 of API Std 620.
</P>
<P>(c) For aboveground breakout tanks built to API Std 650 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) that were first placed into service after October 2, 2000, testing must be conducted in accordance with Sections 7.3.6 and 7.3.7 of API Std 650.
</P>
<P>(d) For aboveground atmospheric pressure breakout tanks constructed of carbon and low alloy steel, welded or riveted, and non-refrigerated tanks built to API Std 650 or its predecessor Standard 12C that are returned to service after October 2, 2000, the necessity for the hydrostatic testing of repair, alteration, and reconstruction is covered in section 12.3 of API Std 653 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(e) For aboveground breakout tanks built to API Std 2510 (incorporated by reference elsewhere in this part, see § 195.3) and first placed in service after October 2, 2000, pressure testing must be performed in accordance with ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1 and ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 2 (both incorporated by reference, see § 195.3).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 187, Jan. 5, 2015, as amended by Amdt. 195-100, 80 FR 12780, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 195-107, 89 FR 33284, Apr. 29, 2024; Amdt. 195-117, 90 FR 40766, Aug. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.308" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.5.20.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.308   Testing of tie-ins.</HEAD>
<P>Pipe associated with tie-ins must be pressure tested, either with the section to be tied in or separately.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-51, 59 FR 29385, June 7, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.310" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.5.20.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.310   Records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A record must be made of each pressure test required by this subpart, and the record of the latest test must be retained as long as the facility tested is in use.
</P>
<P>(b) The record required by paragraph (a) of this section must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The pressure recording charts;
</P>
<P>(2) Test instrument calibration data;
</P>
<P>(3) The name of the operator, the name of the person responsible for making the test, and the name of the test company used, if any;
</P>
<P>(4) The date and time of the test;
</P>
<P>(5) The minimum test pressure;
</P>
<P>(6) The test medium;
</P>
<P>(7) A description of the facility tested and the test apparatus;
</P>
<P>(8) An explanation of any pressure discontinuities, including test failures, that appear on the pressure recording charts;
</P>
<P>(9) Where elevation differences in the section under test exceed 100 feet (30 meters), a profile of the pipeline that shows the elevation and test sites over the entire length of the test section; and
</P>
<P>(10) Temperature of the test medium or pipe during the test period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-34, 50 FR 34474, Aug. 26, 1985, as amended by Amdt. 195-51, 59 FR 29385, June 7, 1994; Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 195-78, 68 FR 53528, Sept. 11, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Operation and Maintenance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.400" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.400   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for operating and maintaining pipeline systems constructed with steel pipe.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.401" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.401   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No operator may operate or maintain its pipeline systems at a level of safety lower than that required by this subpart and the procedures it is required to establish under § 195.402(a) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) An operator must make repairs on its pipeline system according to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Non Integrity management repairs.</I> Whenever an operator discovers any condition that could adversely affect the safe operation of its pipeline system, it must correct the condition within a reasonable time. However, if the condition is of such a nature that it presents an immediate hazard to persons or property, the operator may not operate the affected part of the system until it has corrected the unsafe condition.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Integrity management repairs.</I> When an operator discovers a condition on a pipeline covered under § 195.452, the operator must correct the condition as prescribed in § 195.452(h).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Prioritizing repairs.</I> An operator must consider the risk to people, property, and the environment in prioritizing the correction of any conditions referenced in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in § 195.5, no operator may operate any part of any of the following pipelines unless it was designed and constructed as required by this part: 
</P>
<P>(1) An interstate pipeline, other than a low-stress pipeline, on which construction was begun after March 31, 1970, that transports hazardous liquid.
</P>
<P>(2) An interstate offshore gathering line, other than a low-stress pipeline, on which construction was begun after July 31, 1977, that transports hazardous liquid. 
</P>
<P>(3) An intrastate pipeline, other than a low-stress pipeline, on which construction was begun after October 20, 1985, that transports hazardous liquid. 
</P>
<P>(4) A pipeline on which construction was begun after July 11, 1991, that transports carbon dioxide. 
</P>
<P>(5) A low-stress pipeline on which construction was begun after August 10, 1994. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-33, 50 FR 15899, Apr. 23, 1985; Amdt. 195-33A, 50 FR 39008, Sept. 26, 1985; Amdt. 195-36, 51 FR 15008, Apr. 22, 1986; Amdt. 195-45, 56 FR 26926, June 12, 1991; Amdt. 195-53, 59 FR 35471, July 12, 1994; Amdt. 195-94, 75 FR 48607, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 195-102, 84 FR 52295, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.402" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.402   Procedural manual for operations, maintenance, and emergencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each operator shall prepare and follow for each pipeline system a manual of written procedures for conducting normal operations and maintenance activities and handling abnormal operations and emergencies. This manual shall be reviewed at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year, and appropriate changes made as necessary to insure that the manual is effective. This manual shall be prepared before initial operations of a pipeline system commence, and appropriate parts shall be kept at locations where operations and maintenance activities are conducted.
</P>
<P>(b) The Associate Administrator or the State Agency that has submitted a current certification under the pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>) with respect to the pipeline facility governed by an operator's plans and procedures may, after notice and opportunity for hearing as provided in 49 CFR 190.206 or the relevant State procedures, require the operator to amend its plans and procedures as necessary to provide a reasonable level of safety.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Maintenance and normal operations.</I> The manual required by paragraph (a) of this section must include procedures for the following to provide safety during maintenance and normal operations:
</P>
<P>(1) Making construction records, maps, and operating history available as necessary for safe operation and maintenance.
</P>
<P>(2) Gathering of data needed for reporting accidents under subpart B of this part in a timely and effective manner.
</P>
<P>(3) Operating, maintaining, and repairing the pipeline system in accordance with each of the requirements of this subpart and subpart H of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Determining which pipeline facilities are in areas that would require an immediate response by the operator to prevent hazards to the public, property, or the environment if the facilities failed or malfunctioned, including segments that could affect high-consequence areas (HCA) or are in HCAs, and valves specified in § 195.418 or § 195.452(i)(4).
</P>
<P>(5) Investigating and analyzing pipeline accidents and failures, including sending the failed pipe, component, or equipment for laboratory testing or examination where appropriate, to determine the cause(s) and contributing factors of the failure and to minimize the possibility of a recurrence.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Post-failure and -accident lessons learned.</I> Each operator must develop, implement, and incorporate lessons learned from a post-failure and accident review into its written procedures, including in pertinent operator personnel training and qualifications programs, and in design, construction, testing, maintenance, operations, and emergency procedure manuals and specifications.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Analysis of rupture and valve shut-offs; preventive and mitigative measures.</I> If a failure or accident on an onshore hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline involves the closure of a rupture-mitigation valve (RMV), as defined in § 195.2, or the closure of an alternative equivalent technology, the operator of the pipeline must also conduct a post-failure or post-accident analysis of all the factors that may have impacted the release volume and the consequences of the release, and identify and implement operations and maintenance measures to minimize the consequences of a future failure or accident. The analysis must include all relevant factors impacting the release volume and the consequences, including, but not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Detection, identification, operational response, system shut-off, and emergency-response communications, based on the type and volume of the release or failure event;
</P>
<P>(B) Appropriateness and effectiveness of procedures and pipeline systems, including supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA), communications, valve shut-off, and operator personnel;
</P>
<P>(C) Actual response time from identifying a rupture following a notification of potential rupture, as defined at § 195.2, to initiation of mitigative actions and isolation of the segment, and the appropriateness and effectiveness of the mitigative actions taken;
</P>
<P>(D) Location and timeliness of actuation of all RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies; and
</P>
<P>(E) All other factors the operator deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Rupture post-failure and accident summary.</I> If a failure or accident on an onshore hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline involves the identification of a rupture following a notification of potential rupture; the closure of an RMV, as those terms are defined in § 195.2; or the closure of an alternative equivalent technology, the operator must complete a summary of the post-failure or -accident review required by paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section within 90 days of the failure or accident. While the investigation is pending, the operator must conduct quarterly status reviews until the investigation is completed and a final post-failure or -accident review is prepared. The final post-failure or -accident summary and all other reviews and analyses produced under the requirements of this section must be reviewed, dated, and signed by the operator's appropriate senior executive officer. An operator must keep, for the useful life of the pipeline, the final post-failure or -accident summary, all investigation and analysis documents used to prepare it, and records of lessons learned.
</P>
<P>(6) Minimizing the potential for hazards identified under paragraph (c)(4) of this section and the possibility of recurrence of accidents analyzed under paragraph (c)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) Starting up and shutting down any part of the pipeline system in a manner designed to assure operation within the limits prescribed by § 195.406, consider the hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide in transportation, variations in altitude along the pipeline, and pressure monitoring and control devices. 
</P>
<P>(8) In the case of a pipeline that is not equipped to fail safe, monitoring from an attended location pipeline pressure during startup until steady state pressure and flow conditions are reached and during shut-in to assure operation within limits prescribed by § 195.406.
</P>
<P>(9) In the case of facilities not equipped to fail safe that are identified under paragraph 195.402(c)(4) or that control receipt and delivery of the hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide, detecting abnormal operating conditions by monitoring pressure, temperature, flow or other appropriate operational data and transmitting this data to an attended location. 
</P>
<P>(10) Abandoning pipeline facilities, including safe disconnection from an operating pipeline system, purging of combustibles, and sealing abandoned facilities left in place to minimize safety and environmental hazards. For each abandoned offshore pipeline facility or each abandoned onshore pipeline facility that crosses over, under or through commercially navigable waterways the last operator of that facility must file a report upon abandonment of that facility in accordance with § 195.59 of this part. 
</P>
<P>(11) Minimizing the likelihood of accidental ignition of vapors in areas near facilities identified under paragraph (c)(4) of this section where the potential exists for the presence of flammable liquids or gases. 
</P>
<P>(12) Establishing and maintaining adequate means of communication with the appropriate public safety answering point (<I>i.e.,</I> 9-1-1 emergency call center), where direct access to a 9-1-1 emergency call center is available from the location of the pipeline, and fire, police, and other public officials. Operators must determine the responsibilities, resources, jurisdictional area(s), and emergency contact telephone numbers for both local and out-of-area calls of each Federal, State, and local government organization that may respond to a pipeline emergency, and inform the officials about the operator's ability to respond to the pipeline emergency and means of communication during emergencies. Operators may establish liaison with the appropriate local emergency coordinating agencies, such as 9-1-1 emergency call centers or county emergency managers, in lieu of communicating individually with each fire, police, or other public entity.
</P>
<P>(13) Periodically reviewing the work done by operator personnel to determine the effectiveness of the procedures used in normal operation and maintenance and taking corrective action where deficiencies are found. 
</P>
<P>(14) Taking adequate precautions in excavated trenches to protect personnel from the hazards of unsafe accumulations of vapor or gas, and making available when needed at the excavation, emergency rescue equipment, including a breathing apparatus and, a rescue harness and line.
</P>
<P>(15) Implementing the applicable control room management procedures required by § 195.446.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Abnormal operation.</I> The manual required by paragraph (a) of this section must include procedures for the following to provide safety when operating design limits have been exceeded: 
</P>
<P>(1) Responding to, investigating, and correcting the cause of: 
</P>
<P>(i) Unintended closure of valves or shutdowns; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Increase or decrease in pressure or flow rate outside normal operating limits; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Loss of communications; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Operation of any safety device; 
</P>
<P>(v) Any other malfunction of a component, deviation from normal operation, or personnel error which could cause a hazard to persons or property. 
</P>
<P>(2) Checking variations from normal operation after abnormal operation has ended at sufficient critical locations in the system to determine continued integrity and safe operation. 
</P>
<P>(3) Correcting variations from normal operation of pressure and flow equipment and controls.
</P>
<P>(4) Notifying responsible operator personnel when notice of an abnormal operation is received. 
</P>
<P>(5) Periodically reviewing the response of operator personnel to determine the effectiveness of the procedures controlling abnormal operation and taking corrective action where deficiencies are found. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Emergencies.</I> The manual required by paragraph (a) of this section must include procedures for the following to provide safety when an emergency condition occurs: 
</P>
<P>(1) Receiving, identifying, and classifying notices of events that need immediate response by the operator or notice to the appropriate public safety answering point (<I>i.e.,</I> 9-1-1 emergency call center), where direct access to a 9-1-1 emergency call center is available from the location of the pipeline, and fire, police, and other appropriate public officials, and communicating this information to appropriate operator personnel for prompt corrective action. Operators may establish liaison with the appropriate local emergency coordinating agencies, such as 9-1-1 emergency call centers or county emergency managers, in lieu of communicating individually with each fire, police, or other public entity.
</P>
<P>(2) Prompt and effective response to a notice of each type emergency, including fire or explosion occurring near or directly involving a pipeline facility, accidental release of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide from a pipeline facility, operational failure causing a hazardous condition, and natural disaster affecting pipeline facilities. 
</P>
<P>(3) Having personnel, equipment, instruments, tools, and material available as needed at the scene of an emergency. 
</P>
<P>(4) Taking necessary actions, including but not limited to, emergency shutdown, valve shut-off, or pressure reduction, in any section of the operator's pipeline system, to minimize hazards of released hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide to life, property, or the environment. Each operator must also develop written rupture identification procedures to evaluate and identify whether a notification of potential rupture, as defined in § 195.2, is an actual rupture event or non-rupture event. These procedures must, at a minimum, specify the sources of information, operational factors, and other criteria that operator personnel use to evaluate a notification of potential rupture, as defined at § 195.2. For operators installing valves in accordance with § 195.258(c), § 195.258(d), or that are subject to the requirements in § 195.418, those procedures should provide for rupture identification as soon as practicable.
</P>
<P>(5) Control of released hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide at an accident scene to minimize the hazards, including possible intentional ignition in the cases of flammable highly volatile liquid. 
</P>
<P>(6) Minimization of public exposure to injury and probability of accidental ignition by assisting with evacuation of residents and assisting with halting traffic on roads and railroads in the affected area, or taking other appropriate action. 
</P>
<P>(7) Notifying the appropriate public safety answering point (<I>i.e.,</I> 9-1-1 emergency call center), where direct access to a 9-1-1 emergency call center is available from the location of the pipeline, and fire, police, and other public officials, of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline emergencies to coordinate and share information to determine the location of the release, including both planned responses and actual responses during an emergency, and any additional precautions necessary for an emergency involving a pipeline transporting a highly volatile liquid (HVL). The operator must immediately and directly notify the appropriate public safety answering point or other coordinating agency for the communities and jurisdiction(s) in which the pipeline is located after notification of potential rupture, as defined at § 195.2, has occurred to coordinate and share information to determine the location of the release, regardless of whether the segment is subject to the requirements of § 195.258 (c) or (d), § 195.418, or § 195.419.
</P>
<P>(8) In the case of failure of a pipeline system transporting a highly volatile liquid, use of appropriate instruments to assess the extent and coverage of the vapor cloud and determine the hazardous areas. 
</P>
<P>(9) Providing for a post accident review of employee activities to determine whether the procedures were effective in each emergency and taking corrective action where deficiencies are found. 
</P>
<P>(10) Actions required to be taken by a controller during an emergency, in accordance with the operator's emergency plans and §§ 195.418 and 195.446.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Safety-related condition reports.</I> The manual required by paragraph (a) of this section must include instructions enabling personnel who perform operation and maintenance activities to recognize conditions that potentially may be safety-related conditions that are subject to the reporting requirements of § 195.55.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Exception.</I> An operator of a gathering line must only comply with the requirements of 49 CFR 195.402 effective as of October 4, 2022, and need not comply with the other requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981; 47 FR 32721, July 29, 1982, as amended by Amdt. 195-24, 47 FR 46852, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 195-39, 53 FR 24951, July 1, 1988; Amdt. 195-45, 56 FR 26926, June 12, 1991; Amdt. 195-46, 56 FR 31090, July 9, 1991; Amdt. 195-49, 59 FR 6585, Feb. 11, 1994; Amdt. 195-55, 61 FR 18518, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 195-69, 65 FR 54444, Sept. 8, 2000; Amdt. 195-173, 66 FR 67004, Dec. 27, 2001; Amdt. 195-93, 74 FR 63329, Dec. 3, 2009; Amdt. 195-98, 78 FR 58915, Sept. 25, 2013; Amdt. 195-105, 87 FR 20988, Apr. 7, 2022; Amdt. 195-106, 88 FR 50062, Aug. 1, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.403" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.403   Emergency response training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall establish and conduct a continuing training program to instruct emergency response personnel to:
</P>
<P>(1) Carry out the emergency procedures established under 195.402 that relate to their assignments;
</P>
<P>(2) Know the characteristics and hazards of the hazardous liquids or carbon dioxide transported, including, in case of flammable HVL, flammability of mixtures with air, odorless vapors, and water reactions;
</P>
<P>(3) Recognize conditions that are likely to cause emergencies, predict the consequences of facility malfunctions or failures and hazardous liquids or carbon dioxide spills, and take appropriate corrective action;
</P>
<P>(4) Take steps necessary to control any accidental release of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide and to minimize the potential for fire, explosion, toxicity, or environmental damage; and
</P>
<P>(5) Learn the potential causes, types, sizes, and consequences of fire and the appropriate use of portable fire extinguishers and other on-site fire control equipment, involving, where feasible, a simulated pipeline emergency condition. 
</P>
<P>(b) At the intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year, each operator shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Review with personnel their performance in meeting the objectives of the emergency response training program set forth in paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Make appropriate changes to the emergency response training program as necessary to ensure that it is effective.
</P>
<P>(c) Each operator shall require and verify that its supervisors maintain a thorough knowledge of that portion of the emergency response procedures established under 195.402 for which they are responsible to ensure compliance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-67, 64 FR 46866, Aug. 27, 1999, as amended at Amdt. 195-78, 68 FR 53528, Sept. 11, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.404" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.404   Maps and records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall maintain current maps and records of its pipeline systems that include at least the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) Location and identification of the following pipeline facilities:
</P>
<P>(i) Breakout tanks;
</P>
<P>(ii) Pump stations;
</P>
<P>(iii) Scraper and sphere facilities;
</P>
<P>(iv) Pipeline valves;
</P>
<P>(v) Facilities to which § 195.402(c)(9) applies;
</P>
<P>(vi) Rights-of-way; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Safety devices to which § 195.428 applies.
</P>
<P>(2) All crossings of public roads, railroads, rivers, buried utilities, and foreign pipelines. 
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum operating pressure of each pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(4) The diameter, grade, type, and nominal wall thickness of all pipe. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator shall maintain for at least 3 years daily operating records that indicate—
</P>
<P>(1) The discharge pressure at each pump station; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any emergency or abnormal operation to which the procedures under § 195.402 apply.
</P>
<P>(c) Each operator shall maintain the following records for the periods specified:
</P>
<P>(1) The date, location, and description of each repair made to pipe shall be maintained for the useful life of the pipe.
</P>
<P>(2) The date, location, and description of each repair made to parts of the pipeline system other than pipe shall be maintained for at least 1 year.
</P>
<P>(3) A record of each inspection and test required by this subpart shall be maintained for at least 2 years or until the next inspection or test is performed, whichever is longer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-34, 50 FR 34474, Aug. 26, 1985; Amdt. 195-173, 66 FR 67004, Dec. 27, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.405" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.405   Protection against ignitions and safe access/egress involving floating roofs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After October 2, 2000, protection provided against ignitions arising out of static electricity, lightning, and stray currents during operation and maintenance activities involving aboveground breakout tanks must be in accordance with API RP 2003 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), unless the operator notes in the procedural manual (§ 195.402(c)) why compliance with all or certain provisions of API RP 2003 is not necessary for the safety of a particular breakout tank.
</P>
<P>(b) The hazards associated with access/egress onto floating roofs of in-service aboveground breakout tanks to perform inspection, service, maintenance, or repair activities (other than specified general considerations, specified routine tasks or entering tanks removed from service for cleaning) are addressed in API RP 2026 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) . After October 2, 2000, the operator must review and consider the potentially hazardous conditions, safety practices, and procedures in API RP 2026 for inclusion in the procedure manual (§ 195.402(c)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 187, Jan. 5, 2015; 80 FR 46848, Aug. 6, 2015; Amdt. 195-107, 89 FR 33284, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.406" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.406   Maximum operating pressure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for surge pressures and other variations from normal operations, no operator may operate a pipeline at a pressure that exceeds any of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The internal design pressure of the pipe determined in accordance with § 195.106. However, for steel pipe in pipelines being converted under § 195.5, if one or more factors of the design formula (§ 195.106) are unknown, one of the following pressures is to be used as design pressure: 
</P>
<P>(i) Eighty percent of the first test pressure that produces yield under section N5.0 of appendix N of ASME B31.8 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), reduced by the appropriate factors in §§ 195.106 (a) and (e); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the pipe is 12 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch (324 mm) or less outside diameter and is not tested to yield under this paragraph, 200 p.s.i. (1379 kPa) gage. 
</P>
<P>(2) The design pressure of any other component of the pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(3) Eighty percent of the test pressure for any part of the pipeline which has been pressure tested under subpart E of this part. 
</P>
<P>(4) Eighty percent of the factory test pressure or of the prototype test pressure for any individually installed component which is excepted from testing under § 195.305. 
</P>
<P>(5) For pipelines under §§ 195.302(b)(1) and (b)(2)(i) that have not been pressure tested under subpart E of this part, 80 percent of the test pressure or highest operating pressure to which the pipeline was subjected for 4 or more continuous hours that can be demonstrated by recording charts or logs made at the time the test or operations were conducted.
</P>
<P>(b) No operator may permit the pressure in a pipeline during surges or other variations from normal operations to exceed 110 percent of the operating pressure limit established under paragraph (a) of this section. Each operator must provide adequate controls and protective equipment to control the pressure within this limit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-33, 50 FR 15899, Apr. 23, 1985; 50 FR 38660, Sept. 24, 1985; Amdt. 195-51, 59 FR 29385, June 7, 1994; Amdt. 195-52, 59 FR 33397, June 28, 1994; Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 195-65, 63 FR 59480, Nov. 4, 1998; Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 184, Jan. 5, 2015; Amdt. 195-107, 89 FR  33284, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.408" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.408   Communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator must have a communication system to provide for the transmission of information needed for the safe operation of its pipeline system. 
</P>
<P>(b) The communication system required by paragraph (a) of this section must, as a minimum, include means for: 
</P>
<P>(1) Monitoring operational data as required by § 195.402(c)(9); 
</P>
<P>(2) Receiving notices from operator personnel, the public, and public authorities of abnormal or emergency conditions and sending this information to appropriate personnel or government agencies for corrective action; 
</P>
<P>(3) Conducting two-way vocal communication between a control center and the scene of abnormal operations and emergencies; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Providing communication with fire, police, and other appropriate public officials during emergency conditions, including a natural disaster. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.410" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.410   Line markers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each operator shall place and maintain line markers over each buried pipeline in accordance with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Markers must be located at each public road crossing, at each railroad crossing, and in sufficient number along the remainder of each buried line so that its location is accurately known. 
</P>
<P>(2) The marker must state at least the following on a background of sharply contrasting color: 
</P>
<P>(i) The word “Warning,” “Caution,” or “Danger” followed by the words “Petroleum (or the name of the hazardous liquid transported) Pipeline”, or “Carbon Dioxide Pipeline,” all of which, except for markers in heavily developed urban areas, must be in letters at least 1 inch (25 millimeters) high with an approximate stroke of 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch (6.4 millimeters). 
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the operator and a telephone number (including area code) where the operator can be reached at all times. 
</P>
<P>(b) Line markers are not required for buried pipelines located— 
</P>
<P>(1) Offshore or at crossings of or under waterways and other bodies of water; or 
</P>
<P>(2) In heavily developed urban areas such as downtown business centers where—
</P>
<P>(i) The placement of markers is impractical and would not serve the purpose for which markers are intended; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The local government maintains current substructure records. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each operator shall provide line marking at locations where the line is above ground in areas that are accessible to the public.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-27, 48 FR 25208, June 6, 1983; Amdt. 195-54, 60 FR 14650, Mar. 20, 1995; Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.412" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.412   Inspection of rights-of-way and crossings under navigable waters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall, at intervals not exceeding 3 weeks, but at least 26 times each calendar year, inspect the surface conditions on or adjacent to each pipeline right-of-way. Methods of inspection include walking, driving, flying or other appropriate means of traversing the right-of-way. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except for offshore pipelines, each operator shall, at intervals not exceeding 5 years, inspect each crossing under a navigable waterway to determine the condition of the crossing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-24, 47 FR 46852, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 195-52, 59 FR 33397, June 28, 1994]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.413" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.413   Underwater inspection and reburial of pipelines in the Gulf of America and its inlets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for gathering lines of 4
<FR>1/2</FR> inches (114mm) nominal outside diameter or smaller, each operator shall prepare and follow a procedure to identify its pipelines in the Gulf of America and its inlets in waters less than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep as measured from mean low water that are at risk of being an exposed underwater pipeline or a hazard to navigation. The procedures must be in effect August 10, 2005.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator shall conduct appropriate periodic underwater inspections of its pipelines in the Gulf of America and its inlets in waters less than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep as measured from mean low water based on the identified risk.
</P>
<P>(c) If an operator discovers that its pipeline is an exposed underwater pipeline or poses a hazard to navigation, the operator shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Promptly, but not later than 24 hours after discovery, notify the National Response Center, telephone: 1-800-424-8802, of the location and, if available, the geographic coordinates of that pipeline.
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly, but not later than 7 days after discovery, mark the location of the pipeline in accordance with 33 CFR Part 64 at the ends of the pipeline segment and at intervals of not over 500 yards (457 meters) long, except that a pipeline segment less than 200 yards (183 meters) long need only be marked at the center; and
</P>
<P>(3) Within 6 months after discovery, or not later than November 1 of the following year if the 6 month period is later than November 1 of the year of discovery, bury the pipeline so that the top of the pipe is 36 inches (914 millimeters) below the underwater natural bottom (as determined by recognized and generally accepted practices) for normal excavation or 18 inches (457 millimeters) for rock excavation.
</P>
<P>(i) An operator may employ engineered alternatives to burial that meet or exceed the level of protection provided by burial.
</P>
<P>(ii) If an operator cannot obtain required state or Federal permits in time to comply with this section, it must notify OPS; specify whether the required permit is State or Federal; and, justify the delay.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-82, 69 FR 48407, Aug. 10, 2004, as amended by Amdt. 195-108, 90 FR 21436, May 20, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.414" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.414   Inspections of pipelines in areas affected by extreme weather and natural disasters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Following an extreme weather event or natural disaster that has the likelihood of damage to infrastructure by the scouring or movement of the soil surrounding the pipeline, such as a named tropical storm or hurricane; a flood that exceeds the river, shoreline, or creek high-water banks in the area of the pipeline; a landslide in the area of the pipeline; or an earthquake in the area of the pipeline, an operator must inspect all potentially affected pipeline facilities to detect conditions that could adversely affect the safe operation of that pipeline.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inspection method.</I> An operator must consider the nature of the event and the physical characteristics, operating conditions, location, and prior history of the affected pipeline in determining the appropriate method for performing the initial inspection to determine the extent of any damage and the need for the additional assessments required under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time period.</I> The inspection required under paragraph (a) of this section must commence within 72 hours after the cessation of the event, defined as the point in time when the affected area can be safely accessed by the personnel and equipment required to perform the inspection as determined under paragraph (b) of this section. In the event that the operator is unable to commence the inspection due to the unavailability of personnel or equipment, the operator must notify the appropriate PHMSA Region Director as soon as practicable.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Remedial action.</I> An operator must take prompt and appropriate remedial action to ensure the safe operation of a pipeline based on the information obtained as a result of performing the inspection required under paragraph (a) of this section. Such actions might include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Reducing the operating pressure or shutting down the pipeline;
</P>
<P>(2) Modifying, repairing, or replacing any damaged pipeline facilities;
</P>
<P>(3) Preventing, mitigating, or eliminating any unsafe conditions in the pipeline right-of-way;
</P>
<P>(4) Performing additional patrols, surveys, tests, or inspections;
</P>
<P>(5) Implementing emergency response activities with Federal, State, or local personnel; and
</P>
<P>(6) Notifying affected communities of the steps that can be taken to ensure public safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-102, 84 FR 52295, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.415" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.415   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.416" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.416   Pipeline assessments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section applies to onshore line pipe that can accommodate inspection by means of in-line inspection tools and is not subject to the integrity management requirements in § 195.452.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General.</I> An operator must perform an initial assessment of each of its pipeline segments by October 1, 2029, and perform periodic assessments of its pipeline segments at least once every 10 calendar years from the year of the prior assessment or as otherwise necessary to ensure public safety or the protection of the environment.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Method.</I> Except as specified in paragraph (d) of this section, an operator must perform the integrity assessment for the range of relevant threats to the pipeline segment by the use of an appropriate in-line inspection tool(s). When performing an assessment using an in-line inspection tool, an operator must comply with § 195.591. An operator must explicitly consider uncertainties in reported results (including tool tolerance, anomaly findings, and unity chart plots or other equivalent methods for determining uncertainties) in identifying anomalies. If this is impracticable based on operational limits, including operating pressure, low flow, and pipeline length or availability of in-line inspection tool technology for the pipe diameter, then the operator must perform the assessment using the appropriate method(s) in paragraphs (c)(1), (2), or (3) of this section for the range of relevant threats being assessed. The methods an operator selects to assess low-frequency electric resistance welded pipe, pipe with a seam factor less than 1.0 as defined in § 195.106(e) or lap-welded pipe susceptible to longitudinal seam failure must be capable of assessing seam integrity, cracking, and of detecting corrosion and deformation anomalies. The following alternative assessment methods may be used as specified in this paragraph:
</P>
<P>(1) A pressure test conducted in accordance with subpart E of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) External corrosion direct assessment in accordance with § 195.588; or
</P>
<P>(3) Other technology in accordance with paragraph (d).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other technology.</I> Operators may elect to use other technologies if the operator can demonstrate the technology can provide an equivalent understanding of the condition of the line pipe for threat being assessed. An operator choosing this option must notify the Office of Pipeline Safety (OPS) 90 days before conducting the assessment by:
</P>
<P>(1) Sending the notification, along with the information required to demonstrate compliance with this paragraph, to the Information Resources Manager, Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590; or
</P>
<P>(2) Sending the notification, along with the information required to demonstrate compliance with this paragraph, to the Information Resources Manager by facsimile to (202) 366-7128.
</P>
<P>(3) Prior to conducting the “other technology” assessments, the operator must receive a notice of “no objection” from the PHMSA Information Services Manager or Designee.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Data analysis.</I> A person qualified by knowledge, training, and experience must analyze the data obtained from an assessment performed under paragraph (b) of this section to determine if a condition could adversely affect the safe operation of the pipeline. Operators must consider uncertainties in any reported results (including tool tolerance) as part of that analysis.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Discovery of condition.</I> For purposes of § 195.401(b)(1), discovery of a condition occurs when an operator has adequate information to determine that a condition presenting a potential threat to the integrity of the pipeline exists. An operator must promptly, but no later than 180 days after an assessment, obtain sufficient information about a condition to make that determination required under paragraph (e) of this section, unless the operator can demonstrate the 180-day interval is impracticable. If the operator believes that 180 days are impracticable to make a determination about a condition found during an assessment, the pipeline operator must notify PHMSA and provide an expected date when adequate information will become available. This notification must be made in accordance with § 195.452 (m).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Remediation.</I> An operator must comply with the requirements in § 195.401 if a condition that could adversely affect the safe operation of a pipeline is discovered in complying with paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Consideration of information.</I> An operator must consider all relevant information about a pipeline in complying with the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-102, 84 FR 52295, Oct. 1, 2019]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.417" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.417   Notification of potential rupture.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this part, a notification of potential rupture means the notification to, or observation by, an operator (<I>e.g.,</I> by or to its controller(s) in a control room, field personnel, nearby pipeline or utility personnel, the public, local responders, or public authorities) of one or more of the below indicia of a potential unintentional or uncontrolled release of a large volume of hazardous liquids or carbon dioxide from a pipeline:
</P>
<P>(1) An unanticipated or unexplained pressure loss outside of the pipeline's normal operating pressures, as defined in the operator's written procedures. The operator must establish in its written procedures that an unanticipated or unplanned pressure loss is outside of the pipeline's normal operating pressures when there is a pressure loss greater than 10 percent occurring within a time interval of 15 minutes or less, unless the operator has documented in its written procedures the operational need for a greater pressure-change threshold due to pipeline flow dynamics (including changes in operating pressure, flow rate, or volume), that are caused by fluctuations in product demand, receipts, or deliveries;
</P>
<P>(2) An unanticipated or unexplained flow rate change, pressure change, equipment function, or other pipeline instrumentation indication at the upstream or downstream station that may be representative of an event meeting paragraph (a)(1) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any unanticipated or unexplained rapid release of a large volume of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide, a fire, or an explosion, in the immediate vicinity of the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(b) A notification of potential rupture occurs when an operator first receives notice of or observes an event specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements of this section do not apply to gathering lines.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-105, 87 FR 20989, Apr. 8, 2022, as amended by Amdt. 195-106, 88 FR 50062, Aug. 1, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.418" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.418   Valves: Onshore valve shut-off for rupture mitigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> For newly constructed and entirely replaced onshore hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline segments, as defined at § 195.2, with diameters of 6 inches or greater that could affect high-consequence areas or are located in high consequence areas (HCA), and that have been installed after April 10, 2023, an operator must install or use existing rupture-mitigation valves (RMV), as defined at § 195.2, or alternative equivalent technologies according to the requirements of this section and § 195.419. RMVs and alternative equivalent technologies must be operational within 14 days of placing the new or replaced pipeline segment in service. An operator may request an extension of this 14-day operation requirement if it can demonstrate to PHMSA, in accordance with the notification procedures in § 195.18, that application of that requirement would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible. The requirements of this section apply to all applicable pipe replacements, even those that do not otherwise directly involve the addition or replacement of a valve.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Maximum spacing between valves.</I> RMVs and alternative equivalent technology must be installed in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Shut-off Segment.</I> For purposes of this section, a “shut-off segment” means the segment of pipeline located between the upstream valve closest to the upstream endpoint of the replaced pipeline segment in the HCA or the pipeline segment that could affect an HCA and the downstream valve closest to the downstream endpoint of the replaced pipeline segment of the HCA or the pipeline segment that could affect an HCA so that the entirety of the segment that could affect the HCA or the segment within the HCA is between at least two RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies. If any crossover or lateral pipe for commodity receipts or deliveries connects to the replaced segment between the upstream and downstream valves, the shut-off segment also extends to a valve on the crossover connection(s) or lateral(s), such that, when all valves are closed, there is no flow path for commodity to be transported to the rupture site (except for residual liquids already in the shut-off segment). Multiple segments that could affect HCAs or are in HCAs may be contained within a single shut-off segment. All entirely replaced onshore hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline segments, as defined in § 195.2, that could affect or are in an HCA must include a minimum of one valve that meets the requirements of this section and section 195.419. The operator is not required to select the closest valve to the shut-off segment as the RMV or alternative equivalent technology. An operator may use a manual pump station valve at a continuously manned station as an alternative equivalent technology. Such a manual valve used as an alternative equivalent technology would not require a notification to PHMSA in accordance with § 195.18.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Shut-off segment valve spacing.</I> Pipeline segments subject to paragraph (a) of this section must be protected on the upstream and downstream side with RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies. The distance between RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies must not exceed:
</P>
<P>(i) For pipeline segments carrying non-highly volatile liquids (HVL): 15 miles, with a maximum distance not to exceed 7
<FR>1/2</FR> miles from the endpoints of a shut-off segment: or
</P>
<P>(ii) For pipeline segments carrying HVLs: 7
<FR>1/2</FR> miles. The maximum valve spacing intervals for these valves may be increased by 1.25 times the spacing distance, up to a 9
<FR>3/8</FR>-mile spacing at an endpoint, provided the operator notify PHMSA in accordance with § 195.260 (g).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Laterals.</I> Laterals extending from shut-off segments that contribute less than 5 percent of the total shut-off segment volume may have RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies that meet the actuation requirements of this section at locations other than mainline receipt/delivery points, as long as all of these laterals contributing hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide volumes to the shut-off segment do not contribute more than 5 percent of the total shut-off segment volume, based upon maximum flow volume at the operating pressure. A check valve may be used as an alternative equivalent technology where it is positioned to stop flow into the lateral. Check valves used as an alternative equivalent technology in accordance with this paragraph (b)(3) are not subject to § 195.419 but must be inspected, operated, and remediated in accordance with § 195.420, including for closure and leakage, to ensure operational reliability. An operator using such a valve as an alternative equivalent technology must submit a request to PHMSA in accordance with § 195.18.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Crossovers.</I> An operator may use a manual valve as an alternative equivalent technology for a crossover connection if, during normal operations, the valve is closed to prevent the flow of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide with a locking device or other means designed to prevent the opening of the valve by persons other than those authorized by the operator. The operator must document that the valve has been closed and locked in accordance with the operator's lock-out and tag-out procedures to prevent the flow of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide. An operator using a such a valve as an alternative equivalent technology must submit a request to PHMSA in accordance with § 195.18.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Manual operation upon identification of a rupture.</I> Operators using a manual valve as an alternative equivalent technology pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section must develop and implement operating procedures and appropriately designate and locate nearby personnel to ensure valve shut-off in accordance with this section and § 195.419. Manual operation of valves must include time for the assembly of necessary operating personnel, the acquisition of necessary tools and equipment, driving time under heavy traffic conditions and at the posted speed limit, walking time to access the valve, and time to manually shut off all valves, not to exceed the response time in § 195.419(b).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exception.</I> The requirements of this section do not apply to gathering lines.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-105, 87 FR 20989, Apr. 8, 2022, as amended by Amdt. 195-106, 88 FR 50063, Aug. 1, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.419" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.419   Valve capabilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> The requirements in this section apply to rupture-mitigation valves (RMV), as defined in § 195.2, or alternative equivalent technology, installed pursuant to §§ 195.258 and 195.418.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rupture identification and valve shut-off time.</I> If an operator observes or is notified of a release of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide that may be representative of an unintentional or uncontrolled release event meeting a notification of potential rupture (<I>see</I> §§ 195.2 and 195.417), including any unexplained flow rate changes, pressure changes, equipment functions, or other pipeline instrumentation indications observed by the operator, the operator must, as soon as practicable but within 30 minutes of rupture identification (<I>see</I> § 195.402(e)(4)), identify the rupture and fully close any RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies necessary to minimize the volume of hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide released from a pipeline and mitigate the consequences of a rupture.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Valve shut-off capability.</I> A valve must have the actuation capability necessary to close an RMV or alternative equivalent technology to mitigate the consequences of a rupture in accordance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Valve monitoring and operational capabilities.</I> An RMV, as defined in § 195.2, or alternative equivalent technology, must be capable of being monitored or controlled by either remote or onsite personnel as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Operated during normal, abnormal, and emergency operating conditions;
</P>
<P>(2) Monitored for valve status (<I>i.e.,</I> open, closed, or partial closed/open), upstream pressure, and downstream pressure. For automatic shut-off valves (ASV), an operator does not need to monitor remotely a valve's status if the operator has the capability to monitor pressures or flow rate within each pipeline segment located between RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies to identify and locate a rupture. Pipeline segments that use an alternative equivalent technology must have the capability to monitor pressures and hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide flow rates on the pipeline in order to identify and locate a rupture; and
</P>
<P>(3) Have a back-up power source to maintain supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems or other remote communications for remote-control valve (RCV) or ASV operational status or be monitored and controlled by on-site personnel.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Monitoring of valve shut-off response status.</I> The position and operational status of an RMV must be appropriately monitored through electronic communication with remote instrumentation or other equivalent means. An operator does not need to monitor remotely an ASV's status if the operator has the capability to monitor pressures or hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide s flow rate on the pipeline to identify and locate a rupture.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Flow modeling for automatic shut-off valves.</I> Prior to using an ASV as an RMV, the operator must conduct flow modeling for the shut-off segment and any laterals that feed the shut-off segment, so that the valve will close within 30 minutes or less following rupture identification, consistent with the operator's procedures, and in accordance with § 195.2 and this section. The flow modeling must include the anticipated maximum, normal, or any other flow volumes, pressures, or other operating conditions that may be encountered during the year, not to exceed a period of 15 months, and it must be modeled for the flow between the RMVs or alternative equivalent technologies, and any looped pipelines or hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide receipt tie-ins. If operating conditions change that could affect the ASV set pressures and the 30-minute valve closure time following a notification of potential rupture, as defined at § 195.2, an operator must conduct a new flow model and reset the ASV set pressures prior to the next review for ASV set pressures in accordance with § 195.420. The flow model must include a time/pressure chart for the segment containing the ASV if a rupture event occurs. An operator must conduct this flow modeling prior to making flow condition changes in a manner that could render the 30-minute valve closure time unachievable.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Pipelines not affecting HCAs.</I> For pipeline segments that are not in a high-consequence area (HCA) or that could not affect an HCA, an operator submitting a notification pursuant to §§ 195.18 and 195.258 for use of manual valves as an alternative equivalent technology may also request an exemption from the valve operation requirements of § 195.419(b).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exception.</I> The requirements of this section do not apply to gathering lines.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-105, 87 FR 20989, Apr. 8, 2022, as amended by Amdt. 195-106, 88 FR 50063, Aug. 1, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.420" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.420   Valve maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall maintain each valve that is necessary for the safe operation of its pipeline systems in good working order at all times.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator must, at least twice each calendar year, but at intervals not exceeding 7
<FR>1/2</FR> months, inspect each mainline valve to determine that it is functioning properly. Each rupture-mitigation valve (RMV), as defined in § 195.2 and not contained in a gathering line, or alternative equivalent technology that is installed under § 195.258(c) or § 195.418, must also be partially operated. Operators are not required to close the valve fully during the inspection; a minimum 25 percent valve closure is sufficient to demonstrate compliance, unless the operator has operational information that requires an additional closure percentage for maintaining reliability.
</P>
<P>(c) Each operator shall provide protection for each valve from unauthorized operation and from vandalism. 
</P>
<P>(d) For each remote-control valve (RCV) installed in accordance with § 195.258(c) or § 195.418, an operator must conduct a point-to-point verification between SCADA system displays and the installed valves, sensors, and communications equipment, in accordance with § 195.446(c) and (e).
</P>
<P>(e) For each alternative equivalent technology installed under § 195.258(c) or (d) or § 195.418(a) that is manually or locally operated (<I>i.e.,</I> not an RMV, as that term is defined in § 195.2):
</P>
<P>(1) Operators must achieve a response time of 30 minutes or less, as required by § 195.419(b), through an initial drill and through periodic validation as required by paragraph (e)(2) of this section. An operator must review each phase of the drill response and document the results to validate the total response time, including the identification of a rupture, and valve shut-off time as being less than or equal to 30 minutes after rupture identification.
</P>
<P>(2) Within each pipeline system, and within each operating or maintenance field work unit, operators must randomly select an authorized rupture-mitigation alternative equivalent technology for an annual 30-minute-total response time validation drill simulating worst-case conditions for that location to ensure compliance with § 195.419. Operators are not required to close the alternative equivalent technology fully during the drill; a minimum 25 percent valve closure is sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the drill requirements unless the operator has operational information that requires an additional closure percentage for maintaining reliability. The response drill must occur at least once each calendar year, at intervals not to exceed 15 months. Operators must include in their written procedures the method they use to randomly select which alternative equivalent technology is tested in accordance with this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(3) If the 30-minute-maximum response time cannot be achieved in the drill, the operator must revise response efforts to achieve compliance with § 195.419 no later than 12 months after the drill. Alternative valve shut-off measures must be in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section within 7 days of the drill.
</P>
<P>(4) Based on the results of the response-time drills, the operator must include lessons learned in:
</P>
<P>(i) Training and qualifications programs;
</P>
<P>(ii) Design, construction, testing, maintenance, operating, and emergency procedures manuals; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other areas identified by the operator as needing improvement.
</P>
<P>(f) Each operator must implement remedial measures as follows to correct any valve installed on an onshore pipeline in accordance with § 195.258(c), or an RMV or alternative equivalent technology installed in accordance with § 195.418, that is indicated to be inoperable or unable to maintain effective shut-off:
</P>
<P>(1) Repair or replace the valve as soon as practicable but no later than 12 months after finding that the valve is inoperable or unable to maintain shut-off. An operator may request an extension of the compliance deadline requirements of this section if it can demonstrate to PHMSA, in accordance with the notification procedures in § 195.18, that repairing or replacing a valve within 12 months would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible; and
</P>
<P>(2) Designate an alternative compliant valve within 7 calendar days of the finding while repairs are being made and document an interim response plan to maintain safety. Alternative compliant valves are not required to comply with valve spacing requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(g) An operator using an ASV as an RMV, in accordance with §§ 195.2, 195.260, 195.418, and 195.419, must document, in accordance with § 195.419(f), and confirm the ASV shut-in pressures on a calendar year basis not to exceed 15 months. ASV shut-in set pressures must be proven and reset individually at each ASV, as required by § 195.419(f), at least each calendar year, but at intervals not to exceed 15 months.
</P>
<P>(h) The requirements of paragraphs (d) through (g) of this section do not apply to gathering lines.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981; 47 FR 32721, July 29, 1982, as amended by Amdt. 195-24, 47 FR 46852, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 195-105, 87 FR 20991, Apr. 8, 2022; Amdt. 195-106, 88 FR 50063, Aug. 1, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.422" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.422   Pipeline repairs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall, in repairing its pipeline systems, insure that the repairs are made in a safe manner and are made so as to prevent damage to persons or property.
</P>
<P>(b) No operator may use any pipe, valve, or fitting, for replacement in repairing pipeline facilities, unless it is designed and constructed as required by this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.424" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.424   Pipe movement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No operator may move any line pipe, unless the pressure in the line section involved is reduced to not more than 50 percent of the maximum operating pressure.
</P>
<P>(b) No operator may move any pipeline containing highly volatile liquids where materials in the line section involved are joined by welding unless—
</P>
<P>(1) Movement when the pipeline does not contain highly volatile liquids is impractical;
</P>
<P>(2) The procedures of the operator under § 195.402 contain precautions to protect the public against the hazard in moving pipelines containing highly volatile liquids, including the use of warnings, where necessary, to evacuate the area close to the pipeline; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The pressure in that line section is reduced to the lower of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Fifty percent or less of the maximum operating pressure; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The lowest practical level that will maintain the highly volatile liquid in a liquid state with continuous flow, but not less than 50  p.s.i. (345 kPa) gage above the vapor pressure of the commodity.
</P>
<P>(c) No operator may move any pipeline containing highly volatile liquids where materials in the line section involved are not joined by welding unless—
</P>
<P>(1) The operator complies with paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) That line section is isolated to prevent the flow of highly volatile liquid.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981; 46 FR 38922, July 30, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-63, 63 FR 37506, July 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.426" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.426   Scraper and sphere facilities.</HEAD>
<P>No operator may use a launcher or receiver that is not equipped with a relief device capable of safely relieving pressure in the barrel before insertion or removal of scrapers or spheres. The operator must use a suitable device to indicate that pressure has been relieved in the barrel or must provide a means to prevent insertion or removal of scrapers or spheres if pressure has not been relieved in the barrel.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981; 47 FR 32721, July 29, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.428" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.428   Overpressure safety devices and overfill protection systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each operator shall, at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year, or in the case of pipelines used to carry highly volatile liquids, at intervals not to exceed 7
<FR>1/2</FR> months, but at least twice each calendar year, inspect and test each pressure limiting device, relief valve, pressure regulator, or other item of pressure control equipment to determine that it is functioning properly, is in good mechanical condition, and is adequate from the standpoint of capacity and reliability of operation for the service in which it is used.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of relief valves on pressure breakout tanks containing highly volatile liquids, each operator shall test each valve at intervals not exceeding 5 years.
</P>
<P>(c) Aboveground breakout tanks that are constructed or significantly altered according to API Std 2510 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) after October 2, 2000, must have an overfill protection system installed according to API Std 2510, section 7.1.2. Other aboveground breakout tanks with 600 gallons (2271 liters) or more of storage capacity that are constructed or significantly altered after October 2, 2000, must have an overfill protection system installed according to API Std 2350 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3). However, an operator need not comply with any part of API Std 2350 for a particular breakout tank if the operator describes in the manual required by § 195.402 why compliance with that part is not necessary for safety of the tank.
</P>
<P>(d) After October 2, 2000, the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section for inspection and testing of pressure control equipment apply to the inspection and testing of overfill protection systems.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-22, 46 FR 38360, July 27, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 195-24, 47 FR 46852, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 195-66, 64 FR 15936, Apr. 2, 1999, as amended by Amdt. 195-100, 80 FR 12780, Mar. 11, 2015; Amdt. 195-107, 89 FR 33284, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.430" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.430   Firefighting equipment.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall maintain adequate firefighting equipment at each pump station and breakout tank area. The equipment must be—
</P>
<P>(a) In proper operating condition at all times;
</P>
<P>(b) Plainly marked so that its identity as firefighting equipment is clear; and
</P>
<P>(c) Located so that it is easily accessible during a fire.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.432" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.432   Inspection of in-service breakout tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for breakout tanks inspected under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, each operator shall, at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year, inspect each in-service breakout tank.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator must inspect the physical integrity of in-service atmospheric and low-pressure steel above-ground breakout tanks according to API Std 653 (except section 6.4.3, <I>Alternative Internal Inspection Interval</I>) (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3). However, if structural conditions prevent access to the tank bottom, its integrity may be assessed according to a plan included in the operations and maintenance manual under § 195.402(c)(3). The risk-based internal inspection procedures in API Std 653, section 6.4.3 cannot be used to determine the internal inspection interval.
</P>
<P>(1) Operators who established internal inspection intervals based on risk-based inspection procedures prior to March 6, 2015 must re-establish internal inspection intervals based on API Std 653, section 6.4.2 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(i) If the internal inspection interval was determined by the prior risk-based inspection procedure using API Std 653, section 6.4.3 and the resulting calculation exceeded 20 years, and it has been more than 20 years since an internal inspection was performed, the operator must complete a new internal inspection in accordance with § 195.432(b)(1) by January 5, 2017.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the internal inspection interval was determined by the prior risk-based inspection procedure using API Std 653, section 6.4.3 and the resulting calculation was less than or equal to 20 years, and the time since the most recent internal inspection exceeds the re-established inspection interval in accordance with § 195.432(b)(1), the operator must complete a new internal inspection by January 5, 2017.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the internal inspection interval was not based upon current engineering and operational information (<I>i.e.,</I> actual corrosion rate of floor plates, actual remaining thickness of the floor plates, etc.), the operator must complete a new internal inspection by January 5, 2017 and re-establish a new internal inspection interval in accordance with § 195.432(b)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) Each operator must inspect the physical integrity of in-service steel aboveground breakout tanks built to API Std 2510 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) according to section 6 of API Std 510 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(d) The intervals of inspection specified by documents referenced in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section begin on May 3, 1999, or on the operator's last recorded date of the inspection, whichever is earlier. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-66, 64 FR 15936, Apr. 2, 1999, as amended by Amdt. 195-94, 75 FR 48607, Aug. 11, 2010, Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 187, Jan. 5, 2015; 80 FR 46848, Aug. 6, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.434" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.434   Signs.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator must maintain signs visible to the public around each pumping station and breakout tank area. Each sign must contain the name of the operator and a telephone number (including area code) where the operator can be reached at all times.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-78, 68 FR 53528, Sept. 11, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.436" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.436   Security of facilities.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall provide protection for each pumping station and breakout tank area and other exposed facility (such as scraper traps) from vandalism and unauthorized entry.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.438" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.438   Smoking or open flames.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall prohibit smoking and open flames in each pump station area and each breakout tank area where there is a possibility of the leakage of a flammable hazardous liquid or of the presence of flammable vapors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.440" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.440   Public awareness.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each pipeline operator must develop and implement a written continuing public education program that follows the guidance provided in the American Petroleum Institute's (API) Recommended Practice (RP) 1162 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(b) The operator's program must follow the general program recommendations of API RP 1162 and assess the unique attributes and characteristics of the operator's pipeline and facilities.
</P>
<P>(c) The operator must follow the general program recommendations, including baseline and supplemental requirements of API RP 1162, unless the operator provides justification in its program or procedural manual as to why compliance with all or certain provisions of the recommended practice is not practicable and not necessary for safety.
</P>
<P>(d) The operator's program must specifically include provisions to educate the public, appropriate government organizations, and persons engaged in excavation related activities on:
</P>
<P>(1) Use of a one-call notification system prior to excavation and other damage prevention activities;
</P>
<P>(2) Possible hazards associated with unintended releases from a hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline facility;
</P>
<P>(3) Physical indications that such a release may have occurred;
</P>
<P>(4) Steps that should be taken for public safety in the event of a hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide pipeline release; and
</P>
<P>(5) Procedures to report such an event.
</P>
<P>(e) The program must include activities to advise affected municipalities, school districts, businesses, and residents of pipeline facility locations.
</P>
<P>(f) The program and the media used must be as comprehensive as necessary to reach all areas in which the operator transports hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide.
</P>
<P>(g) The program must be conducted in English and in other languages commonly understood by a significant number and concentration of the non-English speaking population in the operator's area.
</P>
<P>(h) Operators in existence on June 20, 2005, must have completed their written programs no later than June 20, 2006. Upon request, operators must submit their completed programs to PHMSA or, in the case of an intrastate pipeline facility operator, the appropriate State agency.
</P>
<P>(i) The operator's program documentation and evaluation results must be available for periodic review by appropriate regulatory agencies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-84, 70 FR 28843, May 19, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.442" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.442   Damage prevention program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each operator of a buried pipeline must carry out, in accordance with this section, a written program to prevent damage to that pipeline from excavation activities. For the purpose of this section, the term “excavation activities” includes excavation, blasting, boring, tunneling, backfilling, the removal of aboveground structures by either explosive or mechanical means, and other earthmoving operations. 
</P>
<P>(b) An operator may comply with any of the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section through participation in a public service program, such as a one-call system, but such participation does not relieve the operator of the responsibility for compliance with this section. However, an operator must perform the duties of paragraph (c)(3) of this section through participation in a one-call system, if that one-call system is a qualified one-call system. In areas that are covered by more than one qualified one-call system, an operator need only join one of the qualified one-call systems if there is a central telephone number for excavators to call for excavation activities, or if the one-call systems in those areas communicate with one another. An operator's pipeline system must be covered by a qualified one-call system where there is one in place. For the purpose of this section, a one-call system is considered a “qualified one-call system” if it meets the requirements of section (b)(1) or (b)(2) or this section.
</P>
<P>(1) The state has adopted a one-call damage prevention program under § 198.37 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(2) The one-call system:
</P>
<P>(i) Is operated in accordance with § 198.39 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides a pipeline operator an opportunity similar to a voluntary participant to have a part in management responsibilities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Assesses a participating pipeline operator a fee that is proportionate to the costs of the one-call system's coverage of the operator's pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(c) The damage prevention program required by paragraph (a) of this section must, at a minimum: 
</P>
<P>(1) Include the identity, on a current basis, of persons who normally engage in excavation activities in the area in which the pipeline is located. 
</P>
<P>(2) Provides for notification of the public in the vicinity of the pipeline and actual notification of persons identified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section of the following as often as needed to make them aware of the damage prevention program: 
</P>
<P>(i) The program's existence and purpose; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) How to learn the location of underground pipelines before excavation activities are begun. 
</P>
<P>(3) Provide a means of receiving and recording notification of planned excavation activities. 
</P>
<P>(4) If the operator has buried pipelines in the area of excavation activity, provide for actual notification of persons who give notice of their intent to excavate of the type of temporary marking to be provided and how to identify the markings. 
</P>
<P>(5) Provide for temporary marking of buried pipelines in the area of excavation activity before, as far as practical, the activity begins. 
</P>
<P>(6) Provide as follows for inspection of pipelines that an operator has reason to believe could be damaged by excavation activities: 
</P>
<P>(i) The inspection must be done as frequently as necessary during and after the activities to verify the integrity of the pipeline; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of blasting, any inspection must include leakage surveys. 
</P>
<P>(d) A damage prevention program under this section is not required for the following pipelines: 
</P>
<P>(1) Pipelines located offshore. 
</P>
<P>(2) Pipelines to which access is physically controlled by the operator. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-54, 60 FR 14651, Mar. 20, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 195-60, 62 FR 61699, Nov. 19, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.444" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.444   Leak detection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> Except for offshore gathering and regulated rural gathering pipelines, this section applies to all hazardous liquid pipelines transporting liquid in single phase (without gas in the liquid).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General.</I> A pipeline must have an effective system for detecting leaks in accordance with §§ 195.134 or 195.452, as appropriate. An operator must evaluate the capability of its leak detection system to protect the public, property, and the environment and modify it as necessary to do so. At a minimum, an operator's evaluation must consider the following factors—length and size of the pipeline, type of product carried, the swiftness of leak detection, location of nearest response personnel, and leak history.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>CPM leak detection systems.</I> Each computational pipeline monitoring (CPM) leak detection system installed on a hazardous liquid pipeline must comply with API RP 1130 (incorporated by reference, see § 195.3) in operating, maintaining, testing, record keeping, and dispatcher training of the system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-102, 84 FR 52296, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.446" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.446   Control room management.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This section applies to each operator of a pipeline facility with a controller working in a control room who monitors and controls all or part of a pipeline facility through a SCADA system. Each operator must have and follow written control room management procedures that implement the requirements of this section. The procedures required by this section must be integrated, as appropriate, with the operator's written procedures required by § 195.402. An operator must develop the procedures no later than August 1, 2011, and must implement the procedures according to the following schedule. The procedures required by paragraphs (b), (c)(5), (d)(2) and (d)(3), (f) and (g) of this section must be implemented no later than October 1, 2011. The procedures required by paragraphs (c)(1) through (4), (d)(1), (d)(4), and (e) must be implemented no later than August 1, 2012. The training procedures required by paragraph (h) must be implemented no later than August 1, 2012, except that any training required by another paragraph of this section must be implemented no later than the deadline for that paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Roles and responsibilities.</I> Each operator must define the roles and responsibilities of a controller during normal, abnormal, and emergency operating conditions. To provide for a controller's prompt and appropriate response to operating conditions, an operator must define each of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A controller's authority and responsibility to make decisions and take actions during normal operations;
</P>
<P>(2) A controller's role when an abnormal operating condition is detected, even if the controller is not the first to detect the condition, including the controller's responsibility to take specific actions and to communicate with others;
</P>
<P>(3) A controller's role during an emergency, even if the controller is not the first to detect the emergency, including the controller's responsibility to take specific actions and to communicate with others;
</P>
<P>(4) A method of recording controller shift-changes and any hand-over of responsibility between controllers; and
</P>
<P>(5) The roles, responsibilities and qualifications of others who have the authority to direct or supersede the specific technical actions of controllers.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Provide adequate information.</I> Each operator must provide its controllers with the information, tools, processes and procedures necessary for the controllers to carry out the roles and responsibilities the operator has defined by performing each of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Implement API RP 1165 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) whenever a SCADA system is added, expanded or replaced, unless the operator demonstrates that certain provisions of API RP 1165 are not practical for the SCADA system used;
</P>
<P>(2) Conduct a point-to-point verification between SCADA displays and related field equipment when field equipment is added or moved and when other changes that affect pipeline safety are made to field equipment or SCADA displays;
</P>
<P>(3) Test and verify an internal communication plan to provide adequate means for manual operation of the pipeline safely, at least once each calendar year, but at intervals not to exceed 15 months;
</P>
<P>(4) Test any backup SCADA systems at least once each calendar year, but at intervals not to exceed 15 months; and
</P>
<P>(5) Implement section 5 of API RP 1168 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) to establish procedures for when a different controller assumes responsibility, including the content of information to be exchanged.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Fatigue mitigation.</I> Each operator must implement the following methods to reduce the risk associated with controller fatigue that could inhibit a controller's ability to carry out the roles and responsibilities the operator has defined:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish shift lengths and schedule rotations that provide controllers off-duty time sufficient to achieve eight hours of continuous sleep;
</P>
<P>(2) Educate controllers and supervisors in fatigue mitigation strategies and how off-duty activities contribute to fatigue;
</P>
<P>(3) Train controllers and supervisors to recognize the effects of fatigue; and
</P>
<P>(4) Establish a maximum limit on controller hours-of-service, which may provide for an emergency deviation from the maximum limit if necessary for the safe operation of a pipeline facility.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Alarm management.</I> Each operator using a SCADA system must have a written alarm management plan to provide for effective controller response to alarms. An operator's plan must include provisions to:
</P>
<P>(1) Review SCADA safety-related alarm operations using a process that ensures alarms are accurate and support safe pipeline operations;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify at least once each calendar month points affecting safety that have been taken off scan in the SCADA host, have had alarms inhibited, generated false alarms, or that have had forced or manual values for periods of time exceeding that required for associated maintenance or operating activities;
</P>
<P>(3) Verify the correct safety-related alarm set-point values and alarm descriptions when associated field instruments are calibrated or changed and at least once each calendar year, but at intervals not to exceed 15 months;
</P>
<P>(4) Review the alarm management plan required by this paragraph at least once each calendar year, but at intervals not exceeding 15 months, to determine the effectiveness of the plan;
</P>
<P>(5) Monitor the content and volume of general activity being directed to and required of each controller at least once each calendar year, but at intervals not exceeding 15 months, that will assure controllers have sufficient time to analyze and react to incoming alarms; and
</P>
<P>(6) Address deficiencies identified through the implementation of paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Change management.</I> Each operator must assure that changes that could affect control room operations are coordinated with the control room personnel by performing each of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Implement section 7 of API RP 1168 (incorporated by reference, see § 195.3) for control room management change and require coordination between control room representatives, operator's management, and associated field personnel when planning and implementing physical changes to pipeline equipment or configuration; and
</P>
<P>(2) Require its field personnel to contact the control room when emergency conditions exist and when making field changes that affect control room operations.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Operating experience.</I> Each operator must assure that lessons learned from its operating experience are incorporated, as appropriate, into its control room management procedures by performing each of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Review accidents that must be reported pursuant to § 195.50 and 195.52 to determine if control room actions contributed to the event and, if so, correct, where necessary, deficiencies related to:
</P>
<P>(i) Controller fatigue;
</P>
<P>(ii) Field equipment;
</P>
<P>(iii) The operation of any relief device;
</P>
<P>(iv) Procedures;
</P>
<P>(v) SCADA system configuration; and
</P>
<P>(vi) SCADA system performance.
</P>
<P>(2) Include lessons learned from the operator's experience in the training program required by this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Training.</I> Each operator must establish a controller training program and review the training program content to identify potential improvements at least once each calendar year, but at intervals not to exceed 15 months. An operator's program must provide for training each controller to carry out the roles and responsibilities defined by the operator. In addition, the training program must include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) Responding to abnormal operating conditions likely to occur simultaneously or in sequence;
</P>
<P>(2) Use of a computerized simulator or non-computerized (tabletop) method for training controllers to recognize abnormal operating conditions;
</P>
<P>(3) Training controllers on their responsibilities for communication under the operator's emergency response procedures;
</P>
<P>(4) Training that will provide a controller a working knowledge of the pipeline system, especially during the development of abnormal operating conditions;
</P>
<P>(5) For pipeline operating setups that are periodically, but infrequently used, providing an opportunity for controllers to review relevant procedures in advance of their application; and
</P>
<P>(6) Control room team training and exercises that include both controllers and other individuals, defined by the operator, who would reasonably be expected to operationally collaborate with controllers (control room personnel) during normal, abnormal or emergency situations. Operators must comply with the team training requirements under this paragraph no later than January 23, 2018.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Compliance validation.</I> Upon request, operators must submit their procedures to PHMSA or, in the case of an intrastate pipeline facility regulated by a State, to the appropriate State agency.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Compliance and deviations.</I> An operator must maintain for review during inspection:
</P>
<P>(1) Records that demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Documentation to demonstrate that any deviation from the procedures required by this section was necessary for the safe operation of the pipeline facility.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-93, 74 FR 63329, Dec. 3, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 5537, Feb. 3, 2010; 76 FR 35135, June 16, 2011; Amdt. 195-101, 82 FR 7999, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="20" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>High Consequence Areas</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.450" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.20.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.450   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to this section and § 195.452: 
</P>
<P><I>Emergency flow restricting device</I> or <I>EFRD</I> means a check valve or remote control valve as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Check valve</I> means a valve that permits fluid to flow freely in one direction and contains a mechanism to automatically prevent flow in the other direction. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Remote control valve</I> or <I>RCV</I> means any valve that is operated from a location remote from where the valve is installed. The RCV is usually operated by the supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) system. The linkage between the pipeline control center and the RCV may be by fiber optics, microwave, telephone lines, or satellite. 
</P>
<P><I>High consequence area</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) A <I>commercially navigable waterway,</I> which means a waterway where a substantial likelihood of commercial navigation exists; 
</P>
<P>(2) A <I>high population area,</I> which means an urbanized area, as defined and delineated by the Census Bureau, that contains 50,000 or more people and has a population density of at least 1,000 people per square mile; 
</P>
<P>(3) An <I>other populated area,</I> which means a place, as defined and delineated by the Census Bureau, that contains a concentrated population, such as an incorporated or unincorporated city, town, village, or other designated residential or commercial area; 
</P>
<P>(4) An <I>unusually sensitive area,</I> as defined in § 195.6. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-70, 65 FR 75405, Dec. 1, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="21" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.21" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Pipeline Integrity Management</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.452" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.21.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.452   Pipeline integrity management in high consequence areas.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Which pipelines are covered by this section?</I> This section applies to each hazardous liquid pipeline and carbon dioxide pipeline that could affect a high consequence area, including any pipeline located in a high consequence area unless the operator effectively demonstrates by risk assessment that the pipeline could not affect the area. (Appendix C of this part provides guidance on determining if a pipeline could affect a high consequence area.) Covered pipelines are categorized as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Category 1 includes pipelines existing on May 29, 2001, that were owned or operated by an operator who owned or operated a total of 500 or more miles of pipeline subject to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Category 2 includes pipelines existing on May 29, 2001, that were owned or operated by an operator who owned or operated less than 500 miles of pipeline subject to this part. 
</P>
<P>(3) Category 3 includes pipelines constructed or converted after May 29, 2001, and low-stress pipelines in rural areas under § 195.12. 
</P>
<P>(4) Low stress pipelines as specified in § 195.12.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What program and practices must operators use to manage pipeline integrity?</I> Each operator of a pipeline covered by this section must: 
</P>
<P>(1) Develop a written integrity management program that addresses the risks on each segment of pipeline in the first column of the following table no later than the date in the second column:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipeline
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Category 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March 31, 2002.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Category 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">February 18, 2003.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Category 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date the pipeline begins operation or as provided in § 195.12 for low stress pipelines in rural areas.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Include in the program an identification of each pipeline or pipeline segment in the first column of the following table not later than the date in the second column: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipeline 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Category 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">December 31, 2001. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Category 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">November 18, 2002. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Category 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Date the pipeline begins operation.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) Include in the program a plan to carry out baseline assessments of line pipe as required by paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) Include in the program a framework that—
</P>
<P>(i) Addresses each element of the integrity management program under paragraph (f) of this section, including continual integrity assessment and evaluation under paragraph (j) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Initially indicates how decisions will be made to implement each element.
</P>
<P>(5) Implement and follow the program.
</P>
<P>(6) Follow recognized industry practices in carrying out this section, unless—
</P>
<P>(i) This section specifies otherwise; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The operator demonstrates that an alternative practice is supported by a reliable engineering evaluation and provides an equivalent level of public safety and environmental protection. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>What must be in the baseline assessment plan?</I> (1) An operator must include each of the following elements in its written baseline assessment plan: 
</P>
<P>(i) The methods selected to assess the integrity of the line pipe. An operator must assess the integrity of the line pipe by in-line inspection tool(s) described in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A) of this section for the range of relevant threats to the pipeline segment. If it is impracticable based upon the construction of the pipeline (<I>e.g.,</I> diameter changes, sharp bends, and elbows) or operational limits including operating pressure, low flow, pipeline length, or availability of in-line inspection tool technology for the pipe diameter, then the operator must use the appropriate method(s) in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(B), (C), or (D) of this section for the range of relevant threats to the pipeline segment. The methods an operator selects to assess low-frequency electric resistance welded pipe, pipe with a seam factor less than 1.0 as defined in § 195.106(e) or lap-welded pipe susceptible to longitudinal seam failure, must be capable of assessing seam integrity, cracking, and of detecting corrosion and deformation anomalies.
</P>
<P>(A) In-line inspection tool or tools capable of detecting corrosion and deformation anomalies including dents, gouges, and grooves. For pipeline segments with an identified or probable risk or threat related to cracks (such as at pipe body or weld seams) based on the risk factors specified in paragraph (e), an operator must use an in-line inspection tool or tools capable of detecting crack anomalies. When performing an assessment using an in-line inspection tool, an operator must comply with § 195.591. An operator using this method must explicitly consider uncertainties in reported results (including tool tolerance, anomaly findings, and unity chart plots or equivalent for determining uncertainties) in identifying anomalies;
</P>
<P>(B) Pressure test conducted in accordance with subpart E of this part;
</P>
<P>(C) External corrosion direct assessment in accordance with § 195.588; or 
</P>
<P>(D) Other technology that the operator demonstrates can provide an equivalent understanding of the condition of the line pipe. An operator choosing this option must notify the Office of Pipeline Safety (OPS) 90 days before conducting the assessment, by sending a notice to the address or facsimile number specified in paragraph (m) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A schedule for completing the integrity assessment; 
</P>
<P>(iii) An explanation of the assessment methods selected and evaluation of risk factors considered in establishing the assessment schedule. 
</P>
<P>(2) An operator must document, prior to implementing any changes to the plan, any modification to the plan, and reasons for the modification. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When must operators complete baseline assessments?</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>All pipelines.</I> An operator must complete the baseline assessment before a new or conversion-to-service pipeline begins operation through the development of procedures, identification of high consequence areas, and pressure testing of could-affect high consequence areas in accordance with § 195.304.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Newly identified areas.</I> If an operator obtains information (whether from the information analysis required under paragraph (g) of this section, Census Bureau maps, or any other source) demonstrating that the area around a pipeline segment has changed to meet the definition of a high consequence area (<I>see</I> § 195.450), that area must be incorporated into the operator's baseline assessment plan within 1 year from the date that the information is obtained. An operator must complete the baseline assessment of any pipeline segment that could affect a newly identified high consequence area within 5 years from the date an operator identifies the area.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>What are the risk factors for establishing an assessment schedule (for both the baseline and continual integrity assessments)?</I> (1) An operator must establish an integrity assessment schedule that prioritizes pipeline segments for assessment (see paragraphs (d)(1) and (j)(3) of this section). An operator must base the assessment schedule on all risk factors that reflect the risk conditions on the pipeline segment. The factors an operator must consider include, but are not limited to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Results of the previous integrity assessment, defect type and size that the assessment method can detect, and defect growth rate; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Pipe size, material, manufacturing information, coating type and condition, and seam type; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Leak history, repair history and cathodic protection history; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Product transported; 
</P>
<P>(v) Operating stress level; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Existing or projected activities in the area; 
</P>
<P>(vii) Local environmental factors that could affect the pipeline (<I>e.g.,</I> seismicity, corrosivity of soil, subsidence, climatic); 
</P>
<P>(viii) geo-technical hazards; and 
</P>
<P>(ix) Physical support of the segment such as by a cable suspension bridge. 
</P>
<P>(2) Appendix C of this part provides further guidance on risk factors. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>What are the elements of an integrity management program?</I> An integrity management program begins with the initial framework. An operator must continually change the program to reflect operating experience, conclusions drawn from results of the integrity assessments, and other maintenance and surveillance data, and evaluation of consequences of a failure on the high consequence area. An operator must include, at minimum, each of the following elements in its written integrity management program: 
</P>
<P>(1) A process for identifying which pipeline segments could affect a high consequence area; 
</P>
<P>(2) A baseline assessment plan meeting the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(3) An analysis that integrates all available information about the integrity of the entire pipeline and the consequences of a failure (see paragraph (g) of this section); 
</P>
<P>(4) Criteria for remedial actions to address integrity issues raised by the assessment methods and information analysis (see paragraph (h) of this section);
</P>
<P>(5) A continual process of assessment and evaluation to maintain a pipeline's integrity (see paragraph (j) of this section); 
</P>
<P>(6) Identification of preventive and mitigative measures to protect the high consequence area (see paragraph (i) of this section); 
</P>
<P>(7) Methods to measure the program's effectiveness (see paragraph (k) of this section); 
</P>
<P>(8) A process for review of integrity assessment results and information analysis by a person qualified to evaluate the results and information (see paragraph (h)(2) of this section). 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>What is an information analysis?</I> In periodically evaluating the integrity of each pipeline segment (<I>see</I> paragraph (j) of this section), an operator must analyze all available information about the integrity of its entire pipeline and the consequences of a possible failure along the pipeline. Operators must continue to comply with the data integration elements specified in § 195.452(g) that were in effect on October 1, 2018, until October 1, 2022. Operators must begin to integrate all the data elements specified in this section starting October 1, 2020, with all attributes integrated by October 1, 2022. This analysis must:
</P>
<P>(1) Integrate information and attributes about the pipeline that include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Pipe diameter, wall thickness, grade, and seam type;
</P>
<P>(ii) Pipe coating, including girth weld coating;
</P>
<P>(iii) Maximum operating pressure (MOP) and temperature;
</P>
<P>(iv) Endpoints of segments that could affect high consequence areas (HCAs);
</P>
<P>(v) Hydrostatic test pressure including any test failures or leaks—if known;
</P>
<P>(vi) Location of casings and if shorted;
</P>
<P>(vii) Any in-service ruptures or leaks—including identified causes;
</P>
<P>(viii) Data gathered through integrity assessments required under this section;
</P>
<P>(ix) Close interval survey (CIS) survey results;
</P>
<P>(x) Depth of cover surveys;
</P>
<P>(xi) Corrosion protection (CP) rectifier readings;
</P>
<P>(xii) CP test point survey readings and locations;
</P>
<P>(xiii) AC/DC and foreign structure interference surveys;
</P>
<P>(xiv) Pipe coating surveys and cathodic protection surveys.
</P>
<P>(xv) Results of examinations of exposed portions of buried pipelines (<I>i.e.,</I> pipe and pipe coating condition, see § 195.569);
</P>
<P>(xvi) Stress corrosion cracking (SCC) and other cracking (pipe body or weld) excavations and findings, including in-situ non-destructive examinations and analysis results for failure stress pressures and cyclic fatigue crack growth analysis to estimate the remaining life of the pipeline;
</P>
<P>(xvii) Aerial photography;
</P>
<P>(xviii) Location of foreign line crossings;
</P>
<P>(xix) Pipe exposures resulting from repairs and encroachments;
</P>
<P>(xx) Seismicity of the area; and
</P>
<P>(xxi) Other pertinent information derived from operations and maintenance activities and any additional tests, inspections, surveys, patrols, or monitoring required under this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Consider information critical to determining the potential for, and preventing, damage due to excavation, including current and planned damage prevention activities, and development or planned development along the pipeline;
</P>
<P>(3) Consider how a potential failure would affect high consequence areas, such as location of a water intake.
</P>
<P>(4) Identify spatial relationships among anomalous information (<I>e.g.,</I> corrosion coincident with foreign line crossings; evidence of pipeline damage where aerial photography shows evidence of encroachment). Storing the information in a geographic information system (GIS), alone, is not sufficient. An operator must analyze for interrelationships among the data. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>What actions must an operator take to address integrity issues?</I>—(1) <I>General requirements.</I> An operator must take prompt action to address all anomalous conditions in the pipeline that the operator discovers through the integrity assessment or information analysis. In addressing all conditions, an operator must evaluate all anomalous conditions and remediate those that could reduce a pipeline's integrity, as required by this part. An operator must be able to demonstrate that the remediation of the condition will ensure that the condition is unlikely to pose a threat to the long-term integrity of the pipeline. An operator must comply with all other applicable requirements in this part in remediating a condition. Each operator must, in repairing its pipeline systems, ensure that the repairs are made in a safe and timely manner and are made so as to prevent damage to persons, property, or the environment. The calculation method(s) used for anomaly evaluation must be applicable for the range of relevant threats.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Temporary pressure reduction.</I> An operator must notify PHMSA, in accordance with paragraph (m) of this section, if the operator cannot meet the schedule for evaluation and remediation required under paragraph (h)(3) of this section and cannot provide safety through a temporary reduction in operating pressure.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Long-term pressure reduction.</I> When a pressure reduction exceeds 365 days, the operator must notify PHMSA in accordance with paragraph (m) of this section and explain the reasons for the delay. An operator must also take further remedial action to ensure the safety of the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Discovery of condition.</I> Discovery of a condition occurs when an operator has adequate information to determine that a condition presenting a potential threat to the integrity of the pipeline exists. An operator must promptly, but no later than 180 days after an assessment, obtain sufficient information about a condition to make that determination, unless the operator can demonstrate the 180-day interval is impracticable. If the operator believes that 180 days are impracticable to make a determination about a condition found during an assessment, the pipeline operator must notify PHMSA in accordance with paragraph (m) of this section and provide an expected date when adequate information will become available.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Schedule for evaluation and remediation.</I> An operator must complete remediation of a condition according to a schedule prioritizing the conditions for evaluation and remediation. If an operator cannot meet the schedule for any condition, the operator must explain the reasons why it cannot meet the schedule and how the changed schedule will not jeopardize public safety or environmental protection.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Special requirements for scheduling remediation</I>—(i) <I>Immediate repair conditions.</I> An operator's evaluation and remediation schedule must provide for immediate repair conditions. To maintain safety, an operator must temporarily reduce the operating pressure or shut down the pipeline until the operator completes the repair of these conditions. An operator must calculate the temporary reduction in operating pressure using the formulas referenced in paragraph (h)(4)(i)(B) of this section. If no suitable remaining strength calculation method can be identified, an operator must implement a minimum 20 percent or greater operating pressure reduction, based on actual operating pressure for two months prior to the date of inspection, until the anomaly is repaired. An operator must treat the following conditions as immediate repair conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) Metal loss greater than 80% of nominal wall regardless of dimensions.
</P>
<P>(B) A calculation of the remaining strength of the pipe shows a predicted burst pressure less than the established maximum operating pressure at the location of the anomaly. Suitable remaining strength calculation methods include, but are not limited to, ASME/ANSI B31G (incorporated by reference, see § 195.3) and PRCI PR-3-805 (R-STRENG) (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(C) A dent located on the top of the pipeline (above the 4 and 8 o'clock positions) that has any indication of metal loss, cracking or a stress riser.
</P>
<P>(D) A dent located on the top of the pipeline (above the 4 and 8 o'clock positions) with a depth greater than 6% of the nominal pipe diameter.
</P>
<P>(E) An anomaly that in the judgment of the person designated by the operator to evaluate the assessment results requires immediate action.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>60-day conditions.</I> Except for conditions listed in paragraph (h)(4)(i) of this section, an operator must schedule evaluation and remediation of the following conditions within 60 days of discovery of condition.
</P>
<P>(A) A dent located on the top of the pipeline (above the 4 and 8 o'clock positions) with a depth greater than 3% of the pipeline diameter (greater than 0.250 inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) 12).
</P>
<P>(B) A dent located on the bottom of the pipeline that has any indication of metal loss, cracking or a stress riser.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>180-day conditions.</I> Except for conditions listed in paragraph (h)(4)(i) or (ii) of this section, an operator must schedule evaluation and remediation of the following within 180 days of discovery of the condition:
</P>
<P>(A) A dent with a depth greater than 2% of the pipeline's diameter (0.250 inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12) that affects pipe curvature at a girth weld or a longitudinal seam weld.
</P>
<P>(B) A dent located on the top of the pipeline (above 4 and 8 o'clock position) with a depth greater than 2% of the pipeline's diameter (0.250 inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12).
</P>
<P>(C) A dent located on the bottom of the pipeline with a depth greater than 6% of the pipeline's diameter.
</P>
<P>(D) A calculation of the remaining strength of the pipe shows an operating pressure that is less than the current established maximum operating pressure at the location of the anomaly. Suitable remaining strength calculation methods include, but are not limited to, ASME/ANSI B31G and PRCI PR-3-805 (R-STRENG).
</P>
<P>(E) An area of general corrosion with a predicted metal loss greater than 50% of nominal wall.
</P>
<P>(F) Predicted metal loss greater than 50% of nominal wall that is located at a crossing of another pipeline, or is in an area with widespread circumferential corrosion, or is in an area that could affect a girth weld.
</P>
<P>(G) A potential crack indication that when excavated is determined to be a crack.
</P>
<P>(H) Corrosion of or along a longitudinal seam weld.
</P>
<P>(I) A gouge or groove greater than 12.5% of nominal wall.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Other conditions.</I> In addition to the conditions listed in paragraphs (h)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section, an operator must evaluate any condition identified by an integrity assessment or information analysis that could impair the integrity of the pipeline, and as appropriate, schedule the condition for remediation. Appendix C of this part contains guidance concerning other conditions that an operator should evaluate.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>What preventive and mitigative measures must an operator take to protect the high consequence area?</I>—(1) <I>General requirements.</I> An operator must take measures to prevent and mitigate the consequences of a pipeline failure that could affect a high consequence area. These measures include conducting a risk analysis of the pipeline segment to identify additional actions to enhance public safety or environmental protection. Such actions may include, but are not limited to, implementing damage prevention best practices, better monitoring of cathodic protection where corrosion is a concern, establishing shorter inspection intervals, installing EFRDs on the pipeline segment, modifying the systems that monitor pressure and detect leaks, providing additional training to personnel on response procedures, conducting drills with local emergency responders and adopting other management controls. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Risk analysis criteria.</I> In identifying the need for additional preventive and mitigative measures, an operator must evaluate the likelihood of a pipeline release occurring and how a release could affect the high consequence area. This determination must consider all relevant risk factors, including, but not limited to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Terrain surrounding the pipeline segment, including drainage systems such as small streams and other smaller waterways that could act as a conduit to the high consequence area; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Elevation profile; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Characteristics of the product transported; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Amount of product that could be released; 
</P>
<P>(v) Possibility of a spillage in a farm field following the drain tile into a waterway; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Ditches along side a roadway the pipeline crosses; 
</P>
<P>(vii) Physical support of the pipeline segment such as by a cable suspension bridge; 
</P>
<P>(viii) Exposure of the pipeline to operating pressure exceeding established maximum operating pressure;
</P>
<P>(ix) Seismicity of the area.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Leak detection.</I> An operator must have a means to detect leaks on its pipeline system. An operator must evaluate the capability of its leak detection means and modify, as necessary, to protect the high consequence area. An operator's evaluation must, at least, consider, the following factors—length and size of the pipeline, type of product carried, the pipeline's proximity to the high consequence area, the swiftness of leak detection, location of nearest response personnel, leak history, and risk assessment results. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Emergency Flow Restricting Devices (EFRD).</I> If an operator determines that an EFRD is needed on a pipeline segment that is located in, or which could affect, a high-consequence area (HCA) in the event of a hazardous liquid pipeline release, an operator must install the EFRD. In making this determination, an operator must, at least, evaluate the following factors—the swiftness of leak detection and pipeline shutdown capabilities, the type of commodity carried, the rate of potential leakage, the volume that can be released, topography or pipeline profile, the potential for ignition, proximity to power sources, location of nearest response personnel, specific terrain within the HCA or between the pipeline segment and the HCA it could affect, and benefits expected by reducing the spill size. An RMV installed under this paragraph (i)(4) must meet all of the other applicable requirements in this part, provided that the requirement of this sentence does not apply to gathering lines.
</P>
<P>(i) Where EFRDs are installed on pipeline segments in HCAs and that could affect HCAs with diameters of 6 inches or greater and that are placed into service or that have had 2 or more miles of pipe replaced within 5 contiguous miles within a 24-month period after April 10, 2023, the location, installation, actuation, operation, and maintenance of such EFRDs (including valve actuators, personnel response, operational control centers, supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA), communications, and procedures) must meet the design, operation, testing, maintenance, and rupture-mitigation requirements of §§ 195.258, 195.260, 195.402, 195.418, 195.419, and 195.420.
</P>
<P>(ii) The EFRD analysis and assessments specified in this paragraph (i)(4) must be completed prior to placing into service all onshore pipelines with diameters of 6 inches or greater and that are constructed or that have had 2 or more miles of pipe within any 5 contiguous miles within any 24-month period replaced after April 10, 2023. Implementation of EFRD findings for RMVs must meet § 195.418.
</P>
<P>(iii) An operator may request an exemption from the compliance deadline requirements of this section if it can demonstrate to PHMSA, in accordance with the notification procedures in § 195.18, that installing an EFRD by that compliance deadline would be economically, technically, or operationally infeasible.
</P>
<P>(iv) The requirements of paragraphs (i)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section do not apply to gathering lines.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>What is a continual process of evaluation and assessment to maintain a pipeline's integrity?</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> After completing the baseline integrity assessment, an operator must continue to assess the line pipe at specified intervals and periodically evaluate the integrity of each pipeline segment that could affect a high consequence area. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Verifying covered segments.</I> An operator must verify the risk factors used in identifying pipeline segments that could affect a high consequence area on at least an annual basis not to exceed 15 months (Appendix C of this part provides additional guidance on factors that can influence whether a pipeline segment could affect a high consequence area). If a change in circumstance indicates that the prior consideration of a risk factor is no longer valid or that an operator should consider new risk factors, an operator must perform a new integrity analysis and evaluation to establish the endpoints of any previously identified covered segments. The integrity analysis and evaluation must include consideration of the results of any baseline and periodic integrity assessments (<I>see</I> paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (e) of this section), information analyses (<I>see</I> paragraph (g) of this section), and decisions about remediation and preventive and mitigative actions (<I>see</I> paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section). An operator must complete the first annual verification under this paragraph no later than July 1, 2021.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Assessment intervals.</I> An operator must establish five-year intervals, not to exceed 68 months, for continually assessing the line pipe's integrity. An operator must base the assessment intervals on the risk the line pipe poses to the high consequence area to determine the priority for assessing the pipeline segments. An operator must establish the assessment intervals based on the factors specified in paragraph (e) of this section, the analysis of the results from the last integrity assessment, and the information analysis required by paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Variance from the 5-year intervals in limited situations</I>—(i) <I>Engineering basis.</I> An operator may be able to justify an engineering basis for a longer assessment interval on a segment of line pipe. The justification must be supported by a reliable engineering evaluation combined with the use of other technology, such as external monitoring technology, that provides an understanding of the condition of the line pipe equivalent to that which can be obtained from the assessment methods allowed in paragraph (j)(5) of this section. An operator must notify OPS 270 days before the end of the five-year (or less) interval of the justification for a longer interval, and propose an alternative interval. An operator must send the notice to the address specified in paragraph (m) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Unavailable technology.</I> An operator may require a longer assessment period for a segment of line pipe (for example, because sophisticated internal inspection technology is not available). An operator must justify the reasons why it cannot comply with the required assessment period and must also demonstrate the actions it is taking to evaluate the integrity of the pipeline segment in the interim. An operator must notify OPS 180 days before the end of the five-year (or less) interval that the operator may require a longer assessment interval, and provide an estimate of when the assessment can be completed. An operator must send a notice to the address specified in paragraph (m) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Assessment methods.</I> An operator must assess the integrity of the line pipe by any of the following methods. The methods an operator selects to assess low frequency electric resistance welded pipe or lap welded pipe susceptible to longitudinal seam failure must be capable of assessing seam integrity and of detecting corrosion and deformation anomalies.
</P>
<P>(i) In-Line Inspection tool or tools capable of detecting corrosion and deformation anomalies, including dents, gouges, and grooves. For pipeline segments that are susceptible to cracks (pipe body and weld seams), an operator must use an in-line inspection tool or tools capable of detecting crack anomalies. When performing an assessment using an In-Line Inspection tool, an operator must comply with § 195.591;
</P>
<P>(ii) Pressure test conducted in accordance with subpart E of this part;
</P>
<P>(iii) External corrosion direct assessment in accordance with § 195.588; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) Other technology that the operator demonstrates can provide an equivalent understanding of the condition of the line pipe. An operator choosing this option must notify OPS 90 days before conducting the assessment, by sending a notice to the address or facsimile number specified in paragraph (m) of this section.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>What methods to measure program effectiveness must be used?</I> An operator's program must include methods to measure whether the program is effective in assessing and evaluating the integrity of each pipeline segment and in protecting the high consequence areas. See Appendix C of this part for guidance on methods that can be used to evaluate a program's effectiveness. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>What records must an operator keep to demonstrate compliance?</I> (1) An operator must maintain, for the useful life of the pipeline, records that demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this subpart. At a minimum, an operator must maintain the following records for review during an inspection:
</P>
<P>(i) A written integrity management program in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Documents to support the decisions and analyses, including any modifications, justifications, deviations and determinations made, variances, and actions taken, to implement and evaluate each element of the integrity management program listed in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) See Appendix C of this part for examples of records an operator would be required to keep.
</P>
<P>(m) How does an operator notify PHMSA? An operator must provide any notification required by this section by:
</P>
<P>(1) Sending the notification by electronic mail to <I>InformationResourcesManager@dot.gov;</I> or
</P>
<P>(2) Sending the notification by mail to ATTN: Information Resources Manager, DOT/PHMSA/OPS, East Building, 2nd Floor, E22-321, 1200 New Jersey Ave SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Accommodation of instrumented internal inspection devices</I>—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Scope.</I> This paragraph does not apply to any pipeline facilities listed in § 195.120(b).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>General.</I> An operator must ensure that each pipeline is modified to accommodate the passage of an instrumented internal inspection device by July 2, 2040.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Newly identified areas.</I> If a pipeline could affect a newly identified high consequence area (<I>see</I> paragraph (d)(2) of this section) after July 2, 2035, an operator must modify the pipeline to accommodate the passage of an instrumented internal inspection device within 5 years of the date of identification or before performing the baseline assessment, whichever is sooner.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Lack of accommodation.</I> An operator may file a petition under § 190.9 of this chapter for a finding that the basic construction (<I>i.e.,</I> length, diameter, operating pressure, or location) of a pipeline cannot be modified to accommodate the passage of an instrumented internal inspection device or that the operator determines it would abandon or shut-down a pipeline as a result of the cost to comply with the requirement of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Emergencies.</I> An operator may file a petition under § 190.9 of this chapter for a finding that a pipeline cannot be modified to accommodate the passage of an instrumented internal inspection device as a result of an emergency. An operator must file such a petition within 30 days after discovering the emergency. If the petition is denied, the operator must modify the pipeline to allow the passage of an instrumented internal inspection device within 1 year after the date of the notice of the denial.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-70, 65 FR 75406, Dec. 1, 2000]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Notes:</HED><PSPACE>1. For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 195.452, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I>
</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.454" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.6.21.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.454   Integrity assessments for certain underwater hazardous liquid pipeline facilities located in high consequence areas.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding any pipeline integrity management program or integrity assessment schedule otherwise required under § 195.452, each operator of any underwater hazardous liquid pipeline facility located in a high consequence area that is not an offshore pipeline facility and any portion of which is located at depths greater than 150 feet under the surface of the water must ensure that:
</P>
<P>(a) Pipeline integrity assessments using internal inspection technology appropriate for the integrity threats to the pipeline are completed not less often than once every 12 months, and;
</P>
<P>(b) Pipeline integrity assessments using pipeline route surveys, depth of cover surveys, pressure tests, external corrosion direct assessment, or other technology that the operator demonstrates can further the understanding of the condition of the pipeline facility, are completed on a schedule based on the risk that the pipeline facility poses to the high consequence area in which the pipeline facility is located.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-102, 84 FR 52298, Oct. 1, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Qualification of Pipeline Personnel</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 195-67, 64 FR 46866, Aug. 27, 1999, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 195.501" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.7.22.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.501   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes the minimum requirements for operator qualification of individuals performing covered tasks on a pipeline facility.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purpose of this subpart, a covered task is an activity, identified by the operator, that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is performed on a pipeline facility;
</P>
<P>(2) Is an operations or maintenance task;
</P>
<P>(3) Is performed as a requirement of this part; and
</P>
<P>(4) Affects the operation or integrity of the pipeline.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.503" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.7.22.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.503   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Abnormal operating condition</I> means a condition identified by the operator that may indicate a malfunction of a component or deviation from normal operations that may:
</P>
<P>(a) Indicate a condition exceeding design limits; or
</P>
<P>(b) Result in a hazard(s) to persons, property, or the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Evaluation</I> means a process, established and documented by the operator, to determine an individual's ability to perform a covered task by any of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Written examination;
</P>
<P>(b) Oral examination;
</P>
<P>(c) Work performance history review;
</P>
<P>(d) Observation during:
</P>
<P>(1) performance on the job, 
</P>
<P>(2) on the job training, or
</P>
<P>(3) simulations;
</P>
<P>(e) Other forms of assessment.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified</I> means that an individual has been evaluated and can:
</P>
<P>(a) Perform assigned covered tasks and
</P>
<P>(b) Recognize and react to abnormal operating conditions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-67, 64 FR 46866, Aug. 27, 1999, as amended by Amdt. 195-72, 66 FR 43524, Aug. 20, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.505" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.7.22.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.505   Qualification program.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall have and follow a written qualification program. The program shall include provisions to:
</P>
<P>(a) Identify covered tasks;
</P>
<P>(b) Ensure through evaluation that individuals performing covered tasks are qualified;
</P>
<P>(c) Allow individuals that are not qualified pursuant to this subpart to perform a covered task if directed and observed by an individual that is qualified;
</P>
<P>(d) Evaluate an individual if the operator has reason to believe that the individual's performance of a covered task contributed to an accident as defined in Part 195;
</P>
<P>(e) Evaluate an individual if the operator has reason to believe that the individual is no longer qualified to perform a covered task;
</P>
<P>(f) Communicate changes that affect covered tasks to individuals performing those covered tasks;
</P>
<P>(g) Identify those covered tasks and the intervals at which evaluation of the individual's qualifications is needed;
</P>
<P>(h) After December 16, 2004, provide training, as appropriate, to ensure that individuals performing covered tasks have the necessary knowledge and skills to perform the tasks in a manner that ensures the safe operation of pipeline facilities; and
</P>
<P>(i) After December 16, 2004, notify the Administrator or a state agency participating under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 601 if the operator significantly modifies the program after the administrator or state agency has verified that it complies with this section. Notifications to PHMSA may be submitted by electronic mail to <I>InformationResourcesManager@dot.gov,</I> or by mail to ATTN: Information Resources Manager DOT/PHMSA/OPS, East Building, 2nd Floor, E22-321, New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-67, 64 FR 46866, Aug. 27, 1999, as amended by Amdt. 195-84, 70 FR 10336, Mar. 3, 2005; Amdt. 195-100, 80 FR 12780, Mar. 11, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.507" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.7.22.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.507   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall maintain records that demonstrate compliance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(a) Qualification records shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of qualified individual(s);
</P>
<P>(2) Identification of the covered tasks the individual is qualified to perform;
</P>
<P>(3) Date(s) of current qualification; and
</P>
<P>(4) Qualification method(s).
</P>
<P>(b) Records supporting an individual's current qualification shall be maintained while the individual is performing the covered task. Records of prior qualification and records of individuals no longer performing covered tasks shall be retained for a period of five years.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.509" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.7.22.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.509   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Operators must have a written qualification program by April 27, 2001. The program must be available for review by the Administrator or by a state agency participating under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 601 if the program is under the authority of that state agency.
</P>
<P>(b) Operators must complete the qualification of individuals performing covered tasks by October 28, 2002.
</P>
<P>(c) Work performance history review may be used as a sole evaluation method for individuals who were performing a covered task prior to October 26, 1999.
</P>
<P>(d) After October 28, 2002, work performance history may not be used as a sole evaluation method. 
</P>
<P>(e) After December 16, 2004, observation of on-the-job performance may not be used as the sole method of evaluation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-67, 64 FR 46866, Aug. 27, 1999, as amended by Amdt. 195-72, 66 FR 43524, Aug. 20, 2001; Amdt. 195-84, 70 FR 10336, Mar. 3, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Corrosion Control</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 195-73, 66 FR 67004, Dec. 27, 2001, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 195.551" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.551   What do the regulations in this subpart cover?</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for protecting steel pipelines against corrosion. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.553" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.553   What special definitions apply to this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart—
</P>
<P>Active corrosion means continuing corrosion which, unless controlled, could result in a condition that is detrimental to public safety or the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Buried</I> means covered or in contact with soil. 
</P>
<P><I>Direct assessment</I> means an integrity assessment method that utilizes a process to evaluate certain threats (<I>i.e.</I>, external corrosion, internal corrosion and stress corrosion cracking) to a pipeline segment's integrity. The process includes the gathering and integration of risk factor data, indirect examination or analysis to identify areas of suspected corrosion, direct examination of the pipeline in these areas, and post assessment evaluation.
</P>
<P><I>Electrical survey</I> means a series of closely spaced pipe-to-soil readings over a pipeline that are subsequently analyzed to identify locations where a corrosive current is leaving the pipeline. 
</P>
<P><I>External corrosion direct assessment (ECDA)</I> means a four-step process that combines pre-assessment, indirect inspection, direct examination, and post-assessment to evaluate the threat of external corrosion to the integrity of a pipeline.
</P>
<P><I>Pipeline environment</I> includes soil resistivity (high or low), soil moisture (wet or dry), soil contaminants that may promote corrosive activity, and other known conditions that could affect the probability of active corrosion. 
</P>
<P><I>You</I> means operator. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-73, 66 FR 67004, Dec. 27, 2001, as amended by Amdt. 195-85, 70 FR 61576, Oct. 25, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.555" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.555   What are the qualifications for supervisors?</HEAD>
<P>You must require and verify that supervisors maintain a thorough knowledge of that portion of the corrosion control procedures established under § 195.402(c)(3) for which they are responsible for insuring compliance. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.557" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.557   Which pipelines must have coating for external corrosion control?</HEAD>
<P>Except bottoms of aboveground breakout tanks, each buried or submerged pipeline must have an external coating for external corrosion control if the pipeline is—
</P>
<P>(a) Constructed, relocated, replaced, or otherwise changed after the applicable date in § 195.401(c), not including the movement of pipe covered by § 195.424; or 
</P>
<P>(b) Converted under § 195.5 and—
</P>
<P>(1) Has an external coating that substantially meets § 195.559 before the pipeline is placed in service; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Is a segment that is relocated, replaced, or substantially altered. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.559" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.559   What coating material may I use for external corrosion control?</HEAD>
<P>Coating material for external corrosion control under § 195.557 must—
</P>
<P>(a) Be designed to mitigate corrosion of the buried or submerged pipeline; 
</P>
<P>(b) Have sufficient adhesion to the metal surface to prevent under film migration of moisture; 
</P>
<P>(c) Be sufficiently ductile to resist cracking; 
</P>
<P>(d) Have enough strength to resist damage due to handling and soil stress; 
</P>
<P>(e) Support any supplemental cathodic protection; and 
</P>
<P>(f) If the coating is an insulating type, have low moisture absorption and provide high electrical resistance. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.561" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.561   When must I inspect pipe coating used for external corrosion control?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must inspect all external pipe coating required by § 195.557 just prior to lowering the pipe into the ditch or submerging the pipe. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must repair any coating damage discovered. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.563" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.563   Which pipelines must have cathodic protection?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each buried or submerged pipeline that is constructed, relocated, replaced, or otherwise changed after the applicable date in § 195.401(c) must have cathodic protection. The cathodic protection must be in operation not later than 1 year after the pipeline is constructed, relocated, replaced, or otherwise changed, as applicable. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each buried or submerged pipeline converted under § 195.5 must have cathodic protection if the pipeline—
</P>
<P>(1) Has cathodic protection that substantially meets § 195.571 before the pipeline is placed in service; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Is a segment that is relocated, replaced, or substantially altered. 
</P>
<P>(c) All other buried or submerged pipelines that have an effective external coating must have cathodic protection. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> Except as provided by paragraph (d) of this section, this requirement does not apply to breakout tanks and does not apply to buried piping in breakout tank areas and pumping stations until December 29, 2003. 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> A pipeline does not have an effective external coating material if the current required to cathodically protect the pipeline is substantially the same as if the pipeline were bare.</P></FTNT>
<P>(d) Bare pipelines, breakout tank areas, and buried pumping station piping must have cathodic protection in places where regulations in effect before January 28, 2002 required cathodic protection as a result of electrical inspections. See previous editions of this part in 49 CFR, parts 186 to 199. 
</P>
<P>(e) Unprotected pipe must have cathodic protection if required by § 195.573(b). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.565" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.565   How do I install cathodic protection on breakout tanks?</HEAD>
<P>After October 2, 2000, when you install cathodic protection under § 195.563(a) to protect the bottom of an aboveground breakout tank of more than 500 barrels 79.49m3 capacity built to API Spec 12F (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), API Std 620 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), API Std 650 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), or API Std 650's predecessor, Standard 12C, you must install the system in accordance with ANSI/API RP 651 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3). However, you don't need to comply with API RP 651 when installing any tank for which you note in the corrosion control procedures established under § 195.402(c)(3) why complying with all or certain provisions of API RP 651 is not necessary for the safety of the tank.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 188, Jan. 5, 2015, as amended by Amdt. 195-107, 89 FR 33284, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.567" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.567   Which pipelines must have test leads and what must I do to install and maintain the leads?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except for offshore pipelines, each buried or submerged pipeline or segment of pipeline under cathodic protection required by this subpart must have electrical test leads for external corrosion control. However, this requirement does not apply until December 27, 2004 to pipelines or pipeline segments on which test leads were not required by regulations in effect before January 28, 2002. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Installation.</I> You must install test leads as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Locate the leads at intervals frequent enough to obtain electrical measurements indicating the adequacy of cathodic protection. 
</P>
<P>(2) Provide enough looping or slack so backfilling will not unduly stress or break the lead and the lead will otherwise remain mechanically secure and electrically conductive. 
</P>
<P>(3) Prevent lead attachments from causing stress concentrations on pipe. 
</P>
<P>(4) For leads installed in conduits, suitably insulate the lead from the conduit. 
</P>
<P>(5) At the connection to the pipeline, coat each bared test lead wire and bared metallic area with an electrical insulating material compatible with the pipe coating and the insulation on the wire. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Maintenance.</I> You must maintain the test lead wires in a condition that enables you to obtain electrical measurements to determine whether cathodic protection complies with § 195.571. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.569" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.569   Do I have to examine exposed portions of buried pipelines?</HEAD>
<P>Whenever you have knowledge that any portion of a buried pipeline is exposed, you must examine the exposed portion for evidence of external corrosion if the pipe is bare, or if the coating is deteriorated. If you find external corrosion requiring corrective action under § 195.585, you must investigate circumferentially and longitudinally beyond the exposed portion (by visual examination, indirect method, or both) to determine whether additional corrosion requiring remedial action exists in the vicinity of the exposed portion. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.571" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.571   What criteria must I use to determine the adequacy of cathodic protection?</HEAD>
<P>Cathodic protection required by this subpart must comply with one or more of the applicable criteria and other considerations for cathodic protection contained paragraphs 6.2.2, 6.2.3, 6.2.4, 6.2.5 and 6.3 in NACE SP 0169 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-100, 80 FR 12781, Mar. 11, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.573" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.573   What must I do to monitor external corrosion control?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Protected pipelines.</I> You must do the following to determine whether cathodic protection required by this subpart complies with § 195.571: 
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct tests on the protected pipeline at least once each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 15 months. However, if tests at those intervals are impractical for separately protected short sections of bare or ineffectively coated pipelines, testing may be done at least once every 3 calendar years, but with intervals not exceeding 39 months. 
</P>
<P>(2) Identify not more than 2 years after cathodic protection is installed, the circumstances in which a close-interval survey or comparable technology is practicable and necessary to accomplish the objectives of paragraph 10.1.1.3 of NACE SP 0169 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Unprotected pipe.</I> You must reevaluate your unprotected buried or submerged pipe and cathodically protect the pipe in areas in which active corrosion is found, as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Determine the areas of active corrosion by electrical survey, or where an electrical survey is impractical, by other means that include review and analysis of leak repair and inspection records, corrosion monitoring records, exposed pipe inspection records, and the pipeline environment. 
</P>
<P>(2) For the period in the first column, the second column prescribes the frequency of evaluation. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Period 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Evaluation frequency 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Before December 29, 2003</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least once every 5 calendar years, but with intervals not exceeding 63 months. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Beginning December 29, 2003</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least once every 3 calendar years, but with intervals not exceeding 39 months.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Rectifiers and other devices.</I> You must electrically check for proper performance each device in the first column at the frequency stated in the second column. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Device 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Check frequency 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rectifier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least six times each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 2
<fr>1/2</fr> months.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reverse current switch
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Diode
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interference bond whose failure would jeopardize structural protection
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other interference bond</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least once each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 15 months.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) <I>Breakout tanks.</I> You must inspect each cathodic protection system used to control corrosion on the bottom of an aboveground breakout tank to ensure that operation and maintenance of the system are in accordance with API RP 651 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3). However, this inspection is not required if you note in the corrosion control procedures established under § 195.402(c)(3) why complying with all or certain operation and maintenance provisions of API RP 651 is not necessary for the safety of the tank.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Corrective action.</I> You must correct any identified deficiency in corrosion control as required by § 195.401(b). However, if the deficiency involves a pipeline in an integrity management program under § 195.452, you must correct the deficiency as required by § 195.452(h). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-73, 66 FR 67004, Dec. 27, 2001; 67 FR 70118, Nov. 20, 2002, as amended by Amdt. 195-86, 71 FR 33411, June 9, 2006; Amdt. 195-94, 75 FR 48607, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 188, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.575" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.575   Which facilities must I electrically isolate and what inspections, tests, and safeguards are required?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must electrically isolate each buried or submerged pipeline from other metallic structures, unless you electrically interconnect and cathodically protect the pipeline and the other structures as a single unit. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must install one or more insulating devices where electrical isolation of a portion of a pipeline is necessary to facilitate the application of corrosion control. 
</P>
<P>(c) You must inspect and electrically test each electrical isolation to assure the isolation is adequate. 
</P>
<P>(d) If you install an insulating device in an area where a combustible atmosphere is reasonable to foresee, you must take precautions to prevent arcing. 
</P>
<P>(e) If a pipeline is in close proximity to electrical transmission tower footings, ground cables, or counterpoise, or in other areas where it is reasonable to foresee fault currents or an unusual risk of lightning, you must protect the pipeline against damage from fault currents or lightning and take protective measures at insulating devices. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.577" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.577   What must I do to alleviate interference currents?</HEAD>
<P>(a) For pipelines exposed to stray currents, you must have a program to identify, test for, and minimize the detrimental effects of such currents. 
</P>
<P>(b) You must design and install each impressed current or galvanic anode system to minimize any adverse effects on existing adjacent metallic structures. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.579" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.579   What must I do to mitigate internal corrosion?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> If you transport any hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide that would corrode the pipeline, you must investigate the corrosive effect of the hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide on the pipeline and take adequate steps to mitigate internal corrosion. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inhibitors.</I> If you use corrosion inhibitors to mitigate internal corrosion, you must—
</P>
<P>(1) Use inhibitors in sufficient quantity to protect the entire part of the pipeline system that the inhibitors are designed to protect; 
</P>
<P>(2) Use coupons or other monitoring equipment to determine the effectiveness of the inhibitors in mitigating internal corrosion; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Examine the coupons or other monitoring equipment at least twice each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 7
<FR>1/2</FR> months. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Removing pipe.</I> Whenever you remove pipe from a pipeline, you must inspect the internal surface of the pipe for evidence of corrosion. If you find internal corrosion requiring corrective action under § 195.585, you must investigate circumferentially and longitudinally beyond the removed pipe (by visual examination, indirect method, or both) to determine whether additional corrosion requiring remedial action exists in the vicinity of the removed pipe. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Breakout tanks.</I> After October 2, 2000, when you install a tank bottom lining in an aboveground breakout tank built to API Spec 12F (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), API Std 620 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), API Std 650 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), or API Std 650's predecessor, Standard 12C, you must install the lining in accordance with API RP 652 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3). However, you don't need to comply with API RP 652 when installing any tank for which you note in the corrosion control procedures established under § 195.402(c)(3) why compliance with all or certain provisions of API RP 652 is not necessary for the safety of the tank.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-73, 66 FR 67004, Dec. 27, 2001, as amended by Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 188, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.581" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.581   Which pipelines must I protect against atmospheric corrosion and what coating material may I use?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must clean and coat each pipeline or portion of pipeline that is exposed to the atmosphere, except pipelines under paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Coating material must be suitable for the prevention of atmospheric corrosion. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except portions of pipelines in offshore splash zones or soil-to-air interfaces, you need not protect against atmospheric corrosion any pipeline for which you demonstrate by test, investigation, or experience appropriate to the environment of the pipeline that corrosion will—
</P>
<P>(1) Only be a light surface oxide; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Not affect the safe operation of the pipeline before the next scheduled inspection. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.583" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.583   What must I do to monitor atmospheric corrosion control?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must inspect each pipeline or portion of pipeline that is exposed to the atmosphere for evidence of atmospheric corrosion, as follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If the pipeline is
<br/>located: 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Then the frequency of inspection is: 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Onshore</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least once every 3 calendar years, but with intervals not exceeding 39 months. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Offshore</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At least once each calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding 15 months.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) During inspections you must give particular attention to pipe at soil-to-air interfaces, under thermal insulation, under disbonded coatings, at pipe supports, in splash zones, at deck penetrations, and in spans over water. 
</P>
<P>(c) If you find atmospheric corrosion during an inspection, you must provide protection against the corrosion as required by § 195.581. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.585" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.585   What must I do to correct corroded pipe?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General corrosion.</I> If you find pipe so generally corroded that the remaining wall thickness is less than that required for the maximum operating pressure of the pipeline, you must replace the pipe. However, you need not replace the pipe if you—
</P>
<P>(1) Reduce the maximum operating pressure commensurate with the strength of the pipe needed for serviceability based on actual remaining wall thickness; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Repair the pipe by a method that reliable engineering tests and analyses show can permanently restore the serviceability of the pipe. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Localized corrosion pitting.</I> If you find pipe that has localized corrosion pitting to a degree that leakage might result, you must replace or repair the pipe, unless you reduce the maximum operating pressure commensurate with the strength of the pipe based on actual remaining wall thickness in the pits. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.587" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.587   What methods are available to determine the strength of corroded pipe?</HEAD>
<P>Under § 195.585, you may use the procedure in ASME/ANSI B31G (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) or in PRCI PR-3-805 (R-STRENG) (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) to determine the strength of corroded pipe based on actual remaining wall thickness. These procedures apply to corroded regions that do not penetrate the pipe wall, subject to the limitations set out in the respective procedures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-99, 80 FR 188, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.588" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.588   What standards apply to direct assessment?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you use direct assessment on an onshore pipeline to evaluate the effects of external corrosion or stress corrosion cracking, you must follow the requirements of this section. This section does not apply to methods associated with direct assessment, such as close interval surveys, voltage gradient surveys, or examination of exposed pipelines, when used separately from the direct assessment process.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements for performing external corrosion direct assessment are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General.</I> You must follow the requirements of NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3). Also, you must develop and implement a External Corrosion Direct Assessment (ECDA) plan that includes procedures addressing pre-assessment, indirect examination, direct examination, and post-assessment.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pre-assessment.</I> In addition to the requirements in Section 3 of NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), the ECDA plan procedures for pre-assessment must include—
</P>
<P>(i) Provisions for applying more restrictive criteria when conducting ECDA for the first time on a pipeline segment;
</P>
<P>(ii) The basis on which you select at least two different, but complementary, indirect assessment tools to assess each ECDA region; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If you utilize an indirect inspection method not described in Appendix A of NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), you must demonstrate the applicability, validation basis, equipment used, application procedure, and utilization of data for the inspection method.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Indirect examination.</I> In addition to the requirements in Section 4 of NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), the procedures for indirect examination of the ECDA regions must include—
</P>
<P>(i) Provisions for applying more restrictive criteria when conducting ECDA for the first time on a pipeline segment;
</P>
<P>(ii) Criteria for identifying and documenting those indications that must be considered for excavation and direct examination, including at least the following:
</P>
<P>(A) The known sensitivities of assessment tools;
</P>
<P>(B) The procedures for using each tool; and
</P>
<P>(C) The approach to be used for decreasing the physical spacing of indirect assessment tool readings when the presence of a defect is suspected;
</P>
<P>(iii) For each indication identified during the indirect examination, criteria for—
</P>
<P>(A) Defining the urgency of excavation and direct examination of the indication; and
</P>
<P>(B) Defining the excavation urgency as immediate, scheduled, or monitored; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Criteria for scheduling excavations of indications in each urgency level.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Direct examination.</I> In addition to the requirements in Section 5 of NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), the procedures for direct examination of indications from the indirect examination must include—
</P>
<P>(i) Provisions for applying more restrictive criteria when conducting ECDA for the first time on a pipeline segment;
</P>
<P>(ii) Criteria for deciding what action should be taken if either:
</P>
<P>(A) Corrosion defects are discovered that exceed allowable limits (Section 5.5.2.2 of NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) provides guidance for criteria); or
</P>
<P>(B) Root cause analysis reveals conditions for which ECDA is not suitable (Section 5.6.2 of NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) provides guidance for criteria);
</P>
<P>(iii) Criteria and notification procedures for any changes in the ECDA plan, including changes that affect the severity classification, the priority of direct examination, and the time frame for direct examination of indications; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Criteria that describe how and on what basis you will reclassify and re-prioritize any of the provisions specified in Section 5.9 of NACE SP0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Post assessment and continuing evaluation.</I> In addition to the requirements in Section 6 of NACE SP 0502 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3), the procedures for post assessment of the effectiveness of the ECDA process must include—
</P>
<P>(i) Measures for evaluating the long-term effectiveness of ECDA in addressing external corrosion in pipeline segments; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Criteria for evaluating whether conditions discovered by direct examination of indications in each ECDA region indicate a need for reassessment of the pipeline segment at an interval less than that specified in Sections 6.2 and 6.3 of NACE SP0502 (<I>see</I> appendix D of NACE SP0502) (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3).
</P>
<P>(c) If you use direct assessment on an onshore pipeline to evaluate the effects of stress corrosion cracking, you must develop and follow a Stress Corrosion Cracking Direct Assessment plan that meets all requirements and recommendations of NACE SP0204 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) and that implements all four steps of the Stress Corrosion Cracking Direct Assessment process including pre-assessment, indirect inspection, detailed examination and post-assessment. As specified in NACE SP0204, Section 1.1.7, Stress Corrosion Cracking Direct Assessment is complementary with other inspection methods such as in-line inspection or hydrostatic testing and is not necessarily an alternative or replacement for these methods in all instances. In addition, the plan must provide for—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Data gathering and integration.</I> An operator's plan must provide for a systematic process to collect and evaluate data to identify whether the conditions for stress corrosion cracking are present and to prioritize the segments for assessment in accordance with NACE SP0204, Sections 3 and 4, and Table 1. This process must also include gathering and evaluating data related to SCC at all sites an operator excavates during the conduct of its pipeline operations (both within and outside covered segments) where the criteria in NACE SP0204 indicate the potential for Stress Corrosion Cracking Direct Assessment. This data gathering process must be conducted in accordance with NACE SP0204, Section 5.3, and must include, at a minimum, all data listed in NACE SP0204, Table 2. Further, an operator must analyze the following factors as part of this evaluation:
</P>
<P>(i) The effects of a carbonate-bicarbonate environment, including the implications of any factors that promote the production of a carbonate-bicarbonate environment such as soil temperature, moisture, factors that affect the rate of carbon dioxide generation, and/or cathodic protection.
</P>
<P>(ii) The effects of cyclic loading conditions on the susceptibility and propagation of SCC in both high-pH and near-neutral-pH environments.
</P>
<P>(iii) The effects of variations in applied cathodic protection such as overprotection, cathodic protection loss for extended periods, and high negative potentials.
</P>
<P>(iv) The effects of coatings that shield cathodic protection when disbonded from the pipe.
</P>
<P>(v) Other factors that affect the mechanistic properties associated with SCC including but not limited to operating pressures, high tensile residual stresses, and the presence of sulfides.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Indirect inspection.</I> In addition to the requirements and recommendations of NACE SP0204, Section 4, the plan's procedures for indirect inspection must include provisions for conducting at least two different, but complementary, indirect assessment electrical surveys, and the basis on the selections as the most appropriate for the pipeline segment based on the data gathering and integration step.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Direct examination.</I> In addition to the requirements and recommendations of NACE SP0204, Section 5, the plan's procedures for direct examination must provide for conducting a minimum of four direct examinations within the SCC segment at locations determined to be the most likely for SCC to occur.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Remediation and mitigation.</I> If any indication of SCC is discovered in a segment, an operator must mitigate the threat in accordance with one of the following applicable methods:
</P>
<P>(i) Non-significant SCC, as defined by NACE SP0204, may be mitigated by either hydrostatic testing in accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section, or by grinding out with verification by Non-Destructive Examination (NDE) methods that the SCC defect is removed and repairing the pipe. If grinding is used for repair, the remaining strength of the pipe at the repair location must be determined using ASME/ANSI B31G or RSTRENG (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 195.3) and must be sufficient to meet the design requirements of subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) Significant SCC must be mitigated using a hydrostatic testing program with a minimum test pressure between 100% up to 110% of the specified minimum yield strength for a 30-minute spike test immediately followed by a pressure test in accordance with subpart E of this part. The test pressure for the entire sequence must be continuously maintained for at least 8 hours, in accordance with subpart E of this part. Any test failures due to SCC must be repaired by replacement of the pipe segment, and the segment retested until the pipe passes the complete test without leakage. Pipe segments that have SCC present, but that pass the pressure test, may be repaired by grinding in accordance with paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Post assessment.</I> In addition to the requirements and recommendations of NACE SP0204, sections 6.3, periodic reassessment, and 6.4, effectiveness of Stress Corrosion Cracking Direct Assessment, the plan's procedures for post assessment must include development of a reassessment plan based on the susceptibility of the operator's pipe to Stress Corrosion Cracking as well as on the behavior mechanism of identified cracking. Factors to be considered include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Evaluation of discovered crack clusters during the direct examination step in accordance with NACE SP0204, sections 5.3.5.7, 5.4, and 5.5;
</P>
<P>(ii) Conditions conducive to creation of the carbonate-bicarbonate environment;
</P>
<P>(iii) Conditions in the application (or loss) of cathodic protection that can create or exacerbate SCC;
</P>
<P>(iv) Operating temperature and pressure conditions;
</P>
<P>(v) Cyclic loading conditions;
</P>
<P>(vi) Conditions that influence crack initiation and growth rates;
</P>
<P>(vii) The effects of interacting crack clusters;
</P>
<P>(viii) The presence of sulfides; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Disbonded coatings that shield CP from the pipe.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-85, 70 FR 61576, Oct. 25, 2005, as amended by Amdt. 195-94, 75 FR 48607, Aug. 11, 2010; Amdt. 195-101, 82 FR 8000, Jan. 23, 2017; Amdt. 195-107, 89 FR 33284, Apr. 29, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.589" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.589   What corrosion control information do I have to maintain?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must maintain current records or maps to show the location of—
</P>
<P>(1) Cathodically protected pipelines; 
</P>
<P>(2) Cathodic protection facilities, including galvanic anodes, installed after January 28, 2002; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Neighboring structures bonded to cathodic protection systems. 
</P>
<P>(b) Records or maps showing a stated number of anodes, installed in a stated manner or spacing, need not show specific distances to each buried anode. 
</P>
<P>(c) You must maintain a record of each analysis, check, demonstration, examination, inspection, investigation, review, survey, and test required by this subpart in sufficient detail to demonstrate the adequacy of corrosion control measures or that corrosion requiring control measures does not exist. You must retain these records for at least 5 years, except that records related to §§ 195.569, 195.573(a) and (b), and 195.579(b)(3) and (c) must be retained for as long as the pipeline remains in service.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 195.591" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.8.22.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 195.591   In-Line inspection of pipelines.</HEAD>
<P>When conducting in-line inspection of pipelines required by this part, each operator must comply with the requirements and recommendations of API Std 1163, ASNT ILI-PQ, and NACE SP0102 (all incorporated by reference, see § 195.3). An in-line inspection may also be conducted using tethered or remote-control tools provided they generally comply with those sections of NACE SP0102 that are applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-117, 90 FR 40766, Aug. 21, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.10.22.1.23" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 195—Delineation Between Federal and State Jurisdiction—Statement of Agency Policy and Interpretation
</HEAD>
<P>In 1979, Congress enacted comprehensive safety legislation governing the transportation of hazardous liquids by pipeline, the Hazardous Liquids Pipeline Safety Act of 1979, 49 U.S.C. 2001 <I>et seq.</I> (HLPSA). The HLPSA expanded the existing statutory authority for safety regulation, which was limited to transportation by common carriers in interstate and foreign commerce, to transportation through facilities used in or affecting interstate or foreign commerce. It also added civil penalty, compliance order, and injunctive enforcement authorities to the existing criminal sanctions. Modeled largely on the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968, 49 U.S.C. 1671 <I>et seq.</I> (NGPSA), the HLPSA provides for a national hazardous liquid pipeline safety program with nationally uniform minimal standards and with enforcement administered through a Federal-State partnership. The HLPSA leaves to exclusive Federal regulation and enforcement the “interstate pipeline facilities,” those used for the pipeline transportation of hazardous liquids in interstate or foreign commerce. For the remainder of the pipeline facilities, denominated “intrastate pipeline facilities,” the HLPSA provides that the same Federal regulation and enforcement will apply unless a State certifies that it will assume those responsibilities. A certified State must adopt the same minimal standards but may adopt additional more stringent standards so long as they are compatible. Therefore, in States which participate in the hazardous liquid pipeline safety program through certification, it is necessary to distinguish the interstate from the intrastate pipeline facilities.
</P>
<P>In deciding that an administratively practical approach was necessary in distinguishing between interstate and intrastate liquid pipeline facilities and in determining how best to accomplish this, DOT has logically examined the approach used in the NGPSA. The NGPSA defines the interstate gas pipeline facilities subject to exclusive Federal jurisdiction as those subject to the economic regulatory jurisdiction of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC). Experience has proven this approach practical. Unlike the NGPSA however, the HLPSA has no specific reference to FERC jurisdiction, but instead defines interstate liquid pipeline facilities by the more commonly used means of specifying the end points of the transportation involved. For example, the economic regulatory jurisdiction of FERC over the transportation of both gas and liquids by pipeline is defined in much the same way. In implementing the HLPSA DOT has sought a practicable means of distinguishing between interstate and intrastate pipeline facilities that provide the requisite degree of certainty to Federal and State enforcement personnel and to the regulated entities. DOT intends that this statement of agency policy and interpretation provide that certainty.
</P>
<P>In 1981, DOT decided that the inventory of liquid pipeline facilities identified as subject to the jurisdiction of FERC approximates the HLPSA category of “interstate pipeline facilities.” Administrative use of the FERC inventory has the added benefit of avoiding the creation of a separate Federal scheme for determination of jurisdiction over the same regulated entities. DOT recognizes that the FERC inventory is only an approximation and may not be totally satisfactory without some modification. The difficulties stem from some significant differences in the economic regulation of liquid and of natural gas pipelines. There is an affirmative assertion of jurisdiction by FERC over natural gas pipelines through the issuance of certificates of public convenience and necessity prior to commencing operations. With liquid pipelines, there is only a rebuttable presumption of jurisdiction created by the filing by pipeline operators of tariffs (or concurrences) for movement of liquids through existing facilities. Although FERC does police the filings for such matters as compliance with the general duties of common carriers, the question of jurisdiction is normally only aired upon complaint. While any person, including State or Federal agencies, can avail themselves of the FERC forum by use of the complaint process, that process has only been rarely used to review jurisdictional matters (probably because of the infrequency of real disputes on the issue). Where the issue has arisen, the reviewing body has noted the need to examine various criteria primarily of an economic nature. DOT believes that, in most cases, the formal FERC forum can better receive and evaluate the type of information that is needed to make decisions of this nature than can DOT.
</P>
<P>In delineating which liquid pipeline facilities are interstate pipeline facilities within the meaning of the HLPSA, DOT will generally rely on the FERC filings; that is, if there is a tariff or concurrence filed with FERC governing the transportation of hazardous liquids over a pipeline facility or if there has been an exemption from the obligation to file tariffs obtained from FERC, then DOT will, as a general rule, consider the facility to be an interstate pipeline facility within the meaning of the HLPSA. The types of situations in which DOT will ignore the existence or non-existence of a filing with FERC will be limited to those cases in which it appears obvious that a complaint filed with FERC would be successful or in which blind reliance on a FERC filing would result in a situation clearly not intended by the HLPSA such as a pipeline facility not being subject to either State or Federal safety regulation. DOT anticipates that the situations in which there is any question about the validity of the FERC filings as a ready reference will be few and that the actual variations from reliance on those filings will be rare. The following examples indicate the types of facilities which DOT believes are interstate pipeline facilities subject to the HLPSA despite the lack of a filing with FERC and the types of facilities over which DOT will generally defer to the jurisdiction of a certifying state despite the existence of a filing with FERC.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1.</HED><PSPACE>Pipeline company P operates a pipeline from “Point A” located in State X to “Point B” (also in X). The physical facilities never cross a state line and do not connect with any other pipeline which does cross a state line. Pipeline company P also operates another pipeline between “Point C” in State X and “Point D” in an adjoining State Y. Pipeline company P files a tariff with FERC for transportation from “Point A” to “Point B” as well as for transportation from “Point C” to “Point D.” DOT will ignore filing for the line from “Point A” to “Point B” and consider the line to be intrastate.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2.</HED><PSPACE>Same as in example 1 except that P does not file any tariffs with FERC. DOT will assume jurisdiction of the line between “Point C” and “Point D.”</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 3.</HED><PSPACE>Same as in example 1 except that P files its tariff for the line between “Point C” and “Point D” not only with FERC but also with State X. DOT will rely on the FERC filing as indication of interstate commerce.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 4.</HED><PSPACE>Same as in example 1 except that the pipeline from “Point A” to “Point B” (in State X) connects with a pipeline operated by another company transports liquid between “Point B” (in State X) and “Point D” (in State Y). DOT will rely on the FERC filing as indication of interstate commerce.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 5.</HED><PSPACE>Same as in example 1 except that the line between “Point C” and “Point D” has a lateral line connected to it. The lateral is located entirely with State X. DOT will rely on the existence or non-existence of a FERC filing covering transportation over that lateral as determinative of interstate commerce.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 6.</HED><PSPACE>Same as in example 1 except that the certified agency in State X has brought an enforcement action (under the pipeline safety laws) against P because of its operation of the line between “Point A” and “Point B”. P has successfully defended against the action on jurisdictional grounds. DOT will assume jurisdiction if necessary to avoid the anomaly of a pipeline subject to neither State or Federal safety enforcement. DOT's assertion of jurisdiction in such a case would be based on the gap in the state's enforcement authority rather than a DOT decision that the pipeline is an interstate pipeline facility.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 7.</HED><PSPACE>Pipeline Company P operates a pipeline that originates on the Outer Continental Shelf. P does not file any tariff for that line with FERC. DOT will consider the pipeline to be an interstate pipeline facility.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 8.</HED><PSPACE>Pipeline Company P is constructing a pipeline from “Point C” (in State X) to “Point D” (in State Y). DOT will consider the pipeline to be an interstate pipeline facility.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 9.</HED><PSPACE>Pipeline company P is constructing a pipeline from “Point C” to “Point E” (both in State X) but intends to file tariffs with FERC in the transportation of hazardous liquid in interstate commerce. Assuming there is some connection to an interstate pipeline facility, DOT will consider this line to be an interstate pipeline facility.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 10.</HED><PSPACE>Pipeline Company P has operated a pipeline subject to FERC economic regulation. Solely because of some statutory economic deregulation, that pipeline is no longer regulated by FERC. DOT will continue to consider that pipeline to be an interstate pipeline facility.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>As seen from the examples, the types of situations in which DOT will not defer to the FERC regulatory scheme are generally clear-cut cases. For the remainder of the situations where variation from the FERC scheme would require DOT to replicate the forum already provided by FERC and to consider economic factors better left to that agency, DOT will decline to vary its reliance on the FERC filings unless, of course, not doing so would result in situations clearly not intended by the HLPSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-33, 50 FR 15899, Apr. 23, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.10.22.1.24" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 195—Risk-Based Alternative to Pressure Testing Older Hazardous Liquid and Carbon Dioxide Pipelines
</HEAD>
<HD1>Risk-Based Alternative
</HD1>
<P>This Appendix provides guidance on how a risk-based alternative to pressure testing older hazardous liquid and carbon dioxide pipelines rule allowed by § 195.303 will work. This risk-based alternative establishes test priorities for older pipelines, not previously pressure tested, based on the inherent risk of a given pipeline segment. The first step is to determine the classification based on the type of pipe or on the pipeline segment's proximity to populated or environmentally sensitive area. Secondly, the classifications must be adjusted based on the pipeline failure history, product transported, and the release volume potential.
</P>
<P>Tables 2-6 give definitions of risk classification A, B, and C facilities. For the purposes of this rule, pipeline segments containing high risk electric resistance-welded pipe (ERW pipe) and lapwelded pipe manufactured prior to 1970 and considered a risk classification C or B facility shall be treated as the top priority for testing because of the higher risk associated with the susceptibility of this pipe to longitudinal seam failures.
</P>
<P>In all cases, operators shall annually, at intervals not to exceed 15 months, review their facilities to reassess the classification and shall take appropriate action within two years or operate the pipeline system at a lower pressure. Pipeline failures, changes in the characteristics of the pipeline route, or changes in service should all trigger a reassessment of the originally classification.
</P>
<P>Table 1 explains different levels of test requirements depending on the inherent risk of a given pipeline segment. The overall risk classification is determined based on the type of pipe involved, the facility's location, the product transported, the relative volume of flow and pipeline failure history as determined from Tables 2-6.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1. Test Requirements—Mainline Segments Outside of Terminals, Stations, and Tank Farms
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pipeline segment
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Risk classification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test deadline 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test medium
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pre-1970 Pipeline Segments susceptible to longitudinal seam failures 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C or B
<br/>A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12/7/2000 
<sup>3</sup>
<br/>12/7/2002 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Water only.
<br/>Water only.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">All Other Pipeline Segments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12/7/2002 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Water only.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12/7/2004 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Water/Liq. 
<sup>5</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Additional pressure testing not required.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> If operational experience indicates a history of past failures for a particular pipeline segment, failure causes (time-dependent defects due to corrosion, construction, manufacture, or transmission problems, etc.) shall be reviewed in determining risk classification (See Table 6) and the timing of the pressure test should be accelerated.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> All pre-1970 ERW pipeline segments may not require testing. In determining which ERW pipeline segments should be included in this category, an operator must consider the seam-related leak history of the pipe and pipe manufacturing information as available, which may include the pipe steel's mechanical properties, including fracture toughness; the manufacturing process and controls related to seam properties, including whether the ERW process was high-frequency or low-frequency, whether the weld seam was heat treated, whether the seam was inspected, the test pressure and duration during mill hydrotest; the quality control of the steel-making process; and other factors pertinent to seam properties and quality.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> For those pipeline operators with extensive mileage of pre-1970 ERW pipe, any waiver requests for timing relief should be supported by an assessment of hazards in accordance with location, product, volume, and probability of failure considerations consistent with Tables 3, 4, 5, and 6.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> A magnetic flux leakage or ultrasonic internal inspection survey may be utilized as an alternative to pressure testing where leak history and operating experience do not indicate leaks caused by longitudinal cracks or seam failures.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> Pressure tests utilizing a hydrocarbon liquid may be conducted, but only with a liquid which does not vaporize rapidly.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>Using LOCATION, PRODUCT, VOLUME, and FAILURE HISTORY “Indicators” from Tables 3, 4, 5, and 6 respectively, the overall risk classification of a given pipeline or pipeline segment can be established from Table 2. The LOCATION Indicator is the primary factor which determines overall risk, with the PRODUCT, VOLUME, and PROBABILITY OF FAILURE Indicators used to adjust to a higher or lower overall risk classification per the following table.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Risk Classification
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Risk classification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Hazard location indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Product/volume indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Probability of failure indicator
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L or M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L/L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3">Not A or C Risk Classification
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">H</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">H = High  M = Moderate  L = Low.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note:</E> For Location, Product, Volume, and Probability of Failure Indicators, see Tables 3, 4, 5, and 6.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>Table 3 is used to establish the LOCATION Indicator used in Table 2. Based on the population and environment characteristics associated with a pipeline facility's location, a LOCATION Indicator of H, M or L is selected.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Location Indicators—Pipeline Segments
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Population 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Environment 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-rural areas</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Environmentally sensitive 
<sup>2</sup> areas.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rural areas</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not environmentally sensitive 
<sup>2</sup> areas.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The effects of potential vapor migration should be considered for pipeline segments transporting highly volatile or toxic products.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> We expect operators to use their best judgment in applying this factor.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>Tables 4, 5 and 6 are used to establish the PRODUCT, VOLUME, and PROBABILITY OF FAILURE Indicators respectively, in Table 2. The PRODUCT Indicator is selected from Table 4 as H, M, or L based on the acute and chronic hazards associated with the product transported. The VOLUME Indicator is selected from Table 5 as H, M, or L based on the nominal diameter of the pipeline. The Probability of Failure Indicator is selected from Table 6.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4—Product Indicators
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Considerations
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Product examples
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(Highly volatile and flammable)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(Propane, butane, Natural Gas Liquid (NGL), ammonia)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Highly toxic</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(Benzene, high Hydrogen Sulfide content crude oils).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable—flashpoint &lt;100F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(Gasoline, JP4, low flashpoint crude oils).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-flammable—flashpoint 100 + F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(Diesel, fuel oil, kerosene, JP5, most crude oils).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Highly volatile and non-flammable/non-toxic</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon Dioxide.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>Considerations: The degree of acute and chronic toxicity to humans, wildlife, and aquatic life; reactivity; and, volatility, flammability, and water solubility determine the Product Indicator. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act Reportable Quantity values can be used as an indication of chronic toxicity. National Fire Protection Association health factors can be used for rating acute hazards.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 5—Volume Indicators
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Line size
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥18″.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10″-16″ nominal diameters.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤8″ nominal diameter.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">H = High  M = Moderate  L = Low.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>Table 6 is used to establish the PROBABILITY OF FAILURE Indicator used in Table 2. The “Probability of Failure” Indicator is selected from Table 6 as H or L.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 6—Probability of Failure Indicators
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[in each haz. location]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Indicator
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Failure history (time-dependent defects) 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;Three spills in last 10 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤Three spills in last 10 years.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">H = High  L = Low.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Pipeline segments with greater than three product spills in the last 10 years should be reviewed for failure causes as described in subnote 
<sup>2</sup>. The pipeline operator should make an appropriate investigation and reach a decision based on sound engineering judgment, and be able to demonstrate the basis of the decision.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Time-Dependent Defects are defects that result in spills due to corrosion, gouges, or problems developed during manufacture, construction or operation, etc.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-65, 63 FR 59480, Nov. 4, 1998; 64 FR 6815, Feb. 11, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.11.10.22.1.25" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 195—Guidance for Implementation of an Integrity Management Program 
</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260424" REFID="46">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 22050, Apr. 24, 2026.</XREF>
<P>This Appendix gives guidance to help an operator implement the requirements of the integrity management program rule in §§ 195.450 and 195.452. Guidance is provided on: 
</P>
<P>(1) Information an operator may use to identify a high consequence area and factors an operator can use to consider the potential impacts of a release on an area; 
</P>
<P>(2) Risk factors an operator can use to determine an integrity assessment schedule; 
</P>
<P>(3) Safety risk indicator tables for leak history, volume or line size, age of pipeline, and product transported, an operator may use to determine if a pipeline segment falls into a high, medium or low risk category; 
</P>
<P>(4) Types of internal inspection tools an operator could use to find pipeline anomalies; 
</P>
<P>(5) Measures an operator could use to measure an integrity management program's performance; and
</P>
<P>(6) Types of records an operator will have to maintain. 
</P>
<P>(7) Types of conditions that an integrity assessment may identify that an operator should include in its required schedule for evaluation and remediation.
</P>
<P>I. Identifying a high consequence area and factors for considering a pipeline segment's potential impact on a high consequence area. 
</P>
<P>A. The rule defines a High Consequence Area as a high population area, an other populated area, an unusually sensitive area, or a commercially navigable waterway. The Office of Pipeline Safety (OPS) will map these areas on the National Pipeline Mapping System (NPMS). An operator, member of the public or other government agency may view and download the data from the NPMS home page <I>http://www.npms.phmsa.gov/.</I> OPS will maintain the NPMS and update it periodically. However, it is an operator's responsibility to ensure that it has identified all high consequence areas that could be affected by a pipeline segment. An operator is also responsible for periodically evaluating its pipeline segments to look for population or environmental changes that may have occurred around the pipeline and to keep its program current with this information. (Refer to § 195.452(d)(3).)
</P>
<P>(1) Digital Data on populated areas available on U.S. Census Bureau maps. 
</P>
<P>(2) Geographic Database on the commercial navigable waterways available on <I>http://www.bts.gov/gis/ntatlas/networks.html.</I> 
</P>
<P>(3) The Bureau of Transportation Statistics database that includes commercially navigable waterways and non-commercially navigable waterways. The database can be downloaded from the BTS website at <I>http://www.bts.gov/gis/ntatlas/networks.html.</I> 
</P>
<P>B. The rule requires an operator to include a process in its program for identifying which pipeline segments could affect a high consequence area and to take measures to prevent and mitigate the consequences of a pipeline failure that could affect a high consequence area. (See §§ 195.452 (f) and (i).) Thus, an operator will need to consider how each pipeline segment could affect a high consequence area. The primary source for the listed risk factors is a US DOT study on instrumented Internal Inspection devices (November 1992). Other sources include the National Transportation Safety Board, the Environmental Protection Agency and the Technical Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Safety Standards Committee. The following list provides guidance to an operator on both the mandatory and additional factors: 
</P>
<P>(1) Terrain surrounding the pipeline. An operator should consider the contour of the land profile and if it could allow the liquid from a release to enter a high consequence area. An operator can get this information from topographical maps such as U.S. Geological Survey quadrangle maps. 
</P>
<P>(2) Drainage systems such as small streams and other smaller waterways that could serve as a conduit to a high consequence area. 
</P>
<P>(3) Crossing of farm tile fields. An operator should consider the possibility of a spillage in the field following the drain tile into a waterway. 
</P>
<P>(4) Crossing of roadways with ditches along the side. The ditches could carry a spillage to a waterway. 
</P>
<P>(5) The nature and characteristics of the product the pipeline is transporting (refined products, crude oils, highly volatile liquids, etc.) Highly volatile liquids becomes gaseous when exposed to the atmosphere. A spillage could create a vapor cloud that could settle into the lower elevation of the ground profile. 
</P>
<P>(6) Physical support of the pipeline segment such as by a cable suspension bridge. An operator should look for stress indicators on the pipeline (strained supports, inadequate support at towers), atmospheric corrosion, vandalism, and other obvious signs of improper maintenance. 
</P>
<P>(7) Operating conditions of the pipeline (pressure, flow rate, etc.). Exposure of the pipeline to an operating pressure exceeding the established maximum operating pressure.
</P>
<P>(8) The hydraulic gradient of the pipeline.
</P>
<P>(9) The diameter of the pipeline, the potential release volume, and the distance between the isolation points.
</P>
<P>(10) Potential physical pathways between the pipeline and the high consequence area. 
</P>
<P>(11) Response capability (time to respond, nature of response). 
</P>
<P>(12) Potential natural forces inherent in the area (flood zones, earthquakes, subsidence areas, etc.) 
</P>
<P>II. Risk factors for establishing frequency of assessment. 
</P>
<P>A. By assigning weights or values to the risk factors, and using the risk indicator tables, an operator can determine the priority for assessing pipeline segments, beginning with those segments that are of highest risk, that have not previously been assessed. This list provides some guidance on some of the risk factors to consider (see § 195.452(e)). An operator should also develop factors specific to each pipeline segment it is assessing, including: 
</P>
<P>(1) Populated areas, unusually sensitive environmental areas, National Fish Hatcheries, commercially navigable waters, areas where people congregate. 
</P>
<P>(2) Results from previous testing/inspection. (See § 195.452(h).) 
</P>
<P>(3) Leak History. (See leak history risk table.) 
</P>
<P>(4) Known corrosion or condition of pipeline. (See § 195.452(g).) 
</P>
<P>(5) Cathodic protection history. 
</P>
<P>(6) Type and quality of pipe coating (disbonded coating results in corrosion). 
</P>
<P>(7) Age of pipe (older pipe shows more corrosion—may be uncoated or have an ineffective coating) and type of pipe seam. (See Age of Pipe risk table.) 
</P>
<P>(8) Product transported (highly volatile, highly flammable and toxic liquids present a greater threat for both people and the environment) (see Product transported risk table.) 
</P>
<P>(9) Pipe wall thickness (thicker walls give a better safety margin) 
</P>
<P>(10) Size of pipe (higher volume release if the pipe ruptures). 
</P>
<P>(11) Location related to potential ground movement (e.g., seismic faults, rock quarries, and coal mines); climatic (permafrost causes settlement—Alaska); geologic (landslides or subsidence). 
</P>
<P>(12) Security of throughput (effects on customers if there is failure requiring shutdown). 
</P>
<P>(13) Time since the last internal inspection/pressure testing. 
</P>
<P>(14) With respect to previously discovered defects/anomalies, the type, growth rate, and size. 
</P>
<P>(15) Operating stress levels in the pipeline. 
</P>
<P>(16) Location of the pipeline segment as it relates to the ability of the operator to detect and respond to a leak. (e.g., pipelines deep underground, or in locations that make leak detection difficult without specific sectional monitoring and/or significantly impede access for spill response or any other purpose). 
</P>
<P>(17) Physical support of the segment such as by a cable suspension bridge. 
</P>
<P>(18) Non-standard or other than recognized industry practice on pipeline installation (e.g., horizontal directional drilling). 
</P>
<P>B. <I>Example:</I> This example illustrates a hypothetical model used to establish an integrity assessment schedule for a hypothetical pipeline segment. After we determine the risk factors applicable to the pipeline segment, we then assign values or numbers to each factor, such as, high (5), moderate (3), or low (1). We can determine an overall risk classification (A, B, C) for the segment using the risk tables and a sliding scale (values 5 to 1) for risk factors for which tables are not provided. We would classify a segment as C if it fell above 
<FR>2/3</FR> of maximum value (highest overall risk value for any one segment when compared with other segments of a pipeline), a segment as B if it fell between 
<FR>1/3</FR> to 
<FR>2/3</FR> of maximum value, and the remaining segments as A.
</P>
<P>i. For the baseline assessment schedule, we would plan to assess 50% of all pipeline segments covered by the rule, beginning with the highest risk segments, within the first 3
<FR>1/2</FR> years and the remaining segments within the seven-year period. For the continuing integrity assessments, we would plan to assess the C segments within the first two (2) years of the schedule, the segments classified as moderate risk no later than year three or four and the remaining lowest risk segments no later than year five (5).
</P>
<P>ii. For our hypothetical pipeline segment, we have chosen the following risk factors and obtained risk factor values from the appropriate table. The values assigned to the risk factors are for illustration only. 
</P>
<FP-1><I>Age of pipeline:</I> assume 30 years old (refer to “Age of Pipeline” risk table)—
</FP-1>
<FP>Risk Value = 5 
</FP>
<FP-1><I>Pressure tested:</I> tested once during construction—
</FP-1>
<FP>Risk Value = 5 
</FP>
<FP-1><I>Coated:</I> (yes/no)—yes 
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Coating Condition:</I> Recent excavation of suspected areas showed holidays in coating (potential corrosion risk)— 
</FP-1>
<FP>Risk Value = 5 
</FP>
<FP-1><I>Cathodically Protected:</I> (yes/no)—yes—Risk Value = 1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Date cathodic protection installed:</I> five years after pipeline was constructed (Cathodic protection installed within one year of the pipeline's construction is generally considered low risk.)—Risk Value = 3 
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Close interval survey:</I> (yes/no)—no—Risk Value = 5 
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Internal Inspection tool used:</I> (yes/no)—yes. <I>Date of pig run?</I> In last five years—Risk Value = 1
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Anomalies found:</I> (yes/no)—yes, but do not pose an immediate safety risk or environmental hazard—Risk Value = 3 
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Leak History:</I> yes, one spill in last 10 years. (refer to “Leak History” risk table)—Risk Value = 2 
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Product transported:</I> Diesel fuel. Product low risk. (refer to “Product” risk table)—Risk Value = 1 
</FP-1>
<FP-1><I>Pipe size:</I> 16 inches. Size presents moderate risk (refer to “Line Size” risk table)—Risk Value = 3
</FP-1>
<P>iii. Overall risk value for this hypothetical segment of pipe is 34. Assume we have two other pipeline segments for which we conduct similar risk rankings. The second pipeline segment has an overall risk value of 20, and the third segment, 11. For the baseline assessment we would establish a schedule where we assess the first segment (highest risk segment) within two years, the second segment within five years and the third segment within seven years. Similarly, for the continuing integrity assessment, we could establish an assessment schedule where we assess the highest risk segment no later than the second year, the second segment no later than the third year, and the third segment no later than the fifth year. 
</P>
<P>III. Safety risk indicator tables for leak history, volume or line size, age of pipeline, and product transported.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Leak History 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Safety risk
<br/>indicator 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Leak history
<br/>(Time-dependent defects) 
<sup>1</sup> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;3 Spills in last 10 years 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Low</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&lt;3 Spills in last 10 years 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Time-dependent defects are those that result in spills due to corrosion, gouges, or problems developed during manufacture, construction or operation, etc.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Line size or Volume transported 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Safety risk
<br/>indicator 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Line size 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≥18′ 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Moderate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10′—16′ nominal diameters 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Low</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤8′ nominal diameter</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Age of Pipeline 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Safety risk
<br/>indicator 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Age Pipeline condition
<br/>dependent) 
<sup>1</sup> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;25 years 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Low</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&lt;25 years 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Depends on pipeline's coating &amp; corrosion condition, and steel quality, toughness, welding.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Product Transported
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Safety risk
<br/>indicator 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Considerations 
<sup>1</sup> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Product examples 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(Highly volatile and flammable)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(Propane, butane, Natural Gas Liquid (NGL), ammonia).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Highly toxic</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(Benzene, high Hydrogen Sulfide content crude oils).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Medium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flammable—flashpoint &lt;100F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(Gasoline, JP4, low flashpoint crude oils).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Low</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-flammable—flashpoint 100 + F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(Diesel, fuel oil, kerosene, JP5, most crude oils).
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The degree of acute and chronic toxicity to humans, wildlife, and aquatic life; reactivity; and, volatility, flammability, and water solubility determine the Product Indicator. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act Reportable Quantity values may be used as an indication of chronic toxicity. National Fire Protection Association health factors may be used for rating acute hazards.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>IV. Types of internal inspection tools to use. 
</P>
<P>An operator should consider at least two types of internal inspection tools for the integrity assessment from the following list. The type of tool or tools an operator selects will depend on the results from previous internal inspection runs, information analysis and risk factors specific to the pipeline segment: 
</P>
<P>(1) Geometry Internal inspection tools for detecting changes to ovality, e.g., bends, dents, buckles or wrinkles, due to construction flaws or soil movement, or other outside force damage; 
</P>
<P>(2) Metal Loss Tools (Ultrasonic and Magnetic Flux Leakage) for determining pipe wall anomalies, e.g., wall loss due to corrosion. 
</P>
<P>(3) Crack Detection Tools for detecting cracks and crack-like features, e.g., stress corrosion cracking (SCC), fatigue cracks, narrow axial corrosion, toe cracks, hook cracks, etc. 
</P>
<P>V. Methods to measure performance. 
</P>
<P>A. <I>General.</I> (1) This guidance is to help an operator establish measures to evaluate the effectiveness of its integrity management program. The performance measures required will depend on the details of each integrity management program and will be based on an understanding and analysis of the failure mechanisms or threats to integrity of each pipeline segment. 
</P>
<P>(2) An operator should select a set of measurements to judge how well its program is performing. An operator's objectives for its program are to ensure public safety, prevent or minimize leaks and spills and prevent property and environmental damage. A typical integrity management program will be an ongoing program and it may contain many elements. Therefore, several performance measure are likely to be needed to measure the effectiveness of an ongoing program. 
</P>
<P>B. <I>Performance measures.</I> These measures show how a program to control risk on pipeline segments that could affect a high consequence area is progressing under the integrity management requirements. Performance measures generally fall into three categories: 
</P>
<P>(1) Selected Activity Measures—Measures that monitor the surveillance and preventive activities the operator has implemented. These measure indicate how well an operator is implementing the various elements of its integrity management program. 
</P>
<P>(2) Deterioration Measures—Operation and maintenance trends that indicate when the integrity of the system is weakening despite preventive measures. This category of performance measure may indicate that the system condition is deteriorating despite well executed preventive activities. 
</P>
<P>(3) Failure Measures—Leak History, incident response, product loss, etc. These measures will indicate progress towards fewer spills and less damage. 
</P>
<P>C. <I>Internal vs. External Comparisons.</I> These comparisons show how a pipeline segment that could affect a high consequence area is progressing in comparison to the operator's other pipeline segments that are not covered by the integrity management requirements and how that pipeline segment compares to other operators' pipeline segments. 
</P>
<P>(1) Internal—Comparing data from the pipeline segment that could affect the high consequence area with data from pipeline segments in other areas of the system may indicate the effects from the attention given to the high consequence area. 
</P>
<P>(2) External—Comparing data external to the pipeline segment (e.g., OPS incident data) may provide measures on the frequency and size of leaks in relation to other companies. 
</P>
<P>D. <I>Examples.</I> Some examples of performance measures an operator could use include—
</P>
<P>(1) A performance measurement goal to reduce the total volume from unintended releases by -% (percent to be determined by operator) with an ultimate goal of zero. 
</P>
<P>(2) A performance measurement goal to reduce the total number of unintended releases (based on a threshold of 5 gallons) by ____-% (percent to be determined by operator) with an ultimate goal of zero. 
</P>
<P>(3) A performance measurement goal to document the percentage of integrity management activities completed during the calendar year. 
</P>
<P>(4) A performance measurement goal to track and evaluate the effectiveness of the operator's community outreach activities. 
</P>
<P>(5) A narrative description of pipeline system integrity, including a summary of performance improvements, both qualitative and quantitative, to an operator's integrity management program prepared periodically. 
</P>
<P>(6) A performance measure based on internal audits of the operator's pipeline system per 49 CFR Part 195. 
</P>
<P>(7) A performance measure based on external audits of the operator's pipeline system per 49 CFR Part 195. 
</P>
<P>(8) A performance measure based on operational events (for example: relief occurrences, unplanned valve closure, SCADA outages, etc.) that have the potential to adversely affect pipeline integrity. 
</P>
<P>(9) A performance measure to demonstrate that the operator's integrity management program reduces risk over time with a focus on high risk items. 
</P>
<P>(10) A performance measure to demonstrate that the operator's integrity management program for pipeline stations and terminals reduces risk over time with a focus on high risk items. 
</P>
<P>VI. Examples of types of records an operator must maintain. 
</P>
<P>The rule requires an operator to maintain certain records. (See § 195.452(l)). This section provides examples of some records that an operator would have to maintain for inspection to comply with the requirement. This is not an exhaustive list. 
</P>
<P>(1) a process for identifying which pipelines could affect a high consequence area and a document identifying all pipeline segments that could affect a high consequence area; 
</P>
<P>(2) a plan for baseline assessment of the line pipe that includes each required plan element; 
</P>
<P>(3) modifications to the baseline plan and reasons for the modification; 
</P>
<P>(4) use of and support for an alternative practice; 
</P>
<P>(5) a framework addressing each required element of the integrity management program, updates and changes to the initial framework and eventual program; 
</P>
<P>(6) a process for identifying a new high consequence area and incorporating it into the baseline plan, particularly, a process for identifying population changes around a pipeline segment; 
</P>
<P>(7) an explanation of methods selected to assess the integrity of line pipe; 
</P>
<P>(8) a process for review of integrity assessment results and data analysis by a person qualified to evaluate the results and data; 
</P>
<P>(9) the process and risk factors for determining the baseline assessment interval; 
</P>
<P>(10) results of the baseline integrity assessment; 
</P>
<P>(11) the process used for continual evaluation, and risk factors used for determining the frequency of evaluation; 
</P>
<P>(12) process for integrating and analyzing information about the integrity of a pipeline, information and data used for the information analysis; 
</P>
<P>(13) results of the information analyses and periodic evaluations; 
</P>
<P>(14) the process and risk factors for establishing continual re-assessment intervals; 
</P>
<P>(15) justification to support any variance from the required re-assessment intervals; 
</P>
<P>(16) integrity assessment results and anomalies found, process for evaluating and remediating anomalies, criteria for remedial actions and actions taken to evaluate and remediate the anomalies;
</P>
<P>(17) other remedial actions planned or taken; 
</P>
<P>(18) schedule for evaluation and remediation of anomalies, justification to support deviation from required remediation times;
</P>
<P>(19) risk analysis used to identify additional preventive or mitigative measures, records of preventive and mitigative actions planned or taken; 
</P>
<P>(20) criteria for determining EFRD installation; 
</P>
<P>(21) criteria for evaluating and modifying leak detection capability; 
</P>
<P>(22) methods used to measure the program's effectiveness.
</P>
<P>VII. Conditions that may impair a pipeline's integrity.
</P>
<P>Section 195.452(h) requires an operator to evaluate and remediate all pipeline integrity issues raised by the integrity assessment or information analysis. An operator must develop a schedule that prioritizes conditions discovered on the pipeline for evaluation and remediation. The following are some examples of conditions that an operator should schedule for evaluation and remediation.
</P>
<P>A. Any change since the previous assessment.
</P>
<P>B. Mechanical damage that is located on the top side of the pipe.
</P>
<P>C. An anomaly abrupt in nature.
</P>
<P>D. An anomaly longitudinal in orientation.
</P>
<P>E. An anomaly over a large area.
</P>
<P>F. An anomaly located in or near a casing, a crossing of another pipeline, or an area with suspect cathodic protection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 195-70, 65 FR 75409, Dec. 1, 2000, as amended by Amdt. 195-74, 67 FR 1661, Jan. 14, 2002; Amdt. 195-94, 75 FR 48608, Aug. 11, 2010]








</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="196" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 196—PROTECTION OF UNDERGROUND PIPELINES FROM EXCAVATION ACTIVITY


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.;</I> and 49 CFR 1.97.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>80 FR 43866, July 23, 2015, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.1" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.1.22.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.1   What is the purpose and scope of this part?</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes the minimum requirements that excavators must follow to protect underground pipelines from excavation-related damage. It also establishes an enforcement process for violations of these requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.3" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.1.22.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Damage</I> or <I>excavation damage</I> means any excavation activity that results in the need to repair or replace a pipeline due to a weakening, or the partial or complete destruction, of the pipeline, including, but not limited to, the pipe, appurtenances to the pipe, protective coatings, support, cathodic protection or the housing for the line device or facility.
</P>
<P><I>Excavation</I> refers to excavation activities as defined in § 192.614, and covers all excavation activity involving both mechanized and non-mechanized equipment, including hand tools.
</P>
<P><I>Excavator</I> means any person or legal entity, public or private, proposing to or engaging in excavation.
</P>
<P><I>One-call</I> means a notification system through which a person can notify pipeline operators of planned excavation to facilitate the locating and marking of any pipelines in the excavation area.
</P>
<P><I>Pipeline</I> means all parts of those physical facilities through which gas, carbon dioxide, or a hazardous liquid moves in transportation, including, but not limited to, pipe, valves, and other appurtenances attached or connected to pipe (including, but not limited to, tracer wire, radio frequency identification or other electronic marking system devices), pumping units, compressor units, metering stations, regulator stations, delivery stations, holders, fabricated assemblies, and breakout tanks.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Damage Prevention Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.101" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.2.22.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.101   What is the purpose and scope of this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes the minimum requirements that excavators must follow to protect pipelines subject to PHMSA or State pipeline safety regulations from excavation-related damage.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.103" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.2.22.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.103   What must an excavator do to protect underground pipelines from excavation-related damage?</HEAD>
<P>Prior to and during excavation activity, the excavator must:
</P>
<P>(a) Use an available one-call system before excavating to notify operators of underground pipeline facilities of the timing and location of the intended excavation;
</P>
<P>(b) If underground pipelines exist in the area, wait for the pipeline operator to arrive at the excavation site and establish and mark the location of its underground pipeline facilities before excavating;
</P>
<P>(c) Excavate with proper regard for the marked location of pipelines an operator has established by taking all practicable steps to prevent excavation damage to the pipeline;
</P>
<P>(d) Make additional use of one-call as necessary to obtain locating and marking before excavating to ensure that underground pipelines are not damaged by excavation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.105" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.2.22.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.105   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.107" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.2.22.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.107   What must an excavator do if a pipeline is damaged by excavation activity?</HEAD>
<P>If a pipeline is damaged in any way by excavation activity, the excavator must promptly report such damage to the pipeline operator, whether or not a leak occurs, at the earliest practicable moment following discovery of the damage.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.109" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.2.22.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.109   What must an excavator do if damage to a pipeline from excavation activity causes a leak where product is released from the pipeline?</HEAD>
<P>If damage to a pipeline from excavation activity causes the release of any PHMSA regulated natural and other gas or hazardous liquid as defined in part 192, 193, or 195 of this chapter from the pipeline, the excavator must promptly report the release to appropriate emergency response authorities by calling the 911 emergency telephone number.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.111" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.2.22.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.111   What if a pipeline operator fails to respond to a locate request or fails to accurately locate and mark its pipeline?</HEAD>
<P>PHMSA may enforce existing requirements applicable to pipeline operators, including those specified in 49 CFR 192.614 and 195.442 and 49 U.S.C. 60114 if a pipeline operator fails to properly respond to a locate request or fails to accurately locate and mark its pipeline. The limitation in 49 U.S.C. 60114(f) does not apply to enforcement taken against pipeline operators and excavators working for pipeline operators.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Administrative Enforcement Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.201" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.3.22.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.201   What is the purpose and scope of this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>This subpart describes the enforcement authority and sanctions exercised by the Associate Administrator for Pipeline Safety for achieving and maintaining pipeline safety under this part. It also prescribes the procedures governing the exercise of that authority and the imposition of those sanctions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.203" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.3.22.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.203   What is the administrative process PHMSA will use to conduct enforcement proceedings for alleged violations of excavation damage prevention requirements?</HEAD>
<P>PHMSA will use the existing administrative adjudication process for alleged pipeline safety violations set forth in 49 CFR part 190, subpart B. This process provides for notification that a probable violation has been committed, a 30-day period to respond including the opportunity to request an administrative hearing, the issuance of a final order, and the opportunity to petition for reconsideration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.205" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.3.22.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.205   Can PHMSA assess administrative civil penalties for violations?</HEAD>
<P>Yes. When the Associate Administrator for Pipeline Safety has reason to believe that a person has violated any provision of the 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I> or any regulation or order issued thereunder, including a violation of excavation damage prevention requirements under this part and 49 U.S.C. 60114(d) in a State with an excavation damage prevention law enforcement program PHMSA has deemed inadequate under 49 CFR part 198, subpart D, PHMSA may conduct a proceeding to determine the nature and extent of the violation and to assess a civil penalty.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.207" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.3.22.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.207   What are the maximum administrative civil penalties for violations?</HEAD>
<P>The maximum administrative civil penalties that may be imposed are specified in 49 U.S.C. 60122.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.209" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.3.22.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.209   May other civil enforcement actions be taken?</HEAD>
<P>Whenever the Associate Administrator has reason to believe that a person has engaged, is engaged, or is about to engage in any act or practice constituting a violation of any provision of 49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.,</I> or any regulations issued thereunder, PHMSA, or the person to whom the authority has been delegated, may request the Attorney General to bring an action in the appropriate U.S. District Court for such relief as is necessary or appropriate, including mandatory or prohibitive injunctive relief, interim equitable relief, civil penalties, and punitive damages as provided under 49 U.S.C. 60120.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 196.211" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.12.3.22.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 196.211   May criminal penalties be imposed?</HEAD>
<P>Yes. Criminal penalties may be imposed as specified in 49 U.S.C. 60123.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="197" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 197 [RESERVED] 


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="198" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 198—REGULATIONS FOR GRANTS TO AID STATE PIPELINE SAFETY PROGRAMS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.;</I> 49 CFR 1.97.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>55 FR 38691, Sept. 20, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.1" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.1.22.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes regulations governing grants-in-aid for State pipeline safety compliance programs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.3" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.1.22.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Adopt</I> means establish under State law by statute, regulation, license, certification, order, or any combination of these legal means.
</P>
<P><I>Excavation activity</I> means an excavation activity defined in § 192.614(a) of this chapter, other than a specific activity the State determines would not be expected to cause physical damage to underground facilities.
</P>
<P><I>Excavator</I> means any person intending to engage in an excavation activity.
</P>
<P><I>One-call notification system</I> means a communication system that qualifies under this part and the one-call damage prevention program of the State concerned in which an operational center receives notices from excavators of intended excavation activities and transmits the notices to operators of underground pipeline facilities and other underground facilities that participate in the system.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, firm, joint venture, partnership, corporation, association, state, municipality, cooperative association, or joint stock association, and including any trustee, receiver, assignee, or personal representative thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Underground pipeline facilities</I> means buried pipeline facilities used in the transportation of gas or hazardous liquid subject to the pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>). 
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation or any person to whom the Secretary of Transportation has delegated authority in the matter concerned.
</P>
<P><I>Seeking to adopt</I> means actively and effectively proceeding toward adoption.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means each of the several States, the District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 38691, Sept. 20, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 198-2, 61 FR 18518, Apr. 26, 1996; 68 FR 11750, Mar. 12, 2003; 70 FR 11140, Mar. 8, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Grant Allocation</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 198-1, 58 FR 10988, Feb. 23, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 198.11" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.2.22.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.11   Grant authority.</HEAD>
<P>The pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>) authorize the Administrator to pay out funds appropriated or otherwise make available up to 80 percent of the cost of the personnel, equipment, and activities reasonably required for each state agency to carry out a safety program for intrastate pipeline facilities under a certification or agreement with the Administrator or to act as an agent of the Administrator with respect to interstate pipeline facilities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 198-5, 74 FR 62506, Nov. 30, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.13" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.2.22.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.13   Grant allocation formula.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Beginning in calendar year 1993, the Administrator places increasing emphasis on program performance in allocating state agency funds under § 198.11. The maximum percent of each state agency allocation that is based on performance follows: 1993—75 percent; 1994 and subsequent years—100 percent.
</P>
<P>(b) A state's annual grant allocation is based on maximum of 100 performance points derived as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Fifty points based on information provided in the state's annual certification/agreement attachments which document its activities for the past year; and
</P>
<P>(2) Fifty points based on the annual state program evaluation.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator assigns weights to various performance factors reflecting program compliance, safety priorities, and national concerns identified by the Administrator and communicated to each State agency. At a minimum, the Administrator considers the following performance factors in allocating funds:
</P>
<P>(1) Adequacy of state operating practices;
</P>
<P>(2) Quality of state inspections, investigations, and enforcement/compliance actions;
</P>
<P>(3) Adequacy of state recordkeeping;
</P>
<P>(4) Extent of state safety regulatory jurisdiction over pipeline facilities;
</P>
<P>(5) Qualifications of state inspectors;
</P>
<P>(6) Number of state inspection person-days;
</P>
<P>(7) State adoption of applicable federal pipeline safety standards; and
</P>
<P>(8) Any other factor the Administrator deems necessary to measure performance.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding these performance factors, the Administrator may, in 1993 and subsequent years, continue funding any state at the 1991 level, provided its request is at the 1991 level or higher and appropriated funds are at the 1991 level or higher.
</P>
<P>(e) The Administrator notifies each state agency in writing of the specific performance factors to be used and the weights to be assigned to each factor at least 9 months prior to allocating funds. Prior to notification, PHMSA seeks state agency comments on any proposed changes to the allocation formula.
</P>
<P>(f) Grants are limited to the appropriated funds available. If total state agency requests for grants exceed the funds available, the Administrator prorates each state agency's allocation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 198-1, 58 FR 10988, Feb. 23, 1993, as amended at 70 FR 11140, Mar. 8, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Adoption of One-Call Damage Prevention Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.31" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.3.22.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.31   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart implements parts of the pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>), which direct the Secretary to require each State to adopt a one-call damage prevention program as a condition to receiving a full grant-in-aid for its pipeline safety compliance program. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 198-2, 61 FR 18518, Apr. 26, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.33" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.3.22.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.33   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.35" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.3.22.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.35   Grants conditioned on adoption of one-call damage prevention program.</HEAD>
<P>In allocating grants to State agencies under the pipeline safety laws, (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>), the Secretary considers whether a State has adopted or is seeking to adopt a one-call damage prevention program in accordance with § 198.37. If a State has not adopted or is not seeking to adopt such program, the State agency may not receive the full reimbursement to which it would otherwise be entitled.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 198-2, 61 FR 38403, July 24, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.37" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.3.22.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.37   State one-call damage prevention program.</HEAD>
<P>A State must adopt a one-call damage prevention program that requires each of the following at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(a) Each area of the State that contains underground pipeline facilities must be covered by a one-call notification system.
</P>
<P>(b) Each one-call notification system must be operated in accordance with § 198.39.
</P>
<P>(c) Excavators must be required to notify the operational center of the one-call notification system that covers the area of each intended excavation activity and provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of the person notifying the system.
</P>
<P>(2) Name, address and telephone number of the excavator.
</P>
<P>(3) Specific location, starting date, and description of the intended excavation activity.
</P>
<FP>However, an excavator must be allowed to begin an excavation activity in an emergency but, in doing so, required to notify the operational center at the earliest practicable moment.
</FP>
<P>(d) The State must determine whether telephonic and other communications to the operational center of a one-call notification system under paragraph (c) of this section are to be toll free or not.
</P>
<P>(e) Except with respect to interstate transmission facilities as defined in the pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>), operators of underground pipeline facilities must be required to participate in the one-call notification systems that cover the areas of the State in which those pipeline facilities are located. 
</P>
<P>(f) Operators of underground pipeline facilities participating in the one-call notification systems must be required to respond in the manner prescribed by § 192.614 (c)(4) through (c)(6) of this chapter to notices of intended excavation activity received from the operational center of a one-call notification system. 
</P>
<P>(g) Persons who operate one-call notification systems or operators of underground pipeline facilities participating or required to participate in the one-call notification systems must be required to notify the public and known excavators in the manner prescribed by § 192.614 (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this chapter of the availability and use of one-call notification systems to locate underground pipeline facilities. However, this paragraph does not apply to persons (including operator's master meters) whose primary activity does not include the production, transportation or marketing of gas or hazardous liquids.
</P>
<P>(h) Operators of underground pipeline facilities (other than operators of interstate transmission facilities as defined in the pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>), and interstate pipelines as defined in § 195.2 of this chapter), excavators and persons who operate one-call notification systems who violate the applicable requirements of this subpart must be subject to civil penalties and injunctive relief that are substantially the same as are provided under the pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 38691, Sept. 20, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 198-2, 61 FR 18518, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 198-6, 80 FR 188, Jan. 5, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.39" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.3.22.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.39   Qualifications for operation of one-call notification system.</HEAD>
<P>A one-call notification system qualifies to operate under this subpart if it complies with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) It is operated by one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A person who operates underground pipeline facilities or other underground facilities.
</P>
<P>(2) A private contractor.
</P>
<P>(3) A State or local government agency.
</P>
<P>(4) A person who is otherwise eligible under State law to operate a one-call notification system.
</P>
<P>(b) It receives and records information from excavators about intended excavation activities.
</P>
<P>(c) It promptly transmits to the appropriate operators of underground pipeline facilities the information received from excavators about intended excavation activities.
</P>
<P>(d) It maintains a record of each notice of intent to engage in an excavation activity for the minimum time set by the State or, in the absence of such time, for the time specified in the applicable State statute of limitations on tort actions.
</P>
<P>(e) It tells persons giving notice of an intent to engage in an excavation activity the names of participating operators of underground pipeline facilities to whom the notice will be transmitted.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—State Damage Prevention Enforcement Programs</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>80 FR 43868, July 23, 2015, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 198.51" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.4.22.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.51   What is the purpose and scope of this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>This subpart establishes standards for effective State damage prevention enforcement programs and prescribes the administrative procedures available to a State that elects to contest a notice of inadequacy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.53" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.4.22.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.53   When and how will PHMSA evaluate State damage prevention enforcement programs?</HEAD>
<P>PHMSA conducts annual program evaluations and certification reviews of State pipeline safety programs. PHMSA will also conduct annual reviews of State excavation damage prevention law enforcement programs. PHMSA will use the criteria described in § 198.55 as the basis for the enforcement program reviews, utilizing information obtained from any State agency or office with a role in the State's excavation damage prevention law enforcement program. If PHMSA finds a State's enforcement program inadequate, PHMSA may take immediate enforcement against excavators in that State. The State will have five years from the date of the finding to make program improvements that meet PHMSA's criteria for minimum adequacy. A State that fails to establish an adequate enforcement program in accordance with § 198.55 within five years of the finding of inadequacy may be subject to reduced grant funding established under 49 U.S.C. 60107. PHMSA will determine the amount of the reduction using the same process it uses to distribute the grant funding; PHMSA will factor the findings from the annual review of the excavation damage prevention enforcement program into the 49 U.S.C. 60107 grant funding distribution to State pipeline safety programs. The amount of the reduction in 49 U.S.C. 60107 grant funding will not exceed four percent (4%) of prior year funding (not cumulative). If a State fails to implement an adequate enforcement program within five years of a finding of inadequacy, the Governor of that State may petition the Administrator of PHMSA, in writing, for a temporary waiver of the penalty, provided the petition includes a clear plan of action and timeline for achieving program adequacy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.55" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.4.22.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.55   What criteria will PHMSA use in evaluating the effectiveness of State damage prevention enforcement programs?</HEAD>
<P>(a) PHMSA will use the following criteria to evaluate the effectiveness of a State excavation damage prevention enforcement program:
</P>
<P>(1) Does the State have the authority to enforce its State excavation damage prevention law using civil penalties and other appropriate sanctions for violations?
</P>
<P>(2) Has the State designated a State agency or other body as the authority responsible for enforcement of the State excavation damage prevention law?
</P>
<P>(3) Is the State assessing civil penalties and other appropriate sanctions for violations at levels sufficient to deter noncompliance and is the State making publicly available information that demonstrates the effectiveness of the State's enforcement program?
</P>
<P>(4) Does the enforcement authority (if one exists) have a reliable mechanism (e.g., mandatory reporting, complaint-driven reporting) for learning about excavation damage to underground facilities?
</P>
<P>(5) Does the State employ excavation damage investigation practices that are adequate to determine the responsible party or parties when excavation damage to underground facilities occurs?
</P>
<P>(6) At a minimum, do the State's excavation damage prevention requirements include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Excavators may not engage in excavation activity without first using an available one-call notification system to establish the location of underground facilities in the excavation area.
</P>
<P>(ii) Excavators may not engage in excavation activity in disregard of the marked location of a pipeline facility as established by a pipeline operator.
</P>
<P>(iii) An excavator who causes damage to a pipeline facility:
</P>
<P>(A) Must report the damage to the operator of the facility at the earliest practical moment following discovery of the damage; and
</P>
<P>(B) If the damage results in the escape of any PHMSA regulated natural and other gas or hazardous liquid, must promptly report to other appropriate authorities by calling the 911 emergency telephone number or another emergency telephone number.
</P>
<P>(7) Does the State limit exemptions for excavators from its excavation damage prevention law? A State must provide to PHMSA a written justification for any exemptions for excavators from State damage prevention requirements. PHMSA will make the written justifications available to the public.
</P>
<P>(b) PHMSA may consider individual enforcement actions taken by a State in evaluating the effectiveness of a State's damage prevention enforcement program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.57" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.4.22.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.57   What is the process PHMSA will use to notify a State that its damage prevention enforcement program appears to be inadequate?</HEAD>
<P>PHMSA will issue a notice of inadequacy to the State in accordance with 49 CFR 190.5. The notice will state the basis for PHMSA's determination that the State's damage prevention enforcement program appears inadequate for purposes of this subpart and set forth the State's response options.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.59" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.4.22.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.59   How may a State respond to a notice of inadequacy?</HEAD>
<P>A State receiving a notice of inadequacy will have 30 days from receipt of the notice to submit a written response to the PHMSA official who issued the notice. In its response, the State may include information and explanations concerning the alleged inadequacy or contest the allegation of inadequacy and request the notice be withdrawn.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.61" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.4.22.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.61   How is a State notified of PHMSA's final decision?</HEAD>
<P>PHMSA will issue a final decision on whether the State's damage prevention enforcement program has been found inadequate in accordance with 49 CFR 190.5.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 198.63" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.14.4.22.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 198.63   How may a State with an inadequate damage prevention enforcement program seek reconsideration by PHMSA?</HEAD>
<P>At any time following a finding of inadequacy, the State may petition PHMSA to reconsider such finding based on changed circumstances including improvements in the State's enforcement program. Upon receiving a petition, PHMSA will reconsider its finding of inadequacy promptly and will notify the State of its decision on reconsideration promptly but no later than the time of the next annual certification review.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="199" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 199—DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5103, 60102, 60104, 60108, 60117, and 60118; 49 CFR 1.53. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 47096, Nov. 21, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.1" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.1.22.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part requires operators of pipeline facilities subject to part 192, 193, or 195 of this chapter to test covered employees for the presence of prohibited drugs and alcohol.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47117, Sept. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.2" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.1.22.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to pipeline operators only with respect to employees located within the territory of the United States, including those employees located within the limits of the “Outer Continental Shelf “ as that term is defined in the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1331).
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to any person for whom compliance with this part would violate the domestic laws or policies of another country.
</P>
<P>(c) This part does not apply to covered functions performed on—
</P>
<P>(1) Master meter systems, as defined in § 191.3 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(2) Pipeline systems that transport only petroleum gas or petroleum gas/air mixtures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47117, Sept. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.3" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.1.22.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Accident</I> means an incident reportable under part 191 of this chapter involving gas pipeline facilities or LNG facilities, or an accident reportable under part 195 of this chapter involving hazardous liquid pipeline facilities. 
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Covered employee, employee, or individual to be tested</I> means a person who performs a covered function, including persons employed by operators, contractors engaged by operators, and persons employed by such contractors.
</P>
<P><I>Covered function</I> means an operations, maintenance, or emergency-response function regulated by part 192, 193, or 195 of this chapter that is performed on a pipeline or on an LNG facility.
</P>
<P><I>DOT Procedures</I> means the Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs published by the Office of the Secretary of Transportation in part 40 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Fail a drug test</I> means that the confirmation test result shows positive evidence of the presence under DOT Procedures of a prohibited drug in an employee's system. 
</P>
<P><I>Operator</I> means a person who owns or operates pipeline facilities subject to part 192, 193, or 195 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Pass a drug test</I> means that initial testing or confirmation testing under DOT Procedures does not show evidence of the presence of a prohibited drug in a person's system.
</P>
<P><I>Performs a covered function</I> includes actually performing, ready to perform, or immediately available to perform a covered function.
</P>
<P><I>Positive rate for random drug testing</I> means the number of verified positive results for random drug tests conducted under this part plus the number of refusals of random drug tests required by this part, divided by the total number of random drug tests results (<I>i.e.,</I> positives, negatives, and refusals) under this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Prohibited drug</I> means any of the substances specified in 49 CFR part 40.
</P>
<P><I>Refuse to submit, refuse, or refuse to take</I> means behavior consistent with DOT Procedures concerning refusal to take a drug test or refusal to take an alcohol test.
</P>
<P><I>State agency</I> means an agency of any of the several states, the District of Columbia, or Puerto Rico that participates under the pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>) 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 47096, Nov. 21, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 199-2, 54 FR 51850, Dec. 18, 1989; 59 FR 62227, Dec. 2, 1994; Amdt. 199-13, 61 FR 18518, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 199-15, 63 FR 13000, Mar. 17, 1998; Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47117, Sept. 11, 2001; 68 FR 11750, Mar. 12, 2003; 68 FR 75465, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 11140, Mar. 8, 2005; 84 FR 16775, Apr. 23, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.5" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.1.22.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.5   DOT procedures.</HEAD>
<P>The anti-drug and alcohol programs required by this part must be conducted according to the requirements of this part and DOT Procedures. Terms and concepts used in this part have the same meaning as in DOT Procedures. Violations of DOT Procedures with respect to anti-drug and alcohol programs required by this part are violations of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47118, Sept. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.7" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.1.22.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.7   Stand-down waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator who seeks a waiver under § 40.21 of this title from the stand-down restriction must submit an application for waiver in duplicate to the Associate Administrator for Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(b) Each application must—
</P>
<P>(1) Identify § 40.21 of this title as the rule from which the waiver is sought;
</P>
<P>(2) Explain why the waiver is requested and describe the employees to be covered by the waiver;
</P>
<P>(3) Contain the information required by § 40.21 of this title and any other information or arguments available to support the waiver requested; and
</P>
<P>(4) Unless good cause is shown in the application, be submitted at least 60 days before the proposed effective date of the waiver.
</P>
<P>(c) No public hearing or other proceeding is held directly on an application before its disposition under this section. If the Associate Administrator determines that the application contains adequate justification, he or she grants the waiver. If the Associate Administrator determines that the application does not justify granting the waiver, he or she denies the application. The Associate Administrator notifies each applicant of the decision to grant or deny an application.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47118, Sept. 11, 2001, as amended at 70 FR 11140, Mar. 8, 2005; 74 FR 2894, Jan. 16, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.9" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.1.22.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.9   Preemption of State and local laws.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part preempts any State or local law, rule, regulation, or order to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(1) Compliance with both the State or local requirement and this part is not possible;
</P>
<P>(2) Compliance with the State or local requirement is an obstacle to the accomplishment and execution of any requirement in this part; or
</P>
<P>(3) The State or local requirement is a pipeline safety standard applicable to interstate pipeline facilities.
</P>
<P>(b) This part shall not be construed to preempt provisions of State criminal law that impose sanctions for reckless conduct leading to actual loss of life, injury, or damage to property, whether the provisions apply specifically to transportation employees or employers or to the general public.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 199-9, 59 FR 7430, Feb. 15, 1994. Redesignated and amended by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47119, Sept. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Drug Testing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.100" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.2.22.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.100   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this subpart is to establish programs designed to help prevent accidents and injuries resulting from the use of prohibited drugs by employees who perform covered functions for operators of certain pipeline facilities subject to part 192, 193, or 195 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47118, Sept. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.101" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.2.22.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.101   Anti-drug plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall maintain and follow a written anti-drug plan that conforms to the requirements of this part and the DOT Procedures. The plan must contain—
</P>
<P>(1) Methods and procedures for compliance with all the requirements of this part, including the employee assistance program;
</P>
<P>(2) The name and address of each laboratory that analyzes the specimens collected for drug testing;
</P>
<P>(3) The name and address of the operator's Medical Review Officer, and Substance Abuse Professional; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Procedures for notifying employees of the coverage and provisions of the plan.
</P>
<P>(b) The Associate Administrator or the State Agency that has submitted a current certification under the pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 60101 <I>et seq.</I>) with respect to the pipeline facility governed by an operator's plans and procedures may, after notice and opportunity for hearing as provided in 49 CFR 190.206 or the relevant State procedures, require the operator to amend its plans and procedures as necessary to provide a reasonable level of safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 47096, Nov. 21, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 199-2, 54 FR 51850, Dec. 18, 1989; Amdt. 199-4, 56 FR 31091, July 9, 1991; 56 FR 41077, Aug. 19, 1991; Amdt. 199-13, 61 FR 18518, Apr. 26, 1996; Amdt. 199-15, 63 FR 36863, July 8, 1998. Redesignated by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47118, Sept. 11, 2001; Amdt. 199-25, 78 FR 58915, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.103" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.2.22.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.103   Use of persons who fail or refuse a drug test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An operator may not knowingly use as an employee any person who—
</P>
<P>(1) Fails a drug test required by this part and the medical review officer makes a determination under DOT Procedures; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Refuses to take a drug test required by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a)(1) of this section does not apply to a person who has—
</P>
<P>(1) Passed a drug test under DOT Procedures;
</P>
<P>(2) Been considered by the medical review officer in accordance with DOT Procedures and been determined by a substance abuse professional to have successfully completed required education or treatment; and
</P>
<P>(3) Not failed a drug test required by this part after returning to duty.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 47096, Nov. 21, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 199-2, 54 FR 51850, Dec. 18, 1989. Redesignated and amended by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47118, Sept. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.105" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.2.22.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.105   Drug tests required.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall conduct the following drug tests for the presence of a prohibited drug:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Pre-employment testing.</I> No operator may hire or contract for the use of any person as an employee unless that person passes a drug test or is covered by an anti-drug program that conforms to the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Post-accident testing.</I> (1) As soon as possible but no later than 32 hours after an accident, an operator must drug test each surviving covered employee whose performance of a covered function either contributed to the accident or cannot be completely discounted as a contributing factor to the accident. An operator may decide not to test under this paragraph but such a decision must be based on specific information that the covered employee's performance had no role in the cause(s) or severity of the accident.
</P>
<P>(2) If a test required by this section is not administered within the 32 hours following the accident, the operator must prepare and maintain its decision stating the reasons why the test was not promptly administered. If a test required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section is not administered within 32 hours following the accident, the operator must cease attempts to administer a drug test and must state in the record the reasons for not administering the test.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Random testing.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(2) through (4) of this section, the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing shall be 50 percent of covered employees. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Administrator's decision to increase or decrease the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing is based on the reported positive rate for the entire industry. All information used for this determination is drawn from the drug MIS reports required by this subpart. In order to ensure reliability of the data, the Administrator considers the quality and completeness of the reported data, may obtain additional information or reports from operators, and may make appropriate modifications in calculating the industry positive rate. Each year, the Administrator will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing of covered employees. The new minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing will be applicable starting January 1 of the calendar year following publication. 
</P>
<P>(3) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing is 50 percent, the Administrator may lower this rate to 25 percent of all covered employees if the Administrator determines that the data received under the reporting requirements of § 199.119 for two consecutive calendar years indicate that the reported positive rate is less than 1.0 percent. 
</P>
<P>(4) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing is 25 percent, and the data received under the reporting requirements of § 199.119 for any calendar year indicate that the reported positive rate is equal to or greater than 1.0 percent, the Administrator will increase the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing to 50 percent of all covered employees. 
</P>
<P>(5) The selection of employees for random drug testing shall be made by a scientifically valid method, such as a random number table or a computer-based random number generator that is matched with employees' Social Security numbers, payroll identification numbers, or other comparable identifying numbers. Under the selection process used, each covered employee shall have an equal chance of being tested each time selections are made. 
</P>
<P>(6) The operator shall randomly select a sufficient number of covered employees for testing during each calendar year to equal an annual rate not less than the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing determined by the Administrator. If the operator conducts random drug testing through a consortium, the number of employees to be tested may be calculated for each individual operator or may be based on the total number of covered employees covered by the consortium who are subject to random drug testing at the same minimum annual percentage rate under this subpart or any DOT drug testing rule. 
</P>
<P>(7) Each operator shall ensure that random drug tests conducted under this subpart are unannounced and that the dates for administering random tests are spread reasonably throughout the calendar year. 
</P>
<P>(8) If a given covered employee is subject to random drug testing under the drug testing rules of more than one DOT agency for the same operator, the employee shall be subject to random drug testing at the percentage rate established for the calendar year by the DOT agency regulating more than 50 percent of the employee's function. 
</P>
<P>(9) If an operator is required to conduct random drug testing under the drug testing rules of more than one DOT agency, the operator may—
</P>
<P>(i) Establish separate pools for random selection, with each pool containing the covered employees who are subject to testing at the same required rate; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Randomly select such employees for testing at the highest percentage rate established for the calendar year by any DOT agency to which the operator is subject. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Testing based on reasonable cause.</I> Each operator shall drug test each employee when there is reasonable cause to believe the employee is using a prohibited drug. The decision to test must be based on a reasonable and articulable belief that the employee is using a prohibited drug on the basis of specific, contemporaneous physical, behavioral, or performance indicators of probable drug use. At least two of the employee's supervisors, one of whom is trained in detection of the possible symptoms of drug use, shall substantiate and concur in the decision to test an employee. The concurrence between the two supervisors may be by telephone. However, in the case of operators with 50 or fewer employees subject to testing under this part, only one supervisor of the employee trained in detecting possible drug use symptoms shall substantiate the decision to test. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Return-to-duty testing.</I> A covered employee who refuses to take or has a positive drug test may not return to duty in the covered function until the covered employee has complied with applicable provisions of DOT Procedures concerning substance abuse professionals and the return-to-duty process.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Follow-up testing.</I> A covered employee who refuses to take or has a positive drug test shall be subject to unannounced follow-up drug tests administered by the operator following the covered employee's return to duty. The number and frequency of such follow-up testing shall be determined by a substance abuse professional, but shall consist of at least six tests in the first 12 months following the covered employee's return to duty. In addition, follow-up testing may include testing for alcohol as directed by the substance abuse professional, to be performed in accordance with 49 CFR part 40. Follow-up testing shall not exceed 60 months from the date of the covered employee's return to duty. The substance abuse professional may terminate the requirement for follow-up testing at any time after the first six tests have been administered, if the substance abuse professional determines that such testing is no longer necessary. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 47096, Nov. 21, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 199-2, 54 FR 51850, Dec. 18, 1989; 59 FR 62227, Dec. 2, 1994; Amdt. 199-15, 63 FR 13000, Mar. 17, 1998; Amdt. 199-15, 63 FR 36863, July 8, 1998. Redesignated and amended by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47118, Sept. 11, 2001; Amdt. 199-27, 82 FR 8001, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.107" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.2.22.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.107   Drug testing laboratory.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall use for the drug testing required by this part only drug testing laboratories certified by the Department of Health and Human Services under the DOT Procedures.
</P>
<P>(b) The drug testing laboratory must permit—
</P>
<P>(1) Inspections by the operator before the laboratory is awarded a testing contract; and
</P>
<P>(2) Unannounced inspections, including examination of records, at any time, by the operator, the Administrator, and if the operator is subject to state agency jurisdiction, a representative of that state agency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 47096, Nov. 21, 1988. Redesignated by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47118, Sept. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.109" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.2.22.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.109   Review of drug testing results.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>MRO appointment.</I> Each operator shall designate or appoint a medical review officer (MRO). If an operator does not have a qualified individual on staff to serve as MRO, the operator may contract for the provision of MRO services as part of its anti-drug program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>MRO qualifications.</I> Each MRO must be a licensed physician who has the qualifications required by DOT Procedures.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>MRO duties.</I> The MRO must perform functions for the operator as required by DOT Procedures.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>MRO reports.</I> The MRO must report all drug test results to the operator in accordance with DOT Procedures.
</P>
<P>(e) Evaluation and rehabilitation may be provided by the operator, by a substance abuse professional under contract with the operator, or by a substance abuse professional not affiliated with the operator. The choice of substance abuse professional and assignment of costs shall be made in accordance with the operator/employee agreements and operator/employee policies.
</P>
<P>(f) The operator shall ensure that a substance abuse professional, who determines that a covered employee requires assistance in resolving problems with drug abuse, does not refer the covered employee to the substance abuse professional's private practice or to a person or organization from which the substance abuse professional receives remuneration or in which the substance abuse professional has a financial interest. This paragraph does not prohibit a substance abuse professional from referring a covered employee for assistance provided through:
</P>
<P>(1) A public agency, such as a State, county, or municipality;
</P>
<P>(2) The operator or a person under contract to provide treatment for drug problems on behalf of the operator;
</P>
<P>(3) The sole source of therapeutically appropriate treatment under the employee's health insurance program; or 
</P>
<P>(4) The sole source of therapeutically appropriate treatment reasonably accessible to the employee. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 47096, Nov. 21, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 199-2, 54 FR 51850, Dec. 18, 1989; Amdt. 199-15, 63 FR 13000, Mar. 17, 1998; Amdt. 199-15, 63 FR 36863, July 8, 1998. Redesignated and amended by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47118, Sept. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.111" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.2.22.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.111   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.113" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.2.22.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.113   Employee assistance program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall provide an employee assistance program (EAP) for its employees and supervisory personnel who will determine whether an employee must be drug tested based on reasonable cause. The operator may establish the EAP as a part of its internal personnel services or the operator may contract with an entity that provides EAP services. Each EAP must include education and training on drug use. At the discretion of the operator, the EAP may include an opportunity for employee rehabilitation.
</P>
<P>(b) Education under each EAP must include at least the following elements: display and distribution of informational material; display and distribution of a community service hot-line telephone number for employee assistance; and display and distribution of the employer's policy regarding the use of prohibited drugs.
</P>
<P>(c) Training under each EAP for supervisory personnel who will determine whether an employee must be drug tested based on reasonable cause must include one 60-minute period of training on the specific, contemporaneous physical, behavioral, and performance indicators of probable drug use. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 47096, Nov. 21, 1988. Redesignated by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47118, Sept. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.115" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.2.22.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.115   Contractor employees.</HEAD>
<P>With respect to those employees who are contractors or employed by a contractor, an operator may provide by contract that the drug testing, education, and training required by this part be carried out by the contractor provided:
</P>
<P>(a) The operator remains responsible for ensuring that the requirements of this part are complied with; and
</P>
<P>(b) The contractor allows access to property and records by the operator, the Administrator, and if the operator is subject to the jurisdiction of a state agency, a representative of the state agency for the purpose of monitoring the operator's compliance with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 47096, Nov. 21, 1988. Redesignated by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47118, Sept. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.117" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.2.22.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.117   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator shall keep the following records for the periods specified and permit access to the records as provided by paragraph (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Records that demonstrate the collection process conforms to this part must be kept for at least 3 years.
</P>
<P>(2) Records of employee drug test that indicate a verified positive result, records that demonstrate compliance with the recommendations of a substance abuse professional, and MIS annual report data shall be maintained for a minimum of five years. 
</P>
<P>(3) Records of employee drug test results that show employees passed a drug test must be kept for at least 1 year.
</P>
<P>(4) Records confirming that supervisors and employees have been trained as required by this part must be kept for at least 3 years. 
</P>
<P>(5) Records of decisions not to administer post-accident employee drug tests must be kept for at least 3 years.
</P>
<P>(b) Information regarding an individual's drug testing results or rehabilitation must be released upon the written consent of the individual and as provided by DOT Procedures. Statistical data related to drug testing and rehabilitation that is not name-specific and training records must be made available to the Administrator or the representative of a state agency upon request. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 47096, Nov. 21, 1988, as amended at 58 FR 68260, Dec. 23, 1993. Redesignated and amended by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47119, Sept. 11, 2001; 68 FR 75465, Dec. 31, 2003; Amdt. 199-27, 82 FR 8001, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.119" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.2.22.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.119   Reporting of anti-drug testing results.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each large operator (having more than 50 covered employees) must submit an annual Management Information System (MIS) report to PHMSA of its anti-drug testing using the MIS form and instructions as required by 49 CFR part 40 (at § 40.26 and appendix H to part 40), not later than March 15 of each year for the prior calendar year (January 1 through December 31). The Administrator may require by notice in the PHMSA Portal (<I>https://portal.phmsa.dot.gov/phmsaportallanding</I>) that small operators (50 or fewer covered employees), not otherwise required to submit annual MIS reports, to prepare and submit such reports to PHMSA.
</P>
<P>(b) Each report required under this section must be submitted electronically at <I>http://damis.dot.gov.</I> An operator may obtain the user name and password needed for electronic reporting from the PHMSA Portal (<I>https://portal.phmsa.dot.gov/phmsaportallanding</I>). If electronic reporting imposes an undue burden and hardship, the operator may submit a written request for an alternative reporting method to the Information Resources Manager, Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. The request must describe the undue burden and hardship. PHMSA will review the request and may authorize, in writing, an alternative reporting method. An authorization will state the period for which it is valid, which may be indefinite. An operator must contact PHMSA at 202-366-8075, or electronically to <I>informationresourcesmanager@dot.gov</I> to make arrangements for submitting a report that is due after a request for alternative reporting is submitted but before an authorization or denial is received.
</P>
<P>(c) To calculate the total number of covered employees eligible for random testing throughout the year, as an operator, you must add the total number of covered employees eligible for testing during each random testing period for the year and divide that total by the number of random testing periods. Covered employees, and only covered employees, are to be in an employer's random testing pool, and all covered employees must be in the random pool. If you are an employer conducting random testing more often than once per month (e.g., you select daily, weekly, bi-weekly), you do not need to compute this total number of covered employees rate more than on a once per month basis. 
</P>
<P>(d) As an employer, you may use a service agent (e.g., C/TPA) to perform random selections for you; and your covered employees may be part of a larger random testing pool of covered employees. However, you must ensure that the service agent you use is testing at the appropriate percentage established for your industry and that only covered employees are in the random testing pool. 
</P>
<P>(e) Each operator that has a covered employee who performs multi-DOT agency functions (e.g., an employee performs pipeline maintenance duties and drives a commercial motor vehicle), count the employee only on the MIS report for the DOT agency under which he or she is randomly tested. Normally, this will be the DOT agency under which the employee performs more than 50% of his or her duties. Operators may have to explain the testing data for these employees in the event of a DOT agency inspection or audit. 
</P>
<P>(f) A service agent (e.g., Consortia/Third Party Administrator as defined in 49 CFR part 40) may prepare the MIS report on behalf of an operator. However, each report shall be certified by the operator's anti-drug manager or designated representative for accuracy and completeness.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 75465, Dec. 31, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 199-20, 69 FR 32898, June 14, 2004; 70 FR 11140, Mar. 8, 2005; 73 FR 16571, Mar. 28, 2008; Amdt. 199-27, 82 FR 8001, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>Amdt. 199-9, 59 FR 7430, Feb. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47118, Sept. 11, 2001.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 199.200" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.200   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this subpart is to establish programs designed to help prevent accidents and injuries resulting from the misuse of alcohol by employees who perform covered functions for operators of certain pipeline facilities subject to parts 192, 193, or 195 of this chapter. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.201" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.201   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.202" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.202   Alcohol misuse plan.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator must maintain and follow a written alcohol misuse plan that conforms to the requirements of this part and DOT Procedures concerning alcohol testing programs. The plan shall contain methods and procedures for compliance with all the requirements of this subpart, including required testing, recordkeeping, reporting, education and training elements. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 199-9, 59 FR 7430, Feb. 15, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47119, Sept. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 199.203-199.205" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 199.203-199.205   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.209" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.209   Other requirements imposed by operators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as expressly provided in this subpart, nothing in this subpart shall be construed to affect the authority of operators, or the rights of employees, with respect to the use or possession of alcohol, including authority and rights with respect to alcohol testing and rehabilitation.
</P>
<P>(b) Operators may, but are not required to, conduct pre-employment alcohol testing under this subpart. Each operator that conducts pre-employment alcohol testing must—
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct a pre-employment alcohol test before the first performance of covered functions by every covered employee (whether a new employee or someone who has transferred to a position involving the performance of covered functions);
</P>
<P>(2) Treat all covered employees the same for the purpose of pre-employment alcohol testing (<I>i.e.</I>, you must not test some covered employees and not others);
</P>
<P>(3) Conduct the pre-employment tests after making a contingent offer of employment or transfer, subject to the employee passing the pre-employment alcohol test;
</P>
<P>(4) Conduct all pre-employment alcohol tests using the alcohol testing procedures in DOT Procedures; and
</P>
<P>(5) Not allow any covered employee to begin performing covered functions unless the result of the employee's test indicates an alcohol concentration of less than 0.04.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 199-9, 59 FR 7430, Feb. 15, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47119, Sept. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.211" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.211   Requirement for notice.</HEAD>
<P>Before performing an alcohol test under this subpart, each operator shall notify a covered employee that the alcohol test is required by this subpart. No operator shall falsely represent that a test is administered under this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.213" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.213   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.215" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.215   Alcohol concentration.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall prohibit a covered employee from reporting for duty or remaining on duty requiring the performance of covered functions while having an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater. No operator having actual knowledge that a covered employee has an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater shall permit the employee to perform or continue to perform covered functions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.217" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.217   On-duty use.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall prohibit a covered employee from using alcohol while performing covered functions. No operator having actual knowledge that a covered employee is using alcohol while performing covered functions shall permit the employee to perform or continue to perform covered functions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.219" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.219   Pre-duty use.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall prohibit a covered employee from using alcohol within four hours prior to performing covered functions, or, if an employee is called to duty to respond to an emergency, within the time period after the employee has been notified to report for duty. No operator having actual knowledge that a covered employee has used alcohol within four hours prior to performing covered functions or within the time period after the employee has been notified to report for duty shall permit that covered employee to perform or continue to perform covered functions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.221" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.221   Use following an accident.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall prohibit a covered employee who has actual knowledge of an accident in which his or her performance of covered functions has not been discounted by the operator as a contributing factor to the accident from using alcohol for eight hours following the accident, unless he or she has been given a post-accident test under § 199.225(a), or the operator has determined that the employee's performance could not have contributed to the accident.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.223" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.223   Refusal to submit to a required alcohol test.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall require a covered employee to submit to a post-accident alcohol test required under § 199.225(a), a reasonable suspicion alcohol test required under § 199.225(b), or a follow-up alcohol test required under § 199.225(d). No operator shall permit an employee who refuses to submit to such a test to perform or continue to perform covered functions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.225" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.225   Alcohol tests required.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator must conduct the following types of alcohol tests for the presence of alcohol:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Post-accident.</I> (1) As soon as practicable following an accident, each operator must test each surviving covered employee for alcohol if that employee's performance of a covered function either contributed to the accident or cannot be completely discounted as a contributing factor to the accident. The decision not to administer a test under this section must be based on specific information that the covered employee's performance had no role in the cause(s) or severity of the accident.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) If a test required by this section is not administered within 2 hours following the accident, the operator shall prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the test was not promptly administered. If a test required by paragraph (a) is not administered within 8 hours following the accident, the operator shall cease attempts to administer an alcohol test and shall state in the record the reasons for not administering the test. 
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) A covered employee who is subject to post-accident testing who fails to remain readily available for such testing, including notifying the operator or operator representative of his/her location if he/she leaves the scene of the accident prior to submission to such test, may be deemed by the operator to have refused to submit to testing. Nothing in this section shall be construed to require the delay of necessary medical attention for injured people following an accident or to prohibit a covered employee from leaving the scene of an accident for the period necessary to obtain assistance in responding to the accident or to obtain necessary emergency medical care. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reasonable suspicion testing.</I> (1) Each operator shall require a covered employee to submit to an alcohol test when the operator has reasonable suspicion to believe that the employee has violated the prohibitions in this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(2) The operator's determination that reasonable suspicion exists to require the covered employee to undergo an alcohol test shall be based on specific, contemporaneous, articulable observations concerning the appearance, behavior, speech, or body odors of the employee. The required observations shall be made by a supervisor who is trained in detecting the symptoms of alcohol misuse. The supervisor who makes the determination that reasonable suspicion exists shall not conduct the breath alcohol test on that employee. 
</P>
<P>(3) Alcohol testing is authorized by this section only if the observations required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section are made during, just preceding, or just after the period of the work day that the employee is required to be in compliance with this subpart. A covered employee may be directed by the operator to undergo reasonable suspicion testing for alcohol only while the employee is performing covered functions; just before the employee is to perform covered functions; or just after the employee has ceased performing covered functions. 
</P>
<P>(4)(i) If a test required by this section is not administered within 2 hours following the determination under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the operator shall prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the test was not promptly administered. If a test required by this section is not administered within 8 hours following the determination under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the operator shall cease attempts to administer an alcohol test and shall state in the record the reasons for not administering the test. Records shall be submitted to PHMSA upon request of the Administrator. 
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(iii) Notwithstanding the absence of a reasonable suspicion alcohol test under this section, an operator shall not permit a covered employee to report for duty or remain on duty requiring the performance of covered functions while the employee is under the influence of or impaired by alcohol, as shown by the behavioral, speech, or performance indicators of alcohol misuse, nor shall an operator permit the covered employee to perform or continue to perform covered functions, until: 
</P>
<P>(A) An alcohol test is administered and the employee's alcohol concentration measures less than 0.02; or 
</P>
<P>(B) The start of the employee's next regularly scheduled duty period, but not less than 8 hours following the determination under paragraph (b)(2) of this section that there is reasonable suspicion to believe that the employee has violated the prohibitions in this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(ii), no operator shall take any action under this subpart against a covered employee based solely on the employee's behavior and appearance in the absence of an alcohol test. This does not prohibit an operator with the authority independent of this subpart from taking any action otherwise consistent with law. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Return-to-duty testing.</I> Each operator shall ensure that before a covered employee returns to duty requiring the performance of a covered function after engaging in conduct prohibited by §§ 199.215 through 199.223, the employee shall undergo a return-to-duty alcohol test with a result indicating an alcohol concentration of less than 0.02. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Follow-up testing.</I> (1) Following a determination under § 199.243(b) that a covered employee is in need of assistance in resolving problems associated with alcohol misuse, each operator shall ensure that the employee is subject to unannounced follow-up alcohol testing as directed by a substance abuse professional in accordance with the provisions of § 199.243(c)(2)(ii). 
</P>
<P>(2) Follow-up testing shall be conducted when the covered employee is performing covered functions; just before the employee is to perform covered functions; or just after the employee has ceased performing such functions. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Retesting of covered employees with an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04.</I> Each operator shall retest a covered employee to ensure compliance with the provisions of § 199.237, if an operator chooses to permit the employee to perform a covered function within 8 hours following the administration of an alcohol test indicating an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 199-9, 59 FR 7430, Feb. 15, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 62239, 62246, Dec. 2, 1994; Redesignated by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47119, Sept. 11, 2001; 70 FR 11140, March 8, 2005; Amdt. 199-27, 82 FR 8001, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.227" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.227   Retention of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirement.</I> Each operator shall maintain records of its alcohol misuse prevention program as provided in this section. The records shall be maintained in a secure location with controlled access. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Period of retention.</I> Each operator shall maintain the records in accordance with the following schedule: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Five years.</I> Records of employee alcohol test results with results indicating an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater, documentation of refusals to take required alcohol tests, calibration documentation, employee evaluation and referrals, and MIS annual report data shall be maintained for a minimum of five years. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Two years.</I> Records related to the collection process (except calibration of evidential breath testing devices), and training shall be maintained for a minimum of two years. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>One year.</I> Records of all test results below 0.02 (as defined in 49 CFR part 40) shall be maintained for a minimum of one year. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Three years.</I> Records of decisions not to administer post-accident employee alcohol tests must be kept for a minimum of three years.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Types of records.</I> The following specific records shall be maintained: 
</P>
<P>(1) Records related to the collection process: 
</P>
<P>(i) Collection log books, if used. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Calibration documentation for evidential breath testing devices. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Documentation of breath alcohol technician training. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Documents generated in connection with decisions to administer reasonable suspicion alcohol tests. 
</P>
<P>(v) Documents generated in connection with decisions on post- accident tests. 
</P>
<P>(vi) Documents verifying existence of a medical explanation of the inability of a covered employee to provide adequate breath for testing. 
</P>
<P>(2) Records related to test results: 
</P>
<P>(i) The operator's copy of the alcohol test form, including the results of the test. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Documents related to the refusal of any covered employee to submit to an alcohol test required by this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Documents presented by a covered employee to dispute the result of an alcohol test administered under this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(3) Records related to other violations of this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(4) Records related to evaluations: 
</P>
<P>(i) Records pertaining to a determination by a substance abuse professional concerning a covered employee's need for assistance. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Records concerning a covered employee's compliance with the recommendations of the substance abuse professional. 
</P>
<P>(5) Record(s) related to the operator's MIS annual testing data. 
</P>
<P>(6) Records related to education and training: 
</P>
<P>(i) Materials on alcohol misuse awareness, including a copy of the operator's policy on alcohol misuse. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Documentation of compliance with the requirements of § 199.231. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Documentation of training provided to supervisors for the purpose of qualifying the supervisors to make a determination concerning the need for alcohol testing based on reasonable suspicion. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Certification that any training conducted under this subpart complies with the requirements for such training. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 199-9, 59 FR 7430, Feb. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47118, Sept. 11, 2001, as amended by Amdt. 199-27, 82 FR 8001, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.229" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.229   Reporting of alcohol testing results.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each large operator (having more than 50 covered employees) must submit an annual MIS report to PHMSA of its alcohol testing results using the MIS form and instructions as required by 49 CFR part 40 (at § 40.26 and appendix H to part 40), not later than March 15 of each year for the prior calendar year (January 1 through December 31). The Administrator may require by notice in the PHMSA Portal (<I>https://portal.phmsa.dot.gov/phmsaportallanding</I>) that small operators (50 or fewer covered employees), not otherwise required to submit annual MIS reports, to prepare and submit such reports to PHMSA.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator that has a covered employee who performs multi-DOT agency functions (e.g., an employee performs pipeline maintenance duties and drives a commercial motor vehicle), count the employee only on the MIS report for the DOT agency under which he or she is tested. Normally, this will be the DOT agency under which the employee performs more than 50% of his or her duties. Operators may have to explain the testing data for these employees in the event of a DOT agency inspection or audit. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each report required under this section must be submitted electronically at <I>http://damis.dot.gov.</I> An operator may obtain the user name and password needed for electronic reporting from the PHMSA Portal (<I>https://portal.phmsa.dot.gov/phmsaportallanding</I>). If electronic reporting imposes an undue burden and hardship, the operator may submit a written request for an alternative reporting method to the Information Resources Manager, Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. The request must describe the undue burden and hardship. PHMSA will review the request and may authorize, in writing, an alternative reporting method. An authorization will state the period for which it is valid, which may be indefinite. An operator must contact PHMSA at 202-366-8075, or electronically to <I>informationresourcesmanager@dot.gov</I> to make arrangements for submitting a report that is due after a request for alternative reporting is submitted but before an authorization or denial is received.
</P>
<P>(d) A service agent (e.g., Consortia/Third Party Administrator as defined in part 40) may prepare the MIS report on behalf of an operator. However, each report shall be certified by the operator's anti-drug manager or designated representative for accuracy and completeness.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 75466, Dec. 31, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 199-20, 69 FR 32898, June 14, 2004; 70 FR 11140, Mar. 8, 2005; 73 FR 16571, Mar. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2895, Jan. 16, 2009; Amdt. 199-27, 82 FR 8001, Jan. 23, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.231" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.231   Access to facilities and records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as required by law or expressly authorized or required in this subpart, no employer shall release covered employee information that is contained in records required to be maintained in § 199.227. 
</P>
<P>(b) A covered employee is entitled, upon written request, to obtain copies of any records pertaining to the employee's use of alcohol, including any records pertaining to his or her alcohol tests. The operator shall promptly provide the records requested by the employee. Access to an employee's records shall not be contingent upon payment for records other than those specifically requested. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each operator shall permit access to all facilities utilized in complying with the requirements of this subpart to the Secretary of Transportation, any DOT agency, or a representative of a state agency with regulatory authority over the operator. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each operator shall make available copies of all results for employer alcohol testing conducted under this subpart and any other information pertaining to the operator's alcohol misuse prevention program, when requested by the Secretary of Transportation, any DOT agency with regulatory authority over the operator, or a representative of a state agency with regulatory authority over the operator. The information shall include name-specific alcohol test results, records, and reports. 
</P>
<P>(e) When requested by the National Transportation Safety Board as part of an accident investigation, an operator shall disclose information related to the operator's administration of any post- accident alcohol tests administered following the accident under investigation. 
</P>
<P>(f) An operator shall make records available to a subsequent employer upon receipt of the written request from the covered employee. Disclosure by the subsequent employer is permitted only as expressly authorized by the terms of the employee's written request.
</P>
<P>(g) An operator may disclose information without employee consent as provided by DOT Procedures concerning certain legal proceedings.
</P>
<P>(h) An operator shall release information regarding a covered employee's records as directed by the specific, written consent of the employee authorizing release of the information to an identified person. Release of such information by the person receiving the information is permitted only in accordance with the terms of the employee's consent. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[Amdt. 199-9, 59 FR 7430, Feb. 15, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 199-19, 66 FR 47119, Sept. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.233" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.233   Removal from covered function.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in §§ 199.239 through 199.243, no operator shall permit any covered employee to perform covered functions if the employee has engaged in conduct prohibited by §§ 199.215 through 199.223 or an alcohol misuse rule of another DOT agency. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.235" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.235   Required evaluation and testing.</HEAD>
<P>No operator shall permit a covered employee who has engaged in conduct prohibited by §§ 199.215 through 199.223 to perform covered functions unless the employee has met the requirements of § 199.243. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.237" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.237   Other alcohol-related conduct.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No operator shall permit a covered employee tested under the provisions of § 199.225, who is found to have an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04, to perform or continue to perform covered functions, until: 
</P>
<P>(1) The employee's alcohol concentration measures less than 0.02 in accordance with a test administered under § 199.225(e); or 
</P>
<P>(2) The start of the employee's next regularly scheduled duty period, but not less than eight hours following administration of the test. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, no operator shall take any action under this subpart against an employee based solely on test results showing an alcohol concentration less than 0.04. This does not prohibit an operator with authority independent of this subpart from taking any action otherwise consistent with law. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.239" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.239   Operator obligation to promulgate a policy on the misuse of alcohol.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> Each operator shall provide educational materials that explain these alcohol misuse requirements and the operator's policies and procedures with respect to meeting those requirements. 
</P>
<P>(1) The operator shall ensure that a copy of these materials is distributed to each covered employee prior to start of alcohol testing under this subpart, and to each person subsequently hired for or transferred to a covered position. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each operator shall provide written notice to representatives of employee organizations of the availability of this information. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required content.</I> The materials to be made available to covered employees shall include detailed discussion of at least the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The identity of the person designated by the operator to answer covered employee questions about the materials. 
</P>
<P>(2) The categories of employees who are subject to the provisions of this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(3) Sufficient information about the covered functions performed by those employees to make clear what period of the work day the covered employee is required to be in compliance with this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(4) Specific information concerning covered employee conduct that is prohibited by this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(5) The circumstances under which a covered employee will be tested for alcohol under this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(6) The procedures that will be used to test for the presence of alcohol, protect the covered employee and the integrity of the breath testing process, safeguard the validity of the test results, and ensure that those results are attributed to the correct employee. 
</P>
<P>(7) The requirement that a covered employee submit to alcohol tests administered in accordance with this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(8) An explanation of what constitutes a refusal to submit to an alcohol test and the attendant consequences. 
</P>
<P>(9) The consequences for covered employees found to have violated the prohibitions under this subpart, including the requirement that the employee be removed immediately from covered functions, and the procedures under § 199.243. 
</P>
<P>(10) The consequences for covered employees found to have an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04. 
</P>
<P>(11) Information concerning the effects of alcohol misuse on an individual's health, work, and personal life; signs and symptoms of an alcohol problem (the employee's or a coworker's); and including intervening evaluating and resolving problems associated with the misuse of alcohol including intervening when an alcohol problem is suspected, confrontation, referral to any available EAP, and/or referral to management. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Optional provisions.</I> The materials supplied to covered employees may also include information on additional operator policies with respect to the use or possession of alcohol, including any consequences for an employee found to have a specified alcohol level, that are based on the operator's authority independent of this subpart. Any such additional policies or consequences shall be clearly described as being based on independent authority. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.241" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.241   Training for supervisors.</HEAD>
<P>Each operator shall ensure that persons designated to determine whether reasonable suspicion exists to require a covered employee to undergo alcohol testing under § 199.225(b) receive at least 60 minutes of training on the physical, behavioral, speech, and performance indicators of probable alcohol misuse. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.243" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.243   Referral, evaluation, and treatment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each covered employee who has engaged in conduct prohibited by §§ 199.215 through 199.223 of this subpart shall be advised of the resources available to the covered employee in evaluating and resolving problems associated with the misuse of alcohol, including the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of substance abuse professionals and counseling and treatment programs. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each covered employee who engages in conduct prohibited under §§ 199.215 through 199.223 shall be evaluated by a substance abuse professional who shall determine what assistance, if any, the employee needs in resolving problems associated with alcohol misuse. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Before a covered employee returns to duty requiring the performance of a covered function after engaging in conduct prohibited by §§ 199.215 through 199.223 of this subpart, the employee shall undergo a return-to-duty alcohol test with a result indicating an alcohol concentration of less than 0.02. 
</P>
<P>(2) In addition, each covered employee identified as needing assistance in resolving problems associated with alcohol misuse— 
</P>
<P>(i) Shall be evaluated by a substance abuse professional to determine that the employee has properly followed any rehabilitation program prescribed under paragraph (b) of this section, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall be subject to unannounced follow-up alcohol tests administered by the operator following the employee's return to duty. The number and frequency of such follow-up testing shall be determined by a substance abuse professional, but shall consist of at least six tests in the first 12 months following the employee's return to duty. In addition, follow-up testing may include testing for drugs, as directed by the substance abuse professional, to be performed in accordance with 49 CFR part 40. Follow-up testing shall not exceed 60 months from the date of the employee's return to duty. The substance abuse professional may terminate the requirement for follow-up testing at any time after the first six tests have been administered, if the substance abuse professional determines that such testing is no longer necessary. 
</P>
<P>(d) Evaluation and rehabilitation may be provided by the operator, by a substance abuse professional under contract with the operator, or by a substance abuse professional not affiliated with the operator. The choice of substance abuse professional and assignment of costs shall be made in accordance with the operator/employee agreements and operator/employee policies. 
</P>
<P>(e) The operator shall ensure that a substance abuse professional who determines that a covered employee requires assistance in resolving problems with alcohol misuse does not refer the employee to the substance abuse professional's private practice or to a person or organization from which the substance abuse professional receives remuneration or in which the substance abuse professional has a financial interest. This paragraph does not prohibit a substance abuse professional from referring an employee for assistance provided through— 
</P>
<P>(1) A public agency, such as a State, county, or municipality; 
</P>
<P>(2) The operator or a person under contract to provide treatment for alcohol problems on behalf of the operator; 
</P>
<P>(3) The sole source of therapeutically appropriate treatment under the employee's health insurance program; or 
</P>
<P>(4) The sole source of therapeutically appropriate treatment reasonably accessible to the employee. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 199.245" NODE="49:3.1.1.2.15.3.22.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 199.245   Contractor employees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With respect to those covered employees who are contractors or employed by a contractor, an operator may provide by contract that the alcohol testing, training and education required by this subpart be carried out by the contractor provided: 
</P>
<P>(b) The operator remains responsible for ensuring that the requirements of this subpart and part 40 of this title are complied with; and 
</P>
<P>(c) The contractor allows access to property and records by the operator, the Administrator, any DOT agency with regulatory authority over the operator or covered employee, and, if the operator is subject to the jurisdiction of a state agency, a representative of the state agency for the purposes of monitoring the operator's compliance with the requirements of this subpart and part 40 of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>

</DIV4>

</DIV3>

</DIV2>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>July 14, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="4" NODE="49:4" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 49—Transportation--Volume 4</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<SUBTI>
<HED>SUBTITLE B—<E T="04">Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)</E>
</HED></SUBTI>
<PTHD>Part
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter ii</E>—Federal Railroad Administration, Department of Transportation
</SUBJECT>
<PG>200


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>
<DIV2 N="Subtitle B" NODE="49:4.1" TYPE="SUBTITLE">
<HEAD>Subtitle B—Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)


</HEAD>

<DIV3 N="II" NODE="49:4.1.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER II—FEDERAL RAILROAD ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="200" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 200—INFORMAL RULES OF PRACTICE FOR PASSENGER SERVICE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 406 of Pub. L. 91-518, 84 Stat. 1327, as amended by sec. 10(2) of Pub. L. 93-146, 87 Stat. 548 and sec. 121 of Pub. L. 96-73, 93 Stat. 537 (49 U.S.C. 24309); 49 CFR 1.49.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 64192, Sept. 29, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 200.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.1.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.1   General.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes procedures under which applications will be received and heard and by which rules and orders will be issued under subsection 402(e) and section 406 of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 562(e) and 566).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.1.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Act</I> means the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 500 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Railroad Administrator, the Deputy Administrator of FRA, or the delegate of either.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amtrak</I> means the National Railroad Passenger Corporation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amtrak trains</I> means trains operated by or on behalf of Amtrak.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Chief Counsel</I> means the Chief Counsel or Acting Chief Counsel of the FRA.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Downgrading of a facility</I> means a reduction in track classification as specified in FRA track safety standards (49 CFR part 213), or any other change in facilities which may increase the time required for a passenger train to operate over the route on which such facility is located.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Facility</I> means railroad tracks, right-of-way, fixed equipment and facilities, real-property appurtenant thereto, and includes signal systems, passenger station and repair tracks, station buildings, platforms, and adjunct facilities such as water, fuel, steam, electric, and air lines.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Railroad</I> means a person providing railroad transportation for compensation.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Shipper</I> means a person contracting with one or more railroads for freight transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.1.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.5   Applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each application and objection under this part shall be submitted in writing to: Docket Clerk, Office of the Chief Counsel, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) Any procedural issues arising from the submission or consideration of applications under this part, such as timeliness and adequacy, shall be heard and decided by the Administration's panel established under § 200.9.
</P>
<P>(c) Any railroad adversely affected by the preference requirement of subsection 402(e) of the Act may apply to the Administrator for an order altering that requirement. Each application shall:
</P>
<P>(1) List by endpoints the routes that are so affected; and
</P>
<P>(2) Explain for every route listed how the preference requirement of subsection 402(e) will materially lessen the quality of freight service afforded by the applicant to its shippers, including information, data or documents sufficient to support that explanation; and
</P>
<P>(3) Include an analysis of whether and by how much Amtrak's compensation to the railroad should be reduced if the preference requirement is altered.
</P>
<P>(d) In accordance with section 406 of the Act, any railroad may apply to the Administrator for approval to downgrade or dispose of its facilities. Each application shall:
</P>
<P>(1) List the facilities for proposed downgrading or disposal;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe and give the location of each such facility and identify the most recent passenger service that made use of such facilities; and
</P>
<P>(3) Contain for each facility an analysis of the costs the railroad could avoid if it were not required to maintain or retain the facility in the condition requested by Amtrak, including information, data and documents sufficient to support the analysis.
</P>
<P>(e) In addition to the data provided with their applications, applicants shall furnish the Administrator with any other information that the Administrator finds necessary in order to make the determinations required by the Act.
</P>
<P>(f) Each applicant shall promptly notify, by registered or certified mail, any party affected by any application, whether Amtrak or a railroad, of the submission of such application under this part, and shall provide a copy of the application with such notice. An official United States Postal Service receipt from the registered or certified mailing constitutes prima facie evidence of notice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 64192, Sept. 29, 1980, as amended at 74 FR 25171, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.1.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.7   Objections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Amtrak or any other party shall have 30 days from the date an application is received by FRA pursuant to section 402(e) of the Act to object to the proposed alteration of the preference requirement. Such objections shall be in writing and shall reference, by date, railroad, and former passenger routes, the application to which it pertains.
</P>
<P>(b) Amtrak shall have 30 days from the date an application is received by FRApursuant to section 406 of the Act to object to any or all of the facility downgradings or disposals proposed in such application. Such objections shall be in writing and shall reference, by date, railroad, and former passenger routes, the application to which it pertains and shall list, by facility description and location, the specific downgradings or disposals to which Amtrak objects.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.1.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.9   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to any application under this part, a prehearing conference will be held if found necessary or desirable by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) Pursuant to any application under this part, an oral hearing will be held if required by statute or if found necessary or desirable by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(c) Hearings shall be conducted by a panel designated by the Administrator, consisting of three FRA employees, including the Chief Counsel or a member of his or her staff who shall serve as chairman of the panel and the Associate Administrator for Intercity Programs or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P>(d) Hearings shall be informal fact-finding proceedings, limited to the issues identified by the panel. Sections 556 and 557 of title 5, U.S.C., shall not apply.
</P>
<P>(e) All direct evidence shall be reduced to writing and submitted to the Docket Clerk thirty days in advance of the hearing unless this requirement is expressly waived by the panel. Copies shall be furnished to all parties concurrently with the submission to the Docket Clerk.
</P>
<P>(f) The panel may provide for oral presentations and cross-examination, and shall apply rules of evidence as it finds necessary.
</P>
<P>(g) To the extent deemed appropriate by the panel, interested persons, including members of the public, may participate in the hearings through the submission of written data, oral presentations, or arguments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.1.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.11   Orders, approvals, and determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator shall promptly approve the downgrading or disposal of any facility to which Amtrak does not submit a timely objection under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Orders, approvals, and determinations issued by the Administrator's panel under this part constitute the Administrator's action and shall be final.
</P>
<P>(c) Determinations under this part are not required to be based exclusively on the record of a hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 200.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.1.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 200.13   Publication.</HEAD>
<P>(a) General notice of any hearing under this subpart shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> not less than 10 days before the hearing, and shall include (1) a statement of the time, place, and nature of the hearing, (2) a reference to the legal authority under which the hearing is being held and (3) a description of the subject and issues involved.
</P>
<P>(b) Any order, approval, or determination resulting from any hearing held under this part shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 201 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 207—RAILROAD POLICE OFFICERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>45 U.S.C. 446; 49 CFR 1.49(ff).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>59 FR 6587, Feb. 11, 1994, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 207.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.3.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 207.1   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all railroads as defined in 49 U.S.C. 20103.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88132, Dec. 7, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 207.2" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.3.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 207.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Railroad police officer</I> means a peace officer who is commissioned in his or her state of legal residence or state of primary employment and directly employed by or contracted by a railroad to enforce state laws for the protection of railroad property, personnel, passengers, and/or cargo.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commissioned</I> means that a state official has certified or otherwise designated a railroad employee as qualified under the licensing requirements of that state to act as a railroad police officer in that state.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Property</I> means rights-of-way, easements, appurtenant property, equipment, cargo, facilities, and buildings and other structures owned, leased, operated, maintained, or transported by a railroad.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 6587, Feb. 11, 1994, as amended at 81 FR 88132, Dec. 7, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 207.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.3.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 207.3   Designation and commissioning.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad may designate employees to be commissioned by a state authority as railroad police officers to serve in the states in which the railroad owns property.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided by § 207.6, the designated railroad police officer shall be commissioned by the railroad police officer's state of legal residence or the railroad police officer's state of primary employment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 6587, Feb. 11, 1994, as amended at 81 FR 88132, Dec. 7, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 207.4" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.3.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 207.4   Notice to State officials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After the designated railroad police officer is commissioned by a state or states, the railroad shall send, by certified mail, written notice to appropriate officials of every other state in which the railroad police officer shall protect the railroad's property, personnel, passengers, and cargo. The notice of commission shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the railroad police officer;
</P>
<P>(2) The badge number, identification number, rank, code, or other identifying information assigned to the railroad police officer;
</P>
<P>(3) The date of commission;
</P>
<P>(4) The state or states where the railroad police officer is commissioned;
</P>
<P>(5) The date the railroad police officer received training or retraining regarding the laws of such state or states;
</P>
<P>(6) The name of the railroad official who designated the employee as a railroad police officer; and
</P>
<P>(7) Color photographs of the types of badges, identification cards, and other identifying materials the railroad uses to identify its railroad police officers.
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad shall keep copies of all such notices at a central location.
</P>
<P>(c) The authority set forth in § 207.5 shall be effective upon receipt by such state(s) of written notice conforming to the requirements of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 207.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.3.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 207.5   Authority in States where officer not commissioned.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad police officer who is designated by a railroad and commissioned under the laws of any state is authorized to enforce the laws (as specified in paragraph (b) of this section) of any state in which the railroad owns property and to which the railroad has provided notice in accordance with § 207.4.
</P>
<P>(b) Under the authority of paragraph (a) of this section, a railroad police officer may enforce only relevant laws for the protection of—
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad's employees, passengers, or patrons;
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad's property or property entrusted to the railroad for transportation purposes;
</P>
<P>(3) The intrastate, interstate, or foreign movement of cargo in the railroad's possession or in possession of another railroad or non-rail carrier while on the railroad property; and
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad movement of personnel, equipment, and materials vital to the national defense.
</P>
<P>(c) The authority exercised under this part by an officer for whom the railroad has provided notice in accordance with § 207.4 shall be the same as that of a railroad police officer commissioned under the laws of that state.
</P>
<P>(d) The railroad police officer's law enforcement powers shall apply only on railroad property, except that an officer may pursue off railroad property a person suspected of violating the law on railroad property, and an officer may engage off railroad property in law enforcement activities, including, without limitation, investigation and arrest, if permissible under state law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 207.6" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.3.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 207.6   Transfers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> If a railroad police officer certified or commissioned as a police officer under the laws of a state or jurisdiction transfers primary employment or residence from the certifying or commissioning state to another state or jurisdiction, then the railroad police officer must apply to be certified or commissioned as a police officer under the laws of the state of new primary employment or residence not later than one (1) year after the date of transfer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interim period.</I> During the period beginning on the date of transfer and ending one year after the date of transfer, a railroad police officer certified or commissioned as a police officer under the laws of a state may enforce the laws of the new state or jurisdiction in which the railroad police officer resides, to the same extent as provided in § 207.5(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88132, Dec. 7, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 207.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.3.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 207.7   Training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A state may consider an individual to have met that state's basic police officer certification or commissioning requirements for qualification as a railroad police officer under this section if that individual:
</P>
<P>(1) Has successfully completed a program at a state-recognized police training academy in another state or at a Federal law enforcement training center; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is certified or commissioned as a police officer by the other state.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this section shall be construed as superseding or affecting any state training requirements related to criminal law, civil procedure, motor vehicle code, any other state law, or state-mandated comparative or annual in-service training academy or Federal law enforcement training center.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88132, Dec. 7, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 209—RAILROAD SAFETY ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5123, 5124, 20103, 20107, 20111, 20112, 20114; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 56742, Oct. 28, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.1.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>Appendix A to this part contains a statement of agency policy concerning enforcement of those laws. This part describes certain procedures employed by the Federal Railroad Administration in its enforcement of statutes and regulations related to railroad safety. By delegation from the Secretary of Transportation, the Administrator has responsibility for:
</P>
<P>(a) Enforcement of subchapters B and C of chapter I, subtitle B, title 49, CFR, and 49 U.S.C. ch. 51 and uncodified provisions, with respect to the transportation or shipment of hazardous materials by railroad (49 CFR 1.89(j)); and
</P>
<P>(b) Exercise of the authority vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. Subtitle V, Part A (Safety, chapter 201 <I>et seq.</I>) and uncodified provisions of the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-432, Div. A, 122 Stat. 4848) (49 CFR 1.89(a), (b)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 22063, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.1.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of FRA, the Deputy Administrator of FRA, or the delegate of either.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, or that person's delegate as designated in writing.
</P>
<P><I>Chief Counsel</I> means the Chief Counsel of FRA or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Day</I> means calendar day.
</P>
<P><I>Federal hazardous material transportation law</I> means 49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.</I> 
</P>
<P><I>Federal railroad safety laws</I> means the provisions of law generally at 49 U.S.C. subtitle V, part A or 49 U.S.C. chap. 51 or 57 and the rules, regulations, orders, and standards issued under any of those provisions. See Pub. L. 103-272 (1994). Before recodification, these statutory provisions were contained in the following statutes: (i) the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (Safety Act) (49 U.S.C. 20101-20117, 20131, 20133-20141, 20143, 21301, 21302, 21304, 21311, 24902, and 24905, and sections 4(b)(1), (i), and (t) of Pub. L. 103-272, formerly codified at 45 U.S.C. 421, 431 <I>et seq.</I>); (ii) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (Hazmat Act) (49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.,</I> formerly codified at 49 App. U.S.C. 1801 <I>et seq.</I>); (iii) the Sanitary Food Transportation Act of 1990 (SFTA) (49 U.S.C. 5713, formerly codified at 49 App. U.S.C. 2801 (note)); and those laws transferred to the jurisdiction of the Secretary of Transportation by subsection (e)(1), (2), and (6)(A) of section 6 of the Department of Transportation Act (DOT Act), as in effect on June 1, 1994 (49 U.S.C. 20302, 21302, 20701-20703, 20305, 20502-20505, 20901, 20902, and 80504, formerly codified at 49 App. U.S.C. 1655(e)(1), (2), and (6)(A)). 49 U.S.C. 20111 and 20109, formerly codified at 45 U.S.C. 437 (note) and 441(e). Those laws transferred by the DOT Act include, but are not limited to, the following statutes: (i) the Safety Appliance Acts (49 U.S.C. 20102, 20301, 20302, 20304, 21302, and 21304, formerly codified at 45 U.S.C. 1-14, 16); (ii) the Locomotive Inspection Act (49 U.S.C. 20102, 20701-20703, 21302, and 21304, formerly codified at 45 U.S.C. 22-34); (iii) the Accident Reports Act (49 U.S.C. 20102, 20701, 20702, 20901-20903, 21302, 21304, and 21311, formerly codified at 45 U.S.C. 38-43); (iv) the Hours of Service Act (49 U.S.C. 20102, 21101-21107, 21303, and 21304, formerly codified at 45 U.S.C. 61-64b); and (v) the Signal Inspection Act (49 U.S.C. 20102, 20502-20505, 20902, 21302, and 21304, formerly codified at 49 App. U.S.C. 26).
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>FRA Safety Inspector</I> means an FRA safety inspector, a state inspector participating in railroad safety investigative and surveillance activities under part 212 of this chapter, or any other official duly authorized by FRA.
</P>
<P><I>Motion</I> means a request to a presiding officer to take a particular action.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> generally includes all categories of entities covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including but not limited to the following: a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor; however, <I>person,</I> when used to describe an entity that FRA alleges to have committed a violation of the provisions of law formerly contained in the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act or contained in the Hazardous Materials Regulations, has the same meaning as in 49 U.S.C. 5102(9) (formerly codified at 49 App. U.S.C. 1802(11)), <I>i.e.,</I> an individual, firm, copartnership, corporation, company, association, joint-stock association, including any trustee, receiver, assignee, or similar representative thereof, or government, Indian tribe, or authority of a government or tribe when offering hazardous material for transportation in commerce or transporting hazardous material to further a commercial enterprise, but such term does not include the United States Postal Service or, for the purposes of 49 U.S.C. 5123-5124 (formerly contained in sections 110 and 111 of the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act and formerly codified at 49 App. U.S.C. 1809-1810), a department, agency, or instrumentality of the Federal Government.
</P>
<P><I>Pleading</I> means any written submission setting forth claims, allegations, arguments, or evidence.
</P>
<P><I>Presiding Officer</I> means any person authorized to preside over any hearing or to make a decision on the record, including an administrative law judge.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means any form of nonhighway ground transportation that runs on rails or electro-magnetic guideways, including (i) commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and (ii) high speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads; but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad carrier</I> means a person providing railroad transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Respondent</I> means a person upon whom FRA has served a notice of probable violation, notice of investigation, or notice of proposed disqualification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 43676, Aug. 24, 1994, as amended at 71 FR 77294, Dec. 26, 2006; 73 FR 72199, Nov. 26, 2008; 90 FR 28125, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.1.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.5   Service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each order, notice, or other document required to be served under ch. II of subtitle B of title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations must be served by the following method:
</P>
<P>(1) Any electronic method of delivery so long as there was no indication received that any transmission had failed; or
</P>
<P>(2) In the event an electronic method of delivery is impossible, service may be made by U.S. mail.
</P>
<P>(b) Service upon a person's duly authorized representative constitutes service upon that person.
</P>
<P>(c) The date of service will be:
</P>
<P>(1) If sent by an electronic method of delivery, the date of electronic transmission to the party to be served.
</P>
<P>(2) In the event an electronic method of delivery is impossible, and mailing is used, the postmark date. An official U.S. Postal Service receipt from a registered or certified mailing constitutes prima facie evidence of service.
</P>
<P>(d) Each pleading must be accompanied by a certificate of service specifying how and when service was made.
</P>
<P>(e) When service must occur within a particular timeframe, the date certain when service must be completed will be determined in accordance with the computation of time provisions in Rule 6 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, as amended.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 22063, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.6" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.1.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.6   Requests for admission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party to any proceeding under subpart B, C, D, or G of this part may serve upon any other party written requests for the admission of the genuineness of any relevant documents identified within the request, the truth of any relevant matters of fact, and the application of law to the facts as set forth in the request.
</P>
<P>(b) Each matter of which an admission is requested shall be deemed to be admitted unless, within 30 days after receipt of the request, the party to whom the request is directed serves upon the party requesting the admission a written answer under oath or objection addressed to the matter, signed by the party.
</P>
<P>(c) The sworn answer shall specifically admit or deny the matter or set forth in detail the reasons why the answering party cannot truthfully admit or deny the matter. If an objection is made, the reasons therefor shall be stated.
</P>
<P>(d) Any matter admitted under this section is conclusively established unless the presiding official permits withdrawal or amendment of the admission for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(e) Upon motion, the presiding officer may order any party to respond to a request for admission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 42906, Oct. 18, 1989, as amended at 91 FR 22063, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.1.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.7   Subpoenas; witness fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chief Counsel may issue a subpoena on the Chief Counsel's own initiative in any matter related to enforcement of the railroad safety laws. However, where a proceeding under subpart B, C, D, or G of this part has been initiated, only the presiding officer may issue subpoenas, and only upon the written request of any party to the proceeding who makes an adequate showing that the information sought will materially advance the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) A subpoena may require attendance of a witness at a deposition or hearing or the production of documentary or other tangible evidence in the possession or control of the person served, or both.
</P>
<P>(c) A subpoena may be served by any electronic method of delivery so long as there was no indication received that any transmission had failed. In the event an electronic method of delivery is impossible, service may be made by U.S. mail or in person.
</P>
<P>(d) Service of a subpoena shall be made by delivering a copy of the subpoena in the appropriate manner, as set forth below. Service of a subpoena requiring attendance of a person is not complete unless delivery is accompanied by tender of fees for one day's attendance and mileage as specified by paragraph (f) of this section. However, when a subpoena is issued upon the request of any officer or agency of the United States, fees and mileage need not be tendered at the time of service but will be paid by FRA at the place and time specified in the subpoena for attendance.
</P>
<FP>Delivery of a copy of the subpoena may be made:
</FP>
<P>(1) To a natural person by:
</P>
<P>(i) Any electronic method of delivery so long as there was no indication received that the transmission failed; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any method whereby actual notice of the issuance and content is given (and the fees are made available) prior to the return date.
</P>
<P>(2) To an entity other than a natural person by:
</P>
<P>(i) Any electronic method of delivery so long as there was no indication received that the transmission failed; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any method whereby actual notice of the issuance and content is given (and the fees are made available) to a registered agent for service or to any officer, director, or agent in charge of any office of the person, prior to the return date.
</P>
<P>(e) The original subpoena bearing a certificate of service shall be filed in accordance with § 209.9.
</P>
<P>(f) A witness subpoenaed by the FRA shall be entitled to the same fees and mileage as would be paid to a witness in a proceeding in the district courts of the United States. See 28 U.S.C. 1821. The witness fees and mileage shall be paid by the person requesting that the subpoena be issued. In an appropriate case, the Chief Counsel or the hearing officer may direct the person requesting issuance of a subpoena for the production of documentary or other tangible evidence to reimburse the responding person for actual costs of producing and/or transporting such evidence.
</P>
<P>(g) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (f) of this section, and upon request, witness fees and mileage or the costs of producing other evidence may be paid by the FRA if the official who issued the subpoena determines on the basis of good cause shown that:
</P>
<P>(1) The presence of the subpoenaed witness or evidence will materially advance the proceedings; and
</P>
<P>(2) The party at whose instance the subpoena was issued would suffer a serious financial hardship if required to pay the witness fees and mileage.
</P>
<P>(h) Any person to whom a subpoena is directed may, prior to the time specified therein for compliance, but in no event more than ten (10) days after the date of service of such subpoena, apply in writing to the official who issued the subpoena, or if that person is unavailable, to the Chief Counsel, to quash or modify the subpoena. The application shall contain a brief statement of the reasons relied upon in support of the action sought therein. The issuing official or the Chief Counsel, as the case may be, may:
</P>
<P>(1) Deny the application;
</P>
<P>(2) Quash or modify the subpoena; or
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of subpoena to produce documentary or other tangible evidence, condition denial of the application upon the advancement by the party in whose behalf the subpoena is issued of the reasonable cost of producing the evidence.
</P>
<P>(i) If there is a refusal to obey a subpoena served upon any person under the provisions of this section, the FRA may request the Attorney General to seek the aid of the United States District Court for any district in which the person is found to compel that person, after notice, to appear and give testimony, or to appear and produce the subpoenaed documents before the FRA, or both.
</P>
<P>(j) Attendance of any FRA employee engaged in an investigation which gave rise to a proceeding under subpart B, C, or G of this part for the purpose of eliciting factual testimony may be assured by filing a request with the Chief Counsel at least fifteen (15) days before the date of the hearing. The request must indicate the present intent of the requesting person to call the employee as a witness and state generally why the witness will be required.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 56742, Oct. 28, 1977, as amended at 54 FR 42906, Oct. 18, 1989; 91 FR 22064, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.8" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.1.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.8   Depositions in formal proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party to a proceeding under subpart B, C, D, or G of this part may take the testimony of any person, including a party, by deposition upon oral examination on order of the presiding officer following the granting of a motion under paragraph (b) of this section. Depositions may be taken before any disinterested person who is authorized by law to administer oaths. The attendance of witnesses may be compelled by subpoena as provided in § 209.7 and, for proceedings under subpart D of this part, § 209.315.
</P>
<P>(b) Any party desiring to take the deposition of a witness shall file and serve a written motion setting forth the name of the witness; the date, time, and place of the deposition; the subject matter of the witness' expected testimony; whether any party objects to the taking of the deposition; and the reasons for taking such deposition. Such motion shall be granted only upon a showing of good cause. Good cause exists to take a person's deposition when the information sought is relevant to the subject matter involved in the proceeding and:
</P>
<P>(1) The information is not obtainable from some other source that is more convenient, less burdensome, and less expensive; or
</P>
<P>(2) The request is not unreasonably cumulative, unduly burdensome, or unduly expensive, taking into account the needs of the case, limitations on the parties' resources, and the importance of the issues in the case.
</P>
<P>(c) Such notice as the presiding officer shall order will be given for the taking of a deposition, but this shall not be less than 10 days' written notice unless the parties agree to a shorter period.
</P>
<P>(d) Each witness testifying upon deposition shall be sworn and the adverse party shall have the right to cross-examine. The questions propounded and the answers thereto, together with all objections made, shall be reduced to writing, subscribed by the witness, and certified by the reporter.
</P>
<P>(e) Depositions taken under this section may be used for discovery, to contradict or impeach the testimony of the deponent as a witness, or as evidence in the proceeding as permitted by paragraph (f) of this section and in accordance with the limitations of Fed. R. Civ. Pro. 32 as though it were applicable to these proceedings.
</P>
<P>(f) Subject to such objections to the questions and answers as were noted at the time of taking the deposition and as would be valid were the witness personally present and testifying, such deposition may be offered in evidence by any party to the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 42906, Oct. 18, 1989, as amended at 91 FR 22064, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.1.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.9   Filing.</HEAD>
<P>All materials filed with FRA or any FRA officer in connection with a proceeding under subpart B, C, D, or G of this part shall be submitted to the Assistant Chief Counsel for Safety, Office of the Chief Counsel, Federal Railroad Administration, to <I>FRALegal@dot.gov,</I> except that documents produced in accordance with a subpoena shall be presented at the place and time specified by the subpoena.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 22064, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.1.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.11   Request for confidential treatment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section governs the procedures for requesting confidential treatment of any document filed with or otherwise provided to FRA in connection with its enforcement of statutes or FRA regulations related to railroad safety. For purposes of this section, “enforcement” shall include receipt of documents required to be submitted by FRA regulations, and all investigative and compliance activities, in addition to the development of violation reports and recommendations for prosecution.
</P>
<P>(b) A request for confidential treatment with respect to a document or portion thereof may be made on the basis that the information is—
</P>
<P>(1) Exempt from the mandatory disclosure requirements of the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552);
</P>
<P>(2) Required to be held in confidence by 18 U.S.C. 1905; or
</P>
<P>(3) Otherwise exempt by law from public disclosure.
</P>
<P>(c) Any document containing information for which confidential treatment is requested shall be accompanied at the time of filing by a statement justifying nondisclosure and referring to the specific legal authority claimed.
</P>
<P>(d) Any document containing any information for which confidential treatment is requested shall be marked “CONFIDENTIAL” or “CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION” in bold letters. If confidentiality is requested as to the entire document, or if it is claimed that nonconfidential information in the document is not reasonably segregable from confidential information, the accompanying statement of justification shall so indicate. If confidentiality is requested as to a portion of the document, then the person filing the document shall file together with the document a second copy of the document from which the information for which confidential treatment is requested has been deleted. If the person filing a document of which only a portion is requested to be held in confidence does not submit a second copy of the document with the confidential information deleted. FRA may assume that there is no objection to public disclosure of the document in its entirety.
</P>
<P>(e) FRA retains the right to make its own determination with regard to any claim of confidentiality. Notice of a decision by the FRA to deny a claim, in whole or in part, and an opportunity to respond shall be given to a person claiming confidentiality of information no less than five days prior to its public disclosure.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 56742, Oct. 28, 1977, as amended at 70 FR 11094, Mar. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.1.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.13   Consolidation.</HEAD>
<P>At the time a matter is set for hearing under subpart B, C, D, or G of this part, the Chief Counsel may consolidate the matter with any similar matter(s) pending against the same respondent or with any related matter(s) pending against other respondent(s) under the same subpart. However, on certification by the presiding officer that a consolidated proceeding is unmanageable or otherwise undesirable, the Chief Counsel will rescind or modify the consolidation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 22064, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.1.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.15   Rules of evidence.</HEAD>
<P>The Federal Rules of Evidence for United States Courts and Magistrates shall be employed as general guidelines for proceedings under subparts B, C, D, and G of this part. However, all relevant and material evidence shall be received into the record.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 22064, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.1.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.17   Motions.</HEAD>
<P>Motions shall be in writing, filed with the presiding officer, and copies served upon the parties in accordance with § 209.5, except that oral motions may be made during the course of any hearing or appearance before the presiding officer. Each motion shall state the particular order, ruling, or action desired and the grounds therefor. Unless otherwise specified by the presiding officer, any objection to a written motion must be filed within 10 days after receipt of the motion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 42907, Oct. 18, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Hazardous Materials Penalties</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.3" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Civil Penalties</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.101   Civil penalties generally.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Sections 209.101 through 209.121 prescribe rules of procedure for the assessment of civil penalties pursuant to the Federal hazardous materials transportation safety law, 49 U.S.C. Chapter 51.
</P>
<P>(b) When the FRA has reason to believe that a person has knowingly committed an act which is a violation of any provision of subchapter B or C of chapter I, subtitle B of this title for which the FRA exercises enforcement responsibility or any waiver or order issued thereunder, it may conduct a proceeding to assess a civil penalty.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 56742, Oct. 28, 1977, as amended at 61 FR 38646, July 25, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.103   Minimum and maximum penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person who knowingly violates a requirement of the Federal hazardous materials transportation laws, an order issued thereunder, 49 CFR subchapter A or C of chapter I, subtitle B, or a special permit or approval issued under subchapter A or C of chapter I, subtitle B, of this title is liable for a civil penalty of not more than $102,348 for each violation, except that—
</P>
<P>(1) The maximum civil penalty for a violation is $238,809 if the violation results in death, serious illness, or severe injury to any person, or substantial destruction of property; and
</P>
<P>(2) A minimum $617 civil penalty applies to a violation related to training.
</P>
<P>(b) When the violation is a continuing one, each day of the violation constitutes a separate offense. 49 U.S.C. 5123.
</P>
<P>(c) The maximum and minimum civil penalties described in paragraph (a) of this section apply to violations occurring on or after December 30, 2024.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 9846, Feb. 12, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 43104, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16131, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60744, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 37071, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1756, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23252, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15866, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1125, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89561, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106294, Dec. 30, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.105   Notice of probable violation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FRA, through the Office of the Chief Counsel, begins a civil penalty proceeding by serving a notice of probable violation on a person charging him or her with having violated one or more provisions of subchapter A or C of chapter I, subtitle B of this title. FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I>contains guidelines used by the Office of the Chief Counsel in making initial penalty assessments.
</P>
<P>(b) A notice of probable violation issued under this section includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the provision(s) which the respondent is believed to have violated;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the factual allegations upon which the proposed civil penalty is being sought;
</P>
<P>(3) Notice of the maximum amount of civil penalty for which the respondent may be liable;
</P>
<P>(4) Notice of the amount of the civil penalty proposed to be assessed;
</P>
<P>(5) A description of the manner in which the respondent should make payment of any money to the United States;
</P>
<P>(6) A statement of the respondent's right to present written explanations, information or any materials in answer to the charges or in mitigation of the penalty; and
</P>
<P>(7) A statement of the respondent's right to request a hearing and the procedures for requesting a hearing.
</P>
<P>(c) The FRA may amend the notice of probable violation at any time prior to the entry of an order assessing a civil penalty. If the amendment contains any new material allegation of fact, the respondent is given an opportunity to respond. In an amended notice, FRA may change the civil penalty amount proposed to be assessed up to and including the maximum penalty amount of $102,348 for each violation, except that if the violation results in death, serious illness or severe injury to any person, or substantial destruction of property, FRA may change the penalty amount proposed to be assessed up to and including the maximum penalty amount of $238,809.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 56742, Oct. 28, 1977]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 209.105, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.107   Reply.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within thirty (30) days of the service of a notice of probable violation issued under § 209.105, the respondent may—
</P>
<P>(1) Pay as provided in § 209.109(a) and thereby close the case;
</P>
<P>(2) Make an informal response as provided in § 209.111; or
</P>
<P>(3) Request a hearing as provided in § 209.113.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Counsel may extend the thirty (30) days period for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(c) Failure of the respondent to reply by taking one of the three actions described in paragraph (a) of this section within the period provided constitutes a waiver of his or her right to appear and contest the allegations and authorizes the Chief Counsel, without further notice to the respondent, to find the facts to be as alleged in the notice of probable violation and to assess an appropriate civil penalty.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.109   Payment of penalty; compromise.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Payment of a civil penalty must be made via the internet at <I>https://www.pay.gov/paygov/.</I> Instructions for online payment are found on the website.
</P>
<P>(b) At any time before an order assessing a penalty is referred to the Attorney General for collection, the respondent may offer to compromise for a specific amount by contacting the Office of the Chief Counsel.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 22064, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.111   Informal response and assessment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a respondent elects to make an informal response to a notice of probable violation, respondent shall submit to the Chief Counsel such written explanations, information or other materials as respondent may desire in answer to the charges or in mitigation of the proposed penalty.
</P>
<P>(b) The respondent may include in his or her informal written response a request for a conference. Upon receipt of such a request, the Chief Counsel arranges for a conference as soon as practicable at a time and place of mutual convenience.
</P>
<P>(c) Written explanations, information or materials, submitted by the respondent and relevant information presented during any conference held under this section are considered by the Chief Counsel in reviewing the notice of proposed violation and determining the fact of violation and the amount of any penalty to be assessed.
</P>
<P>(d) After consideration of an informal response, including any relevant information presented at a conference, the Chief Counsel may dismiss the notice of probable violation in whole or in part. If he or she does not dismiss it in whole, he or she may issue an order assessing a civil penalty.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.113   Request for hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a respondent elects to request a hearing, he or she must submit a written request to the Chief Counsel referring to the case number which appeared on the notice of the probable violation. The request must—
</P>
<P>(1) State the name and address of the respondent and of the person signing the request if different from the respondent;
</P>
<P>(2) State with respect to each allegation whether it is admitted or denied; and
</P>
<P>(3) State with particularity the issues to be raised by the respondent at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) After a request for hearing which complies with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the Chief Counsel schedules a hearing for the earliest practicable date.
</P>
<P>(c) The Chief Counsel or the hearing officer appointed under § 209.115 may grant extensions of the time of the commencement of the hearing for good cause shown.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.3.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.115   Hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a hearing is requested and scheduled under § 209.113, a hearing officer designated by the Chief Counsel convenes and presides over the hearing. If requested by respondent and if practicable, the hearing is held in the general vicinity of the place where the alleged violation occurred, or at a place convenient to the respondent. Testimony by witnesses shall be given under oath and the hearing shall be recorded verbatim.
</P>
<P>(b) The presiding official may:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas as provided by § 209.7;
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt procedures for the submission of evidence in written form;
</P>
<P>(4) Take or cause depositions to be taken;
</P>
<P>(5) Rule on offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
</P>
<P>(6) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(7) Convene, recess, reconvene, and adjourn and otherwise regulate the course of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(8) Hold conferences for settlement, simplification of the issues or any other proper purpose; and
</P>
<P>(9) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provisions of this subpart pertaining to civil penalties and permitted by law which may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of an issue raised, therein.
</P>
<P>(c) The Chief Counsel has the burden of providing the facts alleged in the notice of proposed violation and may offer such relevant information as may be necessary fully to inform the presiding officer as to the matter concerned.
</P>
<P>(d) The respondent may appear and be heard on his or her own behalf or through counsel of his or her choice. The respondent or his or her counsel may offer relevant information including testimony which he or she believes should be considered in defense of the allegations or which may bear on the penalty proposed to be assessed and conduct such cross-examination as may be required for a full disclosure of the material facts.
</P>
<P>(e) At the conclusion of the hearing or as soon thereafter as the hearing officer shall provide, the parties may file proposed findings and conclusions, together with supporting reasons.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 56742, Oct. 28, 1977; 42 FR 59755, Nov. 21, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.117" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.3.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.117   Presiding officer's decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After consideration of the evidence of record, the presiding officer may dismiss the notice of probable violation in whole or in part. If the presiding officer does not dismiss it in whole, he or she will issue and serve on the respondent an order assessing a civil penalty. The decision of the presiding officer will include a statement of findings and conclusions as well as the reasons therefor on all material issues of fact, law, and discretion.
</P>
<P>(b) If, within twenty (20) days after service of an order assessing a civil penalty, the respondent does not pay the civil penalty or file an appeal as provided in § 209.121, the case may be referred to the Attorney General with a request that an action to collect the penalty be brought in the appropriate United States District Court.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.119" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.3.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.119   Assessment considerations.</HEAD>
<P>The assessment of a civil penalty under § 209.117 is made only after considering:
</P>
<P>(a) The nature and circumstances of the violation;
</P>
<P>(b) The extent and gravity of the violation;
</P>
<P>(c) The degree of the respondent's culpabilty;
</P>
<P>(d) The respondent's history of prior offenses;
</P>
<P>(e) The respondent's ability to pay;
</P>
<P>(f) The effect on the respondent's ability to continue in business; and
</P>
<P>(g) Such other matters as justice may require.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.121" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.3.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.121   Appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party aggrieved by a presiding officer's decision or order issued under § 209.117 assessing a civil penalty may file an appeal with the Administrator. The appeal must be filed within twenty (20) days of service of the presiding officer's order.
</P>
<P>(b) Prior to rendering a final determination on an appeal, the Administrator may remand the case for further proceedings before the hearing officer.
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of an appeal by a respondent, if the Administrator affirms the assessment and the respondent does not pay the civil penalty within twenty (20) days after service of the Administrator's decision on appeal, the matter may be referred to the Attorney General with a request that an action to collect the penalty be brought in the appropriate United States District Court.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="4" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.4" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Criminal Penalties</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.131" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.4.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.131   Criminal penalties generally.</HEAD>
<P>A person who knowingly violates 49 U.S.C. 5104(b) or § 171.2(l) of this title or willfully or recklessly violates a requirement of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or a regulation, order, special permit, or approval issued thereunder shall be fined under title 18, United States Code, or imprisoned for not more than 5 years, or both, except the maximum amount of imprisonment shall be 10 years in any case in which the violation involves the release of a hazardous material which results in death or bodily injury to any person.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 77295, Dec. 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.133" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.2.4.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.133   Referral for prosecution.</HEAD>
<P>If an inspector, including a certified state inspector under part 212 of this chapter, or another employee of FRA becomes aware of a possible knowing violation of 49 U.S.C. 5104(b) or a willful or reckless violation of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law or a regulation issued under those laws for which FRA exercises enforcement responsibility, he or she shall report it to the Chief Counsel. If evidence exists tending to establish a prima facie case, and if it appears that assessment of a civil penalty would not be an adequate deterrent to future violations, the Chief Counsel refers the report to the Department of Justice for criminal prosecution of the offender.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 38647, July 25, 1996, as amended at 71 FR 77295, Dec. 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Compliance Orders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.3.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.201   Compliance orders generally.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes rules of procedure leading to the issuance of compliance orders pursuant to the Federal railroad safety laws at 49 U.S.C. 5121(a) and/or 20111(b).
</P>
<P>(b) The FRA may commence a proceeding under this subpart when FRA has reason to believe that a person is engaging in conduct or a pattern of conduct that involves one or more violations of the Federal railroad safety laws or any regulation or order issued under those laws for which FRA exercises enforcement authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 38647, July 25, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.3.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.203   Notice of investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FRA begins a compliance order proceeding by serving a notice of investigation on the respondent.
</P>
<P>(b) The notice of investigation contains:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the legal authority for the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the factual allegations upon which the remedial action is being sought; and
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the remedial action being sought in the form of a proposed compliance order.
</P>
<P>(c) The FRA may amend the notice of investigation at any time prior to the entry of a final compliance order. If an amendment includes any new material allegation of fact or seeks new or additional remedial action, the respondent is given an opportunity to respond.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.3.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.205   Reply.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within thirty (30) days of service of a notice of investigation, the respondent may file a reply with the FRA. The Chief Counsel may extend the time for filing for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(b) The reply must be in writing, signed by the person filing it, and state with respect to each factual allegation whether it is admitted or denied. Even though formally denied, a factual allegation set forth in a notice of investigation is considered to be admitted for purposes of the proceeding unless:
</P>
<P>(1) Opposed by the affidavit of an individual having personal knowledge of the subject matter;
</P>
<P>(2) Challenged as defective on its face together with a supporting explanation as to why it is believed to be defective; or
</P>
<P>(3) Otherwise actively put at issue through the submission of relevant evidence.
</P>
<P>(c) The reply must set forth any affirmative defenses and include a statement of the form and nature of proof by which those defenses are to be established.
</P>
<P>(d) If it is necessary to respond to an amendment to the notice of investigation, the respondent may amend the reply concerning the substance of matters contained in the amendment to the notice at any time before the issuance of an order under § 209.211.
</P>
<P>(e) If the respondent elects not to contest one or more factual allegations, he or she should so state in the reply. An election not to contest a factual allegation is an admission of that allegation solely for the purpose of issuing a compliance order. That election constitutes a waiver of hearing as to that allegation but does not, by itself, constitute a waiver of the right to be heard on other issues. In connection with a statement of election not to contest a factual allegation, the respondent may propose an appropriate order for issuance by the Administrator or propose the negotiation of a consent order.
</P>
<P>(f) Failure of the respondent to file a reply within the period provided constitutes a waiver of his or her right to appear and contest the allegation and authorizes the Administrator, without further notice to the respondent, to find the facts to be as alleged in the notice of proposed violation and to issue an appropriate order directing compliance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.3.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.207   Consent order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At any time before the issuance of an order under § 209.211, the Chief Counsel and the respondent may execute an agreement proposing the entry by consent of an order directing compliance. The Administrator may accept the proposed order by signing it. If the Administrator rejects the proposed order, he or she directs that the proceeding continue.
</P>
<P>(b) An agreement submitted to the Administrator under this section must include:
</P>
<P>(1) A proposed compliance order suitable for the Administrator's signature;
</P>
<P>(2) An admission of all jurisdictional facts;
</P>
<P>(3) An express waiver of further procedural steps and of all right to seek judicial review or otherwise challenge or contest the validity of the order; and
</P>
<P>(4) An acknowledgment that the notice of investigation may be used to construe the terms of the order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.3.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.209   Hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a respondent files a reply contesting allegations in a notice of investigation issued under § 209.203 or when the FRA and the respondent fail to agree upon an acceptable consent order, the hearing officer designated by the Chief Counsel convenes and presides over a hearing on the proposed compliance order.
</P>
<P>(b) The presiding official may:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas as provided by § 209.7;
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt procedures for the submission of evidence;
</P>
<P>(4) Take or cause depositions to be taken;
</P>
<P>(5) Rule on offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
</P>
<P>(6) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(7) Convene, recess, reconvene, ad- journ and otherwise regulate the course of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(8) Hold conferences for settlement, simplification of the issues or any other proper purpose; and
</P>
<P>(9) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provisions of this subpart pertaining to compliance orders and permitted by law which may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of an issue raised therein.
</P>
<P>(c) The Chief Counsel has the burden of providing the facts alleged in the notice of investigation and may offer such relevant information as may be necessary fully to inform the presiding officer as to the matter concerned.
</P>
<P>(d) The respondent may appear and be heard on his or her own behalf or through counsel of his or her choice. The respondent or his or her counsel may offer relevant information, including testimony which he or she believes should be considered in defense of the allegations or which may bear on the remedial action being sought, and conduct such cross-examination as may be required for a full disclosure of the material facts.
</P>
<P>(e) At the conclusion of the hearing or as soon thereafter as the hearing officer shall provide, the parties may file proposed findings and conclusions, together with supporting reasons therefor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.211" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.3.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.211   Presiding officer's decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After consideration of evidence, the presiding officer may dismiss the notice of investigation or issue a compliance order. The decision of the presiding officer will include a statement of findings and conclusions as well as the reasons therefor on all material issues of fact, law, and discretion.
</P>
<P>(b) A compliance order issued under this section is effective twenty (20) days from service on the respondent unless otherwise provided therein.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.3.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.213   Appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party aggrieved by a presiding officer's decision may file an appeal with the Administrator. The appeal must be filed within twenty (20) days after service of the presiding officer's decision.
</P>
<P>(b) Prior to rendering a final determination on an appeal, the Administrator may remand the case for further proceedings before the hearing officer.
</P>
<P>(c) The filing of an appeal does not stay the effectiveness of a compliance order unless the Administrator expressly so provides.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.3.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.215   Time limitation.</HEAD>
<P>A proceeding for the issuance of a compliance order under the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970, as amended, shall be completed within twelve (12) months after issuance of the notice of investigation.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Disqualification Procedures</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>54 FR 42907, Oct. 18, 1989, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 209.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.301   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes the rules of practice for administrative proceedings relating to the determination of an individual's fitness for performing safety-sensitive functions under the Federal railroad safety laws at 49 U.S.C. 20111(c).
</P>
<P>(b) The purpose of this subpart is to prevent accidents and casualties in railroad operations that result from the presence in the work force of railroad employees, including managers and supervisors, and agents of railroads who have demonstrated their unfitness to perform the safety-sensitive functions described in § 209.303 by violating any rule, regulation, order or standard prescribed by FRA. Employees and agents who evidence such unfitness may be disqualified, under specified terms and conditions, temporarily or permanently, from performing such safety-sensitive functions.
</P>
<P>(c) This subpart does not preempt a railroad from initiating disciplinary proceedings and imposing disciplinary sanctions against its employees, including managers and supervisors, under its collective bargaining agreements or in the normal and customary manner. Disqualification determinations made under this subpart shall have no effect on prior or subsequent disciplinary actions taken against such employees by railroads.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 42907, Oct. 18, 1989, as amended at 74 FR 23334, May 19, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.303   Coverage.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to the following individuals:
</P>
<P>(a) Railroad employees who are assigned to perform service subject to the Hours of Service Act (49 U.S.C. Chapt. 211) during a duty tour, whether or not the person has performed or is currently performing such service, and any person who performs such service.
</P>
<P>(b) Railroad employees or agents who:
</P>
<P>(1) Inspect, install, repair, or maintain track and roadbed;
</P>
<P>(2) Inspect, repair or maintain, locomotives, passenger cars, and freight cars;
</P>
<P>(3) Conduct training and testing of employees when the training or testing is required by the FRA's safety regulations; or
</P>
<P>(4) Perform service subject to the Transportation of Hazardous Materials laws (49 U.S.C. Ch. 51), or any regulation or order prescribed thereunder;
</P>
<P>(c) Railroad managers, supervisors, or agents when they:
</P>
<P>(1) Perform the safety-sensitive functions listed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Supervise and otherwise direct the performance of the safety-sensitive functions listed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(3) Are in a position to direct the commission of violations of any of the requirements of parts 213 through 299 of this title, or any of the requirements of 49 U.S.C. ch. 51, or any regulation or order prescribed thereunder.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 23334, May 19, 2009, as amended at 91 FR 22064, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.305   Notice of proposed disqualification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FRA, through the Chief Counsel, begins a disqualification proceeding by serving a notice of proposed disqualification on the respondent charging him or her with having violated one or more rules, regulations, orders, or standards promulgated by FRA, which render the respondent unfit to perform safety-sensitive functions described in § 209.303.
</P>
<P>(b) The notice of proposed disqualification issued under this section shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the rule(s), regulation(s), order(s), or standard(s) that the respondent is alleged to have violated;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the factual allegations that form the basis of the initial determination that the respondent is not fit to perform safety-sensitive functions;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the effective date, duration, and other conditions, if any, of the disqualification order;
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the respondent's right to answer the charges in writing and furnish affidavits and any other documentary evidence in support of the answer;
</P>
<P>(5) A statement of the respondent's right to make an informal response to the Chief Counsel;
</P>
<P>(6) A statement of the respondent's right to request a hearing and the procedures for requesting a hearing;
</P>
<P>(7) A statement of the respondent's right to counsel or other designated representative; and
</P>
<P>(8) Notice of the consequences of the respondent's failure to take any of the actions described in § 209.307(a).
</P>
<P>(c) The Chief Counsel shall enclose with the notice of proposed disqualification a copy of the material that is relied on in support of the charges. Nothing in this section precludes the Chief Counsel from presenting at a subsequent hearing under § 209.321 any evidence of the charges set forth in the notice that the Chief Counsel acquires after service thereof on the respondent. The Chief Counsel, however, shall serve a copy of any such evidence on the respondent at or before the prehearing conference required under § 209.319. Failure to furnish such evidence to respondent at or before the prehearing conference bars its introduction at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(d) The Chief Counsel shall provide a copy of the notice of proposed disqualification to the railroad that employs the respondent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.307   Reply.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 30 days after receipt of the notice of proposed disqualification issued under § 209.305, the respondent shall reply in writing to the charges. The respondent may furnish affidavits and any other documentary evidence in support of the reply. Further, the respondent may elect to—
</P>
<P>(1) Stipulate to the charges and consent to the imposition of the disqualification order under the conditions set forth in the notice;
</P>
<P>(2) Make an informal response as provided in § 209.309; or
</P>
<P>(3) Request a hearing as provided in § 209.311.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Counsel may extend the reply period for good cause shown, provided the request for extension is served before the expiration of the period provided in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Failure of the respondent to reply to the notice of proposed disqualification within the period provided in paragraph (a) of this section or an extension thereto provided under paragraph (b) of this section constitutes a waiver of the respondent's right to appear and contest the charges or the proposed disqualification. Respondent's failure to reply authorizes the Chief Counsel, without further notice to the respondent, to find the respondent unfit for the performance of the safety-sensitive functions described in § 209.303 and to order the respondent disqualified from performing them for the period and under the other conditions described in the notice of proposed disqualification. The Chief Counsel shall serve respondent with the disqualification order and provide a copy of the order to the railroad by which the respondent is employed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.309" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.309   Informal response.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the respondent elects to make an informal response to a notice of proposed disqualification, he or she shall submit to the Chief Counsel such written explanations, information, or other materials as respondent may desire in answer to the charges or in mitigation of the proposed disqualification.
</P>
<P>(b) The respondent may include in an informal written response a request for a conference. Upon receipt of such a request, the Chief Counsel shall arrange for a conference at a time and place designated by the Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(c) Written explanations, information, or materials submitted by the respondent and relevant information presented during any conference held under this section shall be considered by the Chief Counsel in reviewing the notice of proposed disqualification, including the question of the respondent's fitness and the conditions of any disqualification that may be imposed.
</P>
<P>(d) After consideration of an informal response, including any relevant information presented at a conference, the Chief Counsel shall take one of the following actions:
</P>
<P>(1) Dismiss all the charges and terminate the notice of proposed disqualification;
</P>
<P>(2) Dismiss some of the charges and mitigate the proposed disqualification;
</P>
<P>(3) Mitigate the proposed disqualification; or
</P>
<P>(4) Sustain the charges and proposed disqualification.
</P>
<P>(e) Should the Chief Counsel sustain, in whole or in part, the charges and proposed disqualification and reach settlement with the respondent, the Chief Counsel shall issue an appropriate disqualification order reflecting the settlement and shall provide a copy of that order to the railroad by which the respondent is employed. The duration of the disqualification period may be less than, but shall be no greater than, the period set forth in the notice. Any settlement reached shall be evidenced by a written agreement, which shall include declarations from the respondent stipulating to the charges contained in the disqualification order, consenting to the imposition of the disqualification under the conditions set forth in the disqualification order, and waiving his or her right to a hearing.
</P>
<P>(f) If settlement of the charges against the respondent is not achieved, the Chief Counsel shall terminate settlement discussions no later than 30 days from service of the informal response upon the Chief Counsel by serving respondent written notice of termination of settlement negotiations.
</P>
<P>(g) By electing to make an informal response to a notice of proposed disqualification, the respondent does not waive the right to a hearing. However, the respondent must submit the hearing request required by § 209.311(a) within l0 days after receipt of the notice of termination of settlement negotiations from the Chief Counsel. Failure to submit such a request constitutes a waiver of the respondent's right to appear and contest the charges or the proposed disqualification.
</P>
<P>(h) The Chief Counsel may extend the period for requesting a hearing for good cause shown, provided the request for extension is served before the expiration of the period provided in paragraph (g) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.311" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.311   Request for hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the respondent elects to request a hearing, he or she must submit a written request within the time periods specified in § 209.307(a) or § 209.309(g) to the Chief Counsel referring to the case number that appears on the notice of proposed disqualification. The request must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, address, and telephone number of the respondent and of the respondent's designated representative, if any;
</P>
<P>(2) A specific response admitting, denying, or explaining each allegation of the notice of disqualification order.
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the claims and defenses to be raised by the respondent at the hearing; and
</P>
<P>(4) The signature of the respondent or the representative, if any.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon receipt of a request for a hearing complying with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the Chief Counsel shall arrange for the appointment of a presiding officer and transmit the disqualification file to the presiding officer, who shall schedule the hearing for the earliest practicable date within the time period set by § 209.321(a) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon assignment of a presiding officer, further matters in the proceeding generally are conducted by and through the presiding officer, except that the Chief Counsel and respondent may settle or voluntarily dismiss the case without order of the presiding officer. The Chief Counsel shall promptly notify the presiding officer of any settlement or dismissal of the case.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.313" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.313   Discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Disqualification proceedings shall be conducted as expeditiously as possible with due regard to the rights of the parties. Discovery is designed to enable a party to obtain relevant information needed for preparation of the party's case. These regulations are intended to provide a simple, timely, and relatively economical system for discovery. They shall be interpreted and applied so as to avoid delay and facilitate adjudication of the case.
</P>
<P>(b) Discovery may be obtained by requests for admission under § 209.6, requests for production of documentary or other tangible evidence under § 209.7, and depositions under § 209.8.
</P>
<P>(c) A party may initiate the methods of discovery permitted under paragraph (b) of this section at any time after respondent requests a hearing under § 209.311.
</P>
<P>(d) Discovery shall be completed within 90 days after receipt of respondent's request for a hearing under § 209.311. Upon motion for good cause shown, the presiding officer may extend this time period for an additional 30 days. The presiding officer may grant an additional 30 day extension only when the party requesting the extension shows by clear and convincing evidence that the party was unable to complete discovery within the prescribed time period through no fault or lack of due diligence of such party, and that denial of the request would result in irreparable prejudice.
</P>
<P>(e) If a party fails to comply with a discovery order or an order to compel, the presiding officer may:
</P>
<P>(1) Strike any appropriate part of the pleadings or other submissions of the party failing to comply with such order;
</P>
<P>(2) Prohibit the party failing to comply with such order from introducing evidence relating to the information sought;
</P>
<P>(3) Draw an inference in favor of the requesting party with regard to the information sought; and
</P>
<P>(4) Permit the requesting party to introduce secondary evidence concerning the information sought.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.315" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.315   Subpoenas.</HEAD>
<P>Once a notice of proposed disqualification has been issued in a particular matter, only the presiding officer may issue, deny, quash, or modify subpoenas under this subpart in accordance with § 209.7.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.317" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.317   Official record.</HEAD>
<P>The notice of proposed disqualification, respondent's reply, exhibits, and verbatim record of testimony, if a hearing is held, and all pleadings, stipulations, and admissions filed and rulings and orders entered in the course of the proceeding shall constitute the exclusive and official record.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.319" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.319   Prehearing conference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The parties shall confer with the presiding officer, either in person or by telephone, for a conference at least 10 days before the hearing to consider:
</P>
<P>(1) Formulation and simplification of the issues;
</P>
<P>(2) Stipulations, admissions of fact, and admissions of the contents and authenticity of documents;
</P>
<P>(3) Advance rulings from the presiding officer on the admissibility of evidence;
</P>
<P>(4) Identification of witnesses, including the scope of their testimony, and of hearing exhibits;
</P>
<P>(5) Possibility of settlement; and
</P>
<P>(6) Such other matters as the presiding officer deems necessary to expedite the disposition of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) The record shall show the matters disposed of by order and by agreement in such a prehearing conference. The subsequent course of the hearing shall be controlled by such action.
</P>
<P>(c) The prehearing conference shall be held within 150 days after receipt of respondent's request for a hearing under § 209.311.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.321" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.321   Hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon receipt of a hearing request complying with § 209.311, an administrative hearing for review of a notice of proposed disqualification shall be conducted by a presiding officer, who can be any person authorized by the FRA Administrator, including an administrative law judge. The hearing shall begin within 180 days from receipt of respondent's hearing request. Notice of the time and place of the hearing shall be given to the parties at least 20 days before the hearing. Testimony by witnesses shall be given under oath and the hearing shall be recorded verbatim. The hearing shall be open to the public, unless the presiding official determines that it would be in the best interests of the respondent, a witness, or other affected persons, to close all or any part of it. If the presiding official makes such a determination, an appropriate order, which sets forth the reasons therefor, shall be entered.
</P>
<P>(b) The presiding officer may:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas as provided by § 209.7;
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt procedures for the submission of evidence in written form;
</P>
<P>(4) Take or cause depositions to be taken as provided in § 209.8;
</P>
<P>(5) Rule on offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
</P>
<P>(6) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(7) Convene, recess, reconvene, adjourn, and otherwise regulate the course of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(8) Hold conferences for settlement, simplification of the issues, or any other proper purpose; and
</P>
<P>(9) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provisions of this subpart and permitted by law that may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of an issue raised therein.
</P>
<P>(c) FRA has the burden of proof, by a preponderance of the evidence, as to the facts alleged in the notice of proposed disqualification, the reasonableness of the conditions of the qualification proposed, and, except as provided in § 209.329(a), the respondent's lack of fitness to perform safety-sensitive functions. The Chief Counsel may offer relevant evidence, including testimony, in support of the allegations contained in the notice of proposed disqualification and conduct such cross-examination as may be required for a full disclosure of the material facts.
</P>
<P>(d) The respondent may appear and be heard on respondent's own behalf or through respondent's designated representative. The respondent may offer relevant evidence, including testimony, in defense of the allegations or in mitigation of the proposed disqualification and conduct such cross-examination as may be required for a full disclosure of the material facts. Respondent has the burden of proof, by a preponderance of the evidence, as to any affirmative defense, including that respondent's actions were in obedience to the direct order of a railroad supervisor or higher level official.
</P>
<P>(e) The record shall be closed at the conclusion of the hearing, unless the parties request the opportunity to submit proposed findings and conclusions. When the presiding officer allows the parties to submit proposed findings and conclusions, documents previously identified for introduction into evidence, briefs, or other posthearing submissions the record shall be left open for such time as the presiding officer grants for that purpose.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 42907, Oct. 18, 1989, as amended at 60 FR 53136, Oct. 12, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.323" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.323   Initial decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The presiding officer shall prepare an initial decision after the closing of the record. The initial decision may dismiss the notice of proposed disqualification, in whole or in part, sustain the charges and proposed disqualification, or sustain the charges and mitigate the proposed disqualification.
</P>
<P>(b) If the presiding officer sustains the charges and the proposed disqualification, dismisses some of the charges, or mitigates the proposed disqualification, the presiding officer shall issue and serve an appropriate order disqualifying respondent from engaging in the safety-sensitive functions described in § 209.303. If the presiding officer dismisses all of the charges set forth in notice of proposed disqualification, a dismissal order shall be issued and served.
</P>
<P>(c) Each initial decision shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) Findings of fact and conclusions of law, as well as the reasons or bases therefor, upon all the material issues of fact and law presented on the record;
</P>
<P>(2) An order, as described in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) The dates any disqualification is to begin and end and other conditions, if any, that the respondent must satisfy before the disqualification order is discharged;
</P>
<P>(4) The date upon which the decision will become final, as prescribed in § 209.325; and
</P>
<P>(5) Notice of the parties' appeal rights, as prescribed in § 209.327.
</P>
<P>(d) The decision shall be served upon the FRA Chief Counsel and the respondent. The Chief Counsel shall provide a copy of the disqualification order to the railroad by which the respondent is employed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.325" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.325   Finality of decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The initial decision of the presiding officer shall become final 35 days after issuance. Such decisions are not precedent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> The initial decision shall not become final if, within 35 days after issuance of the decision, any party files an appeal under § 209.327. The timely filing of such an appeal shall stay the order in the initial decision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.327" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.327   Appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party aggrieved by an initial decision issued under § 209.323 may file an appeal. The appeal must be filed within 35 days of issuance of the initial decision with the Federal Railroad Administrator, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. A copy of the appeal shall be served on each party. The appeal shall set forth objections to the initial decision, supported by reference to applicable laws and regulations, and with specific reference to the record. If the Administrator has played any role in investigating, prosecuting, or deciding to prosecute the particular case, the Administrator shall recuse him or herself and delegate his or her authority under this section to a person not so involved.
</P>
<P>(b) A party may file a reply to an appeal within 25 days of service of the appeal. If the party relies on evidence contained in the record for the reply, the party shall specifically refer to the pertinent evidence in the record.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator may extend the period for filing an appeal or a response for good cause shown, provided the written request for extension is served before the expiration of the applicable period provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator has sole discretion to permit oral argument on the appeal. On the Administrator's own initiative or upon written motion by any party, the Administrator may determine that oral argument will contribute substantially to the development of the issues on appeal and may grant the parties an opportunity for oral argument.
</P>
<P>(e) The Administrator may affirm, reverse, alter, or modify the decision of the presiding officer, or may remand the case for further proceedings before the presiding officer. The Administrator shall inform the parties and the presiding officer of his or her decision.
</P>
<P>(f) The decision of the Administrator is final, constitutes final agency action, and is not subject to further administrative review.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 42907, Oct. 18, 1989, as amended at 74 FR 25171, May 27, 2009; 74 FR 23334, May 19, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.329" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.329   Assessment considerations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Proof of a respondent's willful violation of one of the requirements of parts 213 through 241 (excluding parts 225, 228, and 233) of this title, or of one of the requirements of 49 U.S.C. Chapt. 51, or any regulation or order prescribed thereunder, establishes a rebuttable presumption that the respondent is unfit to perform the safety-sensitive functions described in § 209.303. Where such presumption arises, the respondent has the burden of establishing that, taking account of the factors in paragraph (b) of this section, he or she is fit to perform the foregoing safety-sensitive functions for the period and under the other conditions, if any, proposed in the notice of proposed disqualification.
</P>
<P>(b) In determining respondent's lack of fitness to perform safety-sensitive functions and the duration and other conditions, if any, of appropriate disqualification orders under §§ 209.309, 209.323, and 209.327, the factors to be considered, to the extent each is pertinent to the respondent's case, include but are not limited to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The nature and circumstances of the violation, including whether the violation was intentional, technical, or inadvertent, was committed willfully, or was frequently repeated;
</P>
<P>(2) The adverse impact or the potentially adverse impact of the violation on the health and safety of persons and the safety of property;
</P>
<P>(3) The employing railroad's operating rules, safety rules, and repair and maintenance standards;
</P>
<P>(4) Repair and maintenance standards adopted by the railroad industry;
</P>
<P>(5) The consistency of the conditions of the proposed disqualification with disqualification orders issued against other employees of the employing railroad for the same or similar violations;
</P>
<P>(6) Whether the respondent was on notice of any safety regulations that were violated or whether the respondent had been warned about the conduct in question;
</P>
<P>(7) The respondent's past record of committing violations of safety regulations, including previous FRA warnings issued, disqualifications imposed, civil penalties assessed, railroad disciplinary actions, and criminal convictions therefor;
</P>
<P>(8) The civil penalty scheduled for the violation of the safety regulation in question;
</P>
<P>(9) Mitigating circumstances surrounding the violation, such as the existence of an emergency situation endangering persons or property and the need for the respondent to take immediate action; and
</P>
<P>(10) Such other factors as may be warranted in the public interest.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 23334, May 19, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.331" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.331   Enforcement of disqualification order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad that employs or formerly employed an individual serving under a disqualification order shall inform prospective or actual employers of the terms and conditions of the order upon receiving notice that the disqualified employee is being considered for employment with or is employed by another railroad to perform any of the safety-sensitive functions described in § 209.303.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad that is considering hiring an individual to perform the safety-sensitive functions described in § 209.303 shall ascertain from the individual's previous employer, if such employer was a railroad, whether the individual is subject to a disqualification order.
</P>
<P>(c) An individual subject to a disqualification order shall inform his or her employer of the order and provide a copy thereof within 5 days after receipt of the order. Such an individual shall likewise inform any prospective employer who is considering hiring the individual to perform any of the safety-sensitive functions described in § 209.303 of the order and provide a copy thereof within 5 days after receipt of the order or upon application for the position, whichever first occurs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.333" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.333   Prohibitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An individual subject to a disqualification order shall not work for any railroad in any manner inconsistent with the order.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad shall not employ any individual subject to a disqualification order in any manner inconsistent with the order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.335" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.4.5.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.335   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any individual who violates § 209.331(c) or § 209.333(a) may be permanently disqualified from performing the safety-sensitive functions described in § 209.303. Any individual who willfully violates § 209.331(c) or § 209.333(a) may also be assessed a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) Any railroad that violates § 209.331(a) or (b) or § 209.333(b) may be assessed a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(c) Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 22064, Apr. 24, 2026]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Reporting of Remedial Actions</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>59 FR 43676, Aug. 24, 1994, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 209.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.5.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.401   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this subpart is to prevent accidents and casualties arising from the operation of a railroad that result from a railroad's failure to remedy certain violations of the Federal railroad safety laws for which assessment of a civil penalty has been recommended.
</P>
<P>(b) To achieve this purpose, this subpart requires that if an FRA Safety Inspector notifies a railroad both that assessment of a civil penalty will be recommended for its failure to comply with a provision of the Federal railroad safety laws and that a remedial actions report must be submitted, the railroad shall report to the FRA Safety Inspector, within 30 days after the end of the calendar month in which such notification is received, actions taken to remedy that failure.
</P>
<P>(c) This subpart does not relieve the railroad of the underlying responsibility to comply with a provision of the Federal railroad safety laws. The 30-day period after the end of the calendar month in which notification is received is intended merely to provide the railroad with an opportunity to prepare its report to FRA, and does not excuse continued noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(d) This subpart requires the submission of remedial actions reports for the general categories of physical defects, recordkeeping and reporting violations, and filing violations, where the railroad can literally and specifically correct a failure to comply with a provision of the Federal railroad safety laws, as reasonably determined by the FRA Safety Inspector. No railroad is required to submit a report for a failure involving either a completed or past transaction or a transaction that it can no longer remedy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.5.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.403   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to any railroad that receives written notification from an FRA Safety Inspector both (i) that assessment of a civil penalty will be recommended for its failure to comply with a provision of the Federal railroad safety laws and (ii) that it must submit a remedial actions report.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.5.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.405   Reporting of remedial actions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 209.407, each railroad that has received written notification on Form FRA F 6180.96 from an FRA Safety Inspector both that assessment of a civil penalty will be recommended for the railroad's failure to comply with a provision of the Federal railroad safety laws and that it must submit a remedial actions report, shall report on this form all actions that it takes to remedy that failure. The railroad shall submit the completed form to the FRA Safety Inspector within 30 days after the end of the calendar month in which the notification is received.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Date of receipt of notification.</I> If the FRA Safety Inspector provides written notification to the railroad by first class mail, then for purposes of determining the calendar month in which notification is received, the railroad shall be presumed to have received the notification five business days following the date of mailing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Completion of Form FRA F 6180.96, including selection of railroad remedial action code.</I> Each railroad shall complete the remedial actions report in the manner prescribed on the report form. The railroad shall select the one remedial action code on the reporting form that most accurately reflects the action or actions that it took to remedy the failure, such as, repair or replacement of a defective component without movement, movement of a locomotive or car for repair (where permitted) and its subsequent repair, completion of a required test or inspection, removal of a noncomplying item from service but not for repair (where permitted), reduction of operating speed (where sufficient to achieve compliance), or any combination of actions appropriate to remedy the noncompliance cited. Any railroad selecting the remedial action code “other remedial actions” shall also furnish FRA with a brief narrative description of the action or actions taken.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Submission of Form FRA F 6180.96.</I> The railroad must return the form via email to the FRA Safety Inspector whose name and email address appear on the form.
</P>
<P>(b) Any railroad concluding that the violation alleged on the inspection report may not have occurred may submit the remedial actions report with an appropriate written explanation. Failure to raise all pertinent defenses does not foreclose the railroad from doing so in response to a penalty demand.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 43676, Aug. 24, 1994, as amended at 91 FR 22064, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.5.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.407   Delayed reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a railroad cannot initiate or complete remedial actions within 30 days after the end of the calendar month in which the notification is received, it shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Prepare, in writing, an explanation of the reasons for such delay and a good faith estimate of the date by which it will complete the remedial actions, stating the name and job title of the preparer and including either:
</P>
<P>(i) A photocopy of both sides of the Form FRA F 6180.96 on which the railroad received notification; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The inspection report number;
</P>
<P>(B) The inspection date; and
</P>
<P>(C) The item number; and
</P>
<P>(2) Sign, date, and submit such written explanation and estimate via email, to the FRA Safety Inspector whose name and email address appear on the notification, within 30 days after the end of the calendar month in which the notification is received.
</P>
<P>(b) Within 30 days after the end of the calendar month in which all such remedial actions are completed, the railroad shall report in accordance with the remedial action code procedures referenced in § 209.405(a). The additional time provided by this section for a railroad to submit a delayed report shall not excuse it from liability for any continuing violation of a provision of the Federal railroad safety laws.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 43676, Aug. 24, 1994, as amended at 91 FR 22064, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.409" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.5.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.409   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>Any person who violates any requirement of this subpart or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least $1,114 and not more than $36,439 per violation, except that: Penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and, where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or has caused death or injury, a penalty not to exceed $145,754 per violation may be assessed. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. A person may also be subject to the criminal penalties provided for in 49 U.S.C. 21311 (formerly codified in 45 U.S.C. 438(e)) for knowingly and willfully falsifying reports required by this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 43676, Aug. 24, 1994, as amended at 63 FR 11619, Mar. 10, 1998; 69 FR 30592, May 28, 2004; 72 FR 51196, Sept. 6, 2007; 74 FR 79700, Dec. 30, 2008; 77 FR 24418, Apr. 24, 2012; 81 FR 43108, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16131, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60745, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 37072, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1756, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23252, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15866, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1126, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89561, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106294, Dec. 30, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Enforcement, Appeal and Hearing Procedures for Rail Routing Decisions Pursuant to 49 CFR § 172.820</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.501" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.6.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.501   Review of rail transportation safety and security route analysis.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Review of route analysis.</I> If the Associate Administrator for Safety determines that a railroad carrier's route selection, analysis and documentation pursuant to § 172.820 of chapter I of this title is deficient and fails to establish that the route chosen by the carrier poses the least overall safety and security risk, the Associate Administrator shall issue a written notice of review (“Notice”) to the railroad carrier. The Notice shall specifically address each deficiency found in the railroad carrier's route analysis. The Notice may also include suggested mitigation measures that the railroad carrier may take to remedy the deficiencies found, including selection of an alternative commercially feasible routing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conference to resolve deficiencies.</I> After issuing the Notice, the Associate Administrator conferences with the railroad carrier for a thirty (30)-day period, or such longer period as provided by the Associate Administrator, to resolve the deficiencies identified in the Notice. The Associate Administrator keeps a record of all written correspondence with the railroad carrier and a summary of each meeting and telephone conversation with the railroad carrier that pertains to the Notice.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Consultation with and comment from other agencies.</I> If, after the close of the conference period, the Associate Administrator concludes that the issues identified have not been satisfactorily resolved, the Associate Administrator:
</P>
<P>(1) Consults with the Transportation Security Administration (“TSA”) and the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) regarding the safety and security of the route proposed by the railroad carrier and any alternative route(s) over which the carrier is authorized to operate that are being considered by the Associate Administrator and prepares a written summary of the recommendations from TSA and PHMSA;
</P>
<P>(2) Obtains the comments of the Surface Transportation Board (“STB”) regarding whether the alternative route(s) being considered by the Associate Administrator would be commercially practicable; and
</P>
<P>(3) Fully considers the input of TSA, PHMSA and the STB and renders a decision pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section which shall be administratively final.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Decision.</I> (1) If the Associate Administrator finds that the route analysis and documentation provided by the railroad carrier are sufficient to support the route selected by the carrier or that valid issues of commercial practicability preclude an alternative route, the Associate Administrator concludes the review without further action and so notifies the railroad carrier in writing.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Associate Administrator concludes that the railroad carrier's route analysis does not support the railroad carrier's original selected route, that safety and security considerations establish a significant preference for an alternative route, and that the alternative route is commercially practicable, the Associate Administrator issues a second written notice (2nd Notice) to the railroad carrier that:
</P>
<P>(i) Specifically identifies deficiencies found in the railroad carrier's route analysis, including a clear description of the risks on the selected route that have not been satisfactorily mitigated;
</P>
<P>(ii) Explains why the available data and reasonable inferences indicate that a commercially practicable alternative route poses fewer overall safety and security risks than the route selected by the railroad carrier; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Directs the railroad carrier, beginning within twenty (20) days of the issuance date of the 2nd Notice on the railroad carrier, to temporarily use the alternative route that the Associate Administrator determines poses the least overall safety and security risk until such time as the railroad carrier has adequately mitigated the risks identified by the Associate Administrator on the original route selected by the carrier.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Actions following 2nd Notice and re-routing directive.</I> When issuing a 2nd Notice that directs the use of an alternative route, the Associate Administrator shall make available to the railroad carrier the administrative record relied upon by the Associate Administrator in issuing the 2nd Notice, including the recommendations of TSA, PHMSA and STB to FRA made pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section. Within twenty (20) days of the issuance date of the Associate Administrator's 2nd Notice, the railroad carrier may:
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the Associate Administrator's directive to use an alternative route while the carrier works to address the deficiencies in its route analysis identified by the Associate Administrator; or
</P>
<P>(2) File a petition for judicial review of the Associate Administrator's 2nd Notice, pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Review and decision by Associate Administrator on revised route analysis submitted in response to 2nd Notice.</I> Upon submission of a revised route analysis containing an adequate showing by the railroad carrier that its original selected route poses the least overall safety and security risk, the Associate Administrator notifies the carrier in writing that the carrier may use its original selected route.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Appellate review.</I> If a railroad carrier is aggrieved by final agency action, it may petition for review of the final decision in the appropriate United States court of appeals as provided in 49 U.S.C. 5127. The filing of the petition for review does not stay or modify the force and effect of the final agency action unless the Associate Administrator or the Court orders otherwise.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Time.</I> In computing any period of time prescribed by this part, the day of any act, event, or default from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period so computed shall be included, unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day which is not one of the aforementioned days.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 72199, Nov. 26, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Enforcement, Hearing, and Appeal Procedures for Rail Safety Violations</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>91 FR 22065, Apr. 24, 2026, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 209.601" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.7.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.601   Civil penalties generally.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Sections 209.601 through 209.621 prescribe rules of procedure for the assessment of civil penalties pursuant to the Federal railroad safety laws, 49 U.S.C. chapters 201 through 213.
</P>
<P>(b) When FRA has reason to believe that a person has committed an act which is a violation of any provision of chapter II, subtitle B of this title, or title 49, subtitle V, part A, of the United States Code, for which FRA exercises enforcement responsibility or any waiver or order issued thereunder, it may conduct a proceeding to assess a civil penalty.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.603" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.7.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.603   Minimum and maximum penalties.</HEAD>
<P>A person who violates a requirement of the Federal railroad safety laws, an order issued thereunder, chapter II, subtitle B, of this title, or title 49, subtitle V, part A, of the United States Code, is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where a grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or a death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I>for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.605" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.7.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.605   Demand letter.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FRA, through the Office of the Chief Counsel, begins a civil penalty proceeding by serving a demand letter on a person charging the person with having violated one or more provisions of chapter II, subtitle B of this title, or title 49, subtitle V, part A, of the United States Code. FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> contains guidelines used by the Office of the Chief Counsel in making initial penalty assessments.
</P>
<P>(b) A demand letter issued under this section includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the provision(s) which the respondent is believed to have violated;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the factual allegations upon which the proposed civil penalty is being sought;
</P>
<P>(3) Notice of the maximum amount of civil penalty for which the respondent may be liable;
</P>
<P>(4) Notice of the amount of the civil penalty proposed to be assessed;
</P>
<P>(5) A description of the manner in which the respondent should make payment of any money to the United States;
</P>
<P>(6) A statement of the respondent's right to present written explanations, information or any materials in answer to the charges or in mitigation of the penalty; and
</P>
<P>(7) A statement of the respondent's right to request a hearing and the procedures for requesting a hearing.
</P>
<P>(c) FRA may amend the demand letter at any time prior to completion of a fully executed settlement agreement or the entry of an order assessing a civil penalty. If the amendment contains any new material allegation of fact, the respondent is given an opportunity to respond. In an amended demand letter, FRA may change the civil penalty amount proposed to be assessed, up to the maximum penalty amount for each violation. However, if the violation is a grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, that has caused an imminent hazard of death or injury to individuals, or has caused death or injury, FRA may change the penalty amount proposed to be assessed up to the aggravated maximum penalty amount.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.607" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.7.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.607   Reply.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within sixty (60) days of the service of a demand letter issued under § 209.605, the respondent may—
</P>
<P>(1) Pay as provided in § 209.609(a) and thereby close the case;
</P>
<P>(2) Make an informal response as provided in § 209.611; or
</P>
<P>(3) Request a hearing as provided in § 209.613.
</P>
<P>(b) The Office of the Chief Counsel may extend the sixty (60) days period for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(c) Failure of the respondent to reply by taking one of the three actions described in paragraph (a) of this section, within the period provided, constitutes a waiver of the right to appear and contest the allegations, and authorizes the Office of the Chief Counsel, without further notice to the respondent, to find the facts to be as alleged in the demand letter and to assess an appropriate civil penalty.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.609" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.7.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.609   Payment of penalty; compromise.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Payment of a civil penalty must be made via the internet at <I>https://www.pay.gov/paygov/.</I> Instructions for online payment are found on the website.
</P>
<P>(b) At any time before an order assessing a penalty is referred to the Attorney General for collection, the respondent may offer to compromise for a specific amount by contacting the Office of the Chief Counsel.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.611" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.7.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.611   Informal response and assessment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a respondent elects to make an informal written response to a demand letter, respondent must submit to the Office of the Chief Counsel such written explanations, information, or other materials as respondent may desire in answer to the charges or in mitigation of the proposed penalty.
</P>
<P>(b) Instead of or in addition to an informal written response as described in paragraph (a), an informal response may consist of a request for a conference.
</P>
<P>(c) Written explanations, information, or materials submitted by the respondent, and relevant information presented during any conference held under this section, are considered by the Office of the Chief Counsel in reviewing the demand letter and determining the fact of violation and the amount of any penalty to be assessed.
</P>
<P>(d) After consideration of an informal response, including any relevant information presented at a conference, the Office of the Chief Counsel may dismiss the demand letter in whole or in part. If the Office of the Chief Counsel does not dismiss it in whole, the Office of the Chief Counsel may enter into a settlement agreement or enter an order assessing a civil penalty.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.613" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.7.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.613   Request for hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a respondent elects to request a hearing, the respondent must submit a written request to the Office of the Chief Counsel referring to the case number which appeared on the demand letter. The request must—
</P>
<P>(1) State the name and email address of the respondent and of the person signing the request, if different from the respondent;
</P>
<P>(2) State with respect to each allegation whether it is admitted or denied; and
</P>
<P>(3) State with particularity the issues to be raised by the respondent at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) After a request for hearing that complies with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the Office of the Chief Counsel schedules a hearing for the earliest practicable date.
</P>
<P>(c) The Office of the Chief Counsel, or the hearing officer appointed under § 209.615, may grant extensions of the time of the commencement of the hearing for good cause shown.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.615" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.7.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.615   Hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a hearing is requested and scheduled under § 209.613, a hearing officer designated by the Office of the Chief Counsel convenes and presides over the hearing. If requested by respondent, and if practicable, the hearing is held in the general vicinity of the place where the alleged violation occurred, at a place convenient to the respondent, or virtually. Testimony by witnesses shall be given under oath and the hearing shall be recorded verbatim.
</P>
<P>(b) The presiding official may:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas as provided by § 209.7;
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt procedures for the submission of evidence in written form;
</P>
<P>(4) Take or cause depositions to be taken;
</P>
<P>(5) Rule on offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
</P>
<P>(6) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(7) Convene, recess, reconvene, and adjourn and otherwise regulate the course of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(8) Hold conferences for settlement, simplification of the issues or any other proper purpose; and
</P>
<P>(9) Take any other action authorized by, or consistent with, the provisions of this subpart pertaining to civil penalties and permitted by law that may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of an issue raised, therein.
</P>
<P>(c) The Office of the Chief Counsel has the burden of providing the facts alleged in the demand letter and may offer such relevant information as may be necessary to inform the presiding officer fully as to the matter concerned.
</P>
<P>(d) The respondent may appear and be heard on the respondent's own behalf or through counsel of the respondent's choice. The respondent or respondent's counsel may offer relevant information, including testimony, which they believe should be considered in defense of the allegations, or that may bear on the penalty proposed to be assessed, and conduct such cross-examination as may be required for a full disclosure of the material facts.
</P>
<P>(e) At the conclusion of the hearing, or as soon thereafter as the hearing officer shall provide, the parties may file proposed findings and conclusions, together with supporting reasons.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.617" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.7.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.617   Presiding officer's decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After consideration of the evidence of record, the presiding officer may dismiss the demand letter in whole or in part. If the presiding officer does not dismiss it in whole, the presiding officer will issue and serve on the respondent an order assessing a civil penalty. The decision of the presiding officer will include a statement of findings and conclusions as well as the reasons therefor on all material issues of fact, law, and discretion.
</P>
<P>(b) If, within twenty (20) days after service of an order assessing a civil penalty, the respondent does not pay the civil penalty or file an appeal as provided in § 209.621, the case may be referred to the Attorney General with a request that an action to collect the penalty be brought in the appropriate United States District Court. In the civil action, the amount and appropriateness of the civil penalty shall not be subject to review.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.619" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.7.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.619   Assessment considerations.</HEAD>
<P>The assessment of a civil penalty under § 209.617 is made only after considering:
</P>
<P>(a) the nature, circumstances, extent, and gravity of the violation;
</P>
<P>(b) with respect to the violator, the degree of culpability, any history of violations, the ability to pay, and any effect on the ability to continue to do business; and
</P>
<P>(c) other matters that justice requires.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 209.621" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.7.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 209.621   Appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party aggrieved by a presiding officer's decision or order issued under § 209.617 assessing a civil penalty may file an appeal with the Administrator. The appeal must be filed within twenty (20) days of service of the presiding officer's order.
</P>
<P>(b) Prior to rendering a final determination on an appeal, the Administrator may remand the case for further proceedings before the hearing officer.
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of an appeal by a respondent, if the Administrator affirms the assessment and the respondent does not pay the civil penalty within twenty (20) days after service of the Administrator's decision on appeal, the matter may be referred to the Attorney General with a request that an action to collect the penalty be brought in the appropriate United States District Court. In the civil action, the amount and appropriateness of the civil penalty shall not be subject to review.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.9.5.1.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 209—Statement of Agency Policy Concerning Enforcement of the Federal Railroad Safety Laws 
</HEAD>
<P>The Federal Railroad Administration (“FRA”) enforces the Federal railroad safety statutes under delegation from the Secretary of Transportation. See 49 CFR 1.88 and 1.89. Those statutes include 49 U.S.C. ch. 201-213 and uncodified provisions of the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-432, Div. A, 122 Stat. 4848), the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (Pub. L. 114-94, Dec. 4, 2015), and the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act (Pub. L. 117-58, Nov. 15, 2021). On July 4, 1994, the day before the enactment of Public Law 103-272, 108 Stat. 745, the Federal railroad safety statutes included the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (“Safety Act”), and a group of statutes enacted prior to 1970 referred to herein collectively as the “older safety statutes:” the Safety Appliance Acts; the Locomotive Inspection Act; the Accident Reports Act; the Hours of Service Act; and the Signal Inspection Act. Effective July 5, 1994, Public Law 103-272 repealed certain general and permanent laws related to transportation, including these rail safety laws (the Safety Act and the older safety statutes), and reenacted them as revised by that law but without substantive change in title 49 of the U.S.C., ch. 201-213. Regulations implementing the Federal rail safety laws are found at 49 CFR parts 209-299. The Rail Safety Improvement Act of 1988 (Pub. L. 100-342, enacted June 22, 1988) (“RSIA”) raised the maximum civil penalties available under the railroad safety laws and made individuals liable for willful violations of those laws.


</P>
<HD1>The Civil Penalty Process


</HD1>
<P>The front lines in the civil penalty process are the FRA safety inspectors: FRA employs over 300 inspectors, and their work is supplemented by approximately 200 inspectors from States participating in enforcement of the Federal rail safety laws. These inspectors routinely inspect the equipment, track, and signal systems and observe the operations of the Nation's railroads. They also investigate hundreds of complaints filed annually by those alleging noncompliance with the laws. When an inspection or complaint investigation reveals noncompliance with the laws, each noncomplying condition or action is listed on an inspection report. Where the inspector determines that the best method of promoting compliance is to assess a civil penalty, the inspector prepares a violation report, which is essentially a recommendation to the FRA Office of the Chief Counsel to assess a penalty based on the evidence provided in or with the report.


</P>
<P>In determining which instances of noncompliance merit penalty recommendations, the inspector considers:
</P>
<P>(1) The inherent seriousness of the condition or action;
</P>
<P>(2) The kind and degree of potential safety hazard the condition or action poses in light of the immediate factual situation;
</P>
<P>(3) Any actual harm to persons or property already caused by the condition or action;
</P>
<P>(4) The offending person's (<I>i.e.,</I> railroad's or individual's) general level of current compliance as revealed by the inspection as a whole;
</P>
<P>(5) The person's recent history of compliance with the relevant set of regulations, especially at the specific location or division of the railroad involved;
</P>
<P>(6) Whether a remedy other than a civil penalty (ranging from a warning on up to an emergency order) is more appropriate under all of the facts; and
</P>
<P>(7) Such other factors as the immediate circumstances make relevant.


</P>
<P>The civil penalty recommendation is reviewed at the district level by a specialist in the subject matter involved, who requires correction of any technical flaws and determines whether the recommendation is consistent with national enforcement policy in similar circumstances. Guidance on that policy in close cases is sometimes sought from Office of Railroad Safety headquarters. Violation reports that are technically and legally sufficient and in accord with FRA policy are sent from the district office to the Office of the Chief Counsel.


</P>
<P>The exercise of this discretion at the field and headquarters levels is a vital part of the enforcement process, ensuring that the exacting and time-consuming civil penalty process is used to address those situations most in need of the deterrent effect of penalties. FRA exercises that discretion with regard to individual violators in the same manner it does with respect to railroads.


</P>
<P>The Office of the Chief Counsel's Office of Safety Law reviews each violation report it receives from the district offices for legal sufficiency and assesses penalties based on those allegations that survive that review.


</P>
<P>Once penalties have been assessed, the railroad is given a reasonable amount of time to investigate the charges. Larger railroads usually make their case before FRA in an informal conference covering a number of case files that have been issued and investigated since the previous conference. Thus, in terms of the negotiating time of both sides, economies of scale are achieved that would be impossible if each case were negotiated separately. The settlement conferences include technical experts from both FRA and the railroad as well as lawyers for both parties. Similar to the discretion that the Office of the Chief Counsel has in determining whether to transmit an enforcement action or to decline to prosecute a recommended violation, the Office also has discretion to dismiss a violation, such as a technical violation where the challenged conduct does not raise a practical safety issue. Even if FRA determines not to dismiss the violation, FRA continues to have the discretion to reduce the penalty, but not below the relevant statutory minimum amount. In addition to allowing the two sides to make their cases for the relative merits of the various claims, these conferences also provide a forum for addressing current compliance problems. Smaller railroads usually prefer to handle negotiations through email or over the phone, often on a single case at a time. Once the two sides have agreed to an amount on each case, that agreement is put in writing and a payment is submitted to FRA's accounting division covering the full amount agreed on.


</P>
<P>Once penalties have been assessed, the railroad is given a reasonable amount of time to investigate the charges. Larger railroads usually make their case before FRA in an informal conference covering a number of case files that have been issued and investigated since the previous conference. Thus, in terms of the negotiating time of both sides, economies of scale are achieved that would be impossible if each case were negotiated separately. The settlement conferences include technical experts from both FRA and the railroad as well as lawyers for both parties. In addition to allowing the two sides to make their cases for the relative merits of the various claims, these conferences also provide a forum for addressing current compliance problems. Smaller railroads usually prefer to handle negotiations through email or over the phone, often on a single case at a time. Once the two sides have agreed to an amount on each case, that agreement is put in writing and a payment is submitted to FRA's accounting division covering the full amount agreed on.


</P>
<HD1>Civil Penalties Against Individuals


</HD1>
<P>The RSIA amended the penalty provisions of the railroad safety statutes to make them applicable to any “person (including a railroad and any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad)” who fails to comply with the regulations or statutes, <I>e.g.,</I> section 3 of the RSIA, amending section 209 of the Safety Act. However, the RSIA also provided that civil penalties may be assessed against individuals “only for willful violations.”
</P>
<P>Thus, any individual meeting the statutory description of “person” is liable for a civil penalty for a willful violation of, or for willfully causing the violation of, the safety statutes or regulations. Of course, as has traditionally been the case with respect to acts of noncompliance by railroads, the FRA field inspector exercises discretion in deciding which situations call for a civil penalty assessment as the best method of ensuring compliance. The inspector has a range of options, including an informal warning, a more formal warning letter issued by the Office of the Chief Counsel, recommendation of a civil penalty assessment, recommendation of disqualification or suspension from safety-sensitive service, or, under the most extreme circumstances, recommendation of emergency action.
</P>
<P>The threshold question in any alleged violation by an individual will be whether that violation was “willful.” (Note that section 3(a) of the RSIA, which authorizes suspension or disqualification of a person whose violation of the safety laws has shown the person to be unfit for safety-sensitive service, does not require a showing of willfulness. Regulations implementing that provision are found at 49 CFR part 209, subpart D.) FRA proposed this standard of liability when, in 1987, it originally proposed a statutory revision authorizing civil penalties against individuals. FRA believed then that it would be too harsh a system to collect fines from individuals on a strict liability basis, as the safety statutes permit FRA to do with respect to railroads. FRA also believed that even a reasonable care standard (<I>e.g.,</I> the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act's standard for civil penalty liability, 49 U.S.C. 5123) would subject individuals to civil penalties in more situations than the record warranted. Instead, FRA wanted the authority to penalize those who violate the safety laws through a purposeful act of free will.
</P>
<P>Thus, FRA considers a “willful” violation to be one that is an intentional, voluntary act committed either with knowledge of the relevant law or reckless disregard for whether the act violated the requirements of the law. Accordingly, neither a showing of evil purpose (as is sometimes required in certain criminal cases) nor actual knowledge of the law is necessary to prove a willful violation, but a level of culpability higher than negligence must be demonstrated. <I>See Trans World Airlines, Inc.</I> v. <I>Thurston,</I> 469 U.S. 111 (1985); <I>Brock</I> v. <I>Morello Bros. Constr., Inc.,</I> 809 F.2d 161 (1st Cir. 1987); and <I>Donovan</I> v. <I>Williams Enterprises, Inc.,</I> 744 F.2d 170 (D.C. Cir. 1984).
</P>
<P>Reckless disregard for the requirements of the law can be demonstrated in many ways. Evidence that a person was trained on or made aware of the specific rule involved—or, as is more likely, its corresponding industry equivalent—would suffice. Moreover, certain requirements are so obviously fundamental to safe railroading (<I>e.g.,</I> the prohibition against disabling an automatic train control device) that any violation of them, regardless of whether the person was actually aware of the prohibition, should be seen as reckless disregard of the law. <I>See Brock, supra,</I> 809 F.2d 164. Thus, a lack of subjective knowledge of the law is no impediment to a finding of willfulness. If it were, a mere denial of knowledge of the content of the particular regulation would provide a defense. Having proposed use of the word “willful,” FRA believes it was not intended to insulate from liability those who simply claim—contrary to the established facts of the case—they had no reason to believe their conduct was wrongful.
</P>
<P>A willful violation entails knowledge of the facts constituting the violation, but actual, subjective knowledge need not be demonstrated. It will suffice to show objectively what the alleged violator must have known of the facts based on reasonable inferences drawn from the circumstances. For example, a person shown to have been responsible for performing an initial terminal air brake test that was not in fact performed would not be able to defend against a charge of a willful violation simply by claiming subjective ignorance of the fact that the test was not performed. If the facts, taken as a whole, demonstrated that the person was responsible for doing the test and had no reason to believe it was performed by others, and if that person was shown to have acted with actual knowledge of or reckless disregard for the law requiring such a test, the person would be subject to a civil penalty.
</P>
<P>This definition of “willful” fits squarely within the parameters for willful acts laid out by Congress in the RSIA and its legislative history. Section 3(a) of the RSIA amends the Safety Act to provide:
</P>
<P>For purposes of this section, an individual shall be deemed not to have committed a willful violation where such individual has acted pursuant to the direct order of a railroad official or supervisor, under protest communicated to the supervisor. Such individual shall have the right to document such protest.
</P>
<P>As FRA made clear when it recommended legislation granting individual penalty authority, a railroad employee should not have to choose between liability for a civil penalty or insubordination charges by the railroad. Where an employee (or even a supervisor) violates the law under a direct order from a supervisor, the employee does not do so of the employee's free will. Thus, the act is not a voluntary one and, therefore, not willful under FRA's definition of the word. Instead, the action of the person who has directly ordered the commission of the violation is itself a willful violation subjecting that person to a civil penalty. As one of the primary sponsors of the RSIA said on the Senate floor:
</P>
<P>This amendment also seeks to clarify that the purpose of imposing civil penalties against individuals is to deter those who, of their free will, decide to violate the safety laws. The purpose is not to penalize those who are ordered to commit violations by those above them in the railroad chain of command. Rather, in such cases, the railroad official or supervisor who orders the others to violate the law would be liable for any violations his order caused to occur. One example is the movement of railroad cars or locomotives that are actually known to contain certain defective conditions. A train crew member who was ordered to move such equipment would not be liable for a civil penalty, and that his participation in such movements could not be used against him in any disqualification proceeding brought by FRA.
</P>
<FP>133 Cong. Rec. S.15899 (daily ed. Nov. 5, 1987) (remarks of Senator Exon).
</FP>
<P>It should be noted that FRA will apply the same definition of “willful” to corporate acts as is set out here with regard to individual violations. Though railroads are strictly liable for violations of the railroad safety laws and deemed to have knowledge of those laws, FRA's penalty schedules contain, for each regulation, a separate amount earmarked as the initial assessment for willful violations. Where FRA seeks such an extraordinary penalty from a railroad, it will apply the definition of “willful” set forth above. In such cases—as in all civil penalty cases brought by FRA—the aggregate knowledge and actions of the railroad's managers, supervisors, employees, and other agents will be imputed to the railroad. Thus, in situations that FRA decides warrant a civil penalty based on a willful violation, FRA will have the option of citing the railroad and/or one or more of the individuals involved. In cases against railroads other than those in which FRA alleges willfulness or in which a particular regulation imposes a special standard, the principles of strict liability and presumed knowledge of the law will continue to apply.
</P>
<P>The RSIA gives individuals the right to protest a direct order to violate the law and to document the protest. FRA will consider such protests and supporting documentation in deciding whether and against whom to cite civil penalties in a particular situation. Where such a direct order has been shown to have been given as alleged, and where such a protest is shown to have been communicated to the supervisor, the person or persons communicating it will have demonstrated their lack of willfulness. Any documentation of the protest will be considered along with all other evidence in determining whether the alleged order to violate was in fact given.
</P>
<P>However, the absence of such a protest will not be viewed as warranting a presumption of willfulness on the part of the employee who might have communicated it. The statute says that a person who communicates such a protest shall be deemed not to have acted willfully; it does not say that a person who does not communicate such a protest will be deemed to have acted willfully. FRA would have to prove from all the pertinent facts that the employee willfully violated the law. Moreover, the absence of a protest would not be dispositive with regard to the willfulness of a supervisor who issued a direct order to violate the law. That is, the supervisor who allegedly issued an order to violate will not be able to rely on the employee's failure to protest the order as a complete defense. Rather, the issue will be whether, in view of all pertinent facts, the supervisor intentionally and voluntarily ordered the employee to commit an act that the supervisor knew would violate the law or acted with reckless disregard for whether it violated the law.
</P>
<P>FRA exercises the civil penalty authority over individuals through procedures very similar to those used with respect to railroad violations. However, FRA varies those procedures somewhat to account for differences that may exist between the railroad's ability to defend itself against a civil penalty charge and an individual's ability to do so. First, when the field inspector decides that an individual's actions warrant a civil penalty recommendation and drafts a violation report, the Office of Railroad Safety informs the individual in writing of its intention to seek assessment of a civil penalty and the fact that a violation report has been transmitted to the Office of the Chief Counsel. This ensures that the individual has the opportunity to seek counsel, preserve documents, or take any other necessary steps to aid the individual's defense at the earliest possible time.
</P>
<P>Second, if the Office of the Chief Counsel concludes that the case is meritorious and issues a penalty demand letter, that letter makes clear that FRA encourages discussion of any defenses or mitigating factors the individual may wish to raise. That letter also advises the individual that the individual may wish to obtain representation by an attorney and/or labor representative. During the negotiation stage, FRA considers each case individually on its merits and gives due weight to whatever information the alleged violator provides.
</P>
<P>Finally, in the unlikely event that a settlement cannot be reached, the individual may request an administrative hearing, or FRA may issue an order assessing civil penalty, per the enforcement, hearing, and appeal procedures for rail safety violations in part 209, subpart G.
</P>
<P>FRA believes that the intent of Congress would be violated if individuals who agree to pay a civil penalty or are ordered to do so by a court are indemnified for that penalty by the railroad or another institution (such as a labor organization). Congress intended that the penalties have a deterrent effect on individual behavior that would be lessened, if not eliminated, by such indemnification.


</P>
<HD1>Penalty Schedules; Assessment of Maximum Penalties


</HD1>
<P>As recommended by the Department of Transportation in its initial proposal for rail safety legislative revisions in 1987, the RSIA raised the maximum civil penalties for violations of the Federal rail safety laws, regulations, or orders. <I>Id.,</I> secs. 3, 13-15, 17. Pursuant to sec. 16 of RSIA, the penalty for a violation of the Hours of Service Act was changed from a flat $500 to a penalty of up to $1,000, as the Secretary of Transportation deems reasonable. Under all the other statutes, and regulations and orders under those statutes, the maximum penalty was raised from $2,500 to $10,000 per violation, except that where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or has caused death or injury, the penalty was raised to a maximum of $20,000 per violation (“the aggravated maximum penalty”).


</P>
<P>The Rail Safety Enforcement and Review Act (RSERA), Pub. L. 102-365, 106 Stat. 972, enacted in 1992, increased the maximum penalty from $1,000 to $10,000, and provided for an aggravated maximum penalty of $20,000 for a violation of the Hours of Service Act, making these penalty amounts uniform with those of FRA's other safety laws, regulations, and orders. RSERA also increased the minimum civil monetary penalty from $250 to $500 for all of FRA's safety regulatory provisions and orders. <I>Id.,</I> sec. 4(a).


</P>
<P>The Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990, Pub. L. 101-410, 104 Stat. 890, note, as amended by Section 31001(s)(1) of the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-134, 110 Stat. 1321-373, April 26, 1996) (Inflation Act) required that agencies adjust by regulation each minimum and maximum civil monetary penalty within the agency's jurisdiction for inflation and make subsequent adjustments once every four years after the initial adjustment. Accordingly, FRA's minimum and maximum civil monetary penalties have been periodically adjusted, pursuant to the Inflation Act, through rulemaking.


</P>
<P>The Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (“RSIA of 2008”), enacted October 16, 2008, raised FRA's civil monetary ordinary and aggravated maximum penalties to $25,000 and $100,000 respectively. FRA amended the civil penalty provisions in its regulations so as to make $25,000 the ordinary maximum penalty per violation and $100,000 the aggravated maximum penalty per violation, as authorized by the RSIA of 2008, in a final rule published on December 30, 2008 in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> The December 30, 2008 final rule also adjusted the minimum civil penalty from $550 to $650 pursuant to Inflation Act requirements. A correcting amendment to the civil penalty provisions in 49 CFR part 232 was published on April 6, 2009.


</P>
<P>Effective June 25, 2012, the aggravated maximum penalty was raised from $100,000 to $105,000 pursuant to the Inflation Act.


</P>
<P>On November 2, 2015, President Barack Obama signed the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015 (the 2015 Inflation Act). Pub. L. 114-74, Sec. 701. Under the 2015 Inflation Act, agencies must make a catch-up adjustment for civil monetary penalties with the new penalty levels published by July 1, 2016, to take effect no later than August 1, 2016. Moving forward, agencies must make annual inflationary adjustments, starting January 15, 2017, based on Office of Management and Budget guidance. Under the 2015 Inflation Act, effective April 3, 2017, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $839 to $853, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $27,455 to $27,904, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $109,819 to $111,616. Effective November 27, 2018, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $853 to $870, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $27,904 to $28,474, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $111,616 to $113,894. Effective July 31, 2019, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $870 to $892, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $28,474 to $29,192, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $113,894 to $116,766. Effective January 11, 2021, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $892 to $908, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $29,192 to $29,707, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $116,766 to $118,826. Effective May 3, 2021, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $908 to $919, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $29,707 to $30,058, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $118,826 to $120,231. Effective March 21, 2022, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $919 to $976, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $30,058 to $31,928, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $120,231 to $127,712. Effective January 6, 2023, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $976 to $1,052, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $31,928 to $34,401, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $127,712 to $137,603. Effective December 28, 2023, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $1,052 to $1,086, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $34,401 to $35,516, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $137,603 to $142,063. Effective December 30, 2024, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $1,086 to $1,114, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $35,516 to $36,439, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $142,063 to $145,754.


</P>
<P>FRA's traditional practice has been to issue penalty schedules assigning to each particular regulation or order specific dollar amounts for initial penalty assessments. The schedule (except where issued after notice and an opportunity for comment) constitutes a statement of agency policy and was issued historically as an appendix to the relevant part of the Code of Federal Regulations. Schedules are now published on FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/,</I> and they are adjusted yearly for inflation. As of December 30, 2024, for each regulation in this part or order, the schedule shows two amounts within the $1,114 to $36,439 range in separate columns, the first for ordinary violations, the second for willful violations (whether committed by railroads or individuals). In one instance—49 CFR part 231—the schedule refers to sections of the relevant FRA defect code rather than to sections of the CFR text. Of course, the defect code, which is simply a reorganized version of the CFR text used by FRA to facilitate computerization of inspection data, is substantively identical to the CFR text.


</P>
<P>The schedule amounts are meant to provide guidance as to FRA's policy in predictable situations, not to bind FRA from using the full range of penalty authority where extraordinary circumstances warrant. The Senate report on the bill that became the RSIA stated:


</P>
<P>It is expected that the Secretary would act expeditiously to set penalty levels commensurate with the severity of the violations, with imposition of the maximum penalty reserved for violation of any regulation where warranted by exceptional circumstances. S. Rep. No. 100-153, 10th Cong., 2d Sess. 8 (1987).


</P>
<P>Accordingly, under each of the schedules (ordinarily in a footnote), and regardless of the fact that a lesser amount might be shown in both columns of the schedule, FRA reserves the right to assess the statutory maximum penalty of up to $145,754 per violation where a pattern of repeated violations or a grossly negligent violation has created an imminent hazard of death or injury or has caused death or injury. FRA indicates in the penalty demand letter when it uses the higher penalty amount instead of the penalty amount listed in the schedule.


</P>
<HD1>The Extent And Exercise Of FRA's Safety Jurisdiction


</HD1>
<P>The Safety Act and, as amended by the RSIA, the older safety statutes apply to “railroads.” Section 202(e) of the Safety Act defines railroad as follows:
</P>
<P>The term “railroad” as used in this title means all forms of non-highway ground transportation that run on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including (1) commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area, as well as any commuter rail service which was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation as of January 1, 1979, and (2) high speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether they use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads. Such term does not include rapid transit operations within an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>Prior to 1988, the older safety statutes had applied only to common carriers engaged in interstate or foreign commerce by rail. The Safety Act, by contrast, was intended to reach as far as the Commerce Clause of the Constitution (i.e., to all railroads that affect interstate commerce) rather than be limited to common carriers actually engaged in interstate commerce. In reporting out the bill that became the 1970 Safety Act, the House Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce stated:
</P>
<P>The Secretary's authority to regulate extends to all areas of railroad safety. This legislation is intended to encompass all those means of rail transportation as are commonly included within the term. Thus, “railroad” is not limited to the confines of “common carrier by railroad” as that language is defined in the Interstate Commerce Act.
</P>
<FP>H.R. Rep. No. 91-1194, 91st Cong., 2d Sess. at 16 (1970).
</FP>
<P>FRA's jurisdiction was bifurcated until, in 1988, the RSIA amended the older safety statutes to make them coextensive with the Safety Act by making them applicable to railroads and incorporating the Safety Act's definition of the term (e.g.,45 U.S.C. 16, as amended). The RSIA also made clear that FRA's safety jurisdiction is not confined to entities using traditional railroad technology. The new definition of “railroad” emphasized that all non-highway high speed ground transportation systems—regardless of technology used—would be considered railroads.
</P>
<P>Thus, with the exception of self-contained urban rapid transit systems, FRA's statutory jurisdiction extends to all entities that can be construed as railroads by virtue of their providing non-highway ground transportation over rails or electromagnetic guideways, and will extend to future railroads using other technologies not yet in use. For policy reasons, however, FRA does not exercise jurisdiction under all of its regulations to the full extent permitted by statute. Based on its knowledge of where the safety problems were occurring at the time of its regulatory action and its assessment of the practical limitations on its role, FRA has, in each regulatory context, decided that the best option was to regulate something less than the total universe of railroads.
</P>
<P>For example, all of FRA's regulations exclude from their reach railroads whose entire operations are confined to an industrial installation (i.e., “plant railroads”), such as those in steel mills that do not go beyond the plant's boundaries. E.g., 49 CFR 225.3(a)(1) (accident reporting regulations). Some rules exclude passenger operations that are not part of the general railroad system (such as some tourist railroads) only if they meet the definition of “insular.” E.g., 49 CFR 225.3(a)(3) (accident reporting) and 234.3(c) (grade crossing signal safety). Other regulations exclude not only plant railroads but all other railroads that are not operated as a part of, or over the lines of, the general railroad system of transportation. E.g., 49 CFR 214.3 (railroad workplace safety). 
</P>
<P>By “general railroad system of transportation,” FRA refers to the network of standard gage track over which goods may be transported throughout the nation and passengers may travel between cities and within metropolitan and suburban areas. Much of this network is interconnected, so that a rail vehicle can travel across the nation without leaving the system. However, mere physical connection to the system does not bring trackage within it. For example, trackage within an industrial installation that is connected to the network only by a switch for the receipt of shipments over the system is not a part of the system. 
</P>
<P>Moreover, portions of the network may lack a physical connection but still be part of the system by virtue of the nature of operations that take place there. For example, the Alaska Railroad is not physically connected to the rest of the general system but is part of it. The Alaska Railroad exchanges freight cars with other railroads by car float and exchanges passengers with interstate carriers as part of the general flow of interstate commerce. Similarly, an intercity high speed rail system with its own right of way would be part of the general system although not physically connected to it. The presence on a rail line of any of these types of railroad operations is a sure indication that such trackage is part of the general system: the movement of freight cars in trains outside the confines of an industrial installation, the movement of intercity passenger trains, or the movement of commuter trains within a metropolitan or suburban area. Urban rapid transit operations are ordinarily not part of the general system, but may have sufficient connections to that system to warrant exercise of FRA's jurisdiction (see discussion of passenger operations, below). Tourist railroad operations are not inherently part of the general system and, unless operated over the lines of that system, are subject to few of FRA's regulations. 
</P>
<P>The boundaries of the general system are not static. For example, a portion of the system may be purchased for the exclusive use of a single private entity and all connections, save perhaps a switch for receiving shipments, severed. Depending on the nature of the operations, this could remove that portion from the general system. The system may also grow, as with the establishment of intercity service on a brand new line. However, the same trackage cannot be both inside and outside of the general system depending upon the time of day. If trackage is part of the general system, restricting a certain type of traffic over that trackage to a particular portion of the day does not change the nature of the line—it remains the general system.
</P>
<P>Of course, even where a railroad operates outside the general system, other railroads that are definitely part of that system may have occasion to enter the first railroad's property (e.g., a major railroad goes into a chemical or auto plant to pick up or set out cars). In such cases, the railroad that is part of the general system remains part of that system while inside the installation; thus, all of its activities are covered by FRA's regulations during that period. The plant railroad itself, however, does not get swept into the general system by virtue of the other railroad's activity, except to the extent it is liable, as the track owner, for the condition of its track over which the other railroad operates during its incursion into the plant. Of course, in the opposite situation, where the plant railroad itself operates beyond the plant boundaries on the general system, it becomes a railroad with respect to those particular operations, during which its equipment, crew, and practices would be subject to FRA's regulations.
</P>
<P>In some cases, the plant railroad leases track immediately adjacent to its plant from the general system railroad. Assuming such a lease provides for, and actual practice entails, the exclusive use of that trackage by the plant railroad and the general system railroad for purposes of moving only cars shipped to or from the plant, the lease would remove the plant railroad's operations on that trackage from the general system for purposes of FRA's regulations, as it would make that trackage part and parcel of the industrial installation. (As explained above, however, the track itself would have to meet FRA's standards if a general system railroad operated over it. See 49 CFR 213.5 for the rules on how an owner of track may assign responsibility for it.) A lease or practice that permitted other types of movements by general system railroads on that trackage would, of course, bring it back into the general system, as would operations by the plant railroad indicating it was moving cars on such trackage for other than its own purposes (e.g., moving cars to neighboring industries for hire).
</P>
<P>FRA exercises jurisdiction over tourist, scenic, and excursion railroad operations whether or not they are conducted on the general railroad system. There are two exceptions: (1) operations of less than 24-inch gage (which, historically, have never been considered railroads under the Federal railroad safety laws); and (2) operations that are off the general system and “insular” (defined below).
</P>
<P>Insularity is an issue only with regard to tourist operations over trackage outside of the general system used exclusively for such operations. FRA considers a tourist operation to be insular if its operations are limited to a separate enclave in such a way that there is no reasonable expectation that the safety of any member of the public'except a business guest, a licensee of the tourist operation or an affiliated entity, or a trespasser'would be affected by the operation. A tourist operation will not be considered insular if one or more of the following exists on its line:
</P>
<P>•A public highway-rail crossing that is in use;
</P>
<P>•An at-grade rail crossing that is in use;
</P>
<P>•A bridge over a public road or waters used for commercial navigation; or
</P>
<P>•A common corridor with a railroad, i.e., its operations are within 30 feet of those of any railroad.
</P>
<P>When tourist operations are conducted on the general system, FRA exercises jurisdiction over them, and all of FRA's pertinent regulations apply to those operations unless a waiver is granted or a rule specifically excepts such operations (e.g., the passenger equipment safety standards contain an exception for these operations, 49 CFR 238.3(c)(3), even if conducted on the general system). When a tourist operation is conducted only on track used exclusively for that purpose it is not part of the general system. The fact that a tourist operation has a switch that connects it to the general system does not make the tourist operation part of the general system if the tourist trains do not enter the general system and the general system railroad does not use the tourist operation's trackage for any purpose other than delivering or picking up shipments to or from the tourist operation itself.
</P>
<P>If a tourist operation off the general system is insular, FRA does not exercise jurisdiction over it, and none of FRA's rules apply. If, however, such an operation is not insular, FRA exercises jurisdiction over the operation, and some of FRA's rules (i.e., those that specifically apply beyond the general system to such operations) will apply. For example, FRA's rules on accident reporting, steam locomotives, and grade crossing signals apply to these non-insular tourist operations (see 49 CFR 225.3, 230.2 amd 234.3), as do all of FRA's procedural rules (49 CFR parts 209, 211, and 216) and the Federal railroad safety statutes themselves.
</P>
<P>In drafting safety rules, FRA has a specific obligation to consider financial, operational, or other factors that may be unique to tourist operations. 49 U.S.C. 20103(f). Accordingly, FRA is careful to consider those factors in determining whether any particular rule will apply to tourist operations. Therefore, although FRA asserts jurisdiction quite broadly over these operations, we work to ensure that the rules we issue are appropriate to their somewhat special circumstances.
</P>
<P>It is important to note that FRA's exercise of its regulatory authority on a given matter does not preclude it from subsequently amending its regulations on that subject to bring in railroads originally excluded. More important, the self-imposed restrictions on FRA's exercise of regulatory authority in no way constrain its exercise of emergency order authority under section 203 of the Safety Act. That authority was designed to deal with imminent hazards not dealt with by existing regulations and/or so dangerous as to require immediate, ex parte action on the government's part. Thus, a railroad excluded from the reach of any of FRA's regulations is fully within the reach of FRA's emergency order authority, which is coextensive with FRA's statutory jurisdiction over all railroads.
</P>
<HD1>FRA's Policy on Jurisdiction Over Passenger Operations 
</HD1>
<P>Under the Federal railroad safety laws, FRA has jurisdiction over all railroads except “rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.” 49 U.S.C. 20102. Within the limits imposed by this authority, FRA exercises jurisdiction over all railroad passenger operations, regardless of the equipment they use, unless FRA has specifically stated below an exception to its exercise of jurisdiction for a particular type of operation. This policy is stated in general terms and does not change the reach of any particular regulation under its applicability section. That is, while FRA may generally assert jurisdiction over a type of operation here, a particular regulation may exclude that kind of operation from its reach. Therefore, this statement should be read in conjunction with the applicability sections of all of FRA's regulations. 
</P>
<HD1>Intercity Passenger Operations 
</HD1>
<P>FRA exercises jurisdiction over all intercity passenger operations. Because of the nature of the service they provide, standard gage intercity operations are all considered part of the general railroad system, even if not physically connected to other portions of the system. Other intercity passenger operations that are not standard gage (such as a magnetic levitation system) are within FRA's jurisdiction even though not part of the general system. 
</P>
<HD1>Commuter Operations 
</HD1>
<P>FRA exercises jurisdiction over all commuter operations. Congress apparently intended that FRA do so when it enacted the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970, and made that intention very clear in the 1982 and 1988 amendments to that act. FRA has attempted to follow that mandate consistently. A commuter system's connection to other railroads is not relevant under the rail safety statutes. In fact, FRA considers commuter railroads to be part of the general railroad system regardless of such connections. 
</P>
<P>FRA will presume that an operation is a commuter railroad if there is a statutory determination that Congress considers a particular service to be commuter rail. For example, in the Northeast Rail Service Act of 1981, 45 U.S.C. 1104(3), Congress listed specific commuter authorities. If that presumption does not apply, and the operation does not meet the description of a system that is presumptively urban rapid transit (see below), FRA will determine whether a system is commuter or urban rapid transit by analyzing all of the system's pertinent facts. FRA is likely to consider an operation to be a commuter railroad if: 
</P>
<P>•The system serves an urban area, its suburbs, and more distant outlying communities in the greater metropolitan area,
</P>
<P>•The system's primary function is moving passengers back and forth between their places of employment in the city and their homes within the greater metropolitan area, and moving passengers from station to station within the immediate urban area is, at most, an incidental function, and 
</P>
<P>•The vast bulk of the system's trains are operated in the morning and evening peak periods with few trains at other hours. 
</P>
<P>Examples of commuter railroads include Metra and the Northern Indiana Commuter Transportation District in the Chicago area; Virginia Railway Express and MARC in the Washington area; and Metro-North, the Long Island Railroad, New Jersey Transit, and the Port Authority Trans Hudson (PATH) in the New York area.
</P>
<HD1>Other Short Haul Passenger Service 
</HD1>
<P>The federal railroad safety statutes give FRA authority over “commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area.” 49 U.S.C. 20102. This means that, in addition to commuter service, there are other short-haul types of service that Congress intended that FRA reach. For example, a passenger system designed primarily to move intercity travelers from a downtown area to an airport, or from an airport to a resort area, would be one that does not have the transportation of commuters within a metropolitan area as its primary purpose. FRA would ordinarily exercise jurisdiction over such a system as “other short-haul service” unless it meets the definition of urban rapid transit and is not connected in a significant way to the general system. 
</P>
<HD1>Urban Rapid Transit Operations 
</HD1>
<P>One type of short-haul passenger service requires special treatment under the safety statutes: “rapid transit operations in an urban area.” Only these operations are excluded from FRA's jurisdiction, and only if they are “not connected to the general railroad system.” FRA will presume that an operation is an urban rapid transit operation if the system is not presumptively a commuter railroad (see discussion above) the operation is a subway or elevated operation with its own track system on which no other railroad may operate, has no highway-rail crossings at grade, operates within an urban area, and moves passengers from station to station within the urban area as one of its major functions. 
</P>
<P>Where neither the commuter railroad nor urban rapid transit presumptions applies, FRA will look at all of the facts pertinent to a particular operation to determine its proper characterization. FRA is likely to consider an operation to be urban rapid transit if: 
</P>
<P>•The operation serves an urban area (and may also serve its suburbs), 
</P>
<P>•Moving passengers from station to station within the urban boundaries is a major function of the system and there are multiple station stops within the city for that purpose (such an operation could still have the transportation of commuters as one of its major functions without being considered a commuter railroad), and 
</P>
<P>•The system provides frequent train service even outside the morning and evening peak periods. 
</P>
<P>Examples of urban rapid transit systems include the Metro in the Washington, D.C. area, CTA in Chicago, and the subway systems in New York, Boston, and Philadelphia. The type of equipment used by such a system is not determinative of its status. However, the kinds of vehicles ordinarily associated with street railways, trolleys, subways, and elevated railways are the types of vehicles most often used for urban rapid transit operations. 
</P>
<P>FRA can exercise jurisdiction over a rapid transit operation only if it is connected to the general railroad system, but need not exercise jurisdiction over every such operation that is so connected. FRA is aware of several different ways that rapid transit operations can be connected to the general system. Our policy on the exercise of jurisdiction will depend upon the nature of the connection(s). In general, a connection that involves operation of transit equipment as a part of, or over the lines of, the general system will trigger FRA's exercise of jurisdiction. Below, we review some of the more common types of connections and their effect on the agency's exercise of jurisdiction. This is not meant to be an exhaustive list of connections. 
</P>
<HD1>Rapid Transit Connections Sufficient To Trigger FRA's Exercise of Jurisdiction 
</HD1>
<P>Certain types of connections to the general railroad system will cause FRA to exercise jurisdiction over the rapid transit line <I>to the extent it is connected.</I> FRA will exercise jurisdiction over the portion of a rapid transit operation that is conducted as a part of or over the lines of the general system. For example, rapid transit operations are conducted on the lines of the general system where the rapid transit operation and other railroad use the same track. FRA will exercise its jurisdiction over the operations conducted on the general system. In situations involving joint use of the same track, it does not matter that the rapid transit operation occupies the track only at times when the freight, commuter, or intercity passenger railroad that shares the track is not operating. While such time separation could provide the basis for waiver of certain of FRA's rules (see 49 CFR part 211), it does not mean that FRA will not exercise jurisdiction. However, FRA will exercise jurisdiction over only the portions of the rapid transit operation that are conducted on the general system. For example, a rapid transit line that operates over the general system for a portion of its length but has significant portions of street railway that are not used by conventional railroads would be subject to FRA's rules only with respect to the general system portion. The remaining portions would not be subject to FRA's rules. If the non-general system portions of the rapid transit line are considered a “rail fixed guideway system” under 49 CFR part 659, those rules, issued by the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), would apply to them. 
</P>
<P>Another connection to the general system sufficient to warrant FRA's exercise of jurisdiction is a railroad crossing at grade where the rapid transit operation and other railroad cross each other's tracks. In this situation, FRA will exercise its jurisdiction sufficiently to assure safe operations over the at-grade railroad crossing. FRA will also exercise jurisdiction to a limited extent over a rapid transit operation that, while not operated on the same tracks as the conventional railroad, is connected to the general system by virtue of operating in a shared right-of-way involving joint control of trains. For example, if a rapid transit line and freight railroad were to operate over a movable bridge and were subject to the same authority concerning its use (e.g., the same tower operator controls trains of both operations), FRA will exercise jurisdiction in a manner sufficient to ensure safety at this point of connection. Also, where transit operations share highway-rail grade crossings with conventional railroads, FRA expects both systems to observe its signal rules. For example, FRA expects both railroads to observe the provision of its rule on grade crossing signals that requires prompt reports of warning system malfunctions. See 49 CFR part 234. FRA believes these connections present sufficient intermingling of the rapid transit and general system operations to pose significant hazards to one or both operations and, in the case of highway-rail grade crossings, to the motoring public. The safety of highway users of highway-rail grade crossings can best be protected if they get the same signals concerning the presence of any rail vehicles at the crossing and if they can react the same way to all rail vehicles. 
</P>
<HD1>Rapid Transit Connections Not Sufficient To Trigger FRA's Exercise of Jurisdiction 
</HD1>
<P>Although FRA could exercise jurisdiction over a rapid transit operation based on any connection it has to the general railroad system, FRA believes there are certain connections that are too minimal to warrant the exercise of its jurisdiction. For example, a rapid transit system that has a switch for receiving shipments from the general system railroad is not one over which FRA would assert jurisdiction. This assumes that the switch is used only for that purpose. In that case, any entry onto the rapid transit line by the freight railroad would be for a very short distance and solely for the purpose of dropping off or picking up cars. In this situation, the rapid transit line is in the same situation as any shipper or consignee; without this sort of connection, it cannot receive or offer goods by rail. 
</P>
<P>Mere use of a common right-of-way or corridor in which the conventional railroad and rapid transit operation do not share any means of train control, have a rail crossing at grade, or operate over the same highway-rail grade crossings would not trigger FRA's exercise of jurisdiction. In this context, the presence of intrusion detection devices to alert one or both carriers to incursions by the other one would not be considered a means of common train control. These common rights of way are often designed so that the two systems function completely independently of each other. FRA and FTA will coordinate with rapid transit agencies and railroads wherever there are concerns about sufficient intrusion detection and related safety measures designed to avoid a collision between rapid transit trains and conventional equipment. 
</P>
<P>Where these very minimal connections exist, FRA will not exercise jurisdiction unless and until an emergency situation arises involving such a connection, which is a very unlikely event. However, if such a system is properly considered a rail fixed guideway system, FTA's rules (49 CFR part 659) will apply to it. 


</P>
<HD1>Coordination of the FRA and FTA Programs 
</HD1>
<P>FTA's rules on rail fixed guideway systems (49 CFR part 659) apply to any rapid transit systems or portions thereof not subject to FRA's rules. On rapid transit systems that are not sufficiently connected to the general railroad system to warrant FRA's exercise of jurisdiction (as explained above), FTA's rules will apply exclusively. On those rapid transit systems that are connected to the general system in such a way as warrant exercise of FRA's jurisdiction, only those portions of the rapid transit system that are connected to the general system will generally be subject to FRA's rules. 
</P>
<P>A rapid transit railroad may apply to FRA for a waiver of any FRA regulations. See 49 CFR part 211. FRA will seek FTA's views whenever a rapid transit operation petitions FRA for a waiver of its safety rules. In granting or denying any such waiver, FRA will make clear whether its rules do not apply to any segments of the operation so that it is clear where FTA's rules do apply.


</P>
<HD1>Extraordinary Remedies
</HD1>
<P>While civil penalties are the primary enforcement tool under the Federal railroad safety laws, more extreme measures are available under certain circumstances. FRA has authority to issue orders directing compliance with the Federal Railroad Safety Act, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, the older safety statutes, or regulations issued under any of those statutes. Such an order may issue only after notice and opportunity for a hearing in accordance with the procedures set forth in 49 CFR part 209, subpart C. FRA inspectors also have the authority to issue a special notice requiring repairs where a locomotive or freight car is unsafe for further service or where a segment of track does not meet the standards for the class at which the track is being operated. Such a special notice may be appealed in accordance with 49 CFR part 216, subpart B.
</P>
<P>FRA may, through the Attorney General, also seek injunctive relief in Federal district court to restrain violations or enforce rules issued under the railroad safety laws. See 49 U.S.C. 20112.
</P>
<P>FRA also has the authority to issue, after notice and an opportunity for a hearing, an order prohibiting an individual from performing safety-sensitive functions in the rail industry for a specified period. This disqualification authority is exercised under procedures found at 49 CFR part 209, subpart D.
</P>
<P>Criminal penalties are available for knowing violations of 49 U.S.C. 5104(b), or for willful or reckless violations of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law or a regulation issued under that law. See 49 U.S.C. ch. 51, and 49 CFR 209.131, 209.133. Criminal penalties may also be available for certain record and report violations. 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<P>Perhaps FRA's most sweeping enforcement tool is its authority to issue emergency safety orders where “an unsafe condition or practice, or a combination of unsafe conditions or practices, causes an emergency situation involving a hazard of death, personal injury, or significant harm to the environment . . . .” See 49 U.S.C. 20104. After its issuance, such an order may be reviewed in a trial-type hearing. See 49 CFR 211.47 and 216.21 through 216.27. The emergency order authority is unique because it can be used to address unsafe conditions and practices whether or not they contravene an existing regulatory or statutory requirement. Given its extraordinary nature, FRA has used the emergency order authority sparingly.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 52920, Dec. 29, 1988]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting appendix A to part 209, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.9.5.1.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 209—Federal Railroad Administration Guidelines for Initial Hazardous Materials Assessments
</HEAD>
<P>These guidelines establish benchmarks to be used in determining initial civil penalty assessments for violations of the Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR). The guideline penalty amounts reflect the best judgment of the FRA Office of Railroad Safety (RRS) and of the Safety Law Division of the Office of Chief Counsel (RCC) on the relative severity of the various violations routinely encountered by FRA inspectors on a scale of amounts up to the maximum $102,348 penalty, except the maximum civil penalty is $238,809 if the violation results in death, serious illness or severe injury to any person, or substantial destruction of property, and a minimum $617 penalty applies to a violation related to training. (49 U.S.C. 5123) Unless otherwise specified, the guideline amounts refer to average violations, that is, violations involving a hazardous material with a medium level of hazard, and a violator with an average compliance history. In an “average violation,” the respondent has committed the acts due to a failure to exercise reasonable care under the circumstances (“knowingly”). For some sections, the guidelines contain a breakdown according to relative severity of the violation, for example, the guidelines for shipping paper violations at 49 CFR 172.200 through 172.203. <I>All</I> penalties in these guidelines are subject to change depending upon the circumstances of the particular case. The general duty sections, for example §§ 173.1 and 174.7, are not ordinarily cited as separate violations; they are primarily used as explanatory citations to demonstrate applicability of a more specific section where applicability is otherwise unclear.


</P>
<P>FRA believes that infractions of the regulations that lead to personal injury are especially serious; this is directly in line with Department of Transportation policy that hazardous materials are only safe for transportation when they are securely sealed in a proper package. (Some few containers, such as tank cars of carbon dioxide, are designed to vent off excess internal pressure. They are exceptions to the “securely sealed” rule.) “Personal injury” has become somewhat of a term of art, especially in the fields of occupational safety and of accident reporting. To avoid confusion, these penalty guidelines use the notion of “human contact” to trigger penalty aggravation. In essence, <I>any</I> contact by a hazardous material on a person during transportation is a per se injury and proof will not be required regarding the extent of the physical contact or its consequences. When a violation of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, an order issued thereunder, the Hazardous Materials Regulations or a special permit, approval, or order issued under those regulations results in death, serious illness or severe injury to any person, or substantial destruction of property, a maximum penalty of at least $102,348 and up to and including $238,809 shall always be assessed initially.


</P>
<P>These guidelines are a preliminary assessment tool for FRA's use. They create no rights in any party. FRA is free to vary from them when it deems appropriate and may amend them from time to time without prior notice. Moreover, FRA is not bound by any amount it initially proposes should litigation become necessary. In fact, FRA reserves the express authority to amend the NOPV to seek a penalty of up to $102,348 for each violation, and up to $238,809 for any violation resulting in death, serious illness or severe injury to any person, or substantial destruction of property, at any time prior to issuance of an order. FRA periodically makes minor updates and revisions to these guidelines, and the most current version may be found on FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/.</I> 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 38647, July 25, 1996]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting appendix B to part 209, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.4.9.5.1.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 209—FRA's Policy Statement Concerning Small Entities
</HEAD>
<P>This policy statement required by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121) (SBREFA) explains FRA's communication and enforcement policies concerning small entities subject to the federal railroad safety laws. These policies have been developed to take into account the unique concerns and operations of small businesses in the administration of the national railroad safety program, and will continue to evolve to meet the needs of the railroad industry. For purposes of this policy statement, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601, <I>et seq.</I>), and the “excessive demand” provisions of the Equal Justice Act (5 U.S.C. 504 (a)(4), and 28 U.S.C. 2412 (d)(1)(D)), Class III railroads, contractors and hazardous materials shippers meeting the economic criteria established for Class III railroads in 49 CFR 1201.1-1, and commuter railroads or small governmental jurisdictions that serve populations of 50,000 or less constitute the class of organizations considered “small entities” or “small businesses.”
</P>
<P>FRA understands that small entities in the railroad industry have significantly different characteristics than larger carriers and shippers. FRA believes that these differences necessitate careful consideration in order to ensure that those entities receive appropriate treatment on compliance and enforcement matters, and enhance the safety of railroad operations. Therefore, FRA has developed programs to respond to compliance-related inquiries of small entities, and to ensure proper handling of civil penalty and other enforcement actions against small businesses.


</P>
<HD1>Small Entity Communication Policy


</HD1>
<P>It is FRA's policy that all agency personnel respond in a timely and comprehensive fashion to the inquiries of small entities concerning rail safety statutes, safety regulations, and interpretations of these statutes and regulations. Also, FRA personnel provide guidance to small entities, as needed, in applying the law to specific facts and situations that arise in the course of railroad operations. These agency communications take many forms, and are tailored to meet the needs of the requesting party.


</P>
<P>FRA inspectors provide training on the requirements of all railroad safety statutes and regulations for new and existing small businesses upon request. Also, FRA inspectors often provide impromptu training sessions in the normal course of their inspection duties. FRA believes that this sort of preventive, rather than punitive, communication greatly enhances railroad safety. FRA's Office of Safety and Office of Chief Counsel regularly provide oral and written responses to questions raised by small entities concerning the plain meaning of the railroad safety standards, statutory requirements, and interpretations of the law. As required by the SBREFA, when FRA issues a final rule that has a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities, FRA will also issue a compliance guide for small entities concerning that rule.


</P>
<P>It is FRA's policy to maintain frequent and open communications with the national representatives of the primary small entity associations and to consult with these organizations before embarking on new policies that may impact the interests of small businesses. Additionally, FRA's Office of Railroad Safety has two Safety Management Teams dedicated to short line railroads and staff from those Safety Management Teams regularly meet with short line railroads that meet FRA's definition of “small entities” to discuss new regulations, persistent safety concerns, emerging technology, compliance issues, and any other relevant issues related to railroad safety. Contact information for each of FRA's Safety Management Teams is available online at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov.</I>


</P>
<P>In addition to these communication practices, FRA has instituted an innovative partnership program that expands the extent to which small entities participate in the development of policy and process. The Railroad Safety Advisory Committee (RSAC) has been established to advise the agency on the development and revision of railroad safety standards. The committee consists of a wide range of industry representatives, including organizations that represent the interests of small business. The small entity representative groups that sit on the RSAC may appoint members of their choice to participate in the development of new safety standards. This reflects FRA's policy that small business interests must be heard and considered in the development of new standards to ensure that FRA does not impose unnecessary economic burdens on small businesses, and to create more effective standards. Finally, FRA's website (<I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I>) makes pertinent agency information available to the public.


</P>
<P>FRA's longstanding policy of open communication with small entities is apparent in these practices. FRA will make every effort to develop new and equally responsive communication procedures as is warranted by new developments in the railroad industry.


</P>
<HD1>Small Entity Enforcement Policy


</HD1>
<P>FRA has adopted an enforcement policy that addresses the unique nature of small entities in the imposition of civil penalties and resolution of those assessments. Pursuant to FRA's statutory authority, and as described in Appendix A to 49 CFR part 209, it is FRA's policy to consider a variety of factors in determining whether to take enforcement action against persons, including small entities, who have violated the safety laws and regulations. In addition to the seriousness of the violation and the person's history of compliance, FRA inspectors consider “such other factors as the immediate circumstances make relevant.” In the context of violations by small entities, those factors include whether the violations were made in good faith e.g., based on an honest misunderstanding of the law), and whether the small entity has moved quickly and thoroughly to remedy the violation(s). In general, the presence of both good faith and prompt remedial action militates against taking a civil penalty action, especially if the violations are isolated events. On the other hand, violations involving willful actions and/or posing serious health, safety, or environmental threats should ordinarily result in enforcement actions, regardless of the entity's size.


</P>
<P>Once FRA has assessed a civil penalty, it is authorized to adjust or compromise the initial penalty claims based on a wide variety of mitigating factors, unless FRA must terminate the claim for some reason. FRA has the discretion to reduce the penalty as it deems fit, but not below the statutory minimums. The mitigating criteria FRA evaluates are found in the railroad safety statutes and SBREFA: The severity of the safety or health risk presented; the existence of alternative methods of eliminating the safety hazard; the entity's culpability; the entity's compliance history; the entity's ability to pay the assessment; the impacts an assessment might exact on the entity's continued business; and evidence that the entity acted in good faith. FRA staff attorneys regularly invite small entities to present any information related to these factors, and reduce civil penalty assessments based on the value and integrity of the information presented. Staff attorneys conduct conference calls or meet with small entities to discuss pending violations, and explain FRA's view on the merits of any defenses or mitigating factors presented that may have resulted or failed to result in penalty reductions. Among the “other factors” FRA considers at this stage is the promptness and thoroughness of the entity's remedial action to correct the violations and prevent a recurrence. Small entities should be sure to address these factors in communications with FRA concerning civil penalty cases. Long-term solutions to compliance problems will be given great weight in FRA's determinations of a final settlement offer.


</P>
<P>Finally, FRA works to identify systemic safety hazards that continue to occur in carrier or shipper operations, including small business operations. Often FRA personnel will work to assist the subject operations to develop a plan to address those hazards and often, the plan provides small entities with a reasonable timeframe in which to make improvements without the threat of civil penalty. If FRA determines that the entity has failed to comply with the improvement plan, however, enforcement action is initiated.
</P>
<P>FRA's small entity enforcement policy is flexible and comprehensive. FRA's first priority in its compliance and enforcement activities is public and employee safety. However, FRA is committed to obtaining compliance and enhancing safety with reasoned, fair methods that do not inflict undue hardship on small entities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 24894, May 9, 2003, as amended at 91 FR 22069, Apr. 24, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="210" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 210—RAILROAD NOISE EMISSION COMPLIANCE REGULATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 17, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1234 (42 U.S.C. 4916); 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>48 FR 56758, Dec. 23, 1983, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.1   Scope of part.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes minimum compliance regulations for enforcement of the Railroad Noise Emission Standards established by the Environmental Protection Agency in 40 CFR part 201.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the provisions of this part apply to the total sound emitted by moving rail cars and locomotives (including the sound produced by refrigeration and air conditioning units that are an integral element of such equipment), active retarders, switcher locomotives, car coupling operations, and load cell test stands, operated by a railroad as defined in 45 U.S.C. 22, under the conditions described in this part and in 40 CFR part 201.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of this part do not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Steam locomotives;
</P>
<P>(2) Street, suburban, or interurban electric railways unless operated as a part of the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) Sound emitted by warning devices, such as horns, whistles, or bells when operated for the purpose of safety;
</P>
<P>(4) Special purpose equipment that may be located on or operated from rail cars;
</P>
<P>(5) As prescribed in 40 CFR 201.10, the provisions of 40 CFR 201.11 (a) and (b) and (c) do not apply to gas turbine powered locomotives or any locomotive type that cannot be connected by any standard method to a load cell; or
</P>
<P>(6) Inert retarders.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 56758, Dec. 23, 1983, as amended at 54 FR 33228, Aug. 14, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.1.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory definitions.</I> All terms used in this part and defined in the Noise Control Act of 1972 (42 U.S.C. 4901 <I>et seq.</I>) have the definition set forth in that Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions in standards.</I> All terms used in this part and defined in § 201.1 of the Railroad Noise Emission Standards, 40 CFR 201.1, have the definition set forth in that section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional definitions.</I> As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Railroad Administrator, the Deputy Administrator, or any official of FRA to whom the Administrator has delegated authority to act in the Administrator's stead.
</P>
<P><I>Consist of a locomotive and rail cars</I> means one or more locomotives coupled to a rail car or rail cars.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Inert retarder</I> means a device or system for holding a classified cut of cars and preventing it from rolling out the bottom of a railyard.
</P>
<P><I>Inspector</I> means FRA inspectors or FRA specialists.
</P>
<P><I>Noise defective</I> means the condition in which railroad equipment is found to exceed the Railroad Noise Emission Standards, 40 CFR part 201.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad equipment</I> means rail cars, locomotives, active retarders, and load cell test stands.
</P>
<P><I>Standards</I> means the Railroad Noise Emission Standards, 40 CFR part 201. (See appendix A in this part for a listing.)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.1.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.7   Responsibility for noise defective railroad equipment.</HEAD>
<P>Any railroad that uses railroad equipment that is noise defective or engages in a car coupling operating that results in excessive noise according to the criteria established in this part and in the Standards is responsible for compliance with this part. Subject to § 210.9, such railroad shall—
</P>
<P>(a) Correct the noise defect;
</P>
<P>(b) Remove the noise defective railroad equipment from service; or
</P>
<P>(c) Modify the car coupling procedure to bring it within the prescribed noise limits.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.1.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.9   Movement of a noise defective locomotive, rail car, or consist of a locomotive and rail cars.</HEAD>
<P>A locomotive, rail car, or consist of a locomotive and rail cars that is noise defective may be moved no farther than the nearest forward facility where the noise defective conditions can be eliminated only after the locomotive, rail car, or consist of a locomotive and rail cars has been inspected and been determined to be safe to move.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.1.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.11   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person may petition the Administrator for a waiver of compliance with any requirement in this part. A waiver of compliance with any requirement prescribed in the Standards may not be granted under this provision.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for a waiver under this section must be filed in the manner and contain information required by 49 CFR part 211.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance applied for under paragraph (a) of this section is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad noise abatement and safety, the Administrator may grant a waiver subject to any condition he deems necessary. Notice of each waiver granted, including a statement of the reasons therefor, will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.1.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.13   Penalty.</HEAD>
<P>Any person who operates railroad equipment subject to the Standards in violation of any requirement of this part or of the Standards is liable to penalty as prescribed in section 11 of the Noise Control Act of 1972 (42 U.S.C. 4910), as amended.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Inspection and Testing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.21   Scope of subpart.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes the compliance criteria concerning the requirements for inspection and testing of railroad equipment or operations covered by the Standards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.23   Authorization.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An inspector is authorized to perform any noise test prescribed in the Standards and in the procedures of this part at any time, at any appropriate location, and without prior notice to the railroad, for the purpose of determining whether railroad equipment is in compliance with the Standards.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) An inspector is authorized to request that railroad equipment and appropriate railroad personnel be made available for a passby or stationary noise emission test, as prescribed in the Standards and in the procedures of this part, and to conduct such test, at a reasonable time and location, for the purpose of determining whether the railroad equipment is in compliance with the Standards.
</P>
<P>(2) If the railroad has the capability to perform an appropriate noise emission test, as prescribed in the Standards and in the procedures of this part, an inspector is authorized to request that the railroad test railroad equipment. The railroad shall perform the appropriate test as soon as practicable.
</P>
<P>(3) The request referred to in this paragraph will be in writing, will state the grounds upon which the inspector has reason to believe that the railroad equipment does not conform to the Standards, and will be presented to an appropriate operating official of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(4) Testing or submission for testing is not required if the cause of the noise defect is readily apparent and the inspector verifies that it is corrected by the replacement of defective components or by instituting a normal maintenance or repair procedure.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) An inspector is authorized to inspect or examine a locomotive, rail car, or consist of a locomotive and rail cars operated by a railroad, or to request that the railroad inspect or examine the locomotive, rail car, or consist of a locomotive and rail cars, whenever the inspector has reason to believe that it does not conform to the requirements of the Standards.
</P>
<P>(2) An inspector may request that a railroad conduct an inspection or examination of a locomotive, rail car, or consist of a locomotive and rail cars on the basis of an excessive noise emission level measured by a passby test. If, after such inspection or examination, no mechanical condition that would result in a noise defect can be found and the inspector verifies that no such mechanical condition exists, the locomotive, rail car, or consist of a locomotive and rail cars may be continued in service.
</P>
<P>(3) The requests referred to in this paragraph will be in writing, will state the grounds upon which the inspector has reason to believe that the locomotive, rail car, or consist of a locomotive and rail cars does not conform to the Standards, and will be presented to an appropriate operating official of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(4) The inspection or examination referred to in this paragraph may be conducted only at recognized inspection points or scheduled stopping points.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.25   Measurement criteria and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>The parameters and procedures for the measurement of the noise emission levels are prescribed in the Standards.
</P>
<P>(a) Quantities measured are defined in § 201.21 of the Standards.
</P>
<P>(b) Requirements for measurement instrumentation are prescribed in § 201.22 of the Standards. In addition, the following calibration procedures shall be used:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The sound level measurement system including the microphone shall be calibrated and appropriately adjusted at one or more nominal frequencies in the range from 250 through 1000 Hz at the beginning of each series of measurements, at intervals not exceeding 1 (one) hour during continual use, and immediately following a measurement indicating a violation.
</P>
<P>(ii) The sound level measurement system shall be checked not less than once each year by its manufacturer, a representative of its manufacturer, or a person of equivalent special competence to verify that its accuracy meets the manufacturer's design criteria.
</P>
<P>(2) An acoustical calibrator of the microphone coupler type designed for the sound level measurement system in use shall be used to calibrate the sound level measurement system in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section. The calibration must meet or exceed the accuracy requirements specified in section 5.4.1 of the American National Standard Institute Standards, “Method for Measurement of Sound Pressure Levels,” (ANSI S1.13-1971) for field method measurements.
</P>
<P>(c) Acoustical environment, weather conditions, and background noise requirements are prescribed in § 201.23 of the Standards. In addition, a measurement tolerance of 2 dB(A) for a given measurement will be allowed to take into account the effects of the factors listed below and the interpretations of these effects by enforcement personnel:
</P>
<P>(1) The common practice of reporting field sound level measurements to the nearest whole decibel;
</P>
<P>(2) Variations resulting from commercial instrument tolerances;
</P>
<P>(3) Variations resulting from the topography of the noise measurement site;
</P>
<P>(4) Variations resulting from atmospheric conditions such as wind, ambient temperature, and atmospheric pressure; and
</P>
<P>(5) Variations resulting from reflected sound from small objects allowed within the test site.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.27" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.2.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.27   New locomotive certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall not operate a locomotive built after December 31, 1979, unless the locomotive has been certified to be in compliance with the Standards.
</P>
<P>(b) The certification prescribed in this section shall be determined for each locomotive model, by either—
</P>
<P>(1) Load cell testing in accordance with the criteria prescribed in the Standards; or
</P>
<P>(2) Passby testing in accordance with the criteria prescribed in the Standards.
</P>
<P>(c) If passby testing is used under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, it shall be conducted with the locomotive operating at maximum rated horsepower output.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 56758, Dec. 23, 1983, as amended at 84 FR 15145, Apr. 15, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.29" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.2.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.29   Operation standards (moving locomotives and rail cars).</HEAD>
<P>The operation standards for the noise emission levels of moving locomotives, rail cars, or consists of locomotives and rail cars are prescribed in the Standards and duplicated in appendix A of this part.
</P>
<P>(a) Measurements for compliance shall be made in compliance with the provisions of subpart C of the Standards and the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Consists of locomotives containing at least one locomotive unit manufactured prior to December 31, 1979, shall be evaluated for compliance in accordance with § 201.12(a) of the Standards, unless a locomotive within the consist is separated by at least 10 rail car lengths or 500 feet from other locomotives in the consist, in which case such separated locomotives may be evaluated for compliance according to their respective built dates.
</P>
<P>(2) Consists of locomotives composed entirely of locomotive units manufactured after December 31, 1979, shall be evaluated for compliance in accordance with § 201.12(b) of the Standards.
</P>
<P>(3) If the inspector cannot establish the built dates of all locomotives in a consist of locomotives measured under moving conditions, evaluation for compliance shall be made in accordance with § 201.12(a) of the Standards.
</P>
<P>(b) Noise emission standards for rail cars operating under moving conditions are contained in § 201.13 of the Standards and are stated in appendix A of this part. If speed measurement equipment used by the inspector at the time of the measurement is not operating within an accuracy of 5 miles per hour, evaluation for compliance shall be made in accordance with § 201.13(2) of the Standards.
</P>
<P>(c) Locomotives and rail cars tested pursuant to the procedures prescribed in this part and in the Standards shall be considered in noncompliance whenever the test measurement, minus the appropriate tolerance (§ 210.25), exceeds the noise emission levels prescribed in appendix A of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.31" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.2.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.31   Operation standards (stationary locomotives at 30 meters).</HEAD>
<P>(a) For stationary locomotives at load cells:
</P>
<P>(1) Each noise emission test shall begin after the engine of the locomotive has attained the normal cooling water operating temperature as prescribed by the locomotive manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(2) Noise emission testing in idle or maximum throttle setting shall start after a 40 second stabilization period in the throttle setting selected for the test.
</P>
<P>(3) After the stabilization period as prescribed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the A-weighted sound level reading in decibels shall be observed for an additional 30-second period in the throttle setting selected for the test.
</P>
<P>(4) The maximum A-weighted sound level reading in decibels that is observed during the 30-second period of time prescribed in paragraph (a)(3) of this section shall be used for test measurement purposes.
</P>
<P>(b) The following data determined by any locomotive noise emission test conducted after December 31, 1976, shall be recorded in the “Remarks” section on the reverse side of Form F 6180.49:
</P>
<P>(1) Location of test;
</P>
<P>(2) Type of test;
</P>
<P>(3) Date of test; and
</P>
<P>(4) The A-weighted sound level reading in decibels obtained during the passby test, or the readings obtained at idle throttle setting and maximum throttle setting during a load cell test.
</P>
<P>(c) Any locomotive subject to this part that is found not to be in compliance with the Standards as a result of a passby test shall be subjected to a load cell test or another passby test prior to return to service, except that no such retest shall be required if the cause of the noise defect is readily apparent and is corrected by the replacement of defective components or by a normal maintenance or repair procedure.
</P>
<P>(d) The last entry recorded on Form F 6180.49 as required in paragraph (b) of this section shall be transcribed to a new Form FRA F 6180.49 when it is posted in the locomotive cab.
</P>
<P>(e) Locomotives tested pursuant to the procedures prescribed in this part and in the Standards shall be considered in noncompliance wherever the test measurement, minus the appropriate tolerance (§ 210.25), exceeds the noise emission levels prescribed in appendix A of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 210.33" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.2.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 210.33   Operation standards (switcher locomotives, load cell test stands, car coupling operations, and retarders).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Measurement on receiving property of the noise emission levels from switcher locomotives, load cell test stands, car coupling operations, and retarders shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR part 201 and § 210.25 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) These sources shall be considered in noncompliance whenever the test measurement, minus the appropriate tolerance (§ 210.25), exceeds the noise emission levels prescribed in appendix A of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.4.5.1.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 210—Summary of Noise Standards, 40 CFR Part 201

</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Paragraph and section
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Noise source
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Noise standard—A weighted sound level in dB
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Noise measure 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Measurement location
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">All Locomotives Manufactured on or Before 31 December 1979</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.11(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stationary, Idle Throttle Setting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L<E T="52">max</E> (slow)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 m (100 ft)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.11(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stationary, All Other Throttle Settings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.12(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Moving</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L<E T="52">max</E> (fast)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">All Locomotives Manufactured After 31 December 1979</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.11(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stationary, Idle Throttle Setting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L<E T="52">max</E> (slow)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.11(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stationary, All Other Throttle Settings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.12(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Moving</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L<E T="52">max</E> (fast)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.11(c) and 201.12(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Additional Requirement for Switcher Locomotives Manufactured on or Before 31 December 1979 Operating in Yards Where Stationary Switcher and other Locomotive Noise Exceeds the Receiving Property Limit of</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L<E T="52">90</E> (fast) 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Receiving property
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.11(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stationary, Idle Throttle Setting</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L<E T="52">max</E> (slow)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 m (100 ft)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.11(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stationary, All Other Throttle Settings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.12(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Moving</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L<E T="52">max</E> (fast)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Rail Cars</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.13(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Moving at Speeds of 45 mph or Less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.13(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Moving at Speeds Greater than 45 mph</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Other Yard Equipment and Facilities</E>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Retarders</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L<E T="52">adjavemax</E> (fast)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Receiving property
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Car-Coupling Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">Locomotive Load Cell Test Stands, Where the Noise from Locomotive Load Cell Operations Exceeds the Receiving Property Limits of</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L<E T="52">90</E> (fast) 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.16(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Primary Standard</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L<E T="52">max</E> (slow)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 m (100 ft).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201.16(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Secondary Standard if 30-m Measurement Not Feasible</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">L<E T="52">90</E> (fast)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Receiving property located more than 120 m from Load Cell.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> L<E T="52">max</E> = Maximum sound level; L<E T="52">90</E> = Statistical sound level exceeded 90% of the time; L<E T="52">adjavemax</E> = Adjusted average maximum sound level.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> L<E T="52">90</E> must be validated by determining that L<E T="52">10</E>-L<E T="52">99</E> is less than or equal to 4dB (A).</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 56758, Dec. 23, 1983; 49 FR 1521, Jan. 12, 1984]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.5.4.5.1.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 210—Switcher Locomotive Enforcement Policy
</HEAD>
<P>The EPA standards require that the noise emissions from all switcher locomotives in a particular facility be less than prescribed levels measured at 30 meters, under all operating modes. This requirement is deemed to be met unless “receiving property” noise due to switcher locomotives exceeds 65 dB(A), when measured in accordance with subpart C of 40 CFR part 201. The 65 dB(A) receiving property standard is the “trigger” for requiring the 30-meter test of switcher locomotives.
</P>
<P>The purpose underlying FRA's enforcement of the noise standards is to reduce the impact of rail operations noise on receiving properties. In some instances, measures other than the 30-meter test approach may more effectively reduce the noise levels at receiving properties; therefore, FRA enforcement efforts will focus on abatement procedures that will achieve a reduction of receiving property noise levels to less than 65 dB(A).
</P>
<P>For example, a parked, idling locomotive, even if equipped with exhaust silencing that meets the stationary locomotive standard (30-meter test), may cause the receiving property standard to be exceeded if located on trackage adjacent to the receiving property. In that case, application of the 30-meter test to other switcher locomotives at the facility may not serve to reduce the receiving property noise level. On the other hand, operational changes by the railroad could significantly reduce receiving property noise levels. In such case, FRA would consider retesting after abatement measures have been taken. If the receiving property noise level is below the trigger and the abatement action is adopted, FRA would not make a 30-meter test of the switcher locomotives at the facility.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="211" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 211—RULES OF PRACTICE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20114, 20306, 20502-20504, and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 54181, Dec. 13, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.1   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes rules of practice that apply to rulemaking and waiver proceedings, review of emergency orders issued under 45 U.S.C. 432, and miscellaneous safety-related proceedings and informal safety inquiries. The specific time limits for disposition of proceedings apply only to proceedings initiated after December 31, 1976, under the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 421 <I>et seq.</I>). When warranted, FRA will extend these time limits in individual proceedings. However, each proceeding under the Federal Railroad Safety Act shall be disposed of within 12 months after the date it is initiated. A proceeding shall be deemed to be initiated and the time period for its disposition shall begin on the date a petition or application that complies with the requirements of this chapter is received by the person designated in § 211.7.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this part—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Railroad Administrator or the Deputy Administrator or the delegate of either of them.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Waiver</I> includes exemption.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Safety Act</I> means the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970, as amended (45 U.S.C. 421 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Docket Clerk</I> means the Docket Clerk, Office of Chief Counsel, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Mail Stop 10, Washington, DC 20590 or the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Railroad Safety Board</I> means the Railroad Safety Board, Office of Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(c) Records relating to proceedings and inquiries subject to this part are available for inspection as provided in part 7 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 54181, Dec. 13, 1976, as amended at 64 FR 70195, Dec. 16, 1999; 74 FR 25171, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.3   Participation by interested persons.</HEAD>
<P>Any person may participate in proceedings and inquiries subject to this part by submitting written information or views. The Administrator may also permit any person to participate in additional proceedings, such as informal appearances, conferences, or hearings at which a transcript or minutes are kept, to assure informed administrative action and protect the public interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.1.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.5   Regulatory docket.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Records of the Federal Railroad Administration created after November 1, 1998, concerning each proceeding subject to this part are maintained in current docket form by the Federal Docket Management System. These records include rulemaking and waiver petitions, emergency orders, notices, comments received in response to notices, hearing transcripts, final rules, denials of rulemaking petitions, grants and denial of waiver and other petitions. Also included are records pertaining to applications for special approval under §§ 211.55 and 238.21 of this chapter, petitions for grandfathering approval under § 238.203 of this chapter, signal applications under parts 235 and 236 of this chapter, and informal safety inquiries under § 211.61.
</P>
<P>(2) Any person may examine docketed material created after November 1, 1998:
</P>
<P>(i) At the U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. Copies of docketed materials may be obtained upon payment of the fees prescribed by the Federal Docket Management System, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Through the Internet at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I> All docketed materials are available for viewing and may be downloaded for electronic storage or printing. There is no charge for this service.
</P>
<P>(b) Records of the Federal Railroad Administration created before November 1, 1998, concerning each proceeding subject to this part are available in FRA's Docket Office, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. Any person may examine docketed material at that location during normal business hours. Copies of docketed material may be obtained upon payment of the fees prescribed in part 7 of this title.
</P>
<P>(c) Any person may examine docketed material in the office where it is maintained. Copies of docketed material other than commercially prepared transcripts may be obtained upon payment of the fees prescribed in part 7 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 54181, Dec. 13, 1976, as amended at 64 FR 70195, Dec. 16, 1999; 74 FR 25171, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.1.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.7   Filing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person may petition the Administrator for issuance, amendment, repeal or permanent or temporary waiver of any rule or regulation. A petition for waiver must be submitted at least 3 months before the proposed effective date, unless good cause is shown for not doing so.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) All petitions and applications subject to this part, including applications for special approval under §§ 211.55 and 238.21 of this chapter, petitions for grandfathering approval under § 238.203 of this chapter, and signal applications under parts 235 and 236 of this chapter, shall be submitted to the FRA Docket Clerk. Each petition received shall be acknowledged in writing. The acknowledgment shall contain the docket number assigned to the petition or application and state the date the petition or application was received. Within 60 days following receipt, FRA will advise the petitioner or applicant of any deficiencies in its petition or application.
</P>
<P>(2) All comments submitted in response to a notice and other material pertaining to proceedings subject to this part, including comments submitted in response to requests for special approval under § 211.55 and § 238.21 of this chapter, petitions for grandfathering approval under § 238.203 of this chapter, and signal applications under parts 235 and 236 of this chapter, shall be submitted to the Federal Docket Management System and shall contain the assigned docket number for that proceeding. The form of such submissions may be in written or electronic form consistent with the standards and requirements established by the Federal Docket Management System and posted on its web site at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 70195, Dec. 16, 1999, as amended at 74 FR 25171, 25172, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.1.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.9   Content of rulemaking and waiver petitions.</HEAD>
<P>Each petition for rulemaking or waiver must:
</P>
<P>(a) Set forth the text or substance of the rule, regulation, standard or amendment proposed, or specify the rule, regulation or standard that the petitioner seeks to have repealed or waived, as the case may be;
</P>
<P>(b) Explain the interest of the petitioner, and the need for the action requested; in the case of a petition for waiver, explain the nature and extent of the relief sought, and identify and describe the persons, equipment, installations and locations to be covered by the waiver;
</P>
<P>(c) Contain sufficient information to support the action sought including an evaluation of anticipated impacts of the action sought; each evaluation shall include an estimate of resulting costs to the private sector, to consumers, and to Federal, State and local governments as well as an evaluation of resulting benefits, quantified to the extent practicable. Each petition pertaining to safety regulations must also contain relevant safety data.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Rulemaking Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.11   Processing of petitions for rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each petition for rulemaking filed as prescribed in §§ 211.7 and 211.9 is referred to the head of the office responsible for the subject matter of the petition to review and recommend appropriate action to the Administrator. No public hearing or oral argument is held before the Administrator decides whether the petition should be granted. However, a notice may be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> inviting written comments concerning the petition. Each petition shall be granted or denied not later than six months after its receipt by the Docket Clerk.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Grants.</I> If the Administrator determines that a rulemaking petition complies with the requirements of § 211.9 and that rulemaking is justified, he initiates a rulemaking proceeding by publishing an advance notice or notice of proposed rulemaking in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Denials.</I> If the Administrator determines that a rulemaking petition does not comply with the requirements of § 211.9 or that rulemaking is not justified, he denies the petition. If the petition pertains to railroad safety, the Administrator may also initiate an informal safety inquiry under § 211.61.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification; closing of docket.</I> Whenever the Administrator grants or denies a rulemaking petition, a notice of the grant or denial is mailed to the petitioner. If the petition is denied, the proceeding is terminated and the docket for that petition is closed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.13   Initiation and completion of rulemaking proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator initiates all rulemaking proceedings on his own motion by publishing an advance notice of proposed rulemaking or a notice of proposed rulemaking in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> However, he may consider the recommendations of interested persons or other agencies of the United States. A separate docket is established and maintained for each rulemaking proceeding. Each rulemaking proceeding shall be completed not later than 12 months after the initial notice in that proceeding is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> However, if it was initiated as the result of the granting of a rulemaking petition, the rulemaking proceeding shall be completed not later than 12 months after the petition was filed as prescribed in §§ 211.7 and 211.9.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.15   Notice and participation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, or when the Administrator finds for good cause that notice is impractical, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest (and incorporates the findings and a brief statement of the reasons therefore in the rules issued), an advance notice or notice of proposed rulemaking is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and interested persons are invited to participate in the rulemaking proceedings with respect to each substantive rule.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless the Administrator determines that notice and public rulemaking proceedings are necessary or desirable, interpretive rules, general statements of policy, and rules relating to organization, procedure, or practice, including those relating to agency management or personnel, are prescribed as final without notice or other public rulemaking proceedings.
</P>
<P>(c) An advance notice or notice of proposed rulemaking is issued and interested persons are invited to participate in rulemaking proceedings with respect only to those procedural and substantive rules of general applicability relating to public property, loans, grants, benefits, or contracts which the Administrator has determined to be of substantial public interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.2.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.17   Publication and contents of notices.</HEAD>
<P>Each advance notice or notice of proposed rulemaking is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and includes—
</P>
<P>(a) A statement of the time, place and nature of the proposed rulemaking proceeding;
</P>
<P>(b) A reference to the authority under which it is issued;
</P>
<P>(c) A description of the subjects or issues involved or the substance or terms of the proposed rule;
</P>
<P>(d) A statement of the time within which written comments must be submitted and the required number of copies; and
</P>
<P>(e) A statement of how and to what extent interested persons may participate in the proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.2.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.19   Petitions for extensions of time to comment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person may petition the Administrator for an extension of time to submit comments in response to an advance notice or notice of proposed rulemaking. The petition must be received by the FRA Docket Clerk not later than 10 days before expiration of the time stated in the notice and must contain reference to the FRA docket number for the proceeding involved. The filing of the petition does not automatically extend the time for petitioner's comments.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator grants the petition only if the petitioner shows a substantive interest in the proposed rule and good cause for the extension, and if time permits and the extension is in the public interest. Extensions will not be granted unless time permits and will not exceed one month. If an extension is granted, it is granted as to all persons and a notice of the extension is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 54181, Dec. 13, 1976, as amended at 64 FR 70195, Dec. 16, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.2.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.21   Consideration of comments received.</HEAD>
<P>All timely comments are considered before final action is taken on a rulemaking proposal. Late-filed comments will be considered so far as possible without incurring additional expense or delay.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.2.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.23   Additional public proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may conduct other public proceedings that he finds necessary or desirable. For example, he may invite interested persons to present oral arguments, participate in conferences, or appear at informal hearings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.2.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.25   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A hearing will be held if required by statute or the Administrator finds it necessary or desirable.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for statutory hearings required to be on the record—
</P>
<P>(1) Hearings are fact-finding proceedings, and there are no formal pleadings or adverse parties;
</P>
<P>(2) Any rule issued in a proceeding in which a hearing is held is not based exclusively on the record of the hearing; and
</P>
<P>(3) Hearings are conducted in accordance with section 553 of title 5, U.S.C.; section 556 and 557 of title 5 do not apply to hearings held under this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator conducts or designates a representative to conduct any hearing held under this part. The Chief Counsel serves or designates a member of his staff to serve as legal officer at the hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.27" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.2.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.27   Publication of adopted rules and withdrawal of notices.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever the Administrator adopts a final rule or withdraws an advance notice or notice of proposed rulemaking, the final rule or a notice of withdrawal is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.29" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.2.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.29   Petitions for reconsideration of a final rule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person may petition the Administrator for reconsideration of any rule issued under this part. Except for good cause shown, such a petition must be submitted not later than 60 days after publication of the rule in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> or 10 days prior to the effective date of the rule, whichever is the earlier. The petition must contain a brief statement of the complaint and an explanation as to why compliance with the rule is not possible, is not practicable, is unreasonable, or is not in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(b) If the petitioner requests consideration of additional facts, he must state the reason they were not presented to the Administrator within the allotted time.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator does not consider repetitious petitions.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless the Administrator specifically provides otherwise, and publishes notice thereof in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> the filing of a petition under this section does not stay the effectiveness of a rule.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 54181, Dec. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 27593, May 31, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.31" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.2.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.31   Proceedings on petitions for reconsideration of a final rule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator may grant or deny, in whole or in part, any petition for reconsideration of a final rule without further proceedings. Each petition shall be decided not later than 4 months after its receipt by the Docket Clerk. In the event he determines to reconsider a rule, the Administrator may amend the rule or initiate a new rulemaking proceeding. An appropriate notice is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever the Administrator determines that a petition should be granted or denied, a notice of the grant or denial of a petition for reconsideration is sent to the petitioner. When a petition is granted, a notice is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator may consolidate petitions relating to the same rule.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.33" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.2.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.33   Direct final rulemaking procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Rules that the Administrator judges to be noncontroversial and unlikely to result in adverse public comment may be published in the final rule section of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> as direct final rules. These include noncontroversial rules that:
</P>
<P>(1) Affect internal procedures of the Federal Railroad Administration, such as filing requirements and rules governing inspection and copying of documents,
</P>
<P>(2) Are nonsubstantive clarifications or corrections to existing rules,
</P>
<P>(3) Update existing forms, and
</P>
<P>(4) Make minor changes in the substantive rules regarding statistics and reporting requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) The <E T="04">Federal Register</E> document will state that any adverse comment must be received in writing by the Federal Railroad Administration within the specified time after the date of publication and that, if no written adverse comment or request for oral hearing (if such opportunity is required by statute) is received, the rule will become effective a specified number of days after the date of publication.
</P>
<P>(c) If no adverse comment or request for oral hearing is received by the Federal Railroad Administration within the specified time of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> the Federal Railroad Administration will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> indicating that no adverse comment was received and confirming that the rule will become effective on the date that was indicated in the direct final rule.
</P>
<P>(d) If the Federal Railroad Administration receives any written adverse comment or request for oral hearing within the specified time of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> a notice withdrawing the direct final rule will be published in the final rule section of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and, if the Federal Railroad Administration decides a rulemaking is warranted, a notice of proposed rulemaking will be published in the proposed rule section of the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(e) An “adverse” comment for the purpose of this subpart means any comment that the Federal Railroad Administration determines is critical of the rule, suggests that the rule should not be adopted, or suggests a change that should be made in the rule.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 10087, Mar. 7, 2007, as amended at 84 FR 71733, Dec. 27, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Waivers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.41" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.3.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.41   Processing of petitions for waiver of safety rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each petition for a permanent or temporary waiver of a safety rule, regulation or standard filed as prescribed in §§ 211.7 and 211.9, is referred to the Railroad Safety Board for decision and decided not later than 9 months after receipt.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice and hearing.</I> If required by statute or the Administrator or the Railroad Safety Board deems it desirable, a notice is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> an opportunity for public comment is provided, and a hearing is held in accordance with § 211.25, before the petition is granted or denied.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Grants.</I> If the Railroad Safety Board determines that the petition complies with the requirements of § 211.9 and that a waiver is justified, it grants the petition. Conditions may be imposed on the grant of waiver if the Board concludes they are necessary to assure safety or are in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Denials.</I> If the Railroad Safety Board determines that the petition does not comply with the requirements of § 211.9 or that a waiver is not justified, it denies the petition.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notification.</I> Whenever the Railroad Safety Board grants or denies a petition, a notice of that grant or denial is sent to the petitioner. When a petition has been decided, interested persons are also notified or a notice is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Petition for reconsideration.</I> Any person may petition for reconsideration of the grant or denial of a waiver under procedures set forth in § 211.57. Each petition shall be processed in accordance with § 211.59.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.43" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.3.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.43   Processing of other waiver petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in § 211.41, each petition for a permanent or temporary waiver of a rule, regulation or standard shall be filed and processed as prescribed in §§ 211.7 and 211.9.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice and hearing.</I> If required by statute or the Administrator deems it desirable, a notice is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> an opportunity for public comment is provided, and a hearing is held in accordance with § 211.25, before the petition is granted or denied.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Grants.</I> If the Administrator determines that the petition complies with the requirements of § 211.9 and that a waiver is justified, he grants the waiver. Conditions may be imposed on the grant of waiver if the Administrator concludes they are necessary to achieve the purposes of programs affected by the grant of waiver or are otherwise in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Denials.</I> If the Administrator determines that the petition does not comply with the requirements of § 211.9 or that a waiver is not justified, he denies the waiver.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notification.</I> Whenever the Administrator grants or denies a petition, a notice of the grant or denial is sent to the petitioner. When a petition has been decided, interested persons are also notified or a notice is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Petitions for reconsideration.</I> Any person may petition for reconsideration of the grant or denial of a waiver under procedures set forth in § 211.57. Each petition shall be processed in accordance with § 211.59.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.45" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.3.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.45   Petitions for emergency waiver of safety rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This section applies only to petitions for waiver of a safety rule, regulation, or standard that FRA determines are directly related to the occurrence of, or imminent threat of, an emergency event or an emergency situation. For purposes of this section, the terms “emergency event” and “emergency situation” mean a natural or manmade disaster, such as a hurricane, flood, earthquake, mudslide, forest fire, snowstorm, terrorist act, biological outbreak, release of a dangerous radiological, chemical, explosive, or biological material, or a war-related activity, that poses a risk of death, serious illness, severe injury, or substantial property damage. The disaster may be local, regional, or national in scope.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Emergency Relief Docket.</I> Each calendar year FRA creates an Emergency Relief Docket (ERD) in the publicly accessible Federal eRulemaking Portal (FeP). The FeP can be accessed 24 hours a day, seven days a week, via the Internet at the docket's Web site at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I> All documents in the FeP are available for inspection and copying on the Web site or are available for examination at the DOT Docket Management Facility, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590 during regular business hours (9 a.m.-5 p.m.). By January 31st of each year, FRA publishes a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> identifying by docket number the ERD for that year. A notice will also be placed in the previous year's ERD identifying the new docket number.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Determining the existence of an emergency event or an emergency situation.</I> If the Administrator determines that an emergency event or an emergency situation identified in paragraph (a) of this section has occurred, or that an imminent threat of it occurring exists, and determines that public safety or recovery efforts require that the provisions of this section be implemented, the Administrator will activate the Emergency Relief Docket identified in paragraph (b) of this section. In determining whether an emergency exists, the Administrator may consider declarations of emergency made by local, State, or Federal officials, and determinations by the Federal government that a credible threat of a terrorist attack exists.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification.</I> When possible, FRA will post the FRA Administrator's determination described in paragraph (c) of this section on its website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/.</I> FRA will also place the FRA Administrator's determination in the ERD as soon as practicable.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Content of petitions for emergency waivers.</I> Petitions submitted to FRA pursuant to this section should specifically address how the petition is related to the emergency, and to the extent practicable, contain the information required under § 211.9(a) and (b). The petition should at a minimum describe the following: how the petitioner or public is affected by the emergency (including the impact on railroad operations); what FRA regulations are implicated by the emergency (e.g., movement of defective equipment); how waiver of the implicated regulations would benefit petitioner during the emergency; and how long the petitioner expects to be affected by the emergency.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Filing requirements.</I> Petitions filed under this section, shall be submitted via email to FRA at: <I>FRAWaivers@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(g) <I>FRA Handling and Initial Review.</I> Upon receipt and initial review of a petition for waiver, to verify that it meets the criteria for use of these emergency procedures, FRA will add the petition to the ERD. The FeP numbers each document that is added to a docket. (For example, the first document submitted to the docket in 2009 will be identified as FRA-2009-XXX-1.) Thus, each petition submitted to the ERD will have a unique document number which should be identified on all communications related to petitions contained in this docket. If FRA determines that the petition does not meet the criteria for use of these emergency procedures, FRA will notify the petitioner and will process the petition under normal waiver procedures of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Comments.</I> Although the Administrator may waive compliance with any part of a regulation prescribed or order issued without prior notice and comment, comments may be submitted. Comments should be submitted as soon as possible, after a petition is available on the FeP. Any comment received will be considered to the extent practicable. All comments should identify the appropriate ERD and should identify the specific document number of the petition designated by the FeP in the ERD. Interested parties commenting on a petition under this section should also include in their comments to the ERD telephone numbers and email addresses at which their representatives may be reached. Interested parties may submit their comments via:
</P>
<P>(1) Email to FRA at: <I>FRAWaivers@dot.gov;</I> and
</P>
<P>(2) Electronically via the internet at <I>https://www.regulations.gov.</I> Any comments or information sent directly to FRA will be immediately provided to the DOT FeP for inclusion in the ERD.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Request for hearing.</I> Although the Administrator may waive compliance with any part of a regulation prescribed or order issued without prior notice and comment, parties desiring a public hearing on any petition being processed under this section must notify FRA through the comment process identified in paragraph (h) of this section within 72 hours from the close of business on the day that the petition is entered into and available on the FeP. In response to a request for a public hearing, FRA may:
</P>
<P>(1) Arrange a telephone conference between all interested parties to provide an opportunity for oral comment;
</P>
<P>(2) Arrange a public hearing pursuant to the provisions contained in 49 CFR part 211; or
</P>
<P>(3) Determine that a public hearing is unnecessary, inconsistent with safety, or not in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Decisions.</I> FRA may grant a petition for waiver without prior notice and comment if the Administrator determines that it is in the public interest to grant the waiver; the waiver is not inconsistent with railroad safety; and the waiver is necessary to address an actual or impending emergency situation or emergency event. The Administrator will state in the decision issued under this section the reasons for granting the waiver.
</P>
<P>(1) FRA reserves the right to reopen any docket and reconsider any decision made pursuant to these emergency procedures based upon its own initiative or based upon information or comments otherwise received.
</P>
<P>(2) FRA decision letters, either granting or denying a petition, will be posted in the appropriate ERD and will reference the document number of the petition to which it relates.
</P>
<P>(3) A waiver under this section may be issued for a period of not more that 60 days and may be renewed upon application to the Administrator only after notice and an opportunity for a hearing on the waiver. The Administrator will immediately revoke the waiver if continuation of the waiver would not be consistent with the goals and objectives of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) In granting a waiver under this section, the Administrator will consult and coordinate with other Federal agencies, as appropriate, for matters that may significantly impact such agencies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 23335, May 19, 2009, as amended at 90 FR 28129, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Emergency Orders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.47" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.4.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.47   Review procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As specified in section 203, Public Law 91-458, 84 Stat. 972 (45 U.S.C. 432), opportunity for review of Emergency orders issued under that section will be provided in accordance with section 554 of title 5 of the U.S.C. Petitions for such review must be submitted in writing to the Office of Chief Counsel, Federal Railroad Administration, Washington, DC 20590. Upon receipt of a petition, FRA will immediately contact the petitioner and make the necessary arrangements for a conference to be held at the earliest date acceptable to the petitioner. At this conference, the petitioner will be afforded an opportunity to submit facts, arguments and proposals for modification or withdrawal of the Emergency order. If the controversy is not resolved at the conference and a hearing is desired, the petitioner must submit a written request for a hearing within 15 days after the conference. The hearing will commence within 14 calendar days f receipt of the request and will be conducted in accordance with sections 556 and 575, title 5, U.S.C. Each petition for review shall be decided not later than 3 months after receipt.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless stayed or modified by the Administrator, the requirements of each Emergency order shall remain in effect and be observed pending decision on a petition for review.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Miscellaneous Safety-Related Proceedings and Inquiries</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.51" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.5.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.51   Tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to the Department of Transportation Act (80 Stat. 931, 49 U.S.C. 1651 <I>et seq.</I>), the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (84 Stat. 971, 45 U.S.C. 421, 431-441), or both, the Administrator may temporarily suspend compliance with a substantive rule of the Federal Railroad Administration, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The suspension is necessary to the conduct of a Federal Railroad Administration approved test program designed to evaluate the effectiveness of new technology or operational approaches or instituted in furtherance of a present or proposed rulemaking proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) The suspension is limited in scope and application to such relief as may be necessary to facilitate the conduct of the test program; and
</P>
<P>(3) The suspension is conditioned on the observance of standards sufficient to assure safety.
</P>
<P>(b) When required by statute, a notice is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> an opportunity is provided for public comment, and a hearing is held in accordance with § 211.25, before the FRA approved test program is implemented.
</P>
<P>(c) When the Administrator approves suspension of compliance with any rule in connection with a test program, a description of the test program containing an explanatory statement responsive to paragraph (a) of this section is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.53" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.5.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.53   Signal applications.</HEAD>
<P>Applications for approval of discontinuance or material modification of a signal system authorized by part 235 or waiver of a requirement of part 236 of this chapter must be submitted in accordance with § 211.7, handled in accordance with procedures set forth in part 235 or 236, respectively, and decided not later than 9 months after receipt. When a decision is issued, the applicant and other interested parties are notified or a notice is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 54181, Dec. 13, 1976, as amended at 74 FR 25171, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.55" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.5.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.55   Special approvals.</HEAD>
<P>Requests for special approval pertaining to safety not otherwise provided for in this chapter, must be submitted in accordance with § 211.7; specifying the action requested. These requests shall be considered by the Railroad Safety Board and appropriate action shall be taken not later than 9 months after receipt. When a decision is issued, the requestor and other interested parties are notified or a notice is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 54181, Dec. 13, 1976, as amended at 74 FR 25171, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.57" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.5.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.57   Petitions for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person may petition the Administrator for reconsideration of final action taken in proceedings subject to subpart C or E of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The petition must specify with particularity the grounds for modification or revocation of the action in question.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator does not consider repetitious petitions.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless the Administrator specifically provides otherwise, and gives notice to interested parties or publishes notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> the filing of a petition under this section does not stay the effectiveness of the action sought to be reconsidered.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.59" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.5.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.59   Proceedings on petitions for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator may invite public comment or seek a response from the party at whose request the final action was taken before deciding a petition for reconsideration submitted under § 211.57.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator may reaffirm, modify, or revoke the final action without further proceedings and shall issue notification of his decision to the petitioner and other interested parties or publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Each petition for reconsideration shall be decided not later than 4 months after receipt. Petitions for reconsideration relating to the same rule may be consolidated for decision. In the event the Administrator determines to reconsider a final action, and appropriate notice is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.61" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.5.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.61   Informal safety inquiries.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may conduct informal safety inquiries to collect information on selected topics relating to railroad safety. A notice of each such inquiry will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> outlining the area of inquiry and inviting interested persons to assist by submitting written material or participating in informal public conferences and discussions. Upon completion of the inquiry, the Administrator will review the information obtained and may, on his own motion, initiate a rulemaking proceeding under § 211.13 or take whatever other action he deems appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Interim Procedures for the Review of Emergency Orders</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 203 and 208(a), 84 Stat. 972, 974-975 (45 U.S.C. 432, 437(a)) and 5 U.S.C. 554-559.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 13029, Mar. 9, 1979, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 211.71" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.6.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.71   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart consists of interim procedures for the review of emergency orders issued under section 203 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970, supplementing § 211.47 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Proceedings under this subpart are subject to the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 554-559.
</P>
<P>(c) Notwithstanding § 211.1 of this part, as used in this subpart <I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Railroad Administrator or Deputy Administrator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.73" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.6.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.73   Presiding officer; powers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An administrative hearing for the review of an emergency order is presided over by the Administrator or by an administrative law judge designated at the request of FRA pursuant to 5 CFR 930.213.
</P>
<P>(b) The presiding officer may exercise the powers of the FRA to regulate the conduct of the hearing and associated proceedings for the purpose of achieving a prompt and fair determination of all material issues in controversy.
</P>
<P>(c) The final decision of the presiding officer shall set forth findings and conclusions based on the administrative record. That decision may set aside, modify or affirm the requirements of the emergency order under review.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided in § 211.77, the decision of the presiding officer is administratively final.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.75" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.6.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.75   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Federal Rules of Evidence for United States Courts and Magistrates shall be employed as general guidelines for the introduction of evidence in proceedings under this subpart. However, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, all relevant and probative evidence offered by a party shall be received in evidence.
</P>
<P>(b) The presiding officer may deny the admission of evidence which is determined to be—
</P>
<P>(1) Unduly repetitive; or
</P>
<P>(2) So extensive and lacking in relevance or probative effect that its admission would impair the prompt, orderly, and fair resolution of the proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 211.77" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.6.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 211.77   Appeal to the Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party aggrieved by the final decision of a presiding officer (other than the Administrator) may appeal to the Administrator. The appeal must be filed within twenty (20) days from issuance of the presiding officer's decision and must set forth the specific exceptions of the party to the decision, making reference to the portions of the administrative record which are believed to support the exceptions. The notice of appeal and any supporting papers shall be accompanied by a certificate stating that they have been served on all parties to the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.6.8.5.1.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 211—Statement of Agency Policy Concerning Waivers Related to Shared Use of Trackage or Rights-of-Way by Light Rail and Conventional Operations
</HEAD>
<P>1. By statute, the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) may grant a waiver of any rule or order if the waiver “is in the public interest and consistent with railroad safety.” 49 U.S.C. 20103(d). Waiver petitions are reviewed by FRA's Railroad Safety Board (the “Safety Board”) under the provisions of 49 CFR part 211. Waiver petitions must contain the information required by 49 CFR 211.9. The Safety Board can, in granting a waiver, impose any conditions it concludes are necessary to assure safety or are in the public interest. If the conditions under which the waiver was granted change substantially, or unanticipated safety issues arise, FRA may modify or withdraw a waiver in order to ensure safety. 
</P>
<P>2. Light rail equipment, commonly referred to as trolleys or street railways, is not designed to be used in situations where there is a reasonable likelihood of a collision with much heavier and stronger conventional rail equipment. However, existing conventional railroad tracks and rights-of-way provide attractive opportunities for expansion of light rail service. 
</P>
<P>3. Light rail operators who intend to share use of the general railroad system trackage with conventional equipment and/or whose operations constitute commuter service (see appendix A of 49 CFR part 209 for relevant definitions) will either have to comply with FRA's safety rules or obtain a waiver of appropriate rules. Light rail operators whose operations meet the definition of urban rapid transit and who will share a right-of-way or corridor with a conventional railroad but will not share trackage with that railroad will be subject to only those rules that pertain to any significant point of connection to the general system, such as a rail crossing at grade, a shared method of train control, or shared highway-rail grade crossings. 
</P>
<P>4. Shared use of track refers to situations where light rail transit operators conduct their operations over the lines of the general system, and includes light rail operations that are wholly separated in time (temporally separated) from conventional operations as well as light rail operations operating on the same trackage at the same time as conventional rail equipment (simultaneous joint use). Where shared use of general system trackage is contemplated, FRA believes a comprehensive waiver request covering all rules for which a waiver is sought makes the most sense. FRA suggests that a petitioner caption such a waiver petition as a Petition for Approval of Shared Use so as to distinguish it from other types of waiver petitions. The light rail operator should file the petition. All other affected railroads will be able to participate in the waiver proceedings by commenting on the petition and providing testimony at a hearing on the petition if anyone requests such a hearing. If any other railroad will be affected by the proposed operation in such a way as to necessitate a waiver of any FRA rule, that railroad may either join with the light rail operator in filing the comprehensive petition or file its own petition. 
</P>
<P>5. In situations where the light rail operator is an urban rapid transit system that will share a right-of-way or corridor with the conventional railroad but not share trackage, any waiver petition should cover only the rules that may apply at any significant points of connection between the rapid transit line and the other railroad. A Petition for Approval of Shared Use would not be appropriate in such a case. 
</P>
<HD1>I. Preliminary Jurisdictional Determinations 
</HD1>
<P>Where a light rail operator is uncertain whether the planned operation will be subject to FRA's safety jurisdiction and, if so, to what extent, the operator may wish to obtain FRA's views on the jurisdictional issues before filing a waiver petition. In that case, the light rail operator (here including a transit authority that may not plan to actually operate the system itself) should write to FRA requesting such a determination. The letter should be addressed to Chief Counsel, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Mail Stop 10, Washington, DC 20590, with a copy to the Associate Administrator for Safety at the same address at Mail Stop 25. The letter should address the criteria (found in 49 CFR part 209, appendix A) FRA uses to determine whether it has jurisdiction over a rail operation and to distinguish commuter from urban rapid transit service. A complete description of the nature of the contemplated operation is essential to an accurate determination. FRA will attempt to respond promptly to such a request. Of course, FRA's response will be based only on the facts as presented by the light rail operator. If FRA subsequently learns that the facts are different from those presented or have changed substantially, FRA may revise its initial determination. 
</P>
<HD1>II. General Factors To Address in a Petition for Approval of Shared Use 
</HD1>
<P>1. Like all waiver petitions, a Petition for Approval of Shared Use will be reviewed by the Safety Board. A non-voting FTA liaison to the Safety Board will participate in an advisory capacity in the Safety Board's consideration of all such petitions. This close cooperation between the two agencies will ensure that FRA benefits from the insights, particularly with regard to operational and financial issues, that FTA can provide about light rail operations, as well as from FTA's knowledge of and contacts with state safety oversight programs. This working relationship will also ensure that FTA has a fuller appreciation of the safety issues involved in each specific shared use operation and a voice in shaping the safety requirements that will apply to such operations. 
</P>
<P>2. FRA resolves each waiver request on its own merits based on the information presented and the agency's own investigation of the issues. In general, the greater the safety risks inherent in a proposed operation the greater will be the mitigation measures required. While FRA cannot state in advance what kinds of waivers will be granted or denied, we can provide guidance to those who may likely be requesting waivers to help ensure that their petitions address factors that FRA will no doubt consider important. 
</P>
<P>3. FRA's procedural rules give a general description of what any waiver petition should contain, including an explanation of the nature and extent of the relief sought; a description of the persons, equipment, installations, and locations to be covered by the waiver; an evaluation of expected costs and benefits; and relevant safety data. 49 CFR 211.9. The procedural rules, of course, are not specifically tailored to situations involving light rail operations over the general system, where waiver petitions are likely to involve many of FRA's regulatory areas. In such situations, FRA suggests that a Petition for Approval of Shared Use address the following general factors. 
</P>
<P>A. <I>Description of operations.</I> You should explain the frequency and speeds of all operations on the line and the nature of the different operations. You should explain the nature of any connections between the light rail and conventional operations. 
</P>
<P>•If the light rail line will operate on any segments (e.g., a street railway portion) that will not be shared by a conventional railroad, describe those segments and their connection with the shared use segments. If the petitioner has not previously sought and received a determination from FRA concerning jurisdictional issues, explain, using the criteria set out in 49 CFR part 209, Appendix A, whether the light rail operation is, in the petitioner's view, a commuter operation or urban rapid transit. 
</P>
<P>•You should describe precisely what the respective hours of operation will be for each type of equipment on the shared use segments. If light rail and conventional operations will occur only at different times of day, describe what means of protection will ensure that the different types of equipment are not operated simultaneously on the same track, and how protection will be provided to ensure that, where one set of operations begins and the other ends, there can be no overlap that would possibly result in a collision. 
</P>
<P>•If the light rail and conventional operations will share trackage during the same time periods, the petitioners will face a steep burden of demonstrating that extraordinary safety measures will be taken to adequately reduce the likelihood of a collision between conventional and light rail equipment to the point where the safety risks associated with joint use would be acceptable. You should explain the nature of such simultaneous joint use, the system of train control, the frequency and proximity of both types of operations, the training and qualifications of all operating personnel in both types of operations, and all methods that would be used to prevent collisions. You should also include a quantitative risk assessment concerning the risk of collision between the light rail and conventional equipment under the proposed operating scenario. 
</P>
<P>B. <I>Description of equipment.</I> (1) You should describe all equipment that will be used by the light rail and conventional operations. Where the light rail equipment does not meet the standards of 49 CFR part 238, you should provide specifics on the crash survivability of the light rail equipment, such as static end strength, sill height, strength of corner posts and collision posts, side strength, etc. 
</P>
<P>(2) Given the structural incompatibility of light rail and conventional equipment, FRA has grave concerns about the prospect of operating these two types of equipment simultaneously on the same track. If the light rail and conventional operations will share trackage during the same time periods, you should provide an engineering analysis of the light rail equipment's resistance to damage in various types of collisions, including a worst case scenario involving a failure of the collision avoidance systems resulting in a collision between light rail and conventional equipment at track speeds. 
</P>
<P>C. <I>Alternative safety measures to be employed in place of each rule for which waiver is sought.</I> The petition should specify exactly which rules the petitioner desires to be waived. For each rule, the petition should explain exactly how a level of safety at least equal to that afforded by the FRA rule will be provided by the alternative measures the petitioner proposes. 
</P>
<P>(1) Most light rail operations that entail some shared use of the general system will also have segments that are not on the general system. FTA's rules on rail fixed guideway systems will probably apply to those other segments. If so, the petition for waiver of FRA's rules should explain how the system safety program plan adopted under FTA's rules may affect safety on the portions of the system where FRA's rules apply. Under certain circumstances, effective implementation of such a plan may provide FRA sufficient assurance that adequate measures are in place to warrant waiver of certain FRA rules. 
</P>
<P>(2) In its petition, the light rail operator may want to certify that the subject matter addressed by the rule to be waived is addressed by the system safety plan and that the light rail operation will be monitored by the state safety oversight program. That is likely to expedite FRA's processing of the petition. FRA will analyze information submitted by the petitioner to demonstrate that a safety matter is addressed by the light rail operator's system safety plan. Alternately, conditional approval may be requested at an early stage in the project, and FRA would thereafter review the system safety program plan's status to determine readiness to commence operations. Where FRA grants a waiver, the state agency will oversee the area addressed by the waiver, but FRA will actively participate in partnership with FTA and the state agency to address any safety problems. 
</P>
<P>D. <I>Documentation of agreement with affected railroads.</I> Conventional railroads that will share track with the light rail operation need not join as a co-petitioner in the light rail operator's petition. However, the petition should contain documentation of the precise terms of the agreement between the light rail operator and the conventional railroad concerning any actions that the conventional railroad must take to ensure effective implementation of alternative safety measures. For example, if temporal separation is planned, FRA expects to see the conventional railroad's written acceptance of its obligations to ensure that the separation is achieved. Moreover, if the arrangements for the light rail service will require the conventional railroad to employ any alternative safety measures rather than strictly comply with FRA's rules, that railroad will have to seek its own waiver (or join in the light rail operator's petition). 
</P>
<HD1>III. Waiver Petitions Involving No Shared Use of Track and Limited Connections Between Light Rail and Conventional Operations 
</HD1>
<P>Even where there is no shared use of track, light rail operators may be subject to certain FRA rules based on limited, but significant connections to the general system. 
</P>
<P>1. <I>Rail crossings at grade.</I> Where a light rail operation and a conventional railroad have a crossing at grade, several FRA rules may apply to the light rail operation at the point of connection. If movements at the crossing are governed by a signal system, FRA's signal rules (49 CFR parts 233, 235, and 236) apply, as do the signal provisions of the hours of service statute, 49 U.S.C. 21104. To the extent radio communication is used to direct the movements, the radio rules (part 220) apply. The track rules (part 213) cover any portion of the crossing that may affect the movement of the conventional railroad. Of course, if the conventional railroad has responsibility for compliance with certain of the rules that apply at that point (for example, where the conventional railroad maintains the track and signals and dispatches all trains), the light rail operator will not have compliance responsibility for those rules and would not need a waiver. 
</P>
<P>2. <I>Shared train control systems.</I> Where a light rail operation is governed by the same train control system as a conventional railroad (e.g., at a moveable bridge that they both traverse), the light rail operator will be subject to applicable FRA rules (primarily the signal rules in parts 233, 235, and 236) if it has maintenance or operating responsibility for the system. 
</P>
<P>3. <I>Highway-Rail Grade Crossings.</I> Light rail operations over highway-rail grade crossings also used by conventional trains will be subject to FRA's rules on grade crossing signal system safety (part 234) and the requirement to have auxiliary lights on locomotives (49 CFR 229.125). Even if the conventional railroad maintains the crossing, the light rail operation will still be responsible for reporting and taking appropriate actions in response to warning system malfunctions. 
</P>
<P>In any of these shared right-of-way situations involving significant connections, the light rail operator may petition for a waiver of any rules that apply to its activities.
</P>
<HD1>IV. Factors To Address Related to Specific Regulations and Statutes
</HD1>
<P>Operators of light rail systems are likely to apply for waivers of many FRA rules. FRA offers the following suggestions on factors petitioners may want to address concerning specific areas of regulation. (All “part” references are to title 49 CFR.) Parts 209 (Railroad Safety Enforcement Procedures), 211 (Rules of Practice), 212 (State Safety Participation), and 216 (Special Notice and Emergency Order Procedures) are largely procedural rules that are unlikely to be the subject of waivers, so those parts are not discussed further. For segments of a light rail line not involving operations over the general system, assuming the light rail operation meets the definition of “rapid transit,” FRA's standards do not apply and the petition need not address those segments with regard to each specific rule from which waivers are sought with regard to shared use trackage.
</P>
<HD2>1. <I>Track, structures, and signals.</I>
</HD2>
<P>A. <I>Track safety standards (part 213).</I> For general system track used by both the conventional and light rail lines, the track standards apply and a waiver is very unlikely. A light rail operation that owns track over which the conventional railroad operates may wish to consider assigning responsibility for that track to the other railroad. If so, the track owner must follow the procedure set forth in 49 CFR 213.5(c). Where such an assignment occurs, the owner and assignee are responsible for compliance.
</P>
<P>B. <I>Signal systems reporting requirements (part 233).</I> This part contains reporting requirements with respect to methods of train operation, block signal systems, interlockings, traffic control systems, automatic train stop, train control, and cab signal systems, or other similar appliances, methods, and systems. If a signal system failure occurs on general system track which is used by both conventional and light rail lines, and triggers the reporting requirements of this part, the light rail operator must file, or cooperate fully in the filing of, a signal system report. The petition should explain whether the light rail operator or conventional railroad is responsible for maintaining the signal system. Assuming that the light rail operator (or a contractor hired by this operator) has responsibility for maintaining the signal system, that entity is the logical choice to file each signal failure report, and a waiver is very unlikely. Moreover, since a signal failure first observed by a light rail operator can later have catastrophic consequences for a conventional railroad using the same track, a waiver would jeopardize rail safety on that general system trackage. Even if the conventional railroad is responsible for maintaining the signal systems, the light rail operator must still assist the railroad in reporting all signal failures by notifying the conventional railroad of such failures.
</P>
<P>C. <I>Grade crossing signal system safety (part 234).</I> This part contains minimum standards for the maintenance, inspection, and testing of highway-rail grade crossing warning systems, and also prescribes standards for the reporting of system failures and minimum actions that railroads must take when such warning systems malfunction. If a grade crossing accident or warning activation failure occurs during light rail operations on general system track that is used by both conventional and light rail lines, the light rail operator must submit, or cooperate with the other railroad to ensure the submission of, a report to FRA within the required time frame (24 hours for an accident report, or 15 days for a grade crossing signal system activation failure report). The petition should explain whether the light rail operator or conventional railroad is responsible for maintaining the grade crossing devices. Assuming that the light rail operator (or a contractor hired by this operator) has responsibility for maintaining the grade crossing devices, that entity is the logical choice to file each grade crossing signal failure report, and a waiver is very unlikely. Moreover, since a grade crossing warning device failure first observed by a light rail operator can later have catastrophic consequences for a conventional railroad using the same track, a waiver would jeopardize rail safety on that general system trackage. However, if the conventional railroad is responsible for maintaining the grade crossing devices, the light rail operator will still have to assist the railroad in reporting all grade crossing signal failures. Moreover, regardless of which railroad is responsible for maintenance of the grade crossing signals, any railroad (including a light rail operation) operating over a crossing that has experienced an activation failure, partial activation, or false activation must take the steps required by this rule to ensure safety at those locations. While the maintaining railroad will retain all of its responsibilities in such situations (such as contacting train crews and notifying law enforcement agencies), the operating railroad must observe requirements concerning flagging, train speed, and use of the locomotive's audible warning device.
</P>
<P>D. <I>Approval of signal system modifications (part 235).</I> This part contains instructions governing applications for approval of a discontinuance or material modification of a signal system or relief from the regulatory requirements of part 236. In the case of a signal system located on general system track which is used by both conventional and light rail lines, a light rail operation is subject to this part only if it (or a contractor hired by the operator) owns or has responsibility for maintaining the signal system. If the conventional railroad does the maintenance, then that railroad would file any application submitted under this part; the light rail operation would have the right to protest the application under § 235.20. The petition should discuss whether the light rail operator or conventional railroad is responsible for maintaining the signal system. 
</P>
<P>E. <I>Standards for signal and train control systems (part 236).</I> This part contains rules, standards, and instructions governing the installation, inspection, maintenance, and repair of signal and train control systems, devices, and appliances. In the case of a signal system located on general system track which is used by both conventional and light rail lines, a light rail operation is subject to this part only if it (or a contractor hired by the operation) owns or has responsibility for installing, inspecting, maintaining, and repairing the signal system. If the light rail operation has these responsibilities, a waiver would be unlikely because a signal failure would jeopardize the safety of both the light rail operation and the conventional railroad. If the conventional railroad assumes all of the responsibilities under this part, the light rail operation would not need a waiver, but it would have to abide by all operational limitations imposed this part and by the conventional railroad. The petition should discuss whether the light rail operator or conventional railroad has responsibility for installing, inspecting, maintaining, and repairing the signal system. 
</P>
<HD2>2. Motive power and equipment.
</HD2>
<P>A. <I>Railroad noise emission compliance regulations (part 210).</I> FRA issued this rule under the Noise Control Act of 1972, 42 U.S.C. 4916, rather than under its railroad safety authority. Because that statute included a definition of “railroad” borrowed from one of the older railroad safety laws, this part has an exception for “street, suburban, or interurban electric railways unless operated as a part of the general railroad system of transportation.” 49 CFR 210.3(b)(2). The petition should address whether this exception may apply to the light rail operation. Note that this exception is broader than the sole exception to the railroad safety statutes (i.e., urban rapid transit not connected to the general system). The greater the integration of the light rail and conventional operations, the less likely this exception would apply. 
</P>
<P>If the light rail equipment would normally meet the standards in this rule, there would be no reason to seek a waiver of it. If it appears that the light rail system would neither meet the standards nor fit within the exception, the petition should address noise mitigation measures used on the system, especially as part of a system safety program. Note, however, that FRA lacks the authority to waive certain Environmental Protection Agency standards (40 CFR part 201) that underlie this rule. See 49 CFR 210.11(a). 
</P>
<P>B. <I>Railroad freight car safety standards (part 215).</I> A light rail operator is likely to move freight cars only in connection with maintenance-of-way work. As long as such cars are properly stenciled in accordance with section 215.305, this part does not otherwise apply, and a waiver would seem unnecessary. 
</P>
<P>C. <I>Rear end marking devices (part 221).</I> This part requires that each train occupying or operating on main line track be equipped with, display, and continuously illuminate or flash a marking device on the trailing end of the rear car during periods of darkness or other reduced visibility. The device, which must be approved by FRA, must have specific intensity, beam arc width, color, and flash rate characteristics. A light rail operation seeking a waiver of this part will need to explain how other marking devices with which it equips its vehicles, or other means such as train control, will provide the same assurances as this part of a reduced likelihood of collisions attributable to the failure of an approaching train to see the rear end of a leading train in time to stop short of it during periods of reduced visibility. The petition should describe the light rail vehicle's existing marking devices (e.g., headlights, brakelights, taillights, turn signal lights), and indicate whether the vehicle bears reflectors. If the light rail system will operate in both a conventional railroad environment and in streets mixed with motor vehicles, the petition should discuss whether adapting the design of the vehicle's lighting characteristics to conform to FRA's regulations would adversely affect the safety of its operations in the street environment. A light rail system that has a system safety program developed under FTA's rules may choose to discuss how that program addresses the need for equivalent levels of safety when its vehicles operate on conventional railroad corridors. 
</P>
<P>D. <I>Safety glazing standards (part 223).</I> This part provides that passenger car windows be equipped with FRA-certified glazing materials in order to reduce the likelihood of injury to railroad employees and passengers from the breakage and shattering of windows and avoid ejection of passengers from the vehicle in a collision. This part, in addition to requiring the existence of at least four emergency windows, also requires window markings and operating instructions for each emergency window, as well as for each window intended for emergency access, so as to provide the necessary information for evacuation of a passenger car. FRA will not permit operations to occur on the general system in the absence of effective alternatives to the requirements of this part that provide an equivalent level of safety. The petition should explain what equivalent safeguards are in place to provide the same assurance as part 223 that passengers and crewmembers are safe from the effects of objects striking a light rail vehicle's windows. The petition should also discuss the design characteristics of its equipment when it explains how the safety of its employees and passengers will be assured during an evacuation in the absence of windows meeting the specific requirements of this part. A light rail system that has a system safety program plan developed under FTA's rule may be able to demonstrate that the plan satisfies the safety goals of this part. 
</P>
<P>E. <I>Locomotive safety standards (part 229).</I> (1) This part contains minimum safety standards for all locomotives, except those propelled by steam power. FRA recognizes that due to the unique characteristics of light rail equipment, some of these provisions may be irrelevant to light rail equipment, and that others may not fit properly in the context of light rail operations. A waiver petition should explain precisely how the light rail system's practices will provide for the safe condition and operation of its locomotive equipment. 
</P>
<P>(2) FRA is not likely to waive completely the provision (section 229.125) of this rule concerning auxiliary lights designed to warn highway motorists of an approaching train. In order to reduce the risk of grade crossing accidents, it is important that all locomotives used by both conventional railroads and light rail systems present the same distinctive profile to motor vehicle operators approaching grade crossings on the general railroad system. If uniformity is sacrificed by permitting light rail systems to operate locomotives through the same grade crossings traversed by conventional trains with light arrangements placed in different locations on the equipment, safety could be compromised. Accordingly, the vehicle design should maintain the triangular pattern required of other locomotives and cab cars to the extent practicable. 
</P>
<P>(3) FRA is aware that light rail headlights are likely to produce less than 200,000 candela. While some light rail operators may choose to satisfy the requirements of section 229.125 by including lights on their equipment of different candlepower controlled by dimmer switches, the headlights on the majority of light rail vehicles will likely not meet FRA's minimum requirement. However, based on the nature of the operations of light rail transit, FRA recognizes that waivers of the minimum candela requirement for transit vehicle headlights seems appropriate. 
</P>
<P>F. <I>Safety appliance laws (49 U.S.C. 20301-20305).</I> (1) Since certain safety appliance requirements (e.g., automatic couplers) are statutory, they can only be “waived” by FRA under the exemption conditions set forth in 49 U.S.C. 20306. Because exemptions requested under this statutory provision do not involve a waiver of a safety rule, regulation, or standard (see 49 CFR 211.41), FRA is not required to follow the rules of practice for waivers contained in part 211. However, whenever appropriate, FRA will combine its consideration of any request for an exemption under § 20306 with its review under part 211 of a light rail operation's petition for waivers of FRA's regulations. 
</P>
<P>(2) FRA may grant exemptions from the statutory safety appliance requirements in 49 U.S.C. 20301-20305 only if application of such requirements would “preclude the development or implementation of more efficient railroad transportation equipment or other transportation innovations.” 49 U.S.C. 20306. The exemption for technological improvements was originally enacted to further the implementation of a specific type of freight car, but the legislative history shows that Congress intended the exemption to be used elsewhere so that “other types of railroad equipment might similarly benefit.” S. Rep. 96-614 at 8 (1980), reprinted in 1980 U.S.C.C.A.N. 1156,1164. 
</P>
<P>(3) FRA recognizes the potential public benefits of allowing light rail systems to take advantage of underutilized urban freight rail corridors to provide service that, in the absence of the existing right-of-way, would be prohibitively expensive. Any petitioner requesting an exemption for technological improvements should carefully explain how being forced to comply with the existing statutory safety appliance requirements would conflict with the exemption exceptions set forth at 49 U.S.C. 20306. The petition should also show that granting the exemption is in the public interest and is consistent with assuring the safety of the light rail operator's employees and passengers. 
</P>
<P>G. <I>Safety appliance standards (part 231).</I> (1) The regulations in this part specify the requisite location, number, dimensions, and manner of application of a variety of railroad car safety appliances (e.g., handbrakes, ladders, handholds, steps), and directly implement a number of the statutory requirements found in 49 U.S.C. 20301-20305. These very detailed regulations are intended to ensure that sufficient safety appliances are available and able to function safely and securely as intended. 
</P>
<P>(2) FRA recognizes that due to the unique characteristics of light rail equipment, some of these provisions may be irrelevant to light rail operation, and that others may not fit properly in the context of light rail operations (e.g., crewmembers typically do not perform yard duties from positions outside and adjacent to the light rail vehicle or near the vehicle's doors). However, to the extent that the light rail operation encompasses the safety risks addressed by the regulatory provisions of this part, a waiver petition should explain precisely how the light rail system's practices will provide for the safe operation of its passenger equipment. The petition should focus on the design specifications of the equipment, and explain how the light rail system's operating practices, and its intended use of the equipment, will satisfy the safety purpose of the regulations while providing at least an equivalent level of safety. 
</P>
<P>H. <I>Passenger equipment safety standards (part 238).</I> This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for railroad passenger equipment. Since a collision on the general railroad system between light rail equipment and conventional rail equipment could prove catastrophic, because of the significantly greater mass and structural strength of the conventional equipment, a waiver petition should describe the light rail operation's system safety program that is in place to minimize the risk of such a collision. The petition should discuss the light rail operation's operating rules and procedures, train control technology, and signal system. If the light rail operator and conventional railroad will operate simultaneously on the same track, the petition should include a quantitative risk assessment that incorporates design information and provide an engineering analysis of the light rail equipment and its likely performance in derailment and collision scenarios. The petitioner should also demonstrate that risk mitigation measures to avoid the possibility of collisions, or to limit the speed at which a collision might occur , will be employed in connection with the use of the equipment on a specified shared-use rail line. This part also contains requirements concerning power brakes on passenger trains, and a petitioner seeking a waiver in this area should refer to these requirements, not those found in 49 CFR part 232. 
</P>
<HD2>3. Operating practices. 
</HD2>
<P>A. <I>Railroad workplace safety (part 214).</I> (1) This part contains standards for protecting bridge workers and roadway workers. The petition should explain whether the light rail operator or conventional railroad is responsible for bridge work on shared general system trackage. If the light rail operator does the work and does similar work on segments outside of the general system, it may wish to seek a waiver permitting it to observe OSHA standards throughout its system. 
</P>
<P>(2) There are no comparable OSHA standards protecting roadway workers. The petition should explain which operator is responsible for track and signal work on the shared segments. If the light rail operator does this work, the petition should explain how the light rail operator protects these workers. However, to the extent that protection varies significantly from FRA's rules, a waiver permitting use of the light rail system's standards could be very confusing to train crews of the conventional railroad who follow FRA's rules elsewhere. A waiver of this rule is unlikely. A petition should address how such confusion would be avoided and safety of roadway workers would be ensured. 
</P>
<P>B. <I>Railroad operating rules (part 217).</I> This part requires filing of a railroad's operating rules and that employees be instructed and tested on compliance with them. A light rail operation would not likely have difficulty complying with this part. However, if a waiver is desired, the light rail system should explain how other safeguards it has in place provide the same assurance that operating employees are trained and periodically tested on the rules that govern train operation. A light rail system that has a system safety program plan developed under FTA's rules may be in a good position to give such an assurance. 
</P>
<P>C. <I>Railroad operating practices (part 218).</I> This part requires railroads to follow certain practices in various aspects of their operations (protection of employees working on equipment, protection of trains and locomotives from collisions in certain situations, prohibition against tampering with safety devices, protection of occupied camp cars). Some of these provisions (e.g., camp cars) may be irrelevant to light rail operations. Others may not fit well in the context of light rail operations. To the extent the light rail operation presents the risks addressed by the various provisions of this part, a waiver provision should explain precisely how the light rail system's practices will address those risks. FRA is not likely to waive the prohibition against tampering with safety devices, which would seem to present no particular burden to light rail operations. Moreover, blue signal regulations, which protect employees working on or near equipment, are not likely to be waived to the extent that such work is performed on track shared by a light rail operation and a conventional railroad, where safety may best be served by uniformity. 
</P>
<P>D. <I>Control of alcohol and drug use (part 219).</I> FRA will not permit operations to occur on the general system in the absence of effective rules governing alcohol and drug use by operating employees. FTA's own rules may provide a suitable alternative for a light rail system that is otherwise governed by those rules. However, to the extent that light rail and conventional operations occur simultaneously on the same track, FRA is not likely to apply different rules to the two operations, particularly with respect to post-accident testing, for which FRA requirements are more extensive (e.g., section 219.11(f) addresses the removal, under certain circumstances, of body fluid and/or tissue samples taken from the remains of any railroad employee who performs service for a railroad). (FRA recognizes that in the event of a fatal train accident involving a transit vehicle, whether involving temporal separation or simultaneous use of the same track, the National Transportation Safety Board will likely investigate and obtain its own toxicology test results.) 
</P>
<P>E. <I>Railroad communications (part 220).</I> A light rail operation is likely to have an effective system of radio communication that may provide a suitable alternative to FRA's rules. However, the greater the need for radio communication between light rail personnel (e.g., train crews or dispatchers) and personnel of the conventional railroad (e.g., train crews, roadway workers), the greater will be the need for standardized communication rules and, accordingly, the less likely will be a waiver. 
</P>
<P>F. <I>Railroad accident/incident reporting (part 225).</I> (1) FRA's accident/incident information is very important in the agency's decisionmaking on regulatory issues and strategic planning. A waiver petition should indicate precisely what types of accidents and incidents it would report, and to whom, under any alternative it proposes. FRA is not likely to waive its reporting requirements concerning train accidents or highway-rail grade crossing collisions that occur on the general railroad system. Reporting of accidents under FTA's rules is quite different and would not provide an effective substitute. However, with regard to employee injuries, the light rail operation may, absent FRA's rules, otherwise be subject to reporting requirements of FTA and OSHA and may have an interest in uniform reporting of those injuries wherever they occur on the system. Therefore, it is more likely that FRA would grant a waiver with regard to reporting of employee injuries. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any waiver FRA may grant in the accident/incident reporting area would have no effect on FRA's authority to investigate such incidents or on the duties of light rail operators and any other affected railroads to cooperate with those investigations. See sections 225.31 and 225.35 and 49 U.S.C. 20107 and 20902. Light rail operators should anticipate that FRA will investigate any serious accident or injury that occurs on the shared use portion of their lines, even if it occurs during hours when only the light rail trains are operating. Moreover, there may be instances when FRA will work jointly with FTA and the state agency to investigate the cause of a transit accident that occurs off the general system under circumstances that raise concerns about the safety of operations on the shared use portions. For example, if a transit operator using the same light rail equipment on the shared and non-shared-use portions of its operation has a serious accident on the non-shared-use portion, FRA may want to determine whether the cause of the accident pointed to a systemic problem with the equipment that might impact the transit system's operations on the general system. Similarly, where human error might be a factor, FRA may want to determine whether the employee potentially at fault also has safety responsibilities on the general system and, if so, take appropriate action to ensure that corrective action is taken. FRA believes its statutory investigatory authority extends as far as necessary to address any condition that might reasonably be expected to create a hazard to railroad operations within its jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>G. <I>Hours of service laws (49 U.S.C. 21101-21108).</I> (1) The hours of service laws apply to all railroads subject to FRA's jurisdiction, and govern the maximum work hours and minimum off-duty periods of employees engaged in one or more of the three categories of covered service described in 49 U.S.C. 21101. If an individual performs more than one kind of covered service during a tour of duty, then the most restrictive of the applicable limitations control. Under current law, a light rail operation could request a waiver of the substantive provisions of the hours of service laws only under the “pilot project” provision described in 49 U.S.C. 21108, provided that the request is based upon a joint petition submitted by the railroad and its affected labor organizations. Because waivers requested under this statutory provision do not involve a waiver of a safety rule, regulation, or standard (see 49 CFR 211.41), FRA is not required to follow the rules of practice for waivers contained in part 211. However, whenever appropriate, FRA will combine its consideration of any request for a waiver under § 21108 with its review under part 211 of a light rail operation's petition for waivers of FRA's regulations. 
</P>
<P>(2) If such a statutory waiver is desired, the light rail system will need to assure FRA that the waiver of compliance is in the public interest and consistent with railroad safety. The waiver petition should include a discussion of what fatigue management strategies will be in place for each category of covered employees in order to minimize the effects of fatigue on their job performance. However, FRA is unlikely to grant a statutory waiver covering employees of a light rail operation who dispatch the trains of a conventional railroad or maintain a signal system affecting shared use trackage. 
</P>
<P>H. <I>Hours of service recordkeeping (part 228).</I> This part prescribes reporting and recordkeeping requirements with respect to the hours of service of employees who perform the job functions set forth in 49 U.S.C. 21101. As a general rule, FRA anticipates that any waivers granted under this part will only exempt the same groups of employees for whom a light rail system has obtained a waiver of the substantive provisions of the hours of service laws under 49 U.S.C. 21108. Since it is important that FRA be able to verify that a light rail operation is complying with the on- and off-duty restrictions of the hour of service laws for all employees not covered by a waiver of the laws' substantive provisions, it is unlikely that any waiver granted of the reporting and recordkeeping requirements would exclude those employees. However, in a system with fixed work schedules that do not approach 12 hours on duty in the aggregate, it may be possible to utilize existing payroll records to verify compliance. 
</P>
<P>I. <I>Passenger train emergency preparedness (part 239).</I> This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for the preparation, adoption, and implementation of emergency preparedness plans by railroads connected with the operation of passenger trains. FRA's expectation is that by requiring affected railroads to provide sufficient emergency egress capability and information to passengers, along with mandating that these railroads coordinate with local emergency response officials, the risk of death or injury from accidents and incidents will be lessened. A waiver petition should state whether the light rail system has an emergency preparedness plan in place under a state system safety program developed under FTA's rules for the light rail operator's separate street railway segments. Under a system safety program, a light rail operation is likely to have an effective plan for dealing with emergency situations that may provide an equivalent alternative to FRA's rules. To the extent that the light rail operation's plan relates to the various provisions of this part, a waiver petition should explain precisely how each of the requirements of this part is being addressed. The petition should especially focus on the issues of communication, employee training, passenger information, liaison relationships with emergency responders, and marking of emergency exits. 
</P>
<P>J. <I>Qualification and certification of locomotive engineers (part 240).</I> This part contains minimum Federal safety requirements for the eligibility, training, testing, certification, and monitoring of locomotive engineers. Those who operate light rail trains may have significant effects on the safety of light rail passengers, motorists at grade crossings, and, to the extent trackage is shared with conventional railroads, the employees and passengers of those railroads. The petition should describe whether a light rail system has a system safety plan developed under FTA's rules that is likely to have an effective means of assuring that the operators, or “engineers,” of its equipment receive the necessary training and have proper skills to operate a light rail vehicle in shared use on the general railroad system. The petition should explain what safeguards are in place to ensure that light rail engineers receive at least an equivalent level of training, testing, and monitoring on the rules governing train operations to that received by locomotive engineers employed by conventional railroads and certified under part 240. Any light rail system unable to meet this burden would have to fully comply with the requirements of part 240. Moreover, where a transit system intends to operate simultaneously on the same track with conventional equipment, FRA will not be inclined to waive the part 240 requirements. In that situation, FRA's paramount concern would be uniformity of training and qualifications of all those operating trains on the general system, regardless of the type of equipment. 
</P>
<HD1>V. Waivers That May be Appropriate for Time-Separated Light Rail Operations 
</HD1>
<P>1. The foregoing discussion of factors to address in a petition for approval of shared use concerns all such petitions and, accordingly, is quite general. FRA is willing to provide more specific guidance on where waivers may be likely with regard to light rail operations that are time-separated from conventional operations. FRA's greatest concern with regard to shared use of the general system is a collision between light rail and conventional trains on the same track. Because the results could well be catastrophic, FRA places great emphasis on avoiding such collisions. The surest way to guarantee that such collisions will not occur is to strictly segregate light rail and conventional operations by time of day so that the two types of equipment never share the same track at the same time. This is not to say that FRA will not entertain waiver petitions that rely on other methods of collision avoidance such as sophisticated train control systems. However, petitioners who do not intend to separate light rail from conventional operations by time of day will face a steep burden of demonstrating an acceptable level of safety. FRA does not insist that all risk of collision be eliminated. However, given the enormous severity of the likely consequences of a collision, the demonstrated risk of such an event must be extremely remote. 
</P>
<P>2. There are various ways of providing such strict separation by time. For example, freight operations could be limited to the hours of midnight to 5 a.m. when light rail operations are prohibited. Or, there might be both a nighttime and a mid-day window for freight operation. The important thing is that the arrangement not permit simultaneous operation on the same track by clearly defining specific segments of the day when only one type of operation may occur. Mere spacing of train movements by a train control system does not constitute this temporal separation. 
</P>
<P>3. FRA is very likely to grant waivers of many of its rules where complete temporal separation between light rail and conventional operations is demonstrated in the waiver request. The chart below lists each of FRA's railroad safety rules and provides FRA's view on whether it is likely to grant a waiver in a particular area where temporal separation is assured. Where the “Likely Treatment” column says “comply” a waiver is not likely, and where it says “waive” a waiver is likely. Of course, FRA will consider each petition on its own merits and one should not presume, based on the chart, that FRA will grant or deny any particular request in a petition. This chart is offered as general guidance as part of a statement of policy, and as such does not alter any safety rules or obligate FRA to follow it in every case. This chart assumes that the operations of the local rail transit agency on the general railroad system are completely separated in time from conventional railroad operations, and that the light rail operation poses no atypical safety hazards. FRA's procedural rules on matters such as enforcement (49 CFR parts 209 and 216), and its statutory authority to investigate accidents and injuries and take emergency action to address an imminent hazard of death or injury, would apply to these operations in all cases. 
</P>
<P>4. Where waivers are granted, a light rail operator would be expected to operate under a system safety plan developed in accordance with the FTA state safety oversight program. The state safety oversight agency would be responsible for the safety oversight of the light rail operation, even on the general system, with regard to aspects of that operation for which a waiver is granted. (The “Comments” column of the chart shows “State Safety Oversight” where waivers conditioned on such state oversight are likely.) FRA will coordinate with FTA and the state agency to address any serious safety problems. If the conditions under which the waiver was granted change substantially, or unanticipated safety issues arise, FRA may modify or withdraw a waiver in order to ensure safety. On certain subjects where waivers are not likely, the “Comments” column of the chart makes special note of some important regulatory requirements that the light rail system will have to observe even if it is not primarily responsible for compliance with that particular rule. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Possible Waivers for Light Rail Operations on the General Railroad System Based on Separation in Time From Conventional Operations 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Title 49 CFR part 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subject of rule 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Likely treatment 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Comments 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Track, Structures, and Signals</E> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Track safety standards</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Comply (assuming light rail operator owns track or has been assigned responsibility for it)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If the conventional RR owns the track, light rail will have to observe speed limits for class of track. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">233, 235, 236</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signal and train control</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Comply (assuming light rail operator or its contractor has responsibility for signal maintenance)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If conventional RR maintains signals, light rail will have to abide by operational limitations and report signal failures. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">234</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grade crossing signals</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Comply (assuming light rail operator or its contractor has responsibility for crossing devices)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If conventional RR maintains devices, light rail will have to comply with sections concerning crossing accidents, activation failures, and false activations. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">213, Appendix C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridge safety policy</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not a rule. Compliance voluntary.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Motive Power and Equipment</E> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">210</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Noise emission</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State safety oversight. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">215</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight car safety standards</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State safety oversight. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">221</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rear end marking devices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State safety oversight. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">223</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Safety glazing standards</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State safety oversight. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">229</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Locomotive safety standards</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive, except for arrangement of auxiliary lights, which is important for grade crossing safety</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State safety oversight. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">231*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Safety appliance standards</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State safety oversight; see note below on statutory requirements. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">238</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Passenger equipment standards</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State safety oversight. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Operating Practices</E> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridge worker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OSHA standards. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Roadway worker safety</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Comply
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">217</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Operating rules</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State safety oversight. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">218</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Operating practices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive, except for prohibition on tampering with safety devices related to signal system, and blue signal rules on shared track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State safety oversight. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">219</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alcohol and drug</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive if FTA rule otherwise applies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FTA rule may apply. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">220</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Radio communications</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive, except to extent communications with freight trains and roadway workers are necessary</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State safety oversight. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">225</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accident reporting and investigation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Comply with regard to train accidents and crossing accidents; waive as to injuries; FRA accident investigation authority not subject to waiver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employee injuries would be reported under FTA or OSHA rules. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">228**</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hours of service recordkeeping</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive (in concert with waiver of statute); waiver not likely for personnel who dispatch conventional RR or maintain signal system on shared use track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See note below on possible waiver of statutory requirements. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">239</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Passenger train emergency preparedness</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State safety oversight. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Engineer certification</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State safety oversight. 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">* <E T="03">Safety appliance statute.</E> Certain safety appliance requirements (e.g., automatic couplers) are statutory and can only be waived under the conditions set forth in 49 U.S.C. 20306, which permits exemptions if application of the requirements would “preclude the development or implementation of more efficient railroad transportation equipment or other transportation innovations.” If consistent with employee safety, FRA could probably rely on this provision to address most light rail equipment that could not meet the standards. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">** <E T="03">Hours of service statute.</E> Currently, 49 U.S.C. 21108 permits FRA to waive substantive provisions of the hours of service laws based upon a joint petition by the railroad and affected labor organizations, after notice and an opportunity for a hearing. This is a “pilot project” provision, so waivers are limited to two years but may be extended for additional two-year periods after notice and an opportunity for comment.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 42546, July 10, 2000, as amended at 74 FR 25172, May 27, 2009]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="212" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 212—STATE SAFETY PARTICIPATION REGULATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20105, 20106, and 20113, and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 41051, Sept. 16, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes standards and procedures for State participation in investigative and surveillance activities under the Federal railroad safety laws and regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Railroad Administrator or the Deputy Administrator or the delegate of either of them.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Associate Administrator</I> means the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Federal railroad safety laws</I> has the meaning assigned to that term by 49 CFR 209.3.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Manufacturer</I> means a person that manufactures, fabricates, marks, maintains, reconditions, repairs, or tests containers which are represented, marked, certified, or sold for use in the bulk transportation of hazardous materials by railroad.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Shipper</I> means a person that offers a hazardous material for transportation or otherwise causes it to be transported.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41051, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 57 FR 28115, June 24, 1992; 90 FR 28132, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.1.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.5   Filing.</HEAD>
<P>Each State agency desiring to conduct investigative and surveillance activities must submit to the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, the documentation which contains the information prescribed by §§ 212.105 and 212.107.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41051, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 74 FR 25172, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—State/Federal Roles</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.101   Program principles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of the national railroad safety program is to promote safety in all areas of railroad operations in order to reduce deaths, injuries and damage to property resulting from railroad accidents.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The national railroad safety program is carried out in part through the issuance of mandatory Federal safety requirements and through inspection efforts designed to monitor compliance with those requirements. FRA and State inspections determine the extent to which the railroads, shippers, and manufacturers have fulfilled their obligations with respect to inspection, maintenance, training, and supervision. The FRA and participating States do not conduct inspections of track, equipment, signal systems, operating practices, and hazardous materials handling for the railroads, shippers, and manufacturers.
</P>
<P>(2) The national railroad safety program is also carried out through routine inspections, accident investigations, formal and informal educational efforts, complaint investigations, safety assessments, special inquiries, regulatory development, research and similar initiatives.
</P>
<P>(c) It is the policy of the FRA to maintain direct oversight of railroad, shipper, and manufacturer conditions and practices relevant to safety by conducting inspections and investigations in concert with participating State agencies.
</P>
<P>(d) The principal role of the State Safety Participation Program in the national railroad safety effort is to provide an enhanced investigative and surveillance capability through assumption, by participating State agencies, of responsibility for planned routine compliance inspections. The FRA encourages further State contributions to the national railroad safety program consistent with overall program needs, individual State capabilities, and the willingness of the States to undertake additional investigative and surveillance activities.
</P>
<P>(e) It is the policy of the FRA to promote the growth and vitality of the State Safety Participation Program through liaison with State government, coordination of Federal and State investigative and surveillance activities, and training of inspection personnel.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41051, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 57 FR 28115, June 24, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.103   Investigative and surveillance authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the requirements of this part, a State agency with jurisdiction under State law may participate in investigative and surveillance activities concerning Federal railroad safety laws and regulations by entering into an agreement under § 212.105 for the exercise of specified authority.
</P>
<P>(b) Subject to requirements of this part, a State agency with jurisdiction under State law may participate in investigative and surveillance activities with respect to particular rules, regulations, orders or standards issued under the regulatory authority of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 by filing an annual certification under § 212.107.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.105   Agreements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> The principal method by which States may participate in investigative and surveillance activities is by agreement with FRA. An agreement may delegate investigative and surveillance authority with respect to all or any part of the Federal railroad safety laws.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duration.</I> An agreement may be for a fixed term or for an indefinite duration.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amendments.</I> An agreement may be amended to expand or contract its scope by consent of FRA and the State.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Common terms.</I> Each agreement entered into under this section provides that:
</P>
<P>(1) The State agency is delegated certain specified authority with respect to investigative and surveillance activities;
</P>
<P>(2) The delegation is effective only to the extent it is carried out through personnel recognized by the State and FRA (pursuant to subpart C of this part) to be qualified to perform the specific investigative and surveillance activities to which the personnel are assigned; and
</P>
<P>(3) The State agency agrees to provide the capability necessary to assure coverage of facilities, equipment, and operating practices through planned routine compliance inspections for all, or a specified part of, the territory of the State.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Request for agreement.</I> A request for agreement shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) An opinion of the counsel for the State agency stating that:
</P>
<P>(i) The agency has jurisdiction over the safety practices of the facilities, equipment, rolling stock, and operations of railroads in that State and whether the agency has jurisdiction over shippers and manufacturers; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The agency has the authority and capability to conduct investigative and surveillance activities in connection with the rules, regulations, orders, and standards issued by the Administrator under the Federal railroad safety laws.
</P>
<P>(2) A statement that the State agency has been furnished a copy of each Federal safety statute, rule, regulation, order, or standard pertinent to the State's participation;
</P>
<P>(3) The names of the railroads operating in the State together with the number of miles of main and branch lines operated by each railroad in the State;
</P>
<P>(4) The name, title and telephone number of the person designated by the agency to coordinate the program; and
</P>
<P>(5) A description of the organization, programs, and functions of the agency with respect to railroad safety.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Developmental agreement.</I> Consistent with national program requirements, the Associate Administrator may enter into an agreement under this section prior to the qualification of inspection personnel of the State under subpart C of this part. In such a case, the agreement shall (1) specify the date at which the State will assume investigative and surveillance duties, and (2) refer to any undertaking by the FRA to provide training for State inspection personnel, including a schedule for the training courses that will be made available.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Action on request.</I> The Associate Administrator responds to a request for agreement by entering into an agreement based on the request, by declining the request, or by suggesting modifications.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2130-0509)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41051, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 57 FR 28115, June 24, 1992; 90 FR 28132, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.2.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.107   Certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> In the event the FRA and the State agency do not agree on terms for the participation of the State under § 212.105 of this part and the State wishes to engage in investigative and surveillance activities with respect to any rule, regulation, order, or standard issued under the authority of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970, the State shall file an annual certification with respect to such activities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content.</I> The annual certification shall be filed not less than 60 days before the beginning of the Federal fiscal year to which it applies, shall contain the information required by § 212.105(e) of this part and, in addition, shall certify that:
</P>
<P>(1) The State agency has the authority and capability to conduct investigative and surveillance activities under the requirements of this part with respect to each rule, regulation, order or standard for which certification is submitted; and
</P>
<P>(2) The State agency will, at a minimum, conduct planned compliance inspections meeting the level of effort prescribed in the applicable appendix to this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Action on certification.</I> The Associate Administrator responds to the filing of an annual certification within 60 days of its receipt by accepting it or by rejecting it for cause stated.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> Acceptance of an annual certification constitutes a delegation of authority to conduct investigative and surveillance activities only to the extent that the delegation is carried out through personnel recognized by the State and the FRA (pursuant to subpart C of this part) to be qualified to perform the particular investigative and surveillance activities to which the personnel are assigned.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2130-0509)




</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.2.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.109   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.2.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.111   Monitoring and other inspections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It is the policy of the FRA to monitor State investigative and surveillance practices at the program level.
</P>
<P>(b) It is the policy of the FRA to coordinate its direct inspection and investigative functions in participating States with the responsible State agency, providing prior advice to the States whenever practicable.
</P>
<P>(c) The FRA may conduct such monitoring of State investigative and surveillance practices and such other inspection and investigation as may be necessary to aid in the enforcement of the Federal railroad safety laws.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.2.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.113   Program termination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State agency participating in investigative and surveillance activities by agreement or certification shall provide 30-days' notice of its intent to terminate its participation.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator may, on his or her own initiative, terminate the participation of a State agency if, after at least 30-days' notice and an opportunity for oral hearing under section 553 of title 5 U.S.C., the State does not establish that it has complied and is complying with:
</P>
<P>(1) The requirements of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Relevant directives, enforcement manuals, and written interpretations of law and regulations provided by the FRA for guidance of the program; and
</P>
<P>(3) The rule of national uniformity of laws, rules, regulations, orders, and standards relating to railroad safety as expressed in section 205 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 434).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41051, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 90 FR 28132, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.2.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.115   Enforcement actions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the FRA reserves exclusive authority to assess and compromise penalties, to issue emergency orders and compliance orders, institute or cause to be instituted actions for collection of civil penalties or for injunctive relief, and to commence any and all other enforcement actions under the Federal railroad safety laws.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Section 207(a) of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970, as amended (45 U.S.C. 436(a)), authorizes a participating State to bring an action for assessment and collection of a civil penalty in a Federal district court of proper venue, if the FRA has not acted on a request for civil penalty assessment originated by the State, within sixty (60) days of receipt, by assessing the penalty or by determining in writing that no violation occurred.
</P>
<P>(2) Section 207(b) of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970, as amended (45 U.S.C. 436(b)), authorizes a participating State to bring an action for injunctive relief in a Federal district court of proper venue, if the FRA has not acted on a request to initiate such an action within fifteen (15) days of receipt, by referring the matter to the Attorney General for litigation, by undertaking other enforcement action, or by determining in writing that no violation has occurred.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this paragraph, a request for legal action is deemed to be received when a legally sufficient investigative report specifying the action requested is received by the designated FRA offices.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Requests for civil penalty assessments and other administrative actions shall be submitted to the FRA Staff Director for the relevant technical discipline.
</P>
<P>(2) Requests for the institution of injunctive actions shall be submitted simultaneously to—
</P>
<P>(i) The FRA Staff Director for the relevant technical discipline; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Office of the Chief Counsel, FRA, <I>FRALegal@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41051, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 90 FR 28132, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—State Inspection Personnel</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.201   General qualifications of State inspection personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes the minimum qualification requirements for State railroad safety inspectors, including journeyman and inspector apprentices. A State may establish more stringent or additional requirements for its employees.
</P>
<P>(b) An inspector shall be recognized as qualified under this part by the State agency and the Associate Administrator prior to assuming the responsibilities of the position.
</P>
<P>(c) Each inspector shall be a bona fide employee of the State agency.
</P>
<P>(d) Each inspector shall demonstrate:
</P>
<P>(1) The ability to read and comprehend written materials such as training and enforcement manuals, regulations, operating and safety rules of the railroad, and similar materials;
</P>
<P>(2) The ability to compose narrative reports of investigative findings that are clear, complete, and grammatically acceptable;
</P>
<P>(3) The ability to record data on standard report forms with a high degree of accuracy;
</P>
<P>(4) The ability to communicate orally; and
</P>
<P>(5) Basic knowledge of rail transportation functions, the organization of railroad, shipper, and manufacturer companies, and standard industry rules for personal safety.
</P>
<P>(e) Each inspector shall demonstrate a thorough knowledge of:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroad rules, practices, record systems, and terminology common to operating and maintenance functions; and
</P>
<P>(2) The scope and major requirements of all of the Federal railroad safety laws and regulations.
</P>
<P>(f) In addition to meeting the requirements of this section, each inspector and apprentice inspector shall meet the applicable requirements of §§ 212.203 through 212.229 of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41051, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 57 FR 28115, June 24, 1992; 90 FR 28132, July 1, 2025; 91 FR 22733, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.203   Track inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The track inspector is required, at a minimum, to be able to conduct independent inspections of track structures for the purpose of determining compliance with the Track Safety Standards (49 CFR part 213), to make reports of those inspections, and to recommend enforcement actions when appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) The track inspector is required, at a minimum, to have at least four years of recent experience in track construction or maintenance. A bachelor's degree in engineering or a related technical specialization may be substituted for two of the four years of this experience requirement. Successful completion of the apprentice training program may be substituted for the four years of this experience requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) The track inspector shall demonstrate the following specific qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) A comprehensive knowledge of track nomenclature, track inspection techniques, track maintenance methods, and track equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) The ability to understand and detect deviations from:
</P>
<P>(i) Track maintenance standards accepted in the industry;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Track Safety Standards (49 CFR part 213); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Railroad Workplace Safety Standards (49 CFR part 214).
</P>
<P>(3) Knowledge of operating practices and vehicle/track interaction sufficient to understand the safety significance of deviations and combinations of deviations; and
</P>
<P>(4) Specialized knowledge of the requirements of the Track Safety Standards, including the remedial action required to bring defective track into compliance with the standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41051, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 90 FR 28132, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.205   Apprentice track inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The apprentice track inspector must be enrolled in a program of training prescribed by the Associate Administrator leading to qualification as a track inspector. The apprentice track inspector may not participate in investigative and surveillance activities, except as an assistant to a qualified State or FRA inspector while accompanying that qualified inspector.
</P>
<P>(b) An apprentice track inspector shall demonstrate basic knowledge of track inspection techniques, track maintenance methods, and track equipment prior to being enrolled in the program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.207   Signal and train control (S&amp;TC) inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The S&amp;TC inspector is required, at a minimum, to be able to conduct independent inspections of all types of signal and train control systems for the purpose of determining compliance with the Rules, Standards, and Instructions for Railroad Signal Systems (49 CFR part 236), to make reports of those inspections, and to recommend enforcement actions when appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) The S&amp;TC inspector is required, at a minimum, to have at least four years of recent experience in signal construction or maintenance. A bachelor's degree in electrical engineering or a related technical specialization may be substituted for two of the four years of this experience requirement and successful completion of the apprentice training program may be substituted for the four years of this requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) The S&amp;TC inspector shall demonstrate the following specific qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) A comprehensive knowledge of S&amp;TC systems, maintenance practices, test and inspection techniques;
</P>
<P>(2) The ability to understand and detect deviations from:
</P>
<P>(i) S&amp;TC maintenance standards accepted in the industry; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Rules, Standards and Instructions for Railroad Signal Systems (49 CFR part 236).
</P>
<P>(3) The ability to examine plans and records, to make inspections of S&amp;TC systems and to determine adequacy of stopping distances from prescribed speeds;
</P>
<P>(4) Knowledge of operating practices and signal systems sufficient to understand the safety significance of deviations and combination of deviations; and
</P>
<P>(5) Specialized knowledge of the requirements of the Rules, Standards and Instructions for Railroad Signal Systems, including the remedial action required to bring S&amp;TC systems into compliance with the standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28133, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.209   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.211" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.211   Apprentice S&amp;TC inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The apprentice S&amp;TC inspector must be enrolled in a program of training prescribed by the Associate Administrator leading to qualification as a S&amp;TC inspector. The apprentice inspector may not participate in the investigative and surveillance activities, except as an assistant to a qualified State or FRA inspector while accompanying that qualified inspector.
</P>
<P>(b) Prior to being enrolled in the program the apprentice inspector shall demonstrate:
</P>
<P>(1) Working knowledge of basic electricity and the ability to use electrical test equipment in direct current and alternating current circuits; and
</P>
<P>(2) A basic knowledge of S&amp;TC inspection and maintenance methods and procedures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28133, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.213   Motive power and equipment (MP&amp;E) inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The MP&amp;E inspector is required, at a minimum, to be able to conduct independent inspections of railroad equipment for the purpose of determining compliance with all sections of the Freight Car Safety Standards (49 CFR part 215), Safety Glazing Standards (49 CFR part 223), Reflectorization of Rail Freight Rolling Stock (49 CFR part 224), Locomotive Safety Standards (49 CFR part 229), Safety Appliance Standards (49 CFR part 231), and Power Brake Standards (49 CFR part 232), to make reports of those inspections and to recommend enforcement actions when appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) The MP&amp;E inspector is required, at a minimum, to have at least four years of recent experience in the construction or maintenance of railroad rolling equipment. A bachelor's degree in engineering or a related technical specialization may be substituted for two of the four years of this experience requirement and successful completion of the apprentice training program may be substituted for the four year experience requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) The MP&amp;E inspector shall demonstrate the following qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) A comprehensive knowledge of construction, testing, inspecting and repair of railroad freight cars, passenger cars, locomotives and air brakes;
</P>
<P>(2) The ability to understand and detect deviations from:
</P>
<P>(i) Railroad equipment maintenance standards accepted in the industry; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Freight Car Safety Standards, Safety Glazing Standards, Locomotive Safety Standards, Safety Appliance Standards and Power Brake Standards.
</P>
<P>(3) The knowledge of railroad operating procedures associated with the operation of freight cars, passenger cars, locomotives and air brakes sufficient to understand the safety significance of deviations and combinations of deviations; and
</P>
<P>(4) Specialized knowledge of proper remedial action to be taken in order to bring defective freight cars, passenger cars, locomotives, and air brakes into compliance with applicable Federal standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41051, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 90 FR 28133, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.215   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.217" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.217   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.219" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.219   Apprentice MP&amp;E inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The apprentice MP&amp;E inspector must be enrolled in a program of training prescribed by the Associate Administrator leading to qualification as an MP&amp;E inspector. The apprentice may not participate in investigative and surveillance activities, except as an assistant to a qualified State or FRA inspector while accompanying that qualified inspector.
</P>
<P>(b) An apprentice MP&amp;E inspector shall demonstrate basic knowledge of railroad equipment and air brake inspection, testing and maintenance, prior to being enrolled in the program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.221" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.221   Operating practices inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The operating practices inspector is required, at a minimum, to be able to conduct independent inspections for the purposes of determining compliance with all sections of the Federal operating practice regulations (49 CFR parts 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 225, 228, 240, and 242) and the Hours of Service Act (45 U.S.C. 61-64b), to make reports of those inspections, and to recommend enforcement actions when appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) The operating practices inspector is required at a minimum to have at least four years of recent experience in developing or administering railroad operating rules. Successful completion of the apprentice training program may be substituted for this four year experience requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) The operating practices inspector shall demonstrate the following specific qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) A comprehensive knowledge of railroad operating practices, railroad operating rules, duties of railroad employees, and general railroad nomenclature;
</P>
<P>(2) The ability to understand and detect deviations from:
</P>
<P>(i) Railroad operating rules accepted in the industry; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Federal operating practice regulations;
</P>
<P>(3) Knowledge of operating practices and rules sufficient to understand the safety significance of deviations; and
</P>
<P>(4) Specialized knowledge of the requirements of the Federal operating practices regulations listed in paragraph (a) of this section, including the remedial action required to bring railroad operations into compliance with the regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41051, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 31578, Aug. 2, 1985; 90 FR 28133, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.223" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.223   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.225" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.225   Apprentice operating practices inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The apprentice operating practices inspector must be enrolled in a program of training prescribed by the Associate Administrator leading to qualification as an inspector. The apprentice inspector may not participate in investigative and surveillance activities, except as an assistant to a qualified State or FRA inspector while accompanying that qualified inspector.
</P>
<P>(b) An apprentice operating practices inspector shall demonstrate basic knowledge of railroad operating practices, railroad operating rules and general duties of railroad employees prior to being enrolled in the program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.227" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.227   Hazardous materials inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The hazardous materials inspector is required, at a minimum, to be able to conduct independent inspections to determine compliance with all pertinent sections of the Federal hazardous materials regulations (49 CFR parts 171 through 174, and 179), to make reports of those inspections and findings, and to recommend enforcement actions when appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) The hazardous materials inspector is required, at a minimum, to have at least two years of recent experience in developing, administering, or performing managerial functions related to compliance with the hazardous materials regulations; four years of recent experience in performing functions related to compliance with the hazardous materials regulations; or a bachelor's degree in a related technical specialization. Successful completion of the apprentice training program may be substituted for this requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) The hazardous materials inspector shall demonstrate the following specific qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) A comprehensive knowledge of the transportation and operating procedures employed in the railroad, shipping, or manufacturing industries associated with the transportation of hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(2) Knowledge and ability to understand and detect deviations from the Department of Transportation's Hazardous Materials Regulations, including Federal requirements and industry standards for the manufacturing of bulk packaging used in the transportation of hazardous materials by railroad;
</P>
<P>(3) Knowledge of the physical and chemical properties and chemical hazards associated with hazardous materials that are transported by railroad;
</P>
<P>(4) Knowledge of the proper remedial actions required to bring railroad, shipper, and/or manufacturing facilities into compliance with the Federal regulations; and
</P>
<P>(5) Knowledge of the proper remedial actions required when a hazardous materials transportation accident or incident occurs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 28115, June 24, 1992, as amended at 90 FR 28133, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.229" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.229   Apprentice hazardous materials inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The apprentice hazardous materials inspector must be enrolled in a program of training prescribed by the Associate Administrator for Safety leading to qualification as a hazardous materials inspector. The apprentice may not participate in investigative and surveillance activities, except as an assistant to a qualified State or FRA inspector while accompanying that qualified inspector.
</P>
<P>(b) An apprentice hazardous materials inspector shall demonstrate a basic knowledge of the chemical hazards associated with hazardous materials that are transported by railroad, including requirements such as shipping papers, marking, labeling, placarding, and the manufacturing and maintenance of packagings associated with these shipments.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 28116, June 24, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.231" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.231   Grade crossing and trespasser outreach inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The grade crossing and trespasser outreach inspector is required, at a minimum, to be able to conduct independent inspections of all types of highway-rail grade crossing warning systems for the purpose of determining compliance with Grade Crossing Signal System Safety Rules (49 CFR part 234), to make reports of those inspections, and to recommend enforcement actions when appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) The grade crossing and trespasser outreach inspector is required, at a minimum, to have at least four years of recent experience in highway-rail grade crossing construction or maintenance. A bachelor's degree in engineering or a related technical specialization may be substituted for two of the four years of this experience requirement. Successful completion of an apprentice training program under § 212.233 may be substituted for the four years of this experience requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) The grade crossing and trespasser outreach inspector shall demonstrate the following specific qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) A comprehensive knowledge of highway-rail grade crossing nomenclature, inspection techniques, maintenance requirements, and methods;
</P>
<P>(2) The ability to understand and detect deviations from:
</P>
<P>(i) Grade crossing signal system maintenance, inspection and testing standards accepted in the industry; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The Grade Crossing Signal System Safety Rules (49 CFR part 234);
</P>
<P>(3) Knowledge of operating practices and highway-rail grade crossing systems sufficient to understand the safety significance of deviations and combinations of deviations from § 212.231(c)(2) (i) and (ii);
</P>
<P>(4) Specialized knowledge of the requirements of the Grade Crossing Signal System Safety Rules (49 CFR part 234), including the remedial action required to bring highway-rail grade crossing signal systems into compliance with those Rules;
</P>
<P>(5) Specialized knowledge of highway-rail grade crossing standards contained in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices; and
</P>
<P>(6) Knowledge of railroad signal systems sufficient to ensure that highway-rail grade crossing warning systems and inspections of those systems do not adversely affect the safety of railroad signal systems.
</P>
<P>(d) A State S&amp;TC inspector qualified under this part and who has demonstrated the ability to understand and detect deviations from the Grade Crossing Signal System Safety Rules (49 CFR part 234) is deemed to meet all requirements of this section and is qualified to conduct independent inspections of all types of highway-rail grade crossing warning systems for the purpose of determining compliance with Grade Crossing Signal System Safety Rules (49 CFR part 234), to make reports of those inspections, and to recommend enforcement actions when appropriate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 50104, Sept. 30, 1994, as amended at 90 FR 28133, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.233" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.233   Apprentice grade crossing and trespasser inspector.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An apprentice grade crossing and trespasser inspector shall be enrolled in a program of training prescribed by the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety leading to qualification as a grade crossing and trespasser inspector. The apprentice inspector may not participate in investigative and surveillance activities, except as an assistant to a qualified State or FRA inspector while accompanying that qualified inspector.
</P>
<P>(b) Prior to being enrolled in the program the apprentice inspector shall demonstrate:
</P>
<P>(1) Working basic knowledge of electricity;
</P>
<P>(2) The ability to use electrical test equipment in direct current and alternating current circuits; and
</P>
<P>(3) A basic knowledge of highway-rail grade crossing inspection and maintenance methods and procedures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 50104, Sept. 30, 1994, as amended at 90 FR 28134, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 212.235" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.7.3.5.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 212.235   Inapplicable qualification requirements.</HEAD>
<P>The Associate Administrator may determine that a specific requirement of this subpart is inapplicable to an identified position created by a State agency if it is not relevant to the actual duties of the position. The determination is made in writing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 41051, Sept. 16, 1982. Redesignated at 57 FR 28115, June 24, 1992. Further redesignated at 59 FR 50104, Sept. 30, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 213—TRACK SAFETY STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20102-20114 and 20142; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.1   Scope of part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes minimum safety requirements for railroad track that is part of the general railroad system of transportation. In general, the requirements prescribed in this part apply to specific track conditions existing in isolation. Therefore, a combination of track conditions, none of which individually amounts to a deviation from the requirements in this part, may require remedial action to provide for safe operations over that track. This part does not restrict a railroad from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements not inconsistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Subparts A through F apply to track Classes 1 through 5. Subpart G and 213.2, 213.3, 213.15, and 213.240 apply to track over which trains are operated at speeds in excess of those permitted over Class 5 track.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 78 FR 16100, Mar. 13, 2013; 85 FR 63387, Oct. 7, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to all standard gage track in the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to track:
</P>
<P>(1) Located inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation (i.e., a plant railroad). As used in this part, a plant railroad means a plant or installation that owns or leases a locomotive, uses that locomotive to switch cars throughout the plant or installation, and is moving goods solely for use in the facility's own industrial processes. The plant or installation could include track immediately adjacent to the plant or installation if the plant railroad leases the track from the general system railroad and the lease provides for (and actual practice entails) the exclusive use of that track by the plant railroad and the general system railroad for purposes of moving only cars shipped to or from the plant. A plant or installation that operates a locomotive to switch or move cars for other entities, even if solely within the confines of the plant or installation, rather than for its own purposes or industrial processes, will not be considered a plant railroad because the performance of such activity makes the operation part of the general railroad system of transportation. Similarly, this exclusion does not apply to track over which a general system railroad operates, even if that track is located within a plant railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) Used exclusively for tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation. As used in this part, tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation means a tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operation conducted only on track used exclusively for that purpose (i.e., there is no freight, intercity passenger, or commuter passenger railroad operation on the track); or
</P>
<P>(3) Used exclusively for rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 79 FR 4256, Jan. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.4" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.1.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.4   Excepted track.</HEAD>
<P>A track owner may designate a segment of track as excepted track provided that—
</P>
<P>(a) The segment is identified in the timetable, special instructions, general order, or other appropriate records which are available for inspection during regular business hours;
</P>
<P>(b) The identified segment is not located within 30 feet of an adjacent track which can be subjected to simultaneous use at speeds in excess of 10 miles per hour;
</P>
<P>(c) The identified segment is inspected in accordance with 213.233(c) and 213.235 at the frequency specified for Class 1 track;
</P>
<P>(d) The identified segment of track is not located on a bridge including the track approaching the bridge for 100 feet on either side, or located on a public street or highway, if railroad cars containing commodities required to be placarded by the Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR part 172), are moved over the track; and
</P>
<P>(e) The railroad conducts operations on the identified segment under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) No train shall be operated at speeds in excess of 10 miles per hour;
</P>
<P>(2) No occupied passenger train shall be operated;
</P>
<P>(3) No freight train shall be operated that contains more than five cars required to be placarded by the Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR part 172); and
</P>
<P>(4) The gage on excepted track shall not be more than 4 feet 10
<FR>1/4</FR> inches. This paragraph (e)(4) is applicable September 21, 1999.
</P>
<P>(f) A track owner shall advise the Track and Structures Division of FRA's Office of Railroad Safety (Track and Structures Division) at least 10 days prior to removal of a segment of track from excepted status.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 90 FR 28136, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.1.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.5   Responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, any owner of track to which this part applies who knows or has notice that the track does not comply with the requirements of this part, shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Bring the track into compliance;
</P>
<P>(2) Halt operations over that track; or
</P>
<P>(3) Operate under authority of a person designated under § 213.7(a), subject to conditions set forth in this part. If the operation is on continuous welded rail (CWR) track, the person under whose authority operations are conducted must also be designated under § 213.7(c).
</P>
<P>(b) If an owner of track to which this part applies designates a segment of track as “excepted track” under the provisions of § 213.4, operations may continue over that track without complying with the provisions of subparts B, C, D, and E of this part, unless otherwise expressly stated.
</P>
<P>(c) If an owner of track to which this part applies assigns responsibility for the track to another person (by lease or otherwise), written notification of the assignment shall be provided to FRA's Track and Structures Division at least 30 days in advance of the assignment. The notification may be made by any party to that assignment, but shall be in writing and include the following—
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the track owner;
</P>
<P>(2) The name and address of the person to whom responsibility is assigned (assignee);
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the exact relationship between the track owner and the assignee;
</P>
<P>(4) A precise identification of the track;
</P>
<P>(5) A statement as to the competence and ability of the assignee to carry out the duties of the track owner under this part; and
</P>
<P>(6) A statement signed by the assignee acknowledging the assignment to him of responsibility for purposes of compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator may hold the track owner or the assignee or both responsible for compliance with this part and subject to penalties under § 213.15.
</P>
<P>(e) A common carrier by railroad which is directed by the Surface Transportation Board to provide service over the track of another railroad under 49 U.S.C. 11123 is considered the owner of that track for the purposes of the application of this part during the period the directed service order remains in effect.
</P>
<P>(f) When any person, including a contractor for a railroad or track owner, performs any function required by this part, that person is required to perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 85 FR 63387, Oct. 7, 2020; 90 FR 28136, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.1.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.7   Designation of qualified persons to supervise certain renewals and inspect track.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each track owner to which this part applies shall designate qualified persons to supervise restorations and renewals of track under traffic conditions. Each person designated shall have—
</P>
<P>(1) At least—
</P>
<P>(i) 1 year of experience in railroad track maintenance under traffic conditions; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A combination of experience in track maintenance and training from a course in track maintenance or from a college level educational program related to track maintenance.
</P>
<P>(2) Demonstrated to the owner that he or she—
</P>
<P>(i) Knows and understands the requirements of this part that apply to the restoration and renewal of the track for which he or she is responsible;
</P>
<P>(ii) Can detect deviations from those requirements; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Can prescribe appropriate remedial action to correct or safely compensate for those deviations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Authorization from the track owner to prescribe remedial actions to correct or safely compensate for deviations from the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each track owner to which this part applies shall designate qualified persons to inspect track for defects. Each person designated shall have—
</P>
<P>(1) At least—
</P>
<P>(i) 1 year of experience in railroad track inspection; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A combination of experience in track inspection and training from a course in track inspection or from a college level educational program related to track inspection;
</P>
<P>(2) Demonstrated to the owner that he or she—
</P>
<P>(i) Knows and understands the requirements of this part that apply to the inspection of the track for which he or she is responsible;
</P>
<P>(ii) Can detect deviations from those requirements; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Can prescribe appropriate remedial action to correct or safely compensate for those deviations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Authorization from the track owner to prescribe remedial actions to correct or safely compensate for deviations from the requirements of this part, pending review by a qualified person designated under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Individuals designated under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section that inspect continuous welded rail (CWR) track or supervise the installation, adjustment, and maintenance of CWR track in accordance with the written procedures of the track owner shall have:
</P>
<P>(1) Current qualifications under either paragraph (a) or (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Successfully completed a comprehensive training course specifically developed for the application of written CWR procedures issued by the track owner;
</P>
<P>(3) Demonstrated to the track owner that the individual:
</P>
<P>(i) Knows and understands the requirements of those written CWR procedures;
</P>
<P>(ii) Can detect deviations from those requirements; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Can prescribe appropriate remedial action to correct or safely compensate for those deviations; and
</P>
<P>(4) Authorization from the track owner to prescribe remedial actions to correct or safely compensate from deviation from the requirements in these procedures and successfully completed a recorded examination on those procedures as part of the qualification process.
</P>
<P>(d) Persons not fully qualified to supervise certain renewals and inspect track as required in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section, but with at least one year of maintenance-of-way or signal experience, may pass trains over broken rails and pull aparts provided that—
</P>
<P>(1) The track owner determines the person to be qualified and, as part of doing so, trains, examines, and re-examines the person periodically within two years after each prior examination on the following topics as they relate to the safe passage of trains over broken rails or pull aparts: rail defect identification, crosstie condition, track surface and alinement, gage restraint, rail end mismatch, joint bars, and maximum distance between rail ends over which trains may be allowed to pass. The sole purpose of the examination is to ascertain the person's ability to effectively apply these requirements and the examination may not be used to disqualify the person from other duties. A minimum of four hours training is required for initial training;
</P>
<P>(2) The person deems it safe and train speeds are limited to a maximum of 10 m.p.h. over the broken rail or pull apart;
</P>
<P>(3) The person shall watch all movements over the broken rail or pull apart and be prepared to stop the train if necessary; and
</P>
<P>(4) Person(s) fully qualified under § 213.7 are notified and dispatched to the location promptly for the purpose of authorizing movements and effecting temporary or permanent repairs.
</P>
<P>(e) With respect to designations under paragraph (a) through (d) of this section, each track owner shall maintain records of—
</P>
<P>(1) Each designation in effect;
</P>
<P>(2) The date each designation was made; and
</P>
<P>(3) The basis for each designation, including the method used to determine that the designated person is qualified.
</P>
<P>(f) Each track owner shall keep designation records required under paragraph (e) of this section readily available for inspection or copying by the Federal Railroad Administration during regular business hours, following reasonable notice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 74 FR 43002, Aug. 25, 2009; 78 FR 16100, Mar. 13, 2013; 85 FR 63387, Oct. 7, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.1.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.9   Classes of track: operating speed limits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section and §§ 213.57(b), 213.59(a), 213.113(a), and 213.137(b) and (c), the following maximum allowable operating speeds apply—
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_description">[In miles per hour]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over track that meets all of the requirements prescribed in this part for—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The maximum allowable operating speed for freight trains is—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The maximum allowable operating speed for passenger trains is—
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excepted track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 1 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 2 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 3 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 4 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 5 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) If a segment of track does not meet all of the requirements of its intended class, it is reclassified to the next lowest class of track for which it does meet all of the requirements of this part. However, if the segment of track does not at least meet the requirements of Class 1 track, operations may continue at Class 1 speeds for a period of not more than 30 days without bringing the track into compliance, under the authority of a person designated under § 213.7(a), after that person determines that operations may safely continue and subject to any limiting conditions specified by such person.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 85 FR 63388, Oct. 7, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.1.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.11   Restoration or renewal of track under traffic conditions.</HEAD>
<P>If during a period of restoration or renewal, track is under traffic conditions and does not meet all of the requirements prescribed in this part, the work on the track shall be under the continuous supervision of a person designated under § 213.7(a) and, as applicable, § 213.7(c). The work on the track shall also be subject to any limiting conditions specified by such person. The operating speed cannot be more than the maximum allowable speed under § 213.9 for the class of track concerned. The term “continuous supervision” as used in this section means the physical presence of that person at the job site. However, since the work may be performed over a large area, it is not necessary that each phase of the work be done under the visual supervision of that person.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 63388, Oct. 7, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.1.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.13   Measuring track not under load.</HEAD>
<P>When unloaded track is measured to determine compliance with requirements of this part, the amount of rail movement, if any, that occurs while the track is loaded must be added to the measurements of the unloaded track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.14" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.1.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.14   Application of requirements to curved track.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise provided in this part, requirements specified for curved track apply only to track having a curvature greater than 0.25 degree.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16100, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.1.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.15   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person that violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. “Person” means an entity of any type, covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor; and anyone held by the Federal Railroad Administrator to be responsible under § 213.5(d) or § 213.303(c). Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 69 FR 30593, May 28, 2004; 72 FR 51196, Sept. 6, 2007; 73 FR 79701, Dec. 30, 2008; 77 FR 24419, Apr. 24, 2012; 81 FR 43109, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16132, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60746, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 23734, May 23, 2019; 84 FR 37072, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1757, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23253, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15867, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1126, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89561, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106295, Dec. 30, 2024; 90 FR 28136, July 1, 2025] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.1.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.17   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any owner of track to which this part applies, or other person subject to this part, may petition the Federal Railroad Administrator for a waiver from any or all requirements prescribed in this part. The filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for a waiver under this section shall be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the exemption subject to any conditions the Administrator deems necessary. Where a waiver is granted, the Administrator publishes a notice containing the reasons for granting the waiver.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Roadbed</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.31" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.31   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for roadbed and areas immediately adjacent to roadbed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.33" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.33   Drainage.</HEAD>
<P>Each drainage or other water carrying facility under or immediately adjacent to the roadbed shall be maintained and kept free of obstruction, to accommodate expected water flow for the area concerned.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.37" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.37   Vegetation.</HEAD>
<P>Vegetation on railroad property which is on or immediately adjacent to roadbed shall be controlled so that it does not—
</P>
<P>(a) Become a fire hazard to track-carrying structures;
</P>
<P>(b) Obstruct visibility of railroad signs and signals:
</P>
<P>(1) Along the right-of-way, and
</P>
<P>(2) At highway-rail crossings; (This paragraph (b)(2) is applicable September 21, 1999.)
</P>
<P>(c) Interfere with railroad employees performing normal trackside duties;
</P>
<P>(d) Prevent proper functioning of signal and communication lines; or
</P>
<P>(e) Prevent railroad employees from visually inspecting moving equipment from their normal duty stations.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Track Geometry</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.51" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.3.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.51   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes requirements for the gage, alinement, and surface of track, and the elevation of outer rails and speed limitations for curved track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.53" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.3.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.53   Gage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Gage is measured between the heads of the rails at right-angles to the rails in a plane five-eighths of an inch below the top of the rail head.
</P>
<P>(b) Gage shall be within the limits prescribed in the following table—
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The gage must be at least—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">But not more than—
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excepted track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4′10
<fr>1/4</fr>″.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 1 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4′8″</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4′10″.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 2 and 3 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4′8″</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4′9
<fr>3/4</fr>″.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 4 and 5 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4′8″</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4′9
<fr>1/2</fr>″.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.55" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.3.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.55   Track alinement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, alinement may not deviate from uniformity more than the amount prescribed in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Class of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tangent track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Curved track
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation of the mid-offset from a 62-foot line 
<sup>1</sup> may not be more than—(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation of the mid-ordinate from a 31-foot chord 
<sup>2</sup> may not be more than—(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation of the mid-ordinate from a 62-foot chord 
<sup>2</sup> may not be more than—(inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 1 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 2 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 3 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 4 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 5 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/8</fr>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The ends of the line shall be at points on the gage side of the line rail, five-eighths of an inch below the top of the railhead. Either rail may be used as the line rail; however, the same rail shall be used for the full length of that tangential segment of the track.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> The ends of the chord shall be at points on the gage side of the outer rail, five-eighths of an inch below the top of the railhead.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> N/A—Not Applicable</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, of more than 5 inches, the alinement of the outside rail of the curve may not deviate from uniformity more than the amount prescribed in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Class of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Curved track
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation of the mid-ordinate from a 31-foot chord 
<sup>1</sup> may not be more than—(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation of the mid-ordinate from a 62-foot chord 
<sup>1</sup> may not be more than—(inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 1 track 
<sup>2</sup> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 2 track 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 3 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 4 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 5 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/8</fr>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The ends of the chord shall be at points on the gage side of the outer rail, five-eighths of an inch below the top of the railhead.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Restraining rails or other systems may be required for derailment prevention.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> N/A—Not Applicable</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16100, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.57" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.3.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.57   Curves; elevation and speed limitations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The maximum elevation of the outside rail of a curve may not be more than 8 inches on track Classes 1 and 2, and 7 inches on track Classes 3 through 5. The outside rail of a curve may not be lower than the inside rail by design, except when engineered to address specific track or operating conditions; the limits in § 213.63 apply in all cases.
</P>
<P>(b) The maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed for each curve is determined by the following formula—
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="30" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="2" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.007.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where—
</FP>
<FP-2>V<E T="52">max</E> = Maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed (m.p.h.).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E<E T="52">a</E> = Actual elevation of the outside rail (inches).
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-2>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Actual elevation, E<E T="52">a</E>, for each 155-foot track segment in the body of the curve is determined by averaging the elevation for 11 points through the segment at 15.5-foot spacing. If the curve length is less than 155 feet, the points are averaged through the full length of the body of the curve.</P></FTNT>
<FP-2>E<E T="52">u</E> = Qualified cant deficiency 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> (inches) of the vehicle type.
</FP-2>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> If the actual elevation, E<E T="52">a</E>, and degree of curvature, D, change as a result of track degradation, then the actual cant deficiency for the maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed, V<E T="52">max</E>, may be greater than the qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>. This actual cant deficiency for each curve may not exceed the qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, plus 1 inch.</P></FTNT>
<P>D = Degree of curvature (degrees).
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> Degree of curvature, D, is determined by averaging the degree of curvature over the same track segment as the elevation.</P></FTNT></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) All vehicles are considered qualified for operating on track with a cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, not exceeding 3 inches. Table 1 of appendix A to this part is a table of speeds computed in accordance with the formula in paragraph (b) of this section, when E<E T="52">u</E> equals 3 inches, for various elevations and degrees of curvature.
</P>
<P>(d) Each vehicle type must be approved by FRA to operate on track with a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, greater than 3 inches. Each vehicle type must demonstrate, in a ready-for-service load condition, compliance with the requirements of either paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) When positioned on a track with a uniform superelevation equal to the proposed cant deficiency:
</P>
<P>(i) No wheel of the vehicle type unloads to a value less than 60 percent of its static value on perfectly level track; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For passenger cars, the roll angle between the floor of the equipment and the horizontal does not exceed 8.6 degrees; or
</P>
<P>(2) When operating through a constant radius curve at a constant speed corresponding to the proposed cant deficiency, and a test plan is submitted to and approved by FRA in accordance with § 213.345(e) and (f):
</P>
<P>(i) The steady-state (average) load on any wheel, throughout the body of the curve, is not less than 60 percent of its static value on perfectly level track; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For passenger cars, the steady-state (average) lateral acceleration measured on the floor of the carbody does not exceed 0.15g.
</P>
<P>(e) The track owner or railroad shall transmit the results of the testing specified in paragraph (d) of this section to FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer (FRA) requesting approval for the vehicle type to operate at the desired curving speeds allowed under the formula in paragraph (b) of this section. The request shall be made in writing and contain, at a minimum, the following information—
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the vehicle type involved, including schematic diagrams of the suspension system(s) and the estimated location of the center of gravity above top of rail;
</P>
<P>(2) The test procedure,
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/> including the load condition under which the testing was performed, and description of the instrumentation used to qualify the vehicle type, as well as the maximum values for wheel unloading and roll angles or accelerations that were observed during testing; and
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> The test procedure may be conducted whereby all the wheels on one side (right or left) of the vehicle are raised to the proposed cant deficiency, the vertical wheel loads under each wheel are measured, and a level is used to record the angle through which the floor of the vehicle has been rotated.</P></FTNT>
<P>(3) For vehicle types not subject to parts 229 or 238 of this chapter, procedures or standards in effect that relate to the maintenance of all safety-critical components of the suspension system(s) for the particular vehicle type. Safety-critical components of the suspension system are those that impact or have significant influence on the roll of the carbody and the distribution of weight on the wheels.
</P>
<P>(f) In approving the request made pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, FRA may impose conditions necessary for safely operating at the higher curving speeds. Upon FRA approval of the request, the track owner or railroad shall notify FRA in writing no less than 30 calendar days prior to the proposed implementation of the approved higher curving speeds allowed under the formula in paragraph (b) of this section. The notification shall contain, at a minimum, identification of the track segment(s) on which the higher curving speeds are to be implemented.
</P>
<P>(g) The documents required by this section must be provided to FRA by:
</P>
<P>(1) The track owner; or
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad that provides service with the same vehicle type over trackage of one or more track owner(s), with the written consent of each affected track owner.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) Vehicle types permitted by FRA to operate at cant deficiencies, E<E T="52">u</E>, greater than 3 inches but not more than 5 inches shall be considered qualified under this section to operate at those permitted cant deficiencies for any track segment. The track owner or railroad shall notify FRA in writing no less than 30 calendar days prior to the proposed implementation of such curving speeds in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicle types permitted by FRA to operate at cant deficiencies, E<E T="52">u</E>, greater than 5 inches shall be considered qualified under this section to operate at those permitted cant deficiencies only for the previously operated or identified track segments(s).
</P>
<P>(i) For vehicle types intended to operate at any curving speed producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency, the following provisions of subpart G of this part shall apply: §§ 213.333(a) through (g), (j)(1), (k) and (m), 213.345, and 213.369(f).
</P>
<P>(j) As used in this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Vehicle</I> means a locomotive, as defined in § 229.5 of this chapter; a freight car, as defined in § 215.5 of this chapter; a passenger car, as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter; and any rail rolling equipment used in a train with either a freight car or a passenger car.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vehicle type</I> means like vehicles with variations in their physical properties, such as suspension, mass, interior arrangements, and dimensions that do not result in significant changes to their dynamic characteristics.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16101, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.59" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.3.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.59   Elevation of curved track; runoff.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a curve is elevated, the full elevation shall be provided throughout the curve, unless physical conditions do not permit. If elevation runoff occurs in a curve, the actual minimum elevation shall be used in computing the maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed for that curve under § 213.57(b).
</P>
<P>(b) Elevation runoff shall be at a uniform rate, within the limits of track surface deviation prescribed in § 213.63, and it shall extend at least the full length of the spirals. If physical conditions do not permit a spiral long enough to accommodate the minimum length of runoff, part of the runoff may be on tangent track.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 78 FR 16101, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.63" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.3.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.63   Track surface.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each track owner shall maintain the surface of its track within the limits prescribed in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Track surface (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Class of track
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 62-foot chord may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from zero crosslevel at any point on tangent or reverse crosslevel elevation on curves may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 62 feet apart may not be more than * 
<sup>1</sup> 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">* Where determined by engineering decision prior to June 22, 1998, due to physical restrictions on spiral length and operating practices and experience, the variation in crosslevel on spirals per 31 feet may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Except as limited by § 213.57(a), where the elevation at any point in a curve equal or exceeds 6 inches, the difference in crosslevel within 62 feet between that point and a point with greater elevation may not be more than 1
<fr>1/2</fr> inches.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> However, to control harmonics on Class 2 through 5 jointed track with staggered joints, the crosslevel differences shall not exceed 1
<fr>1/4</fr> inches in all of six consecutive pairs of joints, as created by seven low joints. Track with joints staggered less than 10 feet apart shall not be considered as having staggered joints. Joints within the seven low joints outside of the regular joint spacing shall not be considered as joints for purposes of this footnote.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, of more than 5 inches, each track owner shall maintain the surface of the curve within the limits prescribed in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Track surface (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Class of track
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 31-foot chord may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 62-foot chord may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 10 feet apart (short warp) shall not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> N/A—Not Applicable.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16101, Mar. 13, 2013, as amended at 91 FR 22735, Apr. 28, 2026]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.65" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.3.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.65   Combined track alinement and surface deviations.</HEAD>
<P>On any curved track where operations are conducted at a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, greater than 5 inches, the combination of alinement and surface deviations for the same chord length on the outside rail in the curve, as measured by a TGMS, shall comply with the following formula:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.008.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where—
</FP>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">m</E> = measured alinement deviation from uniformity (outward is positive, inward is negative).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">L</E> = allowable alinement limit as per § 213.55(b) (always positive) for the class of track.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S<E T="52">m</E> = measured profile deviation from uniformity (down is positive, up is negative).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S<E T="52">L</E> = allowable profile limit as per § 213.63(b) (always positive) for the class of track.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.009.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16102, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Track Structure</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.101   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for ballast, crossties, track assembly fittings, and the physical conditions of rails.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.103   Ballast; general.</HEAD>
<P>Unless it is otherwise structurally supported, all track shall be supported by material which will—
</P>
<P>(a) Transmit and distribute the load of the track and railroad rolling equipment to the subgrade;
</P>
<P>(b) Restrain the track laterally, longitudinally, and vertically under dynamic loads imposed by railroad rolling equipment and thermal stress exerted by the rails;
</P>
<P>(c) Provide adequate drainage for the track; and
</P>
<P>(d) Maintain proper track crosslevel, surface, and alinement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.109   Crossties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Crossties shall be made of a material to which rail can be securely fastened.
</P>
<P>(b) Each 39-foot segment of track shall have at a minimum—
</P>
<P>(1) A sufficient number of crossties that in combination provide effective support that will—
</P>
<P>(i) Hold gage within the limits prescribed in § 213.53(b);
</P>
<P>(ii) Maintain surface within the limits prescribed in § 213.63; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Maintain alinement within the limits prescribed in § 213.55;
</P>
<P>(2) The minimum number and type of crossties specified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section and described in paragraph (c) or (d), as applicable, of this section effectively distributed to support the entire segment;
</P>
<P>(3) At least one non-defective crosstie of the type specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section that is located at a joint location as specified in paragraph (e) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(4) The minimum number of crossties as indicated in the following table.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">FRA track class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Tangent track, turnouts, and curves
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tangent track and curved track less than or equal to 2 degrees
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Turnouts and curved track greater than 2 degrees
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 4 and 5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Crossties, other than concrete, counted to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(4) of this section shall not be—
</P>
<P>(1) Broken through;
</P>
<P>(2) Split or otherwise impaired to the extent the crosstie will allow the ballast to work through, or will not hold spikes or rail fasteners;
</P>
<P>(3) So deteriorated that the crosstie plate or base of rail can move laterally 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch relative to the crosstie; or
</P>
<P>(4) Cut by the crosstie plate through more than 40 percent of a crosstie's thickness.
</P>
<P>(d) Concrete crossties counted to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(4) of this section shall not be—
</P>
<P>(1) Broken through or deteriorated to the extent that prestressing material is visible;
</P>
<P>(2) Deteriorated or broken off in the vicinity of the shoulder or insert so that the fastener assembly can either pull out or move laterally more than 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch relative to the crosstie;
</P>
<P>(3) Deteriorated such that the base of either rail can move laterally more than 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch relative to the crosstie on curves of 2 degrees or greater; or can move laterally more than 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch relative to the crosstie on tangent track or curves of less than 2 degrees;
</P>
<P>(4) Deteriorated or abraded at any point under the rail seat to a depth of 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch or more;
</P>
<P>(5) Deteriorated such that the crosstie's fastening or anchoring system, including rail anchors (see § 213.127(b)), is unable to maintain longitudinal rail restraint, or maintain rail hold down, or maintain gage due to insufficient fastener toeload; or
</P>
<P>(6) Configured with less than two fasteners on the same rail except as provided in § 213.127(c).
</P>
<P>(e) Class 1 and 2 track shall have one crosstie whose centerline is within 24 inches of each rail joint (end) location. Class 3, 4, and 5 track shall have either one crosstie whose centerline is within 18 inches of each rail joint location or two crossties whose centerlines are within 24 inches either side of each rail joint location. The relative position of these crossties is described in the following three diagrams:
</P>
<P>(1) Each rail joint in Class 1 and 2 track shall be supported by at least one crosstie specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section whose centerline is within 48 inches as shown in Figure 1.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er01ap11.002.gif"/>
<P>(2) Each rail joint in Class 3, 4, and 5 track shall be supported by either at least one crosstie specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section whose centerline is within 36 inches as shown in Figure 2, or:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er01ap11.046.gif"/>
<P>(3) Two crossties, one on each side of the rail joint, whose centerlines are within 24 inches of the rail joint location as shown in Figure 3.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er01ap11.003.gif"/>
<P>(f) For track constructed without crossties, such as slab track, track connected directly to bridge structural components, track over servicing pits, etc., the track structure shall meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 18084, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.110" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.110   Gage restraint measurement systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A track owner may elect to implement a Gage Restraint Measurement System (GRMS), supplemented by the use of a Portable Track Loading Fixture (PTLF), to determine compliance with the crosstie and fastener requirements specified in §§ 213.109 and 213.127 provided that— 
</P>
<P>(1) The track owner notifies FRA's Track and Structures Division at least 30 days prior to the designation of any line segment on which GRMS technology will be implemented; and
</P>
<P>(2) The track owner notifies FRA's Track and Structures Division at least 10 days prior to the removal of any line segment from GRMS designation. 
</P>
<P>(b) Initial notification under paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall include— 
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the line segment(s) by timetable designation, milepost limits, class of track, or other identifying criteria; and
</P>
<P>(2) The most recent record of million gross tons of traffic per year over the identified segment(s). 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The track owner shall also provide to FRA sufficient technical data to establish compliance with the following minimum design requirements of a GRMS vehicle:
</P>
<P>(2) Gage restraint shall be measured between the heads of rail—
</P>
<P>(i) At an interval not exceeding 16 inches;
</P>
<P>(ii) Under an applied vertical load of no less than 10 kips per rail; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Under an applied lateral load that provides for a lateral/vertical load ratio of between 0.5 and 1.25 
<SU>5</SU>
<FTREF/>, and a load severity greater than 3 kips but less than 8 kips per rail.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>5</SU> GRMS equipment using load combinations developing L/V ratios that exceed 0.8 shall be operated with caution to protect against the risk of wheel climb by the test wheelset.</P></FTNT>
<P>(d) Load severity is defined by the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>S = L−cV
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where—
</FP>
<FP-2>S = Load severity, defined as the lateral load applied to the fastener system (kips).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>L = Actual lateral load applied (kips).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>c = Coefficient of friction between rail/tie, which is assigned a nominal value of 0.4.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V = Actual vertical load applied (kips), or static vertical wheel load if vertical load is not measured.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) The measured gage values shall be converted to a Projected Loaded Gage 24 (PLG24) as follows—
</P>
<FP-2>PLG24 = UTG + A × (LTG−UTG)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where—
</FP>
<FP-2>UTG = Unloaded track gage measured by the GRMS vehicle at a point no less than 10 feet from any lateral or vertical load application.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>LTG = Loaded track gage measured by the GRMS vehicle at a point no more than 12 inches from the lateral load application point.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A = The extrapolation factor used to convert the measured loaded gage to expected loaded gage under a 24-kip lateral load and a 33-kip vertical load.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>For all track—
</FP-2>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.010.gif"/>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The A factor shall not exceed a value of 3.184 under any valid loading configuration.</P></NOTE>
<FP-2>L = Actual lateral load applied (kips).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V = Actual vertical load applied (kips), or static vertical wheel load if vertical load is not measured.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) The measured gage and load values shall be converted to a Gage Widening Projection (GWP) as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.011.gif"/>
<P>(g) The GRMS vehicle shall be capable of producing output reports that provide a trace, on a constant-distance scale, of all parameters specified in paragraph (l) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(h) The GRMS vehicle shall be capable of providing an exception report containing a systematic listing of all exceptions, by magnitude and location, to all the parameters specified in paragraph (l) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(i) The exception reports required by this section shall be provided to the appropriate person designated as fully qualified under § 213.7 prior to the next inspection required under § 213.233. 
</P>
<P>(j) The track owner shall institute the necessary procedures for maintaining the integrity of the data collected by the GRMS and PTLF systems. At a minimum, the track owner shall— 
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain and make available to the Federal Railroad Administration documented calibration procedures on each GRMS vehicle which, at a minimum, shall specify a daily instrument verification procedure that will ensure correlation between measurements made on the ground and those recorded by the instrumentation with respect to loaded and unloaded gage parameters; and
</P>
<P>(2) Maintain each PTLF used for determining compliance with the requirements of this section such that the 4,000-pound reading is accurate to within five percent of that reading. 
</P>
<P>(k) The track owner shall provide training in GRMS technology to all persons designated as fully qualified under § 213.7 and whose territories are subject to the requirements of this section. The training program shall be made available to the Federal Railroad Administration upon request. At a minimum, the training program shall address— 
</P>
<P>(1) Basic GRMS procedures; 
</P>
<P>(2) Interpretation and handling of exception reports generated by the GRMS vehicle; 
</P>
<P>(3) Locating and verifying defects in the field; 
</P>
<P>(4) Remedial action requirements; 
</P>
<P>(5) Use and calibration of the PTLF; and 
</P>
<P>(6) Recordkeeping requirements. 
</P>
<P>(l) The GRMS record of lateral restraint shall identify two exception levels. At a minimum, the track owner shall initiate the required remedial action at each exception level as defined in the following table—
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">GRMS parameters
<sup>1</sup></TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If measurement value exceeds
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Remedial action required
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">First Level Exception</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">UTG</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">58 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) Immediately protect the exception location with a 10 m.p.h. speed restriction, then verify location;
<br/>(2) Restore lateral restraint and maintain in compliance with PTLF criteria as described in paragraph (m) of this section; and
<br/>(3) Maintain compliance with § 213.53(b) as measured with the PTLF.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">LTG</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">58 inches
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PLG24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">59 inches
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">GWP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 inch
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Second Level Exception</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">LTG</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">57 
<fr>3/4</fr> inches on Class 4 and 5 track 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(1) Limit operating speed to no more than the maximum allowable under § 213.9 for Class 3 track, then verify location;
<br/>(2) Maintain in compliance with PTLF criteria as described in paragraph (m) of this section; and
<br/>(3) Maintain compliance with § 213.53(b) as measured with the PTLF.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PLG24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">58 inches
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">GWP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.75 inch
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Definitions for the GRMS parameters referenced in this table are found in paragraph (p) of this section.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> This note recognizes that good track will typically increase in total gage by as much as one-quarter of an inch due to outward rail rotation under GRMS loading conditions. For Class 2 and 3 track, the GRMS LTG values are also increased by one-quarter of inch to a maximum of 58 inches. However, for any class of track, GRMS LTG values in excess of 58 inches are considered First Level exceptions and the appropriate remedial action(s) must be taken by the track owner. This 1/4-inch increase in allowable gage applies only to GRMS LTG. For gage measured by traditional methods, or with the use of the PTLF, the table in § 213.53(b) applies.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(m) Between GRMS inspections, the PTLF may be used as an additional analytical tool to assist fully qualified § 213.7 individuals in determining compliance with the crosstie and fastener requirements of §§ 213.109 and 213.127. When the PTLF is used, whether as an additional analytical tool or to fulfill the requirements of paragraph (l), it shall be used subject to the following criteria— 
</P>
<P>(1) At any location along the track that the PTLF is applied, that location will be deemed in compliance with the crosstie and fastener requirements specified in §§ 213.109 and 213.127 provided that— 
</P>
<P>(i) The total gage widening at that location does not exceed 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch when increasing the applied force from 0 to 4,000 pounds; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The gage of the track under 4,000 pounds of applied force does not exceed the allowable gage prescribed in § 213.53(b) for the class of track. 
</P>
<P>(2) Gage widening in excess of 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch shall constitute a deviation from Class 1 standards. 
</P>
<P>(3) A person designated as fully qualified under § 213.7 retains the discretionary authority to prescribe additional remedial actions for those locations which comply with the requirements of paragraph (m)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) When a functional PTLF is not available to a fully qualified person designated under § 213.7, the criteria for determining crosstie and fastener compliance shall be based solely on the requirements specified in §§ 213.109 and 213.127. 
</P>
<P>(5) If the PTLF becomes non-functional or is missing, the track owner will replace or repair it before the next inspection required under § 213.233. 
</P>
<P>(6) Where vertical loading of the track is necessary for contact with the lateral rail restraint components, a PTLF test will not be considered valid until contact with these components is restored under static loading conditions. 
</P>
<P>(n) The track owner shall maintain a record of the two most recent GRMS inspections at locations which meet the requirements specified in § 213.241(b). At a minimum, records shall indicate the following— 
</P>
<P>(1) Location and nature of each First Level exception; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Nature and date of remedial action, if any, for each exception identified in paragraph (n)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(o) The inspection interval for designated GRMS line segments shall be such that— 
</P>
<P>(1) On line segments where the annual tonnage exceeds two million gross tons, or where the maximum operating speeds for passenger trains exceeds 30 mph, GRMS inspections must be performed annually at an interval not to exceed 14 months; or 
</P>
<P>(2) On line segments where the annual tonnage is two million gross tons or less and the maximum operating speed for passenger trains does not exceed 30 mph, the interval between GRMS inspections must not exceed 24 months. 
</P>
<P>(p) As used in this section— 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Gage Restraint Measurement System (GRMS)</I> means a track loading vehicle meeting the minimum design requirements specified in this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Gage Widening Projection (GWP)</I> means the measured gage widening, which is the difference between loaded and unloaded gage, at the applied loads, projected to reference loads of 16 kips of lateral force and 33 kips of vertical force.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>L/V ratio</I> means the numerical ratio of lateral load applied at a point on the rail to the vertical load applied at that same point. GRMS design requirements specify an L/V ratio of between 0.5 and 1.25.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Load severity</I> means the amount of lateral load applied to the fastener system after friction between rail and tie is overcome by any applied gage-widening lateral load. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Loaded Track Gage (LTG)</I> means the gage measured by the GRMS vehicle at a point no more than 12 inches from the lateral load application point. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Portable Track Loading Fixture (PTLF)</I> means a portable track loading device capable of applying an increasing lateral force from 0 to 4,000 pounds on the web/base fillet of each rail simultaneously. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Projected Loaded Gage (PLG)</I> means an extrapolated value for loaded gage calculated from actual measured loads and deflections. PLG 24 means the extrapolated value for loaded gage under a 24,000 pound lateral load and a 33,000 pound vertical load. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Unloaded Track Gage (UTG)</I> means the gage measured by the GRMS vehicle at a point no less than 10 feet from any lateral or vertical load.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 1899, Jan. 10, 2001; 66 FR 8372, Jan. 31, 2001, as amended at 78 FR 16102, Mar. 13, 2013; 90 FR 28136, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.113   Defective rails.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When an owner of track learns that a rail in the track contains any of the defects listed in the table contained in paragraph (c) of this section, a person designated under § 213.7 shall determine whether the track may continue in use. If the designated person determines that the track may continue in use, operation over the defective rail is not permitted until—
</P>
<P>(1) The rail is replaced or repaired; or
</P>
<P>(2) The remedial action prescribed in the table contained in paragraph (c) of this section is initiated.
</P>
<P>(b) When an owner of track learns that a rail in the track contains an indication of any of the defects listed in the table contained in paragraph (c) of this section, the track owner shall verify the indication. Except as provided in § 213.240, the track owner must verify the indication within four hours, unless the track owner has an indication of the existence of a defect that requires remedial action A, A2, or B identified in the table contained in paragraph (c) of this section, in which case the track owner must immediately verify the indication. If the indication is verified, the track owner must—
</P>
<P>(1) Replace or repair the rail; or
</P>
<P>(2) Initiate the remedial action prescribed in the table contained in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) A track owner who learns that a rail contains one of the following defects shall prescribe the remedial action specified if the rail is not replaced or repaired, in accordance with this paragraph's table:


</P>
<img src="/graphics/er29ja14.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er29ja14.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er29ja14.002.gif"/>
<P>(d) As used in this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Bolt hole crack</I> means a crack across the web, originating from a bolt hole, and progressing on a path either inclined upward toward the rail head or inclined downward toward the base. Fully developed bolt hole cracks may continue horizontally along the head/web or base/web fillet, or they may progress into and through the head or base to separate a piece of the rail end from the rail. Multiple cracks occurring in one rail end are considered to be a single defect. However, bolt hole cracks occurring in adjacent rail ends within the same joint must be reported as separate defects.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Broken base</I> means any break in the base of the rail.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Compound fissure</I> means a progressive fracture originating from a horizontal split head that turns up or down, or in both directions, in the head of the rail. Transverse development normally progresses substantially at a right angle to the length of the rail.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Crushed head</I> means a short length of rail, not at a joint, which has drooped or sagged across the width of the rail head to a depth of 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch or more below the rest of the rail head and 8 inches or more in length. Unlike flattened rail where the depression is visible on the rail head only, the sagging or drooping is also visible in the head/web fillet area.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Damaged rail</I> means any rail broken or otherwise damaged by a derailment, broken, flat, or unbalanced wheel, wheel slipping, or similar causes.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Defective weld</I> means a field or plant weld containing any discontinuities or pockets, exceeding 5 percent of the rail head area individually or 10 percent in the aggregate, oriented in or near the transverse plane, due to incomplete penetration of the weld metal between the rail ends, lack of fusion between weld and rail end metal, entrainment of slag or sand, under-bead or shrinkage cracking, or fatigue cracking. Weld defects may originate in the rail head, web, or base, and in some cases, cracks may progress from the defect into either or both adjoining rail ends. If the weld defect progresses longitudinally through the weld section, the defect is considered a split web for purposes of remedial action required by this section.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Detail fracture</I> means a progressive fracture originating at or near the surface of the rail head. These fractures should not be confused with transverse fissures, compound fissures, or other defects which have internal origins. Detail fractures may arise from shelled spots, head checks, or flaking.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Engine burn fracture</I> means a progressive fracture originating in spots where driving wheels have slipped on top of the rail head. In developing downward these fractures frequently resemble the compound or even transverse fissures with which they should not be confused or classified.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Flattened rail</I> means a short length of rail, not at a joint, which has flattened out across the width of the rail head to a depth of 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch or more below the rest of the rail and 8 inches or more in length. Flattened rail occurrences have no repetitive regularity and thus do not include corrugations, and have no apparent localized cause such as a weld or engine burn. Their individual length is relatively short, as compared to a condition such as head flow on the low rail of curves.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Head and web separation</I> means a progressive fracture, longitudinally separating the head from the web of the rail at the head fillet area.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Horizontal split head</I> means a horizontal progressive defect originating inside of the rail head, usually 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch or more below the running surface and progressing horizontally in all directions, and generally accompanied by a flat spot on the running surface. The defect appears as a crack lengthwise of the rail when it reaches the side of the rail head.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Ordinary break</I> means a partial or complete break in which there is no sign of a fissure, and in which none of the other defects described in this paragraph (d) is found.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Piped rail</I> means a vertical split in a rail, usually in the web, due to failure of the shrinkage cavity in the ingot to unite in rolling.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Split web</I> means a lengthwise crack along the side of the web and extending into or through it.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Transverse fissure</I> means a progressive crosswise fracture starting from a crystalline center or nucleus inside the head from which it spreads outward as a smooth, bright, or dark round or oval surface substantially at a right angle to the length of the rail. The distinguishing features of a transverse fissure from other types of fractures or defects are the crystalline center or nucleus and the nearly smooth surface of the development which surrounds it.
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Vertical split head</I> means a vertical split through or near the middle of the head, and extending into or through it. A crack or rust streak may show under the head close to the web or pieces may be split off the side of the head.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 4256, Jan. 24, 2014; 79 FR 4633, Jan. 29, 2014, as amended at 85 FR 63388, Oct. 7, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.115   Rail end mismatch.</HEAD>
<P>Any mismatch of rails at joints may not be more than that prescribed by the following table—
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Class of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Any mismatch of rails at joints may not be more than the following—
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On the tread of the rail ends (inch)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On the gage side of the rail ends (inch)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 1 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 2 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 3 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 4 and 5 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/8</fr></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.118" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.118   Continuous welded rail (CWR); plan review and approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each track owner with track constructed of CWR shall have in effect and comply with a plan that contains written procedures which address: the installation, adjustment, maintenance, and inspection of CWR; inspection of CWR joints; and a training program for the application of those procedures.
</P>
<P>(b) The track owner shall file its CWR plan with the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer (Associate Administrator). Within 30 days of receipt of the submission, FRA will review the plan for compliance with this subpart. FRA will approve, disapprove or conditionally approve the submitted plan, and will provide written notice of its determination.
</P>
<P>(c) The track owner's existing plan shall remain in effect until the track owner's new plan is approved or conditionally approved and is effective pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The track owner shall, upon receipt of FRA's approval or conditional approval, establish the plan's effective date. The track owner shall advise in writing FRA and all affected employees of the effective date.
</P>
<P>(e) FRA, for cause stated, may, subsequent to plan approval or conditional approval, require revisions to the plan to bring the plan into conformity with this subpart. Notice of a revision requirement shall be made in writing and specify the basis of FRA's requirement. The track owner may, within 30 days of the revision requirement, respond and provide written submissions in support of the original plan. FRA renders a final decision in writing. Not more than 30 days following any final decision requiring revisions to a CWR plan, the track owner shall amend the plan in accordance with FRA's decision and resubmit the conforming plan. The conforming plan becomes effective upon its submission to FRA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 43002, Aug. 25, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.119" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.119   Continuous welded rail (CWR); plan contents.</HEAD>
<P>The track owner shall comply with the contents of the CWR plan approved or conditionally approved under § 213.118. The plan shall contain the following elements—
</P>
<P>(a) Procedures for the installation and adjustment of CWR which include—
</P>
<P>(1) Designation of a desired rail installation temperature range for the geographic area in which the CWR is located; and
</P>
<P>(2) De-stressing procedures/methods which address proper attainment of the desired rail installation temperature range when adjusting CWR.
</P>
<P>(b) Rail anchoring or fastening requirements that will provide sufficient restraint to limit longitudinal rail and crosstie movement to the extent practical, and specifically addressing CWR rail anchoring or fastening patterns on bridges, bridge approaches, and at other locations where possible longitudinal rail and crosstie movement associated with normally expected train-induced forces, is restricted.
</P>
<P>(c) CWR joint installation and maintenance procedures which require that—
</P>
<P>(1) Each rail shall be bolted with at least two bolts at each CWR joint;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a bolted joint installed during CWR installation after October 21, 2009, the track owner shall either, within 60 days—
</P>
<P>(i) Weld the joint;
</P>
<P>(ii) Install a joint with six bolts; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Anchor every tie 195 feet in both directions from the joint; and
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a bolted joint in CWR experiencing service failure or a failed bar with a rail gap present, the track owner shall either—
</P>
<P>(i) Weld the joint;
</P>
<P>(ii) Replace the broken bar(s), replace the broken bolts, adjust the anchors and, within 30 days, weld the joint;
</P>
<P>(iii) Replace the broken bar(s), replace the broken bolts, install one additional bolt per rail end, and adjust anchors;
</P>
<P>(iv) Replace the broken bar(s), replace the broken bolts, and anchor every tie 195 feet in both directions from the CWR joint; or
</P>
<P>(v) Replace the broken bar(s), replace the broken bolts, add rail with provisions for later adjustment pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section, and reapply the anchors.
</P>
<P>(d) Procedures which specifically address maintaining a desired rail installation temperature range when cutting CWR, including rail repairs, in-track welding, and in conjunction with adjustments made in the area of tight track, a track buckle, or a pull-apart. Rail repair practices shall take into consideration existing rail temperature so that—
</P>
<P>(1) When rail is removed, the length installed shall be determined by taking into consideration the existing rail temperature and the desired rail installation temperature range; and
</P>
<P>(2) Under no circumstances should rail be added when the rail temperature is below that designated by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, without provisions for later adjustment.
</P>
<P>(e) Procedures which address the monitoring of CWR in curved track for inward shifts of alinement toward the center of the curve as a result of disturbed track.
</P>
<P>(f) Procedures which govern train speed on CWR track when—
</P>
<P>(1) Maintenance work, track rehabilitation, track construction, or any other event occurs which disturbs the roadbed or ballast section and reduces the lateral or longitudinal resistance of the track; and
</P>
<P>(2) The difference between the average rail temperature and the average rail neutral temperature is in a range that causes buckling-prone conditions to be present at a specific location; and
</P>
<P>(3) In formulating the procedures under paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section, the track owner shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Determine the speed required, and the duration and subsequent removal of any speed restriction based on the restoration of the ballast, along with sufficient ballast re-consolidation to stabilize the track to a level that can accommodate expected train-induced forces. Ballast re-consolidation can be achieved through either the passage of train tonnage or mechanical stabilization procedures, or both; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Take into consideration the type of crossties used.
</P>
<P>(g) Procedures which prescribe when physical track inspections are to be performed.
</P>
<P>(1) At a minimum, these procedures shall address inspecting track to identify—
</P>
<P>(i) Buckling-prone conditions in CWR track, including—
</P>
<P>(A) Locations where tight or kinky rail conditions are likely to occur; and
</P>
<P>(B) Locations where track work of the nature described in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section has recently been performed; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Pull-apart prone conditions in CWR track, including locations where pull-apart or stripped-joint rail conditions are likely to occur; and
</P>
<P>(2) In formulating the procedures under paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the track owner shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Specify when the inspections will be conducted; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Specify the appropriate remedial actions to be taken when either buckling-prone or pull-apart prone conditions are found.
</P>
<P>(h) Procedures which prescribe the scheduling and conduct of inspections to detect cracks and other indications of potential failures in CWR joints. In formulating the procedures under this paragraph, the track owner shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Address the inspection of joints and the track structure at joints, including, at a minimum, periodic on-foot inspections;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify joint bars with visible or otherwise detectable cracks and conduct remedial action pursuant to § 213.121;
</P>
<P>(3) Specify the conditions of actual or potential joint failure for which personnel must inspect, including, at a minimum, the following items:
</P>
<P>(i) Loose, bent, or missing joint bolts;
</P>
<P>(ii) Rail end batter or mismatch that contributes to instability of the joint; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Evidence of excessive longitudinal rail movement in or near the joint, including, but not limited to; wide rail gap, defective joint bolts, disturbed ballast, surface deviations, gap between tie plates and rail, or displaced rail anchors;
</P>
<P>(4) Specify the procedures for the inspection of CWR joints that are imbedded in highway-rail crossings or in other structures that prevent a complete inspection of the joint, including procedures for the removal from the joint of loose material or other temporary material;
</P>
<P>(5) Specify the appropriate corrective actions to be taken when personnel find conditions of actual or potential joint failure, including on-foot follow-up inspections to monitor conditions of potential joint failure in any period prior to completion of repairs;
</P>
<P>(6) Specify the timing of periodic inspections, which shall be based on the configuration and condition of the joint:
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraphs (h)(6)(ii) through (h)(6)(iv) of this section, track owners must specify that all CWR joints are inspected, at a minimum, in accordance with the intervals identified in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Minimum Number of Inspections per Calendar Year 
<sup>1</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Freight trains operating over track with an annual tonnage of:
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Passenger trains operating over track with an annual tonnage of:
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Less than 40 mgt
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">40 to 60 mgt
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Greater than 60 mgt
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Less than 20 mgt
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Greater than or equal to 20 mgt
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 5 &amp; above</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3 
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excepted Track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">n/a</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">n/a
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="6" scope="row">4 = Four times per calendar year, with one inspection in each of the following periods: January to March, April to June, July to September, and October to December; and with consecutive inspections separated by at least 60 calendar days.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="6" scope="row">3 = Three times per calendar year, with one inspection in each of the following periods: January to April, May to August, and September to December; and with consecutive inspections separated by at least 90 calendar days.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="6" scope="row">2 = Twice per calendar year, with one inspection in each of the following periods: January to June and July to December; and with consecutive inspections separated by at least 120 calendar days.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="6" scope="row">1 = Once per calendar year, with consecutive inspections separated by at least 180 calendar days.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Where a track owner operates both freight and passenger trains over a given segment of track, and there are two different possible inspection interval requirements, the more frequent inspection interval applies.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> When extreme weather conditions prevent a track owner from conducting an inspection of a particular territory within the required interval, the track owner may extend the interval by up to 30 calendar days from the last day that the extreme weather condition prevented the required inspection.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) Consistent with any limitations applied by the track owner, a passenger train conducting an unscheduled detour operation may proceed over track not normally used for passenger operations at a speed not to exceed the maximum authorized speed otherwise allowed, even though CWR joints have not been inspected in accordance with the frequency identified in paragraph (h)(6)(i) of this section, provided that:
</P>
<P>(A) All CWR joints have been inspected consistent with requirements for freight service; and
</P>
<P>(B) The unscheduled detour operation lasts no more than 14 consecutive calendar days. In order to continue operations beyond the 14-day period, the track owner must inspect the CWR joints in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (h)(6)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations, if limited to the maximum authorized speed for passenger trains over the next lower class of track, need not be considered in determining the frequency of inspections under paragraph (h)(6)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) All CWR joints that are located in switches, turnouts, track crossings, lift rail assemblies or other transition devices on moveable bridges must be inspected on foot at least monthly, consistent with the requirements in § 213.235; and all records of those inspections must be kept in accordance with the requirements in § 213.241. A track owner may include in its § 213.235 inspections, in lieu of the joint inspections required by paragraph (h)(6)(i) of this section, CWR joints that are located in track structure that is adjacent to switches and turnouts, provided that the track owner precisely defines the parameters of that arrangement in the CWR plans.
</P>
<P>(7) Specify the recordkeeping requirements related to joint bars in CWR, including the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The track owner shall keep a record of each periodic and follow-up inspection required to be performed by the track owner's CWR plan, except for those inspections conducted pursuant to § 213.235 for which track owners must maintain records pursuant to § 213.241. The record shall be prepared on the day the inspection is made and signed by the person making the inspection. The record shall include, at a minimum, the following items: the boundaries of the territory inspected; the nature and location of any deviations at the joint from the requirements of this part or of the track owner's CWR plan, with the location identified with sufficient precision that personnel could return to the joint and identify it without ambiguity; the date of the inspection; the remedial action, corrective action, or both, that has been taken or will be taken; and the name or identification number of the person who made the inspection.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(8) In lieu of the requirements for the inspection of rail joints contained in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(7) of this section, a track owner may seek approval from FRA to use alternate procedures.
</P>
<P>(i) The track owner shall submit the proposed alternate procedures and a supporting statement of justification to the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Associate Administrator finds that the proposed alternate procedures provide an equivalent or higher level of safety than the requirements in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(7) of this section, the Associate Administrator will approve the alternate procedures by notifying the track owner in writing. The Associate Administrator will specify in the written notification the date on which the procedures will become effective, and after that date, the track owner shall comply with the procedures. If the Associate Administrator determines that the alternate procedures do not provide an equivalent level of safety, the Associate Administrator will disapprove the alternate procedures in writing, and the track owner shall continue to comply with the requirements in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(7) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) While a determination is pending with the Associate Administrator on a request submitted pursuant to paragraph (h)(8) of this section, the track owner shall continue to comply with the requirements contained in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(7) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) The track owner shall have in effect a comprehensive training program for the application of these written CWR procedures, with provisions for annual re-training, for those individuals designated under § 213.7(c) as qualified to supervise the installation, adjustment, and maintenance of CWR track and to perform inspections of CWR track. The track owner shall make the training program available for review by FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(j) The track owner shall prescribe and comply with recordkeeping requirements necessary to provide an adequate history of track constructed with CWR. At a minimum, these records must include:
</P>
<P>(1) Rail temperature, location, and date of CWR installations. Each record shall be retained for at least one year;
</P>
<P>(2) A record of any CWR installation or maintenance work that does not conform to the written procedures. Such record shall include the location of the rail and be maintained until the CWR is brought into conformance with such procedures; and
</P>
<P>(3) Information on inspection of rail joints as specified in paragraph (h)(7) of this section.
</P>
<P>(k) The track owner shall make readily available, at every job site where personnel are assigned to install, inspect or maintain CWR, a copy of the track owner's CWR procedures and all revisions, appendices, updates, and referenced materials related thereto prior to their effective date. Such CWR procedures shall be issued and maintained in one CWR standards and procedures manual.
</P>
<P>(l) As used in this section—
</P>
<P><I>Adjusting/de-stressing</I> means a procedure by which a rail's neutral temperature is re-adjusted to the desired value. It typically consists of cutting the rail and removing rail anchoring devices, which provides for the necessary expansion and contraction, and then re-assembling the track.
</P>
<P><I>Annual re-training</I> means training every calendar year.
</P>
<P><I>Buckling incident</I> means the formation of a lateral misalignment sufficient in magnitude to constitute a deviation from the Class 1 requirements specified in § 213.55. These normally occur when rail temperatures are relatively high and are caused by high longitudinal compressive forces.
</P>
<P><I>Buckling-prone condition</I> means a track condition that can result in the track being laterally displaced due to high compression forces caused by critical rail temperature combined with insufficient track strength and/or train dynamics.
</P>
<P><I>Continuous welded rail (CWR)</I> means rail that has been welded together into lengths exceeding 400 feet. Rail installed as CWR remains CWR, regardless of whether a joint or plug is installed into the rail at a later time.
</P>
<P><I>Corrective actions</I> mean those actions which track owners specify in their CWR plans to address conditions of actual or potential joint failure, including, as applicable, repair, restrictions on operations, and additional on-foot inspections.
</P>
<P><I>CWR join</I>t means any joint directly connected to CWR.
</P>
<P><I>Desired rail installation temperature range</I> means the rail temperature range, within a specific geographical area, at which forces in CWR should not cause a buckling incident in extreme heat, or a pull apart during extreme cold weather.
</P>
<P><I>Disturbed track</I> means the disturbance of the roadbed or ballast section, as a result of track maintenance or any other event, which reduces the lateral or longitudinal resistance of the track, or both.
</P>
<P><I>Mechanical stabilization</I> means a type of procedure used to restore track resistance to disturbed track following certain maintenance operations. This procedure may incorporate dynamic track stabilizers or ballast consolidators, which are units of work equipment that are used as a substitute for the stabilization action provided by the passage of tonnage trains.
</P>
<P><I>Pull apart or stripped joint</I> means a condition when no bolts are mounted through a joint on the rail end, rending the joint bar ineffective due to excessive expansive or contractive forces.
</P>
<P><I>Pull-apart prone condition</I> means a condition when the actual rail temperature is below the rail neutral temperature at or near a joint where longitudinal tensile forces may affect the fastenings at the joint.
</P>
<P><I>Rail anchors</I> mean those devices which are attached to the rail and bear against the side of the crosstie to control longitudinal rail movement. Certain types of rail fasteners also act as rail anchors and control longitudinal rail movement by exerting a downward clamping force on the upper surface of the rail base.
</P>
<P><I>Rail neutral temperature</I> is the temperature at which the rail is neither in compression nor tension.
</P>
<P><I>Rail temperature</I> means the temperature of the rail, measured with a rail thermometer.
</P>
<P><I>Remedial actions</I> mean those actions which track owners are required to take as a result of requirements of this part to address a non-compliant condition.
</P>
<P><I>Tight/kinky rail</I> means CWR which exhibits minute alinement irregularities which indicate that the rail is in a considerable amount of compression.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations</I> mean railroad operations that carry passengers with the conveyance of the passengers to a particular destination not being the principal purpose.
</P>
<P><I>Track lateral resistance</I> means the resistance provided by the rail/crosstie structure against lateral displacement.
</P>
<P><I>Track longitudinal resistance</I> means the resistance provided by the rail anchors/rail fasteners and the ballast section to the rail/crosstie structure against longitudinal displacement.
</P>
<P><I>Train-induced forces</I> means the vertical, longitudinal, and lateral dynamic forces which are generated during train movement and which can contribute to the buckling potential of the rail.
</P>
<P><I>Unscheduled detour operation</I> means a short-term, unscheduled operation where a track owner has no more than 14 calendar days' notice that the operation is going to occur.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 43002, Aug. 25, 2009, as amended at 74 FR 53889, Oct. 21, 2009; 75 FR 4705, Jan. 29, 2010; 79 FR 4258, Jan. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.121" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.121   Rail joints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each rail joint, insulated joint, and compromise joint shall be of a structurally sound design and dimensions for the rail on which it is applied.
</P>
<P>(b) If a joint bar on Classes 3 through 5 track is cracked, broken, or because of wear allows excessive vertical movement of either rail when all bolts are tight, it shall be replaced.
</P>
<P>(c) If a joint bar is cracked or broken between the middle two bolt holes it shall be replaced.
</P>
<P>(d) In the case of conventional jointed track, each rail shall be bolted with at least two bolts at each joint in Classes 2 through 5 track, and with at least one bolt in Class 1 track.
</P>
<P>(e) In the case of continuous welded rail track, each rail shall be bolted with at least two bolts at each joint.
</P>
<P>(f) Each joint bar shall be held in position by track bolts tightened to allow the joint bar to firmly support the abutting rail ends and to allow longitudinal movement of the rail in the joint to accommodate expansion and contraction due to temperature variations. When no-slip, joint-to-rail contact exists by design, the requirements of this paragraph do not apply. Those locations when over 400 feet in length, are considered to be continuous welded rail track and shall meet all the requirements for continuous welded rail track prescribed in this part.
</P>
<P>(g) No rail shall have a bolt hole which is torch cut or burned in Classes 2 through 5 track. For Class 2 track, this paragraph (g) is applicable September 21, 1999.
</P>
<P>(h) No joint bar shall be reconfigured by torch cutting in Classes 3 through 5 track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.122" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.122   Torch cut rail.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as a temporary repair in emergency situations no rail having a torch cut end shall be used in Classes 3 through 5 track. When a rail end is torch cut in emergency situations, train speed over that rail end shall not exceed the maximum allowable for Class 2 track. For existing torch cut rail ends in Classes 3 through 5 track the following shall apply—
</P>
<P>(1) Within one year of September 21, 1998, all torch cut rail ends in Class 5 track shall be removed;
</P>
<P>(2) Within two years of September 21, 1998, all torch cut rail ends in Class 4 track shall be removed; and
</P>
<P>(3) Within one year of September 21, 1998, all torch cut rail ends in Class 3 track over which regularly scheduled passenger trains operate, shall be inventoried by the track owner.
</P>
<P>(b) Following the expiration of the time limits specified in paragraphs (a)(1), (2), and (3) of this section, any torch cut rail end not removed from Classes 4 and 5 track, or any torch cut rail end not inventoried in Class 3 track over which regularly scheduled passenger trains operate, shall be removed within 30 days of discovery. Train speed over that rail end shall not exceed the maximum allowable for Class 2 track until removed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.123" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.123   Tie plates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In Classes 3 through 5 track where timber crossties are in use there shall be tie plates under the running rails on at least eight of any 10 consecutive ties.
</P>
<P>(b) In Classes 3 through 5 track no metal object which causes a concentrated load by solely supporting a rail shall be allowed between the base of the rail and the bearing surface of the tie plate. This paragraph (b) is applicable September 21, 1999.)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.127" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.127   Rail fastening systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Track shall be fastened by a system of components that effectively maintains gage within the limits prescribed in § 213.53(b). Each component of each such system shall be evaluated to determine whether gage is effectively being maintained.
</P>
<P>(b) If rail anchors are applied to concrete crossties, the combination of the crossties, fasteners, and rail anchors must provide effective longitudinal restraint.
</P>
<P>(c) Where fastener placement impedes insulated joints from performing as intended, the fastener may be modified or removed, provided that the crosstie supports the rail.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 18086, Apr. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.133" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.133   Turnouts and track crossings generally.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In turnouts and track crossings, the fastenings shall be intact and maintained so as to keep the components securely in place. Also, each switch, frog, and guard rail shall be kept free of obstructions that may interfere with the passage of wheels.
</P>
<P>(b) Classes 3 through 5 track shall be equipped with rail anchoring through and on each side of track crossings and turnouts, to restrain rail movement affecting the position of switch points and frogs. For Class 3 track, this paragraph (b) is applicable September 21, 1999.)
</P>
<P>(c) Each flangeway at turnouts and track crossings shall be at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.135" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.135   Switches.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each stock rail must be securely seated in switch plates, but care shall be used to avoid canting the rail by overtightening the rail braces.
</P>
<P>(b) Each switch point shall fit its stock rail properly, with the switch stand in either of its closed positions to allow wheels to pass the switch point. Lateral and vertical movement of a stock rail in the switch plates or of a switch plate on a tie shall not adversely affect the fit of the switch point to the stock rail. Broken or cracked switch point rails will be subject to the requirements of § 213.113, except that where remedial actions C, D, or E require the use of joint bars, and joint bars cannot be placed due to the physical configuration of the switch, remedial action B will govern, taking into account any added safety provided by the presence of reinforcing bars on the switch points.
</P>
<P>(c) Each switch shall be maintained so that the outer edge of the wheel tread cannot contact the gage side of the stock rail.
</P>
<P>(d) The heel of each switch rail shall be secure and the bolts in each heel shall be kept tight.
</P>
<P>(e) Each switch stand and connecting rod shall be securely fastened and operable without excessive lost motion.
</P>
<P>(f) Each throw lever shall be maintained so that it cannot be operated with the lock or keeper in place.
</P>
<P>(g) Each switch position indicator shall be clearly visible at all times.
</P>
<P>(h) Unusually chipped or worn switch points shall be repaired or replaced. Metal flow shall be removed to insure proper closure.
</P>
<P>(i) Tongue &amp; Plain Mate switches, which by design exceed Class 1 and excepted track maximum gage limits, are permitted in Class 1 and excepted track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.137" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.137   Frogs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, the flangeway depth measured from a plane across the wheel-bearing area of a frog on Class 1 track shall not be less than 1
<FR>3/8</FR> inches, or less than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches on Classes 2 through 5 track.
</P>
<P>(b) If a frog point is chipped, broken, or worn more than five-eighths inch down and 6 inches back, operating speed over the frog shall not be more than 10 m.p.h.
</P>
<P>(c) If the tread portion of a frog casting is worn down more than three-eighths inch below the original contour, operating speed over that frog shall not be more than 10 m.p.h.
</P>
<P>(d) Where frogs are designed as flange-bearing, flangeway depth may be less than that shown for Class 1 if operated at Class 1 speeds.
</P>
<P>(e) The flange depth requirements in paragraph (a) do not apply to a frog designed as a flange-bearing frog (FBF) used in a crossing diamond in Classes 2 through 5 track, provided that the crossing angle is greater than 20 degrees unless movable guard rails are used.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 85 FR 63388, Oct. 7, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.139" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.139   Spring rail frogs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The outer edge of a wheel tread shall not contact the gage side of a spring wing rail.
</P>
<P>(b) The toe of each wing rail shall be solidly tamped and fully and tightly bolted.
</P>
<P>(c) Each frog with a bolt hole defect or head-web separation shall be replaced.
</P>
<P>(d) Each spring shall have compression sufficient to hold the wing rail against the point rail.
</P>
<P>(e) The clearance between the holddown housing and the horn shall not be more than one-fourth of an inch.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.141" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.141   Self-guarded frogs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The raised guard on a self-guarded frog shall not be worn more than three-eighths of an inch.
</P>
<P>(b) If repairs are made to a self-guarded frog without removing it from service, the guarding face shall be restored before rebuilding the point.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.143" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.4.5.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.143   Frog guard rails and guard faces; gage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The guard check and guard face gages in frogs shall be within the following limits—
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 213.143(<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Class of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Guard check gage
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Guard face gage
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The distance between the gage line of a frog to the guard line 
<sup>1</sup> of its guard rail or guarding face, measured across the track at right angles to the gage line,
<sup>2</sup> may not be less than—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The distance between guard lines,
<sup>1</sup> measured across the track at right angles to the gage line,
<sup>2</sup> may not be more than—
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 1 track</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4′6
<fr>1/8</fr>″</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4′5
<fr>1/4</fr>″
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 2 track</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4′6
<fr>1/4</fr>″</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4′5
<fr>1/8</fr>″
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 3 and 4 track</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4′6
<fr>3/8</fr>″</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4′5
<fr>1/8</fr>″
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 5 track</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 4′6
<fr>1/2</fr>″</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4′5″
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> A line along that side of the flangeway which is nearer to the center of the track and at the same elevation as the gage line.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> A line five-eighths of an inch below the top of the center line of the head of the running rail, or corresponding location of the tread portion of the track structure.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> See paragraph (b) of this section.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) For any heavy-point frog (HPF) on Class 5 track, the guard check gage may be less than 4′6
<FR>1/2</FR>″ but not be less than 4′6
<FR>3/8</FR>″, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) Each HPF and guard rails on both rails through the turnout are equipped with at least three serviceable through-gage plates with elastic rail fasteners and guard rail braces that permit adjustment of the guard check gage without removing spikes or other fasteners from the crossties; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each HPF bears an identifying mark applied by either the track owner, railroad, or the frog manufacturer that identifies the frog as an HPF.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 63388, Oct. 7, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Track Appliances and Track-Related Devices</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.5.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.201   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for certain track appliances and track-related devices.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.5.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.205   Derails.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each derail shall be clearly visible.
</P>
<P>(b) When in a locked position, a derail shall be free of lost motion which would prevent it from performing its intended function.
</P>
<P>(c) Each derail shall be maintained to function as intended.
</P>
<P>(d) Each derail shall be properly installed for the rail to which it is applied. (This paragraph (d) is applicable September 21, 1999.)


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Inspection</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.231" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.6.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.231   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes requirements for the frequency and manner of inspecting track to detect deviations from the standards prescribed in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.233" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.6.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.233   Visual track inspections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All track shall be inspected in accordance with the schedule prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section by a person designated under § 213.7.
</P>
<P>(b) Each inspection shall be made on foot or by traversing the track in a vehicle at a speed that allows the person making the inspection to visually inspect the track structure for compliance with this part. However, mechanical, electrical, and other track inspection devices may be used to supplement visual inspection. If a vehicle is used for visual inspection, the speed of the vehicle may not be more than 5 m.p.h. when traversing track crossings and turnouts; otherwise, the inspection vehicle speed shall be at the sole discretion of the inspector, based on track conditions and inspection requirements. When traversing the track in a vehicle, the inspection will be subject to the following conditions—
</P>
<P>(1) One inspector in a vehicle may inspect up to two tracks at one time provided that the inspector's visibility remains unobstructed by any cause and that the second track is not centered more than 30 feet from the track the inspector traverses;
</P>
<P>(2) Two inspectors in one vehicle may inspect up to four tracks at a time provided that the inspectors' visibility remains unobstructed by any cause and that each track being inspected is centered within 39 feet from the track the inspectors traverse;
</P>
<P>(3) Each main track must be traversed by the vehicle or inspected on foot at least once every two weeks, and each siding must be traversed by the vehicle or inspected on foot at least once every month; and
</P>
<P>(4) Track inspection records shall indicate which track(s) are traversed by the vehicle or inspected on foot as outlined in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Each track inspection shall be made in accordance with the following schedule—
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Required frequency
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excepted track, and Class 1, 2, and 3 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Main track and sidings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Weekly 
<sup>1</sup> with at least 3 calendar days' interval between inspections, or before use, if the track is used less than once a week, or twice weekly with at least 1 calendar day interval between inspections, if the track carries passenger trains 
<sup>2</sup> or more than 10 million gross tons of traffic during the preceding calendar year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Excepted track and Class 1, 2, and 3 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other than main track and sidings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Monthly with at least 20 calendar days interval between inspections.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 4 and 5 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Twice weekly with at least 1 calendar day interval between inspections.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> An inspection week is defined as a seven (7) day period beginning on Sunday and ending on Saturday.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> “Twice weekly” inspection requirement for track carrying regularly scheduled passenger trains does not apply where passengers train service consists solely of tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations as defined in 49 CFR 238.5 and the following conditions are met for an inspection week: (1) No passenger service is operated during the inspection week, or (2) if passenger service is operated during the inspection week: (i) The passenger service is operated only on a weekend or a 3-day extended weekend (weekend plus a contiguous Monday or Friday), and (ii) an inspection is conducted no more than 1 calendar day before a weekend or 3-day extended weekend on which passenger service is to be operated.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) If the § 213.7 qualified person making the inspection finds a deviation from the requirements of this part, the inspector shall immediately initiate remedial action. Any subsequent movements to facilitate repairs on track that is out of service must be authorized by a § 213.7 qualified person.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 213.233:</HED>
<P>Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no part of this section will in any way be construed to limit the inspector's discretion as it involves inspection speed and sight distance.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 85 FR 63389, Oct. 7, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.234" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.6.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.234   Automated inspection of track constructed with concrete crossties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except for track described in paragraph (c) of this section, the provisions in this section are applicable on and after July 1, 2012. In addition to the track inspection required under § 213.233, for Class 3 main track constructed with concrete crossties over which regularly scheduled passenger service trains operate, and for Class 4 and 5 main track constructed with concrete crossties, automated inspection technology shall be used as indicated in paragraph (b) of this section, as a supplement to visual inspection, by Class I railroads (including Amtrak), Class II railroads, other intercity passenger railroads, and commuter railroads or small governmental jurisdictions that serve populations greater than 50,000. Automated inspection shall identify and report exceptions to conditions described in § 213.109(d)(4).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Frequency of automated inspections.</I> Automated inspections shall be conducted at the following frequencies:
</P>
<P>(1) If annual tonnage on Class 4 and 5 main track and Class 3 main track with regularly scheduled passenger service, exceeds 40 million gross tons (mgt) annually, at least twice each calendar year, with no less than 160 days between inspections.
</P>
<P>(2) If annual tonnage on Class 4 and 5 main track and Class 3 main track with regularly scheduled passenger service is equal to or less than 40 mgt annually, at least once each calendar year.
</P>
<P>(3) On Class 3, 4, and 5 main track with exclusively passenger service, either an automated inspection or walking inspection must be conducted once per calendar year.
</P>
<P>(4) Track not inspected in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section because of train operation interruption shall be reinspected within 45 days of the resumption of train operations by a walking or automated inspection. If this inspection is conducted as a walking inspection, the next inspection shall be an automated inspection as prescribed in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nonapplication.</I> Sections of tangent track 600 feet or less constructed of concrete crossties, including, but not limited to, isolated track segments, experimental or test track segments, highway-rail crossings, and wayside detectors, are excluded from the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Performance standard for automated inspection measurement system.</I> The automated inspection measurement system must be capable of indicating and processing rail seat deterioration requirements that specify the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An accuracy, to within 
<FR>1/8</FR> of an inch;
</P>
<P>(2) A distance-based sampling interval, which shall not exceed five feet; and
</P>
<P>(3) Calibration procedures and parameters assigned to the system, which assure that indicated and recorded values accurately represent rail seat deterioration.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exception reports to be produced by system; duty to field-verify exceptions.</I> The automated inspection measurement system shall produce an exception report containing a systematic listing of all exceptions to § 213.109(d)(4), identified so that an appropriate person(s) designated as fully qualified under § 213.7 can field-verify each exception.
</P>
<P>(1) Exception reports must be provided to or be made available to all persons designated as fully qualified under § 213.7 and whose territories are subject to the requirements of § 213.234.
</P>
<P>(2) Each exception must be located and field-verified no later than 48 hours after the automated inspection.
</P>
<P>(3) All field-verified exceptions are subject to all the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Exception reports must note areas identified between 
<FR>3/8</FR> of an inch and 
<FR>1/2</FR> of an inch as an “alert.”
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Recordkeeping requirements.</I> The track owner shall maintain and make available to FRA a record of the inspection data and the exception record for the track inspected in accordance with this paragraph for a minimum of two years. The exception reports must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Date and location of limits of the inspection;
</P>
<P>(2) Type and location of each exception;
</P>
<P>(3) Results of field verification; and
</P>
<P>(4) Remedial action if required.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Procedures for integrity of data.</I> The track owner shall institute the necessary procedures for maintaining the integrity of the data collected by the measurement system. At a minimum, the track owner shall do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain and make available to FRA documented calibration procedures of the measurement system that, at a minimum, specify an instrument verification procedure that ensures correlation between measurements made on the ground and those recorded by the instrumentation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Maintain each instrument used for determining compliance with this section such that it accurately provides an indication of the depth of rail seat deterioration in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Training.</I> The track owner shall provide annual training in handling rail seat deterioration exceptions to all persons designated as fully qualified under § 213.7 and whose territories are subject to the requirements of § 213.234. At a minimum, the training shall address the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Interpretation and handling of the exception reports generated by the automated inspection measurement system;
</P>
<P>(2) Locating and verifying exceptions in the field and required remedial action; and
</P>
<P>(3) Recordkeeping requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 18086, Apr. 1, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 55825, Sept. 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.235" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.6.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.235   Inspection of switches, track crossings, and lift rail assemblies or other transition devices on moveable bridges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each switch, turnout, track crossing, and moveable bridge lift rail assembly or other transition device shall be inspected on foot at least monthly.
</P>
<P>(b) Each switch in Classes 3 through 5 track that is held in position only by the operating mechanism and one connecting rod shall be operated to all of its positions during one inspection in every 3 month period.
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of track that is used less than once a month, each switch, turnout, track crossing, and moveable bridge lift rail assembly or other transition device shall be inspected on foot before it is used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.237" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.6.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.237   Inspection of rail.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the inspections required by § 213.233, each track owner shall conduct internal rail inspections sufficient to maintain service failure rates per rail inspection segment in accordance with this paragraph (a) for a 12-month period, as determined by the track owner and calculated within 45 days of the end of the period. These rates shall not include service failures that occur in rail that has been replaced through rail relay since the time of the service failure. Rail used to repair a service failure defect is not considered relayed rail. The service failure rates shall not exceed—
</P>
<P>(1) 0.1 service failure per year per mile of track for all Class 4 and 5 track;
</P>
<P>(2) 0.09 service failure per year per mile of track for all Class 3, 4, and 5 track that carries regularly-scheduled passenger trains or is a hazardous materials route; and
</P>
<P>(3) 0.08 service failure per year per mile of track for all Class 3, 4, and 5 track that carries regularly-scheduled passenger trains and is a hazardous materials route.
</P>
<P>(b) Each rail inspection segment shall be designated by the track owner no later than March 25, 2014 for track that is Class 4 or 5 track, or Class 3 track that carries regularly-scheduled passenger trains or is a hazardous materials route and is used to determine the milepost limits for the individual rail inspection frequency.
</P>
<P>(1) To change the designation of a rail inspection segment or to establish a new segment pursuant to this section, a track owner must submit a detailed request to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer (Associate Administrator). Within 30 days of receipt of the submission, FRA will review the request. FRA will approve, disapprove, or conditionally approve the submitted request, and will provide written notice of its determination.
</P>
<P>(2) The track owner's existing designation shall remain in effect until the track owner's new designation is approved or conditionally approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(3) The track owner shall, upon receipt of FRA's approval or conditional approval, establish the designation's effective date. The track owner shall advise in writing FRA and all affected railroad employees of the effective date.
</P>
<P>(c) Internal rail inspections on Class 4 and 5 track, or Class 3 track with regularly-scheduled passenger trains or that is a hazardous materials route, shall not exceed a time interval of 370 days between inspections or a tonnage interval of 30 million gross tons (mgt) between inspections, whichever is shorter. Internal rail inspections on Class 3 track that is without regularly-scheduled passenger trains and not a hazardous materials route must be inspected at least once each calendar year, with no more than 18 months between inspections, or at least once every 30 mgt, whichever interval is longer, but in no case may inspections be more than 5 years apart.
</P>
<P>(1) Any rail used as a replacement plug rail in track that is required to be tested in accordance with this section must have been tested for internal rail flaws.
</P>
<P>(2) The track owner must verify that any plug rail installed after March 25, 2014 has not accumulated more than a total of 30 mgt in previous and new locations since its last internal rail flaw test, before the next test on the rail required by this section is performed.
</P>
<P>(3) If plug rail not in compliance with this paragraph (c) is in use after March 25, 2014, trains over that rail must not exceed Class 2 speeds until the rail is tested in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(d) If the service failure rate target identified in paragraph (a) of this section is not achieved, the track owner must inform FRA of this fact within 45 days of the end of the defined 12-month period in which the performance target is exceeded. In addition, the track owner may provide to FRA an explanation as to why the performance target was not achieved and provide a remedial action plan.
</P>
<P>(1) If the performance target rate is not met for two consecutive years, then for the area where the greatest number of service failures is occurring, either:
</P>
<P>(i) The inspection tonnage interval between tests must be reduced to 10 mgt; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The class of track must be reduced to Class 2 until the target service failure rate is achieved.
</P>
<P>(2) In cases where a single service failure would cause the rate to exceed the applicable service failure rate as designated in paragraph (a) of this section, the service failure rate will be considered to comply with paragraph (a) of this section unless a second such failure occurs within a designated 12-month period. For the purposes of this paragraph (d)(2), a period begins no earlier than January 24, 2014.
</P>
<P>(e) Each defective rail shall be marked with a highly visible marking on both sides of the web and base except that, where a side or sides of the web and base are inaccessible because of permanent features, the highly visible marking may be placed on or next to the head of the rail.
</P>
<P>(f) Inspection equipment shall be capable of detecting defects between joint bars, in the area enclosed by joint bars.
</P>
<P>(g) If the person assigned to operate the rail defect detection equipment (i.e., the qualified operator) determines that a valid search for internal defects could not be made over a particular length of track, that particular length of track may not be considered as internally inspected under paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) If a valid search for internal defects could not be conducted, the track owner shall, before expiration of the time or tonnage limits in paragraph (a) or (c) of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct a valid search for internal defects;
</P>
<P>(2) Reduce operating speed to a maximum of 25 m.p.h. until such time as a valid search can be made; or
</P>
<P>(3) Replace the rail that had not been inspected.
</P>
<P>(i) The person assigned to operate the rail defect detection equipment must be a qualified operator as defined in § 213.238 and have demonstrated proficiency in the rail flaw detection process for each type of equipment the operator is assigned.
</P>
<P>(j) As used in this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Hazardous materials route</I> means track over which a minimum of 10,000 car loads or intermodal portable tank car loads of hazardous materials as defined in 49 CFR 171.8 travel over a period of one calendar year; or track over which a minimum of 4,000 car loads or intermodal portable tank car loads of the hazardous materials specified in 49 CFR 172.820 travel, in a period of one calendar year.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Plug rail</I> means a length of rail that has been removed from one track location and stored for future use as a replacement rail at another location.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Service failure</I> means a broken rail occurrence, the cause of which is determined to be a compound fissure, transverse fissure, detail fracture, or vertical split head.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Valid search</I> means a continuous inspection for internal rail defects where the equipment performs as intended and equipment responses are interpreted by a qualified operator as defined in § 213.238.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 4258, Jan. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.238" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.6.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.238   Qualified operator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each provider of rail flaw detection shall have a documented training program in place and shall identify the types of rail flaw detection equipment for which each equipment operator it employs has received training and is qualified. A provider of rail flaw detection may be the track owner. A track owner shall not utilize a provider of rail flaw detection that fails to comply with the requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b) A qualified operator shall be trained and have written authorization from his or her employer to:
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct a valid search for internal rail defects utilizing the specific type(s) of equipment for which he or she is authorized and qualified to operate;
</P>
<P>(2) Determine that such equipment is performing as intended;
</P>
<P>(3) Interpret equipment responses and institute appropriate action in accordance with the employer's procedures and instructions; and
</P>
<P>(4) Determine that each valid search for an internal rail defect is continuous throughout the area inspected and has not been compromised due to environmental contamination, rail conditions, or equipment malfunction.
</P>
<P>(c) To be qualified, the operator must have received training in accordance with the documented training program and a minimum of 160 hours of rail flaw detection experience under direct supervision of a qualified operator or rail flaw detection equipment manufacturer's representative, or some combination of both. The operator must demonstrate proficiency in the rail defect detection process, including the equipment to be utilized, prior to initial qualification and authorization by the employer for each type of equipment.
</P>
<P>(d) Each employer shall reevaluate the qualifications of, and administer any necessary recurrent training for, the operator as determined by and in accordance with the employer's documented program. The reevaluation process shall require that the employee successfully complete a recorded examination and demonstrate proficiency to the employer on the specific equipment type(s) to be operated. Proficiency may be determined by a periodic review of test data submitted by the operator.
</P>
<P>(e) Each employer of a qualified operator shall maintain written or electronic records of each qualification in effect. Each record shall include the name of the employee, the equipment to which the qualification applies, date of qualification, and date of the most recent reevaluation, if any.
</P>
<P>(f) Any employee who has demonstrated proficiency in the operation of rail flaw detection equipment prior to January 24, 2014, is deemed a qualified operator, regardless of the previous training program under which the employee was qualified. Such an operator shall be subject to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) Records concerning the qualification of operators, including copies of equipment-specific training programs and materials, recorded examinations, demonstrated proficiency records, and authorization records, shall be kept at a location designated by the employer and available for inspection and copying by FRA during regular business hours.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 4259, Jan. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.239" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.6.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.239   Special inspections.</HEAD>
<P>In the event of fire, flood, severe storm, or other occurrence which might have damaged track structure, a special inspection shall be made of the track involved as soon as possible after the occurrence and, if possible, before the operation of any train over that track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.240" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.6.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.240   Continuous rail testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Track owners may elect to use continuous rail testing to satisfy the requirements for conducting internal rail inspections under § 213.237 or § 213.339. When a track owner utilizes the continuous rail test inspection process under the requirements of this section, the track owner is exempt from the requirements of § 213.113(b); all other requirements of § 213.113 apply.
</P>
<P>(b) Track owners shall adopt the necessary procedures for conducting continuous testing. At a minimum, the procedures must conform to the requirements of this section and ensure the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Test data is timely and accurately transmitted and analyzed;
</P>
<P>(2) Suspect locations are accurately identified for field verification;
</P>
<P>(3) Suspect locations are categorized and prioritized according to their potential severity;
</P>
<P>(4) Suspect locations are accurately field-verified; and
</P>
<P>(5) Suspect locations will be designated following field verification.
</P>
<P>(c) The track owner must designate and record the type of rail test (continuous or stop-and-verify) to be conducted prior to commencing the test over a track segment and make those records available to FRA upon request during regular business hours following reasonable notice. If the type of rail test changes following commencement of the test, the change must be documented and include the time the test was started and when it was changed, and the milepost where the test started and where it was changed. If the track owner intends to conduct a continuous test, the track owner must designate and record whether the test is being conducted to satisfy the requirements for an internal rail inspection under § 213.237 or § 213.339. This documentation must be provided to FRA upon request during regular business hours following reasonable notice.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Continuous rail test inspection vehicle operators must be qualified under § 213.238, with the exception of § 213.238(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(2) Internal rail inspection data collected during continuous rail tests must be reviewed and interpreted by a person qualified to interpret the equipment responses. Each employer of a person qualified to interpret equipment responses shall maintain written or electronic records of each qualification in effect, including the name of the employee, the equipment to which the qualification applies, the date of qualification, and the date of the most recent reevaluation of the qualification, if any. Records concerning these qualifications, including copies of training programs, training materials, and recorded examinations shall be kept at a location designated by the employer and available for inspection and copying by FRA during regular business hours, following reasonable notice.
</P>
<P>(3) All suspect locations must be field-verified by a person qualified under § 213.238.
</P>
<P>(e) At a minimum, the continuous rail test process must produce a report containing a systematic listing of all suspected locations that may contain any of the defects listed in the table in § 213.113(c), identified so that a person qualified under § 213.238 can accurately locate and field-verify each suspected defect.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(6) of this section, and subject to the requirements of paragraphs (e)(2) and (3) of this section, if the continuous rail test inspection vehicle indicates a suspect location, field verification must be conducted within 84 hours of the indication of the suspect location.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(6) of this section, and subject to the requirements of paragraph (e)(3) of this section, if the continuous rail test inspection vehicle indicates a suspect location containing a suspected defect that, if verified, requires remedial action A, A2, or B identified in the table contained in § 213.113(c), the track owner must field-verify the suspect location no more than 36 hours from indication of the suspect location.
</P>
<P>(3) If the continuous rail test inspection vehicle indicates a broken rail with rail separation, the track owner must have procedures to ensure that adequate protection is immediately implemented.
</P>
<P>(4) A suspect location is not considered a defect under § 213.113(c) until it has been field-verified by a person qualified under § 213.238. After the suspect location is field-verified and determined to be a defect, the track owner must immediately perform all required remedial actions prescribed in § 213.113(a).
</P>
<P>(5) Any suspected location not field-verified within the time required under paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section must be protected by applying the most restrictive remedial action under § 213.113(c) for the suspected type and size of the suspected defect. The remedial action must be applied over a sufficient segment of track to assure coverage of the suspected defect location until field-verified.
</P>
<P>(6) A continuous rail test that is not conducted to satisfy the requirements for an internal rail inspection under § 213.237 or § 213.339, and has been properly designated and recorded by the track owner under paragraph (c) of this section, is exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (e)(1), (2), and (5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Each suspect location must be recorded with repeatable accuracy that allows for the location to be accurately located for subsequent verification and, as necessary, remedial action.
</P>
<P>(g) Within 45 days following the end of each calendar year, each track owner utilizing continuous rail testing must provide the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer with an annual report, in a reasonably usable format, or its native electronic format, containing at least the following information for each track segment requiring internal rail inspection under § 213.237 or § 213.339:
</P>
<P>(1) The track owner's name;
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad division and subdivision;
</P>
<P>(3) The segment identifier, milepost limits, and length of each segment;
</P>
<P>(4) The track number;
</P>
<P>(5) The class of track;
</P>
<P>(6) The annual million gross tons over the track;
</P>
<P>(7) The total number of stop-and-verify rail tests and the total number of continuous rail tests over each track segment;
</P>
<P>(8) The total number of defects identified over each track segment; and
</P>
<P>(9) The total number of service failures on each track segment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 63389, Oct. 7, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.241" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.6.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.241   Inspection records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each owner of track to which this part applies shall keep a record of each inspection required to be performed on that track under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Each record of an inspection under §§ 213.4, 213.119, 213.233, and 213.235 shall be prepared on the day the inspection is made and signed or otherwise certified by the person making the inspection. Records shall specify the author of the record, the type of track inspected, date and location of inspection, location and nature of any deviation from the requirements of this part, and the remedial action taken by the person making the inspection. The track owner shall designate the location(s) where each original record shall be maintained for at least one year after the inspection covered by the record. The track owner shall also designate one location, within 100 miles of each State in which it conducts operations, where copies of records that apply to those operations are maintained or can be viewed following 10 days' notice by the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(c) Records of internal rail inspections required by § 213.237 shall specify the—
</P>
<P>(1) Date of inspection;
</P>
<P>(2) Track inspected, including beginning and end points;
</P>
<P>(3) Location and type of defects found under § 213.113;
</P>
<P>(4) Size of defects found under § 213.113, if not removed prior to the next train movement;
</P>
<P>(5) Initial remedial action taken and the date thereof; and
</P>
<P>(6) Location of any track not tested pursuant to § 213.237(g).
</P>
<P>(d) The track owner shall retain a rail inspection record under paragraph (c) of this section for at least two years after the inspection and for one year after initial remedial action is taken.
</P>
<P>(e) The track owner shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate the means by which it computes the service failure rate on all track segments subject to the requirements of § 213.237(a) for the purpose of determining compliance with the applicable service failure rate target.
</P>
<P>(f) Records of continuous rail testing under § 213.240 shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Include all information required under § 213.240(e);
</P>
<P>(2) State whether the test is being conducted to satisfy the requirements for an internal rail inspection under § 213.237;
</P>
<P>(3) List the date(s) and time(s) of the continuous rail test data collection, including the date and time of the start and end of the test run, and the date and time each suspect location was identified and field-verified;
</P>
<P>(4) Include the determination made after field verification of each suspect location, including the:
</P>
<P>(i) Location and type of defect found;
</P>
<P>(ii) Size of defect; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Initial remedial action taken, if required, and the date thereof; and
</P>
<P>(5) Be retained for at least two years after the inspection and for at least one year after initial remedial action is taken, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(g) Track owners that elect to utilize continuous rail testing under § 213.240 shall maintain records of all continuous rail testing operations sufficient for monitoring and determining compliance with all applicable regulations and shall make those records available to FRA during regular business hours following reasonable notice.
</P>
<P>(h) Track inspection records shall be kept available to persons who performed the inspections and to persons performing subsequent inspections of the track segment.
</P>
<P>(i) Each track owner required to keep inspection records under this section shall make those records available for inspection and copying by FRA upon request during regular business hours following reasonable notice.
</P>
<P>(j) For purposes of complying with the requirements of this section, a track owner may create, retain, transmit, store, and retrieve records by electronic means provided that—
</P>
<P>(1) The system used to generate the electronic record meets all requirements and contains the information required under this subpart;
</P>
<P>(2) The track owner monitors its electronic records database to ensure record accuracy;
</P>
<P>(3) The electronic system is designed to uniquely identify the author of the record. No two persons shall have the same electronic identity;
</P>
<P>(4) The electronic system ensures that each record cannot be modified in any way, or replaced, once the record is completed;
</P>
<P>(5) The electronic storage of each record shall be initiated by the person making the inspection within 72 hours following the completion of that inspection; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any amendment to a record shall be electronically stored apart from the record which it amends. Each amendment to a record shall be uniquely identified as to the person making the amendment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 70 FR 66298, Nov. 2, 2005; 79 FR 4259, Jan. 24, 2014; 85 FR 63390, Oct. 7, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Train Operations at Track Classes 6 and Higher</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.301   Scope of subpart.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to all track used for the operation of trains at a speed greater than 90 m.p.h. for passenger equipment and greater than 80 m.p.h. for freight equipment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.303   Responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any owner of track to which this subpart applies who knows or has notice that the track does not comply with the requirements of this subpart, shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Bring the track into compliance; or
</P>
<P>(2) Halt operations over that track.
</P>
<P>(b) If an owner of track to which this subpart applies assigns responsibility for the track to another person (by lease or otherwise), notification of the assignment shall be provided to FRA's Track and Structures Division at least 30 days in advance of the assignment. The notification may be made by any party to that assignment, but shall be in writing and include the following—
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the track owner;
</P>
<P>(2) The name and address of the person to whom responsibility is assigned (assignee);
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the exact relationship between the track owner and the assignee;
</P>
<P>(4) A precise identification of the track;
</P>
<P>(5) A statement as to the competence and ability of the assignee to carry out the duties of the track owner under this subpart;
</P>
<P>(6) A statement signed by the assignee acknowledging the assignment to that person of responsibility for purposes of compliance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator may hold the track owner or the assignee or both responsible for compliance with this subpart and subject to the penalties under § 213.15.
</P>
<P>(d) When any person, including a contractor for a railroad or track owner, performs any function required by this part, that person is required to perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 90 FR 28136, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.305   Designation of qualified individuals; general qualifications.</HEAD>
<P>Each track owner to which this subpart applies shall designate qualified individuals responsible for the maintenance and inspection of track in compliance with the safety requirements prescribed in this subpart. Each individual, including a contractor or an employee of a contractor who is not a railroad employee, designated to:
</P>
<P>(a) Supervise restorations and renewals of track shall meet the following minimum requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) At least;
</P>
<P>(i) Five years of responsible supervisory experience in railroad track maintenance in track Class 4 or higher and the successful completion of a course offered by the employer or by a college level engineering program, supplemented by special on the job training emphasizing the techniques to be employed in the supervision, restoration, and renewal of high speed track; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A combination of at least one year of responsible supervisory experience in track maintenance in Class 4 or higher and the successful completion of a minimum of 80 hours of specialized training in the maintenance of high speed track provided by the employer or by a college level engineering program, supplemented by special on the job training provided by the employer with emphasis on the maintenance of high speed track; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A combination of at least two years of experience in track maintenance in track Class 4 or higher and the successful completion of a minimum of 120 hours of specialized training in the maintenance of high speed track provided by the employer or by a college level engineering program supplemented by special on the job training provided by the employer with emphasis on the maintenance of high speed track.
</P>
<P>(2) Demonstrate to the track owner that the individual:
</P>
<P>(i) Knows and understands the requirements of this subpart that apply to the restoration and renewal of the track for which he or she is responsible;
</P>
<P>(ii) Can detect deviations from those requirements; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Can prescribe appropriate remedial action to correct or safely compensate for those deviations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be authorized by the track owner to prescribe remedial actions to correct or safely compensate for deviations from the requirements of this subpart and successfully completed a recorded examination on this subpart as part of the qualification process.
</P>
<P>(b) Inspect track for defects shall meet the following minimum qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) At least:
</P>
<P>(i) Five years of responsible experience inspecting track in Class 4 or above and the successful completion of a course offered by the employer or by a college level engineering program, supplemented by special on the job training emphasizing the techniques to be employed in the inspection of high speed track; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A combination of at least one year of responsible experience in track inspection in Class 4 or above and the successful completion of a minimum of 80 hours of specialized training in the inspection of high speed track provided by the employer or by a college level engineering program, supplemented by special on the job training provided by the employer with emphasis on the inspection of high speed track; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A combination of at least two years of experience in track maintenance in Class 4 or above and the successful completion of a minimum of 120 hours of specialized training in the inspection of high speed track provided by the employer or from a college level engineering program, supplemented by special on the job training provided by the employer with emphasis on the inspection of high speed track.
</P>
<P>(2) Demonstrate to the track owner that the individual:
</P>
<P>(i) Knows and understands the requirements of this subpart that apply to the inspection of the track for which he or she is responsible.
</P>
<P>(ii) Can detect deviations from those requirements; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Can prescribe appropriate remedial action to correct or safely compensate for those deviations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be authorized by the track owner to prescribe remedial actions to correct or safely compensate for deviations from the requirements in this subpart and successfully completed a recorded examination on this subpart as part of the qualification process.
</P>
<P>(c) Individuals designated under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section that inspect continuous welded rail (CWR) track or supervise the installation, adjustment, and maintenance of CWR in accordance with the written procedures established by the track owner shall have:
</P>
<P>(1) Current qualifications under either paragraph (a) or (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Successfully completed a training course of at least eight hours duration specifically developed for the application of written CWR procedures issued by the track owner; and
</P>
<P>(3) Demonstrated to the track owner that the individual:
</P>
<P>(i) Knows and understands the requirements of those written CWR procedures;
</P>
<P>(ii) Can detect deviations from those requirements; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Can prescribe appropriate remedial action to correct or safely compensate for those deviations; and
</P>
<P>(4) Authorization from the track owner to prescribe remedial actions to correct or safely compensate for deviations from the requirements in those procedures and successfully completed a recorded examination on those procedures as part of the qualification process. The recorded examination may be written, or it may be a computer file with the results of an interactive training course.
</P>
<P>(d) Persons not fully qualified to supervise certain renewals and inspect track as outlined in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this section, but with at least one year of maintenance of way or signal experience, may pass trains over broken rails and pull aparts provided that—
</P>
<P>(1) The track owner determines the person to be qualified and, as part of doing so, trains, examines, and re-examines the person periodically within two years after each prior examination on the following topics as they relate to the safe passage of trains over broken rails or pull aparts: rail defect identification, crosstie condition, track surface and alinement, gage restraint, rail end mismatch, joint bars, and maximum distance between rail ends over which trains may be allowed to pass. The sole purpose of the examination is to ascertain the person's ability to effectively apply these requirements and the examination may not be used to disqualify the person from other duties. A minimum of four hours training is adequate for initial training;
</P>
<P>(2) The person deems it safe, and train speeds are limited to a maximum of 10 m.p.h. over the broken rail or pull apart;
</P>
<P>(3) The person shall watch all movements over the broken rail or pull apart and be prepared to stop the train if necessary; and
</P>
<P>(4) Person(s) fully qualified under § 213.305 of this subpart are notified and dispatched to the location as soon as practicable for the purpose of authorizing movements and effectuating temporary or permanent repairs.
</P>
<P>(e) With respect to designations under paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this section, each track owner shall maintain records of:
</P>
<P>(1) Each designation in effect;
</P>
<P>(2) The date each designation was made; and
</P>
<P>(3) The basis for each designation, including but not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) The exact nature of any training courses attended and the dates thereof; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The manner in which the track owner has determined a successful completion of that training course, including test scores or other qualifying results.
</P>
<P>(f) Each track owner shall keep these designation records readily available for inspection or copying by the Federal Railroad Administration during regular business hours, following reasonable notice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 45959, Aug. 28, 1998, as amended at 78 FR 16103, Mar. 13, 2013; 85 FR 63391, Oct. 7, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.307   Classes of track: operating speed limits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section and as otherwise provided in this subpart G, the following maximum allowable speeds apply:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over track that meets all of the requirements prescribed in this subpart for—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The maximum allowable
<br/>operating
<br/>speed for
<br/>trains is 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 6 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110 m.p.h.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 7 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125 m.p.h.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 8 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">160 m.p.h.
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 9 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220 m.p.h.
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Freight may be transported at passenger train speeds if the following conditions are met:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(1) The vehicles utilized to carry such freight are of equal dynamic performance and have been qualified in accordance with § 213.329 and § 213.345.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(2) The load distribution and securement in the freight vehicle will not adversely affect the dynamic performance of the vehicle. The axle loading pattern is uniform and does not exceed the passenger locomotive axle loadings utilized in passenger service, if any, operating at the same maximum speed.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(3) No carrier may accept or transport a hazardous material, as defined at 49 CFR 171.8, except as provided in Column 9A of the Hazardous Materials Table (49 CFR 172.101) for movement in the same train as a passenger-carrying vehicle or in Column 9B of the Table for movement in a train with no passenger-carrying vehicles.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Operating speeds in excess of 125 m.p.h. are authorized by this part only in conjunction with FRA regulatory approval addressing other safety issues presented by the railroad system. For operations on a dedicated right-of-way, FRA's regulatory approval may allow for the use of inspection and maintenance criteria and procedures in the alternative to those contained in this subpart, based upon a showing that at least an equivalent level of safety is provided.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) If a segment of track does not meet all of the requirements for its intended class, it is to be reclassified to the next lower class of track for which it does meet all of the requirements of this subpart. If a segment does not meet all of the requirements for Class 6, the requirements for Classes 1 through 5 apply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 78 FR 16104, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.309" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.309   Restoration or renewal of track under traffic conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Restoration or renewal of track under traffic conditions is limited to the replacement of worn, broken, or missing components or fastenings that do not affect the safe passage of trains.
</P>
<P>(b) The following activities are expressly prohibited under traffic conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Any work that interrupts rail continuity, e.g., as in joint bar replacement or rail replacement;
</P>
<P>(2) Any work that adversely affects the lateral or vertical stability of the track with the exception of spot tamping an isolated condition where not more than 15 lineal feet of track are involved at any one time and the ambient air temperature is not above 95 degrees Fahrenheit; and
</P>
<P>(3) Removal and replacement of the rail fastenings on more than one tie at a time within 15 feet.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.311" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.311   Measuring track not under load.</HEAD>
<P>When unloaded track is measured to determine compliance with requirements of this subpart, evidence of rail movement, if any, that occurs while the track is loaded shall be added to the measurements of the unloaded track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.313" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.313   Application of requirements to curved track.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise provided in this part, requirements specified for curved track apply only to track having a curvature greater than 0.25 degree.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16104, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.317" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.317   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any owner of track to which this subpart applies may petition the Federal Railroad Administrator for a waiver from any or all requirements prescribed in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for a waiver under this section shall be filed in the manner and contain the information required by §§ 211.7 and 211.9 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions the Administrator deems necessary. Where a waiver is granted, the Administrator publishes a notice containing the reasons for granting the waiver.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.319" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.319   Drainage.</HEAD>
<P>Each drainage or other water carrying facility under or immediately adjacent to the roadbed shall be maintained and kept free of obstruction, to accommodate expected water flow for the area concerned.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.321" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.321   Vegetation.</HEAD>
<P>Vegetation on railroad property which is on or immediately adjacent to roadbed shall be controlled so that it does not—
</P>
<P>(a) Become a fire hazard to track-carrying structures;
</P>
<P>(b) Obstruct visibility of railroad signs and signals:
</P>
<P>(1) Along the right of way, and
</P>
<P>(2) At highway-rail crossings;
</P>
<P>(c) Interfere with railroad employees performing normal trackside duties;
</P>
<P>(d) Prevent proper functioning of signal and communication lines; or
</P>
<P>(e) Prevent railroad employees from visually inspecting moving equipment from their normal duty stations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.323" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.323   Track gage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Gage is measured between the heads of the rails at right-angles to the rails in a plane five-eighths of an inch below the top of the rail head.
</P>
<P>(b) Gage shall be within the limits prescribed in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The gage must be at least—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">But not more than—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The change of gage within 31 feet must not be greater than—
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 6 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4′8″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4′9
<fr>1/4</fr>″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr>″
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 7 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4′8″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4′9
<fr>1/4</fr>″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr>″
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 8 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4′8″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4′9
<fr>1/4</fr>″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr>″
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 9 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4′8
<fr>1/4</fr>″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4′9
<fr>1/4</fr>″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr>″</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 78 FR 16104, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.327" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.327   Track alinement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Uniformity at any point along the track is established by averaging the measured mid-chord offset values for nine consecutive points that are centered around that point and spaced according to the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Chord length
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Spacing
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7′9″
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">62′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15′6″
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">124′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31′0″</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a single alinement deviation from uniformity may not be more than the amount prescribed in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tangent/
<br/>Curved track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation from uniformity of the mid-chord offset for a 31-foot chord may not be more than—(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation from uniformity of the mid-chord offset for a 62-foot chord may not be more than—(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation from uniformity of the mid-chord offset for a 124-foot chord may not be more than—(inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 6 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tangent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curved</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 7 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tangent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curved</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 8 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tangent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curved</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 9 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tangent</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curved</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, of more than 5 inches, a single alinement deviation from uniformity of the outside rail of the curve may not be more than the amount prescribed in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Track type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation from uniformity of the mid-chord offset for a 31-foot chord may not be more than—(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation from uniformity of the mid-chord offset for a 62-foot chord may not be more than—(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation from uniformity of the mid-chord offset for a 124-foot chord may not be more than—(inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 6 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curved</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 7 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curved</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 8 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curved</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 9 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curved</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) For three or more non-overlapping deviations from uniformity in track alinement occurring within a distance equal to five times the specified chord length, each of which exceeds the limits in the following table, each track owner shall maintain the alinement of the track within the limits prescribed for each deviation:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation from uniformity of the mid-chord offset for a
<br/>31-foot chord may not be more than—(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation from uniformity of the mid-chord offset for a 62-foot chord may not be more than—(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The deviation from uniformity of the mid-chord offset for a 124-foot chord may not be more than— (inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 6 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 7 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 8 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 9 track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) For purposes of complying with this section, the ends of the chord shall be at points on the gage side of the rail, five-eighths of an inch below the top of the railhead. On tangent track, either rail may be used as the line rail; however, the same rail shall be used for the full length of that tangential segment of the track. On curved track, the line rail is the outside rail of the curve.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16104, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.329" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.329   Curves; elevation and speed limitations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The maximum elevation of the outside rail of a curve may not be more than 7 inches. The outside rail of a curve may not be lower than the inside rail by design, except when engineered to address specific track or operating conditions; the limits in § 213.331 apply in all cases.
</P>
<P>(b) The maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed for each curve is determined by the following formula:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.012.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where—
</FP>
<FP-2>V<E T="52">max</E> = Maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed (m.p.h.).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E<E T="52">a</E> = Actual elevation of the outside rail (inches).
<SU>6</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-2>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>6</SU> Actual elevation, E<E T="52">a</E>, for each 155-foot track segment in the body of the curve is determined by averaging the elevation for 11 points through the segment at 15.5-foot spacing. If the curve length is less than 155 feet, the points are averaged through the full length of the body of the curve.</P></FTNT>
<FP-2>E<E T="52">u</E> = Qualified cant deficiency 
<SU>7</SU>
<FTREF/> (inches) of the vehicle type.
</FP-2>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>7</SU> If the actual elevation, E<E T="52">a</E>, and degree of curvature, D, change as a result of track degradation, then the actual cant deficiency for the maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed, V<E T="52">max</E>, may be greater than the qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>. This actual cant deficiency for each curve may not exceed the qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, plus one-half inch.</P></FTNT>
<FP-2>D = Degree of curvature (degrees).
<SU>8</SU>
<FTREF/>
</FP-2>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>8</SU> Degree of curvature, D, is determined by averaging the degree of curvature over the same track segment as the elevation.</P></FTNT></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) All vehicles are considered qualified for operating on track with a cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, not exceeding 3 inches. Table 1 of appendix A to this part is a table of speeds computed in accordance with the formula in paragraph (b) of this section, when E<E T="52">u</E> equals 3 inches, for various elevations and degrees of curvature.
</P>
<P>(d) Each vehicle type must be approved by FRA to operate on track with a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, greater than 3 inches. Each vehicle type must demonstrate, in a ready-for-service load condition, compliance with the requirements of either paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) When positioned on a track with a uniform superelevation equal to the proposed cant deficiency:
</P>
<P>(i) No wheel of the vehicle type unloads to a value less than 60 percent of its static value on perfectly level track; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For passenger cars, the roll angle between the floor of the equipment and the horizontal does not exceed 8.6 degrees; or
</P>
<P>(2) When operating through a constant radius curve at a constant speed corresponding to the proposed cant deficiency, and a test plan is submitted and approved by FRA in accordance with § 213.345(e) and (f):
</P>
<P>(i) The steady-state (average) load on any wheel, throughout the body of the curve, is not less than 60 percent of its static value on perfectly level track; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For passenger cars, the steady-state (average) lateral acceleration measured on the floor of the carbody does not exceed 0.15g.
</P>
<P>(e) The track owner or railroad shall transmit the results of the testing specified in paragraph (d) of this section to FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer (FRA) requesting approval for the vehicle type to operate at the desired curving speeds allowed under the formula in paragraph (b) of this section. The request shall be made in writing and contain, at a minimum, the following information—
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the vehicle type involved, including schematic diagrams of the suspension system(s) and the estimated location of the center of gravity above top of rail;
</P>
<P>(2) The test procedure,
<SU>9</SU>
<FTREF/> including the load condition under which the testing was performed, and description of the instrumentation used to qualify the vehicle type, as well as the maximum values for wheel unloading and roll angles or accelerations that were observed during testing; and
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>9</SU> The test procedure may be conducted whereby all the wheels on one side (right or left) of the vehicle are raised to the proposed cant deficiency, the vertical wheel loads under each wheel are measured, and a level is used to record the angle through which the floor of the vehicle has been rotated.</P></FTNT>
<P>(3) For vehicle types not subject to part 238 or part 229 of this chapter, procedures or standards in effect that relate to the maintenance of all safety-critical components of the suspension system(s) for the particular vehicle type. Safety-critical components of the suspension system are those that impact or have significant influence on the roll of the carbody and the distribution of weight on the wheels.
</P>
<P>(f) In approving the request made pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, FRA may impose conditions necessary for safely operating at the higher curving speeds. Upon FRA approval of the request, the track owner or railroad shall notify FRA in writing no less than 30 calendar days prior to the proposed implementation of the approved higher curving speeds allowed under the formula in paragraph (b) of this section. The notification shall contain, at a minimum, identification of the track segment(s) on which the higher curving speeds are to be implemented.
</P>
<P>(g) The documents required by this section must be provided to FRA by:
</P>
<P>(1) The track owner; or
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad that provides service with the same vehicle type over trackage of one or more track owner(s), with the written consent of each affected track owner.
</P>
<P>(h) (1) Vehicle types permitted by FRA to operate at cant deficiencies, E<E T="52">u</E>, greater than 3 inches but not more than 5 inches shall be considered qualified under this section to operate at those permitted cant deficiencies for any Class 6 track segment. The track owner or railroad shall notify FRA in writing no less than 30 calendar days prior to the proposed implementation of such curving speeds in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicle types permitted by FRA to operate at cant deficiencies, E<E T="52">u</E>, greater than 5 inches on Class 6 track, or greater than 3 inches on Class 7 through 9 track, shall be considered qualified under this section to operate at those permitted cant deficiencies only for the previously operated or identified track segments(s). Operation of these vehicle types at such cant deficiencies and track class on any other track segment is permitted only in accordance with the qualification requirements in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(i) As used in this section and in §§ 213.333 and 213.345—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Vehicle</I> means a locomotive, as defined in § 229.5 of this chapter; a freight car, as defined in § 215.5 of this chapter; a passenger car, as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter; and any rail rolling equipment used in a train with either a freight car or a passenger car.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vehicle type</I> means like vehicles with variations in their physical properties, such as suspension, mass, interior arrangements, and dimensions that do not result in significant changes to their dynamic characteristics.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16105, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.331" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.331   Track surface.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For a single deviation in track surface, each track owner shall maintain the surface of its track within the limits prescribed in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Track surface (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Class of track
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">7
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">9
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from uniform 
<sup>1</sup> profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 31-foot chord may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 62-foot chord may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 124-foot chord may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from zero crosslevel at any point on tangent track may not be more than 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reverse elevation on curves may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 62 feet apart may not be more than 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">On curved track, the difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 10 feet apart (short warp) may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Uniformity for profile is established by placing the midpoint of the specified chord at the point of maximum measurement.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> If physical conditions do not permit a spiral long enough to accommodate the minimum length of runoff, part of the runoff may be on tangent track.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> However, to control harmonics on jointed track with staggered joints, the crosslevel differences shall not exceed 1 inch in all of six consecutive pairs of joints, as created by seven low joints. Track with joints staggered less than 10 feet apart shall not be considered as having staggered joints. Joints within the seven low joints outside of the regular joint spacing shall not be considered as joints for purposes of this footnote.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, of more than 5 inches, a single deviation in track surface shall be within the limits prescribed in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Track surface (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Class of track
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">7
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">9
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 10 feet apart (short warp) may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 124-foot chord may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For curves with a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, of more than 7 inches, the difference in crosslevel between any two points less than 10 feet apart (short warp) may not be more than three-quarters of an inch.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) For three or more non-overlapping deviations in track surface occurring within a distance equal to five times the specified chord length, each of which exceeds the limits in the following table, each track owner shall maintain the surface of the track within the limits prescribed for each deviation:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Track surface (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Class of track
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">7
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">9
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 31-foot chord may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 62-foot chord may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 124-foot chord may not be more than</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/8</fr></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16106, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.332" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.332   Combined track alinement and surface deviations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to any curved track where operations are conducted at a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, greater than 5 inches, and to all Class 9 track, either curved or tangent.
</P>
<P>(b) For the conditions defined in paragraph (a) of this section, the combination of alinement and surface deviations for the same chord length on the outside rail in a curve and on any of the two rails of a tangent section, as measured by a TGMS, shall comply with the following formula:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.013.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where—
</FP>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">m</E> = measured alinement deviation from uniformity (outward is positive, inward is negative).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>A<E T="52">L</E> = allowable alinement limit as per § 213.327(c) (always positive) for the class of track.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S<E T="52">m</E> = measured profile deviation from uniformity (down is positive, up is negative).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S<E T="52">L</E> = allowable profile limit as per § 213.331(a) and § 213.331(b) (always positive) for the class of track.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.014.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16107, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.333" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.333   Automated vehicle-based inspection systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A qualifying Track Geometry Measurement System (TGMS) shall be operated at the following frequency:
</P>
<P>(1) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, of more than 5 inches on track Classes 1 through 5, at least twice per calendar year with not less than 120 days between inspections.
</P>
<P>(2) For track Class 6, at least once per calendar year with not less than 170 days between inspections. For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, of more than 5 inches on track Class 6, at least twice per calendar year with not less than 120 days between inspections.
</P>
<P>(3) For track Class 7, at least twice within any 120-day period with not less than 25 days between inspections.
</P>
<P>(4) For track Classes 8 and 9, at least twice within any 60-day period with not less than 12 days between inspections.
</P>
<P>(b) A qualifying TGMS shall meet or exceed minimum design requirements which specify that—
</P>
<P>(1) Track geometry measurements shall be taken no more than 3 feet away from the contact point of wheels carrying a vertical load of no less than 10 kips per wheel, unless otherwise approved by FRA;
</P>
<P>(2) Track geometry measurements shall be taken and recorded on a distance-based sampling interval preferably at 1 foot not exceeding 2 feet; and
</P>
<P>(3) Calibration procedures and parameters are assigned to the system which assure that measured and recorded values accurately represent track conditions. Track geometry measurements recorded by the system shall not differ on repeated runs at the same site at the same speed more than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(c) A qualifying TGMS shall be capable of measuring and processing the necessary track geometry parameters to determine compliance with—
</P>
<P>(1) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, of more than 5 inches on track Classes 1 through 5: § 213.53, Track gage; § 213.55(b), Track alinement; § 213.57, Curves; elevation and speed limitations; § 213.63, Track surface; and § 213.65, Combined track alinement and surface deviations.
</P>
<P>(2) For track Classes 6 through 9: § 213.323, Track gage; § 213.327, Track alinement; § 213.329, Curves; elevation and speed limitations; § 213.331, Track surface; and for operations at a cant deficiency of more than 5 inches § 213.332, Combined track alinement and surface deviations.
</P>
<P>(d) A qualifying TGMS shall be capable of producing, within 24 hours of the inspection, output reports that—
</P>
<P>(1) Provide a continuous plot, on a constant-distance axis, of all measured track geometry parameters required in paragraph (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide an exception report containing a systematic listing of all track geometry conditions which constitute an exception to the class of track over the segment surveyed.
</P>
<P>(e) The output reports required under paragraph (c) of this section shall contain sufficient location identification information which enable field forces to easily locate indicated exceptions.
</P>
<P>(f) Following a track inspection performed by a qualifying TGMS, the track owner shall, within two days after the inspection, field verify and institute remedial action for all exceptions to the class of track.
</P>
<P>(g) The track owner or railroad shall maintain for a period of one year following an inspection performed by a qualifying TGMS, a copy of the plot and the exception report for the track segment involved, and additional records which:
</P>
<P>(1) Specify the date the inspection was made and the track segment involved; and
</P>
<P>(2) Specify the location, remedial action taken, and the date thereof, for all listed exceptions to the class.
</P>
<P>(h) For track Classes 8 and 9, a qualifying Gage Restraint Measurement System (GRMS) shall be operated at least once per calendar year with at least 170 days between inspections. The lateral capacity of the track structure shall not permit a Gage Widening Projection (GWP) greater than 0.5 inch.
</P>
<P>(i) A GRMS shall meet or exceed minimum design requirements specifying that—
</P>
<P>(1) Gage restraint shall be measured between the heads of the rail:
</P>
<P>(i) At an interval not exceeding 16 inches;
</P>
<P>(ii) Under an applied vertical load of no less than 10 kips per rail; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Under an applied lateral load that provides a lateral/vertical load ratio of between 0.5 and 1.25,
<SU>10</SU>
<FTREF/> and a load severity greater than 3 kips but less than 8 kips per rail. Load severity is defined by the formula:
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>10</SU> GRMS equipment using load combinations developing L/V ratios that exceed 0.8 shall be operated with caution to protect against the risk of wheel climb by the test wheelset.</P></FTNT>
<FP-2>S = L−cV
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where—
</FP>
<FP-2>S = Load severity, defined as the lateral load applied to the fastener system (kips).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>L = Actual lateral load applied (kips).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>c = Coefficient of friction between rail/tie, which is assigned a nominal value of 0.4.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V = Actual vertical load applied (kips), or static vertical wheel load if vertical load is not measured.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) The measured gage and load values shall be converted to a GWP as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.015.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where—
</FP>
<FP-2>UTG = Unloaded track gage measured by the GRMS vehicle at a point no less than 10 feet from any lateral or vertical load application.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>LTG = Loaded track gage measured by the GRMS vehicle at a point no more than 12 inches from the lateral load application.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>L = Actual lateral load applied (kips).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V = Actual vertical load applied (kips), or static vertical wheel load if vertical load is not measured.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>GWP = Gage Widening Projection, which means the measured gage widening, which is the difference between loaded and unloaded gage, at the applied loads, projected to reference loads of 16 kips of lateral force and 33 kips of vertical force.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(j) As further specified for the combination of track class, cant deficiencies, and vehicles subject to paragraphs (j)(1) through (3) of this section, a vehicle having dynamic response characteristics that are representative of other vehicles assigned to the service shall be operated over the route at the revenue speed profile. The vehicle shall either be instrumented or equipped with a portable device that monitors onboard instrumentation on trains. Track personnel shall be notified when onboard accelerometers indicate a possible track-related problem. Testing shall be conducted at the frequencies specified in paragraphs (j)(1) through (3) of this section, unless otherwise determined by FRA after reviewing the test data required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(1) For operations at a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, of more than 5 inches on track Classes 1 through 6, carbody acceleration shall be monitored at least once each calendar quarter with not less than 25 days between inspections on at least one passenger car of each type that is assigned to the service; and
</P>
<P>(2) For operations at track Class 7 speeds, carbody and truck accelerations shall be monitored at least twice within any 60-day period with not less than 12 days between inspections on at least one passenger car of each type that is assigned to the service; and
</P>
<P>(3) For operations at track Class 8 or 9 speeds, carbody acceleration shall be monitored at least four times within any 7-day period with not more than 3 days between inspections on at least one non-passenger and one passenger carrying vehicle of each type that is assigned to the service, as appropriate. Truck acceleration shall be monitored at least twice within any 60-day period with not less than 12 days between inspections on at least one passenger carrying vehicle of each type that is assigned to the service, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(k)(1) The instrumented vehicle or the portable device, as required in paragraph (j) of this section, shall monitor lateral and vertical accelerations of the carbody. The accelerometers shall be attached to the carbody on or under the floor of the vehicle, as near the center of a truck as practicable.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition, a device for measuring lateral accelerations shall be mounted on a truck frame at a longitudinal location as close as practicable to an axle's centerline (either outside axle for trucks containing more than 2 axles), or, if approved by FRA, at an alternate location. After monitoring this data for 2 years, or 1 million miles, whichever occurs first, the track owner or railroad may petition FRA for exemption from this requirement.
</P>
<P>(3) If any of the carbody lateral, carbody vertical, or truck frame lateral acceleration safety limits in this section's table of vehicle/track interaction safety limits is exceeded, corrective action shall be taken as necessary. Track personnel shall be notified when the accelerometers indicate a possible track-related problem.
</P>
<P>(l) For track Classes 8 and 9, the track owner or railroad shall submit a report to FRA, once each calendar year, which provides an analysis of the monitoring data collected in accordance with paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section. Based on a review of the report, FRA may require that an instrumented vehicle having dynamic response characteristics that are representative of other vehicles assigned to the service be operated over the track at the revenue speed profile. The instrumented vehicle shall be equipped to measure wheel/rail forces. If any of the wheel/rail force limits in this section's table of vehicle/track interaction safety limits is exceeded, appropriate speed restrictions shall be applied until corrective action is taken.
</P>
<P>(m) The track owner or railroad shall maintain a copy of the most recent exception records for the inspections required under paragraphs (j), (k), and (l) of this section, as appropriate.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.016.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.018.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 46102, Aug. 28, 1998, as amended at 78 FR 16107, Mar. 13, 2013]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.334" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.334   Ballast; general.</HEAD>
<P>Unless it is otherwise structurally supported, all track shall be supported by material which will—
</P>
<P>(a) Transmit and distribute the load of the track and railroad rolling equipment to the subgrade;
</P>
<P>(b) Restrain the track laterally, longitudinally, and vertically under dynamic loads imposed by railroad rolling equipment and thermal stress exerted by the rails;
</P>
<P>(c) Provide adequate drainage for the track; and
</P>
<P>(d) Maintain proper track crosslevel, surface, and alinement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.335" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.335   Crossties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Crossties shall be made of a material to which rail can be securely fastened.
</P>
<P>(b) Each 39 foot segment of track shall have—
</P>
<P>(1) A sufficient number of crossties which in combination provide effective support that will—
</P>
<P>(i) Hold gage within the limits prescribed in § 213.323(b);
</P>
<P>(ii) Maintain surface within the limits prescribed in § 213.331; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Maintain alinement within the limits prescribed in § 213.327.
</P>
<P>(2) The minimum number and type of crossties specified in paragraph (c) of this section effectively distributed to support the entire segment; and
</P>
<P>(3) Crossties of the type specified in paragraph (c) of this section that are(is) located at a joint location as specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) For non-concrete tie construction, each 39 foot segment of Class 6 track shall have fourteen crossties; Classes 7, 8 and 9 shall have 18 crossties which are not—
</P>
<P>(1) Broken through;
</P>
<P>(2) Split or otherwise impaired to the extent the crossties will allow the ballast to work through, or will not hold spikes or rail fasteners;
</P>
<P>(3) So deteriorated that the tie plate or base of rail can move laterally 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch relative to the crossties;
</P>
<P>(4) Cut by the tie plate through more than 40 percent of a crosstie's thickness;
</P>
<P>(5) Configured with less than 2 rail holding spikes or fasteners per tie plate; or
</P>
<P>(6) So unable, due to insufficient fastener toeload, to maintain longitudinal restraint and maintain rail hold down and gage.
</P>
<P>(d) For concrete tie construction, each 39 foot segment of Class 6 track shall have fourteen crossties, Classes 7, 8 and 9 shall have 16 crossties which are not—
</P>
<P>(1) So deteriorated that the prestress strands are ineffective or withdrawn into the tie at one end and the tie exhibits structural cracks in the rail seat or in the gage of track;
</P>
<P>(2) Configured with less than 2 fasteners on the same rail;
</P>
<P>(3) So deteriorated in the vicinity of the rail fastener such that the fastener assembly may pull out or move laterally more than 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch relative to the crosstie;
</P>
<P>(4) So deteriorated that the fastener base plate or base of rail can move laterally more than 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch relative to the crossties;
</P>
<P>(5) So deteriorated that rail seat abrasion is sufficiently deep so as to cause loss of rail fastener toeload;
</P>
<P>(6) Completely broken through; or
</P>
<P>(7) So unable, due to insufficient fastener toeload, to maintain longitudinal restraint and maintain rail hold down and gage.
</P>
<P>(e) Class 6 track shall have one non-defective crosstie whose centerline is within 18 inches of the rail joint location or two crossties whose center lines are within 24 inches either side of the rail joint location. Class 7, 8, and 9 track shall have two non-defective ties within 24 inches each side of the rail joint.
</P>
<P>(f) For track constructed without crossties, such as slab track and track connected directly to bridge structural components, the track structure shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) In Classes 7, 8 and 9 there shall be at least three non-defective ties each side of a defective tie.
</P>
<P>(h) Where timber crossties are in use there shall be tie plates under the running rails on at least nine of 10 consecutive ties.
</P>
<P>(i) No metal object which causes a concentrated load by solely supporting a rail shall be allowed between the base of the rail and the bearing surface of the tie plate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.337" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.337   Defective rails.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When an owner of track to which this part applies learns, through inspection or otherwise, that a rail in that track contains any of the defects listed in the following table, a person designated under § 213.305 shall determine whether or not the track may continue in use. If the person determines that the track may continue in use, operation over the defective rail is not permitted until—
</P>
<P>(1) The rail is replaced; or
</P>
<P>(2) The remedial action prescribed in the table is initiated—
</P>
<img src="/graphics/en28se98.059.gif"/>
<NOTE>
<HED>Notes:</HED>
<P>A. Assign person designated under § 213.305 to visually supervise each operation over defective rail.
</P>
<P>A2. Assign person designated under § 213.305 to make visual inspection. That person may authorize operation to continue without visual supervision at a maximum of 10 m.p.h. for up to 24 hours prior to another such visual inspection or replacement or repair of the rail.
</P>
<P>B. Limit operating speed over defective rail to that as authorized by a person designated under § 213.305(a)(1)(i) or (ii). The operating speed cannot be over 30 m.p.h.
</P>
<P>C. Apply joint bars bolted only through the outermost holes to defect within 20 days after it is determined to continue the track in use. Limit operating speed over defective rail to 30 m.p.h. until joint bars are applied; thereafter, limit speed to 50 m.p.h. When a search for internal rail defects is conducted under § 213.339 and defects are discovered which require remedial action C, the operating speed shall be limited to 50 m.p.h., for a period not to exceed 4 days. If the defective rail has not been removed from the track or a permanent repair made within 4 days of the discovery, limit operating speed over the defective rail to 30 m.p.h. until joint bars are applied; thereafter, limit speed to 50 m.p.h.
</P>
<P>D. Apply joint bars bolted only through the outermost holes to defect within 10 days after it is determined to continue the track in use. Limit operating speed over the defective rail to 30 m.p.h. or less as authorized by a person designated under § 213.305(a)(1)(i) or (ii) until joint bars are applied; thereafter, limit speed to 50 m.p.h.
</P>
<P>E. Apply joint bars to defect and bolt in accordance with § 213.351(d) and (e).
</P>
<P>F. Inspect rail 90 days after it is determined to continue the track in use.
</P>
<P>G. Inspect rail 30 days after it is determined to continue the track in use.
</P>
<P>H. Limit operating speed over defective rail to 50 m.p.h.
</P>
<P>I. Limit operating speed over defective rail to 30 m.p.h.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) As used in this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Transverse fissure</I> means a progressive crosswise fracture starting from a crystalline center or nucleus inside the head from which it spreads outward as a smooth, bright, or dark, round or oval surface substantially at a right angle to the length of the rail. The distinguishing features of a transverse fissure from other types of fractures or defects are the crystalline center or nucleus and the nearly smooth surface of the development which surrounds it.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Compound fissure</I> means a progressive fracture originating in a horizontal split head which turns up or down in the head of the rail as a smooth, bright, or dark surface progressing until substantially at a right angle to the length of the rail. Compound fissures require examination of both faces of the fracture to locate the horizontal split head from which they originate.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Horizontal split head</I> means a horizontal progressive defect originating inside of the rail head, usually one-quarter inch or more below the running surface and progressing horizontally in all directions, and generally accompanied by a flat spot on the running surface. The defect appears as a crack lengthwise of the rail when it reaches the side of the rail head.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Vertical split head</I> means a vertical split through or near the middle of the head, and extending into or through it. A crack or rust streak may show under the head close to the web or pieces may be split off the side of the head.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Split web</I> means a lengthwise crack along the side of the web and extending into or through it.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Piped rail</I> means a vertical split in a rail, usually in the web, due to failure of the shrinkage cavity in the ingot to unite in rolling.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Broken base</I> means any break in the base of the rail.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Detail fracture</I> means a progressive fracture originating at or near the surface of the rail head. These fractures should not be confused with transverse fissures, compound fissures, or other defects which have internal origins. Detail fractures may arise from shelly spots, head checks, or flaking.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Engine burn fracture</I> means a progressive fracture originating in spots where driving wheels have slipped on top of the rail head. In developing downward they frequently resemble the compound or even transverse fissures with which they should not be confused or classified.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Ordinary break</I> means a partial or complete break in which there is no sign of a fissure, and in which none of the other defects described in this paragraph (b) are found.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Damaged rail</I> means any rail broken or injured by wrecks, broken, flat, or unbalanced wheels, slipping, or similar causes.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Flattened rail</I> means a short length of rail, not a joint, which has flattened out across the width of the rail head to a depth of 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch or more below the rest of the rail. Flattened rail occurrences have no repetitive regularity and thus do not include corrugations, and have no apparent localized cause such as a weld or engine burn. Their individual length is relatively short, as compared to a condition such as head flow on the low rail of curves.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Bolt hole crack</I> means a crack across the web, originating from a bolt hole, and progressing on a path either inclined upward toward the rail head or inclined downward toward the base. Fully developed bolt hole cracks may continue horizontally along the head/web or base/web fillet, or they may progress into and through the head or base to separate a piece of the rail end from the rail. Multiple cracks occurring in one rail end are considered to be a single defect. However, bolt hole cracks occurring in adjacent rail ends within the same joint shall be reported as separate defects.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Defective weld</I> means a field or plant weld containing any discontinuities or pockets, exceeding 5 percent of the rail head area individually or 10 percent in the aggregate, oriented in or near the transverse plane, due to incomplete penetration of the weld metal between the rail ends, lack of fusion between weld and rail end metal, entrainment of slag or sand, under-bead or other shrinkage cracking, or fatigue cracking. Weld defects may originate in the rail head, web, or base, and in some cases, cracks may progress from the defect into either or both adjoining rail ends.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Head and web separation</I> means a progressive fracture, longitudinally separating the head from the web of the rail at the head fillet area.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 51638, Sept. 28, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.339" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.339   Inspection of rail in service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A continuous search for internal defects shall be made of all rail in track at least twice annually with not less than 120 days between inspections.
</P>
<P>(b) Inspection equipment shall be capable of detecting defects between joint bars, in the area enclosed by joint bars.
</P>
<P>(c) Each defective rail shall be marked with a highly visible marking on both sides of the web and base.
</P>
<P>(d) If the person assigned to operate the rail defect detection equipment being used determines that, due to rail surface conditions, a valid search for internal defects could not be made over a particular length of track, the test on that particular length of track cannot be considered as a search for internal defects under § 213.337(a).
</P>
<P>(e) If a valid search for internal defects cannot be conducted for reasons described in paragraph (d) of this section, the track owner shall, before the expiration of time limits—
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct a valid search for internal defects;
</P>
<P>(2) Reduce operating speed to a maximum of 25 miles per hour until such time as a valid search for internal defects can be made; or
</P>
<P>(3) Remove the rail from service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.341" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.341   Initial inspection of new rail and welds.</HEAD>
<P>The track owner shall provide for the initial inspection of newly manufactured rail, and for initial inspection of new welds made in either new or used rail. A track owner may demonstrate compliance with this section by providing for:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>In-service inspection.</I> A scheduled periodic inspection of rail and welds that have been placed in service, if conducted in accordance with the provisions of § 213.339, and if conducted not later than 90 days after installation, shall constitute compliance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Mill inspection.</I> A continuous inspection at the rail manufacturer's mill shall constitute compliance with the requirement for initial inspection of new rail, provided that the inspection equipment meets the applicable requirements specified in § 213.339. The track owner shall obtain a copy of the manufacturer's report of inspection and retain it as a record until the rail receives its first scheduled inspection under § 213.339;
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Welding plant inspection.</I> A continuous inspection at a welding plant, if conducted in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, and accompanied by a plant operator's report of inspection which is retained as a record by the track owner, shall constitute compliance with the requirements for initial inspection of new rail and plant welds, or of new plant welds made in used rail; and
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Inspection of field welds.</I> An initial inspection of field welds, either those joining the ends of CWR strings or those made for isolated repairs, shall be conducted not less than one day and not more than 30 days after the welds have been made. The initial inspection may be conducted by means of portable test equipment. The track owner shall retain a record of such inspections until the welds receive their first scheduled inspection under § 213.339.
</P>
<P>(e) Each defective rail found during inspections conducted under paragraph (a) or (d) of this section shall be marked with highly visible markings on both sides of the web and base and the remedial action as appropriate under § 213.337 will apply.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.343" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.343   Continuous welded rail (CWR).</HEAD>
<P>Each track owner with track constructed of CWR shall have in effect and comply with written procedures which address the installation, adjustment, maintenance and inspection of CWR, and a training program for the application of those procedures, which shall be submitted to the Federal Railroad Administration by March 21, 1999. FRA reviews each plan for compliance with the following—
</P>
<P>(a) Procedures for the installation and adjustment of CWR which include—
</P>
<P>(1) Designation of a desired rail installation temperature range for the geographic area in which the CWR is located; and
</P>
<P>(2) De-stressing procedures/methods which address proper attainment of the desired rail installation temperature range when adjusting CWR.
</P>
<P>(b) Rail anchoring or fastening requirements that will provide sufficient restraint to limit longitudinal rail and crosstie movement to the extent practical, and specifically addressing CWR rail anchoring or fastening patterns on bridges, bridge approaches, and at other locations where possible longitudinal rail and crosstie movement associated with normally expected train-induced forces, is restricted.
</P>
<P>(c) Procedures which specifically address maintaining a desired rail installation temperature range when cutting CWR including rail repairs, in-track welding, and in conjunction with adjustments made in the area of tight track, a track buckle, or a pull-apart. Rail repair practices shall take into consideration existing rail temperature so that—
</P>
<P>(1) When rail is removed, the length installed shall be determined by taking into consideration the existing rail temperature and the desired rail installation temperature range; and
</P>
<P>(2) Under no circumstances should rail be added when the rail temperature is below that designated by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, without provisions for later adjustment.
</P>
<P>(d) Procedures which address the monitoring of CWR in curved track for inward shifts of alinement toward the center of the curve as a result of disturbed track.
</P>
<P>(e) Procedures which control train speed on CWR track when—
</P>
<P>(1) Maintenance work, track rehabilitation, track construction, or any other event occurs which disturbs the roadbed or ballast section and reduces the lateral and/or longitudinal resistance of the track; and
</P>
<P>(2) In formulating the procedures under this paragraph (e), the track owner shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Determine the speed required, and the duration and subsequent removal of any speed restriction based on the restoration of the ballast, along with sufficient ballast re-consolidation to stabilize the track to a level that can accommodate expected train-induced forces. Ballast re-consolidation can be achieved through either the passage of train tonnage or mechanical stabilization procedures, or both; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Take into consideration the type of crossties used.
</P>
<P>(f) Procedures which prescribe when physical track inspections are to be performed to detect buckling prone conditions in CWR track. At a minimum, these procedures shall address inspecting track to identify—
</P>
<P>(1) Locations where tight or kinky rail conditions are likely to occur;
</P>
<P>(2) Locations where track work of the nature described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section have recently been performed; and
</P>
<P>(3) In formulating the procedures under this paragraph (f), the track owner shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Specify the timing of the inspection; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Specify the appropriate remedial actions to be taken when buckling prone conditions are found.
</P>
<P>(g) The track owner shall have in effect a comprehensive training program for the application of these written CWR procedures, with provisions for periodic re-training, for those individuals designated under § 213.305(c) of this part as qualified to supervise the installation, adjustment, and maintenance of CWR track and to perform inspections of CWR track.
</P>
<P>(h) The track owner shall prescribe recordkeeping requirements necessary to provide an adequate history of track constructed with CWR. At a minimum, these records shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Rail temperature, location and date of CWR installations. This record shall be retained for at least one year; and
</P>
<P>(2) A record of any CWR installation or maintenance work that does not conform with the written procedures. Such record shall include the location of the rail and be maintained until the CWR is brought into conformance with such procedures.
</P>
<P>(i) As used in this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Adjusting/de-stressing</I> means the procedure by which a rail's temperature is re-adjusted to the desired value. It typically consists of cutting the rail and removing rail anchoring devices, which provides for the necessary expansion and contraction, and then re-assembling the track.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Buckling incident</I> means the formation of a lateral mis-alinement sufficient in magnitude to constitute a deviation of 5 inches measured with a 62-foot chord. These normally occur when rail temperatures are relatively high and are caused by high longitudinal compressive forces.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Continuous welded rail (CWR)</I> means rail that has been welded together into lengths exceeding 400 feet.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Desired rail installation temperature range</I> means the rail temperature range, within a specific geographical area, at which forces in CWR should not cause a buckling incident in extreme heat, or a pull-apart during extreme cold weather.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Disturbed track</I> means the disturbance of the roadbed or ballast section, as a result of track maintenance or any other event, which reduces the lateral or longitudinal resistance of the track, or both.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Mechanical stabilization</I> means a type of procedure used to restore track resistance to disturbed track following certain maintenance operations. This procedure may incorporate dynamic track stabilizers or ballast consolidators, which are units of work equipment that are used as a substitute for the stabilization action provided by the passage of tonnage trains.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Rail anchors</I> means those devices which are attached to the rail and bear against the side of the crosstie to control longitudinal rail movement. Certain types of rail fasteners also act as rail anchors and control longitudinal rail movement by exerting a downward clamping force on the upper surface of the rail base.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Rail temperature</I> means the temperature of the rail, measured with a rail thermometer.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Tight/kinky rail</I> means CWR which exhibits minute alinement irregularities which indicate that the rail is in a considerable amount of compression.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Train-induced forces</I> means the vertical, longitudinal, and lateral dynamic forces which are generated during train movement and which can contribute to the buckling potential.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Track lateral resistance</I> means the resistance provided to the rail/crosstie structure against lateral displacement.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Track longitudinal resistance</I> means the resistance provided by the rail anchors/rail fasteners and the ballast section to the rail/crosstie structure against longitudinal displacement.
</P>
<P>(j) Track owners shall revise their CWR plans to include provisions for the inspection of joint bars in accordance with §§ 213.119(g) and (i)(3).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 45959, Aug. 28, 1998, as amended at 70 FR 66298, Nov. 2, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.345" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.345   Vehicle/track system qualification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> All vehicle types intended to operate at track Class 6 speeds or above, or at any curving speed producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency, shall be qualified for operation for their intended track classes in accordance with this subpart. A qualification program shall be used to demonstrate that the vehicle/track system will not exceed the wheel/rail force safety limits and the carbody and truck acceleration criteria specified in § 213.333—
</P>
<P>(1) At any speed up to and including 5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed; and
</P>
<P>(2) On track meeting the requirements for the class of track associated with the proposed maximum operating speed. For purposes of qualification testing, speeds may exceed the maximum allowable operating speed for the class of track in accordance with the test plan approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Existing vehicle type qualification.</I> Vehicle types previously qualified or permitted to operate at track Class 6 speeds or above or at any curving speeds producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency prior to March 13, 2013, shall be considered as being successfully qualified under the requirements of this section for operation at the previously operated speeds and cant deficiencies over the previously operated track segment(s).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>New vehicle type qualification.</I> Vehicle types not previously qualified under this subpart shall be qualified in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph (c).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Simulations or measurement of wheel/rail forces.</I> For vehicle types intended to operate at track Class 6 speeds, simulations or measurement of wheel/rail forces during qualification testing shall demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the wheel/rail force safety limits specified in § 213.333. Simulations, if conducted, shall be in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Measurement of wheel/rail forces, if conducted, shall be performed over a representative segment of the full route on which the vehicle type is intended to operate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Simulations.</I> For vehicle types intended to operate at track Class 7 speeds or above, or at any curving speed producing more than 6 inches of cant deficiency, analysis of vehicle/track performance (computer simulations) shall be conducted using an industry recognized methodology on:
</P>
<P>(i) An analytically defined track segment representative of minimally compliant track conditions (MCAT—Minimally Compliant Analytical Track) for the respective track class(es) as specified in appendix D to this part; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A track segment representative of the full route on which the vehicle type is intended to operate. Both simulations and physical examinations of the route's track geometry shall be used to determine a track segment representative of the route.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Carbody acceleration.</I> For vehicle types intended to operate at track Class 6 speeds or above, or at any curving speed producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency, qualification testing conducted over a representative segment of the route shall demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the carbody lateral and vertical acceleration safety limits specified in § 213.333.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Truck lateral acceleration.</I> For vehicle types intended to operate at track Class 6 speeds or above, qualification testing conducted over a representative segment of the route shall demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the truck lateral acceleration safety limit specified in § 213.333.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Measurement of wheel/rail forces.</I> For vehicle types intended to operate at track Class 7 speeds or above, or at any curving speed producing more than 6 inches of cant deficiency, qualification testing conducted over a representative segment of the route shall demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the wheel/rail force safety limits specified in § 213.333.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Previously qualified vehicle types.</I> Vehicle types previously qualified under this subpart for a track class and cant deficiency on one route may be qualified for operation at the same class and cant deficiency on another route through analysis or testing, or both, to demonstrate compliance with paragraph (a) of this section in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Simulations or measurement of wheel/rail forces.</I> For vehicle types intended to operate at any curving speed producing more than 6 inches of cant deficiency, or at curving speeds that both correspond to track Class 7 speeds or above and produce more than 5 inches of cant deficiency, simulations or measurement of wheel/rail forces during qualification testing shall demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the wheel/rail force safety limits specified in § 213.333. Simulations, if conducted, shall be in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Measurement of wheel/rail forces, if conducted, shall be performed over a representative segment of the new route.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Carbody acceleration.</I> For vehicle types intended to operate at any curving speed producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency, or at track Class 7 speeds and above, qualification testing conducted over a representative segment of the new route shall demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the carbody lateral and vertical acceleration safety limits specified in § 213.333.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Truck lateral acceleration.</I> For vehicle types intended to operate at track Class 7 speeds or above, measurement of truck lateral acceleration during qualification testing shall demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the truck lateral acceleration safety limits specified in § 213.333. Measurement of truck lateral acceleration, if conducted, shall be performed over a representative segment of the new route.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Qualification testing plan.</I> To obtain the data required to support the qualification program outlined in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, the track owner or railroad shall submit a qualification testing plan to FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer (FRA) at least 60 days prior to testing, requesting approval to conduct the testing at the desired speeds and cant deficiencies. This test plan shall provide for a test program sufficient to evaluate the operating limits of the track and vehicle type and shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the representative segment of the route for qualification testing;
</P>
<P>(2) Consideration of the operating environment during qualification testing, including operating practices and conditions, the signal system, highway-rail grade crossings, and trains on adjacent tracks;
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum angle found on the gage face of the designed (newly-profiled) wheel flange referenced with respect to the axis of the wheelset that will be used for the determination of the Single Wheel L/V Ratio safety limit specified in § 213.333;
</P>
<P>(4) A target maximum testing speed in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section and the maximum testing cant deficiency;
</P>
<P>(5) An analysis and description of the signal system and operating practices to govern operations in track Classes 7 through 9, which shall include a statement of sufficiency in these areas for the class of operation; and
</P>
<P>(6) The results of vehicle/track performance simulations that are required by this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Qualification testing.</I> Upon FRA approval of the qualification testing plan, qualification testing shall be conducted in two sequential stages as required in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(1) Stage-one testing shall include demonstration of acceptable vehicle dynamic response of the subject vehicle as speeds are incrementally increased—
</P>
<P>(i) On a segment of tangent track, from acceptable track Class 5 speeds to the target maximum test speed (when the target speed corresponds to track Class 6 and above operations); and
</P>
<P>(ii) On a segment of curved track, from the speeds corresponding to 3 inches of cant deficiency to the maximum testing cant deficiency.
</P>
<P>(2) When stage-one testing has successfully demonstrated a maximum safe operating speed and cant deficiency, stage-two testing shall commence with the subject equipment over a representative segment of the route as identified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A test run shall be conducted over the route segment at the speed the railroad will request FRA to approve for such service.
</P>
<P>(ii) An additional test run shall be conducted at 5 m.p.h. above this speed.
</P>
<P>(3) When conducting stage-one and stage-two testing, if any of the monitored safety limits is exceeded on any segment of track intended for operation at track Class 6 speeds or greater, or on any segment of track intended for operation at more than 5 inches of cant deficiency, testing may continue provided that the track location(s) where any of the limits is exceeded be identified and test speeds be limited at the track location(s) until corrective action is taken. Corrective action may include making an adjustment in the track, in the vehicle, or both of these system components. Measurements taken on track segments intended for operations below track Class 6 speeds and at 5 inches of cant deficiency, or less, are not required to be reported.
</P>
<P>(4) Prior to the start of the qualification testing program, a qualifying TGMS specified in § 213.333 shall be operated over the intended route within 30 calendar days prior to the start of the qualification testing program.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Qualification testing results.</I> The track owner or railroad shall submit a report to FRA detailing all the results of the qualification program. When simulations are required as part of vehicle qualification, this report shall include a comparison of simulation predictions to the actual wheel/rail force or acceleration data, or both, recorded during full-scale testing. The report shall be submitted at least 60 days prior to the intended operation of the equipment in revenue service over the route.
</P>
<P>(h) Based on the test results and all other required submissions, FRA will approve a maximum train speed and value of cant deficiency for revenue service, normally within 45 days of receipt of all the required information. FRA may impose conditions necessary for safely operating at the maximum approved train speed and cant deficiency.
</P>
<P>(i) The documents required by this section must be provided to FRA by:
</P>
<P>(1) The track owner; or
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad that provides service with the same vehicle type over trackage of one or more track owner(s), with the written consent of each affected track owner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16111, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.347" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.347   Automotive or railroad crossings at grade.</HEAD>
<P>(a) There shall be no at-grade (level) highway crossings, public or private, or rail-to-rail crossings at-grade on Class 8 and 9 track.
</P>
<P>(b) If train operation is projected at Class 7 speed for a track segment that will include rail-highway grade crossings, the track owner shall submit for FRA's approval a complete description of the proposed warning/barrier system to address the protection of highway traffic and high speed trains. Trains shall not operate at Class 7 speeds over any track segment having highway-rail grade crossings unless:
</P>
<P>(1) An FRA-approved warning/barrier system exists on that track segment; and
</P>
<P>(2) All elements of that warning/barrier system are functioning.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.349" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.349   Rail end mismatch.</HEAD>
<P>Any mismatch of rails at joints may not be more than that prescribed by the following table—
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Class of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Any mismatch of rails at joints may not be more than the following—
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On the tread of the rail ends (inch)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On the gage side of the rail ends (inch)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 6, 7, 8 and 9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/8</fr></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.351" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.351   Rail joints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each rail joint, insulated joint, and compromise joint shall be of a structurally sound design and dimensions for the rail on which it is applied.
</P>
<P>(b) If a joint bar is cracked, broken, or because of wear allows excessive vertical movement of either rail when all bolts are tight, it shall be replaced.
</P>
<P>(c) If a joint bar is cracked or broken between the middle two bolt holes it shall be replaced.
</P>
<P>(d) Each rail shall be bolted with at least two bolts at each joint.
</P>
<P>(e) Each joint bar shall be held in position by track bolts tightened to allow the joint bar to firmly support the abutting rail ends and to allow longitudinal movement of the rail in the joint to accommodate expansion and contraction due to temperature variations. When no-slip, joint-to-rail contact exists by design, the requirements of this section do not apply. Those locations, when over 400 feet long, are considered to be continuous welded rail track and shall meet all the requirements for continuous welded rail track prescribed in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(f) No rail shall have a bolt hole which is torch cut or burned.
</P>
<P>(g) No joint bar shall be reconfigured by torch cutting.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.352" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.352   Torch cut rail.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as a temporary repair in emergency situations no rail having a torch cut end shall be used. When a rail end with a torch cut is used in emergency situations, train speed over that rail shall not exceed the maximum allowable for Class 2 track. All torch cut rail ends in Class 6 shall be removed within six months of September 21, 1998.
</P>
<P>(b) Following the expiration of the time limits specified in paragraph (a) of this section, any torch cut rail end not removed shall be removed within 30 days of discovery. Train speed over that rail shall not exceed the maximum allowable for Class 2 track until removed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.353" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.353   Turnouts, crossovers, and lift rail assemblies or other transition devices on moveable bridges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In turnouts and track crossings, the fastenings must be intact and maintained so as to keep the components securely in place. Also, each switch, frog, and guard rail shall be kept free of obstructions that may interfere with the passage of wheels. Use of rigid rail crossings at grade is limited per § 213.347.
</P>
<P>(b) Track shall be equipped with rail anchoring through and on each side of track crossings and turnouts, to restrain rail movement affecting the position of switch points and frogs. Elastic fasteners designed to restrict longitudinal rail movement are considered rail anchoring.
</P>
<P>(c) Each flangeway at turnouts and track crossings shall be at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide.
</P>
<P>(d) For all turnouts and crossovers, and lift rail assemblies or other transition devices on moveable bridges, the track owner shall prepare an inspection and maintenance Guidebook for use by railroad employees which shall be submitted to the Federal Railroad Administration. The Guidebook shall contain at a minimum—
</P>
<P>(1) Inspection frequency and methodology including limiting measurement values for all components subject to wear or requiring adjustment.
</P>
<P>(2) Maintenance techniques.
</P>
<P>(e) Each hand operated switch shall be equipped with a redundant operating mechanism for maintaining the security of switch point position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.355" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.355   Frog guard rails and guard faces; gage.</HEAD>
<P>The guard check and guard face gages in frogs shall be within the limits prescribed in the following table—
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Class of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Guard check gage
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Guard face gage
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The distance between the gage line of a frog to the guard line 
<sup>1</sup> of its guard rail or guarding face, measured across the track at right angles to the gage line,
<sup>2</sup> may not be less than—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The distance between guard lines,
<sup>1</sup> measured across the track at right angles to the gage line,
<sup>2</sup> may not be more than—
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 6, 7, 8 and 9 track</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4′6
<fr>1/2</fr>″</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">4′5″
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> A line along that side of the flangeway which is nearer to the center of the track and at the same elevation as the gage line.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> A line five-eighths of an inch below the top of the center line of the head of the running rail, or corresponding location of the tread portion of the track structure.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16112, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.357" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.357   Derails.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each track, other than a main track, which connects with a Class 7, 8 or 9 main track shall be equipped with a functioning derail of the correct size and type, unless railroad equipment on the track, because of grade characteristics cannot move to foul the main track.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of this section, a derail is a device which will physically stop or divert movement of railroad rolling stock or other railroad on-track equipment past the location of the device.
</P>
<P>(c) Each derail shall be clearly visible. When in a locked position, a derail shall be free of any lost motion which would prevent it from performing its intended function.
</P>
<P>(d) Each derail shall be maintained to function as intended.
</P>
<P>(e) Each derail shall be properly installed for the rail to which it is applied.
</P>
<P>(f) If a track protected by a derail is occupied by standing railroad rolling stock, the derail shall be in derailing position.
</P>
<P>(g) Each derail on a track which is connected to a Class 7, 8 or 9 main track shall be interconnected with the signal system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.359" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.359   Track stiffness.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Track shall have a sufficient vertical strength to withstand the maximum vehicle loads generated at maximum permissible train speeds, cant deficiencies and surface defects. For purposes of this section, vertical track strength is defined as the track capacity to constrain vertical deformations so that the track shall return following maximum load to a configuration in compliance with the vehicle/track interaction safety limits and geometry requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Track shall have sufficient lateral strength to withstand the maximum thermal and vehicle loads generated at maximum permissible train speeds, cant deficiencies and lateral alinement defects. For purposes of this section lateral track strength is defined as the track capacity to constrain lateral deformations so that track shall return following maximum load to a configuration in compliance with the vehicle/track interaction safety limits and geometry requirements of this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.361" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.361   Right of way.</HEAD>
<P>The track owner in Class 8 and 9 shall submit a barrier plan, termed a “right-of-way plan,” to the Federal Railroad Administration for approval. At a minimum, the plan will contain provisions in areas of demonstrated need for the prevention of—
</P>
<P>(a) Vandalism;
</P>
<P>(b) Launching of objects from overhead bridges or structures into the path of trains; and
</P>
<P>(c) Intrusion of vehicles from adjacent rights of way.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.365" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.365   Visual track inspections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All track shall be visually inspected in accordance with the schedule prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section by a person designated under § 213.305.
</P>
<P>(b) Each inspection shall be made on foot or by traversing the track in a vehicle at a speed that allows the person making the inspection to visually inspect the track structure for compliance with this part. However, mechanical, electrical, and other track inspection devices may be used to supplement visual inspection. If a vehicle is used for visual inspection, the speed of the vehicle may not be more than 5 m.p.h. when traversing track crossings and turnouts; otherwise, the inspection vehicle speed shall be at the sole discretion of the inspector, based on track conditions and inspection requirements. When traversing the track in a vehicle, the inspection will be subject to the following conditions—
</P>
<P>(1) One inspector in a vehicle may inspect up to two tracks at one time provided that the inspector's visibility remains unobstructed by any cause and that the second track is not centered more than 30 feet from the track upon which the inspector traverses;
</P>
<P>(2) Two inspectors in one vehicle may inspect up to four tracks at a time provided that the inspectors' visibility remains unobstructed by any cause and that each track being inspected is centered within 39 feet from the track upon which the inspectors traverse;
</P>
<P>(3) Each main track must be traversed by a vehicle or inspected on foot at least once every two weeks, and each siding must be traversed by a vehicle or inspected on foot at least once every month; and
</P>
<P>(4) Track inspection records shall indicate which track(s) are traversed by the vehicle or inspected on foot as outlined in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Each visual track inspection shall be made in accordance with the following schedule—
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 213.365(<E T="01">c</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class of track
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Required frequency
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6, 7, and 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Twice weekly 
<sup>1</sup> with at least a 2 calendar day's interval between inspections.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Three times per week.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> An inspection week is defined as a seven (7) day period beginning on Sunday and ending on Saturday.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) If the § 213.305 qualified person making the inspection finds a deviation from the requirements of this part, the person shall immediately initiate remedial action. Any subsequent movements to facilitate repairs on track that is out of service must be authorized by a § 213.305 qualified person.
</P>
<P>(e) Each switch, turnout, track crossing, and lift rail assemblies on moveable bridges shall be inspected on foot at least weekly. The inspection shall be accomplished in accordance with the Guidebook required under § 213.353.
</P>
<P>(f) In track Classes 8 and 9, if no train traffic operates for a period of eight hours, a train shall be operated at a speed not to exceed 100 miles per hour over the track before the resumption of operations at the maximum authorized speed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 45959, Aug. 28, 1998, as amended at 85 FR 63391, Oct. 7, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.367" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.367   Special inspections.</HEAD>
<P>In the event of fire, flood, severe storm, temperature extremes or other occurrence which might have damaged track structure, a special inspection shall be made of the track involved as soon as possible after the occurrence and, if possible, before the operation of any train over that track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 213.369" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.7.5.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 213.369   Inspection records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each owner of track to which this part applies shall keep a record of each inspection required to be performed on that track under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, each record of an inspection under § 213.365 shall be prepared on the day the inspection is made and signed or otherwise certified by the person making the inspection. Records shall specify the author of the record, the type of track inspected, date of inspection, location of inspection, nature of any deviation from the requirements of this part, and the remedial action taken by the person making the inspection. The track owner shall designate the location(s) where each original record shall be maintained for at least one year after the inspection covered by the record. The track owner shall also designate one location, within 100 miles of each State in which it conducts operations, where copies of records that apply to those operations are maintained or can be viewed following 10 days' notice by the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(c) Rail inspection records shall specify the date of inspection, the location and nature of any internal defects found, the remedial action taken and the date thereof, and the location of any intervals of track not tested per § 213.339(d). The owner shall retain a rail inspection record for at least two years after the inspection and for one year after remedial action is taken.
</P>
<P>(d) Records of continuous rail testing under § 213.240 shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Include all information required under § 213.240(e);
</P>
<P>(2) State whether the test is being conducted to satisfy the requirements for an internal rail inspection under § 213.339;
</P>
<P>(3) List the date(s) and time(s) of the continuous rail test data collection, including the date and time of the start and end of the test run, and the date and time each suspect location was identified and field-verified;
</P>
<P>(4) Include the determination made after field verification of each suspect location, including the:
</P>
<P>(i) Location and type of defect found;
</P>
<P>(ii) Size of defect; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Initial remedial action taken, if required, and the date thereof; and
</P>
<P>(5) Be retained for at least two years after the inspection and for at least one year after initial remedial action is taken, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(e) Track owners that elect to utilize continuous rail testing under § 213.240 shall maintain records of all continuous rail testing operations sufficient for monitoring and determining compliance with all applicable regulations and shall make those records available to FRA during regular business hours following reasonable notice.
</P>
<P>(f) Track inspection records shall be kept available to persons who perform the inspections and to persons performing subsequent inspections.
</P>
<P>(g) Each track owner required to keep inspection records under this section shall make those records available for inspection and copying by the Federal Railroad Administration upon request during regular business hours following reasonable notice.
</P>
<P>(h) For purposes of compliance with the requirements of this section, a track owner may create, retain, transmit, store, and retrieve records by electronic means provided that—
</P>
<P>(1) The system used to generate the electronic record meets all requirements and contains the information required under this subpart;
</P>
<P>(2) The track owner monitors its electronic records database to ensure record accuracy;
</P>
<P>(3) The electronic system is designed to uniquely identify the author of the record. No two persons shall have the same electronic identity;
</P>
<P>(4) The electronic system ensures that each record cannot be modified in any way, or replaced, once the record is completed;
</P>
<P>(5) The electronic storage of each record shall be initiated by the person making the inspection within 72 hours following the completion of that inspection; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any amendment to a record shall be electronically stored apart from the record which it amends. Each amendment to a record shall be uniquely identified as to the person making the amendment.
</P>
<P>(i) Each vehicle/track interaction safety record required under § 213.333(g) and (m) shall be made available for inspection and copying by the FRA at the locations specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 34029, June 22, 1998, as amended at 85 FR 63391, Oct. 7, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.9.5.1.7" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 213—Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix contains four tables identifying maximum allowing curving speeds based on 3, 4, 5, and 6 inches of unbalance (cant deficiency), respectively.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Three Inches Unbalance
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="13" scope="col">Elevation of outer rail (inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">0
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Degree of curvature</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="13">Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">146</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0°40′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">139
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0°50′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">124
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°15′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°45′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°15′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°45′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°15′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°45′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Four Inches Unbalance
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="13" scope="col">Elevation of outer rail (inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">0
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Degree of curvature</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="13">Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">146</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">169
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0°40′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">139</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">146
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0°50′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">124</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">116</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°15′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°45′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°15′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°45′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°15′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°45′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Five Inches Unbalance
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="13" scope="col">Elevation of outer rail (inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">0
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Degree of curvature</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="13">Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">146</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">169</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">177
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0°40′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">139</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">146</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0°50′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">124</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">134</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">116</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°15′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">112
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°45′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°15′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°45′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°15′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°45′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4—Six Inches Unbalance
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="13" scope="col">Elevation of outer rail (inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">0
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Degree of curvature</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="13">Maximum allowable operating speed (m.p.h.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">146</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">169</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">177</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0°40′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">139</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">146</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">154</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0°50′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">124</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">134</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">143
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">116</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°15′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">112</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1°45′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°15′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2°45′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°15′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3°45′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6°30′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12°00′</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16113, Mar. 13, 2013]




</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.9.5.1.8" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendixes B-C to Part 213 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.8.9.5.1.9" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 213—Minimally Compliant Analytical Track (MCAT) Simulations Used for Qualifying Vehicles To Operate at High Speeds and at High Cant Deficiencies
</HEAD>
<P>1. This appendix contains requirements for using computer simulations to comply with the vehicle/track system qualification testing requirements specified in subpart G of this part. These simulations shall be performed using a track model containing defined geometry perturbations at the limits that are permitted for a specific class of track and level of cant deficiency. This track model is known as MCAT, Minimally Compliant Analytical Track. These simulations shall be used to identify vehicle dynamic performance issues prior to service or, as appropriate, a change in service, and demonstrate that a vehicle type is suitable for operation on the track over which it is intended to operate.
</P>
<P>2. As specified in § 213.345(c)(2), MCAT shall be used for the qualification of new vehicle types intended to operate at track Class 7 speeds or above, or at any curving speed producing more than 6 inches of cant deficiency. MCAT may also be used for the qualification of new vehicle types intended to operate at speeds corresponding to Class 6 track, as specified in § 213.345(c)(1). In addition, as specified in § 213.345(d)(1), MCAT may be used to qualify on new routes vehicle types that have previously been qualified on other routes and are intended to operate at any curving speed producing more than 6 inches of cant deficiency, or at curving speeds that both correspond to track Class 7 speeds or above and produce more than 5 inches of cant deficiency.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Validation.</I> To validate the vehicle model used for simulations under this part, the track owner or railroad shall obtain vehicle simulation predictions using measured track geometry data, chosen from the same track section over which testing shall be performed as specified in § 213.345(c)(2)(ii). These predictions shall be submitted to FRA in support of the request for approval of the qualification testing plan. Full validation of the vehicle model used for simulations under this part shall be determined when the results of the simulations demonstrate that they replicate all key responses observed during qualification testing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>MCAT layout.</I> MCAT consists of nine segments, each designed to test a vehicle's performance in response to a specific type of track perturbation. The basic layout of MCAT is shown in figure 1 of this appendix, by type of track (curving or tangent), class of track, and cant deficiency (CD). The values for wavelength, λ, amplitude of perturbation, a, and segment length, d, are specified in this appendix. The bars at the top of figure 1 show which segments are required depending on the speed and degree of curvature. For example, the hunting perturbation section is not required for simulation of curves greater than or equal to 1 degree.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.019.gif"/>
<P>(1) <I>MCAT segments.</I> MCAT's nine segments contain different types of track deviations in which the shape of each deviation is a versine having wavelength and amplitude varied for each simulation speed as further specified. The nine MCAT segments are defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Hunting perturbation</I> (a<E T="52">1</E>): This segment contains an alinement deviation having a wavelength, λ, of 10 feet and amplitude of 0.25 inch on both rails to test vehicle stability on tangent track and on track that is curved less than 1 degree.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Gage narrowing</I> (a<E T="52">2</E>): This segment contains an alinement deviation on one rail to reduce the gage from the nominal value to the minimum permissible gage or maximum alinement (whichever comes first).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Gage widening</I> (a<E T="52">3</E>): This segment contains an alinement deviation on one rail to increase the gage from the nominal value to the maximum permissible gage or maximum alinement (whichever comes first).
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Repeated surface</I> (a<E T="52">9</E>): This segment contains three consecutive maximum permissible profile variations on each rail.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Repeated alinement</I> (a<E T="52">4</E>): This segment contains two consecutive maximum permissible alinement variations on each rail.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Single surface</I> (a<E T="52">10</E>, a<E T="52">11</E>): This segment contains a maximum permissible profile variation on one rail. If the maximum permissible profile variation alone produces a condition which exceeds the maximum allowed warp condition, a second profile variation is also placed on the opposite rail to limit the warp to the maximum permissible value.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Single alinement</I> (a<E T="52">5</E>, a<E T="52">6</E>): This segment contains a maximum permissible alinement variation on one rail. If the maximum permissible alinement variation alone produces a condition which exceeds the maximum allowed gage condition, a second alinement variation is also placed on the opposite rail to limit the gage to the maximum permissible value.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Short warp</I> (a<E T="52">12</E>): This segment contains a pair of profile deviations to produce a maximum permissible 10-foot warp perturbation. The first is on the outside rail, and the second follows 10 feet farther on the inside rail. Each deviation has a wavelength, λ, of 20 feet and variable amplitude for each simulation speed as described below. This segment is to be used only on curved track simulations.
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Combined perturbation</I> (a<E T="52">7</E>, a<E T="52">8</E>, a<E T="52">13</E>): This segment contains a maximum permissible down and out combined geometry condition on the outside rail in the body of the curve. If the maximum permissible variations produce a condition which exceeds the maximum allowed gage condition, a second variation is also placed on the opposite rail as for the MCAT segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(vi) and (vii) of this appendix. This segment is to be used for all simulations on Class 9 track, and only for curved track simulations at speeds producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency on track Classes 6 through 8, and at speeds producing more than 6 inches of cant deficiency on track Classes 1 through 5.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Segment lengths:</I> Each MCAT segment shall be long enough to allow the vehicle's response to the track deviation(s) to damp out. Each segment shall also have a minimum length as specified in table 1 of this appendix, which references the distances in figure 1 of this appendix. For curved track segments, the perturbations shall be placed far enough in the body of the curve to allow for any spiral effects to damp out.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 of Appendix D to Part 213 Minimum Lengths of MCAT Segments
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="9" scope="col">Distances (ft)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d<E T="52">1</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d<E T="52">2</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d<E T="52">3</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d<E T="52">4</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d<E T="52">5</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d<E T="52">6</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d<E T="52">7</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d<E T="52">8</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d<E T="52">9</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1000</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1500</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) <I>Degree of curvature.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) For each simulation involving assessment of curving performance, the degree of curvature, D, which generates a particular level of cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, for a given speed, V, shall be calculated using the following equation, which assumes a curve with 6 inches of superelevation:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="20" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="2" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.020.gif"/></MATH>
<FP>Where—
</FP>
<FP-2>D = Degree of curvature (degrees).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V = Simulation speed (m.p.h.).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E<E T="52">u</E> = Cant deficiency (inches).
</FP-2>
<P>(ii) Table 2 of this appendix depicts the degree of curvature for use in MCAT simulations of both passenger and freight equipment performance on Class 2 through 9 track, based on the equation in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this appendix. The degree of curvature for use in MCAT simulations of equipment performance on Class 1 track is not depicted; it would be based on the same equation using an appropriate superelevation. The degree of curvature for use in MCAT simulations of freight equipment performance on Class 6 (freight) track is shown in italics for cant deficiencies not exceeding 6 inches, to emphasize that the values apply to freight equipment only.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.021.gif"/>
<P>(c) <I>Required simulations.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) To develop a comprehensive assessment of vehicle performance, simulations shall be performed for a variety of scenarios using MCAT. These simulations shall be performed on tangent or curved track, or both, depending on the level of cant deficiency and speed (track class) as summarized in table 3 of this appendix.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 of Appendix D to Part 213 Summary of Required Vehicle Performance Assessment Using Simulations
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">New vehicle types
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Previously qualified vehicle types
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curved track: cant deficiency ≤6 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curving performance simulation: not required for track Classes 1 through 5; optional for track Class 6; required for track Classes 7 through 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curving performance simulation: not required for track Classes 1 through 6; optional for track Classes 7 through 9 for cant deficiency &gt;5 inches.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Curved track: cant deficiency &gt;6 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curving performance simulation required for all track classes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Curving performance simulation optional for all track classes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tangent track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tangent performance simulation: not required for track Classes 1 through 5; optional for track Class 6; required for track Classes 7 through 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tangent performance simulation not required for any track class.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(i) All simulations shall be performed using the design wheel profile and a nominal track gage of 56.5 inches, using tables 4, 5, 6, or 7 of this appendix, as appropriate. In addition, all simulations involving the assessment of curving performance shall be repeated using a nominal track gage of 57.0 inches, using tables 5, 6, or 7 of this appendix, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the wheel profile is different than American Public Transportation Administration (APTA) wheel profiles 320 or 340, then for tangent track segments all simulations shall be repeated using either APTA wheel profile 320 or 340, depending on the established conicity that is common for the operation, as specified in APTA SS-M-015-06, Standard for Wheel Flange Angle of Passenger Equipment (2007). This APTA standard is incorporated by reference into this appendix with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this appendix, FRA must publish notice of change in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the material must be made available to the public. All approved material is available for inspection at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590 (telephone 202-493-6030), and is available from the American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street NW., Suite 1100, Washington, DC 20006 (telephone 202-496-4800; <I>www.apta.com</I>). It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I> An alternative worn wheel profile may be used in lieu of either APTA wheel profile, if approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(iii) All simulations shall be performed using a wheel/rail coefficient of friction of 0.5.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vehicle performance on tangent track Classes 6 through 9.</I> For maximum vehicle speeds corresponding to track Class 6 and higher, the MCAT segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (vii) of this appendix shall be used to assess vehicle performance on tangent track. For track Class 9, simulations must also include the combined perturbation segment described in paragraph (b)(1)(ix) of this appendix. A parametric matrix of MCAT simulations shall be performed using the following range of conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Vehicle speed.</I> Simulations shall demonstrate that at up to 5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed, the vehicle type shall not exceed the wheel/rail force and acceleration criteria defined in the Vehicle/Track Interaction Safety Limits table in § 213.333. Simulations shall also demonstrate acceptable vehicle dynamic response by incrementally increasing speed from 95 m.p.h. (115 m.p.h. if a previously qualified vehicle type on an untested route) to 5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed (in 5 m.p.h. increments).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Perturbation wavelength.</I> For each speed, a set of three separate MCAT simulations shall be performed. In each MCAT simulation for the perturbation segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (vii) and (b)(1)(ix) of this appendix, every perturbation shall have the same wavelength. The following three wavelengths, λ, shall be used: 31, 62, and 124 feet. The hunting perturbation segment described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this appendix has a fixed wavelength, λ, of 10 feet.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Amplitude parameters.</I> Table 4 of this appendix provides the amplitude values for the MCAT segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (vii) and (b)(1)(ix) of this appendix for each speed of the required parametric MCAT simulations. The last set of simulations shall be performed at 5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed using the amplitude values in table 4 that correspond to the proposed maximum operating speed. For qualification of vehicle types at speeds greater than track Class 6 speeds, the following additional simulations shall be performed:
</P>
<P>(A) For vehicle types being qualified for track Class 7 speeds, one additional set of simulations shall be performed at 115 m.p.h. using the track Class 6 amplitude values in table 4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track).
</P>
<P>(B) For vehicle types being qualified for track Class 8 speeds, two additional sets of simulations shall be performed. The first set at 115 m.p.h. using the track Class 6 amplitude values in table 4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track), and a second set at 130 m.p.h. using the track Class 7 amplitude values in table 4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 7 track).
</P>
<P>(C) For vehicle types being qualified for track Class 9 speeds, three additional sets of simulations shall be performed. The first set at 115 m.p.h. using the track Class 6 amplitude values in table 4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track), a second set at 130 m.p.h. using the track Class 7 amplitude values in table 4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 7 track), and a third set at 165 m.p.h. using the track Class 8 amplitude values in table 4 (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 8 track).
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.022.gif"/>
<P>(3) <I>Vehicle performance on curved track Classes 6 through 9.</I> For maximum vehicle speeds corresponding to track Class 6 and higher, the MCAT segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (viii) of this appendix shall be used to assess vehicle performance on curved track. For curves less than 1 degree, simulations must also include the hunting perturbation segment described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this appendix. For track Class 9 and for cant deficiencies greater than 5 inches, simulations must also include the combined perturbation segment described in paragraph (b)(1)(ix) of this appendix. A parametric matrix of MCAT simulations shall be performed using the following range of conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Vehicle speed.</I> Simulations shall demonstrate that at up to 5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed, the vehicle type shall not exceed the wheel/rail force and acceleration criteria defined in the Vehicle/Track Interaction Safety Limits table in § 213.333. Simulations shall also demonstrate acceptable vehicle dynamic response by incrementally increasing speed from 95 m.p.h. (115 m.p.h. if a previously qualified vehicle type on an untested route) to 5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed (in 5 m.p.h. increments).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Perturbation wavelength.</I> For each speed, a set of three separate MCAT simulations shall be performed. In each MCAT simulation for the perturbation segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (vii) and paragraph (b)(1)(ix) of this appendix, every perturbation shall have the same wavelength. The following three wavelengths, λ, shall be used: 31, 62, and 124 feet. The hunting perturbation segment described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this appendix has a fixed wavelength, λ, of 10 feet, and the short warp perturbation segment described in paragraph (b)(1)(viii) of this appendix has a fixed wavelength, λ, of 20 feet.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Track curvature.</I> For each speed, a range of curvatures shall be used to produce cant deficiency conditions ranging from greater than 3 inches up to the maximum intended for qualification (in 1 inch increments). The value of curvature, D, shall be determined using the equation defined in paragraph (b)(3) of this appendix. Each curve shall include representations of the MCAT segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (ix) of this appendix, as appropriate, and have a fixed superelevation of 6 inches.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Amplitude parameters.</I> Table 5 of this appendix provides the amplitude values for each speed of the required parametric MCAT simulations for cant deficiencies greater than 3 inches and not more than 5 inches. Table 6 of this appendix provides the amplitude values for each speed of the required parametric MCAT simulations for cant deficiencies greater than 5 inches. The last set of simulations at the maximum cant deficiency shall be performed at 5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed using the amplitude values in table 5 or 6 of this appendix, as appropriate, that correspond to the proposed maximum operating speed and cant deficiency. For these simulations, the value of curvature, D, shall correspond to the proposed maximum operating speed and cant deficiency. For qualification of vehicle types at speeds greater than track Class 6 speeds, the following additional simulations shall be performed:
</P>
<P>(A) For vehicle types being qualified for track Class 7 speeds, one additional set of simulations shall be performed at 115 m.p.h. using the track Class 6 amplitude values in table 5 or 6 of this appendix, as appropriate (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track) and a value of curvature, D, that corresponds to 110 m.p.h. and the proposed maximum cant deficiency.
</P>
<P>(B) For vehicle types being qualified for track Class 8 speeds, two additional set of simulations shall be performed. The first set of simulations shall be performed at 115 m.p.h. using the track Class 6 amplitude values in table 5 or 6 of this appendix, as appropriate (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track) and a value of curvature, D, that corresponds to 110 m.p.h. and the proposed maximum cant deficiency. The second set of simulations shall be performed at 130 m.p.h. using the track Class 7 amplitude values in table 5 or 6, as appropriate (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 7 track) and a value of curvature, D, that corresponds to 125 m.p.h. and the proposed maximum cant deficiency.
</P>
<P>(C) For vehicle types being qualified for track Class 9 speeds, three additional sets of simulations shall be performed. The first set of simulations shall be performed at 115 m.p.h. using the track Class 6 amplitude values in table 5 or 6 of this appendix, as appropriate (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 6 track) and a value of curvature, D, that corresponds to 110 m.p.h. and the proposed maximum cant deficiency. The second set of simulations shall be performed at 130 m.p.h. using the track Class 7 amplitude values in table 5 or 6, as appropriate (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 7 track) and a value of curvature, D, that corresponds to 125 m.p.h. and the proposed maximum cant deficiency. The third set of simulations shall be performed at 165 m.p.h. using the track Class 8 amplitude values in table 5 or 6, as appropriate (i.e., a 5 m.p.h. overspeed on Class 8 track) and a value of curvature, D, that corresponds to 160 m.p.h. and the proposed maximum cant deficiency.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.023.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.024.gif"/>
<P>(4) <I>Vehicle performance on curved track Classes 1 through 5 at high cant deficiency.</I> For maximum vehicle speeds corresponding to track Classes 1 through 5, the MCAT segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (ix) of this appendix shall be used to assess vehicle performance on curved track if the proposed maximum cant deficiency is greater than 6 inches. A parametric matrix of MCAT simulations shall be performed using the following range of conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Vehicle speed.</I> Simulations shall demonstrate that at up to 5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed, the vehicle shall not exceed the wheel/rail force and acceleration criteria defined in the Vehicle/Track Interaction Safety Limits table in § 213.333. Simulations shall also demonstrate acceptable vehicle dynamic response at 5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Perturbation wavelength.</I> For each speed, a set of two separate MCAT simulations shall be performed. In each MCAT simulation for the perturbation segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (vii) and paragraph (b)(1)(ix) of this appendix, every perturbation shall have the same wavelength. The following two wavelengths, λ, shall be used: 31 and 62 feet. The short warp perturbation segment described in paragraph (b)(1)(viii) of this appendix has a fixed wavelength, λ, of 20 feet.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Track curvature.</I> For a speed corresponding to 5 m.p.h. above the proposed maximum operating speed, a range of curvatures shall be used to produce cant deficiency conditions ranging from 6 inches up to the maximum intended for qualification (in 1 inch increments). The value of curvature, D, shall be determined using the equation in paragraph (b)(3) of this appendix. Each curve shall contain the MCAT segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (ix) of this appendix and have a fixed superelevation of 6 inches.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Amplitude parameters.</I> Table 7 of this appendix provides the amplitude values for the MCAT segments described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (ix) of this appendix for each speed of the required parametric MCAT simulations.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13mr13.025.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16116, Mar. 13, 2013]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="214" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 214—RAILROAD WORKPLACE SAFETY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20102-20103, 20107, 21301-21302, 31304; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>57 FR 28127, June 24, 1992, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.1.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to prevent accidents and casualties to employees involved in certain railroad inspection, maintenance and construction activities.
</P>
<P>(b) This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for the railroad workplace safety subjects addressed herein. This part does not restrict a railroad or railroad contractor from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements not inconsistent with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.1.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to railroads that operate rolling equipment on track that is part of the general railroad system of transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.1.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.5   Responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) “Person” means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.
</P>
<P>(c) See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28138, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.1.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.7   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise provided, as used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Adjacent tracks</I> mean two or more tracks with track centers spaced less than 25 feet apart.
</P>
<P><I>Anchorage</I> means a secure point of attachment for lifelines, lanyards or deceleration devices that is independent of the means of supporting or suspending the employee.
</P>
<P><I>Body belt</I> means a strap that can be secured around the waist or body and attached to a lanyard, lifeline, or deceleration device.
</P>
<P><I>Body harness</I> means a device with straps that is secured about the person in a manner so as to distribute the fall arrest forces over (at least) the thighs, shoulders, pelvis, waist, and chest and that can be attached to a lanyard, lifeline, or deceleration device. 
</P>
<P><I>Class I, Class II, and Class III</I> have the meaning assigned by, Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations part 1201, General Instructions 1-1.
</P>
<P><I>Competent person</I> means one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the workplace and who is authorized to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.
</P>
<P><I>Control operator</I> means the railroad employee in charge of a remotely controlled switch or derail, an interlocking, or a controlled point, or a segment of controlled track.
</P>
<P><I>Controlled point</I> means a location where signals and/or other functions of a traffic control system are controlled from the control machine.
</P>
<P><I>Controlled track</I> means track upon which the railroad's operating rules require that all movements of trains must be authorized by a train dispatcher or a control operator.
</P>
<P><I>Deceleration device</I> means any mechanism, including, but not limited to, rope grabs, ripstitch lanyards, specially woven lanyards, tearing or deforming lanyards, and automatic self-retracting lifelines/lanyards that serve to dissipate a substantial amount of energy during a fall arrest, or otherwise limit the energy on a person during fall arrest. 
</P>
<P><I>Definite train location</I> means a system for establishing on-track safety by providing roadway workers with information about the earliest possible time that approaching trains may pass specific locations as prescribed in § 214.331 of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Designated official</I> means any person(s) designated by the employer to receive notification of non-complying conditions on on-track roadway maintenance machines and hi-rail vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Effective securing device</I> means a vandal and tamper resistant lock, keyed for application and removal only by the roadway worker(s) for whom the protection is provided. In the absence of a lock, it is acceptable to use a spike driven firmly into a switch tie or a switch point clamp to prevent the use of a manually operated switch. It is also acceptable to use portable derails secured with specifically designed metal wedges. Securing devices without a specially keyed lock shall be designed in such a manner that they require railroad track tools for installation and removal and the operating rules of the railroad must prohibit removal by employees other than the class, craft, or group of employees for whom the protection is being provided. Regardless of the type of securing device, the throwing handle or hasp of the switch or derail shall be uniquely tagged. If there is no throwing handle, the securing device shall be tagged.
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> means an individual who is engaged or compensated by a railroad or by a contractor to a railroad to perform any of the duties defined in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Employer</I> means a railroad, or a contractor to a railroad, that directly engages or compensates individuals to perform any of the duties defined in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Equivalent</I> means alternative designs, materials, or methods that the railroad or railroad contractor can demonstrate will provide equal or greater safety for employees than the means specified in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Exclusive track occupancy</I> means a method of establishing working limits on controlled track in which movement authority of trains and other equipment is withheld by the train dispatcher or control operator, or restricted by flagmen, as prescribed in § 214.321 of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Flagman</I> when used in relation to roadway worker safety means an employee designated by the railroad to direct or restrict the movement of trains past a point on a track to provide on-track safety for roadway workers, while engaged solely in performing that function.
</P>
<P><I>Foul time</I> is a method of establishing working limits on controlled track in which a roadway worker is notified by the train dispatcher or control operator that no trains will operate within a specific segment of controlled track until the roadway worker reports clear of the track, as prescribed in § 214.323 of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Fouling a track</I> means the placement of an individual or an item of equipment in such proximity to a track that the individual or equipment could be struck by a moving train or on-track equipment, or in any case is within four feet of the field side of the near running rail.
</P>
<P><I>Free fall</I> means the act of falling before the personal fall arrest system begins to apply force to arrest the fall.
</P>
<P><I>Free fall distance</I> means the vertical displacement of the fall arrest attachment point on a person's body harness between onset of the fall and the point at which the system begins to apply force to arrest the fall. This distance excludes deceleration distance and lifeline and lanyard elongation, but includes any deceleration device slide distance or self-retracting lifeline/lanyard extension before they operate and fall arrest forces occur. 
</P>
<P><I>Hi-rail vehicle</I> means a roadway maintenance machine that is manufactured to meet Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and is equipped with retractable flanged wheels so that the vehicle may travel over the highway or on railroad tracks.
</P>
<P><I>Hi-rail vehicle, new</I> means a hi-rail vehicle that is ordered after December 26, 2003 or completed after September 27, 2004.
</P>
<P><I>Inaccessible track</I> means a method of establishing working limits on non-controlled track by physically preventing entry and movement of trains and equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Individual train detection</I> means a procedure by which a lone worker acquires on-track safety by seeing approaching trains and leaving the track before they arrive and which may be used only under circumstances strictly defined in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Informational line-up of trains</I> means information provided in a prescribed format to a roadway worker by the train dispatcher regarding movements of trains authorized or expected on a specific segment of track during a specific period of time.
</P>
<P><I>Interlocking, manual</I> means an arrangement of signals and signal appliances operated from an interlocking machine and so interconnected by means of mechanical and/or electric locking that their movements must succeed each other in proper sequence, train movements over all routes being governed by signal indication.
</P>
<P><I>Lanyard</I> means a flexible line of rope, wire rope, or strap that is used to secure a body harness to a deceleration device, lifeline, or anchorage. 
</P>
<P><I>Lifeline</I> means a component of a fall arrest system consisting of a flexible line that connects to an anchorage at one end to hang vertically (vertical lifeline) or to an anchorage at both ends to stretch horizontally (horizontal lifeline), and that serves as a means for connecting other components of a personal fall arrest system to the anchorage.
</P>
<P><I>Lone worker</I> means an individual roadway worker who is not being afforded on-track safety by another roadway worker, who is not a member of a roadway work group, and who is not engaged in a common task with another roadway worker.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum authorized speed</I> means the highest speed permitted for the movement of trains permanently established by timetable/special instructions, general order, or track bulletin.
</P>
<P><I>Non-controlled track</I> means track upon which trains are permitted by railroad rule or special instruction to move without receiving authorization from a train dispatcher or control operator.
</P>
<P><I>On-track roadway maintenance machine</I> means a self-propelled, rail-mounted, non-highway, maintenance machine whose light weight is in excess of 7,500 pounds, and whose purpose is not for the inspection of railroad track.
</P>
<P><I>On-track roadway maintenance machine, existing</I> means any on-track roadway maintenance machine that does not meet the definition of a “new on-track roadway maintenance machine.”
</P>
<P><I>On-track roadway maintenance machine, new</I> means an on-track roadway maintenance machine that is ordered after December 26, 2003, and completed after September 27, 2004.
</P>
<P><I>On-track safety</I> means a state of freedom from the danger of being struck by a moving railroad train or other railroad equipment, provided by operating and safety rules that govern track occupancy by personnel, trains and on-track equipment.
</P>
<P><I>On-track safety manual</I> means the entire set of on-track safety rules and instructions maintained together in one manual designed to prevent roadway workers from being struck by trains or other on-track equipment. These instructions include operating rules and other procedures concerning on-track safety protection and on-track safety measures.
</P>
<P><I>Personal fall arrest system</I> means a system used to arrest the fall of a person from a working level. It consists of an anchorage, connectors, body harness, lanyard, deceleration device, lifeline, or combination of these. 
</P>
<P><I>Qualified</I> means a status attained by an employee who has successfully completed any required training for, has demonstrated proficiency in, and has been authorized by the employer to perform the duties of a particular position or function.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means all forms of non-highway ground transportation that run on rails or electro-magnetic guideways, including (1) commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area, and (2) high-speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether they use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads. Such term does not include rapid transit operations within an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad bridge</I> means a structure supporting one or more railroad tracks above land or water with a span length of 12 feet or more measured along the track centerline. This term applies to the entire structure between the faces of the backwalls of abutments or equivalent components, regardless of the number of spans, and includes all such structures, whether of timber, stone, concrete, metal, or any combination thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad bridge worker or bridge worker</I> means any employee of, or employee of a contractor of, a railroad owning or responsible for the construction, inspection, testing, or maintenance of a bridge whose assigned duties, if performed on the bridge, include inspection, testing, maintenance, repair, construction, or reconstruction of the track, bridge structural members, operating mechanisms and water traffic control systems, or signal, communication, or train control systems integral to that bridge.
</P>
<P><I>Restricted speed</I> means a speed that will permit a train or other equipment to stop within one-half the range of vision of the person operating the train or other equipment, but not exceeding 20 miles per hour, unless further restricted by the operating rules of the railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway maintenance machine</I> means a device powered by any means of energy other than hand power which is being used on or near railroad track for maintenance, repair, construction or inspection of track, bridges, roadway, signal, communications, or electric traction systems. Roadway maintenance machines may have road or rail wheels or may be stationary.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway maintenance machines equipped with a crane</I> means any roadway maintenance machine equipped with a crane or boom that can hoist, lower, and horizontally move a suspended load.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway work group</I> means two or more roadway workers organized to work together on a common task.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway worker</I> means any employee of a railroad, or of a contractor to a railroad, whose duties include inspection, construction, maintenance or repair of railroad track, bridges, roadway, signal and communication systems, electric traction systems, roadway facilities or roadway maintenance machinery on or near track or with the potential of fouling a track, and flagmen and watchmen/lookouts as defined in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway worker in charge</I> means a roadway worker who is qualified under § 214.353 to establish on-track safety for roadway work groups, and lone workers qualified under § 214.347 to establish on-track safety for themselves.
</P>
<P><I>Self-retracting lifeline/lanyard</I> means a deceleration device that contains a drum-wound line that may be slowly extracted from, or retracted onto, the drum under slight tension during normal employee movement, and which, after onset of a fall, automatically locks the drum and arrests the fall.
</P>
<P><I>Snap-hook</I> means a connector comprised of a hook-shaped member with a normally closed keeper, that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.
</P>
<P><I>Train approach warning</I> means a method of establishing on-track safety by warning roadway workers of the approach of trains in ample time for them to move to or remain in a place of safety in accordance with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Train coordination</I> means a method of establishing working limits on track upon which a train holds exclusive authority to move whereby the crew of that train yields that authority to a roadway worker.
</P>
<P><I>Train dispatcher</I> means the railroad employee assigned to control and issue orders governing the movement of trains on a specific segment of railroad track in accordance with the operating rules of the railroad that apply to that segment of track.
</P>
<P><I>Watchman/lookout</I> means an employee who has been trained and qualified to provide warning to roadway workers of approaching trains or on-track equipment. Watchmen/lookouts shall be properly equipped to provide visual and auditory warning such as whistle, air horn, white disk, red flag, lantern, fuse. A watchman/lookout's sole duty is to look out for approaching trains/on-track equipment and provide at least fifteen seconds advanced warning to employees before arrival of trains/on-track equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Working limits</I> means a segment of track with definite boundaries established in accordance with this part upon which trains and engines may move only as authorized by the roadway worker having control over that defined segment of track. Working limits may be established through “exclusive track occupancy,” “inaccessible track,” “foul time” or “train coordination” as defined herein. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 28127, June 24, 1992, as amended at 61 FR 65975, Dec. 16, 1996; 67 FR 1906, Jan. 15, 2002; 68 FR 44407, July 28, 2003; 76 FR 74614, Nov. 30, 2011; 79 FR 66500, Nov. 7, 2014; 81 FR 37884, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Bridge Worker Safety Standards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.2.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.101   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this subpart is to prevent accidents and casualties arising from the performance of work on railroad bridges.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart prescribes minimum railroad safety rules for railroad employees performing work on bridges. Each railroad and railroad contractor may prescribe additional or more stringent operating rules, safety rules, and other special instructions not inconsistent with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) These provisions apply to all railroad employees, railroads, and railroad contractors performing work on railroad bridges.
</P>
<P>(d) Any working conditions involving the protection of railroad employees working on railroad bridges not within the subject matter addressed by this chapter, including respiratory protection, hazard communication, hearing protection, welding and lead exposure standards, shall be governed by the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.2.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.103   Fall protection, generally.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, when bridge workers work twelve feet or more above the ground or water surface, they shall be provided and shall use a personal fall arrest system or safety net system. All fall protection systems required by this section shall conform to the standards set forth in § 214.105 of this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) This section shall not apply if the installation of the fall arrest system poses a greater risk than the work to be performed. In any action brought by FRA to enforce the fall protection requirements, the railroad or railroad contractor shall have the burden of proving that the installation of such device poses greater exposure to risk than performance of the work itself. 
</P>
<P>(2) This section shall not apply to bridge workers engaged in inspection of railroad bridges conducted in full compliance with the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad or railroad contractor has a written program in place that requires training in, adherence to, and use of safe procedures associated with climbing techniques and procedures to be used; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The bridge worker to whom this exception applies has been trained and qualified according to that program to perform bridge inspections, has been previously and voluntarily designated to perform inspections under the provision of that program, and has accepted the designation; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The bridge worker to whom this exception applies is familiar with the appropriate climbing techniques associated with all bridge structures the bridge worker is responsible for inspecting; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The bridge worker to whom this exception applies is engaged solely in moving on or about the bridge or observing, measuring and recording the dimensions and condition of the bridge and its components; and 
</P>
<P>(v) The bridge worker to whom this section applies is provided all equipment necessary to meet the needs of safety, including any specialized alternative systems required. 
</P>
<P>(c) This section shall not apply where bridge workers are working on a railroad bridge equipped with walkways and railings of sufficient height, width, and strength to prevent a fall, so long as bridge workers do not work beyond the railings, over the side of the bridge, on ladders or other elevation devices, or where gaps or holes exist through which a body could fall. Where used in place of fall protection as provided for in § 214.105, this paragraph (c) is satisfied by: 
</P>
<P>(1) Walkways and railings meeting standards set forth in the American Railway Engineering Association's Manual for Railway Engineering; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Roadways attached to railroad bridges, provided that bridge workers on the roadway deck work or move at a distance six feet or more from the edge of the roadway deck, or from an opening through which a person could fall. 
</P>
<P>(d) This section shall not apply where bridge workers are performing repairs or inspections of a minor nature that are completed by working exclusively between the outside rails, including but not limited to, routine welding, spiking, anchoring, spot surfacing, and joint bolt replacement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 1906, Jan. 15, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.2.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.105   Fall protection systems standards and practices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> All fall protection systems required by this subpart shall conform to the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Fall protection systems shall be used only for personal fall protection. 
</P>
<P>(2) Any fall protection system subjected to impact loading shall be immediately and permanently removed from service unless fully inspected and determined by a competent person to be undamaged and suitable for reuse. 
</P>
<P>(3) All fall protection system components shall be protected from abrasions, corrosion, or any other form of deterioration. 
</P>
<P>(4) All fall protection system components shall be inspected prior to each use for wear, damage, corrosion, mildew, and other deterioration. Defective components shall be permanently removed from service. 
</P>
<P>(5) Prior to use and after any component or system is changed, bridge workers shall be trained in the application limits of the equipment, proper hook-up, anchoring and tie-off techniques, methods of use, and proper methods of equipment inspection and storage. 
</P>
<P>(6) The railroad or railroad contractor shall provide for prompt rescue of bridge workers in the event of a fall. 
</P>
<P>(7) Connectors shall have a corrosion-resistant finish, and all surfaces and edges shall be smooth to prevent damage to interfacing parts of the system. 
</P>
<P>(8) Connectors shall be drop forged, pressed or formed steel, or made of equivalent-strength materials. 
</P>
<P>(9) Anchorages, including single- and double-head anchors, shall be capable of supporting at least 5,000 pounds per bridge worker attached, or shall be designed, installed, and used under supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall protection system that maintains a safety factor of at least two. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Personal fall arrest systems.</I> All components of a personal fall arrest system shall conform to the following standards: 
</P>
<P>(1) Lanyards and vertical lifelines that tie off one bridge worker shall have a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds. 
</P>
<P>(2) Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards that automatically limit free fall distance to two feet or less shall have components capable of sustaining a minimum static tensile load of 3,000 pounds applied to the device with the lifeline or lanyard in the fully extended position. 
</P>
<P>(3) Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards that do not limit free fall distance to two feet or less, ripstitch, and tearing and deformed lanyards shall be capable of withstanding 5,000 pounds applied to the device with the lifeline or lanyard in the fully extended position. 
</P>
<P>(4) Horizontal lifelines shall be designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a competent person, as part of a complete personal fall arrest system that maintains a safety factor of at least two. 
</P>
<P>(5) Lifelines shall not be made of natural fiber rope. 
</P>
<P>(6) Body belts shall not be used as components of personal fall arrest systems. 
</P>
<P>(7) The personal fall arrest system shall limit the maximum arresting force on a bridge worker to 1,800 pounds when used with a body harness. 
</P>
<P>(8) The personal fall arrest system shall bring a bridge worker to a complete stop and limit maximum deceleration distance a bridge worker travels to 3.5 feet. 
</P>
<P>(9) The personal fall arrest system shall have sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy of a bridge worker free falling a distance of six feet, or the free fall distance permitted by the system, whichever is less. 
</P>
<P>(10) The personal fall arrest system shall be arranged so that a bridge worker cannot free fall more than six feet and cannot contact the ground or any lower horizontal surface of the bridge. 
</P>
<P>(11) Personal fall arrest systems shall be worn with the attachment point of the body harness located in the center of the wearer's back near shoulder level, or above the wearer's head. 
</P>
<P>(12) When vertical lifelines are used, each bridge worker shall be provided with a separate lifeline. 
</P>
<P>(13) Devices used to connect to a horizontal lifeline that may become a vertical lifeline shall be capable of locking in either direction. 
</P>
<P>(14) Dee-rings and snap-hooks shall be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 3,600 pounds without cracking, breaking, or taking permanent deformation.
</P>
<P>(15) Dee-rings and snap-hooks shall be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 5,000 pounds. 
</P>
<P>(16) Snap-hooks shall not be connected to each other. 
</P>
<P>(17) Snap-hooks shall be dimensionally compatible with the member to which they are connected to prevent unintentional disengagement, or shall be a locking snap-hook designed to prevent unintentional disengagement. 
</P>
<P>(18) Unless of a locking type, snap-hooks shall not be engaged: 
</P>
<P>(i) Directly, next to a webbing, rope, or wire rope; 
</P>
<P>(ii) To each other; 
</P>
<P>(iii) To a dee-ring to which another snap-hook or other connector is attached; 
</P>
<P>(iv) To a horizontal lifeline; or 
</P>
<P>(v) To any object that is incompatibly shaped or dimensioned in relation to the snap-hook so that unintentional disengagement could occur. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Safety net systems.</I> Use of safety net systems shall conform to the following standards and practices: 
</P>
<P>(1) Safety nets shall be installed as close as practicable under the walking/working surface on which bridge workers are working, but shall not be installed more than 30 feet below such surface. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the distance from the working surface to the net exceeds 30 feet, bridge workers shall be protected by personal fall arrest systems. 
</P>
<P>(3) The safety net shall be installed such that any fall from the working surface to the net is unobstructed. 
</P>
<P>(4) Except as provided in this section, safety nets and net installations shall be drop-tested at the jobsite after initial installation and before being used as a fall protection system, whenever relocated, after major repair, and at six-month intervals if left in one place. The drop-test shall consist of a 400-pound bag of sand 30 inches, plus or minus two inches, in diameter dropped into the net from the highest (but not less than 3
<FR>1/2</FR> feet) working surface on which bridge workers are to be protected. 
</P>
<P>(i) When the railroad or railroad contractor demonstrates that a drop-test is not feasible and, as a result, the test is not performed, the railroad or railroad contractor, or designated competent person, shall certify that the net and its installation are in compliance with the provisions of this section by preparing a certification record prior to use of the net. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The certification shall include an identification of the net, the date it was determined that the net was in compliance with this section, and the signature of the person making this determination. Such person's signature shall certify that the net and its installation are in compliance with this section. The most recent certification for each net installation shall be available at the jobsite where the subject net is located. 
</P>
<P>(5) Safety nets and their installations shall be capable of absorbing an impact force equal to that produced by the drop test specified in this section. 
</P>
<P>(6) The safety net shall be installed such that there is no contact with surfaces or structures below the net when subjected to an impact force equal to the drop test specified in this section. 
</P>
<P>(7) Safety nets shall extend outward from the outermost projection of the work surface as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) When the vertical distance from the working level to the horizontal plane of the net is 5 feet or less, the minimum required horizontal distance of the outer edge of the net beyond the edge of the working surface is 8 feet. 
</P>
<P>(ii) When the vertical distance from the working level to the horizontal plane of the net is 5 feet, but less than 10 feet, the minimum required horizontal distance of the outer edge of the net beyond the edge of the working surface is 10 feet. 
</P>
<P>(iii) When the vertical distance from the working level to the horizontal plane of the net is more than 10 feet, the minimum required horizontal distance of the outer edge of the net beyond the edge of the working surface is 13 feet. 
</P>
<P>(8) Defective nets shall not be used. Safety nets shall be inspected at least once a week for mildew, wear, damage, and other deterioration. Defective components shall be removed permanently from service. 
</P>
<P>(9) Safety nets shall be inspected after any occurrence that could affect the integrity of the safety net system. 
</P>
<P>(10) Tools, scraps, or other materials that have fallen into the safety net shall be removed as soon as possible, and at least before the next work shift. 
</P>
<P>(11) Each safety net shall have a border rope for webbing with a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds. 
</P>
<P>(12) The maximum size of each safety net mesh opening shall not exceed 36 square inches and shall not be longer than 6 inches on any side measured center-to-center of mesh ropes or webbing. All mesh crossing shall be secured to prevent enlargement of the mesh opening. 
</P>
<P>(13) Connections between safety net panels shall be as strong as integral net components and shall be spaced not more than 6 inches apart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 1906, Jan. 15, 2002; 67 FR 11055, Mar. 12, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.2.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.107   Working over or adjacent to water.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Bridge workers working over or adjacent to water with a depth of four feet or more, or where the danger of drowning exists, shall be provided and shall use life vests or buoyant work vests in compliance with U.S. Coast Guard requirements in 46 CFR 160.047, 160.052, and 160.053. Life preservers in compliance with U.S. Coast Guard requirements in 46 CFR 160.055 shall also be within ready access. This section shall not apply to bridge workers using personal fall arrest systems or safety nets that comply with this subpart or to bridge workers who are working under the provisions of § 214.103(b)(2), (c) or (d) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Prior to each use, all flotation devices shall be inspected for defects that reduce their strength or buoyancy by designated individuals trained by the railroad or railroad contractor. Defective units shall not be used.
</P>
<P>(c) Where life vests are required by paragraph (a) of this section, ring buoys with at least 90 feet of line shall be provided and readily available for emergency rescue operations. Distance between ring buoys shall not exceed 200 feet.
</P>
<P>(d) Where life vests are required, at least one lifesaving skiff, inflatable boat, or equivalent device shall be immediately available. If it is determined by a competent person that environmental conditions, including weather, water speed, and terrain, merit additional protection, the skiff or boat shall be manned.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 7050, Feb. 10, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.2.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.109   Scaffolding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Scaffolding used in connection with railroad bridge maintenance, inspection, testing, and construction shall be constructed and maintained in a safe condition and meet the following minimum requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Each scaffold and scaffold component, except suspension ropes and guardrail systems, but including footings and anchorage, shall be capable of supporting, without failure, its own weight and at least four times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to that scaffold or scaffold component.
</P>
<P>(2) Guardrail systems shall be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 200 pounds applied within two inches of the top edge, in any outward or downward direction, at any point along the top edge.
</P>
<P>(3) Top edge height of toprails, or equivalent guardrail system member, shall be 42 inches, plus or minus three inches. Supports shall be at intervals not to exceed eight feet. Toeboards shall be a minimum of four inches in height.
</P>
<P>(4) Midrails, screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, solid panels, and equivalent structural members shall be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 150 pounds applied in any downward or outward direction at any point along the midrail or other member.
</P>
<P>(5) Midrails shall be installed at a height midway between the top edge of the guardrail system and the walking/working level.
</P>
<P>(b) Scaffolds shall not be altered or moved while they are occupied. This paragraph does not apply to vertical movements of mobile scaffolds that are designed to move vertically while occupied.
</P>
<P>(c) An access ladder or equivalent safe access shall be provided.
</P>
<P>(d) All exposed surfaces shall be prepared and cleared to prevent injury due to laceration, puncture, tripping, or falling hazard.
</P>
<P>(e) All scaffold design, construction, and repair shall be completed by competent individuals trained and knowledgeable about design criteria, intended use, structural limitations, and procedures for proper repair.
</P>
<P>(f) Manually propelled mobile ladder stands and scaffolds shall conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) All manually propelled mobile ladder stands and scaffolds shall be capable of carrying the design load.
</P>
<P>(2) All ladder stands, scaffolds, and scaffold components shall be capable of supporting, without failure, displacement, or settlement, its own weight and at least four times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to that ladder stand, scaffold, or scaffold component.
</P>
<P>(3) All exposed surfaces shall be free from sharp edges or burrs.
</P>
<P>(4) The maximum work level height shall not exceed four times the minimum or least base dimensions of any mobile ladder stand or scaffold. Where the basic mobile unit does not meet this requirement, suitable outrigger frames shall be employed to achieve this least base dimension, or equivalent provisions shall be made to guy or brace the unit against tipping.
</P>
<P>(5) The minimum platform width for any work level shall not be less than 20 inches for mobile scaffolds (towers). Ladder stands shall have a minimum step width of 16 inches. The steps of ladder stands shall be fabricated from slip resistant treads.
</P>
<P>(6) Guardrails and midrails shall conform to the requirements listed in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) A climbing ladder or stairway shall be provided for proper access and egress, and shall be affixed or built into the scaffold and so located that in its use it will not have a tendency to tip the scaffold.
</P>
<P>(8) Wheels or casters shall be capable of supporting, without failure, at least four times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to that component. All scaffold casters shall be provided with a positive wheel and/or swivel lock to prevent movement. Ladder stands shall have at least two of the four casters and shall be of the swivel type.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.2.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.111   Personal protective equipment, generally.</HEAD>
<P>With the exception of foot protection, the railroad or railroad contractor shall provide and the bridge worker shall use appropriate personal protective equipment described in this subpart in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions, or where this subpart indicates the need for using such equipment to reduce the hazards to railroad bridge workers. The railroad or railroad contractor shall require the use of foot protection when the potential for foot injury exists. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 1908, Jan. 15, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.2.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.113   Head protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Railroad bridge workers working in areas where there is a possible danger of head injury from impact, or from falling or flying objects, or from electrical shock and burns, shall be provided and shall wear protective helmets. 
</P>
<P>(b) Helmets required by this section shall conform to the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.135(b), as established by the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 1908, Jan. 15, 2002, as amended at 74 FR 25172, May 27, 2009; 81 FR 37884, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.2.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.115   Foot protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad or railroad contractor shall require railroad bridge workers to wear foot protection equipment when potential foot injury may result from impact, falling or flying objects, electrical shock or burns, or other hazardous condition. 
</P>
<P>(b) Foot protection equipment required by this section shall conform to the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.136(b), as established by the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 1908, Jan. 15, 2002, as amended at 74 FR 25172, May 27, 2009; 81 FR 37885, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.117" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.2.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.117   Eye and face protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Railroad bridge workers shall be provided and shall wear eye and face protection equipment when potential eye or face injury may result from physical, chemical, or radiant agents.
</P>
<P>(b) Eye and face protection equipment required by this section shall conform to the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.133(b), as established by the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
</P>
<P>(c) Face and eye protection equipment required by this section shall be kept clean and in good repair. Use of equipment with structural or optical defects is prohibited. 
</P>
<P>(d) Railroad bridge workers whose vision requires the use of corrective lenses, when required by this section to wear eye protection, shall be protected by goggles or spectacles of one of the following types: 
</P>
<P>(i) Spectacles whose protective lenses provide optical correction the, frame of which includes shielding against objects reaching the wearer's eyes around the lenses; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Goggles that can be worn over corrective lenses without disturbing the adjustment of the lenses; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Goggles that incorporate corrective lenses mounted behind the protective lenses.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 1908, Jan. 15, 2002; 67 FR 11055, Mar. 12, 2002, as amended at 74 FR 25172, May 27, 2009; 81 FR 37885, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Roadway Worker Protection</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 214.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.301   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this subpart is to prevent accidents and casualties caused by moving railroad cars, locomotives or roadway maintenance machines striking roadway workers or roadway maintenance machines.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart prescribes minimum safety standards for roadway workers. Each railroad and railroad contractor may prescribe additional or more stringent operating rules, safety rules, and other special instructions that are consistent with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) This subpart prescribes safety standards related to the movement of roadway maintenance machines where such movements affect the safety of roadway workers. Except as provided for in § 214.320, this subpart does not otherwise affect movements of roadway maintenance machines that are conducted under the authority of a train dispatcher, a control operator, or the operating rules of the railroad.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37885, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.302" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.302   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.303   Railroad on-track safety programs, generally.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad to which this part applies shall adopt and implement a program that will afford on-track safety to all roadway workers whose duties are performed on that railroad. Each such program shall provide for the levels of protection specified in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Each on-track safety program adopted to comply with this part shall include procedures to be used by each railroad for monitoring effectiveness of and compliance with the program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.305   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.307   On-track safety programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad subject to this part shall maintain and have in effect an on-track safety program which complies with the requirements of this subpart. New railroads must have an on-track safety program in effect by the date on which operations commence. The on-track safety program shall be retained at a railroad's system headquarters and division headquarters, and shall be made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours. Each railroad to which this part applies is authorized to retain its program by electronic recordkeeping in accordance with §§ 217.9(g) and 217.11(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad shall notify, in writing, the Associate Administrator for Safety and Chief Safety Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, RRS-15, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590, not less than one month before its on-track safety program becomes effective. The notification shall include the effective date of the program and the name, title, address and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the program. This notification procedure shall also apply to subsequent changes to a railroad's on-track safety program.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon review of a railroad's on-track safety program, the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer may, for cause stated, may disapprove the program. Notification of such disapproval shall be made in writing and specify the basis for the disapproval decision. If the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer disapproves the program:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad has 35 days from the date of the written notification of such disapproval to:
</P>
<P>(i) Amend its program and submit it to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer for approval; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide a written response in support of its program to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer.
</P>
<P>(2) FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer will subsequently issue a written decision either approving or disapproving the railroad's program.
</P>
<P>(3) Failure to submit to FRA an amended program or provide a written response in accordance with this paragraph will be considered a failure to implement an on-track safety program under this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37885, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.309" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.309   On-track safety manual.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The applicable on-track safety manual (as defined by § 214.7) shall be readily available to all roadway workers. Each roadway worker in charge responsible for the on-track safety of others, and each lone worker, shall be provided with and shall maintain a copy of the on-track safety manual.
</P>
<P>(b) When it is impracticable for the on-track safety manual to be readily available to a lone worker, the employer shall establish provisions for such worker to have alternative access to the information in the manual.
</P>
<P>(c) Changes to the on-track safety manual may be temporarily published in bulletins or notices. Such publications shall be retained along with the on-track safety manual until fully incorporated into the manual.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37885, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.311" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.311   Responsibility of employers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each employer is responsible for the understanding and compliance by its employees with its rules and the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each employer shall guarantee each employee the absolute right to challenge in good faith whether the on-track safety procedures to be applied at the job location comply with the rules of the operating railroad, and to remain clear of the track until the challenge is resolved.
</P>
<P>(c) Each employer shall have in place a written procedure to achieve prompt and equitable resolution of challenges made in accordance with §§ 214.311(b) and 214.313(d).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.313" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.313   Responsibility of individual roadway workers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each roadway worker is responsible for following the on-track safety rules of the railroad upon which the roadway worker is located.
</P>
<P>(b) A roadway worker shall not foul a track except when necessary for the performance of duty.
</P>
<P>(c) Each roadway worker is responsible to ascertain that on-track safety is being provided before fouling a track.
</P>
<P>(d) Each roadway worker may refuse any directive to violate an on-track safety rule, and shall inform the employer in accordance with § 214.311 whenever the roadway worker makes a good faith determination that on-track safety provisions to be applied at the job location do not comply with the rules of the operating railroad.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.315" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.315   Supervision and communication.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When an employer assigns a duty to a roadway worker that calls for that employee to foul a track, the employer shall provide the employee with an on-track safety job briefing that, at a minimum, includes the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Information on the means by which on-track safety is to be provided for each track identified to be fouled;
</P>
<P>(2) Instruction on each on-track safety procedure to be followed;
</P>
<P>(3) Information about any adjacent tracks, on-track safety for such tracks, if required by this subpart or deemed necessary by the roadway worker in charge, and identification of any roadway maintenance machines that will foul such tracks;
</P>
<P>(4) A discussion of the nature of the work to be performed and the characteristics of the work location to ensure compliance with this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(5) Information on the accessibility of the roadway worker in charge and alternative procedures in the event the roadway worker in charge is no longer accessible to the members of the roadway work group.
</P>
<P>(b) A job briefing for on-track safety shall be deemed complete only after the roadway worker(s) has acknowledged understanding of the on-track safety procedures and instructions presented.
</P>
<P>(c) Every roadway work group whose duties require fouling a track shall have one roadway worker in charge designated by the employer to provide on-track safety for all members of the group. The designated person shall be qualified under the rules of the railroad that conducts train operations on those tracks to provide the protection necessary for on-track safety of each individual in the group. The responsible person may be designated generally, or specifically for a particular work situation.
</P>
<P>(d) Before any member of a roadway work group fouls a track, the roadway worker in charge designated under paragraph (c) of this section shall inform each roadway worker of the on-track safety procedures to be used and followed during the performance of the work at that time and location. Each roadway worker shall again be so informed at any time the on-track safety procedures change during the work period. Such information shall be given to all roadway workers affected before the change is effective, except in cases of emergency. Any roadway workers who, because of an emergency, cannot be notified in advance shall be immediately warned to leave the fouling space and shall not return to the fouling space until on-track safety is re-established.
</P>
<P>(e) Each lone worker shall communicate at the beginning of each duty period with a supervisor or another designated employee to receive an on-track safety job briefing and to advise of his or her planned itinerary and the procedures that he or she intends to use for on-track safety. When communication channels are disabled, the job briefing shall be conducted as soon as possible after the beginning of the work period when communications are restored.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 76 FR 74614, Nov. 30, 2011; 81 FR 37885, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.317" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.317   On-track safety procedures, generally.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each employer subject to the provisions of this part shall provide on-track safety for roadway workers by adopting a program that contains specific rules for protecting roadway workers that comply with the provisions of §§ 214.319 through 214.337.
</P>
<P>(b) Roadway workers may walk across any track provided that they can safely be across and clear of the track before a train or other on-track equipment would arrive at the crossing point under the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) Employers shall adopt, and roadway workers shall comply with, applicable railroad safety rules governing how to determine that it is safe to cross the track before starting across;
</P>
<P>(2) Roadway workers shall move directly and promptly across the track; and
</P>
<P>(3) On-track safety protection is in place for all roadway workers who are actually engaged in work, including inspection, construction, maintenance or repair, and extending to carrying tools or material that restricts motion, impairs sight or hearing, or prevents an employee from detecting and moving rapidly away from an approaching train or other on-track equipment.
</P>
<P>(c) On non-controlled track, on-track roadway maintenance machines engaged in weed spraying or snow removal may proceed under the provisions of § 214.301(c), under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Each railroad shall establish and comply with an operating procedure for on-track snow removal and weed spray equipment to ensure that:
</P>
<P>(i) All on-track movements in the affected area are informed of such operations;
</P>
<P>(ii) All on-track movements shall operate at restricted speed as defined in § 214.7, except on other than yard tracks and yard switching leads, where all on-track movements shall operate prepared to stop within one-half the range of vision but not exceeding 25 mph;
</P>
<P>(iii) A means for communication between the on-track equipment and other on-track movements is provided; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Remotely controlled hump yard facility operations are not in effect, and kicking of cars is prohibited unless agreed to by the roadway worker in charge.
</P>
<P>(2) Roadway workers engaged in such snow removal or weed spraying operations subject to this section shall retain an absolute right to use the provisions of § 214.327 (inaccessible track).
</P>
<P>(3) Roadway workers assigned to work with this equipment may line switches (or derails operated via a switch stand) for the machine's movement but shall not engage in any roadway work activity unless protected by another form of on-track safety.
</P>
<P>(4) Each roadway maintenance machine engaged in snow removal or weed spraying under this provision shall be equipped with and utilize:
</P>
<P>(i) An operative 360-degree intermittent warning light or beacon;
</P>
<P>(ii) Work lights, if the machine is operated during the period between one-half hour after sunset and one-half hour before sunrise or in dark areas such as tunnels, unless equivalent lighting is otherwise provided;
</P>
<P>(iii) An illumination device, such as a headlight, capable of illuminating obstructions on the track ahead in the direction of travel for a distance of 300 feet under normal weather and atmospheric conditions;
</P>
<P>(iv) A brake light activated by the application of the machine braking system, and designed to be visible for a distance of 300 feet under normal weather and atmospheric conditions; and
</P>
<P>(v) A rearward viewing device, such as a rearview mirror.
</P>
<P>(d) Tunnel niches or clearing bays in existence prior to April 1, 2017 that are designed to permit roadway workers to occupy a place of safety when trains or other on-track equipment pass the niche or clearing bay, but are less than four feet from the field side of the nearest rail, may continue to be used as a place of safety provided:
</P>
<P>(1) Such niches or clearing bays are visually inspected by the roadway worker in charge or lone worker prior to making the determination that the niche or clearing bay is suitable for use as a place of safety;
</P>
<P>(2) There is adequate sight distance to permit a roadway worker or lone worker to occupy the place of safety in the niche or clearing bay at least 15 seconds prior to the arrival of a train or other on-track equipment at the work location in accordance with §§ 214.329 and 214.337; and
</P>
<P>(3) The roadway worker in charge or lone worker shall have the absolute right to designate a place of safety as a location other than that of a tunnel niche or clearing bay described by this paragraph (d), or to establish working limits.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37885, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.318" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.318   Locomotive servicing and car shop repair track areas.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In lieu of the requirements of this subpart, workers (as defined by § 218.5 of this chapter) within the limits of locomotive servicing and car shop repair track areas (as both are defined by § 218.5 of this chapter) may utilize procedures established by a railroad in accordance with part 218, subpart B, of this chapter (Blue Signal Protection) to perform duties incidental to inspecting, testing, servicing, or repairing rolling equipment when those incidental duties involve fouling a track that is protected by Blue Signal Protection. A railroad utilizing Blue Signal Protection in lieu of the requirements of this subpart must have rules in effect governing the applicability of those protections to the incidental duties being performed.
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of this section applies to employees of a contractor to a railroad if such incidental duties are performed under the supervision of a railroad employee qualified (as defined by § 217.4 of this chapter) on the railroad's rules and procedures implementing the Blue Signal Protection requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) Any work performed within the limits of a locomotive servicing or car shop repair track area with the potential of fouling a track which requires a person qualified under § 213.7 of this chapter to be present to inspect or supervise such work must be performed in accordance with the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 31886, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.319" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.319   Working limits, generally.</HEAD>
<P>Working limits established on controlled track shall conform to the provisions of § 214.321 Exclusive track occupancy, § 214.323 Foul time, or § 214.325 Train coordination. Working limits established on non-controlled track shall conform to the provision of § 214.327 Inaccessible track.
</P>
<P>(a) Working limits established under any procedure shall, in addition, conform to the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) Only a roadway worker in charge who is qualified in accordance with § 214.353 shall establish or have control over working limits for the purpose of establishing on-track safety.
</P>
<P>(2) Only one roadway worker in charge who is qualified in accordance with § 214.353 shall have control over working limits on any one segment of track.
</P>
<P>(3) All affected roadway workers shall be notified before working limits are released for the operation of trains. Working limits shall not be released until all affected roadway workers have either left the track or have been afforded on-track safety through train approach warning in accordance with § 214.329.
</P>
<P>(b) Each Class I or Class II railroad or each railroad providing regularly scheduled intercity or commuter rail passenger transportation that utilizes controlled track working limits as a form of on-track safety (under §§ 214.321 through 214.323) in signalized territory shall:
</P>
<P>(1) By July 1, 2017, evaluate its on-track safety program and identify an appropriate method(s) of providing redundant signal protections for roadway work groups who depend on a train dispatcher or control operator to provide signal protection in establishing controlled track working limits. For purposes of this section, redundant signal protections means risk mitigation measures or safety redundancies adopted to ensure the proper establishment and maintenance of signal protections for controlled track working limits until such working limits are released by the roadway worker in charge. Appropriate redundant protections could include the use of various risk mitigation measures (or a combination of risk mitigation measures) such as technology, training, supervision, or operating-based procedures; or could include use of redundant signal protection, such as shunting, designed to prevent signal system-related incursions into established controlled track working limits; and
</P>
<P>(2) By January 1, 2018, specifically identify, implement, and comply with the method(s) of providing redundant protections in its on-track safety program.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon a railroad's request, FRA will consider an exemption from the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section for each segment of track(s) for which operations are governed by a positive train control system under part 236, subpart I, of this chapter. A request for approval to exempt a segment of track must be submitted in writing to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer. The FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer will review a railroad's submission and will notify a railroad of its approval or disapproval in writing within 90 days of FRA's receipt of a railroad's written request, and shall specify the basis for any disapproval decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37886, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.320" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.320   Roadway maintenance machine movements over signalized non-controlled track.</HEAD>
<P>Working limits must be established for roadway maintenance machine movements on non-controlled track equipped with automatic block signal systems over which trains are permitted to exceed restricted speed (for purposes of this section, on-track movements prepared to stop within on-half the range of vision but not exceeding 25 mph). This section applies unless the railroad's operating rules protect the movements of roadway maintenance machines in a manner equivalent to that provided for by limiting all train and locomotive movements to restricted speed, and such equivalent level of protection is first approved in writing by FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37887, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.321" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.321   Exclusive track occupancy.</HEAD>
<P>Working limits established on controlled track through the use of exclusive track occupancy procedures shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) The track within working limits shall be placed under the control of one roadway worker in charge by either:
</P>
<P>(1) Authority issued to the roadway worker in charge by the train dispatcher or control operator who controls train movements on that track,
</P>
<P>(2) Flagmen stationed at each entrance to the track within working limits and instructed by the roadway worker in charge to permit the movement of trains and equipment into the working limits only as permitted by the roadway worker in charge, or
</P>
<P>(3) The roadway worker in charge causing fixed signals at each entrance to the working limits to display an aspect indicating “Stop.”
</P>
<P>(b) An authority for exclusive track occupancy given to the roadway worker in charge of the working limits shall be transmitted on a written or printed document directly, by relay through a designated employee, in a data transmission, or by oral communication, to the roadway worker in charge by the train dispatcher or control operator in charge of the track.
</P>
<P>(1) Where authority for exclusive track occupancy is transmitted orally, the authority shall be written as received by the roadway worker in charge and repeated to the issuing employee for verification.
</P>
<P>(2) The roadway worker in charge of the working limits shall maintain possession of the written or printed authority for exclusive track occupancy while the authority for the working limits is in effect. A data transmission of an authority displayed on an electronic screen may be used as a substitute for a written or printed document required under this paragraph. Electronic displays of authority shall comply with the requirements of § 214.322.
</P>
<P>(3) The train dispatcher or control operator in charge of the track shall make a written or electronic record of all authorities issued to establish exclusive track occupancy.
</P>
<P>(4) An authority shall specify a unique roadway work group number, an employee name, or a unique identifier. A railroad shall adopt procedures that require precise communication between trains and other on-track equipment and the roadway worker in charge or lone worker controlling the working limits in accordance with § 214.319. The procedures may permit communications to be made directly between a train or other on-track equipment and a roadway worker in charge or lone worker, or through a train dispatcher or control operator.
</P>
<P>(c) The extent of working limits established through exclusive track occupancy shall be defined by one of the following physical features clearly identifiable to a locomotive engineer or other person operating a train or railroad equipment:
</P>
<P>(1) A flagman with instructions and capability to hold all trains and equipment clear of the working limits;
</P>
<P>(2) A fixed signal that displays an aspect indicating “Stop”;
</P>
<P>(3) A station shown in the time-table, and identified by name with a sign, beyond which train movement is prohibited by train movement authority or the provisions of a direct train control system.
</P>
<P>(4) A clearly identifiable milepost sign beyond which train movement is prohibited by train movement authority or the provisions of a direct train control system; or
</P>
<P>(5) A clearly identifiable physical location prescribed by the operating rules of the railroad that trains may not pass without proper authority.
</P>
<P>(d) Movements of trains and roadway maintenance machines within working limits established through exclusive track occupancy shall be made only under the direction of the roadway worker in charge of the working limits. Such movements shall be at restricted speed unless a higher authorized speed has been specifically authorized by the roadway worker in charge of the working limits.
</P>
<P>(e) Working limits established by exclusive track occupancy authority may occur behind designated trains moving through the same limits in accordance with the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) The authority establishing working limits will only be considered to be in effect after it is confirmed by the roadway worker in charge or lone worker that the affected train(s) have passed the point to be occupied or fouled by:
</P>
<P>(i) Visually identifying the affected trains(s); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Direct radio contact with a crew member of the affected train(s); or
</P>
<P>(iii) Receiving information about the affected train from the train dispatcher or control operator.
</P>
<P>(2) When utilizing the provisions of paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section, a railroad's operating rules shall include procedures prohibiting the affected train(s) from making a reverse movement into or within the limits being fouled or occupied.
</P>
<P>(3) After the roadway worker in charge or lone worker has confirmed that the affected trains(s) have passed the point to be occupied or fouled, the roadway worker in charge shall record on the authority the time of passage and engine number(s) of the affected trains(s). If the confirmation is by direct communication with the train(s), or through confirmation by the train dispatcher or control operator, the roadway worker in charge shall record the time of such confirmation and the engine number(s) of the affected trains on the authority.
</P>
<P>(4) A separate roadway work group afforded on-track safety by the roadway worker in charge of authority limits, and that is located away from the roadway worker in charge of authority limits, shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Occupy or foul the track only after receiving permission from the roadway worker in charge to occupy the working limits after the roadway worker charge has fulfilled the provisions of paragraph (e)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Be accompanied by an employee qualified to the level of a roadway worker in charge who shall also have a copy of the authority and who shall independently execute the required communication requirements of paragraphs (e)(1) and (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Any subsequent train or on-track equipment movements within working limits after the passage of the affected train(s) shall be governed by paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37887 June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.322" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.322   Exclusive track occupancy, electronic display.</HEAD>
<P>(a) While it is in effect, all the contents of an authority electronically displayed shall be readily viewable by the roadway worker in charge that is using the authority to provide on-track safety for a roadway work group.
</P>
<P>(b) If the electronic display device malfunctions, fails, or cannot display an authority while it is in effect, the roadway worker in charge shall either obtain a written or printed copy of the authority in accordance with § 214.321 (except that on-track roadway maintenance machine and hi-rail movements must stop) or establish another form of on-track safety without delay. In the event that a written or printed copy of the authority cannot be obtained or another form of on-track safety cannot be established after failure of an electronic display device, the roadway worker in charge shall instruct all roadway workers to stop work and occupy a place of safety and conduct an on-track safety job briefing to determine the safe course of action with the roadway work group.
</P>
<P>(c) All authorized users of an electronic display system shall be uniquely identified to support individual accountability. A user may be a person, a process, or some other system that accesses or attempts to access an electronic display system to perform tasks or process an authority.
</P>
<P>(d) All authorized users of an electronic display system must be authenticated prior to being granted access to such system. The system shall ensure the confidentiality and integrity of all internally stored authentication data and protect it from access by unauthorized users. The authentication scheme shall utilize algorithms approved by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), or any similarly recognized and FRA approved standards body.
</P>
<P>(e) The integrity of all data must be ensured during transmission/reception, processing, and storage. All new electronic display systems implemented on or after July 1, 2017 shall utilize a Message Authentication Code (MAC) to ensure that all data is error free. The MAC shall utilize algorithms approved by NIST, or any similarly recognized and FRA approved standards body. Systems implemented prior to July 1, 2017 may utilize a Cyclical Redundancy Code (CRC) to ensure that all data is error free provided:
</P>
<P>(1) The collision rate for the CRC check utilized shall be less than or equal to 1 in 2
<SU>32</SU>. Systems implemented prior to July 1, 2017 that do not utilize a CRC with a collision rate less than or equal to 1 in 2
<SU>32</SU> must be retired or updated to utilize a MAC no later than July 1, 2018.
</P>
<P>(2) MAC and CRC checks shall only be used to verify the accuracy of an electronic authority data message and shall not be used in an error correction reconstruction of the data. An authority must fail if the MAC or CRC checks do not match.
</P>
<P>(f) Authorities transmitted to each electronic display device shall be retained in the device's non-volatile memory for not less than 72 hours.
</P>
<P>(g) If any electronic display device used to obtain an authority is involved in an accident/incident that is required to be reported to FRA under part 225 of this chapter, the railroad or employer that was using the device at the time of the accident shall, to the extent possible, and to the extent consistent with the safety of life and property, preserve the data recorded by each such device for analysis by FRA. This preservation requirement permits the railroad or employer to extract and analyze such data, provided the original downloaded data file, or an unanalyzed exact copy of it, shall be retained in secure custody and shall not be utilized for analysis or any other purpose except by direction of FRA or the National Transportation Safety Board. This preservation requirement shall expire one (1) year after the date of the accident unless FRA or the National Transportation Safety Board notifies the railroad in writing that the data are desired for analysis.
</P>
<P>(h) New electronic display systems implemented on or after July 1, 2017 shall provide Level 3 assurance as defined by NIST Special Publication 800-63-2, Electronic Authentication Guideline, “Computer Security,” August 2013. Systems implemented prior to July 1, 2017 shall provide Level 2 assurance. Systems implemented prior to July 1, 2017 that do not provide Level 2 or higher assurance must be retired, or updated to provide Level 2 assurance, no later than July 1, 2018. The incorporation by reference of this NIST Special Publication was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated document from the National Institute of Standards and Technology, 100 Bureau Drive, Stop 8930, Gaithersburg, MD 20899-8930, <I>http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/SpecialPublications/NIST.SP.800-63-2.pdf</I>. You may inspect a copy of the document at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) For purposes of complying with paragraph (h) of this section, electronic display systems may use multi-factor authentication for digital authentication of the subject.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37888, June 10, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 15143, Mar. 17, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.323" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.323   Foul time.</HEAD>
<P>Working limits established on controlled track through the use of foul time procedures shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) Foul time may be given orally or in writing by the train dispatcher or control operator only after that employee has withheld the authority of all trains or other on-track equipment to move into or within the working limits during the foul time period.
</P>
<P>(b) Each roadway worker in charge to whom foul time is transmitted orally shall repeat the track number or identifier, track limits and time limits of the foul time to the issuing employee for verification before the foul time becomes effective.
</P>
<P>(c) The train dispatcher or control operator shall not permit the movement of trains or other on-track equipment into working limits protected by foul time until the roadway worker in charge who obtained the foul time has reported clear of the track.
</P>
<P>(d) The roadway worker in charge shall not permit the movement of trains or other on-track equipment into or within working limits protected by foul time.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37888, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.325" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.325   Train coordination.</HEAD>
<P>Working limits established on controlled track by a roadway worker in charge through the use of train coordination shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) Working limits established by train coordination shall be within the segments of track or tracks upon which only one train holds exclusive authority to move.
</P>
<P>(b) The roadway worker who establishes working limits by train coordination shall communicate with a member of the crew of the train holding the exclusive authority to move, and shall determine that:
</P>
<P>(1) The train is visible to the roadway worker who is establishing the working limits,
</P>
<P>(2) The train is stopped,
</P>
<P>(3) Further movements of the train will be made only as permitted by the roadway worker in charge of the working limits while the working limits remain in effect, and
</P>
<P>(4) The crew of the train will not give up its exclusive authority to move until the working limits have been released to the train crew by the roadway worker in charge of the working limits.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37888, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.327" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.327   Inaccessible track.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Working limits on non-controlled track shall be established by rendering the track within working limits physically inaccessible to trains at each possible point of entry by one of the following features:
</P>
<P>(1) A flagman with instructions and capability to hold all trains and equipment clear of the working limits;
</P>
<P>(2) A switch or derail aligned to prevent access to the working limits and secured with an effective securing device by the roadway worker in charge of the working limits;
</P>
<P>(3) A discontinuity in the rail that precludes passage of trains or engines into the working limits;
</P>
<P>(4) Working limits on controlled track that connects directly with the inaccessible track, established by the roadway worker in charge of the working limits on the inaccessible track; or
</P>
<P>(5) A remotely controlled switch aligned to prevent access to the working limits and secured by the control operator of such remotely controlled switch by application of a locking or blocking device to the control of that switch, when:
</P>
<P>(i) The control operator has secured the remotely controlled switch by applying a locking or blocking device to the control of the switch, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The control operator has notified the roadway worker who has established the working limits that the requested protection has been provided, and
</P>
<P>(iii) The control operator is not permitted to remove the locking or blocking device from the control of the switch until receiving permission to do so from the roadway worker who established the working limits.
</P>
<P>(6) A locomotive with or without cars placed to prevent access to the working limits at one or more points of entry to the working limits, provided the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The roadway worker in charge who is responsible for establishing working limits communicates with a member of the crew assigned to the locomotive and determines that:
</P>
<P>(A) The locomotive is visible to the roadway worker in charge that is establishing the working limits; and
</P>
<P>(B) The locomotive is stopped.
</P>
<P>(ii) Further movements of the locomotive shall be made only as permitted by the roadway worker in charge controlling the working limits;
</P>
<P>(iii) The crew of the locomotive shall not leave the locomotive unattended or go off duty unless communication occurs with the roadway worker in charge and an alternate means of on-track safety protection has been established by the roadway worker in charge; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Cars coupled to the locomotive on the same end and on the same track as the roadway workers shall be connected to the train line air brake system and such system shall be charged with compressed air to initiate an emergency brake application in case of unintended uncoupling. Cars coupled to the locomotive on the same track on the opposite end of the roadway workers shall have sufficient braking capability to control their movement.
</P>
<P>(7) A railroad's procedure governing block register territory that prevents trains and other on-track equipment from occupying the track when the territory is under the control of a lone worker or roadway worker in charge. The roadway worker in charge or lone worker shall have the absolute right to render block register territory inaccessible under the other provisions of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8) Railroad operating rules that prohibit train or engine or other on-track equipment movements on a main track within yard limits or restricted limits until the train or engine or on-track equipment receives notification of any working limits in effect and prohibit the train or engine or on-track equipment from entering working limits until permission is received by the roadway worker in charge. Such working limits shall be delineated with stop signs (flags), and where speeds are in excess of restricted speed and physical characteristics permit, also with advance signs (flags).
</P>
<P>(b) Trains and roadway maintenance machines within working limits established by means of inaccessible track shall move only under the direction of the roadway worker in charge of the working limits, and shall move at restricted speed.
</P>
<P>(c) No operable locomotives or other items of on-track equipment, except those present or moving under the direction of the roadway worker in charge of the working limits, shall be located within working limits established by means of inaccessible track.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37888, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.329" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.329   Train approach warning provided by watchmen/lookouts.</HEAD>
<P>Roadway workers in a roadway work group who foul any track outside of working limits shall be given warning of approaching trains by one or more watchmen/lookouts in accordance with the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(a) Train approach warning shall be given in sufficient time to enable each roadway worker to move to and occupy a previously arranged place of safety not less than 15 seconds before a train moving at the maximum authorized speed on that track can pass the location of the roadway worker. The place of safety to be occupied upon the approach of a train may not be on a track, unless working limits are established on that track.
</P>
<P>(b) Watchmen/lookouts assigned to provide train approach warning shall devote full attention to detecting the approach of trains and communicating a warning thereof, and shall not be assigned any other duties while functioning as watchmen/lookouts.
</P>
<P>(c) The means used by a watchman/lookout to communicate a train approach warning shall be distinctive and shall clearly signify to all recipients of the warning that a train or other on-track equipment is approaching.
</P>
<P>(d) Every roadway worker who depends upon train approach warning for on-track safety shall maintain a position that will enable him or her to receive a train approach warning communicated by a watchman/lookout at any time while on-track safety is provided by train approach warning.
</P>
<P>(e) Watchmen/lookouts shall communicate train approach warnings by a means that does not require a warned employee to be looking in any particular direction at the time of the warning, and that can be detected by the warned employee regardless of noise or distraction of work.
</P>
<P>(f) Every roadway worker who is assigned the duties of a watchman/lookout shall first be trained, qualified and designated in writing by the employer to do so in accordance with the provisions of § 214.349.
</P>
<P>(g) Every watchman/lookout shall be provided by the employer with the equipment necessary for compliance with the on-track safety duties which the watchman/lookout will perform.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37889, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.331" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.331   Definite train location.</HEAD>
<P>A roadway worker may establish on-track safety by using definite train location only where permitted by and in accordance with the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(a) A Class I railroad or a commuter railroad may only use definite train location to establish on-track safety at points where such procedures were in use on January 15, 1997.
</P>
<P>(b) Each Class I or commuter railroad shall include in its on-track safety program for approval by FRA in accordance with § 214.307 of this part a schedule for phase-out of the use of definite train location to establish on-track safety.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad other than a Class I or commuter railroad may use definite train location to establish on-track safety on subdivisions only where:
</P>
<P>(1) Such procedures were in use on January 15, 1997, or
</P>
<P>(2) The number of trains operated on the subdivision does not exceed:
</P>
<P>(i) Three during any nine-hour period in which roadway workers are on duty, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Four during any twelve-hour period in which roadway workers are on duty.
</P>
<P>(d) Definite train location shall only be used to establish on-track safety according to the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) Definite train location information shall be issued only by the one train dispatcher who is designated to authorize train movements over the track for which the information is provided.
</P>
<P>(2) A definite train location list shall indicate all trains to be operated on the track for which the list is provided, during the time for which the list is effective.
</P>
<P>(3) Trains not shown on the definite train location list shall not be operated on the track for which the list is provided, during the time for which the list is effective, until each roadway worker to whom the list has been issued has been notified of the train movement, has acknowledged the notification to the train dispatcher, and has canceled the list. A list thus canceled shall then be invalid for on-track safety.
</P>
<P>(4) Definite train location shall not be used to establish on-track safety within the limits of a manual interlocking, or on track over which train movements are governed by a Traffic Control System or by a Manual Block System.
</P>
<P>(5) Roadway workers using definite train location for on-track safety shall not foul a track within ten minutes before the earliest time that a train is due to depart the last station at which time is shown in approach to the roadway worker's location nor until that train has passed the location of the roadway worker.
</P>
<P>(6) A railroad shall not permit a train to depart a location designated in a definite train location list before the time shown therein.
</P>
<P>(7) Each roadway worker who uses definite train location to establish on-track safety must be qualified on the relevant physical characteristics of the territory for which the train location information is provided.
</P>
<P>(e) Each on-track safety program that provides for the use of definite train location shall discontinue such use by June 12, 2017.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37889, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.333" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.333   Informational line-ups of trains.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad is permitted to include informational line-ups of trains in its on-track safety program for use only on subdivisions of that railroad upon which such procedure was in effect on March 14, 1996.
</P>
<P>(b) Each procedure for the use of informational line-ups of trains found in an on-track safety program shall include all provisions necessary to protect roadway workers using the procedure against being struck by trains or other on-track equipment.
</P>
<P>(c) Each on-track safety program that provides for the use of informational line-ups shall discontinue such use by June 12, 2017.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37889, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.335" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.335   On-track safety procedures for roadway work groups, general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No employer subject to the provisions of this part shall require or permit a roadway worker who is a member of a roadway work group to foul a track unless on-track safety is provided by either working limits, train approach warning, or definite train location in accordance with the applicable provisions of § 214.319, § 214.321, § 214.323, § 214.325, § 214.327, § 214.329, § 214.331, or § 214.336.
</P>
<P>(b) No roadway worker who is a member of a roadway work group shall foul a track without having been informed by the roadway worker in charge of the roadway work group that on-track safety is provided.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37889, June 12, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.336" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.336   On-track safety procedures for certain roadway work groups and adjacent tracks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedures; general.</I> (1) <I>General rule.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, on-track safety is required for each adjacent controlled track when a roadway work group with at least one of the roadway workers on the ground is engaged in a common task with on-track, self-propelled equipment or coupled equipment on an occupied track. The required on-track safety shall be established through § 214.319 (Working limits, generally) or § 214.329 (Train approach warning provided by watchmen/lookouts) and as more specifically described in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Special circumstance arising in territories with at least three tracks, if an occupied track is between two adjacent controlled tracks.</I> If an occupied track has two adjacent controlled tracks, and one of these adjacent controlled tracks has one or more train or other on-track equipment movements authorized or permitted at a speed of 25 mph or less (or 40 mph or less for one or more passenger train or other passenger on-track equipment movements), and the other adjacent controlled track has one or more concurrent train or other on-track equipment movements authorized or permitted at a speed over 25 mph (or over 40 mph for one or more passenger train or other passenger on-track equipment movements), the more restrictive procedures in paragraph (b) of this section apply.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section—
</P>
<P><I>Adjacent controlled track</I> means a controlled track whose track center is spaced 19 feet or less from the track center of the occupied track.
</P>
<P><I>Adjacent track</I> means a controlled or non-controlled track whose track center is spaced less than 25 feet from the track center of the occupied track.
</P>
<P><I>Inter-track barrier</I> means a continuous barrier of a permanent or semi-permanent nature that spans the entire work area, that is at least four feet in height, and that is of sufficient strength to prevent a roadway worker from fouling the adjacent track.
</P>
<P><I>Minor correction</I> means one or more repairs of a minor nature, including, but not limited to, welding, spiking, anchoring, hand tamping, and joint bolt replacement, that are accomplished with hand tools or handheld, hand-supported, or hand-guided power tools. The term does not include machine spiking, machine tamping, or any similarly distracting repair.
</P>
<P><I>Occupied track</I> means a track on which on-track, self-propelled equipment or coupled equipment is authorized or permitted to be located while engaged in a common task with a roadway work group with at least one of the roadway workers on the ground.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedures for adjacent-controlled-track movements over 25 mph (or over 40 mph if passenger movements).</I> If a train or other on-track equipment is authorized to move on an adjacent controlled track at a speed greater than 25 mph, or at a speed greater than 40 mph for a passenger train or other passenger on-track equipment movement, each roadway worker in the roadway work group that is affected by such movement must comply with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Ceasing work and occupying a predetermined place of safety.</I> Except for the work activities as described in paragraph (e) of this section, each affected roadway worker shall, as described in Table 1 of this section, cease all on-ground work and equipment movement that is being performed on or between the rails of the occupied track or on one or both sides of the occupied track, and occupy a predetermined place of safety upon receiving either a watchman/lookout warning or, alternatively, a notification that the roadway worker in charge intends to permit one or more train or other on-track equipment movements through the working limits on the adjacent controlled track.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Resuming work.</I> (i) An affected roadway worker may resume on-ground work and equipment movement (on or between the rails of the occupied track or on one or both sides of the occupied track as described in Table 1 of this section) only after the trailing-end of all trains or other on-track equipment moving on the adjacent controlled track (for which a warning or notification has been received in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section) has passed and remains ahead of that roadway worker.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the train or other on-track equipment stops before its trailing-end has passed all of the affected roadway workers in the roadway work group, the work to be performed (on or between the rails of the occupied track or on one or both sides of the occupied track as described in Table 1 of this section) ahead of the trailing-end of the train or other on-track equipment on the adjacent controlled track may resume only—
</P>
<P>(A) If on-track safety through train approach warning (§ 214.329) has been established on the adjacent controlled track; or
</P>
<P>(B) After the roadway worker in charge has communicated with a member of the train crew or the on-track equipment operator and established that further movements of such train or other on-track equipment shall be made only as permitted by the roadway worker in charge.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedures for adjacent-controlled-track movements 25 mph or less (or 40 mph or less if passenger movements).</I> If a train or other on-track equipment is authorized or permitted to move on an adjacent controlled track at a speed of 25 mph or less, or at a speed of 40 mph or less for a passenger train or other passenger on-track equipment movement, each roadway worker in the roadway work group that is affected by such movement must comply with the procedures listed in paragraph (b) of this section, except that equipment movement on the rails of the occupied track and on-ground work performed exclusively between the rails (<I>i.e.,</I> not breaking the plane of the rails) of the occupied track may continue, provided that no on-ground work is performed within the areas 25 feet in front of and 25 feet behind any on-track, self-propelled equipment or coupled equipment permitted to move on the occupied track.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Discretion of roadway worker in charge.</I> Nothing in this subpart prohibits the roadway worker in charge from establishing on-track safety on one or more adjacent tracks as he or she deems necessary consistent with both the purpose and requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exceptions to certain requirements for adjacent-controlled-track on-track safety.</I> No on-track safety (other than that required by paragraph (f) of this section or provided under paragraph (d) of this section) is required by paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section for an adjacent controlled track during the times that the roadway work group is exclusively performing one or more of the following work activities:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>On-ground work performed on a side of the occupied track meeting specified condition(s).</I> A roadway work group with all of its on-ground roadway workers (other than those performing work in accordance with another exception in paragraph (e) of this section) performing work while exclusively positioned on a side of the occupied track as follows and as further specified in Table 1 of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The side with no adjacent track;
</P>
<P>(ii) The side with one or more adjacent tracks, the closest of which has working limits on it and no movements permitted within such working limits by the roadway worker in charge; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The side with one or more adjacent tracks, provided that that it has an inter-track barrier between the occupied track and the closest adjacent track on that side.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Maintenance or repairs performed either alongside, or within the perimeter of, a roadway maintenance machine or coupled equipment on the occupied track.</I> (i) One or more roadway workers performing maintenance or repairs alongside a roadway maintenance machine or coupled equipment, provided that such machine or equipment would effectively prevent the worker from fouling the adjacent controlled track on the other side of such equipment, and that such maintenance or repairs are performed while positioned on a side of the occupied track as described in paragraph (e)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) and Table 1 of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) One or more roadway workers on or under a roadway maintenance machine or coupled equipment performing maintenance or repairs within the perimeter of the machine or equipment, provided that no part of their person breaks the plane of the rail of the occupied track except when toward one of the sides of the occupied track as described in paragraph (e)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) and Table 1 of this section. A boom or other equipment extending beyond the body of a roadway maintenance machine or coupled equipment toward an adjacent controlled track is not considered to be within the perimeter of the machine or coupled equipment.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Work activities involving certain equipment and purposes.</I> One or more on-ground roadway workers engaged in a common task on an occupied track with on-track, self-propelled equipment or coupled equipment consisting exclusively of one or more of the types of equipment described in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section. If such a roadway work group (“excepted group”) is authorized or permitted to operate on the same occupied track and within the working limits of a separate roadway work group performing work that is subject to the requirements of this section (“non-excepted group”) or vice versa (<I>i.e.,</I> a non-excepted group is authorized or permitted to operate on the same occupied track and within the working limits of an excepted group), the groups must conduct an on-track safety job briefing to determine if adjacent-controlled-track on-track safety is necessary for the excepted group. Such determination shall be made by the roadway worker in charge of the working limits; however, if the groups are in such proximity where the ability of the roadway workers in the excepted group to hear or see approaching trains and other on-track equipment is impaired by background noise, lights, sight obstructions or any other physical conditions caused by the equipment, then this exception does not apply, and adjacent-controlled-track on-track safety must be provided to both groups. This exception otherwise applies to work activities involving one or more of the following types of equipment:
</P>
<P>(i) A hi-rail vehicle or other rail-bound vehicle (other than a catenary maintenance tower vehicle) being used for inspection or minor correction purposes, provided that such vehicle is not coupled to one or more railroad cars. In accordance with § 214.315(a), where multiple hi-rail or rail-bound vehicles being used for inspection or minor correction are engaged in a common task, the on-track safety job briefing shall include discussion of the nature of the work to be performed to determine if adjacent-controlled-track on-track safety is necessary.
</P>
<P>(ii) An automated inspection car being used for inspection or minor correction purposes.
</P>
<P>(iii) A catenary maintenance tower car or vehicle, provided that all of the on-ground workers engaged in the common task (other than those performing work in accordance with another exception in paragraph (e) of this section) are positioned within the gage of the occupied track for the sole purpose of applying or removing grounds.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Procedures for components of roadway maintenance machines fouling an adjacent controlled track.</I> Except as provided for in § 214.341(c), a component of a roadway maintenance machine shall not foul an adjacent controlled track unless working limits have been established on the adjacent-controlled-track and there are no movements permitted within the working limits by the roadway worker in charge that would affect any of the roadway workers engaged in a common task with such machine.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Summary of On-Track Safety Procedures for Certain Roadway Work Groups and Adjacent Tracks
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Example number/diagram number
<br/>(see figure 1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">“Side A” of the occupied track—the side from the vertical plane of the near running rail of the occupied track extending outward through to the fouling space of the adjacent controlled track (“ `No. 1' Track” or “No. 1”) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On or between the rails of the occupied track (“ 'No. 2' track” or “number 2”), where on-track Safety Is Established through Working Limits 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">“Side B” of the occupied track—either (1) the side with no adjacent track or (2) the side from the vertical plane of the near running rail of the occupied track extending outward through to the fouling space of the adjacent controlled track (“ 'number 3' track” or “number 3”) 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Method of On-Track Safety on Side A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Requirement
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Requirements
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Requirements
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Method of on-track safety on side B
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Working limits or train approach warning</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upon receiving a notification or warning for movement(s) (“movement notification or warning”) for No. 1, cease work and occupy a predetermined place of safety (“PPOS”) 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upon movement notification or warning for No. 1, cease work and occupy a PPOS, except work may continue during movement(s) on No. 1 auth'd. at 25 mph or less (or 40 mph or less for passenger train movements) if maintain 25′ spacing 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Work 
<sup>3</sup> is not required to cease during movement(s) on No. 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable (N/A), because there is no adjacent track.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Working limits</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upon movement notification for No. 1, cease work and occupy a PPOS. Work 
<sup>3</sup> is not required to cease during movement(s) on No. 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upon movement notification for No. 1 or No. 3, cease work and occupy a PPOS, except work may continue during movement(s) on No. 1 or No. 3 auth'd. at 25 mph or less (or at 40 mph or less for passenger train movements) if maintain 25′ spacing 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upon movement notification for No. 3, cease work and occupy a PPOS. Work 
<sup>3</sup> is not required to cease during movement(s) on No. 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Working limits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Working limits</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upon movement notification for No. 1, cease work and occupy a PPOS. Work 
<sup>3</sup> is not required to cease during movement(s) on No. 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upon movement notification for No. 1 or warning for No. 3, cease work and occupy a PPOS, except work may continue during movement(s) on No. 1 or No. 3 auth'd. at 25 mph or less (or at 40 mph or less for passenger train movements) if maintain 25′ spacing 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upon movement warning for No. 3 or notification for No. 1, cease work and occupy a PPOS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Train approach warning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Train approach warning</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upon movement warning for No. 1 or No. 3, cease work and occupy a PPOS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upon movement warning for No. 1 or No. 3, cease work and occupy a PPOS, except work may continue during movement(s) on No. 1 or No. 3 auth'd. at 25 mph or less (or at 40 mph or less for passenger train movements) if maintain 25′ spacing 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upon movement warning for No. 3 or No. 1, cease work and occupy safety PPOS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Train approach warning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None, but with inter-track barrier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Work is prohibited on No. 1 and up to barrier (“Side A1”). Work is not required to cease btwn. barrier and near running rail of occupied track (“Side A2”) during movement(s) on No. 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Work is not required to cease during movement(s) on No. 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Work is not required to cease during movement(s) on No. 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A, because there is no adjacent track.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None, but with inter-track barrier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Work is prohibited on Side A1. Work 
<sup>3</sup> is not required to cease on Side A2 during movement(s) on No. 1 or No. 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Work is not required to cease during movement(s) on No. 1. Upon movement notification or warning for No. 3, cease work and occupy a PPOS, except work may continue during movement(s) on No. 3 auth'd. at 25 mph or less (or at 40 mph or less for passenger trains) if maintain 25′ spacing 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upon movement notification or warning for No. 3, cease work and occupy a PPOS. Work 
<sup>3</sup> is not required to cease during movement(s) on No. 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Working limits or train approach warning.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> As used in the above table, a “predetermined place of safety” (or “PPOS”) means a specific location that an affected roadway worker must occupy upon receiving a watchman/lookout's warning of approaching movement(s) (“warning”) or a roadway worker in charge's (“RWIC's”) notification of pending movement(s) on an adjacent track (“notification”), as designated during the on-track safety job briefing required by § 214.315. The PPOS may not be on a track, unless the track has working limits on it and no movements permitted within such working limits by the RWIC. Thus, under these circumstances, the space between the rails of the occupied track (No. 2 in this table) may be designated as a place to remain in position or to otherwise occupy upon receiving a warning or notification. The RWIC must determine any change to a PPOS, and communicate such change to all affected roadway workers through an updated on-track safety job briefing.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> On-ground work is prohibited in the areas 25′ in front of and 25′ behind equipment on the occupied track (No. 2), and must not break the plane of a rail on No. 2 towards a side of No. 2 unless work is permitted on that side. Note, however, that per § 214.336(a)(2), work would no longer be permitted to continue on or between the rails of the occupied track during movement(s) on an adjacent controlled track at 25 mph or less (or at 40 mph or less for passenger trains or other passenger on-track equipment movements) if there is a simultaneous movement on the other adjacent controlled track at more than 25 mph (or at more than 40 mph per hour for passenger train movements or other passenger on-track equipment movements).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Work that does not break the plane of the near running rail of the occupied track (No. 2) is not required to cease during such movements; work that breaks the plane of the near running rail of the occupied track may also continue: 1) during the times that work is permitted on or between the rails of the occupied track in accordance with § 214.336(c) (Procedures for adjacent-controlled-track movements 25 mph or less, or 40 mph or less for passenger train movements or other passenger on-track equipment movements); or 2) if such work is performed alongside or within the perimeter of a roadway maintenance machine or coupled equipment in accordance with § 214.336(e)(2).</P></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er10ja14.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er10ja14.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30no11.162.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 74615, Nov. 30, 2011, as amended at 79 FR 1766, Jan. 10, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.337" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.337   On-track safety procedures for lone workers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A lone worker who fouls a track while performing routine inspection or minor correction may use individual train detection to establish on-track safety only where permitted by this section and the on-track safety program of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) A lone worker retains an absolute right to use on-track safety procedures other than individual train detection if he or she deems it necessary, and to occupy a place of safety until such other form of on-track safety can be established.
</P>
<P>(c) Individual train detection may be used to establish on-track safety only:
</P>
<P>(1) By a lone worker who has been trained, qualified, and designated to do so by the employer in accordance with § 214.347 of this subpart;
</P>
<P>(2) While performing routine inspection and minor correction work;
</P>
<P>(3) On track outside the limits of a manual interlocking, a controlled point (except those consisting of signals only), or a remotely controlled hump yard facility;
</P>
<P>(4) Where the lone worker is able to visually detect the approach of a train moving at the maximum speed authorized on that track, and move to a previously determined place of safety, not less than 15 seconds before the train would arrive at the location of the lone worker;
</P>
<P>(5) Where no power-operated tools or roadway maintenance machines are in use within the hearing of the lone worker; and
</P>
<P>(6) Where the ability of the lone worker to hear and see approaching trains and other on-track equipment is not impaired by background noise, lights, precipitation, fog, passing trains, or any other physical conditions.
</P>
<P>(d) The place of safety to be occupied by a lone worker upon the approach of a train may not be on a track, unless working limits are established on that track.
</P>
<P>(e) A lone worker using individual train detection for on-track safety while fouling a track may not occupy a position or engage in any activity that would interfere with that worker's ability to maintain a vigilant lookout for, and detect the approach of, a train moving in either direction as prescribed in this section.
</P>
<P>(f) A lone worker who uses individual train detection to establish on-track safety shall first complete a written Statement of On-track Safety. The Statement shall designate the limits of the track for which it is prepared and the date and time for which it is valid. The statement shall show the maximum authorized speed of trains within the limits for which it is prepared, and the sight distance that provides the required warning of approaching trains. The lone worker using individual train detection to establish on-track safety shall produce the Statement of On-track Safety when requested by a representative of the Federal Railroad Administrator.
</P>
<P>(g) Individual train detection shall not be used to provide on-track safety for a lone worker using a roadway maintenance machine, equipment, or material that cannot be readily removed by hand.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37889, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.339" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.339   Audible warning from trains.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall have in effect and comply with written procedures that prescribe effective requirements for audible warning by horn and/or bell for trains and locomotives approaching any roadway workers or roadway maintenance machines that are either on the track on which the movement is occurring, or about the track if the roadway workers or roadway maintenance machines are at risk of fouling the track. At a minimum, such written procedures shall address:
</P>
<P>(1) Initial horn warning;
</P>
<P>(2) Subsequent warning(s); and
</P>
<P>(3) Alternative warnings in areas where sounding the horn adversely affects roadway workers (<I>e.g.,</I> in tunnels and terminals).
</P>
<P>(b) Such audible warning shall not substitute for on-track safety procedures prescribed in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37889, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.341" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.341   Roadway maintenance machines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each employer shall include in its on-track safety program specific provisions for the safety of roadway workers who operate or work near roadway maintenance machines. Those provisions shall address:
</P>
<P>(1) Training and qualification of operators of roadway maintenance machines.
</P>
<P>(2) Establishment and issuance of safety procedures both for general application and for specific types of machines.
</P>
<P>(3) Communication between machine operators and roadway workers assigned to work near or on roadway maintenance machines.
</P>
<P>(4) Spacing between machines to prevent collisions.
</P>
<P>(5) Space between machines and roadway workers to prevent personal injury.
</P>
<P>(6) Maximum working and travel speeds for machines dependent upon weather, visibility, and stopping capabilities.
</P>
<P>(b) Instructions for the safe operation of each roadway machine shall be provided and maintained with each machine large enough to carry the instruction document.
</P>
<P>(1) No roadway worker shall operate a roadway maintenance machine without having been trained in accordance with § 214.355.
</P>
<P>(2) No roadway worker shall operate a roadway maintenance machine without having knowledge of the safety instructions applicable to that machine. For purposes of this paragraph, the safety instructions applicable to that machine means:
</P>
<P>(i) The manufacturer's instruction manual for that machine; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The safety instructions developed to replace the manufacturer's safety instructions when the machine has been adapted for a specific railroad use. Such instructions shall address all aspects of the safe operation of the crane and shall be as comprehensive as the manufacturer's safety instructions they replace.
</P>
<P>(3) No employer shall assign roadway workers to work near roadway machines unless the roadway worker has been informed of the safety procedures applicable to persons working near the roadway machines and has acknowledged full understanding.
</P>
<P>(c) Components of roadway maintenance machines shall be kept clear of trains passing on adjacent tracks. Where operating conditions permit roadway maintenance machines to be less than four feet from the rail of an adjacent track, the on-track safety program of the railroad shall include the procedural instructions necessary to provide adequate clearance between the machine and passing trains.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.343" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.343   Training and qualification, general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No employer shall assign an employee to perform the duties of a roadway worker, and no employee shall accept such assignment, unless that employee has received training in the on-track safety procedures associated with the assignment to be performed, and that employee has demonstrated the ability to fulfill the responsibilities for on-track safety that are required of an individual roadway worker performing that assignment.
</P>
<P>(b) Each employer shall provide to all roadway workers in its employ initial or recurrent training once every calendar year on the on-track safety rules and procedures that they are required to follow.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided for in § 214.353, railroad employees other than roadway workers, who are associated with on-track safety procedures, and whose primary duties are concerned with the movement and protection of trains, shall be trained to perform their functions related to on-track safety through the training and qualification procedures prescribed by the operating railroad for the primary position of the employee, including maintenance of records and frequency of training.
</P>
<P>(d) Each employer of roadway workers shall maintain written or electronic records of each roadway worker qualification in effect. Each record shall include the name of the employee, the type of qualification made, and the most recent date of qualification. These records shall be kept available for inspection and photocopying by the Federal Railroad Administrator during regular business hours.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37889, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.345" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.345   Training for all roadway workers.</HEAD>
<P>Consistent with § 214.343(b), the training of all roadway workers shall include, as a minimum, the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Recognition of railroad tracks and understanding of the space around them within which on-track safety is required.
</P>
<P>(b) The functions and responsibilities of various persons involved with on-track safety procedures.
</P>
<P>(c) Proper compliance with on-track safety instructions given by persons performing or responsible for on-track safety functions.
</P>
<P>(d) Signals given by watchmen/lookouts, and the proper procedures upon receiving a train approach warning from a lookout.
</P>
<P>(e) The hazards associated with working on or near railroad tracks, including review of on-track safety rules and procedures.
</P>
<P>(f) Instruction on railroad safety rules adopted to comply with § 214.317(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37889, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.347" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.347   Training and qualification for lone workers.</HEAD>
<P>Each lone worker shall be trained and qualified by the employer to establish on-track safety in accordance with the requirements of this section, and must be authorized to do so by the railroad that conducts train operations on those tracks.
</P>
<P>(a) The training and qualification for lone workers shall include, as a minimum, consideration of the following factors:
</P>
<P>(1) Detection of approaching trains and prompt movement to a place of safety upon their approach.
</P>
<P>(2) Determination of the distance along the track at which trains must be visible in order to provide the prescribed warning time.
</P>
<P>(3) Rules and procedures prescribed by the railroad for individual train detection, establishment of working limits, and definite train location.
</P>
<P>(4) On-track safety procedures to be used in the territory on which the employee is to be qualified and permitted to work alone.
</P>
<P>(5) Alternative means to access the information in a railroad's on-track safety manual when a lone worker's duties make it impracticable for the on-track safety manual to be readily available.
</P>
<P>(b) Initial and periodic (as specified by § 243.201 of this chapter) qualification of a lone worker shall be evidenced by demonstrated proficiency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37889, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.349" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.349   Training and qualification of watchmen/lookouts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The training and qualification for roadway workers assigned the duties of watchmen/lookouts shall include, as a minimum, consideration of the following factors:
</P>
<P>(1) Detection and recognition of approaching trains.
</P>
<P>(2) Effective warning of roadway workers of the approach of trains.
</P>
<P>(3) Determination of the distance along the track at which trains must be visible in order to provide the prescribed warning time.
</P>
<P>(4) Rules and procedures of the railroad to be used for train approach warning.
</P>
<P>(b) Initial and periodic (as specified by § 243.201 of this chapter) qualification of a watchman/lookout shall be evidenced by demonstrated proficiency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37890, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.351" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.351   Training and qualification of flagmen.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The training and qualification for roadway workers assigned the duties of flagmen shall include, as a minimum, the content and application of the operating rules of the railroad pertaining to giving proper stop signals to trains and holding trains clear of working limits.
</P>
<P>(b) Initial and periodic (as specified by § 243.201 of this chapter) qualification of a flagman shall be evidenced by demonstrated proficiency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37890, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.353" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.353   Training and qualification of each roadway worker in charge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The training and qualification of each roadway worker in charge, or any other employee acting as a roadway worker in charge (<I>e.g.,</I> a conductor or a brakeman), who provides for the on-track safety of roadway workers through establishment of working limits or the assignment and supervision of watchmen/lookouts or flagmen shall include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) All the on-track safety training and qualification required of the roadway workers to be supervised and protected, including the railroad's procedures governing good faith challenges in §§ 214.311(b) and (c) and 214.313(d).
</P>
<P>(2) The content and application of the operating rules of the railroad pertaining to the establishment of working limits.
</P>
<P>(3) The content and application of the rules of the railroad pertaining to the establishment or train approach warning.
</P>
<P>(4) The relevant physical characteristics of the territory of the railroad upon which the roadway worker is qualified.
</P>
<P>(5) The procedures required to ensure that the roadway worker in charge of the on-track safety of group(s) of roadway workers remains immediately accessible and available to all roadway workers being protected under the working limits or other provisions of on-track safety established by the roadway worker in charge.
</P>
<P>(b) Initial and periodic (as specified by § 243.201 of this chapter) qualification of a roadway worker in charge shall be evidenced by demonstrated proficiency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37890, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.355" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.355   Training and qualification of each roadway worker in on-track safety for operators of roadway maintenance machines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The training and qualification of roadway workers who operate roadway maintenance machines shall include, as a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) Procedures to prevent a person from being struck by the machine when the machine is in motion or operation.
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures to prevent any part of the machine from being struck by a train or other equipment on another track.
</P>
<P>(3) Procedures to provide for stopping the machine short of other machines or obstructions on the track.
</P>
<P>(4) Methods to determine safe operating procedures for each machine that the operator is expected to operate.
</P>
<P>(b) Initial and periodic (as specified by § 243.201 of this chapter) qualification of a roadway worker to operate roadway maintenance machines shall be evidenced by demonstrated proficiency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 65976, Dec. 16, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 37890, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.357" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.3.5.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.357   Training and qualification for operators of roadway maintenance machines equipped with a crane.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the general training and qualification requirements for operators of roadway maintenance machines set forth in §§ 214.341 and 214.355 of this subpart, each employer shall adopt and comply with a training and qualification program for operators of roadway maintenance machines equipped with a crane to ensure the safe operation of such machines.
</P>
<P>(b) Each employer's training and qualification program for operators of roadway maintenance machines equipped with a crane shall require initial and periodic qualification of each operator of a roadway maintenance machine equipped with a crane and shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Procedures for determining that the operator has the skills to safely operate each machine the person is authorized to operate; and
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures for determining that the operator has the knowledge to safely operate each machine the person is authorized to operate. Such procedures shall determine that either:
</P>
<P>(i) The operator has knowledge of the safety instructions (<I>i.e.,</I> the manufacturer's instruction manual) applicable to that machine; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The operator has knowledge of the safety instructions developed to replace the manufacturer's safety instructions when the machine has been adapted for a specific railroad use. Such instructions shall address all aspects of the safe operation of the crane and shall be as comprehensive as the manufacturer's safety instructions they replace.
</P>
<P>(c) Each employer shall maintain records that form the basis of the training and qualification determinations of each operator of roadway maintenance machines equipped with a crane that it employs.
</P>
<P>(d) Availability of records: Each employer required to maintain records under this part shall make all records available for inspection and copying/photocopying to representatives of FRA, upon request during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(e) Training conducted by an employer in accordance with operator qualification and certification required by the Department of Labor (29 CFR 1926.1427) may be used to satisfy the training and qualification requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—On-Track Roadway Maintenance Machines and Hi-Rail Vehicles</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 44407, July 28, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 214.501" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.501   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this subpart is to prevent accidents and casualties caused by the lawful operation of on-track roadway maintenance machines and hi-rail vehicles.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart prescribes minimum safety standards for on-track roadway maintenance machines and hi-rail vehicles. An employer may prescribe additional or more stringent standards that are consistent with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) Any working condition that involves the protection of employees engaged in roadway maintenance duties covered by this subpart but is not within the subject matter addressed by this subpart, including employee exposure to noise, shall be governed by the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.503" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.503   Good-faith challenges; procedures for notification and resolution.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An employee operating an on-track roadway maintenance machine or hi-rail vehicle shall inform the employer whenever the employee makes a good-faith determination that the machine or vehicle does not comply with FRA regulations or has a condition that inhibits its safe operation.
</P>
<P>(b) Any employee charged with operating an on-track roadway maintenance machine or hi-rail vehicle covered by this subpart may refuse to operate the machine or vehicle if the employee makes a good-faith determination that it does not comply with the requirements of this subpart or has a condition that inhibits its safe operation. The employer shall not require the employee to operate the machine or vehicle until the challenge resulting from the good-faith determination is resolved.
</P>
<P>(c) Each employer shall have in place and follow written procedures to assure prompt and equitable resolution of challenges resulting from good-faith determinations made in accordance with this section. The procedures shall include specific steps to be taken by the employer to investigate each good-faith challenge, as well as procedures to follow once the employer finds a challenged machine or vehicle does not comply with this subpart or is otherwise unsafe to operate. The procedures shall also include the title and location of the employer's designated official.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.505" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.505   Required environmental control and protection systems for new on-track roadway maintenance machines with enclosed cabs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With the exception of machines subject to paragraph (i) of this section, the following new on-track roadway maintenance machines shall be equipped with operative heating systems, operative air conditioning systems, and operative positive pressurized ventilation systems:
</P>
<P>(1) Ballast regulators;
</P>
<P>(2) Tampers;
</P>
<P>(3) Mechanical brooms;
</P>
<P>(4) Rotary scarifiers;
</P>
<P>(5) Undercutters; and
</P>
<P>(6) Functional equivalents of any of the machines identified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) New on-track roadway maintenance machines, and existing on-track roadway maintenance machines specifically designated by the employer, of the types identified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section, or functionally equivalent thereto, shall be capable of protecting employees in the cabs of the machines from exposure to air contaminants, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1000.
</P>
<P>(c) An employer shall maintain a list of new and designated existing on-track roadway maintenance machines of the types identified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section, or functionally equivalent thereto. The list shall be kept current and made available to the Federal Railroad Administration and other Federal and State agencies upon request.
</P>
<P>(d) An existing roadway maintenance machine of the type identified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section, or functionally equivalent thereto, becomes “designated” when the employer adds the machine to the list required in paragraph (c) of this section. The designation is irrevocable, and the designated existing roadway maintenance machine remains subject to paragraph (b) of this section until it is retired or sold.
</P>
<P>(e) If the ventilation system on a new on-track roadway maintenance machine or a designated existing on-track roadway maintenance machine of the type identified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section, or functionally equivalent thereto, becomes incapable of protecting an employee in the cab of the machine from exposure to air contaminants in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1000, personal respiratory protective equipment shall be provided for each such employee until the machine is repaired in accordance with § 214.531.
</P>
<P>(f) Personal respiratory protective equipment provided under paragraph (e) of this section shall comply with 29 CFR 1910.134.
</P>
<P>(g) New on-track roadway maintenance machines with enclosed cabs, other than the types identified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section or functionally equivalent thereto, shall be equipped with operative heating and ventilation systems.
</P>
<P>(h) When new on-track roadway maintenance machines require operation from non-enclosed stations outside of the main cab, the non-enclosed stations shall be equipped, where feasible from an engineering standpoint, with a permanent or temporary roof, canopy, or umbrella designed to provide cover from normal rainfall and midday sun.
</P>
<P>(i) Paragraph (a) of this section is not applicable to machines that are incapable of performing work functions other than by remote operation and are equipped with no operating controls (<I>i.e.,</I> remotely operated roadway maintenance machines) if the following conditions are met.
</P>
<P>(1) If a remotely operated roadway maintenance machine is operated from the cab of a separate machine, that separate machine must comply with paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If a remotely operated roadway maintenance machine is operated outside of the main cab of the separate machine in a manner that will expose the operator to air contaminants, as outlined in 29 CFR 1910.1000, the employee shall be protected in compliance with 29 CFR 1910.134.
</P>
<P>(3) No person is permitted on the remotely operated roadway maintenance machine while the equipment is operating.
</P>
<P>(4) Each remotely operated roadway maintenance machine must be clearly identified by stenciling, marking, or other written notice in a conspicuous location on the machine indicating the potential hazards of the machine being operated from a distance or that the machine may move automatically.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 44407, July 28, 2003, as amended at 87 FR 15143, Mar. 17, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.507" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.507   Required safety equipment for new on-track roadway maintenance machines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each new on-track roadway maintenance machine shall be equipped with:
</P>
<P>(1) A seat for each operator, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) A safe and secure position with handholds, handrails, or a secure seat for each roadway worker transported on the machine. Each position shall be protected from moving parts of the machine;
</P>
<P>(3) A positive method of securement for turntables, on machines equipped with a turntable, through engagement of pins and hooks that block the descent of turntable devices below the rail head when not in use;
</P>
<P>(4) A windshield with safety glass, or other material with similar properties, if the machine is designed with a windshield. Each new on-track roadway maintenance machine designed with a windshield shall also have power windshield wipers or suitable alternatives that provide the machine operator an equivalent level of vision if windshield wipers are incompatible with the windshield material; 
</P>
<P>(5) A machine braking system capable of effectively controlling the movement of the machine under normal operating conditions;
</P>
<P>(6) A first-aid kit that is readily accessible and complies with 29 CFR 1926.50(d)(2); and
</P>
<P>(7) An operative and properly charged fire extinguisher of 5 BC rating or higher which is securely mounted and readily accessible to the operator from the operator's work station.
</P>
<P>(b) Each new on-track roadway maintenance machine designed to be operated and transported by the operator in a standing position shall be equipped with handholds and handrails to provide the operator with a safe and secure position.
</P>
<P>(c) Each new on-track roadway maintenance machine that weighs more than 32,500 pounds light weight and is operated in excess of 20 mph shall be equipped with a speed indicator that is accurate within ±5 mph of the actual speed at speeds of 10 mph and above.
</P>
<P>(d) Each new on-track roadway maintenance machine shall have its as-built light weight displayed in a conspicuous location on the machine.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 44407, July 28, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 8839, Feb. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.509" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.509   Required visual illumination and reflective devices for new on-track roadway maintenance machines.</HEAD>
<P>Each new on-track roadway maintenance machine shall be equipped with the following visual illumination and reflective devices:
</P>
<P>(a) An illumination device, such as a headlight, capable of illuminating obstructions on the track ahead in the direction of travel for a distance of 300 feet under normal weather and atmospheric conditions;
</P>
<P>(b) Work lights, if the machine is operated during the period between one-half hour after sunset and one-half hour before sunrise or in dark areas such as tunnels, unless equivalent lighting is otherwise provided;
</P>
<P>(c) An operative 360-degree intermittent warning light or beacon mounted on the roof of the machine. New roadway maintenance machines that are not equipped with fixed roofs and have a light weight less than 17,500 pounds are exempt from this requirement;
</P>
<P>(d) A brake light activated by the application of the machine braking system, and designed to be visible for a distance of 300 feet under normal weather and atmospheric conditions; and
</P>
<P>(e) Rearward viewing devices, such as rearview mirrors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.511" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.511   Required audible warning devices for new on-track roadway maintenance machines.</HEAD>
<P>Each new on-track roadway maintenance machine shall be equipped with:
</P>
<P>(a) A horn or other audible warning device that produces a sound loud enough to be heard by roadway workers and other machine operators within the immediate work area. The triggering mechanism for the device shall be clearly identifiable and within easy reach of the machine operator; and
</P>
<P>(b) An automatic change-of-direction alarm which provides an audible signal that is at least three seconds long and is distinguishable from the surrounding noise. Change of direction alarms may be interrupted by the machine operator when operating the machine in the work mode if the function of the machine would result in a constant, or almost constant, sounding of the device. In any action brought by FRA to enforce the change-of-direction alarm requirement, the employer shall have the burden of proving that use of the change-of-direction alarm in a particular work function would cause a constant, or almost constant, sounding of the device.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.513" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.513   Retrofitting of existing on-track roadway maintenance machines; general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each existing on-track roadway maintenance machine shall have a safe and secure position with handholds, handrails, or a secure seat or bench position for each roadway worker transported on the machine. Each position shall be protected from moving parts of the machine. 
</P>
<P>(b) By March 28, 2005, each existing on-track roadway maintenance machine shall be equipped with a permanent or portable horn or other audible warning device that produces a sound loud enough to be heard by roadway workers and other machine operators within the immediate work area. The triggering mechanism for the device shall be clearly identifiable and within easy reach of the machine operator.
</P>
<P>(c) By March 28, 2005, each existing on-track roadway maintenance machine shall be equipped with a permanent illumination device or a portable light that is securely placed and not hand-held. The illumination device or portable light shall be capable of illuminating obstructions on the track ahead for a distance of 300 feet under normal weather and atmospheric conditions when the machine is operated during the period between one-half hour after sunset and one-half hour before sunrise or in dark areas such as tunnels.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 44407, July 28, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 8839, Feb. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.515" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.515   Overhead covers for existing on-track roadway maintenance machines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For those existing on-track roadway maintenance machines either currently or previously equipped with overhead covers for the operator's position, defective covers shall be repaired, and missing covers shall be reinstalled, by March 28, 2005 and thereafter maintained in accordance with the provisions of § 214.531.
</P>
<P>(b) For those existing on-track roadway maintenance machines that are not already equipped with overhead covers for the operator's position, the employer shall evaluate the feasibility of providing an overhead cover on such a machine if requested in writing by the operator assigned to operate the machine or by the operator's designated representative. The employer shall provide the operator a written response to each request within 60 days. When the employer finds the addition of an overhead cover is not feasible, the response shall include an explanation of the reasoning used by the employer to reach that conclusion.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, overhead covers shall provide the operator's position with cover from normal rainfall and midday sun.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.517" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.517   Retrofitting of existing on-track roadway maintenance machines manufactured on or after January 1, 1991.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to meeting the requirements of § 214.513, after March 28, 2005 each existing on-track roadway maintenance machine manufactured on or after January 1, 1991, shall have the following:
</P>
<P>(a) A change-of-direction alarm or rearview mirror or other rearward viewing device, if either device is feasible, given the machine's design, and if either device adds operational safety value, given the machine's function. In any action brought by FRA to enforce this requirement, the employer shall have the burden of proving that neither device is feasible or adds operational safety value, or both, given the machine's design or work function.
</P>
<P>(b) An operative heater, when the machine is operated at an ambient temperature less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit and is equipped with, or has been equipped with, a heater installed by the manufacturer or the railroad. 
</P>
<P>(c) The light weight of the machine stenciled or otherwise clearly displayed on the machine, if the light weight is known.
</P>
<P>(d) Reflective material, or a reflective device, or operable brake lights.
</P>
<P>(e) Safety glass when its glass is normally replaced, except that replacement glass that is specifically intended for on-track roadway maintenance machines and is in the employer's inventory as of September 26, 2003 may be utilized until exhausted.
</P>
<P>(f) A turntable restraint device, on machines equipped with a turntable, to prevent undesired lowering, or a warning light indicating that the turntable is not in the normal travel position.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 44407, July 28, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 8839, Feb. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.518" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.518   Safe and secure positions for riders.</HEAD>
<P>On or after March 1, 2004, a roadway worker, other than the machine operator, is prohibited from riding on any on-track roadway maintenance machine unless a safe and secure position for each roadway worker on the machine is clearly identified by stenciling, marking, or other written notice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 8839, Feb. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.519" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.519   Floors, decks, stairs, and ladders of on-track roadway maintenance machines.</HEAD>
<P>Floors, decks, stairs, and ladders of on-track roadway maintenance machines shall be of appropriate design and maintained to provide secure access and footing, and shall be free of oil, grease, or any obstruction which creates a slipping, falling, or fire hazard.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.521" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.521   Flagging equipment for on-track roadway maintenance machines and hi-rail vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>Each on-track roadway maintenance machine and hi-rail vehicle shall have on board a flagging kit that complies with the operating rules of the railroad if: 
</P>
<P>(a) The equipment is operated over trackage subject to a railroad operating rule requiring flagging; and 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The equipment is not part of a roadway work group; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The equipment is the lead or trailing piece of equipment in a roadway work group operating under the same occupancy authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 8839, Feb. 26, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.523" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.523   Hi-rail vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The hi-rail gear of all hi-rail vehicles shall be inspected for safety at least annually and with no more than 14 months between inspections. Tram, wheel wear, and gage shall be measured and, if necessary, adjusted to allow the vehicle to be safely operated.
</P>
<P>(b) Each employer shall keep records pertaining to compliance with paragraph (a) of this section. Records may be kept on forms provided by the employer or by electronic means. The employer shall retain the record of each inspection until the next required inspection is performed. The records shall be made available for inspection and copying during normal business hours by representatives of FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter. The records may be kept on the hi-rail vehicle or at a location designated by the employer.
</P>
<P>(c) A new hi-rail vehicle shall be equipped with:
</P>
<P>(1) An automatic change-of-direction alarm or backup alarm that provides an audible signal at least three seconds long and distinguishable from the surrounding noise; and
</P>
<P>(2) An operable 360-degree intermittent warning light or beacon mounted on the outside of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) The operator of a hi-rail vehicle shall check the vehicle for compliance with this subpart, prior to using the vehicle at the start of the operator's work shift.
</P>
<P>(2) A non-complying condition that cannot be repaired immediately shall be tagged and dated in a manner prescribed by the employer and reported to the designated official.
</P>
<P>(3) Non-complying automatic change-of-direction alarms, backup alarms, and 360-degree intermittent warning lights or beacons shall be repaired or replaced as soon as practicable within seven calendar days.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.525" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.525   Towing with on-track roadway maintenance machines or hi-rail vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When used to tow pushcars or other maintenance-of-way equipment, each on-track roadway maintenance machine or hi-rail vehicle shall be equipped with a towing bar or other coupling device that provides a safe and secure attachment.
</P>
<P>(b) An on-track roadway maintenance machine or hi-rail vehicle shall not be used to tow pushcars or other maintenance-of-way equipment if the towing would cause the machine or hi-rail vehicle to exceed the capabilities of its braking system. In determining the limit of the braking system, the employer must consider the track grade (slope), as well as the number and weight of pushcars or other equipment to be towed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.527" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.527   On-track roadway maintenance machines; inspection for compliance and schedule for repairs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The operator of an on-track roadway maintenance machine shall check the machine components for compliance with this subpart, prior to using the machine at the start of the operator's work shift.
</P>
<P>(b) Any non-complying condition that cannot be repaired immediately shall be tagged and dated in a manner prescribed by the employer and reported to the designated official.
</P>
<P>(c) The operation of an on-track roadway maintenance machine with a non-complying condition shall be governed by the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) An on-track roadway maintenance machine with headlights or work lights that are not in compliance may be operated for a period not exceeding 7 calendar days and only during the period between one-half hour before sunrise and one-half hour after sunset;
</P>
<P>(2) A portable horn may be substituted for a non-complying or missing horn for a period not exceeding seven calendar days;
</P>
<P>(3) A fire extinguisher readily available for use may temporarily replace a missing, defective or discharged fire extinguisher on a new on-track roadway maintenance machine for a period not exceeding 7 calendar days, pending the permanent replacement or repair of the missing, defective or used fire extinguisher;
</P>
<P>(4) Non-complying automatic change-of-direction alarms, backup alarms, and 360-degree intermittent warning lights or beacons shall be repaired or replaced as soon as practicable within 7 calendar days; and
</P>
<P>(5) A structurally defective or missing operator's seat shall be replaced or repaired within 24 hours or by the start of the machine's next tour of duty, whichever is later. The machine may be operated for the remainder of the operator's tour of duty if the defective or missing operator's seat does not prevent its safe operation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.529" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.529   In-service failure of primary braking system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the event of a total in-service failure of its primary braking system, an on-track roadway maintenance machine may be operated for the remainder of its tour of duty with the use of a secondary braking system or by coupling to another machine, if such operations may be done safely.
</P>
<P>(b) If the total in-service failure of an on-track roadway maintenance machine's primary braking system occurs where other equipment is not available for coupling, the machine may, if it is safe to do so, travel to a clearance or repair point where it shall be placed out of service until repaired.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.531" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.531   Schedule of repairs; general.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in §§ 214.527(c)(5), 214.529, and 214.533, an on-track roadway maintenance machine or hi-rail vehicle that does not meet all the requirements of this subpart shall be brought into compliance as soon as practicable within seven calendar days. If repairs are not made within seven calendar days, the on-track roadway maintenance machine or hi-rail vehicle shall be placed out of on-track service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 214.533" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.9.4.5.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 214.533   Schedule of repairs subject to availability of parts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The employer shall order a part necessary to repair a non-complying condition on an on-track roadway maintenance machine or a hi-rail vehicle by the end of the next business day following the report of the defect.
</P>
<P>(b) When the employer cannot repair a non-complying condition as required by § 214.531 because of the temporary unavailability of a necessary part, the employer shall repair the on-track roadway maintenance machine or hi-rail vehicle within seven calendar days after receiving the necessary part. The employer may continue to use the on-track roadway maintenance machine or hi-rail vehicle with a non-complying condition until receiving the necessary part(s) for repair, subject to the requirements of § 214.503. However, if a non-complying condition is not repaired within 30 days following the report of the defect, the employer shall remove the on-track roadway maintenance machine or hi-rail vehicle from on-track service until it is brought into compliance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) If the employer fails to order a part necessary to repair the reported non-complying condition, or if it fails to install an available part within the required seven calendar days, the on-track roadway maintenance machine or hi-rail vehicle shall be removed from on-track service until brought into compliance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) Each employer shall maintain records pertaining to compliance with this section. Records may be kept on forms provided by the employer or by electronic means. The employer shall retain each record for at least one year, and the records shall be made available for inspection and copying during normal business hours by representatives of FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter. The records may be kept on the on-track roadway maintenance machine or hi-rail vehicle or at a location designated by the employer.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 215—RAILROAD FREIGHT CAR SAFETY STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20102-03, 20107, 20171; 28 U.S.C. 2461; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 77340, Dec. 31, 1979, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.1.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.1   Scope of part.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for railroad freight cars.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.1.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, this part applies to each railroad freight car in service on:
</P>
<P>(1) Standard gage track of a railroad; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any other standard gage track while the car is being operated by, or is otherwise under the control of, a railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) Sections 215.15 and 215.303 of this part do not apply to any car:
</P>
<P>(1) Owned by a Canadian or Mexican Railroad; and
</P>
<P>(2) Having a Canadian or Mexican reporting mark and car number.
</P>
<P>(c) This part does not apply to a railroad freight car that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Operated solely on track inside an industrial or other non-railroad installation; or
</P>
<P>(2) Used exclusively in dedicated service as defined in § 215.5(d) of this part; or
</P>
<P>(3) Maintenance-of-way equipment (including self-propelled maintenance-of-way equipment) if that equipment is not used in revenue service and is stenciled in accordance with § 215.305 of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Operated in a passenger train and that is inspected, tested, maintained, and operated pursuant to the requirements contained in part 238 of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77340, Dec. 31, 1979, as amended at 65 FR 41305, July 3, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.1.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Break</I> means a fracture resulting in complete separation into parts.
</P>
<P><I>Component</I> means a part or subassembly of a railroad freight car.
</P>
<P><I>Control</I> means the power, whether direct or indirect and whether or not exercised, through the ownership of a majority or a dominant minority of the total outstanding voting interest in an entity; representation on the board of directors of an entity; proxy voting on the board of directors of an entity; a special share in the entity; a contractual arrangement with the entity; a formal or informal arrangement to act in concert with an entity; or any other means, to determine, direct, make decisions, or cause decisions to be made for the entity.
</P>
<P><I>Cost of sensitive technology</I> means the aggregate cost of the sensitive technology located on a railroad freight car.
</P>
<P><I>Country of concern</I> means a country that—
</P>
<P>(1) Was identified by the Department of Commerce as a nonmarket economy country (as defined in section 771(18) of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1677(18))) as of November 15, 2021;
</P>
<P>(2) Was identified by the United States Trade Representative in the most recent report required by section 182 of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2242) as a foreign country included on the priority watch list (as defined in subsection (g)(3) of such section); and
</P>
<P>(3) Is subject to monitoring by the Trade Representative under section 306 of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2416).
</P>
<P><I>Dedicated service</I> means the exclusive assignment of cars to the transportation of freight between specified points under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The cars are operated—
</P>
<P>(i) Primarily on track that is inside an industrial or other non-railroad installation; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Only occasionally over track of a railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) The cars are not operated—
</P>
<P>(i) At speeds of more than 15 miles per hour; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Over track of a railroad—
</P>
<P>(A) For more than 30 miles in one direction; or
</P>
<P>(B) On a round trip of more than 60 miles;
</P>
<P>(3) The cars are not freely interchanged among railroads;
</P>
<P>(4) The words “Dedicated Service” are stenciled, or otherwise displayed, in clearly legible letters on each side of the car body;
</P>
<P>(5) The cars have been examined and found safe to operate in dedicated service; and
</P>
<P>(6) The railroad must—
</P>
<P>(i) Notify FRA in writing that the cars are to be operated in dedicated service;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify in that notice—
</P>
<P>(A) The railroads affected;
</P>
<P>(B) The number and type of cars involved;
</P>
<P>(C) The commodities being carried; and
</P>
<P>(D) The territorial and speed limits within which the cars will be operated; and
</P>
<P>(iii) File the notice required by this paragraph (6)(iii) of the definition not less than 30 days before the cars operate in dedicated service.
</P>
<P><I>In service</I>, when used in connection with a railroad freight car, means each railroad freight car subject to this part unless the car:
</P>
<P>(1) Has a “bad order” or “home shop for repairs” tag or card containing the prescribed information attached to each side of the car and is being handled in accordance with § 215.9;
</P>
<P>(2) Is in a repair shop or on a repair track;
</P>
<P>(3) Is on a storage track and is empty; or
</P>
<P>(4) Has been delivered in interchange but has not been accepted by the receiving carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Net cost</I> has the meaning given such term in chapter 4 of the USMCA or any subsequent free trade agreement between the United States, Mexico, and Canada.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified facility</I> means a facility that is not owned or under the control of a state-owned enterprise.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified manufacturer</I> means a railroad freight car manufacturer that is not owned or under the control of a state-owned enterprise.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means all forms of non-highway ground transportation that run on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area; and
</P>
<P>(2) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether they use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads. Such term does not include rapid transit operations within an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad freight car</I> means any car designed to carry freight or railroad personnel by rail, including—
</P>
<P>(1) A box car;
</P>
<P>(2) A refrigerator car;
</P>
<P>(3) A ventilator car;
</P>
<P>(4) An intermodal well car;
</P>
<P>(5) A gondola car;
</P>
<P>(6) A hopper car;
</P>
<P>(7) An auto rack car;
</P>
<P>(8) A flat car;
</P>
<P>(9) A special car;
</P>
<P>(10) A caboose car;
</P>
<P>(11) A tank car; and
</P>
<P>(12) A yard car.
</P>
<P><I>Sensitive technology</I> means any device embedded with electronics, software, sensors, or other connectivity, that enables the device to connect to, collect data from, or exchange data with another device, including—
</P>
<P>(1) Onboard telematics;
</P>
<P>(2) Remote monitoring software;
</P>
<P>(3) Firmware;
</P>
<P>(4) Analytics;
</P>
<P>(5) Global positioning system satellite and cellular location tracking systems;
</P>
<P>(6) Event status sensors;
</P>
<P>(7) Predictive component condition and performance monitoring sensors; and
</P>
<P>(8) Similar sensitive technologies embedded into freight railcar components and sub-assemblies.
</P>
<P><I>State inspector</I> means an inspector who is participating in investigative and surveillance activities under section 206 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 435).
</P>
<P><I>State-owned enterprise</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) An entity that is owned by, or under the control of, a national, provincial, or local government of a country of concern, or an agency of such government; or
</P>
<P>(2) An individual acting under the direction or influence of a government or agency described in paragraph (1) of this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Substantially transformed</I> means a component of a railroad freight car that undergoes an applicable change in tariff classification as a result of the manufacturing process, as described in chapter 4 and related annexes of the USMCA or any subsequent free trade agreement between the United States, Mexico, and Canada.
</P>
<P><I>USMCA.</I> The acronym 'USMCA' has the meaning given the term in section 3 of the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement Implementation Act (19 U.S.C. 4502).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 103692, Dec. 19, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.1.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.7   Prohibited acts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) “Person” means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.
</P>
<P>(c) Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28139, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.1.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.9   Movement of defective cars for repair.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad freight car which has any component described as defective in this part may be moved to another location for repair only after the railroad has complied with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A person designated under § 215.11 shall determine:
</P>
<P>(i) That it is safe to move the car; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The maximum speed and other restrictions necessary for safely conducting the movement;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The person in charge of the train in which the car is to be moved shall be notified in writing and inform all other crew members of the presence of the defective car and the maximum speed and other restrictions determined under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of the tag or card described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section may be used to provide the notification required by paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A tag or card bearing the words “bad order” or “home shop for repairs” and containing the following information, shall be securely attached to each side of the car—
</P>
<P>(i) The reporting mark and car number;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the inspecting railroad;
</P>
<P>(iii) The inspection location and date;
</P>
<P>(iv) The nature of each defect;
</P>
<P>(v) Movement restrictions;
</P>
<P>(vi) The destination for shopping or repair; and
</P>
<P>(vii) The signature of a person designated under § 215.11.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The tag or card required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section may only be removed from the car by a person designated under § 215.11 of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) A record or copy of each tag or card attached to or removed from a car shall be retained for 90 days and, upon request, shall be made available within 15 calendar days for inspection by FRA or State inspectors.
</P>
<P>(3) Each tag or card removed from a car shall contain a notification stating the date, location, reason for its removal, and the signature of the person who removed it from the car. These recordkeeping requirements have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget in accordance with the Federal Reports Act of 1942.
</P>
<P>(c) Movement of a freight car under paragraph (a) of this section may be made only for the purpose of effecting repairs. If the car is empty, it may not be placed for loading. If the car is loaded, it may not be placed for unloading unless unloading is consistent with determinations made and restrictions imposed under paragraph (a)(1) of this section and—
</P>
<P>(1) The car is consigned for a destination on the line of haul between the point where the car was found defective and the point where repairs are made; or
</P>
<P>(2) Unloading is necessary for the safe repair of the car.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section authorizes the movement of a freight car subject to a Special Notice for Repairs unless the movement is made in accordance with the restrictions contained in the Special Notice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77340, Dec. 31, 1979; 45 FR 26710, Apr. 21, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.1.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.11   Designated inspectors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad that operates railroad freight cars to which this part applies shall designate persons qualified to inspect railroad freight cars for compliance with this part and to make the determinations required by § 215.9 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person designated under this section shall have demonstrated to the railroad a knowledge and ability to inspect railroad freight cars for compliance with the requirements of this part and to make the determinations required by § 215.9 of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) With respect to designations under this section, each railroad shall maintain written records of:
</P>
<P>(1) Each designation in effect; and
</P>
<P>(2) The basis for each designation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 26710, Apr. 21, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.1.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.13   Pre-departure inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At each location where a freight car is placed in a train, the freight car shall be inspected before the train departs. This inspection may be made before or after the car is placed in the train.
</P>
<P>(b) At a location where an inspector designated under § 215.11 is on duty for the purpose of inspecting freight cars, the inspection required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be made by that inspector to determine whether the car is in compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(c) At a location where a person designated under § 215.11 is not on duty for the purpose of inspecting freight cars, the inspection required by paragraph (a) shall, as a minimum, be made for those conditions set forth in appendix D to this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Performance of the inspection prescribed by this section does not relieve a railroad of its liability under § 215.7 for failure to comply with any other provision of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 26710, Apr. 21, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.1.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.15   Periodic inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After June 30, 1980, a railroad may not place or continue in service a freight car that has not received an initial periodic inspection in accordance with 49 CFR 215.25, as in effect on October 6, 1976 (41 FR 44044), unless—
</P>
<P>(1) The car is a high utilization car built or reconditioned after December 31, 1977; or
</P>
<P>(2) The car is a non-high utilization car built or reconditioned after December 31, 1971.
</P>
<P>(b) A freight car that has received an initial periodic inspection under paragraph (a) of this section shall be stenciled to so indicate in accordance with 49 CFR 215.11 and appendix C of this part, as in effect on October 6, 1976 (41 FR 44044). This stenciling need not be retained on the car after June 30, 1981.
</P>
<P>(c) As used in this section, “high utilization car” means a car—
</P>
<P>(1) Specifically equipped to carry trucks, automobiles, containers, trailers, or removable trailer bodies for the transportation of freight; or
</P>
<P>(2) Assigned to a train that operates in a continuous round trip cycle between the same two points.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Freight Car Components</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.8.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.101   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains safety requirements prohibiting a railroad from placing or continuing in service a freight car that has certain defective components.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="8" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.8" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Suspension System</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.8.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.103   Defective wheel.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad may not place or continue in service a car, if—
</P>
<P>(a) A wheel flange on the car is worn to a thickness of 
<FR>7/8</FR> of an inch, or less, at a point 
<FR>3/8</FR> of an inch above the tread of the wheel;
</P>
<P>(b) The height of a wheel flange on the car, from the tread to the top of the flange, is 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or more;
</P>
<P>(c) The thickness of a rim of a wheel on the car is 
<FR>11/16</FR> of an inch, or less;
</P>
<P>(d) A wheel rim, flange, plate, or hub area on the car has a crack or break;
</P>
<P>(e) A wheel on the car has a chip or gouge in the flange that is 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in length and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch in width, or more;
</P>
<P>(f) A wheel on the car has—
</P>
<P>(1) A slid flat or shelled spot that is more than 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in length; or
</P>
<P>(2) Two adjoining flat or shelled spots each of which is more than two inches in length;
</P>
<P>(g) A wheel on the car shows evidence of being loose such as oil seepage on the back hub or back plate;
</P>
<P>(h) A wheel on the car shows signs of having been overheated as evidenced by a reddish brown discoloration, to a substantially equal extent on both the front and the back face of the rim, that extends on either face more than four inches into the plate area measured from the inner edge of the front or back face of the rim; or,
</P>
<P>(i) A wheel on the car has been welded unless the car is being moved for repair in accordance with § 215.9 of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77340, Dec. 31, 1979, as amended at 50 FR 13382, Apr. 4, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.8.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.105   Defective axle.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad may not place or continue in service a car, if—
</P>
<P>(a) An axle on the car has a crack or is broken;
</P>
<P>(b) An axle on the car has a gouge in the surface that is—
</P>
<P>(1) Between the wheel seats; and
</P>
<P>(2) More than one-eighth inch in depth;
</P>
<P>(c) An axle on the car, used in conjunction with a plain bearing, has an end collar that is broken or cracked;
</P>
<P>(d) A journal on the car shows evidence of overheating, as evidenced by a pronounced blue black discoloration; or
</P>
<P>(e) The surface of the plain bearing journal on the axle, or the fillet on the axle, has—
</P>
<P>(1) A ridge;
</P>
<P>(2) A depression;
</P>
<P>(3) A circumferential score;
</P>
<P>(4) Corrugation;
</P>
<P>(5) A scratch;
</P>
<P>(6) A continuous streak;
</P>
<P>(7) Pitting;
</P>
<P>(8) Rust; or
</P>
<P>(9) Etching.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.8.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.107   Defective plain bearing box: General.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad may not place or continue in service a car, if the car has—
</P>
<P>(a) A plain bearing box that does not contain visible free oil;
</P>
<P>(b) A plain bearing box lid that is missing, broken, or open except to receive servicing; or
</P>
<P>(c) A plain bearing box containing foreign matter, such as dirt, sand, or coal dust, that can reasonably be expected to—
</P>
<P>(1) Damage the bearing; or
</P>
<P>(2) Have a detrimental effect on the lubrication of the journal and the bearings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.8.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.109   Defective plain bearing box: Journal lubrication system.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad may not place or continue in service a car, if the car has a plain bearing box with a lubricating pad that—
</P>
<P>(a) Has a tear extending half the length or width of the pad, or more;
</P>
<P>(b) Shows evidence of having been scorched, burned, or glazed;
</P>
<P>(c) Contains decaying or deteriorated fabric that impairs proper lubrication of the pad;
</P>
<P>(d) Has—
</P>
<P>(1) An exposed center core (except by design); or
</P>
<P>(2) Metal parts contacting the journal; or
</P>
<P>(e) Is—
</P>
<P>(1) Missing; or
</P>
<P>(2) Not in contact with the journal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.8.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.111   Defective plain bearing.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad may not place or continue in service a car, if the car has a plain bearing—
</P>
<P>(a) That is missing, cracked, or broken;
</P>
<P>(b) On which the bearing liner—
</P>
<P>(1) Is loose; or
</P>
<P>(2) Has a broken out piece; or
</P>
<P>(c) That shows signs of having been overheated, as evidenced by—
</P>
<P>(1) Melted babbitt;
</P>
<P>(2) Smoke from hot oil; or
</P>
<P>(3) Journal surface damage.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.8.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.113   Defective plain bearing wedge.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad may not place or continue in service a car, if a plain bearing wedge on that car is—
</P>
<P>(a) Missing;
</P>
<P>(b) Cracked;
</P>
<P>(c) Broken; or
</P>
<P>(d) Not located in its design position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.115   Defective roller bearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad may not place or continue in service a car, if the car has—
</P>
<P>(1) A roller bearing that shows signs of having been overheated as evidenced by—
</P>
<P>(i) Discoloration; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Other telltale signs of overheating such as damage to the seal or distortion of any bearing component;
</P>
<P>(2) A roller bearing with a—
</P>
<P>(i) Loose or missing cap screw; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Broken, missing, or improperly applied cap screw lock; or
</P>
<P>(3) A roller bearing with a seal that is loose or damaged, or permits leakage of lubricant in clearly formed droplets.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) A railroad may not continue in service a car that has a roller bearing whose truck was involved in a derailment unless the bearing has been inspected and tested by:
</P>
<P>(i) Visual examination to determine whether it shows any sign of damage; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Spinning freely its wheel set or manually rotating the bearing to determine whether the bearing makes any unusual noise.
</P>
<P>(2) The roller bearing shall be disassembled from the axle and inspected internally if—
</P>
<P>(i) It shows any external sign of damage;
</P>
<P>(ii) It makes any unusual noise when its wheel set is spun freely or the bearing is manually rotated;
</P>
<P>(iii) Its truck was involved in a derailment at a speed of more than 10 miles per hour; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Its truck was dragged on the ground for more than 200 feet.
</P>
<P>(3) Each defective roller bearing shall be repaired or replaced before the car is placed back in service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77340, Dec. 31, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 26711, Apr. 21, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.117" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.117   Defective roller bearing adapter.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad may not place or continue in service a car, if the car has a roller bearing adapter that is—
</P>
<P>(a) Cracked or broken;
</P>
<P>(b) Not in its design position; or
</P>
<P>(c) Worn on the crown of the adapter to the extent that the frame bears on the relief portion of the adapter, as shown in the figure below (see figure 1).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.119" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.119   Defective freight car truck.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad may not place or continue in service a car, if the car has—
</P>
<P>(a) A side frame or bolster that—
</P>
<P>(1) Is broken; or
</P>
<P>(2) Has a crack of 
<FR>1/4</FR> of an inch or more in the transverse direction on a tension member;
</P>
<P>(b) A truck equipped with a snubbing device that is ineffective, as evidenced by—
</P>
<P>(1) A snubbing friction element that is worn beyond a wear indicator;
</P>
<P>(2) A snubber wear plate that is loose, missing (except by design), or worn through;
</P>
<P>(3) A broken or missing snubber activating spring; or
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.002.gif"/>
<P>(4) Snubber unit that is broken, or in the case of hydraulic units, is broken or leaking clearly formed droplets of oil or other fluid.
</P>
<P>(c) A side bearing in any of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Part of the side bearing assembly is missing or broken;
</P>
<P>(2) The bearings at one end of the car, on both sides, are in contact with the body bolster (except by design);
</P>
<P>(3) The bearings at one end of the car have a total clearance from the body bolster of more than 
<FR>3/4</FR> of an inch; or
</P>
<P>(4) At diagonally opposite sides of the car, the bearings have a total clearance from the body bolsters of more than 
<FR>3/4</FR> of an inch;
</P>
<P>(d) Truck springs—
</P>
<P>(1) That do not maintain travel or load;
</P>
<P>(2) That are compressed solid; or
</P>
<P>(3) More than one outer spring of which is broken, or missing, in any spring cluster;
</P>
<P>(e) Interference between the truck bolster and the center plate that prevents proper truck rotations; or
</P>
<P>(f) Brake beam shelf support worn so excessively that it does not support the brake beam.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.9" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Car Bodies</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.121" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.9.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.121   Defective car body.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad may not place or continue in service a car, if:
</P>
<P>(a) Any portion of the car body, truck, or their appurtenances (except wheels) has less than a 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inch clearance from the top of rail;
</P>
<P>(b) The car center sill is:
</P>
<P>(1) Broken;
</P>
<P>(2) Cracked more than 6 inches; or
</P>
<P>(3) Permanently bent or buckled more than 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in any six foot length;
</P>
<P>(c) The car has a coupler carrier that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Broken;
</P>
<P>(2) Missing;
</P>
<P>(3) Non-resilient and the coupler has a type F head.
</P>
<P>(d) After December 1, 1983, the car is a box car and its side doors are not equipped with operative hangers, or the equivalent, to prevent the doors from becoming disengaged.
</P>
<P>(e) The car has a center plate:
</P>
<P>(1) That is not properly secured;
</P>
<P>(2) Any portion of which is missing; or
</P>
<P>(3) That is broken; or
</P>
<P>(4) That has two or more cracks through its cross section (thickness) at the edge of the plate that extend to the portion of the plate that is obstructed from view while the truck is in place; or
</P>
<P>(f) The car has a broken sidesill, crossbearer, or body bolster.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77340, Dec. 31, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 53737, Dec. 29, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="10" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.10" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Draft System</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.123" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.10.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.123   Defective couplers.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad may not place or continue in service a car, if—
</P>
<P>(a) The car is equipped with a coupler shank that is bent out of alignment to the extent that the coupler will not couple automatically with the adjacent car;
</P>
<P>(b) The car has a coupler that has a crack in the highly stressed junction area of the shank and head as shown in the figure below (see figure 2).
</P>
<P>(c) The car has a coupler knuckle that is broken or cracked on the inside pulling face of the knuckle.
</P>
<P>(d) The car has a knuckle pin or knuckle thrower that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Missing; or
</P>
<P>(2) Inoperative; or
</P>
<P>(e) The car has a coupler retainer pin lock that is—
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.003.gif"/>
<P>(1) Missing; or
</P>
<P>(2) Broken; or
</P>
<P>(f) The car has a coupler with any of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The locklift is inoperative;
</P>
<P>(2) The coupler assembly does not have anticreep protection to prevent unintentional unlocking of the coupler lock; or
</P>
<P>(3) The coupler lock is—
</P>
<P>(i) Missing;
</P>
<P>(ii) Inoperative;
</P>
<P>(iii) Bent;
</P>
<P>(iv) Cracked; or
</P>
<P>(v) Broken.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.125" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.10.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.125   Defective uncoupling device.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad may not place or continue in service a car, if the car has an uncoupling device without sufficient vertical and lateral clearance to prevent—
</P>
<P>(a) Fouling on curves; or
</P>
<P>(b) Unintentional uncouplings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.127" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.10.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.127   Defective draft arrangement.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad may not place or continue in service a car, if—
</P>
<P>(a) The car has a draft gear that is inoperative;
</P>
<P>(b) The car has a broken yoke;
</P>
<P>(c) An end of car cushioning unit is—
</P>
<P>(1) Leaking clearly formed droplets; or
</P>
<P>(2) Inoperative;
</P>
<P>(d) A vertical coupler pin retainer plate—
</P>
<P>(1) Is missing (except by design); or
</P>
<P>(2) Has a missing fastener;
</P>
<P>(e) The car has a draft key, or draft key retainer, that is—
</P>
<P>(1) Inoperative; or
</P>
<P>(2) Missing; or
</P>
<P>(f) The car has a missing or broken follower plate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.129" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.2.10.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.129   Defective cushioning device.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad may not place or continue in service a car if it has a cushioning device that is—
</P>
<P>(a) Broken;
</P>
<P>(b) Inoperative; or
</P>
<P>(c) Missing a part—
</P>
<FP>unless its sliding components have been effectively immobilized.


</FP>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Restricted Equipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.201   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains requirements restricting the use of certain railroad freight cars.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.3.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.203   Restricted cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section restricts the operation of any railroad freight car that is—
</P>
<P>(1) More than 50 years old, measured from the date of original construction;
</P>
<P>(2) Equipped with any design or type component listed in appendix A to this part; or
</P>
<P>(3) Equipped with a Duryea underframe constructed before April 1, 1950, except for a caboose which is operated as the last car in a train.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad may not place or continue in service a railroad freight car described in paragraph (a) of this section, except under conditions approved by the Federal Railroad Administrator.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad may petition the Administrator to continue in service a car described in paragraph (a) of this section. Each petition shall be
</P>
<P>(1) Be submitted not less than 90 days before the car is to be operated;
</P>
<P>(2) Be submitted; and
</P>
<P>(3) State or describe the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The name and principal business address of the petitioning railroad.
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and address of the entity that controls the operation and maintenance of the car involved.
</P>
<P>(iii) The number, type, capacity, reporting marks, and car numbers of the cars, their condition, status, and age measured from the date of original construction.
</P>
<P>(iv) The design, type component, or other item that causes the car to be restricted.
</P>
<P>(v) The maximum load the cars would carry.
</P>
<P>(vi) The maximum speed at which the cars would be operated.
</P>
<P>(vii) That each car has been examined and found to be safe to operate under the conditions set forth in the petition.
</P>
<P>(viii) The territorial limits within which the cars are to be operated and the name of each railroad that will receive the cars in interchange.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77340, Dec. 31, 1979, as amended at 74 FR 25172, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Stenciling</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.4.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.301   General.</HEAD>
<P>The railroad or private car owner reporting mark, the car number, and built date shall be stenciled, or otherwise displayed, in clearly legible letters and numbers not less than seven inches high, except those of the built date which shall not be less than one inch high:
</P>
<P>(a) On each side of each railroad freight car body; and
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a tank car, in any location that is visible to a person walking at track level beside the car.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.4.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.303   Stenciling of restricted cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each restricted railroad freight car that is described in § 215.203(a) of this part, except for railroad freight cars used exclusively for tourist, historic, excursion, educational, recreational, or private purposes and that are not interchanged, shall be stenciled, or marked—
</P>
<P>(1) In clearly legible letters; and
</P>
<P>(2) In accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The letter “R” shall be—
</P>
<P>(1) Placed immediately below or to the right of the car number;
</P>
<P>(2) The same color as the reporting mark; and
</P>
<P>(3) The same size as the reporting mark.
</P>
<P>(c) The following terms, to the extent needed to completely indicate the basis for the restricted operation of the car, shall be placed on the car following the symbol “R” in letters not less than one inch high:
</P>
<P>(1) Age.
</P>
<P>(2) Coupler.
</P>
<P>(3) Draft.
</P>
<P>(4) Bearings.
</P>
<P>(5) Truck.
</P>
<P>(6) Underframe.
</P>
<P>(7) Wheels.
</P>
<P>(8) Yoke.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77340, Dec. 31, 1979, as amended at 91 FR 22738, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.4.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.305   Stenciling of maintenance-of-way equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Maintenance-of-way equipment (including self-propelled maintenance-of-way equipment) described in § 215.3(c)(3) shall be stenciled, or marked—
</P>
<P>(1) In clearly legible letters; and
</P>
<P>(2) In accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The letters “MW” must be—
</P>
<P>(1) At least 2 inches high; and
</P>
<P>(2) Placed on each side of the car.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77340, Dec. 31, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 26711, Apr. 21, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Manufacturing</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 103693, Dec. 19, 2024, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 215.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.5.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.401   Requirements for railroad freight cars placed into service in the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Limitation on railroad freight cars.</I> A railroad freight car wholly manufactured on or after December 19, 2025 may only operate on the United States general railroad system of transportation if:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad freight car is manufactured, assembled, and substantially transformed, as applicable, by a qualified manufacturer in a qualified facility;
</P>
<P>(2) None of the sensitive technology located on the railroad freight car, including components necessary to the functionality of the sensitive technology, originates from a country of concern or is sourced from a state-owned enterprise; and
</P>
<P>(3) None of the content of the railroad freight car, excluding sensitive technology, originates from a country of concern or is sourced from a state-owned enterprise that has been determined by a recognized court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction and legal authority to have violated or infringed valid United States intellectual property rights of another including such a finding by a Federal district court under title 35 or the U.S. International Trade Commission under section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1337).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limitation on railroad freight car content</I>—(1) <I>Percentage limitation</I>—(i) <I>Initial limitation.</I> Not later than December 19, 2025, a railroad freight car described in paragraph (a) of this section may operate on the United States general railroad system of transportation only if not more than 20 percent of the content of the railroad freight car, calculated by the net cost of all components of the car and excluding the cost of sensitive technology, originates from a country of concern or is sourced from a state-owned enterprise.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Subsequent limitation.</I> Effective beginning on December 19, 2028, a railroad freight car described in paragraph (a) of this section may operate on the United States general railroad system of transportation only if not more than 15 percent of the content of the railroad freight car, calculated by the net cost of all components of the car and excluding the cost of sensitive technology, originates from a country of concern or is sourced from a state-owned enterprise.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Conflict.</I> The percentages specified in the clauses in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, as applicable, shall apply notwithstanding any apparent conflict with provisions of chapter 4 of the USMCA.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.5.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.403   Certification of compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Certification required.</I> To be eligible to provide a railroad freight car for operation on the United States general railroad system of transportation, the manufacturer of such car shall certify, at least annually, to the Federal Railroad Administrator that any railroad freight cars to be so provided comply with 49 U.S.C. 20171.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Certification procedure.</I> Prior to providing any cars for operation on the United States general railroad system of transportation, each freight car manufacturer shall certify to FRA that the cars comply with 49 U.S.C. 20171. Such certification shall be submitted via electronic mail by an authorized representative of the manufacturer to <I>FRARRSMPE@dot.gov.</I> A manufacturer may submit this certification to FRA annually provided it covers all cars to be provided in the relevant year, or a manufacturer may submit separate certifications throughout the year.
</P>
<P>(i) The certification shall include the statement “I certify that all freight cars that will be provided for operation on the United States general railroad system of transportation will comply with 49 U.S.C. 20171, and the implementing regulations at 49 CFR part 215” and contain:
</P>
<P>(A) The manufacturer's name and address;
</P>
<P>(B) The name, signature, and contact information for the person designated to certify compliance with this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(C) A car identification number for each car being certified.
</P>
<P>(ii) Manufacturers shall maintain records showing the information, including the calculations, made to support certification under this section and such records shall be made available to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Valid certification required.</I> At the time a railroad freight car begins operation on the United States general railroad system of transportation, the manufacturer of such railroad freight car shall have valid certification described in paragraph (a) of this section for the year in which such car begins operation.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.5.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.405   Prohibition on registering noncompliant railroad freight cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Cars prohibited.</I> A railroad freight car manufacturer may not register, or cause to be registered, a railroad freight car that does not comply with the requirements under this subpart in the Umler system.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.5.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.407   Civil penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A railroad freight car manufacturer that has manufactured a railroad freight car for operation on the United States freight railroad interchange system that the Secretary of Transportation determines, after written notice and an opportunity for a hearing, has violated this subpart is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of at least $100,000, but not more than $250,000, for each such violation for each railroad freight car.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibition for violations.</I> The Secretary of Transportation may prohibit a railroad freight car manufacturer with respect to which the Secretary has assessed more than three violations under this section from providing additional railroad freight cars for operation on the United States freight railroad interchange system until the Secretary determines:
</P>
<P>(1) Such manufacturer is in compliance with this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(2) All civil penalties assessed to such manufacturer pursuant to this section have been paid in full.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.409" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.5.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.409   Demand letter.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FRA, through the Office of the Chief Counsel, begins a civil penalty proceeding under § 215.407(a) by serving a demand letter on a railroad freight car manufacturer, charging the railroad freight car manufacturer with having violated one or more provisions of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) A demand letter issued under this section includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the provision(s) which the respondent is believed to have violated;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the factual allegations upon which the proposed civil monetary penalty is being sought;
</P>
<P>(3) Notice of the maximum amount of civil monetary penalty for which the respondent may be liable;
</P>
<P>(4) Notice of the amount of the civil monetary penalty proposed;
</P>
<P>(5) A description of the manner in which the respondent should make payment of any money to the United States;
</P>
<P>(6) A statement of the respondent's right to present written explanations, information, or any materials in answer to the charges or in mitigation of the penalty; and
</P>
<P>(7) A statement of the respondent's right to request a hearing and the procedures for requesting a hearing.
</P>
<P>(c) FRA may amend the demand letter at any time prior to completion of a fully executed settlement agreement or the entry of an order to pay a civil monetary penalty. If the amendment contains any new material allegation of fact, the respondent is given an opportunity to respond. In an amended demand letter, FRA may change the civil monetary penalty amount initially proposed, up to the maximum penalty amount for each violation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.411" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.5.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.411   Reply.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within sixty (60) days of the service of a demand letter issued under § 215.409, the respondent may—
</P>
<P>(1) Pay as provided in § 209.413(a) and thereby close the case;
</P>
<P>(2) Make an informal response as provided in § 215.415; or
</P>
<P>(3) Request a hearing as provided in § 215.417.
</P>
<P>(b) The Office of the Chief Counsel may extend the sixty (60) day period for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(c) Failure of the respondent to reply by taking one of the three actions described in paragraph (a) of this section, within the period provided, constitutes a waiver of the right to appear and contest the allegations, and authorizes the Office of the Chief Counsel, without further notice to the respondent, to find the facts to be as alleged in the demand letter and to assess an appropriate civil penalty.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.413" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.5.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.413   Payment of penalty; compromise.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Payment of a civil monetary penalty may be made by credit card, certified check, money order, or wire transfer. Payment by credit card must be made via the internet at <I>https://www.pay.gov/paygov/.</I> Instructions for online payment are found on the website. Payments made by certified check or money order should be made payable to the Federal Railroad Administration and sent to DOT/FRA, M.M.A.C., AMK-324, HQ-RM 181, P.O. Box 25082, Oklahoma City, OK 73125. Overnight express payments may be sent to DOT/FRA, M.M.A.C., AMK-324, HQ-RM 181, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169.
</P>
<P>(b) At any time before an order requiring payment of a civil monetary penalty is referred to the Attorney General for collection, the respondent may offer to compromise for a specific amount by contacting the Office of the Chief Counsel.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.415" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.5.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.415   Informal response and assessment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a respondent elects to make an informal response to a demand letter, respondent must submit to the Office of the Chief Counsel such written explanations, information, or other materials as respondent may desire in answer to the charges or in mitigation of the proposed penalty.
</P>
<P>(b) The respondent may include in the informal written response a request for a conference. Upon receipt of such a request, the Office of the Chief Counsel arranges for a conference as soon as practicable.
</P>
<P>(c) Written explanations, information, or materials submitted by the respondent, and relevant information presented during any conference held under this section, are considered by the Office of the Chief Counsel in reviewing the demand letter and determining the fact(s) of the violation and the amount of any civil penalty to be paid.
</P>
<P>(d) After consideration of an informal response, including any relevant information presented at a conference, the Office of the Chief Counsel may dismiss the demand letter in whole or in part. If the Office of the Chief Counsel does not dismiss the action in whole, the Office of the Chief Counsel may enter into a settlement agreement or enter an order assessing a civil monetary penalty.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.417" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.5.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.417   Request for hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a respondent elects to request a hearing, the respondent must submit a written request to the Office of the Chief Counsel referring to the case number which appeared on the demand letter. The request must—
</P>
<P>(1) State the name and email address of the respondent and of the person signing the request, if different from the respondent;
</P>
<P>(2) State with respect to each allegation whether it is admitted or denied; and
</P>
<P>(3) State with particularity the issues to be raised by the respondent at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) After a request for hearing that complies with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the Office of the Chief Counsel schedules a hearing for the earliest practicable date.
</P>
<P>(c) The Office of the Chief Counsel, or the hearing officer designated under § 215.419, may grant extensions of the time of the commencement of the hearing for good cause shown.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.419" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.5.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.419   Hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a hearing is requested and scheduled under § 215.417, a presiding officer designated by the Office of the Chief Counsel convenes and presides over the hearing. If requested by the respondent, and if practicable, the hearing is held in the general vicinity of the place where the alleged violation occurred, at a place convenient to the respondent, or virtually. Testimony by witnesses shall be given under oath and the hearing shall be recorded verbatim.
</P>
<P>(b) The presiding official may:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas as provided by § 209.7;
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt procedures for the submission of evidence in written form;
</P>
<P>(4) Take or cause depositions to be taken;
</P>
<P>(5) Rule on offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
</P>
<P>(6) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(7) Convene, recess, reconvene, and adjourn and otherwise regulate the course of the hearing;
</P>
<P>(8) Hold conferences for settlement, simplification of the issues or any other proper purpose; and
</P>
<P>(9) Take any other action authorized by, or consistent with, the provisions of this subpart pertaining to civil monetary penalties and permitted by law that may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of an issue raised, therein.
</P>
<P>(c) The Office of the Chief Counsel has the burden of providing the facts alleged in the demand letter and may offer such relevant information as may be necessary fully to inform the presiding officer as to the matter concerned.
</P>
<P>(d) The respondent may appear and be heard on the respondent's own behalf or through counsel of the respondent's choice. The respondent or respondent's counsel may offer relevant information, including testimony, which they believe should be considered in defense of the allegations, or that may bear on the proposed civil monetary penalty, and conduct such cross-examination as may be required for a full disclosure of the material facts.
</P>
<P>(e) At the conclusion of the hearing, or as soon thereafter as the hearing officer shall provide, the parties may file proposed findings and conclusions, together with supporting reasons.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 215.421" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.5.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 215.421   Presiding officer's decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After consideration of the evidence of record, the presiding officer may dismiss the demand letter in whole or in part. If the presiding officer does not dismiss the civil penalty enforcement action in whole, the presiding officer will issue and serve on the respondent an order assessing a civil penalty. The presiding officer's decision will include a statement of findings and conclusions as well as the reasons therefor on all material issues of fact, law, and discretion.
</P>
<P>(b) If, within twenty (20) days after service of an order assessing a civil penalty fine issued by the presiding officer under paragraph (a) of this section, the respondent does not pay the civil penalty fine, the case may be referred to the Attorney General with a request that an action to collect the penalty be brought in the appropriate United States District Court. In the civil action, the amount and appropriateness of the civil penalty shall not be subject to review.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.7.11.1.10" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 215—Railroad Freight Car Components
</HEAD>
<P>List of components whose use is restricted by § 215.203 of this part.
</P>
<FP>A. Air brakes:
</FP>
<P>The “K” type.
</P>
<FP>B. Axles:
</FP>
<P>1. Former AAR alternate standard tubular type.
</P>
<P>2. Axle with letters “RJ” stamped on the end of the journal.
</P>
<FP>C. Couplers:
</FP>
<P>1. AAR type “D”, top or bottom operated.
</P>
<P>2. AAR type “E” with 5″ by 7″ shank.
</P>
<FP>D. Draft arrangement:
</FP>
<P>1. Miner FR-16 and FR-19-F draft gears.
</P>
<P>2. Farlow draft attachment.
</P>
<FP>E. Plain journal bearings:
</FP>
<P>Cartridge type.
</P>
<FP>F. Roller bearings:
</FP>
<P>1. Nippon Sieko Kabushiki Kaish (NSK) size 6
<FR>1/2</FR>″ by 12″ (marked “AAR 11”).
</P>
<P>2. Hyatt cylindrical bearing, all sizes (marked “AAR 2”).
</P>
<P>3. SKF “Piggybacker” spherical roller, size 6″ by 11″ (marked “AAR 7”).
</P>
<FP>G. Trucks:
</FP>
<P>1. Arch bar type.
</P>
<P>2. Truck with cast steel pedestal side frame, short wheel base, and no bolster.
</P>
<FP>H. Truck bolsters:
</FP>
<P>1. A bolster with one of the following pattern numbers listed according to manufacturer:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A.S.F.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dresser (Symington)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Birdsboro
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lenoir car works
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21183-B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">BO 5234</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1458</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">CS-184.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1468
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21183-N</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">BO 5263</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1471</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">CS-611.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">BO 7076
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21648-C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">BO 7076-A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22056-E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">BO 7115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>2. Bolster cast before 1927.
</P>
<P>3. Bolster without an identification mark or pattern number.
</P>
<FP>I. 1. Truck side frames:
</FP>
<P>A side frame with one of the following pattern numbers listed according to manufacturer:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A.S.F.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">National castings
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Buckeye
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dominion
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7273</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33793-1B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3-1776</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">TF-5100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7323</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">F-420
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21362 (cast prior to June 1941)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pittsburgh steel foundry
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Scullin steel
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bettendorf
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Canadian steel foundry
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31673</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42-CS-180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">UT 456</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26565
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-1862
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-1674</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4665
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4-2045</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4770
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12897</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4942
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12921</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5220
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21263</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5364
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5364-C
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5364-E
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5811-A
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5869-B
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6577-A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>2. Side frame cast before 1927.
</P>
<P>3. Side frame without an identification mark or pattern number.
</P>
<P>4. Side frame with an “I”, “T”, or “L” section compression or tension member.
</P>
<FP>J. Wheels:
</FP>
<P>1. Cast iron wheel.
</P>
<P>2. Cast steel wheel marked “AAR X-2.”
</P>
<P>3. Southern cast steel wheel manufactured before May 7, 1958.
</P>
<P>4. Griffin, three-riser cast steel wheel, ball rim design, 70-ton capacity.
</P>
<P>5. Griffin, three-riser cast steel wheel, two-wear, 70- and 50-ton capacity, 33 inch, (marked X-5 or CS-2).
</P>
<P>6. Wrought steel wheel manufactured before 1927, as indicated by marking on wheel.
</P>
<P>7. Cast steel wheel marked AAR X-4.
</P>
<P>8. Davis cast steel wheel.
</P>
<P>9. One-wear, 70-ton Southern (ABEX) U1 cast steel wheels dated May 7, 1958 through December 31, 1969.
</P>
<P>A. Wheels dated May 7, 1958, to January 1, 1964, are marked with the symbol “70T” cast on the back of the wheel plate; they are not marked “U-1.”
</P>
<P>B. Wheels dated January 1, 1964 through December 31, 1969, are marked with the symbols “CJ-33” and “U-1” <I>or</I> “70T” and “U-1” cast on the back of the wheel plate.
</P>
<FP>K. Yokes:
</FP>
<P>1. Riveted type.
</P>
<P>2. Keyless type.
</P>
<P>3. Vertical key type.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.7.11.1.11" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 215 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.7.11.1.12" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 215—FRA Freight Car Standards Defect Code
</HEAD>
<P>The following defect code has been established for use by FRA and State inspectors to report defects observed during inspection of freight cars. The purpose of the code is to establish a uniform language among FRA, States, and the railroad industry that will facilitate communication, recordkeeping, and statistical analyses. The code may not be substituted for the description of defects on bad order tags affixed to cars being moved for repair under § 215.9. However, it may be used to supplement that description.
</P>
<HD1>Index
</HD1>
<HD2>General
</HD2>
<FP-2>215.009 Improper Movement of Defective Cars.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.011 Designation of Qualified Persons.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.013 Failure to Perform a Pre-departure Inspection.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.015 Failure to Complete Initial Periodic Inspection as Required.
</FP-2>
<HD1>Freight Car Components
</HD1>
<HD2>Suspension System
</HD2>
<FP-2>215.103 Defective Wheel.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.105 Defective Axle.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.107 Defective Plain Bearing Box: General.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.109 Defective Plain Bearing Box: Journal Lubrication System.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.111 Defective Plain Bearing.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.113 Defective Plain Bearing Wedge.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.115 Defective Roller Bearing.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.117 Defective Roller Bearing Adapter.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.119 Defective Freight Car Truck.
</FP-2>
<HD2>Car Bodies
</HD2>
<FP-2>215.121 Defective Car Body.
</FP-2>
<HD2>Draft System
</HD2>
<FP-2>215.123 Defective Couplers.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.125 Defective Uncoupling Device.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.127 Defective Draft Arrangement.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.129 Defective Cushioning Device.
</FP-2>
<HD2>Restricted Equipment
</HD2>
<FP-2>215.203 Restricted Cars.
</FP-2>
<HD2>Stenciling
</HD2>
<FP-2>215.301 Improper Stenciling.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.303 Improper Stenciling of Restricted Cars.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.305 Improper Stenciling of Maintenance-of-Way Equipment.
</FP-2>
<HD2>Description of Defects
</HD2>
<FP-2>215.009 Failure to meet conditions for movement of defective cars for repairs.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.011 Designation of Qualified Persons.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A)(1) Railroad fails to designate persons qualified to inspect freight cars;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Persons designated does not have knowledge and ability to inspect freight cars for compliance with the requirements of this part.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B) Railroad fails to maintain written record of:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) Each designation in effect;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) The basis for this designation.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.013 Failure to perform pre-departure inspection.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.015 Periodic Inspection.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A) Railroad fails to perform the periodic inspection as required by June 30, 1980 on:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) High utilization car built prior to December 31, 1977;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Non-high utilization car built prior to December 31, 1971;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B) A freight car improperly stenciled for periodic inspection.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.103 Defective Wheel.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A)(1) Flanges 
<FR>7/8</FR>″ or less at 
<FR>3/8</FR>″ above the tread;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Flanges 
<FR>13/16</FR>″ or less at 
<FR>3/8</FR>″ above the tread;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Flanges 
<FR>3/4</FR>″ or less at 
<FR>3/8</FR>″ above the tread;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B)(1) Flange is 1
<FR>1/2</FR>″ or more from the tread to top of flange;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Flange is 1
<FR>5/8</FR>″ or more from the tread to top of flange;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Flange is 1
<FR>3/4</FR>″.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(C)(1) Rim thickness is 
<FR>11/16</FR>″ or less;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Rim thickness is 
<FR>5/8</FR>″ or less;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Rim thickness is 
<FR>9/16</FR>″ or less;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(D) Wheel cracked or broken in: (1) rim, (2) flange, (3) plate or (4) hub area.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(E) Wheel chip or gouge in flange:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) 1
<FR>1/2</FR>″ length and 
<FR>1/2</FR>″ in width or more;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) 1
<FR>5/8</FR>″ length and 
<FR>5/8</FR>″ in width or more;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) 1
<FR>3/4</FR>″ in length and 
<FR>3/4</FR>″ in width or more.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(F) Wheel has slid flat spot or shelled spot:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) 2
<FR>1/2</FR>″ in length or more;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Has two adjoining flat spots each of which is 2″ in length or greater;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) A single flat spot 3″ in length or more;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(4) Has two adjoining flat spots one of which is at least 2″ in length and the other is 2
<FR>1/2</FR>″ or greater.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(G) Has a loose wheel.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(H) Overheated with discoloration extending: (1) More than 4″; (2) 4
<FR>1/2</FR>″ or more.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(I) A welded wheel on car that is not moving for repairs.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.105 Defective Axle.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A) Cracked or broken:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) Cracked 1′ or less;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Cracked greater than 1″;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Broken or cracked with visible separation of metal.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B) Gouge between wheel seats more than 
<FR>1/8</FR>″ in depth:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(C) Broken or cracked end collar on plain bearing axle.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(D) Overheated journal.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(E) Surface of plain bearing journal or fillet has (1) ridge, (2) depression, (3) circumferential score, (4) corrugation, (5) scratch, (6) continuous streak, (7) pitting, (8) rust, (9) etching.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.107 Defective plain bearing box.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A) (1) Does not contain visible free oil;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) A journal box with dry pad.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B) Lid is missing, broken or open except to receive service.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(C) Box has foreign matter that will damage bearing or prevent lubrication.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.109 Defective plain bearing box: journal lubrication system.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A) Pad torn half the length or width.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B) Scorched, burned or glazed.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(C) Contains decaying or deteriorated fabric.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(D) Has exposed core except by design of metal parts in contact with journal.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(E)(1) Missing;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Not in contact with journal.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.111 Defective plain bearing.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A) Missing, cracked or broken.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B)(1) Bearing lining is loose;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Broken out piece.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(C) Overheated as evidenced by:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) Melted babbit;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Smoke from hot oil;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Journal surface damaged.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.113 Defective plain bearing wedge.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A) Missing.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B) Cracked.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(C) Broken.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(D) Not located in design position.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.115 Defective roller bearing.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A)(1) Overheated;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Loose or missing cap screw;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Roller bearing seal loose or damaged permitting loss of lubricant;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(4) Two or more missing cap screws.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B)(1) Failure to inspect if involved in derailment;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Failure to disassemble if required under this part;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Failure to repair or replace defective roller bearings.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.117 Defective roller bearing adapter.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A) Cracked or broken.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B) Not in design position.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(C) Worn excessively as shown on Figure 1 in relief portion.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.119 Defective freight car trucks.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A)(1) Side frame or bolster broken;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Cracked 
<FR>1/4</FR>″ or more in transverse direction on tension member;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Cracked 1″ or more in transverse direction on tension member.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B) Has ineffective snubbing devices.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(C)(1) Missing or broken side bearing;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Side bearing in contact except by design;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Excessive side bearing clearance at one end of car;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(4) Excessive side bearing clearance on opposite sides at diagonal ends of car.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(D)(1) Has truck springs that will not maintain travel or load;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Truck springs that are compressed solid;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Has two springs broken in a cluster;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(4) Has three or more springs broken.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(E) Truck bolster and center plate interference preventing rotation.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(F) Has broken beam shelf supports worn so that shelf will not support beam.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.121 Defective car body.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A) Improper clearance—less than 2
<FR>1/2</FR>″ from top of rail.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B) Center sill is:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) Broken;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Cracked more than 6″;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Bent or buckled more than 2
<FR>1/2</FR>″ in any 6-foot length.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(C) Coupler carrier is:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) Broken;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Missing;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Non-resilient when used with coupler with F head.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(D) Car door not equipped with operative safety hangers.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(E) If center plate:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) Any portion missing;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Broken or cracked as defined in this part.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(F) Broken side sills, crossbars or body bolster.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.123 Defective couplers.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A) Coupler shank bent.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B) Coupler cracked in highly stressed area of head and shank.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(C) Coupler knuckle broken.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(D) Coupler knuckle pin or knuckle throw:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) Missing;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Inoperative.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(E) Coupler retainer pin lock:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) Missing;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Broken.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(F)(1) Coupler locklift is inoperative;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) No anti-creep protection;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(3) Coupler lock is (i) missing, (ii) inoperative, (iii) bent, (iv) cracked or (v) broken.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.125 Defective uncoupling device.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A) Fouling on curve.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B) Unintentional uncoupling.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.127 Defective draft arrangement.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A) Draft gear inoperative.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B) Broken yoke.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(C) End of car cushioning unit:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) Leaking;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Inoperative.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(D) Vertical coupler pin retainer plate:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) Missing;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Has missing fastener.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(E) Draft key or key retainer:
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(1) Inoperative;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(2) Missing.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(F) Follower plate missing or broken.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.129 Defective cushioning device unless effectively immobilized.
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(A) Broken.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(B) Inoperative.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(C) Missing parts.
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>215.203 Operating a restricted car, except under conditions approved by FRA.
</FP-2>
<HD2>Stenciling
</HD2>
<FP-2>215.301 Failure to stencil car number and built date on freight car as required.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.303 Failure to stencil restricted car as required.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>215.305 Failure to stencil maintenance-of-way equipment as required.


</FP-2>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.10.7.11.1.13" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 215—Pre-departure Inspection Procedure
</HEAD>
<P>At each location where a freight car is placed in a train and a person designated under § 215.11 is not on duty for the purpose of inspecting freight cars, the freight car shall, as a minimum, be inspected for the imminently hazardous conditions listed below that are likely to cause an accident or casualty before the train arrives at its destination. These conditions are readily discoverable by a train crew member in the course of a customary inspection.
</P>
<P>1. Car body:
</P>
<P>(a) Leaning or listing to side.
</P>
<P>(b) Sagging downward.
</P>
<P>(c) Positioned improperly on truck.
</P>
<P>(d) Object dragging below.
</P>
<P>(e) Object extending from side.
</P>
<P>(f) Door insecurely attached.
</P>
<P>(g) Broken or missing safety appliance.
</P>
<P>(h) Lading leaking from a placarded hazardous material car.
</P>
<P>2. Insecure coupling.
</P>
<P>3. Overheated wheel or journal.
</P>
<P>4. Broken or extensively cracked wheel.
</P>
<P>5. Brake that fails to release.
</P>
<P>6. Any other apparent safety hazard likely to cause an accident or casualty before the train arrives at its destination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 26711, Apr. 21, 1980, as amended at 73 FR 79701, Dec. 30, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="216" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 216—SPECIAL NOTICE AND EMERGENCY ORDER PROCEDURES: RAILROAD TRACK, LOCOMOTIVE AND EQUIPMENT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20102-20104, 20107, 20111, 20133, 20701-20702, 21301-21302, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 18657, May 6, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 216.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 216.1   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies, according to its terms, to each railroad that uses or operates—
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad freight car subject to part 215 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) A locomotive subject to 49 U.S.C. chapter 207 (49 U.S.C. 20701-03); or
</P>
<P>(3) Railroad passenger equipment subject to part 238 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) This part applies, according to its terms, to each railroad owning track subject to part 213 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 18657, May 6, 1976, as amended at 64 FR 25659, May 12, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 216.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 216.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P>(a) <I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>State</I> means a State participating in investigative and surveillance activities under 49 U.S.C. 20105.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inspector</I> includes FRA Regional Supervisors of Inspectors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 18657, May 6, 1976, as amended at 64 FR 25659, May 12, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 216.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 216.5   Delegation and general provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator has delegated to the appropriate FRA and State personnel the authority to implement this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Communications to the Administrator relating to the operation of this part should be submitted to the Docket Clerk, Office of Chief Counsel, Federal Railroad Administration, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(c) The notices prescribed in §§ 216.11, 216.13, 216.14, 216.15, and 216.21 of this part are issued on standard FRA forms indicating the particular subject matter. An inspector issues a notice by delivering it to an appropriate officer or agent immediately responsible for the affected locomotive, car, or track.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 18657, May 6, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 43153, Sept. 30, 1976; 64 FR 25659, May 12, 1999; 74 FR 25172, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 216.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 216.7   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person that violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) “Person” means an entity of any type, covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.
</P>
<P>(c) Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28141, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Special Notice for Repairs</HEAD>

<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to subpart B of part 216 appear at 64 FR 25659, May 12, 1999.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 216.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 216.11   Special notice for repairs—railroad freight car.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When an FRA Motive Power and Equipment Inspector or a State Equipment Inspector determines that a railroad freight car is not in conformity with the requirements of the FRA Freight Car Safety Standards set forth in part 215 of this chapter and that it is unsafe for further service, he notifies the railroad in writing that the car is not in serviceable condition. The Special Notice sets out and describes the defects that cause the car to be in unserviceable condition. After receipt of the Special Notice, the railroad shall remove the car from service until it is restored to serviceable condition. The car may not be deemed to be in serviceable condition until it complies with all applicable requirements of part 215 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad shall notify the Motive Power and Equipment (MP&amp;E) Division of FRA's Office of Railroad Safety in writing when the equipment is returned to service, specifying the repairs completed.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad freight car subject to the notice prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section may be moved from the place where it was found to be unsafe for further service to the nearest available point where the car can be repaired, if such movement is necessary to make such repairs. However, the movement is subject to the further restrictions of § 215.9 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 18657, May 6, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 43153, Sept. 30, 1976; 90 FR 28141, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 216.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 216.13   Special notice for repairs—locomotive.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When an FRA Motive Power and Equipment Inspector or State Equipment Inspector determines a locomotive is not safe to operate in the service to which it is put, whether by reason of nonconformity with the FRA Railroad Locomotive Safety Standards set forth in part 229 of this chapter or the FRA Railroad Locomotive Inspection Regulations set forth in part 230 of this chapter or by reason of any other condition rendering the locomotive unsafe, he or she will notify the railroad in writing that the locomotive is not in serviceable condition. After receipt of the Special Notice, the railroad shall remove the locomotive from service until it is restored to serviceable condition. The locomotive may not be deemed to be in serviceable condition until it complies with all applicable requirements of parts 229 and 230 of this chapter and until all additional deficiencies identified in the Special Notice have been corrected.
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier shall notify the FRA MP&amp;E Division in writing when the locomotive is returned to service, specifying the repairs completed. The carrier officer or employee directly responsible for the repairs shall subscribe this writing under oath.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 18657, May 6, 1976, as amended at 64 FR 25659, May 12, 1999; 90 FR 28142, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 216.14" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 216.14   Special notice for repairs—passenger equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When an FRA Motive Power and Equipment Inspector or a State Equipment Inspector determines that railroad passenger equipment is not in conformity with one or more of the requirements of the FRA Passenger Equipment Safety Standards set forth in part 238 of this chapter and that it is unsafe for further service, he or she will issue a written Special Notice to the railroad that the equipment is not in serviceable condition. The Special Notice describes the defect or defects that cause the equipment to be in unserviceable condition. After receipt of the Special Notice, the railroad shall remove the equipment from service until it is restored to serviceable condition. The equipment may not be deemed in serviceable condition until it complies with all applicable requirements of part 238 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad shall notify in writing the FRA MP&amp;E Division when the equipment is returned to service, specifying the repairs completed.
</P>
<P>(c) Railroad passenger equipment subject to a Special Notice may be moved from the place where it was found to be unsafe for further service to the nearest available point where the equipment can be repaired, if such movement is necessary to make the repairs. However, the movement is subject to the further restrictions of §§ 238.15 and 238.17 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25659, May 12, 1999, as amended at 90 FR 28142, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 216.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 216.15   Special notice for repairs—track class.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When an FRA Track Inspector or State Track Inspector determines that track does not comply with the requirements for the class at which the track is being operated, as defined in the Track Safety Standards (49 CFR part 213), he notifies the railroad in writing that the track is being lowered in class and that operations over that track must comply with the speed limitations prescribed in part 213 of this chapter. The notice describes the conditions requiring the track to be lowered in class, specifies the exact location of the affected track segment, and states the highest class and corresponding maximum speeds at which trains may be operated over that track. After receipt of such notice, the speeds at which trains operate over that track shall not exceed the stated maximum permissible speeds, until such time as the track conforms to applicable standards for a higher class.
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad shall notify the FRA Track and Structures Division in writing when the track is restored to a condition permitting operations at speeds authorized for a higher class, specifying the repairs completed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 43153, Sept. 30, 1976, as amended at 90 FR 28142, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 216.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 216.17   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon receipt of a Special Notice prescribed in §§ 216.11, 216.13, 216.14, or 216.15, a railroad may appeal the decision of the Inspector to the relevant FRA Staff Director (<I>i.e.,</I> MP&amp;E or Track and Structures Division Staff Director). The appeal must be made by email to the relevant FRA Staff Director. The FRA Staff Director assigns an inspector, other than the inspector from whose decision the appeal is being taken, to reinspect the railroad freight car, locomotive, railroad passenger equipment, or track. The reinspection will be made immediately. If upon reinspection, the railroad freight car, locomotive, or passenger equipment is found to be in serviceable condition, or the track is found to comply with the requirements for the class at which it was previously operated by the railroad, the FRA Staff Director or the Director's delegate will immediately notify the railroad, whereupon the restrictions of the Special Notice cease to be effective. If on reinspection the decision of the original inspector is sustained, the FRA Staff Director notifies the railroad that the appeal has been denied.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad whose appeal to the FRA Staff Director has been denied may, within thirty (30) days from the denial, appeal to the Administrator. After affording an opportunity for informal oral hearing, the Administrator may affirm, set aside, or modify, in whole or in part, the action of the FRA Staff Director.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements of a Special Notice issued under this subpart shall remain in effect and be observed by a railroad pending appeal to the FRA Staff Director or to the Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28142, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Emergency Order—Track</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 216.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 216.21   Notice of track conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When an FRA Track Inspector or State Track Inspector finds track conditions which may require the issuance of an Emergency order removing the track from service under section 203, Public Law 91-458, 84 Stat. 972, the Inspector may issue a notice to the railroad owning the track. The notice sets out and describes the conditions found by the Inspector and specifies the location of defects on the affected track segment. The Inspector provides a copy to the FRA Track and Structures Division Staff Director.
</P>
<P>(b) In the event the railroad immediately commences repairs on the affected track and so advises the FRA Track and Structures Division Staff Director, the Staff Director assigns an Inspector to reinspect the track immediately on the completion of repairs. If upon reinspection the Inspector determines that necessary repairs have been completed, the Inspector withdraws the Notice of Track Conditions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28142, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 216.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.3.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 216.23   Consideration of recommendation.</HEAD>
<P>Upon receipt of a Notice of Track Conditions issued under § 216.21, the FRA Track and Structures Division Staff Director prepares a recommendation to the Administrator concerning the issuance of an Emergency order removing the affected track from service. In preparing this recommendation, the FRA Track and Structures Division Staff Director considers all written or other material bearing on the condition of the track received from the railroad within three (3) calendar days of the issuance of the Notice of Track Conditions and also considers the report of the FRA District Track Specialist.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28142, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 216.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.3.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 216.25   Issuance and review of emergency order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon recommendation of the FRA Track and Structures Division Staff Director, the Administrator may issue an Emergency order removing from service track identified in the notice issued under § 216.21.
</P>
<P>(b) As specified in section 203, Public Law 91-458, 84 Stat. 972, opportunity for review of the Emergency order is provided in accordance with section 554 of title 5 of the U.S.C. Petitions for such review must be submitted in writing to the Office of the Chief Counsel, Federal Railroad Administration, via email to <I>FRALegal@dot.gov.</I> Upon receipt of a petition, FRA will immediately contact the petitioner and make the necessary arrangements for a conference to be held at the earliest date acceptable to the petitioner. At this conference, the petitioner will be afforded an opportunity to submit facts, arguments and proposals for modification or withdrawal of the Emergency order. If the controversy is not resolved at this conference and a hearing is desired, the petitioner must submit a written request for a hearing within fifteen (15) days after the conference. The hearing will commence within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of the request and will be conducted in accordance with sections 556 and 575, title 5, U.S.C.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless stayed or modified by the Administrator, the requirements of each Emergency order issued under this subpart shall remain in effect and be observed pending decision on a petition for review.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 18657, May 6, 1976, as amended at 90 FR 28142, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 216.27" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.11.3.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 216.27   Reservation of authority and discretion.</HEAD>
<P>The FRA may issue Emergency orders concerning track without regard to the procedures prescribed in this subpart whenever the Administrator determines that immediate action is required to assure the public safety.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="217" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 217—RAILROAD OPERATING RULES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20168, 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>39 FR 41176, Nov. 25, 1974, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.12.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 217.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.12.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 217.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>Through the requirements of this part, the Federal Railroad Administration learns the condition of operating rules and practices with respect to trains and other rolling equipment in the railroad industry, and each railroad is required to instruct its employees in operating practices.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 217.2" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.12.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 217.2   Preemptive effect.</HEAD>
<P>Normal State negligence standards apply where there is no Federal action covering the subject matter. Under 49 U.S.C. 20106 (section 20106), issuance of the regulations in this part preempts any State law, regulation, or order covering the same subject matter, except an additional or more stringent law, regulation, or order that is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially local railroad safety or railroad security hazard; that is not incompatible with a law, regulation, or order of the United States Government; and that does not unreasonably burden interstate commerce. Section 20106 permits State tort actions arising from events or activities occurring on or after January 18, 2002, for the following: violation of the Federal standard of care established by regulation or order issued by the Secretary of Transportation (with respect to railroad safety, such as these regulations) or the Secretary of Homeland Security (with respect to railroad security); a party's violation of, or failure to comply with, its own plan, rule, or standard that it created pursuant to a regulation or order issued by either of the two Secretaries; and a party's violation of a State standard that is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially local safety or security hazard, is not incompatible with a law, regulation, or order of the United States Government, and does not unreasonably burden interstate commerce. Nothing in section 20106 creates a Federal cause of action on behalf of an injured party or confers Federal question jurisdiction for such State law causes of action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 8495, Feb. 13, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 217.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.12.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 217.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to railroads that operate trains or other rolling equipment on standard gage track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad that operates only on track inside an installation which is not part of the general railroad system of transportation; or
</P>
<P>(2) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected with the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 2690, Jan. 15, 1975, as amended at 54 FR 33229, Aug. 14, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 217.4" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.12.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 217.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator for Safety</I> means the Associate Administrator for Safety of the Federal Railroad Administration or that person's delegate as designated in writing.
</P>
<P><I>Class I,</I> <I>Class II,</I> and <I>Class III</I> have the meaning assigned by regulations of the Interstate Commerce Commission (49 CFR part 1201; General Instructions 1-1), as those regulations may be revised and applied by order of the Commission (including modifications in class thresholds based revenue deflator adjustments).
</P>
<P><I>Division headquarters</I> means the location designated by the railroad where a high-level operating manager (<I>e.g.,</I> a superintendent, division manager, or equivalent), who has jurisdiction over a portion of the railroad, has an office.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified</I> means that a person has successfully completed all instruction, training, and examination programs required by the railroad and this part and that the person, therefore, has actual knowledge or may reasonably be expected to have knowledge of the subject on which the person is expected to be competent.
</P>
<P><I>System headquarters</I> means the location designated by the railroad as the general office for the railroad system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 43070, Aug. 22, 1994, as amended at 73 FR 8496, Feb. 13, 2008]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 217.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.12.1.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 217.5   Penalty.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person (an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including but not limited to the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor) who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation, except that: Penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and, a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 28599, July 28, 1988]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 217.5, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 217.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.12.1.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 217.7   Operating rules; filing and recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On or before December 21, 1994, each Class I railroad, Class II railroad, the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, and each railroad providing commuter service in a metropolitan or suburban area that is in operation on November 21, 1994, shall file with the Federal Railroad Administrator, Washington, DC 20590, one copy of its code of operating rules, timetables, and timetable special instructions which were in effect on November 21, 1994. Each Class I railroad, each Class II railroad, and each railroad providing commuter service in a metropolitan or suburban area that commences operations after November 21, 1994, shall file with the Administrator one copy of its code of operating rules, timetables, and timetable special instructions before it commences operations.
</P>
<P>(b) After November 21, 1994, each Class I railroad, each Class II railroad, the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, and each railroad providing commuter service in a metropolitan or suburban area shall file each new amendment to its code of operating rules, each new timetable, and each new timetable special instruction with the Federal Railroad Administrator within 30 days after it is issued.
</P>
<P>(c) On or after November 21, 1994, each Class III railroad and any other railroad subject to this part but not subject to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall keep one copy of its current code of operating rules, timetables, and timetable special instructions and one copy of each subsequent amendment to its code of operating rules, each new timetable, and each new timetable special instruction, at its system headquarters, and shall make such records available to representatives of the Federal Railroad Administration for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 43070, Aug. 22, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 217.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.12.1.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 217.9   Program of operational tests and inspections; recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirement to conduct operational tests and inspections.</I> Each railroad to which this part applies shall periodically conduct operational tests and inspections to determine the extent of compliance with its code of operating rules, timetables, and timetable special instructions, specifically including tests and inspections sufficient to verify compliance with the requirements of subpart F of part 218 of this chapter, in accordance with a written program as required by paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Railroad and railroad testing officer responsibilities.</I> The requirements of this paragraph (b) are applicable beginning January 1, 2009.
</P>
<P>(1) Each railroad officer who conducts operational tests and inspections (railroad testing officer) shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Be qualified on the railroad's operating rules in accordance with § 217.11 of this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be qualified on the operational testing and inspection program requirements and procedures relevant to the testing and inspections the officer will conduct;
</P>
<P>(iii) Receive appropriate field training, as necessary to achieve proficiency, on each operational test or inspection that the officer is authorized to conduct; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Conduct operational tests and inspections in accordance with the railroad's program of operational tests and inspections.
</P>
<P>(2) Written records documenting qualification of each railroad testing officer shall be retained at the railroad's system headquarters and at the division headquarters for each division where the officer is assigned and shall be made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(3) A passenger railroad that utilizes inward-facing locomotive image or in-cab audio recordings to conduct operational tests and inspections shall adopt and comply with a procedure in its operational tests and inspections program that ensures employees are randomly subject to such operational tests and inspections involving image or audio recordings. The procedure adopted by a passenger railroad must:
</P>
<P>(i) Establish objective, neutral criteria to ensure every employee subject to such operational tests and inspections is selected randomly for such operational tests and inspections within a specified time frame;
</P>
<P>(ii) Not permit subjective factors to play a role in selection, <I>i.e.,</I> no employee may be selected based on the exercise of a railroad's discretion; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Require that any operational test or inspection using locomotive image or audio recordings be performed within 72 hours of the completion of the employee's tour of duty that is the subject of the operational test. Any operational test performed more than 72 hours after the completion of the tour of duty that is the subject of the test is a violation of this section. The 72-hour limitation does not apply to investigations of railroad accidents/incidents or to violations of Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, or orders, or any criminal laws.
</P>
<P>(4) FRA may review a passenger railroad's procedure implementing paragraph (b)(3) of this section, and, for cause stated, may disapprove such procedure under paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Written program of operational tests and inspections.</I> Every railroad shall have a written program of operational tests and inspections in effect. New railroads shall have such a program within 30 days of commencing rail operations. The program shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Provide for operational testing and inspection under the various operating conditions on the railroad. As of January 1, 2009, the program shall address with particular emphasis those operating rules that cause or are likely to cause the most accidents or incidents, such as those accidents or incidents identified in the quarterly reviews, six month reviews, and the annual summaries as required under paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(2) Require a minimum number of tests and inspections per year covering the requirements of part 218, subpart F of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) Describe each type of operational test and inspection required, including the means and procedures used to carry it out;
</P>
<P>(4) State the purpose of each type of operational test and inspection;
</P>
<P>(5) State, according to operating divisions where applicable, the frequency with which each type of operational test and inspection is to be conducted;
</P>
<P>(6) As of January 1, 2009, identify the officer(s) by name, job title, and, division or system, who shall be responsible for ensuring that the program of operational tests and inspections is properly implemented. The responsibilities of such officer(s) shall include, but not be limited to, ensuring that the railroad's testing officers are directing their efforts in an appropriate manner to reduce accidents/incidents and that all required reviews and summaries are completed. A railroad with divisions shall identify at least one officer at the system headquarters who is responsible for overseeing the entire program and the implementation by each division.
</P>
<P>(7) Include a schedule for making the program fully operative within 210 days after it begins.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Records.</I> (1) Each railroad to which this part applies shall keep a record of the date, time, place, and result of each operational test and inspection that was performed in accordance with its program. Each record shall specify the officer administering the test and inspection and each employee tested. These records shall be retained at the system headquarters and at each division headquarters where the tests and inspections are conducted for one calendar year after the end of the calendar year to which they relate. These records shall be made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(2) Each railroad shall retain one copy of its current program for periodic performance of the operational tests and inspections required by paragraph (a) of this section and one copy of each subsequent amendment to such program. These records shall be retained at the system headquarters and at each division headquarters where the tests and inspections are conducted for three calendar years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate. These records shall be made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reviews of tests and inspections and adjustments to the program of operational tests.</I> This paragraph (e) shall apply to each Class I railroad and the National Railroad Passenger Corporation beginning April 1, 2009 and to all other railroads subject to this paragraph beginning July 1, 2009.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Reviews by railroads other than passenger railroads.</I> Each railroad to which this part applies shall conduct periodic reviews and analyses as provided in this paragraph and shall retain, at each division headquarters, where applicable, and at its system headquarters, one copy of the following written reviews, provided however that this requirement does not apply to either a railroad with less than 400,000 total employee work hours annually or a passenger railroad subject to paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Quarterly review.</I> The designated officer of each division headquarters, or system headquarters, if no division headquarters exists, shall conduct a written quarterly review of the accident/incident data, the results of prior operational tests and inspections, and other pertinent safety data for that division or system to identify the relevant operating rules related to those accidents/incidents that occurred during the quarter. The review shall also include the name of each railroad testing officer, the number of tests and inspections conducted by each officer, and whether the officer conducted the minimum number of each type of test or inspection required by the railroad's program. Based upon the results of that review, the designated officer shall make any necessary adjustments to the tests and inspections required of railroad officers for the subsequent period(s). Quarterly reviews and adjustments shall be completed no later than 30 days after the quarter has ended.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Six month review.</I> The designated officer of each system headquarters office responsible for development and administration of the program of operational tests and inspections shall conduct a review of the program of operational tests and inspections on a six month basis to ensure that it is being utilized as intended, that the quarterly reviews provided for in this paragraph have been properly completed, that appropriate adjustments have been made to the distribution of tests and inspections required, and that the railroad testing officers are appropriately directing their efforts. Six month reviews shall be completed no later than 60 days after the review period has ended.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reviews by passenger railroads.</I> Not less than once every six months, the designated officer(s) of the National Railroad Passenger Corporation and of each railroad providing commuter service in a metropolitan or suburban area shall conduct periodic reviews and analyses as provided in this paragraph and shall retain, at each division headquarters, where applicable, and at its system headquarters, one copy of the reviews. Each such review shall be completed within 30 days of the close of the period. The designated officer(s) shall conduct a written review of:
</P>
<P>(i) The operational testing and inspection data for each division, if any, or the system to determine compliance by the railroad testing officers with its program of operational tests and inspections required by paragraph (c) of this section. At a minimum, this review shall include the name of each railroad testing officer, the number of tests and inspections conducted by each officer, and whether the officer conducted the minimum number of each type of test or inspection required by the railroad's program;
</P>
<P>(ii) Accident/incident data, the results of prior operational tests and inspections, and other pertinent safety data for each division, if any, or the system to identify the relevant operating rules related to those accidents/incidents that occurred during the period. Based upon the results of that review, the designated officer(s) shall make any necessary adjustments to the tests and inspections required of railroad officers for the subsequent period(s); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Implementation of the program of operational tests and inspections from a system perspective, to ensure that it is being utilized as intended, that the other reviews provided for in this paragraph have been properly completed, that appropriate adjustments have been made to the distribution of tests and inspections required, and that the railroad testing officers are appropriately directing their efforts.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Records retention.</I> The records of periodic reviews required in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section shall be retained for a period of one year after the end of the calendar year to which they relate and shall be made available to representatives of FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Annual summary of operational tests and inspections.</I> Before March 1 of each calendar year, each railroad to which this part applies, except for a railroad with less than 400,000 total employee work hours annually, shall retain, at each of its division headquarters and at the system headquarters of the railroad, one copy of a written summary of the following with respect to its previous calendar year activities: The number, type, and result of each operational test and inspection, stated according to operating divisions where applicable, that was conducted as required by paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section. These records shall be retained for three calendar years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate and shall be made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Electronic recordkeeping.</I> Each railroad to which this part applies is authorized to retain by electronic recordkeeping the information prescribed in this section, provided that all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad adequately limits and controls accessibility to such information retained in its electronic database system and identifies those individuals who have such access;
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad has a terminal at the system headquarters and at each division headquarters;
</P>
<P>(3) Each such terminal has a computer (i.e., monitor, central processing unit, and keyboard) and either a facsimile machine or a printer connected to the computer to retrieve and produce information in a usable format for immediate review by FRA representatives;
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad has a designated representative who is authorized to authenticate retrieved information from the electronic system as true and accurate copies of the electronically kept records; and
</P>
<P>(5) The railroad provides representatives of the FRA with immediate access to these records for inspection and copying during normal business hours and provides printouts of such records upon request.
</P>
<P>(h) Upon review of the program of operational tests and inspections required by this section, the Associate Administrator for Safety may, for cause stated, disapprove the program. Notification of such disapproval shall be made in writing and specify the basis for the disapproval decision. If the Associate Administrator for Safety disapproves the program,
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad has 35 days from the date of the written notification of such disapproval to:
</P>
<P>(i) Amend its program and submit it to the Associate Administrator for Safety for approval; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide a written response in support of the program to the Associate Administrator for Safety, who informs the railroad of FRA's final decision in writing; and
</P>
<P>(2) A failure to submit the program with the necessary revisions to the Associate Administrator for Safety in accordance with this paragraph will be considered a failure to implement a program under this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 8496, Feb. 13, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 33902, June 16, 2008; 88 FR 70760, Oct. 12, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 217.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.12.1.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 217.11   Program of instruction on operating rules; recordkeeping; electronic recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To ensure that each railroad employee whose activities are governed by the railroad's operating rules understands those rules, each railroad to which this part applies shall periodically instruct each such employee on the meaning and application of the railroad's operating rules in accordance with a written program retained at its system headquarters and at the division headquarters for each division where the employee is instructed.
</P>
<P>(b) On or after November 21, 1994, or 30 days before commencing operations, whichever is later, each railroad to which this part applies shall retain one copy of its current program for the periodic instruction of its employees as required by paragraph (a) of this section and one copy of each subsequent amendment to that program. The system headquarters of the railroad shall retain one copy of all these records; the division headquarters for each division where the employees are instructed shall retain one copy of all portions of these records that the division applies and enforces. These records shall be made available to representatives of the Federal Railroad Administration for inspection and copying during normal business hours. This program shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Describe the means and procedures used for instruction of the various classes of affected employees;
</P>
<P>(2) State the frequency of instruction and the basis for determining that frequency;
</P>
<P>(3) Include a schedule for completing the initial instruction of employees who are already employed when the program begins;
</P>
<P>(4) Begin within 30 days after November 21, 1994, or the date of commencing operations, whichever is later; and
</P>
<P>(5) Provide for initial instruction of each employee hired after the program begins.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad to which this part applies is authorized to retain by electronic recordkeeping its program for periodic instruction of its employees on operating rules provided that the requirements stated in § 217.9(g)(1) through (5) of this part are satisfied.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 41176, Nov. 25, 1974, as amended at 59 FR 43071, Aug. 22, 1994; 73 FR 8497, Feb. 13, 2008]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="218" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 218—RAILROAD OPERATING PRACTICES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20131, 20138, 20144, 20168; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 2175, Jan. 10, 1979, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes minimum requirements for railroad operating rules and practices. Each railroad may prescribe additional or more stringent requirements in its operating rules, timetables, timetable special instructions, and other special instructions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to railroads that operate rolling equipment on standard gage track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad that operates only on track inside an installation which is not part of the general railroad system of transportation, or
</P>
<P>(2) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected with the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 2175, Jan. 10, 1979, as amended at 53 FR 28599, July 28, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.4" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.4   Preemptive effect.</HEAD>
<P>Normal State negligence standards apply where there is no Federal action covering the subject matter. Under 49 U.S.C. 20106 (section 20106), issuance of the regulations in this part preempts any State law, regulation, or order covering the same subject matter, except an additional or more stringent law, regulation, or order that is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially local railroad safety or railroad security hazard; that is not incompatible with a law, regulation, or order of the United States Government; and that does not unreasonably burden interstate commerce. Section 20106 permits State tort actions arising from events or activities occurring on or after January 18, 2002, for the following: Violation of the Federal standard of care established by regulation or order issued the Secretary of Transportation (with respect to railroad safety, such as these regulations) or the Secretary of Homeland Security (with respect to railroad security); a party's violation of, or failure to comply with, its own plan, rule, or standard that it created pursuant to a regulation or order issued by either of the two Secretaries; and a party's violation of a State standard that is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially local safety or security hazard, is not incompatible with a law, regulation, or order of the United States Government, and does not unreasonably burden interstate commerce. Nothing in section 20106 creates a Federal cause of action on behalf of an injured party or confers Federal question jurisdiction for such State law causes of action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 8498, Feb. 13, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Absolute block</I> means a block in which no train is permitted to enter while it is occupied by another train.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator for Safety</I> means the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer of the Federal Railroad Administration or that person's delegate as designated in writing.
</P>
<P><I>Blue signal</I> means a clearly distinguishable blue flag or blue light by day and a blue light at night. When attached to the operating controls of a locomotive, it need not be lighted if the inside of the cab area of the locomotive is sufficiently lighted so as to make the blue signal clearly distinguishable.
</P>
<P><I>Camp car</I> means any on-track vehicle, including outfit, camp, or bunk cars or modular homes mounted on flat cars used to house rail employees. It does not include wreck trains.
</P>
<P><I>Car shop repair track area</I> means one or more tracks within an area in which the testing, servicing, repair, inspection, or rebuilding of railroad rolling equipment is under the exclusive control of mechanical department personnel.
</P>
<P><I>Controlling locomotive</I> means a locomotive arranged as having the only controls over all electrical, mechanical and pneumatic functions for one or more locomotives, including controls transmitted by radio signals if so equipped. It does not include two or more locomotives coupled in multiple which can be moved from more than one set of locomotive controls.
</P>
<P><I>Designated crew member</I> means an individual designated under the railroad's operating rules as the point of contact between a train or yard crew and a utility employee working with that crew.
</P>
<P><I>Effective locking device</I> when used in relation to a manually operated switch or a derail means one which is:
</P>
<P>(1) Vandal resistant;
</P>
<P>(2) Tamper resistant; and
</P>
<P>(3) Capable of being locked and unlocked only by the class, craft or group of employees for whom the protection is being provided.
</P>
<P><I>Flagman's signals</I> means a red flag by day and a white light at night, and fusees as prescribed in the railroad's operating rules.
</P>
<P><I>FTA</I> means the Federal Transit Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Group of workers</I> means two or more workers of the same or different crafts assigned to work together as a unit under a common authority and who are in communication with each other while the work is being done.
</P>
<P><I>Hazard</I> means an existing or potential condition that could lead to an unplanned event or series of events that can result in an accident or incident (<I>i.e.,</I> mishap); injury, illness, or death; damage to or loss of a system, equipment, or property; or damage to the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Helper service train operation</I> means the train is a locomotive or group of locomotives being used to assist another train that has incurred mechanical failure or lacks sufficient tractive force necessary to traverse a particular section of track due to train tonnage and the grade of the terrain.
</P>
<P><I>Interlocking limits</I> means the tracks between the opposing home signals of an interlocking.
</P>
<P><I>Lite locomotive train operation</I> means the train is a locomotive or a consist of locomotives not attached to any piece of equipment or attached only to a caboose.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive</I> means, except for purposes of subpart F of this part, a self-propelled unit of equipment designed for moving other railroad rolling equipment in revenue service including a self-propelled unit designed to carry freight or passenger traffic, or both, and may consist of one or more units operated from a single control.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive, MU</I> means rail rolling equipment self-propelled by any power source and intended to provide transportation for members of the general public.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive servicing track area</I> means one or more tracks, within an area in which the testing, servicing, repair, inspection, or rebuilding of locomotives is under the exclusive control of mechanical department personnel.
</P>
<P><I>Main track</I> means a track, other than an auxiliary track, extending through yards or between stations, upon which trains are operated by timetable or train order or both, or the use of which is governed by a signal system.
</P>
<P><I>Mishap</I> means an event or condition or series of events or conditions resulting in an accident or incident.
</P>
<P><I>One-person train crew</I> means either:
</P>
<P>(1) One railroad employee is assigned a train as a train crew, and that single assigned person is performing the duties of both the locomotive engineer and the conductor; or
</P>
<P>(2) More than one railroad employee is assigned a train as a train crew, but only a single assigned person, who is performing the duty of the locomotive engineer, is traveling on the train when the train is moving, and the remainder of the train crew, that would include the conductor if the locomotive engineer is not the assigned conductor, is assigned to intermittently assist the train's movements.
</P>
<P><I>One-person train crewmember</I> means, in the context of a one-person train crew operation, the single assigned person who is performing the duty of the locomotive engineer and is traveling in the operating cab of the controlling locomotive when the train is moving.
</P>
<P><I>Risk</I> means the combination of the expected probability (or frequency of occurrence) and the consequence (or severity) of a hazard.
</P>
<P><I>Risk assessment</I> means the process of determining, either quantitatively or qualitatively, or both, the level of risk associated with train operations with a one-person train crew, compared to operations with a two-person (or larger) crew, under all operating conditions.
</P>
<P><I>Rolling equipment</I> includes locomotives, railroad cars, and one or more locomotives coupled to one or more cars.
</P>
<P><I>Switch providing access</I> means a switch which if traversed by rolling equipment could permit that rolling equipment to couple to the equipment being protected.
</P>
<P><I>Switching service or switching operation</I> means classifying rail cars according to commodity or destination; assembling of cars for train movements; changing the position of cars for purposes of loading, unloading, or weighing; placing locomotives and cars for repair or storage; or moving of rail equipment in connection with work service that does not constitute a train movement.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist train operation</I> means a tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion train operation.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist train operation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation</I> means a tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion train operation conducted only on track used exclusively for that purpose (<I>i.e.,</I> there is no freight, intercity passenger, or commuter passenger railroad operation on the track).
</P>
<P><I>Trailing tons</I> means the sum of the gross weights—expressed in tons-of the cars and the locomotives in a train that are not providing propelling power to the train.
</P>
<P><I>Train</I> means one or more locomotives coupled with or without cars, except during switching service.
</P>
<P><I>Train or yard crew</I> means one or more railroad employees assigned a controlling locomotive, under the charge and control of one crew member; called to perform service covered by Section 2 of the Hours of Service Act; involved with the train or yard movement of railroad rolling equipment they are to work with as an operating crew; reporting and working together as a unit that remains in close contact if more than one employee; and subject to the railroad operating rules and program of operational tests and inspections required in §§ 217.9 and 217.11 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Unit freight train</I> means a freight train composed of cars carrying a single type of commodity.
</P>
<P><I>Utility employee</I> means a railroad employee assigned to and functioning as a temporary member of a train or yard crew whose primary function is to assist the train or yard crew in the assembly, disassembly or classification of rail cars, or operation of trains (subject to the conditions set forth in § 218.22 of this chapter).
</P>
<P><I>Worker</I> means any railroad employee assigned to inspect, test, repair, or service railroad rolling equipment, or their components, including brake systems. Members of train and yard crews are excluded except when assigned such work on railroad rolling equipment that is not part of the train or yard movement they have been called to operate (or been assigned to as “utility employees”). Utility employees assigned to and functioning as temporary members of a specific train or yard crew (subject to the conditions set forth in § 218.22 of this chapter), are excluded only when so assigned and functioning.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Servicing does not include supplying cabooses, locomotives, or passenger cars with items such as ice, drinking water, tools, sanitary supplies, stationery, or flagging equipment.</P></NOTE>
<P>Testing does not include (i) visual observations made by an employee positioned on or alongside a caboose, locomotive, or passenger car; or (ii) marker inspections made in accordance with the provisions of § 221.16(b) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 43292, Aug. 16, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 11049, Mar. 1, 1995; 73 FR 8498, Feb. 13, 2008; 89 FR 25108, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.1.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.7   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad may petition the Federal Railroad Administration for a waiver of compliance with any requirement prescribed in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for a waiver under this section must be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, he may grant the waiver subject to any conditions he deems necessary. Notice of each waiver granted, including a statement of the reasons, therefore, is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.1.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.9   Civil penalty.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) “Person” means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.
</P>
<P>(c) Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28144, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.1.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.11   Filing, testing, and instruction.</HEAD>
<P>The operating rules prescribed in this part, and any additional or more stringent requirements issued by a railroad in relation to the operating rules prescribed in this part, shall be subject to the provisions of part 217 of this chapter, Railroad Operating Rules: Filing, Testing, and Instruction.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Blue Signal Protection of Workers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.21   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for the protection of railroad employees engaged in the inspection, testing, repair, and servicing of rolling equipment whose activities require them to work on, under, or between such equipment and subjects them to the danger of personal injury posed by any movement of such equipment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.22" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.22   Utility employee.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A utility employee shall be subject to the Hours of Service Act, and the requirements for training and testing, control of alcohol and drug use, and hours of service record keeping provided for in parts 217, 219, and 228 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) A utility employee shall perform service as a member of only one train or yard crew at any given time. Service with more than one crew may be sequential, but not concurrent.
</P>
<P>(c) A utility employee may be assigned to and serve as a member of a train or yard crew without the protection otherwise required by subpart B of part 218 of this chapter only under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The train or yard crew is assigned a controlling locomotive that is under the actual control of the assigned locomotive engineer of that crew;
</P>
<P>(2) The locomotive engineer is in the cab of the controlling locomotive, or, while the locomotive is stationary be replaced in the cab by another member of the same crew;
</P>
<P>(3) The utility employee established communication with the crew by contacting the designated crew member on arriving at the train (as defined for the purpose of this section as one or more locomotives coupled, with or without cars) and before commencing any duties with the crew.
</P>
<P>(4) Before each utility employee commences duties, the designated crew member shall provide notice to each crew member of the presence and identity of the utility employee. Once all crew members have acknowledged this notice, the designated crew member shall advise the utility employee that he or she is authorized to work as part of the crew. Thereafter, communication shall be maintained in such a manner that each member of the train or yard crew understands the duties to be performed and whether those duties will cause any crew member to go on, under, or between the rolling equipment; and
</P>
<P>(5) The utility employee is performing one or more of the following functions: Set or release handbrakes; couple or uncouple air hoses and other electrical or mechanical connections; prepare rail cars for coupling; set wheel blocks or wheel chains; conduct air brake test to include cutting air brake components in or out and position retaining valves; inspect, test, install, remove or replace a rear end marking device or end of train device; or change batteries on the rear end marking device or the end of train device if the change may be accomplished without the use of tools. Under all other circumstances, a utility employee working on, under, or between railroad rolling equipment must be provided with blue signal protection in accordance with §§ 218.23 through 218.30 of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) When the utility employee has ceased all work in connection with that train and is no longer on, under, or between the equipment, the utility employee shall notify the designated crew member. The designated crew member shall then provide notice to each crew member that the utility employee is being released from the crew. Once each crew member has acknowledged the notice, the designated crew member shall then notify the utility employee that he is released from the train or yard crew.
</P>
<P>(e) Communications required by § 218.22(c)(4) and (d) shall be conducted between the utility employee and the designated crew member. This communications shall be conducted either through direct verbal contact, by radio in compliance with part 220 of this chapter, or by oral telecommunication of equivalent integrity.
</P>
<P>(f) No more than three utility employees may be attached to one train or yard crew at any given time.
</P>
<P>(g) Any railroad employee who is not assigned to a train or yard crew, or authorized to work with a crew under the conditions set forth by paragraph (b) of this section, is a worker required to be provided blue signal protection in accordance with §§ 218.23 through 218.30 of this part.
</P>
<P>(h) Nothing in this section shall affect the alternative form of protection specified in § 221.16 of this chapter with respect to inspection of rear end marking devices.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 43293, Aug. 16, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 11050, Mar. 1, 1995; 85 FR 80569, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.23   Blue signal display.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Blue signals displayed in accordance with § 218.25, 218.27, or 218.29 signify that workers are on, under, or between rolling equipment. When so displayed—
</P>
<P>(1) The equipment may not be coupled to;
</P>
<P>(2) The equipment may not be moved, except as provided for in § 218.29;
</P>
<P>(3) Other rolling equipment may not be placed on the same track so as to reduce or block the view of a blue signal, except as provided for in § 218.29 (a), (b) and (c); and
</P>
<P>(4) Rolling equipment may not pass a displayed blue signal.
</P>
<P>(b) Blue signals must be displayed in accordance with § 218.25, 218.27, or 218.29 by each craft or group of workers prior to their going on, under, or between rolling equipment and may only be removed by the same craft or group that displayed them.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.24" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.24   One-person crew.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An engineer working alone as a one-person crew shall not perform duties on, under, or between rolling equipment, without blue signal protection that complies with § 218.27 or § 218.29, unless the duties to be performed are listed in § 218.22(c)(5) and the following protections are provided:
</P>
<P>(1) Each locomotive in the locomotive engineer's charge is either:
</P>
<P>(i) Coupled to the train or other railroad rolling equipment to be assisted; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Stopped a sufficient distance from the train or rolling equipment to ensure a separation of at least 50 feet; and
</P>
<P>(2) Before a controlling locomotive is left unattended, the one-member crew shall secure the locomotive as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The throttle is in the IDLE position;
</P>
<P>(ii) The generator field switch is in the OFF position;
</P>
<P>(iii) The reverser handle is removed (if so equipped);
</P>
<P>(iv) The isolation switch is in the ISOLATE position;
</P>
<P>(v) The locomotive independent (engine) brake valve is fully applied;
</P>
<P>(vi) The hand brake on the controlling locomotive is fully applied (if so equipped); and
</P>
<P>(vii) A bright orange engineer's tag (a tag that is a minimum of three by eight inches with the words ASSIGNED LOCOMOTIVE—DO NOT OPERATE) is displayed on the control stand of the controlling locomotive.
</P>
<P>(b) When assisting another train or yard crew with the equipment the other crew was assigned to operate, a single engineer must communicate directly, either by radio in compliance with part 220 of this chapter or by oral telecommunication of equivalent integrity, with the crew of the train to be assisted. The crews of both trains must notify each other in advance of all moves to be made by their respective equipment. Prior to attachment or detachment of the assisting locomotive(s), the crew of the train to be assisted must inform the single engineer that the train is secured against movement. The crew of the train to be assisted must not move the train or permit the train to move until authorized by the single engineer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 11050, Mar. 1, 1995]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>Section 218.24 was added at 60 FR 11050, Mar. 1, 1995, effective May 15, 1995. At 60 FR 30469, June 9, 1995, § 218.24 was suspended, effective May 15, 1995.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.25   Workers on a main track.</HEAD>
<P>When workers are on, under, or between rolling equipment on a main track:
</P>
<P>(a) A blue signal must be displayed at each end of the rolling equipment; and
</P>
<P>(b) If the rolling equipment to be protected includes one or more locomotives, a blue signal must be attached to the controlling locomotive at a location where it is readily visible to the engineman or operator at the controls of that locomotive.
</P>
<P>(c) When emergency repair work is to be done on, under, or between a locomotive or one or more cars coupled to a locomotive, and blue signals are not available, the engineman or operator must be notified and effective measures must be taken to protect the workers making the repairs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 2175, Jan. 10, 1979, as amended at 48 FR 6123, Feb. 10, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.27" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.2.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.27   Workers on track other than main track.</HEAD>
<P>When workers are on, under, or between rolling equipment on track other than main track—
</P>
<P>(a) A blue signal must be displayed at or near each manually operated switch providing access to that track;
</P>
<P>(b) Each manually operated switch providing access to the track on which the equipment is located must be lined against movement to that track and locked with an effective locking device; and
</P>
<P>(c) The person in charge of the workers must have notified the operator of any remotely controlled switch that work is to be performed and have been informed by the operator that each remotely controlled switch providing access to the track on which the equipment is located has been lined against movement to that track and locked as prescribed in § 218.30.
</P>
<P>(d) If rolling equipment requiring blue signal protection as provided for in this section is on a track equipped with one or more crossovers, both switches of each crossover must be lined against movement through the crossover toward that rolling equipment, and the switch of each crossover that provides access to the rolling equipment must be protected in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b), or (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) If the rolling equipment to be protected includes one or more locomotives, a blue signal must be attached to the controlling locomotive at a location where it is readily visible to the engineman or operator at the controls of that locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.29" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.2.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.29   Alternate methods of protection.</HEAD>
<P>Instead of providing blue signal protection for workers in accordance with § 218.27, the following methods for blue signal protection may be used:
</P>
<P>(a) When workers are on, under, or between rolling equipment in a locomotive servicing track area:
</P>
<P>(1) A blue signal must be displayed at or near each switch providing entrance to or departure from the area;
</P>
<P>(2) Each switch providing entrance to or departure from the area must be lined against movement to the area and locked with an effective locking device; and
</P>
<P>(3) A blue signal must be attached to each controlling locomotive at a location where it is readily visible to the engineman or operator at the controls of that locomotive;
</P>
<P>(4) If the speed within this area is restricted to not more than 5 miles per hour a derail, capable of restricting access to that portion of a track within the area on which the rolling equipment is located, will fulfill the requirements of a manually operated switch in compliance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section when positioned at least 50 feet from the end of the equipment to be protected by the blue signal, when locked in a derailing position with an effective locking device, and when a blue signal is displayed at the derail;
</P>
<P>(5) A locomotive may be moved onto a locomotive servicing area track after the blue signal has been removed from the entrance switch to the area. However, the locomotive must be stopped short of coupling to another locomotive;
</P>
<P>(6) A locomotive may be moved off of a locomotive servicing area track after the blue signal has been removed from the controlling locomotive to be moved and from the area departure switch;
</P>
<P>(7) If operated by an authorized employee under the direction of the person in charge of the workers, a locomotive protected by blue signals may be repositioned within this area after the blue signal has been removed from the locomotive to be repositioned and the workers on the affected track have been notified of the movement; and
</P>
<P>(8) Blue signal protection removed for the movement of locomotives as provided in paragraphs (a)(5) and (6) of this section must be restored immediately after the locomotive has cleared the switch.
</P>
<P>(b) When workers are on, under, or between rolling equipment in a car shop repair track area:
</P>
<P>(1) A blue signal must be displayed at or near each switch providing entrance to or departure from the area; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each switch providing entrance to or departure from the area must be lined against movement to the area and locked with an effective locking device;
</P>
<P>(3) If the speed within this area is restricted to not more than 5 miles per hour, a derail capable of restricting access to that portion of a track within the area on which the rolling equipment is located will fulfill the requirements of a manually operated switch in compliance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section when positioned at least 50 feet from the end of the equipment to be protected by the blue signal, when locked in a derailing position with an effective locking device and when a blue signal is displayed at the derail;
</P>
<P>(4) If operated by an authorized employee under the direction of the person in charge of the workemen, a car mover may be used to reposition rolling equipment within this area after workers on the affected track have been notified of the movement.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, when workers are on, under, or between rolling equipment on any track, other than a main track:
</P>
<P>(1) A derail capable of restricting access to that portion of the track on which such equipment is located, will fulfill the requirements of a manually operated switch when positioned no less than 150 feet from the end so such equipment; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each derail must be locked in a derailing position with an effective locking device and a blue signal must be displayed at each derail.
</P>
<P>(d) When emergency repair work is to be done on, under, or between a locomotive or one or more cars coupled to a locomotive, and blue signals are not available, the engineman or operator at the controls of that locomotive must be notified and effective measures must be taken to protect the workers making the repairs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 2175, Jan. 10, 1979, as amended at 48 FR 6123, Feb. 10, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.30" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.2.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.30   Remotely controlled switches.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After the operator of the remotely controlled switches has received the notification required by § 218.27(c), he must line each remotely controlled switch against movement to that track and apply an effective locking device to the lever, button, or other device controlling the switch before he may inform the employee in charge of the workers that protection has been provided.
</P>
<P>(b) The operator may not remove the locking device unless he has been informed by the person in charge of the workers that it is safe to do so.
</P>
<P>(c) The operator must maintain for 15 days a written record of each notification which contains the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and craft of the employee in charge who provided the notification;
</P>
<P>(2) The number or other designation of the track involved;
</P>
<P>(3) The date and time the operator notified the employee in charge that protection had been provided in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(4) The date and time the operator was informed that the work had been completed, and the name and craft of the employee in charge who provided this information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 2175, Jan. 10, 1979, as amended at 48 FR 6123, Feb. 10, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Protection of Trains and Locomotives</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.31" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.31   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum operating rule requirements for the protection of railroad employees engaged in the operation of trains, locomotives and other rolling equipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 5065, Jan. 27, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.35" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.3.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.35   Yard limits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After August 1, 1977, yard limits must be designated by—
</P>
<P>(1) Yard limit signs, and
</P>
<P>(2) Timetable, train orders, or special instructions.
</P>
<P>(b) After August 1, 1977, each railroad must have in effect an operating rule which complies with the requirements set forth below:
</P>
<P>(1) The main tracks within yard limits may be used, clearing the time an approaching designated class train is due to leave the nearest station where time is shown. In case of failure to clear the time of designated class trains, protection must be provided as § 218.37. In yard limits where main tracks are governed by block signal system rules, protection as prescribed by § 218.37 is not required.
</P>
<P>(2) Trains and engines, except designated class trains, within yard limits must move prepared to stop within onehalf the range of vision but not exceeding 20 m.p.h. unless the main track is known to be clear by block signal indications.
</P>
<P>(3) Within yard limits, movements against the current of traffic on the main tracks must not be made unless authorized and protected by train order, yardmaster, or other designated official and only under the operating restrictions prescribed in § 218.35(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad shall designate in the operating rule prescribed under paragraph (b) of this section the class or classes of trains which shall have superiority on the main track within yard limits.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 5065, Jan. 27, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.37" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.3.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.37   Flag protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After August 1, 1977, each railroad must have in effect an operating rule which complies with the requirements set forth below:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, flag protection shall be provided—
</P>
<P>(i) When a train is moving on the main track at less than one-half the maximum authorized speed (including slow order limits) in that territory, flag protection against following trains on the same track must be provided by a crew member by dropping off single lighted fusees at intervals that do not exceed the burning time of the fusee.
</P>
<P>(ii) When a train is moving on the main track at more than one-half the maximum authorized speed (including slow order limits) in that territory under circumstances in which it may be overtaken, crew members responsible for providing protection will take into consideration the grade, curvature of track, weather conditions, sight distance and relative speed of his train to following trains and will be governed accordingly in the use of fusees.
</P>
<P>(iii) When a train stops on main track, flag protection against following trains on the same track must be provided as follows: A crew member with flagman's signals must immediately go back at least the distance prescribed by timetable or other instructions for the territory and display one lighted fusee. The crew member may then return one-half of the distance to the crew member's train where the crew member must remain until the crew member has stopped the approaching train or is recalled. When recalled, the crew member must leave one lighted fusee and while returning to the crew member's train, the crew member must also place single lighted fusees at intervals that do not exceed the burning time of the fusee. When the train departs, a crew member must leave one lighted fusee and until the train resumes speed not less than one-half the maximum authorized speed (including slow order limits) in that territory, the crew member must drop off single lighted fusees at intervals that do not exceed the burning time of the fusee.
</P>
<P>(iv) When required by the railroad's operating rules, a forward crew member with flagman's signals must protect the front of the crew member's train against opposing movements by immediately going forward at least the distance prescribed by timetable or other instructions for the territory, displaying one lighted fusee, and remaining at that location until recalled.
</P>
<P>(v) Whenever a crew member is providing flag protection, he must not permit other duties to interfere with the protection of his train.
</P>
<P>(2) Flag protection against following trains on the same track is not required if—
</P>
<P>(i) The rear of the train is protected by at least two block signals;
</P>
<P>(ii) The rear of the train is protected by an absolute block;
</P>
<P>(iii) The rear of the train is within interlocking limits; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A train order specifies that flag protection is not required.
</P>
<P>(v) A railroad operates only one train at any given time.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad shall designate by timetable or other instruction for each territory the specific distance which a crew member providing flag protection must go out in order to provide adequate protection for his train.
</P>
<P>(c) Whenever the use of fusees is prohibited by a Federal, State or local fire regulation, each railroad operating within that jurisdiction shall provide alternate operating procedures to assure full protection of trains in lieu of flag protection required by this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 5065, Jan. 27, 1977, as amended at 42 FR 38362, July 28, 1977; 73 FR 8498, Feb. 13, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.39" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.3.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.39   Hump operations.</HEAD>
<P>After June 30, 1984, each railroad that operates a remote control hump yard facility must have in effect an operating rule that adopts the following provisions in substance:
</P>
<P>(a) When a train or engine service employee is required to couple an air hose or to adjust a coupling device and that activity will require that the employee place himself between pieces of rolling equipment located on a bowl track, the operator of any remotely controlled switch that provides access from the apex of the hump to the track on which the rolling equipment is located shall be notified;
</P>
<P>(b) Upon such notification, the operator of such remotely controlled switch shall line it against movement to the affected bowl track and shall apply a locking or blocking device to the control for that switch; and
</P>
<P>(c) The operator shall then notify the employee that the requested protection has been provided and shall remove the locking or blocking device only after being notified by the employee that protection is no longer required on that track.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 202, 84 Stat. 971 (45 U.S.C. 431); sec. 1.49(m) of the regulations of the Secretary of Transportation (49 CFR 1.49(m))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 6497, Feb. 22, 1984]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.41" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.3.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.41   Noncompliance with hump operations rule.</HEAD>
<P>A person (including a railroad and any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad) who fails to comply with a railroad's operating rule issued pursuant to § 218.39 is subject to a penalty. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28144, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Prohibition Against Tampering With Safety Devices</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>54 FR 5492, Feb. 3, 1989, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 218.51" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.4.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.51   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this subpart is to prevent accidents and casualties that can result from the operation of trains when safety devices intended to improve the safety of their movement have been disabled.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not prohibit intervention with safety devices that is permitted:
</P>
<P>(1) Under the provisions of § 236.566 or § 236.567 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Under the provisions of § 218.61 of this part; or
</P>
<P>(3) Under the provisions of § 229.9 of this chapter, provided that when a locomotive is being operated under the provision of § 229.9(b) a designated officer has been notified of the defective alerter or deadman pedal at the first available point of communication.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 5492, Feb. 3, 1989, as amended at 58 FR 36613, July 8, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.53" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.4.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.53   Scope and definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart establishes standards of conduct for railroads and individuals who operate or permit to be operated locomotives equipped with one or more of the safety devices identified in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disable</I> means to unlawfully render a device incapable of proper and effective action or to materially impair the functioning of that device.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Safety Device</I> means any locomotive-mounted equipment used either to assure the locomotive engineer is alert, not physically incapacitated, and aware of and complying with the indications of a signal system or other operational control system, or a system used to record data concerning the operations of that locomotive or the train it is powering. See appendix C to this part for a statement of agency policy on this subject.
</P>
<P>(d) The provisions in §§ 218.59 and 218.61 do not apply to locomotive-mounted image or audio recording equipment on freight locomotives.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 5492, Feb. 3, 1989, as amended at 88 FR 70760, Oct. 12, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.55" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.4.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.55   Tampering prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>Any individual who willfully disables a safety device is subject to a civil penalty and to disqualification from performing safety-sensitive functions on a railroad if found unfit for such duties under the procedures provided for in 49 CFR part 209. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28144, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.57" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.4.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.57   Responsibilities of individuals.</HEAD>
<P>Any individual who knowingly operates a train, or permits it to be operated, when the controlling locomotive of that train is equipped with a disabled safety device, is subject to a civil penalty and to disqualification from performing safety-sensitive functions on a railroad if found to be unfit for such duties. See appendix B to this part for a statement of agency enforcement policy concerning violations of this section. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28144, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.59" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.4.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.59   Responsibilities of railroads.</HEAD>
<P>Any railroad that operates a train when the controlling locomotive of a train is equipped with a disabled safety device is subject to a civil penalty. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 23734, May 23, 2019, as amended at 90 FR 28144, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.61" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.4.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.61   Authority to deactivate safety devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For the purpose of this chapter, it is lawful to temporarily render a safety device incapable of proper or effective action or to materially impair its function if this action is taken as provided for in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) If a locomotive is equipped with a device to assure that the operator is alert or not physically incapacitated, that device may be deactivated when:
</P>
<P>(1) The locomotive is not the controlling locomotive;
</P>
<P>(2) The locomotive is performing switching operations and not hauling cars in a manner that constitutes a train movement under part 232 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(3) The locomotive is dead-in-tow; or
</P>
<P>(4) The locomotive is a mid-train slave unit being controlled by radio from a remote location.
</P>
<P>(c) If a locomotive in commuter or intercity passenger service is equipped with a device to record data concerning the operation of that locomotive or the train it is powering, that device may be deactivated only under the provisions of § 229.135 of this chapter. Inward- and outward-facing image recording devices on commuter or intercity passenger locomotives may be deactivated only under the provisions of § 229.136 of this chapter. This section does not apply to inward- or outward-facing image recording devices that are installed on freight locomotives.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 5492, Feb. 3, 1989, as amended at 58 FR 36613, July 8, 1993; 88 FR 70760, Oct. 12, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Protection of Occupied Camp Cars</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>54 FR 39545, Sept. 27, 1989, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 218.71" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.5.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.71   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes minimum requirements governing protection of camp cars that house railroad employees. The rule does not apply to such cars while they are in a train.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.73" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.5.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.73   Warning signal display.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Warning signals, <I>i.e.,</I> a white disk with the words “Occupied Camp Car” in black lettering during daylight hours and an illuminated white signal at night, displayed in accordance with § 218.75, § 218.77, or § 218.79 signify that employees are in, around, or in the vicinity of camp cars. Once the signals have been displayed—
</P>
<P>(1) The camp cars may not be moved for coupling to other rolling equipment or moved to another location;
</P>
<P>(2) Rolling equipment may not be placed on the same track so as to reduce or block the view of a warning signal; and
</P>
<P>(3) Rolling equipment may not pass a warning signal.
</P>
<P>(b) Warning signals indicating the presence of occupied camp cars, displayed in accordance with §§ 218.75 and 218.79, shall be displayed by a designated occupant of the camp cars or that person's immediate supervisor. The signal(s) shall be displayed as soon as such cars are placed on the track, and such signals may only be removed by those same individuals prior to the time the cars are moved to another location.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.75" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.5.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.75   Methods of protection for camp cars.</HEAD>
<P>When camp cars requiring protection are on either main track or track other than main track:
</P>
<P>(a) A warning signal shall be displayed at or near each switch providing access to that track;
</P>
<P>(b) The person in charge of the camp car occupants shall immediately notify the person responsible for directing train movements on that portion of the railroad where the camp cars are being parked;
</P>
<P>(c) Once notified of the presence of camp cars and their location on main track or other than main track, the person responsible for directing train movements on that portion of the railroad where the camp cars are being parked shall take appropriate action to alert affected personnel to the presence of the cars;
</P>
<P>(d) Each manually operating switch providing access to track on which the camp cars are located shall be lined against movement to that track and secured with an effective locking device and spiked; and
</P>
<P>(e) Each remotely controlled switch providing access to the track on which the camp cars are located shall be protected in accordance with § 218.77.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.77" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.5.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.77   Remotely controlled switches.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After the operator of the remotely controlled switch is notified that a camp car is to be placed on a particular track, he shall line such switch against movement to that track and apply an effective locking device applied to the lever, button, or other device controlling the switch before informing the person in charge of the camp car occupants that protection has been provided.
</P>
<P>(b) The operator may not remove the locking device until informed by the person in charge of the camp car occupants that protection is no longer required.
</P>
<P>(c) The operator shall maintain for 15 days a written record of each notification that contains the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and craft of the employee in charge who provided the notification;
</P>
<P>(2) The number or other designation of the track involved;
</P>
<P>(3) The date and time the operator notified the employee in charge that protection had been provided in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(4) The date and time the operator was informed that the work had been completed, and the name and craft of the employee in charge who provided this information.
</P>
<P>(d) When occupied camp cars are parked on main track, a derail, capable of restricting access to that portion of the track on which such equipment is located, shall be positioned no less than 150 feet from the end of such equipment and locked in a derailing position with an effective locking device, and a warning signal must be displayed at the derail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.79" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.5.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.79   Alternative methods of protection.</HEAD>
<P>Instead of providing protection for occupied camp cars in accordance with § 218.75 or § 218.77, the following methods of protection may be used:
</P>
<P>(a) When occupied camp cars are on track other than main track:
</P>
<P>(1) A warning signal must be displayed at or near each switch providing access to or from the track;
</P>
<P>(2) Each switch providing entrance to or departure from the area must be lined against movement to the track and locked with an effective locking device; and
</P>
<P>(3) If the speed within this area is restricted to not more than five miles per hour, a derail, capable of restricting access to that portion of track on which the camp cars are located, will fulfill the requirements of a manually operated switch in compliance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section when positioned at least 50 feet from the end of the camp cars to be protected by the warning signal, when locked in a derailing position with an effective locking device, and when a warning signal is displayed at the derail.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, when occupied camp cars are on track other than main track:
</P>
<P>(1) A derail, capable of restricting access to that portion of the track on which such equipment is located, will fulfill the requirements of a manually operated switch when positioned no less than 150 feet from the end of such equipment; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each derail must be locked in a derailing position with an effective locking device and a warning signal must be displayed at each derail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.80" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.5.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.80   Movement of occupied camp cars.</HEAD>
<P>Occupied cars may not be humped or flat switched unless coupled to a locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Handling Equipment, Switches, and Fixed Derails</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 8498, Feb. 13, 2008, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 218.91" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.6.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.91   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this subpart is to prevent accidents and casualties that can result from the mishandling of equipment, switches, and fixed derails.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart prescribes minimum operating rule requirements for the handling of equipment, switches, and fixed derails. Each railroad may prescribe additional or more stringent requirements in its operating rules, timetables, timetable special instructions, and other instructions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.93" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.6.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.93   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Clearance point</I> means the location near a turnout beyond which it is unsafe for passage on an adjacent track(s). Where a person is permitted by a railroad's operating rules to ride the side of a car, a clearance point shall accommodate a person riding the side of a car.
</P>
<P><I>Correspondence of crossover switches</I> means both crossover switches are lined for the crossover or both are lined for the straight tracks.
</P>
<P><I>Crossover</I> means, for purposes of this subpart only, a track connection between two adjacent, but not necessarily parallel, tracks, consisting of two switches, which is intended to be used primarily for the purpose of crossing over from one track to another.
</P>
<P><I>Departure track</I> means a track located in a classification yard where rolling equipment is placed and made ready for an outgoing train movement.
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> means an individual who is engaged or compensated by a railroad or by a contractor to a railroad to perform any of the duties defined in this subpart.
</P>
<P><I>Foul or fouling a track</I> means rolling equipment or on-track maintenance-of-way equipment is located such that the end of the equipment is between the clearance point and the switch points leading to the track on which the equipment is standing.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Hand-operated switch</I> means any type of switch when operated by manual manipulation. For purposes of this subpart, a hand-operated switch does not include switches operated by push button or radio control when such switch is protected by distant switch indicators, switch point indicators, or other visual or audio verification that the switch points are lined for the intended route and fit properly.
</P>
<P><I>Highway-rail grade crossing</I> means, for purposes of this subpart only, an at-grade crossing where a public highway, road, street, or private roadway, including associated sidewalks and pathways, crosses one or more railroad tracks at grade, and is identified by a U.S. DOT National Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Inventory Number, or is marked by crossbucks, stop signs, or other appropriate signage indicating the presence of an at-grade crossing.
</P>
<P><I>Industry track</I> means a switching track, or series of tracks, serving the needs of a commercial industry other than a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive</I> means, for purposes of this subpart only, a piece of on-track equipment (other than specialized roadway maintenance equipment or a dual purpose vehicle operating in accordance with § 240.104(a)(2) of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(1) With one or more propelling motors designed for moving other equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) With one or more propelling motors designed to carry freight or passenger traffic or both; or
</P>
<P>(3) Without propelling motors but with one or more control stands.
</P>
<P><I>Pedestrian crossing</I> means a separate designated sidewalk or pathway where pedestrians, but not vehicles, cross railroad tracks. Sidewalk crossings contiguous with, or separate but adjacent to, highway-rail grade crossings, are presumed to be part of the highway-rail grade crossings and are <I>not</I> considered pedestrian crossings.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified</I> means that a person has successfully completed all instruction, training, and examination programs required by the railroad and this subpart and that the person, therefore, has actual knowledge or may reasonably be expected to have knowledge of the subject on which the person is expected to be competent.
</P>
<P><I>Remote control operator</I> means a locomotive engineer, as defined in § 240.7 of this chapter, certified by a railroad to operate remote control locomotives pursuant to § 240.107 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Remote control zone</I> means one or more tracks within defined limits designated in the timetable special instructions, or other railroad publication, within which remote control locomotives, under certain circumstances specified in this part, may be operated without an employee assigned to protect the pull-out end of the remote control movement, i.e., the end on which the locomotive is located.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway maintenance activity</I> means any work limited to the duties prescribed for a roadway worker by definition in this section, including movement of on-track maintenance-of-way equipment other than locomotives.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway worker</I> means any employee of a railroad, or of a contractor to a railroad, whose duties include inspection, construction, maintenance or repair of railroad track, bridges, roadway, signal and communication systems, electric traction systems, roadway facilities or roadway maintenance machinery on or near track or with the potential of fouling a track, and flagmen and watchmen/lookouts as defined in § 214.7 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway worker in charge</I> means a roadway worker who is qualified in accordance with § 214.353 of this chapter for the purpose of establishing on-track safety for roadway work groups.
</P>
<P><I>Siding</I> means an auxiliary track, adjacent and connected to a main track, used for meeting or passing trains.
</P>
<P><I>Signaled siding</I> means a siding within traffic control system (TCS) territory or within interlocking limits where a signal indication authorizes the siding's use.
</P>
<P><I>Switchtender</I> means a qualified employee assigned to handle switches at a specific location.
</P>
<P><I>Track is clear</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) The portion of the track to be used for the intended movement is unoccupied by rolling equipment, on-track maintenance-of-way equipment, and conflicting on-track movements;
</P>
<P>(2) Intervening public highway-rail grade crossings, private highway-rail grade crossings outside the physical confines of a railroad yard, pedestrian crossings outside of the physical confines of a railroad yard, and yard access crossings are protected as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Crossing gates are in the fully lowered position, and are not known to be malfunctioning; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A designated and qualified employee is stationed at the crossing and has the ability to communicate with trains; or
</P>
<P>(iii) At crossings equipped only with flashing lights or passive warning devices, when it is clearly seen that no traffic is approaching or stopped at the crossing and the leading end of the movement over the crossing does not exceed 15 miles per hour;
</P>
<P>(3) Intervening switches and fixed derails are properly lined for the intended movement; and
</P>
<P>(4) The portion of the track to be used for the intended movement has sufficient room to contain the rolling equipment being shoved or pushed.
</P>
<P><I>Yard access crossing</I> means a private highway-rail grade crossing that is located within the physical confines of a railroad yard and is either:
</P>
<P>(1) Open to unrestricted public access; or
</P>
<P>(2) Open to persons other than railroad employees going about their normal duties, e.g., business guests or family members.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 8498, Feb. 13, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 33902, June 16, 2008; 89 FR 25108, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.95" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.6.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.95   Instruction, training, and examination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Program.</I> Beginning January 1, 2009, each railroad shall maintain a written program of instruction, training, and examination of employees for compliance with operating rules implementing the requirements of this subpart to the extent these requirements are pertinent to the employee's duties. If all requirements of this subpart are satisfied, a railroad may consolidate any portion of the instruction, training or examination required by this subpart with the program of instruction required under § 217.11 of this chapter. An employee who successfully completes all instruction, training, and examination required by this written program shall be considered qualified.
</P>
<P>(1) The written program of instruction, training, and examination shall address the requirements of this subpart, as well as consequences of noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(2) The written program of instruction, training, and examination shall include procedures addressing how the railroad qualifies employees in any technology necessary to accomplish work subject to the requirements of this subpart. Such procedures shall include, but are not limited to, those which explain:
</P>
<P>(i) The purpose for using the technology;
</P>
<P>(ii) How an employee will be expected to use the technology;
</P>
<P>(iii) How to detect malfunctioning equipment or deviations from proper procedures;
</P>
<P>(iv) How to respond when equipment malfunctions or deviations from proper procedures are detected; and
</P>
<P>(v) How to prevent unintentional interference with the proper functioning of the technology.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Implementation schedule for employees, generally.</I> Each employee performing duties subject to the requirements in this subpart shall be initially qualified prior to July 1, 2009.
</P>
<P>(4) Beginning July 1, 2009, no employee shall perform work requiring compliance with the operating rules implementing the requirements of this subpart unless qualified on these rules within the previous three years.
</P>
<P>(5) The records of successful completion of instruction, examination and training required by this section shall document qualification of employees under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Written records documenting successful completion of instruction, training, and examination of each employee required by this subpart shall be retained at its system headquarters and at the division headquarters for each division where the employee is assigned for three calendar years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate and made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours. Each railroad to which this part applies is authorized to retain a program, or any records maintained to prove compliance with such a program, by electronic recordkeeping in accordance with §§ 217.9(g) and 217.11(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon review of the program of instruction, training, and examination required by this section, the Associate Administrator for Safety may, for cause stated, disapprove the program. Notification of such disapproval shall be made in writing and specify the basis for the disapproval decision. If the Associate Administrator for Safety disapproves the program,
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad has 35 days from the date of the written notification of such disapproval to:
</P>
<P>(i) Amend its program and submit it to the Associate Administrator for Safety for approval; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide a written response in support of the program to the Associate Administrator for Safety, who informs the railroad of FRA's final decision in writing; and
</P>
<P>(2) A failure to submit the program with the necessary revisions to the Associate Administrator for Safety in accordance with this paragraph will be considered a failure to implement a program under this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 8498, Feb. 13, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 33902, June 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.97" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.6.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.97   Good faith challenge procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Employee responsibility.</I> An employee shall inform the railroad or employer whenever the employee makes a good faith determination that the employee has been directed to either take actions that would violate FRA regulations regarding the handling of equipment, switches, and fixed derails as required by this subpart, or to take actions that would violate the railroad's operating rules implementing the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General procedures.</I> Each railroad or employer is responsible for the training of and compliance by its employees with the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(1) Each railroad or employer shall adopt and implement written procedures which guarantee each employee the right to challenge in good faith whether the procedures that will be used to accomplish a specific task comply with the requirements of this subpart or any operating rule relied upon to fulfill the requirements of this subpart. Each railroad or employer's written procedures shall provide for prompt and equitable resolution of challenges made in accordance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) The written procedures required by this section shall indicate that the good faith challenge described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is not intended to abridge any rights or remedies available to the employee under a collective bargaining agreement, or any Federal law including, but not limited to, 29 U.S.C. 651 <I>et seq.,</I> 6 U.S.C. 1142, or 49 U.S.C. 20109.
</P>
<P>(3) Each affected employee shall be instructed on the written procedures required by this paragraph as part of the training prescribed by § 217.11 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) A copy of the current written procedures shall be provided to each affected employee and made available for inspection and copying by representatives of the FRA during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(c) The written procedures shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Grant each employee the right to challenge any directive which, based on the employee's good faith determination, would cause the employee to violate any requirement of this subpart or any operating rule relied upon to fulfill the requirements of this subpart;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide that the railroad or employer shall not require the challenging employee to comply with the directive until the challenge resulting from the good faith determination is resolved;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide that the railroad or employer may require the challenging employee to perform tasks unrelated to the challenge until the challenge is resolved;
</P>
<P>(4) Provide that the railroad or employer may direct an employee, other than the challenging employee, to perform the challenged task prior to the challenge being resolved as long as this other employee is informed of the challenge and does not also make a good faith determination that the challenged task would violate FRA regulations regarding the handling of equipment, switches, and fixed derails as required in this subpart, or a railroad's operating rules implementing the requirements of this subpart;
</P>
<P>(5) Provide that a challenge may be resolved by:
</P>
<P>(i) A railroad or employer officer's acceptance of the employee's request;
</P>
<P>(ii) An employee's acceptance of the directive;
</P>
<P>(iii) An employee's agreement to a compromise solution acceptable to the person issuing the directive; or
</P>
<P>(iv) As further determined under paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) In the event that the challenge cannot be resolved because the person issuing the directive determines that the employee's challenge has not been made in good faith or there is no reasonable alternative to the direct order, the written procedures shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide for immediate review by at least one officer of the railroad or employer, except for each railroad with less than 400,000 total employee work hours annually. This immediate review shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Not be conducted by the person issuing the challenged directive, or that person's subordinate; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide that a challenge may be resolved by using the same options available for resolving the challenge as the initial officer as well as the option described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, except that the reviewing officer's decision shall not be subject to further immediate review, unless provided for in the railroad's or employer's written procedures;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide that if the officer making the railroad's or employer's final decision concludes that the challenged directive would not cause the employee to violate any requirement of this subpart or the railroad's or employer's operating rule relied upon to fulfill the requirements of this subpart and directs the employee to perform the challenged directive, the officer shall further explain to the employee that Federal law may protect the employee from retaliation if the employee refuses to do the work and if the employee's refusal is a lawful, good faith act;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide that the employee be afforded an opportunity to document electronically or in writing any protest to the railroad or employer's final decision before the tour of duty is complete. The employee shall be afforded the opportunity to retain a copy of the protest;
</P>
<P>(4) Provide that the employee, upon written request, has a right to further review by a designated railroad or employer officer, within 30 days after the expiration of the month during which the challenge occurred, for the purpose of verifying the proper application of the regulation, law, procedure or rule in question. The verification decision shall be made in writing to the employee.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Recordkeeping and record retention.</I> (1) A copy of the written procedures required by this section shall be retained at the employer or railroad's system headquarters and at each division headquarters, and made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of any written good faith challenge verification decision, made in accordance with paragraph (d)(4) of this section, shall be retained at the employer or railroad's system headquarters and at the division headquarters to which the employee was working when the challenge was initiated, and made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours for at least one calendar year after expiration of the year during which the decision was issued.
</P>
<P>(3) Each employer or railroad to which this subpart applies is authorized to retain by electronic recordkeeping the information prescribed in this subpart in accordance with the electronic recordkeeping standards set forth in § 217.9(g)(1) through (5) of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.99" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.6.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.99   Shoving or pushing movements.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with an operating rule which complies with the requirements of this section. When any person including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee violates any requirement of an operating rule which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The following requirements for shoving or pushing movements do not apply to rolling equipment intentionally shoved or pushed to permit the rolling equipment to roll without power attached, <I>i.e.,</I> free rolling equipment, during switching service activities known as kicking, humping, or dropping cars.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General movement requirements</I>—(1) <I>Job briefing.</I> Rolling equipment shall not be shoved or pushed until the locomotive engineer participating in the move has been briefed by the employee who will direct the move. The job briefing shall include the means of communication to be used between the locomotive engineer and the employee directing the move and how point protection will be provided.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>No unrelated tasks.</I> During the shoving or pushing movement, the employee directing the movement shall not engage in any task unrelated to the oversight of the shoving or pushing movement.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Point protection.</I> When rolling equipment or a lite locomotive train with two or more locomotives that is operated from a single control stand is shoved or pushed, point protection shall be provided by a crewmember or other qualified employee by:
</P>
<P>(i) Visually determining that the track is clear. The determination that the track is clear may be made with the aid of monitored cameras or other technological means, provided that it and the procedures for use provide an equivalent level of protection to that of a direct visual determination by a crewmember or other qualified employee properly positioned to make the observation as prescribed in this section and appendix D to this part; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Giving signals or instructions necessary to control the movement.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional requirements for remote control movements.</I> All remote control movements are considered shoving or pushing movements, except when the remote control operator controlling the movement is riding the leading end of the leading locomotive in a position to visually determine conditions in the direction of movement. In addition to the other requirements of this section,
</P>
<P>(1) When initiating a remote control shoving or pushing movement:
</P>
<P>(i) The remote control operator shall visually determine the direction the equipment moves; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A member of the crew shall visually determine the direction the equipment moves and confirm the direction with the remote control operator. If no confirmation is received, the movement shall be immediately stopped; and
</P>
<P>(2) If technology is relied upon, whether primarily or as a safeguard, to provide pull-out protection by preventing the movement from exceeding the limits of a remote control zone, the technology shall be demonstrated
</P>
<P>(i) To be failsafe; or
</P>
<P>(ii) To provide suitable redundancy to prevent unsafe failure.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Remote control zone, exception to track is clear requirements.</I> After an initial track is clear determination has been made in an activated remote control zone, it is not necessary to make a new determination prior to each subsequent shoving or pushing movement provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The controlling locomotive of the remote control movement is on the leading end in the direction of movement, i.e., the movement occurs on the pull-out end;
</P>
<P>(2) The remote control zone is not jointly occupied; and
</P>
<P>(3) The initial determination was made by a crewmember of either:
</P>
<P>(i) The remote control crew;
</P>
<P>(ii) A relieved remote control crew who has transferred the remote control zone directly to the relieving crew; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The last jointly occupying crew who directly communicates, i.e., not through a third party, to a remote control crewmember that the remote control zone is no longer jointly occupied and meets the requirements for track is clear.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Operational exceptions.</I> A railroad does not need to comply with paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) Push-pull operations when operated from the leading end in the direction of movement, i.e., push mode;
</P>
<P>(2) Shoving or pushing operations with a helper service train operation or distributed power locomotives assisting a train when the train is being operated from the leading end in the direction of movement;
</P>
<P>(3) During the performance of roadway maintenance activity under the direct control of a roadway worker performing work in accordance with railroad operating rules specific to roadway workers; or
</P>
<P>(4) When the leading end of a shoving movement is on a main track or signaled siding, under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The train dispatcher gives authority or permission to make the movement and verifies that:
</P>
<P>(A) Another movement or work authority is not in effect within the same or overlapping limits unless conflicting movements are protected; and
</P>
<P>(B) A main track is not removed from service by a work authority within the same or overlapping limits;
</P>
<P>(ii) Movement is limited to the train's authority;
</P>
<P>(iii) Movement shall not be made into or within yard limits, restricted limits, drawbridges, or work authority limits;
</P>
<P>(iv) Movement shall not enter or foul a highway-rail grade crossing or pedestrian crossing except when:
</P>
<P>(A) Crossing gates are in the fully lowered position; or
</P>
<P>(B) A designated and qualified employee is stationed at the crossing and has the ability to communicate with trains; or
</P>
<P>(C) At crossings equipped only with flashing lights or passive warning devices, when it is clearly seen that no traffic is approaching or stopped at the crossing and the leading end of the movement over the crossing does not exceed 15 miles per hour; and
</P>
<P>(v) Movement shall not be made into or within interlocking limits or controlled point limits unless the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(A) The signal governing movement is more favorable than restricting aspect;
</P>
<P>(B) Each signal governing movement into and through interlocking limits or controlled point limits shall be continuously observed by a member of that crew who is in a position to determine that the train's movement has occupied the circuit controlling that signal as evidenced by that signal assuming its most restrictive aspect; and
</P>
<P>(C) The movement does not exceed the train's length.
</P>
<P>(5) Shoving or pushing movements made in the direction of the circuited end of a designated departure track equipped with a shove light system, if all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The shove light system is demonstrated to be failsafe;
</P>
<P>(ii) The shove light system is arranged to display a less favorable aspect when the circuited section of the track is occupied;
</P>
<P>(iii) Written procedures are adopted and complied with that provide for a reliable means of determining track occupancy prior to commencing a shoving or pushing movement;
</P>
<P>(iv) The track is designated in writing;
</P>
<P>(v) The track is under the exclusive and continuous control of a yardmaster or other qualified employee;
</P>
<P>(vi) The train crewmember or other qualified employee directing the shoving or pushing movement complies with the general movement requirements contained in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(vii) All remote control shoving or pushing movements comply with the requirements contained in paragraph (c)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(viii) The shove light system is continuously illuminated when the circuited section of the track is unoccupied.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 8498, Feb. 13, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 33902, June 16, 2008; 89 FR 25108, Apr. 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.6.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.101   Leaving rolling and on-track maintenance-of-way equipment in the clear.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with an operating rule which complies with the requirements of this section. When any person including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee violates any requirement of an operating rule which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Rolling and on-track maintenance-of-way equipment shall not be left where it will foul a connecting track unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The equipment is standing on a main track and a siding track switch that the equipment is fouling is lined for the main track on which the equipment is standing; or
</P>
<P>(2) The equipment is standing on a siding and a main track switch that the equipment is fouling is lined for the siding on which the equipment is standing; or
</P>
<P>(3) The equipment is standing on a yard switching lead track, and the yard track switch that the equipment is fouling is lined for the yard switching lead track on which the equipment is standing; or
</P>
<P>(4) The equipment is on an industry track beyond the clearance point of the switch leading to the industry.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad shall implement procedures that enable employees to identify clearance points and a means to identify locations where clearance points will not permit a person to safely ride on the side of a car.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.6.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.103   Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with an operating rule which complies with the requirements of this section. When any person including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee violates any requirement of an operating rule which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Each railroad shall specify minimum requirements necessary for an adequate job briefing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General.</I> Employees operating or verifying the position of a hand-operated switch shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct job briefings, before work is begun, each time a work plan is changed, and at completion of the work;
</P>
<P>(2) Be qualified on the railroad's operating rules relating to the operation of the switch;
</P>
<P>(3) Be individually responsible for the position of the switch in use;
</P>
<P>(4) Visually determine that switches are properly lined for the intended route and that no equipment is fouling the switches;
</P>
<P>(5) Visually determine that the points fit properly and the target, if so equipped, corresponds with the switch's position;
</P>
<P>(6) After operating a switch and before making movements in either direction over the switch, ensure that the switch is secured from unintentional movement of the switch points;
</P>
<P>(7) Ensure that a switch is not operated while rolling and on-track maintenance-of-way equipment is fouling the switch, or standing or moving over the switch; and
</P>
<P>(8) After operating a switch, ensure that when not in use, each switch is locked, hooked, or latched, if so equipped.
</P>
<P>(c) Rolling and on-track maintenance-of-way equipment shall not foul a track until all hand-operated switches connected with the movement are properly lined, or in the case of hand-operated switches designed and permitted to be trailed through, until the intended route is seen to be clear or the train has been granted movement authority. When a conflicting movement is approaching a hand-operated switch, the track shall not be fouled or the switch operated.
</P>
<P>(d) When rolling and on-track maintenance-of-way equipment has entered a track, the hand-operated switch to that track shall not be lined away from the track until the equipment has passed the clearance point of the track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.6.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.105   Additional operational requirements for hand-operated main track switches.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with an operating rule which complies with the requirements of this section. When any person including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee violates any requirement of an operating rule which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Designating switch position.</I> The normal position of a hand-operated main track switch shall be designated by the railroad in writing and the switch shall be lined and locked in that position when not in use except when:
</P>
<P>(1) The train dispatcher directs otherwise with respect to the position of a hand-operated main track switch and the necessary protection is provided; or
</P>
<P>(2) The hand-operated switch is left in the charge of a crewmember of another train, a switchtender, or a roadway worker in charge.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional job briefing requirements for hand-operated main track switches.</I> (1) Before a train or a train crew leaves the location where any hand-operated main track switch was operated, all crewmembers shall have verbal communication to confirm the position of the switch.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of exclusive track occupancy authority established under § 214.321, foul time under § 214.323, or train coordination under § 214.325, when a roadway worker qualified to operate hand-operated main track switches is granted permission by the roadway worker in charge to occupy or otherwise use the limits of the exclusive track occupancy, such employee receiving permission to occupy the working limits shall report the position of any such switches operated upon expiration of the authority limits to the roadway worker in charge or to a designated intermediary employee who shall convey the switch position to the roadway worker in charge.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Releasing authority limits.</I> In non-signaled territory, before an employee releases the limits of a main track authority and a hand-operated switch is used to clear the main track, and, prior to departing the switch's location, the following conditions are required:
</P>
<P>(1) The employee releasing the limits, after conducting a job briefing in accordance with this subpart, shall report to the train dispatcher that the hand-operated main track switch has been restored to its normal position and locked, unless the train dispatcher directs that the hand-operated main track switch be left lined and locked in the reverse position and the necessary protection is provided;
</P>
<P>(2) If the report of the switch position is correct, the train dispatcher shall repeat the reported switch position information to the employee releasing the limits and ask whether that is correct; and
</P>
<P>(3) The employee releasing the limits shall then confirm to the train dispatcher that this information is correct.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.6.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.107   Additional operational requirements for hand-operated crossover switches.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with an operating rule which complies with the requirements of this section. When any person including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee violates any requirement of an operating rule which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hand-operated crossover switches, generally.</I> Both hand-operated switches of a crossover shall be properly lined before rolling and on-track maintenance-of-way equipment begins a crossover movement. A crossover movement shall be completed before either hand-operated crossover switch is restored to normal position.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Correspondence of hand-operated crossover switches.</I> Hand-operated crossover switches shall be left in corresponding position except when:
</P>
<P>(1) Used to provide blue signal protection under § 218.27 of this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) Used for inaccessible track protection under § 214.327 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(3) Performing maintenance, testing or inspection of crossover switches in traffic control system (TCS) territory; or
</P>
<P>(4) One crew is using both tracks connected by the crossover during continuous switching operations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.6.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.109   Hand-operated fixed derails.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with an operating rule which complies with the requirements of this section. When any person including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee violates any requirement of an operating rule which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Each railroad shall specify minimum requirements necessary for an adequate job briefing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General.</I> (1) The normal position of fixed derails is in the derailing position except as provided in part 218, subpart B of this chapter, or the railroad's operating rules or special instructions.
</P>
<P>(2) Fixed derails shall be kept in the derailing position whether or not any rolling and on-track maintenance-of-way equipment is on the tracks they protect, except as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section or when changed to permit movement.
</P>
<P>(3) Movement must not be made over a fixed derail in the derailing position.
</P>
<P>(c) Employees operating or verifying the position of a fixed derail shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct job briefings, before work is begun, each time a work plan is changed, and at completion of the work;
</P>
<P>(2) Be qualified on the railroad's operating rules relating to the operation of the derail;
</P>
<P>(3) Be individually responsible for the position of the derail in use;
</P>
<P>(4) Determine that the target, if so equipped, corresponds with the derail's position;
</P>
<P>(5) Determine that the derail is secured by:
</P>
<P>(i) Placing the throw lever in the latch stand, if so equipped;
</P>
<P>(ii) Placing the lock or hook in the hasp, if so equipped; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Testing such latches, locks or hooks; and
</P>
<P>(6) Ensure that when not in use, derails are locked, hooked, or latched in the normal position if so equipped.






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Train Crew Size Safety Requirements</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 25109, Apr. 9, 2024, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 218.121" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.7.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.121   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this subpart is to ensure that each train is adequately staffed and has appropriate safeguards in place for safe train operations under all operating conditions.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for the size of different train crews depending on the type of operation and operating conditions. The minimum crew size requirements reflect the safety risks posed to railroad employees, the public, and the environment. This subpart also prescribes minimum requirements for the location of a second crewmember on a moving train and promotes safe and effective teamwork. Each railroad may prescribe additional or more stringent requirements in its operating rules, timetables, timetable special instructions, and other instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements in this subpart are not applicable to a train operation controlled by a remote control operator as defined in § 229.5 of this chapter.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.123" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.7.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.123   General train crew size safety requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each railroad shall comply with the requirements of this subpart and may adopt its own rules or practices consistent with the requirements of this subpart. If any person, as defined in § 218.9 (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee), violates any requirement of a railroad rule or practice implementing the requirements of this subpart, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Two-person train crew size safety requirement.</I> Except as provided in this subpart, each train shall be assigned a minimum of two crewmembers.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hazardous materials.</I> For the purposes of this paragraph (c), a tank car containing residue of a hazardous material as defined in § 171.8 of this title is not considered a loaded car. The exceptions in §§ 218.125 and 218.127 are not applicable, and the exceptions in § 218.129 apply as specified therein, when any train is:
</P>
<P>(1) A high-hazard flammable train (HHFT) as defined in § 171.8 of this title;
</P>
<P>(2) Transporting twenty (20) or more loaded tank cars or loaded intermodal portable tanks of any one or any combination of the hazardous materials identified in § 232.103(n)(6)(i)(B) of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(3) Transporting one or more car loads of rail-security sensitive materials (RSSM) as defined in § 1580.3 of this title.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Location of crewmember(s) when the train is moving.</I> A train crewmember that is not operating the train may be located anywhere outside of the operating cab of the controlling locomotive when the train is moving if:
</P>
<P>(1) The train crewmember is on the train, except when the train crewmember cannot perform the duties assigned without temporarily disembarking from the train;
</P>
<P>(2) The train crewmember and a locomotive engineer in the cab of the controlling locomotive can directly communicate with each other;
</P>
<P>(3) The train crewmember can continue to perform the duties assigned; and
</P>
<P>(4) The location does not violate any Federal railroad safety law, regulation, or order.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.125" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.7.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.125   Specific passenger and tourist train operation exceptions to crew size safety requirements.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements in this subpart are not applicable to the following passenger and tourist train operations that are operated with a one-person train crew:
</P>
<P>(a) The train is a tourist train operation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(b) A tourist train operation that is part of the general system of transportation or a passenger operation in which:
</P>
<P>(1) The locomotive engineer is moving cars empty of passengers; and
</P>
<P>(2) Passengers will not board the train's cars until the crew conducts a safety briefing on the safe operation and use of the train's exterior side doors, in accordance with § 238.135 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(c) A tourist train operation that is part of the general system of transportation or a passenger operation involving a single self-propelled car or married-pair unit, <I>e.g.,</I> an MU locomotive operation, where the locomotive engineer has direct access to the passenger seating compartment and (for passenger railroads subject to part 239 of this chapter) the passenger railroad's emergency preparedness plan for this operation is approved under § 239.201 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(d) A rapid transit operation in an urban area, <I>i.e.,</I> an urban rapid transit system that is connected with the general railroad system of transportation under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The operation is temporally separated from any conventional railroad operations;
</P>
<P>(2) There is an FTA-approved and designated State Safety Oversight (SSO) Agency that is qualified to provide safety oversight; and
</P>
<P>(3) The operator has an FTA/SSO-approved Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan in accordance with parts 673 and 674 of this title; or
</P>
<P>(e) Each passenger train operation with a one-person train crew established before June 10, 2024 with an approved passenger train emergency preparedness plan under part 239 of this chapter for the operation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.127" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.7.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.127   Specific freight train exceptions to crew size safety requirements.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements in this subpart are not applicable to the following freight train operations that are operated with a one-person train crew:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Mine load out, plant dumping, or similar operation exception.</I> A unit freight train:
</P>
<P>(1) Being loaded or unloaded in an assembly line manner;
</P>
<P>(2) Located on a track that is temporarily made inaccessible from the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) Moving at a maximum authorized speed of 10 miles per hour or less;
</P>
<P>(4) Not requiring the one-person train crewmember to operate a hand-operated switch, fill out paperwork, or call signal indications during the loading or unloading process; and
</P>
<P>(5) If the operation is overseen by another person, typically in a tower or on the ground, requiring that person to have the capability of communicating with the one-person train crewmember operating the train.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.129" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.7.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.129   Conditional exceptions based on compliance dates for Class II and III legacy freight train operations, certain other Class II and III freight railroad train operations, work train operations, helper service train operations, and lite locomotive train operations staffed with a one-person train crew.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application of this section.</I> A railroad is not required to comply with the requirements in this section for each one-person train crew operation subject to an exception covered by § 218.125 or § 218.127. The following train operations may be operated with a one-person train crew subject to the requirements in this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) Each Class II or III railroad's legacy one-person train crew freight operation that has been established for at least two years before June 10, 2024, may continue to operate with a one-person train crew, including continuing to transport hazardous materials of the types or quantities specified in § 218.123(c), if:
</P>
<P>(i) No later than September 6, 2024, the railroad:
</P>
<P>(A) Provides FRA with written notice, as specified by the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) Complies with the additional requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) No later than June 9, 2026, the railroad complies with the additional requirements in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Each Class II or III freight railroad seeking to initiate a train operation staffed with a one-person train crew not transporting hazardous materials of the types or quantities specified in § 218.123(c) shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide FRA with written notice, as specified by the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section before commencing the operation; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Comply with the additional requirements in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Each railroad seeking to continue or initiate work train operations with a one-person train crew, including operations involving a work train traveling to or from a work site, shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Limit this type of non-revenue service train that is used for the administration and upkeep service of the railroad so that it does not exceed 4,000 trailing tons;
</P>
<P>(ii) No later than September 6, 2024, comply with the additional requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) No later than June 9, 2026, comply with the additional requirements in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Each railroad seeking to continue or initiate helper service train operations with a one-person train crew, including operations involving a helper service train traveling to or from a work site, shall:
</P>
<P>(i) No later than September 6, 2024, comply with the additional requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) No later than June 9, 2026, comply with the additional requirements in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Each railroad seeking to continue or initiate a lite locomotive train operation staffed with a one-person train crew, excluding an MU locomotive operation, shall:
</P>
<P>(i) No later than September 6, 2024, comply with the additional requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) No later than June 9, 2026, comply with the additional requirements in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Written notice requirements.</I> The written notice shall be submitted by email to <I>FRAOPCERTPROG@dot.gov</I> and, at a minimum, include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, telephone number, and email address of the primary person(s) to be contacted regarding the written notice and the operation;
</P>
<P>(2) The location of the operation, with as much specificity as can be provided, as to the characteristics of the geographic area through which the trains will operate (<I>e.g.,</I> population density and proximity to environmentally sensitive areas), the terrain over which the trains will be operated, industries or communities served, and track segments, territories, divisions, or subdivisions operated over. For each legacy one-person train crew freight operation under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the written notice must include business records or other written documents supporting that the legacy operation was established for at least two years before June 10, 2024. To establish a legacy one-person train crew freight operation, the railroad must provide evidence that the operation occurred at regular intervals under a set of defined procedures or conditions;
</P>
<P>(3) The class(es) of track operated over, the method of operation, a list of the signal and train control systems, devices, and appliances installed and in operation, and a list of all active and passive highway-rail grade crossings, including crossing numbers;
</P>
<P>(4) The locations of any track where the average grade of any segment of the track operated over is 1 percent or more over 3 continuous miles or 2 percent or more over 2 continuous miles;
</P>
<P>(5) The maximum authorized speed of the operation;
</P>
<P>(6) The approximate average number of miles and hours a one-person train crew will operate in a single tour of duty;
</P>
<P>(7) The number and frequency of the trains involved, and the maximum number of cars and tonnage set for the operation, if any;
</P>
<P>(8) Whether the one-person train crew operation is permitted to haul hazardous materials of any quantity and type, and the approximate percentage of carload traffic in the one-person train crew operation that is hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(9) Whether any limitations are placed on a person operating as a one-person train crew. Such limitations may include, but are not limited to, a maximum number of miles or hours during a single tour of duty, or limitations placed on a person in coordination with a fatigue mitigation plan;
</P>
<P>(10) Information regarding other operations traveling on the same track as the one-person train operation or that travel on an adjacent track. Such information shall include, but is not limited to, the volume of traffic and the types of opposing moves (<I>e.g.,</I> passenger trains or freight trains hauling hazardous materials);
</P>
<P>(11) A detailed description of any technology that is used to perform tasks typically performed by a second crewmember, or that prevents or mitigates the consequences of accidents or incidents;
</P>
<P>(12) A copy of any railroad rule or practice that applies to the one-person train crew operation, but does not apply to train crew operations with two or more crewmembers;
</P>
<P>(13) For each railroad seeking to continue a legacy freight train operation staffed with a one-person train crew as permitted by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, five (5) years of accident and incident data, as required by part 225 of this chapter, for the operation identified or, for operations established less than five (5) years before June 10, 2024, accident and incident data for the operation from the date the operation was established; and
</P>
<P>(14) Any other information describing protections provided in lieu of a second train crewmember, or relevant data or analysis, or both, that the railroad can provide about its one-person train crew operation and how that operation is as safe or safer than a two-person minimum train crew operation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional requirements.</I> Each railroad with an applicable one-person train crew operation shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Adopt and comply with an operating rule that satisfies the requirements of this paragraph to ensure rail employees can take mitigation measures that provide a level of safety that is as safe or safer than a two-person train crew operation to address certain situations with the one-person train crew operation.
</P>
<P>(i) At a minimum, the operating rule shall address the following types of situations:
</P>
<P>(A) An accidental or non-accidental release of any hazardous material;
</P>
<P>(B) An accident/incident regardless of whether it is required to be reported to FRA under part 225 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(C) A request from an emergency responder to unblock a highway-rail grade crossing in response to a potentially life-threatening situation;
</P>
<P>(D) A train or on-track equipment derailment;
</P>
<P>(E) A disabled train; and
</P>
<P>(F) An illness, injury, or other incapacitation of the one-person train crewmember.
</P>
<P>(ii) At a minimum, the operating rule shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Describe the role and responsibilities of the one-person train crewmember and any other railroad employees, including supervisors, with responsibility to address a situation described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(B) Describe any logistics and the railroad's expected response time(s).
</P>
<P>(2) Adopt and comply with an operating rule that satisfies the requirements of this paragraph to ensure radio or wireless communications with a one-person train crew is as safe or safer than a two-person train crew for train operations and crewmember safety. At a minimum, the operating rule shall require that:
</P>
<P>(i) The one-person train crew have a working radio or working wireless communications on the controlling locomotive appropriate for railroad communications as defined in § 220.5 of this chapter, even if not otherwise required in § 220.9 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) The train dispatcher or operator must confirm with a one-person train crewmember that the train is stopped before conveying a mandatory directive by radio transmission as required in § 220.61 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) A one-person train crewmember must contact a railroad employee, typically a dispatcher, a supervisor or manager, or an intermittently assisting crewmember, whenever it can be anticipated that radio or wireless communication could be lost, <I>e.g.,</I> before the train enters a tunnel, unless technology or a different protocol is established to monitor the train's real-time progress; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Procedures that establish when search-and-rescue operations shall be initiated if all radio or wireless communication is lost with a one-person train crewmember.
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt and comply with an operating rule that satisfies the requirements of this paragraph to ensure:
</P>
<P>(i) A one-person train crew's controlling locomotive is equipped with a functioning alerter that is operating as intended as defined in § 229.5 of this chapter. For each railroad that limits the one-person train crew's operation to a maximum authorized speed of 25 miles per hour and is not required to have an alerter on the locomotive that is equipped per the requirements in § 229.140 of this chapter, any functioning alerter that is operating as intended will be acceptable if it has a manual reset and will result in a penalty brake application that brings the locomotive or train to a stop if not properly acknowledged; and
</P>
<P>(ii) That a one-person train crewmember must test that alerter to confirm it is functioning before departure from each initial terminal, or prior to being coupled as the lead locomotive in a locomotive consist.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.131" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.7.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.131   Special approval petition requirements for train operations staffed with a one-person train crew.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> With the exception of operations permitted under §§ 218.125 through 218.129, and as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) No railroad may operate a train with a one-person train crew unless it receives special approval for the operation under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) For a railroad that has established a one-person train crew operation before June 10, 2024, the railroad may continue the operation in accordance with this section pending FRA's decision on the railroad's special approval petition if:
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad submits a written notice by email to <I>FRAOPCERTPROG@dot.gov</I> no later than June 24, 2024 that, at a minimum, provides a summary of the operation and the name, title, address, telephone number, and email address of the primary person(s) to be contacted regarding the written notice and the operation;
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad, in coordination with FRA, eliminates, mitigates, or otherwise addresses any safety hazards related to the one-person train crew operation FRA finds in reviewing the railroad's special approval petition; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The railroad submits its special approval petition, as specified by the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section, no later than August 7, 2024.
</P>
<P>(3) Each freight railroad seeking to either initiate or continue a train operation with a one-person train crew must receive FRA's special approval for the operation under this subpart and shall comply with the requirements in § 218.129(c).
</P>
<P>(4) Each passenger railroad seeking to initiate a train operation with a one-person train crew must receive FRA's special approval for the operation under this subpart and have either:
</P>
<P>(i) An approved passenger train emergency preparedness plan under part 239 of this chapter for the operation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An approved waiver from the passenger train emergency preparedness plan requirements as permitted under part 211 of this chapter. A passenger railroad may petition FRA for both a waiver under part 211 and special approval for a train operation staffed with a one-person train crew in the same filing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Petition for a train operation staffed with a one-person train crew.</I> Each petition for a train operation with a one-person train crew that is not permitted under §§ 218.125 through 218.129 must contain sufficient information for FRA to determine whether approving the operation described in the petition is as safe or safer than a two-person minimum train crew operation. At a minimum, a petition must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, telephone number, and email address of the primary person to be contacted regarding review of the special approval petition;
</P>
<P>(2) The location of the operation, with as much specificity as can be provided, as to the characteristics of the geographic area through which the trains will operate (<I>e.g.</I> population density and proximity to environmentally sensitive areas), the terrain over which the trains will be operated, industries or communities served, and track segments, territories, divisions, or subdivisions operated over;
</P>
<P>(3) The class(es) of track to be operated over, the method of operation, a list of the signal and train control systems, devices, and appliances installed and in operation, and a list of all active and passive highway-rail grade crossings, including crossing numbers;
</P>
<P>(4) The locations of any track where the average grade of any segment of the track operated over is 1 percent or more over 3 continuous miles or 2 percent or more over 2 continuous miles;
</P>
<P>(5) The maximum authorized speed of the operation;
</P>
<P>(6) The approximate average number of miles and hours a person is projected to operate as a train crewmember in a one-person train crew operation;
</P>
<P>(7) The maximum number of cars and tonnage proposed for the operation, if any;
</P>
<P>(8) Whether the railroad is seeking approval to transport hazardous materials of the types or quantities specified in § 218.123(c) or whether the railroad is seeking approval to transport other hazardous materials (as defined by § 171.8 of this title) of any quantity and type;
</P>
<P>(9) Whether any limitations will be placed on a person operating as a one-person train crew. Such limitations may include, but are not limited to, a maximum number of miles or hours during a single tour of duty, or limitations placed on a person in coordination with a fatigue mitigation plan;
</P>
<P>(10) Information regarding other operations that may travel on the same track as, or an adjacent track to, the train operation staffed with a one-person train crew. Such information shall include, but is not limited to, the volume of traffic and the types of opposing moves (<I>e.g.,</I> passenger or freight trains hauling hazardous materials);
</P>
<P>(11) A detailed description of any technology that will be used to perform or support tasks typically performed by a second crewmember, or that will prevent or significantly mitigate the consequences of accidents or incidents;
</P>
<P>(12) A copy of any railroad rule or practice that will apply to the proposed train operation(s) with a one-person train crew, but does not apply to train crew operations with two or more crewmembers;
</P>
<P>(13) A copy of a railroad operating rule that will apply to the proposed train operation(s) with a one-person train crew, and which complies with the requirements of § 218.129(c)(1), to ensure rail employees can take mitigation measures that provide a level of safety that is as safe or safer than a two-person train crew operation to address certain situations with the one-person train crew operation. A passenger train operation with an approved emergency preparedness plan under part 239 of this chapter satisfies the requirement in this paragraph (b)(13);
</P>
<P>(14) Five (5) years of accident and incident data, as required by part 225 of this chapter, for the operation identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, when operating with two or more crewmembers, or, for operations established less than five (5) years before June 10, 2024, accident and incident data for the operation from the date the operation was established;
</P>
<P>(15) A risk assessment of the proposed operation that meets the requirements of § 218.133;
</P>
<P>(16) Any other information describing protections provided in lieu of a second train crewmember, or other relevant data or analysis.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional information.</I> FRA may request any additional information, beyond what is provided in the petition, that it deems necessary.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.133" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.7.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.133   Risk assessment content and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A risk assessment submitted under this subpart must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Contain a list and descriptions of all functions, duties, and tasks associated with the proposed operation to be performed by the one-person train crewmember, other railroad employee(s), or equipment, including, at a minimum, any function performed:
</P>
<P>(i) To prepare a train for operation (including, but not limited to, pre-departure inspections, obtaining track bulletins, orders, or manifests, managing the train consist, including train makeup, obtaining and ensuring the accuracy of the train consist, arming and testing the end-of-train device, and performing brake tests);
</P>
<P>(ii) To operate a train (including, but not limited to, operating and controlling the train, interacting with non-crewmembers such as the dispatcher or roadway workers, and responding to emergencies or unexpected events); and
</P>
<P>(iii) To ensure safety once a train has stopped moving (<I>e.g.,</I> including, but not limited to, securing the train).
</P>
<P>(2) Describe the allocation of all functions, duties, and tasks to the one-person train crewmember, other railroad employee(s), or equipment.
</P>
<P>(3) Contain a risk-based hazard analysis for the proposed train operation's functions, duties, and tasks, that shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify any new hazards, changes to existing hazards and/or changes to the risk of an existing hazard associated with the proposed train operation, as compared to a two-person minimum train crew operation, taking account of all aspects of the railroad's system, including, at a minimum, infrastructure, equipment, technology, work schedules, mode of operation, operating rules and practices, training and other areas impacting railroad safety;
</P>
<P>(ii) Calculate and/or update each risk, quantitatively or qualitatively, or both, by assessing each new hazard, change to an existing hazard and/or change to the risk of a hazard, in terms of the severity and likelihood of a mishap;
</P>
<P>(iii) Recalculate each risk mitigated in accordance with § 218.131(b)(15), quantitatively or qualitatively, or both, by assessing each new hazard, change to an existing hazard and/or change to the risk of a hazard and the level of mitigation (elimination or reduction), in terms of the severity and likelihood of a mishap; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide a statement with supporting evidence that the one-person train crew operation with a fully implemented mitigation plan is as safe or safer than a two-person minimum train crew operation.
</P>
<P>(4) Contain a mitigation plan that documents the design and implementation timeline of the sustained mitigation strategies to eliminate or reduce the overall risk to a level such that the one-person train crew operation is as safe or safer than a two-person minimum train crew operation, considering, at a minimum, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The design of the system, equipment, and components, including equipment reliability and the necessary functions to be performed, in both a normal operation and in a degraded or failed state; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The human factors associated with the processes and tasks to be performed, including the required skills and capabilities, the operating environment, and existing or potential impairments.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Alternative standard.</I> A railroad may petition the Associate Administrator for Safety for approval to use alternative methodologies or procedures, or both, other than those required by paragraph (a) of this section to assess the risk associated with an operation proposed under this section. If, after providing public notice of the request for approval and an opportunity for public comment on the request, the Associate Administrator for Safety finds that any such petition demonstrates that the alternative proposed methodology or procedures, or both, will provide an accurate assessment of the risk associated with the operation, the Associate Administrator for Safety may approve the use of the proposed alternative(s).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.135" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.7.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.135   Special approval procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petition.</I> Each railroad submitting a petition under § 218.131 shall send the petition by email to <I>FRAOPCERTPROG@dot.gov.</I> FRA will make the petition publicly available at <I>https://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Federal Register</I><I> notice.</I> FRA will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning each petition under § 218.131.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Comment.</I> Not later than 60 days from the date of publication of the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> under paragraph (b) of this section, any person may comment on the petition.
</P>
<P>(1) Each comment shall provide all relevant information and data in support of the commenter's position.
</P>
<P>(2) Each comment shall be submitted to FRA through <I>https://www.regulations.gov</I> to the docket identified in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disposition of petitions.</I> (1) If the Administrator finds it necessary or desirable, FRA will conduct a hearing on a petition in accordance with its rules of practice in part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) A petition must not be implemented until approved. If FRA finds that the petition complies with the requirements of § 218.131 and that approving the petition is as safe or safer than a two-person minimum train crew operation, FRA will grant the petition, normally within 120 days of its receipt. If the petition is neither granted nor denied within 120 days, the petition remains pending for decision. FRA may attach special conditions to the approval of the petition. Following the approval of a petition, FRA may reopen consideration of the petition for cause stated.
</P>
<P>(3) If FRA finds that a petition does not comply with the requirements of this subpart or that approving the petition would not be as safe or safer than a two-person minimum train crew operation, FRA will deny the petition, normally within 120 days of its receipt.
</P>
<P>(4) When FRA decides a petition, reopens consideration of a petition, or closes a reopened petition, FRA will send written notice of the decision to the petitioner and publish that decision in the docket.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Modifications.</I> (1) A railroad that intends to materially modify an operation subject to an FRA approval under this section shall submit a description of how it intends to modify the operation, along with either a new or an updated risk assessment accounting for the identified proposed modifications. The new or updated risk assessment must meet the requirements of § 218.133 and be submitted by email to <I>FRAOPCERTPROG@dot.gov</I> at least 60 days before the date proposed to implement any such modification. For the purposes of this paragraph (e), a material modification is a change:
</P>
<P>(i) To a railroad's operations, infrastructure, locomotive control technology, or risk mitigation technology, that may affect the safety of the operation;
</P>
<P>(ii) That would affect the assumptions underlying the risk assessment on which an FRA approval under this section is based; or
</P>
<P>(iii) That would affect the assumptions underlying the risk assessment's risk calculations or mitigations on which an FRA approval under this section is based.
</P>
<P>(2) When FRA decides on a material modification to a petition, FRA will send written notice of the decision to the petitioner and publish that decision in the same docket created for the petition in paragraph (a) of this section. FRA may reopen consideration of a petition based on a material modification, deny the material modification, or grant the material modification with or without special conditions to the approval. A material modification must not be implemented until approved. If the material modification submission is neither granted nor denied within 60 days, the petition remains pending for decision.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 218.137" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.7.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 218.137   Annual railroad responsibilities after receipt of special approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad that receives special approval to use an operation with a one-person train crew under this subpart shall prepare an annual report, which will be a formal review and analysis each calendar year, of the one-person train crew operation. The annual report, which will include a railroad's findings and conclusions from its review, shall be submitted no later than March 31 of the following year to <I>FRAOPCERTPROG@dot.gov.</I> The requirements in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section describe the components of a railroad's annual report.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad's annual report must include the safety data and information listed in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section for any one-person train crew operation that receives special approval under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(1) The total number of:
</P>
<P>(i) FRA-reportable accidents/incidents under part 225 of this chapter, including subtotals for accidents/incidents that occurred at a highway-rail grade crossing and those that did not occur at a highway-rail grade crossing, and subtotals by State and cause. If an accident/incident was FRA-reportable for more than one reason (<I>e.g.,</I> the accident/incident occurred at a highway-rail grade crossing and resulted in rail equipment damages higher than the current reporting threshold), the accident/incident shall only be listed once in the total calculation;
</P>
<P>(ii) FRA-reportable employee fatalities;
</P>
<P>(iii) FRA-reportable employee injuries;
</P>
<P>(iv) Trespasser fatalities at a highway-rail grade crossing;
</P>
<P>(v) Trespasser injuries at a highway-rail grade crossing;
</P>
<P>(vi) Passenger fatalities at a highway-rail grade crossing;
</P>
<P>(vii) Passenger injuries at a highway-rail grade crossing;
</P>
<P>(viii) Instances where a railroad employee did not comply with a railroad rule or practice applicable to the one-person train crew operation receiving special approval under this subpart but not applicable to train crew operations with two or more crewmembers that travel on the train;
</P>
<P>(ix) Instances where a one-person train crewmember had a locomotive engineer or conductor certification revoked for violation of an operating rule or practice that occurred when the person was operating a one-person train crew operation receiving special approval under this subpart. In addition to the total number of these instances, the railroad must report the subtotals for each type of certification revoked;
</P>
<P>(x) Accountable rail equipment accidents/incidents under part 225 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(xi) Instances when the railroad was required to comply with an operating rule to ensure rail employees can take mitigation measures that provide a level of safety that is as safe or safer than a two-person train crew operation to address certain situations with the one-person train crew operation under § 218.131(b)(13);
</P>
<P>(xii) Instances when a dispatcher, operator, or other required employee unexpectedly lost communication with the one-person train crew operation receiving special approval under this subpart;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Employee hours worked; and
</P>
<P>(xiv) Train miles.
</P>
<P>(2) For each instance counted in the totals reported in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (xii) of this section, a railroad's annual report must clearly identify each instance by date and location and provide a complete factual description of the event.
</P>
<P>(c) The annual report must also include written confirmation that the risk assessment for operations receiving special approval under this subpart, including all calculations and assumptions, remains unchanged and that no technology changes have been implemented or new or additional hazards identified.
</P>
<P>(1) If any risk assessment calculation or assumption changes for an operation receiving special approval under this subpart, a new or updated risk assessment meeting the requirements of § 218.133 must be prepared and submitted with the railroad's annual report. This annual reporting requirement does not negate the requirement to submit a new or updated risk assessment when making a material modification to an operation as required in § 218.135.
</P>
<P>(2) Any new or updated risk assessment submitted in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section must include a written plan and schedule for implementing any mitigations required to address any newly identified hazards.
</P>
<P>(d) FRA will review and respond to a railroad's annual report submission in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section by September 30 of the year it is submitted.
</P>
<P>(1) FRA's response may include advice or recommendations; and
</P>
<P>(2) For a one-person train crew operation receiving special approval under this subpart, FRA may reopen consideration of a petition under § 218.135 based on a finding that a railroad's annual report submission suggests that the petition does not comply with the requirements of this subpart or that the operation is no longer as safe or safer than a two-person train crew operation.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.9.11.1.14" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 218 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.9.11.1.15" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 218—Statement of Agency Enforcement Policy on Blue Signal Protection for Utility Employees
</HEAD>
<P>The following examples of the application of the train or yard crew exclusion from required blue signal protection for utility employees are provided to clarify FRA's enforcement policy. In the first four examples, the utility employee is properly attached to and functioning as member of a train or yard crew and is excluded from blue signal protection, provided all the conditions specified in § 218.22 are met:
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1:</HED><PSPACE>A utility employee assists a train crew by adding or reducing railroad cars to or from the train. The utility employee may perform any duties which would normally be conducted by members of the train crew, i.e., setting or releasing handbrakes, coupling air hoses and other connections, prepare rail cars for coupling, and perform air brake tests.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2:</HED><PSPACE>A utility employee is assigned to assist a yard crew for the purpose of classifying and assembling railroad cars. The yard crew onboard their locomotive arrives at the location in the yard where the work is to be performed. At that time, the utility employee may attach himself to the yard crew and commence duties as a member of that yard crew.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 3:</HED><PSPACE>A utility employee is assigned to inspect, test, remove and replace if necessary, a combination rear end marking device/end of train device on a through freight train. The utility employee attaches himself to the train crew after the arrival of the train and its crew at the location where this work is to be conducted. He may then perform duties as a member of that crew.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 4:</HED><PSPACE>A railroad manager who properly attaches himself as a utility employee to a train or yard crew, in accordance with § 218.22, may then function as a member of the train or yard crew under the exclusion provided for train and yard crews.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>In the last four examples, any railroad employee, including regularly assigned crew members, would need blue signal protection to perform the described function.</P></NOTE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 5:</HED><PSPACE>Prior to the arrival of a through freight train, a utility employee installs an end-of-train device on one end of a block of railroad cars that are scheduled to be picked up by the freight train.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 6:</HED><PSPACE>A railroad employee attaches himself to a train or yard crew while the crew is in the ready room preparing to take charge of their train. Prior to the train crew leaving the ready room and taking charge of the equipment, the employee couples air hoses and other connections between the locomotives.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 7:</HED><PSPACE>A railroad employee is attached to a train crew after the train crew has taken charge of the train. It is necessary for the employee to perform a repair on a rail car, such as replacing a brake shoe, in addition to those duties normally performed by train or yard crew members.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 8:</HED><PSPACE>A train or yard crew, supplemented by three utility employees, has an assigned locomotive and train. The regular crew, including the engineer, has left the train to eat lunch. The utility employees have remained with the train and are coupling air hoses between rail cars in the train.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 43293, Aug. 16, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.9.11.1.16" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 218—Statement of Agency Enforcement Policy on Tampering
</HEAD>
<P>The Rail Safety Improvement Act of 1988 (Pub. L. 100-342, enacted June 22, 1988) (“RSIA”) raised the maximum civil penalties available under the railroad safety laws and made individuals liable for willful violations of those laws. Section 21 of the RSIA requires that FRA adopt regulations addressing three related but distinct aspects of problems that can occur when safety devices are tampered with or disabled. It requires that FRA make it unlawful for (i) any individual to willfully tamper with or disable a device; (ii) any individual to knowingly operate or permit to be operated a train with a tampered or disabled device; and (iii) any railroad to operate such a train.
</P>
<P>Because the introduction of civil penalties against individuals brings FRA's enforcement of the rail safety laws into a new era and because the changes being introduced by this regulation are so significant, FRA believes that it is advisable to set forth the manner in which it will exercise its enforcement authority under this regulation.
</P>
<HD1>Safety Devices Covered by This Rule
</HD1>
<P>FRA has employed a functional description of what constitutes a safety device under this rule. FRA's wording effectively identifies existing equipment and is sufficiently expansive to cover equipment that may appear in the future, particularly devices associated with advanced train control systems currently undergoing research testing.
</P>
<P>FRA has been advised by portions of the regulated community that its functional definition has some potential for confusing people who read the rule without the benefit of the preamble discussions concerning the meaning of this definition. Since this rule is specifically intended to preclude misconduct by individuals, FRA wants this rule to be easily comprehended by all who read it. To achieve that clarity, FRA has decide to specify which types of equipment it considers to be within the scope of this rule and provide some examples of equipment that is not covered. In addition, FRA is ready and willing to respond in writing to any inquiry about any other devices that a party believes are treated ambiguously under this rule. This regulation applies to a variety of devices including equipment known as “event recorders,” “alerters,” “deadman controls,” “automatic cab signal,” “cab signal whistles,” “automatic train stop equipment,” “automatic train control equipment,” “positive train control equipment,” and “passenger locomotive-mounted image and audio recording equipment.” FRA does not consider the following equipment to be covered by this rule: Radios; monitors for end-of-train devices; bells or whistles that are not connected to alerters, deadman pedals, or signal system devices; fans for controlling interior temperature of locomotive cabs; and locomotive performance monitoring devices, unless they record data such as train speed and air brake operations. Although FRA considers such devices beyond the scope of the regulation, this does not imply that FRA condones the disabling of such devices. FRA will not hesitate to include such devices at a later date should instances of tampering with these devices be discovered. FRA does not currently perceive a need to directly proscribe tampering with such devices because there is no history of these devices being subjected to tampering.
</P>
<HD1>Subsequent Operators of Trains With Disabled Devices
</HD1>
<P>Section 218.57 addresses instances in which one individual has tampered with a safety device and a second individual (a “subsequent operator”) knowingly operates a train or permits it to be operated, notwithstanding the presence of the disabled or tampered-with unit. The most common occurrence addressed by this provision is the situation in which a train crew encounters a locomotive with a safety device that has been tampered with prior to the crew's assuming responsibility for the locomotive. FRA has structured this provision and its attendant enforcement policy to reflect the fact that instances in which one individual encounters a locomotive that someone else has tampered with are relatively infrequent occurrences.
</P>
<P>FRA's regulatory prohibition for subsequent operator conduct reflects the legal standard for individual culpability set forth in the RSIA. Under the relevant statutory standard (“knowingly operates or permits to be operated a train on which such devices have been tampered with or disabled by another person”)—now incorporated into § 218.57—individuals could be held to a simple negligence standard of conduct, i.e., a standard of reasonable care under the circumstances. FRA's conclusion about the proper interpretation of the word “knowingly” stems from both normal canons of statutory construction and analysis of decisional law concerning the use of similar statutory constructs in the civil penalty context. It is also consistent with other Departmental interpretations of the word as used in similar contexts. (See 49 CFR 107.299, defining “knowingly” under the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 App. U.S.C. 1801 <I>et seq.</I>)
</P>
<P>Under that statutory language, the responsible members of the crew could be culpable if either (1) due to their failure to exercise reasonable care, they failed to determine that the safety device was not functioning, or (2) having ascertained that the device was not functioning, still elected to operate the train. Similarly, railroad supervisors who permit or direct that a train with a disabled device be operated after having learned that the safety device is not functioning or after having failed to use reasonable care in the performance of their duties could also be subject to sanction.
</P>
<P>However, as a matter of enforcement policy, application of a negligence standard in this particular context presently appears unwarranted. We have seen no evidence of an employee's negligent failure to detect another employee's tampering having caused a safety problem. FRA can effectively attack the known dimensions of the tampering problem by employing an enforcement policy that limits its enforcement actions to situations where individuals clearly had actual knowledge of the disabled device and intentionally operated the train notwithstanding that knowledge.
</P>
<P>Therefore, FRA will not take enforcement action against an individual under § 218.57 absent a showing of such actual knowledge of the facts. Actual, subjective knowledge need not be demonstrated. It will suffice to show objectively that the alleged violator must have known the facts based on reasonable inferences drawn from the circumstances. For example, it is reasonable to infer that a person knows about something plainly in sight on the locomotive he is operating. Also, unlike the case where willfulness must be shown (see FRA's statement of policy at 49 CFR part 209, appendix A), knowledge of or reckless disregard for the law need not be shown to make out a violation of § 218.57. The knowledge relevant here is knowledge of the facts constituting the violation, not knowledge of the law.
</P>
<P>Should FRA receive evidence indicating that a stricter enforcement policy is necessary to address the tampering problem, it will revise its enforcement policy to permit enforcement actions based only on a showing of the subsequent operator's negligent failure to detect the tampering, as the relevant provision of the RSIA permits it to do now. Any such change in enforcement policy will become effective only after publication of a revised version of this appendix.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 5492, Feb. 3, 1989. Redesignated and amended at 58 FR 43293, Aug. 16, 1993; 88 FR 70761, Oct. 12, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.9.11.1.17" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 218—Requirements and Considerations for Implementing Technology Aided Point Protection
</HEAD>
<HD1>Introduction
</HD1>
<P>This appendix provides further explanation and requirements for exercising the option to provide point protection with the aid of technology as permitted in § 218.99(b)(3)(i). The regulation permits the visual determination necessary to provide point protection, i.e., a determination that the track is clear, for a shoving or pushing movement to “be made with the aid of monitored cameras or other technological means, provided that it and the procedures for use provide an equivalent level of protection to that of a direct visual determination by a crewmember or other qualified employee properly positioned to make the observation as prescribed in this section and appendix D to this part.” This appendix addresses the general requirements and considerations for all technology aided point protection as well as specific additional requirements for those operations involving remote control operations at public highway-rail grade crossings, private highway-rail grade crossings outside the physical confines of a railroad yard, pedestrian crossings outside the physical confines of a railroad yard, and yard Access Crossings.
</P>
<HD1>I. General Requirements and Considerations
</HD1>
<P>A. Although railroading is now one of the nation's older forms of mechanized transportation, equipment, components and operations all have evolved through new and improved technologies. Installing cameras in yards so that a location could be remotely monitored from somewhere else has become a railroading reality as cameras have become smaller, less expensive, and have increased resolution. It is possible to set up these cameras and monitors so that they provide at least an equivalent level of safety to that of an employee protecting the point. Part 218, subpart F permits such an operation to substitute for an employee's direct visual determination where the technology provides an equivalent level of protection to that of a direct visual determination. <I>See</I> § 218.99(b)(3)(i). Of course, to provide an equivalent level of protection, an employee needs to be properly qualified (<I>see</I> § 218.95(a)(2)) and the technology must work as intended. Most malfunctions of the technology should be detectable, and result in abandoning the use of the technology for determining point protection until the malfunction can be corrected.
</P>
<P>B. The substitution of such technology for a direct visual determination is dependent on many factors. Each situation will have its own particular factual circumstances that shall require consideration in determining whether an equivalent level of safety can be achieved. For instance, with regard to the basic camera setup, a railroad shall consider whether an operator must see in color (largely a necessity if viewing signals), the width of the angle of view, the size and location of the monitor, whether the technology is for day-time use only, and whether its use should be limited to fair weather conditions. However, under all circumstances, the monitor shall display sufficient information to enable the viewer to make a determination that the track ahead of the shoving or pushing move is clear pursuant to the definition of “track is clear” in § 218.93.
</P>
<P>C. Each railroad that chooses to implement such camera/monitor setups shall implement attendant procedures and qualify each employee who will be utilizing the technology. Railroads shall ensure that any monitored camera has sufficient resolution and real time coverage to provide protection equal to a direct visual determination. <I>See</I> § 218.99(b)(3)(i). Concerning attendant procedures, one such procedure may be for an employee viewing a monitor to communicate updates to the locomotive engineer or controlling crewmember at appropriate intervals. FRA equates the employee monitoring the camera to the employee controlling the movement who must not engage in any task unrelated to the oversight of the movement; thus, each railroad utilizing such cameras shall implement attendant procedures limiting any of the monitoring employee's ancillary duties that might distract from the employee's ability to visually determine that the track is clear and provide continuous communication to the employee controlling the movement.
</P>
<P>D. There is also the consideration of whether the person viewing the monitor is the locomotive engineer, remote control operator, other crewmember or other qualified person, such as a yardmaster. If the monitor is not being viewed by the operator who is controlling the movement, then, there shall be a clear understanding and channel of communication between the operator and the employee who is viewing the monitor—as the latter would be protecting the movement. Providing an equivalent level of protection to that of a direct visual determination requires a thorough job briefing in which there is an understanding of who is observing the movement, what is the observer's range of vision, at what locomotive speed can the observation be made and how information will be conveyed to the operator/engineer, if that person is not the one viewing the monitor.
</P>
<P>E. There may be occasions when a railroad finds it advantageous to use a non-crewmember, e.g., a yardmaster, to provide point protection, line switches, or check the status of a derail for a remote control crew; however, several potential problems may result when non-crewmembers are used to carry out some crewmember functions. Of foremost concern is the great potential for an error in communication or a misunderstanding between the non-crewmember and the crewmembers regarding the activity or status of equipment. A yardmaster who is occupied with his or her other responsibilities might not give the task the attention it deserves, or could be distracted and give an incorrect answer to a question by a crewmember (e.g., “is the move lined?”). The result could be that the task does not get completed or there is an error in task execution. Further, the crewmembers might not have any alternative way of determining that there is a problem with the point protection provided by the non-crewmember until it is too late. Consequently, to the extent they will be called upon to perform these duties, each railroad shall include yardmasters and other non-crewmembers in any operating rule promulgated in accordance with § 218.99(b)(2).
</P>
<HD1>II. Additional Requirements for Remote Control Locomotive Operations at Highway-Rail Grade Crossings, Pedestrian Crossings, and Yard Access Crossings
</HD1>
<P>A. In addition to the general requirements and considerations for all technology aided point protection in lieu of direct visual determinations, additional requirements are necessary to address concerns specific to the use of camera/monitor setups for remote control locomotive operations to protect the point at highway-rail grade crossings, pedestrian crossings, and yard access crossings. Railroad operating rules currently permit a movement to travel over a crossing without the physical presence of a crewmember if a crossing is equipped with gates, if it can be determined that the gates are in the fully lowered position, and if the crossing is clear of vehicles and pedestrians. Remote control movements at highway-rail grade crossings, pedestrian crossings, and yard access crossings that utilize camera/monitor setups pose a greater direct risk to members of the general public than yard movements utilizing camera/monitor setups to check whether a track is clear. In addition, such setups can rapidly develop problems with motor vehicles and pedestrians unaccustomed to railroad operating rules and procedures. For these reasons, additional safeguards are necessary.
</P>
<P>B. In consideration of the dangers posed by the use of camera/monitor setups for remote control locomotive operations at highway-rail grade crossings, pedestrian crossings, and yard access crossings, the following procedures shall be complied with in order to establish an equivalent means of safety in accordance with § 218.99(b)(3)(i):
</P>
<P>1. Before camera-assisted remote control locomotive operations are permitted at highway-rail grade crossings, pedestrian crossings, and yard access crossings, a Crossing Diagnostic Team shall evaluate the crossing. The diagnostic team shall have representatives from the railroad, FRA, the State department of transportation (or another State agency having jurisdiction over the highway-rail grade crossing, pedestrian crossing, or yard access crossing), and local government authorities. The diagnostic team shall evaluate the suitability of each crossing for remote camera operations. Among the factors it shall consider are the following: the average annual daily traffic counts; the number of highway lanes; highway speed limits; the presence of adjacent signalized highway intersections; the number of railroad tracks; the angle of the roadway intersection; the volume of school bus, transit bus, emergency vehicle, commercial motor vehicle, and hazardous materials traffic over the crossing; the minimum remote control locomotive operator sight distances of roadway approaches to the crossing; and other relevant factors that could affect the safety of the crossing. The diagnostic team shall also consider the appropriate number of cameras and appropriate camera angles needed to provide for the remote operation of remote control locomotives over the crossing. The diagnostic team shall agree to a written diagnostic evaluation summary of the factors considered and shall provide the railroad with agreed upon parameters by which the camera-assisted remote control operation may continue in operation if the factors required for suitability change; thus, any change in the factors considered by the diagnostic team outside of the acceptable parameters shall require the railroad to receive a revised evaluation approval from a diagnostic team before continuing any such operation. In addition, any of the Federal, State, or local governmental authorities may trigger review of a prior evaluation approval at any time there is a question of the suitability of the operation. It is possible that, of the requirements listed below, requirements numbered 2, 4, 5, and 6 would be unnecessary at highway-rail grade crossings or yard access crossings equipped with approved supplemental safety devices (<I>see</I> 49 CFR part 222, app. A) that prevent motorists from driving around lowered gates; under such circumstances, the diagnostic team shall make such determinations. If a Crossing Diagnostic Team, as described in this paragraph, evaluated a crossing for the factors described herein, prior to April 14, 2008, another diagnostic team evaluation is not required to comply with this rule; however, the requirements listed below shall still apply to any such remotely controlled movements over that crossing.
</P>
<P>2. Camera-assisted remote control locomotive operations shall only be permitted at crossings equipped with flashing lights, gates, and constant warning time train detection systems where appropriate, based on train speeds.
</P>
<P>3. A crewmember or other qualified employee shall not view the monitor in place of the remote control operator, as is permitted for other shoving or pushing movements. <I>See</I> § 218.99(b)(3). For purposes of remote control locomotive operations with camera/monitor setups to protect the point at highway-rail grade crossings, pedestrian crossings, and yard access crossings, the remote control operator controlling the movement shall view the monitor during such operations.
</P>
<P>4. The cameras shall be arranged to give the remote control locomotive operator controlling the movement a view of the rail approaches to the crossing from each direction so that the operator can accurately judge the end of the movement's proximity to the crossing.
</P>
<P>5. The cameras shall be arranged to give the remote control locomotive operator a clear view to determine the speed and driver behavior (e.g., driving erratically) of any approaching motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>6. Either the camera resolution shall be sufficient to determine whether the flashing lights and gates are working as intended or the crossing shall be equipped with a remote health monitoring system that is capable of notifying the remote control locomotive operator immediately if the flashing lights and gates are not working as intended.
</P>
<P>7. The railroad shall notify the Associate Administrator for Safety in writing when this type of protection has been installed and activated at a crossing.
</P>
<HD1>III. Conclusion
</HD1>
<P>The technology used to aid point protection will undoubtedly develop and improve over time. FRA encourages the use and development of this technology as is evidenced by the option in this rule to utilize such technology. Meanwhile, as a regulating body, FRA cannot determine whether a new technology to aid point protection provides an equivalent level of protection to that of a direct visual determination unless we are made aware of the new technology. Consequently, aside from the camera/monitor setups described in this appendix, each railroad that intends to implement a technology used to aid point protection shall notify the Associate Administrator for Safety in writing of the technology to be used prior to implementation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 8504, Feb. 13, 2008]




</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.13.9.11.1.18" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 218—Recommended Procedures for Conducting Risk Assessments
</HEAD>
<P>A railroad petitioning to operate with a one-person train crew in accordance with § 218.133 must prepare a risk-based hazard analysis that quantitatively and/or qualitatively demonstrates that the proposed operation using a one-person train crew will be as safe or safer than an operation using a two-person train crew under normal operation and in a degraded or failed state. This appendix provides one approach that may be used by a railroad to prepare a risk-based hazard analysis and compare the risks to determine if a proposed one-person train crew operation will be as safe or safer than a two-person minimum train crew operation, when all mitigations are in place. A railroad is not restricted to this approach and may use another formal safety methodology that fulfills the requirements of § 218.133.
</P>
<HD1>Quantitative Risk-Based Hazard Analysis
</HD1>
<P>(a) Identify new hazards, changes to existing hazards or changes to the risk of existing hazards of the one-person train crew operation, as compared to a two-person minimum train crew operation, as provided in § 218.133(a)(3)(i).
</P>
<P>(b) Calculate and/or update each risk of the one-person train crew operation, as compared to a two-person minimum train crew operation, by assessing each new hazard, change to an existing hazard and/or change to the risk of an existing hazard, in terms of the severity and likelihood of potential events using the following framework:
</P>
<P>(1) The assessment of the severity is measured as the worst-credible mishap resulting from the hazard and categorized in accordance with Table 1 of this paragraph (b)(1):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(1)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Category
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Severity
<br/>ranking
<br/>(1 being the most severe)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Definition
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">SEVERITY CATEGORIES</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Catastrophic</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Results in one or more of the following: fatality, irreversible significant environmental damage, or significant monetary loss. Accidents/incidents that must be reported to FRA telephonically under § 225.9 of this chapter are considered catastrophic.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Critical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Results in one or more of the following: significant injury (as defined in § 225.5 of this chapter), reversible significant environmental damage, or reportable monetary loss. Accidents/incidents that are not telephonically reported under § 225.9 of this chapter but are still FRA-reportable under § 225.19 of this chapter, are considered critical.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Marginal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Results in one or more of the following: minor injuries (i.e., injuries that are not significant as defined in § 225.5 of this chapter), reversible non-significant environmental damage, or monetary loss. Mishaps that are not FRA-reportable accidents/incidents but are considered accountable rail equipment accidents/incidents as defined in § 225.5 of this chapter, are considered marginal.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Negligible</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Results in one or more of the following: no injuries, no environmental damage, or equipment or railroad structure damage(s) that do not require repair.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The assessment of probability of occurrence as defined in Table 2 of this paragraph (b)(2):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)(2)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Level
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Qualitative characterization of probability
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Quantitative characterization of probability 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">PROBABILITY LEVELS</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FREQUENT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Likely to occur frequently</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater than once every 1,000 operating hours.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PROBABLE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Likely to occur several times</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Between once every 1,000 hours and once every 100,000 hours.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">OCCASIONAL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Likely to occur once, but not several times</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Between once every 100,000 hours and once every 10,000,000 hours.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">REMOTE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unlikely but possible to occur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Between once every 10,000,000 hours and once every 1,000,000,000 hours.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IMPROBABLE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">So unlikely that it can be assumed the occurrence may not be experienced</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Less than once every 1,000,000,000 hours.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Probability of a hazard occurring per 1,000 operating hours.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Applying the sustained mitigation strategies designed and implemented in accordance with § 218.133(a)(4), recalculate the risk using the framework documented in paragraph (b) of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(d) Prepare a risk matrix in the format of Table 3 of this paragraph (d) that classifies the risks calculated in paragraph (c) of this appendix in terms of severity and likelihood of each new hazard, change to an existing hazard, or change to the risk of an existing hazard as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 to Paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Probability
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Severity
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)


<br/>Catastrophic
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)


<br/>Critical
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3)


<br/>Marginal
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(4)


<br/>Negligible
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Risk Matrix</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(A) FREQUENT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(B) PROBABLE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3B
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(C) OCCASIONAL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(D) REMOTE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4D
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(E) IMPROBABLE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) Prepare a risk report of the train operation staffed with a one-person train crew, as compared to a two-person minimum train crew operation, documenting the basis for acceptability of all new hazards, changes to existing hazards and/or changes to the risk of existing hazards identified in the matrix required by paragraph (d) of this appendix. The risk report should categorize the risk of each new hazard, change to existing hazard and/or change to the risk of an existing hazard as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Unacceptable.</I> Categories 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2A, 2B, 2C, 3A, 3B, and 4A are unacceptable. A railroad should not file a petition for special approval with a new hazard, change to existing hazard and/or change to the risk of an existing hazard in this category as FRA will not approve an operation with a partially mitigated or unmitigated hazard that is categorized as unacceptable;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Acceptable under specific conditions.</I> Categories 1E, 2D, 3C, 3D, 4B, and 4C are acceptable under specific conditions. A railroad's risk report should describe why the railroad finds the conditions acceptable. A new hazard, change to existing hazard and/or change to the risk of an existing hazard will be acceptable under specific conditions if FRA finds that the one-person operation is as safe or safer than a two or more-person operation; and
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Acceptable.</I> Categories 2E, 3E, 4D, and 4E are acceptable. FRA will not deny a petition for special approval solely on the basis an appropriately categorized acceptable new hazard, change to existing hazard and/or change to the risk of an existing hazard if the one-person operation is as safe or safer than a two-person minimum operation.
</P>
<P>(f) Provide a statement with supporting evidence, that the one-person operation with a fully implemented mitigation plan, is as safe or safer than a two-person minimum operation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 25114, Apr. 9, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="219" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 219—CONTROL OF ALCOHOL AND DRUG USE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20140, 21301, 21304, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; Div. A, Sec. 412, Pub. L. 110-432, 122 Stat. 4889 (49 U.S.C. 20140 note); Sec. 8102, Pub. L. 115-271, 132 Stat. 3894; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 41973, Aug. 9, 2001, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to prevent accidents and casualties in railroad operations that result from impairment of employees by alcohol or drugs.
</P>
<P>(b) This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for control of alcohol and drug use. This part does not restrict a railroad from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements not inconsistent with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41973, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 81 FR 37922, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This part applies to all railroads and contractors, except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, and except for:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads that operate only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation (<I>i.e.,</I> plant railroads, as defined in § 219.5);
</P>
<P>(2) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation, as defined in § 219.5; or
</P>
<P>(3) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Small railroad exception.</I> (1) Subparts E, G, and K do not apply to small railroads, and a small railroad may not perform the Federal requirements authorized by those subparts. For purposes of this part, a small railroad means a railroad that:
</P>
<P>(i) Has a total of 15 or fewer employees who are covered by the hours of service laws at 49 U.S.C. 21103, 21104, or 21105, or who would be subject to the hours of service laws at 49 U.S.C. 21103, 21104, or 21105 if their services were performed in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not have joint operations, as defined in § 219.5, with another railroad that operates in the United States, except as necessary for purposes of interchange.
</P>
<P>(2) An employee performing only MOW or MECH activities, as defined in § 219.5, does not count towards a railroad's total number of covered employees for the purpose of determining whether it qualifies for the small railroad exception.
</P>
<P>(3) A contractor performing MOW or MECH activities exclusively for small railroads also qualifies for the small railroad exception (<I>i.e.,</I> is excepted from the requirements of subparts E, G, and K of this part). A contractor is not excepted if it performs MOW or MECH activities for at least one railroad that is required to be in full compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(4) If a contractor is subject to all of part 219 because it performs regulated service for multiple railroads, not all of which qualify for the small railroad exception, the responsibility for ensuring that the contractor complies with subparts E and G of this part is shared between the contractor and any railroad using the contractor that does not qualify for the small railroad exception.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Foreign railroad.</I> (1) This part does not apply to the operations of a foreign railroad that take place outside the United States. A foreign railroad is required to conduct post-accident toxicological testing or reasonable suspicion testing only for operations that occur within the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) Subparts F, G, and K of this part do not apply to an employee of a foreign railroad whose primary reporting point is outside the United States if that employee is:
</P>
<P>(i) Performing train or dispatching service on that portion of a rail line in the United States extending up to 10 route miles from the point that the line crosses into the United States from Canada or Mexico; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Performing signal service in the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37922, June 10, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 5733, Feb. 2, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.4" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.4   Recognition of a foreign railroad's workplace testing program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A foreign railroad may petition the FRA Associate Administrator for Safety for recognition of a workplace testing program promulgated under the laws of its home country as a compatible alternative to the return-to-duty requirements in subpart B of this part and the requirements of subparts E, F, and G of this part with respect to its employees whose primary reporting point is outside the United States but who enter the United States to perform train or dispatching service and with respect to its final applicants for, or its employees seeking to transfer for the first time to, duties involving such service.
</P>
<P>(1) To be so considered, the petition must document that the foreign railroad's workplace testing program contains equivalents to subparts B, F, G, and K of this part:
</P>
<P>(2) In approving a program under this section, the FRA Associate Administrator for Safety may impose conditions deemed necessary.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Alternative programs.</I> (1) Upon FRA's recognition of a foreign railroad's workplace alcohol and drug use program as compatible with the return-to-duty requirements in subpart B of this part and the requirements of subparts F, G, and K of this part, the foreign railroad must comply with either the specified provisions of § 219.4 or with the standards of its recognized program, and any imposed conditions, with respect to its employees whose primary reporting point is outside the United States and who perform train or dispatching service in the United States. The foreign railroad must also, with respect to its final applicants for, or its employees seeking to transfer for the first time to, duties involving such train or dispatching service in the United States, comply with either subpart F of this part or the standards of its recognized program.
</P>
<P>(2) The foreign railroad must comply with subparts A (general), B (prohibitions, other than the return-to-duty provisions in § 219.104(d)), C (post-accident toxicological testing), D (reasonable suspicion testing), I (annual report requirements), and J (recordkeeping requirements) of this part. Drug or alcohol testing required by these subparts (except for post-accident toxicological testing required by subpart C) must be conducted in compliance with all applicable provisions of the DOT Procedures for Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs (part 40 of this title).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Petitions for recognition of a foreign railroad's workplace testing programs.</I> Each petition for recognition of a foreign workplace testing program shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the petition;
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of the foreign railroad workplace testing program to be considered for recognition;
</P>
<P>(3) Appropriate data or records, or both, for FRA to consider in determining whether the foreign railroad workplace testing program is equivalent to the minimum standards contained in this part and provides at least an equivalent level of safety.
</P>
<P>(d) <E T="04">Federal Register</E> <I>notice.</I> FRA will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning each petition under paragraph (c) of this section that it receives.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Comment.</I> Not later than 30 days from the date of publication of the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning a petition under paragraph (c) of this section, any person may comment on the petition.
</P>
<P>(1) A comment shall set forth specifically the basis upon which it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the commenter in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) Any comment on a petition should reference the FRA docket and notice numbers. A commenter may submit a comment and related material by only one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</I> Follow the instructions for submitting comments on the Federal Docket Management System electronic docket site.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Fax.</I> 1-202-493-2251.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Mail.</I> U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Hand delivery.</I> Room W12-140 on the ground floor of the West Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal Holidays.
</P>
<P>(3) The commenter shall certify that a copy of the comment was served on the petitioner. Note that all petitions received will be posted without change to <I>http://www.regulations.gov</I> including any personal information provided.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Disposition of petitions.</I> (1) If FRA finds that the petition complies with the requirements of this section and that the foreign railroad's workplace testing program is compatible with the minimum standards of this part, the petition will be granted, normally within 90 days of its receipt. If the petition is neither granted nor denied within 90 days, the petition remains pending for decision. FRA may attach special conditions to the approval of any petition. Following the approval of a petition, FRA may reopen consideration of the petition for cause.
</P>
<P>(2) If FRA finds that the petition does not comply with the requirements of this section or that the foreign railroad's workplace testing program is not compatible with the minimum standards of this part, the petition will be denied, normally within 90 days of its receipt.
</P>
<P>(3) When FRA grants or denies a petition, or reopens consideration of the petition, written notice is sent to the petitioner and other interested parties.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Program recognition.</I> If its program has been recognized, the foreign railroad shall maintain a letter on file indicating that it has elected to extend specified elements of the recognized program to its operations in the United States. Once granted, program recognition remains valid so long as the program retains these elements and the foreign railroad complies with the program requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 19286, Apr. 12, 2004, as amended at 74 FR 25172, 25173, May 27, 2009; 81 FR 37923, June 10, 2016; 88 FR 27652, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part only—
</P>
<P><I>Accident or incident reportable under part 225</I> does not include a case that is classified as “covered data” under § 225.5 of this chapter (<I>i.e.,</I> employee injury/illness cases reportable exclusively because a physician or other licensed health care professional either made a one-time topical application of a prescription-strength medication to the employee's injury or made a written recommendation that the employee: Take one or more days away from work when the employee instead reports to work (or would have reported had he or she been scheduled) and takes no days away from work in connection with the injury or illness; work restricted duty for one or more days when the employee instead works unrestricted (or would have worked unrestricted had he or she been scheduled) and takes no other days of restricted work activity in connection with the injury or illness; or take over-the-counter medication at a dosage equal to or greater than the minimum prescription strength, whether or not the employee actually takes the medication).
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, or the Associate Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Category of regulated employee</I> means a broad class of covered service, maintenance-of-way, or mechanical employees (as defined in this section). For the purposes of determining random testing rates under § 219.625, if an individual performs both covered service and maintenance-of-way activities, or covered service and mechanical activities, he or she belongs in the category of regulated employee that corresponds with the type of regulated service comprising the majority of his or her regulated service.
</P>
<P><I>Class I, Class II,</I> and <I>Class III</I> have the meaning assigned by regulations of the Surface Transportation Board (49 CFR part 1201; General Instructions 1-1).
</P>
<P><I>Contractor</I> means a contractor or subcontractor performing functions for a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Controlled substance</I> has the meaning assigned by 21 U.S.C. 802, and includes all substances listed on Schedules I through V as they may be revised from time to time (21 CFR parts 1301-1316).
</P>
<P><I>Covered employee</I> means an employee (as defined in this section to include an employee, volunteer, or probationary employee performing activities for a railroad or a contractor to a railroad) who is performing covered service under the hours of service laws at 49 U.S.C. 21101, 21104, or 21105 or who is subject to performing such covered service, regardless of whether the person has performed or is currently performing covered service. (An employee is not a “covered employee” under this definition exclusively because he or she is an employee for purposes of 49 U.S.C. 21106.) For the purposes of pre-employment testing only, the term “covered employee” includes a person applying to perform covered service in the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Covered service</I> means service in the United States as a train employee, a dispatching service employee, or a signal employee, as those terms are defined at 49 U.S.C. 21101, but does not include any period the employee is relieved of all responsibilities and is free to come and go without restriction.
</P>
<P><I>Cross-border operation</I> means a rail operation that crosses into the United States from Canada or Mexico.
</P>
<P><I>Domestic railroad</I> means a railroad that is incorporated in the United States.
</P>
<P><I>DOT Agency</I> means an agency (or “operating administration”) of the United States Department of Transportation administering regulations requiring alcohol or controlled substance testing (14 CFR parts 61, 63, 65, 121 and 135; 49 CFR parts 199, 219, 382 and 655) in accordance with part 40 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>DOT, The Department</I>, or <I>DOT agency</I> means all DOT agencies, including, but not limited to, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), the United States Coast Guard (USCG) (for purposes of part 40 coverage only), and the Office of the Secretary (OST). These terms include any designee of a DOT agency.
</P>
<P><I>DOT-regulated employee</I> means any person who is designated in a DOT agency regulation as subject to drug testing and/or alcohol testing. The term includes individuals currently performing DOT safety-sensitive functions designated in DOT agency regulations and applicants for employment subject to pre-employment testing. For purposes of drug testing conducted under the provisions of 49 CFR part 40, the term employee has the same meaning as the term “donor” as found on the Custody and Control Form and related guidance materials produced by the Department of Health and Human Services.
</P>
<P><I>DOT safety-sensitive duties or DOT-safety sensitive functions</I> means functions or duties designated by a DOT agency, the performance of which makes an individual subject to the drug testing and/or alcohol testing requirements of that DOT agency. For purposes of this part, regulated service has been designated by FRA as a DOT safety-sensitive duty or function.
</P>
<P><I>Drug</I> means any substance (other than alcohol) that has known mind- or function-altering effects on a human subject, specifically including any psychoactive substance and including, but not limited to, controlled substances.
</P>
<P><I>Drug and Alcohol Counselor</I> or <I>DAC</I> means a person who meets the credentialing and qualification requirements described in § 242.7 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> means any individual, (including a volunteer or a probationary employee) performing activities for a railroad, a contractor to a railroad, or a subcontractor to a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Evacuation</I> means the mandatory or voluntary relocation of at least one person who is not a railroad employee for the purpose of avoiding exposure to a hazardous material release. It does not include the closure of public transportation roadways for the purpose of containing a hazardous material release, unless the closure is accompanied by an evacuation order.
</P>
<P><I>Flagman or Flagger</I> means any person designated by the railroad to direct or restrict the movement of trains past a point on a track to provide on-track safety for maintenance-of-way employees, while engaged solely in performing that function.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign railroad</I> means a railroad that is incorporated outside the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Fouling a track</I> means the placement of an individual or an item of equipment in such proximity to a track that the individual or equipment could be struck by a moving train or on-track equipment, or in any case is within four feet of the field side of the near running rail.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration, United States Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>FRA representative</I> means the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety of FRA and staff, the Associate Administrator's delegate (including a qualified State inspector acting under part 212 of this chapter), the Chief Counsel of FRA, the Chief Counsel's delegate, or FRA's Drug and Alcohol Program oversight contractor.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous material</I> means a commodity designated as a hazardous material by part 172 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Highway-rail grade crossing</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A location where a public highway, road, or street, or a private roadway, including associated sidewalks, crosses one or more railroad tracks at grade; or
</P>
<P>(2) A location where a pathway explicitly authorized by a public authority or a railroad carrier that is dedicated for the use of non-vehicular traffic, including pedestrians, bicyclists, and others that crosses one or more railroad tracks at grade. The term “sidewalk” means that portion of a street between the curb line, or the lateral line of a roadway, and the adjacent property line or, on easements of private property, that portion of a street that is paved or improved and intended for use by pedestrians.
</P>
<P><I>Highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident</I> means any impact between railroad on-track equipment and a highway user at a highway-rail grade crossing. The term “highway user” includes pedestrians, as well as automobiles, buses, trucks, motorcycles, bicycles, farm vehicles, and all other modes of surface transportation motorized and un-motorized.
</P>
<P><I>Impact accident,</I> (1) Impact accident means a train accident, as defined in this section, consisting either of—
</P>
<P>(i) A head-on or rear-end collision between on-track equipment;
</P>
<P>(ii) A side collision, derailment collision, raking collision, switching collision, or “other impact accident,” as defined by this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) Impact with a deliberately-placed obstruction, such as a bumping post (but not a derail); or
</P>
<P>(iv) Impact between on-track equipment and any railroad equipment fouling the track, such as an impact between a train and the boom of an off-rail vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) The definition of “impact accident” does not include an impact with naturally-occurring obstructions such as fallen trees, rock or snow slides, livestock, etc.
</P>
<P><I>Independent</I> with respect to a medical facility, means not under the ownership or control of the railroad and not operated or staffed by a salaried officer or employee of the railroad. The fact that the railroad pays for services rendered by a medical facility or laboratory, selects that entity for performing tests under this part, or has a standing contractual relationship with that entity to perform tests under this part or perform other medical examinations or tests of railroad employees does not, by itself, remove the facility from this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Joint operations</I> means rail operations conducted by more than one railroad on the same track (except for minimal joint operations necessary for the purpose of interchange), regardless of whether such operations are the result of contractual arrangements between the railroads, order of a governmental agency or a court of law, or any other legally binding directive. For purposes of this part only, minimal joint operations are considered necessary for the purpose of interchange when:
</P>
<P>(1) The maximum authorized speed for operations on the shared track does not exceed 20 mph;
</P>
<P>(2) Operations are conducted under operating rules that require every locomotive and train to proceed at a speed that permits stopping within one half the range of vision of the locomotive engineer;
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum distance for operations on the shared track does not exceed 3 miles; and
</P>
<P>(4) Any operations extending into another railroad's yard are for the sole purpose of setting out or picking up cars on a designated interchange track.
</P>
<P><I>Maintenance-of-way employee</I> or <I>MOW employee</I> means a roadway worker as defined in § 214.7 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Mechanical employee</I> or <I>MECH employee</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) Any employee who, on behalf of a railroad, performs mechanical tests or inspections required by part 215, 221, 229, 230, 232, 238, or 299 of this chapter on railroad rolling equipment, or its components, except for:
</P>
<P>(i) An employee who is a member of a train crew assigned to test or inspect railroad rolling equipment that is part of a train or yard movement the employee has been called to operate; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An employee who only performs one or more of the following duties:
</P>
<P>(A) Cleaning and/or supplying cabooses, locomotives, or passenger cars with ice, food concession items, drinking water, tools, sanitary supplies, or flagging equipment;
</P>
<P>(B) Servicing activities on locomotives such as fueling, replenishing engine oils and engine water, sanding, and toilet discharge and recharge;
</P>
<P>(C) Checking lading for pilferage or vandalism; or
</P>
<P>(D) Loading, unloading, or shifting car loads.
</P>
<P>(2) An employee who only performs work related to the original manufacturing, testing, or inspection of railroad rolling equipment, or its components, on the manufacturer's behalf, is not a mechanical employee or MECH employee.
</P>
<P><I>Medical facility</I> means a hospital, clinic, physician's office, or laboratory where post-accident toxicological testing specimens can be collected according to recognized professional standards, and where an individual's post-accident medical needs can be attended to.
</P>
<P><I>Medical practitioner</I> means a physician or dentist licensed or otherwise authorized to practice by the state.
</P>
<P><I>Non-controlled substance</I> means any substance (including prescription medications, over-the-counter products, dietary supplements, and herbal preparations) which is not currently regulated under 21 U.S.C. 801-971 or 21 CFR part 1308.
</P>
<P><I>Non-peer</I> means a supervisor (other than a co-worker), labor organization representative, or family member of a regulated employee.
</P>
<P><I>NTSB</I> means the National Transportation Safety Board.
</P>
<P><I>On-track or fouling equipment</I> means any railroad equipment that is positioned on the rails or that is fouling the track, and includes, but is not limited to, the following: A train, locomotive, cut of cars, single car, motorcar, yard switching train, work train, inspection train, track motorcar, highway-rail vehicle, push car, crane, or other roadway maintenance machine, such as a ballast tamping machine, if the machine is positioned on or over the rails or is fouling the track.
</P>
<P><I>Other impact accident</I> means an accident or incident, not classified as a head-on, rear-end, side, derailment, raking, or switching collision, that involves contact between on-track or fouling equipment. This includes impacts in which single cars or cuts of cars are damaged during operations involving switching, train makeup, setting out, etc.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger train</I> means a train transporting persons (other than employees, contractors, or persons riding equipment to observe or monitor railroad operations) in intercity passenger service, commuter or other short-haul service, or for excursion or recreational purposes.


</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including but not limited to the following: A railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad, such as a service agent performing functions under part 40 of this title; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.


</P>
<P><I>Plant railroad</I> means a plant or installation that owns or leases a locomotive, uses that locomotive to switch cars throughout the plant or installation, and is moving goods solely for use in the facility's own industrial processes. The plant or installation could include track immediately adjacent to the plant or installation if the plant railroad leases the track from the general system railroad and the lease provides for (and actual practice entails) the exclusive use of that trackage by the plant railroad and the general system railroad for purposes of moving only cars shipped to or from the plant. A plant or installation that operates a locomotive to switch or move cars for other entities, even if solely within the confines of the plant or installation, rather than for its own purposes or industrial processes, will not be considered a plant railroad because the performance of such activity makes the operation part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Positive rate for random drug testing</I> means the number of verified positive results for random drug tests conducted under this part plus the number of refusals of random drug tests required by this part, divided by the total number of random drug tests results (<I>i.e.,</I> positives, negatives, and refusals) under this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Possess</I> means to have on one's person or in one's personal effects or under one's control. However, the concept of possession as used in this part does not include control by virtue of presence in the employee's personal residence or other similar location off of railroad property. 
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means any form of nonhighway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways, and any person providing such transportation, including—
</P>
<P>(1) Commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and
</P>
<P>(2) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads; but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad property damage</I> or <I>damage to railroad property</I> means damage to railroad property (specifically, on-track equipment, signals, track, track structure, or roadbed) and must be calculated according to the provisions for calculating costs and reportable damage in the FRA Guide for Preparing Accident/Incident Reports (see § 225.21 of this chapter for instructions on how to obtain a copy). Generally, railroad property damage includes labor costs and all other costs to repair or replace in-kind damaged on-track equipment, signals, track, track structures (including bridges and tunnels), or roadbed. (Labor costs that must be accounted for include hourly wages, transportation costs, and hotel expenses.) It does not include the cost of clearing a wreck; however, additional damage to the above-listed items caused while clearing the wreck must be included in the damage estimate. It also includes the cost of rental and/or operation of machinery such as cranes and bulldozers, including the services of contractors, to replace or repair the track right-of-way and associated structures. Railroad property damage does not include damage to lading. Trailers/containers on flatcars are considered to be lading and damage to these is not to be included in on-track equipment damage. Damage to a flat car carrying a trailer/container, however, is included in railroad property damage. Railroads should refer directly to the FRA Guide for Preparing Accident/Incident Reports for additional guidance on what constitutes railroad property damage.
</P>
<P><I>Raking collision</I> means a collision between parts or lading of a consist on an adjacent track, or with a structure such as a bridge.
</P>
<P><I>Regulated employee</I> means a covered employee, maintenance-of-way employee, or mechanical employee (as defined in this section) who performs regulated service for a railroad subject to the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Regulated service</I> means activities a covered employee, maintenance-of-way employee, or mechanical employee (as defined in this section) performs that makes such an employee subject to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Reportable injury</I> means an injury reportable under part 225 of this chapter except for an injury that is classified as “covered data” under § 225.5 of this chapter (<I>i.e.,</I> employee injury/illness cases reportable exclusively because a physician or other licensed health care professional either made a one-time topical application of a prescription-strength medication to the employee's injury or made a written recommendation that the employee: Take one or more days away from work when the employee instead reports to work (or would have reported had he or she been scheduled) and takes no days away from work in connection with the injury or illness; work restricted duty for one or more days when the employee instead works unrestricted (or would have worked unrestricted had he or she been scheduled) and takes no other days of restricted work activity in connection with the injury or illness; or take over-the-counter medication at a dosage equal to or greater than the minimum prescription strength, whether or not the employee actually takes the medication.
</P>
<P><I>Reporting threshold</I> means the amount specified in § 225.19(e) of this chapter, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with appendix B to part 225 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Responsible railroad supervisor</I> means any responsible line supervisor (<I>e.g.,</I> a trainmaster or road foreman of engines) or superior official in authority over the regulated employees to be tested.
</P>
<P><I>Rolling equipment</I> means locomotives, railroad cars, and one or more locomotives coupled to one or more railroad cars.
</P>
<P><I>Side collision</I> means a collision when one consist strikes the side of another consist at a turnout, including a collision at a switch or at a railroad crossing at grade.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P><I>Supervisory employee</I> means an officer, special agent, or other employee of the railroad who is not a co-worker and who is responsible for supervising or monitoring the conduct or performance of one or more employees.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation</I> means a tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operation conducted only on track used exclusively for that purpose (<I>i.e.,</I> there is no freight, intercity passenger, or commuter passenger railroad operation on the track).
</P>
<P><I>Train accident</I> means a rail equipment accident described in § 225.19(c) of this chapter involving damage in excess of the current reporting threshold (see § 225.19(e) of this chapter), including an accident involving a switching movement. Rail equipment accidents include, but are not limited to, collisions, derailments, and other events involving the operations of on-track or fouling equipment (whether standing or moving).
</P>
<P><I>Train incident</I> means an event involving the operation of railroad on-track or fouling equipment that results in a casualty but in which railroad property damage does not exceed the reporting threshold.
</P>
<P><I>United States</I> means all of the States.
</P>
<P><I>Violation rate for random alcohol testing</I> means the number of 0.04 and above random alcohol confirmation test results conducted under this part plus the number of refusals of random alcohol tests required by this part, divided by the total number of random alcohol screening tests (including refusals) conducted under this part.
</P>
<P><I>Watchman/lookout</I> means an employee who has been annually trained and qualified to provide warning of approaching trains or on-track equipment. Watchmen/lookouts must be properly equipped to provide visual and auditory warning by such means as a whistle, air horn, white disk, red flag, lantern, or fusee. A watchman/lookout's sole duty is to look out for approaching trains/on-track equipment and provide at least fifteen seconds advanced warning to employees before the arrival of trains/on-track equipment. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41973, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 68 FR 10135, Mar. 3, 2003; 68 FR 75463, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 19287, Apr. 12, 2004; 78 FR 14224, Mar. 5, 2013; 81 FR 37923, June 10, 2016; 87 FR 5733, Feb. 2, 2022; 90 FR 28126, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.7   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the FRA for a waiver of compliance with such requirement.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for waiver under this section must be filed in a manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter. A petition for waiver of the part 40 prohibition against stand down of an employee before the Medical Review Officer has completed the verification must also comply with § 40.21 of this title.
</P>
<P>(c) If the FRA Administrator finds that waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any necessary conditions.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special dispensation for employees performing train or dispatching service on existing cross-border operations.</I> If a foreign railroad requests a waiver not later than August 10, 2004, for an existing cross-border operation, subparts E, F, and G of this part shall not apply to train or dispatching service on that operation in the United States performed by an employee of a foreign railroad whose primary reporting point is outside the United States, until the railroad's waiver request is acted upon by FRA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Waiver requests for employees performing train or dispatching service on new or expanded cross-border operations.</I> A foreign railroad seeking a waiver from subparts E, F, and G of this part for its employees performing train or dispatching service on a new cross-border operation that proceeds more than 10 route miles into the United States, or a formerly excepted cross-border operation that expands beyond the 10 mile limited haul exception in paragraph (d) of this section, must file a petition not later than 90 days before commencing the subject operation. FRA will attempt to decide on such petitions within 90 days. If no action is taken on the petition within 90 days, the petition remains pending for decision and the cross-border crew assignments on the operation covered by the petition will be subject to subparts E, F, and G until FRA grants the petition should the petitioner commence the proposed operation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41973, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 69 FR 19287, Apr. 12, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.9   Responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Although the requirements of this part are stated in terms of the duty of a railroad, when any person, as defined by § 219.5, performs any function required by this part, that person (whether or not a railroad) shall perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Joint operations.</I> (1) In the case of joint operations, primary responsibility for compliance with subparts C, D, and E of this part rests with the host railroad, and all affected employees must be responsive to direction from the host railroad that is consistent with this part. However, nothing in this paragraph restricts railroads engaged in joint operations from appropriately assigning responsibility for compliance with this part amongst themselves through a joint operating agreement or other binding contract. FRA reserves the right to bring an enforcement action for noncompliance with this part against the host railroad, the employing railroad, or both.
</P>
<P>(2) When an employee of a railroad engaged in joint operations is required to participate in breath or body fluid testing under subpart C, D, or E of this part and is subsequently subject to adverse action alleged to have arisen out of the required test (or alleged refusal thereof), necessary witnesses and documents available to the other railroad engaged in the joint operations must be made available to the employee and his or her employing railroad on a reasonable basis.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contractor responsibility for compliance.</I> As provided by paragraph (a) of this section, any independent contractor or other entity that performs regulated service for a railroad, or any other services under this part or part 40 of this title, has the same responsibilities as a railroad under this part with respect to its employees who perform regulated service or other service required by this part or part 40 of this title for the railroad. The entity's responsibility for compliance with this part may be fulfilled either directly by that entity or by the railroad treating the entity's regulated employees as if they were the railroad's own employees for purposes of this part. The responsibility for compliance must be clearly spelled out in the contract between the railroad and the other entity or in another document. In the absence of a clear delineation of responsibility, FRA may hold the railroad and the other entity jointly and severally liable for compliance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37926, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.10" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.10   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person, as defined by § 219.5, who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred.
</P>
<P>(b) The standard of liability for a railroad will vary depending upon the requirement involved. See, <I>e.g.,</I> § 219.105, which is construed to qualify the responsibility of a railroad for the unauthorized conduct of an employee that violates § 219.101 or § 219.102 (while imposing a duty of due diligence to prevent such conduct). See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues constitutes a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28146, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.11   General conditions for chemical tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Any regulated employee who is subject to performing regulated service for a railroad is deemed to have consented to testing as required in subparts B, C, D, E, F, G, and K of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) A regulated employee required to participate in alcohol and/or drug testing under this part must be on duty and subject to performing regulated service when the specimen collection is initiated and the alcohol testing/body fluid specimen collection is conducted (with the exception of pre-employment testing under subpart F of this part).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Each regulated employee must participate in such testing, as required under the conditions set forth in this part and implemented by a representative of the railroad or employing contractor.
</P>
<P>(2) In any case where an employee is suffering a substantiated medical emergency and is subject to alcohol or drug testing under this part, necessary medical treatment must be accorded priority over provision of the breath or body fluid specimen(s). A medical emergency is an acute medical condition requiring immediate medical care. A railroad may require an employee to substantiate a medical emergency by providing verifiable documentation from a credible outside professional (<I>e.g.,</I> doctor, dentist, hospital, or law enforcement officer) substantiating the medical emergency within a reasonable period of time.
</P>
<P>(3) Failure to remain available following an accident or casualty as required by company rules (i.e., being absent without leave) is considered a refusal to participate in testing, without regard to any subsequent provision of specimens.
</P>
<P>(c) A regulated employee who is required to be tested under subparts C, D, or E of this part and who is taken to a medical facility for observation or treatment after an accident or incident is deemed to have consented to the release to FRA of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The remaining portion of any body fluid specimen taken by the medical facility within 12 hours of the accident or incident that is not required for medical purposes, together with any normal medical facility record(s) pertaining to the taking of such specimen;
</P>
<P>(2) The results of any laboratory tests for alcohol or any drug conducted by or for the medical facility on such specimen;
</P>
<P>(3) The identity, dosage, and time of administration of any drugs administered by the medical facility before the time specimens were taken by the medical facility or before the time specimens were taken in compliance with this part; and
</P>
<P>(4) The results of any breath tests for alcohol conducted by or for the medical facility.
</P>
<P>(d) Any person required to participate in body fluid testing under subpart C of this part (post-accident toxicological testing) shall, if requested by a representative of the railroad or the medical facility, evidence consent to the taking of specimens, their release for toxicological analysis under pertinent provisions of this part, and release of the test results to the railroad's Medical Review Officer by promptly executing a consent form, if required by the medical facility. A regulated employee is not required to execute any document or clause waiving rights that the employee would otherwise have against the railroad, and any such waiver is void. The employee may not be required to waive liability with respect to negligence on the part of any person participating in the collection, handling or analysis of the specimen or to indemnify any person for the negligence of others. Any consent provided consistent with this section may be construed to extend only to those actions specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) A regulated employee who is notified of selection for testing under this part must cease to perform his or her assigned duties and proceed to the testing site either immediately or as soon as possible without adversely affecting safety.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad must ensure that the absence of a regulated employee from his or her assigned duties to report for testing does not adversely affect safety.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this part may be construed to authorize the use of physical coercion or any other deprivation of liberty to compel breath or body fluid testing.
</P>
<P>(f) Any employee performing duties for a railroad who is involved in a qualifying accident or incident described in subpart C of this part, and who dies within 12 hours of that accident or incident as the result thereof, is deemed to have consented to the removal of body fluid and/or tissue specimens necessary for toxicological analysis from the remains of such person, and this consent is implied by the performance of duties for the railroad (<I>i.e.,</I> a consent form is not required). This consent provision applies to all employees performing duties for a railroad, and not just regulated employees.
</P>
<P>(g) Each supervisor responsible for regulated employees (except a working supervisor who is a co-worker as defined in § 219.5) must be trained in the signs and symptoms of alcohol and drug influence, intoxication, and misuse consistent with a program of instruction to be made available for inspection upon demand by FRA. Such a program shall, at a minimum, provide information concerning the acute behavioral and apparent physiological effects of alcohol, the major drug groups on the controlled substances list, and other impairing drugs. The program must also provide training on the qualifying criteria for post-accident toxicological testing contained in subpart C of this part, and the role of the supervisor in post-accident collections described in subpart C.
</P>
<P>(h) Nothing in this subpart restricts any discretion available to the railroad to request or require that a regulated employee cooperate in additional breath or body fluid testing. However, no such testing may be performed on body fluid specimens provided under this part. For purposes of this paragraph (h), all urine from a void or oral fluid from a sampling constitutes a single specimen.
</P>
<P>(i) A railroad required or authorized to conduct testing under this part may conduct all such testing in the United States. A foreign railroad required to conduct testing under this part may conduct such tests in its home country, provided that it otherwise complies with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41973, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 69 FR 19288, Apr. 12, 2004; 81 FR 37926, June 10, 2016; 87 FR 5734, Feb. 2, 2022; 88 FR 27652, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.12" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.12   Hours-of-service laws implications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad is not excused from performing alcohol or drug testing under subpart C (post-accident toxicological testing) and subpart D (reasonable suspicion testing) of this part because the performance of such testing would violate the hours-of-service laws at 49 U.S.C. ch. 211. If a railroad establishes that a violation of the hours-of-service laws is caused solely because it was required to conduct post-accident toxicological testing or reasonable suspicion testing, FRA will not take enforcement action for the violation if the railroad used reasonable due diligence in completing the collection and otherwise completed it within the time limitations of § 219.203(d) (for post-accident toxicological testing) or § 219.305 (for reasonable suspicion testing), although the railroad must still report any excess service to FRA.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad may perform alcohol or drug testing authorized under subpart E (reasonable cause testing) of this part even if the performance of such testing would violate the hours-of-service laws at 49 U.S.C. ch. 211. If a railroad establishes that a violation of the hours-of-service laws is caused solely by its decision to conduct authorized reasonable cause testing, FRA will not take enforcement action for the violation if the railroad used reasonable due diligence in completing the collection and otherwise completed it within the time limitations of § 219.407, although the railroad must still report any excess service to FRA.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad must schedule random alcohol and drug tests under subpart G of this part so that sufficient time is provided to complete the test within a covered employee's hours-of-service limitations under 49 U.S.C. ch. 211. However, if a direct observation collection is required during a random test per the requirements of part 40 of this title, then the random test must be completed regardless of the hours-of-service law limitations, although the railroad must still report any excess service to FRA. A railroad may not place a regulated employee on-duty for the sole purpose of conducting a random alcohol or drug test under subpart G of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad must schedule follow-up tests under § 219.104 so that sufficient time is provided to complete a test within a covered employee's hours-of-service limitations under 49 U.S.C. ch. 211. If a railroad is having a difficult time scheduling the required number of follow-up tests because a covered employee's work schedule is unpredictable, there is no prohibition against the railroad placing an employee (who is subject to being called to perform regulated service) on duty for the purpose of conducting the follow-up tests; except that an employee may be placed on duty for a follow-up alcohol test only if he or she is required to completely abstain from alcohol by a return-to-duty agreement, as provided by § 40.303(b) of this title. A railroad must maintain documentation establishing the need to place the employee on duty for the purpose of conducting the follow-up test and provide this documentation for review upon request of an FRA representative.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37927, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 219.13-219.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 219.13-219.15   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.17   Construction.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in this part—
</P>
<P>(a) Restricts the power of FRA to conduct investigations under sections 20107, 20108, 20111, and 20112 of title 49, United States Code;
</P>
<P>(b) Creates a private right of action on the part of any person for enforcement of the provisions of this part or for damages resulting from noncompliance with this part; or
</P>
<P>(c) Impacts provisions of State criminal law that impose sanctions for reckless conduct that leads to actual loss of life, injury or damage to property, whether such provisions apply specifically to railroad employees or generally to the public at large.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 14225, Mar. 5, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.19   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.23   Railroad policies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever a breath or body fluid test is required of a regulated employee under this part, the railroad (either through a railroad employee or a designated agent, such as a contracted collector) must provide clear and unequivocal written notice to the employee that the test is being required under FRA regulations and is being conducted under Federal authority. The railroad must also provide the employee clear and unequivocal written notice of the type of test that is required (<I>e.g.,</I> reasonable suspicion, reasonable cause, random selection, follow-up, etc.). These notice requirements are satisfied if:
</P>
<P>(1) For all FRA testing except mandatory post-accident toxicological testing under subpart C of this part, a railroad uses the mandated DOT alcohol or drug testing form, circles or checks off the box corresponding to the type of test, and shows this form to the employee before testing begins; or
</P>
<P>(2) For mandatory post-accident toxicological testing under subpart C of this part, a railroad uses the approved FRA form and shows this form to the employee before testing begins.
</P>
<P>(b) Use of the mandated DOT alcohol or drug testing forms for non-Federal tests or mandatory post-accident toxicological testing under subpart C of this part is prohibited (except for post-accident breath alcohol testing permitted under § 219.203(c)). Use of the approved FRA post-accident toxicological testing form for any testing other than that mandated under subpart C is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad must develop and publish educational materials, specifically designed for regulated employees that clearly explain the requirements of this part, as well as the railroad's policies and procedures with respect to meeting those requirements. The railroad must ensure that a copy of these materials is distributed to each regulated employee hired for or transferred to a position that requires alcohol and drug testing under this part. (This requirement does not apply to an applicant for a regulated service position who either refuses to provide a specimen for pre-employment testing or who has a pre-employment test with a result indicating a violation of the alcohol or drug prohibitions of this part.) A railroad may satisfy this requirement by either—
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Continually posting the materials in a location that is easily visible to all regulated employees going on duty at their designated reporting place and, if applicable, providing a copy of the materials to any employee labor organization representing a class or craft of regulated employees of the railroad; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Providing a copy of the materials in some other manner that will ensure regulated employees can find and access these materials explaining the critical aspects of the program (<I>e.g.,</I> by posting the materials on a company Web site that is accessible to all regulated employees); or
</P>
<P>(2) For a minimum of three years after March 4, 2022, also ensuring that a hard copy of these materials is provided to each mechanical employee.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Required content.</I> The materials to be made available to regulated employees under paragraph (c) of this section must, at a minimum, include clear and detailed discussion of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The position title, name, and means of contacting the person(s) the railroad designates to answer employee questions about the materials;
</P>
<P>(2) The specific classes or crafts of employee who are subject to the provisions of this part, such as engineers, conductors, MOW employees, MECH employees, signal maintainers, or train dispatchers;
</P>
<P>(3) Sufficient information about the regulated service functions those employees perform to make clear that the period of the work day the regulated employee is required to be in compliance with the alcohol prohibitions of this part is that period when the employee is on duty and is required to perform or is available to perform regulated service;
</P>
<P>(4) Specific information concerning regulated employee conduct that is prohibited under subpart B of this part (<I>e.g.,</I> the minimum requirements of §§ 219.101, 219.102, and 219.103);
</P>
<P>(5) The requirement that a railroad utilizing the reasonable cause testing authority provided by subpart E of this part must give prior notice to regulated employees of the circumstances under which they will be subject to reasonable cause testing;
</P>
<P>(6) The circumstances under which a regulated employee will be tested under this part;
</P>
<P>(7) The procedures used to test for the presence of alcohol and controlled substances, protect the regulated employee and the integrity of the testing processes, safeguard the validity of the test results, and ensure that those results are attributed to the correct employee;
</P>
<P>(8) The requirement that a regulated employee submit to alcohol and drug tests administered in accordance with this part;
</P>
<P>(9) An explanation of what constitutes a refusal to submit to an alcohol or drug test and the attendant consequences;
</P>
<P>(10) The consequences for a regulated employee found to have violated subpart B of this part, including the requirement that the employee be removed immediately from regulated service, and the responsive action requirements of § 219.104;
</P>
<P>(11) The consequences for a regulated employee who has a Federal alcohol test indicating an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04; and
</P>
<P>(12) Information concerning the effects of alcohol and drug misuse on an individual's health, work, and personal life; signs and symptoms of an alcohol or drug problem (the employee's or a co-worker's); and available methods of evaluating and resolving problems associated with the misuse of alcohol and drugs, and the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of DACs and counseling and treatment programs.
</P>
<P>(e) Optional provisions. The materials supplied to employees may also include information on additional railroad policies with respect to the use or possession of alcohol and drugs, including any consequences for an employee found to have a specific alcohol concentration that are based on the railroad's company authority independent of this part. Any such additional policies or consequences must be clearly and obviously described as being based on the railroad's independent company authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37927, June 10, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 5734, Feb. 2, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.1.11.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.25   Previous employer drug and alcohol checks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As required by § 219.701(a) and (b), a railroad must conduct drug or alcohol testing under this part in compliance with part 40 of this title (except for post-accident toxicological testing under subpart C of this part). A railroad must therefore comply with § 40.25 of this title by checking the alcohol and drug testing record of any direct regulated employee (a regulated employee who is not employed by a contractor to the railroad) it intends to use for regulated service before the employee performs such service for the first time. A railroad is not required to check the alcohol and drug testing record of contractor employees performing regulated service on its behalf (the alcohol and drug testing record of those contractor employees must be checked by their direct employers).
</P>
<P>(b) When determining whether a person may become or remain certified as a locomotive engineer or a conductor, a railroad must comply with the requirements in § 240.119(e) (for engineers) or § 242.115(e) (for conductors) of this chapter regarding the consideration of Federal alcohol and drug violations that occurred within a period of 60 consecutive months before the review of the person's records.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37928, June 10, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 81307, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Prohibitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.101   Alcohol and drug use prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibitions.</I> Except as provided in § 219.103—
</P>
<P>(1) No regulated employee may use or possess alcohol or any controlled substance when the employee is on duty and subject to performing regulated service for a railroad.
</P>
<P>(2) No regulated employee may report for regulated service, or go or remain on duty in regulated service, while—
</P>
<P>(i) Under the influence of or impaired by alcohol;
</P>
<P>(ii) Having 0.04 or more alcohol concentration in the breath or blood; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Under the influence of or impaired by any controlled substance.
</P>
<P>(3) No regulated employee may use alcohol for whichever is the lesser of the following periods:
</P>
<P>(i) Within four hours of reporting for regulated service; or
</P>
<P>(ii) After receiving notice to report for regulated service.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) No regulated employee tested under the provisions of this part whose Federal test result indicates an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04 may perform or continue to perform regulated service for a railroad, nor may a railroad permit the regulated employee to perform or continue to perform regulated service, until the start of the regulated employee's next regularly scheduled duty period, but not less than eight hours following administration of the test.
</P>
<P>(ii) Nothing in this section prohibits a railroad from taking further action under its own independent company authority when a regulated employee tested under the provisions of this part has a Federal test result indicating an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater, but less than 0.04. However, while a Federal test result of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04 is a positive test and may be a violation of a railroad's operating rules, it is not a violation of this section and cannot be used to decertify an engineer under part 240 of this chapter or a conductor under part 242 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) If an employee tested under the provisions of this part has a test result indicating an alcohol concentration below 0.02, the test is negative and is not evidence of alcohol misuse. A railroad may not use a Federal test result below 0.02 either as evidence in a company proceeding or as a basis for subsequent testing under company authority. A railroad may take further action to compel cooperation in other breath or body fluid testing only if it has an independent basis for doing so. An independent basis for subsequent company authority testing will exist only when, after having a negative Federal reasonable suspicion alcohol test result, the employee exhibits additional or continuing signs and symptoms of alcohol use. If a company authority test then indicates a violation of the railroad's operating rules, this result is independent of the Federal test result and must stand on its own merits.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Controlled substance.</I> “Controlled substance” is defined by § 219.5. Controlled substances are grouped as follows: marijuana, narcotics (such as heroin and codeine), stimulants (such as cocaine and amphetamines), depressants (such as barbiturates and minor tranquilizers), and hallucinogens (such as the drugs known as PCP and LSD). Controlled substances include illicit drugs (Schedule I), drugs that are required to be distributed only by a medical practitioner's prescription or other authorization (Schedules II through IV, and some drugs on Schedule V), and certain preparations for which distribution is through documented over the counter sales (Schedule V only).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Railroad rules.</I> Nothing in this section restricts a railroad from imposing an absolute prohibition on the presence of alcohol or any drug in the body fluids of persons in its employ, whether in furtherance of the purpose of this part or for other purposes.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Construction.</I> This section may not be construed to prohibit the presence of an unopened container of an alcoholic beverage in a private motor vehicle that is not subject to use in the business of the railroad; nor may it be construed to restrict a railroad from prohibiting such presence under its own rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41973, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 81 FR 37928, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.102" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.102   Prohibition on abuse of controlled substances.</HEAD>
<P>No regulated employee may use a controlled substance at any time, whether on duty or off duty, except as permitted by § 219.103.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37929, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.103   Prescribed and over-the-counter drugs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart does not prohibit the use of a controlled substance (on Schedules II through V of the controlled substance list) prescribed or authorized by a medical practitioner, or possession incident to such use, if—
</P>
<P>(1) The treating medical practitioner or a physician designated by the railroad has made a good faith judgment, with notice of the employee's assigned duties and on the basis of the available medical history, that use of the substance by the employee at the prescribed or authorized dosage level is consistent with the safe performance of the employee's duties;
</P>
<P>(2) The substance is used at the dosage prescribed or authorized; and
</P>
<P>(3) In the event the employee is being treated by more than one medical practitioner, at least one treating medical practitioner has been informed of all medications authorized or prescribed and has determined that use of the medications is consistent with the safe performance of the employee's duties (and the employee has observed any restrictions imposed with respect to use of the medications in combination).
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not restrict any discretion available to the railroad to require that employees notify the railroad of therapeutic drug use or obtain prior approval for such use.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.104" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.104   Responsive action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Removal from regulated service.</I> (1) If a railroad determines that a regulated employee has violated § 219.101 or § 219.102, or the alcohol or controlled substances misuse rule of another DOT agency, the railroad must immediately remove the employee from regulated service and the procedures described in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section apply.
</P>
<P>(2) If a regulated employee refuses to provide a breath or body fluid specimen or specimens when required to by the railroad under a provision of this part, a railroad must immediately remove the regulated employee from regulated service, and the procedures described in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section apply. This provision also applies to Federal reasonable cause testing under subpart E of this part (if the railroad has elected to conduct this testing under Federal authority).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice.</I> Before or upon removing a regulated employee from regulated service under this section, a railroad must provide written notice to the employee of the reason for this action. A railroad may provide a regulated employee with an initial verbal notice so long as it provides a follow-up written notice to the employee as soon as possible. In addition to the reason for the employee's withdrawal from regulated service, the written notice must also inform the regulated employee that he may not perform any DOT safety-sensitive duties until he completes the return-to-duty process of part 40.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hearing procedures.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(5) of this section, if a regulated employee denies that a test result or other information is valid evidence of a § 219.101 or § 219.102 violation, the regulated employee may demand and must be provided an opportunity for a prompt post-suspension hearing before a presiding officer other than the charging official. This hearing may be consolidated with any disciplinary hearing arising from the same accident or incident (or conduct directly related thereto), but the presiding officer must make separate findings as to compliance with §§ 219.101 and 219.102.
</P>
<P>(2) The hearing must be convened within the period specified in the applicable collective bargaining agreement. In the absence of an agreement provision, the regulated employee may demand that the hearing be convened within 10 calendar days of the employee's suspension or, in the case of a regulated employee who is unavailable due to injury, illness, or other sufficient cause, within 10 days of the date the regulated employee becomes available for the hearing.
</P>
<P>(3) A post-suspension proceeding conforming to the requirements of an applicable collective bargaining agreement, together with the provisions for adjustment of disputes under sec. 3 of the Railway Labor Act (49 U.S.C. 153), satisfies the procedural requirements of this paragraph (c).
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to a removal or other adverse action taken as a consequence of a positive test result or refusal in a test authorized or required by this part, nothing in this part may be deemed to abridge any procedural rights or remedies consistent with this part that are available to a regulated employee under a collective bargaining agreement, the Railway Labor Act, or (with respect to employment at will) at common law.
</P>
<P>(5) Nothing in this part restricts the discretion of a railroad to treat a regulated employee's denial of prohibited alcohol or drug use as a waiver of any privilege the regulated employee would otherwise enjoy to have such prohibited alcohol or drug use treated as a non-disciplinary matter or to have discipline held in abeyance.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad must comply with the requirements for Substance Abuse Professional evaluations, the return-to-duty process, and follow-up testing contained in part 40 of this title.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Post-accident toxicology testing exception.</I> If a regulated employee has a post-accident toxicology test result under subpart C of this part that is positive for a drug not listed in § 40.5's definition of “Drugs,” a railroad may conduct the employee's return-to-duty and follow-up tests under part 40, or may conduct the employee's return-to-duty and follow-up tests under its own authority to comply with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section, so long as its testing procedures are otherwise identical to those of part 40, and include the specific drug for which the violation occurred, on an expanded drug testing panel.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Applicability.</I> (1) This section does not apply to actions based on breath or body fluid tests for alcohol or drugs that are conducted exclusively under authority other than that provided in this part (<I>e.g.,</I> testing under a company medical policy, testing for cause wholly independent of the subpart E Federal authority of this part, or testing under a labor agreement).
</P>
<P>(2) This section does not apply to Federal alcohol tests indicating an alcohol concentration of less than 0.04.
</P>
<P>(3) This section does not apply to a locomotive engineer or conductor who has an off-duty conviction for, or a completed state action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license for operating while under the influence of or impaired by alcohol or a controlled substance. (However, this information remains relevant for the purpose of locomotive engineer or conductor certification, according to the requirements of parts 240 or 242 of this chapter.)
</P>
<P>(4) This section does not apply to an applicant who declines to be subject to pre-employment testing and withdraws an application for employment before the test begins. The determination of when a drug or alcohol test begins is made according to the provisions found in subparts E and L of part 40 of this title.
</P>
<P>(5) Paragraph (c) of this section does not apply to an applicant who tests positive or refuses a DOT pre-employment test.
</P>
<P>(6) As provided by § 40.25(j) of this title, paragraph (d) of this section applies to any DOT-regulated employer seeking to hire for DOT safety-sensitive functions an applicant who tested positive or who refused a DOT pre-employment test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37929, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.105   Railroad's duty to prevent violations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad may not, with actual knowledge, permit a regulated employee to go or remain on duty in regulated service in violation of the prohibitions of § 219.101 or § 219.102. As used in this section, the actual knowledge imputed to the railroad is limited to that of a railroad management employee (such as a supervisor deemed an “officer,” whether or not such person is a corporate officer) or a supervisory employee in the offending regulated employee's chain of command. A railroad management or supervisory employee has actual knowledge of a violation when he or she:
</P>
<P>(1) Personally observes a regulated employee use or possess alcohol or use drugs in violation of this subpart. It is not sufficient for actual knowledge if the supervisory or management employee merely observes the signs and symptoms of alcohol or drug use that require a reasonable suspicion test under § 219.301;
</P>
<P>(2) Receives information regarding a violation of this subpart from a previous employer of a regulated employee, in response to a background information request required by § 40.25 of this title; or
</P>
<P>(3) Receives a regulated employee's admission of prohibited alcohol possession or prohibited alcohol or drug use.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad must exercise due diligence to assure compliance with §§ 219.101 and 219.102 by each regulated employee.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad's alcohol and/or drug use education, prevention, identification, intervention, and rehabilitation programs and policies must be designed and implemented in such a way that they do not circumvent or otherwise undermine the requirements, standards, and policies of this part. Upon FRA's request, a railroad must make available for FRA review all documents, data, or other records related to such programs and policies.
</P>
<P>(d) Each year, a railroad's supervisors must conduct and record a number of “Rule G” employee observations at a minimum equal to twice the railroad's total number of regulated employees. Each “Rule G” observation must be made sufficiently close to an individual regulated employee to determine whether the employee is displaying signs and symptoms indicative of a violation of the prohibitions of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37930, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.2.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.107   Consequences of refusal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A regulated employee who refuses to provide a breath or body fluid specimen or specimens when required to by the railroad under a provision of this part must be withdrawn from regulated service for a period of nine (9) months. Per the requirements of part 40 of this title, a regulated employee who provides an adulterated or substituted specimen is deemed to have refused to provide the required specimen and must be withdrawn from regulated service in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice.</I> Before or upon withdrawing a regulated employee from regulated service under this section, a railroad must provide written notice to the employee of the reason for this action, and the procedures described in § 219.104(c) apply. A railroad may provide a regulated employee with an initial verbal notice so long as it provides a follow-up written notice as soon as possible.
</P>
<P>(c) The withdrawal required by this section applies only to an employee's performance of regulated service for any railroad with notice of such withdrawal. During the period of withdrawal, a railroad with notice of such withdrawal must not authorize or permit the employee to perform any regulated service for the railroad.
</P>
<P>(d) The requirement of withdrawal for nine (9) months does not limit any discretion on the part of the railroad to impose additional sanctions for the same or related conduct.
</P>
<P>(e) Upon the expiration of the nine month period described in this section, a railroad may permit an employee to return to regulated service only under the conditions specified in § 219.104(d), and the regulated employee must be subject to return-to-duty and follow-up tests, as provided by that section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37930, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Post-Accident Toxicological Testing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.201   Events for which testing is required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>List of events.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, FRA post-accident toxicological tests must be conducted after any event that involves one or more of the circumstances described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Major train accident.</I> Any train accident (<I>i.e.,</I> a rail equipment accident involving damage in excess of the current reporting threshold) that involves one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A fatality to any person;
</P>
<P>(ii) A release of hazardous material lading from railroad equipment accompanied by—
</P>
<P>(A) An evacuation; or
</P>
<P>(B) A reportable injury resulting from the hazardous material release (<I>e.g.,</I> from fire, explosion, inhalation, or skin contact with the material); or
</P>
<P>(iii) Damage to railroad property of $1,500,000 or more.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Impact accident.</I> Any impact accident (<I>i.e.,</I> a rail equipment accident defined as an “impact accident” in § 219.5) that involves damage in excess of the current reporting threshold, resulting in—
</P>
<P>(i) A reportable injury; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Damage to railroad property of $150,000 or more.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Fatal train incident.</I> Any train incident that involves a fatality to an on-duty employee (as defined in § 219.5) who dies within 12 hours of the incident as a result of the operation of on-track equipment, regardless of whether that employee was performing regulated service.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Passenger train accident.</I> Any train accident (<I>i.e.,</I> a rail equipment accident involving damage in excess of the current reporting threshold) involving a passenger train and a reportable injury to any person.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Human-factor highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident.</I> A highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident when it involves:
</P>
<P>(i) A regulated employee who interfered with the normal functioning of a grade crossing signal system, in testing or otherwise, without first taking measures to provide for the safety of highway traffic that depends on the normal functioning of such system, as prohibited by § 234.209 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) A train crewmember who was, or who should have been, flagging highway traffic to stop due to an activation failure of the grade crossing system, as provided by § 234.105(c)(3) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) A regulated employee who was performing, or should have been performing, the duties of an appropriately equipped flagger (as defined in § 234.5 of this chapter) due to an activation failure, partial activation, or false activation of the grade crossing signal system, as provided by § 234.105(c)(1) and (2), § 234.106, or § 234.107(c)(1)(i) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iv) A fatality to any regulated employee performing duties for the railroad, regardless of fault; or
</P>
<P>(v) A regulated employee who violated an FRA regulation or railroad operating rule and whose actions may have played a role in the cause or severity of the accident/incident.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> Except for a human-factor highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident described in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, no test may be required in the case of a collision between railroad rolling stock and a motor vehicle or other highway conveyance at a highway/rail grade crossing. No test may be required for an accident/incident the cause and severity of which are wholly attributable to a natural cause (<I>e.g.,</I> flood, tornado, or other natural disaster) or to vandalism or trespasser(s), as determined on the basis of objective and documented facts by the railroad representative responding to the scene.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Good faith determinations.</I> (1)(i) The railroad representative responding to the scene of the accident/incident must determine whether the accident/incident falls within the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section or is within the exception described in paragraph (b) of this section. It is the duty of the railroad representative to make reasonable inquiry into the facts as necessary to make such determinations. In making such inquiry, the railroad representative must consider the need to obtain specimens as soon as practical in order to determine the presence or absence of impairing substances reasonably contemporaneous with the accident/incident. The railroad representative satisfies the requirement of this section if, after making reasonable inquiry, the representative exercises good faith judgement in making the required determinations.
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad representative making the determinations required by this section may not be a person directly involved in the accident/incident. This section does not prohibit consultation between the responding railroad representative and higher level railroad officials; however, the responding railroad representative must make the factual determinations required by this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) Upon specific request made to the railroad by the Associate Administrator for Safety, FRA (or the Associate Administrator's delegate), the railroad must provide a report describing any decision by a person other than the responding railroad representative with respect to whether an accident/incident qualifies for testing. This report must be affirmed by the decision maker and must be provided to FRA within 72 hours of the request. The report must include the facts reported by the responding railroad representative, the basis upon which the testing decision was made, and the person making the decision.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any estimates of railroad property damage made by persons not at the scene must be based on descriptions of specific physical damage provided by the on-scene railroad representative.
</P>
<P>(v) In the case of an accident involving passenger equipment, a host railroad may rely upon the damage estimates provided by the passenger railroad (whether present on scene or not) in making the decision whether testing is required, subject to the same requirement that visible physical damage be specifically described.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad must not require an employee to provide blood or urine specimens under the authority or procedures of this subject unless the railroad has made the determinations required by this section, based upon reasonable inquiry and good faith judgment. A railroad does not act in excess of its authority under this subpart if its representative has made such reasonable inquiry and exercised such good faith judgment, but it is later determined, after investigation, that one or more of the conditions thought to have required testing were not, in fact, present. However, this section does not excuse the railroad for any error arising from a mistake of law (e.g., application of testing criteria other than those contained in this part).
</P>
<P>(3) A railroad is not in violation of this subpart if its representative has made such reasonable inquiry and exercised such good faith judgment but nevertheless errs in determining that post-accident testing is not required.
</P>
<P>(4) An accident/incident with respect to which the railroad has made reasonable inquiry and exercised good faith judgment in determining the facts necessary to apply the criteria contained in paragraph (a) of this section is deemed a qualifying event for purposes of specimen analysis, reporting, and other purposes.
</P>
<P>(5) In the event specimens are collected following an event determined by FRA not to be a qualifying event within the meaning of this section, FRA directs its designated laboratory to destroy any specimen material submitted and to refrain from disclosing to any person the results of any analysis conducted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41973, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 81 FR 37930, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.3.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.203   Responsibilities of railroads and employees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Employees tested.</I> A regulated employee subject to post-accident toxicological testing under this subpart must cooperate in the provision of specimens as described in this part.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General.</I> Except as otherwise provided for by this section, following each qualifying event described in § 219.201, a regulated employee directly involved in a qualifying event under this subpart must provide blood and urine specimens for toxicological testing by FRA. This includes any regulated employee who may not have been present or on-duty at the time or location of the event, but whose actions may have played a role in its cause or severity, including, but not limited to, an operator, dispatcher, or signal maintainer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Fatalities.</I> Testing of the remains of an on-duty employee (as defined in § 219.5) who is fatally injured in a qualifying event described in § 219.201 is required, regardless of fault, if the employee dies within 12 hours of the qualifying event as a result of such qualifying event.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Major train accidents.</I> For an accident or incident meeting the criteria of a major train accident in § 219.201(a)(1)—
</P>
<P>(i) All assigned crew members of all trains or other on-track equipment involved in the qualifying event must be subjected to post-accident toxicological testing, regardless of fault.
</P>
<P>(ii) Other surviving regulated employees who are not assigned crew members of an involved train or other on-track equipment (<I>e.g.,</I> a dispatcher or a signal maintainer) must be tested if a railroad representative can immediately determine, on the basis of specific information, that the employee may have had a role in the cause or severity of the accident/incident. In making this determination, the railroad representative must consider any such information that is immediately available at the time the qualifying event determination is made under § 219.201.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Fatal train incidents.</I> For a fatal train incident under § 219.201(a)(3), the remains of any on-duty employee (as defined in § 219.5) performing duties for a railroad who is fatally injured in the event are always subject to post-accident toxicological testing, regardless of fault.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Human-factor highway-rail grade crossing accident/incidents.</I> (i) For a human-factor highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident under § 219.201(a)(5)(i), only a regulated employee who interfered with the normal functioning of a grade crossing signal system and whose actions may have contributed to the cause or severity of the event is subject to testing.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a human-factor highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident under § 219.201(a)(5)(ii), only a regulated employee who was a train crew member responsible for flagging highway traffic to stop due to an activation failure of a grade crossing system (or who was on-site and directly responsible for ensuring that flagging was being performed), but who failed to do so, and whose actions may have contributed to the cause or severity of the event, is subject to testing.
</P>
<P>(iii) For a human-factor highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident under § 219.201(a)(5)(iii), only a regulated employee who was responsible for performing the duties of an appropriately equipped flagger (as defined in § 234.5 of this chapter), but who failed to do so, and whose actions may have contributed to the cause or severity of the event is subject to testing.
</P>
<P>(iv) For a human-factor highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident under § 219.201(a)(5)(iv), only the remains of any fatally-injured employee(s) (as defined in § 219.5) performing regulated service for the railroad are subject to testing.
</P>
<P>(v) For a human-factor highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident under § 219.201(a)(5)(v), only a regulated employee who violated an FRA regulation or railroad operating rule and whose actions may have contributed to the cause or severity of the event is subject to testing.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Exception.</I> For a qualifying impact accident, passenger train accident, fatal train incident, or human-factor highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident under § 219.201(a)(2) through (5), a surviving crewmember or other regulated employee must be excluded from testing if the railroad representative can immediately determine, on the basis of specific information, that the employee had no role in the cause or severity of the accident/incident. In making this determination, the railroad representative must consider any information that is immediately available at the time the qualifying event determination is made under § 219.201.
</P>
<P>(i) This exception is not available for assigned crew members of all involved trains if the qualifying event also meets the criteria for a major train accident under § 219.201(a)(1) (<I>e.g.,</I> this exception is not available for an Impact Accident that also qualifies as a major train accident because it results in damage to railroad property of $1,500,000 or more).
</P>
<P>(ii) This exception is not available for any on-duty employee who is fatally-injured in a qualifying event.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Railroad responsibility.</I> (1) A railroad must take all practicable steps to ensure that all surviving regulated employees of the railroad who are subject to FRA post-accident toxicological testing under this subpart provide blood and urine specimens for the toxicological testing required by FRA. This includes any regulated employee who may not have been present or on-duty at the time or location of the event, but whose actions may have played a role in its cause or severity, including, but not limited to, an operator, dispatcher, or signal maintainer.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad must take all practicable steps to ensure that tissue and fluid specimens taken from fatally injured employees are subject to FRA post-accident toxicological testing under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(3) FRA post-accident toxicological testing under this subpart takes priority over toxicological testing conducted by state or local law enforcement officials.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Alcohol testing.</I> Except as provided for in paragraph (e)(4) of this section, if the conditions for mandatory post-accident toxicological testing exist, a railroad may also require an employee to provide breath for testing in accordance with the procedures set forth in part 40 of this title and in this part, if such testing does not interfere with timely collection of required urine and blood specimens.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Timely specimen collection.</I> (1) A railroad must make every reasonable effort to assure that specimens are provided as soon as possible after the accident or incident, preferably within four hours. Specimens that are not collected within four hours after a qualifying accident or incident must be collected as soon thereafter as practicable. If a specimen is not collected within four hours of a qualifying event, the railroad must immediately notify the FRA Drug and Alcohol Program Manager at 202-493-6313 and provide detailed information regarding the failure (either in conversation or via a voicemail).
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of paragraph (d) of this section must not be construed to inhibit an employee who is required to be post-accident toxicological tested from performing, in the immediate aftermath of an accident or incident, any duties that may be necessary for the preservation of life or property. Where practical, however, a railroad must utilize other employees to perform such duties.
</P>
<P>(3) If a passenger train is in proper condition to continue to the next station or its destination after an accident or incident, the railroad must consider the safety and convenience of passengers in determining whether the crew should be made immediately available for post-accident toxicological testing. A relief crew must be called to relieve the train crew as soon as possible.
</P>
<P>(4) A regulated employee who may be subject to post-accident toxicological testing under this subpart must be retained in duty status for the period necessary to make the determinations required by § 219.201 and this section and (as appropriate) to complete specimen collection.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Recall of employees for testing.</I> (1) Except as otherwise provided for in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, a regulated employee may not be recalled for testing under this subpart if that employee has been released from duty under the normal procedures of the railroad. An employee who has been transported to receive medical care is not released from duty for purposes of this section. Furthermore, nothing in this section prohibits the subsequent testing of an employee who has failed to remain available for testing as required (<I>e.g.,</I> an employee who is absent without leave). However, subsequent testing does not excuse a refusal by the employee to provide the specimens in a timely manner.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad must immediately recall and place on duty a regulated employee for post-accident drug testing, if—
</P>
<P>(i) The employee could not be retained in duty status because the employee went off duty under normal railroad procedures before being contacted by a railroad supervisor and instructed to remain on duty pending completion of the required determinations (<I>e.g.,</I> in the case of a dispatcher or signal maintainer remote from the scene of an accident who was unaware of the occurrence at the time he or she went off duty); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad's preliminary investigation (contemporaneous with the determination required by § 219.201) indicates a clear probability that the employee played a role in the cause or severity of the accident/incident.
</P>
<P>(3) If the criteria in paragraph (e)(2) of this section are met, a regulated employee must be recalled for post-accident drug testing regardless of whether the qualifying event happened or did not happen during the employee's tour of duty. However, an employee may not be recalled for testing if more than 24 hours have passed since the qualifying event. An employee who has been recalled must be placed on duty for the purpose of accomplishing the required post-accident drug testing.
</P>
<P>(4) Urine and blood specimens must be collected from an employee who is recalled for testing in accordance with this section. If the employee left railroad property before being recalled, however, the specimens must be tested for drugs only. A railroad is prohibited from requiring a recalled employee to provide breath specimens for alcohol testing, unless the regulated employee has remained on railroad property since the time of the qualifying event and the railroad has a company policy completely prohibiting the use of alcohol on railroad property.
</P>
<P>(5) A railroad must document its attempts to contact an employee subject to the recall provisions of this section. If a railroad is unable, as a result of the non-cooperation of an employee or for any other reason, to obtain specimen(s) from an employee subject to mandatory recall within the 24-hour period after a qualifying event and to submit specimen(s) to FRA as required by this subpart, the railroad must contact FRA and prepare a concise narrative report according to the requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section. The report must also document the railroad's good faith attempts to contact and recall the employee.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Place of specimen collection.</I> (1) With the exception of Federal breath testing for alcohol (when conducted as authorized under this subpart), an employee must be transported to an independent medical facility for specimen collection. In all cases, blood may be drawn only by a qualified medical professional or by a qualified technician subject to the supervision of a qualified medical professional (<I>e.g.,</I> a phlebotomist). A collector contracted by a railroad or medical facility may collect and/or assist in the collection of specimens at the medical facility if the medical facility does not object and the collector is qualified to do so.
</P>
<P>(2) If an employee has been injured, a railroad must ask the treating medical facility to obtain the specimens. Urine may be collected from an injured employee (conscious or unconscious) who has already been catheterized for medical purposes, but an employee may not be catheterized solely for the purpose of providing a specimen under this subpart. Under § 219.11(a), an employee is deemed to have consented to FRA post-accident toxicological testing by the act of being subject to performing regulated service for a railroad.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Obtaining cooperation of facility.</I> (1) In seeking the cooperation of a medical facility in obtaining a specimen under this subpart, a railroad must, as necessary, make specific reference to the requirements of this subpart and the instructions in FRA's post-accident toxicological shipping kit.
</P>
<P>(2) If an injured employee is unconscious or otherwise unable to evidence consent to the procedure and the treating medical facility declines to obtain blood and/or urine specimens after having been informed of the requirements of this subpart, the railroad must immediately notify the duty officer at the National Response Center (NRC) at (800) 424-8802, stating the employee's name, the name and location of the medical facility, the name of the appropriate decisional authority at the medical facility, and the telephone number at which that person can be reached. FRA will then take appropriate measures to assist in obtaining the required specimens.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Discretion of physician.</I> Nothing in this subpart may be construed to limit the discretion of a medical professional to determine whether drawing a blood specimen is consistent with the health of an injured employee or an employee afflicted by any other condition that may preclude drawing the specified quantity of blood.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37931, June 10, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 5734, Feb. 2, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.3.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.205   Specimen collection and handling.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Urine and blood specimens must be obtained, marked, preserved, handled, and made available to FRA consistent with the requirements of this subpart and the instructions provided inside the FRA post-accident toxicological shipping kit.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information requirements.</I> Basic information concerning the accident/incident and any treatment administered after the accident/incident is necessary to process specimens, analyze the significance of laboratory findings, and notify railroads and employees of test results. Accordingly, the railroad representative must complete the information required by Form FRA 6180.73 (revised) for shipping with the specimens. Each employee subject to testing must cooperate in completion of the required information on Form FRA F 6180.74 (revised) for inclusion in the shipping kit and processing of the specimens. The railroad representative must ask an appropriate representative of the medical facility to complete the remaining portion of the information on each Form 6180.74. A Form 6180.73 must be forwarded in the shipping kit with each group of specimens. A Form 6180.74 must be forwarded in the shipping kit for each employee who provides specimens. A Form 6180.73 and either a Form 6180.74 or a Form 6180.75 (for fatalities) are included in the shipping kit. (See paragraph (c) of this section.)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Shipping kits.</I> (1) FRA makes available for purchase a limited number of standard shipping kits for the purpose of routine handling of post-accident toxicological specimens under this subpart. Specimens must be placed in the shipping kit and prepared for shipment according to the instructions provided in the kit.
</P>
<P>(2) Standard shipping kits may be ordered by requesting an order form from FRA's Drug and Alcohol Program Manager at 202-493-6313. In addition to the standard kit for surviving employees, FRA also has distributed a post-mortem shipping kit to Class I, II, and commuter railroads. The post-mortem kit may not be ordered by other railroads. If a smaller railroad has a qualifying event involving a fatality to an on-duty employee, the railroad should advise the NRC at 1-800-424-8802 of the need for a post-mortem kit, and FRA will send one overnight to the medical examiner's office or assist the railroad in obtaining one from a nearby railroad.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Shipment.</I> Specimens must be shipped as soon as possible by pre-paid air express (or other means adequate to ensure delivery within 24 hours from time of shipment) to FRA's post-accident toxicological testing laboratory. However, if delivery cannot be ensured within 24 hours due to a suspension in air express delivery services, the specimens must be held in a secure refrigerator until delivery can be accomplished. In no circumstances may specimens be held for more than 72 hours. Where express courier pickup is available, the railroad must ask the medical facility to transfer the sealed toxicology kit directly to the express courier for transportation. If courier pickup is not available at the medical facility where the specimens are collected or if for any other reason a prompt transfer by the medical facility cannot be assured, the railroad must promptly transport the sealed shipping kit holding the specimens to the most expeditious point of shipment via air express. The railroad must maintain and document a secure chain of custody of the kit(s) from its release by the medical facility to its delivery for transportation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Specimen security.</I> After a specimen kit or transportation box has been sealed, no entity other than FRA's post-accident toxicological testing laboratory may open it. If the railroad or medical facility discovers an error with either the specimens or the chain of custody form after the kit or transportation box has been sealed, the railroad or medical facility must make a contemporaneous written record of that error and send it to the laboratory, preferably with the transportation box.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37933, June 10, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 5734, Feb. 2, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.206" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.3.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.206   FRA access to breath test results.</HEAD>
<P>Documentation of breath test results must be made available to FRA consistent with the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 5734, Feb. 2, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.3.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.207   Fatality.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the case of an employee fatality in an accident or incident described in § 219.201, body fluid and tissue specimens must be obtained from the remains of the employee for toxicological testing. To ensure that specimens are collected in a timely fashion, the railroad must immediately notify the appropriate local authority (such as a coroner or medical examiner) of the fatality and the requirements of this subpart, making available the post-mortem shipping kit and requesting the local authority to assist in obtaining the necessary body fluid or tissue specimens. The railroad must also seek the assistance of the custodian of the remains, if the custodian is someone other than the local authority.
</P>
<P>(b) If the local authority or custodian of the remains declines to cooperate in obtaining the necessary specimens, the railroad must immediately notify the duty officer at the National Response Center (NRC) at (800) 424-8802 by providing the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Date and location of the accident or incident;
</P>
<P>(2) Railroad;
</P>
<P>(3) Name of the deceased;
</P>
<P>(4) Name and telephone number of custodian of the remains; and
</P>
<P>(5) Name and telephone number of local authority contacted.
</P>
<P>(c) A coroner, medical examiner, pathologist, or other qualified professional is authorized to remove the required body fluid and tissue specimens from the remains on request of the railroad or FRA pursuant to this part; and in so acting, such person is the delegate of the FRA Administrator under sections 20107 and 20108 of title 49, United States Code (but not the agent of the Secretary for purposes of the Federal Tort Claims Act (chapter 71 of Title 28, United States Code). A qualified professional may rely upon the representations of the railroad or FRA representative with respect to the occurrence of the event requiring that toxicological tests be conducted and the coverage of the deceased employee under this part.
</P>
<P>(d) The instructions included inside the shipping kits specify body fluid and tissue specimens required for toxicological analysis in the case of a fatality.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41973, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 81 FR 37933, June 10, 2016; 87 FR 5734, Feb. 2, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.3.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.209   Reports of tests and refusals.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A railroad that has experienced one or more events for which specimens were obtained must provide prompt telephonic notification summarizing such events. Notification must immediately be provided to the duty officer at the National Response Center (NRC) at (800) 424-8802 and to the Office of Safety, FRA, at (202) 493-6313.
</P>
<P>(2) Each telephonic report must contain:
</P>
<P>(i) Name of railroad;
</P>
<P>(ii) Name, title and telephone number of person making the report;
</P>
<P>(iii) Time, date and location of the accident/incident;
</P>
<P>(iv) Brief summary of the circumstances of the accident/incident, including basis for testing (<I>e.g.,</I> impact accident with a reportable injury); and
</P>
<P>(v) Number of employees tested.
</P>
<P>(b) If a railroad is unable, as a result of non-cooperation of an employee or for any other reason, to obtain a specimen and provide it to FRA as required by this subpart, the railroad must immediately notify the FRA Drug and Alcohol Program Manager at 202-493-6313 and provide detailed information regarding the failure (either verbally or via a voicemail). The railroad must also provide a concise narrative written report of the reason for such failure and, if appropriate, any action taken in response to the cause of such failure. This report must be appended to the report of the accident/incident required to be submitted under part 225 of this chapter and must also be mailed to the FRA Drug and Alcohol Program Manager at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41973, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 81 FR 37933, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.211" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.3.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.211   Analysis and follow-up.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Specimens are analyzed for alcohol, controlled substances, and non-controlled substances specified by FRA under protocols specified by FRA. These substances may be tested for in any form, whether naturally or synthetically derived. Specimens may be analyzed for other impairing substances specified by FRA as necessary to the particular accident investigation.
</P>
<P>(b) Results of post-accident toxicological testing for controlled substances conducted under this subpart are reported to the railroad's Medical Review Officer and the employee. The MRO and the railroad must treat the test results and any information concerning medical use or administration of drugs provided under this subpart in the same confidential manner as if subject to subpart H of this part, except where publicly disclosed by FRA or the National Transportation Safety Board. An employer is prohibited from temporarily removing an employee from the performance of regulated service based only on a report from the laboratory to the MRO of a confirmed positive test for a drug or drug metabolite, an adulterated test, or a substituted test, before the MRO has completed verification of the test result.
</P>
<P>(c) With respect to a surviving employee, a test reported as positive for alcohol or a controlled substance must be reviewed by the railroad's Medical Review Officer (MRO) with respect to any claim of use or administration of medications (consistent with § 219.103) that could account for the laboratory findings. The MRO must promptly report the results of each review by email to <I>FRA-MROletters.email@dot.gov.</I> The report must reference the employing railroad, accident/incident date, and location; and state whether the MRO reported the test result to the employing railroad as positive or negative and the basis of any determination that analytes detected by the laboratory derived from authorized use (including a statement of the compound prescribed, dosage/frequency, and any restrictions imposed by the authorized medical practitioner). Unless specifically requested by FRA in writing, the MRO may not disclose to FRA the underlying physical condition for which any medication was authorized or administered. The FRA is not bound by the MRO's determination, but that determination will be considered by FRA in relation to the accident/incident investigation and with respect to any enforcement action under consideration.
</P>
<P>(d) To the extent permitted by law, FRA treats test results indicating medical use of controlled substances consistent with § 219.103 (and other information concerning medically authorized drug use or administration provided incident to such testing) as administratively confidential and withholds public disclosure, except where it is necessary to consider this information in an accident investigation in relation to determination of probable cause. (However, as further provided in this section, FRA may provide results of testing under this subpart and supporting documentation to the National Transportation Safety Board.)
</P>
<P>(e) An employee may respond within 45 days of receipt of his or her test results prior to the preparation of any final investigative report concerning the accident or incident by email to <I>FRA-DrugAlcoholProgram.email@dot.gov.</I> The employee's response must state the accident date, railroad, and location; the position the employee held on the date of the accident/incident; and any information the employee requests be withheld from public disclosure. FRA will decide whether to honor the employee's request to withhold information.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) The toxicology report may contain a statement of pharmacological significance to assist FRA and other parties in understanding the data reported. No such statement may be construed as a finding of probable cause in the accident or incident.
</P>
<P>(2) With the exception of post-accident test results for non-controlled substances, the toxicology report is a part of the report of the accident/incident and therefore subject to the limitation of 49 U.S.C. 20903 (prohibiting use of the report for any purpose in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report).
</P>
<P>(g)(1) It is in the public interest to ensure that any railroad disciplinary actions that may result from accidents and incidents for which testing is required under this subpart are disposed of on the basis of the most complete and reliable information available so that responsive action will be appropriate. Therefore, during the interval between an accident or incident and the date that the railroad receives notification of the results of the toxicological analysis, any provision of collective bargaining agreements establishing maximum periods for charging employees with rule violations, or for holding an investigation, may not be deemed to run as to any offense involving the accident or incident (i.e., such periods must be tolled).
</P>
<P>(2) This provision may not be construed to excuse the railroad from any obligation to timely charge an employee (or provide other actual notice) where the railroad obtains sufficient information relating to alcohol or drug use, impairment or possession or other rule violations prior to the receipt to toxicological analysis.
</P>
<P>(3) This provision does not authorize holding any employee out of service pending receipt of PAT testing results. It also does not restrict a railroad from taking such action based on the employee's underlying conduct, so long as it is consistent with the railroad's disciplinary policy and is taken under the railroad's own authority.
</P>
<P>(h) Except as provided in § 219.201 (with respect to non-qualifying events), each specimen (including each split specimen) provided under this subpart is retained for not less than three months following the date of the accident or incident (two years from the date of the accident or incident in the case of a specimen testing positive for alcohol or a controlled substance). Post-mortem specimens may be made available to the National Transportation Safety Board (on request).
</P>
<P>(i) An employee may, within 60 days of receipt of the toxicology report, request a retest of his or her PAT testing specimen. A request for retest must be emailed to <I>FRA-DrugAlcoholProgram.email@dot.gov.</I> The employee's request must specify the railroad, accident date, and location. Upon receipt of the employee's request, FRA will identify and select a qualified referee laboratory that has available an appropriate, validated assay for the specimen type and analyte(s) declared positive. Because some analytes may deteriorate during storage, if the referee laboratory detects levels above its Limit of Detection (as defined in 49 CFR 40.3), FRA will report the retest result as corroborative of the original PAT test result.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41973, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 74 FR 25172, May 27, 2009; 78 FR 14225, Mar. 5, 2013; 81 FR 37934, June 10, 2016; 87 FR 5735, Feb. 2, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.3.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.213   Unlawful refusals; consequences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Disqualification.</I> An employee who refuses to cooperate in providing breath, blood or urine specimens following an accident or incident specified in this subpart must be withdrawn from regulated service, and must be deemed disqualified for regulated service, for a period of nine (9) months in accordance with the conditions specified in § 219.107.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedures.</I> Prior to or upon withdrawing the employee from regulated service, under this section, the railroad must provide written notice of the reason for this action and an opportunity for hearing before a presiding officer other than the charging official. The employee is entitled to the procedural protection set out in § 219.104(d).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Subject of hearing.</I> The hearing required by this section must determine whether the employee refused to submit to testing, having been requested to submit, under authority of this subpart, by a representative of the railroad. In determining whether a disqualification is required, the hearing official shall, as appropriate, also consider the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the railroad made a good faith determination, based on reasonable inquiry, that the accident or incident was within the mandatory testing requirements of this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(2) In a case where a blood test was refused on the ground it would be inconsistent with the employee's health, whether such refusal was made in good faith and based on medical advice.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Reasonable Suspicion Testing</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 37934, June 10, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 219.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.4.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.301   Mandatory reasonable suspicion testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad must require a regulated employee to submit to a breath alcohol test when the railroad has reasonable suspicion to believe that the regulated employee has violated any prohibition of subpart B of this part concerning use of alcohol. The railroad's determination that reasonable suspicion exists to require the regulated employee to undergo an alcohol test must be based on specific, contemporaneous, articulable observations concerning the appearance, behavior, speech, or body odors of the employee. A Federal reasonable suspicion alcohol test is not required to confirm the on-duty possession of alcohol.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad must require a regulated employee to submit to a drug test when the railroad has reasonable suspicion to believe that the regulated employee has violated the prohibitions of subpart B of this part concerning use of controlled substances. The railroad's determination that reasonable suspicion exists to require the regulated employee to undergo a drug test must be based on specific, contemporaneous, articulable observations concerning the appearance, behavior, speech, or body odors of the employee. Such observations may include indications of the chronic and withdrawal effects of drugs.
</P>
<P>(c) Reasonable suspicion observations made under this section must comply with the requirements of § 219.303.
</P>
<P>(d) As provided by § 219.11(b)(2), in any case where an employee is suffering a substantiated medical emergency and is subject to alcohol or drug testing under this subpart, necessary medical treatment must be accorded priority over provision of the breath or body fluid specimens. However, when the employee's condition is stabilized, reasonable suspicion testing must be completed if within the eight-hour limit provided for in § 219.305.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.4.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.303   Reasonable suspicion observations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With respect to an alcohol test, the required observations must be made by a responsible railroad supervisor (defined by § 219.5) trained in accordance with § 219.11(g). The supervisor who makes the determination that reasonable suspicion exists may not conduct the reasonable suspicion testing on that regulated employee.
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to a drug test, the required observations must be made by two responsible railroad supervisors (defined by § 219.5), at least one of whom must be both on site and trained in accordance with § 219.11(g). If one of the supervisors is off site, the on-site supervisor must communicate with the off-site supervisor, as necessary, to provide him or her the information needed to make the required observation. This communication may be performed via telephone, but not via radio or any other form of electronic communication.
</P>
<P>(c) This subpart does not authorize holding any employee out of service pending receipt of toxicological analysis for reasonable suspicion testing, nor does it restrict a railroad from taking such action based on the employee's underlying conduct, provided it is consistent with the railroad's policy and taken under the railroad's own authority.
</P>
<P>(d) The railroad must maintain written documentation that specifically describes the observed signs and symptoms upon which the determination that reasonable suspicion exists is based. This documentation must be completed promptly by the trained supervisor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.4.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.305   Prompt specimen collection; time limitations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Consistent with the need to protect life and property, testing under this subpart must be conducted promptly following the observations upon which the testing decision is based.
</P>
<P>(b) If a test required by this subpart is not administered within two hours following a determination made under this section, the railroad must prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the test was not administered within that time period. If an alcohol or drug test required by this subpart is not administered within eight hours of a determination made under this subpart, the railroad must cease attempts to administer the test and must record the reasons for not administering the test. The eight-hour requirement is satisfied if the individual has been delivered to the collection site (where the collector is present) and the request has been made to commence collection of the specimens within that period. The records required by this section must be submitted to FRA upon request of the FRA Drug and Alcohol Program Manager.
</P>
<P>(c) A regulated employee may not be tested under this subpart if that individual has been released from duty under the normal procedures of a railroad. An individual who has been transported to receive medical care is not released from duty for purposes of this section. Nothing in this section prohibits the subsequent testing of an employee who has failed to remain available for testing as required (<I>i.e.,</I> who is absent without leave).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Reasonable Cause Testing</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 37935, June 10, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 219.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.5.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.401   Authorization for reasonable cause testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad may, at its own discretion, elect to conduct Federal reasonable cause testing authorized by this subpart. If a railroad chooses to do so, the railroad must use only Federal authority for all reasonable cause testing that meets the criteria of § 219.403. In addition, the railroad must notify its regulated employees of its decision to use Federal reasonable cause testing authority in the employee educational policy required by § 219.23(e)(5). The railroad must also provide written notification of its decision to FRA's Drug and Alcohol Program Manager, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) If a railroad elects to conduct reasonable cause testing under the authority of this subpart, the railroad may, under the conditions specified in this subpart, require any regulated employee, as a condition of employment in regulated service, to cooperate with breath or body fluid testing, or both, to determine compliance with §§ 219.101 and 219.102 or a railroad rule implementing the requirements of §§ 219.101 and 219.102. This authority is limited to testing after observations or events that occur during duty hours (including any period of overtime or emergency service). The provisions of this subpart apply only when, and to the extent that, the test in question is conducted in reliance upon the authority conferred by this section. A railroad may not require an employee to be tested under the authority of this subpart unless reasonable cause, as defined in this section, exists with respect to that employee.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.5.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.403   Requirements for reasonable cause testing.</HEAD>
<P>Each railroad's decision process regarding whether reasonable cause testing is authorized must be completed before the reasonable cause testing is performed and documented according to the requirements of § 219.405. The following circumstances constitute reasonable cause for the administration of alcohol and/or drug tests under the authority of this subpart. For reasonable cause testing based on a rule violation as authorized in paragraph (b) of this section, a railroad that elects to test under FRA authority may only use the rule violations listed in paragraph (b) of this section as bases for reasonable cause testing.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Train accident or train incident.</I> A regulated employee has been involved in a train accident or train incident (as defined in § 219.5) reportable under part 225 of this chapter, and a responsible railroad supervisor (as defined in § 219.5) has a reasonable belief, based on specific, articulable facts, that the individual employee's acts or omissions contributed to the occurrence or severity of the accident; or
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rule violation.</I> A regulated employee has been directly involved in one or more of the following railroad or FRA rule violations or other errors:
</P>
<P>(1) Noncompliance with a train order, track warrant, track bulletin, track permit, stop and flag order, timetable, signal indication, special instruction or other directive with respect to movement of railroad on-track equipment that involves—
</P>
<P>(i) Occupancy of a block or other segment of track to which entry was not authorized;
</P>
<P>(ii) Failure to clear a track to permit opposing or following movements to pass;
</P>
<P>(iii) Moving across a railroad crossing at grade without authorization;
</P>
<P>(iv) Passing an absolute restrictive signal or passing a restrictive signal without stopping (if required); or
</P>
<P>(v) Failure to take appropriate action, resulting in the enforcement of a positive train control system.
</P>
<P>(2) Failure to protect on-track equipment, including leaving on-track equipment fouling an adjacent track;
</P>
<P>(3) Operation of a train or other speedometer-equipped on-track equipment at a speed that exceeds the maximum authorized speed by at least 10 miles per hour or by 50% of such maximum authorized speed, whichever is less;
</P>
<P>(4) Alignment of a switch in violation of a railroad rule, failure to align a switch as required for movement, operation of a switch under on-track equipment, or unauthorized running through a switch;
</P>
<P>(5) Failure to restore and secure a main track switch as required;
</P>
<P>(6) Failure to apply brakes or stop short of a derail as required;
</P>
<P>(7) Failure to secure a hand brake or failure to secure sufficient hand brakes, as required;
</P>
<P>(8) Entering a crossover before both switches are lined for movement or restoring either switch to normal position before the crossover movement is completed;
</P>
<P>(9) Failure to provide point protection by visually determining that the track is clear and giving the signals or instructions necessary to control the movement of on-track equipment when engaged in a shoving or pushing movement;
</P>
<P>(10) In the case of a person performing a dispatching function or block operator function, issuance of a mandatory directive or establishment of a route that fails to provide proper protection for on-track equipment;
</P>
<P>(11) Interference with the normal functioning of any grade crossing signal system or any signal or train control device without first taking measures to provide for the safety of highway traffic or train operations which depend on the normal functioning of such a device. Such interference includes, but is not limited to, failure to provide alternative methods of maintaining safety for highway traffic or train operations while testing or performing work on the devices or on track and other railroad systems or structures which may affect the integrity of the system;
</P>
<P>(12) Failure to perform stop-and-flag duties necessary as a result of a malfunction of a grade crossing signal system;
</P>
<P>(13) Failure of a machine operator that results in a collision between a roadway maintenance machine and on-track equipment or a regulated employee;
</P>
<P>(14) Failure of a roadway worker-in-charge to notify all affected employees when releasing working limits;
</P>
<P>(15) Failure of a flagman or watchman/lookout to notify employees of an approaching train or other on-track equipment;
</P>
<P>(16) Failure to ascertain that provision was made for on-track safety before fouling a track;
</P>
<P>(17) Improper use of individual train detection in a manual interlocking or control point;
</P>
<P>(18) Failure to apply three point protection (fully apply the locomotive and train brakes, center the reverser, and place the generator field switch in the off position) that results in a reportable injury to a regulated employee;
</P>
<P>(19) Failure to display blue signals in accordance with § 218.25 through § 218.30 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(20) Failure to perform a required brake test, or having knowledge that a required brake test was not performed, pursuant to the Class I, Class IA, Class II, or Class III, or transfer train brake test provisions of part 232, or the running brake test provisions of part 238, of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(21) Failure to comply with prohibitions against tampering with locomotive mounted safety devices, or permitting a train to be operated with an unauthorized disabled safety device in the controlling locomotive; or
</P>
<P>(22) Failure to have a derailing device in proper position and locked if required in accordance with § 218.109 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37935, June 10, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 5735, Feb. 2, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.5.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.405   Documentation requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad must maintain written documentation that specifically describes the basis for each reasonable cause test it performs under Federal authority. This documentation must be completed promptly by the responsible railroad supervisor; although it does not need to be completed before the reasonable cause testing is conducted.
</P>
<P>(b) For a rule violation, the documentation must include the type of rule violation and the involvement of each tested regulated employee. For a train accident or train incident reportable under part 225 of this chapter, a railroad must describe either the amount of railroad property damage or the reportable casualty and the basis for the supervisor's belief that the employee's acts or omissions contributed to the occurrence or severity of the train accident or train incident.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.5.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.407   Prompt specimen collection; time limitations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Consistent with the need to protect life and property, testing under this subpart must be conducted promptly following the observations upon which the testing decision is based.
</P>
<P>(b) If a test conducted pursuant to the authority of this subpart is not administered within two hours following the observations upon which the testing decision is based, the railroad must prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the test was not conducted within that time period. If an alcohol or drug test authorized by this subpart is not administered within eight hours of the event under this subpart, the railroad must cease attempts to administer the test and must record the reasons for not administering the test. The eight-hour time period begins at the time a responsible railroad supervisor receives notice of the train accident, train incident, or rule violation. The eight-hour requirement is satisfied if the employee has been delivered to the collection site (where the collector is present) and the request has been made to commence collection of specimen(s) within that period. The records required by this section must be submitted to FRA upon request of the FRA Drug and Alcohol Program Manager.
</P>
<P>(c) A regulated employee may not be tested under this subpart if that individual has been released from duty under the normal procedures of the railroad. An individual who has been transported to receive medical care is not released from duty for purposes of this section. Nothing in this section prohibits the subsequent testing of a regulated employee who has failed to remain available for testing as required (<I>i.e.,</I> who is absent without leave).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.409" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.5.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.409   Limitations on authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The alcohol and/or drug testing authority conferred by this subpart does not apply with respect to any event that meets the criteria for post-accident toxicological testing required under subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not authorize holding an employee out of service pending receipt of toxicological analysis for reasonable cause testing because meeting the testing criteria is only a basis to inquire whether alcohol or drugs may have played a role in the accident or rule violation. However, this subpart does not restrict a railroad from holding an employee out of service based on the employee's underlying conduct, so long as it is consistent with the railroad's policy and the action is taken under the railroad's own authority.
</P>
<P>(c) When determining whether reasonable cause testing is justified, a railroad must consider the involvement of each crewmember in the qualifying event, not the involvement of the crew as a whole.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Pre-Employment Tests</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.501" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.6.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.501   Pre-employment drug testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before an individual performs regulated service the first time for a railroad, the railroad must ensure that the individual undergoes testing for drugs in accordance with the regulations of a DOT agency. No railroad may allow a direct employee (a railroad employee who is not employed by a contractor to the railroad) to perform regulated service, unless that railroad has conducted a DOT pre-employment test for drugs on that individual with a result that did not indicate the misuse of controlled substance. This requirement applies both to a final applicant for direct employment and to a direct employee seeking to transfer for the first time from non-regulated service to duties involving regulated service. A regulated employee must have a negative DOT pre-employment drug test for each railroad for which he or she performs regulated service as the result of a direct employment relationship.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad must ensure that each employee of a contractor who performs regulated service on the railroad's behalf has a negative DOT pre-employment drug test on file with his or her employer. The railroad must also maintain documentation indicating that it had verified that the contractor employee had a negative DOT pre-employment drug test on file with his or her direct employer. A contractor employee who performs regulated service for more than one railroad does not need to have a DOT pre-employment drug test for each railroad for which he or she provides service.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad has already conducted a DOT pre-employment test resulting in a negative for a regulated service applicant under the rules and regulations of another DOT agency (such as the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration), FRA will accept the result of that negative DOT pre-employment test for purposes of the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) As used in subpart H of this part with respect to a test required under this subpart, the term regulated employee includes an applicant for pre-employment testing only. If an applicant declines to be tested and withdraws an application for employment before the pre-employment testing process commences, no record may be maintained of the declination.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) The pre-employment drug testing requirements of this section do not apply to:
</P>
<P>(i) Covered employees of railroads qualifying for the small railroad exception (see § 219.3(c)) who were performing regulated service for the qualifying railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor of a qualifying railroad, before June 12, 2017;
</P>
<P>(ii) Maintenance-of-way employees who were performing regulated service for a railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor of a railroad, before June 12, 2017; or
</P>
<P>(iii) MECH employees who were performing regulated service for a railroad, or contractor or subcontractor of a railroad, before March 4, 2022.
</P>
<P>(2) An exempted employee under paragraph (e)(1) of this section must have a negative pre-employment drug test before performing regulated service for a new or additional employing railroad, or contractor or subcontractor of a railroad:
</P>
<P>(i) On or after June 12, 2017, for exempted covered employees and maintenance-of-way employees, and
</P>
<P>(ii) On or after March 4, 2022 for MECH employees.
</P>
<P>(f) A railroad, or contractor or subcontractor of a railroad, must comply with 49 CFR 40.25 by performing a records check on any of its MOW or MECH employees who have been exempted from pre-employment testing before the employee first performs regulated service. An employee may not perform regulated service after 30 days from the date on which the employee first performed regulated service, unless this information has been obtained or a good faith effort to obtain this information has been made and documented.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37936, June 10, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 5735, Feb. 2, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.502" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.6.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.502   Pre-employment alcohol testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad may, but is not required to, conduct pre-employment alcohol testing under this part. If a railroad chooses to conduct pre-employment alcohol testing, the railroad must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad must conduct a pre-employment alcohol test before the first performance of regulated service by an employee, regardless of whether he or she is a new employee or a first-time transfer to a position involving the performance of regulated service.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad must treat all employees performing regulated service the same for the purpose of pre-employment alcohol testing (<I>i.e.,</I> a railroad must not test some regulated employees and not others.)
</P>
<P>(3) It must conduct the pre-employment tests after making a contingent offer of employment or transfer, subject to the employee passing the pre-employment alcohol test.
</P>
<P>(4) It must conduct all pre-employment alcohol tests using the alcohol testing procedures of part 40 of this title.
</P>
<P>(5) If a regulated employee's Federal pre-employment test indicates an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater, a railroad may not allow him or her to begin performing regulated service until he or she has completed the Federal return-to-duty process under § 219.104(d).
</P>
<P>(b) As used in subpart H of this part with respect to a test authorized under this subpart, the term regulated employee includes an applicant for pre-employment testing only. If an applicant declines to be tested before the testing process commences, no record may be maintained of the declination. The determination of when an alcohol test commences must be made according to the provisions of § 40.243(a) of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41973, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 81 FR 37936, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.503" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.6.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.503   Notification; records.</HEAD>
<P>Each railroad must provide for medical review of drug test results according to the requirements of part 40 of this title, as provided in subpart H of this part. The railroad must also notify the applicant in writing of the results of any Federal drug and/or alcohol test that is a positive, adulteration, substitution, or refusal in the same manner as provided for employees in part 40 of this title and subpart H of this part. Records must be maintained confidentially and be retained in the same manner as required under subpart J of this part for employee test records, except that such records need not reflect the identity of an applicant who withdrew an application to perform regulated service before the commencement of the testing process.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37937, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.505" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.6.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.505   Non-negative tests and refusals.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant who has tested positive or refused to submit to pre-employment testing under this section may not perform regulated service for any railroad until he or she has completed the Federal return-to-duty process under § 219.104(d). An applicant may also not perform DOT safety-sensitive functions for any other employer regulated by a DOT agency until he or she has completed the Federal return-to-duty process under § 219.104(d). This section does not create any right on the part of the applicant to have a subsequent application considered; nor does it restrict the discretion of the railroad to entertain a subsequent application for employment from the same person.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37937, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Random Alcohol and Drug Testing Programs</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 37937, June 10, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 219.601" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.601   Purpose and scope of random testing programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of random alcohol and drug testing is to promote safety by deterring regulated employees from misusing drugs and abusing alcohol.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Regulated employees.</I> Each railroad must ensure that a regulated employee is subject to being selected for random testing as required by this subpart whenever the employee performs regulated service on the railroad's behalf.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contractor employees and volunteers.</I> A regulated employee who is a volunteer or an employee of a contractor to a railroad may be incorporated into the random testing program of more than one railroad if:
</P>
<P>(1) The contractor employee or volunteer is not already part of a random testing program that meets the requirements of this subpart and has been accepted by the railroad for which he or she performs regulated service (as described in § 219.609); or
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad for which the contractor employee or volunteer performs regulated service is unable to verify that the individual is part of a random testing program acceptable to the railroad that meets the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Multiple DOT agencies.</I> (1) If a regulated employee performs functions subject to the random testing requirements of more than one DOT agency, a railroad must ensure that the employee is subject to selection for random drug and alcohol testing at or above the current minimum annual testing rate set by the DOT agency that regulates more than 50 percent of the employee's DOT-regulated functions.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad may not include a regulated employee in more than one DOT random testing pool for regulated service performed on its behalf, even if the regulated employee is subject to the random testing requirements of more than one DOT agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.603" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.603   General requirements for random testing programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> To the extent possible, each railroad must ensure that its FRA random testing program is designed and implemented so that each employee performing regulated service on its behalf should reasonably anticipate that he or she may be called for a random test without advance warning at any time while on duty and subject to performing regulated service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibited selection bias.</I> A random testing program may not have a selection bias or an appearance of selection bias, or appear to provide an opportunity for a regulated employee to avoid complying with this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Plans.</I> As required by §§ 219.603 through 219.609, each railroad must submit for FRA approval a random testing plan meeting the requirements of this subpart. The plan must address all regulated employees, as defined in § 219.5.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Pools.</I> Each railroad must construct and maintain random testing pools in accordance with § 219.611.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Selections.</I> Each railroad must conduct random testing selections in accordance with § 219.613.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Collections.</I> Each railroad must perform random testing collections in accordance with § 219.615.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Cooperation.</I> Each railroad and its regulated employees must cooperate with and participate in random testing in accordance with § 219.617.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Responsive action.</I> Each railroad must handle positive random tests and verified refusals to test in accordance with § 219.619.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Service agents.</I> Each railroad may use a service agent to perform its random testing responsibilities in accordance with § 219.621.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Records.</I> Each railroad must maintain records required by this subpart in accordance with § 219.623.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.605" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.605   Submission and approval of random testing plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Plan submission.</I> (1) Each railroad must submit for review and approval a random testing plan meeting the requirements of §§ 219.607 and 219.609 by email to <I>FRA-DrugAlcoholProgram.email@dot.gov.</I> The submission must include the name of the railroad or contractor in the subject line. A railroad commencing start-up operations must submit its plan no later than 30 days before its date of commencing operations. A railroad that must comply with this subpart because it no longer qualifies for the small railroad exception under § 219.3 (due to a change in operations or its number of covered employees) must submit its plan no later than 30 days after it becomes subject to the requirements of this subpart. A railroad may not implement a Federal random testing plan or any substantive amendment to that plan before FRA approval.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad may submit separate random testing plans for each category of regulated employees (as defined in § 219.5), combine all categories into a single plan, or amend its current FRA-approved plan to add additional categories of regulated employees, as defined by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Plan approval notification.</I> FRA will notify a railroad in writing whether its plan is approved. If the plan is not approved because it does not meet the requirements of this subpart, FRA will inform the railroad of its non-approval, with specific explanations of any required revisions. The railroad must resubmit its plan with the required revisions within 30 days of the date of FRA's written notice. Failure to resubmit the plan with the necessary revisions will be a failure to submit a plan under this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Plan implementation.</I> Each railroad must implement its random testing plan no later than 30 days from the date of FRA approval.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Plan amendments.</I> (1) Each railroad must submit to FRA a substantive amendment to an approved plan at least 30 days before its intended effective date. A railroad may not implement any substantive amendment before FRA approval.
</P>
<P>(2) Each railroad must provide a non-substantive amendment to an approved plan (such as the replacement or addition of service providers) to the FRA Drug and Alcohol Program Manager in writing (by letter or email) before its effective date. However, FRA pre-approval is not required.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Previously approved plans.</I> A railroad is not required to resubmit a random testing plan that FRA had approved before March 4, 2022, unless the railroad must amend the plan to comply with the requirements of this subpart. A railroad must submit new plans, combined plans, or amended plans incorporating new categories of regulated employees (<I>i.e.,</I> mechanical employees) for FRA approval at least 60 days after March 4, 2022.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37937, June 10, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 5736, Feb. 2, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.607" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.607   Requirements for random testing plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A random testing plan that a railroad submits under this subpart must address and comply with the requirements of this subpart. The railroad must also comply with these requirements in implementing the plan.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Model random testing plan.</I> A railroad (or a contractor or service agent that submits a part 219-compliant random testing plan to a railroad for submission as a part of the railroad's random testing plan) may complete, modify if necessary, and submit a plan based on the FRA model random testing plan that can be downloaded from FRA's Drug and Alcohol Program Web site.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Specific plan requirements.</I> Each random testing plan must contain the following items of information, each of which must be contained in a separate, clearly identified section:
</P>
<P>(1) Total number of covered employees, including covered service contractor employees and volunteers;
</P>
<P>(2) Total number of maintenance-of-way employees, including maintenance-of-way contractor employees and volunteers;
</P>
<P>(3) Total number of mechanical employees, including mechanical contractor employees and volunteers;
</P>
<P>(4) Names of any contractors who perform regulated service for the railroad, with contact information;
</P>
<P>(5) Method used to ensure that any regulated service contractor employees and volunteers are subject to the requirements of this subpart, as required by § 219.609;
</P>
<P>(6) Name, address, and contact information for the railroad's Designated Employer Representative (DER) and any alternates (if applicable);
</P>
<P>(7) Name, address, and contact information for any service providers, including the railroad's Medical Review Officers (MROs), Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) certified drug testing laboratory(ies), Drug and Alcohol Counselors (DACs), Substance Abuse Professionals (SAPs), and Consortium/Third Party Administrators (C/TPAs) or collection site management companies. Individual collection sites do not have to be identified;
</P>
<P>(8) Number of random testing pools and the proposed general pool entry assignments for each pool. If using a C/TPA, a railroad must identify whether its regulated employees are combined into one pool, contained in separate pools, or combined in a larger pool with other FRA or other DOT agency regulated employees, or both.
</P>
<P>(9) Target random testing rates meeting or exceeding the minimum annual random testing rates;
</P>
<P>(10) Method used to make random selections, including a detailed description of the computer program or random number table selection process employed;
</P>
<P>(11) Selection unit(s) for each random pool (<I>e.g.,</I> employee name or ID number, job assignment, train symbol) and whether the individual selection unit(s) will be selected for drugs, alcohol, or both;
</P>
<P>(12) If a railroad makes alternate selections, under what limited circumstances these alternate selections will be tested (see § 219.613);
</P>
<P>(13) Frequency of random selections (<I>e.g.,</I> monthly);
</P>
<P>(14) Designated testing window. A designated testing window extends from the beginning to the end of the designated testing period established in the railroad's FRA-approved random plan (see § 219.603), after which time any individual selections for that designated testing window that have not been collected are no longer active; and
</P>
<P>(15) Description of how the railroad will notify a regulated employee that he or she has been selected for random testing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37937, June 10, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 5736, Feb. 2, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.609" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.609   Inclusion of contractor employees and volunteers in random testing plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad's random testing plan must demonstrate that all of its regulated service contractor employees and volunteers are subject to random testing that meets the requirements of this subpart. A railroad can demonstrate that its regulated service contractor employees and volunteers are in compliance with this subpart by either:
</P>
<P>(1) Directly including regulated service contractor employees and volunteers in its own random testing plan and ensuring that they are tested according to that plan; or
</P>
<P>(2) Indicating in its random testing plan that its regulated service contractor employees and volunteers are part of a random testing program which is compliant with the requirements of this subpart, <I>e.g.,</I> conducted by a contractor or C/TPA (“non-railroad random testing program”). If a railroad chooses this option, the railroad must append to its own random testing plan one or more addenda describing the method it will use to ensure that the non-railroad random testing program is testing its regulated service contractor employees and volunteers according to the requirements of this subpart. A railroad may comply with this requirement by appending the non-railroad random testing program or a detailed description of the program and how it complies with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad's random testing plan(s) and any addenda must contain sufficient detail to fully document that the railroad is meeting the requirements of this subpart for all personnel performing regulated service on its behalf.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad chooses to use regulated service contractor employees and volunteers who are part of a non-railroad random testing program, the railroad remains responsible for ensuring that the non-railroad program is testing the regulated service contractor employees and volunteers according to the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) FRA does not pre-approve contractor or service agent random testing plans, but may accept them as part of its approval process of a railroad's plan.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.611" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.611   Random alcohol and drug testing pools.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each railroad must ensure that its random testing pools include all regulated employees who perform regulated service on its behalf, except that a railroad's random testing pools do not have to include regulated employees who are part of a non-railroad random testing program that is compliant with the requirements of this subpart and that has been accepted by the railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pool entries.</I> Each railroad must clearly indicate who will be tested when a specific pool entry is selected.
</P>
<P>(1) Pool entries may be employee names or identification numbers, train symbols, or specific job assignments, although all the entries in a single pool must be of generally consistent sizes and types.
</P>
<P>(2) Pool entries must not allow a field manager or field supervisor to have discretion over which employee is to be tested when an entry is selected.
</P>
<P>(3) Pool entries must be constructed and maintained so that all regulated employees have an equal chance of being selected for random testing for each selection draw.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Minimum number of pool entries.</I> A railroad (including a service agent used by a railroad to carry out its responsibilities under this subpart) may not maintain a random testing pool with less than four pool entries. Placeholder pool entries (entries that do not represent legitimate selections of regulated employees) are not permitted. A railroad or contractor with less than four regulated employees can comply with this requirement by having its regulated employees incorporated into a railroad or non-railroad random testing pool that contains more than four entries.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Pool construction.</I> (1) An individual who is not subject to the random testing requirements of FRA or another DOT agency may not be placed in the same pool as a regulated employee.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad may not include a regulated employee in more than one random testing pool established under the regulations of a DOT agency.
</P>
<P>(3) A regulated employee may be placed in a random testing pool with employees subject to the random testing requirements of another DOT agency, only if all entries in the pool are subject to testing at the highest minimum random testing rate required by the regulations of a DOT agency for any single member in the pool.
</P>
<P>(4) A regulated employee does not have to be placed in separate pools for random drug and random alcohol testing selection.
</P>
<P>(5) A regulated employee must be incorporated into a random testing pool as soon as possible after his or her hire or first transfer into regulated service.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Frequency of regulated service.</I> (1) A railroad may not place a person in a random testing pool for any selection period in which he or she is not expected to perform regulated service.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad employee who performs regulated service on average less than once a quarter is a de minimis safety concern for random testing purposes, and does not have to be in a random testing program. A railroad that chooses to random test de minimis employees must place them in a separate random testing pool from employees who perform regulated service on a regular basis (<I>e.g.,</I> engineers, conductors, dispatchers, and signal maintainers).
</P>
<P>(3) A railroad must make a good faith effort to determine the frequency of an employee's performance of regulated service and must evaluate the employee's likelihood of performing regulated service in each upcoming selection period.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Pool maintenance.</I> Pool entries must be updated at least monthly, regardless of how often selections are made, and a railroad must ensure that each of its random testing pools is complete and does not contain outdated or inappropriate entries.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Multiple random testing pools.</I> A railroad may maintain more than one random testing pool if it can demonstrate that its random testing program is not adversely impacted by the number and types of pools or the construction of pool entries, and that selections from each pool will meet the requirements of this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.613" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.613   Random testing selections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each railroad must ensure that each regulated employee has an equal chance of being selected for random testing whenever selections are made. A railroad may not increase or decrease an employee's chance of being selected by weighting an entry or pool.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Method of selection.</I> (1) Each railroad must use a selection method that is acceptable to FRA and meets the requirements of this subpart, such as a computer selection program, proper use of a random number table, or an alternative method which FRA has approved as part of the railroad's random testing plan.
</P>
<P>(2) A selection method must be free of bias or apparent bias and employ objective, neutral criteria to ensure that every regulated employee has an equal statistical chance of being selected within a specified time frame. The selection method may not utilize subjective factors that permit a railroad to manipulate or control selections in an effort to either target or protect any employee, job, or operational unit from testing.
</P>
<P>(3) The randomness of a selection method must be verifiable, and, as required by § 219.623, any records necessary to document the randomness of a selection must be retained for not less than two years from the date the designated testing window for that selection expired.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Minimum random testing rate.</I> (1) Each railroad must distribute random tests reasonably throughout the calendar year and make sufficient selections to ensure that each random testing pool meets the Administrator's minimum annual random testing rates as established according to § 219.625.
</P>
<P>(2) Each railroad must continually monitor changes in its workforce to ensure that the required number of selections and tests are conducted each year.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Selection frequency.</I> Each railroad must select at least one entry from each of its random testing pools every three months.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Discarded selection draws.</I> Each selection draw must identify who will be subject to random testing. A railroad cannot discard a selection draw without an acceptable explanation (<I>e.g.,</I> the selection was drawn from an incomplete or inaccurate pool). A railroad must document and retain records for all discarded selection draws, including the specific reason the selection draw was not used, as required by § 219.623.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Increasing random selections.</I> A railroad that is unable to complete a collection for each selection made during a designated testing period may increase the number of selections in a subsequent selection period to ensure that it meets the annual minimum random testing rate for the calendar year.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Selection snapshots.</I> Each railroad must capture and maintain an electronic or hard copy snapshot of each random testing pool at the time it makes a testing selection. A railroad must not re-create pool entries from records after the time of the original selection. The railroad must maintain this snapshot for a period of two years, as required by subpart J of this part.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Multiple DOT agencies.</I> Each railroad must ensure that each regulated employee who performs functions subject to the random testing requirements of more than one DOT agency is subject to random selection at or above the current minimum annual testing rate set by the DOT agency that regulates more than 50 percent of the employee's DOT-regulated functions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.615" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.615   Random testing collections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Minimum random testing rates.</I> Each railroad must complete a sufficient number of random alcohol and drug testing collections from each of its random testing pools to meet the Administrator's minimum annual testing rates established in accordance with § 219.625.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Designated testing window.</I> Each railroad must complete the collection for a selected pool entry within the FRA-approved designated testing window for that selection. Once a designated testing window has closed, any selections not collected during that window are no longer valid and may not be subject to random testing.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Collection timing.</I> (1) A regulated employee may be subject to random testing only while on duty and subject to performing regulated service.
</P>
<P>(2) Each railroad's random alcohol and drug testing collections must be unannounced and spread reasonably throughout the calendar year. Collections must also be distributed unpredictably throughout the designated testing window and must reasonably cover all operating days of the week (including operating weekends and holidays), shifts, and locations.
</P>
<P>(3) Random alcohol test collections must be performed unpredictably and in sufficient numbers at either end of an operating shift to attain an acceptable level of deterrence throughout the entire shift. At a minimum, a railroad must perform 10% of its random alcohol tests at the beginning of shifts and 10% of its random alcohol tests at the end of shifts.
</P>
<P>(4) If a regulated employee has been selected for both random drug and alcohol testing, a railroad may conduct these tests separately, so long as both required collections can be completed by the end of the employee's shift and the railroad does not inform the employee that an additional collection will occur later.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Collection scheduling.</I> While pool entries must be selected randomly, a railroad may schedule each random test collection during a designated testing window according to its approved plan.
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad may schedule a collection based on the availability of the selected pool entry, the logistics of performing the collection, and any other requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) If a selected pool entry does not identify the selection by name (<I>i.e.,</I> train crews or job functions), a railroad may not use its scheduling discretion to deliberately target or protect a particular employee or work crew. Unless otherwise approved in a random testing plan, railroad field supervisors or field management personnel may not use discretion to choose or to change collection dates or times if that choice could intentionally alter who is to be tested.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notification requirements.</I> (1) A railroad may notify a regulated employee that he or she has been selected for random testing only during the duty tour in which the collection is to be conducted, and only so far in advance as is reasonably necessary to ensure the employee's presence at the scheduled collection time and place.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad must make collections as soon as possible. Each collection must begin within two hours after the railroad has notified the employee of his or her selection for random testing, unless the railroad has an acceptable reason for the delay. A railroad should monitor each employee after notification and, whenever possible, arrange for the employee to be immediately escorted by supervisory or management personnel to the collection location.
</P>
<P>(3) A railroad must inform each regulated employee that he or she has been selected for random testing at the time the employee is notified. Completion of the Federal Drug Testing Custody and Control Form (CCF) or the DOT Alcohol Testing Form (ATF) indicating the basis of the test satisfies this requirement, so long as the employee has been shown and directed to sign the CCF or ATF as required by §§ 40.73 and 40.241 of this title.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Incomplete collections.</I> A railroad must use due diligence to ensure that a random testing collection is completed for each selected pool entry, unless it has an acceptable explanation for not conducting the collection. All reasons for incomplete collections must be fully documented and are subject to inspection by FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Hours-of-service limitations.</I> (1) Except as provided by paragraph (g)(2) of this section, a railroad must immediately terminate a random collection and may not reschedule it if the collection is not completed within a covered employee's hours-of-service limitations.
</P>
<P>(2) If a random collection requires a direct observation collection under § 40.67 of this title, the directly observed collection must immediately proceed until completed. A railroad must submit an excess service report, as required by part 228 of this chapter, if completion of the directly observed collection causes the covered employee to exceed his or her hours-of-service limitations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37937, June 10, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 5736, Feb. 2, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.617" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.617   Participation in random alcohol and drug testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Railroad responsibility.</I> (1) A railroad must, under the conditions specified in this subpart and subpart H of this part, require a regulated employee selected for random testing to cooperate in alcohol and/or drug testing.
</P>
<P>(2) If an employee is performing regulated service at the time he or she is notified of his or her selection for random testing, the railroad must ensure that the employee immediately ceases to perform regulated service and proceeds to the collection site without adversely affecting safety. A railroad must also ensure that the absence of an employee from his or her assigned duties to report for testing does not adversely affect safety. Once an employee begins the testing process, he or she may not be returned to regulated service until the testing process is complete.
</P>
<P>(3) A railroad may excuse a regulated employee who has been notified of his or her selection for random testing only if the employee can substantiate that a medical emergency involving the employee or an immediate family member (<I>e.g.,</I> birth, death, or medical emergency) supersedes the requirement to complete the test. A medical emergency is defined in this part as an acute medical condition requiring immediate emergency care. To be eligible for exclusion from random testing, the employee must provide verifiable documentation of the emergency situation from a credible outside professional within a reasonable period of time (<I>e.g.,</I> a doctor, dentist, hospital, law enforcement officer, or school authority). A railroad may not test an employee who has been excused from testing under the same random selection.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employee responsibility.</I> (1) A regulated employee subject to the random testing requirements of this subpart must cooperate with the selection and testing process, and must proceed to the testing site upon notification that he or she has been selected for random testing.
</P>
<P>(2) A regulated employee must fully cooperate and comply with the body fluid drug collection and/or breath alcohol testing procedures required by subpart H of this part, and provide the required specimen(s), and must, upon request, complete the required paperwork and certifications.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37937, June 10, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 5736, Feb. 2, 2022; 88 FR 27652, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.619" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.619   Positive alcohol and drug test results and refusals; procedures.</HEAD>
<P>Section 219.104 contains the procedures for administrative handling by the railroad or contractor in the event a body fluid specimen provided under this subpart is reported as a verified positive by the Medical Review Officer, a breath alcohol specimen is reported at 0.04 or greater by the Breath Alcohol Technician, or a refusal to test has occurred. The responsive action required in § 219.104 is not stayed pending the result of the testing of a split body fluid specimen or a challenge to any part of the testing process or procedure.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37937, June 10, 2016, as amended at 88 FR 27652, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.621" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.621   Use of service agents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad may use a service agent (such as a consortium/third party administrator (C/TPA)) to act as its agent to carry out any role in random testing specifically permitted under subpart Q of part 40 of this title, such as maintaining random pools, conducting random selections, and performing random body fluid drug collections and breath alcohol tests.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad may not use a service agent to notify a regulated employee that he or she has been selected for random testing. A regulated employee who has been selected for random testing must otherwise be notified of the selection by his or her employer. A service agent may also not perform any role that § 40.355 of this title specifically reserves to an employer, which, for purposes of this subpart, is defined as a railroad or a contractor performing railroad-accepted testing.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad is primarily responsible for compliance with the random alcohol and drug testing of this subpart, but FRA reserves the right to bring an enforcement action for noncompliance against the railroad, its service agents, its contractors, and/or its employees.
</P>
<P>(d) If a railroad conducts random drug and/or alcohol testing through a C/TPA, the number of employees required to be tested may be calculated for each individual railroad belonging to the C/TPA, or may be based on the total number of regulated employees covered by the C/TPA in a larger combined railroad or DOT agency random pool. Selections from combined railroad random pools must meet or exceed the highest minimum annual percentage rate established under this subpart or any DOT agency drug testing rule that applies to any member of that pool.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37937, June 10, 2016, as amended at 88 FR 27652, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.623" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.623   Records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As provided by § 219.901, each railroad is required to maintain records related to random testing for a minimum of two years.
</P>
<P>(b) Contractors and service agents performing random testing responsibilities under this subpart must provide records required by this subpart whenever requested by the contracting railroad or by FRA. A railroad remains responsible for maintaining records demonstrating that it is in compliance with the requirements of this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.625" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.7.11.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.625   FRA Administrator's determination of random alcohol and drug testing rates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice.</I> Each year, the Administrator publishes a <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice announcing the minimum annual random alcohol and drug testing rates which take effect on January 1 of the following calendar year. These rates are based on the railroad industry's random testing violation rates for the preceding two consecutive calendar years, which are determined using annual railroad alcohol and drug program data required to be submitted to the FRA's Management Information System (MIS) under § 219.800.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information.</I> Data from MIS reports provide the information used for this determination. In order to ensure reliability of the data, the Administrator may consider the quality and completeness of the reported data, obtain additional information or reports from railroads, or make appropriate modifications in calculating the industry positive rate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Initial minimum annual random testing rates.</I> The Administrator has established an initial minimum annual random testing rate of 50 percent for drugs and 25 percent for alcohol for any new category of regulated employees added to those already being tested under this part.
</P>
<P>(1) These initial testing rates are subject to amendment by the Administrator in accordance with paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section after at least two consecutive calendar years of MIS data have been compiled for the category of regulated employee.
</P>
<P>(2) The Administrator will determine separate minimum annual random testing rates for each added category of regulated employees for a minimum of three calendar years after that category is incorporated into random testing under this part.
</P>
<P>(3) The Administrator may move to combine categories of regulated employees requiring separate determinations into a single determination once the categories' testing rates are identical for two consecutive years.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Drug testing rate.</I> The Administrator may set the minimum annual random drug testing rate for the railroad industry at either 50 percent or 25 percent.
</P>
<P>(1) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing is 50 percent, the Administrator may lower the rate to 25 percent if the Administrator determines that the MIS data for two consecutive calendar years show that the reported random testing positive rate is less than 1.0 percent.
</P>
<P>(2) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing is 25 percent, and the MIS data for any calendar year show that the reported random testing positive rate is equal to or greater than 1.0 percent, the Administrator will increase the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing to 50 percent.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Alcohol testing rate.</I> The Administrator may set the minimum annual random alcohol testing rate for the railroad industry at 50 percent, 25 percent, or 10 percent.
</P>
<P>(1) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing is 50 percent or 25 percent, the Administrator may lower this rate to 10 percent if the Administrator determines that the MIS data for two consecutive calendar years show that the random testing violation rate is less than 0.5 percent.
</P>
<P>(2) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing is 50 percent, the Administrator may lower the rate to 25 percent if the Administrator determines that the MIS data for two consecutive calendar years show that the random testing violation rate is less than 1.0 percent but equal to or greater than 0.5 percent.
</P>
<P>(3) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing is 25 percent, and the MIS data for that calendar year show that the random testing violation rate for drugs is equal to or greater than 0.5 percent but less than 1.0 percent, the Administrator will increase the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing to 50 percent.
</P>
<P>(4) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing is 10 percent or 25 percent, and the MIS data for any calendar year show that the random testing violation rate is equal to or greater than 1.0 percent, the Administrator will increase the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing to 50 percent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37937, June 10, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 5736, Feb. 2, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Drug and Alcohol Testing Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.701" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.8.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.701   Standards for drug and alcohol testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Drug testing required or authorized by subparts B, D, E, F, G, and K (but only for co-worker or non-peer referrals that involve a violation of the prohibitions of this subpart) of this part must be conducted in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Department of Transportation Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs (part 40 of this title).
</P>
<P>(b) Alcohol testing required or authorized by subparts B, D, E, F, G, and K (but only for co-worker or non-peer referrals that involve a violation of the prohibitions of this subpart) of this part must be conducted in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Department of Transportation Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs (part 40 of this title).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 41973, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 81 FR 37942, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Annual Report</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.800" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.9.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.800   Annual reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad that has a total of 400,000 or more employee hours (including hours worked by all employees of the railroad, regardless of occupation, not only while in the United States, but also while outside the United States), must submit to FRA by March 15 of each year a report covering the previous calendar year (January 1-December 31), summarizing the results of its alcohol misuse and drug abuse prevention program. As used in this paragraph, the term “employees of the railroad” includes individuals who perform service for the railroad, including not only individuals who receive direct monetary compensation from the railroad for performing a service for the railroad, but also such individuals as employees of a contractor to the railroad who perform a service for the railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) As a railroad, you must use the Management Information System (MIS) form and instructions as required by 49 CFR part 40 (at § 40.25 and appendix H to part 40). You may also use the electronic version of the MIS form provided by the DOT. The Administrator may designate means (<I>e.g.,</I> electronic program transmitted via the Internet), other than hard-copy, for MIS form submission to FRA. For information on where to submit MIS forms and for the electronic version of the form, see: <I>http://www.fra.dot.gov/eLib/details/L02639.</I> 
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad shall ensure the accuracy and timeliness of each report submitted. 
</P>
<P>(d) As a railroad, if you have a regulated employee who performs multi-DOT agency functions (<I>e.g.,</I> an employee drives a commercial motor vehicle and performs switchman duties for you), count the employee only on the MIS report for the DOT agency under which he or she is random tested. Normally, this will be the DOT agency under which the employee performs more than 50% of his or her duties. Railroads may have to explain the testing data for these employees in the event of a DOT agency inspection or audit. 
</P>
<P>(e) A service agent (<I>e.g.,</I> a consortium/third party administrator) may prepare the MIS report on behalf of a railroad. However, a railroad official (<I>e.g.,</I> a designated employee representative) must certify the accuracy and completeness of the MIS report, no matter who prepares it.
</P>
<P>(f) A railroad required to submit an MIS report under this section must submit separate reports for covered employees, MOW employees, and MECH employees.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) This subpart does not apply to any contractor that performs regulated service exclusively for railroads with fewer than 400,000 total employee annual work hours, including hours worked by all employees of the railroad, regardless of occupation, not only while in the United States, but also while outside the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) When a contractor performs regulated service for at least one railroad with 400,000 or more total annual employee work hours, including hours worked by all employees of the railroad, regardless of occupation, not only while in the United States, but also while outside the United States, this subpart applies as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) A railroad with 400,000 or more total employee annual work hours must comply with this subpart regarding any contractor employees it integrates into its own alcohol and drug program under this part; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If a contractor establishes an independent alcohol and drug testing program that meets the requirements of this part and is acceptable to the railroad, the contractor must comply with this subpart if it has 200 or more regulated employees.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 75464, Dec. 31, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 19288, Apr. 12, 2004; 81 FR 37942, June 10, 2016; 87 FR 5736, Feb. 2, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 219.801-219.803" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.9.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 219.801-219.803   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Recordkeeping Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.901" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.10.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.901   Retention of alcohol and drug testing records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) In addition to the records part 40 of this title requires keeping, a railroad must also maintain alcohol and drug misuse prevention program records in a secure location with controlled access under this section's requirements.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad must maintain for two years, rather than one year, the records to which § 40.333(a)(4) of this title applies (<I>i.e.,</I> records of negative and cancelled drug test results and alcohol test results with a concentration of less than 0.02). A railroad may maintain legible and accessible scanned or electronic copies of these records for the second year.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Records maintained for a minimum of five years.</I> Each railroad must maintain the following records for a minimum of five years:
</P>
<P>(1) A summary record or the individual files of each regulated employee's test results; and
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the annual report summarizing the results of its alcohol and drug misuse prevention program (if required to submit the report under § 219.800(a)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Records maintained for a minimum of two years.</I> Each railroad must maintain the following records for a minimum of two years:
</P>
<P>(1) Records related to the collection process:
</P>
<P>(i) Collection logbooks, if used;
</P>
<P>(ii) Documents relating to the random selection process, including the railroad's approved random testing plan and FRA's approval letter for that plan;
</P>
<P>(iii) Documents generated in connection with decisions to administer Federal reasonable suspicion or reasonable cause alcohol or drug tests;
</P>
<P>(iv) Documents generated in connection with decisions on post-accident testing; and
</P>
<P>(v) Documents verifying the existence of a medical explanation for the inability of a regulated employee to provide an adequate specimen;
</P>
<P>(2) Records related to test results:
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad's copy of the alcohol test form, including the results of the test;
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad's copy of the drug test custody and control form, including the results of the test;
</P>
<P>(iii) Documents related to any regulated employee's refusal to submit to an alcohol or drug test required under this part; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Documents a regulated employee presented to dispute the result of an alcohol or drug test administered under this part;
</P>
<P>(3) Records related to other violations of this part; and
</P>
<P>(4) Records related to employee training:
</P>
<P>(i) Materials on alcohol and drug abuse awareness, including a copy of the railroad's policy on alcohol and drug abuse;
</P>
<P>(ii) Documentation of compliance with the requirements of § 219.23; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Documentation of training (including attendance records and training materials) the railroad provided to supervisors for the purpose of qualifying the supervisors to make a determination concerning the need for reasonable suspicion or post-accident alcohol and drug testing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37942, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.903" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.10.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.903   Access to facilities and records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Release of regulated employee information contained in records required to be maintained under § 219.901 must be in accordance with part 40 of this title and with this section. (For purposes of this section only, body fluid drug testing records are considered equivalent to breath alcohol testing records.)
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad must grant access to all facilities used to comply with this part to the Secretary of Transportation, United States Department of Transportation, or any DOT agency with regulatory authority over the railroad or any of its regulated employees.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad must make available copies of all results for its drug and alcohol testing programs conducted under this part and any other information pertaining to the railroad's alcohol and drug misuse prevention program, when requested by the Secretary of Transportation or any DOT agency with regulatory authority over the railroad or regulated employee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37942, June 10, 2016, as amended at 88 FR 27652, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.905" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.10.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.905   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Referral Programs</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 37942, June 10, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 219.1001" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.11.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.1001   Requirement for referral programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this subpart is to help prevent the adverse effects of drug and alcohol abuse in connection with regulated employees.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad must adopt, publish, and implement the following programs:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Self-referral program.</I> A program designed to encourage and facilitate the identification of a regulated employee who abuses drugs or alcohol by providing the employee the opportunity to obtain counseling or treatment before the employee's drug or alcohol abuse manifests itself in a detected violation of this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Co-worker referral program.</I> A program designed to encourage co-worker participation in preventing violations of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad may adopt, publish, and implement the following programs:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Non-peer referral program.</I> A program designed to encourage non-peer participation in preventing violations of this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Alternate program(s).</I> An alternate program or programs meeting the specific requirements of § 219.1003 or complying with § 219.1007, or both.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this subpart may be construed to:
</P>
<P>(1) Require payment of compensation for any period a regulated employee is restricted from performing regulated service under a voluntary, co-worker, or non-peer referral program;
</P>
<P>(2) Require a railroad to adhere to a voluntary, co-worker, or non-peer referral program when the referral is made for the purpose, or with the effect, of anticipating or avoiding the imminent and probable detection of a rule violation by a supervising employee;
</P>
<P>(3) Interfere with the subpart D requirement for Federal reasonable suspicion testing when a regulated employee is on duty and a supervisor determines the employee is exhibiting signs and symptoms of alcohol and/or drug use;
</P>
<P>(4) Interfere with the requirements in § 219.104(d) for responsive action when a violation of § 219.101 or § 219.102 is substantiated; or
</P>
<P>(5) Limit the discretion of a railroad to dismiss or otherwise discipline a regulated employee for specific rule violations or criminal offenses, except as this subpart specifically provides.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.1003" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.11.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.1003   Referral program conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A referral program must specify the allowances, conditions, and procedures under which a self-referral, co-worker referral, and, if adopted, a non-peer referral, can occur, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For a self-referral, a railroad must identify one or more designated DAC contacts (including telephone number and email (if available)) and any expectations regarding when the referral is allowed to take place (such as during non-duty hours, or while the employee is unimpaired, or both, as § 219.1005 permits);
</P>
<P>(2) For a co-worker referral, a railroad may accept a referral under this subpart only if it alleges that the regulated employee was apparently unsafe to work with or in violation of this part or the railroad's drug and alcohol abuse rules. The employee must waive investigation of the rule charge and must contact the DAC within a reasonable period of time;
</P>
<P>(3) For a non-peer referral, a railroad may remove a regulated employee from service only if a railroad representative confirms that the employee is unsafe to work with or in violation of this part or the railroad's drug and alcohol abuse rules. The employee must waive investigation of the rule charge and must contact the DAC within a reasonable period of time.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employment maintained.</I> A regulated employee who is affected by a drug or alcohol abuse problem may maintain an employment relationship with a railroad if:
</P>
<P>(1) The employee seeks assistance through the railroad's voluntary referral program for his or her drug or alcohol abuse problem or a co-worker or a non-peer refers the employee for such assistance; and
</P>
<P>(2) The employee successfully completes the education, counseling, or treatment program a DAC specifies under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Employment action.</I> If a regulated employee does not choose to seek assistance through a referral program, or fails to cooperate with a DAC's recommended program, the disposition of the employee's relationship with the railroad is subject to normal employment action.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Qualified DAC evaluation.</I> (1) A DAC acceptable to the railroad must evaluate a regulated employee entering a self-referral, co-worker referral, or non-peer referral program;
</P>
<P>(2) The DAC must meet any applicable state standards and comply with this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(3) The DAC must determine the appropriate level of care (education, counseling, or treatment, or all three) necessary to resolve any identified drug or alcohol abuse problems.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Removal from regulated service.</I> A referral program must stipulate that a regulated employee a DAC has evaluated as having an active drug abuse disorder may not perform regulated service until the DAC can report that safety is no longer affected.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Confidentiality maintained.</I> Except as provided under paragraph (l) of this section, a railroad must treat a regulated employee's referral and subsequent handling (including education, counseling, and treatment) as confidential. Only personnel who administer the railroad's referral programs may have access to the identities of the individuals in these programs.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Leave of absence.</I> A railroad must grant a regulated employee the minimum leave of absence the DAC recommends to complete a primary education, counseling, or treatment program and to establish control over the employee's drug or alcohol abuse problem.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Return to regulated service.</I> (1) Except as §§ 219.1001(d)(4) and 219.1005 may provide, a railroad must return a<E T="7601">n</E> regulated employee to regulated service upon the DAC's recommendation that the employee has established control over his or her drug or alcohol abuse problem, has a low risk to return to drug or alcohol abuse, and has complied with any recommended return-to-service requirements.
</P>
<P>(2) The DAC determines the appropriate number and frequency of required follow-up tests. The railroad determines the dates of testing.
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad may condition an employee's return to regulated service on successful completion of a return-to-service medical evaluation.
</P>
<P>(4) A railroad must return an employee to regulated service within five working days of the DAC's notification to the railroad that the employee is fit to return to regulated service, unless the employee has a disqualifying medical condition. (<I>i.e.,</I> the employee is at a low risk to return to drug or alcohol abuse).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Rehabilitation plan.</I> No person—whether an employing railroad, managed care provider, service agent, individual, or any person other than the DAC who conducted the initial evaluation—may change in any way the DAC's evaluation or recommendations for assistance. The DAC who made the initial evaluation may modify the employee's initial evaluation and follow-up recommendation(s) based on new or additional information.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Locomotive engineers and conductors.</I> Consistent with §§ 240.119(g) and 242.115(g) of this chapter, for a certified locomotive engineer, certified conductor, or a candidate for engineer or conductor certification, the referral program must state that confidentiality is waived (to the extent the railroad receives from a DAC official notice of the active drug abuse disorder and suspends or revokes the certification, as appropriate) if the employee at any time refuses to cooperate in a recommended course of counseling or treatment.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Contacting a DAC.</I> If a regulated employee does not contact a DAC within the railroad's specified time limits, the railroad may begin an investigation to assess the employee's cooperation and compliance with its referral program.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Time requirements for DAC evaluations.</I> Once a regulated employee has contacted the designated DAC, the DAC's evaluation must be completed within 10 working days. If the employee needs more than one evaluation, the evaluations must be completed within 20 working days.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Time limitations on follow-up treatment, care, or testing.</I> Any follow-up treatment, care, or testing established under a referral program must not exceed 24 months beyond a<E T="7601">n</E> regulated employee's initial removal from regulated service, unless the regulated employee's entry into the program involved a substantiated part 219 violation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37942, June 10, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 81307, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.1005" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.11.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.1005   Optional provisions.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad's referral program may include any of the following provisions at the option of the railroad and with the approval of the labor organization(s) affected:
</P>
<P>(a) The program may provide that the rule of confidentiality is waived if:
</P>
<P>(1) The regulated employee at any time refuses to cooperate in a DAC's recommended course of education, counseling, or treatment; or
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad determines, after investigation, that the regulated employee has been involved in a drug- or alcohol-related disciplinary offense growing out of subsequent conduct.
</P>
<P>(b) The program may require successful completion of a return-to-service medical examination as a further condition of reinstatement in regulated service.
</P>
<P>(c) The program may provide that it does not apply to a regulated employee whom the railroad has previously assisted under a program substantially consistent with this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The program may provide that, in order to invoke its benefits, the regulated employee must report to the railroad's designated contact either:
</P>
<P>(1) During non-duty hours (<I>i.e.,</I> at a time when the regulated employee is off duty); or
</P>
<P>(2) While unimpaired and otherwise in compliance with the railroad's drug and alcohol rules consistent with this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 219.1007" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.14.11.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 219.1007   Alternate programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Instead of the referral programs required under § 219.1001, a railroad is permitted to develop, publish, and implement alternate programs that meet the standards established in § 219.1001. Such programs must have the written concurrence of the recognized representatives of the regulated employees. Nothing in this subpart restricts a railroad or labor organization from adopting, publishing, and implementing programs that afford more favorable conditions to regulated employees troubled by drug or alcohol abuse problems, consistent with a railroad's responsibility to prevent violations of §§ 219.101, 219.102, and 219.103.
</P>
<P>(b) The concurrence of the recognized representatives of the regulated employees in an alternate program may be evidenced by a collective bargaining agreement or any other document describing the class or craft of employees to which the alternate program applies. The agreement or other document must make express reference to this subpart and to the intention of the railroad and employee representatives that the alternate program applies instead of the program required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) The railroad must file the agreement or other document described in paragraph (b) of this section along with the requested alternate program it submits for approval with the FRA Drug and Alcohol Program Manager. FRA will base its approval on whether the alternative program meets the § 219.1001 objectives. The alternative program does not have to include each § 219.1001 component, but must meet the general standards and intent of § 219.1001. If a railroad amends or revokes an approved alternate policy, the railroad must file a notice with FRA of such amendment or revocation at least 30 days before the effective date of such action.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not excuse a railroad from adopting, publishing, and implementing the programs § 219.1001 requires for any group of regulated employees not falling within the coverage of an appropriate, approved alternate program.
</P>
<P>(e) Consistent with § 219.105(c), FRA has the authority to inspect the aggregate data of any railroad alcohol and/or drug use education, prevention, identification, and rehabilitation program or policy, including alternate peer support programs, to ensure that they are not designed or implemented in such a way that they circumvent or otherwise undermine Federal requirements, including the requirements in this part regarding peer support programs.






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="220" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 220—RAILROAD COMMUNICATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20102-20103, 20103 note, 20107, 21301-21302, 20701-20703, 21304, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>63 FR 47195, Sept. 4, 1998, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes minimum requirements governing the use of wireless communications in connection with railroad operations. In addition, this part sets forth prohibitions, restrictions, and requirements that apply to the use of personal and railroad-supplied cellular telephones and other electronic devices. So long as these minimum requirements are met, railroads may adopt additional or more stringent requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 59601, Sept. 27, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.2" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to railroads that operate trains or other rolling equipment on standard gage track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad that operates only on track inside an installation which is not part of the general railroad system of transportation; or
</P>
<P>(2) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected with the general railroad system of transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part, the term:
</P>
<P><I>Adjacent tracks</I> means two or more tracks with track centers spaced less than 25 feet apart.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer</I> means either the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590 or that person's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Authorized business purpose</I> means a purpose directly related to the tasks that a crewmember is expected to perform during the current tour of duty as specified by the railroad in writing.
</P>
<P><I>Control center</I> means the locations on a railroad from which the railroad issues instructions governing railroad operations.
</P>
<P><I>Division headquarters</I> means the location designated by the railroad where a high-level operating manager (e.g., a superintendent, division manager, or equivalent), who has jurisdiction over a portion of the railroad, has an office.
</P>
<P><I>Earpiece</I> means a small speaker that is inserted in, or held next to, the ear for use in transmitting sounds related to an electronic device.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic device</I> means an electronic or electrical device used to conduct oral, written, or visual communication; place or receive a telephone call; send or read an electronic mail message or text message; look at pictures; read a book or other written material; play a game; navigate the Internet; navigate the physical world; play, view, or listen to a video; play, view, or listen to a television broadcast; play or listen to a radio broadcast other than a radio broadcast by a railroad; play or listen to music; execute a computational function; or, perform any other function that is not necessary for the health or safety of the person and that entails the risk of distracting the employee or another railroad operating employee from a safety-related task. This term does not include—
</P>
<P>(1) Electronic control systems and information displays within the locomotive cab (whether the displays or systems be fixed or portable) or on a remote control transmitter necessary to operate a train or conduct switching operations; or
</P>
<P>(2) A digital watch whose only purpose is as a timepiece.
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> means an individual who is engaged or compensated by a railroad or by a contractor to a railroad, who is authorized by a railroad to use its wireless communications in connection with railroad operations.
</P>
<P><I>Fouling a track</I> means the placement of an individual in such proximity to a track that the individual could be struck by a moving train or other on-track equipment, or in any case is within four feet of the nearest rail.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Immediate access</I> to a radio means a radio on the employee's person, or sufficiently close to the employee to allow the employee to make and receive radio transmissions.
</P>
<P><I>In deadhead status</I> means awaiting or in deadhead transport from one point to another as a result of a railroad-issued verbal or written directive.
</P>
<P><I>Joint operations</I> means rail operations conducted by more than one railroad on the track of a railroad subject to the requirements of § 220.9(a), except as necessary for the purpose of interchange.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive</I> means a piece of on-track equipment other than hi-rail, specialized maintenance, or other similar equipment—
</P>
<P>(1) With one or more propelling motors designed for moving other equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) With one or more propelling motors designed to carry freight or passenger traffic, or both; or
</P>
<P>(3) Without propelling motors but with one or more control stands.
</P>
<P><I>Lone worker</I> means an individual roadway worker who is not being afforded on-track safety by another roadway worker, who is not a member of a roadway work group, and who is not engaged in a common task with another roadway worker.
</P>
<P><I>Mandatory directive</I> means any movement authority or speed restriction that affects a railroad operation.
</P>
<P><I>Medical device</I> means an instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, or other similar or related article (including a component part), or accessory that is intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease or other conditions.
</P>
<P><I>Personal electronic device</I> means an electronic device that was not provided to the railroad operating employee by the employing railroad for a business purpose.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad operating employee</I> means a person performing duties subject to—
</P>
<P>(1) An individual engaged in or connected with the movement of a train, including a hostler, as defined in 49 U.S.C. 21101(5), who is subject to 49 U.S.C. 21103 effective July 16, 2009;
</P>
<P>(2) A train employee providing commuter rail passenger transportation or intercity rail passenger transportation as defined in 49 U.S.C. 24102 who, pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 21102(c), is subject to 49 U.S.C. 21103 as it was in effect on October 15, 2008; or
</P>
<P>(3) An individual subject to any Federal Railroad Administration regulations prescribed pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 21109 governing the hours of service of train employees.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad operation</I> means any activity which affects the movement of a train, locomotive, on-track equipment, or track motor car, singly or in combination with other equipment, on the track of a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad-supplied electronic device</I> means an electronic device provided to a railroad operating employee by the employing railroad for an authorized business purpose. A railroad-supplied device will be considered a personal electronic device when it is being used by the employee for a purpose other than an authorized business purpose.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway worker</I> means any employee of a railroad, or of a contractor to a railroad, whose duties include inspection, construction, maintenance or repair of railroad track, bridges, roadway, signal and communication systems, electric traction systems, roadway facilities or roadway maintenance machinery on or near track or with the potential of fouling a track, and flagmen and watchmen/lookouts.
</P>
<P><I>Switching operation</I> means the classification of rail cars according to commodity or destination; assembling of cars for train movements; changing the position of cars for purposes of loading, unloading, or weighing; placing of locomotives and cars for repair or storage; or moving of rail equipment in connection with work service that does not constitute a train movement.
</P>
<P><I>System headquarters</I> means the location designated by the railroad as the general office for the railroad system.
</P>
<P><I>Train,</I> for purposes of subparts A and B of this part, means one or more locomotives coupled with or without cars, requiring an air brake test in accordance with 49 CFR part 232 or part 238, except during switching operations or where the operation is that of classifying and assembling rail cars within a railroad yard for the purpose of making or breaking up trains. The term, for purposes of subpart C of this part, means—
</P>
<P>(1) A single locomotive,
</P>
<P>(2) Multiple locomotives coupled together, or
</P>
<P>(3) One or more locomotives coupled with one or more cars.
</P>
<P><I>Working radio</I> means a radio that can communicate with the control center of the railroad (through repeater stations, if necessary to reach the center) from any location within the rail system, except:
</P>
<P>(1) Tunnels or other localized places of extreme topography, and
</P>
<P>(2) Temporary lapses of coverage due to atmospheric or topographic conditions. In the case of joint operations on another railroad, the radio must be able to reach the control center of the host railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Working wireless communications</I> means the capability to communicate with either a control center or the emergency responder of a railroad through such means as radio, portable radio, cellular telephone, or other means of two-way communication, from any location within the rail system, except:
</P>
<P>(1) Tunnels or other localized places of extreme topography, and
</P>
<P>(2) Temporary lapses of coverage due to atmospheric or topographic conditions. In the case of joint operations on another railroad, the radio must be able to reach the control center of the host railroad.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 47195, Sept. 4, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 41305, July 3, 2000; 75 FR 59601, Sept. 27, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.1.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.7   Penalty.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person (including but not limited to a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor) who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred.
</P>
<P>(b) The standard of liability for a railroad will vary depending upon the requirement involved. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28148, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.8" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.1.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.8   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the Administrator for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. The filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for waiver must be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions the Administrator deems necessary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.1.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.9   Requirements for trains.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided for in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section, on and after July 1, 1999, each occupied controlling locomotive in a train shall have a working radio, and each train shall also have communications redundancy. For purposes of this section, “communications redundancy” means a working radio on another locomotive in the consist or other means of working wireless communications.
</P>
<P>(b) On and after July 1, 2000, the following requirements apply to a railroad that has fewer than 400,000 annual employee work hours:
</P>
<P>(1) Any train that transports passengers shall be equipped with a working radio in the occupied controlling locomotive and with redundant working wireless communications capability in the same manner as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Any train that operates at greater than 25 miles per hour; or engages in joint operations on track where the maximum authorized speed for freight trains exceeds 25 miles per hour; or engages in joint operations on a track that is adjacent to and within 30 feet measured between track center lines of another track on which the maximum authorized speed for passenger trains exceeds 40 miles per hour, shall be equipped with a working radio in the occupied controlling locomotive.
</P>
<P>(3) Any train that engages in joint operations, where the maximum authorized speed of the track is 25 miles per hour or less, shall be equipped with working wireless communications in the occupied controlling locomotive.
</P>
<P>(4) Any train not described in paragraph (b) of this section that transports hazardous material required to be placarded under the provisions of part 172 of this title shall be equipped with working wireless communications in the occupied controlling locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.1.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.11   Requirements for roadway workers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On and after July 1, 1999, the following requirements apply to a railroad that has 400,000 or more annual employee work hours:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintenance-of-way equipment operating without locomotive assistance between work locations shall have a working radio on at least one such unit in each multiple piece of maintenance-of-way equipment traveling together under the same movement authority. The operators of each additional piece of maintenance-of-way equipment shall have communications capability with each other.
</P>
<P>(2) Each maintenance-of-way work group shall have intra-group communications capability upon arriving at a work site.
</P>
<P>(b) On and after July 1, 1999, each employee designated by the employer to provide on-track safety for a roadway work group or groups, and each lone worker, shall be provided, and where practicable, shall maintain immediate access to a working radio. When immediate access to a working radio is not available, the employee responsible for on-track safety or lone worker shall be equipped with a radio capable of monitoring transmissions from train movements in the vicinity. A railroad with fewer than 400,000 annual employee work hours may provide immediate access to working wireless communications as an alternative to a working radio.
</P>
<P>(c) This section does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads which have fewer than 400,000 annual employee work hours, and which do not operate trains in excess of 25 miles per hour; or
</P>
<P>(2) Railroad operations where the work location of the roadway work group or lone worker:
</P>
<P>(i) Is physically inaccessible to trains; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Has no through traffic or traffic on adjacent tracks during the period when roadway workers will be present.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.1.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.13   Reporting emergencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Employees shall immediately report by the quickest means available derailments, collisions, storms, wash-outs, fires, obstructions to tracks, and other hazardous conditions which could result in death or injury, damage to property or serious disruption of railroad operations.
</P>
<P>(b) In reporting emergencies, employees shall follow:
</P>
<P>(1) The procedures of § 220.47 when using a radio; or
</P>
<P>(2) The procedures specified for reporting emergencies in the railroad's timetables or timetable special instructions, when using another means of wireless communications.
</P>
<P>(c) Employees shall describe as completely as possible the nature, degree and location of the hazard.
</P>
<P>(d) An alternative means of communications capability shall be provided whenever the control center is unattended or unable to receive radio transmissions during a period in which railroad operations are conducted.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Radio and Wireless Communication Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.21   Railroad operating rules; radio communications; recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The operating rules of each railroad with respect to radio communications shall conform to the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Thirty days before commencing to use radio communications in connection with railroad operations each railroad shall retain one copy of its current operating rules with respect to radio communications at the locations prescribed in paragraphs (b) (1) and (b)(2) of this section. Each amendment to these operating rules shall be filed at such locations within 30 days after it is issued. These records shall be made available to representatives of the Federal Railroad Administration for inspection and photocopying during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(1) Each Class I railroad, each Class II railroad, each railroad providing intercity rail passenger service, and each railroad providing commuter service in a metropolitan or suburban area shall retain such rules at each of its division headquarters and at its system headquarters; and (2) Each Class III railroad and any other railroad subject to this part but not subject to paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall retain such rules at the system headquarters of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, the terms Class I railroad, Class II railroad, and Class III railroad have the meaning given these terms in 49 CFR Part 1201.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.23   Publication of radio information.</HEAD>
<P>Each railroad shall designate where radio base stations are installed, where wayside stations may be contacted, and the appropriate radio channels used by these stations in connection with railroad operations by publishing them in a timetable or special instruction. The publication shall indicate the periods during which base and wayside radio stations are operational.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.25   Instruction and operational testing of employees.</HEAD>
<P>Each employee who a railroad authorizes to use a radio in connection with a railroad operation, shall be:
</P>
<P>(a) Provided with a copy of the railroad's operating rules governing the use of radio communication in a railroad operation;
</P>
<P>(b) Instructed in the proper use of radio communication as part of the program of instruction prescribed in § 217.11 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(c) Periodically tested under the operational testing requirements in § 217.9 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.27" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.27   Identification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the identification of each wayside, base or yard station shall include at least the following minimum elements, stated in the order listed:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of railroad. An abbreviated name or initial letters of the railroad may be used where the name or initials are in general usage and are understood in the railroad industry; and
</P>
<P>(2) Name and location of office or other unique designation.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the identification of each mobile station shall consist of the following elements, stated in the order listed:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of railroad. An abbreviated name or initial letters of the railroad may be used where the name or initial letters are in general usage and are understood in the railroad industry;
</P>
<P>(2) Train name (number), if one has been assigned, or other appropriate unit designation; and
</P>
<P>(3) When necessary, the word “locomotive”, “motorcar”, or other unique identifier which indicates to the listener the precise mobile transmitting station.
</P>
<P>(c) If positive identification is achieved in connection with switching, classification, and similar operations wholly within a yard, fixed and mobile units may use short identification after the initial transmission and acknowledgment consistent with applicable Federal Communications Commission regulations governing “Station Identification”.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.29" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.29   Statement of letters and numbers in radio communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If necessary for clarity, a phonetic alphabet shall be used to pronounce any letter used as an initial, except initial letters of railroads. See appendix A of this part for the recommended phonetic alphabet.
</P>
<P>(b) A word which needs to be spelled for clarity, such as a station name, shall first be pronounced, and then spelled. If necessary, the word shall be spelled again, using a phonetic alphabet.
</P>
<P>(c) Numbers shall be spoken by digit, except that exact multiples of hundreds and thousands may be stated as such. A decimal point shall be indicated by the words “decimal,” “dot,” or “point.” (See appendix B to this part, for a recommended guide to the pronunciation of numbers.)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.31" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.31   Initiating a radio transmission.</HEAD>
<HD1>Before transmitting by radio, an employee shall:
</HD1>
<P>(a) Listen to ensure that the channel on which the employee intends to transmit is not already in use;
</P>
<P>(b) Identify the employee's station in accordance with the requirements of § 220.27; and
</P>
<P>(c) Verify that the employee has made radio contact with the person or station with whom the employee intends to communicate by listening for an acknowledgment. If the station acknowledging the employee's transmission fails to identify itself properly, the employee shall require a proper identification before proceeding with the transmission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.33" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.33   Receiving a radio transmission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon receiving a radio call, an employee shall promptly acknowledge the call, identifying the employee's station in accordance with the requirements of § 220.27 and stand by to receive. An employee need not attend the radio during the time that this would interfere with other immediate duties relating to the safety of railroad operations.
</P>
<P>(b) An employee who receives a transmission shall repeat it to the transmitting party unless the communication:
</P>
<P>(1) Relates to yard switching operations;
</P>
<P>(2) Is a recorded message from an automatic alarm device; or
</P>
<P>(3) Is general in nature and does not contain any information, instruction or advice which could affect the safety of a railroad operation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.35" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.35   Ending a radio transmission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for transmissions relating to yard switching operations, at the close of each transmission to which a response is expected, the transmitting employee shall say “over” to indicate to the receiving employee that the transmission is ended.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for transmissions relating to yard switching operations, at the close of each transmission to which no response is expected, the transmitting employee shall state the employee's identification followed by the word “out” to indicate to the receiving employee that the exchange of transmissions is complete.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.37" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.37   Testing radio and wireless communication equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each radio, and all primary and redundant wireless communication equipment used under §§ 220.9 and 220.11, shall be tested as soon as practicable to ensure that the equipment functions as intended prior to the commencement of the work assignment.
</P>
<P>(b) The test of a radio shall consist of an exchange of voice transmissions with another radio. The employee receiving the transmission shall advise the employee conducting the test of the clarity of the transmission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.38" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.38   Communication equipment failure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any radio or wireless communication device found not to be functioning as intended when tested pursuant to § 220.37 shall be removed from service and the dispatcher or other employee designated by the railroad shall be so notified as soon as practicable.
</P>
<P>(b) If a radio or wireless communication device fails on the controlling locomotive en route, the train may continue until the earlier of—
</P>
<P>(1) The next calendar day inspection, or
</P>
<P>(2) The nearest forward point where the radio or wireless communication device can be repaired or replaced.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.39" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.39   Continuous radio monitoring.</HEAD>
<P>Each radio used in a railroad operation shall be turned on to the appropriate channel as designated in § 220.23 and adjusted to receive communications.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.41" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.41   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.43" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.43   Radio communications consistent with federal regulations and railroad operating rules.</HEAD>
<P>Radio communication shall not be used in connection with a railroad operation in a manner which conflicts with the requirements of this part, Federal Communication Commission regulations, or the railroad's operating rules. The use of citizen band radios for railroad operating purposes is prohibited.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.45" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.45   Radio communication shall be complete.</HEAD>
<P>Any radio communication which is not fully understood or completed in accordance with the requirements of this part and the operating rules of the railroad, shall not be acted upon and shall be treated as though not sent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.47" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.47   Emergency radio transmissions.</HEAD>
<P>An initial emergency radio transmission shall be preceded by the word “emergency,” repeated three times. An emergency transmission shall have priority over all other transmissions and the frequency or channel shall be kept clear of non-emergency traffic for the duration of the emergency communication.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.49" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.49   Radio communication used in shoving, backing or pushing movements.</HEAD>
<P>When radio communication is used in connection with the shoving, backing or pushing of a train, locomotive, car, or on-track equipment, the employee directing the movement shall specify the distance of the movement, and the movement shall stop in one-half the remaining distance unless additional instructions are received. If the instructions are not understood, the movement shall be stopped immediately and may not be resumed until the misunderstanding has been resolved, radio contact has been restored, or communication has been achieved by hand signals or other procedures in accordance with the operating rules of the railroad.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.51" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.51   Radio communications and signal indications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No information may be given by radio to a train or engine crew about the position or aspect displayed by a fixed signal. However, a radio may be used by a train crew member to communicate information about the position or aspect displayed by a fixed signal to other members of the same crew.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in the railroad's operating rules, radio communication shall not be used to convey instructions which would have the effect of overriding the indication of a fixed signal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.61" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.2.11.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.61   Radio transmission of mandatory directives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each mandatory directive may be transmitted by radio only when authorized by the railroad's operating rules. The directive shall be transmitted in accordance with the railroad's operating rules and the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The procedure for transmission of a mandatory directive is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The train dispatcher or operator shall call the addressees of the mandatory directive and state the intention to transmit the mandatory directive.
</P>
<P>(2) Before the mandatory directive is transmitted, the employee to receive and copy shall state the employee's name, identification, location, and readiness to receive and copy. An employee operating the controls of moving equipment shall not receive and copy mandatory directives. A mandatory directive shall not be transmitted to employees on moving equipment, if such directive cannot be received and copied without impairing safe operation of the equipment.
</P>
<P>(3) A mandatory directive shall be copied in writing by the receiving employee in the format prescribed in the railroad's operating rules.
</P>
<P>(4) After the mandatory directive has been received and copied, it shall be immediately repeated in its entirety. After verifying the accuracy of the repeated mandatory directive, the train dispatcher or operator shall then state the time and name of the employee designated by the railroad who is authorized to issue mandatory directives. An employee copying a mandatory directive shall then acknowledge by repeating the time and name of the employee so designated by the railroad.
</P>
<P>(5)(i) For train crews, before a mandatory directive is acted upon, the conductor and engineer shall each have a written copy of the mandatory directive and make certain that the mandatory directive is read and understood by all members of the crew who are responsible for the operation of the train. Mandatory directives which have been fulfilled or canceled shall be marked with an “X” or in accordance with the railroad's operating rules, and retained for the duration of the train crew's work assignment.
</P>
<P>(ii) For on-track equipment, before a mandatory directive is acted upon, the employee responsible for on-track safety shall have a written copy of the mandatory directive, and make certain that the mandatory directive is acknowledged by all employees who are responsible for executing that mandatory directive. The employee responsible for on-track safety shall retain a copy of the mandatory directive while it is in effect.
</P>
<P>(6) A mandatory directive which has not been completed or which does not comply with the requirements of the railroad's operating rules and this part, may not be acted upon and shall be treated as though not sent. Information contained in a mandatory directive may not be acted upon by persons other than those to whom the mandatory directive is addressed.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Electronic Devices</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>75 FR 59602, Sept. 27, 2010, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 220.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.301   Purpose and application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this subpart is to reduce safety risks resulting from railroad operating employees being distracted by the inappropriate use of electronic devices, such as mobile telephones (cell phones or cellular phones) and laptop computers.
</P>
<P>(b) The applicability of this subpart is governed by § 220.3; this subpart, however, does not affect the use of working wireless communications pursuant to subparts A and B of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The restrictions of this subpart C do not apply—
</P>
<P>(1) To the working radio; or
</P>
<P>(2) When a working radio failure occurs and an electronic device is used in accordance with railroad rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.302" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.3.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.302   Operating rules implementing the requirements of this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>Each railroad shall adopt operating rules that implement the requirements of this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.3.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.303   General use of electronic devices.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad operating employee shall not use an electronic device if that use would interfere with the employee's or another railroad operating employee's performance of safety-related duties. No individual in the cab of a controlling locomotive shall use an electronic device if that use would interfere with a railroad operating employee's performance of safety-related duties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.3.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.305   Use of personal electronic devices.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad operating employee must have each personal electronic device turned off with any earpiece removed from the ear—
</P>
<P>(a) When on a moving train;
</P>
<P>(b) When any member of the crew is—
</P>
<P>(1) On the ground, or
</P>
<P>(2) Riding rolling equipment during a switching operation; or
</P>
<P>(c) When any railroad employee is assisting in preparation of the train for movement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.3.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.307   Use of railroad-supplied electronic devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General restriction.</I> A railroad operating employee may use a railroad-supplied electronic device only for an authorized business purpose as specified by the railroad in writing. An authorized business purpose involving the taking of a photograph or video must be approved by FRA. A railroad subject to this subpart must submit to FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer a document specifying in writing the authorized business purpose(s) involving the taking of a photograph or video for which a railroad-supplied electronic device may be used by the carrier's railroad operating employees.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Use by locomotive engineers operating controls.</I> A locomotive engineer operating the controls of a train shall not use a railroad-supplied electronic device—
</P>
<P>(1) When on a moving train;
</P>
<P>(2) When any member of the crew is—
</P>
<P>(i) On the ground, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Riding rolling equipment during a switching operation; or
</P>
<P>(3) When any railroad employee is assisting in preparation of the train for movement.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Use in freight and passenger locomotive cabs generally.</I> In addition to the restrictions on locomotive engineers described in paragraph (b) of this section, a railroad operating employee who is not in deadhead status shall not use a railroad-supplied electronic device in the cab of a controlling locomotive unless—
</P>
<P>(1) A safety briefing that includes all crewmembers is held; and
</P>
<P>(2) All crewmembers agree that it is safe to use the device.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Use outside freight locomotive cabs.</I> A freight train crewmember who is not in deadhead status may use a railroad-supplied electronic device outside the cab of a controlling freight locomotive only if all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The crewmember is not fouling a track; and
</P>
<P>(2) All crewmembers agree it is safe to use the device.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.309" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.3.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.309   Permitted uses; exceptions to other restrictions.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding any other limitations in this subpart, a railroad operating employee may use the following, if that use does not interfere with any employee's performance of safety-related duties—
</P>
<P>(a) The digital storage and display function of an electronic device to refer to a railroad rule, special instruction, timetable, or other directive, if such use is authorized under a railroad operating rule or instruction.
</P>
<P>(b) An electronic device as necessary to respond to an emergency situation involving the operation of the railroad or encountered while performing a duty for the railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) An electronic device to take a photograph of a safety hazard or a violation of a rail safety law, regulation, order, or standard, provided that—
</P>
<P>(1) A camera that is part of a cell phone or other similar multi-functional electronic device is not included in this exception unless it is a railroad-supplied device and is used for an authorized business purpose;
</P>
<P>(2) The camera, unless otherwise permitted, is turned off immediately after the documentation has been made; and
</P>
<P>(3) If the camera is used in the cab of a moving train, the use is only by a crewmember other than the locomotive engineer.
</P>
<P>(d) A stand-alone calculator if used for an authorized business purpose.
</P>
<P>(e) A medical device that is consistent with the railroad's standards for medical fitness for duty.
</P>
<P>(f) A wireless communication device to conduct train or switching operations if the railroad operating employee is part of a crew assigned to a train that is exempt under § 220.9(b) from the requirement of a working radio when the employing railroad has fewer than 400,000 annual employee work hours.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.311" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.3.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.311   Railroad operating employees in deadhead status.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding any other restrictions in this subpart, a railroad operating employee who is in deadhead status and not inside the cab of a controlling locomotive may use an electronic device only if the employee is not using the device in such a way that interferes with any railroad operating employee's personal safety or performance of safety-related duties.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad operating employee who is in deadhead status and located inside the cab of a controlling locomotive must have each electronic device turned off with any earpiece removed from the ear—
</P>
<P>(1) When on a moving train;
</P>
<P>(2) When any member of the crew is—
</P>
<P>(i) On the ground, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Riding rolling equipment during a switching operation; or
</P>
<P>(3) When any railroad employee is assisting in preparation of the train for movement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.313" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.3.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.313   Instruction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Program.</I> Beginning December 27, 2010, each railroad shall maintain a written program of instruction and examination of each railroad operating employee and each supervisor of the railroad operating employee on the meaning and application of the railroad's operating rules implementing the requirements of this subpart if these requirements are pertinent to the employee's duties. If all requirements of this subpart are satisfied, a railroad may consolidate any portion of the instruction or examination required by this subpart with the program of instruction required under § 217.11 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(1) The written program of instruction and examination shall address the requirements of this subpart, as well as consequences of noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(2) The written program of instruction and examination shall include, but is not limited to, an explanation of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) When a railroad operating employee must have personal electronic devices turned off with the earpiece removed from the ear as required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a railroad supplies an electronic device to its railroad operating employees, when a railroad operating employee may use such a device. The employee must be instructed on what constitutes an authorized business purpose.
</P>
<P>(iii) The potential penalties and other consequences of committing a violation of this subpart, both those imposed by the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) and those imposed by the railroad, as well as any distinction between the requirements of this subpart and any more stringent requirements imposed by the railroad and the related distinction between the two sets of potential consequences.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Implementation schedule.</I> Each employee performing duties subject to the requirements in this subpart shall be initially instructed prior to March 28, 2011.
</P>
<P>(1) Beginning March 28, 2011, no employee shall perform work requiring compliance with the operating rules implementing the requirements of this subpart unless the employee has been instructed on requirements of this subpart within the previous three years.
</P>
<P>(2) The records of successful completion of instruction and examination required by this section shall document the instruction of each employee under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Records.</I> Written records documenting successful completion of instruction and examination of each employee and of his or her supervisors shall be made and shall be retained at the railroad's system headquarters and at the division headquarters for each division where the employee is assigned for three calendar years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate and made available to representatives of FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours. Each railroad to which this part applies is authorized to retain a program, or any records maintained to prove compliance with such a program, by electronic recordkeeping in accordance with §§ 217.9(g) and 217.11(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Approval process.</I> Upon review of the program of instruction and examination required by this section, the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer may, for cause stated, disapprove the program. Notification of such disapproval shall be made in writing and specify the basis for the disapproval.
</P>
<P>(1) If the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer disapproves the program, the railroad has 35 days from the date of the written notification of such disapproval to—
</P>
<P>(i) Amend its program and submit it to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer for approval; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide a written response in support of the program to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, who informs the railroad of FRA's final decision in writing.
</P>
<P>(2) A failure to submit the program with the necessary revisions to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer in accordance with this paragraph is considered a failure to implement a program under this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 220.315" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.3.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 220.315   Operational tests and inspections; further restrictions on use of electronic devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad's program of operational tests and inspections under part 217 of this chapter shall be revised as necessary to include this subpart and shall specifically include a minimum number of operational tests and inspections, subject to adjustment as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) When conducting a test or inspection under part 217 of this chapter, a railroad officer, manager, or supervisor is prohibited from calling the personal electronic device or the railroad-supplied electronic device used by a railroad operating employee while the railroad officer, manager, or supervisor knows or should have known that—
</P>
<P>(1) The train to which the employee is assigned is moving;
</P>
<P>(2) The employee is—
</P>
<P>(i) On the ground;
</P>
<P>(ii) Riding rolling equipment during switching operations; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Assisting in preparation of the train to which the employee is assigned for movement.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.5.11.1.19" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 220—Recommended Phonetic Alphabet
</HEAD>
<FP-1>A—ALFA
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B—BRAVO
</FP-1>
<FP-1>C—CHARLIE
</FP-1>
<FP-1>D—DELTA
</FP-1>
<FP-1>E—ECHO
</FP-1>
<FP-1>F—FOXTROT
</FP-1>
<FP-1>G—GOLF
</FP-1>
<FP-1>H—HOTEL
</FP-1>
<FP-1>I—INDIA
</FP-1>
<FP-1>J—JULIET
</FP-1>
<FP-1>K—KILO
</FP-1>
<FP-1>L—LIMA
</FP-1>
<FP-1>M—MIKE
</FP-1>
<FP-1>N—NOVEMBER
</FP-1>
<FP-1>O—OSCAR
</FP-1>
<FP-1>P—PAPA
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Q—QUEBEC
</FP-1>
<FP-1>R—ROMEO
</FP-1>
<FP-1>S—SIERRA
</FP-1>
<FP-1>T—TANGO
</FP-1>
<FP-1>U—UNIFORM
</FP-1>
<FP-1>V—VICTOR
</FP-1>
<FP-1>W—WHISKEY
</FP-1>
<FP-1>X—XRAY
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Y—YANKEE
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Z—ZULU
</FP-1>
<P>The letter “ZULU” should be written as “Z” to distinguish it from the numeral “2”.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.15.5.11.1.20" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 220—Recommended Pronunciation of Numerals
</HEAD>
<P>To distinguish numbers from similar sounding words, the word “figures”should be used preceding such numbers. Numbers should be pronounced as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Spoken
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ZERO.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">WUN.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TOO.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">THUH-REE-.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FO-WER.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FI-YIV.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SIX.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SEVEN.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ATE.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NINER.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(The figure ZERO should be written as “0” to distinguish it from the letter “O”. The figure ONE should be underlined to distinguish it from the letter “I”. When railroad rules require that numbers be spelled, these principles do not apply.)
</P>
<P>The following examples illustrate the recommended pronunciation of numerals:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Spoken
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FO-WER FO-WER.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FI-YIV HUNDRED.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">WUN THOUSAND.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1600</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">WUN SIX HUNDRED.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14899</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">WUN FO-WER ATE
<br/>NINER NINER.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TOO ZERO DECIMAL
<br/>THUH-REE.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="221" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 221—REAR END MARKING DEVICE—PASSENGER, COMMUTER AND FREIGHT TRAINS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 2321, Jan. 11, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 221.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 221.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes minimum requirements governing highly visible marking devices for the trailing end of the rear car of all passenger, commuter and freight trains. So long as these minimum requirements are met, railroads may adopt additional or more stringent requirements for rear end marking devices.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 221.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 221.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to passenger, commuter and freight trains when operated on a standard gage main track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad that operates only trains consisting of historical or antiquated equipment for excursion, educational, or recreational purposes;
</P>
<P>(2) A train that operates only on track inside an installation which is not part of the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected with the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(4) A railroad that operates only one train at any given time.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 2321, Jan. 11, 1977, as amended at 53 FR 28600, July 28, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 221.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 221.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Train</I> means a locomotive unit or locomotive units coupled, with or without cars, involved in a railroad operation conducted on a main track. It does not include yard movements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commuter train</I> means a short haul passenger train operating on track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation, within an urban, suburban or metropolitan area. It includes a passenger train provided by an instrumentality of a State or political subdivision thereof.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Locomotive</I> means a self-propelled unit of equipment designed for moving other equipment in revenue service and includes a self-propelled unit designed to carry freight or passenger traffic, or both.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Main track</I> means a track, other than an auxiliary track, extending through yards or between stations, upon which trains are operated by timetable or train order or both, or the use of which is governed by a signal system.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Train order</I> means mandatory directives issued as authority for the conduct of a railroad operation outside of yard limits.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Red-orange-amber color range</I> means those colors defined by chromaticity coordinates, as expressed in terms of the International Commission on Illumination's 1931 Colormetric System, which lie within the region bounded by the spectrum locus and lines defined by the following equations:
</P>
<FP-1>X + Y = .97 (white boundary)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Y = X − .12 (green boundary)
</FP-1>
<P>(g) <I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Railroad Administrator, the Deputy Administrator, or any official of the Federal Railroad Administration to whom the Administrator has delegated his authority under this part.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Effective intensity</I> means that intensity of a light in candela as defined by the Illuminating Engineering Society's Guide for Calculating the Effective Intensity of Flashing Signal Lights, November, 1964.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Qualified person</I> means any person who has the skill to perform the task and has received adequate instruction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 2321, Jan. 11, 1977; 42 FR 3843, Jan. 21, 1977, as amended at 51 FR 25185, July 10, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 221.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 221.7   Civil penalty.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) “Person” means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.
</P>
<P>(c) Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28149, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 221.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.1.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 221.9   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad may petition the Federal Railroad Administrator for a waiver of compliance with any requirement prescribed in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for a waiver under this section must be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, he may grant the waiver subject to any condition he deems necessary. Notice of each waiver granted, including a statement of the reasons therefor, will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 221.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.1.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 221.11   State regulation.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding the provisions of this part, a State may continue in force any law, rule, regulation, order, or standard that was in effect on July 8, 1976, relating to lighted marking devices on the rear car of freight trains except to the extent that such law, rule, regulation, order, or standard would cause such cars to be in violation of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Marking Devices</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 221.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 221.13   Marking device display.</HEAD>
<P>(a) During the periods prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, each train to which this part applies that occupies or operates on main track shall (1) be equipped with, (2) display on the trailing end of the rear car of that train, and (3) continuously illuminate or flash a marking device prescribed in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless equipped with a functioning photoelectric cell activation mechanism complying with paragraph (c) of this section, the marking devices prescribed by this subpart shall be illuminated continuously or flash during the period between one hour before sunset and one hour after sunrise, and during all other hours when weather conditions so restrict visibility that the end silhouette of a standard box car cannot be seen from 
<FR>1/2</FR> mile on tangent track by a person having 20/20 corrected vision.
</P>
<P>(c) Marking devices prescribed by this part and equipped with a functioning photoelectric cell activation mechanism shall illuminate or flash the device continuously when there is less than 1.0 candela per square meter of ambient light.
</P>
<P>(d) The centroid of the marking device must be located above the coupler, where its visibility is not obscured and it does not interfere with an employee's access to, or use of, any other safety appliance on the car.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 25185, July 10, 1986, as amended at 85 FR 80569, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 221.14" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 221.14   Marking devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As prescribed in § 221.13, passenger, commuter and freight trains shall be equipped with at least one marking device, which has been approved by the Federal Railroad Administrator in accordance with the procedures included in appendix A of this part, and which has the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) An intensity of not less than 100 candela nor more than 1000 candela (or an effective intensity of not less than 100 candela nor more than 1000 candela for flashing lights) as measured at the center of the beam width;
</P>
<P>(2) A horizontal beam with a minimum arc width of fifteen (15) degrees each side of the vertical center line, and a vertical beam with a minimum arc width of five (5) degrees each side of the horizontal center line as defined in terms of the 50 candela intensity points;
</P>
<P>(3) A color defined by the red-orange-amber color range; and
</P>
<P>(4) If a flashing light is used, a flash rate of not less than once every 1.3 seconds nor more than once every .7 seconds.
</P>
<P>(b) Marking devices used on passenger and commuter trains in compliance with paragraph (a) of this section shall be lighted under the conditions prescribed in § 221.13 (b) and (c).
</P>
<P>(c) When a locomotive is operated singly, or at the rear of a train, highly visible marking devices may be provided by the use of:
</P>
<P>(1) At least one marking device that complies with paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) At least one illuminated red or amber classification light on the rear of the locomotive, provided it complies with paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(3) The rear headlight of the locomotive illuminated on low beam.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 25185, July 10, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 221.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 221.15   Marking device inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each marking device displayed in compliance with this part shall be examined at each crew change point to assure that the device is in proper operating condition.
</P>
<P>(b) This examination shall be accomplished either by visually observing that the device is functioning as required or that the device will function when required by either:
</P>
<P>(1) Repositioning the activation switch or 
</P>
<P>(2) Covering the photoelectric cell.
</P>
<P>(c) This examination shall be conducted either by the train crew or some other qualified person, <I>Provided that,</I> if a non-train crewmember performs the examination, that person shall communicate his or her findings to the locomotive engineer of the new train crew.
</P>
<P>(d) When equipped with a radio telemetry capability, a marker displayed in accordance with this part may be examined by observing the readout information displayed in the cab of the controlling locomotive demonstrating that the light is functioning as required in lieu of conducting a visual observation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 25185, July 10, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 221.16" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 221.16   Inspection procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Prior to operating the activation switch or covering the photoelectric cell when conducting this test, a non-train crew person shall determine that he is being protected against the unexpected movement of the train either under the procedures established in part 218 of this chapter or under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) In order to establish the alternative means of protection under this section, (1) the train to be inspected shall be standing on a main track; (2) the inspection task shall be limited to ascertaining that the marker is in proper operating condition; and (3) prior to performing the inspection procedure, the inspector shall personally contact the locomotive engineer or hostler and be advised by that person that they are occupying the cab of the controlling locomotive and that the train is and will remain secure against movement until the inspection has been completed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 25185, July 10, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 221.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 221.17   Movement of defective equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever the marking device prescribed in this part becomes inoperative enroute, the train may be moved to the next forward location where the marking device can be repaired or replaced.
</P>
<P>(b) Defective rolling equipment which, because of the nature of the defect, can be placed only at the rear of a train for movement to the next forward location at which repairs can be made need not be equipped with marking devices prescribed in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) When a portion of a train has derailed, and a portable marking device is not available, the remainder of the train may be moved to the nearest terminal without being equipped with the marking device prescribed in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.4.11.1.21" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 221—Procedures for Approval of Rear End Marking Devices
</HEAD>
<P>As provided in § 221.15 of this part, marking devices must be approved by the Administrator, Approval shall be issued in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(a) Each submission for approval of a marking device consisting of lighted elements only shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A detailed description of the device including the type, luminance description, size of lens, manufacturer and catalog number, lamp manufacturer, lamp type and model number, and any auxiliary optics used.
</P>
<P>(2) A certification, signed by the chief operating officer of the railroad, that—
</P>
<P>(i) The device described in the submission has been tested in accordance with the current “Guidelines for Testing of FRA Rear End Marking Devices,” copies of which may be obtained from the Office of Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590;
</P>
<P>(ii) The results of the tests performed under paragraph (i) of this subsection demonstrate marking device performance in compliance with the standard prescribed in 49 CFR 221.15;
</P>
<P>(iii) Detailed test records, including as a minimum the name and address of the testing organizations, the name of the individual in charge of the tests, a narrative description of the test procedures, the number of samples tested, and for each sample tested, the on-axis beam candela, the beam candela at the ±15 degree points in the horizontal plane, the beam candela at the ±5 degree points in the vertical plane, and the chromaticity coordinates, are maintained by the railroad and are available for inspection by the FRA at a designated location which is identified in the submission;
</P>
<P>(iv) Marking devices of this type installed in the operating environment shall consist of the same type and model of components as were used in the samples tested for purposes of this approval submission.
</P>
<P>(3) Unless otherwise qualified, acknowledgement of the receipt of the submission required by this section shall constitute approval of the device. The FRA reserves the right to review the test records maintained by the railroad, or to test independently any device submitted for approval under these procedures, and to withdraw the approval of such device at any time, after notice and opportunity for oral comment, if its performance in the operating environment fails to substantiate the rest results or to comply with 49 CFR 221.15.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Each submission for approval of a marking device consisting of non-lighted elements or a combination of lighted and non-lighted elements shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) A detailed description of the device including the type of material, the reflectance factor, the size of the device, and the manufacturer and catalogue number;
</P>
<P>(ii) A detailed description of the external light source including the intensity throughout its angle of coverage, and the manufacturer and catalogue number;
</P>
<P>(iii) A detailed description of the proposed test procedure to be used to demonstrate marking device compliance with the standard prescribed in 49 CFR 221.15, including any detailed mathematical data reflecting expected performance.
</P>
<P>(2) FRA will review the data submitted under subsection (1) of this section, and in those instances in which compliance with 49 CFR 221.15 appears possible from a theoretical analysis, the FRA will authorize and may take part in testing to demonstrate such compliance.
</P>
<P>(3) Where authorized testing has demonstrated compliance with 49 CFR 221.15, a railroad shall submit a certification, signed by the chief operating officer of the railroad, that—
</P>
<P>(i) The device described in the original submission has been tested in accordance with the procedures described therein;
</P>
<P>(ii) The results of the tests performed under paragraph (i) of this subsection demonstrate marking device performance in compliance with the standard prescribed in 49 CFR 221.15;
</P>
<P>(iii) Detailed test records, including as a minimum the name and address of the testing organization, the name of the individual in charge of the tests, a narrative description of the test procedure, a description of the external light source used, the number of samples tested, and for each sample tested, the on-axis beam candela, the beam candela at the ±15 degree points in the horizontal plane, the beam candela at the ±15 degree point in the vertical plane, and the chromaticity coordinates, are maintained by the railroad and are available for inspection by the FRA at a designated location which is identified in the submission;
</P>
<P>(iv) Marking devices of this type installed in the operating environment and the external light source used to illuminate them shall consist of the same type and model of components as were used in the samples tested for purposes of this approval submission.
</P>
<P>(4) Unless otherwise qualified, acknowledgement of the receipt of the submission required by this subsection shall constitute approval of the device. The FRA reserves the right to review the test records maintained by the railroad, or to test independently any device submitted for approval under these procedures, and to disapprove the use of such device at any time if its performance fails to comply with 49 CFR 221.15.
</P>
<P>(c) Whenever a railroad elects to use a marking device which has been previously approved by the FRA, and is included in the current list in appendix B to this part, the submission shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The marking device model designation as it appears in appendix B.
</P>
<P>(2) A certification, signed by the chief operating officer of the railroad that—
</P>
<P>(i) Marking devices of this type installed in the operating environment shall consist of the same type and model of components as were used in the samples tested for the original approval.
</P>
<P>(d) Each submission for approval of a marking device shall be filed with the Office of Standards and Procedures, Office of Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 62004, Dec. 8, 1977, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009; 85 FR 80569, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.16.4.11.1.22" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 221—Approved Rear End Marking Devices
</HEAD>
<HD1>part i—approved devices tested for or by manufacturers
</HD1>
<P>1. Manufacturer: Star Headlight &amp; Lantern Co., 168 West Main Street, Honeoye Falls, NY 14472.
</P>
<P>FRA identification Nos. FRA-PLE-STAR-845-F (flasher) and FRA-PLE-STAR-845-C (steady burn).
</P>
<P>2. Manufacturer: Julian A. McDermott Corp., 1639 Stephen Street, Ridgewood, Long Island, NY 11227.
</P>
<P>FRA identification Nos. FRA-MEC-MCD-100-C (steady burn), FRA-MEC-MCD-100-F (flasher), FRA-MEC-MCD-300-C (steady burn), and FRA-MEC-MCD-300-F (flasher).
</P>
<P>3. Manufacturer: American Electronics, Inc., 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> 40 Essex Street, Hackensack, NJ 07601.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> <E T="04">Note:</E> Yankee Metal Products Corp. previously produced these devices.</P></FTNT>
<P>FRA identification Nos. FRA-DRGW-YANK-300 (portable strobe), FRA-WP-YANK-301R (flashing), FRA-WP-YANK-305R (flashing), and FRA-WP-YANK-306R (steady burn).
</P>
<HD1>part ii—approved devices tested for or by rail carriers
</HD1>
<P>1. Carrier: Atchison, Topeka &amp; Santa Fe Railway Co., Technical Research &amp; Development Department, 1001 Northeast Atchison Street, Topeka, Kans. 66616.
</P>
<P>Manufacturer: Trans-Lite, Inc., P.O. Box 70, Milford, Conn. 06460.
</P>
<P>FRA identification Nos. FRA-ATSF-TL-875-150, FRA-ATSF-TL-875-60, FRA-ATSF-TL-875-4412, and FRA-ATSF-TL-200.
</P>
<P>2. Carrier: Amtrak—National Railroad Passenger Corporation, 400 North Capitol Street NW., Washington, DC 20001.
</P>
<P>Manufacturer: (a) Trans-Lite, Inc., P.O. Box 70, Milford, Conn. 06460.
</P>
<P>FRA identification Nos. FRA-ATK-TL-3895-1, FRA-ATK-TL-4491-2, FRA-ATK-TL-4491-3, and FRA-ATK-TL-FM-4491-1.
</P>
<P>Manufacturer: (b) Luminator Division of Gulfton Industries, Inc., 1200 East Dallas North Parkway, Plano, Tex. 75074.
</P>
<P>FRA identification No. FRA-ATK-LUM-0101890-001.
</P>
<P>Manufacturer: (c) Whelen Engineering Co., Inc., Deep River, Conn. 06417.
</P>
<P>FRA identification No. FRA-ATK-WHE-WERT-12.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 36447, Aug. 17, 1978]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="222" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 222—USE OF LOCOMOTIVE HORNS AT PUBLIC HIGHWAY-RAIL GRADE CROSSINGS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20153, 21301, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>71 FR 47634, Aug. 17, 2006, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.1.13.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.1   What is the purpose of this regulation?</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to provide for safety at public highway-rail grade crossings by requiring locomotive horn use at public highway-rail grade crossings except in quiet zones established and maintained in accordance with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.1.13.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.3   What areas does this regulation cover?</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes standards for sounding locomotive horns when locomotives approach and pass through public highway-rail grade crossings. This part also provides standards for the creation and maintenance of quiet zones within which locomotive horns need not be sounded.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of this part are separate and severable from one another. If any provision is stayed or determined to be invalid, it is the intent of FRA that the remaining provisions shall continue in effect.
</P>
<P>(c) This part does not apply to any Chicago Region highway-rail grade crossing where the railroad was excused from sounding the locomotive horn by the Illinois Commerce Commission, and where the railroad did not sound the horn, as of December 18, 2003.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.1.13.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.5   What railroads does this regulation apply to?</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all railroads except:
</P>
<P>(a) A railroad that exclusively operates freight trains only on track which is not part of the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(b) Passenger railroads that operate only on track which is not part of the general railroad system of transportation and that operate at a maximum speed of 15 miles per hour over public highway-rail grade crossings; and
</P>
<P>(c) Rapid transit operations within an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A for the definitive statement of the meaning of the preceding sentence.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.1.13.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.7   What is this regulation's effect on State and local laws and ordinances?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, issuance of this part preempts any State law, rule, regulation, or order governing the sounding of the locomotive horn at public highway-rail grade crossings, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 20106.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not preempt any State law, rule, regulation, or order governing the sounding of locomotive audible warning devices at any highway-rail grade crossing described in § 222.3(c) of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in §§ 222.25 and 222.27, this part does not preempt any State law, rule, regulation, or order governing the sounding of locomotive horns at private highway-rail grade crossings or pedestrian crossings.
</P>
<P>(d) Inclusion of SSMs and ASMs in this part or approved subsequent to issuance of this part does not constitute federal preemption of State law regarding whether those measures may be used for traffic control. Individual states may continue to determine whether specific SSMs or ASMs are appropriate traffic control measures for that State, consistent with Federal Highway Administration regulations and the MUTCD. However, except for the SSMs and ASMs implemented at highway-rail grade crossings described in § 222.3(c) of this part, inclusion of SSMs and ASMs in this part does constitute federal preemption of State law concerning the sounding of the locomotive horn in relation to the use of those measures.
</P>
<P>(e) Issuance of this part does not constitute federal preemption of administrative procedures required under State law regarding the modification or installation of engineering improvements at highway-rail grade crossings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.1.13.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.9   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Alternative safety measures (ASM)</I> means a safety system or procedure, other than an SSM, established in accordance with this part which is provided by the appropriate traffic control authority or law enforcement authority and which, after individual review and analysis by the Associate Administrator, is determined to be an effective substitute for the locomotive horn in the prevention of highway-rail casualties at specific highway-rail grade crossings. Appendix B to this part lists such measures.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means the Associate Administrator for Safety of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Associate Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Channelization device</I> means a traffic separation system made up of a raised longitudinal channelizer, with vertical panels or tubular delineators, that is placed between opposing highway lanes designed to alert or guide traffic around an obstacle or to direct traffic in a particular direction. “Tubular markers” and “vertical panels”, as described in the MUTCD, are acceptable channelization devices for purposes of this part. Additional design specifications are determined by the standard traffic design specifications used by the governmental entity constructing the channelization device.
</P>
<P><I>Chicago Region</I> means the following six counties in the State of Illinois: Cook, DuPage, Lake, Kane, McHenry and Will.
</P>
<P><I>Crossing Corridor Risk Index</I> means a number reflecting a measure of risk to the motoring public at public grade crossings along a rail corridor, calculated in accordance with the procedures in appendix D of this part, representing the average risk at each public crossing within the corridor. This risk level is determined by averaging among all public crossings within the corridor, the product of the number of predicted collisions per year and the predicted likelihood and severity of casualties resulting from those collisions at each public crossing within the corridor.
</P>
<P><I>Diagnostic team</I> as used in this part, means a group of knowledgeable representatives of parties of interest in a highway-rail grade crossing, organized by the public authority responsible for that crossing, who, using crossing safety management principles, evaluate conditions at a grade crossing to make determinations or recommendations for the public authority concerning safety needs at that crossing.
</P>
<P><I>Effectiveness rate</I> means a number between zero and one which represents the reduction of the likelihood of a collision at a public highway-rail grade crossing as a result of the installation of an SSM or ASM when compared to the same crossing equipped with conventional active warning systems of flashing lights and gates. Zero effectiveness means that the SSM or ASM provides no reduction in the probability of a collision, while an effectiveness rating of one means that the SSM or ASM is totally effective in eliminating collision risk. Measurements between zero and one reflect the percentage by which the SSM or ASM reduces the probability of a collision.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Grade Crossing Inventory Form</I> means the U.S. DOT National Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Inventory Form, FRA Form F6180.71. This form is available on FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Intermediate Partial Quiet Zone</I> means a segment of a rail line within which is situated one or a number of consecutive public highway-rail grade crossings at which State statutes or local ordinances restricted the routine sounding of locomotive horns for a specified period of time during the evening or nighttime hours, or at which locomotive horns did not sound due to formal or informal agreements between the community and the railroad or railroads for a specified period of time during the evening and/or nighttime hours, and at which such statutes, ordinances or agreements were in place and enforced or observed as of December 18, 2003, but not as of October 9, 1996.
</P>
<P><I>Intermediate Quiet Zone</I> means a segment of a rail line within which is situated one or a number of consecutive public highway-rail grade crossings at which State statutes or local ordinances restricted the routine sounding of locomotive horns, or at which locomotive horns did not sound due to formal or informal agreements between the community and the railroad or railroads, and at which such statutes, ordinances or agreements were in place and enforced or observed as of December 18, 2003, but not as of October 9, 1996.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive</I> means a piece of on-track equipment other than hi-rail, specialized maintenance, or other similar equipment—
</P>
<P>(1) With one or more propelling motors designed for moving other equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) With one or more propelling motors designed to carry freight or passenger traffic or both; or
</P>
<P>(3) Without propelling motors but with one or more control stands.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive audible warning device</I> means a horn, whistle, siren, or bell affixed to a locomotive that is capable of producing an audible signal.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive horn</I> means a locomotive air horn, steam whistle, or similar audible warning device (see 49 CFR 229.129) mounted on a locomotive or control cab car. The terms “locomotive horn”, “train whistle”, “locomotive whistle”, and “train horn” are used interchangeably in the railroad industry. For purposes of this part, locomotive horns used in rapid transit operations must be suitable for street usage and/or designed in accordance with State law requirements.
</P>
<P><I>Median</I> means the portion of a divided highway separating the travel ways for traffic in opposite directions.
</P>
<P><I>MUTCD</I> means the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the Federal Highway Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold</I> means a number reflecting a measure of risk, calculated on a nationwide basis, which reflects the average level of risk to the motoring public at public highway-rail grade crossings equipped with flashing lights and gates and at which locomotive horns are sounded. For purposes of this rule, a risk level above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold represents a significant risk with respect to loss of life or serious personal injury. The Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold is calculated in accordance with the procedures in appendix D of this part. Unless otherwise indicated, references in this part to the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold reflect its level as last published by FRA in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P><I>New Partial Quiet Zone</I> means a segment of a rail line within which is situated one or a number of consecutive public highway-rail crossings at which locomotive horns are not routinely sounded between the hours of 10 p.m. and 7 a.m., but are routinely sounded during the remaining portion of the day, and which does not qualify as a Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone or an Intermediate Partial Quiet Zone.
</P>
<P><I>New Quiet Zone</I> means a segment of a rail line within which is situated one or a number of consecutive public highway-rail grade crossings at which routine sounding of locomotive horns is restricted pursuant to this part and which does not qualify as either a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Intermediate Quiet Zone.
</P>
<P><I>Non-traversable curb</I> means a highway curb designed to discourage a motor vehicle from leaving the roadway. Non-traversable curbs are used at locations where highway speeds do not exceed 45 miles per hour and are at least six inches high. Additional design specifications are determined by the standard traffic design specifications used by the governmental entity constructing the curb.
</P>
<P><I>Partial Quiet Zone</I> means a segment of a rail line within which is situated one or a number of consecutive public highway-rail grade crossings at which locomotive horns are not routinely sounded for a specified period of time during the evening and/or nighttime hours.
</P>
<P><I>Pedestrian grade crossing</I> means, for purposes of this part, a separate designed sidewalk or pathway where pedestrians, but not vehicles, cross railroad tracks. Sidewalk crossings contiguous with, or separate but adjacent to, public highway-rail grade crossings are presumed to be part of the public highway-rail grade crossing and are not considered pedestrian grade crossings.
</P>
<P><I>Power-out indicator</I> means a device which is capable of indicating to trains approaching a grade crossing equipped with an active warning system whether commercial electric power is activating the warning system at that crossing. This term includes remote health monitoring of grade crossing warning systems if such monitoring system is equipped to indicate power status.
</P>
<P><I>Pre-existing Modified Supplementary Safety Measure</I> (Pre-existing Modified SSM) means a safety system or procedure that is listed in appendix A to this Part, but is not fully compliant with the standards set forth therein, which was installed before December 18, 2003 by the appropriate traffic control or law enforcement authority responsible for safety at the highway-rail grade crossing. The calculation of risk reduction credit for pre-existing modified SSMs is addressed in appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Pre-existing Supplementary Safety Measure</I> (Pre-existing SSM) means a safety system or procedure established in accordance with this part before December 18, 2003 which was provided by the appropriate traffic control or law enforcement authority responsible for safety at the highway-rail grade crossing. These safety measures must fully comply with the SSM requirements set forth in appendix A of this part. The calculation of risk reduction credit for qualifying pre-existing SSMs is addressed in appendix A.
</P>
<P><I>Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone</I> means a segment of a rail line within which is situated one or a number of consecutive public highway-rail crossings at which State statutes or local ordinances restricted the routine sounding of locomotive horns for a specified period of time during the evening and/or nighttime hours, or at which locomotive horns did not sound due to formal or informal agreements between the community and the railroad or railroads for a specified period of time during the evening and/or nighttime hours, and at which such statutes, ordinances or agreements were in place and enforced or observed as of October 9, 1996 and on December 18, 2003.
</P>
<P><I>Pre-Rule Quiet Zone</I> means a segment of a rail line within which is situated one or a number of consecutive public highway-rail crossings at which State statutes or local ordinances restricted the routine sounding of locomotive horns, or at which locomotive horns did not sound due to formal or informal agreements between the community and the railroad or railroads, and at which such statutes, ordinances or agreements were in place and enforced or observed as of October 9, 1996 and on December 18, 2003.
</P>
<P><I>Private highway-rail grade crossing</I> means, for purposes of this part, a highway-rail grade crossing which is not a public highway-rail grade crossing.
</P>
<P><I>Public authority</I> means the public entity responsible for traffic control or law enforcement at the public highway-rail grade or pedestrian crossing.
</P>
<P><I>Public highway-rail grade crossing</I> means, for purposes of this part, a location where a public highway, road, or street, including associated sidewalks or pathways, crosses one or more railroad tracks at grade. If a public authority maintains the roadway on both sides of the crossing, the crossing is considered a public crossing for purposes of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Quiet zone</I> means a segment of a rail line, within which is situated one or a number of consecutive public highway-rail crossings at which locomotive horns are not routinely sounded.
</P>
<P><I>Quiet Zone Risk Index</I> means a measure of risk to the motoring public which reflects the Crossing Corridor Risk Index for a quiet zone, after adjustment to account for increased risk due to lack of locomotive horn use at the crossings within the quiet zone (if horns are presently sounded at the crossings) and reduced risk due to implementation, if any, of SSMs and ASMs with the quiet zone. The calculation of the Quiet Zone Risk Index, which is explained in appendix D of this part, does not differ for partial quiet zones.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means any form of non-highway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways and any entity providing such transportation, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and
</P>
<P>(2) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads; but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Recognized State</I> agency means, for purposes of this part, a State agency, responsible for highway-rail grade crossing safety or highway and road safety, that has applied for and been approved by FRA as a participant in the quiet zone development process.
</P>
<P><I>Relevant collision</I> means a collision at a highway-rail grade crossing between a train and a motor vehicle, excluding the following: a collision resulting from an activation failure of an active grade crossing warning system; a collision in which there is no driver in the motor vehicle; or a collision in which the highway vehicle struck the side of the train beyond the fourth locomotive unit or rail car. With respect to Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones, a relevant collision shall not include collisions that occur during the time period within which the locomotive horn is routinely sounded.
</P>
<P><I>Risk Index With Horns</I> means a measure of risk to the motoring public when locomotive horns are routinely sounded at every public highway-rail grade crossing within a quiet zone. In Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones, the Risk Index With Horns is determined by adjusting the Crossing Corridor Risk Index to account for the decreased risk that would result if locomotive horns were routinely sounded at each public highway-rail grade crossing.
</P>
<P><I>Supplementary safety measure</I> (SSM) means a safety system or procedure established in accordance with this part which is provided by the appropriate traffic control authority or law enforcement authority responsible for safety at the highway-rail grade crossing, that is determined by the Associate Administrator to be an effective substitute for the locomotive horn in the prevention of highway-rail casualties. Appendix A of this part lists such SSMs.
</P>
<P><I>Waiver</I> means a temporary or permanent modification of some or all of the requirements of this part as they apply to a specific party under a specific set of facts. Waiver does not refer to the process of establishing quiet zones or approval of quiet zones in accordance with the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Wayside horn</I> means a stationary horn located at a highway rail grade crossing, designed to provide, upon the approach of a locomotive or train, audible warning to oncoming motorists of the approach of a train.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 47634, Aug. 17, 2006, as amended at 90 FR 28151, July 1, 2025; 91 FR 22740, Apr. 28, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.1.13.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.11   What are the penalties for failure to comply with this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311. FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I>contains a schedule of civil penalty amounts used in connection with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28152, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.1.13.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.13   Who is responsible for compliance?</HEAD>
<P>Any person, including but not limited to a railroad, contractor for a railroad, or a local or State governmental entity that performs any function covered by this part, must perform that function in accordance with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.1.13.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.15   How does one obtain a waiver of a provision of this regulation?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, two parties must jointly file a petition (request) for a waiver. They are the railroad owning or controlling operations over the railroad tracks crossing the public highway-rail grade crossing and the public authority which has jurisdiction over the roadway crossing the railroad tracks.
</P>
<P>(b) If the railroad and the public authority cannot reach agreement to file a joint petition, either party may file a request for a waiver; however, the filing party must specify in its petition the steps it has taken in an attempt to reach agreement with the other party, and explain why applying the requirement that a joint submission be made in that instance would not be likely to contribute significantly to public safety. If the Associate Administrator determines that applying the requirement for a jointly filed submission to that particular petition would not be likely to significantly contribute to public safety, the Associate Administrator shall waive the requirement for joint submission and accept the petition for consideration. The filing party must also provide the other party with a copy of the petition filed with FRA.
</P>
<P>(c) Each petition for waiver must be filed in accordance with 49 CFR part 211.
</P>
<P>(d) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance with a provision of this part is in the public interest and consistent with the safety of highway and railroad users, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions the Administrator deems necessary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.1.13.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.17   How can a State agency become a recognized State agency?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any State agency responsible for highway-rail grade crossing safety and/or highway and road safety may become a recognized State agency by submitting an application to the Associate Administrator that contains:
</P>
<P>(1) A detailed description of the proposed scope of involvement in the quiet zone development process;
</P>
<P>(2) The name, address, and telephone number of the person(s) who may be contacted to discuss the State agency application; and
</P>
<P>(3) A statement from State agency counsel which affirms that the State agency is authorized to undertake the responsibilities proposed in its application.
</P>
<P>(b) The Associate Administrator will approve the application if, in the Associate Administrator's judgment, the proposed scope of State agency involvement will facilitate safe and effective quiet zone development. The Associate Administrator may include in any decision of approval such conditions as he/she deems necessary and appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Use of Locomotive Horns</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.2.13.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.21   When must a locomotive horn be used?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in this part, the locomotive horn on the lead locomotive of a train, lite locomotive consist, individual locomotive or lead cab car shall be sounded when such locomotive or lead cab car is approaching a public highway-rail grade crossing. Sounding of the locomotive horn with two long blasts, one short blast and one long blast shall be initiated at a location so as to be in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section and shall be repeated or prolonged until the locomotive occupies the crossing. This pattern may be varied as necessary where crossings are spaced closely together.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Railroads to which this part applies shall comply with all the requirements contained in this paragraph (b) beginning on December 15, 2006. On and after June 24, 2005, but prior to December 15, 2006, a railroad shall, at its option, comply with this section or shall sound the locomotive horn in the manner required by State law, or in the absence of State law, in the manner required by railroad operating rules in effect immediately prior to June 24, 2005.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(3) and (d) of this section, or when the locomotive horn is defective and the locomotive is being moved for repair consistent with section 229.9 of this chapter, the locomotive horn shall begin to be sounded at least 15 seconds, but no more than 20 seconds, before the locomotive enters the crossing. It shall not constitute a violation of this section if, acting in good faith, a locomotive engineer begins sounding the locomotive horn not more than 25 seconds before the locomotive enters the crossing, if the locomotive engineer is unable to precisely estimate the time of arrival of the train at the crossing for whatever reason.
</P>
<P>(3) Trains, locomotive consists and individual locomotives traveling at speeds in excess of 60 mph shall not begin sounding the horn more than one-quarter mile (1,320 feet) in advance of the nearest public highway-rail grade crossing, even if the advance warning provided by the locomotive horn will be less than 15 seconds in duration.
</P>
<P>(c) As stated in § 222.3(c) of this part, this section does not apply to any Chicago Region highway-rail grade crossing at which railroads were excused from sounding the locomotive horn by the Illinois Commerce Commission, and where railroads did not sound the horn, as of December 18, 2003.
</P>
<P>(d) Trains, locomotive consists and individual locomotives that have stopped in close proximity to a public highway-rail grade crossing may approach the crossing and sound the locomotive horn for less than 15 seconds before the locomotive enters the highway-rail grade crossing, if the locomotive engineer is able to determine that the public highway-rail grade crossing is not obstructed and either:
</P>
<P>(1) The public highway-rail grade crossing is equipped with automatic flashing lights and gates and the gates are fully lowered; or
</P>
<P>(2) There are no conflicting highway movements approaching the public highway-rail grade crossing.
</P>
<P>(e) Where State law requires the sounding of a locomotive audible warning device other than the locomotive horn at public highway-rail grade crossings, that locomotive audible warning device shall be sounded in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.2.13.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.23   How does this regulation affect sounding of a horn during an emergency or other situations?</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, a locomotive engineer may sound the locomotive horn to provide a warning to animals, vehicle operators, pedestrians, trespassers or crews on other trains in an emergency situation if, in the locomotive engineer's sole judgment, such action is appropriate in order to prevent imminent injury, death, or property damage.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, including provisions addressing the establishment of a quiet zone, limits on the length of time in which a horn may be sounded, or installation of wayside horns within quiet zones, this part does not preclude the sounding of locomotive horns in emergency situations, nor does it impose a legal duty to sound the locomotive horn in such situations.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this part restricts the use of the locomotive horn in the following situations:
</P>
<P>(1) When a wayside horn is malfunctioning;
</P>
<P>(2) When active grade crossing warning devices have malfunctioned and use of the horn is required by one of the following sections of this chapter: §§ 234.105, 234.106, or 234.107;
</P>
<P>(3) When grade crossing warning systems are temporarily out of service during inspection, maintenance, or testing of the system; or
</P>
<P>(4) When SSMs, modified SSMs or engineering SSMs no longer comply with the requirements set forth in appendix A of this part or the conditions contained within the Associate Administrator's decision to approve the quiet zone in accordance with section 222.39(b) of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this part restricts the use of the locomotive horn for purposes other than highway-rail crossing safety (e.g., to announce the approach of a train to roadway workers in accordance with a program adopted under part 214 of this chapter, or where required for other purposes under railroad operating rules).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.2.13.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.25   How does this rule affect private highway-rail grade crossings?</HEAD>
<P>This rule does not require the routine sounding of locomotive horns at private highway-rail grade crossings. However, where State law requires the sounding of a locomotive horn at private highway-rail grade crossings, the locomotive horn shall be sounded in accordance with § 222.21 of this part. Where State law requires the sounding of a locomotive audible warning device other than the locomotive horn at private highway-rail grade crossings, that locomotive audible warning device shall be sounded in accordance with §§ 222.21(b) and (d) of this part.
</P>
<P>(a) Private highway-rail grade crossings located within the boundaries of a quiet zone must be included in the quiet zone.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Private highway-rail grade crossings that are located in New Quiet Zones or New Partial Quiet Zones and allow access to the public, or which provide access to active industrial or commercial sites, must be evaluated by a diagnostic team and equipped or treated in accordance with the recommendations of such diagnostic team.
</P>
<P>(2) The public authority shall provide the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety and all affected railroads an opportunity to participate in the diagnostic team review of private highway-rail grade crossings.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) At a minimum, each approach to every private highway-rail grade crossing within a New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone shall be marked by a crossbuck and a “STOP” sign, which are compliant with MUTCD standards unless otherwise prescribed by State law, and shall be equipped with advance warning signs in compliance with § 222.35(c) of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) At a minimum, each approach to every private highway-rail grade crossing within a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone shall, by June 24, 2008, be marked by a crossbuck and a “STOP” sign, which are compliant with MUTCD standards unless otherwise prescribed by State law, and shall be equipped with advance warning signs in compliance with § 222.35(c) of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.27" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.2.13.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.27   How does this rule affect pedestrian grade crossings?</HEAD>
<P>This rule does not require the routine sounding of locomotive horns at pedestrian grade crossings. However, where State law requires the sounding of a locomotive horn at pedestrian grade crossings, the locomotive horn shall be sounded in accordance with § 222.21 of this part. Where State law requires the sounding of a locomotive audible warning device other than the locomotive horn at pedestrian grade crossings, that locomotive audible warning device shall be sounded in accordance with §§ 222.21(b) and (d) of this part.
</P>
<P>(a) Pedestrian grade crossings located within the boundaries of a quiet zone must be included in the quiet zone.
</P>
<P>(b) Pedestrian grade crossings that are located in New Quiet Zones or New Partial Quiet Zones must be evaluated by a diagnostic team and equipped or treated in accordance with the recommendations of such diagnostic team.
</P>
<P>(c) The public authority shall provide the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety and all affected railroads an opportunity to participate in diagnostic team reviews of pedestrian grade crossings.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Advance warning signs.</I> (1) Each approach to every pedestrian grade crossing within a New Quiet Zone shall be equipped with a sign that advises the pedestrian that train horns are not sounded at the crossing. Such sign shall conform to the standards contained in the MUTCD.
</P>
<P>(2) Each approach to every pedestrian grade crossing within a New Partial Quiet Zone shall be equipped with a sign that advises the pedestrian that train horns are not sounded at the crossing or that train horns are not sounded at the crossing between the hours of 10 p.m. and 7 a.m., whichever is applicable. Such sign shall conform to the standards contained in the MUTCD.
</P>
<P>(3) Each approach to every pedestrian grade crossing within a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone shall be equipped by June 24, 2008 with a sign that advises the pedestrian that train horns are not sounded at the crossing. Such sign shall conform to the standards contained in the MUTCD.
</P>
<P>(4) Each approach to every pedestrian grade crossing within a Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone shall be equipped by June 24, 2008 with a sign that advises the pedestrian that train horns are not sounded at the crossing or that train horns are not sounded at the crossing for a specified period of time, whichever is applicable. Such sign shall conform to the standards contained in the MUTCD.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Exceptions to the Use of the Locomotive Horn</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.31" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.13.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.31   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.13" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Silenced Horns at Individual Crossings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.33" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.13.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.33   Can locomotive horns be silenced at an individual public highway-rail grade crossing which is not within a quiet zone?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad operating over an individual public highway-rail crossing may, at its discretion, cease the sounding of the locomotive horn if the locomotive speed is 15 miles per hour or less and train crew members, or appropriately equipped flaggers, as defined in 49 CFR 234.5, flag the crossing to provide warning of approaching trains to motorists.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not apply where active grade crossing warning devices have malfunctioned and use of the horn is required by 49 CFR 234.105, 234.106, or 234.107.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="14" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Silenced Horns at Groups of Crossings—Quiet Zones</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.35" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.35   What are the minimum requirements for quiet zones?</HEAD>
<P>The following requirements apply to quiet zones established in conformity with this part.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Minimum length.</I> (1)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, the minimum length of a New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone established under this part shall be one-half mile along the length of railroad right-of-way.
</P>
<P>(ii) The one-half mile minimum length requirement shall be waived for any New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone that is added onto an existing quiet zone, provided there is no public highway-rail grade crossing at which locomotive horns are routinely sounded within one-half mile of the New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone.
</P>
<P>(iii) New Quiet Zones and New Partial Quiet Zones established along the same rail line within a single political jurisdiction shall be separated by at least one public highway-rail grade crossing, unless a New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone is being added onto an existing quiet zone.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The length of a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone may continue unchanged from that which existed as of October 9, 1996.
</P>
<P>(ii) With the exception of combining adjacent Pre-Rule Quiet Zones or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones, the addition of any public highway-rail grade crossing to a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone shall end the grandfathered status of that quiet zone and transform it into a New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone that must comply with all requirements applicable to New Quiet Zones and New Partial Quiet Zones.
</P>
<P>(iii) The deletion of any public highway-rail grade crossing from a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone, with the exception of a grade separation or crossing closure, must result in a quiet zone of at least one-half mile in length in order to retain Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone status.
</P>
<P>(3) A quiet zone may include grade crossings on a segment of rail line crossing more than one political jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Active grade crossing warning devices.</I> (1) Each public highway-rail grade crossing in a New Quiet Zone established under this part must be equipped, no later than the quiet zone implementation date, with active grade crossing warning devices comprising both flashing lights and gates which control traffic over the crossing and that conform to the standards contained in the MUTCD. Such warning devices shall be equipped with constant warning time devices, if reasonably practical, and power-out indicators.
</P>
<P>(2) With the exception of public highway-rail grade crossings that will be temporarily closed in accordance with appendix A of this part, each public highway-rail grade crossing in a New Partial Quiet Zone established under this part must be equipped, no later than the quiet zone implementation date, with active grade crossing warning devices comprising both flashing lights and gates which control traffic over the crossing and that conform to the standards contained in the MUTCD. Such warning devices shall be equipped with constant warning time devices, if reasonably practical, and power-out indicators.
</P>
<P>(3) Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones must retain, and may upgrade, the grade crossing safety warning system which existed as of December 18, 2003. Any upgrade involving the installation or renewal of an automatic warning device system shall include constant warning time devices, where reasonably practical, and power-out indicators. In no event may the grade crossing safety warning system, which existed as of December 18, 2003, be downgraded. Risk reduction resulting from upgrading to flashing lights or gates may be credited in calculating the Quiet Zone Risk Index.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Advance warning signs.</I> (1) Each highway approach to every public and private highway-rail grade crossing within a New Quiet Zone shall be equipped with an advance warning sign that advises the motorist that train horns are not sounded at the crossing. Such sign shall conform to the standards contained in the MUTCD.
</P>
<P>(2) Each highway approach to every public and private highway-rail grade crossing within a New Partial Quiet Zone shall be equipped with an advance warning sign that advises the motorist that train horns are not sounded at the crossing or that train horns are not sounded at the crossing between the hours of 10 p.m. and 7 a.m., whichever is applicable. Such sign shall conform to the standards contained in the MUTCD.
</P>
<P>(3) Each highway approach to every public and private highway-rail grade crossing within a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone shall be equipped by June 24, 2008 with an advance warning sign that advises the motorist that train horns are not sounded at the crossing. Such sign shall conform to the standards contained in the MUTCD.
</P>
<P>(4) Each highway approach to every public and private highway-rail grade crossing within a Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone shall be equipped by June 24, 2008 with an advance warning sign that advises the motorist that train horns are not sounded at the crossing or that train horns are not sounded at the crossing for a specified period of time, whichever is applicable. Such sign shall conform to the standards contained in the MUTCD.
</P>
<P>(5) This paragraph (c) does not apply to public and private highway-rail grade crossings equipped with wayside horns that conform to the requirements set forth in § 222.59 and appendix E of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Bells.</I> (1) Each public highway-rail grade crossing in a New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone that is subjected to pedestrian traffic and equipped with one or more automatic bells shall retain those bells in working condition.
</P>
<P>(2) Each public highway-rail grade crossing in a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone that is subjected to pedestrian traffic and equipped with one or more automatic bells shall retain those bells in working condition.
</P>
<P>(e) All private highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone must be treated in accordance with this section and § 222.25 of this part.
</P>
<P>(f) All pedestrian grade crossings within a quiet zone must be treated in accordance with § 222.27 of this part.
</P>
<P>(g) All public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone must be in compliance with the requirements of the MUTCD.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.37" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.37   Who may establish a quiet zone?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A public authority may establish quiet zones that are consistent with the provisions of this part. If a proposed quiet zone includes public highway-rail grade crossings under the authority and control of more than one public authority (such as a county road and a State highway crossing the railroad tracks at different crossings), both public authorities must agree to establishment of the quiet zone, and must jointly, or by delegation provided to one of the authorities, take such actions as are required by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) A public authority may establish quiet zones irrespective of State laws covering the subject matter of sounding or silencing locomotive horns at public highway-rail grade crossings. Nothing in this part, however, is meant to affect any other applicable role of State agencies or the Federal Highway Administration in decisions regarding funding or construction priorities for grade crossing safety projects, selection of traffic control devices, or engineering standards for roadways or traffic control devices.
</P>
<P>(c) A State agency may provide administrative and technical services to public authorities by advising them, acting on their behalf, or acting as a central contact point in dealing with FRA; however, any public authority eligible to establish a quiet zone under this part may do so.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.38" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.38   Can a quiet zone be created in the Chicago Region?</HEAD>
<P>Public authorities that are eligible to establish quiet zones under this part may create New Quiet Zones or New Partial Quiet Zones in the Chicago Region, provided the New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone does not include any highway-rail grade crossing described in § 222.3(c) of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.39" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.39   How is a quiet zone established?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Public authority designation.</I> This paragraph (a) describes how a quiet zone may be designated by a public authority without the need for formal application to, and approval by, FRA. If a public authority complies with either paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section, and complies with the information and notification provisions of § 222.43 of this part, a public authority may designate a quiet zone without the necessity for FRA review and approval.
</P>
<P>(1) A quiet zone may be established by implementing, at every public highway-rail grade crossing within the quiet zone, one or more SSMs identified in appendix A of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) A quiet zone may be established if the Quiet Zone Risk Index is at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) If the Quiet Zone Risk Index is already at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold without being reduced by implementation of SSMs; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If SSMs are implemented which are sufficient to reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold.
</P>
<P>(3) A quiet zone may be established if SSMs are implemented which are sufficient to reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level at or below the Risk Index With Horns.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Public authority application to FRA.</I> (1) A public authority may apply to the Associate Administrator for approval of a quiet zone that does not meet the standards for public authority designation under paragraph (a) of this section, but in which it is proposed that one or more safety measures be implemented. Such proposed quiet zone may include only ASMs, or a combination of ASMs and SSMs at various crossings within the quiet zone. Note that an engineering improvement which does not fully comply with the requirements for an SSM under appendix A of this part, is considered to be an ASM. The public authority's application must:
</P>
<P>(i) Contain an accurate, complete and current Grade Crossing Inventory Form for each public, private and pedestrian grade crossing within the proposed quiet zone;
</P>
<P>(ii) Contain sufficient detail concerning the present safety measures at each public, private and pedestrian grade crossing proposed to be included in the quiet zone to enable the Associate Administrator to evaluate their effectiveness;
</P>
<P>(iii) Contain detailed information about diagnostic team reviews of any crossing within the proposed quiet zone, including a membership list and a list of recommendations made by the diagnostic team;
</P>
<P>(iv) Contain a statement describing efforts taken by the public authority to address comments submitted by each railroad operating the public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone, the State agency responsible for highway and road safety, and the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety in response to the Notice of Intent. This statement shall also list any objections to the proposed quiet zone that were raised by the railroad(s) and State agencies;
</P>
<P>(v) Contain detailed information as to which safety improvements are proposed to be implemented at each public, private, or pedestrian grade crossing within the proposed quiet zone;
</P>
<P>(vi) Contain a commitment to implement the proposed safety improvements within the proposed quiet zone; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Demonstrate through data and analysis that the proposed implementation of these measures will reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level at, or below, either the Risk Index With Horns or the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold.
</P>
<P>(2) If the proposed quiet zone contains newly established public or private highway-rail grade crossings, the public authority's application for approval must also include five-year projected vehicle and rail traffic counts for each newly established grade crossing;
</P>
<P>(3)(i) The public authority application for FRA approval of the proposed quiet zone shall be provided to: all railroads operating over the public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone; the highway or traffic control or law enforcement authority having jurisdiction over vehicular traffic at grade crossings within the quiet zone; the landowner having control over any private highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone; the State agency responsible for highway and road safety; and the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety. A copy of the public authority application shall also be submitted electronically to the Grade Crossing and Trespasser Outreach Division of FRA's Office of Railroad Safety (FRA Grade Crossing and Trespasser Outreach Division).
</P>
<P>(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section, any party that receives a copy of the public authority application may submit comments on the public authority application to the FRA Grade Crossing and Trespasser Outreach Division electronically during the 60-day period after the date on which the public authority application was sent.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the public authority application for FRA approval contains written statements from each railroad operating over the public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone, the highway or traffic control authority or law enforcement authority having jurisdiction over vehicular traffic at grade crossings within the quiet zone, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, and the State agency responsible for highway and road safety stating that the railroad, vehicular traffic authority and State agencies have waived their rights to provide comments on the public authority application, the 60-day comment period under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section shall be waived.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) After reviewing any comments submitted under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, the Associate Administrator will approve the quiet zone if, in the Associate Administrator's judgment, the public authority is in compliance with paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section and has satisfactorily demonstrated that the SSMs and ASMs proposed by the public authority result in a Quiet Zone Risk Index that is either:
</P>
<P>(A) At or below the Risk Index With Horns or
</P>
<P>(B) At or below the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Associate Administrator may include in any decision of approval such conditions as may be necessary to ensure that the proposed safety improvements are effective. If the Associate Administrator does not approve the quiet zone, the Associate Administrator will describe, in the decision, the basis upon which the decision was made. Decisions issued by the Associate Administrator on quiet zone applications shall be provided to all parties listed in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section and may be reviewed as provided in §§ 222.57(b) and (d) of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Appendix C of this part contains guidance on how to create a quiet zone.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 47634, Aug. 17, 2006, as amended at 90 FR 28152, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.41" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.41   How does this rule affect Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pre-Rule Quiet Zones that will be established by automatic approval.</I> (1) A Pre-Rule Quiet Zone may be established by automatic approval and remain in effect, subject to § 222.51, if the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone is in compliance with §§ 222.35 (minimum requirements for quiet zones) and 222.43 of this part (notice and information requirements) and:
</P>
<P>(i) The Pre-Rule Quiet Zone has at every public highway-rail grade crossing within the quiet zone one or more SSMs identified in appendix A of this part; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The Quiet Zone Risk Index is at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, as last published by FRA in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The Quiet Zone Risk Index is above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, as last published by FRA in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> but less than twice the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and there have been no relevant collisions at any public highway-rail grade crossing within the quiet zone since April 27, 2000 or
</P>
<P>(iv) The Quiet Zone Risk Index is at, or below, the Risk Index with Horns.
</P>
<P>(2) The public authority shall provide Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment, in accordance with § 222.43 of this part, no later than December 24, 2005.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones that will be established by automatic approval.</I> (1) A Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone may be established by automatic approval and remain in effect, subject to § 222.51, if the Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone is in compliance with §§ 222.35 (minimum requirements for quiet zones) and 222.43 of this part (notice and information requirements) and:
</P>
<P>(i) The Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone has at every public highway-rail grade crossing within the quiet zone one or more SSMs identified in appendix A of this part; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The Quiet Zone Risk Index is at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, as last published by FRA in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The Quiet Zone Risk Index is above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, as last published by FRA in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> but less than twice the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and there have been no relevant collisions at any public highway-rail grade crossing within the quiet zone since April 27, 2000. With respect to Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones, collisions that occurred during the time period within which the locomotive horn was routinely sounded shall not be considered “relevant collisions”; or
</P>
<P>(iv) The Quiet Zone Risk Index is at, or below, the Risk Index with Horns.
</P>
<P>(2) The public authority shall provide Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment, in accordance with § 222.43 of this part, no later than December 24, 2005.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones that will not be established by automatic approval.</I> (1) If a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone will not be established by automatic approval under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, existing restrictions may, at the public authority's discretion, remain in place until June 24, 2008, if a Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation is provided in accordance with § 222.43 of this part.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Existing restrictions on the routine sounding of the locomotive horn may remain in place until June 24, 2010, if:
</P>
<P>(A) Notice of Intent is mailed, in accordance with § 222.43 of this part, by February 24, 2008; and
</P>
<P>(B) A detailed plan for quiet zone improvements is filed with the Associate Administrator by June 24, 2008. The detailed plan shall include a detailed explanation of, and timetable for, the safety improvements that will be implemented at each public, private and pedestrian grade crossing located within the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone which are necessary to comply with §§ 222.25, 222.27, 222.35 and 222.39 of this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event that the safety improvements planned for the quiet zone require approval of FRA under § 222.39(b) of this part, the public authority should apply for such approval prior to December 24, 2007, to ensure that FRA has ample time in which to review such application prior to the end of the extension period.
</P>
<P>(3) Locomotive horn restrictions may continue for an additional three years beyond June 24, 2010, if:
</P>
<P>(i) Prior to June 24, 2008, the appropriate State agency provides to the Associate Administrator: A comprehensive State-wide implementation plan and funding commitment for implementing improvements at Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones which, when implemented, would enable them to qualify as quiet zones under this part; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Prior to June 24, 2009, either safety improvements are initiated at a portion of the crossings within the quiet zone, or the appropriate State agency has participated in quiet zone improvements in one or more Pre-Rule Quiet Zones or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones elsewhere within the State.
</P>
<P>(4) A public authority may establish a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone upon compliance with:
</P>
<P>(A) The Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone requirements contained within §§ 222.25, 222.27, and 222.35 of this part;
</P>
<P>(B) The quiet zone standards set forth in § 222.39 of this part; and
</P>
<P>(C) All applicable notification and filing requirements contained within this paragraph (c) and § 222.43 of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones that will be converted to 24-hour New Quiet Zones.</I> A Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone may be converted into a 24-hour New Quiet Zone, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The quiet zone is brought into compliance with the New Quiet Zone requirements set forth in §§ 222.25, 222.27, and 222.35 of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) The quiet zone is brought into compliance with the quiet zone standards set forth in § 222.39 of this part; and
</P>
<P>(3) The public authority complies with all applicable notification and filing requirements contained within this paragraph (c) and § 222.43 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.42" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.42   How does this rule affect Intermediate Quiet Zones and Intermediate Partial Quiet Zones?</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Existing restrictions may, at the public authority's discretion, remain in place within the Intermediate Quiet Zone or Intermediate Partial Quiet Zone until June 24, 2006, if the public authority provides Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation, in accordance with § 222.43 of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) A public authority may continue locomotive horn sounding restrictions beyond June 24, 2006 by establishing a New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone. A public authority may establish a New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone if:
</P>
<P>(i) Notice of Intent is mailed, in accordance with § 222.43 of this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) The quiet zone complies with the standards set forth in § 222.39 of this part;
</P>
<P>(iii) The quiet zone complies with the New Quiet Zone standards set forth in §§ 222.25, 222.27, and 222.35 of this part;
</P>
<P>(iv) Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment is mailed, in accordance with § 222.43 of this part, by June 3, 2006.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conversion of Intermediate Partial Quiet Zones into 24-hour New Quiet Zones.</I> An Intermediate Partial Quiet Zone may be converted into a 24-hour New Quiet Zone if:
</P>
<P>(1) Notice of Intent is mailed, in accordance with § 222.43 of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) The quiet zone complies with the standards set forth in § 222.39 of this part;
</P>
<P>(3) The quiet zone is brought into compliance with the New Quiet Zone requirements set forth in §§ 222.25, 222.27, and 222.35 of this part; and
</P>
<P>(4) Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment is mailed, in accordance with § 222.43 of this part, by June 3, 2006.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.43" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.43   What notices and other information are required to create or continue a quiet zone?</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) The public authority shall provide written notice of its intent to create a New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone under § 222.39 or to implement new SSMs or ASMs within a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone under § 222.41(c) or (d) of this part. Such notification shall be provided to: All railroads operating over the public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone; the State agency responsible for highway and road safety; and the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety.
</P>
<P>(2) The public authority shall provide written notification to continue a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone under § 222.41 or to continue an Intermediate Quiet Zone or Intermediate Partial Quiet Zone under § 222.42. Such notification shall be provided to: All railroads operating over the public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone; the highway or traffic control or law enforcement authority having jurisdiction over vehicular traffic at grade crossings within the quiet zone; the landowner having control over any private highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone; the State agency responsible for highway and road safety; and the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety. A copy of the written notification to continue a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone under § 222.41 or to continue an Intermediate Quiet Zone or Intermediate Partial Quiet Zone under § 222.42 shall also be submitted electronically to FRA's Grade Crossing and Trespasser Outreach Division.
</P>
<P>(3) The public authority shall provide written notice of the establishment of a quiet zone under § 222.39 or § 222.41. Such notification shall be provided to: All railroads operating over the public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone; the highway or traffic control or law enforcement authority having jurisdiction over vehicular traffic at grade crossings within the quiet zone; the landowner having control over any private highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone; the State agency responsible for highway and road safety; and the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety. A copy of the written notice of quiet zone establishment under § 222.39 or § 222.41 shall also be submitted electronically to FRA's Grade Crossing and Trespasser Outreach Division.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of Intent</I>—(1) <I>Timing.</I> (i) The Notice of Intent shall be mailed at least 60 days before the mailing of the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment, unless the public authority obtains written comments and/or “no-comment” statements from each railroad operating over public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, and the State agency responsible for highway and road safety, in accordance with paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Notice of Intent shall be mailed no later than February 24, 2008 for all Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones governed by §§ 222.41(c) and (d) of this part, in order to continue existing locomotive horn sounding restrictions beyond June 24, 2008 without interruption.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Required Contents.</I> The Notice of Intent shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A list of each public, private, and pedestrian grade crossing within the quiet zone, identified by both U.S. DOT National Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Inventory Number and street or highway name, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of the time period within which restrictions would be imposed on the routine sounding of the locomotive horn (i.e., 24 hours or from 10 p.m. until 7 a.m.).
</P>
<P>(iii) A brief explanation of the public authority's tentative plans for implementing improvements within the proposed quiet zone.
</P>
<P>(iv) The name and title of the person who will act as point of contact during the quiet zone development process and the manner in which that person can be contacted.
</P>
<P>(v) A list of the names and addresses of each party that will receive notification in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>60-day comment period.</I> (i) A party that receives a copy of the public authority's Notice of Intent may submit information or comments about the proposed quiet zone to the public authority during the 60-day period after the date on which the Notice of Intent was mailed.
</P>
<P>(ii) The 60-day comment period established under paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section may terminate when the public authority obtains from each railroad operating over public highway-rail grade crossings within the proposed quiet zone, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, and the State agency responsible for highway and road safety:
</P>
<P>(A) Written comments; or
</P>
<P>(B) Written statements that the railroad and State agency do not have any comments on the Notice of Intent (“no-comment statements”).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation</I>—(1) <I>Timing.</I> (i) In order to prevent the resumption of locomotive horn sounding on June 24, 2005, the Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation under § 222.41 or § 222.42 of this part shall be served no later than June 3, 2005.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation under § 222.41 or § 222.42 of this part is mailed after June 3, 2005, the Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation shall state on which date locomotive horn use at grade crossings within the quiet zone shall cease, but in no event shall that date be earlier than 21 days after the date of mailing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Required contents.</I> The Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A list of each public, private, and pedestrian grade crossing within the quiet zone, identified by both U.S. DOT National Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Inventory Number and street or highway name.
</P>
<P>(ii) A specific reference to the regulatory provision that provides the basis for quiet zone continuation, citing as appropriate, § 222.41 or § 222.42 of this part.
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of the time period within which restrictions on the routine sounding of the locomotive horn will be imposed (i.e., 24 hours or nighttime hours only.)
</P>
<P>(iv) An accurate and complete Grade Crossing Inventory Form for each public, private, and pedestrian grade crossing within the quiet zone that reflects conditions currently existing at the crossing.
</P>
<P>(v) The name and title of the person responsible for monitoring compliance with the requirements of this part and the manner in which that person can be contacted.
</P>
<P>(vi) A list of the names and addresses of each party that will receive notification in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vii) A statement signed by the chief executive officer of each public authority participating in the continuation of the quiet zone, in which the chief executive officer certifies that the information submitted by the public authority is accurate and complete to the best of his/her knowledge and belief.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment</I>—(1) <I>Timing.</I> (i) The Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment shall provide the date upon which the quiet zone will be established, but in no event shall the date be earlier than 21 days after the date of mailing.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the public authority was required to provide a Notice of Intent, in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment shall not be mailed less than 60 days after the date on which the Notice of Intent was mailed, unless the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment contains a written statement affirming that written comments and/or “no-comment” statements have been received from each railroad operating over public highway-rail grade crossings within the proposed quiet zone, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, and the State agency responsible for highway and road safety, in accordance with paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Required contents.</I> The Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A list of each public, private, and pedestrian grade crossing within the quiet zone, identified by both U.S. DOT National Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Inventory Number and street or highway name, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(ii) A specific reference to the regulatory provision that provides the basis for quiet zone establishment, citing as appropriate, § 222.39(a)(1), 222.39(a)(2)(i), 222.39(a)(2)(ii), 222.39(a)(3), 222.39(b), 222.41(a)(1)(i), § 222.41(a)(1)(ii), 222.41(a)(1)(iii), 222.41(a)(1)(iv), 222.41(b)(1)(i), 222.41(b)(1)(ii), 222.41(b)(1)(iii), or 222.41(b)(1)(iv) of this part.
</P>
<P>(A) If the Notice contains a specific reference to § 222.39(a)(2)(i), 222.39(a)(2)(ii), 222.39(a)(3), 222.41(a)(1)(ii), 222.41(a)(1)(iii), 222.41(a)(1)(iv), 222.41(b)(1)(ii), 222.41(b)(1)(iii), or 222.41(b)(1)(iv), it shall include a copy of the FRA webpage that contains the quiet zone data upon which the public authority is relying (<I>https://safetydata.fra.dot.gov/quiet/login.aspx</I>).
</P>
<P>(B) If the Notice contains a specific reference to § 222.39(b) of this part, it shall include a copy of FRA's notification of approval.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a diagnostic team review was required under § 222.25 or § 222.27 of this part, the Notice shall include a statement affirming that the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety and all affected railroads were provided an opportunity to participate in the diagnostic team review. The Notice shall also include a list of recommendations made by the diagnostic team.
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement of the time period within which restrictions on the routine sounding of the locomotive horn will be imposed (i.e., 24 hours or from 10 p.m. until 7 a.m.).
</P>
<P>(v) An accurate and complete Grade Crossing Inventory Form for each public, private, and pedestrian grade crossing within the quiet zone that reflects the conditions existing at the crossing before any new SSMs or ASMs were implemented.
</P>
<P>(vi) An accurate, complete and current Grade Crossing Inventory Form for each public, private, and pedestrian grade crossing within the quiet zone that reflects SSMs and ASMs in place upon establishment of the quiet zone. SSMs and ASMs that cannot be fully described on the Inventory Form shall be separately described.
</P>
<P>(vii) If the public authority was required to provide a Notice of Intent, in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment shall contain a written statement affirming that the Notice of Intent was provided in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section. This statement shall also state the date on which the Notice of Intent was mailed.
</P>
<P>(viii) If the public authority was required to provide a Notice of Intent, in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and the Notice of Intent was mailed less than 60 days before the mailing of the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment, the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment shall also contain a written statement affirming that written comments and/or “no-comment” statements have been received from each railroad operating over public highway-rail grade crossings within the proposed quiet zone, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, and the State agency responsible for highway and road safety, in accordance with paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ix) The name and title of the person responsible for monitoring compliance with the requirements of this part and the manner in which that person can be contacted.
</P>
<P>(x) A list of the names and addresses of each party that shall be notified in accordance with paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(xi) A statement signed by the chief executive officer of each public authority participating in the establishment of the quiet zone, in which the chief executive officer shall certify that the information submitted by the public authority is accurate and complete to the best of his/her knowledge and belief.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 47634, Aug. 17, 2006, as amended at 90 FR 28152, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.45" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.45   When is a railroad required to cease routine sounding of locomotive horns at crossings?</HEAD>
<P>On the date specified in a Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation or Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment that complies with the requirements set forth in § 222.43 of this part, a railroad shall refrain from, or cease, routine sounding of the locomotive horn at all public, private and pedestrian grade crossings identified in the Notice.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.47" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.47   What periodic updates are required?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Quiet zones with SSMs at each public crossing.</I> This paragraph (a) addresses quiet zones established pursuant to §§ 222.39(a)(1) and 222.41(a)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(i) (quiet zones with an SSM implemented at every public crossing within the quiet zone) of this part. Between 4
<FR>1/2</FR> and 5 years after the date of the quiet zone establishment notice provided by the public authority under § 222.43, and between 4
<FR>1/2</FR> and 5 years after the last affirmation under this section, the public authority must:
</P>
<P>(1) Electronically affirm in writing to FRA's Grade Crossing and Trespasser Outreach Division that the SSMs implemented within the quiet zone continue to conform to the requirements of appendix A of this part. Copies of such affirmation must be provided to the parties identified in § 222.43(a)(3); and
</P>
<P>(2) Electronically provide to FRA's Grade Crossing and Trespasser Outreach Division an up-to-date, accurate, and complete Grade Crossing Inventory Form for each public highway-rail grade crossing, private highway-rail grade crossing, and pedestrian crossing within the quiet zone.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Quiet zones which do not have a supplementary safety measure at each public crossing.</I> This paragraph (b) addresses quiet zones established pursuant to §§ 222.39(a)(2) and (a)(3), 222.39(b), 222.41(a)(1)(ii), (a)(1)(iii), and (a)(1)(iv), and 222.41(b)(1)(ii), (b)(1)(iii), and (b)(1)(iv) (quiet zones which do not have an SSM at every public crossing within the quiet zone). Between 2
<FR>1/2</FR> and 3 years after the date of the quiet zone establishment notice provided by the public authority under § 222.43, and between 2
<FR>1/2</FR> and 3 years after the last affirmation under this section, the public authority must:
</P>
<P>(1) Electronically affirm in writing to FRA's Grade Crossing and Trespasser Outreach Division that all SSMs and ASMs implemented within the quiet zone continue to conform to the requirements of appendices A and B of this part or the terms of the Quiet Zone approval. Copies of such notification must be provided to the parties identified in § 222.43(a)(3); and
</P>
<P>(2) Electronically provide to FRA's Grade Crossing and Trespasser Outreach Division an up-to-date, accurate, and complete Grade Crossing Inventory Form for each public highway-rail grade crossing, private highway-rail grade crossing, and pedestrian grade crossing within the quiet zone.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28152, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.49" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.49   Who may file Grade Crossing Inventory Forms?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Grade Crossing Inventory Forms required to be filed with the Associate Administrator in accordance with §§ 222.39, 222.43 and 222.47 of this part may be filed by the public authority if, for any reason, such forms are not timely submitted by the State and railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) Within 30 days after receipt of a written request of the public authority, the railroad owning the line of railroad that includes public or private highway rail grade crossings within the quiet zone or proposed quiet zone shall provide to the State and public authority sufficient current information regarding the grade crossing and the railroad's operations over the grade crossing to enable the State and public authority to complete the Grade Crossing Inventory Form.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.51" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.51   Under what conditions will quiet zone status be terminated?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>New Quiet Zones—Annual risk review.</I> (1) FRA will annually calculate the Quiet Zone Risk Index for each quiet zone established pursuant to §§ 222.39(a)(2) and 222.39(b) of this part, and in comparison to the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. FRA will notify each public authority of the Quiet Zone Risk Index for the preceding calendar year. FRA will not conduct annual risk reviews for quiet zones established by having an SSM at every public crossing within the quiet zone or for quiet zones established by reducing the Quiet Zone Risk Index to the Risk Index With Horns.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Actions to be taken by public authority to retain quiet zone.</I> If the Quiet Zone Risk Index is above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, the quiet zone will terminate six months from the date of receipt of notification from FRA that the Quiet Zone Risk Index exceeds the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, unless the public authority takes the following actions:
</P>
<P>(i) Within six months after the date of receipt of notification from FRA that the Quiet Zone Risk Index exceeds the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, provide to the Associate Administrator a written commitment to lower the potential risk to the traveling public at the crossings within the quiet zone to a level at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or the Risk Index With Horns. Included in the commitment statement shall be a discussion of the specific steps to be taken by the public authority to increase safety at the crossings within the quiet zone; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Within three years after the date of receipt of notification from FRA that the Quiet Zone Risk Index exceeds the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, complete implementation of SSMs or ASMs sufficient to reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, or the Risk Index With Horns, and receive approval from the Associate Administrator, under the procedures set forth in § 222.39(b) of this part, for continuation of the quiet zone. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index is reduced to the Risk Index With Horns, the quiet zone will be considered to have been established pursuant to § 222.39(a)(3) of this part and subsequent annual risk reviews will not be conducted for that quiet zone.
</P>
<P>(iii) Failure to comply with paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section shall result in the termination of the quiet zone six months after the date of receipt of notification from FRA that the Quiet Zone Risk Index exceeds the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. Failure to comply with paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section shall result in the termination of the quiet zone three years after the date of receipt of notification from FRA that the Quiet Zone Risk Index exceeds the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pre-Rule Quiet Zones—Annual risk review.</I> (1) FRA will annually calculate the Quiet Zone Risk Index for each Pre-Rule Quiet Zone and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone that qualified for automatic approval pursuant to §§ 222.41(a)(1)(ii), 222.41(a)(1)(iii), 222.41(b)(1)(ii), and 222.41(b)(1)(iii) of this part. FRA will notify each public authority of the Quiet Zone Risk Index for the preceding calendar year. FRA will also notify each public authority if a relevant collision occurred at a grade crossing within the quiet zone during the preceding calendar year.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones authorized under §§ 222.41(a)(1)(ii) and 222.41(b)(1)(ii).</I> (i) If a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone originally qualified for automatic approval because the Quiet Zone Risk Index was at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, the quiet zone may continue unchanged if the Quiet Zone Risk Index as last calculated by the FRA remains at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Quiet Zone Risk Index as last calculated by FRA is above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, but is lower than twice the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and no relevant collisions have occurred at crossings within the quiet zone within the five years preceding the annual risk review, then the quiet zone may continue as though it originally received automatic approval pursuant to § 222.41(a)(1)(iii) or 222.41(b)(1)(iii) of this part.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the Quiet Zone Risk Index as last calculated by FRA is at, or above, twice the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, or if the Quiet Zone Risk Index is above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, but is lower than twice the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold <I>and</I> a relevant collision occurred at a crossing within the quiet zone within the preceding five calendar years, the quiet zone will terminate six months after the date of receipt of notification from FRA of the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold level, unless the public authority takes the actions specified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones authorized under §§ 222.41(a)(1)(iii) and 222.41(b)(1)(iii).</I> (i) If a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone originally qualified for automatic approval because the Quiet Zone Risk Index was above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, but below twice the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, and no relevant collisions had occurred within the five-year qualifying period, the quiet zone may continue unchanged if the Quiet Zone Risk Index as last calculated by FRA remains below twice the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and no relevant collisions occurred at a public grade crossing within the quiet zone during the preceding calendar year.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Quiet Zone Risk Index as last calculated by FRA is at, or above, twice the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, or if a relevant collision occurred at a public grade crossing within the quiet zone during the preceding calendar year, the quiet zone will terminate six months after the date of receipt of notification from FRA that the Quiet Zone Risk Index is at, or exceeds twice the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or that a relevant collision occurred at a crossing within the quiet zone, unless the public authority takes the actions specified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Actions to be taken by the public authority to retain a quiet zone.</I> (i) Within six months after the date of FRA notification, the public authority shall provide to the Associate Administrator a written commitment to lower the potential risk to the traveling public at the crossings within the quiet zone by reducing the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or the Risk Index With Horns. Included in the commitment statement shall be a discussion of the specific steps to be taken by the public authority to increase safety at the public crossings within the quiet zone; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Within three years of the date of FRA notification, the public authority shall complete implementation of SSMs or ASMs sufficient to reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, or the Risk Index With Horns, and receive approval from the Associate Administrator, under the procedures set forth in § 222.39(b) of this part, for continuation of the quiet zone. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index is reduced to a level that fully compensates for the absence of the train horn, the quiet zone will be considered to have been established pursuant to § 222.39(a)(3) of this part and subsequent annual risk reviews will not be conducted for that quiet zone.
</P>
<P>(iii) Failure to comply with paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section shall result in the termination of the quiet zone six months after the date of receipt of notification from FRA. Failure to comply with paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section shall result in the termination of the quiet zone three years after the date of receipt of notification from FRA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Review at FRA's initiative.</I> (1) The Associate Administrator may, at any time, review the status of any quiet zone.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Associate Administrator makes any of the following preliminary determinations, the Associate Administrator will provide written notice to the public authority, all railroads operating over public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone, the highway or traffic control authority or law enforcement authority having control over vehicular traffic at the crossings within the quiet zone, the landowner having control over any private crossings within the quiet zone, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, and the State agency responsible for highway and road safety and will publish a notice of the determination in the <E T="04">Federal Register:</E>
</P>
<P>(i) Safety systems and measures implemented within the quiet zone do not fully compensate for the absence of the locomotive horn due to a substantial increase in risk;
</P>
<P>(ii) Documentation relied upon to establish the quiet zone contains substantial errors that may have an adverse impact on public safety; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Significant risk with respect to loss of life or serious personal injury exists within the quiet zone.
</P>
<P>(3) After providing an opportunity for comment, the Associate Administrator may require that additional safety measures be taken or that the quiet zone be terminated. The Associate Administrator will provide a copy of his/her decision to the public authority and all parties listed in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. The public authority may appeal the Associate Administrator's decision in accordance with § 222.57(c) of this part. Nothing in this section is intended to limit the Administrator's emergency authority under 49 U.S.C. 20104 and 49 CFR part 211.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Termination by the public authority.</I> (1) Any public authority that participated in the establishment of a quiet zone under the provisions of this part may, at any time, withdraw its quiet zone status.

(2) A public authority may withdraw its quiet zone status by providing written notice of termination to all railroads operating the public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone, the highway or traffic control authority or law enforcement authority having control over vehicular traffic at the crossings within the quiet zone, the landowner having control over any private crossings within the quiet zone, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, and the State agency responsible for highway and road safety. A copy of the written notice of quiet zone termination shall also be submitted electronically to the Grade Crossing and Trespasser Outreach Division of FRA's Office of Railroad Safety (Grade Crossing and Trespasser Outreach Division).
</P>
<P>(3)(i) If the quiet zone that is being withdrawn was part of a multi-jurisdictional quiet zone, the remaining quiet zones may remain in effect, provided the public authorities responsible for the remaining quiet zones provide statements to the Associate Administrator certifying that the Quiet Zone Risk Index for each remaining quiet zone is at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or the Risk Index With Horns. These statements shall be provided, no later than six months after the date on which the notice of quiet zone termination was mailed, to all parties listed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) If any remaining quiet zone has a Quiet Zone Risk Index in excess of the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and the Risk Index With Horns, the public authority responsible for the quiet zone shall submit a written commitment, to all parties listed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, to reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level at or below the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or the Risk Index With Horns within three years. Included in the commitment statement shall be a discussion of the specific steps to be taken by the public authority to reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index. This commitment statement shall be provided to all parties listed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section no later than six months after the date on which the notice of quiet zone termination was mailed.
</P>
<P>(iii) Failure to comply with paragraphs (d)(3)(i) and (d)(3)(ii) of this section shall result in the termination of the remaining quiet zone(s) six months after the date on which the notice of quiet zone termination was mailed by the withdrawing public authority in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) Failure to complete implementation of SSMs and/or ASMs to reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Index or the Risk Index With Horns, in accordance with the written commitment provided under paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section, shall result in the termination of quiet zone status three years after the date on which the written commitment was received by FRA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notification of termination.</I> (1) In the event that a quiet zone is terminated under the provisions of this section, it shall be the responsibility of the public authority immediately to provide written notification of the termination to all railroads operating over public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone, the highway or traffic control authority or law enforcement authority having control over vehicular traffic at the crossings within the quiet zone, the landowner having control over any private crossings within the quiet zone, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, and the State agency responsible for highway and road safety. A copy of the written notice of quiet zone termination shall also be submitted electronically to FRA's Grade Crossing and Trespasser Outreach Division.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (e)(1) of this section, if a quiet zone is terminated under the provisions of this section, FRA shall also provide written notification to all parties listed in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Requirement to sound the locomotive horn.</I> Upon receipt of notification of quiet zone termination pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, railroads shall, within seven days, and in accordance with the provisions of this part, sound the locomotive horn when approaching and passing through every public highway-rail grade crossing within the former quiet zone.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 47634, Aug. 17, 2006, as amended at 90 FR 28153, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.53" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.53   What are the requirements for supplementary and alternative safety measures?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Approved SSMs are listed in appendix A of this part. Approved SSMs can qualify for quiet zone risk reduction credit in the manner specified in appendix A of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Additional ASMs that may be included in a request for FRA approval of a quiet zone under § 222.39(b) of this part are listed in appendix B of this part. Modified SSMs can qualify for quiet zone risk reduction credit in the manner specified in appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The following do not, individually or in combination, constitute SSMs or ASMs: Standard traffic control device arrangements such as reflectorized crossbucks, STOP signs, flashing lights, or flashing lights with gates that do not completely block travel over the line of railroad, or traffic signals.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.55" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.55   How are new supplementary or alternative safety measures approved?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Associate Administrator may add new SSMs and standards to appendix A of this part and new ASMs and standards to appendix B of this part when the Associate Administrator determines that such measures or standards are an effective substitute for the locomotive horn in the prevention of collisions and casualties at public highway-rail grade crossings.
</P>
<P>(b) Interested parties may apply for approval from the Associate Administrator to demonstrate proposed new SSMs or ASMs to determine whether they are effective substitutes for the locomotive horn in the prevention of collisions and casualties at public highway-rail grade crossings.
</P>
<P>(c) The Associate Administrator may, after notice and opportunity for comment, order railroad carriers operating over a public highway-rail grade crossing or crossings to temporarily cease the sounding of locomotive horns at such crossings to demonstrate proposed new SSMs or ASMs, provided that such proposed new SSMs or ASMs have been subject to prior testing and evaluation. In issuing such order, the Associate Administrator may impose any conditions or limitations on such use of the proposed new SSMs or ASMs which the Associate Administrator deems necessary in order to provide the level of safety at least equivalent to that provided by the locomotive horn.
</P>
<P>(d) Upon completion of a demonstration of proposed new SSMs or ASMs, interested parties may apply to the Associate Administrator for their approval. Applications for approval shall be in writing and shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(2) A description and design of the proposed new SSM or ASM;
</P>
<P>(3) A description and results of the demonstration project in which the proposed SSMs or ASMs were tested;
</P>
<P>(4) Estimated costs of the proposed new SSM or ASM; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any other information deemed necessary.
</P>
<P>(e) If the Associate Administrator is satisfied that the proposed safety measure fully compensates for the absence of the warning provided by the locomotive horn, the Associate Administrator will approve its use as an SSM to be used in the same manner as the measures listed in appendix A of this part, or the Associate Administrator may approve its use as an ASM to be used in the same manner as the measures listed in appendix B of this part. The Associate Administrator may impose any conditions or limitations on use of the SSMs or ASMs which the Associate Administrator deems necessary in order to provide the level of safety at least equivalent to that provided by the locomotive horn.
</P>
<P>(f) If the Associate Administrator approves a new SSM or ASM, the Associate Administrator will: Notify the applicant, if any; publish notice of such action in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>; and add the measure to the list of approved SSMs or ASMs.
</P>
<P>(g) A public authority or other interested party may appeal to the Administrator from a decision by the Associate Administrator granting or denying an application for approval of a proposed SSM or ASM, or the conditions or limitations imposed on its use, in accordance with § 222.57 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.57" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.57   Can parties seek review of the Associate Administrator's actions?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A public authority or other interested party may petition the Administrator for review of any decision by the Associate Administrator granting or denying an application for approval of a new SSM or ASM under § 222.55 of this part. The petition must be filed within 60 days of the decision to be reviewed, specify the grounds for the requested relief, and be served upon the following parties: All railroads ordered to temporarily cease sounding of the locomotive horn over public highway-rail grade crossings for the demonstration of the proposed new SSM or ASM , the highway or traffic control authority or law enforcement authority having control over vehicular traffic at the crossings affected by the new SSM/ASM demonstration, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, the State agency responsible for highway and road safety, and the Associate Administrator. Unless the Administrator specifically provides otherwise, and gives notice to the petitioner or publishes a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> the filing of a petition under this paragraph does not stay the effectiveness of the action sought to be reviewed. The Administrator may reaffirm, modify, or revoke the decision of the Associate Administrator without further proceedings and shall notify the petitioner and other interested parties in writing or by publishing a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) A public authority may request reconsideration of a decision by the Associate Administrator to deny an application by that authority for approval of a quiet zone, or to require additional safety measures, by filing a petition for reconsideration with the Associate Administrator. The petition must specify the grounds for asserting that the Associate Administrator improperly exercised his/her judgment in finding that the proposed SSMs and ASMs would not result in a Quiet Zone Risk Index that would be at or below the Risk Index With Horns or the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. The petition shall be filed within 60 days of the date of the decision to be reconsidered and be served upon all parties listed in § 222.39(b)(3) of this part. Upon receipt of a timely and proper petition, the Associate Administrator will provide the petitioner an opportunity to submit additional materials and to request an informal hearing. Upon review of the additional materials and completion of any hearing requested, the Associate Administrator shall issue a decision on the petition that will be administratively final.
</P>
<P>(c) A public authority may request reconsideration of a decision by the Associate Administrator to terminate quiet zone status by filing a petition for reconsideration with the Associate Administrator. The petition must be filed within 60 days of the date of the decision, specify the grounds for the requested relief, and be served upon all parties listed in § 222.51(c)(2) of this part. Unless the Associate Administrator publishes a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> that specifically stays the effectiveness of his/her decision, the filing of a petition under this paragraph will not stay the termination of quiet zone status. Upon receipt of a timely and proper petition, the Associate Administrator will provide the petitioner an opportunity to submit additional materials and to request an informal hearing. Upon review of the additional materials and completion of any hearing requested, the Associate Administrator shall issue a decision on the petition that will be administratively final. A copy of this decision shall be served upon all parties listed in § 222.51(c)(2) of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad may request reconsideration of a decision by the Associate Administrator to approve an application for approval of a proposed quiet zone under § 222.39(b) of this part by filing a petition for reconsideration with the Associate Administrator. The petition must specify the grounds for asserting that the Associate Administrator improperly exercised his/her judgment in finding that the proposed SSMs and ASMs would result in a Quiet Zone Risk Index that would be at or below the Risk Index With Horns or the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. The petition shall be filed within 60 days of the date of the decision to be reconsidered, and be served upon all parties listed in § 222.39(b)(3) of this part. Upon receipt of a timely and proper petition, the Associate Administrator will provide the petitioner an opportunity to submit additional materials and to request an informal hearing. Upon review of the additional materials and completion of any hearing requested, the Associate Administrator shall issue a decision that will be administratively final.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 222.59" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.3.14.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 222.59   When may a wayside horn be used?</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A wayside horn conforming to the requirements of appendix E of this part may be used in lieu of a locomotive horn at any highway-rail grade crossing equipped with an active warning system consisting of, at a minimum, flashing lights and gates.
</P>
<P>(2) A wayside horn conforming to the requirements of appendix E of this part may be installed within a quiet zone. For purposes of calculating the length of a quiet zone, the presence of a wayside horn at a highway-grade crossing within a quiet zone shall be considered in the same manner as a grade crossing treated with an SSM. A grade crossing equipped with a wayside horn shall not be considered in calculating the Quiet Zone Risk Index or Crossing Corridor Risk Index.
</P>
<P>(b) A public authority installing a wayside horn at a grade crossing within a quiet zone shall provide written notice that a wayside horn is being installed to all railroads operating over the public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone, the highway or traffic control authority or law enforcement authority having control over vehicular traffic at the crossings within the quiet zone, the landowner having control over any private crossings within the quiet zone, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, the State agency responsible for highway and road safety, and the Associate Administrator. This notice shall provide the date on which the wayside horn will be operational and identify the grade crossing at which the wayside horn shall be installed by both the U.S. DOT National Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Inventory Number and street or highway name. The railroad or public authority shall provide notification of the operational date at least 21 days in advance.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad or public authority installing a wayside horn at a grade crossing located outside a quiet zone shall provide written notice that a wayside horn is being installed to all railroads operating over the public highway-rail grade crossing, the highway or traffic control authority or law enforcement authority having control over vehicular traffic at the crossing, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, the State agency responsible for highway and road safety, and the Associate Administrator. This notice shall provide the date on which the wayside horn will be operational and identify the grade crossing at which the wayside horn shall be installed by both the U.S. DOT National Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Inventory Number and street or highway name. The railroad or public authority shall provide notification of the operational date at least 21 days in advance.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad operating over a grade crossing equipped with an operational wayside horn installed within a quiet zone pursuant to this section shall cease routine locomotive horn use at the grade crossing. A railroad operating over a grade crossing that is equipped with a wayside horn and located outside of a quiet zone shall cease routine locomotive horn use at the grade crossing on the operational date specified in the notice required by paragraph (c) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.5.15.1.23" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 222—Approved Supplementary Safety Measures 


</HEAD>
<HD2>A. Requirements and Effectiveness Rates for Supplementary Safety Measures
</HD2>
<P>This section provides a list of approved supplementary safety measures (SSMs) that may be installed at highway-rail grade crossings within quiet zones for risk reduction credit. Each SSM has been assigned an effectiveness rate, which may be subject to adjustment as research and demonstration projects are completed and data is gathered and refined. Sections B and C govern the process through which risk reduction credit for pre-existing SSMs can be determined.
</P>
<P>1. <I>Temporary Closure of a Public Highway-Rail Grade Crossing:</I> Close the crossing to highway traffic during designated quiet periods. (This SSM can only be implemented within Partial Quiet Zones.)
</P>
<P><I>Effectiveness:</I> 1.0.
</P>
<P>Because an effective closure system prevents vehicle entrance onto the crossing, the probability of a collision with a train at the crossing is zero during the period the crossing is closed. Effectiveness would therefore equal 1. However, analysis should take into consideration that traffic would need to be redistributed among adjacent crossings or grade separations for the purpose of estimating risk following the silencing of train horns, unless the particular “closure” was accomplished by a grade separation.
</P>
<P><I>Required:</I>
</P>
<P>a. The closure system must completely block highway traffic on all approach lanes to the crossing.
</P>
<P>b. The closure system must completely block adjacent pedestrian crossings.
</P>
<P>c. Public highway-rail grade crossings located within New Partial Quiet Zones shall be closed from 10 p.m. until 7 a.m. every day. Public highway-rail grade crossings located within Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones may only be closed during one period each 24 hours.
</P>
<P>d. Barricades and signs used for closure of the roadway shall conform to the standards contained in the MUTCD.
</P>
<P>e. Daily activation and deactivation of the system is the responsibility of the public authority responsible for maintenance of the street or highway crossing the railroad tracks. The public authority may provide for third party activation and deactivation; however, the public authority shall remain fully responsible for compliance with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>f. The system must be tamper and vandal resistant to the same extent as other traffic control devices.
</P>
<P>g. The closure system shall be equipped with a monitoring device that contains an indicator which is visible to the train crew prior to entering the crossing. The indicator shall illuminate whenever the closure device is deployed.
</P>
<P><I>Recommended:</I>
</P>
<P>Signs for alternate highway traffic routes should be erected in accordance with MUTCD and State and local standards and should inform pedestrians and motorists that the streets are closed, the period for which they are closed, and that alternate routes must be used.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Four-Quadrant Gate System:</I> Install gates at a crossing sufficient to fully block highway traffic from entering the crossing when the gates are lowered, including at least one gate for each direction of traffic on each approach.
</P>
<P><I>Effectiveness:</I>
</P>
<P>Four-quadrant gates only, no presence detection: .82.
</P>
<P>Four-quadrant gates only, with presence detection: .77.
</P>
<P>Four-quadrant gates with traffic of at least 60 feet (with or without presence detection): .92.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The higher effectiveness rate for four-quadrant gates without presence detection does not mean that they are inherently safer than four-quadrant gates with presence detection. Four-quadrant gates with presence detection have been assigned a lower effectiveness rate because motorists may learn to delay the lowering of the exit gates by driving onto the opposing lane of traffic immediately after an opposing car has driven over the grade crossing. Since the presence detection will keep the exit gate raised, other motorists at the crossing who observe this scenario may also be tempted to take advantage of the raised exit gate by driving around the lowered entrance gates, thus increasing the potential for a crossing collision.
</P>
<P>It should, however, be noted that there are site-specific circumstances (such as nearby highway intersections that could cause traffic to back up and stop on the grade crossing), under which the use of presence detection would be advisable. For this reason, the various effectiveness rates assigned to four-quadrant gate systems should not be the sole determining factor as to whether presence detection would be advisable. A site-specific study should be performed to determine the best application for each proposed installation. Please refer to paragraphs (f) and (g) for more information.</P></NOTE>
<P><I>Required:</I>
</P>
<P>Four-quadrant gate systems shall conform to the standards for four-quadrant gates contained in the MUTCD and shall, in addition, comply with the following:
</P>
<P>a. When a train is approaching, all highway approach and exit lanes on both sides of the highway-rail crossing must be spanned by gates, thus denying to the highway user the option of circumventing the conventional approach lane gates by switching into the opposing (oncoming) traffic lane in order to enter the crossing and cross the tracks.
</P>
<P>b. Crossing warning systems must be activated by use of constant warning time devices unless existing conditions at the crossing would prevent the proper operation of the constant warning time devices.
</P>
<P>c. Crossing warning systems must be equipped with power-out indicators.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Requirements b and c apply only to New Quiet Zones or New Partial Quiet Zones. Constant warning time devices and power-out indicators are not required to be added to existing warning systems in Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones. However, if existing automatic warning device systems in Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones are renewed, or new automatic warning device systems are installed, power-out indicators and constant warning time devices are required, unless existing conditions at the crossing would prevent the proper operation of the constant warning devices.</P></NOTE>
<P>d. The gap between the ends of the entrance and exit gates (on the same side of the railroad tracks) when both are in the fully lowered, or down, position must be less than two feet if no median is present. If the highway approach is equipped with a median or a channelization device between the approach and exit lanes, the lowered gates must reach to within one foot of the median or channelization device, measured horizontally across the road from the end of the lowered gate to the median or channelization device or to a point over the edge of the median or channelization device. The gate and the median top or channelization device do not have to be at the same elevation.
</P>
<P>e. “Break-away” channelization devices must be frequently monitored to replace broken elements.
</P>
<P><I>Recommendations for new installations only:</I>
</P>
<P>f. Gate timing should be established by a qualified traffic engineer based on site specific determinations. Such determination should consider the need for and timing of a delay in the descent of the exit gates (following descent of the conventional entrance gates). Factors to be considered may include available storage space between the gates that is outside the fouling limits of the track(s) and the possibility that traffic flows may be interrupted as a result of nearby intersections.
</P>
<P>g. A determination should be made as to whether it is necessary to provide vehicle presence detectors (VPDs) to open or keep open the exit gates until all vehicles are clear of the crossing. VPD should be installed on one or both sides of the crossing and/or in the surface between the rails closest to the field. Among the factors that should be considered are the presence of intersecting roadways near the crossing, the priority that the traffic crossing the railroad is given at such intersections, the types of traffic control devices at those intersections, and the presence and timing of traffic signal preemption.
</P>
<P>h. Highway approaches on one or both sides of the highway-rail crossing may be provided with medians or channelization devices between the opposing lanes. Medians should be defined by a non-traversable curb or traversable curb, or by reflectorized channelization devices, or by both.
</P>
<P>i. Remote monitoring (in addition to power-out indicators, which are required) of the status of these crossing systems is preferable. This is especially important in those areas in which qualified railroad signal department personnel are not readily available.


</P>
<P>3. <I>Gates With Medians or Channelization Devices:</I> Install medians or channelization devices on both highway approaches to a public highway-rail grade crossing denying to the highway user the option of circumventing the approach lane gates by switching into the opposing (oncoming) traffic lane and driving around the lowered gates to cross the tracks.
</P>
<P><I>Effectiveness:</I>
</P>
<P>Channelization devices—.75.
</P>
<P>Non-traversable curbs with or without channelization devices— .80.
</P>
<P><I>Required:</I>
</P>
<P>a. Opposing traffic lanes on both highway approaches to the crossing must be separated by either: (1) medians bounded by non-traversable curbs or (2) channelization devices.
</P>
<P>b. Medians or channelization devices must extend at least 100 feet from the gate arm, or if there is an intersection within 100 feet of the gate, the median or channelization device must extend at least 60 feet from the gate arm.
</P>
<P>c. Intersections of two or more streets, or a street and an alley, that are within 60 feet of the gate arm must be closed or relocated. Driveways for private, residential properties (up to four units) within 60 feet of the gate arm are not considered to be intersections under this part and need not be closed. However, consideration should be given to taking steps to ensure that motorists exiting the driveways are not able to move against the flow of traffic to circumvent the purpose of the median and drive around lowered gates. This may be accomplished by the posting of “no left turn” signs or other means of notification. For the purpose of this part, driveways accessing commercial properties are considered to be intersections and are not allowed. It should be noted that if a public authority can not comply with the 60 feet or 100 feet requirement, it may apply to FRA for a quiet zone under § 222.39(b), “Public authority application to FRA.” Such arrangement may qualify for a risk reduction credit in calculation of the Quiet Zone Risk Index. Similarly, if a public authority finds that it is feasible to only provide channelization on one approach to the crossing, it may also apply to FRA for approval under § 222.39(b). Such an arrangement may also qualify for a risk reduction credit in calculation of the Quiet Zone Risk Index.
</P>
<P>d. Crossing warning systems must be activated by use of constant warning time devices unless existing conditions at the crossing would prevent the proper operation of the constant warning time devices.
</P>
<P>e. Crossing warning systems must be equipped with power-out indicators. Note: Requirements d and e apply only to New Quiet Zones and New Partial Quiet Zones. Constant warning time devices and power-out indicators are not required to be added to existing warning systems in Pre-Rule Quiet Zones or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones. However, if existing automatic warning device systems in Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones are renewed, or new automatic warning device systems are installed, power-out indicators and constant warning time devices are required, unless existing conditions at the crossing would prevent the proper operation of the constant warning devices.
</P>
<P>f. The gap between the lowered gate and the curb or channelization device must be one foot or less, measured horizontally across the road from the end of the lowered gate to the curb or channelization device or to a point over the curb edge or channelization device. The gate and the curb top or channelization device do not have to be at the same elevation.
</P>
<P>g. “Break-away” channelization devices must be frequently monitored to replace broken elements.
</P>
<P><I>Recommended:</I>
</P>
<P>a. The use of non-traversable curbs at speeds up to 45 mph should incorporate appropriate engineering controls such as those recommended by organizations such as the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.


</P>
<P>4. <I>One Way Street with Gate(s):</I> Gate(s) must be installed such that all approaching highway lanes to the public highway-rail grade crossing are completely blocked.
</P>
<P><I>Effectiveness:</I> .82.
</P>
<P><I>Required:</I>
</P>
<P>a. Gate arms on the approach side of the crossing should extend across the road to within one foot of the far edge of the pavement. If a gate is used on each side of the road, the gap between the ends of the gates when both are in the lowered, or down, position must be no more than two feet.
</P>
<P>b. If only one gate is used, the edge of the road opposite the gate mechanism must be configured with a non-traversable curb extending at least 100 feet.
</P>
<P>c. Crossing warning systems must be activated by use of constant warning time devices unless existing conditions at the crossing would prevent the proper operation of the constant warning time devices.
</P>
<P>d. Crossing warning systems must be equipped with power-out indicators.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Requirements c and d apply only to New Quiet Zones and New Partial Quiet Zones. Constant warning time devices and power-out indicators are not required to be added to existing warning systems in Pre-Rule Quiet Zones or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones. If automatic warning systems are, however, installed or renewed in a Pre-Rule Quiet or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone, power-out indicators and constant warning time devices shall be installed, unless existing conditions at the crossing would prevent the proper operation of the constant warning time devices.</P></NOTE>
<P>5. <I>Permanent Closure of a Public Highway-Rail Grade Crossing:</I> Permanently close the crossing to highway traffic.
</P>
<P><I>Effectiveness:</I> 1.0.
</P>
<P><I>Required:</I>
</P>
<P>a. The closure system must completely block highway traffic from entering the grade crossing.
</P>
<P>b. Barricades and signs used for closure of the roadway shall conform to the standards contained in the MUTCD.
</P>
<P>c. The closure system must be tamper and vandal resistant to the same extent as other traffic control devices.
</P>
<P>d. Since traffic will be redistributed among adjacent crossings, the traffic counts for adjacent crossings shall be increased to reflect the diversion of traffic from the closed crossing.
</P>
<HD2>B. Credit for Pre-Existing SSMs in New Quiet Zones and New Partial Quiet Zones
</HD2>
<P>A community that has implemented a pre-existing SSM at a public grade crossing can receive risk reduction credit by inflating the Risk Index With Horns as follows:
</P>
<P>1. Calculate the current risk index for the grade crossing that is equipped with a qualifying, pre-existing SSM. (See appendix D. FRA's web-based Quiet Zone Calculator may be used to complete this calculation.)
</P>
<P>2. Adjust the risk index by accounting for the increased risk that was avoided by implementing the pre-existing SSM at the public grade crossing. This adjustment can be made by dividing the risk index by one minus the SSM effectiveness rate. (For example, the risk index for a crossing equipped with pre-existing channelization devices would be divided by .25.)
</P>
<P>3. Add the current risk indices for the other public grade crossings located within the proposed quiet zone and divide by the number of crossings. The resulting risk index will be the new Risk Index With Horns for the proposed quiet zone.
</P>
<HD2>C. Credit for Pre-Existing SSMs in Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones
</HD2>
<P>A community that has implemented a pre-existing SSM at a public grade crossing can receive risk reduction credit by inflating the Risk Index With Horns as follows:
</P>
<P>1. Calculate the current risk index for the grade crossing that is equipped with a qualifying, pre-existing SSM. (See appendix D. FRA's web-based Quiet Zone Calculator may be used to complete this calculation.)
</P>
<P>2. Reduce the current risk index for the grade crossing to reflect the risk reduction that would have been achieved if the locomotive horn was routinely sounded at the crossing. The following list sets forth the estimated risk reduction for certain types of crossings:
</P>
<P>a. Risk indices for passive crossings shall be reduced by 43%;
</P>
<P>b. Risk indices for grade crossings equipped with automatic flashing lights shall be reduced by 27%; and
</P>
<P>c. Risk indices for gated crossings shall be reduced by 40%.
</P>
<P>3. Adjust the risk index by accounting for the increased risk that was avoided by implementing the pre-existing SSM at the public grade crossing. This adjustment can be made by dividing the risk index by one minus the SSM effectiveness rate. (For example, the risk index for a crossing equipped with pre-existing channelization devices would be divided by .25.)
</P>
<P>4. Adjust the risk indices for the other crossings that are included in the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone by reducing the current risk index to reflect the risk reduction that would have been achieved if the locomotive horn was routinely sounded at each crossing. Please refer to step two for the list of approved risk reduction percentages by crossing type.
</P>
<P>5. Add the new risk indices for each crossing located within the proposed quiet zone and divide by the number of crossings. The resulting risk index will be the new Risk Index With Horns for the quiet zone.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 47634, Aug. 17, 2006, as amended at 91 FR 22740, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.5.15.1.24" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 222—Alternative Safety Measures 
</HEAD>
<HD2>Introduction
</HD2>
<P>A public authority seeking approval of a quiet zone under public authority application to FRA (§ 222.39(b)) may include ASMs listed in this appendix in its proposal. This appendix addresses three types of ASMs: Modified SSMs, Non-Engineering ASMs, and Engineering ASMs. Modified SSMs are SSMs that do not fully comply with the provisions listed in appendix A. As provided in section I.B. of this appendix, public authorities can obtain risk reduction credit for pre-existing modified SSMs under the final rule. Non-engineering ASMs consist of programmed enforcement, public education and awareness, and photo enforcement programs that may be used to reduce risk within a quiet zone. Engineering ASMs consist of engineering improvements that address underlying geometric conditions, including sight distance, that are the source of increased risk at crossings.
</P>
<HD1>I. Modified SSMs 
</HD1>
<HD2>A. Requirements and Effectiveness Rates for Modified SSMs
</HD2>
<P>1. If there are unique circumstances pertaining to a specific crossing or number of crossings which prevent SSMs from being fully compliant with all of the SSM requirements listed in appendix A, those SSM requirements may be adjusted or revised. In that case, the SSM, as modified by the public authority, will be treated as an ASM under this appendix B, and not as a SSM under appendix A. After reviewing the estimated safety effect of the modified SSM and the proposed quiet zone, FRA will approve the proposed quiet zone if FRA finds that the Quiet Zone Risk Index will be reduced to a level at or below either the Risk Index With Horns or the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold.
</P>
<P>2. The public authority must provide estimates of effectiveness. These estimates may be based upon adjustments from the effectiveness levels provided in appendix A or from actual field data derived from the crossing sites. The specific crossing and applied mitigation measure will be assessed to determine the effectiveness of the modified SSM. FRA will continue to develop and make available effectiveness estimates and data from experience under the final rule.
</P>
<P>3. If one or more of the requirements associated with an SSM as listed in appendix A is revised or deleted, data or analysis supporting the revision or deletion must be provided to FRA for review. The following engineering types of ASMs may be included in a proposal for approval by FRA for creation of a quiet zone: (1) Temporary Closure of a Public Highway-Rail Grade Crossing, (2) Four-Quadrant Gate System, (3) Gates With Medians or Channelization Devices, and (4) One-Way Street With Gate(s).
</P>
<HD2>B. Credit for Pre-Existing Modified SSMs in New Quiet Zones and New Partial Quiet Zones
</HD2>
<P>A community that has implemented a pre-existing modified SSM at a public grade crossing can receive risk reduction credit by inflating the Risk Index With Horns as follows:
</P>
<P>1. Calculate the current risk index for the grade crossing that is equipped with a pre-existing modified SSM. (See appendix D. FRA's web-based Quiet Zone Calculator may be used to complete this calculation.)
</P>
<P>2. Obtain FRA approval of the estimated effectiveness rate for the pre-existing modified SSM. Estimated effectiveness rates may be based upon adjustments from the SSM effectiveness rates provided in appendix A or actual field data derived from crossing sites.
</P>
<P>3. Adjust the risk index by accounting for the increased risk that was avoided by implementing the pre-existing modified SSM at the public grade crossing. This adjustment can be made by dividing the risk index by one minus the FRA-approved modified SSM effectiveness rate.
</P>
<P>4. Add the current risk indices for the other public grade crossings located within the proposed quiet zone and divide by the number of crossings. The resulting risk index will be the new Risk Index With Horns for the proposed quiet zone.
</P>
<HD2>C. Credit for Pre-Existing Modified SSMs in Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones
</HD2>
<P>A community that has implemented a pre-existing modified SSM at a public grade crossing can receive risk reduction credit by inflating the Risk Index With Horns as follows:
</P>
<P>1. Calculate the current risk index for the grade crossing that is equipped with a pre-existing modified SSM. (See appendix D. FRA's web-based Quiet Zone Calculator may be used to complete this calculation.)
</P>
<P>2. Reduce the current risk index for the grade crossing to reflect the risk reduction that would have been achieved if the locomotive horn was routinely sounded at the crossing. The following list sets forth the estimated risk reduction for certain types of crossings:
</P>
<P>a. Risk indices for passive crossings shall be reduced by 43%;
</P>
<P>b. Risk indices for grade crossings equipped with automatic flashing lights shall be reduced by 27%; and
</P>
<P>c. Risk indices for gated crossings shall be reduced by 40%.
</P>
<P>3. Obtain FRA approval of the estimated effectiveness rate for the pre-existing modified SSM. Estimated effectiveness rates may be based upon adjustments from the SSM effectiveness rates provided in appendix A or actual field data derived from crossing sites.
</P>
<P>4. Adjust the risk index by accounting for the increased risk that was avoided by implementing the pre-existing modified SSM at the public grade crossing. This adjustment can be made by dividing the risk index by one minus the FRA-approved modified SSM effectiveness rate.
</P>
<P>5. Adjust the risk indices for the other crossings that are included in the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone by reducing the current risk index to reflect the risk reduction that would have been achieved if the locomotive horn was routinely sounded at each crossing. Please refer to step two for the list of approved risk reduction percentages by crossing type.
</P>
<P>6. Add the new risk indices for each crossing located within the proposed quiet zone and divide by the number of crossings. The resulting risk index will be the new Risk Index With Horns for the quiet zone.
</P>
<HD1>II. Non-Engineering ASMs
</HD1>
<P>A. The following non-engineering ASMs may be used in the creation of a Quiet Zone: (The method for determining the effectiveness of the non-engineering ASMs, the implementation of the quiet zone, subsequent monitoring requirements, and dealing with an unacceptable effectiveness rate is provided in paragraph B.)
</P>
<P>1. <I>Programmed Enforcement:</I> Community and law enforcement officials commit to a systematic and measurable crossing monitoring and traffic law enforcement program at the public highway-rail grade crossing, alone or in combination with the Public Education and Awareness ASM.
</P>
<P><I>Required:</I>
</P>
<P>a. Subject to audit, a statistically valid baseline violation rate must be established through automated or systematic manual monitoring or sampling at the subject crossing(s); and
</P>
<P>b. A law enforcement effort must be defined, established and continued along with continual or regular monitoring that provides a statistically valid violation rate that indicates the effectiveness of the law enforcement effort.
</P>
<P>c. The public authority shall retain records pertaining to monitoring and sampling efforts at the grade crossing for a period of not less than five years. These records shall be made available, upon request, to FRA as provided by 49 U.S.C. 20107.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Public Education and Awareness:</I> Conduct, alone or in combination with programmed law enforcement, a program of public education and awareness directed at motor vehicle drivers, pedestrians and residents near the railroad to emphasize the risks associated with public highway-rail grade crossings and applicable requirements of state and local traffic laws at those crossings.
</P>
<P><I>Requirements:</I>
</P>
<P>a. Subject to audit, a statistically valid baseline violation rate must be established through automated or systematic manual monitoring or sampling at the subject crossing(s); and
</P>
<P>b. A sustainable public education and awareness program must be defined, established and continued along with continual or regular monitoring that provides a statistically valid violation rate that indicates the effectiveness of the public education and awareness effort. This program shall be provided and supported primarily through local resources.
</P>
<P>c. The public authority shall retain records pertaining to monitoring and sampling efforts at the grade crossing for a period of not less than five years. These records shall be made available, upon request, to FRA as provided by 49 U.S.C. 20107.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Photo Enforcement:</I> This ASM entails automated means of gathering valid photographic or video evidence of traffic law violations at a public highway-rail grade crossing together with follow-through by law enforcement and the judiciary.
</P>
<P><I>Requirements:</I>
</P>
<P>a. State law authorizing use of photographic or video evidence both to bring charges and sustain the burden of proof that a violation of traffic laws concerning public highway-rail grade crossings has occurred, accompanied by commitment of administrative, law enforcement and judicial officers to enforce the law;
</P>
<P>b. Sanction includes sufficient minimum fine (e.g., $100 for a first offense, “points” toward license suspension or revocation) to deter violations;
</P>
<P>c. Means to reliably detect violations (e.g., loop detectors, video imaging technology);
</P>
<P>d. Photographic or video equipment deployed to capture images sufficient to document the violation (including the face of the driver, if required to charge or convict under state law).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This does not require that each crossing be continually monitored. The objective of this option is deterrence, which may be accomplished by moving photo/video equipment among several crossing locations, as long as the motorist perceives the strong possibility that a violation will lead to sanctions. Each location must appear identical to the motorist, whether or not surveillance equipment is actually placed there at the particular time. Surveillance equipment should be in place and operating at each crossing at least 25 percent of each calendar quarter.</P></NOTE>
<P>e. Appropriate integration, testing and maintenance of the system to provide evidence supporting enforcement;
</P>
<P>f. Public awareness efforts designed to reinforce photo enforcement and alert motorists to the absence of train horns;
</P>
<P>g. Subject to audit, a statistically valid baseline violation rate must be established through automated or systematic manual monitoring or sampling at the subject crossing(s); and
</P>
<P>h. A law enforcement effort must be defined, established and continued along with continual or regular monitoring.
</P>
<P>i. The public authority shall retain records pertaining to monitoring and sampling efforts at the grade crossing for a period of not less than five years. These records shall be made available, upon request, to FRA as provided by 49 U.S.C. 20107.
</P>
<P>B. The effectiveness of an ASM will be determined as follows:
</P>
<P>1. Establish the quarterly (three months) baseline violation rates for each crossing in the proposed quiet zone.
</P>
<P>a. A violation in this context refers to a motorist not complying with the automatic warning devices at the crossing (not stopping for the flashing lights and driving over the crossing after the gate arms have started to descend, or driving around the lowered gate arms). A violation does not have to result in a traffic citation for the violation to be considered.
</P>
<P>b. Violation data may be obtained by any method that can be shown to provide a statistically valid sample. This may include the use of video cameras, other technologies (e.g., inductive loops), or manual observations that capture driver behavior when the automatic warning devices are operating.
</P>
<P>c. If data is not collected continuously during the quarter, sufficient detail must be provided in the application in order to validate that the methodology used results in a statistically valid sample. FRA recommends that at least a minimum of 600 samples (one sample equals one gate activation) be collected during the baseline and subsequent quarterly sample periods.
</P>
<P>d. The sampling methodology must take measures to avoid biases in their sampling technique. Potential sampling biases could include: Sampling on certain days of the week but not others; sampling during certain times of the day but not others; sampling immediately after implementation of an ASM while the public is still going through an adjustment period; or applying one sample method for the baseline rate and another for the new rate.
</P>
<P>e. The baseline violation rate should be expressed as the number of violations per gate activations in order to normalize for unequal gate activations during subsequent data collection periods.
</P>
<P>f. All subsequent quarterly violation rate calculations must use the same methodology as stated in this paragraph unless FRA authorizes another methodology.
</P>
<P>2. The ASM should then be initiated for each crossing. Train horns are still being sounded during this time period.
</P>
<P>3. In the calendar quarter following initiation of the ASM, determine a new quarterly violation rate using the same methodology as in paragraph (1) above.
</P>
<P>4. Determine the violation rate reduction for each crossing by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>Violation rate reduction = (new rate − baseline rate)/baseline rate
</FP-2>
<P>5. Determine the effectiveness rate of the ASM for each crossing by multiplying the violation rate reduction by .78.
</P>
<P>6. Using the effectiveness rates for each grade crossing treated by an ASM, determine the Quiet Zone Risk Index. If and when the Quiet Zone Risk Index for the proposed quiet zone has been reduced to a level at, or below, the Risk Index With Horns or the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, the public authority may apply to FRA for approval of the proposed quiet zone. Upon receiving written approval of the quiet zone application from FRA, the public authority may then proceed with notifications and implementation of the quiet zone.
</P>
<P>7. Violation rates must be monitored for the next two calendar quarters and every second quarter thereafter. If, after five years from the implementation of the quiet zone, the violation rate for any quarter has never exceeded the violation rate that was used to determine the effectiveness rate that was approved by FRA, violation rates may be monitored for one quarter per year.
</P>
<P>8. In the event that the violation rate is ever greater than the violation rate used to determine the effectiveness rate that was approved by FRA, the public authority may continue the quiet zone for another quarter. If, in the second quarter the violation rate is still greater than the rate used to determine the effectiveness rate that was approved by FRA, a new effectiveness rate must be calculated and the Quiet Zone Risk Index re-calculated using the new effectiveness rate. If the new Quiet Zone Risk Index indicates that the ASM no longer fully compensates for the lack of a train horn, or that the risk level is equal to, or exceeds the National Significant Risk Threshold, the procedures for dealing with unacceptable effectiveness after establishment of a quiet zone should be followed.
</P>
<HD1>III. Engineering ASMs
</HD1>
<P>A. Engineering improvements, other than modified SSMs, may be used in the creation of a Quiet Zone. These engineering improvements, which will be treated as ASMs under this appendix, may include improvements that address underlying geometric conditions, including sight distance, that are the source of increased risk at the crossing.
</P>
<P>B. The effectiveness of an Engineering ASM will be determined as follows:
</P>
<P>1. Establish the quarterly (three months) baseline violation rate for the crossing at which the Engineering ASM will be applied.
</P>
<P>a. A violation in this context refers to a motorist not complying with the automatic warning devices at the crossing (not stopping for the flashing lights and driving over the crossing after the gate arms have started to descend, or driving around the lowered gate arms). A violation does not have to result in a traffic citation for the violation to be considered.
</P>
<P>b. Violation data may be obtained by any method that can be shown to provide a statistically valid sample. This may include the use of video cameras, other technologies (e.g. inductive loops), or manual observations that capture driver behavior when the automatic warning devices are operating.
</P>
<P>c. If data is not collected continuously during the quarter, sufficient detail must be provided in the application in order to validate that the methodology used results in a statistically valid sample. FRA recommends that at least a minimum of 600 samples (one sample equals one gate activation) be collected during the baseline and subsequent quarterly sample periods.
</P>
<P>d. The sampling methodology must take measures to avoid biases in their sampling technique. Potential sampling biases could include: Sampling on certain days of the week but not others; sampling during certain times of the day but not others; sampling immediately after implementation of an ASM while the public is still going through an adjustment period; or applying one sample method for the baseline rate and another for the new rate.
</P>
<P>e. The baseline violation rate should be expressed as the number of violations per gate activations in order to normalize for unequal gate activations during subsequent data collection periods.
</P>
<P>f. All subsequent quarterly violation rate calculations must use the same methodology as stated in this paragraph unless FRA authorizes another methodology.
</P>
<P>2. The Engineering ASM should be initiated at the crossing. Train horns are still being sounded during this time period.
</P>
<P>3. In the calendar quarter following initiation of the Engineering ASM, determine a new quarterly violation rate using the same methodology as in paragraph (1) above.
</P>
<P>4. Determine the violation rate reduction for the crossing by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>Violation rate reduction = (new rate − baseline rate)/baseline rate
</FP-2>
<P>5. Using the Engineering ASM effectiveness rate, determine the Quiet Zone Risk Index. If and when the Quiet Zone Risk Index for the proposed quiet zone has been reduced to a risk level at or below the Risk Index With Horns or the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, the public authority may apply to FRA for approval of the quiet zone. Upon receiving written approval of the quiet zone application from FRA, the public authority may then proceed with notifications and implementation of the quiet zone.
</P>
<P>6. Violation rates must be monitored for the next two calendar quarters. Unless otherwise provided in FRA's notification of quiet zone approval, if the violation rate for these two calendar quarters does not exceed the violation rate that was used to determine the effectiveness rate that was approved by FRA, the public authority can cease violation rate monitoring.
</P>
<P>7. In the event that the violation rate over either of the next two calendar quarters are greater than the violation rate used to determine the effectiveness rate that was approved by FRA, the public authority may continue the quiet zone for a third calendar quarter. However, if the third calendar quarter violation rate is also greater than the rate used to determine the effectiveness rate that was approved by FRA, a new effectiveness rate must be calculated and the Quiet Zone Risk Index re-calculated using the new effectiveness rate. If the new Quiet Zone Risk Index exceeds the Risk Index With Horns and the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, the procedures for dealing with unacceptable effectiveness after establishment of a quiet zone should be followed.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.5.15.1.25" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 222—Guide to Establishing Quiet Zones
</HEAD>
<HD2>Introduction
</HD2>
<P>This Guide to Establishing Quiet Zones (Guide) is divided into five sections in order to address the variety of methods and conditions that affect the establishment of quiet zones under this rule.
</P>
<P>Section I of the Guide provides an overview of the different ways in which a quiet zone may be established under this rule. This includes a brief discussion on the safety thresholds that must be attained in order for train horns to be silenced and the relative merits of each. It also includes the two general methods that may be used to reduce risk in the proposed quiet zone, and the different impacts that the methods have on the quiet zone implementation process. This section also discusses Partial (e.g. night time only quiet zones) and Intermediate Quiet Zones. An Intermediate Quiet Zone is one where horn restrictions were in place after October 9, 1996, but as of December 18, 2003.
</P>
<P>Section II of the Guide provides information on establishing New Quiet Zones. A New Quiet Zone is one at which train horns are currently being sounded at crossings. The Public Authority Designation and Public Authority Application to FRA methods will be discussed in depth.
</P>
<P>Section III of the Guide provides information on establishing Pre-Rule Quiet Zones. A Pre-Rule Quiet Zone is one where train horns were not routinely sounded as of October 9, 1996 and December 18, 2003. The differences between New and Pre-Rule Quiet Zones will be explained. Public Authority Designation and Public Authority Application to FRA methods also apply to Pre-Rule Quiet Zones.
</P>
<P>Section IV of the Guide deals with the required notifications that must be provided by public authorities when establishing both New and continuing Pre-Rule or Intermediate Quiet Zones.
</P>
<P>Section V of the Guide provides examples of quiet zone implementation.
</P>
<HD1>Section I—Overview
</HD1>
<P>In order for a quiet zone to be qualified under this rule, it must be shown that the lack of the train horn does not present a significant risk with respect to loss of life or serious personal injury, or that the significant risk has been compensated for by other means. The rule provides four basic ways in which a quiet zone may be established. Creation of both New Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Quiet Zones are based on the same general guidelines; however, there are a number of differences that will be noted in the discussion on Pre-Rule Quiet Zones.
</P>
<HD2>A. Qualifying Conditions
</HD2>
<P>(1) One of the following four conditions or scenarios must be met in order to show that the lack of the train horn does not present a significant risk, or that the significant risk has been compensated for by other means:
</P>
<P>a. One or more SSMs as identified in appendix A are installed at each public crossing in the quiet zone; or
</P>
<P>b. The Quiet Zone Risk Index is equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold without implementation of additional safety measures at any crossings in the quiet zone; or
</P>
<P>c. Additional safety measures are implemented at selected crossings resulting in the Quiet Zone Risk Index being reduced to a level equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold; or
</P>
<P>d. Additional safety measures are taken at selected crossings resulting in the Quiet Zone Risk Index being reduced to at least the level of the Risk Index With Horns (that is, the risk that would exist if train horns were sounded at every public crossing in the quiet zone).
</P>
<P>(2) It is important to consider the implications of each approach before deciding which one to use. If a quiet zone is qualified based on reference to the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold (i.e. the Quiet Zone Risk Index is equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold—see the second and third scenarios above), then an annual review will be done by FRA to determine if the Quiet Zone Risk Index remains equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. Since the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and the Quiet Zone Risk Index may change from year to year, there is no guarantee that the quiet zone will remain qualified. The circumstances that cause the disqualification may not be subject to the control of the public authority. For example, an overall national improvement in safety at gated crossings may cause the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold to fall. This may cause the Quiet Zone Risk Index to become greater than the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. If the quiet zone is no longer qualified, then the public authority will have to take additional measures, and may incur additional costs that might not have been budgeted, to once again lower the Quiet Zone Risk Index to at least the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold in order to retain the quiet zone. Therefore, while the initial cost to implement a quiet zone under the second or third scenario may be lower than the other options, these scenarios also carry a degree of uncertainty about the quiet zone's continued existence.
</P>
<P>(3) The use of the first or fourth scenarios reduces the risk level to at least the level that would exist if train horns were sounding in the quiet zone. These methods may have higher initial costs because more safety measures may be necessary in order to achieve the needed risk reduction. Despite the possibility of greater initial costs, there are several benefits to these methods. The installation of SSMs at every crossing will provide the greatest safety benefit of any of the methods that may be used to initiate a quiet zone. With both of these methods (first and fourth scenarios), the public authority will never need to be concerned about the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, annual reviews of the Quiet Zone Risk Index, or failing to be qualified because the Quiet Zone Risk Index is higher than the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. Public authorities are strongly encouraged to carefully consider both the pros and cons of all of the methods and to choose the method that will best meet the needs of its citizens by providing a safer and quieter community.
</P>
<P>(4) For the purposes of this Guide, the term “Risk Index with Horns” is used to represent the level of risk that would exist if train horns were sounded at every public crossing in the proposed quiet zone. If a public authority decides that it would like to fully compensate for the lack of a train horn and not install SSMs at each public crossing in the quiet zone, it must reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level that is equal to, or less than, the Risk Index with Horns. The Risk Index with Horns is similar to the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold in that both are targets that must be reached in order to establish a quiet zone under the rule. Quiet zones that are established by reducing the Quiet Zone Risk Index to at least the level of the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold will be reviewed annually by FRA to determine if they still qualify under the rule to retain the quiet zone. Quiet zones that are established by reducing the Quiet Zone Risk Index to at least the level of the Risk Index with Horns will not be subject to annual reviews.
</P>
<P>(5) The use of FRA's web-based Quiet Zone Calculator is recommended to aid in the decision making process (<I>http://www.fra.dot.gov/us/content/1337</I>). The Quiet Zone Calculator will allow the public authority to consider a variety of options in determining which SSMs make the most sense. It will also perform the necessary calculations used to determine the existing risk level and whether enough risk has been mitigated in order to create a quiet zone under this rule.
</P>
<HD2>B. Risk Reduction Methods
</HD2>
<P>FRA has established two general methods to reduce risk in order to have a quiet zone qualify under this rule. The method chosen impacts the manner in which the quiet zone is implemented.
</P>
<P>1. <I>Public Authority Designation (SSMs)</I>—The Public Authority Designation method (§ 222.39(a)) involves the use of SSMs (see appendix A) at some or all crossings within the quiet zone. The use of only SSMs to reduce risk will allow a public authority to designate a quiet zone without approval from FRA. If the public authority installs SSMs at every crossing within the quiet zone, it need not demonstrate that they will reduce the risk sufficiently in order to qualify under the rule since FRA has already assessed the ability of the SSMs to reduce risk. In other words, the Quiet Zone Calculator does not need to be used. However, if only SSMs are installed within the quiet zone, but not at every crossing, the public authority must calculate that sufficient risk reduction will be accomplished by the SSMs. Once the improvements are made, the public authority must make the required notifications (which includes a copy of the report generated by the Quiet Zone Calculator showing that the risk in the quiet zone has been sufficiently reduced), and the quiet zone may be implemented. FRA does not need to approve the plan as it has already assessed the ability of the SSMs to reduce risk.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Public Authority Application to FRA (ASMs)</I>—The Public Authority Application to FRA method (§ 222.39(b)) involves the use ASMs (see appendix B). ASMs include modified SSMs that do not fully comply with the provisions found in appendix A (e.g., shorter than required traffic channelization devices), non-engineering ASMs (e.g., programmed law enforcement), and engineering ASMs (i.e., engineering improvements other than modified SSMs). If the use of ASMs (or a combination of ASMs and SSMs) is elected to reduce risk, then the public authority must provide a Notice of Intent and then apply to FRA for approval of the quiet zone. The application must contain sufficient data and analysis to confirm that the proposed ASMs do indeed provide the necessary risk reduction. FRA will review the application and will issue a formal approval if it determines that risk is reduced to a level that is necessary in order to comply with the rule. Once FRA approval has been received and the safety measures fully implemented, the public authority would then provide a Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment and the quiet zone may be implemented. The use of non-engineering ASMs will require continued monitoring and analysis throughout the existence of the quiet zone to ensure that risk continues to be reduced.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Calculating Risk Reduction</I>—The following should be noted when calculating risk reductions in association with the establishment of a quiet zone. This information pertains to both New Quiet Zones and Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and to the Public Authority Designation and Public Authority Application to FRA methods.
</P>
<P><I>Crossing closures:</I> If any public crossing within the quiet zone is proposed to be closed, include that crossing when calculating the Risk Index with Horns. The effectiveness of a closure is 1.0. However, be sure to increase the traffic counts at other crossings within the quiet zone and recalculate the risk indices for those crossings that will handle the traffic diverted from the closed crossing. It should be noted that crossing closures that are already in existence are not considered in the risk calculations.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>A proposed New Quiet Zone contains four crossings: A, B, C and D streets. A, B and D streets are equipped with flashing lights and gates. C Street is a passive crossbuck crossing with a traffic count of 400 vehicles per day. It is decided that C Street will be closed as part of the project. Compute the risk indices for all four streets. The calculation for C Street will utilize flashing lights and gates as the warning device. Calculate the Crossing Corridor Risk Index by averaging the risk indices for all four of the crossings. This value will also be the Risk Index with Horns since train horns are currently being sounded. To calculate the Quiet Zone Risk Index, first re-calculate the risk indices for B and D streets by increasing the traffic count for each crossing by 200. (Assume for this example that the public authority decided that the traffic from C Street would be equally divided between B and D streets.) Increase the risk indices for A, B and D streets by 66.8% and divide the sum of the three remaining crossings by four. This is the initial Quiet Zone Risk Index and accounts for the risk reduction caused by closing C Street.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P><I>Grade Separation:</I> Grade separated crossings that were in existence before the creation of a quiet zone are not included in any of the calculations. However, any public crossings within the quiet zone that are proposed to be treated by grade separation should be treated in the same manner as crossing closures. Highway traffic that may be diverted from other crossings within the quiet zone to the new grade separated crossing should be considered when computing the Quiet Zone Risk Index.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>A proposed New Quiet Zone contains four crossings: A, B, C and D streets. All streets are equipped with flashing lights and gates. C Street is a busy crossing with a traffic count of 25,000 vehicles per day. It is decided that C Street will be grade separated as part of the project and the existing at-grade crossing closed. Compute the risk indices for all four streets. Calculate the Crossing Corridor Risk Index, which will also be the Risk Index with Horns, by averaging the risk indices for all four of the crossings. To calculate the Quiet Zone Risk Index, first re-calculate the risk indices for B and D streets by decreasing the traffic count for each crossing by 1,200. (The public authority decided that 2,400 motorists will decide to use the grade separation at C Street in order to avoid possible delays caused by passing trains.) Increase the risk indices for A, B and D streets by 66.8% and divide the sum of the three remaining crossings by four. This is the initial Quiet Zone Risk Index and accounts for the risk reduction caused by the grade separation at C Street.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P><I>Pre-Existing SSMs:</I> Risk reduction credit may be taken by a public authority for a SSM that was previously implemented and is currently in place in the quiet zone. If an existing improvement meets the criteria for a SSM as provided in appendix A, the improvement is deemed a Pre-Existing SSM. Risk reduction credit is obtained by inflating the Risk Index With Horns to show what the risk would have been at the crossing if the pre-existing SSM had not been implemented. Crossing closures and grade separations that occurred prior to the implementation of the quiet zone are not Pre-Existing SSMs and do not receive any risk reduction credit.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1.</HED><PSPACE>A proposed New Quiet Zone has one crossing that is equipped with flashing lights and gates and has medians 100 feet in length on both sides of the crossing. The medians conform to the requirements in appendix A and qualify as a Pre-Existing SSM. The risk index as calculated for the crossing is 10,000. To calculate the Risk Index With Horns for this crossing, you divide the risk index by difference between one and the effectiveness rate of the pre-existing SSM (10,000 ÷ (1-0.75) = 40,000). This value (40,000) would then be averaged in with the risk indices of the other crossings to determine the proposed quiet zone's Risk Index With Horns. To calculate the Quiet Zone Risk Index, the original risk index is increased by 66.8% to account for the additional risk attributed to the absence of the train horn (10,000 × 1.668 = 16,680). This value (16,680) is then averaged into the risk indices of the other crossings that have also been increased by 66.8%. The resulting average is the Quiet Zone Risk Index.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2.</HED><PSPACE>A Pre-Rule Quiet Zone consisting of four crossings has one crossing that is equipped with flashing lights and gates and has medians 100 feet in length on both sides of the crossing. The medians conform to the requirements in appendix A and qualify as a Pre-Existing SSM. The risk index as calculated for the crossing is 20,000. To calculate the Risk Index With Horns for this crossing, first reduce the risk index by 40 percent to reflect the risk reduction that would be achieved if train horns were routinely sounded (20,000 × 0.6 = 12,000). Next, divide the resulting risk index by difference between one and the effectiveness rate of the pre-existing SSM (12,000 ÷ (1 − 0.75) = 48,000). This value (48,000) would then be averaged with the adjusted risk indices of the other crossings to determine the pre-rule quiet zone's Risk Index With Horns. To calculate the Quiet Zone Risk Index, the original risk index (20,000) is then averaged into the risk original indices of the other crossings. The resulting average is the Quiet Zone Risk Index.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P><I>Pre-Existing Modified SSMs:</I> Risk reduction credit may be taken by a public authority for a modified SSM that was previously implemented and is currently in place in the quiet zone. Modified SSMs are Alternative Safety Measures which must be approved by FRA. If an existing improvement is approved by FRA as a modified SSM as provided in appendix B, the improvement is deemed a Pre-Existing Modified SSM. Risk reduction credit is obtained by inflating the Risk Index With Horns to show what the risk would have been at the crossing if the pre-existing SSM had not been implemented. The effectiveness rate of the modified SSM will be determined by FRA. The public authority may provide information to FRA to be used in determining the effectiveness rate of the modified SSM. Once an effectiveness rate has been determined, follow the procedure previously discussed for Pre-Existing SSMs to determine the risk values that will be used in the quiet zone calculations.
</P>
<P><I>Wayside Horns:</I> Crossings with wayside horn installations will be treated as a one for one substitute for the train horn and are not to be included when calculating the Crossing Corridor Risk Index, the Risk Index with Horns or the Quiet Zone Risk Index.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>A proposed New Quiet Zone contains four crossings: A, B, C and D streets. All streets are equipped with flashing lights and gates. It is decided that C Street will have a wayside horn installed. Compute the risk indices for A, B and D streets. Since C Street is being treated with a wayside horn, it is not included in the calculation of risk. Calculate the Crossing Corridor Risk Index by averaging the risk indices for A, B and D streets. This value is also the Risk Index with Horns. Increase the risk indices for A, B and D streets by 66.8% and average the results. This is the initial Quiet Zone Risk Index for the proposed quiet zone.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<HD2>C. Partial Quiet Zones
</HD2>
<P>A Partial Quiet Zone is a quiet zone in which locomotive horns are not routinely sounded at public crossings for a specified period of time each day. For example, a quiet zone during only the nighttime hours would be a partial quiet zone. Partial quiet zones may be either New or Pre-Rule and follow the same rules as 24 hour quiet zones. New Partial Quiet Zones must be in effect during the hours of 10 p.m. to 7 a.m. All New Partial Quiet Zones must comply with all of the requirements for New Quiet Zones. For example, all public grade crossings that are open during the time that horns are silenced must be equipped with flashing lights and gates that are equipped with constant warning time (where practical) and power out indicators. Risk is calculated in exactly the same manner as for New Quiet Zones. The Quiet Zone Risk Index is calculated for the entire 24-hour period, even though the train horn will only be silenced during the hours of 10 p.m. to 7 a.m.
</P>
<P>A Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone is a partial quiet zone at which train horns were not sounding as of October 9, 1996 and on December 18, 2003. All of the regulations that pertain to Pre-Rule Quiet Zones also pertain to Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones. The Quiet Zone Risk Index is calculated for the entire 24-hour period for Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones, even though train horns are only silenced during the nighttime hours. Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones may qualify for automatic approval in the same manner as Pre-Rule Quiet Zones with one exception. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index is less than twice the National Significant Risk Threshold, and there have been no relevant collisions during the time period when train horns are silenced, then the Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone is automatically qualified. In other words, a relevant collision that occurred during the period of time that train horns were sounded will not disqualify a Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone that has a Quiet Zone Risk Index that is less than twice the National Significant Risk Index. Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zones must provide the notification as required in § 222.43 in order to keep train horns silenced. A Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone may be converted to a 24 hour New Quiet Zone by complying with all of the New Quiet Zone regulations.
</P>
<HD2>D. Intermediate Quiet Zones
</HD2>
<P>An Intermediate Quiet Zone is one where horn restrictions were in place after October 9, 1996, but as of December 18, 2003 (the publication date of the Interim Final Rule). Intermediate Quiet Zones and Intermediate Partial Quiet Zones will be able to keep train horns silenced until June 24, 2006, provided notification is made per § 222.43. This will enable public authority to have additional time to make the improvement necessary to come into compliance with the rule. Intermediate Quiet Zones must conform to all the requirements for New Quiet Zones by June 24, 2006. Other than having the horn silenced for an additional year, Intermediate Quiet Zones are treated exactly like New Quiet Zones.
</P>
<HD1>Section II—New Quiet Zones
</HD1>
<P>FRA has established several approaches that may be taken in order to establish a New Quiet Zone under this rule. Please see the preceding discussions on “Qualifying Conditions” and “Risk Reduction Methods” to assist in the decision-making process on which approach to take. This following discussion provides the steps necessary to establish New Quiet Zones and includes both the Public Authority Designation and Public Authority Application to FRA methods. It must be remembered that in a New Quiet Zone all public crossings must be equipped with flashing lights and gates. The requirements are the same regardless of whether a 24-hour or partial quiet zone is being created.
</P>
<HD2>A. Requirements for Both Public Authority Designation and Public Authority Application
</HD2>
<P>The following steps are necessary when establishing a New Quiet Zone. This information pertains to both the Public Authority Designation and Public Authority Application to FRA methods.
</P>
<P>1. The public authority must provide a written Notice of Intent (§ 222.43(a)(1) and § 222.43(b)) to the railroads that operate over the proposed quiet zone, the State agency responsible for highway and road safety and the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety. The purpose of this Notice of Intent is to provide an opportunity for the railroads and the State agencies to provide comments and recommendations to the public authority as it is planning the quiet zone. They will have 60 days to provide these comments to the public authority. The quiet zone cannot be created unless the Notice of Intent has been provided. FRA encourages public authorities to provide the required Notice of Intent early in the quiet zone development process. The railroads and State agencies can provide an expertise that very well may not be present within the public authority. FRA believes that it will be very useful to include these organizations in the planning process. For example, including railroads and State agencies in the inspections of the crossing will help ensure accurate Inventory information for the crossings. The railroad can provide information on whether the flashing lights and gates are equipped with constant warning time and power out indicators. Pedestrian crossings and private crossings with public access, industrial or commercial use that are within the quiet zone must have a diagnostic team review and be treated according to the team's recommendations. Railroads and the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety must be invited to the diagnostic team review. Note: Please see Section IV for details on the requirements of a Notice of Intent.
</P>
<P>2. Determine all public, private and pedestrian at-grade crossings that will be included within the quiet zone. Also, determine any existing grade-separated crossings that fall within the quiet zone. Each crossing must be identified by the U.S. DOT Crossing Inventory number and street or highway name. If a crossing does not have a U.S. DOT Crossing Inventory number, then contact FRA's Office of Safety (202-493-6299) for assistance.
</P>
<P>3. Ensure that the quiet zone will be at least one-half mile in length. (§ 222.35(a)(1)) If more than one New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone will be created within a single political jurisdiction, ensure that each New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone will be separated by at least one public highway-rail grade crossing. (§ 222.35(a)(1)(iii))
</P>
<P>4. A complete and accurate Grade Crossing Inventory Form must be on file with FRA for all crossings (public, private and pedestrian) within the quiet zone. An inspection of each crossing in the proposed quiet zone should be performed and the Grade Crossing Inventory Forms updated, as necessary, to reflect the current conditions at each crossing.
</P>
<P>5. Every public crossing within the quiet zone must be equipped with active warning devices comprising both flashing lights and gates. The warning devices must be equipped with power out indicators. Constant warning time circuitry is also required unless existing conditions would prevent the proper operation of the constant warning time circuitry. FRA recommends that these automatic warning devices also be equipped with at least one bell to provide an audible warning to pedestrians. If the warning devices are already equipped with a bell (or bells), the bells may not be removed or deactivated. The plans for the quiet zone may be made assuming that flashing lights and gates are at all public crossings; however the quiet zone may not be implemented until all public crossings are actually equipped with the flashing lights and gates. (§§ 222.35(b)(1) and 222.35(b)(2))
</P>
<P>6. Private crossings must have cross-bucks and “STOP” signs on both approaches to the crossing. Private crossings with public access, industrial or commercial use must have a diagnostic team review and be treated according to the team's recommendations. The public authority must invite the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety and all affected railroads to participate in the diagnostic review. (§§ 222.25(b) and (c))
</P>
<P>7. Each highway approach to every public and private crossing must have an advance warning sign (in accordance with the MUTCD) that advises motorists that train horns are not sounded at the crossing, unless the public or private crossing is equipped with a wayside horn. (§ 222.35(c))
</P>
<P>8. Each pedestrian crossing must be reviewed by a diagnostic team and equipped or treated in accordance with the recommendation of the diagnostic team. The public authority must invite the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety and all affected railroads to participate in the diagnostic review. At a minimum, each approach to every pedestrian crossing must be equipped with a sign that conforms to the MUTCD and advises pedestrians that train horns are not sounded at the crossing. (§ 222.27) 
</P>
<HD2>B. New Quiet Zones—Public Authority Designation
</HD2>
<P>Once again it should be remembered that all public crossings must be equipped with automatic warning devices consisting of flashing lights and gates in accordance with § 222.35(b). In addition, one of the following conditions must be met in order for a public authority to designate a new quiet zone without FRA approval:
</P>
<P>a. One or more SSMs as identified in appendix A are installed at <I>each</I> public crossing in the quiet zone (§ 222.39(a)(1)); or
</P>
<P>b. The Quiet Zone Risk Index is equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold without SSMs installed at any crossings in the quiet zone (§ 222.39(a)(2)(i)); or
</P>
<P>c. SSMs are installed at selected crossings, resulting in the Quiet Zone Risk Index being reduced to a level equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold (§ 222.39(a)(2)(ii)); or
</P>
<P>d. SSMs are installed at selected crossings, resulting in the Quiet Zone Risk Index being reduced to a level of risk that would exist if the horn were sounded at every crossing in the quiet zone (i.e., the Risk Index with Horns) (§ 222.39(a)(3)).
</P>
<P>Steps necessary to establish a New Quiet Zone using the Public Authority Application to FRA method:
</P>
<P>1. If one or more SSMs as identified in appendix A are installed at each public crossing in the quiet zone, the requirements for a public authority designation quiet zone will have been met. It is not necessary for the same SSM to be used at each crossing. However, before any improvements are implemented, the public authority must provide a Notice of Intent, which will trigger a 60-day comment period. During the 60-day comment period, railroads operating within the proposed quiet zone and State agencies responsible for grade crossing, highway and road safety may submit comments on the proposed quiet zone improvements to the public authority. Once the necessary improvements have been installed, Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment shall be provided and the quiet zone implemented in accordance with the rule. If SSMs are not installed at each public crossing, proceed on to Step 2 and use the risk reduction method.
</P>
<P>2. To begin, calculate the risk index for each public crossing within the quiet zone (See appendix D. FRA's web-based Quiet Zone Calculator may be used to do this calculation). If flashing lights and gates have to be installed at any public crossings, calculate the risk indices for such crossings as if lights and gates were installed. (<E T="04">Note:</E> Flashing lights and gates must be installed prior to initiation of the quiet zone.) If the Inventory record does not reflect the actual conditions at the crossing, be sure to use the conditions that currently exist when calculating the risk index. Note: Private crossings and pedestrian crossings are not included when computing the risk for the proposed quiet zone.
</P>
<P>3. The Crossing Corridor Risk Index is then calculated by averaging the risk index for each public crossing within the proposed quiet zone. Since train horns are routinely being sounded for crossings in the proposed quiet zone, this value is also the Risk Index with Horns.
</P>
<P>4. In order to calculate the initial Quiet Zone Risk Index, first adjust the risk index at each public crossing to account for the increased risk due to the absence of the train horn. The absence of the horn is reflected by an increased risk index of 66.8% at gated crossings. The initial Quiet Zone Risk Index is then calculated by averaging the increased risk index for each public crossing within the proposed quiet zone. At this point the Quiet Zone Risk Index will equal the Risk Index with Horns multiplied by 1.668.
</P>
<P>5. Compare the Quiet Zone Risk Index to the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index is equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, then the public authority may decide to designate a quiet zone and provide the Notice of Intent, followed by the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment. With this approach, FRA will annually recalculate the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and the Quiet Zone Risk Index. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index for the quiet zone rises above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, FRA will notify the Public Authority so that appropriate measures can be taken. (See § 222.51(a)).
</P>
<P>6. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index is greater than the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, then select an appropriate SSM for a crossing. Reduce the inflated risk index calculated in Step 4 for that crossing by the effectiveness rate of the chosen SSM. (See appendix A for the effectiveness rates for the various SSMs). Recalculate the Quiet Zone Risk Index by averaging the revised inflated risk index with the inflated risk indices for the other public crossings. If this new Quiet Zone Risk Index is equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, the quiet zone would qualify for public authority designation. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index is still higher than the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, treat another public crossing with an appropriate SSM and repeat the process until the Quiet Zone Risk Index is equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. Once this result is obtained, the quiet zone will qualify for establishment by public authority designation. Early in the quiet zone development process, a Notice of Intent should be provided by the public authority, which will trigger a 60-day comment period. During this 60-day comment period, railroads operating within the proposed quiet zone and State agencies responsible for grade crossing, highway and road safety may provide comments on the proposed quiet zone improvements described in the Notice of Intent. Once all the necessary safety improvements have been implemented, Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment must be provided. With this approach, FRA will annually recalculate the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and the Quiet Zone Risk Index. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index for the quiet zone rises above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, FRA will notify the public authority so that appropriate measures can be taken. (See § 222.51(a)).
</P>
<P>7. If the public authority wishes to reduce the risk of the quiet zone to the level of risk that would exist if the horn were sounded at every crossing within the quiet zone, the public authority should calculate the initial Quiet Zone Risk Index as in Step 4. The objective is to now reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index to the level of the Risk Index with Horns by adding SSMs at the crossings. The difference between the Quiet Zone Risk Index and the Risk Index with Horns is the amount of risk that will have to be reduced in order to fully compensate for lack of the train horn. The use of the Quiet Zone Calculator will aid in determining which SSMs may be used to reduce the risk sufficiently. Follow the procedure stated in Step 6, except that the Quiet Zone Risk Index must be equal to, or less than, the Risk Index with Horns instead of the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. Once this risk level is attained, the quiet zone will qualify for establishment by public authority designation. Early in the quiet zone development process, a Notice of Intent should be provided by the public authority, which will trigger a 60-day comment period. During this 60-day comment period, railroads operating within the proposed quiet zone and State agencies responsible for grade crossing, highway and road safety may provide comments on the proposed quiet zone improvements described in the Notice of Intent. Once all the necessary safety improvements have been implemented, Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment must be provided. One important distinction with this option is that the public authority will never need to be concerned with the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or the Quiet Zone Risk Index. The rule's intent is to make the quiet zone as safe as if the train horns were sounding. If this is accomplished, the public authority may designate the crossings as a quiet zone and need not be concerned with possible fluctuations in the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or annual risk reviews.
</P>
<HD2>C. New Quiet Zones—Public Authority Application to FRA
</HD2>
<P>A public authority must apply to FRA for approval of a quiet zone under three conditions. First, if any of the SSMs selected for the quiet zone do not fully conform to the design standards set forth in appendix A. These are referred to as modified SSMs in appendix B. Second, when programmed law enforcement, public education and awareness programs, or photo enforcement is used to reduce risk in the quiet zone, these are referred to as non-engineering ASMs in appendix B. It should be remembered that non-engineering ASMs will require periodic monitoring as long as the quiet zone is in existence. Third, when engineering ASMs are used to reduce risk. Please see appendix B for detailed explanations of ASMs and the periodic monitoring of non-engineering ASMs.
</P>
<P>The public authority is strongly encouraged to submit the application to FRA for review and comment before the appendix B treatments are initiated. This will enable FRA to provide comments on the proposed ASMs to help guide the application process. If non-engineering ASMs or engineering ASMs are proposed, the public authority also may wish to confirm with FRA that the methodology it plans to use to determine the effectiveness rates of the proposed ASMs is appropriate. A quiet zone that utilizes a combination of SSMs from appendix A and ASMs from appendix B must make a Public Authority Application to FRA. A complete and thoroughly documented application will help to expedite the approval process.
</P>
<P>The following discussion is meant to provide guidance on the steps necessary to establish a new quiet zone using the Public Authority Application to FRA method. Once again it should be remembered that all public crossings must be equipped with automatic warning devices consisting of flashing lights and gates in accordance with § 222.35(b).
</P>
<P>1. Gather the information previously mentioned in the section on “Requirements for both Public Authority Designation and Public Authority Application.”
</P>
<P>2. Calculate the risk index for each public crossing as directed in Step 2—Public Authority Designation.
</P>
<P>3. Calculate the Crossing Corridor Risk Index, which is also the Risk Index with Horns, as directed in Step 3—Public Authority Designation.
</P>
<P>4. Calculate the initial Quiet Zone Risk Index as directed in Step 4—Public Authority Designation.
</P>
<P>5. Begin to reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index through the use of ASMs and SSMs. Follow the procedure provided in Step 6—Public Authority Designation until the Quiet Zone Risk Index has been reduced to equal to, or less than, either the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or the Risk Index with Horns. (Remember that the public authority may choose which level of risk reduction is the most appropriate for its community.) Effectiveness rates for ASMs should be provided as follows:
</P>
<P>a. Modified SSMs—Estimates of effectiveness for modified SSMs may be based upon adjustments from the effectiveness rates provided in appendix A or from actual field data derived from the crossing sites. The application must provide an estimated effectiveness rate and the rationale for the estimate.
</P>
<P>b. Non-engineering ASMs—Effectiveness rates are to be calculated in accordance with the provisions of appendix B, paragraph II B.
</P>
<P>c. Engineering ASMs—Effectiveness rates are to be calculated in accordance with the provisions of appendix B, paragraph III B.
</P>
<P>6. Once it has been determined through analysis that the Quiet Zone Risk Index will be reduced to a level equal to, or less than, either the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or the Risk Index with Horns, the public authority must provide a Notice of Intent. The mailing of the Notice of Intent will trigger a 60-day comment period, during which railroads operating within the proposed quiet zone and State agencies responsible for grade crossing, highway and road safety may provide comments on the proposed quiet zone improvements. After reviewing any comments received, the public authority may make application to FRA for a quiet zone under § 222.39(b). FRA will review the application to determine the appropriateness of the proposed effectiveness rates, and whether or not the proposed application demonstrates that the quiet zone meets the requirements of the rule. When submitting the application to FRA for approval, the application must contain the following (§ 222.39(b)(1)):
</P>
<P>a. Sufficient detail concerning the present safety measures at all crossings within the proposed quiet zone. This includes current and accurate crossing inventory forms for each public, private, and pedestrian grade crossing.
</P>
<P>b. Detailed information on the safety improvements that are proposed to be implemented at public, private and pedestrian grade crossings within the proposed quiet zone.
</P>
<P>c. Membership and recommendations of the diagnostic team (if any) that reviewed the proposed quiet zone.
</P>
<P>d. Statement of efforts taken to address comments submitted by affected railroads, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, and the State agency responsible for highway and road safety, including a list of any objections raised by the railroads or State agencies.
</P>
<P>e. A commitment to implement the proposed safety measures.
</P>
<P>f. Demonstrate through data and analysis that the proposed measures will reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level equal to, or less than, either the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or the Risk Index with Horns.
</P>
<P>g. A copy of the application must be provided to: All railroads operating over the public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone; the highway or traffic control or law enforcement authority having jurisdiction over vehicular traffic at grade crossings within the quiet zone; the landowner having control over any private crossings within the quiet zone; the State agency responsible for highway and road safety; the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety; and the Associate Administrator. (§ 222.39(b)(3))
</P>
<P>7. Upon receiving written approval from FRA of the quiet zone application, the public authority may then provide the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment and implement the quiet zone. If the quiet zone is qualified by reducing the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, FRA will annually recalculate the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and the Quiet Zone Risk Index. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index for the quiet zone rises above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, FRA will notify the public authority so that appropriate measures can be taken. (See § 222.51(a)) 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The provisions stated above for crossing closures, grade separations, wayside horns, pre-existing SSMs and pre-existing modified SSMs apply for Public Authority Application to FRA as well.</P></NOTE>
<HD1>Section III—Pre-Rule Quiet Zones
</HD1>
<P>Pre-Rule Quiet Zones are treated slightly differently from New Quiet Zones in the rule. This is a reflection of the statutory requirement to “take into account the interest of communities that have in effect restrictions on the sounding of a locomotive horn at highway-rail grade crossings. * * *” (49 U.S.C. 20153(i)) It also recognizes the historical experience of train horns not being sounded at Pre-Rule Quiet Zones.
</P>
<HD2>Overview
</HD2>
<P>Pre-Rule Quiet Zones that are not established by automatic approval (see discussion that follows) must meet the same requirements as New Quiet Zones as provided in § 222.39. In other words, risk must be reduced through the use of SSMs or ASMs so that the Quiet Zone Risk Index for the quiet zone has been reduced to either the risk level which would exist if locomotive horns sounded at all crossings in the quiet zone (<I>i.e.</I> the Risk Index with Horns) or to a risk level equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. There are four differences in the requirements between Pre-Rule Quiet Zones and New Quiet Zones that must be noted.
</P>
<P>(1) First, since train horns have not been routinely sounded in the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone, it is not necessary to increase the risk indices of the public crossings to reflect the additional risk caused by the lack of a train horn. Since the train horn has already been silenced, the added risk caused by the lack of a horn is reflected in the actual collision history at the crossings. Collision history is an important part in the calculation of the severity risk indices. In other words, the Quiet Zone Risk Index is calculated by averaging the existing risk index for each public crossing without the need to increase the risk index by 66.8%. For Pre-Rule Quiet Zones, the Crossing Corridor Risk Index and the initial Quiet Zone Risk Index have the same value.
</P>
<P>(2) Second, since train horns have been silenced at the crossings, it will be necessary to mathematically determine what the risk level would have been at the crossings if train horns had been routinely sounded. These revised risk levels then will be used to calculate the Risk Index with Horns. This calculation is necessary to determine how much risk must be eliminated in order to compensate for the lack of the train horn. This will allow the public authority to have the choice to reduce the risk to at least the level of the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or to fully compensate for the lack of the train horn.
</P>
<P>To calculate the Risk Index with Horns, the first step is to divide the existing severity risk index for each crossing by the appropriate value as shown in Table 1. This process eliminates the risk that was caused by the absence of train horns. The table takes into account that the train horn has been found to produce different levels of effectiveness in preventing collisions depending on the type of warning device at the crossing. (Note: FRA's web-based Quiet Zone Calculator will perform this computation automatically for Pre-Rule Quiet Zones.) The Risk Index with Horns is the average of the revised risk indices. The difference between the calculated Risk Index with Horns and the Quiet Zone Risk Index is the amount of risk that would have to be reduced in order to fully compensate for the lack of train horns.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Risk Index Divisor Values 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">  
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Passive 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Flashing lights 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lights
<br/>&amp; gates 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U.S</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.749</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.309</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.668</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) The third difference is that credit is given for the risk reduction that is brought about through the upgrading of the warning devices at public crossings (§ 222.35(b)(3)). For New Quiet Zones, all crossings must be equipped with automatic warning devices consisting of flashing lights and gates. Crossings without gates must have gates installed. The severity risk index for that crossing is then calculated to establish the risk index that is used in the Risk Index with Horns. The Risk Index with Horns is then increased by 66.8% to adjust for the lack of the train horn. The adjusted figure is the initial Quiet Zone Risk Index. There is no credit received for the risk reduction that is attributable to warning device upgrades in New Quiet Zones.
</P>
<P>For Pre-Rule Quiet Zones, the Risk Index with Horns is calculated from the initial risk indices which use the warning devices that are currently installed. If a public authority elects to upgrade an existing warning device as part of its quiet zone plan, the accident prediction value for that crossing will be re-calculated based on the upgraded warning device. (Once again, FRA's web-based Quiet Zone Calculator can do the actual computation.) The new accident prediction value is then used in the severity risk index formula to determine the risk index for the crossing. This adjusted risk index is then used to compute the new Quiet Zone Risk Index. This computation allows the risk reduction attributed to the warning device upgrades to be used in establishing a quiet zone.
</P>
<P>(4) The fourth difference is that Pre-Rule Quiet Zones have different minimum requirements under § 222.35. A Pre-Rule Quiet Zone may be less than one-half mile in length if that was its length as of October 9, 1996 (§ 222.35(a)(2)). A Pre-Rule Quiet Zone does not have to have automatic warning devices consisting of flashing lights and gates at every public crossing (§ 222.35(b)(3)). The existing crossing safety warning systems in place as of December 18, 2003 may be retained but cannot be downgraded. It also is not necessary for the automatic warning devices to be equipped with constant warning time devices or power out indicators; however, when the warning devices are upgraded, constant warning time and power out indicators will be required if reasonably practical (§ 222.35(b)(3)). Advance warning signs that notify the motorist that train horns are not sounded do not have to be installed on each approach to public, private, and pedestrian grade crossings within the quiet zone until June 24, 2008. (§§ 222.27(d) and 222.35(c)) Similarly, STOP signs and crossbucks do not have to be installed on each approach to private crossings within the quiet zone until June 24, 2008. (§ 222.25(c)).
</P>
<HD2>A. Requirements for Both Public Authority Designation and Public Authority Application—Pre-Rule Quiet Zones
</HD2>
<P>The following is necessary when establishing a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone. This information pertains to Automatic Approval, the Public Authority Designation and Public Authority Application to FRA methods.
</P>
<P>1. Determine all public, private and pedestrian at-grade crossings that will be included within the quiet zone. Also determine any existing grade separated crossings that fall within the quiet zone. Each crossing must be identified by the U.S. DOT Crossing Inventory number and street name. If a crossing does not have a U.S. DOT crossing number, then contact FRA for assistance.
</P>
<P>2. Document the length of the quiet zone. It is not necessary that the quiet zone be at least one-half mile in length. Pre-Rule Quiet Zones may be shorter than one-half mile. However, the addition of a new crossing that is not a part of an existing Pre-Rule Quiet Zone to a quiet zone nullifies its pre-rule status, and the resulting New Quiet Zone must be at least one-half mile. The deletion of a crossing from a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone (except through closure or grade separation) must result in a quiet zone that is at least one-half mile in length. It is the intent of the rule to allow adjacent Pre-Rule Quiet Zones to be combined into one large pre-rule quiet zone if the respective public authorities desire to do so. (§ 222.35(a)(2))
</P>
<P>3. A complete and accurate Grade Crossing Inventory Form must be on file with FRA for all crossings (public, private and pedestrian) within the quiet zone. An inspection of each crossing in the proposed quiet zone should be performed and the Grade Crossing Inventory Forms updated, as necessary, to reflect the current conditions at each crossing.
</P>
<P>4. Pre-Rule Quiet Zones must retain, and may upgrade, the existing grade crossing safety warning systems. Unlike New Quiet Zones, it is not necessary that every public crossing within a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone be equipped with active warning devices comprising both flashing lights and gates. Existing warning devices need not be equipped with power out indicators and constant warning time circuitry. If warning devices are upgraded to flashing lights, or flashing lights and gates, the upgraded equipment must include, as is required for New Quiet Zones, power out indicators and constant warning time devices (if reasonably practical). (§ 222.35(b)(3))
</P>
<P>5. By June 24, 2008, private crossings must have cross-bucks and “STOP” signs on both approaches to the crossing. (§ 222.25(c))
</P>
<P>6. By June 24, 2008, each approach to a public, private, and pedestrian crossing must be equipped with an advance warning sign that conforms to the MUTCD and advises pedestrians and motorists that train horns are not sounded at the crossing. (§§ 222.27(d), 222.35(c))
</P>
<P>7. It will be necessary for the public authority to provide a Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation in order to prevent the resumption of locomotive horn sounding when the rule becomes effective. A detailed discussion of the requirements of § 222.43(c) is provided in Section IV of this appendix. The Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation must be provided to the appropriate parties by all Pre-Rule Quiet Zones that have not established quiet zones by automatic approval. This should be done no later than June 3, 2005 to ensure that train horns will not start being sounded on June 24, 2005. A Pre-Rule Quiet Zone may provide a Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation before it has determined whether or not it qualifies for automatic approval. Once it has been determined that the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone will be established by automatic approval, the Public Authority must provide the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment. This must be accomplished no later than December 24, 2005. If the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone will not be established by automatic approval, the Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation will enable the train horns to be silenced until June 24, 2008. (Please refer to § 222.41(c) for more information.) 
</P>
<HD2>B. Pre-Rule Quiet Zones—Automatic Approval
</HD2>
<P>In order for a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone to be established under this rule (§ 222.41(a)), one of the following conditions must be met:
</P>
<P>a. One or more SSMs as identified in appendix A are installed at <I>each</I> public crossing in the quiet zone;
</P>
<P>b. The Quiet Zone Risk Index is equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold;
</P>
<P>c. The Quiet Zone Risk Index is above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold but less than twice the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and there have been no relevant collisions at any public grade crossing within the quiet zone for the preceding five years; or
</P>
<P>d. The Quiet Zone Risk Index is equal to, or less than, the Risk Index With Horns.
</P>
<P>Additionally, the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone must be in compliance with the minimum requirements for quiet zones (§ 222.35) and the notification requirements in § 222.43.
</P>
<P>The following discussion is meant to provide guidance on the steps necessary to determine if a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone qualifies for automatic approval.
</P>
<P>1. All of the items listed in <I>Requirements for Both Public Authority Designation and Public Authority Application—Pre-Rule Quiet Zones</I> previously mentioned are to be accomplished. Remember that a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone may be less than one-half mile in length if that was its length as of October 9, 1996. Also, a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone does not have to have automatic warning devices consisting of flashing lights and gates at every public crossing.
</P>
<P>2. If one or more SSMs as identified in appendix A are installed at each public crossing in the quiet zone, the quiet zone qualifies and the public authority may provide the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment. If the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone does not qualify by this step, proceed on to the next step.
</P>
<P>3. Calculate the risk index for each public crossing within the quiet zone (See appendix D.) Be sure that the risk index is calculated using the formula appropriate for the type of warning device that is actually installed at the crossing. Unlike New Quiet Zones, it is not necessary to calculate the risk index using flashing lights and gates as the warning device at every public crossing. (FRA's web-based Quiet Zone Calculator may be used to simplify the calculation process). If the Inventory record does not reflect the actual conditions at the crossing, be sure to use the conditions that currently exist when calculating the risk index.
</P>
<P>4. The Quiet Zone Risk Index is then calculated by averaging the risk index for each public crossing within the proposed quiet zone. (Note: The initial Quiet Zone Risk Index and the Crossing Corridor Risk Index are the same for Pre-Rule Quiet Zones.)
</P>
<P>5. Compare the Quiet Zone Risk Index to the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index is equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, then the quiet zone qualifies, and the public authority may provide the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment. With this approach, FRA will annually recalculate the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and the Quiet Zone Risk. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index for the quiet zone is found to be above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, FRA will notify the public authority so that appropriate measures can be taken (See § 222.51(b)). If the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone is not established by this step, proceed on to the next step.
</P>
<P>6. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index is above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold but less than twice the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and there have been no relevant collisions at any public grade crossing within the quiet zone for the preceding five years, then the quiet zone qualifies for automatic approval. However, in order to qualify on this basis, the public authority must provide a Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment by December 24, 2005. (Note: A relevant collision means a collision at a highway-rail grade crossing between a train and a motor vehicle, excluding the following: a collision resulting from an activation failure of an active grade crossing warning system; a collision in which there is no driver in the motor vehicle; or a collision where the highway vehicle struck the side of the train beyond the fourth locomotive unit or rail car.) With this approach, FRA will annually recalculate the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and the Quiet Zone Risk. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index for the quiet zone is above two times the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, or a relevant collision has occurred during the preceding year, FRA will notify the public authority so that appropriate measures can be taken (See § 222.51(b)).
</P>
<P>If the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone is not established by automatic approval, continuation of the quiet zone may require implementation of SSMs or ASMs to reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index for the quiet zone to a risk level equal to, or below, either the risk level which would exist if locomotive horns sounded at all crossings in the quiet zone (<I>i.e.</I> the Risk Index with Horns) or the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. This is the same methodology used to create New Quiet Zones with the exception of the four differences previously noted. A review of the previous discussion on the two methods used to establish quiet zones may prove helpful in determining which would be the most beneficial to use for a particular Pre-Rule Quiet Zone.
</P>
<HD2>C. Pre-Rule Quiet Zones—Public Authority Designation
</HD2>
<P>The following discussion is meant to provide guidance on the steps necessary to establish a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone using the Public Authority Designation method.
</P>
<P>1. The public authority must provide a Notice of Intent (§§ 222.43(a)(1) and 222.43(b)) to the railroads that operate within the proposed quiet zone, the State agency responsible for highway and road safety and the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety. This notice must be mailed by February 24, 2008, in order to continue existing locomotive horn restrictions beyond June 24, 2008 without interruption. The purpose of this Notice of Intent is to provide an opportunity for the railroads and the State agencies to provide comments and recommendations to the public authority as it is planning the quiet zone. They will have 60 days to provide these comments to the public authority. The Notice of Intent must be provided, if new SSMs or ASMs will be implemented within the quiet zone. FRA encourages public authorities to provide the required Notice of Intent early in the quiet zone development process. The railroads and State agencies can provide an expertise that very well may not be present within the public authority. FRA believes that it will be very useful to include these organizations in the planning process. For example, including them in the inspections of the crossing will help ensure accurate Inventory information for the crossings. Note: Please see Section IV for details on the requirements of a Notice of Intent.
</P>
<P>2. All of the items listed in “Requirements for Both Public Authority Designation and Public Authority Application—Pre-Rule Quiet Zones” previously mentioned are to be accomplished. Remember that a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone may be less than one-half mile in length if that was its length as of October 9, 1996. Also, a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone does not have to have automatic warning devices consisting of flashing lights and gates at every public crossing.
</P>
<P>3. Calculate the risk index for each public crossing within the quiet zone as in Step 3—Pre-Rule Quiet Zones—Automatic Approval.
</P>
<P>4. The Crossing Corridor Risk Index is then calculated by averaging the risk index for each public crossing within the proposed quiet zone. Since train horns are not being sounded for crossings, this value is actually the initial Quiet Zone Risk Index.
</P>
<P>5. Calculate Risk Index with Horns by the following:
</P>
<P>a. For each public crossing, divide the risk index that was calculated in Step 2 by the appropriate value in Table 1. This produces the risk index that would have existed had the train horn been sounded.
</P>
<P>b. Average these reduced risk indices together. The resulting average is the Risk Index with Horns.
</P>
<P>6. Begin to reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index through the use of SSMs or by upgrading existing warning devices. Follow the procedure provided in Step 6—Public Authority Designation until the Quiet Zone Risk Index has been reduced to a level equal to, or less than, either the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or the Risk Index with Horns. A public authority may elect to upgrade an existing warning device as part of its Pre-Rule Quiet Zone plan. When upgrading a warning device, the accident prediction value for that crossing must be re-calculated for the new warning device. Determine the new risk index for the upgraded crossing by using the new accident prediction value in the severity risk index formula. This new risk index is then used to compute the new Quiet Zone Risk Index. (Remember that FRA's web-based Quiet Zone Calculator will be able to do the actual computations.) Once the Quiet Zone Risk Index has been reduced to a level equal to, or less than, either the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or the Risk Index with Horns, the quiet zone may be established by the Public Authority Designation method, and the public authority may provide the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment once all the necessary improvements have been installed. If the quiet zone is established by reducing the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a risk level equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, FRA will annually recalculate the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and the Quiet Zone Risk Index. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index for the quiet zone rises above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, FRA will notify the public authority so that appropriate measures can be taken (See § 222.51(b)).
</P>
<P>7. If the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone will not be established before June 24, 2008, the public authority must file a detailed plan for quiet zone improvements with the Associate Administrator by June 24, 2008. By providing a Notice of Intent (see Step 1 above) and a detailed plan for quiet zone improvements, existing locomotive horn restrictions may continue until June 24, 2010. (If a comprehensive State-wide implementation plan and funding commitment are also provided and safety improvements are initiated within at least one Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone, existing locomotive horn restrictions may continue until June 24, 2013.) (See § 222.41(c) for more information.)
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The provisions stated above for crossing closures, grade separations, wayside horns, pre-existing SSMs and pre-existing modified SSMs apply for Public Authority Application to FRA as well.</P></NOTE>
<HD2>D. Pre-Rule Quiet Zones—Public Authority Application to FRA
</HD2>
<P>The following discussion is meant to provide guidance on the steps necessary to establish a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone using the Public Authority Application to FRA method.
</P>
<P>1. The public authority must provide a Notice of Intent (§§ 222.43(a)(1) and 222.43(b)) to the railroads that operate within the proposed quiet zone, the State agency responsible for highway and road safety and the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety. This notice must be mailed by February 24, 2008, in order to continue existing locomotive horn restrictions beyond June 24, 2008 without interruption. The purpose of this Notice of Intent is to provide an opportunity for the railroads and the State agencies to provide comments and recommendations to the public authority as it is planning the quiet zone. They will have 60 days to provide these comments to the public authority. The Notice of Intent must be provided, if new SSMs or ASMs will be implemented within the quiet zone. FRA encourages public authorities to provide the required Notice of Intent early in the quiet zone development process. The railroads and State agencies can provide an expertise that very well may not be present within the public authority. FRA believes that it will be very useful to include these organizations in the planning process. For example, including them in the inspections of the crossing will help ensure accurate Inventory information for the crossings. Note: Please see Section IV for details on the requirements of a Notice of Detailed Plan.
</P>
<P>2. All of the items listed in “Requirements for both Public Authority Designation and Public Authority Application—Pre-Rule Quiet Zones” previously mentioned are to be accomplished. Remember that a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone may be less than one-half mile in length if that was its length as of October 9, 1996. Also, a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone does not have to have automatic warning devices consisting of flashing lights and gates at every public crossing.
</P>
<P>3. Calculate the risk index for each public crossing within the quiet zone (See appendix D. FRA's web-based Quiet Zone Calculator may be used to simplify the calculation process). If the Inventory record does not reflect the actual conditions at the crossing, be sure to use the conditions that currently exist when calculating the risk index.
</P>
<P>4. The Crossing Corridor Risk Index is then calculated by averaging the risk index for each public crossing within the proposed quiet zone. Since train horns are not being sounded for crossings, this value is actually the initial Quiet Zone Risk Index.
</P>
<P>5. Calculate Risk Index with Horns by the following:
</P>
<P>a. For each public crossing, divide its risk index that was calculated in Step 2 by the appropriate value in Table 1. This produces the risk index that would have existed had the train horn been sounded.
</P>
<P>b. Average these reduced risk indices together. The resulting average is the Risk Index with Horns.
</P>
<P>6. Begin to reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index through the use of ASMs and/or SSMs. Follow the procedure provided in Step 6—New Quiet Zones Public Authority Designation—until the Quiet Zone Risk Index has been reduced to a level equal to, or less than, either the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or the Risk Index with Horns. A public authority may elect to upgrade an existing warning device as part of its Pre-Rule Quiet Zone plan. When upgrading a warning device, the accident prediction value for that crossing must be re-calculated for the new warning device. Determine the new risk index for the upgraded crossing by using the new accident prediction value in the severity risk index formula. (Remember that FRA's web-based quiet zone risk calculator will be able to do the actual computations.) This new risk index is then used to compute the new Quiet Zone Risk Index. Effectiveness rates for ASMs should be provided as follows:
</P>
<P>a. Modified SSMs—Estimates of effectiveness for modified SSMs may be based upon adjustments from the benchmark levels provided in appendix A or from actual field data derived from the crossing sites. The application must provide an estimated effectiveness rate and the rationale for the estimate.
</P>
<P>b. Non-engineering ASMs—Effectiveness rates are to be calculated in accordance with the provisions of appendix B, section II B.
</P>
<P>c. Engineering ASMs—Effectiveness rates are to be calculated in accordance with the provisions of appendix B, section III B.
</P>
<P>7. Once it has been determined through analysis that the Quiet Zone Risk Index will be reduced to a level equal to, or less than, either the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or the Risk Index with Horns, the public authority may make application to FRA for a quiet zone under § 222.39(b). FRA will review the application to determine the appropriateness of the proposed effectiveness rates, and whether or not the proposed application demonstrates that the quiet zone meets the requirements of the rule. When submitting the application to FRA for approval, it should be remembered that the application must contain the following (§ 222.39(b)(1)):
</P>
<P>a. Sufficient detail concerning the present safety measures at all crossings within the proposed quiet zone to enable the Associate Administrator to evaluate their effectiveness. This includes current and accurate crossing Inventory forms for each public, private and pedestrian grade crossing.
</P>
<P>b. Detailed information on the safety improvements, including upgraded warning devices that are proposed to be implemented at public, private, and pedestrian grade crossings within the proposed quiet zone.
</P>
<P>c. Membership and recommendations of the diagnostic team (if any) that reviewed the proposed quiet zone.
</P>
<P>d. Statement of efforts taken to address comments submitted by affected railroads, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, and the State agency responsible for highway and road safety, including a list of any objections raised by the railroads or State agencies.
</P>
<P>e. A commitment to implement the proposed safety measures.
</P>
<P>f. Demonstrate through data and analysis that the proposed measures will reduce the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level at, or below, either the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold or the Risk Index with Horns.
</P>
<P>g. A copy of the application must be provided to all railroads operating over the public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone; the highway or traffic control or law enforcement authority having jurisdiction over vehicular traffic at grade crossings within the quiet zone; the landowner having control over any private crossings within the quiet zone; the State agency responsible for highway and road safety; the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety; and the Associate Administrator. (§ 222.39(b)(3))
</P>
<P>8. Upon receiving written approval from FRA of the quiet zone application, the public authority may then provide the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment and implement the quiet zone. If the quiet zone is established by reducing the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level equal to, or less than, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, FRA will annually recalculate the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold and the Quiet Zone Risk. If the Quiet Zone Risk Index for the quiet zone is above the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, FRA will notify the public authority so that appropriate measures can be taken (See § 222.51(b)).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The provisions stated above for crossing closures, grade separations, wayside horns, pre-existing SSMs and pre-existing modified SSMs apply for Public Authority Application to FRA as well.</P></NOTE>
<HD1>Section IV—Required Notifications 
</HD1>
<HD2>A. Introduction
</HD2>
<P>The public authority is responsible for providing notification to parties that will be affected by the quiet zone. There are several different types of notifications and a public authority may have to make more than one notification during the entire process of complying with the regulation. The notification process is to ensure that interested parties are made aware in a timely manner of the establishment or continuation of quiet zones. It will also provide an opportunity for State agencies and affected railroads to provide input to the public authority during the development of quiet zones. Specific information is to be provided so that the crossings in the quiet zone can be identified. Providing the appropriate notification is important because once the rule becomes effective, railroads will be obligated to sound train horns when approaching all public crossings unless notified in accordance with the rule that a New Quiet Zone has been established or that a Pre-Rule or Intermediate Quiet Zone is being continued.
</P>
<HD2>B. Notice of Intent—§ 222.43(b)
</HD2>
<P>The purpose of the Notice of Intent is to provide notice to the railroads and State agencies that the public authority is planning on creating a New Quiet Zone or implementing new SSMs or ASMs within a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone. The Notice of Intent provides an opportunity for the railroad and the State agencies to give input to the public authority during the quiet zone development process. The State agencies and railroads will be given sixty days to provide information and comments to the public agency.
</P>
<P>The Notice of Intent must be provided under the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>1. A New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone is under consideration.
</P>
<P>2. An Intermediate Quiet Zone or Intermediate Partial Quiet Zone that will be converted into a New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone. Please note that Notice of Intent must be mailed by April 3, 2006, in order prevent the resumption of locomotive horn sounding on June 24, 2006.
</P>
<P>3. The implementation of SSMs or ASMs within a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone is under consideration. Please note that Notice of Intent must be mailed by February 24, 2008, in order to continue existing restrictions on locomotive horn sounding beyond June 24, 2008 without interruption. Each public authority that is creating a New Quiet Zone must provide written notice, by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the following:
</P>
<P>1. All railroads operating within the proposed quiet zone
</P>
<P>2. State agency responsible for highway and road safety
</P>
<P>3. State agency responsible for grade crossing safety
</P>
<P>The Notice of Intent must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>1. A list of each public highway-rail grade crossing, private highway-rail grade crossing, and pedestrian crossings within the proposed quiet zone. The crossings are to be identified by both the U.S. DOT Crossing Inventory Number and the street or highway name.
</P>
<P>2. A statement of the time period within which the restrictions would be in effect on the routine sounding of train horns (<I>i.e.,</I> 24 hours or from 10 p.m. to 7 a.m.).
</P>
<P>3. A brief explanation of the public authority's tentative plans for implementing improvements within the proposed quiet zone.
</P>
<P>4. The name and title of the person who will act as the point of contact during the quiet zone development process and how that person can be contacted.
</P>
<P>5. A list of the names and addresses of each party that will receive a copy of the Notice of Intent.
</P>
<P>The parties that receive the Notice of Intent will be able to submit information or comments to the public authority for 60 days. The public authority will not be able to establish the quiet zone during the 60 day comment period unless each railroad and State agency that receives the Notice of Intent provides either written comments to the public authority or a written statement waiving its right to provide comments on the Notice of Intent. The public authority must provide an affirmation in the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment that each of the required parties was provided the Notice of Intent and the date it was mailed. If the quiet zone is being established within 60 days of the mailing of the Notice of Intent, the public authority also must affirm each of the parties have provided written comments or waived its right to provide comments on the Notice of Intent.
</P>
<HD2>C. Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation—§ 222.43(c)
</HD2>
<P>The purpose of the Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation is to provide a means for the public authority to formally advise affected parties that an existing quiet zone is being continued after the effective date of the rule. All Pre-Rule, Pre-Rule Partial, Intermediate and Intermediate Partial Quiet Zones must provide this Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation no later than June 3, 2005 to ensure that train horns are not sounded at public crossings when the rule becomes effective on June 24, 2005. This will enable railroads to properly comply with the requirements of the Final Rule.
</P>
<P>Each public authority that is continuing an existing Pre-Rule, Pre-Rule Partial, Intermediate and Intermediate Partial Quiet Zone must provide written notice, by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the following:
</P>
<P>1. All railroads operating over the public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone;
</P>
<P>2. The highway or traffic control or law enforcement authority having jurisdiction over vehicular traffic at grade crossings within the quiet zone;
</P>
<P>3. The landowner having control over any private crossings within the quiet zone;
</P>
<P>4. The State agency responsible for highway and road safety;
</P>
<P>5. The State agency responsible for grade crossing safety; and
</P>
<P>6. The Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>The Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>1. A list of each public highway-rail grade crossing, private highway-rail grade crossing, and pedestrian crossing within the quiet zone, identified by both U.S. DOT National Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Inventory Number and street or highway name.
</P>
<P>2. A specific reference to the regulatory provision that provides the basis for quiet zone continuation, citing as appropriate, § 222.41 or 222.42.
</P>
<P>3. A statement of the time period within which restrictions on the routine sounding of the locomotive horn will be imposed (i.e., 24 hours or nighttime hours only.)
</P>
<P>4. An accurate and complete Grade Crossing Inventory Form for each public highway-rail grade crossing, private highway-rail grade crossing, and pedestrian crossing within the quiet zone that reflects conditions currently existing at the crossing.
</P>
<P>5. The name and title of the person responsible for monitoring compliance with the requirements of this part and the manner in which that person can be contacted.
</P>
<P>6. A list of the names and addresses of each party that will receive the Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation.
</P>
<P>7. A statement signed by the chief executive officer of each public authority participating in the continuation of the quiet zone, in which the chief executive officer certifies that the information submitted by the public authority is accurate and complete to the best of his/her knowledge and belief.
</P>
<P>Public authorities should remember that this notice is required to ensure that train horns will remain silent. Even if a public authority has not been able to determine whether its Pre-Rule or Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone qualifies for automatic approval under the rule, it should issue a Notice of Quiet Zone Continuation to keep the train horns silent after the effective date of the rule.
</P>
<HD2>E. Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment—§ 222.43(d)
</HD2>
<P>The purpose of the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment is to provide a means for the public authority to formally advise affected parties that a quiet zone is being established. Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment must be provided under the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>1. A New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone is being created.
</P>
<P>2. A Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or a Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone that qualifies for automatic approval under the rule is being established.
</P>
<P>3. An Intermediate Quiet Zone or Intermediate Partial Quiet Zone that is creating a New Quiet Zone under the rule. Please note that Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment must be provided by June 3, 2006, in order to prevent the resumption of locomotive horn sounding on June 24, 2006.
</P>
<P>4. A Pre-Rule Quiet Zone or a Pre-Rule Partial Quiet Zone that was not established by automatic approval and has since implemented improvements to establish a quiet zone in accordance to the rule.
</P>
<P>Each public authority that is establishing a quiet zone under the above circumstances must provide written notice, by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the following:
</P>
<P>1. All railroads operating over the public highway-rail grade crossings within the quiet zone;
</P>
<P>2. The highway or traffic control or law enforcement authority having jurisdiction over vehicular traffic at grade crossings within the quiet zone;
</P>
<P>3. The landowner having control over any private crossings within the quiet zone;
</P>
<P>4. The State agency responsible for highway and road safety;
</P>
<P>5. The State agency responsible for grade crossing safety; and
</P>
<P>6. The Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>The Notice of Quiet Establishment must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>1. A list of each public highway-rail grade crossing, private highway-rail grade crossing, and pedestrian crossing within the quiet zone, identified by both U.S. DOT National Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Inventory Number and street or highway name.
</P>
<P>2. A specific reference to the regulatory provision that provides the basis for quiet zone establishment, citing as appropriate, § 222.39(a)(1), 222.39(a)(2)(i), 222.39(a)(2)(ii), 222.39(a)(3), 222.39(b), 222.41(a)(1)(i), 222.41(a)(1)(ii), 222.41(a)(1)(iii), 222.41(a)(1)(iv), 222.41(b)(1)(i), 222.41(b)(1)(ii), 222.41(b)(1)(iii), or 222.41(b)(1)(iv).
</P>
<P>(a) If the Notice of Quiet Establishment contains a specific reference to § 222.39(a)(2)(i), 222.39(a)(2)(ii), 222.39(a)(3), 222.41(a)(1)(ii), 222.41(a)(1)(iii), 222.41(a)(1)(iv), 222.41(b)(1)(ii), 222.41(b)(1)(iii), or 222.41(b)(1)(iv), it shall include a copy of the FRA web page that contains the quiet zone data upon which the public authority is relying.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Notice of Quiet Establishment contains a specific reference to § 222.39(b), it shall include a copy of FRA's notification of approval.
</P>
<P>3. If a diagnostic team review was required under § 222.25 (private crossings) or § 222.27 (pedestrian crossings), the Notice of Quiet Establishment shall include a statement affirming that the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety and all affected railroads were provided an opportunity to participate in the diagnostic team review. The Notice of Quiet Establishment shall also include a list of recommendations made by the diagnostic team.
</P>
<P>4. A statement of the time period within which restrictions on the routine sounding of the locomotive horn will be imposed (i.e., 24 hours or from 10 p.m. until 7 a.m.)
</P>
<P>5. An accurate and complete Grade Crossing Inventory Form for each public highway-rail grade crossing, private highway-rail grade crossing, and pedestrian crossing within the quiet zone that reflects the conditions existing at the crossing before any new SSMs or ASMs were implemented.
</P>
<P>6. An accurate, complete and current Grade Crossing Inventory Form for each public highway-rail grade crossing, private highway-rail grade crossing, and pedestrian crossing within the quiet zone that reflects SSMs and ASMs in place upon establishment of the quiet zone. SSMs and ASMs that cannot be fully described on the Inventory Form shall be separately described.
</P>
<P>7. If the public authority was required to provide a Notice of Intent:
</P>
<P>(a) The Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment shall contain a statement affirming that the Notice of Intent was provided in accordance with the rule. This statement shall also state the date on which the Notice of Intent was mailed.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment will be mailed less than 60 days after the date on which the Notice of Intent was mailed, the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment shall also contain a written statement affirming that comments and/or written waiver statements have been received from each railroad operating over public grade crossings within the proposed quiet zone, the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, and the State agency responsible for highway and road safety.
</P>
<P>8. The name and title of the person responsible for monitoring compliance with the requirements of this part and the manner in which that person can be contacted.
</P>
<P>9. A list of the names and addresses of each party that is receiving a copy of the Notice of Quiet Establishment.
</P>
<P>10. A statement signed by the chief executive officer of each public authority participating in the establishment of the quiet zone, in which the chief executive officer shall certify that the information submitted by the public authority is accurate and complete to the best of his/her knowledge and belief.
</P>
<HD1>Section V—Examples of Quiet Zone Implementations 
</HD1>
<HD2>Example 1—New Quiet Zone
</HD2>
<P>(a) A public authority wishes to create a New Quiet Zone over four public crossings. All of the crossings are equipped with flashing lights and gates, and the length of the quiet zone is 0.75 mile. There are no private crossings within the proposed zone.
</P>
<P>(b) The tables that follow show the street name in the first column, and the existing risk index for each crossing with the horn sounding (“Crossing Risk Index w/ Horns”) in the second. The third column, “Crossing Risk Index w/o Horns”, is the risk index for each crossing after it has been inflated by 66.8% to account for the lack of train horns. The fourth column, “SSM Eff”, is the effectiveness of the SSM at the crossing. A zero indicates that no SSM has been applied. The last column, “Crossing Risk Index w/o Horns Plus SSM”, is the inflated risk index for the crossing after being reduced by the implementation of the SSM. At the bottom of the table are two values. The first is the Risk Index with Horns (“RIWH”) which represents the average initial amount of risk in the proposed quiet zone with the train horn sounding. The second is the Quiet Zone Risk Index (“QZRI”), which is the average risk in the proposed quiet zone taking into consideration the increased risk caused by the lack of train horns and the reductions in risk attributable to the installation of SSMs. For this example it is assumed that the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold is 17,030. In order for the proposed quiet zone to qualify under the rule, the Quiet Zone Risk Index must be reduced to a level at, or below, the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold (17,030) or the Risk Index with Horns.
</P>
<P>(c) Table 2 shows the existing conditions in the proposed quiet zone. SSMs have not yet been installed. The Risk Index with Horns for the proposed quiet zone is 11,250. The Quiet Zone Risk Index without any SSMs is 18,765.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Street 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/horns 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SSM EFF 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns
<br/>plus SSM 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20016 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16680</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16680 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13344</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13344 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25020 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">RIWH</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">QZRI 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18765</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) The public authority decides to install traffic channelization devices at D Street. Reducing the risk at the crossing that has the highest severity risk index will provide the greatest reduction in risk. The effectiveness of traffic channelization devices is 0.75. Table 3 shows the changes in the proposed quiet zone corridor that would occur when traffic channelization devices are installed at D Street. The Quiet Zone Risk Index has been reduced to 14,073.75. This reduction in risk would qualify the quiet zone as the risk has been reduced lower than the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold which is 17,030.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Street 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/horns 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SSM EFF 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns
<br/>plus SSM 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20016 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16680</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16680 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13344</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13344 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6255 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">RIWH</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">QZRI 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14073.75</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) The public authority realizes that reducing the Quiet Zone Risk Index to a level below the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold will result in an annual re-calculation of the Quiet Zone Risk Index and comparison to the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. As the Quiet Zone Risk Index is close to the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold (14,074 to 17,030), there is a reasonable chance that the Quiet Zone Risk Index may some day exceed the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. This would result in the quiet zone no longer being qualified and additional steps would have to be taken to keep the quiet zone. Therefore, the public authority decides to reduce the risk further by the use of traffic channelization devices at A Street. Table 4 shows the results of this change. The Quiet Zone Risk Index is now 10,320.75 which is less than the Risk Index with Horns of 11,250. The quiet zone now qualifies by fully compensating for the loss of train horns and will not have to undergo annual reviews of the Quiet Zone Risk Index.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Street 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/horns 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SSM EFF 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns
<br/>plus SSM 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5004 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16680</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16680 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13344</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13344 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6255 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">RIWH</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">QZRI 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10320.75</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>Example 2—Pre-Rule Quiet Zone
</HD2>
<P>(a) A public authority wishes to qualify a Pre-Rule Quiet Zone which did not meet the requirements for Automatic Approval because the Quiet Zone Risk Index is greater than twice the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold. There are four public crossings in the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone. Three of the crossings are equipped with flashing lights and gates, and the fourth (Z Street) is passively signed with a STOP sign. The length of the quiet zone is 0.6 mile, and there are no private crossings within the proposed zone.
</P>
<P>(b) The tables that follow are very similar to the tables in Example 1. The street name is shown in the first column, and the existing risk index for each crossing (“Crossing Risk Index w/o Horns”) in the second. This is a change from the first example because the risk is calculated without train horns sounding because of the existing ban on whistles. The third column, “Crossing Risk Index w/ Horns”, is the risk index for each crossing after it has been adjusted to reflect what the risk would have been had train horns been sounding. This is mathematically done by dividing the existing risk index for the three gated crossing by 1.668. The risk at the passive crossing at Z Street is divided by 1.749. (See the above discussion in “Pre-Rule Quiet Zones—Establishment Overview” for more information.) The fourth column, “SSM Eff”, is the effectiveness of the SSM at the crossing. A zero indicates that no SSM has been applied. The last column, “Crossing Risk Index w/o Horns Plus SSM”, is the risk index without horns for the crossing after being reduced for the implementation of the SSM. At the bottom of the table are two values. The first is the Risk Index with Horns (RIWH), which represents the average initial amount of risk in the proposed quiet zone with the train horn sounding. The second is the Quiet Zone Risk Index (“QZRI”), which is the average risk in the proposed quiet zone taking into consideration the increased risk caused by the lack of train horns and reductions in risk attributable to the installation of SSMs. Once again it is assumed that the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold is 17,030. The Quiet Zone Risk Index must be reduced to either the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold (17,030) or to the Risk Index with Horns in order to qualify under the rule.
</P>
<P>(c) Table 5 shows the existing conditions in the proposed quiet zone. SSMs have not yet been installed. The Risk Index with Horns for the proposed quiet zone is 18,705.83. The Quiet Zone Risk Index without any SSMs is 31,375. Since the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold is less than the calculated Risk Index with Horns, the public authority's goal will be to reduce the risk to at least value of the Risk Index with Horns. This will qualify the Pre-Rule Quiet Zone under the rule.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 5
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Street
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/ horns
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SSM EFF
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns
<br/>plus SSM
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20,983.21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25,179.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20,083.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Z</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8,576.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">RIWH</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">QZRI
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18,705.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31,375</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) The Z Street crossing is scheduled to have flashing lights and gates installed as part of the state's highway-rail grade crossing safety improvement plan (Section 130). While this upgrade is not directly a part of the plan to authorize a quiet zone, the public authority may take credit for the risk reduction achieved by the improvement from a passive STOP sign crossing to a crossing equipped with flashing lights and gates. Unlike New Quiet Zones, upgrades to warning devices in Pre-Rule Quiet Zones do contribute to the risk reduction necessary to qualify under the rule. Table 6 shows the quiet zone corridor after including the warning device upgrade at Z Street. The Quiet Zone Risk Index has been reduced to 29,500.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 6
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Street
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/ horns
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SSM EFF
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns
<br/>plus SSM
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20,983.21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25,179.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20,083.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Z</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8,576.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">RIWH</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">QZRI
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18,705.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29,500</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) The public authority elects to install four-quadrant gates without vehicle presence detection at X Street. As shown in Table 7, this reduces the Quiet Zone Risk Index to 20,890. This risk reduction is not sufficient to quality as quiet zone under the rule.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 7
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Street
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/ horns
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SSM EFF
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns
<br/>plus SSM
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20,983.21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25,179.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,560
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20,083.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Z</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8,576.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">RIWH</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">QZRI
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18,705.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20,890</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(f) The public authority next decides to use traffic channelization devices at W Street. Table 8 shows that the Quiet Zone Risk Index is now reduced to 14,327.5. This risk reduction fully compensates for the loss of the train horn as it is less than the Risk Index with Horns. The quiet zone is qualified under the rule.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 8
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Street
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/ horns
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SSM EFF
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing
<br/>risk index
<br/>w/o horns
<br/>plus SSM
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20983.21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8750
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25179.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7560
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20083.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Z</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8576.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">RIWH</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">QZRI
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18705.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14327.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.5.15.1.26" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 222—Determining Risk Levels 
</HEAD>
<HD1>Introduction
</HD1>
<P>The Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, the Crossing Corridor Risk Index, and the Quiet Zone Risk Index are all measures of collision risk at public highway-rail grade crossings that are weighted by the severity of the associated casualties. Each crossing can be assigned a risk index.
</P>
<P>(a) The <I>Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold</I> represents the average severity weighted collision risk for all public highway-rail grade crossings equipped with lights and gates nationwide where train horns are routinely sounded. FRA developed this index to serve as a threshold of permissible risk for quiet zones established under this rule.
</P>
<P>(b) The <I>Crossing Corridor Risk Index</I> represents the average severity weighted collision risk for all public highway-rail grade crossings along a defined rail corridor.
</P>
<P>(c) The <I>Quiet Zone Risk Index</I> represents the average severity weighted collision risk for all public highway-rail grade crossings that are part of a quiet zone.
</P>
<HD1>The Prediction Formulas
</HD1>
<P>(a) The Prediction Formulas were developed by DOT as a guide for allocating scarce traffic safety budgets at the State level. They allow users to rank candidate crossings for safety improvements by collision probability. There are three formulas, one for each warning device category:
</P>
<P>1. automatic gates with flashing lights;
</P>
<P>2. flashing lights with no gates; and
</P>
<P>3. passive warning devices.
</P>
<P>(b) The prediction formulas can be used to derive the following for each crossing:
</P>
<P>1. the predicted collisions (PC)
</P>
<P>2. the probability of a fatal collision given that a collision occurs (P(FC|C))
</P>
<P>3. the probability of a casualty collision given that a collision occurs (P(CC|C))
</P>
<P>(c) The following factors are the determinants of the number of predicted collisions per year:
</P>
<P>1. average annual daily traffic
</P>
<P>2. total number of trains per day
</P>
<P>3. number of highway lanes
</P>
<P>4. number of main tracks
</P>
<P>5. maximum timetable train speed
</P>
<P>6. whether the highway is paved or not
</P>
<P>7. number of through trains per day during daylight hours
</P>
<P>(d) The resulting basic prediction is improved in two ways. It is enriched by the particular crossing's collision history for the previous five years and it is calibrated by resetting normalizing constants. The normalizing constants are reset so that the sum of the predicted accidents in each warning device group (passive, flashing lights, gates) for the top twenty percent most hazardous crossings exactly equals the number of accidents which occurred in a recent period for the top twenty percent of that group. This adjustment factor allows the formulas to stay current with collision trends. The calibration also corrects for errors such as data entry errors. The final output is the predicted number of collisions (PC).
</P>
<P>(e) The severity formulas answer the question, “What is the chance that a fatality (or casualty) will happen, given that a collision has occurred?” The fatality formula calculates the probability of a fatal collision given that a collision occurs (<I>i.e.</I>, the probability of a collision in which a fatality occurs) P(FC|C). Similarly, the casualty formula calculates the probability of a casualty collision given that a collision occurs P(CC|C). As casualties consist of both fatalities and injuries, the probability of a non-fatal injury collision is found by subtracting the probability of a fatal collision from the probability of a casualty collision. To convert the probability of a fatal or casualty collision to the number of expected fatal or casualty collisions, that probability is multiplied by the number of predicted collisions (PC).
</P>
<P>(f) For the prediction and severity index formulas, please see the following DOT publications: <I>Summary of the DOT Rail-Highway Crossings Resource Allocation Procedure—Revised</I>, June 1987, and the <I>Rail-Highway Crossing Resource Allocation Procedure: User's Guide, Third Edition</I>, August 1987. Both documents are in the docket for this rulemaking and also available through the National Technical Information Service located in Springfield, Virginia 22161.
</P>
<HD1>Risk Index
</HD1>
<P>(a) The risk index is basically the predicted cost to society of the casualties that are expected to result from the predicted collisions at a crossing. It incorporates three outputs of the DOT prediction formulas. The two components of a risk index are:
</P>
<FP-2>1. Predicted Cost of Fatalities = PC × P(FC|C) × (Average Number of Fatalities Observed In Fatal Collisions) × $3 million 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>2. Predicted Cost of Injuries = PC × (P(CC|C)—P(FC|C)) × (Average Number of Injuries in Collisions Involving Injuries) × $1,167,000
</FP-2>
<FP-2>PC, P(CC|C), and P(FC|C) are direct outputs of the DOT prediction formulas.
</FP-2>
<P>(b) The average number of fatalities observed in fatal collisions and the average number of injuries in collisions involving injuries are calculated by FRA as described in paragraphs (c) through (e).
</P>
<P>(c) FRA will match the highway-rail incident files for the past five years against a data file containing the list of grade crossings where the train horn was not routinely sounded over that five-year period to identify two types of collisions involving trains and motor vehicles: (1) Those that occurred at crossings where the train horn was not routinely sounded during the period, and (2) those that occurred at crossings equipped with automatic gates where the train horn was routinely sounded. Certain records will be excluded, including records pertaining to incidents where the driver was not in the motor vehicle or where the motor vehicle struck the train beyond the fourth locomotive or rail car that entered the crossing. FRA believes that sounding the train horn would not be very effective at preventing such incidents. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> The data used to make these exclusions is contained in blocks 18—Position of Car Unit in Train; 19—Circumstance: Rail Equipment Struck/Struck by Highway User; 28—Number of Locomotive Units; and 29—Number of Cars on the current FRA Form 6180-57 Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Accident/Incident Report.</P></FTNT>
<P>(d) Collisions in the group containing the gated crossings nationwide where horns were routinely sounded will then be identified as fatal, injury only or no casualty. Collisions will be identified as fatal if one or more deaths occurred, regardless of whether injuries were also sustained. Collisions will be identified as injury only when injuries, but no fatalities, resulted.
</P>
<P>(e) The collisions (incidents) will be summarized by year for the five-year period preceding the year in which the risk index is being updated. The fatality rate for each year will be calculated by dividing the number of fatalities by the number of fatal incidents. The injury rate will be calculated by dividing the number of injuries in injury only incidents by the number of injury only incidents. FRA will publish updated fatality and injury rates on an annual basis in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(f) Per guidance from DOT, $3 million is the value placed on preventing a fatality. The Abbreviated Injury Scale (AIS) developed by the Association for the Advancement of Automotive Medicine categorizes injuries into six levels of severity. Each AIS level is assigned a value of injury avoidance as a fraction of the value of avoiding a fatality . FRA rates collisions that occur at train speeds in excess of 25 mph as an AIS level 5 ($2,287,500) and injuries that result from collisions involving trains traveling under 25 mph as an AIS level 2 ($46,500). About half of grade crossing collisions occur at speeds greater than 25 mph. Therefore, FRA estimates that the value of preventing the average injury resulting from a grade crossing collision is $1,167,000 (the average of an AIS-5 injury and an AIS-2 injury).
</P>
<P>(g) Notice that the quantity [PC*P(FC|C)] represents the expected number of fatal collisions. Similarly, {PC*[P(CC|C)-P(FC|C)]} represents the expected number of injury collisions. These are then multiplied by their respective average number of fatalities and injuries (from the table above) to develop the number of expected casualties. The final parts of the expressions attach the dollar values for these casualties.
</P>
<P>(h) The Risk Index for a Crossing is the integer sum of the Predicted Cost of Fatalities and the Predicted Cost of Injuries.
</P>
<HD1>Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold
</HD1>
<P>The Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold is simply an average of the risk indexes for all of the gated public crossings nationwide where train horns are routinely sounded. This value will be recalculated annually and published in a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> For the most recent value of the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold, please visit FRA's public website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/.</I>


</P>
<HD1>Crossing Corridor Risk Index
</HD1>
<P>The Crossing Corridor Risk Index is the average of the risk indexes of all the public crossings in a defined rail corridor.
</P>
<HD1>Quiet Zone Risk Index
</HD1>
<P>The Quiet Zone Risk Index is the average of the risk indexes of all the public crossings in a Quiet Zone. It takes into consideration the absence of the horn sound and any safety measures that may have been installed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 47634, Aug. 17, 2006, as amended at 72 FR 44792, Aug. 9, 2007; 90 FR 28153, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.5.15.1.27" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 222—Requirements for Wayside Horns
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix sets forth the following minimum requirements for wayside horn use at highway-rail grade crossings:
</P>
<P>1. Highway-rail crossing must be equipped with constant warning time device, if reasonably practical, and power-out indicator;
</P>
<P>2. Horn system must be equipped with an indicator or other system to notify the locomotive engineer as to whether the wayside horn is operating as intended in sufficient time to enable the locomotive engineer to sound the locomotive horn for at least 15 seconds prior to arrival at the crossing in the event the wayside horn is not operating as intended;
</P>
<P>3. The railroad must adopt an operating rule, bulletin or special instruction requiring that the train horn be sounded if the wayside horn indicator is not visible approaching the crossing or if the wayside horn indicator, or an equivalent system, indicates that the system is not operating as intended;
</P>
<P>4. Horn system must provide a minimum sound level of 92 dB(A) and a maximum of 110 dB(A) when measured 100 feet from the centerline of the nearest track;
</P>
<P>5. Horn system must sound at a minimum of 15 seconds prior to the train's arrival at the crossing and while the lead locomotive is traveling across the crossing. It is permissible for the horn system to begin to sound simultaneously with activation of the flashing lights or descent of the crossing arm; arm
</P>
<P>6. Horn shall be directed toward approaching traffic.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.5.15.1.28" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 222—Diagnostic Team Considerations
</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, a diagnostic team is a group of knowledgeable representatives of parties of interest in a highway-rail grade crossing, organized by the public authority responsible for that crossing who, using crossing safety management principles, evaluate conditions at a grade crossing to make determinations or recommendations for the public authority concerning the safety needs at that crossing. Crossings proposed for inclusion in a quiet zone should be reviewed in the field by a diagnostic team composed of railroad personnel, public safety or law enforcement, engineering personnel from the State agency responsible for grade crossing safety, and other concerned parties.
</P>
<P>This diagnostic team, using crossing safety management principles, should evaluate conditions at a grade crossing to make determinations and recommendations concerning safety needs at that crossing. The diagnostic team can evaluate a crossing from many perspectives and can make recommendations as to what safety measures authorized by this part might be utilized to compensate for the silencing of the train horns within the proposed quiet zone.
</P>
<HD1>All Crossings Within a Proposed Quiet Zone
</HD1>
<P>The diagnostic team should obtain and review the following information about each crossing within the proposed quiet zone:
</P>
<P>1. Current highway traffic volumes and percent of trucks;
</P>
<P>2. Posted speed limits on all highway approaches;
</P>
<P>3. Maximum allowable train speeds, both passenger and freight;
</P>
<P>4. Accident history for each crossing under consideration;
</P>
<P>5. School bus or transit bus use at the crossing; and
</P>
<P>6. Presence of U.S. DOT grade crossing inventory numbers clearly posted at each of the crossings in question.
</P>
<P>The diagnostic team should obtain all inventory information for each crossing and should check, while in the field, to see that inventory information is up-to-date and accurate. Outdated inventory information should be updated as part of the quiet zone development process.
</P>
<P>When in the field, the diagnostic team should take note of the physical characteristics of each crossing, including the following items:
</P>
<P>1. Can any of the crossings within the proposed quiet zone be closed or consolidated with another adjacent crossing? Crossing elimination should always be the preferred alternative and it should be explored for crossings within the proposed quiet zone.
</P>
<P>2. What is the number of lanes on each highway approach? Note the pavement condition on each approach, as well as the condition of the crossing itself.
</P>
<P>3. Is the grade crossing surface smooth, well graded and free draining?
</P>
<P>4. Does the alignment of the railroad tracks at the crossing create any problems for road users on the crossing? Are the tracks in superelevation (are they banked on a curve?) and does this create a conflict with the vertical alignment of the crossing roadway?
</P>
<P>5. Note the distance to the nearest intersection or traffic signal on each approach (if within 500 feet or so of the crossing or if the signal or intersection is determined to have a potential impact on highway traffic at the crossing because of queuing or other special problems).
</P>
<P>6. If a roadway that runs parallel to the railroad tracks is within 100 feet of the railroad tracks when it crosses an intersecting road that also crosses the tracks, the appropriate advance warning signs should be posted as shown in the MUTCD.
</P>
<P>7. Is the posted highway speed (on each approach to the crossing) appropriate for the alignment of the roadway and the configuration of the crossing?
</P>
<P>8. Does the vertical alignment of the crossing create the potential for a “hump crossing” where long, low-clearance vehicles might get stuck on the crossing?
</P>
<P>9. What are the grade crossing warning devices in place at each crossing? Flashing lights and gates are required for each public crossing in a New Quiet Zone. Are all required warning devices, signals, pavement markings and advance signing in place, visible and in good condition for both day and night time visibility?
</P>
<P>10. What kind of train detection is in place at each crossing? Are these systems old or outmoded; are they in need of replacement, upgrading, or refurbishment?
</P>
<P>11. Are there sidings or other tracks adjacent to the crossing that are often used to store railroad cars, locomotives, or other equipment that could obscure the vision of road users as they approach the crossings in the quiet zone? Clear visibility may help to reduce automatic warning device violations.
</P>
<P>12. Are motorists currently violating the warning devices at any of the crossings at an excessive rate?
</P>
<P>13. Do collision statistics for the corridor indicate any potential problems at any of the crossings?
</P>
<P>14. If school buses or transit buses use crossings within the proposed quiet zone corridor, can they be rerouted to use a single crossing within or outside of the quiet zone? 
</P>
<HD1>Private Crossings Within a Proposed Quiet Zone
</HD1>
<P>In addition to the items discussed above, a diagnostic team should note the following issues when examining any private crossings within a proposed quiet zone:
</P>
<P>1. How often is the private crossing used?
</P>
<P>2. What kind of signing or pavement markings are in place at the private crossing?
</P>
<P>3. What types of vehicles use the private crossing?
</P>
<P>School buses
</P>
<P>Large trucks
</P>
<P>Hazmat carriers
</P>
<P>Farm equipment
</P>
<P>4. What is the volume, speed and type of train traffic over the crossing?
</P>
<P>5. Do passenger trains use the crossing?
</P>
<P>6. Do approaching trains sound the horn at the private crossing?
</P>
<P>State or local law requires it?
</P>
<P>Railroad safety rule requires it?
</P>
<P>7. Are there any nearby crossings where train horns sound that might also provide some warning if train horns were not sounded at the private crossing?
</P>
<P>8. What are the approach (corner) sight distances?
</P>
<P>9. What is the clearing sight distance for all approaches?
</P>
<P>10. What are the private roadway approach grades?
</P>
<P>11. What are the private roadway pavement surfaces? 
</P>
<HD1>Pedestrian Crossings Within a Proposed Quiet Zone
</HD1>
<P>In addition to the items discussed in the section titled, “All crossings within a proposed quiet zone”, a diagnostic team should note the following issues when examining any pedestrian crossings within a proposed quiet zone:
</P>
<P>1. How often is the pedestrian crossing used?
</P>
<P>2. What kind of signing or pavement markings are in place at the pedestrian crossing?
</P>
<P>3. What is the volume, speed, and type of train traffic over the crossing?
</P>
<P>4. Do approaching trains sound the horn at the pedestrian crossing?
</P>
<P>State or local law requires it?
</P>
<P>Railroad safety rule requires it?
</P>
<P>5. Are there any crossings where train horns sound that might also provide some warning if train horns were not sounded at the pedestrian crossing?
</P>
<P>6. What are the approach sight distances?
</P>
<P>7. What is the clearing sight distance for all approaches? 


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.17.5.15.1.29" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix G to Part 222—Excess Risk Estimates for Public Highway-Rail Grade Crossings
</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Ban Effects/Train Horn Effectiveness
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Summary table]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Warning type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Excess risk estimate
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Nation (Except Florida East Coast Railway and Chicago Region Crossings)</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">74.9.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flashers only</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30.9.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flashers with gates</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">66.8.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Florida East Coast Railway Crossings</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flashers with gates</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">90.9.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Chicago Region Crossings</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To be determined.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flashers only</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To be determined.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Flashers with gates</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">To be determined.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note One:</HED>
<P>The warning type column reflects primary warning device types. FRA is aware that a variety of arrangements are in place at individual crossings.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note Two:</HED>
<P>The “excess risk estimate” is a figure that represents the amount by which collision frequency has been estimated to increase when routine locomotive horn sounding is restricted at public highway-rail grade crossings.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 46394, Sept. 9, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="223" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 223—SAFETY GLAZING STANDARDS—LOCOMOTIVES, PASSENGER CARS AND CABOOSES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20102-20103, 20133, 20701-20702, 21301-21302, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 77352, Dec. 31, 1979, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.1.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part provides minimum requirements for glazing materials in order to protect railroad employees and railroad passengers from injury as a result of objects striking the windows of locomotives, caboose and passenger cars.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77352, Dec. 31, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.1.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to railroads that operate rolling equipment on standard gauge track that is a part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Locomotives, cabooses, and passenger cars that operate only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected with the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Locomotives, cabooses, and passenger cars that are historic or more than 50 years old and, except for incidental freight service, are used only for excursion, educational, recreational, or private transportation purposes; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Cabooses and passenger cars in a railroad's fleet on April 11, 2016 that are used only for the railroad's private transportation purposes. Each such railroad caboose or car that is equipped with glazing that complies with the glazing requirements contained in appendix A to this part as of February 9, 2016, must remain in compliance with those requirements.
</P>
<P>(4) Locomotives that are used exclusively in designated service as defined in § 223.5.
</P>
<P>(5) Locomotives, cabooses, and passenger cars built or rebuilt prior to July 1, 1980, that are operated at speeds not exceeding 30 mph, and used only where the risk of propelled or fouling objects striking the equipment is low. Risk is presumed low, unless the railroad operating the equipment has knowledge, or FRA makes a showing, that specific risk factors exist. Risk factors include reported incidents of propelled or fouling objects striking rail equipment, or infrastructure conditions or other operating environment conditions that have led or are likely to lead to objects striking rail equipment in operation.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, this paragraph (c) applies, as specified, to each locomotive, passenger car, and caboose built after 1945 that is more than 50 years old and is used only for excursion, educational, recreational, or private transportation purposes.
</P>
<P>(1) Each such passenger car must comply with the emergency window requirements contained in § 223.9(c) or § 223.15(c), as appropriate, when it is occupied and operates in an intercity passenger or commuter train subject to part 238 of this chapter. A tool or other instrument may be used to remove or break an emergency window if the tool or other instrument is clearly marked and legible and understandable instructions are provided for its use.
</P>
<P>(2) Each such locomotive, passenger car, and caboose that is equipped with glazing that complies with the glazing requirements contained in appendix A to this part as of February 9, 2016, must remain in compliance with those requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77352, Dec. 31, 1979, as amended at 53 FR 28600, July 28, 1988; 81 FR 6789, Feb. 9, 2016; 87 FR 68924, Nov. 17, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.1.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Caboose</I> means a car in a freight train intended to provide transportation for crewmembers.
</P>
<P><I>Certified glazing</I> means a glazing material that has been certified by the manufacturer as having met the testing requirements set forth in appendix A of this part and that has been installed in such a manner that it will perform its intended function.
</P>
<P><I>Designated service</I> means exclusive operation of a locomotive under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The locomotive is not used as an independent unit or the controlling unit is a consist of locomotives except when moving for the purpose of servicing or repair within a single yard area;
</P>
<P>(2) The locomotive is not occupied by operating or deadhead crews outside a single yard area; and
</P>
<P>(3) The locomotive is stenciled “Designated Service—DO NOT OCCUPY”.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency window</I> means the segment of a side-facing glazing panel that has been designed to permit rapid and easy removal from inside a passenger car in an emergency situation.
</P>
<P><I>End facing glazing location</I> means any exterior location where a line perpendicular to the plane of the glazing material makes a horizontal angle of 50 degrees or less with the centerline of the locomotive, caboose, or passenger car, including a dome or observation car, except for: The coupled ends of multiple-unit (MU) locomotives or other equipment that is semi-permanently connected to each other in a train consist; and end doors of passenger cars at locations other than the cab end of a cab car or MU locomotive. Any location which, due to curvature of the glazing material, can meet the criteria for either an end facing location or a side facing location shall be considered an end facing location.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Incidental freight service</I> means the occasional and irregular use of a locomotive in freight service that is more than 50 years old and used primarily for excursion, educational, recreational, or private transportation purposes.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive</I> means a self-propelled unit of equipment designed primarily for moving other equipment. It does not include self-propelled passenger cars.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive cab</I> means that portion of the superstructure designed to be occupied by the crew while operating the locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger car</I> means a unit of rail rolling equipment intended to provide transportation for members of the general public and includes self-propelled cars designed to carry baggage, mail, express or passengers. This term includes a passenger coach, cab car, and an MU locomotive.


</P>
<P><I>Person</I> includes all categories of entities covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including, but not limited to, a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any passenger, any trespasser or nontrespasser; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.




</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any form of non-highway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including
</P>
<P>(i) Commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979, and
</P>
<P>(ii) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads, but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation and
</P>
<P>(2) A person that provides railroad transportation, whether directly or by contracting out operation of the railroad to another person.
</P>
<P><I>Rebuilt locomotive, caboose or passenger car</I> means a locomotive, caboose or passenger car that has undergone overhaul which has been identified by the railroad as a capital expense under Surface Transportation Board accounting standards.
</P>
<P><I>Side facing glazing location</I> means any location where a line perpendicular to any plane of the glazing material makes an angle of more than 50 degrees with the centerline of the locomotive, caboose or passenger car. A side facing glazing location also means a location at the coupled ends of MU locomotives or other equipment that is semi-permanently connected to each other in a train consist, and a location at end doors other than at the cab end of a cab car or MU locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Windshield</I> means the combination of individual units of glazing material of the locomotive, passenger car, or caboose that are positioned in an end facing glazing location.
</P>
<P><I>Yard</I> is a system of auxiliary tracks used exclusively for the classification of passenger or freight cars according to commodity or destination; assembling of cars for train movement; storage of cars; or repair of equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Yard caboose</I> means a caboose that is used exclusively in a single yard area.
</P>
<P><I>Yard locomotive</I> means a locomotive that is operated only to perform switching functions within a single yard area.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 24675, May 4, 1998; 63 FR 36376, July 6, 1998, as amended at 73 FR 6399, Feb. 1, 2008; 81 FR 6789, Feb. 9, 2016; 90 FR 28126, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.1.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.7   Responsibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I>for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28155, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Specific Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.8" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.2.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.8   Additional requirements for passenger equipment.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the requirements contained in this part, requirements for emergency window exits and window safety glazing on passenger equipment, as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter, are also found in part 238 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25659, May 12, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.2.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.9   Requirements for equipment built or rebuilt after June 30, 1980.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Locomotives, including yard locomotives, built or rebuilt after June 30, 1980, must be equipped with certified glazing in all locomotive cab windows.
</P>
<P>(b) Cabooses, including yard cabooses, built or rebuilt after June 30, 1980, must be equipped with certified glazing in all windows.
</P>
<P>(c) Passenger cars, including self-propelled passenger cars, built or rebuilt after June 30, 1980, must be equipped with certified glazing in all windows and at least four emergency windows.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77352, Dec. 31, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 49271, July 24, 1980; 63 FR 24675, May 4, 1998; 73 FR 6399, Feb. 1, 2008; 87 FR 68924, Nov. 17, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.2.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.11   Requirements for locomotives built or rebuilt prior to July 1, 1980.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Locomotives, other than yard locomotives, built or rebuilt prior to July 1, 1980, which are equipped in the forward and rearward end facing glazing locations of the locomotive cab windshield with a glazing material that meets the criteria for either portion of the impact testing required for a Type I test under the provisions of appendix A of this part, will not require the installation of certified glazing in the windshield location except to replace windshield glazing material that is broken or damaged.
</P>
<P>(b) Locomotives, other than yard locomotives, built or rebuilt prior to July 1, 1980, which are equipped in all locomotive cab side facing glazing locations with a glazing material that meets the criteria for either portion of the impact testing required for a Type II test under the provisions of appendix A of this part, will not require the installation of certified glazing in the sidefacing glazing location except to replace sidefacing glazing material that is broken or damaged.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for yard locomotives and locomotives equipped as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, locomotives built or rebuilt prior to July 1, 1980, shall be equipped with certified glazing in all locomotive cab windows.
</P>
<P>(d) Except for yard locomotives, each locomotive that has a locomotive cab window that is broken or damaged so that the window fails to permit good visibility shall be—
</P>
<P>(1) Placed in Designated Service within 48 hours of the time of breakage or damage; or
</P>
<P>(2) Removed from service until the broken or damaged window is replaced with certified glazing.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 209 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act, 94 Stat. 957 (45 U.S.C. 438); sec. 1.49(m) of the regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, 49 CFR 1.49(m))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 49271, July 24, 1980, as amended at 48 FR 24083, May 31, 1983; 48 FR 56956, Dec. 27, 1983; 81 FR 6790, Feb. 9, 2016; 87 FR 68925, Nov. 17, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.2.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.13   Requirements for cabooses built or rebuilt prior to July 1, 1980.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Cabooses, other than yard cabooses, built or rebuilt prior to July 1, 1980, which are equipped in the forward and rearward end facing glazing locations of the windshield with a glazing material that meets the criteria for either portion of the impact testing required for a Type I test under the provisions of appendix A of this part, will not require the installation of certified glazing in the windshield location except to replace windshield glazing material that is broken or damaged.
</P>
<P>(b) Cabooses, other than yard cabooses, built or rebuilt prior to July 1, 1980, which are equipped in all side facing glazing locations with a glazing material that meets the criteria for either portion of the impact testing required for a Type II test under the provisions of appendix A of this part, will not require the installation of certified glazing in the sidefacing glazing locations except to replace sidefacing glazing material that is broken or damaged.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for yard cabooses and cabooses equipped as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, cabooses built or rebuilt prior to July 1, 1980, shall be equipped with certified glazing in all windows.
</P>
<P>(d) Except for yard cabooses, each caboose that has a window that is broken or damaged so that the window fails to permit good visibility shall be removed from service until the broken or damaged window is replaced with certified glazing.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 209 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act, 94 Stat. 957 (45 U.S.C. 438); § 1.49(m) of the regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, 49 CFR 1.49(m))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77352, Dec. 31, 1979, as amended at 48 FR 24083, May 31, 1983; 48 FR 56956, Dec. 27, 1983; 81 FR 6790, Feb. 9, 2016; 87 FR 68925, Nov. 17, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.2.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.15   Requirements for passenger cars built or rebuilt prior to July 1, 1980.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Passenger cars built or rebuilt prior to July 1, 1980, which are equipped in the forward and rearward end facing glazing locations of the windshield with a glazing material that meets the criteria for either portion of the impact testing required for a Type I test under the provisions of appendix A of this part will not require the installation of certified glazing in the windshield location except to replace windshield glazing material that is broken or damaged.
</P>
<P>(b) Passenger cars built or rebuilt prior to July 1, 1980, which are equipped in the sidefacing glazing locations with a glazing material that meets the criteria for either portion of the impact testing required for a Type II test under the provisions of appendix A of this part, will not require the installation of certified glazing except to replace sidefacing glazing material that is broken or damaged.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for passenger cars described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, passenger cars built or rebuilt prior to July 1, 1980, shall be equipped with certified glazing in all windows and a minimum of four emergency windows.
</P>
<P>(d) Each passenger car that has a window that is broken or damaged so that the window fails to permit good visibility shall be removed from service until the broken or damaged window is replaced with certified glazing.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 209 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act, 94 Stat. 957 (45 U.S.C. 438); sec. 1.49(m) of the regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, 49 CFR 1.49(m))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77352, Dec. 31, 1979, as amended at 48 FR 24083, May 31, 1983; 48 FR 56956, Dec. 27, 1983; 81 FR 6790, Feb. 9, 2016; 87 FR 68925, Nov. 17, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 223.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.2.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 223.17   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.18.4.15.1.30" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 223—Certification of Glazing Materials
</HEAD>
<P>As provided in this part, certified glazing materials installed in locomotives, passenger cars, or cabooses must be certified by the glazing manufacturer in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>a. General Requirements
</P>
<P>(1) Each manufacturer that provides glazing materials, intended by the manufacturer for use in achieving compliance with the requirements of this part, shall certify that each type of glazing material being supplied for this purpose has been successfully tested in accordance with this appendix and that test verification data is available to a railroad or to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(2) The test verification data shall contain all pertinent original data logs and documentation that the selection of material samples, test set-ups, test measuring devices, and test procedures were performed by qualified personnel using recognized and acceptable practices and in accordance with this appendix.
</P>
<P>b. Testing Requirements
</P>
<P>(1) The material to be tested (Target Material) shall be a full scale sample of the largest dimension intended to be produced and installed.
</P>
<P>(2) The Target Material shall be representative of production material and shall be selected on a documented random choice basis.
</P>
<P>(3) The Target Material shall be securely and rigidly attached in a fixture so that the fixture's own characteristics will not induce test errors.
</P>
<P>(4) The Target Material so selected and attached shall constitute a Test Specimen.
</P>
<P>(5) The Test Specimen will then be equipped with a Witness Plate that shall be mounted parallel to and at a distance of six inches in back of the Target Material. The Witness Plate shall have at least an area which will cover the full map of the Target Material.
</P>
<P>(6) The Witness Plate shall be an unbacked sheet of maximum 0.006-inch, alloy 1100 temper O, aluminum stretched within the perimeter of a suitable frame to provide a taut surface. If a steel ball is used for Large Object Impact testing, the Witness Plate shall be an unbacked sheet of maximum 0.002-inch, alloy 1145 temper H19 or equivalent, aluminum stretched within the perimeter of a suitable frame to provide a taut surface.
</P>
<P>(7) The Test Specimen will be positioned so that the defined projectile impacts it at an angle of 90 degrees to the Test Specimen surface.
</P>
<P>(8) The point of impact of the defined projectile will be within a radius of 3″ of the centroid of the Target Material.
</P>
<P>(9) Velocity screens or other suitable velocity measuring devices will be positioned so as to measure the impact velocity of the defined projectile within a 10% accuracy tolerance, with test modifications made to guarantee that the stipulated minimum velocity requirements are met.
</P>
<P>(10) The Test Specimen for glazing material that is intended for use in end facing glazing locations shall be subjected to a Type I test regimen consisting of the following tests:
</P>
<P>(i) Ballistic Impact: A standard 22 caliber long rifle lead bullet of 40 grains in weight impacts at a minimum velocity of 960 feet per second.
</P>
<P>(ii) Large Object Impact:
</P>
<P>(A) A cinder block weighing a minimum of 24 lbs with dimensions of 8 inches by 8 inches by 16 inches nominally impacts the glazing surface at the corner of the block at a minimum velocity of 44 feet per second. The cinder block must be of composition making it structurally sound, such as referenced in ASTM, International (ASTM) Specification C33 or ASTM C90; or
</P>
<P>(B) A steel ball (e.g., ball bearing or shot put) weighing a minimum of 12 lbs impacts the glazing surface at a minimum velocity of 62.5 feet per second.
</P>
<P>(11) The Test Specimen for glazing material that is intended for use only in sidefacing glazing locations shall be subjected to a Type II test regimen consisting of the following tests:
</P>
<P>(i) Ballistic Impact: A standard 22 caliber long rifle lead bullet of 40 grains in weight impacts at a minimum velocity of 960 feet per second.
</P>
<P>(ii) Large Object Impact:
</P>
<P>(A) A cinder block weighting a minimum of 24 lbs with dimensions of 8 inches by 8 inches by 16 inches nominally impacts the glazing surface at the corner of the block at a minimum velocity of 12 feet per second. The cinder block must be of composition making it structurally sound, such as referenced in ASTM C33-18 or ASTM C90; or
</P>
<P>(B) A solid steel ball (e.g., ball bearing or shot put) weighing a minimum of 12 lbs impacts the glazing surface at a minimum velocity of 17 feet per second.
</P>
<P>(12) Three different test specimens must be subjected to the ballistic impact portion of these tests.
</P>
<P>(13) Except as provided in paragraphs b.(10)(ii)(B) and b.(11)(ii)(B) of this appendix, two different test specimens must be subjected to the large object impact portion of the tests. For purposes of paragraphs b.(10)(ii)(B) and b.(11)(ii)(B), four different test specimens shall be subjected to each impact test.
</P>
<P>(14) A material so tested must perform so that:
</P>
<P>(i) there shall be no penetration of the back surfaces (side closest to Witness Plate) of the Target Material by the projectile. Partial penetration of the impact (front) surface of the Target Material does not constitute a failure; and
</P>
<P>(ii) there shall be no penetration of particles from the back side of the Target Material through the back side of the prescribed Witness Plate.
</P>
<P>(15) Except as provided in paragraphs b.(10)(ii)(B) and b.(11)(ii)(B) of this appendix, test specimens must consecutively pass the required number of tests at the required minimum velocities. Individual tests resulting in failures at greater than the required minimum velocities may be repeated but a failure of an individual test at less than the minimum velocity shall result in termination of the total test and failure of the material. For purposes of paragraphs b.(10)(ii)(B) and b.(11)(ii)(B), three out of four test specimens must pass the test for the glazing material to be acceptable. Individual tests resulting in a failure at velocities above the prescribed range may be repeated.
</P>
<P>(16) After successful completion of the prescribed set of required consecutive tests, a manufacturer may certify in writing that a particular glazing material meets the requirements of these standards.
</P>
<P>c. Material Identification
</P>
<P>(1) Each individual unit of glazing material shall be permanently marked, prior to installation, to indicate that this type of material has been successfully tested as set forth in this appendix and that marking shall be done in such a manner that it is clearly visible after the material has been installed.
</P>
<P>(2) Each individual unit of a glazing material that has successfully passed the Type I testing regimen shall be marked to indicate:
</P>
<P>(i) “FRA Type I” material;
</P>
<P>(ii) the manufacturer of the material;
</P>
<P>(iii) the type or brand identification of the material.
</P>
<P>(3) Each individual unit of a glazing material that has successfully passed the Type II testing regimen shall be marked to indicate:
</P>
<P>(i) “FRA Type II” material;
</P>
<P>(ii) the manufacturer of the material;
</P>
<P>(iii) the type or brand identification of the material.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 77352, Dec. 31, 1979, as amended at 87 FR 68925, Nov. 17, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="224" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 224—REFLECTORIZATION OF RAIL FREIGHT ROLLING STOCK
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20148 and 21301; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 62176, Oct. 28, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.1.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to reduce highway-rail grade crossing accidents and deaths, injuries, and property damage resulting from those accidents, by enhancing the conspicuity of rail freight rolling stock so as to increase its detectability by motor vehicle operators at night and under conditions of poor visibility.
</P>
<P>(b) In order to achieve cost-effective mitigation of collision risk at highway-rail grade crossings, this part establishes the duties of freight rolling stock owners (including those who manage maintenance of freight rolling stock, supply freight rolling stock for transportation, or offer freight rolling stock in transportation) and railroads to progressively apply retroreflective material to freight rolling stock, and to periodically inspect and maintain that material. Freight rolling stock owners, however, are under no duty to install, clean or otherwise maintain, or repair reflective material except as specified in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) This part establishes a schedule for the application of retroreflective material to rail freight rolling stock and prescribes standards for the application, inspection, and maintenance of retroreflective material to rail freight rolling stock for the purpose of enhancing its detectability at highway-rail grade crossings. This part does not restrict a freight rolling stock owner or railroad from applying retroreflective material to freight rolling stock for other purposes if not inconsistent with the recognizable pattern required by this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.1.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all railroad freight cars and locomotives that operate over a public or private highway-rail grade crossing and are used for revenue or work train service, except:
</P>
<P>(a) Freight rolling stock that operates only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(b) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(c) Locomotives and passenger cars used exclusively in passenger service;
</P>
<P>(d) Freight rolling stock that is subject to a reflectorization requirement promulgated by another Federal agency; or
</P>
<P>(e) Freight rolling stock used for only for tourist, historic, excursion, educational, recreational, or private purposes, except for incidental freight service. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 62176, Oct. 28, 2005, as amended at 91 FR 3391, Jan. 27, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.1.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, or the Associate Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Damaged</I> means scratched, broken, chipped, peeled, or delaminated.
</P>
<P><I>Flat car</I> means a car having a flat floor or deck on the underframe with no sides, ends or roof (including spine cars, articulated and multi-unit intermodal cars).
</P>
<P><I>Freight rolling stock means:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Any locomotive subject to part 229 of this chapter used to haul or switch freight cars (whether in revenue or work train service); and
</P>
<P>(2) Any railroad freight car (whether used in revenue or work train service).
</P>
<P><I>Freight rolling stock owner</I> means any person who owns freight rolling stock, is a lessee of freight rolling stock, manages the maintenance or use of freight rolling stock on behalf of an owner or one or more lessors or lessees, or otherwise controls the maintenance or use of freight rolling stock.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive</I> has the meaning assigned by § 229.5 of this chapter, but for purposes of this part applies only to a locomotive used in the transportation of freight or the operation of a work train.
</P>
<P><I>Obscured</I> means concealed or hidden (i.e., covered up, as where a layer of paint or dense chemical residue blocks all incoming light); this term does not refer to ordinary accumulations of dirt, grime, or ice resulting from the normal railroad operating environment.


</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including but not limited to the following: A railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such an owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.


</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means all forms of non-highway ground transportation that run on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including high speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether they use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad freight car</I> has the meaning assigned by § 215.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Tank car</I> means a rail car, the body of which consists of a tank for transporting liquids.
</P>
<P><I>Universal Machine Language Equipment Register</I> means the database containing information on rail equipment maintained by the Association of American Railroads.
</P>
<P><I>Unqualified Retroreflective Sheeting</I> means engineering grade sheeting, super engineering grade sheeting (enclosed lens) or high-intensity type sheeting (ASTM Type I, II, III, or IV Sheeting) as described in ASTM International Standard D-4956-04, “Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control.”
</P>
<P><I>Work train</I> means a non-revenue service train used for the maintenance and upkeep service of the railroad.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 62176, Oct. 28, 2005, as amended at 90 FR 28126, July 1, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.1.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.7   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the Administrator for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. The filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for waiver under this section shall be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions that the Administrator deems necessary. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.1.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.9   Responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Freight rolling stock owners, railroads, and (with respect to certification of material) manufacturers of retroreflective material, are primarily responsible for compliance with this part. However, any person that performs any function or task required by this part (including any employee, agent, or contractor of the aforementioned), must perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person performing any function or task required by this part shall be deemed to have consented to FRA inspection of the person's facilities and records to the extent necessary to determine whether the function or task is being performed in accordance with the requirements of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.1.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.11   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> contains a schedule of civil penalty amounts used in connection with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part is subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 62176, Oct. 28, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 51197, Sept. 6, 2007; 73 FR 79702, Dec. 30, 2008; 77 FR 24420, Apr. 24, 2012; 81 FR 43110, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16133, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60747, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 23735, May 23, 2019; 84 FR 37073, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1758, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23254, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15868, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1127, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89562, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106296, Dec. 30, 2024; 90 FR 28156, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.1.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.13   Preemptive effect.</HEAD>
<P>Under 49 U.S.C. 20106, issuance of this part preempts any State law, rule, regulation, or order covering the same subject matter, except an additional or more stringent law, rule, regulation, or order that is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially local safety hazard; that is not incompatible with a law, rule, regulation, or order of the United States Government; and that does not unreasonably burden interstate commerce. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.1.15.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.15   Special approval procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The following procedures govern consideration and action upon requests for special approval of alternative standards under § 224.103(e).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Petitions.</I> (1) Each petition for special approval of an alternative standard shall contain—
</P>
<P>(i) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with regard to the petition;
</P>
<P>(ii) The alternative proposed, in detail, to be substituted for the particular requirements of this part; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Appropriate data and analysis establishing that the alternative will provide at least an equivalent level of safety and meet the requirements of § 224.103(e).
</P>
<P>(2) Each petition for special approval of an alternative standard shall be submitted to the Docket Clerk, Office of Chief Counsel, Federal Railroad Administration, RCC-10, Mail Stop 10, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice.</I> FRA will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning each petition under paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Public comment.</I> FRA will provide a period of not less than 30 days from the date of publication of the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> during which any person may comment on the petition.
</P>
<P>(1) Each comment shall set forth specifically the basis upon which it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the commenter in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) Each comment shall be submitted to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, and shall contain the assigned docket number which appears in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for that proceeding. The form of such submission may be in written or electronic form consistent with the standards and requirements established by the Federal Docket Management System and posted on its Web site at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(3) In the event FRA determines that it requires additional information to appropriately consider the petition, FRA will conduct a hearing on the petition in accordance with the procedures provided in § 211.25 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Disposition of petitions.</I> (1) If FRA finds that the petition complies with the requirements of this section and that the proposed alternative standard is acceptable or changes are justified, or both, the petition will be granted, normally within 90 days of its receipt. The Associate Administrator may determine the applicability of other technical requirements of this part when rendering a decision on the petition. If the petition is neither granted nor denied within 90 days, the petition remains pending for decision. FRA may attach special conditions to the approval of the petition. Following the approval of a petition, FRA may reopen consideration of the petition for cause stated.
</P>
<P>(2) If FRA finds that the petition does not comply with the requirements of this section, or that the proposed alternative standard is not acceptable or that the proposed changes are not justified, or both, the petition will be denied, normally within 90 days of its receipt.
</P>
<P>(3) When FRA grants or denies a petition, or reopens consideration of a petition, written notice is sent to the petitioner and other interested parties and a copy of the notice is placed in the electronic docket of the proceeding. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 62176, Oct. 28, 2005, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Application, Inspection, and Maintenance of Retroreflective Material</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.2.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.101   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>All rail freight rolling stock subject to this part shall be equipped with retroreflective sheeting that conforms to the requirements of this part. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the application, inspection, and maintenance of that sheeting shall be conducted in accordance with this subpart or in accordance with an alternative standard providing at least an equivalent level of safety after special approval of FRA under § 224.15. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.2.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.103   Characteristics of retroreflective sheeting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Construction.</I> Retroreflective sheeting applied pursuant to this part shall consist of a smooth, flat, transparent exterior film with microprismatic retroreflective elements embedded in or suspended beneath the film so as to form a non-exposed retroreflective optical system.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Color.</I> Retroreflective sheeting applied pursuant to this part shall be yellow, fluorescent yellow, or white as specified by the chromaticity coordinates of ASTM International's Standard D 4956-04, “Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control.” The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of this standard in this section in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated standard from ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 or at <I>http://www.astm.org.</I> You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standard at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Performance.</I> Retroreflective sheeting applied pursuant to this part shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 4956-04, for Type V Sheeting if metalized or Type VII Sheeting if non-metalized, except for the initial minimum values of the coefficient of retroreflection, and shall, as initially applied, meet the minimum values for the coefficient of retroreflection specified in Table 1 of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 62176, Oct. 28, 2005, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.2.15.3.31" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Table 1 to Subpart B of Part 224—Minimum Coefficient of Retroreflection (R<E T="52">A</E>) (in Candela/Lux/Meter
<SU>2</SU>) Requirement for Retroreflective Sheeting (Minimum Photometric Performance Requirements) 

</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Entrance angle 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Observation angle 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">0.2 Degree
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">0.5 Degree 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Yellow or fluorescent yellow 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">White 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Yellow or fluorescent yellow 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">White 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">−4°</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30°</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) <I>Certification.</I> The characters “FRA-224”, constituting the manufacturer's certification that the retroreflective sheeting conforms to the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section, shall appear at least once on the exposed surface of each piece of sheeting in the final application. The characters shall be a minimum of three millimeters high, and shall be permanently stamped, etched, molded, or printed within the product and each certification shall be spaced no more than four inches apart.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Alternative standards.</I> Upon petition by a freight rolling stock owner or railroad under § 224.15, the Associate Administrator may approve an alternative technology as providing equivalent safety. Any such petition shall provide data and analysis sufficient to establish that the technology will result in conspicuity and durability at least equal to sheeting described in paragraphs (a) through (c) applied in accordance with this part and will present a recognizable visual target that is suitably consistent with freight rolling stock equipped with retroreflective sheeting meeting the technical requirements of this part to provide the intended warning to motorists. 


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.3.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.105   Sheeting dimensions and quantity.</HEAD>
<P>Retroreflective sheeting shall be applied along the length of each railroad freight car and locomotive side as described in § 224.106. Unless otherwise specified, retroreflective sheeting applied under this part shall be applied in strips 4 inches wide and 18 or 36 inches long, as practicable. The amount of retroreflective sheeting to be applied to each car or locomotive subject to this part is dependent on the length of the car or locomotive and the color of the sheeting. For purposes of this part, the length of a railroad freight car or locomotive is measured from endsill to endsill, exclusive of the coupler and draft gear. Each side of a railroad freight car subject to this part, including each unit of multi-unit cars, and each side of a locomotive subject to this part must be equipped with at least the minimum amount of retroreflective sheeting specified in Table 2 of this subpart. 



</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.3.15.4.32" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Table 2 to Subpart B of Part 224—Minimum Quantity Requirement for Retroreflective Sheeting on Freight Rolling Stock 

</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Freight car or locomotive length 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum area of retroreflective sheeting required (per car/locomotive side)—yellow
<br/>sheeting (ft 
<sup>2</sup>) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum area of retroreflective sheeting required (per car/locomotive side)—white sheeting (ft 
<sup>2</sup>) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than 50 ft.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 50 ft. to 60 ft.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 60 ft. to 70 ft.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 70 ft. to 80 ft.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 80 ft. to 90 ft.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 90 ft. to 100 ft. 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Freight cars or locomotives over 100 ft. in length must be equipped with an additional one-half a square foot of sheeting on each side for every additional 10 feet of length.</P></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.106" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.3.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.106   Location of retroreflective sheeting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Railroad freight cars.</I> The retroreflective sheeting shall be applied along the length of each railroad freight car side in the manner provided by a uniform industry standard accepted by the Associate Administrator that provides for distribution of material along the length of each car and as close as practicable to 42 inches above the top of rail. In the event such a standard is not proffered by industry or accepted by the Associate Administrator, the criteria set forth in this subpart shall apply. Retroreflective sheeting applied under this part must be located clear of appurtenances and devices such as ladders and other safety appliances, pipes, or other attachments that may obscure its visibility. Retroreflective sheeting need not be applied to discontinuous surfaces such as bolts, rivets, door hinges, or other irregularly shaped areas that may prevent the sheeting from adhering to the car sides. In addition, retroreflective sheeting need not be applied over existing or required car stencils and markings. If necessary to avoid appurtenances, discontinuous surfaces, or existing or required car markings or stencils, 4x18 and 4x36 inch strips of retroreflective material may be divided into 4x9 inch strips and applied on either side of the appurtenance, discontinuous surface, or car markings or stencils, as practicable. Unless otherwise specified, retroreflective sheeting shall be applied along the sides of freight rolling stock at intervals not to exceed every 12 feet, as practicable. If it is not practicable to apply retroreflective sheeting every 12 feet because of existing stencils, appurtenances, or discontinuous surfaces, the sheeting shall be applied at the next smallest interval practicable.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General rule.</I> On railroad freight cars other than flat cars and tank cars, retroreflective sheeting shall be applied in either a vertical or horizontal pattern along the length of the car sides, with the bottom edge of the sheeting as close as practicable to 42 inches above the top of rail. Retroreflective sheeting shall not be applied below the side sill.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Vertical application.</I> If retroreflective sheeting is applied in a vertical pattern, at least one 4x36 inch strip or two 4x18 inch strips, one above the other, shall be applied as close to each end of the car as practicable. Between these two vertical end strips, a minimum of one 4x18 inch strip shall be applied at least every 12 feet, as practicable. <I>See</I> Figures 1, 2 and 3. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.002.gif"/>
<P>(ii) <I>Horizontal application.</I> If retroreflective sheeting is applied in a horizontal pattern, at least one 4x36 inch strip, or two 4x18 inch strips, one above or next to the other, shall be applied as close to each end of the car as practicable. Between these end strips, a minimum of one 4x18 inch strip shall be applied at least every 12 feet, as practicable. <I>See</I> Figures 4, 5, and 6. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.005.gif"/>
<P>(2) <I>Tank cars.</I> On tank cars, retroreflective sheeting shall be applied vertically to each car side and centered on the horizontal centerline of the tank, or as near as practicable. If it is not practicable to safely apply the sheeting centered vertically about the horizontal centerline of the tank, the sheeting may be applied vertically with its top edge no lower than the horizontal centerline of the tank. A minimum of either one 4x36 inch strip or two 4x18 inch strips, one above the other, shall be applied as close to each end of the car as practicable. Between these two end strips, a minimum of one 4x18 inch strip shall be applied at least every 12 feet, as practicable. Retroreflective sheeting applied under this part shall not be located in the spillage area directly beneath the manway used to load and unload the tank. <I>See</I> Figures 7 and 8. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.007.gif"/>
<P>(3) <I>Flat cars.</I> On flat cars, retroreflective sheeting shall be applied in a horizontal pattern along the length of the side sill with the bottom edge of the sheeting no lower than the bottom of the side sill and the top edge of the sheeting no higher than the top of the car deck or floor. At least two 4x18 inch strips, one above the other, shall be applied as close to each end of the car as practicable. If the side sill is less than 8 inches wide, one 4x36 inch strip, or two 4x18 inch strips may be applied one next to the other, dividing the strips into nine inch segments as necessary in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section. Between the two end strips, a minimum of one 4x18 inch strip shall be applied at least every 12 feet, as practicable. <I>See</I> Figure 9. If a car has a separate rack structure, retroreflective sheeting may be applied to the flat car portion only in accordance with the requirements of this section. For cars without continuous side sills, retroreflective sheeting may be applied to other surfaces inboard of the sides, such as the center sill, provided that the sheeting is not obscured by other components. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.008.gif"/>
<P>(4) <I>Cars of special construction.</I> This paragraph applies to any car the design of which is not compatible with the patterns of application otherwise provided in this section. Retroreflective sheeting shall conform as closely as practicable to the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section and shall have the minimum amount of sheeting described in § 224.105 distributed along the length of each car side.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Locomotives.</I> Locomotives subject to this part shall be equipped with at least the minimum amounts of retroreflective sheeting required by § 224.105 either in strips four inches wide and 18 or 36 inches long and spaced as uniformly as practicable along the length of the locomotive sides, or in one continuous strip, at least four inches wide, along the length of the locomotive. Retroreflective sheeting applied to locomotive sides shall be applied as close as practicable to 42 inches from the top of the rail. 




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.3.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.107   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.3.15.6.33" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Table 3 to Subpart B of Part 224—Alternative Schedule for Application of Retroreflective Material to Freight Cars per § 224.107(<E T="01">a</E>)(2)(<E T="01">ii</E>) 
</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(A) 
<sup>1</sup> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(B)
<br/>(percent) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 28, 2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 28, 2008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 28, 2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 28, 2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 28, 2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 28, 2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 28, 2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 28, 2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 28, 2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Column (A) indicates the date by which the minimum percentage of an owner's freight cars specified in column (B) must be equipped with retroreflective sheeting conforming to this part.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>Thereafter,
</P>
<P>(A) The designated fleet shall be equipped with retroreflective sheeting according to the schedule specified in Table 3 of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) No later than January 28, 2008, the freight rolling stock owner shall submit to FRA an updated Reflectorization Implementation Compliance Report showing which cars of the fleet subject to this part were equipped with retroreflective sheeting as required by this part during the initial 24-month implementation period. Thereafter, updated Reflectorization Implementation Compliance Reports shall be submitted annually, no later than December 31 of each year for the duration of the 10-year implementation period. <I>See</I> Appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P>(C) If, following the conclusion of the initial 24-month period or any 12-month period thereafter, the percentage requirements of this section have not been met—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The freight rolling stock owner shall be considered in violation of this part;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The freight rolling stock owner shall, within 60 days after the close of the period, report the failure to the Associate Administrator;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) shall apply to all railroad freight cars subject to this part in the freight rolling stock owner's fleet; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The fleet owner shall take such additional action as may be necessary to achieve future compliance.
</P>
<P>(D) Cars to be retired shall be included in the fleet total until they are retired.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Existing cars with retroreflective sheeting.</I> If as of October 28, 2005, a car is equipped on each side with at least one square foot of retroreflective sheeting, uniformly distributed over the length of each side, that car shall be considered in compliance with this part through November 28, 2015, provided the sheeting is not unqualified retroreflective sheeting, and provided the freight rolling stock owner files a completed Reflectorization Implementation Compliance Report with FRA no later than January 26, 2006 identifying the cars already so equipped. <I>See</I> Appendix B of this part for Reflectorization Implementation Compliance form.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Locomotives.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, all locomotives subject to this part must be equipped with conforming retroreflective sheeting by November 28, 2010. If a locomotive already has reflective material applied that does not meet the standards of this part, it is not necessary to remove the material unless its placement interferes with the placement of the sheeting required by this part.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>New locomotives.</I> Retroreflective sheeting conforming to this part must be applied to all locomotives constructed after January 26, 2006, before they are placed in service.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Existing locomotives without retroreflective sheeting.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) If as of October 28, 2005 a locomotive subject to this part is not equipped with the minimum amount of retroreflective sheeting specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, retroreflective sheeting conforming to this part must be applied to the locomotive not later than nine months after the first biennial inspection performed pursuant to 49 CFR 229.29 occurring after November 28, 2005.
</P>
<P>(ii) A freight rolling stock owner may elect not to follow the schedule in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, if not later than January 26, 2006, the freight rolling stock owner submits to FRA a Reflectorization Implementation Compliance Report certifying that the locomotives in the owner's fleet subject to this part will be equipped with retroreflective sheeting as required by this part in accordance with the schedule specified in Table 4 of this section. <I>See</I> Appendix B of this part.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.3.15.6.34" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Table 4 to Subpart B of Part 224—Alternative Schedule for Application of Retroreflective Material to Locomotives per § 224.107(<E T="01">b</E>)(2)(<E T="01">ii</E>) 
</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(A) 
<sup>1</sup> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(B)
<br/>(percent) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 28, 2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 28, 2008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 28, 2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">November 28, 2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"> 
<sup>1</sup>Column (A) indicates the date by which the minimum percentage of an owner's locomotives specified in column (B) must be equipped with retroreflective sheeting conforming to this part.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>Thereafter,
</P>
<P>(A) The designated locomotive fleet shall be equipped with retroreflective sheeting according to the requirements of this paragraph (b)(2)(ii);
</P>
<P>(B) No later than January 28, 2008, the freight rolling stock owner shall submit to FRA an updated Reflectorization Implementation Compliance Report showing which locomotives of the fleet subject to this part were equipped with retroreflective sheeting as required by this part during the initial 24 month implementation period. Updated Reflectorization Implementation Compliance Reports shall be submitted annually, no later than December 31 of each year, for the duration of the 5-year implementation period. <I>See</I> Appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P>(C) If, following the conclusion of the initial 24-month period or any 12-month period thereafter, the percentage requirements of this section have not been met—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The freight rolling stock owner shall be considered in violation of this part;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The freight rolling stock owner shall, within 60 days after the close of the period, report the failure to the Associate Administrator;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(i) shall apply to all locomotives subject to this part in the freight rolling stock owner's fleet; and
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The fleet owner shall take such additional action as may be necessary to achieve future compliance.
</P>
<P>(D) Locomotives to be retired shall be included in the fleet total until they are retired.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Existing locomotives with retroreflective sheeting.</I> If as of October 28, 2005, a locomotive is equipped on each side with at least one square foot of retroreflective sheeting, that locomotive shall be considered in compliance with this part for through November 28, 2015, provided the existing material is not unqualified retroreflective sheeting, and provided the freight rolling stock owner files a Reflectorization Implementation Compliance Report with FRA no later than January 26, 2006, identifying the cars already so equipped. <I>See</I> appendix B of this part. If, as of October 28, 2005, a locomotive is equipped with unqualified retroreflective sheeting, the locomotive will be considered in compliance with this part through November 28, 2015, provided the locomotive is equipped with a minimum of 3 square feet of retroreflective material on each side and provided the freight rolling stock owner files a Reflectorization Implementation Compliance Report with FRA no later than January 26, 2006, identifying the locomotives already so equipped. <I>See</I> appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Each railroad that has fewer than 400,000 annual employee work hours as of the end of calendar year 2004, and does not share locomotive power with another railroad with 400,000 or more annual employee work hours, may bring its locomotive fleet into compliance according to the following schedule: fifty percent of the railroad's locomotives must be retrofitted pursuant to § 224.106(b) by October 28, 2010, and one hundred percent must be retrofitted pursuant to § 224.106(b) by October 28, 2015. If a railroad with fewer than 400,000 annual employee work hours shares locomotive power with a railroad with 400,000 or more annual employee work hours, the smaller railroad must comply with the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.3.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.109   Inspection and replacement of missing, damaged, or obscured retroreflective sheeting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Railroad freight cars.</I> Retroreflective sheeting on railroad freight cars subject to this part must be visually inspected for presence and condition whenever a car undergoes a single car air brake test required under 49 CFR 232.305. If at the time of inspection less than 80 percent of the amount of sheeting required under § 224.105 on either side of a car is present, not damaged, and not obscured, the inspecting railroad or contractor shall promptly notify the person responsible for the reporting mark, as indicated in the Universal Machine Language Equipment Register, of the damaged, obscured, or missing sheeting (unless the inspecting railroad or contractor is the person responsible for the reporting mark). The inspecting railroad or contractor shall retain a written or electronic copy of each such notification made for at least two years from the date of the notice and shall make these records available for inspection and copying by the FRA upon request. Any person notified of a defect under this section shall have nine months (270 calendar days) from the date of notification to repair or replace the damaged, obscured, or missing sheeting. Where the inspecting railroad or contractor is the person responsible for the reporting mark, the person shall have nine months (270 calendar days) from the date of the inspection to repair or replace the damaged, obscured, or missing sheeting.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Locomotives.</I> Retroreflective sheeting must be visually inspected for presence and condition when the locomotive receives the annual inspection required under 49 CFR 229.27. If at the time of inspection, less than 80 percent of the amount of sheeting required under § 224.105 on either side of a locomotive is present, not damaged, and not obscured, the damaged, obscured, or missing sheeting must be repaired or replaced within nine months (270 calendar days) from the date of inspection, provided a record of the defect is maintained in the locomotive cab or in a secure and accessible electronic database to which FRA is provided access on request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 3391, Jan. 27, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 224.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.3.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 224.111   Evaluation and replacement of 10-year-old or underperforming retroreflective sheeting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Replacement process.</I> Retroreflective sheeting required by this part shall comply with the replacement process in either paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>10-year replacement cycle.</I> Regardless of condition, retroreflective sheeting required by this part shall be replaced with new, undegraded, sheeting no later than 10 years after the initial installation date. At the time of replacement, it is not necessary to remove the previously installed sheeting unless it interferes with the placement of the replacement sheeting, as required by § 224.106, but the previously installed sheeting shall not be considered in calculating the required minimum area of retroreflective material required as shown in table 2 to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Replacement based on retroreflective comparator panel.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) and (c)(3) of this section, retroreflective sheeting shall be evaluated using a properly calibrated comparator panel, manufactured to the specifications outlined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, whenever a car undergoes a single car air brake test required by 49 CFR 232.305, or a locomotive receives an annual inspection required by 49 CFR 229.27.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Retroreflective comparator panel specifications</I>—(i) <I>Retroreflectivity.</I> Retroreflective comparator panels shall have the minimum (and maximum, if applicable) retroreflectivity values as outlined in Table 1 to paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Color.</I> Retroreflective comparator panels shall be yellow or white as outlined in § 224.103(b).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Construction.</I> Retroreflective comparator panels shall be 4 inches wide by 4 inches high, be constructed with glass-beaded material or other material that displays uniform appearance when rotated and viewed with a light source, and have a magnetic backing so that the panel can be attached to rail freight rolling stock.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Labeling.</I> Retroreflective comparator panels shall have a waterproof and dust-proof label affixed to the backing. The label shall contain: the phrase “Retroreflective Comparator Panel—Yellow” or “Retroreflective Comparator Panel—White;” and the name of the manufacturer, the part, model, or serial number, the date the panel was manufactured, the target retroreflectivity level to which the panel was manufactured (measured in cd/lx/m
<SU>2</SU>), and a space provided for the certified recalibration date. Retroreflective comparator panels shall be recalibrated at least every two years and the date of a panel's most recent recalibration must appear in the space provided on the label.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 224.111(<E T="01">c</E>)(1)(<E T="01">iv</E>)—Retroreflective Comparator Panel Requirements
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Retroreflective Comparator Panel Requirements]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Color
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Required retroreflectivity


<br/>(cd/lx/m
<sup>2</sup>) at −4° entrance and of

<br/>0.2° observation angles
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Required retroreflectivity


<br/>(cd/lx/m
<sup>2</sup>) at 30° entrance and of

<br/>0.5° observation angles
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">White</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">285</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yellow</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">170</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Retroreflective comparator panel evaluation process and criteria.</I> Each retroreflective sheeting on rail freight rolling stock shall be evaluated on its performance. The evaluation procedure shall consist of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Retroreflective sheeting shall be visually evaluated with the use of a light source. The light source must be of sufficient intensity to illuminate and overcome ambient lighting conditions. A brighter light source (LED) is recommended in daylight conditions.
</P>
<P>(ii) Properly trained and experienced persons may pass sheeting that they determine to be obviously compliant and fail sheeting they determine to be obviously noncompliant (including obscured) based on their initial visual inspection. Any sheeting that they do not determine to be obviously compliant or noncompliant, shall be evaluated using a retroreflective comparator panel comparison.
</P>
<P>(iii) Retroreflective comparator panels shall conform to the requirements outlined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and the panel's color shall match the color of the installed sheeting being evaluated.
</P>
<P>(iv) The comparator panel shall be placed directly adjacent to, or overlapping, the retroreflective sheeting being evaluated. The retroreflective sheeting shall also be cleaned, as necessary, before the evaluation begins.
</P>
<P>(v) Retroreflective sheeting and the comparator panel shall be evaluated from a position perpendicular to the installed sheeting, preferably from a distance of 15 feet from the installed sheeting and the comparator panel. In the event conducting the evaluation from 15 feet away is not practicable, the evaluation may be conducted from the next closest alternative distance that still permits effective evaluation.
</P>
<P>(vi) The light source shall be positioned adjacent to the inspector's eye (left or right) and directed at the sheeting and comparator panel, and a comparison of the reflected light intensity of the entire installed sheeting to that of the comparator panel shall be made. The installed sheeting shall pass or fail based on the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(A) If the perceived reflected light intensity of the entire installed sheeting appears brighter than that of the comparator panel, the installed sheeting passes the evaluation.
</P>
<P>(B) If the perceived reflected light intensity of the entire installed sheeting does not appear brighter than that of the comparator panel, or if it cannot be discerned if one is brighter than the other, the sheeting fails the evaluation and shall be replaced prior to the equipment returning to service.
</P>
<P>(C) Installed sheeting that is damaged, obscured, or missing, cannot be evaluated with the comparator panel and shall be replaced prior to the equipment returning to service.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Handheld retroreflectometers.</I> A properly calibrated handheld retroreflectometer may be used in lieu of a comparator panel, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The handheld retroreflectometer shall be an annular device. A single measurement on a strip of sheeting shall suffice with an annular device, provided that the sheeting is not damaged, obscured, or missing.
</P>
<P>(ii) The handheld device shall be placed directly against the reflective sheeting, and the measurement shall be made based on the device manufacturer's recommendation.
</P>
<P>(iii) The minimum allowable retroreflective value is 150 cd/lx/m
<SU>2</SU> for yellow sheeting and 250 cd/lx/m
<SU>2</SU> for white sheeting, when measured at the −4° entrance angle and 0.2° observation angle configuration. Sheeting that does not meet these minimum allowable retroreflectivity values shall be replaced prior to the equipment returning to service. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 3391, Jan. 27, 2026]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.4.15.1.35" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 224 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.4.15.1.36" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 224—Reflectorization Implementation Compliance Report 

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.010.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.19.4.15.1.37" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 224—Guidelines for Electronic Submission of Reflectorization Implementation Compliance Reports 

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.011.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28oc05.013.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="225" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 225—RAILROAD ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS: REPORTS CLASSIFICATION, AND INVESTIGATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 103, 322(a), 20103, 20107, 20901-20902, 21301, 21302, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>39 FR 43224, Dec. 11, 1974, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 225.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to provide the Federal Railroad Administration with accurate information concerning the hazards and risks that exist on the Nation's railroads. FRA needs this information to effectively carry out its regulatory responsibilities under 49 U.S.C. chapters 201-213. FRA also uses this information for determining comparative trends of railroad safety and to develop hazard elimination and risk reduction programs that focus on preventing railroad injuries and accidents. Any State may require railroads to submit to it copies of accident/incident and injury/illness reports filed with FRA under this part, for accidents/incidents and injuries/illnesses which occur in that State.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 68903, Nov. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d), this part applies to all railroads except—
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad that operates freight trains only on track inside an installation which is not part of the general railroad system of transportation or that owns no track except for track that is inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation and used for freight operations.
</P>
<P>(2) Rail mass transit operations in an urban area that are not connected with the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) A railroad that exclusively hauls passengers inside an installation that is insular or that owns no track except for track used exclusively for the hauling of passengers inside an installation that is insular. An operation is not considered insular if one or more of the following exists on its line:
</P>
<P>(i) A public highway-rail grade crossing that is in use;
</P>
<P>(ii) An at-grade rail crossing that is in use;
</P>
<P>(iii) A bridge over a public road or waters used for commercial navigation; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A common corridor with a railroad, <I>i.e.,</I> its operations are within 30 feet of those of any railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) The Internal Control Plan requirements in § 225.33(a)(3) through (a)(11) do not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads that operate or own track on the general railroad system of transportation that have 15 or fewer employees covered by the hours of service law (49 U.S.C. 21101-21107) and
</P>
<P>(2) Railroads that operate or own track exclusively off the general system.
</P>
<P>(c) The recordkeeping requirements regarding accountable injuries and illnesses and accountable rail equipment accidents/incidents found in § 225.25(a) through (g) do not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads that operate or own track on the general railroad system of transportation that have 15 or fewer employees covered by the hours of service law (49 U.S.C. 21101-21107) and
</P>
<P>(2) Railroads that operate or own track exclusively off the general system.
</P>
<P>(d) All requirements in this part to record or report an injury or illness incurred by any classification of person that results from a non-train incident do not apply to railroads that operate or own track exclusively off the general railroad system of transportation, unless the non-train incident involves in- service on-track equipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 30967, June 18, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 67490, Dec. 23, 1996; 75 FR 68903, Nov. 9, 2010]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Accident/incident</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any impact between railroad on-track equipment and a highway user at a highway-rail grade crossing. The term “highway user” includes automobiles, buses, trucks, motorcycles, bicycles, farm vehicles, pedestrians, and all other modes of surface transportation motorized and un-motorized;
</P>
<P>(2) Any collision, derailment, fire, explosion, act of God, or other event involving operation of railroad on-track equipment (standing or moving) that results in reportable damages greater than the current reporting threshold to railroad on-track equipment, signals, track, track structures, and roadbed;
</P>
<P>(3) Each death, injury, or occupational illness that is a new case and meets the general reporting criteria listed in § 225.19(d)(1) through (d)(6) if an event or exposure arising from the operation of a railroad is a discernable cause of the resulting condition or a discernable cause of a significant aggravation to a pre-existing injury or illness. The event or exposure arising from the operation of a railroad need only be one of the discernable causes; it need not be the sole or predominant cause.
</P>
<P>(4) Occupational illness.
</P>
<P><I>Accountable injury or illness</I> means any abnormal condition or disorder of a railroad employee that causes or requires the railroad employee to be examined or treated by a qualified health care professional, regardless of whether or not it meets the general reporting criteria listed in § 225.19(d)(1) through (d)(6), and the railroad employee claims that, or the railroad otherwise has knowledge that, an event or exposure arising from the operation of the railroad is a discernable cause of the abnormal condition or disorder.
</P>
<P><I>Accountable rail equipment accident/incident</I> means
</P>
<P>(1) Any derailment regardless of whether or not it causes any damage or
</P>
<P>(2) Any collision, highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident, obstruction accident, other impact, fire or violent rupture, explosion-detonation, act of God, or other accident/incident involving the operation of railroad on-track equipment (standing or moving) that results in damage to the railroad on-track equipment (standing or moving), signals, track, track structures or roadbed and that damage impairs the functioning or safety of the railroad on-track equipment (standing or moving), signals, track, track structures or roadbed.
</P>
<P><I>Covered data</I> means information that must be reported to FRA under this part concerning a railroad employee injury or illness case that is reportable exclusively because a physician or other licensed health care professional— 
</P>
<P>(1) Recommended in writing that— 
</P>
<P>(i) The employee take one or more days away from work when the employee instead reports to work (or would have reported had he or she been scheduled) and takes no days away from work in connection with the injury or illness, 
</P>
<P>(ii) The employee work restricted duty for one or more days when the employee instead works unrestricted (or would have worked unrestricted had he or she been scheduled) and takes no days of restricted work activity in connection with the injury or illness, or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The employee take over-the-counter medication at a dosage equal to or greater than the minimum prescription strength, whether or not the employee actually takes the medication; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Made a one-time topical application of a prescription-strength medication to the employee's injury.
</P>
<P><I>Day away from work</I> means a day away from work as described in paragraph (1) of this definition or, if paragraph (1) does not apply, a day away from work solely for reporting purposes as described in paragraph (2) of this definition. For purposes of this definition, the count of days includes all calendar days, regardless of whether the employee would normally be scheduled to work on those days (<I>e.g.,</I> weekend days, holidays, rest days, and vacation days), and begins on the first calendar day after the railroad employee has been examined by a physician or other licensed health care professional (PLHCP) and diagnosed with a work-related injury or illness. In particular, the term means— 
</P>
<P>(1) Each calendar day that the employee, for reasons associated with his or her condition, does not report to work (or would have been unable to report had he or she been scheduled) if not reporting results from: 
</P>
<P>(i) A PLHCP's written recommendation not to work, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) A railroad's instructions not to work, if the injury or illness is otherwise reportable; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A minimum of one calendar day if a PLHCP, for reasons associated with the employee's condition, recommends in writing that the employee take one or more days away from work, but the employee instead reports to work (or would have reported had he or she been scheduled). This paragraph is intended to take into account “covered data” cases and also those non-covered data cases that are independently reportable for some other reason (<I>e.g.,</I> “medical treatment” or “day of restricted work activity”). The requirement to report “a minimum of one calendar day” is intended to give a railroad the discretion to report up to the total number of days recommended by the PLHCP. 
</P>
<P><I>Day of restricted work activity</I> means a day of restricted work activity as described in paragraph (1) of this definition or, if paragraph (1) does not apply, a day of restricted work activity solely for reporting purposes as described in paragraph (2) of this definition; in both cases, the work restriction must affect one or more of the employee's routine job functions (<I>i.e.,</I> those work activities regularly performed at least once per week) or prevent the employee from working the full workday that he or she would otherwise have worked. For purposes of this definition, the count of days includes all calendar days, regardless of whether the employee would normally be scheduled to work on those days (<I>e.g.,</I> weekend days, holidays, rest days, and vacation days), and begins on the first calendar day after the railroad employee has been examined by a physician or other licensed health care professional (PLHCP) and diagnosed with a work-related injury or illness. In particular, the term means— 
</P>
<P>(1) Each calendar day that the employee, for reasons associated with his or her condition, works restricted duty (or would have worked restricted duty had he or she been scheduled) if the restriction results from: 
</P>
<P>(i) A PLHCP's written recommendation to work restricted duty, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) A railroad's instructions to work restricted duty, if the injury or illness is otherwise reportable; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A minimum of one calendar day if a PLHCP, for reasons associated with the employee's condition, recommends in writing that the employee work restricted duty for one or more days, but the employee instead works unrestricted (or would have worked unrestricted had he or she been scheduled). This paragraph is intended to take into account “covered data” cases and also those non-covered data cases that are independently reportable for some other reason (<I>e.g.,</I> “medical treatment” or “day of restricted work activity”). The requirement to report “a minimum of one calendar day” is intended to give a railroad the discretion to report up to the total number of days recommended by the PLHCP.
</P>
<P><I>Discernable cause</I> means a causal factor capable of being recognized by the senses or the understanding. An event or exposure arising from the operation of a railroad is a discernable cause of (<I>i.e.,</I> discernably caused) an injury or illness if, considering the circumstances, it is more likely than not that the event or exposure is a cause of the injury or illness. The event or exposure arising from the operation of a railroad need not be a sole, predominant or significant cause of the injury or illness, so long as it is a cause (<I>i.e.,</I> a contributing factor).
</P>
<P><I>Employee human factor</I> includes any of the accident causes signified by the train accident cause codes listed under “Train Operation—Human Factors” in the current “FRA Guide for Preparing Accidents/Incidents Reports,” except for those train accident cause codes pertaining to non-railroad workers. For purposes of this definition “employee” includes the classifications of Worker on Duty—Employee, Employee not on Duty, Worker on Duty—Contractor, and Worker on Duty—Volunteer.
</P>
<P><I>Establishment</I> means a single physical location where workers report to work, where railroad business is conducted, or where services or operations are performed. Examples are: a division office, general office, repair or maintenance facility, major switching yard or terminal. For employees who are engaged in dispersed operations, such as signal or track maintenance workers, an “establishment” is typically a location where work assignments are initially made and oversight responsibility exists, <I>e.g.,</I> the establishment where the signal supervisor or roadmaster is located.
</P>
<P><I>Event or exposure</I> includes an incident, activity, or occurrence.
</P>
<P><I>Event or exposure arising from the operation of a railroad</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to a person who is not an employee of the railroad:
</P>
<P>(i) A person who is on property owned, leased, maintained or operated by the railroad, an event or exposure that is related to the performance of the railroad's rail transportation business; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A person who is not on property owned, leased, maintained or operated over by the railroad, an event or exposure directly resulting from one or more of the following railroad operations:
</P>
<P>(A) A train accident or a train incident involving the railroad; or 
</P>
<P>(B) A release of a hazardous material from a railcar in the possession of the railroad or of another dangerous commodity that is related to the performance of the railroad's rail transportation business.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a person who is an employee of the railroad, an event or exposure that is work-related.
</P>
<P><I>FRA representative</I> means the Associate Administrator for Safety, FRA; the Associate Administrator's delegate (including a qualified State inspector acting under part 212 of this chapter); the Chief Counsel, FRA; or the Chief Counsel's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>General reporting criteria</I> means the criteria listed in § 225.19(d)(1) through (6).
</P>
<P><I>Highway-rail grade crossing</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A location where a public highway, road, or street, or a private roadway, including associated sidewalks, crosses one or more railroad tracks at grade; or
</P>
<P>(2) A location where a pathway explicitly authorized by a public authority or a railroad carrier that is dedicated for the use of non-vehicular traffic, including pedestrians, bicyclists, and others, that is not associated with a public highway, road, or street, or a private roadway, crosses one or more railroad tracks at grade. The term “sidewalk” means that portion of a street between the curb line, or the lateral line of a roadway, and the adjacent property line or, on easements of private property, that portion of a street that is paved or improved and intended for use by pedestrians.
</P>
<P><I>Injury or illness</I> means an abnormal condition or disorder. Injuries include cases such as, but not limited to, a cut, fracture, sprain, or amputation. Illnesses include both acute and chronic illnesses, such as but not limited to, a skin disease, respiratory disorder, or poisoning. A musculoskeletal disorder is also an injury or illness. Pain is an injury or illness when it is sufficiently severe to meet the general reporting criteria listed in § 225.19(d)(1) through (6).
</P>
<P><I>Joint operations</I> means rail operations conducted on a track used jointly or in common by two or more railroads subject to this part or operation of a train, locomotive, car, or other on-track equipment by one railroad over the track of another railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Medical removal</I> means medical removal under the medical surveillance requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration standard in 29 CFR part 1910 in effect during calendar year 2002, even if the case does not meet one of the general reporting criteria.
</P>
<P><I>Medical treatment</I> means any medical care or treatment beyond “first aid” regardless of who provides such treatment. Medical treatment does not include diagnostic procedures, such as X-rays and drawing blood samples. Medical treatment also does <I>not</I> include counseling.
</P>
<P><I>Musculoskeletal disorder</I> (MSD) means a disorder of the muscles, nerves, tendons, ligaments, joints, cartilage, and spinal discs. The term does not include disorders caused by slips, trips, falls, motor vehicle accidents, or other similar accidents. Examples of MSDs include: Carpal tunnel syndrome, Rotator cuff syndrome, De Quervain's disease, Trigger finger, Tarsal tunnel syndrome, Sciatica, Epicondylitis, Tendinitis, Raynaud's phenomenon, Carpet layers knee, Herniated spinal disc, and Low back pain. 
</P>
<P><I>Needlestick or sharps injury</I> means a cut, laceration, puncture, or scratch from a needle or other sharp object that involves contamination with another person's blood or other potentially infectious material, even if the case does not meet one of the general reporting criteria. 
</P>
<P><I>New case</I> means a case in which either the injured or ill person has not previously experienced a reported injury or illness of the same type that affects the same part of the body, or the injured or ill person previously experienced a reported injury or illness of the same type that affected the same part of the body but had recovered completely (all signs and/or symptoms disappeared) from the previous injury or illness, and an event or exposure arising from the operation of a railroad discernably caused the signs and/or symptoms to reappear.
</P>
<P><I>Non-train incident</I> means an event that results in a reportable casualty, but does not involve the movement of on-track equipment nor cause reportable damage above the threshold established for train accidents.
</P>
<P><I>Occupational hearing loss</I> means a diagnosis of occupational hearing loss by a physician or other licensed health care professional, where the employee's audiogram reveals a work-related Standard Threshold Shift (STS) (<I>i.e.,</I> at least a 10-decibel change in hearing threshold, relative to the baseline audiogram for that employee) in hearing in one or both ears, and the employee's total hearing level is 25 decibels or more above audiometric zero (averaged at 2000, 3000, and 4000 Hz) in the same ear(s) as the STS. 
</P>
<P><I>Occupational illness</I> means any abnormal condition or disorder, as diagnosed by a physician or other licensed health care professional, of any person who falls under the definition for the classification of Worker on Duty—Employee, other than one resulting from injury, discernably caused by an environmental factor associated with the person's railroad employment, including, but not limited to, acute or chronic illnesses or diseases that may be caused by inhalation, absorption, ingestion, or direct contact.
</P>
<P><I>Occupational tuberculosis</I> means the occupational exposure of an employee to anyone with a known case of active tuberculosis if the employee subsequently develops a tuberculosis infection, as evidenced by a positive skin test or diagnosis by a physician or other licensed health care professional, even if the case does not meet one of the general reporting criteria.
</P>
<P><I>Privacy concern case</I> is any occupational injury or illness in the following list: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any injury or illness to an intimate body part or the reproductive system; 
</P>
<P>(2) An injury or illness resulting from a sexual assault; 
</P>
<P>(3) Mental illnesses; 
</P>
<P>(4) HIV infection, hepatitis, or tuberculosis; 
</P>
<P>(5) Needlestick and sharps injuries; and
</P>
<P>(6) Other injuries or illnesses, if the employee independently and voluntarily requests in writing to the railroad reporting officer that his or her injury or illness not be posted.


</P>
<P><I>Person</I> includes all categories of entities covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including, but not limited to, a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any passenger; any trespasser or nontrespasser; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; any volunteer providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.


</P>
<P><I>Qualified health care professional</I> is a health care professional operating within the scope of his or her license, registration, or certification. In addition to licensed physicians, the term includes members of other occupations associated with patient care and treatment such as chiropractors, podiatrists, physicians assistants, psychologists, and dentists.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means a railroad carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad carrier</I> means a person providing railroad transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad transportation</I> means any form of non-highway ground transportation that run on rails or electro-magnetic guideways, including commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area, as well as any commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation as of January 1, 1979, and high speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether they use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads. Such term does not include rapid transit operations within an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Significant aggravation of a pre-existing injury or illness</I> means aggravation of a pre-existing injury or illness that is discernably caused by an event or exposure arising from the operation of a railroad that results in:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to any person:
</P>
<P>(i) Death, provided that the pre-existing injury or illness would likely not have resulted in death but for the event or exposure;
</P>
<P>(ii) Loss of consciousness, provided that the pre-existing injury or illness would likely not have resulted in loss of consciousness but for the event or exposure; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Medical treatment in a case where no medical treatment was needed for the injury or illness before the event or exposure, or a change in the course of medical treatment that was being provided before the event or exposure.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to a railroad employee, one or more days away from work, or days of restricted work, or days of job transfer that otherwise would not have occurred but for the event or exposure.
</P>
<P><I>Significant change in the damage costs for reportable rail equipment accidents/incidents</I> means at least a ten-percent variance between the damage amount reported to FRA and current cost figures. 
</P>
<P><I>Significant change in the number of reportable days away from work or days restricted</I> means at least a ten-percent variance in the number of actual reportable days away from work or days restricted compared to the number of days already reported. 
</P>
<P><I>Significant illness</I> means an illness involving cancer or a chronic irreversible disease such as byssinosis or silicosis, if the disease does not result in death, a day away from work, restricted work, job transfer, medical treatment, or loss of consciousness. 
</P>
<P><I>Significant injury</I> means an injury involving a fractured or cracked bone or a punctured eardrum, if the injury does not result in death, a day away from work, restricted work, job transfer, medical treatment, or loss of consciousness.
</P>
<P><I>Suicide data</I> means data regarding the death of an individual due to the individual's commission of suicide as determined by a coroner, public police officer or other public authority or injury to an individual due to that individual's attempted commission of suicide as determined by a public police office or other public authority. Only the death of, or injury to, the individual who committed the suicidal act is suicide data. Therefore, casualties to a person caused by the suicidal act of another person are not considered suicide data.
</P>
<P><I>Train accident</I> means any collision, derailment, fire, explosion, act of God, or other event involving operation of railroad on-track equipment (standing or moving) that results in damages greater than the current reporting threshold to railroad on-track equipment, signals, track, track structures, and roadbed.
</P>
<P><I>Train incident</I> means any event involving the movement of on-track equipment that results in a reportable casualty but does not cause reportable damage above the current threshold established for train accidents.
</P>
<P><I>Work environment</I> means the establishment and other locations where one or more railroad employees are working or present as a condition of their employment. The work environment includes not only physical locations, but also the equipment or materials processed or used by an employee during the course of his or her work, and activities of a railroad employee associated with his or her work, whether on or off the railroad's property.
</P>
<P><I>Work-related</I> means related to an event or exposure occurring within the work environment. An injury or illness is presumed work-related if an event or exposure occurring in the work environment is a discernable cause of the resulting condition or a discernable cause of a significant aggravation to a pre-existing injury or illness. The causal event or exposure need not be peculiarly occupational so long as it occurs at work. For example, a causal event or exposure may be outside the employer's control, such as a lightning strike; involve activities that occur at work but are not directly productive, such as horseplay; or involve activities that are not peculiar to work, such as walking on a level floor, bending down, climbing stairs or sneezing. Such activities, along with other normal body movements, are considered events. So long as the event or exposure occurred at work and is a discernable cause of the injury or illness, the injury or illness is work-related. It does not matter whether there are other or bigger causes as well, or that the activity at work is no different from actions performed outside work. If an injury is within the presumption of work-relatedness, the employer can rebut work-relatedness only by showing that the case falls within an exception listed in § 225.15. In cases where it is not obvious whether a precipitating event or exposure occurred at work or outside work, the employer must evaluate the employee's work duties and environment and decide whether it is more likely than not that an event or exposure at work was at least one of the causes of the injury of the injury or illness.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 30968, June 18, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 59371, Nov. 22, 1996; 61 FR 67490, Dec. 23, 1996; 68 FR 10136, Mar. 3, 2003; 75 FR 68903, Nov. 9, 2010; 76 FR 30863, May 27, 2011; 90 FR 28126, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.6" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.6   Consolidated reporting.</HEAD>
<P>A parent corporation may request in writing that FRA treat its commonly controlled railroad carriers, which operate as a single, seamless, integrated United States rail system, as a single railroad carrier for purposes of this part.
</P>
<P>(a) The written request must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A list of the subsidiary railroads controlled by the parent corporation; and
</P>
<P>(2) An explanation as to how the subsidiary railroads operate as a single, seamless, integrated United States railroad system.
</P>
<P>(b) The request must be sent to the FRA Docket Clerk, Federal Railroad Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, RCC-10, Mail Stop 10, West Building 3rd Floor, Room W31-109, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. Each request received shall be acknowledged in writing. The acknowledgment shall contain the docket number assigned to the request and state the date the request was received.
</P>
<P>(c) FRA will notify the applicant parent corporation of the agency's decision within 90 days of receipt of the application.
</P>
<P>(d) If FRA approves the request, the parent corporation must enter into a written agreement with FRA specifying which subsidiaries are included in its railroad system, agreeing to assume responsibility for compliance with this part for all named subsidiaries making up the system, and consenting to guarantee any monetary penalty assessments or other liabilities owed to the United States government that are incurred by the named subsidiaries for violating Federal accident/incident reporting requirements. Any change in the subsidiaries making up the railroad system requires immediate notification to FRA and execution of an amended agreement. Executed agreements will be published in the docket.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 68905, Nov. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.7   Public examination and use of reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Accident/Incident reports made by railroads in compliance with these rules shall be available to the public in the manner prescribed by part 7 of this title. Accident/Incident reports may be inspected at the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Railroad Administration, Office of Safety, West Building 3rd Floor, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. Written requests for a copy of a report should be addressed to the Freedom of Information Act Coordinator, Office of Chief Counsel, Federal Railroad Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, RCC-10, Mail Stop 10, West Building 3rd Floor, Room W33-437, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, and be accompanied by the appropriate fee prescribed in part 7 of this title. To facilitate expedited handling, each request should be clearly marked “FOIA Request for Accident/Incident Report.” For additional information on submitting a FOIA request to FRA see FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/freedom-information-act-foia.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) 49 U.S.C. 20903 provides that monthly reports filed by railroads under § 225.11 may not be admitted as evidence or used for any purpose in any action for damages growing out of any matters mentioned in these monthly reports. The Employee Human Factor Attachment, Notice, and Employee Supplement under § 225.12 are part of the reporting railroad's accident report to FRA pursuant to the 49 U.S.C. 20901 and, as such, shall not “be admitted as evidence or used for any purpose in any suit or action for damages growing out of any matter mentioned in said report * * *.” 49 U.S.C. 20903.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 43224, Dec. 11, 1974, as amended at 51 FR 47019, Dec. 30, 1986; 53 FR 28601, July 28, 1988; 55 FR 37827, Sept. 13, 1990; 55 FR 52487, Dec. 21, 1990; 61 FR 30969, June 18, 1996; 75 FR 68905, Nov. 9, 2010; 90 FR 28158, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.9   Telephonic reports of certain accidents/incidents and other events.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Types of accidents/incidents and other events to be reported</I>—(1) <I>Certain deaths or injuries.</I> Each railroad must report immediately, as prescribed in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, whenever it learns of the occurrence of an accident/incident arising from the operation of the railroad, or an event or exposure that may have arisen from the operation of the railroad, that results in the—
</P>
<P>(i) Death of a rail passenger or a railroad employee; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Death of an employee of a contractor to a railroad performing work for the railroad on property owned, leased, or maintained by the contracting railroad; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Death or injury of five or more persons. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certain train accidents or train incidents.</I> Each railroad must report immediately, as prescribed in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, whenever it learns of the occurrence of any of the following events that arose from the operation of the railroad: 
</P>
<P>(i) A train accident that results in serious injury to two or more train crewmembers or passengers requiring their admission to a hospital; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A train accident resulting in evacuation of a passenger train; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A fatality resulting from a train accident or train incident at a highway-rail grade crossing when death occurs within 24 hours of the accident/incident;
</P>
<P>(iv) A train accident resulting in damage (based on a preliminary gross estimate) of $150,000 or more to railroad and nonrailroad property; or
</P>
<P>(v) A train accident resulting in damage of $25,000 or more to a passenger train, including railroad and nonrailroad property. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Train accidents on or fouling passenger service main lines.</I> The dispatching railroad must report immediately, as prescribed in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, whenever it learns of the occurrence of any train accident reportable as a rail equipment accident/incident under §§ 225.11 and 225.19(c)— 
</P>
<P>(i) That involves a collision or derailment on a main line that is used for scheduled passenger service; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) That fouls a main line used for scheduled passenger service. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Method of reporting.</I> (1) Telephonic reports required by this section shall be made by toll-free telephone to the National Response Center, Area Code 800-424-8802 or 800-424-0201. 
</P>
<P>(2) Through one of the same telephone numbers (800-424-0201), the National Response Center (NRC) also receives notifications of rail accidents for the National Transportation Safety Board (49 CFR part 840) and the Research and Special Programs Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation (Hazardous Materials Regulations, 49 CFR 171.15). FRA Locomotive Safety Standards require certain locomotive accidents to be reported by telephone to the NRC at the same toll-free number (800-424-0201). 49 CFR 229.17. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents of report.</I> Each report must state the: 
</P>
<P>(1) Name of the railroad; 
</P>
<P>(2) Name, title, and telephone number of the individual making the report; 
</P>
<P>(3) Time, date, and location of the accident/incident; 
</P>
<P>(4) Circumstances of the accident/incident; 
</P>
<P>(5) Number of persons killed or injured; and 
</P>
<P>(6) Available estimates of railroad and non-railroad property damage.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Timing of report.</I> (1) To the extent that the necessity to report an accident/incident depends upon a determination of fact or an estimate of property damage, a report will be considered immediate if made as soon as possible following the time that the determination or estimate is made, or could reasonably have been made, whichever comes first, taking into consideration the health and safety of those affected by the accident/incident, including actions to protect the environment. 
</P>
<P>(2) NTSB has other specific requirements regarding the timeliness of reporting. <I>See</I> 49 CFR part 840.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 10138, Mar. 3, 2003, as amended at 75 FR 68905, Nov. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.11   Reporting of accidents/incidents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad subject to this part shall submit to FRA a monthly report of all railroad accidents/incidents described below:
</P>
<P>(1) Highway-rail grade crossing accidents/incidents described in § 225.19;
</P>
<P>(2) Rail equipment accidents/incidents described in § 225.19; and
</P>
<P>(3) Death, injury and occupational illness accidents/incidents described in § 225.19.
</P>
<P>(b) The report shall be made on the forms prescribed in § 225.21 in hard copy or, alternatively, by means of optical media or electronic submission via the Internet, as prescribed in § 225.37, and shall be submitted within 30 days after expiration of the month during which the accidents/incidents occurred. Reports shall be completed as required by the current FRA Guide. A copy of the FRA Guide may be obtained from the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Railroad Administration, Office of Safety Analysis, RRS-22, Mail Stop 25 West Building 3rd Floor, Room W33-107, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 or downloaded from FRA's Office of Safety Analysis Web site at <I>http://safetydata.fra.dot.gov/officeofsafety/,</I> and click on “Click Here for Changes in Railroad Accident/Incident Recordkeeping and Reporting.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 68905, Nov. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.12" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.12   Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Reports alleging employee human factor as cause; Employee Human Factor Attachment; notice to employee; employee supplement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report alleging employee human factor as cause; completion of Employee Human Factor Attachment.</I> If, in reporting a rail equipment accident/incident to FRA, a railroad cites an employee human factor as the primary cause or a contributing cause of the accident; then the railroad that cited such employee human factor must complete, in accordance with instructions on the form and in the current “FRA Guide for Preparing Accident/Incident Reports,” an Employee Human Factor Attachment form on the accident. For purposes of this section, “employee” is defined as a Worker on Duty—Employee, Employee not on Duty, Worker on Duty—Contractor, or Worker on Duty—Volunteer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice to identified implicated employees.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section, for each employee whose act, omission, or physical condition was alleged by the railroad as the employee human factor that was the primary cause or a contributing cause of a rail equipment accident/incident and whose name was listed in the Employee Human Factor Attachment for the accident and for each such railroad employee of whose identity the railroad has actual knowledge, the alleging railroad shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Complete part I, “Notice to Railroad Employee Involved in Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Attributed to Employee Human Factor,” of Form FRA F 6180.78 with information regarding the accident, in accordance with instructions on the form and in the current “FRA Guide for Preparing Accident/Incident Reports”; and
</P>
<P>(2) Hand deliver or send by first class mail (postage prepaid) to that employee, within 45 days after the end of the month in which the rail equipment accident/incident occurred—
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of Form FRA F 6180.78, “Notice to Railroad Employee Involved in Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Attributed to Employee Human Factor; Employee Statement Supplementing Railroad Accident Report,” with part I completed as to the applicable employee and accident;
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of the railroad's Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report and Employee Human Factor Attachment on the rail equipment accident/incident involved; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If the accident was also reportable as a highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident, a copy of the railroad's Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Accident/Incident Report on that accident.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Joint operations.</I> If a reporting railroad makes allegations under paragraph (a) of this section concerning the employee of another railroad, the employing railroad must promptly provide the name, job title, address, and medical status of any employee reasonably identified by the alleging railroad, if requested by the alleging railroad.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Late identification.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section, if a railroad is initially unable to identify a particular railroad employee whose act, omission, or physical condition was cited by the railroad as a primary or contributing cause of the accident, but subsequently makes such identification, the railroad shall submit a revised Employee Human Factor Attachment to FRA immediately, and shall submit the Notice described in paragraph (b) of this section to that employee within 15 days of when the revised report is to be submitted.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Deferred notification on medical grounds.</I> The reporting railroad has reasonable discretion to defer notification of implicated employees on medical grounds.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Implicated employees who have died by the time that the Notice is ready to be sent.</I> (1) If an implicated employee has died as a result of the accident, a Notice under paragraph (b) addressed to that employee must not be sent to any person.
</P>
<P>(2) If an implicated employee has died of whatever causes by the time that the Notice is ready to be sent, no Notice addressed to that employee is required.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Employee Statement Supplementing Railroad Accident Report (Supplements or Employee Supplements).</I> (1) Employee Statements Supplementing Railroad Accident Reports are voluntary, not mandatory; nonsubmission of a Supplement does not imply that the employee admits or endorses the railroad's conclusions as to cause or any other allegations.
</P>
<P>(2) Although a Supplement is completely optional and not required, if an employee wishes to submit a Supplement and assure that, after receipt, it will be properly placed by FRA in a file with the railroad's Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report and that it will be required to be reviewed by the railroad that issued the Notice, the Supplement must be made on part II of Form FRA F 6180.78 (entitled “Notice to Railroad Employee Involved in Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Attributed to Employee Human Factor; Employee Statement Supplementing Railroad Accident Report”), following the instructions printed on the form. These instructions require that, within 35 days of the date that the Notice was hand delivered or sent by first class mail (postage prepaid) to the employee (except for good cause shown), the original of the Supplement be filed with FRA and a copy be hand delivered or sent by first class mail (postage prepaid) to the railroad that issued the Notice so that the railroad will have an opportunity to reassess its reports to FRA concerning the accident.
</P>
<P>(3) Information that the employee wishes to withhold from the railroad must not be included in this Supplement. If an employee wishes to provide confidential information to FRA, the employee should not use the Supplement form (part II of Form FRA F 6180.78, “Notice to Railroad Employee Involved in Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Attributed to Employee Human Factor; Employee Statement Supplementing Railroad Accident Report”), but rather provide such confidential information by other means, such as a letter to the employee's collective bargaining representative, or to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Railroad Administration, Office of Safety Analysis, RRS-22, Mail Stop 25 West Building 3rd Floor, Room W 33-306, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. The letter should include the name of the railroad making the allegations, the date and place of the accident, and the rail equipment accident/incident number.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Willful false statements; penalties.</I> If an employee chooses to submit a Supplement to FRA, all of the employee's assertions in the Supplement must be true and correct to the best of the employee's knowledge and belief.
</P>
<P>(1) Under 49 U.S.C. 21301, 21302, and 21304, any person who willfully files a false Supplement with FRA is subject to a civil penalty. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(2) Any person who knowingly and willfully files a false Supplement is subject to a $5,000 fine, or up to two years” imprisonment, or both, under 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 37827, Sept. 13, 1990; 55 FR 39538, Sept. 27, 1990, as amended at 61 FR 30969, 30973, June 18, 1996; 75 FR 68905, Nov. 9, 2010; 84 FR 23735, May 23, 2019; 90 FR 28158, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.13   Late reports.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever a railroad discovers that a report of an accident/incident, through mistake or otherwise, has been improperly omitted from or improperly reported on its regular monthly accident/incident report, a report covering this accident/incident together with a letter of explanation must be submitted immediately. Whenever a railroad receives a partially or fully completed Employee Statement Supplementing Railroad Accident Report (part II of Form FRA F 6180.78), in response to a Notice to Railroad Employee (part I of Form FRA F 6180.78) issued by the railroad and mailed or hand delivered to the employee, the railroad must promptly review that Supplement; based on that review, reassess the accuracy and validity of the railroad's Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report and of any other reports and records required by this part concerning the same accident, including the Employee Human Factor Attachment; make all justified revisions to each of those reports and records; submit any amended reports to FRA; and submit a copy of any amended Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report, Employee Human Factor Attachment, and Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Accident/Incident Report on the accident to the employee. A second notice under § 225.12 is not required for the employee. If an employee who was never sent a notice under § 225.12 for that accident is implicated in the revised Employee Human Factor Attachment, the railroad must follow the procedures of § 225.12(d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 43224, Dec. 11, 1974, as amended at 55 FR 37828, Sept. 13, 1990; 61 FR 30973, June 18, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.15   Accidents/incidents not to be reported.</HEAD>
<P>The following accidents/incidents are not reportable:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>With respect to persons other than railroad employees.</I> A railroad is not to report injuries that occur at highway-rail grade crossings that do not involve the presence or operation of on-track equipment, or the presence of railroad employees then engaged in the operation of a railroad;
</P>
<P>(b) <I>With respect to railroad employees on duty.</I> A railroad is not to report the following injuries to or illnesses of a railroad employee as Worker on Duty—Employee (Class A), if any of the conditions in this paragraph (b) are met. (These exceptions apply only to Worker on Duty—Employee (Class A) and do not affect a railroad's obligation to report these injuries and illnesses as other types of persons (Employee Not On Duty (Class B); Passenger on Trains (Class C); Nontrespassers-On Railroad Property (Class D); Trespassers (Class E)), or a railroad's obligation to maintain a “Railroad Employee Injury/Illness Record” (Form FRA F 6180.98 or alternative railroad-designed form)).
</P>
<P>(1) The injury or illness occurred in or about living quarters and an event or exposure not arising from the operation of a railroad was the cause;
</P>
<P>(2) At the time of the injury or illness, the employee was present in the work environment as a member of the general public rather than as an employee; or
</P>
<P>(3) The injury or illness is caused by a motor vehicle accident and occurs on a company parking lot or company access road while the employee is commuting to or from work.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>With respect to railroad employees on or off duty.</I> A railroad is not to report the following injuries to or illnesses of a railroad employee, Worker on Duty—Employee (Class A) or Employee Not on Duty (Class B), if any of the following conditions in this paragraph (c) are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The injury or illness involves signs or symptoms that surface at work but result solely from a non-work-related event or exposure that occurs outside the work environment;
</P>
<P>(2) The injury or illness results solely from voluntary participation in a wellness program or in a medical, fitness, or recreational activity such as blood donation, physical examination, flu shot, exercise class, racquetball, or baseball;
</P>
<P>(3) The injury or illness is solely the result of an employee eating, drinking, or preparing food or drink for personal consumption. However, if the employee is made ill by ingesting food contaminated by workplace contaminants (such as lead), or gets food poisoning from food supplied by the employer, the case would be considered work-related and reported as either a Worker on Duty—Employee (Class A) or Employee Not on Duty (Class B) depending on the employees duty status;
</P>
<P>(4) The injury or illness is solely the result of an employee doing personal tasks (unrelated to their employment) at the establishment outside of the employee's assigned working hours;
</P>
<P>(5) The injury or illness is solely the result of personal grooming, self medication for a non-work-related condition, or is intentionally self-inflicted (except that for FRA reporting purposes a railroad shall not exclude an accountable or reportable injury or illness that is the result of a suicide or attempted suicide);
</P>
<P>(6) The illness is the common cold or flu (Note: contagious diseases such as tuberculosis, brucellosis, hepatitis A, or plague are considered work-related if the employee is infected at work); or
</P>
<P>(7) The illness is a mental illness. Mental illness will not be considered work-related unless the employee voluntarily provides the employer with an opinion from a physician or other licensed health care professional with appropriate training and experience (psychiatrist, psychologist, psychiatric nurse practitioner, <I>etc.</I>) stating that the employee has a mental illness that is work-related.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>With respect to contractors and volunteers.</I> A railroad is not to report injuries to contractors and volunteers that are listed in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. For purposes of this paragraph only, an exception listed in paragraphs (b) and (c) referencing “work environment” is construed to mean for contractors and volunteers only, on property owned, leased, operated over or maintained by the railroad.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>With respect to rail equipment accidents/incidents.</I> A railroad is not to report rail equipment accidents/incidents if the conditions in this paragraph are met. (This exception does not affect a railroad's obligation to maintain records of accidents/incidents as required by § 225.25 (Form FRA F 6180.97, “Initial Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Record”)).
</P>
<P>(1) Cars derailed on industry tracks by non-railroad employees or non-railroad employee vandalism, providing there is no involvement of railroad employees; and
</P>
<P>(2) Damage to out of service cars resulting from high water or flooding (<I>e.g.,</I> empties placed on a storage or repair track). This exception does not apply if such cars are placed into a moving consist and as a result of this damage a reportable rail equipment accident results.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 68906, Nov. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.17   Doubtful cases; alcohol or drug involvement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The reporting officer of a railroad will ordinarily determine the reportability or nonreportability of an accident/incident after examining all evidence available. The FRA, however, cannot delegate authority to decide matters of judgment when facts are in dispute. In all such cases the decision shall be that of the FRA.
</P>
<P>(b) Even though there may be no witness to an accident/incident, if there is evidence indicating that a reportable accident/incident may have occurred, a report of that accident/incident must be made.
</P>
<P>(c) All accidents/incidents reported as “claimed but not admitted by the railroad” are given special examination by the FRA, and further inquiry may be ordered. Accidents/incidents accepted as reportable are tabulated and included in the various statistical statements issued by the FRA. The denial of any knowledge or refusal to admit responsibility by the railroad does not exclude those accidents/incidents from monthly and annual figures. Facts stated by a railroad that tend to refute the claim of an injured person are given consideration, and when the facts seem sufficient to support the railroad's position, the case is not allocated to the reporting railroad.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 43224, Dec. 11, 1974, as amended at 50 FR 31579, Aug. 2, 1985; 54 FR 53279, Dec. 27, 1989; 75 FR 68906, Nov. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.18" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.18   Alcohol or drug involvement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In preparing Form FRA F 6180.54, “Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report,” under this part, the railroad shall make such specific inquiry as may be reasonable under the circumstances into the possible involvement of alcohol or drug use or impairment in such accident or incident. If the railroad comes into possession of any information whatsoever, whether or not confirmed, concerning alleged alcohol or drug use or impairment by an employee who was involved in, or arguably could be said to have been involved in, the accident/incident, the railroad shall report such alleged use or impairment as provided in the current FRA Guide. If the railroad is in possession of such information but does not believe that alcohol or drug impairment was the primary or contributing cause of the accident/incident, then the railroad shall include in the narrative statement of such report a brief explanation of the basis of such determination.
</P>
<P>(b) For any train accident within the requirement for post-accident testing under § 219.201 of this chapter, the railroad shall append to the Form FRA F 6180.54, “Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report,” any report required by 49 CFR 219.209(b) (pertaining to failure to obtain samples for post-accident toxicological testing).
</P>
<P>(c) For any train or non-train incident, the railroad shall provide any available information concerning the possible involvement of alcohol or drug use or impairment in such accident or incident.
</P>
<P>(d) In providing information required by this section, a railroad shall not disclose any information concerning use of controlled substances determined by the railroad's Medical Review Officer to have been consistent with 49 CFR 219.103.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 68906, Nov. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.19   Primary groups of accidents/incidents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For reporting purposes reportable railroad accidents/incidents are divided into three groups:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Group I—Highway-Rail Grade Crossing;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Group II—Rail Equipment;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Group III—Death, Injury and Occupational Illness.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>Group I—Highway-rail grade crossing.</I> Each highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident must be reported to the FRA on Form FRA F 6180.57, regardless of the extent of damages or whether a casualty occurred. In addition, whenever a highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident results in damages greater than the current reporting threshold to railroad on-track equipment, signals, track, track structures, or roadbed, that accident/incident shall be reported to the FRA on Form FRA F 6180.54. For reporting purposes, damages include labor costs and all other costs to repair or replace in kind damaged on-track equipment, signals, track, track structures, or roadbed, but do not include the cost of clearing a wreck.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Group II—Rail equipment.</I> Rail equipment accidents/incidents are collisions, derailments, fires, explosions, acts of God, and other events involving the operation of on-track equipment (standing or moving) that result in damages higher than the current reporting threshold to railroad on-track equipment, signals, tracks, track structures, or roadbed, including labor costs and costs for acquiring new equipment and material.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Group III—Death, injury, or occupational illness.</I> Each death, injury, or occupational illness that is a new case and meets the general reporting criteria listed in paragraphs (d)(1) through (6) of this section shall be reported to FRA on Form FRA F 6180.55a, “Railroad Injury and Illness Summary (Continuation Sheet)” if an event or exposure arising from the operation of a railroad is a discernable cause of the resulting condition or a discernable cause of a significant aggravation to a pre-existing injury or illness. The event or exposure arising from the operation of a railroad need only be one of the discernable causes; it need not be the sole or predominant cause. The general injury/illness reporting criteria are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Death to any person;
</P>
<P>(2) Injury to any person that results in:
</P>
<P>(i) Medical treatment;
</P>
<P>(ii) Significant injury diagnosed by a physician or other licensed health care professional even if it does not result in death, medical treatment or loss of consciousness of any person; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Loss of consciousness;
</P>
<P>(3) Injury to a railroad employee that results in:
</P>
<P>(i) A day away from work;
</P>
<P>(ii) Restricted work activity or job transfer; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Significant injury diagnosed by a physician or other licensed health care professional even if it does not result in death, medical treatment, loss of consciousness, a day away from work, restricted work activity or job transfer of a railroad employee;
</P>
<P>(4) Occupational illness of a railroad employee that results in:
</P>
<P>(i) A day away from work;
</P>
<P>(ii) Restricted work activity or job transfer;
</P>
<P>(iii) Loss of consciousness; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Medical treatment;
</P>
<P>(5) Significant illness of a railroad employee diagnosed by a physician or other licensed health care professional even if it does not result in death, a day away from work, restricted work activity or job transfer, medical treatment, or loss of consciousness;
</P>
<P>(6) Illness or injury that:
</P>
<P>(i) Meets the application of any of the following specific case criteria:
</P>
<P>(A) Needlestick or sharps injury to a railroad employee;
</P>
<P>(B) Medical removal of a railroad employee;
</P>
<P>(C) Occupational hearing loss of a railroad employee;
</P>
<P>(D) Occupational tuberculosis of a railroad employee;
</P>
<P>(E) Musculoskeletal disorder of a railroad employee if this disorder is reportable under one or more of the general reporting criteria; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is a covered data case.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice.</I> No later than November 30 of each year, the Administrator will publish a notice on FRA's website announcing the reporting threshold that will take effect on January 1 of the following calendar year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 43224, Dec. 11, 1974]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 225.19, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.21   Forms.</HEAD>
<P>The following forms and copies of the “FRA Guide for Preparing Accident/Incident Reports” may be obtained from the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Railroad Administration, Office of Safety Analysis, RRS-22, Mail Stop 25 West Building 3rd Floor, Room W33-107, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 or downloaded from FRA's Office of Safety Analysis Web site at <I>http://safetydata.fra.dot.gov/officeofsafety/,</I> and click on “Click Here for Changes in Railroad Accident/Incident Recordkeeping and Reporting.”
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Form FRA F 6180.54—Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report.</I> Form FRA F 6180.54 shall be used to report each reportable rail equipment accident/incident which occurred during the preceding month.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form FRA F 6180.55—Railroad Injury and Illness Summary.</I> Form FRA F 6180.55 must be filed each month, even though no reportable accident/incident occurred during the month covered. Each report must include an oath or verification, made by the proper officer of the reporting railroad, as provided for attestation on the form. If no reportable accident/incident occurred during the month, that fact must be stated on this form. All railroads subject to this part, shall show on this form the total number of freight train miles, passenger train miles, yard switching train miles, and other train miles run during the month.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form FRA 6180.55a—Railroad Injury and Illness (Continuation Sheet).</I> Form FRA 6180.55a shall be used to report all reportable fatalities, injuries and occupational illnesses that occurred during the preceding month.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Form FRA 6180.56—Annual Railroad Report of Manhours by State.</I> Form FRA 6180.56 shall be submitted as part of the monthly Railroad Injury and Illness Summary (Form FRA F 6180.55) for the month of December of each year.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Form FRA F 6180.57—Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Accident/Incident Report.</I> Form FRA F 6180.57 shall be used to report each highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident which occurred during the preceding month.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Form FRA F 6180.81—Employee Human Factor Attachment.</I> Form FRA F 6180.81 shall be used by railroads, as a supplement to the Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report (Form FRA F 6180.54), in reporting rail equipment accidents/incidents that they attribute to an employee human factor. This form shall be completed in accordance with instructions printed on the form and in the current “FRA Guide for Preparing Accident/Incident Reports.” The form shall be attached to the Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report and shall be submitted within 30 days after expiration of the month in which the accident/incident occurred.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Form FRA F 6180.78—Notice to Railroad Employee Involved in Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Attributed to Employee Human Factor; Employee Statement Supplementing Railroad Accident Report.</I> When a railroad alleges, in the Employee Human Factor Attachment to a Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report, that the act, omission, or physical condition of a specific employee was a primary or contributing cause of the rail equipment accident/incident, the railroad shall complete part I of Form FRA F 6180.78 to notify each such employee identified that the railroad has made such allegation and that the employee has the right to submit a statement to FRA. The railroad shall then submit the entire form, parts I and II, to the employee. The Employee Statement Supplementing Railroad Accident Report (Employee Supplement) is completely at the option of the employee; however, if the employee desires to make a statement about the accident that will become part of the railroad's Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report, the employee shall complete the Employee Supplement form (part II of Form FRA F 6180.78) and shall then submit the original of the entire form, parts I and II, and any attachments, to FRA and submit a copy of the same to the railroad that issued the Notice in part I.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Form FRA F 6180.98—Railroad Employee Injury and/or Illness Record.</I> Form FRA F 6180.98 or an alternative railroad-designed record shall be used by the railroads to record all reportable and accountable injuries and illnesses to railroad employees for each establishment. This record shall be completed and maintained in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 225.25.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Form FRA F 6180.97—Initial Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Record.</I> Form FRA F 6180.97 or an alternative railroad-designed record shall be used by the railroads to record all reportable and accountable rail equipment accidents/incidents for each establishment. This record shall be completed and maintained in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 225.25.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Form FRA F 6180.107—Alternative Record for Illnesses Claimed to be Work-Related.</I> Form FRA F 6180.107 or an alternative railroad-designed record may be used by a railroad in lieu of Form FRA F 6180.98, “Railroad Employee Injury and/or Illness Record” (described in paragraph (h) of this section), to record each illness claimed by an employee to be work-related that is reported to the railroad for which there is insufficient information for the railroad to determine whether the illness is work-related. This record shall be completed and retained in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 225.25 and § 225.27.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Form FRA F 6180.150—Highway User Injury Inquiry Form.</I>—Form FRA F 6180.150 shall be sent to every potentially injured highway user, or their representative, involved in a highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident. If a highway user died as a result of the highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident, a railroad must not send this form to any person. The railroad shall hand deliver or send by first class mail the letter within a reasonable time period following the date of the highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident. The form shall be sent along with a cover letter and a prepaid preaddressed return envelope. The form and cover letter shall be completed in accordance with instructions contained in the current “FRA Guide for Preparing Accident/Incident Reports.” Any response from a highway user is voluntary and not mandatory. A railroad shall use any response from a highway user to comply with part 225's accident/incident reporting and recording requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 43224, Dec. 11, 1974, as amended at 42 FR 1221, Jan. 6, 1977; 49 FR 48939, Dec. 17, 1984; 55 FR 37828, Sept. 13, 1990; 61 FR 30969, 30973, June 18, 1996; 68 FR 10138, Mar. 3, 2003; 75 FR 68907, Nov. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.23   Joint operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any reportable death, injury, or illness of an employee arising from an accident/incident involving joint operations must be reported on Form FRA F 6180.55a by the employing railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) In all cases involving joint operations, each railroad must report on Form FRA F 6180.55a the casualties to all persons on its train or other on-track equipment. Casualties to railroad employees must be reported by the employing railroad regardless of whether the employees were on or off duty. Casualties to all other persons not on trains or on-track equipment must be reported on Form FRA F 6180.55a by the railroad whose train or equipment is involved. Any person found unconscious or dead, if such condition arose from the operation of a railroad, on or adjacent to the premises or right-of-way of the railroad having track maintenance responsibility must be reported by that railroad on Form FRA F 6180.55a.
</P>
<P>(c) In rail equipment accident/incident cases involving joint operations, the railroad responsible for carrying out repairs to, and maintenance of, the track on which the accident/incident occurred, and any other railroad directly involved in the accident/incident, each must report the accident/incident on Form FRA F 6180.54.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 43224, Dec. 11, 1974, as amended at 42 FR 1221, Jan. 6, 1977; 68 FR 10138, Mar. 3, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.25   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall maintain either the Railroad Employee Injury and/or Illness Record (Form FRA F 6180.98) or an alternative railroad-designed record as described in paragraph (b) of this section of all reportable and accountable injuries and illnesses of its employees for each railroad establishment where such employees report to work, including, but not limited to, an operating division, general office, and major installation such as a locomotive or car repair or construction facility.
</P>
<P>(b) The alternative railroad-designed record may be used in lieu of the Railroad Employee Injury and/or Illness Record (Form FRA F 6180.98) described in paragraph (a) of this section. Any such alternative record shall contain all of the information required on the Railroad Employee Injury and/or Illness Record. Although this information may be displayed in a different order from that on the Railroad Employee Injury and/or Illness Record, the order of the information shall be consistent from one such record to another such record. The order chosen by the railroad shall be consistent for each of the railroad”s reporting establishments. Railroads may list additional information on the alternative record beyond the information required on the Railroad Employee Injury and/or Illness Record. The alternative record shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) Case/incident number;
</P>
<P>(3) Full name of railroad employee;
</P>
<P>(4) Date of birth of railroad employee;
</P>
<P>(5) Gender of railroad employee;
</P>
<P>(6) Employee identification number;
</P>
<P>(7) Date the railroad employee was hired;
</P>
<P>(8) Home address of railroad employee; include the street address, city, State, ZIP code, and home telephone number with area code;
</P>
<P>(9) Name of facility where railroad employee normally reports to work;
</P>
<P>(10) Address of facility where railroad employee normally reports to work; include the street address, city, State, and ZIP code;
</P>
<P>(11) Job title of railroad employee;
</P>
<P>(12) Department assigned;
</P>
<P>(13) Specific site where accident/incident/exposure occurred; include the city, county, State, and ZIP code;
</P>
<P>(14) Date and time of occurrence; military time or AM/PM;
</P>
<P>(15) Time employee's shift began; military time or AM/PM;
</P>
<P>(16) Whether employee was on premises when injury, illness, or condition occurred;
</P>
<P>(17) Whether employee was on or off duty;
</P>
<P>(18) Date and time when employee notified company personnel of condition; military time or AM/PM;
</P>
<P>(19) Name and title of railroad official notified;
</P>
<P>(20) Description of the general activity this employee was engaged in prior to the injury/illness/condition;
</P>
<P>(21) Description of all factors associated with the case that are pertinent to an understanding of how it occurred. Include a discussion of the sequence of events leading up to it; and the tools, machinery, processes, material, environmental conditions, etc., involved;
</P>
<P>(22) Description, in detail, of the injury/illness/condition that the employee sustained, including the body parts affected. If a recurrence, list the date of the last occurrence;
</P>
<P>(23) Identification of all persons and organizations used to evaluate or treat the condition, or both. Include the facility, provider and complete address;
</P>
<P>(24) Description of all procedures, medications, therapy, etc., used or recommended for the treatment of the condition.
</P>
<P>(25) Extent and outcome of injury or illness to show the following as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) Fatality—enter date of death;
</P>
<P>(ii) Restricted work; number of days; beginning date;
</P>
<P>(iii) Occupational illness; date of initial diagnosis;
</P>
<P>(iv) Instructions to obtain prescription medication, or receipt of prescription medication;
</P>
<P>(v) If one or more days away from work, provide the number of days away and the beginning date;
</P>
<P>(vi) Medical treatment beyond “first aid”;
</P>
<P>(vii) Hospitalization for treatment as an inpatient;
</P>
<P>(viii) Multiple treatments or therapy sessions;
</P>
<P>(ix) Loss of consciousness;
</P>
<P>(x) Transfer to another job or termination of employment;
</P>
<P>(xi) Significant injury or illness of a railroad employee; 
</P>
<P>(xii) Needlestick or sharps injury to a railroad employee, medical removal of a railroad employee, occupational hearing loss of a railroad employee, occupational tuberculosis of a railroad employee, or musculoskeletal disorder of a railroad employee which musculoskeletal disorder is reportable under one or more of the general reporting criteria. 
</P>
<P>(26) Each railroad shall indicate if the Railroad Injury and Illness Summary (Continuation Sheet) (FRA Form F 6180.55a) has been filed with FRA for the injury or illness. If FRA Form F 6180.55a was not filed with FRA, then the railroad shall provide an explanation of the basis for its decision.
</P>
<P>(27) The reporting railroad shall indicate if the injured or ill railroad employee was provided an opportunity to review his or her file; and
</P>
<P>(28) The railroad shall identify the preparer's name; title; telephone number with area code; and the date the record was initially signed/completed.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad shall provide the employee, upon request, a copy of either the completed Railroad Employee Injury and/or Illness Record (Form FRA F 6180.98) or the alternative railroad-designed record as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section as well as a copy of forms or reports required to be maintained or filed under this part pertaining to that employee's own work-related injury or illness.
</P>
<P>(d) Each railroad shall maintain the Initial Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Record (Form FRA F 6180.97) or an alternative railroad-designed record as described in paragraph (e) of this section of reportable and accountable collisions, derailments, fires, explosions, acts of God, or other events involving the operation of railroad on-track equipment, signals, track, or track equipment (standing or moving) that result in damages to railroad on-track equipment, signals, tracks, track structures, or roadbed, including labor costs and all other costs for repairs or replacement in kind for each railroad establishment where workers report to work, including, but not limited to, an operating division, general office, and major installation such as a locomotive or car repair or construction facility.
</P>
<P>(e) The alternative railroad-designed record may be used in lieu of the Initial Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Record (Form FRA F 6180.97). Any such alternative record shall contain all of the information required on the Initial Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Record. Although this information may be displayed in a different order from that on the Initial Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Record, the order of the information shall be consistent from one such record to another such record. The order chosen by the railroad shall be consistent for each of the railroad's reporting establishments. Railroads may list additional information in the alternative record beyond the information required on the Initial Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Record. The alternative record shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Date and time of accident;
</P>
<P>(2) Reporting railroad, and accident/incident number;
</P>
<P>(3) Other railroad, if applicable, and other railroad's accident/incident number;
</P>
<P>(4) Railroad responsible for track maintenance, and that railroad's incident number;
</P>
<P>(5) Type of accident/incident (derailment, collision, etc.);
</P>
<P>(6) Number of cars carrying hazardous materials that derailed or were damaged; and number of cars carrying hazardous materials that released product;
</P>
<P>(7) Division;
</P>
<P>(8) County and nearest city or town; 
</P>
<P>(9) State;
</P>
<P>(10) Milepost (to the nearest tenth);
</P>
<P>(11) Specific site;
</P>
<P>(12) Speed (indicate if actual or estimate);
</P>
<P>(13) Train number or job number;
</P>
<P>(14) Type of equipment (freight, passenger, yard switching, etc.);
</P>
<P>(15) Type of track (main, yard, siding, industry);
</P>
<P>(16) Total number of locomotives in train;
</P>
<P>(17) Total number of locomotives that derailed;
</P>
<P>(18) Total number of cars in train;
</P>
<P>(19) Total number of cars that derailed;
</P>
<P>(20) Total amount of damage in dollars to equipment based on computations as described in the “FRA Guide for Preparing Accidents/Incidents Reports”;
</P>
<P>(21) Total amount of damage in dollars to track, signal, way and structures based on computations as described in the “FRA Guide for Preparing Accidents/Incidents Reports”;
</P>
<P>(22) Primary cause;
</P>
<P>(23) Contributing cause;
</P>
<P>(24) Persons injured, persons killed, and employees with an occupational illness, broken down into the following classifications: worker on duty—employee; employee not on duty; passenger on train; nontrespasser—on railroad property; trespasser; worker on duty—contractor; contractor—other; worker on duty—volunteer; volunteer—other; and nontrespasser-off railroad property;
</P>
<P>(25) Narrative description of the accident;
</P>
<P>(26) Whether the accident/incident was reported to FRA;
</P>
<P>(27) Preparer's name, title, telephone number with area code, and signature; and
</P>
<P>(28) Date the record was initially signed/completed.
</P>
<P>(f) Each railroad shall enter each reportable and accountable injury and illness and each reportable and accountable rail equipment accident/incident on the appropriate record, as required by paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section, as early as practicable but no later than seven working days after receiving information or acquiring knowledge that an injury or illness or rail equipment accident/incident has occurred.
</P>
<P>(g) The records required under paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section may be maintained at the local establishment or, alternatively, at a centralized location. If the records are maintained at a centralized location, but not through electronic means, then a paper copy of the records that is current within 35 days of the month to which it applies shall be available for that establishment. If the records are maintained at a centralized location through electronic means, then the records for that establishment shall be available for review in a hard copy format within four business hours of FRA's request. FRA recognizes that circumstances outside the railroad's control may preclude it from fulfilling the four-business-hour time limit. In these circumstances, FRA will not assess a monetary penalty against the railroad for its failure to provide the requested documentation provided the railroad made a reasonable effort to correct the problem.
</P>
<P>(h) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, a listing of all injuries and occupational illnesses reported to FRA as having occurred at an establishment shall be posted in a conspicuous location at that establishment, within 30 days after the expiration of the month during which the injuries and illnesses occurred, if the establishment has been in continual operation for a minimum of 90 calendar days. If the establishment has not been in continual operation for a minimum of 90 calendar days, the listing of all injuries and occupational illnesses reported to FRA as having occurred at the establishment shall be posted, within 30 days after the expiration of the month during which the injuries and illnesses occurred, in a conspicuous location at the next higher organizational level establishment, such as one of the following: an operating division headquarters; a major classification yard or terminal headquarters; a major equipment maintenance or repair installation, <I>e.g.,</I> a locomotive or rail car repair or construction facility; a railroad signal and maintenance-of-way division headquarters; or a central location where track or signal maintenance employees are assigned as a headquarters or receive work assignments. These examples include facilities that are generally major facilities of a permanent nature where the railroad generally posts or disseminates company informational notices and policies, <I>e.g.,</I> the policy statement in the internal control plan required by § 225.33 concerning harassment and intimidation. At a minimum, “establishment” posting is required and shall include locations where a railroad reasonably expects its employees to report during a 12-month period and to have the opportunity to observe the posted list containing any reportable injuries or illnesses they have suffered during the applicable period.
</P>
<P>(1) This listing shall be posted and shall remain continuously displayed for the next 12 consecutive months. Incidents reported for employees at that establishment shall be displayed in date sequence.
</P>
<P>(2) Railroads do not have to post information on an occupational injury or illness that is a privacy concern case.
</P>
<P>(3) The listing shall contain all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Name and address of the establishment.
</P>
<P>(ii) Annual average number of railroad employees reporting to the establishment.
</P>
<P>(iii) Calendar year of the cases being displayed.
</P>
<P>(iv) Incident number used to report case.
</P>
<P>(v) Date of the injury or illness.
</P>
<P>(vi) Location of incident.
</P>
<P>(vii) Regular job title of employee injured or ill.
</P>
<P>(viii) Description of the injury or condition.
</P>
<P>(ix) Number of days employee was absent from work at time of posting.
</P>
<P>(x) Number of days of work restriction for employee at time of posting.
</P>
<P>(xi) If the employee died, include the date of death.
</P>
<P>(xii) The preparer's name, title, and telephone number (including the area code).
</P>
<P>(xiii) The date the record was completed.
</P>
<P>(xiv) When there are no reportable injuries or occupational illnesses associated with an establishment for a month, the listing shall reference this fact.
</P>
<P>(4) A railroad may maintain the posting required under this paragraph (h) in electronic format if:
</P>
<P>(i) Employees are provided instructions or training on how properly to access the electronic posting;
</P>
<P>(ii) There is a device at the facility which employees may use to access the posting or employees are issued a device that can access the posting; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Supervisors at the establishment can show the posting to employees or an FRA representative upon request.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Claimed occupational illnesses.</I> (1) Each railroad may maintain a Form FRA F 6180.107, “Alternative Records for Illnesses Claimed to be Work-Related,” or an alternate railroad-designed record as described in paragraph (j) of this section, in place of Form FRA F 6180.98, “Railroad Employee Injury and/or Illness Record,” only for those claimed occupational illnesses for which the railroad has not received information sufficient to determine whether the occupational illness is work-related.
</P>
<P>(2) Each railroad shall enter each illness claimed to be work-related on the appropriate record, as required by paragraph (i)(1) of this section, as early as practicable, but no later than seven working days after receiving information or acquiring knowledge that an employee is claiming they have incurred an occupational illness.
</P>
<P>(3) When a railroad does not receive information sufficient to determine whether a claimed occupational illness case is accountable or reportable, the railroad shall make a good faith effort to obtain the necessary information by December 1 of the next calendar year.
</P>
<P>(4) Within 15 calendar days of receiving additional information regarding a claimed occupational illness case, each railroad shall document receipt of the information, including date received and type of document/information received, in narrative block 19 of Form FRA F 6180.107, “Alternative Record for Illnesses Claimed to be Work-Related.”
</P>
<P>(5) Within 45 calendar days of receiving additional information regarding a claimed occupational illness, each railroad shall re-evaluate the claimed occupational illness to determine work-relatedness, taking into account the new information, and document any findings resulting from the re-evaluation in narrative block 19 of Form FRA F 6180.107, “Alternative Record for Illnesses Claimed to be Work-Related.”
</P>
<P>(6) For any claimed occupational illness case determined to be accountable or reportable, each railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Complete a Form FRA F 6180.98, “Railroad Employee Injury and/or Illness Record” or alternative railroad-designed form within seven days of making such determination;
</P>
<P>(ii) Retain the Form FRA F 6180.98, “Railroad Employee Injury and/or Illness Record,” in accordance with § 225.27; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Report the occupational illness, as applicable, in accordance with § 225.11.
</P>
<P>(7) For any claimed occupational illness case determined not to be accountable or reportable, each railroad shall include the following information in narrative block 19 of Form FRA F 6180.107, “Alternative Record for Illnesses Claimed to be Work-Related” or alternative railroad-designed form:
</P>
<P>(i) Why the case does not meet reporting criteria;
</P>
<P>(ii) The basis upon which the railroad made this determination; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The most authoritative information the railroad relied upon to make the determination.
</P>
<P>(8) Although Form FRA 6180.107, “Alternative Record for Illnesses Claimed to be Work-Related” (or the alternate railroad-designed form), may not include all supporting documentation, such as medical records, the alternative record shall note the custodian of those documents and where the supporting documents are located so that they are readily accessible to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(j) An alternative railroad-designed record may be used in lieu of the Form FRA F 6180.107, “Alternative Record for Illnesses Claimed to be Work-Related.” Any such alternative record shall contain all of the information required on the Form FRA F 6180.107. Although this information may be displayed in a different order from that on Form FRA F 6180.107, the order of the information shall be consistent from one such record to another such record. The order chosen by the railroad shall be consistent for all of the railroad's reporting establishments. Railroads may list additional information in the alternative record beyond the information required on Form FRA F 6180.107. The alternative record shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of Reporting Railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) Case/Incident Number;
</P>
<P>(3) Employee's Name (first, middle, last);
</P>
<P>(4) Employee's Date of Birth (mm/dd/yy);
</P>
<P>(5) Employee's Gender;
</P>
<P>(6) Employee Identification Number;
</P>
<P>(7) Date Employee was Hired (mm/dd/yy);
</P>
<P>(8) Employee's Home Address (include street address, city, State and Zip code);
</P>
<P>(9) Employee's Home Telephone Number (with area code);
</P>
<P>(10) Name of Facility Where Railroad Employee Normally Reports to Work;
</P>
<P>(11) Location, or Last Know Facility, Where Employee Reports to Work;
</P>
<P>(12) Job Title of Railroad Employee;
</P>
<P>(13) Department to Which Employee is Assigned;
</P>
<P>(14) Date on Which Employee or Representative Notified Company Personnel of Condition (mm/dd/yy);
</P>
<P>(15) Name of Railroad Official Notified;
</P>
<P>(16) Title of Railroad Official Notified;
</P>
<P>(17) Nature of Claimed Illness;
</P>
<P>(18) Supporting Documentation;
</P>
<P>(19) Custodian of Documents (Name, Title, and Address);
</P>
<P>(20) Location of Supporting Documentation;
</P>
<P>(21) Narrative;
</P>
<P>(22) Preparer's Name;
</P>
<P>(23) Preparer's Title;
</P>
<P>(24) Preparer's Telephone Number (with area code); and
</P>
<P>(25) Date the record was initially signed/completed (mm/dd/yy).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 30970, June 18, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 59371, Nov. 22, 1996; 61 FR 67491, Dec. 23, 1996; 68 FR 10139, Mar. 3, 2003; 75 FR 68907, Nov. 9, 2010; 91 FR 22744, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.27" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.27   Retention of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Five-year retention period.</I> Each railroad shall retain the following forms for at least five years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate:
</P>
<P>(i) Form FRA F 6180.98, “Railroad Employee Injury and/or Illness Record;”
</P>
<P>(ii) Form FRA F 6180.107, “Alternative Record for Illnesses Claimed to be Work-Related;”
</P>
<P>(iii) Monthly List of Injuries and Illnesses required by § 225.25; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Form FRA F 6180.150, “Highway User Injury Inquiry Form.”
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Two-year retention period.</I> Each railroad shall retain the following forms for at least two years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate:
</P>
<P>(i) Form FRA F 6180.97, “Initial Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Record,” required by § 225.25;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Employee Human Factor Attachments (Form FRA F 6180.81, “Employee Human Factor Attachment”) required by § 225.12, that have been received by the railroad;
</P>
<P>(iii) The written notices to employees required by § 225.12 (Part I of Form FRA F 6180.78, “Notice to Railroad Employee Involved in Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Attributed to Employee Human Factor; Employee Statement Supplementing Railroad Accident Report”), that have been received by the railroad; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The Employee Statements Supplementing Railroad Accident Reports described in § 225.12(g) (Part II of Form FRA F 6180.78, “Notice to Railroad Employee Involved in Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Attributed to Employee Human Factor; Employee Statement Supplementing Railroad Accident Report”), that have been received by the railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad must retain a duplicate of each form it submits to FRA under § 225.21, for at least 2 years after the calendar year to which it relates.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad shall retain the original hard copy of each completed and signed Form FRA F 6180.55, “Railroad Injury and Illness Summary,” that the railroad submits to FRA on optical media (CD-ROM) or electronically via the Internet to <I>RsisAiReports@dot.gov</I> for at least five years after the calendar year to which it relates. If the railroad opts to submit the report to FRA electronically via the internet, the railroad must also retain a hard copy print out of FRA's electronic notice acknowledging receipt of the railroad's submission for a period of five years after the calendar year to which the report acknowledged relates.
</P>
<P>(d) Railroads may retain accident/incident records as required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section in hard copy format or in electronic format. After October 31, 2011, accident/incident records, retained by railroads as required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, in hard copy format or electronic format are subject to the following system requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Design Requirements.</I> Any electronic record keeping system used to retain a record required to be retained by this part shall meet the following design parameters:
</P>
<P>(i) The electronic record system shall be designed such that the integrity of each record is retained through appropriate levels of security such as recognition of an electronic signature, or other means, which uniquely identify the initiating person as the author of that record. No two persons shall have the same electronic identity;
</P>
<P>(ii) The electronic system shall ensure that each record cannot be modified, or replaced, once the record is submitted to FRA;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any amendment to a record shall be electronically stored apart from the record which it amends. Each amendment to a record shall uniquely identify the person making the amendment and the date the amendment was made;
</P>
<P>(iv) The electronic system shall provide for the maintenance of reports as originally submitted to FRA without corruption or loss of data; and
</P>
<P>(v) Policies and procedures must be in place to prevent persons from altering electronic records, or otherwise interfering with the electronic system.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Accessibility and availability.</I> Any electronic record system used to create, maintain, or transfer a record required to be maintained by this part shall meet the following access and availability parameters:
</P>
<P>(i) Paper copies of electronic records and amendments to those records that may be necessary to document compliance with this part shall be provided to any representative of the FRA or of a State agency participating in investigative and/or surveillance activities under part 212 of this chapter or any other authorized representative for inspection and photocopying upon request in accordance with § 225.35; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Paper copies provided to FRA or of a State agency participating in investigative and/or surveillance activities under part 212 of this chapter or any other authorized representative shall be produced in a readable text format and all data shall be identified by narrative descriptions (<I>e.g.,</I> “accident/incident number,” “number of days away from work,” “date of occurrence,” <I>etc.</I>).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 43224, Dec. 11, 1974, as amended at 55 FR 37828, Sept. 13, 1990; 61 FR 30971, June 18, 1996; 61 FR 67491, Dec. 23, 1996; 75 FR 68908, Nov. 9, 2010; 81 FR 88135, Dec. 7, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.29" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.29   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) “Person” means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.
</P>
<P>(c) Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy. A person may also be subject to the criminal penalties provided for in 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28158, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.31" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.31   Investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It is the policy of FRA to investigate rail transportation accidents/incidents which result in the serious injury or death of a railroad employee or passenger and other accidents/incidents, the investigation of which FRA determines would substantially serve to promote railroad safety.


</P>
<P>(b) FRA representatives are authorized to investigate accidents/incidents and have been issued credentials authorizing them to inspect railroad records and properties. They are authorized to obtain all relevant information concerning accidents/incidents under investigation, to make inquiries of persons having knowledge of the facts, conduct interviews and inquiries, and attend as an observer, hearings conducted by railroads. When necessary to carry out an investigation, the FRA may authorize the issuance of subpoenas to require the production of records and the giving of testimony.
</P>
<P>(c) Whenever necessary, the FRA will schedule a public hearing before an authorized hearing officer, in which event testimony will be taken under oath, a record made, and opportunity provided to question witnesses.
</P>
<P>(d) When necessary in the conduct of an investigation, the Federal Railroad Administrator may require autopsies and other tests of the remains of railroad employees who die as a result of an accident/incident.
</P>
<P>(e) Information obtained through FRA accident investigations may be published in public reports or used for other purposes FRA deems to be appropriate.
</P>
<P>(f) Section 20903 of title 49 of the United States Code provides that no part of a report of an accident investigation under section 20902 of title 49 of the United States Code may be admitted as evidence or used for any purpose in any suit or action for damages growing out of any matter mentioned in the accident investigation report.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 43224, Dec. 11, 1974, as amended at 61 FR 30971, June 18, 1996; 89 FR 79776, Oct. 1, 2024; 90 FR 34370, July 22, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.33" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.33   Internal Control Plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a written Internal Control Plan that shall be maintained at the office where the railroad's reporting officer conducts his or her official business. Each railroad shall amend its Internal Control Plan, as necessary, to reflect any significant changes to the railroad's internal reporting procedures. The Internal Control Plan shall be designed to maintain absolute accuracy and shall include, at a minimum, each of the following components:
</P>
<P>(1) A policy statement declaring the railroad's commitment to complete and accurate reporting of all accidents, incidents, injuries, and occupational illnesses arising from the operation of the railroad, to full compliance with the letter and spirit of FRA's accident reporting regulations, and to the principle, in absolute terms, that harassment or intimidation of any person that is calculated to discourage or prevent such person from receiving proper medical treatment or from reporting such accident, incident, injury or illness will not be permitted or tolerated and will result in some stated disciplinary action against any employee, supervisor, manager, or officer of the railroad committing such harassment or intimidation.
</P>
<P>(2) The dissemination of the policy statement; complaint procedures. Each railroad shall provide to all employees, supervisory personnel, and management the policy statement described in paragraph (a)(1). Each railroad shall have procedures to process complaints from any person about the policy stated in paragraph (a)(1) being violated, and to impose the appropriate prescribed disciplinary actions on each employee, supervisor, manager, or officer of the railroad found to have violated the policy. These procedures shall be disclosed to railroad employees, supervisors, managers, and officers. The railroad shall provide “whistle blower” protection to any person subject to this policy, and such policy shall be disclosed to all railroad employees, supervisors and management.
</P>
<P>(3) Copies of internal forms and/or a description of the internal computer reporting system used for the collection and internal recording of accident and incident information.
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the internal procedures used by the railroad for the processing of forms and/or computerized data regarding accident and incident information.
</P>
<P>(5) A description of the internal review procedures applicable to accident and incident information collected, and reports prepared by, the railroad's safety, claims, medical and/or other departments engaged in collecting and reporting accident and incident information.
</P>
<P>(6) A description of the internal procedures used for collecting cost data and compiling costs with respect to accident and incident information.
</P>
<P>(7) A description of applicable internal procedures for ensuring adequate communication between the railroad department responsible for submitting accident and incident reports to FRA and any other department within the railroad responsible for collecting, receiving, processing and reporting accidents and incidents.
</P>
<P>(8) A statement of applicable procedures providing for the updating of accident and incident information prior to reporting to FRA and a statement of applicable procedures providing for the amendment of accident and incident information as specified in the “FRA Guide for Preparing Accidents/Incidents Reports.”
</P>
<P>(9) A statement that specifies the name and title of the railroad officer responsible for auditing the performance of the reporting function; a statement of the frequency (not less than once per calendar year) with which audits are conducted; and identification of the site where the most recent audit report may be found for inspection and photocopying.
</P>
<P>(10)(i) A brief description of the railroad organization, including identification of:
</P>
<P>(A) All components that regularly come into possession of information pertinent to the preparation of reports under this part (<I>e.g.,</I> medical, claims, and legal departments; operating, mechanical, and track and structures departments; payroll, accounting, and personnel departments);
</P>
<P>(B) The title of each railroad reporting officer;
</P>
<P>(C) The title of each manager of such components, by component; and
</P>
<P>(D) All officers to whom managers of such components are responsible, by component.
</P>
<P>(ii) A current organization chart satisfies paragraphs (a)(10)(i) (B), (C), and (D) of this section.
</P>
<P>(11) In the case of the Form FRA F 6180.107 or the alternate railroad-designed form, a statement that specifies the name(s), title(s) and address(es) of the custodian(s) of these records, all supporting documentation, such as medical records, and where the documents are located.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 30972, June 18, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 59371, Nov. 22, 1996; 61 FR 67491, Dec. 23, 1996; 68 FR 10139, Mar. 3, 2003; 75 FR 68909, Nov. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.35" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.35   Access to records and reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad subject to this part shall have at least one location, and shall identify each location, where any representative of the Federal Railroad Administration or of a State agency participating in investigative and surveillance activities under part 212 of this chapter or any other authorized representative, has centralized <I>access</I> to a copy of any record and report required under this part, for examination and photocopying in a reasonable manner during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad subject to this part shall also provide to any representative of the Federal Railroad Administration or of a State agency participating in investigative or and surveillance activities under part 212 of this chapter or any other authorized representative access to relevant medical and claims records for examination and photocopying in a reasonable manner during normal business hours. Such representatives shall display proper credentials when requested. Each railroad shall identify the locations where a copy of any record and report required under this part is accessible for inspection and photocopying by maintaining a list of such establishment locations at the office where the railroad's reporting officer conducts his or her official business. A copy of any record and report required under this part shall be accessible within four business hours after the request. The Form FRA F 6180.107 or the alternate railroad-designed form need not be provided at any railroad establishment within 4 hours of a request. Rather, the Form FRA F 6180.107 or the alternate railroad-designed form must be provided upon request, within five business days, and may be kept at a central location, in either paper or electronic format. FRA will not assess a monetary penalty against the railroad for its failure to provide the requested documentation when circumstances outside the railroad's control preclude it from fulfilling the four-business-hour time limit and the railroad has made a reasonable effort to correct the problem. Should a railroad assert a legal privilege with respect to certain claims and medical records, failure to provide FRA access to such records would not constitute a violation of this section. FRA retains the right to issue a subpoena to obtain such records under 49 U.S.C. §§ 20107 and 20902 and §§ 209.7(a) and 225.31(b) of this title, and the railroad may contest that subpoena.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 30972, June 18, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 59371, Nov. 22, 1996; 68 FR 10139, Mar. 3, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.37" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.37   Optical media transfer and electronic submission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad has the option of submitting the following reports, updates, and amendments by way of optical media (CD-ROM), or by means of electronic submission via the Internet:
</P>
<P>(1) The Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report (Form FRA F 6180.54);
</P>
<P>(2) The Railroad Injury and Illness Summary (Form FRA F 6180.55);
</P>
<P>(3) The Railroad Injury and Illness Summary (Continuation Sheet) (Form FRA F 6180.55a);
</P>
<P>(4) The Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Accident/Incident Report (Form FRA F 6180.57); and
</P>
<P>(5) The Employee Human Factor Attachment (Form FRA F 6180.81) (the Employee Human Factor Attachment must be in .pdf or .jpg format only).
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad utilizing the optical media option shall submit to FRA a computer CD-ROM containing the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An electronic image of the completed and signed hard copy of the Railroad Injury and Illness Summary (Form FRA F 6180.55) in .pdf or .jpg format only; and
</P>
<P>(2) The completed accident/incident report submissions.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Each railroad utilizing the electronic submission via the Internet option shall submit to FRA at <I>RsisAiReports@dot.gov:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) An electronic image of the completed and signed hard copy of the Railroad Injury and Illness Summary (Form FRA F 6180.55) in .pdf or .jpg format only; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The completed accident/incident report submissions.
</P>
<P>(2) FRA will provide to the railroad an electronic notice acknowledging receipt of submissions filed electronically via the Internet.
</P>
<P>(d) Each railroad employing either the optical media or electronic submission via the Internet option, shall submit its monthly reporting data for the reports identified in paragraph (a) of this section in a year-to-date file format as described in the FRA Guide.
</P>
<P>(e) A railroad choosing to use optical media or electronic submission via the internet must use one of the approved formats specified in the Companion Guide. FRA will reject submissions that do not adhere to the required formats, which may result in the issuance of one or more civil penalty assessments against a railroad for failing to provide timely submissions of required reports as required by § 225.11.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 68909, Nov. 9, 2010, as amended at 81 FR 88135, Dec. 7, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.39" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.39   FRA policy on covered data.</HEAD>
<P>FRA will not include covered data (as defined in § 225.5) in its periodic summaries of data on the number of occupational injuries and illnesses.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 10139, Mar. 3, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 225.41" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 225.41   Suicide data.</HEAD>
<P>FRA does not include suicide data (as defined in § 225.5) in its periodic summaries of data on the number of injuries and illnesses associated with railroad operations. FRA will maintain suicide data in a database that is not publicly accessible. Suicide data will not be available on FRA's Web site for individual reports or downloads. Suicide data will be available to the public in aggregate format on FRA's Web site and via requests under the Freedom of Information Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 68909, Nov. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.25.38" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 225 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.20.0.15.25.39" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 225—Procedure for Determining Reporting Threshold
</HEAD>
<P>1. Wage data used in the calculation are collected from railroads by the Surface Transportation Board (STB) on Form A—STB Wage Statistics. Rail equipment data from the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), LABSTAT Series reports are used in the calculation. The equation used to adjust the reporting threshold has two components: (a) The average hourly earnings of certain railroad maintenance employees as reported to the STB by the Class I railroads and Amtrak; and (b) an overall rail equipment cost index determined by the BLS. The wage component is weighted by 40% and the equipment component by 60%.
</P>
<P>2. For the wage component, the average of the data from Form A—STB Wage Statistics for Group No. 300 (Maintenance of Way and Structures) and Group No. 400 (Maintenance of Equipment and Stores) employees is used.
</P>
<P>3. For the equipment component, LABSTAT Series Report, Producer Price Index (PPI) Series WPU 144 for Railroad Equipment is used.
</P>
<P>4. In the month of October, second-quarter and first-quarter wage data for the current year, and fourth-quarter and third-quarter wage data for the previous year are obtained from the STB. For equipment costs, the corresponding BLS railroad equipment indices for the same time period as the STB wage data are obtained.
</P>
<P>5. The wage data are reported in terms of dollars earned per hour, while the equipment cost data are indexed to a base year of 1982.
</P>
<P>6. The procedure for adjusting the reporting threshold is shown in the formula below. The wage and equipment components appear as fractional changes relative to the prior year. After performing the calculation, the result is rounded to the nearest $100.
</P>
<P>7. The weightings result from using STB wage data and BLS equipment cost data to produce a reasonable estimation of the reporting threshold that was calculated using the threshold formula in effect immediately before calendar year 2006, a formula that assumed damage repair costs, at levels at or near the threshold, were split approximately evenly between labor and materials.
</P>
<P>8. Formula:
</P>
<FP-2>New Threshold = Prior Threshold × [1 + 0.4(Wnew—Wprior)/Wprior + 0.6(Enew−Eprior)/Eprior]
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Wnew = New average hourly wage rate ($).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Wprior = Prior average hourly wage rate ($).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Enew = New equipment average PPI value.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Eprior = Prior equipment average PPI value.
</FP-2>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 79135, Dec. 9, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="227" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 227—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH IN THE LOCOMOTIVE CAB 


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20103 note, 20166, 20701-20703, 21301, 21302, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>71 FR 63123, Oct. 27, 2006, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.1.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The purpose of this part is to protect the occupational safety and health of certain employees who are exposed to occupational dangers while in the cab of the locomotive. This part prescribes minimum Federal safety and health standards for certain locomotive cab occupants. This part does not restrict a railroad or railroad contractor from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Subpart B of this part.</I> The purpose of subpart B is to protect the occupational safety and health of employees whose predominant noise exposure occurs in the locomotive cab. Subpart B prescribes minimum Federal safety and health noise standards for locomotive cab occupants.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Subpart C of this part.</I> The purpose of subpart C is to protect the occupational safety and health of train employees and certain other employees in the cab of the locomotive of a freight train that is transporting a poison inhalation hazard (PIH) material that, if released due to a railroad accident/incident, would pose an inhalation hazard to the occupants. In particular, subpart C is intended to protect these employees from the risk of exposure to the material while they are located in, or during escape from, the locomotive cab.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 5130, Jan. 26, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.1.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, subpart B of this part applies to all railroads and contractors to railroads.
</P>
<P>(b) Subpart B of this part does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad that operates only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) A rapid transit operation in an urban area that is not connected to the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) A rapid transit operation in an urban area that is connected to the general system and operates under a shared use waiver;
</P>
<P>(4) A railroad that operates tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations, whether on or off the general railroad system of transportation; or
</P>
<P>(5) Foreign railroad operations that meet the following conditions: Employees of the foreign railroad have a primary reporting point outside of the U.S. but are operating trains or conducting switching operations in the U.S.; and the government of that foreign railroad has implemented requirements for hearing conservation for railroad employees; the foreign railroad undertakes to comply with those requirements while operating within the U.S.; and FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer determines that the foreign requirements are consistent with the purpose and scope of subpart B of this part. A “foreign railroad” refers to a railroad that is incorporated in a place outside the U.S. and is operated out of a foreign country but operates for some distance in the U.S.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, subpart C of this part applies to any railroad that operates a freight train that transports a PIH material, including a residue of such a PIH material, on standard gage track that is part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(d) Subpart C of this part does not apply to a railroad that operates only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 63123, Oct. 27, 2006, as amended at 89 FR 5131, Jan. 26, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.1.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Accident/incident</I> has the meaning that is assigned to that term by § 225.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Action level</I> means an eight-hour time-weighted-average sound level (TWA) of 85 dB(A), or, equivalently, a dose of 50 percent, integrating all sound levels from 80 dB(A) to 140 dB(A).
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Artifact</I> means any signal received or recorded by a noise measuring instrument that is not related to occupational noise exposure and may adversely impact the accuracy of the occupational noise measurement.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer</I> means the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P><I>Atmosphere immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH)</I> means an atmosphere that poses an immediate threat to life, would cause irreversible adverse health effects, or would impair an individual's ability to escape from a dangerous atmosphere.
</P>
<P><I>Atmosphere-supplying device</I> means a respirator that supplies the respirator user with breathing air from a source that is independent of the ambient atmosphere. Such devices include supplied-air respirators and self-contained breathing apparatus units.
</P>
<P><I>Audiogram</I> means a record of audiometric testing, showing the thresholds of hearing sensitivity measured at discrete frequencies, as well as other recordkeeping information.
</P>
<P><I>Audiologist</I> means a professional, who provides comprehensive diagnostic and treatment/rehabilitative services for auditory, vestibular, and related impairments and who
</P>
<P>(1) Has a Master's degree or doctoral degree in audiology and
</P>
<P>(2) Is licensed as an audiologist by a State; or in the case of an individual who furnishes services in a State which does not license audiologists, has successfully completed 350 clock hours of supervised clinical practicum (or is in the process of accumulating such supervised clinical experience), performed not less than 9 months of supervised full-time audiology services after obtaining a master's or doctoral degree in audiology or a related field, and successfully completed a national examination in audiology approved by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
</P>
<P><I>Audiometry</I> means the act or process of measuring hearing sensitivity at discrete frequencies. Audiometry can also be referred to as audiometric testing.
</P>
<P><I>Baseline audiogram</I> means an audiogram, recorded in accordance with § 227.109, against which subsequent audiograms are compared to determine the extent of change of hearing level.
</P>
<P><I>Class I, Class II, and Class III railroads</I> have the meaning assigned by the regulations of the Surface Transportation Board (49 CFR part 120; General Instructions 1-1).
</P>
<P><I>Continuous noise</I> means variations in sound level that involve maxima at intervals of 1 second or less.
</P>
<P><I>Deadheading</I> means the physical relocation of a train employee from one point to another as a result of a railroad-issued oral or written directive.
</P>
<P><I>Decibel (dB)</I> means a unit of measurement of sound pressure levels.
</P>
<P><I>dB(A)</I> means the sound pressure level in decibels measured on the A-weighted scale.
</P>
<P><I>Division headquarters</I> means the location designated by the railroad where a high-level operating manager (<I>e.g.,</I> a superintendent, division manager, or equivalent), who has jurisdiction over a portion of the railroad, has an office.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency escape breathing apparatus</I> or <I>EEBA</I> means an atmosphere-supplying respirator device that is designed for use only during escape from a hazardous atmosphere.
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> means any individual who is engaged or compensated by a railroad or by a contractor to a railroad to perform any of the duties defined in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Exchange rate</I> means the change in sound level, in decibels, which would require halving or doubling of the allowable exposure time to maintain the same noise dose. For purposes of this part, the exchange rate is 5 decibels.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Freight car</I> means a vehicle designed to transport freight, or railroad personnel, by rail and includes, but is not limited to, a—
</P>
<P>(1) Box car;
</P>
<P>(2) Refrigerator car;
</P>
<P>(3) Ventilator car;
</P>
<P>(4) Stock car;
</P>
<P>(5) Gondola car;
</P>
<P>(6) Hopper car;
</P>
<P>(7) Flat car;
</P>
<P>(8) Special car;
</P>
<P>(9) Caboose;
</P>
<P>(10) Tank car; and
</P>
<P>(11) Yard car.
</P>
<P><I>Freight train</I> means one or more locomotives coupled with one or more freight cars, except during switching service.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous material</I> has the meaning assigned to that term by § 171.8 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Hazmat employee</I> has the meaning assigned to that term by § 171.8 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Hearing protector</I> means any device or material, which is capable of being worn on the head, covering the ear canal or inserted in the ear canal; is designed wholly or in part to reduce the level of sound entering the ear; and has a scientifically accepted indicator of its noise reduction value.
</P>
<P><I>Hertz (Hz)</I> means a unit of measurement of frequency numerically equal to cycles per second.
</P>
<P><I>In service</I> or <I>in-service</I> when used in connection with a freight train, means each freight train subject to this part unless the train—
</P>
<P>(1) Is in a repair shop or on a repair track;
</P>
<P>(2) Is on a storage track and its cars are empty; or
</P>
<P>(3) Has been delivered in interchange but has not been accepted by the receiving carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Intermodal container</I> means a freight container designed and constructed to permit it to be used interchangeably in two or more modes of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>ISO</I> means the International Organization for Standardization, a network of national standards institutes in 162 countries, including the United States through the American National Standards Institute, that develops international standards to assist in ensuring the safe performance of a wide range of devices, including EEBAs.
</P>
<P><I>Medical pathology</I> means a condition or disease affecting the ear which is medically or surgically treatable.
</P>
<P><I>NIOSH</I> means the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, a Federal agency responsible for conducting research and making recommendations for the prevention of work-related injury and illness, which is part of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and which certifies industrial-type respirators in accordance with the NIOSH respiratory regulations (42 CFR part 84).
</P>
<P><I>Noise operational controls</I> means a method used to reduce noise exposure, other than hearing protectors or equipment modifications, by reducing the time a person is exposed to excessive noise.
</P>
<P><I>Occasional service</I> means service of not more than a total of 20 days in a calendar year.
</P>
<P><I>Otolaryngologist</I> means a physician specializing in diagnosis and treatment of disorders of the ear, nose, and throat.
</P>
<P><I>Periodic audiogram</I> is a record of follow-up audiometric testing conducted at regular intervals after the baseline audiometric test.


</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including but not limited to the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; an owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; an independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.


</P>
<P><I>PIH material</I> means any of the hazardous materials that are a gas, liquid, or other material defined as a “material poisonous by inhalation” by § 171.8 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Professional Supervisor of the Audiometric Monitoring Program</I> in a hearing conservation program means an audiologist, otolaryngologist, or a physician with experience and expertise in hearing and hearing loss.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified Technician</I> is a person who is certified by the Council for Accreditation in Occupational Hearing Conservation or equivalent organization; or who has satisfactorily demonstrated competence in administering audiometric examinations, obtaining valid audiograms, and properly using, maintaining, and checking calibration and proper functioning of the audiometers used; and is responsible to the Professional Supervisor of the Audiometric Testing Program.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means any form of non-highway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guide-ways and any entity providing such transportation, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and
</P>
<P>(2) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads. The term “railroad” is also intended to mean a person that provides transportation by railroad, whether directly or by contracting out operation of the railroad to another person. The term does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Representative personal sampling</I> means measurement of an employee's noise exposure that is representative of the exposures of other employees who operate similar equipment under similar conditions.
</P>
<P><I>Residue</I> has the meaning assigned to the term by § 171.8 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Sound level or Sound pressure level</I> means ten times the common logarithm of the ratio of the square of the measured A-weighted sound pressure to the square of the standard reference pressure of twenty micropascals, measured in decibels. For purposes of this regulation, SLOW time response, in accordance with ANSI S1.43-1997 (Reaffirmed 2002), “Specifications for Integrating-Averaging Sound Level Meters,” is required. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference of this standard in this section in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated standard from the American National Standards Institute at 1819 L Street, NW., Washington, DC 20036 or <I>http://www.ansi.org.</I> You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standard at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Room, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Standard threshold shift (STS)</I> means a change in hearing sensitivity for the worse, relative to the baseline audiogram, or relative to the most recent revised baseline (where one has been established), of an average of 10 dB or more at 2000, 3000, and 4000 Hz in either ear.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P><I>Switching service</I> means the classification of freight cars according to commodity or destination; assembling of cars for train movements; changing the position of cars for purposes of loading, unloading, or weighing; placing of locomotives and cars for repair or storage; or moving of rail equipment in connection with work service that does not constitute a freight train movement.
</P>
<P><I>System headquarters</I> means the location designated by the railroad as the general office for the railroad system.
</P>
<P><I>Time-weighted-average eight-hour (or 8-hour TWA)</I> means the sound level, which, if constant over 8 hours, would result in the same noise dose as is measured. For purposes of this part, the exchange rate is 5 decibels.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations</I> means railroad operations that carry passengers, often using antiquated equipment, with the conveyance of the passengers to a particular destination not being the principal purpose.
</P>
<P><I>Train employee</I> means an individual who is engaged in or connected with the movement of a train, including a hostler, as defined in 49 U.S.C. 21101.
</P>
<P><I>United States</I> means all of the States and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 63123, Oct. 27, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009; 89 FR 5131, Jan. 26, 2024; 90 FR 28126, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.1.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.7   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.1.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.9   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 63123, Oct. 27, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 79702, Dec. 30, 2008; 77 FR 24421, Apr. 24, 2012; 81 FR 43110, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16133, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60748, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 23735, May 23, 2019; 84 FR 37073, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1758, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23254, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15868, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1127, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89562, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106296, Dec. 30, 2024; 90 FR 28160, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.1.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.11   Responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Although the duties imposed by this part are generally stated in terms of the duty of a railroad, any person, including a contractor for a railroad, who performs any function covered by this part must perform that function in accordance with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.1.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.13   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the Administrator for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. The filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for waiver under this section must be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions the Administrator deems necessary.








</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Occupational Noise Exposure for Railroad Operating Employees.</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.2.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.101   Scope and applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart shall apply to the noise-related working conditions of—
</P>
<P>(1) Any person who regularly performs service subject to the provisions of the hours of service laws governing “train employees” (see 49 U.S.C. 21101(5) and 21103), but, subject to a railroad's election in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(i) Employees who move locomotives only within the confines of locomotive repair or servicing areas, as provided in §§ 218.5 and 218.29(a) of this chapter, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Employees who move a locomotive or group of locomotives for distances of less than 100 feet and this incidental movement of a locomotive or locomotives is for inspection or maintenance purposes, or
</P>
<P>(iii) Contractors who operate historic equipment in occasional service, provided that the contractors have been provided with hearing protectors and, where necessary, are required to use the hearing protectors while operating the historic equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) Any direct supervisor of the persons described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section whose duties require frequent work in the locomotive cab; and
</P>
<P>(3) At the election of the railroad, any other person (including a person excluded by paragraph (a)(1) of this section) whose duties require frequent work in the locomotive cab and whose primary noise exposure is reasonably expected to be experienced in the cab, if the position occupied by such person is designated in writing by the railroad, as required by § 227.121(d).
</P>
<P>(b) Occupational noise exposure and hearing conservation for employees not covered by this subpart is governed by the appropriate occupational noise exposure regulation of the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration located at 29 CFR 1910.95.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.2.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.103   Noise monitoring program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Schedule.</I> A railroad shall develop and implement a noise monitoring program to determine whether any employee covered by the scope of this subpart may be exposed to noise that may equal or exceed an 8-hour TWA of 85 dB(A), in accordance with the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) Class I, passenger, and commuter railroads no later than February 26, 2008.
</P>
<P>(2) Railroads with 400,000 or more annual employee hours that are not Class I, passenger, or commuter railroads no later than August 26, 2008.
</P>
<P>(3) Railroads with fewer than 400,000 annual employee hours no later than August 26, 2009.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sampling strategy.</I> (1) In its monitoring program, the railroad shall use a sampling strategy that is designed to identify employees for inclusion in the hearing conservation program and to enable the proper selection of hearing protection.
</P>
<P>(2) Where circumstances such as high worker mobility, significant variations in sound level, or a significant component of impulse noise make area monitoring generally inappropriate, the railroad shall use representative personal sampling to comply with the monitoring requirements of this section, unless the railroad can show that area sampling produces equivalent results.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Noise measurements.</I> (1) All continuous, intermittent, and impulse sound levels from 80 decibels to 140 decibels shall be integrated into the noise measurements.
</P>
<P>(2) Noise measurements shall be made under typical operating conditions using:
</P>
<P>(i) A sound level meter conforming, at a minimum, to the requirements of ANSI S1.4-1983 (Reaffirmed 2001) (incorporated by reference, see § 227.103(h)), Type 2, and set to an A-weighted SLOW response;
</P>
<P>(ii) An integrated sound level meter conforming, at a minimum, to the requirements of ANSI S1.43-1997 (Reaffirmed 2002) (incorporated by reference, see § 227.103(h)), Type 2, and set to an A-weighted slow response ; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A noise dosimeter conforming, at a minimum, to the requirements of ANSI S1.25-1991 (Reaffirmed 2002) (incorporated by reference, see § 227.103(h)) and set to an A-weighted SLOW response.
</P>
<P>(3) All instruments used to measure employee noise exposure shall be calibrated to ensure accurate measurements.
</P>
<P>(d) The railroad shall repeat noise monitoring, consistent with the requirements of this section, whenever a change in operations, process, equipment, or controls increases noise exposures to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(1) Additional employees may be exposed at or above the action level; or
</P>
<P>(2) The attenuation provided by hearing protectors being used by employees may be inadequate to meet the requirements of § 227.103.
</P>
<P>(e) In administering the monitoring program, the railroad shall take into consideration the identification of work environments where the use of hearing protectors may be omitted.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Observation of monitoring.</I> The railroad shall provide affected employees or their representatives with an opportunity to observe any noise dose measurements conducted pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Reporting of monitoring results.</I> (1) The railroad shall notify each monitored employee of the results of the monitoring.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall post the monitoring results at the appropriate crew origination point for a minimum of 30 days. The posting should include sufficient information to permit other crews to understand the meaning of the results in the context of the operations monitored.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> The materials listed in this section are incorporated by reference in the corresponding sections noted. These incorporations by reference were approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated materials from the American National Standards Institute at 1819 L Street, NW., Washington, DC 20036 or <I>http://www.ansi.org.</I> You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standards at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Room, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ANSI S1.4-1983 (Reaffirmed 2001), Specification for Sound Level Meters, incorporation by reference (IBR) approved for § 227.103(c)(2)(i).
</P>
<P>(2) ANSI S1.43-1997 (Reaffirmed 2002), Specifications for Integrating-Averaging Sound Level Meters, IBR approved for § 227.103(c)(2)(ii).
</P>
<P>(3) ANSI S1.25-1991 (Reaffirmed 2002), Specification for Personal Noise Dosimeters, IBR approved for § 227.103(c)(2)(iii).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 63123, Oct. 27, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009; 89 FR 5132, Jan. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.2.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.105   Protection of employees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall provide appropriate protection for its employees who are exposed to noise, as measured according to § 227.103, that exceeds the limits specified in appendix A of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) In assessing whether exposures exceed 115 dB(A), as set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and appendix A to this part, the apparent source of the noise exposures shall be observed and documented and measurement artifacts may be removed.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as set forth in paragraph (d) of this section, exposure to continuous noise shall not exceed 115dB(A).
</P>
<P>(d) Exposures to continuous noise greater than 115 dB(A) and equal to or less than 120 dB(A) are permissible, provided that the total daily duration does not exceed 5 seconds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.2.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.107   Hearing conservation program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Consistent with the requirements of the noise monitoring program required by § 227.103, the railroad shall administer a continuing, effective hearing conservation program, as set forth in §§ 227.109 through 227.121, for all employees exposed to noise at or above the action level.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of the hearing conservation program, employee noise exposure shall be computed in accordance with the tables in appendix A of this part, and without regard to any attenuation provided by the use of hearing protectors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.2.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.109   Audiometric testing program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing program as set forth in this section and include employees who are required to be included in a hearing conservation program pursuant to § 227.107.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cost.</I> The audiometric tests shall be provided at no cost to employees.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Tests.</I> Audiometric tests shall be performed by:
</P>
<P>(1) An audiologist, otolaryngologist, or other physician who has experience and expertise in hearing and hearing loss; or
</P>
<P>(2) A qualified technician.
</P>
<P>(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Baseline audiogram.</I> This paragraph (e) applies to employees who are required by § 227.107 to be included in a hearing conservation program.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>New employees.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(1)(ii), for employees hired after February 26, 2007, the railroad shall establish a valid baseline audiogram within 6 months of the new employee's first tour of duty.
</P>
<P>(ii) Where mobile test vans are used to meet the requirement in paragraph (e)(1)(i), the railroad shall establish a valid baseline audiogram within one year of the new employee's first tour of duty.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Existing employees.</I> (i) For all employees without a baseline audiogram as of February 26, 2007, Class I, passenger, and commuter railroads, and railroads with 400,000 or more annual employee hours shall establish a valid baseline audiogram by February 26, 2009; and railroads with less than 400,000 annual employee hours shall establish a valid baseline audiogram by February 26, 2010.
</P>
<P>(ii) If an employee has had a baseline audiogram as of February 26, 2007, and it was obtained under conditions that satisfy the requirements found in 29 CFR 1910.95(h), the railroad must use that baseline audiogram.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the employee has had a baseline audiogram as of February 26, 2007, and it was obtained under conditions that satisfy the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.95(h)(1), but not the requirements found in 29 CFR 1910.95(h)(2) through (5), the railroad may elect to use that baseline audiogram provided that the Professional Supervisor of the Audiometric Monitoring Program makes a reasonable determination that the baseline audiogram is valid and is clinically consistent with other materials in the employee's medical file.
</P>
<P>(3) Testing to establish a baseline audiogram shall be preceded by at least 14 hours without exposure to occupational noise in excess of the action level. Hearing protectors may be used as a substitute for the requirement that baseline audiograms be preceded by 14 hours without exposure to occupational noise.
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad shall notify its employees of the need to avoid high levels of non-occupational noise exposure during the 14-hour period immediately preceding the audiometric examination.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Periodic audiogram.</I> (1) The railroad shall offer an audiometric test to each employee included in the hearing conservation program at least once each calendar year. The interval between the date offered to any employee for a test in a calendar year and the date offered in the subsequent calendar year shall be no more than 450 days and no less than 280 days.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall require each employee included in the hearing conservation program to take an audiometric test at least once every 1095 days.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Evaluation of audiogram.</I> (1) Each employee's periodic audiogram shall be compared to that employee's baseline audiogram to determine if the audiogram is valid and to determine if a standard threshold shift has occurred. This comparison may be done by a qualified technician.
</P>
<P>(2) If the periodic audiogram demonstrates a standard threshold shift, a railroad may obtain a retest within 90 days. The railroad may consider the results of the retest as the periodic audiogram.
</P>
<P>(3) The audiologist, otolaryngologist, or physician shall review problem audiograms and shall determine whether there is a need for further evaluation. A railroad shall provide all of the following information to the person performing this review:
</P>
<P>(i) The baseline audiogram of the employee to be evaluated;
</P>
<P>(ii) The most recent audiogram of the employee to be evaluated;
</P>
<P>(iii) Measurements of background sound pressure levels in the audiometric test room as required in appendix D of this part: Audiometric Test Rooms; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Records of audiometer calibrations required by § 227.111.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Follow-up procedures.</I> (1) If a comparison of the periodic audiogram to the baseline audiogram indicates that a standard threshold shift has occurred, the railroad shall inform the employee in writing within 30 days of the determination.
</P>
<P>(2) Unless a physician or audiologist determines that the standard threshold shift is not work-related or aggravated by occupational noise exposure, the railroad shall ensure that the following steps are taken:
</P>
<P>(i) Employees not using hearing protectors shall be fitted with hearing protectors, shall be trained in their use and care, and shall be required to use them.
</P>
<P>(ii) Employees already provided with hearing protectors shall be refitted, shall be retrained in the use of hearing protectors offering greater attenuation, if necessary, and shall be required to use them.
</P>
<P>(iii) If subsequent audiometric testing is necessary or if the railroad suspects that a medical pathology of the ear is caused or aggravated by the wearing of hearing protectors, the railroad shall refer the employee for a clinical audiological evaluation or an otological examination.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the railroad suspects that a medical pathology of the ear unrelated to the use of hearing protectors is present, the railroad shall inform the employee of the need for an otological examination.
</P>
<P>(3) If subsequent audiometric testing of an employee, whose exposure to noise is less than an 8-hour TWA of 90 dB, indicates that a standard threshold shift is not persistent, the railroad shall inform the employee of the new audiometric interpretation and may discontinue the required use of hearing protectors for that employee.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Revised baseline.</I> A railroad shall use the following methods for revising baseline audiograms:
</P>
<P>(1) Periodic audiograms from audiometric tests conducted through February 26, 2009, may be substituted for the baseline measurement by the Professional Supervisor of the Audiometric Monitoring Program who is evaluating the audiogram if:
</P>
<P>(i) The standard threshold shift revealed by the audiogram is persistent; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The hearing threshold shown in the periodic audiogram indicates significant improvement over the baseline audiogram.
</P>
<P>(2) Baseline audiograms from audiometric tests conducted after February 26, 2009, shall be revised in accordance with the method specified in appendix C of this part: Audiometric Baseline Revision.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Standard threshold shift.</I> In determining whether a standard threshold shift has occurred, allowance may be made for the contribution of aging (presbycusis) to the change in hearing level by correcting the annual audiogram according to the procedure described in appendix F of this part: Calculation and Application of Age Correction to Audiograms.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 63123, Oct. 27, 2006, as amended at 89 FR 5132, Jan. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.2.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.111   Audiometric test requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Audiometric tests shall be pure tone, air conduction, hearing threshold examinations, with test frequencies including 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, and 8000 Hz. Tests at each frequency shall be taken separately for each ear.
</P>
<P>(b) Audiometric tests shall be conducted with audiometers (including microprocessor audiometers) that meet the specifications of and are maintained and used in accordance with ANSI S3.6-2004 “Specification for Audiometers.” The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of this standard in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated standard from the American National Standards Institute at 1819 L Street, NW., Washington, DC 20036 or <I>http://www.ansi.org.</I> You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standard at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Room, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, Washington, DC 20005, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For more information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Pulsed-tone audiometers should be used with the following on and off times: F-J and J-K shall each have values of 225 ±35 milliseconds (ms).
</P>
<P>(2) Use of insert earphones shall be consistent with the requirements listed in appendix E of this part: Use of Insert Earphones for Audiometric Testing.
</P>
<P>(c) Audiometric examinations shall be administered in a room meeting the requirements listed in appendix D of this part: Audiometric Test Rooms.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Audiometer calibration.</I> (1) The functional operation of the audiometer shall be checked before each day's use by testing a person with known, stable hearing thresholds or by appropriate calibration device, and by listening to the audiometer's output to make sure that the output is free from distorted or unwanted sounds. Deviations of 10 decibels or greater require an acoustic calibration.
</P>
<P>(2) Audiometer calibration shall be checked acoustically at least annually according to the procedures described in ANSI S3.6-2004. Frequencies below 500 Hz and above 8000 Hz may be omitted from this check. The audiometer must meet the sound pressure accuracy requirements of section 7.2 of ANSI S3.6-2004 of 3 dB at any test frequency between 500 and 5000 Hz and 5 dB at any test frequency 6000 Hz and higher for the specific type of transducer used. For air-conduction supra-aural earphones, the specifications in Table 6 of ANSI S3.6-2004 shall apply. For air-conduction insert earphones, the specifications in Table 7 of ANSI S3.6-2004 shall apply. Audiometers that do not meet these requirements must undergo an exhaustive calibration.
</P>
<P>(3) Exhaustive Calibration. An exhaustive calibration shall be performed in accordance with ANSI S3.6-2004, according to the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(i) At least once every two years on audiometers not used in mobile test vans. Test frequencies below 500 Hz and above 6000 Hz may be omitted from this calibration.
</P>
<P>(ii) At least annually on audiometers used in mobile test vans.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 63123, Oct. 27, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.2.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.113   Noise operational controls.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Railroads may use noise operational controls at any sound level to reduce exposures to levels below those required by Table A-1 of appendix A of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Railroads are encouraged to use noise operational controls when employees are exposed to sound exceeding an 8-hour TWA of 90 dB(A).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.2.15.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.115   Hearing protectors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements for hearing protectors.</I> (1) The railroad shall provide hearing protectors to employees at no cost to the employee.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall replace hearing protectors as necessary.
</P>
<P>(3) When offering hearing protectors, a railroad shall consider an employee's ability to understand and respond to voice radio communications and audible warnings.
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad shall give employees the opportunity to select their hearing protectors from a variety of suitable hearing protectors. The selection shall include devices with a range of attenuation levels.
</P>
<P>(5) The railroad shall provide training in the use and care of all hearing protectors provided to employees.
</P>
<P>(6) The railroad shall ensure proper initial fitting and supervise the correct use of all hearing protectors.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Availability of hearing protectors.</I> A railroad shall make hearing protectors available to all employees exposed to sound levels that meet or exceed the action level.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Required use at action level.</I> A railroad shall require the use of hearing protectors when an employee is exposed to sound levels that meet or exceed the action level, and the employee has:
</P>
<P>(1) Not yet had a baseline audiogram established pursuant to § 227.109; or
</P>
<P>(2) Experienced a standard threshold shift and is required to use hearing protectors under § 227.109(h).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Required use for TWA of 90 dB(A).</I> The railroad shall require the use of hearing protectors when an employee is exposed to sound levels equivalent to an 8-hour TWA of 90 dB(A) or greater. The hearing protectors should be used to reduce sound levels to within those levels required by appendix A of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.117" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.2.15.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.117   Hearing protector attenuation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall evaluate hearing protector attenuation for the specific noise environments in which the protector will be used. The railroad shall use one of the evaluation methods described in appendix B of this part; “Methods for Estimating the Adequacy of Hearing Protector Attenuation.”
</P>
<P>(b) Hearing protectors shall attenuate employee exposure to an 8-hour TWA of 90 decibels or lower, as required by § 227.115.
</P>
<P>(c) For employees who have experienced a standard threshold shift, hearing protectors must attenuate employee exposure to an 8-hour time-weighted average of 85 decibels or lower.
</P>
<P>(d) The adequacy of hearing protector attenuation shall be re-evaluated whenever employee noise exposures increase to the extent that the hearing protectors provided may no longer provide adequate attenuation. A railroad shall provide more effective hearing protectors where necessary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.119" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.2.15.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.119   Training program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall institute an occupational noise and hearing conservation training program for all employees included in the hearing conservation program.
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad shall offer the training program to each employee included in the hearing conservation program at least once each calendar year. The interval between the date offered to any employee for the training in a calendar year and the date offered in the subsequent calendar year shall be no more than 450 days and no less than 280 days.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall require each employee included in the hearing conservation program to complete the training at least once every 1095 days.
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad shall provide the training required by paragraph (a) of this section in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) For employees hired after February 26, 2007, within six months of the employee's first tour of duty in a position identified within the scope of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) For employees hired on or before February 26, 2007, by Class I, passenger, and commuter railroads, and railroads with 400,000 or more annual employee hours, by no later than February 26, 2009;
</P>
<P>(3) For employees hired on or before February 26, 2007, by railroads with fewer than 400,000 annual employee hours, by no later than February 26, 2010.
</P>
<P>(c) The training program shall include and the training materials shall reflect, at a minimum, information on all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The effects of noise on hearing;
</P>
<P>(2) The purpose of hearing protectors;
</P>
<P>(3) The advantages, disadvantages, and attenuation of various types of hearing protectors;
</P>
<P>(4) Instructions on selection, fitting, use, and care of hearing protectors;
</P>
<P>(5) The purpose of audiometric testing, and an explanation of the test procedures;
</P>
<P>(6) An explanation of noise operational controls, where used;
</P>
<P>(7) General information concerning the expected range of workplace noise exposure levels associated with major categories of railroad equipment and operations (<I>e.g.</I>, switching and road assignments, hump yards near retarders, etc.) and appropriate reference to requirements of the railroad concerning use of hearing protectors;
</P>
<P>(8) The purpose of noise monitoring and a general description of monitoring procedures;
</P>
<P>(9) The availability of a copy of this part, an explanation of the requirements of this part as they affect the responsibilities of employees, and employees' rights to access records under this part;
</P>
<P>(10) How to determine what can trigger an excessive noise report, pursuant to § 229.121(b); and
</P>
<P>(11) How to file an excessive noise report, pursuant to § 229.121(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 63123, Oct. 27, 2006, as amended at 89 FR 5132, Jan. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.121" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.2.15.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.121   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements</I>—(1) <I>Availability of records.</I> Each railroad required to maintain and retain records under this part shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Make all records available for inspection and copying/photocopying to representatives of the FRA, upon request;
</P>
<P>(ii) Make an employee's records available for inspection and copying/photocopying to that employee, former employee, or such person's representative upon written authorization by such employee;
</P>
<P>(iii) Make exposure measurement records for a given run or yard available for inspection and copying/photocopying to all employees who were present in the locomotive cab during the given run and/or who work in the same yard; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Make exposure measurement records for specific locations available to regional or national labor representatives, upon request. These reports shall not contain identifying information of an employee unless an employee authorizes the release of such information in writing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Electronic records.</I> All records required by this part may be kept in electronic form by the railroad. A railroad may maintain and transfer records through electronic transmission, storage, and retrieval provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The electronic system be designed so that the integrity of each record is maintained through appropriate levels of security such as recognition of an electronic signature, or other means, which uniquely identify the initiating person as the author of that record. No two persons shall have the same electronic identity;
</P>
<P>(ii) The electronic system shall ensure that each record cannot be modified in any way, or replaced, once the record is transmitted and stored;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any amendment to a record shall be electronically stored apart from the record which it amends. Each amendment to a record shall be uniquely identified as to the person making the amendment;
</P>
<P>(iv) The electronic system shall provide for the maintenance of records as originally submitted without corruption or loss of data; and
</P>
<P>(v) Paper copies of electronic records and amendments to those records, that may be necessary to document compliance with this part shall be made available for inspection and copying/photocopying by representatives of the FRA.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Transfer of records.</I> If a railroad ceases to do business, it shall transfer to the successor employer all records required to be maintained under this subpart, and the successor employer shall retain them for the remainder of the period prescribed in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exposure measurements records.</I> The railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain an accurate record of all employee exposure measurements required by § 227.103; and
</P>
<P>(2) Retain these records for the duration of the covered employee's employment plus thirty years.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Audiometric test records.</I> The railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain employee audiometric test records required by § 227.109, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The name and job classification of the employee;
</P>
<P>(ii) The date of the audiogram;
</P>
<P>(iii) The examiner's name;
</P>
<P>(iv) The date of the last acoustic or exhaustive calibration of the audiometer;
</P>
<P>(v) Accurate records of the measurements of the background sound pressure levels in audiometric test rooms;
</P>
<P>(vi) The model and serial number of the audiometer used for testing; and
</P>
<P>(2) Retain the records required by § 227.107 for the duration of the covered employee's employment plus thirty years.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Positions and persons designated records.</I> The railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain a record of all positions or persons or both designated by the railroad to be placed in a Hearing Conservation Program pursuant to § 227.107; and
</P>
<P>(2) Retain these records for the duration of the designation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Training program materials records.</I> The railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain copies of all training program materials used to comply with § 227.119(c) and a record of employees trained; and
</P>
<P>(2) Retain these copies and records for three years.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Standard threshold shift records.</I> The railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain a record of all employees who have been found to have experienced a standard threshold shift within the prior calendar year and include all of the following information for each employee on the record:
</P>
<P>(i) Date of the employee's baseline audiogram;
</P>
<P>(ii) Date of the employee's most recent audiogram;
</P>
<P>(iii) Date of the establishment of a standard threshold shift;
</P>
<P>(iv) The employee's job code; and
</P>
<P>(v) An indication of how many standard threshold shifts the employee has experienced in the past, if any; and
</P>
<P>(2) Retain these records for five years.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Emergency Escape Breathing Apparatus Standards</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 5132, Jan. 26, 2024, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 227.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.3.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.201   Criteria for requiring availability of EEBAs in the locomotive cab.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> (1)(i) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, a railroad is required to provide an EEBA to each of the following of its employees while the employee is located in the cab of a locomotive of an in-service freight train transporting a PIH material, including a residue of a PIH material:
</P>
<P>(A) Any train employee;
</P>
<P>(B) Any direct supervisor of the train employee;
</P>
<P>(C) Any employee who is deadheading; and
</P>
<P>(D) Any other employee designated by the railroad in writing and at the discretion of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each EEBA provided to an employee identified in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section must meet the EEBA-selection criteria of § 227.203 and must have been inspected and be in working order pursuant to the requirements of § 227.207 at the time that the EEBA is provided to the employee.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, a railroad shall not use a locomotive to transport a PIH material, including a residue of a PIH material, in an in-service freight train unless each of the employees identified in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section while occupying a locomotive cab of the train has access to an EEBA that satisfies the EEBA selection criteria in § 227.203 and that has been inspected and is in working order pursuant to the requirements in § 227.207.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) A railroad is not required to provide an EEBA, or make accessible an EEBA, to an employee while in the locomotive cab of an in-service freight train transporting a PIH material if all of the PIH materials in the train, including a residue of a PIH material, are being transported in one or more intermodal containers.
</P>
<P>(2) This subpart does not apply to any of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Employees who are moving a locomotive or group of locomotives coupled to a car or group of cars transporting a PIH material, including a residue of a PIH material, only within the confines of a locomotive repair or servicing area.
</P>
<P>(ii) Employees who are moving a locomotive or group of locomotives coupled to a car or group of cars transporting a PIH material, including a residue of a PIH material for distances of less than 100 feet for inspection or maintenance purposes.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Employee misconduct.</I> Notwithstanding any exceptions identified in this subpart, any employee who willfully tampers with or vandalizes an EEBA shall be subject to this subpart for purposes of enforcement relating to § 227.213.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.3.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.203   Criteria for selecting EEBAs.</HEAD>
<P>In selecting the appropriate EEBA to provide to an employee, the railroad shall do the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Select an atmosphere-supplying EEBA that protects against all PIH materials (including their residue) that are being transported by the freight train while in service.
</P>
<P>(b) Ensure that the type of respirator selected meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section regarding minimum breathing capacity and is—
</P>
<P>(1) Certified for an escape only purpose by NIOSH pursuant to 42 CFR part 84; or
</P>
<P>(2) Declared by the manufacturer, based on verifiable testing by the manufacturer or an independent third party, to meet the criteria established by one of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) ISO 23269-1:2008 (incorporated by reference, see § 227.219);
</P>
<P>(ii) BS EN 13794:2002 (incorporated by reference, see § 227.219); or
</P>
<P>(iii) BS EN 1146:2005 (incorporated by reference, see § 227.219).
</P>
<P>(c) Document, and provide such documentation for inspection by FRA upon request, the rationale for the final selection of an EEBA by addressing each of the following concerns:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Breathing time.</I> Each EEBA must be fully charged and contain a minimum breathing capacity of 15 minutes at the time of the pre-trip inspection required under § 227.207(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Head and neck protection.</I> The EEBA selected must provide a means of protecting the individual's head and neck from the irritating effects of PIH materials to facilitate escape.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Accommodation for eyeglasses and a range of facial features.</I> The EEBA selected must provide a means of protecting each employee who is required to be provided with the EEBA, including those who wear glasses, and allow for the reasonable accommodation of each such employee's facial features, including facial hair.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.3.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.205   Storage facilities for EEBAs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad may not use a locomotive if it is part of an in-service freight train transporting a PIH material, including a residue of a PIH material, and the locomotive cab is occupied by an employee identified in § 227.201(a)(1)(i)(A) through (D) (subject employee), unless the locomotive cab has appropriate storage facilities to hold the number of EEBAs required to be provided.
</P>
<P>(b) The storage facility for each required EEBA must—
</P>
<P>(1) Prevent deformation of the face piece and exhalation valve, where applicable;
</P>
<P>(2) Protect the EEBA from incidental damage, contamination, dust, sunlight, extreme temperatures, excessive moisture, and damaging chemicals;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide each subject employee located in the locomotive cab with ready access to the EEBA during an emergency; and
</P>
<P>(4) Provide a means for each subject employee to locate the EEBA under adverse conditions such as darkness or disorientation.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad must comply with the applicable manufacturer's instructions for storage of each required EEBA and must keep a copy of the instructions at its system headquarters for FRA inspection.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.3.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.207   Railroad's program for inspection, maintenance, and replacement of EEBAs; requirements for procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each railroad shall establish and comply with a written program for inspection, maintenance, and replacement of EEBAs that are required under this subpart. The program for inspection, maintenance, and replacement of EEBAs shall be maintained at the railroad's system headquarters and shall be amended, as necessary, to reflect any significant changes. This program shall include the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) Procedures for performing and recording a pre-trip inspection of each EEBA that is required to be provided on a locomotive being used to transport a PIH material and procedures for cleaning, replacing, or repairing each required EEBA, if necessary, prior to its being provided under § 227.201(a);
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures for performing and recording periodic inspections and maintenance of each required EEBA in a manner and on a schedule in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Procedures for turning in and obtaining a replacement for a defective, failed, or used EEBA and for recording those transactions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inspection procedures and records.</I> (1) A railroad's procedures for pre-trip and periodic inspections of EEBAs shall require that the following information about each pre-trip and periodic inspection be accurately recorded on a tag or label that is attached to the storage facility for the EEBA or kept with the EEBA or in inspection reports stored as paper or electronic files:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the railroad performing the inspection;
</P>
<P>(ii) The date that the inspection was performed;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name and signature of the individual who made the inspection;
</P>
<P>(iv) The findings of the inspection;
</P>
<P>(v) The required remedial action; and
</P>
<P>(vi) A serial number or other means of identifying the inspected EEBA.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad shall maintain an accurate record of each pre-trip and periodic inspection required by this section. Pre-trip inspection records shall be retained for a period of 92 days. Periodic inspection records shall be retained for a period of one year.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedures applicable if EEBA fails an inspection or is used.</I> An EEBA that fails an inspection required by this section, is otherwise found to be defective, or is used, shall be removed from service and be discarded or repaired, adjusted, or cleaned in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) Repair, adjustment, and cleaning of EEBAs shall be done only by persons who are appropriately trained to perform such work and who shall use only the EEBA manufacturer's approved parts designed to maintain the EEBA in compliance with one of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) NIOSH at 42 CFR part 84;
</P>
<P>(ii) ISO 23269-1:2008 (incorporated by reference, see § 227.219);
</P>
<P>(iii) BS EN 1146:2005 (incorporated by reference, see § 227.219); or
</P>
<P>(iv) BS EN 13794:2002 (incorporated by reference, see § 227.219).
</P>
<P>(2) Repairs shall be made according to the manufacturer's recommendations and specifications for the type and extent of repairs to be performed.
</P>
<P>(3) Where applicable, reducing and admission valves, regulators, and alarms shall be adjusted or repaired only by the manufacturer or a technician trained by the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(4) An EEBA may not be returned to service unless it meets the requirements in § 227.203.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Records of returns, maintenance, repair, and replacement.</I> A railroad shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain an accurate record of return, maintenance, repair, or replacement for each EEBA required by this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(2) Retain each of these records for three years.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.3.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.209   Railroad's program of instruction on EEBAs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) A railroad shall adopt and comply with its written program of instruction on EEBAs for all of its employees in its general EEBA program under § 227.211 (subject employees). The program of instruction shall be maintained at the railroad's system headquarters and shall be amended, as necessary, to reflect any significant changes.
</P>
<P>(2) This program may be integrated with the railroad's program of instruction on operating rules under § 217.11 of this chapter or its program of instruction for hazmat employees under § 172.704 of this title. If the program is not integrated with either of these programs, it must be written in a separate document that is available for inspection by FRA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Subject matter.</I> The railroad's program of instruction shall require that the subject employees demonstrate knowledge of at least the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Why the EEBA is necessary and how improper fit, usage, or maintenance can compromise the protective effect of the EEBA.
</P>
<P>(2) The capabilities and limitations of the EEBA, particularly the limited time for use.
</P>
<P>(3) How to use the EEBA effectively in emergency situations, including situations in which the EEBA malfunctions.
</P>
<P>(4) How to inspect, put on, remove, and use the EEBA, and how to check the seals of the EEBA.
</P>
<P>(5) Procedures for maintenance and storage of the EEBA that must be followed.
</P>
<P>(6) The requirements of this subpart related to the responsibilities of employees and the rights of employees to have access to records.
</P>
<P>(7) The hazardous materials classified as PIH materials.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dates of initial instruction and intervals for periodic instruction.</I> (1) The instruction for current subject employees shall be provided on an initial basis no later than 30 days prior to the date of compliance identified in § 227.217. Initial instruction of new subject employees shall occur either 30 days prior to the date of compliance identified in § 227.217 or before assignment to jobs where the deployment of EEBAs on a locomotive is required, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(2) Initial instruction shall be supplemented with periodic instruction at least once every three years.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Records of instruction.</I> A railroad shall maintain a record of employees provided instruction in compliance with this section and retain these records for three years.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.211" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.3.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.211   Requirement to implement a general EEBA program; criteria for placing employees in the general EEBA program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A railroad shall adopt and comply with a comprehensive, written, general program to implement this subpart that shall be maintained at the railroad's system headquarters. Each railroad shall amend its general EEBA program, as necessary, to reflect any significant changes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Elements of the general EEBA program and criteria for placing employees in program.</I> A railroad's general EEBA program shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the individual who implements and manages the railroad's general EEBA program by title. The individual must have suitable training and sufficient knowledge, experience, skill, and authority to enable him or her to manage properly a program for provision of EEBAs. If the individual is not directly employed by the railroad, the written program must identify the business relationship of the railroad to the individual fulfilling this role.
</P>
<P>(2) Describe the administrative and technical process for selection of EEBAs appropriate to the hazards that may be reasonably expected.
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the process used to procure and provide EEBAs in a manner to ensure the continuous and ready availability of an EEBA to each of the railroad's employees identified in § 227.201(a)(1)(i)(A) through (D) (while actually occupying the locomotive cab of a freight train in service transporting a PIH material). This description shall include—
</P>
<P>(i) A description of the method used for provision of EEBAs, including whether the EEBAs are individually assigned to employees, installed on locomotives as required equipment, or provided by other means. If EEBAs are installed on locomotives as required equipment, the means of securement shall be designated.
</P>
<P>(ii) The decision criteria used by the railroad to identify trains in which provision of EEBAs is not required.
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of what procedures will govern the railroad at interchange to ensure that the locomotive cab in each in-service freight train transporting a PIH material has an EEBA accessible to each of the employees identified in § 227.201(a)(1)(i)(A) through (D) while in the cab of the locomotive, including what procedures are in place to ensure that the EEBAs provided satisfy the EEBA-selection criteria in § 227.203, satisfy the EEBA-storage criteria in § 227.205, and have been inspected and are in working order pursuant to the requirements in § 227.207.
</P>
<P>(4) Ensure that each of the following employees, except those excluded by § 227.201(b), whose duties require regular work in the locomotive cabs of in-service freight trains transporting a PIH material, including a residue of a PIH material, has the required EEBA available when they occupy the cab of such a train and know how to use the EEBA:
</P>
<P>(i) Employees who perform service subject to 49 U.S.C. 21103 (train employees) on such trains;
</P>
<P>(ii) Direct supervisors of train employees on such trains;
</P>
<P>(iii) Deadheading employees on such trains; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other employees designated by the railroad in writing and at the discretion of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Records of positions or individuals or both in the railroad's general EEBA program.</I> A railroad shall maintain a record of all positions or individuals, or both, who are designated by the railroad to be placed in its general EEBA program pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section. The railroad shall retain these records for the duration of the designation and for one year thereafter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Consolidated programs.</I> A group of two or more commonly controlled railroads subject to this subpart may request in writing that the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer (Associate Administrator) treat them as a single railroad for purposes of adopting and complying with the general EEBA program required by this section. The request must list the parent corporation that controls the group of railroads and demonstrate that the railroads operate in the United States as a single, integrated rail system. The Associate Administrator will notify the railroads of his or her decision in writing.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.3.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.213   Employee's responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An employee to whom the railroad provides an EEBA shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Participate in training under § 227.209;
</P>
<P>(2) Follow railroad procedures to ensure that the railroad's EEBAs—
</P>
<P>(i) Are maintained in a secure and accessible manner;
</P>
<P>(ii) Are inspected as required by this subpart and the railroad's program of inspection; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If found to be unserviceable upon inspection, are turned in to the appropriate railroad facility for repair, periodic maintenance, or replacement; and
</P>
<P>(3) Notify the railroad of EEBA failures and of use incidents in a timely manner.
</P>
<P>(b) No employee shall willfully tamper with or vandalize an EEBA that is provided pursuant to § 227.201(a) in an attempt to disable or damage the EEBA.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.3.15.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.215   Recordkeeping in general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability of records.</I> (1) A railroad shall make all records required by this subpart available for inspection and copying or photocopying to representatives of FRA, upon request.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for records of pre-trip inspections of EEBAs under § 227.207, records required to be retained under this subpart must be kept at the system headquarters and at each division headquarters where the tests and inspections are conducted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic records.</I> All records required by this subpart may be kept in electronic form by the railroad. A railroad may maintain and transfer records through electronic transmission, storage, and retrieval provided that all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The electronic system is designed so that the integrity of each record is maintained through appropriate levels of security such as recognition of an electronic signature, or other means, which uniquely identify the initiating person as the author of that record. No two persons have the same electronic identity.
</P>
<P>(2) The electronic system ensures that each record cannot be modified in any way, or replaced, once the record is transmitted and stored.
</P>
<P>(3) Any amendment to a record is electronically stored apart from the record that it amends. Each amendment to a record is uniquely identified as to the individual making the amendment.
</P>
<P>(4) The electronic system provides for the maintenance of records as originally submitted without corruption or loss of data.
</P>
<P>(5) Paper copies of electronic records and amendments to those records that may be necessary to document compliance with this subpart are made available for inspection and copying or photocopying by representatives of FRA.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.217" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.3.15.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.217   Compliance dates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Class I railroads subject to this subpart are required to comply with this subpart beginning no later than 12 months from March 26, 2025.
</P>
<P>(b) Class II railroads subject to this subpart are required to comply with this subpart beginning no later than 12 months from March 26, 2025.
</P>
<P>(c) Class III railroads subject to this subpart and any other railroads subject to this subpart are required to comply with this subpart beginning no later than 18 months from March 26, 2025.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 38075, Aug. 7, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 227.219" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.3.15.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 227.219   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. This incorporation by reference (IBR) material is available for inspection at the FRA and the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Contact FRA at: Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590; phone: (202) 493-6052; email: <I>FRALegal@dot.gov</I>. For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</I> or email <I>fr.inspection@nara.gov.</I> The material may be obtained from the following sources:
</P>
<P>(a) The British Standards Institution, 12110 Sunset Hills Road, Suite 200, Reston, VA 20190-5902, phone: 800-862-4977; website: <I>shop.bsigroup.com.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) BS EN 1146:2005, Respiratory protective devices—Self-contained, open-circuit compressed air breathing apparatus incorporating a hood for escape—requirements, testing, marking; February 2, 2006; into §§ 227.203(b) and 227.207(c).
</P>
<P>(2) BS EN 13794:2002, Respiratory protective devices—Self-contained, closed-circuit breathing apparatus for escape—requirements, testing, marking, November 26, 2002; into §§ 227.203(b) and 227.207(c).
</P>
<P>(b) International Organization for Standardization, Chemin de Blandonnet 8, CP 401, 1214 Vernier, Geneva, Switzerland; phone +41-22-749-08-88; website: <I>www.iso.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ISO 23269-1:2008(E), Ships and marine technology—Breathing apparatus for ships—Part 1: Emergency escape breathing devices (EEBD) for shipboard use, First Edition, February 1, 2008; into §§ 227.203(b) and 227.207(c).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.5.15.1.40" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 227—Noise Exposure Computation
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix is mandatory.
</P>
<HD1>I. Computation of Employee Noise Exposure
</HD1>
<P>A. Noise dose is computed using Table A-1 as follows:
</P>
<P>1. When the sound level, L, is constant over the entire work day, the noise dose, D, in percent, is given by: D = 100 C/T, where C is the total length of the work day, in hours, and T is the duration permitted corresponding to the measured sound level, L, as given in Table A-1.
</P>
<P>2. When the work day noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise at different levels, the total noise dose over the work day is given by:
</P>
<FP>D = 100 (C1/T1 + C2/T2 + . . . + Cn/Tn), where Cn indicates the total time of exposure at a specific noise level, and Tn indicates the duration permitted for that level as given by Table A-1.
</FP>
<P>B. The eight-hour TWA in dB may be computed from the dose, in percent, by means of the formula: TWA = 16.61 log10 (D/100) + 90. For an eight-hour work day with the noise level constant over the entire day, the TWA is equal to the measured sound level.
</P>
<P>C. Exposure to impulsive or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB peak sound pressure level.
</P>
<P>D. Any time that an employee spends deadheading shall be included in the calculation of the noise dose.
</P>
<P>E. A table relating dose and TWA is given in Section II of this Appendix.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A-1 
<sup>1</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A-weighted sound level, L
<br/>(decibel)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Duration
<br/>permitted
<br/>T
<br/>(hour)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">102</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">108</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">112</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">114</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">116</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.22</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">117</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.19</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">118</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.16</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">119</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.14</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">120</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.125</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">121</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.11</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">122</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.095</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">123</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.082</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">124</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.072</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">125</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.063</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">126</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.054</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">127</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.047</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">128</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.041</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">129</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.036</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">130</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.031</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">140</E></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="03">0.078</E>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Numbers above 115 dB(A) are italicized to indicate that they are noise levels that are not permitted. The italicized numbers are included only because they are sometimes necessary for the computation of noise dose.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>In the above table the duration permitted, T, is computed by 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="28" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er27oc06.004.gif"/></MATH>
<FP-1>where L is the measured A-weighted sound level.
</FP-1>
<HD1>II. Conversion Between “Dose” and “8-Hour Time-Weighted Average” Sound Level
</HD1>
<P>A. Compliance with subpart B of part 227 is determined by the amount of exposure to noise in the workplace. The amount of such exposure is usually measured with a dosimeter which gives a readout in terms of “dose.” In order to better understand the requirements of the regulation, dosimeter readings can be converted to an “8-hour TWA.”
</P>
<P>B. In order to convert the reading of a dosimeter into TWA, see Table A-2, below. This table applies to dosimeters that are set by the manufacturer to calculate dose or percent exposure according to the relationships in Table A-1. So, for example, a dose of 91 percent over an eight-hour day results in a TWA of 89.3 dB, and a dose of 50 percent corresponds to a TWA of 85 dB.
</P>
<P>C. If the dose as read on the dosimeter is less than or greater than the values found in Table A-2, the TWA may be calculated by using the formula: TWA = 16.61 log10 (D/100) + 90 where TWA = 8-hour time-weighted average sound level and D = accumulated dose in percent exposure.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A-2—Conversion From “Percent Noise Exposure” or “Dose” to “8-Hour Time-Weighted Average Sound Level” (TWA) 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dose or percent noise
<br/>exposure 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">TWA 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">98</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">102</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">107</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">108</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">112</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">114</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91.1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">116</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91.1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">117</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91.1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">118</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">119</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">135</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">140</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">145</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">155</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">160</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">170</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">175</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">185</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">190</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">195</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">210</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">260</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">280</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">290</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">310</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">320</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">330</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">340</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">98.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">370</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">380</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">390</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">410</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">420</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">430</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">440</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">460</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">470</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">480</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">490</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">510</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">520</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">530</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">540</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">550</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">560</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">570</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">580</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">590</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">610</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">620</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">630</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">640</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">650</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">660</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">670</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">680</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">690</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">700</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">710</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">720</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">730</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">740</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">750</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">760</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">770</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">780</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">790</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">810</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">820</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">830</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">840</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">850</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">860</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">870</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">880</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">890</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">910</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">920</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.0 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">930</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">940</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">950</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">960</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">990</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106.6</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.5.15.1.41" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 227—Methods for Estimating the Adequacy of Hearing Protector Attenuation
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix is mandatory.
</P>
<P>Employers must select one of the following three methods by which to estimate the adequacy of hearing protector attenuation.
</P>
<HD1>I. Derate by Type
</HD1>
<P>Derate the hearing protector attenuation by type using the following requirements:
</P>
<P>A. Subtract 7 dB from the published Noise Reduction Rating (NRR).
</P>
<P>B. Reduce the resulting amount by:
</P>
<P>1. 20% for earmuffs,
</P>
<P>2. 40% for form-able earplugs, or
</P>
<P>3. 60% for all other earplugs.
</P>
<P>C. Subtract the remaining amount from the A-weighted TWA. You will have the estimated A-weighted TWA for that hearing protector.
</P>
<HD1>II. Method B From ANSI S12.6-1997 (Reaffirmed 2002)
</HD1>
<P>Use Method B, which is found in ANSI S12.6-1997 (Reaffirmed 2002) “Methods for Measuring the Real-Ear Attenuation of Hearing Protectors.” The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of this standard in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated standard from the American National Standards Institute at 1819 L Street, NW., Washington, DC 20036, or <I>http://www.ansi.org.</I> You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standard at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Room, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I> 
</P>
<HD1>III. Objective Measurement
</HD1>
<P>Use actual measurements of the level of noise exposure (as an A-weighted SLOW response dose) inside the hearing protector when the employee wears the hearing protector in the actual work environment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 63123, Oct. 27, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.5.15.1.42" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 227—Audiometric Baseline Revision
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix is mandatory beginning on February 26, 2009.
</P>
<HD1>I. General
</HD1>
<P>A. A professional reviewer (audiologist, otolaryngologist, or physician) shall use these procedures when revising baseline audiograms.
</P>
<P>B. Although these procedures can be programmed by a computer to identify records for potential revision, the final decision for revision rests with a human being. Because the goal of the guidelines is to foster consistency among different professional reviewers, human override of the guidelines must be justified by specific concrete reasons.
</P>
<P>C. These procedures do not apply to: The identification of standard threshold shifts (STS) other than an FRA STS 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> or to the calculation of the 25-dB average shifts that are reportable on the Form FRA F 6180.55a.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> OSHA and FRA use the same definition for Standard Threshold Shift (STS). FRA's definition is located in § 227.5. OSHA's definition is located in 29 CFR 1910.95(g)(10)(i).</P></FTNT>
<P>D. Initially, the baseline is the latest audiogram obtained before entry into the hearing conservation program. If no appropriate pre-entry audiogram exists, the baseline is the first audiogram obtained after entry into the hearing conservation program. Each subsequent audiogram is reviewed to detect improvement in the average (average of thresholds at 2, 3, and 4 kHz) and to detect an FRA STS. The two ears are examined separately and independently for improvement and for worsening. If one ear meets the criteria for revision of baseline, then the baseline is revised for that ear only. Therefore, if the two ears show different hearing trends, the baseline for the left ear may be from one test date, while the baseline for the right ear may be from a different test date.
</P>
<P>E. Age corrections do not apply in considering revisions for improvement (Rule 1). The FRA-allowed age corrections from appendix F of Part 227 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> may be used, if desired, before considering revision for persistent STS. Rule 2 operates in the same way, whether age corrections are used or not.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> FRA and OSHA use the same age-correction provisions. FRA's is found in appendix F of part 227 and OSHA's in appendix F of 29 CFR 1910.95.</P></FTNT>
<HD1>II. Rule 1: Revision for Persistent Improvement
</HD1>
<P>If the average of the thresholds for 2, 3, and 4 kHz for either ear shows an improvement of 5 dB or more from the baseline value, and the improvement is present on one test and persistent on the next test, then the record should be identified for review by the audiologist, otolaryngologist, or physician for potential revision of the baseline for persistent improvement. The baseline for that ear should be revised to the test which shows the lower (more sensitive) value for the average of thresholds at 2, 3, and 4 kHz unless the audiologist, otolaryngologist, or physician determines and documents specific reasons for not revising. If the values of the three-frequency average are identical for the two tests, then the earlier test becomes the revised baseline.
</P>
<HD1>III. Rule 2: Revision for Persistent Standard Threshold Shift
</HD1>
<P>A. If the average of thresholds for 2, 3, and 4 kHz for either ear shows a worsening of 10 dB or more from the baseline value, and the STS persists on the next periodic test (or the next test given at least 6 months later), then the record should be identified for review by the audiologist, otolaryngologist, or physician for potential revision of the baseline for persistent worsening. Unless the audiologist, otolaryngologist, or physician determines and documents specific reasons for not revising, the baseline for that ear should be revised to the test which shows the lower (more sensitive) value for the average of thresholds at 2, 3, and 4 kHz. If both tests show the same numerical value for the average of 2, 3, and 4 kHz, then the audiologist, otolaryngologist, or physician should revise the baseline to the earlier of the two tests, unless the later test shows better (more sensitive) thresholds for other test frequencies.
</P>
<P>B. Following an STS, a retest within 90 days of the periodic test may be substituted for the periodic test if the retest shows better (more sensitive) results for the average threshold at 2, 3, and 4 kHz.
</P>
<P>C. If the retest is used in place of the periodic test, then the periodic test is retained in the record, but it is marked in such a way that it is no longer considered in baseline revision evaluations. If a retest within 90 days of periodic test confirms an FRA STS shown on the periodic test, the baseline will not be revised at that point because the required six-month interval between tests showing STS persistence has not been met. The purpose of the six-month requirement is to prevent premature baseline revision when STS is the result of temporary medical conditions affecting hearing.
</P>
<P>D. Although a special retest after six months could be given, if desired, to assess whether the STS is persistent, in most cases, the next annual audiogram would be used to evaluate persistence of the STS.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.5.15.1.43" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 227—Audiometric Test Rooms
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix is mandatory.
</P>
<P>A. Rooms used for audiometric testing shall not have background sound pressure levels exceeding those in Table D-1 when measured by equipment conforming at least to the Type 2 requirements of ANSI S1.4-1983 (Reaffirmed 2001) and to the Class 2 requirements of ANSI S1.11-2004, “Specification for Octave-Band and Fractional-Octave-Band Analog and Digital Filters.”
</P>
<P>B. The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of ANSI S1.4-1983 (Reaffirmed 2001) and S.1.11-2004 in this section in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated standard from the American National Standards Institute at 1819 L Street, NW., Washington, DC 20036 or <I>http://www.ansi.org.</I> You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standard at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Room, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I> 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table D-1—Maximum Allowable Octave-Band Sound Pressure Levels for Audiometric Test Rooms 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Octave-band center frequency (Hz) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">500 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">8000 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sound pressure levels—supra-aural earphones</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sound pressure levels—insert earphones</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 63123, Oct. 27, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.5.15.1.44" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 227—Use of Insert Earphones for Audiometric Testing
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix is mandatory.
</P>
<P>Section 227.111(d) allows railroads to use insert earphones for audiometric testing. Railroads are not required to use insert earphones, however, where they elect to use insert earphones, they must comply with the requirements of this appendix.
</P>
<HD1>I. Acceptable Fit
</HD1>
<P>A. The audiologist, otolaryngologist, or other physician responsible for conducting the audiometric testing, shall identify ear canals that prevent achievement of an acceptable fit with insert earphones, or shall assure that any technician under his/her authority who conducts audiometric testing with insert earphones has the ability to identify such ear canals.
</P>
<P>B. Technicians who conduct audiometric tests must be trained to insert the earphones correctly into the ear canals of test subjects and to recognize conditions where ear canal size prevents achievement of an acceptable insertion depth (fit).
</P>
<P>C. Insert earphones shall not be used for audiometric testing of employees with ear canal sizes that prevent achievement of an acceptable insertion depth (fit).
</P>
<HD1>II. Proper Use
</HD1>
<P>The manufacturer's guidelines for proper use of insert earphones must be followed.
</P>
<HD1>III. Audiometer Calibration
</HD1>
<P>A. Audiometers used with insert earphones must be calibrated in accordance with ANSI S3.6-2004, “Specification for Audiometers.” The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of this standard in this section in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated standard from the American National Standards Institute at 1819 L Street, NW., Washington, DC 20036 or <I>http://www.ansi.org.</I> You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standard at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Room, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>B. Audiometers used with insert earphones must be calibrated using one of the couplers listed in Table 7 of ANSI S3.6-2004.
</P>
<P>C. The acoustical calibration shall be conducted annually.
</P>
<P>D. The functional calibration must be conducted before each day's use of the audiometer.
</P>
<HD1>IV. Background Noise Levels
</HD1>
<P>Testing shall be conducted in a room where the background ambient noise octave-band sound pressures levels meet appendix D to this part.
</P>
<HD1>V. Conversion From Supra Aural Earphones
</HD1>
<P>At the time of conversion from supra-aural to insert earphones, testing must be performed with both types of earphones.
</P>
<P>A. The test subject must have a quiet period of at least 14 hours before testing. Hearing protectors may be used as a substitute for the quiet period.
</P>
<P>B. The supra-aural earphone audiogram shall be compared to the baseline audiogram, or the revised baseline audiogram if appropriate, to check for a Standard Threshold Shift (STS). In accordance with § 227.109(f)(2), if the audiogram shows an STS, retesting with supra-aural earphones must be performed within 90 days. If the resulting audiogram confirms the STS, then it is adopted as the current test instead of the prior one.
</P>
<P>C. If retesting with supra-aural earphones is performed, then retesting with insert earphones must be performed at that time to establish the baseline for future audiometric tests using the insert earphones.
</P>
<HD1>VI. Revised Baseline Audiograms
</HD1>
<P>A. If an STS is confirmed by the re-test with supra-aural earphones, the audiogram may become the revised baseline audiogram per the requirements of § 227.109(i) for all future hearing tests with supra-aural earphones. The insert-earphone audiogram will become the new reference baseline audiogram for all future hearing tests performed with insert earphones.
</P>
<P>B. If an STS is not indicated by the test with supra-aural earphones, the baseline audiogram remains the reference baseline audiogram for all future supra-aural earphone tests, until such time as an STS is observed. In this case, the insert-earphone audiogram taken at the same time will become the new reference baseline audiogram for all future hearing tests performed with insert earphones.
</P>
<P>C. Transitioning Employees with Partial Shifts. Employers must account for the workers who are in the process of developing an STS (e.g., demonstrate a 7 dB average shift), but who at the time of the conversion to insert earphones do not have a 10 dB average shift. Employers who want to use insert earphones must enter the 7 dB shift information in the employee's audiometric test records although it is not an “STS”. When the next annual audiogram using insert earphones shows an average threshold shift at 2000, 3000 and 4000 Hz of 3 dB, completing the full shift (7 dB + 3 dB), employers must then label that average shift as an STS. This triggers the follow-up procedures at § 227.109(h).
</P>
<HD1>VII. Records
</HD1>
<P>All audiograms (including both those produced through the use of insert earphones and supra-aural headsets), calculations, pure-tone individual and average threshold shifts, full STS migrations, and audiometric acoustical calibration records, are to be preserved as records and maintained according to § 227.121(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 63123, Oct. 27, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.21.5.15.1.45" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 227—Calculations and Application of Age Corrections to Audiograms
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix is non-mandatory.
</P>
<P>In determining whether a standard threshold shift (STS) has occurred, allowance may be made for the contribution of aging to the change in hearing level by adjusting the most recent audiogram. If the employer chooses to adjust the audiogram, the employer shall follow the procedure described below. This procedure and the age correction tables were developed by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health in a criteria document. See “Criteria for a Recommended Standard: Occupational Exposure to Noise,” Department of Health and Human Services (NIOSH) Publication No. 98-126. For each audiometric test frequency:
</P>
<P>I. Determine from Tables F-1 or F-2 the age correction values for the employee by:
</P>
<P>A. Finding the age at which the most recent audiogram was taken and recording the corresponding values of age corrections at 1000 Hz through 6000 Hz;
</P>
<P>B. Finding the age at which the baseline audiogram was taken and recording the corresponding values of age corrections at 1000 Hz through 6000 Hz.
</P>
<P>II. Subtract the values found in step (I)(B) from the value found in step (I)(A).
</P>
<P>III. The differences calculated in step (II) represented that portion of the change in hearing that may be due to aging.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Employee is a 32-year-old male. The audiometric history for his right ear is shown in decibels below.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Employee's age 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Audiometric test frequency
<br/>(Hz) 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6000 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">27*</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32*</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>a. The audiogram at age 27 is considered the baseline since it shows the best hearing threshold levels. Asterisks have been used to identify the baseline and most recent audiogram. A threshold shift of 20 dB exists at 4000 Hz between the audiograms taken at ages 27 and 32.
</P>
<P>b. (The threshold shift is computed by subtracting the hearing threshold at age 27, which was 5, from the hearing threshold at age 32, which is 25). A retest audiogram has confirmed this shift. The contribution of aging to this change in hearing may be estimated in the following manner:
</P>
<P>c. Go to Table F-1 and find the age correction values (in dB) for 4000 Hz at age 27 and age 32.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">  
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Frequency
<br/>(Hz) 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6000 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Age 32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Age 27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Difference</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>d. The difference represents the amount of hearing loss that may be attributed to aging in the time period between the baseline audiogram and the most recent audiogram. In this example, the difference at 4000 Hz is 3 dB. This value is subtracted from the hearing level at 4000 Hz, which in the most recent audiogram is 25, yielding 22 after adjustment. Then the hearing threshold in the baseline audiogram at 4000 Hz (5) is subtracted from the adjusted annual audiogram hearing threshold at 4000 Hz (22). Thus the age-corrected threshold shift would be 17 dB (as opposed to a threshold shift of 20 dB without age correction).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table F-1—Age Correction Values in Decibels for Males 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Years 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Audiometric test frequencies
<br/>(Hz) 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6000 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 or younger</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60 or older</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table F-2—Age Correction Values in Decibels for Females 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Years 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Audiometric test frequencies
<br/>(Hz) 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">3000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">4000 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">6000 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 or younger</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60 or older</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="228" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 228—PASSENGER TRAIN EMPLOYEE HOURS OF SERVICE; RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING; SLEEPING QUARTERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 103, 20103, 20107, 21101-21109; 49 U.S.C. 21301, 21303, 21304, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>37 FR 12234, June 21, 1972, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.1.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part—
</P>
<P>(a) Prescribes reporting and recordkeeping requirements with respect to the hours of service of certain railroad employees and certain employees of railroad contractors and subcontractors; 
</P>
<P>(b) Establishes standards and procedures concerning the construction or reconstruction of sleeping quarters;
</P>
<P>(c) Establishes minimum safety and health standards for camp cars provided by a railroad as sleeping quarters for its employees and individuals employed to maintain its rights of way; and
</P>
<P>(d) Prescribes substantive hours of service requirements for train employees engaged in commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 31012, July 19, 1978, as amended at 74 FR 25345, May 27, 2009; 76 FR 50396, Aug. 12, 2011; 76 FR 67087, Oct. 31, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.1.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.3   Application and responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, subparts B and D of this part apply to all railroads, all contractors for railroads, and all subcontractors for railroads. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, subparts C and E of this part apply only to all railroads.
</P>
<P>(b) Subparts B through E of this part do not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad, a contractor for a railroad, or a subcontractor for a railroad that operates only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation (<I>i.e.,</I> a plant railroad as defined in § 228.5);
</P>
<P>(2) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation as defined in § 228.5, except as provided in § 228.413(d)(2); or
</P>
<P>(3) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) The application of subpart F of this part is set forth in § 228.401.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 67087, Oct. 31, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.1.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Actual time</I> means either the specific time of day, to the hour and minute, or the precise amount of time spent in an activity, in hours and minutes, that must be included in the hours of duty record, including, where appropriate, reference to the applicable time zone and either standard time or daylight savings time.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or any person to whom the Administrator has delegated authority in the matter concerned.
</P>
<P><I>Administrative duties</I> means any activities required by the railroad as a condition of employment, related to reporting, recording, or providing an oral or written statement related to a current, previous, or future duty tour. Such activities are considered service for the railroad, and time spent in these activities must be included in the <I>total time on duty</I> for any <I>duty tour</I> with which it may commingle.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, Office of Railroad Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, or any person to whom he or she has delegated authority in the matter concerned.
</P>
<P><I>At the behest of the employee</I> refers to time spent by an employee in a railroad-related activity that is not required by the railroad as a condition of employment, in which the employee voluntarily participates.
</P>
<P><I>At the behest of the railroad</I> refers to time spent by an employee in a railroad-required activity that compels an employee to perform service for the railroad as a condition of employment.
</P>
<P><I>Automated recordkeeping system</I> means a recordkeeping system that—
</P>
<P>(1) An eligible smaller railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor to such a railroad, may use instead of a manual recordkeeping system or electronic recordkeeping system to create and maintain any records subpart B of this part requires; and
</P>
<P>(2) Conforms to the requirements of § 228.206.
</P>
<P><I>Broken (aggregate) service</I> means one or more periods of time on duty within a single <I>duty tour</I> separated by one or more qualifying interim releases.
</P>
<P><I>Call and release</I> occurs when an employing railroad issues an employee a <I>report-for-duty time,</I> and then releases the employee from the requirement to report prior to the <I>report-for-duty time.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Camp car</I> means a trailer and/or on-track vehicle, including an outfit, camp, bunk car, or modular home mounted on a flatcar, or any other mobile vehicle or mobile structure used to house or accommodate an employee or MOW worker. An office car, inspection car, specialized maintenance equipment, or wreck train is not included.
</P>
<P><I>Carrier</I>, <I>common carrier</I>, and <I>common carrier engaged in interstate or foreign commerce by railroad</I> mean <I>railroad.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Commingled service</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) For a train employee or a signal employee, any non-covered service at the behest of the railroad and performed for the railroad that is not separated from <I>covered service</I> by a qualifying statutory off-duty period of 8 or 10 hours or more. Such commingled service is counted as time on duty pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 21103(b)(3) (for train employees) or 49 U.S.C. 21104(b)(2) (for signal employees).
</P>
<P>(2) For a dispatching service employee, any non-covered service mandated by the railroad and performed for the railroad within any 24-hour period containing <I>covered service.</I> Such commingled service is counted as time on duty pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 21105(c).
</P>
<P><I>Commuting</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) For a train employee, the time spent in travel—
</P>
<P>(i) Between the employee's residence and the employee's <I>regular reporting point</I>, and
</P>
<P>(ii) In railroad-provided or authorized transportation to and from the lodging facility at the away-from-home terminal (excluding travel for purposes of an interim release), where such time (including travel delays and room availability) does not exceed 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>(2) For a signal employee, the time spent in travel between the employee's residence and the employee's <I>headquarters.</I>
</P>
<P>(3) For a dispatching service employee, the time spent in travel between the employee's residence and any reporting point.
</P>
<P><I>Consecutive service</I> is a period of unbroken <I>total time on duty</I> during a <I>duty tour.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Covered service</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) For a train employee, the portion of the employee's time on duty during which the employee is engaged in, or connected with, the movement of a train.
</P>
<P>(2) For a dispatching service employee, the portion of the employee's time on duty during which the employee, by the use of an electrical or mechanical device, dispatches, reports, transmits, receives, or delivers an order related to or affecting the movement of a train.
</P>
<P>(3) For a signal employee, the portion of the employee's time on duty during which the employee is engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining a signal system.
</P>
<P><I>Covered service assignment</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) For a train employee, each unique assignment of the employee during a period of <I>covered service</I> that is associated with either a specific train or a specific yard job.
</P>
<P>(2) For a signal employee, the assigned duty hours of the employee, including overtime, or unique trouble call assignments occurring outside the employee's assigned duty hours.
</P>
<P>(3) For a dispatching service employee, each unique assignment for the employee that occurs within any 24-hour period in which the employee, by the use of an electrical or mechanical device, dispatches, reports, transmits, receives, or delivers orders related to or affecting train movements.
</P>
<P><I>Deadheading</I> means the physical relocation of a train employee from one point to another as a result of a railroad-issued verbal or written directive.
</P>
<P><I>Designated terminal</I> means the home or away-from-home terminal for the assignment of a particular train crew.
</P>
<P><I>Dispatching service employee</I> means an operator, train dispatcher, or other train employee who by the use of an electrical or mechanical device dispatches, reports, transmits, receives, or delivers orders related to or affecting train movements.
</P>
<P><I>Duty location</I> for a signal employee is the employee's <I>headquarters</I> or the precise location where the employee is expected to begin performing service for the railroad as defined in 49 U.S.C. 21104(b)(1) and (2).
</P>
<P><I>Duty tour</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) The total of all periods of <I>covered service</I> and <I>commingled service</I> for a train employee or a signal employee occurring between two <I>statutory off-duty periods</I> (i.e., off-duty periods of a minimum of 8 or 10 hours); or
</P>
<P>(2) The total of all periods of <I>covered service</I> and <I>commingled service</I> for a dispatching service employee occurring in any 24-hour period.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic recordkeeping system</I> means a recordkeeping system that—
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad may use instead of a manual recordkeeping system or automated recordkeeping system to create and maintain any records required by subpart B of this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Conforms to the requirements of §§ 228.201-228.205.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic signature</I> means an electronic sound, symbol, or process that—
</P>
<P>(1) Is attached to, or logically associated with, a contract or other record;
</P>
<P>(2) Is executed or adopted by a person with the intent to sign the record, to create either an individual's unique digital signature, or unique digitized handwritten signature; and
</P>
<P>(3) Complies with the requirements of § 228.19(g) or § 228.206(a).
</P>
<P><I>Eligible smaller railroad</I> means either:
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad that reported to FRA that it had less than 400,000 employee hours during the preceding three consecutive calendar years under § 225.21(d) of this chapter on Form FRA 6180.55, Annual Railroad Reports of Employee Hours by State; or
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad operating less than 3 consecutive calendar years that reported to FRA that it had less than 400,000 employee hours during the current calendar year under § 225.21(d) of this chapter on Form FRA 6180.55, Annual Railroad Reports of Employee Hours by State.
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> means an individual employed by a railroad or a contractor or subcontractor to a railroad who—
</P>
<P>(1) Is actually engaged in or connected with the movement of any train, including a person who performs the duties of a hostler;
</P>
<P>(2) Dispatches, reports, transmits, receives, or delivers an order pertaining to a train movement by the use of telegraph, telephone, radio, or any other electrical or mechanical device; or
</P>
<P>(3) Is engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining a signal system.
</P>
<P><I>Final release</I> is the time that a train employee or a signal employee is released from all activities at the behest of the railroad and begins his or her <I>statutory off-duty period.</I>
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Headquarters</I> means the regular assigned on-duty location for signal employees, or the lodging facility or crew quarters where traveling signal gangs reside when working at various system locations.
</P>
<P><I>Interim release</I> means an off-duty period applied to train employees only, of at least 4 hours but less than the required <I>statutory off-duty period</I> at a <I>designated terminal,</I> which off-duty period temporarily suspends the accumulation of time on duty, but does not start a new <I>duty tour.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Limbo time</I> means a period of time treated as neither time on duty nor time off duty in 49 U.S.C. 21103 and 21104, and any other period of service for the railroad that does not qualify as either covered service or commingled service.
</P>
<P><I>MOW worker</I> means an individual employed to inspect, install, construct, repair, or maintain track, roadbed, bridges, buildings, roadway facilities, roadway maintenance machines, electric traction systems, and right of way of a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>On-duty time</I> means the actual time that an employee reports for duty to begin a <I>covered service assignment.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Other-than-regular reporting point</I> means any location where a train employee reports to begin or restart a <I>duty tour,</I> that is not the employee's <I>regular reporting point.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Plant railroad</I> means a plant or installation that owns or leases a locomotive, uses that locomotive to switch cars throughout the plant or installation, and is moving goods solely for use in the facility's own industrial processes. The plant or installation could include track immediately adjacent to the plant or installation if the plant railroad leases the track from the general system railroad and the lease provides for (and actual practice entails) the exclusive use of that trackage by the plant railroad and the general system railroad for purposes of moving only cars shipped to or from the plant. A plant or installation that operates a locomotive to switch or move cars for other entities, even if solely within the confines of the plant or installation, rather than for its own purposes or industrial processes, will not be considered a plant railroad because the performance of such activity makes the operation part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Prior time off</I> means the <I>amount of time</I> that an employee has been off duty between identifiable periods of service <I>at the behest of the railroad.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Program edits</I> are filters contained in the logic of an hours of service recordkeeping program that detect identifiable reporting errors made by a reporting employee at the time of data entry, and prevent the employee from submitting a record without first correcting or explaining any identified errors or anomalies.
</P>
<P><I>Quick tie-up</I> is a data entry process used only when an employee is within 3 minutes of, or is beyond, his or her statutory maximum on-duty period, which process allows an employee to enter only the basic information necessary for the railroad to identify the beginning of an employee's <I>statutory off-duty period,</I> to avoid the excess service that would otherwise be incurred in completing the full record for the <I>duty tour.</I> The information permitted in a quick tie-up process is limited to, at a maximum:
</P>
<P>(1) Board placement time;
</P>
<P>(2) Relieved location, date, and time;
</P>
<P>(3) Final release location, date, and time;
</P>
<P>(4) Contact information for the employee during the statutory off-duty period;
</P>
<P>(5) Request for rest in addition to the statutory minimum, if provided by collective bargaining agreement or local practice;
</P>
<P>(6) The employee may be provided an option to enter basic payroll information, related only to the duty tour being tied up; and
</P>
<P>(7) Employee certification of the tie-up information provided.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means a person providing <I>railroad transportation.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Railroad transportation</I> means any form of non-highway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area, and high speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether they use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads. Such term does not include rapid transit operations within an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Regular reporting point</I> means the permanent on-duty location of a train employee's regular assignment that is established through a job bulletin assignment (either a job award or a forced assignment) or through an employee's exercise of seniority to be placed in an assignment. The assigned regular reporting point is a single fixed location identified by the railroad, even for extra board and pool crew employees.
</P>
<P><I>Release</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) For a train employee,
</P>
<P>(i) The time within the <I>duty tour</I> that the employee begins an <I>interim release;</I>
</P>
<P>(ii) The time that an employee completes a <I>covered service assignment</I> and begins another <I>covered service assignment</I> on a different train or job, or
</P>
<P>(iii) The time that an employee completes a <I>covered service assignment</I> to begin another activity that counts as time on duty (including waiting for deadhead transportation to another duty location at which the employee will perform <I>covered service,</I> deadheading to duty, or any other <I>commingled service).</I>
</P>
<P>(2) For a signal employee, the time within a <I>duty tour</I> that the employee—
</P>
<P>(i) Completes his or her regular assigned hours and begins an off-duty period of at least one hour but less than a <I>statutory off-duty period;</I> or
</P>
<P>(ii) Completes his or her return travel from a trouble call or other unscheduled duty and begins an off-duty period of at least one hour, but less than a <I>statutory off-duty period.</I>
</P>
<P>(3) For a dispatching service employee, when he or she stops performing <I>covered service</I> and <I>commingled service</I> within any 24-hour period and begins an <I>off-duty period</I> of at least one hour.
</P>
<P><I>Relieved time</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) The actual time that a train employee stops performing a <I>covered service assignment</I> or <I>commingled service.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) The actual time that a signal employee:
</P>
<P>(i) Completes his or her assigned duty hours, or stops performing <I>covered service</I> or <I>commingled service,</I> whichever is later; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Stops performing <I>covered service</I> associated with a trouble call or other unscheduled duty outside of normally assigned duty hours.
</P>
<P><I>Reports for duty</I> means that an employee—
</P>
<P>(i) Presents himself or herself at the location established by the railroad at the time the railroad established for the employee to be present; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is ready to perform <I>covered service.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Report-for-duty time</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) For a train employee, the actual time that the employee is required to be present at a <I>reporting point</I> and prepared to start a <I>covered service assignment.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) For a signal employee, the assigned starting time of an employee's scheduled shift, or the time that he or she receives a trouble call or a call for any other unscheduled duty during an off-duty period.
</P>
<P>(3) For a dispatching service employee, when the employee begins the turn-over process at or before the beginning of his or her assigned shift, or begins any other activity at the behest of the railroad during any 24-hour period in which covered service is performed.
</P>
<P><I>Reporting point</I> means any location where an employee is required to begin <I>or restart a</I> duty tour.
</P>
<P><I>Seniority move</I> means a repositioning <I>at the behest of the employee,</I> usually a repositioning from a regular assignment or extra board to a different regularly assigned position or extra board, as the result of the employee's selection of a bulletin assignment or the employee's exercise of seniority over a junior employee.
</P>
<P><I>Signal employee</I> means an individual who is engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining signal systems.
</P>
<P><I>Station, office or tower</I> means the precise location where a dispatching service employee is expected to perform service for the railroad as defined in 49 U.S.C. 21105(b) and (c).
</P>
<P><I>Statutory off-duty period</I> means the period of 8 or 10 consecutive hours or more time, that is the minimum off-duty period required under the hours of service laws for a train employee or a signal employee to begin a new 24-hour period for the purposes of calculating his or her <I>total time on duty.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Total off-duty period</I> means the actual amount of time that a train employee or a signal employee is off duty between duty tours after the previous final release and before the beginning of the next duty tour. This time may differ from the expected prior time off that will be generated by the recordkeeping system, if the employee performed service at the behest of the railroad between the duty tours.
</P>
<P><I>Total time on duty (TTOD)</I> means the total accumulation of time spent in periods of <I>covered service</I> and <I>commingled service</I> between qualifying <I>statutory off-duty periods</I> of 8 or 10 hours or more. Mandatory activities that do not constitute <I>covered service,</I> such as rules classes, when they may not attach to <I>covered service,</I> are counted as <I>limbo time,</I> rather than <I>commingled service,</I> which limbo time is not counted toward the calculation of <I>total time on duty.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation</I> means a tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operation conducted only on track used exclusively for that purpose (<I>i.e.,</I> there is no freight, intercity passenger, or commuter passenger railroad operation on the track).
</P>
<P><I>Train employee</I> means an individual engaged in or connected with the movement of a train, including a hostler.
</P>
<P><I>Travel time</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) For a signal employee, the time spent in transportation between the employee's <I>headquarters</I> and an outlying duty point or between the employee's residence and an outlying duty point, or, between duty locations, including both on-track and on-highway vehicular travel.
</P>
<P>(2) For a dispatching service employee, the time spent in travel between <I>stations, offices, or towers</I> during the employee's time on duty.
</P>
<P><I>Type 1 assignment</I> means an assignment to be worked by a train employee who is engaged in commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation that requires the employee to report for duty no earlier than 4 a.m. on a calendar day and be released from duty no later than 8 p.m. on the same calendar day, and that complies with the provisions of § 228.405. For the purposes of this part, FRA considers a Type 1 assignment to present an acceptable level of risk for fatigue that does not violate the defined fatigue threshold under a scientifically valid, biomathematical model of human performance and fatigue specified by FRA at § 228.407(c)(1) or approved by FRA under the procedures at § 228.407(c)(2). However, a Type 1 assignment that is delayed such that the schedule actually worked includes any period of time between midnight and 4 a.m. is considered a Type 2 assignment for the purposes of compliance with § 228.405.
</P>
<P><I>Type 2 assignment.</I> (1) <I>Type 2 assignment</I> means an assignment to be worked by a train employee who is engaged in commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation that requires the employee to be on duty for any period of time between 8:01 p.m. on a calendar day and 3:59 a.m. on the next calendar day, or that otherwise fails to qualify as a Type 1 assignment. A Type 2 assignment is considered a Type 1 assignment if—
</P>
<P>(i) It does not violate the defined fatigue threshold under a scientifically valid biomathematical model of human performance and fatigue specified by FRA at 228.407(c)(2) or approved by FRA under the procedures at § 228.407(c)(1);
</P>
<P>(ii) It complies with the provisions of § 228.405; and
</P>
<P>(iii) It does not require the employee to be on duty for any period of time between midnight and 4 a.m.
</P>
<P>(2) If a Type 2 assignment that would normally qualify to be treated as a Type 1 assignment is delayed so that the schedule actually worked includes any period of time between midnight and 4 a.m., the assignment is considered a Type 2 assignment for the purposes of compliance with § 228.405.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 25346, May 27, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 50396, Aug. 12, 2011; 76 FR 67087, Oct. 31, 2011; 83 FR 43997, Aug. 29, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.6" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.1.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.6   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Civil penalties.</I> Any person (an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor) who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) a grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) a death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy. Violations of the hours of service laws themselves (<I>e.g.,</I> requiring an employee to work excessive hours or beginning construction of sleeping quarters subject to approval under subpart C of this part without prior approval) are subject to penalty under 49 U.S.C. 21303.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Criminal penalties.</I> Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a report or record required to be kept under this part or otherwise knowingly and willfully violates any requirement of this part may be liable for criminal penalties of a fine under title 18 of the U.S. Code, imprisonment for up to two years, or both, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 21311(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 67087, Oct. 31, 2011, as amended at 77 FR 26704, May 7, 2012; 81 FR 43110, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16134, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60748, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 23735, May 23, 2019; 84 FR 37074, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1758, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23254, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15868, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1127, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89563, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106296, Dec. 30, 2024; 90 FR 28163, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Records and Reporting</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.2.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.7   Hours of duty.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of this part, time on duty of an employee actually engaged in or connected with the movement of any train, including a hostler, begins when he reports for duty and ends when he is finally released from duty, and includes—
</P>
<P>(1) Time engaged in or connected with the movement of any train;
</P>
<P>(2) Any interim period available for rest at a location that is not a designated terminal;
</P>
<P>(3) Any interim period of less than 4 hours available for rest at a designated terminal;
</P>
<P>(4) Time spent in deadhead transportation en route to a duty assignment; and
</P>
<P>(5) Time engaged in any other service for the carrier.
</P>
<FP>Time spent in deadhead transportation by an employee returning from duty to his point of final release may not be counted in computing time off duty or time on duty.
</FP>
<P>(b) For purposes of this part, time on duty of an employee who dispatches, reports, transmits, receives, or delivers orders pertaining to train movements by use of telegraph, telephone, radio, or any other electrical or mechanical device includes all time on duty in other service performed for the common carrier during the 24-hour period involved.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this part, time on duty of an employee who is engaged in installing, repairing or maintaining signal systems includes all time on duty in other service performed for a common carrier during the 24-hour period involved.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 12234, June 21, 1972, as amended at 43 FR 3124, Jan. 23, 1978]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.2.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.9   Manual, electronic, and automated records; general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Manual records.</I> Each manual record maintained under this part shall be—
</P>
<P>(1) Signed by the employee whose time on duty is being recorded or, in the case of a train and engine crew or a signal employee gang, signed by the ranking crewmember;
</P>
<P>(2) Retained for two years at locations identified by the carrier; and
</P>
<P>(3) Available upon request at the identified location for inspection and copying by the Administrator during regular business hours.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic records.</I> Each electronic record maintained under this part shall be—
</P>
<P>(1) Certified by the employee whose time on duty is being recorded or, in the case of a train and engine crew or a signal employee gang, certified by the reporting employee who is a member of the train crew or signal gang whose time is being recorded;
</P>
<P>(2) Electronically stamped with the certifying employee's name and the date and time of certification;
</P>
<P>(3) Retained for 2 years in a secured file that prevents alteration after certification;
</P>
<P>(4) Accessible by the Administrator through a computer terminal of the railroad, using a railroad-provided identification code and a unique password.
</P>
<P>(5) Reproducible using the printing capability at the location where records are accessed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Automated records.</I> Each automated record maintained under this part shall be—
</P>
<P>(1) Signed electronically by the employee whose time on duty is being recorded or, in the case of a member of a train crew or a signal employee gang, digitally signed by the reporting employee who is a member of the train crew or signal gang whose time is being recorded as provided by § 228.206(a);
</P>
<P>(2) Stamped electronically with the certifying employee's electronic signature and the date and time the employee electronically signed the record;
</P>
<P>(3) Retained for 2 years in a secured file that prevents alteration after electronic signature;
</P>
<P>(4) Accessible by the Administrator through a computer terminal of the railroad; and
</P>
<P>(5) Reproducible using printers at the location where records are accessed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 25348, May 27, 2009, as amended at 83 FR 43998, Aug. 29, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.2.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.11   Hours of duty records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Each railroad, or a contractor or a subcontractor of a railroad, shall keep a record of the hours of duty of each employee. Each contractor or subcontractor of a railroad shall also record the name of the railroad for whom its employee performed covered service during the duty tour covered by the record. Employees who perform covered service assignments in a single duty tour that are subject to the recordkeeping requirements of more than one paragraph of this section, must complete the record applicable to the covered service position for which they were called, and record other covered service as an activity constituting other service at the behest of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>For train employees.</I> Except as provided by paragraph (c) of this section, each hours of duty record for a train employee shall include the following information about the employee:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the employee (initials and last name; or if last name is not the employee's surname, provide the employee's initials and surname).
</P>
<P>(2) Each covered service position in a duty tour.
</P>
<P>(3) Amount of time off duty before beginning a new covered service assignment or resuming a duty tour.
</P>
<P>(4) Train ID for each assignment required to be reported by this part, except for the following employees, who may instead report the unique job or train ID identifying their assignment:
</P>
<P>(i) Utility employees assigned to perform covered service, who are identified as such by a unique job or train ID;
</P>
<P>(ii) Employees assigned to yard jobs, except that employees assigned to perform yard jobs on all or parts of consecutive shifts must at least report the yard assignment for each shift;
</P>
<P>(iii) Assignments, either regular or extra, that are specifically established to shuttle trains into and out of a terminal during a single duty tour that are identified by a unique job or train symbol as such an assignment.
</P>
<P>(5) Location, date, and beginning time of the first assignment in a duty tour, and, if the duty tour exceeds 12 hours and includes a qualifying period of interim release as provided by 49 U.S.C. 21103(b), the location, date, and beginning time of the assignment immediately following the interim release.
</P>
<P>(6) Location, date, and time relieved for the last assignment in a duty tour, and, if the duty tour exceeds 12 hours and includes a qualifying period of interim release as provided by 49 U.S.C. 21103(b), the location, date, and time relieved for the assignment immediately preceding the interim release.
</P>
<P>(7) Location, date, and time released from the last assignment in a duty tour, and, if the duty tour exceeds 12 hours and includes a qualifying period of interim release as provided by 49 U.S.C. 21103(b), the location, date, and time released from the assignment immediately preceding the interim release.
</P>
<P>(8) Beginning and ending location, date, and time for periods spent in transportation, other than personal commuting, if any, to the first assignment in a duty tour, from an assignment to the location of a period of interim release, from a period of interim release to the next assignment, or from the last assignment in a duty tour to the point of final release, including the mode of transportation (train, track car, railroad-provided motor vehicle, personal automobile, etc.).
</P>
<P>(9) Beginning and ending location, date, and time of any other service performed at the behest of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(10) Identification (code) of service type for any other service performed at the behest of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(11) Total time on duty for the duty tour.
</P>
<P>(12) Reason for any service that exceeds 12 hours total time on duty for the duty tour.
</P>
<P>(13) The total amount of time by which the sum of total time on duty and time spent awaiting or in deadhead transportation to the point of final release exceeds 12 hours.
</P>
<P>(14) The cumulative total for the calendar month of—
</P>
<P>(i) Time spent in covered service;
</P>
<P>(ii) Time spent awaiting or in deadhead transportation from a duty assignment to the place of final release; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Time spent in any other service at the behest of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(15) The cumulative total for the calendar month of time spent awaiting or in deadhead transportation from a duty assignment to the place of final release following a period of 12 consecutive hours on duty.
</P>
<P>(16) Number of consecutive days in which a period of time on duty was initiated.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions to requirements for train employees.</I> Paragraphs (b)(13) through (b)(16) of this section do not apply to the hours of duty records of train employees providing commuter rail passenger transportation or intercity rail passenger transportation. In addition to the information required by paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(12) of this section, each hours of duty record for a train employee providing commuter rail passenger transportation or intercity rail passenger transportation shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) For train employees providing commuter rail passenger transportation or intercity rail passenger transportation, the date on which the series of at most 14 consecutive calendar days began for the duty tour.
</P>
<P>(2) For train employees providing commuter rail passenger transportation or intercity rail passenger transportation, any date prior to the duty tour and during the series of at most 14 consecutive calendar days on which the employee did not initiate an on-duty period, if any.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>For dispatching service employees.</I> Each hours of duty record for a dispatching service employee shall include the following information about the employee:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the employee (initials and last name; or if last name is not the employee's surname, provide the employee's initials and surname).
</P>
<P>(2) Each covered service position in a duty tour.
</P>
<P>(3) Amount of time off duty before going on duty or returning to duty in a duty tour.
</P>
<P>(4) Location, date, and beginning time of each assignment in a duty tour.
</P>
<P>(5) Location, date, and time released from each assignment in a duty tour.
</P>
<P>(6) Beginning and ending location, date, and time of any other service performed at the behest of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(7) Total time on duty for the duty tour.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>For signal employees.</I> Each hours of duty record for a signal employee shall include the following information about the employee:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the employee (initials and last name; or if last name is not the employee's surname, provide the employee's initials and surname).
</P>
<P>(2) Each covered service position in a duty tour.
</P>
<P>(3) Headquarters location for the employee.
</P>
<P>(4) Amount of time off duty before going on duty or resuming a duty tour.
</P>
<P>(5) Location, date, and beginning time of each covered service assignment in a duty tour.
</P>
<P>(6) Location, date, and time relieved for each covered service assignment in a duty tour.
</P>
<P>(7) Location, date, and time released from each covered service assignment in a duty tour.
</P>
<P>(8) Beginning and ending location, date, and time for periods spent in transportation, other than personal commuting, to or from a duty assignment, and mode of transportation (train, track car, railroad-provided motor vehicle, personal automobile, etc.).
</P>
<P>(9) Beginning and ending location, date, and time of any other service performed at the behest of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(10) Total time on duty for the duty tour.
</P>
<P>(11) Reason for any service that exceeds 12 hours total time on duty for the duty tour.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 25348, May 27, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 50397, Aug. 12, 2011; 83 FR 43998, Aug. 29, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.2.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.13   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.2.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.17   Dispatcher's record of train movements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each carrier shall keep, for each dispatching district, a record of train movements made under the direction and control of a dispatcher who uses telephone, radio, or any other electrical or mechanical device to dispatch, report, transmit, receive, or deliver orders pertaining to train movements. The following information shall be included in the record:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of timetable in effect.
</P>
<P>(2) Location and date.
</P>
<P>(3) Identification of dispatchers and their times on duty.
</P>
<P>(4) Identification of enginemen and conductors and their times on duty.
</P>
<P>(5) Identification of trains and engines.
</P>
<P>(6) Station names and office designations.
</P>
<P>(7) Distances between stations.
</P>
<P>(8) Direction of movement and the time each train passes all reporting stations.
</P>
<P>(9) Arrival and departure times of trains at all reporting stations.
</P>
<P>(10) Unusual events affecting movement of trains and identification of trains affected.


</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 12234, June 21, 1972, as amended at 90 FR 28162, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.2.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.19   Monthly reports of excess service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, each railroad, or a contractor or a subcontractor of a railroad, shall report to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, Washington, DC 20590, each instance of excess service listed in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, in the manner provided by paragraph (f) of this section, within 30 days after the calendar month in which the instance occurs.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>For train employees.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the following instances of excess service by train employees must be reported to FRA as required by this section:
</P>
<P>(1) A train employee is on duty for more than 12 consecutive hours.
</P>
<P>(2) A train employee continues on duty without at least 10 consecutive hours off duty during the preceding 24 hours. Instances involving duty tours that are broken by less than 10 consecutive hours off duty which duty tours constitute more than a total of 12 hours time on duty must be reported.
<SU>1</SU>
</P>
<P>(3) A train employee returns to duty without at least 10 consecutive hours off duty during the preceding 24 hours. Instances involving duty tours that are broken by less than 10 consecutive hours off duty which duty tours constitute more than a total of 12 hours time on duty must be reported.
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Instances involving duty tours that are broken by four or more consecutive hours of off duty time at a designated terminal which duty tours do not constitute more than a total of 12 hours time on duty are not required to be reported, provided such duty tours are immediately preceded by 10 or more consecutive hours of off-duty time.</P></FTNT>
<P>(4) A train employee returns to duty without additional time off duty, equal to the total amount of time by which the employee's sum of total time on duty and time spent awaiting or in deadhead transportation to the point of final release exceeds 12 hours.
</P>
<P>(5) A train employee exceeds a cumulative total of 276 hours in the following activities in a calendar month:
</P>
<P>(i) Time spent in covered service;
</P>
<P>(ii) Time spent awaiting or in deadhead transportation from a duty assignment to the place of final release; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Time spent in any other service at the behest of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(6) A train employee initiates an on-duty period on more than 6 consecutive days, when the on-duty period on the sixth consecutive day ended at the employee's home terminal, and the seventh consecutive day is not allowed pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement or pilot project.
</P>
<P>(7) A train employee returns to duty after initiating an on-duty period on 6 consecutive days, without 48 consecutive hours off duty at the employee's home terminal.
</P>
<P>(8) A train employee initiates an on-duty period on more than 7 consecutive days.
</P>
<P>(9) A train employee returns to duty after initiating an on-duty period on 7 consecutive days, without 72 consecutive hours off duty at the employee's home terminal.
</P>
<P>(10) A train employee exceeds the following limitations on time spent awaiting or in deadhead transportation from a duty assignment to the place of final release following a period of 12 consecutive hours on duty:
</P>
<P>(i) 40 hours in any calendar month completed prior to October 1, 2009;
</P>
<P>(ii) 20 hours in the transition period from October 1, 2009-October 15, 2009;
</P>
<P>(iii) 15 hours in the transition period from October 16, 2009-October 31, 2009; and
</P>
<P>(iv) 30 hours in any calendar month completed after October 31, 2009.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exception to requirements for train employees.</I> For train employees who provide commuter rail passenger transportation or intercity rail passenger transportation during a duty tour, the following instances of excess service must be reported to FRA as required by this section:
</P>
<P>(1) A train employee is on duty for more than 12 consecutive hours.
</P>
<P>(2) A train employee returns to duty after 12 consecutive hours of service without at least 10 consecutive hours off duty.
</P>
<P>(3) A train employee continues on duty without at least 8 consecutive hours off duty during the preceding 24 hours. Instances involving duty tours that are broken by less than 8 consecutive hours off duty which duty tours constitute more than a total of 12 hours time on duty must be reported.
<SU>2</SU>
</P>
<P>(4) A train employee returns to duty without at least 8 consecutive hours off duty during the preceding 24 hours. Instances involving duty tours that are broken by less than 8 consecutive hours off duty which duty tours constitute more than a total of 12 hours time on duty must be reported.
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> Instances involving duty tours that are broken by four or more consecutive hours of off-duty time at a designated terminal which duty tours do not constitute more than a total of 12 hours time on duty are not required to be reported, provided such duty tours are immediately preceded by 8 or more consecutive hours of off-duty time.</P></FTNT>
<P>(5) A train employee, after first initiating an on-duty period each day for 6 or more consecutive calendar days including one or more Type 2 assignments, the last on-duty period of which ended at the employee's home terminal, initiates an on-duty period without having had 24 consecutive hours off duty at the employee's home terminal.
</P>
<P>(6) A train employee, after first initiating an on-duty period each day for 6 or more consecutive days including one or more Type 2 assignments, initiates two or more on-duty periods without having had 24 consecutive hours off duty at the employee's home terminal.
</P>
<P>(7) A train employee, after initiating on-duty periods on 13 or more calendar days during a series of at most 14 consecutive calendar days as defined in § 228.405(a)(3)(i), the last of which ended at the employee's home terminal, then initiates an on-duty period without having had at least two consecutive calendar days off duty at the employee's home terminal.
</P>
<P>(8) A train employee, after initiating an on-duty periods on 13 or more calendar days during a series of at most 14 consecutive calendar days as defined in § 228.405(a)(3)(i), then initiates two or more on-duty periods without having had at least two consecutive calendar days off duty at the employee's home terminal.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>For dispatching service employees.</I> The following instances of excess service by dispatching service employees must be reported to FRA as required by this section:
</P>
<P>(1) A dispatching service employee is on duty for more than 9 hours in any 24-hour period at an office where two or more shifts are employed.
</P>
<P>(2) A dispatching service employee is on duty for more than 12 hours in any 24-hour period at any office where one shift is employed.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>For signal employees.</I> The following instances of excess service by signal employees must be reported to FRA as required by this section:
</P>
<P>(1) A signal employee is on duty for more than 12 consecutive hours.
</P>
<P>(2) A signal employee continues on duty without at least 10 consecutive hours off duty during the preceding 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(3) A signal employee returns to duty without at least 10 consecutive hours off duty during the preceding 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(f) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, reports required by paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section shall be filed in writing on FRA Form F-6180-3 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> with the Office of Railroad Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, Washington, DC 20590. A separate form shall be used for each instance reported.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> Form may be obtained from the Office of Railroad Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, Washington, DC 20590. Reproduction is authorized.</P></FTNT>
<P>(g) <I>Use of electronic signature.</I> For the purpose of complying with paragraph (f) of this section, the signature required on Form FRA F-6180-3 may be provided to FRA by means of an electronic signature provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The record contains the printed name of the signer and the date and actual time that the signature was executed, and the meaning (such as authorship, review, or approval), associated with the signature;
</P>
<P>(2) Each electronic signature shall be unique to one individual and shall not be used by, or assigned to, anyone else;
</P>
<P>(3) Before a railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor to a railroad, establishes, assigns, certifies, or otherwise sanctions an individual's electronic signature, or any element of such electronic signature, the organization shall verify the identity of the individual;
</P>
<P>(4) Persons using electronic signatures shall, prior to or at the time of such use, certify to the agency that the electronic signatures in their system, used on or after the effective date of this regulation, are the legally binding equivalent of traditional handwritten signatures;
</P>
<P>(5) The certification shall be submitted, in paper form and signed with a traditional handwritten signature, to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer; and
</P>
<P>(6) Persons using electronic signatures shall, upon agency request, provide additional certification or testimony that a specific electronic signature is the legally binding equivalent of the signer's handwritten signature.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exception.</I> A railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor to a railroad, is excused from the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (f) of this section as to any employees for which—
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor to a railroad, maintains hours of service records using an electronic recordkeeping system that complies with the requirements of subpart D of this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) The electronic recordkeeping system referred to in paragraph (h)(1) of this section requires—
</P>
<P>(i) The employee to enter an explanation for any excess service certified by the employee; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor of a railroad, to analyze each instance of excess service certified by one of its employees, make a determination as to whether each instance of excess service would be reportable under the provisions of paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, and allows the railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor to a railroad, to append its analysis to its employee's electronic record; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Allows FRA inspectors and State inspectors participating under 49 CFR part 212 access to employee reports of excess service and any explanations provided.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 25349, May 27, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 50397, Aug. 12, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.2.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.21   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.2.15.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.23   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Construction of Railroad-Provided Sleeping Quarters</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>43 FR 31012, July 19, 1978, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 228.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.3.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.101   Distance requirement for employee sleeping quarters; definitions used in this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Hours of Service Act, as amended (45 U.S.C. 61-64b), makes it unlawful for any common carrier engaged in interstate or foreign commerce by railroad to begin, on or after July 8, 1976, the construction or reconstruction of sleeping quarters for employees who perform duties covered by the act “within or in the immediate vicinity (as determined in accordance with rules prescribed by the Secretary of Transportation) of any area where railroad switching or humping operations are performed.” 45 U.S.C. 62(a)(4). This subpart sets forth (1) a general definition of “immediate vicinity” (§ 228.101(b)), (2) procedures under which a carrier may request a determination by the Federal Railroad Administration that a particular proposed site is not within the “immediate vicinity” of railroad switching or humping operations (§§ 228.103 and 228.105), and (3) the basic criteria utilized in evaluating proposed sites (§ 228.107).
</P>
<P>(b) Except as determined in accordance with the provisions of this subpart, the ’immediate vicinity‘ shall mean the area within one-half mile (2,640 feet) (804 meters) of switching or humping operations as measured from the nearest rail of the nearest trackage where switching or humping operations are performed to the point on the site where the carrier proposes to construct or reconstruct the exterior wall of the structure, or portion of such wall, which is closest to such operations.
</P>
<P>(c) As used in this subpart—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Construction</I> shall refer to the—
</P>
<P>(i) Creation of a new facility;
</P>
<P>(ii) Expansion of an existing facility;
</P>
<P>(iii) Placement of a mobile or modular facility; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Acquisition and use of an existing building.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reconstruction</I> shall refer to the—
</P>
<P>(i) Replacement of an existing facility with a new facility on the same site; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Rehabilitation or improvement of an existing facility (normal periodic maintenance excepted) involving the expenditure of an amount representing more than 50 percent of the cost of replacing such facility on the same site at the time the work of rehabilitation or improvement began, the replacement cost to be estimated on the basis of contemporary construction methods and materials.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Switching or humping operations</I> includes the classification of placarded railroad cars according to commodity or destination, assembling of placarded cars for train movements, changing the position of placarded cars for purposes of loading, unloading, or weighing, and the placing of placarded cars for repair. However, the term does not include the moving of rail equipment in connection with work service, the moving of a train or part of a train within yard limits by a road locomotive or placing locomotives or cars in a train or removing them from a train by a road locomotive while en route to the train's destination. The term does include operations within this definition which are conducted by any railroad; it is not limited to the operations of the carrier contemplating construction or reconstruction of railroad employee sleeping quarters.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Placarded car</I> shall mean a railroad car required to be placarded by the Department of Transportation hazardous materials regulations (49 CFR 172.504).
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>L</I><E T="52">eq</E> (8) shall mean the equivalent steady state sound level which in 8 hours would contain the same acoustic energy as the time-varying sound level during the same time period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 31012, July 19, 1978, as amended at 76 FR 67088, Oct. 31, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.102" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.3.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.102   Distance requirement for camp cars provided as sleeping quarters exclusively to MOW workers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The hours of service laws at 49 U.S.C. 21106(b) provide that a railroad that uses camp cars must comply with 49 U.S.C. 21106(a) no later than December 31, 2009. Accordingly, on or after December 31, 2009, a railroad shall not begin construction or reconstruction of a camp car provided by the railroad as sleeping quarters exclusively for MOW workers within or in the immediate vicinity of any area where railroad switching or humping of placarded cars is performed.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart includes definitions of most of the relevant terms (§ 228.101(b) and (c)), the procedures under which a railroad may request a determination by the Federal Railroad Administration that a particular proposed site for the camp car is not within the “immediate vicinity” of railroad switching or humping operations (§§ 228.103 and 228.105), and the basic criteria utilized in evaluating proposed sites. <I>See</I> § 228.5 for definitions of other terms. For purposes of this § 228.102, references to “employees” in §§ 228.103 through 228.107 shall be read to include MOW workers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 67088, Oct. 31, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.3.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.103   Approval procedure: construction within one-half mile (2,640 feet) (804 meters).</HEAD>
<P>(a) A common carrier that has developed plans for the construction or reconstruction of sleeping quarters subject to this subpart and which is considering a site less than one-half mile (2,640 feet) (804 meters) from any area where switching or humping operations are performed, measured from the nearest rail of the nearest trackage utilized on a regular or intermittent basis for switching or humping operations to the point on the site where the carrier proposes to construct or reconstruct the exterior wall of the structure, or portion of such wall, which is closest to such operations, must obtain the approval of the Federal Railroad Administration before commencing construction or reconstruction on that site. Approval may be requested by filing a petition conforming to the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) A carrier is deemed to have conducted switching or humping operations on particular trackage within the meaning of this subpart if placarded cars are subjected to the operations described in § 228.101(c)(3) within the 365-day period immediately preceding the date construction or reconstruction is commenced or if such operations are to be permitted on such trackage after such date. If the carrier does not have reliable records concerning the traffic handled on the trackage within the specified period, it shall be presumed that switching of placarded cars is conducted at the location and construction or reconstruction of sleeping quarters within one-half mile shall be subject to the approval procedures of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) A petition shall be filed in accordance with the requirements of § 211.7(b)(1) of this chapter and shall contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A brief description of the type of construction planned, including materials to be employed, means of egress from the quarters, and actual and projected exterior noise levels and projected interior noise levels;
</P>
<P>(2) The number of employees expected to utilize the quarters at full capacity;
</P>
<P>(3) A brief description of the site, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Distance from trackage where switching or humping operations are performed, specifying distances from particular functions such as classification, repair, assembling of trains from large groups of cars, etc. cetera;
</P>
<P>(ii) Topography within a general area consisting of the site and all of the rail facilities close to the site;
</P>
<P>(iii) Location of other physical improvements situated between the site and areas where railroad operations are conducted;
</P>
<P>(4) A blueprint or other drawing showing the relationship of the site to trackage and other planned and existing facilities;
</P>
<P>(5) The proposed or estimated date for commencement of construction;
</P>
<P>(6) A description of the average number and variety of rail operations in the areas within one-half mile (2,640 feet) (804 meters) of the site (e.g., number of cars classified in 24-hour period; number of train movements);
</P>
<P>(7) An estimate of the average daily number of placarded rail cars transporting hazardous materials through the railroad facility (where practicable, based on a 365-day period sample, that period not having ended more than 120 days prior to the date of filing the petition), specifying the—
</P>
<P>(i) Number of such cars transporting class A explosives and poison gases; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Number of DOT Specification 112A and 114A tank cars transporting flammable gas subject to FRA emergency order No. 5;
</P>
<P>(8) A statement certified by a corporate officer of the carrier possessing authority over the subject matter explaining any plans of that carrier for utilization of existing trackage, or for the construction of new trackage, which may impact on the location of switching or humping operations within one-half mile of the proposed site (if there are no plans, the carrier official must so certify); and
</P>
<P>(9) Any further information which is necessary for evaluation of the site.
</P>
<P>(d) A petition filed under this section must contain a statement that the petition has been served on the recognized representatives of the railroad employees who will be utilizing the proposed sleeping quarters, together with a list of the employee representatives served.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 31012, July 19, 1978, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.3.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.105   Additional requirements; construction within one-third mile (1,760 feet) (536 meters) of certain switching.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to providing the information specified by § 228.103, a carrier seeking approval of a site located within one-third mile (1,760 feet) (536 meters) of any area where railroad switching or humping operations are performed involving any cars required to be placarded “EXPLOSIVES A” or “POISON GAS” or any DOT Specification 112A or 114A tank cars transporting flammable gas subject to FRA emergency order No. 5 shall establish by a supplementary statement certified by a corporate officer possessing authority over the subject matter that—
</P>
<P>(1) No feasible alternate site located at or beyond one-third mile from switching or humping operations is either presently available to the railroad or is obtainable within 3 miles (15,840 feet) (4,827 meters) of the reporting point for the employees who are to be housed in the sleeping quarters;
</P>
<P>(2) Natural or other barriers exist or will be created prior to occupancy of the proposed facility between the proposed site and any areas in which switching or humping operations are performed which will be adequate to shield the facility from the direct and severe effects of a hazardous materials accident/incident arising in an area of switching or humping operations;
</P>
<P>(3) The topography of the property is such as most likely to cause any hazardous materials unintentionally released during switching or humping to flow away from the proposed site; and
</P>
<P>(4) Precautions for ensuring employee safety from toxic gases or explosions such as employee training and evacuation plans, availability of appropriate respiratory protection, and measures for fire protection, have been considered.
</P>
<P>(b) In the absence of reliable records concerning traffic handled on trackage within the one-third mile area, it shall be presumed that the types of cars enumerated in paragraph (a) of this section are switched on that trackage; and the additional requirements of this section shall be met by the petitioning carrier, unless the carrier establishes that the switching of the enumerated cars will be effectively barred from the trackage if the petition is approved.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.3.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.107   Action on petition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each petition for approval filed under § 228.103 is referred to the Railroad Safety Board for action in accordance with the provisions of part 211, title 49, CFR, concerning the processing of requests for special approvals.
</P>
<P>(b) In considering a petition for approval filed under this subpart, the Railroad Safety Board evaluates the material factors bearing on—
</P>
<P>(1) The safety of employees utilizing the proposed facility in the event of a hazardous materials accident/incident and in light of other relevant safety factors; and
</P>
<P>(2) Interior noise levels in the facility.
</P>
<P>(c) The Railroad Safety Board will not approve an application submitted under this subpart if it appears from the available information that the proposed sleeping quarters will be so situated and constructed as to permit interior noise levels due to noise under the control of the railroad to exceed an L<E T="52">eq</E>(8) value of 55dB(A). If individual air conditioning and heating systems are to be utilized, projections may relate to noise levels with such units turned off.
</P>
<P>(d) Approval of a petition filed under this subpart may be withdrawn or modified at any time if it is ascertained, after opportunity for a hearing, that any representation of fact or intent made by a carrier in materials submitted in support of a petition was not accurate or truthful at the time such representation was made.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Electronic Recordkeeping System and Automated Recordkeeping System</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>74 FR 25350, May 27, 2009, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 228.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.4.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.201   Electronic recordkeeping system and automated recordkeeping system; general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Electronic recordkeeping system.</I> For purposes of compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of subpart B, a railroad, or a contractor or a subcontractor to a railroad may create and maintain any of the records required by subpart B through electronic transmission, storage, and retrieval provided that all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The system used to generate the electronic record meets all requirements of this paragraph (a) of this section and all requirements of §§ 228.203 and 228.205;
</P>
<P>(2) The electronically generated record contains the information required by § 228.11;
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad, or contractor or subcontractor to the railroad, monitors its electronic database of employee hours of duty records through a sufficient number of monitoring indicators to ensure a high degree of accuracy of these records;
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad, or contractor or subcontractor to the railroad, trains its affected employees on the proper use of the electronic recordkeeping system to enter the information necessary to create their hours of service record, as required by § 228.207;
</P>
<P>(5) The railroad, or contractor or subcontractor to the railroad, maintains an information technology security program adequate to ensure the integrity of the system, including the prevention of unauthorized access to the program logic or individual records; and
</P>
<P>(6) FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer may prohibit or revoke the authority to use an electronic system if FRA finds the system is not properly secure, is inaccessible to FRA, or fails to record and store the information adequately and accurately. FRA will record such a determination in writing, including the basis for such action, and will provide a copy of its determination to the affected railroad, or contractor or subcontractor to a railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Automated recordkeeping system.</I> For purposes of compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of subpart B of this part, an eligible smaller railroad, or a contractor or a subcontractor that provides covered service employees to such a railroad, may create and maintain any of the records required by subpart B using an automated recordkeeping system if all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The automated recordkeeping system meets all requirements of paragraph (b) of this section and all requirements of § 228.206; and
</P>
<P>(2) The eligible smaller railroad or its contractor or subcontractor complies with all of the requirements of paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(4) through (6) of this section for its automated records and automated recordkeeping system.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor to the railroad, is no longer eligible to use an automated recordkeeping system to record data subpart B of this part requires, the entity must begin keeping manual or electronic records and must retain its automated records as required under § 228.9(c) unless the entity requests, and FRA grants, a waiver under § 211.41 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 25350, May 27, 2009, as amended at 83 FR 43998, Aug. 29, 2018; 83 FR 46885, Sept. 17, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.4.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.203   Program components.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>System security.</I> The integrity of the program and database must be protected by a security system that utilizes an employee identification number and password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of program access meeting all of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) Data input is restricted to the employee or train crew or signal gang whose time is being recorded, with the following exceptions:
</P>
<P>(i) A railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor to a railroad, may allow its recordkeeping system to pre-populate fields of the hours of service record provided that—
</P>
<P>(A) The recordkeeping system pre-populates fields of the hours of service record with information known to the railroad, or contractor or subcontractor to the railroad, to be factually accurate for a specific employee.
</P>
<P>(B) The recordkeeping system may also provide the ability for employees to copy data from one field of a record into another field, where applicable.
</P>
<P>(C) Estimated, historical, or arbitrary data are not used to pre-populate any field of an hours of service record.
</P>
<P>(D) A railroad, or a contractor or a subcontractor to a railroad, is not in violation of this paragraph if it makes a good faith judgment as to the factual accuracy of the data for a specific employee but nevertheless errs in pre-populating a data field.
</P>
<P>(E) The employee may make any necessary changes to the data by typing into the field, without having to access another screen or obtain clearance from the railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor to a railroad.
</P>
<P>(ii) A railroad, or a contractor or a subcontractor to a railroad, shall allow employees to complete a verbal quick tie-up, or to transmit by facsimile or other electronic means the information necessary for a quick tie-up, if—
</P>
<P>(A) The employee is released from duty at a location at which there is no terminal available;
</P>
<P>(B) Computer systems are unavailable as a result of technical issues; or
</P>
<P>(C) Access to computer terminals is delayed and the employee has exceeded his or her maximum allowed time on duty.
</P>
<P>(2) No two individuals have the same electronic identity.
</P>
<P>(3) A record cannot be deleted or altered by any individual after the record is certified by the employee who created the record.
</P>
<P>(4) Any amendment to a record is either—
</P>
<P>(i) Electronically stored apart from the record that it amends, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronically attached to the record as information without changing the original record.
</P>
<P>(5) Each amendment to a record uniquely identifies the individual making the amendment.
</P>
<P>(6) The electronic system provides for the maintenance of inspection records as originally submitted without corruption or loss of data.
</P>
<P>(7) Supervisors and crew management officials can access, but cannot delete or alter the records of any employee after the report-for-duty time of the employee or after the record has been certified by the reporting employee.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Identification of the individual entering data.</I> The program must be capable of identifying each individual who entered data for a given record. If a given record contains data entered by more than one individual, the program must be capable of identifying each individual who entered specific information within the record.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Capabilities of program logic.</I> The program logic must have the ability to—
</P>
<P>(1) Calculate the total time on duty for each employee, using data entered by the employee and treating each identified period as defined in § 228.5;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify input errors through the use of program edits;
</P>
<P>(3) Require records, including outstanding records, the completion of which was delayed, to be completed in chronological order;
</P>
<P>(4) Require reconciliation when the known (system-generated) prior time off differs from the prior time off reported by an employee;
</P>
<P>(5) Require explanation if the total time on duty reflected in the certified record exceeds the statutory maximum for the employee;
</P>
<P>(6) Require the use of a quick tie-up process when the employee has exceeded or is within three minutes of his or her statutory maximum time on duty;
</P>
<P>(7) Require that the employee's certified final release be not more than three minutes in the future, and that the employee may not certify a final release time for a current duty tour that is in the past, compared to the clock time of the computer system at the time that the record is certified, allowing for changes in time zones;
</P>
<P>(8) Require automatic modification to prevent miscalculation of an employee's total time on duty for a duty tour that spans changes from and to daylight savings time;
</P>
<P>(9) For train employees, require completion of a full record at the end of a duty tour when the employee initiates a tie-up with less than the statutory maximum time on duty and a quick tie-up is not mandated;
</P>
<P>(10) For train employees, disallow use of a quick tie-up when the employee has time remaining to complete a full record, except as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(11) Disallow any manipulation of the tie-up process that precludes compliance with any of the requirements specified by paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Search capabilities.</I> The program must contain sufficient search criteria to allow any record to be retrieved through a search of any one or more of the following data fields, by specific date or by a date range not exceeding 30 days for the data fields specified by paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section, and not exceeding one day for the data fields specified by paragraphs (d)(3) through (d)(7) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Employee, by name or identification number;
</P>
<P>(2) Train or job symbol;
</P>
<P>(3) Origin location, either yard or station;
</P>
<P>(4) Released location, either yard or station;
</P>
<P>(5) Operating territory (i.e., division or service unit, subdivision, or railroad-identified line segment);
</P>
<P>(6) Certified records containing one or more instances of excess service; and
</P>
<P>(7) Certified records containing duty tours in excess of 12 hours.
</P>
<P>(e) The program must display individually each train or job assignment within a duty tour that is required to be reported by this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.4.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.205   Access to electronic records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FRA inspectors and State inspectors participating under 49 CFR Part 212 must have access to hours of service records created and maintained electronically that is obtained as required by § 228.9(b)(4).
</P>
<P>(b) Railroads must establish and comply with procedures for providing an FRA inspector or participating State inspector with an identification number and temporary password for access to the system upon request, which access will be valid for a period not to exceed seven days. Access to the system must be provided as soon as possible and no later than 24 hours after a request for access.
</P>
<P>(c) The inspection screen provided to FRA inspectors and participating State inspectors for searching employee hours of duty records must be formatted so that—
</P>
<P>(1) Each data field entered by an employee on the input screen is visible to the FRA inspector or participating State inspector; and
</P>
<P>(2) The data fields are searchable as described in § 228.203(d) and yield access to all records matching criteria specified in a search.
</P>
<P>(3) Records are displayed in a manner that is both crew-based and duty tour oriented, so that the data pertaining to all employees who worked together as part of a crew or signal gang will be displayed together, and the record will include all of the assignments and activities of a given duty tour that are required to be recorded by this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.206" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.4.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.206   Requirements for automated records and for automated recordkeeping systems on eligible smaller railroads, and their contractors or subcontractors that provide covered service employees to such railroads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Use of electronic signature.</I> Each employee creating a record required by subpart B of this part must sign the record using an electronic signature that meets the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The record contains the printed name of the signer and the date and actual time the signature was executed, and the meaning (such as authorship, review, or approval) associated with the signature;
</P>
<P>(2) Each electronic signature is unique to one individual and shall not be used by, or assigned to, anyone else;
</P>
<P>(3) Before an eligible smaller railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor to such a railroad, establishes, assigns, certifies, or otherwise sanctions an individual's electronic signature, or any element of such electronic signature, the organization shall verify the identity of the individual;
</P>
<P>(4) A person using an electronic signature shall, prior to or at the time of each such use, certify to FRA that the person's electronic signature in the system, used on or after August 29, 2018 is the legally binding equivalent of the person's traditional handwritten signature;
</P>
<P>(5) Each employee shall sign the initial certification of his or her electronic signature with a traditional handwritten signature, and each railroad using an automated system shall maintain certification of each electronic signature at its headquarters or the headquarters of any contractor or subcontractor providing employees who perform covered service to such a railroad, and railroads, contractors, and subcontractors must make the certification available to FRA upon request; and
</P>
<P>(6) A person using an electronic signature in such a system shall, upon FRA request, provide additional certification or testimony that a specific electronic signature is the legally binding equivalent of his or her handwritten signature.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>System security.</I> Railroads using an automated recordkeeping system must protect the integrity of the system by the use of an employee identification number and password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of program access meeting all of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) Data input is restricted to the employee or train crew or signal gang whose time is being recorded, except that an eligible smaller railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor to such a railroad, may pre-populate fields of the hours of service record provided that—
</P>
<P>(i) The eligible smaller railroad, or its contractor or subcontractor, pre-populates fields of the hours of service record with information the railroad, or its contractor or subcontractor knows is factually accurate for a specific employee.
</P>
<P>(ii) The recordkeeping system may allow employees to copy data from one field of a record into another field, where applicable.
</P>
<P>(iii) The eligible smaller railroad, or its contractor or subcontractor does not use estimated, historical, or arbitrary information to pre-populate any field of an hours of service record.
</P>
<P>(iv) An eligible smaller railroad, or a contractor or a subcontractor to such a railroad, is not in violation of paragraph (b)(1) of this section if it makes a good faith judgment as to the factual accuracy of the data for a specific employee but nevertheless errs in pre-populating a data field.
</P>
<P>(v) The employee may make any necessary changes to the data by typing into the field without having to access another screen or obtain clearance from railroad, or contractor or subcontractor to the railroad.
</P>
<P>(2) No two individuals have the same electronic signature.
</P>
<P>(3) No individual can delete or alter a record after the employee who created the record electronically signs the record.
</P>
<P>(4) Any amendment to a record is either:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronically stored apart from the record that it amends; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronically attached to the record as information without changing the original record.
</P>
<P>(5) Each amendment to a record uniquely identifies the individual making the amendment.
</P>
<P>(6) The automated system maintains the records as originally submitted without corruption or loss of data. Beginning August 29, 2018, an eligible smaller railroad must retain back-up data storage for its automated records for the quarters prescribed in the following table for the time specified in § 228.9(c)(3), to be updated within 30 days of the end of each prescribed quarter—
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Quarter 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">January 1 through March 31.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Quarter 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April 1 through June 30.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Quarter 3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July 1 through September 30.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Quarter 4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">October 1 through December 31.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(7) Supervisors and crew management officials can access, but cannot delete or alter, the records of any employee after the employee electronically signs the record.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of the individual entering data.</I> If a given record contains data entered by more than one individual, the record must identify each individual who entered specific information within the record and the data the individual entered.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Search capabilities.</I> The automated recordkeeping system must store records using the following criteria so all records matching the selected criteria are retrieved from the same location:
</P>
<P>(1) Date (month and year);
</P>
<P>(2) Employee name or identification number; and
</P>
<P>(3) Electronically signed records containing one or more instances of excess service, including duty tours in excess of 12 hours.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Access to records.</I> An eligible smaller railroad, or contractor or subcontractor providing covered service employees to such a railroad, must provide access to its hours of service records under subpart B that are created and maintained in its automated recordkeeping system to FRA inspectors and State inspectors participating under 49 CFR part 212, subject to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Access to records created and maintained in the automated recordkeeping system must be obtained as required by § 228.9(c)(4);
</P>
<P>(2) An eligible smaller railroad must establish and comply with procedures for providing an FRA inspector or participating State inspector with access to the system upon request and must provide access to the system as soon as possible but not later than 24 hours after a request for access;
</P>
<P>(3) Each data field entered by an employee on the input screen must be visible to the FRA inspector or participating State inspector; and
</P>
<P>(4) The data fields must be searchable as described in paragraph (d) of this section and must yield access to all records matching the criteria specified in a search.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 43998, Aug. 29, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.4.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.207   Training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A railroad, or a contractor or subcontractor to a railroad, shall provide its train employees, signal employees, and dispatching service employees and its supervisors of these employees with initial training and refresher training as provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initial training.</I> (1) Initial training shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Instructional components presented in a classroom setting or by electronic means; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Experiential (“hands-on”) components; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Training on—
</P>
<P>(A) The aspects of the hours of service laws relevant to the employee's position that are necessary to understanding the proper completion of the hours of service record required by this part, and
</P>
<P>(B) The entry of hours of service data, into the electronic system or automated system or on the appropriate paper records used by the railroad or contractor or subcontractor to a railroad for which the employee performs covered service; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Testing to ensure that the objectives of training are met.
</P>
<P>(2) Initial training shall be provided—
</P>
<P>(i) To each current employee and supervisor of an employee as soon after May 27, 2009 as practicable; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To new employees and supervisors prior to the time that they will be required to complete an hours of service record or supervise an employee required to complete an hours of service record.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Refresher training.</I> (1) The content and level of formality of refresher training should be tailored to the needs of the location and employees involved, except that the training shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Emphasize any relevant changes to the hours of service laws, the recording and reporting requirements in subparts B and D of this part, or the electronic, automated, or manual recordkeeping system of the railroad or contractor or subcontractor to a railroad for which the employee performs covered service since the employee last received training; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Cover any areas in which supervisors or other railroad managers are finding recurrent errors in the employees' records through the monitoring indicators.
</P>
<P>(2) Refresher training shall be provided to each employee any time that recurrent errors in records prepared by the employee, discovered through the monitoring indicators, suggest, for example, the employee's lack of understanding of how to complete hours of service records.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 25350, May 27, 2009, as amended at 83 FR 43999, Aug. 29, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Safety and Health Requirements for Camp Cars Provided by Railroads as Sleeping Quarters</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 67088, Oct. 31, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 228.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.301   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this subpart is to prescribe standards for the design, operation, and maintenance of camp cars that a railroad uses as sleeping quarters for its employees or MOW workers or both so as to protect the safety and health of those employees and MOW workers and give them an opportunity for rest free from the interruptions caused by noise under the control of the railroad, and provide indoor toilet facilities, potable water, and other features to protect the health and safety of the employees and MOW workers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.303   Application and responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart applies to all railroads except the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads that operate only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation (<I>i.e.,</I> plant railroads, as defined in § 228.5);
</P>
<P>(2) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation as defined in § 228.5; or
</P>
<P>(3) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) Although the duties imposed by this subpart are generally stated in terms of the duty of a railroad, each person, including a contractor or subcontractor for a railroad, who performs any task or provides camp cars covered by this subpart, shall do so in accordance with this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.305   Compliance date.</HEAD>
<P>On and after December 30, 2011, a railroad shall not provide a camp car for use as sleeping quarters by an employee or MOW worker unless the camp car complies with all requirements of this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.307   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>dB(A)</I> means the sound pressure level in decibels measured on the A-weighted scale.
</P>
<P><I>Decibel (dB)</I> means a logarithmic unit of measurement that expresses the magnitude of a physical quantity (usually power or intensity) relative to a specified reference level. For the measurement of noise in this subpart, the reference level for the intensity of sound pressure in air is 20 micropascals.
</P>
<P><I>Foot-candle</I> means a one lumen of light density per square foot.
</P>
<P><I>HVAC</I> means heating, ventilation, and air conditioning.
</P>
<P><I>Lavatory</I> means a basin or similar vessel used primarily for washing of the hands, arms, face, and head.
</P>
<P><I>L</I><E T="52">eq</E><I>(8)</I> means the equivalent steady state sound level that in 8 hours would contain the same acoustic energy as the time-varying sound level during the same time period.
</P>
<P><I>Nonwater carriage toilet</I> means a toilet not connected to a sewer.
</P>
<P><I>Occupant</I> means an employee or an MOW worker (both as defined in § 228.5) whose sleeping quarters are a camp car.
</P>
<P><I>Ppm</I> means parts per million.
</P>
<P><I>Potable water</I> means water that meets the quality standards prescribed in the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's National Primary Drinking Water Standards set forth in 40 CFR part 141.
</P>
<P><I>Potable water system</I> means the containers, tanks, and associated plumbing lines and valves that hold, convey, and dispense potable water within a camp car.
</P>
<P><I>Toilet</I> means a chemical toilet, a recirculating toilet, a combustion toilet, or a toilet that is flushed with water; however, a urinal is not a toilet.
</P>
<P><I>Toilet room</I> means a room containing a toilet.
</P>
<P><I>Toxic material</I> means a material in concentration or amount of such toxicity as to constitute a recognized hazard that is causing or is likely to cause death or serious physical harm.
</P>
<P><I>Watering</I> means the act of filling potable water systems.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.309" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.309   Structure, emergency egress, lighting, temperature, and noise-level standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each camp car must be constructed in a manner that will provide protection against the elements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Floors.</I> Floors must be of smooth and tight construction and must be kept in good repair.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Windows and other openings.</I> (1) All camp cars must be provided with windows the total area of which must be not less than 10 percent of the floor area. At least one-half of each window designed to be opened must be so constructed that it can be opened for purposes of ventilation. Durable opaque window coverings must be provided to reduce the entrance of light during sleeping hours.
</P>
<P>(2) All exterior openings must be effectively screened with 16-mesh material. All screen doors must be equipped with self-closing devices.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Steps, entry ways, passageways, and corridors.</I> All steps, entry ways, passageways, and corridors providing normal entry to or between camp cars must be constructed of durable weather-resistant material and properly maintained. Any broken or unsafe fixtures or components in need of repair must be repaired or replaced promptly.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Emergency egress.</I> Each camp car must be constructed in a manner to provide adequate means of egress in an emergency situation. At a minimum, a means of emergency egress must be located in at least two places in camp car for emergency exits.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Lighting.</I> Each habitable room in a camp car including but not limited to a toilet room, that is provided to an occupant must be provided with adequate lighting as specified below:
</P>
<P>(1) When occupants are present, the pathway to any exit not immediately accessible to occupants, such as through an interior corridor, shall be illuminated at all times to values of at least 1 foot-candle measured at the floor, provided that where the pathway passes through a sleeping compartment, the pathway up to the compartment will be illuminated, but illumination is not required inside the sleeping compartment.
</P>
<P>(2) Toilet and shower rooms shall have controlled lighting that will illuminate the room to values of at least 10 foot-candles measured at the floor.
</P>
<P>(3) Other areas shall have controlled lighting that will illuminate the room area to values of at least 30 foot-candles measured at the floor.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Temperature.</I> Each camp car must be provided with equipment capable of maintaining a temperature of at least 68 degrees Fahrenheit (F.) during cold weather and no greater than 75 degrees F. during hot weather. A temperature of at least 68 degrees F. during cold weather and no greater than 75 degrees F. during hot weather must be maintained within an occupied camp car unless the equipment is individually controlled by its occupant(s).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Noise control.</I> Noise levels attributable to noise sources under the control of the railroad shall not exceed an L<E T="52">eq</E>(8) value of 55 dB(A), with windows and doors closed and exclusive of noise from cooling, heating, and ventilating equipment, for any 480-minute period during which the facility is occupied.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.311" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.311   Minimum space requirements, beds, storage, and sanitary facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each camp car used for sleeping purposes must contain at least 80 square feet of floor space for each occupant, with a maximum of four occupants per car. At least a 7-foot ceiling, measured at the entrance to the car, must be provided.
</P>
<P>(b) A bed, cot, or bunk for each occupant and suitable lockable storage facility, such as a lockable wall locker, or space for a lockable foot locker for each occupant's clothing and personal articles must be provided in every room used for sleeping purposes. Except where partitions are provided, such beds or similar facilities must be spaced not closer than 36 inches laterally (except in rail-mounted modular units, where the beds shall be spaced not closer than 30 inches, and highway trailer units, where the beds shall be spaced not closer than 26 inches) and 30 inches end to end, and must be elevated at least 12 inches from the floor. Multi-deck bunks, multi-deck bunk beds, and multi-deck similar facilities may not be used.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless otherwise provided by a collective bargaining agreement, clean linens must be provided to each occupant.
</P>
<P>(d) In a camp car where occupants cook, live, and sleep, a minimum of 120 square feet of floor space per occupants must be provided. Sanitary facilities must be provided for storing and preparing food. <I>See also</I> § 228.325.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.313" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.313   Electrical system requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All heating, cooking, ventilation, air conditioning, and water heating equipment must be installed in accordance with an industry-recognized standard. Upon request by FRA, the railroad must identify the industry-recognized standard that it utilizes and establish its compliance with that standard.
</P>
<P>(b) All electrical systems installed, including external electrical supply connections, must be compliant with an industry-recognized standard. Upon request by FRA, the railroad must identify the industry-recognized standard that it utilizes and establish its compliance with that standard.
</P>
<P>(c) Each occupied camp car shall be equipped with or serviced by a safe and working HVAC system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.315" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.315   Vermin control.</HEAD>
<P>Camp cars shall be constructed, equipped, and maintained to prevent the entrance or harborage of rodents, insects, or other vermin. A continuing and effective extermination program shall be instituted where the presence of vermin is detected.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.317" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.317   Toilets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Number of toilets provided.</I> Each individual camp car that provides sleeping facilities must have one room with a functional toilet for a total of one or two occupants, and one additional room with a functional toilet if there are a total of three or four occupants.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Construction of toilet rooms.</I> Each toilet room must occupy a separate compartment with a door that latches and have walls or partitions between fixtures sufficient to assure privacy.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Supplies and sanitation.</I> (1) An adequate supply of toilet paper must be provided in each toilet room, unless provided to the occupants individually.
</P>
<P>(2) Each toilet must be kept in a clean and sanitary condition and cleaned regularly when the camp car is being used. In the case of a non-water carriage toilet facility, it must be cleaned and changed regularly when the camp car is being used.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Sewage disposal facilities.</I> (1) All sanitary sewer lines and floor drains from a camp car toilet facility must be connected to a public sewer where available and practical, unless the car is equipped with a holding tank that is emptied in a sanitary manner.
</P>
<P>(2) The sewage disposal method must not endanger the health of occupants.
</P>
<P>(3) For toilet facilities connected to a holding tank, the tank must be constructed in a manner that prevents vermin from entry and odors from escaping into the camp car.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.319" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.319   Lavatories.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Number.</I> Each camp car that provides a sleeping facility must contain at least one functioning lavatory for a total of one or two occupants and an additional functional lavatory if there is a total of three or four occupants.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Water.</I> Each lavatory must be provided with hot and cold potable running water. The water supplied to a lavatory must be from a potable water source supplied through a system maintained as required in § 228.323.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Soap.</I> Unless otherwise provided by a collective bargaining agreement, hand soap or similar cleansing agents must be provided.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Means of drying.</I> Unless otherwise provided by a collective bargaining agreement, individual hand towels, of cloth or paper, warm air blowers, or clean sections of continuous cloth toweling must be provided near the lavatories.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.321" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.321   Showering facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Number.</I> Each individual camp car that provides sleeping facilities must contain a minimum of one shower for a total of one or two occupants and an additional functional shower if the camp car contains a total of three or four occupants.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Floors.</I> (1) Shower floors must be constructed of non-slippery materials;
</P>
<P>(2) Floor drains must be provided in all shower baths and shower rooms to remove waste water and facilitate cleaning;
</P>
<P>(3) All junctions of the curbing and the floor must be sealed; and
</P>
<P>(4) There shall be no fixed grate or other instrument on the shower floor significantly hindering the cleaning of the shower floor or drain.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Walls and partitions.</I> The walls and partitions of a shower room must be smooth and impervious to the height of splash.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Water.</I> An adequate supply of hot and cold running potable water must be provided for showering purposes. The water supplied to a shower must be from a potable water source supplied through a system maintained as required in § 228.323.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Showering necessities.</I> (1) Unless otherwise provided by a collective bargaining agreement, body soap or other appropriate cleansing agent convenient to the showers must be provided.
</P>
<P>(2) Showers must be provided with hot and cold water feeding a common discharge line.
</P>
<P>(3) Unless otherwise provided by a collective bargaining agreement, each occupant who uses a shower must be provided with an individual clean towel.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.323" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.323   Potable water.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) Potable water shall be adequately and conveniently provided to all occupants of a camp car for drinking, personal oral hygiene, washing of person, cooking, washing of foods, washing of cooking or eating utensils, and washing of premises for food preparation or processing.
</P>
<P>(2) Open containers such as barrels, pails, or tanks for drinking water from which the water must be dipped or poured, whether or not they are fitted with a cover, are prohibited.
</P>
<P>(3) A common drinking cup and other common utensils are prohibited.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Potable water source.</I> (1) If potable water is provided in bottled form, it shall be stored in a manner recommended by the supplier in order to prevent contamination in storage. Bottled water shall not be provided as a substitute for the hot and cold running potable water required to be supplied in lavatories, showers, and sinks under this section. Bottled water shall contain a label identifying the packager and the source of the water.
</P>
<P>(2) If potable water is drawn from a local source, the source must meet the drinking water standards established by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency under 40 CFR part 141, National Primary Drinking Water Regulations.
</P>
<P>(3) All equipment and construction used for supplying potable water to a camp car water system (<I>e.g.,</I> a hose, nozzle, or back-flow prevention) shall be approved by the Food and Drug Administration.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Water hydrants.</I> Each water hydrant, hose, or nozzle used for supplying potable water to a camp car water system shall be inspected prior to use. Each such hose or nozzle used shall be cleaned and sanitized as part of the inspection. A signed, dated record of this inspection shall be kept within the camp for the period of the connection. When the connection is terminated, a copy of each of these records must be submitted promptly to a centralized location for the railroad and maintained for one year from the date the connection was terminated.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Training.</I> Only a trained individual is permitted to fill the potable water systems. Each individual who fills a potable water system shall be trained in—
</P>
<P>(i) The approved method of inspecting, cleaning, and sanitizing hydrants, hoses, and nozzles used for filling potable water systems; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The approved procedures to prevent contamination during watering.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Certification.</I> Each time that potable water is drawn from a different local source, the railroad shall obtain a certificate from a State or local health authority indicating that the water from this source is of a quality not less than that prescribed in 40 CFR part 141, National Primary Drinking Water Regulations promulgated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or obtain such a certificate by a certified laboratory following testing for compliance with those standards. The current certification shall be kept within the camp for the duration of the connection. When the connection is terminated, a copy of each of these records must be submitted promptly to a centralized location for the railroad and maintained for one year from the date the connection was terminated.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Storage and distribution system.</I> (1) <I>Storage.</I> Potable water shall be stored in sanitary containers that prevent external contaminants from entering the potable water supply. Such contaminants include biological agents or materials and substances that can alter the taste or color or are toxic.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dispensers.</I> Potable drinking water dispensers shall be designed, constructed, and serviced so that sanitary conditions are maintained, must be capable of being closed, and shall be equipped with a tap.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Distribution lines.</I> The distribution lines must be capable of supplying water at sufficient operating pressures to all taps for normal simultaneous operation.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Flushing.</I> Each potable water system shall be drained and flushed with a disinfecting solution at least once every 120 days. The railroad shall maintain a record of the draining and flushing of each separate system within the camp for the last two drain and flush cycles. The record shall contain the date of the work and the name(s) of the individual(s) performing the work. The original record shall be maintained with the camp. A copy of each of these records shall be sent to a centralized location for the railroad and maintained for one year.
</P>
<P>(i) The solution used for flushing and disinfection shall be a 100 parts per million by volume (ppm) chlorine solution.
</P>
<P>(ii) The chlorine solution shall be held for one hour in all parts of the system to ensure disinfection.
</P>
<P>(iii) The chlorine solution shall be purged from the system by a complete refilling and draining with fresh potable water.
</P>
<P>(iv) The draining and flushing shall be done more frequently if an occupant reports a taste or health problem associated with the water, or following any plumbing repair.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Reported problems.</I> Following any report of a taste problem with the water from a system or a health problem resulting from the water in a system, samples of water from each tap or dispensing location on the system shall be collected and sent to a laboratory approved by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for testing for heterotrophic plate counts, total coliform, and fecal coliform. If a single sample fails any of these tests, the system must be treated as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Heterotrophic plate count. Drain and flush the system within two days, and then return it to service.
</P>
<P>(ii) Total coliform. Remove the system from service, drain and flush system, resample the system, and then return the system to service.
</P>
<P>(iii) Fecal coliform. Remove the system from service, drain and flush the system, resample the system, and do not return the system to service until a satisfactory result on the test of the samples is obtained from the laboratory.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Reports.</I> All laboratory reports pertaining to the water system of the camp car shall be maintained with the car. Within 15 days of the receipt of such a laboratory report, a copy of the report shall be posted for a minimum of 10 calendar days at a conspicuous location within the camp car or cars affected for review by occupants. The report shall be maintained in the camp for the duration of the same connection. When the connection is terminated, the certification must be submitted promptly to a centralized location for the railroad and maintained for one year from the date the connection was terminated.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Signage.</I> Any water outlet/faucet within the camp car facility that supplies water not from a potable source or that is from a potable source but supplied through a system that is not maintained as required in this section, the outlet/faucet must be labeled with a sign, visible to the user and bearing a message to the following effect: “The water is not suitable for human consumption. Do not drink the water.”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.325" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.325   Food service in a camp car or separate kitchen or dining facility in a camp.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Sanitary storage.</I> No food or beverage may be stored in a toilet room or in an area exposed to a toxic material.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Consumption of food or beverage on the premises.</I> No occupant shall be allowed to consume a food or beverage in a toilet room or in any area exposed to a toxic material.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Kitchens, dining halls, and feeding facilities.</I> (1) In each camp car where central dining operations are provided by the railroad or its contractor(s) or subcontractor(s), the food handling facilities shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. <I>See</I> § 228.323, Potable water, generally.
</P>
<P>(i) All surfaces used for food preparation shall be disinfected after each use.
</P>
<P>(ii) The disinfection process shall include removal of chemical disinfectants that would adulterate foods prepared subsequent to disinfection.
</P>
<P>(2) All perishable food shall be stored either under refrigeration or in a freezer. Refrigeration and freezer facilities shall be provided with a means to monitor temperature to ensure proper temperatures are maintained. The temperature of refrigerators shall be maintained at 40  °F or below; the temperature of freezers shall be maintained at 0  °F or below at all times.
</P>
<P>(3) All non-perishable food shall be stored to prevent vermin and insect infestation.
</P>
<P>(4) All food waste disposal containers shall be constructed to prevent vermin and insect infestation.
</P>
<P>(i) All food waste disposal containers used within a camp car shall be emptied after each meal, or at least every four hours, whichever period is less.
</P>
<P>(ii) All food waste disposal containers used outside a camp car shall be located to prevent offensive odors from entering the sleeping quarters.
</P>
<P>(iii) All kitchen area camp car sinks used for food washing and preparation and all kitchen area floor drains shall be connected to a public sewer where available and practicable, unless the car is equipped with a holding tank that is emptied in a sanitary manner. For kitchen area sinks and floor drains identified in this paragraph (c)(4)(iii) connected to a holding tank, the tank must be constructed in a manner that prevents vermin from entry into the tank or odors from escaping into any camp car.
</P>
<P>(iv) The sewage disposal method must not endanger the health of occupants.
</P>
<P>(5) When a separate kitchen or dining hall car is provided, there must be a closeable door between the living or sleeping quarters into a kitchen or dining hall car.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Food handling.</I> (1) All food service facilities and operations for occupants of a camp car by the railroad or its contractor(s) or subcontractor(s) shall be carried out in accordance with sound hygienic principles. In all places of employment where all or part of the food service is provided, the food dispensed must be wholesome, free from spoilage, and must be processed, prepared, handled, and stored in such a manner as to be protected against contamination. See <I>§ 228.323,</I> Potable water, generally.
</P>
<P>(2) No person with any disease communicable through contact with food or a food preparation item may be employed or permitted to work in the preparation, cooking, serving, or other handling of food, foodstuffs, or a material used therein, in a kitchen or dining facility operated in or in connection with a camp car.
</P>
<P>(e) The limitations of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section do not apply to food service from restaurants near the camp car consist that are subject to State law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.327" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.327   Waste collection and disposal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General disposal requirements.</I> All sweepings, solid or liquid wastes, refuse, and garbage in a camp must be removed in such a manner as to avoid creating a menace to health and as often as necessary or appropriate to maintain a sanitary condition.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General waste receptacles.</I> Any exterior receptacle used for putrescible solid or liquid waste or refuse in a camp shall be so constructed that it does not leak and may be thoroughly cleaned and maintained in a sanitary condition. Such a receptacle must be equipped with a solid tight-fitting cover, unless it can be maintained in a sanitary condition without a cover. This requirement does not prohibit the use of receptacles designed to permit the maintenance of a sanitary condition without regard to the aforementioned requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Food waste disposal containers provided for the interior of camp cars.</I> An adequate number of receptacles constructed of smooth, corrosion resistant, easily cleanable, or disposable materials, must be provided and used for the disposal of waste food. Receptacles must be provided with a solid, tight-fitting cover unless sanitary conditions can be maintained without use of a cover. The number, size, and location of such receptacles must encourage their use and not result in overfilling. They must be emptied regularly and maintained in a clean, safe, and sanitary condition.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.329" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.329   Housekeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A camp car must be kept clean to the extent allowed by the nature of the work performed by the occupants of the camp car.
</P>
<P>(b) To facilitate cleaning, every floor, working place, and passageway must be kept free from protruding nails, splinters, loose boards, and unnecessary holes and openings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.331" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.331   First aid and life safety.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An adequate first aid kit must be maintained and made available for occupants of a camp car for the emergency treatment of an injured person.
</P>
<P>(b) The contents of the first aid kit shall be placed in a weatherproof container with individual sealed packages for each type of item, and shall be checked at least weekly when the camp car is occupied to ensure that the expended items are replaced. The first aid kit shall contain, at a minimum, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Two small gauze pads (at least 4 × 4 inches);
</P>
<P>(2) Two large gauze pads (at least 8 × 10 inches);
</P>
<P>(3) Two adhesive bandages;
</P>
<P>(4) Two triangular bandages;
</P>
<P>(5) One package of gauge roller bandage that is at least 2 inches wide;
</P>
<P>(6) Wound cleaning agent, such as sealed moistened towelettes;
</P>
<P>(7) One pair of scissors;
</P>
<P>(8) One set of tweezers;
</P>
<P>(9) One roll of adhesive tape;
</P>
<P>(10) Two pairs of latex gloves; and
</P>
<P>(11) One resuscitation mask.
</P>
<P>(c) Each sleeping room shall be equipped with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A functional portable Type ABC fire extinguisher; and
</P>
<P>(2) Either a functional smoke alarm and a carbon monoxide alarm, or a functional combined smoke-carbon-monoxide alarm.
</P>
<P>(d) Each camp car consist shall have an emergency preparedness plan prominently displayed so all occupants of the camp car consist can view it at their convenience. The plan shall address the following subjects for each location where the camp car consist is used to house railroad employees or MOW workers:
</P>
<P>(1) The means used to be aware of and notify all occupants of impending weather threats, including thunderstorms, tornados, hurricanes, floods, and other major weather-related risks;
</P>
<P>(2) Shelter-in-place and emergency and evacuation instructions for each of the specific threats identified; and
</P>
<P>(3) The address and telephone number of the nearest emergency medical facility and directions on how to get there from the camp car consist.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.333" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.333   Remedial action.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad shall, within 24 hours after receiving a good faith notice from a camp car occupant or an employee labor organization representing camp car occupants or notice from a Federal Railroad Administration inspector, including a certified State inspector under part 212 of this chapter, of noncompliance with this subpart, correct each non-complying condition on the camp car or cease use of the camp car as sleeping quarters for each occupant. In the event that such a condition affects the safety or health of an occupant, such as, but not limited to, water, cooling, heating, or eating facilities, sanitation issues related to food storage, food handling or sewage disposal, vermin or pest infestation, or electrical hazards, the railroad must immediately upon notice provide alternative arrangements for housing and providing food to the employee or MOW worker until the condition adverse to the safety or health of the occupant(s) is corrected.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.335" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.5.15.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.335   Electronic recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall keep records as required by § 228.323 either—
</P>
<P>(1) On paper forms provided by the railroad, or
</P>
<P>(2) By electronic means that conform with the requirements of subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Records required to be kept shall be made available to the Federal Railroad Administration as provided by 49 U.S.C. 20107.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Substantive Hours of Service Requirements for Train Employees Engaged in Commuter or Intercity Rail Passenger Transportation</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 50397, Aug. 12, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 228.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.6.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.401   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the requirements of this subpart apply to railroads and their officers and agents, with respect to their train employees who are engaged in commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation, including train employees who are engaged in tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion rail passenger transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not apply to rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected with the general railroad system of transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.6.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.403   Nonapplication, exemption, and definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This subpart does not apply to a situation involving any of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A casualty;
</P>
<P>(2) An unavoidable accident;
</P>
<P>(3) An act of God; or
</P>
<P>(4) A delay resulting from a cause unknown and unforeseeable to a railroad or its officer or agent in charge of the employee when the employee left a terminal.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemption.</I> The Administrator may exempt a railroad having not more than a total of 15 train employees, signal employees, and dispatching service employees from the limitations imposed by this subpart on the railroad's train employees who are engaged in commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation. The Administrator may allow the exemption from this subpart after a full hearing, for good cause shown, and on deciding that the exemption is in the public interest and will not affect safety adversely. The exemption shall be for a specific period of time and is subject to review at least annually. The exemption may not authorize a railroad to require or allow its train employees to be on duty more than a total of 16 hours in a 24-hour period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> In this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation</I> has the meaning assigned by section 24102 of title 49, United States Code, to the terms “commuter rail passenger transportation” or “intercity rail passenger transportation.”
</P>
<P><I>Train employee who is engaged in commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation</I> includes a train employee who is engaged in commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation regardless of the nature of the entity by whom the employee is employed and any other train employee who is employed by a commuter railroad or an intercity passenger railroad. The term excludes a train employee of another type of railroad who is engaged in work train service even though that work train service might be related to providing commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation, and a train employee of another type of railroad who serves as a pilot on a train operated by a commuter railroad or intercity passenger railroad.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.6.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.405   Limitations on duty hours of train employees engaged in commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a railroad and its officers and agents may not require or allow a train employee engaged in commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation to remain or go on duty—
</P>
<P>(1) Unless that employee has had at least 8 consecutive hours off duty during the prior 24 hours; or
</P>
<P>(2) After that employee has been on duty for 12 consecutive hours, until that employee has had at least 10 consecutive hours off duty; or
</P>
<P>(3) In a series of at most 14 consecutive calendar days, in excess of the following limitations:
</P>
<P>(i) That employee's first series of at most 14 consecutive calendar days begins on the first calendar day that the employee initiates an on-duty period on or after the compliance date for this paragraph (a)(3), as specified in § 228.413. A series of at most 14 consecutive calendar days either ends on the 14th consecutive day or may last for less than 14 days if an employee has accumulated a total of two calendar days on which the employee has not initiated an on-duty period before the beginning of the 14th day of the series. After the employee has accumulated a total of two calendar days on which the employee has not initiated an on-duty period, including at least 24 consecutive hours off duty as required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii) or two consecutive calendar days without initiating an on-duty period as required by paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section, during the employee's current series of at most 14 consecutive calendar days, a new series of at most 14 consecutive calendar days begins on the calendar day in which the employee next initiates an on-duty period. Only calendar days after the starting date of a series are counted toward the accumulation of a total of two calendar days on which the employee did not initiate an on-duty period. A calendar day on which an on-duty period was not initiated that occurred prior to the start of the new series, does not count toward refreshing the new series.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the employee initiates an on-duty period each day on any six or more consecutive calendar days during the series of at most 14 consecutive calendar days, and at least one of the on-duty periods is defined as a Type 2 assignment, that employee must have at least 24 consecutive hours off duty prior to next initiating an on-duty period, except as provided in paragraph (a)(3)(v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the employee has initiated an on-duty period each day on 13 or more calendar days in the series of at most 14 consecutive calendar days, that employee must have at least two consecutive calendar days on which the employee does not initiate an on-duty period prior to next initiating an on-duty period, except as provided in paragraph (a)(3)(v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) The minimum time off duty required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section and the at least two consecutive calendar days in which the employee does not initiate an on-duty period required by paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section must be at the employee's home terminal, and during such periods, the employee shall be unavailable for any service for any railroad.
</P>
<P>(v) Paragraphs (a)(3)(ii)-(iii) of this section notwithstanding, if the employee is not at the employee's home terminal when time off duty is required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section or calendar days in which the employee does not initiate an on-duty period are required by paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section, the employee may either deadhead to the point of final release at the employee's home terminal or initiate an on-duty period in order to return to the employee's home terminal either on the same calendar day or the next consecutive calendar day after the completion of the duty tour triggering the requirements of paragraph (a)(3)(ii) or paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vi) If the employee is required to have at least 24 consecutive hours off duty under paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section and not to initiate an on-duty period for at least two consecutive calendar days under paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section, both requirements shall be observed. The required periods run concurrently, to the extent that they overlap.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determining time on duty.</I> In determining under paragraph (a) of this section the time that a train employee subject to this subpart is on or off duty, the following rules apply:
</P>
<P>(1) Time on duty begins when the employee reports for duty and ends when the employee is finally released from duty;
</P>
<P>(2) Time the employee is engaged in or connected with the movement of a train is time on duty;
</P>
<P>(3) Time spent performing any other service for the railroad during a 24-hour period in which the employee is engaged in or connected with the movement of a train is time on duty;
</P>
<P>(4) Time spent in deadhead transportation to a duty assignment is time on duty, but time spent in deadhead transportation from a duty assignment to the place of final release is neither time on duty nor time off duty;
</P>
<P>(5) An interim period available for rest at a place other than a designated terminal is time on duty;
</P>
<P>(6) An interim period available for less than four hours rest at a designated terminal is time on duty; and
</P>
<P>(7) An interim period available for at least four hours rest at a place with suitable facilities for food and lodging is not time on duty when the employee is prevented from getting to the employee's designated terminal by any of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A casualty;
</P>
<P>(ii) A track obstruction;
</P>
<P>(iii) An act of God; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A derailment or major equipment failure resulting from a cause that was unknown and unforeseeable to the railroad or its officer or agent in charge of that employee when that employee left the designated terminal.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Emergencies.</I> A train employee subject to this subpart who is on the crew of a wreck or relief train may be allowed to remain or go on duty for not more than four additional hours in any period of 24 consecutive hours when an emergency exists and the work of the crew is related to the emergency. In this paragraph, an emergency ends when the track is cleared and the railroad line is open for traffic.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.6.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.407   Analysis of work schedules; submissions; FRA review and approval of submissions; fatigue mitigation plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Analysis of work schedules.</I> Each railroad subject to this subpart must perform an analysis of one cycle of the work schedules (the period within which the work schedule repeats) of its train employees engaged in commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation and identify those work schedules intended to be assigned to its train employees, that, if worked by such a train employee, put the train employee at risk for a level of fatigue at which safety may be compromised. Schedules identified in paragraph (g) of this section do not have to be analyzed. A level of fatigue at which safety may be compromised, hereafter called “the fatigue threshold,” shall be determined by procedures that use a scientifically valid, biomathematical model of human performance and fatigue that has been approved by the Associate Administrator pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, or previously accepted pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Each work schedule that violates the fatigue threshold must be—
</P>
<P>(1) Reported to the Associate Administrator as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no later than April 12, 2012;
</P>
<P>(2) Either—
</P>
<P>(i) Mitigated by action in compliance with the railroad's fatigue mitigation plan that has been approved by the Associate Administrator as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, no later than April 12, 2012; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Supported by a determination that the schedule is operationally necessary, and that the fatigue risk cannot be sufficiently mitigated by the use of fatigue mitigation tools to reduce the risk for fatigue to a level that does not violate the fatigue threshold, no later than April 12, 2012; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Both, no later than April 12, 2012; and
</P>
<P>(3) Approved by FRA for use in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submissions of certain work schedules and any fatigue mitigation plans and determinations of operational necessity or declarations; FRA review and approval.</I> (1) No later than April 12, 2012, the railroad shall submit for approval to the Associate Administrator the work schedules described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section. The railroad shall identify and group the work schedules as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Work schedules that the railroad has found, using a validated model (as specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section or approved by FRA in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section) to present a risk for a level of fatigue that violates the applicable fatigue threshold, but that the railroad has determined can be mitigated by the use of fatigue mitigation tools so as to present a risk for a level of fatigue that does not violate the applicable fatigue threshold. The fatigue mitigation tools that will be used to mitigate the fatigue risk presented by the schedule must also be submitted.
</P>
<P>(ii) Work schedules that the railroad has found, using a validated model (as specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section or approved by FRA in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section), to present a risk for a level of fatigue that violates the applicable fatigue threshold, but that the railroad has determined cannot be mitigated so as to present a risk for a level of fatigue that does not violate the applicable fatigue threshold by the use of fatigue mitigation tools, and that the railroad has determined are operationally necessary. The basis for the determination must also be submitted.
</P>
<P>(2) If a railroad performs the analysis of its schedules required by paragraph (a) of this section, and determines that none of them violates the applicable fatigue threshold, and therefore none of them presents a risk for fatigue that requires it to be submitted to the Associate Administrator pursuant to this paragraph, that railroad shall, no later than April 12, 2012, submit to the Associate Administrator a written declaration, signed by an officer of the railroad, that the railroad has performed the required analysis and determined that it has no schedule that is required to be submitted.
</P>
<P>(3) FRA will review submitted work schedules, proposed fatigue mitigation tools, and determinations of operational necessity. If FRA identifies any exceptions to the submitted information, the agency will notify the railroad within 120 days of receipt of the railroad's submission. Railroads are required to correct any deficiencies identified by FRA within the time frame specified by FRA.
</P>
<P>(4) FRA will audit railroad work schedules and fatigue mitigation tools every two years to ensure compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Submission of models for FRA approval; validated models already accepted by FRA.</I> (1) If a railroad subject to this subpart wishes to use a model of human performance and fatigue, not previously approved by FRA, for the purpose of making part or all of the analysis required by paragraph (a) or (d) of this section, the railroad shall submit the model and evidence in support of its scientific validation, for the approval of the Associate Administrator. Decisions of the Associate Administrator regarding the validity of a model are subject to review under § 211.55 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad may use a model that is already accepted by FRA. FRA has approved the Fatigue Avoidance Scheduling Tool 
<SU>TM</SU> (FAST) issued on July 15, 2009, by Fatigue Science, Inc. (with a fatigue threshold for the purpose of this regulation less than or equal to 70 for 20 percent or more of the time worked in a duty tour), and Fatigue Audit InterDyne 
<SU>TM</SU> (FAID) version 2, issued in September 2007 by InterDynamics Pty Ltd. (Australian Company Number (ACN) 057 037 635) (with a fatigue threshold for the purpose of this regulation greater than or equal to 72 for 20 percent or more of the time worked in a duty tour) as scientifically valid, biomathematical models of human performance and fatigue for the purpose of making the analysis required by paragraph (a) or (d) of this section. Other versions of the models identified in this paragraph must be submitted to FRA for approval prior to use as provided by paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If a new model is submitted to FRA for approval, pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, FRA will publish notice of the submission in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> and will provide an opportunity for comment, prior to the Associate Administrator's making a final determination as to its disposition. If the Associate Administrator approves a new model as having been validated and calibrated, so that it can be used for schedule analysis in compliance with this regulation, FRA will also publish notice of this determination in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Analysis of certain later changes in work schedules.</I> (1) Additional follow-up analysis must be performed each time that the railroad changes one of its work schedules in a manner—
</P>
<P>(i) That would differ from the FRA-approved parameters for hours of duty of any work schedule previously analyzed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) That would alter the work schedule to the extent that train employees who work the schedule may be at risk of experiencing a level of fatigue that violates the FRA-approved fatigue threshold established by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Such additional follow-up analysis must be submitted for FRA approval as provided under paragraph (b) of this section, as soon as practicable, prior to the use of the new schedule for an employee subject to this subpart. FRA approval is not necessary before a new schedule may be used; however, a schedule that has been disapproved by FRA may not be used.
</P>
<P>(3) FRA will review submitted revised work schedules, and any accompanying fatigue mitigation tools, and determinations of operational necessity. If FRA identifies any exceptions to the submitted information, the agency will notify the railroad as soon as possible. Railroads are required to correct any deficiencies identified by FRA within the time frame specified by FRA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Fatigue mitigation plans.</I> A written plan must be developed and adopted by the railroad to mitigate the potential for fatigue for any work schedule identified through the analysis required by paragraph (a) or (d) of this section as at risk, including potential fatigue caused by unscheduled work assignments. Compliance with the fatigue mitigation plan is mandatory. The railroad shall review and, if necessary, update the plan at least once every two years after adopting the plan.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Consultation.</I> (1) Each railroad subject to this subpart shall consult with, employ good faith, and use its best efforts to reach agreement with, all of its directly affected employees, including any nonprofit employee labor organization representing a class or craft of directly affected employees of the railroad, on the following subjects:
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad's review of work schedules found to be at risk for a level of fatigue at which safety may be compromised (as described by paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad's selection of appropriate fatigue mitigation tools; and
</P>
<P>(iii) All submissions by the railroad to the Associate Administrator for approval that are required by this section.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, the term “directly affected employee” means an employee to whom one of the work schedules applies or would apply if approved.
</P>
<P>(3) If the railroad and its directly affected employees, including any nonprofit employee labor organization representing a class or craft of directly affected employees of the railroad, cannot reach consensus on any area described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, then directly affected employees and any such organization may file a statement with the Associate Administrator explaining their views on any issue on which consensus was not reached. The Associate Administrator shall consider such views during review and approval of items required by this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Schedules not requiring analysis.</I> The types of schedules described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph do not require the analysis described in paragraphs (a) or (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) Schedules consisting solely of Type 1 assignments do not have to be analyzed.
</P>
<P>(2) Schedules containing Type 2 assignments do not have be analyzed if—
</P>
<P>(i) The Type 2 assignment is no longer in duration than, and fully contained within, the schedule of another Type 2 assignment that has already been determined to present an acceptable level of risk for fatigue that does not violate the fatigue threshold; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the longer Type 2 schedule within which another Type 2 schedule is contained requires mitigations to be applied in order to achieve an acceptable level of risk for fatigue that does not violate the fatigue threshold, the same or more effective mitigations must be applied to the shorter Type 2 schedule that is fully contained within the already acceptable Type 2 schedule.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.409" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.6.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.409   Requirements for railroad-provided employee sleeping quarters during interim releases and other periods available for rest within a duty tour.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a railroad subject to this subpart provides sleeping quarters for the use of a train employee subject to this subpart during interim periods of release as a method of mitigating fatigue identified by the analysis of work schedules required by § 228.407(a) and (d), such sleeping quarters must be “clean, safe, and sanitary,” and give the employee “an opportunity for rest free from the interruptions caused by noise under the control of the” railroad within the meaning of section 21106(a)(1) of title 49 of the United States Code.
</P>
<P>(b) Any sleeping quarters provided by a railroad that are proposed as a fatigue mitigation tool pursuant to § 228.407(b)(1)(i), are subject to the requirements of § 228.407(f), Consultation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.411" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.6.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.411   Training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Individuals to be trained.</I> Except as provided by paragraph (f) of this section, each railroad subject to this subpart shall provide training for its employees subject to this subpart, and the immediate supervisors of its employees subject to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Subjects to be covered.</I> The training shall provide, at a minimum, information on the following subjects that is based on the most current available scientific and medical research literature:
</P>
<P>(1) Physiological and human factors that affect fatigue, as well as strategies to reduce or mitigate the effects of fatigue;
</P>
<P>(2) Opportunities for identification, diagnosis, and treatment of any medical condition that may affect alertness or fatigue, including sleep disorders;
</P>
<P>(3) Alertness strategies, such as policies on napping, to address acute drowsiness and fatigue while an employee is on duty;
</P>
<P>(4) Opportunities to obtain restful sleep at lodging facilities, including employee sleeping quarters provided by the railroad; and
</P>
<P>(5) The effects of abrupt changes in rest cycles for employees.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Timing of initial training.</I> Initial training shall be provided to affected current employees not later than December 31, 2012, and to new employees subject to this subpart before the employee first works a schedule subject to analysis under this subpart, or not later than December 31, 2012, whichever occurs later.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Timing of refresher training.</I> (1) At a minimum, refresher training shall be provided every three calendar years.
</P>
<P>(2) Additional refresher training shall also be provided when significant changes are made to the railroad's fatigue mitigation plan or to the available fatigue mitigation tools applied to an employee's assignment or assignments at the location where he or she works.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Records of training.</I> A railroad shall maintain a record of each employee provided training in compliance with this section and shall retain these records for three years.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Conditional exclusion.</I> A railroad engaged in tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion rail passenger transportation, may be excluded from the requirements of this section, if its train employees subject to this rule are assigned to work only schedules wholly within the hours of 4 a.m. and 8 p.m. on the same calendar day that comply with the provisions of § 228.405, upon that railroad's submission to the Associate Administrator of a written declaration, signed by an officer of the railroad, indicating that the railroad meets the limitations established in this paragraph.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 228.413" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.6.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 228.413   Compliance date for regulations; exemption from compliance with statute.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided by paragraph (d) of this section or as provided in § 228.411, on and after April 12, 2012, railroads subject to this subpart shall comply with this subpart and §§ 228.11(c)(1)-(2) and 228.19(c)(5)-(c)(8) with respect to their train employees who are engaged in commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemption from compliance with statute.</I> On and after October 15, 2011, railroads subject to this subpart or any provision of this subpart shall be exempt from complying with the provisions of old section 21103 and new section 21103 for such employees.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> In this section—
</P>
<P>(1) The term “new section 21103” means section 21103 of title 49, United States Code, as amended by the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (RSIA) effective July 16, 2009.
</P>
<P>(2) The term “old section 21103” means section 21103 of title 49, United States Code, as it was in effect on the day before the enactment of the RSIA.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) On and after October 15, 2011, railroads subject to this subpart shall comply with §§ 228.401, 228.403, 228.405(a)(1), (a)(2), (b), and (c), and 228.409(a).
</P>
<P>(2) Railroads engaged in tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion rail passenger transportation, subject to this subpart, must comply with the sections listed in paragraph (d)(1) of this section on and after October 15, 2011, but are not required to comply with the other provisions of this subpart and §§ 228.11(c)(1)-(2) and 228.19(c)(5)-(c)(8) until April 12, 2013.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.8.15.1.46" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 228—Requirements of the Hours of Service Act: Statement of Agency Policy and Interpretation
</HEAD>
<P>First enacted in 1907, the Hours of Service Act was substantially revised in 1969 by Public Law 91-169. Further amendments were enacted as part of the Federal Railroad Safety Authorization Act of 1976, Public Law 94-348 and by the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 1988, Public Law 100-342. The purpose of the law is “to promote the safety of employees and travelers upon railroads by limiting the hours of service of employees * * *.” This appendix is designed to explain the effect of the law in commonly-encountered situations.
</P>
<P>The Act governs the maximum work hours of employees engaged in one or more of the basic categories of covered service treated below. If an individual performs more than one kind of covered service during a tour of duty, then the most restrictive of the applicable limitations control.
</P>
<P>The act applies to any railroad, as that term is defined in 45 U.S.C. 431(e). It governs the carrier's operations over its own railroad and all lines of road which it uses.
</P>
<HD1>train and engine service
</HD1>
<P><I>Covered Service.</I> Train or engine service refers to the actual assembling or operation of trains. Employees who perform this type of service commonly include locomotive engineers, firemen, conductors, trainmen, switchmen, switchtenders (unless their duties come under the provisions of section 3) and hostlers. With the passage of the 1976 amendments, both inside and outside hostlers are considered to be connected with the movement of trains. Previously, only outside hostlers were covered. Any other employee who is actually engaged in or connected with the movement of any train is also covered, regardless of his job title.
</P>
<P><I>Limitations on Hours.</I> The Act establishes two limitations on hours of service. First, no employee engaged in train or engine service may be required or permitted to work in excess of twelve consecutive hours. After working a full twelve consecutive hours, an employee must be given at least ten consecutive hours off duty before being permitted to return to work.
</P>
<P>Second, no employee engaged in train or engine service may be required or permitted to continue on duty or go on duty unless he has had at least eight consecutive hours off duty within the preceding twenty-four hours. This latter limitation, when read in conjunction with the requirements with respect to computation of duty time (discussed below) results in several conclusions:
</P>
<P>(1) When an employee's work tour is broken or interrupted by a valid period of interim release (4 hours or more at a designated terminal), he may return to duty for the balance of the total 12-hour work tour during a 24-hour period.
</P>
<P>(2) After completing the 12 hours of broken duty, or at the end of the 24-hour period, whichever occurs first, the employee may not be required or permitted to continue on duty or to go on duty until he has had at least 8 consecutive hours off duty.
</P>
<P>(3) The 24-hour period referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 above shall begin upon the commencement of a work tour by the employee immediately after his having received a statutory off-duty period of 8 or 10 hours as appropriate.
</P>
<P><I>Duty time and effective periods of release.</I> On-duty time commences when an employee reports at the time and place specified by the railroad and terminates when the employee is finally released of all responsibilities. (Time spent in deadhead transportation to a duty assignment is also counted as time on duty. See discussion below.) Any period available for rest that is of four or more hours and is at a designated terminal is off-duty time. All other periods available for rest must be counted as time on duty under the law, regardless of their duration.
</P>
<P>The term “designated terminal” means a terminal (1) which is designated in or under a collective bargaining agreement as the “home” or “away-from-home” terminal for a particular crew assignment and (2) which has suitable facilities for food and lodging. Carrier and union representatives may agree to establish additional designated terminals having such facilities as points of effective release under the Act. Agreements to designate additional terminals for purposes of release under the Act should be reduced to writing and should make reference to the particular assignments affected and to the Hours of Service Act. The following are common situations illustrating the designated terminal concept:
</P>
<P>(1) A freight or passenger road crew operates a train from home terminal “A” to away-from-home terminal “B” (or the reverse). Terminals “A” and “B” would normally be the designated terminals for this specific crew assignment. However, carrier and employee representatives may agree to designate additional terminals having suitable facilities for food and lodging as appropriate points of release under the Hours of Service Act.
</P>
<P>(2) A road crew operates a train in turn-around service from home terminal “A” to turn-around point “B” and back to “A”. Terminal “A” is the only designated terminal for this specific crew assignment, unless carrier and employee representatives have agreed to designate additional terminals having suitable facilities for food and lodging.
</P>
<P>(3) A crew is assigned to operate a maintenance-of-way work train from home terminal “A”, work on line of road and tie up for rest along the line of road at point “B”. Home terminal “A” and tie-up point “B” both qualify as designated terminals for this specific work train crew assignment. Of course, suitable facilities for food and lodging must be available at tie-up point “B”.
</P>
<P><I>Deadheading.</I> Under the Act time spent in deadhead transportation receives special treatment. Time spent in deadhead transportation to a duty assignment by a train or engine service employee is considered on-duty time. Time spent in deadhead transportation from the final duty assignment of the work tour to the point of final release is not computed as either time on duty or time off duty. Thus, the period of deadhead transportation to point of final release may not be included in the required 8- or 10-hour off-duty period. Time spent in deadhead transportation to a duty assignment is calculated from the time the employee reports for deadhead until he reaches his duty assignment.
</P>
<P>All time spent awaiting the arrival of a deadhead vehicle for transportation from the final duty assignment of the work tour to the point of final release is considered limbo time, <I>i.e.,</I> neither time on duty nor time off duty, provided that the employee is given no specific responsibilities to perform during this time. However, if an employee is required to perform service of any kind during that period (<I>e.g.,</I> protecting the train against vandalism, observing passing trains for any defects or unsafe conditions, flagging, shutting down locomotives, checking fluid levels, or communicating train consist information via radio), he or she will be considered as on duty until all such service is completed. Of course, where a railroad carrier's operating rules clearly relieve the employee of all duties during the waiting period and no duties are specifically assigned, the waiting time is not computed as either time on duty or time off duty.
</P>
<P>Transit time from the employee's residence to his regular reporting point is not considered deadhead time.
</P>
<P>If an employee utilizes personal automobile transportation to a point of duty assignment other than the regular reporting point in lieu of deadhead transportation provided by the carrier, such actual travel time is considered as deadheading time. However, if the actual travel time from his home to the point of duty assignment exceeds a reasonable travel time from the regular reporting point to the point of duty assignment, then only the latter period is counted. Of course, actual travel time must be reasonable and must not include diversions for personal reasons.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Employee A receives an assignment from an “extra board” located at his home terminal to protect a job one hour's drive from the home terminal. In lieu of transporting the employee by carrier conveyance, the railroad pays the employee a fixed amount to provide his own transportation to and from the outlying point. The employee is permitted to go directly from his home to the outlying point, a drive which takes 40 minutes. The normal driving time between his regular reporting point at his home terminal and the outlying point is 60 minutes. The actual driving time, 40 minutes is considered deadhead time and is counted as time on duty under the Act.
</PSPACE><P>Employee A performs local switching service at the outlying point. When the employee returns from the outlying point that evening, and receives an “arbitrary” payment for his making the return trip by private automobile, 40 minutes of his time in transportation home is considered deadheading to point of final release and is not counted as either time on duty or time off duty.</P></EXAMPLE>
<P><I>Wreck and relief trains.</I> Prior to the 1976 amendments, crews of wreck and relief trains were exempted entirely from the limitations on hours of service. Under present law that is no longer the case. The crew of a wreck or relief train may be permitted to be on duty for not to exceed 4 additional hours in any period of 24 consecutive hours whenever an actual emergency exists and the work of the crew is related to that emergency. Thus, a crew could work up to 16 hours, rather than 12. The Act specifies that an emergency ceases to exist for purposes of this provision when the track is cleared and the line is open for traffic. An “emergency” for purposes of wreck or relief service may be a less extraordinary or catastrophic event than an “unavoidable accident or Act of God” under section 5(d) of the Act.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>The crew of a wreck train is dispatched to clear the site of a derailment which has just occurred on a main line. The wreck crew re-rails or clears the last car and the maintenance of way department releases the track to the operating department 14 hours and 30 minutes into the duty tour. Since the line is not clear until the wreck train is itself out of the way, the crew may operate the wreck train to its terminal, provided this can be accomplished within the total of 16 hours on duty.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P><I>Emergencies.</I> The Act contains no general exception using the term “emergency” with respect to train or engine service or related work. See “casualties,” etc., under “General Provisions”.
</P>
<HD1>communication of train orders
</HD1>
<P><I>Covered Service.</I> The handling of orders governing the movement of trains is the second type of covered service. This provision of the Act applies to any operator, train dispatcher or other employee who by the use of the telegraph, telephone, radio, or any other electrical or mechanical device dispatches, reports, transmits, receives, or delivers orders pertaining to or affecting train movements.
</P>
<P>The approach of the law is functional. Thus, though a yardmaster normally is not covered by this provision, a yardmaster or other employee who performs any of the specified service during a duty tour is subject to the limitations on service for that entire tour.
</P>
<P><I>Limitations on hours.</I> No employee who performs covered service involving communication of train orders may be required or permitted to remain on duty for more than nine hours, whether consecutive or in the aggregate, in any 24-hour period in any office, tower, station or place where two or more shifts are employed. Where only one shift is employed, the employee is restricted to 12 hours consecutively or in the aggregate during any 24-hour period.
</P>
<P>The provision on emergencies, discussed below, may extend the permissible hours of employees performing this type of service.
</P>
<P><I>Shifts.</I> The term “shift” is not defined by the Act, but the legislative history of the 1969 amendments indicates that it means a tour of duty constituting a day's work for one or more employee performing the same class of work at the same station who are scheduled to begin and end work at the same time. The following are examples of this principle:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Scheduled Hours
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Classification
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 a.m. to 3 p.m</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 shift.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 a.m. to 12:30 p.m. 1:30 p.m. to 8 p.m. (Schedule for one employee including one hour lunch period)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 a.m. to 3 p.m. 7 a.m. to 3 p.m. (Two employees scheduled)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 a.m. to 3 p.m. 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. (Two employees scheduled)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 shifts.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Duty time and effective periods of release.</I> If, after reporting to his place of duty, an employee is required to perform duties at other places during this same tour of duty, the time spent traveling between such places is considered as time on duty. Under the traditional administrative interpretation of section 3, other periods of transportation are viewed as personal commuting and, thus, off-duty time.
</P>
<P>A release period is considered off-duty time if it provides a meaningful period of relaxation and if the employee is free of all responsibilities to the carrier. One hour is the minimum acceptable release period for this type of covered service.
</P>
<P><I>Emergencies.</I> The section of the Act dealing with dispatchers, operators, and others who transmit or receive train orders contains its own emergency provision. In case of emergency, an employee subject to the 9 or 12-hour limitation is permitted to work an additional four hours in any 24-hour period, but only for a maximum of three days in any period of seven consecutive days. However, even in an emergency situation the carrier must make reasonable efforts to relieve the employee.
</P>
<HD1>General Provisions
</HD1>
<HD1>(applicable to all covered service)
</HD1>
<P><I>Commingled Service.</I> All duty time for a railroad even though not otherwise subject to the Act must be included when computing total on-duty time of an individual who performs one or more of the type of service covered by the Act. This is known as the principle of “commingled service”.
</P>
<P>For example, if an employee performs duty for 8 hours as a trainman and then is used as a trackman (not covered by the law) in the same 24-hour period, total on-duty time is determined by adding the duty time as trackman to that as trainman. The law does not distinguish treatment of situations in which non-covered service follows, rather than precedes, covered service. The limitations on total hours apply on both cases. It should be remembered that attendance at required rules classes is duty time subject to the provisions on “commingling”. Similarly, where a carrier compels attendance at a disciplinary proceeding, time spent in attendance is subject to the provisions on commingling.
</P>
<P>When an employee performs service covered by more than one restrictive provision, the most restrictive provision determines the total lawful on-duty time. Thus, when an employee performs duty in train or engine service and also as an operator, the provisions of the law applicable to operators apply to all on-duty and off-duty periods during such aggregate time. However, an employee subject to the 12 hour provision of section 2 of the law does not become subject to the 9 or 12-hour provisions of section 3 merely because he receives, transmits or delivers orders pertaining to or affecting the movement of his train in the course of his duties as a trainman.
</P>
<P><I>Casualties, Unavoidable Accidents, Acts of God.</I> Section 5(d) of the Act states the following: “The provisions of this Act shall not apply in any case of casualty or unavoidable accident or the Act of God; nor where the delay was the result of a cause not known to the carrier or its officer or agent in charge of the employee at the time said employee left a terminal, and which could not have been foreseen.” This passage is commonly referred to as the “emergency provision”. Judicial construction of this sentence has limited the relief which it grants to situations which are truly unusual and exceptional. The courts have recognized that delays and operational difficulties are common in the industry and must be regarded as entirely foreseeable; otherwise, the Act will provide no protection whatsoever. Common operational difficulties which do not provide relief from the Act include, but are not limited to, broken draw bars, locomotive malfunctions, equipment failures, brake system failures, hot boxes, unexpected switching, doubling hills and meeting trains. Nor does the need to clear a main line or cut a crossing justify disregard of the limitations of the Act. Such contingencies must normally be anticipated and met within the 12 hours. Even where an extraordinary event or combination of events occurs which, by itself, would be sufficient to permit excess service, the carrier must still employ due diligence to avoid or limit such excess service. The burden of proof rests with the carrier to establish that excess service could not have been avoided.
</P>
<P><I>Sleeping Quarters.</I> Under the 1976 amendments to the Act it is unlawful for any common carrier to provide sleeping quarters for persons covered by the Hours of Service Act which do not afford such persons an opportunity for rest, free from interruptions caused by noise under the control of the railroad, in clean, safe, and sanitary quarters. Such sleeping quarters include crew quarters, camp or bunk cars, and trailers.
</P>
<P>Sleeping quarters are not considered to be “free from interruptions caused by noise under the control of the railroad” if noise levels attributable to noise sources under the control of the railroad exceed an L<E T="52">eq</E>(8) value of 55dB(A).
</P>
<P><I>Collective Bargaining.</I> The Hours of Service Act prescribes the maximum permissible hours of service consistent with safety. However, the Act does not prohibit collective bargaining for shorter hours of service and time on duty.
</P>
<P><I>Penalty.</I> As amended by the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 1988 and the Rail Safety Enforcement and Review Act of 1992, the penalty provisions of the law apply to any person (an entity of any type covered under 1 U.S.C. 1, including but not limited to the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor), except that a penalty may be assessed against an individual only for a willful violation. See appendix A to 49 CFR part 209. For violations that occurred on September 3, 1992, a person who violates the Act is liable for a civil penalty, as the Secretary of Transportation deems reasonable, in an amount not less than $500 nor more than $11,000, except that where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or has caused death or injury, a penalty not to exceed $22,000 may be assessed. The Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 as amended by the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 required agencies to increase the maximum civil monetary penalty for inflation. The amounts increased from $10,000 to $11,000 and from $20,000 to $22,000 respectively. According to the same law, in 2004, the minimum penalty of $500 was raised to $550, and the maximum penalty for a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations that has caused an imminent hazard of death or injury to individuals or has caused death or injury, was increased from $22,000 to $27,000. The $11,000 maximum penalty was not adjusted. Effective October 9, 2007, the ordinary maximum penalty of $11,000 was raised to $16,000 as required under law. Effective March 2, 2009, the minimum penalty, ordinary maximum penalty and aggravated maximum penalty were raised again. The minimum penalty was increased from $550 to $650 pursuant to the law's requirement. Meanwhile, the ordinary maximum penalty was increased from $16,000 to $25,000 and the aggravated maximum was increased from $27,000 to $100,000 in accordance with the authority provided under the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008. Meanwhile, the ordinary maximum penalty was increased from $16,000 to $25,000 and the aggravated maximum was increased from $27,000 to $100,000 in accordance with the authority provided under the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008. See sec. 302, Div. A, Public Law 110-432, 122 Stat. 4848, 4878, Oct. 16, 2008; 49 U.S.C. 21301-21303. Effective June 25, 2012, the aggravated maximum penalty was raised from $100,000 to $105,000 pursuant to the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990. Public Law 101-410, 104 Stat. 890, 28 U.S.C. 2461, note, as amended by Sec. 31001(s)(1) of the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996, Public Law 104-134, 110 Stat. 1321-373, Apr. 16, 1996. Pursuant to the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015, effective August 1, 2016, the minimum penalty was raised from $650 to $839, the ordinary maximum penalty was raised from $25,000 to $27,455, and the aggravated maximum penalty was raised from $105,000 to $109,819. See Public Law 114-74, Sec. 701, November 2, 2015. Under the 2015 Inflation Act, effective April 3, 2017, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $839 to $853, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $27,455 to $27,904, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $109,819 to $111,616. Effective November 27, 2018, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $853 to $870, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $27,904 to $28,474, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $111,616 to $113,894. Effective July 31, 2019, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $870 to $892, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $28,474 to $29,192, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $113,894 to $116,766. Effective January 11, 2021, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $892 to $908, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $29,192 to $29,707, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $116,766 to $118,826. Effective May 3, 2021, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $908 to $919, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $29,707 to $30,058, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $118,826 to $120,231. Effective March 21, 2022, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $919 to $976, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $30,058 to $31,928, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $120,231 to $127,712. Effective January 6, 2023, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $976 to $1,052, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $31,928 to $34,401, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $127,712 to $137,603. Effective December 28, 2023, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $1,052 to $1,086, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $34,401 to $35,516, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $137,603 to $142,063. Effective December 30, 2024, the minimum civil monetary penalty was raised from $1,086 to $1,114, the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $35,516 to $36,439, and the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty was raised from $142,063 to $145,754.
</P>
<P>Each employee who is required or permitted to be on duty for a longer period than prescribed by law or who does not receive a required period of rest represents a separate and distinct violation and subjects the railroad to a separate civil penalty. In the case of a violation of section 2(a)(3) or (a)(4) of the Act, each day a facility is in noncompliance constitutes a separate offense and subjects the railroad to a separate civil penalty.
</P>
<P>In compromising a civil penalty assessed under the Act, FRA takes into account the nature, circumstances, extent, and gravity of the violation committed, and, with respect to the person found to have committed such violation, the degree of culpability, any history of prior or subsequent offenses, ability to pay, effect on ability to continue to do business and such other matters as justice may require.
</P>
<P><I>Statute of limitations.</I> No suit may be brought after the expiration of two years from the date of violation unless administrative notification of the violation has been provided to the person to be charged within that two year period. In no event may a suit be brought after expiration of the period specified in 28 U.S.C. 2462.
</P>
<P><I>Exemptions.</I> A railroad which employs not more than 15 persons covered by the Hours of Service Act (including signalmen and hostlers) may be exempted from the law's requirements by the FRA after hearing and for good cause shown. The exemption must be supported by a finding that it is in the public interest and will not adversely affect safety. The exemption need not relate to all carrier employees. In no event may any employee of an exempt railroad be required or permitted to work beyond 16 hours continuously or in the aggregate within any 24-hour period. Any exemption is subject to review at least annually.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 27596, May 31, 1977]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting appendix A to part 228, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.8.15.1.47" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendixes B-C to Part 228 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.22.8.15.1.48" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 228—Guidance on Fatigue Management Plans
</HEAD>
<P>(a) Railroads subject to subpart F of this part, Substantive Hours of Service Requirements for Train Employees Engaged in Commuter or Intercity Rail Passenger Transportation, may wish to consider adopting a written fatigue management plan that is designed to reduce the fatigue experienced by their train employees subject to that subpart and to reduce the likelihood of accidents, incidents, injuries, and fatalities caused by the fatigue of these employees. If a railroad is required to have a fatigue mitigation plan under § 228.407 (containing the fatigue mitigation tools that the railroad has determined will mitigate the risk posed by a particular work schedule for a level of fatigue at or above the fatigue threshold), then the railroad's fatigue management plan could include the railroad's written fatigue mitigation plan, designated as such to distinguish it from the part of the plan that is optional, or could be a separate document. As provided in § 228.407(a)(2) and (e), compliance with the fatigue mitigation plan itself is mandatory.
</P>
<P>(b) A good fatigue management plan contains targeted fatigue countermeasures for the particular railroad. In other words, the plan takes into account varying circumstances of operations by the railroad on different parts of its system, and should prescribe appropriate fatigue countermeasures to address those varying circumstances. In addition, the plan addresses each of the following items, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) Employee education and training on the physiological and human factors that affect fatigue, as well as strategies to reduce or mitigate the effects of fatigue, based on the most current scientific and medical research and literature;
</P>
<P>(2) Opportunities for identification, diagnosis, and treatment of any medical condition that may affect alertness or fatigue, including sleep disorders;
</P>
<P>(3) Effects on employee fatigue of an employee's short-term or sustained response to emergency situations, such as derailments and natural disasters, or engagement in other intensive working conditions;
</P>
<P>(4) Scheduling practices for employees, including innovative scheduling practices, on-duty call practices, work and rest cycles, increased consecutive days off for employees, changes in shift patterns, appropriate scheduling practices for varying types of work, and other aspects of employee scheduling that would reduce employee fatigue and cumulative sleep loss;
</P>
<P>(5) Methods to minimize accidents and incidents that occur as a result of working at times when scientific and medical research has shown that increased fatigue disrupts employees' circadian rhythm;
</P>
<P>(6) Alertness strategies, such as policies on napping, to address acute drowsiness and fatigue while an employee is on duty;
</P>
<P>(7) Opportunities to obtain restful sleep at lodging facilities, including employee sleeping quarters provided by the railroad;
</P>
<P>(8) The increase of the number of consecutive hours of off-duty rest, during which an employee receives no communication from the employing railroad or its managers, supervisors, officers, or agents; and
</P>
<P>(9) Avoidance of abrupt changes in rest cycles for employees.
</P>
<P>(c) Finally, if a railroad chooses to adopt a fatigue management plan, FRA suggests that the railroad review the plan and update it periodically as the railroad sees fit if changes are warranted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 50400, Aug. 12, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="229" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 229—RAILROAD LOCOMOTIVE SAFETY STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20133, 20137-38, 20143, 20168, 20701-03, 21301-02, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 21109, Mar. 31, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.1.23.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for all locomotives except those propelled by steam power.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.1.23.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, this part applies to all standard gage railroads.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad that operates only on track inside an installation which is not part of the general railroad system of transportation; or
</P>
<P>(2) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected with the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of § 229.125 do not apply to Tier II passenger equipment as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter (<I>i.e.,</I> passenger equipment operating at speeds exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 160 mph).
</P>
<P>(d) On or after November 8, 1999, paragraphs (a)(1) and (b)(1) of § 229.141 do not apply to “passenger equipment” as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter, unless such equipment is excluded from the requirements of §§ 238.203 through 238.219, and § 238.223 of this chapter by operation of § 238.201(a)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) Paragraphs (a)(2) through (a)(4), and (b)(2) through (b)(4) of § 229.141 do not apply to “passenger equipment” as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter that is placed in service for the first time on or after September 8, 2000, unless such equipment is excluded from the requirements of §§ 238.203 through 238.219, and § 238.223 of this chapter by operation of § 238.201(a)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 33229, Aug. 14, 1989, as amended at 64 FR 25659, May 12, 1999; 83 FR 59217, Nov. 21, 2018]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.1.23.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>AAR</I> means the Association of American Railroads.
</P>
<P><I>Acceptable quality level (AQL).</I> The AQL is expressed in terms of percent defective or defects per 100 units. Lots having a quality level equal to a specified AQL will be accepted approximately 95 percent of the time when using the sampling plans prescribed for that AQL.
</P>
<P><I>Alerter</I> means a device or system installed in the locomotive cab to promote continuous, active locomotive engineer attentiveness by monitoring select locomotive engineer-induced control activities. If fluctuation of a monitored locomotive engineer-induced control activity is not detected within a predetermined time, a sequence of audible and visual alarms is activated so as to progressively prompt a response by the locomotive engineer. Failure by the locomotive engineer to institute a change of state in a monitored control, or acknowledge the alerter alarm activity through a manual reset provision, results in a penalty brake application that brings the locomotive or train to a stop.
</P>
<P><I>Anti-climbers</I> means the parts at the ends of adjoining rail vehicles in a train that are designed to engage when subjected to large buff loads to prevent the override of one vehicle by another.
</P>
<P><I>Assignment address</I> means a unique identifier of the RCL that insures that only the OCU's linked to a specific RCL can command that RCL.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator for Safety</I> means the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, or that person's delegate as designated in writing.
</P>
<P><I>Break</I> means a fracture resulting in complete separation into parts.
</P>
<P><I>Build date</I> means the date on which the completed locomotive is shipped by the manufacturer or remanufacturer to the customer, or if the railroad manufactures or remanufactures the locomotive itself, the date on which the locomotive is released from the manufacture or remanufacture facility.
</P>
<P><I>Cab</I> means that portion of the superstructure designed to be occupied by the crew operating the locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Carrier</I> means <I>railroad</I>, as that term is in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Collision posts</I> means structural members of the end structures of a rail vehicle that extend vertically from the underframe to which they are securely attached and that provide protection to occupied compartments from an object penetrating the vehicle during a collision.
</P>
<P><I>Controlling locomotive</I> means a locomotive from where the operator controls the traction and braking functions of the locomotive or locomotive consist, normally the lead locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Corner posts</I> means structural members located at the intersection of the front or rear surface with the side surface of a rail vehicle and which extend vertically from the underframe to the roof.
</P>
<P><I>Commuter service</I> means the type of railroad service described under the heading “Commuter Operations” in 49 CFR part 209, Appendix A.
</P>
<P><I>Commuter work train</I> is a non-revenue service train used in the administration and upkeep service of a commuter railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Control cab locomotive</I> means a locomotive without propelling motors but with one or more control stands.
</P>
<P><I>Controlling remote distributed power locomotive</I> means the locomotive in a distributed power consist that receives the coded signal from the lead locomotive consist of the train whether commanded automatically by the distributed power system or manually by the locomotive engineer.
</P>
<P><I>Crack</I> means a fracture without complete separation into parts, except that castings with shrinkage cracks or hot tears that do not significantly diminish the strength of the member are not considered to be cracked.
</P>
<P><I>Cruise control</I> means a device that controls locomotive power output to obtain a targeted speed. A device that functions only at or below 30 miles per hour is NOT considered a “cruise control” for purposes of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Data element</I> means one or more data point or value reflecting on-board train operations at a particular time. Data may be actual or “passed through” values or may be derived from a combination of values from other sources.
</P>
<P><I>dB(A)</I> means the sound pressure level in decibels measured on the A-weighted scale.
</P>
<P><I>Dead locomotive</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) A locomotive, other than a control cab locomotive, that does not have any traction device supplying tractive power; or
</P>
<P>(2) A control cab locomotive that has a locked and unoccupied cab.
</P>
<P><I>Decibel (dB)</I> means a unit of measurement of sound pressure levels.
</P>
<P><I>Defective</I> means, for purposes of section 229.129 of this part, a locomotive equipped with an audible warning device that produces a maximum sound level in excess of 110 dB(A) and/or a minimum sound level below 96 dB(A), as measured 100 feet forward of the locomotive in the direction of travel.
</P>
<P><I>Designated service</I> means exclusive operation of a locomotive under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The locomotive is not used as an independent unit or the controlling unit in a consist of locomotives except when moving for the purposes of servicing or repair within a single yard area;
</P>
<P>(2) The locomotive is not occupied by operating or deadhead crews outside a single yard area; and
</P>
<P>(3) The locomotive is stenciled “Designated Service—DO NOT OCCUPY.”
</P>
<P><I>Design standard</I> means a criterion adopted by an industry or voluntary consensus standards body, which addresses the design of a locomotive with respect to its crashworthiness and crashworthiness features.
</P>
<P><I>Distributed power system</I> means a system that provides control of a number of locomotives dispersed throughout a train from a controlling locomotive located in the lead position. The system provides control of the rearward locomotives by command signals originating at the lead locomotive and transmitted to the remote (rearward) locomotives.
</P>
<P><I>DMU locomotive</I> means a diesel-powered multiple unit operated locomotive with one or more propelling motors designed to carry passenger traffic.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic air brake</I> means a brake system controlled by a computer which provides the means for control of the locomotive brakes or train brakes or both.
</P>
<P><I>Event recorder</I> means a device, designed to resist tampering, that monitors and records data, as detailed in § 229.135(b), over the most recent 48 hours of operation of the electrical system of the locomotive on which the device is installed. However, a device, designed to resist tampering, that monitors and records the specified data only when the locomotive is in motion meets this definition if the device was installed prior to November 5, 1993 and if it records the specified data for the last eight hours the locomotive was in motion.
</P>
<P><I>Event recorder memory module</I> means that portion of an event recorder used to retain the recorded data as described in §§ 229.135(b) and 229.136(a) through (c).
</P>
<P><I>Excessive noise report</I> means a report by a locomotive cab occupant that the locomotive is producing an unusual level of noise that significantly interferes with normal cab communications or that is a concern with respect to hearing conservation.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel tank, external</I> means a fuel containment vessel that extends outside the car body structure of a locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel tank, internal</I> means a fuel containment vessel that does not extend outside the car body structure of a locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>High voltage</I> means an electrical potential of more than 150 volts.
</P>
<P><I>Image recording system</I> means a system of cameras or other electronic devices that record images as described in § 229.136, and any components that convert those images into electronic data transmitted to, and stored on, a memory module.
</P>
<P><I>Initial terminal</I> means a location where a train is originally assembled.
</P>
<P><I>In-service event recorder</I> means an event recorder that was successfully tested as prescribed in § 229.27(d) and whose subsequent failure to operate as intended, if any, is not actually known by the railroad operating the locomotive on which it is installed.
</P>
<P><I>Lateral</I> means the horizontal direction perpendicular to the direction of travel.
</P>
<P><I>Lead locomotive</I> means the first locomotive proceeding in the direction of movement.
</P>
<P><I>Lite locomotive</I> means a locomotive or a consist of locomotives not attached to any piece of equipment or attached only to a caboose.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive</I> means a piece of on-track equipment other than hi-rail, specialized maintenance, or other similar equipment—
</P>
<P>(1) With one or more propelling motors designed for moving other equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) With one or more propelling motors designed to carry freight or passenger traffic or both; or
</P>
<P>(3) Without propelling motors but with one or more control stands.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive cab</I> means the compartment or space on board a locomotive where the control stand is located and which is normally occupied by the engineer when the locomotive is operated.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive Control Unit</I> (LCU) means a system onboard an RCL that communicates via a radio link which receives, processes, and confirms commands from the OCU, which directs the locomotive to execute them.
</P>
<P><I>Longitudinal</I> means in a direction parallel to the normal direction of travel.
</P>
<P><I>Lot</I> means a collection of locomotives, equipped with the same horn model, configuration, and location, and the same air pressure and delivery system, which has been manufactured or processed under essentially the same conditions.
</P>
<P><I>Mandatory directive</I> means any movement authority or speed restriction that affects a railroad operation.
</P>
<P><I>Manufacture</I> means the act of constructing a locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Modesty lock</I> means a latch that can be operated in the normal manner only from within the sanitary compartment, that is designed to prevent entry of another person when the sanitary compartment is in use. A modesty lock may be designed to allow deliberate forced entry in the event of an emergency.
</P>
<P><I>Monocoque design locomotive</I> means a locomotive design where the shell or skin acts as a single unit with the supporting frame to resist and transmit the loads acting on the locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>MU locomotive</I> means a multiple unit operated electric locomotive—
</P>
<P>(1) With one or more propelling motors designed to carry freight or passenger traffic or both; or
</P>
<P>(2) Without propelling motors but with one or more control stands and a means of picking-up primary power such as a pantograph or third rail. 
</P>
<P><I>Narrow-nose locomotive</I> means a locomotive with a short hood that spans substantially less than the full width of the locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Occupied service</I> means the operation of a locomotive when the cab is physically occupied by a person.
</P>
<P><I>Operator Control Unit</I> (OCU) means a mobile unit that communicates via a radio link the commands for movement (direction, speed, braking) or for operations (bell, horn, sand) to an RCL.
</P>
<P><I>Other short-haul passenger service</I> means the type of railroad service described under the heading “Other short-haul passenger service” in 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P><I>Permanent deformation</I> means the undergoing of a permanent change in shape of a structural member of a rail vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Potable water</I> means water that meets the requirements of 40 CFR part 141, the Environmental Protection Agency's Primary Drinking Water Regulations, or water that has been approved for drinking and washing purposes by the pertinent state or local authority having jurisdiction. For purposes of this part, commercially available, bottled drinking water is deemed potable water.
</P>
<P><I>Powered axle</I> is an axle equipped with a traction device.
</P>
<P><I>Power car</I> means a rail vehicle that propels a Tier II passenger train or is the lead vehicle in a Tier II passenger train, or both.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified mechanical inspector</I> means a person who has received instruction and training that includes “hands-on” experience (under appropriate supervision or apprenticeship) in one or more of the following functions: troubleshooting, inspection, testing, maintenance or repair of the specific locomotive equipment for which the person is assigned responsibility. This person shall also possess a current understanding of what is required to properly repair and maintain the locomotive equipment for which the person is assigned responsibility. Further, the qualified mechanical inspector shall be a person whose primary responsibility includes work generally consistent with the functions listed in this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means all forms of non-highway ground transportation that run on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area, and
</P>
<P>(2) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether they use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads. Such term does not include rapid transit operations within an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Recording device</I> means a device that records images or audible sounds, as described in § 229.136.
</P>
<P><I>Remanufacture</I> means the act of constructing a remanufactured locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Remanufactured locomotive</I> means a locomotive rebuilt or refurbished from a previously used or refurbished underframe (“deck”), containing fewer than 25% previously used components (measured by dollar value of the components). For calculation purposes, the percentage of previously used components is determined with equivalent value of new parts and is calculated using dollar values from the same year as the new parts used to remanufacture the locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Remote Control Locomotive</I> (RCL) means a remote control locomotive that, through use of a radio link can be operated by a person not physically within the confines of the locomotive cab. For purposes of this part, the term RCL does not refer to a locomotive or group of locomotives remotely controlled from the lead locomotive of a train, as in a distributed power arrangement.
</P>
<P><I>Remote Control Operator</I> (RCO) means a person who utilizes an OCU in connection with operations involving a RCL with or without cars.
</P>
<P><I>Remote Control Pullback Protection</I> means a function of a RCL that enforces speeds and stops in the direction of pulling movement.
</P>
<P><I>Roof rail</I> means the longitudinal structural member at the intersection of the side wall and the roof sheathing.
</P>
<P><I>Sand delivery system</I> means a permanently stationed or fixed device designed to deliver sand to locomotive sand boxes that do not require the sand to be manually delivered or loaded. A sand delivery system will be considered permanently stationed if it is at a location at least five days a week for at least eight hours per day.
</P>
<P><I>Sanitary</I> means lacking any condition in which any significant amount of filth, trash, or human waste is present in such a manner that a reasonable person would believe that the condition might constitute a health hazard; or of strong, persistent, chemical or human waste odors sufficient to deter use of the facility, or give rise to a reasonable concern with respect to exposure to hazardous fumes. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, a toilet bowl filled with human waste, soiled toilet paper, or other products used in the toilet compartment, that are present due to a defective toilet facility that will not flush or otherwise remove waste; visible human waste residue on the floor or toilet seat that is present due to a toilet that overflowed; an accumulation of soiled paper towels or soiled toilet paper on the floor, toilet facility, or sink; an accumulation of visible dirt or human waste on the floor, toilet facility, or sink; and strong, persistent chemical or human waste odors in the compartment.
</P>
<P><I>Sanitation compartment</I> means an enclosed compartment on a railroad locomotive that contains a toilet facility for employee use.
</P>
<P><I>Self-monitoring event recorder</I> means an event recorder that has the ability to monitor its own operation and to display an indication to the locomotive operator when any data required to be stored are not stored or when the stored data do not match the data received from sensors or data collection points.
</P>
<P><I>Semi-monocoque design locomotive</I> means a locomotive design where the skin or shell acts, to some extent, as a single unit with the supporting frame to resist and transmit the loads acting on the locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Semi-permanently coupled</I> means coupled by means of a drawbar or other coupling mechanism that requires tools to perform the uncoupling operation.
</P>
<P><I>Serious injury</I> means an injury that results in the amputation of any appendage, the loss of sight in an eye, the fracture of a bone, or confinement in a hospital for a period of more than 24 consecutive hours.
</P>
<P><I>Short hood</I> means the part of the locomotive above the underframe located between the cab and the nearest end of the locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Standards body</I> means an industry and/or professional organization or association which conducts research and develops and/or issues policies, criteria, principles, and standards related to the rail industry.
</P>
<P><I>Switching service</I> means the classification of railroad freight and passenger cars according to commodity or destination; assembling cars for train movements; changing the position of cars for purposes of loading, unloading, or weighing; placing locomotives and cars for repair or storage; or moving rail equipment in connection with work service that does not constitute a train movement.
</P>
<P><I>Throttle position</I> means any and all of the discrete output positions indicating the speed/tractive effort characteristic requested by the operator of the locomotive on which the throttle is installed. Together, the discrete output positions shall cover the entire range of possible speed/tractive effort characteristics. If the throttle has continuously variable segments, the event recorder shall capture either:
</P>
<P>(1) The exact level of speed/tractive effort characteristic requested, on a scale of zero (0) to one hundred percent (100%) of the output variable or
</P>
<P>(2) A value converted from a percentage to a comparable 0 to 8 digital signal.
</P>
<P><I>Tier II</I> means operating at speeds exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 160 mph.
</P>
<P><I>Time</I> means either “time-of-day” or “elapsed time” (from an arbitrarily determined event) as determined by the manufacturer. In either case, the recorder must be able to convert to an accurate time-of-day with the time zone stated unless it is Greenwich mean time (UTC).
</P>
<P><I>Toilet facility</I> means a system that automatically or on command of the user removes human waste to a place where it is treated, eliminated, or retained such that no solid or non-treated liquid waste is thereafter permitted to be released into the bowl, urinal, or room and that prevents harmful discharges of gases or persistent offensive odors.
</P>
<P><I>Transfer service</I> means a freight train that travels between a point of origin and a point of final destination not exceeding 20 miles and that is not performing switching service.
</P>
<P><I>Ultimate strength</I> means the load at which a structural member fractures or ceases to resist any load.
</P>
<P><I>Unsanitary</I> means having any condition in which any significant amount of filth, trash, or human waste is present in such a manner that a reasonable person would believe that the condition might constitute a health hazard; or strong, persistent, chemical or human waste odors sufficient to deter use of the facility, or give rise to a reasonable concern with respect to exposure to hazardous fumes. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, a toilet bowl filled with human waste, soiled toilet paper, or other products used in the toilet compartment, that are present due to a defective toilet facility that will not flush or otherwise remove waste; visible human waste residue on the floor or toilet seat that is present due to a toilet that overflowed; an accumulation of soiled paper towels or soiled toilet paper on the floor, toilet facility, or sink; an accumulation of visible dirt or human waste on the floor, toilet facility, or sink; and strong, persistent chemical or human waste odors in the compartment.
</P>
<P><I>Upper 99% confidence limit</I> means the noise level below which 99% of all noise level measurements must lie.
</P>
<P><I>Washing system</I> means a system for use by railroad employees to maintain personal cleanliness that includes a secured sink or basin, water, antibacterial soap, and paper towels; or antibacterial waterless soap and paper towels; or antibacterial moist towelettes and paper towels; or any other combination of suitable antibacterial cleansing agents.
</P>
<P><I>Wide-nose locomotive</I> means a locomotive with a short hood that spans the full width of the locomotive.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37938, June 30, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 36911, June 28, 2006; 71 FR 47666, Aug. 17, 2006; 71 FR 61857, Oct. 19, 2006; 71 FR 63136, Oct. 27, 2006; 72 FR 59223, Oct. 19, 2007; 77 FR 21342, Apr. 9, 2012; 83 FR 59217, Nov. 21, 2018; 88 FR 70761, Oct. 12, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.1.23.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.7   Prohibited acts and penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Federal Rail Safety Laws (49 U.S.C. 20701-20703) make it unlawful for any carrier to use or permit to be used on its line any locomotive unless the entire locomotive and its appurtenances—
</P>
<P>(1) Are in proper condition and safe to operate in the service to which they are put, without unnecessary peril to life or limb; and
</P>
<P>(2) Have been inspected and tested as required by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person (including but not limited to a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor) who violates any requirement of this part or of the Federal Rail Safety Laws or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where: A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or a death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> contains a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(c) Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part is subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21342, Apr. 9, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 24421, Apr. 24, 2012; 81 FR 43111, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16134, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60748, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 23735, May 23, 2019; 84 FR 37074, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1758, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23255, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15868, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1128, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89563, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106296, Dec. 30, 2024; 90 FR 28165, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.1.23.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.9   Movement of non-complying locomotives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), § 229.125(g), and § 229.131(b) and (c)(1), a locomotive with one or more conditions not in compliance with this part may be moved only as a lite locomotive or a dead locomotive after the carrier has complied with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A qualified person shall determine—
</P>
<P>(i) That it is safe to move the locomotive; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The maximum speed and other restrictions necessary for safely conducting the movement;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The engineer in charge of the movement of the locomotive shall be notified in writing and inform all other crew members in the cab of the presence of the non-complying locomotive and the maximum speed and other restrictions determined under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of the tag described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section may be used to provide the notification required by paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A tag bearing the words “non-complying locomotive” and containing the following information, shall be securely attached to the control stand on each MU or control cab locomotive and to the isolation switch or near the engine start switch on every other type of locomotive—
</P>
<P>(i) The locomotive number;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the inspecting carrier;
</P>
<P>(iii) The inspection location and date;
</P>
<P>(iv) The nature of each defect;
</P>
<P>(v) Movement restrictions, if any;
</P>
<P>(vi) The destination; and
</P>
<P>(vii) The signature of the person making the determinations required by this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b) A locomotive that develops a non-complying condition enroute may continue to utilize its propelling motors, if the requirements of paragraph (a) are otherwise fully met, until the earlier of—
</P>
<P>(1) The next calendar day inspection, or
</P>
<P>(2) The nearest forward point where the repairs necessary to bring it into compliance can be made.
</P>
<P>(c) A non-complying locomotive may be moved lite or dead within a yard, at speeds not in excess of 10 miles per hour, without meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section if the movement is solely for the purpose of repair. The carrier is responsible to insure that the movement may be safely made.
</P>
<P>(d) A dead locomotive may not continue in use following a calendar day inspection as a controlling locomotive or at the head of a train or locomotive consist.
</P>
<P>(e) A locomotive does not cease to be a locomotive because its propelling motor or motors are inoperative or because its control jumper cables are not connected.
</P>
<P>(f) Nothing in this section authorizes the movement of a locomotive subject to a Special Notice for Repair unless the movement is made in accordance with the restrictions contained in the Special Notice.
</P>
<P>(g) Paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section shall not apply to sanitation conditions covered by §§ 229.137 and 229.139. Sections 229.137 and 229.139 set forth specific requirements for the movement and repair of locomotives with defective sanitation compartments.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 21109, Mar. 31, 1980, as amended at 61 FR 8887, Mar. 6, 1996; 67 FR 16050, Apr. 4, 2002; 72 FR 59223, Oct. 19, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.1.23.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.11   Locomotive identification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The letter “F” shall be legibly shown on each side of every locomotive near the end which for identification purposes will be known as the front end.
</P>
<P>(b) The locomotive number shall be displayed in clearly legible numbers on each side of each locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.1.23.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.13   Control of locomotives.</HEAD>
<P>Except when a locomotive is moved in accordance with § 229.9, whenever two or more locomotives are coupled in remote or multiple control, the propulsion system, the sanders, and the power brake system of each locomotive shall respond to control from the cab of the controlling locomotive. If a dynamic brake or regenerative brake system is in use, that portion of the system in use shall respond to control from the cab of the controlling locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.14" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.1.23.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.14   Non-MU control cab locomotives.</HEAD>
<P>On each non-MU control cab locomotive, only those components added to the passenger car that enable it to serve as a lead locomotive, control the locomotive actually providing tractive power, and otherwise control the movement of the train, are subject to this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.1.23.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.15   Remote control locomotives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Design and operation.</I> (1) Each locomotive equipped with a locomotive control unit (LCU) shall respond only to the operator control units (OCUs) assigned to that receiver.
</P>
<P>(2) If one or more OCUs are assigned to a LCU, the LCU shall respond only to the OCU that is in primary command. If a subsequent OCU is assigned to a LCU, the previous assignment will be automatically cancelled.
</P>
<P>(3) If more than one OCU is assigned to a LCU, the secondary OCUs' man down feature, bell, horn, and emergency brake application functions shall remain active. The remote control system shall be designed so that if the signal from the OCU to the RCL is interrupted for a set period not to exceed five seconds, the remote control system shall cause:
</P>
<P>(i) A full service application of the locomotive and train brakes; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The elimination of locomotive tractive effort.
</P>
<P>(4) Each OCU shall be designed to control only one RCL at a time. OCU's having the capability to control more than one RCL shall have a means to lock in one RCL “assignment address” to prevent simultaneous control over more than one locomotive.
</P>
<P>(5) If an OCU is equipped with an “on” and “off” switch, when the switch is moved from the “on” to the “off” position, the remote control system shall cause:
</P>
<P>(i) A full service application of the locomotive train brakes; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The elimination of locomotive tractive effort.
</P>
<P>(6) Each RCL shall have a distinct and unambiguous audible or visual warning device that indicates to nearby personnel that the locomotive is under active remote control operation.
</P>
<P>(7) When the main reservoir pressure drops below 90 psi while the RCL is moving, the RCL shall initiate a full service application of the locomotive and train brakes, and eliminate locomotive tractive effort.
</P>
<P>(8) When the air valves and the electrical selector switch on the RCL are moved from manual to remote control mode or from remote control to manual mode, an emergency application of the locomotive and train brakes shall be initiated.
</P>
<P>(9) Operating control handles located in the RCL cab shall be removed, pinned in place, protected electronically, or otherwise rendered inoperable as necessary to prevent movement caused by the RCL's cab controls while the RCL is being operated by remote control.
</P>
<P>(10) The RCL system (both the OCU and LCU), shall be designed to perform a self diagnostic test of the electronic components of the system. The system shall be designed to immediately effect a full service application of the locomotive and train brakes and the elimination of locomotive tractive effort in the event a failure is detected.
</P>
<P>(11) Each RCL shall be tagged at the locomotive control stand throttle indicating the locomotive is being used in a remote control mode. The tag shall be removed when the locomotive is placed back in manual mode.
</P>
<P>(12) Each OCU shall have the following controls and switches and shall be capable of performing the following functions:
</P>
<P>(i) Directional control;
</P>
<P>(ii) Throttle or speed control;
</P>
<P>(iii) Locomotive independent air brake application and release;
</P>
<P>(iv) Automatic train air brake application and release control;
</P>
<P>(v) Audible warning device control (horn);
</P>
<P>(vi) Audible bell control, if equipped;
</P>
<P>(vii) Sand control (unless automatic);
</P>
<P>(viii) Bi-directional headlight control;
</P>
<P>(ix) Emergency air brake application switch;
</P>
<P>(x) Generator field switch or equivalent to eliminate tractive effort to the locomotive;
</P>
<P>(xi) Audio/visual indication of wheel slip, only if an audio/visual indication is not provided by the RCL;
</P>
<P>(xii) Activate the audio indication of movement that is located on the RCL for a duration of at least 3 seconds; and
</P>
<P>(xiii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(xiv) Require at least two separate actions by the RCO to begin movement of the RCL.
</P>
<P>(13) Each OCU shall be equipped with the following features:
</P>
<P>(i) A harness with a breakaway safety feature;
</P>
<P>(ii) An operator alertness device that requires manual resetting or its equivalent. The alertness device shall incorporate a timing sequence not to exceed 60 seconds. Failure to reset the switch within the timing sequence shall cause a service application of the locomotive and train brakes, and the elimination of locomotive tractive effort; and,
</P>
<P>(iii) A tilt feature that, when tilted to a predetermined angle, shall cause:
</P>
<P>(A) An emergency application of the locomotive and train brakes, and the elimination of locomotive tractive effort; and
</P>
<P>(B) If the OCU is equipped with a tilt bypass system that permits the tilt protection feature to be temporarily disabled, this bypass feature shall deactivate within 60 seconds on the primary OCU and within 60 seconds for all secondary OCUs, unless reactivated by the RCO.
</P>
<P>(14) Each OCU shall be equipped with one of the following control systems:
</P>
<P>(i) An automatic speed control system with a maximum 15 mph speed limiter; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A graduated throttle and brake. A graduated throttle and brake control system built after September 6, 2012, shall be equipped with a speed limiter to a maximum of 15 mph.
</P>
<P>(15) RCL systems built after September 6, 2012, shall be equipped to automatically notify the railroad in the event the RCO becomes incapacitated or OCU tilt feature is activated.
</P>
<P>(16) RCL systems built prior to September 6, 2012, not equipped with automatic notification of operator incapacitated feature may not be utilized in one-person operation. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inspection, testing, and repair.</I> (1) Each time an OCU is linked to a RCL, and at the start of each shift, a railroad shall test:
</P>
<P>(i) The air brakes and the OCU's safety features, including the tilt switch and alerter device; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The man down/tilt feature automatic notification.
</P>
<P>(2) An OCU shall not continue in use with any defective safety feature identified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A defective OCU shall be tracked under its own identification number assigned by the railroad. Records of repairs shall be maintained by the railroad and made available to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(4) Each time an RCL is placed in service and at the first practical time after the start of each shift, but no more than 2 hours after the start of that shift, locomotives that utilize a positive train stop system, such as remote control pullback protection, shall perform a conditioning run over a track that the positive train stop system is being utilized on to ensure that the system functions as intended.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21342, Apr. 9, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 75056, Dec. 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.1.23.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.17   Accident reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the case of an accident due to a failure from any cause of a locomotive or any part or appurtenance of a locomotive, or a person coming in contact with an electrically energized part or appurtenance, that results in serious injury or death of one or more persons, the carrier operating the locomotive shall immediately report the accident by toll free telephone, Area Code 800-424-0201. The report shall state the nature of the accident, number of persons killed or seriously injured, the place at which it occurred, the location at which the locomotive or the affected parts may be inspected by the FRA, and the name, title and phone number of the person making the call. The locomotive or the part or parts affected by the accident shall be preserved intact by the carrier until after the FRA inspection.
</P>
<P>(b) Written confirmation of the oral report required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be immediately mailed to the Federal Railroad Administration, RRS-25, Washington, D.C. 20590, and contain a detailed description of the accident, including to the extent known, the causes and the number of persons killed and injured. The written report required by this paragraph is in addition to the reporting requirements of 49 CFR part 225.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 21636, Apr. 17, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.1.23.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.19   Prior waivers.</HEAD>
<P>Waivers from any requirement of this part, issued prior to June 8, 2012, shall terminate on the date specified in the letter granting the waiver. If no date is specified, then the waiver shall automatically terminate on June 8, 2017.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21343, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.20" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.1.23.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.20   Electronic recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of this part, except for the daily inspection record maintained on the locomotive required by § 229.21, the cab copy of Form FRA F 6180-49-A required by § 229.23, the fragmented air brake maintenance record required by § 229.27, and records required under § 229.9, a railroad may create, maintain, and transfer any of the records required by this part through electronic transmission, storage, and retrieval provided that all of the requirements contained in this section are met.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Design requirements.</I> Any electronic record system used to create, maintain, or transfer a record required to be maintained by this part shall meet the following design requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The electronic record system shall be designed such that the integrity of each record is maintained through appropriate levels of security such as recognition of an electronic signature, or other means, which uniquely identify the initiating person as the author of that record. No two persons shall have the same electronic identity;
</P>
<P>(2) The electronic system shall ensure that each record cannot be modified, or replaced, once the record is transmitted;
</P>
<P>(3) Any amendment to a record shall be electronically stored apart from the record which it amends. Each amendment to a record shall uniquely identify the person making the amendment;
</P>
<P>(4) The electronic system shall provide for the maintenance of inspection records as originally submitted without corruption or loss of data; and
</P>
<P>(5) Policies and procedures shall be in place to prevent persons from altering electronic records, or otherwise interfering with the electronic system.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Operational requirements.</I> Any electronic record system used to create, maintain, or transfer a record required to be maintained by this part shall meet the following operating requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The electronic storage of any record required by this part shall be initiated by the person performing the activity to which the record pertains within 24 hours following the completion of the activity; and
</P>
<P>(2) For each locomotive for which records of inspection or maintenance required by this part are maintained electronically, the electronic record system shall automatically notify the railroad each time the locomotive is due for an inspection, or maintenance that the electronic system is tracking. The automatic notification tracking requirement does not apply to daily inspections.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Accessibility and availability requirements.</I> Any electronic record system used to create, maintain, or transfer a record required to be maintained by this part shall meet the following access and availability requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in § 229.313(c)(2), the carrier shall provide FRA with all electronic records maintained for compliance with this part for any specific locomotives at any mechanical department terminal upon request;
</P>
<P>(2) Paper copies of electronic records and amendments to those records that may be necessary to document compliance with this part, shall be provided to FRA for inspection and copying upon request. Paper copies shall be provided to FRA no later than 15 days from the date the request is made; and,
</P>
<P>(3) Inspection records required by this part shall be available to persons who performed the inspection and to persons performing subsequent inspections on the same locomotive.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21343, Apr. 9, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 75056, Dec. 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Inspections and Tests</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.2.23.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.21   Daily inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for MU locomotives, each locomotive in use shall be inspected at least once during each calendar day. A written report of the inspection shall be made. This report shall contain the name of the carrier; the initials and number of the locomotive; the place, date and time of the inspection; a description of the non-complying conditions disclosed by the inspection; and the signature of the employee making the inspection. Except as provided in §§ 229.9, 229.136, 229.137, and 229.139, any conditions that constitute non-compliance with any requirement of this part shall be repaired before the locomotive is used. Except with respect to conditions that do not comply with §§ 229.136, 229.137, or 229.139, a notation shall be made on the report indicating the nature of the repairs that have been made. Repairs made for conditions that do not comply with §§ 229.136, 229.137, or 229.139 may be noted on the report, or in electronic form. The person making the repairs shall sign the report. The report shall be filed and retained for at least 92 days in the office of the carrier at the terminal at which the locomotive is cared for. A record shall be maintained on each locomotive showing the place, date and time of the previous inspection.
</P>
<P>(b) Each MU locomotive in use shall be inspected at least once during each calendar day and a written report of the inspection shall be made. This report may be part of a single master report covering an entire group of MU locomotives. If any non-complying conditions are found, a separate, individual report shall be made containing the name of the carrier; the initials and number of the locomotive; the place, date, and time of the inspection; the non-complying conditions found; and the signature of the inspector. Except as provided in §§ 229.9, 229.136, 229.137, and 229.139, any conditions that constitute non-compliance with any requirement of this part shall be repaired before the locomotive is used. Except with respect to conditions that do not comply with §§ 229.136, 229.137, or 229.139, a notation shall be made on the report indicating the nature of the repairs that have been made. Repairs made for conditions that do not comply with §§ 229.136, 229.137, or 229.139 may be noted on the report, or in electronic form. A notation shall be made on the report indicating the nature of the repairs that have been made. The person making the repairs shall sign the report. The report shall be filed in the office of the carrier at the place where the inspection is made or at one central location and retained for at least 92 days.
</P>
<P>(c) Each carrier shall designate qualified persons to make the inspections required by this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 21109, Mar. 31, 1980, as amended at 50 FR 6953, Feb. 19, 1985; 67 FR 16050, Apr. 4, 2002; 88 FR 70761, Oct. 12, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.22" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.2.23.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.22   Passenger locomotive inspection and repair record.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application.</I> This section applies only to lead locomotives of trains used in commuter or intercity passenger service, <I>i.e.,</I> locomotives subject to the requirements of § 229.136.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dates.</I> (1) Each locomotive subject to the requirements of § 229.136 shall use and maintain Form FRA F 6180-49AP in accordance with the requirements of § 229.136, except that Form FRA F 6180-49A may fulfill any requirement in § 229.136 with respect to Form FRA F 6180-49AP until October 12, 2027.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of complying with the inspection, testing, and repair recordkeeping requirements in §§ 229.23, 229.27, 229.29, 229.31, 229.33, 229.55, 229.103, 229.105, 229.114, 229.123, and 229.135 with respect to Form FRA F 6180-49A, each locomotive subject to the requirements of § 229.136 shall instead use and maintain Form FRA F 6180-49AP no later than October 12, 2027.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Earlier adoption.</I> Railroads may adopt use of Form FRA F 6180-49AP earlier than required for locomotives subject to the requirements of § 229.136.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effect.</I> Nothing in this section affects the requirements in this part for use of Form FRA F 6180-49A for locomotives not subject to the requirements of § 229.136.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 70761, Oct. 12, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.2.23.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.23   Periodic inspection: general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each locomotive shall be inspected at each periodic inspection to determine whether it complies with this part. Except as provided in § 229.9, all non-complying conditions shall be repaired before the locomotive is used. Except as provided in § 229.33 and paragraph (b) of this section, the interval between any two periodic inspections may not exceed 92 days. Periodic inspections shall only be made where adequate facilities are available. At each periodic inspection, a locomotive shall be positioned so that a person may safely inspect the entire underneath portion of the locomotive.
</P>
<P>(b) For each locomotive equipped with advanced microprocessor-based on-board electronic condition monitoring controls:
</P>
<P>(1) The interval between periodic inspections shall not exceed 184 days; and
</P>
<P>(2) At least once each 33 days, the daily inspection required by § 229.21, shall be performed by a qualified mechanical inspector as defined by § 229.5. A record of the inspection that contains the name of the person performing the inspection and the date that it was performed shall be maintained in the locomotive cab until the next periodic inspection is performed.
</P>
<P>(c) Each new locomotive shall receive an initial periodic inspection before it is used.
</P>
<P>(d) At the initial periodic inspection, the date and place of the last tests performed that are the equivalent of the tests required by §§ 229.27, 229.29, and 229.31 shall be entered on Form FRA F 6180-49A. These dates shall determine when the tests first become due under §§ 229.27, 229.29, and 229.31. Out of use credit may be carried over from Form FRA F 6180-49 and entered on Form FRA F 6180-49A.
</P>
<P>(e) Each periodic inspection shall be recorded on Form FRA F 6180-49A. The form shall be signed by the person conducting the inspection and certified by that person's supervisor that the work was done. The form shall be displayed under a transparent cover in a conspicuous place in the cab of each locomotive. A railroad maintaining and transferring records as provided for in § 229.20 shall print the name of the person who performed the inspections, repairs, or certified work on the Form FRA F 6180-49A that is displayed in the cab of each locomotive.
</P>
<P>(f) At the first periodic inspection in each calendar year, the carrier shall remove from each locomotive Form FRA F 6180-49A covering the previous calendar year. If a locomotive does not receive its first periodic inspection in a calendar year before April 2, or July 3 if it's a locomotive equipped with advanced microprocessor-based on-board electronic condition monitoring controls, because it is out of use, the form shall be promptly replaced. The Form FRA F 6180-49A covering the preceding year for each locomotive, in or out of use, shall be signed by the railroad official responsible for the locomotive and filed as required in § 229.23(f). The date and place of the last periodic inspection and the date and place of the last tests performed under §§ 229.27, 229.29, and 229.31 shall be transferred to the replacement Form FRA F 6180-49A.
</P>
<P>(g) The railroad mechanical officer who is in charge of a locomotive shall maintain in his office a secondary record of the information reported on Form FRA F 6180-49A. The secondary record shall be retained until Form FRA F 6180-49A has been removed from the locomotive and filed in the railroad office of the mechanical officer in charge of the locomotive. If the Form FRA F 6180-49A removed from the locomotive is not clearly legible, the secondary record shall be retained until the Form FRA F 6180-49A for the succeeding year is filed. The Form F 6180-49A removed from a locomotive shall be retained until the Form FRA F 6180-49A for the succeeding year is filed.
</P>
<P>(h) The railroad shall maintain, and provide employees performing inspections under this section with, a list of the defects and repairs made on each locomotive since the date that the last inspection required by this section was performed;
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad shall provide employees performing inspections under this section with a document containing all tests conducted since the last periodic inspection, and procedures needed to perform the inspection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21344, Apr. 9, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 75056, Dec. 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.2.23.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.25   Tests: Every periodic inspection.</HEAD>
<P>Each periodic inspection shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(a) All mechanical gauges used by the engineer to aid in the control or braking of the train or locomotive, except load meters used in conjunction with an auxiliary brake system, shall be tested by comparison with a dead-weight tester or a test gauge designed for this purpose. 
</P>
<P>(b) All electrical devices and visible insulation shall be inspected.
</P>
<P>(c) All cable connections between locomotives and jumpers that are designed to carry 600 volts or more shall be thoroughly cleaned, inspected, and tested for continuity.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Event recorder.</I> A microprocessor-based self-monitoring event recorder, if installed, is exempt from periodic inspection under paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of this section and shall be inspected annually as required by § 229.27(c). Other types of event recorders, if installed, shall be inspected, maintained, and tested in accordance with instructions of the manufacturer, supplier, or owner thereof and in accordance with the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) A written or electronic copy of the instructions in use shall be kept at the point where the work is performed and a hard-copy version, written in the English language, shall be made available upon request to FRA.
</P>
<P>(2) The event recorder shall be tested before any maintenance work is performed on it. At a minimum, the event recorder test shall include cycling, as practicable, all required recording elements and determining the full range of each element by reading out recorded data.
</P>
<P>(3) If the pre-maintenance test reveals that the device is not recording all the specified data and that all recordings are within the designed recording elements, this fact shall be noted, and maintenance and testing shall be performed as necessary until a subsequent test is successful.
</P>
<P>(4) When a successful test is accomplished, a copy of the data-verification results shall be maintained in any medium with the maintenance records for the locomotive until the next one is filed.
</P>
<P>(5) A railroad's event recorder periodic maintenance shall be considered effective if 90 percent of the recorders on locomotives inbound for periodic inspection in any given calendar month are still fully functional; maintenance practices and test intervals shall be adjusted as necessary to yield effective periodic maintenance.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Remote control locomotive.</I> Remote control locomotive system components that interface with the mechanical devices of the locomotive shall be tested including, but not limited to, air pressure monitoring devices, pressure switches, and speed sensors.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Alerters.</I> The alerter shall be tested, and all automatic timing resets shall function as intended.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 21109, Mar. 31, 1980, as amended at 58 FR 36614, July 8, 1993; 60 FR 27905, May 26, 1995; 66 FR 4192, Jan. 17, 2001; 70 FR 37939, June 30, 2005; 77 FR 21344, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.27" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.2.23.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.27   Annual tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All testing under this section shall be performed at intervals that do not exceed 368 calendar days.
</P>
<P>(b) Load meters that indicate current (amperage) being applied to traction motors shall be tested. Each device used by the engineer to aid in the control or braking of the train or locomotive that provides an indication of air pressure electronically shall be tested by comparison with a test gauge or self-test designed for this purpose. An error greater than five percent or greater than three pounds per square inch shall be corrected. The date and place of the test shall be recorded on Form FRA F 6180-49A, and the person conducting the test and that person's supervisor shall sign the form.
</P>
<P>(c) A microprocessor-based event recorder with a self-monitoring feature equipped to verify that all data elements required by this part are recorded, requires further maintenance and testing only if either of the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(1) The self-monitoring feature displays an indication of a failure. If a failure is displayed, further maintenance and testing must be performed until a subsequent test is successful. When a successful test is accomplished, a record, in any medium, shall be made of that fact and of any maintenance work necessary to achieve the successful result. This record shall be available at the location where the locomotive is maintained until a record of a subsequent successful test is filed; or,
</P>
<P>(2) A download of the event recorder, taken within the preceding 30 days and reviewed for the previous 48 hours of locomotive operation, reveals a failure to record a regularly recurring data element or reveals that any required data element is not representative of the actual operations of the locomotive during this time period. If the review is not successful, further maintenance and testing shall be performed until a subsequent test is successful. When a successful test is accomplished, a record, in any medium, shall be made of that fact and of any maintenance work necessary to achieve the successful result. This record shall be kept at the location where the locomotive is maintained until a record of a subsequent successful test is filed. The download shall be taken from information stored in the certified crashworthy crash hardened event recorder memory module if the locomotive is so equipped.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21345, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.29" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.2.23.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.29   Air brake system calibration, maintenance, and testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A locomotive's air brake system shall receive the calibration, maintenance, and testing as prescribed in this section. The level of maintenance and testing and the intervals for receiving such maintenance and testing of locomotives with various types of air brake systems shall be conducted in accordance with paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section. Records of the maintenance and testing required in this section shall be maintained in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for DMU or MU locomotives covered under § 238.309 of this chapter, the air flow method (AFM) indicator shall be calibrated in accordance with § 232.205(c)(1)(iii) at intervals not to exceed 92 days, and records shall be maintained as prescribed paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for DMU or MU locomotives covered under § 238.309 of this chapter, the extent of air brake system maintenance and testing that is required on a locomotive shall be in accordance with the following levels:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Level one:</I> Locomotives shall have the filtering devices or dirt collectors located in the main reservoir supply line to the air brake system cleaned, repaired, or replaced.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Level two:</I> Locomotives shall have the following components cleaned, repaired, and tested: brake cylinder relay valve portions; main reservoir safety valves; brake pipe vent valve portions; and, feed and reducing valve portions in the air brake system (including related dirt collectors and filters).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Level three:</I> Locomotives shall have the components identified in this paragraph removed from the locomotive and disassembled, cleaned and lubricated (if necessary), and tested. In addition, all parts of such components that can deteriorate within the inspection interval as defined in paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section shall be replaced and tested. The components include: all pneumatic components of the locomotive equipment's brake system that contain moving parts, and are sealed against air leaks; all valves and valve portions; electric-pneumatic master controllers in the air brake system; and all air brake related filters and dirt collectors.
</P>
<P>(d) Except for MU locomotives covered under § 238.309 of this chapter, all locomotives shall receive level one air brake maintenance and testing as described in this section at intervals that do not exceed 368 days.
</P>
<P>(e) Locomotives equipped with an air brake system not specifically identified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (3) of this section shall receive level two air brake maintenance and testing as described in this section at intervals that do not exceed 368 days and level three air brake maintenance and testing at intervals that do not exceed 736 days.
</P>
<P>(f) Level two and level three air brake maintenance and testing shall be performed on each locomotive identified in this paragraph at the following intervals:
</P>
<P>(1) At intervals that do not exceed 1,104 days for a locomotive equipped with a 26-L or equivalent brake system;
</P>
<P>(2) At intervals that do not exceed 1,472 days for locomotives equipped with an air dryer and a 26-L or equivalent brake system and for locomotives not equipped with an air compressor and that are semi-permanently coupled and dedicated to locomotives with an air dryer; or
</P>
<P>(3) At intervals that do not exceed 1,840 days for locomotives equipped with CCB-1, CCB-2, CCB-26, EPIC 1 (formerly EPIC 3102), EPIC 3102D2, EPIC 2, KB-HS1, or Fastbrake brake systems.
</P>
<P>(g) Records of the air brake system maintenance and testing required by this section shall be generated and maintained in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The date of AFM indicator calibration shall be recorded and certified on Form F6180-49A.
</P>
<P>(2) The date and place of the cleaning, repairing and testing required by this section shall be recorded on Form FRA F 6180-49A, and the work shall be certified. A record of the parts of the air brake system that are cleaned, repaired, and tested shall be kept in the railroad's files or in the cab of the locomotive.
</P>
<P>(3) At its option, a railroad may fragment the work required by this section. In that event, a separate record shall be maintained under a transparent cover in the cab. The air record shall include: the locomotive number; a list of the air brake components; and the date and place of the inspection and testing of each component. The signature of the person performing the work and the signature of that person's supervisor shall be included for each component. A duplicate record shall be maintained in the railroad's files.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21345, Apr. 9, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 75057, Dec. 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.31" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.2.23.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.31   Main reservoir tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before it is placed in service, each main reservoir other than an aluminum reservoir shall be subjected to a pneumatic or hydrostatic pressure of at least 25 percent more than the maximum working pressure fixed by the chief mechanical officer. The test date, place, and pressure shall be recorded on Form FRA F 6180-49A, block eighteen. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, at intervals that do not exceed 736 calendar days, each main reservoir other than an aluminum reservoir shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of at least 25 percent more than the maximum working pressure fixed by the chief mechanical officer. The test date, place, and pressure shall be recorded on Form FRA F 6180-49A, and the person performing the test and that person's supervisor shall sign the form.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each main reservoir other than an aluminum reservoir shall be hammer tested over its entire surface while the reservoir is empty at intervals that do not exceed 736 calendar days. The test date and place shall be recorded on Form FRA F 6180-49A, and the person performing the test and that person's supervisor shall sign the form.
</P>
<P>(c) Each welded main reservoir originally constructed to withstand at least five times the maximum working pressure fixed by the chief mechanical officer may be drilled over its entire surface with telltale holes that are three-sixteenths of an inch in diameter. The holes shall be spaced not more than 12 inches apart, measured both longitudinally and circumferentially, and drilled from the outer surface to an extreme depth determined by the formula—
</P>
<FP-2>D = (.6PR/S-0.6P)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>D = extreme depth of telltale holes in inches but in no case less than one-sixteenth inch; 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = certified working pressure in pounds per square inch; 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S = one-fifth of the minimum specified tensile strength of the material in pounds per square inch; and 
</FP-2>
<FP-2>R = inside radius of the reservoir in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>One row of holes shall be drilled lengthwise of the reservoir on a line intersecting the drain opening. A reservoir so drilled does not have to meet the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, except the requirement for a pneumatic or hydrostatic test before it is placed in use. Whenever any such telltale hole shall have penetrated the interior of any reservoir, the reservoir shall be permanently withdrawn from service. A reservoir now in use may be drilled in lieu of the tests provided for by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, but shall receive a hydrostatic test before it is returned to use or may receive a pneumatic test if conducted by the manufacturer in an appropriately safe environment. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each aluminum main reservoir before being placed in use and at intervals that do not exceed 736 calendar days thereafter, shall be—
</P>
<P>(1) Cleaned and given a thorough visual inspection of all internal and external surfaces for evidence of defects or deterioration; and
</P>
<P>(2) Subjected to a hydrostatic pressure at least twice the maximum working pressure fixed by the chief mechanical officer, but not less than 250 p.s.i. The test date, place, and pressure shall be recorded on Form FRA F 6180-49A, and the person conducting the test and that person's supervisor shall sign the form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 21109, Mar. 31, 1980, as amended at 71 FR 61857, Oct. 19, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.33" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.2.23.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.33   Out-of-use credit.</HEAD>
<P>When a locomotive is out of use for 30 or more consecutive days or is out of use when it is due for any test or inspection required by § 229.23, § 229.25, § 229.27, § 229.29, or § 229.31, an out-of-use notation showing the number of out-of-use days shall be made on an inspection line on Form FRA F 6180-49A. A supervisory employee of the carrier who is responsible for the locomotive shall attest to the notation. If the locomotive is out of use for one or more periods of at least 30 consecutive days each, the interval prescribed for any test or inspection under this part may be extended by the number of days in each period the locomotive is out of use since the last test or inspection in question. A movement made in accordance with § 229.9 is not a use for purposes of determining the period of the out-of-use credit.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Safety Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.23" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.41" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.23.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.41   Protection against personal injury.</HEAD>
<P>Fan openings, exposed gears and pinions, exposed moving parts of mechanisms, pipes carrying hot gases and high-voltage equipment, switches, circuit breakers, contactors, relays, grid resistors, and fuses shall be in non-hazardous locations or equipped with guards to prevent personal injury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.43" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.23.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.43   Exhaust and battery gases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Products of combustion shall be released entirely outside the cab and other compartments. Exhaust stacks shall be of sufficient height or other means provided to prevent entry of products of combustion into the cab or other compartments under usual operating conditions.
</P>
<P>(b) Battery containers shall be vented and batteries kept from gassing excessively.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.45" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.23.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.45   General condition.</HEAD>
<P>All systems and components on a locomotive shall be free of conditions that endanger the safety of the crew, locomotive or train. These conditions include: insecure attachment of components, including third rail shoes or beams, traction motors and motor gear cases, and fuel tanks; fuel, oil, water, steam, and other leaks and accumulations of oil on electrical equipment that create a personal injury hazard; improper functioning of components, including slack adjusters, pantograph operating cylinders, circuit breakers, contactors, relays, switches, and fuses; and cracks, breaks, excessive wear and other structural infirmities of components, including quill drives, axles, gears, pinions, pantograph shoes and horns, third rail beams, traction motor gear cases, and fuel tanks.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="24" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.24" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Brake System</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.46" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.24.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.46   Brakes: general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before each trip, the railroad shall know the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The locomotive brakes and devices for regulating pressures, including but not limited to the automatic and independent brake control systems, operate as intended; and
</P>
<P>(2) The water and oil have been drained from the air brake system of all locomotives in the consist.
</P>
<P>(b) A locomotive with an inoperative or ineffective automatic or independent brake control system will be considered to be operating as intended for purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, if all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The locomotive is in a trailing position and is not the controlling locomotive in a distributed power train consist;
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad has previously determined, in conjunction with the locomotive and/or airbrake manufacturer, that placing such a locomotive in trailing position adequately isolates the non-functional valves so as to allow safe operation of the brake systems from the controlling locomotive;
</P>
<P>(3) If deactivation of the circuit breaker for the air brake system is required, it shall be specified in the railroad's operating rules;
</P>
<P>(4) A tag shall immediately be placed on the isolation switch of the locomotive giving the date and location and stating that the unit may only be used in a trailing position and may not be used as a lead or controlling locomotive;
</P>
<P>(5) The tag required in paragraph (b)(4) of this section remains attached to the isolation switch of the locomotive until repairs are made; and
</P>
<P>(6) The inoperative or ineffective brake control system is repaired prior to or at the next periodic inspection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21346, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.47" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.24.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.47   Emergency brake valve.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for locomotives with cabs designed for occupancy by only one person, each road locomotive shall be equipped with a brake pipe valve that is accessible to a member of the crew, other than the engineer, from that crew member's position in the cab. On car body type locomotives, a brake pipe valve shall be attached to the wall adjacent to each end exit door. The words “Emergency Brake Valve” shall be legibly stenciled or marked near each brake pipe valve or shall be shown on an adjacent badge plate.
</P>
<P>(b) DMU, MU, and control cab locomotives operated in road service shall be equipped with an emergency brake valve that is accessible to another crew member in the passenger compartment or vestibule. The words “Emergency Brake Valve” shall be legibly stenciled or marked near each valve or shall be shown on an adjacent badge plate. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 21109, Mar. 31, 1980, as amended at 71 FR 61857, Oct. 19, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.49" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.24.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.49   Main reservoir system.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) The main reservoir system of each locomotive shall be equipped with at least one safety valve that shall prevent an accumulation of pressure of more than 15 pounds per square inch above the maximum working air pressure fixed by the chief mechanical officer of the carrier operating the locomotive.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for non-equipped MU locomotives built prior to January 1, 1981, each locomotive that has a pneumatically actuated system of power controls shall be equipped with a separate reservoir of air under pressure to be used for operating those power controls. The reservoir shall be provided with means to automatically prevent the loss of pressure in the event of a failure of main air pressure, have storage capacity for not less than three complete operating cycles of control equipment and be located where it is not exposed to damage.
</P>
<P>(b) A governor shall be provided that stops and starts or unloads and loads the air compressor within 5 pounds per square inch above or below the maximum working air pressure fixed by the carrier.
</P>
<P>(c) Each compressor governor used in connection with the automatic air brake system shall be adjusted so that the compressor will start when the main reservoir pressure is not less than 15 pounds per square inch above the maximum brake pipe pressure fixed by the carrier and will not stop the compressor until the reservoir pressure has increased at least 10 pounds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.51" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.24.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.51   Aluminum main reservoirs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Aluminum main reservoirs used on locomotives shall be designed and fabricated as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The heads and shell shall be made of Aluminum Association Alloy No. 5083-0, produced in accordance with American Society of Mechnical Engineers (ASME) Specification SB-209, as defined in the “ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code” (1971 edition), section II, Part B, page 123, with a minimum tensile strength of 40,000 p.s.i. (40 k.s.i.).
</P>
<P>(2) Each aluminum main reservoir shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with the “ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,” section VIII, Division I (1971 edition), except as otherwise provided in this part.
</P>
<P>(3) An aluminum main reservoir shall be constructed to withstand at least five times its maximum working pressure or 800 p.s.i., whichever is greater.
</P>
<P>(4) Each aluminum main reservoir shall have at least two inspection openings to permit complete circumferential visual observation of the interior surface. On reservoirs less than 18 inches in diameter, the size of each inspection opening shall be at least that of 1
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch threaded iron pipe, and on reservoirs 18 or more inches in diameter, the size of each opening shall be at least that of 2-inch threaded iron pipe.
</P>
<P>(b) The following publications, which contain the industry standards incorporated by reference in paragraph (a) of this section, may be obtained from the publishers and are also on file in the Office of Safety of the Federal Railroad Administration, Washington, DC 20590. Sections II and VIII of the “ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code” (1971 edition) are published by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York 10017.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.53" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.24.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.53   Brake gauges.</HEAD>
<P>All mechanical gauges and all devices providing indication of air pressure electronically that are used by the engineer to aid in the control or braking of the train or locomotive shall be located so that they may be conveniently read from the engineer's usual position during operation of the locomotive. A gauge or device shall not be more than five percent or three pounds per square inch in error, whichever is less.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4192, Jan. 17, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.55" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.24.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.55   Piston travel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Brake cylinder piston travel shall be sufficient to provide brake shoe clearance when the brakes are released.
</P>
<P>(b) When the brakes are applied on a standing locomotive, the brake cylinder piston travel may not exceed 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches less than the total possible piston travel. The total possible piston travel for each locomotive shall be entered on Form FRA F 6180-49A.
</P>
<P>(c) The minimum brake cylinder pressure shall be 30 pounds per square inch.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.57" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.24.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.57   Foundation brake gear.</HEAD>
<P>A lever, rod, brake beam, hanger, or pin may not be worn through more than 30 percent of its cross-sectional area, cracked, broken, or missing. All pins shall be secured in place with cotters, split keys, or nuts. Brake shoes shall be fastened with a brake shoe key and aligned in relation to the wheel to prevent localized thermal stress in the edge of the rim or the flange.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.59" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.24.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.59   Leakage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Leakage from the main air reservoir and related piping may not exceed an average of 3 pounds per square inch per minute for 3 minutes after the pressure has been reduced to 60 percent of the maximum pressure.
</P>
<P>(b) Brake pipe leakage may not exceed 5 pounds per square inch per minute.
</P>
<P>(c) With a full service application at maximum brake pipe pressure and with communication to the brake cylinders closed, the brakes shall remain applied at least 5 minutes.
</P>
<P>(d) Leakage from control air reservoir, related piping, and pneumatically operated controls may not exceed an average of 3 pounds per square inch per minute for 3 minutes.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.25" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Draft System</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.61" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.25.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.61   Draft system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A coupler may not have any of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) A distance between the guard arm and the knuckle nose of more than 5
<FR>5/16</FR> inches on D&amp;E couplers.
</P>
<P>(2) A crack or break in the side wall or pin bearing bosses outside of the shaded areas shown in Figure 1 or in the pulling face of the knuckle.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er09ap12.000.gif"/>
<P>(3) A coupler assembly without anti-creep protection.
</P>
<P>(4) Free slack in the coupler or drawbar not absorbed by friction devices or draft gears that exceeds one-half inches.
</P>
<P>(5) A broken or cracked coupler carrier.
</P>
<P>(6) A broken or cracked yoke.
</P>
<P>(7) A broken draft gear.
</P>
<P>(b) A device shall be provided under the lower end of all drawbar pins and articulated connection pins to prevent the pin from falling out of place in case of breakage.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21346, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="26" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.26" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Suspension System</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.63" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.26.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.63   Lateral motion.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), the total uncontrolled lateral motion between the hubs of the wheels and boxes, between boxes and pedestals or both, on any pair of wheels may not exceed 1 inch on non-powered axles and friction bearing powered axles, or 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch on all other powered axles.
</P>
<P>(b) The total uncontrolled lateral motion may not exceed 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches on the center axle of three-axle trucks.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.64" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.26.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.64   Plain bearings.</HEAD>
<P>A plain bearing box shall contain visible free oil and may not be cracked to the extent that it will leak oil.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.65" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.26.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.65   Spring rigging.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Protective construction or safety hangers shall be provided to prevent spring planks, spring seats or bolsters from dropping to track structure in event of a hanger or spring failure.
</P>
<P>(b) An elliptical spring may not have its top (long) leaf broken or any other three leaves broken, except when that spring is part of a nest of three or more springs and none of the other springs in the nest has its top leaf or any other three leaves broken. An outer coil spring or saddle may not be broken. An equalizer, hanger, bolt, gib, or pin may not be cracked or broken. A coil spring may not be fully compressed when the locomotive is at rest.
</P>
<P>(c) A shock absorber may not be broken or leaking clearly formed droplets of oil or other fluid.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.67" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.26.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.67   Trucks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The male center plate shall extend into the female center plate at least 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch. On trucks constructed to transmit tractive effort through the center plate or center pin, the male center plate shall extend into the female center plate at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches. Maximum lost motion in a center plate assemblage may not exceed 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(b) Each locomotive shall have a device or securing arrangement to prevent the truck and locomotive body from separating in case of derailment.
</P>
<P>(c) A truck may not have a loose tie bar or a cracked or broken center casting, motor suspension lug, equalizer, hanger, gib or pin. A truck frame may not be broken or have a crack in a stress area that may affect its structural integrity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.69" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.26.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.69   Side bearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Friction side bearings with springs designed to carry weight may not have more than 25 percent of the springs in any one nest broken.
</P>
<P>(b) Friction side bearings may not be run in contact unless designed to carry weight. Maximum clearance of side bearings may not exceed one-fourth inch on each side or a total of one-half inch on both sides, except where more than two side bearings are used under the same rigid superstructure. The clearance on one pair of side bearings under the same rigid superstructure shall not exceed one-fourth inch on each side or a total of one-half inch on both sides; the other side bearings under the same rigid superstructure may have one-half inch clearance on each side or a total of 1 inch on both sides. These clearances apply where the spread of the side bearings is 50 inches or less; where the spread is greater, the side bearing clearance may only be increased proportionately.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.71" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.26.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.71   Clearance above top of rail.</HEAD>
<P>No part or appliance of a locomotive except the wheels, flexible nonmetallic sand pipe extension tips, and trip cock arms may be less than 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches above the top of rail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.73" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.26.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.73   Wheel sets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The variation in the circumference of wheels on the same axle may not exceed 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch (two tape sizes) when applied or turned.
</P>
<P>(b) The maximum variation in the diameter between any two wheel sets in a three-powered-axle truck may not exceed 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch, except that when shims are used at the journal box springs to compensate for wheel diameter variation, the maximum variation may not exceed 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inch. The maximum variation in the diameter between any two wheel sets on different trucks on a locomotive that has three-powered-axle trucks may not exceed 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inch. The diameter of a wheel set is the average diameter of the two wheels on an axle.
</P>
<P>(c) On standard gauge locomotives, the distance between the inside gauge of the flanges on non-wide flange wheels may not be less than 53 inches or more than 53
<FR>1/2</FR> inches. The distance between the inside gauge of the flanges on wide flange wheels may not be less than 53 inches or more than 53
<FR>1/4</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(d) The distance back to back of flanges of wheels mounted on the same axle shall not vary more than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.75" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.26.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.75   Wheels and tire defects.</HEAD>
<P>Wheels and tires may not have any of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) A single flat spot that is 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or more in length, or two adjoining spots that are each two or more inches in length.
</P>
<P>(b) A gouge or chip in the flange that is more than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in length and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch in width.
</P>
<P>(c) A broken rim, if the tread, measured from the flange at a point five-eighths inch above the tread, is less than 3
<FR>3/4</FR> inches in width.
</P>
<P>(d) A shelled-out spot 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or more in length, or two adjoining spots that are each two or more inches in length.
</P>
<P>(e) A seam running lengthwise that is within 3
<FR>3/4</FR> inches of the flange.
</P>
<P>(f) A flange worn to a 
<FR>7/8</FR> inch thickness or less, gauged at a point 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch above the tread.
</P>
<P>(g) A tread worn hollow 
<FR>5/16</FR> inch or more on a locomotive in road service or 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch or more on a locomotive in switching service.
</P>
<P>(h) A flange height of 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or more measured from tread to the top of the flange.
</P>
<P>(i) Tires less than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches thick.
</P>
<P>(j) Rims less than 1 inch thick on a locomotive in road service or less than 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch on a locomotive in yard service.
</P>
<P>(k) A crack or break in the flange, tread, rim, plate, or hub.
</P>
<P>(l) A loose wheel or tire.
</P>
<P>(m) Fusion welding may not be used on tires or steel wheels of locomotives, except for the repair of flat spots and worn flanges on locomotives used exclusively in yard service. A wheel that has been welded is a welded wheel for the life of the wheel.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="27" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.27" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Electrical System</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.77" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.27.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.77   Current collectors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pantographs shall be so arranged that they can be operated from the engineer's normal position in the cab. Pantographs that automatically rise when released shall have an automatic locking device to secure them in the down position.
</P>
<P>(b) Each pantograph operating on an overhead trolley wire shall have a device for locking and grounding it in the lowest position, that can be applied and released only from a position where the operator has a clear view of the pantograph and roof without mounting the roof.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.79" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.27.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.79   Third rail shoes.</HEAD>
<P>When locomotives are equipped with both third rail and overhead collectors, third-rail shoes shall be deenergized while in yards and at stations when current collection is exclusively from the overhead conductor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.81" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.27.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.81   Emergency pole; shoe insulation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each locomotive equipped with a pantograph operating on an overhead trolley wire shall have an emergency pole suitable for operating the pantograph. Unless the entire pole can be safely handled, the part of the pole which can be safely handled shall be marked to so indicate. This pole shall be protected from moisture when not in use.
</P>
<P>(b) Each locomotive equipped with third-rail shoes shall have a device for insulating the current collecting apparatus from the third rail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.83" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.27.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.83   Insulation or grounding of metal parts.</HEAD>
<P>All unguarded noncurrent-carrying metal parts subject to becoming charged shall be grounded or thoroughly insulated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.85" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.27.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.85   High voltage markings: doors, cover plates, or barriers.</HEAD>
<P>All doors, cover plates, or barriers providing direct access to high voltage equipment shall be marked “Danger-High Voltage” or with the word “Danger” and the normal voltage carried by the parts so protected.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21346, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.87" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.27.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.87   Hand-operated switches.</HEAD>
<P>All hand-operated switches carrying currents with a potential of more than 150 volts that may be operated while under load shall be covered and shall be operative from the outside of the cover. Means shall be provided to show whether the switches are open or closed. Switches that should not be operated while under load shall be legibly marked with the words “must not be operated under load” and the voltage carried.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.89" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.27.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.89   Jumpers; cable connections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Jumpers and cable connections between locomotives shall be so located and guarded to provide sufficient vertical clearance. They may not hang with one end free.
</P>
<P>(b) Cable and jumper connections between locomotive may not have any of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Broken or badly chafed insulation.
</P>
<P>(2) Broken plugs, receptacles or terminals.
</P>
<P>(3) Broken or protruding strands of wire.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.91" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.27.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.91   Motors and generators.</HEAD>
<P>A motor or a generator may not have any of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) Be shorted or grounded.
</P>
<P>(b) Throw solder excessively.
</P>
<P>(c) Show evidence of coming apart.
</P>
<P>(d) Have an overheated support bearing.
</P>
<P>(e) Have an excessive accumulation of oil.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="28" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.28" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Internal Combustion Equipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.93" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.28.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.93   Safety cut-off device.</HEAD>
<P>The fuel line shall have a safety cut-off device that—
</P>
<P>(a) Is located adjacent to the fuel supply tank or in another safe location;
</P>
<P>(b) Closes automatically when tripped and can be reset without hazard; and
</P>
<P>(c) Can be hand operated from clearly marked locations, one inside the cab and one on each exterior side of the locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.95" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.28.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.95   Venting.</HEAD>
<P>Fuel tank vent pipes may not discharge on the roof nor on or between the rails.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.97" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.28.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.97   Grounding fuel tanks.</HEAD>
<P>Fuel tanks and related piping shall be electrically grounded.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.99" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.28.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.99   Safety hangers.</HEAD>
<P>Drive shafts shall have safety hangers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.28.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.101   Engines.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The temperature and pressure alarms, controls and related switches of internal combustion engines shall function properly.
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever an engine has been shut down due to mechanical or other problems, a distinctive warning notice giving reason for the shut-down shall be conspicuously attached near the engine starting control until repairs have been made.
</P>
<P>(c) Wheel slip/slide protection shall be provided on a locomotive with an engine displaying a warning notice whenever required by § 229.115(b).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="29" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.29" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Steam Generators</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.29.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.103   Safe working pressure; factor of safety.</HEAD>
<P>The safe working pressure for each steam generator shall be fixed by the chief mechanical officer of the carrier. The minimum factor of safety shall be four. The fixed safe working pressure shall be indicated on FRA Form F 6180-49A.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.29.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.105   Steam generator number.</HEAD>
<P>An identification number shall be marked on the steam generator's separator and that number entered on FRA Form F 6180-49A.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.29.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.107   Pressure gauge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each steam generator shall have an illuminated steam gauge that correctly indicates the pressure. The steam pressure gauge shall be graduated to not less than one and one-half times the allowed working pressure of the steam generator.
</P>
<P>(b) Each steam pressure gauge on a steam generator shall have a siphon that prevents steam from entering the gauge. The pipe connection shall directly enter the separator and shall be steam tight between the separator and the gauge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.29.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.109   Safety valves.</HEAD>
<P>Every steam generator shall be equipped with at least two safety valves that have a combined capacity to prevent an accumulation of pressure of more than five pounds per square inch above the allowed working pressure. The safety valves shall be independently connected to the separator and located as closely to the separator as possible without discharging inside of the generator compartment. The ends of the safety valve discharge lines shall be located or protected so that discharged steam does not create a hazard.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.29.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.111   Water-flow indicator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Steam generators shall be equipped with an illuminated visual return water-flow indicator.
</P>
<P>(b) Steam generators shall be equipped with an operable test valve or other means of determining whether the steam generator is filled with water. The fill test valve may not discharge steam or hot water into the steam generator compartment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.29.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.113   Warning notice.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever any steam generator has been shut down because of defects, a distinctive warning notice giving reasons for the shut-down shall be conspicuously attached near the steam generator starting controls until the necessary repairs have been made. The locomotive in which the steam generator displaying a warning notice is located may continue in service until the next periodic inspection.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.114" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.29.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.114   Steam generator inspections and tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Periodic steam generator inspection.</I> Except as provided in § 229.33, each steam generator shall be inspected and tested in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section at intervals not to exceed 92 days, unless the steam generator is isolated in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section. All non-complying conditions shall be repaired or the steam generator shall be isolated as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section before the locomotive is used.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Isolation of a steam generator.</I> A steam generator will be considered isolated if the water suction pipe to the water pump and the leads to the main switch (steam generator switch) are disconnected, and the train line shut-off-valve is wired closed or a blind gasket is applied. Before an isolated steam generator is returned to use, it shall be inspected and tested pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Forms.</I> Each periodic steam generator inspection and test shall be recorded on Form FRA F 6180-49A required by paragraph § 229.23. When Form FRA F 6180-49A for the locomotive is replaced, data for the steam generator inspections shall be transferred to the new Form FRA F6180-49A.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Tests and requirements.</I> Each periodic steam generator inspection and test shall include the following tests and requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) All electrical devices and visible insulation shall be inspected.
</P>
<P>(2) All automatic controls, alarms, and protective devices shall be inspected and tested.
</P>
<P>(3) Steam pressure gauges shall be tested by comparison with a dead-weight tester or a test gauge designed for this purpose. The siphons to the steam gauges shall be removed and their connections examined to determine that they are open.
</P>
<P>(4) Safety valves shall be set and tested under steam after the steam pressure gauge is tested.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Annual steam generator tests.</I> Each steam generator that is not isolated in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure at least 25 percent above the working pressure and the visual return water-flow indicator shall be removed and inspected. The testing under this paragraph shall be performed at intervals that do not exceed 368 calendar days.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21346, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="30" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Cabs and Cab Equipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.115   Slip/slide alarms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for MU locomotives, each locomotive used in road service shall be equipped with a device that provides an audible or visual alarm in the cab of either slipping or sliding wheels on powered axles under power. When two or more locomotives are coupled in multiple or remote control, the wheel slip/slide alarm of each locomotive shall be shown in the cab of the controlling locomotive.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in § 229.9, an equipped locomotive may not be dispatched in road service, or continue in road service following a daily inspection, unless the wheel slip/slide protective device of whatever type—
</P>
<P>(1) Is functioning for each powered axle under power; and
</P>
<P>(2) Would function on each powered axle if it were under power.
</P>
<P>(c) Effective January 1, 1981, all new locomotives capable of being used in road service shall be equipped with a device that detects wheel slip/slide for each powered axle when it is under power. The device shall produce an audible or visual alarm in the cab.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.117" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.117   Speed indicators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After December 31, 1980, each locomotive used as a controlling locomotive at speeds in excess of 20 miles per hour shall be equipped with a speed indicator which is—
</P>
<P>(1) Accurate within ±3 miles per hour of actual speed at speeds of 10 to 30 miles per hour and accurate within ±5 miles per hour at speeds above 30 miles per hour; and
</P>
<P>(2) Clearly readable from the engineer's normal position under all light conditions.
</P>
<P>(b) Each speed indicator required shall be tested as soon as possible after departure by means of speed test sections or equivalent procedures.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.119" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.119   Cabs, floors, and passageways.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Cab seats shall be securely mounted and braced. Cab doors shall be equipped with a secure and operable latching device.
</P>
<P>(b) Cab windows of the lead locomotive shall provide an undistorted view of the right-of-way for the crew from their normal position in the cab. (See also, Safety Glazing Standards, 49 CFR part 223, 44 FR 77348, Dec. 31, 1979.)
</P>
<P>(c) Floors of cabs, passageways, and compartments shall be kept free from oil, water, waste or any obstruction that creates a slipping, tripping or fire hazard. Floors shall be properly treated to provide secure footing.
</P>
<P>(d) Any occupied locomotive cab shall be provided with proper ventilation and with a heating arrangement that maintains a temperature of at least 60 degrees Fahrenheit 6 inches above the center of each seat in the cab compartment.
</P>
<P>(e) Similar locomotives with open-end platforms coupled in multiple control and used in road service shall have a means of safe passage between them; no passageway is required through the nose of car body locomotives. There shall be a continuous barrier across the full width of the end of a locomotive or a continuous barrier between locomotives.
</P>
<P>(f) Containers shall be provided for carrying fusees and torpedoes. A single container may be used if it has a partition to separate fusees from torpedoes. Torpedoes shall be kept in a closed metal container.
</P>
<P>(g) Each locomotive or remanufactured locomotive placed in service for the first time on or after June 8, 2012, shall be equipped with an air conditioning unit in the locomotive cab compartment.
</P>
<P>(h) Each air conditioning unit in the locomotive cab on a locomotive identified in paragraph (g) of this section shall be inspected and maintained to ensure that it operates properly and meets or exceeds the manufacturer's minimum operating specifications during the periodic inspection required for the locomotive pursuant to § 229.23 of this part.
</P>
<P>(i) Each locomotive or remanufactured locomotive ordered on or after June 8, 2012, or placed in service for the first time on or after December 10, 2012, shall be equipped with a securement device on each exterior locomotive cab door that is capable of securing the door from inside of the cab.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 21109, Mar. 31, 1980, as amended at 77 FR 21346, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.121" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.121   Locomotive cab noise.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Performance standards for locomotives.</I> (1) When tested for static noise in accordance with paragraph (a)(3) of this section, all locomotives of each design or model that are manufactured after October 29, 2007, shall average less than or equal to 85 dB(A), with an upper 99% confidence limit of 87 dB(A). The railroad may rely on certification from the equipment manufacturer for a production run that this standard is met. The manufacturer may determine the average by testing a representative sample of locomotives or an initial series of locomotives, provided that there are suitable manufacturing quality controls and verification procedures in place to ensure product consistency.
</P>
<P>(2) In the maintenance of locomotives that are manufactured in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a railroad shall not make any alterations that cause the average sound level for that locomotive design or model to exceed:
</P>
<P>(i) 82 dB(A) if the average sound level for a locomotive design or model is less than 82 dB(A); or
</P>
<P>(ii) 85 dB(A) if the average sound level for a locomotive design or model is 82 dB(A) to 85 dB(A), inclusive,
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad or manufacturer shall follow the static test protocols set forth in appendix H of this part to determine compliance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section; and, to the extent reasonably necessary to evaluate the effect of alterations during maintenance, to determine compliance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Maintenance of locomotives.</I> (1) If a railroad receives an excessive noise report, and if the condition giving rise to the noise is not required to be immediately corrected under part 229, the railroad shall maintain a record of the report, and repair or replace the item identified as substantially contributing to the noise:
</P>
<P>(i) On or before the next periodic inspection required by § 229.23; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the railroad determines that the repair or replacement of the item requires significant shop or material resources that are not readily available, at the time of the next major equipment repair commonly used for the particular type of maintenance needed.
</P>
<P>(2) Conditions that may lead a locomotive cab occupant to file an excessive noise report include, but are not limited to: defective cab window seals; defective cab door seals; broken or inoperative windows; deteriorated insulation or insulation that has been removed for other reasons; broken or inoperative doors; and air brakes that vent inside of the cab.
</P>
<P>(3) A railroad has an obligation to respond to an excessive noise report that a locomotive cab occupant files. The railroad meets its obligation to respond to an excessive noise report, as set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, if the railroad makes a good faith effort to identify the cause of the reported noise, and where the railroad is successful in determining the cause, if the railroad repairs or replaces the items cause the noise.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (i) A railroad shall maintain a written or electronic record of any excessive noise report, inspection, test, maintenance, replacement, or repair completed pursuant to § 229.121(b) and the date on which that inspection, test, maintenance, replacement, or repair occurred. If a railroad elects to maintain an electronic record, the railroad must satisfy the conditions listed in § 227.121(a)(2)(i) through (v).
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad shall retain these records for 92 days if they are made pursuant to § 229.21, or for one year if they are made pursuant to § 229.23.
</P>
<P>(iii) The railroad shall establish an internal, auditable, monitorable system that contains these records.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 63136, Oct. 27, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.123" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.123   Pilots, snowplows, end plates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each lead locomotive shall be equipped with a pilot, snowplow, or end plate that extends across both rails. The minimum clearance above the rail of the pilot, snowplow or end plate shall be 3 inches. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the maximum clearance shall be 6 inches. When the locomotive is equipped with a combination of the equipment listed in this paragraph, each extending across both rails, only the lowest piece of that equipment must satisfy clearance requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) To provide clearance for passing over retarders, locomotives utilized in hump yard or switching service at hump yard locations may have pilot, snowplow, or end plate maximum height of 9 inches.
</P>
<P>(1) Each locomotive equipped with a pilot, snowplow, or end plate with clearance above 6 inches shall be prominently stenciled at each end of the locomotive with the words “9-inch Maximum End Plate Height, Yard or Trail Service Only.”
</P>
<P>(2) When operated in switching service in a leading position, locomotives with a pilot, snowplow, or end plate clearance above 6 inches shall be limited to 10 miles per hour over grade crossings.
</P>
<P>(3) Train crews shall be notified in writing of the restrictions on the locomotive, by label or stencil in the cab, or by written operating instruction given to the crew and maintained in the cab of the locomotive.
</P>
<P>(4) Pilot, snowplow, or end plate clearance above 6 inches shall be noted in the remarks section of Form FRA 6180-49a.
</P>
<P>(5) Locomotives with a pilot, snowplow, or end plate clearance above 6 inches shall not be placed in the lead position when being moved under section § 229.9.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21347, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.125" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.125   Headlights and auxiliary lights.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each lead locomotive used in road service shall illuminate its headlight while the locomotive is in use. When illuminated, the headlight shall produce a peak intensity of at least 200,000 candela and produce at least 3,000 candela at an angle of 7.5 degrees and at least 400 candela at an angle of 20 degrees from the centerline of the locomotive when the light is aimed parallel to the tracks. If a locomotive or locomotive consist in road service is regularly required to run backward for any portion of its trip other than to pick up a detached portion of its train or to make terminal movements, it shall also have on its rear a headlight that meets the intensity requirements above. Each headlight shall be aimed to illuminate a person at least 800 feet ahead and in front of the headlight. For purposes of this section, a headlight shall be comprised of either one or two lamps.
</P>
<P>(1) If a locomotive is equipped with a single-lamp headlight, the single lamp shall produce a peak intensity of at least 200,000 candela and shall produce at least 3,000 candela at an angle of 7.5 degrees and at least 400 candela at an angle of 20 degrees from the centerline of the locomotive when the light is aimed parallel to the tracks. The following operative lamps meet the standard set forth in this paragraph: a single incandescent PAR-56, 200-watt, 30-volt lamp; a single halogen PAR-56, 200-watt, 30-volt lamp; a single halogen PAR-56, 350-watt, 75-volt lamp, or a single lamp meeting the intensity requirements given above.
</P>
<P>(2) If a locomotive is equipped with a dual-lamp headlight, a peak intensity of at least 200,000 candela and at least 3,000 candela at an angle of 7.5 degrees and at least 400 candela at an angle of 20 degrees from the centerline of the locomotive when the light is aimed parallel to the tracks shall be produced by the headlight based either on a single lamp capable of individually producing the required peak intensity or on the candela produced by the headlight with both lamps illuminated. If both lamps are needed to produce the required peak intensity, then both lamps in the headlight shall be operational. The following operative lamps meet the standard set forth in this paragraph (a)(2): A single incandescent PAR-56, 200-watt, 30-volt lamp; a single halogen PAR-56, 200-watt, 30-volt lamp; a single halogen PAR-56, 350-watt, 75-volt lamp; two incandescent PAR-56, 350-watt, 75-volt lamps; or lamp(s) meeting the intensity requirements given above.
</P>
<P>(i) A locomotive equipped with the two incandescent PAR-56, 350-watt, 75 volt lamps which has an en route failure of one lamp in the headlight fixture, may continue in service as a lead locomotive until its next daily inspection required by § 229.21 only if:
</P>
<P>(A) Auxiliary lights burn steadily;
</P>
<P>(B) Auxiliary lights are aimed horizontally parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the locomotive or aimed to cross no less than 400 feet in front of the locomotive.
</P>
<P>(C) Second headlight lamp and both auxiliary lights continue to operate.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) Each locomotive or locomotive consist used in yard service shall have two headlights, one located on the front of the locomotive or locomotive consist and one on its rear. Each headlight shall produce at least 60,000 candela and shall be arranged to illuminate a person at least 300 feet ahead and in front of the headlight.
</P>
<P>(c) Headlights shall be provided with a device to dim the light.
</P>
<P>(d) Effective December 31, 1997, each lead locomotive operated at a speed greater than 20 miles per hour over one or more public highway-rail crossings shall be equipped with operative auxiliary lights, in addition to the headlight required by paragraph (a) or (b) of this section. A locomotive equipped on March 6, 1996 with auxiliary lights in conformance with § 229.133 shall be deemed to conform to this section until March 6, 2000. All locomotives in compliance with § 229.133(c) shall be deemed to conform to this section. Auxiliary lights shall be composed as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Two white auxiliary lights shall be placed at the front of the locomotive to form a triangle with the headlight.
</P>
<P>(i) The auxiliary lights shall be at least 36 inches above the top of the rail, except on MU locomotives and control cab locomotives where such placement would compromise the integrity of the car body or be otherwise impractical. Auxiliary lights on such MU locomotives and control cab locomotives shall be at least 24 inches above the top of the rail.
</P>
<P>(ii) The auxiliary lights shall be spaced at least 36 inches apart if the vertical distance from the headlight to the horizontal axis of the auxiliary lights is 60 inches or more.
</P>
<P>(iii) The auxiliary lights shall be spaced at least 60 inches apart if the vertical distance from the headlight to the horizontal axis of the auxiliary lights is less than 60 inches.
</P>
<P>(2) Each auxiliary light shall produce a peak intensity of at least 200,000 candela or shall produce at least 3,000 candela at an angle of 7.5 degrees and at least 400 candela at an angle of 20 degrees from the centerline of the locomotive when the light is aimed parallel to the tracks. Any of the following operative lamps meet the standard set forth in this paragraph: an incandescent PAR-56, 200-watt, 30-volt lamp; a halogen PAR-56, 200-watt, 30-volt lamp; a halogen PAR-56, 350-watt, 75-volt lamp; an incandescent PAR-56, 350-watt, 75-volt lamp; or a single lamp having equivalent intensities at the specified angles.
</P>
<P>(3) The auxiliary lights shall be aimed horizontally within 15 degrees of the longitudinal centerline of the locomotive.
</P>
<P>(e) Auxiliary lights required by paragraph (d) of this section may be arranged
</P>
<P>(1) To burn steadily or
</P>
<P>(2) Flash on approach to a crossing.
</P>
<P>If the auxiliary lights are arranged to flash;
</P>
<P>(i) They shall flash alternately at a rate of at least 40 flashes per minute and at most 180 flashes per minute,
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad's operating rules shall set a standard procedure for use of flashing lights at public highway-rail grade crossings, and
</P>
<P>(iii) The flashing feature may be activated automatically, but shall be capable of manual activation and deactivation by the locomotive engineer.
</P>
<P>(f) Auxiliary lights required by paragraph (d) of this section shall be continuously illuminated immediately prior to and during movement of the locomotive, except as provided by railroad operating rules, timetable or special instructions, unless such exception is disapproved by FRA. A railroad may except use of auxiliary lights at a specific public highway-rail grade crossing by designating that exception in the railroad's operating rules, timetable, or a special order. Any exception from use of auxiliary lights at a specific public grade crossing can be disapproved for a stated cause by FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety or FRA's Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director, after investigation by FRA and opportunity for response from the railroad.
</P>
<P>(g) Movement of locomotives with defective auxiliary lights.
</P>
<P>(1) A lead locomotive with only one failed auxiliary light must be repaired or switched to a trailing position before departure from the place where an initial terminal inspection is required for that train.
</P>
<P>(2) A locomotive with only one auxiliary light that has failed after departure from an initial terminal, must be repaired not later than the next calendar inspection required by § 229.21.
</P>
<P>(3) A lead locomotive with two failed auxiliary lights may only proceed to the next place where repairs can be made. This movement must be consistent with § 229.9.
</P>
<P>(h) Any locomotive subject to Part 229, that was built before December 31, 1948, and that is not used regularly in commuter or intercity passenger service, shall be considered historic equipment and excepted from the requirements of paragraphs (d) through (h) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 21109, Mar. 31, 1980, as amended at 61 FR 8887, Mar. 6, 1996; 68 FR 49717, Aug. 19, 2003; 69 FR 12537, Mar. 16, 2004; 77 FR 21347, Apr. 9, 2012; 90 FR 28165, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.127" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.127   Cab lights.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each locomotive shall have cab lights which will provide sufficient illumination for the control instruments, meters, and gauges to enable the engine crew to make accurate readings from their normal positions in the cab. These lights shall be located, constructed, and maintained so that light shines only on those parts requiring illumination and does not interfere with the crew's vision of the track and signals. Each controlling locomotive shall also have a conveniently located light that can be readily turned on and off by the persons operating the locomotive and that provides sufficient illumination for them to read train orders and timetables.
</P>
<P>(b) Cab passageways and compartments shall have adequate illumination.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.129" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.129   Locomotive horn.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each lead locomotive shall be equipped with a locomotive horn that produces a minimum sound level of 96 dB(A) and a maximum sound level of 110 dB(A) at 100 feet forward of the locomotive in its direction of travel. The locomotive horn shall be arranged so that it can be conveniently operated from the engineer's usual position during operation of the locomotive.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Each locomotive built on or after September 18, 2006 shall be tested in accordance with this section to ensure that the horn installed on such locomotive is in compliance with paragraph (a) of this section. Locomotives built on or after September 18, 2006 may, however, be tested in accordance with an acceptance sampling scheme such that there is a probability of .05 or less of rejecting a lot with a proportion of defectives equal to an AQL of 1% or less, as set forth in 7 CFR part 43.
</P>
<P>(2) Each locomotive built before September 18, 2006 shall be tested in accordance with this section before June 24, 2010 to ensure that the horn installed on such locomotive is in compliance with paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Each remanufactured locomotive, as determined pursuant to § 229.5 of this part, shall be tested in accordance with this section to ensure that the horn installed on such locomotive is in compliance with paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section, each locomotive equipped with a replacement locomotive horn shall be tested, in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, before the next two annual tests required by § 229.27 of this part are completed.
</P>
<P>(ii) Locomotives that have already been tested individually or through acceptance sampling, in accordance with paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section, shall not be required to undergo sound level testing when equipped with a replacement locomotive horn, provided the replacement locomotive horn is of the same model as the locomotive horn that was replaced and the mounting location and type of mounting are the same.
</P>
<P>(c) Testing of the locomotive horn sound level shall be in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) A properly calibrated sound level meter shall be used that, at a minimum, complies with the requirements of International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Standard 61672-1 (2002-05) for a Class 2 instrument.
</P>
<P>(2) An acoustic calibrator shall be used that, at a minimum, complies with the requirements of IEC standard 60942 (1997-11) for a Class 2 instrument.
</P>
<P>(3) The manufacturer's instructions pertaining to mounting and orienting the microphone; positioning of the observer; and periodic factory recalibration shall be followed.
</P>
<P>(4) A microphone windscreen shall be used and tripods or similar microphone mountings shall be used that minimize interference with the sound being measured.
</P>
<P>(5) The test site shall be free of large reflective structures, such as barriers, hills, billboards, tractor trailers or other large vehicles, locomotives or rail cars on adjacent tracks, bridges or buildings, within 200 feet to the front and sides of the locomotive. The locomotive shall be positioned on straight, level track.
</P>
<P>(6) Measurements shall be taken only when ambient air temperature is between 32 degrees and 104 degrees Fahrenheit inclusively; relative humidity is between 20 percent and 95 percent inclusively; wind velocity is not more than 12 miles per hour and there is no precipitation.
</P>
<P>(7) With the exception of cab-mounted or low-mounted horns, the microphone shall be located 100 feet forward of the front knuckle of the locomotive, 15 feet above the top of the rail, at an angle no greater than 20 degrees from the center line of the track, and oriented with respect to the sound source according to the manufacturer's recommendations. For cab-mounted and low-mounted horns, the microphone shall be located 100 feet forward of the front knuckle of the locomotive, four feet above the top of the rail, at an angle no greater than 20 degrees from the center line of the track, and oriented with respect to the sound source according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The observer shall not stand between the microphone and the horn.
</P>
<P>(8) Background noise shall be minimal: the sound level at the test site immediately before and after each horn sounding event shall be at least 10 dB(A) below the level measured during the horn sounding.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Measurement procedures.</I> The sound level meter shall be set for A-weighting with slow exponential response and shall be calibrated with the acoustic calibrator immediately before and after compliance tests. Any change in the before and after calibration levels shall be less than 0.5 dB. After the output from the locomotive horn system has reached a stable level, the A-weighted equivalent sound level (slow response) for a 10-second duration (LAeq, 10s) shall be obtained either directly using an integrating-averaging sound level meter, or recorded once per second and calculated indirectly. The arithmetic-average of a series of at least six such 10-second duration readings shall be used to determine compliance. The standard deviation of the readings shall be less than 1.5 dB.
</P>
<P>(10) Written reports of locomotive horn testing required by this part shall be made and shall reflect horn type; the date, place, and manner of testing; and sound level measurements. These reports, which shall be signed by the person who performs the test, shall be retained by the railroad, at a location of its choice, until a subsequent locomotive horn test is completed and shall be made available, upon request, to FRA as provided by 49 U.S.C. 20107.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not apply to locomotives of rapid transit operations which are otherwise subject to this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 47666, Aug. 17, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.131" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.131   Sanders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Prior to departure from an initial terminal, each locomotive, except for MU locomotives, shall be equipped with operative sanders that deposit sand on each rail in front of the first power operated wheel set in the direction of movement or shall be handled in accordance with the requirements contained in § 229.9.
</P>
<P>(b) A locomotive being used in road service with sanders that become inoperative after departure from an initial terminal shall be handled in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A lead locomotive being used in road service that experiences inoperative sanders after departure from an initial terminal may continue in service until the earliest of the following occurrences:
</P>
<P>(i) Arrival at the next initial terminal;
</P>
<P>(ii) Arrival at a location where it is placed in a facility with a sand delivery system;
</P>
<P>(iii) The next periodic inspection under § 229.23; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Fourteen calendar days from the date the sanders are first discovered to be inoperative; and
</P>
<P>(2) A trailing locomotive being used in road service that experiences inoperative sanders after departure from an initial terminal may continue in service until the earliest of the following occurrence:
</P>
<P>(i) Arrival at the next initial terminal;
</P>
<P>(ii) Arrival at a location where it is placed in a facility with a sand delivery system; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The next periodic inspection under § 229.23.
</P>
<P>(c) A locomotive being used in switching service shall be equipped with operative sanders that deposit sand on each rail in front of the first power operated wheel set in the direction of movement. If the sanders become inoperative, the locomotive shall be handled in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A locomotive being used in switching service at a location not equipped with a sand delivery system may continue in service for seven calendar days from the date the sanders are first discovered inoperative or until its next periodic inspection under § 229.23, which ever occurs first; and
</P>
<P>(2) A locomotive being used in switching service at locations equipped with a sand delivery system shall be handled in accordance with the requirements contained in § 229.9.
</P>
<P>(d) A locomotive being handled under the provisions contained in paragraph (b) and (c)(1) of this section shall be tagged in accordance with § 229.9(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 59223, Oct. 19, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.133" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.133   Interim locomotive conspicuity measures—auxiliary external lights.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A locomotive at the head of a train or other movement is authorized to be equipped with auxiliary external lights, additional to the headlight required by § 229.125, for the purpose of improved conspicuity. A locomotive that is equipped with auxiliary external lights in conformance with the specifications or performance standards set forth in paragraph (b) of this section on the date of issuance of a final rule that requires additional or other external lights on locomotives for improved conspicuity, as required by section 202(u) of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970, shall be deemed to conform to the requirements of the final rule for four years following the date of issuance of that final rule.
</P>
<P>(b) Each qualifying arrangement of auxiliary external lights shall conform to one of the following descriptions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Strobe lights.</I> (i) Strobe lights shall consist of two white stroboscopic lights, each with “effective intensity,” as defined by the Illuminating Engineering Society's Guide for Calculating the Effective Intensity of Flashing Signal Lights (November 1964), of at least 500 candela.
</P>
<P>(ii) The flash rate of strobe lights shall be at least 40 flashes per minute and at most 180 flashes per minute.
</P>
<P>(iii) Strobe lights shall be placed at the front of the locomotive, at least 48 inches apart, and at least 36 inches above the top of the rail.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Oscillating light.</I> (i) An oscillating light shall consist of:
</P>
<P>(A) One steadily burning white light producing at least 200,000 candela in a moving beam that depicts a circle or a horizontal figure “8” to the front, about the longitudinal centerline of the locomotive; or
</P>
<P>(B) Two or more white lights producing at least 200,000 candela each, at one location on the front of the locomotive, that flash alternately with beams within five degrees horizontally to either side of the longitudinal centerline of the locomotive.
</P>
<P>(ii) An oscillating light may incorporate a device that automatically extinguishes the white light if display of a light of another color is required to protect the safety of railroad operations.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Crossing lights.</I> (i) Crossing lights shall consist of two white lights, placed at the front of the locomotive, at least 36 inches above the top of the rail.
</P>
<P>(ii) Crossing lights shall be spaced at least 36 inches apart if the vertical distance from the headlight to the horizontal axis of the ditch lights is 60 inches or more.
</P>
<P>(iii) Crossing lights shall be spaced at least 60 inches apart if the vertical distance from the headlight to the horizontal axis of the ditch lights is less than 60 inches.
</P>
<P>(iv) Each crossing light shall produce at least 200,000 candela, either steadily burning or alternately flashing.
</P>
<P>(v) The flash rate of crossing lights shall be at least 40 flashes per minute and at most 180 flashes per minute.
</P>
<P>(vi) Crossing lights shall be focused horizontally within 15 degrees of the longitudinal centerline of the locomotive.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Oscillating light.</I> (i) An oscillating light shall consist of:
</P>
<P>(A) One steadily burning white light producing at least 200,000 candela in a moving beam that depicts a circle or a horizontal figure “8” to the front, about the longitudinal centerline of the locomotive; or
</P>
<P>(B) Two or more white lights producing at least 200,000 candela each, at one location on the front of the locomotive, that flash alternately with beams within five degrees horizontally to either side of the longitudinal centerline of the locomotive.
</P>
<P>(ii) An oscillating light may incorporate a device that automatically extinguishes the white light if display of a light of another color is required to protect the safety of railroad operations.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Any lead locomotive equipped with oscillating lights as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section that were ordered for installation on that locomotive prior to January 1, 1996, is considered in compliance with § 229.125(d)(1) through (3).
</P>
<P>(2) Any lead locomotive equipped with strobe lights as described in paragraph (b)(1) and operated at speeds no greater than 40 miles per hour, is considered in compliance with § 229.125(d)(1) through (3) until the locomotive is retired or rebuilt, whichever comes first.
</P>
<P>(3) Any lead locomotive equipped with two white auxiliary lights spaced at least 44 inches apart on at least one axis which was equipped with these auxiliary lights before May 30, 1994, will be considered in compliance with § 229.125(d) (1) through (3) until the locomotive is retired or rebuilt, whichever comes first.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 6902, Feb. 3, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 24963, May 13, 1994; 59 FR 39705, Aug. 4, 1994; 61 FR 8887, Mar. 6, 1996; 77 FR 21348, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.135" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.135   Event recorders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duty to equip and record.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, a train operated faster than 30 miles per hour shall have an in-service event recorder, of the type described in paragraph (b) of this section, in the lead locomotive. The presence of the event recorder shall be noted on Form FRA F6180-49A (by writing the make and model of event recorder with which the locomotive is equipped) under the REMARKS section, except that an event recorder designed to allow the locomotive to assume the lead position only if the recorder is properly functioning is not required to have its presence noted on Form FRA F6180-49A. For the purpose of this section, “train” includes a locomotive or group of locomotives with or without cars. The duty to equip the lead locomotive may be met with an event recorder located elsewhere than the lead locomotive provided that such event recorder monitors and records the required data as though it were located in the lead locomotive. The event recorder shall record the most recent 48 hours of operation of the electrical system of the locomotive on which it is installed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Equipment requirements.</I> Event recorders shall monitor and record data elements required by this paragraph with at least the accuracy required of the indicators displaying any of the required elements to the engineer.
</P>
<P>(1) A lead locomotive originally ordered before October 1, 2006, and placed in service before October 1, 2009, including a controlling remote distributed power locomotive, a lead manned helper locomotive, a DMU locomotive, and an MU locomotive, except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, shall have an in-service event recorder that records the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(i) Train speed;
</P>
<P>(ii) Selected direction of motion;
</P>
<P>(iii) Time;
</P>
<P>(iv) Distance;
</P>
<P>(v) Throttle position;
</P>
<P>(vi) Applications and operations of the train automatic air brake;
</P>
<P>(vii) Applications and operations of the independent brake;
</P>
<P>(viii) Applications and operations of the dynamic brake, if so equipped; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Cab signal aspect(s), if so equipped and in use.
</P>
<P>(2) A locomotive originally manufactured before October 1, 2006, and equipped with an event recorder that uses magnetic tape as its recording medium shall have the recorder removed from service on or before October 1, 2009 and replaced with an event recorder with a certified crashworthy event recorder memory module that meets the requirements of appendix D of this part and that records at least the same number of data elements as the recorder it replaces.
</P>
<P>(3) A lead locomotive, a lead manned helper locomotive, and a controlling remotely distributed power locomotive, other than a DMU or MU locomotive, originally ordered on or after October 1, 2006 or placed in service on or after October 1, 2009, shall be equipped with an event recorder with a certified crashworthy event recorder memory module that meets the requirements of Appendix D of this part. The certified event recorder memory module shall be mounted for its maximum protection. (Although other mounting standards may meet this standard, an event recorder memory module mounted behind and below the top of the collision posts and above the platform level is deemed to be mounted “for its maximum protection.”) The event recorder shall record, and the certified crashworthy event recorder memory module shall retain, the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(i) Train speed;
</P>
<P>(ii) Selected direction of motion;
</P>
<P>(iii) Time;
</P>
<P>(iv) Distance;
</P>
<P>(v) Throttle position;
</P>
<P>(vi) Applications and operations of the train automatic air brake, including emergency applications. The system shall record, or provide a means of determining, that a brake application or release resulted from manipulation of brake controls at the position normally occupied by the locomotive engineer. In the case of a brake application or release that is responsive to a command originating from or executed by an on-board computer (<I>e.g.</I>, electronic braking system controller, locomotive electronic control system, or train control computer), the system shall record, or provide a means of determining, the involvement of any such computer;
</P>
<P>(vii) Applications and operations of the independent brake;
</P>
<P>(viii) Applications and operations of the dynamic brake, if so equipped;
</P>
<P>(ix) Cab signal aspect(s), if so equipped and in use;
</P>
<P>(x) End-of-train (EOT) device loss of communication front to rear and rear to front;
</P>
<P>(xi) Electronic controlled pneumatic braking (ECP) message (and loss of such message), if so equipped;
</P>
<P>(xii) EOT armed, emergency brake command, emergency brake application;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Indication of EOT valve failure;
</P>
<P>(xiv) EOT brake pipe pressure (EOT and ECP devices);
</P>
<P>(xv) EOT marker light on/off;
</P>
<P>(xvi) EOT “low battery” status;
</P>
<P>(xvii) Position of on/off switch for headlights on lead locomotive;
</P>
<P>(xviii) Position of on/off switch for auxiliary lights on lead locomotive;
</P>
<P>(xix) Horn control handle activation;
</P>
<P>(xx) Locomotive number;
</P>
<P>(xxi) Locomotive automatic brake valve cut in;
</P>
<P>(xxii) Locomotive position in consist (lead or trail);
</P>
<P>(xxiii) Tractive effort;
</P>
<P>(xxiv) Cruise control on/off, if so equipped and in use; and
</P>
<P>(xxv) Safety-critical train control data routed to the locomotive engineer's display with which the engineer is required to comply, specifically including text messages conveying mandatory directives and maximum authorized speed. The format, content, and proposed duration for retention of such data shall be specified in the Product Safety Plan or PTC Safety Plan submitted for the train control system under subparts H or I, respectively, of part 236 of this chapter, subject to FRA approval under this paragraph. If it can be calibrated against other data required by this part, such train control data may, at the election of the railroad, be retained in a separate certified crashworthy memory module.
</P>
<P>(4) A DMU locomotive and an MU locomotive originally ordered on or after October 1, 2006 or placed in service on or after October 1, 2009, shall be equipped with an event recorder with a certified crashworthy event recorder memory module that meets the requirements of Appendix D of this part. The certified event recorder memory module shall be mounted for its maximum protection. (Although other mounting standards may meet this standard, an event recorder memory module mounted behind the collision posts and above the platform level is deemed to be mounted “for its maximum protection.”) The event recorder shall record, and the certified crashworthy event recorder memory module shall retain, the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(i) Train speed;
</P>
<P>(ii) Selected direction of motion;
</P>
<P>(iii) Time;
</P>
<P>(iv) Distance;
</P>
<P>(v) Throttle position;
</P>
<P>(vi) Applications and operations of the train automatic air brake, including emergency applications. The system shall record, or provide a means of determining, that a brake application or release resulted from manipulation of brake controls at the position normally occupied by the locomotive engineer. In the case of a brake application or release that is responsive to a command originating from or executed by an on-board computer (<I>e.g.</I>, electronic braking system controller, locomotive electronic control system, or train control computer), the system shall record, or provide a means of determining, the involvement of any such computer;
</P>
<P>(vii) Applications and operations of the independent brake, if so equipped;
</P>
<P>(viii) Applications and operations of the dynamic brake, if so equipped;
</P>
<P>(ix) Cab signal aspect(s), if so equipped and in use;
</P>
<P>(x) Emergency brake application(s);
</P>
<P>(xi) Wheel slip/slide alarm activation (with a property-specific minimum duration);
</P>
<P>(xii) Lead locomotive headlight activation switch on/off;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Lead locomotive auxiliary lights activation switch on/off;
</P>
<P>(xiv) Horn control handle activation;
</P>
<P>(xv) Locomotive number;
</P>
<P>(xvi) Locomotive position in consist (lead or trail);
</P>
<P>(xvii) Tractive effort;
</P>
<P>(xviii) Brakes apply summary train line;
</P>
<P>(xix) Brakes released summary train line;
</P>
<P>(xx) Cruise control on/off, if so equipped and used; and
</P>
<P>(xxi) Safety-critical train control data routed to the locomotive engineer's display with which the engineer is required to comply, specifically including text messages conveying mandatory directives and maximum authorized speed. The format, content, and proposed duration for retention of such data shall be specified in the Product Safety Plan or PTC Safety Plan submitted for the train control system under subparts H or I, respectively, of part 236 of this chapter, subject to FRA approval under this paragraph. If it can be calibrated against other data required by this part, such train control data may, at the election of the railroad, be retained in a separate certified crashworthy memory module.
</P>
<P>(5) A locomotive equipped with an event recorder that is remanufactured, as defined in this part, on or after October 1, 2007, shall be equipped with an event recorder with a certified crashworthy event recorder memory module that meets the requirements of appendix D to this part and is capable of recording, at a minimum, the same data as the recorder that was on the locomotive before it was remanufactured.
</P>
<P>(6) An event recorder originally manufactured after January 1, 2010, that is installed on any locomotive identified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be an event recorder with a certified crashworthy event recorder memory module that meets the requirements of appendix D to this part and that is capable of recording, at a minimum, the same data as the event recorder that was previously on the locomotive.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Removal from service.</I> Notwithstanding the duty established in paragraph (a) of this section to equip certain locomotives with an in-service event recorder, a railroad may remove an event recorder from service and, if a railroad knows that an event recorder is not monitoring or recording required data, shall remove the event recorder from service. When a railroad removes an event recorder from service, a qualified person shall record the date that the device was removed from service on Form FRA F6180-49A, under the REMARKS section, unless the event recorder is designed to allow the locomotive to assume the lead position only if the recorder is properly functioning.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Response to defective equipment.</I> Notwithstanding the duty established in paragraph (a) of this section to equip certain locomotives with an in-service event recorder, a locomotive on which the event recorder has been taken out of service as provided in paragraph (c) of this section may remain as the lead locomotive only until the next calendar-day inspection. A locomotive with an inoperative event recorder is not deemed to be in improper condition, unsafe to operate, or a non-complying locomotive under §§ 229.7 and 229.9, and, other than the requirements of appendix D of this part, the inspection, maintenance, and testing of event recorders are limited to the requirements set forth in §§ 229.25(e) and 229.27(d).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Preserving accident data.</I> If any locomotive equipped with an event recorder, or any other locomotive-mounted recording device or devices designed to record information concerning the functioning of a locomotive or train, is involved in an accident/incident that is required to be reported to FRA under part 225 of this chapter, the railroad that was using the locomotive at the time of the accident shall, to the extent possible, and to the extent consistent with the safety of life and property, preserve the data recorded by each such device for analysis by FRA. This preservation requirement permits the railroad to extract and analyze such data, provided the original downloaded data file, or an unanalyzed exact copy of it, shall be retained in secure custody and shall not be utilized for analysis or any other purpose except by direction of FRA or the National Transportation Safety Board. This preservation requirement shall expire one (1) year after the date of the accident unless FRA or the Board notifies the railroad in writing that the data are desired for analysis.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Relationship to other laws.</I> Nothing in this section is intended to alter the legal authority of law enforcement officials investigating potential violation(s) of State criminal law(s), and nothing in this chapter is intended to alter in any way the priority of National Transportation Safety Board investigations under 49 U.S.C. 1131 and 1134, nor the authority of the Secretary of Transportation to investigate railroad accidents under 49 U.S.C. 5121, 5122, 20107, 20111, 20112, 20505, 20702, 20703, and 20902.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Disabling event recorders.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any individual who willfully disables an event recorder is subject to civil penalty and to disqualification from performing safety-sensitive functions on a railroad as provided in § 218.55 of this chapter, and any individual who tampers with or alters the data recorded by such a device is subject to a civil penalty as provided in appendix B of part 218 of this chapter and to disqualification from performing safety-sensitive functions on a railroad if found unfit for such duties under the procedures in part 209 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37940, June 30, 2005, as amended at 75 FR 2697, Jan. 15, 2010]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.136" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.136   Locomotive image and audio recording devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duty to equip and record.</I> (1) Effective October 12, 2027, each lead locomotive of a train used in commuter or intercity passenger service must be equipped with an image recording system to record images of activities ahead of the locomotive in the direction of travel (outward-facing image recording device), and of activities inside the cab of the locomotive (inward-facing image recording device).
</P>
<P>(i) If the lead locomotive is equipped with an image recording system, the system must be turned on and recording whenever a train is in motion, at all train speeds.
</P>
<P>(ii) If operating circumstances cause the controlling locomotive to be other than the lead locomotive, railroads must also record images of activities inside the cab of the controlling locomotive.
</P>
<P>(iii) Both cabs of a dual-cab locomotive shall be equipped with inward- and outward-facing image recording systems. Image recordings for only a dual-cab locomotive's active cab and the leading end of the locomotive's movement are required to be made and retained.
</P>
<P>(2) Image recording systems installed after October 12, 2024, on new, remanufactured, or existing lead locomotives used in commuter or intercity passenger service shall meet the requirements of this section. Lead locomotives used in commuter or intercity passenger service must be equipped with an image recording system meeting the requirements of this section no later than October 12, 2027.
</P>
<P>(3) For lead locomotives in commuter or intercity passenger service, railroads must note the presence of any image or audio recording systems in the REMARKS section of Form FRA F 6180-49AP in the locomotive cab.
</P>
<P>(4) As required under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, the image recording system shall record at least the most recent 12 hours of operation of a lead locomotive in commuter or intercity passenger service.
</P>
<P>(5) Locomotive recording device data for each lead locomotive used in commuter or intercity passenger service shall be recorded on a memory module meeting the requirements for a certified crashworthy event recorder memory module described in appendix D to this part, or on an alternative, remote storage system that provides at least equivalent data protections and is approved by FRA under paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) Paragraph (a)(5) of this section applies to locomotive image recording systems as required under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Audio recording systems installed after October 12, 2024, on new, remanufactured, or existing lead locomotives used in commuter or intercity passenger service shall meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(5) of this section. Audio recording systems installed on lead locomotives in commuter or intercity passenger service must meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(5) of this section no later than October 12, 2027.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Outward-facing recording system requirements for lead locomotives in commuter or intercity passenger service.</I> (1) As required under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, the image recording system shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Include an image recording device aimed parallel to the centerline of tangent track within the gauge on the front end of the locomotive;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be able to distinguish the signal aspects displayed by wayside signals;
</P>
<P>(iii) Record at a minimum frame rate of 15 frames per second (or its equivalent) and have sufficient resolution to record the position of switch points 50 feet in front of the locomotive;
</P>
<P>(iv) Be able to capture images in daylight or with normal nighttime illumination from the headlight of the locomotive; and
</P>
<P>(v) Include an accurate time and date stamp on image recordings.
</P>
<P>(2) If a lead locomotive in commuter or intercity passenger service experiences a technical failure of its outward-facing image recording system, then the system shall be removed from service and handled in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inward-facing image recording system requirements for lead locomotives in commuter or intercity passenger service.</I> (1) As required under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, the image recording system shall include an image recording device positioned to provide complete coverage of all areas of the controlling locomotive cab where a crewmember typically may be positioned, including complete coverage of the instruments and controls required to operate the controlling locomotive in normal use, and:
</P>
<P>(i) Have sufficient resolution to record crewmember actions;
</P>
<P>(ii) Record at a minimum frame rate of 5 frames per second;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be capable of using ambient light in the cab, and when ambient light levels drop too low for normal operation, automatically switch to infrared or another operating mode that enables the recording sufficient clarity to comply with the requirements of this paragraph (c)(1); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Include an accurate time and date stamp on image recordings.
</P>
<P>(2) No image recordings may be made of any activities within a locomotive's sanitation compartment as defined in § 229.5, and no image recording device shall be installed in a location where the device can record activities within a sanitation compartment.
</P>
<P>(3) If a lead locomotive in commuter or intercity passenger service experiences a technical failure of its inward-facing image recording system, the system shall be removed from service and handled in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Image and audio recording system protection requirements for lead locomotives in commuter or intercity passenger service.</I> Railroads must provide convenient wired or wireless connections to allow authorized railroad personnel to download audio or image recordings from any certified crashworthy event recorder memory module in a lead locomotive in commuter or intercity passenger service. The railroads must use electronic security measures, and apply appropriate cybersecurity measures, to prevent unauthorized access to, and download, deletion, or alteration of, the recording system or its recordings.
</P>
<P>(1) Paragraph (d) of this section applies to locomotive image recording systems as required under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Audio recording systems installed after October 12, 2024, on new, remanufactured, or existing lead locomotives used in commuter or intercity passenger service shall meet the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section. Audio recording devices installed on lead locomotives in commuter or intercity passenger service must meet the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section no later than October 12, 2027.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inspection, testing, and maintenance for image recording systems on lead locomotives in commuter or intercity passenger service.</I> As required under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, the image recording system shall have self-monitoring features to assess whether the system is operating properly, including whether the system is powered on.
</P>
<P>(1) If a fault with the image recording system is detected, the locomotive may be used in the lead position only in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) As required under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, at each annual test required under § 229.27, the railroad conducting the inspection shall take sample download(s) from the image recording system's crashworthy event recorder memory module, or an FRA-approved equivalent under paragraph (g) of this section, to confirm proper operation of the system, and, if necessary, repair the system to full operation.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Handling of recordings</I>—(1) <I>Chain-of-custody procedure.</I> Each railroad with locomotives in commuter or intercity passenger service subject to this section shall adopt, maintain, and comply with a chain-of-custody procedure governing the handling and the release of the locomotive image recordings described in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section and any locomotive audio recordings. The chain-of-custody procedure must specifically address the preservation and handling requirements for post-accident/incident recordings provided to FRA or other Federal agencies under paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Accident/incident preservation.</I> If any locomotive in commuter or intercity passenger service equipped with an image or audio recording system is involved in an accident/incident that must be reported to FRA under part 225 of this chapter, the railroad that was using the locomotive at the time of the accident shall, to the extent possible, and to the extent consistent with the safety of life and property, preserve the data recorded by each such device for analysis by FRA or other Federal agencies. A railroad must either provide the image and/or audio data in a format readable by FRA or other Federal agencies; or make available to FRA or other Federal agencies any platform, software, media device, etc., that is required to play back the image and/or audio data. This preservation requirement shall expire one (1) year after the date of the accident, unless FRA or another Federal agency notifies the railroad in writing that it must preserve the recording longer. Railroads may extract and analyze such data for the purposes described in paragraph (f)(3) of this section, only if:
</P>
<P>(i) The original downloaded data file, or an unanalyzed exact copy of it, is retained in secure custody under the railroad's procedure adopted under paragraph (f)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The original downloaded data file, or an unanalyzed exact copy of it, is not utilized for any other purpose, except by direction of FRA or another Federal agency.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Recording uses.</I> A railroad may use the image and audio recordings from a locomotive in commuter or intercity passenger service subject to this section to:
</P>
<P>(i) Investigate an accident/incident that is required to be reported to FRA under part 225 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Investigate a violation of a Federal railroad safety law, regulation, or order, or a railroad's operating rules and procedures;
</P>
<P>(iii) Conduct an operational test under § 217.9 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iv) Monitor for unauthorized occupancy of a locomotive's cab or a control cab locomotive's operating compartment;
</P>
<P>(v) Investigate a violation of a criminal law;
</P>
<P>(vi) Assist Federal agencies in the investigation of a suspected or confirmed act of terrorism; or
</P>
<P>(vii) Perform inspection, testing, maintenance, or repair activities to ensure the proper installation and functioning of an image or audio recorder.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Locomotive image recording system approval process.</I> Each railroad with locomotives in commuter or intercity passenger service subject to this section must provide the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer with a description of the technical aspects of any locomotive image recording system installed to comply with this section. The required description must be submitted via electronic mail to the following email address: <I>FRARRSMPE@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The description must include information specifically addressing the image recording system's:
</P>
<P>(i) Minimum 12-hour continuous recording capability;
</P>
<P>(ii) Crashworthiness; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Post-accident accessibility of the system's recordings.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad must submit the statement not less than 90 days before the installation of such image recording system, or, for existing systems, not more than 60 days after November 13, 2023.
</P>
<P>(3) The FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer will review a railroad's submission and must approve any locomotive image recording system intended to comply with this section before the system can be installed or put into service. FRA may disapprove any locomotive image recording systems that do not meet the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Relationship to other laws.</I> Nothing in this section is intended to alter the legal authority of law enforcement officials investigating potential violation(s) of State criminal law(s), and nothing in this section is intended to alter in any way the priority of investigations under 49 U.S.C. 1131 and 1134, or the authority of the Secretary of Transportation to investigate railroad accidents under 49 U.S.C. 5121, 5122, 20107, 20111, 20112, 20505, 20702, 20703, and 20902.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Removal of device from service and handling for repair.</I> A railroad may remove from service an image recording device on a locomotive in commuter or intercity passenger service, and must remove the device from service if the railroad knows the device is not properly recording. When a railroad removes a locomotive image recording device from service, a qualified person shall record the date the device was removed from service on Form FRA F 6180-49AP, under the REMARKS section. Except as provided in this paragraph, a locomotive on which an image recording device has been taken out of service as provided in this paragraph may remain as the lead locomotive only until the next calendar-day inspection required under § 229.21. A locomotive with an inoperative image recording device alone is not deemed to be in an improper condition, unsafe to operate, or a non-complying locomotive under §§ 229.7 and 229.9. A locomotive in a long-distance intercity passenger train, as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter, with a non-operational image recording device may remain as the lead locomotive until arrival at its destination terminal or its nearest forward point of repair, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(j)<I> Disabling or interfering with locomotive-mounted audio and video recording equipment.</I> Any individual who willfully disables or interferes with the intended functioning of locomotive-mounted image or audio recording system equipment on a passenger locomotive, or who tampers with or alters the data recorded by such equipment, is subject to a civil penalty and to disqualification from performing safety-sensitive functions on a railroad as provided in parts 209 and 218 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>As used in this section—Train</I> means (1) A single locomotive;
</P>
<P>(2) Multiple locomotives coupled together; or
</P>
<P>(3) One or more locomotives coupled with one or more cars.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Freight rescue locomotives.</I> The requirements of this section do not apply to a freight locomotive when used to haul a passenger train due to the failure of a passenger locomotive.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 70761, Oct. 12, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.137" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.137   Sanitation, general requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Sanitation compartment.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, all lead locomotives in use shall be equipped with a sanitation compartment. Each sanitation compartment shall be: 
</P>
<P>(1) Adequately ventilated; 
</P>
<P>(2) Equipped with a door that: 
</P>
<P>(i) Closes, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Possesses a modesty lock by [18 months after publication of the final rule]; 
</P>
<P>(3) Equipped with a toilet facility, as defined in this part; 
</P>
<P>(4) Equipped with a washing system, as defined in this part, unless the railroad otherwise provides the washing system to employees upon reporting for duty or occupying the cab for duty, or where the locomotive is equipped with a stationary sink that is located outside of the sanitation compartment; 
</P>
<P>(5) Equipped with toilet paper in sufficient quantity to meet employee needs, unless the railroad otherwise provides toilet paper to employees upon reporting for duty or occupying the cab for duty; and 
</P>
<P>(6) Equipped with a trash receptacle, unless the railroad otherwise provides portable trash receptacles to employees upon reporting for duty or occupying the cab for duty. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) Paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Locomotives engaged in commuter service or other short-haul passenger service and commuter work trains on which employees have ready access to railroad-provided sanitation facilities outside of the locomotive or elsewhere on the train, that meet otherwise applicable sanitation standards, at frequent intervals during the course of their work shift; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Locomotives engaged in switching service on which employees have ready access to railroad-provided sanitation facilities outside of the locomotive, that meet otherwise applicable sanitation standards, at frequent intervals during the course of their work shift; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Locomotives engaged in transfer service on which employees have ready access to railroad-provided sanitation facilities outside of the locomotive, that meet otherwise applicable sanitation standards, at frequent intervals during the course of their work shift; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Locomotives of Class III railroads engaged in operations other than switching service or transfer service, that are not equipped with a sanitation compartment as of June 3, 2002. Where an unequipped locomotive of a Class III railroad is engaged in operations other than switching or transfer service, employees shall have ready access to railroad-provided sanitation facilities outside of the locomotive that meet otherwise applicable sanitation standards, at frequent intervals during the course of their work shift, or the railroad shall arrange for enroute access to such facilities; 
</P>
<P>(v) Locomotives of tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion railroad operations, which are otherwise covered by this part because they are not propelled by steam power and operate on the general railroad system of transportation, but on which employees have ready access to railroad-provided sanitation facilities outside of the locomotive, that meet otherwise applicable sanitation standards, at frequent intervals during the course of their work shift; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) Except as provided in § 229.14 of this part, DMU, MU, and control cab locomotives designed for passenger occupancy and used in intercity push-pull service that are not equipped with sanitation facilities, where employees have ready access to railroad-provided sanitation in other passenger cars on the train at frequent intervals during the course of their work shift. 
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (a)(3) of this section shall not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Locomotives of a Class I railroad which, prior to [the effective date of this section], were equipped with a toilet facility in which human waste falls via gravity to a holding tank where it is stored and periodically emptied, which does not conform to the definition of toilet facility set forth in this section. For these locomotives, the requirements of this section pertaining to the type of toilet facilities required shall be effective as these toilets become defective or are replaced with conforming units, whichever occurs first. All other requirements set forth in this section shall apply to these locomotives as of June 3, 2002; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to the locomotives of a Class I railroad which, prior to June 3, 2002, were equipped with a sanitation system other than the units addressed by paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, that contains and removes human waste by a method that does not conform with the definition of toilet facility as set forth in this section, the requirements of this section pertaining to the type of toilet facilities shall apply on locomotives in use on July 1, 2003. However, the Class I railroad subject to this exception shall not deliver locomotives with such sanitation systems to other railroads for use, in the lead position, during the time between June 3, 2002, and July 1, 2003. All other requirements set forth in this section shall apply to the locomotives of this Class I railroad as of June 3, 2002. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Defective, unsanitary toilet facility; prohibition in lead position.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this section, if the railroad determines during the daily inspection required by § 229.21 that a locomotive toilet facility is defective or is unsanitary, or both, the railroad shall not use the locomotive in the lead position. The railroad may continue to use a lead locomotive with a toilet facility that is defective or unsanitary as of the daily inspection only where all of the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(1) The unsanitary or defective condition is discovered at a location where there are no other suitable locomotives available for use, i.e., where it is not possible to switch another locomotive into the lead position, or the location is not equipped to clean the sanitation compartment if unsanitary or repair the toilet facility if defective; 
</P>
<P>(2) The locomotive, while noncompliant, did not pass through a location where it could have been cleaned if unsanitary, repaired if defective, or switched with another compliant locomotive, since its last daily inspection required by this part; 
</P>
<P>(3) Upon reasonable request of a locomotive crewmember operating a locomotive with a defective or unsanitary toilet facility, the railroad arranges for access to a toilet facility outside the locomotive that meets otherwise applicable sanitation standards; 
</P>
<P>(4) If the sanitation compartment is unsanitary, the sanitation compartment door shall be closed and adequate ventilation shall be provided in the cab so that it is habitable; and 
</P>
<P>(5) The locomotive shall not continue in service in the lead position beyond a location where the defective or unsanitary condition can be corrected or replaced with another compliant locomotive, or the next daily inspection required by this part, whichever occurs first. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Defective, unsanitary toilet facility; use in trailing position.</I> If the railroad determines during the daily inspection required by § 229.21 that a locomotive toilet facility is defective or is unsanitary, or both, the railroad may use the locomotive in trailing position. If the railroad places the locomotive in trailing position, they shall not haul employees in the unit unless the sanitation compartment is made sanitary prior to occupancy. If the toilet facility is defective and the unit becomes occupied, the railroad shall clearly mark the defective toilet facility as unavailable for use. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Defective, sanitary toilet facility; use in switching, transfer service.</I> If the railroad determines during the daily inspection required by § 229.21 that a locomotive toilet facility is defective, but sanitary, the railroad may use the locomotive in switching service, as set forth in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, or in transfer service, as set forth in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section for a period not to exceed 10 days. In this instance, the railroad shall clearly mark the defective toilet facility as unavailable for use. After expiration of the 10-day period, the locomotive shall be repaired or used in the trailing position. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Lack of toilet paper, washing system, trash receptacle.</I> If the railroad determines during the daily inspection required by § 229.21 that the lead locomotive is not equipped with toilet paper in sufficient quantity to meet employee needs, or a washing system as required by paragraph (a)(4) of this section, or a trash receptacle as required by paragraph (a)(6) of this section, the locomotive shall be equipped with these items prior to departure. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Inadequate ventilation.</I> If the railroad determines during the daily inspection required by § 229.21 that the sanitation compartment of the lead locomotive in use is not adequately ventilated as required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the railroad shall repair the ventilation prior to departure, or place the locomotive in trailing position, in switching service as set forth in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, or in transfer service as set forth in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Door closure and modesty lock.</I> If the railroad determines during the daily inspection required by § 229.21 that the sanitation compartment on the lead locomotive is not equipped with a door that closes, as required by paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, the railroad shall repair the door prior to departure, or place the locomotive in trailing position, in switching service as set forth in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, or in transfer service as set forth in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section. If the railroad determines during the daily inspection required by § 229.21 that the modesty lock required by paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section is defective, the modesty lock shall be repaired pursuant to the requirements of § 229.139(e). 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Equipped units; retention and maintenance.</I> Except where a railroad downgrades a locomotive to service in which it will never be occupied, where a locomotive is equipped with a toilet facility as of [the effective date of the final rule], the railroad shall retain and maintain the toilet facility in the locomotive consistent with the requirements of this part, including locomotives used in switching service pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, and in transfer service pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Newly manufactured units; in-cab facilities.</I> All locomotives manufactured after June 3, 2002, except switching units built exclusively for switching service and locomotives built exclusively for commuter service, shall be equipped with a sanitation compartment accessible to cab employees without exiting to the out-of-doors for use. No railroad may use a locomotive built after June 3, 2002, that does not comply with this subsection. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Potable water.</I> The railroad shall utilize potable water where the washing system includes the use of water. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 16050, Apr. 4, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 61857, Oct. 19, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.139" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.139   Sanitation, servicing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The sanitation compartment of each lead locomotive in use shall be sanitary. 
</P>
<P>(b) All components required by § 229.137(a) for the lead locomotive in use shall be present consistent with the requirements of this part, and shall operate as intended such that: 
</P>
<P>(1) All mechanical systems shall function; 
</P>
<P>(2) Water shall be present in sufficient quantity to permit flushing; 
</P>
<P>(3) For those systems that utilize chemicals for treatment, the chemical (chlorine or other comparable oxidizing agent) used to treat waste must be present; and 
</P>
<P>(4) No blockage is present that prevents waste from evacuating the bowl. 
</P>
<P>(c) The sanitation compartment of each occupied locomotive used in switching service pursuant to § 229.137(b)(1)(ii), in transfer service pursuant to § 229.137(b)(1)(iii), or in a trailing position when the locomotive is occupied, shall be sanitary. 
</P>
<P>(d) Where the railroad uses a locomotive pursuant to § 229.137(e) in switching or transfer service with a defective toilet facility, such use shall not exceed 10 calendar days from the date on which the defective toilet facility became defective. The date on which the toilet facility becomes defective shall be entered on the daily inspection report. 
</P>
<P>(e) Where it is determined that the modesty lock required by § 229.137(a)(2) is defective, the railroad shall repair the modesty lock on or before the next 92-day inspection required by this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 16050, Apr. 4, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.140" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.140   Alerters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for locomotives covered by part 238 of this chapter, each of the following locomotives shall be equipped with a functioning alerter as described in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) A locomotive that is placed in service for the first time on or after June 10, 2013, when used as a controlling locomotive and operated at speeds in excess of 25 mph.
</P>
<P>(2) All controlling locomotives operated at speeds in excess of 25 mph on or after January 1, 2017.
</P>
<P>(b) The alerter on locomotives subject to paragraph (a) of this section shall be equipped with a manual reset and the alerter warning timing cycle shall automatically reset as the result of any of the following operations, and at least three of the following automatic resets shall be functional at any given time:
</P>
<P>(1) Movement of the throttle handle;
</P>
<P>(2) Movement of the dynamic brake control handle;
</P>
<P>(3) Movement of the operator's horn activation handle;
</P>
<P>(4) Movement of the operator's bell activation switch;
</P>
<P>(5) Movement of the automatic brake valve handle; or
</P>
<P>(6) Bailing the independent brake by depressing the independent brake valve handle.
</P>
<P>(c) All alerters shall provide an audio alarm upon expiration of the timing cycle interval. An alerter on a locomotive that is placed in service for the first time on or after June 10, 2013, shall display a visual indication to the operator at least five seconds prior to an audio alarm. The visual indication on an alerter so equipped shall be visible to the operator from their normal position in the cab.
</P>
<P>(d) Alerter warning timing cycle interval shall be within 10 seconds of the calculated setting utilizing the formula (timing cycle specified in seconds = 2400 ÷ track speed specified in miles per hour). For locomotives operating at speeds below 20 mph, the interval shall be between 110 seconds and 130 seconds.
</P>
<P>(e) Any locomotive that is equipped with an alerter shall have the alerter functioning and operating as intended when the locomotive is used as a controlling locomotive.
</P>
<P>(f) A controlling locomotive equipped with an alerter shall be tested prior to departure from each initial terminal, or prior to being coupled as the lead locomotive in a locomotive consist by allowing the warning timing cycle to expire that results in an application of the locomotive brakes at a penalty rate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21348, Apr. 9, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 75057, Dec. 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.141" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.3.30.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.141   Body structure, MU locomotives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) MU locomotives built new after April 1, 1956 that are operated in trains having a total empty weight of 600,000 pounds or more shall have a body structure designed to meet or exceed the following minimum specifications:
</P>
<P>(1) The body structure shall resist a minimum static end load of 800,000 pounds at the rear draft stops ahead of the bolster on the center line of draft, without developing any permanent deformation in any member of the body structure.
</P>
<P>(2) An anti-climbing arrangement shall be applied at each end that is designed so that coupled MU locomotives under full compression shall mate in a manner that will resist one locomotive from climbing the other. This arrangement shall resist a vertical load of 100,000 pounds without exceeding the yield point of its various parts or its attachments to the body structure.
</P>
<P>(3) The coupler carrier and its connections to the body structure shall be designed to resist a vertical downward thrust from the coupler shank of 100,000 pounds for any horizontal position of the coupler, without exceeding the yield points of the materials used. When yielding type of coupler carrier is used, an auxiliary arrangement shall be provided that complies with these requirements.
</P>
<P>(4) The outside end of each locomotive shall be provided with two main vertical members, one at each side of the diaphragm opening; each main member shall have an ultimate shear value of not less than 300,000 pounds at a point even with the top of the underframe member to which it is attached. The attachment of these members at bottom shall be sufficient to develop their full shear value. If reinforcement is used to provide the shear value, the reinforcement shall have full value for a distance of 18 inches up from the underframe connection and then taper to a point approximately 30 inches above the underframe connection.
</P>
<P>(5) The strength of the means of locking the truck to the body shall be at least the equivalent of an ultimate shear value of 250,000 pounds.
</P>
<P>(6) On or after November 8, 1999, paragraph (a)(1) of this section does not apply to “passenger equipment” as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter, unless such equipment is excluded from the requirements of §§ 238.203 through 238.219, and § 238.223 of this chapter by operation of § 238.201(a)(2) of this chapter. Paragraphs (a)(2) through (a)(4) of this section do not apply to “passenger equipment” as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter that is placed in service for the first time on or after September 8, 2000, unless such equipment is excluded from the requirements of §§ 238.203 through 238.219, and § 238.223 of this chapter by operation of § 238.201(a)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) MU locomotives built new after April 1, 1956 that are operated in trains having a total empty weight of less than 600,000 pounds shall have a body structure designed to meet or exceed the following minimum specifications:
</P>
<P>(1) The body structure shall resist a minimum static end load of 400,000 pounds at the rear draft stops ahead of the bolster on the center line of draft, without developing any permanent deformation in any member of the body structure.
</P>
<P>(2) An anti-climbing arrangement shall be applied at each end that is designed so that coupled locomotives under full compression shall mate in a manner that will resist one locomotive from climbing the other. This arrangement shall resist a vertical load of 75,000 pounds without exceeding the yield point of its various parts or its attachments to the body structure.
</P>
<P>(3) The coupler carrier and its connections to the body structure shall be designed to resist a vertical downward thrust from the coupled shank of 75,000 pounds for any horizontal position of the coupler, without exceeding the yield points of the materials used. When a yielding type of coupler carrier is used, an auxiliary arrangement shall be provided that complies with these requirements.
</P>
<P>(4) The outside end of each MU locomotive shall be provided with two main vertical members, one at each side of the diaphragm opening; each main member shall have an ultimate shear value of not less than 200,000 pounds at a point even with the top of the underframe member to which it is attached. The attachment of these members at bottom shall be sufficient to develop their full shear value, the reinforcement shall have full value for a distance of 18 inches up from the underframe connection and then taper to a point approximately 30 inches above the underframe connection.
</P>
<P>(5) The strength of the means of locking the truck to the body shall be at least the equivalent of an ultimate shear value of 250,000 pounds.
</P>
<P>(6) On or after November 8, 1999, paragraph (a)(1) of this section does not apply to “passenger equipment” as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter, unless such equipment is excluded from the requirements of §§ 238.203 through 238.219, and § 238.223 of this chapter by operation of § 238.201(a)(2) of this chapter. Paragraphs (a)(2) through (a)(4) of this section do not apply to “passenger equipment” as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter that is placed in service for the first time on or after September 8, 2000, unless such equipment is excluded from the requirements of §§ 238.203 through 238.219, and § 238.223 of this chapter by operation of § 238.201(a)(2) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 21109, Mar. 31, 1980, as amended at 71 FR 36912, June 28, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Locomotive Crashworthiness Design Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.4.31.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.201   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this subpart is to help protect locomotive cab occupants in the event that a locomotive collides with another locomotive or piece of on-track equipment, a shifted load on a freight car on an adjacent parallel track, or a highway vehicle at a highway-rail grade crossing.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart prescribes minimum crashworthiness standards for locomotives. It also establishes the requirements for obtaining FRA approval of: new locomotive crashworthiness design standards; changes to FRA-approved locomotive crashworthiness design standards; and alternative locomotive crashworthiness designs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 36912, June 28, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.4.31.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.203   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, this subpart applies to all locomotives manufactured or remanufactured on or after January 1, 2009.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cab cars and power cars.</I> The requirements of this subpart do not apply to cab control cars, MU locomotives, DMU locomotives, and semi-permanently coupled power cars that are subject to the design requirements for such locomotives set forth in part 238 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Locomotives used in designated service.</I> Locomotives used in designated service are exempt from the requirements of this subpart, with the exception of § 229.233 (minimum requirements for fuel tank design), which remains applicable to such locomotives.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 36912, June 28, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.4.31.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.205   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each wide-nose locomotive used in occupied service must meet the minimum crashworthiness performance requirements set forth in Appendix E of this part. Compliance with those performance criteria must be established by:
</P>
<P>(1) Meeting an FRA-approved crashworthiness design standard (including AAR S-580, Locomotive Crashworthiness Requirements). The Director of the Federal Register approves incorporation by reference of the AAR S-580 (revised July 2005), “Locomotive Crashworthiness Requirements,” in this section in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated standard from the Association of American Railroads, 50 F Street NW, Washington, DC 20001. You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standard at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html;</I>
</P>
<P>(2) Meeting new design standards and changes to existing design standards approved by FRA pursuant to § 229.207; or
</P>
<P>(3) Meeting an alternative crashworthiness design approved by FRA pursuant to § 229.209.
</P>
<P>(b) A monocoque or semi-monocoque design locomotive must be designed in accordance with the provisions of AAR S-580, applicable to those types of locomotives, in accordance with §§ 238.405(a), 238.409 and 238.411 of this chapter, or in accordance with a standard or design approved by FRA as providing at least equivalent safety.
</P>
<P>(c) A narrow-nose locomotive must be designed in accordance with the provisions of AAR S-580, applicable to that type of locomotive (notwithstanding any limitation of scope contained in that standard) or in accordance with a standard or design approved by FRA as providing at least equivalent safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 36912, June 28, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.206" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.4.31.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.206   Design requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Each locomotive used in occupied service must meet the minimum anti-climber, emergency egress, emergency interior lighting, and interior configuration design requirements set forth in AAR S-580 (incorporated by reference, see § 229.205).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 36912, June 28, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.4.31.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.207   New locomotive crashworthiness design standards and changes to existing FRA-approved locomotive crashworthiness design standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The following procedures govern consideration and action upon requests for FRA approval of new locomotive crashworthiness design standards and changes to existing FRA-approved locomotive crashworthiness design standards, including AAR S-580 (incorporated by reference, see § 229.205). Only a standards body which has adopted an FRA-approved locomotive crashworthiness design standard may initiate these procedures for FRA approval of changes to the standard.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Petitions for FRA approval of new locomotive crashworthiness design standards.</I> Each petition for FRA approval of a locomotive crashworthiness design standard must be titled “Petition for FRA Approval of a New Locomotive Crashworthiness Design Standard,” must be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590, and must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, telephone number and e-mail address of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the petition;
</P>
<P>(2) The proposed locomotive design standard, in detail;
</P>
<P>(3) The intended type of service for locomotives designed under the proposed standard; and
</P>
<P>(4) Appropriate data and analysis showing how the proposed design standard either satisfies the requirements of § 229.205 for the type of locomotive design or provides at least an equivalent level of safety. Types of data and analysis to be considered are described in § 229.211(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Petitions for FRA approval of substantive changes to an FRA-approved locomotive crashworthiness design standard.</I> Each petition for approval of a substantive change to an FRA-approved locomotive crashworthiness design standard must be titled “Petition for FRA Approval of Changes to a Locomotive Crashworthiness Design Standard,” must be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590, and must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, telephone number and e-mail address of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the petition;
</P>
<P>(2) The proposed change, in detail;
</P>
<P>(3) The intended type of service for locomotives built with the proposed change; and
</P>
<P>(4) Appropriate data and analysis showing how the resulting standard either satisfies the requirements for the type of locomotive set forth in § 229.205 or provides at least an equivalent level of safety. Types of data and analysis to be considered are described in § 229.211(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Petitions for FRA approval of non-substantive changes to the existing FRA-approved crashworthiness design standards.</I> (1) Each petition for approval of a non-substantive change to an FRA-approved locomotive crashworthiness design standard must be titled “Petition for FRA Approval of Non-substantive Changes to a Locomotive Crashworthiness Design Standard,” must be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590, and must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The name, title, address, telephone number and e-mail address of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the petition;
</P>
<P>(ii) The proposed change, in detail; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Detailed explanation of how the proposed change results in a non-substantive change to the existing FRA-approved crashworthiness design standard.
</P>
<P>(2) If FRA determines that the proposed change is substantive, FRA will process the petition in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 36912, June 28, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.4.31.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.209   Alternative locomotive crashworthiness designs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The following procedures govern consideration and action upon requests for FRA approval of locomotive crashworthiness designs which are not consistent with any FRA-approved locomotive crashworthiness design standard.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Petitions for FRA approval of alternative locomotive crashworthiness designs.</I> Each petition for FRA approval of an alternative locomotive crashworthiness design must be titled “Petition for FRA Approval of Alternative Locomotive Crashworthiness Design,” must be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590, and must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, telephone number and e-mail address of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the petition;
</P>
<P>(2) The proposed locomotive crashworthiness design, in detail;
</P>
<P>(3) The intended type of service for locomotives built under the proposed design; and
</P>
<P>(4) Appropriate data and analysis showing how the design either satisfies the requirements of § 229.205 for the type of locomotive or provides at least an equivalent level of safety. Types of data and analysis to be considered are described in § 229.211(c)(1).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 36913, June 28, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.211" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.4.31.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.211   Processing of petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Federal Register notice.</I> FRA will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice of receipt of each petition submitted under § 229.207(b), § 229.207(c), or § 229.209.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Comment.</I> Not later than 60 days from the date of publication of the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning a petition submitted under §§ 229.207(b), 229.207(c), or 229.209(b), any person may comment on the petition.
</P>
<P>(1) Each comment must set forth specifically the basis upon which it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the commenter in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) Each comment must be submitted to the U.S. Department of Transportation Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, and must contain the assigned docket number which appeared in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for that proceeding. The form of such submission may be in written or electronic form consistent with the standards and requirements established by the Federal Docket Management System and posted on its Web site at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(3) In the event FRA requires additional information to appropriately consider the petition, FRA will conduct a hearing on the petition in accordance with the procedures provided in § 211.25 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disposition of petitions.</I> (1) In order to determine compliance with the performance criteria in appendix E of this part, FRA will consider proper documentation of competent engineering analysis, or practical demonstrations, or both which may include validated computer modeling, structural crush analysis, component testing, full scale crash testing in a controlled environment, or any combination of the foregoing, together with evidence of effective peer review.
</P>
<P>(2) If FRA finds that the petition complies with the requirements of this subpart and that the proposed change or new design standard satisfies the requirements of § 229.205 for the type of locomotive, the petition will be granted, normally within 90 days of its receipt. If the petition is neither granted nor denied within 90 days, the petition remains pending for decision. FRA may attach special conditions to the granting of the petition. Following the granting of a petition, FRA may reopen consideration of the petition for cause stated. Any decision granting or denying a petition is placed in the public docket for the petition.
</P>
<P>(3) If FRA finds that the petition does not comply with the requirements of this subpart, or that the proposed change or new design standard does not satisfy the performance criteria contained in Appendix E of this part (where applicable), the petition will be denied, normally within 90 days of its receipt. If the petition is neither granted nor denied within 90 days, the petition remains pending for decision. FRA may re-open a denial of a petition for cause stated.
</P>
<P>(4) When FRA grants or denies a petition, or reopens consideration of the petition, written notice will be sent to the petitioner and other interested parties and a copy of the notice will be placed in the public docket of this proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 36913, June 28, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.4.31.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.213   Locomotive manufacturing information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad operating a locomotive subject to the requirements of this subpart must retain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The date upon which the locomotive was manufactured or remanufactured;
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the manufacturer or remanufacturer of the locomotive; and
</P>
<P>(3) The design specification to which the locomotive was manufactured or remanufactured.
</P>
<P>(b) The information required in paragraph (a) of this section must be located permanently in the locomotive cab or be provided within two business days upon request of FRA or an FRA-certified State inspector.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 36914, June 28, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.4.31.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.215   Retention and inspection of designs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Retention of records—original designs.</I> Each manufacturer or remanufacturer of a locomotive subject to this subpart shall retain all records of the original locomotive designs, including supporting calculations and drawings, pertaining to crashworthiness features required by this subpart. These records must be retained for the lesser period of:
</P>
<P>(1) The life of such locomotive, except that records for a locomotive destroyed in a rail equipment accident/incident shall be retained for at least 12 months following the accident/incident; or
</P>
<P>(2) Twenty years after the date of manufacture or, if remanufactured, twenty years after the date of remanufacture.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Retention of records—repairs and modifications.</I> Each owner or lessee of a locomotive subject to this subpart shall retain all records of repair or modification to crashworthiness features required by this subpart. These records must be retained for the lesser period of:
</P>
<P>(1) The life of such locomotive, except that records for a locomotive destroyed in a rail equipment accident/incident shall be retained for at least 12 months following the accident/incident, or
</P>
<P>(2) Twenty years after the date on which the repair or modification was performed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inspection of records.</I> Each custodian of records referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) shall, upon request by FRA or an FRA-certified State inspector, make available for inspection and duplication within 7 days, any records referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Third party storage of records.</I> Each custodian of records referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section may delegate storage duties to a third party; however, the custodian retains all responsibility for compliance with this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 36914, June 28, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.217" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.4.31.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.217   Fuel tank.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>External fuel tanks.</I> Locomotives equipped with external fuel tanks shall, at a minimum, comply with the requirements of AAR S-5506, “Performance Requirements for Diesel Electric Locomotive Fuel Tanks” (October 1, 2001), except for section 4.4. This paragraph does not apply to locomotives subject to the fuel tank safety requirements of § 238.223 or § 238.423 of this chapter. The Director of the Federal Register approves incorporation by reference of the AAR S-5506, “Performance Requirements for Diesel Electric Locomotive Fuel Tanks” (October 1, 2001) in this section in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated standard from the Association of American Railroads, 50 F Street NW., Washington, DC 20001. You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standard at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For more information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Internal fuel tanks.</I> Locomotives equipped with internal fuel tanks shall, at a minimum, comply with the requirements of § 238.223(b) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 36914, June 28, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25173, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Locomotive Electronics</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 21348, Apr. 9, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 229.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.5.31.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.301   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this subpart is to promote the safe design, operation, and maintenance of safety-critical, as defined in § 229.305, electronic locomotive control systems, subsystems, and components.
</P>
<P>(b) Locomotive control systems or their functions that comingle with safety critical processor based signal and train control systems are regulated under part 236 subparts H and I of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.5.31.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.303   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The requirements of this subpart apply to all safety-critical electronic locomotive control systems, subsystems, and components (i.e., “products” as defined in § 229.305), except for the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Products that are fully developed prior to June 8, 2012.
</P>
<P>(2) Products that are under development as of October 9, 2012, and are fully developed prior to October 9, 2017.
</P>
<P>(3) Products that comingle locomotive control systems with safety critical processor based signal and train control systems;
</P>
<P>(4) Products that are used during on-track testing within a test facility; and
</P>
<P>(5) Products that are used during on-track testing outside a test facility, if approved by FRA. To obtain FRA approval of on-track testing outside of a test facility, a railroad shall submit a request to FRA that provides:
</P>
<P>(i) Adequate information regarding the function and history of the product that it intends to use;
</P>
<P>(ii) The proposed tests;
</P>
<P>(iii) The date, time and location of the tests; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The potential safety consequences that will result from operating the product for purposes of testing.
</P>
<P>(b) Railroads and vendors shall identify all products identified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section to FRA by February 9, 2013.
</P>
<P>(c) The exceptions provided in paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to products or product changes that result in degradation of safety, or a material increase in safety-critical functionality.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21348, Apr. 9, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 75057, Dec. 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.5.31.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.305   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Cohesion</I> is a measure of how strongly-related or focused the responsibilities of a system, subsystem, or component are.
</P>
<P><I>Comingle</I> refers to the act of creating systems, subsystems, or components where the systems, subsystems, or components are tightly coupled and with low cohesion.
</P>
<P><I>Component</I> means an electronic element, device, or appliance (including hardware or software) that is part of a system or subsystem.
</P>
<P><I>Configuration management control plan</I> means a plan designed to ensure that the proper and intended product configuration, including the electronic hardware components and software version, is documented and maintained through the life-cycle of the products in use.
</P>
<P><I>Executive software</I> means software common to all installations of a given electronic product. It generally is used to schedule the execution of the site-specific application programs, run timers, read inputs, drive outputs, perform self-diagnostics, access and check memory, and monitor the execution of the application software to detect unsolicited changes in outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Initialization</I> refers to the startup process when it is determined that a product has all required data input and the product is prepared to function as intended.
</P>
<P><I>Loosely coupled</I> means an attribute of systems, referring to an approach to designing interfaces across systems, subsystems, or components to reduce the interdependencies between them—in particular, reducing the risk that changes within one system, subsystem, or component will create unanticipated changes within other system, subsystem, or component.
</P>
<P><I>Materials handling</I> refers to explicit instructions for handling safety-critical components established to comply with procedures specified by the railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Product</I> means any safety critical electronic locomotive control system, subsystem, or component, not including safety critical processor based signal and train control systems, whose functions are directly related to safe movement and stopping of the train as well as the associated man-machine interfaces irrespective of the location of the control system, subsystem, or component.
</P>
<P><I>Revision control</I> means a chain of custody regimen designed to positively identify safety-critical components and spare equipment availability, including repair/replacement tracking.
</P>
<P><I>Safety Analysis</I> refers to a formal set of documentation which describes in detail all of the safety aspects of the product, including but not limited to procedures for its development, installation, implementation, operation, maintenance, repair, inspection, testing, and modification, as well as analyses supporting its safety claims.
</P>
<P><I>Safety-critical, as applied to a function, a system, or any portion thereof,</I> means the correct performance of which is essential to safety of personnel or equipment, or both; or the incorrect performance of which could cause a hazardous condition, or allow a hazardous condition which was intended to be prevented by the function or system to exist.
</P>
<P><I>Subsystem</I> means a defined portion of a system.
</P>
<P><I>System</I> refers to any electronic locomotive control system and includes all subsystems and components thereof, as the context requires.
</P>
<P><I>Test facility</I> means a track that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation and is being used exclusively for the purpose of testing equipment and has all of its public grade crossings protected.
</P>
<P><I>Tightly Coupled</I> means an attribute of systems, referring to an approach to designing interfaces across systems, subsystems, or components to maximize the interdependencies between them. In particular, increasing the risk that changes within one system, subsystem, or component will create unanticipated changes within other system, subsystem, or component.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21348, Apr. 9, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 75057, Dec. 19, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.5.31.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.307   Safety analysis.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall develop a Safety Analysis (SA) for each product subject to this subpart prior to the initial use of such product on their railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) The SA shall:
</P>
<P>(1) establish and document the minimum requirements that will govern the development and implementation of all products subject to this subpart, and be based on good engineering practice and should be consistent with the guidance contained in appendix F of this part in order to establish that a product's safety-critical functions will operate with a high degree of confidence in a fail-safe manner;
</P>
<P>(2) Include procedures for immediate repair of safety-critical functions; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be made available to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad shall comply with the SA requirements and procedures related to the development, implementation, and repair of a product subject to this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.309" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.5.31.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.309   Safety-critical changes and failures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever a planned safety-critical design change is made to a product that is in use by a railroad and subject to this subpart, the railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Notify FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety of the design changes made by the product supplier;
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure that the SA is updated as required;
</P>
<P>(3) Conduct all safety-critical changes in a manner that allows the change to be audited;
</P>
<P>(4) Specify all contractual arrangements with suppliers and private equipment owners for notification of any and all electronic safety-critical changes as well as safety-critical failures in the suppliers and private equipment owners' system, subsystem, or components, and the reasons for that change or failure from the suppliers or equipment owners, whether or not the railroad has experienced a failure of that safety critical system, sub-system, or component;
</P>
<P>(5) Specify the railroad's procedures for action upon receipt of notification of a safety-critical change or failure of an electronic system, sub-system, or component, and until the upgrade or revision has been installed; and
</P>
<P>(6) Identify all configuration/revision control measures designed to ensure that safety-functional requirements and safety-critical hazard mitigation processes are not compromised as a result of any such change, and that any such change can be audited.
</P>
<P>(b) Product suppliers and private equipment owners shall report any safety-critical changes and previously unidentified hazards to each railroad using the product or equipment.
</P>
<P>(c) Private equipment owners shall establish configuration/revision control measures for control of safety-critical changes and identification of previously unidentified hazards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.311" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.5.31.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.311   Review of SAs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Prior to the initial planned use of a product subject to this subpart, a railroad shall inform the Associate Administrator for Safety/Chief Safety Officer, FRA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590 of the intent to place this product in service. The notification shall provide a description of the product, and identify the location where the complete SA documentation described in § 229.307, the testing records contained in § 229.313, and the training and qualification program described in § 229.319 is maintained.
</P>
<P>(b) FRA may review or audit the SA within 60 days of receipt of the notification or anytime after the product is placed in use. If FRA has not notified the railroad of its intent to review or audit the SA within the 60-day period, the railroad may assume that FRA does not intend to review or audit, and place the product in use. FRA reserves the right, however, to conduct a review or audit at a later date.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad shall maintain and make available to FRA upon request all railroad or vendor documentation used to demonstrate that the product meets the safety requirements of the SA for the life-cycle of the product.
</P>
<P>(d) After a product is placed in service, the railroad shall maintain a database of all safety-relevant hazards encountered with the product. The database shall include all hazards identified in the SA and those that had not been previously identified in the SA. If the frequency of the safety-relevant hazards exceeds the threshold set forth in the SA, then the railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Report the inconsistency by mail, facsimile, email, or hand delivery to the Director, Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance, FRA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590, within 15 days of discovery;
</P>
<P>(2) Take immediate countermeasures to reduce the frequency of the safety-relevant hazard(s) below the threshold set forth in the SA; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provide a final report to FRA's Director, Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance, on the results of the analysis and countermeasures taken to reduce the frequency of the safety-relevant hazard(s) below the calculated probability of failure threshold set forth in the SA when the problem is resolved. For hazards not identified in the SA the threshold shall be exceeded at one occurrence.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.313" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.5.31.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.313   Product testing results and records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Results of product testing conducted by a railroad as required by this subpart shall be recorded on preprinted forms provided by the railroad, or stored electronically. Electronic recordkeeping or automated tracking systems, subject to the provisions contained in paragraph (e) of this section, may be utilized to store and maintain any testing or training record required by this subpart. Results of product testing conducted by a vendor or private equipment owner in support of a SA shall be provided to the railroad as part of the SA.
</P>
<P>(b) The testing records shall contain all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) The location and date that the test was conducted;
</P>
<P>(3) The equipment tested;
</P>
<P>(4) The results of tests;
</P>
<P>(5) The repairs or replacement of equipment;
</P>
<P>(6) Any preventative adjustments made; and
</P>
<P>(7) The condition in which the equipment is left.
</P>
<P>(c) Each record shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) Signed by the employee conducting the test, or electronically coded, or identified by the automated test equipment number;
</P>
<P>(2) Filed in the office of a supervisory official having jurisdiction, unless otherwise noted; and
</P>
<P>(3) Available for inspection and copying by FRA.
</P>
<P>(d) The results of the testing conducted in accordance with this subpart shall be retained as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The results of tests that pertain to installation or modification of a product shall be retained for the life-cycle of the product tested and may be kept in any office designated by the railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) The results of periodic tests required for the maintenance or repair of the product tested shall be retained until the next record is filed and in no case less than one year; and
</P>
<P>(3) The results of all other tests and training shall be retained until the next record is filed and in no case less than one year.
</P>
<P>(e) Electronic or automated tracking systems used to meet the requirements contained in paragraph (a) of this section shall be capable of being reviewed and monitored by FRA at any time to ensure the integrity of the system. FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety may prohibit or revoke a railroad's authority to utilize an electronic or automated tracking system in lieu of preprinted forms if FRA finds that the electronic or automated tracking system is not properly secured, is inaccessible to FRA, or railroad employees requiring access to discharge their assigned duties, or fails to adequately track and monitor the equipment. The Associate Administrator for Safety will provide the affected railroad with a written statement of the basis for the decision prohibiting or revoking the railroad from utilizing an electronic or automated tracking system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.315" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.5.31.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.315   Operations and maintenance manual.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall maintain all documents pertaining to the installation, maintenance, repair, modification, inspection, and testing of a product subject to this part in one Operations and Maintenance Manual (OMM).
</P>
<P>(1) The OMM shall be legible and shall be readily available to persons who conduct the installation, maintenance, repair, modification, inspection, and testing, and for inspection by FRA.
</P>
<P>(2) At a minimum, the OMM shall contain all product vendor operation and maintenance guidance.
</P>
<P>(b) The OMM shall contain the plans and detailed information necessary for the proper maintenance, repair, inspection, and testing of products subject to this subpart. The plans shall identify all software versions, revisions, and revision dates.
</P>
<P>(c) Hardware, software, and firmware revisions shall be documented in the OMM according to the railroad's configuration management control plan.
</P>
<P>(d) Safety-critical components, including spare products, shall be positively identified, handled, replaced, and repaired in accordance with the procedures specified in the railroad's configuration management control plan.
</P>
<P>(e) A railroad shall determine that the requirements of this section have been met prior to placing a product subject to this subpart in use on their property.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.317" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.5.31.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.317   Training and qualification program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall establish and implement training and qualification program for products subject to this subpart prior to the product being placed in use. These programs shall meet the requirements set forth in this section and in § 229.319.
</P>
<P>(b) The program shall provide training for the individuals identified in this paragraph to ensure that they possess the necessary knowledge and skills to effectively complete their duties related to the product. These include:
</P>
<P>(1) Individuals whose duties include installing, maintaining, repairing, modifying, inspecting, and testing safety-critical elements of the product;
</P>
<P>(2) Individuals who operate trains or serve as a train or engine crew member subject to instruction and testing under part 217 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) Roadway and maintenance-of-way workers whose duties require them to know and understand how the product affects their safety and how to avoid interfering with its proper functioning; and
</P>
<P>(4) Direct supervisors of the individuals identified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) When developing the training and qualification program required in this section, a railroad shall conduct a formal task analysis. The task analysis shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the specific goals of the program for each target population (craft, experience level, scope of work, etc.), task(s), and desired success rate;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify the installation, maintenance, repair, modification, inspection, testing, and operating tasks that will be performed on the railroad's products, including but not limited to the development of failure scenarios and the actions expected under such scenarios;
</P>
<P>(3) Develop written procedures for the performance of the tasks identified; and
</P>
<P>(4) Identify any additional knowledge, skills, and abilities above those required for basic job performance necessary to perform each task.
</P>
<P>(d) Based on the task analysis, a railroad shall develop a training curriculum that includes formally structured training designed to impart the knowledge, skills, and abilities identified as necessary to perform each task.
</P>
<P>(e) All individuals identified in paragraph (b) of this section shall successfully complete a training curriculum and pass an examination that covers the product and appropriate rules and tasks for which they are responsible (however, such persons may perform such tasks under the direct onsite supervision of a qualified person prior to completing such training and passing the examination).
</P>
<P>(f) A railroad shall conduct periodic refresher training at intervals to be formally specified in the program, except with respect to basic skills for which proficiency is known to remain high as a result of frequent repetition of the task.
</P>
<P>(g) A railroad shall conduct regular and periodic evaluations of the effectiveness of the training program, verifying the adequacy of the training material and its validity with respect to the railroad's products and operations.
</P>
<P>(h) A railroad shall maintain records that designate individuals who are qualified under this section until new designations are recorded or for at least one year after such persons leave applicable service. These records shall be maintained in a designated location and be available for inspection and replication by FRA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 229.319" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.5.31.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 229.319   Operating Personnel Training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The training required under § 229.317 for any locomotive engineer or other person who participates in the operation of a train using an onboard electronic locomotive control system shall address all of the following elements and shall be specified in the training program.
</P>
<P>(1) Familiarization with the electronic control system equipment onboard the locomotive and the functioning of that equipment as part of the system and in relation to other onboard systems under that person's control;
</P>
<P>(2) Any actions required of the operating personnel to enable or enter data into the system and the role of that function in the safe operation of the train;
</P>
<P>(3) Sequencing of interventions by the system, including notification, enforcement, penalty initiation and post penalty application procedures as applicable;
</P>
<P>(4) Railroad operating rules applicable to control systems, including provisions for movement and protection of any unequipped trains, or trains with failed or cut-out controls;
</P>
<P>(5) Means to detect deviations from proper functioning of onboard electronic control system equipment and instructions explaining the proper response to be taken regarding control of the train and notification of designated railroad personnel; and
</P>
<P>(6) Information needed to prevent unintentional interference with the proper functioning of onboard electronic control equipment.
</P>
<P>(b) The training required under this subpart for a locomotive engineer and conductor, together with required records, shall be integrated into the program of training required by parts 240 and 242 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.7.31.1.49" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 229—Form FRA 6180-49A
</HEAD>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Appendix A, published at 45 FR 21118, Mar. 31, 1980, as part of the original document, is not carried in the CFR. Copies of Form FRA F6180-49A are available by contacting the Federal Railroad Administration, Office of Standards and Procedures, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 21109, Mar. 31, 1980, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.7.31.1.50" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 229 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.7.31.1.51" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 229—FRA Locomotive Standards—Code of Defects
</HEAD>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Appendix C, published at 45 FR 21121, Mar. 31, 1980, as part of the original document, is not carried in the CFR.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.7.31.1.52" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 229—Criteria for Certification of Crashworthy Event Recorder Memory Module
</HEAD>
<P>Section 229.135(b) requires railroads to equip certain locomotives with an event recorder that includes a certified crashworthy event recorder memory module. Section 229.136(a)(1) requires passenger railroads to install locomotive-mounted image recording systems in every lead locomotive used in commuter or intercity passenger service. As required by § 229.136(a)(5), data from these image and voluntarily installed audio recording systems must be recorded on a certified crashworthy memory module or on an alternative, remote storage system that provides at least equivalent data protections and is approved by FRA under § 229.136(g). This appendix prescribes the requirements for certifying an event recorder memory module (ERMM) or a locomotive-mounted audio and/or image recording device memory module as crashworthy. For purposes of this appendix, a locomotive-mounted audio or image recording device memory module is also considered an ERMM. This appendix includes the performance criteria and test sequence for establishing the crashworthiness of the ERMM and marking the event recorder or locomotive-mounted image or audio recording system containing the crashworthy ERMM. 
</P>
<HD1>A. General Requirements
</HD1>
<P>1. Each manufacturer that represents its ERMM as crashworthy shall, by marking it as specified in Section B of this appendix, certify that the ERMM meets the performance criteria contained in this appendix and that test verification data are available to a railroad or to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>2. The test verification data shall contain, at a minimum, all pertinent original data logs and documentation that the test sample preparation, test set up, test measuring devices and test procedures were performed by designated, qualified personnel using recognized and acceptable practices. Test verification data shall be retained by the manufacturer or its successor as long as the specific model of ERMM remains in service on any locomotive.
</P>
<P>3. A crashworthy ERMM shall be marked by its manufacturer as specified in Section B of this appendix. 
</P>
<HD1>B. Marking Requirements
</HD1>
<P>1. The outer surface of the event recorder containing a certified crashworthy ERMM shall be colored international orange. In addition, the outer surface shall be inscribed, on the surface allowing the most visible area, in black letters on an international orange background, using the largest type size that can be accommodated, with the words CERTIFIED DOT CRASHWORTHY, followed by the ERMM model number (or other such designation), and the name of the manufacturer of the event recorder. This information may be displayed as follows: 
</P>
<FP>CERTIFIED DOT CRASHWORTHY 
</FP>
<FP-2>Event Recorder Memory Module Model Number 
</FP-2>
<FP>Manufacturer's Name
</FP>
<FP>Marking “CERTIFIED DOT CRASHWORTHY” on an event recorder designed for installation in a railroad locomotive is the certification that all performance criteria contained in this appendix have been met and all functions performed by, or on behalf of, the manufacturer whose name appears as part of the marking, conform to the requirements specified in this appendix. 
</FP>
<P>2. Retro-reflective material shall be applied to the edges of each visible external surface of an event recorder containing a certified crashworthy ERMM. 
</P>
<HD1>C. Performance Criteria for the ERMM
</HD1>
<P>An ERMM is crashworthy if it has been successfully tested for survival under conditions of fire, impact shock, static crush, fluid immersion, and hydro-static pressure contained in one of the two tables shown in this section of appendix D. (<I>See</I> Tables 1 and 2.) Each ERMM must meet the individual performance criteria in the sequence established in Section D of this appendix. A performance criterion is deemed to be met if, after undergoing a test established in this appendix D for that criterion, the ERMM has preserved all of the data stored in it. The data set stored in the ERMM to be tested shall include all the recording elements required by § 229.135(b). The following tables describe alternative performance criteria that may be used when testing an ERMM's crashworthiness. A manufacturer may utilize either table during its testing but may not combine the criteria contained in the two tables. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Acceptable Performance Criteria—Option A 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Parameter 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Value 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Duration 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Remarks 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fire, High Temperature</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">750 °C (1400 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 minutes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Heat source: Oven.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fire, Low Temperature</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">260 °C (500 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 hours 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Impact Shock</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55g</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr> sine crash pulse.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Static Crush</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110kN (25,000 lbf)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 minutes.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fluid Immersion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">#1 Diesel, #2 Diesel, Water, Salt Water, Lube Oil</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any <E T="03">single</E> fluid, 48 hours.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fire Fighting Fluid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 minutes, following immersion above</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Immersion followed by 48 hours in a dry location without further disturbance.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrostatic Pressure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Depth equivalent = 15 m. (50 ft.)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 hours at nominal temperature of 25 °C (77 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Acceptable Performance Criteria—Option B 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Parameter 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Value 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Duration 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Remarks 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fire, High Temperature</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 °C (1832 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 minutes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Heat source: Open flame.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fire, Low Temperature</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">260 °C (500 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 hours</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Heat source: Oven.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Impact Shock—Option 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">23gs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">250 ms 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Impact Shock—Option 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55gs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr> sine crash pulse.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Static Crush</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">111.2kN (25,000 lbf)
<br/>44.5kN (10,000 lbf)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 minutes.
<br/>(single “squeeze”)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
<br/>Applied to 25% of surface of largest face.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fluid Immersion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">#1 Diesel, #2 Diesel, Water, Salt Water, Lube Oil, Fire Fighting Fluid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 hours <E T="03">each.</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrostatic Pressure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46.62 psig (= 30.5 m. or 100 ft.)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 hours at nominal temperature of 25 °C (77 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>D. Testing Sequence
</HD1>
<P>In order to reasonably duplicate the conditions an event recorder may encounter, the ERMM shall meet the various performance criteria, described in Section C of this appendix, in a set sequence. (<I>See</I> Figure 1). If all tests are done in the set sequence (single branch testing), the same ERMM must be utilized throughout. If a manufacturer opts for split branch testing, each branch of the test must be conducted using an ERMM of the same design type as used for the other branch. Both alternatives are deemed equivalent, and the choice of single branch testing or split branch testing may be determined by the party representing that the ERMM meets the standard. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er30jn05.002.gif"/>
<HD1>E. Testing Exception
</HD1>
<P>If a new model ERMM represents an evolution or upgrade from an older model ERMM that was previously tested and certified as meeting the performance criteria contained in Section C of this appendix, the new model ERMM need only be tested for compliance with those performance criteria contained in Section C of this appendix that are potentially affected by the upgrade or modification. FRA will consider a performance criterion not to be potentially affected if a preliminary engineering analysis or other pertinent data establishes that the modification or upgrade will not change the performance of the older model ERMM against the performance criterion in question. The manufacturer shall retain and make available to FRA upon request any analysis or data relied upon to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph to sustain an exception from testing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 37942, June 30, 2005, as amended at 88 FR 70763, Oct. 12, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.7.31.1.53" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 229—Performance Criteria for Locomotive Crashworthiness 
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix provides performance criteria for the crashworthiness evaluation of alternative locomotive designs, and design standards for wide-nosed locomotives and any for other locomotive, except monocoque/semi-monocoque design locomotives and narrow-nose design locomotives. Each of the following criteria describes a collision scenario and a given performance measure for protection provided to cab occupants, normally through structural design. Demonstration that these performance criteria have been satisfied may be accomplished through any of the methods described in § 229.205. This performance criteria is intended to prevent intrusion into the cab seating area occupied by crews. This excludes inner and outer vestibule areas.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Front end structure (collision posts)</I>—(1) <I>Objective.</I> The front end structure of the locomotive must withstand a frontal impact with a proxy object which is intended to simulate lading carried by a heavy highway vehicle (see figure 1).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Proxy object characteristics and orientation.</I> The proxy object must have the following characteristics: Cylindrical shape; 48-inch diameter; 126-inch length; 65,000 pound minimum weight; and uniform density. The longitudinal axis of the proxy object must be oriented horizontally perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the locomotive.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Impact and result.</I> The front end structure of the locomotive must withstand a 30-mph impact with the proxy object resulting in no more than 24 inches of crush along the longitudinal axis of the locomotive, measured from the foremost point on the collision post, and with no more than 12 inches of intrusion into the cab. The center of impact must be 30 inches above the top of the locomotive underframe along the longitudinal centerline of the locomotive.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er28jn06.004.gif"/>
<P>(b) <I>Front end structure (short hood)</I> (1) <I>Objective.</I> The front end structure of the locomotive must withstand an oblique impact with a proxy object intended to simulate an intermodal container offset from a freight car on an adjacent parallel track (see figure 2).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Proxy object characteristics and orientation.</I> The proxy object must have the following characteristics: Block shape; 36-inch width; 60-inch height; 108-inch length; corners having 3-inch radii corners; 65,000 pound minimum weight; and uniform density. The longitudinal axis of the proxy object must be oriented parallel to the longitudinal axis of the locomotive. At impact, the proxy object must be oriented such that there are 12 inches of lateral overlap and 30 inches from the bottom of the proxy object to the top of the locomotive underframe.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Impact and results.</I> The front end structure of the locomotive must withstand a 30-mph impact with the proxy object resulting in no more than 60 inches of crush along the longitudinal axis of the locomotive, measured from the first point of contact on the short hood post, and with no more than 12 inches of intrusion into the cab.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er28jn06.005.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 36915, June 28, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.7.31.1.54" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 229—Recommended Practices for Design and Safety Analysis
</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this appendix is to provide recommended criteria for design and safety analysis that will maximize the safety of electronic locomotive control systems and mitigate potential negative safety effects. It seeks to promote full disclosure of potential safety risks to facilitate minimizing or eliminating elements of risk where practicable. It discuses critical elements of good engineering practice that the designer should consider when developing safety critical electronic locomotive control systems to accomplish this objective. The criteria and processes specified this appendix is intended to minimize the probability of failure to an acceptable level within the limitations of the available engineering science, cost, and other constraints. Railroads procuring safety critical electronic locomotive controls are encouraged to ensure that their vendor addresses each of the elements of this appendix in the design of the product being procured. FRA uses the criteria and processes set forth in this appendix (or other technically equivalent criteria and processes that may be recommended by industry) when evaluating analyses, assumptions, and conclusions provided in the SA documents.
</P>
<HD1>Definitions
</HD1>
<P>In addition to the definitions contained in § 229.305, the following definitions are applicable to this Appendix:
</P>
<P><I>Hazard</I> means an existing or potential condition that can result in an accident.
</P>
<P><I>High degree of confidence,</I> as applied to the highest level of aggregation, means there exists credible safety analysis supporting the conclusion that the risks associated with the product have been adequately mitigated.
</P>
<P><I>Human factors</I> refers to a body of knowledge about human limitations, human abilities, and other human characteristics, such as behavior and motivation, that shall be considered in product design.
</P>
<P><I>Human-machine interface</I> (HMI) means the interrelated set of controls and displays that allows humans to interact with the machine.
</P>
<P><I>Risk</I> means the expected probability of occurrence for an individual accident event (probability) multiplied by the severity of the expected consequences associated with the accident (severity).
</P>
<P><I>Risk assessment</I> means the process of determining, either quantitatively or qualitatively, the measure of risk associated with use of the product under all intended operating conditions.
</P>
<P><I>System Safety Precedence</I> means the order of precedence in which methods used to eliminate or control identified hazards within a system are implemented.
</P>
<P><I>Validation</I> means the process of determining whether a product's design requirements fulfill its intended design objectives during its development and life-cycle. The goal of the validation process is to determine “whether the correct product was built.”
</P>
<P><I>Verification</I> means the process of determining whether the results of a given phase of the development cycle fulfill the validated requirements established at the start of that phase. The goal of the verification process is to determine “whether the product was built correctly.”
</P>
<HD1>Safety Assessments—Recommended Contents
</HD1>
<P>The safety-critical assessment of each product should include all of its interconnected subsystems and components and, where applicable, the interaction between such subsystems. FRA recommends that such assessments contain the following:
</P>
<P>(a) A complete description of the product, including a list of all product components and their physical relationship in the subsystem or system;
</P>
<P>(b) A description of the railroad operation or categories of operations on which the product is designed to be used;
</P>
<P>(c) An operational concepts document, including a complete description of the product functionality and information flows; as well as identifying which functions are intended to enhance or preserve safety and the manner in which the product architecture implements these functions;
</P>
<P>(d) A safety requirements document, including a list with complete descriptions of all functions, which the product performs to enhance or preserve safety, and that describes the manner in which product architecture satisfies safety requirements;
</P>
<P>(e) A hazard log consisting of a comprehensive description of all safety relevant hazards addressed during the life cycle of the product, including maximum threshold limits for each hazard (for unidentified hazards, the threshold shall be exceeded at one occurrence);
</P>
<P>(f) A risk assessment and analysis.
</P>
<P>(1) The risk metric for the proposed product should describe with a high degree of confidence the accumulated risk of a locomotive control system that operates over the intended product life. Each risk metric for the proposed product should be expressed with an upper bound, as estimated with a sensitivity analysis, and the risk value selected is demonstrated to have a high degree of confidence.
</P>
<P>(2) Each risk calculation should consider the totality of the locomotive control system and its method of operation. The failure modes of each subsystem or component, or both, should be determined for the integrated hardware/software (where applicable) as a function of the Mean Time to Hazardous Events (MTTHE), failure restoration rates, and the integrated hardware/software coverage of all processor based subsystems or components, or both. Train operating and movement rules, along with components that are layered in order to enhance safety-critical behavior, should also be considered.
</P>
<P>(3) An MTTHE value should be calculated for each subsystem or component, or both, indicating the safety-critical behavior of the integrated hardware/software subsystem or component, or both. The human factor impact should be included in the assessment, whenever applicable, to provide an integrated MTTHE value. The MTTHE calculation should consider the rates of failures caused by permanent, transient, and intermittent faults accounting for the fault coverage of the integrated hardware/software subsystem or component, phased-interval maintenance, and restoration of the detected failures.
</P>
<P>(4) The analysis should clearly document:
</P>
<P>(i) Any assumptions regarding the reliability or availability of mechanical, electric, or electronic components. Such assumptions include MTTF projections, as well as Mean Time To Repair (MTTR) projections, unless the risk assessment specifically explains why these assumptions are not relevant. The analysis should document these assumptions in such a form as to permit later comparisons with in-service experience (e.g., a spreadsheet). The analysis should also document any assumptions regarding human performance. The documentation should be in a form that facilitates later comparisons with in-service experience.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any assumptions regarding software defects. These assumptions should be in a form which permits the railroad to project the likelihood of detecting an in-service software defect and later comparisons with in-service experience.
</P>
<P>(iii) All of the identified safety-critical fault paths leading to a mishap as predicted by the SA. The documentation should be in a form that facilitates later comparisons with in-service faults.
</P>
<P>(4) MTTHE compliance verification and validation should be based on the assessment of the design for verification and validation process, historical performance data, analytical methods and experimental safety critical performance testing performed on the subsystem or component. The compliance process shall be demonstrated to be compliant and consistent with the MTTHE metric and demonstrated to have a high degree of confidence.
</P>
<P>(5) The safety-critical behavior of all non-processor based components, which are part of a processor-based system or subsystem, should be quantified with an MTTHE metric. The MTTHE assessment methodology should consider failures caused by permanent, transient, and intermittent faults, phase interval maintenance and restoration of failures and the effect of fault coverage of each non-processor-based subsystem or component. The MTTHE compliance verification and validation should be based on the assessment of the design for verification and validation process, historical performance data, analytical methods and experimental safety critical performance testing performed on the subsystem or component. The non-processor based quantification compliance should also be demonstrated to have a high degree of confidence.
</P>
<P>(g) A hazard mitigation analysis, including a complete and comprehensive description of all hazards to be addressed in the system design and development, mitigation techniques used, and system safety precedence followed;
</P>
<P>(h) A complete description of the safety assessment and verification and validation processes applied to the product and the results of these processes;
</P>
<P>(i) A complete description of the safety assurance concepts used in the product design, including an explanation of the design principles and assumptions; the designer should address each of the following safety considerations when designing and demonstrating the safety of products covered by this part. In the event that any of these principles are not followed, the analysis should describe both the reason(s) for departure and the alternative(s) utilized to mitigate or eliminate the hazards associated with the design principle not followed.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Normal operation.</I> The system (including all hardware and software) should demonstrate safe operation with no hardware failures under normal anticipated operating conditions with proper inputs and within the expected range of environmental conditions. All safety-critical functions should be performed properly under these normal conditions. Absence of specific operator actions or procedures will not prevent the system from operating safely. Hazards categorized as unacceptable should be eliminated by design. Best effort should also be made by the designer to eliminate hazards that are undesirable. Those undesirable hazards that cannot be eliminated must be mitigated to an acceptable level.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Systematic failure.</I> It should be shown how the product is designed to mitigate or eliminate unsafe systematic failures—those conditions which can be attributed to human error that could occur at various stages throughout product development. This includes unsafe errors in the software due to human error in the software specification, design or coding phase, or both; human errors that could impact hardware design; unsafe conditions that could occur because of an improperly designed human-machine interface; installation and maintenance errors; and errors associated with making modifications.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Random failure.</I> The product should be shown to operate safely under conditions of random hardware failure. This includes single as well as multiple hardware failures, particularly in instances where one or more failures could occur, remain undetected (latent) and react in combination with a subsequent failure at a later time to cause an unsafe operating situation. In instances involving a latent failure, a subsequent failure is similar to there being a single failure. In the event of a transient failure, and if so designed, the system should restart itself if it is safe to do so. Frequency of attempted restarts should be considered in the hazard analysis. There should be no single point failures in the product that can result in hazards categorized as unacceptable or undesirable. Occurrence of credible single point failures that can result in hazards shall be detected and the product shall be detected and the product should achieve a known state that eliminates the possibility of false activation of any physical appliance. If one non-self-revealing failure combined with a second failure can cause a hazard that is categorized as unacceptable or undesirable, then the second failure should be detected and the product must achieve a known safe state that eliminates the possibility of false activation.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Common Mode failure.</I> Another concern of multiple failures involves common mode failure in which two or more subsystems or components intended to compensate one another to perform the same function all fail by the same mode and result in unsafe conditions. This is of particular concern in instances in which two or more elements (hardware or software, or both) are used in combination to ensure safety. If a common mode failure exists, then any analysis cannot rely on the assumption that failures are independent. Examples include: the use of redundancy in which two or more elements perform a given function in parallel and when one (hardware or software) element checks/monitors another element (of hardware or software) to help ensure its safe operation. Common mode failure relates to independence, which shall be ensured in these instances. When dealing with the effects of hardware failure, the designer should address the effects of the failure not only on other hardware, but also on the execution of the software, since hardware failures can greatly affect how the software operates.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>External influences.</I> The product should operate safely when subjected to different external influences, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Electrical influences such as power supply anomalies/transients, abnormal/improper input conditions (e.g., outside of normal range inputs relative to amplitude and frequency, unusual combinations of inputs) including those related to a human operator, and others such as electromagnetic interference or electrostatic discharges, or both;
</P>
<P>(ii) Mechanical influences such as vibration and shock; and climatic conditions such as temperature and humidity.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Modifications.</I> Safety must be ensured following modifications to the hardware or software, or both. All or some of the concerns previously identified may be applicable depending upon the nature and extent of the modifications.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Software.</I> Software faults should not cause hazards categorized as unacceptable or undesirable.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Closed Loop Principle.</I> The product design should require positive action to be taken in a prescribed manner to either begin product operation or continue product operation.
</P>
<P>(j) A human factors analysis, including a complete description of all human-machine interfaces, a complete description of all functions performed by humans in connection with the product to enhance or preserve safety, and an analysis of the physical ergonomics of the product on the operators and the safe operation of the system;
</P>
<P>(k) A complete description of the specific training of railroad and contractor employees and supervisors necessary to ensure the safe and proper installation, implementation, operation, maintenance, repair, inspection, testing, and modification of the product;
</P>
<P>(l) A complete description of the specific procedures and test equipment necessary to ensure the safe and proper installation, implementation, operation, maintenance, repair, inspection, test, and modification of the product. These procedures, including calibration requirements, should be consistent with or explain deviations from the equipment manufacturer's recommendations;
</P>
<P>(m) A complete description of the necessary security measures for the product over its life-cycle;
</P>
<P>(n) A complete description of each warning to be placed in the Operations and Maintenance Manual and of all warning labels required to be placed on equipment as necessary to ensure safety;
</P>
<P>(o) A complete description of all initial implementation testing procedures necessary to establish that safety-functional requirements are met and safety-critical hazards are appropriately mitigated;
</P>
<P>(p) A complete description of all post-implementation testing (validation) and monitoring procedures, including the intervals necessary to establish that safety-functional requirements, safety-critical hazard mitigation processes, and safety-critical tolerances are not compromised over time, through use, or after maintenance (repair, replacement, adjustment) is performed; and
</P>
<P>(q) A complete description of each record necessary to ensure the safety of the system that is associated with periodic maintenance, inspections, tests, repairs, replacements, adjustments, and the system's resulting conditions, including records of component failures resulting in safety relevant hazards;
</P>
<P>(r) A complete description of any safety-critical assumptions regarding availability of the product, and a complete description of all backup methods of operation; and
</P>
<P>(s) The configuration/revision control measures designed to ensure that safety-functional requirements and safety-critical hazard mitigation processes are not compromised as a result of any change. Changes classified as maintenance require validation.
</P>
<HD1>Guidance Regarding the Application of Human Factors in the Design of Products
</HD1>
<P>The product design should sufficiently incorporate human factors engineering that is appropriate to the complexity of the product; the gender, educational, mental, and physical capabilities of the intended operators and maintainers; the degree of required human interaction with the component; and the environment in which the product will be used. HMI design criteria minimize negative safety effects by causing designers to consider human factors in the development of HMIs. As used in this discussion, “designer” means anyone who specifies requirements for—or designs a system or subsystem, or both, for—a product subject to this part, and “operator” means any human who is intended to receive information from, provide information to, or perform repairs or maintenance on a safety critical locomotive control product subject to this part.
</P>
<P>I. FRA recommends that system designers should:
</P>
<P>(a) Design systems that anticipate possible user errors and include capabilities to catch errors before they propagate through the system;
</P>
<P>(b) Conduct cognitive task analyses prior to designing the system to better understand the information processing requirements of operators when making critical decisions;
</P>
<P>(c) Present information that accurately represents or predicts system states; and
</P>
<P>(d) Ensure that electronics equipment radio frequency emissions are compliant with appropriate Federal Communications Commission (FCC) regulations. The FCC rules and regulations are codified in Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). The following documentation is applicable to obtaining FCC Equipment Authorization:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>OET Bulletin Number 61 (October, 1992 Supersedes May, 1987 issue) FCC Equipment Authorization Program for Radio Frequency Devices.</I> This document provides an overview of the equipment authorization program to control radio interference from radio transmitters and certain other electronic products and how to obtain an equipment authorization.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>OET Bulletin 63: (October 1993) Understanding The FCC Part 15 Regulations for Low Power, Non-Licensed Transmitters.</I> This document provides a basic understanding of the FCC regulations for low power, unlicensed transmitters, and includes answers to some commonly-asked questions. This edition of the bulletin does not contain information concerning personal communication services (PCS) transmitters operating under Part 15, Subpart D of the rules.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 0 to 19.</I> The FCC rules and regulations governing PCS transmitters may be found in 47 CFR, Parts 0 to 19.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>OET Bulletin 62 (December 1993) Understanding The FCC Regulations for Computers and other Digital Devices.</I> This document has been prepared to provide a basic understanding of the FCC regulations for digital (computing) devices, and includes answers to some commonly-asked questions.
</P>
<P>II. Human factors issues designers should consider with regard to the general functioning of a system include:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Reduced situational awareness and over-reliance.</I> HMI design shall give an operator active functions to perform, feedback on the results of the operator's actions, and information on the automatic functions of the system as well as its performance. The operator shall be “in-the loop.” Designers should consider at minimum the following methods of maintaining an active role for human operators:
</P>
<P>(1) The system should require an operator to initiate action to operate the train and require an operator to remain “in-the-loop” for at least 30 minutes at a time;
</P>
<P>(2) The system should provide timely feedback to an operator regarding the system's automated actions, the reasons for such actions, and the effects of the operator's manual actions on the system;
</P>
<P>(3) The system should warn operators in advance when they require an operator to take action;
</P>
<P>(4) HMI design should equalize an operator's workload; and
</P>
<P>(5) HMI design should not distract from the operator's safety related duties.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Expectation of predictability and consistency in product behavior and communications.</I> HMI design should accommodate an operator's expectation of logical and consistent relationships between actions and results. Similar objects should behave consistently when an operator performs the same action upon them. End users have a limited memory and ability to process information. Therefore, HMI design should also minimize an operator's information processing load.
</P>
<P>(1) To minimize information processing load, the designer should:
</P>
<P>(i) Present integrated information that directly supports the variety and types of decisions that an operator makes;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide information in a format or representation that minimizes the time required to understand and act; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Conduct utility tests of decision aids to establish clear benefits such as processing time saved or improved quality of decisions.
</P>
<P>(2) To minimize short-term memory load, the designer should integrate data or information from multiple sources into a single format or representation (“chunking”) and design so that three or fewer “chunks” of information need to be remembered at any one time. To minimize long-term memory load, the designer should design to support recognition memory, design memory aids to minimize the amount of information that should be recalled from unaided memory when making critical decisions, and promote active processing of the information.
</P>
<P>(3) When creating displays and controls, the designer shall consider user ergonomics and should:
</P>
<P>(i) Locate displays as close as possible to the controls that affect them;
</P>
<P>(ii) Locate displays and controls based on an operator's position;
</P>
<P>(iii) Arrange controls to minimize the need for the operator to change position;
</P>
<P>(iv) Arrange controls according to their expected order of use;
</P>
<P>(v) Group similar controls together;
</P>
<P>(vi) Design for high stimulus-response compatibility (geometric and conceptual);
</P>
<P>(vii) Design safety-critical controls to require more than one positive action to activate (e.g., auto stick shift requires two movements to go into reverse);
</P>
<P>(viii) Design controls to allow easy recovery from error; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Design display and controls to reflect specific gender and physical limitations of the intended operators.
</P>
<P>(4) Detailed locomotive ergonomics human machine interface guidance may be found in “Human Factors Guidelines for Locomotive Cabs” (FRA/ORD-98/03 or DOT-VNTSC-FRA-98-8).
</P>
<P>(5) The designer should also address information management. To that end, HMI design should:
</P>
<P>(i) Display information in a manner which emphasizes its relative importance;
</P>
<P>(ii) Comply with the ANSI/HFS 100-2007, or more recent standard;
</P>
<P>(iii) Utilize a display luminance that has a difference of at least 35cd/m2 between the foreground and background (the displays should be capable of a minimum contrast 3:1 with 7:1 preferred, and controls should be provided to adjust the brightness level and contrast level);
</P>
<P>(iv) Display only the information necessary to the user;
</P>
<P>(v) Where text is needed, use short, simple sentences or phrases with wording that an operator will understand and appropriate to the educational and cognitive capabilities of the intended operator;
</P>
<P>(vi) Use complete words where possible; where abbreviations are necessary, choose a commonly accepted abbreviation or consistent method and select commonly used terms and words that the operator will understand;
</P>
<P>(vii) Adopt a consistent format for all display screens by placing each design element in a consistent and specified location;
</P>
<P>(viii) Display critical information in the center of the operator's field of view by placing items that need to be found quickly in the upper left hand corner and items which are not time-critical in the lower right hand corner of the field of view;
</P>
<P>(ix) Group items that belong together;
</P>
<P>(x) Design all visual displays to meet human performance criteria under monochrome conditions and add color only if it will help the user in performing a task, and use color coding as a redundant coding technique;
</P>
<P>(xi) Limit the number of colors over a group of displays to no more than seven;
</P>
<P>(xii) Design warnings to match the level of risk or danger with the alerting nature of the signal; and
</P>
<P>(xiii) With respect to information entry, avoid full QWERTY keyboards for data entry.
</P>
<P>(6) With respect to problem management, the HMI designer should ensure that the HMI design:
</P>
<P>(i) enhances an operator's situation awareness;
</P>
<P>(ii) supports response selection and scheduling; and
</P>
<P>(iii) supports contingency planning.
</P>
<P>(7) Designers should comply with FCC requirements for Maximum Permissible Exposure limits for field strength and power density for the transmitters operating at frequencies of 300 kHz to 100 GHz and specific absorption rate (SAR) limits for devices operating within close proximity to the body. The Commission's requirements are detailed in Parts 1 and 2 of the FCC's Rules and Regulations (47 CFR 1.1307(b), 1.1310, 2.1091, 2.1093). The FCC has a number of bulletins and supplements that offer guidelines and suggestions for evaluating compliance. These documents are not intended to establish mandatory procedures; other methods and procedures may be acceptable if based on sound engineering practice.
</P>
<P>(i) OET Bulletin No. 65 (Edition 97-01, August 1997), “Evaluating Compliance With FCC Guidelines For Human Exposure To Radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields”;
</P>
<P>(ii) OET Bulletin No 65 Supplement A, (Edition 97-01, August 1997), OET Bulletin No 65 Supplement B (Edition 97-01, August 1997); and
</P>
<P>(iii) OET Bulletin No 65 Supplement C (Edition 01-01, June 2001). This bulletin provides assistance in determining whether proposed or existing transmitting facilities, operations, or devices comply with limits for human exposure to radio frequency RF fields adopted by the FCC.
</P>
<HD1>Guidance for Verification and Validation of Products
</HD1>
<P>The goal of this assessment is to provide an evaluation of the product manufacturer's utilization of safety design practices during the product's development and testing phases, as required by the applicable railroad's requirements, the requirements of this part, and any other previously agreed-upon controlling documents or standards. The standards employed for verification or validation, or both, of products shall be sufficient to support achievement of the applicable requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(a) The latest version of the following standards have been recognized by FRA as providing appropriate risk analysis processes for incorporation into verification and validation standards.
</P>
<P>(1) U.S. Department of Defense Military Standard (MIL-STD) 882C, “System Safety Program Requirements” (January 19, 1993);
</P>
<P>(2) The most recent CENLE/IEC Standards as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) EN50126:/IEC 62278, Railway Applications: Communications, Signaling, and Processing Systems Specification and Demonstration of Reliability, Availability, Maintainability and Safety (RAMS);
</P>
<P>(ii) EN50128/IEC 62279, Railway Applications: Communications, Signaling, and Processing Systems Software for Railway Control and Protection Systems;
</P>
<P>(iii) EN50129, Railway Applications: Communications, Signaling, and Processing Systems-Safety Related Electronic Systems for Signaling; and
</P>
<P>(iv) EN50155, Railway Applications: Electronic Equipment Used in Rolling Stock.
</P>
<P>(3) ATCS Specification 140, Recommended Practices for Safety and Systems Assurance.
</P>
<P>(4) ATCS Specification 130, Software Quality Assurance.
</P>
<P>(5) Safety of High Speed Ground Transportation Systems. Analytical Methodology for Safety Validation of Computer Controlled Subsystems. Volume II: Development of a Safety Validation Methodology. Final Report September 1995. Author: Jonathan F. Luedeke, Battelle. DOT/FRA/ORD-95/10.2.
</P>
<P>(6) IEC 61508 (International Electro-technical Commission), Functional Safety of Electrical/Electronic/Programmable/Electronic Safety (E/E/P/ES) Related Systems, Parts 1-7 as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) IEC 61508-1 (1998-12) Part 1: General requirements and IEC 61508-1 Corr. (1999-05) Corrigendum 1-Part 1: General Requirements;
</P>
<P>(ii) IEC 61508-2 (2000-05) Part 2: Requirements for electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems;
</P>
<P>(iii) IEC 61508-3 (1998-12) Part 3: Software requirements and IEC 61508-3 Corr.1(1999-04) Corrigendum 1-Part3: Software requirements;
</P>
<P>(iv) IEC 61508-4 (1998-12) Part 4: Definitions and abbreviations and IEC 61508-4 Corr.1(1999-04) Corrigendum 1-Part 4: Definitions and abbreviations;
</P>
<P>(v) IEC 61508-5 (1998-12) Part 5: Examples of methods for the determination of safety integrity levels and IEC 61508-5 Corr.1 (1999-04) Corrigendum 1 Part 5: Examples of methods for determination of safety integrity levels;
</P>
<P>(vi) 1IEC 61508-6 (2000-04) Part 6: Guidelines on the applications of IEC 61508-2 and -3; and,
</P>
<P>(vii) IEC 61508-7 (2000-03) Part 7: Overview of techniques and measures.
</P>
<P>(7) ANSI/GEIA-STD-0010: Standard Best Practices for System Safety Program Development and Execution
</P>
<P>(b) When using unpublished standards, including proprietary standards, the standards should be available for inspection and replication by the railroad and FRA and should be available for public examination.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Third party assessments.</I> The railroad, the supplier, or FRA may conclude it is necessary for a third party assessment of the system. A third party assessor should be “independent”. An “independent third party” means a technically competent entity responsible to and compensated by the railroad (or an association on behalf of one or more railroads) that is independent of the supplier of the product. An entity that is owned or controlled by the supplier, that is under common ownership or control with the supplier, or that is otherwise involved in the development of the product would not be considered “independent”.
</P>
<P>(1) The reviewer should not engage in design efforts, in order to preserve the reviewer's independence and maintain the supplier's proprietary right to the product. The supplier should provide the reviewer access to any, and all, documentation that the reviewer requests and attendance at any design review or walk through that the reviewer determines as necessary to complete and accomplish the third party assessment. Representatives from FRA or the railroad might accompany the reviewer.
</P>
<P>(2) Third party reviews can occur at a preliminary level, a functional level, or implementation level. At the preliminary level, the reviewer should evaluate with respect to safety and comment on the adequacy of the processes, which the supplier applies to the design, and development of the product. At a minimum, the reviewer should compare the supplier processes with industry best practices to determine if the vendor methodology is acceptable and employ any other such tests or comparisons if they have been agreed to previously with the railroad or FRA. Based on these analyses, the reviewer shall identify and document any significant safety vulnerabilities that are not adequately mitigated by the supplier's (or user's) processes. At the functional level, the reviewer evaluates the adequacy, and comprehensiveness, of the safety analysis, and any other documents pertinent to the product being assessed for completeness, correctness, and compliance with applicable standards. This includes, but is not limited to the Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PHA), the Hazard Log (HL), all Fault Tree Analyses (FTA), all Failure Mode and Effects Criticality Analysis (FMECA), and other hazard analyses. At the implementation level, the reviewer randomly selects various safety-critical software modules for audit to verify whether the system process and design requirements were followed. The number of modules audited shall be determined as a representative number sufficient to provide confidence that all un-audited modules were developed in similar manner as the audited module. During this phase the reviewer would also evaluate and comment on the adequacy of the plan for installation and test of the product for revenue service.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reviewer Report.</I> Upon completion of an assessment, the reviewer prepares a final report of the assessment. The report should contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The reviewer's evaluation of the adequacy of the risk analysis, including the supplier's MTTHE and risk estimates for the product, and the supplier's confidence interval in these estimates;
</P>
<P>(2) Product vulnerabilities which the reviewer felt were not adequately mitigated, including the method by which the railroad would assure product safety in the event of a hardware or software failure (i.e., how does the railroad or vendor assure that all potentially hazardous failure modes are identified?) and the method by which the railroad or vendor addresses comprehensiveness of the product design for the requirements of the operations it will govern (i.e., how does the railroad and/or vendor assure that all potentially hazardous operating circumstances are identified? Who records any deficiencies identified in the design process? Who tracks the correction of these deficiencies and confirms that they are corrected?);
</P>
<P>(3) A clear statement of position for all parties involved for each product vulnerability cited by the reviewer;
</P>
<P>(4) Identification of any documentation or information sought by the reviewer that was denied, incomplete, or inadequate;
</P>
<P>(5) A listing of each design procedure or process which was not properly followed;
</P>
<P>(6) Identification of the software verification and validation procedures for the product's safety-critical applications, and the reviewer's evaluation of the adequacy of these procedures;
</P>
<P>(7) Methods employed by the product manufacturer to develop safety-critical software, such as use of structured language, code checks, modularity, or other similar generally acceptable techniques; and
</P>
<P>(8) Methods by which the supplier or railroad addresses comprehensiveness of the product design which considers the safety elements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 21352, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.7.31.1.55" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix G to Part 229 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix H" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.23.7.31.1.56" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix H to Part 229—Static Noise Test Protocols—In-Cab Static
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix prescribes the procedures for the in-cab static measurements of locomotives.
</P>
<HD1>I. Measurement Instrumentation
</HD1>
<P>The instrumentation used should conform to the following: An integrating-averaging sound level meter shall meet all the requirements of ANSI S1.43-1997 (Reaffirmed 2002), “Specifications for Integrating-Averaging Sound Level Meters,” for a Type 1 Instrument. In the event that a Type 1 instrument is not available, the measurements may be conducted with a Type 2 instrument. The acoustic calibrator shall meet the requirement of the ANSI S1.40-1984 (Reaffirmed 2001), “Specification for Acoustical Calibrators.” The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of ANSI S1.43-1997 (Reaffirmed 2002) and ANSI S1.40-1984 (Reaffirmed 2001) in this section in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated standards from the American National Standards Institute at 1819 L Street, NW., Washington, DC 20036 or <I>http://www.ansi.org.</I> You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standards at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Room, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20950, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html</I> 
</P>
<HD1>II. Test Site Requirements
</HD1>
<P>The test site shall meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The locomotive to be tested should not be positioned where large reflective surfaces are directly adjacent to or within 25 feet of the locomotive cab.
</P>
<P>(2) The locomotive to be tested should not be positioned where other locomotives or rail cars are present on directly adjacent tracks next to or within 25 feet of the locomotive cab.
</P>
<P>(3) All windows, doors, cabinets seals, etc., must be installed in the locomotive cab and be closed.
</P>
<P>(4) The locomotive must be running for sufficient time before the test to be at normal operating temperature.
</P>
<P>(5) The heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system or a dedicated heating or air conditioner system must be operating on high, and the vents must be open and unobstructed.
</P>
<P>(6) The locomotive shall not be tested in any site specifically designed to artificially lower in-cab noise levels.
</P>
<HD1>III. Procedures for Measurement
</HD1>
<P>(1) L<E T="52">Aeq, T</E> is defined as the A-weighted, equivalent sound level for a duration of T seconds, and the sound level meter shall be set for A-weighting with slow response.
</P>
<P>(2) The sound level meter shall be calibrated with the acoustic calibrator immediately before and after the in-cab static tests. The calibration levels shall be recorded.
</P>
<P>(3) Any change in the before and after calibration level(s) shall be less than 0.5 dB.
</P>
<P>(4) The sound level meter shall be measured at each of the following locations:
</P>
<P>(A) 30 inches above the center of the left seat;
</P>
<P>(B) Centered in the middle of the cab between the right and left seats, and 56 inches above the floor;
</P>
<P>(C) 30 inches above the center of the right seat; and
</P>
<P>(D) One foot (0.3 meters) from the center of the back interior wall of the cab and 56 inches above the floor. See Figure 1.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er27oc06.005.gif"/>
<P>(5) The observer shall stand as far from the microphone as possible. No more than two people (tester, observers or crew members) shall be inside the cab during measurements.
</P>
<P>(6) The locomotive shall be tested under self-loading conditions if so equipped. If the locomotive is not equipped with self load, the locomotive shall be tested with no-load (No-load defined as maximum RPM—no electric load) and an adjustment of 3 dB added to the measured level.
</P>
<P>(7) The sound level shall be recorded at the highest horsepower or throttle setting.
</P>
<P>(8) After the engine speed has become constant and the in-cab noise is continuous, L<E T="52">Aeq, T</E> shall be measured, either directly or using a 1 second sampling interval, for a minimum duration of 30 seconds at each measurement position (L<E T="52">Aeq, 30s</E>).
</P>
<P>(9) The highest L<E T="52">Aeq, 30s</E> of the 4 measurement positions shall be used for determining compliance with § 229.121(a).
</P>
<P>(10) A locomotive that has failed to meet the static test requirements of this regulation may be re-tested in accordance with the requirements in section II of this appendix.
</P>
<HD1>IV. Recordkeeping
</HD1>
<P>To demonstrate compliance, the entity conducting the test shall maintain records of the following data. The records created under this procedure shall be retained and made readily accessible for review for a minimum of three years. All records may be maintained in either written or electronic form.
</P>
<P>(1) Name(s) of persons conducting the test, and the date of the test.
</P>
<P>(2) Description of locomotive being tested, including: make, model number, serial number, and date of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(3) Description of sound level meter and calibrator, including: make, model, type, serial number, and manufacturer's calibration date.
</P>
<P>(4) The recorded measurement during calibration and for each microphone location during operating conditions.
</P>
<P>(5) Other information as appropriate to describe the testing conditions and procedure, including whether or not the locomotive was tested under self-loading conditions, or not.
</P>
<P>(6) Where a locomotive fails a test and is re-tested under the provisions of § III(9) of this appendix, the suspected reason(s) for the failure.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 63136, Oct. 27, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="230" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 230—STEAM LOCOMOTIVE INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20702; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for all steam-propelled locomotives operated on railroads to which this part applies. This part does not restrict a railroad from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements not inconsistent with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.2" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to all railroads that operate steam locomotives.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad with track gage of less than 24 inches;
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad that operates exclusively freight trains and does so only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general system of transportation; or
</P>
<P>(4) A railroad that operates passenger trains and does so only on track inside an installation that is insular, i.e., its operations are limited to a separate enclave in such a way that there is no reasonable expectation that the safety of the public—except a business guest, a licensee of the railroad or an affiliated entity, or a trespasser—would be affected by the operation. An operation will not be considered insular if one or more of the following exists on its line:
</P>
<P>(i) A public highway-rail crossing that is in use;
</P>
<P>(ii) An at-grade rail crossing that is in use;
</P>
<P>(iii) A bridge over a public road or waters used for commercial navigation; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A common corridor with another railroad, i.e., its operations are conducted within 30 feet of those of any other railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) See appendix A of part 209 for a current statement of the FRA's policy on its exercise of jurisdiction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.3   Implementation.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section, the locomotive owner and/or operator shall perform a 1472 service day inspection that meets the requirements of § 230.17 when the locomotive's flues would be required to be removed pursuant to § 230.10, of the regulations in effect prior to January 18, 2000. (See 49 CFR parts 200-999, revised October 1, 1978) At the time the locomotive owner and/or operator completes this inspection, it must begin to comply with the rest of the provisions of this part. Up until such time, and except as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section, compliance with the regulations in effect prior to January 18, 2000 (See 49 CFR parts 200-999, revised October 1, 1978) will constitute full compliance with this part. Any interested person may obtain the October 1, 1978 revision of 49 CFR parts 200-999 by contacting the Federal Railroad Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(a) One year after January 18, 2000. The following sections of this part must be complied with by January 18, 2001: §§ 230.7, 230.51, 230.57, 230.68, 230.70, 230.85, 230.87, 230.115, and 230.116.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interim flue removal extensions.</I> FRA will continue to consider requests for flue removal extensions under the provisions of § 230.10 of the regulations in effect prior to January 18, 2000 (See 49 CFR parts 200-999, revised October 1, 1978) until January 18, 2002.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Petition for special consideration.</I> The locomotive owner or operator may petition FRA for special consideration of this part's implementation with respect to any locomotive that has either fully or partially satisfied the requirements of § 230.17 within the three (3) year period prior to September 25, 1998—provided the locomotive is in full compliance with § 230.17 by the time the petition is actually filed.
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> <E T="04">Note:</E> As an example, where a locomotive has received a proper boiler inspection after September 25, 1995 pursuant to §§ 230.10 and 230.11 of the regulations in effect prior to January 18, 2000 but has not had its FRA Form No. 4 updated, the locomotive owner or operator may update and verify the FRA Form No. 4 for that locomotive, and submit a timely petition that requests retroactive credit for the boiler inspection. (See 49 CFR parts 200-999, revised October 1, 1978.)</P></FTNT>
<P>(1) <I>Petition process.</I> Petitions must be filed by January 18, 2001 and must be accompanied by all relevant documentation to be considered, including a FRA Form No. 4 (see appendix C of this part) that has been calculated in accordance with § 230.17, and all records that demonstrate the number of days the locomotive has been in service. Based upon the documentation provided, FRA will calculate the number of “service days” the locomotive has accrued and will notify the petitioner of the number of service days that remain in the locomotive's 1472 service day cycle. Petitions should be sent to FRA by some form of registered mail to ensure a record of delivery. FRA will investigate these petitions and will respond to these petitions within one year of their receipt. FRA will send its response by some form of registered mail to ensure that a record of delivery is created. In its response, FRA may grant the petition or deny it. If FRA grants the petition, the entirety of the revised requirements will become effective upon receipt of FRA's response, unless FRA's response indicates otherwise. If FRA denies the petition, the rule will become effective as provided in the first paragraph of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>FRA silence.</I> Anyone who does not receive a response within one year of the date they filed their petition, whether through administrative or postal error, must notify FRA that the response has not been received. The notification should be provided to FRA by some form of registered mail to ensure a record of delivery. Upon receipt of this notification, FRA will ensure that a response is either issued, or re-issued, as soon as possible. In the interim, however, any operator who is at the end of their inspection cycle under the rules in effect prior to January 18, 2000 (See 49 CFR parts 200-999, revised October 1, 1978) will be allowed to remain in service without conducting the required inspection under § 230.17 for an additional six months, or until they receive FRA's decision, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.4" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.4   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least $1,114 and not more than $36,439 per violation, except that: Penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and, where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or has caused death or injury, a penalty not to exceed $145,754 per violation may be assessed. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See appendix A of part 209 for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 69 FR 30594, May 28, 2004; 72 FR 51197, Sept. 6, 2007; 73 FR 79703, Dec. 30, 2008; 77 FR 24421, Apr. 24, 2012; 81 FR 43111, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16134, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60748, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 37074, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1759, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23255, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15869, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1128, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89563, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106296, Dec. 30, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.5   Preemptive effect.</HEAD>
<P>The Locomotive Boiler Inspection Act (49 U.S.C. 20701-20703) preempts all State laws or regulations concerning locomotive safety. <I>Napier</I> v. <I>Atlantic Coast Line R.R.,</I> 272 U.S. 605 (1926). However, FRA believes Congress did not intend to preempt State laws or regulations concerning rail operations over which FRA does not exercise jurisdiction. Therefore, in issuing this part, it is FRA's intent that State laws or regulations applicable to those rail operations to which this part does not apply (<I>i.e.,</I> insular tourist operations) not be preempted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.6" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.6   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the Administrator of FRA for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. The filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for waiver under this section must be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions the Administrator deems necessary. Where a waiver is granted, the Administrator publishes a notice containing the reasons for granting the waiver.
</P>
<P>(d) All waivers of every form and type from any requirement of any order or regulation implementing the Locomotive Boiler Inspection Act, 36 Stat. 913, as amended, 49 U.S.C. 20702, applicable to one or more steam locomotives, shall lapse on January 18, 2000 unless a copy of the grant of waiver is filed for reassessment prior to that date with the Office of Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. FRA will review the waiver and notify the applicant whether the waiver has been continued.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.7   Responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The locomotive owner and/or operator is directly responsible for ensuring that all requirements of this part are satisfied, and is the entity primarily responsible for compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Although the duties imposed by this part are generally stated in terms of the duties of a railroad or a steam locomotive owner and/or operator, any person, including a contractor for a railroad, who performs any function covered by this part must perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Chapter 207 of Title 49 of the United States Codes makes it unlawful for any railroad to use or permit to be used on its line any steam locomotive or tender unless the entire steam locomotive or tender and its parts and appurtenances are in proper condition and safe to operate in the service to which they are put, without unnecessary danger of personal injury and have been inspected and tested as required by this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.8" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.8   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part, the terms listed in this section have the following definitions:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator.</I> The Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Alteration.</I> Any change to the boiler which affects its pressure retention capability. Rating changes are considered alterations.
</P>
<P><I>ANSI.</I> American National Standards Institute.
</P>
<P><I>API.</I> American Petroleum Institute.
</P>
<P><I>ASME.</I> American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
</P>
<P><I>Boiler surfaces.</I> The boiler interior is all the space inside a boiler occupied by water or steam under pressure, and all associated surfaces inside that space exposed to that water and steam. The boiler exterior is the opposite surface of all components directly exposed to the boiler interior. This includes the fire side of the firebox sheets.
</P>
<P><I>Break.</I> A fracture resulting in complete separation into parts.
</P>
<P><I>Code of original construction.</I> The manufacturer's or industry code in effect when the boiler was constructed. If the exact code is not known, the closest contemporary code may be used provided it does not pre-date the construction date of the boiler.
</P>
<P><I>Crack.</I> A fracture without complete separation into parts, except that castings with shrinkage cracks or hot tears that do not significantly diminish the strength of the member are not considered to be cracked.
</P>
<P><I>Dead locomotive.</I> A locomotive unable to produce tractive effort.
</P>
<P><I>Fire.</I> Anything that produces products of combustion that heat transferring components of the locomotive are exposed to.
</P>
<P><I>FRA.</I> The Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive operator.</I> Person or entity which operates, but which does not necessarily own, one or more steam locomotives. This term means, for purposes of inspection and maintenance responsibility, the entity responsible for the day-to-day operation of the steam locomotive, or the delegate thereof. This entity may be a railroad or a person or persons who operate a steam locomotive under contract for a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive owner.</I> Person or entity which owns, but which does not necessarily operate, one or more steam locomotives that is operated on a railroad to which this part applies. For purposes of inspection and maintenance responsibility, this term includes that entity's delegate as well.
</P>
<P><I>MAWP.</I> Maximum allowable working pressure as specified by the steam locomotive specification FRA Form No. 4. (See appendix C of this part.)
</P>
<P><I>NBIC.</I> National Board Inspection Code published by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors.
</P>
<P><I>NDE.</I> Non-destructive Examination.
</P>
<P><I>NPS.</I> Nominal Pipe Size.
</P>
<P><I>Person.</I> An entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including but not limited to the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad.</I> Any form of non-highway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways and any entity providing such transportation, including commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and high speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads; but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Renewal.</I> Replacement in kind with a newly manufactured or remanufactured (restored to original tolerances) component. Materials shall be suitable for the service intended.
</P>
<P><I>Repair.</I> Any work which results in a restoration in kind.
</P>
<P><I>Serious injury.</I> An injury that results in the amputation of any appendage, the loss of sight in an eye, the fracture of a bone, or the confinement in a hospital for a period of more than 24 consecutive hours.
</P>
<P><I>Service day.</I> Any calendar day that the boiler has steam pressure above atmospheric pressure with fire in the firebox. In the case of a fireless steam locomotive, any calendar day that the boiler has steam pressure above atmospheric pressure.
</P>
<P><I>Stayed portion of the boiler.</I> That portion of the boiler designed to require support to retain internal pressure by the addition of strength members, such as staybolts, braces, diagonal stays, tubes, etc.
</P>
<P><I>Steam locomotive.</I> A self-propelled unit of equipment powered by steam that is either designed or used for moving other equipment. This includes a self-propelled unit designed or used to carry freight and/or passenger traffic.
</P>
<P><I>Unstayed portion of the boiler.</I> That portion of the boiler designed to be self-supported in retaining internal pressure without additional strength members such as staybolts, braces, diagonal stays, tubes, etc.
</P>
<P><I>Wastage.</I> A reduction in the thickness of a mechanical component, such as a pipe or sheet.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 90 FR 28126, July 1, 2025]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.10" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.10   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="57" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General Inspection Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.11   Repair of non-complying conditions.</HEAD>
<P>The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall repair any steam locomotive that fails to comply with the conditions of this part, and shall approve any such repairs made, before placing the locomotive back into service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.12" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.12   Movement of non-complying steam locomotives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General limitations on movement.</I> A steam locomotive with one or more non-complying conditions may be moved only as a lite steam locomotive or a steam locomotive in tow, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section. Cars essential to the movement of the steam locomotive and tender(s), including tool cars and a bunk car, may accompany lite movements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions for movement.</I> Prior to movement, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall determine that it is safe to move the locomotive, determine the maximum speed and other restrictions necessary for safely conducting the movement, and notify in writing the engineer in charge of the defective steam locomotive and, if towed, the engineer in charge of the towing locomotive consist, as well as all other crew members in the cabs, of the presence of the non-complying steam locomotive and the maximum speed and other movement restrictions. In addition, a tag bearing the words “non-complying locomotive” shall be securely attached to each defective steam locomotive and shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The steam locomotive number;
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the inspecting entity;
</P>
<P>(3) The inspection location and date;
</P>
<P>(4) The nature of the defect;
</P>
<P>(5) Movement restrictions, if any;
</P>
<P>(6) The destination; and
</P>
<P>(7) The signature of the person making the determinations required by this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Yard movements.</I> A non-complying steam locomotive may be moved lite or dead within a yard at speeds not in excess of 10 miles per hour without meeting the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section if the movement is solely for the purpose of repair. The locomotive owner and/or operator is responsible for ensuring that the movement may be safely made.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Non-complying conditions developed en route.</I> The locomotive owner and/or operator may continue in use a steam locomotive that develops a non-complying condition en route until the next daily inspection or the nearest forward point where the repairs necessary to bring it into compliance can be made, whichever is earlier. Before continuing en route, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall determine that it is safe to move the steam locomotive, determine the maximum speed and other restrictions necessary for safely conducting the movement, and notify in writing the engineer in charge of the defective steam locomotive and, if towed, the engineer in charge of the towing steam locomotive consist, as well as all other crew members in the cabs, of the presence of the non-complying steam locomotive and the maximum speed and other movement restrictions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special notice for repair.</I> Nothing in this section authorizes the movement of a steam locomotive subject to a Special Notice for Repair unless the movement is made in accordance with the restrictions contained in the Special Notice.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.13   Daily inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> An individual competent to conduct the inspection shall inspect each steam locomotive and its tender each day that they are offered for use to determine that they are safe and suitable for service. The daily inspection shall be conducted to comply with all sections of this part, and a daily inspection report filed, by an individual competent to conduct the inspection. See appendices A and B of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pre-departure.</I> At the beginning of each day the steam locomotive is used, an individual competent to do so shall, together with the daily inspection required in paragraph (a) of this section, inspect the steam locomotive and its tender and appurtenances to ensure that they are safe and suitable for service, paying special attention to the following items:
</P>
<P>(1) Water glasses and gauge cocks;
</P>
<P>(2) Boiler feedwater delivery systems, such as injectors and feedwater pumps; and
</P>
<P>(3) Air compressors and governors, and the air brake system.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inspection reports.</I> The results of the daily inspection shall be entered on an FRA Form No. 2 (See appendix C of this part) which shall contain, at a minimum, the name of the railroad, the initials and number of the steam locomotive, the place, date and time of the inspection, the signature of the employee making the inspection, a description of the non-complying conditions disclosed by the inspection, conditions found in non-compliance during the day and repaired and the signature of the person who repaired the non-conforming conditions. This report shall be filed even if no non-complying conditions are detected. A competent individual shall sign the report, certifying that all non-complying conditions were repaired before the steam locomotive is operated. This report shall be filed and retained for at least 92 days at the location designated by the steam locomotive owner and/or operator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.14" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.14   Thirty-one (31) service day inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> An individual competent to conduct the inspection shall perform the 31 service day inspection after the steam locomotive has accrued 31 service days. This inspection shall consist of all 31 service day inspection items and all daily inspection items. See appendix A of this part. Days in service shall be counted, recorded and readily available for inspection when requested by an FRA inspector.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>FRA notification.</I> The FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director or the Staff Director's delegate(s) may require a steam locomotive owner or operator to provide FRA with timely notification before performing a 31 service day inspection. If the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director or the Staff Director's delegate indicates their desire to be present for the 31 service day inspection, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall provide them a scheduled date and location for inspection. Once scheduled, the inspection must be performed at the time and place specified, unless the Staff Director and the steam locomotive owner and/or operator mutually agree to reschedule. If the Staff Director requests the inspection be performed on another date but the steam locomotive owner and/or operator and the Staff Director are unable to agree on a date for rescheduling, the inspection may be performed as scheduled.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing inspection reports.</I> Within 10 days of conducting the 31 service day inspection, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall file, for each steam locomotive inspected, a report of inspection (FRA Form No. 1), in the place where the steam locomotive is maintained and with the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director. When the report of annual inspection (FRA Form No. 3), is filed, the FRA Form No. 1 does not have to be filed until the next 31 service day inspection. (See appendix B of this part.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 90 FR 28167, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.15   Ninety-two (92) service day inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> An individual competent to conduct the inspection shall perform the 92 service day inspection after the steam locomotive has accrued 92 “service-days.” This inspection shall include all daily, all 31 service day, and all 92 service day inspection items. See appendix A of this part. Days in service shall be counted, recorded, and readily available for inspection when requested by an FRA inspector.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing inspection reports.</I> Within 10 days of conducting the 92 service day inspection, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall file, for each steam locomotive inspected, a report of inspection (FRA Form No. 1), in the place the locomotive is maintained and with the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director.
</P>
<P>When the report of annual inspection (FRA Form No. 3), is filed, the FRA Form No. 1 does not have to be filed until the next 92 service day inspection. (See appendix C of this part.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 90 FR 28167, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.16" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.16   Annual inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) An individual competent to conduct the inspection shall perform the annual inspection after 368 calendar days have elapsed from the time of the previous annual inspection. This inspection shall include all daily, all 31 service day, all 92 service day, and all annual inspection items. (See appendix B of this part.)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Fifth annual inspection.</I> An individual competent to do so shall perform a flexible staybolt and cap inspection in accordance with § 230.41 at each fifth annual inspection.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>FRA notification.</I> The FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director shall be provided written notice at least one month prior to an annual inspection and shall be afforded an opportunity to be present. If the Staff Director or the Director's delegate indicates a desire to be present, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator will provide a scheduled date and location for the inspection. Once scheduled, the inspection must be performed at the time and place specified, unless the Staff Director and the steam locomotive owner and/or operator mutually agree to reschedule. If the Staff Director requests the inspection be performed on another date but the steam locomotive owner and/or operator and the Staff Director are unable to agree on a date for rescheduling, the inspection may be performed as scheduled.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing inspection reports.</I> Within 10 days of completing the annual inspection, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall file, for each steam locomotive inspected, a report of inspection (FRA Form No. 3), in the place where the steam locomotive is maintained and with the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director. (See appendix A of this part.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 90 FR 28167, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.57.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.17   One thousand four hundred seventy-two (1472) service day inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Before any steam locomotive is initially put in service or brought out of retirement, and after every 1472 service days or 15 years, whichever is earlier, an individual competent to conduct the inspection shall inspect the entire boiler. In the case of a new locomotive or a locomotive being brought out of retirement, the initial 15 year period shall begin on the day that the locomotive is placed in service or 365 calendar days after the first flue tube is installed in the locomotive, whichever comes first. This 1472 service day inspection shall include all annual, and 5th annual, inspection requirements, as well as any items required by the steam locomotive owner and/or operator or the FRA inspector. At this time, the locomotive owner and/or operator shall complete, update and verify the locomotive specification card (FRA Form No. 4), to reflect the condition of the boiler at the time of this inspection. See appendices A and B of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing inspection reports.</I> Within 30 days of completing the 1472 service day inspection, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall, for each steam locomotive inspected, file in the place where the steam locomotive is maintained and with the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director a report of inspection (FRA Form No. 3), and a completed FRA Form No. 4. (See appendix C of this part.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 90 FR 28168, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="58" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.58" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Recordkeeping Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.18" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.58.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.18   Service days.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Service day record.</I> For every steam locomotive currently in service, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall have available, and be able to show an FRA inspector upon request, a current copy of the service day record that contains the number of service days the steam locomotive has accrued since the last 31, 92, Annual and 1472 service day inspections.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service day report.</I> By the 31st of every January, every steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall file a service day report, FRA Form No. 5, with the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director accounting for the days the steam locomotive was in service from January 1 through December 31st of the preceding year. If the steam locomotive was in service zero (0) days during that period, a report must still be filed to prevent the steam locomotive from being considered retired by FRA. (See appendix B of this part.)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Retirement where no service day reports filed.</I> Where the steam locomotive owner and/or operator does not file the required service day report for a steam locomotive, that steam locomotive may be considered retired by FRA. The steam locomotive owner and/or operator must complete all 1472 service day inspection items to return a retired steam locomotive to service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 90 FR 28168, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.58.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.19   Posting of FRA Form No. 1 and FRA Form No. 3.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>FRA Form No. 1.</I> The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall place a copy of the 31 and 92 service day inspection report (FRA Form No. 1), properly filled out, under transparent cover in a conspicuous place in the cab of the steam locomotive before the inspected boiler is put into service. This FRA Form No. 1 will not be required for the first 31 service days following an annual inspection and the posting of an FRA Form No. 3. (See appendix B of this part.)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>FRA Form No. 3.</I> In addition to the FRA Form No. 1, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall also maintain in the cab a current copy of FRA Form No. 3 in the manner described in paragraph (a) of this section. (See appendix C of this part.)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.20" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.58.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.20   Alteration and repair report for steam locomotive boilers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Alterations.</I> When an alteration is made to a steam locomotive boiler, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall file an alteration report (FRA Form No. 19), detailing the changes to the locomotive with the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director within 30 days from the date the work was completed. This form shall be attached to, and maintained with, the FRA Form No. 4 until such time as a new FRA Form No. 4 reflecting the alteration is submitted to the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director. Alteration reports shall be filed and maintained for the life of the boiler. (See appendix B of this part.)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Welded and riveted repairs to unstayed portions of the boiler.</I> Whenever welded or riveted repairs are performed on unstayed portions of a steam locomotive boiler, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall file with the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director, within 30 days from the time the work was completed, a repair report, FRA Form No. 19, that details the work done to the steam locomotive. Repair reports shall be filed and maintained for the life of the boiler. (See appendix B of this part.)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Welded and riveted repairs to stayed portions of the boiler.</I> Whenever welded or riveted repairs are performed on stayed portions of a steam locomotive boiler, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall complete a repair report (FRA Form No. 19), detailing the work done. Repair reports shall be maintained for the life of the boiler. (See appendix C of this part.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 90 FR 28168, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.58.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.21   Steam locomotive number change.</HEAD>
<P>When a steam locomotive number is changed, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator must reflect the change in the upper right-hand corner of all documentation related to the steam locomotive by showing the old and new numbers:
</P>
<P>Old No. 000
</P>
<P>New No. XXX.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.22" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.1.58.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.22   Accident reports.</HEAD>
<P>In the case of an accident due to failure, from any cause, of a steam locomotive boiler or any part or appurtenance thereof, resulting in serious injury or death to one or more persons, the railroad on whose line the accident occurred shall immediately make a telephone report of the accident by calling the National Response Center (toll free) at Area Code 800-424-0201. The report shall state the nature of the accident, the number of persons killed or seriously injured, the place at which it occurred, and the location where the steam locomotive may be inspected. Confirmation of this report shall be immediately mailed to the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, Washington, DC 20590, and contain a detailed report of the accident, including, to the extent known, the causes and a complete list of the casualties.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Boilers and Appurtenances</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.59.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.23   Responsibility for general construction and safe working pressure.</HEAD>
<P>The steam locomotive owner and operator are responsible for the general design and construction of the steam locomotive boilers under their control. The steam locomotive owner shall establish the safe working pressure for each steam locomotive boiler, after giving full consideration to the general design, workmanship, age, and overall condition of the complete boiler unit. The condition of the boiler unit shall be determined by, among other factors, the minimum thickness of the shell plates, the lowest tensile strength of the plates, the efficiency of the longitudinal joint, the inside diameter of the course, and the maximum allowable stress value allowed. The steam locomotive operator shall not place the steam locomotive in service before ensuring that the steam locomotive's safe working pressure has been established.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="59" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.59" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Allowable Stress</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.24" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.59.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.24   Maximum allowable stress.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Maximum allowable stress value.</I> The maximum allowable stress value on any component of a steam locomotive boiler shall not exceed 
<FR>1/4</FR> of the ultimate tensile strength of its material.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safety factor.</I> When it is necessary to use the code of original construction in boiler calculations, the safety factor value shall not be less than 4.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.59.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.25   Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces.</HEAD>
<P>The maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on fire box and combustion chamber stays shall be 7,500 psi. The maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on round, rectangular, or gusset braces shall be 9,000 psi.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="60" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.60" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Strength of Materials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.26" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.60.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.26   Tensile strength of shell plates.</HEAD>
<P>When the tensile strength of steel or wrought-iron shell plates is not known, it shall be taken at 50,000 psi for steel and 45,000 psi for wrought iron.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.27" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.60.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.27   Maximum shearing strength of rivets.</HEAD>
<P>The maximum shearing strength of rivets per square inch of cross sectional area shall be taken as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rivets
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pounds per square inch
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iron Rivets in Single Shear</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Iron Rivets in Double Shear</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Steel Rivets in Single Shear</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Steel Rivets in Double Shear</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.28" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.60.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.28   Higher shearing strength of rivets.</HEAD>
<P>A higher shearing strength may be used for rivets when it can be shown through testing that the rivet material used is of such quality as to justify a higher allowable shearing strength.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="61" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.61" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Inspection and Repair</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.29" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.61.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.29   Inspection and repair.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Responsibility.</I> The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall inspect and repair all steam locomotive boilers and appurtenances under their control. They shall immediately remove from service any boiler that has developed cracks in the barrel. The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall also remove the boiler from service whenever either of them, or the FRA inspector, considers it necessary due to other defects.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Repair standards.</I> (1) All defects disclosed by inspection shall be repaired in accordance with accepted industry standards—which may include established railroad practices, or NBIC or API established standards—before the steam locomotive is returned to service. The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall not return the steam locomotive boiler or appurtenances to service unless they are in good condition and safe and suitable for service.
</P>
<P>(2) Any welding to unstayed portions of the boiler made pursuant to § 230.33 shall be made in accordance with an accepted national standard for boiler repairs. The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall not return the steam locomotive boiler or appurtenances to service unless they are in good condition and safe and suitable for service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.30" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.61.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.30   Lap-joint seam boilers.</HEAD>
<P>Every boiler having lap-joint longitudinal seams without reinforcing plates shall have sufficient lagging, jacketing, flues, and tubes removed at every annual inspection so that an inspection of the entire joint, inside and out, can be made, taking special care to detect grooving or cracks at the edges of the seams.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.31" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.61.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.31   Flues to be removed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Inspection of the boiler interior.</I> During the 1472 service day inspection, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall remove all flues of steam locomotive boilers in service, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, for the purpose of inspecting the entire interior of the boiler and its bracing. After removing the flues, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall enter the boiler to remove scale from the interior and thoroughly clean and inspect it.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>NDE testing.</I> If the boiler can be thoroughly cleaned and inspected without removing the superheater flues, and it can be shown through appropriate NDE testing methods that they are safe and suitable for service, their removal may not be required at this time. Their removal may be required, however, if the FRA inspector, or the steam locomotive owner and/or operator, considers it necessary due to identifiable safety concerns.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.32" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.61.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.32   Time and method of inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time of inspection.</I> The entire boiler shall completely be inspected at the 1472 service day inspection. The jacket, lagging and any other components interfering with the provision of inspection access shall be removed at this time. Those portions of the boiler that are exposed and able to be inspected as required by the daily, 31service day, annual and fifth annual inspections shall be inspected at those times. The interior of the boiler also shall be inspected at each annual inspection, after the completion of any hydrostatic test above MAWP, and whenever a sufficient number of flues are removed to allow examination. The jacket, lagging and any other components shall also be removed to provide inspection access whenever the FRA inspector, or the steam locomotive owner and/or operator, considers it necessary due to identifiable safety concerns.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Method of inspection</I>—(1) <I>Entire boiler.</I> During the 1472 service day inspection, the entire boiler shall be examined for cracks, pitting, grooving, or indications of overheating and for damage where mud has collected, or heavy scale formed. The edges of plates, all laps, seams, and points where cracks and defects are likely to develop, shall be thoroughly inspected. Rivets shall be inspected for corrosion and looseness.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Boiler interior.</I> When inspecting the boiler interior, it must be seen that braces and stays are taut, that pins are properly secured in place, and that each is in condition to support its proportion of the load. Washout plugs shall be removed for access and visual inspection of the water side of the firebox sheets. Washout plug threads, sleeves and threaded openings shall be examined at this time.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Boiler exterior.</I> A thorough inspection shall be made of the entire exterior of the boiler while under hydrostatic pressure.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.33" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.61.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.33   Welded repairs and alterations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Unstayed portions of the boiler containing alloy steel or carbon steel with a carbon content over 0.25 percent.</I> Prior to welding on unstayed portions of the boiler, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall submit a written request for approval to the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director. If the approval is granted, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall perform any welding to unstayed portions of the boiler in accordance with an accepted national standard for boiler repairs. The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall satisfy reporting requirements in § 230.20 at this time.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Unstayed portions of the boiler containing carbon steel not exceeding 0.25 percent carbon.</I> The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall perform any welding to unstayed portions of the boiler in accordance with an accepted national standard for boiler repairs. The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall satisfy reporting requirements in § 230.20 at this time.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Wastage.</I> The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall submit a written request for approval to the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director before performing weld build up on wasted areas of unstayed surfaces of the boiler that exceed a total of 100 square inches or the smaller of 25 percent of minimum required wall thickness or 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch. Wasted sheets shall not be repaired by weld build up if the wasted sheet has been reduced to less than 60 percent of the minimum required thickness as required by this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Flush patches.</I> The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall submit a written request for approval to the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director for the installation of flush patches of any size on unstayed portions of the boiler.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Stayed portions of the boiler.</I> The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall perform welded repairs or alterations on stayed portions of the boiler in accordance with established railroad practices, or an accepted national standard for boiler repairs. The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall satisfy the reporting requirements in § 230.20 at this time.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 90 FR 28168, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.34" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.61.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.34   Riveted repairs and alterations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Alterations to unstayed portions of the boiler.</I> Prior to making riveted alterations on unstayed portions of the boiler, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall submit a written request for approval to the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director. If approval is granted, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall perform any riveting to unstayed portions of the boiler in accordance with established railroad practices or an accepted national standard for boiler repairs. The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall satisfy reporting requirements in § 230.20.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Repairs to unstayed portions of the boiler.</I> The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall perform any riveted repairs to unstayed portions of the boiler in accordance with established railroad practices, or an accepted national standard for boiler repairs. The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall satisfy reporting requirements in § 230.20 at this time.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Repairs to stayed portions of the boiler.</I> The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall perform riveted repairs or alterations on stayed portions of the boiler in accordance with established railroad practices or an accepted national standard for boiler repairs. The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall satisfy reporting requirements in § 230.20 at this time.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 90 FR 28168, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="62" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.62" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Pressure Testing of Boilers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.35" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.62.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.35   Pressure testing.</HEAD>
<P>The temperature of the steam locomotive boiler shall be raised to at least 70 deg. F any time hydrostatic pressure is applied to the boiler.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.36" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.62.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.36   Hydrostatic testing of boilers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time of test.</I> The locomotive owner and/or operator shall hydrostatically test every boiler at the following times:
</P>
<P>(1) During the 1472 service day inspection, and at every annual inspection thereafter;
</P>
<P>(2) After making any alteration to the boiler;
</P>
<P>(3) After installing a flush patch on an unstayed portion of the boiler; and
</P>
<P>(4) After any riveting on an unstayed portion of the boiler.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Method of testing.</I> The metal temperature of the boiler shall be between 70 degrees Fahrenheit and 120 degrees Fahrenheit each time it is subjected to any hydrostatic pressure. Hydrostatic testing required by these rules shall be conducted at 25 percent above the MAWP.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Internal inspection.</I> An internal inspection of the boiler shall be conducted following any hydrostatic test where the pressure exceeds MAWP.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.37" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.62.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.37   Steam test following repairs or alterations.</HEAD>
<P>Upon completion of any repair or alteration, the locomotive owner and/or operator shall conduct a steam test of the boiler with steam pressure raised to between 95 percent and 100 percent of the MAWP. At this time, the boiler shall be inspected to ensure that it is in a safe and suitable condition for service.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="63" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.63" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Staybolts</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.38" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.63.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.38   Telltale holes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Staybolts less than 8 inches long.</I> All staybolts shorter than 8 inches, except flexible bolts, shall have telltale holes 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch to 
<FR>7/32</FR> inch diameter and at least 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches deep in the outer end.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reduced body staybolts.</I> On reduced body staybolts, the telltale hole shall extend beyond the fillet and into the reduced section of the staybolt. Staybolts may have through telltale holes.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Telltale holes kept open.</I> All telltale holes, except as provided for in § 230.41, must be kept open at all times.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.39" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.63.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.39   Broken staybolts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Maximum allowable number of broken staybolts.</I> No boiler shall be allowed to remain in service with two broken staybolts located within 24 inches of each other, as measured inside the firebox or combustion chamber on a straight line. No boiler shall be allowed to remain in service with more than 4 broken staybolts inside the entire firebox and combustion chamber, combined.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Staybolt replacement.</I> Broken staybolts must be replaced during the 31 service day inspection, if detected at that time. Broken staybolts detected in between 31 service day inspections must be replaced no later than 30 calendar days from the time of detection. When staybolts 8 inches or less in length are replaced, they shall be replaced with bolts that have telltale holes 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch to 
<FR>7/32</FR> inch in diameter and at least 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches deep at each end, or that have telltale holes 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch to 
<FR>7/32</FR> inch in diameter their entire length. At the time of replacement of broken staybolts, adjacent staybolts shall be inspected.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Assessment of broken staybolts.</I> Telltale holes leaking, plugged, or missing shall be counted as broken staybolts.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Prohibited methods of closing telltale holes.</I> Welding, forging, or riveting broken staybolt ends is prohibited as a method of closing telltale holes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.40" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.63.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.40   Time and method of staybolt testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time of hammer testing</I>—(1) General. All staybolts shall be hammer tested at every 31 service day inspection, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. All staybolts also shall be hammer tested under hydrostatic pressure any time hydrostatic pressure above the MAWP specified on the boiler specification form (FRA Form No. 4), is applied to the boiler. (See appendix B of this part.)
</P>
<P>(2) Exception for inaccessible staybolts. The removal of brickwork or grate bearers for the purpose of hammer testing staybolts during each 31 service day inspection will not be required if the staybolts behind these structural impediments have a telltale hole 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch to 
<FR>7/32</FR> inch in diameter their entire length. Whenever the brickwork or grate bearers are removed for any other reason, however, the bolts shall be inspected at that time.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Method of hammer testing.</I> If staybolts are tested while the boiler contains water, the hydrostatic pressure must be not less than 95 percent of the MAWP. The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall tap each bolt with a hammer and determine broken bolts from the sound or the vibration of the sheet. Whenever staybolts are tested while the boiler is not under pressure, such as during the 31 service day inspection, the staybolt test must be made with all the water drained from the boiler.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.41" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.63.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.41   Flexible staybolts with caps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Flexible staybolts with caps shall have their caps removed during every 5th annual inspection for the purpose of inspecting the bolts for breakage, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Drilled flexible staybolts.</I> For flexible staybolts that have telltale holes between 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch and 
<FR>7/32</FR> inch in diameter, and which extend the entire length of the bolt and into the head not less than one third of the diameter of the head, the steam locomotive owner and/or operator need not remove the staybolt caps if it can be established, by an electrical or other suitable method, that the telltale holes are open their entire length. Any leakage from these telltale holes during the hydrostatic test indicates that the bolt is broken and must be replaced. Before the steam locomotive is placed in service, the inner ends of all telltale holes shall be closed with a fireproof porous material that will keep the telltale holes free of foreign matter and permit steam or water to exit the telltale hole when the bolt is broken or fractured.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The removal of flexible staybolt caps and other tests shall be reported on FRA Form No. 3. (See appendix B of this part.)
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Testing at request of FRA inspector.</I> Staybolt caps also shall be removed, or any of the tests in this section made, whenever the FRA inspector or the steam locomotive owner and/or operator considers it necessary due to identifiable safety concerns about the condition of staybolts, staybolt caps or staybolt sleeves.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="64" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.64" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Steam Gauges</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.42" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.64.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.42   Location of gauges.</HEAD>
<P>Every boiler shall have at least one steam gauge which will correctly indicate the working pressure. The gauge shall be positioned so that it will be kept reasonably cool and can conveniently be read by the engine crew.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.43" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.64.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.43   Gauge siphon.</HEAD>
<P>The steam gauge supply pipe shall have a siphon on it of ample capacity to prevent steam from entering the gauge. The supply pipe shall directly enter the boiler and be maintained steam tight. The supply pipe and its connections shall be cleaned each time the gauge is tested.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.44" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.64.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.44   Time of testing.</HEAD>
<P>Steam gauges shall be tested prior to being installed or being reapplied, during the 92 service day inspection, and whenever any irregularity is reported.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.45" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.64.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.45   Method of testing.</HEAD>
<P>Steam gauges shall be compared with an accurate test gauge or dead weight tester. While under test load at the MAWP of the boiler to which the gauge will be applied, the gauge shall be set to read that pressure as accurately as the physical limitations of the gauge will allow. Under test the gauge shall read within the manufacturer's tolerance at all points on the gauge up to 25 percent above the allowed pressure. If the manufacturer's tolerance is not known, the gauge must read within 2 percent full scale accuracy at all points on the gauge up to 25 percent above allowed pressure.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.46" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.64.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.46   Badge plates.</HEAD>
<P>A metal badge plate showing the allowed steam pressure shall be attached to the boiler backhead in the cab. If boiler backhead is lagged, the lagging and jacket shall be cut away so that the plate can be seen.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.47" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.64.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.47   Boiler number.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> The builder's number of the boiler, if known, shall be stamped on the steam dome or manhole flange. If the builder's number cannot be obtained, an assigned number, which shall be used in making out specification cards, shall be stamped on the steam dome or manhole flange.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Numbers after January 10, 1912.</I> Numbers which are stamped after January 10, 1912 shall be located on the front side of the steam dome or manhole flange at the upper edge of the vertical surface, oriented in a horizontal manner, and have figures at least 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch high.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Name of manufacturer or owner.</I> The number shall be preceded by the name of the manufacturer if the original number is known or the name of the steam locomotive owner if a new number is assigned.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="65" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.65" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Safety Relief Valves</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.48" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.65.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.48   Number and capacity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Number and capacity.</I> Every boiler shall be equipped with at least two safety relief valves, suitable for the service intended, that are capable of preventing an accumulation of pressure greater than 6 percent above the MAWP under any conditions of service. An FRA inspector may require verification of sufficient safety valve relieving capacity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determination of capacity.</I> Safety relief valve capacity may be determined by making an accumulation test with the fire in good, bright condition and all steam outlets closed. Additional safety relief valve capacity shall be provided if the safety relief valves allow an excess pressure of more than 6 percent above the MAWP during this test.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.49" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.65.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.49   Setting of safety relief valves.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Qualifications of individual who adjusts.</I> Safety relief valves shall be set and adjusted by a competent person who is thoroughly familiar with the construction and operation of the valve being set.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Opening pressures.</I> At least one safety relief valve shall be set to open at a pressure not exceeding the MAWP. Safety relief valves shall be set to open at pressures not exceeding 6 psi above the MAWP.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Setting procedures.</I> When setting safety relief valves, two steam gauges shall be used, one of which must be so located that it will be in full view of the persons engaged in setting such valves; and if the pressure indicated by the gauges varies more than 3 psi they shall be removed from the boiler, tested, and corrected before the safety relief valves are set. Gauges shall in all cases be tested immediately before the safety relief valves are set or any change made in the setting. When setting safety relief valves, the water level shall not be higher than 
<FR>3/4</FR> of the length of the visible water glass, as measured from the bottom of the glass.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Labeling of lowest set pressure.</I> The set pressure of the lowest safety relief valve shall be indicated on a tag or label attached to the steam gauge so that it may be clearly read while observing the steam gauge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.50" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.65.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.50   Time of testing.</HEAD>
<P>All safety relief valves shall be tested, and adjusted if necessary, under steam at every 92 service day inspection, and also whenever any irregularity is reported.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="66" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.66" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Water Glasses and Gauge Cocks</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.51" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.66.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.51   Number and location.</HEAD>
<P>Every boiler shall be equipped with at least two water glasses. The lowest reading of the water glasses shall not be less than 3 inches above the highest part of the crown sheet. If gauge cocks are used, the reading of the lowest gauge cock shall not be less than 3 inches above the highest part of the crown sheet.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.52" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.66.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.52   Water glass valves.</HEAD>
<P>All water glasses shall be equipped with no more than two valves capable of isolating the water glass from the boiler. They shall also be equipped with a drain valve capable of evacuating the glass when it is so isolated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.53" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.66.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.53   Time of cleaning.</HEAD>
<P>The spindles of all water glass valves and of all gauge cocks shall be removed and valves and cocks thoroughly cleaned of scale and sediment at every 31 service day inspection, and when testing indicates that the apparatus may be malfunctioning. In addition, the top and bottom passages of the water column shall be cleaned and inspected at each annual inspection.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.54" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.66.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.54   Testing and maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Testing.</I> All water glasses must be blown out, all gauge cocks must be tested, and all passages verified to be open at the beginning of each day the locomotive is used, and as often as necessary to ensure proper functioning.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Maintenance.</I> Gauge cocks, water column drain valves, and water glass valves must be maintained in such condition that they can easily be opened and closed by hand, without the aid of a wrench or other tool.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.55" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.66.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.55   Tubular type water and lubricator glasses and shields.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Water glasses.</I> Tubular type water glasses shall be renewed at each 92 service day inspection.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Shields.</I> All tubular water glasses and lubricator glasses must be equipped with a safe and suitable shield which will prevent the glass from flying in case of breakage. This shield shall be properly maintained.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Location and maintenance.</I> Water glasses and water glass shields shall be so located, constructed, and maintained that the engine crew can at all times have an unobstructed view of the water in the glass from their proper positions in the cab.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.56" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.66.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.56   Water glass lamps.</HEAD>
<P>All water glasses must be supplied with a suitable lamp properly located to enable the engine crew to easily see the water in the glass.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="67" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.67" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Injectors, Feedwater Pumps, and Flue Plugs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.57" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.67.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.57   Injectors and feedwater pumps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Water delivery systems required.</I> Each steam locomotive must be equipped with at least two means of delivering water to the boiler, at least one of which is a live steam injector.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Maintenance and testing.</I> Injectors and feedwater pumps must be kept in good condition, free from scale, and must be tested at the beginning of each day the locomotive is used, and as often as conditions require, to ensure that they are delivering water to the boiler. Boiler checks, delivery pipes, feed water pipes, tank hose and tank valves must be kept in good condition, free from leaks and from foreign substances that would obstruct the flow of water.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Bracing.</I> Injectors, feedwater pumps, and all associated piping shall be securely braced so as to minimize vibration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.58" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.67.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.58   Flue plugs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When plugging is permitted.</I> Flues greater than 2
<FR>1/4</FR> inches in outside diameter (OD) shall not be plugged. Flues 2
<FR>1/4</FR> inches in outside diameter (OD) or smaller may be plugged following failure, provided only one flue is plugged at any one time. Plugs must be removed and proper repairs made no later than 30 days from the time the plug is applied.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Method of plugging.</I> When used, flue plugs must be made of steel. The flue must be plugged at both ends. Plugs must be tied together by means of a steel rod not less than 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch in diameter.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="68" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.68" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Fusible Plugs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.59" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.68.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.59   Fusible plugs.</HEAD>
<P>If boilers are equipped with fusible plugs, the plugs shall be removed and cleaned of scale each time the boiler is washed but not less frequently than during every 31 service day inspection. Their removal shall be noted on the FRA Form No. 1 or FRA Form No. 3. (See appendix B of this part.)


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="69" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.69" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Washing Boilers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.60" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.69.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.60   Time of washing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Frequency of washing.</I> All boilers shall thoroughly be washed as often as the water conditions require, but not less frequently than at each 31 service day inspection. The date of the boiler wash shall be noted on the FRA Form No. 1 or FRA Form No. 3. (See appendix B of this part.)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Plug removal.</I> All washout plugs, arch tube plugs, thermic siphon plugs, circulator plugs and water bar plugs must be removed whenever locomotive boilers are washed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Plug maintenance.</I> All washout plugs, washout plug sleeves and threaded openings shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service and shall be examined for defects each time the plugs are removed.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Fusible plugs cleaned.</I> Fusible plugs shall be cleaned in accordance with § 230.59.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.61" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.69.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.61   Arch tubes, water bar tubes, circulators and thermic siphons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Frequency of cleaning.</I> Each time the boiler is washed, arch tubes and water bar tubes shall thoroughly be cleaned mechanically, washed, and inspected. Circulators and thermic siphons shall thoroughly be cleaned, washed and inspected.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Defects.</I> Arch tubes and water bar tubes found blistered, bulged, or otherwise defective shall be renewed. Circulators and thermic siphons found blistered, bulged or otherwise defective shall be either repaired or renewed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Method of examination.</I> Arch tubes, water bar tubes and circulators shall be examined using an appropriate NDE method that accurately measures wall thickness at each annual inspection. All arch brick shall be removed for this inspection. If any are found with wall thickness reduced below that required to render them safe and suitable for the service intended at the MAWP specified on the boiler specification FRA Form No. 4, they must be replaced or repaired. (See appendix B of this part.)


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="70" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.70" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Steam Pipes</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.62" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.70.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.62   Dry pipe.</HEAD>
<P>Dry pipes subject to pressure shall be examined at each annual inspection to measure wall thickness. Dry pipes with wall thickness reduced below that required to render the pipe suitable for the service intended at the MAWP must be replaced or repaired.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.63" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.70.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.63   Smoke box, steam pipes and pressure parts.</HEAD>
<P>The smoke box, steam pipes and pressure parts shall be inspected at each annual inspection, or any other time that conditions warrant. The individual conducting the inspection must enter the smoke box to conduct the inspection, looking for signs of leaks from any of the pressure parts therein and examining all draft appliances.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="71" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.71" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Steam Leaks</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.64" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.71.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.64   Leaks under lagging.</HEAD>
<P>The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall take out of service at once any boiler that has developed a leak under the lagging due to a crack in the shell, or to any other condition which may reduce safety. Pursuant to § 230.29, the boiler must be repaired before being returned to service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.65" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.2.71.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.65   Steam blocking view of engine crew.</HEAD>
<P>The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall keep the boiler, and its piping and appurtenances, in such repair that they do not emit steam in a manner that obscures the engine crew's vision.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Steam Locomotives and Tenders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.66" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.72.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.66   Design, construction, and maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>The steam locomotive owner and operator are responsible for the general design, construction and maintenance of the steam locomotives and tenders under their control.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.67" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.72.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.67   Responsibility for inspection and repairs.</HEAD>
<P>The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall inspect and repair all steam locomotives and tenders under their control. All defects disclosed by any inspection shall be repaired in accordance with accepted industry standards, which may include established railroad practices, before the steam locomotive or tender is returned to service. The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall not return the steam locomotive or tender to service unless they are in good condition and safe and suitable for service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="72" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.72" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Speed Indicators</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.68" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.72.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.68   Speed indicators.</HEAD>
<P>Steam locomotives that operate at speeds in excess of 20 miles per hour over the general system of railroad transportation shall be equipped with speed indicators. Where equipped, speed indicators shall be maintained to ensure accurate functioning.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="73" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.73" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Ash Pans</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.69" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.73.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.69   Ash pans.</HEAD>
<P>Ash pans shall be securely supported from mud-rings or frames with no part less than 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches above the rail. Their operating mechanism shall be so arranged that they may be safely operated and securely closed.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="74" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.74" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Brake and Signal Equipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.70" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.74.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.70   Safe condition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pre-departure inspection.</I> At the beginning of each day the locomotive is used, the steam locomotive operator shall ensure that:
</P>
<P>(1) The brakes on the steam locomotive and tender are in safe and suitable condition for service;
</P>
<P>(2) The air compressor or compressors are in condition to provide an ample supply of air for the locomotive service intended;
</P>
<P>(3) The devices for regulating all pressures are properly performing their functions;
</P>
<P>(4) The brake valves work properly in all positions; and
</P>
<P>(5) The water has been drained from the air-brake system.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake pipe valve required.</I> Each steam locomotive shall have a brake pipe valve attached to the front of the tender, the rear of the back cab wall, or adjacent to the exit of a vestibuled cab. The words “Emergency Brake Valve” shall be clearly displayed near the valve.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.71" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.74.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.71   Orifice testing of compressors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Frequency of testing.</I> The compressor or compressors shall be tested for capacity by orifice test as often as conditions may require, but not less frequently than once every 92 service days.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Orifice testing criteria.</I> (1) Compressors in common use, as listed in the following table, shall have orifice test criteria as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Make
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Compressor size
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Single strokes per minute
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Diameter of orifice
<br/>(in inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Air pressure maintained
<br/>(in pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Westinghouse</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>11/64</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Westinghouse</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Westinghouse</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150 CFM 8
<fr>1/2</fr> CC</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>9/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Westinghouse</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 CFM 8
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>15/64</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New York</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2a</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New York</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6a</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>13/64</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">New York</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5b</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>15/64</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note:</E> This table shall be used for altitudes to and including 1,000 feet. For altitudes over 1,000 feet the speed of compressor may be increased 5 single strokes per minute for each 1,000 feet increase in altitude.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) For compressors not listed in the table in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the air pressure to be maintained shall be no less than 80 percent of the manufacturer's rated capacity for the compressor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.72" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.74.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.72   Testing main reservoirs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hammer and hydrostatic testing.</I> Except as described in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, every main reservoir, except those cast integrally with the frame, shall be hammer and hydrostatically tested during each annual inspection. The reservoir shall be hammer tested while empty and with no pressure applied. If no defective areas are detected, a hydrostatic test of MAWP shall be applied.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Drilling of main reservoirs.</I> (1) Only welded main reservoir originally constructed to withstand at least five times the MAWP may be drilled over its entire surface with telltale holes that are 
<FR>3/16</FR> of an inch in diameter. The holes shall be spaced not more than 12 inches apart, measured both longitudinally and circumferentially, and drilled from the outer surface to an extreme depth determined by the following formula: 
</P>
<FP-2>D = (.6PR/(S−.6P)) 
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where: 
</FP>
<FP-2>D = Extreme depth of telltale holes in inches but in no case less than one-sixteenth inch;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = certified working pressure in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S = 
<FR>1/5</FR> of the minimum specified tensile strength of the material in psi; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>R = inside radius of the reservoir in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) One row of holes shall be drilled lengthwise of the reservoir on a line intersecting the drain opening. When main reservoirs are drilled as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the hydrostatic and hammer tests described in paragraph (a) of this section are not required during the annual inspection. Whenever any telltale hole shall have penetrated the interior of any reservoir, the reservoir shall be permanently withdrawn from service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Welded main reservoirs without longitudinal lap seams.</I> For welded main reservoirs that do not have longitudinal lap seams, an appropriate NDE method that can measure the wall thickness of the reservoir may be used instead of the hammer test and hydrostatic test required in paragraph (a) of this section. The spacing of the sampling points for wall thickness shall not be greater than 12 inches longitudinally and circumferentially. The reservoir shall permanently be withdrawn from service where the NDE testing reveals wall thickness less than the value determined by the following formula: 
</P>
<FP-2>t = (PR/(S−.6P) 
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where: 
</FP>
<FP-2>t = Minimum value for wall thickness;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Certified working pressure in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S = 
<FR>1/5</FR> of the minimum specified tensile strength of the material in psi, or 10,000 psi if the tensile strength is unknown; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>R = Inside radius of the reservoir in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Welded or riveted longitudinal lap seam main reservoirs.</I> (1) For welded or riveted longitudinal lap seam main reservoirs, an appropriate NDE method that can measure wall thickness of the reservoir shall be used instead of, or in addition to, the hammer test and hydrostatic test. The spacing of the sampling points for wall thickness shall not be greater than 12 inches longitudinally and circumferentially. Particular care shall be taken to measure along the longitudinal seam on both plates at an interval of no more than 6 inches longitudinally. The reservoir shall be withdrawn permanently from service where NDE testing reveals wall thickness less than the value determined by the following formula: 
</P>
<FP-2>t = (PR/(0.5S−0.6P)) 
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>t = Minimum value for wall thickness;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Certified working pressure in psi;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S = 
<FR>1/5</FR> of the minimum specified tensile strength of the material in psi, or 10,000 psi if the tensile strength of steel is unknown; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>R = Inside radius of the reservoir in inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Repairs of reservoirs with reduced wall thickness are prohibited.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.73" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.74.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.73   Air gauges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Location.</I> Air gauges shall be so located that they may be conveniently read by the engineer from his or her usual position in the cab. No air gauge may be more than 3 psi in error.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Frequency of testing.</I> Air gauges shall be tested prior to reapplication following removal, as well as during the 92 service day inspection and whenever any irregularity is reported.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Method of testing.</I> Air gauges shall be tested using an accurate test gauge or dead weight tester designed for this purpose.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.74" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.74.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.74   Time of cleaning.</HEAD>
<P>All valves in the air brake system, including related dirt collectors and filters, shall be cleaned and tested in accordance with accepted brake equipment manufacturer's specifications, or as often as conditions require to maintain them in a safe and suitable condition for service, but not less frequently than after 368 service days or during the second annual inspection, whichever occurs first.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.75" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.74.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.75   Stenciling dates of tests and cleaning.</HEAD>
<P>The date of testing and cleaning and the initials of the shop or station at which the work is done, shall legibly be stenciled in a conspicuous place on the tested parts or placed on a card displayed under a transparent cover in the cab of the steam locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.76" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.74.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.76   Piston travel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Minimum piston travel.</I> The minimum piston travel shall be sufficient to provide proper brake shoe clearance when the brakes are released.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Maximum piston travel.</I> The maximum piston travel when steam locomotive is standing shall be as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> Type of wheel brake
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum piston travel (in inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cam Type Driving Wheel Brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other forms of Driving Wheel Brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Engine Truck Brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tender Brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.77" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.74.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.77   Foundation brake gear.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Maintenance.</I> Foundation brake gear shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service. Levers, rods, brake beams, hangers, and pins shall be of ample strength, and shall not be fouled in any way which will affect the proper operation of the brake. All pins shall be properly secured in place with cotter pine, split keys, or nuts. Brake shoes must be properly applied and kept approximately in line with the tread of the wheel.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Distance above the rails.</I> No part of the foundation brake gear of the steam locomotive or tender shall be less than 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches above the rails.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.78" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.74.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.78   Leakage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Main reservoirs and related piping.</I> Leakage from main reservoir and related piping shall be tested at every 92 service day inspection and shall not exceed an average of 3 psi per minute in a test of 3 minutes duration that is made after the pressure has been reduced to 60 percent of the maximum operating pressure.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake cylinders.</I> Leakage from brake cylinders shall be tested at every 92 service day inspection. With a full service application from maximum brake pipe pressure, and with communication to the brake cylinders closed, the brakes on the steam locomotive and tender must remain applied for a minimum of 5 minutes.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Brake pipes.</I> Steam locomotive brake pipe leakage shall be tested at the beginning of each day the locomotive is used, and shall not exceed 5 psi per minute.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.79" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.74.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.79   Train signal system.</HEAD>
<P>Where utilized, the train signal system, or any other form of on-board communication, shall be tested and known to be in safe and suitable condition for service at the beginning of each day the locomotive is used.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="75" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.75" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Cabs, Warning Signals, Sanders and Lights</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.80" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.75.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.80   Cabs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> Cabs shall be securely attached or braced and maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service. Cab windows of steam locomotives shall provide an undistorted view of the track and signals for the crew from their normal position in the cab. Cab floors shall be kept free of tripping or slipping hazards. The cab climate shall be maintained to provide an environment that does not unreasonably interfere with the engine crew's performance of their duties under ordinary conditions of service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steam pipes.</I> Steam pipes shall not be fastened to the cab. New construction or renewals made of iron or steel pipe greater than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch NPS that are subject to boiler pressure in cabs shall have a minimum wall thickness equivalent to schedule 80 pipe, with properly rated valves and fittings. Live steam heating radiators must not be fastened to the cab. Exhaust steam radiators may be fastened to the cab.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Oil-burning steam locomotives.</I> If the cab is enclosed, oil burning steam locomotives that take air for combustion through the fire-door opening shall have a suitable conduit extending from the fire-door to the outside of the cab.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.81" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.75.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.81   Cab aprons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> Cab aprons shall be of proper length and width to ensure safety. Cab aprons shall be securely hinged, maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service, and roughened, or other provision made, to afford secure footing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Width of apron.</I> The cab apron shall be of a sufficient width to prevent, when the drawbar is disconnected and the safety chains or the safety bars are taut, the apron from dropping between the steam locomotive and tender.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.82" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.75.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.82   Fire doors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> Each steam locomotive shall have a fire door which shall latch securely when closed and which shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service. Fire doors on all oil-burning locomotives shall be latched securely with a pin or key.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Mechanically operated fire doors.</I> Mechanically operated fire doors shall be so constructed and maintained that they may be operated by pressure of the foot on a pedal, or other suitable appliance, located on the floor of the cab or tender at a suitable distance from the fire door, so that they may be conveniently operated by the person firing the steam locomotive.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hand-operated doors.</I> Hand operated fire doors shall be so constructed and maintained that they may be conveniently operated by the person firing the steam locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.83" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.75.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.83   Cylinder cocks.</HEAD>
<P>Each steam locomotive shall be equipped with cylinder cocks which can be operated from the cab of the steam locomotive. All cylinder cocks shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.84" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.75.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.84   Sanders.</HEAD>
<P>Steam locomotives shall be equipped with operable sanders that deposit sand on the rail head in front of a set of driving wheels. Sanders shall be tested at the beginning of each day the locomotive is used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.85" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.75.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.85   Audible warning device.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> Each steam locomotive shall be equipped with an audible warning device that produces a minimum sound level of 96db(A) at 100 feet in front of the steam locomotive in its direction of travel. The device shall be arranged so that it may conveniently be operated by the engineer from his or her normal position in the cab.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Method of measurement.</I> Measurement of the sound level shall be made using a sound level meter conforming, at a minimum, to the requirements of ANSI S1.4-1971, Type 2, and set to an A-weighted slow response. While the steam locomotive is on level, tangent track, the microphone shall be positioned 4 feet above the ground at the center line of the track and shall be oriented with respect to the sound source in accordance with the microphone manufacturer's recommendations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.86" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.75.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.86   Required illumination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> Each steam locomotive used between sunset and sunrise shall be equipped with an operable headlight that provides illumination sufficient for a steam locomotive engineer in the cab to see, in a clear atmosphere, a dark object as large as a man of average size standing at least 800 feet ahead and in front of such headlight. If a steam locomotive is regularly required to run backward for any portion of its trip other than to pick up a detached portion of its train or to make terminal movements, it shall also be equipped on its rear end with an operable headlight that is capable of providing the illumination described in this paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dimming device.</I> Such headlights shall be provided with a device whereby the light from same may be diminished in yards and at stations or when meeting trains.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Where multiple locomotives utilized.</I> When two or more locomotives are used in the same train, the leading locomotive only will be required to display a headlight.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.87" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.75.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.87   Cab lights.</HEAD>
<P>Each steam locomotive shall have cab lights that sufficiently illuminate the control instruments, meters and gauges to allow the engine crew to make accurate readings from their usual and proper positions in the cab. These lights shall be so located and constructed that the light will shine only on those parts requiring illumination and does not interfere with the engine crew's vision of the track and signals. Each steam locomotive shall also have a conveniently located additional lamp that can be readily turned on and off by the persons operating the steam locomotive and that provides sufficient illumination to read train orders and timetables.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="76" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.76" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Throttles and Reversing Gear</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.88" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.76.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.88   Throttles.</HEAD>
<P>Throttles shall be maintained in safe and suitable condition for service, and efficient means shall be provided to hold the throttle lever in any desired position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.89" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.76.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.89   Reverse gear.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> Reverse gear, reverse levers, and quadrants shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service. Reverse lever latch shall be so arranged that it can be easily disengaged, and provided with a spring which will keep it firmly seated in quadrant. Proper counterbalance shall be provided for the valve gear.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Air-operated power reverse gear.</I> Steam locomotives that are equipped with air operated power reverse gear shall be equipped with a connection whereby such gear may be operated by steam or by an auxiliary supply of air in case of failure of the main reservoir air pressure. The operating valve handle for such connection shall be conveniently located in the cab of the locomotive and shall be plainly marked. If an independent air reservoir is used as the source of the auxiliary supply for the reverse gear, it shall be provided with means to automatically prevent loss of pressure in event of failure of the main reservoir air pressure.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Power reverse gear reservoirs.</I> Power reverse gear reservoirs, if provided, must be equipped with the means to automatically prevent the loss of pressure in the event of a failure of main air pressure and have storage capacity for not less than one complete operating cycle of control equipment.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="77" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.77" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Draw Gear and Draft Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.90" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.77.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.90   Draw gear between steam locomotive and tender.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Maintenance and testing.</I> The draw gear between the steam locomotive and tender, together with the pins and fastenings, shall be maintained in safe and suitable condition for service. The pins and drawbar shall be removed and tested for defects using an appropriate NDE method at every annual inspection. Where visual inspection does not disclose any defects, an additional NDE testing method shall be employed. Suitable means for securing the drawbar pins in place shall be provided. Inverted drawbar pins shall be held in place by plate or stirrup.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safety bars and chains generally.</I> One or more safety bar(s) or two or more safety chains shall be provided between the steam locomotive and tender. The combined strength of the safety chains or safety bar(s) and their fastenings shall be not less than 50 percent of the strength of the drawbar and its connections. These shall be maintained in safe and suitable condition for service, and inspected at the same time draw gear is inspected.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Minimum length of safety chains or bars.</I> Safety chains or safety bar(s) shall be of the minimum length consistent with the curvature of the railroad on which the steam locomotive is operated.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Lost motion.</I> Lost motion between steam locomotives and tenders not equipped with spring buffers shall be kept to a minimum and shall not exceed 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Spring buffers.</I> When spring buffers are used between steam locomotives and tenders the spring shall be applied with not less than 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch compression, and shall at all times be under sufficient compression to keep the chafing faces in contact.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.91" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.77.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.91   Chafing irons.</HEAD>
<P>Chafing irons that permit proper curving shall be securely attached to the steam locomotive and tender, and shall be maintained to permit lateral and vertical movement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.92" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.77.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.92   Draw gear and draft systems.</HEAD>
<P>Couplers, draft gear and attachments on steam locomotives and tenders shall be securely fastened, and maintained in safe and suitable condition for service.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="78" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.78" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Driving Gear</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.93" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.78.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.93   Pistons and piston rods.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Maintenance and testing.</I> Pistons and piston rods shall be maintained in safe and suitable condition for service. Piston rods shall be inspected for cracks each time they are removed, and shall be renewed if found defective.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fasteners.</I> Fasteners (keys, nuts, etc.) shall be kept tight and shall have some means to prevent them from loosening or falling out of place.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.94" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.78.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.94   Crossheads.</HEAD>
<P>Crossheads shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service, with not more than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch vertical or 
<FR>5/16</FR> inch lateral clearance between crossheads and guides.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.95" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.78.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.95   Guides.</HEAD>
<P>Guides shall be securely fastened and maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.96" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.78.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.96   Main, side, and valve motion rods.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Main, side or valve motion rods developing cracks or becoming otherwise defective shall be removed from service immediately and repaired or renewed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Repairs.</I> Repairs, and welding of main, side or valve motion rods shall be made in accordance with an accepted national standard. The steam locomotive owner and/or operator shall submit a written request for approval to the FRA Motive Power and Equipment Division Staff Director prior to welding defective main rods, side rods, and valve gear components.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Bearings and bushings.</I> Bearings and bushings shall so fit the rods as to be in a safe and suitable condition for service, and means shall be provided to prevent bushings from turning in the rod. Straps shall fit and be securely bolted to rods. Floating bushings need not be provided with means to prevent bushings from turning.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Side motion of rods.</I> The total amount of side motion of each rod on its crank pin shall not exceed 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Oil and grease cups.</I> Oil and grease cups shall be securely attached to rods, and grease cup plugs shall be equipped with a suitable fastening that will prevent them from being ejected.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Main rod bearings.</I> The bore of main rod bearings shall not exceed pin diameters more than 
<FR>3/32</FR> inch at front or back end. The total lost motion at both ends shall not exceed 
<FR>5/32</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Side rod bearings.</I> The bore of side rod bearings shall not exceed pin diameters more than 
<FR>5/32</FR> inch on main pin nor more than 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch on other pins.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 90 FR 28168, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.97" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.78.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.97   Crank pins.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> Crank pins shall be securely applied. Securing the fit of a loose crank pin by shimming, prick punching, or welding is not permitted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Maintenance.</I> Crank pin collars and collar fasteners shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="79" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.79" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Running Gear</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.98" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.79.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.98   Driving, trailing, and engine truck axles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Condemning defects.</I> Driving, trailing, and engine truck axles with any of the following defects shall be removed from service immediately and repaired (see appendix A of this part for inspection requirements):
</P>
<P>(1) Bent axle;
</P>
<P>(2) Cut journals that cannot be made to run cool without turning;
</P>
<P>(3) Transverse seams in iron or steel axles;
</P>
<P>(4) Seams in axles causing journals to run hot;
</P>
<P>(5) Axles that are unsafe on account of usage, accident or derailment;
</P>
<P>(6) Any axle worn 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch or more in diameter below the original/new journal diameter, except as provided in paragraph (a)(7) of this section;
</P>
<P>(7) Any driving axles other than main driving axles with an original or new diameter greater than 6 inches that are worn 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch or more in diameter below the original/new diameter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Journal diameter stamped.</I> For steam locomotives with plain bearings, the original/new journal diameter shall be stamped on one end of the axle no later than January 18, 2005.



</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.99" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.79.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.99   Tender truck axles.</HEAD>
<P>The minimum diameters of axles for various axle loads shall be as follows:

</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Axle load (in pounds)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>diameter of journal
<br/>(in inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>diameter of wheel seat
<br/>(in inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>diameter of center
<br/>(in inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
<fr>7/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">38000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
<fr>7/8</fr> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
<fr>5/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
<fr>3/8</fr> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
<fr>7/8</fr> </TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.100" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.79.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.100   Defects in tender truck axles and journals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Tender truck axle condemning defects.</I> Tender truck axles with any of the following defects shall be removed from service immediately and repaired:
</P>
<P>(1) Axles that are bent;
</P>
<P>(2) Collars that are broken, cracked, or worn to 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch or less in thickness;
</P>
<P>(3) Truck axles that are unsafe on account of usage, accident, or derailment;
</P>
<P>(4) A fillet in the back shoulder that is worn out; or
</P>
<P>(5) A gouge between the wheel seats that is more than 
<FR>1/8</FR> of an inch in depth.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Tender truck journal condemning defects.</I> Tender truck journals with any of the following defects shall be removed from service immediately and repaired :
</P>
<P>(1) Cut journals that cannot be made to run cool without turning;
</P>
<P>(2) Seams in axles causing journals to run hot;
</P>
<P>(3) Overheating, as evidenced by pronounced blue black discoloration;
</P>
<P>(4) Transverse seams in journals of iron or steel axles; or
</P>
<P>(5) Journal surfaces having any of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A circumferential score;
</P>
<P>(ii) Corrugation;
</P>
<P>(iii) Pitting;
</P>
<P>(iv) Rust;
</P>
<P>(v) Etching.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.79.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.101   Steam locomotive driving journal boxes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Driving journal boxes.</I> Driving journal boxes shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service. Not more than one shim may be used between the box and bearing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Broken bearings.</I> Broken bearings shall be renewed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Loose bearings.</I> Loose bearings shall be repaired or renewed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.102" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.79.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.102   Tender plain bearing journal boxes.</HEAD>
<P>Plain bearing journal boxes with the following defects shall be removed from service immediately and repaired:
</P>
<P>(a) A box that does not contain visible free oil;
</P>
<P>(b) A box lid that is missing, broken, or open except to receive servicing;
</P>
<P>(c) A box containing foreign matter, such as dirt, sand, or coal dust that can reasonably be expected to damage the bearing; or have a detrimental effect on the lubrication of the journal and bearing;
</P>
<P>(d) A lubricating pad that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is missing;
</P>
<P>(2) Is not in contact with the journal;
</P>
<P>(3) Has a tear extending half the length or width of the pad, or more, except by design;
</P>
<P>(4) Shows evidence of having been scorched, burned, or glazed;
</P>
<P>(5) Contains decaying or deteriorated fabric that impairs proper lubrication of the pad;
</P>
<P>(6) Has an exposed center core (except by design); or
</P>
<P>(7) Has metal parts contacting the journal;
</P>
<P>(e) A plain bearing that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is missing, cracked, broken;
</P>
<P>(2) Has a bearing liner loose;
</P>
<P>(3) Has a broken out piece; or
</P>
<P>(4) Has indications of having been overheated, as evidenced by:
</P>
<P>(i) Melted babbitt:
</P>
<P>(ii) Smoke from hot oil; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Journal surface damage; or
</P>
<P>(f) A plain bearing wedge that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is missing, cracked or broken; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is not located in its design position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.79.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.103   Tender roller bearing journal boxes.</HEAD>
<P>Tender roller bearing journal boxes shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.104" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.79.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.104   Driving box shoes and wedges.</HEAD>
<P>Driving box shoes and wedges shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.79.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.105   Lateral motion.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Condemning limits.</I> The total lateral motion or play between the hubs of the wheels and the boxes on any pair of wheels shall not exceed the following limits:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Inches
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Engine truck wheels (with swing centers)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Engine truck wheels (with rigid centers)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trailing truck wheels</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Driving wheels</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Limits increased.</I> These limits may be increased on steam locomotives operating on track where the curvature exceeds 20 degrees when it can be shown that conditions require additional lateral motion.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Non-interference with other parts.</I> The lateral motion shall in all cases be kept within such limits that the driving wheels, rods, or crank pins will not interfere with other parts of the steam locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="80" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.80" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Trucks, Frames and Equalizing System</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.106" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.80.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.106   Steam locomotive frame.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Maintenance and inspection.</I> Frames, decks, plates, tailpieces, pedestals, and braces shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service, and shall be cleaned and thoroughly inspected as often as necessary to maintain in a safe and suitable condition for service with cleaning intervals, in any case, not to exceed every 1472 service days.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Broken frames.</I> Broken frames properly patched or secured by clamps or other suitable means which restores the rigidity of the frame are permitted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.80.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.107   Tender frame and body.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Maintenance.</I> Tender frames shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Height difference.</I> The difference in height between the deck on the tender and the cab floor or deck on the steam locomotive shall not exceed 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Gangway minimum width.</I> The minimum width of the gangway between steam locomotive and tender, while standing on tangent track, shall be 16 inches.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Tender frame condemning defects.</I> A tender frame with any of the following defects shall be removed from service immediately and repaired:
</P>
<P>(1) Portions of the tender frame or body (except wheels) that have less than a 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches clearance from the top of rail;
</P>
<P>(2) Tender center sill that is broken, cracked more than 6 inches, or permanently bent or buckled more than 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in any six foot length;
</P>
<P>(3) Tender coupler carrier that is broken or missing;
</P>
<P>(4) Tender center plate, any portion of which is missing or broken or that is not properly secured; or
</P>
<P>(5) Tender that has a broken side sill, crossbearer, or body bolster.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.108" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.80.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.108   Steam locomotive leading and trailing trucks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Maintenance.</I> Trucks shall be maintained in safe and suitable condition for service. Center plates shall fit properly, and the male center plate shall extend into the female center plate not less than 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch. All centering devices shall be properly maintained and shall not permit lost motion in excess of 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safety chain required.</I> A suitable safety chain shall be provided at each front corner of all four wheel engine trucks.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Clearance required.</I> All parts of trucks shall have sufficient clearance to prevent them from interfering with any other part of the steam locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.80.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.109   Tender trucks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Tender truck frames.</I> A tender truck frame shall not be broken, or have a crack in a stress area that affects its structural integrity. Tender truck center plates shall be securely fastened, maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service, and provided with a center pin properly secured. The male center plate must extend into the female center plate at least 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch. Shims may be used between truck center plates.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Tender truck bolsters.</I> Truck bolsters shall be maintained approximately level.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Condemning defects for springs or spring rigging.</I> Springs or spring rigging with any of the following defects shall be taken out of service immediately and renewed or properly repaired:
</P>
<P>(1) An elliptical spring with its top (long) leaf or any other five leaves in the entire spring pack broken;
</P>
<P>(2) A broken coil spring or saddle;
</P>
<P>(3) A coil spring that is fully compressed;
</P>
<P>(4) A broken or cracked equalizer, hanger, bolt, gib or pin;
</P>
<P>(5) A broken coil spring saddle; and
</P>
<P>(6) A semi-elliptical spring with a top (long) leaf broken or two leaves in the top half broken, or any three leaves in the entire spring broken.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Tender securing arrangement.</I> Where equipped, tender devices and/or securing arrangements intended to prevent the truck and tender body from separating in case of derailment shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Side bearings and truck centering devices.</I> Where equipped, side bearings and truck centering devices shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Friction side bearings.</I> Friction side bearings shall not be run in contact, and shall not be considered to be in contact if there is clearance between them on either side when measured on tangent level track.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Side bearings.</I> All rear trucks shall be equipped with side bearings. When the spread of side bearings is 50 inches, their maximum clearance shall be 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch on each side for rear trucks and 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch on each side for front trucks, where used. When the spread of the side bearings is increased, the maximum clearance shall be increased proportionately.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.110" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.80.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.110   Pilots.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> Pilots shall be securely attached, properly braced, and maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Minimum and maximum clearance.</I> The minimum clearance of pilot above the rail shall be 3 inches and the maximum clearance shall be 6 inches measured on tangent level track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.80.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.111   Spring rigging.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Arrangement of springs and equalizers.</I> Springs and equalizers shall be arranged to ensure the proper distribution of weight to the various wheels of the steam locomotive, maintained approximately level and in a safe and suitable condition for service. Adjusting weights by shifting weights from one pair of wheels to another is permissible.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Spring or spring rigging condemning defects.</I> Springs or spring rigging with any of the following defects shall be removed from service immediately and renewed or properly repaired:
</P>
<P>(1) Top leaf broken or two leaves in top half or any three leaves in spring broken. (The long side of a spring to be considered the top.) Broken springs not exceeding these requirements may be repaired by applying clips providing the clips can be made to remain in place;
</P>
<P>(2) Any spring with leaves excessively shifting in the band;
</P>
<P>(3) Broken coil springs; or
</P>
<P>(4) Broken driving box saddle, equalizer, hanger, bolt, or pin.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="81" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.81" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Wheels and Tires</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.112" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.81.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.112   Wheels and tires.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Mounting.</I> Wheels shall be securely mounted on axles. Prick punching or shimming the wheel fit will not be permitted. The diameter of wheels on the same axle shall not vary more than 
<FR>3/32</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Gage.</I> Wheels used on standard gage track will be out of gage if the inside gage of flanges, measured on base line is less than 53 inches or more than 53
<FR>3/8</FR> inches. Wheels used on less than standard gage track will be out of gage if the inside gage of flanges, measured on base line, is less than the relevant track gage less 3
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or more than the relevant track gage less 3
<FR>1/8</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Flange distance variance.</I> The distance back to back of flanges of wheels mounted on the same axle shall not vary more than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Tire thickness.</I> Wheels may not have tires with a minimum thickness less than that indicated in the table in this paragraph (d). When retaining rings are used, measurements of tires to be taken from the outside circumference of the ring, and the minimum thickness of tires may be as much below the limits specified earlier in this paragraph (d) as the tires extend between the retaining rings, provided it does not reduce the thickness of the tire to less than 1
<FR>1/8</FR> inches from the throat of flange to the counterbore for the retaining rings. The required minimum thickness for tires, by wheel center diameter and weight per axle, is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Weight per axle (weight on drivers divided by number of pairs of driving wheels)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Diameter of wheel center (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum thickness (inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30,000 pounds and under</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 and under</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 44 to 50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>5/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 50 to 56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 56 to 62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>7/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 62 to 68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 68 to 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>9/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>5/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 30,000 to 35,000 pounds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 and under</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>5/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 44 to 50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 50 to 56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>7/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 56 to 62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 62 to 68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>9/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 68 to 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>5/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>11/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 35,000 to 40,000 pounds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 and under</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 44 to 50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>7/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 50 to 56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 56 to 62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>9/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 62 to 68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>5/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 68 to 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>11/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 40,000 to 45,000 pounds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 and under</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>7/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 44 to 50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 50 to 56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>9/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 56 to 62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>5/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 62 to 68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>11/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 68 to 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>13/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 45,000 to 50,000 pounds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 and under</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 44 to 50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>9/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 50 to 56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>5/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 56 to 62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>11/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 62 to 68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 68 to 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>13/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>7/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 50,000 to 55,000 pounds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 and under</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>9/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 44 to 50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>5/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 50 to 56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>11/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 56 to 62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 62 to 68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>13/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 68 to 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>7/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>15/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 55,000 pounds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44 and under</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>5/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 44 to 50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>11/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 50 to 56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 56 to 62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>13/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 62 to 68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>7/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 68 to 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>15/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Over 74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) <I>Tire width.</I> Flanged tires shall be no less than 5
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide for standard gage and no less than 5 inches wide for narrow gage. Plain tires shall be no less than 6 inches wide for standard gage and no less than 5
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide for narrow gage.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.81.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.113   Wheels and tire defects.</HEAD>
<P>Steam locomotive and tender wheels or tires developing any of the defects listed in this section shall be removed from service immediately and repaired. Except as provided in § 230.114, welding on wheels and tires is prohibited. A wheel that has been welded is a welded wheel for the life of the wheel.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Cracks or breaks.</I> Wheels and tires may not have a crack or break in the flange, tread, rim, plate, hub or brackets.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Flat spots.</I> Wheels and tires may not have a single flat spot that is 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or more in length, or two adjoining spots that are each two or more inches in length.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Chipped flange.</I> Wheels and tires may not have a gouge or chip in the flange that is more than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in length and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch in width.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Broken rims.</I> Wheels and tires may not have a circumferentially broken rim if the tread, measured from the flange at a point 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch above the tread, is less than 3
<FR>3/4</FR> inches in width.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Shelled-out spots.</I> Wheels and tires may not have a shelled-out spot 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or more in length, or two adjoining spots that are each two or more inches in length, or so numerous as to endanger the safety of the wheel.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Seams.</I> Wheels and tires may not have a seam running lengthwise that is within 3
<FR>3/4</FR> inches of the flange.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Worn flanges.</I> Wheels and tires may not have a flange worn to a 
<FR>15/16</FR> inch thickness or less, as measured at a point 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch above the tread.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Worn treads.</I> Wheels and tires may not have a tread worn hollow 
<FR>5/16</FR> inch or more.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Flange height.</I> Wheels and tires may not have a flange height of less than 1 inch nor more than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, as measured from the tread to the top of the flange.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Rim thickness.</I> Wheels may not have rims less than 1 inch thick.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Wheel diameter.</I> Wheels may not have wheel diameter variance, for wheels on the same axle or in the same driving wheel base, greater than 
<FR>3/32</FR> inch, when all tires are turned or new tires applied to driving and trailing wheels. When a single tire is applied, the diameter must not vary more than 
<FR>3/32</FR> inch from that of the opposite wheel on the same axle. When a single pair of tires is applied the diameter must be within 
<FR>3/32</FR> inch of the average diameter of the wheels in the driving wheel base to which they are applied.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.114" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.81.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.114   Wheel centers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filling blocks and shims.</I> Driving and trailing wheel centers with divided rims shall be properly fitted with iron or steel filling blocks before the tires are applied, and such filling blocks shall be properly maintained. When shims are inserted between the tire and the wheel center, not more than two thicknesses of shims may be used, one of which must extend entirely around the wheel. The shim which extends entirely around the wheel may be in three or four pieces, providing they do not lap.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Wheel center condemning defects.</I> Wheel centers with any of the following defects shall be removed from service immediately and repaired:
</P>
<P>(1) Wheels centers loose on axle;
</P>
<P>(2) Broken or defective tire fastenings;
</P>
<P>(3) Broken or cracked hubs, plates, bolts or spokes, except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(4) Driving or trailing wheel center with three adjacent spokes or 25 percent or more of the spokes in the wheel broken.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Wheel center repairs.</I> Wheel centers may be repaired by welding or brazing provided that the defect can properly be so repaired and, following the repair, the crankpin and axle shall remain tight in the wheel. Banding of the hub is permitted.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Counterbalance maintenance.</I> Wheel counterbalances shall be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="82" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.82" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Steam Locomotive Tanks</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.82.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.115   Feed water tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> Tanks shall be maintained free from leaks, and in safe and suitable condition for service. Suitable screens must be provided for tank wells or tank hose and shall be maintained in a manner that allows the unobstructed flow of water. Feed water tanks shall be equipped with a device that permits the measurement of the quantity of water in the tender feed water tank from the cab or tender deck of the steam locomotive. Such device shall be properly maintained.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inspection frequency.</I> As often as conditions warrant but not less frequently than every 92 service days, the interior of the tank shall be inspected, and cleaned if necessary.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Top of tender.</I> Top of tender behind fuel space shall be kept clean, and means provided to carry off excess water. Suitable covers shall be provided for filling holes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 230.116" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.3.82.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 230.116   Oil tanks.</HEAD>
<P>The oil tanks on oil burning steam locomotives shall be maintained free from leaks. The oil supply pipe shall be equipped with a safety cut-off device that:
</P>
<P>(a) Is located adjacent to the fuel supply tank or in another safe location;
</P>
<P>(b) Closes automatically when tripped and that can be reset without hazard; and
</P>
<P>(c) Can be hand operated from clearly marked locations, one inside the cab and one accessible from the ground on each exterior side of the steam locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.5.83.1.57" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 230—Inspection Requirements
</HEAD>
<P>The lists in this appendix are intended as guidance only. Adherence to this list does not relieve the steam locomotive owner and/or operator of responsibility for either: (1) Completing the inspection and maintenance requirements described in this part; or (2) ensuring that the steam locomotive, tender and its parts and appurtenances are safe and suitable for service.
</P>
<HD2>Daily Inspection Requirements; § 230.13
</HD2>
<P>1. Observance of lifting pressure of the lowest safety valve.
</P>
<P>2. Testing of water glasses and gauge cocks.*
</P>
<P>3. Inspection of tubular water glass shields.
</P>
<P>4. Inspection of all cab lamps.*
</P>
<P>5. Inspection of boiler feedwater delivery systems.*
</P>
<P>6. Inspection of lagging for indication of leaks.
</P>
<P>7. Inspection for leaks obstructing vision of engine crew.
</P>
<P>8. Observance of compressor(s) and governor to ascertain proper operation.*
</P>
<P>9. Inspection of brake and signal equipment.*
</P>
<P>10. Inspection of brake cylinders for piston travel.
</P>
<P>11. Inspection of foundation brake gear.
</P>
<P>12. Inspection of sanders.*
</P>
<P>13. Inspection of draw gear and chafing irons.
</P>
<P>14. Inspection of draft gear.
</P>
<P>15. Inspection of crossheads and guides.
</P>
<P>16. Inspection of piston rods and fasteners.
</P>
<P>17. Inspection of main, side, and valve motion rods.
</P>
<P>18. Inspection of headlights and classification lamps.*
</P>
<P>19. Inspection of running gear.
</P>
<P>20. Inspection of tender frames and tanks.
</P>
<P>21. Inspection of tender trucks for amount of side bearing clearance. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>All items marked (*) should be checked at the beginning of each day the locomotive is used.</P></NOTE>
<HD2>31 Service Day Inspection Requirements; § 230.14
</HD2>
<P>1. Washing of boiler.
</P>
<P>2. Cleaning and inspection of water glass valves and gauge cocks.
</P>
<P>3. Cleaning, washing and inspection of arch tubes, water bar tubes, circulators and siphons.
</P>
<P>4. Removal and inspection of all washout and water tube plugs.
</P>
<P>5. Testing of all staybolts.
</P>
<P>6. Removal, cleaning and inspection of fusible plugs (if any).
</P>
<HD2>92 Service Day Inspection Requirements; § 230.15
</HD2>
<P>1. Removal and testing of all air and steam gauges.
</P>
<P>2. Cleaning of steam gauge siphon pipe.
</P>
<P>3. Renewal of tubular water glasses.
</P>
<P>4. Testing and adjusting of safety relief valves.
</P>
<P>5. Testing of main reservoir and brake cylinder leakage.
</P>
<P>6. Entering and inspection of tender tank interior.
</P>
<HD2>Annual Inspection Requirements; § 230.16
</HD2>
<P>1. Testing of thickness of arch and water bar tubes (arch brick to be removed)
</P>
<P>2. Hydrostatic testing of boiler.
</P>
<P>3. Testing of all staybolts.
</P>
<P>4. Interior inspection of boiler.
</P>
<P>5. Thickness verification of dry pipes.
</P>
<P>6. Smoke box inspection.
</P>
<P>7. Main reservoir hammer or UT testing and hydrostatic testing (for non-welded and drilled main reservoirs)
</P>
<P>8. Removal and inspection of steam locomotive drawbar(s) and pins (NDE testing other than merely visual)
</P>
<P>9. Inspection of longitudinal lap joint boiler seams.
</P>
<HD2>5 Year Inspection Requirements; § 230.16
</HD2>
<P>1. Inspection of flexible staybolt caps and sleeves.
</P>
<HD2>1472 Service Day Inspection Requirements; § 230.17
</HD2>
<P>1. Removal of boiler flues (as necessary) and cleaning of boiler interior.
</P>
<P>2. Removal of jacket and lagging and inspection of boiler interior and exterior.
</P>
<P>3. Hydrostatic testing of boiler.
</P>
<P>4. Thickness verification (boiler survey) and recomputation and update of steam locomotive specification card, (FRA Form No. 4).



</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.5.83.1.58" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 230—Diagrams and Drawings

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.015.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.016.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.019.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.020.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.021.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.022.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.023.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.024.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.025.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.026.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.027.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.028.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.029.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.030.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.031.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.032.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.033.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.24.5.83.1.59" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 230—FRA Inspection Forms

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.034.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.035.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.036.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21jy05.063.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21jy05.064.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21jy05.065.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21jy05.066.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21jy05.067.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21jy05.068.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.043.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no99.044.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 62865, Nov. 17, 1999, as amended at 70 FR 41996, July 21, 2005]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="231" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 231—RAILROAD SAFETY APPLIANCE STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20102-20103, 20107, 20131, 20301-20303, 21301-21302, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 19663, Dec. 25, 1968, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Where rivets or bolts are required in this part 231 a two-piece steel rivet may be used consisting of:
</P>
<P>(a) A solid shank of one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch minimum diameter steel or material of equal or greater strength having cold forged head on one end, a shank length for material thickness fastened, locking grooves, breakneck groove and pull grooves (all annular grooves) on the opposite end.
</P>
<P>(b) A collar of similar material which is cold swaged into the locking grooves forming a head for the opposite end of item (a) after the pull groove section has been removed.</P></NOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 231.0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.0   Applicability and penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, this part applies to all standard gage railroads.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad that operates only on track inside an installation which is not part of the general railroad system of transportation; or
</P>
<P>(2) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected with the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) Freight and other non-passenger trains of four-wheel coal cars. 
</P>
<P>(4) Freight and other non-passenger trains of eight-wheel standard logging cars if the height of each car from the top of the rail to the center of the coupling is not more than 25 inches. 
</P>
<P>(5) A locomotive used in hauling a train referred to in paragraph (b)(4) of this section when the locomotive and cars of the train are used only to transport logs. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except for the provisions governing uncoupling devices, this part does not apply to Tier II passenger equipment as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter (<I>i.e.,</I> passenger equipment operating at speeds exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 160 mph).
</P>
<P>(d) As used in this part, <I>carrier</I> means “railroad,” as that term is defined below.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Railroad</I> means all forms of non-highway ground transportation that run on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including (1) commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area, and (2) high speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether they use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads. Such term does not include rapid transit operations within an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(f) Any person (an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor) who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I>for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(g) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, § 231.31 also applies to an operation on a 24-inch, 36-inch, or other narrow gage railroad.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 33229, Aug. 14, 1989]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 231.0, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.1   Box and other house cars built or placed in service before October 1, 1966.</HEAD>
<P>Except for box and other house cars that comply with either § 231.27 or § 231.28, each box and other house car shall be equipped to meet the following specifications:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Handbrake</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One efficient handbrake which shall operate in harmony with the power brake installed on the car. Each such handbrake shall (i) provide the same degree of safety as the design shown on plate A, or (ii) provide the same degree of safety as that specified in § 231.27.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) The brake shaft shall be not less than 1
<FR>1/4</FR> inches in diameter, of wrought iron or steel without weld.
</P>
<P>(ii) The brake wheel may be flat or dished, not less than 15, preferably 16, inches in diameter, of malleable iron, wrought iron, or steel.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) The hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(ii) The brake shaft shall be located on end of car, to the left of and not less than 17 nor more than 22 inches from center.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the brakes from right to left side on steel or steel-underframe cars with platform end sills in service July 1, 1911, except when such appliances are renewed, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(iv) Carriers are not required to change the location of brake wheels and brake shafts on cars in service July 1, 1911, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) There shall be not less than 4 inches clearance around rim of brake wheel.
</P>
<P>(ii) Outside edge of brake wheel shall be not less than 4 inches from a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block or end sill.
</P>
<P>(iii) Top brake-shaft support shall be fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts or rivets. (See plate A.)
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.005.gif"/>
<P>(iv) A brake-shaft step shall support the lower end of brake shaft. A brake-shaft step which will permit the brake chain to drop under the brake shaft shall not be used. U-shaped form of brakeshaft step is preferred. (See plate A.)
</P>
<P>(v) Brake shaft shall be arranged with a square fit at its upper end to secure the hand-brake wheel; said square fit shall be not less than seven-eighths of an inch square. Square-fit taper, nominally 2 in 12 inches. (See plate A.)
</P>
<P>(vi) Brake chain shall be of not less than 
<FR>3/8</FR>-, preferably 
<FR>7/16</FR>-, inch wrought iron or steel, with a link on the brakerod end of not less than 
<FR>7/16</FR>-, preferably 
<FR>1/2</FR>-, inch wrought iron or steel, and shall be secured to brake-shaft drum by not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch hexagon or square-headed bolt. Nut on said bolt shall be secured by riveting end of bolt over nut. (See plate A.)
</P>
<P>(vii) Lower end of brake shaft shall be provided with a trunnion of not less than 
<FR>3/4</FR>-, preferably 1, inch in diameter extending through brake-shaft step and held in operating position by a suitable cotter or ring. (See plate A.)
</P>
<P>(viii) Brake-shaft drum shall be not less than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in diameter. (See plate A.)
</P>
<P>(ix) Brake ratchet wheel shall be secured to brake shaft by a key or square fit; said square fit shall be not less than 1
<FR>5/16</FR> inches square. When ratchet wheel with square fit is used, provision shall be made to prevent ratchet wheel from rising on shaft to disengage brake pawl. (See plate A.)
</P>
<P>(x) Brake ratchet wheel shall be not less than 5
<FR>1/4</FR>, preferably 5
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches in diameter and shall have not less than 14, preferably 16, teeth. (See plate A.)
</P>
<P>(xi) If brake ratchet wheel is more than 36 inches from brake wheel, a brake-shaft support shall be provided to support this extended upper portion of brake shaft; said brake-shaft support shall be fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(xii) The brake pawl shall be pivoted upon a bolt or rivet not less than five-eighths of an inch in diameter, or upon a trunnion secured by not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolt or rivet, and there shall be a rigid metal connection between brake shaft and pivot of pawl.
</P>
<P>(xiii) Brake wheel shall be held in position on brake shaft by a nut on a threaded extended end of brake shaft; said threaded portion shall be not less than three-fourths of an inch in diameter; said nut shall be secured by riveting over or by the use of a lock nut or suitable cotter.
</P>
<P>(xiv) Brake wheel shall be arranged with a square fit for brake shaft in hub of said wheel; taper of said fit, nominally 2 in 12 inches. (See plate A.)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake step.</I> If brake step is used, it shall be not less than 28 inches in length. Outside edge shall be not less than 8 inches from face of car and not less than 4 inches from a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block or end sill.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Manner of application.</I> Brake step shall be supported by not less than two metal braces having a minimum cross-sectional area 
<FR>3/8</FR> by 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or equivalent, which shall be securely fastened to body of car with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Running boards</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One longitudinal running board. On outside-metal-roof cars two latitudinal extensions.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Longitudinal running board shall be not less than 18 and preferably 20 inches in width. Latitudinal extensions shall be not less than 24 inches in width. Wooden running boards or extensions hereafter installed shall be constructed of wood not less than 1
<FR>1/8</FR> inches in thickness.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Full length of car, center of roof. On outside-metal-roof cars there shall be two latitudinal extensions from longitudinal running board to ladder locations, except on refrigerator cars where such latitudinal extensions cannot be applied on account of ice hatches.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) Running board shall be continuous from end to end and not cut or hinged at any point: <I>Provided,</I> That the length and width of running board may be made up of a number of pieces securely fastened to saddle-blocks with screws, bolts, or rivets.
</P>
<P>(ii) The ends of longitudinal running board shall be not less than 6 nor more than 10 inches from a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler-horn against the buffer-block or endsill; and if more than 4 inches from edge of roof of car, shall be securely supported their full width by substantial metal braces.
</P>
<P>(iii) Running board shall be securely fastened to car and be made of wood or of material which provides the same as or a greater degree of safety than wood of 1
<FR>1/8</FR> inches thickness. When made of material other than wood the tread surface shall be of anti-skid design and constructed with sufficient open space to permit the elimination of snow and ice from the tread surface.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Sill steps</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum cross-sectional area 
<FR>1/2</FR> by 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or equivalent, of wrought iron or steel. Minimum length of tread, 10, preferably 12, inches. Minimum clear depth, 8 inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One near each end of each side of car, so that there shall be not more than 18 inches from end of car to center of tread of sill step.
</P>
<P>(ii) Outside edge of tread of step shall be not more than 4 inches inside of face of side of car, preferably flush with side of car.
</P>
<P>(iii) Tread shall be not more than 24, preferably not more than 22, inches above the top of rail.
</P>
<P>(iv) Carriers are not required to change location of sill steps on cars in service July 1, 1911, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) Sill steps exceeding 21 inches in depth shall have an additional tread.
</P>
<P>(ii) Sill steps shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Ladders</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Minimum clear length of tread: Side ladders 16 inches; end ladders 14 inches. Maximum spacing between ladder treads, 19 inches.
</P>
<P>(ii) Top ladder tread shall be located not less than 12 nor more than 18 inches from roof at eaves.
</P>
<P>(iii) Spacing of side ladder treads shall be uniform within a limit of 2 inches from top ladder tread to bottom tread of ladder.
</P>
<P>(iv) Maximum distance from bottom tread of side ladder to top tread of sill step, 21 inches.
</P>
<P>(v) End ladder treads shall be spaced to coincide with treads of side ladders, a variation of 2 inches being allowed. Where construction of car will not permit the application of a tread of end ladder to coincide with bottom tread of side ladder, the bottom tread of end ladder must coincide with second tread from bottom of side ladder.
</P>
<P>(vi) Hardwood treads, minimum dimensions 1
<FR>1/2</FR> by 2 inches.
</P>
<P>(vii) Iron or steel treads, minimum diameter five-eighths of an inch.
</P>
<P>(viii) Minimum clearance of treads, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One on each side, not more than 8 inches from right end of car; one on each end, not more than 8 inches from left side of car; measured from inside edge of ladder stile or clearance of ladder treads to corner of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of ladders on cars in service July 1, 1911, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the end ladders on steel or steel underframe cars with platform end sill, in service July 1, 1911, except when such appliances are renewed, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) Metal ladders without stiles near corners of cars shall have foot guards or upward projections not less than 2 inches in height near inside end of bottom treads.
</P>
<P>(ii) Stiles of ladders, projecting 2 or more inches from face of car, will serve as foot guards.
</P>
<P>(iii) Ladders shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch rivets. Three-eighths-inch bolts may be used for wooden treads which are gained into stiles.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>End ladder clearance.</I> (1) No part of car above end sills within 30 inches from side of car, except buffer block, brake shaft, brake wheel, brake step, running board or uncoupling lever shall extend to within 12 inches of a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block or end sill, and no other part of end of car or fixtures on same above end sills, other than exceptions herein noted, shall extend beyond the outer face of buffer block.
</P>
<P>(2) Carriers are not required to make changes to secure additional end-ladder clearance on cars in service July 1, 1911, that have 10 or more inches end-ladder clearance, within 30 inches of side of car, until car is shopped for work amounting to practically rebuilding body of car, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Roof handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> (i) One over each ladder.
</P>
<P>(ii) One right-angle handhold may take the place of two adjacent specified roof handholds, provided the dimensions and locations coincide, and that an extra leg is securely fastened to car at point of angle.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clear length, 16 inches. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) On roof of car, one parallel to treads of each ladder, not less than 8 nor more than 15 inches from edge of roof, except on refrigerator cars where ice hatches prevent, when location may be nearer edge of roof.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handhold under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Roof handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four. (Tread of side ladder is a side handhold.)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clear length, 16 inches, preferably 24 inches. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one near each end on each side of car. Side handholds shall be not less than 24 nor more than 30 inches above center line of coupler, except as provided above, where tread of ladder is a handhold. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 8 inches from end of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds, on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Side handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Horizontal end handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Eight or more, four on each end of car. (Tread of end ladder is an end handhold.)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clear length, 16 inches, preferably 24 inches.
</P>
<P>(ii) A handhold 14 inches in length may be used where it is impossible to use one 16 inches in length.
</P>
<P>(iii) Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One near each side on each end of car, not less than 24 nor more than 30 inches above center line of coupler, except as provided above, when tread of end ladder is an end handhold. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 8 inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) One near each side of each end of car on face of end sill or sheathing over end sill, projecting outward or downward. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 16 inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(iii) On each end of cars with platform end sills 6 or more inches in width, measured from end post or siding and extending entirely across end of car, there shall be one additional end handhold not less than 24 inches in length, located near center of car, not less than 30 nor more than 60 inches above platform end sill.
</P>
<P>(iv) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds, on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Horizontal end handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Vertical end handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two on full-width platform end-sill cars, as heretofore described.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clear length, 18, preferably 24, inches. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One on each end of car opposite ladder, not more than 8 inches from side of car; clearance of bottom end of handhold shall be not less than 24 nor more than 30 inches above center line of coupler.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds, on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Vertical end handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Uncoupling levers</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two. Uncoupling levers may be either single or double, and of any efficient design.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Handles of uncoupling levers, except those shown on plate B or of similar designs, shall be not more than 6 inches from sides of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Uncoupling levers of design shown on plate B and of similar designs shall conform to the following prescribed limits:
</P>
<P>(iii) Handles shall be not more than 12, preferably 9, inches from sides of cars. Center lift arms shall be not less than 7 inches long.
</P>
<P>(iv) Center of eye at end of center lift arm shall be not more than 3
<FR>1/2</FR> inches beyond center of eye of uncoupling pin of coupler when horn of coupler is against the buffer block or end sill. (See plate B.)
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.006.gif"/>
<P>(v) Ends of handles shall extend not less than 4 inches below bottom of end sill or shall be so constructed as to give a minimum clearance of 2 inches around handle. Minimum drop of handles shall be 12 inches; maximum, 15 inches over all. (See plate B.)
</P>
<P>(vi) Handles of uncoupling levers of the “rocking” or “push-down” type shall be not less than 18 inches from top of rail when lock block has released knuckle, and a suitable stop shall be provided to prevent inside arm from flying up in case of breakage.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One on each end of car. When single lever is used, it shall be placed on left side of end of car.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 4, and 6, 27 Stat. 531, as amended; secs, 1 and 3, 32 Stat. 943, as amended; sec. 6(e) and (f), 80 Stat. 939 (45 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10, 11-16 and 49 U.S.C. 103(c)(1))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19663, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 49 FR 26745, June 29, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.2" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.2   Hopper cars and high-side gondolas with fixed ends.</HEAD>
<P>(Cars with sides more than 36 inches above the floor are high-side cars.)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(ii) The brake shaft shall be located on end of car to the left of, and not more than 22 inches from, center.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the brakes from right to left side on steel or steel-underframe cars with platform end sills, in service July 1, 1911, except when such appliances are renewed, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(iv) Carriers are not required to change the location of brake wheels and brake shafts on cars in service July 1, 1911, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake step.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1 (b)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sill steps.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(d)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Ladders</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(e)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(e)(2)), except that top ladder tread shall be located not more than 4 inches from top of car.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(e)(3)).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(e)(4)).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Side handholds.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Horizontal end handholds.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Vertical end handholds.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(j)).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(k)).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>End-ladder clearance.</I> (1) No part of car above end sills within 30 inches from side of car, except buffer block, brake shaft, brake wheel, brake step, or uncoupling lever shall extend to within 12 inches of a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block or end sill, and no other part of end of car or fixtures on same above end sills, other than exceptions herein noted, shall extend beyond the outer face of buffer block.
</P>
<P>(2) Carriers are not required to make changes to secure additional end-ladder clearance on cars in service July 1, 1911, that have 10 or more inches end-ladder clearance within 30 inches of side of car, until car is shopped for work amounting to practically rebuilding body of car, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.3   Drop-end high-side gondola cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(ii) The brake shaft shall be located on end of car to the left of center.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the brakes from right to left side on steel or steel-underframe cars with platform end sills, in service July 1, 1911, except when such appliances are renewed, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sill steps.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(d)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Ladders</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(e)(2)), except that top ladder tread shall be located not more than 4 inches from top of car.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One on each side, not more than 8 inches from right end of car, measured from inside edge of ladder stile or clearance of ladder treads to corner of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of ladders on cars in service July 1, 1911, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(e)(4)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Side handholds.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Horizontal end handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One near each side of each end of car on face of end sill. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 16 inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(4)).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(k)).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>End ladder clearance.</I> (1) No part of car above end sills within 30 inches from side of car, except buffer block, brake shaft, brake wheel or uncoupling lever shall extend to within 12 inches of a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block or end sill, and no other part of end of car or fixtures on same above end sills, other than exceptions noted in this subparagraph, shall extend beyond the outer face or buffer block.
</P>
<P>(2) Carriers are not required to make changes to secure additional end-ladder clearance on cars in service July 1, 1911, that have 10 or more inches end-ladder clearance, within 30 inches of side of car, until car is shopped for work amounting to practically rebuilding body of car, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.4" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.4   Fixed-end low-side gondola and low-side hopper cars.</HEAD>
<P>(Cars with sides 36 inches or less above the floor are low-side cars.)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(ii) The brake shaft shall be located on end of car, to the left of and not more than 22 inches from center.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the brakes from right to left side on steel or steel-underframe cars with platform end sills, in service July 1, 1911, except when such appliances are renewed, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(iv) Carriers are not required to change the location of brake wheels and brake shafts on cars in service July 1, 1911, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake step.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(b)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sill steps.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(d)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one near each end on each side of car, not less than 24 nor more than 30 inches above center line of coupler, if car construction will permit, but handhold shall not project above top of side. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 8 inches from end of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(4)).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Horizontal end handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One near each side on each end of car, not less than 24 nor more than 30 inches above center line of coupler, if car construction will permit. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 8 inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) One near each side of each end of car on face of end sill, projecting outward or downward. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 16 inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(4)).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(k)).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>End-ladder clearance.</I> (1) No part of car above end sills within 30 inches from side of car, except buffer block, brake shaft, brake step, brake wheel or uncoupling lever shall extend to within 12 inches of a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block or end sill, and no other part of end of car or fixtures on same above end sills, other than exceptions noted in this subparagraph, shall extend beyond the outer face of buffer block.
</P>
<P>(2) Carriers are not required to make changes to secure additional end-ladder clearance on cars in service July 1, 1911, that have 10 or more inches end-ladder clearance, within 30 inches of side of car, until car is shopped for work amounting to practically rebuilding body of car, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.5   Drop-end low-side gondola cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(ii) The brake shaft shall be located on end of car to the left of center.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the brakes from right to left side on steel or steel-underframe cars with platform end sills, in service July 1, 1911, except when such appliances are renewed, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(4)), provided that top brake-shaft support may be omitted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sill steps.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(d)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one near each end on each side of car, not less than 24 nor more than 30 inches above center line of coupler, if car construction will permit, but handhold shall not project above top of side. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be no more than 8 inches from end of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(4)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>End handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one near each side of each end of car on face of end sill. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 16 inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(4)).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(k)).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>End-ladder clearance.</I> (1) No part of car above end sills within 30 inches from side of car, except buffer block, brake shaft, brake wheel or uncoupling lever shall extend to within 12 inches of a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block or end sill, and no other part of end of car or fixtures on same above end sills, other than exceptions noted in this subparagraph shall extend beyond the outer face of buffer block.
</P>
<P>(2) Carriers are not required to make changes to secure additional end-ladder clearance on cars in service July 1, 1911, that have 10 or more inches end-ladder clearance, within 30 inches of side of car, until car is shopped for work amounting to practically rebuilding body of car, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.6" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.6   Flat cars.</HEAD>
<P>(Cars with sides 12 inches or less above the floor may be equipped the same as flat cars.)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(ii) The brake shaft shall be located on the end of car to the left of center, or on side of car not more than 36 inches from right-hand end thereof.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the brakes from right to left side on steel or steel-underframe cars with platform end sills, in service July 1, 1911, except when such appliances are renewed, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(iv) Carriers are not required to change the location of brake wheels and brake shafts on cars in service July 1, 1911, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sill steps.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(d)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one on face of each side sill near each end. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 12 inches from end of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(4)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>End handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one near each side of each end of car on face of end sill. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 16 inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(4)).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(k)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.7   Tank cars with side platforms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(ii) The brake shaft shall be located on end of car to the left of center.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the brakes from right to left side on steel or steel-underframe cars with platform end sills in service July 1, 1911, except when such appliances are renewed, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sill steps.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(d)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four or more.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one on face of each side sill near each end. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 12 inches from end of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) If side safety railings are attached to tank or tank bands, four additional vertical handholds shall be applied, one as nearly as possible over each sill step and securely fastened to tank or tankband.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(4)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>End handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one near each side of each end of car on face of end sill. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 16 inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(4)).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Tank-head handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two. (Not required if safety railing runs around ends of tank.)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches. Clear length of handholds shall extend to within 6 inches of outer diameter of tank at point of application.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one across each head of tank not less than 30 nor more than 60 inches above platform.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Tankhead handholds shall be securely fastened.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Safety railings</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One continuous safety railing running around sides and ends of tank, securely fastened to tank or tank bands at ends and sides of tank; or two running full length of tank at sides of cars supported by posts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Not less than three-fourths of an inch, iron.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Running full length of tank either at side supported by posts or securely fastened to tank or tank bands, not less than 30 nor more than 60 inches above platform.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Safety railings shall be securely fastened to tank body, tank bands, or posts.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(k)).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>End-ladder clearance.</I> (1) No part of car above end sills within 30 inches from side of car, except buffer block, brake shaft, brake-shaft brackets, brake wheel or uncoupling level shall extend to within 12 inches of a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block or end sill, and no other part of end of car or fixtures on same above end sills, other than exceptions noted in this subparagraph, shall extend beyond the outer face of buffer block.
</P>
<P>(2) Carriers are not required to make changes to secure additional end-ladder clearance on cars in service July 1, 1911, that have 10 or more inches end-ladder clearance, within 30 inches of side of car, until car is shopped for work amounting to practically rebuilding body of car, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.8" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.8   Tank cars without side sills and tank cars with short side sills and end platforms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(ii) The brake shaft shall be located on end of car to the left of center.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the brakes from right to left side on steel or steel-underframe cars with platform end sills, in service July 1, 1911, except when such appliances are renewed, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Running boards</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One continuous running board around sides and ends; or two running full length of tank, one on each side.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum width on sides, 10 inches. Minimum width on ends, 6 inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Continuous around sides and ends of cars. On tank cars having end platforms extending to bolsters, running boards shall extend from center to center of bolsters, one on each side.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) If side running boards are applied below center of tank, outside edge of running boards shall extend not less than 7 inches beyond bulge of tank.
</P>
<P>(ii) The running boards at ends of car shall be not less than 6 inches from a point vertically above the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block, end sill or back stop.
</P>
<P>(iii) Running boards shall be securely fastened to tank or tank bands.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sill steps</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(d)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(d)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One near each end on each side under side handhold.
</P>
<P>(ii) Outside edge of tread of step shall be not more than 4 inches inside of face of side of car, preferably flush with side of car.
</P>
<P>(iii) Tread shall be not more than 24, preferably not more than 22, inches above the top of rail.
</P>
<P>(iv) Carriers are not required to change the location of sill steps on cars in service July 1, 1911, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed in said order.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(d)(4)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Ladders.</I> (If running boards are so located as to make ladders necessary.)
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Number.</I> Two on cars with continuous running boards. Four on cars with side running boards.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Minimum clear length of tread, 10 inches. Maximum spacing of treads, 19 inches. Hardwood treads, minimum dimensions, 1
<FR>1/2</FR> by 2 inches.
</P>
<P>(ii) Wrought iron or steel treads, minimum diameter five-eighths of an inch. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> On cars with continuous running boards, one at right end of each side. On cars with side running boards, one at each end of each running board.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Ladders shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four or more.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one on face of each side sill near each end on tank cars with short side sills, or one attached to top of running board projecting outward above sill steps or ladders on tank cars without side sills. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 12 inches from end of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) If side safety railings are attached to tank or tank bands four additional vertical handholds shall be applied, one as nearly as possible over each sill step and securely fastened to tank or tank bands.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(4)).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>End handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one near each side of each end of car on face of end sill. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 16 inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(4)).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Tank-head handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two. (Not required if safety railing runs around ends of tank.)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one across each head of tank not less than 30 nor more than 60 inches above platform on running board. Clear length of handholds shall extend to within 6 inches of outer diameter of tank at point of application.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 7, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Tankhead handholds shall be securely fastened.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Safety railings</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One running around sides and ends of tank or two running full length of tank.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, seven-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clearance, 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Running full length of tank, not less than 30 nor more than 60 inches above platform or running board.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Safety railings shall be securely fastened to tank or tank bands and secured against end shifting.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(k)).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>End-ladder clearance.</I> (1) No part of car above end sills within 30 inches from side of car, except buffer block, brake shaft, brake-shaft brackets, brake wheel, running boards or uncoupling lever shall extend to within 12 inches of a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block or end sill, and no other part of end of car or fixtures on same, above end sills, other than exceptions herein noted, shall extend beyond the outer face of buffer block.
</P>
<P>(2) Carriers are not required to make changes to secure additional end-ladder clearance on cars in service July 1, 1911, that have 10 or more inches end-ladder clearance, within 30 inches of side of car, until car is shopped for work amounting to practically rebuilding body of car, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.9   Tank cars without end sills.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion. The brake shaft shall be located on end of car to the left of center.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake step.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(b)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Running boards</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum width on sides, 10 inches. Minimum width on ends, 6 inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Continuous around sides and ends of tank.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) If running boards are applied below center of tank, outside edge of running boards shall extend not less than 7 inches beyond bulge of tank.
</P>
<P>(ii) Running boards at ends of car shall be not less than 6 inches from a point vertically above the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block, end sill or back stop.
</P>
<P>(iii) Running boards shall be securely fastened to tank or tank bands.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Sill steps</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four. (If tank has high running boards, making ladders necessary, sill steps must meet ladder requirements.)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(d)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One near each end on each side, flush with outside edge of running board as near end of car as practicable.
</P>
<P>(ii) Tread not more than 24, preferably not more than 22, inches above the top of rail.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) Steps exceeding 18 inches in depth shall have an additional tread and be laterally braced.
</P>
<P>(ii) Sill steps shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and, riveted over, or with 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four or more.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location</I>—(i) <I>Horizontal,</I> one near each end on each side of car over sill step on running board, not more than 2 inches back from outside edge of running board, projecting downward or outward.
</P>
<P>(ii) Where such side handholds are more than 18 inches from end of car, an additional handhold must be placed near each end on each side not more than 30 inches above center line of coupler.
</P>
<P>(iii) Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 12 inches from end of car.
</P>
<P>(iv) If safety railings are on tank, four additional vertical handholds shall be applied, one over each sill step on tank.
</P>
<P>(v) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(4)).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>End handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one near each side on each end of car on running board, not more than 2 inches back from edge of running board projecting downward or outward, or on end of tank not more than 30 inches above center line of coupler.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(4)).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Safety railings</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, seven-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clearance, 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Safety railings shall be continuous around sides and ends of car, not less than 30 nor more than 60 inches above running board.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Safety railings shall be securely fastened to tank or tank bands, and secured against end shifting.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Uncoupling levers</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(k)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(k)(2)), except that minimum length of uncoupling lever shall be 42 inches, measured from center line of end of car to handle of lever.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(k)(3)), except that uncoupling lever shall be not more than 30 inches above center line of coupler.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>End-ladder clearance.</I> (1) No part of car above buffer block within 30 inches from side of car, except brake shaft, brake-shaft brackets, brake wheel or uncoupling lever shall extend to within 12 inches of a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block or back stop, and no other part of end of car or fixtures on same, above buffer block, other than exceptions herein noted, shall extend beyond the face of buffer block.
</P>
<P>(2) Carriers are not required to make changes to secure additional end-ladder clearance on cars in service July 1, 1911, that have 10 or more inches end-ladder clearance, within 30 inches of side of car, until car is shopped for work amounting to practically rebuilding body of car, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.10" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.10   Caboose cars with platforms.</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>a. The term “bottom of car” as used in § 231.10 is construed to mean “bottom of side-sill or sheathing over side-sill.”
</P>
<P>b. The term “corner of car” as used in § 231.10 is construed to mean the “line at inner edge of platform formed by the intersection of the side and end of car.”</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> (i) Each caboose car shall be equipped with an efficient hand brake which shall operate in harmony with the power brake thereon.
</P>
<P>(ii) The hand brake may be of any efficient design, but must provide the same degree of safety as the design shown on plate A.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(ii) The brake shaft on caboose cars with platforms shall be located on platform to the left of center.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the brakes from right to left side on steel or steel-underframe cars with platform end sills, in service July 1, 1911, except when such appliances are renewed, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Running boards</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One longitudinal running board.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(c)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Full length of car, center of roof. (On caboose cars with cupolas, longitudinal running boards shall extend from cupola to ends of roof.)
</P>
<P>(ii) Outside - metal - roof - cars shall have latitudinal extensions leading to ladder locations.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(c)(4)). See note below.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Ladders</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> None specified.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One on each end.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as (<I>see</I> § 231.1(e)(4)). See note below.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Roof handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One over each ladder. Where stiles of ladders extend 12 inches or more above roof, no other roof handholds are required.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(g)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) On roof of caboose in line with and running parallel to treads of ladder, not less than 8 nor more than 15 inches from edge of roof.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(g)(4)). See note below.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Cupola handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One or more.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One continuous handhold extending around top of cupola not more than 3 inches from edge of cupola roof.
</P>
<P>(ii) Four right-angle handholds, one at each corner, not less than 16 inches in clear length from point of angle, may take the place of the one continuous handhold specified, if locations coincide.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Cupola handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts with nuts outside and riveted over or with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch rivets. See note below.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clear length, 36 inches. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One near each end on each side of car, curving downward toward center of car from a point not less than 30 inches above platform to a point not more than 8 inches from bottom of car. Top end of handhold shall be not more than 8 inches from outside face of end sheathing.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(4)).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>End handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one near each side on each end of car on face of platform end sill. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 16 inches from end of platform end sill.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(4)).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>End-platform handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One right-angle handhold on each side of each end extending horizontally from door post to corner of car at approximate height of platform rail, then downward to within 12 inches of bottom of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Handholds shall be securely fastened with bolts, screws, or rivets.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Caboose-platform steps.</I> Safe and suitable box steps leading to caboose platforms shall be provided at each corner of caboose. Lower tread of step shall be not more than 24 inches above top of rail.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(k)).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Running boards may be omitted from Caboose Cars with platforms built after June 1, 1970, when each of the following conditions have been met:
</P>
<P>(1) That ladders, roof handholds (including ladder extensions) and cupola handholds as specified in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this § 231.10 are also omitted.
</P>
<P>(2) That an appropriate notice be posted in protective manner or stenciled on interior of caboose stating “operating employees are prohibited under all conditions from occupying the roof of this caboose.”
</P>
<P>(3) That a safe means must be provided to assure the safety of an operating employee when required to clean or maintain windows of a caboose without running boards.
</P>
<P>(4) That the following additional safety appliances as specified be securely installed at the outer edge of each platform:
</P>
<P>(a) Safety railing
</P>
<P>(i) Number:
</P>
<FP-1>Horizontal—Four (4), two (2) upper and two (2) lower.
</FP-1>
<FP>Vertical—Four (4).
</FP>
<P>(ii) Dimensions:
</P>
<FP-1>Minimum diameter—One (1) inch wrought iron, steel, or other material of equivalent strength.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Minimum clearance—Four (4), preferably six (6) inches except at brace and fastening locations.
</FP-1>
<P>(iii) Location:
</P>
<FP-1>Vertical—One (1) at each corner of car extending from platform end sill to level of lower horizontal safety railing or to suitable bracket at roof.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Horizontal—Upper: Across each end of car near outer edge securely braced with vertical supports not less than 48 nor more than 54 inches above top of platform extending not less than full width of platform excluding hand brake stanchion area.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Horizontal—Lower: Across each end of car near outer edge securely braced with vertical supports not less than 36 nor more than 42 inches above top of platform excluding hand brake stanchion area. An opening may be provided near center. Such opening shall be provided with a secure safety chain(s) not less than 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch diameter wrought iron, or steel, or other secure suitable closure.
</FP-1>
<P>(iv) Manner of application:
</P>
<FP-1>Safety railing shall be securely fastened with 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts or rivets when possible and securely supported. A weld at connection of vertical and horizontal safety railing and vertical supports is permissible when those appliances are fabricated as a single unit.
</FP-1>
<P>(b) Kick plates
</P>
<P>(i) Number: Four (4).
</P>
<P>(ii) Dimensions:
</P>
<FP-1>Minimum thickness 10-gauge wrought iron, steel or other material of equivalent strength.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Width—Minimum 24 inches.
</FP-1>
<FP>Height—Minimum 24 inches.
</FP>
<P>(iii) Location: One near each side on each and. Outer edge not more than 12 inches from adjacent vertical safety railing with bottom edge near top of platform. Hand brake stand may serve as part of kick plate.
</P>
<P>(iv) Manner of application: Securely fastened by 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts or rivets, or weld.
</P>
<P>(v) Vertical hand rail supports spaced not more than eighteen (18) inches apart may be used in lieu of kick plates.
</P>
<P>(5) That stove pipe shall be secured to prevent turning.
</P>
<P>(6) That windows shall be laminated safety-type glass or equivalent.
</P>
<P><I>Existing caboose cars with platforms.</I> Running boards may be removed from Caboose Cars with Platforms built or under construction on or before June 1, 1970, when each of the following conditions have been met:
</P>
<P>(1) That ladder treads above safety railing, roof handholds including ladder extensions, and cupola handholds specified in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this § 231.10 are removed.
</P>
<P>(2) That an appropriate notice be posted in protective manner or stenciled in interior of caboose stating “operating employees are prohibited under all conditions from occupying the roof of this caboose.”
</P>
<P>(3) That a safe means must be provided to assure the safety of an operating employee when required to clean or maintain windows of a caboose without running boards.
</P>
<P>(4) That end platform safety railing and handhold arrangement will be deemed to meet requirements except as to upper safety railing and kick plates, when those appliances are not provided. When vertical supports are not more than twenty-four (24) inches apart, such supports may be used in lieu of kick plates.
</P>
<P>(5) That the following additional safety appliances (when not so provided) shall be securely installed at outer edge of each platform:
</P>
<P>(a) Safety railing.
</P>
<P>(i) Number:
</P>
<FP>Horizontal upper—Two (2).
</FP>
<P>(ii) Dimensions:
</P>
<FP-1>Minimum diameter—One (1) inch wrought iron, steel, or other material of equivalent strength.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Minimum clearance—Four (4), preferably six (6) inches except at brace and fastening locations.
</FP-1>
<P>(iii) Location:
</P>
<FP-1>Horizontal—Upper: Across each end of car near outer edge securely braced with vertical supports not less than 48 nor more than 54 inches above top of platform extending not less than full width of platform excluding hand brake stanchion area. Ladder tread not more than two (2) inches below level of upper safety railing may serve as a portion of said safety railing.
</FP-1>
<P>(b) Kick plates or vertical supports—Same as provided for caboose cars with platforms built after June 1, 1970, this note. See above.
</P>
<P>(6) That stove pipe should be secured to prevent turning.
</P>
<P>(7) Cupola or bay windows shall be laminated safety-type glass or equivalent and all other caboose windows shall be so provided on or before June 1, 1975.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19663, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 35 FR 10149, June 20, 1970]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.11   Caboose cars without platforms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(ii) The brake shaft on caboose cars without platforms shall be located on end of car to the left of center.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the brakes from right to left side on steel or steel-underframe cars with platform end sills, in service July 1, 1911, except when such appliances are renewed, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake step.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(b)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Running boards</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(c)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimension.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(c)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Full length of car, center of roof. (On caboose cars with cupolas, longitudinal running boards shall extend from cupola to ends of roof.)
</P>
<P>(ii) Outside-metal-roof cars shall have latitudinal extensions leading to ladder locations.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(c)(4)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Sill steps.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(d)).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Side-door steps</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two. (If caboose has side doors.)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum length, 5 feet. Minimum width, 6 inches. Minimum thickness of tread, 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches. Minimum height of back stop, 3 inches. Maximum height from top of rail to top of tread, 24 inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One under each side door.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Side-door steps shall be supported by 2 iron brackets having a minimum cross-sectional area 
<FR>7/8</FR> by 3 inches or equivalent, each of which shall be securely fastened to car by not less than two 
<FR>3/4</FR>-inch bolts.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Ladders</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(e)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(e)(3), except when caboose has side doors, then side ladders shall be located not more than 8 inches from doors.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(e)(4)).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>End-ladder clearance.</I> (1) No part of car above end sills within 30 inches from side of car, except buffer block, brake shaft, brake wheel, brake step, running board, or uncoupling lever shall extend to within 12 inches of a vertical plane, parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block or end sill, and no other part of end of car or fixtures on same above end sills, other than exceptions noted in this subparagraph, shall extend beyond the outer face of buffer block.
</P>
<P>(2) Carriers are not required to make changes to secure additional end-ladder clearance on cars in service July 1, 1911, that have 10 or more inches end-ladder clearance, within 30 inches of side of car, until car is shopped for work amounting to practically rebuilding body of car, at which time they must be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Roof handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(g)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One over each ladder, on roof in line with and running parallel to treads of ladder, not less than 8 nor more than 15 inches from edge of roof.
</P>
<P>(ii) Where stiles of ladders extend 12 inches or more above roof, no other roof handholds are required.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Roof handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Cupola handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One or more.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eights of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One continuous cupola handhold extending around top of cupola, not more than 3 inches from edge of cupola roof.
</P>
<P>(ii) Four right-angle handholds, one at each corner, not less than 16 inches in clear length from point of angle, may take the place of the one continuous handhold specified, if locations coincide.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Cupola handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts with nuts outside and riveted over or with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal, one near each end on each side of car, not less than 24 nor more than 30 inches above center line of coupler. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 8 inches from end of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.(h)(4)).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Side-door handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four: Two curved, two straight.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One curved handhold, from a point at side of each door opposite ladder, not less than 36 inches above bottom of car, curving away from door downward to a point not more than 6 inches above bottom of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) One vertical handhold at ladder side of each door from a point not less than 36 inches above bottom of car to a point not more than 6 inches above level of bottom of door.
</P>
<P>(iii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Side-door handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over or with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Horizontal end handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars.” (See § 231.1(i)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars.” (see § 231.1(i)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(3)), except that one additional end handhold shall be on each end of cars with platform end sills as heretofore described, unless car has door in center of end. Said handhold shall be not less than 24 inches in length, located near center of car, not less than 30 nor more than 60 inches above platform end sill.
</P>
<P>(ii) Carriers are not required to change the location of handholds on cars in service July 1, 1911, except end handholds under end sills, where the appliances are within 3 inches of the required location, except that when cars undergo regular repairs they must then be made to comply with the standards prescribed in said order.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(4)).
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Vertical end handholds.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(j)).
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(k)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.12" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.12   Passenger-train cars with wide vestibules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Each passenger-train car shall be equipped with an efficient hand brake, which shall operate in harmony with the power brake thereon.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Location.</I> Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Eight.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, metal. Minimum clear length, 16 inches. Minimum clearance, 1
<FR>1/4</FR>, preferably 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Vertical, one on each vestibule door post.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Side handholds shall be securely fastened with bolts, rivets, or screws.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>End handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Minimum diameters, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clear length, 16 inches. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(ii) Handholds shall be flush with or project not more than 1 inch beyond vestibule face.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Horizontal, one near each side on each end projecting downward from face of vestibule end sill. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 16 inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> End handholds shall be securely fastened with bolts or rivets. When marker sockets or brackets are located so that they can not be conveniently reached from platforms, suitable steps and handholds shall be provided for men to reach such sockets or brackets.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> (1) Uncoupling attachments shall be applied so they can be operated by a person standing on the ground.
</P>
<P>(2) Minimum length of ground uncoupling attachment, 42 inches, measured from center line of end of car to handle of attachment.
</P>
<P>(3) On passenger-train cars used in freight or mixed-train service, the uncoupling attachment shall be so applied that the coupler can be operated from left side of car.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.13   Passenger-train cars with open-end platforms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Each passenger-train car shall be equipped with an efficient hand brake, which shall operate in harmony with the power brake thereon.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Location.</I> Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>End handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clear length, 16 inches. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches. Handholds shall be flush with or project not more than 1 inch beyond surface of end sill.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Horizontal, one near each side of each end on face of platform end sill, projecting downward. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 16 inches from end of end sill.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> End-handholds shall be securely fastened with bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>End-platform handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four. (Cars equipped with safety gates do not require end-platform handholds.)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, metal.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Horizontal from or near door post to a point not more than 12 inches from corner of car, then approximately vertical to a point not more than 6 inches from top of platform. Horizontal portion shall be not less than 24 inches in length nor more than 40 inches above platform.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> End-platform handholds shall be securely fastened with bolts, rivets, or screws.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> (1) Uncoupling attachments shall be applied so they can be operated by a person standing on the ground.
</P>
<P>(2) Minimum length of ground uncoupling attachment, 42 inches, measured from center of end of car to handle of attachment.
</P>
<P>(3) On passenger-train cars used in freight or mixed-train service the uncoupling attachments shall be so applied that the coupler can be operated from left side of car.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.14" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.14   Passenger-train cars without end platforms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Handbrakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Each passenger-train car shall be equipped with an efficient hand brake which shall operate in harmony with the power brake thereon.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Location.</I> Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sill steps</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum length of tread, 10, preferably 12, inches. Minimum cross-sectional area, 
<FR>1/2</FR> by 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or equivalent, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clear depth, 8 inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One near each end on each side not more than 24 inches from corner of car to center of tread of sill step.
</P>
<P>(ii) Outside edge of tread of step shall be not more than 2 inches inside of face of side of car.
</P>
<P>(iii) Tread shall be not more than 24, preferably not more than 22, inches above the top of rail.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) Steps exceeding 18 inches in depth shall have an additional tread and be laterally braced.
</P>
<P>(ii) Sill steps shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clear length, 16, preferably 24, inches. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Horizontal or vertical, one near each end on each side of car over sill step.
</P>
<P>(i) If horizontal, not less than 24 nor more than 30 inches above center line of coupler.
</P>
<P>(ii) If vertical, lower end not less than 18 nor more than 24 inches above center line of coupler.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Side handholds shall be securely fastened with bolts, rivets or screws.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>End handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clear length, 16 inches. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Horizontal, one near each side on each end projecting downward from face of end sill or sheathing. Clearance of outer end of handholds shall be not more than 16 inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) Handholds shall be flush with or project not more than 1 inch beyond face of end sill.
</P>
<P>(ii) End handholds shall be securely fastened with bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(iii) When marker sockets or brackets are located so that they can not be conveniently reached from platforms, suitable steps and handholds shall be provided for men to reach such sockets or brackets.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>End handrails.</I> (On cars with projecting end sills.)
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One on each side of each end, extending horizontally from doorpost or vestibule frame to a point not more than 6 inches from corner of car, then approximately vertical to a point not more than 6 inches from top of platform end sill; horizontal portion shall be not less than 30 nor more than 60 inches above platform end sill.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> End handrails shall be securely fastened with bolts, rivets or screws.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Side-door steps</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One under each door.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum length of tread, 10, preferably 12, inches. Minimum cross-sectional area, 
<FR>1/2</FR> by 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or equivalent, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clear depth, 8 inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Outside edge of tread of step not more than 2 inches inside of face of side of car. Tread not more than 24, preferably not more than 22, inches above the top of rail.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) Steps exceeding 18 inches in depth shall have an additional tread and be laterally braced.
</P>
<P>(ii) Side-door steps shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(iii) A vertical handhold not less than 24 inches in clear length shall be applied above each side-door step on door post.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> (1) Uncoupling attachments shall be applied so they can be operated by a person standing on the ground.
</P>
<P>(2) Minimum length of ground uncoupling attachment, 42 inches, measured from center line of end of car to handle of attachment.
</P>
<P>(3) On passenger-train cars used in freight or mixed-train service, the uncoupling attachment shall be so applied that the coupler can be operated from the left side of car.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.15   Steam locomotives used in road service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Tender till-steps</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four on tender.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Bottom tread not less than 8 by 12 inches, metal. (May have wooden treads.)
</P>
<P>(ii) If stirrup steps are used, clear length of tread shall be not less than 10, preferably 12, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One near each corner of tender on sides.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Tender sill-steps shall be securely fastened with bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pilot sill-steps</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Tread not less than 8 inches in width by 10 inches in length, metal. (May have wooden treads.)
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One on or near each end of buffer-beam outside of rail and not more than 16 inches above rail.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Pilot sill-steps shall be securely fastened with bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pilot-beam handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clear length, 14, preferably 16, inches. Minimum clearance, 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One on each end of buffer-beam. If uncoupling lever extends across front end of locomotive to within 8 inches of end of buffer-beam, and is seven-eighths of an inch or more in diameter, securely fastened, with a clearance of 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, it is a handhold.)
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Pilot-beam handholds shall be securely fastened with bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Six.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, if horizontal, five-eighths of an inch; if vertical, seven-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Horizontal, minimum clear length, 16 inches. Vertical, clear length equal to approximate height of tank. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Horizontal or vertical. If vertical, one on each side of tender within 6 inches of rear or on corner; if horizontal, same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(3)).
</P>
<P>(ii) One on each side of tender near gangway; 1 on each side of locomotive at gangway; applied vertically.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Side handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rear-end handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clear length, 14 inches. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR>, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Horizontal, one near each side of rear end of tender on face of end sill. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than 16 inches from side of tender.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Rear-end handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Uncoupling levers</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two double levers, operative from either side.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Rear-end levers shall extend across end of tender with handles not more than 12, preferably 9, inches from side of tender with a guard bent on handle to give not less than 2 inches clearance around handle.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One on rear end of tender and one on front end of locomotive. Handles of front-end leavers shall be not more than 12, preferably 9, inches from ends of buffer-beam, and shall be so constructed as to give a minimum clearance of 2 inches around handle.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Uncoupling levers shall be securely fastened with bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Couplers.</I> Locomotives shall be equipped with automatic couplers at rear of tender and front of locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.16" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.16   Steam locomotives used in switching service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Footboards</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two or more.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Minimum width of tread, 10 inches.
</P>
<P>(ii) Minimum height of back stop, 4 inches above tread.
</P>
<P>(iii) Height from top of rail to top of tread, not more than 12 nor less than 9 inches.
</P>
<P>(iv) If made of wood, minimum thickness of tread shall be 1
<FR>1/2</FR>, preferably 2 inches.
</P>
<P>(v) Footboards may be made of material other than wood which provides the same as or a greater degree of safety than wood of 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches thickness. When made of material other than wood, the tread surface shall be of antiskid design and constructed with sufficient open space to permit the elimination of snow and ice from the tread surface.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Ends or sides. If on ends, they shall extend not less than 18 inches outside of guage of straight track, and shall be not more than 12 inches shorter than buffer-beam at each end.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) End footboards may be constructed in two sections, provided that practically all space on each side of coupler is filled; each section shall be not less than 3 feet in length.
</P>
<P>(ii) Footboards shall be securely bolted to two 1- by 4-inch metal brackets, provided footboard is not cut or notched at any point.
</P>
<P>(iii) If footboard is cut or notched or in two sections, not less than four 1- by 3-inch metal brackets shall be used, two located on each side of coupler. Each bracket shall be securely bolted to buffer-beam, end sill or tank frame by not less than two 
<FR>7/8</FR>-inch bolts.
</P>
<P>(iv) If side footboards are used, a substantial handhold or rail shall be applied not less than 30 inches nor more than 60 inches above tread or footboard.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sill steps</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two or more.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Lower tread of step shall be not less than 8 by 12 inches, metal. (May have wooden treads.)
</P>
<P>(ii) If stirrup steps are used, clear length of tread shall be not less than 10, preferably 12, inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One or more on each side at gangway secured to locomotive or tender.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Sill steps shall be securely fastened with bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>End handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, 1 inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clearance, 4 inches, except at coupler casting or braces when minimum clearance shall be 2 inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One on pilot, buffer-beam; one on rear end of tender, extending across front end of locomotive and rear end of tender. Ends of handholds shall be not more than 6 inches from ends of buffer-beam or end sill, securely fastened at ends.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> End handholds shall be securely fastened with bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, seven-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Clear length equal to approximate height of tank. Minimum clearance, 2, preferably 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Vertical. One on each side of tender near front corner; one on each side of locomotive at gangway.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Side handholds shall be securely fastened with bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Uncoupling levers</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two double levers, operative from either side.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Handles of front-end levers shall be not more than 12, preferably 9, inches from ends of buffer-beam, and shall be so constructed as to give a minimum clearance of 2 inches around handle.
</P>
<P>(ii) Rear-end levers shall extend across end of tender with handles not more than 12, preferably 9, inches from side of tender, with a guard bent on handle to give not less than 2 inches clearance around handle.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One on rear end of tender and one on front end of locomotive.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Handrails and steps for headlights.</I> Switching locomotives with sloping tenders with manhole or headlight located on sloping portion of tender shall be equipped with secure steps and handrail or with platform and handrail leading to such manhole or headlight.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>End-ladder clearance.</I> No part of locomotive or tender except draft rigging, coupler and attachments, safety chains, buffer block, footboard, brake pipe, signal pipe, steam-heat pipe or arms of uncoupling lever shall extend to within 14 inches of a vertical plane passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with horn of coupler against buffer block or end sill.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Couplers.</I> Locomotives shall be equipped with automatic couplers at rear of tender and front of locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.17   Specifications common to all steam locomotives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes.</I> (1) Hand brakes will not be required on locomotives nor on tenders when attached to locomotives.
</P>
<P>(2) If tenders are detached from locomotives and used in special service, they shall be equipped with efficient hand brakes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Running boards</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Not less than 10 inches wide. If of wood, not less than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in thickness; if of metal, not less than three-sixteenths of an inch, properly supported.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One on each side of boiler extending from cab to front end near pilot-beam. (Running boards may be in sections. Flat-top steamchests may form section of running board.)
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) Running boards shall be securely fastened with bolts, rivets, or studs.
</P>
<P>(ii) Locomotives having Wootten type boilers with cab located on top of boiler more than 12 inches forward from boiler head shall have suitable running boards running from cab to rear of locomotive, with handrailings not less than 20 nor more than 48 inches above outside edge of running boards, securely fastened with bolts, rivets, or studs.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Handrails</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two or more.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Not less than 1 inch in diameter, wrought iron or steel.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One on each side of boiler extending from near cab to near front end of boiler, and extending across front end of boiler, not less than 24 nor more than 66 inches above running board.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Handrails shall be securely fastened to boiler.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Tenders of Vanderbilt type.</I> (1) Tenders known as the Vanderbilt type shall be equipped with running boards; one on each side of tender not less than 10 inches in width and one on top of tender not less than 48 inches in width, extending from coal space to rear of tender.
</P>
<P>(2) There shall be a handrail on each side of top running board, extending from coal space to rear of tank, not less than 1 inch in diameter and not less than 20 inches in height above running board from coal space to manhole.
</P>
<P>(3) There shall be a handrail extending from coal space to within 12 inches of rear of tank, attached to each side of tank above side running board not less than 30 nor more than 66 inches above running board.
</P>
<P>(4) There shall be one vertical end handhold on each side of Vanderbilt type of tender, located within 8 inches of rear of tank extending from within 8 inches of top of end sill to within 8 inches of side handrail. Post supporting rear end of side running board, if not more than 2 inches in diameter and properly located, may form section of handhold.
</P>
<P>(5) An additional horizontal end handhold shall be applied on rear end of all Vanderbilt type of tenders which are not equipped with vestibules. Handhold to be located not less than 30 nor more than 66 inches above top of end sill. Clear length of handhold to be not less than 48 inches.
</P>
<P>(6) Ladders shall be applied at forward ends of side running boards.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Handrails and steps for headlights.</I> (1) Locomotives having headlights which can not be safely and conveniently reached from pilot-beam or steam chests shall be equipped with secure handrails and steps suitable for the use of men in getting to and from such headlights.
</P>
<P>(2) A suitable metal end or side ladder shall be applied to all tanks more than 48 inches in height, measured from the top of end sill, and securely fastened with bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Couplers.</I> Locomotives shall be equipped with automatic couplers at rear of tender and front of locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.18" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.18   Cars of special construction.</HEAD>
<P>Cars of construction not covered specifically in the foregoing sections in this part, relative to handholds, sill steps, ladders, hand brakes and running boards may be considered as of special construction, but shall have, as nearly as possible, the same complement of handholds, sill steps, ladders, hand brakes, and running boards as are required for cars of the nearest approximate type.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.19   Definition of “Right” and “Left.”</HEAD>
<P><I>Right</I> or <I>Left</I> refers to side of person when facing end or side of car from ground.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.20" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.20   Variation in size permitted.</HEAD>
<P>To provide for the usual inaccuracies of manufacturing and for wear, where sizes of metal are specified, a total variation of 5 percent below size given is permitted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.21   Tank cars without underframes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion. The brake shaft shall be located on end of car to the left of center.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(a)(4)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>End platforms</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum width, ten inches. Minimum thickness, one and three-quarters inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One on each end extending across car a distance equal to or greater than any other portion of car. Outside edge of end platform shall extend not less than seven inches beyond bulge of tank head and safety railing.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> End platforms shall be securely fastened to the draft sills and be sufficiently rigid to prevent sagging.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sill steps.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(d)).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>End platform safety railing</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum of seven-eighths inch diameter, wrought iron or steel, or one and one-quarter inch pipe. Minimum clearance, two and one-half inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One safety railing at each end of car shall extend horizontally across car not less than thirty-six inches nor more than fifty-four inches above end platform and extend downward within three inches of the end of the platform. The safety railing shall be located not more than six inches from the inside edge of the platform.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Safety railings shall be supported at center of car and at each end by extending downward at the ends and attaching to the platform.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Side railing</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> One and one-quarter inch pipe. Minimum clearance two and one-half inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One on each side of car, extending from end platform to end platform at a distance of not less than 51 inches from centerline of car, except that where break in side railing is necessary for side ladder or operating cabinet, the side railing shall be securely attached to such ladder and/or cabinet.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Safety railings shall be securely attached to end platforms and supported from the car at intervals not exceeding ten feet.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Four horizontal; one on face of end platform end, over sill step, projecting downward or outward. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than twelve inches from end of car. Vertical portion of end platform safety railing shall be considered as a side vertical handhold.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as prescribed for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(h)(4)).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>End handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(2)).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Horizontal, one near each side of each end of car on face of end sill. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall not be more than sixteen inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(i)(4)).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> Same as specified for “Box and other house cars” (see § 231.1(k)).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>End ladder clearance.</I> No part of car above end sills within thirty inches from side of car, except buffer block, brake shaft, brake-shaft brackets, brake wheel, running boards or uncoupling lever shall extend to within twelve inches of a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block or end sill, and no other part of end of car or fixtures on same, above end sills, other than exceptions herein noted, shall extend beyond the outer face of the buffer block.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Operating platform, ladder and safety railing</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One operating platform, two ladders and safety railing. Not required if all fittings used in the loading or unloading of the tank car are accessible from ground or end platform.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Ladder: Ladder stiles, three-eighths by two inches or equivalent, wrought iron or steel. One and one-quarter inch extra strong pipe will be considered equivalent.
</P>
<P>(ii) Ladder treads minimum diameter, five-eighths of an inch, wrought iron or steel.
</P>
<P>(iii) Minimum clear length of treads, fourteen inches.
</P>
<P>(iv) Maximum spacing of treads, nineteen inches.
</P>
<P>(v) Minimum clearance of treads and ladder stiles, two inches, preferably two and one-half inches.
</P>
<P>(vi) Operating platform, minimum width, seven inches; minimum thickness, one and three-quarters inches.
</P>
<P>(vii) Safety railing, one and one-quarter inch wrought iron or steel pipe.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) Operating platform to be of sufficient length to provide access to all operating fittings. Ladder to be located on sides of car at center.
</P>
<P>(ii) The safety railing shall enclose the operating platform, manway and fittings used in the loading and unloading of the tank. Railing shall be open only at the ladders where it shall extend in a vertical direction down to, and be securely attached to the platform. Maximum width of opening, twenty-four inches.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) The ladders shall be securely fastened to the operating platform. The lower portion of ladder shall be braced in such a manner as to prevent any movement.
</P>
<P>(ii) The operating platforms shall be supported to prevent sagging and be securely attached to the tank.
</P>
<P>(iii) The safety railing shall be securely attached to four stanchions or corner posts, which shall be securely attached to the tank or operating platform.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Manner of application of safety appliances on tank cars covered with jackets.</I> On tanks covered with jackets, metal pads shall be securely attached to the shell proper, to which brackets shall be fastened for securing the safety appliances attached to the tanks; or, the safety appliances (with the exception of the operating platform brackets) may be secured to the jackets reinforced with metal pads at the point of attachment, which pads shall extend at least two inches from the center line of rivet holes. The operating platform brackets shall be secured to the jacket reinforced with suitable bands. When the safety appliances are attached to the jacket covering of the tank, the jacket shall be tightened so that there will be no danger of its slipping around.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19663, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 34 FR 11974, July 16, 1969]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.22" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.22   Operation of track motor cars.</HEAD>
<P>On and after August 1, 1963, it shall be unlawful for any railroad subject to the requirements of the Safety Appliance Acts to operate or permit to be operated on its line track motor cars to pull or haul trailers, push trucks, hand cars, or similar cars or equipment.
</P>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 28 FR 7839, Aug. 1, 1963, the effective date of § 231.22 was stayed until further notice.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.23   Unidirectional passenger-train cars adaptable to van-type semi-trailer use.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Passenger-Train Cars Without End-Platforms.”
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Location.</I> Each hand brake shall be so located that it can be safely operated while car is in motion. The hand brake operating device shall be located on the end of car to the left of center.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake step</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> One (1).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Not less than twenty-eight (28) inches in length. Outside edge not less than eight (8) inches from face of car, except when “A” frame is used and extends beyond end of car, a platform of anti-skid design covering the extended portion of the “A” frame may be used as brake step.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Manner of application.</I> Brake step shall be securely fastened to car and when additional support is necessary, metal braces having a minimum cross-sectional area three-eighths (
<FR>3/8</FR>) by one and one-half (1
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches or equivalent shall be securely fastened to body of car with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sill steps</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two (2).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum length of tread, ten (10) preferably twelve (12) inches. Minimum cross-sectional area, one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) by one and one-half (1
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches, or equivalent, wrought iron, steel or other metal of equivalent strength. Minimum clear depth, eight (8) inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One (1) near the rear or trailing end of the car on each side, not more than twenty-four (24) inches from corner of car to center of tread of sill step.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Passenger-Train Cars Without End-Platforms.”
</P>
<P>(d) <I>End-clearance.</I> No part of car above end sills except the brake step shall extend to within twenty (20) inches of a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the outside edge of any part of an adjoining car.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four (4).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths (
<FR>5/8</FR>) of an inch, wrought iron, steel or metal of equivalent strength. Minimum clear length, sixteen (16) preferably twenty-four (24) inches. Minimum clearance, two (2) preferably two and one-half (2
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Horizontal, two (2) over each sill step. Lower handhold shall be not less than twenty-four (24) nor more than thirty (30) inches above center line of coupler. Upper handhold shall be not less than fifteen (15) nor more than nineteen (19) inches above lower handhold. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than eight (8) inches from end of car.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Side handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Horizontal end-handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Seven (7).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths (
<FR>5/8</FR>) of an inch, wrought iron, steel or other metal of equivalent strength. Minimum clear length, sixteen (16) inches. Minimum clearance, two (2) preferably two and one-half (2
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> End-sill: One (1) near each side at the rear or trailing end of car on face of end-sill or sheathing over end-sill, projecting outward or downward. Clearance of outer end of handhold shall be not more than sixteen (16) inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(i) Lower: One near each side of the rear or trailing end of car, not less than twenty-four (24) nor more than thirty (30) inches above center line of coupler.
</P>
<P>(ii) Upper: One (1) near each side at the rear or trailing end of car not less than fifteen (15) nor more than nineteen (19) inches above lower handholds. Clearance of outer ends of lower and upper handholds shall be not more than eight (8) inches from side of car. Lower and upper handholds shall be spaced to coincide with corresponding side handholds, a variation of two (2) inches being allowed. On front end of car there shall be one (1) additional end handhold full length of car not less than forty (40) nor more than fifty (50) inches above center line of coupler. Clearance of each end of handhold shall be not more than eight (8) inches from side of car. When construction will not permit the use of a single handhold, four (4) handholds, each not less than sixteen (16) inches in length may be used, provided dimensions and location coincide.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> End handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch bolts with the nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch rivets. When marker sockets or brackets are located so that they cannot be conveniently reached, suitable steps and handholds shall be provided for men to reach such sockets or brackets.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> Each car shall be equipped to provide means of coupling and uncoupling without the necessity of men going between the cars.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.24" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.24   Box and other house cars with roofs, 16 feet 10 inches or more above top of rail. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/></HEAD>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> (a) Each car of this type built or rebuilt after (January 1, 1976) or under construction prior thereto and placed in service after (effective date) shall be equipped as specified in § 231.27(a) through (h) and (j) or, if it has roof hatches, as specified in § 231.28.
</P>
<P>(b) Each car of this type placed in service after November 23, 1964 and before (effective date) shall be equipped—
</P>
<P>(1) As specified in § 231.24; or
</P>
<P>(2) As specified in § 231.27(a) through (h) and (j); or
</P>
<P>(3) If it has roof hatches, as specified in § 231.28.
</P>
<P>(c) Each car of this type placed in service before October 22, 1964, or under construction on October 22, 1964 and placed in service before November 23, 1964, shall be equipped—
</P>
<P>(1) As specified in § 231.1; or
</P>
<P>(2) As specified in §§ 231.1 and 231.27(i); or
</P>
<P>(3) As specified in § 231.27(a) through (h) and (j); or
</P>
<P>(4) If it has roof hatches, as specified in § 231.28.</P></FTNT>
<P>(a) <I>Hand brakes</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Same as specified for “Box and Other House Cars.”
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and Other House Cars.”
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Each hand brake shall be located so that it can be safely operated from the end-platform. Each brake shaft shall be located on end of car to left of center and not more than twenty-four (24) inches from left side of car.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and Other House Cars.”
</P>
<P>(b) <I>End-platforms</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two (2).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Width, not less than ten (10) inches. Length, full width of car.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One (1) on each end of car not more than eight (8) inches above center sill.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Each end-platform shall be securely supported by not less than four (4) metal braces having a minimum cross sectional area three-eighths (
<FR>3/8</FR>) by one and one-half (1
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches or equivalent which shall be securely fastened to body of car with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch bolts or rivets. The outside edge of each end-platform shall be not less than six (6) inches from a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler-horn against the buffer-block or end sill and cushioning device (if used) at full buff. End-platform shall be made of running board material as specified for “Box and Other House Cars.”
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sill steps.</I> Same as specified for “Box and Other House Cars.”
</P>
<P>(d) <I>End-ladder clearance.</I> No part of car above end-sills within thirty (30) inches from side of car, except buffer block brake-shaft, brake wheel, end-platform, horizontal end handholds, or coupling lever shall extend to within twelve (12) inches of a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle, when closed with the coupler horn against the buffer block or end-sill and cushioning device (if used) at full buff, and no other part of end of car or fixtures on same above end-sill, other than exceptions herein noted, shall extend beyond outer face of buffer block.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Sixteen (16).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Box and Other House Cars.”
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Horizontal: Four (4) near each end and on each side of car spaced not more than nineteen (19) inches apart and with the bottom handhold located not more than twenty-one (21) inches from top tread of sill step, and top handhold shall coincide in height with horizontal end-platform handhold, a variation of two (2) inches being allowed. Spacing of side handholds shall be uniform within a limit of two (2) inches from top handhold to bottom handhold. Clearance of outer ends of handholds shall be not more than eight (8) inches from end of car.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and Other House Cars,” except each bottom handhold shall have foot guard or upward projection not less than two (2) inches in height near inside end.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Horizontal end handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four (4).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimension.</I> Same as specified for “Box and Other House Cars.”
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One (1) near each side of each end of car on outer edge of end platform, projecting downward with clearance of outer end not more than sixteen (16) inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and Other House Cars.”
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Horizontal end-platform handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two (2).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified for “Horizontal End Handholds” for “Box and Other House Cars,” except length shall extend across end of car.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Extending across each end of car, not less than forty-eight (48) nor more than sixty (60) inches above tread of end-platform with clearance at each end of not more than four (4) inches from side of car, supported by an extra leg near center of handholds.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Horizontal End Handholds” for “Box and Other House Cars.”
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Vertical end-handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four (4).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter five-eighths (
<FR>5/8</FR>) of an inch, wrought iron or steel. Minimum clearance, two (2), preferably two and one-half (2
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One (1) on each side of each end of car, not more than four (4) inches from side of car, extending downward from end of horizontal end-platform handhold to within eight (8) inches above tread of end-platform. One (1) continuous handhold with two (2) right angles, or two (2) right angle handholds, may take the place of two (2) specified vertical end-handholds and one (1) horizontal end-platform handhold, provided the dimensions and locations coincide, and extra legs at points of angle and center are provided and securely fastened to car.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified for “Box and Other House Cars.”
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Uncoupling levers.</I> Same as specified for “Box and Other House Cars.”
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Painting and stenciling.</I> (1) That portion of each end of car more than fifteen (15) feet above top of rail shall be painted with contrasting reflectorized paint and shall bear the words “No running board” to the left of center and “Excess height car” to the right of center.
</P>
<P>(2) Lettering to be not less than three (3) inches high. On each side-sill near end corner there shall be painted a yellow rectangular area with a three-fourths (
<FR>3/4</FR>) inch black border containing the words “This car excess height—no running board.” Lettering to be not less than one and one-half (1
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches high. When car is equipped with center sill or underframe cushioning device having more than twelve (12) inches longitudinal impact absorbing travel, and a part of the uncoupling device and/or brake pipe is located parallel to the exposed end of the center sill, such part shall provide at least two (2) inches of clearance near the coupler of sufficient length to permit use as an emergency handhold during air hose coupling operation and the top of exposed ends of sliding center sill shall be coated with anti-skid paint.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19663, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 40 FR 34347, Aug. 15, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.25   Track motorcars (self-propelled 4-wheel cars which can be removed from the rails by men).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Handbrakes</I> (<I>includes foot operated brake</I>). Each track motorcar shall be equipped with an efficient handbrake so located that it can be safely operated while the car is in motion. Each handbrake shall be equipped with a ratchet or other suitable device which will provide a means of keeping the brake applied when car is not in motion.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The requirements of this rule will be satisfied if the ratchet or other suitable device operates in connection with at least one handbrake on track motorcars that may be equipped with more than one such brake.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Handholds.</I> One or more safe and suitable handholds conveniently located shall be provided. Each handhold shall be securely fastened to car.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sill steps or footboards.</I> Each track motorcar shall be equipped with safe and suitable sill steps or footboards conveniently located and securely fastened to car when bed or deck of track motorcar is more than 24 inches above top of rail.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Couplers.</I> When used to haul other cars, each track motorcar shall be equipped with a coupler at each end where such cars are coupled (1) which provides a safe and secure attachment, (2) which can be coupled or uncoupled without the necessity of men going between the ends of the cars.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.26" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.26   Pushcars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Handbrakes.</I> When used to transport persons, each pushcar shall be equipped with an efficient handbrake so located that it can be safely operated while the car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Handholds</I> (<I>includes handles</I>). Each pushcar shall be provided with one or more secure handholds. When used to transport persons, each pushcar shall be provided with one or more safe and suitable handholds conveniently located above the top of the bed of each pushcar.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sill steps or footboards.</I> When used to transport persons, each pushcar shall be equipped with safe and suitable sillsteps or footboards conveniently located and securely fastened to car, when bed or deck of pushcar is more than 24 inches above top of rail.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Couplers.</I> When moved together with other vehicles, each pushcar shall be equipped with a coupler at each end where such vehicles are coupled (1) which provides a safe and secure attachment, and (2) which can be coupled or uncoupled without the necessity of men going between the ends of the cars.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Sections 231.25 and 231.26 are applicable only when the vehicles governed thereby are coupled together and moved together.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.27" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.27   Box and other house cars without roof hatches or placed in service after October 1, 1966.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Handbrakes.</I> The handbrake may be of any efficient design, but must provide the same degree of safety as, or a greater degree of safety than, the following specifications:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Number.</I> (i) Each box or other house car without roof hatches shall be equipped with an efficient vertical wheel handbrake which shall operate in harmony with the power brake thereon.
</P>
<P>(ii) The handbrake may be of any efficient design, but must provide a total braking force applied to brake shoes not less than the total force applied to the brake shoes by the brake cylinders at 50 pounds per square inch.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) The brake wheel may be deep or shallow, of malleable iron, wrought iron, steel, or other material of equivalent strength.
</P>
<P>(ii) Overall diameter of brake wheel nominally twenty-two (22) inches.
</P>
<P>(iii) Depth of brake wheel hub shall be two and five-eighths (2
<FR>5/8</FR>) inches with square taper shaft fit, taper two (2) inches in twelve (12) inches with small end of taper fit seven-eighths (
<FR>7/8</FR>) inches.
</P>
<P>(iv) Brake wheel and drum shall be arranged so that both will revolve when applying and gradually releasing the handbrake. Handbrake shall be provided with means to prevent application of the brake by winding in a counterclockwise direction.
</P>
<P>(v) Brake shaft shall be arranged with a square fit at its outer end to secure the handbrake wheel; said square fit shall be not less than seven-eighths (
<FR>7/8</FR>) of an inch square. Square-fit taper: Nominally two (2) in twelve (12) inches (see Plate A).
</P>
<P>(vi) All chains shall be not less than nine-sixteenths (
<FR>9/16</FR>) inch BBB coil chain.
</P>
<P>(vii) All handbrake rods shall be not less than three-fourths (
<FR>3/4</FR>) inch diameter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) The handbrake shall be so located that it can be safely operated from horizontal end platform while car is in motion.
</P>
<P>(ii) The brake shaft shall be located on end of car, to the left of and not less than seventeen (17) nor more than twenty-two (22) inches from center and not less than twenty-six (26) nor more than forty (40) inches above top of end-platform tread.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) Brake wheel shall be held in position on brake shaft by a nut on a threaded extended end of brake shaft; said thread portion shall be not less than three-fourths (
<FR>3/4</FR>) of an inch in diameter; said nut shall be secured by riveting over or by the use of a locknut or suitable cotter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Outside edge of brake wheel shall be not less than four (4) inches from a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against the buffer block or end sill.
</P>
<P>(iii) Handbrake housing shall be securely fastened to car.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>End platforms</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two (2).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Width not less than eight (8) inches; length, not less than sixty (60) inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One (1) centered on each end of car between inner ends of handholds not more than eight (8) inches above top of center sill.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) Each end platform shall be securely supported by not less than three (3) metal braces having a minimum cross sectional area of three-eighths (
<FR>3/8</FR>) by one and one-half (1
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches or equivalent, which shall be securely fastened to body of car with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch bolts or rivets.
</P>
<P>(ii) Where conventional draft gear or cushioning device having longitudinal travel less than six (6) inches is used the outside edge of each end platform shall be not less than twelve (12) inches from a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against buffer block. Where cushioning device having longitudinal travel six (6) inches or more is used the outside edge of each end platform shall be not less than six (6) inches from a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with end sill and cushioning device at full buff. End platform shall be made of wood or of material which provides the same as or a greater degree of safety than wood of 1
<FR>1/8</FR> inches thickness. When made of material other than wood the tread surface shall be of anti-skid design and constructed with sufficient open space to permit the elimination of snow and ice from the tread surface.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sill steps</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Four (4).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum cross-sectional area one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) by one and one-half (1
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches, or equivalent, of wrought iron, steel, or other material of equivalent strength. Minimum length of tread, ten (10), preferably twelve (12) inches. Minimum clear depth, eight (8) inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> (i) One (1) near each end of each side car, so that there shall be no more than eighteen (18) inches from end of car to center of tread of sill step.
</P>
<P>(ii) Outside edge of tread of step shall be not more than four (4) inches inside of face of side of car, preferably flush with side of car.
</P>
<P>(iii) Tread shall be not more than twenty-four (24), preferably not more than twenty-two (22) inches above the top of rail.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) Sill steps exceeding twenty-one (21) inches in depth shall have an additional tread.
</P>
<P>(ii) Sill steps shall be securely fastened with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>End ladder</I> (<I>appliances</I>) <I>clearance.</I> No part of car above end sills within thirty (30) inches from side of car, except buffer block, brake shaft, brake wheel, end platform, horizontal end handholds, or uncoupling lever shall extend to within twelve (12) inches of a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle, when closed with the coupler horn against the buffer block or end sill and cushioning device (if used) at full buff, and no other part of end of car or fixtures on same above end sill, other than exceptions herein noted, shall extend beyond outer face of buffer block.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Side handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Sixteen (16).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Minimum diameter, five-eighths (
<FR>5/8</FR>) of an inch, wrought iron, steel, or other material of equivalent strength. Minimum clear length, sixteen (16) inches, preferably twenty-four (24) inches. Minimum clearance, two (2), preferably two and one-half (2
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Horizontal; four (4) near each end and on each side of car spaced not more than nineteen (19) inches apart and with the bottom handhold located not more than twenty-one (21) inches from top tread of sill step, and top handhold shall coincide in height with top end handhold, a variation of two (2) inches being allowed. Spacing of side handholds shall be uniform within a limit of two (2) inches from top handhold to bottom handhold. Clearance of outer ends of handholds shall be not more than eight (8) inches from end of car.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Side handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch rivets. Each bottom handhold shall have foot guard or upward projection not less than two (2) inches in height near inside end.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>End handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Sixteen (16).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Minimum diameter, five-eighths (
<FR>5/8</FR>) of an inch, wrought iron, steel, or other material of equivalent strength.
</P>
<P>(ii) Minimum clear length, sixteen (16) inches, preferably twenty-four (24) inches.
</P>
<P>(iii) Minimum clearance, two (2) preferably two and one-half (2
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Horizontal: Four (4) near each side and on each end of car spaced not more than nineteen (19) inches apart and with the bottom handhold located not more than twenty-one (21) inches from top tread of sill step, and top handhold shall coincide in height with end platform handholds, a variation of two (2) inches being allowed. Clearance of outer ends of handholds shall be not more than eight (8) inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> End handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch rivets. Each bottom handhold shall have foot guard or upward projection not less than two (2) inches in height near inside end.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Horizontal end-platform handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two (2).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Minimum diameter, five-eighths (
<FR>5/8</FR>) of an inch, wrought iron, steel, or other material of equivalent strength.
</P>
<P>(ii) Minimum clearance, two (2) preferably two and one-half (2
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches.
</P>
<P>(iii) Minimum clear length sixty (60) inches. When security of attachment requires, an extra supporting leg may be applied near center of clear length.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One (1) on each end of car above end platform. Outer legs shall be not more than six (6) inches from inner legs of top end handholds. Height above tread of end platform: Not less than forty-eight (48) nor more than sixty (60) inches.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> End-platform handholds shall be securely fastened with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch bolts with nuts outside (when possible) and riveted over, or with not less than one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch rivets.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Uncoupling levers</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two (2).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Handles of uncoupling levers, except those shown on Plate B or of similar designs, shall be not more than six (6) inches from side of car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Uncoupling levers of design shown on Plate B and of similar designs shall conform to the following prescribed limits:
</P>
<P>(<I>a</I>) Handles shall be not more than twelve (12), preferably nine (9) inches from sides of car. Center lift arms shall be not less than seven (7) inches long.
</P>
<P>(<I>b</I>) Center of eye at end of center lift arm shall be not more than three and one-half (3
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches beyond center of eye of uncoupling pin of coupler when horn of coupler is against the buffer block or end sill (see Plate B).
</P>
<P>(<I>c</I>) End of handles shall extend not less than four (4) inches below bottom of end sill or shall be so constructed as to give a minimum clearance of two (2) inches around handle. Minimum drop of handles shall be twelve (12) inches; maximum, fifteen (15) inches overall (see Plate B).
</P>
<P>(iii) Handles of uncoupling levers of the “rocking” or “push-down” type shall be not less than eighteen (18) inches from top of rail when lockblock has released knuckle, and a suitable stop shall be provided to prevent inside arm from flying up in case of breakage.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One (1) on each end of car. When single lever is used, it shall be placed on left side of end of car.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Existing box and other house cars without roof hatches.</I> (1) Box and other house cars without roof hatches built on or before April 1, 1966, or under construction prior thereto and placed in service before October 1, 1966, shall be deemed equipped as nearly as possible within the intent of § 231.1 and of this section when:
</P>
<P>(i) The running board, roof handholds over side and end ladders at “A” end of car and ladder treads above the fourth tread from bottom of side and end ladder at “A” end are removed;
</P>
<P>(ii) One (1) horizontal end-platform handhold is applied on each end of car as specified in this section except the right hand end shall be not more than eight (8) inches from side of car, or where car end contour makes impractical the use of a single continuous end handhold, there is applied the equivalent consisting of two (2) handholds, the center handhold to be a minimum of thirty (30) inches in clear length and the handhold to the right to be a minimum of nineteen (19) inches in clear length and to extend to within eight (8) inches of the right side of the car, such handholds to be not more than twelve (12) inches apart; and
</P>
<P>(iii) With handbrake operated near roof of car: a brake step shall be provided as specified in § 231.1 and lettering one and one-half (1
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches high shall be painted on a yellow background on side sill near “B” end of car with a three-fourths (
<FR>3/4</FR>) inch black border containing the words “Keep Off Roof—No Running Board,” or with handbrake operated from approximate level of top of end sill: roof handholds and side and end ladder treads above the fourth tread from the bottom of ladders at “B” end of car shall be removed and a brake step as specified by § 231.1 shall be used with top of tread surface being level with or not more than four (4) inches below adjacent end handhold.
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (i)(1)(ii) of this section shall not apply to cars equipped with end platforms and end platform handholds.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Painting and marking.</I> Box and other house cars with roofs 16 feet and 10 inches or more above top of rail shall be painted and marked as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) That portion of each end of the car which is more than fifteen (15) feet above top of rail shall be painted with contrasting reflectorized paint and bear the words “excess height car” in lettering not less than three (3) inches high; and
</P>
<P>(2) On each side sill near end corner there shall be painted or otherwise displayed a yellow rectangular area with a three-fourths (
<FR>3/4</FR>) inch black border containing the words “this car excess height” in lettering not less than one and one-half (1
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches high.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 4, and 6, 27 Stat. 531, as amended; secs, 1 and 3, 32 Stat. 943, as amended; sec. 6(e) and (f), 80 Stat. 939 (45 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10, 11-16 and 49 U.S.C. 103(c)(1))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19663, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 40 FR 34347, Aug. 15, 1975; 49 FR 26745, June 29, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.28" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.28   Box and other house cars with roof hatches built or placed in service after October 1, 1966.</HEAD>
<P>The specifications of § 231.27 shall apply except as to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Running boards.</I> Same as specified in § 231.1, except: the end of longitudinal running board shall be not less than six (6) inches from a vertical plane parallel with end of car and passing through the inside face of knuckle when closed with coupler horn against buffer block or end sill.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ladders</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two (2).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> (i) Minimum clear length of tread: Sixteen (16) inches.
</P>
<P>(ii) Maximum spacing between treads nineteen (19) inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> One (1) on each end of car not more than eight (8) inches from left-hand side.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified in § 231.1.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Roof handholds</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Two (2), one (1) over each ladder.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Same as specified in § 231.1.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> On roof of car. One (1) parallel to treads of each ladder, not less than eight (8) nor more than fifteen (15) inches from edge of roof, except on refrigerator cars where ice hatches prevent, when location may be nearer edge of roof.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> Same as specified in § 231.1.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>End handholds.</I> (Treads of end ladders are end handholds.) Same as specified for § 231.27.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Existing box and other house cars with roof hatches.</I> Box and other house cars with roof hatches built on or before April 1, 1966, or under construction prior thereto and placed in service before October 1, 1966, shall be deemed equipped as nearly as possible within the intent of § 231.1 and of this section when: Equipped as specified in § 231.1, except (1) the side ladder treads above the fourth tread from bottom of side ladder near “A” end of car and roof handhold over the side ladder near “A” end shall be removed; (2) and (1) end platform handhold shall be provided on each end of car as specified in § 231.27(i); and when handbrake is operated near roof of car a brake step shall be provided as specified by § 231.1 or when handbrake is operated from approximate level of top of end sill the roof handhold over side ladder near “B” end and treads above the fourth tread from bottom of side ladder near “B” end shall be removed and a brake step as specified in § 231.1 shall be used with top of tread surface level with or not more than four (4) inches below adjacent end handhold.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Secs. 2, 4, and 6, 27 Stat. 531, as amended; secs, 1 and 3, 32 Stat. 943, as amended; sec. 6(e) and (f), 80 Stat. 939 (45 U.S.C. 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10, 11-16 and 49 U.S.C. 103(c)(1))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19663, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 49 FR 26745, June 29, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.29" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.29   Road locomotives with corner stairways.</HEAD>
<P>After September 30, 1979, road locomotives with corner stairway openings must be equipped with (a) uncoupling mechanisms that can be operated safely from the bottom stairway opening step as well as ground level, and (b) the vertical handholds and horizontal end handholds prescribed in § 231.30(e) and (g). No part of the uncoupling mechanism may extend into the stairway opening or end platform area when the mechanism is in its normal position or when it is operated. Each carrier shall so equip forty percent (40 percent) of its road locomotives by October 1, 1977, seventy percent (70 percent) by October 1, 1978, and all its road locomotives by October 1, 1979.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 37783, Sept. 8, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.30" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.30   Locomotives used in switching service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) Except for steam locomotives equipped as provided in § 231.16 of this part, all locomotives used in switching service built after March 31, 1977, must be equipped as provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for steam locomotives equipped as prescribed in § 231.16 of this part, all locomotives built prior to April 1, 1977, used in switching service after September 30, 1979, shall be equipped as provided in this section. Each carrier shall so equip forty percent (40 percent) of such locomotives by October 1, 1977, seventy percent (70 percent) by October 1, 1978, and all such locomotives by October 1, 1979.
</P>
<P>(3) Locomotives without corner stairway openings may not be used to perform any switching service after September 30, 1979 except passenger car switching service at passenger stations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) <I>Locomotive used in switching service</I> means a locomotive regularly assigned to perform yard switching service.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Switching service</I> means the classification of cars according to commodity or destination; assembling of cars for train movements; changing the position of cars for purposes of loading, unloading, or weighing, placing of locomotives and cars for repair or storage; or moving of rail equipment in connection with work service that does not constitute a road movement. However, this term does not include movement of a train or part of a train within yard limits by the road locomotive and the placement of locomotives or cars in a train or their removal from a train by the road locomotive while en route to the train's destination.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Safety tread surface</I> means that portion of anti-skid surface of a switching step that actually is contacted by a shoe or boot.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Uncoupling mechanism</I> means the arrangement for operating the coupler lock lift, including the uncoupling lever and all other appurtenances that facilitate operation of the coupler.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Switching step</I>—(1) <I>Number.</I> Each locomotive used in switching service must have four (4) switching steps. (See Plate A)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions.</I> Each such switching step must have—
</P>
<P>(i) On locomotives built after March 31, 1977, a minimum width of twenty-four (24) inches and a minimum depth of twelve (12) inches, except when necessary to accommodate the turning arc of a six-wheel truck and its appurtenances, the inside edge of the switching step shall have a minimum width of seventeen (17) inches (See Plate B);
</P>
<P>(ii) On locomotives built prior to April 1, 1977, a minimum width of eighteen (18) inches, and a minimum depth of eight (8) inches;
</P>
<P>(iii) A backstop, solid or perforated, with minimum height of backstop of six (6) inches above the safety tread surface; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A height of not more than nineteen (19) inches, preferably fifteen (15) inches, measured from top of rail to the safety tread surface.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> Switching steps must be located on each side near each end of a locomotive used in switching service. The bottom step of the stairway at these locations may also serve as a switching step if it meets all of the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manner of application.</I> (i) Switching steps must be supported by a bracket at each end and fastened to the bracket by two bolts or rivets of at least one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch diameter or by a weldment of at least twice the strength of a bolted attachment.
</P>
<P>(ii) Vertical clearance must be unobstructed, except for minor intrusions created by mechanical fasteners or a small triangular gusset plate at the platform level walkway, and free for use for at least a distance of eighty-four (84) inches over a portion of the switching step that is not less than seven (7) inches deep by eighteen (18) inches wide on locomotives built prior to April 1, 1977, and of not less than seven (7) inches deep by twenty-four (24) inches wide on locomotives built after March 31, 1977.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Material.</I> (i) Steel or other material of equivalent or better strength and deflection characteristics, anti-skid, safety design, having at least fifty percent (50%) of the tread surface as open space must be used.
</P>
<P>(ii) When the step material creates a second level safety tread surface, the maximum difference in surface levels may not exceed three-eighths (
<FR>3/8</FR>) of an inch.
</P>
<P>(iii) The safety tread surface must extend to within one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch of each edge of the step.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Visibility.</I> The outer edge of each switching step that is not illuminated must be painted a contrasting color. On locomotives built after March 31, 1977, switching steps shall be illuminated; on multiple-unit locomotive consists used in switching service, only the front switching steps of the leading unit and the rear switching steps of the trailing unit must be illuminated.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>End footboards and pilot steps.</I> (1) Except for steam locomotives equipped as provided in § 231.16, locomotives used in switching service built after March 31, 1975, may not be equipped with end footboards or pilot steps.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for steam locomotives equipped as provided in § 231.16, locomotives used in switching service built before April 1, 1975, may not be equipped with end footboards or pilot steps after September 30, 1978. Whenever end footboards or pilot steps are removed from a locomotive, the uncoupling mechanism and horizontal end handholds of the locomotive must be modified to comply with paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Vertical handholds.</I> Each switching step must be provided with two (2) vertical handholds or handrails, one on each side of the switching step stairway.
</P>
<P>(1) On locomotives built after March 31, 1977, each vertical handhold must—
</P>
<P>(i) Be constructed of wrought iron, steel or other material of equivalent strength and durability that is at least one (1) inch diameter and be securely fastened to the locomotive with one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch or larger bolts or rivets;
</P>
<P>(ii) Begin not less than six (6) inches nor more than thirty-two (32) inches above the safety tread surface of the switching step; on units with high snowplows, each must begin not more than thirty-six (36) inches above the safety tread surface of the switching step;
</P>
<P>(iii) Extend upward from switching step surface at least forty-eight (48) inches;
</P>
<P>(iv) Be painted in a contrasting color to a height of at least forty-eight (48) inches above the safety tread surface of the switching step; and
</P>
<P>(v) Provide at least two and one-half (2
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches of usable hand clearance throughout its entire length.
</P>
<P>(2) On locomotives built before April 1, 1977, each vertical handhold must—
</P>
<P>(i) Be constructed of wrought iron, steel or other material of equivalent strength and durability that is at least seven-eighths (
<FR>7/8</FR>) inch in diameter and be securely fastened with one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch or larger bolts or rivets;
</P>
<P>(ii) Begin not less than five (5) inches nor more than thirty-two (32) inches above the safety tread surface; on units with high snowplows, each must begin not more than thirty-six (36) inches above the safety tread surface;
</P>
<P>(iii) Extend upward from safety tread surface of the switching step at least forty-eight (48) inches;
</P>
<P>(iv) Be painted in a contrasting color to a height of at least forty-eight (48) inches above the safety tread surface of the switching step; and
</P>
<P>(v) Provide at least two and one-half (2
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches usable hand clearance throughout its entire length.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Uncoupling mechanisms.</I> Each locomotive used in switching service must have means for operating the uncoupling mechanism safely from the switching step as well as from ground level. No part of the uncoupling mechanism may extend into the switching step or stairway opening or end platform area when the mechanism is in its normal position or when it is operated. (See Plate A)
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Horizontal end handholds.</I> Each locomotive used in switching service must have four (4) horizontal end handholds.
</P>
<P>(1) Each horizontal end handhold must—
</P>
<P>(i) Be constructed of wrought iron, steel or other material of equivalent strength and durability that is at least five-eighths (
<FR>5/8</FR>) inch in diameter and be securely fastened to the locomotive with one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch or larger bolts or rivets;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be located not less than thirty (30) inches nor more than fifty (50) inches above the top of rail with its outer end not more than 16 inches from the side of the locomotive; on units with a high snowplow that makes normal end handhold location inaccessible, end handhold shall be located on top of plow blade, with the center of the handhold not more than fifty-three (53) inches above the top of rail, and be in line with the slope of the plow blade;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be at least fourteen (14) inches long; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide at least two (2) inches, preferably two and one-half (2
<FR>1/2</FR>) inches, usable hand clearance throughout its entire length.
</P>
<P>(2) An uncoupling lever may also serve as a horizontal end handhold if it complies with the requirements of this paragraph. When an uncoupling lever also serves as the horizontal end handhold, it is considered to be securely fastened if its securement brackets are attached to the locomotive by one-half (
<FR>1/2</FR>) inch or larger bolts or rivets and its movement between those brackets is limited to the rotation necessary for performance of the uncoupling function.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.008.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 37783, Sept. 8, 1976]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.31" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.31   Drawbars for freight cars; standard height.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except on cars specified in paragraph (b) of this section— 
</P>
<P>(1) On standard gage (56
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch gage) railroads, the maximum height of drawbars for freight cars (measured perpendicularly from the level of the tops of the rails to the centers of the drawbars) shall be 34
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, and the minimum height of drawbars for freight cars on such standard gage railroads (measured in the same manner) shall be 31
<FR>1/2</FR> inches. 
</P>
<P>(2) On 36-inch gage railroads, the maximum height of drawbars for freight cars (measured perpendicularly from the level of the tops of the rails to the centers of the drawbars) shall be 26 inches, and the minimum height of drawbars for freight cars on such 36-inch gage railroads (measured in the same manner) shall be 23 inches. 
</P>
<P>(3) On 24-inch gage railroads, the maximum height of drawbars for freight cars (measured perpendicularly from the level of the tops of the rails to the centers of the drawbars) shall be 17
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, and the minimum height of drawbars for freight cars on 24-inch gage railroads (measured in the same manner) shall be 14
<FR>1/2</FR> inches. 
</P>
<P>(4) On railroads operating on track with a gage other than those contained in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section, the maximum and minimum height of drawbars for freight cars operating on those railroads shall be established upon written approval of FRA. 
</P>
<P>(b) This section shall not apply to a railroad all of whose track is less than 24 inches in gage.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4192, Jan. 17, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.33" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.33   Procedure for special approval of existing industry safety appliance standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The following procedures govern the submission, consideration and handling of any petition for special approval of an existing industry safety appliance standard for new construction of railroad cars, locomotives, tenders, or other rail vehicles.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submission.</I> An industry representative may submit a petition for special approval of an existing industry safety appliance standard for new construction. A petition for special approval of an industry standard for safety appliances shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, email address, and telephone number of the primary individual to be contacted with regard to review of the petition.
</P>
<P>(2) An existing industry-wide standard that, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) Identifies the type(s) of equipment to which the standard would be applicable and the section or sections within the safety appliance regulations that the existing industry standard would operate as an alternative to for new car construction;
</P>
<P>(ii) Ensures, as nearly as possible, based upon the design of the equipment, that the standard provides for the same complement of handholds, sill steps, ladders, hand or parking brakes, running boards, and other safety appliances as are required for a piece of equipment of the nearest approximate type(s) already identified in this part;
</P>
<P>(iii) Complies with all statutory requirements relating to safety appliances contained at 49 U.S.C. 20301 and 20302; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Addresses the specific number, dimension, location, and manner of application of each safety appliance contained in the industry standard;
</P>
<P>(3) Appropriate data or analysis, or both, for FRA to consider in determining whether the existing industry standard will provide at least an equivalent level of safety;
</P>
<P>(4) Drawings, sketches, or other visual aids that provide detailed information relating to the design, location, placement, and attachment of the safety appliances;
</P>
<P>(5) A demonstration of the ergonomic suitability of the proposed arrangements in normal use; and
</P>
<P>(6) A statement affirming that the petitioner has served a copy of the petition on designated representatives of the employees responsible for the equipment's operation, inspection, testing, and maintenance under this part, together with a list of the names and addresses of the persons served.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service.</I> (1) Each petition for special approval under paragraph (b) of this section shall be submitted to the email address <I>FRAWaivers@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) Service of each petition for special approval of an existing industry safety appliance standard under paragraph (b) of this section shall be made on the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Designated representatives of the employees responsible for the equipment's operation, inspection, testing, and maintenance under this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any organizations or bodies that either issued the standard to which the special approval pertains or issued the industry standard that is proposed in the petition; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other person who has filed with FRA a current statement of interest in reviewing special approvals under the particular requirement of this part at least 30 days but not more than 5 years prior to the filing of the petition. If filed, a statement of interest shall be filed at the email address <I>FRAWaivers@dot.gov,</I> and shall reference the specific section(s) of this part in which the person has an interest. A statement of interest that properly references the specific section(s) in which the person has an interest will be posted in the docket to ensure that each statement is accessible to the public.
</P>
<P>(d) <E T="04">Federal Register</E> document. FRA will publish a document in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> announcing the receipt of each petition received under paragraph (b) of this section. The document will identify the public docket number in the Federal eRulemaking Portal (FeP) where the contents of each petition can be accessed and reviewed. The FeP can be accessed 24 hours a day, seven days a week, via the Internet at the docket's Web site at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I> All documents in the FeP are available for inspection and copying on the Web site or are available for examination at the DOT Docket Management Facility, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, during regular business hours (9 a.m.-5 p.m.).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Comment.</I> Not later than 60 days from the date of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning a petition received pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, any person may comment on the petition. Any such comment shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Set forth specifically the basis upon which it is made and contain a concise statement of the interest of the commenter in the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(2) Be submitted by mail or hand-delivery to the Docket Clerk, DOT Docket Management Facility, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, or electronically via the Internet at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I> Any comments or information sent directly to FRA will be immediately provided to the DOT FeP for inclusion in the public docket related to the petition. All comments should identify the appropriate docket number for the petition to which they are commenting.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Disposition of petitions.</I> (1) FRA will conduct a hearing on a petition in accordance with the procedures provided in § 211.25 of this chapter, if necessary.
</P>
<P>(2) FRA will normally act on a petition within 90 days of the close of the comment period related to the petition. If the petition is neither granted nor denied within that timeframe, the petition will remain pending unless withdrawn by the petitioner.
</P>
<P>(3) A petition may be:
</P>
<P>(i) Granted where it is determined that the petition complies with all applicable Federal statutes, that the petition complies with the requirements of this section, and the existing industry safety appliance standard provides at least an equivalent level of safety as the existing FRA standards;
</P>
<P>(ii) Denied where it is determined that the petition does not comply with an applicable Federal statute, the petition does not comply with the requirements of this section, or the existing industry safety appliance standard does not provide at least an equivalent level of safety as the existing FRA standards; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Returned to the petitioner for additional consideration where it is determined that further information is required or that the petition may be amended in a reasonable manner to comply with all applicable Federal statutes, that petition may be amended to comply with the requirements of this section, or to ensure that the existing industry standard provides at least an equivalent level of safety as the existing FRA standards. Where the petition is returned to the petitioner, FRA will provide written notice to the petitioner of the item(s) identified by FRA as requiring additional consideration. Petitioner shall reply within 60 days from the date of FRA's written notice of return for additional consideration or the petition will be deemed withdrawn, unless good cause is shown. Petitioner's reply shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Address the item(s) raised by FRA in the written notice of the return of the petition for additional consideration;
</P>
<P>(B) Comply with the submission requirements of paragraph (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) Comply with the service requirements in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) When FRA grants or denies a petition, or returns a petition for additional consideration, written notice will be sent to the petitioner and other interested parties.
</P>
<P>(5) If a petition is granted, it shall go into effect on the date specified in FRA's written notice granting the petition. If no date is specified in FRA's written notice granting the petition, the effective date shall begin on January 1st, not less than one (1) year and not more than two (2) years from the date of FRA's written notice granting the petition. FRA will place a copy of the approved industry safety appliance standard in the related public docket where it can be accessed by all interested parties.
</P>
<P>(6) A petition, once approved, may be re-opened upon good cause shown. Good cause exists where subsequent evidence demonstrates that an approved petition does not comply with an applicable Federal statute; that the approved petition does not comply with the requirements of this section; that the existing industry safety appliance standard does not provide at least an equivalent level of safety as the corresponding FRA regulation for the nearest railcar type(s); or that further information is required to make such a determination. When a petition is re-opened for good cause shown, it shall return to pending status and shall not be considered approved or denied.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Enforcement.</I> Any industry standard approved pursuant to this section will be enforced against any person, as defined at 49 CFR 209.3, who violates any provision of the approved standard or causes the violation of any such provision. Civil penalties will be assessed under this part by using the applicable defect code in the statement of agency civil penalty policy on FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 23726, Apr. 28, 2011, as amended at 84 FR 23736, May 23, 2019; 90 FR 28170, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 231.35" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.25.0.83.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 231.35   Procedure for modification of an approved industry safety appliance standard for new railcar construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petitions for modification of an approved industry safety appliance standard.</I> An industry representative may seek modification of an existing industry safety appliance standard for new construction of railroad cars, locomotives, tenders, or other rail vehicles after the petition for special approval has been approved pursuant to § 231.33. The petition for modification shall include each of the elements identified in § 231.33(b).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service.</I> (1) Each petition for modification of an approved industry standard under paragraph (a) of this section shall be submitted to the FRA Docket Clerk, West Building Third Floor, Office of Chief Counsel, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(2) Service of each petition for modification of an existing industry safety appliance standard under paragraph (a) of this section shall be made on the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Designated representatives of the employees responsible for the equipment's operation, inspection, testing, and maintenance under this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any organizations or bodies that either issued the standard incorporated in the section(s) of the rule to which the modification pertains or issued the industry standard that is proposed in the petition for modification; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other person who has filed with FRA a current statement of interest in reviewing special approvals under the particular requirement of this part at least 30 days but not more than 5 years prior to the filing of the petition. If filed, a statement of interest shall be filed with FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety and shall reference the specific section(s) of this part in which the person has an interest.
</P>
<P>(c) <E T="04">Federal Register</E> document. Upon receipt of a petition for modification, FRA will publish a document in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> announcing the receipt of each petition received under paragraph (a) of this section. The document will identify the public docket number in the Federal eRulemaking Portal (FeP) where the contents of each petition can be accessed and reviewed. The FeP can be accessed 24 hours a day, seven days a week, via the Internet at the docket's Web site at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I> All documents in the FeP are available for inspection and copying on the Web site or are available for examination at the DOT Docket Management Facility, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, during regular business hours (9 a.m.-5 p.m.).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Comment.</I> Not later than 60 days from the date of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning a petition for modification under paragraph (a) of this section, any person may comment on the petition. Any such comment shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Set forth specifically the basis upon which it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the commenter in the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(2) Be submitted by mail or hand-delivery to the Docket Clerk, DOT Docket Management Facility, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, or electronically via the Internet at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I> Any comments or information sent directly to FRA will be immediately provided to the DOT FeP for inclusion in the public docket related to the petition. All comments should identify the appropriate docket number for the petition to which they are commenting.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>FRA Review.</I> During the 60 days provided for public comment, FRA will review the petition. If FRA objects to the requested modification, written notification will be provided within this 60-day period to the party requesting the modification detailing FRA's objection.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Disposition of petitions for modification.</I> (1) If no comment objecting to the requested modification is received during the 60-day comment period, provided by paragraph (d) of this section, or if FRA does not issue a written objection to the requested modification, the modification will become effective fifteen (15) days after the close of the 60-day comment period.
</P>
<P>(2) If an objection is raised by an interested party, during the 60-day comment period, or if FRA issues a written objection to the requested modification, the requested modification will be treated as a petition for special approval of an existing industry safety appliance standard and handled in accordance with the procedures provided in § 231.33(f).
</P>
<P>(3) A petition for modification, once approved, may be re-opened upon good cause shown. Good cause exists where subsequent evidence demonstrates that an approved petition does not comply with the an applicable Federal statute, that an approved petition does not comply with the requirements of this section; that the existing industry safety appliance standard does not provide at least an equivalent level of safety as the corresponding FRA regulation for the nearest railcar type(s); or that further information is required to make such a determination. When a petition is re-opened for good cause shown, it shall return to pending status and shall not be considered approved or denied.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Enforcement.</I> Any modification of an industry standard approved pursuant to this section will be enforced against any person, as defined at 49 CFR 209.3, who violates any provision of the approved standard or causes the violation of any such provision. Civil penalties will be assessed under this part by using the applicable defect code in the statement of agency civil penalty policy on FRA's website at <I>www.fra.dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 23726, Apr. 28, 2011, as amended at 84 FR 23736, May 23, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="232" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 232—BRAKE SYSTEM SAFETY STANDARDS FOR FREIGHT AND OTHER NON-PASSENGER TRAINS AND EQUIPMENT; END-OF-TRAIN DEVICES



 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20102-20103, 20107, 20133, 20141, 20301-20303, 20306, 21301-20302, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.1.83.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes Federal safety standards for freight and other non-passenger train brake systems and equipment. Subpart E of this part prescribes Federal safety standards not only for freight and other non-passenger train brake systems and equipment, but also for passenger train brake systems. This part does not restrict a railroad from adopting or enforcing additional or more stringent requirements not inconsistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this paragraph or in this part, railroads to which this part applies must comply with all the requirements contained in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for operations identified in § 232.3(c)(1), (4), and (6) through (8), all railroads part of the general railroad system of transportation must operate pursuant to the requirements in subpart H of this part (which contains the requirements in this part 232 as they existed on May 31, 2001), until they are either required to operate pursuant to the requirements contained in subparts A through G of this part or the requirements contained in part 238 of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 66 FR 9906, Feb. 12, 2001; 85 FR 80570, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.1.83.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, this part applies to all railroads that operate freight or other non-passenger train service on standard gage track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation. This includes the operation of circus trains and private cars when hauled on such railroads. 
</P>
<P>(b) Subpart E of this part, “End-of-Train Devices,” applies to all trains operating on track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation unless specifically excepted in that subpart. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in § 232.1(c) and paragraph (b) of this section, this part does <I>not</I> apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad that operates only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation. 
</P>
<P>(2) Intercity or commuter passenger train operations on standard gage track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation; 
</P>
<P>(3) Commuter or other short-haul rail passenger train operations in a metropolitan or suburban area (as described by 49 U.S.C. 20102(1)), including public authorities operating passenger train service; 
</P>
<P>(4) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected with the general railroad system of transportation; 
</P>
<P>(5) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations, whether on or off the general railroad system; 
</P>
<P>(6) Freight and other non-passenger trains of four-wheel coal cars; 
</P>
<P>(7) Freight and other non-passenger trains of eight-wheel standard logging cars if the height of each car from the top of the rail to the center of the coupling is not more than 25 inches; or 
</P>
<P>(8) A locomotive used in hauling a train referred to in paragraph (c)(7) of this subsection when the locomotive and cars of the train are used only to transport logs. 
</P>
<P>(d) The provisions formerly contained in Interstate Commerce Commission Order 13528, of May 30, 1945, as amended, now revoked, are codified in this paragraph. This part is not applicable to the following equipment: 
</P>
<P>(1) Scale test weight cars. 
</P>
<P>(2) Locomotive cranes, steam shovels, pile drivers, and machines of similar construction, and maintenance machines built prior to September 21, 1945. 
</P>
<P>(3) Export, industrial, and other cars not owned by a railroad which are not to be used in service, except for movement as shipments on their own wheels to given destinations. Such cars shall be properly identified by a card attached to each side of the car, signed by the shipper, stating that such movement is being made under the authority of this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(4) Industrial and other than railroad-owned cars which are not to be used in service except for movement within the limits of a single switching district (i.e., within the limits of an industrial facility). 
</P>
<P>(5) Narrow-gage cars. 
</P>
<P>(6) Cars used exclusively in switching operations and not used in train movements within the meaning of the Federal safety appliance laws (49 U.S.C. 20301-20306). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 85 FR 80570, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.1.83.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The definitions in this section are intended to clarify the meaning of terms used in this part.
</P>
<P><I>AAR</I> means the Association of American Railroads. 
</P>
<P><I>Air brake</I> means a combination of devices operated by compressed air, arranged in a system, and controlled manually, electrically, electronically, or pneumatically, by means of which the motion of a railroad car or locomotive is retarded or arrested. 
</P>
<P><I>Air flow method indicator, AFM</I> means a calibrated air flow measuring device used as required by the air flow method (AFM) of qualifying train air brakes and with information clearly and legibly displayed in analog or digital format and visible in daylight and darkness from the engineer's normal operating position. Each AFM indicator includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Markings from 10 to 80 cubic feet per minute (CFM), in increments of 10 CFM or less; and
</P>
<P>(2) Numerals indicating 20, 40, 60, and 80 CFM for continuous monitoring of air flow.
</P>
<P><I>Air repeater unit, ARU</I> means a car, container, or similar device that provides an additional brake pipe air source by responding to air control instructions from a controlling locomotive using a communication system such as a distributed power system.
</P>
<P><I>APTA</I> means the American Public Transportation Association. 
</P>
<P><I>Bind</I> means restrict the intended movement of one or more brake system components by reduced clearance, by obstruction, or by increased friction. 
</P>
<P><I>Brake, dynamic</I> means a train braking system whereby the kinetic energy of a moving train is used to generate electric current at the locomotive traction motors, which is then dissipated through resistor grids or into the catenary or third rail system. 
</P>
<P><I>Brake, effective</I> means a brake that is capable of producing its nominally designed retarding force on the train. A car's air brake is not considered effective if it is not capable of producing its nominally designed retarding force or if its piston travel exceeds: 
</P>
<P>(1) 10
<FR>1/2</FR> inches for cars equipped with nominal 12-inch stroke brake cylinders; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The piston travel limit indicated on the stencil, sticker, or badge plate for that brake cylinder. 
</P>
<P><I>Brake, hand</I> means a brake that can be applied and released by hand to prevent or retard the movement of a locomotive. 
</P>
<P><I>Brake indicator</I> means a device which indicates the brake application range and indicates whether brakes are applied and released. 
</P>
<P><I>Brake, inoperative</I> means a primary brake that, for any reason, no longer applies or releases as intended. 
</P>
<P><I>Brake, inoperative dynamic</I> means a dynamic brake that, for any reason, no longer provides its designed retarding force on the train. 
</P>
<P><I>Brake, parking</I> means a brake that can be applied by means other than by hand, such as spring, hydraulic, or air pressure when the brake pipe air is depleted, or by an electrical motor. 
</P>
<P><I>Brake pipe</I> means the system of piping (including branch pipes, angle cocks, cutout cocks, dirt collectors, hoses, and hose couplings) used for connecting locomotives and all railroad cars for the passage of compressed air. 
</P>
<P><I>Brake, primary</I> means those components of the train brake system necessary to stop the train within the signal spacing distance without thermal damage to friction braking surfaces. 
</P>
<P><I>Brake, secondary</I> means those components of the train brake system which develop supplemental brake retarding force that is not needed to stop the train within signal spacing distances or to prevent thermal damage to wheels. 
</P>
<P><I>Car control device (CCD)</I> means an electronic control device that replaces the function of the conventional pneumatic service and emergency portions of a car's air brake control valve during electronic braking and provides for electronically controlled service and emergency brake applications.
</P>
<P><I>Dual mode ECP brake system</I> means an ECP brake system that is equipped with either an emulator CCD or an overlay ECP brake system on each car which can be operated in either ECP brake mode or conventional pneumatic brake mode.
</P>
<P><I>ECP</I> means “electronically controlled pneumatic” when applied to a brake or brakes.
</P>
<P><I>ECP brake mode</I> means operating a car or an entire train using an ECP brake system.
</P>
<P><I>ECP brake system</I> means a train power braking system actuated by compressed air and controlled by electronic signals from the locomotive or an ECP-EOT to the cars in the consist for service and emergency applications in which the brake pipe is used to provide a constant supply of compressed air to the reservoirs on each car but does not convey braking signals to the car. ECP brake systems include dual mode and stand-alone ECP brake systems.
</P>
<P><I>ECP-EOT device</I> means an end-of-train device for an ECP brake system that is physically the last network node in the train, pneumatically and electrically connected at the end of the train to the train line cable operating with an ECP brake system. 
</P>
<P><I>Emergency application</I> means an irretrievable brake application resulting in the maximum retarding force available from the train brake system. 
</P>
<P><I>Emulator CCD</I> means a CCD that is capable of optionally emulating the function of the pneumatic control valve while in a conventionally braked train. 
</P>
<P><I>End-of-train device, one-way</I> means two pieces of equipment linked by radio that meet the requirements of § 232.403. 
</P>
<P><I>End-of-train device, two-way</I> means two pieces of equipment linked by radio that meet the requirements of §§ 232.403 and 232.405. 
</P>
<P><I>Foul</I> means any condition which restricts the intended movement of one or more brake system components because the component is snagged, entangled, or twisted. 
</P>
<P><I>Freight car</I> means a vehicle designed to carry freight, or railroad personnel, by rail and a vehicle designed for use in a work or wreck train or other non-passenger train. 
</P>
<P><I>Gradient, brake pipe</I> means the difference in brake pipe pressure, usually measured in pounds per square inch (psi), between each air supply source (<I>e.g.,</I> locomotive, distributed power unit, or ARU) or between an air supply source and the rear car of the train when the brake system is fully charged under existing leakage and temperature conditions.
</P>
<P><I>Initial terminal</I> means the location where a train is originally assembled. 
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive</I> means a piece of railroad on-track equipment, other than hi-rail, specialized maintenance, or other similar equipment, which may consist of one or more units operated from a single control stand— 
</P>
<P>(1) With one or more propelling motors designed for moving other railroad equipment; 
</P>
<P>(2) With one or more propelling motors designed to transport freight or passenger traffic or both; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Without propelling motors but with one or more control stands. 
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive cab</I> means that portion of the superstructure designed to be occupied by the crew operating the locomotive. 
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive, controlling</I> means the locomotive from which the engineer exercises control over the train. 
</P>
<P><I>Mechanical securement device</I> means a device, other than the air brake, that provides at least the equivalent securement that a sufficient number of hand brakes would provide in the same situation. Current examples include skates, retarders, and inert retarders.
</P>
<P><I>Off air</I> means not connected to a continuous source of compressed air of at least 60 pounds per square inch (psi). 
</P>
<P><I>Ordered date or date ordered</I> means the date on which notice to proceed is given by a procuring railroad to a contractor or supplier for new equipment. 
</P>
<P><I>Overlay ECP brake system</I> means a brake system that has both conventional pneumatic brake valves and ECP brake components, making it capable of operating as either a conventional pneumatic brake system or an ECP brake system. This brake system can operate in either a conventionally braked train using the conventional pneumatic control valve or in an ECP braked train using the ECP brake system's CCD. 
</P>
<P><I>Piston travel</I> means the amount of linear movement of the air brake hollow rod (or equivalent) or piston rod when forced outward by movement of the piston in the brake cylinder or actuator and limited by the brake shoes being forced against the wheel or disc. 
</P>
<P><I>Pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan</I> means a document, as further specified in § 232.505, prepared by a railroad that explains in detail how pre-revenue service tests of certain equipment demonstrate that the equipment meets Federal safety standards and the railroad's own safety design requirements. 
</P>
<P><I>Previously tested equipment</I> means equipment that has received a Class I brake test pursuant to § 232.205 and has not been off air for more than four hours. 
</P>
<P><I>Primary responsibility</I> means the task that a person performs at least 50 percent of the time. The totality of the circumstances will be considered on a case-by-case basis in circumstances where an individual does not spend 50 percent of the day engaged in any one readily identifiable type of activity. 
</P>
<P><I>Qualified mechanical inspector</I> means a qualified person who has received, as a part of the training, qualification, and designation program required under § 232.203, instruction and training that includes “hands-on” experience (under appropriate supervision or apprenticeship) in one or more of the following functions: troubleshooting, inspection, testing, maintenance or repair of the specific train brake components and systems for which the person is assigned responsibility. This person shall also possess a current understanding of what is required to properly repair and maintain the safety-critical brake components for which the person is assigned responsibility. Further, the qualified mechanical inspector shall be a person whose primary responsibility includes work generally consistent with the functions listed in this definition. 
</P>
<P><I>Qualified person</I> means a person who has received, as a part of the training, qualification, and designation program required under § 232.203, instruction and training necessary to perform one or more functions required under this part. The railroad is responsible for determining that the person has the knowledge and skills necessary to perform the required function for which the person is assigned responsibility. The railroad determines the qualifications and competencies for employees designated to perform various functions in the manner set forth in this part. Although the rule uses the term “qualified person” to describe a person responsible for performing various functions required under this part, a person may be deemed qualified to perform some functions but not qualified to perform other functions. For example, although a person may be deemed qualified to perform the Class II/intermediate brake test required by this part, that same person may or may not be deemed qualified to perform the Class I/initial Terminal brake test or authorize the movement of defective equipment under this part. The railroad will determine the required functions for which an individual will be deemed a “qualified person” based upon the instruction and training the individual has received pursuant to § 232.203 concerning a particular function. 
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means any form of non-highway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including: 
</P>
<P>(1) Commuter or short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and 
</P>
<P>(2) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads. The term “railroad” is also intended to mean a person that provides transportation by railroad, whether directly or by contracting out operation of the railroad to another person. The term does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Rebuilt equipment</I> means equipment that has undergone overhaul identified by the railroad as a capital expense under the Surface Transportation Board's accounting standards. 
</P>
<P><I>Refresher training</I> means periodic retraining required for employees or contractors to remain qualified to perform specific equipment troubleshooting, inspection, testing, maintenance, or repair functions. 
</P>
<P><I>Respond as intended</I> means to produce the result that a device or system is designed to produce. 
</P>
<P><I>“Roll-by” inspection</I> means an inspection performed while equipment is moving. 
</P>
<P><I>Service application</I> means a brake application that results from one or more service reductions or the equivalent. 
</P>
<P><I>Service reduction</I> means a decrease in brake pipe pressure, usually from 5 to 25 psi at a rate sufficiently rapid to move the operating valve to service position, but at a rate not rapid enough to move the operating valve to emergency position. 
</P>
<P><I>Solid block of cars</I> means two or more freight cars coupled together and added to or removed from a train as a single unit. 
</P>
<P><I>Stand-alone CCD</I> means a CCD that can operate properly only in a train operating in ECP brake mode and cannot operate in a conventional pneumatically braked train.
</P>
<P><I>Stand-alone ECP brake system</I> means a brake system equipped with a CCD that can only operate the brakes on the car in ECP brake mode. 
</P>
<P><I>State inspector</I> means an inspector of a participating State rail safety program under part 212 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Switch Mode</I> means a mode of operation of the ECP brake system that allows operation of that train at 20 miles per hour or less when the train's ECP-EOT device is not communicating with the lead locomotive's HEU, the train is separated during road switching operations, or the ECP brake system has stopped the train because the percentage of operative brakes fell below 85%. Many of the ECP brake system's fault detection/response procedures are suspended during Switch Mode. 
</P>
<P><I>Switching service</I> means the classification of freight cars according to commodity or destination; assembling of cars for train movements; changing the position of cars for purposes of loading, unloading, or weighing; placing of locomotives and cars for repair or storage; or moving of rail equipment in connection with work service that does not constitute a train movement. 
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations</I> are railroad operations that carry passengers, often using antiquated equipment, with the conveyance of the passengers to a particular destination not being the principal purpose. 
</P>
<P><I>Train</I> means one or more locomotives coupled with one or more freight cars, except during switching service. 
</P>
<P><I>Train line</I> means the brake pipe or any non-pneumatic system used to transmit the signal that controls the locomotive and freight car brakes. 
</P>
<P><I>Train line cable</I> is a two-conductor electric wire spanning the train and carrying both electrical power to operate all CCDs and ECP-EOT devices and communications network signals.
</P>
<P><I>Train, unit or train, cycle</I> means a train that, except for the changing of locomotive power or for the removal or replacement of defective equipment, remains coupled as a consist and operates in a continuous loop or continuous loops without destination. 
</P>
<P><I>Transfer train</I> means a train that travels between a point of origin and a point of final destination not exceeding 20 miles. Such trains may pick up or deliver freight equipment while en route to destination. 
</P>
<P><I>Unattended equipment</I> means equipment left standing and unmanned in such a manner that the brake system of the equipment cannot be readily controlled by a qualified person.
</P>
<P><I>Yard</I> means a system of tracks, not including main tracks and sidings, used for classifying cars, making-up and inspecting trains, or storing cars and equipment. 
</P>
<P><I>Yard air</I> means a source of compressed air other than from a locomotive. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17580, Apr. 10, 2002; 73 FR 61552, Oct. 16, 2008; 80 FR 47834, Aug. 6, 2015; 85 FR 80570, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.1.83.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.7   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the Administrator for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. The filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for waiver must be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions the Administrator deems necessary. If a waiver is granted, the Administrator publishes a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> containing the reasons for granting the waiver. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.1.83.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.9   Responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad subject to this part shall not use, haul, permit to be used or hauled on its line, offer in interchange, or accept in interchange any train, railroad car, or locomotive with one or more conditions not in compliance with this part; however, a railroad shall not be liable for a civil penalty for such action if such action is in accordance with § 232.15. For purposes of this part, a train, railroad car, or locomotive will be considered in use prior to departure but after it has received, or should have received, the inspection required for movement and is deemed ready for service. 
</P>
<P>(b) Although many of the requirements of this part are stated in terms of the duties of a railroad, when any person performs any function required by this part, that person (whether or not a railroad) is required to perform that function in accordance with this part. 
</P>
<P>(c) Any person performing any function or task required by this part shall be deemed to have consented to FRA inspection of the person's operation to the extent necessary to determine whether the function or task is being performed in accordance with the requirements of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.1.83.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.11   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person (including but not limited to a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor) who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation, except that: Penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and, where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to individuals, or has caused death or injury, a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> contains a schedule of civil penalty amounts used in connection with this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part is subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 69 FR 30594, May 28, 2004; 72 FR 51197, Sept. 6, 2007; 73 FR 79703, Dec. 30, 2008; 77 FR 24421, Apr. 24, 2012; 81 FR 43111, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16134, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60748, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 23736, May 23, 2019; 84 FR 37074, July 31, 2019; 85 FR 80570, Dec. 11, 2020]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 86 FR 1759, Jan. 11, 2021, § 232.11 was amended; however, the amendment could not be incorporated due to inaccurate amendatory instruction.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.1.83.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.13   Preemptive effect.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Under 49 U.S.C. 20106, issuance of the regulations in this part preempts any State law, rule, regulation, order or standard covering the same subject matter, except for a provision necessary to eliminate or reduce a local safety hazard if that provision is not incompatible with this part and does not impose an undue burden on interstate commerce. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to preempt an action under State law seeking damages for personal injury, death, or property damage alleging that a party has failed to comply with the Federal standard of care established by this part, has failed to comply with its own plan, rule, or standard that it created pursuant to this part, or has failed to comply with a State law, regulation, or order that is not incompatible with the first sentence of this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(b) Preemption should also be considered pursuant to the Locomotive Boiler Inspection Act (now codified at 49 U.S.C. 20701-20703), the Safety Appliance Acts (now codified at 49 U.S.C. 20301-20304), and the Commerce Clause based on the relevant case law pertaining to preemption under those provisions. 
</P>
<P>(c) FRA does not intend by issuance of the regulations in this part to preempt provisions of State criminal law that impose sanctions for reckless conduct that leads to actual loss of life, injury, or damage to property, whether such provisions apply specifically to railroad employees or generally to the public at large. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 73 FR 61552, Oct. 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.1.83.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.15   Movement of defective equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provision.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a railroad car or locomotive with one or more conditions not in compliance with this part may be used or hauled without civil penalty liability under this part only if <I>all</I> of the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(1) The defective car or locomotive is properly equipped in accordance with the applicable provisions of 49 U.S.C. chapter 203 and the requirements of this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) The car or locomotive becomes defective while it is being used by the railroad on its line or becomes defective on the line of a connecting railroad and is properly accepted in interchange for repairs in accordance with paragraph (a)(7) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad first discovers the defective condition of the car or locomotive prior to moving it for repairs. 
</P>
<P>(4) The movement of the defective car or locomotive for repairs is from the location where the car or locomotive is first discovered defective by the railroad. 
</P>
<P>(5) The defective car or locomotive cannot be repaired at the location where the railroad first discovers it to be defective. 
</P>
<P>(6) The movement of the car or locomotive is necessary to make repairs to the defective condition. 
</P>
<P>(7) The location to which the car or locomotive is being taken for repair is the nearest available location where necessary repairs can be performed on the line of the railroad where the car or locomotive was first found to be defective or is the nearest available location where necessary repairs can be performed on the line of a connecting railroad if: 
</P>
<P>(i) The connecting railroad elects to accept the defective car or locomotive for such repair; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The nearest available location where necessary repairs can be performed on the line of the connecting railroad is no farther than the nearest available location where necessary repairs can be performed on the line of the railroad where the car or locomotive was found defective. 
</P>
<P>(8) The movement of the defective car or locomotive for repairs is not by a train required to receive a Class I brake test at that location pursuant to § 232.205. 
</P>
<P>(9) The movement of the defective car or locomotive for repairs is not in a train in which less than 85 percent of the cars have operative and effective brakes. 
</P>
<P>(10) The defective car or locomotive is tagged, or information is recorded, as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(11) Except for cars or locomotives with brakes cut out en route, the following additional requirements are met: 
</P>
<P>(i) A qualified person shall determine— 
</P>
<P>(A) That it is safe to move the car or locomotive; and 
</P>
<P>(B) The maximum safe speed and other restrictions necessary for safely conducting the movement. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The person in charge of the train in which the car or locomotive is to be moved shall be notified in writing and inform all other crew members of the presence of the defective car or locomotive and the maximum speed and other restrictions determined under paragraph (a)(11)(i)(B) of this section. A copy of the tag or card described in paragraph (b) of this section may be used to provide the notification required by this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The defective car or locomotive is moved in compliance with the maximum speed and other restrictions determined under paragraph (a)(11)(i)(B) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(12) The defective car or locomotive is not subject to a Special Notice for Repair under part 216 of this chapter, unless the movement of the defective car is made in accordance with the restrictions contained in the Special Notice. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Tagging of defective equipment.</I> (1) At the place where the railroad first discovers the defect, a tag or card shall be placed on both sides of the defective equipment, except that defective locomotives may have the tag or card placed in the cab of the locomotive. In lieu of a tag or card, an automated tracking system approved for use by FRA shall be provided. The tag, card, or automated tracking system shall contain the following information about the defective equipment: 
</P>
<P>(i) The reporting mark and car or locomotive number; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the inspecting railroad; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The name and job title of the inspector; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The inspection location and date; 
</P>
<P>(v) The nature of each defect; 
</P>
<P>(vi) A description of any movement restrictions; 
</P>
<P>(vii) The destination where the equipment will be repaired; and 
</P>
<P>(viii) The signature, or electronic identification, of the person reporting the defective condition. 
</P>
<P>(2) The tag or card required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall remain affixed to the defective equipment until the necessary repairs have been performed. 
</P>
<P>(3) An electronic or written record or a copy of each tag or card attached to or removed from a car or locomotive shall be retained for 90 days and, upon request, shall be made available within 15 calendar days for inspection by FRA or State inspectors. 
</P>
<P>(4) Each tag or card removed from a car or locomotive shall contain the date, location, reason for its removal, and the signature of the person who removed it from the piece of equipment. 
</P>
<P>(5) Any automated tracking system approved by FRA to meet the tagging requirements contained in paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be capable of being reviewed and monitored by FRA at any time to ensure the integrity of the system. FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety may prohibit or revoke a railroad's authority to utilize an approved automated tracking system in lieu of tagging if FRA finds that the automated tracking system is not properly secure, is inaccessible to FRA or a railroad's employees, or fails to adequately track and monitor the movement of defective equipment. FRA will record such a determination in writing, include a statement of the basis for such action, and provide a copy of the document to the railroad. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Movement for unloading or purging of defective cars.</I> If a defective car is loaded with a hazardous material or contains residue of a hazardous material, the car may not be placed for unloading or purging unless unloading or purging is consistent with determinations made and restrictions imposed under paragraph (a)(11)(i) of this section and the unloading or purging is necessary for the safe repair of the car.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Computation of percent operative power brakes.</I> (1) The percentage of operative power brakes in a train shall be based on the number of control valves in the train. The percentage shall be determined by dividing the number of control valves that are cut-in by the total number of control valves in the train. A control valve shall not be considered cut-in if the brakes controlled by that valve are inoperative. Both cars and locomotives shall be considered when making this calculation.
</P>
<P>(2) The following brake conditions not in compliance with this part are not considered inoperative power brakes for purposes of this section: 
</P>
<P>(i) Failure or cutting out of secondary brake systems; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Inoperative or otherwise defective handbrakes or parking brakes; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Piston travel that is in excess of the Class I brake test limits required in § 232.205 but that does not exceed the outside limits contained on the stencil, sticker, or badge plate required by § 232.103(g) for considering the power brakes to be effective; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Power brakes overdue for inspection, testing, maintenance, or stenciling under this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Placement of equipment with inoperative brakes.</I> (1) A freight car or locomotive with inoperative brakes shall not be placed as the rear car of the train.
</P>
<P>(2) No more than two freight cars with either inoperative brakes or not equipped with power brakes shall be consecutively placed in the same train.
</P>
<P>(3) Multi-unit articulated equipment shall not be placed in a train if the equipment has more than two consecutive individual control valves cut-out or if the brakes controlled by the valves are inoperative.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Guidelines for determining locations where necessary repairs can be performed.</I> The following guidelines will be considered by FRA when determining whether a location is a location where repairs to a car's brake system or components can be performed and whether a location is the nearest location where the needed repairs can be effectuated.
</P>
<P>(1) The following general factors and guidelines will be considered when making determinations as to whether a location is a location where brake repairs can be performed:
</P>
<P>(i) The accessibility of the location to persons responsible for making repairs;
</P>
<P>(ii) The presence of hazardous conditions that affect the ability to safely make repairs of the type needed at the location;
</P>
<P>(iii) The nature of the repair necessary to bring the car into compliance; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The need for railroads to have in place an effective means to ensure the safe and timely repair of equipment; 
</P>
<P>(v) The relevant weather conditions at the location that affect accessibility or create hazardous conditions; 
</P>
<P>(vi) A location need not have the ability to effectuate every type of brake system repair in order to be considered a location where some brake repairs can be performed; 
</P>
<P>(vii) A location need not be staffed continuously in order to be considered a location where brake repairs can be performed; 
</P>
<P>(viii) The ability of a railroad to perform repair track brake tests or single car tests at a location shall not be considered; and
</P>
<P>(ix) The congestion of work at a location shall not be considered 
</P>
<P>(2) The general factors and guidelines outlined in paragraph (f)(1) of this section should be applied to the following locations: 
</P>
<P>(i) A location where a mobile repair truck is used on a regular basis; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A location where a mobile repair truck originates or is permanently stationed; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A location at which a railroad performs mechanical repairs other than brake system repairs; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A location that has an operative repair track or repair shop; 
</P>
<P>(3) In determining whether a location is the nearest location where the necessary brake repairs can be made, the distance to the location is a key factor but should not be considered the determining factor. The distance to a location must be considered in conjunction with the factors and guidance outlined in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section. In addition, the following safety factors must be considered in order to optimize safety: 
</P>
<P>(i) The safety of the employees responsible for getting the equipment to or from a particular location; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The potential safety hazards involved with moving the equipment in the direction of travel necessary to get the equipment to a particular location.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Designation of repair locations.</I> Based on the guidance detailed in paragraph (f) of this section and consistent with other requirements contained in this part, a railroad may submit a detailed petition, pursuant to the special approval procedures contained in § 232.17, containing a plan designating locations where brake system repairs will be performed. Approval of such plans shall be made accordance with the procedures contained in § 232.17, and shall be subject to any modifications determined by FRA to be necessary to ensure consistency with the requirements and guidance contained in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17580, Apr. 10, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.1.83.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.17   Special approval procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The following procedures govern consideration and action upon requests for special approval of a plan under § 232.15(g); an alternative standard under § 232.305 or § 232.603; an alternative technology under § 232.407(b) or (c); or a single car test procedure under § 232.611; and pre-revenue service acceptance testing plans under subpart F of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Petitions for special approval of an alternative standard or test procedure.</I> Each petition for special approval of a plan under § 232.15(g); an alternative standard under § 232.305 or § 232.603; an alternative technology under § 232.407(b) or (c); or a single car test procedure under § 232.611 shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the petition;
</P>
<P>(2) The plan, alternative standard, alternative technology, or test procedure proposed, in detail, to be submitted for or to meet the particular requirement of this part;
</P>
<P>(3) Appropriate data or analysis, or both, for FRA to consider in determining whether the plan, alternative standard, alternative technology, or test procedure, will be consistent with the guidance under § 232.15(f), if applicable, and will provide at least an equivalent level of safety or otherwise meet the requirements contained in this part; and
</P>
<P>(4) A statement affirming that the railroad has served a copy of the petition on designated representatives of its employees, together with a list of the names and addresses of the persons served. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Petitions for special approval of pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan.</I> Each petition for special approval of a pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the petition; and
</P>
<P>(2) The elements prescribed in § 232.505. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Service.</I> (1) Each petition for special approval under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section shall be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(2) Service of each petition for special approval of a plan or an alternative standard submitted under paragraph (b) of this section shall be made on the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Designated representatives of the employees of the railroad submitting a plan pursuant to § 232.15(g) or designated representatives of the employees responsible for the equipment's operation, inspection, testing, and maintenance under this part; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any organizations or bodies that either issued the standard incorporated in the section(s) of the rule to which the special approval pertains or issued the alternative standard that is proposed in the petition; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other person who has filed with FRA a current statement of interest in reviewing special approvals under the particular requirement of this part at least 30 days but not more than 5 years prior to the filing of the petition. If filed, a statement of interest shall be filed with FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety and shall reference the specific section(s) of this part in which the person has an interest.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Federal Register notice.</I> FRA will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning each petition under paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Comment.</I> Not later than 30 days from the date of publication of the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning a petition under paragraph (b) of this section, any person may comment on the petition.
</P>
<P>(1) A comment shall set forth specifically the basis upon which it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the commenter in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) The comment shall be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. 
</P>
<P>(3) The commenter shall certify that a copy of the comment was served on each petitioner. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Disposition of petitions.</I> (1) If FRA finds that the petition complies with the requirements of this section and that the proposed plan under § 232.15(g), the alternative standard, or the pre-revenue service plan is acceptable and justified, the petition will be granted, normally within 90 days of its receipt. If the petition is neither granted nor denied within 90 days, the petition remains pending for decision. FRA may attach special conditions to the approval of any petition. Following the approval of a petition, FRA may reopen consideration of the petition for cause. 
</P>
<P>(2) If FRA finds that the petition does not comply with the requirements of this section and that the proposed plan under § 232.15(g), the alternative standard, or the pre-revenue service plan is not acceptable or justified, the petition will be denied, normally within 90 days of its receipt. 
</P>
<P>(3) When FRA grants or denies a petition, or reopens consideration of the petition, written notice is sent to the petitioner and other interested parties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17580, Apr. 10, 2002; 73 FR 61552, Oct. 16, 2008; 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009; 85 FR 80570, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.1.83.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.19   Availability of records.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided, the records and plans required by this part shall be made available to representatives of FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter for inspection and copying upon request. 






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—General Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.2.83.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.101   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains general operating, performance, and design requirements for each railroad that operates freight or other non-passenger trains and for specific equipment used in those operations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.2.83.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.103   General requirements for all train brake systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The primary brake system of a train shall be capable of stopping the train with a service application from its maximum operating speed within the signal spacing existing on the track over which the train is operating. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the integrity of the train line of a train brake system is broken, the train shall be stopped. If a train line uses other than solely pneumatic technology, the integrity of the train line shall be monitored by the brake control system. 
</P>
<P>(c) A train brake system shall respond as intended to signals from the train line. 
</P>
<P>(d) One hundred percent of the brakes on a train shall be effective and operative brakes prior to use or departure from any location where a Class I brake test is required to be performed on the train pursuant to § 232.205. 
</P>
<P>(e) A train shall not move if less than 85 percent of the cars in that train have operative and effective brakes.
</P>
<P>(f) Each car in a train shall have its air brakes in effective operating condition unless the car is being moved for repairs in accordance with §§ 232.15 and 232.609. The air brakes on a car are not in effective operating condition if its brakes are cut-out or otherwise inoperative or if the piston travel exceeds:
</P>
<P>(1) 10
<FR>1/2</FR> inches for cars equipped with nominal 12-inch stroke brake cylinders; or
</P>
<P>(2) The piston travel limits indicated on the stencil, sticker, or badge plate for the brake cylinder with which the car is equipped. 
</P>
<P>(g) Except for cars equipped with nominal 12-inch stroke (8
<FR>1/2</FR> and 10-inch diameters) brake cylinders, all cars shall have a legible decal, stencil, or sticker affixed to the car or shall be equipped with a badge plate displaying the permissible brake cylinder piston travel range for the car at Class I brake tests and the length at which the piston travel renders the brake ineffective, if different from Class I brake test limits. The decal, stencil, sticker, or badge plate shall be located so that it may be easily read and understood by a person positioned safely beside the car.
</P>
<P>(h) All equipment ordered on or after August 1, 2002, or placed in service for the first time on or after April 1, 2004, shall have train brake systems designed so that an inspector can observe from a safe position either the piston travel, an accurate indicator which shows piston travel, or any other means by which the brake system is actuated. The design shall not require the inspector to place himself or herself on, under, or between components of the equipment to observe brake actuation or release.
</P>
<P>(i) All trains shall be equipped with an emergency application feature that produces an irretrievable stop, using a brake rate consistent with prevailing adhesion, train safety, and brake system thermal capacity. An emergency application shall be available at all times, and shall be initiated by an unintentional parting of the train line or loss of train brake communication.
</P>
<P>(j) A railroad shall set the maximum main reservoir working pressure. 
</P>
<P>(k) The maximum brake pipe pressure shall not be greater than 15 psi less than the air compressor governor starting or loading pressure.
</P>
<P>(l) Except as otherwise provided in this part, all equipment used in freight or other non-passenger trains must, at a minimum, meet the Association of American Railroads (AAR) Standard S-469, “Freight Brakes- Performance Specification,” Revised 2006 (contained in AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Brakes and Brake Equipment), also referred to as AAR Standard S-469-01. The Director of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> approves this incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy from the Association of American Railroads, 425 Third Street SW, Washington, DC 20024, telephone: (202) 639-2345, email: <I>publications@aar.com,</I> website: <I>https://aarpublications.com</I>. You may inspect a copy of the document at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590 (telephone: (855) 368-4200) or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, email <I>fedreg.legal@nara.gov,</I> or go to: <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html</I>.
</P>
<P>(m) An en route train shall be stopped at the next available location, inspected for leaks in the brake system, and provided with corrective action, if the train experiences:
</P>
<P>(1) A brake pipe gradient of greater than 15 psi; or
</P>
<P>(2) A brake pipe air flow of greater than that permitted by this part, when the air flow has been qualified by the Air Flow Method as provided for in subpart C of this part and the indication does not return to within the limits in a reasonable time.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Securement of unattended equipment.</I> Unattended equipment shall be secured in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) A sufficient number of hand brakes, to be not fewer than one, shall be applied to hold the equipment unless an acceptable alternative method of securement is provided pursuant to paragraph (n)(11)(i) of this section. Railroads shall develop and implement a process or procedure to verify that the applied hand brakes will sufficiently hold the equipment with the air brakes released.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for equipment connected to a source of compressed air (<I>e.g.,</I> locomotive or ground air source), or as provided under paragraph (n)(11)(ii) of this section, prior to leaving equipment unattended, the brake pipe shall be reduced to zero at a rate that is no less than a service rate reduction, and the brake pipe vented to atmosphere by leaving the angle cock in the open position on the first unit of the equipment left unattended. A train's air brake shall not be depended upon to hold equipment standing unattended (including a locomotive, a car, or a train whether or not locomotive is attached).
</P>
<P>(3) Except for distributed power units, the following requirements apply to unattended locomotives:
</P>
<P>(i) All hand brakes shall be fully applied on all locomotives in the lead consist of an unattended train.
</P>
<P>(ii) All hand brakes shall be fully applied on all locomotives in an unattended locomotive consist outside of a yard.
</P>
<P>(iii) At a minimum, the hand brake shall be fully applied on the lead locomotive in an unattended locomotive consist within a yard.
</P>
<P>(iv) A railroad shall develop, adopt, and comply with procedures for securing any unattended locomotive required to have a hand brake applied pursuant to paragraph (n)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section when the locomotive is not equipped with an operative hand brake.
</P>
<P>(4) A railroad shall adopt and comply with a process or procedures to verify that the applied hand brakes will sufficiently hold an unattended locomotive consist. A railroad shall also adopt and comply with instructions to address throttle position, status of the reverse lever, position of the generator field switch, status of the independent brakes, position of the isolation switch, and position of the automatic brake valve on all unattended locomotives. The procedures and instruction required in this paragraph shall take into account winter weather conditions as they relate to throttle position and reverser handle.
</P>
<P>(5) Any hand brakes applied to hold unattended equipment shall not be released until it is known that the air brake system is properly charged.
</P>
<P>(6)(i) The requirements in paragraph (n)(7) through (8) of this section apply to any freight train or standing freight car or cars that contain:
</P>
<P>(A) Any loaded tank car containing a material poisonous by inhalation as defined in § 171.8 of this title, including anhydrous ammonia (UN 1005) and ammonia solutions (UN 3318); or
</P>
<P>(B) Twenty (20) or more loaded tank cars or loaded intermodal portable tanks of any one or any combination of a hazardous material listed in paragraph (n)(6)(i)(A) of this section, or any Division 2.1 (flammable gas), Class 3 (flammable or combustible liquid), Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive), or a hazardous substance listed at § 173.31(f)(2) of this title.
</P>
<P>(ii) For the purposes of this paragraph, a tank car containing a residue of a hazardous material as defined in § 171.8 of this title is not considered a loaded car.
</P>
<P>(7)(i) No equipment described in paragraph (n)(6) of this section shall be left unattended on a main track or siding (except when that main track or siding runs through, or is directly adjacent to a yard) until the railroad has adopted and is complying with a plan identifying specific locations or circumstances when the equipment may be left unattended. The plan shall contain sufficient safety justification for determining when equipment may be left unattended. The railroad must notify FRA when the railroad develops and has in place a plan, or modifies an existing plan, under this provision prior to operating pursuant to the plan. The plan shall be made available to FRA upon request. FRA reserves the right to require modifications to any plan should it determine the plan is not sufficient.
</P>
<P>(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (n)(8)(iii) of this section, any freight train described in paragraph (n)(6) of this section that is left unattended on a main track or siding that runs through, or is directly adjacent to, a yard shall comply with the requirements contained in paragraphs (n)(8)(i) and (n)(8)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8)(i) Where a freight train or standing freight car or cars as described in paragraph (n)(6) of this section is left unattended on a main track or siding outside of a yard, and not directly adjacent to a yard, an employee responsible for securing the equipment shall verify with another person qualified to make the determination that the equipment is secured in accordance with the railroad's processes and procedures.
</P>
<P>(ii) The controlling locomotive cab of a freight train described in paragraph (n)(6) of this section shall be locked on locomotives capable of being locked. If the controlling cab is not capable of being locked, the reverser on the controlling locomotive shall be removed from the control stand and placed in a secured location.
</P>
<P>(iii) A locomotive that is left unattended on a main track or siding that runs through, or is directly adjacent to, a yard is excepted from the requirements in (n)(8)(ii) of this section where the locomotive is not equipped with an operative lock and the locomotive has a reverser that cannot be removed from its control stand or has a reverser that is necessary for cold weather operations.
</P>
<P>(9) Each railroad shall implement operating rules and practices requiring the job briefing of securement for any activity that will impact or require the securement of any unattended equipment in the course of the work being performed.
</P>
<P>(10) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with procedures to ensure that, as soon as safely practicable, a qualified employee verifies the proper securement of any unattended equipment when the railroad has knowledge that a non-railroad emergency responder has been on, under, or between the equipment.
</P>
<P>(11) A railroad may adopt and then must comply with alternative securement procedures to do the following:
</P>
<P>(i) In lieu of applying hand brakes as required under paragraph (n) of this section, properly maintain and use mechanical securement devices, within their design criteria and as intended within a classification yard or on a repair track.
</P>
<P>(ii) In lieu of compliance with the associated requirement in paragraph (n)(2) of this section—and in lieu of applying hand brakes as required under paragraph (n) of this section— isolate the brake pipe of standing equipment from atmosphere if it:
</P>
<P>(A) Initiates an emergency brake application on the equipment;
</P>
<P>(B) Closes the angle cock; and
</P>
<P>(C) Operates the locomotive or otherwise proceeds directly to the opposite end of the equipment for the sole purpose to either open the angle cock to vent to atmosphere or provide an air source.
</P>
<P>(iii) Upon completion of the procedure described in paragraph (n)(11)(ii) of this section, the securement requirements of paragraph (n) of this section shall apply.
</P>
<P>(o) Air pressure regulating devices shall be adjusted for the following pressures: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Locomotives 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">PSI 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Minimum brake pipe air pressure: 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Switch Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Minimum differential between brake pipe and main reservoir air pressures, with brake valve in running position</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) Safety valve for straight air brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30-55 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) Safety valve for LT, ET, No. 8-EL, No. 14 EI, No. 6-DS, No. 6-BL and No. 6-SL equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30-68 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(5) Safety valve for HSC and No. 24-RL equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30-75 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(6) Reducing valve for independent or straight air brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(7) Self-lapping portion for electro-pneumatic brake (minimum full application pressure)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(8) Self-lapping portion for independent air brake (full application pressure)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(9) Reducing valve for high-speed brake (minimum)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17581, Apr. 10, 2002; 73 FR 61553, Oct. 16, 2008; 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009; 80 FR 47834, Aug. 6, 2015; 85 FR 80571, Dec. 11, 2020]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.2.83.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.105   General requirements for locomotives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The air brake equipment on a locomotive shall be in safe and suitable condition for service. 
</P>
<P>(b) All locomotives ordered on or after August 1, 2002, or placed in service for the first time on or after April 1, 2004, shall be equipped with a hand or parking brake that is: 
</P>
<P>(1) Capable of application or activation by hand; 
</P>
<P>(2) Capable of release by hand; and
</P>
<P>(3) Capable of holding the unit on a three (3) percent grade. 
</P>
<P>(c) On locomotives so equipped, the hand or parking brake as well as its parts and connections shall be inspected, and necessary repairs made, as often as service requires but no less frequently than every 368 days. The date of the last inspection shall be either entered on Form FRA F 6180-49A or suitably stenciled or tagged on the locomotive. 
</P>
<P>(d) The amount of leakage from the equalizing reservoir on locomotives and related piping shall be zero, unless the system is capable of maintaining the set pressure at any service application with the brakes control valve in the freight position. If such leakage is detected en route, the train may be moved only to the nearest forward location where the equalizing-reservoir leakage can be corrected. On locomotives equipped with electronic brakes, if the system logs or displays a fault related to equalizing reservoir leakage, the train may be moved only to the nearest forward location where the necessary repairs can be made. 
</P>
<P>(e) Use of the feed or regulating valve to control braking is prohibited. 
</P>
<P>(f) The passenger position on the locomotive brake control stand shall be used only if the trailing equipment is designed for graduated brake release or if equalizing reservoir leakage occurs en route and its use is necessary to safely control the movement of the train until it reaches the next forward location where the reservoir leakage can be corrected. 
</P>
<P>(g) When taking charge of a locomotive or locomotive consist, an engineer must know that the brakes are in operative condition. 
</P>
<P>(h)(1) After March 1, 2017, each locomotive left unattended outside of a yard, but not on a track directly adjacent to the yard, shall be equipped with an operative exterior locking mechanism.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall inspect and, where necessary, repair the locking mechanism during a locomotive's periodic inspection required in § 229.23 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) In the event that a locking mechanism becomes inoperative during the time interval between periodic inspections, the railroad must repair the locking mechanism within 30 days of finding the inoperative lock.
</P>
<P>(4) A railroad may continue the use of a locomotive without an operative locking mechanism; however, if the controlling locomotive of a train meeting the requirements of § 232.103(n)(6)(i) does not have an operative locking mechanism for the locomotive, the train must not be left unattended on main track or a siding unless the reverser is removed from the control stand as required in § 232.103(n)(8)(ii) or the locomotive otherwise meets one of the exceptions described in § 232.103(n)(8)(iii).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 80 FR 47835, Aug. 6, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.2.83.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.107   Air source requirements and cold weather operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Monitoring plans for yard air sources.</I> (1) A railroad shall adopt and comply with a written plan to monitor all yard air sources, other than locomotives, to determine that they operate as intended and do not introduce contaminants into the brake system of freight equipment. 
</P>
<P>(2) This plan shall require the railroad to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Inspect each yard air source at least two times per calendar year, no less than five months apart, to determine it operates as intended and does not introduce contaminants into the brake system of the equipment it services. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify yard air sources found not to be operating as intended or found introducing contaminants into the brake system of the equipment it services. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Repair or take other remedial action regarding any yard air source identified under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) A railroad shall maintain records of the information and actions required by paragraph (a)(2). These records shall be maintained for a period of at least one year from the date of creation and may be maintained either electronically or in writing. 
</P>
<P>(b) Condensation and other contaminants shall be blown from the pipe or hose from which compressed air is taken prior to connecting the yard air line or motive power to the train. 
</P>
<P>(c) No chemicals which are known to degrade or harm brake system components shall be placed in the train air brake system. 
</P>
<P>(d) Yard air reservoirs shall either be equipped with an operable automatic drain system or be manually drained at least once each day that the devices are used or more often if moisture is detected in the system. 
</P>
<P>(e) A railroad shall adopt and comply with detailed written operating procedures tailored to the equipment and territory of that railroad to cover safe train operations during cold weather. For purposes of this provision, “cold weather” means when the ambient temperature drops below 10 degrees Fahrenheit (F) (minus 12.2 degrees Celsius). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.2.83.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.109   Dynamic brake requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, a locomotive engineer shall be informed of the operational status of the dynamic brakes on all locomotive units in the consist at the initial terminal for a train and at other locations where a locomotive engineer first begins operation of a train. The information required by this paragraph may be provided to the locomotive engineer by any means determined to be appropriate by the railroad; however, a written or electronic record of the information shall be maintained in the cab of the controlling locomotive. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, all inoperative dynamic brakes shall be repaired within 30 calendar days of becoming inoperative or at the locomotive's next periodic inspection pursuant to § 229.23 of this chapter, whichever occurs first. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, a locomotive discovered with inoperative dynamic brakes shall have a tag bearing the words “inoperative dynamic brake” securely attached and displayed in a conspicuous location in the cab of the locomotive. This tag shall contain the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) The locomotive number; 
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the discovering carrier; 
</P>
<P>(3) The location and date where condition was discovered; and
</P>
<P>(4) The signature of the person discovering the condition. 
</P>
<P>(d) An electronic or written record of repairs made to a locomotive's dynamic brakes shall be retained for 92 days. 
</P>
<P>(e) A railroad may elect to declare the dynamic brakes on a locomotive deactivated without removing the dynamic brake components from the locomotive, only if all of the following conditions are met: 
</P>
<P>(1) The locomotive is clearly marked with the words “dynamic brake deactivated” in a conspicuous location in the cab of the locomotive; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad has taken appropriate action to ensure that the deactivated locomotive is incapable of utilizing dynamic brake effort to retard or control train speed. 
</P>
<P>(f) If a locomotive consist is intended to have its dynamic brakes used while in transit, a locomotive with inoperative or deactivated dynamic brakes or a locomotive not equipped with dynamic brakes shall not be placed in the controlling (lead) position of a consist unless the locomotive has the capability of: 
</P>
<P>(1) Controlling the dynamic braking effort in trailing locomotives in the consist that are so equipped; and
</P>
<P>(2) Displaying to the locomotive engineer the deceleration rate of the train or the total train dynamic brake retarding force. 
</P>
<P>(g) All locomotives equipped with dynamic brakes and ordered on or after April 1, 2006, or placed in service for the first time on or after October 1, 2007, shall be designed to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct an electrical integrity test of the dynamic brake to determine if electrical current is being received at the grids on the system; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Display in real-time in the cab of the controlling (lead) locomotive the total train dynamic brake retarding force available in the train. 
</P>
<P>(h) All rebuilt locomotives equipped with dynamic brakes and placed in service on or after April 1, 2004, shall be designed to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct an electrical integrity test of the dynamic brake to determine if electrical current is being received at the grids on the system; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Display either the train deceleration rate or in real-time in the cab of the controlling (lead) locomotive the total train dynamic brake retarding force available in the train. 
</P>
<P>(i) The information required by paragraph (a) of this section is not required to be provided to the locomotive engineer if all of the locomotives in the lead consist of a train are equipped in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(j) A railroad operating a train with a brake system that includes dynamic brakes shall adopt and comply with written operating rules governing safe train handling procedures using these dynamic brakes under all operating conditions, which shall be tailored to the specific equipment and territory of the railroad. The railroad's operating rules shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Ensure that the friction brakes are sufficient by themselves, without the aid of dynamic brakes, to stop the train safely under all operating conditions. 
</P>
<P>(2) Include a “miles-per-hour-overspeed-stop” rule. At a minimum, this rule shall require that any train when descending a section of track with an average grade of one percent or greater over a distance of three continuous miles shall be immediately brought to a stop, by an emergency brake application if necessary, when the train's speed exceeds the maximum authorized speed for that train by more than 5 miles per hour. A railroad shall reduce the 5-miles-per-hour-overspeed-stop restriction if validated research indicates the need for such a reduction. A railroad may increase the 5-miles-per-hour-overspeed restriction only with approval of FRA and based upon verifiable data and research. 
</P>
<P>(k) A railroad operating a train with a brake system that includes dynamic brakes shall adopt and comply with specific knowledge, skill, and ability criteria to ensure that its locomotive engineers are fully trained in the operating rules prescribed by paragraph (j) of this section. The railroad shall incorporate such criteria into its locomotive engineer certification program pursuant to part 240 of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17581, Apr. 10, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.2.83.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.111   Train handling information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall adopt and comply with written procedures to ensure that a train crew employed by the railroad is given accurate information on the condition of the train brake system and train factors affecting brake system performance and testing when the crew takes over responsibility for the train. The information required by this paragraph may be provided to the locomotive engineer by any means determined appropriate by the railroad; however, a written or electronic record of the information shall be maintained in the cab of the controlling locomotive. 
</P>
<P>(b) The procedures shall require that each train crew taking charge of a train be informed of: 
</P>
<P>(1) The total weight and length of the train, based on the best information available to the railroad; 
</P>
<P>(2) Any special weight distribution that would require special train handling procedures; 
</P>
<P>(3) The number and location of cars with cut-out or otherwise inoperative brakes and the location where they will be repaired; 
</P>
<P>(4) If a Class I or Class IA brake test is required prior to the next crew change point, the location at which that test shall be performed; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any train brake system problems encountered by the previous crew of the train.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Inspection and Testing Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.3.83.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.201   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains the inspection and testing requirements for brake systems used in freight and other non-passenger trains. This subpart also contains general training requirements for railroad and contract personnel used to perform the required inspections and tests. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.3.83.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.203   Training requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad and each contractor shall adopt and comply with a training, qualification, and designation program for its employees that perform brake system inspections, tests, or maintenance. For purposes of this section, a “contractor” is defined as a person under contract with the railroad or car owner. The records required by this section may be maintained either electronically or in writing. 
</P>
<P>(b) As part of this program, the railroad or contractor shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the tasks related to the inspection, testing, and maintenance of the brake system required by this part that must be performed by the railroad or contractor and identify the skills and knowledge necessary to perform each task. 
</P>
<P>(2) Develop or incorporate a training curriculum that includes both classroom and “hands-on” lessons designed to impart the skills and knowledge identified as necessary to perform each task. The developed or incorporated training curriculum shall specifically address the Federal regulatory requirements contained in this part that are related to the performance of the tasks identified. 
</P>
<P>(3) Require all employees to successfully complete a training curriculum that covers the skills and knowledge the employee will need to possess in order to perform the tasks required by this part that the employee will be responsible for performing, including the specific Federal regulatory requirements contained in this part related to the performance of a task for which the employee will be responsible; 
</P>
<P>(4) Require all employees to pass a written or oral examination covering the skills and knowledge the employee will need to possess in order to perform the tasks required by this part that the employee will be responsible for performing, including the specific Federal regulatory requirements contained in this part related to the performance of a task for which the employee will be responsible for performing; 
</P>
<P>(5) Require all employees to individually demonstrate “hands-on” capability by successfully applying the skills and knowledge the employee will need to possess in order to perform the tasks required by this part that the employee will be responsible for performing to the satisfaction of the employee's supervisor or designated instructor; 
</P>
<P>(6) An employee hired or working prior to June 1, 2001, for a railroad or contractor covered by this part will be considered to have met the requirements, or a portion of the requirements, contained in paragraphs (b)(3) through (b)(5) of this section if the employee receives training and testing on the specific Federal regulatory requirements contained in this part related to the performance of the tasks which the employee will be responsible for performing; and if: 
</P>
<P>(i) The training or testing, including efficiency testing, previously received by the employee is determined by the railroad or contractor to meet the requirements, or a portion of the requirements, contained in paragraphs (b)(3) through (b)(5) of this section and such training or testing can be documented as required in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(4) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The employee passes an oral, written, or practical, “hands-on” test developed or adopted by the railroad or contractor which is determined by the railroad or contractor to ensure that the employee possesses the skills and knowledge, or a portion of the skills or knowledge, required in paragraphs (b)(3) through (b)(5) of this section and the test is documented as required in paragraph (e) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The railroad or contractor certifies that a group or segment of its employees has previously received training or testing determined by the railroad or contractor to meet the requirements, or a portion of the requirements, contained in paragraphs (b)(3) through (b)(5) of this section and complete records of such training are not available, provided the following conditions are satisfied: 
</P>
<P>(A) The certification is placed in the employee's training records required in paragraph (e) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(B) The certification contains a brief description of the training provided and the approximate date(s) on which the training was provided; and 
</P>
<P>(C) Any employee determined to be trained pursuant to this paragraph is given a diagnostic oral, written, or “hands-on” test covering that training for which this paragraph is relied upon at the time the employee receives his or her first periodic refresher training under paragraph (b)(8) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any combination of the training or testing contained in paragraphs (b)(6)(i) through (b)(6)(iii) of this section and paragraphs (b)(3) through (b)(5) of this section may be used to satisfy the training and testing requirements for an employee in accordance with this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(7) Require supervisors to exercise oversight to ensure that all the identified tasks are performed in accordance with the railroad's written procedures and the specific Federal regulatory requirements contained in this part; 
</P>
<P>(8) Require periodic refresher training, at an interval not to exceed three years, that includes classroom and “hands-on” training, as well as testing; except that employees that have completed their initial training under paragraphs (b)(3) through (b)(6) of this part prior to April 1, 2004, shall not be required to complete their first periodic refresher training until four years after the completion of their initial training, and every three years thereafter. Observation and evaluation of actual performance of duties may be used to meet the “hands-on” portion of this requirement, provided that such testing is documented as required in paragraph (e) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(9) Add new brake systems to the training, qualification and designation program prior to its introduction to revenue service. 
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad that operates trains required to be equipped with a two-way end-of-train telemetry device pursuant to subpart E of this part, and each contractor that maintains such devices, shall adopt and comply with a training program that specifically addresses:
</P>
<P>(1) The testing, operation, and maintenance of two-way end-of-train devices for employees who are responsible for the testing, operation, and maintenance of the devices; and
</P>
<P>(2) For operating employees the limitations and proper use of the emergency application signal and the loss of communication indication between front-of-train and rear-of-train devices. 
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad that operates trains under conditions that require the setting of air brake pressure retaining valves shall adopt and comply with a training program which specifically addresses the proper use of retainers for employees who are responsible for using or setting retainers. 
</P>
<P>(e) A railroad or contractor shall maintain adequate records to demonstrate the current qualification status of all of its personnel assigned to inspect, test, or maintain a train brake system. The records required by this paragraph may be maintained either electronically or in writing and shall be provided to FRA upon request. These records shall include the following information concerning each such employee: 
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the employee; 
</P>
<P>(2) The dates that each training course was completed; 
</P>
<P>(3) The content of each training course successfully completed; 
</P>
<P>(4) The employee's scores on each test taken to demonstrate proficiency; 
</P>
<P>(5) A description of the employee's “hands-on” performance applying the skills and knowledge the employee needs to possess in order to perform the tasks required by this part that the employee will be responsible for performing and the basis for finding that the skills and knowledge were successfully demonstrated; 
</P>
<P>(6) The tasks required to be performed under this part which the employee is deemed qualified to perform;
</P>
<P>(7) Identification of the person(s) determining that the employee has successfully completed the training necessary to be considered qualified to perform the tasks identified in paragraph (e)(6) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(8) The date that the employee's status as qualified to perform the tasks identified in paragraph (e)(6) of this section expires due to the need for refresher training.
</P>
<P>(f) A railroad or contractor shall adopt and comply with a plan to periodically assess the effectiveness of its training program. One method of validation and assessment could be through the use of efficiency tests or periodic review of employee performance. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17581, Apr. 10, 2002; 79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014; 85 FR 80571, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.3.83.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.205   Class I brake test-initial terminal inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each train and each car in the train shall receive a Class I brake test as described in paragraph (c) of this section by a qualified person, as defined in § 232.5, at the following points: 
</P>
<P>(1) The location where the train is originally assembled (“initial terminal”); 
</P>
<P>(2) A location where the train consist is changed other than by: 
</P>
<P>(i) Adding a single car or a solid block of cars, except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Removing a single car or a solid block of cars; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Removing cars determined to be defective under this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A combination of the changes listed in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iii) of this section (See §§ 232.209 and 232.211 for requirements related to the pick-up of cars and solid blocks of cars en route.); 
</P>
<P>(3) A location where the train is off-air for a period of more than 24 hours. 
</P>
<P>(4) A location where a unit or cycle train has traveled 3,000 miles since its last Class I brake test; and
</P>
<P>(5) A location where the train is received in interchange if the train consist is changed other than by: 
</P>
<P>(i) Removing a car or a solid block of cars from the train; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Adding a previously tested car or a previously tested solid block of cars to the train; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Changing motive power; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Removing or changing the caboose; or 
</P>
<P>(v) Any combination of the changes listed in paragraphs (a)(5) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(A) If changes other than those contained in paragraph (a)(5)(i)-(a)(5)(v) of this section are made to the train consist when it is received in interchange and the train will move 20 miles or less, then the railroad may conduct a brake test pursuant to § 232.209 on those cars added to the train. 
</P>
<P>(B) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in § 232.209, each car and each solid block of cars added to a train shall receive a Class I brake test as described in paragraph (c) of this section at the location where it is added to a train unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The solid block of cars is comprised of cars from a single previous train, the cars of which have previously received a Class I brake test and have remained continuously and consecutively coupled together with the train line remaining connected, other than for removing defective equipment, since being removed from its previous train and have not been off-air for more than 24 hours; or
</P>
<P>(2) The solid block of cars is comprised of cars from a single previous train, the cars of which were required to be separated into multiple solid blocks of cars due to space or trackage constraints at a particular location when removed from the previous train, provided the cars have previously received a Class I brake test, have not been off-air more than 24 hours, and the cars in each of the multiple blocks of cars have remained continuously and consecutively coupled together with the train line remaining connected, except for the removal of defective equipment. Furthermore, these multiple solid blocks of cars shall be added to a train in the same relative order (no reclassification) as when removed from the previous train, except for the removal of defective equipment. 
</P>
<P>(c) A Class I brake test of a train shall consist of the following tasks and requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) Brake pipe leakage shall not exceed 5 psi per minute or air flow shall not exceed 60 cubic feet per minute (CFM).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Leakage Test.</I> The brake pipe leakage test shall be conducted as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Charge the air brake system to the pressure at which the train will be operated, and the pressure at the rear of the train shall be within 15 psi of the pressure at which the train will be operated, but not less than 75 psi, as indicated by an accurate gauge or end-of-train device at the rear end of train;
</P>
<P>(B) Upon receiving the signal to apply brakes for test, make a 20-psi brake pipe service reduction;
</P>
<P>(C) If the locomotive used to perform the leakage test is equipped with a means for maintaining brake pipe pressure at a constant level during a 20-psi brake pipe service reduction, this feature shall be cut out during the leakage test; and
</P>
<P>(D) With the brake valve lapped and the pressure maintaining feature cut out (if so equipped) and after waiting 45-60 seconds, note the brake pipe leakage as indicated by the brake-pipe gauge in the locomotive, which shall not exceed 5 psi per minute.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Air Flow Method Test.</I> When a locomotive is equipped with a 26-L brake valve or equivalent pressure maintaining locomotive brake valve, a railroad may use the Air Flow Method Test as an alternate to the brake pipe leakage test. The Air Flow Method (AFM) Test shall be performed as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Charge the air brake system to the pressure at which the train will be operated, and the pressure at the rear of the train shall be within 15 psi of the pressure at which the train will be operated, but not less than 75 psi, as indicated by an accurate gauge or end-of-train device at the rear end of train; and
</P>
<P>(B) Use a calibrated AFM indicator to measure air flow. A train equipped with at least one distributed power unit or an air repeater unit providing a source of brake pipe control air from two or more locations must not exceed a combined flow of 90 cubic feet per minute (CFM). Otherwise, the air flow must not exceed 60 CFM. Railroads must develop and implement operating rules to ensure compliant operation of a train if air flow exceeds these parameters after the Class I brake test is completed.
</P>
<P>(iii) The AFM indicator must be calibrated for accuracy at periodic intervals not to exceed 92 days. The AFM indicator and all test orifices must be calibrated at temperatures of not less than 20 °F. AFM indicators must be accurate to within ±3 standard cubic feet per minute (CFM) at 60 CFM air flow.
</P>
<P>(iv) For each AFM indicator, its last date of calibration must be recorded and certified on Form F6180-49A.
</P>
<P>(v) An AFM indicator not incompliance with this part must:
</P>
<P>(A) Not be used, including in the performance of a leakage test or to aid in the control or braking of the train;
</P>
<P>(B) Be tagged in accordance with § 232.15(b) and include text that it is “inoperative” or “overdue”; and
</P>
<P>(C) Be placed with its tag in a conspicuous location of the controlling locomotive cab. 
</P>
<P>(2) The inspector(s) shall take a position on each side of each car sometime during the inspection process so as to be able to examine and observe the functioning of all moving parts of the brake system on each car in order to make the determinations and inspections required by this section. A “roll-by” inspection of the brake release as provided for in paragraph (b)(8) of this section shall not constitute an inspection of that side of the train for purposes of this requirement; 
</P>
<P>(3) The train brake system shall be charged to the pressure at which the train will be operated, and the pressure at the rear of the train shall be within 15 psi of the pressure at which the train will be operated, but not less than 75 psi, angle cocks and cutout cocks shall be properly positioned, air hoses shall be properly coupled and shall not kink, bind, or foul or be in any other condition that restricts air flow. An examination must be made for leaks and necessary repairs made to reduce leakage to the required minimum. Retaining valves and retaining valve pipes shall be inspected and known to be in proper condition for service; 
</P>
<P>(4) The brakes on each car shall apply in response to a 20-psi brake pipe service reduction and shall remain applied until a release of the air brakes has been initiated by the controlling locomotive or yard test device. The brakes shall not be applied or released until the proper signal is given. A car found with brakes that fail to apply or remain applied may be retested and remain in the train if the retest is conducted at an air pressure that is within 15 psi of the air pressure at which the train will be operated. The retest may be conducted from either the controlling locomotive, the head-end of the consist, or with a suitable test device, as described in § 232.217(a), positioned at one end of the car(s) being retested, and the brakes shall remain applied until a release is initiated after a period which is no less than three minutes. If the retest is performed at the car(s) being retested with a suitable device, the compressed air in the car(s) shall be depleted prior to disconnecting the hoses between the car(s) to perform the retest; 
</P>
<P>(5) For cars equipped with 8
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch or 10-inch diameter brake cylinders, piston travel shall be within 6 to 9 inches. If piston travel is found to be less than 6 inches or more than 9 inches, it must be adjusted to nominally 7
<FR>1/2</FR> inches. For cars not equipped with 8
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch or 10-inch diameter brake cylinders, piston travel shall be within the piston travel stenciled or marked on the car or badge plate. Minimum brake cylinder piston travel of truck-mounted brake cylinders must be sufficient to provide proper brake shoe clearance when the brakes are released. Piston travel must be inspected on each freight car while the brakes are applied; 
</P>
<P>(6) Brake rigging shall be properly secured and shall not bind or foul or otherwise adversely affect the operation of the brake system; 
</P>
<P>(7) All parts of the brake equipment shall be properly secured. On cars where the bottom rod passes through the truck bolster or is secured with cotter keys equipped with a locking device to prevent their accidental removal, bottom rod safety supports are not required; and 
</P>
<P>(8) When the release is initiated by the controlling locomotive or yard test device, the brakes on each freight car shall be inspected to verify that it did release; this may be performed by a “roll-by” inspection. If a “roll-by” inspection of the brake release is performed, train speed shall not exceed 10 MPH and the qualified person performing the “roll-by” inspection shall communicate the results of the inspection to the operator of the train. The operator of the train shall note successful completion of the release portion of the inspection on the record required in paragraph (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(9) Although an air repeater unit is not a locomotive or appurtenance under part 229, an air repeater unit operated in accordance with this part must:
</P>
<P>(i) Receive an inspection in accordance with § 229.21 where and when an inspection is required in accordance with § 232.205(a)(1); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Otherwise comply with part 229 as applicable to those parts that provide compressed air, modulate the brake pipe, and otherwise control the movement of the train. All remaining parts are subject to the inspection requirements of parts 215 and 232.
</P>
<P>(d) Where a railroad's collective bargaining agreement provides that a carman is to perform the inspections and tests required by this section, a carman alone will be considered a qualified person. In these circumstances, the railroad shall ensure that the carman is properly trained and designated as a qualified person or qualified mechanical inspector pursuant to the requirements of this part. 
</P>
<P>(e) A railroad must notify the locomotive engineer that the Class I brake test was satisfactorily performed, whether the equipment to be hauled in his train has been off-air for a period of more than 24 hours, and provide the information required in this paragraph to the locomotive engineer or place the information in the cab of the controlling locomotive following the test. The information required by this paragraph may be provided to the locomotive engineer by any means determined appropriate by the railroad; however, a written or electronic record of the information must be retained in the cab of the controlling locomotive until the train reaches its destination. The written or electronic record must contain the date, time, number of freight cars inspected, and identify the qualified person(s) performing the test and the location where the Class I brake test was performed. 
</P>
<P>(f) Before adjusting piston travel or working on brake rigging, cutout cock in brake pipe branch must be closed and air reservoirs must be voided of all compressed air. When cutout cocks are provided in brake cylinder pipes, these cutout cocks only may be closed and air reservoirs need not be voided of all compressed air. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17582, Apr. 10, 2002; 73 FR 61553, Oct. 16, 2008; 85 FR 80571, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.3.83.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.207   Class IA brake tests—1,000-mile inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 232.213, each train shall receive a Class IA brake test performed by a qualified person, as defined in § 232.5, at a location that is not more than 1,000 miles from the point where any car in the train last received a Class I or Class IA brake test. The most restrictive car or block of cars in the train shall determine the location of this test. 
</P>
<P>(b) A Class IA brake test of a train shall consist of the following tasks and requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) Brake pipe leakage shall not exceed 5 psi per minute, or air flow shall not exceed 60 cubic feet per minute (CFM). The brake pipe leakage test or air flow method test shall be conducted pursuant to the requirements contained in § 232.205(c)(1); 
</P>
<P>(2) The inspector shall position himself/herself, taking positions on each side of each car sometime during the inspection process, so as to be able to examine and observe the functioning of all moving parts of the brake system on each car in order to make the determinations and inspections required by this section; 
</P>
<P>(3) The air brake system shall be charged to the pressure at which the train will be operated, and the pressure at the rear of the train shall be within 15 psi of the pressure at which the train will be operated, but not less than 75 psi, as indicated by an accurate gauge or end-of-train device at rear end of train; 
</P>
<P>(4) The brakes on each car shall apply in response to a 20-psi brake pipe service reduction and shall remain applied until the release is initiated by the controlling locomotive. A car found with brakes that fail to apply or remain applied may be retested and remain in the train if the retest is conducted as prescribed in § 232.205(c)(4); otherwise, the defective equipment may only be moved pursuant to the provisions contained in § 232.15, if applicable; 
</P>
<P>(5) Brake rigging shall be properly secured and shall not bind or foul or otherwise adversely affect the operation of the brake system; and 
</P>
<P>(6) All parts of the brake equipment shall be properly secured. 
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad shall designate the locations where Class IA brake tests will be performed, and the railroad shall furnish to the Federal Railroad Administration upon request a description of each location designated. A railroad shall notify the Motive Power and Equipment Division of FRA's Office of Railroad Safety (MP&amp;E Division) in writing 30 days prior to any change in the locations designated for such tests and inspections.
</P>
<P>(1) Failure to perform a Class IA brake test on a train at a location designated pursuant to this paragraph (c) constitutes a failure to perform a proper Class IA brake test if the train is due for such a test at that location.
</P>
<P>(2) In the event of an emergency that alters normal train operations, such as a derailment or other unusual circumstance that adversely affects the safe operation of the train, the railroad is not required to provide prior written notification of a change in the location where a Class IA brake test is performed to a location not on the railroad's list of designated locations for performing Class IA brake tests, provided that the railroad notifies FRA's MP&amp;E Division within 24 hours after the designation has been changed and the reason for that change.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17582, Apr. 10, 2002; 85 FR 80572, Dec. 11, 2020; 90 FR 28172, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.3.83.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.209   Class II brake tests—intermediate inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At a location other than the initial terminal of a train, a Class II brake test must be performed by a qualified person, as defined in § 232.5, on the following equipment when added to a train:
</P>
<P>(1) Each car or solid block of cars, as defined in § 232.5, that has not previously received a Class I brake test or that has been off-air for more than 24 hours;
</P>
<P>(2) Each solid block of cars, as defined in § 232.5, that is comprised of cars from more than one previous train; and
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, each solid block of cars that is comprised of cars from only one previous train, the cars of which have not remained continuously and consecutively coupled together with the train line remaining connected since being removed from the previous train. A solid block of cars is considered to have remained continuously and consecutively coupled together with the train line remaining connected since being removed from the previous train if it has been changed only by removing defective equipment.
</P>
<P>(4) Each solid block of cars that is comprised of cars from a single previous train, the cars of which were required to be separated into multiple solid blocks of cars due to space or trackage constraints at a particular location when removed from the previous train, if they are not added in the same relative order as when removed from the previous train or if the cars in each of the multiple blocks of cars have not remained continuously and consecutively coupled together with the train line remaining connected, except for the removal of defective equipment. 
</P>
<P>(b) A Class II brake test shall consist of the following tasks and requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) Brake pipe leakage shall not exceed 5 psi per minute, or air flow shall not exceed 60 cubic feet per minute (CFM). The brake pipe leakage test or air flow method test shall be conducted on the entire train pursuant to the requirements contained in § 232.205(c)(1); 
</P>
<P>(2) The air brake system shall be charged to the pressure at which the train will be operated, and the pressure at the rear of the train shall be within 15 psi of the pressure at which the train will be operated, but not less than 75 psi, as indicated by an accurate gauge or end-of-train device at the rear end of train; 
</P>
<P>(3) The brakes on each car added to the train and on the rear car of the train shall be inspected to ensure that they apply in response to a 20-psi brake pipe service reduction and remain applied until the release is initiated from the controlling locomotive. A car found with brakes that fail to apply or remain applied may be retested and remain in the train if the retest is conducted as prescribed in § 232.205(c)(4); otherwise, the defective equipment may only be moved pursuant to the provisions of § 232.15, if applicable; 
</P>
<P>(4) When the release is initiated, the brakes on each car added to the train and on the rear car of the train shall be inspected to verify that they did release; this may be performed by a “roll-by” inspection. If a “roll-by” inspection of the brake release is performed, train speed shall not exceed 10 MPH, and the qualified person performing the “roll-by” inspection shall communicate the results of the inspection to the operator of the train; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Before the train proceeds the operator of the train shall know that the brake pipe pressure at the rear of the train is being restored. 
</P>
<P>(c) As an alternative to the rear car brake application and release portion of the test, the operator of the train shall determine that brake pipe pressure of the train is being reduced, as indicated by a rear car gauge or end-of-train telemetry device, and then that the brake pipe pressure of the train is being restored, as indicated by a rear car gauge or end-of-train telemetry device. (When an end-of-train telemetry device is used to comply with any test requirement in this part, the phrase “brake pipe pressure of the train is being reduced” means a pressure reduction of at least 5 psi, and the phrase “brake pipe pressure of the train is being restored” means a pressure increase of at least 5 psi). If an electronic communication link between a controlling locomotive and a remotely controlled locomotive attached to the rear end of a train is utilized to determine that brake pipe pressure is being restored, the operator of the train shall know that the air brakes function as intended on the remotely controlled locomotive. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each car or solid block of cars that receives a Class II brake test pursuant to this section when added to the train shall receive a Class I brake test at the next forward location where facilities are available for performing such a test. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17583, Apr. 10, 2002; 85 FR 80572, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.211" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.3.83.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.211   Class III brake tests-trainline continuity inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Class III brake test shall be performed on a train by a qualified person, as defined in § 232.5, to test the train brake system when the configuration of the train has changed in certain ways. In particular, a Class III brake test shall be performed at the location where any of the following changes in the configuration of the train occur: 
</P>
<P>(1) Where a locomotive or a caboose is changed; 
</P>
<P>(2) Where a car or a block of cars is removed from the train with the consist otherwise remaining intact; 
</P>
<P>(3) At a point, other than the initial terminal for the train, where a car or a solid block of cars that is comprised of cars from only one previous train the cars of which:
</P>
<P>(i) Have remained continuously and consecutively coupled together with the trainline remaining connected, other than for removing defective equipment, since being removed from its previous train that has previously received a Class I brake test; and
</P>
<P>(ii) That has not been off-air for more than 24 hours is added to a train;
</P>
<P>(4) At a point, other than the initial terminal for the train, where a solid block of cars that is comprised of cars from a single previous train is added to a train, provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The solid block of cars was required to be separated into multiple solid blocks of cars due to space or trackage constraints at a particular location when removed from the previous train;
</P>
<P>(ii) The cars have previously received a Class I brake test;
</P>
<P>(iii) Have not been off-air more than 24 hours; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The cars in each of the multiple blocks of cars have remained continuously and consecutively coupled together with the train line remaining connected, except for the removal of defective equipment. Furthermore, these multiple solid blocks of cars must be added to the train in the same relative order (no reclassification) as when removed from the previous train, except for the removal of defective equipment; or
</P>
<P>(5) At a point, other than the initial terminal for the train, where a car or a solid block of cars that has received a Class I or Class II brake test at that location, prior to being added to the train, and that has not been off-air for more than 24 hours, is added to a train. 
</P>
<P>(b) A Class III brake test shall consist of the following tasks and requirements: 
</P>
<P>(1) The train brake system shall be charged to the pressure at which the train will be operated, and the pressure at the rear of the train shall not be less than 60 psi, as indicated at the rear of the train by an accurate gauge or end-of-train device; 
</P>
<P>(2) The brakes on the rear car of the train shall apply in response to a 20-psi brake pipe service reduction and shall remain applied until the release is initiated by the controlling locomotive; 
</P>
<P>(3) When the release is initiated, the brakes on the rear car of the train shall be inspected to verify that it did release; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Before proceeding the operator of the train shall know that the brake pipe pressure at the rear of freight train is being restored. 
</P>
<P>(c) As an alternative to the rear car brake application and release portion of the test, it shall be determined that the brake pipe pressure of the train is being reduced, as indicated by a rear car gauge or end-of-train telemetry device, and then that the brake pipe pressure of the train is being restored, as indicated by a rear car gauge or end-of-train telemetry device. If an electronic or radio communication link between a controlling locomotive and a remotely controlled locomotive attached to the rear end of a train is utilized to determine that brake pipe pressure is being restored, the operator of the train shall know that the air brakes function as intended on the remotely controlled locomotive. 
</P>
<P>(d) Whenever the continuity of the brake pipe is broken or interrupted with the train consist otherwise remaining unchanged, it must be determined that the brake pipe pressure of the train is being restored as indicated by a rear car gauge or end-of-train device prior to proceeding. In the absence of an accurate rear car gauge or end-of-train telemetry device, it must be determined that the brakes on the rear car of the train apply and release in response to air pressure changes made in the controlling locomotive.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17583, Apr. 10, 2002; 85 FR 80572, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.3.83.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.213   Extended haul trains.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad may be permitted to move a train up to, but not exceeding, 1,500 miles between brake tests and inspections if the railroad designates a train as an extended haul train. In order for a railroad to designate a train as an extended haul train, all of the following requirements must be met: 
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad must designate the train in writing to FRA's MP&amp;E Division. This designation must include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The train identification symbol or identification of the location where extended haul trains will originate and a description of the trains that will be operated as extended haul trains from those locations;
</P>
<P>(ii) The origination and destination points for the train;
</P>
<P>(iii) The locations where all train brake and mechanical inspections and tests will be performed. 
</P>
<P>(2) A Class I brake test pursuant to § 232.205 shall be performed at the initial terminal for the train by a qualified mechanical inspector as defined in § 232.5. 
</P>
<P>(3) A freight car inspection pursuant to part 215 of this chapter shall be performed at the initial terminal for the train and shall be performed by an inspector designated under § 215.11 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(4) All cars having conditions not in compliance with part 215 of this chapter at the initial terminal for the train shall be either repaired or removed from the train. Except for a car developing such a condition en route, no car shall be moved pursuant to the provisions of § 215.9 of this chapter in the train. 
</P>
<P>(5) The train must have no more than one pick-up and one set-out en route, except for the set-out of defective equipment pursuant to the requirements of this chapter. Cars added to the train en route must be inspected pursuant to the requirements contained in paragraphs (a)(2) through (5) of this section at the location where they are added to the train.
</P>
<P>(6) In order for an extended haul train to proceed beyond 1,500 miles, the following requirements shall be met:
</P>
<P>(i) If the train will move 1,000 miles or less from that location before receiving a Class IA brake test or reaching destination, a Class I brake test must be conducted pursuant to § 232.205 to ensure 100 percent effective and operative brakes.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the train will move greater than 1,000 miles from that location without another brake inspection, the train must be identified as an extended haul train for that movement and must meet all the requirements contained in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section. Such trains must receive a Class I brake test pursuant to § 232.205 by a qualified mechanical inspector to ensure 100 percent effective and operative brakes, a freight car inspection pursuant to part 215 of this chapter by an inspector designated under § 215.11 of this chapter, and all cars containing non-complying conditions under part 215 of this chapter must either be repaired or removed from the train. 
</P>
<P>(7) FRA inspectors shall have physical access to visually observe all brake and freight car inspections and tests required by this section. 
</P>
<P>(8) In the event of an emergency that alters normal train operations, such as a derailment or other unusual circumstance that adversely affects the safe operation of the train, the railroad is not required to provide prior written notification of a change in the location where an extended haul brake test is performed to a location not on the railroad's list of designated locations for performing extended haul brake tests, provided that the railroad notifies FRA's MP&amp;E Division within 24 hours after the designation has been changed and the reason for that change.
</P>
<P>(b) Failure to comply with any of the requirements contained in paragraph (a) of this section will be considered an improper movement of a designated priority train for which appropriate civil penalties may be assessed as outlined in the statement of civil penalty policy on FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/.</I> Furthermore, the Associate Administrator may revoke a railroad's ability to designate any or all trains as extended haul trains for repeated or willful noncompliance with any of the requirements contained in this section. Such a determination will be made in writing and will state the basis for such action. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17583, Apr. 10, 2002; 73 FR 61553, Oct. 16, 2008; 84 FR 23736, May 23, 2019; 85 FR 80572, Dec. 11, 2020; 90 FR 28172, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.3.83.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.215   Transfer train brake tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A transfer train, as defined in § 232.5, shall receive a brake test performed by a qualified person, as defined in § 232.5, that includes the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) The air brake hoses shall be coupled between all freight cars; 
</P>
<P>(2) After the brake system is charged to not less than 60 psi as indicated by an accurate gauge or end-of-train device at the rear of the train, a 15-psi service brake pipe reduction shall be made; and 
</P>
<P>(3) An inspection shall be made to determine that the brakes on each car apply and remain applied until the release is initiated by the controlling locomotive. A car found with brakes that fail to apply or remain applied may be retested and remain in the train if the retest is conducted as prescribed in § 232.205(c)(4); otherwise, the defective equipment may be moved only pursuant to the provisions contained in § 232.15, if applicable; 
</P>
<P>(b) Cars added to transfer trains en route shall be inspected pursuant to the requirements contained in paragraph (a) of this section at the location where the cars are added to the train. 
</P>
<P>(c) If a train's movement will exceed 20 miles or is not a transfer train as defined in § 232.5, the train shall receive a Class I brake test in accordance with § 232.205 prior to departure. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17583, Apr. 10, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.217" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.3.83.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.217   Train brake tests conducted using yard air.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a train air brake system is tested from a yard air source, an engineer's brake valve or a suitable test device shall be used to provide any increase or reduction of brake pipe air pressure at the same, or slower, rate as an engineer's brake valve. 
</P>
<P>(b) The yard air test device must be connected to the end of the train or block of cars that will be nearest to the controlling locomotive. However, if the railroad adopts and complies with written procedures to ensure that potential overcharge conditions to the train brake system are avoided, the yard air test device may be connected to other than the end nearest to the controlling locomotive. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in this section, when yard air is used the train air brake system must be charged and tested as prescribed by § 232.205(c) and when practicable should be kept charged until road motive power is coupled to train, after which, a Class III brake test shall be performed as prescribed by § 232.211. 
</P>
<P>(1) If the cars are off-air for more than 24 hours, the cars must be retested in accordance with § 232.205(c) through (f). 
</P>
<P>(2) At a minimum, yard air pressure shall be 60 psi at the end of the consist or block of cars opposite from the yard test device and shall be within 15 psi of the regulator valve setting on yard test device. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the air pressure of the yard test device is less than 80 psi, then a brake pipe leakage or air flow test shall be conducted at the operating pressure of the train when the locomotives are attached in accordance with § 232.205(c)(1). 
</P>
<P>(d) Mechanical yard air test devices and gauges shall be calibrated every 92 days. Electronic yard test devices and gauges shall be calibrated annually. Mechanical and electronic yard air test devices and gauges shall be calibrated so that they are accurate to within ±3 psi. 
</P>
<P>(e) If used to test a train, a yard air test device and any yard air test equipment shall be accurate and function as intended. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17583, Apr. 10, 2002; 85 FR 80573, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.219" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.3.83.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.219   Double-heading and helper service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When more than one locomotive is attached to a train, the engineer of the controlling locomotive shall operate the brakes. In case it becomes necessary for the controlling locomotive to give up control of the train short of the destination of the train, a Class III brake test pursuant to § 232.211 shall be made to ensure that the brakes are operative from the automatic brake valve of the locomotive taking control of the train. 
</P>
<P>(b) When one or more helper locomotives are placed in a train, a visual inspection shall be made of each helper locomotive brake system to determine that the brake system operates as intended in response to a 20-psi reduction initiated from the controlling locomotive of the train. A helper locomotive with inoperative or ineffective brakes shall be repaired prior to use or removed from the train. 
</P>
<P>(c) If a helper locomotive utilizes a Helper Link device or a similar technology, the locomotive and device shall be equipped, designed, and maintained as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The locomotive engineer shall be notified by a distinctive alarm of any loss of communication between the device and the two-way end-of-train device of more than 25 seconds;
</P>
<P>(2) A method to reset the device shall be provided in the cab of the helper locomotive that can be operated from the engineer's usual position during operation of the locomotive. Alternatively, the helper locomotive or the device shall be equipped with a means to automatically reset the device, provided that the automatic reset occurs within the period time permitted for manual reset of the device; and
</P>
<P>(3) When helping trains equipped with distributed power or ECP brakes on the rear of the train, and utilizing a <I>Helper Link</I> device or a similar technology, a properly installed and tested end-of-train device may be utilized on the helper locomotive. Railroads must adopt and comply with an operating rule consistent with this chapter to ensure the safe use of this alternative procedure.
</P>
<P>(4) The device shall be tested for accuracy and calibrated if necessary according to the manufacturer's specifications and procedures every 365 days. This shall include testing radio frequencies and modulation of the device. A legible record of the date and location of the last test or calibration shall be maintained with the device. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17584, Apr. 10, 2002; 85 FR 80573, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Periodic Maintenance and Testing Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.4.83.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.301   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains the periodic brake system maintenance and testing requirements for equipment used in freight and other non-passenger trains. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.4.83.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.303   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> The following definitions are intended solely for the purpose of identifying what constitutes a shop or repair track under this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Shop or repair track</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(i) A fixed repair facility or track designated by the railroad as a shop or repair track; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A fixed repair facility or track which is regularly and consistently used to perform major repairs; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Track which is used at a location to regularly and consistently perform both minor and major repairs where the railroad has not designated a certain portion of that trackage as a repair track; 
</P>
<P>(iv) A track designated by a railroad as a track where minor repairs will be conducted or used by a railroad to regularly and consistently perform minor repairs during the period when the track is used to conduct major repairs; however, such trackage is considered a shop or repair track only for each car receiving major repairs on such trackage and not for a car receiving only minor repairs; and 
</P>
<P>(v) The facilities and tracks identified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iv) shall be considered shop or repair tracks regardless of whether a mobile repair vehicle is used to conduct the repairs. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Major repair</I> means a repair that normally would require greater than four person-hours to accomplish or would involve the use of specialized tools and equipment. Major repairs include such activities as coupler replacement, draft gear repair, and repairs requiring the use of an air jack but exclude changing wheels on intermodal loading ramps either with or without an air jack. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Minor repair</I> means repairs, other than major repairs, that can be accomplished in a short period of time with limited tools and equipment. Minor repairs would include such things as safety appliance straightening, handhold replacement, air hose replacement, lading adjustment, and coupler knuckle or knuckle pin replacement. 
</P>
<P>(b) A car on a shop or repair track shall be tested to determine that the air brakes apply and remain applied until a release is initiated. 
</P>
<P>(c) A car on a shop or repair track shall have its piston travel inspected. For cars equipped with 8
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch or 10-inch diameter brake cylinders, piston travel shall be within 6 to 9 inches. If piston travel is found to be less than 6 inches or more than 9 inches, it must be adjusted to nominally 7
<FR>1/2</FR> inches. For cars not equipped with 8
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch or 10-inch diameter brake cylinders, piston travel shall be within the piston travel stenciled or marked on the car or badge plate. 
</P>
<P>(d) Before a car is released from a shop or repair track, a qualified person shall ensure: 
</P>
<P>(1) The brake pipe is securely clamped; 
</P>
<P>(2) Angle cocks are properly located with suitable clearance and properly positioned to allow maximum air flow; 
</P>
<P>(3) Valves, reservoirs, and cylinders are tight on supports and the supports are securely attached to the car; 
</P>
<P>(4) Hand brakes are tested, inspected, and operate as intended; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Brake indicators, on cars so equipped, are accurate and operate as intended. 
</P>
<P>(e) If the single car air brake test required by § 232.305 cannot be conducted at the point where repairs can be made to the car, the car may be moved after the repairs are made to the next forward location where the test can be performed. Inability to perform a single car air brake test does not constitute an inability to make the necessary repairs. 
</P>
<P>(1) If it is necessary to move a car from the location where the repairs are performed in order to perform a single car air brake test required by this part, a tag or card shall be placed on both sides of the equipment, or an automated tracking system approved for use by FRA, shall contain the following information about the equipment: 
</P>
<P>(i) The reporting mark and car number; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the inspecting railroad; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The location where repairs were performed and date; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Indication whether the car requires a single car air brake test; 
</P>
<P>(v) The location where the appropriate test is to be performed; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) The name, signature, if possible, and job title of the qualified person approving the move. 
</P>
<P>(2) The tag or card required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall remain affixed to the equipment until the necessary test has been performed. 
</P>
<P>(3) An electronic or written record or copy of each tag or card attached to or removed from a car or locomotive shall be retained for 90 days and, upon request, shall be made available within 15 calendar days for inspection by FRA or State inspectors. 
</P>
<P>(4) The record or copy of each tag or card removed from a car or locomotive shall contain the date, location, and the signature or identification of the qualified person removing it from the piece of equipment. 
</P>
<P>(f) The location and date of the last single car air brake test required by § 232.305 shall be clearly stenciled, marked, or labeled in two-inch high letters or numerals on the side of the equipment. Alternatively, the railroad industry may use an electronic or automated tracking system to track the required information and the performance of the test required by § 232.305. 
</P>
<P>(1) Electronic or automated tracking systems used to meet the requirement contained in this paragraph shall be capable of being reviewed and monitored by FRA at any time to ensure the integrity of the system. FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety may prohibit or revoke the railroad industry's authority to utilize an electronic or automated tracking system in lieu of stenciling or marking if FRA finds that the electronic or automated tracking system is not properly secure, is inaccessible to FRA or railroad employees, or fails to adequately track and monitor the equipment. FRA will record such a determination in writing, include a statement of the basis for such action, and will provide a copy of the document to the affected railroads. 
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 66 FR 39687, Aug. 1, 2001; 67 FR 17584, Apr. 10, 2002; 73 FR 61553, Oct. 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.4.83.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.305   Single car air brake tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Single car air brake tests must be performed by a qualified person in accordance with either Section 3.0, “Tests-Standard Freight Brake Equipment,” and Section 4.0, “Special Tests,” AAR Standard S-486-18; Section 3.0, “Single-Car Test Requirements,” Section 4.0, “Special Tests,” and Section 13.0 “4-Pressure Single-Car Test Requirements,” AAR Standard S-4027-18; an alternative procedure approved by FRA pursuant to § 232.17; or a modified procedure approved in accordance with the provisions contained in § 232.307.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in § 232.303(e), a railroad shall perform a single car air brake test on a car when: 
</P>
<P>(1) A car has its brakes cut-out or inoperative when removed from a train or when placed on a shop or repair track, as defined in § 232.303(a); 
</P>
<P>(2) A car is on a shop or repair track, as defined in § 232.303(a), for any reason and has not received either:
</P>
<P>(i) A manual single car air brake test (AAR Standard S-486) within the previous 12-month period;
</P>
<P>(ii) An automated single car air brake test (AAR Standard S-4027 §§ 3.0 and 4.0) within the previous 24-month period;
</P>
<P>(iii) Or a 4-pressure single car air brake test (AAR Standard S-4027 § 13.0) within the previous 48-month period; 
</P>
<P>(3) A car is found with missing or incomplete single car air brake test information; 
</P>
<P>(4) One or more of the following conventional air brake equipment items is removed, repaired, or replaced: 
</P>
<P>(i) Brake reservoir; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Control valve mounting gasket; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Pipe bracket stud; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Service portion; 
</P>
<P>(v) Emergency portion; or 
</P>
<P>(vi) Pipe bracket. 
</P>
<P>(5) A car is found with one or more of the following wheel defects: 
</P>
<P>(i) Built-up tread, unless known to be caused by hand brake left applied; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Slid flat wheel, unless known to be caused by hand brake left applied; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Thermal cracks. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each car shall receive a single car air brake test no less than every 5 years. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each car shall receive a single car air brake test no less than 8 years from the date the car was built or rebuilt. 
</P>
<P>(e) A single car air brake test shall be performed on each new or rebuilt car prior to placing or using the car in revenue service.
</P>
<P>(f) The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of the standards required in this section into this section in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may inspect a copy of the material at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590 (telephone: 855-368-4200). You may also inspect the material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, email <I>fedreg.legal@nara.gov,</I> or go to: <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html</I>. You may obtain the material from the following source(s):
</P>
<P>(1) Association of American Railroads (AAR), 425 Third Street SW, Washington, DC 20024, telephone: (202) 639-2345, email: <I>publications@aar.com,</I> website: <I>https://aarpublications.com</I>.
</P>
<P>(i) AAR Standard S-486, “Code of Air Brake System Tests for Freight Equipment—Single Car Test,” Revised 2018 (contained in AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Brakes and Brake Equipment), also referred to as AAR Standard S-486-18.
</P>
<P>(ii) AAR Standard S-4027, “Automated Single-Car Test Equipment, Conventional Brake Equipment—Design and Performance Requirements,” Revised 2018 (contained in AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Brakes and Brake Equipment), also referred to as AAR Standard S-4027-18.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved] 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 39688, Aug. 1, 2001, as amended at 73 FR 61553, Oct. 16, 2008; 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009; 85 FR 80573, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.4.83.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.307   Modification of brake test procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request.</I> The AAR or other authorized representative of the railroad industry may seek modification of brake test procedures prescribed in this chapter. The request for modification shall be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590 and shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the modification;
</P>
<P>(2) The section and paragraph at issue, and the modification, in detail, to be substituted for a particular procedure prescribed in this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) Appropriate data or analysis, or both, for FRA to consider in determining whether the modification will provide at least an equivalent level of safety; and
</P>
<P>(4) A statement affirming that the railroad industry has served a copy of the request on the designated representatives of the employees responsible for the equipment's operation, inspection, testing, and maintenance under this part, together with a list of the names and addresses of the persons served. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Federal Register document.</I> Upon receipt of a request for modification, FRA will publish a document in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> containing the requested modification. The document will permit interested parties 60 days to comment on any requested modification. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>FRA review.</I> During the 60 days provided for public comment, FRA will review the petition. If FRA objects to the requested modification, written notification will be provided, within this 60-day period, to the party requesting the modification detailing FRA's objection. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disposition.</I> (1) If no comment objecting to the requested modification is received during the 60-day comment period, provided by paragraph (b) of this section, or if FRA does not issue a written objection to the requested modification, the modification will become effective 15 days after the close of the 60-day comment period. 
</P>
<P>(2) If an objection is raised by an interested party, during the 60-day comment period, or if FRA issues a written objection to the requested modification, the requested modification will be handled as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) If FRA finds that the request complies with the requirements of this section and that the proposed modification is acceptable and justified, the request will be granted, normally within 90 days of its receipt. If the request for modification is neither granted nor denied within 90 days, the request remains pending for decision. FRA may attach special conditions to the approval of any request for modification. Following the approval of a request for modification, FRA may reopen consideration of the request for cause. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If FRA finds that the request does not comply with the requirements of this section and that the proposed modification is not acceptable or justified, the requested modification will be denied, normally within 90 days of its receipt. 
</P>
<P>(iii) When FRA grants or denies a request for modification, or reopens consideration of the request, written notice is sent to the requesting party and other interested parties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 39688, Aug. 1, 2001, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009; 85 FR 80573, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.309" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.4.83.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.309   Equipment and devices used to perform single car air brake tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Equipment and devices used to perform single car air brake tests shall be tested for correct operation at least once each calendar day of use. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except for single car test devices, mechanical test devices such as pressure gauges, flow meters, orifices, etc. shall be calibrated once every 92 days. 
</P>
<P>(c) Electronic test devices shall be calibrated at least once every 365 days. 
</P>
<P>(d) Test equipment and single car test devices placed in service shall be tagged or labeled with the date its next calibration is due. 
</P>
<P>(e) Each single car test device shall be tested not less frequently than every 92 days after being placed in service and may not continue in service if more than one year has passed since its last 92-day test. 
</P>
<P>(f) Each single car test device shall be disassembled and cleaned not less frequently than every 365 days after being placed in service. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 66 FR 39689, Aug. 1, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—End-of-Train Devices</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.5.83.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.401   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains the requirements related to the performance, operation, and testing of end-of-train devices. Unless expressly excepted in this subpart, the requirements of this subpart apply to all trains operating on track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.5.83.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.403   Design standards for one-way end-of-train devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A one-way end-of-train device shall be comprised of a rear-of-train unit (rear unit) located on the last car of a train and a front-of-train unit (front unit) located in the cab of the locomotive controlling the train. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rear unit.</I> The rear unit shall be capable of determining the brake pipe pressure on the rear car and transmitting that information to the front unit for display to the locomotive engineer. The rear unit shall be— 
</P>
<P>(1) Capable of measuring the brake pipe pressure on the rear car with an accuracy of ±3 pounds per square inch (psig) and brake pipe pressure variations of ±1 psig; 
</P>
<P>(2) Equipped with a “bleeder valve” that permits the release of any air under pressure from the rear of train unit or the associated air hoses prior to detaching the rear unit from the brake pipe; 
</P>
<P>(3) Designed so that an internal failure will not cause an undesired emergency brake application; 
</P>
<P>(4) Equipped with either an air gauge or a means of visually displaying the rear unit's brake pipe pressure measurement; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Equipped with a pressure relief safety valve to prevent explosion from a high pressure air leak inside the rear unit. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reporting rate.</I> Multiple data transmissions from the rear unit shall occur immediately after a variation in the rear car brake pipe pressure of ±2 psig and at intervals of not greater than 70 seconds when the variation in the rear car brake pipe pressure over the 70-second interval is less than ±2 psig. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Operating environment.</I> The rear unit shall be designed to meet the performance requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section under the following environmental conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) At temperatures from −40 °C to 60 °C; 
</P>
<P>(2) At a relative humidity of 95% noncondensing at 50 °C; 
</P>
<P>(3) At altitudes of zero to 12,000 feet mean sea level; 
</P>
<P>(4) During vertical and lateral vibrations of 1 to 15 Hz., with 0.5 g. peak to peak, and 15 to 500 Hz., with 5 g. peak to peak; 
</P>
<P>(5) During the longitudinal vibrations of 1 to 15 Hz., with 3 g. peak to peak, and 15 to 500 Hz., with 5 g. peak to peak; and 
</P>
<P>(6) During a shock of 10 g. peak for 0.01 seconds in any axis. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Unique code.</I> Each rear unit shall have a unique and permanent identification code that is transmitted along with the pressure message to the front-of-train unit. A code obtained from the Association of American Railroads, 50 F Street, NW., Washington, DC 20036 shall be deemed to be a unique code for purposes of this section. A unique code also may be obtained from the Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance (RRS-10), Federal Railroad Administration, Washington, DC 20590. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Front unit.</I> (1) The front unit shall be designed to receive data messages from the rear unit and shall be capable of displaying the rear car brake pipe pressure in increments not to exceed one pound. 
</P>
<P>(2) The display shall be clearly visible and legible in daylight and darkness from the engineer's normal operating position. 
</P>
<P>(3) The front device shall have a means for entry of the unique identification code of the rear unit being used. The front unit shall be designed so that it will display a message only from the rear unit with the same code as entered into the front unit. 
</P>
<P>(4) The front unit shall be designed to meet the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2), (3), (4), and (5) of this section. It shall also be designed to meet the performance requirements in this paragraph under the following environmental conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) At temperatures from 0 °C to 60 °C;
</P>
<P>(ii) During a shock of 10 g. peak for 0.01 seconds in any axis.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Radio equipment.</I> (1) The radio transmitter in the rear unit and the radio receiver in the front unit shall comply with the applicable regulatory requirements of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and use of a transmission format acceptable to the FCC.
</P>
<P>(2) If power is supplied by one or more batteries only, the operating life must be a minimum of 36 hours at 0 °C.
</P>
<P>(3) If power is supplied by a generator—an air turbine or alternative technology—a backup battery or similar energy storage device is required with a minimum of 12 hours continuous power at 0 °C in the event the generator stops functioning as intended.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 85 FR 80574, Dec. 11, 2020] 




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.5.83.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.405   Design and performance standards for two-way end-of-train devices.</HEAD>
<P>Two-way end-of-train devices shall be designed and perform with the features applicable to one-way end-of-train devices described in § 232.403, except those included in § 232.403(b)(3). In addition, a two-way end-of-train device shall be designed and perform with the following features: 
</P>
<P>(a) An emergency brake application command from the front unit of the device shall activate the emergency air valve at the rear of the train within one second. 
</P>
<P>(b) The rear unit of the device shall send an acknowledgment message to the front unit immediately upon receipt of an emergency brake application command. The front unit shall listen for this acknowledgment and repeat the brake application command if the acknowledgment is not correctly received. 
</P>
<P>(c) The rear unit, on receipt of a properly coded command, shall open a valve in the brake line and hold it open for a minimum of 15 seconds. This opening of the valve shall cause the brake line to vent to the exterior. 
</P>
<P>(d) The valve opening shall have a minimum diameter of 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch and the internal diameter of the hose shall be 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch to effect an emergency brake application. 
</P>
<P>(e) The front unit shall have a manually operated switch which, when activated, shall initiate an emergency brake transmission command to the rear unit or the locomotive shall be equipped with a manually operated switch on the engineer control stand designed to perform the equivalent function. The switch shall be labeled “Emergency” and shall be protected so that there will exist no possibility of accidental activation. 
</P>
<P>(f) All locomotives ordered on or after August 1, 2001, or placed in service for the first time on or after August 1, 2003, shall be designed to automatically activate the two-way end-of-train device to effectuate an emergency brake application whenever it becomes necessary for the locomotive engineer to place the train air brakes in emergency. 
</P>
<P>(g) The availability of the front-to-rear communications link shall be checked automatically at least every 10 minutes. 
</P>
<P>(h) Means shall be provided to confirm the availability and proper functioning of the emergency valve. 
</P>
<P>(i) Means shall be provided to arm the front and rear units to ensure the rear unit responds to an emergency command only from a properly associated front unit. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.5.83.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.407   Operations requiring use of two-way end-of-train devices; prohibition on purchase of nonconforming devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> The following definitions are intended solely for the purpose of identifying those operations subject to the requirements for the use of two-way end-of-train devices. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Heavy grade</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) For a train operating with 4,000 trailing tons or less, a section of track with an average grade of two percent or greater over a distance of two continuous miles; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) For a train operating with greater than 4,000 trailing tons, a section of track with an average grade of one percent or greater over a distance of three continuous miles. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Train</I> means one or more locomotives coupled with one or more rail cars, except during switching operations or where the operation is that of classifying cars within a railroad yard for the purpose of making or breaking up trains. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Local train</I> means a train assigned to perform switching en route which operates with 4,000 trailing tons or less and travels between a point of origin and a point of final destination, for a distance that is no greater than that which can normally be operated by a single crew in a single tour of duty. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Work train</I> means a non-revenue service train of 4,000 trailing tons or less used for the administration and upkeep service of the railroad. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Trailing tons</I> means the sum of the gross weights—expressed in tons—of the cars and the locomotives in a train that are not providing propelling power to the train. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General.</I> All trains not specifically excepted in paragraph (e) of this section shall be equipped with and shall use either a two-way end-of-train device meeting the design and performance requirements contained in § 232.405 or a device using an alternative technology approved by FRA pursuant to § 232.17 to perform the same function.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>New devices.</I> Each newly manufactured end-of-train device purchased by a railroad shall be a two-way end-of-train device meeting the design and performance requirements contained in § 232.405 or a device using an alternative technology approved by FRA pursuant to § 232.17 to perform the same function. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Grandfathering.</I> Each two-way end-of-train device purchased by any person prior to July 1, 1997 shall be deemed to meet the design and performance requirements contained in § 232.405. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exceptions.</I> The following types of trains are excepted from the requirement for the use of a two-way end-of-train device: 
</P>
<P>(1) Trains with a locomotive, locomotive consist, or air repeater unit located at the rear of the train that is capable of making an emergency brake application, through a command effected by telemetry or by a crew member in radio contact with the controlling locomotive. 
</P>
<P>(2) Trains operating in the push mode with the ability to effectuate an emergency brake application from the rear of the train; 
</P>
<P>(3) Trains with an operational caboose placed at the rear of the train, carrying one or more crew members in radio contact with the controlling locomotive, that is equipped with an emergency brake valve; 
</P>
<P>(4) Trains operating with a secondary, fully independent braking system capable of safely stopping the train in the event of failure of the primary system; 
</P>
<P>(5) Trains that do not operate over heavy grades and do not exceed 30 mph; 
</P>
<P>(6) Local trains, as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, that do not operate over heavy grades; 
</P>
<P>(7) Work trains, as defined in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, that do not operate over heavy grades; 
</P>
<P>(8) Trains that operate exclusively on track that is not part of the general railroad system; 
</P>
<P>(9) Trains that must be divided into two sections in order to traverse a grade (<I>e.g.,</I> doubling a hill). This exception applies only to the extent necessary to traverse the grade and only while the train is divided in two for such purpose; 
</P>
<P>(10) Passenger trains in which all of the cars in the train are equipped with an emergency brake valve readily accessible to a crew member; 
</P>
<P>(11) Passenger trains that have a car at the rear of the train, readily accessible to one or more crew members in radio contact with the engineer, that is equipped with an emergency brake valve readily accessible to such a crew member; and 
</P>
<P>(12) Passenger trains that have twenty-four (24) or fewer cars (not including locomotives) in the consist and that are equipped and operated in accordance with the following train-configuration and operating requirements: 
</P>
<P>(i) If the total number of cars in a passenger train consist is twelve (12) or fewer, a car located no less than halfway through the consist (counting from the first car in the train) must be equipped with an emergency brake valve readily accessible to a crew member; 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the total number of cars in a passenger train consist is thirteen (13) to twenty-four (24), a car located no less than two-thirds (
<FR>2/3</FR>) of the way through the consist (counting from the first car in the train) must be equipped with an emergency brake valve readily accessible to a crew member; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Prior to descending a section of track with an average grade of two percent or greater over a distance of two continuous miles, the engineer of the train shall communicate with the conductor, to ensure that a member of the crew with a working two-way radio is stationed in the car with the rearmost readily accessible emergency brake valve on the train when the train begins its descent; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) While the train is descending a section of track with an average grade of two percent or greater over a distance of two continuous miles, a member of the train crew shall occupy the car that contains the rearmost readily accessible emergency brake valve on the train and be in constant radio communication with the locomotive engineer. The crew member shall remain in this car until the train has completely traversed the heavy grade. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Specific requirements for use.</I> If a train is required to use a two-way end-of-train device: 
</P>
<P>(1) That device shall be armed and operable from the time the train departs from the point where the device is installed until the train reaches its destination. If a loss of communication occurs at the location where the device is installed, the train may depart the location at restricted speed for a distance of no more than one mile in order to establish communication. When communication is established, the quantitative values of the head and rear unit shall be compared pursuant to § 232.409(b) and the device tested pursuant to § 232.409(c), unless the test was performed prior to installation. 
</P>
<P>(2) The rear unit batteries must be sufficiently charged at the initial terminal or other point where the device is installed and throughout the train's trip to ensure that the end-of-train device will remain operative until the train reaches its destination. Air-powered generator equipped devices must be tested for a minimum charge at installation before initiating generator operation. 
</P>
<P>(3) The device shall be activated to effectuate an emergency brake application either by using the manual toggle switch or through automatic activation, whenever it becomes necessary for the locomotive engineer to initiate an emergency application of the air brakes using either the automatic brake valve or the conductor's emergency brake valve. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>En route failure of device on a freight or other non-passenger train.</I> Except on passenger trains required to be equipped with a two-way end-of-train device (which are provided for in paragraph (h) of this section), en route failures of a two-way end-of-train device shall be handled in accordance with this paragraph. If a two-way end-of-train device or equivalent device fails en route (<I>i.e.,</I> is unable to initiate an emergency brake application from the rear of the train due to certain losses of communication (front to rear) or due to other reasons, the speed of the train on which it is installed shall be limited to 30 mph until the ability of the device to initiate an emergency brake application from the rear of the train is restored. This limitation shall apply to a train using a device that uses an alternative technology to serve the purpose of a two-way end-of-train device. With regard to two-way end-of-train devices, a loss of communication between the front and rear units is an en route failure only if the loss of communication is for a period greater than 16 minutes and 30 seconds. Based on the existing design of the devices, the display to an engineer of a message that there is a communication failure indicates that communication has been lost for 16 minutes and 30 seconds or more. 
</P>
<P>(1) If a two-way end-of-train device fails en route, the train on which it is installed, in addition to observing the 30-mph speed limitation, shall not operate over a section of track with an average grade of two percent or greater for a distance of two continuous miles, unless one of the following alternative measures is provided: 
</P>
<P>(i) Use of an occupied helper locomotive at the end of the train. This alternative may be used only if the following requirements are met: 
</P>
<P>(A) The helper locomotive engineer shall initiate and maintain two-way voice radio communication with the engineer on the head end of the train; this contact shall be verified just prior to passing the crest of the grade. 
</P>
<P>(B) If there is a loss of communication prior to passing the crest of the grade, the helper locomotive engineer and the head-end engineer shall act immediately to stop the train until voice communication is resumed, in accordance with the railroad's operating rules. 
</P>
<P>(C) If there is a loss of communication once the descent has begun, the helper locomotive engineer and the head-end engineer shall act to stop the train, in accordance with the railroad's operating rules, if the train has reached a predetermined rate of speed that indicates the need for emergency braking. 
</P>
<P>(D) The brake pipe of the helper locomotive shall be connected and cut into the train line and tested to ensure operation. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Use of an occupied caboose at the end of the train with a tested, functioning brake valve capable of initiating an emergency brake application from the caboose. This alternative may be used only if the train service employee in the caboose and the engineer on the head end of the train establish and maintain two-way voice radio communication and respond appropriately to the loss of such communication in the same manner as prescribed for helper locomotives in paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Use of a radio-controlled locomotive at the rear of the train under continuous control of the engineer in the head end by means of telemetry, but only if such radio-controlled locomotive is capable of initiating an emergency application on command from the lead (controlling) locomotive. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a two-way end-of-train device fails en route while the train on which it is installed is operating over a section of track with an average grade of two percent or greater for a distance of two continuous miles, the train shall be brought safely to a stop at the first available location in accordance with the railroad's operating rule, except the train may continue in operation if the railroad provides one of the alternative measures detailed in paragraph (g)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>En route failure of device on a passenger train.</I> (1) A passenger train required to be equipped with a two-way end-of-train device that develops an en route failure of the device (as explained in paragraph (g) of this section) shall not operate over a section of track with an average grade of two percent or greater over a distance of two continuous miles until an operable two-way end-of-train device is installed on the train or an alternative method of initiating an emergency brake application from the rear of the train is achieved. 
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, a passenger train required to be equipped with a two-way end-of-train device that develops an en route failure of the device (as explained in paragraph (g) of this section) shall be operated in accordance with the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) A member of the train crew shall be immediately positioned in the car which contains the rearmost readily accessible emergency brake valve on the train and shall be equipped with an operable two-way radio that communicates with the locomotive engineer; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The locomotive engineer shall periodically make running tests of the train's air brakes until the failure is corrected; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Each en route failure shall be corrected at the next location where the necessary repairs can be conducted or at the next location where a required brake test is to be performed, whichever is reached first. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 17584, Apr. 10, 2002; 85 FR 80574, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.409" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.5.83.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.409   Inspection and testing of end-of-train devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After each installation of either the front or rear unit of an end-of-train device, or both, on a train and before the train departs, the railroad shall determine that the identification code entered into the front unit is identical to the unique identification code on the rear unit. 
</P>
<P>(b) After each installation of either the front or rear unit of an end-of-train device, or both, on a train and before the train departs, the functional capability of the device shall be determined, after charging the train, by comparing the quantitative value of the air pressure displayed on the front unit with the quantitative value of the air pressure displayed on the rear unit or on a properly calibrated air gauge. The end-of-train device shall not be used if the difference between the two readings exceeds three pounds per square inch. 
</P>
<P>(c) A two-way end-of-train device shall be tested at the initial terminal or other point of installation to determine that the device is capable of initiating an emergency power brake application from the rear of the train. If this test is conducted by a person other than a member of the train crew, the locomotive engineer shall be notified that a successful test was performed. The notification required by this paragraph may be provided to the locomotive engineer by any means determined appropriate by the railroad; however, a written or electronic record of the notification shall be maintained in the cab of the controlling locomotive and shall include the date and time of the test, the location where the test was performed, and the name of the person conducting the test. 
</P>
<P>(d) The telemetry equipment must be tested for accuracy and calibrated if necessary according to the manufacturer's specifications and procedures. If the manufacturer's specifications requires periodic calibration of the telemetry equipment, the date and location of the last calibration or test and the name or unique employee identifier of the person performing the calibration or test must be legibly displayed on a weather-resistant sticker affixed to the outside of both the front unit and the rear unit; however, if the front unit is an integral part of the locomotive or is inaccessible, then the information may be recorded on Form FRA F6180-49A instead, provided that the serial number of the unit is recorded.
</P>
<P>(e) The air pressure sensor contained in the end-of-train device must be tested by the processes and frequency identified in § 229.27 or by manufacturer specifications approved under § 232.307. The date and location of the test and the name or unique employee identifier of the person performing the test must be legibly displayed on a weather-resistant marking device affixed to the outside of the unit.
</P>
<P>(f) Each manufacturer of telemetry transceiver equipment must either:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish and communicate publicly to its customers a reasonable recommended calibration period; or
</P>
<P>(2) Submit to FRA an annual report including:
</P>
<P>(i) The total number of transceivers—itemized by model name, number, or type—sold to date;
</P>
<P>(ii) The number of transceivers that have been reported as inoperative or otherwise malfunctioning or returned for servicing; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The number of transceivers reported or returned for service with frequency modulation or transmit power outside of either manufacturer's specifications or FCC-approved specifications. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 66 FR 29502, May 31, 2001; 67 FR 17584, Apr. 10, 2002; 85 FR 80574, Dec. 11, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Introduction of New Brake System Technology</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.501" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.6.83.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.501   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains general requirements for introducing new brake system technologies. This subpart is intended to facilitate the introduction of new complete brake system technologies or major upgrades to existing systems which the current regulations do not adequately address (<I>i.e.,</I> electronic brake systems). This subpart is not intended for use in the introduction of a new brake component or material. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.503" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.6.83.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.503   Process to introduce new brake system technology.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to the procedures contained in § 232.17, each railroad shall obtain special approval from the FRA Associate Administrator for Safety of a pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan, developed pursuant to § 232.505, for the new brake system technology, prior to implementing the plan. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad shall complete a pre-revenue service demonstration of the new brake system technology in accordance with the approved plan, shall fulfill all of the other requirements prescribed in § 232.505, and shall obtain special approval from the FRA Associate Administrator for Safety under the procedures of § 232.17 prior to using such brake system technology in revenue service. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.505" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.6.83.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.505   Pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General; submission of plan.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, before using a new brake system technology for the first time on its system the operating railroad or railroads shall submit a pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan containing the information required by paragraph (e) of this section and obtain the approval of the FRA Associate Administrator for Safety, under the procedures specified in § 232.17. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compliance with plan.</I> After receiving FRA approval of the pre-revenue service testing plan and before introducing the new brake system technology into revenue service, the operating railroad or railroads shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Adopt and comply with such FRA-approved plan, including fully executing the tests required by the plan; 
</P>
<P>(2) Report to the FRA Associate Administrator for Safety the results of the pre-revenue service acceptance tests; 
</P>
<P>(3) Correct any safety deficiencies identified by FRA in the design of the equipment or in the inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures or, if safety deficiencies cannot be corrected by design or procedural changes, agree to comply with any operational limitations that may be imposed by the Associate Administrator for Safety on the revenue service operation of the equipment; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Obtain FRA approval to place the new brake system technology in revenue service. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Compliance with limitations.</I> The operating railroad shall comply with each operational limitation, if any, imposed by the Associate Administrator for Safety. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Availability of plan.</I> The plan shall be made available to FRA for inspection and copying upon request. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Elements of plan.</I> The plan shall include all of the following elements: 
</P>
<P>(1) An identification of each waiver, if any, of FRA or other Federal safety regulations required for the tests or for revenue service operation of the equipment. 
</P>
<P>(2) A clear statement of the test objectives. One of the principal test objectives shall be to demonstrate that the equipment meets the safety design and performance requirements specified in this part when operated in the environment in which it is to be used. 
</P>
<P>(3) A planned schedule for conducting the tests. 
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the railroad property or facilities to be used to conduct the tests. 
</P>
<P>(5) A detailed description of how the tests are to be conducted. This description shall include: 
</P>
<P>(i) An identification of the equipment to be tested; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The method by which the equipment is to be tested; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The criteria to be used to evaluate the equipment's performance; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The means by which the test results are to be reported to FRA. 
</P>
<P>(6) A description of any special instrumentation to be used during the tests. 
</P>
<P>(7) A description of the information or data to be obtained. 
</P>
<P>(8) A description of how the information or data obtained is to be analyzed or used. 
</P>
<P>(9) A description of any criteria to be used as safety limits during the testing. 
</P>
<P>(10) A description of the criteria to be used to measure or determine the success or failure of the tests. If acceptance is to be based on extrapolation of less than full level testing results, the analysis to be done to justify the validity of the extrapolation shall be described. 
</P>
<P>(11) A description of any special safety precautions to be observed during the testing. 
</P>
<P>(12) A written set of standard operating procedures to be used to ensure that the testing is done safely. 
</P>
<P>(13) Quality control procedures to ensure that the inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures are followed. 
</P>
<P>(14) Criteria to be used for the revenue service operation of the equipment. 
</P>
<P>(15) A description of all testing of the equipment that has previously been performed, if any. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exception.</I> For brake system technologies that have previously been used in revenue service in the United States, the railroad shall test the equipment on its system, prior to placing it in revenue service, to ensure the compatibility of the equipment with the operating system (track, signals, etc.) of the railroad. A description of such testing shall be retained by the railroad and made available to FRA for inspection and copying upon request. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Electronically Controlled Pneumatic (ECP) Braking Systems</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 61553, Oct. 16, 2008, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 232.601" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.7.83.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.601   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains specific requirements applicable to freight trains and freight cars equipped with ECP brake systems. This subpart also contains specific exceptions from various requirements contained in this part for freight trains and freight cars equipped with ECP brake systems. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.602" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.7.83.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.602   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to all railroads that operate a freight car or freight train governed by this part and equipped with an ECP brake system. Unless specifically excepted or modified in this section, all of the other requirements contained in this part are applicable to a freight car or freight train equipped with an ECP brake system. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.603" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.7.83.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.603   Design, interoperability, and configuration management requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A freight car or freight train equipped with an ECP brake system must, at a minimum, meet the Association of American Railroads (AAR) standards contained in the AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices related to ECP brake systems listed in paragraph (g) of this section; an alternate standard approved by FRA pursuant to § 232.17; or a modified standard approved in accordance with the provisions contained in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) AAR S-4200, “Electronically Controlled Pneumatic (ECP) Cable-Based Brake Systems—Performance Requirements,” (Adopted 1999; Revised: 2002, 2004, 2008);
</P>
<P>(2) AAR S-4210, “ECP Cable-Based Brake System Cable, Connectors, and Junction Boxes—Performance Specifications,” (Adopted: 1999; Revised 2002, 2007);
</P>
<P>(3) AAR S-4220, “ECP Cable-Based Brake DC Power Supply—Performance Specification,” Version 2.0 (Adopted: 1999; Revised: 2002);
</P>
<P>(4) AAR S-4230, “Intratrain Communication (ITC) Specification for Cable-Based Freight Train Control System,” Version 3.0 (Adopted: 1999; Revised: 2002, 2004);
</P>
<P>(5) AAR S-4240, “ECP Brake Equipment—Approval Procedure” (Adopted: 2007);
</P>
<P>(6) AAR S-4250, “Performance Requirements for ITC Controlled Cable-Based Distributed Power Systems,” Version 2.0 (Adopted: 2003; Revised: 2004);
</P>
<P>(7) AAR S-4260, “ECP Brake and Wire Distributed Power Interoperability Test Procedures” (Adopted: 2007); and
</P>
<P>(8) AAR S-4270, “ECP Brake System Configuration Management” (Adopted: 2008).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Approval.</I> A freight train or freight car equipped with an ECP brake system and equipment covered by the AAR standards incorporated by reference in this section shall not be used without conditional or final approval by AAR in accordance with AAR Standard S-4240, “ECP Brake Equipment—Approval Procedures” (2007).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Configuration management.</I> A railroad operating a freight train or freight car equipped with ECP brake systems shall adopt and comply with the configuration management plan developed in accordance with the AAR standards incorporated by reference in this section. FRA reserves the right to audit a manufacturer's configuration management plan at any time.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) A freight car or freight train equipped with a standalone ECP brake system is excepted from the requirement in § 232.103(l) referencing AAR Standard S-469-01, “Freight Brakes—Performance Specification.”
</P>
<P>(e) <I>New technology.</I> Upon written request supported by suitable justification and submitted pursuant to the special approval procedures in § 232.17, the Associate Administrator may except from the requirements of subpart F of this part the testing of new ECP brake technology, demonstration of new ECP brake technology, or both, where testing or demonstration, or both, will be conducted pursuant to an FRA-recognized industry standard and FRA is invited to monitor the testing or demonstration, or both.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Modification of standards.</I> The AAR or other authorized representative of the railroad industry may seek modification of the industry standards identified in or approved pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section. The request for modification will be handled and shall be submitted in accordance with the modification procedures contained in § 232.307.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of the standards required in this section into this section in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may inspect a copy at the Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC, 202-493-6300 or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, email <I>fedreg.legal@nara.gov,</I> or go to: <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html</I>. You may obtain the material from the following source(s):
</P>
<P>(1) Association of American Railroads, 425 Third Street SW, Washington, DC 20024, telephone: (202) 639-2345, email: <I>publications@aar.com,</I> website: <I>https://aarpublications.com</I>.
</P>
<P>(i) AAR S-4200, “Electronically Controlled Pneumatic (ECP) Cable-Based Brake Systems—Performance Requirements,” Revised 2014, (contained in AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Brakes and Brake Equipment).
</P>
<P>(ii) AAR S-4210, “ECP Cable-Based Brake System Cable, Connectors, and Junction Boxes—Performance Specifications,” Revised 2014, (contained in AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Brakes and Brake Equipment).
</P>
<P>(iii) AAR S-4220, “ECP Cable-Based Brake DC Power Supply—Performance Specification,” Version 2.0, Revised 2002, (contained in AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Electronically Controlled Brake Systems).
</P>
<P>(iv) AAR S-4230, “Intratrain Communication Specification for Cable-Based Freight Train Control System,” Version 4.1, Revised 2014, (contained in AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Brakes and Brake Equipment).
</P>
<P>(v) AAR S-4240, “ECP Brake Equipment—Approval Procedure,” Adopted 2007, (contained in AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Electronically Controlled Brake Systems).
</P>
<P>(vi) AAR S-4250, “Performance Requirements for ITC Controlled Cable-Based Distributed Power Systems,” Version 3.0, Revised 2014, (contained in AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Brakes and Brake Equipment).
</P>
<P>(vii) AAR S-4260, “ECP Brake and Wire Distributed Power Interoperability Test Procedures,” Revised 2008 (contained in AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Brakes and Brake Equipment).
</P>
<P>(viii) AAR S-4270, “ECP Brake System Configuration Management,” Adopted 2008, (contained in AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Electronically Controlled Brake Systems).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 4193, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 85 FR 80574, Dec. 11, 2020] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.605" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.7.83.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.605   Training requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Inspection, testing and maintenance.</I> A railroad that operates a freight car or freight train equipped with an ECP brake system and each contractor that performs inspection, testing, or maintenance on a freight car or freight train equipped with an ECP brake system shall adopt and comply with a training, qualification, and designation program for its employees that perform inspection, testing or maintenance of ECP brake systems. The training program required by this section shall meet the requirements in §§ 232.203(a), (b), (e), and (f).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Operating rules.</I> A railroad operating a freight train or freight car equipped with an ECP brake system shall amend its operating rules to govern safe train handling procedures related to ECP brake systems and equipment under all operating conditions and shall tailor its operating rules to the specific equipment and territory of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Locomotive engineers.</I> A railroad operating a freight car or freight train equipped with an ECP brake system shall adopt and use in its training program under part 240 specific knowledge, skill, and ability criteria to ensure that its locomotive engineers are fully trained with the operating rules governing safe train handling procedures related to ECP brake systems and equipment under all operating conditions and tailored to the specific equipment and territory of the railroad. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.607" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.7.83.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.607   Inspection and testing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Trains at initial terminal.</I> A freight train operating in ECP brake mode shall receive the following inspections at its point of origin (initial terminal):
</P>
<P>(1) A Class I brake test as described in § 232.205(c) by a qualified mechanical inspector (QMI); and
</P>
<P>(2) A pre-departure inspection pursuant to part 215 of this chapter by an inspector designated under § 215.11 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Trains en route.</I> (1) Except for a unit or cycle train, a train operating in ECP brake mode shall not operate a distance that exceeds its destination or 3,500 miles, whichever is less, unless inspections meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section are performed on the train.
</P>
<P>(2) A unit or cycle train operating in ECP brake mode shall receive the inspections required in paragraph (a) of this section at least every 3,500 miles.
</P>
<P>(3) The greatest distance that any car in a train has traveled since receiving a Class I brake test by a qualified mechanical inspector will determine the distance that the train has traveled.
</P>
<P>(4) A freight train operating in ECP brake mode shall receive a Class I brake test as described in § 232.205(c) by a qualified person at a location where the train is off air for a period of more than:
</P>
<P>(i) 24 hours, or
</P>
<P>(ii) 80 hours, if the train remains inaccessible to the railroad and in an extended-off-air facility. For the purpose of this section, an extended-off-air facility means a location controlled by a sole shipper or consignee which restricts access to the train and provides sufficient security to deter vandalism.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cars added en route.</I> (1) Each freight car equipped with an ECP brake system that is added to a freight train operating in ECP brake mode shall receive a Class I brake test as described in § 232.205(c) by a qualified person, unless all of the following are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The car has received a Class I brake test by a qualified mechanical inspector within the last 3,500 miles;
</P>
<P>(ii) Information identified in § 232.205(e) relating to the performance of the previously received Class I brake test is provided to the train crew;
</P>
<P>(iii) The car has not been off air for more than 24 hours or for more than 80 hours, if that train remains in an extended-off-air facility; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A visual inspection of the car's brake systems is conducted to ensure that the brake equipment is intact and properly secured. This may be accomplished as part of the inspection required under § 215.13 of this chapter and may be conducted while the car is off air.
</P>
<P>(2) Each car and each solid block of cars not equipped with an ECP brake system that is added to a train operating in ECP brake mode shall receive a visual inspection to ensure it is properly placed in the train and safe to operate and shall be moved and tagged in accordance with the provisions contained in § 232.15.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Class III brake test</I> (1) A Class III brake test shall be performed on a freight train operating in ECP brake mode by a qualified person, as defined in § 232.5, to test the train's brake system whenever the continuity of the brake pipe or electrical connection is broken or interrupted.
</P>
<P>(2) In lieu of observing the brake pipe changes at the rear of a freight train with the end-of-train telemetry device referred to in §§ 232.211(c) and (d), the operator shall verify that the brakes applied and released on the rear car of the freight train by observing the ECP brake system's display in the locomotive cab.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Initialization.</I> (1) A freight train operating in ECP brake mode shall be initialized as described in paragraph (e)(2) whenever the following occurs:
</P>
<P>(i) Class I brake test.
</P>
<P>(ii) Class III brake test.
</P>
<P>(iii) Whenever the ECP brake system is powered on.
</P>
<P>(2) Initialization shall, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) initialize the ECP brake system pursuant to AAR Series Standard S-4200; and
</P>
<P>(ii) be performed in the sequential order of the vehicles in the train.
</P>
<P>(3) Whenever an ECP brake system is initialized pursuant to this paragraph, the train crew must ensure that the total number of cars indicated by the ECP brake system is the same as the total number of cars indicated on the train consist.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Modifications to existing brake inspections.</I> (1) In lieu of the specific brake pipe service reductions and increases required in this part, an electronic signal that provides an equivalent application and release of the brakes shall be utilized when conducting any required inspection or test on a freight car or freight train equipped with an ECP brake system and operating in ECP brake mode.
</P>
<P>(2) In lieu of the specific piston travel ranges contained in this part, the piston travel on freight cars equipped with ECP brake systems shall be within the piston travel limits stenciled or marked on the car or badge plate consistent with the manufacturers recommended limits, if so stenciled or marked.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>ECP brake system train line cable.</I> Each ECP brake system train line cable shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be located and guarded to provide sufficient vertical clearance;
</P>
<P>(2) Not cause any tripping hazards;
</P>
<P>(3) Not hang with one end free whenever the equipment is used in a train movement;
</P>
<P>(4) Not be positioned to interfere with the use of any safety appliance; or
</P>
<P>(5) Not have any of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Badly chafed or broken insulation.
</P>
<P>(ii) Broken plugs, receptacles or terminals.
</P>
<P>(iii) Broken or protruding strands of wire.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exceptions.</I> A freight car or a freight train shall be exempt from the requirements contained in §§ 232.205(a) and (b), 232.207, 232.209, and 232.211(a) when it is equipped with an ECP brake system and operating in ECP brake mode. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.609" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.7.83.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.609   Handling of defective equipment with ECP brake systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Ninety-five percent of the cars in a train operating in ECP brake mode shall have effective and operative brakes prior to use or departure from the train's initial terminal or any location where a Class I brake test is required to be performed on the entire train by a qualified mechanical inspector pursuant to § 232.607.
</P>
<P>(b) A freight car equipped with an ECP brake system that is known to have arrived with ineffective or inoperative brakes at initial terminal of the next train which the car is to be included or at a location where a Class I brake test is required under §§ 232.607(b)(1) through (b)(3) shall not depart that location with ineffective or inoperative brakes in a train operating in ECP brake mode unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The location does not have the ability to conduct the necessary repairs;
</P>
<P>(2) The car is hauled only for the purpose of repair to the nearest forward location where the necessary repairs can be performed consistent with the guidance contained in § 232.15(f);
</P>
<P>(3) The car is not being placed for loading or unloading while being moved for repair unless unloading is necessary for the safe repair of the car; and
</P>
<P>(4) The car is properly tagged in accordance with § 232.15(b).
</P>
<P>(c) A freight car equipped with only conventional pneumatic brakes shall not move in a freight train operating in ECP brake mode unless it would otherwise have effective and operative brakes if it were part of a conventional pneumatic brake-equipped train or could be moved from the location in defective condition under the provisions contained in, and tagged in accordance with, § 232.15.
</P>
<P>(d) A freight train operating in ECP brake mode shall not move if less than 85 percent of the cars in the train have operative and effective brakes. However, after experiencing a penalty stop for having less than 85 percent operative and effective brakes, a freight train operating in ECP brake mode may be moved if all of the following are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The train is visually inspected;
</P>
<P>(2) Appropriate measures are taken to ensure that the train is safely operated to the location where necessary repairs or changes to the consist can be made;
</P>
<P>(3) A qualified person determines that it is safe to move the train; and
</P>
<P>(4) The train is moved in ECP brake Switch Mode to the nearest or nearest forward location where necessary repairs or changes to the consist can be made.
</P>
<P>(e) A freight car or locomotive equipped with an ECP brake system that is found with inoperative or ineffective brakes for the first time during the performance of a Class I brake test or while en route may be used or hauled without civil penalty liability under this part to its destination, not to exceed 3,500 miles; provided, all applicable provisions of this section are met and the defective car or locomotive is hauled in a train operating in ECP brake mode.
</P>
<P>(f) A freight car equipped with an ECP brake system that is part of a train operating in ECP brake mode:
</P>
<P>(1) That is found with a defective non-brake safety appliance may be used or hauled without civil penalty under this part to the nearest or nearest forward location where the necessary repairs can be performed consistent with the guidelines contained in § 232.15(f).
</P>
<P>(2) That is found with an ineffective or inoperative brake shall be hauled in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) § 232.15(e)(1).
</P>
<P>(ii) No more than two freight cars with brakes pneumatically cut out or five freight cars or five units in a multi-unit articulated piece of equipment with brakes electronically cut out shall be consecutively placed in the same train.
</P>
<P>(g) A train operating with conventional pneumatic brakes shall not operate with freight cars equipped with stand-alone ECP brake systems unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The train has at least the minimum percentage of operative brakes required by paragraph (h) of this section when at an initial terminal or paragraph (d) of this section when en route; and
</P>
<P>(2) The stand-alone ECP brake-equipped cars are:
</P>
<P>(i) Moved for the purpose of delivery to a railroad receiving the equipment or to a location for placement in a train operating in ECP brake mode or being moved for repair to the nearest available location where the necessary repairs can be made in accordance with §§ 232.15(a)(7) and (f);
</P>
<P>(ii) Tagged in accordance with § 232.15(b); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Placed in the train in accordance with § 232.15(e).
</P>
<P>(h) A train equipped and operated with conventional pneumatic brakes may depart an initial terminal with freight cars that are equipped with stand-alone ECP brake systems provided all of the following are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The train has 100 percent effective and operative brakes on all cars equipped with conventional pneumatic brake systems;
</P>
<P>(2) The train has at least 95 percent effective and operative brakes when including the freight cars equipped with stand-alone ECP brake systems; and
</P>
<P>(3) The requirements contained in paragraph (g) of this section are met.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Tagging of defective equipment.</I> A freight car equipped with an ECP brake system that is found with ineffective or inoperative brakes will be considered electronically tagged under § 232.15(b)(1) and (b)(5) if the car is used or hauled in a train operating in ECP brake mode and the ECP brake system meets the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The ECP brake system is able to display information in the cab of the lead locomotive regarding the location and identification of the car with defective brakes;
</P>
<P>(2) The information is stored or downloaded and is accessible to FRA and appropriate operating and inspection personnel; and
</P>
<P>(3) An electronic or written record of the stored or downloaded information is retained and maintained in accordance with § 232.15(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Procedures for handling ECP brake system repairs and designation of repair locations.</I> (1) Each railroad operating freight cars equipped with ECP brake systems shall adopt and comply with specific procedures developed in accordance with the requirements related to the movement of defective equipment contained in this subpart. These procedures shall be made available to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(2) Each railroad operating freight trains in ECP brake mode shall submit to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety a list of locations on its system where ECP brake system repairs will be performed. A railroad shall notify FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety in writing 30 days prior to any change in the locations designated for such repairs. A sufficient number of locations shall be identified to ensure compliance with the requirements related to the handling of defective equipment contained in this part.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Exceptions:</I> All freight cars and trains that are specifically identified, operated, and handled in accordance with this section are excepted from the movement of defective equipment requirements contained in § 232.15(a)(2), (a)(5) through (a)(8), and 232.103(d) and (e). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.611" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.7.83.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.611   Periodic maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the maintenance requirements contained in § 232.303(b) through (d), a freight car equipped with an ECP brake system shall be inspected and repaired before being released from a shop or repair track to ensure the proper and safe condition of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) ECP brake system wiring and brackets;
</P>
<P>(2) ECP brake system electrical connections; and
</P>
<P>(3) Car mounted ECP brake system components.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Single car air brake test procedures.</I> Prior to placing a freight car equipped with an ECP brake system into revenue service, a railroad or a duly authorized representative of the railroad industry shall submit a procedure for conducting periodic single car air brake tests to FRA for its approval pursuant to § 232.17.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in § 232.303(e), a single car air brake test conducted in accordance with the procedure submitted and approved in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section shall be performed by a qualified person on a freight car equipped with an ECP brake system whenever any of the events identified in § 232.305 occur, except for those paragraphs identified in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) A single car air brake test conducted in accordance with the procedure submitted and approved in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section shall be performed by a qualified person on each freight car retrofitted with a newly installed ECP brake system prior to placing or using the car in revenue service.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Modification of single car test standard.</I> A railroad or a duly authorized representative of the railroad industry may seek modification of the single car test standard approved in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section. The request for modification will be handled and shall be submitted in accordance with the modification procedures contained in § 232.307.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exceptions.</I> A freight car equipped with a stand-alone or dual mode ECP brake system is excepted from the single car air brake test procedures contained in § 232.305(a). A freight car equipped with a stand-alone ECP brake system is excepted from the single car test requirements contained in § 232.305(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(g) For purposes of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, if a single car air brake test is conducted on a car prior to June 15, 2009, pursuant to the then existing AAR standards, it shall be considered the last single car air brake test for that car, if necessary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.613" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.7.83.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.613   End-of-train devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An ECP-EOT device shall, at a minimum, serve as the final node on the ECP brake circuit, provide a cable terminal circuit, and monitor, confirm, and report train, brake pipe, and train line cable continuity, cable voltage, brake pipe pressure, and the status of the ECP-EOT device battery charge. The ECP-EOT device shall transmit a status message (EOT Beacon) at least once per second, contain a means of communicating with the HEU, and be equipped with a brake pipe pressure transducer and a battery that charges from the train line cable.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad shall not move or use a freight train equipped with an ECP brake system unless that train is equipped with a functioning ECP-EOT device designed and operated in accordance with this subpart. The ECP-EOT device must be properly connected to the network and to the train line cable at the rear of the train.
</P>
<P>(c) A locomotive equipped with ECP brakes can be used in lieu of an ECP-EOT device, provided it is capable of performing all of the functions of a functioning ECP-EOT device.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exception.</I> A freight train operating in ECP brake mode is excepted from the end-of-train device requirements contained in subpart E of this part, provided that it is equipped with an ECP-EOT device complying with this section.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Tourist, Scenic, Historic, and Excursion Operations Braking Systems</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 80575, Dec. 11, 2020, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 232.700" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8.83.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.700   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart applies to standard gage railroads.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad that operates only on track inside an installation which is not part of the general railroad system of transportation; or
</P>
<P>(2) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected with the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) As used in this subpart, carrier means “railroad,” as that term is defined by 49 CFR 232.5




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.701" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8.83.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.701   Power brakes; minimum percentage.</HEAD>
<P>On and after September 1, 1910, on all railroads used in interstate commerce, whenever, as required by the Safety Appliance Act as amended March 2, 1903, any train is operated with power or train brakes, not less than 85 percent of the cars of such train shall have their brakes used and operated by the engineer of the locomotive drawing such train, and all power-brake cars in every such train which are associated together with the 85 percent shall have their brakes so used and operated.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.702" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8.83.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.702   Drawbars; standard height.</HEAD>
<P>Not included in this subpart. Moved to 49 CFR part 231.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.703" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8.83.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.703   Power brakes and appliances for operating power-brake systems.</HEAD>
<P>Requirements are contained in 49 CFR 232.103(l).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.710" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8.83.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.710   General rules; locomotives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Air brake and hand brake equipment on locomotives including tender must be inspected and maintained in accordance with the requirements of the Locomotive Inspection and United States Safety Appliance Acts and related orders and regulations of the Federal Railroad Administrator (FRA).
</P>
<P>(b) It must be known that air brake equipment on locomotives is in a safe and suitable condition for service.
</P>
<P>(c) Compressor or compressors must be tested for capacity by orifice test as often as conditions require but not less frequently than required by law and orders of the FRA.
</P>
<P>(d) Main reservoirs shall be subjected to tests periodically as required by law and orders of the FRA.
</P>
<P>(e) Air gauges must be tested periodically as required by law and orders of the FRA, and whenever any irregularity is reported. They shall be compared with an accurate deadweight tester, or test gauge. Gauges found inaccurate or defective must be repaired or replaced.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) All operating portions of air brake equipment together with dirt collectors and filters must be cleaned, repaired and tested as often as conditions require to maintain them in a safe and suitable condition for service, and not less frequently than required by law and orders of the FRA.
</P>
<P>(2) On locomotives so equipped, hand brakes, parts, and connections must be inspected, and necessary repairs made as often as the service requires, with date being suitably stenciled or tagged.
</P>
<P>(g) The date of testing or cleaning of air brake equipment and the initials of the shop or station at which the work was done shall be placed on a card displayed under transparent covering in the cab of each locomotive unit.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) Minimum brake cylinder piston travel must be sufficient to provide proper brake shoe clearance when brakes are released.
</P>
<P>(2) Maximum brake cylinder piston travel when locomotive is standing must not exceed the following:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Inches
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(i) Steam locomotives:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(A) Cam type of driving wheel brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3 
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(B) Other types of driving wheel brakes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(C) Engine truck brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(D) Engine trailer truck brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(E) Tender brake (truck mounted and tender bed mounted)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(F) Tender brake (body mounted)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii) Locomotives other than steam:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(A) Driving wheel brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(B) Swivel type truck brake with brakes on more than one truck operated by one brake cylinder</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(C) Swivel type truck brake equipped with one brake cylinder</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(D) Swivel type truck brake equipped with two or more brake cylinders</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(i)(1) Foundation brake rigging, and safety supports, where used, must be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service. Levers, rods, brake beams, hangars and pins must be of ample strength and must not bind or foul in any way that will affect proper operation of brakes. All pins must be properly applied and secured in place with suitable locking devices. Brake shoes must be properly applied and kept approximately in line with treads of wheels or other braking surfaces.
</P>
<P>(2) No part of the foundation brake rigging and safety supports shall be closer to the rails than specified by law and orders of the FRA.
</P>
<P>(j)(1) Main reservoir leakage: Leakage from main air reservoir and related piping shall not exceed an average of 3 pounds per minute in a test of three minutes' duration, made after the pressure has been reduced 40 percent below maximum pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) Brake pipe leakage: Brake pipe leakage must not exceed 5 pounds per minute after a reduction of 10 pounds has been made from brake pipe air pressure of not less than 70 pounds.
</P>
<P>(3) Brake cylinder leakage: With a full service application of brakes, and with communication to the brake cylinders closed, brakes must remain applied not less than five minutes.
</P>
<P>(4) The main reservoir system of each unit shall be equipped with at least one safety valve, the capacity of which shall be sufficient to prevent an accumulation of pressure of more than 10 pounds per square inch above the maximum setting of the compressor governor fixed by the chief mechanical officer of the carrier operating the locomotive.
</P>
<P>(5) A suitable governor shall be provided that will stop and start the air compressor within 5 pounds above or below the pressures fixed.
</P>
<P>(6) Compressor governor when used in connection with the automatic air brake system shall be so adjusted that the compressor will start when the main reservoir pressure is not less than 15 pounds above the maximum brake-pipe pressure fixed by the rules of the carrier and will not stop the compressor until the reservoir pressure has increased not less than 10 pounds.
</P>
<P>(k) The communicating signal system on locomotives when used in passenger service must be tested and known to be in a safe and suitable condition for service before each trip.
</P>
<P>(l) Enginemen when taking charge of locomotives must know that the brakes are in operative condition.
</P>
<P>(m) In freezing weather drain cocks on air compressors of steam locomotives must be left open while compressors are shut off.
</P>
<P>(n) Air pressure regulating devices must be adjusted for the following pressures:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pounds
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Locomotives:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Minimum brake pipe air pressure:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(A) Road Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(B) Switch Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Minimum differential between brake pipe and main reservoir air pressures, with brake valve in running position</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) Safety valve for straight air brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30-55


<br/>30-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iv) Safety valve for LT, ET, No. 8-EL, No. 14 El, No. 6-DS, No. 6-BL and No. 6-SL equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30-75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(v) Safety valve for HSC and No. 24-RL equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30-50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(vi) Reducing valve for independent or straight air brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(vii) Self-lapping portion for electro-pneumatic brake (minimum full application pressure)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30-50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(viii) Self-lapping portion for independent air brake (full application pressure)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(viiii) Reducing valve for air signal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(x) Reducing valve for high-speed brake (minimum)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Cars:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Reducing valve for high-speed brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58-62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Safety valve for PS, LN, UC, AML, AMU and AB-1-B air brakes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58-62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) Safety valve for HSC air brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58-77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iv) Governor valve for water raising system</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(v) Reducing valve for water raising system</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20-30</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.711" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8.83.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.711   Train air brake system tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Supervisors are jointly responsible with inspectors, enginemen and trainmen for condition of train air brake and air signal equipment on motive power and cars to the extent that it is possible to detect defective equipment by required air tests.
</P>
<P>(b) Communicating signal system on passenger equipment trains must be tested and known to be in a suitable condition for service before leaving terminal.
</P>
<P>(c) Each train must have the air brakes in effective operating condition, and at no time shall the number and location of operative air brakes be less than permitted by Federal requirements. When piston travel is in excess of 10
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, the air brakes cannot be considered in effective operating condition.
</P>
<P>(d) Condensation must be blown from the pipe from which air is taken before connecting yard line or motive power to train.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.712" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8.83.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.712   Initial terminal road train airbrake tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Each train must be inspected and tested as specified in this section by a qualified person at points—
</P>
<P>(i) Where the train is originally made up (initial terminal);
</P>
<P>(ii) Where train consist is changed, other than by adding or removing a solid block of cars, and the train brake system remains charged; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Where the train is received in interchange if the train consist is changed other than by:
</P>
<P>(A) Removing a solid block of cars from the head end or rear end of train;
</P>
<P>(B) Changing motive power;
</P>
<P>(C) Removing or changing the caboose; or
</P>
<P>(D) Any combination of the changes listed in paragraphs (a)(1)(iii)(A), (B), and (C) of this section. Where a carman is to perform the inspection and test under existing or future collective bargaining agreement, in those circumstances a carman alone will be considered a qualified person.
</P>
<P>(2) A qualified person participating in the test and inspection or who has knowledge that it was made shall notify the engineer that the initial terminal road train air brake test has been satisfactorily performed. The qualified person shall provide the notification in writing if the road crew will report for duty after the qualified person goes off duty. The qualified person also shall provide the notification in writing if the train that has been inspected is to be moved in excess of 500 miles without being subjected to another test pursuant to either this section or § 232.713 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each carrier shall designate additional inspection points not more than 1,000 miles apart where intermediate inspection will be made to determine that:
</P>
<P>(1) Brake pipe pressure leakage does not exceed five pounds per minute;
</P>
<P>(2) Brakes apply on each car in response to a 20-pound service brake pipe pressure reduction; and
</P>
<P>(3) Brake rigging is properly secured and does not bind or foul.
</P>
<P>(c) Train airbrake system must be charged to required air pressure, angle cocks and cutout cocks must be properly positioned, air hose must be properly coupled and must be in condition for service. An examination must be made for leaks and necessary repairs made to reduce leakage to a minimum. Retaining valves and retaining valve pipes must be inspected and known to be in condition for service. If train is to be operated in electro-pneumatic brake operation, brake circuit cables must be properly connected.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) After the airbrake system on a freight train is charged to within 15 pounds of the setting of the feed valve on the locomotive, but to not less than 60 pounds, as indicated by an accurate gauge at rear end of train, and on a passenger train when charged to not less than 70 pounds, and upon receiving the signal to apply brakes for test, a 15-pound brake pipe service reduction must be made in automatic brake operations, the brake valve lapped, and the number of pounds of brake pipe leakage per minute noted as indicated by brake pipe gauge, after which brake pipe reduction must be increased to full service. Inspection of the train brakes must be made to determine that angle cocks are properly positioned, that the brakes are applied on each car, that piston travel is correct, that brake rigging does not bind or foul, and that all parts of the brake equipment are properly secured. When this inspection has been completed, the release signal must be given and brakes released and each brake inspected to see that all have released.
</P>
<P>(2) When a passenger train is to be operated in electro-pneumatic brake operation and after completion of test of brakes as prescribed by paragraph (d)(1) of this section the brake system must be recharged to not less than 90 pounds air pressure, and upon receiving the signal to apply brakes for test, a minimum 20 pounds electro-pneumatic brake application must be made as indicated by the brake cylinder gage. Inspection of the train brakes must then be made to determine if brakes are applied on each car. When this inspection has been completed, the release signal must be given and brakes released and each brake inspected to see that all have released.
</P>
<P>(3) When the locomotive used to haul the train is provided with means for maintaining brake pipe pressure at a constant level during service application of the train brakes, this feature must be cut out during train airbrake tests.
</P>
<P>(e) Brake pipe leakage must not exceed 5 pounds per minute.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) At initial terminal piston travel of body-mounted brake cylinders which is less than 7 inches or more than 9 inches must be adjusted to nominally 7 inches.
</P>
<P>(2) Minimum brake cylinder piston travel of truck-mounted brake cylinders must be sufficient to provide proper brake shoe clearance when brakes are released. Maximum piston travel must not exceed 6 inches.
</P>
<P>(3) Piston travel of brake cylinders on freight cars equipped with other than standard single capacity brake, must be adjusted as indicated on badge plate or stenciling on car located in a conspicuous place near the brake cylinder.
</P>
<P>(g) When test of airbrakes has been completed the engineman and conductor must be advised that train is in proper condition to proceed.
</P>
<P>(h) During standing test, brakes must not be applied or released until proper signal is given.
</P>
<P>(i)(1) When train airbrake system is tested from a yard test plant, an engineer's brake valve or an appropriate test device shall be used to provide increase and reduction of brake pipe air pressure or electro-pneumatic brake application and release at the same or a slower rate as with engineer's brake valve and yard test plant must be connected to the end which will be nearest to the hauling road locomotive.
</P>
<P>(2) When yard test plant is used, the train airbrakes system must be charged and tested as prescribed by paragraphs (c) to (g) of this section inclusive, and when practicable should be kept charged until road motive power is coupled to train, after which, an automatic brake application and release test of airbrakes on rear car must be made. If train is to be operated in electro-pneumatic brake operation, this test must also be made in electro-pneumatic brake operation before proceeding.
</P>
<P>(3) If after testing the brakes as prescribed in paragraph (i)(2) of this section the train is not kept charged until road motive power is attached, the brakes must be tested as prescribed by paragraph (d)(1) of this section and if train is to be operated in electro-pneumatic brake operation as prescribed by paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(j) Before adjusting piston travel or working on brake rigging, cutout cock in brake pipe branch must be closed and air reservoirs must be drained. When cutout cocks are provided in brake cylinder pipes, these cutout cocks only may be closed and air reservoirs need not be drained.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.713" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8.83.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.713   Road train and intermediate terminal train air brake tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Passenger trains.</I> Before motive power is detached or angle cocks are closed on a passenger train operated in either automatic or electro-pneumatic brake operation, except when closing angle cocks for cutting off one or more cars from the rear end of train, automatic air brake must be applied. After recouping, brake system must be recharged to required air pressure and before proceeding and upon receipt of proper request or signal, application and release tests of brakes on rear car must be made from locomotive in automatic brake operation. If train is to be operated in electro-pneumatic brake operation, this test must also be made in electro-pneumatic brake operation before proceeding. Inspector or trainman must determine if brakes on rear car of train properly apply and release.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Freight trains.</I> Before motive power is detached or angle cocks are closed on a freight train, brakes must be applied with not less than a 20-pound brake pipe reduction. After recoupling, and after angle cocks are opened, it must be known that brake pipe air pressure is being restored as indicated by a rear car gauge or device. In the absence of a rear car gauge or device, an air brake test must be made to determine that the brakes on the rear car apply and release.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) At a point other than an initial terminal where a locomotive or caboose is changed, or where one or more consecutive cars are cut off from the rear end or head end of a train with the consist otherwise remaining intact, after the train brake system is charged to within 15 pounds of the feed valve setting on the locomotive, but not less than 60 pounds as indicated at the rear of a freight train and 70 pounds on a passenger train, a 20-pound brake pipe reduction must be made and it must be determined that the brakes on the rear car apply and release. As an alternative to the rear car brake application and release test, it shall be determined that brake pipe pressure of the train is being reduced as indicated by a rear car gauge or device and then that brake pipe pressure of the train is being restored as indicated by a rear car gauge or device.
</P>
<P>(2) Before proceeding it must be known that brake pipe pressure as indicated at rear of freight train is being restored.
</P>
<P>(3) On trains operating with electro-pneumatic brakes, with brake system charged to not less than 70 pounds, test must be made to determine that rear brakes apply and release properly from a minimum 20 pounds electro-pneumatic brake application as indicated by brake cylinder gauge.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) At a point other than a terminal where one or more cars are added to a train, after the train brake system is charged to not less than 60 pounds as indicated by a gauge or device at the rear of a freight train and 70 pounds on a passenger train. A brake test must be made by a designated person as described in § 232.712(a)(1) to determine that brake pipe leakage does not exceed five (5) pounds per minute as indicated by the brake pipe gauge after a 20-pound brake pipe reduction has been made. After the test is completed, it must be determined that piston travel is correct, and the train airbrakes of these cars and on the rear car of the train apply and remain applied, until the release signal is given. As an alternative to the rear car brake application and release portion of the test, it shall be determined that brake pipe pressure of the train is being reduced as indicated by a rear car gauge or device and then that brake pipe pressure of the train is being restored as indicated by a rear car gauge or device. Cars added to a train that have not been inspected in accordance with § 232.712 (c) through (j) must be so inspected and tested at the next terminal where facilities are available for such attention.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) At a terminal where a solid block of cars, which has been previously charged and tested as prescribed by § 232.712 (c) through (j), is added to a train, it must be determined that the brakes on the rear car of the train apply and release. As an alternative to the rear car application and release test, it shall be determined that brake pipe pressure of the train is being reduced as indicated by a rear car gauge or device and then that brake pipe pressure of the train is being restored as indicated by a rear car gauge or device.
</P>
<P>(ii) When cars which have not been previously charged and tested as prescribed by § 232.712 (c) through (j) are added to a train, such cars may either be given inspection and tests in accordance with § 232.712 (c) through (j), or tested as prescribed by paragraph (d)(1) of this section prior to departure in which case these cars must be inspected and tested in accordance with § 232.712 (c) through (j) at next terminal.
</P>
<P>(3) Before proceeding it must be known that the brake pipe pressure at the rear of freight train is being restored.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Transfer train and yard train movements not exceeding 20 miles, must have the air brake hose coupled between all cars, and after the brake system is charged to not less than 60 pounds, a 15-pound service brake pipe reduction must be made to determine that the brakes are applied on each car before releasing and proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) Transfer train and yard train movements exceeding 20 miles must have brake inspection in accordance with § 232.712 (c)-(j).
</P>
<P>(f) The automatic air brake must not be depended upon to hold a locomotive, cars or train, when standing on a grade, whether locomotive is attached or detached from cars or train. When required, a sufficient number of hand brakes must be applied to hold train, before air brakes are released. When ready to start, hand brakes must not be released until it is known that the air brake system is properly charged.
</P>
<P>(g) As used in this section, device means a system of components designed and inspected in accordance with § 232.719.
</P>
<P>(h) When a device is used to comply with any test requirement in this section, the phrase brake pipe pressure of the train is being reduced means a pressure reduction of at least five pounds and the phrase brake pipe pressure of the train is being restored means a pressure increase of at least five (5) pounds.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.714" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8.83.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.714   Inbound brake equipment inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At points where inspectors are employed to make a general inspection of trains upon arrival at terminals, visual inspection must be made of retaining valves and retaining valve pipes, release valves and rods, brake rigging, safety supports, hand brakes, hose and position of angle cocks and make necessary repairs or mark for repair tracks any cars to which yard repairs cannot be promptly made.
</P>
<P>(b) Freight trains arriving at terminals where facilities are available and at which special instructions provide for immediate brake inspection and repairs, trains shall be left with air brakes applied by a service brake pipe reduction of 20 pounds so that inspectors can obtain a proper check of the piston travel. Trainmen will not close any angle cock or cut the locomotive off until the 20-pound service reduction has been made. Inspection of the brakes and needed repairs should be made as soon thereafter as practicable.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.715" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8.83.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.715   Double heading and helper service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When more than one locomotive is attached to a train, the engineman of the leading locomotive shall operate the brakes. On all other motive power units in the train the brake pipe cutout cock to the brake valve must be closed, the maximum main reservoir pressure maintained and brake valve handles kept in the prescribed position. In case it becomes necessary for the leading locomotive to give up control of the train short of the destination of the train, a test of the brakes must be made to see that the brakes are operative from the automatic brake valve of the locomotive taking control of the train.
</P>
<P>(b) The electro-pneumatic brake valve on all motive power units other than that which is handling the train must be cut out, handle of brake valve kept in the prescribed position, and air compressors kept running if practicable.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.716" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8.83.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.716   Running tests.</HEAD>
<P>When motive power, engine crew or train crew has been changed, angle cocks have been closed except for cutting off one or more cars from the rear end of train or electro-pneumatic brake circuit cables between power units and/or cars have been disconnected, running test of train air brakes on passenger train must be made, as soon as speed of train permits, by use of automatic brake if operating in automatic brake operation or by use of electro-pneumatic brake if operating in electro-pneumatic brake operation. Steam or power must not be shut off unless required and running test must be made by applying train air brakes with sufficient force to ascertain whether or not brakes are operating properly. If air brakes do not properly operate, train must be stopped, cause of failure ascertained and corrected and running test repeated.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.717" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8.83.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.717   Freight and passenger train car brakes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Testing and repairing brakes on cars while on shop or repair tracks.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) When a freight car having brake equipment due for periodic attention is on shop or repair tracks where facilities are available for making air brake repairs, brake equipment must be given attention in accordance with the requirements of Rules 3 and 4 of the 2020 Field Manual of the AAR Interchange Rules (AAR Field Manual); or an alternative procedure approved by FRA under paragraph (d) of this section. Brake equipment shall then be tested by use of a single car testing device as prescribed by § 232.305.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) When a freight car having an air brake defect is on a shop or repair track, brake equipment must be tested by use of a single car testing device as prescribed by § 232.305.
</P>
<P>(ii) All freight cars on shop or repair tracks shall be tested to determine that the air brakes apply and release. Piston travel on a standard body mounted brake cylinder which is less than 7 inches or more than 9 inches must be adjusted to nominally 7 inches. Piston travel of brake cylinders on all freight cars equipped with other than standard single capacity brake, must be adjusted as indicated on badge plate or stenciling on car located in a conspicuous place near brake cylinder. After piston travel has been adjusted and with brakes released, sufficient brake shoe clearance must be provided.
</P>
<P>(iii) When a car equipped for use in passenger train service not due for periodical air brake repairs, as indicated by stenciled or recorded cleaning dates, is on shop or repair tracks, brake equipment must be tested by use of single car testing device as prescribed by the applicable standards referenced in § 232.305 or by the American Public Transportation Association (APTA) standard referenced in § 238.311(a) of this chapter. Piston travel of brake cylinders must be adjusted if required, to the standard travel for that type of brake cylinder. After piston travel has been adjusted and with brakes released, sufficient brake shoe clearance must be provided.
</P>
<P>(iv) Before a car is released from a shop or repair track, it must be known that brake pipe is securely clamped, angle cocks in proper position with suitable clearance, valves, reservoirs and cylinders tight on supports and supports securely attached to car.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Clean, repair, lubricate and test (COT&amp;S).</I> (1) Brake equipment on cars other than passenger cars must be cleaned, repaired, lubricated and tested (“COT&amp;S”) as often as required to maintain it in a safe and suitable condition for service but not less frequently than as required by Rules 3 and 4 of the AAR Field Manual.
</P>
<P>(2) Brake equipment on passenger cars must be cleaned, repaired, lubricated and tested (“COT&amp;S”) as often as necessary to maintain it in a safe and suitable condition for service but not less frequently than as required in Standard S-4045-13 in the Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices of the AAR or an alternative procedure approved by FRA pursuant to § 232.717(d).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Discontinued brake systems.</I> For a brake system once, but no longer, included in AAR's current Code of Rules or Code of Tests (presently known as the Field Manual of the AAR Interchange Rules or the Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices), the brake system must be maintained in a safe and suitable condition for service according to a railroad's written maintenance plan. The maintenance plan, including its COT&amp;S component and a periodic attention schedule, must be based upon a standard appropriate to the equipment. The railroad must comply with and make its written maintenance plan available to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Modification of standards.</I> The AAR or other authorized representative of the railroad industry may seek modification of the industry standards identified in or approved pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section. The request for modification will be handled and must be submitted in accordance with the modification procedures contained in § 232.307 of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Incorporation by Reference.</I> The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of the standards required in this section into this section in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may inspect a copy of the material at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590 (telephone: 855-368-4200). You may also inspect the material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, email <I>fedreg.legal@nara.gov,</I> or go to: <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.</I> You may obtain the material from the following source(s):
</P>
<P>(1) Association of American Railroads (AAR), 425 Third Street SW, Washington, DC 20024, telephone: (202) 639-2345, email: <I>publications@aar.com,</I> website: <I>https://aarpublications.com.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) 2020 Field Manual of the AAR Interchange Rules, Rule 3—Testing of Air Brakes and Rule 4—Air Brake Valves and Parts, effective January 1, 2020.
</P>
<P>(ii) AAR Standard S-4045, “Passenger Equipment Maintenance Requirements,” Revised 2013 (contained in AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Brakes and Brake Equipment), also referred to as AAR Standard S-4045-13.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 232.719" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.26.8.83.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 232.719   End-of-train devices.</HEAD>
<P>Requirements are contained in subpart E of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="233" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.27" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 233—SIGNAL SYSTEMS REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 504, 522, 20103, 20107, 20501-20505, 21301, 21302, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>49 FR 3379, Jan. 26, 1984, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 233.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.27.0.83.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 233.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribed reporting requirements with respect to methods of train operation, block signal systems, interlockings, traffic control systems, automatic train stop, train control, and cab signal systems, or other similar appliances, methods, and systems.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 233.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.27.0.83.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 233.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to railroads that operate on standard gage track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to rail rapid transit operations conducted over track that is used exclusively for that purpose and that is not part of the general system of railroad transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 233.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.27.0.83.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 233.5   Accidents resulting from signal failure.</HEAD>
<P>Each carrier shall report within 24 hours to the Federal Railroad Administration by toll free telephone, number 800-424-0201, whenever it learns of the occurrence of an accident/incident arising from the failure of an appliance, device, method or system to function or indicate as required by part 236 of this title that results in a more favorable aspect than intended or other condition hazardous to the movement of a train.
</P>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 49 FR 3379, Jan. 26, 1984, part 233 was revised. Section 233.5 contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 233.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.27.0.83.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 233.7   Signal failure reports.</HEAD>
<P>Each carrier shall report within 15 days each failure of an appliance, device, method, or system to function or indicate as required by part 236 of this title that results in a more favorable aspect than intended or other condition hazardous to the movement of a train. Form FRA F6180-14, “Signal Failure Report,” shall be used for this purpose and completed in accordance with instructions printed on the form.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2130-0007)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 233.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.27.0.83.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 233.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 233.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.27.0.83.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 233.11   Civil penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) “Person” means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.
</P>
<P>(c) Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28174, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 233.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.27.0.83.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 233.13   Criminal penalty.</HEAD>
<P>Whoever knowingly and willfully—
</P>
<P>(a) Makes, causes to be made, or participates in the making of a false entry in reports required to be filed by this part; or
</P>
<P>(b) Files a false report or other document required to be filed by this part is subject to a $5,000 fine and 2 years imprisonment as prescribed by 49 U.S.C. 522 and 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3379, Jan. 26, 1984, as amended at 79 FR 37669, July 2, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="234" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 234—GRADE CROSSING SAFETY 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20152, 20160, 21301, 21304, 21311, 22907 note; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>61 FR 31806, June 20, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.1.86.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes minimum—
</P>
<P>(1) Maintenance, inspection, and testing standards for highway-rail grade crossing warning systems;
</P>
<P>(2) Standards for the reporting of failures of highway-rail grade crossing warning systems and for the actions that railroads must take when such systems malfunction;
</P>
<P>(3) Requirements for certain identified States to update their existing State highway-rail grade crossing action plans and submit reports about the implementation of their existing plans and for the remaining States and the District of Columbia to develop State highway-rail grade crossing action plans;
</P>
<P>(4) Requirements that certain railroads establish systems for receiving toll-free telephone calls reporting various unsafe conditions at highway-rail grade crossings and pathway grade crossings, and for taking certain actions in response to those calls; and
</P>
<P>(5) Requirements for reporting to, and periodically updating information contained in, the U.S. DOT National Highway-Rail Crossing Inventory for highway-rail and pathway crossings.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not restrict a railroad from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements not inconsistent with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35190, June 12, 2012, as amended at 80 FR 786, Jan. 6, 2015; 85 FR 80659, Dec. 14, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.1.86.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.3   Application and responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With the exception of § 234.11, this part applies to all railroads except the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Operations of a plant railroad as defined in § 234.5;
</P>
<P>(2) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation; or
</P>
<P>(3) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations conducted only on track used exclusively for that purpose (<I>i.e.,</I> there is no freight, intercity passenger, or commuter passenger railroad operation on the track) and only on track inside an installation that is insular; <I>i.e.,</I> the operations are limited to a separate enclave in such a way that there is no reasonable expectation that the safety of the public—except a business guest, a licensee of the railroad or an affiliated entity, or a trespasser—would be affected by the operation. An operation will not be considered insular if one or more of the following exists on its line:
</P>
<P>(i) A public highway-rail crossing that is in use;
</P>
<P>(ii) An at-grade rail crossing that is in use;
</P>
<P>(iii) A bridge over a public road or waters used for commercial navigation; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A common corridor with a railroad, <I>i.e.,</I> its operations are within 30 feet of those of any railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) Although the duties imposed by this part are generally stated in terms of the duty of a railroad, each person, including a contractor or subcontractor for a railroad, who performs any task covered by this part, shall perform that task in accordance with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35190, June 12, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.1.86.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Accident/incident</I> means any impact between railroad on-track equipment and a highway user at a highway-rail grade crossing or pathway grade crossing. The term “highway user” includes automobiles, buses, trucks, motorcycles, bicycles, farm vehicles, pedestrians, and all other modes of surface transportation motorized and un-motorized.
</P>
<P><I>Activation failure</I> means the failure of an active highway-rail grade crossing warning system to indicate the approach of a train at least 20 seconds prior to the train's arrival at the crossing, or to indicate the presence of a train occupying the crossing, unless the crossing is provided with an alternative means of active warning to highway users of approaching trains. (This failure indicates to the motorist that it is safe to proceed across the railroad tracks when, in fact, it is not safe to do so.) A grade crossing signal system does not indicate the approach of a train within the meaning of this paragraph if—more than 50% of the flashing lights (not gate arm lights) on any approach lane to the crossing are not functioning as intended, or in the case of an approach lane for which two or more pairs of flashing lights are provided, there is not at least one flashing light pair operating as intended. Back lights on the far side of the crossing are not considered in making these determinations.
</P>
<P><I>Appropriately equipped flagger</I> means a person other than a train crewmember who is equipped with a vest, shirt, or jacket of a color appropriate for daytime flagging such as orange, yellow, strong yellow green or fluorescent versions of these colors or other generally accepted high visibility colors. For nighttime flagging, similar outside garments shall be retro reflective. Acceptable hand signal devices for daytime flagging include “ STOP/SLOW” paddles or red flags. For nighttime flagging, a flashlight, lantern, or other lighted signal shall be used. Inasmuch as Part VI of the Federal Highway Administration's Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices addresses standards and guides for flaggers and flagging equipment for highway traffic control, FRA recommends that railroads be aware of the standards and follow them to the greatest extent possible. Copies of the latest MUTCD provisions regarding flagging will be available from FRA, as well as FMCSA, as changes are made in this area.
</P>
<P><I>Credible report of warning system malfunction</I> or <I>credible report of warning system malfunction at a highway-rail grade crossing</I> means a report that contains specific information regarding a malfunction of a highway-rail grade crossing warning system at an identified highway-rail grade crossing, supplied by a railroad employee, law enforcement officer, highway traffic official, or other employee of a public agency acting in an official capacity.
</P>
<P><I>False activation</I> means the activation of a highway-rail grade crossing warning system caused by a condition that requires correction or repair of the grade crossing warning system. (This failure indicates to the motorist that it is not safe to cross the railroad tracks when, in fact, it is safe to do so.)
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Office of Railroad Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P><I>Highway-rail grade crossing</I> means a location where a public highway, road, street, or private roadway, including associated sidewalks and pathways, crosses one or more railroad tracks at grade.
</P>
<P><I>Partial activation</I> means activation of a highway-rail grade crossing warning system indicating the approach of a train, however, the full intended warning is not provided due to one of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) At non-gated crossings equipped with one pair of lights designed to flash alternately, one of the two lights does not operate properly (and approaching motorists can not clearly see flashing back lights from the warning lights on the other side of the crossing);
</P>
<P>(2) At gated crossings, the gate arm is not in a horizontal position; or
</P>
<P>(3) At gated crossings, any portion of a gate arm is missing if that portion normally had a gate arm flashing light attached.
</P>
<P><I>Pathway grade crossing</I> means a pathway that crosses one or more railroad tracks at grade and that is—
</P>
<P>(1) Explicitly authorized by a public authority or a railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) Dedicated for the use of non-vehicular traffic, including pedestrians, bicyclists, and others; and
</P>
<P>(3) Not associated with a public highway, road, or street, or a private roadway.
</P>
<P><I>Plant railroad</I> means a plant or installation that owns or leases a locomotive, uses that locomotive to switch cars throughout the plant or installation, and is moving goods solely for use in the facility's own industrial processes. The plant or installation could include track immediately adjacent to the plant or installation if the plant railroad leases the track from the general system railroad and the lease provides for (and actual practice entails) the exclusive use of that trackage by the plant railroad and the general system railroad for purposes of moving only cars shipped to or from the plant. A plant or installation that operates a locomotive to switch or move cars for other entities, even if solely within the confines of the plant or installation, rather than for its own purposes or industrial processes, will not be considered a plant railroad because the performance of such activity makes the operation part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>State highway-rail grade crossing action plan or Action Plan</I> means a document submitted to FRA for review and approval by a State of the United States (or the District of Columbia), which contains the elements required by § 234.11(e) to address safety at highway-rail and pathway grade crossings.
</P>
<P><I>Train</I> means one or more locomotives, with or without cars.
</P>
<P><I>Warning system malfunction</I> or <I>warning system malfunction at a highway-rail grade crossing</I> means an activation failure, a partial activation, or a false activation of a highway-rail grade crossing warning system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 31806, June 20, 1996, as amended at 77 FR 35191, June 12, 2012; 85 FR 80659, Dec. 14, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.6" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.1.86.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.6   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Civil penalty.</I> Any person (an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: A railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor) who violates any requirement of this part, except for any violation of § 234.11, or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where: A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or a death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> contains a schedule of civil penalty amounts used in connection with this part. The railroad is not responsible for compliance with respect to any condition inconsistent with the technical standards set forth in this part where such variance arises as a result of actions beyond the control of the railroad and the railroad could not have prevented the variance through the exercise of due diligence. The foregoing sentence does not excuse any instance of noncompliance resulting from the actions of the railroad's employees, agents, or contractors.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Criminal penalty.</I> Whoever knowingly and willfully makes, causes to be made, or participates in the making of a false entry in reports required to be filed by this part, or files a false report or other document required to be filed by this part, except for any document filed pursuant to § 234.11, is subject to a $5,000 fine and 2 years imprisonment as prescribed by 49 U.S.C. 522(a) and 21311(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 36558, June 28, 2010, as amended at 77 FR 24422, Apr. 24, 2012; 81 FR 43111, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16134, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60749, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 23736, May 23, 2019; 84 FR 37074, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1759, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23255, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15869, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1128, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89563, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106297, Dec. 30, 2024; 90 FR 28176, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Reports and Plans</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.2.86.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.7   Accidents involving grade crossing signal failure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall report to FRA every impact between on-track railroad equipment and an automobile, bus, truck, motorcycle, bicycle, farm vehicle, or pedestrian at a highway-rail grade crossing involving an activation failure. Notification shall be provided to the National Response Center within 24 hours of occurrence at (800) 424-0201. Complete reports shall thereafter be filed with FRA pursuant to § 234.9 of this part (activation failure report) and 49 CFR 225.11 (accident/ incident report).
</P>
<P>(b) Each telephone report must state the:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of the railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) Name, title, and telephone number of the individual making the report;
</P>
<P>(3) Time, date, and location of accident;
</P>
<P>(4) U. S. DOT-AAR Grade Crossing Identification Number;
</P>
<P>(5) Circumstances of the accident, including operating details of the grade crossing warning device;
</P>
<P>(6) Number of persons killed or injured, if any;
</P>
<P>(7) Maximum authorized train speed; and
</P>
<P>(8) Posted highway speed limit, if known.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.2.86.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.9   Grade crossing signal system failure reports.</HEAD>
<P>Each railroad shall report to FRA within 15 days each activation failure of a highway-rail grade crossing warning system. FRA Form No. 6180-83, “Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Warning System Failure Report,” shall be used for this purpose and completed in accordance with instructions printed on the form.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.2.86.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.11   State highway-rail grade crossing action plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this section is to reduce accident/incidents at highway-rail and pathway grade crossings nationwide by requiring States and the District of Columbia to develop or update highway-rail grade crossing action plans and implement them. This section does not restrict any other entity from adopting a highway-rail grade crossing action plan. This section also does not restrict any State or the District of Columbia from adopting a highway-rail grade crossing action plan with additional or more stringent requirements not inconsistent with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>New Action Plans.</I> (1) Except for the 10 States identified in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, each State and the District of Columbia shall develop a State highway-rail grade crossing action plan that addresses each of the required elements listed in paragraph (e) of this section and submit such plan to FRA for review and approval not later than February 14, 2022.
</P>
<P>(2) Each State and the District of Columbia shall submit its highway-rail grade crossing action plan electronically through FRA's website in Portable Document Format (PDF).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Updated Action Plan and implementation report.</I> (1) Each of the 10 States listed in paragraph (c)(3) of this section shall develop and submit to FRA for review and approval an updated State highway-rail grade crossing action plan that addresses each of the required elements listed in paragraph (e) of this section, not later than February 14, 2022.
</P>
<P>(2) Each of the 10 States listed in paragraph (c)(3) of this section shall also develop and submit to FRA, not later than February 14, 2022, a report describing:
</P>
<P>(i) How the State implemented the State highway-rail grade crossing action plan that it previously submitted to FRA for review and approval; and
</P>
<P>(ii) How the State will continue to reduce highway-rail and pathway grade crossing safety risks.
</P>
<P>(3) The requirements of this paragraph (c) apply to the following States: Alabama, California, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Louisiana, Ohio, and Texas.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Electronic submission of updated Action Plan and implementation report.</I> Each of the 10 States listed in paragraph (c)(3) of this section shall submit its updated highway-rail grade crossing action plan and implementation report electronically through FRA's website in PDF form.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Required elements for State highway-rail grade crossing action plans.</I> Each State highway-rail grade crossing action plan described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify highway-rail and pathway grade crossings that:
</P>
<P>(i) Have experienced at least one accident/incident within the previous 3 years;
</P>
<P>(ii) Have experienced more than one accident/incident within the previous 5 years; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Are at high-risk for accidents/incidents as defined in the Action Plan. Each State or the District of Columbia that identifies highway-rail and pathway grade crossings that are at high-risk for accidents/incidents in its Action Plan shall provide a list of the factors that were considered when making this determination. At a minimum, these factors shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) Average annual daily traffic;
</P>
<P>(B) Total number of trains per day that travel through each crossing;
</P>
<P>(C) Total number of motor vehicle collisions at each crossing during the previous 5-year period;
</P>
<P>(D) Number of main tracks at each crossing;
</P>
<P>(E) Number of roadway lanes at each crossing;
</P>
<P>(F) Sight distance (stopping, corner and clearing) at each crossing;
</P>
<P>(G) Roadway geometry (vertical and horizontal) at each crossing; and
</P>
<P>(H) Maximum timetable speed;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify data sources used to categorize the highway-rail and pathway grade crossings in paragraph (e)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Discuss specific strategies, including highway-rail grade crossing closures or grade separations, to improve safety at those crossings over a period of at least four years;
</P>
<P>(4) Provide an implementation timeline for the strategies discussed in paragraph (e)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(5) Designate an official responsible for managing implementation of the State highway-rail grade crossing action plan.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Point of contact for State highway-rail grade crossing action plans.</I> (1) When the State or the District of Columbia submits its highway-rail grade crossing action plan or updated Action Plan and implementation report electronically through FRA's website, the following information shall be provided to FRA for the designated official described in paragraph (e)(5) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The name and title of the designated official;
</P>
<P>(ii) The business mailing address for the designated official;
</P>
<P>(iii) The email address for the designated official; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The daytime business telephone number for the designated official.
</P>
<P>(2) If the State or the District of Columbia designates another official to assume the responsibilities described in paragraph (e)(5) of this section before December 16, 2024, the State or the District of Columbia shall contact FRA and provide the information listed in paragraph (f)(1) of this section for the new designated official.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Review and approval.</I> (1) FRA will update its website to reflect receipt of each new, updated, or corrected highway-rail grade crossing action plan submitted pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Within 60 days of receipt of each new, updated, or corrected highway-rail grade crossing action plan, FRA will conduct a preliminary review of the Action Plan to ascertain whether the elements prescribed in paragraph (e) of this section are adequately addressed in the plan.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each new, updated, or corrected State highway-rail grade crossing action plan shall be considered conditionally approved for purposes of this section sixty (60) days after receipt by FRA unless FRA notifies the designated official described in paragraph (e)(5) of this section that the highway-rail grade crossing action plan is incomplete or deficient.
</P>
<P>(iii) FRA reserves the right to conduct a more comprehensive review of each new, updated, or corrected State highway-rail grade crossing action plan within 120 days of receipt.
</P>
<P>(3) If FRA determines that the new, updated, or corrected highway-rail grade crossing action plan is incomplete or deficient:
</P>
<P>(i) FRA will provide email notification to the designated official described in paragraph (e)(5) of this section of the specific areas in which the Action Plan is deficient or incomplete and allow the State or the District of Columbia to complete the plan and correct the deficiencies identified.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within 60 days of the date of FRA's email notification identifying the specific areas in which the highway-rail grade crossing action plan is incomplete or deficient, the State or District of Columbia shall correct all deficiencies and submit the corrected State highway-rail grade crossing action plan to FRA for approval. The corrected highway-rail grade crossing action plan shall be submitted electronically through FRA's website in PDF format.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) When a new, updated, or corrected State highway-rail grade crossing action plan is fully approved, FRA will provide email notification to the designated official described in paragraph (e)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) FRA will make each fully-approved State highway-rail grade crossing action plan publicly available for online viewing.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each State and the District of Columbia shall implement its fully-approved highway-rail grade crossing action plan.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Condition for grants.</I> The Secretary of Transportation may condition the awarding of any grants under 49 U.S.C. ch. 244 on the State's or District of Columbia's submission of an FRA-approved State highway-rail grade crossing action plan under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 80659, Dec. 14, 2020; 86 FR 10857, Feb. 23, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Response to Credible Reports of Warning System Malfunction at Highway-Rail Grade Crossings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.3.86.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.101   Employee notification rules.</HEAD>
<P>Each railroad shall issue rules requiring its employees to report to persons designated by that railroad, by the quickest means available, any warning system malfunction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.3.86.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.103   Timely response to report of malfunction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon receipt of a credible report of a warning system malfunction, a railroad having maintenance responsibility for the warning system shall promptly investigate the report and determine the nature of the malfunction. The railroad shall take appropriate action as required by § 234.207.
</P>
<P>(b) Until repair or correction of the warning system is completed, the railroad shall provide alternative means of warning highway traffic and railroad employees in accordance with §§ 234.105, 234.106 or 234.107 of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this subpart requires repair of a warning system, if, acting in accordance with applicable State law, the railroad proceeds to discontinue or dismantle the warning system. However, until repair, correction, discontinuance, or dismantling of the warning system is completed, the railroad shall comply with this subpart to ensure the safety of the traveling public and railroad employees.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.3.86.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.105   Activation failure.</HEAD>
<P>Upon receipt of a credible report of warning system malfunction involving an activation failure, a railroad having maintenance responsibility for the warning system shall promptly initiate efforts to warn highway users and railroad employees at the subject crossing by taking the following actions:
</P>
<P>(a) Prior to any train's arrival at the crossing, notify the train crew of the report of activation failure and notify any other railroads operating over the crossing;
</P>
<P>(b) Notify the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the crossing, or railroad police capable of responding and controlling vehicular traffic; and
</P>
<P>(c) Provide for alternative means of actively warning highway users of approaching trains, consistent with the following requirements (see appendix B for a summary chart of alternative means of warning):
</P>
<P>(1)(i) If an appropriately equipped flagger provides warning for each direction of highway traffic, trains may proceed through the crossing at normal speed.
</P>
<P>(ii) If at least one uniformed law enforcement officer (including a railroad police officer) provides warning to highway traffic at the crossing, trains may proceed through the crossing at normal speed.
</P>
<P>(2) If an appropriately equipped flagger provides warning for highway traffic, but there is not at least one flagger providing warning for each direction of highway traffic, trains may proceed with caution through the crossing at a speed not exceeding 15 miles per hour. Normal speed may be resumed after the locomotive has passed through the crossing.
</P>
<P>(3) If there is not an appropriately equipped flagger or uniformed law enforcement officer providing warning to highway traffic at the crossing, each train must stop before entering the crossing and permit a crewmember to dismount to flag highway traffic to a stop. The locomotive may then proceed through the crossing, and the flagging crewmember may reboard the locomotive before the remainder of the train proceeds through the crossing.
</P>
<P>(d) A locomotive's audible warning device shall be activated in accordance with railroad rules regarding the approach to a grade crossing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.106" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.3.86.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.106   Partial activation.</HEAD>
<P>Upon receipt of a credible report of a partial activation, a railroad having maintenance responsibility for the warning system shall promptly initiate efforts to warn highway users and railroad employees at the subject crossing in the same manner as required for false activations (§ 234.107).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.3.86.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.107   False activation.</HEAD>
<P>Upon receipt of a credible report of a false activation, a railroad having maintenance responsibility for the highway-rail grade crossing warning system shall promptly initiate efforts to warn highway users and railroad employees at the crossing by taking the following actions:
</P>
<P>(a) Prior to a train's arrival at the crossing, notify the train crew of the report of false activation and notify any other railroads operating over the crossing;
</P>
<P>(b) Notify the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the crossing, or railroad police capable of responding and controlling vehicular traffic; and
</P>
<P>(c) Provide for alternative means of actively warning highway users of approaching trains, consistent with the following requirements (see Appendix B for a summary chart of alternative means of warning).
</P>
<P>(1)(i) If an appropriately equipped flagger is providing warning for each direction of highway traffic, trains may proceed through the crossing at normal speed.
</P>
<P>(ii) If at least one uniformed law enforcement officer (including a railroad police officer) provides warning to highway traffic at the crossing, trains may proceed through the crossing at normal speed.
</P>
<P>(2) If there is not an appropriately equipped flagger providing warning for each direction of highway traffic, or if there is not at least one uniformed law enforcement officer providing warning, trains with the locomotive or cab car leading, may proceed with caution through the crossing at a speed not exceeding 15 miles per hour. Normal speed may be resumed after the locomotive has passed through the crossing. In the case of a shoving move, a crewmember shall be on the ground to flag the train through the crossing.
</P>
<P>(3) In lieu of complying with paragraphs (c) (1) or (2) of this section, a railroad may temporarily take the warning system out of service if the railroad complies with all requirements of § 234.105, “Activation failure.”
</P>
<P>(d) A locomotive's audible warning device shall be activated in accordance with railroad rules regarding the approach to a grade crossing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.3.86.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.109   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall keep records pertaining to compliance with this subpart. Records may be kept on forms provided by the railroad or by electronic means. Each railroad shall keep the following information for each credible report of warning system malfunction:
</P>
<P>(1) Location of crossing (by highway name and DOT/AAR Crossing Inventory Number);
</P>
<P>(2) Time and date of receipt by railroad of report of malfunction;
</P>
<P>(3) Actions taken by railroad prior to repair and reactivation of repaired system; and
</P>
<P>(4) Time and date of repair.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad shall retain for at least one year (from the latest date of railroad activity in response to a credible report of malfunction) all records referred to in paragraph (a) of this section. Records required to be kept shall be made available to FRA as provided by 49 U.S.C. 20107 (formerly 208 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 437)).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Maintenance, Inspection, and Testing</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="86" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Maintenance Standards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.201   Location of plans.</HEAD>
<P>Plans required for proper maintenance and testing shall be kept at each highway-rail grade crossing warning system location. Plans shall be legible and correct.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.203   Control circuits.</HEAD>
<P>All control circuits that affect the safe operation of a highway-rail grade crossing warning system shall operate on the fail-safe principle.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.205   Operating characteristics of warning system apparatus.</HEAD>
<P>Operating characteristics of electromagnetic, electronic, or electrical apparatus of each highway-rail crossing warning system shall be maintained in accordance with the limits within which the system is designed to operate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.207   Adjustment, repair, or replacement of component.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When any essential component of a highway-rail grade crossing warning system fails to perform its intended function, including but not limited to failures resulting in an activation failure, partial activation, or false activation, the cause shall be determined and the faulty component adjusted, repaired, or replaced without undue delay.
</P>
<P>(b) If the failure of an essential component results in an activation failure, partial activation, or false activation, as defined in § 234.5, a railroad shall take appropriate action under § 234.105, Activation failure, § 234.106, Partial activation, or § 234.107, False activation, until adjustment, repair, or replacement of the essential component is completed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 49715, Aug. 22, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.209   Interference with normal functioning of system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The normal functioning of any system shall not be interfered with in testing or otherwise without first taking measures to provide for safety of highway traffic that depends on normal functioning of such system.
</P>
<P>(b) Interference includes, but is not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Trains, locomotives or other railroad equipment standing within the system's approach circuit, other than normal train movements or switching operations, where the warning system is not designed to accommodate those activities.
</P>
<P>(2) Not providing alternative methods of maintaining safety for the highway user while testing or performing work on the warning systems or on track and other railroad systems or structures which may affect the integrity of the warning system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.211" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.211   Security of warning system apparatus.</HEAD>
<P>Highway-rail grade crossing warning system apparatus shall be secured against unauthorized entry.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.213   Grounds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each circuit that affects the proper functioning of a highway-rail grade crossing warning system shall be kept free of any ground or combination of grounds that will permit a current flow of 75 percent or more of the value necessary to retain a permissive state of a safety appliance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Circuits that include track rail;
</P>
<P>(2) Alternating current power distribution circuits that are grounded in the interest of safety;
</P>
<P>(3) Circuitry internal to microprocessor-based appliances;
</P>
<P>(4) Circuitry internal to semiconductor-based memory; and
</P>
<P>(5) Common return wires of grounded common return single break circuits.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 49715, Aug. 22, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.215   Standby power system.</HEAD>
<P>A standby source of power shall be provided with sufficient capacity to operate the warning system for a reasonable length of time during a period of primary power interruption. The designated capacity shall be specified on the plans required by § 234.201 of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 49560, Sept. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.217" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.217   Flashing light units.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each flashing light unit shall be properly positioned and aligned and shall be visible to a highway user approaching the crossing.
</P>
<P>(b) Each flashing light unit shall be maintained to prevent dust and moisture from entering the interior of the unit. Roundels and reflectors shall be clean and in good condition.
</P>
<P>(c) All light units shall flash alternately. The number of flashes per minute for each light unit shall be 35 minimum and 65 maximum.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.219" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.219   Gate arm lights and light cable.</HEAD>
<P>Each gate arm light shall be maintained in such condition to be properly visible to approaching highway users. Lights and light wire shall be secured to the gate arm.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.221" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.221   Lamp voltage.</HEAD>
<P>The voltage at each lamp shall be maintained at not less than 85 percent of the prescribed rating for the lamp.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.223" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.223   Gate arm.</HEAD>
<P>Each gate arm, when in the downward position, shall extend across each lane of approaching highway traffic and shall be maintained in a condition sufficient to be clearly viewed by approaching highway users. Each gate arm shall start its downward motion not less than three seconds after flashing lights begin to operate and shall assume the horizontal position at least five seconds before the arrival of any normal train movement through the crossing. At those crossings equipped with four quadrant gates, the timing requirements of this section apply to entrance gates only.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.225" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.225   Activation of warning system.</HEAD>
<P>A highway-rail grade crossing warning system shall be maintained to activate in accordance with the design of the warning system, but in no event shall it provide less than 20 seconds warning time for the normal operation of through trains before the grade crossing is occupied by rail traffic.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.227" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.227   Train detection apparatus.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Train detection apparatus shall be maintained to detect a train or railcar in any part of a train detection circuit, in accordance with the design of the warning system.
</P>
<P>(b) If the presence of sand, rust, dirt, grease, or other foreign matter is known to prevent effective shunting, a railroad shall take appropriate action under § 234.105, “Activation failure,” to safeguard highway users.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.229" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.229   Shunting sensitivity.</HEAD>
<P>Each highway-rail grade crossing train detection circuit shall detect the application of a shunt of 0.06 ohm resistance when the shunt is connected across the track rails of any part of the circuit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.231" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.231   Fouling wires.</HEAD>
<P>Each set of fouling wires in a highway-rail grade crossing train detection circuit shall consist of at least two discrete conductors. Each conductor shall be of sufficient conductivity and shall be maintained in such condition to ensure proper operation of the train detection apparatus when the train detection circuit is shunted. Installation of a single duplex wire with single plug acting as fouling wires is prohibited. Existing installations having single duplex wires with a single plug for fouling wires may be continued in use until they require repair or replacement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.233" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.233   Rail joints.</HEAD>
<P>Each non-insulated rail joint located within the limits of a highway-rail grade crossing train detection circuit shall be bonded by means other than joint bars and the bonds shall be maintained in such condition to ensure electrical conductivity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.235" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.235   Insulated rail joints.</HEAD>
<P>Each insulated rail joint used to separate train detection circuits of a highway-rail grade crossing shall be maintained to prevent current from flowing between rails separated by the insulation in an amount sufficient to cause a failure of the train detection circuit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.237" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.237   Reverse switch cut-out circuit.</HEAD>
<P>A switch, when equipped with a switch circuit controller connected to the point and interconnected with warning system circuitry, shall be maintained so that the warning system can only be cut out when the switch point is within one-half inch of full reverse position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.239" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.239   Tagging of wires and interference of wires or tags with signal apparatus.</HEAD>
<P>Each wire shall be tagged or otherwise so marked that it can be identified at each terminal. Tags and other marks of identification shall be made of insulating material and so arranged that tags and wires do not interfere with moving parts of the apparatus. This requirement applies to each wire at each terminal in all housings including switch circuit controllers and terminal or junction boxes. This requirement does not apply to flashing light units, gate arm light units and other auxiliary light units. The local wiring on a solid state crossing controller rack does not require tags if the wiring is an integral part of the solid state equipment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.241" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.241   Protection of insulated wire; splice in underground wire.</HEAD>
<P>Insulated wire shall be protected from mechanical injury. The insulation shall not be punctured for test purposes. A splice in underground wire shall have insulation resistance at least equal to that of the wire spliced.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.243" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.243   Wire on pole line and aerial cable.</HEAD>
<P>Wire on a pole line shall be securely attached to an insulator that is properly fastened to a cross arm or bracket supported by a pole or other support. Wire shall not interfere with, or be interfered with by, other wires on the pole line. Aerial cable shall be supported by messenger wire. An open-wire transmission line operating at voltage of 750 volts or more shall be placed not less than 4 feet above the nearest cross arm carrying active warning system circuits.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.245" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.86.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.245   Signs.</HEAD>
<P>Each sign mounted on a highway-rail grade crossing signal post shall be maintained in good condition and be visible to the highway user.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="87" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Inspections and Tests</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.247" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.247   Purpose of inspections and tests; removal from service of relay or device failing to meet test requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The inspections and tests set forth in §§ 234.249 through 234.271 are required at highway-rail grade crossings located on in service railroad tracks and shall be made to determine if the warning system and its component parts are maintained in a condition to perform their intended function.
</P>
<P>(b) If a railroad elects not to comply with the requirements of §§ 234.249 through 234.271 because all tracks over the grade crossing are out of service or the railroad suspends operations during a portion of the year, and the grade crossing warning system is also temporarily taken out of service, a full inspection and all required tests must be successfully completed before railroad operations over the grade crossing resume.
</P>
<P>(c) Any electronic device, relay, or other electromagnetic device that fails to meet the requirements of tests required by this part shall be removed from service and shall not be restored to service until its operating characteristics are in accordance with the limits within which such device or relay is designed to operate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 31806, June 20, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 49560, Sept. 28, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.249" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.249   Ground tests.</HEAD>
<P>A test for grounds on each energy bus furnishing power to circuits that affect the safety of warning system operation shall be made when such energy bus is placed in service and at least once each month thereafter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.251" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.251   Standby power.</HEAD>
<P>Standby power shall be tested at least once each month.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.253" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.253   Flashing light units and lamp voltage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each flashing light unit shall be inspected when installed and at least once every twelve months for proper alignment and frequency of flashes in accordance with installation specifications.
</P>
<P>(b) Lamp voltage shall be tested when installed and at least once every 12 months thereafter.
</P>
<P>(c) Each flashing light unit shall be inspected for proper visibility, dirt and damage to roundels and reflectors at least once each month.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.255" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.255   Gate arm and gate mechanism.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each gate arm and gate mechanism shall be inspected at least once each month.
</P>
<P>(b) Gate arm movement shall be observed for proper operation at least once each month.
</P>
<P>(c) Hold-clear devices shall be tested for proper operation at least once every 12 months.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.257" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.257   Warning system operation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each highway-rail crossing warning system shall be tested to determine that it functions as intended when it is placed in service. Thereafter, it shall be tested at least once each month and whenever modified or disarranged.
</P>
<P>(b) Warning bells or other stationary audible warning devices shall be tested when installed to determine that they function as intended. Thereafter, they shall be tested at least once each month and whenever modified or disarranged.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.259" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.259   Warning time.</HEAD>
<P>Each crossing warning system shall be tested for the prescribed warning time at least once every 12 months and when the warning system is modified because of a change in train speeds. Electronic devices that accurately determine actual warning time may be used in performing such tests.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.261" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.261   Highway traffic signal pre-emption.</HEAD>
<P>Highway traffic signal pre-emption interconnections, for which a railroad has maintenance responsibility, shall be tested at least once each month.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.263" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.263   Relays.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as stated in paragraph (b) of this section, each relay that affects the proper functioning of a crossing warning system shall be tested at least once every four years.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Alternating current vane type relays, direct current polar type relays, and relays with soft iron magnetic structure shall be tested at least once every two years.
</P>
<P>(2) Alternating current centrifugal type relays shall be tested at least once every 12 months.
</P>
<P>(c) Testing of relays requiring testing on four year intervals shall be completed in accordance with the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) Not less than 50% by the end of calendar year 1996;
</P>
<P>(2) Not less than a total of 75% by the end of calendar year 1997; and
</P>
<P>(3) One hundred percent by the end of calendar year 1998.
</P>
<P>(d) Testing of relays requiring testing on two year intervals shall be completed by the end of calendar year 1996.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.265" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.265   Timing relays and timing devices.</HEAD>
<P>Each timing relay and timing device shall be tested at least once every twelve months. The timing shall be maintained at not less than 90 percent nor more than 110 percent of the 41 predetermined time interval. The predetermined time interval shall be shown on the plans or marked on the timing relay or timing device. Timing devices which perform internal functions associated with motion detectors, motion sensors, and grade crossing predictors are not subject to the requirements of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.267" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.267   Insulation resistance tests, wires in trunking and cables.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Insulation resistance tests shall be made when wires or cables are installed and at least once every ten years thereafter.
</P>
<P>(b) Insulation resistance tests shall be made between all conductors and ground, between conductors in each multiple conductor cable, and between conductors in trunking. Insulation resistance tests shall be performed when wires, cables, and insulation are dry.
</P>
<P>(c) Subject to paragraph (d) of this section, when insulation resistance of wire or cable is found to be less than 500,000 ohms, prompt action shall be taken to repair or replace the defective wire or cable. Until such defective wire or cable is replaced, insulation resistance tests shall be made annually.
</P>
<P>(d) A circuit with a conductor having an insulation resistance of less than 200,000 ohms shall not be used.
</P>
<P>(e) Required insulation resistance testing that does not conform to the required testing schedule of this section shall be completed in accordance with the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) Not less than 50% by the end of calendar year 1996;
</P>
<P>(2) Not less than a total of 75% by the end of calendar year 1997; and
</P>
<P>(3) One hundred percent by the end of calendar year 1998.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.269" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.269   Cut-out circuits.</HEAD>
<P>Each cut-out circuit shall be tested at least once every three months to determine that the circuit functions as intended. For purposes of this section, a cut-out circuit is any circuit which overrides the operation of automatic warning systems. This includes both switch cut-out circuits and devices which enable personnel to manually override the operation of automatic warning systems.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.271" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.271   Insulated rail joints, bond wires, and track connections.</HEAD>
<P>Insulated rail joints, bond wires, and track connections shall be inspected at least once every three months.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.273" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.87.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.273   Results of inspections and tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Results of inspections and tests made in compliance with this part shall be recorded on forms provided by the railroad, or by electronic means, subject to approval by the Associate Administrator for Safety. Each record shall show the name of the railroad, AAR/DOT inventory number, place and date, equipment tested, results of tests, repairs, replacements, adjustments made, and condition in which the apparatus was left.
</P>
<P>(b) Each record shall be signed or electronically coded by the employee making the test and shall be filed in the office of a supervisory official having jurisdiction. Records required to be kept shall be made available to FRA as provided by 49 U.S.C. 20107 (formerly § 208 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 437)).
</P>
<P>(c) Each record shall be retained until the next record for that test is filed but in no case for less than one year from the date of the test.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="88" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.88" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Requirements for Processor-Based Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.275" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.4.88.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.275   Processor-based systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicable definitions.</I> The definitions in § 236.903 of this chapter shall apply to this section, where applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Use of performance standard authorized or required.</I> (1) In lieu of compliance with the requirements of this subpart, a railroad may elect to qualify an existing processor-based product under part 236, subparts H or I, of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Highway-rail grade crossing warning systems, subsystems, or components that are processor-based and that are first placed in service after June 6, 2005, which contain new or novel technology, or which provide safety-critical data to a railroad signal or train control system that is governed by part 236, subpart H or I, of this chapter, shall also comply with those requirements. New or novel technology refers to a technology not previously recognized for use as of March 7, 2005.
</P>
<P>(3) Products designed in accordance with subparts A through D of this part, which are not in service but are in the developmental stage prior to December 5, 2005 (or for which a request for exclusion was submitted prior to June 6, 2005 pursuant to § 236.911 of this chapter), may be excluded from the requirements of part 236, subpart H of this chapter upon notification to FRA by March 6, 2006, if placed in service by December 5, 2008 (or March 7, 2008 for those products for which a request for exclusion was submitted to FRA prior to June 6, 2005). Railroads may continue to implement and use these products and components from these existing products. A railroad may at any time elect to have products that are excluded made subject to 49 CFR part 236, subpart H, by submitting a Product Safety Plan as prescribed in § 236.913 of this chapter and otherwise complying with part 236, subpart H of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Plan justifications.</I> The Product Safety Plan in accordance with 49 CFR 236.907—or a PTC Development Plan and PTC Safety Plan required to be filed in accordance with 49 CFR 236.1013 and 236.1015—must explain how the performance objective sought to be addressed by each of the particular requirements of this subpart is met by the product, why the objective is not relevant to the product's design, or how the safety requirements are satisfied using alternative means. Deviation from those particular requirements is authorized if an adequate explanation is provided, making reference to relevant elements of the applicable plan, and if the product satisfies the performance standard set forth in § 236.909 of this chapter. (See § 236.907(a)(14) of this chapter.)
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Specific requirements.</I> The following exclusions from the latitude provided by this section apply:
</P>
<P>(1) Nothing in this section authorizes deviation from applicable design requirements for automated warning devices at highway-rail grade crossings in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), 2000 Millennium Edition, Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), dated December 18, 2000, including Errata #1 to MUTCD 2000 Millennium Edition dated June 14, 2001 (<I>http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/</I>).
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in this section authorizes deviation from the following requirements of this subpart:
</P>
<P>(i) § 234.207(b) (Adjustment, repair, or replacement of a component);
</P>
<P>(ii) § 234.209(b) (Interference with normal functioning of system);
</P>
<P>(iii) § 234.211 (Security of warning system apparatus);
</P>
<P>(iv) § 234.217 (Flashing light units);
</P>
<P>(v) § 234.219 (Gate arm lights and light cable);
</P>
<P>(vi) § 234.221 (Lamp voltage);
</P>
<P>(vii) § 234.223 (Gate arm);
</P>
<P>(viii) § 234.225 (Activation of warning system);
</P>
<P>(ix) § 234.227 (Train detection apparatus)—if a train detection circuit is employed to determine the train's presence;
</P>
<P>(x) § 234.229 (Shunting sensitivity)—if a conventional track circuit is employed;
</P>
<P>(xi) § 234.231 (Fouling wires)—if a conventional train detection circuit is employed;
</P>
<P>(xii) § 234.233 (Rail joints)—if a track circuit is employed;
</P>
<P>(xiii) § 234.235 (Insulated rail joints)—if a track circuit is employed;
</P>
<P>(xiv) § 234.237 (Reverse switch cut-out circuit); or
</P>
<P>(xv) § 234.245 (Signs).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Separate justification for other than fail-safe design.</I> Deviation from the requirement of § 234.203 (Control circuits) that circuits be designed on a fail-safe principle must be separately justified at the component, subsystem, and system level using the criteria of § 236.909 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Software management control for certain systems not subject to a performance standard.</I> Any processor-based system, subsystem, or component subject to this part, which is not subject to the requirements of part 236, subpart H or I, of this chapter but which provides safety-critical data to a signal or train control system shall be included in the software management control plan requirements as specified in § 236.18 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 72384, Dec. 5, 2005, as amended at 75 FR 2698, Jan. 15, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Emergency Notification Systems for Telephonic Reporting of Unsafe Conditions at Highway-Rail and Pathway Grade Crossings</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 35191, June 12, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 234.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.5.89.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.301   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Answering machine</I> means either a device or a voicemail system that allows a telephone caller to leave a recorded message to report an unsafe condition at a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing, as described in § 234.303(c) and (d), and the railroad is able to retrieve the recorded message either remotely or on-site.
</P>
<P><I>Automated answering system</I> means a type of answering system that directs a telephone caller to a single menu of options, where the caller has the choice to select one of the available options to report an unsafe condition at a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing, as described in § 234.303(c) and (d), and immediately after selecting one of the available menu options, the caller is transferred to a live telephone operator.
</P>
<P><I>Class II</I> and <I>Class III</I> have the meaning assigned by regulations of the Surface Transportation Board (49 CFR part 1201; General Instructions 1-1), as those regulations may be revised and applied by order of the Board (including modifications in class threshold based on revenue deflator adjustments).
</P>
<P><I>Dispatches a train</I> or <I>dispatches trains</I> means dispatches or otherwise provides the authority for the movement of the train or trains through a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing.
</P>
<P><I>Dispatching railroad</I> means a railroad that dispatches or otherwise provides the authority for the movement of one or more trains through a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency Notification System</I> means a system in place by which a railroad receives, processes, and responds to telephonic reports of an unsafe condition at a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing. An Emergency Notification System includes the following components:
</P>
<P>(1) The signs, placed and maintained at the grade crossings that display the information necessary for the public to report an unsafe condition at the grade crossing to the dispatching railroad by telephone;
</P>
<P>(2) The method that the railroad uses to receive and process a telephone call reporting the unsafe condition;
</P>
<P>(3) The remedial actions that a railroad takes to address the report of the unsafe condition; and
</P>
<P>(4) The recordkeeping conducted by a railroad in response to the report of the unsafe condition at the grade crossing.
</P>
<P><I>ENS</I> means Emergency Notification System as defined in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Farm grade crossing</I> means a type of highway-rail grade crossing where a private roadway used for the movement of farm motor vehicles, farm machinery, or livestock in connection with agricultural pursuits, forestry, or other land-productive purposes crosses one or more railroad tracks at grade.
</P>
<P><I>Highway-rail and pathway grade crossing</I> means a highway-rail grade crossing and a pathway grade crossing.
</P>
<P><I>Highway-rail or pathway grade crossing</I> means either a highway-rail grade crossing or a pathway grade crossing.
</P>
<P><I>Maintaining railroad</I> means the entity (<I>e.g.,</I> track owner or lessee) that is responsible for maintenance of the highway-rail or pathway grade crossing warning device, or for maintenance of other aspects of the highway-rail or pathway grade crossing. If the maintenance responsibility is handled by a contractor, such as maintaining a grade crossing warning system or track structure at the highway-rail or pathway grade crossing, then the contractor is considered the “maintaining railroad” for the purposes of this subpart.
</P>
<P><I>Public report of warning system malfunction</I> or <I>public report of warning system malfunction at a highway-rail grade crossing</I> means a report that contains specific information regarding a warning system malfunction at a highway-rail grade crossing that is supplied to a railroad via the ENS by a member of the public who does not belong to one of the categories of individuals listed in the definition of <I>Credible report of warning system malfunction</I> or <I>credible report of warning system malfunction at a highway-rail grade crossing</I> in § 234.5.
</P>
<P><I>Third-party telephone service</I> means a service that receives telephonic reports of unsafe conditions at highway-rail and pathway grade crossings on behalf of a railroad. A third-party telephone service that receives reports on behalf of a dispatching railroad is the only entity between the receipt of the report from the telephone caller and the transmission of the report to the dispatching railroad. A third-party telephone service that receives reports on behalf of a maintaining railroad is the only entity between the receipt of the report from a dispatching railroad and the transmission of the report to the maintaining railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Warning system failure at a pathway grade crossing</I> means failure of an active pathway grade crossing warning system to perform as intended.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35191, June 12, 2012, as amended at 85 FR 80660, Dec. 14, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.5.89.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.303   Emergency notification systems for telephonic reporting of unsafe conditions at highway-rail and pathway grade crossings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duty of dispatching railroad in general.</I> Each railroad shall establish and maintain a toll-free telephone service by which the railroad can directly and promptly receive telephone calls from the public reporting specific information about any of the conditions listed in paragraph (c) of this section with respect to a highway-rail grade crossing and paragraph (d) of this section with respect to a pathway grade crossing through which the railroad dispatches a train, except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section, and in § 234.306(a). The dispatching railroad shall either have a live person answer calls directly and promptly, or use an automated answering system or a third-party telephone service for the purpose of receiving reports pursuant to this section, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions for certain railroads.</I> If a dispatching railroad operates in accordance with either of the conditions set forth in this paragraph, the railroad is not subject to the general duties stated in the last sentence of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) If a railroad dispatches one or more trains through a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing, each of which is authorized to travel through the crossing at speeds not greater than 20 miles per hour (mph), the railroad may use an answering machine to receive calls regarding unsafe conditions at such a crossing. If using an answering machine pursuant to this paragraph, the railroad must retrieve its messages immediately prior to the start of its operations each day.
</P>
<P>(2) If a railroad dispatches one or more trains through a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing on a seasonal or intermittent basis (<I>e.g.,</I> tourist, biweekly service, or non-24-hour service), and any of the trains is authorized to travel through the crossing at speeds greater than 20 mph, the railroad may use an answering machine to receive calls regarding unsafe conditions at such a crossing, but only during hours of non-operation. If using an answering machine pursuant to this paragraph (b), during periods of non-operation, the railroad must retrieve its messages daily. However, the railroad must retrieve its messages immediately prior to the start of its operations for the day, and during hours of operation the dispatching railroad shall either have a live person answer calls directly and promptly, use an automated answering system, or employ a third-party telephone service, in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, to receive reports regarding unsafe conditions at crossings through which it dispatches trains.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reportable unsafe conditions at highway-rail grade crossings.</I> Each railroad shall establish a service pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section, and in § 234.306(a), to receive telephone calls regarding the following conditions with respect to a highway-rail grade crossing through which it dispatches a train:
</P>
<P>(1) A warning system malfunction at the highway-rail grade crossing;
</P>
<P>(2) A disabled vehicle or other obstruction blocking a railroad track at the highway-rail grade crossing;
</P>
<P>(3) An obstruction to the view of a pedestrian or a vehicle operator for a reasonable distance in either direction of a train's approach to the highway-rail grade crossing; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any information relating to any other unsafe condition at the highway-rail grade crossing.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reportable unsafe conditions at pathway grade crossings.</I> Each railroad shall establish a service pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section, and in § 234.306(a), to receive telephone calls regarding the following conditions with respect to a pathway grade crossing through which it dispatches a train:
</P>
<P>(1) A failure of the active warning system at the pathway grade crossing to perform as intended;
</P>
<P>(2) An obstruction blocking a railroad track at the pathway grade crossing;
</P>
<P>(3) An obstruction to the view of a pathway grade crossing user for a reasonable distance in either direction of a train's approach to the pathway grade crossing; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any information relating to any other unsafe condition at the pathway grade crossing.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Class II or Class III railroads.</I> A Class II or Class III railroad that dispatches one or more trains through a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing within an area in which the use of a non-toll-free number would not incur any additional fees for the caller than if a toll-free number were used, may use that non-toll-free number to receive calls pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section regarding each such crossing in that area.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reports not made through the ENS.</I> If a report of an unsafe condition at a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing is not made through the telephone service described in paragraph (a) of this section, this subpart E does not apply to that report.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.5.89.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.305   Remedial actions in response to reports of unsafe conditions at highway-rail and pathway grade crossings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule on response to credible report of warning system malfunction at a highway-rail grade crossing.</I> (1) If a railroad receives a credible report of a warning system malfunction at a highway-rail grade crossing pursuant to § 234.303(c)(1) and the railroad has maintenance responsibility for the warning system to which the report pertains, then it shall take the appropriate action required by subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) If a railroad receives a credible report of a warning system malfunction at a highway-rail grade crossing pursuant to § 234.303(c)(1) and the railroad has dispatching responsibility for the crossing, but does not have maintenance responsibility for the warning system to which the report pertains, it shall promptly contact all trains that are authorized to operate through the highway-rail grade crossing in an effort to notify the train crews of the reported malfunction prior to each train's arrival at the crossing. After contacting the appropriate trains, the railroad shall then promptly contact the maintaining railroad and inform it of the reported malfunction. The maintaining railroad shall then take the appropriate action required by subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General rule on response to public report of warning system malfunction at a highway-rail grade crossing.</I> (1) If a railroad receives a public report of a warning system malfunction at a highway-rail grade crossing pursuant to § 234.303(c)(1) and the railroad has maintenance responsibility for the warning system to which the report pertains, the railroad shall promptly contact all trains that are authorized to operate through the highway-rail grade crossing in an effort to notify the train crews of the reported malfunction prior to each train's arrival at the crossing. After contacting the appropriate trains, the railroad shall then promptly contact the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the highway-rail grade crossing and provide the necessary information for the law enforcement agency to direct traffic or carry out other activities to maintain safety at the highway-rail grade crossing. The railroad shall then promptly investigate the report, determine the nature of the malfunction and take the appropriate action required by § 234.207.
</P>
<P>(2) If a railroad receives a public report of a warning system malfunction at a highway-rail grade crossing warning system pursuant to § 234.303(c)(1) and the railroad does not have maintenance responsibility for the warning system at the highway-rail grade crossing, it shall promptly contact all trains that are authorized to operate through the highway-rail grade crossing to which the report pertains in an effort to notify the train crews of the reported malfunction prior to each train's arrival at the crossing. After contacting the appropriate trains, the railroad shall then promptly contact the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the highway-rail grade crossing and provide the necessary information for the law enforcement agency to direct traffic or carry out other activities to maintain safety at the highway-rail grade crossing. The railroad shall then promptly contact the maintaining railroad and inform it of the reported malfunction. The maintaining railroad shall then promptly investigate the report, determine the nature of the malfunction, and take the appropriate action required by § 234.207.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General rule on response to report of warning system failure at a pathway grade crossing.</I> (1) If a railroad receives a report of a warning system failure at a pathway grade crossing pursuant to § 234.303(d)(1) and the railroad has maintenance responsibility for the warning system to which the report pertains, the railroad shall promptly contact all trains that are authorized to operate through the pathway grade crossing in an effort to notify the train crews of the reported failure prior to each train's arrival at the crossing. After contacting the appropriate trains, the railroad shall then promptly contact the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the pathway grade crossing and provide the necessary information for the law enforcement agency to direct traffic or carry out other activities to maintain safety at the pathway grade crossing. The railroad shall then promptly investigate the report, determine the nature of the failure, and without undue delay repair the active warning system if necessary.
</P>
<P>(2) If a railroad receives a report of warning system failure at a pathway grade crossing pursuant to § 234.303(d)(1), but does not have maintenance responsibility for the warning system to which the report pertains, the railroad shall promptly contact all trains that are authorized to operate through the pathway grade crossing to which the report pertains in an effort to notify the train crews of the reported failure prior to each train's arrival at the crossing. After contacting the appropriate trains, the railroad shall then promptly contact the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the pathway grade crossing and provide the necessary information for the law enforcement agency to direct traffic or carry out other activities to maintain safety at the pathway grade crossing. The railroad shall then promptly contact the maintaining railroad and inform it of the reported failure. The maintaining railroad shall then promptly investigate the report, determine the nature of the failure, and without undue delay repair the warning system if necessary.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>General rule on response to report of a disabled vehicle or other obstruction blocking a railroad track at a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing.</I> (1) If a railroad receives a report of a disabled vehicle or other obstruction blocking a railroad track at a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing, pursuant to § 234.303(c)(2) or (d)(2), and the railroad has maintenance responsibility for the crossing to which the report pertains, the railroad shall promptly contact all trains that are authorized to operate through the crossing in an effort to notify the train crews of the reported obstruction prior to each train's arrival at the crossing. After contacting the appropriate trains, the railroad shall then promptly contact the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the crossing to provide it with the information necessary to assist in the removal of the reported track obstruction or to carry out other activities to maintain safety at the crossing. The railroad shall then promptly investigate the report, determine the nature of the obstruction, and without undue delay take the necessary action to have the obstruction removed.
</P>
<P>(2) If a railroad receives a report of a disabled vehicle or other obstruction blocking a railroad track at a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing, pursuant to § 234.303(c)(2) or (d)(2), but does not have maintenance responsibility for the crossing to which the report pertains, the railroad shall promptly contact all trains that are authorized to operate through the crossing to which the report pertains in an effort to notify the train crews of the reported obstruction prior to each train's arrival at the crossing. After contacting the appropriate trains, the railroad shall then promptly contact the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the crossing to provide it with the information necessary to assist in the removal of the reported track obstruction or to carry out other activities to maintain safety at the crossing. The railroad shall then promptly contact the maintaining railroad and inform it of the reported obstruction. The maintaining railroad shall then promptly investigate the report, determine the nature of the obstruction, and without undue delay take the necessary action to have the obstruction removed.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special rule on contacting a train that is not required to have communication equipment.</I> If a railroad is not required by § 220.9 of this chapter to have a working radio or working wireless communications in each occupied controlling locomotive of its trains and the railroad receives a report pursuant to § 234.303(c)(1), (c)(2), (d)(1), or (d)(2) about a highway-rail or pathway crossing that any of the trains is authorized to operate through, the railroad shall promptly contact the occupied controlling locomotive of the train as required by paragraph (a), (b), (c), or (d) of this § 234.305 by the quickest means available consistent with § 220.13(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>General rule on response to report of an obstruction of view at a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing.</I> (1) Upon receiving a report pursuant to § 234.303(c)(3) or (d)(3), the railroad, if it is both the dispatching and the maintaining railroad, shall timely investigate the report and remove the obstruction if it is lawful and feasible to do so.
</P>
<P>(2) If the dispatching railroad is not also the maintaining railroad, it shall promptly contact the maintaining railroad, which shall timely investigate the report and remove the obstruction if it is lawful and feasible to do so.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>General rule on response to report of other unsafe condition at a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing.</I> Upon receiving a report pursuant to § 234.303(c)(4) or (d)(4) related to the maintenance of a crossbuck sign or other similar grade crossing safety device or any other unsafe condition (such as a pot hole that could cause injury or damage) not covered by paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this § 234.305, the railroad, if it is both the dispatching and the maintaining railroad, shall timely investigate the report; and, if the railroad finds that the unsafe condition exists, it shall timely correct it if it is lawful and feasible to do so. If the dispatching railroad is not also the maintaining railroad, it shall timely inform the maintaining railroad, which shall timely investigate the report; and, if the maintaining railroad finds that the unsafe condition exists, it shall timely correct it if it is lawful and feasible to do so.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>General rule on a maintaining railroad's responsibilities for receiving reports of unsafe conditions at highway-rail and pathway grade crossings.</I> (1) <I>In general.</I> If the dispatching railroad is required under this section to contact the maintaining railroad, the maintaining railroad shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Provide the dispatching railroad with sufficient contact information by which the dispatching railroad may timely contact the maintaining railroad upon receipt of a report; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Have either a live person answer calls directly and promptly, or use an automated answering system for the purpose of receiving a call from the dispatching railroad of a report of an unsafe condition, except as provided in paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exceptions for use of a third-party telephone service and answering machine by a maintaining railroad.</I> (i) If a maintaining railroad is responsible for the maintenance of a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing through which a railroad dispatches one or more trains, each of which is authorized to travel through the crossing at speeds not greater than 20 mph, the maintaining railroad may use a third-party telephone service, in accordance with § 234.307, or an answering machine to receive reports from a dispatching railroad of unsafe conditions at such a crossing. If using an answering machine pursuant to this paragraph, the railroad must retrieve its messages immediately prior to the start of its operations for the day.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a maintaining railroad is responsible for the maintenance of a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing only on a seasonal or intermittent basis (<I>e.g.,</I> tourist, biweekly service, or non-24-hour service), the maintaining railroad may use a third-party telephone service, in accordance with § 234.307, or an answering machine to receive reports from a dispatching railroad of unsafe conditions at such a crossing. If using an answering machine pursuant to this paragraph, during periods of non-operation, the maintaining railroad must retrieve its messages daily. However, the railroad must retrieve its messages immediately prior to the start of its operations for the day, and during hours of operation the railroad shall either have a live person answer calls directly or use an automated answering system to receive reports regarding unsafe conditions at such a crossing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.306" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.5.89.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.306   Multiple dispatching or maintaining railroads with respect to the same highway-rail or pathway grade crossing; appointment of responsible railroad.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duty of multiple dispatching railroads to appoint a primary dispatching railroad for the crossing.</I> (1) Where more than one railroad dispatches a train through the same highway-rail or pathway grade crossing, the dispatching railroads for the crossing shall appoint one of the railroads to be the primary dispatching railroad for the crossing and, as such, the primary dispatching railroad for the crossing shall do the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide its emergency telephone number to the railroad responsible for the placement and maintenance of the ENS sign(s) at the crossing;
</P>
<P>(ii) Receive all reports through ENS of unsafe conditions at the crossing as required by § 234.303;
</P>
<P>(iii) After receiving a report of an unsafe condition at the crossing, promptly contact all other railroads that dispatch trains through the crossing to warn them of the reported unsafe condition, and, as appropriate, promptly contact the maintaining railroad(s) for the crossing as required by § 234.305; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Otherwise carry out its duties under this subpart as a dispatching railroad for the crossing, with respect to the crossing.
</P>
<P>(2) After receiving a report of an unsafe condition at the crossing from the appointed dispatching railroad, each of the other dispatching railroad(s) to which the report pertains shall carry out the remedial action required by § 234.305 and the recordkeeping required by § 234.313.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duty of multiple maintaining railroads to appoint a railroad responsible for the placement and maintenance of the ENS sign(s).</I> (1) Where more than one railroad maintains the same crossing, the maintaining railroads for the crossing shall appoint one of the railroads to be responsible for the placement and maintenance of the ENS sign(s) at the crossing pursuant to §§ 234.309 and 234.311.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad appointed under paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall display on the ENS sign(s) at the crossing the emergency telephone number of the dispatching railroad for the crossing or, if more than one railroad dispatches a train through the crossing, the emergency telephone number of the primary dispatching railroad for the crossing identified under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duty of multiple maintaining railroads with respect to remedial action at the crossing.</I> Where there are multiple maintaining railroads for a crossing, the dispatching railroad (or, if more than one railroad dispatches a train through the crossing, the primary dispatching railroad for the crossing under paragraph (a) of this section) upon receipt of a report of an unsafe condition, shall promptly contact and inform the appropriate maintaining railroad(s) for the crossing of the reported problem. After each maintaining railroad for the crossing receives a report of an unsafe condition at the crossing that pertains to its maintenance responsibilities for the crossing, the maintaining railroad shall carry out the remedial action required by § 234.305 and the recordkeeping required by § 234.313.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.5.89.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.307   Use of third-party telephone service by dispatching and maintaining railroads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General use of a third-party telephone service by a dispatching railroad.</I> A dispatching railroad may use a third-party telephone service to receive reports of unsafe conditions at highway-rail and pathway grade crossings pursuant to § 234.303. If a dispatching railroad chooses to use a third-party telephone service, the third-party telephone service shall be reached directly and promptly by the telephone number displayed on the ENS sign pursuant to § 234.309. The third-party telephone service may use an automated answering system for the purpose of receiving such reports. The dispatching railroad shall have a live person answer calls directly and promptly from the third-party telephone service, unless permitted pursuant to § 234.303(b) to use an answering machine. The dispatching railroad shall ensure that the third-party telephone service complies with the applicable requirements of § 234.307.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General use of a third-party telephone service by a maintaining railroad.</I> Pursuant to § 234.305(h)(2), a maintaining railroad that either maintains a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing on a seasonal or intermittent basis (<I>e.g.,</I> tourist, biweekly service, or non-24 hours service), or a crossing through which a railroad dispatches one or more trains, each of which is authorized to travel through the crossing at speeds not greater than 20 mph, may use a third-party telephone service to receive reports of unsafe conditions at such a crossing from a dispatching railroad. The third-party telephone service may use an automated answering system for the purpose of receiving such reports. The maintaining railroad shall receive reports from the third-party telephone service by either having a live person answer calls directly and promptly, or using an answering machine. If using an answering machine pursuant to this paragraph, the railroad must use the answering machine in accordance with § 234.305(h)(2). The maintaining railroad shall ensure that the third-party telephone service complies with the applicable requirements of § 234.307.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duties of third-party telephone service in contacting dispatching and maintaining railroads.</I> Upon receiving a report pursuant to §§ 234.303 or 234.305, on behalf of either the dispatching railroad or maintaining railroad, respectively, the third-party telephone service shall immediately contact the railroad, and, at a minimum, provide it with the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The nature of the reported unsafe condition;
</P>
<P>(2) The location of the unsafe condition, including the U.S. DOT National Crossing Inventory number for the crossing;
</P>
<P>(3) Whether the person reporting the unsafe condition is a railroad employee, law enforcement officer, highway traffic official, or other employee of a public agency acting in an official capacity;
</P>
<P>(4) The date and time that the report was received by the third-party telephone service; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any additional information provided by the caller that may be useful to restore the crossing to a safe condition.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Duties of railroad using third-party telephone service.</I> If a dispatching or maintaining railroad uses a third-party telephone service to receive reports of unsafe conditions at a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing, the railroad shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Provide the third-party telephone service with sufficient contact information by which the third-party telephone service may immediately contact the railroad upon receipt of a report;
</P>
<P>(2) Inform FRA in writing, before the implementation of such a service, of the railroad's intent to use a third-party telephone service, and provide FRA with contact information for the third-party telephone service and information identifying the highway-rail and pathway grade crossings about which the third-party telephone service will receive reports;
</P>
<P>(3) Inform FRA in writing within 30 days following any changes in the use or discontinuance of a third-party telephone service; and
</P>
<P>(4) Take appropriate action required by § 234.305, upon being contacted by the third-party telephone service about a report.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Third-party telephone service and railroad responsibilities.</I> If a railroad uses a third-party telephone service to receive reports pursuant to §§ 234.303 or 234.305, the third-party telephone service is responsible for carrying out the duties of this section and recordkeeping duties under § 234.313, and, if applicable under § 234.315. In addition, the railroad remains responsible for any acts or omissions of the third-party telephone service it utilizes that violate the provisions of this section or the recordkeeping requirements under § 234.313, and, if applicable under § 234.315.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.309" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.5.89.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.309   ENS signs in general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Provision of information.</I> If the dispatching railroad and the maintaining railroad(s) are not the same entity, the dispatching railroad for a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing shall provide to the maintaining railroad the telephone number that is to be displayed on the ENS sign at the crossing, not later than 180 calendar days before the date that implementation of an ENS is required.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information to be displayed.</I> Each ENS sign located at each highway-rail or pathway grade crossing as required by § 234.311 shall display the necessary information for the dispatching railroad to receive reports of unsafe conditions at the crossing. This information, at a minimum, includes the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The toll-free telephone number (or non-toll-free telephone number as provided for in § 234.303(e)) established to receive reports pursuant to § 234.303(a);
</P>
<P>(2) An explanation of the purpose of the sign (<I>e.g.,</I> “Report emergency or problem to __”); and
</P>
<P>(3) The U.S. DOT National Crossing Inventory number assigned to that crossing.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sign size and other physical features.</I> Each ENS sign shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Measure at least 12 inches wide by 9 inches high;
</P>
<P>(2) Be retroreflective;
</P>
<P>(3) Have legible text (<I>i.e.,</I> letters and numerals) with a minimum character height of 1 inch for the information required in paragraph (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(4) Have white text set on a blue background with a white border, except that the U.S. DOT National Crossing Inventory number may be black text set on a white rectangular background.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.311" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.5.89.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.311   ENS sign placement and maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Number of signs at highway-rail or pathway grade crossing.</I> (1) <I>In general.</I> The maintaining railroad, or the railroad appointed pursuant to § 234.306(b), for a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing shall place and maintain a sign on each approach to the crossing that conforms to § 234.309, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exceptions.</I> (i) At a farm grade crossing, the responsible railroad shall place and maintain a minimum of one sign that conforms to § 234.309 at the crossing.
</P>
<P>(ii) At a railroad yard, or a port or dock facility that does not meet the definition of “plant railroad” in § 234.5, the responsible railroad shall place and maintain a minimum of one sign at each vehicular entrance to the yard, or the port or dock facility in accordance with § 234.309, in lieu of placing signs at each crossing within the yard, or the port or dock facility. Each sign must be placed so that it is clearly visible to a driver of a motor vehicle located at the vehicular entrance to the yard, or the port or dock facility.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Placement of sign(s).</I> (1) Each sign required by paragraph (a) of this section must be located at the crossing, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, and maintained by the responsible railroad so that the sign—
</P>
<P>(i) Is conspicuous to users of the roadway or pathway by day and night;
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not obstruct any other sign or traffic control device at the crossing;
</P>
<P>(iii) Does not limit the view of a train approaching the highway-rail or pathway grade crossing; and
</P>
<P>(iv) If mounted on a post, has supports that are crashworthy (<I>i.e.,</I> breakaway or yielding).
</P>
<P>(2) A sign placed on the signal bungalow does not comply with paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Repair or replacement of ENS sign.</I> If an ENS sign required by this subpart is discovered by the responsible railroad to be missing, damaged, or in any other way unusable to vehicular or pedestrian traffic, the responsible railroad shall repair or replace the sign no later than 30 calendar days from the time of detection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35191, June 12, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 16423, Mar. 15, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.313" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.5.89.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.313   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Each railroad subject to this subpart shall keep records in accordance with this section. Records may be kept either on paper forms provided by the railroad or by electronic means in a manner that conforms with § 234.315. Each dispatching railroad responsible for receiving reports pursuant to § 234.303(a), each third-party telephone service responsible for receiving reports pursuant to § 234.307, and, if applicable, each maintaining railroad shall keep, at a minimum, the following information for each report received under this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) The nature of the reported unsafe condition;
</P>
<P>(2) The location of the highway-rail or pathway grade crossing, by highway name, if applicable, and the U.S. DOT National Crossing Inventory number.
</P>
<P>(3) The time and date of receipt of the report by the railroad;
</P>
<P>(4) If applicable, whether the person who provided the report was a railroad employee, law enforcement officer, highway traffic official, or other employee of a public agency acting in an official capacity;
</P>
<P>(5) Actions taken by the railroad prior to resolving the reported unsafe condition at the grade crossing (<I>e.g.,</I> warning train crews, notifying the maintaining railroad, or contacting law enforcement or other public authorities);
</P>
<P>(6) If the reported unsafe condition is substantiated, actions taken by the railroad to remedy the reported unsafe condition, if lawful and feasible;
</P>
<P>(7) The time and date when the reported unsafe condition was remedied;
</P>
<P>(8) If no remedial action was taken, the reason why; and
</P>
<P>(9) If a dispatching railroad, in accordance with § 234.305, is required to contact a maintaining railroad, the time and date when it contacted the maintaining railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Records of credible reports of warning system malfunction.</I> A railroad that has maintenance responsibility over warning devices at a highway-rail grade crossing and maintains records pursuant to § 234.109, shall be deemed to comply with the recordkeeping requirements of this subpart with regard to credible reports of warning system malfunctions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Records involving multiple dispatching or maintaining railroads.</I> (1) Where multiple railroads dispatch trains through the same highway-rail or pathway grade crossing and appoint one railroad to receive telephonic reports regarding unsafe conditions at such crossings pursuant to § 234.306, the appointment must be recorded in writing and a copy of the document retained by each railroad for the duration of the appointment or for one year, whichever period is longer.
</P>
<P>(2) Where multiple railroads have maintenance responsibility for the same highway-rail or pathway grade crossing and they appoint one railroad to be responsible for installing and maintaining the ENS sign(s) at the crossing pursuant to § 234.306, the appointment must be recorded in writing and a copy of the document retained by each railroad for the duration of the appointment or for one year, whichever period is longer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Record retention period; records availability.</I> Each railroad shall retain for at least one year (from the latest date of railroad activity in response to a report received under this subpart) all records referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. Records required to be kept under this subpart shall be made available to FRA as provided by 49 U.S.C. 20107.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.315" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.5.89.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.315   Electronic recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a railroad subject to this subpart maintains records required by this subpart in electronic format in lieu of on paper, the system for keeping the electronic records must meet all of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad adequately limits and controls accessibility to the records retained in its electronic database system and identifies those individuals who have such access;
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad has a terminal at the location designated by the railroad as the general office for the railroad system and at each division headquarters;
</P>
<P>(3) Each such terminal has a computer and either a facsimile machine or a printer connected to the computer to retrieve and produce information in a usable format for immediate review by FRA representatives;
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad has a designated representative who is authorized to authenticate retrieved information from the electronic system as a true and accurate copy of the electronically kept record; and
</P>
<P>(5) The railroad provides FRA representatives with immediate access to the record(s) for inspection and copying during normal business hours and provides a printout of such record(s) upon request.
</P>
<P>(b) If a record required by this subpart is in the form of an electronic record kept by an electronic recordkeeping system that does not comply with paragraph (a) of this section, then the record must be kept on paper.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.317" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.5.89.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.317   Compliance dates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Railroads without an ENS of any kind.</I> If a railroad subject to this subpart does not have an ENS of any kind in place on August 13, 2012, the railroad shall implement an ENS that conforms to this subpart no later than September 1, 2015.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Railroads with nonconforming ENS telephone service.</I> If a railroad subject to this subpart already has its own ENS telephone service or is using a third-party ENS telephone service, and that telephone service does not conform to the requirements in § 234.303 or § 234.307, respectively, on August 13, 2012, the railroad shall comply with this subpart no later than March 1, 2014, pursuant to the exceptions in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of § 234.317.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Railroads with ENS signs of nonconforming size.</I> (1) If a railroad subject to this subpart already has ENS signs in place, and those signs do not conform to the requirements in § 234.309 on August 13, 2012, the railroad's ENS signs shall conform to § 234.309 no later than as required below:
</P>
<P>(i) If the railroad's sign size is greater than or equal to 60 square inches and the height of the lettering on the sign is greater than or equal to 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch for the information required in § 234.309(b)(1) and (b)(3), and greater than or equal to 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch for the information required in § 234.309(b)(2) on August 13, 2012, the railroad may maintain the sign for its useful life.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the railroad's sign size is greater than or equal to 60 square inches but the height of the lettering is either less than 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch for the information required in § 234.309(b)(1) and (b)(3), or less than 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch for the information required in § 234.309(b)(2) on August 13, 2012, the railroad's sign must conform to § 234.309 no later than September 1, 2017.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the railroad's sign size is less than 60 square inches, regardless of the height of the lettering for the information required in § 234.309(b), on August 13, 2012, the railroad's sign must conform to § 234.309 no later than September 1, 2015.
</P>
<P>(2) If the railroad chooses to replace an ENS sign of non-conforming size before the applicable compliance date stated, the railroad shall replace that sign with a sign that conforms to § 234.309.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Railroads with ENS signs having nonconforming placement.</I> If a railroad subject to this subpart already has ENS signs in place, and the placement of those signs does not conform to the requirements in § 234.311 on August 13, 2012, the placement of the railroad's ENS signs shall conform to § 234.311 no later than September 1, 2017. If a railroad changes the placement of the sign before September 1, 2017, the placement of the sign must conform to § 234.311. If a railroad replaces a sign before September 1, 2017, so that the sign conforms to § 234.309, and the placement of that sign does not conform to § 234.311, the railroad shall also change the placement of the sign so that it conforms to § 234.311.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Railroads with nonconforming ENS recordkeeping.</I> If a railroad subject to this subpart already conducts recordkeeping as part of its ENS, and that recordkeeping does not conform to § 234.313 or § 234.315, the railroad's recordkeeping shall conform to § 234.313 or § 234.315 no later than March 1, 2014.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 35191, June 12, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 16423, Mar. 15, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Highway-Rail and Pathway Crossing Inventory Reporting</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>80 FR 786, Jan. 6, 2015, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 234.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.6.89.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.401   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Class I</I> has the meaning assigned by regulations of the Surface Transportation Board (49 CFR part 1201; General Instructions 1-1), as those regulations may be revised and applied by order of the Board (including modifications in class threshold based on revenue deflator adjustments).
</P>
<P><I>Closed crossing</I> means a location where a previous crossing no longer exists because either the railroad tracks have been physically removed, or each pathway or roadway approach to the crossing has been physically removed, leaving behind no intersection of railroad tracks with either a pathway or roadway. A grade-separated highway-rail or pathway crossing that has been physically removed is also considered a closed crossing.
</P>
<P><I>Crossing Inventory</I> means the U.S. DOT National Highway-Rail Crossing Inventory.
</P>
<P><I>FRA Associate Administrator</I> means the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer.
</P>
<P><I>General railroad system of transportation</I> means the network of standard gage track over which goods may be transported throughout the nation and passengers may travel between cities and within metropolitan and suburban areas.
</P>
<P><I>General system railroad</I> means a railroad that operates on track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Highway-rail crossing</I> means the location where one or more railroad tracks intersect with a public highway, road, street, or private roadway, either at-grade or grade-separated, including associated sidewalks.
</P>
<P><I>Inventory Form</I> means the U.S. DOT Crossing Inventory Form (Form FRA F 6180.71).
</P>
<P><I>Inventory Guide</I> means the FRA Guide for Preparing Highway-Rail Crossing Inventory Forms in effect at the time of the submission of data to the Crossing Inventory.
</P>
<P><I>Inventory Number</I> means the number assigned to a highway-rail crossing or pathway crossing in the Crossing Inventory.
</P>
<P><I>Operating railroad</I> means any railroad or urban rapid transit operator that operates one or more trains through a highway-rail or pathway crossing on, or connected to, the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Pathway crossing</I> means a pathway that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is explicitly authorized by a public authority or a railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) Is dedicated for the use of non-vehicular traffic, including pedestrians, bicyclists, and others;
</P>
<P>(3) Is not associated with a public highway, road, or street, or a private roadway; and
</P>
<P>(4) Crosses one or more railroad tracks either at grade or grade-separated.
</P>
<P><I>Primary operating railroad</I> means the operating railroad that either owns or maintains the track through the highway-rail or pathway crossing, unless the crossing is located within a private company, port, or dock area. If more than one operating railroad either owns or maintains the track through the highway-rail or pathway crossing, or if no operating railroad owns or maintains the track through the highway-rail or pathway crossing, then the operating railroad that operates the highest number of trains through the crossing is the primary operating railroad. In the event that there is only one operating railroad that operates one or more trains through a highway-rail or pathway crossing, that operating railroad is the primary operating railroad. For highway-rail and pathway crossings that are located within a private company, port, or dock area (“private area”), each railroad that owns track leading to the private company, port, or dock area will be considered a primary operating railroad for all crossings within the private area if a general system railroad operates over the railroad's track leading to the private area and through at least one crossing within that area.
</P>
<P><I>Private crossing</I> means a highway-rail or pathway crossing that is not a public crossing.
</P>
<P><I>Public crossing</I> means a highway-rail or pathway crossing where the approaches are under the jurisdiction of and maintained by a public authority and open to public travel. All approaches must be under the jurisdiction of the public authority and no approach may be on private property, unless State law or regulation provides otherwise.
</P>
<P><I>Temporary crossing</I> means a highway-rail or pathway crossing created to serve a specific activity for a temporary time period not to exceed six months.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 786, Jan. 6, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 37532, June 10, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.6.89.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.403   Submission of data to the Crossing Inventory, generally.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Highway-rail and pathway crossing data shall be submitted to the Crossing Inventory on the Inventory Form. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the Inventory Form may be submitted in hard copy or electronically.
</P>
<P>(b) The Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, shall be completed in accordance with the Inventory Guide. A copy of this guide may be obtained from the Office of Railroad Safety, RRS-23, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. A copy of this guide can also be viewed or downloaded from FRA's Safety Data Web site under the Forms/Publications tab.
</P>
<P>(c) Each Class I railroad shall submit the data required by paragraph (a) of this section to the Crossing Inventory electronically.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reporting by State agencies on behalf of operating railroads.</I> A State agency may submit crossing data to the Crossing Inventory on behalf of an operating railroad. The State agency and the operating railroad shall provide written notice to the FRA Associate Administrator that the State agency has agreed to submit and update crossing data for all of the operating railroad's highway-rail and pathway crossings within the state.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reporting by the parent corporation on behalf of subsidiary railroads.</I> (1) To satisfy the reporting requirements of this section, a parent corporation may submit crossing data to the Crossing Inventory on behalf of one or more of its subsidiary railroads. The parent corporation shall provide written notice to the FRA Associate Administrator that it has assumed reporting and updating responsibility for all of the subsidiary railroad's highway-rail and pathway crossings. The written notification shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A list of all subsidiary railroads for which the parent corporation will submit and update highway-rail and pathway crossing data;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement signed by an official of the parent corporation affirming that the parent corporation agrees to submit and update all of the highway-rail and pathway crossing data for the named subsidiary railroad(s); and
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement that the parent corporation agrees to be subject to enforcement action for noncompliance with the reporting or updating requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) The parent corporation shall provide immediate written notification to the FRA Associate Administrator of any change in the list of subsidiary operating railroads for which it has assumed reporting and updating responsibility.
</P>
<P>(3) The parent corporation shall submit the data required by paragraph (a) of this section to the Crossing Inventory electronically.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 786, Jan. 6, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 37532, June 10, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.6.89.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.405   Submission of initial data to the Crossing Inventory for previously unreported crossings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duty of primary operating railroad.</I> (1)(i) With the exception of highway-rail and pathway crossings located in a railroad yard, passenger station, or within a private company, port, or dock area, each primary operating railroad shall assign an Inventory Number to each previously unreported highway-rail and pathway crossing through which it operates.
</P>
<P>(ii) A primary operating railroad shall assign one or more Inventory Numbers to previously unreported highway-rail and pathway crossings through which it operates, which are located in a railroad yard, passenger station, or within a private company, port, or dock area.
</P>
<P>(2) With the exception of highway-rail and pathway crossings that are located within a private company, port, or dock area, the primary operating railroad shall provide the assigned Inventory Number to each operating railroad that operates one or more trains through the previously unreported highway-rail or pathway crossing no later than January 6, 2016.
</P>
<P>(3) Each primary operating railroad shall submit accurate Inventory Forms, or their electronic equivalent, to the Crossing Inventory for the previously unreported highway-rail and pathway crossings through which it operates, no later than August 9, 2016. The Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, shall reference the assigned Inventory Number for the crossing(s) and shall be completed and submitted consistent with § 234.403 and the Inventory Guide.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duty of operating railroad when operating railroads operate on separate tracks.</I> For each previously unreported highway-rail and pathway crossing where operating railroads operate trains on separate tracks through the crossing, each operating railroad (other than the primary operating railroad) shall submit accurate crossing data specified in the Inventory Guide to the Crossing Inventory no later than August 9, 2016. The Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, which contains this crossing data shall reference the Inventory Number assigned to the crossing by the primary operating railroad and shall be completed and submitted in accordance with § 234.403.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duty of all operating railroads.</I> Unless a written certification statement has been provided by the primary operating railroad in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, each operating railroad, other than the primary operating railroad, that operates through a previously unreported highway-rail or pathway crossing (except a temporary crossing) for which a completed Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, has not been submitted to the Crossing Inventory in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section shall notify the FRA Associate Administrator in writing of this oversight. Written notification provided by the operating railroad shall include, at a minimum, the latitudinal and longitudinal coordinates for each previously unreported highway-rail or pathway crossing for which a completed Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, has not been submitted to the Crossing Inventory in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>State-maintained crossing data.</I> If a primary operating railroad requests State-maintained crossing data from the appropriate State agency responsible for maintaining highway-rail and pathway crossing data, the primary operating railroad may send a copy of its written request for State-maintained crossing data to the FRA Associate Administrator and to each operating railroad that operates through the crossing. FRA will consider the written request to be an affirmative defense to potential liability for failure to timely submit an accurate Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, as required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section if the primary operating railroad:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides a copy of its written request for State-maintained crossing data to the FRA Associate Administrator and to each operating railroad that operates through the crossing; and
</P>
<P>(2) Submits the requested State-maintained crossing data to the Crossing Inventory within 60 days of receipt.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 786, Jan. 6, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 37532, June 10, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.6.89.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.407   Submission of initial data to the Crossing Inventory for new crossings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duty of primary operating railroad.</I> (1)(i) With the exception of highway-rail and pathway crossings that are located in a railroad yard, a passenger station, or within a private company, port, or dock area, each primary operating railroad shall assign an Inventory Number to each new highway-rail and pathway crossing through which it operates.
</P>
<P>(ii) A primary operating railroad shall assign one or more Inventory Numbers to new highway-rail and pathway crossings through which it operates, which are located in a railroad yard, passenger station, or within a private company, port, or dock area.
</P>
<P>(iii) An Inventory Number shall not be assigned to a temporary crossing, nor shall an Inventory Form be submitted to the Crossing Inventory for a temporary crossing.
</P>
<P>(2) With the exception of highway-rail and pathway crossings that are located within a private company, port, or dock area, the primary operating railroad shall provide the assigned Inventory Number to each operating railroad that operates one or more trains through the new highway-rail or pathway crossing no later than four (4) months after the crossing becomes operational or January 6, 2016, whichever occurs later.
</P>
<P>(3) Each primary operating railroad shall submit accurate Inventory Forms, or their electronic equivalent, to the Crossing Inventory for new highway-rail and pathway crossings through which it operates, no later than six (6) months after the crossing becomes operational. The Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, shall reference the assigned Inventory Number for the crossing(s) and shall be completed and submitted in accordance with § 234.403.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duty of Operating Railroad when operating railroads operate on separate tracks.</I> For each new highway-rail and pathway crossing where operating railroads operate trains on separate tracks through the crossing, each operating railroad shall submit accurate crossing data specified in the Inventory Guide to the Crossing Inventory no later than six (6) months after the crossing becomes operational. The Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, which contains this crossing data shall reference the Inventory Number assigned to the crossing by the primary operating railroad and shall be completed and submitted consistent with § 234.403 and the Inventory Guide.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duty of all operating railroads.</I> Unless a written certification statement has been provided by the primary operating railroad in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, each operating railroad, other than the primary operating railroad, that operates through a new highway-rail or pathway crossing (except a temporary crossing) for which a completed Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, has not been submitted to the Crossing Inventory in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section shall notify the FRA Associate Administrator in writing of this oversight. Written notification provided by the operating railroad shall include, at a minimum, the latitudinal and longitudinal coordinates for each new and unreported highway-rail or pathway crossing for which a completed Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, has not been submitted to the Crossing Inventory in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>State-maintained crossing data.</I> If a primary operating railroad requests State-maintained crossing data from the appropriate State agency responsible for maintaining highway-rail and pathway crossing data, the primary operating railroad may send a copy of its written request for State-maintained crossing data to the FRA Associate Administrator and to each operating railroad that operates through the crossing. FRA will consider the written request to be an affirmative defense to potential liability for failure to timely submit an accurate Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, as required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section if the primary operating railroad:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides a copy of its written request for State-maintained crossing data to the FRA Associate Administrator and to each operating railroad that operates through the crossing no later than six (6) months after the crossing becomes operational; and
</P>
<P>(2) Submits the requested State-maintained crossing data to the Crossing Inventory within 60 days of receipt.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 786, Jan. 6, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 37533, June 10, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.409" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.6.89.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.409   Submission of periodic updates to the Crossing Inventory.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duty of primary operating railroad.</I> Each primary operating railroad shall submit up-to-date and accurate crossing data to the Crossing Inventory for each highway-rail and pathway crossing (except for a grade-separated or closed highway-rail or pathway crossing) through which it operates, consistent with the Inventory Guide. Updated crossing data shall be submitted to the Crossing Inventory at least every three (3) years from the date of the most recent submission of data by the primary operating railroad (or on behalf of the primary operating railroad) for the crossing or August 9, 2016, whichever occurs later. For hard-copy submissions to Crossing Inventory, this three-year period shall be measured from mailing date of the most recent submission of data by the primary operating railroad (or on behalf of the primary operating railroad).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duty of operating railroad when operating railroads operate on separate tracks.</I> For each highway-rail and pathway crossing where operating railroads operate trains on separate tracks through the crossing, each operating railroad shall submit up-to-date and accurate crossing data for certain specified data fields on the Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, to the Crossing Inventory at least every three (3) years from the date of the most recent submission of data by that operating railroad (or on behalf of that operating railroad) for the crossing or August 9, 2016, whichever occurs later. For hard-copy submissions to Crossing Inventory, this three-year period shall be measured from mailing date of the most recent submission of data by the operating railroad (or on behalf of the operating railroad). The Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, shall be completed and submitted consistent with § 234.403 and the Inventory Guide.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37533, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.411" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.6.89.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.411   Changes requiring submission of updated information to the Crossing Inventory.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Crossing sale.</I> (1) If a railroad that is not a primary operating railroad sells all or part of a highway-rail or pathway crossing on or after June 10, 2016, it shall report the crossing sale to the primary operating railroad within three (3) months of the date of sale.
</P>
<P>(2) If the primary operating railroad:
</P>
<P>(i) Sells all or part of a highway-rail or pathway crossing on or after June 10, 2016 for which it has reporting and updating responsibility under this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is notified of the sale of all or part of a highway-rail or pathway crossing on or after June 10, 2016 under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, then the primary operating railroad shall submit an Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, which reflects the crossing sale to the Crossing Inventory consistent with § 234.403 and the Inventory Guide within three (3) months of the date of sale or three months of notification, respectively.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Crossing closure.</I> The primary operating railroad shall report the closure of any highway-rail or pathway crossing that occurs on or after June 10, 2016 to the Crossing Inventory within three (3) months of the date on which the crossing is closed. The primary operating railroad shall submit an Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, that reflects closure of the crossing to the Crossing Inventory consistent with § 234.403 and the Inventory Guide.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Changes in crossing characteristics.</I> (1) The primary operating railroad shall report any change in crossing surface or change in warning device at a public highway-rail grade crossing that occurs on or after June 10, 2016 to the Crossing Inventory within three (3) months of the date of the change. The primary operating railroad shall submit an Inventory Form, or its electronic equivalent, that reflects up-to-date and accurate crossing data for the crossing (including the change in crossing surface or change in warning device) to the Crossing Inventory consistent with § 234.403 and the Inventory Guide.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this subpart, a “change in warning device” means the addition or removal of a crossbuck, yield or stop sign, flashing lights, or gates at a public highway-rail grade crossing. The installation of a crossbuck, yield or stop sign, flashing lights, or gates that will be in place for less than six months does not constitute a “change in warning device” for purposes of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 37533, June 10, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.413" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.6.89.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.413   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad subject to this subpart shall keep records in accordance with this section. Records may be kept either on paper or by electronic means in a manner that conforms with § 234.415.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operating railroad, including the primary operating railroad, responsible for submitting information to the Crossing Inventory in accordance with this subpart shall, at a minimum, maintain the following information for each required Inventory Form:
</P>
<P>(1) A duplicate copy of each Inventory Form submitted in hard copy to the Crossing Inventory; or
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the electronic confirmation received from FRA after electronic submission of crossing data to the Crossing Inventory.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad shall identify the locations where a copy of any record required to be retained by this subpart is accessible for inspection and photocopying by maintaining a list of such establishment locations at the office where the railroad's reporting officer conducts his or her official business.
</P>
<P>(d) Each operating railroad shall retain for at least four (4) years from the date of submission to the Crossing Inventory all records referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. Records required to be kept under this subpart shall be made available to FRA as provided by 49 U.S.C. 20107.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 234.415" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.6.89.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 234.415   Electronic recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a railroad subject to this subpart maintains records required by this subpart in electronic format in lieu of paper, the system for keeping the electronic records must meet all of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad adequately limits and controls accessibility to the records retained in its electronic database system and identifies those individuals who have such access;
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad has a terminal at the office where the railroad's reporting officer conducts his or her official business and at each location designated by the railroad as having a copy of any record required to be retained by this subpart that is accessible for inspection and photocopying;
</P>
<P>(3) Each such terminal has a computer and either a facsimile machine or a printer connected to a computer to retrieve and produce information in a usable format for immediate review by FRA representatives;
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad has a designated representative who is authorized to authenticate retrieved information from the electronic system as a true and accurate copy of the electronically kept record; and
</P>
<P>(5) The railroad provides FRA representatives with immediate access to the record(s) for inspection and copying during normal business hours and provides a printout of such record(s) upon request.
</P>
<P>(b) If a record required by this subpart is in the form of an electronic record kept by an electronic recordkeeping system that does not comply with paragraph (a) of this section, then the record must be kept on paper in accordance with the recordkeeping requirements contained in § 234.413.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.8.89.1.60" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 234 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.28.8.89.1.61" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 234—Alternate Methods of Protection Under 49 CFR 234.105(<E T="01">c</E>), 234.106, and 234.107(<E T="01">c</E>)

</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_description">[This is a summary—see body of text for complete requirements]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Flagger for each direction of traffic
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Police officer present
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Flagger present, but not one for each direction of traffic
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No flagger/no police
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">False Activation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal Speed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal Speed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Proceed with caution—maximum speed of 15 mph</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Proceed with caution—maximum speed of 15 mph.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Partial Activation*</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal Speed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal Speed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Proceed with caution—maximum speed of 15 mph</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Proceed with caution—maximum speed of 15 mph.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Activation Failure**</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal Speed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Normal Speed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Proceed with caution—maximum speed of 15 mph</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stop: Crewmember flag traffic and reboard.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">*Partial activation—full warning not given.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"> Non-gated crossing with one pair of lights designed to flash alternatively, one light does not work (and back-lights from other side not visible).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"> Gated crossing—gate arm not horizontal; or any portion of a gate arm is missing if that portion had held a gate arm flashing light.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">**Activitation failure includes—if more than 50% of the flashing lights on any approach lane not functioning; or if an approach lane has two or more pairs of flashing lights, there is not at least one pair operating as intended.</P></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="235" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.29" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 235—INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING APPLICATIONS FOR APPROVAL OF A DISCONTINUANCE OR MATERIAL MODIFICATION OF A SIGNAL SYSTEM OR RELIEF FROM THE REQUIREMENTS OF PART 236
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>49 FR 3380, Jan. 26, 1984, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 235.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.29.0.89.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes application for approval to discontinue or materially modify block signal systems, interlockings, traffic control systems, automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal systems, or other similar appliances, devices, methods, or systems, and provides for relief from part 236 of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.29.0.89.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to railroads that operate on standard gage track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to rail rapid transit operations conducted over track that is used exclusively for that purpose and that is not part of the general system of railroad transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.29.0.89.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.5   Changes requiring filing of application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 235.7, applications shall be filed to cover the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The discontinuance of a block signal system, interlocking, traffic control system, automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal system or other similar appliance or device;
</P>
<P>(2) The decrease of the limits of a block signal system, interlocking, traffic control system, automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal system; or
</P>
<P>(3) The modification of a block signal system, interlocking, traffic control system, automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal system.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2130-0042)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.6" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.29.0.89.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.6   Expedited application for approval of certain changes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Qualifying changes.</I> A railroad may seek approval under this section, instead of under §§ 235.5 and 235.9-235.20 of this chapter for the following changes:
</P>
<P>(1) Modification of a signal system consisting of the installation, relocation, or removal of one or more signals, interlocked switches, derails, movable-point frogs, or electric locks in an existing system directly associated with the implementation of positive train control pursuant to subpart I of part 236 of this chapter, if the modification does not include the discontinuance or decrease of limits of a signal or train control system.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure of expedited application.</I> (1) To seek approval under this section, a railroad shall provide a notice and profile plan for the proposed modification to the FRA Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director.
</P>
<P>(2) Simultaneously with its filing with the FRA Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director, the railroad shall serve, either by hard copy or electronically, a copy of the notice and profile plan to representatives of employees responsible for maintenance, inspection, and testing of the affected signal system under part 236 of this chapter, as well as representatives of employees responsible for operating trains or locomotives in the affected territory.
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad shall include in its submission to the FRA Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director a statement affirming that the railroad has complied with the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, together with a list of the names and addresses of the persons served.
</P>
<P>(4) In response to receipt of a notice and profile plan under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director shall in writing deny or approve, in full or in part, and with or without conditions, the request for signal system modification. For any portion of the request that is denied, the Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director shall refer the issue to the Railroad Safety Board as an application to modify the signal system.
</P>
<P>(5) A railroad may rescind its application to the Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director and submit an application under §§ 235.5 and 235.9 through 235.20 at any time prior to the decision of the Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director.
</P>
<P>(c) The resultant arrangement of any change under this section shall comply with part 236 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 49715, Aug. 22, 2014, as amended at 90 FR 28178, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.29.0.89.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.7   Changes not requiring filing of application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It is not necessary to file an application for approval of the following discontinuances:
</P>
<P>(1) Removal of block signal system, interlocking, traffic control system, automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal system from track approved for abandonment by formal proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) Removal of devices and associated signals used to provide protection against unusual contingencies such as landslide, burned bridge, high water, high and wide load, or tunnel protection when the unusual contingency no longer exists;
</P>
<P>(3) Removal of an interlocking where a drawbridge has been permanently closed by the formal approval of another government agency; or
</P>
<P>(4) Removal from service not to exceed 6 months of block signal system, interlocking, or traffic control system necessitated by catastrophic occurrence such as derailment, flood, fire, or hurricane; or
</P>
<P>(5) Removal of an intermittent automatic train stop system in conjunction with the implementation of a positive train control system approved by FRA under subpart I of part 236 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) When the resultant arrangement will comply with part 236 of this title, it is not necessary to file for approval to decrease the limits of a system as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Decrease of the limits of an interlocking when interlocked switches, derails, or movable-point frogs are not involved;
</P>
<P>(2) Removal of electric or mechanical lock, or signal used in lieu thereof, from hand-operated switch in automatic block signal or traffic control territory where train speed over the switch does not exceed 20 miles per hour; or
</P>
<P>(3) Removal of electric or mechanical lock, or signal used in lieu thereof, from hand-operated switch in automatic block signal or traffic control territory where trains are not permitted to clear the main track at such switch.
</P>
<P>(c) When the resultant arrangement will comply with part 236 of this title, it is not necessary to file an application for approval of the following modifications:
</P>
<P>(1) A modification that is required to comply with an order of the Federal Railroad Administration or any section of part 236 of this title;
</P>
<P>(2) The installation of an automatic block signal or a traffic control system to replace manual block or non-signaled territory;
</P>
<P>(3) The installation of a traffic control system to replace a roadway automatic block signal system (discontinuance of an automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal system is not permitted without FRA approval);
</P>
<P>(4) The installation of an automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal system in an existing automatic block or traffic control system;
</P>
<P>(5) The installation of a continuous inductive automatic train stop system to replace an existing intermittent inductive automatic train stop system;
</P>
<P>(6) The installation of a continuous inductive automatic train stop system to supplement an existing automatic cab signal system;
</P>
<P>(7) The installation of an automatic train control system to replace an existing automatic train stop system or to supplement an existing automatic cab signal system;
</P>
<P>(8) The installation of an interlocking to replace existing stop signs, gates, or pipe-connected derails protecting a railroad crossing at grade;
</P>
<P>(9) The installation of all relay type locking to replace existing mechanical or electromechanical locking of an interlocking;
</P>
<P>(10) The installation of an additional controlled point in existing traffic control system;
</P>
<P>(11) The installation of an interlocking in an existing block signal system;
</P>
<P>(12) The conversion of a hand-operated switch, a hand-operated switch locked either electrically or mechanically, or a spring switch to a power-operated switch;
</P>
<P>(13) The conversion of a spring switch to a hand-operated switch, or to a hand-operated switch locked either electrically or mechanically;
</P>
<P>(14) The removal or relocation of signals associated with a spring switch converted to hand operation;
</P>
<P>(15) The installation, relocation, or removal of signals to specifically provide adequate stopping distance;
</P>
<P>(16) The change of aspects;
</P>
<P>(17) The relocation of a signal to improve preview of signal aspect visibility;
</P>
<P>(18) To replace a signal with a signal of another type;
</P>
<P>(19) To change an approach signal to operative or inoperative signal, or remove an approach signal not required by § 236.310 of this title;
</P>
<P>(20) The change in location of a machine from which an interlocking or traffic control system is controlled;
</P>
<P>(21) The closing of a manual block station or the change in hours during which a manual block station is attended;
</P>
<P>(22) The change in hours during which a manual interlocking is attended provided the interlocking operates for all routes over which train movements are permitted;
</P>
<P>(23) The installation of devices used to provide protection against unusual contingencies such as landslide, burned bridges, high water, high and wide loads, or dragging equipment;
</P>
<P>(24) The installation, relocation, or removal of signals, interlocked switches, derails, movable-point frogs, or electric locks in an existing system directly associated with:
</P>
<P>(i) The installation of new track;
</P>
<P>(ii) The elimination of existing track other than a second main track;
</P>
<P>(iii) The extension or shortening of a passing siding;
</P>
<P>(iv) Elimination of second main track where signal system mn retained main track is arranged to provide both opposing and following protection for train movements provided second main track is physically removed; or
</P>
<P>(v) A line relocation; or
</P>
<P>(vi) The conversion of pole line circuits to electronic (coded) track circuits provided that the railroad gives notice and a profile plan of the change to the FRA Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director at least 60 days in advance of the change. The railroad must also at the same time provide a copy of the notice and profile plan to representatives of employees responsible for maintenance, inspection and testing of the signal system under 49 CFR part 236. The signal system modification will be deemed acceptable, unless within 60 days, the FRA Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director stays action by written notice to the railroad and refers the issue to the Railroad Safety Board for decision.
</P>
<P>(25) The temporary or permanent arrangement of existing systems necessitated by highway-rail grade crossing separation construction. Temporary arrangements shall be removed within 6 months following completion of construction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3380, Jan. 26, 1984, as amended at 61 FR 33873, July 1, 1996; 75 FR 2698, Jan. 15, 2010; 90 FR 28178, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.8" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.29.0.89.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.8   Relief from the requirements of part 236 of this title.</HEAD>
<P>Relief from the requirements of the rules, standards and instructions contained in part 236 of this title will be granted upon an adequate showing by an individual carrier. Relief heretofore granted to any carrier shall constitute relief to the same extent as relief granted under the requirements of this part.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2130-0043)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.29.0.89.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.9   Civil penalty.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) “Person” means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.
</P>
<P>(c) Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28178, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.10" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.29.0.89.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.10   Contents of applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The application may be submitted by letter and shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The corporate name of each applicant;
</P>
<P>(2) The manner in which applicant is involved;
</P>
<P>(3) The location of the project, giving name of operating division and nearest station;
</P>
<P>(4) The track or tracks involved;
</P>
<P>(5) A complete description of proposed changes as they would affect the existing facilities or of the section from which relief is sought;
</P>
<P>(6) The reason for proposed changes or justification for relief from the requirements;
</P>
<P>(7) The approximate dates of beginning and completion of project;
</P>
<P>(8) Changes in operating practices, temporary or permanent;
</P>
<P>(9) Whether safety of operation will be affected, and if so, how; and
</P>
<P>(10) Whether proposed changes will conform to the Federal Railroad Administration's Rules, Standards and Instructions (part 236 of this title).
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2130-0042)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.12" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.29.0.89.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.12   Additional required information-prints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A print or prints, size 8 inches by 10
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, or 8
<FR>1/2</FR> inches by 11 inches, or folded to 8 inches by 10
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or to 8
<FR>1/2</FR> inches by 11 inches, shall be furnished with each application.
</P>
<P>(b) The print or prints shall be to scale or by indicated dimensions, using Association of American Railroads graphic symbols.
</P>
<P>(c) The following information shall be shown on the print or prints:
</P>
<P>(1) Present and proposed arrangement of tracks and signal facilities;
</P>
<P>(2) Name of carrier;
</P>
<P>(3) Operating division;
</P>
<P>(4) Place and State; and
</P>
<P>(5) Timetable directions of movements.
</P>
<P>(d) If stopping distances are involved, the following information shall also be shown:
</P>
<P>(1) Curvature and grade;
</P>
<P>(2) Maximum authorized speeds of trains; and
</P>
<P>(3) Length of signal control circuits for each signal indication displayed.
</P>
<P>(e) The following color scheme is suggested on prints:
</P>
<P>(1) Installations, relocations, and added signal aspects should be colored, preferably in yellow;
</P>
<P>(2) Removals, discontinuances, and abandonments should be colored, preferably in red; and
</P>
<P>(3) Existing facilities not pertinent to change proposed in application should be shown uncolored.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2130-0042)


</APPRO>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.29.0.89.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.13   Filing procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Applications or requests for reconsideration of an application shall be submitted by an authorized officer of the carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) The application and correspondence in reference thereto should be addressed to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, and must be submitted via email to <I>FRAwaivers@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) A separate application shall be filed for each project.
</P>
<P>(d) At a joint facility where changes are proposed in the automatic block signal system, interlocking, traffic control system, automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal system on the tracks of more than one carrier, or if more than one carrier will be affected by the proposed changes or relief sought, a joint application signed by all carriers affected shall be filed.
</P>
<P>(e) Where only one carrier at a joint facility is affected by the discontinuance or modification of the installation or relief sought, it shall be responsible for filing the application. It shall also certify that the other joint carriers have been notified of the filing of its application.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2130-0042)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3380, Jan. 26, 1984, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009; 90 FR 28178, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.14" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.29.0.89.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.14   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>The FRA will publish notice of the filing of an application or a request for reconsideration of an application in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and a copy of such notice will be available at the U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, and on the Federal Docket Management System's Web site at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 70195, Dec. 16, 1999, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 235.20" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.29.0.89.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 235.20   Protests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A protest against the granting of an application shall set forth specifically the grounds upon which it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of protestant in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) Protests shall be filed with the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, Washington, DC 20590, and one copy shall be furnished to each applicant.
</P>
<P>(c) Protests should be filed within the time limit set forth in the public notice.
</P>
<P>(d) The protestant shall certify that service of a copy of its protest was made upon each applicant.
</P>
<P>(e) Request for hearing must be accompanied with a showing why the protestant is unable to properly present his or her position by written statements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3380, Jan. 26, 1984, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 49 FR 3380, Jan. 26, 1984, part 235 was revised. Section 235.20 contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="236" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 236—RULES, STANDARDS, AND INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING THE INSTALLATION, INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR OF SIGNAL AND TRAIN CONTROL SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND APPLIANCES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20102-20103, 20107, 20133, 20141, 20157, 20301-20303, 20306, 20501-20505, 20701-20703, 21301-21302, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 19684, Dec. 25, 1968, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 236.0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.0.107.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.0   Applicability, minimum requirements, and penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to all railroads and any person as defined in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad that operates only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation; or
</P>
<P>(2) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Prior to January 17, 2012, where a passenger train is operated at a speed of 60 or more miles per hour, or a freight train is operated at a speed of 50 or more miles per hour—
</P>
<P>(i) A block signal system complying with the provisions of this part shall be installed; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A manual block system shall be placed permanently in effect that shall conform to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) A passenger train shall not be admitted to a block occupied by another train except when absolutely necessary and then only by operating at restricted speed;
</P>
<P>(B) No train shall be admitted to a block occupied by a passenger train except when absolutely necessary and then only by operating at restricted speed;
</P>
<P>(C) No train shall be admitted to a block occupied by an opposing train except when absolutely necessary and then only while one train is stopped and the other is operating at restricted speed; and
</P>
<P>(D) A freight train, including a work train, may be authorized to follow a freight train, including a work train, into a block and then only when the following train is operating at restricted speed.
</P>
<P>(2) On and after January 17, 2012, where a passenger train is permitted to operate at a speed of 60 or more miles per hour, or a freight train is permitted to operate at a speed of 50 or more miles per hour, a block signal system complying with the provisions of this part shall be installed, unless an FRA approved PTC system meeting the requirements of this part for the subject speed and other operating conditions is installed.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Prior to December 31, 2015, where any train is permitted to operate at a speed of 80 or more miles per hour, an automatic cab signal, automatic train stop, or automatic train control system complying with the provisions of this part shall be installed, unless an FRA approved PTC system meeting the requirements of this part for the subject speed and other operating conditions, is installed.
</P>
<P>(2) On and after December 31, 2015, where any train is permitted to operate at a speed of 80 or more miles per hour, a PTC system complying with the provisions of subpart I shall be installed and operational, unless FRA approval to continue to operate with an automatic cab signal, automatic train stop, or automatic train control system complying with the provisions of this part has been justified to, and approved by, the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(3) Subpart H of this part sets forth requirements for voluntary installation of PTC systems, and subpart I of this part sets forth requirements for mandated installation of PTC systems, each under conditions specified in their respective subpart.
</P>
<P>(e) Nothing in this section authorizes the discontinuance of a block signal system, interlocking, traffic control system, automatic cab signal, automatic train stop or automatic train control system, or PTC system, without approval by the FRA under part 235 of this title. However, a railroad may apply for approval of discontinuance or material modification of a signal or train control system in connection with a request for approval of a Positive Train Control Development Plan (PTCDP) or Positive Train Control Safety Plan (PTCSP) as provided in subpart I of this part.
</P>
<P>(f) Any person (an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor) who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where: A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or a death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(g) A person may also be subject to criminal penalties for knowingly and willfully making a false entry in a record or report required to be made under this part, filing a false record or report, or violating any of the provisions of 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<P>(h) The requirements of subpart H of this part apply to safety-critical processor-based signal and train control systems, including subsystems and components thereof, developed under the terms and conditions of that subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3382, Jan. 26, 1984]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 236.0, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Rules and Instructions: All Systems</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1   Plans, where kept.</HEAD>
<P>As required for maintenance, plans shall be kept at all interlockings, automatic signals and controlled points. Plans shall be legible and correct.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3382, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.2" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.2   Grounds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each circuit, the functioning of which affects the safety of train operations, shall be kept free of any ground or combination of grounds having a current flow of 75 percent or more of the value necessary to retain a permissive state of a safety appliance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Circuits that include any track rail;
</P>
<P>(2) The common return wires of single-wire, single-break, and signal control circuits using a grounded common;
</P>
<P>(3) Circuitry internal to microprocessor-based appliances;
</P>
<P>(4) Circuitry internal to semiconductor-based memory; or
</P>
<P>(5) Alternating current power distribution circuits that are grounded in the interest of safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 49715, Aug. 22, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.3   Locking of signal apparatus housings.</HEAD>
<P>Signal apparatus housings shall be secured against unauthorized entry.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3382, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.4" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.4   Interference with normal functioning of device.</HEAD>
<P>The normal functioning of any device shall not be interfered with in testing or otherwise without first taking measures to provide for safety of train operation which depends on normal functioning of such device.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3382, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.5   Design of control circuits on closed circuit principle.</HEAD>
<P>All control circuits the functioning of which affects safety of train operation shall be designed on the closed circuit principle, except circuits for roadway equipment of intermittent automatic train stop system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.6" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.6   Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller.</HEAD>
<P>Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller connected to the point, or with facing-point lock and circuit controller, shall be so maintained that when point is open one-fourth inch or more on facing-point switch and three-eights inch or more on trailing-point switch, track or control circuits will be opened or shunted or both, and if equipped with facing-point lock with circuit controller, switch cannot be locked. On such hand-operated switch, switch circuit controllers, facing-point locks, switch-and-lock movements, and their connections shall be securely fastened in place, and contacts maintained with an opening of not less than one-sixteenth inch when open.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.7   Circuit controller operated by switch-and-lock movement.</HEAD>
<P>Circuit controller operated by switch-and-lock movement shall be maintained so that normally open contacts will remain closed and normally closed contacts will remain open until the switch is locked.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.8" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.8   Operating characteristics of electromagnetic, electronic, or electrical apparatus.</HEAD>
<P>Signal apparatus, the functioning of which affects the safety of train operation, shall be maintained in accordance with the limits within which the device is designed to operate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3382, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.9   Selection of circuits through indicating or annunciating instruments.</HEAD>
<P>Signal control and electric locking circuits shall not be selected through the contacts of instruments designed primarily for indicating or annunciating purposes in which an indicating element attached to the armature is arranged so that it can in itself cause improper operation of the armature.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.10" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.10   Electric locks, force drop type; where required.</HEAD>
<P>Electric locks on new installations and new electric locks applied to existing installations shall be of the forced drop type.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.11   Adjustment, repair, or replacement of component.</HEAD>
<P>When any component of a signal system, the proper functioning of which is essential to the safety of train operation, fails to perform its intended signaling function or is not in correspondence with known operating conditions, the cause shall be determined and the faulty component adjusted, repaired or replaced without undue delay.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3382, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.12" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.12   Spring switch signal protection; where required.</HEAD>
<P>Signal protection shall be provided for facing and trailing movements through spring switch within interlocking limits and through spring switch installed in automatic block signal, train stop, train control or cab signal territory where train movements over the switch are made at a speed exceeding 20 miles per hour, except that signal protection shall be required only with the current of traffic on track signaled for movement in only one direction.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Does not apply to spring switch installed prior to October 1, 1950 in automatic block signal, automatic train stop, or automatic train control territory.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3383, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.13   Spring switch; selection of signal control circuits through circuit controller.</HEAD>
<P>The control circuits of signals governing facing movements over a main track spring switch shall be selected through the contacts of a switch circuit controller, or through the contacts of relay repeating the position of such circuit controller, which, when normally closed switch point is open one-fourth inch or more, will cause such signals to display their most restrictive aspects, except that where a separate aspect is displayed for facing movements over the switch in the reverse position the signal shall display its most restrictive aspect when the switch points are open one-fourth inch or more from either the normal or reverse position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.14" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.14   Spring switch signal protection; requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The indication of signal governing movements from siding to main track with the current of traffic on track signaled for movements in only one direction through a spring switch in automatic block signal territory shall be not less restrictive than “Proceed at Restricted Speed' when the block, into which movements are governed by the signal, is occupied, and shall be “Stop” when the main track is occupied by a train approaching the switch within at least 1,500 feet in approach of the approach signal located stopping distance from the main track signal governing trailing movements over switch, except that the indication may be caused to be less restrictive if approach or time locking is used.
</P>
<P>(b) The indication of signal governing movements against the current of traffic from the reverse main of main tracks to a single track, or signal governing movements from a siding to a main track signaled for movements in either direction, through a spring switch, in automatic block signal territory, shall be not less restrictive than “Proceed at Restricted Speed” when the block, into which movements are governed by the signal, is occupied by a preceding train, and shall be “Stop” when the block on the single track into which the signal governs is occupied by an opposing train.
</P>
<P>(c) The indication of signal governing movements against the current of traffic from the reverse main of main tracks to a single track or signal governing movements from a siding to a main track signaled for movements in either direction through a spring switch in automatic block signal territory shall be “Stop” when the normal direction main track of the double track or the single track signaled for movements in both directions is occupied by a train approaching the switch within at least 1,500 feet in approach of the approach signal located stopping distance from the main track signal governing trailing movements over switch, except that indication may be caused to be less restrictive if approach or time locking is used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.15   Timetable instructions.</HEAD>
<P>Automatic block, traffic control, train stop, train control, cab signal, and positive train control territory shall be designated in timetable instructions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 49715, Aug. 22, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.16" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.16   Electric lock, main track releasing circuit.</HEAD>
<P>When an electric lock releasing circuit is provided on the main track to permit a train or an engine to diverge from the main track without time delay, the circuit shall be of such length to permit occupancy of the circuit to be seen by a crew member stationed at the switch. When the releasing circuit extends into the fouling circuit, a train or engine on the siding shall be prevented from occupying the releasing circuit by a derail either pipe-connected to switch point or equipped with an independently operated electric lock.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3383, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.17   Pipe for operating connections, requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Steel or wrought-iron pipe one inch or larger, or members of equal strength, shall be used for operating connections for switches, derails, movable-point frogs, facing-point locks, rail-locking devices of movable bridge protected by interlocking, and mechanically operated signals, except up-and-down rod which may be three-fourths inch pipe or solid rod. Pipe shall be fully screwed into coupling and both ends of each pipe shall be riveted to pipe plug with 2 rivets.
</P>
<P>(b) Pipeline shall not be out of alignment sufficiently to interfere with proper operation, shall be properly compensated for temperature changes, and supported on carriers spaced not more than 8 feet apart on tangent and curve of less than 2° and not more than 7 feet apart on curve of 2° or more. With lever in any position, couplings in pipe line shall not foul carriers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3383, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.18" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.107.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.18   Software management control plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 6 months of June 6, 2005, each railroad shall develop and adopt a software management control plan for its signal and train control systems. A railroad commencing operations after June 6, 2005, shall adopt a software management control plan for its signal and train control systems prior to commencing operations.
</P>
<P>(b) Within 30 months of the completion of the software management control plan, each railroad shall have fully implemented such plan.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, “software management control plan” means a plan designed to ensure that the proper and intended software version for each specific site and location is documented (mapped) and maintained through the life-cycle of the system. The plan must further describe how the proper software configuration is to be identified and confirmed in the event of replacement, modification, or disarrangement of any part of the system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 11095, Mar. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="108" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.108" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Roadway Signals and Cab Signals</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.108.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.21   Location of roadway signals.</HEAD>
<P>Each roadway signal shall be positioned and aligned so that its aspects can be clearly associated with the track it governs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3383, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.22" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.108.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.22   Semaphore signal arm; clearance to other objects.</HEAD>
<P>At least one-half inch clearance shall be provided between semaphore signal arm, and any object that may interfere with its operation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.108.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.23   Aspects and indications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Aspects shall be shown by the position of semaphore blades, color of lights, position of lights, flashing of lights, or any combination thereof. They may be qualified by marker plate, number plate, letter plate, marker light, shape and color of semaphore blades or any combination thereof, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Night aspects of roadway signals, except qualifying appurtenances, shall be shown by lights; day aspects by lights or semaphore arms. A single white light shall not be used.
</P>
<P>(2) Reflector lenses or buttons or other devices which depend for visibility upon reflected light from an external source shall not be used hereafter in night aspects, except qualifying appurtenances.
</P>
<P>(b) The aspects of cab signals shall be shown by lights or by illuminated letters or numbers.
</P>
<P>(c) Each aspect displayed by a signal shall be identified by a name and shall indicate action to be taken. Only one name and indication shall apply to those aspects indicating the same action to be taken; the same aspect shall not be used with any other name and indication.
</P>
<P>(d) The fundamental indications of signal aspects shall conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A red light, a series of horizontal lights or a semaphore blade in a horizontal position shall be used to indicate stop.
</P>
<P>(2) A yellow light, a lunar light, or a series of lights or a semaphore blade in the upper or lower quadrant at an angle of approximately 45 degrees to the vertical, shall be used to indicate that speed is to be restricted and stop may be required.
</P>
<P>(3) A green light, a series of vertical lights, or a semaphore blade in a vertical position in the upper quadrant or 60° or 90° in the lower quadrant shall be used to indicate proceed at authorized speed.
</P>
<P>(e) The names, indications, and aspects of roadway and cab signals shall be defined in the carrier's Operating Rule Book or Special Instructions. Modifications shall be filed with the FRA within thirty days after such modifications become effective.
</P>
<P>(f) The absence of a qualifying appurtenance, the failure of a lamp in a light signal, or a false restrictive position of an arm of a semaphore signal shall not cause the display of a less restrictive aspect than intended.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19684, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 49 FR 3383, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.24" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.108.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.24   Spacing of roadway signals.</HEAD>
<P>Each roadway signal shall be located with respect to the next signal or signals in advance which govern train movements in the same direction so that the indication of a signal displaying a restrictive aspect can be complied with by means of a brake application, other than an emergency application, initiated at such signal, either by stopping at the signal where a stop is required, or by a reduction in speed to the rate prescribed by the next signal in advance where reduced speed is required.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.108.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.25   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.26" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.108.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.26   Buffing device, maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>Buffing device shall be maintained so as not to cause the signal to display a less restrictive aspect than intended.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.109" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Track Circuits</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.51" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.109.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.51   Track circuit requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Track relay controlling home signals shall be in deenergized position, or device that functions as a track relay controlling home signals shall be in its most restrictive state, and the track circuit of an automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal system shall be deenergized in the rear of the point where any of the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(a) When a rail is broken or a rail or switch-frog is removed except when a rail is broken or removed in the shunt fouling circuit of a turnout or crossover, provided, however, that shunt fouling circuit may not be used in a turnout through which permissible speed is greater than 45 miles per hour. It shall not be a violation of this requirement if a track circuit is energized:
</P>
<P>(1) When a break occurs between the end of rail and track circuit connector; within the limits of rail-joint bond, appliance or other protective device, which provides a bypath for the electric current, or
</P>
<P>(2) As result of leakage current or foreign current in the rear of a point where a break occurs.
</P>
<P>(b) When a train, locomotive, or car occupies any part of a track circuit, including fouling section of turnout except turnouts of hand-operated main track crossover. It shall not be a violation of this requirement where the presence of sand, rust, dirt, grease, or other foreign matter prevents effective shunting, except that where such conditions are known to exist adequate measures to safeguard train operation must be taken.
</P>
<P>(c) Where switch shunting circuit is used:
</P>
<P>(1) Switch point is not closed in normal position.
</P>
<P>(2) A switch is not locked where facing-point lock with circuit controller is used.
</P>
<P>(3) An independently operated fouling-point derail equipped with switch circuit controller is not in derailing position.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19684, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 49 FR 3383, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.52" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.109.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.52   Relayed cut-section.</HEAD>
<P>Where relayed cut-section is used in territory where noncoded direct-current track circuits are in use the energy circuit to the adjoining track shall be open and the track circuit shunted when the track relay at such cut-section is in deenergized position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.53" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.109.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.53   Track circuit feed at grade crossing.</HEAD>
<P>At grade crossing with an electric railroad where foreign current is present, the electric energy for noncoded direct current track circuit shall feed away from the crossing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.54" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.109.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.54   Minimum length of track circuit.</HEAD>
<P>When a track circuit shorter than maximum inner wheelbase of any locomotive or car operated over such track circuit is used for control of signaling facilities, other means shall be used to provide the equivalent of track circuit protection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3383, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.55" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.109.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.55   Dead section; maximum length.</HEAD>
<P>Where dead section exceeds 35 feet, a special circuit shall be installed. Where shortest outer wheelbase of a locomotive operating over such dead section is less than 35 feet, the maximum length of the dead section shall not exceed the length of the outer wheelbase of such locomotive unless special circuit is used.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3383, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.56" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.109.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.56   Shunting sensitivity.</HEAD>
<P>Each track circuit controlling home signal or approach locking shall be so maintained that track relay is in deenergized position, or device that functions as a track relay shall be in its most restrictive state if, when track circuit is dry, a shunt of 0.06 ohm resistance is connected across the track rails of the circuit, including fouling sections of turnouts.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3383, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.57" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.109.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.57   Shunt and fouling wires.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, shunt wires and fouling wires hereafter installed or replaced shall consist of at least two discrete conductors, and each shall be of sufficient conductivity and maintained in such condition that the track relay will be in deenergized position, or device that functions as a track relay will be in its most restrictive state, when the circuit is shunted.
</P>
<P>(b) This rule does not apply to shunt wires where track or control circuit is opened by the switch circuit controller.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3383, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.58" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.109.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.58   Turnout, fouling section.</HEAD>
<P>Rail joints within the fouling section shall be bonded, and fouling section shall extend at least to a point where sufficient tract centers and allowance for maximum car overhang and width will prevent interference with train, locomotive, or car movement on the adjacent track.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3383, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.59" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.109.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.59   Insulated rail joints.</HEAD>
<P>Insulated rail joints shall be maintained in condition to prevent sufficient track circuit current from flowing between the rails separated by the insulation to cause a failure of any track circuit involved.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.60" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.109.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.60   Switch shunting circuit; use restricted.</HEAD>
<P>Switch shunting circuit shall not be hereafter installed, except where tract or control circuit is opened by the circuit controller.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3384, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="110" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.110" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Wires and Cables</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.71" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.110.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.71   Signal wires on pole line and aerial cable.</HEAD>
<P>Signal wire on pole line shall be securely tied in on insulator properly fastened to crossarm or bracket supported by pole or other support. Signal wire shall not interfere with, or be interfered by, other wires on the pole line. Aerial cable shall be supported by messenger.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3384, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.72" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.110.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.72   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.73" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.110.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.73   Open-wire transmission line; clearance to other circuits.</HEAD>
<P>Open-wire transmission line operating at voltage of 750 volts or more shall be placed not less than 4 feet above the nearest crossarm carrying signal or communication circuits.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.74" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.110.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.74   Protection of insulated wire; splice in underground wire.</HEAD>
<P>Insulated wire shall be protected from mechanical injury. The insulation shall not be punctured for test purposes. Splice in underground wire shall have insulation resistance at least equal to the wire spliced.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.75" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.110.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.75   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.76" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.110.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.76   Tagging of wires and interference of wires or tags with signal apparatus.</HEAD>
<P>Each wire shall be tagged or otherwise so marked that it can be identified at each terminal. Tags and other marks of identification shall be made of insulating material and so arranged that tags and wires do not interfere with moving parts of apparatus.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3384, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.111" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Inspections and Tests; All Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.111.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.101   Purpose of inspection and tests; removal from service of relay or device failing to meet test requirements.</HEAD>
<P>The following inspections and tests shall be made in accordance with specifications of the carrier, subject to approval of the FRA, to determine if the apparatus and/or equipment is maintained in condition to perform its intended function. Electronic device, relay, or other electromagnetic device which fails to meet the requirements of specified tests shall be removed from service, and shall not be restored to service until its operating characteristics are in accordance with the limits within which such device or relay is designed to operate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3384, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.102" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.111.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.102   Semaphore or searchlight signal mechanism.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Semaphore signal mechanism shall be inspected at least once every six months, and tests of the operating characteristics of all parts shall be made at least once every two years.
</P>
<P>(b) Searchlight signal mechanism shall be inspected, and the mechanical movement shall be observed while operating the mechanism to all positions, at least once every six months. Tests of the operating characteristics shall be made at least once every two years.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3384, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.111.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.103   Switch circuit controller or point detector.</HEAD>
<P>Switch circuit controller, circuit controller, or point detector operated by hand-operated switch or by power-operated or mechanically-operated switch-and-lock movement shall be inspected and tested at least once every three months.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3384, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.104" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.111.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.104   Shunt fouling circuit.</HEAD>
<P>Shunt fouling circuit shall be inspected and tested at least once every three months.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.111.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.105   Electric lock.</HEAD>
<P>Electric lock, except forced-drop type, shall be tested at least once every two years.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.106" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.111.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.106   Relays.</HEAD>
<P>Each relay, the functioning of which affects the safety of train operations, shall be tested at least once every four years except:
</P>
<P>(a) Alternating current centrifugal type relay shall be tested at least once every 12 months;
</P>
<P>(b) Alternating current vane type relay and direct current polar type relay shall be tested at least once every 2 years; and
</P>
<P>(c) Relay with soft iron magnetic structure shall be tested at least once every 2 years.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3384, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.111.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.107   Ground tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a test for grounds on each energy bus furnishing power to circuits, the functioning of which affects the safety of train operation, shall be made when such energy bus is placed in service, and shall be made at least once every three months thereafter.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of this rule shall not apply to track circuit wires, common return wires of grounded common single-break circuits, or alternating current power distribution circuits grounded in the interest of safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3384, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.108" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.111.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.108   Insulation resistance tests, wires in trunking and cables.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Insulation resistance of wires and cables, except wires connected directly to track rails, shall be tested when wires, cables, and insulation are dry. Insulation resistance tests shall be made between all conductors and ground, and between conductors in each multiple conductor cable, and between conductors in trunking, when wires or cables are installed and at least once every ten years thereafter.
</P>
<P>(b) Then insulation resistance of wire or cable is found to be less than 500,000 ohms, prompt action shall be taken to repair or replace the defective wire or cable and until such defective wire or cable is replaced, insulation resistance test shall be made annually.
</P>
<P>(c) In no case shall a circuit be permitted to function on a conductor having an insulation resistance to ground or between conductors of less than 200,000 ohms during the period required for repair or replacement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3384, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.111.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.109   Time releases, timing relays and timing devices.</HEAD>
<P>Time releases, timing relays and timing devices shall be tested at least once every twelve months. The timing shall be maintained at not less than 90 percent of the predetermined time interval, which shall be shown on the plans or marked on the time release, timing relay, or timing device.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3384, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.110" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.1.111.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.110   Results of tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Results of tests made in compliance with §§ 236.102 to 236.109, inclusive; 236.376 to 236.387, inclusive; 236.576; 236.577; 236.586 to 236.589, inclusive; and 236.917(a) must be recorded on preprinted forms provided by the railroad or by electronic means, subject to approval by the FRA Associate Administrator for Safety. These records must show the name of the railroad, place and date, equipment tested, results of tests, repairs, replacements, adjustments made, and condition in which the apparatus was left. Each record must be:
</P>
<P>(1) Signed by the employee making the test, or electronically coded or identified by number of the automated test equipment (where applicable);
</P>
<P>(2) Unless otherwise noted, filed in the office of a supervisory official having jurisdiction; and
</P>
<P>(3) Available for inspection and replication by FRA and FRA-certified State inspectors.
</P>
<P>(b) Results of tests made in compliance with § 236.587 must be retained for 92 days.
</P>
<P>(c) Results of tests made in compliance with § 236.917(a) must be retained as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Results of tests that pertain to installation or modification must be retained for the life-cycle of the equipment tested and may be kept in any office designated by the railroad; and
</P>
<P>(2) Results of periodic tests required for maintenance or repair of the equipment tested must be retained until the next record is filed but in no case less than one year.
</P>
<P>(d) Results of all other tests listed in this section must be retained until the next record is filed but in no case less than one year.
</P>
<P>(e) Electronic or automated tracking systems used to meet the requirements contained in paragraph (a) of this section must be capable of being reviewed and monitored by FRA at any time to ensure the integrity of the system. FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety may prohibit or revoke a railroad's authority to utilize an electronic or automated tracking system in lieu of preprinted forms if FRA finds that the electronic or automated tracking system is not properly secured, is inaccessible to FRA, FRA-certified State inspectors, or railroad employees requiring access to discharge their assigned duties, or fails to adequately track and monitor the equipment. The Associate Administrator for Safety will provide the affected railroad with a written statement of the basis for his or her decision prohibiting or revoking the railroad from utilizing an electronic or automated tracking system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 11095, Mar. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Automatic Block Signal Systems</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="112" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.2.112" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Standards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.2.112.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.201   Track-circuit control of signals.</HEAD>
<P>The control circuits for home signal aspects with indications more favorable than “proceed at restricted speed” shall be controlled automatically by track circuits extending through the entire block.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.202" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.2.112.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.202   Signal governing movements over hand-operated switch.</HEAD>
<P>Signal governing movements over hand-operated switch in the facing direction shall display its most restrictive aspect when the points are open one-fourth inch or more and, in the trailing direction, three-eighths inch or more, except that where a separate aspect is displayed for facing movements over the switch in the normal and in the reverse position, the signal shall display its most restrictive aspect when the switch points are open one-fourth inch or more from either the normal or reverse position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.2.112.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.203   Hand operated crossover between main tracks; protection.</HEAD>
<P>At hand-operated crossover between main tracks, protection shall be provided by one of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) An arrangement of one or more track circuits and switch circuit controllers,
</P>
<P>(b) Facing point locks on both switches of the crossover, with both locks operated by a single lever, or
</P>
<P>(c) Electric locking of the switches of the crossover. Signals governing movements over either switch shall display their most restrictive aspect when any of the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(1) Where protection is provided by one or more track circuits and switch circuit controllers, and either switch is open or the crossover is occupied by a train, locomotive or car in such a manner as to foul the main track. It shall not be a violation of this requirement where the presence of sand, rust, dirt, grease or other foreign matter on the rail prevents effective shunting;
</P>
<P>(2) Where facing point locks with a single lever are provided, and either switch is unlocked;
</P>
<P>(3) Where the switches are electrically locked, before the electric locking releases.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.204" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.2.112.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.204   Track signaled for movements in both directions, requirements.</HEAD>
<P>On track signaled for movements in both directions, a train shall cause one or more opposing signals immediately ahead of it to display the most restrictive aspect, the indication of which shall be not more favorable than “proceed at restricted speed.” Signals shall be so arranged and controlled that if opposing trains can simultaneously pass signals displaying proceed aspects and the next signal in advance of each such signal then displays an aspect requiring a stop, or its most restrictive aspect, the distance between opposing signals displaying such aspects shall be not less than the aggregate of the stopping distances for movements in each direction. Where such opposing signals are spaced stopping distance apart for movements in one direction only, signals arranged to display restrictive aspects shall be provided in approach to at least one of the signals. Where such opposing signals are spaced less than stopping distance apart for movements in one direction, signals arranged to display restrictive aspects shall be provided in approach to both such signals. In absolute permissive block signaling, when a train passes a head block signal, it shall cause the opposing head block signal to display an aspect with an indication not more favorable than “stop.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19684, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 49 FR 3384, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.2.112.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.205   Signal control circuits; requirements.</HEAD>
<P>The circuits shall be so installed that each signal governing train movements into a block will display its most restrictive aspect when any of the following conditions obtain within the block:
</P>
<P>(a) Occupancy by a train, locomotive, or car,
</P>
<P>(b) When points of a switch are not closed in proper position,
</P>
<P>(c) When an independently operated fouling point derail equipped with switch circuit controller is not in derailing position,
</P>
<P>(d) When a track relay is in de-energized position or a device which functions as a track relay is in its most restrictive state; or when signal control circuit is deenergized.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19684, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.206" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.2.112.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.206   Battery or power supply with respect to relay; location.</HEAD>
<P>The battery or power supply for each signal control relay circuit, where an open-wire circuit or a common return circuit is used, shall be located at the end of the circuit farthest from the relay.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.2.112.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.207   Electric lock on hand-operated switch; control.</HEAD>
<P>Electric lock on hand-operated switch shall be controlled so that it cannot be unlocked until control circuits of signals governing movements over such switch have been opened. Approach or time locking shall be provided.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Interlocking</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Standards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.301   Where signals shall be provided.</HEAD>
<P>Signals shall be provided to govern train movements into and through interlocking limits, except that a signal shall not be required to govern movements over a hand-operated switch into interlocking limits if the switch is provided with an electric lock and a derail at the clearance point, either pipe-connected to the switch or independently locked, electrically. Electric locks installed under this rule must conform to the time and approach locking requirements of Rule 314 (without reference to the 20-mile exceptions), and those of either Rule 760 or Rule 768, as may be appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.302" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.302   Track circuits and route locking.</HEAD>
<P>Track circuits and route locking shall be provided and shall be effective when the first pair of wheels of a locomotive or a car passes a point not more than 13 feet in advance of the signal governing its movement, measured from the center of the mast, or if there is no mast, from the center of the signal.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.303   Control circuits for signals, selection through circuit controller operated by switch points or by switch locking mechanism.</HEAD>
<P>The control circuit for each aspect with indication more favorable than “proceed at restricted speed” of power operated signal governing movements over switches, movable-point frogs and derails shall be selected through circuit controller operated directly by switch points or by switch locking mechanism, or through relay controlled by such circuit controller, for each switch, movable-point frog, and derail in the routes governed by such signal. Circuits shall be arranged so that such signal can display an aspect more favorable than “proceed at restricted speed,” only when each switch, movable-point frog, and derail in the route is in proper position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.304" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.304   Mechanical locking or same protection effected by circuits.</HEAD>
<P>Mechanical locking, or the same protection effected by means of circuits, shall be provided.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.305   Approach or time locking.</HEAD>
<P>Approach or time locking shall be provided in connection with signals displaying aspects with indications more favorable than “proceed at restricted speed.”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.306" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.306   Facing point lock or switch-and-lock movement.</HEAD>
<P>Facing point lock or switch-and-lock movement shall be provided for mechanically operated switch, movable-point frog, or split-point derail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.307   Indication locking.</HEAD>
<P>Indication locking shall be provided for operative approach signals of the semaphore type, power-operated home signals, power-operated switches, movable-point frogs and derails, and for all approach signals except light signals, all aspects of which are controlled by polar or coded track circuits or line circuits so arranged that a single fault will not permit a more favorable aspect than intended to be displayed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.308" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.308   Mechanical or electric locking or electric circuits; requisites.</HEAD>
<P>Mechanical or electric locking or electric circuits shall be installed to prevent signals from displaying aspects which permit conflicting movements except that opposing signals may display an aspect indicating proceed at restricted speed at the same time on a track used for switching movements only, by one train at a time. Manual interlocking in service as of the date of this part at which opposing signals on the same track are permitted simultaneously to display aspects authorizing conflicting movements when interlocking is unattended, may be continued, provided that simultaneous train movements in opposite directions on the same track between stations on either side of the interlocking are not permitted.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Relief from the requirement of this section will be granted upon an adequate showing by an individual carrier to allow opposing signals on the same track simultaneously to display aspects to proceed through an interlocking which is unattended, provided that train movements in opposite directions on the same track between stations on either site of the interlocking are not permitted at the same time.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.309" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.309   Loss of shunt protection; where required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A loss of shunt of 5 seconds or less shall not permit an established route to be changed at an automatic interlocking.
</P>
<P>(b) A loss of shunt of 5 seconds or less shall not permit the release of the route locking circuit of each power-operated switch hereafter installed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.310" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.310   Signal governing approach to home signal.</HEAD>
<P>A signal shall be provided on main track to govern the approach with the current of traffic to any home signal except where the home signal is the first signal encountered when leaving yards or stations and authorized speed approaching such signal is not higher than slow speed. When authorized speed between home signals on route governed is 20 miles per hour or less, an inoperative signal displaying an aspect indicating “approach next signal prepared to stop” may be used to govern the approach to the home signal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.311" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.311   Signal control circuits, selection through track relays or devices functioning as track relays and through signal mechanism contacts and time releases at automatic interlocking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The control circuits for aspects with indications more favorable than “proceed at restricted speed” shall be selected through track relays, or through devices that function as track relays, for all track circuits in the route governed.
</P>
<P>(b) At automatic interlocking, signal control circuits shall be selected (1) through track relays, or devices that function as track relays, for all track circuits in the route governed and in all conflicting routes within the interlocking; (2) through signal mechanism contacts or relay contacts closed when signals for such conflicting routes display “stop” aspects; and (3) through normal contacts of time releases, time element relays, or timing devices for such conflicting routes, or contacts of relays repeating the normal position or normal state of such time releases, time element relays, or timing devices.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.312" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.312   Movable bridge, interlocking of signal appliances with bridge devices.</HEAD>
<P>When movable bridge is protected by interlocking the signal appliances shall be so interlocked with bridge devices that before a signal governing movements over the bridge can display an aspect to proceed the bridge must be locked and the track alined, with the bridge locking members within one inch of their proper positions and with the track rail on the movable span within three-eighths inch of correct surface and alinement with rail seating device on bridge abutment or fixed span. Emergency bypass switches and devices shall be locked or sealed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19684, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.313" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.313   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.314" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.113.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.314   Electric lock for hand-operated switch or derail.</HEAD>
<P>Electric lock shall be provided for each hand-operated switch or derail within interlocking limits, except where train movements are made at not exceeding 20 miles per hour. At manually operated interlocking it shall be controlled by operator of the machine and shall be unlocked only after signals governing movements over such switch or derail display aspects indicating stop. Approach or time locking shall be provided.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="114" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules and Instructions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.326" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.326   Mechanical locking removed or disarranged; requirement for permitting train movements through interlocking.</HEAD>
<P>When mechanical locking of interlocking machine is being changed or is removed from the machine, or locking becomes disarranged or broken, unless protection equivalent to mechanical locking is provided by electric locking or electric circuits, train movements through the interlocking shall not be permitted until each switch, movable-point frog or derail in the route is spiked, clamped or blocked in proper position so that it cannot be moved by its controlling lever, and then train movements shall not exceed restricted speed until the interlocking is restored to normal operation. It will not be necessary to comply with this requirement at interlockings where protection is in service in accordance with section 303, provided that the signal controls are arranged so that the signals cannot display an aspect the indication of which is less restrictive than “proceed at restricted speed.”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.327" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.327   Switch, movable-point frog or split-point derail.</HEAD>
<P>Switch, movable-point frog, or split-point derail equipped with lock rod shall be maintained so that it can not be locked when the point is open three-eighths inch or more.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.328" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.328   Plunger of facing-point lock.</HEAD>
<P>Plunger of lever operated facing-point lock shall have at least 8-inch stroke. When lock lever is in unlocked position the end of the plunger shall clear the lock rod not more than one inch.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.329" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.329   Bolt lock.</HEAD>
<P>Bolt lock shall be so maintained that signal governing movements over switch or derail and displaying an aspect indicating stop cannot be operated to display a less restrictive aspect while derail is in derailing position, or when switch point is open one-half inch or more.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.330" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.330   Locking dog of switch-and-lock movement.</HEAD>
<P>Locking dog of switch-and-lock movement shall extend through lock rod one-half inch or more in either normal or reverse position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 236.331-236.333" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 236.331-236.333   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.334" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.334   Point detector.</HEAD>
<P>Point detector shall be maintained so that when switch mechanism is locked in normal or reverse position, contacts cannot be opened by manually applying force at the closed switch point. Point detector circuit controller shall be maintained so that the contacts will not assume the position corresponding to switch point closure if the switch point is prevented by an obstruction, from closing to within one-fourth inch where latch-out device is not used, and to within three-eighths inch where latch-out device is used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.335" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.335   Dogs, stops and trunnions of mechanical locking.</HEAD>
<P>Driving pieces, dogs, stops and trunnions shall be rigidly secured to locking bars. Swing dogs shall have full and free movement. Top plates shall be maintained securely in place.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.336" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.336   Locking bed.</HEAD>
<P>The various parts of the locking bed, locking bed supports, and tappet stop rail shall be rigidly secured in place and alined to permit free operation of locking.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.337" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.337   Locking faces of mechanical locking; fit.</HEAD>
<P>Locking faces shall fit squarely against each other with a minimum engagement when locked of at least one-half the designed locking face.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.338" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.338   Mechanical locking required in accordance with locking sheet and dog chart.</HEAD>
<P>Mechanical locking shall be in accordance with locking sheet and dog chart currently in effect.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.339" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.339   Mechanical locking, maintenance requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Locking and connections shall be maintained so that, when a lever or latch is mechanically locked the following will be prevented:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Mechanical machine</I>—(1) <I>Latch-operated locking.</I> Raising lever latch block so that bottom thereof is within three-eighths inch of top of quadrant.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lever-operated locking.</I> Moving lever latch block more than three-eighths inch on top of quadrant.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electromechanical machine</I>—(1) <I>Lever moving in horizontal plant.</I> Moving lever more than five-sixteenths inch when in normal position or more than nine-sixteenths inch when in reverse position.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lever moving in arc.</I> Moving lever more than 5 degrees.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Power machine</I>—(1) <I>Latch-operated locking.</I> Raising lever latch block to that bottom thereof is within seven thirty-seconds inch of top of quadrant.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lever moving in horizontal plane.</I> Moving lever more than five-sixteenths inch when in normal position or more than nine-sixteenths inch when in reverse position.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Lever moving in arc.</I> Moving lever more than 5 degrees.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.340" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.340   Electromechanical interlocking machine; locking between electrical and mechanical levers.</HEAD>
<P>In electro-mechanical interlocking machine, locking between electric and mechanical levers shall be maintained so that mechanical lever cannot be operated except when released by electric lever.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.341" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.341   Latch shoes, rocker links, and quadrants.</HEAD>
<P>Latch shoes, rocker links, and quadrants of Saxby and farmer machines shall be maintained so that locking will not release if a downward force not exceeding a man's weight is exerted on the rocker while the lever is in the mid-stroke position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.342" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.114.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.342   Switch circuit controller.</HEAD>
<P>Switch circuit controller connected at the point to switch, derail, or movable-point frog, shall be maintained so that its contacts will not be in position corresponding to switch point closure when switch point is open one-fourth inch or more.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.115" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Inspection and Tests</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.376" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.115.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.376   Mechanical locking.</HEAD>
<P>Mechanical locking in interlocking machine shall be tested when new locking is installed; and thereafter when change in locking is made, or locking becomes disarranged, or tested at least once every two years, whichever shall occur first.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.377" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.115.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.377   Approach locking.</HEAD>
<P>Approach locking shall be tested when placed in service and thereafter when modified, disarranged, or at least once every two years, whichever shall occur first.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.378" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.115.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.378   Time locking.</HEAD>
<P>Time locking shall be tested when placed in service and thereafter when modified, disarranged, or at least once every two years, whichever shall occur first.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.379" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.115.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.379   Route locking.</HEAD>
<P>Route locking or other type of switch locking shall be tested when placed in service and thereafter when modified, disarranged, or at least once every two years, whichever shall occur first.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.380" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.115.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.380   Indication locking.</HEAD>
<P>Indication locking shall be tested when placed in service and thereafter when modified, disarranged, or at least once every two years, whichever shall occur first.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.381" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.115.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.381   Traffic locking.</HEAD>
<P>Traffic locking shall be tested when placed in service and thereafter when modified, disarranged, or at least once every two years, whichever shall occur first.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.382" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.115.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.382   Switch obstruction test.</HEAD>
<P>Switch obstruction test of lock rod of each power-operated switch and lock rod of each hand-operated switch equipped with switch-and-lock-movement shall be made when lock rod is placed in service or changed out, but not less than once each month.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.383" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.115.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.383   Valve locks, valves, and valve magnets.</HEAD>
<P>Valve locks on valves of the non-cut-off type shall be tested at least once every three months, and valves and valve magnets shall be tested at least once every year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.384" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.115.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.384   Cross protection.</HEAD>
<P>Cross protection shall be tested at least once every six months.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.385" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.115.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.385   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.386" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.115.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.386   Restoring feature on power switches.</HEAD>
<P>Restoring feature on power switches shall be tested at least once every three months.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.387" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.3.115.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.387   Movable bridge locking.</HEAD>
<P>Movable bridge locking shall be tested at least once a year.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Traffic Control Systems</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="116" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.116" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Standards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.116.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.401   Automatic block signal system and interlocking standards applicable to traffic control systems.</HEAD>
<P>The standards prescribed in §§ 236.201, to 236.203, inclusive, §§ 236.205, 236.206, 236.303, 236.307 and 236.309 to 236.311, inclusive, shall apply to traffic control systems.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3385, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.402" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.116.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.402   Signals controlled by track circuits and control operator.</HEAD>
<P>The control circuits for home signal aspects with indications more favorable than “proceed at restricted speed” shall be controlled by track circuits extending through entire block. Also in addition, at controlled point they may be controlled by control operator, and, at manually operated interlocking, they shall be controlled manually in cooperation with control operator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.116.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.403   Signals at controlled point.</HEAD>
<P>Signals at controlled point shall be so interconnected that aspects to proceed cannot be displayed simultaneously for conflicting movements, except that opposing signals may display an aspect indicating “proceed at restricted speed” at the same time on a track used for switching movements only, by one train at a time.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.404" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.116.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.404   Signals at adjacent control points.</HEAD>
<P>Signals at adjacent controlled points shall be so interconnected that aspects to proceed on tracks signaled for movements at greater than restricted speed cannot be displayed simultaneously for conflicting movements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.116.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.405   Track signaled for movements in both directions, change of direction of traffic.</HEAD>
<P>On track signaled for movements in both directions, occupancy of the track between opposing signals at adjacent controlled points shall prevent changing the direction of traffic from that which obtained at the time the track became occupied, except that when a train having left one controlled point reaches a section of track immediately adjacent to the next controlled point at which switching is to be performed, an aspect permitting movement at not exceeding restricted speed may be displayed into the occupied block.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.406" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.116.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.406   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.116.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.407   Approach or time locking; where required.</HEAD>
<P>Approach or time locking shall be provided for all controlled signals where route or direction of traffic can be changed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.408" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.116.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.408   Route locking.</HEAD>
<P>Route locking shall be provided where switches are power-operated. Route locking shall be effective when the first pair of wheels of a locomotive or car passes a point not more than 13 feet in advance of the signal governing its movement, measured from the center of the signal mast or, if there is no mast, from the center of the signal.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.409" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.116.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.409   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.410" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.116.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.410   Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each hand-operated switch in main track shall be locked either electrically or mechanically in normal position, except:
</P>
<P>(1) Where train speeds over the switch do not exceed 20 miles per hour;
</P>
<P>(2) Where trains are not permitted to clear the main track;
</P>
<P>(3) Where a signal is provided to govern train movements from the auxiliary track to the signaled track; or
</P>
<P>(4) On a signaled siding without intermediate signals where the maximum authorized speed on the siding does not exceed 30 miles per hour.
</P>
<P>(b) Approach or time locking shall be provided and locking may be released either automatically, or by the control operator, but only after the control circuits of signals governing movement in either direction over the switch and which display aspects with indications more favorable than “proceed at restricted speed” have been opened directly or by shunting of track circuit.
</P>
<P>(c) Where a signal is used in lieu of electric or mechanical lock to govern movements from auxiliary track to signaled track, the signal shall not display an aspect to proceed until after the control circuits of signals governing movement on main track in either direction over the switch have been opened, and either the approach locking circuits to the switch are unoccupied or a predetermined time interval has expired.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Railroads shall bring all hand-operated switches that are not electrically or mechanically locked and that do not conform to the requirements of this section on the effective date of this part into conformity with this section in accordance with the following schedule:
</P>
<P>Not less than 33% during calendar year 1984.
</P>
<P>Not less than 66% during calendar year 1985.
</P>
<P>The remainder during calendar year 1986.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19684, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984; 75 FR 2699, Jan. 15, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="117" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.117" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules and Instructions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.426" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.117.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.426   Interlocking rules and instructions applicable to traffic control systems.</HEAD>
<P>The rules and instructions prescribed in §§ 236.327 and 236.328, § 236.330 to § 236.334, inclusive, and § 236.342 shall apply to traffic control systems.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="118" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.118" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Inspection and Tests</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.476" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.4.118.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.476   Interlocking inspections and tests applicable to traffic control systems.</HEAD>
<P>The inspections and tests prescribed in §§ 236.377 to 236.380, inclusive, and §§ 236.382, 236.383, and 236.386 shall apply to traffic control systems.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Automatic Train Stop, Train Control and Cab Signal Systems</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="119" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Standards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.501" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.501   Forestalling device and speed control.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An automatic train stop system may include a device by means of which the automatic application of the brakes can be forestalled.
</P>
<P>(b) Automatic train control system shall include one or more of the following features:
</P>
<P>(1) Low-speed restriction, requiring the train to proceed under slow speed after it has either been stopped by an automatic application of the brakes, or under control of the engineman, its speed has been reduced to slow speed, until the apparatus is automatically restored to normal because the condition which caused the restriction no longer affects the movement of the train.
</P>
<P>(2) Medium-speed restriction, requiring the train to proceed under medium speed after passing a signal displaying an approach aspect or when approaching a signal requiring a stop, or a stop indication point, in order to prevent an automatic application of the brakes.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Relief from the requirements of paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this section will be granted, insofar as speed limits fixed by definitions of Slow and Medium speeds are concerned, upon an adequate showing by an individual carrier where automatic train control systems now in service enforce speed restrictions higher than those required by definitions in §§ 236.700 to 236.838 inclusive.</P></NOTE>
<P>(3) Maximum-speed restriction, effecting an automatic brake application whenever the predetermined maximum speed limit is exceeded.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.502" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.502   Automatic brake application, initiation by restrictive block conditions stopping distance in advance.</HEAD>
<P>An automatic train-stop or train-control system shall operate to initiate an automatic brake application at least stopping distance from the entrance to a block, wherein any condition described in § 236.205 obtains, and at each main track signal requiring a reduction in speed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.503" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.503   Automatic brake application; initiation when predetermined rate of speed exceeded.</HEAD>
<P>An automatic train control system shall operate to initiate an automatic brake application when the speed of the train exceeds the predetermined rate as required by the setting of the speed control mechanism.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.504" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.504   Operation interconnected with automatic block-signal system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A continuous inductive automatic train stop or train control system shall operate in connection with an automatic block signal system and shall be so interconnected with the signal system as to perform its intended function in event of failure of the engineer to acknowledge or obey a restrictive wayside signal or a more restrictive cab signal.
</P>
<P>(b) An intermittent inductive automatic train stop system shall operate in connection with an automatic block signal system and shall be so interconnected with the signal system that the failure of the engineer to acknowledge a restrictive wayside signal will cause the intermittent inductive automatic train stop system to perform its intended function.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.505" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.505   Proper operative relation between parts along roadway and parts on locomotive.</HEAD>
<P>Proper operative relation between the parts along the roadway and the parts on the locomotive shall obtain under all conditions of speed, weather, wear, oscillation, and shock.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.506" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.506   Release of brakes after automatic application.</HEAD>
<P>The automatic train stop or train control apparatus shall prevent release of the brakes after automatic application until a reset device has been operated, or the speed of the train has been reduced to a predetermined rate, or the condition that caused the brake application no longer affects the movement of the train. If reset device is used it shall be arranged so that the brakes cannot be released until the train has been stopped, or it shall be located so that it cannot be operated by engineman without leaving his accustomed position in the cab.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.507" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.507   Brake application; full service.</HEAD>
<P>The automatic train stop or train control apparatus shall, when operated, cause a full service application of the brakes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.508" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.508   Interference with application of brakes by means of brake valve.</HEAD>
<P>The automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal apparatus shall be so arranged as not to interfere with the application of the brakes by means of the brake valve and not to impair the efficiency of the brake system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.509" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.509   Two or more locomotives coupled.</HEAD>
<P>The automatic train stop, train control or cab signal apparatus shall be arranged so that when two or more locomotives are coupled, or a pushing or helping locomotive is used, it can be made operative only on the locomotive from which the brakes are controlled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.510" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.510   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.511" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.511   Cab signals controlled in accordance with block conditions stopping distance in advance.</HEAD>
<P>The automatic cab signal system shall be arranged so that cab signals will be continuously controlled in accordance with conditions described in § 236.205 that obtain at least stopping distance in advance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.512" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.512   Cab signal indication when locomotive enters block where restrictive conditions obtain.</HEAD>
<P>The automatic cab signal system shall be arranged so that when a locomotive enters or is within a block, wherein any condition described in § 236.205 obtains, the cab signals shall indicate “Proceed at Restricted Speed.”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.513" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.513   Audible indicator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The automatic cab signal system shall be so arranged that when the cab signal changes to display a more restrictive aspect, an audible indicator will sound continuously until silenced by manual operation of an acknowledging device.
</P>
<P>(b) The audible cab indicator of automatic cab signal, automatic train stop, or automatic train control system shall have a distinctive sound and be clearly audible throughout the cab under all operating conditions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.514" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.514   Interconnection of cab signal system with roadway signal system.</HEAD>
<P>The automatic cab signal system shall be interconnected with the roadway-signal system so that the cab signal indication will not authorize operation of the train at a speed higher than that authorized by the indication of the roadway signal that governed the movement of a train into a block except when conditions affecting movement of trains in the block change after the train passes the signal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.515" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.515   Visibility of cab signals.</HEAD>
<P>The cab signals shall be plainly visible to member or members of the locomotive crew from their stations in the cab.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.516" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.119.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.516   Power supply.</HEAD>
<P>Automatic cab signal, train stop, or train control device hereafter installed shall operate from a separate or isolated power supply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="120" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.120" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules and Instructions; Roadway</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.526" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.120.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.526   Roadway element not functioning properly.</HEAD>
<P>When a roadway element except track circuit of automatic train stop, train control or cab signal system is not functioning as intended, the signal associated with such roadway element shall be caused manually to display its most restrictive aspect until such element has been restored to normal operative condition.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.527" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.120.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.527   Roadway element insulation resistance.</HEAD>
<P>Insulation resistance between roadway inductor and ground shall be maintained at not less than 10,000 ohms.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.528" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.120.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.528   Restrictive condition resulting from open hand-operated switch; requirement.</HEAD>
<P>When a facing point hand-operated switch is open one-fourth inch or more, a trailing point hand-operated switch three-eighths inch or more, or hand-operated switch is not locked where facing point lock with circuit controller is used, the resultant restrictive condition of an automatic train stop or train control device of the continuous type or the resultant restrictive cab signal indication of an automatic cab signal device on an approaching locomotive shall be maintained to within 300 feet of the points of the switch.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.529" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.120.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.529   Roadway element inductor; height and distance from rail.</HEAD>
<P>Inductor of the inert roadway element type shall be maintained with the inductor pole faces at a height above the plane of the tops of the rails, and with its inner edge at a horizontal distance from the gage side of the nearest running rail, in accordance with specifications of the carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.530" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.120.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.530   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.531" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.120.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.531   Trip arm; height and distance from rail.</HEAD>
<P>Trip arm of automatic train stop device when in the stop position shall be maintained at a height above the plane of the tops of the rails, and at a horizontal distance from its center line to gage side of the nearest running rail, in accordance with specifications of the carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.532" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.120.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.532   Strap iron inductor; use restricted.</HEAD>
<P>No railroad shall use strap iron inductor or other roadway element with characteristics differing from its standard type on track where speed higher than restricted speed is permitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3386, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.533" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.120.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.533   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.534" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.120.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.534   Entrance to equipped territory; requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Where trains are not required to stop at the entrance to equipped territory, except when leaving yards and stations and speed until entering equipped territory does not exceed restricted speed, the automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal device shall be operative at least stopping distance from the entrance to such territory except where the approach thereto is governed by automatic approach signal.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="121" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Rules and Instructions; Locomotives</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.551" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.551   Power supply voltage; requirement.</HEAD>
<P>The voltage of power supply shall be maintained within 10 percent of rated voltage.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.552" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.552   Insulation resistance; requirement.</HEAD>
<P>When periodic test prescribed in § 236.588 is performed, insulation resistance between wiring and ground of continuous inductive automatic cab signal system, automatic train control system, or automatic train stop system shall be not less than one megohm, and that of an intermittent inductive automatic train stop system, not less than 250,000 ohms. Insulation resistance values between periodic tests shall be not less than 250,000 ohms for a continuous inductive automatic cab signal system, automatic train control system, or automatic train stop system, and 20,000 ohms for an intermittent inductive automatic train stop system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3387, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.553" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.553   Seal, where required.</HEAD>
<P>Seal shall be maintained on any device other than brake-pipe cut-out cock (double-heading cock), by means of which the operation of the pneumatic portion of automatic train-stop or train-control apparatus can be cut out.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.554" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.554   Rate of pressure reduction; equalizing reservoir or brake pipe.</HEAD>
<P>The equalizing-reservoir pressure or brake-pipe pressure reduction during an automatic brake application shall be at a rate not less than that which results from a manual service application.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.555" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.555   Repaired or rewound receiver coil.</HEAD>
<P>Receiver coil which has been repaired or rewound shall have the same operating characteristics which it possessed originally or as currently specified for new equipment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.556" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.556   Adjustment of relay.</HEAD>
<P>Change in adjustment of relay shall be made only in a shop equipped for that purpose except when receiver coils, electro-pneumatic valve, or other essential part of the equipment is replaced. Irregularities in power-supply voltage or other variable factors in the circuit shall not be compensated for by adjustment of the relay.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.557" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.557   Receiver; location with respect to rail.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Receiver of intermittent inductive automatic train stop device of the inert roadway element type shall be maintained with bottom of the receiver at a height above the plane of the tops of the rails, and with its outer edge at a horizontal distance from the gage side of the nearest rail, in accordance with specifications of the carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) Receiver of continuous inductive automatic cab signal, train stop, or train control device of locomotive equipped with onboard test equipment, shall be maintained with the bottom of the receiver at a height above the plane of the tops of the rails, and with its outer edge at a horizontal distance from the gage side of the nearest rail, in accordance with specifications of the carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3387, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 236.558-236.559" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 236.558-236.559   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.560" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.560   Contact element, mechanical trip type; location with respect to rail.</HEAD>
<P>Contact element of automatic train stop device of the mechanical trip type shall be maintained at a height above the plane of the tops of the rails, and at a horizontal distance from the gage side of the rail, in accordance with specifications of the carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3387, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.561" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.561   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.562" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.562   Minimum rail current required.</HEAD>
<P>The minimum rail current required to restore the locomotive equipment of continuous inductive automatic train stop or train control device to normal condition or to obtain a proceed indication of automatic cab signal device (pick-up) shall be in accordance with specifications of the carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3387, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.563" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.563   Delay time.</HEAD>
<P>Delay time of automatic train stop or train control system shall not exceed 8 seconds and the spacing of signals to meet the requirements of § 236.24 shall take into consideration the delay time.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.564" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.564   Acknowledging time.</HEAD>
<P>Acknowledging time of intermittent automatic train-stop device shall be not more than 30 seconds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.565" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.565   Provision made for preventing operation of pneumatic brake-applying apparatus by double-heading cock; requirement.</HEAD>
<P>Where provision is made for preventing the operation of the pneumatic brake-applying apparatus of an automatic train stop or train control device when the double-heading cock is placed in double-heading position, the automatic train stop or train control device shall not be cut out before communication is closed between the engineman's automatic brake valve and the brake pipe, when operating double-heading cock toward double-heading position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.566" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.566   Locomotive of each train operating in train stop, train control or cab signal territory; equipped.</HEAD>
<P>The locomotive from which brakes are controlled, of each train operating in automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal territory shall be equipped with apparatus responsive to the roadway equipment installed on all or any part of the route traversed, and such apparatus shall be in operative condition.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.567" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.567   Restrictions imposed when device fails and/or is cut out en route.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in subparts H or I of this part, where an automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal device fails and/or is cut out en route, the train on which the device is inoperative may proceed to the next available point of communication where report must be made to a designated officer, at speeds not to exceed the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If no block signal system is in operation, restricted speed; or
</P>
<P>(2) If a block signal system is in operation, according to signal indication but not to exceed 40 miles per hour.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon completion and communication of the report required by paragraph (a) of this section, a train may continue to a point where an absolute block can be established in advance of the train at speeds not to exceed the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If no block signal system is in operation, restricted speed; or
</P>
<P>(2) If a block signal system is in operation, according to signal indication but not to exceed 40 miles per hour.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon reaching the location where an absolute block has been established in advance of the train, as referenced in paragraph (b) of this section, the train may proceed at speeds not to exceed the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If no block signal system is in operation and the train is a passenger train, 59 miles per hour;
</P>
<P>(2) If no block signal system is in operation and the train is a freight train, 49 miles per hour; and
</P>
<P>(3) If a block signal system is in operation, 79 miles per hour.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 49715, Aug. 22, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.568" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.121.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.568   Difference between speeds authorized by roadway signal and cab signal; action required.</HEAD>
<P>If for any reason a cab signal authorizes a speed different from that authorized by a roadway signal, when a train enters the block governed by such roadway signal, the lower speed shall not be exceeded.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="122" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.122" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Inspection and Tests; Roadway</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.576" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.122.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.576   Roadway element.</HEAD>
<P>Roadway elements, except track circuits, including those for test purposes, shall be gaged monthly for height and alinement, and shall be tested at least every 6 months.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.577" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.122.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.577   Test, acknowledgement, and cut-in circuits.</HEAD>
<P>Test, acknowledgement, and cut-in circuits shall be tested at least once every twelve months.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3387, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="123" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.123" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Inspection and Tests; Locomotive</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.586" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.123.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.586   Daily or after trip test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except where tests prescribed by § 236.588 are performed at intervals of not more than 2 months, each locomotive equipped with an automatic cab signal or train stop or train control device operating in equipped territory shall be inspected for damage to the equipment and tested at least once each calendar day or within 24 hours before departure upon each trip.
</P>
<P>(b) Each equipped locomotive shall be tested to determine the locomotive equipment is responsive to the wayside equipment and shall be cycled to determine the device functions as intended.
</P>
<P>(c) Each locomotive equipped with intermittent inductive automatic train stop or non-coded continuous inductive automatic train stop or non-coded continuous inductive automatic train control device shall be tested to determine that the pickup of the device is within specified limits.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3387, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.587" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.123.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.587   Departure test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal apparatus on each locomotive, except a locomotive or a multiple-unit car equipped with mechanical trip stop, shall be tested using one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(1) Operation over track elements;
</P>
<P>(2) Operation over test circuit;
</P>
<P>(3) Use of portable test equipment; or
</P>
<P>(4) Use of onboard test device.
</P>
<P>(b) The test shall be made on departure of the locomotive from its initial terminal unless that apparatus will be cut out between the initial terminal and the equipped territory. If the apparatus is cut out between the initial terminal and the equipped territory the test shall be made prior to entering equipped territory.
</P>
<P>(c) If a locomotive makes more than one trip in any 24-hour period, only one departure test is required in such 24-hour period.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Whoever performs the test shall certify in writing that such test was properly performed. The certification and the test results shall be posted in the cab of the locomotive and a copy of the certification and test results left at the test location for filing in the office of the supervisory official having jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(2) If it is impractical to leave a copy of the certification and test results at the location of the test, the test results shall be transmitted to either (i) the dispatcher or (ii) one other designated individual at each location, who shall keep a written record of the test results and the name of the person performing the test. These records shall be retained for at least 92 days.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3387, Jan. 26, 1984, as amended at 53 FR 37313, Sept. 26, 1988]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 49 FR 3387, Jan. 26, 1984, § 236.587 was revised. This section contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.588" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.123.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.588   Periodic test.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 236.586, periodic test of the automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal apparatus shall be made at least once every 92 days, and on multiple-unit cars as specified by the carrier, subject to approval by the FRA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3387, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.589" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.123.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.589   Relays.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each relay shall be removed from service, subjected to thorough test, necessary repairs and adjustments made, and shall not be replaced in service unless its operating characteristics are in accordance with the limits within which such relay is designed to operate, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Master or primary relays of torque type depending on spring tension to return contacts to deenergized position in noncoded continuous inductive automatic train stop or train control system, at least once every two years; and
</P>
<P>(2) All other relays, at least once every six years.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3387, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.590" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.5.123.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.590   Pneumatic apparatus.</HEAD>
<P>Automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal pneumatic apparatus shall be inspected, cleaned, and the results of such inspection recorded as provided by § 229.29(a). When a locomotive with automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal pneumatic apparatus receives out-of-use credit pursuant to § 229.33, the automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal apparatus shall be tested in accordance with § 236.588 prior to the locomotive being placed in service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 33873, July 1, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Dragging Equipment and Slide Detectors and Other Similar Protective Devices</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="124" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.6.124" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Standards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.601" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.6.124.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.601   Signals controlled by devices; location.</HEAD>
<P>Signals controlled by devices used to provide protection against unusual contingencies, such as landslides, dragging equipment, burned bridges or trestles and washouts shall be located so that stopping distance will be provided between the signal and the point where it is necessary to stop the train.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.700" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.700   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose of these rules, standards, and instructions, the following definitions will apply.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.701" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.701   Application, brake; full service.</HEAD>
<P>An application of the brakes resulting from a continuous or a split reduction in brake pipe pressure at a service rate until maximum brake cylinder pressure is developed. As applied to an automatic or electro-pneumatic brake with speed governor control, an application other than emergency which develops the maximum brake cylinder pressure, as determined by the design of the brake equipment for the speed at which the train is operating.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.702" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.702   Arm, semaphore.</HEAD>
<P>The part of a semaphore signal displaying an aspect. It consists of a blade fastened to a spectacle.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.703" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.703   Aspect.</HEAD>
<P>The appearance of a roadway signal conveying an indication as viewed from the direction of an approaching train; the appearance of a cab signal conveying an indication as viewed by an observer in the cab.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.704" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.704   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.705" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.705   Bar, locking.</HEAD>
<P>A bar in an interlocking machine to which the locking dogs are attached.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.706" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.706   Bed, locking.</HEAD>
<P>That part of an interlocking machine that contains or holds the tappets, locking bars, crosslocking, dogs and other apparatus used to interlock the levers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.707" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.707   Blade, semaphore.</HEAD>
<P>The extended part of a semaphore arm which shows the position of the arm.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.708" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.708   Block.</HEAD>
<P>A length of track of defined limits, the use of which by trains is governed by block signals, cab signals, or both.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.709" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.709   Block, absolute.</HEAD>
<P>A block in which no train is permitted to enter while it is occupied by another train.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.710" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.710   Block, latch.</HEAD>
<P>The lower extremity of a latch rod which engages with a square shoulder of the segment or quadrant to hold the lever in position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.711" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.711   Bond, rail joint.</HEAD>
<P>A metallic connection attached to adjoining rails to insure electrical conductivity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.712" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.712   Brake pipe.</HEAD>
<P>A pipe running from the engineman's brake valve through the train, used for the transmission of air under pressure to charge and actuate the automatic brake equipment and charge the reservoirs of the electro-pneumatic brake equipment on each vehicle of the train.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.713" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.713   Bridge, movable.</HEAD>
<P>That section of a structure bridging a navigable waterway so designed that it may be displaced to permit passage of traffic on the waterway.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.714" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.714   Cab.</HEAD>
<P>The compartment of a locomotive from which the propelling power and power brakes of the train are manually controlled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 236.715-236.716" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 236.715-236.716   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.717" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.717   Characteristics, operating.</HEAD>
<P>The measure of electrical values at which electrical or electronic apparatus operate (e.g., drop-away, pick-up, maximum and minimum current, and working value).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3387, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.718" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.718   Chart, dog.</HEAD>
<P>A diagrammatic representation of the mechanical locking of an interlocking machine, used as a working plan in making up, assembling and fitting the locking.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.719" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.719   Circuit, acknowledgment.</HEAD>
<P>A circuit consisting of wire or other conducting material installed between the track rails at each signal in territory where an automatic train stop system or cab signal system of the continuous inductive type with 2-indication cab signals is in service, to enforce acknowledgement by the engineman at each signal displaying an aspect requiring a stop.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.720" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.720   Circuit, common return.</HEAD>
<P>A term applied where one wire is used for the return of more than one electric circuit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.721" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.721   Circuit, control.</HEAD>
<P>An electrical circuit between a source of electric energy and a device which it operates.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.722" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.722   Circuit, cut-in.</HEAD>
<P>A roadway circuit at the entrance to automatic train stop, train control or cab signal territory by means of which locomotive equipment of the continuous inductive type is actuated so as to be in operative condition.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.723" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.723   Circuit, double wire; line.</HEAD>
<P>An electric circuit not employing a common return wire; a circuit formed by individual wires throughout.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.724" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.724   Circuit, shunt fouling.</HEAD>
<P>The track circuit in the fouling section of a turnout, connected in multiple with the track circuit in the main track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.725" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.725   Circuit, switch shunting.</HEAD>
<P>A shunting circuit which is closed through contacts of a switch circuit controller.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.726" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.726   Circuit, track.</HEAD>
<P>An electrical circuit of which the rails of the track form a part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.727" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.727   Circuit, track; coded.</HEAD>
<P>A track circuit in which the energy is varied or interrupted periodically.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.728" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.728   Circuit, trap.</HEAD>
<P>A term applied to a circuit used where it is desirable to provide a track circuit but where it is impracticable to maintain a track circuit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.729" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.729   Cock, double heading.</HEAD>
<P>A manually operated valve by means of which the control of brake operation is transferred to the leading locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.730" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.730   Coil, receiver.</HEAD>
<P>Concentric layers of insulated wire wound around the core of a receiver of an automatic train stop, train control or cab signal device on a locomotive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.731" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.731   Controller, circuit.</HEAD>
<P>A device for opening and closing electric circuits.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.732" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.732   Controller, circuit; switch.</HEAD>
<P>A device for opening and closing electric circuits, operated by a rod connected to a switch, derail or movable-point frog.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.733" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.733   Current, foreign.</HEAD>
<P>A term applied to stray electric currents which may affect a signaling system, but which are not a part of the system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.734" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.734   Current of traffic.</HEAD>
<P>The movement of trains on a specified track in a designated direction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.735" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.735   Current, leakage.</HEAD>
<P>A stray electric current of relatively small value which flows through or across the surface of insulation when a voltage is impressed across the insulation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.736" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.736   Cut-section.</HEAD>
<P>A location other than a signal location where two adjoining track circuits end within a block.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.737" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.737   Cut-section, relayed.</HEAD>
<P>A cut-section where the energy for one track circuit is supplied through front contacts or through front and polar contacts of the track relay for the adjoining track circuit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.738" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.738   Detector, point.</HEAD>
<P>A circuit controller which is part of the switch operating mechanism and operated by a rod connected to a switch, derail or movable point frog to indicate that the point is within a specified distance of the stock rail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.739" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.739   Device, acknowledging.</HEAD>
<P>A manually operated electric switch or pneumatic valve by means of which, on a locomotive equipped with an automatic train stop or train control device, an automatic brake application can be forestalled, or by means of which, on a locomotive equipped with an automatic cab signal device, the sounding of the cab indicator can be silenced.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.740" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.740   Device, reset.</HEAD>
<P>A device whereby the brakes may be released after an automatic train control brake application.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.741" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.741   Distance, stopping.</HEAD>
<P>The maximum distance on any portion of any railroad which any train operating on such portion of railroad at its maximum authorized speed, will travel during a full service application of the brakes, between the point where such application is initiated and the point where the train comes to a stop.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.742" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.742   Dog, locking.</HEAD>
<P>A steel block attached to a locking bar or tappet of an interlocking machine, by means of which locking between levers is accomplished.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.743" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.743   Dog, swing.</HEAD>
<P>A locking dog mounted in such a manner that it is free to rotate on a trunnion which is riveted to a locking bar.
</P>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>Element, contact. See receiver, § 236.788.</P></CROSSREF>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.744" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.744   Element, roadway.</HEAD>
<P>That portion of the roadway apparatus of automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal system, such as electric circuit, inductor, or trip arm to which the locomotive apparatus of such system is directly responsive.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3387, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.745" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.745   Face, locking.</HEAD>
<P>The locking surface of a locking dog, tappet or cross locking of an interlocking machine.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.746" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.746   Feature, restoring.</HEAD>
<P>An arrangement on an electro-pneumatic switch by means of which power is applied to restore the switch movement to full normal or to full reverse position, before the driving bar creeps sufficiently to unlock the switch, with control level in normal or reverse position.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3388, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.747" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.747   Forestall.</HEAD>
<P>As applied to an automatic train stop or train control device, to prevent an automatic brake application by operation of an acknowledging device or by manual control of the speed of the train.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.748" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.748   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.749" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.749   Indication.</HEAD>
<P>The information conveyed by the aspect of a signal.
</P>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>Inductor, see § 236.744.</P></CROSSREF>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.750" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.750   Interlocking, automatic.</HEAD>
<P>An arrangement of signals, with or without other signal appliances, which functions through the exercise of inherent powers as distinguished from those whose functions are controlled manually, and which are so interconnected by means of electric circuits that their movements must succeed each other in proper sequence, train movements over all routes being governed by signal indication.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.751" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.751   Interlocking, manual.</HEAD>
<P>An arrangement of signals and signal appliances operated from an interlocking machine and so interconnected by means of mechanical and/or electric locking that their movements must succeed each other in proper sequence, train movements over all routes being governed by signal indication.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.752" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.752   Joint, rail, insulated.</HEAD>
<P>A joint in which electrical insulation is provided between adjoining rails.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.753" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.753   Limits, interlocking.</HEAD>
<P>The tracks between the opposing home signals of an interlocking.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.754" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.754   Line, open wire.</HEAD>
<P>An overhead wire line consisting of single conductors as opposed to multiple-conductor cables.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.755" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.755   Link, rocker.</HEAD>
<P>That portion of an interlocking machine which transmits motion between the latch and the universal link.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.756" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.756   Lock, bolt.</HEAD>
<P>A mechanical lock so arranged that if a switch, derail or movable-point frog is not in the proper position for a train movement, the signal governing that movement cannot display an aspect to proceed; and that will prevent a movement of the switch, derail or movable-point frog unless the signal displays its most restrictive aspect.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.757" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.757   Lock, electric.</HEAD>
<P>A device to prevent or restrict the movement of a lever, a switch or a movable bridge, unless the locking member is withdrawn by an electrical device, such as an electromagnet, solenoid or motor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.758" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.758   Lock, electric, forced drop.</HEAD>
<P>An electric lock in which the locking member is mechanically forced down to the locked position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.759" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.759   Lock, facing point.</HEAD>
<P>A mechanical lock for a switch, derail, or movable-point frog, comprising a plunger stand and a plunger which engages a lock rod attached to the switch point to lock the operated unit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.760" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.760   Locking, approach.</HEAD>
<P>Electric locking effective while a train is approaching, within a specified distance, a signal displaying an aspect to proceed, and which prevents, until after the expiration of a predetermined time interval after such signal has been caused to display its most restrictive aspect, the movement of any interlocked or electrically locked switch, movable-point frog, or derail in the route governed by the signal, and which prevents an aspect to proceed from being displayed for any conflicting route.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.761" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.761   Locking, electric.</HEAD>
<P>The combination of one or more electric locks and controlling circuits by means of which levers of an interlocking machine, or switches or other units operated in connection with signaling and interlocking, are secured against operation under certain conditions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.762" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.762   Locking, indication.</HEAD>
<P>Electric locking which prevents manipulation of levers that would result in an unsafe condition for a train movement if a signal, switch, or other operative unit fails to make a movement corresponding to that of its controlling lever, or which directly prevents the operation of a signal, switch, or other operative unit, in case another unit which should operate first fails to make the required movement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.763" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.763   Locking, latch operated.</HEAD>
<P>The mechanical locking of an interlocking machine which is actuated by means of the lever latch.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.764" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.64" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.764   Locking, lever operated.</HEAD>
<P>The mechanical locking of an interlocking machine which is actuated by means of the lever.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.765" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.65" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.765   Locking, mechanical.</HEAD>
<P>An arrangement of locking bars, dogs, tappets, cross locking and other apparatus by means of which interlocking is effected between the levers of an interlocking machine and so interconnected that their movements must succeed each other in a predetermined order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.766" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.66" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.766   Locking, movable bridge.</HEAD>
<P>The rail locks, bridge locks, bolt locks, circuit controllers, and electric locks used in providing interlocking protection at a movable bridge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.767" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.67" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.767   Locking, route.</HEAD>
<P>Electric locking, effective when a train passes a signal displaying an aspect for it to proceed, which prevents the movement of any switch, movable-point frog, or derail in advance of the train within the route entered. It may be so arranged that as a train clears a track section of the route, the locking affecting that section is released.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.768" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.68" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.768   Locking, time.</HEAD>
<P>A method of locking, either mechanical or electrical, which, after a signal has been caused to display an aspect to proceed, prevents, until after the expiration of a predetermined time interval after such signal has been caused to display its most restrictive aspect, the operation of any interlocked or electrically locked switch, movable-point frog, or derail in the route governed by that signal, and which prevents an aspect to proceed from being displayed for any conflicting route.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.769" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.69" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.769   Locking, traffic.</HEAD>
<P>Electric locking which prevents the manipulation of levers or other devices for changing the direction of traffic on a section of track while that section is occupied or while a signal displays an aspect for a movement to proceed into that section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.770" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.70" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.770   Locomotive.</HEAD>
<P>A self-propelled unit of equipment which can be used in train service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.771" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.71" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.771   Machine, control.</HEAD>
<P>An assemblage of manually operated devices for controlling the functions of a traffic control system; it may include a track diagram with indication lights.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.772" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.72" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.772   Machine, interlocking.</HEAD>
<P>An assemblage of manually operated levers or other devices for the control of signals, switches or other units.
</P>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>Magnet, track, see § 236.744.</P></CROSSREF>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.773" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.73" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.773   Movements, conflicting.</HEAD>
<P>Movements over conflicting routes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.774" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.74" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.774   Movement, facing.</HEAD>
<P>The movement of a train over the points of a switch which face in a direction opposite to that in which the train is moving.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.775" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.75" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.775   Movement, switch-and-lock.</HEAD>
<P>A device, the complete operation of which performs the three functions of unlocking, operating and locking a switch, movable-point frog or derail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.776" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.76" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.776   Movement, trailing.</HEAD>
<P>The movement of a train over the points of a switch which face in the direction in which the train is moving.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.777" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.77" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.777   Operator, control.</HEAD>
<P>An employee assigned to operate the control machine of a traffic control system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.778" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.78" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.778   Piece, driving.</HEAD>
<P>A crank secured to a locking shaft by means of which horizontal movement is imparted to a longitudinal locking bar.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.779" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.79" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.779   Plate, top.</HEAD>
<P>A metal plate secured to a locking bracket to prevent the cross locking from being forced out of the bracket.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.780" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.80" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.780   Plunger, facing point lock.</HEAD>
<P>That part of a facing point lock which secures the lock rod to the plunger stand when the switch is locked.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.781" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.81" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.781   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.782" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.82" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.782   Point, controlled.</HEAD>
<P>A location where signals and/or other functions of a traffic control system are controlled from the control machine.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.783" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.83" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.783   Point, stop-indication.</HEAD>
<P>As applied to an automatic train stop or train control system without the use of roadway signals, a point where a signal displaying an aspect requiring a stop would be located.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.784" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.84" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.784   Position, deenergized.</HEAD>
<P>The position assumed by the moving member of an electromagnetic device when the device is deprived of its operating current.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.785" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.85" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.785   Position, false restrictive.</HEAD>
<P>A position of a semaphore arm that is more restrictive than it should be.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.786" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.86" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.786   Principle, closed circuit.</HEAD>
<P>The principle of circuit design where a normally energized electric circuit which, on being interrupted or deenergized, will cause the controlled function to assume its most restrictive condition.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.787" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.87" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.787   Protection, cross.</HEAD>
<P>An arrangement to prevent the improper operation of a signal, switch, movable-point frog, or derail as the result of a cross in electrical circuits.
</P>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>Ramp, see § 236.744.</P></CROSSREF>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.787a" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.88" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.787a   Railroad.</HEAD>
<P>Railroad means any form of non-highway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways and any entity providing such transportation, including—
</P>
<P>(a) Commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and
</P>
<P>(b) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads; but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 11095, Mar. 7, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.788" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.89" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.788   Receiver.</HEAD>
<P>A device on a locomotive, so placed that it is in position to be influenced inductively or actuated by an automatic train stop, train control or cab signal roadway element.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.789" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.90" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.789   Relay, timing.</HEAD>
<P>A relay which will not close its front contacts or open its back contacts, or both, until the expiration of a definite time intervals after the relay has been energized.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.790" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.91" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.790   Release, time.</HEAD>
<P>A device used to prevent the operation of an operative unit until after the expiration of a predetermined time interval after the device has been actuated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.791" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.92" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.791   Release, value.</HEAD>
<P>The electrical value at which the movable member of an electromagnetic device will move to its deenergized portion.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.792" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.93" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.792   Reservoir, equalizing.</HEAD>
<P>An air reservoir connected with and adding volume to the top portion of the equalizing piston chamber of the automatic brake valve, to provide uniform service reductions in brake pipe pressure regardless of the length of the train.
</P>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>Rocker, see § 236.755.</P></CROSSREF>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.793" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.94" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.793   Rod, lock.</HEAD>
<P>A rod, attached to the front rod or lug of a switch, movable-point frog or derail, through which a locking plunger may extend when the switch points or derail are in the normal or reverse position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.794" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.95" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.794   Rod, up-and-down.</HEAD>
<P>A rod used for connecting the semaphore arm to the operating mechanism of a signal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.795" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.96" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.795   Route.</HEAD>
<P>The course or way which is, or is to be, traveled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.796" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.97" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.796   Routes, conflicting.</HEAD>
<P>Two or more routes, opposing, converging or intersecting, over which movements cannot be made simultaneously without possibility of collision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.797" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.98" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.797   Route, interlocked.</HEAD>
<P>A route within interlocking limits.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.798" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.99" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.798   Section, dead.</HEAD>
<P>A section of track, either within a track circuit or between two track circuits, the rails of which are not part of a track circuit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.799" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.100" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.799   Section, fouling.</HEAD>
<P>The section of track between the switch points and the clearance point in a turnout.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.800" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.101" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.800   Sheet, locking.</HEAD>
<P>A description in tabular form of the locking operations in an interlocking machine.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.801" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.102" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.801   Shoe, latch.</HEAD>
<P>The casting by means of which the latch rod and the latch block are held to a lever of a mechanical interlocking machine.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.802" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.103" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.802   Shunt.</HEAD>
<P>A by-path in an electrical circuit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.802a" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.104" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.802a   Siding.</HEAD>
<P>An auxiliary track for meeting or passing trains.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.803" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.105" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.803   Signal, approach.</HEAD>
<P>A roadway signal used to govern the approach to another signal and if operative so controlled that its indication furnishes advance information of the indication of the next signal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.804" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.106" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.804   Signal, block.</HEAD>
<P>A roadway signal operated either automatically or manually at the entrance to a block.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.805" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.107" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.805   Signal, cab.</HEAD>
<P>A signal located in engineman's compartment or cab, indicating a condition affecting the movement of a train and used in conjunction with interlocking signals and in conjunction with or in lieu of block signals.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.806" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.108" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.806   Signal, home.</HEAD>
<P>A roadway signal at the entrance to a route or block to govern trains in entering and using that route or block.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.807" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.109" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.807   Signal, interlocking.</HEAD>
<P>A roadway signal which governs movements into or within interlocking limits.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.808" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.110" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.808   Signals, opposing.</HEAD>
<P>Roadway signals which govern movements in opposite directions on the same track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.809" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.111" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.809   Signal, slotted mechanical.</HEAD>
<P>A mechanically operated signal with an electromagnetic device inserted in its operating connection to provide a means of controlling the signal electrically, as well as mechanically.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.810" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.112" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.810   Spectacle, semaphore arm.</HEAD>
<P>That part of a semaphore arm which holds the roundels and to which the blade is fastened.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.811" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.113" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.811   Speed, medium.</HEAD>
<P>A speed not exceeding 40 miles per hour.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.812" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.114" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.812   Speed, restricted.</HEAD>
<P>A speed that will permit stopping within one-half the range of vision, but not exceeding 20 miles per hour.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3388, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.813" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.115" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.813   Speed, slow.</HEAD>
<P>A speed not exceeding 20 miles per hour.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.813a" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.116" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.813a   State, most restrictive.</HEAD>
<P>The mode of an electric or electronic device that is equivalent to a track relay in its deenergized position.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3388, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.814" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.117" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.814   Station, control.</HEAD>
<P>The place where the control machine of a traffic control system is located.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.815" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.118" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.815   Stop.</HEAD>
<P>As applied to mechanical locking, a device secured to a locking bar to limit its movement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.816" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.119" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.816   Superiority of trains.</HEAD>
<P>The precedence conferred upon one train over other trains by train order or by reason of its class or the direction of its movement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.817" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.120" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.817   Switch, electro-pneumatic.</HEAD>
<P>A switch operated by an electro-pneumatic switch-and-lock movement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.818" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.121" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.818   Switch, facing point.</HEAD>
<P>A switch, the points of which face traffic approaching in the direction for which the track is signaled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.819" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.122" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.819   Switch, hand operated.</HEAD>
<P>A non-interlocked switch which can only be operated manually.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.820" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.123" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.820   Switch, interlocked.</HEAD>
<P>A switch within the interlocking limits the control of which is interlocked with other functions of the interlocking.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.820a" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.124" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.820a   Switch, power-operated.</HEAD>
<P>A switch operated by an electrically, hydraulically, or pneumatically driven switch-and-lock movement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3388, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.821" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.125" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.821   Switch, sectionalizing.</HEAD>
<P>A switch for disconnecting a section of a power line from the source of energy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.822" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.126" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.822   Switch, spring.</HEAD>
<P>A switch equipped with a spring device which forces the points to their original position after being trailed through and holds them under spring compression.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.823" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.127" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.823   Switch, trailing point.</HEAD>
<P>A switch, the points of which face away from traffic approaching in the direction for which the track is signaled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.824" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.128" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.824   System, automatic block signal.</HEAD>
<P>A block signal system wherein the use of each block is governed by an automatic block signal, cab signal, or both.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.825" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.129" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.825   System, automatic train control.</HEAD>
<P>A system so arranged that its operation will automatically result in the following:
</P>
<P>(a) A full service application of the brakes which will continue either until the train is brought to a stop, or, under control of the engineman, its speed is reduced to a predetermined rate.
</P>
<P>(b) When operating under a speed restriction, an application of the brakes when the speed of the train exceeds the predetermined rate and which will continue until the speed is reduced to that rate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.826" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.130" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.826   System, automatic train stop.</HEAD>
<P>A system so arranged that its operation will automatically result in the application of the brakes until the train has been brought to a stop.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.827" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.131" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.827   System, block signal.</HEAD>
<P>A method of governing the movement of trains into or within one or more blocks by block signals or cab signals.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.828" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.132" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.828   System, traffic control.</HEAD>
<P>A block signal system under which train movements are authorized by block signals whose indications supersede the superiority of trains for both opposing and following movements on the same track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.829" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.133" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.829   Terminal, initial.</HEAD>
<P>The starting point of a locomotive for a trip.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.830" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.134" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.830   Time, acknowledging.</HEAD>
<P>As applied to an intermittent automatic train stop system, a predetermined time within which an automatic brake application may be forestalled by means of the acknowledging device.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.831" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.135" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.831   Time, delay.</HEAD>
<P>As applied to an automatic train stop or train control system, the time which elapses after the onboard apparatus detects a more restrictive indication until the brakes start to apply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 3388, Jan. 26, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.831a" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.136" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.831a   Track, main.</HEAD>
<P>A track, other than auxiliary track, extending through yards and between stations, upon which trains are operated by timetable or train orders, or both, or the use of which is governed by block signals.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.832" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.137" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.832   Train.</HEAD>
<P>A locomotive or more than one locomotive coupled, with or without cars.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.833" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.138" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.833   Train, opposing.</HEAD>
<P>A train, the movement of which is in a direction opposite to and toward another train on the same track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.834" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.139" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.834   Trip.</HEAD>
<P>A movement of a locomotive over all or any portion of automatic train stop, train control or cab signal territory between the terminals for that locomotive; a movement in one direction.
</P>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>Trip-arm, see § 236.744.</P></CROSSREF>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.835" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.140" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.835   Trunking.</HEAD>
<P>A casing used to protect electrical conductors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.836" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.141" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.836   Trunnion.</HEAD>
<P>A cylindrical projection supporting a revolving part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.837" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.142" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.837   Valve, electro-pneumatic.</HEAD>
<P>A valve electrically operated which, when operated, will permit or prevent passage of air.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.838" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.7.125.143" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.838   Wire, shunt.</HEAD>
<P>A wire forming part of a shunt circuit.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Standards for Processor-Based Signal and Train Control Systems</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 11095, Mar. 7, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 236.901" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.901   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>What is the purpose of this subpart?</I> The purpose of this subpart is to promote the safe operation of processor-based signal and train control systems, subsystems, and components that are safety-critical products, as defined in § 236.903, and to facilitate the development of those products.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What topics does it cover?</I> This subpart prescribes minimum, performance-based safety standards for safety-critical products, including requirements to ensure that the development, installation, implementation, inspection, testing, operation, maintenance, repair, and modification of those products will achieve and maintain an acceptable level of safety. This subpart also prescribes standards to ensure that personnel working with safety-critical products receive appropriate training. Each railroad may prescribe additional or more stringent rules, and other special instructions, that are not inconsistent with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>What other rules apply?</I> (1) This subpart does not exempt a railroad from compliance with the requirements of subparts A through G of this part, except to the extent a PSP explains to FRA Associate Administrator for Safety's satisfaction the following:
</P>
<P>(i) How the objectives of any such requirements are met by the product;
</P>
<P>(ii) Why the objectives of any such requirements are not relevant to the product; or
</P>
<P>(iii) How the requirement is satisfied using alternative means. (See § 236.907(a)(14)).
</P>
<P>(2) Products subject to this subpart are also subject to applicable requirements of parts 233, 234 and 235 of this chapter. See § 234.275 of this chapter with respect to use of this subpart to qualify certain products for use within highway-rail grade crossing warning systems.
</P>
<P>(3) Information required to be submitted by this subpart that a submitter deems to be trade secrets, or commercial or financial information that is privileged or confidential under Exemption 4 of the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4), shall be so labeled in accordance with the provisions of § 209.11 of this chapter. FRA handles information so labeled in accordance with the provisions of § 209.11 of this chapter. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.903" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.903   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator for Safety</I> means the Associate Administrator for Safety, FRA, or that person's delegate as designated in writing.
</P>
<P><I>Component</I> means an element, device, or appliance (including those whose nature is electrical, mechanical, hardware, or software) that is part of a system or subsystem.
</P>
<P><I>Configuration management control plan</I> means a plan designed to ensure that the proper and intended product configuration, including the hardware components and software version, is documented and maintained through the life-cycle of the products in use.
</P>
<P><I>Employer</I> means a railroad, or contractor to a railroad, that directly engages or compensates individuals to perform the duties specified in § 236.921 (a).
</P>
<P><I>Executive software</I> means software common to all installations of a given product. It generally is used to schedule the execution of the site-specific application programs, run timers, read inputs, drive outputs, perform self-diagnostics, access and check memory, and monitor the execution of the application software to detect unsolicited changes in outputs.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Full automatic operation</I> means that mode of an automatic train control system capable of operating without external human influence, in which the locomotive engineer/operator may act as a passive system monitor, in addition to an active system controller.
</P>
<P><I>Hazard</I> means an existing or potential condition that can result in an accident.
</P>
<P><I>High degree of confidence,</I> as applied to the highest level of aggregation, means there exists credible safety analysis supporting the conclusion that the likelihood of the proposed condition associated with the new product being less safe than the previous condition is very small.
</P>
<P><I>Human factors</I> refers to a body of knowledge about human limitations, human abilities, and other human characteristics, such as behavior and motivation, that must be considered in product design.
</P>
<P><I>Human-machine interface (HMI)</I> means the interrelated set of controls and displays that allows humans to interact with the machine.
</P>
<P><I>Initialization</I> refers to the startup process when it is determined that a product has all required data input and the product is prepared to function as intended.
</P>
<P><I>Mandatory directive</I> has the meaning set forth in § 220.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Materials handling</I> refers to explicit instructions for handling safety-critical components established to comply with procedures specified in the PSP.
</P>
<P><I>Mean Time to Hazardous Event (MTTHE)</I> means the average or expected time that a subsystem or component will operate prior to the occurrence of an unsafe failure.
</P>
<P><I>New or next-generation train control system</I> means a train control system using technologies not in use in revenue service at the time of PSP submission or without established histories of safe practice.
</P>
<P><I>Petition for approval</I> means a petition to FRA for approval to use a product on a railroad as described in its PSP. The petition for approval is to contain information that is relevant to determining the safety of the resulting system; relevant to determining compliance with this part; and relevant to determining the safety of the product, including a complete copy of the product's PSP and supporting safety analysis.
</P>
<P><I>Predefined change</I> means any post-implementation modification to the use of a product that is provided for in the PSP (see § 236.907(b)).
</P>
<P><I>Previous Condition</I> refers to the estimated risk inherent in the portion of the existing method of operation that is relevant to the change under analysis (including the elements of any existing signal or train control system relevant to the review of the product).
</P>
<P><I>Processor-based,</I> as used in this subpart, means dependent on a digital processor for its proper functioning.
</P>
<P><I>Product</I> means a processor-based signal or train control system, subsystem, or component.
</P>
<P><I>Product Safety Plan</I> (or <I>PSP</I>) refers to a formal document which describes in detail all of the safety aspects of the product, including but not limited to procedures for its development, installation, implementation, operation, maintenance, repair, inspection, testing and modification, as well as analyses supporting its safety claims, as described in § 236.907.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad Safety Program Plan</I> (or <I>RSPP</I>) refers to a formal document which describes a railroad's strategy for addressing safety hazards associated with operation of products under this subpart and its program for execution of such strategy though the use of PSP requirements, as described in § 236.905.
</P>
<P><I>Revision control</I> means a chain of custody regimen designed to positively identify safety-critical components and spare equipment availability, including repair/replacement tracking in accordance with procedures outlined in the PSP.
</P>
<P><I>Risk</I> means the expected probability of occurrence for an individual accident event (probability) multiplied by the severity of the expected consequences associated with the accident (severity).
</P>
<P><I>Risk assessment</I> means the process of determining, either quantitatively or qualitatively, the measure of risk associated with use of the product under all intended operating conditions or the previous condition.
</P>
<P><I>Safety-critical,</I> as applied to a function, a system, or any portion thereof, means the correct performance of which is essential to safety of personnel or equipment, or both; or the incorrect performance of which could cause a hazardous condition, or allow a hazardous condition which was intended to be prevented by the function or system to exist.
</P>
<P><I>Subsystem</I> means a defined portion of a system.
</P>
<P><I>System</I> refers to a signal or train control system and includes all subsystems and components thereof, as the context requires.
</P>
<P><I>System Safety Precedence</I> means the order of precedence in which methods used to eliminate or control identified hazards within a system are implemented.
</P>
<P><I>Validation</I> means the process of determining whether a product's design requirements fulfill its intended design objectives during its development and life-cycle. The goal of the validation process is to determine “whether the correct product was built.”
</P>
<P><I>Verification</I> means the process of determining whether the results of a given phase of the development cycle fulfill the validated requirements established at the start of that phase. The goal of the verification process is to determine “whether the product was built correctly.” 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.905" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.905   Railroad Safety Program Plan (RSPP).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>What is the purpose of an RSPP?</I> A railroad subject to this subpart shall develop an RSPP, subject to FRA approval, that serves as its principal safety document for all safety-critical products. The RSPP must establish the minimum PSP requirements that will govern the development and implementation of all products subject to this subpart, consistent with the provisions contained in § 236.907.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What subject areas must the RSPP address?</I> The railroad's RSPP must address, at a minimum, the following subject areas:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Requirements and concepts.</I> The RSPP must require a description of the preliminary safety analysis, including:
</P>
<P>(i) A complete description of methods used to evaluate a system's behavioral characteristics;
</P>
<P>(ii) A complete description of risk assessment procedures;
</P>
<P>(iii) The system safety precedence followed; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The identification of the safety assessment process.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Design for verification and validation.</I> The RSPP must require the identification of verification and validation methods for the preliminary safety analysis, initial development process, and future incremental changes, including standards to be used in the verification and validation process, consistent with appendix C to this part. The RSPP must require that references to any non-published standards be included in the PSP.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Design for human factors.</I> The RSPP must require a description of the process used during product development to identify human factors issues and develop design requirements which address those issues.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Configuration management control plan.</I> The RSPP must specify requirements for configuration management for all products to which this subpart applies.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>How are RSPP's approved?</I> (1) Each railroad shall submit a petition for approval of an RSPP to the Associate Administrator for Safety, FRA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590. The petition must contain a copy of the proposed RSPP, and the name, title, address, and telephone number of the railroad's primary contact person for review of the petition.
</P>
<P>(2) Normally within 180 days of receipt of a petition for approval of an RSPP, FRA:
</P>
<P>(i) Grants the petition, if FRA finds that the petition complies with applicable requirements of this subpart, attaching any special conditions to the approval of the petition as necessary to carry out the requirements of this subpart;
</P>
<P>(ii) Denies the petition, setting forth reasons for denial; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Requests additional information.
</P>
<P>(3) If no action is taken on the petition within 180 days, the petition remains pending for decision. The petitioner is encouraged to contact FRA for information concerning its status.
</P>
<P>(4) FRA may reopen consideration of any previously-approved petition for cause, providing reasons for such action.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>How are RSPP's modified?</I> (1) Railroads shall obtain FRA approval for any modification to their RSPP which affects a safety-critical requirement of a PSP. Other modifications do not require FRA approval.
</P>
<P>(2) Petitions for FRA approval of RSPP modifications are subject to the same procedures as petitions for initial RSPP approval, as specified in paragraph (c) of this section. In addition, such petitions must identify the proposed modification(s) to be made, the reason for the modification(s), and the effect of the modification(s) on safety. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 11095, Mar. 7, 2005, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.907" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.907   Product Safety Plan (PSP).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>What must a PSP contain?</I> The PSP must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A complete description of the product, including a list of all product components and their physical relationship in the subsystem or system;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the railroad operation or categories of operations on which the product is designed to be used, including train movement density, gross tonnage, passenger train movement density, hazardous materials volume, railroad operating rules, and operating speeds;
</P>
<P>(3) An operational concepts document, including a complete description of the product functionality and information flows;
</P>
<P>(4) A safety requirements document, including a list with complete descriptions of all functions which the product performs to enhance or preserve safety;
</P>
<P>(5) A document describing the manner in which product architecture satisfies safety requirements;
</P>
<P>(6) A hazard log consisting of a comprehensive description of all safety-relevant hazards to be addressed during the life cycle of the product, including maximum threshold limits for each hazard (for unidentified hazards, the threshold shall be exceeded at one occurrence);
</P>
<P>(7) A risk assessment, as prescribed in § 236.909 and appendix B to this part;
</P>
<P>(8) A hazard mitigation analysis, including a complete and comprehensive description of all hazards to be addressed in the system design and development, mitigation techniques used, and system safety precedence followed, as prescribed by the applicable RSPP;
</P>
<P>(9) A complete description of the safety assessment and verification and validation processes applied to the product and the results of these processes, describing how subject areas covered in appendix C to this part are either: addressed directly, addressed using other safety criteria, or not applicable;
</P>
<P>(10) A complete description of the safety assurance concepts used in the product design, including an explanation of the design principles and assumptions;
</P>
<P>(11) A human factors analysis, including a complete description of all human-machine interfaces, a complete description of all functions performed by humans in connection with the product to enhance or preserve safety, and an analysis in accordance with appendix E to this part or in accordance with other criteria if demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Associate Administrator for Safety to be equally suitable;
</P>
<P>(12) A complete description of the specific training of railroad and contractor employees and supervisors necessary to ensure the safe and proper installation, implementation, operation, maintenance, repair, inspection, testing, and modification of the product;
</P>
<P>(13) A complete description of the specific procedures and test equipment necessary to ensure the safe and proper installation, implementation, operation, maintenance, repair, inspection, testing, and modification of the product. These procedures, including calibration requirements, shall be consistent with or explain deviations from the equipment manufacturer's recommendations;
</P>
<P>(14) An analysis of the applicability of the requirements of subparts A through G of this part to the product that may no longer apply or are satisfied by the product using an alternative method, and a complete explanation of the manner in which those requirements are otherwise fulfilled (see § 234.275 of this chapter and § 236.901(c));
</P>
<P>(15) A complete description of the necessary security measures for the product over its life-cycle;
</P>
<P>(16) A complete description of each warning to be placed in the Operations and Maintenance Manual identified in § 236.919, and of all warning labels required to be placed on equipment as necessary to ensure safety;
</P>
<P>(17) A complete description of all initial implementation testing procedures necessary to establish that safety-functional requirements are met and safety-critical hazards are appropriately mitigated;
</P>
<P>(18) A complete description of:
</P>
<P>(i) All post-implementation testing (validation) and monitoring procedures, including the intervals necessary to establish that safety-functional requirements, safety-critical hazard mitigation processes, and safety-critical tolerances are not compromised over time, through use, or after maintenance (repair, replacement, adjustment) is performed; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each record necessary to ensure the safety of the system that is associated with periodic maintenance, inspections, tests, repairs, replacements, adjustments, and the system's resulting conditions, including records of component failures resulting in safety-relevant hazards (see § 236.917(e)(3));
</P>
<P>(19) A complete description of any safety-critical assumptions regarding availability of the product, and a complete description of all backup methods of operation; and
</P>
<P>(20) A complete description of all incremental and predefined changes (see paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What requirements apply to predefined changes?</I> (1) Predefined changes are not considered design modifications requiring an entirely new safety verification process, a revised PSP, and an informational filing or petition for approval in accordance with § 236.915. However, the risk assessment for the product must demonstrate that operation of the product, as modified by any predefined change, satisfies the minimum performance standard.
</P>
<P>(2) The PSP must identify configuration/revision control measures designed to ensure that safety-functional requirements and safety-critical hazard mitigation processes are not compromised as a result of any such change. (Software changes involving safety functional requirements or safety critical hazard mitigation processes for components in use are also addressed in paragraph (c) of this section.)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>What requirements apply to other product changes?</I> (1) Incremental changes are planned product version changes described in the initial PSP where slightly different specifications are used to allow the gradual enhancement of the product's capabilities. Incremental changes shall require verification and validation to the extent the changes involve safety-critical functions.
</P>
<P>(2) Changes classified as maintenance require validation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>What are the responsibilities of the railroad and product supplier regarding communication of hazards?</I> (1) The PSP shall specify all contractual arrangements with hardware and software suppliers for immediate notification of any and all safety critical software upgrades, patches, or revisions for their processor-based system, sub-system, or component, and the reasons for such changes from the suppliers, whether or not the railroad has experienced a failure of that safety-critical system, sub-system, or component.
</P>
<P>(2) The PSP shall specify the railroad's procedures for action upon notification of a safety-critical upgrade, patch, or revision for this processor-based system, sub-system, or component, and until the upgrade, patch, or revision has been installed; and such action shall be consistent with the criterion set forth in § 236.915(d) as if the failure had occurred on that railroad.
</P>
<P>(3) The PSP must identify configuration/revision control measures designed to ensure that safety-functional requirements and safety-critical hazard mitigation processes are not compromised as a result of any such change, and that any such change can be audited.
</P>
<P>(4) Product suppliers entering into contractual arrangements for product support described in a PSP must promptly report any safety-relevant failures and previously unidentified hazards to each railroad using the product. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.909" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.909   Minimum performance standard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>What is the minimum performance standard for products covered by this subpart?</I> The safety analysis included in the railroad's PSP must establish with a high degree of confidence that introduction of the product will not result in risk that exceeds the previous condition. The railroad shall determine, prior to filing its petition for approval or informational filing, that this standard has been met and shall make available the necessary analyses and documentation as provided in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How does FRA determine whether the PSP requirements for products covered by subpart H have been met?</I> With respect to any FRA review of a PSP, the Associate Administrator for Safety independently determines whether the railroad's safety case establishes with a high degree of confidence that introduction of the product will not result in risk that exceeds the previous condition. In evaluating the sufficiency of the railroad's case for the product, the Associate Administrator for Safety considers, as applicable, the factors pertinent to evaluation of risk assessments, listed in § 236.913(g)(2).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>What is the scope of a full risk assessment required by this section?</I> A full risk assessment performed under this subpart must address the safety risks affected by the introduction, modification, replacement, or enhancement of a product. This includes risks associated with the previous condition which are no longer present as a result of the change, new risks not present in the previous condition, and risks neither newly created nor eliminated whose nature (probability of occurrence or severity) is nonetheless affected by the change.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>What is an abbreviated risk assessment, and when may it be used?</I> (1) An abbreviated risk assessment may be used in lieu of a full risk assessment to show compliance with the performance standard if:
</P>
<P>(i) No new hazards are introduced as a result of the change;
</P>
<P>(ii) Severity of each hazard associated with the previous condition does not increase from the previous condition; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Exposure to such hazards does not change from the previous condition.
</P>
<P>(2) An abbreviated risk assessment supports the finding required by paragraph (a) of this section if it establishes that the resulting MTTHE for the proposed product is greater than or equal to the MTTHE for the system, component or method performing the same function in the previous condition. This determination must be supported by credible safety analysis sufficient to persuade the Associate Administrator for Safety that the likelihood of the new product's MTTHE being less than the MTTHE for the system, component, or method performing the same function in the previous condition is very small.
</P>
<P>(3) Alternatively, an abbreviated risk assessment supports the finding required by paragraph (a) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(i) The probability of failure for each hazard of the product is equal to or less the corresponding recommended Specific Quantitative Hazard Probability Ratings classified as more favorable than “undesirable” by AREMA Manual Part 17.3.5 (Recommended Procedure for Hazard Identification and Management of Vital Electronic/Software-Based Equipment Used in Signal and Train Control Applications), or—in the case of a hazard classified as undesirable—the Associate Administrator for Safety concurs that mitigation of the hazard within the framework of the electronic system is not practical and the railroad proposes reasonable steps to undertake other mitigation. The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of the entire AREMA Communications and Signal Manual, Volume 4, Section 17—Quality Principles (2005) in this section in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated standard from American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Way Association, 8201 Corporation Drive, Suite 1125, Landover, MD 20785-2230. You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standard at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html</I>;
</P>
<P>(ii) The product is developed in accordance with:
</P>
<P>(A) AREMA Manual Part 17.3.1 (Communications and Signal Manual of Recommended Practices, Recommended Safety Assurance Program for Electronic/Software Based Products Used in Vital Signal Applications);
</P>
<P>(B) AREMA Manual Part 17.3.3 (Communications and Signal Manual of Recommended Practices, Recommended Practice for Hardware Analysis for Vital Electronic/Software-Based Equipment Used in Signal and Train Control Applications);
</P>
<P>(C) AREMA Manual Part 17.3.5 (Communications and Signal Manual of Recommended Practices, Recommended Practice for Hazard Identification and Management of Vital Electronic/Software-Based Equipment Used in Signal and Train Control Applications);
</P>
<P>(D) Appendix C of this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Analysis supporting the PSP suggests no credible reason for believing that the product will be less safe than the previous condition.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>How are safety and risk measured for the full risk assessment?</I> Risk assessment techniques, including both qualitative and quantitative methods, are recognized as providing credible and useful results for purposes of this section if they apply the following principles:
</P>
<P>(1) Safety levels must be measured using competent risk assessment methods and must be expressed as the total residual risk in the system over its expected life-cycle after implementation of all mitigating measures described in the PSP. The total risk assessment must have a supporting sensitivity analysis. The analysis must confirm that the risk metrics of the system are not negatively affected by sensitivity analysis input parameters including, for example, component failure rates, human factor error rates, and variations in train traffic affecting exposure. In this context, “negatively affected” means that the final residual risk metric does not exceed that of the base case or that which has been otherwise established through MTTHE target. The sensitivity analysis must document the sensitivity to worst case failure scenarios. Appendix B to this part provides criteria for acceptable risk assessment methods. Other methods may be acceptable if demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Associate Administrator for Safety to be equally suitable.
</P>
<P>(2) For the previous condition and for the life-cycle of the product, risk levels must be expressed in units of consequences per unit of exposure.
</P>
<P>(i) In all cases exposure must be expressed as total train miles traveled per year over the relevant railroad infrastructure. Consequences must identify the total cost, including fatalities, injuries, property damage, and other incidental costs, such as potential consequences of hazardous materials involvement, resulting from preventable accidents associated with the function(s) performed by the system.
</P>
<P>(ii) In those cases where there is passenger traffic, a second risk metric must be calculated, using passenger-miles traveled per year as the exposure, and total societal costs of passenger injuries and fatalities, resulting from preventable accidents associated with the function(s) performed by the system, as the consequences.
</P>
<P>(3) If the description of railroad operations for the product required by § 236.907(a)(2) involves changes to the physical or operating conditions on the railroad prior to or within the expected life cycle of the product subject to review under this subpart, the previous condition shall be adjusted to reflect the lower risk associated with systems needed to maintain safety and performance at higher speeds or traffic volumes. In particular, the previous condition must be adjusted for assumed implementation of systems necessary to support higher train speeds as specified in § 236.0, as well as other changes required to support projected increases in train operations. The following specific requirements apply:
</P>
<P>(i) If the current method of operation would not be adequate under § 236.0 for the proposed operations, then the adjusted previous condition must include a system as required under § 236.0, applied as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) The minimum system where a passenger train is operated at a speed of 60 or more miles per hour, or a freight train is operated at a speed of 50 or more miles per hour, shall be a traffic control system;
</P>
<P>(B) The minimum system where a train is operated at a speed of 80 or more miles per hour, but not more than 110 miles per hour, shall be an automatic cab signal system with automatic train control; and
</P>
<P>(C) The minimum system where a train is operated at a speed of more than 110 miles per hour shall be a system determined by the Associate Administrator for Safety to provide an equivalent level of safety to systems required or authorized by FRA for comparable operations.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the current method of operation would be adequate under § 236.0 for the proposed operations, but the current system is not at least as safe as a traffic control system, then the adjusted previous condition must include a traffic control system in the event of any change that results in: 
</P>
<P>(A) An annual average daily train density of more than twelve trains per day; or
</P>
<P>(B) An increase in the annual average daily density of passenger trains of more than four trains per day.
</P>
<P>(iii) Paragraph (e)(3)(ii)(A) of this section shall apply in all situations where train volume will exceed more than 20 trains per day but shall not apply to situations where train volume will exceed 12 trains per day but not exceed 20 trains per day, if in its PSP the railroad makes a showing sufficient to establish, in the judgment of the Associate Administrator for Safety, that the current method of operation is adequate for a specified volume of traffic in excess of 12 trains per day, but not more than 20 trains per day, without material delay in the movement of trains over the territory and without unreasonable expenditures to expedite those movements when compared with the expense of installing and maintaining a traffic control system.
</P>
<P>(4) In the case review of a PSP that has been consolidated with a proceeding pursuant to part 235 of this subchapter (see § 236.911(b)), the base case shall be determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) If FRA determines that discontinuance or modification of the system should be granted without regard to whether the product is installed on the territory, then the base case shall be the conditions that would obtain on the territory following the discontinuance or modification.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This is an instance in which the base case is posited as greater risk than the actual (unadjusted) previous condition because the railroad would have obtained relief from the requirement to maintain the existing signal or train control system even if no new product had been proffered.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) If FRA determines that discontinuance or modification of the system should be denied without regard to whether the product is installed on the territory, then the base case shall remain the previous condition (unadjusted).
</P>
<P>(iii) If, after consideration of the application and review of the PSP, FRA determines that neither paragraph (e)(4)(i) nor paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section should apply, FRA will establish a base case that is consistent with safety and in the public interest. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 11095, Mar. 7, 2005, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009; 75 FR 2699, Jan. 15, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.911" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.911   Exclusions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Does this subpart apply to existing systems?</I> The requirements of this subpart do not apply to products in service as of June 6, 2005. Railroads may continue to implement and use these products and components from these existing products.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How will transition cases be handled?</I> Products designed in accordance with subparts A through G of this part which are not in service but are developed or are in the developmental stage prior to March 7, 2005, may be excluded upon notification to FRA by June 6, 2005, if placed in service by March 7, 2008. Railroads may continue to implement and use these products and components from these existing products. A railroad may at any time elect to have products that are excluded made subject to this subpart by submitting a PSP as prescribed in § 236.913 and otherwise complying with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>How are office systems handled?</I> The requirements of this subpart do not apply to existing office systems and future deployments of existing office system technology. However, a subsystem or component of an office system must comply with the requirements of this subpart if it performs safety-critical functions within, or affects the safety performance of, a new or next-generation train control system. For purposes of this section, “office system” means a centralized computer-aided train-dispatching system or centralized traffic control board.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>How are modifications to excluded products handled?</I> Changes or modifications to products otherwise excluded from the requirements of this subpart by this section are not excluded from the requirements of this subpart if they result in a degradation of safety or a material increase in safety-critical functionality.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>What other rules apply to excluded products?</I> Products excluded by this section from the requirements of this subpart remain subject to subparts A through G of this part as applicable. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.913" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.913   Filing and approval of PSPs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Under what circumstances must a PSP be prepared?</I> A PSP must be prepared for each product covered by this subpart. A joint PSP must be prepared when:
</P>
<P>(1) The territory on which a product covered by this subpart is normally subject to joint operations, or is operated upon by more than one railroad; and
</P>
<P>(2) The PSP involves a change in method of operation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Under what circumstances must a railroad submit a petition for approval for a PSP or PSP amendment, and when may a railroad submit an informational filing?</I> Depending on the nature of the proposed product or change, the railroad shall submit either an informational filing or a petition for approval. Submission of a petition for approval is required for PSPs or PSP amendments concerning installation of new or next-generation train control systems. All other actions that result in the creation of a PSP or PSP amendment require an informational filing and are handled according to the procedures outlined in paragraph (c) of this section. Applications for discontinuance and material modification of signal and train control systems remain governed by parts 235 and 211 of this chapter; and petitions subject to this section may be consolidated with any relevant application for administrative handling.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>What are the procedures for informational filings?</I> The following procedures apply to PSPs and PSP amendments which do not require submission of a petition for approval, but rather require an informational filing:
</P>
<P>(1) Not less than 180 days prior to planned use of the product in revenue service as described in the PSP or PSP amendment, the railroad shall submit an informational filing to the Associate Administrator for Safety, FRA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590. The informational filing must provide a summary description of the PSP or PSP amendment, including the intended use of the product, and specify the location where the documentation as described in § 236.917(a)(1) is maintained.
</P>
<P>(2) Within 60 days of receipt of the informational filing, FRA:
</P>
<P>(i) Acknowledges receipt of the filing;
</P>
<P>(ii) Acknowledges receipt of the informational filing and requests further information; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Acknowledges receipt of the filing and notifies the railroad, for good cause, that the filing will be considered as a petition for approval as set forth in paragraph (d) of this section, and requests such further information as may be required to initiate action on the petition for approval. Examples of good cause, any one of which is sufficient, include: the PSP describes a product with unique architectural concepts; the PSP describes a product that uses design or safety assurance concepts considered outside existing accepted practices (see appendix C); and the PSP describes a locomotive-borne product that commingles safety-critical train control processing functions with locomotive operational functions. In addition, good cause includes any instance where the PSP or PSP amendment does not appear to support its safety claim of satisfaction of the performance standard, after FRA has requested further information as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>What procedures apply to petitions for approval?</I> The following procedures apply to PSPs and PSP amendments which require submission of a petition for approval:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Petitions for approval involving prior FRA consultation.</I> (i) The railroad may file a Notice of Product Development with the Associate Administrator for Safety not less than 30 days prior to the end of the system design review phase of product development and 180 days prior to planned implementation, inviting FRA to participate in the design review process and receive periodic briefings and updates as needed to follow the course of product development. At a minimum, the Notice of Product Development must contain a summary description of the product to be developed and a brief description of goals for improved safety.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within 15 days of receipt of the Notice of Product Development, the Associate Administrator for Safety either acknowledges receipt or acknowledges receipt and requests more information.
</P>
<P>(iii) If FRA concludes that the Notice of Product Development contains sufficient information, the Associate Administrator for Safety determines the extent and nature of the assessment and review necessary for final product approval. FRA may convene a technical consultation as necessary to discuss issues related to the design and planned development of the product.
</P>
<P>(iv) Within 60 days of receiving the Notice of Product Development, the Associate Administrator for Safety provides a letter of preliminary review with detailed findings, including whether the design concepts of the proposed product comply with the requirements of this subpart, whether design modifications are necessary to meet the requirements of this subpart, and the extent and nature of the safety analysis necessary to comply with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(v) Not less than 60 days prior to use of the product in revenue service, the railroad shall file with the Associate Administrator for Safety a petition for final approval.
</P>
<P>(vi) Within 30 days of receipt of the petition for final approval, the Associate Administrator for Safety either acknowledges receipt or acknowledges receipt and requests more information. Whenever possible, FRA acts on the petition for final approval within 60 days of its filing by either granting it or denying it. If FRA neither grants nor denies the petition for approval within 60 days, FRA advises the petitioner of the projected time for decision and conducts any further consultations or inquiries necessary to decide the matter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Other petitions for approval.</I> The following procedures apply to petitions for approval of PSPs which do not involve prior FRA consultation as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) Not less than 180 days prior to use of a product in revenue service, the railroad shall file with the Associate Administrator for Safety a petition for approval.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within 60 days of receipt of the petition for approval, FRA either acknowledges receipt, or acknowledges receipt and requests more information.
</P>
<P>(iii) Whenever possible, considering the scope, complexity, and novelty of the product or change, FRA acts on the petition for approval within 180 days of its filing by either granting it or denying it. If FRA neither grants nor denies the petition for approval within 180 days, it remains pending, and FRA provides the petitioner with a statement of reasons why the petition has not yet been approved.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>What role do product users play in the process of safety review?</I> (1) FRA will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> periodically a topic list including docket numbers for informational filings and a petition summary including docket numbers for petitions for approval.
</P>
<P>(2) Interested parties may submit to FRA information and views pertinent to FRA's consideration of an informational filing or petition for approval. FRA considers comments to the extent practicable within the periods set forth in this section. In a proceeding consolidated with a proceeding under part 235 of this chapter, FRA considers all comments received.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Is it necessary to complete field testing prior to filing the petition for approval?</I> A railroad may file a petition for approval prior to completion of field testing of the product. The petition for approval should additionally include information sufficient for FRA to arrange monitoring of the tests. The Associate Administrator for Safety may approve a petition for approval contingent upon successful completion of the test program contained in the PSP or hold the petition for approval pending completion of the tests.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>How are PSPs approved?</I> (1) The Associate Administrator for Safety grants approval of a PSP when:
</P>
<P>(i) The petition for approval has been properly filed and contains the information required in § 236.907;
</P>
<P>(ii) FRA has determined that the PSP complies with the railroad's approved RSPP and applicable requirements of this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The risk assessment supporting the PSP demonstrates that the proposed product satisfies the minimum performance standard stated in § 236.909.
</P>
<P>(2) The Associate Administrator for Safety considers the following applicable factors when evaluating the risk assessment:
</P>
<P>(i) The extent to which recognized standards have been utilized in product design and in the relevant safety analysis;
</P>
<P>(ii) The availability of quantitative data, including calculations of statistical confidence levels using accepted methods, associated with risk estimates;
</P>
<P>(iii) The complexity of the product and the extent to which it will incorporate or deviate from design practices associated with previously established histories of safe operation;
</P>
<P>(iv) The degree of rigor and precision associated with the safety analyses, including the comprehensiveness of the qualitative analyses, and the extent to which any quantitative results realistically reflect appropriate sensitivity cases;
</P>
<P>(v) The extent to which validation of the product has included experiments and tests to identify uncovered faults in the operation of the product;
</P>
<P>(vi) The extent to which identified faults are effectively addressed;
</P>
<P>(vii) Whether the risk assessment for the previous condition was conducted using the same methodology as that for operation under the proposed condition; and
</P>
<P>(viii) If an independent third-party assessment is required or is performed at the election of the supplier or railroad, the extent to which the results of the assessment are favorable.
</P>
<P>(3) The Associate Administrator for Safety also considers when assessing PSPs the safety requirements for the product within the context of the proposed method of operations, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The degree to which the product is relied upon as the primary safety system for train operations; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The degree to which the product is overlaid upon and its operation is demonstrated to be independent of safety-relevant rules, practices and systems that will remain in place following the change under review.
</P>
<P>(4) As necessary to ensure compliance with this subpart and with the RSPP, FRA may attach special conditions to the approval of the petition.
</P>
<P>(5) Following the approval of a petition, FRA may reopen consideration of the petition for cause. Cause for reopening a petition includes such circumstances as a credible allegation of error or fraud, assumptions determined to be invalid as a result of in-service experience, or one or more unsafe events calling into question the safety analysis underlying the approval.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Under what circumstances may a third-party assessment be required, and by whom may it be conducted?</I> (1) The PSP must be supported by an independent third party assessment of the product when FRA concludes it is necessary based upon consideration of the following factors:
</P>
<P>(i) Those factors listed in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (g)(2)(vii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) The sufficiency of the assessment or audit previously conducted at the election of a supplier or railroad; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether applicable requirements of subparts A through G of this part are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(2) As used in this section, “independent third party” means a technically competent entity responsible to and compensated by the railroad (or an association on behalf of one or more railroads) that is independent of the supplier of the product. An entity that is owned or controlled by the supplier, that is under common ownership or control with the supplier, or that is otherwise involved in the development of the product is not considered “independent” within the meaning of this section. FRA may maintain a roster of recognized technically competent entities as a service to railroads selecting reviewers under this section; however, a railroad is not limited to entities currently listed on any such roster.
</P>
<P>(3) The third-party assessment must, at a minimum, consist of the activities and result in production of documentation meeting the requirements of Appendix D to this part. However, when requiring an assessment pursuant to this section, FRA specifies any requirements in Appendix D to this part which the agency has determined are not relevant to its concerns and, therefore, need not be included in the assessment. The railroad shall make the final assessment report available to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>How may a PSP be amended?</I> A railroad may submit an amendment to a PSP at any time in the same manner as the initial PSP. Notwithstanding the otherwise applicable requirements found in this section and § 236.915, changes affecting the safety-critical functionality of a product may be made prior to the submission and approval of the PSP amendment as necessary in order to mitigate risk.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>How may field testing be conducted prior to PSP approval?</I> (1) Field testing of a product may be conducted prior to the approval of a PSP by the submission of an informational filing by a railroad. The FRA will arrange to monitor the tests based on the information provided in the filing, which must include:
</P>
<P>(i) A complete description of the product;
</P>
<P>(ii) An operational concepts document;
</P>
<P>(iii) A complete description of the specific test procedures, including the measures that will be taken to protect trains and on-track equipment;
</P>
<P>(iv) An analysis of the applicability of the requirements of subparts A through G of this part to the product that will not apply during testing;
</P>
<P>(v) The date testing will begin;
</P>
<P>(vi) The location of the testing; and
</P>
<P>(vii) A description of any effect the testing will have on the current method of operation.
</P>
<P>(2) FRA may impose such additional conditions on this testing as may be necessary for the safety of train operations. Exemptions from regulations other than those contained in this part must be requested through waiver procedures in part 211 of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 11095, Mar. 7, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 72385, Dec. 5, 2005; 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.915" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.915   Implementation and operation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When may a product be placed or retained in service?</I> (1) Except as stated in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section, a railroad may operate in revenue service any product 180 days after filing with FRA the informational filing for that product. The FRA filing date can be found in FRA's acknowledgment letter referred to in § 236.913(c)(2).
</P>
<P>(2) Except as stated in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, if FRA approval is required for a product, the railroad shall not operate the product in revenue service until after the Associate Administrator for Safety has approved the petition for approval for that product pursuant to § 236.913.
</P>
<P>(3) If after product implementation FRA elects, for cause, to treat the informational filing for the product as a petition for approval, the product may remain in use if otherwise consistent with the applicable law and regulations. FRA may impose special conditions for use of the product during the period of review for cause.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How does the PSP relate to operation of the product?</I> Each railroad shall comply with all provisions in the PSP for each product it uses and shall operate within the scope of initial operational assumptions and predefined changes identified by the PSP. Railroads may at any time submit an amended PSP according to the procedures outlined in § 236.913.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>What precautions must be taken prior to interference with the normal functioning of a product?</I> The normal functioning of any safety-critical product must not be interfered with in testing or otherwise without first taking measures to provide for safe movement of trains, locomotives, roadway workers and on-track equipment that depend on normal functioning of such product.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>What actions must be taken immediately upon failure of a safety-critical component?</I> When any safety-critical product component fails to perform its intended function, the cause must be determined and the faulty component adjusted, repaired, or replaced without undue delay. Until repair of such essential components are completed, a railroad shall take appropriate action as specified in the PSP. See also §§ 236.907(d), 236.917(b). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.917" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.917   Retention of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>What life-cycle and maintenance records must be maintained?</I> (1) The railroad shall maintain at a designated office on the railroad:
</P>
<P>(i) For the life-cycle of the product, adequate documentation to demonstrate that the PSP meets the safety requirements of the railroad's RSPP and applicable standards in this subpart, including the risk assessment; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An Operations and Maintenance Manual, pursuant to § 236.919; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Training records pursuant to § 236.923(b).
</P>
<P>(2) Results of inspections and tests specified in the PSP must be recorded as prescribed in § 236.110.
</P>
<P>(3) Contractors of the railroad shall maintain at a designated office training records pursuant to § 236.923(b).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What actions must the railroad take in the event of occurrence of a safety-relevant hazard?</I> After the product is placed in service, the railroad shall maintain a database of all safety-relevant hazards as set forth in the PSP and those that had not been previously identified in the PSP. If the frequency of the safety-relevant hazards exceeds the threshold set forth in the PSP (see § 236.907(a)(6)), then the railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Report the inconsistency in writing (by mail, facsimile, e-mail, or hand delivery to the Director, Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance, FRA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590, within 15 days of discovery. Documents that are hand delivered must not be enclosed in an envelope; 
</P>
<P>(2) Take prompt countermeasures to reduce the frequency of the safety-relevant hazard(s) below the threshold set forth in the PSP; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provide a final report to the FRA Director, Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance, on the results of the analysis and countermeasures taken to reduce the frequency of the safety-relevant hazard(s) below the threshold set forth in the PSP when the problem is resolved. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 11095, Mar. 7, 2005, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.919" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.919   Operations and Maintenance Manual.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall catalog and maintain all documents as specified in the PSP for the installation, maintenance, repair, modification, inspection, and testing of the product and have them in one Operations and Maintenance Manual, readily available to persons required to perform such tasks and for inspection by FRA and FRA-certified State inspectors.
</P>
<P>(b) Plans required for proper maintenance, repair, inspection, and testing of safety-critical products must be adequate in detail and must be made available for inspection by FRA and FRA-certified State inspectors where such products are deployed or maintained. They must identify all software versions, revisions, and revision dates. Plans must be legible and correct.
</P>
<P>(c) Hardware, software, and firmware revisions must be documented in the Operations and Maintenance Manual according to the railroad's configuration management control plan and any additional configuration/revision control measures specified in the PSP.
</P>
<P>(d) Safety-critical components, including spare equipment, must be positively identified, handled, replaced, and repaired in accordance with the procedures specified in the PSP. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.921" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.921   Training and qualification program, general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When is training necessary and who must be trained?</I> Employers shall establish and implement training and qualification programs for products subject to this subpart. These programs must meet the minimum requirements set forth in the PSP and in §§ 236.923 through 236.929 as appropriate, for the following personnel:
</P>
<P>(1) Persons whose duties include installing, maintaining, repairing, modifying, inspecting, and testing safety-critical elements of the railroad's products, including central office, wayside, or onboard subsystems;
</P>
<P>(2) Persons who dispatch train operations (issue or communicate any mandatory directive that is executed or enforced, or is intended to be executed or enforced, by a train control system subject to this subpart);
</P>
<P>(3) Persons who operate trains or serve as a train or engine crew member subject to instruction and testing under part 217 of this chapter, on a train operating in territory where a train control system subject to this subpart is in use;
</P>
<P>(4) Roadway workers whose duties require them to know and understand how a train control system affects their safety and how to avoid interfering with its proper functioning; and
</P>
<P>(5) The direct supervisors of persons listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What competencies are required?</I> The employer's program must provide training for persons who perform the functions described in paragraph (a) of this section to ensure that they have the necessary knowledge and skills to effectively complete their duties related to processor-based signal and train control equipment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.923" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.923   Task analysis and basic requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>How must training be structured and delivered?</I> As part of the program required by § 236.921, the employer shall, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the specific goals of the training program with regard to the target population (craft, experience level, scope of work, etc.), task(s), and desired success rate;
</P>
<P>(2) Based on a formal task analysis, identify the installation, maintenance, repair, modification, inspection, testing, and operating tasks that must be performed on a railroad's products. This includes the development of failure scenarios and the actions expected under such scenarios;
</P>
<P>(3) Develop written procedures for the performance of the tasks identified;
</P>
<P>(4) Identify the additional knowledge, skills, and abilities above those required for basic job performance necessary to perform each task;
</P>
<P>(5) Develop a training curriculum that includes classroom, simulator, computer-based, hands-on, or other formally structured training designed to impart the knowledge, skills, and abilities identified as necessary to perform each task;
</P>
<P>(6) Prior to assignment of related tasks, require all persons mentioned in § 236.921(a) to successfully complete a training curriculum and pass an examination that covers the product and appropriate rules and tasks for which they are responsible (however, such persons may perform such tasks under the direct onsite supervision of a qualified person prior to completing such training and passing the examination);
</P>
<P>(7) Require periodic refresher training at intervals specified in the PSP that includes classroom, simulator, computer-based, hands-on, or other formally structured training and testing, except with respect to basic skills for which proficiency is known to remain high as a result of frequent repetition of the task; and
</P>
<P>(8) Conduct regular and periodic evaluations of the effectiveness of the training program specified in § 236.923(a)(1) verifying the adequacy of the training material and its validity with respect to current railroads products and operations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What training records are required?</I> Employers shall retain records which designate persons who are qualified under this section until new designations are recorded or for at least one year after such persons leave applicable service. These records shall be kept in a designated location and be available for inspection and replication by FRA and FRA-certified State inspectors. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.925" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.925   Training specific to control office personnel.</HEAD>
<P>Any person responsible for issuing or communicating mandatory directives in territory where products are or will be in use must be trained in the following areas, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(a) Instructions concerning the interface between the computer-aided dispatching system and the train control system, with respect to the safe movement of trains and other on-track equipment;
</P>
<P>(b) Railroad operating rules applicable to the train control system, including provision for movement and protection of roadway workers, unequipped trains, trains with failed or cut-out train control onboard systems, and other on-track equipment; and
</P>
<P>(c) Instructions concerning control of trains and other on-track equipment in case the train control system fails, including periodic practical exercises or simulations, and operational testing under part 217 of this chapter to ensure the continued capability of the personnel to provide for safe operations under the alternative method of operation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.927" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.927   Training specific to locomotive engineers and other operating personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>What elements apply to operating personnel?</I> Training provided under this subpart for any locomotive engineer or other person who participates in the operation of a train in train control territory must be defined in the PSP and the following elements must be addressed:
</P>
<P>(1) Familiarization with train control equipment onboard the locomotive and the functioning of that equipment as part of the system and in relation to other onboard systems under that person's control;
</P>
<P>(2) Any actions required of the onboard personnel to enable, or enter data to, the system, such as consist data, and the role of that function in the safe operation of the train;
</P>
<P>(3) Sequencing of interventions by the system, including pre-enforcement notification, enforcement notification, penalty application initiation and post-penalty application procedures;
</P>
<P>(4) Railroad operating rules applicable to the train control system, including provisions for movement and protection of any unequipped trains, or trains with failed or cut-out train control onboard systems and other on-track equipment;
</P>
<P>(5) Means to detect deviations from proper functioning of onboard train control equipment and instructions regarding the actions to be taken with respect to control of the train and notification of designated railroad personnel; and
</P>
<P>(6) Information needed to prevent unintentional interference with the proper functioning of onboard train control equipment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How must locomotive engineer training be conducted?</I> Training required under this subpart for a locomotive engineer, together with required records, must be integrated into the program of training required by part 240 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>What requirements apply to full automatic operation?</I> The following special requirements apply in the event a train control system is used to effect full automatic operation of the train:
</P>
<P>(1) The PSP must identify all safety hazards to be mitigated by the locomotive engineer.
</P>
<P>(2) The PSP must address and describe the training required with provisions for the maintenance of skills proficiency. As a minimum, the training program must:
</P>
<P>(i) As described in § 236.923(a)(2), develop failure scenarios which incorporate the safety hazards identified in the PSP, including the return of train operations to a fully manual mode;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide training, consistent with § 236.923(a), for safe train operations under all failure scenarios and identified safety hazards that affect train operations;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide training, consistent with § 236.923(a), for safe train operations under manual control; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Consistent with § 236.923(a), ensure maintenance of manual train operating skills by requiring manual starting and stopping of the train for an appropriate number of trips and by one or more of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(A) Manual operation of a train for a 4-hour work period;
</P>
<P>(B) Simulated manual operation of a train for a minimum of 4 hours in a Type I simulator as required; or
</P>
<P>(C) Other means as determined following consultation between the railroad and designated representatives of the affected employees and approved by the FRA. The PSP must designate the appropriate frequency when manual operation, starting, and stopping must be conducted, and the appropriate frequency of simulated manual operation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.929" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.8.125.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.929   Training specific to roadway workers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>How is training for roadway workers to be coordinated with part 214?</I> Training required under this subpart for a roadway worker must be integrated into the program of instruction required under part 214, subpart C of this chapter (“Roadway Worker Protection”), consistent with task analysis requirements of § 236.923. This training must provide instruction for roadway workers who provide protection for themselves or roadway work groups.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What subject areas must roadway worker training include?</I> (1) Instruction for roadway workers must ensure an understanding of the role of processor-based signal and train control equipment in establishing protection for roadway workers and their equipment.
</P>
<P>(2) Instruction for roadway workers must ensure recognition of processor-based signal and train control equipment on the wayside and an understanding of how to avoid interference with its proper functioning.
</P>
<P>(3) Instructions concerning the recognition of system failures and the provision of alternative methods of on-track safety in case the train control system fails, including periodic practical exercises or simulations and operational testing under part 217 of this chapter to ensure the continued capability of roadway workers to be free from the danger of being struck by a moving train or other on-track equipment.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Positive Train Control Systems</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>75 FR 2699, Jan. 15, 2010, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 236.1001" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1001   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes minimum, performance-based safety standards for PTC systems required by 49 U.S.C. 20157, this subpart, or an FRA order, including requirements to ensure that the development, functionality, architecture, installation, implementation, inspection, testing, operation, maintenance, repair, and modification of those PTC systems will achieve and maintain an acceptable level of safety. This subpart also prescribes standards to ensure that personnel working with, and affected by, safety-critical PTC system related products receive appropriate training and testing.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad may prescribe additional or more stringent rules, and other special instructions, that are not inconsistent with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) This subpart does not exempt a railroad from compliance with any requirement of subparts A through H of this part or parts 233, 234, and 235 of this chapter, unless:
</P>
<P>(1) It is otherwise explicitly excepted by this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(2) The applicable PTCSP, as defined under § 236.1003 and approved by FRA under § 236.1015, provides for such an exception per § 236.1013.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1003" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1003   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Definitions contained in subparts G and H of this part apply equally to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) The following definitions apply to terms used only in this subpart unless otherwise stated:
</P>
<P><I>After-arrival mandatory directive</I> means an authority to occupy a track which is issued to a train that is not effective and not to be acted upon until after the arrival and passing of a train, or trains, specifically identified in the authority.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer.
</P>
<P><I>Class I railroad</I> means a railroad which in the last year for which revenues were reported exceeded the threshold established under regulations of the Surface Transportation Board (49 CFR part 1201.1-1 (2008)).
</P>
<P><I>Cleartext</I> means the un-encrypted text in its original, human readable, form. It is the input of an encryption or encipher process, and the output of an decryption or decipher process.
</P>
<P><I>Controlling locomotive</I> means <I>Locomotive, controlling,</I> as defined in § 232.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Cut out</I> means any disabling of a PTC system, subsystem, or component en route (including when the PTC system cuts out on its own or a person cuts out the system with authorization), unless the cut out was necessary to exit PTC-governed territory and enter non-PTC territory.
</P>
<P><I>Host railroad</I> means a railroad that has effective operating control over a segment of track.
</P>
<P><I>Initialization failure</I> means any instance when a PTC system fails to activate on a locomotive or train, unless the PTC system successfully activates during a subsequent attempt in the same location or before entering PTC-governed territory. For the types of PTC systems that do not initialize by design, a failed departure test is considered an initialization failure for purposes of the reporting requirement under § 236.1029(h), unless the PTC system successfully passes the departure test during a subsequent attempt in the same location or before entering PTC-governed territory.
</P>
<P><I>Interoperability</I> means the ability of a controlling locomotive to communicate with and respond to the PTC railroad's positive train control system, including uninterrupted movements over property boundaries.
</P>
<P><I>Limited operations</I> means operations on main line track that have limited or no freight operations and are approved to be excluded from this subpart's PTC system implementation and operation requirements in accordance with § 236.1019(c);
</P>
<P><I>Main line</I> means, except as provided in § 236.1019 or where all trains are limited to restricted speed within a yard or terminal area or on auxiliary or industry tracks, a segment or route of railroad tracks:
</P>
<P>(1) Of a Class I railroad, as documented in current timetables filed by the Class I railroad with the FRA under § 217.7 of this title, over which 5,000,000 or more gross tons of railroad traffic is transported annually; or
</P>
<P>(2) Used for regularly scheduled intercity or commuter rail passenger service, as defined in 49 U.S.C. 24102, or both. Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations as defined in part 238 of this chapter are not considered intercity or commuter passenger service for purposes of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Main line track exclusion addendum</I> (“MTEA”) means the document submitted under §§ 236.1011 and 236.1019 requesting to designate track as other than main line.
</P>
<P><I>Malfunction</I> means any instance when a PTC system, subsystem, or component fails to perform the functions mandated under 49 U.S.C. 20157(i)(5), this subpart, or the applicable host railroad's PTCSP.
</P>
<P><I>Medium speed</I> means, <I>Speed, medium,</I> as defined in subpart G of this part.
</P>
<P><I>NPI</I> means a Notice of Product Intent (“NPI”) as further described in § 236.1013.
</P>
<P><I>PIH materials</I> means materials poisonous by inhalation, as defined in §§ 171.8, 173.115, and 173.132 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>PTC</I> means positive train control as further described in § 236.1005.
</P>
<P><I>PTCDP</I> means a PTC Development Plan as further described in § 236.1013.
</P>
<P><I>PTCIP</I> means a PTC Implementation Plan as required under 49 U.S.C. 20157 and further described in § 236.1011.
</P>
<P><I>PTCPVL</I> means a PTC Product Vendor List as further described in § 236.1023.
</P>
<P><I>PTCSP</I> means a PTC Safety Plan as further described in § 236.1015.
</P>
<P><I>PTC railroad</I> means each Class I railroad and each entity providing regularly scheduled intercity or commuter rail passenger transportation required to implement or operate a PTC system.
</P>
<P><I>PTC System Certification</I> means certification as required under 49 U.S.C. 20157 and further described in §§ 236.1009 and 236.1015.
</P>
<P><I>Request for Amendment</I> (“RFA”) means a request for an amendment of a plan or system made by a PTC railroad in accordance with § 236.1021.
</P>
<P><I>Request for Expedited Certification</I> (“REC”) means, as further described in § 236.1031, a request by a railroad to receive expedited consideration for PTC System Certification.
</P>
<P><I>Restricted speed</I> means, <I>Speed, restricted,</I> as defined in subpart G of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Safe State</I> means a system state that, when the system fails, cannot cause death, injury, occupational illness, or damage to or loss of equipment or property, or damage to the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Segment of track</I> means any part of the railroad where a train operates.
</P>
<P><I>Temporal separation</I> means that passenger and freight operations do not operate on any segment of shared track during the same period and as further defined under § 236.1019 and the process or processes in place to assure that result.
</P>
<P><I>Tenant railroad</I> means a railroad, other than a host railroad, operating on track upon which a PTC system is required.
</P>
<P><I>Track segment</I> means segment of track.
</P>
<P><I>Type Approval</I> means a number assigned to a particular PTC system indicating FRA agreement that the PTC system could fulfill the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P><I>Train</I> means one or more locomotives, coupled with or without cars.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2699, Jan. 15, 2010, as amended at 77 FR 28305, May 14, 2012; 79 FR 49716, Aug. 22, 2014; 86 FR 40180, July 27, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1005" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1005   Requirements for Positive Train Control systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>PTC system requirements.</I> Each PTC system required to be installed under this subpart shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Reliably and functionally prevent:
</P>
<P>(i) Train-to-train collisions—including collisions between trains operating over rail-to-rail at-grade crossings in accordance with the following risk-based table or alternative arrangements providing an equivalent level of safety as specified in an FRA approved PTCSP:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crossing type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Max. speed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Protection
<br/>required
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(A) Interlocking—one or more PTC routes intersecting with one or more non-PTC routes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤40 miles per hour</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Interlocking signal arrangement in accordance with the requirements of subparts A-G of this part and PTC enforced stop on PTC routes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(B) Interlocking—one or more PTC routes intersecting with one or more non-PTC routes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;40 miles per hour</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Interlocking signal arrangement in accordance with the requirements of subparts A-G of this part, PTC enforced stop on all PTC routes, and either the use of other than full PTC technology that provides positive stop enforcement or a split-point derail incorporated into the signal system accompanied by 20 miles per hour maximum allowable speed on the approach of any intersecting non-PTC route.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(C) Interlocking—all PTC routes intersecting</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any speed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Interlocking signal arrangements in accordance with the requirements of subparts A-G of this part, and PTC enforced stop on all routes.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) Overspeed derailments, including derailments related to railroad civil engineering speed restrictions, slow orders, and excessive speeds over switches and through turnouts;
</P>
<P>(iii) Incursions into established work zone limits without first receiving appropriate authority and verification from the dispatcher or roadway worker in charge, as applicable and in accordance with part 214 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The movement of a train through a main line switch in the improper position as further described in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Include safety-critical integration of all authorities and indications of a wayside or cab signal system, or other similar appliance, method, device, or system of equivalent safety, in a manner by which the PTC system shall provide associated warning and enforcement to the extent, and except as, described and justified in the FRA approved PTCDP or PTCSP, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(3) As applicable, perform the additional functions specified in this subpart;
</P>
<P>(4) Provide an appropriate warning or enforcement when:
</P>
<P>(i) A derail or switch protecting access to the main line required by § 236.1007, or otherwise provided for in the applicable PTCSP, is not in its derailing or protecting position, respectively;
</P>
<P>(ii) A mandatory directive is issued associated with a highway-rail grade crossing warning system malfunction as required by §§ 234.105, 234.106, or 234.107;
</P>
<P>(iii) An after-arrival mandatory directive has been issued and the train or trains to be waited on has not yet passed the location of the receiving train;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any movable bridge within the route ahead is not in a position to allow permissive indication for a train movement pursuant to § 236.312; and
</P>
<P>(v) A hazard detector integrated into the PTC system that is required by paragraph (c) of this section, or otherwise provided for in the applicable PTCSP, detects an unsafe condition or transmits an alarm; and
</P>
<P>(5) Limit the speed of passenger and freight trains to 59 miles per hour and 49 miles per hour, respectively, in areas without broken rail detection or equivalent safeguards.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>PTC system installation</I>—(1) <I>Lines required to be equipped.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, each Class I railroad and each railroad providing or hosting intercity or commuter passenger service shall progressively equip its lines as provided in its approved PTCIP such that a PTC system certified under § 236.1015 is installed and operated by the host railroad on each: 
</P>
<P>(i) Main line over which is transported any quantity of material poisonous by inhalation (PIH), including anhydrous ammonia, as defined in §§ 171.8, 173.115 and 173.132 of this title;
</P>
<P>(ii) Main line used for regularly provided intercity or commuter passenger service, except as provided in § 236.1019; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Additional line of railroad as required by the applicable FRA approved PTCIP, this subpart, or an FRA order requiring installation of a PTC system by that date.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Initial baseline identification of lines.</I> For the purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, the baseline information necessary to determine whether a Class I railroad's track segment shall be equipped with a PTC system shall be determined and reported as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The traffic density threshold of 5 million gross tons shall be based upon calendar year 2008 gross tonnage, except to the extent that traffic may fall below 5 million gross tons for two consecutive calendar years and a PTCIP or an RFA reflecting this change is filed and approved under paragraph (b)(4) of this section and, if applicable, § 236.1021.
</P>
<P>(ii) The presence or absence of any quantity of PIH hazardous materials shall be determined by whether one or more cars containing such product(s) was transported over the track segment in calendar year 2008 or prior to the filing of the PTCIP, except to the extent that the PTCIP or RFA justifies, under paragraph (b)(4) of this section, removal of the subject track segment from the PTCIP listing of lines to be equipped.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Addition of track segments.</I> To the extent increases in freight rail traffic occur subsequent to calendar year 2008 that might affect the requirement to install a PTC system on any line not yet equipped, the railroad shall seek to amend its PTCIP by promptly filing an RFA in accordance with § 236.1021. The following criteria apply:
</P>
<P>(i) If rail traffic exceeds 5 million gross tons in any year after 2008, the tonnage shall be calculated for the preceding two calendar years and if the total tonnage for those two calendar years exceeds 10 million gross tons, a PTCIP or its amendment is required.
</P>
<P>(ii) If PIH traffic is carried on a track segment as a result of a request for rail service or rerouting warranted under part 172 of this title, and if the line carries in excess of 5 million gross tons of rail traffic as determined under this paragraph, a PTCIP or its amendment is required. This does not apply when temporary rerouting is authorized in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) Once a railroad is notified by FRA that its RFA filed in accordance with this paragraph has been approved, the railroad shall equip the line with the applicable PTC system by December 31, 2015, or within 24 months, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exclusion or removal of track segments from PTC baseline</I>—(i) <I>Routing changes.</I> In a PTCIP or an RFA, a railroad may request review of the requirement to install PTC on a track segment where a PTC system is otherwise required by this section, but has not yet been installed, based upon changes in rail traffic such as reductions in total traffic volume to a level below 5 million gross tons annually, cessation of passenger service or the approval of an MTEA, or the cessation of PIH materials traffic. Any such request shall be accompanied by estimated traffic projections for the next 5 years (e.g., as a result of planned rerouting, coordinations, or location of new business on the line).
</P>
<P>(ii) FRA will approve the exclusion requested pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section if the railroad establishes that, as of December 31, 2015:
</P>
<P>(A) No passenger service will be present on the involved track segment or the passenger service will be subject to an MTEA approved in accordance with 49 CFR 236.1019; and
</P>
<P>(B) No PIH traffic will be present on the involved track segment or the gross tonnage on the involved track segment will decline to below 5 million gross tons annually as computed over a 2-year period.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Freight lines with de minimis risk not used for regularly provided intercity or commuter rail passenger service.</I> (A) In a PTCIP or an RFA, a railroad may request review of the requirement to install a PTC system on a track segment where a PTC system is otherwise required by this section, but has not yet been installed, based upon the presence of a minimal quantity of PIH materials traffic. Any such request shall be accompanied by estimated traffic projections for the next 5 years (e.g., as a result of planned rerouting, coordination, or location of new business on the line). Where the request involves prior or planned rerouting of PIH materials traffic, the railroad must provide the information and analysis identified in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section. The submission shall also include a full description of potential safety hazards on the segment of track and fully describe train operations over the line. This paragraph does not apply to line segments used for commuter rail or intercity rail passenger service.
</P>
<P>(B) Absent special circumstances related to specific hazards presented by operations on the line segment, FRA will approve a request for relief under this paragraph for a rail line segment that meets all of the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) That carries less than 15 million gross tons annually;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) That does not have a heavy grade as “heavy grade” is defined in § 232.407 of this chapter for any train operating over the track segment;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Where the railroad adopts and complies with an operating rule requiring the crew of any train approaching working limits established under part 214 of this chapter to notify the roadway worker in charge of the train's approach at least 2 miles in advance of the working limits or, if the train crew does not have advance knowledge of the working limits, as soon as practical;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) That carries fewer than 100 cars containing PIH materials per year, excluding those cars containing only a residue, as defined in § 171.8 of this title, of PIH materials;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) That carries 2 or fewer trains per day carrying any quantity of PIH materials;
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) Where trains carrying any quantity of PIH materials operate at speeds not to exceed 40 miles per hour; and
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) Where any train transporting a car containing any quantity of PIH materials is operated with a vacant block ahead of and behind the train.
</P>
<P>(C) FRA may, in its discretion, approve other track segments not used for regularly provided intercity or commuter passenger service that have posed an equivalent or lesser level of risk of a PTC-preventable accident or PIH materials release as those track segments covered by paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(B) of this section, where such other track segments are similar to those covered by paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(D) Failure to submit sufficient information will result in the denial of any request under this paragraph (b)(4)(ii). If the request is granted, on and after the date the line would have otherwise been required to be equipped under the schedule contained in the PTCIP and approved by FRA, operations on the line shall be conducted in accordance with any conditions attached to the grant, including implementation of proposed mitigations as applicable.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Line sales.</I> FRA does not approve removal of a line from the PTCIP exclusively based upon a representation that a track segment will be abandoned or sold to another railroad. In the event a track segment is approved for abandonment or transfer by the Surface Transportation Board, FRA will review at the request of the transferring and acquiring railroads whether the requirement to install PTC on the line should be removed given all of the circumstances, including expected traffic and hazardous materials levels, reservation of trackage or haulage rights by the transferring railroad, routing analysis under part 172 of this chapter, commercial and real property arrangements affecting the transferring and acquiring railroads post-transfer, and such other factors as may be relevant to continue safe operations on the line. If FRA denies the request, the acquiring railroad shall install the PTC system on the schedule provided in the transferring railroad's PTCIP, without regard to whether it is a Class I railroad.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>New rail passenger service.</I> No new intercity or commuter rail passenger service shall commence after December 31, 2020, until a PTC system certified under this subpart has been installed and made operative.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Implementation deadlines.</I> (i) Each railroad must complete full implementation of its PTC system by December 31, 2018.
</P>
<P>(ii) A railroad is excepted from paragraph (b)(7)(i) of this section and must complete full implementation of its PTC system by December 31, 2020, or the date specified in its approved alternative schedule and sequence, whichever is earlier, only if the railroad:
</P>
<P>(A) Installs all PTC hardware and acquires all spectrum necessary to implement its PTC system by December 31, 2018;
</P>
<P>(B) Submits an alternative schedule and sequence providing for implementation of positive train control system as soon as practicable, but not later than December 31, 2020;
</P>
<P>(C) Notifies the Associate Administrator in writing that it is prepared for review of its alternative schedule and sequence under 49 U.S.C. 20157(a)(3)(B); and
</P>
<P>(D) Receives FRA approval of its alternative schedule and sequence.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a railroad meets the criteria in paragraph (b)(7)(ii) of this section, the railroad must adhere to its approved alternative schedule and sequence and any of its subsequently approved amendments or required modifications.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hazard detectors.</I> (1) All hazard detectors integrated into a signal or train control system on or after October 16, 2008, shall be integrated into PTC systems required by this subpart; and their warnings shall be appropriately and timely enforced as described in the applicable PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(2) The applicable PTCSP must provide for receipt and presentation to the locomotive engineer and other train crew members of warnings from any additional hazard detectors using the PTC data network, onboard displays, and audible alerts. If the PTCSP so provides, the action to be taken by the system and by the crew members shall be specified.
</P>
<P>(3) The PTCDP (as applicable) and PTCSP for any new service described in § 236.1007 to be conducted above 90 miles per hour shall include a hazard analysis describing the hazards relevant to the specific route(s) in question (e.g., potential for track obstruction due to events such as falling rock or undermining of the track structure due to high water or displacement of a bridge over navigable waters), the basis for decisions concerning hazard detectors provided, and the manner in which such additional hazard detectors will be interfaced with the PTC system.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Event recorders.</I> (1) Each lead locomotive, as defined in part 229, of a train equipped and operating with a PTC system required by this subpart must be equipped with an operative event recorder, which shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Record safety-critical train control data routed to the locomotive engineer's display that the engineer is required to comply with;
</P>
<P>(ii) Specifically include text messages conveying mandatory directives, maximum authorized speeds, PTC system brake warnings, PTC system brake enforcements, and the state of the PTC system (e.g., cut in, cut out, active, or failed); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Include examples of how the captured data will be displayed during playback along with the format, content, and data retention duration requirements specified in the PTCSP submitted and approved pursuant to this paragraph. If such train control data can be calibrated against other data required by this part, it may, at the election of the railroad, be retained in a separate memory module.
</P>
<P>(2) Each lead locomotive, as defined in part 229, manufactured and in service after October 1, 2009, that is equipped and operating with a PTC system required by this subpart, shall be equipped with an event recorder memory module meeting the crash hardening requirements of § 229.135 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this subpart excepts compliance with any of the event recorder requirements contained in § 229.135 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Switch position.</I> The following requirements apply with respect to determining proper switch position under this section. When a main line switch position is unknown or improperly aligned for a train's route in advance of the train's movement, the PTC system will provide warning of the condition associated with the following enforcement:
</P>
<P>(1) A PTC system shall enforce restricted speed over any switch:
</P>
<P>(i) Where train movements are made with the benefit of the indications of a wayside or cab signal system or other similar appliance, method, device, or system of equivalent safety proposed to FRA and approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with this part; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Where wayside or cab signal system or other similar appliance, method, device, or system of equivalent safety, requires the train to be operated at restricted speed.
</P>
<P>(2) A PTC system shall enforce a positive stop short of any main line switch, and any switch on a siding where the allowable speed is in excess of 20 miles per hour, if movement of the train over the switch:
</P>
<P>(i) Is made without the benefit of the indications of a wayside or cab signal system or other similar appliance, method, device, or system of equivalent safety proposed to FRA and approved by the Associate Administrator in accordance with this part; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Would create an unacceptable risk. Unacceptable risk includes conditions when traversing the switch, even at low speeds, could result in direct conflict with the movement of another train (including a hand-operated crossover between main tracks, a hand-operated crossover between a main track and an adjoining siding or auxiliary track, or a hand-operated switch providing access to another subdivision or branch line, etc.).
</P>
<P>(3) A PTC system required by this subpart shall be designed, installed, and maintained to perform the switch position detection and enforcement described in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section, except as provided for and justified in the applicable, FRA approved PTCDP or PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(4) The control circuit or electronic equivalent for all movement authorities over any switches, movable-point frogs, or derails shall be selected through circuit controller or functionally equivalent device operated directly by the switch points, derail, or by switch locking mechanism, or through relay or electronic device controlled by such circuit controller or functionally equivalent device, for each switch, movable-point frog, or derail in the route governed. Circuits or electronic equivalent shall be arranged so that any movement authorities less restrictive than those prescribed in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section can only be provided when each switch, movable-point frog, or derail in the route governed is in proper position, and shall be in accordance with subparts A through G of this part, unless it is otherwise provided in a PTCSP approved under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Train-to-train collision.</I> A PTC system shall be considered to be configured to prevent train-to-train collisions within the meaning of paragraph (a) of this section if trains are required to be operated at restricted speed and if the onboard PTC equipment enforces the upper limits of the railroad's restricted speed rule (15 or 20 miles per hour). This application applies to:
</P>
<P>(1) Operating conditions under which trains are required by signal indication or operating rule to:
</P>
<P>(i) Stop before continuing; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Reduce speed to restricted speed and continue at restricted speed until encountering a more favorable indication or as provided by operating rule.
</P>
<P>(2) Operation of trains within the limits of a joint mandatory directive.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Temporary rerouting.</I> A train equipped with a PTC system as required by this subpart may be temporarily rerouted onto a track not equipped with a PTC system and a train not equipped with a PTC system may be temporarily rerouted onto a track equipped with a PTC system as required by this subpart in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Emergencies.</I> In the event of an emergency—including conditions such as derailment, flood, fire, tornado, hurricane, earthquake, or other similar circumstance outside of the railroad's control—that would prevent usage of the regularly used track if:
</P>
<P>(i) The rerouting is applicable only until the emergency condition ceases to exist and for no more than 14 consecutive calendar days, unless otherwise extended by approval of the Associate Administrator;
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad provides written or telephonic notification to the FRA Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director of the information listed in paragraph (i) of this section within one business day of the beginning of the rerouting made in accordance with this paragraph; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The conditions contained in paragraph (j) of this section are followed.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Planned maintenance.</I> In the event of planned maintenance that would prevent usage of the regularly used track if:
</P>
<P>(i) The maintenance period does not exceed 30 days;
</P>
<P>(ii) A request is filed with the FRA Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section no less than 10 business days prior to the planned rerouting; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The conditions contained in paragraph (j) of this section are followed.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Rerouting requests.</I> (1) For the purposes of paragraph (g)(2) of this section, the rerouting request shall be self-executing unless the FRA Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director responds with a notice disapproving of the rerouting or providing instructions to allow rerouting. Such instructions may include providing additional information to the Staff Director or Associate Administrator prior to the commencement of rerouting. Once the Staff Director responds with a notice under this paragraph, no rerouting may occur until the Staff Director or Associate Administrator provides approval.
</P>
<P>(2) In the event the temporary rerouting described in paragraph (g)(2) of this section is to exceed 30 consecutive calendar days:
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad shall provide a request in accordance with paragraphs (i) and (j) of this section with the Associate Administrator no less than 10 business days prior to the planned rerouting; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The rerouting shall not commence until receipt of approval from the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Content of rerouting request.</I> Each notice or request referenced in paragraph (g) and (h) of this section must indicate:
</P>
<P>(1) The dates that such temporary rerouting will occur;
</P>
<P>(2) The number and types of trains that will be rerouted;
</P>
<P>(3) The location of the affected tracks; and
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the necessity for the temporary rerouting.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Rerouting conditions.</I> Rerouting of operations under paragraph (g) of this section may occur under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Where a train not equipped with a PTC system is rerouted onto a track equipped with a PTC system, or a train not equipped with a PTC system that is compatible and functionally responsive to the PTC system utilized on the line to which the train is being rerouted, the train shall be operated in accordance with § 236.1029; or
</P>
<P>(2) Where any train is rerouted onto a track not equipped with a PTC system, the train shall be operated in accordance with the operating rules applicable to the line on which the train is rerouted.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Rerouting cessation.</I> The FRA Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director may order a railroad to cease any rerouting provided under paragraph (g) or (h) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2699, Jan. 15, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 59117, Sept. 27, 2010; 77 FR 28305, May 14, 2012; 79 FR 49716, Aug. 22, 2014; 81 FR 10128, Feb. 29, 2016; 90 FR 28182, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1006" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1006   Equipping locomotives operating in PTC territory.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each locomotive, locomotive consist, or train on any track segment equipped with a PTC system shall be controlled by a locomotive equipped with an onboard PTC apparatus that is fully operative and functioning in accordance with the applicable PTCSP approved under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) Each railroad required to install PTC shall include in its PTCIP specific goals for progressive implementation of onboard systems and deployment of PTC-equipped locomotives such that the safety benefits of PTC are achieved through incremental growth in the percentage of controlling locomotives operating on PTC lines that are equipped with operative PTC onboard equipment. The PTCIP shall include a brief but sufficient explanation of how those goals will be achieved, including assignment of responsibilities within the organization. The goals shall be expressed as the percentage of trains operating on PTC-equipped lines that are equipped with operative onboard PTC apparatus responsive to the wayside, expressed as an annualized (calendar year) percentage for the railroad as a whole.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) A train controlled by a locomotive with an onboard PTC apparatus that has failed en route is permitted to operate in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 20157(j) or § 236.1029, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(4) A train operated by a Class II or Class III railroad, including a tourist or excursion railroad, and controlled by a locomotive not equipped with an onboard PTC apparatus is permitted to operate on a PTC-operated track segment:
</P>
<P>(i) That either:
</P>
<P>(A) Has no regularly scheduled intercity or commuter passenger rail traffic; or
</P>
<P>(B) Has regularly scheduled intercity or commuter passenger rail traffic and the applicable PTCIP permits the operation of a train operated by a Class II or III railroad and controlled by a locomotive not equipped with an onboard PTC apparatus;
</P>
<P>(ii) Where operations are restricted to four or less such unequipped trains per day, whereas a train conducting a “turn” operation (e.g., moving to a point of interchange to drop off or pick up cars and returning to the track owned by a Class II or III railroad) is considered two trains for this purpose; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Where each movement shall either:
</P>
<P>(A) Not exceed 20 miles in length; or
</P>
<P>(B) To the extent any movement exceeds 20 miles in length, such movement is not permitted without the controlling locomotive being equipped with an onboard PTC system after December 31, 2023, and each applicable Class II or III railroad shall report to FRA its progress in equipping each necessary locomotive with an onboard PTC apparatus to facilitate continuation of the movement. The progress reports shall be filed not later than December 31, 2020 and, if all necessary locomotives are not yet equipped, on December 31, 2022.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Freight yard movements.</I> For the purpose of freight switching service or freight transfer train service, a locomotive, locomotive consist, or train may operate without onboard PTC apparatus installed or operational where an onboard PTC apparatus is otherwise required by this part only if all of the following six requirements and conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The locomotive, locomotive consist, or train must be engaged in freight switching service or freight transfer train service, including yard, local, industrial, and hostling service, movements in connection with the assembling or disassembling of trains, and work trains;
</P>
<P>(ii) The movement must originate either:
</P>
<P>(A) In a yard; or
</P>
<P>(B) Within 20 miles of a yard with the yard as the final destination point;
</P>
<P>(iii) The locomotive, locomotive consist, or train shall not travel to a point in excess of 20 miles from its point of entry onto the PTC-equipped main line track;
</P>
<P>(iv) The speed of the locomotive, locomotive consist, or train shall not exceed restricted speed, except if:
</P>
<P>(A) No other locomotive, locomotive consist, or train is operating on any part of the route without an operational onboard PTC apparatus;
</P>
<P>(B) No working limits are established under part 214 of this chapter on any part of the route; and
</P>
<P>(C) Either an air brake test under part 232 of this chapter is performed, in which case the locomotive, locomotive consist, or train may proceed at a speed not to exceed 30 miles per hour; or an air brake test under part 232 of this chapter is not performed, in which case the locomotive, locomotive consist, or train may proceed at a speed not to exceed 20 miles per hour;
</P>
<P>(v) The speed of the locomotive, locomotive consist, or train shall not exceed restricted speed on PTC-equipped track where the route terminates; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The route of the locomotive or train is protected against conflicting operations by the PTC system and sufficient operating rules to protect against train-to-train collisions, as specified in the PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(vii) FRA may, in its discretion, approve yard movement procedures other than the yard movement procedures in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (b)(5)(vi) of this section in a PTCSP or an RFA that provide an equivalent or greater level of safety as the requirements of paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (b)(5)(vi) of this section, where such procedures are similar to those of paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (b)(5)(vi) of this section.
</P>
<P>(viii) A locomotive, locomotive consist, or train with an operative onboard PTC apparatus may assist a locomotive, locomotive consist, or train operating without an operative onboard PTC apparatus for purposes such as locomotive malfunction, rescue of locomotive or cars, or to add or remove power, provided that such a movement is made at restricted speed.
</P>
<P>(c) When a train movement is conducted under the exceptions described in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, that movement shall be made in accordance with § 236.1029.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Onboard PTC apparatus.</I> (1) The onboard PTC apparatus shall be so arranged that each member of the crew assigned to perform duties in the locomotive can receive the same PTC information displayed in the same manner and execute any functions necessary to that crew member's duties. The locomotive engineer shall not be required to perform functions related to the PTC system while the train is moving that have the potential to distract the locomotive engineer from performance of other safety-critical duties.
</P>
<P>(2) The onboard PTC apparatus may be distributed among multiple locomotives if such functionality is included with the applicable PTCSP approved under this subpart. The controlling locomotive shall be equipped with a fully operative interface that complies with paragraph (d)(1) of this section and is consistent with appendix E of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2699, Jan. 15, 2010, as amended at 79 FR 49716, Aug. 22, 2014; 81 FR 10129, Feb. 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1007" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1007   Additional requirements for high-speed service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A PTC railroad that conducts a passenger operation at or greater than 60 miles per hour or a freight operation at or greater than 50 miles per hour shall have installed a PTC system including or working in concert with technology that includes all of the safety-critical functional attributes of a block signal system meeting the requirements of this part, including appropriate fouling circuits and broken rail detection (or equivalent safeguards).
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, a host railroad that conducts a freight or passenger operation at more than 90 miles per hour shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Have an approved PTCSP establishing that the system was designed and will be operated to meet the fail-safe operation criteria described in Appendix C to this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Prevent unauthorized or unintended entry onto the main line from any track not equipped with a PTC system compliant with this subpart by placement of split-point derails or equivalent means integrated into the PTC system; and
</P>
<P>(3) Comply with § 236.1029(c).
</P>
<P>(c) In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, a host railroad that conducts a freight or passenger operation at more than 125 miles per hour shall have an approved PTCSP accompanied by a document (“HSR-125”) establishing that the system:
</P>
<P>(1) Will be operated at a level of safety comparable to that achieved over the 5 year period prior to the submission of the PTCSP by other train control systems that perform PTC functions required by this subpart, and which have been utilized on high-speed rail systems with similar technical and operational characteristics in the United States or in foreign service, provided that the use of foreign service data must be approved by the Associate Administrator before submittal of the PTCSP; and
</P>
<P>(2) Has been designed to detect incursions into the right-of-way, including incidents involving motor vehicles diverting from adjacent roads and bridges, where conditions warrant.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad providing existing high-speed passenger service may request in its PTCSP that the Associate Administrator excuse compliance with one or more requirements of this section upon a showing that the subject service has been conducted with a high level of safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2699, Jan. 15, 2010, as amended at 83 FR 59218, Nov. 21, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1009" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1009   Procedural requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>PTC Implementation Plan (PTCIP).</I> (1) By April 16, 2010, each host railroad that is required to implement and operate a PTC system in accordance with § 236.1005(b) shall develop and submit in accordance with § 236.1011(a) a PTCIP for implementing a PTC system required under § 236.1005. Filing of the PTCIP shall not exempt the required filings of an NPI, PTCSP, PTCDP, or Type Approval.
</P>
<P>(2) After April 16, 2010, a host railroad shall file:
</P>
<P>(i) A PTCIP if it becomes a host railroad of a main line track segment for which it is required to implement and operate a PTC system in accordance with § 236.1005(b); or
</P>
<P>(ii) A request for amendment (“RFA”) of its current and approved PTCIP in accordance with § 236.1021 if it intends to:
</P>
<P>(A) Initiate a new category of service (i.e., passenger or freight); or
</P>
<P>(B) Add, subtract, or otherwise materially modify one or more lines of railroad for which installation of a PTC system is required.
</P>
<P>(3) The host and tenant railroad(s) shall jointly file a PTCIP that addresses shared track:
</P>
<P>(i) If the host railroad is required to install and operate a PTC system on a segment of its track; and
</P>
<P>(ii) If the tenant railroad that shares the same track segment would have been required to install a PTC system if the host railroad had not otherwise been required to do so.
</P>
<P>(4) If railroads required to file a joint PTCIP are unable to jointly file a PTCIP in accordance with paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(3) of this section, then each railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Separately file a PTCIP in accordance with paragraph (a)(1);
</P>
<P>(ii) Notify the Associate Administrator that the subject railroads were unable to agree on a PTCIP to be jointly filed;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide the Associate Administrator with a comprehensive list of all issues not in agreement between the railroads that would prevent the subject railroads from jointly filing the PTCIP; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Confer with the Associate Administrator to develop and submit a PTCIP mutually acceptable to all subject railroads.
</P>
<P>(5) Each railroad filing a PTCIP shall report annually, by March 31 of each year, and until its PTC system implementation is complete, its progress towards fulfilling the goals outlined in its PTCIP under this part, including progress towards PTC system installation pursuant to § 236.1005 and onboard PTC apparatus installation and use in PTC-equipped track segments pursuant to § 236.1006, as well as impediments to completion of each of the goals.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type Approval.</I> Each host railroad, individually or jointly with others such as a tenant railroad or system supplier, shall file prior to or simultaneously with the filing made in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) An unmodified Type Approval previously issued by the Associate Administrator in accordance with § 236.1013 or § 236.1031(b) with its associated docket number;
</P>
<P>(2) A PTCDP requesting a Type Approval for:
</P>
<P>(i) A PTC system that does not have a Type Approval; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A PTC system with a previously issued Type Approval that requires one or more variances;
</P>
<P>(3) A PTCSP subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (c) of this section, with or without a Type Approval; or
</P>
<P>(4) A document attesting that a Type Approval is not necessary since the host railroad has no territory for which a PTC system is required under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice of Product Intent (NPI).</I> A railroad may, in lieu of submitting a PTCDP, or referencing an already issued Type Approval, submit an NPI describing the functions of the proposed PTC system. If a railroad elects to file an NPI in lieu of a PTCDP or referencing an existing Type Approval with the PTCIP, and the PTCIP is otherwise acceptable to the Associate Administrator, the Associate Administrator may grant provisional approval of the PTCIP.
</P>
<P>(1) A provisional approval of a PTCIP, unless otherwise extended by the Associate Administrator, is valid for a period of 270 days from the date of approval by the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad must submit an updated PTCIP with either a complete PTCDP as defined in § 236.1013(a), an updated PTCIP referencing an already approved Type Approval, or a full PTCSP within 270 days after the “Provisional Approval.”
</P>
<P>(i) Within 90 days of receipt of an updated PTCIP that was submitted with an NPI, the Associate Administrator will approve or disapprove of the updated PTCIP and notify in writing the affected railroad. If the updated PTCIP is not approved, the notification will include the plan's deficiencies. Within 30 days of receipt of that notification, the railroad or other entity that submitted the plan shall correct all deficiencies and resubmit the plan in accordance with this section and § 236.1011, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(ii) If an update to a “Provisionally Approved” PTCIP is not received by the Associate Administrator by the end of the period indicated in this paragraph, the “Provisional Approval” given to the PTCIP is automatically revoked. The revocation is retroactive to the date the original PTCIP and NPI were first submitted to the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>PTCSP and PTC System Certification.</I> The following apply to each PTCSP and PTC System Certification.
</P>
<P>(1) A PTC System Certification for a PTC system may be obtained by submitting an acceptable PTCSP. If the PTC system is the subject of a Type Approval, the safety case elements contained in the PTCDP may be incorporated by reference into the PTCSP, subject to finalization of the human factors analysis contained in the PTCDP.
</P>
<P>(2) Each PTCSP requirement under § 236.1015 shall be supported by information and analysis sufficient to establish that the requirements of this subpart have been satisfied.
</P>
<P>(3) If the Associate Administrator finds that the PTCSP and supporting documentation support a finding that the system complies with this part, the Associate Administrator may approve the PTCSP. If the Associate Administrator approves the PTCSP, the railroad shall receive PTC System Certification for the subject PTC system and shall implement the PTC system according to the PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(4) A required PTC system shall not:
</P>
<P>(i) Be used in service until it receives from FRA a PTC System Certification; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Receive a PTC System Certification unless FRA receives and approves an applicable:
</P>
<P>(A) PTCSP; or
</P>
<P>(B) Request for Expedited Certification (REC) as defined by § 236.1031(a).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Plan contents.</I> (1) No PTCIP shall receive approval unless it complies with § 236.1011. No railroad shall receive a Type Approval or PTC System Certification unless the applicable PTCDP or PTCSP, respectively, comply with §§ 236.1013 and 236.1015, respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) All materials filed in accordance with this subpart must be in the English language, or have been translated into English and attested as true and correct.
</P>
<P>(3) Each filing referenced in this section may include a request for full or partial confidentiality in accordance with § 209.11 of this chapter. If confidentiality is requested as to a portion of any applicable document, then in addition to the filing requirements under § 209.11 of this chapter, the person filing the document shall also file a copy of the original unredacted document, marked to indicate which portions are redacted in the document's confidential version without obscuring the original document's contents.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Supporting documentation and information.</I> (1) Issuance of a Type Approval or PTC System Certification is contingent upon FRA's confidence in the implementation and operation of the subject PTC system. This confidence may be based on FRA-monitored field testing or an independent assessment performed in accordance with § 236.1035 or § 236.1017, respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon request by FRA, the railroad requesting a Type Approval or PTC System Certification must engage in field testing or independent assessment performed in accordance with § 236.1035 or § 236.1017, respectively, to support the assertions made in any of the plans submitted under this subpart. These assertions include any of the plans' content requirements under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>FRA conditions, reconsiderations, and modifications.</I> (1) As necessary to ensure safety, FRA may attach special conditions to approving a PTCIP or issuing a Type Approval or PTC System Certification.
</P>
<P>(2) After granting a Type Approval or PTC System Certification, FRA may reconsider the Type Approval or PTC System Certification upon revelation of any of the following factors concerning the contents of the PTCDP or PTCSP:
</P>
<P>(i) Potential error or fraud;
</P>
<P>(ii) Potentially invalidated assumptions determined as a result of in-service experience or one or more unsafe events calling into question the safety analysis supporting the approval.
</P>
<P>(3) During FRA's reconsideration in accordance with this paragraph, the PTC system may remain in use if otherwise consistent with the applicable law and regulations and FRA may impose special conditions for use of the PTC system.
</P>
<P>(4) After FRA's reconsideration in accordance with this paragraph, FRA may:
</P>
<P>(i) Dismiss its reconsideration and continue to recognize the existing FRA approved Type Approval or PTC System Certification;
</P>
<P>(ii) Allow continued operations under such conditions the Associate Administrator deems necessary to ensure safety; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Revoke the Type Approval or PTC System Certification and direct the railroad to cease operations where PTC systems are required under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>FRA access.</I> The Associate Administrator, or that person's designated representatives, shall be afforded reasonable access to monitor, test, and inspect processes, procedures, facilities, documents, records, design and testing materials, artifacts, training materials and programs, and any other information used in the design, development, manufacture, test, implementation, and operation of the system, as well as interview any personnel:
</P>
<P>(1) Associated with a PTC system for which a Type Approval or PTC System Certification has been requested or provided; or
</P>
<P>(2) To determine whether a railroad has been in compliance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Foreign regulatory entity verification.</I> Information that has been certified under the auspices of a foreign regulatory entity recognized by the Associate Administrator may, at the Associate Administrator's sole discretion, be accepted as independently Verified and Validated and used to support each railroad's development of the PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Processing times for PTCDP and PTCSP.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Within 30 days of receipt of a PTCDP or PTCSP, the Associate Administrator will either acknowledge receipt or acknowledge receipt and request more information.
</P>
<P>(2) To the extent practicable, considering the scope, complexity, and novelty of the product or change:
</P>
<P>(i) FRA will approve, approve with conditions, or deny the PTCDP within 60 days of the date on which the PTCDP was filed;
</P>
<P>(ii) FRA will approve, approve with conditions, or deny the PTCSP within 180 days of the date on which the PTCSP was filed;
</P>
<P>(iii) If FRA has not approved, approved with conditions, or denied the PTCDP or PTCSP within the 60-day or 180-day window, as applicable, FRA will provide the submitting party with a statement of reasons as to why the submission has not yet been acted upon and a projected deadline by which an approval or denial will be issued and any further consultations or inquiries will be resolved.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2699, Jan. 15, 2010, as amended at 79 FR 49717, Aug. 22, 2014; 81 FR 10129, Feb. 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1011" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1011   PTC Implementation Plan content requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contents.</I> A PTCIP filed pursuant to this subpart shall, at a minimum, describe:
</P>
<P>(1) The functional requirements that the proposed system must meet;
</P>
<P>(2) How the PTC railroad intends to comply with §§ 236.1009(c) and (d);
</P>
<P>(3) How the PTC system will provide for interoperability of the system between the host and all tenant railroads on the track segments required to be equipped with PTC systems under this subpart and:
</P>
<P>(i) Include relevant provisions of agreements, executed by all applicable railroads, in place to achieve interoperability;
</P>
<P>(ii) List all methods used to obtain interoperability; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Identify any railroads with respect to which interoperability agreements have not been achieved as of the time the plan is filed, the practical obstacles that were encountered that prevented resolution, and the further steps planned to overcome those obstacles;
</P>
<P>(4) How, to the extent practical, the PTC system will be implemented to address areas of greater risk to the public and railroad employees before areas of lesser risk;
</P>
<P>(5) The sequence and schedule in which track segments will be equipped and the basis for those decisions, and shall at a minimum address the following risk factors by track segment:
</P>
<P>(i) Segment traffic characteristics such as typical annual passenger and freight train volume and volume of poison- or toxic-by-inhalation (PIH or TIH) shipments (loads, residue);
</P>
<P>(ii) Segment operational characteristics such as current method of operation (including presence or absence of a block signal system), number of tracks, and maximum allowable train speeds, including planned modifications; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Route attributes bearing on risk, including ruling grades and extreme curvature;
</P>
<P>(6) The following information relating to rolling stock:
</P>
<P>(i) What rolling stock will be equipped with PTC technology;
</P>
<P>(ii) The schedule to equip that rolling stock by the applicable deadline under § 236.1005(b)(7);
</P>
<P>(iii) All documents and information required by § 236.1006; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Unless the tenant railroad is filing its own PTCIP, the host railroad's PTCIP shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Attest that the host railroad has made a formal written request to each tenant railroad requesting identification of each item of rolling stock to be PTC system equipped and the date each will be equipped; and
</P>
<P>(B) Include each tenant railroad's response to the host railroad's written request made in accordance with paragraph (a)(6)(iv)(A) of this section;
</P>
<P>(7) The number of wayside devices required for each track segment and the installation schedule to complete wayside equipment installation by the applicable deadline under § 236.1005(b)(7);
</P>
<P>(8) Identification of each track segment on the railroad as mainline or non-mainline track. If the PTCIP includes an MTEA, as defined by § 236.1019, the PTCIP should identify the tracks included in the MTEA as main line track with a reference to the MTEA;
</P>
<P>(9) To the extent the railroad determines that risk-based prioritization required by paragraph (a)(4) of this section is not practical, the basis for this determination; and
</P>
<P>(10) The dates the associated PTCDP and PTCSP, as applicable, will be submitted to FRA in accordance with § 236.1009.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional Class I railroad PTCIP requirements.</I> Each Class I railroad shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) In its PTCIP a strategy for full deployment of its PTC system, describing the criteria that it will apply in identifying additional rail lines on its own network, and rail lines of entities that it controls or engages in joint operations with, for which full or partial deployment of PTC technologies is appropriate, beyond those required to be equipped under this subpart. Such criteria shall include consideration of the policies established by 49 U.S.C. 20156 (railroad safety risk reduction program), and regulations issued thereunder, as well as non-safety business benefits that may accrue.
</P>
<P>(2) In the Technology Implementation Plan of its Risk Reduction Program, when first required to be filed in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 20156 and any regulation promulgated thereunder, a specification of rail lines selected for full or partial deployment of PTC under the criteria identified in its PTCIP.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to create an expectation or requirement that additional rail lines beyond those required to be equipped by this subpart must be equipped or that such lines will be equipped during the period of primary implementation ending on the applicable deadline under § 236.1005(b)(7).
</P>
<P>(4) As used in this paragraph, “partial implementation” of a PTC system refers to use, pursuant to subpart H of this part, of technology embedded in PTC systems that does not employ all of the functionalities required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>FRA review.</I> Within 90 days of receipt of a PTCIP, the Associate Administrator will approve or disapprove of the plan and notify in writing the affected railroad or other entity. If the PTCIP is not approved, the notification will include the plan's deficiencies. Within 30 days of receipt of that notification, the railroad or other entity that submitted the plan shall correct all deficiencies and resubmit the plan in accordance with § 236.1009 and paragraph (a) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Subpart H.</I> A railroad that elects to install a PTC system when not required to do so may elect to proceed under this subpart or under subpart H of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) Upon receipt of a PTCIP, NPI, PTCDP, or PTCSP, FRA posts on its public web site notice of receipt and reference to the public docket in which a copy of the filing has been placed. FRA may consider any public comment on each document to the extent practicable within the time allowed by law and without delaying implementation of PTC systems.
</P>
<P>(f) The PTCIP shall be maintained to reflect the railroad's most recent PTC deployment plans until all PTC system deployments required under this subpart are complete.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2699, Jan. 15, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 59117, Sept. 27, 2010; 81 FR 10129, Feb. 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1013" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1013   PTC Development Plan and Notice of Product Intent content requirements and Type Approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For a PTC system to obtain a Type Approval from FRA, the PTCDP shall be filed in accordance with § 236.1009 and shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A complete description of the PTC system, including a list of all PTC system components and their physical relationships in the subsystem or system;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the railroad operation or categories of operations on which the PTC system is designed to be used, including train movement density (passenger, freight), operating speeds (including a thorough explanation of intended compliance with § 236.1007), track characteristics, and railroad operating rules;
</P>
<P>(3) An operational concepts document, including a list with complete descriptions of all functions which the PTC system will perform to enhance or preserve safety;
</P>
<P>(4) A document describing the manner in which the PTC system architecture satisfies safety requirements;
</P>
<P>(5) A preliminary human factors analysis, including a complete description of all human-machine interfaces and the impact of interoperability requirements on the same;
</P>
<P>(6) An analysis of the applicability to the PTC system of the requirements of subparts A through G of this part that may no longer apply or are satisfied by the PTC system using an alternative method, and a complete explanation of the manner in which those requirements are otherwise fulfilled;
</P>
<P>(7) A prioritized service restoration and mitigation plan and a description of the necessary security measures for the system;
</P>
<P>(8) A description of target safety levels (e.g., MTTHE for major subsystems as defined in subpart H of this part), including requirements for system availability and a description of all backup methods of operation and any critical assumptions associated with the target levels;
</P>
<P>(9) A complete description of how the PTC system will enforce authorities and signal indications;
</P>
<P>(10) A description of the deviation which may be proposed under § 236.1029(c), if applicable; and
</P>
<P>(11) A complete description of how the PTC system will appropriately and timely enforce all integrated hazard detectors in accordance with § 236.1005(c)(3), if applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Associate Administrator finds that the system described in the PTCDP would satisfy the requirements for PTC systems under this subpart and that the applicant has made a reasonable showing that a system built to the stated requirements would achieve the level of safety mandated for such a system under § 236.1015, the Associate Administrator may grant a numbered Type Approval for the system.
</P>
<P>(c) Each Type Approval shall be valid for a period of 5 years, subject to automatic and indefinite extension provided that at least one PTC System Certification using the subject PTC system has been issued within that period and not revoked.
</P>
<P>(d) The Associate Administrator may prescribe special conditions, amendments, and restrictions to any Type Approval as necessary for safety.
</P>
<P>(e) If submitted, an NPI must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the railroad operation or categories of operations on which the proposed PTC system is designed to be used, including train movement density (passenger, freight), operating speeds (including a thorough explanation of intended compliance with § 236.1007), track characteristics, and railroad operating rules;
</P>
<P>(2) An operational concepts document, including a list with complete descriptions of all functions that the proposed PTC system will perform to enhance or preserve safety;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of target safety levels (e.g., MTTHE for major subsystems as defined in subpart H of this part), including requirements for system availability and a description of all backup methods of operation and any critical assumptions associated with the target levels;
</P>
<P>(4) A complete description of how the proposed PTC system will enforce authorities and signal indications; and
</P>
<P>(5) A complete description of how the proposed PTC system will appropriately and timely enforce all integrated hazard detectors in accordance with § 236.1005(c)(3), if applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1015" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1015   PTC Safety Plan content requirements and PTC System Certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before placing a PTC system required under this part in service, the host railroad must submit to FRA a PTCSP and receive a PTC System Certification. If the Associate Administrator finds that the PTCSP and supporting documentation support a finding that the system complies with this part, the Associate Administrator approves the PTCSP and issues a PTC System Certification. Receipt of a PTC System Certification affirms that the PTC system has been reviewed and approved by FRA in accordance with, and meets the requirements of, this part.
</P>
<P>(b) A PTCSP submitted under this subpart may reference and utilize in accordance with this subpart any Type Approval previously issued by the Associate Administrator to any railroad, provided that the railroad:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintains a continually updated PTCPVL pursuant to § 236.1023;
</P>
<P>(2) Shows that the supplier from which they are procuring the PTC system has established and can maintain a quality control system for PTC system design and manufacturing acceptable to the Associate Administrator. The quality control system must include the process for the product supplier or vendor to promptly and thoroughly report any safety-relevant failure and previously unidentified hazards to each railroad using the product; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provides the applicable licensing information.
</P>
<P>(c) A PTCSP submitted in accordance with this subpart shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Include the FRA approved PTCDP or, if applicable, the FRA issued Type Approval;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Specifically and rigorously document each variance, including the significance of each variance between the PTC system and its applicable operating conditions as described in the applicable PTCDP from that as described in the PTCSP, and attest that there are no other such variances; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Attest that there are no variances between the PTC system and its applicable operating conditions as described in the applicable PTCDP from that as described in the PTCSP; and
</P>
<P>(3) Attest that the system was otherwise built in accordance with the applicable PTCDP and PTCSP and achieves the level of safety represented therein.
</P>
<P>(d) A PTCSP shall include the same information required for a PTCDP under § 236.1013(a). If a PTCDP has been filed and approved prior to filing of the PTCSP, the PTCSP may incorporate the PTCDP by reference, with the exception that a final human factors analysis shall be provided. The PTCSP shall contain the following additional elements:
</P>
<P>(1) A hazard log consisting of a comprehensive description of all safety-relevant hazards not previously addressed by the vendor or supplier to be addressed during the life-cycle of the PTC system, including maximum threshold limits for each hazard (for unidentified hazards, the threshold shall be exceeded at one occurrence);
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the safety assurance concepts that are to be used for system development, including an explanation of the design principles and assumptions;
</P>
<P>(3) A risk assessment of the as-built PTC system described;
</P>
<P>(4) A hazard mitigation analysis, including a complete and comprehensive description of each hazard and the mitigation techniques used;
</P>
<P>(5) A complete description of the safety assessment and Verification and Validation processes applied to the PTC system, their results, and whether these processes address the safety principles described in Appendix C to this part directly, using other safety criteria, or not at all;
</P>
<P>(6) A complete description of the railroad's training plan for railroad and contractor employees and supervisors necessary to ensure safe and proper installation, implementation, operation, maintenance, repair, inspection, testing, and modification of the PTC system;
</P>
<P>(7) A complete description of the specific procedures and test equipment necessary to ensure the safe and proper installation, implementation, operation, maintenance, repair, inspection, testing, and modification of the PTC system on the railroad and establish safety-critical hazards are appropriately mitigated. These procedures, including calibration requirements, shall be consistent with or explain deviations from the equipment manufacturer's recommendations;
</P>
<P>(8) A complete description of any additional warning to be placed in the Operations and Maintenance Manual in the same manner specified in § 236.919 and all warning labels to be placed on equipment as necessary to ensure safety;
</P>
<P>(9) A complete description of the configuration or revision control measures designed to ensure that the railroad or its contractor does not adversely affect the safety-functional requirements and that safety-critical hazard mitigation processes are not compromised as a result of any such change;
</P>
<P>(10) A complete description of all initial implementation testing procedures necessary to establish that safety-functional requirements are met and safety-critical hazards are appropriately mitigated;
</P>
<P>(11) A complete description of all post-implementation testing (validation) and monitoring procedures, including the intervals necessary to establish that safety-functional requirements, safety-critical hazard mitigation processes, and safety-critical tolerances are not compromised over time, through use, or after maintenance (adjustment, repair, or replacement) is performed;
</P>
<P>(12) A complete description of each record necessary to ensure the safety of the system that is associated with periodic maintenance, inspections, tests, adjustments, repairs, or replacements, and the system's resulting conditions, including records of component failures resulting in safety-relevant hazards (<I>see</I> § 236.1037);
</P>
<P>(13) A safety analysis to determine whether, when the system is in operation, any risk remains of an unintended incursion into a roadway work zone due to human error. If the analysis reveals any such risk, the PTCDP and PTCSP shall describe how that risk will be mitigated;
</P>
<P>(14) A more detailed description of any alternative arrangements as already provided under § 236.1005(a)(1)(i).
</P>
<P>(15) A complete description of how the PTC system will enforce authorities and signal indications, unless already completely provided for in the PTCDP;
</P>
<P>(16) A description of how the PTCSP complies with § 236.1019(f), if applicable;
</P>
<P>(17) A description of any deviation in operational requirements for en route failures as specified under § 236.1029(c), if applicable and unless already completely provided for in the PTCDP;
</P>
<P>(18) A complete description of how the PTC system will appropriately and timely enforce all integrated hazard detectors in accordance with § 236.1005;
</P>
<P>(19) An emergency and planned maintenance temporary rerouting plan indicating how operations on the subject PTC system will take advantage of the benefits provided under § 236.1005(g) through (k); and
</P>
<P>(20) The documents and information required under §§ 236.1007 and 236.1033.
</P>
<P>(21) A list of each location where a locomotive with a failed onboard PTC apparatus will be regularly be exchanged or repaired pursuant to § 236.1029(b)(6) and a list of each movement that could take place pursuant to § 236.1029(b)(6) if the movement potentially could exceed 500 miles. 
</P>
<P>(e) The following additional requirements apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Non-vital overlay.</I> A PTC system proposed as an overlay on the existing method of operation and not built in accordance with the safety assurance principles set forth in appendix C of this part must, to the satisfaction of the Associate Administrator, be shown to:
</P>
<P>(i) Reliably execute the functions set forth in § 236.1005;
</P>
<P>(ii) Obtain at least 80 percent reduction of the risk associated with accidents preventable by the functions set forth in § 236.1005, when all effects of the change associated with the PTC system are taken into account. The supporting risk assessment shall evaluate all intended changes in railroad operations coincident with the introduction of the new system; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Maintain a level of safety for each subsequent system modification that is equal to or greater than the level of safety for the previous PTC systems.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vital overlay.</I> A PTC system proposed on a newly constructed track or as an overlay on the existing method of operation and built in accordance with the safety assurance principles set forth in appendix C of this part must, to the satisfaction of the Associate Administrator, be shown to:
</P>
<P>(i) Reliably execute the functions set forth in § 236.1005; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Have sufficient documentation to demonstrate that the PTC system, as built, fulfills the safety assurance principles set forth in appendix C of this part. The supporting risk assessment may be abbreviated as that term is used in subpart H of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Stand-alone.</I> A PTC system proposed on a newly constructed track, an existing track for which no signal system exists, as a replacement for an existing signal or train control system, or otherwise to replace or materially modify the existing method of operation, shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Reliably execute the functions required by § 236.1005 and be demonstrated to do so to FRA's satisfaction; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Have a PTCSP establishing, with a high degree of confidence, that the system will not introduce new hazards that have not been mitigated. The supporting risk assessment shall evaluate all intended changes in railroad operations in relation to the introduction of the new system and shall examine in detail the direct and indirect effects of all changes in the method of operations.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Mixed systems.</I> If a PTC system combining overlay, stand-alone, vital, or non-vital characteristics is proposed, the railroad shall confer with the Associate Administrator regarding appropriate structuring of the safety case and analysis.
</P>
<P>(f) When determining whether the PTCSP fulfills the requirements under paragraph (d) of this section, the Associate Administrator may consider all available evidence concerning the reliability and availability of the proposed system and any and all safety consequences of the proposed changes. In any case where the PTCSP lacks adequate data regarding safety impacts of the proposed changes, the Associate Administrator may request the necessary data from the applicant. If the requested data is not provided, the Associate Administrator may find that potential hazards could or will arise.
</P>
<P>(g) If a PTCSP applies to a system designed to replace an existing certified PTC system, the PTCSP will be approved provided that the PTCSP establishes with a high degree of confidence that the new system will provide a level of safety not less than the level of safety provided by the system to be replaced.
</P>
<P>(h) When reviewing the issue of the potential data errors (for example, errors arising from data supplied from other business systems needed to execute the braking algorithm, survey data needed for location determination, or mandatory directives issued through the computer-aided dispatching system), the PTCSP must include a careful identification of each of the risks and a discussion of each applicable mitigation. In an appropriate case, such as a case in which the residual risk after mitigation is substantial or the underlying method of operation will be significantly altered, the Associate Administrator may require submission of a quantitative risk assessment addressing these potential errors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2699, Jan. 15, 2010, as amended at 79 FR 49717, Aug. 22, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1017" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1017   Independent third party Verification and Validation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The PTCSP must be supported by an independent third-party assessment when the Associate Administrator concludes that it is necessary based upon the criteria set forth in § 236.913, with the exception that consideration of the methodology used in the risk assessment (§ 236.913(g)(2)(vii)) shall apply only to the extent that a comparative risk assessment was required. To the extent practicable, FRA makes this determination not later than review of the PTCIP and the accompanying PTCDP or PTCSP. If an independent assessment is required, the assessment may apply to the entire system or a designated portion of the system.
</P>
<P>(b) If a PTC system is to undergo an independent assessment in accordance with this section, the host railroad may submit to the Associate Administrator a written request that FRA confirm whether a particular entity would be considered an independent third party pursuant to this section. The request should include supporting information identified in paragraph (c) of this section. FRA may request further information to make a determination or provide its determination in writing.
</P>
<P>(c) As used in this section, “independent third party” means a technically competent entity responsible to and compensated by the railroad (or an association on behalf of one or more railroads) that is independent of the PTC system supplier and vendor. An entity that is owned or controlled by the supplier or vendor, that is under common ownership or control with the supplier or vendor, or that is otherwise involved in the development of the PTC system is not considered “independent” within the meaning of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The independent third-party assessment shall, at a minimum, consist of the activities and result in the production of documentation meeting the requirements of Appendix F to this part, unless excepted by this part or by FRA order or waiver.
</P>
<P>(e) Information provided that has been certified under the auspices of a foreign railroad regulatory entity recognized by the Associate Administrator may, at the Associate Administrator's discretion, be accepted as having been independently verified.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1019" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1019   Main line track exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope and procedure.</I> This section pertains exclusively to exceptions from the rule that trackage over which scheduled intercity and commuter passenger service is provided is considered main line track requiring installation of a PTC system. One or more intercity or commuter passenger railroads, or freight railroads conducting joint passenger and freight operation over the same segment of track may file a main line track exclusion addendum (“MTEA”) to its PTCIP requesting to designate track as not main line subject to the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section. No track shall be designated as yard or terminal unless it is identified in an MTEA that is part of an FRA approved PTCIP.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Passenger terminal exception.</I> FRA will consider an exception in the case of trackage used exclusively as yard or terminal tracks by or in support of regularly scheduled intercity or commuter passenger service where the MTEA describes in detail the physical boundaries of the trackage in question, its use and characteristics (including track and signal charts) and all of the following apply:
</P>
<P>(1) The maximum authorized speed for all movements is not greater than 20 miles per hour, and that maximum is enforced by any available onboard PTC equipment within the confines of the yard or terminal;
</P>
<P>(2) Interlocking rules are in effect prohibiting reverse movements other than on signal indications without dispatcher permission; and
</P>
<P>(3) Either of the following conditions exists:
</P>
<P>(i) No freight operations are permitted; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Freight operations are permitted but no passengers will be aboard passenger trains within the defined limits.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limited operations exception.</I> FRA will consider an exception in the case of a track segment used for limited operations (operating in accordance with § 236.0 of this part) under one of the following sets of conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The trackage is used for limited operations by at least one passenger railroad subject to at least one of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) All trains are limited to restricted speed;
</P>
<P>(ii) Temporal separation of passenger and other trains is maintained as provided in paragraph (e) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Passenger service is operated under a risk mitigation plan submitted by all railroads involved in the joint operation and approved by FRA. The risk mitigation plan must be supported by a risk assessment establishing that the proposed mitigations will achieve a level of safety not less than the level of safety that would obtain if the operations were conducted under paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Passenger service is operated on a segment of track of a freight railroad that is not a Class I railroad on which less than 15 million gross tons of freight traffic is transported annually and on which one of the following conditions applies:
</P>
<P>(i) If the segment is unsignaled and no more than four regularly scheduled passenger trains are operated during a calendar day, or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the segment is signaled (e.g., equipped with a traffic control system, automatic block signal system, or cab signal system) and no more than 12 regularly scheduled passenger trains are operated during a calendar day.
</P>
<P>(3) Not more than four passenger trains per day are operated on a segment of track of a Class I freight railroad on which less than 15 million gross tons of freight traffic is transported annually.
</P>
<P>(d) A limited operations exception under paragraph (c) is subject to FRA review and approval. FRA may require a collision hazard analysis to identify hazards and may require that specific mitigations be undertaken. Operations under any such exception shall be conducted subject to the terms and conditions of the approval. Any main line track exclusion is subject to periodic review.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Temporal separation.</I> As used in this section, temporal separation means that limited passenger and freight operations do not operate on any segment of shared track during the same period and also refers to the processes or physical arrangements, or both, in place to ensure that temporal separation is established and maintained at all times. The use of exclusive authorities under mandatory directives is not, by itself, sufficient to establish that temporal separation is achieved. Procedures to ensure temporal separation shall include verification checks between passenger and freight operations and effective physical means to positively ensure segregation of passenger and freight operations in accordance with this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>PTCSP requirement.</I> No PTCSP—filed after the approval of a PTCIP with an MTEA—shall be approved by FRA unless it attests that no changes, except for those included in an FRA approved RFA, have been made to the information in the PTCIP and MTEA required by paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Designation modifications.</I> If subsequent to approval of its PTCIP or PTCSP the railroad seeks to modify which track or tracks should be designated as main line or not main line, it shall request modification of its PTCIP or PTCSP, as applicable, in accordance with § 236.1021.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2699, Jan. 15, 2010, as amended at 75 FR 59117, Sept. 27, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1020" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1020   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1021" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1021   Discontinuances, material modifications, and amendments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No changes, as defined by this section, to a PTCIP or PTCDP may be made unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad files a request for amendment (RFA) to the applicable PTCIP or PTCDP with the Associate Administrator; and
</P>
<P>(2) The Associate Administrator approves the RFA.
</P>
<P>(b) After approval of an RFA in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, the railroad shall immediately adopt and comply with the amendment.
</P>
<P>(c) In lieu of a separate filing under part 235 of this chapter, a railroad may request approval of a discontinuance or material modification of a signal or train control system by filing an RFA to its PTCIP or PTCDP with the Associate Administrator.
</P>
<P>(d) FRA will not approve an RFA to a PTCIP or PTCDP unless the request includes:
</P>
<P>(1) The information listed in § 235.10 of this chapter and the railroad provides FRA upon request any additional information necessary to evaluate the RFA (see § 235.12), including:
</P>
<P>(2) The proposed modifications;
</P>
<P>(3) The reasons for each modification;
</P>
<P>(4) The changes to the PTCIP or PTCDP, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(5) Each modification's effect on PTC system safety;
</P>
<P>(6) An approximate timetable for filing of the PTCDP, PTCSP, or both, if the amendment pertains to a PTCIP; and
</P>
<P>(e) If the RFA includes a request for approval of a discontinuance or material modification of a signal or train control system, FRA will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of the application and will invite public comment in accordance with part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) When considering the RFA, FRA will review the issue of the discontinuance or material modification and determine whether granting the request is in the public interest and consistent with railroad safety, taking into consideration all changes in the method of operation and system functionalities, both within normal PTC system availability and in the case of a system failed state (unavailable), contemplated in conjunction with installation of the PTC system. The railroad submitting the RFA must, at FRA's request, perform field testing in accordance with § 236.1035 or engage in Verification and Validation in accordance with § 236.1017.
</P>
<P>(g) FRA may issue at its discretion a new Type Approval number for a PTC system modified under this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Changes requiring filing of an RFA.</I> Except as provided by paragraph (i), an RFA shall be filed to request the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Discontinuance of a PTC system, or other similar appliance or device;
</P>
<P>(2) Decrease of the PTC system's limits (e.g., exclusion or removal of a PTC system on a track segment);
</P>
<P>(3) Modification of a safety critical element of a PTC system; or
</P>
<P>(4) Modification of a PTC system that affects the safety critical functionality of any other PTC system with which it interoperates.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Discontinuances not requiring the filing of an RFA.</I> It is not necessary to file an RFA for the following discontinuances:
</P>
<P>(1) Removal of a PTC system from track approved for abandonment by formal proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) Removal of PTC devices used to provide protection against unusual contingencies such as landslide, burned bridge, high water, high and wide load, or tunnel protection when the unusual contingency no longer exists;
</P>
<P>(3) Removal of the PTC devices that are used on a movable bridge that has been permanently closed by the formal approval of another government agency and is mechanically secured in the closed position for rail traffic; or
</P>
<P>(4) Removal of the PTC system from service for a period not to exceed 6 months that is necessitated by catastrophic occurrence such as derailment, flood, fire, or hurricane, or earthquake.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Changes not requiring the filing of an RFA.</I> When the resultant change to the PTC system will comply with an approved PTCSP of this part, it is not necessary to file for approval to decrease the limits of a system when it involves the:
</P>
<P>(1) Decrease of the limits of a PTC system when interlocked switches, derails, or movable-point frogs are not involved;
</P>
<P>(2) Removal of an electric or mechanical lock, or signal used in lieu thereof, from hand-operated switch in a PTC system where train speed over such switch does not exceed 20 miles per hour, and use of those devices has not been part of the considerations for approval of a PTCSP; or
</P>
<P>(3) Removal of an electric or mechanical lock, or signal used in lieu thereof, from a hand-operated switch in a PTC system where trains are not permitted to clear the main track at such switch and use of those devices has not been a part of the considerations for approval of a PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Modifications not requiring the filing of an RFA.</I> When the resultant arrangement will comply with an approved PTCSP of this part, it is not necessary to file an application for approval of the following modifications:
</P>
<P>(1) A modification that is required to comply with an order of the Federal Railroad Administration or any section of part 236 of this title;
</P>
<P>(2) Installation of devices used to provide protection against unusual contingencies such as landslide, burned bridges, high water, high and wide loads, or dragging equipment;
</P>
<P>(3) Elimination of existing track other than a second main track;
</P>
<P>(4) Extension or shortening of a passing siding; or
</P>
<P>(5) The temporary or permanent arrangement of existing systems necessitated by highway-rail grade separation construction. Temporary arrangements shall be removed within six months following completion of construction.
</P>
<P>(l) Any RFA to a PTCDP or PTCSP pursuant to this section may be submitted jointly with other host railroads utilizing the same type of PTC system. However, only host railroads with the same PTC System Certification classification under § 236.1015(e) may jointly file an RFA to their PTCSPs. Any joint RFA to multiple host railroads' PTCSPs must include the information required under paragraph (m) of this section. The joint RFA must also include the written confirmation and statement specified under paragraphs (m)(2)(iii) and (iv) of this section from each host railroad jointly filing the RFA.
</P>
<P>(m) No changes, as specified under paragraph (h)(3) or (4) of this section, may be made to an FRA-certified PTC system or an FRA-approved PTCSP unless the host railroad first complies with the following process:
</P>
<P>(1) The host railroad revises its PTCSP to account for each proposed change to its PTC system and summarizes such changes in a chronological table of revisions at the beginning of its PTCSP;
</P>
<P>(2) The host railroad electronically submits the following information in an RFA to the Director of FRA's Office of Railroad Systems and Technology:
</P>
<P>(i) A summary of the proposed changes to any safety-critical elements of a PTC system, including a summary of how the changes to the PTC system would affect its safety-critical functionality, how any new hazards have been addressed and mitigated, whether each change is a planned change that was previously included in all required analysis under § 236.1015 or an unplanned change, and the reason for the proposed changes, including whether the changes are necessary to address or resolve an emergency or urgent issue;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any associated software release notes;
</P>
<P>(iii) A confirmation that the host railroad has notified any applicable tenant railroads of the proposed changes, any associated effect on the tenant railroads' operations, and any actions the tenant railroads must take in accordance with the configuration control measures set forth in the host railroad's PTCSP;
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement from a qualified representative of the host railroad, verifying that the modified PTC system would meet all technical requirements under this subpart, provide an equivalent or greater level of safety than the existing PTC system, and not adversely impact interoperability with any tenant railroads; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any other information that FRA requests; and
</P>
<P>(3) A host railroad shall not make any changes, as specified under paragraph (h)(3) or (4) of this section, to its PTC system until the Director of FRA's Office of Railroad Systems and Technology approves the RFA.
</P>
<P>(i) FRA will approve, approve with conditions, or deny the RFA within 45 days of the date on which the RFA was filed under paragraph (m)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) FRA reserves the right to notify a railroad that changes may proceed prior to the 45-day mark, including in an emergency or under other circumstances necessitating a railroad's immediate implementation of the proposed changes to its PTC system.
</P>
<P>(iii) FRA may require a railroad to modify its RFA or its PTC system to the extent necessary to ensure safety or compliance with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(iv) Following any FRA denial of an RFA, each applicable railroad is prohibited from making the proposed changes to its PTC system until the railroad both sufficiently addresses FRA's questions, comments, and concerns and obtains FRA's approval. Consistent with paragraph (l) of this section, any host railroads utilizing the same type of PTC system, including the same certification classification under § 236.1015(e), may jointly submit information to address FRA's questions, comments, and concerns following any denial of an RFA under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2699, Jan. 15, 2010, as amended at 86 FR 40180, July 27, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1023" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1023   Errors and malfunctions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad implementing a PTC system on its property shall establish and continually update a PTC Product Vendor List (PTCPVL) that includes all vendors and suppliers of each PTC system, subsystem, component, and associated product, and process in use system-wide. The PTCPVL shall be made available to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The railroad shall specify within its PTCSP all contractual arrangements with hardware and software suppliers or vendors for immediate notification between the parties of any and all safety-critical software failures, upgrades, patches, or revisions, as well as any hardware repairs, replacements, or modifications for their PTC system, subsystems, or components.
</P>
<P>(2) A vendor or supplier, on receipt of a report of any safety-critical failure to their product, shall promptly notify all other railroads that are using that product, whether or not the other railroads have experienced the reported failure of that safety-critical system, subsystem, or component.
</P>
<P>(3) The notification from a supplier to any railroad shall include explanation from the supplier of the reasons for such notification, the circumstances associated with the failure, and any recommended mitigation actions to be taken pending determination of the root cause and final corrective actions.
</P>
<P>(c) The railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Specify the railroad's process and procedures in its PTCSP for action upon their receipt of notification of safety-critical failure, as well as receipt of a safety-critical upgrade, patch, revision, repair, replacement, or modification.
</P>
<P>(2) Identify configuration/revision control measures in its PTCSP that are designed to ensure the safety-functional requirements and the safety-critical hazard mitigation processes are not compromised as a result of any change and that such a change can be audited.
</P>
<P>(d) The railroad shall provide to the applicable vendor or supplier the railroad's procedures for action upon notification of a safety-critical failure, upgrade, patch, or revision for the PTC system, subsystem, component, product, or process, and actions to be taken until the faulty system, subsystem, or component has been adjusted, repaired or replaced.
</P>
<P>(e) After the product is placed in service, the railroad shall maintain a database of all safety-relevant hazards as set forth in the PTCSP and those that had not previously been identified in the PTCSP. If the frequency of the safety-relevant hazard exceeds the thresholds set forth in the PTCSP, or has not been previously identified in the appropriate risk analysis, the railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Notify the applicable vendor or supplier and FRA of the failure, malfunction, or defective condition that decreased or eliminated the safety functionality;
</P>
<P>(2) Keep the applicable vendor or supplier and FRA apprised on a continual basis of the status of any and all subsequent failures; and
</P>
<P>(3) Take prompt counter measures to reduce or eliminate the frequency of the safety-relevant hazards below the threshold identified in the PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(f) Each notification to FRA required by this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be made within 15 days after the vendor, supplier, or railroad discovers the failure, malfunction, or defective condition. However, a report that is due on a Saturday or a Sunday may be delivered on the following Monday and one that is due on a holiday may be delivered on the next business day;
</P>
<P>(2) Be transmitted in a manner and form acceptable to the Associate Administrator and by the most expeditious method available; and
</P>
<P>(3) Include as much available and applicable information as possible, including:
</P>
<P>(i) PTC system name and model;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identification of the part, component, or system involved, including the part number as applicable;
</P>
<P>(iii) Nature of the failure, malfunctions, or defective condition;
</P>
<P>(iv) Mitigation taken to ensure the safety of train operation, railroad employees, and the public; and
</P>
<P>(v) The estimated time to correct the failure.
</P>
<P>(4) In the event that all information required by paragraph (f)(3) of this section is not immediately available, the non-available information shall be forwarded to the Associate Administrator as soon as practicable in supplemental reports.
</P>
<P>(g) Whenever any investigation of an accident or service difficulty report shows that a PTC system or product is unsafe because of a manufacturing or design defect, the railroad and its vendor or supplier shall, upon request of the Associate Administrator, report to the Associate Administrator the results of its investigation and any action taken or proposed to correct that defect.
</P>
<P>(h) PTC system and product suppliers and vendors shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Promptly report any safety-relevant failures or defective conditions, previously unidentified hazards, and recommended mitigation actions in their PTC system, subsystem, or component to each railroad using the product; and
</P>
<P>(2) Notify FRA of any safety-relevant failure, defective condition, or previously unidentified hazard discovered by the vendor or supplier and the identity of each affected and notified railroad.
</P>
<P>(i) The requirements of this section do not apply to failures, malfunctions, or defective conditions that:
</P>
<P>(1) Are caused by improper maintenance or improper usage; or
</P>
<P>(2) Have been previously identified to the FRA, vendor or supplier, and applicable user railroads.
</P>
<P>(j) When any safety-critical PTC system, subsystem, or component fails to perform its intended function, the cause shall be determined and the faulty product adjusted, repaired, or replaced without undue delay. Until corrective action is completed, a railroad shall take appropriate action to ensure safety and reliability as specified within its PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(k) Any railroad experiencing a failure of a system resulting in a more favorable aspect than intended or other condition hazardous to the movement of a train shall comply with the reporting requirements, including the making of a telephonic report of an accident or incident involving such failure, under part 233 of this chapter. Filing of one or more reports under part 233 of this chapter does not exempt a railroad, vendor, or supplier from the reporting requirements contained in this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1025" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1025   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1027" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1027   PTC system exclusions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The requirements of this subpart apply to each office automation system that performs safety-critical functions within, or affects the safety performance of, the PTC system. For purposes of this section, “office automation system” means any centralized or distributed computer-based system that directly or indirectly controls the active movement of trains in a rail network.
</P>
<P>(b) Changes or modifications to PTC systems otherwise excluded from the requirements of this subpart by this section do not exclude those PTC systems from the requirements of this subpart if the changes or modifications result in a degradation of safety or a material decrease in safety-critical functionality.
</P>
<P>(c) Primary train control systems cannot be integrated with locomotive electronic systems unless the complete integrated systems:
</P>
<P>(1) Have been shown to be designed on fail-safe principles;
</P>
<P>(2) Have demonstrated to operate in a fail-safe mode;
</P>
<P>(3) Have a manual fail-safe fallback and override to allow the locomotive to be brought to a safe stop in the event of any loss of electronic control; and
</P>
<P>(4) Are included in the approved and applicable PTCDP and PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(d) PTC systems excluded by this section from the requirements of this subpart remain subject to subparts A through H of this part as applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1029" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1029   PTC system use and failures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When any safety-critical PTC system component fails to perform its intended function, the cause must be determined and the faulty component adjusted, repaired, or replaced without undue delay. Until repair of such essential components is completed, a railroad shall take appropriate action as specified in its PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>En route failures.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (g) of this section, where a controlling locomotive that is operating in, or is to be operated within, a PTC-equipped track segment experiences PTC system failure or the PTC system is otherwise cut out while en route (i.e., after the train has departed its initial terminal), the train may only continue in accordance with all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, where no block signal system is in use, the train may proceed at a speed not to exceed 40 miles per hour; however, if the involved train is transporting one or more cars containing PIH materials, excluding those cars containing only a residue of PIH materials, the train may only proceed at a speed not to exceed 30 miles per hour.
</P>
<P>(2) Where a block signal system is in place:
</P>
<P>(i) A passenger train may proceed at a speed not to exceed 59 miles per hour;
</P>
<P>(ii) A freight train transporting one or more cars containing PIH materials, excluding those cars containing only a residue of PIH materials, may proceed at a speed not to exceed 40 miles per hour; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other freight train may proceed at a speed not to exceed 49 miles per hour.
</P>
<P>(3) Where a cab signal system with an automatic train control system is in use, the train may proceed at a speed not to exceed 79 miles per hour.
</P>
<P>(4) A report of the failure or cut-out must be made to a designated railroad officer of the host railroad as soon as safe and practicable.
</P>
<P>(5) Where the PTC system is the exclusive method of delivering mandatory directives, an absolute block must be established in advance of the train as soon as safe and practicable, and the train shall not exceed restricted speed until the absolute block in advance of the train is established.
</P>
<P>(6) Where the failure or cut-out is a result of a defective onboard PTC apparatus, the train may continue no farther than the next forward designated location for the repair or exchange of onboard PTC apparatuses.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exception for alternative system failure procedure.</I> A railroad may submit for approval a PTCSP, an RFA, or an Order of Particular Applicability with an alternative system failure procedure other than that required by paragraph (b) of this section. FRA may, in its discretion, approve such an alternative system failure procedure if it provides similar requirements of, and an equivalent or greater level of safety as, the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each railroad shall comply with all provisions in the applicable PTCDP and PTCSP for each PTC system it uses and shall operate within the scope of initial operational assumptions and predefined changes identified.
</P>
<P>(e) The normal functioning of any safety-critical PTC system must not be interfered with in testing or otherwise without first taking measures to provide for the safe movement of trains, locomotives, roadway workers, and on-track equipment that depend on the normal functioning of the system.
</P>
<P>(f) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Temporary exceptions.</I> From October 21, 2014 through the 24 months following the date of required PTC system implementation established by section 20157 of title 49 of the United States Code—
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad's PTCSP or Order of Particular Applicability may provide for compliance with the en route failure requirements of § 236.567 instead of paragraph (b) of this section where a controlling locomotive that is operating in, or is to be operated within, a PTC-equipped track segment experiences PTC system failure or the PTC system is otherwise cut out while en route;
</P>
<P>(2) A train may proceed as prescribed under either paragraph (b) of this section or § 236.567 where the PTC system fails to initialize for any reason prior to the train's departure from its initial terminal; and
</P>
<P>(3) A railroad's PTCSP may provide for the temporary disabling of PTC system service where necessary to perform PTC system repair or maintenance. In this paragraph (g)(3), “PTC system service” does not refer to the failure of the onboard PTC apparatus for a single locomotive, locomotive consist, or train.
</P>
<P>(i) The PTCSP shall specify appropriate operating rules to apply when the PTC system is temporarily disabled in accordance with this paragraph (g)(3).
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad shall make reasonable efforts to schedule the temporary disabling of PTC system service for times posing the least risk to railroad safety.
</P>
<P>(iii) The railroad shall provide notice to the FRA Signal and Train Control Division Staff Director at least 7 days in advance of planned temporary disabling of PTC system service and contemporaneous notice for unplanned temporary disabling of PTC system service.
</P>
<P>(iv) The PTC system that is temporarily disabled in accordance with this paragraph (g)(3) shall be placed back into service without undue delay.


</P>
<P>(h) [Reserved] 



 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2699, Jan. 15, 2010, as amended at 79 FR 49717, Aug. 22, 2014; 86 FR 40181, July 27, 2021; 90 FR 28183, July 1, 2025; 90 FR 28180, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1031" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1031   Previously approved PTC systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any PTC system fully implemented and operational prior to March 16, 2010, may receive PTC System Certification if the applicable PTC railroad, or one or more system suppliers and one or more PTC railroads, submits a Request for Expedited Certification (REC) letter to the Associate Administrator. The REC letter must do one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Reference a product safety plan (PSP) approved by FRA under subpart H of this part and include a document fulfilling the requirements under §§ 236.1011 and 236.1013 not already included in the PSP;
</P>
<P>(2) Attest that the PTC system has been approved by FRA and in operation for at least 5 years and has already received an assessment of Verification and Validation from an independent third party under part 236 or a waiver supporting such operation; or
</P>
<P>(3) Attest that the PTC system is recognized under an Order issued prior to March 16, 2010.
</P>
<P>(b) If an REC letter conforms to paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the Associate Administrator, at his or her sole discretion, may also issue a new Type Approval for the PTC system.
</P>
<P>(c) In order to receive a Type Approval or PTC System Certification under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, the PTC system must be shown to reliably execute the functionalities required by §§ 236.1005 and 236.1007 and otherwise conform to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) Previous approval or recognition of a train control system, together with an established service history, may, at the request of the PTC railroad, and consistent with available safety data, be credited toward satisfaction of the safety case requirements set forth in this part for the PTCSP with respect to all functionalities and implementations contemplated by the approval or recognition.
</P>
<P>(e) To the extent that the PTC system proposed for implementation under this subpart is different in significant detail from the system previously approved or recognized, the changes shall be fully analyzed in the PTCDP or PTCSP as would be the case absent prior approval or recognition.
</P>
<P>(f) As used in this section—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Approved</I> refers to approval of a Product Safety Plan under subpart H of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Recognized</I> refers to official action permitting a system to be implemented for control of train operations under an FRA order or waiver, after review of safety case documentation for the implementation.
</P>
<P>(g) Upon receipt of an REC, FRA will consider all safety case information to the extent feasible and appropriate, given the specific facts before the agency. Nothing in this section limits re-use of any applicable safety case information by a party other than the party receiving:
</P>
<P>(1) A prior approval or recognition referred to in this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) A Type Approval or PTC System Certification under this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1033" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1033   Communications and security requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All wireless communications between the office, wayside, and onboard components in a PTC system shall provide cryptographic message integrity and authentication.
</P>
<P>(b) Cryptographic keys required under paragraph (a) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Use an algorithm approved by the National Institute of Standards (NIST) or a similarly recognized and FRA approved standards body;
</P>
<P>(2) Be distributed using manual or automated methods, or a combination of both; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be revoked:
</P>
<P>(i) If compromised by unauthorized disclosure of the cleartext key; or
</P>
<P>(ii) When the key algorithm reaches its lifespan as defined by the standards body responsible for approval of the algorithm.
</P>
<P>(c) The cleartext form of the cryptographic keys shall be protected from unauthorized disclosure, modification, or substitution, except during key entry when the cleartext keys and key components may be temporarily displayed to allow visual verification. When encrypted keys or key components are entered, the cryptographically protected cleartext key or key components shall not be displayed.
</P>
<P>(d) Access to cleartext keys shall be protected by a tamper resistant mechanism.
</P>
<P>(e) Each railroad electing to also provide cryptographic message confidentiality shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the same requirements for message integrity and authentication under this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Only use keys meeting or exceeding the security strength required to protect the data as defined in the railroad's PTCSP and required under § 236.1013(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(f) Each railroad, or its vendor or supplier, shall have a prioritized service restoration and mitigation plan for scheduled and unscheduled interruptions of service. This plan shall be included in the PTCDP or PTCSP as required by §§ 236.1013 or 236.1015, as applicable, and made available to FRA upon request, without undue delay, for restoration of communication services that support PTC system services.
</P>
<P>(g) Each railroad may elect to impose more restrictive requirements than those in this section, consistent with interoperability requirements specified in the PTCSP for the system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1035" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1035   Field testing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before any field testing of an uncertified PTC system, or a product of an uncertified PTC system, or any regression testing of a certified PTC system is conducted on the general rail system, the railroad requesting the testing must provide:
</P>
<P>(1) A complete description of the PTC system;
</P>
<P>(2) An operational concepts document;
</P>
<P>(3) A complete description of the specific test procedures, including the measures that will be taken to protect trains and on-track equipment;
</P>
<P>(4) An analysis of the applicability of the requirements of subparts A through G of this part to the PTC system that will not apply during testing;
</P>
<P>(5) The date the proposed testing shall begin;
</P>
<P>(6) The test locations; and
</P>
<P>(7) The effect on the current method of operation the PTC system will or may have under test.
</P>
<P>(b) FRA may impose additional testing conditions that it believes may be necessary for the safety of train operations.
</P>
<P>(c) Relief from regulations other than from subparts A through G of this part that the railroad believes are necessary to support the field testing, must be requested in accordance with part 211 of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1037" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1037   Records retention.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad with a PTC system required to be installed under this subpart shall maintain at a designated office on the railroad:
</P>
<P>(1) A current copy of each FRA approved Type Approval, if any, PTCDP, and PTCSP that it holds;
</P>
<P>(2) Adequate documentation to demonstrate that the PTCSP and PTCDP meet the safety requirements of this subpart, including the risk assessment;
</P>
<P>(3) An Operations and Maintenance Manual, pursuant to § 236.1039; and
</P>
<P>(4) Training and testing records pursuant to § 236.1043(b).
</P>
<P>(b) Results of inspections and tests specified in the PTCSP and PTCDP must be recorded pursuant to § 236.110.
</P>
<P>(c) Each contractor providing services relating to the testing, maintenance, or operation of a PTC system required to be installed under this subpart shall maintain at a designated office training records required under § 236.1039(b).
</P>
<P>(d) After the PTC system is placed in service, the railroad shall maintain a database of all safety-relevant hazards as set forth in the PTCSP and PTCDP and those that had not been previously identified in either document. If the frequency of the safety-relevant hazards exceeds the threshold set forth in either of these documents, then the railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Report the inconsistency in writing by mail, facsimile, e-mail, or hand delivery to the Director, Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance, FRA, 1200 New Jersey Ave, SE, Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590, within 15 days of discovery. Documents that are hand delivered must not be enclosed in an envelope;
</P>
<P>(2) Take prompt countermeasures to reduce the frequency of each safety-relevant hazard to below the threshold set forth in the PTCSP and PTCDP; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provide a final report when the inconsistency is resolved to the FRA Director, Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance, on the results of the analysis and countermeasures taken to reduce the frequency of the safety-relevant hazard(s) below the threshold set forth in the PTCSP and PTCDP.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1039" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1039   Operations and Maintenance Manual.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall catalog and maintain all documents as specified in the PTCDP and PTCSP for the installation, maintenance, repair, modification, inspection, and testing of the PTC system and have them in one Operations and Maintenance Manual, readily available to persons required to perform such tasks and for inspection by FRA and FRA-certified state inspectors.
</P>
<P>(b) Plans required for proper maintenance, repair, inspection, and testing of safety-critical PTC systems must be adequate in detail and must be made available for inspection by FRA and FRA-certified state inspectors where such PTC systems are deployed or maintained. They must identify all software versions, revisions, and revision dates. Plans must be legible and correct.
</P>
<P>(c) Hardware, software, and firmware revisions must be documented in the Operations and Maintenance Manual according to the railroad's configuration management control plan and any additional configuration/revision control measures specified in the PTCDP and PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(d) Safety-critical components, including spare equipment, must be positively identified, handled, replaced, and repaired in accordance with the procedures specified in the PTCDP and PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(e) Each railroad shall designate in its Operations and Maintenance Manual an appropriate railroad officer responsible for issues relating to scheduled interruptions of service contemplated by § 236.1029.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1041" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1041   Training and qualification program, general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Training program for PTC personnel.</I> Employers shall establish and implement training and qualification programs for PTC systems subject to this subpart. These programs must meet the minimum requirements set forth in the PTCDP and PTCSP in §§ 236.1039 through 236.1045, as appropriate, for the following personnel:
</P>
<P>(1) Persons whose duties include installing, maintaining, repairing, modifying, inspecting, and testing safety-critical elements of the railroad's PTC systems, including central office, wayside, or onboard subsystems;
</P>
<P>(2) Persons who dispatch train operations (issue or communicate any mandatory directive that is executed or enforced, or is intended to be executed or enforced, by a train control system subject to this subpart);
</P>
<P>(3) Persons who operate trains or serve as a train or engine crew member subject to instruction and testing under part 217 of this chapter, on a train operating in territory where a train control system subject to this subpart is in use;
</P>
<P>(4) Roadway workers whose duties require them to know and understand how a train control system affects their safety and how to avoid interfering with its proper functioning; and
</P>
<P>(5) The direct supervisors of persons listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Competencies.</I> The employer's program must provide training for persons who perform the functions described in paragraph (a) of this section to ensure that they have the necessary knowledge and skills to effectively complete their duties related to operation and maintenance of the PTC system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1043" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1043   Task analysis and basic requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Training structure and delivery.</I> As part of the program required by § 236.1041, the employer shall, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the specific goals of the training program with regard to the target population (craft, experience level, scope of work, etc.), task(s), and desired success rate;
</P>
<P>(2) Based on a formal task analysis, identify the installation, maintenance, repair, modification, inspection, testing, and operating tasks that must be performed on a railroad's PTC systems. This includes the development of failure scenarios and the actions expected under such scenarios;
</P>
<P>(3) Develop written procedures for the performance of the tasks identified;
</P>
<P>(4) Identify the additional knowledge, skills, and abilities above those required for basic job performance necessary to perform each task;
</P>
<P>(5) Develop a training and evaluation curriculum that includes classroom, simulator, computer-based, hands-on, or other formally structured training designed to impart the knowledge, skills, and abilities identified as necessary to perform each task;
</P>
<P>(6) Prior to assignment of related tasks, require all persons mentioned in § 236.1041(a) to successfully complete a training curriculum and pass an examination that covers the PTC system and appropriate rules and tasks for which they are responsible (however, such persons may perform such tasks under the direct onsite supervision of a qualified person prior to completing such training and passing the examination);
</P>
<P>(7) Require periodic refresher training and evaluation at intervals specified in the PTCDP and PTCSP that includes classroom, simulator, computer-based, hands-on, or other formally structured training and testing, except with respect to basic skills for which proficiency is known to remain high as a result of frequent repetition of the task; and
</P>
<P>(8) Conduct regular and periodic evaluations of the effectiveness of the training program specified in § 236.1041(a)(1) verifying the adequacy of the training material and its validity with respect to current railroads PTC systems and operations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Training records.</I> Employers shall retain records which designate persons who are qualified under this section until new designations are recorded or for at least one year after such persons leave applicable service. These records shall be kept in a designated location and be available for inspection and replication by FRA and FRA-certified State inspectors


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1045" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1045   Training specific to office control personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person responsible for issuing or communicating mandatory directives in territory where PTC systems are or will be in use shall be trained in the following areas, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) Instructions concerning the interface between the computer-aided dispatching system and the train control system, with respect to the safe movement of trains and other on-track equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) Railroad operating rules applicable to the train control system, including provision for movement and protection of roadway workers, unequipped trains, trains with failed or cut-out train control onboard systems, and other on-track equipment; and
</P>
<P>(3) Instructions concerning control of trains and other on-track equipment in case the train control system fails, including periodic practical exercises or simulations, and operational testing under part 217 of this chapter to ensure the continued capability of the personnel to provide for safe operations under the alternative method of operation.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1047" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1047   Training specific to locomotive engineers and other operating personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Operating personnel.</I> Training provided under this subpart for any locomotive engineer or other person who participates in the operation of a train in train control territory shall be defined in the PTCDP as well as the PTCSP. The following elements shall be addressed:
</P>
<P>(1) Familiarization with train control equipment onboard the locomotive and the functioning of that equipment as part of the system and in relation to other onboard systems under that person's control;
</P>
<P>(2) Any actions required of the onboard personnel to enable, or enter data to, the system, such as consist data, and the role of that function in the safe operation of the train;
</P>
<P>(3) Sequencing of interventions by the system, including pre-enforcement notification, enforcement notification, penalty application initiation and post-penalty application procedures;
</P>
<P>(4) Railroad operating rules and testing (part 217) applicable to the train control system, including provisions for movement and protection of any unequipped trains, or trains with failed or cut-out train control onboard systems and other on-track equipment;
</P>
<P>(5) Means to detect deviations from proper functioning of onboard train control equipment and instructions regarding the actions to be taken with respect to control of the train and notification of designated railroad personnel; and
</P>
<P>(6) Information needed to prevent unintentional interference with the proper functioning of onboard train control equipment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Locomotive engineer training.</I> Training required under this subpart for a locomotive engineer, together with required records, shall be integrated into the program of training required by part 240 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Full automatic operation.</I> The following special requirements apply in the event a train control system is used to effect full automatic operation of the train:
</P>
<P>(1) The PTCDP and PTCSP shall identify all safety hazards to be mitigated by the locomotive engineer.
</P>
<P>(2) The PTCDP and PTCSP shall address and describe the training required with provisions for the maintenance of skills proficiency. As a minimum, the training program must:
</P>
<P>(i) As described in § 236.1043(a)(2), develop failure scenarios which incorporate the safety hazards identified in the PTCDP and PTCSP including the return of train operations to a fully manual mode;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide training, consistent with § 236.1047(a), for safe train operations under all failure scenarios and identified safety hazards that affect train operations;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide training, consistent with § 236.1047(a), for safe train operations under manual control; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Consistent with § 236.1047(a), ensure maintenance of manual train operating skills by requiring manual starting and stopping of the train for an appropriate number of trips and by one or more of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(A) Manual operation of a train for a 4-hour work period;
</P>
<P>(B) Simulated manual operation of a train for a minimum of 4 hours in a Type I simulator as required; or
</P>
<P>(C) Other means as determined following consultation between the railroad and designated representatives of the affected employees and approved by FRA. The PTCDP and PTCSP shall designate the appropriate frequency when manual operation, starting, and stopping must be conducted, and the appropriate frequency of simulated manual operation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conductor training.</I> Training required under this subpart for a conductor, together with required records, shall be integrated into the program of training required under this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 236.1049" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.9.125.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 236.1049   Training specific to roadway workers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Roadway worker training.</I> Training required under this subpart for a roadway worker shall be integrated into the program of instruction required under part 214, subpart C of this chapter (“Roadway Worker Protection”), consistent with task analysis requirements of § 236.1043. This training shall provide instruction for roadway workers who provide protection for themselves or roadway work groups.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Training subject areas.</I> (1) Instruction for roadway workers shall ensure an understanding of the role of processor-based signal and train control equipment in establishing protection for roadway workers and their equipment.
</P>
<P>(2) Instruction for all roadway workers working in territories where PTC is required under this subpart shall ensure recognition of processor-based signal and train control equipment on the wayside and an understanding of how to avoid interference with its proper functioning.
</P>
<P>(3) Instructions concerning the recognition of system failures and the provision of alternative methods of on-track safety in case the train control system fails, including periodic practical exercises or simulations and operational testing under part 217 of this chapter to ensure the continued capability of roadway workers to be free from the danger of being struck by a moving train or other on-track equipment.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.11.125.1.62" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 236 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.11.125.1.63" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 236—Risk Assessment Criteria
</HEAD>
<P>The safety-critical performance of each product for which risk assessment is required under this part must be assessed in accordance with the following minimum criteria or other criteria if demonstrated to the Associate Administrator for Safety to be equally suitable:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>How are risk metrics to be expressed?</I> The risk metric for the proposed product must describe with a high degree of confidence the accumulated risk of a train control system that operates over the designated life-cycle of the product. Each risk metric for the proposed product must be expressed with an upper bound, as estimated with a sensitivity analysis, and the risk value selected must be demonstrated to have a high degree of confidence.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How does the risk assessment handle interaction risks for interconnected subsystems/components?</I> The risk assessment of each safety-critical system (product) must account not only for the risks associated with each subsystem or component, but also for the risks associated with interactions (interfaces) between such subsystems.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>What is the main principle in computing risk for the previous and current conditions?</I> The risk for the previous condition must be computed using the same metrics as for the new system being proposed. A full risk assessment must consider the entire railroad environment where the product is being applied, and show all aspects of the previous condition that are affected by the installation of the product, considering all faults, operating errors, exposure scenarios, and consequences that are related as described in this part. For the full risk assessment, the total societal cost of the potential numbers of accidents assessed for both previous and new system conditions must be computed for comparison. An abbreviated risk assessment must, as a minimum, clearly compute the MTTHE for all of the hazardous events identified for both previous and current conditions. The comparison between MTTHE for both conditions is to determine whether the product implementation meets the safety criteria as required by subpart H or subpart I of this part as applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>What major system characteristics must be included when relevant to risk assessment?</I> Each risk calculation must consider the total signaling and train control system and method of operation, as subjected to a list of hazards to be mitigated by the signaling and train control system. The methodology requirements must include the following major characteristics, when they are relevant to the product being considered:
</P>
<P>(1) Track plan infrastructure, switches, rail crossings at grade and highway-rail grade crossings as applicable;
</P>
<P>(2) Train movement density for freight, work, and passenger trains where applicable and computed over a time span of not less than 12 months;
</P>
<P>(3) Train movement operational rules, as enforced by the dispatcher, roadway worker/Employee in Charge, and train crew behaviors;
</P>
<P>(4) Wayside subsystems and components;
</P>
<P>(5) Onboard subsystems and components;
</P>
<P>(6) Consist contents such as hazardous material, oversize loads; and
</P>
<P>(7) Operating speeds if the provisions of part 236 cite additional requirements for certain type of train control systems to be used at such speeds for freight and passenger trains.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>What other relevant parameters must be determined for the subsystems and components?</I> In order to derive the frequency of hazardous events (or MTTHE) applicable for a product, subsystem or component included in the risk assessment, the railroad may use various techniques, such as reliability and availability calculations for subsystems and components, Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) of the subsystems, and results of the application of safety design principles as noted in Appendix C to this part. The MTTHE is to be derived for both fail-safe and non-fail-safe subsystems or components. The lower bounds of the MTTF or MTBF determined from the system sensitivity analysis, which account for all necessary and well justified assumptions, may be used to represent the estimate of MTTHE for the associated non-fail-safe subsystem or component in the risk assessment.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>How are processor-based subsystems/components assessed?</I> (1) An MTTHE value must be calculated for each processor-based subsystem or component, or both, indicating the safety-critical behavior of the integrated hardware/software subsystem or component, or both. The human factor impact must be included in the assessment, whenever applicable, to provide the integrated MTTHE value. The MTTHE calculation must consider the rates of failures caused by permanent, transient, and intermittent faults accounting for the fault coverage of the integrated hardware/software subsystem or component, phased-interval maintenance, and restoration of the detected failures.
</P>
<P>(2) Software fault/failure analysis must be based on the assessment of the design and implementation of all safety-related software including the application code, its operating/executive program, COTS software, and associated device drivers, as well as historical performance data, analytical methods and experimental safety-critical performance testing performed on the subsystem or component. The software assessment process must demonstrate through repeatable predictive results that all software defects have been identified and corrected by process with a high degree of confidence.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>How are non-processor-based subsystems/components assessed?</I> (1) The safety-critical behavior of all non-processor-based components, which are part of a processor-based system or subsystem, must be quantified with an MTTHE metric. The MTTHE assessment methodology must consider failures caused by permanent, transient, and intermittent faults, phase-interval maintenance and restoration of operation after failures and the effect of fault coverage of each non-processor-based subsystem or component.
</P>
<P>(2) MTTHE compliance verification and validation must be based on the assessment of the design for adequacy by a documented verification and validation process, historical performance data, analytical methods and experimental safety-critical performance testing performed on the subsystem or component. The non-processor-based quantification compliance must be demonstrated to have a high degree of confidence.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>What assumptions must be documented for risk assessment?</I> (1) The railroad shall document any assumptions regarding the derivation of risk metrics used. For example, for the full risk assessment, all assumptions made about each value of the parameters used in the calculation of total cost of accidents should be documented. For abbreviated risk assessment, all assumptions made for MTHHE derivation using existing reliability and availability data on the current system components should be documented. The railroad shall document these assumptions in such a form as to permit later comparisons with in-service experience.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall document any assumptions regarding human performance. The documentation shall be in such a form as to facilitate later comparisons with in-service experience.
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad shall document any assumptions regarding software defects. These assumptions shall be in a form that permit the railroad to project the likelihood of detecting an in-service software defect. These assumptions shall be documented in such a form as to permit later comparisons with in-service experience.
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad shall document all of the identified safety-critical fault paths to a mishap as predicted by the safety analysis methodology. The documentation shall be in such a form as to facilitate later comparisons with in-service faults.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2717, Jan. 15, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.11.125.1.64" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 236—Safety Assurance Criteria and Processes
</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>What is the purpose of this appendix?</I> This appendix provides safety criteria and processes that the designer must use to develop and validate the product that meets safety requirements of this part. FRA uses the criteria and processes set forth in this appendix to evaluate the validity of safety targets and the results of system safety analyses provided in the RSPP, PSP, PTCIP, PTCDP, and PTCSP documents as appropriate. An analysis performed under this appendix must:
</P>
<P>(1) Address each of the safety principles of paragraph (b) of this appendix, or explain why they are not relevant, and
</P>
<P>(2) Employ a validation and verification process pursuant to paragraph (c) of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>What safety principles must be followed during product development?</I> The designer shall address each of the following safety considerations principles when designing and demonstrating the safety of products covered by subpart H or I of this part. In the event that any of these principles are not followed, the PSP or PTCDP or PTCSP shall state both the reason(s) for departure and the alternative(s) utilized to mitigate or eliminate the hazards associated with the design principle not followed.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>System safety under normal operating conditions.</I> The system (all its elements including hardware and software) must be designed to assure safe operation with no hazardous events under normal anticipated operating conditions with proper inputs and within the expected range of environmental conditions. All safety-critical functions must be performed properly under these normal conditions. The system shall operate safely even in the absence of prescribed operator actions or procedures. The designer must identify and categorize all hazards that may lead to unsafe system operation. Hazards categorized as unacceptable, which are determined by hazard analysis, must be eliminated by design. Best effort shall also be made by the designer to eliminate by design the hazards categorized as undesirable. Those undesirable hazards that cannot be eliminated should be mitigated to the acceptable level as required by this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>System safety under failures.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) It must be shown how the product is designed to eliminate or mitigate unsafe systematic failures—those conditions which can be attributed to human error that could occur at various stages throughout product development. This includes unsafe errors in the software due to human error in the software specification, design, or coding phases; human errors that could impact hardware design; unsafe conditions that could occur because of an improperly designed human-machine interface; installation and maintenance errors; and errors associated with making modifications.
</P>
<P>(ii) The product must be shown to operate safely under conditions of random hardware failures. This includes single hardware failures as well as multiple hardware failures that may occur at different times but remain undetected (latent) and react in combination with a subsequent failure at a later time to cause an unsafe operating situation. In instances involving a latent failure, a subsequent failure is similar to there being a single failure. In the event of a transient failure, and if so designed, the system should restart itself if it is safe to do so. Frequency of attempted restarts must be considered in the hazard analysis required by § 236.907(a)(8).
</P>
<P>(iii) There shall be no single point failures in the product that can result in hazards categorized as unacceptable or undesirable. Occurrence of credible single point failures that can result in hazards must be detected and the product must achieve a known safe state that eliminates the possibility of false activation of any physical appliance.
</P>
<P>(iv) If one non-self-revealing failure combined with a second failure can cause a hazard that is categorized as unacceptable or undesirable, then the second failure must be detected and the product must achieve a known safe state that eliminates the possibility of false activation of any physical appliance.
</P>
<P>(v) Another concern of multiple failures involves common mode failures in which two or more subsystems or components intended to compensate one another to perform the same function all fail by the same mode and result in unsafe conditions. This is of particular concern in instances in which two or more elements (hardware or software, or both) are used in combination to ensure safety. If a common mode failure exists, then any analysis performed under this appendix cannot rely on the assumption that failures are independent. Examples include: The use of redundancy in which two or more elements perform a given function in parallel and when one (hardware or software) element checks/monitors another element (of hardware or software) to help ensure its safe operation. Common mode failure relates to independence, which must be ensured in these instances. When dealing with the effects of hardware failure, the designer shall address the effects of the failure not only on other hardware, but also on the execution of the software, since hardware failures can greatly affect how the software operates.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Closed loop principle.</I> System design adhering to the closed loop principle requires that all conditions necessary for the existence of any permissive state or action be verified to be present before the permissive state or action can be initiated. Likewise the requisite conditions shall be verified to be continuously present for the permissive state or action to be maintained. This is in contrast to allowing a permissive state or action to be initiated or maintained in the absence of detected failures. In addition, closed loop design requires that failure to perform a logical operation, or absence of a logical input, output or decision shall not cause an unsafe condition, i.e. system safety does not depend upon the occurrence of an action or logical decision.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Safety assurance concepts.</I> The product design must include one or more of the following Safety Assurance Concepts as described in IEEE-1483 standard to ensure that failures are detected and the product is placed in a safe state. One or more different principles may be applied to each individual subsystem or component, depending on the safety design objectives of that part of the product.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Design diversity and self-checking concept.</I> This concept requires that all critical functions be performed in diverse ways, using diverse software operations and/or diverse hardware channels, and that critical hardware be tested with Self-Checking routines. Permissive outputs are allowed only if the results of the diverse operations correspond, and the Self-Checking process reveals no failures in either execution of software or in any monitored input or output hardware. If the diverse operations do not agree or if the checking reveals critical failures, safety-critical functions and outputs must default to a known safe state.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Checked redundancy concept.</I> The Checked Redundancy concept requires implementation of two or more identical, independent hardware units, each executing identical software and performing identical functions. A means is to be provided to periodically compare vital parameters and results of the independent redundant units, requiring agreement of all compared parameters to assert or maintain a permissive output. If the units do not agree, safety-critical functions and outputs must default to a known safe state.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>N-version programming concept.</I> This concept requires a processor-based product to use at least two software programs performing identical functions and executing concurrently in a cycle. The software programs must be written by independent teams, using different tools. The multiple independently written software programs comprise a redundant system, and may be executed either on separate hardware units (which may or may not be identical) or within one hardware unit. A means is to be provided to compare the results and output states of the multiple redundant software systems. If the system results do not agree, then the safety-critical functions and outputs must default to a known safe state.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Numerical assurance concept.</I> This concept requires that the state of each vital parameter of the product or system be uniquely represented by a large encoded numerical value, such that permissive results are calculated by pseudo-randomly combining the representative numerical values of each of the critical constituent parameters of a permissive decision. Vital algorithms must be entirely represented by data structures containing numerical values with verified characteristics, and no vital decisions are to be made in the executing software, only by the numerical representations themselves. In the event of critical failures, the safety-critical functions and outputs must default to a known safe state.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Intrinsic fail-safe design concept.</I> Intrinsically fail-safe hardware circuits or systems are those that employ discrete mechanical and/or electrical components. The fail-safe operation for a product or subsystem designed using this principle concept requires a verification that the effect of every relevant failure mode of each component, and relevant combinations of component failure modes, be considered, analyzed, and documented. This is typically performed by a comprehensive failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) which must show no residual unmitigated failures. In the event of critical failures, the safety-critical functions and outputs must default to a known safe state.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Human factor engineering principle.</I> The product design must sufficiently incorporate human factors engineering that is appropriate to the complexity of the product; the educational, mental, and physical capabilities of the intended operators and maintainers; the degree of required human interaction with the component; and the environment in which the product will be used.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>System safety under external influences.</I> The product must be shown to operate safely when subjected to different external influences, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Electrical influences such as power supply anomalies/transients, abnormal/improper input conditions (e.g., outside of normal range inputs relative to amplitude and frequency, unusual combinations of inputs) including those related to a human operator, and others such as electromagnetic interference or electrostatic discharges, or both;
</P>
<P>(ii) Mechanical influences such as vibration and shock; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Climatic conditions such as temperature and humidity.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>System safety after modifications.</I> Safety must be ensured following modifications to the hardware or software, or both. All or some of the concerns identified in this paragraph may be applicable depending upon the nature and extent of the modifications. Such modifications must follow all of the concept, design, implementation and test processes and principles as documented in the PSP for the original product. Regression testing must be comprehensive and documented to include all scenarios which are affected by the change made, and the operating modes of the changed product during normal and failure state (fallback) operation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>What standards are acceptable for Verification and Validation?</I> (1) The standards employed for Verification or Validation, or both, of products subject to this subpart must be sufficient to support achievement of the applicable requirements of subpart H and subpart I of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) U.S. Department of Defense Military Standard (MIL-STD) 882C, “System Safety Program Requirements” (January 19, 1993), is recognized as providing appropriate risk analysis processes for incorporation into verification and validation standards.
</P>
<P>(3) The following standards designed for application to processor-based signal and train control systems are recognized as acceptable with respect to applicable elements of safety analysis required by subpart H and subpart I of this part. The latest versions of the standards listed below should be used unless otherwise provided.
</P>
<P>(i) IEEE standards as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) IEEE 1483-2000, Standard for the Verification of Vital Functions in Processor-Based Systems Used in Rail Transit Control.
</P>
<P>(B) IEEE 1474.2-2003, Standard for user interface requirements in communications based train control (CBTC) systems.
</P>
<P>(C) IEEE 1474.1-2004, Standard for Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) Performance and Functional Requirements.
</P>
<P>(ii) CENELEC Standards as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) EN50129: 2003, Railway Applications: Communications, Signaling, and Processing Systems-Safety Related Electronic Systems for Signaling; and
</P>
<P>(B) EN50155:2001/A1:2002, Railway Applications: Electronic Equipment Used in Rolling Stock.
</P>
<P>(iii) ATCS Specification 200 Communications Systems Architecture.
</P>
<P>(iv) ATCS Specification 250 Message Formats.
</P>
<P>(v) AREMA 2009 Communications and Signal Manual of Recommended Practices, Part 16, Part 17, 21, and 23.
</P>
<P>(vi) Safety of High-Speed Ground Transportation Systems. Analytical Methodology for Safety Validation of Computer Controlled Subsystems. Volume II: Development of a Safety Validation Methodology. Final Report September 1995. Author: Jonathan F. Luedeke, Battelle. DOT/FRA/ORD-95/10.2.
</P>
<P>(vii) IEC 61508 (International Electrotechnical Commission), Functional Safety of Electrical/Electronic/Programmable/Electronic Safety (E/E/P/ES) Related Systems, Parts 1-7 as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) IEC 61508-1 (1998-12) Part 1: General requirements and IEC 61508-1 Corr. (1999-05) Corrigendum 1—Part 1: General Requirements.
</P>
<P>(B) IEC 61508-2 (2000-05) Part 2: Requirements for electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems.
</P>
<P>(C) IEC 61508-3 (1998-12) Part 3: Software requirements and IEC 61508-3 Corr. 1 (1999-04) Corrigendum 1—Part 3: Software requirements.
</P>
<P>(D) IEC 61508-4 (1998-12) Part 4: Definitions and abbreviations and IEC 61508-4 Corr. 1 (1999-04) Corrigendum 1—Part 4: Definitions and abbreviations.
</P>
<P>(E) IEC 61508-5 (1998-12) Part 5: Examples of methods for the determination of safety integrity levels and IEC 61508-5 Corr. 1 (1999-04) Corrigendum 1—Part 5: Examples of methods for determination of safety integrity levels.
</P>
<P>(F) IEC 61508-6 (2000-04) Part 6: Guidelines on the applications of IEC 61508-2 and -3.
</P>
<P>(G) IEC 61508-7 (2000-03) Part 7: Overview of techniques and measures.
</P>
<P>(H) IEC 62278: 2002, Railway Applications: Specification and Demonstration of Reliability, Availability, Maintainability and Safety (RAMS);
</P>
<P>(I) IEC 62279: 2002 Railway Applications: Software for Railway Control and Protection Systems;
</P>
<P>(4) Use of unpublished standards, including proprietary standards, is authorized to the extent that such standards are shown to achieve the requirements of this part. However, any such standards shall be available for inspection and replication by FRA and for public examination in any public proceeding before the FRA to which they are relevant.
</P>
<P>(5) The various standards provided in this paragraph are for illustrative purposes only. Copies of these standards can be obtained in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) U.S. government standards and technical publications may be obtained by contacting the federal National Technical Information Service, 5301 Shawnee Rd, Alexandria, VA 22312.
</P>
<P>(ii) U.S. National Standards may be obtained by contacting the American National Standards Institute, 25 West 43rd Street, 4 Floor, New York, NY 10036.
</P>
<P>(iii) IEC Standards may be obtained by contacting the International Electrotechnical Commission, 3, rue de Varembé, P.O. Box 131 CH—1211, GENEVA, 20, Switzerland.
</P>
<P>(iv) CENLEC Standards may be obtained by contacting any of one the national standards bodies that make up the European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization.
</P>
<P>(v) IEEE standards may be obtained by contacting the IEEE Publications Office, 10662 Los Vaqueros Circle, P.O. Box 3014, Los Alamitos, CA 90720-1264.
</P>
<P>(vi) AREMA standards may be obtained from the American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association, 10003 Derekwood Lane, Suite 210, Lanham, MD 20706.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2718, Jan. 15, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.11.125.1.65" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 236—Independent Review of Verification and Validation
</HEAD>
<P>(a) This appendix provides minimum requirements for independent third-party assessment of product safety verification and validation pursuant to subpart H or subpart I of this part. The goal of this assessment is to provide an independent evaluation of the product manufacturer's utilization of safety design practices during the product's development and testing phases, as required by any mutually agreed upon controlling documents and standards and the applicable railroad's:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroad Safety Program Plan (RSPP) and Product Safety Plan (PSP) for processor based systems developed under subpart H or,
</P>
<P>(2) PTC Product Development Plan (PTCDP) and PTC Safety Plan (PTCSP) for PTC systems developed under subpart I.
</P>
<P>(b) The supplier may request advice and assistance of the reviewer concerning the actions identified in paragraphs (c) through (g) of this appendix. However, the reviewer shall not engage in any design efforts associated with the product, the products subsystems, or the products components, in order to preserve the reviewer's independence and maintain the supplier's proprietary right to the product.
</P>
<P>(c) The supplier shall provide the reviewer access to any and all documentation that the reviewer requests and attendance at any design review or walkthrough that the reviewer determines as necessary to complete and accomplish the third party assessment. The reviewer may be accompanied by representatives of FRA as necessary, in FRA's judgment, for FRA to monitor the assessment.
</P>
<P>(d) The reviewer shall evaluate the product with respect to safety and comment on the adequacy of the processes which the supplier applies to the design and development of the product. At a minimum, the reviewer shall compare the supplier processes with acceptable validation and verification methodology and employ any other such tests or comparisons if they have been agreed to previously with FRA. Based on these analyses, the reviewer shall identify and document any significant safety vulnerabilities which are not adequately mitigated by the supplier's (or user's) processes. Finally, the reviewer shall evaluate and document the adequacy of the railroad's
</P>
<P>(1) RSPP, the PSP, and any other documents pertinent to a product being developed under subpart H of this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) PTCDP and PTCSP for systems being developed under subpart I of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) The reviewer shall analyze the Hazard Log and/or any other hazard analysis documents for comprehensiveness and compliance with applicable railroad, vendor, supplier, industry, national, and international standards.
</P>
<P>(f) The reviewer shall analyze all Fault Tree Analyses (FTA), Failure Mode and Effects Criticality Analysis (FMECA), and other hazard analyses for completeness, correctness, and compliance with applicable railroad, vendor, supplier, industry, national and international standards.
</P>
<P>(g) The reviewer shall randomly select various safety-critical software, and hardware modules, if directed by FRA, for audit to verify whether the requirements of the applicable railroad, vendor, supplier, industry, national, and international standards were followed. The number of modules audited must be determined as a representative number sufficient to provide confidence that all unaudited modules were developed in compliance with the applicable railroad, vendor, supplier, industry, national, and international standards.
</P>
<P>(h) The reviewer shall evaluate and comment on the plan for installation and test procedures of the product for revenue service.
</P>
<P>(i) The reviewer shall prepare a final report of the assessment. The report shall be submitted to the railroad prior to the commencement of installation testing and contain at least the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Reviewer's evaluation of the adequacy of the PSP in the case of products developed under subpart H, or PTCSP for products developed under subpart I of this part, including the supplier's MTTHE and risk estimates for the product, and the supplier's confidence interval in these estimates;
</P>
<P>(2) Product vulnerabilities, potentially hazardous failure modes, or potentially hazardous operating circumstances which the reviewer felt were not adequately identified, tracked, mitigated, and corrected by either the vendor or supplier or the railroad;
</P>
<P>(3) A clear statement of position for all parties involved for each product vulnerability cited by the reviewer;
</P>
<P>(4) Identification of any documentation or information sought by the reviewer that was denied, incomplete, or inadequate;
</P>
<P>(5) A listing of each applicable vendor, supplier, industry, national, or international standard, procedure or process which was not properly followed;
</P>
<P>(6) Identification of the software verification and validation procedures, as well as the hardware verification validation procedures if deemed appropriate by FRA, for the product's safety-critical applications, and the reviewer's evaluation of the adequacy of these procedures;
</P>
<P>(7) Methods employed by the product manufacturer to develop safety-critical software;
</P>
<P>(8) If deemed applicable by FRA, the methods employed by the product manufacturer to develop safety-critical hardware by generally acceptable techniques;
</P>
<P>(9) Method by which the supplier or railroad addresses comprehensiveness of the product design which considers the safety elements listed in paragraph (b) of appendix C to this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2720, Jan. 15, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.11.125.1.66" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 236—Human-Machine Interface (HMI) Design
</HEAD>
<P>(a) This appendix provides human factors design criteria applicable to both subpart H and subpart I of this part. HMI design criteria will minimize negative safety effects by causing designers to consider human factors in the development of HMIs. The product design should sufficiently incorporate human factors engineering that is appropriate to the complexity of the product; the gender, educational, mental, and physical capabilities of the intended operators and maintainers; the degree of required human interaction with the component; and the environment in which the product will be used.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this section, “designer” means anyone who specifies requirements for—or designs a system or subsystem, or both, for—a product subject to subpart H or subpart I of this part, and “operator” means any human who is intended to receive information from, provide information to, or perform repairs or maintenance on a safety-critical product subject to subpart H or I of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Human factors issues the designers must consider with regard to the general function of a system include:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Reduced situational awareness and over-reliance.</I> HMI design must give an operator active functions to perform, feedback on the results of the operator's actions, and information on the automatic functions of the system as well as its performance. The operator must be “in-the-loop.” Designers must consider at a minimum the following methods of maintaining an active role for human operators:
</P>
<P>(i) The system must require an operator to initiate action to operate the train and require an operator to remain “in-the-loop” for at least 30 minutes at a time;
</P>
<P>(ii) The system must provide timely feedback to an operator regarding the system's automated actions, the reasons for such actions, and the effects of the operator's manual actions on the system;
</P>
<P>(iii) The system must warn operators in advance when it requires an operator to take action;
</P>
<P>(iv) HMI design must equalize an operator's workload; and
</P>
<P>(v) HMI design must not distract from the operator's safety related duties.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Expectation of predictability and consistency in product behavior and communications.</I> HMI design must accommodate an operator's expectation of logical and consistent relationships between actions and results. Similar objects must behave consistently when an operator performs the same action upon them.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>End user limited ability to process information.</I> HMI design must therefore minimize an operator's information processing load. To minimize information processing load, the designer must:
</P>
<P>(i) Present integrated information that directly supports the variety and types of decisions that an operator makes;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide information in a format or representation that minimizes the time required to understand and act; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Conduct utility tests of decision aids to establish clear benefits such as processing time saved or improved quality of decisions.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>End user limited memory.</I> HMI design must therefore minimize an operator's information processing load.
</P>
<P>(i) To minimize short-term memory load, the designer shall integrate data or information from multiple sources into a single format or representation (“chunking”) and design so that three or fewer “chunks” of information need to be remembered at any one time.
</P>
<P>(ii) To minimize long-term memory load, the designer shall design to support recognition memory, design memory aids to minimize the amount of information that must be recalled from unaided memory when making critical decisions, and promote active processing of the information.
</P>
<P>(d) Design systems that anticipate possible user errors and include capabilities to catch errors before they propagate through the system;
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct cognitive task analyses prior to designing the system to better understand the information processing requirements of operators when making critical decisions; and
</P>
<P>(2) Present information that accurately represents or predicts system states.
</P>
<P>(e) When creating displays and controls, the designer must consider user ergonomics and shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Locate displays as close as possible to the controls that affect them;
</P>
<P>(2) Locate displays and controls based on an operator's position;
</P>
<P>(3) Arrange controls to minimize the need for the operator to change position;
</P>
<P>(4) Arrange controls according to their expected order of use;
</P>
<P>(5) Group similar controls together;
</P>
<P>(6) Design for high stimulus-response compatibility (geometric and conceptual);
</P>
<P>(7) Design safety-critical controls to require more than one positive action to activate (e.g., auto stick shift requires two movements to go into reverse);
</P>
<P>(8) Design controls to allow easy recovery from error; and
</P>
<P>(9) Design display and controls to reflect specific gender and physical limitations of the intended operators.
</P>
<P>(f) The designer shall also address information management. To that end, HMI design shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Display information in a manner which emphasizes its relative importance;
</P>
<P>(2) Comply with the ANSI/HFS 100-1988 standard;
</P>
<P>(3) Utilize a display luminance that has a difference of at least 35cd/m2 between the foreground and background (the displays should be capable of a minimum contrast 3:1 with 7:1 preferred, and controls should be provided to adjust the brightness level and contrast level);
</P>
<P>(4) Display only the information necessary to the user;
</P>
<P>(5) Where text is needed, use short, simple sentences or phrases with wording that an operator will understand and appropriate to the educational and cognitive capabilities of the intended operator;
</P>
<P>(6) Use complete words where possible; where abbreviations are necessary, choose a commonly accepted abbreviation or consistent method and select commonly used terms and words that the operator will understand;
</P>
<P>(7) Adopt a consistent format for all display screens by placing each design element in a consistent and specified location;
</P>
<P>(8) Display critical information in the center of the operator's field of view by placing items that need to be found quickly in the upper left hand corner and items which are not time-critical in the lower right hand corner of the field of view;
</P>
<P>(9) Group items that belong together;
</P>
<P>(10) Design all visual displays to meet human performance criteria under monochrome conditions and add color only if it will help the user in performing a task, and use color coding as a redundant coding technique;
</P>
<P>(11) Limit the number of colors over a group of displays to no more than seven;
</P>
<P>(12) Design warnings to match the level of risk or danger with the alerting nature of the signal; and
</P>
<P>(13) With respect to information entry, avoid full QWERTY keyboards for data entry.
</P>
<P>(g) With respect to problem management, the HMI designer shall ensure that the:
</P>
<P>(1) HMI design must enhance an operator's situation awareness;
</P>
<P>(2) HMI design must support response selection and scheduling; and
</P>
<P>(3) HMI design must support contingency planning.
</P>
<P>(h) Ensure that electronics equipment radio frequency emissions are compliant with appropriate Federal Communications Commission regulations. The FCC rules and regulations are codified in Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR).
</P>
<P>(1) Electronics equipment must have appropriate FCC Equipment Authorizations. The following documentation is applicable to obtaining FCC Equipment Authorization:
</P>
<P>(i) OET Bulletin Number 61 (October, 1992 Supersedes May, 1987 issue) FCC Equipment Authorization Program for Radio Frequency Devices. This document provides an overview of the equipment authorization program to control radio interference from radio transmitters and certain other electronic products and an overview of how to obtain an equipment authorization.
</P>
<P>(ii) OET Bulletin 63: (October 1993) Understanding The FCC Part 15 Regulations for Low Power, Non-Licensed Transmitters. This document provides a basic understanding of the FCC regulations for low power, unlicensed transmitters, and includes answers to some commonly-asked questions. This edition of the bulletin does not contain information concerning personal communication services (PCS) transmitters operating under Part 15, Subpart D of the rules.
</P>
<P>(iii) 47 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 0 to 19. The FCC rules and regulations governing PCS transmitters may be found in 47 CFR, Parts 0 to 19.
</P>
<P>(iv) OET Bulletin 62 (December 1993) Understanding The FCC Regulations for Computers and other Digital Devices. This document has been prepared to provide a basic understanding of the FCC regulations for digital (computing) devices, and includes answers to some commonly-asked questions.
</P>
<P>(2) Designers must comply with FCC requirements for Maximum Permissible Exposure limits for field strength and power density for the transmitters operating at frequencies of 300 kHz to 100 GHz and specific absorption rate (SAR) limits for devices operating within close proximity to the body. The Commission's requirements are detailed in parts 1 and 2 of the FCC's Rules and Regulations (47 CFR 1.1307(b), 1.1310, 2.1091, 2.1093). The following documentation is applicable to demonstrating whether proposed or existing transmitting facilities, operations or devices comply with limits for human exposure to radiofrequency RF fields adopted by the FCC:
</P>
<P>(i) OET Bulletin No. 65 (Edition 97-01, August 1997), “Evaluating Compliance With FCC Guidelines For Human Exposure To Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields”,
</P>
<P>(ii) OET Bulletin No 65 Supplement A, (Edition 97-01, August 1997), OET Bulletin No 65 Supplement B (Edition 97-01, August 1997) and
</P>
<P>(iii) OET Bulletin No 65 Supplement C (Edition 01-01, June 2001).
</P>
<P>(3) The bulletin and supplements offer guidelines and suggestions for evaluating compliance. However, they are not intended to establish mandatory procedures. Other methods and procedures may be acceptable if based on sound engineering practice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2720, Feb. 15, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.30.11.125.1.67" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 236—Minimum Requirements of FRA Directed Independent Third-Party Assessment of PTC System Safety Verification and Validation
</HEAD>
<P>(a) This appendix provides minimum requirements for mandatory independent third-party assessment of PTC system safety verification and validation pursuant to subpart H or I of this part. The goal of this assessment is to provide an independent evaluation of the PTC system manufacturer's utilization of safety design practices during the PTC system's development and testing phases, as required by the applicable PSP, PTCDP, and PTCSP, the applicable requirements of subpart H or I of this part, and any other previously agreed-upon controlling documents or standards.
</P>
<P>(b) The supplier may request advice and assistance of the independent third-party reviewer concerning the actions identified in paragraphs (c) through (g) of this appendix. However, the reviewer should not engage in design efforts in order to preserve the reviewer's independence and maintain the supplier's proprietary right to the PTC system.
</P>
<P>(c) The supplier shall provide the reviewer access to any and all documentation that the reviewer requests and attendance at any design review or walkthrough that the reviewer determines as necessary to complete and accomplish the third party assessment. The reviewer may be accompanied by representatives of FRA as necessary, in FRA's judgment, for FRA to monitor the assessment.
</P>
<P>(d) The reviewer shall evaluate with respect to safety and comment on the adequacy of the processes which the supplier applies to the design and development of the PTC system. At a minimum, the reviewer shall evaluate the supplier design and development process regarding the use of an appropriate design methodology. The reviewer may use the comparison processes and test procedures that have been previously agreed to with FRA. Based on these analyses, the reviewer shall identify and document any significant safety vulnerabilities which are not adequately mitigated by the supplier's (or user's) processes. Finally, the reviewer shall evaluate the adequacy of the railroad's applicable PSP or PTCSP, and any other documents pertinent to the PTC system being assessed.
</P>
<P>(e) The reviewer shall analyze the Hazard Log and/or any other hazard analysis documents for comprehensiveness and compliance with railroad, vendor, supplier, industry, national, or international standards.
</P>
<P>(f) The reviewer shall analyze all Fault Tree Analyses (FTA), Failure Mode and Effects Criticality Analysis (FMECA), and other hazard analyses for completeness, correctness, and compliance with railroad, vendor, supplier, industry, national, or international standards.
</P>
<P>(g) The reviewer shall randomly select various safety-critical software modules, as well as safety-critical hardware components if required by FRA for audit to verify whether the railroad, vendor, supplier, industry, national, or international standards were followed. The number of modules audited must be determined as a representative number sufficient to provide confidence that all unaudited modules were developed in compliance with railroad, vendor, supplier, industry, national, or international standards
</P>
<P>(h) The reviewer shall evaluate and comment on the plan for installation and test procedures of the PTC system for revenue service.
</P>
<P>(i) The reviewer shall prepare a final report of the assessment. The report shall be submitted to the railroad prior to the commencement of installation testing and contain at least the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Reviewer's evaluation of the adequacy of the PSP or PTCSP including the supplier's MTTHE and risk estimates for the PTC system, and the supplier's confidence interval in these estimates;
</P>
<P>(2) PTC system vulnerabilities, potentially hazardous failure modes, or potentially hazardous operating circumstances which the reviewer felt were not adequately identified, tracked or mitigated;
</P>
<P>(3) A clear statement of position for all parties involved for each PTC system vulnerability cited by the reviewer;
</P>
<P>(4) Identification of any documentation or information sought by the reviewer that was denied, incomplete, or inadequate;
</P>
<P>(5) A listing of each applicable vendor, supplier, industry, national or international standard, process, or procedure which was not properly followed;
</P>
<P>(6) Identification of the hardware and software verification and validation procedures for the PTC system's safety-critical applications, and the reviewer's evaluation of the adequacy of these procedures;
</P>
<P>(7) Methods employed by PTC system manufacturer to develop safety-critical software; and
</P>
<P>(8) If directed by FRA, methods employed by PTC system manufacturer to develop safety-critical hardware.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 2721, Jan. 15, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="237" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 237—BRIDGE SAFETY STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20102-20114; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>75 FR 41302, July 15, 2010, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.1.125.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.1   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section, this part applies to all owners of railroad track with a gage of two feet or more and which is supported by a bridge.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to bridges on track used exclusively for rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected with the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) This part does not apply to bridges located within an installation which is not part of the general railroad system of transportation and over which trains are not operated by a railroad.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.1.125.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.3   Responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, an owner of track to which this part applies is responsible for compliance.
</P>
<P>(b) If an owner of track to which this part applies assigns responsibility for the bridges that carry the track to another person (by lease or otherwise), written notification of the assignment shall be provided to the FRA Track and Structures Division at least 30 days in advance of the assignment. The notification may be made by any party to that assignment, but shall be in writing and include the following—
</P>
<P>(1) The name, address, and email address of the track owner;
</P>
<P>(2) The name, address, and email address of the person to whom responsibility is assigned (assignee);
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the exact relationship between the track owner and the assignee;
</P>
<P>(4) A precise identification of the track segment and the individual bridges in the assignment;
</P>
<P>(5) A statement as to the competence and ability of the assignee to carry out the bridge safety duties of the track owner under this part; and
</P>
<P>(6) A statement signed by the assignee acknowledging the assignment to the person of responsibility for purposes of compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator may hold the track owner or the assignee, or both, responsible for compliance with this part and subject to penalties under § 237.7.
</P>
<P>(d) A common carrier by railroad which is directed by the Surface Transportation Board to provide service over the track of another railroad under 49 U.S.C. 11123 is considered the owner of that track for the purposes of the application of this part during the period the directed service order remains in effect.
</P>
<P>(e) When any person, including a contractor for a railroad or track owner, performs any function required by this part, that person is required to perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(f) Where an owner of track to which this part applies has previously assigned responsibility for a segment of track to another person as prescribed in 49 CFR 213.5(c), additional notification to FRA is not required.
</P>
<P>(g) FRA reserves the right to reject an assignment of responsibility under § 237.3(b) for cause shown.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 41302, July 15, 2010, as amended by 90 FR 28184, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.1.125.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part—
</P>
<P><I>Bridge modification</I> means a change to the configuration of a railroad bridge that affects the load capacity of the bridge.
</P>
<P><I>Bridge repair</I> means remediation of damage or deterioration which has affected the structural integrity of a railroad bridge.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad bridge</I> means any structure with a deck, regardless of length, which supports one or more railroad tracks, or any other undergrade structure with an individual span length of 10 feet or more located at such a depth that it is affected by live loads.
</P>
<P><I>Track owner</I> means a person responsible for compliance in accordance with § 237.3.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.1.125.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.7   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where a grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or a death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. “Person” means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: A railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor; and anyone held by the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration to be responsible under § 237.3(d). Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 41302, July 15, 2010, as amended at 77 FR 24422, Apr. 24, 2012; 81 FR 43112, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16134, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60749, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 23736, May 23, 2019; 84 FR 37075, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1759, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23255, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15869, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1128, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89564, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106297, Dec. 30, 2024; 90 FR 28184, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.1.125.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.9   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the Administrator for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. The filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for waiver must be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions the Administrator deems necessary. If a waiver is granted, the Administrator publishes a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> containing the reasons for granting the waiver.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Railroad Bridge Safety Assurance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.31" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.2.125.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.31   Adoption of bridge management programs.</HEAD>
<P>Each track owner shall adopt a bridge safety management program to prevent the deterioration of railroad bridges by preserving their capability to safely carry the traffic to be operated over them, and reduce the risk of human casualties, environmental damage, and disruption to the Nation's railroad transportation system that would result from a catastrophic bridge failure, not later than the dates in the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(a) March 14, 2011: Class I carriers;
</P>
<P>(b) March 14, 2011: Owners of track segments which are part of the general railroad system of transportation and which carry more than ten scheduled passenger trains per week;
</P>
<P>(c) September 13, 2011: Class II carriers to which paragraph (b) of this section does not apply; and
</P>
<P>(d) September 13, 2012: All other track owners subject to this part and not described paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.33" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.2.125.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.33   Content of bridge management programs.</HEAD>
<P>Each bridge management program adopted in compliance with this part shall include, as a minimum, the following:
</P>
<P>(a) An accurate inventory of railroad bridges, which shall include a unique identifier for each bridge, its location, configuration, type of construction, number of spans, span lengths, and all other information necessary to provide for the management of bridge safety;
</P>
<P>(b) A record of the safe load capacity of each bridge;
</P>
<P>(c) A provision to obtain and maintain the design documents of each bridge if available, and to document all repairs, modifications, and inspections of each bridge; and
</P>
<P>(d) A bridge inspection program covering as a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) Inspection personnel safety considerations;
</P>
<P>(2) Types of inspection including required detail;
</P>
<P>(3) Definitions of defect levels along with associated condition codes if condition codes are used;
</P>
<P>(4) The method of documenting inspections including standard forms or formats;
</P>
<P>(5) Structure type and component nomenclature; and
</P>
<P>(6) Numbering or identification protocol for substructure units, spans, and individual components.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Qualifications and Designations of Responsible Persons</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.51" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.3.125.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.51   Railroad bridge engineers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad bridge engineer shall be a person who is determined by the track owner to be competent to perform the following functions as they apply to the particular engineering work to be performed:
</P>
<P>(1) Determine the forces and stresses in railroad bridges and bridge components;
</P>
<P>(2) Prescribe safe loading conditions for railroad bridges;
</P>
<P>(3) Prescribe inspection and maintenance procedures for railroad bridges; and
</P>
<P>(4) Design repairs and modifications to railroad bridges.
</P>
<P>(b) The educational qualifications of a railroad bridge engineer shall include either:
</P>
<P>(1) A degree in engineering granted by a school of engineering with at least one program accredited by ABET, Inc. or its successor organization as a professional engineering curriculum, or a degree from a program accredited as a professional engineering curriculum by a foreign organization recognized by ABET, Inc. or its successor; or
</P>
<P>(2) Current registration as a professional engineer.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this part affects the States' authority to regulate the professional practice of engineering.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.53" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.3.125.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.53   Railroad bridge inspectors.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad bridge inspector shall be a person who is determined by the track owner to be technically competent to view, measure, report and record the condition of a railroad bridge and its individual components which that person is designated to inspect. An inspector shall be designated to authorize or restrict the operation of railroad traffic over a bridge according to its immediate condition or state of repair.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.55" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.3.125.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.55   Railroad bridge supervisors.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad bridge supervisor shall be a person, regardless of position title, who is determined by the track owner to be technically competent to supervise the construction, modification or repair of a railroad bridge in conformance with common or particular specifications, plans and instructions applicable to the work to be performed, and to authorize or restrict the operation of railroad traffic over a bridge according to its immediate condition or state of repair.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.57" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.3.125.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.57   Designations of individuals.</HEAD>
<P>Each track owner shall designate those individuals qualified as railroad bridge engineers, railroad bridge inspectors and railroad bridge supervisors. Each individual designation shall include the basis for the designation in effect and shall be recorded.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Capacity of Bridges</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.71" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.4.125.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.71   Determination of bridge load capacities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each track owner shall determine the load capacity of each of its railroad bridges. The load capacity need not be the ultimate or maximum load capacity, but must be a safe load capacity.
</P>
<P>(b) The load capacity of each bridge shall be documented in the track owner's bridge management program, together with the method by which the capacity was determined.
</P>
<P>(c) The determination of load capacity shall be made by a railroad bridge engineer using appropriate engineering methods and standards that are particularly applicable to railroad bridges.
</P>
<P>(d) Bridge load capacity may be determined from existing design and modification records of a bridge, provided that the bridge substantially conforms to its recorded configuration. Otherwise, the load capacity of a bridge shall be determined by measurement and calculation of the properties of its individual components, or other methods as determined by a railroad bridge engineer.
</P>
<P>(e) Where a bridge inspection reveals that, in the determination of the railroad bridge engineer, the condition of a bridge or a bridge component might adversely affect the ability of the bridge to carry the traffic being operated, a new capacity shall be determined.
</P>
<P>(f) Bridge load capacity may be expressed in terms of numerical values related to a standard system of bridge loads, but shall in any case be stated in terms of weight and length of individual or combined cars and locomotives, for the use of transportation personnel.
</P>
<P>(g) Bridge load capacity may be expressed in terms of both normal and maximum load conditions. Operation of equipment that produces forces greater than the normal capacity shall be subject to any restrictions or conditions that may be prescribed by a railroad bridge engineer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 41302, July 15, 2010, as amended at 91 FR 22747, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.73" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.4.125.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.73   Protection of bridges from over-weight and over-dimension loads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each track owner shall issue instructions to the personnel who are responsible for the configuration and operation of trains over its bridges to prevent the operation of cars, locomotives and other equipment that would exceed the capacity or dimensions of its bridges.
</P>
<P>(b) The instructions regarding weight shall be expressed in terms of maximum equipment weights, and either minimum equipment lengths or axle spacing.
</P>
<P>(c) The instructions regarding dimensions shall be expressed in terms of feet and inches of cross section and equipment length, in conformance with common railroad industry practice for reporting dimensions of exceptional equipment in interchange in which height above top-of-rail is shown for each cross section measurement, followed by the width of the car of the shipment at that height.
</P>
<P>(d) The instructions may apply to individual structures, or to a defined line segment or group(s) of line segments where the published capacities and dimensions are within the limits of all structures on the subject line segments.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Bridge Inspection</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.5.125.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.101   Scheduling of bridge inspections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each bridge management program shall include a provision for scheduling an inspection for each bridge in railroad service at least once in each calendar year, with not more than 540 days between any successive inspections.
</P>
<P>(b) A bridge shall be inspected more frequently than provided for in the bridge management program when a railroad bridge engineer determines that such inspection frequency is necessary considering conditions noted on prior inspections, the type and configuration of the bridge, and the weight and frequency of traffic carried on the bridge.
</P>
<P>(c) Each bridge management program shall define requirements for the special inspection of a bridge to be performed whenever the bridge is involved in an event which might have compromised the integrity of the bridge, including but not limited to a flood, fire, earthquake, derailment or vehicular or vessel impact.
</P>
<P>(d) Any railroad bridge that has not been in railroad service and has not been inspected in accordance with this section within the previous 540 days shall be inspected and the inspection report reviewed by a railroad bridge engineer prior to the resumption of railroad service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.5.125.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.103   Bridge inspection procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each bridge management program shall specify the procedure to be used for inspection of individual bridges or classes and types of bridges.
</P>
<P>(b) The bridge inspection procedures shall be as specified by a railroad bridge engineer who is designated as responsible for the conduct and review of the inspections. The inspection procedures shall incorporate the methods, means of access, and level of detail to be recorded for the various components of that bridge or class of bridges.
</P>
<P>(c) The bridge inspection procedures shall ensure that the level of detail and the inspection procedures are appropriate to: the configuration of the bridge; conditions found during previous inspections; the nature of the railroad traffic moved over the bridge (including equipment weights, train frequency and length, levels of passenger and hazardous materials traffic); and vulnerability of the bridge to damage.
</P>
<P>(d) The bridge inspection procedures shall be designed to detect, report and protect deterioration and deficiencies before they present a hazard to safe train operation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.5.125.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.105   Special inspections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each bridge management program shall prescribe a procedure for protection of train operations and for inspection of any bridge that might have been damaged by a natural or accidental event, including but not limited to a flood, fire, earthquake, derailment or vehicular or vessel impact.
</P>
<P>(b) Each bridge management program shall provide for the detection of scour or deterioration of bridge components that are submerged, or that are subject to water flow.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.5.125.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.107   Conduct of bridge inspections.</HEAD>
<P>Bridge inspections shall be conducted under the direct supervision of a designated railroad bridge inspector, who shall be responsible for the accuracy of the results and the conformity of the inspection to the bridge management program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.5.125.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.109   Bridge inspection records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each track owner to which this part applies shall keep a record of each inspection required to be performed on those bridges under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each record of an inspection under the bridge management program prescribed in this part shall be prepared from notes taken on the day(s) the inspection is made, supplemented with sketches and photographs as needed. Such record will be dated with the date(s) the physical inspection takes place and the date the record is created, and it will be signed or otherwise certified by the person making the inspection.
</P>
<P>(c) Each bridge management program shall specify that every bridge inspection report shall include, as a minimum, the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A precise identification of the bridge inspected;
</P>
<P>(2) The date on which the physical inspection was completed;
</P>
<P>(3) The identification and written or electronic signature of the inspector;
</P>
<P>(4) The type of inspection performed, in conformance with the definitions of inspection types in the bridge management program;
</P>
<P>(5) An indication on the report as to whether any item noted thereon requires expedited or critical review by a railroad bridge engineer, and any restrictions placed at the time of the inspection;
</P>
<P>(6) The condition of components inspected, which may be in a condition reporting format prescribed in the bridge management program, together with any narrative descriptions necessary for the correct interpretation of the report; and
</P>
<P>(7) When an inspection does not encompass the entire bridge, the portions of the bridge which were inspected shall be identified in the report.
</P>
<P>(d) An initial report of each bridge inspection shall be placed in the location designated in the bridge management program within 30 calendar days of the completion of the inspection unless the complete inspection report is filed first. The initial report shall include the information required by paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) A complete report of each bridge inspection, including as a minimum the information required in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(6) of this section, shall be placed in the location designated in the bridge management program within 120 calendar days of the completion of the inspection.
</P>
<P>(f) Each bridge inspection program shall specify the retention period and location for bridge inspection records. The retention period shall be no less than two years following the completion of the inspection. Records of underwater inspections shall be retained until the completion and review of the next underwater inspection of the bridge.
</P>
<P>(g) If a bridge inspector, supervisor, or engineer discovers a deficient condition on a bridge that affects the immediate safety of train operations, that person shall report the condition as promptly as possible to the person who controls the operation of trains on the bridge in order to protect the safety of train operations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.5.125.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.111   Review of bridge inspection reports.</HEAD>
<P>Bridge inspection reports shall be reviewed by railroad bridge supervisors and railroad bridge engineers to:
</P>
<P>(a) Determine whether inspections have been performed in accordance with the prescribed schedule and specified procedures;
</P>
<P>(b) Evaluate whether any items on the report represent a present or potential hazard to safety;
</P>
<P>(c) Prescribe any modifications to the inspection procedures or frequency for that particular bridge;
</P>
<P>(d) Schedule any repairs or modifications to the bridge required to maintain its structural integrity; and
</P>
<P>(e) Determine the need for further higher-level review.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Repair and Modification of Bridges</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.131" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.6.125.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.131   Design.</HEAD>
<P>Each repair or modification which materially modifies the capacity of a bridge or the stresses in any primary load-carrying component of a bridge shall be designed by a railroad bridge engineer. The design shall specify the manner in which railroad traffic or other live loads may be permitted on the bridge while it is being modified or repaired. Designs and procedures for repair or modification of bridges of a common configuration, such as timber trestles, or instructions for in-kind replacement of bridge components, may be issued as a common standard. Where the common standard addresses procedures and methods that could materially modify the capacity of a bridge or the stresses in any primary load-carrying component of a bridge, the standard shall be designed and issued by a qualified railroad bridge engineer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.133" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.6.125.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.133   Supervision of repairs and modifications.</HEAD>
<P>Each repair or modification pursuant to this part shall be performed under the immediate supervision of a railroad bridge supervisor as defined in § 237.55 of this part who is designated and authorized by the track owner to supervise the particular work to be performed. The railroad bridge supervisor shall ensure that railroad traffic or other live loads permitted on the bridge under repair or modification are in conformity with the specifications in the design.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Documentation, Records, and Audits of Bridge Management Programs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.151" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.7.125.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.151   Audits; general.</HEAD>
<P>Each program adopted to comply with this part shall include provisions for auditing the effectiveness of the several provisions of that program, including the validity of bridge inspection reports and bridge inventory data, and the correct application of movement restrictions to railroad equipment of exceptional weight or configuration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.153" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.7.125.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.153   Audits of inspections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each bridge management program shall incorporate provisions for an internal audit to determine whether the inspection provisions of the program are being followed, and whether the program itself is effectively providing for the continued safety of the subject bridges.
</P>
<P>(b) The inspection audit shall include an evaluation of a representative sampling of bridge inspection reports at the bridges noted on the reports to determine whether the reports accurately describe the condition of the bridge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 237.155" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.7.125.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 237.155   Documents and records.</HEAD>
<P>Each track owner required to implement a bridge management program and keep records under this part shall make those program documents and records available for inspection and reproduction by the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Electronic recordkeeping; general.</I> For purposes of compliance with the recordkeeping requirements of this part, a track owner may create and maintain any of the records required by this part through electronic transmission, storage, and retrieval provided that all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The system used to generate the electronic record meets all requirements of this subpart;
</P>
<P>(2) The electronically generated record contains the information required by this part;
</P>
<P>(3) The track owner monitors its electronic records database through sufficient number of monitoring indicators to ensure a high degree of accuracy of these records;
</P>
<P>(4) The track owner shall train its employees who use the system on the proper use of the electronic recordkeeping system; and
</P>
<P>(5) The track owner maintains an information technology security program adequate to ensure the integrity of the system, including the prevention of unauthorized access to the program logic or individual records.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>System security.</I> The integrity of the bridge inspection records must be protected by a security system that incorporates a user identity and password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of program and record data access meeting all of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) No two individuals have the same electronic identity;
</P>
<P>(2) A record cannot be deleted or altered by any individual after the record is certified by the employee who created the record;
</P>
<P>(3) Any amendment to a record is either—
</P>
<P>(i) Electronically stored apart from the record that it amends; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronically attached to the record as information without changing the original record;
</P>
<P>(4) Each amendment to a record uniquely identifies the person making the amendment; and
</P>
<P>(5) The electronic system provides for the maintenance of inspection records as originally submitted without corruption or loss of data.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.31.9.125.1.68" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 237—Supplemental Statement of Agency Policy on the Safety of Railroad Bridges
</HEAD>
<P>A Statement of Agency Policy on the Safety of Railroad Bridges was originally published by FRA in 2000 as Appendix C of the Federal Track Safety Standards, 49 CFR Part 213. With the promulgation of 49 CFR Part 237, Bridge Safety Standards, many of the non-regulatory provisions in that Policy Statement have been incorporated into the bridge safety standards in this part.
</P>
<P>However, FRA has determined that other non-regulatory items are still useful as information and guidance for track owners. Those provisions of the Policy Statement are therefore retained and placed in this Appendix in lieu of their former location in the Track Safety Standards.
</P>
<HD1>General
</HD1>
<P>1. The structural integrity of bridges that carry railroad tracks is important to the safety of railroad employees and to the public. The responsibility for the safety of railroad bridges is specified in § 237.3, “Responsibility for compliance.”
</P>
<P>2. The capacity of a bridge to safely support its traffic can be determined only by intelligent application of engineering principles and the law of physics. Track owners should use those principles to assess the integrity of railroad bridges.
</P>
<P>3. The long term ability of a structure to perform its function is an economic issue beyond the intent of this policy. In assessing a bridge's structural condition, FRA focuses on the present safety of the structure, rather than its appearance or long term usefulness.
</P>
<P>4. FRA inspectors conduct regular evaluations of railroad bridge inspection and management practices. The objective of these evaluations is to document the practices of the evaluated railroad, to disclose any program weaknesses that could affect the safety of the public or railroad employees, and to assure compliance with the terms of this regulation. If the evaluation discloses problems, FRA seeks a cooperative resolution. If safety is jeopardized by a track owner's failure to resolve a bridge problem, FRA will use appropriate measures, including assessing civil penalties and issuance of emergency orders, to protect the safety of railroad employees and the public.
</P>
<P>5. This policy statement addresses the integrity of bridges that carry railroad tracks. It does not address the integrity of other types of structures on railroad property (i.e., tunnels, highway bridges over railroads, or other structures on or over the right-of-way).
</P>
<P>6. The guidelines published in this statement are advisory. They do not have the force of regulations or orders, which FRA may enforce using civil penalties or other means. The guidelines supplement the requirements of part 237 and are retained for information and guidance.
</P>
<HD1>Guidelines
</HD1>
<P>1. <I>Responsibility for safety of railroad bridges.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The responsibility for the safety of railroad bridges is specified in § 237.3.
</P>
<P>(b) The track owner should maintain current information regarding loads that may be operated over the bridge, either from its own engineering evaluations or as provided by a competent engineer representing the track owner. Information on permissible loads may be communicated by the track owner either in terms of specific car and locomotive configurations and weights, or as values representing a standard railroad bridge rating reference system. The most common standard bridge rating reference system incorporated in the Manual for Railway Engineering of the American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association is the dimensional and proportional load configuration devised by Theodore Cooper. Other reference systems may be used where convenient, provided their effects can be defined in terms of shear, bending and pier reactions as necessary for a comprehensive evaluation and statement of the capacity of a bridge.
</P>
<P>(c) The owner of the track on a bridge should advise other railroads operating on that track of the maximum loads permitted on the bridge stated in terms of car and locomotive configurations and weights. No railroad should operate a load which exceeds those limits without specific authority from, and in accordance with restrictions placed by, the track owner.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Capacity of railroad bridges.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The safe capacity of bridges should be determined pursuant to § 237.71.
</P>
<P>(b) Proper analysis of a bridge requires knowledge of the actual dimensions, materials and properties of the structural members of the bridge, their condition, and the stresses imposed in those members by the service loads.
</P>
<P>(c) The factors which were used for the design of a bridge can generally be used to determine and rate the load capacity of a bridge provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The condition of the bridge has not changed significantly; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The stresses resulting from the service loads can be correlated to the stresses for which the bridge was designed or rated.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Railroad bridge loads.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Control of loads is governed by § 237.73.
</P>
<P>(b) Authority for exceptions. Equipment exceeding the nominal weight restriction on a bridge should be operated only under conditions determined by a competent railroad bridge engineer who has properly analyzed the stresses resulting from the proposed loads and has determined that the proposed operation can be conducted safely without damaging the bridge.
</P>
<P>(c) Operating conditions. Operating conditions for exceptional loads may include speed restrictions, restriction of traffic from adjacent multiple tracks, and weight limitations on adjacent cars in the same train.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Railroad bridge records.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The organization responsible for the safety of a bridge should keep design, construction, maintenance and repair records readily accessible to permit the determination of safe loads. Having design or rating drawings and calculations that conform to the actual structure greatly simplifies the process of making accurate determinations of safe bridge loads. This provision is governed by § 237.33.
</P>
<P>(b) Organizations acquiring railroad property should obtain original or usable copies of all bridge records and drawings, and protect or maintain knowledge of the location of the original records.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Specifications for design and rating of railroad bridges.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The recommended specifications for the design and rating of bridges are those found in the Manual for Railway Engineering published by the American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association. These specifications incorporate recognized principles of structural design and analysis to provide for the safe and economic utilization of railroad bridges during their expected useful lives. These specifications are continually reviewed and revised by committees of competent engineers. Other specifications for design and rating, however, have been successfully used by some railroads and may continue to be suitable.
</P>
<P>(b) A bridge can be rated for capacity according to current specifications regardless of the specification to which it was originally designed.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Periodic inspections of railroad bridges.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Periodic bridge inspections by competent inspectors are necessary to determine whether a structure conforms to its design or rating condition and, if not, the degree of nonconformity. See § 237.101. Section 237.101(a) calls for every railroad bridge to be inspected at least once in each calendar year. Deterioration or damage may occur during the course of a year regardless of the level of traffic that passes over a bridge. Inspections at more frequent intervals may be required by the nature or condition of a structure or intensive traffic levels.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Underwater inspections of railroad bridges.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Inspections of bridges should include measuring and recording the condition of substructure support at locations subject to erosion from moving water.
</P>
<P>(b) Stream beds often are not visible to the inspector. Indirect measurements by sounding, probing, or any other appropriate means are necessary in these cases. A series of records of these readings will provide the best information in the event unexpected changes suddenly occur. Where such indirect measurements do not provide the necessary assurance of foundation integrity, diving inspections should be performed as prescribed by a competent engineer.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Seismic considerations.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Owners of bridges should be aware of the risks posed by earthquakes in the areas in which their bridges are located. Precautions should be taken to protect the safety of trains and the public following an earthquake.
</P>
<P>(b) Contingency plans for seismic events should be prepared in advance, taking into account the potential for seismic activity in an area.
</P>
<P>(c) The predicted attenuation of ground motion varies considerably within the United States. Local ground motion attenuation values and the magnitude of an earthquake both influence the extent of the area affected by an earthquake. Regions with low frequency of seismic events produce less data from which to predict attenuation factors. That uncertainty should be considered when designating the area in which precautions should be taken following the first notice of an earthquake. In fact, earthquakes in such regions might propagate their effects over much wider areas than earthquakes of the same magnitude occurring in regions with frequent seismic activity.
</P>
<P>9. <I>Special inspections of railroad bridges.</I>
</P>
<P>Requirements for special inspections of railroad bridges are found in § 237.105.
</P>
<P>10. <I>Railroad bridge inspection records.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The requirements for recording and reporting bridge inspections are found in § 237.109.
</P>
<P>(b) Information from bridge inspection reports should be incorporated into a bridge management program to ensure that exceptions on the reports are corrected or accounted for. A series of inspection reports prepared over time should be maintained so as to provide a valuable record of trends and rates of degradation of bridge components. The reports should be structured to promote comprehensive inspections and effective communication between an inspector and an engineer who performs an analysis of a bridge.
</P>
<P>(c) An inspection report should be comprehensible to a competent person without interpretation by the reporting inspector.
</P>
<P>11. <I>Railroad bridge inspectors and engineers.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Bridge inspections should be performed by technicians whose training and experience enable them to detect and record indications of distress on a bridge. Inspectors should provide accurate measurements and other information about the condition of the bridge in enough detail so that an engineer can make a proper evaluation of the safety of the bridge. Qualifications of personnel are addressed in subpart C to part 237.
</P>
<P>(b) Accurate information about the condition of a bridge should be evaluated by an engineer who is competent to determine the capacity of the bridge. The inspector and the evaluator often are not the same individual; therefore, the quality of the bridge evaluation depends on the quality of the communication between them. Review of inspection reports is addressed in § 237.111.
</P>
<P>12. <I>Scheduling inspections.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) A bridge management program should include a means to ensure that each bridge under the program is inspected at the frequency prescribed for that bridge by a competent engineer. Scheduling of bridge inspections is addressed in § 237.101.
</P>
<P>(b) Bridge inspections should be scheduled from an accurate bridge inventory list that includes the due date of the next inspection.
</P>
<P>13. <I>Special considerations for railroad bridges.</I>
</P>
<P>Railroad bridges differ from other types of bridges in the types of loads they carry, in their modes of failure and indications of distress, and in their construction details and components. Proper inspection and analysis of railroad bridges require familiarity with the loads, details and indications of distress that are unique to this class of structure. Particular care should be taken that modifications to railroad bridges, including retrofits for protection against the effects of earthquakes, are suitable for the structure to which they are to be applied. Modifications should not adversely affect the serviceability of neither the bridge nor its accessibility for periodic or special inspection.
</P>
<P>14. <I>Railroad implementation of bridge safety programs.</I>
</P>
<P>FRA recommends that each track owner or other entity which is responsible for the integrity of bridges which support its track should comply with the intent of this regulation by adopting and implementing an effective and comprehensive program to ensure the safety of its bridges. The bridge safety program should incorporate the following essential elements, applied according to the configuration of the railroad and its bridges. The basis of the program should be in one comprehensive and coherent document which is available to all railroad personnel and other persons who are responsible for the application of any portion of the program. The program should include:
</P>
<P>(a) Clearly defined roles and responsibilities of all persons who are designated or authorized to make determinations regarding the integrity of the track owner's bridges. The designations may be made by position or by individual;
</P>
<P>(b) Provisions for a complete inventory of bridges that carry the owner's track, to include the following information on each bridge:
</P>
<P>(1) A unique identifier, such as milepost location and a subdivision code;
</P>
<P>(2) The location of the bridge by nearest town or station, and geographic coordinates;
</P>
<P>(3) The name of the geographic features crossed by the bridge;
</P>
<P>(4) The number of tracks on the bridge;
</P>
<P>(5) The number of spans in the bridge;
</P>
<P>(6) The lengths of the spans;
</P>
<P>(7) Types of construction of:
</P>
<P>(i) Substructure;
</P>
<P>(ii) Superstructure; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Deck;
</P>
<P>(8) Overall length of the bridge;
</P>
<P>(9) Dates of:
</P>
<P>(i) Construction;
</P>
<P>(ii) Major renovation; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Strengthening; and
</P>
<P>(10) Identification of entities responsible for maintenance of the bridge or its different components.
</P>
<P>(c) Known capacity of its bridges as determined by rating by competent railroad bridge engineer or by design documents;
</P>
<P>(d) Procedures for the control of movement of high, wide or heavy loads exceeding the nominal capacity of bridges;
</P>
<P>(e) Instructions for the maintenance of permanent records of design, construction, modification, and repair;
</P>
<P>(f) Railroad-specific procedures and standards for design and rating of bridges;
</P>
<P>(g) Detailed bridge inspection policy, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Inspector qualifications; including:
</P>
<P>(i) Bridge experience or appropriate educational training;
</P>
<P>(ii) Training on bridge inspection procedures; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Training on Railroad Workplace Safety; and
</P>
<P>(2) Type and frequency of inspection; including:
</P>
<P>(i) Periodic (at least annually);
</P>
<P>(ii) Underwater;
</P>
<P>(iii) Special;
</P>
<P>(iv) Seismic; and
</P>
<P>(v) Cursory inspections of overhead bridges that are not the responsibility of the railroad;
</P>
<P>(3) Inspection schedule for each bridge;
</P>
<P>(4) Documentation of inspections; including:
</P>
<P>(i) Date;
</P>
<P>(ii) Name of inspector;
</P>
<P>(iii) Reporting Format; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Coherence of information;
</P>
<P>(5) Inspection Report Review Process;
</P>
<P>(6) Record retention; and
</P>
<P>(7) Tracking of critical deficiencies to resolution; and
</P>
<P>(h) Provide for the protection of train operations following an inspection, noting a critical deficiency, repair, modification or adverse event and should include:
</P>
<P>(1) A listing of qualifications of personnel permitted to authorize train operations following an adverse event; and
</P>
<P>(2) Detailed internal program audit procedures to ensure compliance with the provisions of the program.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="238" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 238—PASSENGER EQUIPMENT SAFETY STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20133, 20141, 20302-20303, 20306, 20701-20702, 21301-21302, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.1.131.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to prevent collisions, derailments, and other occurrences involving railroad passenger equipment that cause injury or death to railroad employees, railroad passengers, or the general public; and to mitigate the consequences of such occurrences to the extent they cannot be prevented.
</P>
<P>(b) This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for railroad passenger equipment. This part does not restrict a railroad from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements not inconsistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Railroads to which this part applies shall be responsible for compliance with all of the requirements contained in §§ 238.15, 238.17, 238.19, 238.107, 238.109, and subpart D of this part effective January 1, 2002. 
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad may request earlier application of the requirements contained in §§ 238.15, 238.17, 238.19, 238.107, 238.109, and subpart D upon written notification to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety. Such a request shall indicate the railroad's readiness and ability to comply with all of the provisions referenced in paragraph (c) introductory text of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) Except for paragraphs (b) and (c) of § 238.309, a railroad may specifically request earlier application of the maintenance and testing provisions contained in §§ 238.309 and 238.311 simultaneously. In order to request earlier application of these two sections, the railroad shall indicate its readiness and ability to comply with all of the provisions contained in both of those sections. 
</P>
<P>(3) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of § 238.309 apply beginning September 9, 1999.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41305, July 3, 2000; 67 FR 19989, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.1.131.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, this part applies to all:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads that operate intercity or commuter passenger train service on standard gage track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Railroads that provide commuter or other short-haul rail passenger train service in a metropolitan or suburban area as described by 49 U.S.C. 20102(1), including public authorities operating passenger train service.
</P>
<P>(b) Railroads that permit to be used or hauled on their lines passenger equipment subject to this part, in violation of a power brake provision of this part or a safety appliance provision of this part, are subject to the power brake and safety appliance provisions of this part with respect to such operations.
</P>
<P>(c) This part does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad that operates only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations, whether on or off the general railroad system of transportation; or
</P>
<P>(4) Circus trains.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.1.131.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>AAR</I> means the Association of American Railroads.
</P>
<P><I>APTA</I> means the American Public Transportation Association.
</P>
<P><I>Actuator</I> means a self-contained brake system component that generates the force to apply the brake shoe or brake pad to the wheel or disc. An actuator typically consists of a cylinder, piston, and piston rod. 
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Alerter</I> means a device or system installed in the locomotive cab to promote continuous, active locomotive engineer attentiveness by monitoring select locomotive engineer-induced control activities. If fluctuation of a monitored locomotive engineer-induced control activity is not detected within a predetermined time, a sequence of audible and visual alarms is activated so as to progressively prompt a response by the locomotive engineer. Failure by the locomotive engineer to institute a change of state in a monitored control, or acknowledge the alerter alarm activity through a manual reset provision, results in a penalty brake application that brings the locomotive or train to a stop.
</P>
<P><I>Anti-climbing mechanism</I> means the parts at the ends of adjoining vehicles in a train that are designed to engage when subjected to large buff loads to prevent the override of one vehicle by another.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer, Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety, Associate Administrator for Safety.
</P>
<P><I>Bind</I> means restrict the intended movement of one or more brake system components by obstruction, increased friction, or reduced clearance.
</P>
<P><I>Block of cars</I> means one car or multiple cars in a solid unit coupled together for the purpose of being added to, or removed from, a train as a solid unit.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, air</I> or <I>power brake</I> means a combination of devices operated by compressed air, arranged in a system, and controlled manually, electrically, or pneumatically, by means of which the motion of a rail car or locomotive is retarded or arrested.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, disc</I> means a retardation system used on some rail vehicles, primarily passenger equipment, that utilizes flat metal discs as the braking surface instead of the wheel tread.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, dynamic</I> means a train braking system whereby the kinetic energy of a moving train is used to generate electric current at the locomotive traction motors, which is then dissipated through banks of resistor grids or back into the catenary or third rail system.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, effective</I> means a brake that is capable of producing its required designed retarding force on the train. A brake is not effective if its piston travel is in excess of the maximum prescribed limits. On vehicles equipped with nominal 12-inch stroke brake cylinders, the brake is not effective if its piston travel exceeds 10
<FR>1/2</FR> inches. 
</P>
<P><I>Brake indicator</I> means a device, actuated by brake cylinder pressure, which indicates whether brakes are applied or released.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, inoperative</I> means a primary brake that, for any reason, no longer applies or releases as intended or is otherwise ineffective.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, on-tread friction</I> means a braking system that uses a brake shoe that acts on the tread of the wheel to retard the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, parking</I> or <I>hand brake</I> means a brake that can be applied and released by hand to prevent movement of a stationary rail car or locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Brake pipe</I> means the system of piping (including branch pipes, angle cocks, cutout cocks, dirt collectors, hoses, and hose couplings) used for connecting locomotives and all rail cars for the passage of air to control the locomotive and car brakes.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, power</I> means “air brake” as that term is defined in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, primary</I> means those components of the train brake system necessary to stop the train within the signal spacing distance without thermal damage to friction braking surfaces.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, secondary</I> means those components of the train brake system which develop supplemental brake retarding force that is not needed to stop the train within signal spacing distances or to prevent thermal damage to friction braking surfaces.
</P>
<P><I>Brake shoes or pads aligned with tread or disc</I> means that the surface of the brake shoe or pad, respectively, engages the surface of the wheel tread or disc, respectively, to prevent localized thermal stress.
</P>
<P><I>Braking system, blended</I> means a braking system where the primary brake and one or more secondary brakes are automatically combined to stop the train. If the secondary brakes are unavailable, the blended brake uses the primary brake alone to stop the train.
</P>
<P><I>By-pass</I> means a device designed to override a function.
</P>
<P><I>Calendar day</I> means a time period running from one midnight to the next midnight on a given date.
</P>
<P><I>Class I brake test</I> means a complete passenger train brake system test and inspection (as further specified in § 238.313) performed by a qualified maintenance person to ensure that the air brake system is 100 percent effective.
</P>
<P><I>Class IA brake test</I> means a test and inspection (as further specified in § 238.315) performed by a qualified person of the air brake system on each car in a passenger train to ensure that the brakes apply and release on each car in the train in response to train line commands.
</P>
<P><I>Class II brake test</I> means a test and inspection (as further specified in § 238.317) performed by a qualified person of brake pipe integrity and continuity from the controlling locomotive to the rear unit of a passenger train.
</P>
<P><I>Collision posts</I> means structural members of the end structures of a vehicle that extend vertically from the underframe to which they are securely attached and that provide protection to occupied compartments from an object penetrating the vehicle during a collision.
</P>
<P><I>Control valves</I> means that part of the air brake equipment on each rail car or locomotive that controls the charging, application, and release of the air brakes, in response to train line commands.
</P>
<P><I>Corner posts</I> means structural members located at the intersection of the front or rear surface with the side surface of a rail vehicle and which extend vertically from the underframe to the roof. Corner posts may be combined with collision posts to become part of the end structure.
</P>
<P><I>Crack</I> means a fracture without complete separation into parts, except that, in a casting, a shrinkage crack or hot tear that does not significantly diminish the strength of the member is not a crack.
</P>
<P><I>Crash energy management</I> means an approach to the design of rail passenger equipment which controls the dissipation of energy during a collision to protect the occupied volumes from crushing and to limit the decelerations on passengers and crewmembers in those volumes. This may be accomplished by designing energy-absorbing structures of low strength in the unoccupied volumes of a rail vehicle or passenger train to collapse in a controlled manner, while providing higher structural strength in the occupied volumes. Energy deflection can also be part of a crash energy management approach. Crash energy management can be used to help provide anti-climbing resistance and to reduce the risk of train buckling during a collision.
</P>
<P><I>Crash refuge</I> means a volume with structural strength designed to maximize the survivability of crewmembers stationed in the locomotive cab during a collision.
</P>
<P><I>Crewmember</I> means a railroad employee called to perform service covered by the Federal hours of service laws at 49 U.S.C. 21103 and subject to the railroad's operating rules and program of operational tests and inspections required in § 217.9 and § 217.11 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Critical buckling</I> stress means the minimum stress necessary to initiate buckling of a structural member.
</P>
<P><I>Door isolation lock</I> means a cutout/lockout mechanism installed at each exterior side door panel to secure a door in the closed and latched position, provide a door-closed indication to the summary circuit, and remove power from the door motor or door motor controls.
</P>
<P><I>Door summary circuit</I> means a trainline door circuit that provides an indication to the controlling cab of the train that all exterior side doors are closed as intended, or locked out with a door isolation lock, or both.
</P>
<P><I>Dual-function window</I> means a window that is intended to serve as both an emergency window exit and a rescue access window and that meets the applicable requirements set forth in both §§ 238.113 and 238.114.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency brake application</I> means an irretrievable brake application resulting in the maximum retarding force available from the train brake system.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency responder</I> means a member of a police or fire department, or other organization involved with public safety charged with providing or coordinating emergency services, who responds to a passenger train emergency.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency window</I> means the segment of a side-facing glazing panel that has been designed to permit rapid and easy removal from inside a passenger car in an emergency situation.
</P>
<P><I>End-</I><I>frame door</I> means an end-facing door normally located between, or adjacent to, the collision posts or similar end-frame structural elements.
</P>
<P><I>End-of-train circuit</I> means a feature typically used to determine the physical end of the train, or the last passenger car in the train, or both, for the door summary circuit.
</P>
<P><I>End structure</I> means the main support structure projecting upward from the underframe of a locomotive, passenger car, or other rail vehicle. The end structure is securely attached to the underframe at each end of a rail vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Exterior side door safety system</I> means a system of safety features that enable the safe operation of the exterior side doors of a passenger car or train. The exterior side door safety system includes appurtenances and components that control, operate, and display the status of the exterior side doors, and is interlocked with the train's traction power control.
</P>
<P><I>50th-percentile adult male</I> means a person weighing 164 pounds (plus or minus 3 pounds) and possessing the following dimensions: erect sitting height: 35.7 inches (plus or minus 0.1 inch); hip breadth (sitting): 14.7 inches (plus or minus 0.7 inch); hip circumference (sitting): 42 inches; waist circumference (sitting): 32 inches (plus or minus 0.6 inch); chest depth: 9.3 inches (plus or minus 0.2 inch); and chest circumference: 37.4 inches (plus or minus 0.6 inch).
</P>
<P><I>Foul</I> means restrict the intended movement of one or more brake system components because the component is snagged, entangled, or twisted.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel tank, external</I> means a fuel containment vessel that extends outside the car body structure of a locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel tank, internal</I> means a fuel containment vessel that does not extend outside the car body structure of a locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Full-height collision post, corner post,</I> or side frame post means any vertical framing member in the rail car body structure that spans the distance between the underframe and the roof at the car body section where the post is located. For collision posts located at the approximate third points laterally of an end frame, the term “full-height” applies to posts that extend and connect to supporting structural members in the roof at the location of the posts, or to a beam connected to the top of the end-frame and supported by the roof rails (or anti-telescoping plate), or to both.
</P>
<P><I>Full service application</I> means a brake application which results in a brake cylinder pressure at the service limiting valve setting or equivalent.
</P>
<P><I>Glazing, end-facing</I> means any exterior glazing located where a line perpendicular to the plane of the glazing material makes a horizontal angle of 50 degrees or less with the centerline of the vehicle in which the glazing material is installed, except for: The coupled ends of multiple-unit (MU) locomotives or other equipment semi-permanently connected to each other in a train consist; and end doors of passenger cars at locations other than the cab end of a cab car or MU locomotive. Any location which, due to curvature of the glazing material, can meet the criteria for either an end-facing glazing location or a side-facing glazing location shall be considered an end-facing glazing location.
</P>
<P><I>Glazing, exterior</I> means a glazing panel that is an integral part of the exterior skin of a rail vehicle and has a surface exposed to the outside environment.
</P>
<P><I>Glazing, side-facing</I> means any glazing located where a line perpendicular to the plane of the glazing material makes a horizontal angle of more than 50 degrees with the centerline of the vehicle in which the glazing material is installed. Side-facing glazing also means glazing located at the coupled ends of MU locomotives or other equipment semi-permanently connected to each other in a train consist and glazing located at end doors other than at the cab end of a cab car or MU locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Handrails</I> means safety appliances installed on either side of a rail vehicle's exterior doors to assist passengers and crewmembers to safely board and depart the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Head end power</I> means power generated on board the locomotive of a passenger train used for purposes other than propelling the train, such as cooking, heating, illumination, ventilation and air conditioning.
</P>
<P><I>In passenger service/in revenue service</I> means a train or passenger equipment that is carrying, or available to carry, passengers. Passengers need not have paid a fare in order for the equipment to be considered in passenger or in revenue service.
</P>
<P><I>In service,</I> when used in connection with passenger equipment, means: 
</P>
<P>(1) Passenger equipment subject to this part that is in passenger or revenue service in the United States; and 
</P>
<P>(2) All other passenger equipment subject to this part in the United States, unless the passenger equipment: 
</P>
<P>(i) Is being handled in accordance with §§ 238.15, 238.17, 238.305(d), or 238.503(f), as applicable; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is in a repair shop or on a repair track; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Is on a storage track and is not carrying passengers; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Has been delivered in interchange but has not been accepted by the receiving railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Intercom</I> means a device through which voice communication is transmitted and received.
</P>
<P><I>Intercom system</I> means a two-way, voice communication system.
</P>
<P><I>Interior fitting</I> means any component in the passenger compartment which is mounted to the floor, ceiling, sidewalls, or end walls and projects into the passenger compartment more than 25 mm (1 in.) from the surface or surfaces to which it is mounted. Interior fittings do not include side and end walls, floors, door pockets, or ceiling lining materials, for example.
</P>
<P><I>Intermediate level</I> means a level of a multi-level passenger car that is used for passenger seating and is normally located between two main levels. An intermediate level normally contains two, separate seating areas, one at each end of the car, and is normally connected to each main level by stairs.
</P>
<P><I>Lateral</I> means the horizontal direction perpendicular to the direction of travel.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive</I> means a piece of on-track rail equipment, other than hi-rail, specialized maintenance, or other similar equipment, which may consist of one or more units operated from a single control stand with one or more propelling motors designed for moving other passenger equipment; with one or more propelling motors designed to transport freight or passenger traffic, or both; or without propelling motors but with one or more control stands. This term does not include a locomotive propelled by steam power unless it is used to haul an intercity or commuter passenger train. Nor does this term include a freight locomotive when used to haul a passenger train due to failure of a passenger locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive cab</I> means the compartment or space on board a locomotive where the control stand is located and which is normally occupied by the engineer when the locomotive is operated.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive, cab car</I> means rail rolling equipment intended to provide transportation for members of the general public that is without propelling motors but equipped with one or more control stands.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive, controlling</I> means the locomotive from which the locomotive engineer exercises control over the train.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive, MU</I> means rail rolling equipment self-propelled by any power source and intended to provide transportation for members of the general public; however, this term does not include an MU locomotive propelled by steam power unless it is used to haul an intercity or commuter passenger train.
</P>
<P><I>Longitudinal</I> means in a direction parallel to the normal direction of travel.
</P>
<P><I>Luminescent material</I> means material that absorbs light energy when ambient levels of light are high and emits this stored energy when ambient levels of light are low, making the material appear to glow in the dark.
</P>
<P><I>L/V ratio</I> means the ratio of the lateral force that any wheel exerts on an individual rail to the vertical force exerted by the same wheel on the rail.
</P>
<P><I>Main level</I> means a level of a passenger car that contains a passenger compartment whose length is equal to or greater than half the length of the car.
</P>
<P><I>MIL-STD-882</I> means a military standard issued by the United States Department of Defense to provide uniform requirements for developing and implementing a system safety plan and program to identify and then eliminate the hazards of a system or reduce the associated risk to an acceptable level.
</P>
<P><I>Mph</I> means miles per hour.
</P>
<P><I>95th-percentile adult male</I> means, except as used in § 238.447(f)(2), a person weighing 215 pounds and possessing the following dimensions: erect sitting height: 38 inches; hip breadth (sitting): 16.5 inches; hip circumference (sitting): 47.2 inches; waist circumference (sitting): 42.5 inches; chest depth: 10.5 inches; and chest circumference 44.5 inches.
</P>
<P><I>No-motion system</I> means a system on a train that detects the motion of the train.
</P>
<P><I>Occupied volume</I> means the volume of a rail vehicle or passenger train where passengers or crewmembers are normally located during service operation, such as the operating cab and passenger seating and sleeping areas. The entire width of a vehicle's end compartment that contains a control stand is an occupied volume. A vestibule is typically not considered occupied, except when it contains a control stand for use as a control cab.
</P>
<P><I>Ordered,</I> as applied to acquisition of equipment, means that the acquiring entity has given a notice to proceed to manufacture the equipment that represents a firm financial commitment to compensate the manufacturer for the contract price of the equipment or for damages if the order is nullified. Equipment is not ordered if future exercise of a contract option is required to place the remanufacturing process in motion.
</P>
<P><I>Override</I> means to climb over the normal coupling or side buffers and linking mechanism and impact the end of the adjoining rail vehicle or unit above the underframe.
</P>
<P><I>PA system</I> (or <I>public address system</I>) means a one-way, voice communication system.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger car</I> means rail rolling equipment intended to provide transportation for members of the general public and includes a self-propelled car designed to carry passengers, baggage, mail, or express. This term includes a passenger coach, cab car, and an MU locomotive. In the context of articulated equipment, “passenger car” means that segment of the rail rolling equipment located between two trucks. This term does not include a private car.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger coach</I> means rail rolling equipment intended to provide transportation for members of the general public that is without propelling motors and without a control stand.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger compartment</I> means an area of a passenger car that consists of a seating area and any vestibule that is connected to the seating area by an open passageway.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger equipment</I>—means
</P>
<P>(1) All powered and unpowered passenger cars, locomotives used to haul a passenger car, and any other rail rolling equipment used in a train with one or more passenger cars. Passenger equipment includes—
</P>
<P>(i) A passenger coach,
</P>
<P>(ii) A cab car,
</P>
<P>(iii) A MU locomotive,
</P>
<P>(iv) A locomotive not intended to provide transportation for a member of the general public that is used to power a passenger train, and
</P>
<P>(v) Any non-self-propelled vehicle used in a passenger train, including an express car, baggage car, mail car, freight car, or a private car.
</P>
<P>(2) In the context of articulated equipment, “passenger equipment” means a segment of rail rolling equipment located between two trucks that is used in a train with one or more passenger cars. This term does not include a freight locomotive when used to haul a passenger train due to failure of a passenger locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger station</I> means a location designated in a railroad's timetable where passengers are regularly scheduled to get on or off any train.
</P>
<P><I>Permanent deformation</I> means the undergoing of a permanent change in shape of a structural member of a rail vehicle.




</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including but not limited to the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.


</P>
<P><I>Piston travel</I> means the amount of linear movement of the air brake hollow rod (or equivalent) or piston rod when forced outward by movement of the piston in the brake cylinder or actuator and limited by the brake shoes being forced against the wheel or disc.
</P>
<P><I>Piston travel indicator</I> means a device directly activated by the movement of the brake cylinder piston, the disc brake actuator, or the tread brake unit cylinder piston that provides an indication of the piston travel. 
</P>
<P><I>Power car</I> means a rail vehicle that propels a Tier II passenger train or is the lead vehicle in a Tier II passenger train, or both.
</P>
<P><I>Pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan</I> means a document, as further specified in § 238.111, prepared by a railroad that explains in detail how pre-revenue service tests of passenger equipment demonstrate that the equipment meets Federal safety standards and the railroad's own safety requirements.
</P>
<P><I>Primary responsibility</I> means the task that a person performs during at least 50 percent of the time that the person is working. The totality of the circumstances will be considered on a case-by-case basis in circumstances where an individual does not spend 50 percent of his or her workday engaged in any one readily identifiable type of activity. Time spent supervising employees engaged in the functions of troubleshooting, inspection, testing, maintenance, or repair of train brake and mechanical components and systems covered by this part shall be considered work which is generally consistent with the function of troubleshooting of such systems and components for the purpose of the definition of this term and the definition of “Qualified Maintenance Person.” 
</P>
<P><I>Private car</I> means rail rolling equipment that is used only for excursion, recreational, or private transportation purposes. A private car is not a passenger car.
</P>
<P><I>Public highway-rail grade crossing</I> means a location where a public highway, road or street, including associated sidewalks or pathways, crosses one or more active railroad tracks at grade.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified maintenance person</I> means a qualified person who has received, as a part of the training, qualification, and designation program required under § 238.109, instruction and training that includes “hands-on” experience (under appropriate supervision or apprenticeship) in one or more of the following functions: troubleshooting, inspection, testing, maintenance, or repair of the specific train brake and other components and systems for which the person is assigned responsibility. This person shall also possess a current understanding of what is required to properly repair and maintain the safety-critical brake or mechanical components for which the person is assigned responsibility. Further, the qualified maintenance person shall be a person whose primary responsibility includes work generally consistent with the above-referenced functions and is designated to:
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct Class I brake tests under this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Conduct exterior calendar day mechanical inspections on MU locomotives or other passenger cars and unpowered vehicles under this part; or
</P>
<P>(3) Determine whether equipment not in compliance with this part may be moved as required by § 238.17.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified person</I> means a person who has received, as a part of the training, qualification, and designation program required under § 238.109, instruction and training necessary to perform one or more functions required under this part. The railroad is responsible for determining that the person has the knowledge and skills necessary to perform the required function for which the person is assigned responsibility. The railroad determines the qualifications and competencies for employees designated to perform various functions in the manner set forth in this part. Although the rule uses the term “qualified person” to describe a person responsible for performing various functions required under this part, a person may be deemed qualified to perform some functions but not qualified to perform other functions. For example, although a person may be deemed qualified to perform the Class II brake test required by this part, that same person may or may not be qualified to perform the Class IA brake test or authorize the movement of defective equipment under this part. The railroad will determine the required functions for which an individual will be deemed a “qualified person” based upon the instruction and training the individual has received pursuant to § 238.109 on a particular function. 
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means any form of nonhighway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways and any entity providing such transportation, including—
</P>
<P>(i) Commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and
</P>
<P>(ii) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads; but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Refresher training</I> means periodic retraining required by a railroad for employees or contractors to remain qualified to perform specific equipment inspection, testing, or maintenance functions.
</P>
<P><I>Repair point</I> means a location designated by a railroad where repairs of the type necessary occur on a regular basis. A repair point has, or should have, the facilities, tools, and personnel qualified to make the necessary repairs. A repair point need not be staffed continuously.
</P>
<P><I>Rescue access window</I> means a side-facing exterior window intended for use by emergency responders to gain access to passengers in an emergency situation.
</P>
<P><I>Respond as intended</I> means to produce the result that a device or system is designed to produce.
</P>
<P><I>Retroreflective material</I> means a material that is capable of reflecting light rays back to the light source and that conforms to the specifications for Type I Sheeting as specified in ASTM International Standard D 4956-07, “Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control.” The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of this standard in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated standard from ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959. You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standard at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Rollover strength</I> means the strength provided to protect the structural integrity of a rail vehicle in the event the vehicle leaves the track and impacts the ground on its side or roof.
</P>
<P><I>Roof rail</I> means the longitudinal structural member at the intersection of the side wall and the roof sheathing.
</P>
<P><I>Running brake test</I> means a test (as further specified in § 238.319) performed by a qualified person of a train system or component while the train is in motion to verify that the system or component functions as intended.
</P>
<P><I>Running gear defect</I> means any condition not in compliance with this part which involves a truck component, a draft system component, a wheel, or a wheel component. 
</P>
<P><I>Safety appliance</I> means an appliance required under 49 U.S.C. chapter 203, excluding power brakes. The term includes automatic couplers, hand brakes, sill steps, handholds, handrails, or ladder treads made of steel or a material of equal or greater mechanical strength used by the traveling public or railroad employees that provide a means for safely coupling, uncoupling, or ascending or descending passenger equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Safety-critical</I> means a component, system, or task that, if not available, defective, not functioning, not functioning correctly, not performed, or not performed correctly, increases the risk of damage to passenger equipment or injury to a passenger, crewmember, or other person.
</P>
<P><I>Seating area</I> means an area of a passenger car that normally contains passenger seating.
</P>
<P><I>Semi-permanently coupled</I> means coupled by means of a drawbar or other coupling mechanism that requires tools to perform the uncoupling operation. Coupling and uncoupling of each semi-permanently coupled unit in a train can be performed safely only while at a maintenance or shop location where personnel can safely get under a unit or between units.
</P>
<P><I>Semi-monocoque</I> means a type of rail vehicle construction where the shell or skin acts as a single unit with the supporting frame to resist and transmit the loads acting on the rail vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Shear strength</I> means the ability of a structural member to resist forces or components of forces acting perpendicular to compression or tension forces, or both, in the member.
</P>
<P><I>Shock absorbent material</I> means material designed to prevent or mitigate injuries due to impact by yielding and absorbing much of the energy of impact.
</P>
<P><I>Side posts</I> means main vertical structural elements in the sides of a rail vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Side sill</I> means that portion of the underframe or side at the bottom of the rail vehicle side wall.
</P>
<P><I>Single car test</I> means a comprehensive test (as further specified in § 238.311) of the functioning of all critical brake system components installed on an individual passenger car or unpowered vehicle, other than a self-propelled passenger car, used or allowed to be used in a passenger train.
</P>
<P><I>Single car test</I> device means a device capable of controlling the application and release of the brakes on an individual passenger car or an unpowered vehicle, other than a self-propelled passenger car, through pneumatic or electrical means.
</P>
<P><I>Skin</I> means the outer covering of a fuel tank and a rail vehicle. The skin may be covered with another coating of material such as fiberglass.
</P>
<P><I>Spall, glazing</I> means small pieces of glazing that fly off the back surface of the glazing when an object strikes the front surface.
</P>
<P><I>Switching service</I> means the classification of freight cars according to commodity or destination; assembling of cars for train movements; changing the position of cars for purposes of loading, unloading, or weighing; placing of locomotives and cars for repair or storage; or moving of rail equipment in connection with work service that does not constitute a train movement.
</P>
<P><I>Telescope</I> means override an adjoining rail vehicle or unit and penetrate into the interior of that adjoining vehicle or unit because of compressive forces.
</P>
<P><I>Terminal</I> means a starting point or ending point of a single scheduled trip for a train, where passengers may get on or off a train. Normally, this location is a point where the train would reverse direction or change destinations.
</P>
<P><I>Tier I</I> means operating at speeds not exceeding 125 mph.
</P>
<P><I>Tier II</I> means operating at speeds exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 160 mph.
</P>
<P><I>Tier III</I> means operating in a shared right-of-way at speeds not exceeding 125 mph and in an exclusive right-of-way without grade crossings at speeds exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 220 mph.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations</I> means railroad operations that carry passengers, often using antiquated equipment, with the conveyance of the passengers to a particular destination not being the principal purpose. Train movements of new passenger equipment for demonstration purposes are not tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations.
</P>
<P><I>Trailer car</I> means a rail vehicle that neither propels a Tier II passenger train nor is the leading unit in a Tier II passenger train. A trailer car is normally without a control stand and is normally occupied by passengers.
</P>
<P><I>Train</I> means a locomotive unit or locomotive units coupled, with or without cars. For the purposes of the provisions of this part related to power brakes, the term “train” does not include such equipment when being used in switching service.
</P>
<P><I>Train brake communication line</I> means the communication link between the locomotive and passenger equipment in a train by which the brake commands are transmitted. This may be a pneumatic pipe, electrical line, or radio signal.
</P>
<P><I>Train, commuter</I> means a passenger train providing commuter service within an urban, suburban, or metropolitan area. The term includes a passenger train provided by an instrumentality of a State or a political subdivision of a State.
</P>
<P><I>Trainline door circuit</I> means a circuit used to convey door signals over the length of a train.
</P>
<P><I>Train, long-distance intercity passenger</I> means a passenger train that provides service between large cities more than 125 miles apart and is not operated exclusively in the National Railroad Passenger Corporation's Northeast Corridor.
</P>
<P><I>Train, passenger</I> means a train that transports or is available to transport members of the general public. If a train is composed of a mixture of passenger and freight equipment, that train is a passenger train for purposes of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Train, short-distance intercity passenger</I> means a passenger train that provides service exclusively on the National Railroad Passenger Corporation's Northeast Corridor or between cities that are not more than 125 miles apart.
</P>
<P><I>Train, Tier II passenger</I> means a short-distance or long-distance intercity passenger train providing service at speeds exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 160 mph.
</P>
<P><I>Trainset, passenger</I> means a passenger train.
</P>
<P><I>Trainset, Tier I alternative passenger</I> means a trainset consisting of Tier I passenger equipment demonstrating alternative crashworthiness and occupant protection performance under the requirements of appendix G to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Trainset, Tier III</I> means an intercity passenger train that provides service in a shared right-of-way at speeds not exceeding 125 mph and in an exclusive right-of-way without grade crossings at speeds exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 220 mph.
</P>
<P><I>Trainset unit</I> means a trainset segment located between connecting arrangements (articulations).
</P>
<P><I>Transverse</I> means in a direction perpendicular to the normal direction of travel.
</P>
<P><I>Ultimate strength</I> means the load at which a structural member fractures or ceases to resist any load.
</P>
<P><I>Uncoupling mechanism</I> means the arrangement for operating the coupler by any means.
</P>
<P><I>Underframe</I> means the lower horizontal support structure of a rail vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Unit</I> means passenger equipment of any type, except a freight locomotive when used to haul a passenger train due to failure of a passenger locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Unoccupied volume</I> means the volume of a rail vehicle or passenger train which does not contain seating and is not normally occupied by passengers or crewmembers.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle, rail</I> means passenger equipment of any type and includes a car, trailer car, locomotive, power car, tender, or similar vehicle. This term does not include a freight locomotive when used to haul a passenger train due to failure of a passenger locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Vestibule</I> means an area of a passenger car that normally does not contain seating, is located adjacent to a side exit door, and is used in passing from a seating area to a side exit door.
</P>
<P><I>Vestibule door</I> means a door separating a seating area from a vestibule. End-frame doors and doors separating sleeping compartments or similar private compartments from a passageway are not vestibule doors.
</P>
<P><I>Witness plate</I> means a thin foil placed behind a piece of glazing undergoing an impact test. Any material spalled or broken from the back side of the glazing will dent or mark the witness plate.
</P>
<P><I>Yard</I> means a system of tracks within defined limits provided for the making up of trains, storing of cars, or other purposes.
</P>
<P><I>Yard air test</I> means a train brake system test conducted using a source of compressed air other than a locomotive.
</P>
<P><I>Yield strength</I> means the ability of a structural member to resist a change in length caused by a heavy load. Exceeding the yield strength may cause permanent deformation of the member.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41305, July 3, 2000; 67 FR 19989, Apr. 23, 2002; 71 FR 36916, June 28, 2006; 71 FR 61857, Oct. 19, 2006; 73 FR 6400, Feb. 1, 2008; 78 FR 71812, Nov. 29, 2013; 80 FR 76146, Dec. 7, 2015; 83 FR 59218, Nov. 21, 2018; 90 FR 28127, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.1.131.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.7   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the Administrator for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. The filing of such a petition does not affect the person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for waiver under this section shall be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions the Administrator deems necessary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.1.131.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.9   Responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad subject to this part shall not—
</P>
<P>(1) Use, haul, permit to be used or hauled on its line, offer in interchange, or accept in interchange any train or passenger equipment, while in service,
</P>
<P>(i) That has one or more conditions not in compliance with a safety appliance or power brake provision of this part; or
</P>
<P>(ii) That has not been inspected and tested as required by a safety appliance or power brake provision of this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) Use, haul, offer in interchange, or accept in interchange any train or passenger equipment, while in service,
</P>
<P>(i) That has one or more conditions not in compliance with a provision of this part, other than the safety appliance and power brake provisions of this part, if the railroad has actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to the violation, or a reasonable person acting in the circumstances and exercising reasonable care would have that knowledge; or
</P>
<P>(ii) That has not been inspected and tested as required by a provision of this part, other than the safety appliance and power brake provisions of this part, if the railroad has actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to the violation, or a reasonable person acting in the circumstances and exercising reasonable care would have that knowledge; or
</P>
<P>(3) Violate any other provision of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this part, passenger equipment will be considered in use prior to departure but after it has received, or should have received, the inspection required under this part for movement and is deemed ready for passenger service.
</P>
<P>(c) Although the duties imposed by this part are generally stated in terms of the duty of a railroad, any person as defined in § 238.5, including a contractor for a railroad, who performs any function covered by this part must perform that function in accordance with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.1.131.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.11   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person, as defined in § 238.5, who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where a grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or a death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 69 FR 30595, May 28, 2004; 72 FR 51198, Sept. 6, 2007; 73 FR 79704, Dec. 30, 2008; 77 FR 24422, Apr. 24, 2012; 81 FR 43112, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16135, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60749, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 23736, May 23, 2019; 84 FR 37075, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1759, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23255, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15869, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1128, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89564, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106297, Dec. 30, 2024; 90 FR 28186, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.1.131.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.13   Preemptive effect.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Under 49 U.S.C. 20106, issuance of these regulations preempts any State law, regulation, or order covering the same subject matter, except an additional or more stringent law, regulation, or order that is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially local safety or security hazard; is not incompatible with a law, regulation, or order of the United States Government; and does not unreasonably burden interstate commerce.
</P>
<P>(b) This part establishes Federal standards of care for railroad passenger equipment. This part does not preempt an action under State law seeking damages for personal injury, death, or property damage alleging that a party has failed to comply with the Federal standard of care established by this part, including a plan or program required by this part. Provisions of a plan or program that exceed the requirements of this part are not included in the Federal standard of care.
</P>
<P>(c) Under 49 U.S.C. 20701-20703 (formerly the Locomotive (Boiler) Inspection Act), the field of locomotive safety is preempted, extending to the design, the construction, and the material of every part of the locomotive and tender and all appurtenances thereof. To the extent that the regulations in this part establish requirements affecting locomotive safety, the scope of preemption is provided by 49 U.S.C. 20701-20703.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 1227, Jan. 8, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.1.131.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.15   Movement of passenger equipment with power brake defects.</HEAD>
<P>Beginning on January 1, 2002, the following provisions of this section apply to railroads operating Tier I passenger equipment covered by this part. A railroad may request earlier application of these requirements upon written notification to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety as provided in § 238.1(c) of this part.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This section contains the requirements for moving passenger equipment with a power brake defect without liability for a civil penalty under this part. Railroads remain liable for the movement of passenger equipment under 49 U.S.C. 20303(c). For purposes of this section, § 238.17, and § 238.503, a “power brake defect” is a condition of a power brake component, or other primary brake component, that does not conform with this part. (Passenger cars and other passenger equipment classified as locomotives under part 229 of this chapter are also covered by the movement restrictions contained in § 229.9 of this chapter for those defective conditions covered by part 229 of this chapter.)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limitations on movement of passenger equipment containing a power brake defect at the time a Class I or IA brake test is performed.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section (which addresses brakes that become defective en route after a Class I or IA brake test was performed), a commuter or passenger train that has in its consist passenger equipment containing a power brake defect at the time that a Class I or IA brake test (or, for Tier II trains, the equivalent) is performed may only be moved, without civil penalty liability under this part—
</P>
<P>(1) If all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The train is moved for purposes of repair, without passengers;
</P>
<P>(ii) The applicable operating restrictions in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section are observed; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The passenger equipment is tagged, or information is recorded, as prescribed in paragraph (c)(2) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the train is moved for purposes of scrapping or sale of the passenger equipment that has the power brake defect and all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The train is moved without passengers;
</P>
<P>(ii) The movement is at a speed of 15 mph or less; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The movement conforms with the railroad's air brake or power brake instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limitations on movement of passenger equipment in passenger service that becomes defective en route after a Class I or IA brake test.</I> Passenger equipment hauled or used in service in a commuter or passenger train that develops inoperative or ineffective power brakes or any other power brake defect while en route to another location after receiving a Class I or IA brake test (or, for Tier II trains, the equivalent) may be hauled or used by a railroad for repair, without civil penalty liability under this part, if the applicable operating restrictions set forth in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section are complied with and all of the following requisites are satisfied: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>En route defect.</I> At the time of the train's Class I or IA brake test, the passenger equipment in the train was properly equipped with power brakes that comply with this part. The power brakes on the passenger equipment become defective while it is en route to another location.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Record.</I> A tag or card is placed on both sides of the defective passenger equipment, or an automated tracking system is provided, with the following information about the defective passenger equipment: 
</P>
<P>(i) The reporting mark and car or locomotive number;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the inspecting railroad;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name of the inspector;
</P>
<P>(iv) The inspection location and date;
</P>
<P>(v) The nature of each defect;
</P>
<P>(vi) The destination of the equipment where it will be repaired; and
</P>
<P>(vii) The signature, if possible, and job title of the person reporting the defective condition.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Automated tracking system.</I> Automated tracking systems used to meet the tagging requirements contained in paragraph (c)(2) of this section may be reviewed and monitored by FRA at any time to ensure the integrity of the system. FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety may prohibit or revoke a railroad's ability to utilize an automated tracking system in lieu of tagging if FRA finds that the automated tracking system is not properly secure, is inaccessible to FRA or a railroad's employees, or fails to adequately track or monitor the movement of defective equipment. Such a determination will be made in writing and will state the basis for such action.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Conditional requirement.</I> In addition, if an en route failure causes power brakes to be cut out or renders the brake inoperative on passenger equipment, the railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Determine the percentage of operative power brakes in the train based on the number of brakes known to be cut out or otherwise inoperative, using the formula specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Notify the person responsible for the movement of trains of the percent of operative brakes and movement restrictions on the train imposed by paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) Notify the mechanical department of the failure; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Confirm the percentage of operative brakes by a walking inspection at the next location where the railroad reasonably judges that it is safe to do so.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Operating restrictions based on percent operative power brakes in train</I>—(1) <I>Computation of percent operative power brakes.</I> (i) Except as specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this section, the percentage of operative power brakes in a train shall be determined by dividing the number of axles in the train with operative power brakes by the total number of axles in the train.
</P>
<P>(ii) For trains equipped with only tread brake units (TBUs), the percentage of operative power brakes shall be determined by dividing the number of operative TBUs by the total number of TBUs in the train. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Each cut-out axle on a locomotive that weighs more than 200,000 pounds shall be counted as two cut-out axles for the purposes of calculating the percentage of operative brakes. Unless otherwise specified by the railroad, the friction braking effort over all other axles shall be considered uniform.
</P>
<P>(iv) The following brake conditions not in compliance with this part do not render power brakes inoperative for purposes of this calculation: 
</P>
<P>(A) Failure or cutting out of secondary brake systems;
</P>
<P>(B) Inoperative or otherwise defective handbrakes or parking brakes;
</P>
<P>(C) Piston travel that is in excess of the Class I brake test limits required in § 238.313 but that does not exceed the maximum prescribed limits for considering the brakes to be effective; and
</P>
<P>(D) Power brakes overdue for inspection, testing, maintenance, or stenciling under this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>All passenger trains developing 50-74 percent operative power brakes.</I> A passenger train that develops inoperative power brake equipment resulting in at least 50 percent but less than 75 percent operative power brakes may be used only as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The train may be moved in passenger service only to the next forward passenger station;
</P>
<P>(ii) The speed of the train shall be restricted to 20 mph or less; and
</P>
<P>(iii) After all passengers are discharged, the defective equipment shall be moved to the nearest location where the necessary repairs can be made.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Commuter, short-distance intercity, and short-distance Tier II passenger trains developing 75-99 percent operative power brakes.</I> (i) <I>75-84 percent operative brakes.</I> Commuter, short-distance intercity, and short-distance Tier II passenger trains which develop inoperative power brake equipment resulting in at least 75 percent but less than 85 percent operative brakes may be used only as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) The train may be moved in passenger service only to the next forward location where the necessary repairs can be made; however, if the next forward location where the necessary repairs can be made does not have the facilities to handle the safe unloading of passengers, the train may be moved past the repair location in service only to the next forward passenger station in order to facilitate the unloading of passengers; and
</P>
<P>(B) The speed of the train shall be restricted to 50 percent of the train's maximum allowable speed or 40 mph, whichever is less; and
</P>
<P>(C) After all passengers are discharged, the defective equipment shall be moved to the nearest location where the necessary repairs can be made.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>85-99 percent operative brakes.</I> Commuter, short-distance intercity, and short-distance Tier II passenger trains which develop inoperative power brake equipment resulting in at least 85 percent but less than 100 percent operative brakes may only be used as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) The train may be moved in passenger service only to the next forward location where the necessary repairs can be made; however, if the next forward location where the necessary repairs can be made does not have the facilities to handle the safe unloading of passengers, the train may be moved past the repair location in service only to the next forward passenger station in order to facilitate the unloading of passengers; and
</P>
<P>(B) After all passengers are discharged, the defective equipment shall be moved to the nearest location where the necessary repairs can be made.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Long-distance intercity and long-distance Tier II passenger trains developing 75-99 operative power brakes.</I> (i) <I>75-84 percent operative brakes.</I> Long-distance intercity and long-distance Tier II passenger trains which develop inoperative power brake equipment resulting in at least 75 percent but less than 85 percent operative brakes may be used only if all of the following restrictions are observed:
</P>
<P>(A) The train may be moved in passenger service only to the next forward repair location identified for repair of that equipment by the railroad operating the equipment in the list required by § 238.19(d); however, if the next forward repair location does not have the facilities to handle the safe unloading of passengers, the train may be moved past the designated repair location in service only to the next forward passenger station in order to facilitate the unloading of passengers; and
</P>
<P>(B) The speed of the train shall be restricted to 50 percent of the train's maximum allowable speed or 40 mph, whichever is less; and
</P>
<P>(C) After all passengers are discharged, the defective equipment shall be moved to the nearest location where the necessary repairs can be made.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>85-99 percent operative brakes.</I> Long-distance intercity and long-distance Tier II passenger trains which develop inoperative power brake equipment resulting in at least 85 percent but less than 100 percent operative brakes may be used only if all of the following restrictions are observed:
</P>
<P>(A) The train may be moved in passenger service only to the next forward repair location identified for repair of that equipment by the railroad operating the equipment in the list required by § 238.19(d); however, if the next forward repair location does not have the facilities to handle the safe unloading of passengers, the train may be moved past the designated repair location in service only to the next forward passenger station in order to facilitate the unloading of passengers; and
</P>
<P>(B) After all passengers are discharged, the defective equipment shall be moved to the nearest location where the necessary repairs can be made.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Operating restrictions on passenger trains with inoperative power brakes on the front or rear unit.</I> If the power brakes on the front or rear unit in any passenger train are completely inoperative the following shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) If the handbrake is located inside the interior of the car:
</P>
<P>(i) A qualified person shall be stationed at the handbrake on the unit;
</P>
<P>(ii) The car shall be locked-out and empty except for the railroad employee manning the handbrake; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Appropriate speed restrictions shall be placed on the train by a qualified person;
</P>
<P>(2) If the handbrake is located outside the interior of the car or is inaccessible to a qualified person: 
</P>
<P>(i) The car shall be locked-out and empty; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The speed of the train shall be restricted to 20 mph or less; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The car shall be removed from the train or repositioned in the train at the first location where it is possible to do so.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Special Notice for Repair.</I> Nothing in this section authorizes the movement of passenger equipment subject to a Special Notice for Repair under part 216 of this chapter unless the movement is made in accordance with the restrictions contained in the Special Notice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41306, July 3, 2000; 67 FR 19990, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.1.131.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.17   Movement of passenger equipment with other than power brake defects.</HEAD>
<P>Beginning on January 1, 2002, the following provisions of this section apply to railroads operating Tier I passenger equipment covered by this part. A railroad may request earlier application of these requirements upon written notification to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety as provided in § 238.1(c) of this part.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This section contains the requirements for moving passenger equipment with other than a power brake defect. (Passenger cars and other passenger equipment classified as locomotives under part 229 of this chapter are also covered by the movement restrictions contained in § 229.9 of this chapter for those defective conditions covered by part 229 of this chapter.)
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limitations on movement of passenger equipment containing defects found at time of calendar day inspection.</I> Except as provided in §§ 238.303(e)(15), (e)(17) and (e)(18), 238.305(c) and (d), and 238.307(c)(1), passenger equipment containing a condition not in conformity with this part at the time of its calendar day mechanical inspection may be moved from that location for repair if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(1) If the condition involves a running gear defect, the defective equipment is not used in passenger service and is moved in a non-revenue train;
</P>
<P>(2) If the condition involves a non-running gear defect, the defective equipment may be used in passenger service in a revenue train provided that a qualified maintenance person determines that it is safe to do so, and if so, the car is locked out and empty, and all movement restrictions are observed except that the car may be occupied by a member of the train crew or a railroad employee to the extent necessary to safely operate the train;
</P>
<P>(3) The requirements of paragraphs (c)(3) and (c)(4) of this section are met; and
</P>
<P>(4) The special requirements of paragraph (e) of this section, if applicable, are met.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limitations on movement of passenger equipment that develops defects en route.</I> Except as provided in §§ 238.303(e)(15), (e)(17) and (e)(18), 238.305(c), 238.307(c)(1), and 238.503(f), passenger equipment that develops en route to its destination, after its calendar day mechanical inspection is performed and before its next calendar day mechanical inspection is performed, any condition not in compliance with this part, other than a power brake defect, may be moved only if the railroad complies with all of the following requirements or, if applicable, the specified requirements in paragraph (e) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to movement of equipment with a potential running gear defect, a qualified maintenance person shall determine if it is safe to move the equipment in passenger service and, if so, the maximum speed and other restrictions necessary for safely conducting the movement. If appropriate, these determinations may be made based upon a description of the defective condition provided by a crewmember. If the determinations required by this paragraph are made by an off-site qualified maintenance person based on a description of the defective condition by on-site personnel, then a qualified maintenance person shall perform a physical inspection of the defective equipment, at the first location possible, to verify the description of the defect provided by the on-site personnel.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to movement of equipment with a non-running gear defect, a qualified person or a qualified maintenance person shall determine if it is safe to move the equipment in passenger service and, if so, the maximum speed and other restrictions necessary for safely conducting the movement. If appropriate, these determinations may be made based upon a description of the defective condition provided by the on-site personnel.
</P>
<P>(3) Prior to movement of any defective equipment, the qualified person or qualified maintenance person shall notify the crewmember in charge of the movement of the defective equipment, who in turn shall inform all other crewmembers of the presence of the defective condition(s) and the maximum speed and other restrictions determined under paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section. The movement shall be made in conformance with such restrictions.
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad shall maintain a record of all defects reported and their subsequent repair in the defect tracking system required in § 238.19. In addition, prior to movement of the defective equipment, a tag or card placed on both sides of the defective equipment, or an automated tracking system, shall record the following information about the defective equipment:
</P>
<P>(i) The reporting mark and car or locomotive number;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the inspecting railroad;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name of the inspector, inspection location, and date;
</P>
<P>(iv) The nature of each defect;
</P>
<P>(v) Movement restrictions and safety restrictions, if any;
</P>
<P>(vi) The destination of the equipment where it will be repaired; and
</P>
<P>(vii) The signature, if possible, as well as the job title and location of the person making the determinations required by this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Automated tracking system.</I> Automated tracking systems used to meet the tagging requirements contained in paragraph (c)(4) of this section may be reviewed and monitored by FRA at any time to ensure the integrity of the system. FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety may prohibit or revoke a railroad's ability to utilize an automated tracking system in lieu of tagging if FRA finds that the automated tracking system is not properly secure, is inaccessible to FRA or a railroad's employees, or fails to adequately track or monitor the movement of defective equipment. Such a determination will be made in writing and will state the basis for such action.
</P>
<P>(6) After a qualified maintenance person or a qualified person verifies that the defective equipment is safe to remain in service as required in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section, the defective equipment that develops a condition not in compliance with this part while en route may continue in passenger service not later than the next calendar day mechanical inspection, if the requirements of this paragraph are otherwise fully met.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Inspection of roller bearings on equipment involved in a derailment.</I> (1) A railroad shall not continue passenger equipment in service that has a roller bearing whose truck was involved in a derailment unless the bearing has been inspected and tested in accordance with the railroad's procedures for handling defective equipment. 
</P>
<P>(2) The roller bearing shall be disassembled from the axle and inspected internally if:
</P>
<P>(i) It shows any external sign of damage;
</P>
<P>(ii) It makes any unusual noise when its wheel set is spun freely (an on-track rolling test is acceptable) or when the bearing is manually rotated; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Its truck was involved in a derailment at a speed of more than 10 miles per hour; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Its truck was dragged on the ground for more than 100 feet. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special requisites for movement of passenger equipment with safety appliance defects.</I> Consistent with 49 U.S.C. 20303, passenger equipment with a safety appliance not in compliance with this part or with part 231 of this chapter, if applicable, may be moved—
</P>
<P>(1) If necessary to effect repair of the safety appliance;
</P>
<P>(2) From the point where the safety appliance defect was first discovered by the railroad to the nearest available location on the railroad where the necessary repairs required to bring the passenger equipment into compliance can be made or, at the option of the receiving railroad, the equipment may be received and hauled for repair to a point on the receiving railroad's line that is no farther than the point on the delivering railroad's line where the repair of the defect could have been made;
</P>
<P>(3) If a tag placed on both sides of the passenger equipment or an automated tracking system contains the information required under paragraph (c)(4) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(4) After notification of the crewmember in charge of the movement of the defective equipment, who in turn shall inform all other crewmembers of the presence of the defective condition(s).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Special Notice for Repair.</I> Nothing in this section authorizes the movement of equipment subject to a Special Notice for Repair under part 216 of this chapter unless the movement is made in accordance with the restrictions contained in the Special Notice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41306, July 3, 2000; 71 FR 61857, Oct. 19, 2006; 73 FR 6400, Feb. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.1.131.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.19   Reporting and tracking of repairs to defective passenger equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Beginning on January 1, 2002, each railroad shall have in place a reporting and tracking system for passenger equipment with a defect not in conformance with this part. A railroad may request earlier application of these requirements upon written notification to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety as provided in § 238.1(c) of this part. The reporting and tracking system shall record the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The identification number of the defective equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) The date the defect was discovered; 
</P>
<P>(3) The nature of the defect;
</P>
<P>(4) The determination made by a qualified person or qualified maintenance person on whether the equipment is safe to run;
</P>
<P>(5) The name of the qualified person or qualified maintenance person making such a determination;
</P>
<P>(6) Any operating restrictions placed on the equipment; and
</P>
<P>(7) Repairs made and the date that they were made.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Retention of records.</I> At a minimum, each railroad shall keep the records described in paragraph (a) of this section for one periodic maintenance interval for each specific type of equipment as described in the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance plan required by § 238.107. FRA strongly encourages railroads to keep these records for longer periods of time because they form the basis for future reliability-based decisions concerning test and maintenance intervals that may be developed pursuant to § 238.307(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Availability of records.</I> Railroads shall make defect reporting and tracking records available to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>List of power brake repair points.</I> Railroads operating long-distance intercity and long-distance Tier II passenger equipment shall designate locations, in writing, where repairs to passenger equipment with a power brake defect will be made and shall provide the list to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety and make it available to FRA for inspection and copying upon request. Railroads operating these trains shall designate a sufficient number of repair locations to ensure the safe and timely repair of passenger equipment. These designations shall not be changed without at least 30 days' advance written notice to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41306, July 3, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.1.131.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.21   Special approval procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The following procedures govern consideration and action upon requests for special approval of alternative standards under § 238.103, § 238.223, § 238.229, § 238.309, § 238.311, § 238.405, or § 238.427; for approval of alternative compliance under § 238.201, § 238.229, or § 238.230; and for special approval of pre-revenue service acceptance testing plans as required by § 238.111. (Requests for approval of programs for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of Tier II passenger equipment are governed by § 238.505.) 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Petitions for special approval of alternative standard.</I> Each petition for special approval of an alternative standard shall contain—
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, email address, and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the petition;
</P>
<P>(2) The alternative proposed, in detail, to be substituted for the particular requirements of this part;
</P>
<P>(3) Appropriate data or analysis, or both, establishing that the alternative will provide at least an equivalent level of safety; and
</P>
<P>(4) A statement affirming that the railroad has served a copy of the petition on designated representatives of its employees, together with a list of the names and addresses of the persons served.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Petitions for special approval of alternative compliance.</I> Each petition for special approval of alternative compliance shall contain—
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, email address, and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with regard to the petition;
</P>
<P>(2) The elements prescribed in §§ 238.201(b)(1), 238.229(j)(2), and 238.230(d); and
</P>
<P>(3) A statement affirming that the railroad has served a copy of the petition on designated representatives of its employees, together with a list of the names and addresses of the persons served.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Petitions for special approval of pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan.</I> (1) Each petition for special approval of a pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan shall contain—
</P>
<P>(i) The name, title, address, email address, and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the petition; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The elements prescribed in § 238.111.
</P>
<P>(2) Each petition for special approval of the pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan shall be submitted to the Associate Administrator, Federal Railroad Administration, via email to <I>FRAwaivers@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Federal Register notice.</I> FRA will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning each petition under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Comment.</I> Not later than 30 days from the date of publication of the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning a petition under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, any person may comment on the petition.
</P>
<P>(1) Each comment shall set forth specifically the basis upon which it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the commenter in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) Each comment shall be submitted to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, and shall contain the assigned docket number for that proceeding. The form of such submission may be in written or electronic form consistent with the standards and requirements established by the Federal Docket Management System and posted on its web site at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Disposition of petitions.</I> (1) FRA will conduct a hearing on a petition in accordance with the procedures provided in § 211.25 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) If FRA finds that the petition complies with the requirements of this section or that the proposed plan is acceptable or changes are justified, or both, the petition will be granted, normally within 90 days of its receipt. If the petition is neither granted nor denied within 90 days, the petition remains pending for decision. FRA may attach special conditions to the approval of the petition. Following the approval of a petition, FRA may reopen consideration of the petition for cause stated.
</P>
<P>(3) If FRA finds that the petition does not comply with the requirements of this section, or that the proposed plan is not acceptable or that the proposed changes are not justified, or both, the petition will be denied, normally within 90 days of its receipt.
</P>
<P>(4) When FRA grants or denies a petition, or reopens consideration of the petition, written notice is sent to the petitioner and other interested parties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 70196, Dec. 16, 1999; 71 FR 61858, Oct. 19, 2006; 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009; 83 FR 59218, Nov. 21, 2018; 90 FR 28187, July 1, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Safety Planning and General Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.101   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains safety planning and general safety requirements for all railroad passenger equipment subject to this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.103   Fire safety.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Materials.</I> (1) Materials used in constructing a passenger car or a cab of a locomotive ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, shall meet the test performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission characteristics as specified in appendix B to this part, or alternative standards issued or recognized by an expert consensus organization after special approval of FRA under § 238.21.
</P>
<P>(2) On or after November 8, 1999, materials introduced in a passenger car or a locomotive cab, as part of any kind of rebuild, refurbishment, or overhaul of the car or cab, shall meet the test performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission characteristics as specified in appendix B to this part, or alternative standards issued or recognized by an expert consensus organization after special approval of FRA under § 238.21.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of complying with the requirements of this paragraph, a railroad may rely on the results of tests of material conducted in accordance with the standards and performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission characteristics as specified in appendix B to this part in effect on July 12, 1999 (<I>see</I> 49 CFR parts 200-399, revised as of October 1, 1999), if prior to June 25, 2002 the material is—
</P>
<P>(i) Installed in a passenger car or locomotive; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Held in inventory by the railroad; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Ordered by the railroad. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Certification.</I> A railroad shall require certification that a representative sample of combustible materials to be—
</P>
<P>(1) Used in constructing a passenger car or a locomotive cab, or
</P>
<P>(2) Introduced in a passenger car or a locomotive cab, as part of any kind of rebuild, refurbishment, or overhaul of the car or cab, has been tested by a recognized independent testing laboratory and that the results show the representative sample complies with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section at the time it was tested.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fire safety analysis for procuring new passenger cars and locomotives.</I> In procuring new passenger cars and locomotives, each railroad shall ensure that fire safety considerations and features in the design of this equipment reduce the risk of personal injury caused by fire to an acceptable level in its operating environment using a formal safety methodology such as MIL-STD-882. To this end, each railroad shall complete a written fire safety analysis for the passenger equipment being procured. In conducting the analysis, the railroad shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Identify, analyze, and prioritize the fire hazards inherent in the design of the equipment. 
</P>
<P>(2) Take effective steps to design the equipment and select materials which help provide sufficient fire resistance to reasonably ensure adequate time to detect a fire and safely evacuate the passengers and crewmembers, if a fire cannot be prevented. Factors to consider include potential ignition sources; the type, quantity, and location of the materials; and availability of rapid and safe egress to the exterior of the equipment under conditions secure from fire, smoke, and other hazards. 
</P>
<P>(3) Reasonably ensure that a ventilation system in the equipment does not contribute to the lethality of a fire.
</P>
<P>(4) Identify in writing any train component that is a risk of initiating fire and which requires overheat protection. An overheat detector shall be installed in any component when the analysis determines that an overheat detector is necessary.
</P>
<P>(5) Identify in writing any unoccupied train compartment that contains equipment or material that poses a fire hazard, and analyze the benefit provided by including a fire or smoke detection system in each compartment so identified. A fire or smoke detector shall be installed in any unoccupied compartment when the analysis determines that such equipment is necessary to ensure sufficient time for the safe evacuation of passengers and crewmembers from the train. For purposes of this section, an unoccupied train compartment means any part of the equipment structure that is not normally occupied during operation of the train, including a closet, baggage compartment, food pantry, etc.
</P>
<P>(6) Determine whether any occupied or unoccupied space requires a portable fire extinguisher and, if so, the proper type and size of the fire extinguisher for each location. As required by § 239.101 of this chapter, each passenger car is required to have a minimum of one portable fire extinguisher. If the analysis performed indicates that one or more additional portable fire extinguishers are needed, such shall be installed.
</P>
<P>(7) On a case-by-case basis, analyze the benefit provided by including a fixed, automatic fire-suppression system in any unoccupied train compartment that contains equipment or material that poses a fire hazard, and determine the proper type and size of the automatic fire-suppression system for each such location. A fixed, automatic fire-suppression system shall be installed in any unoccupied compartment when the analysis determines that such equipment is practical and necessary to ensure sufficient time for the safe evacuation of passengers and crewmembers from the train. 
</P>
<P>(8) Explain how safety issues are resolved in the design of the equipment and selection of materials to reduce the risk of each fire hazard. 
</P>
<P>(9) Describe the analysis and testing necessary to demonstrate that the fire protection approach taken in the design of the equipment and selection of materials meets the fire protection requirements of this part. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Fire safety analysis for existing passenger cars and locomotives.</I> (1) Not later than January 10, 2001, each passenger railroad shall complete a preliminary fire safety analysis for each category of existing passenger cars and locomotives and rail service. 
</P>
<P>(2) Not later than July 10, 2001, each such railroad shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Complete a final fire safety analysis for any category of existing passenger cars and locomotives and rail service evaluated during the preliminary fire safety analysis as likely presenting an unacceptable risk of personal injury. In conducting the analysis, the railroad shall consider the extent to which materials comply with the test performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission characteristics as specified in Appendix B to this part or alternative standards approved by FRA under this part. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Take remedial action to reduce the risk of personal injuries to an acceptable level in any such category, if the railroad finds the risk to be unacceptable. In considering remedial action, a railroad is not required to replace material found not to comply with the test performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission characteristics required by this part, if:
</P>
<P>(A) The risk of personal injuries from the material is negligible based on the railroad's operating environment and the material's size, or location, or both; or
</P>
<P>(B) The railroad takes alternative action which reduces the risk of personal injuries to an acceptable level.
</P>
<P>(3) Not later than July 10, 2003, each such railroad shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Complete a final fire safety analysis for all categories of existing passenger cars and locomotives and rail service. In completing this analysis, the railroad shall, as far as practicable, determine the extent to which remaining materials comply with the test performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission characteristics as specified in Appendix B to this part or alternative standards approved by FRA under this part. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Take remedial action to reduce the risk of personal injuries to an acceptable level in any such category, if the railroad finds the risk to be unacceptable. In considering remedial action, a railroad is not required to replace material found not to comply with the test performance criteria for flammability and smoke emission characteristics required by this part, if:
</P>
<P>(A) The risk of personal injuries from the material is negligible based on the railroad's operating environment and the material's size, or location, or both; or
</P>
<P>(B) The railroad takes alternative action which reduces the risk of personal injuries to an acceptable level.
</P>
<P>(4) Where possible prior to transferring existing passenger cars and locomotives to a new category of rail service, but in no case more than 90 days following such a transfer, the passenger railroad shall complete a new fire safety analysis taking into consideration the change in railroad operations and shall effect prompt action to reduce any identified risk to an acceptable level. 
</P>
<P>(5) As used in this paragraph, a “category of existing passenger cars and locomotives and rail service” shall be determined by the railroad based on relevant fire safety risks, including available ignition sources, presence or absence of heat/smoke detection systems, known variations from the required material test performance criteria or alternative standards approved by FRA, and availability of rapid and safe egress to the exterior of the vehicle under conditions secure from fire, smoke, and other hazards. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inspection, testing, and maintenance.</I> Each railroad shall develop and adopt written procedures for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of all fire safety systems and fire safety equipment on the passenger equipment it operates. The railroad shall comply with those procedures that it designates as mandatory for the safety of the equipment and its occupants.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 42909, June 25, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.105   Train electronic hardware and software safety.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements of this section apply to electronic hardware and software used to control or monitor safety functions in passenger equipment ordered on or after September 8, 2000, and such components implemented or materially modified in new or existing passenger equipment on or after September 9, 2002. 
</P>
<P>(a) The railroad shall develop and maintain a written hardware and software safety program to guide the design, development, testing, integration, and verification of software and hardware that controls or monitors equipment safety functions. 
</P>
<P>(b) The hardware and software safety program shall be based on a formal safety methodology that includes a Failure Modes, Effects, Criticality Analysis (FMECA); verification and validation testing for all hardware and software components and their interfaces; and comprehensive hardware and software integration testing to ensure that the hardware and software system functions as intended. 
</P>
<P>(c) The hardware and software safety program shall include a description of how the following will be accomplished, achieved, carried out, or implemented to ensure safety and reliability: 
</P>
<P>(1) The hardware and software design process; 
</P>
<P>(2) The hardware and software design documentation; 
</P>
<P>(3) The hardware and software hazard analysis; 
</P>
<P>(4) Hardware and software safety reviews; 
</P>
<P>(5) Hardware and software hazard monitoring and tracking; 
</P>
<P>(6) Hardware and software integration safety testing; and 
</P>
<P>(7) Demonstration of overall hardware and software system safety as part of the pre-revenue service testing of the equipment. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Hardware and software that controls or monitors a train's primary braking system shall either:
</P>
<P>(i) Fail safely by initiating a full service or emergency brake application in the event of a hardware or software failure that could impair the ability of the engineer to apply or release the brakes; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide the engineer access to direct manual control of the primary braking system (service or emergency braking).
</P>
<P>(2) Hardware and software that controls or monitors the ability to shut down a train's main power and fuel intake system shall either: 
</P>
<P>(i) Fail safely by shutting down the main power and cutting off the intake of fuel in the event of a hardware or software failure that could impair the ability of the train crew to command that electronic function; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The ability to shut down the main power and fuel intake by non-electronic means shall be provided to the train crew. 
</P>
<P>(e) The railroad shall comply with the elements of its hardware and software safety program that affect the safety of the passenger equipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 19990, Apr. 23, 2002, as amended at 77 FR 21356, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.107   Inspection, testing, and maintenance plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Beginning on January 1, 2002, the following provisions of this section apply to railroads operating Tier I passenger equipment covered by this part. A railroad may request earlier application of these requirements upon written notification to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety as provided in § 238.1(c).
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad shall develop, and provide to FRA upon request, a detailed inspection, testing, and maintenance plan consistent with the requirements of this part. This plan shall include a detailed description of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Inspection procedures, intervals, and criteria;
</P>
<P>(2) Test procedures and intervals;
</P>
<P>(3) Scheduled preventive maintenance intervals;
</P>
<P>(4) Maintenance procedures; and
</P>
<P>(5) Special testing equipment or measuring devices required to perform inspections and tests.
</P>
<P>(c) The inspection, testing, and maintenance plan required by this section is not intended to address and should not include procedures to address employee working conditions that arise in the course of conducting the inspections, tests, and maintenance set forth in the plan. When requesting a copy of the railroad's plan, FRA does not intend to review any portion of the plan that relates to employee working conditions.
</P>
<P>(d) The inspection, testing, and maintenance plan required by this section shall be reviewed by the railroad annually.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41307, July 3, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.109   Training, qualification, and designation program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Beginning on January 1, 2002, each railroad shall have adopted a training, qualification, and designation program for employees and contractors that perform any of the inspections, tests, or maintenance required by this part, and shall have trained such employees and contractors in accordance with the program. A railroad may request earlier application of these requirements upon written notification to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety as provided in § 238.1(c). For purposes of this section, a “contractor” is defined as a person under contract with the railroad or an employee of a person under contract with the railroad to perform any of the tasks required by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) As part of this program, the railroad shall, at a minimum: 
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the tasks related to the inspection, testing, and maintenance required by this part that must be performed on each type of equipment that the railroad operates; 
</P>
<P>(2) Develop written procedures for the performance of the tasks identified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(3) Identify the skills and knowledge necessary to perform each task identified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(4) Adopt a training curriculum that includes classroom and “hands-on” lessons designed to impart the skills and knowledge identified as necessary to perform each task identified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The training curriculum shall specifically address the Federal regulatory requirements contained in this part that are related to the performance of the tasks identified; 
</P>
<P>(5) Require all employees and contractors to successfully complete the training course that covers the equipment and tasks for which they are responsible that are required by this part as well as the specific Federal regulatory requirements contained in this part related to equipment and tasks for which they are responsible; 
</P>
<P>(6) Require all employees and contractors to pass either a written or an oral examination covering the equipment and tasks for which they are responsible that are required by this part as well as the specific Federal regulatory requirements contained in this part related to equipment and tasks for which they are responsible;
</P>
<P>(7) Require all employees and contractors to individually demonstrate “hands-on” capability to successfully perform the tasks required by this part that must be performed as part of their duties on the type equipment to which they are assigned; 
</P>
<P>(8) Require supervisors to complete the program that covers the employees whom they supervise, including refresher training;
</P>
<P>(9) Require supervisors to exercise oversight to ensure that all the identified tasks are performed in accordance with the railroad's written procedures;
</P>
<P>(10) Designate in writing that each employee and contractor has the knowledge and skills necessary to perform the safety-related tasks that are part of his or her job;
</P>
<P>(11) Require periodic refresher training, at an interval not to exceed three years, that includes classroom and “hands-on” training, as well as testing; except, employees and contractors that have completed their initial training under this part prior to January 1, 2002, shall not be required to complete their first periodic refresher training until four years after the completion of their initial training, and every three years thereafter; 
</P>
<P>(12) Add new equipment to the qualification and designation program prior to its introduction to revenue service; and
</P>
<P>(13) Maintain records adequate to demonstrate that each employee and contractor performing safety-related tasks on passenger equipment is currently qualified to do so. These records shall be adequate to distinguish the qualifications of the employee or contractor as a qualified person or as a qualified maintenance person.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41307, July 3, 2000; 67 FR 19990, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.111   Pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Passenger equipment that has previously been used in revenue service in the United States.</I> For passenger equipment that has previously been used in revenue service in the United States, each railroad shall test the equipment on its system prior to placing such equipment in revenue service for the first time on its railroad to ensure the compatibility of the equipment with the railroad's operating system (including the track, and signal system). A description of such testing shall be retained by the railroad and made available to FRA for inspection and copying upon request. For purposes of this paragraph, passenger equipment that has previously been used in revenue service in the United States means:
</P>
<P>(1) The actual equipment used in such service;
</P>
<P>(2) Equipment manufactured identically to that actual equipment; and
</P>
<P>(3) Equipment manufactured similarly to that actual equipment with no material differences in safety-critical components or systems.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Passenger equipment that has not been used in revenue service in the United States.</I> Before using passenger equipment for the first time on its system that has not been used in revenue service in the United States, each railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Prepare a pre-revenue service acceptance testing plan for the equipment which contains the following elements:
</P>
<P>(i) An identification of any waivers of FRA or other Federal safety regulations required for the testing or for revenue service operation of the equipment;
</P>
<P>(ii) A clear statement of the test objectives. One of the principal test objectives shall be to demonstrate that the equipment meets the safety requirements specified in this part when operated in the environment in which it is to be used;
</P>
<P>(iii) A planned schedule for conducting the testing;
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of the railroad property or facilities to be used to conduct the testing;
</P>
<P>(v) A detailed description of how the testing is to be conducted, including a description of the criteria to be used to evaluate the equipment's performance;
</P>
<P>(vi) A description of how the test results are to be recorded;
</P>
<P>(vii) A description of any special instrumentation to be used during the tests;
</P>
<P>(viii) A description of the information or data to be obtained;
</P>
<P>(ix) A description of how the information or data obtained is to be analyzed or used;
</P>
<P>(x) A description of any criteria to be used as safety limits during the testing;
</P>
<P>(xi) A description of the criteria to be used to measure or determine the success or failure of the tests. If acceptance is to be based on extrapolation of less than full-level testing results, the analysis to be done to justify the validity of the extrapolation shall be described;
</P>
<P>(xii) Quality control procedures to ensure that the inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures are followed;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Criteria to be used for the revenue service operation of the equipment; and
</P>
<P>(xiv) A description of any testing of the equipment that has previously been performed.
</P>
<P>(2) Submit a copy of the plan to FRA at least 30 days before testing the equipment and include with that submission notification of the times and places of the pre-revenue service tests to permit FRA observation of such tests. For Tier II and Tier III passenger equipment, the railroad shall obtain FRA approval of the plan under the procedures specified in § 238.21.
</P>
<P>(3) Comply with the plan, including fully executing the tests required by the plan.
</P>
<P>(4) Document in writing the results of the tests. For Tier II and Tier III passenger equipment, the railroad shall report the results of the tests to the Associate Administrator at least 90 days prior to its intended operation of the equipment in revenue service.
</P>
<P>(5) Correct any safety deficiencies identified in the design of the equipment or in the ITM procedures uncovered during testing. If safety deficiencies cannot be corrected by design changes, the railroad shall impose operational limitations on the revenue service operation of the equipment designed to ensure the equipment can operate safely. For Tier II and Tier III passenger equipment, the railroad shall comply with any operational limitations the Associate Administrator imposes on the revenue service operation of the equipment for cause stated following FRA review of the results of the test program. This section does not restrict a railroad from petitioning FRA for a waiver of a safety regulation under the procedures specified in part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(6) Make the plan and documentation kept pursuant to that plan available for inspection and copying by FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(7) For Tier II or Tier III passenger equipment, obtain approval from the Associate Administrator before placing the equipment in revenue service. The Associate Administrator will grant such approval if the railroad demonstrates compliance with the applicable requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad plans a major upgrade or introduction of new technology to Tier II or Tier III passenger equipment that has been used in revenue service in the United States and that affects a safety system on such equipment, the railroad shall follow the procedures in paragraph (b) of this section before placing the equipment in revenue service with the major upgrade or introduction of new technology.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 83 FR 59218, Nov. 21, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.112" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.112   Door emergency egress and rescue access systems.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 238.439—
</P>
<P>(a) Each powered, exterior side door in a vestibule that is partitioned from the passenger compartment of a passenger car shall have a manual override device that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Capable of releasing the door to permit it to be opened without power from inside the car;
</P>
<P>(2) Located adjacent to the door which it controls; and
</P>
<P>(3) Designed and maintained so that a person may readily access and operate the override device from inside the car without requiring the use of a tool or other implement. If the door is dual-leafed, only one of the door leaves is required to respond to the manual override device.
</P>
<P>(b) Each Tier I passenger car ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, and all Tier II passenger cars shall have a minimum of two exterior side doors, one in each side of the car. Each such door shall provide a minimum clear opening with dimensions of 30 inches horizontally by 74 inches vertically. A set of dual-leafed doors is considered a single door for purposes of this paragraph. Each powered, exterior side door on each such passenger car shall have a manual override device that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Capable of releasing the door to permit it to be opened without power from both inside and outside the car;
</P>
<P>(2) Located adjacent to the door which it controls; and
</P>
<P>(3) Designed and maintained so that a person may access the override device from both inside and outside the car without requiring the use of a tool or other implement.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Specifications for Transportation Vehicles also contain requirements for doorway clearance (<I>See</I> 49 CFR Part 38).</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) A manual override device used to open a powered, exterior door may be protected with a cover or a screen capable of removal without requiring the use of a tool or other implement.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Prior to January 28, 2015, all door exits intended for emergency egress shall either be lighted or conspicuously and legibly marked with luminescent material on the inside of each car, and legible and understandable instructions shall be provided for their use at or near each such door.
</P>
<P>(2) On or after January 28, 2015, all door exits intended for emergency egress shall be marked, and instructions provided for their use, as specified in § 238.125.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Prior to January 28, 2015, all doors intended for access by emergency responders shall be marked on the exterior of the car with retroreflective material, and legible and understandable instructions shall be posted at or near each such door.
</P>
<P>(2) On or after January 28, 2015, all doors intended for access by emergency responders shall be marked, and instructions provided for their use, as specified in § 238.125.
</P>
<P>(f) Vestibule doors and other interior doors intended for passage through a passenger car. The requirements of paragraphs (f)(1) through (6) of this section apply only to passenger cars ordered on or after January 28, 2014, or placed in service for the first time on or after January 29, 2018.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General.</I> Except for a door providing access to a control compartment and a bi-parting door, which is subject to the requirements in paragraph (f)(3) of this section, each vestibule door and any other interior door intended for passage through a passenger car shall be equipped with a removable panel or removable window in the event the door will not open in an emergency, or the car is on its side and the door is difficult to open. If the door is powered, it shall have a manual override device that conforms with the requirements of paragraphs (f)(4) through (6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Removable panels and windows</I>—(i) <I>Ease of operability.</I> Each removable panel or removable window shall be designed to permit rapid and easy removal from each side of the door during an emergency situation without requiring the use of a tool or other implement.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Dimensions.</I> Removal of the panel or window shall create an unobstructed opening in the door with minimum dimensions of 21 inches horizontally by 28 inches vertically.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Location.</I> Each removable panel or removable window shall be located so that the lowest point of the opening created by removing the panel or window is no higher than 18 inches above the floor.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Bi-parting doors.</I> Each powered, bi-parting vestibule door and any other interior, powered bi-parting door intended for passage through a passenger car shall be equipped with a manual override device and mechanism to retain each door leaf in the open position (<I>e.g.,</I> ratchet and pawl, or sprag). Each manual override device shall conform with the requirements of paragraphs (f)(4), (f)(5)(ii), and (f)(6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Manual override devices.</I> Each manual override device shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) Capable of releasing the door or door leaf, if the door is bi-parting, to permit it to be opened without power;
</P>
<P>(ii) Located adjacent to the door or door leaf, if the door is bi-parting, it controls; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Designed and maintained so that a person may readily access and operate the override device from each side of the door without the use of a tool or other implement.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Marking and instructions.</I> (i) Each removable panel or removable window in a vestibule door or other interior door intended for passage through a passenger car shall be conspicuously and legibly marked with luminescent material on each side of the door as specified in section 5.4.2 of APTA PR-PS-S-002-98, Rev. 3, “Standard for Emergency Signage for Egress/Access of Passenger Rail Equipment,” Authorized October 7, 2007, or an alternative standard providing at least an equivalent level of safety, if approved by FRA pursuant to § 238.21. Legible and understandable operating instructions shall be posted on each side of the door at each such panel or window. The incorporation by reference of this APTA standard was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated document from the American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20006, <I>www.aptastandards.com.</I> You may inspect a copy of the document at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(ii) For bi-parting doors, each manual override device and each retention mechanism shall be conspicuously and legibly marked with luminescent material. Legible and understandable operating instructions for each manual override device and each retention mechanism shall be posted at or near each such device or mechanism.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Testing.</I> At an interval not to exceed 184 days, as part of the periodic mechanical inspection, each railroad shall test a representative sample of the door removable panels, removable windows, manual override devices, and retention mechanisms on its cars, as applicable, to determine that they operate as intended. The sampling method must conform with a formalized statistical test method.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 71812, Nov. 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.113   Emergency window exits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Number and location. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the following requirements in this paragraph (a) apply on or after April 1, 2008—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Single-level passenger cars.</I> Each single-level passenger car shall have a minimum of four emergency window exits. At least one emergency window exit shall be located in each side of each end (half) of the car, in a staggered configuration where practical. (<I>See</I> Figure 1 to this subpart; <I>see also</I> Figures 1b and 1c to this subpart.)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Multi-level passenger cars—main levels.</I> Each main level in a multi-level passenger car is subject to the same requirements specified for single-level passenger cars in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Multi-level passenger cars—levels with seating areas other than main levels.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section, on or after August 1, 2009, any level other than a main level used for passenger seating in a multi-level passenger car, such as an intermediate level, shall have a minimum of two emergency window exits in each seating area. The emergency window exits shall be accessible to passengers in the seating area without requiring movement through an interior door or to another level of the car. At least one emergency window exit shall be located in each side of the seating area. An emergency window exit may be located within an exterior side door in the passenger compartment if it is not practical to place the window exit in the side of the seating area. (<I>See</I> Figures 2 and 2a to this subpart.)
</P>
<P>(ii) Only one emergency window exit is required in a seating area in a passenger compartment if:
</P>
<P>(A) It is not practical to place an emergency window exit in a side of the passenger compartment due to the need to provide accessible accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990;
</P>
<P>(B) There are no more than four seats in the seating area; and
</P>
<P>(C) A suitable, alternate arrangement for emergency egress is provided.
</P>
<P>(iii) For passenger cars ordered prior to April 1, 2009, and placed in service prior to April 1, 2011, only one emergency window exit is required in a seating area in a passenger compartment if—
</P>
<P>(A) It is not practicable to place a window exit in a side of the passenger compartment (due to the presence of a structure such as a bathroom, electrical locker, or kitchen); and
</P>
<P>(B) There are no more than eight seats in the seating area.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Cars with a sleeping compartment or similar private compartment.</I> Each level of a passenger car with a sleeping compartment or a similar private compartment intended to be occupied by a passenger or train crewmember shall have at least one emergency window exit in each such compartment. For purposes of this paragraph (a)(4), a bathroom, kitchen, or locomotive cab is not considered a “compartment.”
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ease of operability.</I> On or after November 8, 1999, each emergency window exit shall be designed to permit rapid and easy removal from the inside of the car during an emergency situation without requiring the use of a tool or other implement.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dimensions.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section, each emergency window exit in a passenger car, including a sleeping car, ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, shall have an unobstructed opening with minimum dimensions of 26 inches horizontally by 24 inches vertically. A seatback is not an obstruction if it can be moved away from the window opening without using a tool or other implement.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Emergency window exits in exterior side doors.</I> An emergency window exit located within an exterior side door, in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, may have an unobstructed opening with minimum dimensions of 24 inches horizontally by 26 inches vertically.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional emergency window exits.</I> Any emergency window exit in addition to the minimum number required by paragraph (a) of this section that has been designated for use by the railroad need not comply with the minimum dimension requirements in paragraph (c) of this section, but must otherwise comply with all requirements in this part applicable to emergency window exits.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Marking and instructions.</I> (1) Prior to January 28, 2015, each emergency window exit shall be conspicuously and legibly marked with luminescent material on the inside of each car to facilitate egress. Legible and understandable operating instructions, including instructions for removing the window, shall be posted at or near each such window exit.
</P>
<P>(2) On or after January 28, 2015, each emergency window exit shall be marked, and instructions provided for its use, as specified in § 238.125.
</P>
<P>(3) If window removal may be hindered by the presence of a seatback, headrest, luggage rack, or other fixture, the instructions shall state the method for allowing rapid and easy removal of the window, taking into account the fixture(s), and this portion of the instructions may be in written or pictorial format. This paragraph (d)(3) applies to each emergency window exit subject to paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Periodic testing.</I> At an interval not to exceed 184 days, as part of the periodic mechanical inspection, each railroad shall test a representative sample of emergency window exits on its cars to determine that they operate as intended. The sampling method must conform with a formalized statistical test method.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6401, Feb. 1, 2008, as amended at 78 FR 71813, Nov. 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.114" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.114   Rescue access windows.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Number and location.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, the following requirements in this paragraph (a) apply on or after April 1, 2008—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Single-level passenger cars.</I> Except as provided in this paragraph (a)(1) and in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), and (a)(5) of this section, each single-level passenger car shall have a minimum of two rescue access windows. At least one rescue access window shall be located in each side of the car entirely within 15 feet of the car's centerline, or entirely within 7


<FR>1/2</FR> feet of the centerline if the car does not exceed 45 feet in length. (<I>See</I> Figure 1a to this subpart; <I>see also</I> Figures 1b and 1c to this subpart.) If the seating level is obstructed by an interior door or otherwise partitioned into separate seating areas, each separate seating area shall have a minimum of one rescue access window in each side of the seating area, located as near to the center of the car as practical.
</P>
<P>(i) For a single-level passenger car ordered prior to April 1, 2009, and placed in service prior to April 1, 2011, rescue access windows may be located farther than the above prescribed distances from the car's centerline, or located within exterior side doors, or both, if at least one rescue access window is located within each side of each end (half) of the same passenger compartment.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a single-level passenger car ordered prior to September 8, 2000, and placed in service prior to September 9, 2002, the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) apply on or after August 1, 2009 if the car has at least two exterior side doors (or door leaves), each with a manual override device, and such doors (or door leaves) are located one on each side of the car, in opposite ends (halves) of the car (<I>i.e.</I>, in diagonally-opposite quadrants). The manual override device shall be—
</P>
<P>(A) Capable of releasing the door (or door leaf) to permit it to be opened without power from outside the car;
</P>
<P>(B) Located adjacent to the door (or door leaf) that it controls; and
</P>
<P>(C) Designed and maintained so that a person can access the override device from outside the car without using a tool or other implement.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Multi-level passenger cars—main levels.</I> Each main level in a multi-level passenger car is subject to the same requirements specified for single-level passenger cars in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, with the exception of paragraph (a)(1)(ii), which is not applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Multi-level passenger cars—levels with seating areas other than main levels.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) and (a)(3)(iii) of this section, any level other than a main level used for passenger seating in a multi-level passenger car, such as an intermediate level, shall have a minimum of two rescue access windows in each seating area. The rescue access windows shall permit emergency responders to gain access to passengers in the seating area without requiring movement through an interior door or to another level of the car. At least one rescue access window shall be located in each side of the seating area. A rescue access window may be located within an exterior side door in the passenger compartment if it is not practical to place the access window in the side of the seating area. (<I>See</I> Figures 2 and 2a of this subpart.)
</P>
<P>(ii) Only one rescue access window is required in a seating area in a passenger compartment if—
</P>
<P>(A) It is not practical to place a rescue access window in a side of the passenger compartment due to the need to provide accessible accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990;
</P>
<P>(B) There are no more than four seats in the seating area; and
</P>
<P>(C) A suitable, alternate arrangement for rescue access is provided.
</P>
<P>(iii) For passenger cars ordered prior to April 1, 2009, and placed in service prior to April 1, 2011, only one rescue access window is required in a seating area in a passenger compartment if—
</P>
<P>(A) It is not practicable to place an access window in a side of the passenger compartment (due to the presence of a structure such as a bathroom, electrical locker, or kitchen); and
</P>
<P>(B) There are no more than eight seats in the seating area.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Cars with a sleeping compartment or similar private compartment.</I> Each level of a passenger car with a sleeping compartment or a similar private compartment intended to be occupied by a passenger or train crewmember shall have a minimum of one rescue access window in each such compartment. For purposes of this paragraph, a bathroom, kitchen, or locomotive cab is not considered a “compartment.”
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Dual-function windows.</I> If, on any level of a passenger car, the emergency window exits installed to meet the minimum requirements of § 238.113 are also intended to function as rescue access windows, the minimum requirements for the number and location of rescue access windows in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section are also met for that level.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ease of operability.</I> On or after April 1, 2008, each rescue access window must be capable of being removed without unreasonable delay by an emergency responder using either—
</P>
<P>(1) A provided external mechanism; or
</P>
<P>(2) Tools or implements that are commonly available to the responder in a passenger train emergency.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dimensions.</I> Each rescue access window in a passenger car, including a sleeping car, ordered on or after April 1, 2009, or placed in service for the first time on or after April 1, 2011, shall have an unobstructed opening with minimum dimensions of 26 inches horizontally by 24 inches vertically. A rescue access window located within an exterior side door, in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, may have an unobstructed opening with minimum dimensions of 24 inches horizontally by 26 inches vertically. A seatback is not an obstruction if it can be moved away from the window opening without using a tool or other implement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Marking and instructions.</I> (1) Prior to January 28, 2015, each rescue access window shall be marked with retroreflective material on the exterior of each car. A unique and easily recognizable symbol, sign, or other conspicuous marking shall also be used to identify each such window. Legible and understandable window-access instructions, including instructions for removing the window, shall be posted at or near each rescue access window.
</P>
<P>(2) On or after January 28, 2015, each rescue access window shall be marked, and instructions provided for its use, as specified in § 238.125.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6401, Feb. 1, 2008, as amended at 78 FR 71813, Nov. 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.115   Emergency lighting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Prior to January 1, 2017, the requirements specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section apply to each passenger car ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002. Emergency lighting shall be provided in each passenger car and shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A minimum, average illumination level of 1 foot-candle measured at floor level adjacent to each exterior door and each interior door providing access to an exterior door (such as a door opening into a vestibule);
</P>
<P>(2) A minimum, average illumination level of 1 foot-candle measured 25 inches above floor level along the center of each aisle and passageway;
</P>
<P>(3) A minimum illumination level of 0.1 foot-candle measured 25 inches above floor level at any point along the center of each aisle and passageway; and
</P>
<P>(4) A back-up power system capable of:
</P>
<P>(i) Operating in all equipment orientations within 45 degrees of vertical;
</P>
<P>(ii) Operating after the initial shock of a collision or derailment resulting in the following individually applied accelerations:
</P>
<P>(A) Longitudinal: 8g;
</P>
<P>(B) Lateral: 4g; and
</P>
<P>(C) Vertical: 4g; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Operating all emergency lighting for a period of at least 90 minutes without a loss of more than 40% of the minimum illumination levels specified in this paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) As further specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, on or after January 1, 2017, emergency lighting shall be provided in each passenger car in accordance with the minimum requirements specified in APTA PR-E-S-013-99, Rev. 1, “Standard for Emergency Lighting System Design for Passenger Cars,” Authorized October 7, 2007, or an alternative standard providing at least an equivalent level of safety if approved by FRA pursuant to § 238.21. The incorporation by reference of this APTA standard was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated document from the American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20006, <I>www.aptastandards.com.</I> You may inspect a copy of the document at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) No later than December 31, 2015, at least 70 percent of each railroad's passenger cars that were ordered prior to September 8, 2000, and placed in service prior to September 9, 2002, shall be in compliance with the emergency lighting requirements provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 71813, Nov. 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.117" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.117   Protection against personal injury.</HEAD>
<P>On or after November 8, 1999, all moving parts, high voltage equipment, electrical conductors and switches, and pipes carrying hot fluids or gases on all passenger equipment shall be appropriately equipped with interlocks or guards to minimize the risk of personal injury. This section does not apply to the interior of a private car.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.119" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.119   Rim-stamped straight-plate wheels.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, on or after November 8, 1999, no railroad shall place or continue in service any vehicle, other than a private car, that is equipped with a rim-stamped straight-plate wheel if a brake shoe acts on the tread of the wheel for the purpose of slowing the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) A commuter railroad may continue in service a vehicle equipped with a Class A, rim-stamped straight-plate wheel mounted on an inboard-bearing axle until the railroad exhausts its replacement stock of wheels held as of May 12, 1999, provided the railroad does not modify the operation of the vehicle in any way that would result in increased thermal input to the wheel during braking.
</P>
<P>(b) A rim-stamped straight-plate wheel shall not be used as a replacement wheel on a private car that operates in a passenger train if a brake shoe acts on the tread of the wheel for the purpose of slowing the car.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements of this section do not apply to a wheel that is periodically tread-braked for a short duration by automatic circuitry for the sole purpose of cleaning the wheel tread surface.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.121" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.121   Emergency communication.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>PA system (public address system).</I> (1) <I>Existing Tier I passenger cars.</I> On or after January 1, 2012, each Tier I passenger car shall be equipped with a PA system that provides a means for a train crewmember to communicate by voice to passengers of his or her train in an emergency situation.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>New Tier I and all Tier II passenger cars.</I> Each Tier I passenger car ordered on or after April 1, 2008, or placed in service for the first time on or after April 1, 2010, and all Tier II passenger cars shall be equipped with a PA system that provides a means for a train crewmember to communicate by voice to passengers of his or her train in an emergency situation. The PA system shall also provide a means for a train crewmember to communicate by voice in an emergency situation to persons in the immediate vicinity of his or her train (<I>e.g.</I>, persons on the station platform). The PA system may be part of the same system as the intercom system.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Intercom system.</I> (1) <I>New Tier I and all Tier II passenger cars.</I> Each Tier I passenger car ordered on or after April 1, 2008, or placed in service for the first time on or after April 1, 2010, and all Tier II passenger cars shall be equipped with an intercom system that provides a means for passengers and crewmembers to communicate by voice with each other in an emergency situation. Except as further specified, at least one intercom that is accessible to passengers without using a tool or other implement shall be located in each end (half) of each car. If any passenger car does not exceed 45 feet in length, or if a Tier II passenger car was ordered prior to May 12, 1999, only one such intercom is required. The intercom system may be part of the same system as the PA system.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Marking and instructions.</I> The following requirements apply to each passenger car:
</P>
<P>(i) Prior to January 28, 2016, the location of each intercom intended for passenger use shall be conspicuously marked with luminescent material and legible and understandable operating instructions shall be posted at or near each such intercom.
</P>
<P>(ii) On or after January 28, 2016, each intercom intended for passenger use shall be marked in accordance with section 5.4.2 of APTA PR-PS-S-002-98, Rev. 3, “Standard for Emergency Signage for Egress/Access of Passenger Rail Equipment,” Authorized October 7, 2007, or an alternative standard providing at least an equivalent level of safety, if approved by FRA pursuant to § 238.21. Legible and understandable operating instructions shall be posted at or near each such intercom. The incorporation by reference of this APTA standard was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated document from the American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20006, <I>www.aptastandards.com.</I> You may inspect a copy of the document at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Back-up power.</I> PA and intercom systems in Tier I passenger cars ordered on or after April 1, 2008, or placed in service for the first time on or after April 1, 2010, and in all Tier II passenger cars shall have a back-up power system capable of—
</P>
<P>(1) Operating in all equipment orientations within 45 degrees of vertical;
</P>
<P>(2) Operating after the initial shock of a collision or derailment resulting in the following individually applied accelerations:
</P>
<P>(i) Longitudinal: 8g;
</P>
<P>(ii) Lateral: 4g; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Vertical: 4g; and
</P>
<P>(3) Powering each system to allow intermittent emergency communication for a minimum period of 90 minutes. Intermittent communication shall be considered equivalent to continuous communication during the last 15 minutes of the 90-minute minimum period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6402, Feb. 1, 2008, as amended at 78 FR 71814, Nov. 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.123" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.123   Emergency roof access.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 238.441 of this chapter—
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Number and dimensions.</I> Each passenger car ordered on or after April 1, 2009, or placed in service for the first time on or after April 1, 2011, shall have a minimum of two emergency roof access locations, each with a minimum opening of 26 inches longitudinally (<I>i.e.</I>, parallel to the longitudinal axis of the car) by 24 inches laterally.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Means of access.</I> Emergency roof access shall be provided by means of a hatch, or a conspicuously marked structural weak point in the roof for access by properly equipped emergency response personnel.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Location.</I> Emergency roof access locations shall be situated as practical so that when a car is on its side—
</P>
<P>(1) One emergency access location is wholly within each half of the roof as divided top from bottom; and
</P>
<P>(2) One emergency access location is wholly within each half of the roof as divided left from right. (<I>See</I> Figure 3 to this subpart.)
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Obstructions.</I> The ceiling space below each emergency roof access location shall be free from wire, cabling, conduit, and piping. This space shall also be free of any rigid secondary structure (<I>e.g.</I>, a diffuser or diffuser support, lighting back fixture, mounted PA equipment, or luggage rack) where practicable. If emergency roof access is provided by means of a hatch, it shall be possible to push interior panels or liners out of their retention devices and into the interior of the vehicle after removing the hatch. If emergency roof access is provided by means of a structural weak point, it shall be permissible to cut through interior panels, liners, or other non-rigid secondary structures after making the cutout hole in the roof, provided any such additional cutting necessary to access the interior of the vehicle permits a minimum opening of the dimensions specified in paragraph (a) to be maintained.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Marking and instructions.</I> (1) Prior to January 28, 2015, each emergency roof access location shall be conspicuously marked with retroreflective material of contrasting color. As further specified, legible and understandable instructions shall be posted at or near each such location. If emergency roof access is provided by means of a structural weak point—
</P>
<P>(i) The retroreflective material shall conspicuously mark the line along which the roof skin shall be cut; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A sign plate with a retroreflective border shall also state as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>CAUTION—DO NOT USE FLAME CUTTING DEVICES
</HD1>
<HD1>CAUTION—WARN PASSENGERS BEFORE CUTTING
</HD1>
<HD1>CUT ALONG DASHED LINE TO GAIN ACCESS
</HD1>
<HD1>ROOF CONSTRUCTION—[STATE RELEVANT DETAILS]</HD1></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) On or after January 28, 2015, each emergency roof access location shall be marked, and instructions provided for its use, as specified in § 238.125.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6403, Feb. 1, 2008, as amended at 78 FR 71814, Nov. 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.125" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.125   Marking and instructions for emergency egress and rescue access.</HEAD>
<P>On or after January 28, 2015, emergency signage and markings shall be provided for each passenger car in accordance with the minimum requirements specified in APTA PR-PS-S-002-98, Rev. 3, “Standard for Emergency Signage for Egress/Access of Passenger Rail Equipment,” Authorized October 7, 2007, or an alternative standard providing at least an equivalent level of safety, if approved by FRA pursuant to § 238.21. The incorporation by reference of this APTA standard was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated document from the American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20006, <I>www.aptastandards.com.</I> You may inspect a copy of the document at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 71814, Nov. 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.127" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.127   Low-location emergency exit path marking.</HEAD>
<P>On or after January 28, 2015, low-location emergency exit path marking shall be provided in each passenger car in accordance with the minimum requirements specified in APTA PR-PS-S-004-99, Rev. 2, “Standard for Low-Location Exit Path Marking,” Authorized October 7, 2007, or an alternative standard providing at least an equivalent level of safety, if approved by FRA pursuant to § 238.21. The incorporation by reference of this APTA standard was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated document from the American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20006, <I>www.aptastandards.com.</I> You may inspect a copy of the document at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 71814, Nov. 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.131" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.131   Exterior side door safety systems—new passenger cars and locomotives used in passenger service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Safety systems for powered exterior side doors.</I> All powered exterior side door safety systems in passenger cars, and connected door safety systems in locomotives used in passenger service, that are ordered on or after April 5, 2016, or placed in service for the first time on or after February 5, 2018, shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be built in accordance with APTA standard PR-M-S-18-10, “Standard for Powered Exterior Side Door System Design for New Passenger Cars,” approved February 11, 2011. In particular, locomotives used in passenger service shall be connected or interlocked with the door summary circuit to prohibit the train from developing tractive power if an exterior side door in a passenger car is not closed, unless the door is under the direct physical control of a crewmember for his or her exclusive use. The incorporation by reference of this APTA standard was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated document from the American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street NW., Suite 1100, Washington, DC 20006 (telephone 202-496-4800; <I>www.apta.com</I>). You may inspect a copy of the document at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html</I>;
</P>
<P>(2) Be designed based on a Failure Modes, Effects, Criticality Analysis (FMECA);
</P>
<P>(3) Contain an obstruction detection system sufficient to detect and react to both small and large obstructions and allow the obstruction to be released when detected;
</P>
<P>(4) Be designed so that activation of a door by-pass feature does not affect the operation of the obstruction detection system;
</P>
<P>(5) Require a door control panel key or other secure device to activate a door control panel;
</P>
<P>(6) Not be operated from a door control panel when the door control panel key or other secure device is removed; and
</P>
<P>(7) Not be affected by the movement or position of the locomotive throttle. A train's throttle position shall neither open nor close the exterior side doors on the train.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safety system for manual and powered exterior side doors.</I> All manual and powered exterior side door systems in passenger cars, and connected door safety systems in locomotives used in passenger service, that are ordered on or after April 5, 2016, or placed in service for the first time on or after February 5, 2018 shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) Designed with a door summary circuit and so connected or interlocked as to prohibit the train from developing tractive power if an exterior side door in a passenger car is not closed, unless the door is under the direct physical control of a crewmember for his or her exclusive use;
</P>
<P>(2) Connected to interior and exterior side door status indicators;
</P>
<P>(3) Connected to a door summary status indicator that is readily viewable to the engineer from his or her normal position in the operating cab; and
</P>
<P>(4) If equipped with a door by-pass device, designed so that the by-pass device functions only when activated from the operating cab of the train.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional requirements.</I> In addition to the requirements of this section, requirements related to exterior side door safety on passenger trains are provided in §§ 238.112, 238.133, 238.135, 238.137, and 238.439.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 76147, Dec. 7, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.133" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.133   Exterior side door safety systems—all passenger cars and locomotives used in a passenger service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>By-pass device verification</I>—(1) <I>Visual inspection.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (3) of this section, a member of the crew of each passenger train must verify by observation that all door by-pass devices that can affect the safe operation of the train are sealed in the normal (non-by-pass) position when taking control of the train.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Functional test.</I> Instead of a visual inspection of the door by-pass devices, the railroad may develop a plan to perform a functional test to determine that the door summary status indicator is functioning as intended. The functional test plan shall be made available for inspection by FRA.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Face-to-face relief.</I> Crewmembers taking control of a train do not need to perform either a visual inspection or a functional test of the door by-pass devices in cases of face-to-face relief of another train crew and notification by that crew as to the functioning of the door by-pass devices.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Unsealed door by-pass device.</I> A crewmember must notify the railroad's designated authority pursuant to the railroad's defect reporting system if a door by-pass device that could affect the safe operation of the train is found unsealed during the train's daily operation. If the train crew can test the door safety system and determine that the door summary status indicator is functioning as intended, the train may travel in service until the next forward repair point where a seal can be applied by a qualified maintenance person (QMP) or until its next calendar day inspection, whichever occurs first; if not, the train crew must follow the procedures outlined in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>En route failure.</I> If it becomes necessary to activate a door by-pass device, the train may continue to its destination terminal, provided that the train crew conducts a safety briefing that includes a description of the location(s) where crewmembers will position themselves on the train in order to observe the boarding and alighting of passengers, notifies the railroad's designated authority that the train's door by-pass device has been activated, and adheres to the operating rules required by § 238.135. After the train has reached its destination terminal, the train may continue in passenger service until its arrival at the next forward repair point or its next calendar day inspection, whichever occurs first, provided that prior to movement of equipment with a door by-pass device activated:
</P>
<P>(1) An on-site QMP shall determine that repairs cannot be made at the time and it is safe to move the equipment in passenger service. If a QMP is not available on site, these determinations may be made based upon a description of the condition provided by an on-site qualified person (QP) to a QMP offsite; and
</P>
<P>(2) The QP or QMP shall notify the crewmember in charge of the movement of the train that the door by-pass device has been activated. The train crew must then hold a safety briefing that includes information such as the locations where each crewmember will position himself or herself on the train to ensure that passengers board and alight from the train safely.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Records.</I> The railroad shall maintain a record of each door by-pass activation and each unintended opening of a powered exterior side door, including any repair(s) made, in the defect tracking system as required by § 238.19.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Door control panels.</I> Exterior side doors shall not be capable of operation from a door control panel when the key or other similar device is removed.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>End-of-train circuit.</I> End-of-train circuit integrity shall be maintained. When switches are used to establish the end-of-train circuit, the switches shall be secured in a manner to prevent access by unauthorized personnel.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Exterior side door safety system override devices.</I> (1) Exterior side door safety system override devices that can adversely affect the train's door safety system must be inactive and sealed in all passenger cars and locomotives in the train consist, including cab cars and MU locomotives, if they are so equipped.
</P>
<P>(2) As part of the equipment's calendar day inspection, all exterior side door safety system override devices must be inactive and sealed in all passenger cars and all locomotives in the train consist, including cab cars and MU locomotives, if they are so equipped.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 76147, Dec. 7, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.135" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.135   Operating practices for exterior side door safety systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At the beginning of his or her duty assignment prior to the train's departure, each crewmember must participate in a safety briefing that identifies each crewmember's responsibilities relating to the safe operation of the train's exterior side doors, including responsibilities for the safe operation of the exterior side doors when arriving at or departing a station.
</P>
<P>(b) After April 5, 2016, all passenger train exterior side doors and trap doors must be closed when a train is in motion between stations except when:
</P>
<P>(1) The train is departing or arriving at a station if:
</P>
<P>(i) A crewmember needs to observe the station platform; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The open door is attended by the crewmember; or
</P>
<P>(2) A crewmember must perform on-ground functions, such as, but not limited to, lining switches, making up or splitting the train, providing crossing protection, or inspecting the train.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, passenger railroads must receive special approval from FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer to operate passenger trains with exterior side doors or trap doors, or both, open between stations.
</P>
<P>(2) Any request for special approval must include:
</P>
<P>(i) A written justification explaining the need to operate a passenger train with its exterior side doors or trap doors, or both, open between stations; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A detailed hazard analysis, including a description of specific measures to mitigate any added risk.
</P>
<P>(3) The request must be signed by the chief executive officer (CEO), or equivalent, of the organization(s) making the request.
</P>
<P>(4) FRA may request that the passenger railroad submit additional information to support its request before FRA approves the request.
</P>
<P>(d) No later than December 6, 2018, each railroad shall adopt and comply with operating rules on how to safely override a door summary circuit or no-motion system, or both, in the event of an en route exterior side door failure or malfunction on a passenger train. Railroads shall provide these written rules to their crewmembers and control center personnel and make them available for inspection by FRA. These written rules shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Instructions to crewmembers and control center personnel, describing what conditions must be present in order to override the door summary circuit or no-motion system, or both; and
</P>
<P>(2) Steps crewmembers and control center personnel must take after the door summary circuit or no-motion system, or both, have been overridden to help provide for continued passenger safety.
</P>
<P>(e) No later than December 6, 2018, each passenger train crewmember must be trained on:
</P>
<P>(1) The requirements of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) How to identify and isolate equipment with a malfunctioning exterior powered or manual side door.
</P>
<P>(f) No later than December 6, 2018, each railroad shall adopt and comply with operating rules requiring train crewmembers to determine the status of their train's exterior side doors so that their train may safely depart a station. These rules shall require crewmembers to determine that there are no obstructions in their train's exterior side doors before the train departs.
</P>
<P>(g) Beginning December 6, 2018, each railroad shall periodically conduct operational (efficiency) tests and observations of its operating crewmembers and control center personnel as appropriate to their roles, to determine each individual's knowledge of the railroad's powered and manual exterior side door safety procedures for its passenger trains.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 76148, Dec. 7, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.137" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.137   Mixed consist; operating equipment with incompatible exterior side door systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A train made up of equipment with incompatible exterior side door systems shall be operated within the constraints of each such door system.
</P>
<P>(b) No later than December 6, 2018, each railroad shall adopt and comply with operating rules to provide for the safe use of equipment with incompatible exterior side door systems when utilized in a mixed consist.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 76148, Dec. 7, 2015]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.21.69" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 1 to Subpart B of Part 238—Example of Location and Staggering of Emergency Window Exits—§ 238.113

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er01fe08.001.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6403, Feb. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.21.70" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 1A to Subpart B of Part 238—Example of Location of Rescue Access Windows—§ 238.114

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er01fe08.002.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6403, Feb. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.21.71" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 1B to Subpart B of Part 238—Example of Location and Staggering of Emergency Window Exits and Location of Rescue Access Windows—§§ 238.113 and 238.114

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er01fe08.003.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6403, Feb. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.21.72" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 1C to Subpart B of Part 238—Example of a Passenger Compartment Including a Vestibule Connected by an Open Passageway and Excluding a Vestibule Separated by an Interior Door—§§ 238.113 and 238.114

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er01fe08.004.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6403, Feb. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.21.73" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 2 to Subpart B of Part 238—Example of a Multi-Level Car Complying with Window Location and Staggering Requirements—§§ 238.113 and 238.114

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er01fe08.005.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6403, Feb. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.21.74" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 2A to Subpart B of Part 238—Example of an Intermediate Level Seating Area of a Multi-Level Car Complying With Window Location Requirements—§§ 238.113 and 238.114

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er01fe08.006.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6403, Feb. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.21.75" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 2B to Subpart B of Part 238—Example of an Intermediate Level Seating Area of a Multi-Level Car Complying With Window Location Requirements—§§ 238.113 and 238.114

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er01fe08.007.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6403, Feb. 1, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.2.131.21.76" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 3 to Subpart B of Part 238—Example of Location and Marking of Structural Weak Points on Roof of Passenger Car—§ 238.123

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er01fe08.008.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6403, Feb. 1, 2008]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Specific Requirements for Tier I Passenger Equipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.201   Scope/alternative compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> (1) This subpart contains requirements for railroad passenger equipment operating at speeds not exceeding 125 miles per hour. As stated in § 238.229, all such passenger equipment remains subject to the safety appliance requirements contained in Federal statute at 49 U.S.C. chapter 203 and in FRA regulations at part 231 and § 232.2 of this chapter. Unless otherwise specified, these requirements only apply to passenger equipment ordered on or after September 8, 2000 or placed in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002.
</P>
<P>(2) The structural standards of this subpart (§ 238.203—static end strength; § 238.205—anti-climbing mechanism; § 238.207—link between coupling mechanism and car body; § 238.209—forward-facing end structure of locomotives; § 238.211—collision posts; § 238.213—corner posts; § 238.215—rollover strength; § 238.217—side structure; § 238.219—truck-to-car-body attachment; and § 238.223—locomotive fuel tanks) do not apply to passenger equipment if used exclusively on a rail line:
</P>
<P>(i) With no public highway-rail grade crossings;
</P>
<P>(ii) On which no freight operations occur at any time;
</P>
<P>(iii) On which only passenger equipment of compatible design is utilized; and
</P>
<P>(iv) On which trains operate at speeds not exceeding 79 mph. Any such passenger equipment remains subject to the requirements of § 229.141 of this chapter, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Alternative compliance.</I> (1) Passenger equipment of special design shall be deemed to comply with this subpart, other than § 238.203, for the service environment the petitioner proposes to operate the equipment in if the Associate Administrator determines under paragraph (c) of this section that the equipment provides at least an equivalent level of safety in such environment for the protection of its occupants from serious injury in the case of a derailment or collision. In making a determination under paragraph (c) the Associate Administrator shall consider, as a whole, all of those elements of casualty prevention or mitigation relevant to the integrity of the equipment that are addressed by the requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Tier I passenger trainsets may comply with the alternative crashworthiness and occupant protection requirements in appendix G to this part instead of the requirements in §§ 238.203, 238.205, 238.207, 238.209(a), 238.211, 238.213, and 238.219.
</P>
<P>(ii) To assess compliance with the alternative requirements, the railroad shall submit the following documents to the Associate Administrator, for review:
</P>
<P>(A) Test plans, and supporting documentation for all tests intended to demonstrate compliance with the alternative requirements and to validate any computer modeling and analysis used, including notice of such tests, 30 days before commencing the tests; and
</P>
<P>(B) A carbody crashworthiness and occupant protection compliance report based on the analysis, calculations, and test data necessary to demonstrate compliance.
</P>
<P>(iii) The carbody crashworthiness and occupant protection compliance report shall be deemed acceptable unless the Associate Administrator stays action by written notice to the railroad within 60 days after receipt of the report.
</P>
<P>(A) If the Associate Administrator stays action, the railroad shall correct any deficiencies FRA identified and notify FRA it has corrected the deficiencies before placing the subject equipment into service.
</P>
<P>(B) FRA may also impose written conditions necessary for safely operating the equipment, for cause stated.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The Associate Administrator may only make a finding of equivalent safety and compliance with this subpart, other than § 238.203, based upon a submission of data and analysis sufficient to support that determination. The petition shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The information required by § 238.21(c);
</P>
<P>(ii) Information, including detailed drawings and materials specifications, sufficient to describe the actual construction of the equipment of special design;
</P>
<P>(iii) Engineering analysis sufficient to describe the likely performance of the equipment in derailment and collision scenarios pertinent to the safety requirements for which compliance is required and for which the equipment does not conform to the specific requirements of this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A quantitative risk assessment, incorporating the design information and engineering analysis described in this paragraph, demonstrating that the equipment, as utilized in the service environment for which recognition is sought, presents no greater hazard of serious personal injury than equipment that conforms to the specific requirements of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) Any petition made under this paragraph is subject to the procedures set forth in § 238.21, and will be disposed of in accordance with § 238.21(g).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 19990, Apr. 23, 2002; 71 FR 36916, June 28, 2006; 83 FR 59219, Nov. 21, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.203   Static end strength.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except as further specified in this paragraph (a), paragraph (d) of this section, and § 238.201(b)(2), on or after November 8, 1999, all passenger equipment shall resist a minimum static end load of 800,000 pounds applied on the line of draft without permanent deformation of the body structure.
</P>
<P>(2) For a passenger car or a locomotive, the static end strength of unoccupied volumes may be less than 800,000 pounds if:
</P>
<P>(i) Energy absorbing structures are used as part of a crash energy management design of the passenger car or locomotive, and
</P>
<P>(ii) The passenger car or locomotive resists a minimum static end load of 800,000 pounds applied on the line of draft at the ends of its occupied volume without permanent deformation of the body structure.
</P>
<P>(3) For a locomotive placed in service prior to November 8, 1999, as an alternative to resisting a minimum static end load of 800,000 pounds applied on the line of draft without permanent deformation of the body structure, the locomotive shall resist a horizontal load of 1,000,000 pounds applied along the longitudinal center line of the locomotive at a point on the buffer beam construction 12 inches above the center line of draft without permanent deformation of the body structure. The application of this load shall not be distributed over an area greater than 6 inches by 24 inches. The alternative specified in this paragraph is not applicable to a cab car or an MU locomotive.
</P>
<P>(4) The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to:
</P>
<P>(i) A private car; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Unoccupied passenger equipment operating at the rear of a passenger train.
</P>
<P>(b) Passenger equipment placed in service before November 8, 1999 is presumed to comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, unless the railroad operating the equipment has knowledge, or FRA makes a showing, that such passenger equipment was not built to the requirements specified in paragraph (a)(1).
</P>
<P>(c) When overloaded in compression, the body structure of passenger equipment shall be designed, to the maximum extent possible, to fail by buckling or crushing, or both, of structural members rather than by fracture of structural members or failure of structural connections.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Grandfathering of non-compliant equipment for use on a specified rail line or lines</I>—(1) <I>Grandfathering approval is equipment and line specific.</I> Grandfathering approval of non-compliant equipment under this paragraph is limited to usage of the equipment on a particular rail line or lines. Before grandfathered equipment can be used on another rail line, a railroad must file and secure approval of a grandfathering petition under paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Temporary usage of non-compliant equipment.</I> Any passenger equipment placed in service on a rail line or lines before November 8, 1999 that does not comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) may continue to be operated on that particular line or (those particular lines) if the operator of the equipment files a petition seeking grandfathering approval under paragraph (d)(3) before November 8, 1999. Such usage may continue while the petition is being processed, but in no event later than May 8, 2000, unless the petition is approved.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Petitions for grandfathering.</I> Petitions for grandfathering shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The name, title, address, email address, and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with respect to the petition;
</P>
<P>(ii) Information, including detailed drawings and material specifications, sufficient to describe the actual construction of the equipment;
</P>
<P>(iii) Engineering analysis sufficient to describe the likely performance of the static end strength of the equipment and the likely performance of the equipment in derailment and collision scenarios pertinent to the equipment's static end strength;
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of risk mitigation measures that will be employed in connection with the usage of the equipment on a specified rail line or lines to decrease the likelihood of accidents involving the use of the equipment; and
</P>
<P>(v) A quantitative risk assessment, incorporating the design information, engineering analysis, and risk mitigation measures described in this paragraph, demonstrating that the use of the equipment, as utilized in the service environment for which recognition is sought, is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service.</I> Each petition shall be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, via email to <I>FRAwaivers@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Federal Register notice.</I> FRA will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning each petition under paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Comment.</I> Not later than 30 days from the date of publication of the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning a petition under paragraph (d) of this section, any person may comment on the petition.
</P>
<P>(1) Each comment shall set forth specifically the basis upon which it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the commenter in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) Each comment shall be submitted to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12B140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, and shall contain the assigned docket number for that proceeding. The form of such submission may be in written or electronic form consistent with the standards and requirements established by the Federal Docket Management System and posted on its web site at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Disposition of petitions</I> (1) If the Administrator finds it necessary or desirable, FRA will conduct a hearing on a petition in accordance with the procedures provided in § 211.25 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(2) If FRA finds that the petition complies with the requirements of this section and that the proposed usage is in the public interest and consistent with railroad safety, the petition will be granted, normally within 90 days of its receipt. If the petition is neither granted nor denied within 90 days, the petition remains pending for decision. FRA may attach special conditions to the approval of the petition. Following the approval of a petition, FRA may reopen consideration of the petition for cause stated.
</P>
<P>(3) If FRA finds that the petition does not comply with the requirements of this section or that the proposed usage is not in the public interest and consistent with railroad safety, the petition will be denied, normally within 90 days of its receipt.
</P>
<P>(4) When FRA grants or denies a petition, or reopens consideration of the petition, written notice is sent to the petitioner and other interested parties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 70196, Dec. 16, 1999; 67 FR 19991, Apr. 23, 2002; 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009; 83 FR 59219, Nov. 21, 2018; 90 FR 28187, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.205   Anti-climbing mechanism.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, and § 238.201(b), all passenger equipment placed in service for the first time on or after September 8, 2000, and prior to March 9, 2010, shall have at both the forward and rear ends an anti-climbing mechanism capable of resisting an upward or downward vertical force of 100,000 pounds without failure. All passenger equipment placed in service for the first time on or after March 9, 2010, shall have at both the forward and rear ends an anti-climbing mechanism capable of resisting an upward or downward vertical force of 100,000 pounds without permanent deformation. When coupled together in any combination to join two vehicles, AAR Type H and Type F tight-lock couplers satisfy the requirements of this paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(b) Except for a cab car or an MU locomotive, each locomotive ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, shall have an anti-climbing mechanism at its forward end capable of resisting both an upward and downward vertical force of 200,000 pounds without failure. Locomotives required to be constructed in accordance with subpart D of part 229 of this chapter shall have an anti-climbing mechanism in compliance with § 229.206 of this chapter, in lieu of the requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 1227, Jan. 8, 2010, as amended at 83 FR 59219, Nov. 21, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.207   Link between coupling mechanism and carbody.</HEAD>
<P>Except as specified in § 238.201(b), all passenger equipment placed in service for the first time on or after September 8, 2000, shall have a coupler carrier at each end designed to resist a vertical downward thrust from the coupler shank of 100,000 pounds for any normal horizontal position of the coupler, without permanent deformation. Passenger equipment connected by articulated joints that complies with the requirements of § 238.205(a) also complies with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 59219, Nov. 21, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.209   Forward end structure of locomotives, including cab cars and MU locomotives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as specified in § 238.201(b)—
</P>
<P>(1) The skin covering the forward-facing end of each locomotive, including a cab car and an MU locomotive, shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) Equivalent to a 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch steel plate with a yield strength of 25,000 pounds-per-square-inch—material of a higher yield strength may be used to decrease the required thickness of the material provided at least an equivalent level of strength is maintained;
</P>
<P>(ii) Designed to inhibit the entry of fluids into the occupied cab area of the equipment; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Affixed to the collision posts or other main vertical structural members of the forward end structure so as to add to the strength of the end structure.
</P>
<P>(2) As used in this paragraph (a), the term “skin” does not include forward-facing windows and doors.
</P>
<P>(b) The forward end structure of a cab car or an MU locomotive may comply with the requirements of appendix F to this part in lieu of the requirements of either § 238.211 (Collision posts) or § 238.213 (Corner posts), or both, provided that the end structure is designed to protect the occupied volume for its full height, from the underframe to the anti-telescoping plate (if used) or roof rails.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 2010, as amended at 83 FR 59219, Nov. 21, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.211" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.211   Collision posts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as further specified in this paragraph (a), paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, § 238.201(b), and § 238.209(b)—
</P>
<P>(1) All passenger equipment placed in service for the first time on or after September 8, 2000, shall have either:
</P>
<P>(i) Two full-height collision posts, located at approximately the one-third points laterally, at each end. Each collision post shall have an ultimate longitudinal shear strength of not less than 300,000 pounds at a point even with the top of the underframe member to which it is attached. If reinforcement is used to provide the shear value, the reinforcement shall have full value for a distance of 18 inches up from the underframe connection and then taper to a point approximately 30 inches above the underframe connection; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An equivalent end structure that can withstand the sum of forces that each collision post in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section is required to withstand. For analysis purposes, the required forces may be assumed to be evenly distributed at the end structure at the underframe joint.
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of this paragraph (a) do not apply to unoccupied passenger equipment operating in a passenger train, or to the rear end of a locomotive if the end is unoccupied by design.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for a locomotive that is constructed on or after January 1, 2009, and is subject to the requirements of subpart D of part 229 of this chapter, each locomotive, including a cab car and an MU locomotive, ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, shall have at its forward end, in lieu of the structural protection described in paragraph (a) of this section, either:
</P>
<P>(1) Two forward collision posts, located at approximately the one-third points laterally, each capable of withstanding:
</P>
<P>(i) A 500,000-pound longitudinal force at the point even with the top of the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A 200,000-pound longitudinal force exerted 30 inches above the joint of the post to the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate strength; or
</P>
<P>(2) An equivalent end structure that can withstand the sum of the forces that each collision post in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is required to withstand.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Each cab car and MU locomotive ordered on or after May 10, 2010, or placed in service for the first time on or after March 8, 2012, shall have at its forward end, in lieu of the structural protection described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, two forward collision posts, located at approximately the one-third points laterally, meeting the requirements set forth in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section:
</P>
<P>(2) Each collision post acting together with its supporting car body structure shall be capable of withstanding the following loads individually applied at any angle within 15 degrees of the longitudinal axis:
</P>
<P>(i) A 500,000-pound horizontal force applied at a point even with the top of the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate strength of either the post or its supporting car body structure;
</P>
<P>(ii) A 200,000-pound horizontal force applied at a point 30 inches above the top of the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate strength of either the post or its supporting car body structure; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A 60,000-pound horizontal force applied at any height along the post above the top of the underframe, without permanent deformation of either the post or its supporting car body structure.
</P>
<P>(3) Prior to or during structural deformation, each collision post acting together with its supporting car body structure shall be capable of absorbing a minimum of 135,000 foot-pounds of energy (0.18 megajoule) with no more than 10 inches of longitudinal, permanent deformation into the occupied volume, in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The collision post shall be loaded longitudinally at a height of 30 inches above the top of the underframe;
</P>
<P>(ii) The load shall be applied with a fixture, or its equivalent, having a width sufficient to distribute the load directly into the webs of the post, but of no more than 36 inches, and either:
</P>
<P>(A) A flat plate with a height of 6 inches; or
</P>
<P>(B) A curved surface with a diameter of no more than 48 inches; and
</P>
<P>(iii) There shall be no complete separation of the post, its connection to the underframe, its connection to either the roof structure or anti-telescoping plate (if used), or of its supporting car body structure.
</P>
<P>(d) The end structure requirements of this section apply only to the ends of a semi-permanently coupled consist of articulated units, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad submits to FRA under the procedures specified in § 238.21 a documented engineering analysis establishing that the articulated connection is capable of preventing disengagement and telescoping to the same extent as equipment satisfying the anti-climbing and collision post requirements contained in this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(2) FRA finds the analysis persuasive.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 1228, Jan. 8, 2010, as amended at 83 FR 59219, Nov. 21, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.213   Corner posts.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except as further specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, § 238.201(b), and § 238.209(b), each passenger car shall have at each end of the car, placed ahead of the occupied volume, two full-height corner posts, each capable of resisting together with its supporting car body structure:
</P>
<P>(i) A 150,000-pound horizontal force applied at a point even with the top of the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate strength of either the post or its supporting car body structure;
</P>
<P>(ii) A 20,000-pound horizontal force applied at the point of attachment to the roof structure, without exceeding the ultimate strength of either the post or its supporting car body structure; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A 30,000-pound horizontal force applied at a point 18 inches above the top of the underframe, without permanent deformation of either the post or its supporting car body structure.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (a), the orientation of the applied horizontal forces shall range from longitudinal inward to lateral inward.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each cab car and MU locomotive ordered on or after May 10, 2010, or placed in service for the first time on or after March 8, 2012, shall have at its forward end, in lieu of the structural protection described in paragraph (a) of this section, two corner posts ahead of the occupied volume, meeting all of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section:
</P>
<P>(2) Each corner post acting together with its supporting car body structure shall be capable of withstanding the following loads individually applied toward the inside of the vehicle at all angles in the range from longitudinal to lateral:
</P>
<P>(i) A 300,000-pound horizontal force applied at a point even with the top of the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate strength of either the post or its supporting car body structure;
</P>
<P>(ii) A 100,000-pound horizontal force applied at a point 18 inches above the top of the underframe, without permanent deformation of either the post or its supporting car body structure; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A 45,000-pound horizontal force applied at any height along the post above the top of the underframe, without permanent deformation of either the post or its supporting car body structure.
</P>
<P>(3) Prior to or during structural deformation, each corner post acting together with its supporting car body structure shall be capable of absorbing a minimum of 120,000 foot-pounds of energy (0.16 megajoule) with no more than 10 inches of longitudinal, permanent deformation into the occupied volume, in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The corner post shall be loaded longitudinally at a height of 30 inches above the top of the underframe;
</P>
<P>(ii) The load shall be applied with a fixture, or its equivalent, having a width sufficient to distribute the load directly into the webs of the post, but of no more than 36 inches and either:
</P>
<P>(A) A flat plate with a height of 6 inches; or
</P>
<P>(B) A curved surface with a diameter of no more than 48 inches; and
</P>
<P>(iii) There shall be no complete separation of the post, its connection to the underframe, its connection to either the roof structure or anti-telescoping plate (if used), or of its supporting car body structure.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Each cab car and MU locomotive ordered on or after May 10, 2010, or placed in service for the first time on or after March 8, 2012, utilizing low-level passenger boarding on the non-operating side of the cab end shall meet the corner post requirements of paragraph (b) of this section for the corner post on the side of the cab containing the control stand. In lieu of the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, and after FRA review and approval of a plan, including acceptance criteria, to evaluate compliance with this paragraph (c), each such cab car and MU locomotive may have two corner posts on the opposite (non-operating) side of the cab from the control stand meeting all of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (c)(2) through (c)(4) of this section:
</P>
<P>(2) One corner post shall be located ahead of the stepwell and, acting together with its supporting car body structure, shall be capable of withstanding the following horizontal loads individually applied toward the inside of the vehicle:
</P>
<P>(i) A 150,000-pound longitudinal force applied at a point even with the top of the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate strength of either the post or its supporting car body structure;
</P>
<P>(ii) A 30,000-pound longitudinal force applied at a point 18 inches above the top of the underframe, without permanent deformation of either the post or its supporting car body structure;
</P>
<P>(iii) A 30,000-pound longitudinal force applied at the point of attachment to the roof structure, without permanent deformation of either the post or its supporting car body structure;
</P>
<P>(iv) A 20,000-pound longitudinal force applied at any height along the post above the top of the underframe, without permanent deformation of either the post or its supporting car body structure;
</P>
<P>(v) A 300,000-pound lateral force applied at a point even with the top of the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate strength of either the post or its supporting car body structure;
</P>
<P>(vi) A 100,000-pound lateral force applied at a point 18 inches above the top of underframe, without permanent deformation of either the post or its supporting car body structure; and
</P>
<P>(vii) A 45,000-pound lateral force applied at any height along the post above the top of the underframe, without permanent deformation of either the post or its supporting car body structure.
</P>
<P>(3) A second corner post shall be located behind the stepwell and, acting together with its supporting car body structure, shall be capable of withstanding the following horizontal loads individually applied toward the inside of the vehicle:
</P>
<P>(i) A 300,000-pound longitudinal force applied at a point even with the top of the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate strength of either the post or its supporting car body structure;
</P>
<P>(ii) A 100,000-pound longitudinal force applied at a point 18 inches above the top of the underframe, without permanent deformation of either the post or its supporting car body structure;
</P>
<P>(iii) A 45,000-pound longitudinal force applied at any height along the post above the top of the underframe, without permanent deformation of either the post or its supporting car body structure;
</P>
<P>(iv) A 100,000-pound lateral force applied at a point even with the top of the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate strength of either the post or its supporting car body structure;
</P>
<P>(v) A 30,000-pound lateral force applied at a point 18 inches above the top of the underframe, without permanent deformation of either the post or its supporting car body structure; and
</P>
<P>(vi) A 20,000-pound lateral force applied at any height along the post above the top of the underframe, without permanent deformation of either the post or its supporting car body structure.
</P>
<P>(4) Prior to or during structural deformation, the two posts in combination acting together with their supporting body structure shall be capable of absorbing a minimum of 120,000 foot-pounds of energy (0.16 megajoule) in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The corner posts shall be loaded longitudinally at a height of 30 inches above the top of the underframe;
</P>
<P>(ii) The load shall be applied with a fixture, or its equivalent, having a width sufficient to distribute the load directly into the webs of the post, but of no more than 36 inches and either:
</P>
<P>(A) A flat plate with a height of 6 inches; or
</P>
<P>(B) A curved surface with a diameter of no more than 48 inches; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The corner post located behind the stepwell shall have no more than 10 inches of longitudinal, permanent deformation. There shall be no complete separation of the corner post located behind the stepwell, its connection to the underframe, its connection to either the roof structure or anti-telescoping plate (if used), or of its supporting car body structure. The corner post ahead of the stepwell is permitted to fail. (A graphical description of the forward end of a cab car or an MU locomotive utilizing low-level passenger boarding on the non-operating side of the cab end is provided in Figure 1 to subpart C of this part.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 1229, Jan. 8, 2010, as amended at 83 FR 59219, Nov. 21, 2018; 84 FR 16414, Apr. 19, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.215   Rollover strength.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each passenger car shall be designed to rest on its side and be uniformly supported at the top (“roof rail”), the bottom cords (“side sill”) of the side frame, and, if bi-level, the intermediate floor rail. The allowable stress in the structural members of the occupied volumes for this condition shall be one-half yield or one-half the critical buckling stress, whichever is less. Local yielding to the outer skin of the passenger car is allowed provided that the resulting deformations in no way intrude upon the occupied volume of the car.
</P>
<P>(b) Each passenger car shall also be designed to rest on its roof so that any damage in occupied areas is limited to roof sheathing and framing. Other than roof sheathing and framing, the allowable stress in the structural members of the occupied volumes for this condition shall be one-half yield or one-half the critical buckling stress, whichever is less. Deformation to the roof sheathing and framing is allowed to the extent necessary to permit the vehicle to be supported directly on the top chords of the side frames and end frames.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.217" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.217   Side structure.</HEAD>
<P>Each passenger car shall comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Side posts and corner braces.</I> (1) For modified girder, semi-monocoque, or truss construction, the sum of the section moduli in inches 
<SU>3</SU>—about a longitudinal axis, taken at the weakest horizontal section between the side sill and side plate—of all posts and braces on each side of the car located between the body corner posts shall be not less than 0.30 multiplied by the distance in feet between the centers of end panels.
</P>
<P>(2) For modified girder or semi-monocoque construction only, the sum of the section moduli in inches 
<SU>3</SU>—about a transverse axis, taken at the weakest horizontal section between the side sill and side plate—of all posts, braces and pier panels, to the extent available, on each side of the car located between body corner posts shall be not less than 0.20 multiplied by the distance in feet between the centers of end panels.
</P>
<P>(3) The center of an end panel is the point midway between the center of the body corner post and the center of the adjacent side post.
</P>
<P>(4) The minimum section moduli or thicknesses specified in paragraph (a) of this section may be adjusted in proportion to the ratio of the yield strength of the material used to that of mild open-hearth steel for a car whose structural members are made of a higher strength steel.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sheathing.</I> (1) Outside sheathing of mild, open-hearth steel when used flat, without reinforcement (other than side posts) in a side frame of modified girder or semi-monocoque construction shall not be less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch nominal thickness. Other metals may be used of a thickness in inverse proportion to their yield strengths.
</P>
<P>(2) Outside metal sheathing of less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch thickness may be used only if it is reinforced so as to produce at least an equivalent sectional area at a right angle to reinforcements as that of the flat sheathing specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) When the sheathing used for truss construction serves no load-carrying function, the minimum thickness of that sheathing shall be not less than 40 percent of that specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.219" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.219   Truck-to-car-body attachment.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 238.201(b), passenger equipment shall have a truck-to-carbody attachment with an ultimate strength sufficient to resist without failure the following individually applied loads: 2g vertically on the mass of the truck; and 250,000 pounds in any horizontal direction on the truck, along with the resulting vertical reaction to this load. For purposes of this section, the mass of the truck includes axles, wheels, bearings, the truck-mounted brake system, suspension system components, and any other component attached to the truck by design.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 19991, Apr. 23, 2002, as amended at 83 FR 59219, Nov. 21, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.221" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.221   Glazing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Passenger equipment shall comply with the applicable Safety Glazing Standards contained in part 223 of this chapter, if required by that part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each exterior window on a locomotive cab and a passenger car shall remain in place when subjected to:
</P>
<P>(1) The forces described in part 223 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) The forces due to air pressure differences caused when two trains pass at the minimum separation for two adjacent tracks, while traveling in opposite directions, each train traveling at the maximum authorized speed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.223" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.223   Locomotive fuel tanks.</HEAD>
<P>Locomotive fuel tanks shall comply with either the following or an industry standard providing at least an equivalent level of safety if approved by FRA under § 238.21: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>External fuel tanks.</I> External locomotive fuel tanks shall comply with the requirements contained in Appendix D to this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Internal fuel tanks.</I> (1) Internal locomotive fuel tanks shall be positioned in a manner to reduce the likelihood of accidental penetration from roadway debris or collision. 
</P>
<P>(2) Internal fuel tank vent systems shall be designed so they do not become a path of fuel loss in any tank orientation due to a locomotive overturning. 
</P>
<P>(3) Internal fuel tank bulkheads and skin shall, at a minimum, be equivalent to a 5/16-inch thick steel plate with a yield strength of 25,000 pounds per square inch. Material of a higher yield strength may be used to decrease the required thickness of the material provided at least an equivalent level of strength is maintained. Skid plates are not required.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 19991, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.225" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.225   Electrical system.</HEAD>
<P>All passenger equipment shall comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Conductors.</I> Conductor sizes shall be selected on the basis of current-carrying capacity, mechanical strength, temperature, flexibility requirements, and maximum allowable voltage drop. Current-carrying capacity shall be derated for grouping and for operating temperature.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Main battery system.</I> (1) The main battery compartment shall be isolated from the cab and passenger seating areas by a non-combustible barrier.
</P>
<P>(2) Battery chargers shall be designed to protect against overcharging.
</P>
<P>(3) If batteries are of the type to potentially vent explosive gases, the battery compartment shall be adequately ventilated to prevent the accumulation of explosive concentrations of these gases.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Power dissipation resistors.</I> (1) Power dissipating resistors shall be adequately ventilated to prevent overheating under worst-case operating conditions as determined by the railroad.
</P>
<P>(2) Power dissipation grids shall be designed and installed with sufficient isolation to prevent combustion.
</P>
<P>(3) Resistor elements shall be electrically insulated from resistor frames, and the frames shall be electrically insulated from the supports that hold them.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Electromagnetic interference and compatibility.</I> (1) The operating railroad shall ensure electromagnetic compatibility of the safety-critical equipment systems with their environment. Electromagnetic compatibility may be achieved through equipment design or changes to the operating environment.
</P>
<P>(2) The electronic equipment shall not produce electrical noise that affects the safe performance of train line control and communications or wayside signaling systems.
</P>
<P>(3) To contain electromagnetic interference emissions, suppression of transients shall be at the source wherever possible.
</P>
<P>(4) All electronic equipment shall be self-protected from damage or improper operation, or both, due to high voltage transients and long-term over-voltage or under-voltage conditions. This includes protection from both power frequency and harmonic effects as well as protection from radio frequency signals into the microwave frequency range.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.227" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.227   Suspension system.</HEAD>
<P>On or after November 8, 1999—
</P>
<P>(a) All passenger equipment shall exhibit freedom from truck hunting at all operating speeds. If truck hunting does occur, a railroad shall immediately take appropriate action to prevent derailment. Truck hunting is defined in § 213.333 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this section shall affect the requirements of the Track Safety Standards in part 213 of this chapter as they apply to passenger equipment as provided in that part. In particular—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Pre-revenue service qualification.</I> All passenger equipment intended for service at speeds greater than 90 mph or at any curving speed producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency shall demonstrate safe operation during pre-revenue service qualification in accordance with § 213.345 of this chapter and is subject to the requirements of either § 213.57 or § 213.329 of this chapter, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Revenue service operation.</I> All passenger equipment intended for service at speeds greater than 90 mph or at any curving speed producing more than 5 inches of cant deficiency is subject to the requirements of § 213.333 of this chapter and either § 213.57 or § 213.329 of this chapter, as appropriate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16125, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.229" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.229   Safety appliances—general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in this part, all passenger equipment continues to be subject to the safety appliance requirements contained in Federal statute at 49 U.S.C. chapter 203 and in Federal regulations at part 231 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in this part, FRA interprets the provisions in part 231 of this chapter that expressly mandate that the manner of application of a safety appliance be a bolt, rivet, or screw to mean that the safety appliance and any related bracket or support used to attach that safety appliance to the equipment shall be so affixed to the equipment. Specifically, FRA prohibits the use of welding as a method of attachment of any such safety appliance or related bracket or support. A “safety appliance bracket or support” means a component or part attached to the equipment for the sole purpose of securing or attaching of the safety appliance. FRA does allow the welded attachment of a brace or stiffener used in connection with a mechanically fastened safety appliance. In order to be considered a “brace” or “stiffener,” the component or part shall not be necessary for the attachment of the safety appliance to the equipment and is used solely to provide extra strength or steadiness to the safety appliance.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Welded safety appliances.</I> (1) Passenger equipment placed in service prior to January 1, 2007, that is equipped with a safety appliance, required by the “manner of application” provisions in part 231 of this chapter to be attached by a mechanical fastener (<I>i.e.</I>, bolts, rivets, or screws), and the safety appliance is mechanically fastened to a bracket or support that is attached to the equipment by welding may continue to be used in service provided all of the requirements in paragraphs (e) through (k) of this section are met. The welded safety appliance bracket or support only needs to receive the initial visual inspection required under paragraph (g)(1) of this section if all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The welded safety appliance bracket or support meets all of the conditions contained in § 238.230(b)(1) for being considered part of the car body;
</P>
<P>(ii) The weld on the safety appliance bracket or support does not contain any defect as defined in paragraph (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The railroad submits a written list to FRA identifying each piece of passenger equipment equipped with a welded safety appliance bracket or support as described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section and provides a description of the specific safety appliance bracket or support.
</P>
<P>(2) Passenger equipment placed in service prior to January 1, 2007, that is equipped with a safety appliance that is directly attached to the equipment by welding (<I>i.e.</I>, no mechanical fastening of any kind) shall be considered defective and immediately handled for repair pursuant to the requirements contained in § 238.17(e) unless the railroad meets the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad submits a written list to FRA that identifies each piece of passenger equipment equipped with a welded safety appliance as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section and provides a description of the specific safety appliance; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The involved safety appliance(s) on such equipment are inspected and handled pursuant to the requirements contained in paragraphs (g) through (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Defective welded safety appliance or welded safety appliance bracket or support.</I> Passenger equipment with a welded safety appliance or a welded safety appliance bracket or support will be considered defective and shall be handled in accordance with § 238.17(e) if any part or portion of the weld contains a defect. Any repairs made to such equipment shall be in accordance with the inspection plan required in paragraph (g) of this section and the remedial actions identified in paragraph (j) of this section. A defect for the purposes of this section means a crack or fracture of any visibly discernible length or width. When appropriate, civil penalties for improperly using or hauling a piece of equipment with a defective welded safety appliance or safety appliance bracket or support addressed in this section will be assessed as an improperly applied safety appliance pursuant to the penalty schedule on FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> under the appropriate defect code contained therein.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Identification of equipment.</I> The railroad shall submit a written list to FRA that identifies each piece of passenger equipment equipped with a welded safety appliance bracket or support by January 1, 2007. Passenger equipment placed in service prior to January 1, 2007, but not discovered until after January 1, 2007, shall be immediately added to the railroad's written list and shall be immediately inspected in accordance with paragraph (g) through (k) of this section. The written list submitted by the railroad shall contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The equipment number;
</P>
<P>(2) The equipment type;
</P>
<P>(3) The safety appliance bracket(s) or support(s) affected;
</P>
<P>(4) Any equipment and any specific safety appliance bracket(s) or supports(s) on the equipment that will not be subject to the inspection plan required in paragraph (g) of this section;
</P>
<P>(5) A detailed explanation for any such exclusion recommended in paragraph (e)(4) of this section;
</P>
<P>(f) FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety reserves the right to disapprove any exclusion recommended by the railroad in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (d)(4) of this section and will provide written notification to the railroad of any such determination.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Inspection plans.</I> The railroad shall adopt and comply with and submit to FRA upon request a written safety appliance inspection plan. At a minimum, the plan shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, an initial visual inspection (within 1 year of date of publication) and periodic re-inspections (at intervals not to exceed 6 years) of each welded safety appliance bracket or support identified in paragraph (e) of this section. If significant disassembly of a car is necessary to visually inspect the involved safety appliance bracket or support, the initial visual inspection may be conducted at the equipment's first periodic brake equipment maintenance interval pursuant to § 238.309 occurring after January 1, 2007.
</P>
<P>(2) Identify the personnel that will conduct the initial and periodic inspections and any training those individuals are required to receive in accordance with the criteria contained in paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Identify the specific procedures and criteria for conducting the initial and periodic safety appliance inspections in accordance with the requirements and criteria contained in paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Identify when and what type of potential repairs or potential remedial action will be required for any defective welded safety appliance bracket or support discovered during the initial or periodic safety appliance inspection in accordance with paragraph (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Identify the records that will be maintained that are related to the initial and periodic safety appliance inspections in accordance with the requirements contained in paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Inspection personnel.</I> The initial and periodic safety appliance inspections shall be performed by individuals properly trained and qualified to identify defective weld conditions. At a minimum, these personnel include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A qualified maintenance person (QMP) with at least 4 hours of training specific to the identification of weld defects and the railroad's weld inspection procedures;
</P>
<P>(2) A current certified welding inspector (CWI) pursuant to American Welding Society Standard—AWS QC-1, Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors (1996) or its current revised equivalent;
</P>
<P>(3) A person possessing a current Canadian Welding Bureau (CWB) certification pursuant to the Canadian Standards Association Standard W59 (2003) or its current revised equivalent;
</P>
<P>(4) A person possessing a current level II or level III visual inspector certification from the American Society for Non-destructive Testing pursuant to Recommended Practice SNT-TC-1A—Personnel Qualification and Certification in Nondestructive Testing (2001) or its current revised equivalent; or
</P>
<P>(5) A person possessing a current certification under any other nationally or internationally recognized welding qualification standard that is equivalent to those identified in paragraphs (h)(2) through (h)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Inspection procedures.</I> The initial and periodic safety appliance inspections shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures and criteria established in the railroad's inspection plan. At a minimum, these procedures and criteria shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A complete visual inspection of the entire welded surface of any safety appliance bracket or support identified in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The visual inspection shall occur after the complete removal of any dirt, grease, rust, or any other foreign matter from the welded portion of the involved safety appliance bracket or support. Removal of paint is not required.
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad shall disassemble any equipment necessary to permit full visual inspection of the involved weld.
</P>
<P>(4) Any materials necessary to conduct a complete inspection must be made available to the inspection personnel throughout the inspection process. These include but are not limited to such items as mirrors, magnifying glasses, or other location specific inspection aids. Remote viewing aids possessing equivalent sensitivity are permissible for restricted areas.
</P>
<P>(5) Any weld found with a defect as defined in paragraph (d) of this section during the initial or periodic safety appliance inspection shall be inspected by either a certified weld inspector identified in paragraphs (h)(2) through (h)(5) of this section or a welding or materials engineer possessing a professional engineer's license for a final determination. No car with a defect in the weld of a safety appliance or its attachment may continue in use until a final determination as to the existence of a defect is made by the personnel identified in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(6) A weld finally determined to contain a defect shall be handled for repair in accordance with § 238.17(e) and repaired in accordance with the remedial action criteria contained in paragraph (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Remedial action.</I> Unless a defect in a weld is known to have been caused by crash damage, the railroad shall conduct a failure and engineering analysis of any weld identified in paragraph (e) of this section determined to have a break or crack either during the initial or periodic safety appliance inspection or while otherwise in service to determine if the break or crack is the result of crash damage, improper construction, or inadequate design. Based on the results of the analysis, the repair of the involved safety appliance bracket or support shall be handled as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A defect in a weld due to crash damage (<I>i.e.</I>, impact of the safety appliance by an outside force during service or an accident) or improper construction (<I>i.e.</I>, the weld did not conform to the engineered design) shall be reattached by either mechanically fastening the safety appliance or the safety appliance bracket or support to the equipment or welding the safety appliance bracket or support to the equipment in a manner that is at least as strong as the original design or at least twice the strength of a bolted mechanical attachment, whichever is greater. If welding is used to repair the damaged appliance, bracket, or support the following requirements shall be met:
</P>
<P>(i) The repair shall be conducted in accordance with the welding procedures contained in APTA Standard SS-C&amp;S-020-03—Standard for Passenger Rail Vehicle Structural Repair (September 2003); or an alternative procedure approved by FRA pursuant to § 238.21. The Director of the Federal Register approves incorporation by reference of the APTA Standard SS-C&amp;S-020-03 (September 2003), “Standard for Passenger Rail Vehicle Structural Repair,” in this section in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated standard from the American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street, Washington, DC 20006. You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standard at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html;</I>
</P>
<P>(ii) A qualified individual under paragraph (h) of this section shall inspect the weld to ensure it is free of any cracks or fractures prior to the equipment being placed in-service;
</P>
<P>(iii) The welded safety appliance bracket or support shall receive a periodic safety appliance inspection pursuant to the requirements contained in paragraphs (g) through (i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A record of the welded repair pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (k) of this section shall be maintained by the railroad.
</P>
<P>(2) A defect in the weld that is due to inadequate design (<I>i.e.</I>, unanticipated stresses or loads during service) shall be handled in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad must immediately notify FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety in writing of its discovery of a defective weld that is due to inadequate design;
</P>
<P>(ii) The involved safety appliance or the safety appliance bracket or support shall be reattached to the equipment by mechanically fastening the safety appliance or the safety appliance bracket or support to the equipment unless such mechanical fastening is impractical due to the design of the equipment;
</P>
<P>(iii) The railroad shall develop and comply with a written plan submitted to and approved by FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety detailing a schedule for all passenger equipment in that series of cars with a similar welded safety appliance bracket or support to have the involved safety appliance or the safety appliance bracket or support mechanically fastened to the equipment; and
</P>
<P>(iv) If a railroad determines that the design of the equipment makes it impractical to mechanically fasten the safety appliance or the safety appliance bracket or support to the equipment, then the railroad shall submit a request to FRA for special approval of alternative compliance pursuant to § 238.21. Such a request shall explain the necessity for any relief sought and shall contain appropriate data and analysis supporting its determination that any alternative method of attachment provides at least an equivalent level of safety.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Records.</I> Railroads shall maintain written or electronic records of the inspection and repair of the welded safety appliance brackets or supports on any equipment identified in paragraph (e) of this section. The records shall be made available to FRA upon request. At a minimum, these records shall include all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Training or certification records for any person performing any of the inspections or repairs required in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The date, time, location, and identification of the person performing the initial and periodic safety appliance inspections for each piece of equipment identified in paragraph (e) of this section. This includes the identification of the person making any final determination as to the existence of a defect under paragraph (i)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A record of all passenger equipment found with a safety appliance weldment that is defective either during the initial or periodic safety appliance inspection or while the equipment is in-service. This record shall also identify the cause of the crack or fracture.
</P>
<P>(4) The date, time, location, identification of the person making the repair, and the nature of the repair to any welded safety appliance bracket or support identified in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 61858, Oct. 19, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009; 84 FR 23736, May 23, 2019; 90 FR 28187, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.230" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.230   Safety appliances—new equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to passenger equipment placed in service on or after January 1, 2007.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Welded safety sppliances.</I> Except as provided in this section, all passenger equipment placed into service on or after January 1, 2007, that is equipped with a safety appliance, required by the “manner of application” provisions in part 231 of this chapter to be attached by a mechanical fastener (<I>i.e.</I>, bolts, rivets, or screws), shall have the safety appliance and any bracket or support necessary to attach the safety appliance to the piece of equipment mechanically fastened to the piece of equipment.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Safety appliance brackets or supports considered part of the car body.</I> Safety appliance brackets or supports will be considered part of the car body and will not be required to be mechanically fastened to the piece of passenger equipment if all of the following are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The bracket or support is welded to a surface of the equipment's body that is at a minimum 3/16-inch sheet steel or structurally reinforced to provide the equivalent strength and rigidity of 3/16-inch sheet steel;
</P>
<P>(ii) The area of the weld is sufficient to ensure a minimum weld strength, based on yield, of three times the strength of the number of SAE grade 2, 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch diameter bolts that would be required for each attachment;
</P>
<P>(iii) Except for any access required for attachment of the safety appliance, the weld is continuous around the perimeter of the surface of the bracket or support;
</P>
<P>(iv) The attachment is made with fillet welds at least 3/16-inch in size;
</P>
<P>(v) The weld is designed for infinite fatigue life in the application that it will be placed;
</P>
<P>(vi) The weld is performed in accordance with the welding process and the quality control procedures contained in the current American Welding Society (AWS) Standard, the Canadian Welding Bureau (CWB) Standard, or an equivalent nationally or internationally recognized welding standard;
</P>
<P>(vii) The weld is performed by an individual possessing the qualifications to be certified under the current AWS Standard, CWB Standard, or any equivalent nationally or internationally recognized welding qualification standard;
</P>
<P>(viii) The weld is inspected by an individual qualified to determine that all of the conditions identified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(vii) of this section are met prior to the equipment being placed in service; and
</P>
<P>(ix) A written or electronic record of the inspection required in paragraph (b)(1)(viii) of this section shall be retained by the railroad operating the equipment and shall be provided to FRA upon request. At a minimum, this record shall include the date, time, location, identification of the person performing the inspection, and the qualifications of the person performing the inspection.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Directly welded safety appliances.</I> Passenger equipment that is equipped with a safety appliance that is directly attached to the equipment by welding (<I>i.e.</I>, no mechanical fastening of any kind) may be placed in service only if the railroad meets the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad submits a written list to FRA that identifies each piece of new passenger equipment equipped with a welded safety appliance as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section and provides a description of the specific safety appliance;
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad provides a detailed basis as to why the design of the vehicle or placement of the safety appliance requires that the safety appliance be directly welded to the equipment; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The involved safety appliance(s) on such equipment are inspected and handled pursuant to the requirements contained in § 238.229(g) through (k).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Other welded safety appliances and safety appliance brackets and supports.</I> Except for safety appliance brackets and supports identified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, safety appliance brackets and supports on passenger equipment shall not be welded to the car body unless the design of the equipment makes it impractical to mechanically fasten the safety appliance and it is impossible to meet the conditions for considering the bracket or support part of the car body contained in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. Prior to placing a piece of passenger equipment in service with a welded safety appliance bracket or support as described in this paragraph, the railroad shall submit documentation to FRA, for FRA's review and approval, containing all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Identification of the equipment by number, type, series, operating railroad, and other pertinent data;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identification of the safety appliance bracket(s) or support(s) not mechanically fastened to the equipment and not considered part of the car body under paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) A detailed analysis describing the necessity to attach the safety appliance bracket or support to the equipment by a means other than mechanical fastening;
</P>
<P>(iv) A detailed analysis describing the inability to make the bracket or support part of the car body as provided for in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(v) A copy and description of the consensus or other appropriate industry standard used to ensure the effectiveness and strength of the attachment;
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inspection and repair.</I> Passenger equipment with a welded safety appliance or a welded safety appliance bracket or support will be considered defective and shall be handled in accordance with § 238.17(e) if any part or portion of the weld is defective as defined in § 238.229(d). When appropriate, civil penalties for improperly using or hauling a piece of equipment with a defective welded safety appliance or safety appliance bracket or support addressed in this section will be assessed pursuant to the penalty schedule on FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> under the appropriate defect code contained therein.
</P>
<P>(1) Any safety appliance bracket or support approved by FRA pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section shall be inspected and handled in accordance with the requirements contained in § 238.229(g) through (k).
</P>
<P>(2) Any repair to a safety appliance bracket or support considered to be part of the car body under paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be conducted in accordance with APTA Standard SS-C&amp;S-020-03—Standard for Passenger Rail Vehicle Structural Repair (September 2003), or an alternative procedure approved by FRA pursuant to § 238.21, and shall ensure that the repair meets the requirements contained in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(vii) of this section. The Director of the Federal Register approves incorporation by reference of the APTA Standard SS-C&amp;S-020-03 (September 2003), “Standard for Passenger Rail Vehicle Structural Repair,” in this section in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated standard from the American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street, Washington, DC 20006. You may inspect a copy of the incorporated standard at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Passenger cars of special construction.</I> A railroad or a railroad's recognized representative may submit a request for special approval of alternative compliance pursuant to § 238.21 relating to the safety appliance arrangements on any passenger car considered a car of special construction under § 231.18 of this chapter. Any such petition shall be in the form of an industry-wide standard and at a minimum shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the type(s) of car to which the standard would be applicable;
</P>
<P>(2) As nearly as possible, based upon the design of the equipment, ensure that the standard provides for the same complement of handholds, sill steps, ladders, hand or parking brakes, running boards, and other safety appliances as are required for a piece of equipment of the nearest approximate type already identified in part 231 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) Comply with all statutory requirements relating to safety appliances contained at 49 U.S.C. 20301 and 20302;
</P>
<P>(4) Specifically address the number, dimension, location, and manner of application of each safety appliance contained in the standard;
</P>
<P>(5) Provide specific analysis regarding why and how the standard was developed and specifically discuss the need or benefit of the safety appliance arrangement contained in the standard;
</P>
<P>(6) Include drawings, sketches, or other visual aids that provide detailed information relating to the design, location, placement, and attachment of the safety appliances; and
</P>
<P>(7) Demonstrate the ergonomic suitability of the proposed arrangements in normal use.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Civil penalties.</I> Any industry standard approved pursuant to § 238.21 will be enforced against any person who violates any provision of the approved standard or causes the violation of any such provision. Civil penalties will be assessed under part 231 of this chapter by using the applicable defect code contained on FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 61860, Oct. 19, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009; 84 FR 23736, May 23, 2019; 90 FR 28187, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.231" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.231   Brake system.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in this section, on or after September 9, 1999 the following requirements apply to all passenger equipment and passenger trains.
</P>
<P>(a) A passenger train's primary brake system shall be capable of stopping the train with a service application from its maximum authorized operating speed within the signal spacing existing on the track over which the train is operating.
</P>
<P>(b) Where practicable, the design of passenger equipment ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, shall not require an inspector to place himself or herself on, under, or between components of the equipment to observe brake actuation or release. Passenger equipment not designed in this manner shall be equipped and handled in accordance with one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Equipped with piston travel indicators as defined in § 238.5 or devices of similar design and inspected pursuant to the requirements contained in § 238.313 (j); or
</P>
<P>(2) Equipped with brake indicators as defined in § 238.5, designed so that the pressure sensor is placed in a location so that nothing may interfere with the air flow to brake cylinder and inspected pursuant to the requirements contained in § 238.313 (j). 
</P>
<P>(c) Passenger equipment shall be provided with an emergency brake application feature that produces an irretrievable stop, using a brake rate consistent with prevailing adhesion, passenger safety, and brake system thermal capacity. An emergency brake application shall be available at any time, and shall be initiated by an unintentional parting of the train.
</P>
<P>(d) A passenger train brake system shall respond as intended to signals from a train brake control line or lines. Control lines shall be designed so that failure or breakage of a control line will cause the brakes to apply or will result in a default to control lines that meet this requirement.
</P>
<P>(e) Introduction of alcohol or other chemicals into the air brake system of passenger equipment is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(f) The operating railroad shall require that the design and operation of the brake system results in wheels that are free of condemnable cracks.
</P>
<P>(g) Disc brakes shall be designed and operated to produce a surface temperature no greater than the safe operating temperature recommended by the disc manufacturer and verified by testing or previous service.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Hand brakes and parking brakes.</I> (1) Except for a locomotive that is ordered before September 8, 2000 or placed in service for the first time before September 9, 2002, and except for MU locomotives, all locomotives shall be equipped with a hand or parking brake that can:
</P>
<P>(i) Be applied or activated by hand;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be released by hand; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Hold the loaded unit on the maximum grade anticipated by the operating railroad.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for a private car and locomotives addressed in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, all other passenger equipment, including MU locomotives, shall be equipped with a hand brake that meets the requirements for hand brakes contained in part 231 of this chapter and that can:
</P>
<P>(i) Be applied or activated by hand;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be released by hand; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Hold the loaded unit on the maximum grade anticipated by the operating railroad.
</P>
<P>(3) Except for MU locomotives, on locomotives so equipped, the hand or parking brake as well as its parts and connections shall be inspected, and necessary repairs made, as often as service requires but no less frequently than every 368 days. The date of the last inspection shall be either entered on Form FRA F 6180-49A, suitably stenciled or tagged on the equipment, or maintained electronically provided FRA has access to the record upon request.
</P>
<P>(4) A train's air brake shall not be depended upon to hold unattended equipment (including a locomotive, a car, or a train whether or not locomotive is attached). For purposes of this section, “unattended equipment” means equipment left standing and unmanned in such a manner that the brake system of the equipment cannot be readily controlled by a qualified person. Unattended equipment shall be secured in accordance with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) A sufficient number of hand or parking brakes shall be applied to hold the equipment. Railroads shall develop and implement a process or procedure to verify that the applied hand or parking brakes will sufficiently hold the equipment with the air brakes released;
</P>
<P>(ii) Except for equipment connected to a source of compressed air (e.g., locomotive or ground air source), prior to leaving equipment unattended, the brake pipe shall be reduced to zero at a rate that is no less than a service rate reduction;
</P>
<P>(iii) At a minimum, the hand or parking brake shall be fully applied on at least one locomotive or vehicle in an unattended locomotive consist or train;
</P>
<P>(iv) A railroad shall develop, adopt, and comply with procedures for securing any unattended locomotive required to have a hand or parking brake applied when the locomotive is not equipped with an operative hand or parking brake;
</P>
<P>(v) A railroad shall adopt and comply with instructions to address throttle position, status of the reverser lever, position of the generator field switch, status of the independent brakes, position of the isolation switch, and position of the automatic brake valve, or the functional equivalent of these items, on all unattended locomotives. The procedures and instruction shall take into account weather conditions as they relate to throttle position and reverser handle; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Any hand or parking brakes applied to hold unattended equipment shall not be released until it is known that the air brake system is properly charged.
</P>
<P>(i) Passenger cars shall be equipped with a means to apply the emergency brake that is accessible to passengers and located in the vestibule or passenger compartment. The emergency brake shall be clearly identified and marked.
</P>
<P>(j) Locomotives ordered after September 8, 2000, or placed in service for the first time after September 9, 2002, that are equipped with blended brakes shall be designed so that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The blending of friction and dynamic brake to obtain the correct retarding force is automatic;
</P>
<P>(2) Loss of power or failure of the dynamic brake does not result in exceeding the allowable stopping distance;
</P>
<P>(3) The friction brake alone is adequate to safely stop the train under all operating conditions; and
</P>
<P>(4) Operation of the friction brake alone does not result in thermal damage to wheels or disc rotor surface temperatures exceeding the manufacturer's recommendation.
</P>
<P>(k) For new designs of braking systems, the design process shall include computer modeling or dynamometer simulation of train braking that shows compliance with paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section over the range of equipment operating speeds. A new simulation is required prior to implementing a change in operating parameters.
</P>
<P>(l) Locomotives ordered on or after September 8, 2000 or placed in service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, shall be equipped with effective air coolers or dryers that provide air to the main reservoir with a dew point at least 10 degrees F. below ambient temperature.
</P>
<P>(m) When a passenger train is operated in either direct or graduated release— 
</P>
<P>(1) All the cars in the train consist shall be set up in the same operating mode or 
</P>
<P>(2) Up to two cars may be operated in direct release mode when the rest of the cars in the train are operated in graduated release mode, provided that the cars operated in direct release mode are hauled at the rear of the train consist. 
</P>
<P>(n) Before adjusting piston travel or working on brake rigging, the cutout cock in the brake pipe branch must be closed and the air reservoirs must be voided of all compressed air. When cutout cocks are provided in brake cylinder pipes, these cutout cocks may be closed, and air reservoirs need not be voided of all compressed air. 
</P>
<P>(o) All passenger trains to which this part applies shall comply with the requirements covering the use of two-way end-of-train devices contained in part 232 of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41307, July 3, 2000; 71 FR 61861, Oct. 19, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.233" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.233   Interior fittings and surfaces.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each seat in a passenger car shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Be securely fastened to the car body so as to withstand an individually applied acceleration of 4g acting in the lateral direction and 4g acting in the upward vertical direction on the deadweight of the seat or seats, if held in tandem; and
</P>
<P>(2) Have an attachment to the car body of an ultimate strength capable of resisting simultaneously:
</P>
<P>(i) The longitudinal inertial force of 8g acting on the mass of the seat; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The load associated with the impact into the seatback of an unrestrained 95th-percentile adult male initially seated behind the seat, when the floor to which the seat is attached decelerates with a triangular crash pulse having a peak of 8g and a duration of 250 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(b) Overhead storage racks in a passenger car shall provide longitudinal and lateral restraint for stowed articles. Overhead storage racks shall be attached to the car body with sufficient strength to resist loads due to the following individually applied accelerations acting on the mass of the luggage stowed as determined by the railroad:
</P>
<P>(1) Longitudinal: 8g;
</P>
<P>(2) Vertical: 4g; and
</P>
<P>(3) Lateral: 4g.
</P>
<P>(c) Other interior fittings within a passenger car shall be attached to the car body with sufficient strength to withstand the following individually applied accelerations acting on the mass of the fitting:
</P>
<P>(1) Longitudinal: 8g;
</P>
<P>(2) Vertical: 4g; and
</P>
<P>(3) Lateral: 4g.
</P>
<P>(d) To the extent possible, all interior fittings in a passenger car, except seats, shall be recessed or flush-mounted.
</P>
<P>(e) Sharp edges and corners in a locomotive cab and a passenger car shall be either avoided or padded to mitigate the consequences of an impact with such surfaces.
</P>
<P>(f) Locomotives required to be constructed in accordance with subpart D of part 229 of this chapter shall have cab seat attachment in compliance with § 229.206 of this chapter, in lieu of the following requirements of this paragraph. Each seat provided for a crewmember regularly assigned to occupy the cab of a locomotive and each floor-mounted seat in the cab shall be secured to the car body with an attachment having an ultimate strength capable of withstanding the loads due to the following individually applied accelerations acting on the combined mass of the seat and a 95th-percentile adult male occupying it:
</P>
<P>(1) Longitudinal: 8g;
</P>
<P>(2) Lateral: 4g; and
</P>
<P>(3) Vertical: 4g.
</P>
<P>(g) If, for purposes of showing compliance with the requirements of this section, the strength of a seat attachment is to be demonstrated through sled testing, the seat structure and seat attachment to the sled that is used in such testing must be representative of the actual seat structure in, and seat attachment to, the rail vehicle subject to the requirements of this section. If the attachment strength of any other interior fitting is to be demonstrated through sled testing, for purposes of showing compliance with the requirements of this section, such testing shall be conducted in a similar manner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 71 FR 36917, June 28, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.235" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.235   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.237" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.237   Automated monitoring.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as further specified in this paragraph, on or after November 8, 1999 a working alerter or deadman control shall be provided in the controlling locomotive of each passenger train operating in other than cab signal, automatic train control, or automatic train stop territory. If the controlling locomotive is ordered on or after September 8, 2000, or placed into service for the first time on or after September 9, 2002, a working alerter shall be provided.
</P>
<P>(b) Alerter or deadman control timing shall be set by the operating railroad taking into consideration maximum train speed and capabilities of the signal system. The railroad shall document the basis for setting alerter or deadman control timing and make this documentation available to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(c) If the train operator does not respond to the alerter or maintain proper contact with the deadman control, it shall initiate a penalty brake application.
</P>
<P>(d) The following procedures apply if the alerter or deadman control fails en route and causes the locomotive to be in non-compliance with paragraph (a): 
</P>
<P>(1)(i) A second person qualified on the signal system and trained to apply the emergency brake shall be stationed in the locomotive cab; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The engineer shall be in constant communication with a second crewmember until the train reaches the next terminal.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A tag shall be prominently displayed in the locomotive cab to indicate that the alerter or deadman control is defective, until such device is repaired; and
</P>
<P>(ii) When the train reaches its next terminal or the locomotive undergoes its next calendar day inspection, whichever occurs first, the alerter or deadman control shall be repaired or the locomotive shall be removed as the controlling locomotive in the train.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 19991, Apr. 23, 2002]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.3.131.21.77" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 1 to Subpart C of Part 238

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er08ja10.004.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 1230, Jan. 8, 2010]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Requirements for Tier I Passenger Equipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.4.131.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.301   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart contains requirements pertaining to the inspection, testing, and maintenance of passenger equipment operating at speeds not exceeding 125 miles per hour. The requirements in this subpart address the inspection, testing, and maintenance of the brake system as well as other mechanical and electrical components covered by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Beginning on January 1, 2002, the requirements contained in this subpart shall apply to railroads operating Tier I passenger equipment covered by this part. A railroad may request earlier application of the requirements contained in this subpart upon written notification to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety as provided in § 238.1(c).
</P>
<P>(c) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of § 238.309 shall apply beginning September 9, 1999.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41307, July 3, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.4.131.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.303   Exterior calendar day mechanical inspection of passenger equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, each passenger car and each unpowered vehicle used in a passenger train shall receive an exterior mechanical inspection at least once each calendar day that the equipment is placed in service.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, all passenger equipment shall be inspected as required in this section at least once each calendar day that the equipment is placed in service to ensure that the equipment conforms with the requirement contained in paragraph (e)(15) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If a passenger care is also classified as a locomotive under part 229 of this chapter, the passenger car shall also receive a daily inspection pursuant to the requirements of § 229.21 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Each passenger car and each unpowered vehicle added to a passenger train shall receive an exterior calendar day mechanical inspection in accordance with the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, each passenger car and each unpowered vehicle added to a passenger train shall receive an exterior calendar day mechanical inspection at the time it is added to the train unless notice is provided to the train crew that an exterior mechanical inspection was performed on the car or vehicle on the last day it was used in passenger service. The notice required by this section shall contain the date, time, and location of the last exterior mechanical inspection; 
</P>
<P>(2) Each express car, freight car, and each unit of intermodal equipment (<I>e.g.,</I> RoadRailers ®) added to a passenger train shall receive an exterior calendar day mechanical inspection at the time it is added to the train, unless notice is provided to the train crew that an exterior mechanical inspection was performed on the car within the previous calendar day. The notice required by this section shall contain the date, time, and location of the last exterior mechanical inspection. 
</P>
<P>(c) The exterior calendar day mechanical inspection shall be performed by a qualified maintenance person.
</P>
<P>(d) The exterior calendar day mechanical inspection required by this section shall be conducted to the extent possible without uncoupling the trainset and without placing the equipment over a pit or on an elevated track.
</P>
<P>(e) As part of the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection, the railroad shall verify conformity with the following conditions, and nonconformity with any such condition renders the passenger car or unpowered vehicle used in a passenger train defective whenever discovered in service:
</P>
<P>(1) Products of combustion are released entirely outside the cab and other compartments.
</P>
<P>(2) Each battery container is vented and each battery is kept from gassing excessively.
</P>
<P>(3) Each coupler is in the following condition:
</P>
<P>(i) Sidewall or pin bearing bosses and the pulling face of the knuckles are not broken or cracked;
</P>
<P>(ii) The coupler assembly is equipped with anti-creep protection;
</P>
<P>(iii) The coupler carrier is not broken or cracked; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The yoke is not broken or cracked.
</P>
<P>(4) A device is provided under the lower end of all drawbar pins and articulated connection pins to prevent the pin from falling out of place in case of breakage.
</P>
<P>(5) The suspension system, including the spring rigging, is in the following condition:
</P>
<P>(i) Protective construction or safety hangers are provided to prevent spring planks, spring seats, or bolsters from dropping to the track structure in event of a hanger or spring failure;
</P>
<P>(ii) The top (long) leaf or any of the other three leaves of the elliptical spring is not broken, except when a spring is part of a nest of three or more springs and none of the other springs in the nest has its top leaf or any of the other three leaves broken;
</P>
<P>(iii) The outer coil spring or saddle is not broken;
</P>
<P>(iv) The equalizers, hangers, bolts, gibs, or pins are not cracked or broken;
</P>
<P>(v) The coil spring is not fully compressed when the car is at rest;
</P>
<P>(vi) The shock absorber is not broken or leaking oil or other fluid; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Each air bag or other pneumatic suspension system component inflates or deflates, as applicable, correctly and otherwise operates as intended.
</P>
<P>(6) Each truck is in the following condition:
</P>
<P>(i) Each tie bar is not loose;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each motor suspension lug, equalizer, hanger, gib, or pin is not cracked or broken; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The truck frame is not broken and is not cracked in a stress area that may affect its structural integrity.
</P>
<P>(7) Each side bearing is in the following condition:
</P>
<P>(i) Each friction side bearing with springs designed to carry weight does not have more than 25 percent of the springs in any one nest broken;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each friction side bearing does not run in contact unless designed to operate in that manner; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The maximum clearance of each side bearing does not exceed the manufacturer's recommendation.
</P>
<P>(8) Each wheel does not have any of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) A single flat spot that is 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or more in length, or two adjoining spots that are each two or more inches in length;
</P>
<P>(ii) A gouge or chip in the flange that is more than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in length and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch in width;
</P>
<P>(iii) A broken rim, if the tread, measured from the flange at a point 
<FR>5/8</FR> of an inch above the tread, is less than 3
<FR>3/4</FR> inches in width;
</P>
<P>(iv) A shelled-out spot 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or more in length, or two adjoining spots that are each two or more inches in length;
</P>
<P>(v) A seam running lengthwise that is within 3
<FR>3/4</FR> inches of the flange;
</P>
<P>(vi) A flange worn to a 
<FR>7/8</FR> inch thickness or less, gauged at a point 
<FR>3/8</FR> of an inch above the tread;
</P>
<P>(vii) A tread worn hollow 
<FR>5/16</FR> of an inch or more;
</P>
<P>(viii) A flange height of 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches or more measured from the tread to the top of the flange;
</P>
<P>(ix) A rim less than 1 inch thick;
</P>
<P>(x) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(8)(iii) of this section, a crack or break in the flange, tread, rim, plate, or hub; 
</P>
<P>(xi) A loose wheel; or
</P>
<P>(xii) A weld.
</P>
<P>(9) No part or appliance of a passenger coach, except the wheels, is less than 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches above the top of the rail.
</P>
<P>(10) Each unguarded, noncurrent-carrying metal part subject to becoming charged is grounded or thoroughly insulated.
</P>
<P>(11) Each jumper and cable connection is in the following condition:
</P>
<P>(i) Each jumpers and cable connection between coaches, between locomotives, or between a locomotive and a coach is located and guarded in a manner that provides sufficient vertical clearance. Jumpers and cable connections may not hang with one end free;
</P>
<P>(ii) The insulation is not broken or badly chafed;
</P>
<P>(iii) No plug, receptacle, or terminal is broken; and
</P>
<P>(iv) No strand of wire is broken or protruding.
</P>
<P>(12) Each door and cover plate guarding high voltage equipment is marked “Danger—High Voltage” or with the word “Danger” and the normal voltage carried by the parts so protected.
</P>
<P>(13) Each buffer plate is in place.
</P>
<P>(14) Each diaphragm, if any, is in place and properly aligned.
</P>
<P>(15) Each secondary braking system is in operating mode and does not have any known defective condition which prevents its proper operation. If the dynamic brakes on a locomotive are found not to be in operating mode or are known to have a defective condition which prevents their proper operation at the time that the exterior mechanical inspection is performed or at any other time while the locomotive is in service, the following requirements shall be met in order to continue the locomotive in service:
</P>
<P>(i) MU locomotives equipped with dynamic brakes found not to be in operating mode or containing a defective condition which prevents the proper operation of the dynamic brakes shall be handled in accordance with the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(A) A tag bearing the words “inoperative dynamic brakes” shall be securely displayed in a conspicuous location in the cab of the locomotive and contain the locomotive number, the date and location where the condition was discovered, and the signature of the individual who discovered the condition; 
</P>
<P>(B) The locomotive engineer shall be informed in writing that the dynamic brakes on the locomotive are inoperative at the location where the locomotive engineer first takes charge of the train; and
</P>
<P>(C) The inoperative or defective dynamic brakes shall be repaired or removed from service by or at the locomotive's next exterior calendar day mechanical inspection. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Conventional locomotives equipped with dynamic brakes found not to be in operating mode or containing a defective condition which prevents the proper operation of the dynamic brakes shall be handled in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(A) A tag bearing the words “inoperative dynamic brakes” shall be securely displayed in a conspicuous location in the cab of the locomotive and contain the locomotive number, the date and location where the condition was discovered, and the signature of the person discovering the condition;
</P>
<P>(B) The locomotive engineer shall be informed in writing that the dynamic brakes on the locomotive are inoperative at the location where the locomotive engineer first takes charge of the train; and
</P>
<P>(C) The inoperative or defective dynamic brakes shall be repaired within 3 calendar days of being found in defective condition or at the locomotive's next periodic inspection pursuant to § 229.23 of this chapter, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(16) All roller bearings do not have any of the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(i) A sign of having been overheated as evidenced by discoloration or other telltale sign of overheating, such as damage to the seal or distortion of any bearing component; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A loose or missing cap screw; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A broken, missing, or improperly applied cap screw lock; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) A seal that is loose or damaged or permits leakage of lubricant in clearly formed droplets. 
</P>
<P>(17) Each air compressor, on passenger equipment so equipped, shall be in effective and operative condition. MU passenger equipment found with an inoperative or ineffective air compressor at the time of its exterior calendar day mechanical inspection may remain in passenger service until the equipment's next exterior calendar day mechanical inspection where it must be repaired or removed from passenger service; provided, all of the following requirements are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The equipment has an inherent redundancy of air compressors, due to either the make-up of the train consist or the design of the equipment;
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad demonstrates through verifiable data, analysis, or actual testing that the safety and integrity of a train is not compromised in any manner by the inoperative or ineffective air compressor. The data, analysis, or test shall establish the maximum number of air compressors that may be inoperative based on size of the train consist, the type of passenger equipment in the train, and the number of service and emergency brake applications typically expected in the run profile for the involved train;
</P>
<P>(iii) The involved train does not exceed the maximum number of inoperative or ineffective air compressors established in accordance with paragraph (e)(17)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iv) A qualified maintenance person determines and verifies that the inoperative or ineffective air compressor does not compromise the safety or integrity of the train and that it is safe to move the equipment in passenger service;
</P>
<P>(v) The train crew is informed in writing of the number of units in the train consist with inoperative or ineffective air compressors at the location where the train crew first takes charge of the train;
</P>
<P>(vi) A record is maintained of the inoperative or ineffective air compressor pursuant to the requirements contained in § 238.17(c)(4); and
</P>
<P>(vii) Prior to operating equipment under the provisions contained in this paragraph, the railroad shall provide in writing to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety the maximum number of inoperative or ineffective air compressors identified in accordance with paragraph (e)(17)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(viii) The data, analysis, or testing developed and conducted under paragraph (e)(17)(ii) of this section shall be made available to FRA upon request. FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety may revoke a railroad's ability to utilize the flexibility provided in this paragraph if the railroad fails to comply with the maximum limits established under paragraph (e)(17)(ii) or if such maximum limits are not supported by credible data or do not provide adequate safety assurances.
</P>
<P>(18) All rescue-access-related exterior markings, signage, and instructions required by §§ 238.112 and 238.114 shall be in place and, as applicable, conspicuous or legible, or both.
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraphs (e)(18)(ii) and (iii) of this section, passenger equipment that has any required rescue-access-related exterior marking, signage, or instruction that is missing, illegible, or inconspicuous may remain in passenger service until no later than the equipment's fourth exterior calendar day mechanical inspection or next periodic mechanical inspection required under § 238.307, whichever occurs first, after the noncomplying condition is discovered, where the car shall be repaired or removed from service.
</P>
<P>(ii) A passenger car having more than 50 percent of the windows on a side of a level of the car designated and properly marked for rescue access that has any required rescue-access-related exterior marking, signage, or instruction that is missing, illegible, or inconspicuous on any of the other windows on that side and level of the car may remain in passenger service until no later than the car's next periodic mechanical inspection required under § 238.307, where the car shall be repaired or removed from service.
</P>
<P>(iii) A passenger car that is a sleeping car that has more than two consecutive windows with any required rescue access-related exterior marking, signage, or instruction at or near their locations that is missing, illegible, or inconspicuous may remain in passenger service until no later than the car's next periodic mechanical inspection required under § 238.307, where the car shall be repaired or removed from service.
</P>
<P>(iv) A record shall be maintained of any noncomplying marking, signage, or instruction described in paragraphs (e)(18)(i) through (iii) of this section that contains the date and time that the defective condition was first discovered. This record shall be retained until all necessary repairs are completed.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exception.</I> A long-distance intercity passenger train that misses a scheduled exterior calendar day mechanical inspection due to a delay en route may continue in service to the location where the inspection was scheduled to be performed. At that point, an exterior calendar day mechanical inspection shall be performed prior to returning the equipment to service. This flexibility applies only to the exterior mechanical safety inspections required by this section, and does not relieve the railroad of the responsibility to perform a calendar day inspection on a unit classified as a “locomotive” under part 229 of this chapter as required by § 229.21 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Records.</I> A record shall be maintained of each exterior calendar day mechanical inspection performed.
</P>
<P>(1) This record may be maintained in writing or electronically provided FRA has access to the record upon request.
</P>
<P>(2) The written or electronic record must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The identification number of the unit;
</P>
<P>(ii) The place, date, and time of the inspection;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any non-complying conditions found; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The signature or electronic identification of the inspector. 
</P>
<P>(3) This record may be part of a single master report covering an entire group of cars and equipment.
</P>
<P>(4) This record shall be maintained at the place where the inspection is conducted or at one central location and shall be retained for at least 92 days.
</P>
<P>(h) Cars requiring a single car test in accordance with § 238.311 that are being moved in service to a location where the single car test can be performed shall have the single car test completed prior to, or as a part of, the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41307, July 3, 2000; 71 FR 61862, Oct. 19, 2006; 73 FR 6412, Feb. 1, 2008; 78 FR 71814, Nov. 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.4.131.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.305   Interior calendar day mechanical inspection of passenger cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, each passenger car shall receive an interior mechanical inspection at least once each calendar day that it is placed in service.
</P>
<P>(b) The interior calendar day mechanical inspection shall be performed by a qualified person or a qualified maintenance person.
</P>
<P>(c) As part of the interior calendar day mechanical inspection, the railroad shall verify conformity with the following conditions, and nonconformity with any such condition renders the car defective when discovered in service, except as provided in paragraphs (c)(8) through (13) and paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) All fan openings, exposed gears and pinions, exposed moving parts of mechanisms, pipes carrying hot gases and high-voltage equipment, switches, circuit breakers, contactors, relays, grid resistors, and fuses are installed in non-hazardous locations or equipped with guards to prevent personal injury. 
</P>
<P>(2) Floors of passageways and compartments are free from oil, water, waste, or any obstruction that creates a slipping, tripping, or fire hazard, and floors are properly treated to provide secure footing. 
</P>
<P>(3) All D rings, pull handles, or other means to access manual door releases are in place based on a visual inspection. 
</P>
<P>(4) All emergency equipment, including a fire extinguisher, pry bar, auxiliary portable lighting, and first aid kits, as applicable, are in place. 
</P>
<P>(5) The words “Emergency Brake Valve” are legibly stenciled or marked near each brake pipe valve or shown on an adjacent badge plate. 
</P>
<P>(6) All doors and cover plates guarding high voltage equipment are marked “Danger—High Voltage” or with the word “Danger” and the normal voltage carried by the parts so protected. 
</P>
<P>(7) All safety-related signage is in place and legible. 
</P>
<P>(8) All trap doors safely operate and securely latch in place in both the up and down position. A non-complying car may continue in passenger service pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, if the trap door can be secured by locking out the door for which it is used. 
</P>
<P>(9) All vestibule steps are illuminated. A non-complying car may continue in passenger service pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, if the car will be used solely in high-platform service. 
</P>
<P>(10) All end doors and side doors operate safely and as intended. A noncomplying car may continue in passenger service pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section—
</P>
<P>(i) If at least one operative and accessible door is available on each side of the car;
</P>
<P>(ii) The train crew is provided written notification of the noncomplying condition; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A notice is prominently displayed directly on the defective door indicating that the door is defective.
</P>
<P>(11) Low-location emergency exit path markings required by § 238.127 are in place and conspicuous.
</P>
<P>(12) On passenger cars so equipped, public address and intercom systems shall be operative and function as intended. A passenger car with an inoperative or nonfunctioning public address or intercom system may remain in passenger service until no later than the car's fourth interior calendar day mechanical inspection or next periodic mechanical inspection required under § 238.307, whichever occurs first, or for a passenger car used in long-distance intercity train service until the eighth interior calendar day mechanical inspection or next periodic mechanical inspection required under § 238.307, whichever occurs first, after the noncomplying condition is discovered, where it shall be repaired or removed from service; provided, the train crew is given written notification of the noncomplying condition, and all of the requirements contained in paragraph (d)(3) of this section are met.
</P>
<P>(13) Removable panels and removable windows in vestibule doors and in other interior doors used for passage through a passenger car are properly in place and secured, based on a visual inspection. A noncomplying passenger car may remain in passenger service until no later than the car's fourth interior calendar day mechanical inspection or next periodic mechanical inspection required under § 238.307, whichever occurs first, or for a passenger car used in long-distance intercity train service until the eighth interior calendar day mechanical inspection or next periodic mechanical inspection required under § 238.307, whichever occurs first, after the noncomplying condition is discovered, where it shall be repaired or removed from service; provided—
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad has developed and follows written procedures for mitigating the hazard(s) caused by the noncomplying condition. The railroad's procedures shall include consideration of the type of door in which the removable panel or removable window is located, the manner in which the door is normally opened, and the risk of personal injury resulting from a missing, broken, or improperly secured removable panel or removable window; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The train crew is provided written notification of the noncomplying condition.
</P>
<P>(d) Any passenger car found not to be in compliance with the requirements contained in paragraphs (c)(5) through (11) of this section at the time of its interior calendar day mechanical inspection may remain in passenger service until the car's next interior calendar day mechanical inspection, where it must be repaired or removed from passenger service; provided, all of the specific conditions contained in paragraphs (c)(8) through (10) of this section are met and all of the following requirements are met:
</P>
<P>(1) A qualified person or a qualified maintenance person determines that the repairs necessary to bring the car into compliance cannot be performed at the time that the current day's interior mechanical inspection is conducted; 
</P>
<P>(2) A qualified person or a qualified maintenance person determines that it is safe to move the equipment in passenger service; and 
</P>
<P>(3) A record is maintained of the non-complying condition with the date and time that the condition was first discovered. 
</P>
<P>(e) A long-distance intercity passenger train that misses a scheduled calendar day interior mechanical inspection due to a delay en route may continue in service to the location where the inspection was scheduled to be performed. At that point, an interior calendar day mechanical inspection shall be performed prior to returning the equipment to service.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Records.</I> A record shall be maintained of each interior calendar day mechanical inspection performed.
</P>
<P>(1) This record may be maintained in writing or electronically provided FRA has access to the record upon request.
</P>
<P>(2) The written or electronic record must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The identification number of the unit;
</P>
<P>(ii) The place, date, and time of the inspection;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any non-complying conditions found; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The signature or electronic identification of the inspector. 
</P>
<P>(3) This record may be part of a single master report covering an entire group of cars and equipment.
</P>
<P>(4) This record shall be maintained at the place where the inspection is conducted or at one central location and shall be retained for at least 92 days.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41308, July 3, 2000; 73 FR 6412, Feb. 1, 2008; 78 FR 71814, Nov. 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.4.131.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.307   Periodic mechanical inspection of passenger cars and unpowered vehicles used in passenger trains.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Railroads shall conduct periodic mechanical inspections of all passenger cars and all unpowered vehicles used in a passenger train as required by this section or as warranted and justified by data developed pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section. A periodic inspection conducted under part 229 of this chapter satisfies the requirement of this section with respect to the features inspected.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad may, upon written notification to FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety, adopt and comply with alternative periodic mechanical inspection intervals for specific components or equipment in lieu of the requirements of this section. Any alternative interval must be based upon a documented reliability assessment conducted under a system safety plan subject to periodic peer audit. (See Appendix E to this part for a discussion of the general principles of reliability-based maintenance programs.) The periodic inspection intervals provided in this section may be changed only when justified by accumulated, verifiable data that provides a high level of confidence that the component(s) will not fail in a manner resulting in harm to persons. FRA may monitor and review a railroad's implementation and compliance with any alternative interval adopted. FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety may prohibit or revoke a railroad's ability to utilize an alternative inspection interval if FRA determines that the adopted interval is not supported by credible data or does not provide adequate safety assurances. Such a determination will be made in writing and will state the basis for such action.
</P>
<P>(b) Each periodic mechanical inspection required by this section shall be performed by a qualified maintenance person.
</P>
<P>(c) The periodic mechanical inspection shall specifically include the following interior and exterior mechanical components, which shall be inspected not less frequently than every 184 days. At a minimum, this inspection shall determine that:
</P>
<P>(1) Seats and seat attachments are not broken or loose. If a car is found with a seat that is not in compliance with this requirement while being used between periodic mechanical inspections, the equipment may continue to be used in passenger service until the performance of an interior calendar day mechanical inspection pursuant to § 238.305 on the day following the discovery of the defective condition provided the seat is rendered unuseable, a notice is prominently displayed on the seat, and a record is maintained with the date and time that the non-complying condition was discovered. 
</P>
<P>(2) Luggage racks are not broken or loose. 
</P>
<P>(3) All beds and bunks are not broken or loose, and all restraints or safety latches and straps are in place and function as intended. 
</P>
<P>(4)(i) A representative sample of the following emergency systems properly operate:
</P>
<P>(A) Door removable panels, removable windows, manual override devices, and retention mechanisms, as applicable, in accordance with § 238.112; and
</P>
<P>(B) Emergency window exits, in accordance with § 238.113.
</P>
<P>(ii) This portion of the periodic mechanical inspection may be conducted independently of the other requirements in this paragraph (c); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Each railroad shall retain records of the inspection, testing, and maintenance of the emergency window exits for two calendar years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate.
</P>
<P>(5) With regard to the following emergency systems:
</P>
<P>(i) Emergency lighting systems required under § 238.115 are in place and operational; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Low-location emergency exit path marking systems required under § 238.127 are operational.
</P>
<P>(6) With regard to switches: 
</P>
<P>(i) All hand-operated switches carrying currents with a potential of more than 150 volts that may be operated while under load are covered and are operative from the outside of the cover; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A means is provided to display whether the switches are open or closed; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Switches not designed to be operated safely while under load are legibly marked with the voltage carried and the words “must not be operated under load”. 
</P>
<P>(7) Each coupler is in the following condition: 
</P>
<P>(i) The distance between the guard arm and the knuckle nose is not more than 5
<FR>1/8</FR> inches on standard type couplers (MCB contour 1904), or not more than 5
<FR>5/16</FR> inches on D&amp;E couplers; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The free slack in the coupler or drawbar not absorbed by friction devices or draft gears is not more than 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The draft gear is not broken, to the extent possible without dropping cover plates. 
</P>
<P>(8) All trucks are equipped with a device or securing arrangement to prevent the truck and car body from separating in case of derailment. 
</P>
<P>(9) All center castings on trucks are not cracked or broken, to the extent possible without jacking the car and rolling out the trucks. However, an extensive inspection of all center castings shall be conducted by jacking the equipment and rolling out the trucks at each COT&amp;S cycle provided in § 238.309 for the equipment. 
</P>
<P>(10) All mechanical systems and components of the equipment are free of all the following general conditions that endanger the safety of the crew, passengers, or equipment: 
</P>
<P>(i) A continuous accumulation of oil or grease; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Improper functioning of a component; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A crack, break, excessive wear, structural defect, or weakness of a component; 
</P>
<P>(iv) A leak; 
</P>
<P>(v) Use of a component or system under a condition that exceeds that for which the component or system is designed to operate; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) Insecure attachment of a component.
</P>
<P>(11) All of the items identified in the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection contained at § 238.303 are in conformity with the conditions prescribed in that section. 
</P>
<P>(12) All of the items identified in the interior calendar day mechanical inspection contained at § 238.305 are in conformity with the conditions prescribed in that section. 
</P>
<P>(13) The hand or parking brake shall be applied and released to determine that it functions as intended.
</P>
<P>(d) At an interval not to exceed 368 days, the periodic mechanical inspection shall specifically include inspection of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Manual door releases, to determine that all manual door releases operate as intended;
</P>
<P>(2) The hand or parking brake as well as its parts and connections, to determine that they are in proper condition and operate as intended. The date of the last inspection shall be either entered on Form FRA F 6180-49A, suitably stenciled or tagged on the equipment, or maintained electronically provided FRA has access to the record upon request; and
</P>
<P>(3) Emergency roof access markings and instructions required under § 238.123(e), to determine that they are in place and, as applicable, conspicuous or legible, or both.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Records.</I> (1) A record shall be maintained of each periodic mechanical inspection required to be performed by this section. This record shall be maintained in writing or electronically, provided FRA has access to the record upon request. The record shall be maintained either in the railroad's files, the cab of the locomotive, or a designated location in the passenger car. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, the record shall be retained until the next periodic mechanical inspection of the same type is performed and shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The date of the inspection; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The location where the inspection was performed; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The signature or electronic identification of the inspector; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The signature or electronic identification of the inspector's supervisor. 
</P>
<P>(2) Detailed documentation of any reliability assessments depended upon for implementing an alternative inspection interval under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, including underlying data, shall be retained during the period that the alternative inspection interval is in effect. Data documenting inspections, tests, component replacement and renewals, and failures shall be retained for not less than three (3) inspection intervals.
</P>
<P>(f) Nonconformity with any of the conditions set forth in this section renders the car or vehicle defective whenever discovered in service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41308, July 3, 2000; 71 FR 61862, Oct. 19, 2006; 73 FR 6412, Feb. 1, 2008; 78 FR 71815, Nov. 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.309" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.4.131.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.309   Periodic brake equipment maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) This section contains the minimum intervals at which the brake equipment on various types of passenger equipment shall be periodically cleaned, repaired, and tested. This maintenance procedure requires that all of the equipment's brake system pneumatic components that contain moving parts and are sealed against air leaks be removed from the equipment, disassembled, cleaned, and lubricated and that the parts that can deteriorate with age be replaced.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad may petition FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety to approve alternative maintenance procedures providing equivalent safety, in lieu of the requirements of this section. The petition shall be filed as provided in § 238.21.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>DMU and MU locomotives.</I> The brake equipment and brake cylinders of each DMU or MU locomotive shall be cleaned, repaired, and tested, and the filtering devices or dirt collectors located in the main reservoir supply line to the air brake system cleaned, repaired, or replaced at intervals in accordance with the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) Every 736 days if the DMU or MU locomotive is part of a fleet that is not 100 percent equipped with air dryers;
</P>
<P>(2) Every 1,104 days if the DMU or MU locomotive is part of a fleet that is 100 percent equipped with air dryers and is equipped with PS-68, 26-C, 26-L, PS-90, CS-1, RT-2, RT-5A, GRB-1, CS-2, or 26-R brake systems. (This listing of brake system types is intended to subsume all brake systems using 26 type, ABD, or ABDW control valves and PS68, PS-90, 26B-1, 26C, 26CE, 26-B1, 30CDW, or 30ECDW engineer's brake valves.);
</P>
<P>(3) Every 1,840 days if the DMU or MU locomotive is part of a fleet that is 100 percent equipped with air dryers and is equipped with KB-HL1, KB-HS1, or KBCT1; and,
</P>
<P>(4) Every 736 days for all other DMU or MU locomotives.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conventional locomotives.</I> The brake equipment of each conventional locomotive shall be cleaned, repaired, and tested in accordance with the schedule provided in § 229.29 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Passenger coaches and other unpowered vehicles.</I> The brake equipment on each passenger coach and each unpowered vehicle used in a passenger train shall be cleaned, repaired, and tested at intervals in accordance with following schedule: 
</P>
<P>(1) Every 2,208 days for a coach or vehicle equipped with an AB-type brake system. 
</P>
<P>(2) Every 1,476 days for a coach or vehicle equipped with a 26-C or equivalent brake system; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Every 1,104 days for a coach or vehicle equipped with other than an AB, ABD, ABDX, 26-C, or equivalent brake system. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Cab cars.</I> The brake equipment of each cab car shall be cleaned, repaired, and tested at intervals in accordance with the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) Every 1,840 days for locomotives equipped with CCB-1, CCB-2, CCB-26, EPIC 1 (formerly EPIC 3102), EPIC 3102D2, EPIC 2, KB-HS1, or Fastbrake brake systems.
</P>
<P>(2) Every 1,476 days for that portion of the cab car brake system using brake valves that are identical to the passenger coach 26-C brake system;
</P>
<P>(3) Every 1,104 days for that portion of the cab car brake system using brake valves that are identical to the locomotive 26-L brake system; and
</P>
<P>(4) Every 736 days for all other types of cab car brake valves.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Records of periodic maintenance.</I> (1) The date and place of the cleaning, repairing, and testing required by this section shall be recorded on Form FRA 6180-49A or a similar form developed by the railroad containing the same information, and the person performing the work and that person's supervisor shall sign the form, if possible. Alternatively, the railroad may stencil the vehicle with the date and place of the cleaning, repairing, and testing and maintain an electronic record of the person performing the work and that person's supervisor.
</P>
<P>(2) A record of the parts of the air brake system that are cleaned, repaired, and tested shall be kept in the railroad's files, the cab of the locomotive, or a designated location in the passenger car until the next such periodic test is performed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41309, July 3, 2000; 77 FR 21357, Apr. 9, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.311" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.4.131.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.311   Single car test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for self-propelled passenger cars, single car tests of all passenger cars and all unpowered vehicles used in passenger trains shall be performed in accordance with either APTA Standard SS-M-005-98, “Code of Tests for Passenger Car Equipment Using Single Car Testing Device,” published March, 1998; or an alternative procedure approved by FRA pursuant to § 238.21. The incorporation by reference of this APTA standard was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the incorporated document from the American Public Transit Association, 1201 New York Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20005. You may inspect a copy of the document at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) Each single car test required by this section shall be performed by a qualified maintenance person.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad shall perform a single car test of the brake system of a car or vehicle described in paragraph (a) of this section if the car or vehicle is found with one or more of the following wheel defects:
</P>
<P>(1) Built-up tread;
</P>
<P>(2) Slid flat wheel;
</P>
<P>(3) Thermal crack;
</P>
<P>(4) Overheated wheel; or
</P>
<P>(5) Shelling.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad need not perform the single car test required in paragraph (c) of this section, if the railroad can establish that the wheel defect is other than built-up tread and is due to a cause other than a defective brake system on the car.
</P>
<P>(e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, a railroad shall perform a single car test of the brake system of a car or vehicle described in paragraph (a) of this section when:
</P>
<P>(1) Except for private cars, a car or vehicle is placed in service after having been out of service for 30 days or more; or 
</P>
<P>(2) One or more of the following conventional air brake equipment items is removed, repaired, or replaced:
</P>
<P>(i) Relay valve;
</P>
<P>(ii) Service portion;
</P>
<P>(iii) Emergency portion; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Pipe bracket.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exception.</I> If the single car test cannot be made at the point where repairs are made, the car may be moved in passenger service to the next forward location where the test can be made. A railroad may move a car in this fashion only after visually verifying an application and release of the brakes on both sides of the car that was repaired, and provided that the car is appropriately tagged to indicate the need to perform a single car test. The single car test shall be completed prior to, or as a part of, the car's next calendar day mechanical inspection.
</P>
<P>(g) If one or more of the following conventional air brake equipment items is removed, repaired, or replaced only that portion which is renewed or replaced must be tested to satisfy the provisions of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Brake reservoir;
</P>
<P>(2) Brake cylinder;
</P>
<P>(3) Piston assembly;
</P>
<P>(4) Vent valve;
</P>
<P>(5) Quick service valve;
</P>
<P>(6) Brake cylinder release valve;
</P>
<P>(7) Modulating valve or slack adjuster; or
</P>
<P>(8) Angle cock or cutout cock.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41309, July 3, 2000; 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.313" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.4.131.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.313   Class I brake test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each commuter and short-distance intercity passenger train shall receive a Class I brake test once each calendar day that the train is placed or continues in passenger service.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, each long-distance intercity passenger train shall receive a Class I brake test:
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to the train's departure from an originating terminal; and
</P>
<P>(2) Every 1,500 miles or once each additional calendar day, whichever occurs first, that the train remains in continuous passenger service.
</P>
<P>(c) Each passenger car and each unpowered vehicle added to a passenger train shall receive a Class I or Class IA brake test at the time it is added to the train unless notice is provided to the train crew that a Class I brake test was performed on the car within the previous calendar day and the car has not been disconnected from a source of compressed air for more than four hours prior to being added to the train. The notice required by this section shall contain the date, time, and location of the last Class I brake test. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each Class I brake test shall be performed by a qualified maintenance person.
</P>
<P>(e) Each Class I brake test may be performed either separately or in conjunction with the exterior calendar day mechanical inspection required under § 238.303.
</P>
<P>(f) Except as provided in § 238.15(b), a railroad shall not use or haul a passenger train in passenger service from a location where a Class I brake test has been performed, or was required by this part to have been performed, with less than 100 percent operative brakes.
</P>
<P>(g) A Class I brake test shall be performed at the air pressure at which the train's air brakes will be operated, but not less than 90 psi, and shall be made to determine and ensure that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The friction brakes apply and remain applied on each car in the train until a release of the brakes has been initiated on each car in response to train line electric, pneumatic, or other signals. This test shall include a verification that each side of each car's brake system responds properly to application and release signals;
</P>
<P>(2) The brake shoes or pads are firmly seated against the wheel or disc with the brakes applied;
</P>
<P>(3) Piston travel is within prescribed limits, either by direct observation, observation of a piston travel indicator, or in the case of tread or disc brakes by determining that the brake shoe or pad provides pressure to the wheel. For vehicles equipped with 8
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch or 10-inch diameter brake cylinders, piston travel shall be within 7 to 9 inches. If piston travel is found to be less than 7 inches or more than 9 inches, it must be adjusted to nominally 7
<FR>1/2</FR> inches. Proper release of the brakes can be determined by observation of the clearance between the brake shoe and the wheel or between the brake pad and the brake disc. 
</P>
<P>(4) The communicating signal system is tested and known to be operating as intended; a tested and operating two-way radio system meets this requirement; 
</P>
<P>(5) Each brake shoe or pad is securely fastened and correctly aligned in relation to the wheel or to the disc;
</P>
<P>(6) The engineer's brake valve or controller will cause the proper train line commands for each position or brake level setting;
</P>
<P>(7) Brake pipe leakage does not exceed 5 pounds per square inch per minute if leakage will affect service performance;
</P>
<P>(8) The emergency brake application and deadman pedal or other emergency control devices function as intended;
</P>
<P>(9) Each brake shoe or pad is not below the minimum thickness established by the railroad. This thickness shall not be less than the minimum thickness necessary to safely travel the maximum distance allowed between Class I brake tests;
</P>
<P>(10) Each angle cock and cutout cock is properly positioned;
</P>
<P>(11) The brake rigging or the system mounted on the car for the transmission of the braking force operates as intended and does not bind or foul so as to impede the force delivered to a brake shoe, impede the release of a brake shoe, or otherwise adversely affect the operation of the brake system; 
</P>
<P>(12) If the train is equipped with electropneumatic brakes, an electropneumatic application of the brakes is made and the train is walked to determine that the brakes on each car in the train properly apply;
</P>
<P>(13) Each brake disc is free of any crack in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications or, if no specifications exist, free of any crack to the extent that the design permits;
</P>
<P>(14) If the equipment is provided with a brake indicator, the brake indicator operates as intended; and
</P>
<P>(15) The communication of brake pipe pressure changes at the rear of the train is verified, which may be accomplished by observation of an application and release of the brakes on the last car in the train. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Records.</I> A record shall be maintained of each Class I brake test performed. 
</P>
<P>(1) This record may be maintained in writing or electronically, provided FRA has access to the record upon request. 
</P>
<P>(2) The written or electronic record must contain the following information: 
</P>
<P>(i) The date and time that the Class I brake test was performed; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The location where the test was performed; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The identification number of the controlling locomotive of the train; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The total number of cars inspected during the test; and 
</P>
<P>(v) The signature or electronic identification of the inspector. 
</P>
<P>(3) This record shall be maintained at the place where the inspection is conducted or at one central location and shall be retained for at least 92 days. 
</P>
<P>(i) A long-distance, intercity passenger train that misses a scheduled calendar day Class I brake test due to a delay en route may proceed to the point where the Class I brake test was scheduled to be performed. A Class I brake test shall be completed at that point prior to placing the train back in service.
</P>
<P>(j) In addition to complying with all the Class I brake test requirements performed by a qualified maintenance person as contained in paragraphs (a) through (i) of this section, railroads operating passenger equipment that is not designed to permit the visual observation of the brake actuation and release without the inspector going on, under, or between the equipment in accordance with § 238.231(b) shall perform an additional inspection. At a minimum, the additional inspection requirement for such equipment shall include all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An additional inspection by a qualified maintenance person of all items and components contained in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(15) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The additional inspection shall be conducted at an interval not to exceed five (5) in-service days and shall be conducted while the equipment is over an inspection pit or on a raised inspection track; and
</P>
<P>(3) A record of the additional inspection shall be maintained pursuant to the requirements contained in paragraph (h) of this section. This record can be combined with the Class I brake test record. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41309, July 3, 2000; 71 FR 61862, Oct. 19, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.315" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.4.131.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.315   Class IA brake test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, either a Class I or a Class IA brake test shall be performed:
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to the first morning departure of each commuter or short-distance intercity passenger train, unless all of the following conditions are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(i) A Class I brake test was performed within the previous twelve (12) hours;
</P>
<P>(ii) The train has not been used in passenger service since the performance of the Class I brake test; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The train has not been disconnected from a source of compressed air for more than four hours since the performance of the Class I brake test; and
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to placing a train in service that has been off a source of compressed air for more than four hours.
</P>
<P>(b) A commuter or short-distance intercity passenger train that provides continuing late night service that began prior to midnight may complete its daily operating cycle after midnight without performing another Class I or Class IA brake test. A Class I or Class IA brake test shall be performed on such a train before it starts a new daily operating cycle.
</P>
<P>(c) A Class IA brake test may be performed at a shop or yard site and is not required to be repeated at the first passenger terminal if the train remains on a source of compressed air and: 
</P>
<P>(1) The train remains in the custody of the train crew; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The train crew receives notice that the Class IA brake test has been performed.
</P>
<P>(d) The Class IA brake test shall be performed by either a qualified person or a qualified maintenance person.
</P>
<P>(e) Except as provided in § 238.15(b), a railroad shall not use or haul a passenger train in passenger service from a location where a Class IA brake test has been performed, or was required by this part to have been performed, with less than 100 percent operative brakes.
</P>
<P>(f) A Class IA brake test shall be performed at the air pressure at which the train's air brakes will be operated and shall determine and ensure that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Brake pipe leakage does not exceed 5 pounds per square inch per minute if brake pipe leakage will affect service performance;
</P>
<P>(2) Each brake sets and releases by inspecting in the manner described in paragraph (g) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) For MU locomotives that utilize an electric signal to communicate a service brake application and only a pneumatic signal to propagate an emergency brake application, the emergency brake application functions as intended.
</P>
<P>(4) Each angle cock and cutout cock is properly set;
</P>
<P>(5) The communication of brake pipe pressure changes at the rear of the train is verified, which may be accomplished by observation of an application and release of the brakes on the last car in the train; and 
</P>
<P>(6) The communicating signal system is tested and known to be operating as intended; a tested and operating two-way radio system meets this requirement. 
</P>
<P>(g) In determining whether each brake sets and releases—
</P>
<P>(1) The inspection of the set and release of the brakes shall be completed by walking the train to directly observe the set and release of each brake, if the railroad determines that such a procedure is safe.
</P>
<P>(2) If the railroad determines that operating conditions pose a safety hazard to an inspector walking the brakes, brake indicators may be used to verify the set and release on cars so equipped. However, the observation of the brake indicators shall not be made from the cab of the locomotive. The inspector shall walk the train in order to position himself or herself to accurately observe each indicator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41310, July 3, 2000; 67 FR 19991, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.317" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.4.131.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.317   Class II brake test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Class II brake test shall be performed on a passenger train when any of the following events occurs:
</P>
<P>(1) Whenever the control stand used to control the train is changed; except if the control stand is changed to facilitate the movement of a passenger train from one track to another within a terminal complex while not in passenger service. In these circumstances, a Class II brake test shall be performed prior to the train's departure from the terminal complex with passengers;
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to the first morning departure of each commuter or short-distance intercity passenger train where a Class I brake test remains valid as provided in § 238.315(a)(1);
</P>
<P>(3) When previously tested units (i.e., cars that received a Class I brake test within the previous calendar day and have not been disconnected from a source of compressed air for more than four hours) are added to the train;
</P>
<P>(4) When cars or equipment are removed from the train; and
</P>
<P>(5) When an operator first takes charge of the train, except for face-to-face relief.
</P>
<P>(b) A Class II brake test shall be performed by a qualified person or a qualified maintenance person.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in § 238.15, a railroad shall not use or haul a passenger train in passenger service from a terminal or yard where a Class II brake test has been performed, or was required by this part to have been performed, with any of the brakes cut-out, inoperative, or defective.
</P>
<P>(d) In performing a Class II brake test on a train, a railroad shall determine that:
</P>
<P>(1) The brakes on the rear unit of the train apply and release in response to a signal from the engineer's brake valve or controller of the leading or controlling unit, or a gauge or similar device located at the rear of the train or in the cab of the rear unit indicates that brake pipe pressure changes are properly communicated at the rear of the train; 
</P>
<P>(2) For MU locomotives that utilize an electric signal to communicate a service brake application and only a pneumatic signal to propagate an emergency brake application, the emergency brake application functions as intended.
</P>
<P>(3) The communicating signal system is tested and known to be operating as intended; a tested and operating two-way radio system meets this requirement. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 65 FR 41310, July 3, 2000; 67 FR 19991, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.319" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.4.131.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.319   Running brake test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As soon as conditions safely permit, a running brake test shall be performed on each passenger train after the train has received, or was required under this part to have received, either a Class I, Class IA, or Class II brake test.
</P>
<P>(b) A running brake test shall be performed whenever the control stand used to control the train is changed to facilitate the movement of a passenger train from one track to another within a terminal complex while not in passenger service.
</P>
<P>(c) The running brake test shall be conducted in accordance with the railroad's established operating rules, and shall be made by applying brakes in a manner that allows the engineer to ascertain whether the brakes are operating properly.
</P>
<P>(d) If the engineer determines that the brakes are not operating properly, the engineer shall stop the train and follow the procedures provided in § 238.15.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.321" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.4.131.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.321   Out-of-service credit.</HEAD>
<P>When a passenger car is out of service for 30 or more consecutive days or is out of service when it is due for any test or inspection required by § 238.307 or § 238.309 an out of use notation showing the number of out of service days shall be made in the records required under §§ 238.307(e) and 238.309(f). If the passenger car is out of service for one or more periods of at least 30 consecutive days, the interval prescribed for any test or inspection required by §§ 238.307 and 238.309 may be extended by the number of days in each period the passenger car is out of service since the last test or inspection in question. A movement made in accordance with § 229.9 of this chapter or § 238.17 is not considered service for the purposes of determining the out-of-service credit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 61862, Oct. 19, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Specific Requirements for Tier II Passenger Equipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.401   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains specific requirements for railroad passenger equipment operating at speeds exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 160 mph. The requirements of this subpart apply beginning on September 9, 1999. As stated in § 238.433(b), all such passenger equipment remains subject to the requirements concerning couplers and uncoupling devices contained in Federal statute at 49 U.S.C. chapter 203 and in FRA regulations at part 231 and § 232.2 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 83 FR 59219, Nov. 21, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.403   Crash energy management.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each power car and trailer car shall be designed with a crash energy management system to dissipate kinetic energy during a collision. The crash energy management system shall provide a controlled deformation and collapse of designated sections within the unoccupied volumes to absorb collision energy and to reduce the decelerations on passengers and crewmembers resulting from dynamic forces transmitted to occupied volumes.
</P>
<P>(b) The design of each unit shall consist of an occupied volume located between two normally unoccupied volumes. Where practical, sections within the unoccupied volumes shall be designed to be structurally weaker than the occupied volume. During a collision, the designated sections within the unoccupied volumes shall start to deform and eventually collapse in a controlled fashion to dissipate energy before any structural damage occurs to the occupied volume.
</P>
<P>(c) At a minimum, each Tier II passenger train shall be designed to meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Thirteen megajoules (MJ) shall be absorbed at each end of the train through the controlled crushing of unoccupied volumes, and of this amount a minimum of 5 MJ shall be absorbed ahead of the operator's cab in each power car;
</P>
<P>(2) A minimum of an additional 3 MJ shall be absorbed by the power car structure between the operator's cab and the first trailer car; and
</P>
<P>(3) The end of the first trailer car adjacent to each power car shall absorb a minimum of 5 MJ through controlled crushing.
</P>
<P>(d) For a 30-mph collision of a Tier II passenger train on tangent, level track with an identical stationary train:
</P>
<P>(1) When seated anywhere in a trailer car, the velocity at which a 50th-percentile adult male contacts the seat back ahead of him shall not exceed 25 mph; and
</P>
<P>(2) The deceleration of the occupied volumes of each trailer car shall not exceed 8g. For the purpose of demonstrating compliance with this paragraph, deceleration measurements may be processed through a low-pass filter having a bandwidth of 50 Hz.
</P>
<P>(e) Compliance with paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section shall be demonstrated by analysis using a dynamic collision computer model. For the purpose of demonstrating compliance, the following assumptions shall be made:
</P>
<P>(1) The train remains upright, in line, and with all wheels on the track throughout the collision; and
</P>
<P>(2) Resistance to structural crushing follows the force-versus-displacement relationship determined during the structural analysis required as part of the design of the train.
</P>
<P>(f) Passenger seating shall not be permitted in the leading unit of a Tier II passenger train.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.405   Longitudinal static compressive strength.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To form an effective crash refuge for crewmembers occupying the cab of a power car, the underframe of the cab of a power car shall resist a minimum longitudinal static compressive force of 2,100,000 pounds without permanent deformation to the cab, unless equivalent protection to crewmembers is provided under an alternate design approach, validated through analysis and testing, and approved by FRA under the provisions of § 238.21.
</P>
<P>(b) The underframe of the occupied volume of each trailer car shall resist a minimum longitudinal static compressive force of 800,000 pounds without permanent deformation to the car. To demonstrate compliance with this requirement, the 800,000-pound load shall be applied to the underframe of the occupied volume as it would be transmitted to the underframe by the full structure of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) Unoccupied volumes of a power car or a trailer car designed to crush as part of the crash energy management design are not subject to the requirements of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.407   Anti-climbing mechanism.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each power car shall have an anti-climbing mechanism at its forward end capable of resisting an ultimate upward or downward static vertical force of 200,000 pounds. A power car constructed with a crash energy management design is permitted to crush in a controlled manner before the anti-climbing mechanism fully engages.
</P>
<P>(b) Interior train coupling points between units, including between units of articulated cars or other permanently joined units of cars, shall have an anti-climbing mechanism capable of resisting an upward or downward vertical force of 100,000 pounds without yielding.
</P>
<P>(c) The forward coupler of a power car shall be attached to the car body to resist a vertical downward force of 100,000 pounds for any horizontal position of the coupler without yielding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.409" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.409   Forward end structures of power car cabs.</HEAD>
<P>This section contains requirements for the forward end structure of the cab of a power car. (A conceptual implementation of this end structure is provided in Figure 1 to this subpart.)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Center collision post.</I> The forward end structure shall have a full-height center collision post, or its structural equivalent, capable of withstanding the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A shear load of 500,000 pounds at its joint with the underframe without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint;
</P>
<P>(2) A shear load of 150,000 pounds at its joint with the roof without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint; and
</P>
<P>(3) A horizontal, longitudinal force of 300,000 pounds, applied at a point on level with the bottom of the windshield, without exceeding its ultimate strength.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Side collision posts.</I> The forward end structure shall have two side collision posts, or their structural equivalent, located at approximately the one-third points laterally, each capable of withstanding the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A shear load of 500,000 pounds at its joint with the underframe without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint; and
</P>
<P>(2) A horizontal, longitudinal force of 300,000 pounds, applied at a point on level with the bottom of the windshield, without exceeding its ultimate strength.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Corner posts.</I> The forward end structure shall have two full-height corner posts, or their structural equivalent, each capable of withstanding the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral shear load of 300,000 pounds at its joint with the underframe, without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint;
</P>
<P>(2) A horizontal, lateral force of 100,000 pounds applied at a point 30 inches up from the underframe attachment, without exceeding the yield or the critical buckling stress; and
</P>
<P>(3) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral shear load of 80,000 pounds at its joint with the roof, without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Skin.</I> The skin covering the forward-facing end of each power car shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) Equivalent to a 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch steel plate with a 25,000 pounds-per-square-inch yield strength—material of a higher yield strength may be used to decrease the required thickness of the material provided at least an equivalent level of strength is maintained;
</P>
<P>(2) Securely attached to the end structure; and
</P>
<P>(3) Sealed to prevent the entry of fluids into the occupied cab area of the equipment. As used in paragraph (d), the term “skin” does not include forward-facing windows and doors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.411" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.411   Rear end structures of power car cabs.</HEAD>
<P>The rear end structure of the cab of a power car shall be designed to include the following elements, or their structural equivalent. (A conceptual implementation of this end structure is provided in Figure 2 to this subpart.)
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Corner posts.</I> The rear end structure shall have two full-height corner posts, or their structural equivalent, each capable of withstanding the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral shear load of 300,000 pounds at its joint with the underframe without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint; and
</P>
<P>(2) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral shear load of 80,000 pounds at its joint with the roof without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Collision posts.</I> The rear end structure shall have two full-height collision posts, or their structural equivalent, each capable of withstanding the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A horizontal, longitudinal shear load of 500,000 pounds at its joint with the underframe without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint; and 
</P>
<P>(2) A horizontal, longitudinal shear load of 75,000 pounds at its joint with the roof without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 19991, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.413" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.413   End structures of trailer cars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the end structure of a trailer car shall be designed to include the following elements, or their structural equivalent. (A conceptual implementation of this end structure is provided in Figure 3 to this subpart.)
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Corner posts.</I> Two full-height corner posts, each capable of withstanding the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A horizontal, longitudinal shear load of 150,000 pounds at its joint with the underframe without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint;
</P>
<P>(ii) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral force of 30,000 pounds applied at a point 18 inches up from the underframe attachment without exceeding the yield or the critical buckling stress; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral shear load of 20,000 pounds at its joint with the roof without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Collision posts.</I> Two full-height collision posts each capable of withstanding the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A horizontal, longitudinal shear load of 300,000 pounds at its joint with the underframe without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A horizontal, longitudinal shear load of 60,000 pounds at its joint with the roof without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint.
</P>
<P>(b) If the trailer car is designed with an end vestibule, the end structure inboard of the vestibule shall have two full-height corner posts, or their structural equivalent, each capable of withstanding the following (A conceptual implementation of this end structure is provided in Figure 4 to this subpart):
</P>
<P>(1) A horizontal, longitudinal shear load of 200,000 pounds at its joint with the underframe without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint;
</P>
<P>(2) A horizontal, lateral force of 30,000 pounds applied at a point 18 inches up from the underframe attachment without exceeding the yield or the critical buckling stress;
</P>
<P>(3) A horizontal, longitudinal force of 50,000 pounds applied at a point 18 inches up from the underframe attachment without exceeding the yield or the critical buckling stress; and
</P>
<P>(4) A horizontal, longitudinal or lateral shear load of 20,000 pounds at its joint with the roof without exceeding the ultimate strength of the joint.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.415" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.415   Rollover strength.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each passenger car and power car shall be designed to rest on its side and be uniformly supported at the top (“roof rail”) and the bottom chords (“side sill”) of the side frame. The allowable stress in the structural members of the occupied volumes for this condition shall be one-half yield or one-half the critical buckling stress, whichever is less. Minor localized deformations to the outer side skin of the passenger car or power car is allowed provided such deformations in no way intrude upon the occupied volume of each car.
</P>
<P>(b) Each passenger car and power car shall also be designed to rest on its roof so that any damage in occupied areas is limited to roof sheathing and framing. The allowable stress in the structural members of the occupied volumes for this condition shall be one-half yield or one-half the critical buckling stress, whichever is less. Deformation to the roof sheathing and framing is allowed to the extent necessary to permit the vehicle to be supported directly on the top chords of the side frames and end frames.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.417" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.417   Side loads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each passenger car body structure shall be designed to resist an inward transverse load of 80,000 pounds of force applied to the side sill and 10,000 pounds of force applied to the belt rail (horizontal members at the bottom of the window opening in the side frame).
</P>
<P>(b) These loads shall be considered to be applied separately over the full vertical dimension of the specified member for any distance of 8 feet in the direction of the length of the car.
</P>
<P>(c) The allowable stress shall be the lesser of the yield stress, except as otherwise allowed by this paragraph, or the critical buckling stress. In calculating the stress to show compliance with this requirement, local yielding of the side skin adjacent to the side sill and belt rail, and local yielding of the side sill bend radii at the crossbearer and floor-beam connections is allowed. For purposes of this paragraph, local yielding is allowed provided the resulting deformations in no way intrude upon the occupied volume of the car.
</P>
<P>(d) The connections of the side frame to the roof and underframe shall support the loads specified in this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.419" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.419   Truck-to-car-body and truck component attachment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ultimate strength of the truck-to-car-body attachment for each unit in a train shall be sufficient to resist without failure the following individually applied loads: a vertical force equivalent to 2g acting on the mass of the truck; and a force of 250,000 pounds acting in any horizontal direction on the truck, along with the resulting vertical reaction to this load.
</P>
<P>(b) Each component of a truck (which include axles, wheels, bearings, the truck-mounted brake system, suspension system components, and any other components attached to the truck by design) shall remain attached to the truck when a force equivalent to 2g acting on the mass of the component is exerted in any direction on that component.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 19992, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.421" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.421   Glazing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, each exterior window on a passenger car and a power car cab shall comply with the requirements contained in part 223 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Particular end-facing exterior glazing requirements.</I> Each end-facing exterior window in a passenger car and a power car cab shall also, in the orientation in which it is installed in the car:
</P>
<P>(1) Resist the impact of a 12-pound solid steel sphere traveling (i) at the maximum speed at which the car will operate (ii) at an impact angle no less severe than horizontal to the car, with no penetration or spall. An impact angle that is perpendicular (90 degrees) to the window's surface shall be considered the most severe impact angle for purposes of this requirement; and
</P>
<P>(2) Demonstrate anti-spalling performance by the use of a 0.001-inch thick aluminum witness plate, placed 12 inches from the window's surface during all impact tests. The witness plate shall contain no marks from spalled glazing particles after any impact test; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Be permanently marked, prior to installation, in such a manner that the marking is clearly visible after the material has been installed. The marking shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The words “FRA TYPE IHP” to indicate that the material has successfully passed the testing requirements specified in this paragraph;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the manufacturer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The type or brand identification of the material.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Passenger equipment ordered prior to May 12, 1999.</I> Each exterior window in passenger equipment ordered prior to May 12, 1999, may comply with the following glazing requirements in lieu of the requirements specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Each end-facing exterior window shall, in the orientation in which it is installed in the vehicle, resist the impact of a 12-pound solid steel sphere traveling (i) at the maximum speed at which the vehicle will operate (ii) at an impact angle no less severe than horizontal to the vehicle, with no penetration or spall. An impact angle that is perpendicular to the window's surface shall be considered the most severe impact angle for purposes of this requirement.
</P>
<P>(2) Each side-facing exterior window shall resist the impact of a:
</P>
<P>(i) 12-pound solid steel sphere at 15 mph, at an angle of 90 degrees to the window's surface, with no penetration or spall; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A granite ballast stone weighing a minimum of 0.5 pounds, traveling at 75 mph and impacting at a 90-degree angle to the window's surface, with no penetration or spall.
</P>
<P>(3) All exterior windows shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Resist a single impact of a 9-mm, 147-grain bullet traveling at an impact velocity of 900 feet per second, with no bullet penetration or spall; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Demonstrate anti-spalling performance by the use of a 0.002-inch thick aluminum witness plate, placed 12 inches from the window's surface during all impact tests. The witness plate shall contain no marks from spalled glazing particles after any impact test; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Be permanently marked, prior to installation, in such a manner that the marking is clearly visible after the material has been installed. The marking shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) The words “FRA TYPE IH” for end-facing glazing or “FRA TYPE IIH” for side-facing glazing, to indicate that the material has successfully passed the testing requirements of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) The name of the manufacturer; and
</P>
<P>(C) The type or brand identification of the material.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Glazing securement.</I> Each exterior window on a passenger car and a power car cab shall remain in place when subjected to:
</P>
<P>(1) The forces due to air pressure differences caused when two trains pass at the minimum separation for two adjacent tracks, while traveling in opposite directions, each train traveling at the maximum authorized speed; and
</P>
<P>(2) The impact forces that the glazed window is required to resist as specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Stenciling.</I> Each car that is fully equipped with glazing materials that meet the requirements of this section shall be stenciled on an interior wall as follows: “Fully Equipped with FRA Part 238 Glazing” or similar words conveying that meaning, in letters at least 
<FR>3/8</FR> of an inch high.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 19992, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.423" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.423   Fuel tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>External fuel tanks.</I> Each type of external fuel tank must be approved by FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety upon a showing that the fuel tank provides a level of safety at least equivalent to a fuel tank that complies with the external fuel tank requirements in § 238.223(a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Internal fuel tanks.</I> Internal fuel tanks shall comply with the requirements specified in § 238.223(b).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.425" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.425   Electrical system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Circuit protection.</I> (1) The main propulsion power line shall be protected with a lightning arrestor, automatic circuit breaker, and overload relay. The lightning arrestor shall be run by the most direct path possible to ground with a connection to ground of not less than No. 6 AWG. These overload protection devices shall be housed in an enclosure designed specifically for that purpose with the arc chute vented directly to outside air.
</P>
<P>(2) Head end power, including trainline power distribution, shall be provided with both overload and ground fault protection.
</P>
<P>(3) Circuits used for purposes other than propelling the equipment shall be connected to their power source through circuit breakers or equivalent current-limiting devices.
</P>
<P>(4) Each auxiliary circuit shall be provided with a circuit breaker located as near as practical to the point of connection to the source of power for that circuit; however, such protection may be omitted from circuits controlling safety-critical devices.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Main battery system.</I> (1) The main batteries shall be isolated from the cab and passenger seating areas by a non-combustible barrier.
</P>
<P>(2) Battery chargers shall be designed to protect against overcharging.
</P>
<P>(3) Battery circuits shall include an emergency battery cut-off switch to completely disconnect the energy stored in the batteries from the load.
</P>
<P>(4) If batteries are of the type to potentially vent explosive gases, the batteries shall be adequately ventilated to prevent accumulation of explosive concentrations of these gases.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Power dissipation resistors.</I> (1) Power dissipating resistors shall be adequately ventilated to prevent overheating under worst-case operating conditions.
</P>
<P>(2) Power dissipation grids shall be designed and installed with sufficient isolation to prevent combustion between resistor elements and combustible material.
</P>
<P>(3) Power dissipation resistor circuits shall incorporate warning or protective devices for low ventilation air flow, over-temperature, and short circuit failures.
</P>
<P>(4) Resistor elements shall be electrically insulated from resistor frames, and the frames shall be electrically insulated from the supports that hold them.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Electromagnetic interference and compatibility.</I> (1) The operating railroad shall ensure electromagnetic compatibility of the safety-critical equipment systems with their environment. Electromagnetic compatibility can be achieved through equipment design or changes to the operating environment.
</P>
<P>(2) The electronic equipment shall not produce electrical noise that interferes with trainline control and communications or with wayside signaling systems.
</P>
<P>(3) To contain electromagnetic interference emissions, suppression of transients shall be at the source wherever possible.
</P>
<P>(4) Electrical and electronic systems of equipment shall be capable of operation in the presence of external electromagnetic noise sources.
</P>
<P>(5) All electronic equipment shall be self-protected from damage or improper operation, or both, due to high voltage transients and long-term over-voltage or under-voltage conditions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.427" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.427   Suspension system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) Suspension systems shall be designed to reasonably prevent wheel climb, wheel unloading, rail rollover, rail shift, and a vehicle from overturning to ensure safe, stable performance and ride quality. These requirements shall be met:
</P>
<P>(i) In all operating environments, and under all track conditions and loading conditions as determined by the operating railroad; and
</P>
<P>(ii) At all track speeds and over all track qualities consistent with the Track Safety Standards in part 213 of this chapter, up to the maximum operating speed and maximum cant deficiency of the equipment.
</P>
<P>(2) All passenger equipment shall meet the safety performance standards for suspension systems contained in part 213 of this chapter, or alternative standards providing at least equivalent safety if approved by FRA under the provisions of § 238.21. In particular—
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Pre-revenue service qualification.</I> All passenger equipment shall demonstrate safe operation during pre-revenue service qualification in accordance with § 213.345 of this chapter and is subject to the requirements of § 213.329 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Revenue service operation.</I> All passenger equipment in service is subject to the requirements of §§ 213.329 and 213.333 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Carbody acceleration.</I> A passenger car shall not operate under conditions that result in a steady-state lateral acceleration greater than 0.15g, as measured parallel to the car floor inside the passenger compartment. Additional carbody acceleration limits are specified in § 213.333 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Truck (hunting) acceleration.</I> Each truck shall be equipped with a permanently installed lateral accelerometer mounted on the truck frame. If truck hunting is detected, the train monitoring system shall provide an alarm to the locomotive engineer, and the train shall be slowed to a speed at least 5 mph less than the speed at which the truck hunting stopped. Truck hunting is defined in § 213.333 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 19992, Apr. 23, 2002; 78 FR 16126, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.428" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.428   Overheat sensors.</HEAD>
<P>Overheat sensors for each wheelset journal bearing shall be provided. The sensors may be placed either onboard the equipment or at reasonable intervals along the railroad's right-of-way.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16126, Mar. 13, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.429" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.429   Safety appliances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Couplers.</I> (1) The leading and the trailing ends of a semi-permanently coupled trainset shall each be equipped with an automatic coupler that couples on impact and uncouples by either activation of a traditional uncoupling lever or some other type of uncoupling mechanism that does not require a person to go between the equipment units.
</P>
<P>(2) The automatic coupler and uncoupling device on the leading and trailing ends of a semi-permanently coupled trainset may be stored within a removable shrouded housing.
</P>
<P>(3) If the units in a train are not semi-permanently coupled, both ends of each unit shall be equipped with an automatic coupler that couples on impact and uncouples by either activation of a traditional uncoupling lever or some other type of uncoupling mechanism that does not require a person to go between the equipment units.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hand brakes.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, Tier II trains shall be equipped with a parking or hand brake that can be applied and released manually and that is capable of holding the train on a 3-percent grade.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Safety appliance mechanical strength and fasteners.</I> (1) All handrails, handholds, and sill steps shall be made of 1-inch diameter steel pipe, 
<FR>5/8</FR>-inch thickness steel, or a material of equal or greater mechanical strength.
</P>
<P>(2) All safety appliances shall be securely fastened to the car body structure with mechanical fasteners that have mechanical strength greater than or equal to that of a 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch diameter SAE grade steel bolt mechanical fastener.
</P>
<P>(i) Safety appliance mechanical fasteners shall have mechanical strength and fatigue resistance equal to or greater than a 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch diameter SAE steel bolt.
</P>
<P>(ii) Mechanical fasteners shall be installed with a positive means to prevent unauthorized removal. Self-locking threaded fasteners do not meet this requirement.
</P>
<P>(iii) Mechanical fasteners shall be installed to facilitate inspection.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Handrails and handholds.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Handrails shall be provided for passengers on both sides of all steps used to board or depart the train.
</P>
<P>(2) Exits on a power vehicle shall be equipped with handrails and handholds so that crewmembers can get on and off the vehicle safely.
</P>
<P>(3) Throughout their entire length, handrails and handholds shall be a color that contrasts with the color of the vehicle body to which they are fastened.
</P>
<P>(4) The maximum distance above the top of the rail to the bottom of vertical handrails and handholds shall be 51 inches, and the minimum distance shall be 21 inches.
</P>
<P>(5) Vertical handrails and handholds shall be installed to continue to a point at least equal to the height of the top edge of the control cab door.
</P>
<P>(6) The minimum hand clearance distance between a vertical handrail or handhold and the vehicle body shall be 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches for the entire length.
</P>
<P>(7) All vertical handrails and handholds shall be securely fastened to the vehicle body.
</P>
<P>(8) If the length of the handrail exceeds 60 inches, it shall be securely fastened to the power vehicle body with two fasteners at each end.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Sill steps.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, each power vehicle shall be equipped with a sill step below each exterior door as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The sill step shall have a minimum cross-sectional area of 
<FR>1/2</FR> by 3 inches;
</P>
<P>(2) The sill step shall be made of steel or a material of equal or greater strength and fatigue resistance;
</P>
<P>(3) The minimum tread length of the sill step shall be 10 inches;
</P>
<P>(4) The minimum clear depth of the sill step shall be 8 inches;
</P>
<P>(5) The outside edge of the tread of the sill step shall be flush with the side of the car body structure;
</P>
<P>(6) Sill steps shall not have a vertical rise between treads exceeding 18 inches;
</P>
<P>(7) The lowest sill step tread shall be not more than 24, preferably not more than 22, inches above the top of the track rail;
</P>
<P>(8) Sill steps shall be a color that contrasts with the color of the power vehicle body to which they are fastened;
</P>
<P>(9) Sill steps shall be securely fastened;
</P>
<P>(10) At least 50 percent of the tread surface area of each sill step shall be open space; and
</P>
<P>(11) The portion of the tread surface area of each sill step which is not open space and is normally contacted by the foot shall be treated with an anti-skid material.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) If the units of the equipment are semi-permanently coupled, with uncoupling done only at maintenance facilities, the equipment units that are not required by paragraph (a) of this section to be equipped with automatic couplers need not be equipped with sill steps or end or side handholds that would normally be used to safely perform coupling and uncoupling operations.
</P>
<P>(2) If the units of the equipment are not semi-permanently coupled, the units shall be equipped with hand brakes, sill steps, end handholds, and side handholds that meet the requirements contained in § 231.14 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) If two trainsets are coupled to form a single train that is not semi-permanently coupled (i.e., that is coupled by an automatic coupler), the automatically coupled ends shall be equipped with an end handhold that is located and installed so that an individual can safely couple and uncouple the trainsets. The end handhold shall be not more than 16 inches from each side of the car and shall extend the remaining length of the end of the car. (If the equipment is designed with a tapered nose, the side of the car shall be determined based on the outer dimension of the tapered nose where the end handhold is attached.) The end handhold shall also meet the mechanical strength and design requirements contained in paragraphs (c), (d)(3), and (d)(6) of this section. If the trainsets are semi-permanently coupled, this safety appliance is not required.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Optional safety appliances.</I> Safety appliances installed at the option of the railroad shall be firmly attached with mechanical fasteners and shall meet the design and installation requirements provided in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 19992, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.431" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.431   Brake system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A passenger train's brake system shall be capable of stopping the train from its maximum operating speed within the signal spacing existing on the track over which the train is operating under worst-case adhesion conditions.
</P>
<P>(b) The brake system shall be designed to allow an inspector to determine that the brake system is functioning properly without having to place himself or herself in a dangerous position on, under, or between the equipment.
</P>
<P>(c) Passenger equipment shall be provided with an emergency brake application feature that produces an irretrievable stop, using a brake rate consistent with prevailing adhesion, passenger safety, and brake system thermal capacity. An emergency brake application shall be available at any time, and shall be initiated by an unintentional parting of the train. A means to initiate an emergency brake application shall be provided at two locations in each unit of the train; however, where a unit of the train is 45 feet or less in length a means to initiate an emergency brake application need only be provided at one location in the unit.
</P>
<P>(d) The brake system shall be designed to prevent thermal damage to wheels and brake discs. The operating railroad shall demonstrate through analysis and testing that no thermal damage results to the wheels or brake discs under conditions resulting in maximum braking effort being exerted on the wheels or discs.
</P>
<P>(e) The following requirements apply to blended braking systems:
</P>
<P>(1) Loss of power or failure of the dynamic brake does not result in exceeding the allowable stopping distance;
</P>
<P>(2) The friction brake alone is adequate to safely stop the train under all operating conditions;
</P>
<P>(3) The operational status of the electric portion of the brake system shall be displayed for the train operator in the control cab; and
</P>
<P>(4) The operating railroad shall demonstrate through analysis and testing the maximum operating speed for safe operation of the train using only the friction brake portion of the blended brake with no thermal damage to wheels or discs.
</P>
<P>(f) The brake system design shall allow a disabled train's pneumatic brakes to be controlled by a conventional locomotive, during a rescue operation, through brake pipe control alone.
</P>
<P>(g) An independent failure-detection system shall compare brake commands with brake system output to determine if a failure has occurred. The failure detection system shall report brake system failures to the automated train monitoring system.
</P>
<P>(h) Passenger equipment shall be equipped with an adhesion control system designed to automatically adjust the braking force on each wheel to prevent sliding during braking. In the event of a failure of this system to prevent wheel slide within preset parameters, a wheel slide alarm that is visual or audible, or both, shall alert the train operator in the cab of the controlling power car to wheel-slide conditions on any axle of the train.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.433" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.433   Draft system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Leading and trailing automatic couplers of trains shall be compatible with standard AAR couplers with no special adapters used.
</P>
<P>(b) All passenger equipment continues to be subject to the requirements concerning couplers and uncoupling devices contained in Federal Statute at 49 U.S.C. chapter 203 and in FRA regulations at part 231 and § 232.2 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.435" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.435   Interior fittings and surfaces.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each seat back and seat attachment in a passenger car shall be designed to withstand, with deflection but without total failure, the load associated with the impact into the seat back of an unrestrained 95th-percentile adult male initially seated behind the seat back, when the floor to which the seat is attached decelerates with a triangular crash pulse having a peak of 8g and a duration of 250 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(b) Each seat back in a passenger car shall include shock-absorbent material to cushion the impact of occupants with the seat ahead of them.
</P>
<P>(c) The ultimate strength of each seat attachment to a passenger car body shall be sufficient to withstand the following individually applied accelerations acting on the mass of the seat plus the mass of a seat occupant who is a 95th-percentile adult male:
</P>
<P>(1) Lateral: 4g; and
</P>
<P>(2) Vertical: 4g.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Other interior fittings shall be attached to the passenger car body with sufficient strength to withstand the following individually applied accelerations acting on the mass of the fitting:
</P>
<P>(i) Longitudinal: 8g;
</P>
<P>(ii) Lateral: 4g; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Vertical: 4g.
</P>
<P>(2) Fittings that can be expected to be impacted by a person during a collision, such as tables between facing seats, shall be designed for the mass of the fitting plus the mass of the number of occupants who are 95th-percentile adult males that could be expected to strike the fitting, when the floor of the passenger car decelerates with a triangular crash pulse having a peak of 8g and a duration of 250 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(e) The ultimate strength of the interior fittings and equipment in power car control cabs shall be sufficient to resist without failure loads due to the following individually applied accelerations acting on the mass of the fitting or equipment:
</P>
<P>(1) Longitudinal: 12g;
</P>
<P>(2) Lateral: 4g; and
</P>
<P>(3) Vertical: 4g.
</P>
<P>(f) To the extent possible, interior fittings, except seats, shall be recessed or flush-mounted. Corners and sharp edges shall be avoided or otherwise padded.
</P>
<P>(g) Energy-absorbent material shall be used to pad surfaces likely to be impacted by occupants during collisions or derailments.
</P>
<P>(h) Luggage stowage compartments shall be enclosed, and have an ultimate strength sufficient to resist loads due to the following individually applied accelerations acting on the mass of the luggage that the compartments are designed to accommodate:
</P>
<P>(1) Longitudinal: 8g;
</P>
<P>(2) Lateral: 4g; and
</P>
<P>(3) Vertical: 4g.
</P>
<P>(i) If, for purposes of showing compliance with the requirements of this section, the strength of a seat attachment is to be demonstrated through sled testing, the seat structure and seat attachment to the sled that are used in such testing must be representative of the actual seat structure in, and seat attachment to, the rail vehicle subject to the requirements of this section. If the attachment strength of any other interior fitting is to be demonstrated through sled testing, for purposes of showing compliance with the requirements of this section, such testing shall be conducted in a similar manner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 19992, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.437" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.437   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.439" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.439   Doors.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the requirements of § 238.112—
</P>
<P>(a) The status of each powered, exterior side door in a passenger car shall be displayed to the crew in the operating cab. If door interlocks are used, the sensors used to detect train motion shall be nominally set to operate at 3 mph.
</P>
<P>(b) Each powered, exterior side door in a passenger car shall be connected to an emergency back-up power system.
</P>
<P>(c) For a passenger car ordered prior to January 28, 2014, and placed in service prior to January 29, 2018, a passenger compartment end door (other than a door providing access to the exterior of the trainset) shall be equipped with a kick-out panel, pop-out window, or other similar means of egress in the event the door will not open, or shall be so designed as to pose a negligible probability of becoming inoperable in the event of car body distortion following a collision or derailment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 19993, Apr. 23, 2002; 78 FR 71815, Nov. 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.441" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.441   Emergency roof access.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Existing passenger cars and power cars.</I> Each passenger car and power car ordered prior to April 1, 2009 and placed in service for the first time prior to April 1, 2011, shall have a minimum of one roof hatch emergency access location with a minimum opening of 26 inches by 24 inches, or at least one structural weak point in the roof providing a minimum opening of the same dimensions, to provide access for properly equipped emergency response personnel. Each emergency roof access location shall be conspicuously marked, and legible and understandable operating instructions shall be posted at or near each such location. On or after January 28, 2015, such markings shall also conform with the requirements specified in § 238.125.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>New passenger cars.</I> Each passenger car ordered on or after April 1, 2009 or placed in service for the first time on or after April 1, 2011, shall comply with the emergency roof access requirements specified in § 238.123.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>New power cars.</I> Each power car ordered on or after April 1, 2009, or placed in service for the first time on or after April 1, 2011, shall have a minimum of one emergency roof access location, with a minimum opening of 26 inches longitudinally by 24 inches laterally, and comply with the emergency roof access requirements specified in §§ 238.123(b), (d), and (e).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 6412, Feb. 1, 2008, as amended at 78 FR 71815, Nov. 29, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.443" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.443   Headlights.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each power car shall be equipped with at least two headlights. Each headlight shall produce no less than 200,000 candela. One headlight shall be arranged to illuminate a person standing between the rails 800 feet ahead of the power car under clear weather conditions. The other headlight shall be arranged to illuminate a person standing between the rails 1,500 feet ahead of the power car under clear weather conditions.
</P>
<P>(b) A power car with a headlight not in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall be moved in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If one of the headlights is defective, the defect shall be considered a non-running gear defect subject to the provisions contained in § 238.17 of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) If both headlights are defective, the power car shall be inspected and tagged in accordance with the requirements contained in § 238.17(c) relating to non-running gear defects. The power car may continue to be used in passenger service only to the nearest forward location where the repairs necessary to bring the power car into compliance can be made or to the power car's next calendar day mechanical inspection, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 19993, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.445" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.445   Automated monitoring.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each passenger train shall be equipped to monitor the performance of the following systems or components:
</P>
<P>(1) Reception of cab signals and train control signals;
</P>
<P>(2) Truck hunting;
</P>
<P>(3) Dynamic brake status;
</P>
<P>(4) Friction brake status;
</P>
<P>(5) Fire detection systems;
</P>
<P>(6) Head end power status;
</P>
<P>(7) Alerter or deadman control;
</P>
<P>(8) Horn and bell;
</P>
<P>(9) Wheel slide;
</P>
<P>(10) Tilt system, if so equipped; and
</P>
<P>(11) On-board bearing-temperature sensors, if so equipped.
</P>
<P>(b) When any such system or component is operating outside of its predetermined safety parameters:
</P>
<P>(1) The train operator shall be alerted; and
</P>
<P>(2) Immediate corrective action shall be taken, if the system or component defect impairs the train operator's ability to safely operate the train. Immediate corrective action includes limiting the speed of the train.
</P>
<P>(c) The monitoring system shall be designed with an automatic self-test feature that notifies the train operator that the monitoring capability is functioning correctly and alerts the train operator when a system failure occurs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.447" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.447   Train operator's controls and power car cab layout.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Train operator controls in the power car cab shall be arranged so as to minimize the chance of human error, and be comfortably within view and within easy reach when the operator is seated in the normal train control position.
</P>
<P>(b) The train operator's control panel buttons, switches, levers, knobs, and the like shall be distinguishable by sight and by touch.
</P>
<P>(c) An alerter shall be provided in the power car cab. If not acknowledged, the alerter shall cause a brake application to stop the train.
</P>
<P>(d) Power car cab information displays shall be designed with the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) Simplicity and standardization shall be the driving criteria for design of formats for the display of information in the cab;
</P>
<P>(2) Essential, safety-critical information shall be displayed as a default condition;
</P>
<P>(3) Operator selection shall be required to display other than default information;
</P>
<P>(4) Cab or train control signals shall be displayed for the operator; and
</P>
<P>(5) Displays shall be readable from the operators's normal position under all lighting conditions.
</P>
<P>(e) The power car cab shall be designed so at to permit the crew to have an effective field of view in the forward direction, as well as to the right and left of the direction of travel to observe objects approaching the train from either side. Field-of-view obstructions due to required structural members shall be minimized.
</P>
<P>(f) Each seat provided for an employee regularly assigned to occupy a power car cab and any floor-mounted seat in the cab shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) Secured to the car body with an attachment having an ultimate strength capable of withstanding the loads due to the following individually applied accelerations acting on the combined mass of the seat and the mass of a seat occupant who is a 95th-percentile adult male:
</P>
<P>(i) Longitudinal: 12g;
</P>
<P>(ii) Lateral: 4g; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Vertical: 4g;
</P>
<P>(2) Designed so that all adjustments have the range necessary to accommodate a person ranging from a 5th-percentile adult female to a 95th-percentile adult male, as persons possessing such characteristics are specified, correcting for clothing as appropriate, in any recognized survey after 1958 of weight, height, and other body dimensions of U.S. adults;
</P>
<P>(3) Equipped with lumbar support that is adjustable from the seated position;
</P>
<P>(4) Equipped with force-assisted, vertical-height adjustment, operated from the seated position;
</P>
<P>(5) Equipped with a manually reclining seat back, adjustable from the seated position;
</P>
<P>(6) Equipped with an adjustable headrest; and
</P>
<P>(7) Equipped with folding, padded armrests.
</P>
<P>(g) Sharp edges and corners shall be eliminated from the interior of the power car cab, and interior surfaces of the cab likely to be impacted by an employee during a collision or derailment shall be padded with shock-absorbent material.



</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.26.78" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 1 to Subpart E of Part 238—Power Car Cab Forward End Structure Conceptual Implementation

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er12my99.000.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.26.79" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 2 to Subpart E of Part 238—Power Car Cab Rear End Structure Conceptual Implementation 1—to Subpart E

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er23ap02.006.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.26.80" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 3 to Subpart E of Part 238—Trailer Car End Structure Conceptual Implementation 1—to Subpart E

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er12my99.002.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.5.131.26.81" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 4 to Subpart E of Part 238—Trailer Car In-Board Vestibule End Structure Conceptual Implementation 1—to Subpart E

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er12my99.003.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Requirements for Tier II Passenger Equipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.501" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.6.131.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.501   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements for railroad passenger equipment that operates at speeds exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 160 mph.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 59219, Nov. 21, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.503" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.6.131.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.503   Inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Under the procedures provided in § 238.505, each railroad shall obtain FRA approval of a written inspection, testing, and maintenance program for Tier II passenger equipment prior to implementation of that program and prior to commencing passenger operations using that equipment. As further specified in this section, the program shall describe in detail the procedures, equipment, and other means necessary for the safe operation of the passenger equipment, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Inspection procedures, intervals, and criteria;
</P>
<P>(2) Testing procedures and intervals;
</P>
<P>(3) Scheduled preventive-maintenance intervals;
</P>
<P>(4) Maintenance procedures;
</P>
<P>(5) Special testing equipment or measuring devices required to perform inspections, tests, and maintenance; and
</P>
<P>(6) The training, qualification, and designation of employees and contractors to perform inspections, tests, and maintenance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compliance.</I> After the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program is approved by FRA under § 238.505, the railroad shall adopt the program and shall perform—
</P>
<P>(1) The inspections and tests of power brakes and other primary brakes as described in the program;
</P>
<P>(2) The other inspections and tests described in the program in accordance with the procedures and criteria that the railroad identified as safety-critical; and
</P>
<P>(3) The maintenance tasks described in the program in accordance with the procedures and intervals that the railroad identified as safety-critical.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General safety inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures.</I> The inspection, testing, and maintenance program under paragraph (a) of this section shall contain the railroad's written procedures to ensure that all systems and components of in service passenger equipment are free of any general condition that endangers the safety of the crew, passengers, or equipment. These procedures shall protect against:
</P>
<P>(1) A continuous accumulation of oil or grease;
</P>
<P>(2) Improper functioning of a component;
</P>
<P>(3) A crack, break, excessive wear, structural defect, or weakness of a component;
</P>
<P>(4) A leak;
</P>
<P>(5) Use of a component or system under a condition that exceeds that for which the component or system is designed to operate; and
</P>
<P>(6) Insecure attachment of a component.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Specific inspections.</I> The program under paragraph (a) of this section shall specify that all Tier II passenger equipment shall receive thorough inspections in accordance with the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, the equivalent of a Class I brake test contained in § 238.313 shall be conducted prior to a train's departure from an originating terminal and every 1,500 miles or once each calendar day, whichever comes first, that the train remains in continuous service.
</P>
<P>(i) Class I equivalent brake tests shall be performed by a qualified maintenance person.
</P>
<P>(ii) Except as provided in § 238.15(b), a railroad shall not use or haul a Tier II passenger train in passenger service from a location where a Class I equivalent brake test has been performed, or was required by this part to have been performed, with less than 100 percent operative brakes.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, a complete exterior and interior mechanical inspection, in accordance with the railroad's inspection program, shall be conducted by a qualified maintenance person at least once during each calendar day the equipment is used in service.
</P>
<P>(3) Trains that miss a scheduled Class I brake test or mechanical inspection due to a delay en route may proceed to the point where the Class I brake test or mechanical inspection was scheduled to be performed.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Movement of trains with power brake defects.</I> Movement of trains with a power brake defect as defined in § 238.15 (any primary brake defect) shall be governed by § 238.15.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Movement of trains with other defects.</I> The movement of a train with a defect other than a power brake defect shall be conducted in accordance with § 238.17, with the following exceptions:
</P>
<P>(1) The movement of a Tier II power car with a non-complying headlight shall be conducted in accordance with § 238.443(b) of this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) When a failure of a secondary brake on a Tier II passenger train occurs en route, that train may remain in service until its next scheduled calendar day Class I brake test equivalent at a speed no greater than the maximum safe operating speed demonstrated through analysis and testing for braking with the friction brake alone. The brake system shall be restored to 100 percent operation before the train departs that inspection location.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Maintenance intervals.</I> The program under paragraph (a) of this section shall include the railroad's initial scheduled maintenance intervals for Tier II equipment based on an analysis completed pursuant to the railroad's safety plan. The maintenance interval of a safety-critical component shall be changed only when justified by accumulated, verifiable operating data and approved by FRA under § 238.505 before the change takes effect.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Training, qualification, and designation program.</I> The program under paragraph (a) of this section shall describe the training, qualification, and designation program, as defined in the training program plan under § 238.109, established by the railroad to qualify individuals to inspect, test, and maintain the equipment.
</P>
<P>(1) If the railroad deems it safety-critical, then only qualified individuals shall inspect, test, and maintain the equipment.
</P>
<P>(2) Knowledge of the procedures described in paragraph (a) of this section shall be required to qualify an employee or contractor to perform an inspection, testing, or maintenance task under this part.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Standard procedures.</I> The program under paragraph (a) of this section shall include the railroad's written standard procedures for performing all safety-critical equipment inspection, testing, maintenance, and repair tasks necessary to ensure the safe and proper operation of the equipment. The inspection, testing, and maintenance program required by this section is not intended to address and should not include procedures to address employee working conditions that arise in the course of conducting the inspections, tests, and maintenance set forth in the program. When reviewing the railroad's program, FRA does not intend to review any portion of the program that relates to employee working conditions.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Annual review.</I> The inspection, testing, and maintenance program required by this section shall be reviewed by the railroad annually.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Quality control program.</I> Each railroad shall establish an inspection, testing, and maintenance quality control program enforced by railroad or contractor supervisors to reasonably ensure that inspections, tests, and maintenance are performed in accordance with Federal safety standards and the procedures established by the railroad.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Identification of safety-critical items.</I> In the program under paragraph (a) of this section, the railroad shall identify all inspection and testing procedures and criteria as well as all maintenance intervals that the railroad deems to be safety-critical.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 19994, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.505" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.6.131.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.505   Program approval procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submission.</I> Not less than 90 days prior to commencing passenger operations using Tier II passenger equipment, each railroad to which this subpart applies shall submit for approval an inspection, testing, and maintenance program for that equipment meeting the requirements of this subpart with the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, via email to <I>FRAwaivers@dot.gov.</I> If a railroad seeks to amend an approved program, the railroad shall file with FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety a petition for approval of such amendment not less than 60 days prior to the proposed effective date of the amendment. A program responsive to the requirements of this subpart or any amendment to the program shall not be implemented prior to FRA approval.
</P>
<P>(1) Each program or amendment under § 238.503 shall contain:
</P>
<P>(i) The information prescribed in § 238.503 for such program or amendment;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name, title, address, email address and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the program or amendment; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement affirming that the railroad has served a copy of the program or amendment on designated representatives of railroad employees, together with a list of the names and addresses of persons served.
</P>
<P>(2) Each railroad shall serve a copy of each submission to FRA on designated representatives of railroad employees responsible for the equipment's operation, inspection, testing, and maintenance under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Comment.</I> Not later than 45 days from the date of filing the program or amendment, any person may comment on the program or amendment.
</P>
<P>(1) Each comment shall set forth specifically the basis upon which it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the commenter in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) Each comment shall be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety, Federal Railroad Administration, via email to <I>FRAwaivers@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(3) The commenter shall certify that a copy of the comment was served on the railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Approval.</I> (1) Within 60 days of receipt of each initial inspection, testing, and maintenance program, FRA will conduct a formal review of the program. FRA will then notify the primary railroad contact person and the designated employee representatives in writing whether the inspection, testing, and maintenance program is approved and, if not approved, the specific points in which the program is deficient. If a program is not approved by FRA, the railroad shall amend its program to correct all deficiencies and resubmit its program with the required revisions not later than 45 days prior to commencing passenger operations.
</P>
<P>(2) FRA will review each proposed amendment to the program within 45 days of receipt. FRA will then notify the primary railroad contact person and the designated employee representatives in writing whether the proposed amendment has been approved by FRA and, if not approved, the specific points in which the proposed amendment is deficient. The railroad shall correct any deficiencies and file the corrected amendment prior to implementing the amendment.
</P>
<P>(3) Following initial approval of a program or amendment, FRA may reopen consideration of the program or amendment for cause stated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 74 FR 25174, May 27, 2009; 90 FR 28187, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Specific Safety Planning Requirements for Tier II Passenger Equipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.601" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.7.131.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.601   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains specific safety planning requirements for the operation of Tier II passenger equipment, procurement of Tier II passenger equipment, and the introduction or major upgrade of new technology in existing Tier II passenger equipment that affects a safety system on such equipment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.603" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.7.131.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.603   Safety planning requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Prior to commencing revenue service operation of Tier II passenger equipment, each railroad shall prepare and execute a written plan for the safe operation of such equipment. The plan may be combined with any other plan required under this part. The plan shall be updated at least every 365 days. At a minimum, the plan shall describe the approaches and processes to:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify all requirements necessary for the safe operation of the equipment in its operating environment;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify all known or potential hazards to the safe operation of the equipment;
</P>
<P>(3) Eliminate or reduce the risk posed by each hazard identified to an acceptable level using a formal safety methodology such as MIL-STD-882; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Impose operational limitations, as necessary, on the operation of the equipment if the equipment cannot meet safety requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) For the procurement of Tier II passenger equipment, and for each major upgrade or introduction of new technology in existing Tier II passenger equipment that affects a safety system on such equipment, each railroad shall prepare and execute a written safety plan. The plan may be combined with any other plan required under this part. The plan shall describe the approaches and processes to:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify all safety requirements governing the design of the passenger equipment and its supporting systems;
</P>
<P>(2) Evaluate the total system, including hardware, software, testing, and support activities, to identify known or potential safety hazards over the life cycle of the equipment;
</P>
<P>(3) Identify safety issues during design reviews;
</P>
<P>(4) Eliminate or reduce the risk posed by each hazard identified to an acceptable level using a formal safety methodology such as MIL-STD-882;
</P>
<P>(5) Monitor the progress in resolving safety issues, reducing hazards, and meeting safety requirements;
</P>
<P>(6) Develop a program of testing or analysis, or both, to demonstrate that safety requirements have been met; and
</P>
<P>(7) Impose operational limitations, as necessary, on the operation of the equipment if the equipment cannot meet safety requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad shall maintain sufficient documentation to demonstrate how the operation and design of its Tier II passenger equipment complies with safety requirements or, as appropriate, addresses safety requirements under paragraphs (a)(4) and (b)(7) of this section. Each railroad shall maintain sufficient documentation to track how safety issues are raised and resolved.
</P>
<P>(d) Each railroad shall make available to FRA for inspection and copying upon request each safety plan required by this section and any documentation required pursuant to such plan.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 25660, May 12, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 19994, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Specific Requirements for Tier III Passenger Equipment</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>83 FR 59219, Nov. 21, 2018, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 238.701" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.131.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.701   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains specific requirements for railroad passenger equipment operating in a shared right-of-way at speeds not exceeding 125 mph and in an exclusive right-of-way without grade crossings at speeds exceeding 125 mph but not exceeding 220 mph. Passenger seating is permitted in the leading unit of a Tier III trainset if the trainset complies with the crashworthiness and occupant protection requirements of this subpart, and the railroad has an approved right-of-way plan under § 213.361 of this chapter and an approved HSR-125 plan under § 236.1007(c) of this chapter. Demonstration of compliance with the requirements of this subpart is subject to FRA review and approval under § 238.111.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.702" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.131.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.702   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Cab</I> means a compartment or space within a trainset that is designed to be occupied by an engineer and contain an operating console for exercising control over the trainset.
</P>
<P><I>Integrated trainset</I> means a passenger train in which all units of the trainset are designed to operate together to achieve the trainset's structural crashworthiness performance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="131" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.131" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Trainset Structure</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.703" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.131.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.703   Quasi-static compression load requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> To demonstrate resistance to loss of occupied volume, Tier III trainsets shall comply with both the quasi-static compression load requirements in paragraph (b) of this section and the dynamic collision requirements in § 238.705.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Quasi-static compression load requirements.</I> (1) Each individual vehicle in a Tier III trainset shall resist a minimum quasi-static end load applied on the collision load path of:
</P>
<P>(i) 800,000 pounds without permanent deformation of the occupied volume; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 1,000,000 pounds without exceeding either of the following two conditions:
</P>
<P>(A) Local plastic strains no greater than 5 percent; and
</P>
<P>(B) Vehicle shortening no greater than 1 percent over any 15-foot length of the occupied volume; or
</P>
<P>(iii) 1,200,000 pounds without crippling the body structure. Crippling of the body structure is defined as reaching the maximum point on the load-versus-displacement characteristic.
</P>
<P>(2) To demonstrate compliance with this section, each type of vehicle shall be subjected to an end compression load (buff) test with an end load magnitude no less than 337,000 lbf (1500 kN).
</P>
<P>(3) Compliance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section shall be documented and submitted to FRA for review and approval.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.705" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.131.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.705   Dynamic collision scenario.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> In addition to the requirements of § 238.703, occupied volume integrity (OVI) shall also be demonstrated for each individual vehicle in a Tier III trainset through an evaluation of a dynamic collision scenario in which a moving train impacts a standing train under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The initially-moving trainset is made up of the equipment undergoing evaluation at its AW0 ready-to-run weight;
</P>
<P>(2) If trainsets of varying consist lengths are intended for use in service, then the shortest and longest consist lengths shall be evaluated;
</P>
<P>(3) If the initially-moving trainset is intended for use in push-pull service, then, as applicable, each configuration of leading vehicle shall be evaluated separately;
</P>
<P>(4) The initially-standing train is led by a rigid locomotive and also made up of five identical passenger coaches having the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(i) The rigid locomotive weighs 260,000 pounds and each coach weighs 95,000 pounds;
</P>
<P>(ii) The rigid locomotive and each passenger coach crush in response to applied force as specified in Table 1 to this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The rigid locomotive shall be modeled using the data inputs listed in appendix H to this part so that it has a geometric design as depicted in Figure 1 to appendix H to this part;
</P>
<P>(5) The scenario shall be evaluated on tangent, level track;
</P>
<P>(6) The initially-moving trainset shall have an initial velocity of 20 mph if it is an integrated trainset, or an initial velocity of 25 mph if the lead vehicle of the trainset is not part of the integrated design;
</P>
<P>(7) The coupler knuckles on the colliding equipment shall be closed and centered;
</P>
<P>(8) The initially-moving trainset and initially-standing train consists are not braked;
</P>
<P>(9) The initially-standing train has only one degree-of-freedom (longitudinal displacement); and
</P>
<P>(10) The model used to demonstrate compliance with the dynamic collision requirements must be validated. Model validation shall be documented and submitted to FRA for review and approval.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dynamic collision requirements.</I> As a result of the impact described in paragraph (a) of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) One of the following two conditions must be met for the occupied volume of the initially-moving trainset:
</P>
<P>(i) There shall be no more than 10 inches of longitudinal permanent deformation; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Global vehicle shortening shall not exceed 1 percent over any 15-foot length of occupied volume.
</P>
<P>(2) If Railway Group Standard GM/RT2100, Issue Four, “Requirements for Rail Vehicle Structures,” Rail Safety and Standards Board Ltd., December 2010, is used to demonstrate compliance with any of the requirements in §§ 238.733, 238.735, 238.737, or 238.743, then the average longitudinal deceleration of the center of gravity (CG) of each vehicle in the initially-moving trainset during the dynamic collision scenario shall not exceed 5g during any 100-millisecond (ms) time period. The maximum interval between data points so averaged in the 100-ms time period shall be no greater than 1-ms.
</P>
<P>(3) Compliance with each of the following conditions shall also be demonstrated for the cab of the initially-moving trainset after the impact:
</P>
<P>(i) For each seat provided for an employee in the cab, and any floor-mounted seat in the cab, a survival space shall be maintained where there is no intrusion for a minimum of 12 inches from each edge of the seat. Walls or other items originally within this defined space, not including the operating console, shall not further intrude more than 1.5 inches towards the seat under evaluation;
</P>
<P>(ii) There shall be a clear exit path for the occupants of the cab;
</P>
<P>(iii) The vertical height of the cab (floor to ceiling) shall not be reduced by more than 20 percent; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The operating console shall not have moved more than 2 inches closer to the engineer's seat; if the engineer's seat is part of a set of adjacent seats, the requirements of this paragraph (b)(3) apply to both seats.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Force-Versus-Crush Relationships for Passenger Coach and Conventional Locomotive
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vehicle
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Crush
<br/>(in)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Force
<br/>(lbf)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passenger Coach</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,500,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Conventional Locomotive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,500,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.707" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.131.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.707   Override protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Colliding equipment.</I> (1) Using the dynamic collision scenario described in § 238.705(a), anti-climbing performance shall be evaluated for each of the following sets of initial conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) All vehicles in the initially-moving trainset and initially-standing train consists are positioned at their nominal running heights;
</P>
<P>(ii) The lead vehicle of the initially-moving trainset shall be perturbed laterally and vertically upwards by 3 inches at the colliding interface; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The lead vehicle of the initially-moving trainset shall be perturbed laterally and vertically downwards by 3 inches at the colliding interface.
</P>
<P>(2) For each set of initial conditions specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, compliance with the following conditions shall be demonstrated after a dynamic impact:
</P>
<P>(i) The relative difference in elevation between the underframes of the colliding equipment in the initially-moving trainset and initially-standing train consists shall not change by more than 4 inches; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The tread of any wheel of the first vehicle of the initially-moving trainset shall not rise above the top of the rail by more than 4 inches
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Connected equipment override.</I> (1) Using the dynamic collision scenario described in § 238.705(a), anti-climbing performance shall be evaluated for each of the following sets of initial conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) All vehicles in the initially-moving trainset and initially-standing train consists are positioned at their nominal running heights;
</P>
<P>(ii) One vehicle is perturbed laterally and vertically upwards by 2 inches, relative to the adjacent vehicle, at the first vehicle-to-vehicle interface in the initially-moving trainset; and,
</P>
<P>(iii) One vehicle is perturbed laterally and vertically downwards by 2 inches, relative to the adjacent vehicle, at the first vehicle-to-vehicle interface in the initially-moving trainset.
</P>
<P>(2) For each set of initial conditions specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, compliance with the following conditions shall be demonstrated after a dynamic impact:
</P>
<P>(i) The relative difference in elevation between the underframes of the connected equipment in the initially-moving trainset shall not change by more than 4 inches; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The tread of any wheel of the initially-moving trainset shall not rise above the top of rail by more than 4 inches.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.709" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.131.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.709   Fluid entry inhibition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The skin covering the forward-facing end of a Tier III trainset shall be—
</P>
<P>(1) Equivalent to a 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch steel plate with yield strength of 25,000 pounds per square inch. Material of higher yield strength may be used to decrease the required thickness of the material provided at least an equivalent level of strength is maintained. The sum of the thicknesses of elements (<I>e.g.,</I> skin and structural elements) from the structural leading edge of the trainset to a point, when projected onto a vertical plane, just forward of the engineer's normal operating position, may also be used to satisfy this requirement;
</P>
<P>(2) Designed to inhibit the entry of fluids into the cab; and
</P>
<P>(3) Affixed to the collision posts or other main structural members of the forward end structure so as to add to the strength of the end structure.
</P>
<P>(b) Information used to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this section shall at a minimum include a list and drawings of the structural elements considered in satisfying the thickness-strength requirement of this section, and calculations showing that the thickness-strength requirement is satisfied.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.711" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.131.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.711   End structure integrity of cab end.</HEAD>
<P>The cab ends of Tier III trainsets shall comply with the requirements of appendix F to this part to demonstrate the integrity of the end structure. For those units of Tier III trainsets without identifiable corner or collision posts, the requirements of appendix F to this part apply to the end structure at each location specified, regardless of whether the structure is a post.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.713" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.131.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.713   End structure integrity of non-cab end.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Tier III trainsets shall comply with the requirements in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section to demonstrate the integrity of the end structure for other than the cab ends.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Collision post requirements.</I> (1) Each unit of a Tier III trainset shall have at each non-cab end of the unit either:
</P>
<P>(i) Two full-height collision posts, located at approximately the one-third points laterally. Each collision post shall have an ultimate longitudinal shear strength of not less than 300,000 pounds at a point even with the top of the underframe member to which it is attached. If reinforcement is used to provide the shear value, the reinforcement shall have full value for a distance of 18 inches up from the underframe connection and then taper to a point approximately 30 inches above the underframe connection; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An equivalent end structure that can withstand the sum of forces that each collision post in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section is required to withstand. For analysis purposes, the required forces may be assumed to be evenly distributed at the locations where the equivalent structure attaches to the underframe.
</P>
<P>(2) Collision posts are not required for the non-cab ends of any unit with push-back couplers and interlocking anti-climbing mechanisms in a Tier III trainset, or the non-cab ends of a semi-permanently coupled consist of trainset units, if the inter-car connection is capable of preventing disengagement and telescoping to the same extent as equipment satisfying the anti-climbing and collision post requirements in subpart C of this part. For demonstrating that the inter-car connection is capable of preventing such disengagement (and telescoping), the criteria in § 238.707(b) apply.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Corner post requirements.</I> (1) Each passenger car in a Tier III trainset shall have at each non-cab end of the car, placed ahead of the occupied volume, two side structures capable of resisting a:
</P>
<P>(i) 150,000-pound horizontal force applied at floor height without failure;
</P>
<P>(ii) 20,000-pound horizontal force applied at roof height without failure; and
</P>
<P>(iii) 30,000-pound horizontal force applied at a point 18 inches above the top of the floor without permanent deformation.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (c), the orientation of the applied horizontal forces shall range from longitudinal inward to transverse inward.
</P>
<P>(3) For each evaluation load, the load shall be applied to an area of the structure sufficient to not locally cripple or punch through the material.
</P>
<P>(4) The load area shall be chosen to be appropriate for the particular car design and shall not exceed 10 inches by 10 inches.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.715" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.131.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.715   Roof and side structure integrity.</HEAD>
<P>To demonstrate roof and side structure integrity, Tier III trainsets shall comply with the requirements in §§ 238.215 and 238.217.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.717" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.131.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.717   Truck-to-carbody attachment.</HEAD>
<P>To demonstrate the integrity of truck-to-carbody attachments, each unit in a Tier III trainset shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Comply with the requirements in § 238.219; or
</P>
<P>(b) Have a truck-to-carbody attachment with strength sufficient to resist, without yielding, the following individually applied, quasi-static loads on the mass of the truck at its CG:
</P>
<P>(1) 3g vertically downward;
</P>
<P>(2) 1g laterally, along with the resulting vertical reaction to this load; and
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, 5g longitudinally, along with the resulting vertical reaction to this load, provided that for the conditions in the dynamic collision scenario described in § 238.705(a):
</P>
<P>(i) The average longitudinal deceleration at the CG of the equipment during the impact does not exceed 5g; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The peak longitudinal deceleration of the truck during the impact does not exceed 10g.
</P>
<P>(c) As an alternative to demonstrating compliance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the truck shall be shown to remain attached after a dynamic impact under the conditions in the collision scenario described in § 238.705(a).
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of paragraph (b) of this section, the mass of the truck includes axles, wheels, bearings, truck-mounted brake system, suspension system components, and any other component attached to the truck by design.
</P>
<P>(e) Truck attachment shall be demonstrated using a validated model.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="132" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.132" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Glazing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.721" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.132.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.721   Glazing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Cab glazing; end-facing.</I> (1) Each end-facing exterior window in a cab of a Tier III trainset shall comply with the requirements for Type I glazing in appendix A to part 223 of this chapter, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) through (4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Instead of the large object impact test specified in appendix A to part 223, each end-facing exterior window in a cab shall demonstrate compliance with the following requirements of this paragraph (a):
</P>
<P>(i) The glazing article shall be impacted with a cylindrical projectile that complies with the following design specifications as depicted in Figure 1 to this subpart:
</P>
<P>(A) The projectile shall be constructed of aluminum alloy such as ISO 6362-2:1990, grade 2017A, or its demonstrated equivalent;
</P>
<P>(B) The projectile end cap shall be made of steel;
</P>
<P>(C) The projectile assembly shall weigh 2.2 pounds (−0, +0.044 pounds) or 1 kilogram (kg) (−0, +0.020 kg) and shall have a hemispherical tip. Material may be removed from the interior of the aluminum portion to adjust the projectile mass according to the prescribed tolerance. The hemispherical tip shall have a milled surface with 0.04 inch (1 mm) grooves; and
</P>
<P>(D) The projectile shall have an overall diameter of 3.7 inches (94 mm) with a nominal internal diameter of 2.76 inches (70 mm).
</P>
<P>(ii) The test of the glazing article shall be deemed satisfactory if the test projectile does not penetrate the windscreen, the windscreen remains in its frame, and the witness plate is not marked by spall.
</P>
<P>(iii) A new projectile shall be used for each test.
</P>
<P>(iv) The glazing article to be tested shall be that which has the smallest area for each design type. For the test, the glazing article shall be fixed in a frame of the same construction as that mounted on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(v) A minimum of four tests shall be conducted and all must be deemed satisfactory. Two tests shall be conducted with the complete glazing article at 32 °F ± 9 °F (0 °C ± 5 °C) and two tests shall be conducted with the complete glazing article at 68 °F ± 9 °F (20 °C ± 5 °C). For the tests to be valid they shall demonstrate that the core temperature of the complete glazing article during each test is within the required temperature range.
</P>
<P>(vi) The test glazing article shall be mounted at the same angle relative to the projectile path as it will be to the direction of travel when mounted on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(vii) The projectile's impact velocity shall equal the maximum operating speed of the Tier III trainset plus 100 mph (160 km/h). The projectile velocity shall be measured within 13 feet (4 m) of the point of impact.
</P>
<P>(viii) The point of impact shall be at the geometrical center of the glazing article.
</P>
<P>(3) Representative samples for large object impact testing of large Tier III end-facing cab glazing articles may be used instead of the actual design size, provided that the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) Testing of glazing articles having dimensions greater than 39.4 by 27.6 inches (1,000 mm by 700 mm), excluding framing, may be performed using a flat sample having the same composition as the glazing article for which compliance is to be demonstrated. The glazing manufacturer shall provide documentation containing its technical justification that testing a flat sample is sufficient to verify compliance of the glazing article with the requirements of this paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(ii) Flat sample testing is permitted only when no surface of the full-size glazing article contains curvature with a radius less than 98 inches (2,500 mm), and when a complete, finished glazing article is laid (convex side uppermost) on a flat horizontal surface, the distance (measured perpendicularly to the flat surface) between the flat surface and the inside face of the glazing article is not greater than 8 inches (200 mm).
</P>
<P>(4) End-facing glazing shall demonstrate sufficient resistance to spalling, as verified by the large impact projectile test under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) An annealed aluminum witness plate of maximum thickness 0.006 inch (0.15 mm) and of dimension 19.7 by 19.7 inches (500 mm by 500 mm) is placed vertically behind the sample under test, at a horizontal distance of 500 mm from the point of impact in the direction of travel of the projectile or the distance between the point of impact of the projectile and the location of the engineer's eyes in the engineer's normal operating position, whichever is less. The center of the witness plate is aligned with the point of impact.
</P>
<P>(ii) Spalling performance shall be deemed satisfactory if the aluminum witness plate is not marked.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purposes of this subpart, materials used specifically to protect the cab occupants from spall (<I>i.e.,</I> spall shields) shall not be required to meet the flammability and smoke emission performance requirements of appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(5) Each end-facing exterior window in a cab shall, at a minimum, provide ballistic penetration resistance that meets the requirements of appendix A to part 223.
</P>
<P>(6) Each end-facing exterior window in a cab shall be permanently marked, before installation, in such a manner that the marking is clearly visible after the material has been installed. The marking shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The words “FRA TYPE IHS” to indicate that the material has successfully passed the testing requirements specified in this paragraph (a);
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the manufacturer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The type or brand identification of the material.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cab glazing; side-facing.</I> Each side-facing exterior window in a cab of a Tier III trainset shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the requirements for Type II glazing contained in appendix A to part 223 of this chapter, for large-object impact; and
</P>
<P>(2) Maintain the minimum ballistics penetration resistance as required for end-facing glazing in paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Non-cab glazing; side-facing.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, each side-facing exterior window in other than a cab shall comply with the requirements for Type II glazing contained in appendix A to part 223 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Instead of the requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a side-facing exterior window intended to be breakable and serve as an emergency window exit may comply with an alternative standard that provides an equivalent level of safety and is approved for use by FRA.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Glazing securement.</I> Each exterior window shall remain in place when subjected to:
</P>
<P>(1) The forces due to air pressure differences caused when two trains pass at the minimum separation for two adjacent tracks, while traveling in opposite directions, each train traveling at the maximum authorized speed; and
</P>
<P>(2) The impact forces that the exterior window is required to resist as specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Glazing certification.</I> (1) Each manufacturer that provides glazing materials, intended by the manufacturer for use in achieving compliance with the requirements of this section, shall certify that each type of glazing material being supplied for this purpose has been successfully tested. Tests performed on glazing materials for demonstration of compliance with this section, relied on by the glazing manufacturer in furtherance of certification, may be performed by either:
</P>
<P>(i) An independent third-party (laboratory, facility, underwriter); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The glazing manufacturer, by providing FRA the opportunity to witness all tests by written notice at least 30 days prior to testing.
</P>
<P>(2) Any glazing material certified to meet the requirements of this section shall be re-certified by the same means (as originally certified) if any changes are made to the glazing that may affect its mechanical properties or its mounting arrangement on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) All certification/re-certification documentation shall be made available to FRA upon request.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="133" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.133" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Brake System</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.731" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.133.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.731   Brake system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each railroad shall demonstrate through analysis and testing the maximum safe operating speed for its Tier III trainsets that results in no thermal damage to equipment or infrastructure during normal operation of the brake system.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Minimum performance requirement for brake system.</I> Each Tier III trainset's brake system shall be capable of stopping the trainset from its maximum operating speed within the signal spacing existing on the track over which the trainset is operating under the worst-case adhesion conditions defined by the railroad, as approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Emergency brake system.</I> A Tier III trainset shall be provided with an emergency brake application feature that produces an irretrievable stop. An emergency brake application shall be available at any time, and shall be initiated by either of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An unintentional parting of the trainset; or
</P>
<P>(2) The train crew at locations within the trainset specified by the railroad, as approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Passenger brake alarm.</I> (1) A means to initiate a passenger brake alarm shall be provided at two locations in each unit of a Tier III trainset that is over 45 feet in length. When a unit of the trainset is 45 feet or less in length, a means to initiate a passenger brake alarm need only be provided at one location in the unit. These locations shall be identified by the railroad as approved by FRA. The words “Passenger Brake Alarm” shall be legibly stenciled or marked on each device or on an adjacent badge plate.
</P>
<P>(2) All passenger brake alarms shall be installed so as to prevent accidental activation.
</P>
<P>(3) During departure from the boarding platform, activation of the passenger brake alarm shall result in an emergency brake application.
</P>
<P>(4) A passenger brake alarm activation that occurs after the trainset has safely cleared the boarding platform shall be acknowledged by the engineer within the time period specified by the railroad, as approved by FRA, for train operation to remain under the full control of the engineer. The method used to confirm that the trainset has safely cleared the boarding platform shall be defined by the railroad as approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(5) If the engineer does not acknowledge the passenger brake alarm as specified in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, at a minimum, a retrievable full service brake application shall be automatically initiated until the trainset has stopped unless the engineer intervenes as described in paragraph (d)(6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) To retrieve the full service brake application described in paragraph (d)(5) of this section, the engineer must acknowledge the passenger brake alarm and activate appropriate controls to issue a command for brake application as specified by the railroad, as approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Degraded performance of blended brake system.</I> The following requirements of this paragraph (e) apply to operation of Tier III trainsets with blended braking systems, to address degraded brake system performance:
</P>
<P>(1) Loss of power or failure of the dynamic or regenerative brake shall not result in exceeding the allowable stopping distance defined by the railroad as approved by FRA;
</P>
<P>(2) The available friction braking shall be adequate to stop the trainset safely under the operating conditions defined by the railroad, as approved by FRA;
</P>
<P>(3) The operational status of the trainset brake system shall be displayed for the engineer in the operating cab; and
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad shall demonstrate through analysis and testing the maximum speed for safely operating its Tier III trainsets using only the friction brake portion of the blended brake with no thermal damage to equipment or infrastructure. The analysis and testing shall also be used to determine the maximum safe operating speed for various percentages of operative friction brakes and shall be included in the railroad's ITM program.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Main reservoir system.</I> (1) The main reservoirs in a Tier III trainset shall be designed and tested to meet the requirements of a recognized standard specified by the railroad as approved by FRA, such as the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for Unfired Pressure Vessel Section VIII, Division I (ASME Code). The working pressure shall be 150 psig (10.3 bar) and the corresponding rated temperature shall be 150 °F (65 °C) unless otherwise defined by the railroad as approved by FRA. Reservoirs shall be certified based on their size and volume requirements.
</P>
<P>(2) Each welded steel main reservoir shall be drilled in accordance with the requirements of a recognized standard specified by the railroad as approved by FRA, such as paragraph UG-25(e) of Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. With the drain opening located at the low point of the reservoir, one row of holes shall be drilled lengthwise on the reservoir on a line intersecting the drain opening and sloped to the drain opening.
</P>
<P>(3) A breach of a welded steel main reservoir at any of the drilled holes described in paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be cause for the reservoir to be condemned and withdrawn from service. Any type of welded repair to a steel main reservoir is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Aluminum main reservoirs.</I> (1) Aluminum main reservoirs used in a Tier III trainset shall conform to the requirements of § 229.51 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Any type of welded repair to an aluminum main reservoir is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Main reservoir tests.</I> Prior to initial installation, each main reservoir shall be subjected to a pneumatic or hydrostatic pressure test based on the maximum working pressure defined in paragraph (f) or (g) of this section, as appropriate, unless otherwise established by the railroad's ITM program. Records of the test date, location, and pressure shall be maintained by the railroad for the life of the equipment. Periodic inspection requirements for main reservoirs shall be defined in the railroad's ITM program.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Brake gauges.</I> All mechanical gauges and all devices providing electronic indication of air pressure that are used by the engineer to aid in the control or braking of a Tier III trainset shall be located so they may be conveniently read from the engineer's normal position during operation of the trainset.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Brake application/release.</I> (1) Brake actuators shall be designed to provide brake pad and shoe clearance when the brakes are released.
</P>
<P>(2) The minimum brake cylinder pressure shall be established by the railroad, as approved by FRA, to provide adequate adjustment from minimum service to full service for proper train operation.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Foundation brake gear.</I> The railroad shall specify requirements in its ITM program for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of the foundation brake gear.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Leakage.</I> (1) If a Tier III trainset is equipped with a brake pipe, the leakage rates shall not exceed the limits defined in either paragraph (l)(2) of this section, or those defined in the Air Consumption Analysis included in the railroad ITM program, whichever is more restrictive. The method of inspection for main reservoir pipe leakage shall be prescribed in the railroad's ITM program.
</P>
<P>(2) Brake pipe leakage may not exceed 5 p.s.i. per minute; and with a full service application at maximum brake pipe pressure and with communication to the brake cylinders closed, the brakes shall remain applied for at least 5 minutes.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Slide protection and alarm.</I> (1) A Tier III trainset shall be equipped with an adhesion control system designed to automatically adjust the braking force on each wheel to prevent sliding during braking.
</P>
<P>(2) A wheel-slide alarm that is visual or audible, or both, shall alert the engineer in the operating cab to wheel-slide conditions on any axle of the trainset.
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad shall specify operating restrictions for trainsets with slide protection devices for when they fail to prevent wheel slide within safety parameters preset by the railroad. Both the operating restrictions and safety parameters shall be approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Monitoring and diagnostics.</I> Each Tier III trainset shall be equipped with a monitoring and diagnostic system that is designed to automatically assess the functionality of the brake system for the entire trainset. Details of the system operation and the method of communication of brake system functionality prior to the departure of the trainset and while en route shall be described in detail in the railroad's ITM program.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Train securement.</I> Independent of the pneumatic brakes, Tier III equipment shall be equipped with a means of securing the equipment against unintentional movement when left standing and unmanned in such a manner that the brake system of the equipment cannot be readily controlled by a qualified person. The railroad shall develop the procedures used to secure the equipment and shall also demonstrate that those procedures effectively secure the equipment on all grade conditions identified by the railroad, as approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Rescue operation; brake system.</I> A Tier III trainset's brake system shall be designed to allow a rescue vehicle or trainset to control its brakes when the trainset is disabled.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="134" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.134" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Interior Fittings and Surfaces</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.733" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.134.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.733   Interior fixture attachment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tier III trainsets shall comply with the interior fixture attachment strength requirements referenced in either of the following paragraphs:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 238.233 and APTA PR-CS-S-006-98; or
</P>
<P>(2) Section 6.1.4, “Security of furniture, equipment and features,” of GM/RT2100, provided that—
</P>
<P>(i) The conditions of § 238.705(b)(2) are met;
</P>
<P>(ii) Interior fixture attachment strength is sufficient to resist without failure individually applied loads of 5g longitudinal, 3g lateral, and 3g vertical when applied to the mass of the fixture; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Use of the standard is carried out under any conditions identified by the railroad, as approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(b) The standards required in this section are incorporated by reference into this section with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC and is available from the sources indicated below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html</I>.
</P>
<P>(1) American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street NW, Washington, DC 20006, <I>www.aptastandards.com</I>.
</P>
<P>(i) APTA PR-CS-S-006-98, Rev. 1, “Standard for Attachment Strength of Interior Fittings for Passenger Railroad Equipment,” Authorized September 28, 2005.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) Rail Safety and Standards Board Ltd., Communications, RSSB, Block 2 Angel Square, 1 Torrens Street, London, England EC1V 1NY, <I>www.rgsonline.co.uk</I>.
</P>
<P>(i) Railway Group Standard GM/RT2100, Issue Four, “Requirements for Rail Vehicle Structures,” December 2010.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.735" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.134.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.735   Seat crashworthiness (passenger and cab crew).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Passenger seating in Tier III trainsets shall comply with the requirements referenced in either of the following paragraphs:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 238.233 and APTA PR-CS-S-016-99 excluding Section 6, “Seat durability testing;” or
</P>
<P>(2) Section 6.2, “Seats for passengers, personnel, or train crew,” of GM/RT2100, provided that—
</P>
<P>(i) The conditions of § 238.705(b)(2) are met;
</P>
<P>(ii) Seat attachment strength is sufficient to resist without failure individually applied loads of 5g longitudinal, 3g lateral, and 3g applied to the mass of the seat; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Use of the standard is carried out under any conditions identified by the railroad, as approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(b) Each seat provided for an employee in the cab of a Tier III trainset, and any floor-mounted seat in the cab, shall comply with § 238.233(e), (f), and (g).
</P>
<P>(c) The standards required in this section are incorporated by reference into this section with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC and are available from the sources indicated below. They are also available for inspection at NARA. For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html</I>.
</P>
<P>(1) American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street NW, Washington, DC 20006, <I>www.aptastandards.com</I>.
</P>
<P>(i) APTA PR-CS-S-016-99, Rev. 2, “Standard for Passenger Seats in Passenger Rail Cars,” Authorized October 3, 2010.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) Rail Safety and Standards Board Ltd., Communications, RSSB, Block 2 Angel Square, 1 Torrens Street, London, England EC1V 1NY, <I>www.rgsonline.co.uk</I>.
</P>
<P>(i) Railway Group Standard GM/RT2100, Issue Four, “Requirements for Rail Vehicle Structures,” December 2010.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.737" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.134.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.737   Luggage racks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Overhead storage racks shall provide longitudinal and lateral restraint for stowed articles. These racks shall incorporate transverse dividers at a maximum spacing of 10 ft. (3 m) to restrain the longitudinal movement of luggage. To restrain the lateral movement of luggage, these racks shall also slope downward in the outboard direction at a minimum ratio of 1:8 with respect to a horizontal plane.
</P>
<P>(b) Luggage racks shall comply with the requirements in either of the following paragraphs:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 238.233; or
</P>
<P>(2) Section 6.8, “Luggage stowage,” of GM/RT2100, provided that—
</P>
<P>(i) The conditions of § 238.705(b)(2) are met;
</P>
<P>(ii) Attachment strength is sufficient to resist without failure individually applied loads of 5g longitudinal, 3g lateral, and 3g vertical; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Use of the standard is carried out under any conditions identified by the railroad, as approved by FRA. In particular, the railroad shall determine the maximum allowable weight of the luggage stowed for purposes of evaluating luggage rack attachment strength.
</P>
<P>(c) Railway Group Standard GM/RT2100, Issue Four, “Requirements for Rail Vehicle Structures,” December 2010 is incorporated by reference into this section with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC and is available from Rail Safety and Standards Board Ltd., Communications, RSSB, Block 2 Angel Square, 1 Torrens Street, London, England EC1V 1NY, <I>www.rgsonline.co.uk</I>. It is also available for inspection at NARA. For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html</I>.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="135" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.135" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Emergency Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.741" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.135.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.741   Emergency window egress and rescue access.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Emergency window egress and rescue access plan.</I> If a passenger car in a Tier III trainset is not designed to comply with the requirements in § 238.113 or § 238.114, the railroad shall submit to FRA for approval an emergency window egress and rescue access plan during the design review stage. The plan must include, but is not limited to, the elements in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ease of operability.</I> If an emergency window exit in a passenger car requires the use of a tool, other implement (<I>e.g.,</I> hammer), or a mechanism to permit removal of the window panel from the inside of the car during an emergency situation, then the plan must demonstrate the use of the device provides a level of safety equivalent to that required by § 238.113(b). In particular, the plan must address the location, design, and signage and instructions for the device. The railroad shall also include a provision in its Tier III ITM program to inspect for the presence of the device at least each day the car is in service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dimensions.</I> If the dimensions of a window opening in a passenger car do not comply with the requirements in § 238.113 or § 238.114, then the plan must demonstrate that at least an equivalent level of safety is provided.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Alternative emergency evacuation openings.</I> If a passenger car employs the use of emergency egress panels or additional door exits instead of emergency window exits or rescue access windows, then the plan must demonstrate that such alternative emergency evacuation openings provide a level of safety at least equivalent to that required by § 238.113 or § 238.114, or both as appropriate. The plan must address the location, design, and signage and instructions for the alternative emergency evacuation openings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.743" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.135.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.743   Emergency lighting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, Tier III trainsets shall comply with the emergency lighting requirements specified in § 238.115.
</P>
<P>(b) Emergency lighting back-up power systems shall, at a minimum, be capable of operating after experiencing the individually applied accelerations defined in either of the following paragraphs:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 238.115(a)(4)(ii); or
</P>
<P>(2) Section 6.1.4, “Security of furniture, equipment and features,” of GM/RT2100, provided that—
</P>
<P>(i) The conditions of § 238.705(b)(2) are met;
</P>
<P>(ii) The initial shock of a collision or derailment is based on a minimum load of 5g longitudinal, 3g lateral, and 3g vertical; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Use of the standard is carried out under any conditions identified by the railroad, as approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(c) Railway Group Standard GM/RT2100, Issue Four, “Requirements for Rail Vehicle Structures,” December 2010, is incorporated by reference into this section with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC and is available from Rail Safety and Standards Board Ltd., Communications, RSSB, Block 2 Angel Square, 1 Torrens Street, London, England EC1V 1NY, <I>www.rgsonline.co.uk</I>. It is also available for inspection at NARA. For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html</I>.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="136" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.136" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Cab Equipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.751" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.136.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.751   Alerters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An alerter shall be provided in the operating cab of each Tier III trainset, unless in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section the trainset operates in a territory where an alternate technology providing equivalent safety is installed, such as redundant automatic train control or redundant automatic train stop system.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon initiation of the alerter, the engineer must acknowledge the alerter within the time period and according to the parameters specified by the railroad, as approved by FRA, in order for train operations to remain under the full control of the engineer.
</P>
<P>(c) If the engineer does not acknowledge the alerter as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, at a minimum a retrievable full service brake application shall occur until the train has stopped, unless the crew intervenes as described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) To retrieve the full service brake application described in paragraph (c) of this section, the engineer must acknowledge the alerter and activate appropriate controls to issue a command for brake application as specified by the railroad and approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(e) If an alternate technology to the alerter is used, the railroad shall conduct an analysis that confirms the ability of the technology to provide an equivalent level of safety. This analysis shall be approved by FRA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 238.753" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.136.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 238.753   Sanders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Tier III trainset shall be equipped with operative sanders, if required by the railroad and as approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(b) Sanders required under this section shall comply with § 229.131(a), (b), and (d) of this chapter, except that instead of the requirements of §§ 229.9 and 229.23 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) The requirements of § 238.17 shall apply to the tagging and movement of a Tier III trainset with defective sanders; and
</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of the railroad's ITM program shall apply to the next periodic inspection of such a trainset.
</P>
<P>(c) In addition to the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section, the railroad's ITM program shall specify the inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements for Tier III trainsets equipped with sanders.



</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.8.137.20.82" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figure 1 to Subpart H of Part 238

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er21no18.128.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Requirements for Tier III Passenger Equipment—[Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.11.137.1.83" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 238 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.11.137.1.84" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 238—Test Methods and Performance Criteria for the Flammability and Smoke Emission Characteristics of Materials Used in Passenger Cars and Locomotive Cabs
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix contains the test methods and performance criteria for the flammability and smoke emission characteristics of materials used in passenger cars and locomotive cabs, in accordance with the requirements of § 238.103. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> Certain documents are incorporated by reference into this appendix with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may inspect a copy of each document during normal business hours at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20950 or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I> The documents incorporated by reference into this appendix and the sources from which you may obtain these documents are listed below: 
</P>
<P>(1) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor Dr., West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959. 
</P>
<P>(i) ASTM C 1166-00, Standard Test Method for Flame Propagation of Dense and Cellular Elastomeric Gaskets and Accessories. 
</P>
<P>(ii) ASTM D 2724-87, Standard Test Methods for Bonded, Fused, and Laminated Apparel Fabrics. 
</P>
<P>(iii) ASTM D 3574-95, Standard Test Methods for Flexible Cellular Materials-Slab, Bonded, and Molded Urethane Foams. 
</P>
<P>(iv) ASTM D 3675-98, Standard Test Method for Surface Flammability of Flexible Cellular Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. 
</P>
<P>(v) ASTM E 119-00a, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
</P>
<P>(vi) ASTM E 162-98, Standard Test Method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. 
</P>
<P>(vii) ASTM E 648-00, Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. 
</P>
<P>(viii) ASTM E 662-01, Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials. 
</P>
<P>(ix) ASTM E 1354-99, Standard Test Method for Heat and Visible Smoke Release Rates for Materials and Products Using an Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter. 
</P>
<P>(x) ASTM E 1537-99, Standard Test Method for Fire Testing of Upholstered Furniture. 
</P>
<P>(xi) ASTM E 1590-01, Standard Test Method for Fire Testing of Mattresses. 
</P>
<P>(2) General Services Administration, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 E. L'Enfant Plaza, SW., Suite 8100, Washington, DC, 20407. FED-STD-191A-Textile Test Method 5830, Leaching Resistance of Cloth; Standard Method (July 20, 1978). 
</P>
<P>(3) State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs, Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation, 3485 Orange Grove Avenue, North Highlands, CA 95660-5595. 
</P>
<P>(i) California Technical Bulletin (Cal TB) 129, Flammability Test Procedure for Mattresses for Use in Public Buildings (October, 1992). 
</P>
<P>(ii) Cal TB 133, Flammability Test Procedure for Seating Furniture for Use in Public Occupancies (January, 1991). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this appendix—
</P>
<P><I>Average heat release rate</I> (q
<AC T="b"/><E T="51">//</E><E T="52">180</E>) means, as defined in ASTM E 1354-99, the average heat release rate per unit area in the time period beginning at the time of ignition and ending 180 seconds later. 
</P>
<P><I>Critical radiant flux</I> (C.R.F.) means, as defined in ASTM E 648-00, a measure of the behavior of horizontally-mounted floor covering systems exposed to a flaming ignition source in a graded radiant heat energy environment in a test chamber. 
</P>
<P><I>Flame spread index</I> (I<E T="52">s</E>) means, as defined in ASTM E 162-98, a factor derived from the rate of progress of the flame front (F<E T="52">s</E>) and the rate of heat liberation by the material under test (Q), such that I<E T="52">s</E> = F<E T="52">s</E> × Q. 
</P>
<P><I>Flaming dripping</I> means periodic dripping of flaming material from the site of material burning or material installation. 
</P>
<P><I>Flaming running</I> means continuous flaming material leaving the site of material burning or material installation. 
</P>
<P><I>Heat release rate</I> means, as defined in ASTM E 1354-99, the heat evolved from a specimen per unit of time. 
</P>
<P><I>Specific extinction area</I> (σ<E T="52">f</E>) means, as defined in ASTM E 1354-99, specific extinction area for smoke. 
</P>
<P><I>Specific optical density</I> (D<E T="52">s</E>) means, as defined in ASTM E 662-01, the optical density measured over unit path length within a chamber of unit volume, produced from a specimen of unit surface area, that is irradiated by a heat flux of 2.5 watts/cm
<SU>2</SU> for a specified period of time. 
</P>
<P><I>Surface flammability</I> means the rate at which flames will travel along surfaces. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Required test methods and performance criteria.</I> The materials used in locomotive cabs and passenger cars shall be tested according to the methods and meet the performance criteria set forth in the following table and notes:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er25jn02.000.gif"/>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Materials tested for surface flammability shall not exhibit any flaming running or dripping.
</P>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> The ASTM E 662-01 maximum test limits for smoke emission (specific optical density) shall be measured in either the flaming or non-flaming mode, utilizing the mode which generates the most smoke.
</P>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> Testing of a complete seat assembly (including cushions, fabric layers, upholstery) according to ASTM E 1537-99 using the pass/fail criteria of Cal TB 133, and testing of a complete mattress assembly (including foam and ticking) according to ASTM E 1590-01 using the pass/fail criteria of Cal TB 129 shall be permitted in lieu of the test methods prescribed herein, provided the assembly component units remain unchanged or new (replacement) assembly components possess equivalent fire performance properties to the original components tested. A fire hazard analysis must also be conducted that considers the operating environment within which the seat or mattress assembly will be used in relation to the risk of vandalism, puncture, cutting, or other acts which may expose the individual components of the assemblies to an ignition source. Notes 5, 6, 7, and 8 apply.
</P>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> Testing is performed without upholstery.
</P>
<P>
<SU>5</SU> The surface flammability and smoke emission characteristics shall be demonstrated to be permanent after dynamic testing according to ASTM D 3574-95, Test I <E T="52">2</E> (Dynamic Fatigue Test by the Roller Shear at Constant Force) or Test I <E T="52">3</E> (Dynamic Fatigue Test by Constant Force Pounding) both using Procedure B, except that the test samples shall be a minimum of 6 inches (154 mm) by 18 inches (457 mm) by the thickness of the material in its end use configuration, or multiples thereof. If Test I <E T="52">3</E> is used, the size of the indentor described in paragraph 96.2 shall be modified to accommodate the specified test specimen.
</P>
<P>
<SU>6</SU> The surface flammability and smoke emission characteristics shall be demonstrated to be permanent by washing, if appropriate, according to FED-STD-191A Textile Test Method 5830.
</P>
<P>
<SU>7</SU> The surface flammability and smoke emission characteristics shall be demonstrated to be permanent by dry-cleaning, if appropriate, according to ASTM D 2724-87.
</P>
<P>
<SU>8</SU> Materials that cannot be washed or dry-cleaned shall be so labeled and shall meet the applicable performance criteria after being cleaned as recommended by the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>
<SU>9</SU> Signage is not required to meet any flammability or smoke emission performance criteria specified in this Appendix.
</P>
<P>
<SU>10</SU> Materials used to fabricate miscellaneous, discontinuous small parts (such as knobs, rollers, fasteners, clips, grommets, and small electrical parts) that will not contribute materially to fire growth in end use configuration are exempt from flammability and smoke emission performance requirements, provided that the surface area of any individual small part is less than 16 square inches (100 cm
<SU>2</SU>) in end use configuration and an appropriate fire hazard analysis is conducted which addresses the location and quantity of the materials used, and the vulnerability of the materials to ignition and contribution to flame spread.
</P>
<P>
<SU>11</SU> If the surface area of any individual small part is less than 16 square inches (100 cm
<SU>2</SU>) in end use configuration, materials used to fabricate such a part may be tested in accordance with ASTM E 1354-99 as an alternative to both (a) the ASTM E 162-98 flammability test procedure, or the appropriate flammability test procedure otherwise specified in the table, and (b) the ASTM E 662-01 smoke generation test procedure. Testing shall be at 50 kW/m
<SU>2</SU> applied heat flux with a retainer frame. Materials tested in accordance with ASTM E 1354-99 shall meet the following performance criteria: average heat release rate (q
<AC T="b"/>
<SU>//</SU> <E T="52">180</E>) less than or equal to 100 kW/m
<SU>2</SU>, and average specific extinction area (σ<E T="52">f</E>) less than or equal to 500 m
<SU>2</SU>/kg over the same 180-second period.
</P>
<P>
<SU>12</SU> Carpeting used as a wall or ceiling covering shall be tested according to ASTM E 162-98 and ASTM E 662-01 and meet the respective criteria of I <E T="52">s</E> less than or equal to 35 and D <E T="52">s</E> (1.5) less than or equal to 100 and D <E T="52">s</E> (4.0) less than or equal to 200. Notes 1 and 2 apply.
</P>
<P>
<SU>13</SU> Floor covering shall be tested with padding in accordance with ASTM E 648-00, if the padding is used in the actual installation.
</P>
<P>
<SU>14</SU> For double window glazing, only the interior glazing is required to meet the requirements specified herein. (The exterior glazing is not required to meet these requirements.)
</P>
<P>
<SU>15</SU> Penetrations (ducts, etc.) shall be designed against acting as passageways for fire and smoke and representative penetrations shall be included as part of test assemblies.
</P>
<P>
<SU>16</SU> A structural flooring assembly separating the interior of a vehicle from its undercarriage shall meet the performance criteria during a nominal test period as determined by the railroad. The nominal test period must be twice the maximum expected time period under normal circumstances for a vehicle to stop completely and safely from its maximum operating speed, plus the time necessary to evacuate all the vehicle's occupants to a safe area. The nominal test period must not be less than 15 minutes. Only one specimen need be tested. A proportional reduction may be made in the dimensions of the specimen provided it serves to truly test the ability of the structural flooring assembly to perform as a barrier against under-vehicle fires. The fire resistance period required shall be consistent with the safe evacuation of a full load of passengers from the vehicle under worst-case conditions. For purposes of this Note, the floor assembly of a vehicle in a Tier III trainset may be tested together with undercar design features that separate the vehicle from the fire source, <I>i.e.,</I> skirts and bottom covers, to protect against a fire source under and external to the vehicle. To assess the safety associated with testing the floor assembly in this manner, and to protect against a fire source under the floor assembly but internal to the vehicle, safety must also be demonstrated by conducting a fire hazard analysis that includes the considerations in Note 17.
</P>
<P>
<SU>17</SU> Portions of the vehicle body which separate major ignition sources, energy sources, or sources of fuel-load from vehicle interiors, shall have sufficient fire endurance as determined by a fire hazard analysis acceptable to the railroad which addresses the location and quantity of the materials used, as well as vulnerability of the materials to ignition, flame spread, and smoke generation. These portions include equipment carrying portions of a vehicle's roof and the interior structure separating the levels of a bi-level car, but do not include a flooring assembly subject to Note 16. A railroad is not required to use the ASTM E 119-00a test method.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 42910, June 25, 2002, as amended at 74 FR 25175, May 27, 2009; 83 FR 59228, Nov. 21, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.11.137.1.85" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 238 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.11.137.1.86" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 238—Requirements for External Fuel Tanks on Tier I Locomotives
</HEAD>
<P>The requirements contained in this appendix are intended to address the structural and puncture resistance properties of the locomotive fuel tank to reduce the risk of fuel spillage to acceptable levels under derailment and minor collision conditions.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Structural strength</I>—(1) <I>Load case 1—minor derailment.</I> The end plate of the fuel tank shall support a sudden loading of one-half the weight of the car body at a vertical acceleration of 2g, without exceeding the ultimate strength of the material. The load is assumed to be supported on one rail, within an eight inch band (plus or minus) at a point nominally above the head of the rail, on tangent track. Consideration should be given in the design of the fuel tank to maximize the vertical clearance between the top of the rail and the bottom of the fuel tank.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Load case 2—jackknifed locomotive.</I> The fuel tank shall support transversely at the center a sudden loading equivalent to one half the weight of the locomotive at a vertical acceleration of 2g, without exceeding the ultimate strength of the material. The load is assumed to be supported on one rail, distributed between the longitudinal center line and the edge of the tank bottom, with a rail head surface of two inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Load case 3—side impact.</I> In a side impact collision by an 80,000 pound Gross Vehicle Weight tractor/trailer at the longitudinal center of the fuel tank, the fuel tank shall withstand, without exceeding the ultimate strength, a 200,000 pound load (2.5g) distributed over an area of six inches by forty-eight inches (half the bumper area) at a height of thirty inches above the rail (standard DOT bumper height).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Load case 4—penetration resistance.</I> The minimum thickness of the sides, bottom sheet and end plates of the fuel tank shall be equivalent to a 
<FR>5/16</FR>-inch steel plate with a 25,000 pounds-per-square-inch yield strength (where the thickness varies inversely with the square root of yield strength). The lower one third of the end plates shall have the equivalent penetration resistance by the above method of a 
<FR>3/4</FR>-inch steel plate with a 25,000 pounds-per-square-inch yield strength. This may be accomplished by any combination of materials or other mechanical protection.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sideswipe.</I> To minimize fuel tank damage during sideswipes (railroad vehicles and grade crossings), all drain plugs, clean-out ports, inspection covers, sight glasses, gauge openings, etc., must be flush with the tank surface or adequately protected to avoid catching foreign objects or breakage. All seams must be protected or flush to avoid catching foreign objects.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Spill controls.</I> Vents and fills shall be designed to avert spillage of fuel in the event of a roll over.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.11.137.1.87" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 238—General Principles of Reliability-Based Maintenance Programs
</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any maintenance program has the following four basic objectives:
</P>
<P>(1) To ensure realization of the design level of safety and reliability of the equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) To restore safety and reliability to their design levels when deterioration has occurred;
</P>
<P>(3) To obtain the information necessary for design improvements of those items whose design reliability proves inadequate; and
</P>
<P>(4) To accomplish these goals at a minimum total cost, including maintenance costs and the costs of residual failures.
</P>
<P>(b) Reliability-based maintenance programs are based on the following general principles. A failure is an unsatisfactory condition. There are two types of failures: functional and potential. Functional failures are usually reported by operating crews. Conversely, maintenance crews usually discover potential failures. A potential failure is an identifiable physical condition, which indicates that a functional failure is imminent. The consequences of a functional failure determine the priority of a maintenance effort. These consequences fall into the following general categories:
</P>
<P>(1) Safety consequences, involving possible loss of the equipment and its occupants;
</P>
<P>(2) Operational consequences, which involve an indirect economic loss as well as the direct cost of repair;
</P>
<P>(3) Non-operational consequences, which involve only the direct cost of repair; or
</P>
<P>(4) Hidden failure consequences, which involve exposure to a possible multiple failure as a result of the undetected failure of a hidden function.
</P>
<P>(c) In a reliability-based maintenance program, scheduled maintenance is required for any item whose loss of function or mode of failure could have safety consequences. If preventative tasks cannot reduce the risk of such failures to an acceptable level, the item requires redesign to alter its failure consequences. Scheduled maintenance is also required for any item whose functional failure will not be evident to the operating crew, and therefore reported for corrective action. In all other cases the consequences of failure are economic, and maintenance tasks directed at preventing such failures must be justified on economic grounds. All failure consequences, including economic consequences, are established by the design characteristics of the equipment and can be altered only by basic changes in the design. Safety consequences can, in nearly all cases, be reduced to economic consequences by the use of redundancy. Hidden functions can usually be made evident by instrumentation or other design features. The feasibility and cost effectiveness of scheduled maintenance depend on the inspectability of the component, and the cost of corrective maintenance depends on its failure modes and design reliability.
</P>
<P>(d) The design reliability of equipment or components will only be achieved with an effective maintenance program. This level of reliability is established by the design of each component and the manufacturing processes that produced it. Scheduled maintenance can ensure that design reliability of each component is achieved, but maintenance alone cannot yield a level of reliability beyond the design reliability.
</P>
<P>(e) When a maintenance program is developed, it includes tasks that satisfy the criteria for both applicability and effectiveness. The applicability of a task is determined by the characteristics of the component or equipment to be maintained. The effectiveness is stated in terms of the consequences that the task is designed to prevent. The basics types of tasks that are performed by maintenance personnel are each applicable under a unique set of conditions. Tasks may be directed at preventing functional failures or preventing a failure event consisting of the sequential occurrence of two or more independent failures which may have consequences that would not be produced by any of the failures occurring separately. The task types include:
</P>
<P>(1) Inspections of an item to find and correct any potential failures;
</P>
<P>(2) Rework/remanufacture/overhaul of an item at or before some specified time or age limit;
</P>
<P>(3) Discard of an item (or parts of it) at or before some specified life limit; and
</P>
<P>(4) Failure finding inspections of a hidden-function item to find and correct functional failures that have already occurred but were not evident to the operating crew.
</P>
<P>(b) Components or systems in a reliability-based maintenance program may be defined as simple or complex. A simple component or system is one that is subject to only one or a very few failure modes. This type of component or system frequently shows decreasing reliability with increasing operating age. An age/time limit may be used to reduce the overall failure rate of simple components or systems. Here, safe-life limits, fail-safe designs, or damage tolerance-based residual life calculations may be imposed on a single component or system to play a crucial role in controlling critical failures. Complex components or systems are ones whose functional failure may result from many different failure modes and show little or no decrease in overall reliability with increasing age unless there is a dominant failure mode. Therefore, age limits imposed on complex components or systems have little or no effect on their overall failure rates.
</P>
<P>(g) When planning the maintenance of a component or system to protect the safety and operating capability of the equipment, a number of items must be considered in the reliability assessment process:
</P>
<P>(1) The consequences of each type of functional failure;
</P>
<P>(2) The visibility of a functional failure to the operating crew (evidence that a failure has occurred);
</P>
<P>(3) The visibility of reduced resistance to failure (evidence that a failure is imminent);
</P>
<P>(4) The age-reliability characteristics of each item;
</P>
<P>(5) The economic tradeoff between the cost of scheduled maintenance and the benefits to be derived from it;
</P>
<P>(6) A multiple failure, resulting from a sequence of independent failures, may have consequences that would not be caused by any one of the individual failures alone. These consequences are taken into account in the definition of the failure consequences for the first failure; and
</P>
<P>(7) A default strategy governs decision making in the absence of full information or agreement. This strategy provides for conservative initial decisions, to be revised on the basis of information derived from operating experience.
</P>
<P>(h) A successful reliability-based maintenance program must be dynamic. Any prior-to-service program is based on limited information. As such, the operating organization must be prepared to collect and respond to real data throughout the operating life of the equipment. Management of the ongoing maintenance program requires an organized information system for surveillance and analysis of the performance of each item under actual operating conditions. This information is needed to determine the refinements and modifications to be made in the initial maintenance program (including the adjustment of task intervals) and to determine the need for product improvement. The information derived from operating experience may be considered to have the following hierarchy of importance in the reliability-based maintenance program:
</P>
<P>(1) Failures that could affect operating safety;
</P>
<P>(2) Failures that have operational consequences;
</P>
<P>(3) The failure modes of units removed as a result of failures;
</P>
<P>(4) The general condition of unfailed parts in units that have failed; and
</P>
<P>(5) The general condition of serviceable units inspected as samples.
</P>
<P>(i) At the time an initial maintenance program is developed, information is usually available to determine the tasks necessary to protect safety and operating capability. However, the information required to determine optimum task intervals and the applicability of age or life limits can be obtained only from age or life exploration after the equipment enters service. With any new equipment there is always the possibility of unanticipated failure modes. The first occurrence of any serious unanticipated failure should immediately set into motion the following improvement cycle:
</P>
<P>(1) An inspection task is developed to prevent recurrences while the item is being redesigned;
</P>
<P>(2) The operating fleet is modified to incorporate the redesigned part; and
</P>
<P>(3) After the modification has proved successful, the special inspection task is eliminated from the maintenance program.
</P>
<P>(j) Component improvements based on identification of the actual reliability characteristics of each item through age or life exploration, is part of the normal development cycle of all complex equipment.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.11.137.1.88" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 238—Alternative Dynamic Performance Requirements for Front End Structures of Cab Cars and MU Locomotives
</HEAD>
<P>As specified in § 238.209(b), the forward end of a cab car or an MU locomotive may comply with the requirements of this appendix in lieu of the requirements of either § 238.211 (Collision posts) or § 238.213 (Corner posts), or both. The requirements of this appendix are intended to be equivalent to the requirements of those sections and allow for the application of dynamic performance criteria to cab cars and MU locomotives as an alternative to the requirements of those sections. The alternative dynamic performance requirements are applicable to all cab cars and MU locomotives, and may in particular be helpful for evaluating the compliance of cab cars and MU locomotives with shaped-noses or crash energy management designs, or both. In any case, the end structure must be designed to protect the occupied volume for its full height, from the underframe to the anti-telescoping plate (if used) or roof rails.
</P>
<P>The requirements of this appendix are provided only as alternatives to the requirements of §§ 238.211 and 238.213, not in addition to the requirements of those sections. Cab cars and MU locomotives are not required to comply with both the requirements of those sections and the requirements of this appendix, together.
</P>
<P>Although the requirements of this appendix are stated in terms applicable to Tier I passenger equipment, they are also applicable to Tier III passenger trainsets under § 238.711. Specifically, the cab ends of Tier III trainsets shall comply with the requirements of this appendix to demonstrate the integrity of the end structure.
</P>
<HD1>Alternative Requirements for Collision Posts
</HD1>
<P>(a)(1) In lieu of meeting the requirements of § 238.211, the front end frame acting together with its supporting car body structure shall be capable of absorbing a minimum of 135,000 foot-pounds of energy (0.18 megajoule) prior to or during structural deformation by withstanding a frontal impact with a rigid object in accordance with all of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a)(2) through (a)(4) of this appendix:
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The striking surface of the object shall be centered at a height of 30 inches above the top of the underframe;
</P>
<P>(ii) The striking surface of the object shall have a width of no more than 36 inches and a diameter of no more than 48 inches;
</P>
<P>(iii) The center of the striking surface shall be offset by 19 inches laterally from the center of the cab car or MU locomotive, and on the weaker side of the end frame if the end frame's strength is not symmetrical; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Only the striking surface of the object interacts with the end frame structure.
</P>
<P>(3) As a result of the impact, there shall be no more than 10 inches of longitudinal, permanent deformation into the occupied volume. There shall also be no complete separation of the post, its connection to the underframe, its connection to either the roof structure or the anti-telescoping plate (if used), or of its supporting car body structure. (A graphical description of the frontal impact is provided in Figure 1 to this appendix.)
</P>
<P>(4) The nominal weights of the object and the cab car or MU locomotive, as ballasted, and the speed of the object may be adjusted to impart the minimum of 135,000 foot-pounds of energy (0.18 megajoule) to be absorbed (Ea), in accordance with the following formula: 
</P>
<FP-2>E<E T="52">a</E> = E<E T="52">0</E>−E<E T="52">f</E>
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>E<E T="52">0</E> = Energy of initially moving object at impact = 
<FR>1/2</FR> m<E T="52">1</E>*V<E T="52">0</E>
<SU>2</SU>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E<E T="52">f</E> = Energy after impact = 
<FR>1/2</FR> (m<E T="52">1</E> + m<E T="52">2</E>)*V<E T="52">f</E>
<SU>2</SU>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V<E T="52">0</E> = Speed of initially moving object at impact.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V<E T="52">f</E> = Speed of both objects after collision = m<E T="52">1</E>*V<E T="52">0</E>/(m<E T="52">1</E> + m<E T="52">2</E>).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>m<E T="52">1</E> = Mass of initially moving object.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>m<E T="52">2</E> = Mass of initially standing object.
</FP-2>
<P>(Figure 1 shows as an example a cab car or an MU locomotive having a weight of 100,000 pounds and the impact object having a weight of 14,000 pounds, so that a minimum speed of 18.2 mph would satisfy the collision-energy requirement.)
</P>
<HD1>Alternative Requirements for Corner Posts
</HD1>
<P>(b)(1) In lieu of meeting the requirements of § 238.213, the front end frame acting together with its supporting car body structure shall be capable of absorbing a minimum of 120,000 foot-pounds of energy (0.16 megajoule) prior to or during structural deformation by withstanding a frontal impact with a rigid object in accordance with all of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(4) of this appendix:
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The striking surface of the object shall be centered at a height of 30 inches above the top of the underframe;
</P>
<P>(ii) The striking surface of the object shall have a width of no more than 36 inches and a diameter of no more than 48 inches;
</P>
<P>(iii) The center of the striking surface shall be aligned with the outboard edge of the cab car or MU locomotive, and on the weaker side of the end frame if the end frame's strength is not symmetrical; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Only the striking surface of the object interacts with the end frame structure.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this appendix, as a result of the impact, there shall be no more than 10 inches of longitudinal, permanent deformation into the occupied volume. There shall also be no complete separation of the post, its connection to the underframe, its connection to either the roof structure or the anti-telescoping plate (if used), or of its supporting car body structure. (A graphical description of the frontal impact is provided in Figure 2 to this appendix.); and
</P>
<P>(ii) After FRA review and approval of a plan, including acceptance criteria, to evaluate compliance with this paragraph (b), cab cars and MU locomotives utilizing low-level passenger boarding on the non-operating side of the cab may have two, full-height corner posts on that side, one post located ahead of the stepwell and one located behind it, so that the corner post located ahead of the stepwell is permitted to fail provided that—
</P>
<P>(A) The corner post located behind the stepwell shall have no more than 10 inches of longitudinal, permanent deformation; and
</P>
<P>(B) There shall be no complete separation of that post, its connection to the underframe, its connection to either the roof structure or the anti-telescoping plate (if used), or of its supporting car body structure.
</P>
<P>(4) The nominal weights of the object and the cab car or MU locomotive, as ballasted, and the speed of the object may be adjusted to impart the minimum of 120,000 foot-pounds of energy (0.16 megajoule) to be absorbed (Ea), in accordance with the following formula: 
</P>
<FP-2>E<E T="52">a</E> = E<E T="52">0</E>−E<E T="52">f</E>
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>E<E T="52">0</E> = Energy of initially moving object at impact = 
<FR>1/2</FR> m<E T="52">1</E>*V<E T="52">0</E>
<SU>2</SU>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E<E T="52">f</E> = Energy after impact = 
<FR>1/2</FR> (m<E T="52">1</E> + m<E T="52">2</E>)*V<E T="52">f</E>
<SU>2</SU>.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V<E T="52">0</E> = Speed of initially moving object at impact.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V<E T="52">f</E> = Speed of both objects after collision = m<E T="52">1</E>*V<E T="52">0</E>/(m<E T="52">1</E> + m<E T="52">2</E>).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>m<E T="52">1</E> = Mass of initially moving object.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>m<E T="52">2</E> = Mass of initially standing object.
</FP-2>
<P>(Figure 2 shows as an example a cab car or an MU locomotive having a weight of 100,000 pounds and the impact object having a weight of 14,000 pounds, so that a minimum speed of 17.1 mph would satisfy the collision-energy requirement.)
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er08ja10.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08ja10.006.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 1230, Jan. 8, 2010, as amended at 83 FR 59228, Nov. 21, 2018]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.11.137.1.89" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix G to Part 238—Alternative Requirements for Evaluating the Crashworthiness and Occupant Protection Performance of Tier I Passenger Trainsets
</HEAD>
<HD1>General
</HD1>
<P>This appendix applies to Tier I alternative passenger trainsets, as described below. While the appendix may refer to specific units of rail equipment in a trainset, the alternative requirements in this appendix apply only to a trainset as a whole.
</P>
<P>This appendix specifies alternatives to the crashworthiness and occupant protection performance requirements for Tier I passenger equipment in §§ 238.203, Static end strength; 238.205, Anti-climbing mechanism; 238.207, Link between coupling mechanism and car body; 238.209(a), Forward end structure of locomotives, including cab cars and MU locomotives; 238.211, Collision posts; 238.213, Corner posts; and 238.219, Truck-to-carbody attachment. To maintain their integrity, these requirements apply as a whole. They also apply in addition to the requirements of §§ 238.209(b); 238.215, Rollover strength; 238.217, Side structure; and 238.233, Interior fittings and surfaces; and they apply with APTA standards for occupant protection, as specified in this appendix.
</P>
<P>For ease of comparison with the Tier I requirements in subpart C of this part, this appendix is arranged in order by the Tier I section referenced.
</P>
<P>Use of this appendix to demonstrate alternative crashworthiness and occupant protection performance for Tier I passenger equipment is subject to FRA review and approval under § 238.201.
</P>
<HD1>Occupied Volume Integrity
</HD1>
<P>(a) Instead of the requirements of § 238.203, the units of a Tier I alternative passenger trainset may demonstrate their occupied volume integrity by complying with both the quasi-static compression load and dynamic collision requirements in §§ 238.703(b) and 238.705, respectively.
</P>
<HD1>Override Protection
</HD1>
<P>(b) <I>Colliding equipment.</I> Instead of the requirements of § 238.205, the units of a Tier I alternative passenger trainset may demonstrate their ability to resist vertical climbing and override at each colliding interface during a train-to-train collision by complying with the dynamic collision requirements in § 238.707(a).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Connected equipment.</I> Instead of the requirements of §§ 238.205 and 238.207, when connected, the units of a Tier I alternative passenger trainset may demonstrate their ability to resist vertical climbing and override by complying with the dynamic collision requirements in § 238.707(b).
</P>
<HD1>Fluid Entry Inhibition
</HD1>
<P>(d) Instead of the requirements of § 238.209(a), each cab end of a Tier I alternative passenger trainset may demonstrate its ability to inhibit fluid entry and provide other penetration resistance by complying with the requirements in § 238.709.
</P>
<HD1>End Structure Integrity of Cab End
</HD1>
<P>(e) Each cab end of a Tier I alternative passenger trainset is subject to the requirements of appendix F to this part to demonstrate cab end structure integrity. For those cab ends without identifiable corner or collision posts, the requirements of appendix F to this part apply to the end structure at the specified locations, regardless of whether the structure at the specified locations is a post.
</P>
<HD1>End Structure Integrity of Non-Cab End
</HD1>
<P>(f) Instead of the applicable requirements of §§ 238.211 and 238.213, the units of a Tier I alternative trainset may demonstrate end structure integrity for other than a cab end by complying with the requirements in § 238.713(b) and (c).
</P>
<HD1>Roof and Side Structure Integrity
</HD1>
<P>(g) A Tier I alternative passenger trainset is subject to the requirements of §§ 238.215 and 238.217 to demonstrate roof and side structure integrity.
</P>
<HD1>Truck Attachment
</HD1>
<P>(h) Instead of the requirements of § 238.219, the units of a Tier I alternative passenger trainset may demonstrate their truck-to-carbody attachment integrity by complying with the requirements in § 238.717 (b) through (e).
</P>
<HD1>Interior Fixture Attachment
</HD1>
<P>(i)(1) A Tier I alternative passenger trainset is subject to the interior fixture requirements in § 238.233. Interior fixtures must also comply with APTA PR-CS-S-006-98, Rev. 1, “Standard for Attachment Strength of Interior Fittings for Passenger Railroad Equipment,” Authorized September 28, 2005, and those portions of APTA PR-CS-S-034-99, Rev. 2, “Standard for the Design and Construction of Passenger Railroad Rolling Stock,” Authorized June 11, 2006, relating to interior fixtures.
</P>
<P>(2) The standards required in this paragraph (i) are incorporated by reference into this paragraph with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC and available from the American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street NW, Washington, DC 20006, <I>www.aptastandards.com</I>. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html</I>.
</P>
<P>(i) APTA PR-CS-S-006-98, Rev. 1, “Standard for Attachment Strength of Interior Fittings for Passenger Railroad Equipment,” Authorized September 28, 2005.
</P>
<P>(ii) APTA PR-CS-S-034-99, Rev. 2, “Standard for the Design and Construction of Passenger Railroad Rolling Stock,” Authorized June 11, 2006.
</P>
<HD1>Seat Crashworthiness (Passenger and Crew)
</HD1>
<P>(j) <I>Passenger seating.</I> (1) Passenger seating in a Tier I alternative passenger trainset is subject to the requirements for seats in § 238.233 and must also comply with APTA PR-CS-S-016-99, Rev. 2, “Standard for Passenger Seats in Passenger Rail Cars,” Authorized October 3, 2010, with the exception of Section 6, “Seat durability testing.”
</P>
<P>(2) APTA PR-CS-S-016-99, Rev. 2, “Standard for Passenger Seats in Passenger Rail Cars,” Authorized October 3, 2010, is incorporated by reference into this paragraph (j) with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC and is available from the American Public Transportation Association, 1666 K Street NW, Washington, DC 20006, <I>www.aptastandards.com</I>. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html</I>.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Crew seating.</I> Each seat provided for an employee regularly assigned to occupy the cab of a Tier I alternative passenger trainset, and any floor-mounted seat in the cab, must comply with § 238.233(e), (f), and (g).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 59228, Nov. 21, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix H" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.32.11.137.1.90" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix H to Part 238—Rigid Locomotive Design Computer Model Input Data and Geometrical Depiction
</HEAD>
<P>(a) As specified in § 238.705(a)(4), this appendix provides input data and a geometrical depiction necessary to create a computer model of the rigid locomotive design for use in evaluating the occupied volume integrity of a Tier III trainset in a dynamic collision scenario. (This appendix may also be applied to a Tier I alternative passenger trainset to evaluate its occupied volume integrity, in accordance with appendix G to this part).
</P>
<P>(b) The input data, in the form of an input file, contains the geometry for approximately the first 12 feet of the rigid locomotive design. Because this input file is for a half-symmetric model, a locomotive mass corresponding to 130,000 pounds of weight is provided for modeling purposes—half the 260,000 pounds of weight specified for the locomotive in § 238.705(a)(4). Figure 1 to this appendix provides two views of the locomotive's geometric depiction. The input data is contained in appendix C to FRA's Technical Criteria and Procedures Report, available at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/elibrary/technical-criteria-and-procedures-evaluating-crashworthiness-and-occupant-protection#p4__z50__gD__lRT.</I>
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er21no18.129.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 59229, Nov. 21, 2018, as amended at 90 FR 28187, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="239" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 239—PASSENGER TRAIN EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20102-20103, 20105-20114, 20133, 21301, 21304, and 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>63 FR 24676, May 4, 1998, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.1.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to reduce the magnitude and severity of casualties in railroad operations by ensuring that railroads involved in passenger train operations can effectively and efficiently manage passenger train emergencies.
</P>
<P>(b) This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for the preparation, adoption, and implementation of emergency preparedness plans by railroads connected with the operation of passenger trains, and requires each affected railroad to instruct its employees on the provisions of its plan. This part does not restrict railroads from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements not inconsistent with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.1.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to all:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads that operate intercity or commuter passenger train service on standard gage track which is part of the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) Railroads that provide commuter or other short-haul rail passenger train service in a metropolitan or suburban area (as described by 49 U.S.C. 20102(1)), including public authorities operating passenger train service; and
</P>
<P>(3) Passenger or freight railroads hosting the operation of passenger train service described in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does <I>not</I> apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected with the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) Operation of private cars, including business/office cars and circus trains; or
</P>
<P>(3) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations, whether on or off the general railroad system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.1.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.5   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.1.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.7   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Adjacent rail modes of transportation</I> means other railroads, trolleys, light rail, heavy transit, and other vehicles operating on rails or electromagnetic guideways which are expressly identified in a railroad's emergency preparedness plan.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Control center</I> means a central location on a railroad with responsibility for directing the safe movement of trains.
</P>
<P><I>Crewmember</I> means a person, other than a passenger, who is assigned to perform either:
</P>
<P>(1) On-board functions connected with the movement of the train (<I>i.e.,</I> an employee of the railroad, or of a contractor to the railroad, who is assigned to perform service subject to the Federal hours of service requirements during a tour of duty) or
</P>
<P>(2) On-board functions in a sleeping car or coach assigned to intercity service, other than food, beverage, or security service.
</P>
<P><I>Division headquarters</I> means the location designated by the railroad where a high-level operating manager (e.g., a superintendent, division manager, or equivalent), who has jurisdiction over a portion of the railroad, has an office.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency or emergency situation</I> means an unexpected event related to the operation of passenger train service involving a significant threat to the safety or health of one or more persons requiring immediate action, including:
</P>
<P>(1) A derailment;
</P>
<P>(2) A fatality at a grade crossing;
</P>
<P>(3) A passenger or employee fatality, or a serious illness or injury to one or more passengers or crewmembers requiring admission to a hospital;
</P>
<P>(4) An evacuation of a passenger train; and
</P>
<P>(5) A security situation (e.g., a bomb threat).
</P>
<P><I>Emergency preparedness plan</I> means one or more documents focusing on preparedness and response in dealing with a passenger train emergency.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency responder, on-line emergency responder, or outside emergency responder</I> means a member of a police or fire department, or other organization involved with public safety charged with providing or coordinating emergency services, who responds to a passenger train emergency.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency response communications center</I> means a central location, or a group of individuals, designated by a railroad with responsibility for establishing, coordinating, or maintaining communication with outside emergency responders, representatives of adjacent rail modes of transportation, or appropriate railroad officials during a passenger train emergency. The <I>emergency response communications center</I> may be part of the control center.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency window</I> means that segment of a side facing glazing location which has been designed to permit rapid and easy removal in an emergency situation.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Joint operations</I> means rail operations conducted by more than one railroad on the same track, except as necessary for the purpose of interchange, regardless of whether such operations are the result of:
</P>
<P>(1) Contractual arrangements between the railroads;
</P>
<P>(2) Order of a governmental agency or a court of law; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any other legally binding directive.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger train service</I> means the transportation of persons (other than employees, contractors, or persons riding equipment to observe or monitor railroad operations) by railroad in intercity passenger service or commuter or other short-haul passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> includes all categories of entities covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including, but not limited to, a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any passenger; any trespasser or nontrespasser; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; any volunteer providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.






</P>
<P><I>Private car</I> means a rail passenger car used to transport non-revenue passengers on an occasional contractual basis, and includes business or office cars and circus trains.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified</I> means a status attained by an employee who has successfully completed any required training for, has demonstrated proficiency in, and has been authorized by the employer to perform the duties of a particular position or function involving emergency preparedness.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any form of non-highway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including—
</P>
<P>(i) Commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979, and
</P>
<P>(ii) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads, but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation and
</P>
<P>(2) A person that provides railroad transportation, whether directly or by contracting out operation of the railroad to another person.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad officer</I> means any supervisory employee of a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>System headquarters</I> means the location designated by the railroad as the general office for the railroad system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 24676, May 4, 1998, as amended at 79 FR 18147, Mar. 31, 2014; 90 FR 28127, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.1.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.9   Responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>Although the requirements of this part are stated in terms of the duty of a railroad, when any person, including a contractor to a railroad, performs any function required by this part, that person (whether or not a railroad) shall perform that function in accordance with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.1.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.11   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311. FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> contains a schedule of civil penalty amounts used in connection with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28189, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.1.137.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.13   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the Administrator for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. The filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for waiver must be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions the Administrator deems necessary.






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Specific Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.2.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.101   Emergency preparedness plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad to which this part applies shall adopt and comply with a written emergency preparedness plan approved by FRA under the procedures of § 239.201. The plan shall include the following elements and procedures for implementing each plan element.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Communication</I>—(i) <I>Initial and on-board notification.</I> An on-board crewmember shall quickly and accurately assess the passenger train emergency situation and then notify the control center as soon as practicable by the quickest available means. As appropriate, an on-board crewmember shall inform the passengers about the nature of the emergency and indicate what corrective countermeasures are in progress.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Notification by control center or emergency response communications center.</I> The control center or the emergency response communications center, as applicable under the plan, shall promptly notify outside emergency responders, adjacent rail modes of transportation, and appropriate railroad officials that a passenger train emergency has occurred. Each railroad shall designate an employee responsible for maintaining current emergency telephone numbers for use in making such notifications.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Employee training and qualification</I>—(i) <I>On-board personnel.</I> The railroad's emergency preparedness plan shall address individual employee responsibilities and provide for initial training, as well as periodic training at least once every two calendar years thereafter, on the applicable plan provisions. As a minimum, the initial and periodic training shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) Rail equipment familiarization;
</P>
<P>(B) Situational awareness;
</P>
<P>(C) Passenger evacuation;
</P>
<P>(D) Coordination of functions; and
</P>
<P>(E) “Hands-on” instruction concerning the location, function, and operation of on-board emergency equipment.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Control center and emergency response communications center personnel.</I> The railroad's emergency preparedness plan shall require initial training of responsible control center personnel and any emergency response communications center personnel employed by the railroad, under a contract or subcontract with the railroad, or employed by a contractor or subcontractor to the railroad, as well as periodic training at least once every two calendar years thereafter, on appropriate courses of action for each potential emergency situation under the plan. At a minimum, the initial and periodic training shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Territory familiarization (<I>e.g.,</I> access points for emergency responders along the railroad's right-of-way; special circumstances (<I>e.g.,</I> tunnels); parallel operations; and other operating conditions (<I>e.g.,</I> elevated structures, bridges, and electrified territory) including areas along the railroad's right-of-way that are remote and that would likely present challenges for individuals responding to a passenger train emergency);
</P>
<P>(B) Procedures to retrieve and communicate information to aid emergency personnel in responding to an emergency situation;
</P>
<P>(C) Protocols governing internal communications between appropriate control center and emergency response communications center personnel whenever an imminent potential or actual emergency situation exists, as applicable under the plan; and
</P>
<P>(D) Protocols for establishing and maintaining external communications between the railroad's control center or emergency response communications center, or both, and emergency responders and adjacent modes of transportation, as applicable under the plan.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Initial training schedule for current personnel.</I> The railroad's emergency preparedness plan shall provide for the completion of initial training of all on-board and responsible control center personnel, as well as any emergency response communications center personnel, who are employed by the railroad, under a contract or subcontract with the railroad, or employed by a contractor or subcontractor to the railroad on the date that the plan is conditionally approved under § 239.201(b)(1), in accordance with the following schedule:</P>
<P>(A) For each railroad that provides commuter or other short-haul passenger train service and whose operations include less than 150 route miles and less than 200 million passenger miles annually, not more than one year after January 29, 1999, or not more than 90 days after commencing passenger operations, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(B) For each railroad that provides commuter or other short-haul passenger train service and whose operations include at least 150 route miles or at least 200 million passenger miles annually, not more than two years after January 29, 1999, or not more than 180 days after commencing passenger operations, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(C) For each railroad that provides intercity passenger train service, regardless of the number of route miles or passenger miles, not more than two years after January 29, 1999, or not more than 180 days after commencing passenger operations, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(D) For each freight railroad that hosts passenger train service, regardless of the number of route miles or passenger miles of that service, not more than one year after January 29, 1999, or not more than 90 days after the hosting begins, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Initial training schedule for new personnel.</I> The railroad's emergency preparedness plan shall provide for the completion of initial training of all on-board and responsible control center personnel, as well as any emergency response communications center personnel, who are hired by the railroad, contracted or subcontracted by the railroad, or hired by the contractor or subcontractor to the railroad after the date on which the plan is conditionally approved under § 239.201(b)(1). Each of these individuals shall receive initial training within 90 days after the individual's initial date of service.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Testing of on-board, control center, and emergency response communications center personnel.</I> The railroad shall have procedures for testing an individual being evaluated for qualification under the emergency preparedness plan who is employed by the railroad, under a contract or subcontract with the railroad, or employed by a contractor or subcontractor to the railroad. The types of testing selected by the railroad shall be—
</P>
<P>(A) Designed to accurately measure the individual's knowledge of his or her responsibilities under the plan;
</P>
<P>(B) Objective in nature;
</P>
<P>(C) Administered in written form; and
</P>
<P>(D) Conducted without reference by the person being tested to open reference books or other materials, except to the degree the person is being tested on his or her ability to use such reference books or materials.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>On-board staffing.</I> (A) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(vi)(B), all crewmembers on board a passenger train shall be qualified to perform the functions for which they are responsible under the provisions of the applicable emergency preparedness plan.
</P>
<P>(B) A freight train crew relieving an expired passenger train crew en route is not required to be qualified under the emergency preparedness plan, provided that at least one member of the expired passenger train crew remains on board and is available to perform excess service under the Federal hours of service laws in the event of an emergency.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Joint operations.</I> (i) Each railroad hosting passenger train service shall address its specific responsibilities consistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) In order to achieve an optimum level of emergency preparedness, each railroad hosting passenger train service shall communicate with each railroad that provides or operates such service and coordinate applicable portions of the emergency preparedness plan. All of the railroads involved in hosting, providing, and operating a passenger train service operation shall jointly adopt one emergency preparedness plan that addresses each entity's specific responsibilities consistent with this part. Nothing in this paragraph shall restrict the ability of the railroads to provide for an appropriate assignment of responsibility for compliance with this part among those railroads through a joint operating agreement or other binding contract. However, the assignor shall not be relieved of responsibility for compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Special circumstances</I>—(i) <I>Tunnels.</I> When applicable, the railroad's emergency preparedness plan shall reflect readiness procedures designed to ensure passenger safety in an emergency situation occurring in a tunnel of 1,000 feet or more in length. The railroad's emergency preparedness plan shall address, as a minimum, availability of emergency lighting, access to emergency evacuation exits, benchwall readiness, ladders for detraining, effective radio or other communication between on-board crewmembers and the control center, and options for assistance from other trains.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Other operating considerations.</I> When applicable, the railroad's emergency preparedness plan shall address passenger train emergency procedures involving operations on elevated structures, including drawbridges, and in electrified territory.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Parallel operations.</I> When applicable, the railroad's emergency preparedness plan shall require reasonable and prudent action to coordinate emergency efforts where adjacent rail modes of transportation run parallel to either the passenger railroad or the railroad hosting passenger operations.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Liaison with emergency responders.</I> Each railroad to which this part applies shall establish and maintain a working relationship with the on-line emergency responders by, as a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) Developing and making available a training program for all on-line emergency responders who could reasonably be expected to respond during an emergency situation. The training program shall include an emphasis on access to railroad equipment, location of railroad facilities, and communications interface, and provide information to emergency responders who may not have the opportunity to participate in an emergency simulation. Each affected railroad shall either offer the training directly or provide the program information and materials to state training institutes, firefighter organizations, or police academies;
</P>
<P>(ii) Inviting emergency responders to participate in emergency simulations; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Distributing applicable portions of its current emergency preparedness plan at least once every three years, or whenever the railroad materially changes its plan in a manner that could reasonably be expected to affect the railroad's interface with the on-line emergency responders, whichever occurs earlier, including documentation concerning the railroad's equipment and the physical characteristics of its line, necessary maps, and the position titles and telephone numbers of relevant railroad officers to contact.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>On-board emergency equipment</I>—(i) <I>General.</I> Each railroad's emergency preparedness plan shall state the types of emergency equipment to be kept on board and indicate their location(s) on each passenger car that is in service. Effective May 4, 1999, or not more than 120 days after commencing passenger operations, whichever is later, this equipment shall include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(A) One fire extinguisher per passenger car;
</P>
<P>(B) One pry bar per passenger car; and
</P>
<P>(C) One flashlight per on-board crewmember.
</P>
<P>(ii) Effective May 4, 1999, or not more than 120 days after commencing passenger operations, whichever is later, each railroad that provides intercity passenger train service shall also equip each passenger train that is in service with at least one first-aid kit accessible to crewmembers that contains, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(A) Two small gauze pads (at least 4 × 4 inches);
</P>
<P>(B) Two large gauze pads (at least 8 × 10 inches);
</P>
<P>(C) Two adhesive bandages;
</P>
<P>(D) Two triangular bandages;
</P>
<P>(E) One package of gauge roller bandage that is at least two inches wide;
</P>
<P>(F) Wound cleaning agent, such as sealed moistened towelettes;
</P>
<P>(G) One pair of scissors;
</P>
<P>(H) One set of tweezers;
</P>
<P>(I) One roll of adhesive tape;
</P>
<P>(J) Two pairs of latex gloves; and
</P>
<P>(K) One resuscitation mask.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>On-board emergency lighting.</I> Consistent with the requirements of part 238 of this chapter, auxiliary portable lighting (e.g., a handheld flashlight) must be accessible and provide, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(A) Brilliant illumination during the first 15 minutes after the onset of an emergency situation; and
</P>
<P>(B) Continuous or intermittent illumination during the next 60 minutes after the onset of an emergency situation.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Maintenance.</I> Each railroad's emergency preparedness plan shall provide for scheduled maintenance and replacement of first-aid kits, on-board emergency equipment, and on-board emergency lighting.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Passenger safety information</I>—(i) <I>General.</I> Each railroad's emergency preparedness plan shall provide for passenger awareness of emergency procedures, to enable passengers to respond properly during an emergency.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Passenger awareness program activities.</I> Each railroad shall conspicuously and legibly post emergency instructions inside all passenger cars (e.g., on car bulkhead signs, seatback decals, or seat cards) and shall utilize one or more additional methods to provide safety awareness information including, but not limited to, one of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) On-board announcements;
</P>
<P>(B) Laminated wallet cards;
</P>
<P>(C) Ticket envelopes;
</P>
<P>(D) Timetables;
</P>
<P>(E) Station signs or video monitors;
</P>
<P>(F) Public service announcements; or
</P>
<P>(G) Seat drops.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Procedures regarding passengers with disabilities.</I> The railroad's emergency preparedness plan shall include procedures to promote the safety of passengers with disabilities under all conditions identified in its emergency preparedness plan, such as during a train evacuation. These procedures shall include, but not be limited to, a process for notifying emergency responders in an emergency situation about the presence and general location of each such passenger when the railroad has knowledge that the passenger is on board the train. The railroad does not have knowledge that such passenger has a disability unless a crewmember has actual knowledge of the disability, such as where a passenger (or his or her companion or fellow passenger) has expressly informed a crewmember on the train of the disability or where the disability is readily apparent. Nothing in this part requires the railroad to maintain any list of train passengers.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 24676, May 4, 1998, as amended at 79 FR 18147, Mar. 31, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.2.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.103   Passenger train emergency simulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each railroad operating passenger train service shall conduct full-scale emergency simulations, in order to determine its capability to execute the emergency preparedness plan under the variety of scenarios that could reasonably be expected to occur on its operation, and ensure coordination with all emergency responders who voluntarily agree to participate in the emergency simulations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Frequency of the emergency simulations.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Each railroad that provides commuter or other short-haul passenger train service and whose operations include less than 150 route miles and less than 200 million passenger miles annually, shall conduct a minimum of one full-scale emergency simulation during every two calendar years.
</P>
<P>(2) Each railroad that provides commuter or other short-haul passenger train service and whose operations include at least 150 route miles or at least 200 million passenger miles annually, shall conduct a minimum of one full-scale emergency simulation during each calendar year.
</P>
<P>(3) Each railroad that provides intercity passenger train service, shall conduct a minimum of one full-scale emergency simulation during each calendar year, regardless of the number of route miles or passenger miles.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Actual emergency situations.</I> Neither a tabletop exercise nor the activation of its emergency preparedness plan during an actual emergency situation may be credited toward the minimum number of full-scale emergency simulations required under paragraph (b) of this section. However, a railroad that has activated its emergency preparedness plan in response to a major emergency may elect to postpone a scheduled full-scale simulation for up to 180 calendar days beyond the applicable calendar year completion date in order to evaluate the effectiveness of its plan during that major emergency and, as appropriate, modify the rescheduled simulation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definition.</I> As used in this section, <I>major emergency</I> means an unexpected event related to the operation of passenger train service that results in serious injury or death to one or more persons and property damage greater than the current reporting threshold of part 225 of this chapter to railroad on-track equipment, signals, tracks, track structures, or roadbeds, including labor costs and the costs for acquiring new equipment and material.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.2.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.105   Debriefing and critique.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each railroad operating passenger train service shall conduct a debriefing and critique session after each passenger train emergency situation or full-scale simulation to determine the effectiveness of its emergency preparedness plan, and shall improve or amend its plan, or both, as appropriate, in accordance with the information developed. The debriefing and critique session shall be conducted within 60 days of the date of the passenger train emergency situation or full-scale simulation. To the extent practicable, all on-board personnel, control center personnel, and any other employees involved in the emergency situation or full-scale simulation shall participate in the session either:
</P>
<P>(1) In person;
</P>
<P>(2) Offsite via teleconference; or
</P>
<P>(3) In writing, by a statement responding to questions provided prior to the session, and by responding to any follow-up questions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) No debriefing and critique session shall be required in the case of an emergency situation involving only a collision between passenger railroad rolling stock and: a pedestrian; a trespasser; or a motor vehicle or other highway conveyance at a highway-rail grade crossing, provided that the collision does not result in: a passenger or employee fatality, or an injury to one or more crewmembers or passengers requiring admission to a hospital; or the evacuation of a passenger train. (2) For purposes of this section, <I>highway-rail grade crossing</I> means a location where a public highway, road, street, or private roadway, including associated sidewalks and pathways, crosses one or more railroad tracks at grade, and <I>trespasser</I> means a person who is on that part of railroad property used in railroad operation and whose presence is prohibited, forbidden, or unlawful.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Purpose of debriefing and critique.</I> The debriefing and critique session shall be designed to determine, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the on-board communications equipment functioned properly;
</P>
<P>(2) How much time elapsed between the occurrence of the emergency situation or full-scale simulation and notification to the emergency responders involved;
</P>
<P>(3) Whether the control center or the emergency response communications center promptly initiated the required notifications, as applicable under the plan;
</P>
<P>(4) How quickly and effectively the emergency responders responded after notification; and
</P>
<P>(5) How efficiently the passengers exited from the car through the emergency exits, including any passengers with a disability or injury (when the railroad has knowledge of any such passengers).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Records.</I> (1) Each railroad shall maintain records of its debriefing and critique sessions at its system headquarters and applicable division headquarters for two calendar years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate, including the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Date and location of the passenger train emergency situation or full-scale simulation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Date and location of the debriefing and critique session; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Names of all participants in the debriefing and critique session.
</P>
<P>(2) These records shall be made available to representatives of FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 24676, May 4, 1998, as amended at 78 FR 71816, Nov. 29, 2013; 79 FR 18148, Mar. 31, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.2.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.107   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Review, Approval, and Retention of Emergency Preparedness Plans</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.3.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.201   Emergency preparedness plan; filing and approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing of plan and amendments</I>—(1) <I>Filing of plan.</I> Each passenger railroad to which this part applies and all railroads hosting its passenger train service (if applicable) shall jointly adopt a single emergency preparedness plan for that service, and the passenger railroad shall file one copy of that plan with the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, via email to <I>FRA-239@dot.gov,</I> not less than 60 days prior to commencing passenger operations. Any passenger railroad that has an emergency preparedness plan approved by FRA as of July 29, 2014, is considered to have timely filed its plan. The emergency preparedness plan shall include the name, title, address (street address and email address), and telephone number of the primary person on each affected railroad to be contacted with regard to review of the plan, and shall include a summary of each railroad's analysis supporting each plan element and describing how every condition on the railroad's property that is likely to affect emergency response is addressed in the plan.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Filing of amendments to the plan.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, each subsequent amendment to a railroad's emergency preparedness plan shall be filed with FRA by the passenger railroad not less than 60 days prior to the proposed effective date of the amendment. When filing an amendment, the railroad must include a written summary of the proposed changes to the previously approved plan and, as applicable, a training plan describing how and when current and new employees and others within the scope of the training requirement at § 239.101(a)(2) would be trained on any amendment.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the proposed amendment is limited to adding or changing the name, title, street address, email address, or telephone number of the primary person to be contacted on each affected railroad with regard to the review of the plan, approval is not required under the process in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section. These proposed amendments may be implemented by the railroad upon filing with FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer. All other proposed amendments must comply with the formal approval process in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Approval</I>—(1) <I>Preliminary review.</I> (i) Within 90 days of receipt of each proposed emergency preparedness plan, and within 45 days of receipt of each plan for passenger operations to be commenced after the initial deadline for plan submissions, FRA will conduct a preliminary review of the proposed plan to determine if the elements prescribed in § 239.101 are sufficiently addressed and discussed in the railroad's plan submission. FRA will then notify the primary contact person of each affected railroad in writing of the results of the review, whether the proposed plan has been conditionally approved by FRA, and if not conditionally approved, the specific points in which the plan is deficient.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a proposed emergency preparedness plan is not conditionally approved by FRA, the affected railroad or railroads shall amend the proposed plan to correct all deficiencies identified by FRA (and provide FRA with a corrected copy) not later than 30 days following receipt of FRA's written notice that the proposed plan was not conditionally approved.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Final review.</I> (i) Within 18 months of receipt of each proposed plan, and within 180 days of receipt of each proposed plan for passenger operations to be commenced after the initial deadline for plan submissions, FRA will conduct a comprehensive review of the conditionally approved plan to evaluate implementation of the elements included. This review will include ongoing dialogues with rail management and labor representatives, and field analysis and verification. FRA will then notify the primary contact person of each affected railroad in writing of the results of the review, whether the conditionally approved plan has been finally approved by FRA, and if not approved, the specific points in which the plan is deficient.
</P>
<P>(ii) If an emergency preparedness plan of a railroad or railroads is not finally approved by FRA, the affected railroad or railroads shall amend the plan to correct all deficiencies (and provide FRA with a corrected copy) not later than 30 days following receipt of FRA's written notice that the plan was not finally approved.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Review of amendments.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, FRA will normally review each proposed plan amendment within 45 days of receipt. FRA will then notify the primary contact person of each affected railroad of the results of the review, whether the proposed amendment has been approved by FRA, and if not approved, the specific points in which the proposed amendment is deficient.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the amendment is not approved, the railroad shall correct any deficiencies identified by FRA and file the corrected amendment prior to implementing the amendment.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Reopened review.</I> Following initial approval of a plan, or amendment, FRA may reopen consideration of the plan, or amendment, for cause stated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 24676, May 4, 1998, as amended at 74 FR 25175, May 27, 2009; 79 FR 18148, Mar. 31, 2014; 90 FR 28189, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.3.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.203   Retention of emergency preparedness plan.</HEAD>
<P>Each passenger railroad to which this part applies, and all railroads hosting its passenger train service (if applicable), shall each retain one copy of the emergency preparedness plan required by § 239.201 and one copy of each subsequent amendment to that plan at the system and division headquarters of each, and shall make such records available to representatives of FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter for inspection and copying during normal business hours.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Operational Tests and Inspections; Records, Recordkeeping, and Availability of Records</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.4.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.301   Operational tests and inspections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirement to conduct operational tests and inspections.</I> Each railroad to which this part applies shall periodically conduct operational tests and inspections of on-board personnel, responsible control center personnel, and, as applicable, emergency response communications center personnel employed by the railroad, under a contract or subcontract with the railroad, or employed by a contractor or subcontractor to the railroad, to determine the extent of compliance with its emergency preparedness plan.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Program of operational tests and inspections.</I> Operational tests and inspections shall be conducted in accordance with the railroad's program. A new railroad shall adopt such a program within 30 days of commencing rail operations. The program shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Provide for operational testing and inspection on appropriate courses of action in response to various potential emergency situations and on the responsibilities of an employee of the railroad, of an individual who is a contractor or subcontractor to the railroad, or an employee of a contractor of subcontractor to the railroad, as they relate to the railroad's emergency preparedness plan.
</P>
<P>(ii) Describe each type of operational test and inspection required, including the means and procedures used to carry it out.
</P>
<P>(iii) State the purpose of each type of operational test and inspection.
</P>
<P>(iv) State, according to operating divisions where applicable, the frequency with which each type of operational test and inspection is to be conducted.
</P>
<P>(v) Identify the officer(s) by name, job title, and division or system, who shall be responsible for ensuring that the program of operational tests and inspections is properly implemented. A railroad with operating divisions shall identify at least one officer at the system headquarters who is responsible for overseeing the entire program and the implementation by each division.
</P>
<P>(vi) Require that each railroad officer who conducts operational tests and inspections be trained on those aspects of the railroad's emergency preparedness plan that are relevant to the operational tests and inspections that the officer conducts, and that the officer be qualified on the procedures for conducting such operational tests and inspections in accordance with the railroad's program of operational tests and inspections and the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The program of operational tests and inspections required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section may be combined with the written program of operational tests and inspections required by § 217.9(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Maintaining records of operational tests and inspections.</I> Each railroad to which this part applies shall maintain a record of the date, time, place, and result of each operational test and inspection that was performed in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section. Each record shall also specify the name of the railroad officer who administered the test or inspection, the name of each employee tested, and sufficient information to identify the relevant facts relied on for evaluation purposes.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Retaining operational test and inspection records.</I> Each record required by paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained at the system headquarters of the railroad and, as applicable, at the division headquarters for the division where the test or inspection was conducted, for one calendar year after the end of the calendar year to which the test or inspection relates. Each such record shall be retained either in hard copy or electronically, if pursuant to § 239.303, and shall be made available to representatives of FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Retaining records of program of operational tests and inspections.</I> Each railroad shall retain one copy of its current operational testing and inspection program required by paragraph (a) of this section and one copy of each subsequent amendment to such program. These records shall be retained at the system headquarters, and, as applicable, at each division headquarters where the operational tests and inspections are conducted, for three calendar years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate. These records shall be retained either in hard copy or electronically, if pursuant to § 239.303, and shall be made available to representatives of FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Six-month review of tests and inspections and adjustments to the program of operational tests and inspections.</I> Not less than once every six months, the officer(s) responsible for overseeing the entire program of operational tests and inspections under this section and the implementation of the program by each division, if any, or the system, as designated pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(v) of this section, shall conduct periodic reviews and analyses as provided in this paragraph, prepare records of reviews as provided in this paragraph, and retain one copy of these records at the system headquarters, and, as applicable, at each division headquarters. Each such review and record shall be completed within 30 days of the close of the period being reviewed. The record of each such review shall be retained (in hard copy or electronically, if pursuant to § 239.303) for a period of one year after the end of the calendar year to which the review relates, and be made available to representatives of FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours. In particular, each designated officer's review and record shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The operational testing and inspection data for each division, if any, or the system to determine compliance by the railroad testing officers with its program of operational tests and inspections required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section. At a minimum, this review shall include the name of each railroad testing officer, the number of tests and inspections conducted by each officer, and whether the officer conducted the minimum number of each type of test or inspection required by the railroad's program;
</P>
<P>(2) Accident/incident data, the results of prior operational tests and inspections under this section, and other pertinent safety data for each division, if any, or the system to identify the relevant operating rules related to those accidents/incidents that occurred during the period. Based upon the results of that review of the data for each division, if any, or the system, the designated officer(s) shall make any necessary adjustments to the tests and inspections required of railroad officers for the subsequent period(s); and
</P>
<P>(3) Implementation of the program of operational tests and inspections under this section from a system perspective, to ensure that the program is being utilized as intended, that the other reviews provided for in this paragraph have been properly completed, that appropriate adjustments have been made to the distribution of tests and inspections required, and that the railroad testing officers are appropriately directing their efforts.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Annual summary of operational tests and inspections.</I> Before March 1 of each calendar year, each railroad to which this part applies shall prepare and retain at the system headquarters of the railroad and, as applicable, at each of its division headquarters, one copy of a summary of the following with respect to its previous calendar year activities: The number, type, and result of each operational test and inspection, stated according to operating divisions as applicable, that was conducted as required by paragraph (a) of this section. A record of each such summary shall be retained (in hard copy or electronically, if pursuant to § 239.303) for three calendar years after the end of the calendar year to which the record relates and shall be made available to representatives of FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 18149, Mar. 31, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 239.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.33.4.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 239.303   Electronic recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>Each railroad to which this part applies is authorized to retain by electronic recordkeeping the information prescribed in § 239.301, provided that all of the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(a) The railroad adequately limits and controls accessibility to such information retained in its database system and identifies those individuals who have such access;
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad has a terminal at the system headquarters and at each division headquarters;
</P>
<P>(c) Each such terminal has a desk-top computer (<I>i.e.,</I> monitor, central processing unit, and keyboard) and either a facsimile machine or a printer connected to the computer to retrieve and produce information in a usable format for immediate review by representatives of FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(d) The railroad has a designated representative who is authorized to authenticate retrieved information from the electronic system as true and accurate copies of the electronically kept records; and
</P>
<P>(e) The railroad provides representatives of FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter with immediate access to these records for inspection and copying during normal business hours and provides printouts of such records upon request.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="240" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 240—QUALIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION OF LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20135, 21301, 21304, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.1.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to ensure that only qualified persons operate a locomotive or train.
</P>
<P>(b) This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for the eligibility, training, testing, certification and monitoring of all locomotive engineers to whom it applies. This part does not restrict a railroad from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements not inconsistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The locomotive engineer certification requirements prescribed in this part apply to any person who meets the definition of locomotive engineer contained in § 240.7, regardless of the fact that the person may have a job classification title other than that of locomotive engineer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 60988, Nov. 8, 1999; 85 FR 81307, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.1.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.3   Application and responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to all railroads, except:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads that operate only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation (<I>i.e.,</I> plant railroads, as defined in § 240.7);
</P>
<P>(2) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation as defined in § 240.7; or
</P>
<P>(3) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) Although the duties imposed by this part are generally stated in terms of the duty of a railroad, each person, including a contractor for a railroad, who performs any function covered by this part must perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81307, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.1.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.5   Effect and construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FRA does not intend, by use of the term locomotive engineer in this part, to alter the terms, conditions, or interpretation of existing collective bargaining agreements that employ other job classification titles when identifying a person authorized by a railroad to operate a locomotive.
</P>
<P>(b) FRA does not intend by issuance of these regulations to alter the authority of a railroad to initiate disciplinary sanctions against its employees, including managers and supervisors, in the normal and customary manner, including those contained in its collective bargaining agreements.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in § 240.308, nothing in this part shall be construed to create or prohibit an eligibility or entitlement to employment in other service for the railroad as a result of denial, suspension, or revocation of certification under this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this part shall be deemed to abridge any additional procedural rights or remedies not inconsistent with this part that are available to the employee under a collective bargaining agreement, the Railway Labor Act, or (with respect to employment at will) at common law with respect to removal from service or other adverse action taken as a consequence of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81307, Dec. 15, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.1.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.7   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol</I> means ethyl alcohol (ethanol) and includes use or possession of any beverage, mixture, or preparation containing ethyl alcohol.
</P>
<P><I>C
<SU>3</SU>RS Implementing Memorandum of Understanding (C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU</I>) means a voluntary written agreement that implements C
<SU>3</SU>RS on a participating railroad and is signed by FRA, the participating railroad, and any non-profit employee labor organization(s) representing participating employees for purposes of the C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU. If the participating employees are not represented by a non-profit labor organization, or if a non-profit employee labor organization representing employees covered by C
<SU>3</SU>RS is not a signatory party to the C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU, a C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU may be signed only by FRA and the participating railroad. When contractor employees are participating in C
<SU>3</SU>RS, the C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU must also be signed by the contractor for the railroad and can be signed by any non-profit employee labor organization representing the contractor employees for purposes of the C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU. FRA will post all C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOUs to the Federal Docket Management System's website at <I>https://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Close call</I> means an unsafe event or sequence of unsafe events that had a potential for more serious adverse consequences to railroad safety and has been reported to C
<SU>3</SU>RS and accepted by both the independent third party and the Peer Review Team (PRT) as a reportable close call in accordance with all applicable provisions of a C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU. For purposes of this definition, a close call is accepted by a PRT when the PRT determines that the close call is eligible for the protections against suspension or revocation of certification established by the applicable C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU.
</P>
<P><I>Conductor</I> means the crewmember in charge of a “train or yard crew” as defined in part 218 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Confidential Close Call Reporting System (C
<SU>3</SU>RS)</I> means an FRA-sponsored voluntary program designed to improve the safety of railroad operations by allowing railroad workers to report currently unreported or underreported unsafe events confidentially without the repercussions of suspension or revocation of certification.


</P>
<P><I>Controlled Substance</I> has the meaning assigned by 21 U.S.C. 802 and includes all substances listed on Schedules I through V as they may be revised from time to time (21 CFR parts 1301-1316).
</P>
<P><I>Current Employee</I> is any employee with at least one year of experience in transportation service on a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Designated Supervisor of Locomotive Engineers</I> is a person designated as such by a railroad in accordance with the provisions of § 240.105 of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Drug</I> means any substance (other than alcohol) that has known mind or function-altering effects on a human subject, specifically including any psychoactive substance and including, but not limited to, controlled substances.
</P>
<P><I>Drug and alcohol counselor (DAC)</I> means a person who meets the credentialing and qualification requirements of a “Substance Abuse Professional” (SAP), as provided in 49 CFR part 40.
</P>
<P><I>Dual purpose vehicle</I> means a piece of on-track equipment that is capable of moving railroad rolling stock and may also function as roadway maintenance equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic device</I> has the meaning assigned by § 220.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>File, filed, and filing</I> mean submission of a document under this part on the date when the DOT Docket Clerk or FRA receives it, or if served as that term is defined under 49 CFR 209.5, the date of service.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>FRA Representative</I> means the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer and the Associate Administrator's delegate, including any safety inspector employed by the Federal Railroad Administration and any qualified State railroad safety inspector acting under part 212 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous material</I> means a commodity designated as a hazardous material by part 172 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>ID strip</I> means the identification strip the independent third party issues to an employee who has reported a close call to C
<SU>3</SU>RS to indicate that the independent third party has accepted the close call.
</P>
<P><I>Independent third party</I> means the non-FRA organization that manages C
<SU>3</SU>RS, accepts close call reports, and protects the confidentiality of both a reporting employee and a participating railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Ineligible or ineligibility</I> means that a person is legally disqualified from serving as a certified locomotive engineer. The term covers a number of circumstances in which a person may not serve as a certified locomotive engineer. Revocation of certification pursuant to § 240.307 and denial of certification pursuant to § 240.219 are two examples in which a person would be ineligible to serve as a certified locomotive engineer. A period of ineligibility may end when a condition or conditions are met. For example, a period of ineligibility may end when a person meets the conditions to serve as a certified locomotive engineer following an alcohol or drug violation pursuant to § 240.119.
</P>
<P><I>Instructor engineer,</I> as used in this part:
</P>
<P>(1) Means a person who has demonstrated, pursuant to the railroad's written program, an adequate knowledge of the subjects under instruction and, where applicable, has the necessary operating experience to instruct effectively in the field, and has the following qualifications:
</P>
<P>(i) Is a certified locomotive engineer under this part; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Has been selected as such by a designated railroad officer, in concurrence with the designated employee representative, where present, to teach others proper train handling procedures; or
</P>
<P>(iii) In absence of concurrence provided in paragraph (1)(ii) of this definition, has a minimum of 12 months service working in the class of service for which the person is designated to instruct.
</P>
<P>(2) If a railroad does not have designated employee representation, then a person employed by the railroad need not comply with paragraph (1)(ii) or (iii) of this definition to be an instructor engineer.
</P>
<P><I>Joint Operations</I> means rail operations conducted by more than one railroad on the same track regardless of whether such operations are the result of—
</P>
<P>(1) Contractual arrangement between the railroads,
</P>
<P>(2) Order of a governmental agency or a court of law, or
</P>
<P>(3) Any other legally binding directive.
</P>
<P><I>Knowingly</I> means having actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to the violation or that a reasonable person acting in the circumstances, exercising due care, would have had such knowledge.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive</I> means a piece of on-track equipment (other than specialized roadway maintenance equipment or a dual purpose vehicle operating in accordance with § 240.104(a)(2)):
</P>
<P>(1) With one or more propelling motors designed for moving other equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) With one or more propelling motors designed to carry freight or passenger traffic or both; or
</P>
<P>(3) Without propelling motors but with one or more control stands.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive engineer</I> means any person who moves a locomotive or group of locomotives regardless of whether they are coupled to other rolling equipment except:
</P>
<P>(1) A person who moves a locomotive or group of locomotives within the confines of a locomotive repair or servicing area as provided for in 49 CFR 218.5 and 218.29(a)(1); or
</P>
<P>(2) A person who moves a locomotive or group of locomotives for distances of less than 100 feet and this incidental movement of a locomotive or locomotives is for inspection or maintenance purposes.
</P>
<P><I>Main track</I> means a track upon which the operation of trains is governed by one or more of the following methods of operation: timetable; mandatory directive; signal indication; or any form of absolute or manual block system.
</P>
<P><I>Medical examiner</I> means a person licensed as a doctor of medicine or doctor of osteopathy. A medical examiner can be a qualified, full-time salaried employee of a railroad, a qualified practitioner who contracts with the railroad on a fee-for-service or other basis, or a qualified practitioner designated by the railroad to perform functions in connection with medical evaluations of employees. As used in this rule, the medical examiner owes a duty to make an honest and fully informed evaluation of the condition of an employee.
</P>
<P><I>On-the-job training (OJT)</I> means job training that occurs in the workplace, <I>i.e.,</I> the employee learns the job while doing the job.
</P>
<P><I>Peer Review Team (PRT)</I> is a problem-solving team consisting of representatives for the signatory parties to a C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU, including FRA, the participating railroad, and any participating non-profit employee labor organization(s). A PRT may also include a representative from the independent third party; employees covered by the C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU who are not represented by a non-profit employee labor organization that has signed the C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU; or other subject matter experts, on an ad hoc basis, when the supplemental expertise would assist the PRT in developing recommendations.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including but not limited to the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.
</P>
<P><I>Personal electronic device</I> has the meaning assigned by § 220.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Physical characteristics</I> means the actual track profile of and physical location for points within a specific yard or route that affect the movement of a locomotive or train. <I>Physical characteristics</I> includes both main track physical characteristics (<I>see</I> definition of “main track” in this section) and other than main track physical characteristics.
</P>
<P><I>Plant railroad</I> means a plant or installation that owns or leases a locomotive, uses that locomotive to switch cars throughout the plant or installation, and is moving goods solely for use in the facility's own industrial processes. The plant or installation could include track immediately adjacent to the plant or installation if the plant railroad leases the track from the general system railroad and the lease provides for (and actual practice entails) the exclusive use of that trackage by the plant railroad and the general system railroad for purposes of moving only cars shipped to or from the plant. A plant or installation that operates a locomotive to switch or move cars for other entities, even if solely within the confines of the plant or installation, rather than for its own purposes or industrial processes, will not be considered a plant railroad because the performance of such activity makes the operation part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified</I> means a person who has successfully completed all instruction, training and examination programs required by the employer and the applicable parts of this chapter, and that the person therefore may reasonably be expected to be proficient on all safety-related tasks the person is assigned to perform.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means any form of nonhighway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways and any entity providing such transportation, including
</P>
<P>(1) Commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and
</P>
<P>(2) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads; but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad Officer</I> means any supervisory employee of a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad rolling stock</I> is on-track equipment that is either a “railroad freight car” (as defined in § 215.5 of this chapter) or a “passenger car” (as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter).
</P>
<P><I>Roadway maintenance equipment</I> is on-track equipment powered by any means of energy other than hand power which is used in conjunction with maintenance, repair, construction or inspection of track, bridges, roadway, signal, communications, or electric traction systems.
</P>
<P><I>Segment</I> means any portion of a railroad assigned to the supervision of one superintendent or equivalent transportation officer.
</P>
<P><I>Serve or service,</I> in the context of serving documents, has the meaning given in 49 CFR 209.5. The computation of time provisions in Rule 6 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure as amended are also applicable in this part. <I>See also</I> the definition of “file, filed, and filing” in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Specialized roadway maintenance equipment</I> is roadway maintenance equipment that does not have the capability to move railroad rolling stock. Any alteration of such equipment that enables it to move railroad rolling stock will require that the equipment be treated as a dual purpose vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Substance abuse disorder</I> refers to a psychological or physical dependence on alcohol or a drug, or another identifiable and treatable mental or physical disorder involving the abuse of alcohol or drugs as a primary manifestation. A substance abuse disorder is “active” within the meaning of this part if the person is currently using alcohol or other drugs, except under medical supervision consistent with the restrictions described in § 219.103 of this chapter or has failed to complete primary treatment successfully or participate in aftercare successfully as directed by a DAC or SAP.
</P>
<P><I>Substance Abuse Professional (SAP)</I> means a person who meets the qualifications of a Substance Abuse Professional, as provided in part 40 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Territorial qualifications</I> means possessing the necessary knowledge concerning a railroad's operating rules and timetable special instructions, including familiarity with applicable main track and other than main track physical characteristics of the territory over which the locomotive or train movement will occur.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation</I> means a tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operation conducted only on track used exclusively for that purpose (<I>i.e.,</I> there is no freight, intercity passenger, or commuter passenger railroad operation on the track).
</P>
<P><I>Type I Simulator</I> means a replica of the control compartment of a locomotive with all associated control equipment that:
</P>
<P>(1) Functions in response to a person's manipulation and causes the gauges associated with such controls to appropriately respond to the consequences of that manipulation;
</P>
<P>(2) Pictorially, audibly and graphically illustrates the route to be taken;
</P>
<P>(3) Graphically, audibly, and physically illustrates the consequences of control manipulations in terms of their effect on train speed, braking capacity, and in-train force levels throughout the train; and
</P>
<P>(4) Is computer enhanced so that it can be programmed for specific train consists and the known physical characteristics of the line illustrated.
</P>
<P><I>Type II Simulator</I> means a replica of the control equipment for a locomotive that:
</P>
<P>(1) Functions in response to a person's manipulation and causes the gauges associated with such controls to appropriately respond to the consequences of that manipulation;
</P>
<P>(2) Pictorially, audibly, and graphically illustrates the route to be taken;
</P>
<P>(3) Graphically and audibly illustrates the consequences of control manipulations in terms of their effect on train speed braking capacity, and in-train force levels throughout the train; and
</P>
<P>(4) Is computer enhanced so that it can be programmed for specific train consists and the known physical characteristics of the line illustrated.
</P>
<P><I>Type III Simulator</I> means a replica of the control equipment for a locomotive that:
</P>
<P>(1) Functions in response to a person's manipulation and causes the gauges associated with such controls to appropriately respond to the consequences of that manipulation;
</P>
<P>(2) Graphically illustrates the route to be taken;
</P>
<P>(3) Graphically illustrates the consequences of control manipulations in terms of their effect on train speed braking capacity, and in-train force levels throughout the train; and
</P>
<P>(4) Is computer enhanced so that it can be programmed for specific train consists and the known physical characteristics of the line illustrated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 19002, Apr. 9, 1993; 60 FR 53136, Oct. 12, 1995; 64 FR 60989, Nov. 8, 1999; 65 FR 58483, Sept. 29, 2000; 67 FR 24, Jan. 2, 2002; 74 FR 68182, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81307, Dec. 15, 2020; 90 FR 28127, July 1, 2025; 91 FR 22750, 22755, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.1.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.9   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the Administrator for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. The filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for a waiver under this section must be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions the Administrator deems necessary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 60989, Nov. 8, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.1.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.11   Penalties and consequences for noncompliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where a grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or a death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(b) A person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement may be subject to disqualification from all safety-sensitive service in accordance with part 209 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) A person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<P>(d) In addition to the enforcement methods referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, FRA may also address violations of this part by use of the emergency order, compliance order, and/or injunctive provisions of the Federal rail safety laws.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 240.11, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Component Elements of the Certification Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.101   Certification program required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad subject to this part shall have in effect a written program for certifying the qualifications of locomotive engineers.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad shall have such a program in effect prior to commencing operations.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad shall have a certification program approved in accordance with § 240.103 that includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A procedure for designating any person it determines to be qualified as a supervisor of locomotive engineers that complies with the criteria established in § 240.105;
</P>
<P>(2) A designation of the classes of service that it determines will be used in compliance with the criteria established in § 240.107;
</P>
<P>(3) A procedure for evaluating prior safety conduct that complies with the criteria established in § 240.109;
</P>
<P>(4) A procedure for evaluating visual and hearing acuity that complies with the criteria established in § 240.121;
</P>
<P>(5) A procedure for training that complies with the criteria established in § 240.123;
</P>
<P>(6) A procedure for knowledge testing that complies with the criteria established in § 240.125;
</P>
<P>(7) A procedure for skill performance testing that complies with the criteria established in § 240.127; and
</P>
<P>(8) A procedure for monitoring operational performance that complies with the criteria established in § 240.129.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 74 FR 68182, Dec. 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.103   Approval of design of individual railroad programs by FRA.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall submit its written certification program and a description of how its program conforms to the specific requirements of this part in accordance with the procedures contained in appendix B to this part and shall submit this written certification program for approval at least 60 days before commencing operations. The primary method for a railroad's submission is by email to <I>FRAOPCERTPROG@dot.gov.</I> For those railroads that are unable to send the program by email, the program may be sent to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Simultaneous with its filing with FRA, provide a copy of the submission filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, a resubmission filed pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section, or a material modification filed pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section to the president of each labor organization that represents the railroad's employees subject to this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Include in its submission filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, a resubmission filed pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section, or a material modification filed pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section a statement affirming that the railroad has provided a copy to the president of each labor organization that represents the railroad's employees subject to this part, together with a list of the names and addresses of persons provided a copy.
</P>
<P>(c) Not later than 45 days from the date of filing a submission pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, a resubmission pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section, or a material modification pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section, any designated representative of railroad employees subject to this part may comment on the submission, resubmission, or material modification.
</P>
<P>(1) Each comment shall set forth specifically the basis upon which it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the commenter in the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) Each comment shall be submitted by email to <I>FRAOPCERTPROG@dot.gov</I> or by mail to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, FRA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590; and
</P>
<P>(3) The commenter shall affirm that a copy of the comment was provided to the railroad.
</P>
<P>(d) The submission required by paragraph (a) of this section shall state the railroad's election either:
</P>
<P>(1) To accept responsibility for the training of student engineers and thereby obtain authority for that railroad to certify initially a person as an engineer in an appropriate class of service, or
</P>
<P>(2) To recertify only engineers previously certified by other railroads.
</P>
<P>(e) A railroad that elects to accept responsibility for the training of student engineers shall state in its submission whether it will conduct the training program or employ a training program conducted by some other entity on its behalf but adopted and ratified by that railroad.
</P>
<P>(f) A railroad's program is considered approved and may be implemented 30 days after the required filing date (or the actual filing date) unless the Administrator notifies the railroad in writing that the program does not conform to the criteria set forth in this part.
</P>
<P>(1) If the Administrator determines that the program does not conform, the Administrator will inform the railroad of the specific deficiencies.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Administrator informs the railroad of deficiencies more than 30 days after the initial filing date, the original program may remain in effect until 30 days after approval of the revised program is received so long as the railroad has complied with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) A railroad shall resubmit its program within 30 days after the date of such notice of deficiencies. A failure to resubmit the program with the necessary revisions will be considered a failure to implement a program under this part.
</P>
<P>(1) The Administrator will inform the railroad in writing whether its revised program conforms to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) If the program does not conform, the railroad shall resubmit its program.
</P>
<P>(h) A railroad that intends to modify materially its program after receiving initial FRA approval shall submit a description of how it intends to modify the program in conformity with the specific requirements of this part at least 60 days prior to implementing such a change.
</P>
<P>(1) A modification is material if it would affect the program's conformance with this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The modification submission shall contain a description that conforms to the pertinent portion of the procedures contained in appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) The modification submission will be handled in accordance with the procedures of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section as though it were a new program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81309, Dec. 15, 2020, as amended at 91 FR 22751, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.104" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.104   Criteria for determining whether movement of roadway maintenance equipment or a dual purpose vehicle requires a certified locomotive engineer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad is not required to use a certified locomotive engineer to perform the following functions:
</P>
<P>(1) Operate specialized roadway maintenance equipment; or
</P>
<P>(2) Operate a dual purpose vehicle that is:
</P>
<P>(i) Being operated in conjunction with roadway maintenance and related maintenance of way functions, including traveling to and from the work site;
</P>
<P>(ii) Moving under authority of railroad operating rules designated for the movement of roadway maintenance equipment that ensure the protection of such equipment from train movements; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Being operated by an individual trained and qualified in accordance with §§ 214.341, 214.343, and 214.355 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad is required to use a certified locomotive engineer when operating a dual purpose vehicle other than in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 60990, Nov. 8, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.105   Criteria for selection of designated supervisors of locomotive engineers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad's program shall include criteria and procedures for implementing this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad shall examine any person it is considering for qualification as a supervisor of locomotive engineers to determine that he or she:
</P>
<P>(1) Knows and understands the requirements of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Can appropriately test and evaluate the knowledge and skills of locomotive engineers;
</P>
<P>(3) Has the necessary supervisory experience to prescribe appropriate remedial action for any noted deficiencies in the training, knowledge or skills of a person seeking to obtain or retain certification; and
</P>
<P>(4) Is a certified engineer who is qualified on the physical characteristics of the portion of the railroad on which that person will perform the duties of a Designated Supervisor of Locomotive Engineers.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad does not have any Designated Supervisors of Locomotive Engineers, and wishes to hire one, the chief operating officer of the railroad shall make a determination in writing that the Designated Supervisor of Locomotive Engineers designate possesses the necessary performance skills in accordance with § 240.127. This determination shall take into account any special operating characteristics which are unique to that railroad.
</P>
<P>(d) Each railroad is authorized to designate a person as a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers with additional conditions or operational restrictions on the service the person may perform.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 60990, Nov. 8, 1999; 85 FR 81309, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.107   Types of service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad's program shall state which of the three classes of service, provided for in paragraph (b) of this section, that it will cover.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad may issue certificates for any or all of the following classes of service:
</P>
<P>(1) Train service engineers,
</P>
<P>(2) Locomotive servicing engineers, and
</P>
<P>(3) Student engineers.
</P>
<P>(c) The following operational constraints apply to each class of service:
</P>
<P>(1) Train service engineers may operate locomotives singly or in multiples and may move them with or without cars coupled to them;
</P>
<P>(2) Locomotive servicing engineers may operate locomotives singly or in multiples but may not move them with cars coupled to them; and
</P>
<P>(3) Student engineers may operate only under direct and immediate supervision of an instructor engineer.
</P>
<P>(d) Each railroad is authorized to impose additional conditions or operational restrictions on the service an engineer may perform beyond those identified in this section provided those conditions or restrictions are not inconsistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(e) A railroad shall not reclassify the certification of any type of certified engineer to a more restrictive class of certificate or a student engineer certificate during the period in which the certification is otherwise valid.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 74 FR 68182, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81309, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.109   General criteria for eligibility based on prior safety conduct.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad's program shall include criteria and procedures to implement this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad shall evaluate the prior safety conduct of any person it is considering for qualification as a locomotive engineer and the program shall require that a person is ineligible if the person has an adverse record of prior safety conduct as provided for in § 240.115, § 240.117, or § 240.119.
</P>
<P>(c) The program shall require evaluation of data which reflect the person's prior safety conduct as a railroad employee and the person's prior safety conduct as an operator of a motor vehicle, provided that there is relevant prior conduct. The information to be evaluated shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The relevant data furnished from the evaluating railroad's own records, if the person was previously an employee of that railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) The relevant data furnished by any other railroad formerly employing the person; and
</P>
<P>(3) The relevant data furnished by any governmental agency with pertinent motor vehicle driving records.
</P>
<P>(d) The railroad's process for evaluating information concerning prior safety conduct shall be designed to conform wherever necessary with the procedural requirements of §§ 240.111, 240.113, 240.115, 240.117, 240.119, and 240.217.
</P>
<P>(e) When evaluating a person's motor vehicle driving record or a person's railroad employment record, a railroad shall not consider information concerning motor vehicle driving incidents or prior railroad safety conduct that occurred at a time other than that specifically provided for in § 240.115, § 240.117 or § 240.119 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(f) A railroad's program shall provide a candidate for certification or recertification a reasonable opportunity to review and comment in writing on any record which contains information concerning the person's prior safety conduct, including information pertinent to determinations required under § 240.119 of this subpart, if the railroad believes the record contains information that could be sufficient to render the person ineligible for certification under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(g) The opportunity for comment shall be afforded to the person prior to the railroad's rendering its eligibility decision based on that information. Any responsive comment furnished shall be retained by the railroad in accordance with § 240.215 of this part.
</P>
<P>(h) The program shall include a method for a person to advise the railroad that he or she has never been a railroad employee or obtained a license to drive a motor vehicle. Nothing in this section shall be construed as imposing a duty or requirement that a person have prior railroad employment experience or obtain a motor vehicle driver's license in order to become a certified locomotive engineer.
</P>
<P>(i) Nothing in this section, § 240.111, or § 240.113 shall be construed to prevent persons subject to this part from entering into an agreement that results in a railroad's obtaining the information needed for compliance with this subpart in a different manner than that prescribed in § 240.111 or § 240.113.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 74 FR 68182, Dec. 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.111   Individual's duty to furnish data on prior safety conduct as motor vehicle operator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for persons covered by § 240.109(h), each person seeking certification or recertification under this part shall, within 366 days preceding the date of the railroad's decision on certification or recertification:
</P>
<P>(1) Take the actions required by paragraphs (b) through (f) or paragraph (g) of this section to make information concerning his or her driving record available to the railroad that is considering such certification or recertification; and
</P>
<P>(2) Take any additional actions, including providing any necessary consent required by State, Federal, or foreign law to make information concerning his or her driving record available to that railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person seeking certification or recertification under this part shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Request, in writing, that the chief of each driver licensing agency identified in paragraph (c) of this section provide a copy of that agency's available information concerning his or her driving record to the railroad that is considering such certification or recertification; and
</P>
<P>(2) Request, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) or (e) of this section, that a check of the National Driver Register be performed to identify additional information concerning his or her driving record and that any resulting information be provided to that railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) Each person shall request the information required under paragraph (b)(1) of this section from:
</P>
<P>(1) The chief of the driver licensing agency of any jurisdiction, including a State or foreign country, which last issued that person a driver's license; and
</P>
<P>(2) The chief of the driver licensing agency of any other jurisdiction, including states or foreign countries, that issued or reissued him or her a driver's license within the preceding five years.
</P>
<P>(d) Each person shall request the information required under paragraph (b)(2) of this section from the Chief, National Driver Register, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590 in accordance with the procedures contained in appendix C of this part unless the person's motor vehicle driving license was issued by a State or the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(e) If the person's motor vehicle driving license was issued by one of the driver licensing agencies of a State or the District of Columbia, the person shall request the chief of that driver licensing agency to perform a check of the National Driver Register for the possible existence of additional information concerning his or her driving record and to provide the resulting information to the railroad.
</P>
<P>(f) If advised by the railroad that a driver licensing agency or the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has informed the railroad that additional information concerning that person's driving history may exist in the files of a State agency or foreign country not previously contacted in accordance with this section, such person shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Request in writing that the chief of the driver licensing agency which compiled the information provide a copy of the available information to the prospective certifying railroad; and
</P>
<P>(2) Take any additional action required by State, Federal, or foreign law to obtain that additional information.
</P>
<P>(g) Any person who has never obtained a motor vehicle driving license is not required to comply with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section but shall notify the railroad of that fact in accordance with procedures of the railroad that comply with § 240.109(d).
</P>
<P>(h) Each certified locomotive engineer or person seeking initial certification shall report motor vehicle incidents described in § 240.115(h)(1) and (2) to the employing railroad within 48 hours of being convicted for, or completed State action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license for, such violations. For purposes of this paragraph (h) and § 240.115(h), “State action” means action of the jurisdiction that has issued the motor vehicle driver's license, including a foreign country. For the purposes of engineer certification, no railroad shall require reporting earlier than 48 hours after the conviction, or completed State action to cancel, revoke, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 60990, Nov. 8, 1999; 74 FR 25175, May 27, 2009; 74 FR 68182, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81309, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.113   Individual's duty to furnish data on prior safety conduct as an employee of a different railroad.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for persons covered by § 240.109(h), each person seeking certification or recertification under this part shall, within 366 days preceding the date of the railroad's decision on certification or recertification:
</P>
<P>(1) Request, in writing, that the chief operating officer or other appropriate person of the former employing railroad provide a copy of that railroad's available information concerning his or her service record pertaining to compliance or non-compliance with §§ 240.111, 240.117, and 240.119 to the railroad that is considering such certification or recertification; and
</P>
<P>(2) Take any additional actions, including providing any necessary consent required by State or Federal law to make information concerning his or her service record available to that railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81310, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.115   Criteria for consideration of prior safety conduct as a motor vehicle operator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee) violates any requirement of a program that complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) through (f) of this section, each railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as a locomotive engineer for any type of service, shall determine that the person meets the eligibility requirements of this section involving prior conduct as a motor vehicle operator.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad shall initially certify a person as a locomotive engineer for 60 days if the person:
</P>
<P>(1) Requested the information required by paragraph (h) of this section at least 60 days prior to the date of the decision to certify that person; and
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise meets the eligibility requirements provided in § 240.109.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad shall recertify a person as a locomotive engineer for 60 days from the expiration date of that person's certification if the person:
</P>
<P>(1) Requested the information required by paragraph (h) of this section at least 60 days prior to the date of the decision to recertify that person; and
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise meets the eligibility requirements provided in § 240.109.
</P>
<P>(e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, if a railroad which certified or recertified a person pursuant to paragraph (c) or (d) of this section does not obtain and evaluate the information required pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section within 60 days of the pertinent dates identified in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, that person will be ineligible to perform as a locomotive engineer until the information can be evaluated.
</P>
<P>(f) If a person requests the information required pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section but is unable to obtain it, that person or the railroad certifying or recertifying that person may petition for a waiver of the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section in accordance with the provisions of part 211 of this chapter. A railroad shall certify or recertify a person during the pendency of the waiver request if the person otherwise meets the eligibility requirements provided in § 240.109.
</P>
<P>(g) When evaluating a person's motor vehicle driving record, a railroad shall not consider information concerning motor vehicle driving incidents that occurred more than 36 months before the month in which the railroad is making its certification decision or at a time other than that specifically provided for in § 240.111, § 240.117, § 240.119, or § 240.205.
</P>
<P>(h) A railroad shall only consider information concerning the following types of motor vehicle incidents:
</P>
<P>(1) A conviction for, or completed State action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license for, operating a motor vehicle while under the influence of or impaired by alcohol or a controlled substance; or
</P>
<P>(2) A conviction for, or completed State action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license for, refusal to undergo such testing as is required by State or foreign law when a law enforcement official seeks to determine whether a person is operating a vehicle while under the influence of alcohol or a controlled substance.
</P>
<P>(i) If such an incident is identified:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad shall provide the data to the railroad's DAC, together with any information concerning the person's railroad service record, and shall refer the person for evaluation to determine if the person has an active substance abuse disorder;
</P>
<P>(2) The person shall cooperate in the evaluation and shall provide any requested records of prior counseling or treatment for review exclusively by the DAC in the context of such evaluation; and
</P>
<P>(3) If the person is evaluated as not currently affected by an active substance abuse disorder, the subject data shall not be considered further with respect to certification. However, the railroad shall, on recommendation of the DAC, condition certification upon participation in any needed aftercare and/or follow-up testing for alcohol or drugs deemed necessary by the DAC consistent with the technical standards specified in § 240.119(d)(3).
</P>
<P>(4) If the person is evaluated as currently affected by an active substance abuse disorder, the provisions of § 240.119(b) will apply.
</P>
<P>(5) If the person fails to comply with the requirements of paragraph (i)(2) of this section, the person shall be ineligible to perform as a locomotive engineer until such time as the person complies with the requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81310, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.117" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.117   Criteria for consideration of operating rules compliance data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program which meets the requirements of this section. When any person including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee violates any requirement of a program that complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(5) of this section, a person who has demonstrated a failure to comply, as described in paragraph (e) of this section, with railroad rules and practices for the safe operation of trains shall not be currently certified as a locomotive engineer.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(5) of this section, a certified locomotive engineer who has demonstrated a failure to comply with railroad rules and practices described in paragraph (e) of this section shall have his or her certification revoked.


</P>
<P>(2) A Designated Supervisor of Locomotive Engineers, a certified locomotive engineer pilot or an instructor engineer who is monitoring, piloting or instructing a locomotive engineer and fails to take appropriate action to prevent a violation of paragraph (e) of this section, shall have his or her certification revoked. Appropriate action does not mean that a supervisor, pilot or instructor must prevent a violation from occurring at all costs; the duty may be met by warning an engineer of a potential or foreseeable violation. A Designated Supervisor of Locomotive Engineers will not be held culpable under this section when this monitoring event is conducted as part of the railroad's operational compliance tests as defined in §§ 217.9 and 240.303 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) A certified locomotive engineer who is called by a railroad to perform the duty of a train crew member other than that of locomotive engineer or conductor shall not have his or her certification revoked based on actions taken or not taken while performing that duty.
</P>
<P>(d) In determining whether a person may be or remain certified as a locomotive engineer, a railroad shall consider as operating rule compliance data only conduct described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (5) of this section that occurred within a period of 36 consecutive months prior to the determination. A review of an existing certification shall be initiated promptly upon the occurrence and documentation of any conduct described in this section.
</P>
<P>(e) A railroad shall only consider violations of its operating rules and practices that involve:
</P>
<P>(1) Failure to control a locomotive or train in accordance with a signal indication, excluding a hand or a radio signal indication or a switch, that requires a complete stop before passing it;
</P>
<P>(2) Failure to adhere to limitations concerning train speed when the speed at which the train was operated exceeds the maximum authorized limit by at least 10 miles per hour. Where restricted speed is in effect, railroads shall consider only those violations of the conditional clause of restricted speed rules (<I>i.e.,</I> the clause that requires stopping within one half of the locomotive engineer's range of vision), or the operational equivalent thereof, which cause reportable accidents or incidents under part 225 of this chapter, except for accidents and incidents that are classified as “covered data” under § 225.5 of this chapter (<I>i.e.,</I> employee injury/illness cases reportable exclusively because a physician or other licensed health care professional either made a one-time topical application of a prescription-strength medication to the employee's injury or made a written recommendation that the employee: Take one or more days away from work when the employee instead reports to work (or would have reported had he or she been scheduled) and takes no days away from work in connection with the injury or illness; work restricted duty for one or more days when the employee instead works unrestricted (or would have worked unrestricted had he or she been scheduled) and takes no other days of restricted work activity in connection with the injury or illness; or take over-the-counter medication at a dosage equal to or greater than the minimum prescription strength, whether or not the employee actually takes the medication, as instances of failure to adhere to this section; 
</P>
<P>(3) Failure to adhere to procedures for the safe use of train or engine brakes when the procedures are required for compliance with the Class I, Class IA, Class II, Class III, or transfer train brake test provisions of 49 CFR part 232 or when the procedures are required for compliance with the Class I, Class IA, Class II, or running brake test provisions of 49 CFR part 238;
</P>
<P>(4) Occupying main track or a segment of main track without proper authority or permission;
</P>
<P>(5) Failure to comply with prohibitions against tampering with locomotive mounted safety devices, or knowingly operating or permitting to be operated a train with an unauthorized disabled safety device in the controlling locomotive. (<I>See</I> 49 CFR part 218, subpart D, and appendix C to part 218); or
</P>
<P>(6) Incidents of noncompliance with § 219.101 of this chapter; however, such incidents shall be considered as a violation only for the purposes of paragraphs (g)(2) and (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) If in any single incident the person's conduct contravened more than one operating rule or practice, that event shall be treated as a single violation for the purposes of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A violation of one or more operating rules or practices described in paragraph (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this section that occurs during a properly conducted operational compliance test subject to the provisions of this chapter shall be counted in determining the periods of ineligibility described in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) An operational test that is not conducted in compliance with this part, a railroad's operating rules, or a railroad's program under § 217.9 of this chapter, will not be considered a legitimate test of operational skill or knowledge, and will not be considered for certification, recertification or revocation purposes.
</P>
<P>(4) A railroad shall not be permitted to deny or revoke an employee's certification based upon additional conditions or operational restrictions imposed pursuant to § 240.107(d).
</P>
<P>(5) In accordance with § 240.307(i)(3), a railroad shall not deny or revoke an employee's certification based on an alleged violation of the railroad's operating rules or practices that the employee reported to C
<SU>3</SU>RS as a close call and was accepted as a close call by both the independent third party and the PRT in accordance with all applicable provisions of a C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU.
</P>
<P>(g) A period of ineligibility described in this paragraph shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Begin, for a person not currently certified, on the date of the railroad's written determination that the most recent incident has occurred; or
</P>
<P>(2) Begin, for a person currently certified, on the date of the railroad's notification to the person that recertification has been denied or certification has been revoked; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be determined according to the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a single incident involving violation of one or more of the operating rules or practices described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (5) of this section, the person shall have his or her certificate revoked for a period of 30 calendar days.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of two separate incidents involving a violation of one or more of the operating rules or practices described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (5) of this section, that occurred within 24 months of each other, the person shall have his or her certificate revoked for a period of 180 calendar days.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of three separate incidents involving violations of one or more of the operating rules or practices, described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(6) of this section, that occurred within 36 months of each other, the person shall have his or her certificate revoked for a period of one year.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of four separate incidents involving violations of one or more of the operating rules or practices, described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(6) of this section, that occurred within 36 months of each other, the person shall have his or her certificate revoked for a period of three years.
</P>
<P>(v) Where, based on the occurrence of violations described in paragraph (e)(6) of this section, different periods of ineligibility may result under the provisions of this section and § 240.119, the longest period of revocation shall control.
</P>
<P>(h) Any or all periods of revocation provided in this section may consist of training.
</P>
<P>(i) Future eligibility to hold certificate. A person whose certification has been denied or revoked shall be eligible for grant or reinstatement of the certificate prior to the expiration of the initial period of revocation only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The denial or revocation of certification in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (g)(3) of this section is for a period of one year or less;
</P>
<P>(2) Certification was denied or revoked for reasons other than noncompliance with § 219.101 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) The person has been evaluated by a Designated Supervisor of Locomotive Engineers and determined to have received adequate remedial training;
</P>
<P>(4) The person has successfully completed any mandatory program of training or retraining, if that was determined to be necessary by the railroad prior to return to service; and
</P>
<P>(5) At least one half the pertinent period of ineligibility specified in paragraph (g)(3) of this section has elapsed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 60990, Nov. 8, 1999, as amended at 68 FR 10139, Mar. 3, 2003; 74 FR 68182, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81311, Dec. 15, 2020; 91 FR 22756, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.119" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.119   Criteria for consideration of data on substance abuse disorders and alcohol/drug rules compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Program requirement.</I> Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program which complies with the requirements of this section. When any person, including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee, violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determination requirement.</I> Each railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as a locomotive engineer for any type of service, shall determine that the person meets the eligibility requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Recordkeeping requirement.</I> In order to make the determination required under paragraph (d) of this section, a railroad shall have on file documents pertinent to that determination, including a written document from its DAC which states his or her professional opinion that the person has been evaluated as not currently affected by a substance abuse disorder or that the person has been evaluated as affected by an active substance abuse disorder.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Fitness requirement.</I> (1) A person who has an active substance abuse disorder shall be denied certification or recertification as a locomotive engineer.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, a certified locomotive engineer who is determined to have an active substance abuse disorder shall be ineligible to hold certification. Consistent with other provisions of this part, certification may be reinstated as provided in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a current employee of the railroad evaluated as having an active substance abuse disorder (including a person identified under the procedures of § 240.115), the employee may, if otherwise eligible, voluntarily self-refer for substance abuse counseling or treatment under the policy required by § 219.1001(b)(1) of this chapter; and the railroad shall then treat the substance abuse evaluation as confidential except with respect to ineligibility for certification.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prior alcohol/drug conduct; Federal rule compliance.</I> (1) In determining whether a person may be or remain certified as a locomotive engineer, a railroad shall consider conduct described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section that occurred within a period of 60 consecutive months prior to the review. A review of certification shall be initiated promptly upon the occurrence and documentation of any incident of conduct described in this paragraph (e)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad shall consider any violation of § 219.101 or § 219.102 of this chapter and any refusal to provide a breath or body fluid sample for testing under the requirements of part 219 of this chapter when instructed to do so by a railroad representative.
</P>
<P>(3) A period of ineligibility described in this paragraph (e) shall begin:
</P>
<P>(i) For a person not currently certified, on the date of the railroad's written determination that the most recent incident has occurred; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For a person currently certified, on the date of the railroad's notification to the person that recertification has been denied or certification has been revoked.
</P>
<P>(4) The period of ineligibility described in this section shall be determined in accordance with the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a single violation of § 219.102 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate during evaluation and any required primary treatment as described in paragraph (f) of this section. In the case of two violations of § 219.102 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of two years. In the case of more than two such violations, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of five years.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of one violation of § 219.102 of this chapter and one violation of § 219.101 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of three years.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of one violation of § 219.101 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of 9 months (unless identification of the violation was through a qualifying referral program described in § 219.1001 of this chapter and the locomotive engineer waives investigation, in which case the certificate shall be deemed suspended during evaluation and any required primary treatment as described in paragraph (f) of this section). In the case of two or more violations of § 219.101 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of five years.
</P>
<P>(iv) A refusal to provide a breath or body fluid sample for testing under the requirements of part 219 of this chapter when instructed to do so by a railroad representative shall be treated, for purposes of ineligibility under this paragraph (e), in the same manner as a violation of:
</P>
<P>(A) Section 219.102 of this chapter, in the case of a refusal to provide a body fluid specimen for testing; or
</P>
<P>(B) Section 219.101 of this chapter, in the case of a refusal to provide a breath sample for alcohol testing or a blood specimen for mandatory post-accident toxicological testing.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Future eligibility to hold certificate following alcohol/drug violation.</I> The following requirements apply to a person who has been denied certification or who has had certification suspended or revoked as a result of conduct described in paragraph (e) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The person shall not be eligible for grant or reinstatement of the certificate unless and until the person has:
</P>
<P>(i) Been evaluated by a SAP to determine if the person currently has an active substance abuse disorder;
</P>
<P>(ii) Successfully completed any program of counseling or treatment determined to be necessary by the SAP prior to return to service; and
</P>
<P>(iii) In accordance with the testing procedures of subpart H of part 219 of this chapter, has had an alcohol test with an alcohol concentration of less than .02 and presented a body fluid sample that tested negative for controlled substances assayed.
</P>
<P>(2) A locomotive engineer placed in service or returned to service under the above-stated conditions shall continue in any program of counseling or treatment deemed necessary by the SAP and shall be subject to a reasonable program of follow-up alcohol and drug testing without prior notice for a period of not more than 60 months following return to service. Follow-up tests shall include not fewer than 6 alcohol tests and 6 drug tests during the first 12 months following return to service.
</P>
<P>(3) Return-to-service and follow-up alcohol and drug tests shall be performed consistent with the requirements of subpart H of part 219 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) This paragraph (f) does not create an entitlement to utilize the services of a railroad SAP, to be afforded leave from employment for counseling or treatment, or to employment as a locomotive engineer. Nor does it restrict any discretion available to the railroad to take disciplinary action based on conduct described herein.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Confidentiality protected.</I> Nothing in this part shall affect the responsibility of the railroad under § 219.1003(f) of this chapter to treat qualified referrals for substance abuse counseling and treatment as confidential; and the certification status of a locomotive engineer who is successfully assisted under the procedures of that section shall not be adversely affected. However, the railroad shall include in its referral policy, as required pursuant to § 219.1003(j) of this chapter, a provision that, at least with respect to a certified locomotive engineer or a candidate for certification, the policy of confidentiality is waived (to the extent that the railroad shall receive from the SAP or DAC official notice of the substance abuse disorder and shall suspend or revoke the certification, as appropriate) if the person at any time refuses to cooperate in a recommended course of counseling or treatment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81311, Dec. 15, 2020, as amended at 88 FR 27652, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.121" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.121   Criteria for vision and hearing acuity data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program which complies with the requirements of this section. When any person, including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee, violates any requirement of a program that complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) In order to be currently certified as a locomotive engineer, except as permitted by paragraph (e) of this section, a person's vision and hearing shall meet or exceed the standards prescribed in this section and appendix F to this part. It is recommended that each test conducted pursuant to this section should be performed according to any directions supplied by the manufacturer of such test and any American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards that are applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (e), each person shall have visual acuity that meets or exceeds the following thresholds:
</P>
<P>(1) For distant viewing either
</P>
<P>(i) Distant visual acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in each eye without corrective lenses or
</P>
<P>(ii) Distant visual acuity separately corrected to at least 20/40 (Snellen) with corrective lenses and distant binocular acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in both eyes with or without corrective lenses;
</P>
<P>(2) A field of vision of at least 70 degrees in the horizontal meridian in each eye; and
</P>
<P>(3) The ability to recognize and distinguish between the colors of railroad signals as demonstrated by successfully completing one of the tests in appendix F to this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, each person shall have a hearing test or audiogram that shows the person's hearing acuity meets or exceeds the following thresholds: The person does not have an average hearing loss in the better ear greater than 40 decibels with or without use of a hearing aid, at 500 Hz, 1,000 Hz, and 2,000 Hz. The hearing test or audiogram shall meet the requirements of one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) As required in 29 CFR 1910.95(h) (Occupational Safety and Health Administration);
</P>
<P>(2) As required in § 227.111 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(3) Conducted using an audiometer that meets the specifications of and is maintained and used in accordance with a formal industry standard, such as ANSI S3.6, “Specifications for Audiometers.”
</P>
<P>(e) A person not meeting the thresholds in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section shall, upon request, be subject to further medical evaluation by a railroad's medical examiner to determine that person's ability to safely operate a locomotive. In accordance with the guidance prescribed in appendix F to this part, a person is entitled to one retest without making any showing and to another retest if the person provides evidence substantiating that circumstances have changed since the last test to the extent that the person could now arguably operate a locomotive or train safely. The railroad shall provide its medical examiner with a copy of this part, including all appendices. If, after consultation with one of the railroad's designated supervisors of locomotive engineers, the medical examiner concludes that, despite not meeting the threshold(s) in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, the person has the ability to safely operate a locomotive, the person may be certified as a locomotive engineer and such certification conditioned on any special restrictions the medical examiner determines in writing to be necessary.
</P>
<P>(f) As a condition of maintaining certification, each certified locomotive engineer shall notify his or her employing railroad's medical department or, if no such department exists, an appropriate railroad official if the person's best correctable vision or hearing has deteriorated to the extent that the person no longer meets one or more of the prescribed vision or hearing standards or requirements of this section. This notification is required prior to any subsequent operation of a locomotive or train which would require a certified locomotive engineer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 60992, Nov. 8, 1999; 85 FR 81312, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.123" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.123   Training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program that meets the requirements of this section. When any person, including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee, violates any requirement of a program that complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad shall provide for the continuing education of certified locomotive engineers to ensure that each engineer maintains the necessary knowledge, skill and ability concerning personal safety, operating rules and practices, mechanical condition of equipment, methods of safe train handling (including familiarity with physical characteristics as determined by a qualified Designated Supervisor of Locomotive Engineers), and relevant Federal safety rules.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad that elects to train a previously untrained person to be a locomotive engineer shall provide initial training that, at a minimum, complies with the program requirements of § 243.101 of this chapter and:
</P>
<P>(1) Is composed of classroom, skill performance, and familiarization with physical characteristics components;
</P>
<P>(2) Includes both knowledge and performance skill testing;
</P>
<P>(3) Is conducted under the supervision of a qualified class instructor;
</P>
<P>(4) Is subdivided into segments or periods of appropriate duration to effectively cover the following subject matter areas:
</P>
<P>(i) Personal safety;
</P>
<P>(ii) Railroad operating rules and procedures;
</P>
<P>(iii) Mechanical condition of equipment;
</P>
<P>(iv) Train handling procedures (including use of locomotive and train brake systems);
</P>
<P>(v) Familiarization with physical characteristics including train handling; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Compliance with Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders; and
</P>
<P>(5) Is conducted so that the performance skill component shall meet the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Be under the supervision of a qualified instructor engineer located in the same control compartment whenever possible;
</P>
<P>(ii) Place the student engineer at the controls of a locomotive for a significant portion of the time; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Permit the student to experience whatever variety of types of trains are normally operated by the railroad.
</P>
<P>(d) Pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, a person may acquire familiarity with the physical characteristics of a territory through the following methods if the specific conditions included in the description of each method are met. The methods used by a railroad for familiarizing its engineers with new territory while starting up a new railroad, starting operations over newly acquired rail lines, or reopening of a long unused route, shall be described in the railroad's locomotive engineer qualification program required under this part and submitted according to the procedures described in Appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(1) If ownership of a railroad is being transferred from one company to another, the engineer(s) of the acquiring company may receive familiarization training from the selling company prior to the acquiring railroad commencing operation; or
</P>
<P>(2) Failing to obtain familiarization training from the previous owner, opening a new rail line, or reopening an unused route would require that the engineer(s) obtain familiarization through other methods. Acceptable methods of obtaining familiarization include using hyrail trips or initial lite locomotive trips in compliance with what is specified in the railroad's locomotive engineer qualification program required under this part and submitted according to the procedures described in Appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(e) A railroad shall designate in its program required by this section the time period in which a locomotive engineer must be absent from a territory or yard, before requalification on physical characteristics is required.
</P>
<P>(f) A railroad's program shall include the procedures used to qualify or requalify a person on the physical characteristics.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 60992, Nov. 8, 1999; 85 FR 81312, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.125" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.125   Knowledge testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program that meets the requirements of this section. When any person, including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee, violates any requirement of a program that complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad shall have procedures for testing a person being evaluated for qualification as a locomotive engineer in either train or locomotive service to determine that the person has sufficient knowledge of the railroad's rules and practices for the safe operation of trains.
</P>
<P>(c) The testing methods selected by the railroad shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) Designed to examine a person's knowledge of the railroad's rules and practices for the safe operation of trains;
</P>
<P>(2) Objective in nature;
</P>
<P>(3) Administered in written form;
</P>
<P>(4) Cover the following subjects:
</P>
<P>(i) Personal safety practices;
</P>
<P>(ii) Operating practices;
</P>
<P>(iii) Equipment inspection practices;
</P>
<P>(iv) Train handling practices including familiarity with the physical characteristics of the territory; and
</P>
<P>(v) Compliance with Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders;
</P>
<P>(5) Sufficient to accurately measure the person's knowledge of the covered subjects; and
</P>
<P>(6) Conducted without open reference books or other materials except to the degree the person is being tested on his or her ability to use such reference books or materials.
</P>
<P>(d) The conduct of the test shall be documented in writing and the documentation shall contain sufficient information to identify the relevant facts relied on for evaluation purposes.
</P>
<P>(e) For purposes of paragraph (c) of this section, the railroad must provide the person(s) being tested with an opportunity to consult with a supervisory employee, who possesses territorial qualifications for the territory, to explain a question.
</P>
<P>(f) The documentation shall indicate whether the person passed or failed the test.
</P>
<P>(g) If a person fails to pass the test, no railroad shall permit or require that person to function as a locomotive engineer prior to that person's achieving a passing score during a reexamination of the person's knowledge.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 85 FR 81313, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.127" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.127   Criteria for examining skill performance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program which complies with the requirements of this section. When any person, including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee, violates any requirement of a program that complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad shall have procedures for examining the performance skills of a person being evaluated for qualification as a locomotive engineer in either train or locomotive service to determine whether the person has the skills to safely operate locomotives and/or trains, including the proper application of the railroad's rules and practices for the safe operation of locomotives or trains, in the most demanding class or type of service that the person will be permitted to perform.
</P>
<P>(c) The testing procedures selected by the railroad shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) Designed to examine a person's skills in safely operating locomotives or trains including the proper application of the railroad's rules and practices for the safe operation of locomotives or trains when performing the most demanding class or type of service that the person will be permitted to perform;
</P>
<P>(2) Conducted by a Designated Supervisor of Locomotive Engineers, who does not need to be qualified on the physical characteristics of the territory over which the test will be conducted;
</P>
<P>(3) Cover the following subjects during the test period
</P>
<P>(i) Operating practices;
</P>
<P>(ii) Equipment inspection practices;
</P>
<P>(iii) Train handling practices; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Compliance with Federal safety rules;
</P>
<P>(4) Be of sufficient length to effectively evaluate the person's ability to operate trains; and
</P>
<P>(5) Conducted when the person either
</P>
<P>(i) Is at the controls of the type of train normally operated on that railroad or segment of railroad and which this person might be permitted or required by the railroad to operate in the normal course of events after certification or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is at the controls of a Type I or Type II simulator programmed to replicate the responsive behavior of the type of train normally operated on that railroad or segment of railroad and which this person might be permitted or required by the railroad to operate in the normal course of events after certification.
</P>
<P>(d) The conduct of the test shall be documented in writing by the designated supervisor and the documentation shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) The relevant facts concerning the train being operated;
</P>
<P>(2) The constraints applicable to its operation; and
</P>
<P>(3) The factors observed and relied on for evaluation purposes by the designated supervisor.
</P>
<P>(e) Each railroad's program shall indicate the types of actions the railroad will take in the event that a person fails an initial examination or a reexamination of his or her performance skills in accordance with the procedures required under § 240.211.
</P>
<P>(f) Each railroad's program shall describe the scoring system used by the railroad during a skills test administered in accordance with the procedures required under § 240.211. The description shall include the skills to be tested and the weight or possible score that each skill will be given.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 60992, Nov. 8, 1999; 74 FR 68183, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81313, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.129" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.2.137.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.129   Criteria for monitoring operational performance of certified engineers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program which complies with the requirements of this section. When any person, including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee, violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad shall have a program to monitor the operational performance of those it has determined as qualified as a locomotive engineer in any class of service. The program shall include procedures to address the testing of certified engineers who are not given both an operational monitoring observation and an unannounced compliance test in a calendar year pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section. At a minimum, such procedures shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A requirement that an operational monitoring observation and an unannounced compliance test must be conducted within 30 days of a return to service as a locomotive engineer; and
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad must retain a written record indicating the date that the engineer stopped performing service that requires certification pursuant to this part, the date that the engineer returned to performing service that requires certification pursuant to this part, and the dates that the operational monitoring observation and the unannounced compliance test were performed.
</P>
<P>(c) The procedures for the operational monitoring observation shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be designed to determine that the person possesses and routinely employs the skills to safely operate locomotives and/or trains, including the proper application of the railroad's rules and practices for the safe operation of locomotives and trains;
</P>
<P>(2) Be designed so that each engineer shall be monitored each calendar year by a Designated Supervisor of Locomotive Engineers, who does not need to be qualified on the physical characteristics of the territory over which the operational monitoring observation will be conducted;
</P>
<P>(3) Be designed so that the locomotive engineer is either accompanied by the designated supervisor for a reasonable length of time or has his or her train handling activities electronically recorded by a train operations event recorder;
</P>
<P>(d) The operational monitoring observation procedures may be designed so that the locomotive engineer being monitored either:
</P>
<P>(i) Is at the controls of the type of train normally operated on that railroad or segment of railroad and which this person might be permitted or required by the railroad to operate in the normal course of events after certification or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Is at the controls of a Type I or Type II simulator programmed to replicate the responsive behavior of the type of train normally operated on that railroad or segment of railroad and which this person might be permitted or required by the railroad to operate in the normal course of events after certification.
</P>
<P>(e) The unannounced compliance test program shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be designed so that, except for as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, each locomotive engineer shall be given at least one unannounced compliance test each calendar year;
</P>
<P>(2) Designed to test:
</P>
<P>(i) Engineer compliance with provisions of the railroad's operating rules that require response to signals that display less than a “clear” aspect, if the railroad operates with a signal system that must comply with part 236 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Engineer compliance with provisions of the railroad's operating rules, timetable or other mandatory directives that require affirmative response by the locomotive engineer to less favorable conditions than that which existed prior to initiation of the test; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Engineer compliance with provisions of the railroad's operating rules, timetable or other mandatory directives violation of which by engineers were cited by the railroad as the cause of train accidents or train incidents in accident reports filed in compliance with part 225 of this chapter in the preceding calendar year;
</P>
<P>(3) Designed so that the administration of these tests is effectively distributed throughout whatever portion of a 24-hour day that the railroad conducts its operations; and
</P>
<P>(4) Designed so that individual tests are administered without prior notice to the engineer being tested.
</P>
<P>(f) Each railroad's program shall indicate the types of actions the railroad will take in the event that it finds deficiencies with a locomotive engineer's performance during an operational monitoring observation or unannounced compliance test administered in accordance with the procedures required under § 240.303.
</P>
<P>(g) Each railroad's program shall describe the scoring system used by the railroad during an operational monitoring observation or unannounced compliance test administered in accordance with the procedures required under § 240.303.
</P>
<P>(h) A certified engineer who is not performing a service that requires certification pursuant to this part need not be given an unannounced compliance test or operational monitoring observation. However, when the certified engineer returns to a service that requires certification pursuant to this part, that certified engineer must be tested pursuant to this section and § 240.303 within 30 days of his or her return.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 60992, Nov. 8, 1999; 74 FR 68183, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81313, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Implementation of the Certification Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.201   Implementation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall designate in writing any person(s) it deems qualified as a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers. Each person so designated shall have demonstrated to the railroad through training, testing or prior experience that he or she has the knowledge, skills, and ability to be a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad shall designate in writing all persons that it will deem to be qualified as certified locomotive engineers for the purpose of initial compliance with paragraph (d) of this section, except as provided for in paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) Each person so designated shall have demonstrated to the railroad through training, testing or prior experience that he or she has the knowledge and skills to be a certified locomotive engineer.
</P>
<P>(2) Each railroad shall issue a certificate that complies with § 240.223 to each person that it designates as qualified under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) No railroad shall permit or require a person, designated as qualified for certification under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, to perform service as a certified locomotive or train service engineer for more than a 36-month period unless that person has been determined to be qualified in accordance with procedures that comply with subpart C.
</P>
<P>(d) No railroad shall permit or require any person to operate a locomotive in any class of locomotive or train service unless that person has been certified as a qualified locomotive engineer and issued a certificate that complies with § 240.223.
</P>
<P>(e) No Class I railroad (including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation) or railroad providing commuter service shall designate any person it deems qualified as a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers or initially certify or recertify a person as a locomotive engineer in either locomotive or train service unless that person has been tested, evaluated, and determined to be qualified in accordance with procedures that comply with subpart C.
</P>
<P>(f) No Class II railroad shall designate any person it deems qualified as a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers or initially certify or recertify a person as a locomotive engineer in any class of locomotive or train service unless that person has been tested, evaluated and determined to be qualified in accordance with procedures that comply with subpart C.
</P>
<P>(g) No Class III railroad (including a switching and terminal or other railroad not otherwise classified) shall designate any person it deems qualified as a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers or initially certify or recertify a person as a locomotive engineer in any class of locomotive or train service unless that person has been tested, evaluated and determined to be qualified in accordance with procedures that comply with subpart C.
</P>
<P>(h) Each person designated as a locomotive engineer shall be issued a certificate that complies with § 240.223 prior to being required or permitted to operate a locomotive.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 68183, Dec. 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.203   Determinations required as a prerequisite to certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), each railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as an engineer for any class of service, shall, in accordance with its FRA-approved program determine in writing that:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual meets the eligibility requirements of §§ 240.115, 240.117 and 240.119; and
</P>
<P>(2) The individual meets the vision and hearing acuity standards of § 240.121;
</P>
<P>(3) The individual has the necessary knowledge, as demonstrated by successfully completing a test that meets the requirements of § 240.125;
</P>
<P>(4) The individual has the necessary applied knowledge and operating performance skills, as demonstrated by successfully completing an operational performance test that meets the requirements of § 240.127; and
</P>
<P>(5) Where a person has not previously been certified, that the person has completed a training program that meets the requirements of § 240.123.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad may certify a person as a student engineer after determining that the person meets the vision and hearing acuity standards of § 240.121. A railroad may subsequently certify that student engineer as either a locomotive servicing engineer or a train service engineer without further review of his or her acuity status provided it determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The person successfully completed a training program that complies with § 240.123;
</P>
<P>(2) The person meets the eligibility requirements of §§ 240.109 and 240.119; and
</P>
<P>(3) A period of not more than twenty-four months has elapsed since the student engineer certification was issued.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 60 FR 53136, Oct. 12, 1995; 74 FR 68183, Dec. 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.205   Procedures for determining eligibility based on prior safety conduct.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as an engineer for any class of service other than student, shall determine that the person meets the eligibility requirements of § 240.115 involving prior conduct as a motor vehicle operator, § 240.117 involving prior conduct as a railroad worker, and § 240.119 involving substance abuse disorders and alcohol/drug rules compliance.
</P>
<P>(b) In order to make the determination required under paragraph (a) of this section, a railroad shall have on file documents pertinent to the determinations referred to in paragraph (a) of this section, including a written document from its DAC either reflecting his or her professional opinion that the person has been evaluated as not currently affected by a substance abuse disorder or that the person has been evaluated as affected by an active substance abuse disorder and is ineligible for certification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81314, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.207   Procedures for making the determination on vision and hearing acuity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as an engineer for any class of service, shall determine that the person meets the standards for visual acuity and hearing acuity prescribed in § 240.121.
</P>
<P>(b) In order to make the determination required under paragraph (a), a railroad shall have on file either:
</P>
<P>(1) A medical examiner's certificate that the individual has been medically examined and meets these acuity standards; or
</P>
<P>(2) A written document from its medical examiner documenting his or her professional opinion that the person does not meet one or both acuity standards and stating the basis for his or her determination that:
</P>
<P>(i) The person can nevertheless be certified under certain conditions; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The person's acuity is such that he or she cannot safely operate a locomotive even with conditions attached.
</P>
<P>(c) Any examination required for compliance with this section shall be performed by or under the supervision of a medical examiner or a licensed physician's assistant such that:
</P>
<P>(1) A licensed optometrist or a technician responsible to that person may perform the portion of the examination that pertains to visual acuity; and
</P>
<P>(2) A licensed or certified audiologist or a technician responsible to that person may perform the portion of the examination that pertains to hearing acuity.
</P>
<P>(d) If the examination required under this section discloses that the person needs corrective lenses or a hearing aid, or both, either to meet the threshold acuity levels established in § 240.121 or to meet a lower threshold determined by the railroad's medical examiner to be sufficient to safely operate a locomotive or train on that railroad, that fact shall be noted on the certificate issued in accordance with the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) Any person with such a certificate notation shall use the relevant corrective device(s) while operating a locomotive in locomotive or train service unless the railroad's medical examiner subsequently determines in writing that the person can safely operate without using the device.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 74 FR 68184, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81314, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.209   Procedures for making the determination on knowledge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as an engineer for any class of train or locomotive service, shall determine that the person has, in accordance with the requirements of § 240.125 of this part, demonstrated sufficient knowledge of the railroad's rules and practices for the safe operation of trains.
</P>
<P>(b) In order to make the determination required by paragraph (a) of this section, a railroad shall have written documentation showing that the person either:
</P>
<P>(1) Exhibited his or her knowledge by achieving a passing grade in testing that complies with this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) Did not achieve a passing grade in such testing.
</P>
<P>(c) If a person fails to achieve a passing score under the testing procedures required by this part, no railroad shall permit or require that person to operate a locomotive as a locomotive or train service engineer prior to that person's achieving a passing score during a reexamination of his or her knowledge.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 74 FR 68184, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81314, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.211" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.211   Procedures for making the determination on performance skills.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as an engineer for any class of train or locomotive service, shall determine that the person has demonstrated, in accordance with the requirements of § 240.127 of this part, the skills to safely operate locomotives or locomotives and trains, including the proper application of the railroad's rules and practices for the safe operation of locomotives or trains, in the most demanding class or type of service that the person will be permitted to perform.
</P>
<P>(b) In order to make this determination, a railroad shall have written documentation showing the person either:
</P>
<P>(1) Exhibited his or her knowledge by achieving a passing grade in testing that complies with this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) Did not achieve a passing grade in such testing.
</P>
<P>(c) If a person fails to achieve a passing score under the testing and evaluation procedures required by this part, no railroad shall permit or require that person to operate a locomotive as a locomotive or train service engineer prior to that person's achieving a passing score during a reexamination of his or her performance skills.
</P>
<P>(d) No railroad shall permit a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers to test, examine or evaluate his or her own performance skills when complying with this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 74 FR 68184, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81314, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.213   Procedures for making the determination on completion of training program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad, prior to the initial issuance of a certificate to any person as a train or locomotive service engineer, shall determine that the person has, in accordance with the requirements of § 240.123 of this part, the knowledge and skills to safely operate a locomotive or train in the most demanding class or type of service that the person will be permitted to perform.
</P>
<P>(b) In making this determination, a railroad shall have written documentation showing that:
</P>
<P>(1) The person completed a training program that complies with § 240.123 of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) The person demonstrated his or her knowledge and skills by achieving a passing grade under the testing and evaluation procedures of that training program; and
</P>
<P>(3) A qualified Designated Supervisor of Locomotive Engineers has determined that the person is familiar with the physical characteristics of the railroad or its pertinent segments.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 60992, Nov. 8, 1999; 74 FR 68184, Dec. 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.215   Retaining information supporting determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad that issues, denies, or revokes a certificate after making the determinations required under § 240.203 shall maintain a record for each certified engineer or applicant for certification that contains the information the railroad relied on in making the determinations.
</P>
<P>(b) The information concerning eligibility that the railroad shall retain includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Any relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's prior safety conduct;
</P>
<P>(2) Any relevant data furnished by another railroad;
</P>
<P>(3) Any relevant data furnished by a governmental agency concerning the person's motor vehicle driving record; and
</P>
<P>(4) Any relevant data furnished by the person seeking certification concerning his or her eligibility.
</P>
<P>(c) The information concerning vision and hearing acuity that the railroad shall retain includes:
</P>
<P>(1) The relevant test results data concerning acuity; and,
</P>
<P>(2) If applicable, the relevant data concerning the professional opinion of the railroad's medical examiner on the adequacy of the person's acuity.
</P>
<P>(d) The information concerning demonstrated knowledge that the railroad shall retain includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Any relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's success or failure of the passage of knowledge test(s); and
</P>
<P>(2) A sample copy of the written knowledge test or tests administered.
</P>
<P>(e) The information concerning demonstrated performance skills that the railroad shall retain includes:
</P>
<P>(1) The relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's success or failure on the performance skills test(s) that documents the relevant operating facts on which the evaluation is based including the observations and evaluation of the designated supervisor of locomotive engineers;
</P>
<P>(2) If a railroad relies on the use of a locomotive operations simulator to conduct the performance skills testing required under this part, the relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's success or failure on the performance skills test(s) that documents the relevant operating facts on which the determination was based including the observations and evaluation of the designated supervisor of locomotive engineers; and
</P>
<P>(3) The relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's success or failure on tests the railroad performed to monitor the engineer's operating performance in accordance with § 240.129.
</P>
<P>(f) If a railroad is relying on successful completion of an approved training program conducted by another entity, the relying railroad shall maintain a record for each certified engineer that contains the relevant data furnished by the training entity concerning the person's demonstration of knowledge and performance skills and relied on by the railroad in making its determinations.
</P>
<P>(g) If a railroad is relying on a certification decision initially made by another railroad, the relying railroad shall maintain a record for each certified engineer that contains the relevant data furnished by the other railroad which it relied on in making its determinations.
</P>
<P>(h) All records required under this section shall be retained for a period of six years from the date of the certification, recertification, denial or revocation decision and shall be made available to FRA representatives upon request during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(i) It shall be unlawful for any railroad to knowingly or any individual to willfully:
</P>
<P>(1) Make, cause to be made, or participate in the making of a false entry on the record(s) required by this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise falsify such records through material misstatement, omission, or mutilation.
</P>
<P>(j) Nothing in this section precludes a railroad from maintaining the information required to be retained under this section in an electronic format provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad maintains an information technology security program adequate to ensure the integrity of the electronic data storage system, including the prevention of unauthorized access to the program logic or individual records;
</P>
<P>(2) The program and data storage system must be protected by a security system that utilizes an employee identification number and password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of program access meeting all of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) No two individuals have the same electronic identity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A record cannot be deleted or altered by any individual after the record is certified by the employee who created the record;
</P>
<P>(3) Any amendment to a record is either:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronically stored apart from the record that it amends; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronically attached to the record as information without changing the original record;
</P>
<P>(4) Each amendment to a record uniquely identifies the person making the amendment;
</P>
<P>(5) The system employed by the railroad for data storage permits reasonable access and retrieval of the information in usable format when requested to furnish data by FRA representatives; and
</P>
<P>(6) Information retrieved from the system can be easily produced in a printed format which can be readily provided to FRA representatives in a timely manner and authenticated by a designated representative of the railroad as a true and accurate copy of the railroad's records if requested to do so by FRA representatives.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 19003, Apr. 9, 1993; 74 FR 68184, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81314, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.217" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.217   Time limitations for making determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall not certify or recertify a person as a qualified locomotive engineer in any class of train or engine service, if the railroad is making a determination concerning:
</P>
<P>(1) Eligibility and the eligibility data being relied on was furnished more than 366 days before the date of the railroad's certification decision;
</P>
<P>(2) Visual and hearing acuity and the medical examination being relied on was conducted more than 450 days before the date of the railroad's recertification decision;
</P>
<P>(3) Demonstrated knowledge and the knowledge examination being relied on was conducted more than 366 days before the date of the railroad's certification decision except as provided for in paragraph (a)(4) of this section;
</P>
<P>(4) Demonstrated knowledge and the knowledge examination being relied on was conducted more than 24 months before the date of the railroad's certification decision if the railroad administers a knowledge testing program pursuant to § 240.125 at intervals that do not exceed 24 months; or
</P>
<P>(5) Demonstrated performance skills and the performance skill testing being relied on was conducted more than 366 days before the date of the railroad's certification decision.
</P>
<P>(b) The time limitations of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to a railroad that is making a certification decision in reliance on determinations made by another railroad in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section, § 240.227, or § 240.229.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in § 240.201 concerning implementation dates for initial certification decisions and paragraph (b) of this section, no railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Certify a person as a qualified locomotive engineer for an interval of more than 36 months; or
</P>
<P>(2) Rely on a certification issued by another railroad that is more than 36 months old.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad shall issue each person designated as a certified locomotive engineer a certificate that complies with § 240.223 no later than 30 days from the date of its decision to certify or recertify that person.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 19003, Apr. 9, 1993; 60 FR 53137, Oct. 12, 1995; 64 FR 60992, Nov. 8, 1999; 74 FR 68184, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81314, Dec. 15, 2020; 91 FR 22751, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.219" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.219   Denial of certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall notify a candidate for certification or recertification of information known to the railroad that forms the basis for denying the person certification and provide the person a reasonable opportunity to explain or rebut that adverse information in writing prior to denying certification. A railroad shall provide the locomotive engineer candidate with any written documents or records, including written statements, related to failure to meet a requirement of this part that support its pending denial decision.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not require further opportunity to comment if the railroad's denial is based solely on factors addressed by §§ 240.115, 240.117, and 240.119 and the opportunity to comment afforded by those sections has been provided.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad denies a person certification or recertification, it shall notify the person of the adverse decision and explain, in writing, the basis for its denial decision. The basis for a railroad's denial decision shall address any explanation or rebuttal information that the locomotive engineer candidate may have provided in writing pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section. The document explaining the basis for the denial shall be served on the person within 10 days after the railroad's decision and shall give the date of the decision.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad shall not deny the person's certification for failing to comply with a railroad operating rule or practice that constitutes a violation under § 240.117(e)(1) through (5) if sufficient evidence exists to establish that an intervening cause prevented or materially impaired the engineer's ability to comply with that railroad operating rule or practice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 85 FR 81315, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.221" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.221   Identification of qualified persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall maintain a written record identifying each person designated by it as a supervisor of locomotive engineers.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad shall maintain a written record identifying each person designated as a certified locomotive engineer. That listing of certified engineers shall indicate the class of service the railroad determines each person is qualified to perform and date of the railroad's certification decision.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad is responsible for controlling joint operations territory, the listing shall include person(s) certified in accordance with § 240.229.
</P>
<P>(d) The listing required by paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be updated at least annually;
</P>
<P>(2) Be available at the divisional or regional headquarters of the railroad; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be available for inspection or copying by FRA during regular business hours.
</P>
<P>(e) It shall be unlawful for any railroad to knowingly or any individual to willfully:
</P>
<P>(1) Make, cause to be made, or participate in the making of a false entry on the list required by this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise falsify such list through material misstatement, omission, or mutilation.
</P>
<P>(f) Nothing in this section precludes a railroad from maintaining the list required under this section in an electronic format provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad maintains an information technology security program adequate to ensure the integrity of the electronic data storage system, including the prevention of unauthorized access to the program logic or the list;
</P>
<P>(2) The program and data storage system must be protected by a security system that utilizes an employee identification number and password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of program access meeting all of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) No two individuals have the same electronic identity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An entry on the list cannot be deleted or altered by any individual after the entry is certified by the employee who created the entry;
</P>
<P>(3) Any amendment to the list is either:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronically stored apart from the entry on the list that it amends; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronically attached to the entry on the list as information without changing the original entry;
</P>
<P>(4) Each amendment to the list uniquely identifies the person making the amendment;
</P>
<P>(5) The system employed by the railroad for data storage permits reasonable access and retrieval of the information in usable format when requested to furnish data by FRA representatives; and
</P>
<P>(6) Information retrieved from the system can be easily produced in a printed format which can be readily provided to FRA representatives in a timely manner and authenticated by a designated representative of the railroad as a true and accurate copy of the railroad's records if requested to do so by FRA representatives.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 74 FR 68184, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81315, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.223" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.223   Criteria for the certificate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a minimum, each certificate issued in compliance with this part shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the railroad or parent company that is issuing it;
</P>
<P>(2) Indicate that the railroad, acting in conformity with this part, has determined that the person to whom it is being issued has been determined to be qualified to operate a locomotive;
</P>
<P>(3) Identify the person to whom it is being issued (including the person's name, employee identification number, and either a physical description or photograph of the person);
</P>
<P>(4) Identify any conditions or limitations, including the class of service or conditions to ameliorate vision or hearing acuity deficiencies, that restrict the person's operational authority;
</P>
<P>(5) Show the effective date of each certification held;
</P>
<P>(6) Be signed by a supervisor of locomotive engineers or other individual designated in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(7) Show the date of the person's last operational monitoring event as required by §§ 240.129(c) and 240.303(b), unless that information is reflected on supplementary documents which the locomotive engineer has in his or her possession when operating a locomotive; and
</P>
<P>(8) Be electronic or be of sufficiently small size to permit being carried in an ordinary pocket wallet.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad to which this part applies shall designate in writing any person, other than a supervisor of locomotive engineers, that it authorizes to sign the certificates described in this section. The designation can identify such persons by name or job title.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in paragraph (a) of this section shall prohibit any railroad from including additional information on the certificate or supplementing the certificate through other documents.
</P>
<P>(d) It shall be unlawful for any railroad to knowingly or any individual to willfully:
</P>
<P>(1) Make, cause to be made, or participate in the making of a false entry on that certificate; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise falsify that certificate through material misstatement, omission, or mutilation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 19003, Apr. 9, 1993; 64 FR 60993, Nov. 8, 1999; 85 FR 81315, Dec. 15, 2020; 91 FR 22751, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.225" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.225   Reliance on qualification determinations made by other railroads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad that is considering certification of a person as a qualified engineer may rely on determinations made by another railroad concerning that person's qualifications. The railroad's certification program shall address how the railroad will administer the training of previously uncertified engineers with extensive operating experience or previously certified engineers who have had their certification expire. If a railroad's certification program fails to specify how it will train a previously certified engineer hired from another railroad, then the railroad shall require the newly hired engineer to take the hiring railroad's entire training program.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad relying on another's certification shall determine that:
</P>
<P>(1) The prior certification is still valid in accordance with the provisions of §§ 240.201, 240.217, and 240.307;
</P>
<P>(2) The prior certification was for the same classification of locomotive or train service as the certification being issued under this section;
</P>
<P>(3) The person has received training on and visually observed the physical characteristics of the new territory in accordance with § 240.123;
</P>
<P>(4) The person has demonstrated the necessary knowledge concerning the railroad's operating rules in accordance with § 240.125; and
</P>
<P>(5) The person has demonstrated the necessary performance skills concerning the railroad's operating rules in accordance with § 240.127.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81315, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.227" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.227   Reliance on qualification requirements of other countries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad that conducts joint operations with a Canadian railroad may certify, for the purposes of compliance with this part, that a person is qualified to be a locomotive or train service engineer provided it determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The person is employed by the Canadian railroad; and
</P>
<P>(2) The person meets or exceeds the qualifications standards issued by Transport Canada for such service.
</P>
<P>(b) Any Canadian railroad that is required to comply with this regulation may certify that a person is qualified to be a locomotive or train service engineer provided it determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The person is employed by the Canadian railroad; and
</P>
<P>(2) The person meets or exceeds the qualifications standards issued by Transport Canada for such service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.229" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.229   Requirements for joint operations territory.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for minimal joint operations provided for in paragraph (f) of this section, no railroad that is responsible for controlling the conduct of joint operations with another railroad shall permit or require any person to operate a locomotive in any class of train or engine service unless that person has been certified as a qualified locomotive engineer for the purposes of joint operations and issued a certificate that complies with § 240.223.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad that is responsible for controlling the conduct of joint operations with another railroad shall certify a person as a qualified locomotive engineer for the purposes of joint operations either by making the determinations required under subpart C of this part or by relying on the certification issued by another railroad under this part.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad that controls joint operations may rely on the certification issued by another railroad under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The controlling railroad shall determine:
</P>
<P>(i) That the person has been certified as a qualified engineer under the provisions of this part by the railroad which employs that individual;
</P>
<P>(ii) That the person certified as a locomotive engineer by the other railroad has demonstrated the necessary knowledge concerning the controlling railroad's operating rules, if the rules are different;
</P>
<P>(iii) That the person certified as a locomotive engineer by the other railroad has the necessary operating skills concerning the joint operations territory; and
</P>
<P>(iv) That the person certified as a locomotive engineer by the other railroad has the necessary familiarity with the physical characteristics for the joint operations territory; and,
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad which employs the individual shall determine that the person called to operate on the controlling railroad is a certified engineer who is qualified to operate on that track segment; and
</P>
<P>(3) Each locomotive engineer who is called to operate on another railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Be qualified on the segment of track upon which he or she will operate in accordance with the requirements set forth by the controlling railroad; and,
</P>
<P>(ii) Immediately notify the railroad upon which he or she is employed if he or she is not qualified to perform that service.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad that controls joint operations and certifies locomotive engineers from a different railroad may comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section by noting its supplemental certification decision on the original certificate as provided for in § 240.223(c).
</P>
<P>(e) A railroad responsible for controlling the conduct of joint operations with another railroad shall be deemed to be in compliance with paragraph (a) of this section when it provides a qualified person to accompany a locomotive engineer who lacks joint operations certification during that engineer's operations in joint operations territory. As used in this section qualified person means either a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers or a certified train service engineer determined by the controlling railroad to have the necessary knowledge concerning the controlling railroad's operating rules and to have the necessary operating skills including familiarity with its physical characteristics concerning the joint operations territory.
</P>
<P>(f) A railroad that is responsible for controlling the conduct of joint operations with another railroad may permit a certified locomotive engineer to operate a locomotive in any class of train or engine service without determining that the person has been certified as a qualified locomotive engineer for the purposes of joint operations when a minimal joint operation is involved. For the purposes of this section a minimal joint operation exists when a locomotive or train belonging to one railroad is being operated on the same track on which operations are conducted by the railroad controlling operations, under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The maximum authorized speed for operations on the track does not exceed 20 miles per hour;
</P>
<P>(2) The track is other than a main track;
</P>
<P>(3) Operations are conducted under operating rules that require every locomotive and train to proceed at a speed that permits stopping within one half the range of vision of the locomotive engineer; and
</P>
<P>(4) The maximum distance for joint operations on the track does not exceed one mile.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 19003, Apr. 9, 1993; 64 FR 60993, Nov. 8, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.231" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.3.137.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.231   Requirements for locomotive engineers unfamiliar with physical characteristics in other than joint operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no locomotive engineer shall operate a locomotive over a territory unless he or she is qualified on the physical characteristics of the territory pursuant to the railroad's certification program.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, if a locomotive engineer lacks qualification on the physical characteristics required by paragraph (a) of this section, he or she shall be assisted by a pilot qualified over the territory pursuant to the railroad's certification program.
</P>
<P>(1) For a locomotive engineer who has never been qualified on the physical characteristics of the territory over which he or she is to operate a locomotive or train, the pilot shall be a person qualified and certified as a locomotive engineer who is not an assigned crew member.
</P>
<P>(2) For a locomotive engineer who was previously qualified on the physical characteristics of the territory over which he or she is to operate a locomotive or train, but whose qualification has expired, the pilot may be any person, who is not an assigned crew member, qualified on the physical characteristics of the territory.
</P>
<P>(c) Pilots are not required if the movement is on a section of track with an average grade of less than 1% over 3 continuous miles, and
</P>
<P>(1) The track is other than a main track; or
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum distance the locomotive or train will be operated does not exceed one mile; or
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum authorized speed for any operation on the track does not exceed 20 miles per hour; or
</P>
<P>(4) Operations are conducted under operating rules that require every locomotive and train to proceed at a speed that permits stopping within one half the range of vision of the locomotive engineer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 60993, Nov. 8, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Administration of the Certification Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.4.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.301   Replacement of certificates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall have a system for the prompt replacement of lost, stolen or mutilated certificates at no cost to engineers. That system shall be reasonably accessible to certified locomotive engineers in need of a replacement certificate or temporary replacement certificate.
</P>
<P>(b) At a minimum, a temporary replacement certificate must identify the person to whom it is being issued (including the person's name, identification number and year of birth); indicate the date of issuance; and be authorized by a supervisor of locomotive engineers or other individual designated in accordance with § 240.223(b). Temporary replacement certificates may be delivered electronically and are valid for a period no greater than 30 days.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81316, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.4.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.303   Operational monitoring requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad to which this part applies shall, prior to FRA approval of its program in accordance with § 240.201, have a program to monitor the conduct of its certified locomotive engineers by performing both operational monitoring observations and by conducting unannounced operating rules compliance tests.
</P>
<P>(b) The program shall be conducted so that each locomotive engineer, except as provided in § 240.129(h), shall be given at least one operational monitoring observation by a qualified supervisor of locomotive engineers in each calendar year.
</P>
<P>(c) The program shall be conducted so that each locomotive engineer, except as provided in § 240.129(h), shall be given at least one unannounced, compliance test each calendar year.
</P>
<P>(d) The unannounced test program shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Test engineer compliance with:
</P>
<P>(i) One or more provisions of the railroad's operating rules that require response to signals that display less than a “clear” aspect, if the railroad operates with a signal system that must comply with part 236 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) One or more provisions of the railroad's operating rules, timetable or other mandatory directives that require affirmative response by the locomotive engineer to less favorable conditions than that which existed prior to initiation of the test; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Provisions of the railroad's operating rules, timetable or other mandatory directives the violations of which by engineers were cited by the railroad as the cause of train accidents or train incidents in accident reports filed in compliance with part 225 of this chapter for the preceding year;
</P>
<P>(2) Be conducted that so that the administration of these tests is effectively distributed throughout whatever portion of a 24-hour day that the railroad conducts its operations;
</P>
<P>(3) Be conducted so that individual tests are administered without prior notice to the locomotive engineer being tested; and
</P>
<P>(4) Be conducted so that the results of the test are recorded on the certificate and entered on the record established under § 240.215 within 30 days of the day the test is administered.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 74 FR 68184, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81316, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.4.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.305   Prohibited conduct.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall be unlawful to:
</P>
<P>(1) Operate a locomotive or train past a signal indication, excluding a hand or a radio signal indication or a switch, that requires a complete stop before passing it; or
</P>
<P>(2) Operate a locomotive or train at a speed which exceeds the maximum authorized limit by at least 10 miles per hour. Where restricted speed is in effect, only those violations of the conditional clause of restricted speed rules (i.e., the clause that requires stopping within one half of the locomotive engineer's range of vision), or the operational equivalent thereof, which cause reportable accidents or incidents under part 225 of this chapter, shall be considered instances of failure to adhere to this section; or
</P>
<P>(3) Operate a locomotive or train without adhering to procedures for the safe use of train or engine brakes when the procedures are required for compliance with the Class I, Class IA, Class II, Class III, or transfer train brake test provisions of 49 CFR part 232 or when the procedures are required for compliance with the class 1, class 1A, class II, or running brake test provisions of 49 CFR part 238;
</P>
<P>(4) Fail to comply with any mandatory directive concerning the movement of a locomotive or train by occupying main track or a segment of main track without proper authority or permission;
</P>
<P>(5) Fail to comply with prohibitions against tampering with locomotive mounted safety devices, or knowingly operate or permit to be operated a train with an unauthorized disabled safety device in the controlling locomotive. (See 49 CFR part 218, subpart D, and appendix C to part 218);
</P>
<P>(6) Be a Designated Supervisor of Locomotive Engineers, a certified locomotive engineer pilot or an instructor engineer who is monitoring, piloting or instructing a locomotive engineer and fails to take appropriate action to prevent a violation of paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section. Appropriate action does not mean that a supervisor, pilot or instructor must prevent a violation from occurring at all costs; the duty may be met by warning an engineer of a potential or foreseeable violation. A Designated Supervisor of Locomotive Engineers will not be held culpable under this section when this monitoring event is conducted as part of the railroad's operational compliance tests as defined in §§ 217.9 and 240.303 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Each locomotive engineer who has received a certificate required under this part shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Have that certificate in his or her possession while on duty as an engineer; and
</P>
<P>(2) Display that certificate upon the receipt of a request to do so from:
</P>
<P>(i) A representative of the Federal Railroad Administration;
</P>
<P>(ii) A State inspector authorized under part 212 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) An officer of the issuing railroad; or
</P>
<P>(iv) An officer of another railroad when operating a locomotive or train in joint operations territory.
</P>
<P>(c) Any locomotive engineer who is notified or called to operate a locomotive or train and such operation would cause the locomotive engineer to exceed certificate limitations, set forth in accordance with subpart B of this part, shall immediately notify the railroad that he or she is not qualified to perform that anticipated service and it shall be unlawful for the railroad to require such service.
</P>
<P>(d) During the duration of any certification interval, a locomotive engineer who has a current certificate from more than one railroad shall immediately notify the other certifying railroad(s) if he or she is denied recertification by a railroad or has his or her certification revoked by a railroad.
</P>
<P>(e) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to alter a certified locomotive engineer's duty to comply with other provisions of this chapter concerning railroad safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 19004, Apr. 9, 1993; 64 FR 60993, Nov. 8, 1999; 74 FR 68184, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81316, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.4.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.307   Revocation of certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided for in § 240.119(e), a railroad that certifies or recertifies a person as a qualified locomotive engineer and, during the period that certification is valid, acquires reliable information regarding violation(s) of § 240.117(e) or § 240.119(c) shall revoke the person's engineer certificate.
</P>
<P>(b) Pending a revocation determination under this section, the railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Upon receipt of reliable information regarding violation(s) of § 240.117(e) or § 240.119(c), immediately suspend the person's certificate;
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to or upon suspending the person's certificate, provide notice of the reason for the suspension, the pending revocation, and an opportunity for a hearing before a presiding officer other than the investigating officer. The notice may initially be given either orally or in writing. If given orally, it must be confirmed in writing and the written confirmation must be made promptly. Written confirmation which conforms to the notification provisions of an applicable collective bargaining agreement shall be deemed to satisfy the written confirmation requirements of this section. In the absence of an applicable collective bargaining agreement provision, the written confirmation must be made within 96 hours.
</P>
<P>(3) Convene the hearing within the deadline prescribed by either paragraph (c)(1) of this section or the applicable collective bargaining agreement as permitted under paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(4) No later than the convening of the hearing and notwithstanding the terms of an applicable collective bargaining agreement, the railroad convening the hearing shall provide the person with a copy of the written information and list of witnesses the railroad will present at the hearing. If requested, a recess to the start of the hearing will be granted if that information is not provided until just prior to the convening of the hearing. If the information was provided through statements of an employee of the convening railroad, the railroad will make that employee available for examination during the hearing required by paragraph (b)(3) of this section. Examination may be telephonic where it is impractical to provide the witness at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(5) Determine, on the record of the hearing, whether the person no longer meets the certification requirements of this part stating explicitly the basis for the conclusion reached;
</P>
<P>(6) When appropriate, impose the pertinent period of revocation provided for in § 240.117 or § 240.119; and
</P>
<P>(7) Retain the record of the hearing for 3 years after the date the decision is rendered.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided for in paragraphs (d), (f), (i) and (j) of this section, a hearing required by this section shall be conducted in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) The hearing shall be convened within 10 days of the date the certificate is suspended unless the locomotive engineer requests or consents to delay in the start of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(2) The hearing shall be conducted by a presiding officer, who can be any proficient person authorized by the railroad other than the investigating officer.
</P>
<P>(3) The presiding officer will exercise the powers necessary to regulate the conduct of the hearing for the purpose of achieving a prompt and fair determination of all material issues in controversy.
</P>
<P>(4) The presiding officer shall convene and preside over the hearing.
</P>
<P>(5) Testimony by witnesses at the hearing shall be recorded verbatim.
</P>
<P>(6) All relevant and probative evidence shall be received unless the presiding officer determines the evidence to be unduly repetitive or so extensive and lacking in relevancy that its admission would impair the prompt, orderly, and fair resolution of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(7) The presiding officer may:
</P>
<P>(i) Adopt any needed procedures for the submission of evidence in written form;
</P>
<P>(ii) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(iii) Convene, recess, adjourn or otherwise regulate the course of the hearing; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provisions of this part and permitted by law that may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(8) Parties may appear and be heard on their own behalf or through designated representatives. Parties may offer relevant evidence including testimony and may conduct such examination of witnesses as may be required for a full disclosure of the relevant facts.
</P>
<P>(9) The record in the proceeding shall be closed at the conclusion of the hearing unless the presiding officer allows additional time for the submission of information. In such instances, the record shall be left open for such time as the presiding officer grants for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(10) No later than 10 days after the close of the record, a railroad official, other than the investigating officer, shall prepare and sign a written decision in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(11) The decision shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Contain the findings of fact as well as the basis therefor, concerning all material issues of fact presented on the record and citations to all applicable railroad rules and practices;
</P>
<P>(ii) State whether the railroad official found that a revocable event occurred and the applicable period of revocation with a citation to § 240.117 or § 240.119; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Be served on the employee and the employee's representative, if any, with the railroad to retain proof of that service.
</P>
<P>(12) The railroad shall have the burden of proving that the locomotive engineer's conduct was not in compliance with the applicable railroad operating rule or practice or part 219 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) A hearing required by this section which is conducted in a manner that conforms procedurally to the applicable collective bargaining agreement shall be deemed to satisfy the procedural requirements of this section except that the railroad's decision must comply with the requirements in paragraph (c)(11) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) A hearing required under this section may be consolidated with any disciplinary or other hearing arising from the same facts, but in all instances a railroad official, other than the investigating officer, shall make separate findings as to the revocation required under this section.
</P>
<P>(f) A person may waive the right to the hearing provided under this section. That waiver shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be made in writing;
</P>
<P>(2) Reflect the fact that the person has knowledge and understanding of these rights and voluntarily surrenders them; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be signed by the person making the waiver.
</P>
<P>(g) A railroad that has relied on the certification by another railroad under the provisions of § 240.227 or § 240.229, shall revoke its certification if, during the period that certification is valid, the railroad acquires information that convinces it that another railroad has revoked its certification in accordance with the provisions of this section. The requirement to provide a hearing under this section is satisfied when any single railroad holds a hearing and no additional hearing is required prior to a revocation by more than one railroad arising from the same facts.
</P>
<P>(h) The period of certificate suspension prior to the commencement of a hearing required under this section shall be credited towards satisfying any applicable revocation period imposed in accordance with the provisions of § 240.117.
</P>
<P>(i) A railroad:
</P>
<P>(1) Shall not revoke the person's certification as provided for in paragraph (a) of this section if sufficient evidence exists to establish that an intervening cause prevented or materially impaired the locomotive engineer's ability to comply with the railroad operating rule or practice that constitutes a violation under § 240.117(e)(1) through (5).
</P>
<P>(2) May decide not to revoke the person's certification as provided for in paragraph (a) of this section if sufficient evidence exists to establish that the violation of § 240.117(e)(1) through (5) was of a minimal nature and had no direct or potential effect on rail safety.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Shall not suspend or revoke the person's certification as provided for in paragraph (a) of this section if the person reported the alleged violation of the railroad's operating rule or practice that constitutes a violation under § 240.117(e)(1) through (5) to C
<SU>3</SU>RS as a close call; and if the person's report was accepted as a close call by both the independent third party and the PRT in accordance with all applicable provisions of a C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) If a railroad initiates suspension or revocation of the person's certification and the person indicates the alleged violation was reported to C
<SU>3</SU>RS as a close call, the time limits prescribed in this section for pursuing certificate suspension or revocation will be put in abeyance, pending provision of an ID strip from the reporting employee, or the employee's designated representative, to the investigating officer or presiding officer and confirmation from the PRT that the alleged violation was reported and accepted as a close call.
</P>
<P>(B) A determination made by the independent third party or the PRT regarding whether a report was accepted as a close call may not be overturned pursuant to the administrative hearing and dispute resolution procedures in subpart E of this part, but may be included as a finding of fact for purposes of determining whether the railroad impermissibly revoked a person's certification for an alleged violation that was reported and accepted as a close call by both the third party and the PRT.
</P>
<P>(C) This paragraph (i)(3) will not apply to any alleged violation of a railroad's operating rules or practices that constitutes a violation under § 240.117(e)(1) through (5) that involves:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) An event that caused or is alleged to have caused death, injury, illness, or medical treatment of any kind to any person (including a passenger) involved in the event;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) An event that results in damages above the current monetary rail equipment accident/incident reporting threshold described in part 225 of this chapter and published annually by FRA;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) An event that results in a highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident, as described in § 225.19(b) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) A willful violation of a Federal railroad safety law or railroad operating rule or practice, including the prohibited use of alcohol or a controlled substance;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) A substance abuse disorder;
</P>
<P>(6) An event resulting in the identifiable release of a hazardous material;
</P>
<P>(7) An act of sabotage or other criminal offense; or
</P>
<P>(8) An event involving use of a personal electronic device that is prohibited by a Federal railroad safety law or railroad operating rule.
</P>
<P>(j) The railroad shall place the relevant information in the records maintained in compliance with § 240.309 for Class I (including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation) and Class II railroads, and § 240.215 for Class III railroads if sufficient evidence meeting the criteria provided in paragraph (i) of this section, becomes available either:
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to a railroad's action to suspend the certificate as provided for in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to the convening of the hearing provided for in this section.
</P>
<P>(k) Provided that the railroad makes a good faith determination after a reasonable inquiry that the course of conduct provided for in paragraph (i) of this section is appropriate, the railroad which does not suspend a locomotive engineer's certification, as provided for in paragraph (a) of this section, is not in violation of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 19004, Apr. 9, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 53137, Oct. 12, 1995; 64 FR 60994, Nov. 8, 1999; 74 FR 68185, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81316, Dec. 15, 2020; 91 FR 22751, 22756, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.308" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.4.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.308   Multiple certifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person may hold both conductor and locomotive engineer certification.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad that issues multiple certificates to a person, shall, to the extent possible, coordinate the expiration date of those certificates.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, a locomotive engineer, including a remote control operator, who is operating a locomotive without an assigned certified conductor must either be:
</P>
<P>(1) Certified as both a locomotive engineer under this part and as a conductor under part 242 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(2) Accompanied by a person certified as a conductor under part 242 of this chapter but who will be attached to the crew in a manner similar to that of an independent assignment.
</P>
<P>(d) If the conductor is removed from a passenger train for a medical, police or other such emergency after the train departs from an initial terminal, the train may proceed to the first location where the conductor can be replaced without incurring undue delay without the locomotive engineer being a certified conductor. However, an assistant conductor or brakeman must be on the train and the locomotive engineer must be informed that there is no certified conductor on the train prior to any movement.
</P>
<P>(e) During the duration of any certification interval, a person who holds a current conductor and/or locomotive engineer certificate from more than one railroad shall immediately notify the other certifying railroad(s) if he or she is denied conductor or locomotive engineer recertification under § 240.219 or § 242.401 of this chapter or has his or her conductor or locomotive engineer certification revoked under § 240.307 or § 242.407 of this chapter by another railroad.
</P>
<P>(f) A person who holds a current conductor and locomotive engineer certificate and who has had his or her conductor certification revoked under § 242.407 of this chapter for a violation of § 242.403(e)(1) through (5) or (12) of this chapter may not work as a locomotive engineer during the period of revocation. However, a person who holds a current conductor and locomotive engineer certificate and who has had his or her conductor certification revoked under § 242.407 of this chapter for a violation of § 242.403(e)(6) through (11) may work as a locomotive engineer during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of determining the period for which a person may not work as a certified locomotive engineer due to a revocation of his or her conductor certification, only violations of § 242.403(e)(1) through (5) or (12) of this chapter will be counted. Thus, a person who holds a current conductor and locomotive engineer certificate and who has had his or her conductor certification revoked three times in less than 36 months for two violations of § 242.403(e)(6) and one violation of § 242.403(e)(1) would have his or her conductor certificate revoked for 1 year, but would not be permitted to work as a locomotive engineer for one month (<I>i.e.,</I> the period of revocation for one violation of § 242.403(e)(1)).
</P>
<P>(g) A person who holds a current conductor and locomotive engineer certificate and who has had his or her locomotive engineer certification revoked under § 240.307 may not work as a conductor during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(h) A person who has had his or her locomotive engineer certification revoked under § 240.307 may not obtain a conductor certificate pursuant to part 242 of this chapter during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(i) A person who had his or her conductor certification revoked under § 242.407 of this chapter for violations of § 242.403(e)(1) through (5) or (12) of this chapter may not obtain a locomotive engineer certificate pursuant to this part 240 during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(j) A railroad that denies a person conductor certification or recertification under § 242.401 of this chapter shall not, solely on the basis of that denial, deny or revoke that person's locomotive engineer certification or recertification.
</P>
<P>(k) A railroad that denies a person locomotive engineer certification or recertification under § 240.219 shall not, solely on the basis of that denial, deny or revoke that person's conductor certification or recertification.
</P>
<P>(l) In lieu of issuing multiple certificates, a railroad may issue one certificate to a person who is certified as a conductor and a locomotive engineer. The certificate must comply with § 240.223 and § 242.207 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(m) A person who holds a current conductor and locomotive engineer certification and who is involved in a revocable event under § 240.307 or § 242.407 of this chapter may only have one certificate revoked for that event. The determination by the railroad as to which certificate to revoke for the revocable event must be based on the work the person was performing at the time the event occurred.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81317, Dec. 15, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.309" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.4.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.309   Railroad oversight responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No later than March 31 of each year, each Class I railroad (including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation and a railroad providing commuter service) and Class II railroad shall conduct a formal annual review and analysis concerning the administration of its program for responding to detected instances of poor safety conduct by certified locomotive engineers during the prior calendar year.
</P>
<P>(b) Each review and analysis shall involve:
</P>
<P>(1) The number and nature of the instances of detected poor safety conduct including the nature of the remedial action taken in response thereto;
</P>
<P>(2) The number and nature of FRA reported train accidents attributed to poor safety performance by locomotive engineers;
</P>
<P>(3) The number and type of operational monitoring test failures and observations of inadequate skill performance recorded by supervisors of locomotive engineers; and
</P>
<P>(4) If the railroad conducts joint operations with another railroad, the number of locomotive engineers employed by the other railroad(s) that: Were involved in events described in this paragraph (b) and were determined to be certified and to have possessed the necessary territorial qualifications for joint operations purposes by the controlling railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) Based on that review and analysis each railroad shall determine what action(s) it will take to improve the safety of train operations to reduce or eliminate future incidents of that nature.
</P>
<P>(d) If requested in writing by FRA, the railroad shall provide a report of the findings and conclusions reached during such annual review and analysis effort.
</P>
<P>(e) For reporting purposes, information about the nature of detected poor safety conduct shall be capable of segregation for study and evaluation purposes into the following categories:
</P>
<P>(1) Incidents involving noncompliance with part 218 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Incidents involving noncompliance with part 219 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) Incidents involving noncompliance with the procedures for the safe use of train or engine brakes when the procedures are required for compliance with the Class I, Class IA, Class II, Class III, or transfer train brake test provisions of 49 CFR part 232 or when the procedures are required for compliance with the Class 1, Class 1A, Class II, or running brake test provisions of 49 CFR part 238;
</P>
<P>(4) Incidents involving noncompliance with the railroad's operating rules involving operation of a locomotive or train to operate at a speed that exceeds the maximum authorized limit;
</P>
<P>(5) Incidents involving noncompliance with the railroad's operating rules resulting in operation of a locomotive or train past any signal, excluding a hand or a radio signal indication or a switch, that requires a complete stop before passing it;
</P>
<P>(6) Incidents involving noncompliance with the provisions of restricted speed, and the operational equivalent thereof, that must be reported under the provisions of part 225 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(7) Incidents involving occupying main track or a segment of main track without proper authority or permission;
</P>
<P>(8) Incidents involving the failure to comply with prohibitions against tampering with locomotive mounted safety devices, or knowingly operating or permitting to be operated a train with an unauthorized or disabled safety device in the controlling locomotive; and
</P>
<P>(9) Incidents involving noncompliance with the railroad's operating practices (including train handling procedures) resulting in excessive in-train force levels.
</P>
<P>(f) For reporting purposes, an instance of poor safety conduct involving a person who holds both conductor certification pursuant to part 242 of this chapter and locomotive engineer certification pursuant to this part need only be reported once (either under § 242.215 of this chapter or this section). The determination as to where to report the instance of poor safety conduct should be based on the work the person was performing at the time the conduct occurred.
</P>
<P>(g) For reporting purposes, each category of detected poor safety conduct identified in paragraph (b) of this section shall be capable of being annotated to reflect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The nature of the remedial action taken and the number of events subdivided so as to reflect which of the following actions was selected:
</P>
<P>(i) Imposition of informal discipline;
</P>
<P>(ii) Imposition of formal discipline;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provision of informal training; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Provision of formal training; and
</P>
<P>(2) If the nature of the remedial action taken was formal discipline, the number of events further subdivided so as to reflect which of the following punishments was imposed by the railroad:
</P>
<P>(i) The person was withheld from service;
</P>
<P>(ii) The person was dismissed from employment; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The person was issued demerits. If more than one form of punishment was imposed only that punishment deemed the most severe shall be shown.
</P>
<P>(h) For reporting purposes, each category of detected poor safety conduct identified in paragraph (b) of this section which resulted in the imposition of formal or informal discipline shall be annotated to reflect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The number of instances in which the railroad's internal appeals process reduced the punishment initially imposed at the conclusion of its hearing; and
</P>
<P>(2) The number of instances in which the punishment imposed by the railroad was reduced by any of the following entities: The National Railroad Adjustment Board, a Public Law Board, a Special Board of Adjustment or other body for the resolution of disputes duly constituted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act.
</P>
<P>(i) For reporting purposes, each category of detected poor safety conduct identified in paragraph (b) of this section shall be capable of being annotated to reflect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The total number of incidents in that category;
</P>
<P>(2) The number of incidents within that total which reflect incidents requiring an FRA accident/incident report under part 225 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(3) The number of incidents within that total which were detected as a result of a scheduled operational monitoring effort.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 60994, Nov. 8, 1999; 74 FR 68185, Dec. 23, 2009; 85 FR 81317, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Dispute Resolution Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.5.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.401   Review board established.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who has been denied certification, denied recertification, or has had his or her certification revoked and believes that a railroad incorrectly determined that he or she failed to meet the certification requirements of this part when making the decision to deny or revoke certification, may petition the Federal Railroad Administrator to review the railroad's decision.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator has delegated initial responsibility for adjudicating such disputes to the Operating Crew Review Board.
</P>
<P>(c) The Operating Crew Review Board shall be composed of employees of the Federal Railroad Administration selected by the Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81318, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.5.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.403   Petition requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To obtain review of a railroad's decision to deny certification, deny recertification, or revoke certification, a person shall file a petition for review that complies with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing;
</P>
<P>(2) Be filed with the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. The form of such request may be in written or electronic form consistent with the standards and requirements established by the Federal Docket Management System and posted on its website at <I>http://www.regulations.gov;</I>
</P>
<P>(3) Contain all available information that the person thinks supports the person's belief that the railroad acted improperly, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The petitioner's full name;
</P>
<P>(ii) The petitioner's current mailing address;
</P>
<P>(iii) The petitioner's daytime telephone number;
</P>
<P>(iv) The petitioner's email address (if available);
</P>
<P>(v) The name and address of the railroad; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The facts that the petitioner believes constitute the improper action by the railroad, specifying the locations, dates, and identities of all persons who were present or involved in the railroad's actions (to the degree known by the petitioner);
</P>
<P>(4) Explain the nature of the remedial action sought;
</P>
<P>(5) Be supplemented by a copy of all written documents in the petitioner's possession or reasonably available to the petitioner that document that railroad's decision;
</P>
<P>(6) Be filed in a timely manner; and
</P>
<P>(7) Be supplemented, if requested by the Operating Crew Review Board, with a copy of the information under 49 CFR 40.329 that laboratories, medical review officers, and other service agents are required to release to employees. The petitioner must provide written explanation in response to an Operating Crew Review Board request if written documents that should be reasonably available to the petitioner are not supplied.
</P>
<P>(c) A petition seeking review of a railroad's decision to deny certification or recertification or revoke certification in accordance with the procedures required by § 240.307 filed with FRA more than 120 days after the date the railroad's denial or revocation decision was served on the petitioner will be denied as untimely except that the Operating Crew Review Board for cause shown may extend the petition filing period at any time in its discretion:
</P>
<P>(1) Provided that the request for extension is filed before the expiration of the period provided in this paragraph (c); or
</P>
<P>(2) Provided that the failure to file timely was the result of excusable neglect.
</P>
<P>(d) A party aggrieved by a Board decision to deny a petition as untimely or not in compliance with the requirements of this section may file an appeal with the Administrator in accordance with § 240.411.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 60995, Nov. 8, 1999; 64 FR 70196, Dec. 16, 1999; 74 FR 25175, May 27, 2009; 85 FR 81318, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.5.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.405   Processing certification review petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each petition shall be acknowledged in writing by FRA. The acknowledgment shall contain the docket number assigned to the petition and a statement of FRA's intention that the Board will attempt to render a decision on this petition within 180 days from the date that the railroad's response is received or from the date upon which the railroad's response period has lapsed pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon receipt of the petition, FRA will notify the railroad that it has received the petition and where the petition may be accessed.
</P>
<P>(c) Within 60 days from the date of the notification provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the railroad may submit to FRA any information that the railroad considers pertinent to the petition. Late filings will only be considered to the extent practicable.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad that submits such information shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the petitioner by name and the docket number of the review proceeding and provide the railroad's email address (if available);
</P>
<P>(2) Serve a copy of the information being submitted to FRA to the petitioner and petitioner's representative, if any; and
</P>
<P>(3) File the information with the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. The form of such information may be in written or electronic form consistent with the standards and requirements established by the Federal Docket Management System and posted on its website at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) Each petition will then be referred to the Operating Crew Review Board for a decision.
</P>
<P>(f) Based on the record, the Board shall have the authority to grant, deny, dismiss, or remand the petition.
</P>
<P>(g) If the Board finds that there is insufficient basis for granting or denying the petition, the Board shall issue an order affording the parties an opportunity to provide additional information or argument consistent with its findings.
</P>
<P>(h) When considering factual issues, the Board will determine whether there is substantial evidence to support the railroad's decision, and a negative finding is grounds for granting the petition.
</P>
<P>(i) When considering procedural issues, the Board will determine whether the petitioner suffered substantial harm that was caused by the failure to adhere to the dictated procedures for making the railroad's decision. A finding of substantial harm is grounds for reversing the railroad's decision. To establish grounds upon which the Board may grant relief, Petitioner must show:
</P>
<P>(1) That procedural error occurred; and
</P>
<P>(2) The procedural error caused substantial harm.
</P>
<P>(j) Pursuant to its reviewing role, the Board will consider whether the railroad's legal interpretations are correct based on a <I>de novo</I> review.
</P>
<P>(k) The Board will determine whether the denial or revocation of certification or recertification was improper under this part (<I>i.e.,</I> based on an incorrect determination that the person failed to meet the certification requirements of this part) and grant or deny the petition accordingly. The Board will not otherwise consider the propriety of a railroad's decision, <I>i.e.,</I> it will not consider whether the railroad properly applied its own more stringent requirements.
</P>
<P>(l) The Board's written decision shall be served on the petitioner, including the petitioner's representative, if any, and the railroad.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81318, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.5.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.407   Request for a hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If adversely affected by the Operating Crew Review Board's decision, either the petitioner before the Board or the railroad involved shall have a right to an administrative proceeding as prescribed by § 240.409.
</P>
<P>(b) To exercise that right, the adversely affected party shall, within 20 days of service of the Board's decision on that party, file a written request with the U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. The form of such request may be in written or electronic form consistent with the standards and requirements established by the Federal Docket Management System and posted on its web site at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) If a party fails to request a hearing within the period provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the Operating Crew Review Board's decision will constitute final agency action.
</P>
<P>(d) If a party elects to request a hearing, that person shall submit a written request to the Docket Clerk containing the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, address, telephone number, and email address (if available) of the respondent and the requesting party's designated representative, if any;
</P>
<P>(2) The specific factual issues, industry rules, regulations, or laws that the requesting party alleges need to be examined in connection with the certification decision in question; and
</P>
<P>(3) The signature of the requesting party or the requesting party's representative, if any.
</P>
<P>(e) Upon receipt of a hearing request complying with paragraph (d) of this section, FRA shall arrange for the appointment of a presiding officer who shall schedule the hearing for the earliest practicable date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 53137, Oct. 12, 1995, as amended at 64 FR 70196, Dec. 16, 1999; 74 FR 25175, May 27, 2009; 85 FR 81319, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.409" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.5.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.409   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An administrative hearing for a locomotive engineer certification petition shall be conducted by a presiding officer, who can be any person authorized by the Administrator, including an administrative law judge.
</P>
<P>(b) The presiding officer may exercise the powers of the Administrator to regulate the conduct of the hearing for the purpose of achieving a prompt and fair determination of all material issues in controversy.
</P>
<P>(c) The presiding officer shall convene and preside over the hearing. The hearing shall be a <I>de novo</I> hearing to find the relevant facts and determine the correct application of this part to those facts. The presiding officer may determine that there is no genuine issue covering some or all material facts and limit evidentiary proceedings to any issues of material fact as to which there is a genuine dispute.
</P>
<P>(d) The presiding officer may authorize discovery of the types and quantities which in the presiding officer's discretion will contribute to a fair hearing without unduly burdening the parties. The presiding officer may impose appropriate non-monetary sanctions, including limitations as to the presentation of evidence and issues, for any party's willful failure or refusal to comply with approved discovery requests.
</P>
<P>(e) Every petition, motion, response, or other authorized or required document shall be signed by the party filing the same, or by a duly authorized officer or representative of record, or by any other person. If signed by such other person, the reason therefor must be stated and the power of attorney or other authority authorizing such other person to subscribe the document must be filed with the document. The signature of the person subscribing any document constitutes a certification that he or she has read the document; that to the best of his or her knowledge, information and belief every statement contained in the document is true and no such statements are misleading; and that it is not interposed for delay or to be vexatious.
</P>
<P>(f) After the request for a hearing is filed, all documents filed or served upon one party must be served upon all parties. Each party may designate a person upon whom service is to be made when not specified by law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer. If a party does not designate a person upon whom service is to be made, then service may be made upon any person having subscribed to a submission of the party being served, unless otherwise specified by law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer. Proof of service shall accompany all documents when they are tendered for filing.
</P>
<P>(g) If any document initiating, filed, or served in, a proceeding is not in substantial compliance with the applicable law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer, the presiding officer may strike or dismiss all or part of such document, or require its amendment.
</P>
<P>(h) Any party to a proceeding may appear and be heard in person or by an authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(i) Any person testifying at a hearing or deposition may be accompanied, represented, and advised by an attorney or other representative, and may be examined by that person.
</P>
<P>(j) Any party may request to consolidate or separate the hearing of two or more petitions by motion to the presiding officer, when they arise from the same or similar facts or when the matters are for any reason deemed more efficiently heard together.
</P>
<P>(k) Except as provided in § 240.407(c) of this part and paragraph (u)(4) of this section, whenever a party has the right or is required to take action within a period prescribed by this part, or by law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer, the presiding officer may extend such period, with or without notice, for good cause, provided another party is not substantially prejudiced by such extension. A request to extend a period which has already expired may be denied as untimely.
</P>
<P>(l) An application to the presiding officer for an order or ruling not otherwise specifically provided for in this part shall be by motion. The motion shall be filed with the presiding officer and, if written, served upon all parties. All motions, unless made during the hearing, shall be written. Motions made during hearings may be made orally on the record, except that the presiding officer may direct that any oral motion be reduced to writing. Any motion shall state with particularity the grounds therefor and the relief or order sought, and shall be accompanied by any affidavits or other evidence desired to be relied upon which is not already part of the record. Any matter submitted in response to a written motion must be filed and served within fourteen (14) days of the motion, or within such other period as directed by the presiding officer.
</P>
<P>(m) Testimony by witnesses at the hearing shall be given under oath and the hearing shall be recorded verbatim. The presiding officer shall give the parties to the proceeding adequate opportunity during the course of the hearing for the presentation of arguments in support of or in opposition to motions, and objections and exceptions to rulings of the presiding officer. The presiding officer may permit oral argument on any issues for which the presiding officer deems it appropriate and beneficial. Any evidence or argument received or proffered orally shall be transcribed and made a part of the record. Any physical evidence or written argument received or proffered shall be made a part of the record, except that the presiding officer may authorize the substitution of copies, photographs, or descriptions, when deemed to be appropriate.
</P>
<P>(n) The presiding officer shall employ the Federal Rules of Evidence for United States Courts and Magistrates as general guidelines for the introduction of evidence. Notwithstanding paragraph (m) of this section, all relevant and probative evidence shall be received unless the presiding officer determines the evidence to be unduly repetitive or so extensive and lacking in relevancy that its admission would impair the prompt, orderly, and fair resolution of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(o) The presiding officer may:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas as provided for in § 209.7 of part 209 in this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt any needed procedures for the submission of evidence in written form;
</P>
<P>(4) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(5) Convene, recess, adjourn or otherwise regulate the course of the hearing; and
</P>
<P>(6) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provisions of this part and permitted by law that may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(p) The petitioner before the Operating Crew Review Board and the railroad involved in taking the certification action shall be parties at the hearing. FRA may also be a party at the hearing. All parties may participate in the hearing and may appear and be heard on their own behalf or through designated representatives. All parties may offer relevant evidence, including testimony, and may conduct such cross-examination of witnesses as may be required to make a record of the relevant facts.
</P>
<P>(q) Regardless of the prevailing party before the Operating Crew Review Board, the railroad involved in taking the certification action shall be the “hearing petitioner” and shall have the burden of proving its case by a preponderance of the evidence. The impacted locomotive engineer or locomotive engineer candidate shall be the “hearing respondent.”
</P>
<P>(r) The record in the proceeding shall be closed at the conclusion of the evidentiary hearing unless the presiding officer allows additional time for the submission of additional evidence. In such instances the record shall be left open for such time as the presiding officer grants for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(s) At the close of the record, the presiding officer shall prepare a written decision in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(t) The decision:
</P>
<P>(1) Shall contain the findings of fact and conclusions of law, as well as the basis for each concerning all material issues of fact or law presented on the record;
</P>
<P>(2) Shall be served on the hearing petitioner and all other parties to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(3) Shall not become final for 35 days after issuance;
</P>
<P>(4) Constitutes final agency action unless an aggrieved party files an appeal within 35 days after issuance; and
</P>
<P>(5) Is not precedential.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 53137, Oct. 12, 1995, as amended at 85 FR 81319, Dec. 15, 2020; 91 FR 22751, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 240.411" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.5.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 240.411   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party aggrieved by the presiding officer's decision may file an appeal in the presiding officer's docket. The appeal must be filed within 35 days of issuance of the decision. A copy of the appeal shall be served on each party. The appeal shall set forth objections to the presiding officer's decision, supported by reference to applicable laws and regulations and with specific reference to the record. If no appeal is timely filed, the presiding officer's decision constitutes final agency action.
</P>
<P>(b) A party may file a reply to the appeal within 25 days of service of the appeal. The reply shall be supported by reference to applicable laws and regulations and with specific reference to the record, if the party relies on evidence contained in the record.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator may extend the period for filing an appeal or a response for good cause shown, provided that the written request for extension is served before expiration of the applicable period provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator has sole discretion to permit oral argument on the appeal. On the Administrator's own initiative or written motion by any party, the Administrator may grant the parties an opportunity for oral argument.
</P>
<P>(e) The Administrator may remand, vacate, affirm, reverse, alter or modify the decision of the presiding officer and the Administrator's decision constitutes final agency action except where the terms of the Administrator's decision (for example, remanding a case to the presiding officer) show that the parties' administrative remedies have not been exhausted.
</P>
<P>(f) An appeal from an Operating Crew Review Board decision pursuant to § 240.403(d) must be filed in the Board's docket within 35 days of issuance of the decision. A copy of the appeal shall be served on each party. The Administrator may affirm or vacate the Board's decision, and may remand the petition to the Board for further proceedings. An Administrator's decision to affirm the Board's decision constitutes final agency action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28254, June 19, 1991, as amended at 60 FR 53138, Oct. 12, 1995; 64 FR 60995, Nov. 8, 1999; 74 FR 25175, May 27, 2009; 85 FR 81319, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.7.137.1.91" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 240 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.7.137.1.92" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 240—Procedures for Submission and Approval of Locomotive Engineer Qualification Programs
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix establishes procedures for the submission and approval of a railroad's program concerning the training, testing, and evaluating of persons seeking certification or recertification as a locomotive engineer in accordance with the requirements of this part (<I>see</I> §§ 240.101, 240.103, 240.105, 240.107, 240.123, 240.125, 240.127, and 240.129). It also contains guidance on how FRA will exercise its review and approval responsibilities.
</P>
<HD2>Submission by a Railroad
</HD2>
<P>As provided for in § 240.101, each railroad must have a program for determining the certification of each person it permits or requires to operate a locomotive. In designing its program, a railroad must take into account the trackage and terrain over which it operates, the system(s) for train control that are employed, and the operational design characteristics of the track and equipment being operated including train length, train makeup, and train speeds. Each railroad must submit its individual program to FRA for approval as provided for in § 240.103. Each program must be accompanied by a request for approval organized in accordance with this appendix. Requests for approval must contain appropriate references to the relevant portion of the program being discussed. Requests can be in letter or narrative format. The primary method for a railroad's submission is by email to <I>FRAOPCERTPROG@dot.gov.</I> For a railroad that is unable to send the program by email, the program shall be sent to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. Simultaneous with its filing with FRA, each railroad must provide a copy of its submission to the president of each labor organization that represents the railroad's employees subject to this part.
</P>
<P>A railroad that electronically submits an initial program or new portions or revisions to an approved program required by this part shall be considered to have provided its consent to receive approval or disapproval notices from FRA by email. FRA may electronically store any materials required by this part regardless of whether the railroad that submits the materials does so by delivering the written materials to the Associate Administrator and opts not to submit the materials electronically. A railroad that opts not to submit the materials required by this part electronically, but provides one or more email addresses in its submission, shall be considered to have provided its consent to receive approval or disapproval notices from FRA by email or mail.
</P>
<HD3>Organization of the Submission
</HD3>
<P>Each request should be organized to present the required information in the following standardized manner. Each section must begin by giving the name, title, telephone number, and email and mailing addresses of the person to be contacted concerning the matters addressed by that section. If a person is identified in a prior section, it is sufficient merely to repeat the person's name in a subsequent section.
</P>
<HD3>Section 1 of the Submission: General Information and Elections
</HD3>
<P>The first section of the request must contain the name of the railroad, the person to be contacted concerning the request (including the person's name, title, telephone number, and email and mailing addresses) and a statement electing either to accept responsibility for educating previously untrained persons to be qualified locomotive engineers or recertify only engineers previously certified by other railroads. § 240.103(b).
</P>
<P>If a railroad elects not to provide initial locomotive engineer training, the railroad is obligated to state so in its submission. A railroad that makes this election will be limited to recertifying persons initially certified by another railroad. A railroad that makes this election can rescind it by obtaining FRA approval of a modification of its program. § 240.103(e).
</P>
<P>If a railroad elects to accept responsibility for training persons not previously trained to be locomotive engineers, the railroad is obligated to submit information on how such persons will be trained but has no duty to conduct such training. A railroad that elects to accept the responsibility for the training of such persons may authorize another railroad or a non-railroad entity to perform the actual training effort. The electing railroad remains responsible for assuring that such other training providers adhere to the training program the railroad submits.
</P>
<P>This section must also state which class or classes of service the railroad will employ. § 240.107.
</P>
<HD3>Section 2 of the Submission: Selection of Supervisors of Locomotive Engineers
</HD3>
<P>The second section of the request must contain information concerning the railroad's procedure for selecting the person or persons it will rely on to evaluate the knowledge, skill, and ability of persons seeking certification or recertification. As provided for in § 240.105, each railroad must have a procedure for selecting supervisors of locomotive engineers which assures that persons so designated can appropriately test and evaluate the knowledge, skill, and ability of individuals seeking certification or recertification.
</P>
<P>Section 240.105 provides a railroad latitude to select the criteria and evaluation methodology it will rely on to determine which person or persons have the required capacity to perform as a supervisor of locomotive engineers. The railroad must describe in this section how it will use that latitude and evaluate those it designates as supervisors of locomotive engineers so as to comply with the performance standard set forth in § 240.105(b). The railroad must identify, in sufficient detail to permit effective review by FRA, the criteria for evaluation it has selected. For example, if a railroad intends to rely on one or more of the following, a minimum level of prior experience as an engineer, successful completion of a course of study, or successful passage of a standardized testing program, the submission must state which criteria it will employ.
</P>
<HD3>Section 3 of the Submission: Training Persons Previously Certified
</HD3>
<P>The third section of the request must contain information concerning the railroad's program for training previously certified locomotive engineers. As provided for in § 240.123(b) each railroad must have a program for the ongoing education of its locomotive engineers to assure that they maintain the necessary knowledge concerning personal safety, operating rules and practices, mechanical condition of equipment, methods of safe train handling (including familiarity with physical characteristics), and relevant Federal safety rules.
</P>
<P>Section 240.123(b) provides a railroad latitude to select the specific subject matter to be covered, duration of the training, method of presenting the information, and the frequency with which the training will be provided. The railroad must describe in this section how it will use that latitude to assure that its engineers remain knowledgeable concerning the safe discharge of their train operation responsibilities so as to comply with the performance standard set forth in § 240.123(b). This section must contain sufficient detail to permit effective evaluation of the railroad's training program in terms of the subject matter covered, the frequency and duration of the training sessions, the type of formal training employed (including, but not limited to, classroom, computer-based, correspondence, OJT, simulator, or laboratory training) and which aspects of the program are voluntary or mandatory.
</P>
<P>Without assistance from automation, safe train handling involves both abstract knowledge about the appropriate use of engine controls and the application of that knowledge to trains of differing composition traversing varying terrain. Time and circumstances have the capacity to diminish both abstract knowledge and the proper application of that knowledge to discrete events. Time and circumstances also have the capacity to alter the value of previously obtained knowledge and the application of that knowledge. In formulating how it will use the discretion being afforded, each railroad must design its program to address both loss of retention of knowledge and changed circumstances, and this section of the submission to FRA must address these matters.
</P>
<P>For example, locomotive engineers need to have their fundamental knowledge of train operations refreshed periodically. Each railroad needs to advise FRA how that need is satisfied in terms of the interval between attendance at such training, the nature of the training being provided, and methods for conducting the training. A matter of particular concern to FRA is how each railroad acts to ensure that engineers remain knowledgeable about safe train handling procedures if the territory over which a locomotive engineer is authorized to operate is territory from which the engineer has been absent. The railroad must have a plan for the familiarization training that addresses the question of how long a person can be absent before needing more education and, once that threshold is reached, how the person will acquire the needed education. Similarly, the program must address how the railroad responds to changes such as the introduction of new technology, new operating rule books, or significant changes in operations including alteration in the territory engineers are authorized to operate over.
</P>
<HD3>Section 4 of the Submission: Testing and Evaluating Persons Previously Certified
</HD3>
<P>The fourth section of the request must contain information concerning the railroad's program for testing and evaluating previously certified locomotive engineers. As provided for in §§ 240.125 and 240.127, each railroad must have a program for the ongoing testing and evaluating of its locomotive engineers to ensure that they have the necessary knowledge and skills concerning personal safety, operating rules and practices, mechanical condition of equipment, methods of safe train handling (including familiarity with physical characteristics), and relevant Federal safety rules. Similarly, each railroad must have a program for ongoing testing and evaluating to ensure that its locomotive engineers have the necessary vision and hearing acuity as provided for in § 240.121.
</P>
<P>Sections 240.125 and 240.127 require that a railroad rely on written procedures for determining that each person can demonstrate his or her knowledge of the railroad's rules and practices and skill at applying those rules and practices for the safe operation of a locomotive or train. Section 240.125 directs that, when seeking a demonstration of the person's knowledge, a railroad must employ a written test that contains objective questions and answers and covers the following subject matters: (i) Personal safety practices; (ii) operating practices; (iii) equipment inspection practices; (iv) train handling practices (including familiarity with the physical characteristics of the territory); and (v) compliance with relevant Federal safety rules. The test must accurately measure the person's knowledge of all of these areas.
</P>
<P>Section 240.125 provides a railroad latitude in selecting the design of its own testing policies (including the number of questions each test will contain, how each required subject matter will be covered, weighting (if any) to be given to particular subject matter responses, selection of passing scores, and the manner of presenting the test information). The railroad must describe in this section how it will use that latitude to ensure that its engineers will demonstrate their knowledge concerning the safe discharge of their train operation responsibilities so as to comply with the performance standard set forth in § 240.125.
</P>
<P>Section 240.127 directs that, when seeking a demonstration of the person's skill, a railroad must employ a test and evaluation procedure conducted by a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers that contains an objective evaluation of the person's skills at applying the railroad's rules and practices for the safe operation of trains. The test and evaluation procedure must examine the person's skills in terms of all of the following subject matters: (i) Operating practices; (ii) equipment inspection practices; (iii) train handling practices (including familiarity with the physical characteristics of the territory); and (iv) compliance with relevant Federal safety rules. The test must be sufficient to examine effectively the person's skills while operating a train in the most demanding type of service which the person is likely to encounter in the normal course of events once he or she is deemed qualified.
</P>
<P>Section 240.127 provides a railroad latitude in selecting the design of its own testing and evaluation procedures (including the duration of the evaluation process, how each required subject matter will be covered, weighing (if any) to be given to particular subject matter response, selection of passing scores, and the manner of presenting the test information). However, the railroad must describe the scoring system used by the railroad during a skills test administered in accordance with the procedures required under § 240.211. The description shall include the skills to be tested and the weight or possible score that each skill will be given. The section should also provide information concerning the procedures which the railroad will follow that achieve the objectives described in FRA's recommended practices (<I>see</I> appendix E to this part) for conducting skill performance testing. The section also gives a railroad the latitude to employ either a Type 1 or a Type 2 simulator (properly programmed) to conduct the test and evaluation procedure. A railroad must describe in this section how it will use that latitude to assure that its engineers will demonstrate their skills concerning the safe discharge of their train operation responsibilities so as to comply with the performance standard set forth in § 240.127.
</P>
<P>Section 240.121 provides a railroad latitude to rely on the professional medical opinion of the railroad's medical examiner concerning the ability of a person with substandard acuity to operate a locomotive safely. The railroad must describe in this section how it will ensure that its medical examiner has sufficient information concerning the railroad's operations to make appropriate conclusions about the ability of a particular individual to operate a train safely.
</P>
<HD3>Section 5 of the Submission: Training, Testing, and Evaluating Persons Not Previously Certified
</HD3>
<P>Unless a railroad has made an election not to accept responsibility for conducting the initial training of persons to be locomotive engineers, the fifth section of the request must contain information concerning the railroad's program for educating, testing, and evaluating persons not previously trained as locomotive engineers. As provided for in § 240.123(c), a railroad that is issuing an initial certification to a person to be a locomotive engineer must have a program for the training, testing, and evaluating of its locomotive engineers to ensure that they acquire the necessary knowledge and skills concerning personal safety, operating rules and practices, mechanical condition of equipment, methods of safe train handling (including familiarity with physical characteristics), and relevant Federal safety rules.
</P>
<P>Section 240.123 establishes a performance standard and gives a railroad latitude in selecting how it will meet that standard. A railroad must describe in this section how it will use that latitude to ensure that its engineers will acquire sufficient knowledge and skill and demonstrate their knowledge and skills concerning the safe discharge of their train operation responsibilities. This section must contain the same level of detail concerning initial training programs as that described for each of the components of the overall program contained in sections 2 through 4 of this appendix. A railroad that plans to accept responsibility for the initial training of locomotive engineers may authorize a non-railroad entity to perform the actual training effort as long as the other entity complies with the requirements for training organizations and learning institutions in § 243.111 of this chapter. The authorizing railroad may submit a training program developed by that authorized trainer but the authorizing railroad remains responsible for ensuring that such other training providers adhere to the training program submitted. Railroads that elect to rely on other entities, to conduct training away from the railroad's own territory, must indicate how the student will be provided with the required familiarization with the physical characteristics for its territory.
</P>
<HD3>Section 6 of the Submission: Monitoring Operational Performance by Certified Engineers
</HD3>
<P>The final section of the request must contain information concerning the railroad's program for monitoring the operation of its certified locomotive engineers. As provided for in § 240.129, each railroad must have a program for the ongoing monitoring of its locomotive engineers to ensure that they operate their locomotives in conformity with the railroad's operating rules and practices including methods of safe train handling and relevant Federal safety rules.
</P>
<P>Section 240.129 requires that a railroad annually observe each locomotive engineer demonstrating his or her knowledge of the railroad's rules and practices and skill at applying those rules and practices for the safe operation of a locomotive or train. Section 240.129 directs that the observation be conducted by a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers but provides a railroad latitude in selecting the design of its own observation procedures (including the duration of the observation process, reliance on event recorder downloads that record the specifics of train operation, and the specific aspects of the engineer's performance to be covered). The section also gives a railroad the latitude to employ either a Type 1 or a Type 2 simulator (properly programmed) to conduct monitoring observations. A railroad must describe in this section how it will use that latitude to assure that the railroad is monitoring that its engineers demonstrate their skills concerning the safe discharge of their train operation responsibilities. A railroad must also describe the scoring system used by the railroad during an operational monitoring observation or unannounced compliance test administered in accordance with the procedures required under § 240.303. A railroad that intends to employ train operation event recorder tapes to comply with this monitoring requirement shall indicate in this section how it anticipates determining what person was at the controls and what signal indications or other operational constraints, if any, were applicable to the train's movement.
</P>
<HD3>Section 7 of the Submission: Procedures for Routine Administration of the Engineer Certification Program
</HD3>
<P>The final section of the request must contain a summary of how the railroad's program and procedures will implement the various specific aspects of the regulatory provisions that relate to routine administration of its certification program for locomotive engineers. At a minimum, this section needs to address the procedural aspects of the rule's provisions identified in the following paragraph.
</P>
<P>Section 240.109 provides that each railroad must have procedures for review and comment on adverse prior safety conduct, but allows the railroad to devise its own system within generalized parameters. Sections 240.115, 240.117 and 240.119 require a railroad to have procedures for evaluating data concerning prior safety conduct as a motor vehicle operator and as railroad workers, yet leave selection of many details to the railroad. Sections 240.203, 240.217, and 240.219 place a duty on the railroad to make a series of determinations but allow the railroad to select what procedures it will employ to assure that all of the necessary determinations have been made in a timely fashion; who will be authorized to conclude that person is or is not qualified; and how it will communicate adverse decisions. Documentation of the factual basis the railroad relied on in making determinations under §§ 240.205, 240.207, 240.209, 240.211, and 240.213 is required, but these sections permit the railroad to select the procedures it will employ to accomplish compliance with these provisions. Sections 240.225 and 240.227 permit reliance on qualification determinations made by other entities and permit a railroad latitude in selecting the procedures it will employ to ensure compliance with these provisions. Similarly, § 240.229 permits use of railroad selected procedures to meet the requirements for certification of engineers performing service in joint operations territory. Sections 240.301 and 240.307 allow a railroad a certain degree of discretion in complying with the requirements for replacing lost certificates or the conduct of certification revocation proceedings.
</P>
<P>This section of the request should outline in summary fashion the manner in which the railroad will implement its program so as to comply with the specific aspects of each of the rule's provisions described in the preceding paragraph.
</P>
<HD3>FRA Review
</HD3>
<P>The submissions made in conformity with this appendix will be deemed approved within 30 days after the required filing date or the actual filing date whichever is later. No formal approval document will be issued by FRA. The brief interval for review reflects FRA's judgment that railroads generally already have existing programs that will meet the requirements of this part. FRA has taken the responsibility for notifying a railroad when it detects problems with the railroad's program. FRA retains the right to disapprove a program that has obtained approval due to the passage of time as provided for in section § 240.103.
</P>
<P>Rather than establish rigid requirements for each element of the program, FRA has given railroads discretion to select the design of their individual programs within a specified context for each element. The rule, however, provides a good guide to the considerations that should be addressed in designing a program that will meet the performance standards of this rule. In reviewing program submissions, FRA will focus on the degree to which a particular program deviates from the norms set out in its rule. To the degree that a particular program submission materially deviates from the norms set out in its rule, FRA's review and approval process will be focused on determining the validity of the reasoning relied on by a railroad for selecting its alternative approach and the degree to which the alternative approach is likely to be effective in producing locomotive engineers who have the knowledge, skill, and ability to operate trains safely.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81320, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.7.137.1.93" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 240—Procedures for Obtaining and Evaluating Motor Vehicle Driving Record Data
</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this appendix is to outline the procedures available to individuals and railroads for complying with the requirements of section 4(a) of the Railroad Safety Improvement Act of 1988 and §§ 240.109, 240.111, and 240.205. Those provisions require that railroads consider the motor vehicle driving record of each person prior to issuing him or her certification or recertification as a locomotive engineer.
</P>
<P>To fulfill that obligation, a railroad must review a certification candidate's recent motor vehicle driving record. Generally, that will be a single record on file with the State agency that issued the candidate's current license. However, it can include multiple records if the candidate has been issued a motor vehicle driving license by more than one State agency or foreign country. In addition, the railroad must determine whether the certification candidate is listed in the National Driver Register and, if so listed, to review the data that caused the candidate to be so listed.
</P>
<HD2>Access to State Motor Vehicle Driving Record Data
</HD2>
<P>The right of railroad workers, their employers, or prospective employers to have access to a State motor vehicle licensing agency's data concerning an individual's driving record is controlled by State law. Although many States have mechanisms through which employers and prospective employers such as railroads can obtain such data, there are some States in which privacy concerns make such access very difficult or impossible. Since individuals generally are entitled to obtain access to driving record data that will be relied on by a State motor vehicle licensing agency when that agency is taking action concerning their driving privileges, FRA places responsibility on individuals who want to serve as locomotive engineers to request that their current State driver licensing agency or agencies furnish such data directly to the railroad considering certifying them as a locomotive operator. Depending on the procedures adopted by a particular State agency, this will involve the candidate's either sending the State agency a brief letter requesting such action or executing a State agency form that accomplishes the same effect. It will normally involve payment of a nominal fee established by the State agency for such a records check. In rare instances, when a certification candidate has been issued multiple licenses, it may require more than a single request.
</P>
<HD2>The National Driver Register
</HD2>
<P>In addition to seeking an individual State's data, each engineer candidate is required to request that a search and retrieval be performed of any relevant information concerning his or her driving record contained in the National Driver Register (NDR). The NDR is a system of information created by Congress in 1960. In essence, it is a nationwide repository of information on problem drivers that was created in an effort to protect motorists. It is a voluntary State/Federal cooperative program that assists motor vehicle driver licensing agencies in gaining access to data about actions taken by other State agencies concerning an individual's motor vehicle driving record. The NDR is designed to address the problem that occurs when chronic traffic law violators, after losing their license in one State travel to and receive licenses in another State. Today, each State and the District of Columbia are required to send information on all revocations, suspensions, and license denials within 31 days of receipt of the convictions from the courts to the NDR and each of these driver licensing agencies has the capability to provide NDR's data. 49 U.S.C. 30304. The NDR data can also be obtained by contacting the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) of the Department of Transportation directly.
</P>
<P>The information submitted to NHTSA contains, at a minimum, three specific pieces of data: The identification of the State authority providing the information, the name of the person whose license is being affected, and the date of birth of that person. It may be supplemented by data concerning the person's height, weight, color of eyes, and social security account number, if a State collects such data.
</P>
<HD2>Access to NDR Data
</HD2>
<P>Essentially only individuals and State licensing agencies, including the District of Columbia, can obtain access to the NDR data. Since railroads have no direct access to the NDR data, FRA requires that individuals seeking certification as a locomotive engineer request that an NDR search be performed and direct that the results be furnished to the railroad. FRA requires that each person request the NDR information directly from NHTSA unless the prospective operator has a motor vehicle driver license issued by a State motor vehicle licensing agency or the District of Columbia. Participating States and the District of Columbia can directly access the NDR data on behalf of the prospective engineer.
</P>
<HD2>Requesting NHTSA To Perform the NDR Check
</HD2>
<P>The procedures for requesting NHTSA performance of an NDR check are as follows:
</P>
<P>1. Each person shall submit a written request to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration at the following address: Chief, National Driver Register, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>2. The request must contain:
</P>
<P>(a) The full legal name;
</P>
<P>(b) Any other names used by the person (<I>e.g.,</I> nickname or professional name);
</P>
<P>(c) The date of birth;
</P>
<P>(d) Sex;
</P>
<P>(e) Height;
</P>
<P>(f) Weight;
</P>
<P>(g) Color of eyes; and
</P>
<P>(h) Driver's license number (unless that is not available).
</P>
<P>3. The request must authorize NHTSA to perform the NDR check and to furnish the results of the search directly to the railroad.
</P>
<P>4. The request must identify the railroad to which the results are to be furnished, including the proper name of the railroad, and the proper mailing address of the railroad.
</P>
<P>5. The person seeking to become a certified locomotive engineer shall sign the request, and that signature must be notarized.
</P>
<P>FRA requires that the request be in writing and contain as much detail as is available to improve the reliability of the data search. Any person may supply additional information to that being mandated by FRA. Furnishing additional information, such as the person's social security account number, will help to identify more positively any records that may exist concerning the requester. Although no fee is charged for such NDR checks, a minimal cost may be incurred in having the request notarized. The requirement for notarization is designed to ensure that each person's right to privacy is being respected and that records are only being disclosed to legally authorized parties.
</P>
<HD2>Requesting a State Agency To Perform the NDR Check
</HD2>
<P>As discussed earlier in connection with obtaining data compiled by the State agency itself, a person can either write a letter to that agency asking for the NDR check or can use the agency's forms for making such a request. If a request is made by letter the individual must follow the same procedures required when directly seeking the data from NHTSA. Since it would be more efficient for a prospective locomotive engineer to make a single request for both aspects of the information required under this rule, FRA anticipates that a State agency inquiry should be the predominant method for making these NDR checks. Requests to State agencies may involve payment of a nominal fee established by the State agency for such a records check.
</P>
<P>State agencies normally will respond in approximately 30 days or less and advise whether there is or is not a listing for a person with that name and date of birth. If there is a potential match and the inquiry State was not responsible for causing that entry, the agency normally will indicate in writing the existence of a probable match and will identify the State licensing agency that suspended, revoked or canceled the relevant license or convicted the person of one of the violations referenced earlier in this appendix.
</P>
<HD2>Actions When a Probable NDR Match Occurs
</HD2>
<P>The response provided after performance of an NDR check is limited to either a notification that no potential record match was identified or a notification that a potential record match was identified. If the latter event occurs, the notification will include the identification of the State motor vehicle licensing authority which possesses the relevant record. If the NDR check results indicate a potential match and that the State with the relevant data is the same State which furnished detailed data (because it had issued the person a driving license), no further action is required to obtain additional data. If the NDR check results indicate a potential match and the State with the relevant data is different from the State which furnished detailed data, it then is necessary to contact the individual State motor vehicle licensing authority that furnished the NDR information to obtain the relevant record. FRA places responsibility on the railroad to notify the engineer candidate and on the candidate to contact the State with the relevant information. FRA requires the certification candidate to write to the State licensing agency and request that the agency inform the railroad concerning the person's driving record. If required by the State agency, the person may have to pay a nominal fee for providing such data and may have to furnish written evidence that the prospective operator consents to the release of the data to the railroad. FRA does not require that a railroad or a certification candidate go beyond these efforts to obtain the information in the control of such a State agency, and a railroad may act upon the pending certification without the data if an individual State agency fails or refuses to supply the records.
</P>
<P>If the non-issuing State licensing agency does provide the railroad with the available records, the railroad must verify that the record pertains to the person being considered for certification. It is necessary to perform this verification because in some instances only limited identification information is furnished for use in the NDR and this might result in data about a different person being supplied to the railroad. Among the available means for verifying that the additional State record pertains to the certification candidate are physical description, photographs, and handwriting comparisons.
</P>
<P>Once the railroad has obtained the motor vehicle driving record(s) which, depending on the circumstance, may consist of more than two documents, the railroad must afford the prospective engineer an opportunity to review that record and respond in writing to its contents in accordance with the provisions of § 240.219. The review opportunity must occur before the railroad evaluates that record. The railroad's required evaluation and subsequent decision making must be done in compliance with the provisions of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81322, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.7.137.1.94" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 240—Identification of State Agencies That Perform National Driver Register Checks
</HEAD>
<P>Under the provisions of § 240.111, each person seeking certification or recertification as a locomotive operator must request that a check of the National Driver Register (NDR) be conducted and that the resulting information be furnished to his or her employer or prospective employer. Under the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e) of § 240.111, each person seeking certification or recertification as a locomotive engineer must request that the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) conduct the NDR check, unless he or she was issued a motor vehicle driver license by one of the State agencies that perform such checks, which today includes all State agencies and the District of Columbia. If the certification candidate received a license from one of the State agencies or the District of Columbia, he or she must request the State agency to perform the NDR check. Since these State agencies can more efficiently supply the desired data and, in some instances, can provide a higher quality of information, FRA requires that certification candidates make use of this method in preference to contacting NHTSA directly.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81323, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.7.137.1.95" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 240—Recommended Procedures for Conducting Skill Performance Tests
</HEAD>
<P>FRA requires (see § 240.127 and § 240.211) that locomotive engineers be given a skill performance test prior to certification or recertification and establishes certain criteria for the conduct of that test. Railroads are given discretion concerning the manner in which to administer the required testing. FRA has afforded railroads this discretion to allow individual railroad companies latitude to tailor their testing procedures to the specific operational realities. This appendix contains FRA's recommendations for the administration of skill performance testing that occurs during operation of an actual train. It can be modified to serve in instances where a locomotive simulator is employed for testing purposes. These recommended practices, if followed, will ensure a more thorough and systematic assessment of locomotive engineer performance.
</P>
<HD2>The Need for a Systematic Approach
</HD2>
<P>There are numerous criteria that should be monitored when a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers is observing a person to determine whether that individual should be certified or recertified as a qualified locomotive engineer. The details of those criteria will vary for the different classes of service, types of railroads, and terrain over which trains are being operated. At a minimum, the attention of a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers should concentrate on several general areas during any appraisal. Compliance with the railroad's operating rules, including its safety directives and train handling rules, and compliance with Federal regulations should be carefully monitored. But, in order to effectively evaluate employees, it is necessary to have something against which to compare their performance. In order to hold a locomotive engineer accountable for compliance, a railroad must have adequate operating, safety and train handling rules. Any railroad that fails to have adequate operating, safety, or train handling rules will experience difficulty in establishing an objective method of measuring an individual's skill level. Any railroad that requires the evaluation of an individual's performance relative to its train handling rules needs to have established preferred operating ranges for throttle use, brake application, and train speed. The absence of such criteria results in the lack of a meaningful yardstick for the designated supervisor of locomotive engineers to use in measuring the performance of locomotive engineers. It also is essential to have a definite standard so that the engineer and any reviewing body can know what the certification candidate is being measured against.
</P>
<P>Evaluating the performance of certain train operation skills will tend to occur in all situations. For example, it would be rare for a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers to observe any operator for a reasonable period of time and not have some opportunity to review that engineer's compliance with some basic safety rules, compliance with basic operating rules, and performance of a brake test. As the complexity of the operation increases, so does the number of items that the operator must comply with. Higher speeds, mountainous terrain, and various signal systems place increased emphasis on the need for operator compliance with more safety, operating, and train handling rules. Accounting for such variables in any universal monitoring scheme immediately results in a fairly complex system.
</P>
<P>FRA therefore recommends that designated supervisors of locomotive engineers employ a written aid to help record events and procedures that as a minimum should be observed for when conducting a skills performance test. FRA is providing the following information to assist railroads in developing such a written aid so as to ensure meaningful testing. When conducting a skills performance test, a designated supervisor of locomotive engineers should be alert to the following:
</P>
<FP-1>—Does the employee have the necessary books (Operating Rules, Safety Rules, Timetable, etc.)?
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Are predeparture inspections properly conducted (Radio, Air Brake Tests, Locomotive, etc.)?
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Does the employee comply with applicable safety rules?
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Does the employee read the bulletins, general orders, etc.?
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Enroute, does the employee:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>—Comply with applicable Federal Rules?
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>—Monitor gauges?
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>—Properly use the horn, whistle, headlight?
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>—Couple to cars at a safe speed?
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>—Properly control in train slack and buff forces?
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>—Properly use the train braking systems?
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>—Comply with speed restrictions?
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>—Display familiarity with the physical characteristics?
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>—Comply with signal indications?
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>—Respond properly to unusual conditions?
</FP1-2>
<FP-1>—At the conclusion of the trip, does the employee:
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>—Apply a hand brake to the locomotives?
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>—Properly report locomotive defects?
</FP1-2>
<P>Obviously, the less sophisticated the railroad's operations are, the fewer the number of identified practices that would be relevant. Hence, this list should modified accordingly.
</P>
<HD2>The Need for Objectivity, Use of Observation Form
</HD2>
<P>It is essential that railroads conduct the performance skills testing in the most objective manner possible, whether this testing is the locomotive engineer's initial qualification testing or periodic retesting. There will always be some potential for the subjective views, held by the designated supervisor of locomotive engineers conducting the testing, to enter into evaluations concerning the competency of a particular individual to handle the position of locomotive engineer. Steps can be taken, and need to be taken, to minimize the risk that personality factors adversely influence the testing procedure.
</P>
<P>One way to reduce the entry of subjective matters into the qualification procedures is through the use of a document that specifies those criteria that the designated supervisor of locomotive engineers is to place emphasis on. The use of an observation form will reduce but not eliminate subjectivity. Any skill performance test will contain some amount of subjectivity. While compliance with the operating rules or the safety rules is clear in most cases, with few opportunities for deviation, train handling offers many options with few absolute right answers. The fact that an engineer applies the train air brakes at one location rather than a few yards away does not necessarily indicate a failure but a question of judgment. The use of dynamic braking versus air brakes at a particular location may be a question of judgment unless the carrier has previously specified the use of a preferred braking method. In any case the engineer's judgment, to apply or not apply a braking system at a given location, is subject to the opinion of the designated supervisor of locomotive engineers.
</P>
<P>A railroad should attempt to reduce or eliminate such subjectivity through use of some type of observation or evaluation. For railroads developing any evaluation form, the areas of concern identified earlier will not be relevant in all instances. Railroads that do not have sophisticated operations would only need a short list of subjects. For example, most smaller railroads would not require line items pertaining to compliance with signal rule compliance or the use of dynamic brakes. Conversely, in all instances the observation forms should include the time and location that the observer started and ended the observation. FRA believes that there should be a minimum duration for all performance skills examinations. FRA allows railroads to select a duration appropriate for their individual circumstances, requiring only that the period be “of sufficient length to effectively evaluate the person.” In exercising its discretion FRA suggests that the minimums selected by a railroad be stated in terms of a distance since the examination has to be of a sufficient duration to adequately monitor the operator's skills in a variety of situations. FRA also suggests that the format for the observation form include a space for recording the observer's comments. Provision for comments ideally would allow for the inclusion of “constructive criticism” without altering the import of the evaluation and would permit subjective comments where merited.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.7.137.1.96" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 240—Medical Standards Guidelines
</HEAD>
<P>(1) The purpose of this appendix is to provide greater guidance on the procedures that should be employed in administering the vision and hearing requirements of §§ 240.121 and 240,207.
</P>
<P>(2) In determining whether a person has the visual acuity that meets or exceeds the requirements of this part, the following testing protocols are deemed acceptable testing methods for determining whether a person has the ability to recognize and distinguish among the colors used as signals in the railroad industry. The acceptable test methods are shown in the left hand column and the criteria that should be employed to determine whether a person has failed the particular testing protocol are shown in the right hand column.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Accepted tests
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Failure criteria
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">PSEUDOISOCHROMATIC PLATE TESTS</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">American Optical Company 1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">AOC—Hardy-Rand-Ritter plates—second edition</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error on plates 1-6 (plates 1-4 are for demonstration—test plate 1 is actually plate 5 in book)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dvorine—Second edition</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 or more errors on plates 1-15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (14 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 or more errors on plates 1-11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (16 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 or more errors on plates 1-8.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (24 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (38 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4 or more errors on plates 1-21.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Richmond Plates 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">MULTIFUNCTION VISION TESTER</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Keystone Orthoscope</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">OPTEC 2000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titmus Vision Tester</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titmus II Vision Tester</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) In administering any of these protocols, the person conducting the examination should be aware that railroad signals do not always occur in the same sequence and that “yellow signals” do not always appear to be the same. It is not acceptable to use “yarn” or other materials to conduct a simple test to determine whether the certification candidate has the requisite vision. No person shall be allowed to wear chromatic lenses during an initial test of the person's color vision; the initial test is one conducted in accordance with one of the accepted tests in the chart and § 240.121(c)(3).
</P>
<P>(4) An examinee who fails to meet the criteria in the chart, may be further evaluated as determined by the railroad's medical examiner. Ophthalmologic referral, field testing, or other practical color testing may be utilized depending on the experience of the examinee. The railroad's medical examiner will review all pertinent information and, under some circumstances, may restrict an examinee who does not meet the criteria from operating the train at night, during adverse weather conditions or under other circumstances. The intent of § 240.121(e) is not to provide an examinee with the right to make an infinite number of requests for further evaluation, but to provide an examinee with at least one opportunity to prove that a hearing or vision test failure does not mean the examinee cannot safely operate a locomotive or train. Appropriate further medical evaluation could include providing another approved scientific screening test or a field test. All railroads should retain the discretion to limit the number of retests that an examinee can request but any cap placed on the number of retests should not limit retesting when changed circumstances would make such retesting appropriate. Changed circumstances would most likely occur if the examinee's medical condition has improved in some way or if technology has advanced to the extent that it arguably could compensate for a hearing or vision deficiency.
</P>
<P>(5) Engineers who wear contact lenses should have good tolerance to the lenses and should be instructed to have a pair of corrective glasses available when on duty.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 60996, Nov. 8, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.34.7.137.1.97" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix G to Part 240—Application of Revocable Events
</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er15de20.007.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81323, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="241" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.35" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 241—UNITED STATES LOCATIONAL REQUIREMENT FOR DISPATCHING OF UNITED STATES RAIL OPERATIONS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 21301, 21304, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 75960, Dec. 10, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 241.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.35.0.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 241.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to prevent railroad accidents and incidents, and consequent injuries, deaths, and property damage, that would result from improper dispatching of railroad operations in the United States by individuals located outside of the United States. 
</P>
<P>(b) This part prohibits extraterritorial dispatching of railroad operations, conducting railroad operations that are extraterritorially dispatched, and allowing track to be used for such operations, subject to certain stated exceptions. This part does not restrict a railroad from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements not inconsistent with this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 241.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.35.0.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 241.3   Application and responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to all railroads. 
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad that operates only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation. 
</P>
<P>(c) Although the duties imposed by this part are generally stated in terms of a duty of a railroad, each person, including a contractor for a railroad, who performs a function covered by this part, shall perform that function in accordance with this part. 




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 241.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.35.0.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 241.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate. 
</P>
<P><I>Dispatch</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) To perform a function that would be classified as a duty of a “dispatching service employee,” as that term is defined by the hours of service laws at 49 U.S.C. 21101(2), if the function were to be performed in the United States. For example, to <I>dispatch</I> means, by the use of an electrical or mechanical device—
</P>
<P>(i) To control the movement of a train or other on-track equipment by the issuance of a written or verbal authority or permission affecting a railroad operation, or by establishing a route through the use of a railroad signal or train control system but not merely by aligning or realigning a switch; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) To control the occupancy of a track by a roadway worker or stationary on-track equipment, or both; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) To issue an authority for working limits to a roadway worker. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>dispatch</I> does not include the action of personnel in the field—
</P>
<P>(i) Effecting implementation of a written or verbal authority or permission affecting a railroad operation or an authority or permission affecting a railroad operation or an authority for working limits to a roadway worker (<I>e.g.,</I> initiating an interlocking timing device, authorizing a train to enter working limits); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Operating a function of a signal system designed for use by those personnel. 
</P>
<P><I>Dispatcher</I> means any individual who dispatches. 
</P>
<P><I>Emergency</I> means an unexpected and unforeseeable event or situation that affects a railroad's ability to use a dispatcher in the United States to dispatch a railroad operation in the United States and that, absent the railroad's use of an extraterritorial dispatcher to dispatch the railroad operation, would either materially disrupt rail service or pose a substantial safety hazard. 
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> means an individual who is engaged or compensated by a railroad or by a contractor to a railroad to perform any of the duties defined in this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Extraterritorial dispatcher</I> means a dispatcher who, while located outside of the United States, dispatches a railroad operation that occurs in the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>Extraterritorial dispatching</I> means the act of dispatching a railroad operation that occurs on trackage in the United States by a dispatcher located outside of the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>Fringe border dispatching</I> means the act of extraterritorial dispatching a railroad operation that occurs on trackage in the United States immediately adjacent to the border between the United States and Canada or the border between the United States and Mexico by a dispatcher who is a railroad employee located in Canada or Mexico. 
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration, United States Department of Transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Movement of a train</I> means the movement of one or more locomotives coupled with or without cars, requiring an air brake test in accordance with part 232 or part 238 of this chapter, except during switching operations or where the operation is that of classifying and assembling rail cars within a railroad yard for the purpose of making or breaking up trains. 
</P>
<P><I>Occupancy of a track by a roadway worker or stationary on-track equipment or both</I> refers to the physical presence of a roadway worker or stationary on-track equipment, or both, on a track for the purpose of making an inspection, repair, or another activity not associated with the movement of a train or other on-track equipment. 






</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity of a type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including but not limited to the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; an owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; an independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and an employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.



 
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means any form of nonhighway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways and any person providing such transportation, including—
</P>
<P>(1) Commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and 
</P>
<P>(2) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads; but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Railroad contractor</I> means a contractor to a railroad or a subcontractor to a contractor to a railroad. 
</P>
<P><I>Railroad operation</I> means the movement of a train or other on-track equipment (other than on-track equipment used in a switching operation or where the operation is that of classifying and assembling rail cars within a railroad yard for the purpose of making or breaking up a train), or the activity that is the subject of an authority issued to a roadway worker for working limits. 
</P>
<P><I>Roadway worker</I> means any employee of a railroad, or of a contractor to a railroad, whose duties include inspection, construction, maintenance, or repair of railroad track, bridges, roadway, signal and communication systems, electric traction systems, roadway facilities, or roadway maintenance machinery on or near track or with the potential of fouling a track, and flagmen and watchmen/lookouts. 
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia. 
</P>
<P><I>United States</I> means all of the States. 
</P>
<P><I>Working limits</I> means a segment of track with definite boundaries established in accordance with part 214 of this chapter upon which trains and engines may move only as authorized by the roadway worker having control over that defined segment of track. Working limits may be established through “exclusive track occupancy,” “inaccessible track,” “foul time,” or “train coordination” as defined in part 214 of this chapter.

 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 75960, Dec. 10, 2002, as amended at 90 FR 28127, July 1, 2025]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 241.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.35.0.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 241.7   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) A person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the Administrator for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered. 
</P>
<P>(2) (i) Each petition for waiver under this section shall be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Petitions seeking approval to conduct fringe border operations shall also comply with the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Petitioners not filing under paragraph (c) of this section should review the guidelines at 66 FR 63942 (Dec. 11, 2001), and frame their petitions to address the safety and security concerns articulated in the preamble, or contact the Office of the Chief Counsel, RCC-12, FRA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Stop 10, Washington, DC 20590, for a copy of the guidelines.
</P>
<P>(3) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions that the Administrator deems necessary. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special dispensation for existing extraterritorial dispatching.</I> (1) A railroad that files a waiver request seeking to continue extraterritorial dispatch of an operation that it has dispatched from Canada or Mexico pursuant to regulations contained in 49 CFR part 241, revised as of October 1, 2002, may continue extraterritorial dispatching of that operation until the railroad's waiver request is acted upon by FRA if the petition is filed no later than April 11, 2003. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the waiver request is for an operation not listed in appendix A to this part, the waiver request must describe when the extraterritorial dispatching of the operation commenced and how the dispatching was authorized by regulations contained in 49 CFR part 241, revised as of October 1, 2002. FRA will notify the railroad if FRA determines that the operation was not permitted by the terms of those regulations. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fringe border dispatching.</I> (1) A waiver request to have a railroad employee located in Canada or in Mexico dispatch a railroad operation in the United States immediately adjacent to the border of the country in which the dispatcher conducts the dispatching will generally be approved by FRA, subject to any conditions imposed by FRA, if the waiver request meets all of the terms of paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section. A proponent of a waiver request may seek relief from the terms of paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad proposing to conduct the fringe border dispatching shall supply the following documents as part of the waiver request: 
</P>
<P>(i) A description, by railroad division, applicable subdivision(s), and mileposts, of the line proposed to be dispatched; 
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of the operating rules of the railroad that would apply to the proposed fringe border dispatching, including hours of service limitations, and the railroad's program for testing the dispatchers in accordance with these operating rules and for ensuring that the dispatchers do not work in excess of the hours of service restrictions; 
</P>
<P>(iii) A copy of the railroad's drug and alcohol abuse prevention program that applies to the fringe border dispatchers. The program shall, to the extent permitted by the laws of the country where the dispatching occurs, contain the following: 
</P>
<P>(A) Preemployment drug testing; 
</P>
<P>(B) A general prohibition on possession and use of alcohol and drugs while on duty; 
</P>
<P>(C) Reasonable cause alcohol and drug testing; 
</P>
<P>(D) A policy dealing with co-worker and self-reporting of alcohol and drug abuse problems; 
</P>
<P>(E) Post-accident testing; and 
</P>
<P>(F) Random drug testing; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The steps the railroad has taken to ensure the security of the dispatch center where the fringe border dispatching will take place; 
</P>
<P>(v) The railroad's plans for complying with the requirements of paragraph (c)(3) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) A verification from a government agency in the country where the dispatching will occur that the agency has safety jurisdiction over the railroad and the proposed dispatching, and that the railroad's safety programs referenced in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section meet the safety requirements established by the agency or, in the absence of established safety requirements, that the programs are satisfactory to the agency. 
</P>
<P>(3) Except as otherwise approved by FRA, fringe border dispatching must comply with the following requirements: 
</P>
<P>(i) The trackage in the United States being extraterritorially dispatched shall not exceed the following route miles, measured from the point that the trackage crosses the United States border: 
</P>
<P>(A) For operations conducted pursuant to the regulations contained in 49 CFR part 241, revised as of October 1, 2002, the route miles shall be the miles normally operated by the railroad in conducting the operation; and 
</P>
<P>(B) For all other operations, the route miles shall not exceed five miles. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Except for unforeseen circumstances such as equipment failure, accident, casualty, or incapacitation of a crew member, each extraterritorially dispatched train shall be under the control of the same assigned crew for the entire trip over the extraterritorially dispatched trackage. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The fringe border dispatcher shall communicate instructions to the train crew and maintenance of way employees working on the line in the English language and, when referencing units of measurement, shall use English units of measurement. 
</P>
<P>(iv) The rail line shall be under the exclusive control of a single dispatching district or desk; and 
</P>
<P>(v) The dispatching of the train shall be transferred from the fringe border dispatcher to a dispatcher located in the United States at one of the following locations within the mileage limits mandated in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(A) Interchange point; 
</P>
<P>(B) Signal control point; 
</P>
<P>(C) Junction of two rail lines; 
</P>
<P>(D) Established crew change point; 
</P>
<P>(E) Yard or yard limits location; 
</P>
<P>(F) Inspection point for U.S. Customs, Immigration and Naturalization Service, Department of Agriculture, or other governmental inspection; or 
</P>
<P>(G) Location where there is a change in the method of train operations. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 75960, Dec. 10, 2002, as amended at 74 FR 25175, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 241.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.35.0.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 241.9   Prohibition against extraterritorial dispatching; exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in § 241.7 and paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, a railroad subject to this part shall not require or permit a dispatcher located outside the United States to dispatch a railroad operation that occurs in the United States if the dispatcher is employed by the railroad or by a contractor to the railroad. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transitional period to continue existing extraterritorial dispatching.</I> A railroad that has normally extraterritorially dispatched railroad track in the United States from Canada or Mexico pursuant to the regulations contained in 49 CFR part 241, revised as of October 1, 2002, may continue extraterritorial dispatching of that railroad track until April 10, 2003, to permit the railroad an opportunity to file a waiver request pursuant to § 241.7. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Emergencies.</I> (1) In an emergency situation, a railroad may require or permit one of its dispatchers located outside the United States to dispatch a railroad operation that occurs in the United States, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The dispatching railroad notifies the Safety Management Team Railroad Administrator, in writing as soon as practicable, of the emergency; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The extraterritorial dispatching is limited to the duration of the emergency.
</P>
<P>(2) Written notification must be made by electronic mail.
</P>
<P>(3) A list of the FRA Safety Management Teams and contact information is available at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/divisions/regional-offices/safety-management-teams.</I> 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Liability.</I> The Administrator may hold either the railroad that employs the dispatcher or the railroad contractor that employs the dispatcher, or both, responsible for compliance with this section and subject to civil penalties under § 241.15. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 75960, Dec. 10, 2002, as amended at 90 FR 28191, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 241.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.35.0.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 241.11   Prohibition against conducting a railroad operation dispatched by an extraterritorial dispatcher; exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in § 241.7 and paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, a railroad subject to this part shall not conduct, or contract for the conduct of, a railroad operation in the United States that is dispatched from a location outside of the United States. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transitional period to continue existing extraterritorial dispatching.</I> A railroad that has normally conducted, or contracted for the conduct of, a railroad operation in the United States that is extraterritorially dispatched pursuant to the regulations contained in 49 CFR part 241, revised as of October 1, 2002, may continue to conduct or contract for the conduct of the operation until April 10, 2003, to permit the railroad an opportunity to file a waiver request pursuant to § 241.7. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Emergencies.</I> (1) In an emergency situation, a railroad may conduct, or contract for the conduct of, a railroad operation in the United States that is dispatched from a location outside the United States, provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) The dispatching railroad notifies the Safety Management Team Railroad Administrator by email, as soon as practicable, of the emergency; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The extraterritorial dispatching is limited to the duration of the emergency.
</P>
<P>(2) A list of the FRA Safety Management Teams and contact information is available at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/divisions/regional-offices/safety-management-teams.</I> 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Liability.</I> The Administrator may hold either the railroad that conducts the railroad operation or the railroad contractor that conducts the operation, or both, responsible for compliance with this section and subject to civil penalties under § 241.15. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 75960, Dec. 10, 2002, as amended at 90 FR 28192, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 241.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.35.0.137.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 241.13   Prohibition against track owner's requiring or permitting use of its line for a railroad operation dispatched by an extraterritorial dispatcher; exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in § 241.7 and paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, an owner of railroad track located in the United States shall not require or permit the track to be used for a railroad operation that is dispatched from outside the United States. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transitional period to continue existing extraterritorial dispatching.</I> An owner of a track segment located in the United States that is extraterritorially dispatched pursuant to the regulations contained in 49 CFR 241, revised as of October 1, 2002, may require or permit the track segment to be continued to be used for a railroad operation that is extraterritorially dispatched until April 10, 2003, to permit the railroad an opportunity to file a waiver request pursuant to § 241.7. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Emergencies.</I> In an emergency situation, an owner of railroad track located in the United States may require or permit the track to be used for a railroad operation that is dispatched from outside the United States, provided that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The dispatching railroad notifies the Safety Management Team Railroad Administrator, in writing as soon as practicable, of the emergency; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The extraterritorial dispatching is limited to the duration of the emergency. Written notification may be made either on paper or by electronic mail. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Liability.</I> The Administrator may hold either the track owner or the assignee under § 213.5(c) of this chapter (if any), or both, responsible for compliance with this section and subject to civil penalties under § 241.15. A common carrier by railroad that is directed by the Surface Transportation Board to provide service over the track in the United States of another railroad under 49 U.S.C. 11123 is considered the owner of that track for the purposes of the application of this section during the period that the directed service order remains in effect. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 75960, Dec. 10, 2002, as amended at 90 FR 28192, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 241.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.35.0.137.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 241.15   Penalties and other consequences for noncompliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where a grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or a death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I>for a statement of agency civil penalty policy. 
</P>
<P>(b) An individual who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement may be subject to disqualification from safety-sensitive service in accordance with part 209 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) A person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 75960, Dec. 10, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 30595, May 28, 2004; 72 FR 51198, Sept. 6, 2007; 73 FR 79704, Dec. 30, 2008; 77 FR 24423, Apr. 24, 2012; 81 FR 43112, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16135, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60750, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 37075, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1760, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23256, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15870, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1129, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89564, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106297, Dec. 30, 2024; 90 FR 28192, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 241.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.35.0.137.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 241.17   Preemptive effect.</HEAD>
<P>Under 49 U.S.C. 20106, the regulations in this part preempt any State law, regulation, or order covering the same subject matter, except an additional or more stringent law, regulation, or order that is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially local safety hazard; is not incompatible with a law, regulation, or order of the United States Government; and does not impose an unreasonable burden on interstate commerce. 






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.35.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.35.2.137.1.98" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 241—List of Lines Being Extraterritorially Dispatched in Accordance With the Regulations Contained in 49 CFR Part 241, Revised as of October 1, 2002

</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description of United States track segment being extraterritorially dispatched 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Length of United States' track segment 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Railroad conducting the dispatching 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maine: Between Vanceboro, Maine and Brownville Junction, Maine</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">99 miles</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Eastern Maine Ry. Co. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Michigan: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">U.S. trackage between Windsor, Ontario, and Detroit, Michigan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8 miles</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Canadian Pacific Railway Company. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">U.S. trackage between Sarnia, Ontario, and Port Huron, Michigan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1 miles</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Canadian National Railway Company (CN). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minnesota: Sprague Subdivision, between Baudette, Minnesota, and International Boundary, Minnesota</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">43.8 miles</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CN.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="242" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 242—QUALIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION OF CONDUCTORS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20135, 20138, 20162, 20163, 21301, 21304, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.1.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to ensure that only those persons who meet minimum Federal safety standards serve as conductors, to reduce the rate and number of accidents and incidents and to improve railroad safety.
</P>
<P>(b) This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for the eligibility, training, testing, certification and monitoring of all conductors to whom it applies. This part does not restrict a railroad from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements consistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The conductor certification requirements prescribed in this part apply to any person who meets the definition of conductor contained in § 242.7, regardless of the fact that the person may have a job classification title other than that of conductor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.1.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.3   Application and responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to all railroads, except:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads that operate only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation (<I>i.e.,</I> plant railroads, as defined in § 242.7);
</P>
<P>(2) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation as defined in § 242.7; or
</P>
<P>(3) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) Although the duties imposed by this part are generally stated in terms of the duty of a railroad, each person, including a contractor for a railroad, who performs any function covered by this part, must perform that function in accordance with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.1.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.5   Effect and construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FRA does not intend, by use of the term conductor in this part, to alter the terms, conditions, or interpretation of existing collective bargaining agreements that employ other job classification titles when identifying a person who is the crew member in charge of a movement that requires a locomotive engineer.
</P>
<P>(b) FRA does not intend by issuance of these regulations to alter the authority of a railroad to initiate disciplinary sanctions against its employees, including managers and supervisors, in the normal and customary manner, including those contained in its collective bargaining agreements.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in § 242.213, nothing in this part shall be construed to create or prohibit an eligibility or entitlement to employment in other service for the railroad as a result of denial, suspension, or revocation of certification under this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this part shall be deemed to abridge any additional procedural rights or remedies not inconsistent with this part that are available to the employee under a collective bargaining agreement, the Railway Labor Act, or (with respect to employment at will) at common law with respect to removal from service or other adverse action taken as a consequence of this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.1.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.7   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the FRA or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol</I> means ethyl alcohol (ethanol) and includes use or possession of any beverage, mixture, or preparation containing ethyl alcohol.


</P>
<P><I>C
<SU>3</SU>RS Implementing Memorandum of Understanding</I> (<I>C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU</I>) means a voluntary written agreement that implements C
<SU>3</SU>RS on a participating railroad and is signed by FRA, the participating railroad, and any non-profit employee labor organization(s) representing participating employees for purposes of the C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU. If the participating employees are not represented by a non-profit labor organization, or if a non-profit employee labor organization representing employees covered by C
<SU>3</SU>RS is not a signatory party to the C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU, a C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU may be signed only by FRA and the participating railroad. When contractor employees are participating in C
<SU>3</SU>RS, the C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU must also be signed by the contractor for the railroad and can be signed by any non-profit employee labor organization representing the contractor employees for purposes of the C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU. FRA will post all C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOUs to the Federal Docket Management System's website at <I>https://www.regulations.gov.</I>


</P>
<P><I>Close call</I> means an unsafe event or sequence of unsafe events that had a potential for more serious adverse consequences to railroad safety and has been reported to C
<SU>3</SU>RS and accepted by both the independent third party and the Peer Review Team (PRT) as a reportable close call in accordance with all applicable provisions of a C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU. For purposes of this definition, a close call is accepted by a PRT when the PRT determines that the close call is eligible for the protections against suspension or revocation of certification established by the applicable C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU.


</P>
<P><I>Conductor</I> means the crewmember in charge of a “train or yard crew” as defined in part 218 of this chapter. <I>See also</I> the definition of “passenger conductor” in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Confidential Close Call Reporting System</I> (<I>C
<SU>3</SU>RS</I>) means an FRA-sponsored voluntary program designed to improve the safety of railroad operations by allowing railroad workers to report currently unreported or underreported unsafe events confidentially without the repercussions of suspension or revocation of certification.


</P>
<P><I>Controlled substance</I> has the meaning assigned by 21 U.S.C. 802 and includes all substances listed on Schedules I through V as they may be revised from time to time (21 CFR parts 1301-1316).
</P>
<P><I>Drug</I> means any substance (other than alcohol) that has known mind or function-altering effects on a human subject, specifically including any psychoactive substance and including, but not limited to, controlled substances.
</P>
<P><I>Drug and alcohol counselor (DAC)</I> means a person who meets the credentialing and qualification requirements of a “Substance Abuse Professional” (SAP), as provided in 49 CFR part 40.
</P>
<P><I>Dual purpose vehicle</I> means a piece of on-track equipment that is capable of moving railroad rolling stock and may also function as roadway maintenance equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic device</I> has the meaning assigned by § 220.5 of this chapter.


</P>
<P><I>File, filed, and filing</I> mean submission of a document under this part on the date when the DOT Docket Clerk or FRA receives it, or if served as that term is defined under 49 CFR 209.5, the date of service.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>FRA representative</I> means the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer and the Associate Administrator's delegate, including any safety inspector employed by the Federal Railroad Administration and any qualified state railroad safety inspector acting under part 212 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous material</I> means a commodity designated as a hazardous material by part 172 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>ID strip</I> means the identification strip the independent third party issues to an employee who has reported a close call to C
<SU>3</SU>RS to indicate that the independent third party has accepted the close call.
</P>
<P><I>Independent third party</I> means the non-FRA organization that manages C
<SU>3</SU>RS, accepts close call reports, and protects the confidentiality of both a reporting employee and a participating railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Ineligible</I> or <I>ineligibility</I> means that a person is legally disqualified from serving as a certified conductor. The term covers a number of circumstances in which a person may not serve as a certified conductor. Revocation of certification pursuant to § 242.407 and denial of certification pursuant to § 242.401 are two examples in which a person would be ineligible to serve as a conductor. A period of ineligibility may end when a condition or conditions are met. For example, when a person meets the conditions to serve as a conductor following an alcohol or drug violation pursuant to § 242.115.
</P>
<P><I>Job aid</I> means information regarding <I>other than main track physical characteristics</I> that supplements the operating instructions of the territory over which the locomotive or train movement will occur. See definitions of “main track” and “physical characteristics” in this section. A <I>job aid</I> may consist of training on the territory pursuant to § 242.119, maps, charts or visual aids of the territory, or a person or persons to contact who are qualified on the territory and who can describe the physical characteristics of the territory. At a minimum, a <I>job aid</I> must cover characteristics of a territory including: permanent close clearances, location of permanent derails and switches, assigned radio frequencies in use and special instructions required for movement, if any, and railroad-identified unique operating conditions.
</P>
<P><I>Joint operations</I> means rail operations conducted by more than one railroad on the same track regardless of whether such operations are the result of—
</P>
<P>(1) Contractual arrangement between the railroads,
</P>
<P>(2) Order of a governmental agency or a court of law, or
</P>
<P>(3) Any other legally binding directive.
</P>
<P><I>Knowingly</I> means having actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to the violation or that a reasonable person acting in the circumstances, exercising due care, would have had such knowledge.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive</I> means a piece of on-track equipment (other than specialized roadway maintenance equipment or a dual purpose vehicle operating in accordance with § 240.104(a)(2) of this chapter):
</P>
<P>(1) With one or more propelling motors designed for moving other equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) With one or more propelling motors designed to carry freight or passenger traffic or both; or
</P>
<P>(3) Without propelling motors but with one or more control stands.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive engineer</I> means any person who moves a locomotive or group of locomotives regardless of whether they are coupled to other rolling equipment except:
</P>
<P>(1) A person who moves a locomotive or group of locomotives within the confines of a locomotive repair or servicing area as provided for in §§ 218.5 and 218.29(a)(1) of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(2) A person who moves a locomotive or group of locomotives for distances of less than 100 feet and this incidental movement of a locomotive or locomotives is for inspection or maintenance purposes.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive engineer certificate</I> means a certificate issued pursuant to part 240 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Main track</I> means a track upon which the operation of trains is governed by one or more of the following methods of operation: Timetable; mandatory directive; signal indication; or any form of absolute or manual block system.
</P>
<P><I>Medical examiner</I> means a person licensed as a doctor of medicine or doctor of osteopathy. A medical examiner can be a qualified full-time salaried employee of a railroad, a qualified practitioner who contracts with the railroad on a fee-for-service or other basis, or a qualified practitioner designated by the railroad to perform functions in connection with medical evaluations of employees. As used in this rule, the medical examiner owes a duty to make an honest and fully informed evaluation of the condition of an employee.
</P>
<P><I>On-the-job training</I> means job training that occurs in the workplace, <I>i.e.,</I> the employee learns the job while doing the job.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger conductor</I> means a conductor who has also received emergency preparedness training under part 239 of this chapter. <I>See also</I> the definition of “conductor” in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Peer Review Team (PRT)</I> is a problem-solving team consisting of representatives for the signatory parties to a C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU, including FRA, the participating railroad, and any participating non-profit employee labor organization(s). A PRT may also include a representative from the independent third party; employees covered by the C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU who are not represented by a non-profit employee labor organization that has signed the C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU; or other subject matter experts, on an ad hoc basis, when the supplemental expertise would assist the PRT in developing recommendations.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including but not limited to the following: A railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.
</P>
<P><I>Personal electronic device</I> has the meaning assigned by § 220.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Physical characteristics</I> means the actual track profile of and physical location for points within a specific yard or route that affect the movement of a locomotive or train. <I>Physical characteristics</I> includes both <I>main track physical characteristics</I> (see definition of “main track” in this section) and other than main track physical characteristics.
</P>
<P><I>Plant railroad</I> means a plant or installation that owns or leases a locomotive, uses that locomotive to switch cars throughout the plant or installation, and is moving goods solely for use in the facility's own industrial processes. The plant or installation could include track immediately adjacent to the plant or installation if the plant railroad leases the track from the general system railroad and the lease provides for (and actual practice entails) the exclusive use of that trackage by the plant railroad and the general system railroad for purposes of moving only cars shipped to or from the plant. A plant or installation that operates a locomotive to switch or move cars for other entities, even if solely within the confines of the plant or installation, rather than for its own purposes or industrial processes, will not be considered a plant railroad because the performance of such activity makes the operation part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified</I> means a person who has successfully completed all instruction, training and examination programs required by the employer, and the applicable parts of this chapter and that the person therefore may reasonably be expected to be proficient on all safety related tasks the person is assigned to perform.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified instructor</I> means a person who has demonstrated, pursuant to the railroad's written program, an adequate knowledge of the subjects under instruction and, where applicable, has the necessary operating experience to effectively instruct in the field, and has the following qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) Is a certified conductor under this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Has been selected as such by a designated railroad officer, in concurrence with the designated employee representative, where present; or
</P>
<P>(3) In absence of concurrence provided in paragraph (2) of this definition, has a minimum of 12 months service working as a train service employee.
</P>
<P>If a railroad does not have designated employee representation, then a person employed by the railroad need not comply with paragraphs (2) or (3) of this definition to be a <I>qualified instructor.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means any form of nonhighway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways and any entity providing such transportation, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and
</P>
<P>(2) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads; but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad officer</I> means any supervisory employee of a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad rolling stock</I> is on-track equipment that is either a “railroad freight car” (as defined in § 215.5 of this chapter) or a “passenger car” (as defined in § 238.5 of this chapter).
</P>
<P><I>Remote control operator</I> (RCO) means a certified locomotive engineer, as defined in § 240.7 of this chapter, certified by a railroad to operate remote control locomotives pursuant to § 240.107 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway maintenance equipment</I> is on-track equipment powered by any means of energy other than hand power which is used in conjunction with maintenance, repair, construction or inspection of track, bridges, roadway, signal, communications, or electric traction systems.
</P>
<P><I>Serve or service,</I> in the context of serving documents, has the meaning given in 49 CFR 209.5. The computation of time provisions in Rule 6 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure as amended are also applicable in this part. <I>See also</I> the definition of “file, filed, and filing” in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Specialized roadway maintenance equipment</I> is roadway maintenance equipment that does not have the capability to move railroad rolling stock. Any alteration of such equipment that enables it to move railroad rolling stock will require that the equipment be treated as a dual purpose vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Substance abuse disorder</I> refers to a psychological or physical dependence on alcohol or a drug, or another identifiable and treatable mental or physical disorder involving the abuse of alcohol or drugs as a primary manifestation. A substance abuse disorder is “active” within the meaning of this part if the person is currently using alcohol or other drugs, except under medical supervision consistent with the restrictions described in § 219.103 of this chapter or has failed to complete primary treatment successfully or participate in aftercare successfully as directed by a DAC or SAP.
</P>
<P><I>Substance Abuse Professional (SAP)</I> means a person who meets the qualifications of a substance abuse professional, as provided in part 40 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Territorial qualifications</I> means possessing the necessary knowledge concerning a railroad's operating rules and timetable special instructions including familiarity with applicable <I>main track and other than main track physical characteristics</I> of the territory over which the locomotive or train movement will occur.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation</I> means a tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operation conducted only on track used exclusively for that purpose (<I>i.e.,</I> there is no freight, intercity passenger, or commuter passenger railroad operation on the track).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 81324, Dec. 15, 2020; 90 FR 28127, July 1, 2025; 91 FR 22757, 22761, Apr. 28, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.1.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.9   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the Administrator for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. The filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for a waiver under this section must be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions the Administrator deems necessary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.1.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.11   Penalties and consequences for noncompliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where a grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or a death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I>for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(b) A person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement may be subject to disqualification from all safety-sensitive service in accordance with part 209 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) A person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<P>(d) In addition to the enforcement methods referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, FRA may also address violations of this part by use of the emergency order, compliance order, and/or injunctive provisions of the Federal rail safety laws.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 77 FR 24423, Apr. 24, 2012; 81 FR 43113, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16135, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60750, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 23737, May 23, 2019; 84 FR 37075, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1760, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23256, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15870, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1129, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89564, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106297, Dec. 30, 2024; 91 FR 22761, Apr. 28, 2026]




</CITA>
<P>(b) The information collection requirements are found in the following sections: §§ 242.9, 242.101, 242.103, 242.105, 242.107, 242.109, 242.111, 242.113, 242.115, 242.117, 242.119, 242.121, 242.123, 242.125, 242.127, 242.203, 242.205, 242.209, 242.211, 242.213, 242.215, 242.301, 242.401, 242.403, 242.405, and 242.407.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Program and Eligibility Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.101   Certification program required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After the pertinent date specified in § 242.105(d) or (e), each railroad shall have a certification program approved in accordance with § 242.103 that includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A designation of the types of service that it determines will be used in compliance with the criteria established in § 242.107;
</P>
<P>(2) A procedure for evaluating prior safety conduct that complies with the criteria established in § 242.109;
</P>
<P>(3) A procedure for evaluating visual and hearing acuity that complies with the criteria established in § 242.117;
</P>
<P>(4) A procedure for training that complies with the criteria established in § 242.119;
</P>
<P>(5) A procedure for knowledge testing that complies with the criteria established in § 242.121; and
</P>
<P>(6) A procedure for monitoring operational performance that complies with the criteria established in § 242.123.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.103   Approval of design of individual railroad programs by FRA.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall submit its written certification program and request for approval in accordance with the procedures contained in appendix B of this part according to the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) A Class I railroad (including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation), Class II railroad, or railroad providing commuter service shall submit a program no later than September 30, 2012; and
</P>
<P>(2) A Class III railroad (including a switching and terminal or other railroad not otherwise classified) shall submit a program no later than January 31, 2013.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad commencing operations after the pertinent date specified in paragraph (a) of this section shall submit its written certification program and request for approval in accordance with the procedures contained in appendix B to this part at least 60 days prior to commencing operations. The primary method for a railroad's submission is by email to <I>FRAOPCERTPROG@dot.gov.</I> For those railroads that are unable to send the program by email, the program may be sent to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Simultaneous with its filing with FRA, provide a copy of the submission filed pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, a resubmission filed pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section, or a material modification filed pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section to the president of each labor organization that represents the railroad's employees subject to this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Include in its submission filed pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, a resubmission filed pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section, or a material modification filed pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section a statement affirming that the railroad has provided a copy to the president of each labor organization that represents the railroad's employees subject to this part, together with a list of the names and addresses of persons provided a copy.
</P>
<P>(d) Not later than 45 days from the date of filing a submission pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, a resubmission pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section, or a material modification pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section, any designated representative of railroad employees subject to this part may comment on the submission, resubmission, or material modification:
</P>
<P>(1) Each comment shall set forth specifically the basis upon which it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the commenter in the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) Each comment shall be submitted by email to <I>FRAOPCERTPROG@dot.gov</I> or by mail to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, FRA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590; and
</P>
<P>(3) The commenter shall affirm that a copy of the comment was provided to the railroad.
</P>
<P>(e) The submission required by paragraph (a) or (b) of this section shall state the railroad's election either:
</P>
<P>(1) To accept responsibility for the training of conductors and thereby obtain authority for that railroad to initially certify a person as a conductor in an appropriate type of service; or
</P>
<P>(2) To recertify only conductors previously certified by other railroads.
</P>
<P>(f) A railroad that elects to accept responsibility for the training of conductors shall state in its submission whether it will conduct the training program or employ a training program conducted by some other entity on its behalf but adopted and ratified by that railroad.
</P>
<P>(g) A railroad's program is considered approved and may be implemented 30 days after the required filing date (or the actual filing date) unless the Administrator notifies the railroad in writing that the program does not conform to the criteria set forth in this part.
</P>
<P>(1) If the Administrator determines that the program does not conform, the Administrator will inform the railroad of the specific deficiencies.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Administrator informs the railroad of deficiencies more than 30 days after the initial filing date, the original program may remain in effect until 30 days after approval of the revised program is received so long as the railroad has complied with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) A railroad shall resubmit its program within 30 days after the date of such notice of deficiencies. A failure to resubmit the program with the necessary revisions will be considered a failure to implement a program under this part.
</P>
<P>(1) The Administrator will inform the railroad in writing whether its revised program conforms to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) If the program does not conform, the railroad shall resubmit its program.
</P>
<P>(i) A railroad that intends to materially modify its program after receiving initial FRA approval shall submit a description of how it intends to modify the program in conformity with the specific requirements of this part at least 60 days prior to implementing such a change.
</P>
<P>(1) A modification is material if it would affect the program's conformance with this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The modification submission shall contain a description that conforms to the pertinent portion of the procedures contained in appendix B of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) The modification submission will be handled in accordance with the procedures of paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section as though it were a new program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 77 FR 6491, Feb. 8, 2012; 85 FR 81324, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.105   Schedule for implementation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) By September 1, 2012, each railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) In writing, designate as certified conductors all persons authorized by the railroad to perform the duties of a conductor as of January 1, 2012; and
</P>
<P>(2) Issue a certificate that complies with § 242.207 to each person that it designates.
</P>
<P>(b) After September 1, 2012, each railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) In writing, designate as a certified conductor any person who has been authorized by the railroad to perform the duties of a conductor between January 1, 2012 and the pertinent date in paragraph (d) or (e) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Issue a certificate that complies with § 242.207 to each person that it designates.
</P>
<P>(c) No railroad shall permit or require a person, designated as a certified conductor under the provisions of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, to perform service as a certified conductor for more than a 36-month period beginning on the pertinent date for compliance with the mandatory procedures for testing and evaluation set forth in the applicable provisions of paragraph (d) or (e) of this section unless that person has been certified in accordance with procedures that comply with subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, a person who has been designated as a certified conductor under the provisions of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section and who is eligible to receive a retirement pension in accordance with the terms of an applicable agreement or in accordance with the terms of the Railroad Retirement Act (45 U.S.C. 231) within 36 months from the pertinent date for compliance with the mandatory procedures for testing and evaluation set forth in the applicable provisions of paragraph (d) or (e) of this section, may request, in writing, that a railroad not recertify that person, pursuant to subpart B of this part, until 36 months from the pertinent date for compliance with the mandatory procedures for testing and evaluation set forth in the applicable provisions of paragraph (d) or (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon receipt of a written request pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a railroad may wait to recertify the person making the request until the end of the 36-month period described in paragraph (c) of this section. If a railroad grants any request, it must grant the request of all eligible persons to every extent possible.
</P>
<P>(3) A person who is subject to recertification under part 240 of this chapter may not make a request pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) After December 1, 2012, no Class I railroad (including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation), Class II railroad, or railroad providing commuter service shall initially certify or recertify a person as a conductor unless that person has been tested and evaluated in accordance with procedures that comply with subpart B of this part and issued a certificate that complies with § 242.207.
</P>
<P>(e) After April 1, 2013, no Class III railroad (including a switching and terminal or other railroad not otherwise classified) shall initially certify or recertify a person as a conductor unless that person has been tested and evaluated in accordance with procedures that comply with subpart B of this part and issued a certificate that complies with § 242.207.
</P>
<P>(f) After the applicable dates specified in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, no person shall serve as a conductor in any type of service and no railroad shall require or permit any person to serve as a conductor in any type of service unless that person has been tested and evaluated in accordance with procedures that comply with subpart B of this part and issued a certificate that complies with § 242.207.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 77 FR 6491, Feb. 8, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.107   Types of service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad's program shall state which of the two types of service (conductor and passenger conductor), provided for in paragraph (b) of this section, that it will cover.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad may issue certificates for either of the following types of service:
</P>
<P>(1) Conductor; and
</P>
<P>(2) Passenger conductor.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad shall not reclassify the certification of any type of certified conductor to a different type of conductor certification during the period in which the certification is otherwise valid except when a conductor completes the emergency training identified in part 239 of this chapter and is certified as a passenger conductor.
</P>
<P>(d) Each railroad is authorized to impose additional conditions or operational restrictions on the service a conductor may perform beyond those identified in this section provided those conditions or restrictions are not inconsistent with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.109   Determinations required for certification and recertification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After the pertinent date specified in § 242.105(d) or (e), each railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as a conductor, shall, in accordance with its FRA-approved program, determine in writing that:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual meets the eligibility requirements of §§ 242.111, 242.113, 242.115, and 242.403; and
</P>
<P>(2) The individual meets the vision and hearing acuity standards of § 242.117 (“Vision and hearing acuity”);
</P>
<P>(3) The individual has the necessary knowledge, as demonstrated by successfully completing a test that meets the requirements of § 242.121 (“Knowledge testing”); and
</P>
<P>(4) Where a person has not previously been certified, that the person has completed a training program that meets the requirements of § 242.119 (“Training”).
</P>
<P>(b) When evaluating a person's prior safety conduct, a railroad shall not consider information concerning prior conduct that:
</P>
<P>(1) Occurred prior to the effective date of this rule; or
</P>
<P>(2) Occurred at a time other than that specifically provided for in §§ 242.111, 242.115 or 242.403.
</P>
<P>(c) In order to make the determination required under paragraph (a) of this section, a railroad shall have on file documents pertinent to those determinations.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad's program shall provide a candidate for certification or recertification a reasonable opportunity to review and comment in writing on any record which contains information concerning the person's prior safety conduct, including information pertinent to determinations required under § 242.115, if the railroad believes the record contains information that could be sufficient to render the person ineligible for certification under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(e) The opportunity for comment shall be afforded to the person prior to the railroad's rendering its eligibility decision based on that information. Any responsive comment furnished shall be retained by the railroad in accordance with § 242.203.
</P>
<P>(f) The program shall include a method for a person to advise the railroad that he or she has never been a railroad employee or obtained a license to drive a motor vehicle. Nothing in this section shall be construed as imposing a duty or requirement that a person have prior railroad employment experience or obtain a motor vehicle driver's license in order to become a certified conductor.
</P>
<P>(g) Nothing in this section, § 242.111 or § 242.113 shall be construed to prevent persons subject to this part from entering into an agreement that results in a railroad's obtaining the information needed for compliance with this subpart in a different manner than that prescribed in § 242.111 or § 242.113.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.111   Prior safety conduct as motor vehicle operator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraphs (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this section, after the pertinent date specified in § 242.105(d) or (e), each railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as a conductor for any type of service, shall determine that the person meets the eligibility requirements of this section involving prior conduct as a motor vehicle operator.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad shall initially certify a person as a conductor for 60 days if the person:
</P>
<P>(1) Requested the information required by paragraph (h) of this section at least 60 days prior to the date of the decision to certify that person; and
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise meets the eligibility requirements provided in § 242.109.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad shall recertify a person as a conductor for 60 days from the expiration date of that person's certification if the person:
</P>
<P>(1) Requested the information required by paragraph (h) of this section at least 60 days prior to the date of the decision to recertify that person; and
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise meets the eligibility requirements provided in § 242.109.
</P>
<P>(e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, if a railroad who certified or recertified a person pursuant to paragraph (c) or (d) of this section does not obtain and evaluate the information required pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section within 60 days of the pertinent dates identified in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, that person will be ineligible to perform as a conductor until the information can be evaluated.
</P>
<P>(f) If a person requests the information required pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section but is unable to obtain it, that person or the railroad certifying or recertifying that person may petition for a waiver of the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section in accordance with the provisions of part 211 of this chapter. A railroad shall certify or recertify a person during the pendency of the waiver request if the person otherwise meets the eligibility requirements provided in § 242.109.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Individual's duty.</I> Except for persons designated as conductors under § 242.105(a) or (b) or for persons covered by § 242.109(f), each person seeking certification or recertification under this part shall, within 366 days preceding the date of the railroad's decision on certification or recertification:
</P>
<P>(1) Take the actions required by paragraphs (h) through (j) of this section to make information concerning his or her driving record available to the railroad that is considering such certification or recertification; and
</P>
<P>(2) Take any additional actions, including providing any necessary consent required by State, Federal, or foreign law to make information concerning his or her driving record available to that railroad.
</P>
<P>(h) Each person seeking certification or recertification under this part shall request, in writing, that the chief of each driver licensing agency identified in paragraph (i) of this section provide a copy of that agency's available information concerning his or her driving record to the railroad that is considering such certification or recertification.
</P>
<P>(i) Each person shall request the information required under paragraph (h) of this section from:
</P>
<P>(1) The chief of the driver licensing agency of any jurisdiction, including a state or foreign country, which last issued that person a driver's license; and
</P>
<P>(2) The chief of the driver licensing agency of any other jurisdiction, including states or foreign countries, that issued or reissued the person a driver's license within the preceding five years.
</P>
<P>(j) If advised by the railroad that a driver licensing agency has informed the railroad that additional information concerning that person's driving history may exist in the files of a state agency or foreign country not previously contacted in accordance with this section, such person shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Request in writing that the chief of the driver licensing agency which compiled the information provide a copy of the available information to the prospective certifying railroad; and
</P>
<P>(2) Take any additional action required by State, Federal, or foreign law to obtain that additional information.
</P>
<P>(k) Any person who has never obtained a motor vehicle driving license is not required to comply with the provisions of paragraph (h) of this section but shall notify the railroad of that fact in accordance with procedures of the railroad that comply with § 242.109(f).
</P>
<P>(l) Each certified conductor or person seeking initial certification shall report motor vehicle incidents described in paragraphs (n)(1) and (2) of this section to the employing railroad within 48 hours of being convicted for, or completed state action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle drivers license for, such violations. For purposes of this paragraph and paragraph (n) of this section, “state action” means action of the jurisdiction that has issued the motor vehicle driver's license, including a foreign country. For the purposes of conductor certification, no railroad shall require reporting earlier than 48 hours after the conviction, or completed state action to cancel, revoke, or deny a motor vehicle drivers license.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Evaluation of record.</I> When evaluating a person's motor vehicle driving record, a railroad shall not consider information concerning motor vehicle driving incidents that occurred:
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to the effective date of this rule;
</P>
<P>(2) More than 36 months before the month in which the railroad is making its certification decision; or
</P>
<P>(3) At a time other than that specifically provided for in §§ 242.111, 242.115, or 242.403.
</P>
<P>(n) A railroad shall only consider information concerning the following types of motor vehicle incidents:
</P>
<P>(1) A conviction for, or completed state action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle drivers license for, operating a motor vehicle while under the influence of or impaired by alcohol or a controlled substance; or
</P>
<P>(2) A conviction for, or completed state action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license for, refusal to undergo such testing as is required by State or foreign law when a law enforcement official seeks to determine whether a person is operating a vehicle while under the influence of alcohol or a controlled substance.
</P>
<P>(o) If such an incident is identified:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad shall provide the data to the railroad's DAC, together with any information concerning the person's railroad service record, and shall refer the person for evaluation to determine if the person has an active substance abuse disorder;
</P>
<P>(2) The person shall cooperate in the evaluation and shall provide any requested records of prior counseling or treatment for review exclusively by the DAC in the context of such evaluation; and
</P>
<P>(3) If the person is evaluated as not currently affected by an active substance abuse disorder, the subject data shall not be considered further with respect to certification. However, the railroad shall, on recommendation of the DAC, condition certification upon participation in any needed aftercare and/or follow-up testing for alcohol or drugs deemed necessary by the DAC consistent with the technical standards specified in § 242.115(f)(3).
</P>
<P>(4) If the person is evaluated as currently affected by an active substance abuse disorder, the provisions of § 242.115(d) will apply.
</P>
<P>(5) If the person fails to comply with the requirements of paragraph (o)(2) of this section, the person shall be ineligible to perform as a conductor until such time as the person complies with the requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.113   Prior safety conduct as an employee of a different railroad.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program which complies with the requirements of this section. When any person including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) After the pertinent date specified in § 242.105(d) or (e), each railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as a conductor for any type of service, shall determine that the person meets the eligibility requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for persons designated as conductors under § 242.105(a) or (b) or for persons covered by § 242.109(f), each person seeking certification or recertification under this part shall, within 366 days preceding the date of the railroad's decision on certification or recertification:
</P>
<P>(1) Request, in writing, that the chief operating officer or other appropriate person of the former employing railroad provide a copy of that railroad's available information concerning his or her service record pertaining to compliance or non-compliance with §§ 242.111, 242.115, and 242.403 to the railroad that is considering such certification or recertification; and
</P>
<P>(2) Take any additional actions, including providing any necessary consent required by State or Federal law to make information concerning his or her service record available to that railroad.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.115   Substance abuse disorders and alcohol drug rules compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program which complies with the requirements of this section. When any person, including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee, violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) After the pertinent date specified in § 242.105(d) or (e), each railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as a conductor for any type of service, shall determine that the person meets the eligibility requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) In order to make the determination required under paragraph (d) of this section, a railroad shall have on file documents pertinent to that determination, including a written document from its DAC which states his or her professional opinion that the person has been evaluated as not currently affected by a substance abuse disorder or that the person has been evaluated as affected by an active substance abuse disorder.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Fitness requirement.</I> (1) A person who has an active substance abuse disorder shall be denied certification or recertification as a conductor.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, a certified conductor who is determined to have an active substance abuse disorder shall be ineligible to hold certification. Consistent with other provisions of this part, certification may be reinstated as provided in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a current employee of the railroad evaluated as having an active substance abuse disorder (including a person identified under the procedures of § 242.111), the employee may, if otherwise eligible, voluntarily self-refer for substance abuse counseling or treatment under the policy required by § 219.403 of this chapter; and the railroad shall then treat the substance abuse evaluation as confidential except with respect to ineligibility for certification.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prior alcohol/drug conduct; Federal rule compliance.</I> (1) In determining whether a person may be or remain certified as a conductor, a railroad shall consider conduct described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section that occurred within a period of 60 consecutive months prior to the review. A review of certification shall be initiated promptly upon the occurrence and documentation of any incident of conduct described in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad shall consider any violation of § 219.101 or § 219.102 of this chapter and any refusal to provide a breath or body fluid sample for testing under the requirements of part 219 of this chapter when instructed to do so by a railroad representative.
</P>
<P>(3) A period of ineligibility described in this section shall begin:
</P>
<P>(i) For a person not currently certified, on the date of the railroad's written determination that the most recent incident has occurred; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For a person currently certified, on the date of the railroad's notification to the person that recertification has been denied or certification has been revoked; and
</P>
<P>(4) The period of ineligibility described in this section shall be determined in accordance with the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a single violation of § 219.102 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate during evaluation and any required primary treatment as described in paragraph (f) of this section. In the case of two violations of § 219.102 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of two years. In the case of more than two such violations, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of five years.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of one violation of § 219.102 of this chapter and one violation of § 219.101 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of three years.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of one violation of § 219.101 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of 9 months (unless identification of the violation was through a qualifying “co-worker report” as described in § 219.405 of this chapter and the conductor waives investigation, in which case the certificate shall be deemed suspended during evaluation and any required primary treatment as described in paragraph (f)). In the case of two or more violations of § 219.101 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of five years.
</P>
<P>(iv) A refusal to provide a breath or body fluid sample for testing under the requirements of part 219 of this chapter when instructed to do so by a railroad representative shall be treated, for purposes of ineligibility under this paragraph, in the same manner as a violation of:
</P>
<P>(A) Section 219.102 of this chapter, in the case of a refusal to provide a body fluid specimen for testing; or
</P>
<P>(B) Section 219.101 of this chapter, in the case of a refusal to provide a breath sample for alcohol testing or a blood specimen for mandatory post-accident toxicological testing.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Future eligibility to hold certificate following alcohol/drug violation.</I> The following requirements apply to a person who has been denied certification or who has had certification suspended or revoked as a result of conduct described in paragraph (e) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The person shall not be eligible for grant or reinstatement of the certificate unless and until the person has:
</P>
<P>(i) Been evaluated by a SAP to determine if the person currently has an active substance abuse disorder;
</P>
<P>(ii) Successfully completed any program of counseling or treatment determined to be necessary by the SAP prior to return to service; and
</P>
<P>(iii) In accordance with the testing procedures of subpart H of part 219 of this chapter, has had an alcohol test with an alcohol concentration of less than .02 and presented a body fluid sample that tested negative for controlled substances assayed.
</P>
<P>(2) A conductor placed in service or returned to service under the above-stated conditions shall continue in any program of counseling or treatment deemed necessary by the SAP and shall be subject to a reasonable program of follow-up alcohol and drug testing without prior notice for a period of not more than 60 months following return to service. Follow-up tests shall include not fewer than 6 alcohol tests and 6 drug tests during the first 12 months following return to service.
</P>
<P>(3) Return-to-service and follow-up alcohol and drug tests shall be performed consistent with the requirements of subpart H of part 219 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) This paragraph does not create an entitlement to utilize the services of a railroad SAP, to be afforded leave from employment for counseling or treatment, or to employment as a conductor. Nor does it restrict any discretion available to the railroad to take disciplinary action based on conduct described herein.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Confidentiality protected.</I> Nothing in this part shall affect the responsibility of the railroad under § 219.403 of this chapter (“Voluntary referral policy”) to treat voluntary referrals for substance abuse counseling and treatment as confidential; and the certification status of a conductor who is successfully assisted under the procedures of that section shall not be adversely affected. However, the railroad shall include in its voluntary referral policy required to be issued pursuant to § 219.403 of this chapter a provision that, at least with respect to a certified conductor or a candidate for certification, the policy of confidentiality is waived (to the extent that the railroad shall receive from the SAP or DAC official notice of the substance abuse disorder and shall suspend or revoke the certification, as appropriate) if the person at any time refuses to cooperate in a recommended course of counseling or treatment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 88 FR 27652, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.117" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.117   Vision and hearing acuity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program which complies with the requirements of this section. When any person including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) After the pertinent date specified in § 242.105(d) or (e), each railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as a conductor for any class of service, shall determine that the person meets the standards for visual acuity and hearing acuity prescribed in this section.
</P>
<P>(c) In order to make the determination required under paragraph (b) of this section, a railroad shall have on file either:
</P>
<P>(1) A medical examiner's certificate that the individual has been medically examined and meets these acuity standards; or
</P>
<P>(2) A written document from its medical examiner documenting his or her professional opinion that the person does not meet one or both acuity standards and stating the basis for his or her determination that:
</P>
<P>(i) The person can nevertheless be certified under certain conditions; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The person's acuity is such that the person cannot safely perform as a conductor even with conditions attached.
</P>
<P>(d) Any examination required for compliance with this section shall be performed by or under the supervision of a medical examiner or a licensed physician's assistant such that:
</P>
<P>(1) A licensed optometrist or a technician responsible to that person may perform the portion of the examination that pertains to visual acuity; and
</P>
<P>(2) A licensed or certified audiologist or a technician responsible to that person may perform the portion of the examination that pertains to hearing acuity.
</P>
<P>(e) If the examination required under this section discloses that the person needs corrective lenses or a hearing aid, or both, either to meet the threshold acuity levels established in this section or to meet a lower threshold determined by the railroad's medical examiner to be sufficient to perform as a conductor, that fact shall be noted on the certificate issued in accordance with the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(f) Any person with such a certificate notation shall use the relevant corrective device(s) while performing as a conductor unless the railroad's medical examiner subsequently determines in writing that the person can safely perform without using the device.
</P>
<P>(g) In order to be currently certified as a conductor, except as permitted by paragraph (j) of this section, a person's vision and hearing shall meet or exceed the standards prescribed in this section and appendix D to this part. It is recommended that each test conducted pursuant to this section should be performed according to any directions supplied by the manufacturer of such test and any American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards that are applicable.
</P>
<P>(h) Except as provided in paragraph (j) of this section, each person shall have visual acuity that meets or exceeds the following thresholds:
</P>
<P>(1) For distant viewing, either:
</P>
<P>(i) Distant visual acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in each eye without corrective lenses; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Distant visual acuity separately corrected to at least 20/40 (Snellen) with corrective lenses and distant binocular acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in both eyes with or without corrective lenses;
</P>
<P>(2) A field of vision of at least 70 degrees in the horizontal meridian in each eye; and
</P>
<P>(3) The ability to recognize and distinguish between the colors of railroad signals as demonstrated by successfully completing one of the tests in appendix D to this part.
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraph (j) of this section, each person shall have a hearing test or audiogram that shows the person's hearing acuity meets or exceeds the following thresholds: The person does not have an average hearing loss in the better ear greater than 40 decibels with or without use of a hearing aid, at 500 Hz, 1,000 Hz, and 2,000 Hz. The hearing test or audiogram shall meet the requirements of one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) As required in 29 CFR 1910.95(h) (Occupational Safety and Health Administration);
</P>
<P>(2) As required in § 227.111 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(3) Conducted using an audiometer that meets the specifications of and is maintained and used in accordance with a formal industry standard, such as ANSI S3.6, “Specifications for Audiometers.”
</P>
<P>(j) A person not meeting the thresholds in paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section shall, upon request, be subject to further medical evaluation by a railroad's medical examiner to determine that person's ability to safely perform as a conductor. In accordance with the guidance prescribed in Appendix D to this part, a person is entitled to one retest without making any showing and to another retest if the person provides evidence substantiating that circumstances have changed since the last test to the extent that the person could now safely perform as a conductor. The railroad shall provide its medical examiner with a copy of this part, including all appendices. If, after consultation with a railroad officer, the medical examiner concludes that, despite not meeting the threshold(s) in paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section, the person has the ability to safely perform as a conductor, the person may be certified as a conductor and such certification conditioned on any special restrictions the medical examiner determines in writing to be necessary.
</P>
<P>(k) As a condition of maintaining certification, each certified conductor shall notify his or her employing railroad's medical department or, if no such department exists, an appropriate railroad official if the person's best correctable vision or hearing has deteriorated to the extent that the person no longer meets one or more of the prescribed vision or hearing standards or requirements of this section. This notification is required prior to any subsequent performance as a conductor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 81324, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.119" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.119   Training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program that meets the requirements of this section. When any person including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) After the pertinent date specified in § 242.105(d) or (e), each railroad, prior to the initial issuance of a certificate to any person as a conductor, shall determine that the person has, in accordance with the requirements of this section, the knowledge to safely perform as a conductor in each type of service that the person will be permitted to perform.
</P>
<P>(c) In making this determination, a railroad shall have written documentation showing that:
</P>
<P>(1) The person completed a training program that complies with paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The person demonstrated his or her knowledge by achieving a passing grade under the testing and evaluation procedures of that training program; and
</P>
<P>(3) The person demonstrated that he or she is qualified on the physical characteristics of the railroad, or its pertinent segments, over which that person will perform service.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad that elects to train a previously untrained person to be a conductor shall develop an initial training program which, at a minimum, includes the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Determine how training must be structured, developed, and delivered, including an appropriate combination of classroom, simulator, computer-based, correspondence, on-the-job training, or other formal training. The curriculum shall be designed to impart knowledge of, and ability to comply with applicable Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders, as well as any relevant railroad rules and procedures promulgated to implement those applicable Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders. This training shall document a person's knowledge of, and ability to comply with, Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders, as well as railroad rules and procedures.
</P>
<P>(2) The on-the-job portion of the training program shall consist of the following three key components:
</P>
<P>(i) A brief statement describing the tasks and related steps the employee learning the job shall be able to perform;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of the conditions (<I>e.g.,</I> prerequisites, tools, equipment, documentation, briefings, demonstrations, and practice) necessary for learning transfer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of the standards by which proficiency is measured through a combination of task/step accuracy, completeness, and repetition.
</P>
<P>(3) Prior to beginning the initial safety-related tasks associated with on-the-job exercises, employers shall make any relevant information or materials, such as operating rules, safety rules, or other rules available to employees involved for referencing.
</P>
<P>(4) The tasks and related steps associated with on-the-job exercises for a particular type of conductor service (<I>e.g.,</I> passenger conductor) shall be maintained together in one manual, checklist, or similar document. This reference shall be made available to all employees involved in those on-the-job exercises.
</P>
<P>(5) When new safety-related railroad laws, regulations, orders, technologies, procedures, or equipment are introduced into the workplace, the railroad must review its training program and modify its training plan accordingly.
</P>
<P>(e) Prior to a previously untrained person being certified as a conductor, a railroad shall require the person to:
</P>
<P>(1) Successfully complete the formal initial training program developed pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section and any associated examinations covering the skills and knowledge the person will need to possess in order to perform the tasks necessary to be a conductor; and
</P>
<P>(2) Demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the railroad with input from a qualified instructor, on-the-job proficiency by successfully completing the tasks necessary to be a conductor. However, a person may perform such tasks under the direct onsite supervision of a person, who has the necessary operating experience, as part of the on-the-job training process prior to completing such training and passing the field evaluation; and
</P>
<P>(3) Demonstrate knowledge of the physical characteristics of any assigned territory by successfully completing a test created by a person qualified on the physical characteristics of the territory.
</P>
<P>(f) If a railroad uses a written test for purposes of paragraph (e)(3) of this section, the railroad must provide the person(s) being tested with an opportunity to consult with a supervisory employee, who possesses territorial qualifications for the territory, to explain a question.
</P>
<P>(g) A person may acquire familiarity with the physical characteristics of a territory through the following methods:
</P>
<P>(1) The methods used by a railroad for familiarizing its conductors with new territory while starting up a new railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) The methods used by a railroad for starting operations over newly acquired rail lines; or
</P>
<P>(3) The methods used by a railroad for reopening of a long unused route.
</P>
<P>(h) The methods listed in paragraph (g) of this section shall be described in the railroad's conductor qualification program required under this part and submitted according to the procedures described in Appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(i) If ownership of a railroad is being transferred from one company to another, the conductor(s) of the acquiring company may receive familiarization training from the selling company prior to the acquiring railroad commencing operation.
</P>
<P>(j) A railroad shall designate in its program required by this section the time period in which a conductor must be absent from a territory or yard, before requalification on physical characteristics is required.
</P>
<P>(k) A railroad's program shall include the procedures used to qualify or requalify a person on the physical characteristics.
</P>
<P>(l) A railroad shall provide for the continuing education of certified conductors to ensure that each conductor maintains the necessary knowledge concerning railroad safety and operating rules and compliance with all applicable Federal regulations, including, but not limited to, hazardous materials, passenger train emergency preparedness, brake system safety standards, pre-departure inspection procedures, and passenger equipment safety standards, and physical characteristics of a territory.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.121" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.121   Knowledge testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program that meets the requirements of this section. When any person including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) After the pertinent date specified in § 242.105(d) or (e), each railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as a conductor for any type of service, shall determine that the person has, in accordance with the requirements of this section, demonstrated sufficient knowledge of the railroad's rules and practices for the safe movement of trains.
</P>
<P>(c) In order to make the knowledge determination required by paragraph (b) of this section, a railroad shall have procedures for testing a person being evaluated for certification as a conductor that shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) Designed to examine a person's knowledge of the railroad's operating rules and practices for the safe movement of trains;
</P>
<P>(2) Objective in nature;
</P>
<P>(3) Administered in written or electronic form;
</P>
<P>(4) Cover the following subjects:
</P>
<P>(i) Safety and operating rules;
</P>
<P>(ii) Timetable instructions;
</P>
<P>(iii) Compliance with all applicable Federal regulations;
</P>
<P>(iv) Physical characteristics of the territory on which a person will be or is currently serving as a conductor; and
</P>
<P>(v) Use of any job aid that a railroad may provide a conductor;
</P>
<P>(5) Sufficient to accurately measure the person's knowledge of the covered subjects; and
</P>
<P>(6) Conducted without open reference books or other materials except to the degree the person is being tested on his or her ability to use such reference books or materials.
</P>
<P>(d) The conduct of the test shall be documented in writing and the documentation shall contain sufficient information to identify the relevant facts relied on for evaluation purposes.
</P>
<P>(e) For purposes of paragraph (c) of this section, the railroad must provide the person(s) being tested with an opportunity to consult with a supervisory employee, who possesses territorial qualifications for the territory, to explain a question.
</P>
<P>(f) The documentation shall indicate whether the person passed or failed the test.
</P>
<P>(g) If a person fails to pass the test, no railroad shall permit or require that person to function as a conductor prior to that person's achieving a passing score during a reexamination of the person's knowledge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.123" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.123   Monitoring operational performance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program that meets the requirements of this section. When any person including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad shall have a program to monitor the conduct of its certified conductors by performing unannounced operating rules compliance tests. The program shall include procedures to address the testing of certified conductors who are not given an unannounced compliance test in a calendar year pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section. At a minimum, such procedures shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A requirement that an unannounced compliance test must be conducted within 30 days of a return to conductor service; and
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad must retain a written record indicating the date that the conductor stopped performing service that requires certification pursuant to this part, the date that the conductor returned to performing service that requires certification pursuant to this part, and the date that the unannounced compliance test was performed.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, each conductor shall be given at least one unannounced compliance test in each calendar year by a railroad officer who meets the requirements of § 217.9(b)(1) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) The unannounced test program shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Test those persons certified as a conductor pursuant to § 242.107(b)(1) for compliance with one or more operational tests in accordance with the provisions of § 217.9 of this chapter; and one or more provisions of §§ 218.99 through 218.109 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) Test those persons certified as a passenger conductor pursuant to § 242.107(b)(2) for compliance with one or more operational tests in accordance with the provisions of § 217.9 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(i) For persons certified as passenger conductors pursuant to § 242.107(b)(2) who do not require compliance with part 218, subpart F of this chapter except under emergency circumstances, the requirement for an annual, unannounced test on the requirements of part 218, subpart F may be satisfied by annual training.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) Each railroad's program shall indicate the action the railroad will take in the event that it finds deficiencies with a conductor's performance during an unannounced compliance test administered in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(f) A certified conductor who is not performing a service that requires certification pursuant to this part need not be given an unannounced compliance test. However, when the certified conductor returns to a service that requires certification pursuant to this part, that certified conductor must be tested pursuant to this section within 30 days of his or her return.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.125" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.125   Certification determinations made by other railroads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad that is considering certification of a person as a conductor may rely on determinations made by another railroad concerning that person's certification. The railroad's certification program shall address how the railroad will administer the training of previously uncertified conductors with extensive operating experience or previously certified conductors who have had their certification expire. If a railroad's certification program fails to specify how it will train a previously certified conductor hired from another railroad, then the railroad shall require the newly hired conductor to take the hiring railroad's entire training program.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad relying on another railroad's certification shall determine that:
</P>
<P>(1) The prior certification is still valid in accordance with the provisions of §§ 242.201 and 242.407;
</P>
<P>(2) The prior certification was for the same type of service as the certification being issued under this section;
</P>
<P>(3) The person has received training on the physical characteristics of the new territory in accordance with § 242.119; and
</P>
<P>(4) The person has demonstrated the necessary knowledge concerning the railroad's operating rules in accordance with § 242.121.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.127" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.2.137.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.127   Reliance on qualification requirements of other countries.</HEAD>
<P>A Canadian railroad that is required to comply with this regulation or a railroad that conducts joint operations with a Canadian railroad may certify that a person is eligible to be a conductor provided it determines that:
</P>
<P>(a) The person is employed by the Canadian railroad; and
</P>
<P>(b) The person meets or exceeds the qualifications standards issued by Transport Canada for such service.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Administration of the Certification Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.3.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.201   Time limitations for certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After the pertinent date in § 242.105(d) or (e), a railroad shall not certify or recertify a person as a conductor in any type of service, if the railroad is making:
</P>
<P>(1) A determination concerning eligibility under §§ 242.111, 242.113, 242.115, and 242.403 and the eligibility data being relied on was furnished more than 366 days before the date of the railroad's certification decision;
</P>
<P>(2) A determination concerning visual and hearing acuity and the medical examination being relied on was conducted more than 450 days before the date of the railroad's certification decision;
</P>
<P>(3) A determination concerning demonstrated knowledge and the knowledge examination being relied on was conducted more than 366 days before the date of the railroad's certification decision except as provided for in paragraph (a)(4) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(4) A determination concerning demonstrated knowledge and the knowledge examination being relied on was conducted more than 24 months before the date of the railroad's recertification decision if the railroad administers a knowledge testing program pursuant to § 242.121 at intervals that do not exceed 24 months.
</P>
<P>(b) The time limitations of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to a railroad that is making a certification decision in reliance on determinations made by another railroad in accordance with paragraph (c)(3) of this section, § 242.125, or § 242.127.
</P>
<P>(c) No railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Permit or require a person, designated under § 242.105(a) or (b), to perform service as a certified conductor for more than the 36-month period beginning on the pertinent date for compliance with the mandatory procedures for testing and evaluation set forth in the applicable provisions of § 242.105(d) or (e) unless that person has been determined to be eligible in accordance with procedures that comply with subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Certify a person as a conductor for an interval of more than 36 months; or
</P>
<P>(3) Rely on a certification issued by another railroad that is more than 36 months old.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided for in § 242.105 concerning initial implementation of the program, a railroad shall issue each person designated as a certified conductor a certificate that complies with § 242.207 no later than 30 days from the date of its decision to certify or recertify that person.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 91 FR 22761, Apr. 28, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.3.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.203   Retaining information supporting determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After the pertinent date in § 242.105(d) or (e), a railroad that issues, denies, or revokes a certificate after making the determinations required under § 242.109 shall maintain a record for each certified conductor or applicant for certification that contains the information the railroad relied on in making the determinations.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad shall retain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's prior safety conduct;
</P>
<P>(2) Relevant data furnished by another railroad;
</P>
<P>(3) Relevant data furnished by a governmental agency concerning the person's motor vehicle driving record;
</P>
<P>(4) Relevant data furnished by the person seeking certification concerning his or her eligibility;
</P>
<P>(5) The relevant test results data concerning hearing and vision acuity;
</P>
<P>(6) If applicable, the relevant data concerning the professional opinion of the railroad's medical examiner on the adequacy of the person's hearing or vision acuity;
</P>
<P>(7) Relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's success or failure of the passage of knowledge test(s) under § 242.121;
</P>
<P>(8) A sample copy of the written knowledge test or tests administered; and
</P>
<P>(9) The relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's success or failure on unannounced operating rules compliance tests the railroad performed to monitor the conductor's performance in accordance with § 242.123.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad is relying on successful completion of an approved training program conducted by another entity, the relying railroad shall maintain a record for each certified conductor that contains the relevant data furnished by the training entity concerning the person's demonstration of knowledge and relied on by the railroad in making its determinations.
</P>
<P>(d) If a railroad is relying on a certification decision initially made by another railroad, the relying railroad shall maintain a record for each certified conductor that contains the relevant data furnished by the other railroad which it relied on in making its determinations.
</P>
<P>(e) All records required under this section shall be retained for a period of six years from the date of the certification, recertification, denial or revocation decision and shall be made available to FRA representatives upon request during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(f) It shall be unlawful for any railroad to knowingly or any individual to willfully:
</P>
<P>(1) Make, cause to be made, or participate in the making of a false entry on the record(s) required by this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise falsify such records through material misstatement, omission, or mutilation.
</P>
<P>(g) Nothing in this section precludes a railroad from maintaining the information required to be retained under this section in an electronic format provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad maintains an information technology security program adequate to ensure the integrity of the electronic data storage system, including the prevention of unauthorized access to the program logic or individual records;
</P>
<P>(2) The program and data storage system must be protected by a security system that utilizes an employee identification number and password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of program access meeting all of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) No two individuals have the same electronic identity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A record cannot be deleted or altered by any individual after the record is certified by the employee who created the record;
</P>
<P>(3) Any amendment to a record is either:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronically stored apart from the record that it amends; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronically attached to the record as information without changing the original record;
</P>
<P>(4) Each amendment to a record uniquely identifies the person making the amendment;
</P>
<P>(5) The system employed by the railroad for data storage permits reasonable access and retrieval of the information in usable format when requested to furnish data by FRA representatives; and
</P>
<P>(6) Information retrieved from the system can be easily produced in a printed format which can be readily provided to FRA representatives in a timely manner and authenticated by a designated representative of the railroad as a true and accurate copy of the railroad's records if requested to do so by FRA representatives.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.3.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.205   Identification of certified persons and recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After September 1, 2012, a railroad shall maintain a list identifying each person designated as a certified conductor. That list shall indicate the types of service the railroad determines each person is authorized to perform and date of the railroad's certification decision.
</P>
<P>(b) If a railroad employs conductors working in joint operations territory, the list shall include person(s) determined by that railroad to be certified as conductor(s) and possessing the necessary territorial qualifications for the applicable territory in accordance with § 242.301.
</P>
<P>(c) The list required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be updated at least annually;
</P>
<P>(2) Be available at the divisional or regional headquarters of the railroad; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be available for inspection or copying by FRA during regular business hours.
</P>
<P>(d) It shall be unlawful for any railroad to knowingly or any individual to willfully:
</P>
<P>(1) Make, cause to be made, or participate in the making of a false entry on the list required by this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise falsify such list through material misstatement, omission, or mutilation.
</P>
<P>(e) Nothing in this section precludes a railroad from maintaining the list required this section in an electronic format provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad maintains an information technology security program adequate to ensure the integrity of the electronic data storage system, including the prevention of unauthorized access to the program logic or the list;
</P>
<P>(2) The program and data storage system must be protected by a security system that utilizes an employee identification number and password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of program access meeting all of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) No two individuals have the same electronic identity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An entry on the list cannot be deleted or altered by any individual after the entry is certified by the employee who created the entry;
</P>
<P>(3) Any amendment to the list is either:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronically stored apart from the entry on the list that it amends; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronically attached to the entry on the list as information without changing the original entry;
</P>
<P>(4) Each amendment to the list uniquely identifies the person making the amendment;
</P>
<P>(5) The system employed by the railroad for data storage permits reasonable access and retrieval of the information in usable format when requested to furnish data by FRA representatives; and
</P>
<P>(6) Information retrieved from the system can be easily produced in a printed format which can be readily provided to FRA representatives in a timely manner and authenticated by a designated representative of the railroad as a true and accurate copy of the railroad's records if requested to do so by FRA representatives.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 77 FR 6491, Feb. 8, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.3.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.207   Certificate components.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At a minimum, each certificate issued in compliance with this part shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the railroad or parent company that is issuing it;
</P>
<P>(2) Indicate that the railroad, acting in conformity with this part, has determined that the person to whom it is being issued has been determined to be eligible to perform as a conductor or as a passenger conductor;
</P>
<P>(3) Identify the person to whom it is being issued (including the person's name, employee identification number, and either a physical description or photograph of the person);
</P>
<P>(4) Identify any conditions or limitations, including the type of service or conditions to ameliorate vision or hearing acuity deficiencies, that restrict the person's operational authority;
</P>
<P>(5) Show the effective date of each certification held;
</P>
<P>(6) Be signed by an individual designated in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(7) Be electronic or be of sufficiently small size to permit being carried in an ordinary pocket wallet.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad shall designate in writing any person that it authorizes to sign the certificates described in this section. The designation shall identify such persons by name or job title.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in paragraph (a) of this section shall prohibit any railroad from including additional information on the certificate or supplementing the certificate through other documents.
</P>
<P>(d) It shall be unlawful for any railroad to knowingly or any individual to willfully:
</P>
<P>(1) Make, cause to be made, or participate in the making of a false entry on that certificate; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise falsify that certificate through material misstatement, omission, or mutilation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 91 FR 22761, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.3.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.209   Maintenance of the certificate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each conductor who has received a certificate required under this part shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Have that certificate in his or her possession while on duty as a conductor; and
</P>
<P>(2) Display that certificate upon the receipt of a request to do so from:
</P>
<P>(i) A representative of the Federal Railroad Administration,
</P>
<P>(ii) A State inspector authorized under part 212 of this chapter,
</P>
<P>(iii) An officer of the issuing railroad, or
</P>
<P>(iv) An officer of another railroad when serving as a conductor in joint operations territory.
</P>
<P>(b) Any conductor who is notified or called to serve as a conductor and such service would cause the conductor to exceed certificate limitations, set forth in accordance with subpart B of this part, shall immediately notify the railroad that he or she is not authorized to perform that anticipated service and it shall be unlawful for the railroad to require such service.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to alter a certified conductor's duty to comply with other provisions of this chapter concerning railroad safety.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.211" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.3.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.211   Replacement of certificates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall have a system for the prompt replacement of lost, stolen or mutilated certificates at no cost to conductors. That system shall be reasonably accessible to certified conductors in need of a replacement certificate or temporary replacement certificate.
</P>
<P>(b) At a minimum, a temporary replacement certificate must identify the person to whom it is being issued (including the person's name, identification number and year of birth); indicate the date of issuance; and be authorized by a designated supervisor. Temporary replacement certificates may be delivered electronically and are valid for a period no greater than 30 days.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.3.137.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.213   Multiple certifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person may hold certification for multiple types of conductor service.
</P>
<P>(b) A person may hold both conductor and locomotive engineer certification.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad that issues multiple certificates to a person, shall, to the extent possible, coordinate the expiration date of those certificates.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, a locomotive engineer, including a remote control operator, who is operating a locomotive without an assigned certified conductor must either be:
</P>
<P>(1) Certified as both a locomotive engineer under part 240 of this chapter and as a conductor under this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) Accompanied by a person certified as a conductor under this part but who will be attached to the crew in a manner similar to that of an independent assignment.
</P>
<P>(e) If the conductor is removed from a passenger train for a medical, police or other such emergency after the train departs from an initial terminal, the train may proceed to the first location where the conductor can be replaced without incurring undue delay without the locomotive engineer being a certified conductor. However, an assistant conductor or brakeman must be on the train and the locomotive engineer must be informed that there is no certified conductor on the train prior to any movement.
</P>
<P>(f) During the duration of any certification interval, a person who holds a current conductor and/or locomotive engineer certificate from more than one railroad shall immediately notify the other certifying railroad(s) if he or she is denied conductor or locomotive engineer recertification under § 242.401 or § 240.219 of this chapter or has his or her conductor or locomotive engineer certification revoked under § 242.407 or § 240.307 of this chapter by another railroad.
</P>
<P>(g) A person who is certified to perform multiple types of conductor service and who has had any of those certifications revoked under § 242.407 may not perform any type of conductor service during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(h) A person who holds a current conductor and locomotive engineer certificate and who has had his or her conductor certification revoked under § 242.407 for a violation of § 242.403(e)(1) through (5) or (e)(12) may not work as a locomotive engineer during the period of revocation. However, a person who holds a current conductor and locomotive engineer certificate and who has had his or her conductor certification revoked under § 242.407 for a violation of § 242.403(e)(6) through (11) may work as a locomotive engineer during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of determining the period for which a person may not work as a certified locomotive engineer due to a revocation of his or her conductor certification, only violations of § 242.403(e)(1) through (5) or (e)(12) will be counted. Thus, a person who holds a current conductor and locomotive engineer certificate and who has had his or her conductor certification revoked three times in less than 36 months for two violations of § 242.403(e)(6) and one violation of § 242.403(e)(1) would have his or her conductor certificate revoked for 1 year, but would not be permitted to work as a locomotive engineer for one month (<I>i.e.,</I> the period of revocation for one violation of § 242.403(e)(1)).
</P>
<P>(i) A person who holds a current conductor and locomotive engineer certificate and who has had his or her locomotive engineer certification revoked under § 240.307 of this chapter may not work as a conductor during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(j) A person who has had his or her locomotive engineer certification revoked under § 240.307 of this chapter may not obtain a conductor certificate pursuant to this part during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(k) A person who had his or her conductor certification revoked under § 242.407 for violations of § 242.403(e)(1) through (5) or (e)(12) may not obtain a locomotive engineer certificate pursuant to part 240 of this chapter during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(l) A railroad that denies a person conductor certification or recertification under § 242.401 shall not, solely on the basis of that denial, deny or revoke that person's locomotive engineer certification or recertification.
</P>
<P>(m) A railroad that denies a person locomotive engineer certification or recertification under § 240.219 of this chapter shall not, solely on the basis of that denial, deny or revoke that person's conductor certification or recertification.
</P>
<P>(n) In lieu of issuing multiple certificates, a railroad may issue one certificate to a person who is certified to perform multiple types of conductor service or is certified as a conductor and a locomotive engineer. The certificate must comply with § 240.223 of this chapter and § 242.207.
</P>
<P>(o) A person who holds a current conductor and locomotive engineer certificate and who is involved in a revocable event under § 242.407 or § 240.307 of this chapter may only have one certificate revoked for that event. The determination by the railroad as to which certificate to revoke for the revocable event must be based on the work the person was performing at the time the event occurred.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 81325, Dec. 15, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.3.137.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.215   Railroad oversight responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No later than March 31 of each year (beginning in calendar year 2014), each Class I railroad (including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation and a railroad providing commuter service) and each Class II railroad shall conduct a formal annual review and analysis concerning the administration of its program for responding to detected instances of poor safety conduct by certified conductors during the prior calendar year.
</P>
<P>(b) Each review and analysis shall involve:
</P>
<P>(1) The number and nature of the instances of detected poor safety conduct including the nature of the remedial action taken in response thereto;
</P>
<P>(2) The number and nature of FRA reported train accidents attributed to poor safety performance by conductors;
</P>
<P>(3) The number and type of operational monitoring test failures recorded by railroad officers who meet the requirements of § 217.9(b)(1) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(4) If the railroad conducts joint operations with another railroad, the number of conductors employed by the other railroad(s) which: were involved in events described in this paragraph and were determined to be certified and to have possessed the necessary territorial qualifications for joint operations purposes by the controlling railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) Based on that review and analysis, each railroad shall determine what action(s) it will take to improve the safety of railroad operations to reduce or eliminate future incidents of that nature.
</P>
<P>(d) If requested in writing by FRA, the railroad shall provide a report of the findings and conclusions reached during such annual review and analysis effort.
</P>
<P>(e) For reporting purposes, information about the nature of detected poor safety conduct shall be capable of segregation for study and evaluation purposes into the following categories:
</P>
<P>(1) Incidents involving noncompliance with part 218 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Incidents involving noncompliance with part 219 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) Incidents involving noncompliance with the procedures for the safe use of train or engine brakes when the procedures are required for compliance with the Class I, Class IA, Class II, Class III, or transfer train brake test provisions of part 232 of this chapter or when the procedures are required for compliance with the Class 1, Class 1A, Class II, or running brake test provisions of part 238 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(4) Incidents involving noncompliance with the railroad's operating rules involving operation of a locomotive or train to operate at a speed that exceeds the maximum authorized limit;
</P>
<P>(5) Incidents involving noncompliance with the railroad's operating rules resulting in operation of a locomotive or train past any signal, excluding a hand or a radio signal indication or a switch, that requires a complete stop before passing it;
</P>
<P>(6) Incidents involving noncompliance with the provisions of restricted speed, and the operational equivalent thereof, that must be reported under the provisions of part 225 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(7) Incidents involving occupying main track or a segment of main track without proper authority or permission; and
</P>
<P>(8) Incidents involving the failure to comply with prohibitions against tampering with locomotive mounted safety devices, or knowingly operating or permitting to be operated a train with an unauthorized or disabled safety device in the controlling locomotive.
</P>
<P>(f) For reporting purposes, an instance of poor safety conduct involving a person who holds both conductor certification pursuant to this part and locomotive engineer certification pursuant to part 240 of this chapter need only be reported once (either under 49 CFR 240.309 of this chapter or this section). The determination as to where to report the instance of poor safety conduct should be based on the work the person was performing at the time the conduct occurred.
</P>
<P>(g) For reporting purposes each category of detected poor safety conduct identified in paragraph (b) of this section shall be capable of being annotated to reflect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The nature of the remedial action taken and the number of events subdivided so as to reflect which of the following actions was selected:
</P>
<P>(i) Imposition of informal discipline;
</P>
<P>(ii) Imposition of formal discipline;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provision of informal training; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Provision of formal training; and
</P>
<P>(2) If the nature of the remedial action taken was formal discipline, the number of events further subdivided so as to reflect which of the following punishments was imposed by the railroad:
</P>
<P>(i) The person was withheld from service;
</P>
<P>(ii) The person was dismissed from employment or
</P>
<P>(iii) The person was issued demerits. If more than one form of punishment was imposed only that punishment deemed the most severe shall be shown.
</P>
<P>(h) For reporting purposes each category of detected poor safety conduct identified in paragraph (b) of this section which resulted in the imposition of formal or informal discipline shall be annotated to reflect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The number of instances in which the railroad's internal appeals process reduced the punishment initially imposed at the conclusion of its hearing; and
</P>
<P>(2) The number of instances in which the punishment imposed by the railroad was reduced by any of the following entities: The National Railroad Adjustment Board, a Public Law Board, a Special Board of Adjustment or other body for the resolution of disputes duly constituted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act.
</P>
<P>(i) For reporting purposes, each category of detected poor safety conduct identified in paragraph (b) of this section shall be capable of being annotated to reflect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The total number of incidents in that category;
</P>
<P>(2) The number of incidents within that total which reflect incidents requiring an FRA accident/incident report under part 225 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(3) The number of incidents within that total which were detected as a result of a scheduled operational monitoring effort.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 77 FR 6491, Feb. 8, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Territorial Qualification and Joint Operations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.4.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.301   Requirements for territorial qualification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c), (d), or (e) of this section, a railroad, including a railroad that employs conductors working in joint operations territory, shall not permit or require a person to serve as a conductor unless that railroad determines that the person is certified as a conductor and possesses the necessary territorial qualifications for the applicable territory pursuant to § 242.119.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person who is called to serve as a conductor shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Meet the territorial qualification requirements on the segment of track upon which he or she will serve as a conductor; and
</P>
<P>(2) Immediately notify the railroad upon which he or she is employed if he or she does not meet the required territorial qualifications.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, if a conductor lacks territorial qualification on main track physical characteristics required by paragraph (a) of this section, he or she shall be assisted by a person who meets the territorial qualification requirements for main track physical characteristics.
</P>
<P>(1) For a conductor who has never been qualified on main track physical characteristics of the territory over which he or she is to serve as a conductor, the assistant shall be a person who is certified as a conductor, meets the territorial qualification requirements for main track physical characteristics, and is not an assigned crew member.
</P>
<P>(2) For a conductor who was previously qualified on main track physical characteristics of the territory over which he or she is to serve as a conductor, but whose qualification has been expired for one year or less and who regularly traversed the territory prior to the expiration of the qualification, the assistant may be any person, including an assigned crewmember, who meets the territorial qualification requirements for main track physical characteristics.
</P>
<P>(3) For a conductor who was previously qualified on main track physical characteristics of the territory over which he or she is to serve as a conductor, and whose qualification has been expired for one year or less but who has not regularly traversed the territory prior to the expiration of the qualification, or a conductor whose territorial qualification on main track has been expired for more than a year, the assistant may be any person, including an assigned crewmember other than the locomotive engineer so long as serving as the assistant would not conflict with that crewmember's other safety sensitive duties, who meets the territorial qualification requirements for main track physical characteristics.
</P>
<P>(d) If a conductor lacks territorial qualification on other than main track physical characteristics required by paragraph (a) of this section, where practicable, he or she shall be assisted by a person who is a certified conductor and meets the territorial qualification requirements for other than main track physical characteristics. Where not practicable, the conductor shall be provided an appropriate up-to-date job aid.
</P>
<P>(e) An assistant is not required if the movement is on a section of main track with an average grade of less than 1% over 3 continuous miles, and
</P>
<P>(1) The maximum distance the locomotive or train will be operated does not exceed one mile; or
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum authorized speed for any operation on the track does not exceed 20 miles per hour; or
</P>
<P>(3) Operations are conducted under operating rules that require every locomotive and train to proceed at a speed that permits stopping within one half the range of vision of the locomotive engineer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 77 FR 6491, Feb. 8, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Denial and Revocation of Certification</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.5.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.401   Denial of certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall notify a candidate for certification or recertification of information known to the railroad that forms the basis for denying the person certification and provide the person a reasonable opportunity to explain or rebut that adverse information in writing prior to denying certification. A railroad shall provide the conductor candidate with any written documents or records, including written statements, related to failure to meet a requirement of this part which support its pending denial decision.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not require further opportunity to comment if the railroad's denial is based solely on factors addressed by §§ 242.111, 242.115, or 242.403 and the opportunity to comment afforded by § 242.109 has been provided.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad denies a person certification or recertification, it shall notify the person of the adverse decision and explain, in writing, the basis for its denial decision. The basis for a railroad's denial decision shall address any explanation or rebuttal information that the conductor candidate may have provided in writing pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section. The document explaining the basis for the denial shall be served on the person within 10 days after the railroad's decision and shall give the date of the decision.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad shall not deny the person's certification for failing to comply with a railroad operating rule or practice which constitutes a violation under § 242.403(e)(1) through (11) of this part if sufficient evidence exists to establish that an intervening cause prevented or materially impaired the conductor's ability to comply with that railroad operating rule or practice.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.5.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.403   Criteria for revoking certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program which meets the requirements of this section. When any person including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(5) of this section, it shall be unlawful to fail to comply with any of the railroad rules and practices described in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(5) of this section, a certified conductor who has demonstrated a failure to comply with railroad rules and practices described in paragraph (e) of this section shall have his or her certification revoked.
</P>
<P>(2) A certified conductor who is monitoring, piloting, or instructing a conductor and fails to take appropriate action to prevent a violation of paragraph (e) of this section shall have his or her certification revoked. Appropriate action does not mean that a supervisor, pilot, or instructor must prevent a violation from occurring at all costs; the duty may be met by warning the conductor or the engineer, as appropriate, of a potential or foreseeable violation.
</P>
<P>(3) A certified conductor who is called by a railroad to perform the duty of a train crew member other than that of conductor or locomotive engineer shall not have his or her certification revoked based on actions taken or not taken while performing that duty.
</P>
<P>(d) In determining whether a person may be or remain certified as a conductor, a railroad shall consider as operating rule compliance data only conduct described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (11) of this section that occurred within a period of 36 consecutive months prior to the determination. A review of an existing certification shall be initiated promptly upon the occurrence and documentation of any conduct described in this section.
</P>
<P>(e) A railroad shall only consider violations of its operating rules and practices that involve:
</P>
<P>(1) Failure to take appropriate action to prevent the locomotive engineer of the train the conductor is assigned to from failing to control a locomotive or train in accordance with a signal indication, excluding a hand or a radio signal indication or a switch, that requires a complete stop before passing it, when the conductor is located in the operating cab, or otherwise has knowledge of the signal indication. Appropriate action does not mean that a conductor must prevent a violation from occurring at all costs; the duty may be met by warning an engineer of a potential or foreseeable violation.
</P>
<P>(2) Failure to take appropriate action to prevent the locomotive engineer of the train the conductor is assigned to from failing to adhere to the following limitations concerning train speed:
</P>
<P>(i) When the conductor is located in the operating cab and the speed at which the train was operated exceeds the maximum authorized limit by at least 10 miles per hour. Where restricted speed is in effect, railroads shall consider only those violations of the conditional clause of restricted speed rules (<I>i.e.,</I> the clause that requires stopping within one half of the locomotive engineer's range of vision), or the operational equivalent thereof, which cause reportable accidents or incidents under part 225 of this chapter, except for accidents and incidents that are classified as “covered data” under § 225.5 of this chapter. Appropriate action does not mean that a conductor must prevent a violation from occurring at all costs; the duty may be met by warning an engineer of a potential or foreseeable violation.
</P>
<P>(ii) When not in the operating cab, the conductor is deemed to have taken appropriate action when in compliance with all applicable Railroad Operating Rules and Special Instructions.
</P>
<P>(3) Failure to perform or have knowledge that a required brake test was performed pursuant to the Class I, Class IA, Class II, Class III, or transfer train brake test provisions of part 232 of this chapter or the Class 1, Class 1A, Class II, or running brake test provisions of part 238 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Failure to take appropriate action to prevent the locomotive engineer of the train the conductor is assigned to from occupying main track or a segment of main track without proper authority or permission. Appropriate action does not mean that a conductor must prevent a violation from occurring at all costs; the duty may be met by warning an engineer of a potential or foreseeable violation.
</P>
<P>(5) Failure to comply with prohibitions against tampering with locomotive mounted safety devices; knowingly fail to take appropriate action to prevent the locomotive engineer of the train the conductor is assigned to from failing to comply with prohibitions against tampering with locomotive mounted safety devices; or knowingly fail to take appropriate action to prevent the locomotive engineer of the train the conductor is assigned to from operating or permitting to be operated a train with an unauthorized disabled safety device in the controlling locomotive. (<I>See</I> 49 CFR part 218, subpart D and appendix C to part 218);


</P>
<P>(6) Failure to comply with the provisions of § 218.99 of this chapter (Shoving or pushing movements). Railroads shall only consider those violations of § 218.99 of this chapter which cause reportable accidents or incidents under part 225 of this chapter, except for accidents and incidents that are classified as “covered data” under § 225.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) Failure to comply with the provisions of § 218.101 of this chapter (Leaving rolling and on-track maintenance-of-way equipment in the clear). Railroads shall only consider those violations of § 218.101 of this chapter which cause reportable accidents or incidents under part 225 of this chapter, except for accidents and incidents that are classified as “covered data” under § 225.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(8) Failure to comply with the provisions of § 218.103 of this chapter (Hand-operated switches, including crossover switches). Railroads shall only consider those violations of § 218.103 of this chapter which cause reportable accidents or incidents under part 225 of this chapter, except for accidents and incidents that are classified as “covered data” under § 225.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(9) Failure to comply with the provisions of § 218.105 of this chapter (Additional operational requirements for hand-operated main track switches). Railroads shall only consider those violations of § 218.105 of this chapter which cause reportable accidents or incidents under part 225 of this chapter, except for accidents and incidents that are classified as “covered data” under § 225.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(10) Failure to comply with the provisions of § 218.107 of this chapter (Additional operational requirements for hand-operated crossover switches). Railroads shall only consider those violations of § 218.107 of this chapter which cause reportable accidents or incidents under part 225 of this chapter, except for accidents and incidents that are classified as “covered data” under § 225.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(11) Failure to comply with the provisions of § 218.109 of this chapter (Hand-operated fixed derails). Railroads shall only consider those violations of § 218.109 of this chapter which cause reportable accidents or incidents under part 225 of this chapter, except for accidents and incidents that are classified as “covered data” under § 225.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(12) Failure to comply with § 219.101 of this chapter; however such incidents shall be considered as a violation only for the purposes of § 242.405(a)(2) and (3).
</P>
<P>(f)(1) If in any single incident the person's conduct contravened more than one operating rule or practice, that event shall be treated as a single violation for the purposes of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A violation of one or more operating rules or practices described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (11) of this section that occurs during a properly conducted operational compliance test subject to the provisions of this chapter shall be counted in determining the periods of ineligibility described in § 242.405.
</P>
<P>(3) An operational test that is not conducted in compliance with this part, a railroad's operating rules, or a railroad's program under § 217.9 of this chapter, will not be considered a legitimate test of operational skill or knowledge, and will not be considered for certification, recertification or revocation purposes.
</P>
<P>(4) A railroad shall not be permitted to deny or revoke an employee's certification based upon additional conditions or operational restrictions imposed pursuant to § 242.107(d).
</P>
<P>(5) In accordance with § 242.407(i)(3), a railroad shall not deny or revoke an employee's certification based on an alleged violation of the railroad's operating rules or practices that the employee reported to C
<SU>3</SU>RS as a close call and was accepted as a close call by both the independent third party and the PRT in accordance with all applicable provisions of a C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 81325, Dec. 15, 2020; 91 FR 22757, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.5.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.405   Periods of ineligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A period of ineligibility described in this paragraph shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Begin, for a person not currently certified, on the date of the railroad's written determination that the most recent incident has occurred; or
</P>
<P>(2) Begin, for a person currently certified, on the date of the railroad's notification to the person that recertification has been denied or certification has been revoked; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be determined according to the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) On other than main track where restricted speed or the operational equivalent thereof is in effect, the period of revocation for a violation of § 242.403(e)(6) through (8), (10), or (11) shall be reduced by one half provided that another revocable event has not occurred within the previous 12 months.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a single incident involving violation of one or more of the operating rules or practices described in § 242.403(e)(1) through (11), the person shall have his or her certificate revoked for a period of 30 calendar days.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of two separate incidents involving a violation of one or more of the operating rules or practices described in § 242.403(e)(1) through (11), that occurred within 24 months of each other, the person shall have his or her certificate revoked for a period of six months.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of three separate incidents involving violations of one or more of the operating rules or practices, described in § 242.403(e)(1) through (12), that occurred within 36 months of each other, the person shall have his or her certificate revoked for a period of one year.
</P>
<P>(v) In the case of four separate incidents involving violations of one or more of the operating rules or practices, described in § 242.403(e)(1) through (12), that occurred within 36 months of each other, the person shall have his or her certificate revoked for a period of three years.
</P>
<P>(vi) Where, based on the occurrence of violations described in § 242.403(e)(12), different periods of ineligibility may result under the provisions of this section and § 242.115, the longest period of revocation shall control.
</P>
<P>(b) Any or all periods of revocation provided in paragraph (a) of this section may consist of training.
</P>
<P>(c) Reduction in period of ineligibility: A person whose certification is denied or revoked shall be eligible for grant or reinstatement of the certificate prior to the expiration of the initial period of ineligibility only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The denial or revocation of certification in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a)(3) of this section is for a period of one year or less;
</P>
<P>(2) Certification is denied or revoked for reasons other than noncompliance with § 219.101 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) The person is evaluated by a railroad officer and determined to have received adequate remedial training;
</P>
<P>(4) The person successfully completes any mandatory program of training or retraining, if that is determined to be necessary by the railroad prior to return to service; and
</P>
<P>(5) At least one half the pertinent period of ineligibility specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section has elapsed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.5.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.407   Process for revoking certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided for in § 242.115(g), a railroad that certifies or recertifies a person as a conductor and, during the period that certification is valid, acquires reliable information regarding violation(s) of § 242.403(e) or § 242.115(e) of this chapter shall revoke the person's conductor certificate.
</P>
<P>(b) Pending a revocation determination under this section, the railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Upon receipt of reliable information regarding violation(s) of § 242.403(e) or § 242.115(e) of this chapter, immediately suspend the person's certificate;
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to or upon suspending the person's certificate, provide notice of the reason for the suspension, the pending revocation, and an opportunity for a hearing before a presiding officer other than the investigating officer. The notice may initially be given either orally or in writing. If given orally, it must be confirmed in writing and the written confirmation must be made promptly. Written confirmation which conforms to the notification provisions of an applicable collective bargaining agreement shall be deemed to satisfy the written confirmation requirements of this section. In the absence of an applicable collective bargaining agreement provision, the written confirmation must be made within 96 hours.
</P>
<P>(3) Convene the hearing within the deadline prescribed by either paragraph (c)(1) of this section or the applicable collective bargaining agreement as permitted under paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(4) No later than the convening of the hearing and notwithstanding the terms of an applicable collective bargaining agreement, the railroad convening the hearing shall provide the person with a copy of the written information and list of witnesses the railroad will present at the hearing. If requested, a recess to the start of the hearing will be granted if that information is not provided until just prior to the convening of the hearing. If the information was provided through statements of an employee of the convening railroad, the railroad will make that employee available for examination during the hearing required by paragraph (b)(3) of this section. Examination may be telephonic where it is impractical to provide the witness at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(5) Determine, on the record of the hearing, whether the person no longer meets the certification requirements of this part stating explicitly the basis for the conclusion reached;
</P>
<P>(6) When appropriate, impose the pertinent period of revocation provided for in § 242.405 or § 242.115; and
</P>
<P>(7) Retain the record of the hearing for 3 years after the date the decision is rendered.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided for in paragraphs (d), (f), (i), and (j) of this section, a hearing required by this section shall be conducted in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) The hearing shall be convened within 10 days of the date the certificate is suspended unless the conductor requests or consents to delay in the start of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(2) The hearing shall be conducted by a presiding officer, who can be any proficient person authorized by the railroad other than the investigating officer.
</P>
<P>(3) The presiding officer will exercise the powers necessary to regulate the conduct of the hearing for the purpose of achieving a prompt and fair determination of all material issues in controversy.
</P>
<P>(4) The presiding officer shall convene and preside over the hearing.
</P>
<P>(5) Testimony by witnesses at the hearing shall be recorded verbatim.
</P>
<P>(6) All relevant and probative evidence shall be received unless the presiding officer determines the evidence to be unduly repetitive or so extensive and lacking in relevancy that its admission would impair the prompt, orderly, and fair resolution of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(7) The presiding officer may:
</P>
<P>(i) Adopt any needed procedures for the submission of evidence in written form;
</P>
<P>(ii) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(iii) Convene, recess, adjourn or otherwise regulate the course of the hearing; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provisions of this part and permitted by law that may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(8) Parties may appear and be heard on their own behalf or through designated representatives. Parties may offer relevant evidence including testimony and may conduct such examination of witnesses as may be required for a full disclosure of the relevant facts.
</P>
<P>(9) The record in the proceeding shall be closed at the conclusion of the hearing unless the presiding officer allows additional time for the submission of information. In such instances the record shall be left open for such time as the presiding officer grants for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(10) No later than 10 days after the close of the record, a railroad official, other than the investigating officer, shall prepare and sign a written decision in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(11) The decision shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Contain the findings of fact as well as the basis therefor, concerning all material issues of fact presented on the record and citations to all applicable railroad rules and practices;
</P>
<P>(ii) State whether the railroad official found that a revocable event occurred and the applicable period of revocation with a citation to 49 CFR 242.405 (Periods of revocation); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Be served on the employee and the employee's representative, if any, with the railroad to retain proof of that service.
</P>
<P>(12) The railroad shall have the burden of proving that the conductor's conduct was not in compliance with the applicable railroad operating rule or practice or part 219 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) A hearing required by this section which is conducted in a manner that conforms procedurally to the applicable collective bargaining agreement shall be deemed to satisfy the procedural requirements of this section except that the railroad's decision must comply with the requirements in paragraph (c)(11) of this section.


</P>
<P>(e) A hearing required under this section may be consolidated with any disciplinary or other hearing arising from the same facts, but in all instances a railroad official, other than the investigating officer, shall make separate findings as to the revocation required under this section.
</P>
<P>(f) A person may waive the right to the hearing provided under this section. That waiver shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be made in writing;
</P>
<P>(2) Reflect the fact that the person has knowledge and understanding of these rights and voluntarily surrenders them; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be signed by the person making the waiver.
</P>
<P>(g) A railroad that has relied on the certification by another railroad under the provisions of § 242.127 or § 242.301, shall revoke its certification if, during the period that certification is valid, the railroad acquires information which convinces it that another railroad has revoked its certification in accordance with the provisions of this section. The requirement to provide a hearing under this section is satisfied when any single railroad holds a hearing and no additional hearing is required prior to a revocation by more than one railroad arising from the same facts.
</P>
<P>(h) The period of certificate suspension prior to the commencement of a hearing required under this section shall be credited towards satisfying any applicable revocation period imposed in accordance with the provisions of § 242.405.
</P>
<P>(i) A railroad:
</P>
<P>(1) Shall not revoke the person's certification as provided for in paragraph (a) of this section if sufficient evidence exists to establish that an intervening cause prevented or materially impaired the conductor's ability to comply with the railroad operating rule or practice which constitutes a violation under § 242.403(e)(1) through (11).
</P>
<P>(2) May decide not to revoke the person's certification as provided for in paragraph (a) of this section if sufficient evidence exists to establish that the violation of § 242.403(e)(1) through (11) was of a minimal nature and had no direct or potential effect on rail safety.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Shall not suspend or revoke the person's certification as provided for in paragraph (a) of this section if the person reported the alleged violation of the railroad's operating rule or practice that constitutes a violation under § 242.403(e)(1) through (11) to C
<SU>3</SU>RS as a close call; and if the person's report was accepted as a close call by both the independent third party and the PRT in accordance with all applicable provisions of a C
<SU>3</SU>RS IMOU.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) If a railroad initiates suspension or revocation of the person's certification and the person indicates the alleged violation was reported to C
<SU>3</SU>RS as a close call, the time limits prescribed in this section for pursuing certificate suspension or revocation will be put in abeyance, pending provision of an ID strip from the reporting employee, or the employee's designated representative, to the investigating officer or presiding officer and confirmation from the PRT that the alleged violation was reported and accepted as a close call.
</P>
<P>(B) A determination made by the independent third party or the PRT regarding whether a report was accepted as a close call may not be overturned pursuant to the administrative hearing and dispute resolution procedures in subpart F of this part, but may be included as a finding of fact for purposes of determining whether the railroad impermissibly revoked a person's certification for an alleged violation that was reported and accepted as a close call by both the third party and the PRT.
</P>
<P>(C) This paragraph (i)(3) will not apply to any alleged violation of a railroad's operating rules or practices that constitutes a violation under § 242.403(e)(1) through (11) that involves:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) An event that caused or is alleged to have caused death, injury, illness, or medical treatment of any kind to any person (including a passenger) involved in the event;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) An event that results in damages above the current monetary rail equipment accident/incident reporting threshold described in part 225 of this chapter and published annually by FRA;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) An event that results in a highway-rail grade crossing accident/incident, as described in § 225.19(b) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) A willful violation of a Federal railroad safety law or railroad operating rule or practice, including the prohibited use of alcohol or a controlled substance;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) A substance abuse disorder;
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) An event resulting in the identifiable release of a hazardous material;
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) An act of sabotage or other criminal offense; or
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) An event involving use of a personal electronic device that is prohibited by a Federal railroad safety law or railroad operating rule.
</P>
<P>(j) The railroad shall place the relevant information in the records maintained in compliance with § 242.215 for Class I (including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation) and Class II railroads, and § 242.203 for Class III railroads if sufficient evidence meeting the criteria provided in paragraph (i) of this section, becomes available either:
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to a railroad's action to suspend the certificate as provided for in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to the convening of the hearing provided for in this section;
</P>
<P>(k) Provided that the railroad makes a good faith determination after a reasonable inquiry that the course of conduct provided for in paragraph (i) of this section is appropriate, the railroad which does not suspend a conductor's certification, as provided for in paragraph (b) of this section, is not in violation of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 91 FR 22757, 22761, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Dispute Resolution Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.501" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.6.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.501   Review board established.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who has been denied certification, denied recertification, or has had his or her certification revoked and believes that a railroad incorrectly determined that he or she failed to meet the certification requirements of this regulation when making the decision to deny or revoke certification, may petition the Federal Railroad Administrator to review the railroad's decision.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator has delegated initial responsibility for adjudicating such disputes to the Operating Crew Review Board.
</P>
<P>(c) The Operating Crew Review Board shall be composed of employees of the Federal Railroad Administration selected by the Administrator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.503" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.6.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.503   Petition requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To obtain review of a railroad's decision to deny certification, deny recertification, or revoke certification, a person shall file a petition for review that complies with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing;
</P>
<P>(2) Be filed with the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. The form of such request may be in written or electronic form consistent with the standards and requirements established by the Federal Docket Management System and posted on its Web site at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(3) Contain all available information that the person thinks supports the person's belief that the railroad acted improperly, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The petitioner's full name;
</P>
<P>(ii) The petitioner's current mailing address;
</P>
<P>(iii) The petitioner's daytime telephone number;
</P>
<P>(iv) The petitioner's email address (if available);
</P>
<P>(v) The name and address of the railroad; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The facts that the petitioner believes constitute the improper action by the railroad, specifying the locations, dates, and identities of all persons who were present or involved in the railroad's actions (to the degree known by the petitioner);
</P>
<P>(4) Explain the nature of the remedial action sought;
</P>
<P>(5) Be supplemented by a copy of all written documents in the petitioner's possession or reasonably available to the petitioner that document that railroad's decision; and
</P>
<P>(6) Be filed in a timely manner.
</P>
<P>(7) Be supplemented, if requested by the Operating Crew Review Board, with a copy of the information under 49 CFR 40.329 that laboratories, medical review officers, and other service agents are required to release to employees. The petitioner must provide written explanation in response to an Operating Crew Review Board request if written documents that should be reasonably available to the petitioner are not supplied.
</P>
<P>(c) A petition seeking review of a railroad's decision to deny certification or recertification or revoke certification in accordance with the procedures required by § 242.407 filed with FRA more than 120 days after the date the railroad's denial or revocation decision was served on the petitioner will be denied as untimely except that the Operating Crew Review Board for cause shown may extend the petition filing period at any time in its discretion:
</P>
<P>(1) Provided that the request for extension is filed before the expiration of the period provided in this paragraph (c); or
</P>
<P>(2) Provided that the failure to file timely was the result of excusable neglect.
</P>
<P>(d) A party aggrieved by a Board decision to deny a petition as untimely or not in compliance with the requirements of this section may file an appeal with the Administrator in accordance with § 242.511.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 81325, Dec. 15, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.505" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.6.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.505   Processing certification review petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each petition shall be acknowledged in writing by FRA. The acknowledgment shall contain the docket number assigned to the petition and a statement of FRA's intention that the Board will attempt to render a decision on this petition within 180 days from the date that the railroad's response is received or from the date upon which the railroad's response period has lapsed pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon receipt of the petition, FRA will notify the railroad that it has received the petition and where the petition may be accessed.
</P>
<P>(c) Within 60 days from the date of the notification provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the railroad may submit to FRA any information that the railroad considers pertinent to the petition. Late filings will only be considered to the extent practicable.
</P>
<P>(d) A railroad that submits such information shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the petitioner by name and the docket number of the review proceeding and provide the railroad's email address (if available);
</P>
<P>(2) Serve a copy of the information being submitted to FRA to the petitioner and petitioner's representative, if any; and
</P>
<P>(3) File the information with the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. The form of such information may be in written or electronic form consistent with the standards and requirements established by the Federal Docket Management System and posted on its Web site at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) Each petition will then be referred to the Operating Crew Review Board for a decision.
</P>
<P>(f) Based on the record, the Board shall have the authority to grant, deny, dismiss or remand the petition.
</P>
<P>(g) If the Board finds that there is insufficient basis for granting or denying the petition, the Board shall issue an order affording the parties an opportunity to provide additional information or argument consistent with its findings.
</P>
<P>(h) When considering factual issues, the Board will determine whether there is substantial evidence to support the railroad's decision, and a negative finding is grounds for granting the petition.
</P>
<P>(i) When considering procedural issues, the Board will determine whether the petitioner suffered substantial harm that was caused by the failure to adhere to the dictated procedures for making the railroad's decision. A finding of substantial harm is grounds for reversing the railroad's decision. To establish grounds upon which the Board may grant relief, Petitioner must show:
</P>
<P>(1) That procedural error occurred, and
</P>
<P>(2) The procedural error caused substantial harm.
</P>
<P>(j) Pursuant to its reviewing role, the Board will consider whether the railroad's legal interpretations are correct based on a <I>de novo</I> review.
</P>
<P>(k) The Board will determine whether the denial or revocation of certification or recertification was improper under this part (<I>i.e.,</I> based on an incorrect determination that the person failed to meet the certification requirements of this part) and grant or deny the petition accordingly. The Board will not otherwise consider the propriety of a railroad's decision, <I>i.e.,</I> it will not consider whether the railroad properly applied its own more stringent requirements.
</P>
<P>(l) The Board's written decision shall be served on the petitioner, including the petitioner's representative, if any, and the railroad.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 81325, Dec. 15, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.507" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.6.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.507   Request for a hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If adversely affected by the Operating Crew Review Board's decision, either the petitioner before the Board or the railroad involved shall have a right to an administrative proceeding as prescribed by § 242.509.
</P>
<P>(b) To exercise that right, the adversely affected party shall, within 20 days of service of the Board's decision on that party, file a written request with the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. The form of such request may be in written or electronic form consistent with the standards and requirements established by the Federal Docket Management System and posted on its Web site at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) If a party fails to request a hearing within the period provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the Operating Crew Review Board's decision will constitute final agency action.
</P>
<P>(d) If a party elects to request a hearing, that person shall submit a written request to the Docket Clerk containing the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, address, telephone number, and email address (if available) of the respondent and the requesting party's designated representative, if any;
</P>
<P>(2) The specific factual issues, industry rules, regulations, or laws that the requesting party alleges need to be examined in connection with the certification decision in question; and
</P>
<P>(3) The signature of the requesting party or the requesting party's representative, if any.
</P>
<P>(e) Upon receipt of a hearing request complying with paragraph (d) of this section, FRA shall arrange for the appointment of a presiding officer who shall schedule the hearing for the earliest practicable date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.509" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.6.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.509   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An administrative hearing for a conductor certification petition shall be conducted by a presiding officer, who can be any person authorized by the Administrator, including an administrative law judge.
</P>
<P>(b) The presiding officer may exercise the powers of the Administrator to regulate the conduct of the hearing for the purpose of achieving a prompt and fair determination of all material issues in controversy.
</P>
<P>(c) The presiding officer shall convene and preside over the hearing. The hearing shall be a de novo hearing to find the relevant facts and determine the correct application of this part to those facts. The presiding officer may determine that there is no genuine issue covering some or all material facts and limit evidentiary proceedings to any issues of material fact as to which there is a genuine dispute.
</P>
<P>(d) The presiding officer may authorize discovery of the types and quantities which in the presiding officer's discretion will contribute to a fair hearing without unduly burdening the parties. The presiding officer may impose appropriate non-monetary sanctions, including limitations as to the presentation of evidence and issues, for any party's willful failure or refusal to comply with approved discovery requests.
</P>
<P>(e) Every petition, motion, response, or other authorized or required document shall be signed by the party filing the same, or by a duly authorized officer or representative of record, or by any other person. If signed by such other person, the reason therefor must be stated and the power of attorney or other authority authorizing such other person to subscribe the document must be filed with the document. The signature of the person subscribing any document constitutes a certification that he or she has read the document; that to the best of his or her knowledge, information and belief every statement contained in the document is true and no such statements are misleading; and that it is not interposed for delay or to be vexatious.
</P>
<P>(f) After the request for a hearing is filed, all documents filed or served upon one party must be served upon all parties. Each party may designate a person upon whom service is to be made when not specified by law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer. If a party does not designate a person upon whom service is to be made, then service may be made upon any person having subscribed to a submission of the party being served, unless otherwise specified by law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer. Proof of service shall accompany all documents when they are tendered for filing.
</P>
<P>(g) If any document initiating, filed, or served in, a proceeding is not in substantial compliance with the applicable law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer, the presiding officer may strike or dismiss all or part of such document, or require its amendment.
</P>
<P>(h) Any party to a proceeding may appear and be heard in person or by an authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(i) Any person testifying at a hearing or deposition may be accompanied, represented, and advised by an attorney or other representative, and may be examined by that person.
</P>
<P>(j) Any party may request to consolidate or separate the hearing of two or more petitions by motion to the presiding officer, when they arise from the same or similar facts or when the matters are for any reason deemed more efficiently heard together.
</P>
<P>(k) Except as provided in § 242.507(c) and paragraph (u)(4) of this section, whenever a party has the right or is required to take action within a period prescribed by this part, or by law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer, the presiding officer may extend such period, with or without notice, for good cause, provided another party is not substantially prejudiced by such extension. A request to extend a period which has already expired may be denied as untimely.
</P>
<P>(l) An application to the presiding officer for an order or ruling not otherwise specifically provided for in this part shall be by motion. The motion shall be filed with the presiding officer and, if written, served upon all parties. All motions, unless made during the hearing, shall be written. Motions made during hearings may be made orally on the record, except that the presiding officer may direct that any oral motion be reduced to writing. Any motion shall state with particularity the grounds therefor and the relief or order sought, and shall be accompanied by any affidavits or other evidence desired to be relied upon which is not already part of the record. Any matter submitted in response to a written motion must be filed and served within fourteen (14) days of the motion, or within such other period as directed by the presiding officer.
</P>
<P>(m) Testimony by witnesses at the hearing shall be given under oath and the hearing shall be recorded verbatim. The presiding officer shall give the parties to the proceeding adequate opportunity during the course of the hearing for the presentation of arguments in support of or in opposition to motions, and objections and exceptions to rulings of the presiding officer. The presiding officer may permit oral argument on any issues for which the presiding officer deems it appropriate and beneficial. Any evidence or argument received or proffered orally shall be transcribed and made a part of the record. Any physical evidence or written argument received or proffered shall be made a part of the record, except that the presiding officer may authorize the substitution of copies, photographs, or descriptions, when deemed to be appropriate.
</P>
<P>(n) The presiding officer shall employ the Federal Rules of Evidence for United States Courts and Magistrates as general guidelines for the introduction of evidence. Notwithstanding paragraph (m) of this section, all relevant and probative evidence shall be received unless the presiding officer determines the evidence to be unduly repetitive or so extensive and lacking in relevancy that its admission would impair the prompt, orderly, and fair resolution of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(o) The presiding officer may:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas as provided for in § 209.7 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt any needed procedures for the submission of evidence in written form;
</P>
<P>(4) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(5) Convene, recess, adjourn or otherwise regulate the course of the hearing; and
</P>
<P>(6) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provisions of this part and permitted by law that may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(p) The petitioner before the Operating Crew Review Board and the railroad involved in taking the certification action shall be parties at the hearing. FRA may also be a party at the hearing. All parties may participate in the hearing and may appear and be heard on their own behalf or through designated representatives. All parties may offer relevant evidence, including testimony, and may conduct such cross-examination of witnesses as may be required to make a record of the relevant facts.
</P>
<P>(q) Regardless of the prevailing party before the Operating Crew Review Board, the railroad involved in taking the certification action shall be the “hearing petitioner” and shall have the burden of proving its case by a preponderance of the evidence. The impacted conductor or conductor candidate shall be the “hearing respondent.”


</P>
<P>(r) The record in the proceeding shall be closed at the conclusion of the evidentiary hearing unless the presiding officer allows additional time for the submission of additional evidence. In such instances the record shall be left open for such time as the presiding officer grants for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(s) At the close of the record, the presiding officer shall prepare a written decision in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(t) The decision:
</P>
<P>(1) Shall contain the findings of fact and conclusions of law, as well as the basis for each concerning all material issues of fact or law presented on the record;
</P>
<P>(2) Shall be served on the hearing petitioner and all other parties to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(3) Shall not become final for 35 days after issuance;
</P>
<P>(4) Constitutes final agency action unless an aggrieved party files an appeal within 35 days after issuance; and
</P>
<P>(5) Is not precedential.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 91 FR 22762, Apr. 28, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 242.511" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.6.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 242.511   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party aggrieved by the presiding officer's decision may file an appeal in the presiding officer's docket. The appeal must be filed within 35 days of issuance of the decision. A copy of the appeal shall be served on each party. The appeal shall set forth objections to the presiding officer's decision, supported by reference to applicable laws and regulations and with specific reference to the record. If no appeal is timely filed, the presiding officer's decision constitutes final agency action.
</P>
<P>(b) A party may file a reply to the appeal within 25 days of service of the appeal. The reply shall be supported by reference to applicable laws and regulations and with specific reference to the record, if the party relies on evidence contained in the record.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator may extend the period for filing an appeal or a response for good cause shown, provided that the written request for extension is served before expiration of the applicable period provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator has sole discretion to permit oral argument on the appeal. On the Administrator's own initiative or written motion by any party, the Administrator may grant the parties an opportunity for oral argument.
</P>
<P>(e) The Administrator may remand, vacate, affirm, reverse, alter or modify the decision of the presiding officer and the Administrator's decision constitutes final agency action except where the terms of the Administrator's decision (for example, remanding a case to the presiding officer) show that the parties' administrative remedies have not been exhausted.
</P>
<P>(f) An appeal from an Operating Crew Review Board decision pursuant to § 242.503(d) must be filed in the Board's docket within 35 days of issuance of the decision. A copy of the appeal shall be served on each party. The Administrator may affirm or vacate the Board's decision, and may remand the petition to the Board for further proceedings. An Administrator's decision to affirm the Board's decision constitutes final agency action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 85 FR 81325, Dec. 15, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.8.137.1.99" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 242 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.8.137.1.100" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 242—Procedures for Submission and Approval of Conductor Certification Programs
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix establishes procedures for the submission and approval of a railroad's program concerning the training, testing, and evaluating of persons seeking certification or recertification as a conductor in accordance with the requirements of this part. It also contains guidance on how FRA will exercise its review and approval responsibilities.
</P>
<HD1>Submission by a Railroad
</HD1>
<P>As provided for in § 242.101, each railroad must have a program for determining the certification of each person it permits or requires to perform as a conductor or as a passenger conductor. Each railroad must submit its individual program to FRA for approval as provided for in § 242.103. Each program must be accompanied by a request for approval organized in accordance with this appendix. Requests for approval must contain appropriate references to the relevant portion of the program being discussed. Requests should be submitted in writing on standard sized paper (8
<FR>1/2</FR> × 11) and can be in letter or narrative format. The railroad's submission shall be sent to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, FRA. The mailing address for FRA is 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Simultaneous with its filing with the FRA, each railroad must serve a copy of its submission on the president of each labor organization that represents the railroad's employees subject to this part.
</P>
<P>Each railroad is authorized to file by electronic means any program submissions required under this part. Prior to any person submitting a railroad's first program submission electronically, the person shall provide the Associate Administrator with the following information in writing:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) The names of two individuals, including job titles, who will be the railroad's points of contact and will be the only individuals allowed access to FRA's secure document submission site;
</P>
<P>(3) The mailing addresses for the railroad's points of contact;
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad's system or main headquarters address located in the United States;
</P>
<P>(5) The email addresses for the railroad's points of contact; and
</P>
<P>(6) The daytime telephone numbers for the railroad's points of contact.
</P>
<P>A request for electronic submission or FRA review of written materials shall be addressed to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Upon receipt of a request for electronic submission that contains the information listed above, FRA will then contact the requestor with instructions for electronically submitting its program.
</P>
<P>A railroad that electronically submits an initial program or new portions or revisions to an approved program required by this part shall be considered to have provided its consent to receive approval or disapproval notices from FRA by email. FRA may electronically store any materials required by this part regardless of whether the railroad that submits the materials does so by delivering the written materials to the Associate Administrator and opts not to submit the materials electronically. A railroad that opts not to submit the materials required by this part electronically, but provides one or more email addresses in its submission, shall be considered to have provided its consent to receive approval or disapproval notices from FRA by email or mail.
</P>
<HD1>Organization of the Submission
</HD1>
<P>Each request should be organized to present the required information in the following standardized manner. Each section must begin by giving the name, title, telephone number, and mailing address of the person to be contacted concerning the matters addressed by that section. If a person is identified in a prior section, it is sufficient to merely repeat the person's name in a subsequent section.
</P>
<HD1>Section 1 of the Submission: General Information and Elections
</HD1>
<P>The first section of the request must contain the name of the railroad, the person to be contacted concerning the request (including the person's name, title, telephone number, and mailing address) and a statement electing either to accept responsibility for educating previously untrained persons to be certified conductors or recertify only conductors previously certified by other railroads. <I>See</I> § 242.103(b).
</P>
<P>If a railroad elects not to provide initial conductor training, the railroad is obligated to state so in its submission. A railroad that makes this election will be limited to recertifying persons initially certified by another railroad. A railroad that makes this election can rescind it by obtaining FRA approval of a modification of its program. <I>See</I> § 242.103(f).
</P>
<P>If a railroad elects to accept responsibility for training persons not previously trained to be conductors, the railroad is obligated to submit information on how such persons will be trained but has no duty to actually conduct such training. A railroad that elects to accept the responsibility for the training of such persons may authorize another railroad or a non-railroad entity to perform the actual training effort. The electing railroad remains responsible for assuring that such other training providers adhere to the training program the railroad submits. This section must also state which types of service the railroad will employ. <I>See</I> § 242.107.
</P>
<HD1>Section 2 of the Submission: Training Persons Previously Certified
</HD1>
<P>The second section of the request must contain information concerning the railroad's program for training previously certified conductors. As provided for in § 242.119(l) each railroad must have a program for the ongoing education of its conductors to assure that they maintain the necessary knowledge concerning operating rules and practices, familiarity with physical characteristics, and relevant Federal safety rules.
</P>
<P>Section 242.119(l) provides a railroad latitude to select the specific subject matter to be covered, duration of the training, method of presenting the information, and the frequency with which the training will be provided. The railroad must describe in this section how it will use that latitude to assure that its conductors remain knowledgeable concerning the safe discharge of their responsibilities so as to comply with the performance standard set forth in § 242.119(l). This section must contain sufficient detail to permit effective evaluation of the railroad's training program in terms of the subject matter covered, the frequency and duration of the training sessions, the training environment employed (for example, use of classroom, use of computer based training, use of film or slide presentations, and use of on-job-training) and which aspects of the program are voluntary or mandatory.
</P>
<P>Time and circumstances have the capacity to diminish both abstract knowledge and the proper application of that knowledge to discrete events. Time and circumstances also have the capacity to alter the value of previously obtained knowledge and the application of that knowledge. In formulating how it will use the discretion being afforded, each railroad must design its program to address both loss of retention of knowledge and changed circumstances, and this section of the submission to FRA must address these matters.
</P>
<P>For example, conductors need to have their fundamental knowledge of operating rules and procedures refreshed periodically. Each railroad needs to advise FRA how that need is satisfied in terms of the interval between attendance at such training, the nature of the training being provided, and methods for conducting the training. A matter of particular concern to FRA is how each railroad acts to ensure that conductors remain knowledgeable about the territory over which a conductor is authorized to perform but from which the conductor has been absent. The railroad must have a plan for the familiarization training that addresses the question of how long a person can be absent before needing more education and, once that threshold is reached, how the person will acquire the needed education. Similarly, the program must address how the railroad responds to changes such as the introduction of new technology, new operating rule books, or significant changes in operations including alteration in the territory conductors are authorized to work over.
</P>
<P>In addition to stating how long a conductor must be absent from a territory before their qualification on the physical characteristics of the territory expires, railroads must also state in their programs the number of times a person must pass over a territory per year to be considered to have “regularly traversed” a territory for purposes of § 242.301(c). Since territories differ in their complexity, railroads will be given discretion to determine how many times a conductor must pass over a territory to be considered to have “regularly traversed” a territory.
</P>
<HD1>Section 3 of the Submission: Testing and Evaluating Persons Previously Certified
</HD1>
<P>The third section of the request must contain information concerning the railroad's program for testing and evaluating previously certified conductors. As provided for in § 242.121, each railroad must have a program for the ongoing testing and evaluating of its conductors to assure that they have the necessary knowledge and skills concerning operating rules and practices, familiarity with physical characteristics of the territory, and relevant Federal safety rules. Similarly, each railroad must have a program for ongoing testing and evaluating to assure that its conductors have the necessary vision and hearing acuity as provided for in § 242.117.
</P>
<P>Section 242.121 requires that a railroad rely on written procedures for determining that each person can demonstrate his or her knowledge of the railroad's rules and practices and skill at applying those rules and practices for the safe performance as a conductor. Section 242.121 directs that, when seeking a demonstration of the person's knowledge, a railroad must employ a written test that contains objective questions and answers and covers the following subject matters: (i) Safety and operating rules; (ii) timetable instructions; (iii) physical characteristics of the territory; and (iv) compliance with all applicable Federal regulations. The test must accurately measure the person's knowledge of all of these areas.
</P>
<P>Section 242.121 provides a railroad latitude in selecting the design of its own testing policies (including the number of questions each test will contain, how each required subject matter will be covered, weighting (if any) to be given to particular subject matter responses, selection of passing scores, and the manner of presenting the test information). The railroad must describe in this section how it will use that latitude to assure that its conductors will demonstrate their knowledge concerning the safe discharge of their responsibilities so as to comply with the performance standard set forth in § 242.121.
</P>
<P>Section 242.117 provides a railroad latitude to rely on the professional medical opinion of the railroad's medical examiner concerning the ability of a person with substandard acuity to safely perform as a conductor. The railroad must describe in this section how it will assure that its medical examiner has sufficient information concerning the railroad's operations to effectively form appropriate conclusions about the ability of a particular individual to safely perform as a conductor.
</P>
<HD1>Section 4 of the Submission: Training, Testing, and Evaluating Persons Not Previously Certified
</HD1>
<P>Unless a railroad has made an election not to accept responsibility for conducting the initial training of persons to be conductors, the fourth section of the request must contain information concerning the railroad's program for educating, testing, and evaluating persons not previously trained as conductors. As provided for in § 242.119(d), a railroad that is issuing an initial certification to a person to be a conductor must have a program for the training, testing, and evaluating of its conductors to assure that they acquire the necessary knowledge and skills concerning operating rules and practices, familiarity with physical characteristics of the territory, and relevant Federal safety rules.
</P>
<P>Section 242.119 establishes a performance standard and gives a railroad latitude in selecting how it will meet that standard. A railroad must describe in this section how it will use that latitude to assure that its conductors will acquire sufficient knowledge and skill and demonstrate their knowledge and skills concerning the safe discharge of their responsibilities. This section must contain the same level of detail concerning initial training programs as that described for each of the components of the overall program contained in sections 2 through 4 of this Appendix. A railroad that plans to accept responsibility for the initial training of conductors may authorize another railroad or a non-railroad entity to perform the actual training effort. The authorizing railroad may submit a training program developed by that authorized trainer but the authorizing railroad remains responsible for assuring that such other training providers adhere to the training program submitted. Railroads that elect to rely on other entities, to conduct training away from the railroad's own territory, must indicate how the student will be provided with the required familiarization with the physical characteristics for its territory.
</P>
<HD1>Section 5 of the Submission: Monitoring Operational Performance by Certified Conductors
</HD1>
<P>The fifth section of the request must contain information concerning the railroad's program for monitoring the operation of its certified conductors. As provided for in § 242.123, each railroad must have a program for the ongoing monitoring of its conductors to assure that they perform in conformity with the railroad's operating rules and practices and relevant Federal safety rules.
</P>
<HD1>Section 6 of the Submission: Procedures for Routine Administration of the Conductor Certification Program
</HD1>
<P>The final section of the request must contain a summary of how the railroad's program and procedures will implement the various specific aspects of the regulatory provisions that relate to routine administration of its certification program for conductors. At a minimum this section needs to address the procedural aspects of the rule's provisions identified in the following paragraph.
</P>
<P>Section 242.109 provides that each railroad must have procedures for review and comment on adverse prior safety conduct, but allows the railroad to devise its own system within generalized parameters. Sections 242.111, 242.115 and 242.403 require a railroad to have procedures for evaluating data concerning prior safety conduct as a motor vehicle operator and as railroad workers, yet leave selection of many details to the railroad. Sections 242.109, 242.201, and 242.401 place a duty on the railroad to make a series of determinations but allow the railroad to select what procedures it will employ to assure that all of the necessary determinations have been made in a timely fashion; who will be authorized to conclude that person will or will be not certified; and how it will communicate adverse decisions. Documentation of the factual basis the railroad relied on in making determinations under §§ 242.109, 242.117, 242.119 and 242.121 is required, but these sections permit the railroad to select the procedures it will employ to accomplish compliance with these provisions. Sections 242.125 and 242.127 permit reliance on certification/qualification determinations made by other entities and permit a railroad latitude in selecting the procedures it will employ to assure compliance with these provisions. Similarly, § 242.301 permits the use of railroad selected procedures to meet the requirements for certification of conductors performing service in joint operations territory. Sections 242.211 and 242.407 allow a railroad a certain degree of discretion in complying with the requirements for replacing lost certificates or the conduct of certification revocation proceedings.
</P>
<P>This section of the request should outline in summary fashion the manner in which the railroad will implement its program so as to comply with the specific aspects of each of the rule's provisions described in the preceding paragraph.
</P>
<HD1>FRA Review
</HD1>
<P>The submissions made in conformity with this appendix will be deemed approved within 30 days after the required filing date or the actual filing date whichever is later. No formal approval document will be issued by FRA. FRA has taken the responsibility for notifying a railroad when it detects problems with the railroad's program. FRA retains the right to disapprove a program that has obtained approval due to the passage of time as provided for in section § 242.103.
</P>
<P>Rather than establish rigid requirements for each element of the program, FRA has given railroads discretion to select the design of their individual programs within a specified context for each element. The rule, however, provides a good guide to the considerations that should be addressed in designing a program that will meet the performance standards of this rule.
</P>
<P>In reviewing program submissions, FRA will focus on the degree to which a particular program deviates from the norms identified in its rule. To the degree that a particular program submission materially deviates from the norms set out in its rule, FRA's review and approval process will be focused on determining the validity of the reasoning relied on by a railroad for selecting its alternative approach and the degree to which the alternative approach is likely to be effective in producing conductors who have the knowledge and ability to safely perform as conductors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 69841, Nov. 9, 2011, as amended at 77 FR 6491, Feb. 8, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.8.137.1.101" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 242—Procedures for Obtaining and Evaluating Motor Vehicle Driving Record Data
</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this appendix is to outline the procedures available to individuals and railroads for complying with the requirements of §§ 242.109 and 242.111 of this part. Those provisions require that railroads consider the motor vehicle driving record of each person prior to issuing him or her certification or recertification as a conductor.
</P>
<P>To fulfill that obligation, a railroad must review a certification candidate's recent motor vehicle driving record. Generally, that will be a single record on file with the state agency that issued the candidate's current license. However, it can include multiple records if the candidate has been issued a motor vehicle driving license by more than one state agency or foreign country.
</P>
<HD1>Access to State Motor Vehicle Driving Record Data
</HD1>
<P>The right of railroad workers, their employers, or prospective employers to have access to a state motor vehicle licensing agency's data concerning an individual's driving record is controlled by state law. Although many states have mechanisms through which employers and prospective employers such as railroads can obtain such data, there are some states in which privacy concerns make such access very difficult or impossible. Since individuals generally are entitled to obtain access to driving record data that will be relied on by a state motor vehicle licensing agency when that agency is taking action concerning their driving privileges, FRA places responsibility on individuals, who want to serve as conductors to request that their current state drivers licensing agency or agencies furnish such data directly to the railroad considering certifying them as a conductor. Depending on the procedures adopted by a particular state agency, this will involve the candidate's either sending the state agency a brief letter requesting such action or executing a state agency form that accomplishes the same effect. It will normally involve payment of a nominal fee established by the state agency for such a records check. In rare instances, when a certification candidate has been issued multiple licenses, it may require more than a single request.
</P>
<P>Once the railroad has obtained the motor vehicle driving record(s), the railroad must afford the prospective conductor an opportunity to review that record and respond in writing to its contents in accordance with the provisions of § 242.401. The review opportunity must occur before the railroad evaluates that record. The railroad's required evaluation and subsequent decision making must be done in compliance with the provisions of this part.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.8.137.1.102" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 242—Medical Standards Guidelines
</HEAD>
<P>(1) The purpose of this appendix is to provide greater guidance on the procedures that should be employed in administering the vision and hearing requirements of § 242.117.
</P>
<P>(2) In determining whether a person has the visual acuity that meets or exceeds the requirements of this part, the following testing protocols are deemed acceptable testing methods for determining whether a person has the ability to recognize and distinguish among the colors used as signals in the railroad industry. The acceptable test methods are shown in the left hand column and the criteria that should be employed to determine whether a person has failed the particular testing protocol are shown in the right hand column.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Accepted tests
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Failure criteria
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Pseudoisochromatic Plate Tests</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">American Optical Company 1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">AOC—Hardy-Rand-Ritter plates—second edition</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error on plates 1-6 (plates 1-4 are for demonstration—test plate 1 is actually plate 5 in book).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dvorine—Second edition</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (14 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 or more errors on plates 1-11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (16 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 or more errors on plates 1-8.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (24 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (38 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4 or more errors on plates 1-21.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Richmond Plates 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Multifunction Vision Tester</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Keystone Orthoscope</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">OPTEC 2000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titmus Vision Tester</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titmus II Vision Tester</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) In administering any of these protocols, the person conducting the examination should be aware that railroad signals do not always occur in the same sequence and that “yellow signals” do not always appear to be the same. It is not acceptable to use “yarn” or other materials to conduct a simple test to determine whether the certification candidate has the requisite vision. No person shall be allowed to wear chromatic lenses during an initial test of the person's color vision; the initial test is one conducted in accordance with one of the accepted tests in the chart and § 242.117(h)(3).
</P>
<P>(4) An examinee who fails to meet the criteria in the chart, may be further evaluated as determined by the railroad's medical examiner. Ophthalmologic referral, field testing, or other practical color testing may be utilized depending on the experience of the examinee. The railroad's medical examiner will review all pertinent information and, under some circumstances, may restrict an examinee who does not meet the criteria for serving as a conductor at night, during adverse weather conditions or under other circumstances. The intent of § 242.117(j) is not to provide an examinee with the right to make an infinite number of requests for further evaluation, but to provide an examinee with at least one opportunity to prove that a hearing or vision test failure does not mean the examinee cannot safely perform as a conductor. Appropriate further medical evaluation could include providing another approved scientific screening test or a field test. All railroads should retain the discretion to limit the number of retests that an examinee can request but any cap placed on the number of retests should not limit retesting when changed circumstances would make such retesting appropriate. Changed circumstances would most likely occur if the examinee's medical condition has improved in some way or if technology has advanced to the extent that it arguably could compensate for a hearing or vision deficiency.
</P>
<P>(5) Conductors who wear contact lenses should have good tolerance to the lenses and should be instructed to have a pair of corrective glasses available when on duty.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.36.8.137.1.103" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 242—Application of Revocable Events
</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er15de20.008.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 81325, Dec. 15, 2020]




</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="243" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 243—TRAINING, QUALIFICATION, AND OVERSIGHT FOR SAFETY-RELATED RAILROAD EMPLOYEES


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20131-20155, 20162, 20301-20306, 20701-20702, 21301-21304, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.1.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to ensure that any person employed by a railroad or a contractor of a railroad as a safety-related railroad employee is trained and qualified to comply with any relevant Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders, as well as any relevant railroad rules and procedures promulgated to implement those Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders.
</P>
<P>(b) This part contains the general minimum training and qualification requirements for each category and subcategory of safety-related railroad employee, regardless of whether the employee is employed by a railroad or a contractor of a railroad. Contractors shall coordinate with railroads and comply with the contents of this part, including those aspects of training that are specific to the contracting railroad's rules and procedures.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements in this part do not exempt any other requirement in this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless otherwise noted, this part augments other training and qualification requirements contained in this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) The requirements in this part do not address hazardous materials training of “hazmat employees” as defined in 49 CFR 171.8 as such training is required pursuant to 49 CFR part 172, subpart H.
</P>
<P>(f) The requirements in this part do not require an employer to adopt and comply with a training program when the training required for a qualified person is obtained through earning a college degree or certification from an accredited training organization or learning institution. For example, the requirements in this part do not require the training program of an engineering firm that conducts bridge inspections to include training of railroad bridge engineers on the subjects taught as part of a professional engineering curriculum covered by 49 CFR 237.51(b).
</P>
<P>(g) The requirements in this part do not require an employer to train contractors who are hired to perform elective audits or assessments that are not required by Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, or orders.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014, as amended at 91 FR 27861, May 15, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.1.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.3   Application and responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to all railroads, contractors of railroads, and training organizations or learning institutions that train safety-related railroad employees except:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads or contractors of railroads that operate only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation (i.e., plant railroads, as defined in § 243.5);
</P>
<P>(2) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation as defined in § 243.5; or
</P>
<P>(3) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) Although the duties imposed by this part are generally stated in terms of the duty of a railroad, each person, including a contractor for a railroad, who performs any duty covered by this part, shall perform that duty in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) A parent or holding company may comply with the requirements of this part on behalf of one or more subsidiaries if the arrangement is specified and submitted with the relevant training program(s) under subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(i) The arrangement may be used to fulfill all or a portion of a subsidiary's responsibility for compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) A parent or holding company that submits a training program on behalf of one or more subsidiaries must initially and continually maintain in its submission a list of the legal name of each subsidiary. The submission must reflect which courses each subsidiary is adopting if a subsidiary is not adopting the parent or holding company's training program in its entirety. The submission must reflect whether each subsidiary is adopting all of a parent or holding company's training programs or identify which courses each subsidiary is adopting.
</P>
<P>(2) A subsidiary must not duplicate a training program submission a parent or holding company has made on its behalf.
</P>
<P>(3) A subsidiary must file a training program submission, in accordance with the requirements of subpart B of this part, if a parent or holding company does not submit one or more training programs on behalf of the subsidiary that is intended to fulfill all of the subsidiary's responsibilities under this part.
</P>
<P>(4) A subsidiary must comply with a parent or holding company's training program submission that is filed on behalf of the parent or holding company's subsidiaries unless the subsidiary files its own submission, in accordance with the requirements of subpart B of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014, as amended at 91 FR 27861, May 15, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.1.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer of the Federal Railroad Administration or that person's delegate as designated in writing.
</P>
<P><I>Calendar year</I> means the period of time beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.
</P>
<P><I>Contractor</I> means a person under contract with a railroad, including, but not limited to, a prime contractor or a subcontractor.
</P>
<P><I>Designated instructor</I> means a person designated as such by an employer, training organization, or learning institution, who has demonstrated an adequate knowledge of the subject matter under instruction and, where applicable, has the necessary experience to effectively provide formal training on the subject matter. The designated instructor is not required to be an employee of the employer. Employers are required to ensure that employees and non-employees used as designated instructors have the necessary knowledge, skills, and abilities to provide sound coaching, mentoring, and guidance to new learners.
</P>
<P><I>Employer</I> means a railroad or a contractor of a railroad that employs at least one safety-related railroad employee.
</P>
<P><I>Formal training</I> means training that has a structured and defined curriculum, and which provides an opportunity for training participants to have questions timely answered during the training or at a later date. In the context of this part, formal training may include, but is not limited to, classroom, computer-based, correspondence, on-the-job, simulator, or laboratory training.
</P>
<P><I>Knowledge-based training</I> is a type of formal training that is not task-based and is intended to convey information required for a safety-related railroad employee to comply with Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders, as well as any relevant railroad rules and procedures promulgated to implement those Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders.
</P>
<P><I>On-the-job training (OJT)</I> means job training that occurs in the workplace, i.e., the employee learns the job while doing the job.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including, but not limited to, the following: A railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.
</P>
<P><I>Plant railroad</I> means a plant or installation that owns or leases a locomotive, uses that locomotive to switch cars throughout the plant or installation, and is moving goods solely for use in the facility's own industrial processes. The plant or installation could include track immediately adjacent to the plant or installation if the plant railroad leases the track from the general system railroad and the lease provides for (and actual practice entails) the exclusive use of that trackage by the plant railroad and the general system railroad for purposes of moving only cars shipped to or from the plant. A plant or installation that operates a locomotive to switch or move cars for other entities, even if solely within the confines of the plant or installation, rather than for its own purposes or industrial processes, will not be considered a plant railroad because the performance of such activity makes the operation part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified</I> means that a person has successfully completed all instruction, training, and examination programs required by both the employer and this part, and that the person, therefore, may reasonably be expected to proficiently perform his or her duties in compliance with all Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders.
</P>
<P><I>Refresher training</I> means periodic retraining required for each safety-related railroad employee that is designed to maintain, improve, and update the skills and knowledge of existing employees to ensure they are sufficiently acquainted with any changed standards, or any relevant problematic issues or new skills, methods, and processes, and to ensure no important skills or knowledge have been lost due to lack of use. Similar training programs or plans required elsewhere in this chapter but identified by a term other than refresher training such as “recurrent training,” “re-training,” “periodic training,” “training that occurs periodically,” or “training that is required within defined intervals,” are considered refresher training for purposes of this part although they need not be submitted for review pursuant to § 243.103(b).
</P>
<P><I>Safety-related duty</I> means either a safety-related task or a knowledge-based prohibition that a person meeting the definition of a safety-related railroad employee is required to comply with, when such duty is covered by any Federal railroad safety law, regulation, or order.
</P>
<P><I>Safety-related railroad employee</I> means an individual who is engaged or compensated by an employer to:
</P>
<P>(1) Perform work covered under the hours of service laws found at 49 U.S.C. 21101, et seq.;
</P>
<P>(2) Perform work as an operating railroad employee who is not subject to the hours of service laws found at 49 U.S.C. 21101, et seq.;
</P>
<P>(3) In the application of parts 213 and 214 of this chapter, inspect, install, repair, or maintain track, roadbed, and signal and communication systems, including a roadway worker or railroad bridge worker as defined in § 214.7 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(4) Inspect, repair, or maintain locomotives, passenger cars or freight cars;
</P>
<P>(5) Inspect, repair, or maintain other railroad on-track equipment when such equipment is in a service that constitutes a train movement under part 232 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(6) Determine that an on-track roadway maintenance machine or hi-rail vehicle may be used in accordance with part 214, subpart D of this chapter, without repair of a non-complying condition;
</P>
<P>(7) Directly instruct, mentor, inspect, or test, as a primary duty, any person while that other person is engaged in a safety-related task; or
</P>
<P>(8) Directly supervise the performance of safety-related duties in connection with periodic oversight in accordance with § 243.205.
</P>
<P><I>Safety-related task</I> means a task that a person meeting the definition of a safety-related railroad employee performs, when such task is covered by any Federal railroad safety law, regulation, or order.
</P>
<P><I>Task-based training</I> means a type of formal training with a primary focus on teaching the skills necessary to perform specific tasks that require some degree of neuromuscular coordination.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation</I> means a tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operation conducted only on track used exclusively for that purpose (i.e., there is no freight, intercity passenger, or commuter passenger railroad operation on the track).
</P>
<P><I>Training organizations or learning institutions</I> mean entities that provide training services for people who are safety-related railroad employees or independent students who will rely on the training services provided to qualify to become safety-related railroad employees, but not employees of the entities providing the training. Training organizations and learning institutions include businesses that provide formal training, and colleges and universities that provide rail safety courses, necessary for a person to qualify as a safety-related railroad employee. Training organizations and learning institutions also include entities that do not maintain fixed facilities (<I>i.e.,</I> do not have a physical location), as they may rent or lease meeting space to deliver formal training, deliver formal training at an employer's facility, or deliver computer-based training virtually. A railroad that trains its own employees and also trains safety-related railroad employees of other employers is not a training organization or learning institution.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014, as amended at 90 FR 28127, July 1, 2025; 91 FR 27862, May 15, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.1.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.7   Penalties and consequences for noncompliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person who violates any requirement of this part, or causes the violation of any such requirement, is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(b) A person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement may be subject to disqualification from all safety-sensitive service in accordance with part 209 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) A person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014, as amended at 81 FR 43113, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16135, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60750, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 23737, May 23, 2019; 84 FR 37075, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1760, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23256, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15870, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1129, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89564, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106297, Dec. 30, 2024; 90 FR 28193, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Program Components and Approval Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.2.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.101   Employer program required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each employer conducting operations subject to this part shall submit, adopt, and comply with a training program for its safety-related railroad employees.
</P>
<P>(b) Each employer that has not yet commenced operations subject to this part shall submit a training program for its safety-related railroad employees before commencing operations. Upon commencing operations, the employer shall adopt and comply with the training program.
</P>
<P>(c) In the program required by this part, the employer shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Classify its safety-related railroad employees in occupational categories or subcategories by craft, class, task, or other suitable terminology. Other suitable terminology for classifying safety-related railroad employees may include references to the applicable part of the Code of Federal Regulations, section of the United States Code, or citation to an order as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Define the occupational categories or subcategories of safety-related railroad employees. The definition of each category or subcategory shall include a list of the Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders that the employee is required to comply with, based on the employee's assignments and duties, broken down at a minimum to the applicable part of the Code of Federal Regulations, section of the United States Code, or citation to an order. The listing of the Federal requirements shall contain the descriptive title of each law, regulation, or order. An employer that classifies its safety-related railroad employees by direct reference to the applicable part of the Code of Federal Regulations, section of the United States Code, or citation to an order as permitted in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, is not required to define the occupational categories or subcategories of its safety-related railroad employees;
</P>
<P>(3) Create tables or utilize other suitable formats which summarize the information required in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, separated by major railroad departments (<I>e.g.,</I> operations, maintenance-of-way, maintenance-of-equipment, signal and communications). After listing the major departments, the tables or other formats should list the categories and subcategories of safety-related railroad employees within those departments. An employer that does not have major railroad departments and classifies its safety-related railroad employees by direct reference to the applicable part of the Code of Federal Regulations, section of the United States Code, or citation to an order, as permitted in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, is not required to summarize the information required in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(4) Develop procedures to design and develop key learning points for any task-based or knowledge-based training; and
</P>
<P>(5) Determine how training shall be structured, developed, and delivered, including an appropriate combination of classroom, simulator, computer-based, correspondence, OJT, or other formal training. The curriculum shall be designed to impart knowledge of, and ability to comply with, applicable Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders, as well as any relevant railroad rules and procedures promulgated to implement those applicable Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders. OJT is required when tasks require neuromuscular coordination to learn, unless FRA approves alternative, formal training that addresses the need to practice safety-related tasks, with the ability to objectively measure task completion proficiency.
</P>
<P>(d) On-the-job (OJT) training requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) When a training program is required to have OJT, the OJT portion of the training program shall consist of the following three key components:
</P>
<P>(i) A brief statement describing the tasks and related steps the employee learning the job shall be able to perform;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of the conditions (prerequisites, tools, equipment, documentation, briefings, demonstrations, and practice) necessary for learning transfer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of the standards by which proficiency is measured through a combination of task/step accuracy, completeness, and repetition.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to beginning the initial safety-related tasks associated with OJT exercises, employers shall make any relevant information or materials, such as operating rules, safety rules, or other rules available to employees involved for referencing.
</P>
<P>(3) The tasks and related steps associated with OJT exercises for a particular category or subcategory of employee shall be maintained together in one manual, checklist, or similar document. This reference shall be made available to all employees involved in those OJT exercises.
</P>
<P>(e) Contractor's responsibility to validate approved program to a railroad: A contractor is being utilized by a railroad when any of the contractor's employees conduct safety-related duties on behalf of the railroad and the railroad does not otherwise qualify those employees of the contractor that are allowed to perform those duties. A contractor that chooses to train its own safety-related railroad employees shall provide each railroad that utilizes it with a document proving or stating that:
</P>
<P>(1) The contractor's training program was approved by FRA; or
</P>
<P>(2) The contractor is not required to submit the similar training program or plan as required in § 243.103(b) but is maintaining the similar training program or plan, pursuant to other regulatory requirements contained elsewhere in this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) Railroad's responsibility to retain contractor's validation of program: A railroad that chooses to utilize contractor employees to perform safety-related duties and relies on contractor-provided training as the basis for those employees' qualification to perform those duties shall retain a document from the contractor declaring or proving that the contractor's program was approved by FRA, or that the contractor is not required to submit the similar training program or plan as required in § 243.103(b) but is maintaining the similar training program or plan, pursuant to other regulatory requirements contained elsewhere in this chapter. A copy of the document required in paragraph (e) of this section satisfies this requirement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 20552, May 3, 2017; 83 FR 18458, Apr. 27, 2018; 85 FR 13, Jan. 2, 2020; 91 FR 27862, May 15, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.2.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.103   Training components identified in program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each employer's program shall include the following components:
</P>
<P>(1) A unique name and identifier for each formal initial and refresher training course of study;
</P>
<P>(2) A course outline for each course that includes the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Any prerequisites to course attendance;
</P>
<P>(ii) A brief description of the course, including the terminal learning objectives;
</P>
<P>(iii) A brief description of the target audience, e.g., a list of the occupational categories and subcategories of employees the course will be delivered to;
</P>
<P>(iv) The method(s) of course delivery, which may include, but are not limited to, classroom, computer-based, on-the-job, simulator, laboratory, correspondence courses, or any combination thereof;
</P>
<P>(v) The anticipated course duration for all formal training combined, excluding the course duration of OJT;
</P>
<P>(vi) A syllabus of the course to include any applicable U.S.C. chapters, 49 CFR parts, or FRA orders covered in the training; and
</P>
<P>(vii) The kind of assessment (written test, performance test, verbal test, OJT standard, etc.) performed to demonstrate employee competency.
</P>
<P>(3) A document for each OJT program component that includes the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The roles and responsibilities of each category of person involved in the administration and implementation, guidelines for program coordination, and the progression and application of the OJT;
</P>
<P>(ii) A listing of the occupational categories and subcategories of employees for which the OJT program applies; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Details of the safety-related tasks and subtasks, conditions, and standards covered by the program components.
</P>
<P>(4) The job title and telephone number of the employer's primary training point(s) of contact, listed separately by major department or employee occupational category, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(5) If any training organization or learning institution developed and will deliver all or any part of the training, the employer must include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A narrative, text table, or other suitable format which describes those portions of the training that fit into this category;
</P>
<P>(ii) The business name of the organization that developed and will deliver the training; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The job title and telephone number of the training organization or learning institution's primary training point of contact.
</P>
<P>(b) An employer that is required to adopt and comply with similar training programs or plans, pursuant to other regulatory requirements contained elsewhere in this chapter, is not required to submit those similar training programs or plans in accordance with this part. When any such similar program or plan, pursuant to other regulatory requirements contained elsewhere in this chapter, includes OJT but does not include the OJT components specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section and in § 243.101(d), the employer shall supplement its program to include the OJT components in accordance with this part. In addition, when any such similar program or plan, pursuant to other regulatory requirements contained elsewhere in this chapter, is amended for any reason, the employer shall amend its program without submission to FRA under § 243.109.
</P>
<P>(c) If an employer arranges job-related practice and practice related feedback sessions to supplement classroom, laboratory, simulator training, or OJT, the program shall include a description of the supplemental training.
</P>
<P>(d) FRA may require modifications to any programs, including those programs referenced in paragraph (b) of this section, if it determines essential program components, such as OJT, or arranged practice and feedback, are missing or inadequate. Unless requested by FRA, an employer is not required to submit courseware (<I>i.e.,</I> lesson plans, instructor guides, participant guides, job aids, practical exercises, tests/assessments, and other materials used in the delivery of any course) as part of a training program submission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014, as amended at 91 FR 27863, May 15, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.2.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.105   Optional model program development.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any organization, business, or association may develop and submit one or more model training programs to FRA for review and approval so that the model program(s) may be used by multiple employers.
</P>
<P>(1) Any such model program should be submitted with a unique identifier associated with the program, or FRA will assign a unique identifier.
</P>
<P>(2) The program associated with the organization's unique identifier shall include all information required by § 243.103.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) An employer that chooses to use a model program approved by FRA is not required to submit the entire program to FRA. Instead, the employer must submit only the unique identifier associated with the program, and all other information that is specific to that employer or deviates from the model program.
</P>
<P>(2) An employer that chooses to adopt a model program at FRA's part 243 web portal (<I>https://safetydata.fra.dot.gov/Part243/</I>) will be prompted for the required information and find each model program developer's contact information if the developer has an FRA-approved training program.
</P>
<P>(3) An employer that chooses to adopt and implement a model program must contact the model program developer and obtain the associated course/training materials necessary for training safety-related railroad employees. FRA does not prohibit a model program developer from charging an employer a fee for the right to use a model training program it developed or requiring that each employer obtain its explicit authorization before the employer adopts one of its model programs.
</P>
<P>(4) An employer that submits, adopts, and implements an FRA-approved model program, consistent with the operations of that employer, will be considered in compliance with the employer program requirements of § 243.101.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Once a model program is approved by FRA, the developer must consider when it is necessary to make revisions in accordance with § 243.109. A developer that revises its model program is required to provide notice of the FRA-approved changes to its authorized users. A model program developer is required to provide notice of any model program revisions by engaging in any form of communication that positively affirms the developer provided notice to employers likely to be impacted by the changes to the program, including posting the information at the organization's website, writing letters to the employers, and including information in periodic newsletters. Such notice must be at least as effective as the notice the developer provided to employers when it developed the model program. For example, if the developer makes its model program available to anyone with access to the developer's website, then posting a notice of any revisions to the program on its website will be sufficient. In contrast, if a model program developer requires explicit authorization to use its model programs, the developer must provide adequate notice to those entities that it has specifically authorized in a manner consistent with its authorization practices.
</P>
<P>(2) Once notified, an employer that is adopting and complying with a model program must:
</P>
<P>(i) Adopt and comply with the revisions to the model program made by the developer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Submit information explaining how the employer's training program will deviate from the model program in accordance with § 243.109.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 20552, May 3, 2017; 83 FR 18458, Apr. 27, 2018; 91 FR 27863, May 15, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.2.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.107   Training program submission, introductory information required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An employer who provides training of safety-related railroad employees shall submit its training program to FRA for review and approval. For an employer using FRA's part 243 web portal, the web portal will prompt the employer to provide the required information in this section. Each employer shall state in its submission whether, at the time of filing, it:
</P>
<P>(1) Primarily conducts the training program of its own safety-related railroad employees, utilizing its own resources;
</P>
<P>(2) Conducts any training for other than its own safety-related railroad employees;
</P>
<P>(3) Implements any training programs conducted by some other entity on its behalf but adopted by that employer;
</P>
<P>(4) Uses any combination of the practices described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 27864, May 15, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.2.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.109   Initial and refresher training program submission, review, and approval process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial and refresher programs.</I> (1) Apprenticeship or similar intern programs, that began prior to submission of the employer's initial program filed in accordance with this part, shall be described in the employer's initial program. Any such apprenticeship or similar intern programs may continue, but if the Associate Administrator advises the employer of specific deficiencies, the employer shall resubmit that portion of its program, as revised to address specific deficiencies, within 90 days after the date of any notice of deficiencies from the Associate Administrator. A failure to resubmit the program with the necessary revisions shall be considered a failure to implement a program under this part. The Associate Administrator may extend this 90-day period upon written request.
</P>
<P>(2) An employer's initial program, as required by § 243.101(a) or (b), or an employer's refresher program, as required by § 243.201(e), must be submitted to the Associate Administrator and is considered approved and may be implemented immediately upon submission. Following submission, the Associate Administrator will review the program and inform the employer as to whether the program conforms to this part. If the Associate Administrator determines that all or part of the program does not conform, the Associate Administrator will inform the employer of the specific deficiencies. The deficient portions of the non-conforming program may remain in effect until approval of the revised program, unless FRA provides notification otherwise. An employer shall resubmit the portion of its program, as revised to address specific deficiencies, within 90 days after the date of any notice of deficiencies from the Associate Administrator. A failure to resubmit the program with the necessary revisions shall be considered a failure to implement a program under this part. The Associate Administrator may extend this 90-day period upon written request.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Previously approved programs require an informational filing when modified.</I> The employer must review its previously approved training program and modify it accordingly when new safety-related Federal railroad laws, regulations, or orders are issued, or new safety-related technologies, procedures, or equipment are introduced into the workplace and result in new knowledge requirements, safety-related tasks, or modification of existing safety-related duties. An employer that modifies its training program for these described reasons shall submit an informational filing to the Associate Administrator not later than 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which the modification occurred, unless FRA advises otherwise to individual employers, one or more group of employers, or the general public. Programs modified in accordance with this paragraph, after the initial FRA approval, are considered approved upon being modified and may be implemented immediately. Any program deficiencies noted by the Associate Administrator shall be addressed in the same manner as paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The filing shall contain a summary description of sufficient detail that FRA can associate the changes with the employer's previously approved program, and shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Descriptions of all new or refresher training courses developed since the previous FRA approval, using the same criteria required for an initial filing;
</P>
<P>(2) Explanations whenever OJT or arranged practice is added to, or discontinued from, a program;
</P>
<P>(3) Explanations as to how the methods of delivering training, or qualifying employees has changed; and
</P>
<P>(4) A statement from an organization, business, or association that has submitted a model program pursuant to this part, that the organization, business, or association has informed each employer who requested the right to use the affected training program of the changes and the need for the employer to comply with those changes that apply to the employer's operation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>New portions or revisions to an approved program.</I> Substantial additions or revisions to a previously approved program, that are not described as informational filings in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, shall be considered approved and may be implemented immediately upon submission. Following submission, the Associate Administrator will review the new portions or revisions to the previously approved program and inform the employer as to whether the modifications conform to this part. Any program deficiencies noted by the Associate Administrator shall be addressed in the same manner as paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The Associate Administrator will inform the employer as to whether a new portion or revision to an approved program conforms to this part. If the Associate Administrator has determined that the changes do not conform to this part, the employer shall resubmit the portion of its program, as revised to address specific deficiencies, within 90 days after the date of any notice of deficiencies from the Associate Administrator. Failure to resubmit the program with the necessary revisions shall be considered a failure to implement a program under this part. The Associate Administrator may extend this 90-day period upon written request.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Additional submission, resubmission, or informational filing requirement for railroads.</I> (1) Each railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Simultaneous with its filing with the FRA, serve a copy of any submission, resubmission, or informational filing required pursuant to this section, to the president of each labor organization that represents the railroad's employees subject to this part; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Include in its submission, resubmission, or informational filing required pursuant to this section a statement affirming that the railroad has served a copy to the president of each labor organization that represents the railroad's employees subject to this part, together with a list of the names and addresses of persons served.
</P>
<P>(2) Not later than 90 days from the date a railroad files its submission, resubmission, or informational filing required pursuant to this section, a representative designated by the president of each labor organization that represents railroad employees subject to this part, may file a comment on the submission, resubmission, or informational filing:
</P>
<P>(i) Each comment shall be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The commenter shall certify that a copy of the comment was served on the railroad.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014, as amended at 91 FR 27864, May 15, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.2.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.111   Approval of programs filed by training organizations or learning institutions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A training organization or learning institution that provides training services for safety-related railroad employees, including providing such training services to independent students who enroll with such training organization or learning institution and who will rely on the training services provided to qualify to become safety-related railroad employees, must submit its program to FRA for review and approval unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The program is approved as a model program under § 243.105 or an employer program under § 243.101; and
</P>
<P>(2) The training organization or learning institution submits an informational filing to its previously approved program containing the information required in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A training organization or learning institution that has provided training services to employers covered by this part before January 1, 2019, may continue to offer such training services without FRA approval until January 1, 2020. The Associate Administrator may extend this period at any time based on a written request. Such written requests for an extension of time to submit a program should contain any factors the training organization or learning institution wants the Associate Administrator to consider before approving or disapproving the extension.
</P>
<P>(c) A program submitted by a training organization or learning institution must include all information required for an employer's program in accordance with this part, unless the requirement could only apply to an employer's program. The submitted program for a training organization or learning institution must also include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The full corporate or business name of the training organization or learning institution;
</P>
<P>(2) The training organization or learning institution's primary business and email address;
</P>
<P>(3) The training organization or learning institution's primary telephone number and point of contact; and
</P>
<P>(4) A listing of the training organization or learning institution's designated instructors.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, prior approval by the Associate Administrator is required before FRA will accept such training as sufficient to meet the requirements of this part. The Associate Administrator will advise the training organization or learning institution in writing whether FRA has approved the program. If all or part of the program is not approved by FRA, the Associate Administrator will inform the training organization or learning institution of specific deficiencies. At the time that the Associate Administrator informs of any deficiencies, the Associate Administrator will clarify whether any particular training courses shall be considered approved.
</P>
<P>(e) Previously approved programs require an informational filing when modified. The training organization or learning institution shall review its previously approved training program and modify it accordingly when new safety-related Federal railroad laws, regulations, or orders are issued, or new safety-related technologies, procedures, or equipment are introduced into the workplace and result in new knowledge requirements, safety-related tasks, or in modifications of existing safety-related duties. A training organization or learning institution that modifies its training program for these described reasons shall submit an informational filing to the Associate Administrator not later than 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which the modification occurred, unless FRA advises otherwise. Programs modified in accordance with this paragraph are considered approved upon modification and may be implemented immediately. Any program deficiencies noted by the Associate Administrator shall be addressed as specified in this section. A training organization or learning institution may transfer an approved program to another training organization or learning institution, or an employer, and that transfer will require the acquiring entity to file an informational filing unless the acquiring entity is making substantial additions or revisions to the previously approved program, which will require FRA review under paragraph (f) of this section. The filing shall contain a summary description of sufficient detail so that FRA can associate the changes with the training organization's or learning institution's previously approved program, and shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Descriptions of all new or refresher training courses developed after the previous FRA approval, using the same criteria required for an initial filing;
</P>
<P>(2) Explanations whenever OJT or arranged practice is added to, or discontinued from, a program; and
</P>
<P>(3) Explanations as to how the methods of delivering training, or qualifying employees has changed.
</P>
<P>(f) New portions or revisions to an approved program: Substantial additions or revisions to a previously approved program, that are not described as informational filings in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, shall require prior approval by the Associate Administrator before FRA will accept such training as sufficient to meet the requirements of this part. The Associate Administrator will advise the training organization or learning institution in writing whether FRA has approved the new or revised program. If all or part of the program is not approved by FRA, the Associate Administrator will inform the training organization or learning institution of specific deficiencies. At the time that the Associate Administrator informs the training organization or learning institution of any deficiencies, the Associate Administrator will clarify whether any particular new or revised training courses shall be considered approved.
</P>
<P>(g) Training organizations and learning institutions subject to this part are required to maintain records for each safety-related railroad employee that attends the training, in accordance with the recordkeeping requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(h) Training organizations and learning institutions subject to this part shall provide a student's training transcript or training record to any employer upon request by the student.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 20553, May 3, 2017; 83 FR 18459, Apr. 27, 2018; 91 FR 27864, May 15, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.2.137.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.113   Electronic and written program submission requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each employer, training organization, or learning institution to which this part applies is required to file by electronic means at FRA's part 243 web portal any program submissions required under this part in accordance with the requirements of this section. FRA's part 243 web portal will prompt users to submit all required training program information. Each organization, business, or association that develops an optional model program in accordance with § 243.105 is required to file by electronic means at FRA's part 243 web portal the program in accordance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Before any person's first program submission electronically at FRA's part 243 web portal, the person must register for access at the portal, <I>https://safetydata.fra.dot.gov/Part243/.</I> Users must provide the following information to complete registration:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the employer, organization, learning institution, business, or association;
</P>
<P>(2) The names of two individuals, including job titles, who will be the person's points of contact and will be the only individuals allowed access to FRA's secure document submission site;
</P>
<P>(3) The mailing addresses for the person's points of contact;
</P>
<P>(4) The person's system or main headquarters address located in the United States;
</P>
<P>(5) The email addresses for the person's points of contact; and
</P>
<P>(6) The daytime telephone numbers for the person's points of contact.
</P>
<P>(c) A person that electronically submits an initial program, informational filing, or new portions or revisions to an approved program required by this part at FRA's part 243 web portal shall be considered to have provided its consent for FRA to electronically store any materials required by this part and to receive approval or disapproval notices from FRA by email.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 27864, May 15, 2026]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Program Implementation and Oversight Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.3.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.201   Employee qualification requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Each employer must permit only employees appropriately trained and qualified to perform safety-related service.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to any required knowledge-based training, an employer may limit a safety-related railroad employee's training to only the relevant Federal requirements that apply to the safety-related tasks that the employer authorizes the employee to perform.
</P>
<P>(3) The requirements in paragraph (a) do not impact the initial designation of the existing safety-related railroad employees who were designated by September 1, 2020 (for each Class I railroad, and each intercity or commuter passenger railroad conducting operations subject to this part with 400,000 total employee work hours annually or more in operation as of January 1, 2020) or January 1, 2022 (for each employer conducting operations subject to this part not covered by the September 1, 2020 implementation date). Each employer conducting operations subject to this part shall either:
</P>
<P>(i) Declare the designation of each of its existing safety-related railroad employees by occupational category or subcategory, and only permit designated employees to perform safety-related service in that occupational category or subcategory; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For an employer that does not designate employees by occupational category or subcategory, retain a record for each employee identifying the list of Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders that cover the work the employee is designated as qualified to perform.
</P>
<P>(b) An employer commencing operations shall declare the designation of each of its existing safety-related railroad employees by occupational category or subcategory before beginning operations, and only permit designated employees to perform safety-related service in that category or subcategory. Any person designated shall have met the requirements for newly hired employees or those assigned new safety-related duties in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Newly hired employees or those assigned new safety-related duty. The following requirements apply to qualifying a safety-related railroad employee who, subsequent to the employer's designation in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, is newly hired or is to engage in a safety-related task not associated with the employee's previous training.
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to an employee becoming a qualified member of an occupational category or subcategory, the employer shall require a safety-related railroad employee who is newly hired or is to engage in safety-related duties not associated with the employee's previous training to successfully complete the formal training curriculum for that category or subcategory of safety-related railroad employee. Successful completion of the formal training curriculum includes passing any required examinations covering the skills and knowledge the employee will need to possess in order to perform the safety-related duties necessary to be a member of the occupational category or subcategory.
</P>
<P>(2) When the training program is required to include OJT, the employee shall demonstrate, to the satisfaction of a designated instructor, OJT proficiency by successfully completing the safety-related tasks necessary to become a qualified member of the occupational category or subcategory. However, as part of the OJT process and before completing any of the formal training, including classroom training and OJT, and passing the field evaluation, a person may perform such tasks under the direct onsite observation of any qualified person, provided the qualified person has been advised of the circumstances and is capable of intervening if an unsafe act or non-compliance with Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, or orders is observed. An employee designated to provide formal training to other employees, and who is not a designated instructor, shall be qualified on the safety-related topics or tasks in accordance with the employer's training program and the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Employees previously trained or qualified, but not by the current employer: If an employee has received relevant training or qualification for a particular occupational category or subcategory through participation in an FRA-required training program completed by an entity other than the employee's current employer, that training shall satisfy the requirements of this part:
</P>
<P>(1) Provided that:
</P>
<P>(i) A current record of training is obtained from that other entity; or
</P>
<P>(ii) When a current record of training is unavailable from that other entity, an employer performs testing to ensure the employee has the knowledge necessary to be a member of that category or subcategory of safety-related railroad employee. Testing shall include an oral or written examination and demonstrating the ability to inspect, identify, and initiate corrective action necessary for compliance with Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, or orders, as well as any relevant railroad rules and procedures promulgated to implement those Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, or orders. A designated instructor must make the final determination as to whether the employee has the knowledge, skills, and abilities to become a member of an occupational category; and
</P>
<P>(2) When the employee, in the previous 180 days, has either not performed the safety-related duties or not received initial or periodic training for an occupational category or subcategory, the employer shall perform testing to ensure the employee has retained the knowledge necessary to remain a member of that occupational category or subcategory. In the situation where an employee's records are unavailable and the employee is subject to testing under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, no additional testing is required.
</P>
<P>(e) Refresher training requirements and options:
</P>
<P>(1) Each Class I railroad, and each intercity or commuter passenger railroad conducting operations subject to this part with 400,000 total employee work hours annually or more, shall deliver refresher training at an interval not to exceed three calendar years from the date of an employee's last training event, except where refresher training is specifically required more frequently in accordance with this chapter. If the last training event occurs, or occurred, before FRA's approval of the employer's training program, the employer shall provide refresher training either within three calendar years from that prior training event or, for each such employer conducting operations as of January 1, 2022, no later than December 31, 2024.
</P>
<P>(2) Each employer conducting operations subject to this part not covered by paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall deliver refresher training at an interval not to exceed three calendar years from the date of an employee's last training event, except where refresher training is specifically required more frequently in accordance with this chapter. If the last training event occurs, or occurred, before FRA's approval of the employer's training program, the employer shall provide refresher training either within three calendar years from that prior training event or, for each such employer conducting operations as of May 1, 2023, no later than December 31, 2026.
</P>
<P>(3) Each employer shall ensure that refresher training includes formal training if the employee did not previously receive formal training on the application of any specific Federal railroad safety law, regulation, or order the employee is required to comply with, as well as any relevant railroad rules and procedures promulgated to implement those specific Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders.
</P>
<P>(4) Each employer shall ensure that refresher training for employees charged with the inspection of track or railroad equipment address identifying defective conditions and how to initiate immediate remedial action to correct critical safety defects that are known to contribute to derailments, accidents, incidents, or injuries.
</P>
<P>(5) Each employer shall ensure that refresher training includes safety-related tasks that address skill gaps that the employer identified in the workforce through efficiency testing, periodic oversight, annual reviews, accident/incident data, FRA inspection data, or other performance measuring metrics.
</P>
<P>(6) Except for refresher training required by paragraph (e)(3) of this section, an employer may offer each employee a single test out option for any occupational category or subcategory that, if passed, will be considered an acceptable substitute for refresher training. If the employee does not pass this single test on the first attempt, the employer may not offer the employee additional attempts to test out for the occupational category or subcategory tested and the employer must provide refresher training to the employee in compliance with paragraph (e) of this section. Each test out option must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be designed to determine whether an employee has the critical knowledge and skills to continue to be designated to perform safety-related service in that occupational category or subcategory, whether by craft, class, task, or other suitable terminology;
</P>
<P>(ii) Meet the equivalent standards required for such assessment testing under formal training in that occupational category or subcategory; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Be recorded under § 243.203 of this part.
</P>
<P>(f) Except for the single test out option in paragraph (e)(6) of this section, an employer must consider ways to provide remedial training and retesting of any employee who fails to successfully pass any training or testing. Under this part, a failure of any test or training does not bar the person from successfully completing the training or testing at a later date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014, as amended at 82 FR 20553, May 3, 2017; 83 FR 18459, Apr. 27, 2018; 85 FR 13, Jan. 2, 2020; 91 FR 27865, May 15, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.3.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.203   Records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements for qualification status records; accessibility.</I> Each employer shall maintain records to demonstrate the qualification status of each safety-related railroad employee that it employs.
</P>
<P>(1) The records for former safety-related railroad employees shall be accessible for 6 years at the employer's system headquarters after the employment relationship ends.
</P>
<P>(2) Current employee records shall be accessible at the employer's system headquarters.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employee information.</I> The records shall include the following information concerning each such employee:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the employee;
</P>
<P>(2) Occupational category or subcategory designations, or other suitable designations, for which the employee is deemed qualified;
</P>
<P>(3) The dates that each formal training course was completed;
</P>
<P>(4) The title of each formal training course successfully completed;
</P>
<P>(5) If the safety-related railroad employee attended safety-related training offered by a business, a training organization, or a learning institution with an FRA-approved program, a copy of the transcript or appropriate record from that business, training organization, or learning institution;
</P>
<P>(6) The employee's OJT performance, which shall include the unique name or identifier of the OJT program component in accordance with § 243.103, the date the OJT program component was successfully completed, and the identification of the designated instructor(s) determining that the employee successfully completed all OJT training necessary to be considered qualified to perform the safety-related tasks identified with the occupational categories or subcategories, or other suitable terminology, for which the employee is designated in accordance with the program required by this part;
</P>
<P>(7) The date that the employee's status is determined to be qualified and the employee is designated to perform the safety-related duties identified with any particular occupational categories or subcategories, in accordance with the program required by this part;
</P>
<P>(8) If an employee's qualification status was transferred from another entity with an approved program, a copy of the training record from that other entity; and
</P>
<P>(9) Any additional information required by this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Record accessibility for other than individual employee records.</I> Except for records demonstrating the qualification status of each safety-related railroad employee as described in paragraph (b) of this section or otherwise specified in this part, each annual review required by this part shall be accessible for three calendar years after the end of the calendar year to which the annual review relates, and each test, inspection, or other event record required by this part shall be accessible for one calendar year after the end of the calendar year to which the event relates. Each employer shall make these records accessible at one headquarters location within the United States, including, but not limited to, a railroad's system headquarters, a holding company's headquarters, a joint venture's headquarters, a contractor's principal place of business or other headquarters located where the contractor is incorporated. This requirement does not prohibit an employer with divisions from also maintaining any of these records at any division headquarters.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Availability of records.</I> Each employer, training organization, or learning institution required to maintain records under this part shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Make all records available for inspection and copying/photocopying to representatives of FRA, upon request during normal business hours; and
</P>
<P>(2) Make an employee's records available for inspection and copying/photocopying to that employee, former employee, or such person's representative upon written authorization by such employee during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Electronic recordkeeping.</I> Nothing in this section precludes an employer, a training organization, or a learning institution from maintaining the information required to be retained under this part in an electronic format provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The employer, training organization, or learning institution maintains an information technology security program adequate to ensure the integrity of the electronic data storage system, including the prevention of unauthorized access to the program logic or individual records;
</P>
<P>(2) The program and data storage system must be protected by a security system that utilizes an employee identification number and password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of program access meeting all of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) No two individuals have the same electronic identity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A record cannot be deleted or altered by any individual after the record is certified by the employee who created the record;
</P>
<P>(3) Any amendment to a record is either:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronically stored apart from the record that it amends; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronically attached to the record as information without changing the original record;
</P>
<P>(4) Each amendment to a record uniquely identifies the person making the amendment;
</P>
<P>(5) The system employed by the employer, training organization, or learning institution for data storage permits reasonable access and retrieval of the information in usable format when requested to furnish data by FRA representatives; and
</P>
<P>(6) Information retrieved from the system can be easily produced in a printed format which can be readily provided to FRA representatives in a timely manner and authenticated by a designated representative of the railroad as a true and accurate copy of the railroad's records if requested to do so by FRA representatives.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Transfer of records.</I> If an employer ceases to do business and its assets will be transferred to a successor employer, it shall transfer to the successor employer all records required to be maintained under this part, and the successor employer shall retain them for the remainder of the period prescribed in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014, as amended at 91 FR 27866, May 15, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.3.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.205   Periodic oversight.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> As part of the program required in accordance with this part, an employer shall adopt and comply with a program to conduct periodic oversight tests or inspections to determine if safety-related railroad employees comply with Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders particular to FRA-regulated personal and work group safety. The program of periodic oversight shall commence on the day the employer files its program with FRA pursuant to § 243.101(a) or on the day the employer commences operations pursuant to § 243.101(b). The data gathered through the testing or inspection components of the program shall be used to determine whether systemic performance gaps exist, and to determine if modifications to the training component of the program are appropriate to close those gaps.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Locomotive engineer and conductor oversight exception.</I> Periodic oversight specified in this section is not required for employees covered by parts 240 and 242 of this chapter, but a railroad shall use results of the assessments required by those parts to determine if changes in its training programs are necessary to close any proficiency gaps found during those assessments.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Railroad oversight.</I> Each railroad shall identify supervisory employees, by category or subcategory, responsible for conducting periodic oversight tests or inspections for the safety-related railroad employees that it authorizes to perform safety-related duties on its property, except a railroad is not required to:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide oversight for a contractor's safety-related railroad employees if that contractor is required to conduct its own periodic oversight because it meets the criteria specified in paragraph (g) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide oversight for categories or subcategories of a contractor's safety-related railroad employees if the railroad does not employ supervisory employees who are qualified as safety-related railroad employees in those categories or subcategories; or
</P>
<P>(3) Provide oversight for any supervisory employee identified by the railroad as responsible for conducting oversight in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Operational test exception for a railroad.</I> A railroad is not required to perform operational tests of safety-related railroad employees employed by a contractor.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Railroad oversight for contractors.</I> A railroad may choose to require supervisory employees to perform oversight of safety-related railroad employees employed by a contractor either:
</P>
<P>(1) When oversight test or inspection sessions are scheduled specifically to determine if safety-related employees are in compliance with Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders particular to FRA-regulated personal and work group safety; or
</P>
<P>(2) When a qualified railroad supervisory employee's duties place this person in the vicinity of one or more safety-related railroad employees employed by a contractor and performing the oversight would result in minimal disruption of this person's other assigned duties.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Railroad's duty to notify contractor of non-compliance.</I> A railroad that finds evidence of contractor employee non-compliance with Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders particular to FRA-regulated personal and work group safety during the periodic oversight shall provide that employee and that employee's employer with details of the non-compliance.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Contractor oversight.</I> Each contractor shall conduct periodic oversight tests or inspections of its safety-related railroad employees provided:
</P>
<P>(1) A contractor employs more than 15 safety-related railroad employees;
</P>
<P>(2) A contractor relies on training it directly provides to its own employees as the basis for qualifying those employees to perform safety-related duties on a railroad; and
</P>
<P>(3) A contractor employs supervisory safety-related railroad employees capable of performing oversight.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Oversight divided by written agreement.</I> (1) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs (c) and (g) of this section, a railroad and a contractor may agree in writing that the contractor will provide the oversight by specifying in the program that the railroad has trained the contractor employees responsible for training and oversight; or
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding the requirements of this section that assign specific periodic oversight responsibilities to a railroad or a contractor, a railroad and a contractor may agree to a different periodic oversight responsibility arrangement in writing.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Detailed records required.</I> Each employer that conducts periodic oversight in accordance with this section must keep a record of the date, time, place, and result of each test or inspection. The records shall specify each person administering tests or inspections, and each person tested. The record shall also provide a method to record whether the employee complied with the monitored duties, and any interventions used to remediate non-compliance. Modifications of the program required by § 217.9 of this chapter may be used in lieu of this oversight program, provided a railroad specifies it has done so in its program submitted in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Additional records requirement.</I> Records required under this section are subject to the requirements of § 243.203.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 66501, Nov. 7, 2014, as amended at 91 FR 27866, May 15, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.3.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.207   Annual review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this review is to determine if knowledge or performance gaps exist in the application of Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders. This section shall apply to each railroad once a program has been approved by FRA in accordance with this part. This section does not apply to a railroad with less than 400,000 total employee work hours annually. This section does not apply to employers other than railroads except as specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided for in paragraph (a) of this section, each railroad that is required to conduct periodic oversight in accordance with § 243.205 is also required to conduct an annual review, as provided in this section, and shall retain, at its system headquarters, one copy of the written annual review.
</P>
<P>(c) Each railroad shall designate a person(s) who shall conduct a written annual review. The annual review shall be designed to identify knowledge or performance gaps in occupational categories and determine whether adjustments to the training component of the program are the appropriate intervention to close those gaps or otherwise improve the effectiveness of the program. Such review shall include analysis of the following data:
</P>
<P>(1) Periodic oversight data required by § 243.205;
</P>
<P>(2) Reportable accident/incident data as defined in part 225 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) FRA inspection report data;
</P>
<P>(4) Employee training feedback received through a course evaluation process, if such feedback is available; and
</P>
<P>(5) Feedback received from labor representatives, if such feedback is available.
</P>
<P>(d) Based upon the results of the annual review, the designated person(s) shall coordinate any necessary adjustments to the initial and refresher training programs. At the railroad's option, the annual review required under this section may be conducted in conjunction with any periodic review required under part 217 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) If a railroad utilizes a contractor that directly trains its own safety-related railroad employees, the railroad shall notify the contractor of the relevant training program adjustments made to the railroad's program in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) A contractor shall use any information provided by a railroad to adjust its training specific to the Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders particular to FRA-regulated personal and work group safety.
</P>
<P>(g) Prior to September 1 of each calendar year, each railroad to which this section applies shall complete its annual review for the previous calendar year.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 243.209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.37.3.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 243.209   Railroad maintained list of contractors utilized.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad utilizing contractors to supply the railroad with safety-related railroad employees shall maintain a list, at its system headquarters, with information regarding each contractor utilized unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad qualifies each of the contractor's safety-related railroad employees utilized; and
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad maintains the training records for each of the contractor's safety-related railroad employees utilized.
</P>
<P>(b) The listing required by paragraph (a) of this section shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The full corporate or business name of the contractor;
</P>
<P>(2) The contractor's primary business and email address; and
</P>
<P>(3) The contractor's primary telephone number.
</P>
<P>(c) The information required by this section shall be continuously updated as additional contractors are utilized, and no contractor information shall be deleted from the list unless the contractor has not been utilized for at least 3 years from the end of the calendar year the contractor was last utilized.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="244" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 244—REGULATIONS ON SAFETY INTEGRATION PLANS GOVERNING RAILROAD CONSOLIDATIONS, MERGERS, AND ACQUISITIONS OF CONTROL 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 21301; 5 U.S.C. 553 and 559; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 11604, Mar. 15, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 244.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.1.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.1   Scope, application, and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes requirements for filing and implementing a Safety Integration Plan with FRA whenever a Class I railroad proposes to consolidate with, merge with, or acquire control of another Class I railroad, or with a Class II railroad where there is a proposed amalgamation of operations. 
</P>
<P>(b) The purpose of this part is to achieve a reasonable level of railroad safety during the implementation of transactions described in paragraph (a) of this section. This part does not preclude a railroad from taking additional measures not inconsistent with this part to provide for safety in connection with a transaction. 
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements prescribed under this part apply only to FRA's disposition of a regulated transaction filed by an applicant. The transactions covered by this part also require separate filing with and approval by the Surface Transportation Board. <I>See</I> 49 CFR part 1106. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 244.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.1.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.3   Preemptive effect.</HEAD>
<P>Under 49 U.S.C. 20106, issuance of these regulations preempts any State law, regulation, or order covering the same subject matter, except an additional or more stringent law, regulation, or order that: 
</P>
<P>(a) Is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially local safety hazard; 
</P>
<P>(b) Is not incompatible with a law, regulation, or order of the United States Government; and 
</P>
<P>(c) Does not unreasonably burden interstate commerce. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 244.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.1.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.5   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part, or causes the violation of any such requirement, is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I>for a statement of agency civil penalty policy. 
</P>
<P>(b) As specified in § 244.21, FRA may also exercise any of its other enforcement remedies if a railroad fails to comply with § 244.21. 
</P>
<P>(c) Any person who knowingly and willfully makes a false entry in a record or report required by this part shall be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 11604, Mar. 15, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 30595, May 28, 2004; 72 FR 51198, Sept. 6, 2007; 73 FR 79705, Dec. 30, 2008; 77 FR 24423, Apr. 24, 2012; 81 FR 43113, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16135, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60750, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 37075, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1760, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23256, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15870, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1129, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89564, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106298, Dec. 30, 2024; 90 FR 28195, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 244.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.1.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.7   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person subject to a requirement of this part may petition the Administrator for a waiver of compliance with any requirement of this part. The filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement pending action on such a petition. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for a waiver under this section must be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, the Administrator may grant the waiver subject to any conditions the Administrator deems necessary. 
</P>
<P>(d) The procedures governing a petition for a waiver that are prescribed under this part apply only to FRA's disposition of such a petition. A person seeking a waiver of a Surface Transportation Board regulation would need to file a petition for a waiver with the Board. (<I>See</I> 49 CFR 1106.5.) 




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 244.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.1.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.9   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part— 
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate. 
</P>
<P><I>Amalgamation of operations</I> means the migration, combination, or unification of one set of railroad operations with another set of railroad operations, including, but not limited to, the allocation of resources affecting railroad operations (<I>e.g.,</I> changes in personnel, track, bridges, or communication or signal systems; or use or deployment of maintenance-of-way equipment, locomotives, or freight or passenger cars). 
</P>
<P><I>Applicant</I> means a Class I railroad or a Class II railroad engaging in a transaction subject to this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Best practices</I> means measures that are tried, tested, and proven to be the safest and most efficient rules or instructions governing railroad operations. 
</P>
<P><I>Class I or Class II railroad</I> has the meaning assigned by regulations of the Surface Transportation Board (49 CFR part 1201; General Instructions 1-1), as those regulations may be revised by the Board (including modifications in class thresholds based on the revenue deflator formula) from time to time. 
</P>
<P><I>Corporate culture</I> means the totality of the commitments, written and oral directives, and practices that make up the way a railroad's management and its employees operate their railroad. 
</P>
<P><I>Control means</I> actual control, legal control, or the power to exercise control through: 
</P>
<P>(1) Common directors, officers, stockholders, a voting trust, or a holding or investment company, or 
</P>
<P>(2) Any other means. <I>See</I> 49 U.S.C. 10102. 
</P>
<P><I>Consolidation</I> means the creation of a new Class I railroad by combining existing Class I railroads or a Class I railroad and a Class II railroad where there is an amalgamation of operations, or by a railroad or a corporate parent of a Class I railroad taking over the assets or assuming the liabilities, or both, of another Class I railroad such that the resulting unified entity has the combined capital, powers, and subsidiaries and affiliates, if applicable, of all of its constituents. 
</P>
<P><I>Environmental documentation</I> means either an Environmental Assessment or Environmental Impact Statement prepared in accordance with the Surface Transportation Board's environmental rules at 49 CFR part 1105. 
</P>
<P><I>Merger</I> means the acquisition of one Class I railroad or Class II railroad where there is amalgamation of operations by a Class I railroad such that the acquiring railroad or a corporate parent of that railroad acquires the stock, assets, liabilities, powers, subsidiaries and affiliates of the railroad acquired. 




</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: A railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.


</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means any form of non-highway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including: 
</P>
<P>(1) Commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area; and 
</P>
<P>(2) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads. The term does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Safety Integration Plan</I> means a comprehensive written plan submitted to and approved by FRA in compliance with this part that demonstrates in required detail how an applicant will provide for safe railroad operations during and after any transaction covered by this part, and otherwise assure compliance with the Federal railroad safety laws. 
</P>
<P><I>Section of Environmental Analysis</I> or “SEA” means the Section of the Surface Transportation Board that prepares its environmental documentation and analyses. 
</P>
<P><I>Transaction</I> means a consolidation, merger, or acquisition of control subject to the requirements of this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 11604, Mar. 15, 2002, as amended at 90 FR 28127, July 1, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Safety Integration Plans</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 244.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.2.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.11   Contents of a Safety Integration Plan.</HEAD>
<P>Each Safety Integration Plan shall contain the following information for each subject matter identified in § 244.13 or § 244.15: 
</P>
<P>(a) A detailed description of how the applicant differs from each railroad it proposes to acquire or with which the applicant proposes to consolidate or merge, including the rules or instructions governing railroad operations of these railroads; 
</P>
<P>(b) A detailed description of the proposed manner of operations of the resulting railroad, including a reconciliation of the differing rules or instructions governing railroad operations of the railroads involved in the transaction; 
</P>
<P>(c) The measures to be taken to comply with applicable Federal railroad safety laws and regulations; 
</P>
<P>(d) The proposed specific measures, expressed step-by-step, for each relevant subject matter that the applicant believes will result in safe implementation of the proposed transaction consistent with the requirements of this part; 
</P>
<P>(e) The allocation of resources, expressed as human and capital resources within designated operating budgets, directed to complete safety-relevant operations subject to the transaction; and 
</P>
<P>(f) The timetable, targeted in specific terms from commencement to completion, for implementing paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 244.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.2.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.13   Subjects to be addressed in a Safety Integration Plan involving an amalgamation of operations.</HEAD>
<P>Each Safety Integration Plan involving an amalgamation of operations shall address the following subjects for railroad operations conducted on property subject to the transaction:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Corporate culture.</I> Each applicant shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Identify and describe differences for each safety-related area between the corporate cultures of the railroads involved in the transaction; 
</P>
<P>(2) Describe how these cultures lead to different practices governing rail operations; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Describe, in step-by-step measures, the integration of these corporate cultures and the manner in which it will produce a system of “best practices” when the transaction is implemented. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Training.</I> Each applicant shall identify classroom and field courses, lectures, tests, and other educational or instructional forums designed to ensure the proficiency, qualification, and familiarity with the operating rules and operating tasks of territory assigned of the following employees, either when these employees are assigned to a new territory or the operating rules on a given territory are changed: 
</P>
<P>(1) Employees who perform train and engine service; 
</P>
<P>(2) Employees who inspect and maintain track and bridges; 
</P>
<P>(3) Employees who inspect, maintain and repair any type of on-track equipment, including locomotives, passenger cars, and freight cars of all types; 
</P>
<P>(4) Dispatchers or operators; 
</P>
<P>(5) Employees who inspect and maintain signal and train control devices and systems; 
</P>
<P>(6) Hazardous materials personnel, including information technology personnel who affect the transportation of hazardous materials; 
</P>
<P>(7) Employees who maintain or upgrade communication systems affecting rail operations; and 
</P>
<P>(8) Supervisors of employees enumerated in paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Operating practices</I>—(1) <I>Operating rules.</I> Each applicant shall identify the operating rules, timetables, and timetable special instructions to govern railroad operations, including yard or terminal operations and freight or passenger service. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Alcohol and drug.</I> Each applicant shall identify the post-accident toxicological testing, reasonable cause testing, and random alcohol and drug testing programs as required under 49 CFR part 219. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Qualification and certification of locomotive engineers.</I> Each applicant shall identify the program for qualifying and certifying locomotive engineers under 49 CFR part 240. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Hours of service laws.</I> Each applicant shall identify the procedures for complying with the Federal hours of service laws and related measures to minimize fatigue of employees covered by 49 U.S.C. chapter 211. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motive power and equipment.</I> Each applicant shall identify the qualification standards for employees who inspect, maintain, or repair railroad freight or passenger cars and locomotives, and the designated facilities used, or to be used, to repair such equipment. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Signal and train control.</I> Each applicant shall identify the signal and train control systems governing railroad operations and maintenance, and any planned amendments or modifications to capital improvement and research and development projects for signal and train control operations. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Track Safety Standards and bridge structures.</I> Each applicant shall identify the maintenance and inspection programs for track and bridges, and the qualification standards for roadway workers. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Hazardous Materials.</I> Each applicant shall identify an inspection program covering the following areas: 
</P>
<P>(1) Field inspection practices; 
</P>
<P>(2) Hazardous materials communication standards; 
</P>
<P>(3) Emergency response procedures; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Information technology systems and personnel employed for transmitting or receiving information accompanying hazardous materials shipments. The inspection program should identify preventive measures that will be employed to respond to potential information technology integration and hazardous materials documentation deficiencies. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Dispatching operations.</I> Each applicant shall identify: 
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad dispatching system to be adopted; 
</P>
<P>(2) The migration of the existing dispatching systems to the adopted system, if applicable; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The criteria used to determine workload and duties performed by operators or dispatchers employed to execute operations. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Highway-rail grade crossing systems.</I> Each applicant shall identify a program, including its development and implementation, covering the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the highway-rail grade crossings at which there will be an increase in rail traffic resulting from the transaction; 
</P>
<P>(2) An applicant's existing grade-crossing programs as they apply to grade crossings identified in paragraph (i)(1) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(3) Integration of the grade crossing programs of the railroads subject to the transaction to the extent the programs may be different; 
</P>
<P>(4) Emergency response actions; 
</P>
<P>(5) Avoidance of blocked or obstructed highway-rail crossing systems by trains, locomotives, railroad cars, or other pieces of rolling equipment; and 
</P>
<P>(6) Signs employed for changes in rail traffic patterns. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Personnel staffing.</I> Each applicant shall identify the number of employees by job category, currently and proposed, to perform the following types of functions when there is a projected change of operations that will impact workforce duties or responsibilities for employees of that job category:
</P>
<P>(1) Train and engine service; 
</P>
<P>(2) Yard and terminal service; 
</P>
<P>(3) Dispatching operations; 
</P>
<P>(4) Roadway maintenance; 
</P>
<P>(5) Freight car and locomotive maintenance; 
</P>
<P>(6) Maintenance of signal and train control systems, devices, and appliances; 
</P>
<P>(7) Hazardous materials operations; and 
</P>
<P>(8) Managers responsible for oversight of safety programs. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Capital investment.</I> Each applicant shall identify the capital investment program, clearly displaying planned investments in track and structures, signals and train control, and locomotives and equipment. The program shall describe any differences from the program currently in place on each of the railroads involved in the transaction. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Information systems compatibility.</I> Each applicant shall identify measures providing for a seamless interchange of information relating to the following subject matters: 
</P>
<P>(1) Train consists; 
</P>
<P>(2) Movements and movement history of locomotives and railroad freight cars; 
</P>
<P>(3) Dispatching operations; 
</P>
<P>(4) Emergency termination of operations; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Transportation of hazardous materials. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 11604, Mar. 15, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 68045, Nov. 8, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 244.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.2.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.15   Subjects to be addressed in a Safety Integration Plan not involving an amalgamation of operations.</HEAD>
<P>If an applicant does not propose an amalgamation of operations conducted on properties subject to the transaction, the applicant shall not be required to file a Safety Integration Plan unless directed to do so by FRA. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 244.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.2.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.17   Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each applicant shall file one original of a proposed Safety Integration Plan with the Associate Administrator for Safety, FRA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC, 20590, no later than 60 days after the date it files its application with the Surface Transportation Board. 
</P>
<P>(b) The applicant shall submit such additional information necessary to support its proposed Safety Integration Plan as FRA may require to satisfy the requirements of this part. 
</P>
<P>(c) The applicant shall coordinate with FRA to resolve FRA's comments on the proposed Safety Integration Plan until such plan is approved. 
</P>
<P>(d) FRA will file its findings and conclusions on the proposed Safety Integration Plan with the Board's Section of Environmental Analysis at a date sufficiently in advance of the Board's issuance of its draft environmental documentation in the case to permit incorporation in the draft environmental document. 
</P>
<P>(e) Assuming FRA approves the proposed Safety Integration Plan and the Surface Transportation Board approves the transaction and adopts the Plan, each applicant involved in the transaction shall coordinate with FRA in implementing the approved Safety Integration Plan. 
</P>
<P>(f) During implementation of an approved Safety Integration Plan, FRA expects that an applicant may change and refine its Safety Integration Plan in response to unforeseen developments. An applicant shall communicate with FRA about such developments and submit amendments to its Safety Integration Plan to FRA for approval. 
</P>
<P>(g) During implementation of an approved Safety Integration Plan, FRA will inform the Surface Transportation Board about implementation of the plan at times and in a manner designed to aid the Board's exercise of its continuing jurisdiction over the approved transaction in accordance with an agreement that FRA and the Board will enter into and execute. Pursuant to such agreement, FRA will consult with the Board at all appropriate stages of implementation, and will advise the Board on the status of the implementation process: 
</P>
<P>(1) For a period of no more than five years after the Board approves the transaction, 
</P>
<P>(2) For an oversight period for the transaction established by the Board, or 
</P>
<P>(3) Until FRA advises the Board in writing that the integration of operations subject to the transaction is complete, whichever is shorter.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Request for Confidential Treatment.</I> Each applicant requesting that advanced drafts of the proposed Safety Integration Plan and information in support of the proposed and approved plan that are filed with FRA receive confidential treatment shall comply with the procedures enumerated at 49 CFR 209.11. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 11604, Mar. 15, 2002, as amended at 74 FR 25176, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 244.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.2.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.19   Disposition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Standard of review.</I> FRA reviews an applicant's Safety Integration Plan, and any amendments thereto, to determine whether it provides a reasonable assurance of safety at every step of the transaction. In making this determination, FRA will consider whether the plan: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is thorough, complete, and clear; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Describes in adequate detail a logical and workable transition from conditions existing before the transaction to conditions intended to exist after consummation of the transaction. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Approval of the Safety Integration Plan and Amendments Thereto.</I> FRA approves a Safety Integration Plan, and any amendments thereto, that meets the standard set forth in paragraph (a) of this section. The approval will be conditioned on an applicant's execution of all of the elements contained in the plan, including any amendments to the plan approved by FRA. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amendment</I>—(1) <I>By the applicant.</I> The applicant may amend its Safety Integration Plan, from time to time, provided it explains the need for the proposed amendment in writing to FRA. Any amendment shall take effect no earlier than 30 days after its submission to FRA, unless it is either approved or disapproved by FRA within that period. Any disapproval of an amendment shall be in accordance with the requirements prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>By FRA.</I> FRA may request an applicant to amend its approved Safety Integration Plan from time to time should circumstances warrant. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 11604, Mar. 15, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 68045, Nov. 8, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 244.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.2.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 244.21   Compliance and Enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After the Surface Transportation Board has approved a transaction subject to this part, a railroad implementing a transaction subject to this part shall operate in accordance with the Safety Implementation Plan approved by FRA until the properties involved in the transaction are completely integrated into the form contemplated in the Surface Transportation Board's approval of the transaction. 
</P>
<P>(b) FRA may exercise any or all of its enforcement remedies authorized by the Federal railroad safety laws if a railroad fails to comply with paragraph (a) of this section or to execute any measure contained in a Safety Implementation Plan approved by FRA. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.38.2.137.7.104" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 244—Schedule of Civil Penalties [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="245" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 245—QUALIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION OF DISPATCHERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20162, 21301, 21304, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; 49 CFR 1.89; and Pub. L. 110-432, sec. 402, 122 Stat. 4884.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 44806, May 21, 2024, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.1.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to ensure that only those persons who meet minimum Federal safety standards serve as dispatchers, to reduce the rate and number of accidents and incidents, and to improve railroad safety.
</P>
<P>(b) This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for the eligibility, training, testing, certification, and monitoring of all dispatchers to whom it applies. This part does not restrict a railroad from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements consistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The dispatcher certification requirements prescribed in this part apply to any person who meets the definition of dispatcher contained in § 245.7, regardless of the fact that the person may have a job classification title other than that of dispatcher.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.1.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.3   Application and responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to all railroads except:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads that do not have any dispatch (as defined in § 245.7) tasks performed either by dispatchers employed by the railroad or employed by a contractor or subcontractor;
</P>
<P>(2) Railroads that operate only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation (<I>i.e.,</I> plant railroads, as defined in § 245.7);
</P>
<P>(3) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation as defined in § 245.7; or
</P>
<P>(4) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) Although the duties imposed by this part are generally stated in terms of the duty of a railroad, each person, as defined in § 245.7, who performs any function required by this part must perform that function in accordance with this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.1.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.5   Effect and construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FRA does not intend, by use of the term dispatcher in this part, to alter the terms, conditions, or interpretation of existing collective bargaining agreements that employ other job classification titles when identifying a person who dispatches a train.
</P>
<P>(b) FRA does not intend, by issuance of the regulations in this part, to alter the authority of a railroad to initiate disciplinary sanctions against its employees, including managers and supervisors, in the normal and customary manner, including those contained in its collective bargaining agreements.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in § 245.213, nothing in this part shall be construed to create or prohibit an eligibility or entitlement to employment in other service for the railroad as a result of denial, suspension, or revocation of certification under this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this part shall be deemed to abridge any additional procedural rights or remedies not inconsistent with this part that are available to the employee under a collective bargaining agreement, the Railway Labor Act, or (with respect to employment at will) at common law with respect to removal from service or other adverse action taken as a consequence of this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.1.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.7   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the FRA or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol</I> means ethyl alcohol (ethanol) and includes use or possession of any beverage, mixture, or preparation containing ethyl alcohol.
</P>
<P><I>Blocking device</I> means a method of control that either prohibits the operation of a switch or signal or restricts access to a section of track.
</P>
<P><I>Controlled substance</I> has the meaning assigned by 21 U.S.C. 802 and includes all substances listed on Schedules I through V as they may be revised from time to time (21 CFR parts 1301 through 1316).
</P>
<P><I>Dispatch</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) To perform a function that would be classified as a duty of a “dispatching service employee,” as that term is defined by the hours of service laws at 49 U.S.C. 21101(2), if the function were to be performed in the United States. The term dispatch includes, but is not limited to, by the use of an electrical or mechanical device:
</P>
<P>(i) Controlling the movement of a train or other on-track equipment by the issuance of a written or verbal authority or permission affecting a railroad operation, or by establishing a route through the use of a railroad signal or train control system but not merely by aligning or realigning a switch; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Controlling the occupancy of a track by a roadway worker or stationary on-track equipment, or both; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Issuing a mandatory directive, including, but not limited to, speed restrictions, highway-rail grade crossing protections, or those which establish working limits for roadway workers.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>dispatch</I> does not include the actions of personnel in the field:
</P>
<P>(i) Effecting implementation of a written or verbal authority or permission for a railroad operation, including an authority for working limits to a roadway worker (<I>e.g.,</I> initiating an interlocking timing device, authorizing a train to enter working limits); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Operating a function of a signal system designed for use by those personnel; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Sorting and grouping rail cars inside a railroad yard to assemble or disassemble a train.
</P>
<P><I>Dispatcher</I> means any individual who dispatches.
</P>
<P><I>Dispatcher Pilot</I> means a dispatcher qualified on assigned territory, tasked with overseeing a non-qualified employee who has not successfully completed all instruction, training and examination programs for the physical characteristics of the territory or position.
</P>
<P><I>Drug</I> means any substance (other than alcohol) that has known mind or function-altering effects on a human subject, specifically including any psychoactive substance and including, but not limited to, controlled substances.
</P>
<P><I>Drug and alcohol counselor (DAC)</I> means a person who meets the credentialing and qualification requirements of a “Substance Abuse Professional” (SAP), as provided in 49 CFR part 40.
</P>
<P><I>File, filed,</I> and <I>filing</I> mean submission of a document under this part on the date when the Docket Clerk receives it, or if sent by mail, the date mailing was completed.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>FRA representative</I> means the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer and the Associate Administrator's delegate, including any safety inspector employed by the Federal Railroad Administration and any qualified State railroad safety inspector acting under part 212 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Ineligible</I> or <I>ineligibility</I> means that a person is legally disqualified from serving as a certified dispatcher. The term covers a number of circumstances in which a person may not serve as a certified dispatcher. Revocation of certification pursuant to § 245.307 and denial of certification pursuant to § 245.301 are two examples in which a person would be ineligible to serve as a dispatcher. A period of ineligibility may end when a condition or conditions are met, such as when a person meets the conditions to serve as a dispatcher following an alcohol or drug violation pursuant to § 245.115.
</P>
<P><I>Knowingly</I> means having actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to the violation or that a reasonable person acting in the circumstances, exercising due care, would have had such knowledge.
</P>
<P><I>Main track</I> means a track upon which the operation of trains is governed by one or more of the following methods of operation: Timetable; mandatory directive; signal indication; or any form of absolute or manual block system.
</P>
<P><I>Mandatory directive</I> means any movement authority or speed restriction that affects a railroad operation.
</P>
<P><I>Medical examiner</I> means a person licensed as a doctor of medicine or doctor of osteopathy. A medical examiner can be a qualified full-time salaried employee of a railroad, a qualified practitioner who contracts with the railroad on a fee-for-service or other basis, or a qualified practitioner designated by the railroad to perform functions in connection with medical evaluations of employees. As used in this part, the medical examiner owes a duty to make an honest and fully informed evaluation of the condition of an individual.
</P>
<P><I>On-the-job training</I> means job training that occurs in the workplace, <I>i.e.,</I> the employee learns the job while doing the job.


</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including but not limited to the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor.




</P>
<P><I>Physical characteristics</I> means the actual track profile of and physical location for points within a specific yard or route that affect the movement of a locomotive or train. Physical characteristics includes <I>main track physical characteristics</I> (see definition of “main track” in this section) and other than main track physical characteristics.
</P>
<P><I>Plant railroad</I> means a plant or installation that owns or leases a locomotive, uses that locomotive to switch cars throughout the plant or installation, and is moving goods solely for use in the facility's own industrial processes. The plant or installation could include track immediately adjacent to the plant or installation if the plant railroad leases the track from the general system railroad and the lease provides for (and actual practice entails) the exclusive use of that trackage by the plant railroad and the general system railroad for purposes of moving only cars shipped to or from the plant. A plant or installation that operates a locomotive to switch or move cars for other entities, even if solely within the confines of the plant or installation, rather than for its own purposes or industrial processes, will not be considered a plant railroad because the performance of such activity makes the operation part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified</I> means a person who has successfully completed all instruction, training and examination programs required by the employer, and the applicable parts of this chapter and that the person therefore may reasonably be expected to be proficient on all safety related tasks the person is assigned to perform.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified instructor</I> means a person who has demonstrated, pursuant to the railroad's written program, an adequate knowledge of the subjects under instruction and, where applicable, has the necessary dispatching experience to effectively instruct in the field, and has the following qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) Is a certified dispatcher under this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Has been selected as such by a designated railroad officer, in concurrence with the designated employee representative, where present; or
</P>
<P>(3) In absence of concurrence provided in paragraph (2) of this definition, has a minimum of one year of service working as a dispatcher.
</P>
<P>If a railroad does not have designated employee representation, then a person need not comply with paragraph (2) or (3) of this definition to be a <I>qualified instructor.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means any form of nonhighway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways and any entity providing such transportation, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and
</P>
<P>(2) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads; but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad officer</I> means any supervisory employee of a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway worker in charge (RWIC)</I> means a roadway worker who is qualified under § 214.353 of this chapter to establish on-track safety for roadway work groups, and lone workers qualified under § 214.347 of this chapter to establish on-track safety for themselves.
</P>
<P><I>Serve or service,</I> in the context of serving documents, has the meaning given in Rule 5 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure as amended. Similarly, the computation of time provisions in Rule 6 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure as amended are also applicable in this part. <I>See also</I> the definition of “filing” in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Substance abuse disorder</I> refers to a psychological or physical dependence on alcohol or a drug, or another identifiable and treatable mental or physical disorder involving the abuse of alcohol or drugs as a primary manifestation. A substance abuse disorder is “active” within the meaning of this part if the person is currently using alcohol or other drugs, except under medical supervision consistent with the restrictions described in § 219.103 of this chapter or has failed to successfully complete primary treatment or successfully participate in aftercare as directed by a DAC or SAP.
</P>
<P><I>Substance Abuse Professional (SAP)</I> means a person who meets the qualifications of a substance abuse professional, as provided in 49 CFR part 40.
</P>
<P><I>Territorial qualifications</I> means possessing the necessary knowledge concerning a railroad's operating rules and timetable special instructions including familiarity with applicable <I>main track</I> and other than <I>main track physical characteristics</I> of the territory over which the locomotive or train movement will occur as well as the characteristics of the position to include, and not limited to, the operation and capabilities of dispatch control systems.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation</I> means a tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operation conducted only on track used exclusively for that purpose (<I>i.e.,</I> there is no freight, intercity passenger, or commuter passenger railroad operation on the track).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 44806, May 21, 2024, as amended at 90 FR 28128, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.1.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.9   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person subject to a requirement of this part may petition FRA for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. The filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for a waiver under this section must be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If FRA finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, FRA may grant the waiver subject to any conditions FRA deems necessary.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.1.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.11   Penalties and consequences for noncompliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person (including a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee; or any independent contractor or subcontractor of a railroad) who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons; or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. <I>See</I> 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) Each day a violation continues constitutes a separate offense.
</P>
<P>(c) A person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement may be subject to disqualification from all safety-sensitive service in accordance with part 209 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) A person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<P>(e) In addition to the enforcement methods referred to in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, FRA may address violations of this part by use of the emergency order, compliance order, and/or injunctive provisions of the Federal rail safety laws.
</P>
<P>(f) FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> contains a schedule of civil penalty amounts used in connection with this part.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Program and Eligibility Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.101   Certification program required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad subject to this part shall have a written dispatcher certification program.
</P>
<P>(b) Each certification program shall include all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A procedure for evaluating prior safety conduct as a motor vehicle operator that complies with the criteria established in § 245.111.
</P>
<P>(2) A procedure for evaluating prior safety conduct as an employee or certified dispatcher with other railroads that complies with the criteria established in § 245.113.
</P>
<P>(3) A procedure for evaluating potential substance abuse disorders and compliance with railroad alcohol and drug rules that complies with the criteria established in § 245.115.
</P>
<P>(4) A procedure for evaluating visual and hearing acuity that complies with the criteria established in §§ 245.117 and 245.118.
</P>
<P>(5) A procedure for training that complies with the criteria established in § 245.119.
</P>
<P>(6) A procedure for knowledge testing that complies with the criteria established in § 245.121.
</P>
<P>(7) A procedure for monitoring operational performance that complies with the criteria established in § 245.123.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.103   FRA review of certification programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Certification program submission schedule for railroads with current dispatching operations.</I> Each railroad with current dispatching operations, as of July 22, 2024, shall submit its dispatcher certification program to FRA, in accordance with the procedures and requirements contained in § 245.107, according to the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) All Class I railroads (including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation) and railroads providing commuter service shall submit their programs to FRA no later than March 17, 2025.
</P>
<P>(2) All Class II railroads and Class III railroads (including a switching and terminal or other railroad not otherwise classified) shall submit their programs to FRA no later than November 12, 2025.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Certification program submission for new dispatching railroads.</I> For each railroad that commences dispatching operations after July 22, 2024, the railroad shall submit its written dispatcher certification program to, and obtain approval from, FRA in accordance with the procedures and requirements contained in § 245.107, prior to commencing dispatching operations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Method for submitting certification programs to FRA.</I> Railroads must submit their written certification programs and their requests for approval (described in § 245.107(a)) by emailing the documents to <I>FRADISPATCHCERTPROG@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification requirements.</I> Each railroad that submits a program to FRA must:
</P>
<P>(1) Simultaneously with its submission, provide a copy of the program and the request for approval (as described in § 245.107(a)) to the president of each labor organization that represents the railroad's dispatchers and to all of the railroad's dispatchers that are subject to this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Include in its submission to FRA, a statement affirming that the railroad has provided a copy of the program and the request for approval to the president of each labor organization that represents the railroad's dispatchers and to all of the railroad's dispatchers that are subject to this part, along with a list of the names and email addresses of each president of a labor organization who was provided a copy of the program.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Comment period.</I> Any designated representative of dispatchers subject to this part or any directly affected person who does not have a designated representative may comment on a railroad's program provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The comment is submitted no later than 60 days after the date the program was submitted to FRA;
</P>
<P>(2) The comment includes a concise statement of the commenter's interest in the matter;
</P>
<P>(3) The commenter affirms that a copy of the comment was provided to the railroad; and
</P>
<P>(4) The comment was emailed to <I>FRADISPATCHCERTPROG@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(f) <I>FRA review period.</I> Upon receipt of a program, FRA will commence a thorough review of the program to ensure that it satisfies all of the requirements under this part.
</P>
<P>(1) If FRA determines that the program satisfies all of the requirements under this part, FRA will issue a letter notifying the railroad that its program has been approved. Such letter will typically be issued within 120 days of the date the program was submitted to FRA.
</P>
<P>(2) If FRA determines that the program does not satisfy all of the requirements under this part, FRA will issue a letter notifying the railroad that its program has been disapproved. Such letter will typically be issued within 120 days of the date the program was submitted to FRA and will identify the deficiencies found in the program that must be corrected before the program can be approved. After addressing these deficiencies, railroads can resubmit their programs in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If a railroad does not receive an approval or disapproval letter from FRA within 120 days of the date the program was submitted to FRA, FRA's decision on the program will remain pending until such time that FRA issues a letter either approving or disapproving the program. A certification program is not approved until FRA issues a letter approving the program.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Material modifications.</I> A railroad that intends to make one or more material modifications to its FRA-approved program must submit a request for approval (as described in § 245.107(a)(3)) of how it intends to modify the program and a copy of the modified program.
</P>
<P>(1) A modification is material if it would affect the program's conformance with this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The description of the modification and the modified program shall conform with the procedures and requirements contained in § 245.107.
</P>
<P>(3) The process for submission and review of material modifications shall conform with paragraphs (c) through (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) A railroad shall not implement a material modification to its program until FRA issues its approval of the material modification in accordance with paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Resubmissions.</I> If FRA disapproves a railroad's program or material modification, as described in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the railroad can resubmit its program or material modification after addressing all of the deficiencies noted by FRA.
</P>
<P>(1) The resubmission must conform with the procedures and requirements contained in § 245.107.
</P>
<P>(2) The process for submission and review of resubmitted programs and resubmitted material modifications shall conform with paragraphs (c) through (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The following deadlines apply to railroads that have their programs or material modifications disapproved by FRA:
</P>
<P>(i) For a railroad that submitted its program pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the railroad must resubmit its program within 30 days of the date that FRA notified the railroad of the deficiencies in its program. If a railroad fails to resubmit its program within this timeframe and it continues its dispatching operations, FRA may consider such actions to be a failure to implement a program.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a railroad that submitted its program pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, there is no FRA-imposed deadline for resubmitting its program. However, pursuant to § 245.105(b), the railroad cannot begin dispatching operations until its program has been approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(iii) For a railroad that submitted a material modification to its FRA-approved program, there is no FRA-imposed deadline for resubmitting the material modification. However, pursuant to paragraph (g)(4) of this section, the railroad cannot implement the material modification until it has been approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Rescinding prior approval of program.</I> FRA reserves the right to revisit its prior approval of a railroad's program at any time.
</P>
<P>(1) If upon such review, FRA discovers deficiencies in the program such that the program does not comply with subpart B of this part, FRA shall issue the railroad a letter rescinding its prior approval of the program and notifying the railroad of the deficiencies in its program that must be addressed.
</P>
<P>(2) Within 30 days of FRA notifying the railroad of the deficiencies in its program, the railroad must address these deficiencies and resubmit its program to FRA. The resubmitted program must conform with the procedures and requirements contained in § 245.107.
</P>
<P>(3) The process for submission and review of resubmitted programs under this paragraph (i) shall conform with paragraphs (c) through (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) If a railroad fails to resubmit its program to FRA within the timeframe prescribed in paragraph (i)(2) of this section and the railroad continues its dispatching operations, FRA may consider such actions to be a failure to implement a program.
</P>
<P>(5) If FRA issues a letter disapproving the railroad's resubmitted program, the railroad shall continue to resubmit its program in accordance with this paragraph (i).
</P>
<P>(6) A program that has its approval rescinded under paragraph (i)(1) of this section may remain in effect until whichever of the following happens first:
</P>
<P>(i) FRA approves the railroad's resubmitted program; or
</P>
<P>(ii) FRA disapproves the railroad's second attempt at resubmitting its program.
</P>
<P>(7) If FRA disapproves a railroad's second attempt at resubmitting its program under this paragraph (i) and the railroad continues its dispatching operations, FRA may consider such actions to be a failure to implement a program.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Availability of certification program documents.</I> The following documents will be available on FRA's website (<I>railroads.dot.gov</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad's originally submitted program, a resubmission of its program, or a material modification of its program;
</P>
<P>(2) Any comments, submitted in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, to a railroad's originally submitted program, a resubmission of its program, or a material modification of its program; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any approval or disapproval letter issued by FRA in response to a railroad's originally submitted program, a resubmission of its program, or a material modification of its program.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.105   Implementation schedule for certification programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad that submits its dispatcher certification program to FRA in accordance with § 245.103(a), may continue dispatching operations while it awaits approval of its program by FRA. However, if FRA disapproves a railroad's program on two occasions and the railroad continues dispatching operations, FRA may consider such actions to be a failure to implement a program.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad that submits its dispatcher certification program to FRA in accordance with § 245.103(b), must have its program approved by FRA prior to commencing dispatching operations. If such railroad commences dispatching operations before its program is approved by FRA, FRA may consider such actions to be a failure to implement a program.
</P>
<P>(c) By March 17, 2025, each railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) In writing, designate as certified dispatchers all persons authorized by the railroad to perform the duties of a dispatcher as of March 17, 2025; and
</P>
<P>(2) Issue a certificate that complies with § 245.207 to each person that it designates.
</P>
<P>(d) Between March 17, 2025 and the date FRA approves the railroad's certification program, each railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) In writing, designate as a certified dispatcher any person who has been authorized by the railroad to perform the duties of a dispatcher between March 17, 2025 and the date FRA approves the railroad's certification program; and
</P>
<P>(2) Issue a certificate that complies with § 245.207 to each person that it designates.
</P>
<P>(e) After March 17, 2025, no railroad shall permit or require a person to perform service as a dispatcher unless that person is a certified dispatcher.
</P>
<P>(f) No railroad shall permit or require a person, designated as a certified dispatcher under the provisions of paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, to perform service as a certified dispatcher for more than three years after the date FRA approves the railroad's certification program unless that person has been tested and evaluated in accordance with procedures that comply with subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(3) of this section, a person who has been designated as a certified dispatcher under the provisions of paragraph (c) or (d) of this section and who is eligible to receive a retirement pension in accordance with the terms of an applicable agreement or in accordance with the terms of the Railroad Retirement Act (45 U.S.C. 231) within three years from the date the certifying railroad's program is approved by FRA, may request in writing, that a railroad not recertify that person, pursuant to subpart B of this part, until three years from the date the certifying railroad's program is approved.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon receipt of a written request pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section, a railroad may wait to recertify the person making the request until the end of the three-year period after FRA has approved the railroad's certification program. If a railroad grants any request, it must grant the request of all eligible persons to every extent possible.
</P>
<P>(3) A person who is subject to recertification under part 240 or 242 of this chapter may not make a request pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) After a railroad's certification program has been approved by FRA, the railroad shall only certify or recertify a person as a dispatcher if that person has been tested and evaluated in accordance with procedures that comply with subpart B of this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.107   Requirements for certification programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Railroad's certification program submission.</I> (1) A railroad's certification program submission must include a copy of the certification program and a request for approval. If a railroad is submitting a material modification to its program, the copy of the certification program must incorporate all of the material modifications the railroad would like to make.
</P>
<P>(2) For a railroad's initial certification program submission, the request for approval can be in letter or narrative format and shall include a statement that the railroad is seeking approval of its program by FRA.
</P>
<P>(3) If a railroad is making a material modification to a program that has been previously approved by FRA, the request for approval can be in letter or narrative format and shall include an explanation of all of the material modifications that the railroad is making to its program.
</P>
<P>(4) A railroad will receive approval or disapproval notices from FRA by email. (5) FRA may electronically store any materials required by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Organization of the certification program.</I> Each program must be organized to present the required information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (6) of this section. Each section of the certification program must begin by giving the name, title, telephone number, and email address of the person to be contacted concerning the matters addressed by that section. If a person is identified in a prior section, it is sufficient to merely repeat the person's name in a subsequent section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Section 1 of the program: general information and elections.</I> (i) The first section of the certification program must contain the name of the railroad, the person to be contacted concerning the request for approval (including the person's name, title, telephone number, and email address) and a statement electing either to accept responsibility for training persons not previously certified as dispatchers or to not accept this responsibility.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a railroad elects not to provide initial dispatcher training, the railroad will be limited to recertifying persons initially certified by another railroad. A railroad can change its election by obtaining FRA approval of a material modification to its program in accordance with § 245.103(g).
</P>
<P>(iii) If a railroad elects to accept responsibility for training persons not previously certified as dispatchers, the railroad must submit information on how such persons will be trained but is not required to actually perform such training. A railroad that elects to accept responsibility for the training of such persons may authorize another railroad or a non-railroad entity to perform the actual training effort. The electing railroad remains responsible for ensuring that such other training providers adhere to the training program the railroad submits.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Section 2 of the program: training persons previously certified.</I> The second section of the certification program must contain information about the railroad's program for training previously certified dispatchers, including all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) As provided for in § 245.119(i), each railroad must have a program for the ongoing education of its dispatchers to ensure that they maintain the necessary knowledge concerning relevant Federal safety regulations, operating rules and practices, familiarity with physical characteristics of the territory, and the dispatching systems and technology. The railroad must describe in this section how it will ensure that its dispatchers remain knowledgeable concerning the safe discharge of their responsibilities so as to comply with the standard set forth in § 245.119(i).
</P>
<P>(ii) In accordance with the requirements in § 245.119(i), this section must contain sufficient detail to permit effective evaluation of the railroad's training program in terms of the subject matters covered, the frequency and duration of the training sessions (including the interval between attendance at such trainings), the training environment employed (for example, use of classroom, use of computer-based training, use of film or slide presentations, and use of on-the-job training), and which aspects of the program are voluntary or mandatory.
</P>
<P>(iii) How the training will address a certified dispatcher's loss of knowledge over time.
</P>
<P>(iv) How the training will address changed circumstances over time such as the introduction of new or modified technology including software modifications to dispatch systems and related signal and train control systems, new operating rule books, or significant changes in operations including alteration in the territory dispatchers are authorized to work over.
</P>
<P>(v) A plan for familiarization training that addresses how long a person can be absent from dispatching on a territory before needing to be requalified on that territory (a time period that cannot exceed 12 months), and once that threshold is reached, how the person will acquire the needed familiarization training.
</P>
<P>(vi) How the railroad will administer the training of previously certified dispatchers who have had their certification expire. If a railroad's certification program fails to specify how it will train these dispatchers, then the railroad shall require these dispatchers to successfully complete the railroad's entire training program.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Section 3 of the program: testing and evaluating persons previously certified.</I> The third section of the certification program must contain information about the railroad's program for testing and evaluating previously certified dispatchers including all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad must describe in this section how it will ensure that its dispatchers demonstrate their knowledge concerning the safe discharge of their responsibilities so as to comply with the standards set forth in § 245.121.
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad must describe in this section how it will have ongoing testing and evaluation to ensure that its dispatchers have the necessary visual and hearing acuity as provided for in §§ 245.117 and 245.118. This section must also address how the railroad will ensure that its medical examiners have sufficient information concerning the railroad's operations, as well as the dispatcher's safety-related tasks, to effectively form appropriate conclusions about the ability of a particular individual to safely perform as a dispatcher.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Section 4 of the program: training, testing, and evaluating persons not previously certified.</I> Unless a railroad has made an election not to accept responsibility for conducting the initial training of dispatchers, the fourth section of the certification program must contain information about the railroad's program for educating, testing, and evaluating persons not previously certified as dispatchers including all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) As provided for in § 245.119(c), a railroad that is issuing an initial dispatcher certification to a person must have a program for the training, testing, and evaluation of its dispatchers to ensure that they acquire the necessary knowledge and skills. A railroad must describe in this section how it will ensure that its dispatchers will acquire sufficient knowledge and skills and demonstrate their knowledge and skills concerning the safe discharge of their responsibilities.
</P>
<P>(ii) This section must contain the same level of detail about the initial training program and the testing and evaluation of previously uncertified persons as is required for previously certified dispatchers in paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section (Sections 2 and 3 of the program).
</P>
<P>(iii) Railroads that elect to rely on other entities to conduct training away from the railroad's own territory and dispatching systems and technology must indicate how the student will be provided with the required training on the physical characteristics of the railroad's territory and the railroad's dispatching systems and technology.
</P>
<P>(iv) How the railroad will administer the training of previously uncertified persons with extensive dispatching experience. If a railroad's certification program fails to specify how it will train these dispatchers, then the railroad shall require these dispatchers to successfully complete the railroad's entire training program.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Section 5 of the program: monitoring operational performance by certified dispatchers.</I> The fifth section of the certification program must contain information about the railroad's program for monitoring the operational performance of its certified dispatchers including all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Section 245.123 requires that a railroad perform ongoing monitoring of its dispatchers and that each dispatcher has an annual unannounced compliance test. A railroad must describe in this section how it will ensure that the railroad is monitoring that its dispatchers demonstrate their skills concerning the safe discharge of their responsibilities.
</P>
<P>(ii) A railroad must describe the scoring system used by the railroad during an operational monitoring observation or unannounced compliance test administered in accordance with the procedures required under § 245.123.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Section 6 of the program: procedures for routine administration of the dispatcher certification program.</I> The final section of the certification program must contain a summary of how the railroad's program and procedures will implement the various aspects of the regulatory provisions in this part that relate to routine administration of its certification program for dispatchers. Specifically, this section must address the procedural aspects of the following provisions and must describe the manner in which the railroad will implement its program so as to comply with all of the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(i) Section 245.301 which provides that each railroad must have procedures for review and comment on adverse information.
</P>
<P>(ii) Sections 245.111, 245.113, 245.115, and 245.303 which require a railroad to have procedures for evaluating data concerning prior safety conduct as a motor vehicle operator and as a railroad worker.
</P>
<P>(iii) Sections 245.109, 245.201, and 245.301 which place a duty on the railroad to make a series of determinations. When describing how it will implement its program to comply with these sections, a railroad must describe: the procedures it will utilize to ensure that all of the necessary determinations have been made in a timely fashion; who will be authorized to conclude that a person will or will be not certified; and how the railroad will communicate adverse decisions.
</P>
<P>(iv) Sections 245.109, 245.117, 245.118, 245.119, and 245.121 which place a duty on the railroad to make a series of determinations. When describing how it will implement its program to comply with these sections, a railroad must describe how it will document the factual basis the railroad relied on in making determinations under these sections.
</P>
<P>(v) Section 245.125 which permits reliance on certification determinations made by other railroads.
</P>
<P>(vi) Sections 245.207 and 245.307 which contain the requirements for replacing lost certificates and the conduct of certification revocation proceedings.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.109   Determinations required for certification and recertification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad's dispatcher certification program, the railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as a dispatcher, shall, in accordance with its FRA-approved program, determine in writing that:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual meets the prior safety conduct eligibility requirements of §§ 245.111 and 245.113;
</P>
<P>(2) The individual meets the eligibility requirements of §§ 245.115 and 245.303;
</P>
<P>(3) The individual meets the visual and hearing acuity standards of §§ 245.117 and 245.118;
</P>
<P>(4) The individual has the necessary knowledge, as demonstrated by successfully completing a test that meets the requirements of § 245.121; and
</P>
<P>(5) If applicable, the individual has completed a training program that meets the requirements of § 245.119.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this section, § 245.111, or § 245.113 shall be construed to prevent persons subject to this part from entering into an agreement that results in a railroad obtaining the information needed for compliance with this subpart in a different manner than that prescribed in § 245.111 or § 245.113.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.111   Prior safety conduct as motor vehicle operator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, after FRA has approved a railroad's dispatcher certification program, the railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as a dispatcher, shall determine that the person meets the eligibility requirements of this section involving prior conduct as a motor vehicle operator.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad shall initially certify a person as a dispatcher for 60 days if the person:
</P>
<P>(1) Requested the information required by paragraph (g) of this section at least 60 days prior to the date of the decision to certify that person; and
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise meets the eligibility requirements provided in § 245.109(a)(1) through (5).
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad shall recertify a person as a dispatcher for 60 days from the expiration date of that person's certification if the person:
</P>
<P>(1) Requested the information required by paragraph (g) of this section at least 60 days prior to the date of the decision to recertify that person; and
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise meets the eligibility requirements provided in § 245.109(a)(1) through (5).
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, if a railroad who certified or recertified a person for 60 days pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this section does not obtain and evaluate the information requested pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section within those 60 days, that person will be ineligible to perform as a dispatcher until the information can be evaluated by the railroad.
</P>
<P>(e) If a person requests the information required pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section but is unable to obtain it, that person or the railroad certifying or recertifying that person may petition for a waiver of the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section in accordance with the provisions of part 211 of this chapter. A railroad shall certify or recertify a person during the pendency of the waiver request if the person otherwise meets the eligibility requirements provided in § 245.109(a)(1) through (5).
</P>
<P>(f) Except for persons designated as dispatchers under § 245.105(c) or (d) or for persons covered by paragraph (j) of this section, each person seeking certification or recertification under this part shall, no more than one year prior to the date of the railroad's decision on certification or recertification:
</P>
<P>(1) Take the actions required by paragraphs (g) through (i) of this section to make information concerning their driving record available to the railroad that is considering such certification or recertification; and
</P>
<P>(2) Take any additional actions, including providing any necessary consent required by State, Federal, or foreign law to make information concerning their driving record available to that railroad.
</P>
<P>(g) Each person seeking certification or recertification under this part shall request, in writing, that the chief of each driver licensing agency identified in paragraph (h) of this section provide a copy of that agency's available information concerning their driving record to the railroad that is considering such certification or recertification.
</P>
<P>(h) Each person shall request the information required under paragraph (g) of this section from:
</P>
<P>(1) The chief of the driver licensing agency of any jurisdiction, including a State or foreign country, which last issued that person a driver's license; and
</P>
<P>(2) The chief of the driver licensing agency of any other jurisdiction, including states or foreign countries, where the person held a driver's license within the preceding three years.
</P>
<P>(i) If advised by the railroad that a driver licensing agency has informed the railroad that additional information concerning that person's driving history may exist in the files of a State agency or foreign country not previously contacted in accordance with this section, such person shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Request in writing that the chief of the driver licensing agency which compiled the information provide a copy of the available information to the prospective certifying railroad; and
</P>
<P>(2) Take any additional action required by State, Federal, or foreign law to obtain that additional information.
</P>
<P>(j) Any person who has never obtained a motor vehicle driver's license is not required to comply with the provisions of paragraph (g) of this section but shall notify the railroad of that fact in accordance with procedures established by the railroad in its certification program.
</P>
<P>(k) Each certified dispatcher or person seeking initial certification shall report motor vehicle incidents described in paragraphs (m)(1) and (2) of this section to the certifying railroad within 48 hours of being convicted for, or completed State action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license for, such violations. For purposes of this paragraph (k) and paragraph (m) of this section, “State action” means action of the jurisdiction that has issued the motor vehicle driver's license, including a foreign country. For purposes of dispatcher certification, no railroad shall require reporting earlier than 48 hours after the conviction, or completed State action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license.
</P>
<P>(l) When evaluating a person's motor vehicle driving record, a railroad shall not consider information concerning motor vehicle driving incidents that occurred:
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to July 22, 2024;
</P>
<P>(2) More than three years before the date of the railroad's certification decision; or
</P>
<P>(3) At a time other than that specifically provided for in § 245.111, § 245.113, § 245.115, or § 245.303.
</P>
<P>(m) When evaluating a person's motor vehicle driving record, a railroad shall only consider information concerning the following types of motor vehicle incidents:
</P>
<P>(1) A conviction for, or completed State action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license for operating a motor vehicle while under the influence of, or impaired by, alcohol or a controlled substance; or
</P>
<P>(2) A conviction for, or completed State action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license for refusal to undergo such testing as is required by State or foreign law when a law enforcement official seeks to determine whether a person is operating a vehicle while under the influence of alcohol or a controlled substance.
</P>
<P>(n) If such an incident, described in paragraph (m) of this section, is identified:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad shall provide the data to the railroad's DAC, together with any information concerning the person's railroad service record, and shall refer the person for evaluation to determine if the person has an active substance abuse disorder.
</P>
<P>(2) The person shall cooperate in the evaluation and shall provide any requested records of prior counseling or treatment for review exclusively by the DAC in the context of such evaluation.
</P>
<P>(3) If the person is evaluated as not currently affected by an active substance abuse disorder, the subject data shall not be considered further with respect to certification. However, the railroad shall, on recommendation of the DAC, condition certification upon participation in any needed aftercare and/or follow-up testing for alcohol or drugs deemed necessary by the DAC consistent with the technical standards specified in 49 CFR part 219, subpart H, as well as 49 CFR part 40.
</P>
<P>(4) If the person is evaluated as currently affected by an active substance abuse disorder, the provisions of § 245.115(c) will apply.
</P>
<P>(5) If the person fails to comply with the requirements of paragraph (n)(2) of this section, the person shall be ineligible to perform as a certified dispatcher until such time as the person complies with the requirements.
</P>
<P>(o) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.113   Prior safety conduct with other railroads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad's dispatcher certification program, the railroad shall determine, prior to issuing any person a dispatcher certificate, that the certification candidate meets the eligibility requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) If the certification candidate has not been employed or certified by any other railroad in the previous five years, they do not have to submit a request in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, but they must notify the railroad of this fact in accordance with procedures established by the railroad in its certification program.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided for in paragraph (b) of this section, each person seeking certification or recertification under this part shall submit a written request to each railroad that employed or certified the person within the previous five years to provide the following information to the railroad that is considering whether to certify or recertify that person as a dispatcher:
</P>
<P>(1) Information about that person's compliance with § 245.111 within the three years preceding the date of the request;
</P>
<P>(2) Information about that person's compliance with § 245.115 within the five years preceding the date of the request; and
</P>
<P>(3) Information about that person's compliance with § 245.303 within the five years preceding the date of the request.
</P>
<P>(d) Each person submitting a written request required by paragraph (c) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Submit the request no more than one year before the date of the railroad's decision on certification or recertification; and
</P>
<P>(2) Take any additional actions, including providing any consent required by State or Federal law to make information concerning their service record available to the railroad.
</P>
<P>(e) Within 30 days after receipt of a written request that complies with paragraph (c) of this section, a railroad shall provide the information requested to the railroad designated in the written request.
</P>
<P>(f) If a railroad is unable to provide the information requested within 30 days after receipt of a written request that complies with paragraph (c) of this section, the railroad shall provide an explanation, in writing, of why it cannot provide the information within the requested time frame. If the railroad will ultimately be able to provide the requested information, the explanation shall state approximately how much more time the railroad needs to supply the requested information. If the railroad will not be able to provide the requested information, the explanation shall provide an adequate explanation for why it cannot provide this information. Copies of this explanation shall be provided to the railroad designated in the written request and to the person who submitted the written request for information.
</P>
<P>(g) When evaluating a person's prior safety conduct with a different railroad, a railroad shall not consider information concerning prior safety conduct that occurred:
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to July 22, 2024; or
</P>
<P>(2) At a time other than that specifically provided for in § 245.111, § 245.113, § 245.115, or § 245.303.
</P>
<P>(h) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program that complies with the requirements of this section. When any person (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee) violates any requirement of a program that complies with the requirements of this subject, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.115   Substance abuse disorders and alcohol drug rules compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligibility determination.</I> After FRA has approved a railroad's dispatcher certification program, the railroad shall determine, prior to issuing any person a dispatcher certificate, that the person meets the eligibility requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Documentation.</I> In order to make the determination required under paragraph (c) of this section, a railroad shall have on file documents pertinent to that determination, including a written document from its DAC which states their professional opinion that the person has been evaluated as not currently affected by a substance abuse disorder or that the person has been evaluated as affected by an active substance abuse disorder.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fitness requirement.</I> (1) A person who has an active substance abuse disorder shall be denied certification or recertification as a dispatcher.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided for in paragraph (f) of this section, a certified dispatcher who is determined to have an active substance abuse disorder shall be ineligible to hold certification. Consistent with other provisions of this part, certification may be reinstated as provided in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a current employee of a railroad evaluated as having an active substance abuse disorder (including a person identified under the procedures of § 245.111), the employee may, if otherwise eligible, voluntarily self-refer for substance abuse counseling or treatment under the policy required by § 219.1001(b)(1) of this chapter; and the railroad shall then treat the substance abuse evaluation as confidential except with respect to ineligibility for certification.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Prior alcohol/drug conduct; Federal rule compliance.</I> (1) In determining whether a person may be or remain certified as a dispatcher, a railroad shall consider conduct described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section that occurred within a period of five consecutive years prior to the review. A review of certification shall be initiated promptly upon the occurrence and documentation of any incident of conduct described in this paragraph (d).
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad shall consider any violation of § 219.101 or § 219.102 of this chapter and any refusal to provide a breath or body fluid sample for testing under the requirements of part 219 of this chapter when instructed to do so by a railroad representative.
</P>
<P>(3) A period of ineligibility described in this section shall begin:
</P>
<P>(i) For a person not currently certified, on the date of the railroad's written determination that the most recent incident has occurred; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For a person currently certified, on the date of the railroad's notification to the person that recertification has been denied or certification has been suspended.
</P>
<P>(4) The period of ineligibility described in this section shall be determined in accordance with the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of one violation of § 219.102 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate during evaluation and any required primary treatment as described in paragraph (e) of this section. In the case of two violations of § 219.102 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of two years. In the case of more than two such violations, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of five years.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of one violation of § 219.102 of this chapter and one violation of § 219.101 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of three years.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of one violation of § 219.101 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of nine months (unless identification of the violation was through a qualifying referral program described in § 219.1001 of this chapter and the dispatcher waives investigation, in which case the certificate shall be deemed suspended during evaluation and any required primary treatment as described in paragraph (e) of this section). In the case of two or more violations of § 219.101 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of five years.
</P>
<P>(iv) If a person refuses to provide a breath or body fluid sample for testing under the requirements of part 219 of this chapter when instructed to do so by a railroad representative, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of nine months.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Future eligibility to hold certificate following alcohol/drug violation.</I> The following requirements apply to a person who has been denied certification or who has had their certification suspended or revoked as a result of conduct described in paragraph (d) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The person shall not be eligible for grant or reinstatement of the certificate unless and until the person has:
</P>
<P>(i) Been evaluated by a SAP to determine if the person currently has an active substance abuse disorder;
</P>
<P>(ii) Successfully completed any program of counseling or treatment determined to be necessary by the SAP prior to return to service; and
</P>
<P>(iii) In accordance with the testing procedures of 49 CFR part 219, subpart H, has had a return-to-duty alcohol test with an alcohol concentration of less than .02 and a return-to-duty body fluid sample that tested negative for controlled substances.
</P>
<P>(2) A dispatcher placed in service or returned to service under the conditions described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall continue in any program of counseling or treatment deemed necessary by the SAP and shall be subject to a reasonable program of follow-up alcohol and drug testing without prior notice for a period of not more than five years following return to service. Follow-up tests shall include not fewer than six alcohol tests and six drug tests during the first year following return to service.
</P>
<P>(3) Return-to-duty and follow-up alcohol and drug tests shall be performed consistent with the requirements of 49 CFR part 219, subpart H.
</P>
<P>(4) This paragraph (e) does not create an entitlement to utilize the services of a railroad SAP, to be afforded leave from employment for counseling or treatment, or to employment as a dispatcher. Nor does it restrict any discretion available to the railroad to take disciplinary action based on conduct described herein.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Confidentiality protected.</I> Nothing in this part shall affect the responsibility of the railroad under § 219.1003(f) of this chapter to treat qualified referrals for substance abuse counseling and treatment as confidential; and the certification status of a dispatcher who is successfully assisted under the procedures of that section shall not be adversely affected. However, the railroad shall include in its referral policy a provision that, at least with respect to a certified dispatcher or a candidate for certification, the policy of confidentiality is waived (to the extent that the railroad shall receive from the SAP or DAC official notice of the substance abuse disorder and shall suspend or revoke the certification, as appropriate) if the person at any time refuses to cooperate in a recommended course of counseling or treatment.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Complying with certification program.</I> Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.117" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.117   Visual acuity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad's dispatcher certification program, the railroad shall determine, prior to issuing any person a dispatcher certificate, that the person meets the standards for visual acuity prescribed in this section and appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Any examination required under this section shall be performed by or under the supervision of a medical examiner or a licensed physician's assistant.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each dispatcher shall have visual acuity that meets or exceeds the following thresholds:
</P>
<P>(1) For distant viewing, either:
</P>
<P>(i) Distant visual acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in each eye without corrective lenses; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Distant visual acuity separately corrected to at least 20/40 (Snellen) with corrective lenses and distant binocular acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in both eyes with or without corrective lenses;
</P>
<P>(2) A field of vision of at least 70 degrees in the horizontal meridian in each eye; and
</P>
<P>(3) The ability to recognize and distinguish between the colors of railroad signals as demonstrated by successfully completing one of the tests in appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(d) A person not meeting the thresholds in paragraph (c) of this section shall, upon request of the certification candidate, be subject to further medical evaluation by a railroad's medical examiner to determine that person's ability to safely perform as a dispatcher. In such cases, the following procedures will apply:
</P>
<P>(1) In accordance with the guidance prescribed in appendix B to this part, a person is entitled to:
</P>
<P>(i) One retest without making any showing; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An additional retest if the person provides evidence that circumstances have changed since the last test to the extent that the person may now be able to safely perform as a dispatcher.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall provide its medical examiner with a copy of this part, including all appendices.
</P>
<P>(3) If, after consultation with a railroad officer, the medical examiner concludes that, despite not meeting the threshold(s) in paragraph (c) of this section, the person has the ability to safely perform as a dispatcher, the railroad may conclude that the person satisfies the visual acuity requirements of this section to be a certified dispatcher. Such certification will be conditioned on any special restrictions the medical examiner determines in writing to be necessary.
</P>
<P>(e) To make the determination required under paragraph (a) of this section, a railroad shall have on file the following for each certification candidate:
</P>
<P>(1) A medical examiner's certificate that the candidate has been medically examined and either does or does not meet the visual acuity standards prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If needed under paragraph (d) of this section, a medical examiner's written professional opinion which states the basis for their determination that:
</P>
<P>(i) The candidate can be certified, under certain conditions if necessary, even though the candidate does not meet the visual acuity standards prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The candidate's visual acuity prevents the candidate from being able to safely perform as a dispatcher.
</P>
<P>(f) If the examination required under this section shows that the person needs corrective lenses to meet the standards for visual acuity prescribed in this section and appendix B to this part, that person shall use corrective lenses at all times while performing as a dispatcher unless the railroad's medical examiner subsequently determines in writing that the person can safely perform as a dispatcher without corrective lenses.
</P>
<P>(g) When a certified dispatcher becomes aware that their vision has deteriorated, they shall notify the railroad's medical department or other appropriate railroad official of the deterioration. Such notification must occur prior to performing any subsequent service as a dispatcher. The individual cannot return to service as a dispatcher until they are reexamined and determined by the railroad's medical examiner to satisfy the visual acuity standards prescribed in this section and appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(h) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.118" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.118   Hearing acuity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad's dispatcher certification program, the railroad shall determine, prior to issuing any person a dispatcher certificate, that the person meets the standards for hearing acuity prescribed in this section and appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Any examination required under this section shall be performed by or under the supervision of a medical examiner or a licensed physician's assistant.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each dispatcher shall have hearing acuity that meets or exceeds the following thresholds with or without use of a hearing aid: The person does not have an average hearing loss in the better ear greater than 40 decibels at 500 hertz (Hz), 1,000 Hz, and 2,000 Hz. The hearing test or audiogram used to show a person's hearing acuity shall meet the requirements of one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) As required in 29 CFR 1910.95(h) (Occupational Safety and Health Administration);
</P>
<P>(2) As required in § 227.111 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(3) Conducted using an audiometer that meets the specifications of, and is maintained and used in accordance with, a formal industry standard such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI) S3.6, “Specifications for Audiometers.”
</P>
<P>(d) A person not meeting the thresholds in paragraph (c) of this section shall, upon request of the certification candidate, be subject to further medical evaluation by a railroad's medical examiner to determine that person's ability to safely perform as a dispatcher. In such cases, the following procedures will apply:
</P>
<P>(1) In accordance with the guidance prescribed in appendix B to this part, a person is entitled to:
</P>
<P>(i) One retest without making any showing; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An additional retest if the person provides evidence that circumstances have changed since the last test to the extent that the person may now be able to safely perform as a dispatcher.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall provide its medical examiner with a copy of this part, including all appendices.
</P>
<P>(3) If, after consultation with a railroad officer, the medical examiner concludes that, despite not meeting the threshold(s) in paragraph (c) of this section, the person has the ability to safely perform as a dispatcher, the railroad may conclude that the person satisfies the hearing acuity requirements of this section to be a certified dispatcher. Such certification will be conditioned on any special restrictions the medical examiner determines in writing to be necessary.
</P>
<P>(e) To make the determination required under paragraph (a) of this section, a railroad shall have on file the following for each certification candidate:
</P>
<P>(1) A medical examiner's certificate that the candidate has been medically examined and either does or does not meet the hearing acuity standards prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If needed under paragraph (d) of this section, a medical examiner's written professional opinion which states the basis for their determination that:
</P>
<P>(i) The candidate can be certified, under certain conditions if necessary, even though the candidate does not meet the hearing acuity standards prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The candidate's hearing acuity prevents the candidate from being able to safely perform as a dispatcher.
</P>
<P>(f) If the examination required under this section shows that the person needs a hearing aid to meet the standards for hearing acuity prescribed in this section and appendix B to this part, that person shall use a hearing aid at all times while performing as a dispatcher unless the railroad's medical examiner subsequently determines in writing that the person can safely perform as a dispatcher without a hearing aid.
</P>
<P>(g) When a certified dispatcher becomes aware that their hearing has deteriorated, they shall notify the railroad's medical department or other appropriate railroad official of the deterioration. Such notification must occur prior to performing any subsequent service as a dispatcher. The individual cannot return to service as a dispatcher until they are reexamined and determined by the railroad's medical examiner to satisfy the hearing acuity standards prescribed in this section and appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(h) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.119" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.119   Training requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad's certification program, the railroad shall determine, prior to issuing any person a dispatcher certificate, that the person has successfully completed the training, in accordance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad that elects to accept responsibility to provide initial dispatcher training to persons who have not been previously certified as dispatchers shall state in its certification program whether it will conduct the training program or employ a training program conducted by some other entity on its behalf but adopted and ratified by the railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad that elects to train persons not previously certified as dispatchers shall develop an initial training program which, at a minimum, includes the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An explanation of how training must be structured, developed, and delivered, including an appropriate combination of classroom, simulator, computer-based, correspondence, on-the-job training, or other formal training. The curriculum shall be designed to impart knowledge of, and ability to comply with, applicable Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders, as well as any relevant railroad rules and procedures promulgated to implement those applicable Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders. This training shall document a person's knowledge of, and ability to comply with, Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders, as well as railroad rules and procedures.
</P>
<P>(2) An on-the-job training component which shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A syllabus describing content, required tasks, and related steps the person learning the job shall be able to perform within a specified timeframe;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of the conditions (<I>e.g.,</I> prerequisites, dispatch and related dispatch support systems, documentation, briefings, demonstrations, and practice) necessary for learning transfer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of the standards by which proficiency is measured through a combination of task/step accuracy, completeness, and repetition.
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the processes to review and modify its training program when new safety-related railroad laws, regulations, orders, technologies, procedures, software, or equipment are introduced into the workplace, including how it is determined if additional or refresher training is needed.
</P>
<P>(d) Prior to beginning the initial dispatching related tasks associated with on-the-job exercises discussed in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, each railroad shall make any relevant information or materials, such as operating rules, safety rules, or other rules, available for referencing by certification candidates.
</P>
<P>(e) Prior to a person, not previously certified as a dispatcher, being certified as a dispatcher, a railroad shall require the person to:
</P>
<P>(1) Successfully complete the formal initial training program developed pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section and any associated examinations covering the skills and knowledge the person will need to perform the tasks necessary to be a dispatcher;
</P>
<P>(2) Perform on-the-job training and demonstrate on-the-job proficiency, with input from a qualified instructor, by successfully completing the tasks and using the dispatching systems and technology necessary to be a dispatcher. A certification candidate may only perform such tasks under the direct onsite supervision of a qualified instructor; and
</P>
<P>(3) Demonstrate knowledge of the physical characteristics of any assigned territory. If the railroad uses a written test to fulfill this requirement, the railroad must provide the certification candidate with an opportunity to consult with a supervisory employee who possesses territorial qualifications for the territory to explain a question.
</P>
<P>(f) In making the determination required under paragraph (a) of this section, a railroad shall have written documentation showing that:
</P>
<P>(1) The person completed a training program that complies with paragraph (c) of this section (if the person has not been previously certified as a dispatcher);
</P>
<P>(2) The person demonstrated their knowledge by achieving a passing grade under the testing and evaluation procedures of the training program; and
</P>
<P>(3) The person achieved a passing score on the physical characteristics exam associated with the territories, or its pertinent segments, over which the person will be performing dispatching service.
</P>
<P>(g) The certification program, required under this part and submitted in accordance with the procedures and requirements described in § 245.107, shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The methods that a person may acquire familiarity with the physical characteristics of a territory;
</P>
<P>(2) The procedures used to qualify and requalify a dispatcher on a territory; and
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum time period in which a dispatcher can be absent from a territory before requalification is required. In accordance with § 245.120(c), this time period cannot exceed 12 months.
</P>
<P>(h) If ownership of a railroad is being transferred from one company to another, the dispatchers of the acquiring company may receive familiarization training from the selling company prior to the acquiring company commencing operation.
</P>
<P>(i) A railroad shall provide for the continuing education of its certified dispatchers to ensure that each dispatcher maintains the necessary knowledge concerning:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroad safety and operating rules;
</P>
<P>(2) Physical territory;
</P>
<P>(3) Dispatching systems and technology; and
</P>
<P>(4) Compliance with all applicable Federal regulations including, but not limited to, hazardous materials, passenger train emergency preparedness, emergency response procedures, and physical characteristics of a territory.
</P>
<P>(j) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.120" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.120   Requirements for territorial qualification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad's certification program, a railroad shall not permit or require a person to serve as a dispatcher on a particular territory unless that railroad determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The person is a certified dispatcher; and
</P>
<P>(2) The person either:
</P>
<P>(i) Possesses the necessary territorial qualifications for the applicable territory pursuant to § 245.119; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is assisted by a Dispatcher Pilot who is qualified on the territory.
</P>
<P>(b) If a person is called to serve on a territory that they are not qualified on, the person must immediately notify the railroad that they are not qualified on the assigned territory.
</P>
<P>(c) A person shall no longer be considered qualified on a territory if they have not worked on that territory as a dispatcher in the previous 12 months.
</P>
<P>(d) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.121" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.121   Knowledge testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad's dispatcher certification program, the railroad shall determine, prior to issuing any person a dispatcher certificate and in accordance with the requirements of this section, that the person has demonstrated sufficient knowledge of the railroad's rules and practices for the safe movement of trains.
</P>
<P>(b) In order to make the knowledge determination required by paragraph (a) of this section, a railroad shall have procedures for testing a person being evaluated for certification as a dispatcher that are:
</P>
<P>(1) Designed to examine a person's knowledge of the railroad's operating rules and practices for the safe movement of trains;
</P>
<P>(2) Objective in nature;
</P>
<P>(3) In written or electronic form;
</P>
<P>(4) Covering the following subjects:
</P>
<P>(i) Safety and operating rules;
</P>
<P>(ii) Timetable instructions;
</P>
<P>(iii) Compliance with all applicable Federal regulations;
</P>
<P>(iv) Physical characteristics of the territory or territories on which a person is currently working or training to qualify as a dispatcher; and
</P>
<P>(v) Dispatching systems and technology.
</P>
<P>(5) Sufficient to accurately measure the person's knowledge of the covered subjects; and
</P>
<P>(6) Conducted without open reference books or other materials except to the degree the person is being tested on their ability to use such reference books or materials.
</P>
<P>(c) The railroad shall provide the certification candidate with an opportunity to consult with a supervisory employee who possesses territorial qualifications for the territory to explain a test question.
</P>
<P>(d) If a person fails the test, no railroad shall permit or require that person to work as a dispatcher prior to that person's achieving a passing score during a reexamination of the test.
</P>
<P>(e) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.123" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.123   Monitoring operational performance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad's certification program shall describe how it will monitor the operational performance of its certified dispatchers by including procedures for:
</P>
<P>(1) Giving each certified dispatcher at least one unannounced railroad and Federal rules, territorial and dispatch systems compliance test each calendar year, except as provided for in paragraph (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Giving unannounced compliance tests to certified dispatchers who return to dispatcher service after performing service that does not require certification pursuant to this part, as described in paragraph (c) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) What actions the railroad will take if it finds deficiencies in a dispatcher's performance during an unannounced compliance test.
</P>
<P>(b) An unannounced compliance test shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Test certified dispatchers for compliance with one or more operational tests in accordance with the provisions of § 217.9 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Be performed by a railroad officer who meets the requirements of § 217.9(b)(1) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be given to each certified dispatcher at least once each calendar year, except as provided for in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) A certified dispatcher who is not performing service that requires certification pursuant to this part does not need to be given an unannounced compliance test. However, when the certified dispatcher returns to service that requires certification pursuant to this part after not being given an unannounced compliance test in a calendar year, the railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Give the certified dispatcher an unannounced compliance test within 30 days of their return to dispatcher service; and
</P>
<P>(2) Retain a written record that includes the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The date the dispatcher stopped performing service that required certification pursuant to this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) The date the dispatcher returned to service that required certification pursuant to this part; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The date and the result of the unannounced compliance test that was performed following the dispatcher's return to service requiring certification.
</P>
<P>(d) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.125" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.2.137.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.125   Certification determinations made by other railroads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad that is considering certification of a person as a dispatcher may rely on certain determinations made by another railroad concerning that person's certification.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad relying on certification determinations made by another railroad shall still be responsible for determining that:
</P>
<P>(1) The prior certification is still valid in accordance with the provisions of §§ 245.201 and 245.307;
</P>
<P>(2) The person has received training on the physical characteristics of the new territory in accordance with § 245.119; and
</P>
<P>(3) The person has demonstrated the necessary knowledge concerning the railroad's operating rules, territory, dispatch systems and technology in accordance with § 245.121.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Administration of the Certification Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.3.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.201   Time limitations for certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA approves a railroad's dispatcher certification program, that railroad shall not certify or recertify a person as a dispatcher if the railroad is making:
</P>
<P>(1) A determination concerning eligibility under §§ 245.111, 245.113, 245.115, and 245.303 and the eligibility data being relied on was furnished more than one year before the date of the railroad's certification decision;
</P>
<P>(2) A determination concerning visual or hearing acuity and the medical examination being relied on was conducted more than 450 days before the date of the railroad's certification decision; or
</P>
<P>(3) A determination concerning demonstrated knowledge and the knowledge examination being relied on was conducted more than one year before the date of the railroad's certification decision, or more than two years before the date of the railroad's certification decision if the railroad administers a knowledge testing program pursuant to § 245.121 at intervals that do not exceed two years.
</P>
<P>(b) The time limitations of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to a railroad that is making a certification decision in reliance on determinations made by another railroad in accordance with § 245.125.
</P>
<P>(c) Except if a person is designated as a certified dispatcher under § 245.105(c) or (d), no railroad shall certify a person as a dispatcher for an interval of more than three years.
</P>
<P>(d) Each railroad shall issue each certified dispatcher a certificate that complies with § 245.207 no later than 30 days from the date of its decision to certify or recertify that person.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.3.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.203   Retaining information supporting determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA approves a railroad's dispatcher certification program, any time the railroad issues, denies, or revokes a certificate after making the determinations required under § 245.109, it shall maintain a record for each certified dispatcher and certification candidate. Each record shall contain the information, described in paragraph (b) of this section, that the railroad relied on in making the determinations required under § 245.109.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad shall retain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's prior safety conduct and eligibility;
</P>
<P>(2) Relevant data furnished by another railroad;
</P>
<P>(3) Relevant data furnished by a governmental agency concerning the person's motor vehicle driving record;
</P>
<P>(4) Relevant data furnished by the person seeking certification concerning their eligibility;
</P>
<P>(5) The relevant test results data concerning visual and hearing acuity;
</P>
<P>(6) If applicable, the relevant data concerning the professional opinion of the railroad's medical examiner on the adequacy of the person's visual or hearing acuity;
</P>
<P>(7) Relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's success or failure on knowledge test(s) under § 245.121;
</P>
<P>(8) A sample copy of the written knowledge test or tests administered; and
</P>
<P>(9) The relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's success or failure on unannounced tests the railroad performed to monitor the dispatcher's performance in accordance with § 245.123.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad is relying on successful completion of an approved training program conducted by another entity, the relying railroad shall maintain a record for each certification candidate that contains the relevant data furnished by the training entity concerning the person's demonstration of knowledge and relied on by the railroad in making its determinations.
</P>
<P>(d) If a railroad is relying on a certification decision initially made by another railroad, the relying railroad shall maintain a record for each certification candidate that contains the relevant data furnished by the other railroad which it relied on in making its determinations.
</P>
<P>(e) All records required under this section shall be retained by the railroad for a period of six years from the date of the certification, recertification, denial, or revocation decision and shall, upon request, be made available to FRA representatives in a timely manner.
</P>
<P>(f) It shall be unlawful for any railroad to knowingly or any individual to willfully:
</P>
<P>(1) Make, cause to be made, or participate in the making of a false entry on the record(s) required by this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise falsify such records through material misstatement, omission, or mutilation.
</P>
<P>(g) Nothing in this section precludes a railroad from maintaining the information required to be retained under this section in an electronic format provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad maintains an information technology security program adequate to ensure the integrity of the electronic data storage system, including the prevention of unauthorized access to the program logic or individual records;
</P>
<P>(2) The program and data storage system must be protected by a security system that utilizes an employee identification number and password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of program access meeting all of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) No two individuals have the same electronic identity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A record cannot be deleted or altered by any individual after the record is certified by the employee who created the record;
</P>
<P>(3) Any amendment to a record is either:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronically stored apart from the record that it amends; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronically attached to the record as information without changing the original record;
</P>
<P>(4) Each amendment to a record uniquely identifies the person making the amendment; and
</P>
<P>(5) The system employed by the railroad for data storage permits reasonable access and retrieval of the information which can be easily produced in an electronic or printed format that can be:
</P>
<P>(i) Provided to FRA representatives in a timely manner; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Authenticated by a designated representative of the railroad as a true and accurate copy of the railroad's records if requested to do so by an FRA representative.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.3.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.205   List of certified dispatchers and recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After a railroad's certification program has received its initial approval from FRA, pursuant to § 245.103(f)(1), the railroad must maintain a list of each person who is currently certified as a dispatcher by the railroad. The list must include the date of the railroad's certification decision and the date the person's certification expires.
</P>
<P>(b) The list shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be updated at least annually;
</P>
<P>(2) Be made available, upon request, to FRA representatives in a timely manner; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be available either:
</P>
<P>(i) In electronic format pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) At the divisional or regional headquarters of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad elects to maintain its list in an electronic format, it must:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain an information technology security program adequate to ensure the integrity of the electronic data storage system, including the prevention of unauthorized access to the program logic or the list;
</P>
<P>(2) Have its program and data storage system protected by a security system that utilizes an employee identification number and password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of program access meeting all of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) No two individuals have the same electronic identity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An entry on the list cannot be deleted or altered by any individual after the entry is certified by the employee who created the entry;
</P>
<P>(3) Have any amendment to the list either:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronically stored apart from the entry on the list that it amends; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronically attached to the entry on the list as information without changing the original entry;
</P>
<P>(4) Ensure that each amendment to the list uniquely identifies the person making the amendment; and
</P>
<P>(5) Ensure that the system employed for data storage permits reasonable access and retrieval of the information which can be easily produced in an electronic or printed format that can be:
</P>
<P>(i) Provided to FRA representatives in a timely manner; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Authenticated by a designated representative of the railroad as a true and accurate copy of the railroad's records if requested to do so by an FRA representative.
</P>
<P>(d) It shall be unlawful for any railroad to knowingly or any individual to willfully:
</P>
<P>(1) Make, cause to be made, or participate in the making of a false entry on the list required by this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise falsify such list through material misstatement, omission, or mutilation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.3.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.207   Certificate requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person who becomes a certified dispatcher in accordance with this part shall be issued a paper or electronic certificate that must:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the railroad or parent company that is issuing the certificate;
</P>
<P>(2) Indicate that it is a dispatcher certificate;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide the following information about the certified person:
</P>
<P>(i) Name;
</P>
<P>(ii) Employee identification number; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Either a physical description or photograph of the person;
</P>
<P>(4) Identify any conditions or limitations, including conditions to ameliorate visual or hearing acuity deficiencies, that restrict, limit, or alter the person's abilities to work as a dispatcher;
</P>
<P>(5) Show the effective date of the certification;
</P>
<P>(6) Show the expiration date of the certification unless the certificate was issued pursuant to § 245.105(c) or (d);
</P>
<P>(7) Be signed by an individual designated in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(8) Be electronic or be of sufficiently small size to permit being carried in an ordinary pocket wallet.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad shall designate in writing any person it authorizes to sign the certificates described in this section. The designation shall identify such persons by name or job title.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section shall prohibit any railroad from including additional information on the certificate or supplementing the certificate through other documents.
</P>
<P>(d) It shall be unlawful for any railroad to knowingly or any individual to willfully:
</P>
<P>(1) Make, cause to be made, or participate in the making of a false entry on a certificate; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise falsify a certificate through material misstatement, omission, or mutilation.
</P>
<P>(e) Except as provided for in paragraph (g) of this section, each certified dispatcher shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Have their certificate in their possession while on duty as a dispatcher; and
</P>
<P>(2) Display their certificate upon a request from:
</P>
<P>(i) An FRA representative;
</P>
<P>(ii) A state inspector authorized under part 212 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) An officer of the issuing railroad; or
</P>
<P>(iv) An officer of the dispatcher's employer if the dispatcher is not employed by the issuing railroad.
</P>
<P>(f) If a dispatcher's certificate is lost, stolen, or mutilated, the railroad shall promptly replace the certificate at no cost to the dispatcher.
</P>
<P>(g) A certified dispatcher is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad made its certification or recertification decision within the last 30 days and the dispatcher has not yet received their certificate; or
</P>
<P>(2) The dispatcher's certificate was lost, stolen, or mutilated, and the railroad has not yet issued a replacement certificate to the dispatcher.
</P>
<P>(h) Any dispatcher who is notified or called to serve as a dispatcher and such service would cause the dispatcher to exceed certificate limitations, set forth in accordance with subpart B of this part, shall immediately notify the railroad that they are not authorized to perform that anticipated service and it shall be unlawful for the railroad to require such service.
</P>
<P>(i) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to alter a certified dispatcher's duty to comply with other provisions of this chapter concerning railroad safety.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.3.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.213   Multiple certifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person who holds a dispatcher certificate may also be certified in other crafts, such as a locomotive engineer or conductor.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad that issues multiple certificates to a person, shall, to the extent possible, coordinate the expiration date of those certificates.
</P>
<P>(c) Paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section apply to persons who are currently certified as a dispatcher for multiple railroads or are seeking to become certified dispatchers for multiple railroads.
</P>
<P>(1) A person who holds a current dispatcher certificate from more than one railroad shall immediately notify the other certifying railroad(s) if they are denied dispatcher certification or recertification under § 245.301 by another railroad or has their dispatcher certification suspended or revoked under § 245.307 by another railroad.
</P>
<P>(2) If a person has their dispatcher certification suspended or revoked by a railroad under § 245.307, they may not work as a dispatcher for any other railroad during the period that their certification is suspended or revoked.
</P>
<P>(3) If a person has their dispatcher certification suspended or revoked by a railroad under § 245.307, they must notify any railroad that they are seeking dispatcher certification from that their dispatcher certification is currently suspended or revoked by another railroad.
</P>
<P>(d) Paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this section apply to persons who are currently certified as a dispatcher and also currently certified in another craft, such as a locomotive engineer or conductor.
</P>
<P>(1) If a person's dispatcher certification is revoked under § 245.307 for a violation of § 245.303(e)(7), they may not work in another certified craft, such as a locomotive engineer or conductor, for any railroad during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(2) If a person's dispatcher certification is revoked under § 245.307 for a violation of § 245.303(e)(1) through (6), they may work in another certified craft, such as a locomotive engineer or conductor, during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(3) If any of a person's non-dispatcher certifications are revoked for failure to comply with § 219.101 of this chapter, they may not work as a dispatcher for any railroad during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(4) If any of a person's non-dispatcher certifications are revoked for any reason other than a failure to comply with § 219.101 of this chapter, they may work as a dispatcher during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(e) A person who has had their dispatcher certification revoked for failure to comply with § 219.101 of this chapter may not obtain any other certification pursuant to this chapter from any railroad during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(f) A person who has had any of their non-dispatcher certifications revoked for failure to comply with § 219.101 of this chapter, may not obtain a dispatcher certification pursuant to this part from any railroad during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(g) A railroad that denies a person dispatcher certification or recertification under § 245.301 shall not, solely on the basis of that denial, deny or revoke that person's non-dispatcher certifications or recertifications.
</P>
<P>(h) A railroad that denies a person any non-dispatcher certification or recertification pursuant to this chapter shall not, solely on the basis of that denial, deny or revoke that person's dispatcher certification or recertification.
</P>
<P>(i) In lieu of issuing multiple certificates, a railroad may issue one certificate to a person who is certified in multiple crafts as long as the single certificate complies with all of the certificate requirements for those crafts.
</P>
<P>(j) A person who is certified in multiple crafts and who is involved in a revocable event, as described in this chapter, may only have one certificate revoked for that event. The determination by the railroad as to which certificate to revoke must be based on the work the person was performing at the time the revocable event occurred.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.3.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.215   Railroad oversight responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No later than March 31 of each year (beginning in calendar year 2027), each Class I railroad (including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation), each railroad providing commuter service, and each Class II railroad shall conduct a formal annual review and analysis concerning the administration of its program for responding to detected instances of poor safety conduct by certified dispatchers during the prior calendar year.
</P>
<P>(b) Each review and analysis shall involve:
</P>
<P>(1) The number and nature of the instances of detected poor safety conduct including the nature of the remedial action taken in response thereto;
</P>
<P>(2) The number and nature of FRA reported train accidents attributed to poor safety performance by dispatchers; and
</P>
<P>(3) The number and type of operational monitoring test failures recorded by railroad officers who meet the requirements of § 217.9(b)(1) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Based on that review and analysis, each railroad shall determine what action(s) it will take to improve the safety of railroad operations to reduce or eliminate future incidents of that nature.
</P>
<P>(d) If requested in writing by FRA, by the president of a labor organization that represents the railroad's dispatchers, or by a railroad's certified dispatcher that is not represented by a labor organization, the railroad shall provide a report of the findings and conclusions reached during such annual review and analysis effort.
</P>
<P>(e) For reporting purposes, information about the nature of detected poor safety conduct shall be capable of segregation for study and evaluation purposes into the following categories:
</P>
<P>(1) Incidents involving failure to properly issue or apply mandatory directives when warranted.
</P>
<P>(2) Incidents involving improperly authorizing a train or on-track equipment to enter into an out-of-service or blue flag protected track.
</P>
<P>(3) Incidents involving granting permission for a train or on-track equipment to enter into established RWIC limits without authority or permission from the RWIC.
</P>
<P>(4) Incidents involving removal of blocking devices or established protection of RWIC working limits prior to the RWIC releasing the limits.
</P>
<P>(5) Incidents involving failure to properly apply blocking devices or failure to establish proper protection for specified working limits or movements of trains or on-track equipment.
</P>
<P>(6) Incidents involving granting permission for a train to enter Positive Train Control (PTC) or Cab Signal limits with inoperative or malfunctioning PTC or Cab Signal equipment.
</P>
<P>(7) Incidents involving noncompliance with part 219 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) For reporting purposes, each category of detected poor safety conduct identified in paragraph (e) of this section shall be capable of being annotated to reflect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The total number of incidents in that category;
</P>
<P>(2) The number of incidents within that total which reflect incidents requiring an FRA accident/incident report under part 225 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(3) The number of incidents within that total which were detected as a result of a scheduled operational monitoring effort.
</P>
<P>(g) For reporting purposes, each instance of detected poor safety conduct identified in paragraph (b) of this section shall be capable of being annotated to reflect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The nature of the remedial action taken, and the number of events subdivided, so as to reflect which of the following actions was selected:
</P>
<P>(i) Imposition of informal discipline;
</P>
<P>(ii) Imposition of formal discipline;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provision of informal training; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Provision of formal training; and
</P>
<P>(2) If the nature of the remedial action taken was formal discipline, the number of events further subdivided so as to reflect which of the following punishments was imposed by the railroad:
</P>
<P>(i) The person was withheld from service;
</P>
<P>(ii) The person was dismissed from employment; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The person was issued demerits. If more than one form of punishment was imposed, only the punishment deemed the most severe shall be shown.
</P>
<P>(h) For reporting purposes, each instance of detected poor safety conduct identified in paragraph (b) of this section which resulted in the imposition of formal or informal discipline shall be annotated to reflect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The number of instances in which the railroad's internal appeals process reduced the punishment initially imposed at the conclusion of its hearing; and
</P>
<P>(2) The number of instances in which the punishment imposed by the railroad was reduced by any of the following entities: The National Railroad Adjustment Board, a Public Law Board, a Special Board of Adjustment, or other body for the resolution of disputes duly constituted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act.
</P>
<P>(i) For reporting purposes, an instance of poor safety conduct involving a person who is a certified dispatcher and is certified in another craft, such as a locomotive engineer or conductor, need only be reported once (<I>e.g.,</I> either under this section or § 240.309 or § 242.215 of this chapter). The determination as to where to report the instance of poor safety conduct should be based on the work the person was performing at the time the conduct occurred.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Denial and Revocation of Certification</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.4.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.301   Process for denying certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall notify a candidate for certification or recertification of information known to the railroad that forms the basis for denying the person certification and provide the person a reasonable opportunity to explain or rebut that adverse information in writing prior to denying certification. A railroad shall provide the dispatcher candidate with any documents or records, including written statements, related to failure to meet a requirement of this part which support its pending denial decision.
</P>
<P>(b) If a railroad denies a person certification or recertification, it shall issue a decision that complies with all of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) It must be in writing.
</P>
<P>(2) It must explain the basis for the railroad's denial decision.
</P>
<P>(3) It must address any explanation or rebuttal information that the certification candidate provided pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) It must include the date of the railroad's decision.
</P>
<P>(5) It must be served on the candidate no later than 10 days after the railroad's decision.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad shall not deny the person's certification for failing to comply with a railroad operating rule or practice which constitutes a violation under § 245.303(e)(1) through (6) if sufficient evidence exists to establish that an intervening cause prevented or materially impaired the dispatcher's ability to comply with that railroad operating rule or practice.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.4.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.303   Criteria for revoking certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall be unlawful to fail to comply with any of the railroad rules or practices described in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A certified dispatcher who fails to comply with a railroad rule or practice described in paragraph (e) of this section shall have their certification revoked.
</P>
<P>(c) A certified dispatcher who is assigned to monitor, pilot, or instruct a dispatcher and fails to take appropriate action to prevent a violation of a railroad rule or practice described in paragraph (e) of this section shall have their certification revoked. Appropriate action does not mean that a supervisor, pilot, or instructor must prevent a violation from occurring at all costs; the duty may be met by warning the dispatcher of a potential or foreseeable violation.
</P>
<P>(d) A certified dispatcher who is called by a railroad to perform a duty other than that of a dispatcher shall not have their dispatcher certification revoked based on actions taken or not taken while performing that duty except for violations described in paragraph (e)(7) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) When determining whether to revoke a dispatcher's certification, a railroad shall only consider violations of its operating rules or practices that involve:
</P>
<P>(1) Failure to properly issue or apply a mandatory directive when warranted.
</P>
<P>(2) Improperly authorizing a train or on-track equipment to enter into an out-of-service or blue flag protected track.
</P>
<P>(3) Granting permission for a train or on-track equipment to enter into established RWIC limits without authority or permission from the RWIC.
</P>
<P>(4) Removal of blocking devices or established protection of RWIC working limits prior to the RWIC releasing the limits.
</P>
<P>(5) Failure to properly apply blocking devices or establish proper protection for specified working limits or movements of trains or on-track equipment.
</P>
<P>(6) Granting permission for a train to enter PTC or Cab Signal limits with inoperative or malfunctioning PTC or Cab Signal equipment.
</P>
<P>(7) Failure to comply with § 219.101 of this chapter. However, such incidents shall be considered as a violation only for the purposes of § 245.305(a)(2) and (b).
</P>
<P>(f) In making the determination as to whether to revoke a dispatcher's certification, a railroad shall only consider conduct described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (6) of this section that occurred within the three years prior to the determination.
</P>
<P>(g) If in any single incident the person's conduct contravened more than one operating rule or practice, that event shall be treated as a single violation for the purposes of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) A violation of one or more operating rules or practices described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (6) of this section that occurs during a properly conducted operational compliance test subject to the provisions of this chapter shall be counted in determining the periods of ineligibility described in § 245.305.
</P>
<P>(i) An operational test that is not conducted in compliance with this part, a railroad's operating rules, or a railroad's program under § 217.9 of this chapter, will not be considered a legitimate test of operational skill or knowledge, and will not be considered for revocation purposes.
</P>
<P>(j) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.4.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.305   Periods of ineligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The starting date for a period of ineligibility described in this section shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) For a person not currently certified, the date of the railroad's written determination that the most recent incident has occurred; or
</P>
<P>(2) For a person currently certified, the date of the railroad's notification to the person that recertification has been denied or certification has been suspended.
</P>
<P>(b) A period of ineligibility shall be determined according to the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a single incident involving a violation of one or more of the operating rules or practices described in § 245.303(e)(1) through (6), the person shall have their certificate revoked for a period of 30 calendar days.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of two separate incidents involving a violation of one or more of the operating rules or practices described in § 245.303(e)(1) through (6), that occurred within 24 months of each other, the person shall have their certificate revoked for a period of six months.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of three separate incidents involving violations of one or more of the operating rules or practices, described in § 245.303(e)(1) through (7), that occurred within 36 months of each other, the person shall have their certificate revoked for a period of one year.
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of four separate incidents involving violations of one or more of the operating rules or practices, described in § 245.303(e)(1) through (7), that occurred within 36 months of each other, the person shall have their certificate revoked for a period of three years.
</P>
<P>(5) Where, based on the occurrence of violations described in § 245.303(e)(7), different periods of ineligibility may result under the provisions of this section and § 245.115, the longest period of revocation shall control.
</P>
<P>(c) Any or all periods of revocation provided in paragraph (b) of this section may consist of training.
</P>
<P>(d) A person whose certification is denied or revoked shall be eligible for grant or reinstatement of the certificate prior to the expiration of the initial period of ineligibility only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The denial or revocation of certification in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section is for a period of one year or less;
</P>
<P>(2) Certification is denied or revoked for reasons other than noncompliance with § 219.101 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) The person is evaluated by a railroad officer and determined to have received adequate remedial training;
</P>
<P>(4) The person successfully completes any mandatory program of training or retraining, if that is determined to be necessary by the railroad prior to return to service; and
</P>
<P>(5) At least one half of the pertinent period of ineligibility specified in paragraph (b) of this section has elapsed.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.4.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.307   Process for revoking certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a railroad determines that a dispatcher, who is currently certified by the railroad, has violated a railroad operating rule or practice described in § 245.303(e), the railroad shall revoke the dispatcher's certification in accordance with the procedures and requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided for in § 245.115(f), if a railroad acquires reliable information that a dispatcher, who is currently certified by the railroad, has violated a railroad operating rule or practice described in § 245.303(e) or § 245.115(d), the railroad shall undertake the following process to determine whether revocation of the dispatcher's certification is warranted:
</P>
<P>(1) The dispatcher's certification shall be suspended immediately.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to or upon suspending the dispatcher's certification, the railroad shall provide the dispatcher with notice of: the reason for the suspension; the pending revocation; and an opportunity for a hearing before a presiding officer other than the investigating officer. This notice may initially be given either orally or in writing. If given orally, the notice must be subsequently confirmed in writing in a manner that conforms with the notification provisions of the applicable collective bargaining agreement. If there is no applicable collective bargaining agreement notification provision, the written notice must be made within four days of the date the certification was suspended.
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad must convene the hearing within the time frame required under the applicable collective bargaining agreement. If there is no applicable collective bargaining agreement or the applicable collective bargaining agreement does not include such a requirement, the hearing shall be convened within ten days of the date the certification is suspended unless the dispatcher requests or consents to a delay to the start of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(4) Except as provided for in paragraph (c) of this section, the railroad shall provide the dispatcher with a copy of the written information and a list of witnesses the railroad will present at the hearing at least 72 hours before the start of the hearing. If this information was provided by an employee of the railroad, the railroad shall make that employee available for examination during the hearing notwithstanding the terms of an applicable collective bargaining agreement.
</P>
<P>(5) Following the hearing, the railroad must determine, based on the record of the hearing, whether revocation of the certification is warranted and state explicitly the basis for the conclusion reached. The railroad shall have the burden of proving that revocation of the dispatcher's certification is warranted under § 245.303.
</P>
<P>(6) If the railroad determines that revocation of the dispatcher's certification is warranted, the railroad shall impose the proper period of revocation provided for in § 245.305 or § 245.115.
</P>
<P>(7) The railroad shall retain the record of the hearing for three years after the date the decision is rendered.
</P>
<P>(c) A hearing required by this section which is conducted in a manner that conforms procedurally to the applicable collective bargaining agreement shall satisfy the procedural requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided for in paragraph (c) of this section, a hearing required under this section shall be conducted in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) The hearing shall be conducted by a presiding officer who can be any proficient person authorized by the railroad other than the investigating officer.
</P>
<P>(2) The presiding officer shall convene and preside over the hearing and exercise the powers necessary to regulate the conduct of the hearing for the purpose of achieving a prompt and fair determination of all material issues in dispute.
</P>
<P>(3) The presiding officer may:
</P>
<P>(i) Adopt any needed procedures for the submission of evidence in written form;
</P>
<P>(ii) Examine witnesses at the hearing; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provisions of this part and permitted by law that may assist in achieving a prompt and fair determination of all material issues in dispute.
</P>
<P>(4) All relevant and probative evidence shall be received into the record unless the presiding officer determines the evidence to be unduly repetitive or have such minimal relevance that its admission would impair the prompt, orderly, and fair resolution of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(5) Parties may appear at the hearing and be heard on their own behalf or through designated representatives. Parties may offer relevant evidence including testimony and may conduct such examination of witnesses as may be required for a full disclosure of the relevant facts.
</P>
<P>(6) Testimony by witnesses at the hearing shall be recorded verbatim. Witnesses can testify in person, over the phone, or virtually.
</P>
<P>(7) The record in the proceeding shall be closed at the conclusion of the hearing unless the presiding officer allows additional time for the submission of evidence.
</P>
<P>(8) A hearing required under this section may be consolidated with any disciplinary action or other hearing arising from the same facts, but in all instances a railroad official, other than the investigating officer, shall make separate findings as to the revocation required under this section.
</P>
<P>(9) A person may waive their right to a hearing. That waiver shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Be made in writing;
</P>
<P>(ii) Reflect the fact that the person has knowledge and understanding of these rights and voluntarily surrenders them; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Be signed by the person making the waiver.
</P>
<P>(e) Except as provided for in paragraph (c) of this section, a decision, required by this section, on whether to revoke a dispatcher's certification shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) No later than ten days after the close of the record, a railroad official, other than the investigating officer, shall prepare and sign a written decision as to whether the railroad is revoking the dispatcher's certification.
</P>
<P>(2) The decision shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Contain the findings of fact on all material issues as well as an explanation for those findings with citations to all applicable railroad operating rules and practices;
</P>
<P>(ii) State whether the railroad official found that the dispatcher's certification should be revoked;
</P>
<P>(iii) State the period of revocation under § 245.305 (if the railroad official concludes that the dispatcher's certification should be revoked); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Be served on the dispatcher and the dispatcher's representative, if any, with the railroad retaining proof of service for three years after the date the decision is rendered.
</P>
<P>(f) The period that a dispatcher's certification is suspended in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be credited towards any period of revocation that the railroad assesses in accordance with § 245.305.
</P>
<P>(g) A railroad shall revoke a dispatcher's certification if, during the period that certification is valid, the railroad acquires information which convinces it that another railroad has revoked the person's dispatcher certification in accordance with the provisions of this section. Such revocation shall run concurrently with the period of revocation imposed by the railroad that initially revoked the person's certification. The requirement to provide a hearing under this section is satisfied when any single railroad holds a hearing. No additional hearing is required prior to a revocation by more than one railroad arising from the same facts.
</P>
<P>(h) A railroad shall not revoke a dispatcher's certification if sufficient evidence exists to establish that an intervening cause prevented or materially impaired the dispatcher's ability to comply with the railroad operating rule or practice which constitutes a violation under § 245.303.
</P>
<P>(i) A railroad may decide not to revoke a dispatcher's certification if sufficient evidence exists to establish that the violation of the railroad operating rule or practice described in § 245.303(e) was of a minimal nature and had no direct or potential effect on rail safety.
</P>
<P>(j) If sufficient evidence meeting the criteria in paragraph (h) or (i) of this section becomes available, including prior to a railroad's action to suspend the certificate as provided for in paragraph (b)(1) of this section or prior to the convening of the hearing provided for in this section, the railroad shall place the relevant information in the records maintained in compliance with:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 245.215 for Class I railroads (including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation), railroads providing commuter service, and Class II railroads; or
</P>
<P>(2) Section 245.203 for Class III railroads.
</P>
<P>(k) If a railroad makes a good faith determination, after performing a reasonable inquiry, that the course of conduct provided for in paragraph (h) or (i) of this section is warranted, the railroad will not be in violation of paragraph (b)(1) of this section if it decides not to suspend the dispatcher's certification.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Dispute Resolution Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.5.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.401   Review board established.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who has been denied certification, denied recertification, or has had their certification revoked and believes that a railroad incorrectly determined that they failed to meet the certification requirements of this part when making the decision to deny or revoke certification, may petition the Administrator to review the railroad's decision.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator has delegated initial responsibility for adjudicating such disputes to the Certification Review Board (Board). The Board shall be composed of FRA employees.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.5.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.403   Petition requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To obtain review of a railroad's decision to deny certification, deny recertification, or revoke certification, a person shall file a petition for review that complies with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing;
</P>
<P>(2) Be filed no more than 120 days after the date the railroad's denial or revocation decision was served on the petitioner, except as provided for in paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Be filed on <I>https://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(4) Include the following contact information for the petitioner and petitioner's representative (if petitioner is represented):
</P>
<P>(i) Full name;
</P>
<P>(ii) Daytime telephone number; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Email address;
</P>
<P>(5) Include the name of the railroad;
</P>
<P>(6) Contain the facts that the petitioner believes constitute the improper action by the railroad and the arguments in support of the petition; and
</P>
<P>(7) Include all written documents in the petitioner's possession or reasonably available to the petitioner that document the railroad's decision.
</P>
<P>(c) If requested by the Board, the petitioner must provide a copy of the information under 49 CFR 40.329 that laboratories, medical review officers, and other service agents are required to release to employees. The petitioner must provide a written explanation in response to a Board request if written documents, that should be reasonably available to the petitioner, are not supplied.
</P>
<P>(d) The Board may extend the petition filing period in its discretion provided that the petitioner provides good cause for the extension and:
</P>
<P>(1) The request for an extension is filed before the expiration of the period provided for in paragraph (b)(2) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) The failure to timely file was the result of excusable neglect.
</P>
<P>(e) A party aggrieved by a Board decision to deny a petition as untimely or not in compliance with the requirements of this section may file an appeal with the Administrator in accordance with § 245.411.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.5.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.405   Processing certification review petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each petition shall be acknowledged in writing by FRA. The acknowledgment shall be sent to the petitioner (if an email address is provided), petitioner's representative (if any), and the railroad. The acknowledgment shall contain the docket number assigned to the petition and will notify the parties where the petition can be accessed.
</P>
<P>(b) Within 60 days from the date of the acknowledgment provided in paragraph (a) of this section, the railroad may submit to FRA any information that the railroad considers pertinent to the petition and shall supplement the record with any relevant documents in its possession, such as hearing transcripts and exhibits, that were not submitted by the petitioner. Late filings will only be considered to the extent practicable. A railroad that submits such information shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the petitioner by name and the docket number for the petition;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide the railroad's email address;
</P>
<P>(3) Serve a copy of the information being submitted to the petitioner and petitioner's representative, if any; and
</P>
<P>(4) File such information on <I>https://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) The petition will be referred to the Board for a decision after a railroad's response is received or 60 days from the date of the acknowledgment provided in paragraph (a) of this section, whichever is earlier. Based on the record, the Board shall have the authority to grant, deny, dismiss, or remand the petition. If the Board finds that there is insufficient basis for granting or denying the petition, the Board may issue an order affording the parties an opportunity to provide additional information or argument consistent with its findings.
</P>
<P>(d) When considering procedural issues, the Board will grant the petition if the petitioner shows:
</P>
<P>(1) That a procedural error occurred; and
</P>
<P>(2) The procedural error caused substantial harm to the petitioner.
</P>
<P>(e) When considering factual issues, the Board will grant the petition if the petitioner shows that the railroad did not provide substantial evidence to support its decision.
</P>
<P>(f) When considering legal issues, the Board will determine whether the railroad's legal interpretations are correct based on a <I>de novo</I> review.
</P>
<P>(g) The Board will only consider whether the denial or revocation of certification or recertification was improper under this part and will grant or deny the petition accordingly. The Board will not otherwise consider the propriety of a railroad's decision. For example, the Board will not consider whether the railroad properly applied its own more stringent requirements.
</P>
<P>(h) The Board's written decision shall be served on the petitioner and/or petitioner's representative (if any) and the railroad.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.5.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.407   Request for a hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If adversely affected by the Board's decision, either the petitioner before the Board or the railroad involved shall have a right to an administrative proceeding as prescribed by § 245.409.
</P>
<P>(b) To exercise that right, the adversely affected party shall file a written request for a hearing within 20 days of service of the Board's decision on that party. The request must be filed in the docket on <I>https://www.regulations.gov</I> that was used when the case was before the Board.
</P>
<P>(c) A written request for a hearing must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, telephone number, and email address of the requesting party and the requesting party's designated representative (if any);
</P>
<P>(2) The name, telephone number, and email address of the respondent;
</P>
<P>(3) The docket number for the case while it was before the Board;
</P>
<P>(4) The specific factual issues, industry rules, regulations, or laws that the requesting party alleges need to be examined in connection with the certification decision in question; and
</P>
<P>(5) The signature of the requesting party or the requesting party's representative (if any).
</P>
<P>(d) Upon receipt of a hearing request complying with paragraph (c) of this section, FRA shall arrange for the appointment of a presiding officer who shall schedule the hearing for the earliest practicable date.
</P>
<P>(e) If a party fails to request a hearing within the period provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the Board's decision will constitute final agency action.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.409" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.5.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.409   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An administrative hearing for a dispatcher certification petition shall be conducted by a presiding officer, who can be any person authorized by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) The presiding officer shall convene and preside over the hearing. The hearing shall be a <I>de novo</I> hearing to find the relevant facts and determine the correct application of this part to those facts. The presiding officer may determine that there is no genuine issue covering some or all material facts and limit evidentiary proceedings to any issues of material fact as to which there is a genuine dispute.
</P>
<P>(c) The presiding officer may exercise the powers of the Administrator to regulate the conduct of the hearing for the purpose of achieving a prompt and fair determination of all material issues in controversy.
</P>
<P>(d) The presiding officer may authorize discovery of the types and quantities which in the presiding officer's discretion will contribute to a fair hearing without unduly burdening the parties. The presiding officer may impose appropriate non-monetary sanctions, including limitations as to the presentation of evidence and issues, for any party's willful failure or refusal to comply with approved discovery requests.
</P>
<P>(e) Every petition, motion, response, or other authorized or required document shall be signed by the party filing the same, or by a duly authorized officer or representative of record, or by any other person. If signed by such other person, the reason therefor must be stated and the power of attorney or other authority authorizing such other person to subscribe the document must be filed with the document. The signature of the person subscribing any document constitutes a certification that they have read the document; that to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, every statement contained in the document is true and no such statements are misleading; and that it is not interposed for delay or to be vexatious.
</P>
<P>(f) After the request for a hearing is filed, all documents filed or served upon one party must be served upon all parties. Each party may designate a person upon whom service is to be made when not specified by law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer. If a party does not designate a person upon whom service is to be made, then service may be made upon any person having subscribed to a submission of the party being served, unless otherwise specified by law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer. Proof of service shall accompany all documents when they are tendered for filing.
</P>
<P>(g) If any document initiating, filed in, or served in, a proceeding is not in substantial compliance with the applicable law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer, the presiding officer may strike or dismiss all or part of such document, or require its amendment.
</P>
<P>(h) Any party to a proceeding may appear and be heard in person or by an authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(i) Any person testifying at a hearing or deposition may be accompanied, represented, and advised by an attorney or other representative, and may be examined by that person.
</P>
<P>(j) Any party may request to consolidate or separate the hearing of two or more petitions by motion to the presiding officer when they arise from the same or similar facts or when the matters are for any reason deemed more efficiently heard together.
</P>
<P>(k) Except as provided in § 245.407(e) and paragraph (s)(4) of this section, whenever a party has the right or is required to take action within a period prescribed by this part, or by law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer, the presiding officer may extend such period, with or without notice, for good cause, provided another party is not substantially prejudiced by such extension. A request to extend a period which has already expired may be denied as untimely.
</P>
<P>(l) An application to the presiding officer for an order or ruling not otherwise specifically provided for in this part shall be by motion. The motion shall be filed with the presiding officer and, if written, served upon all parties. All motions, unless made during the hearing, shall be written. Motions made during hearings may be made orally on the record, except that the presiding officer may direct that any oral motion be reduced to writing. Any motion shall state with particularity the grounds therefor and the relief or order sought and shall be accompanied by any affidavits or other evidence desired to be relied upon which is not already part of the record. Any matter submitted in response to a written motion must be filed and served within 14 days of the motion, or within such other period as directed by the presiding officer.
</P>
<P>(m) Testimony by witnesses at the hearing shall be given under oath and the hearing shall be recorded verbatim. The presiding officer shall give the parties to the proceeding adequate opportunity during the course of the hearing for the presentation of arguments in support of or in opposition to motions, and objections and exceptions to rulings of the presiding officer. The presiding officer may permit oral argument on any issues for which the presiding officer deems it appropriate and beneficial. Any evidence or argument received or proffered orally shall be transcribed and made a part of the record. Any physical evidence or written argument received or proffered shall be made a part of the record, except that the presiding officer may authorize the substitution of copies, photographs, or descriptions, when deemed to be appropriate.
</P>
<P>(n) The presiding officer shall employ the Federal Rules of Evidence for United States Courts and Magistrates as general guidelines for the introduction of evidence. Notwithstanding paragraph (m) of this section, all relevant and probative evidence shall be received unless the presiding officer determines the evidence to be unduly repetitive or so extensive and lacking in relevancy that its admission would impair the prompt, orderly, and fair resolution of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(o) The presiding officer may:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas as provided for in § 209.7 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt any needed procedures for the submission of evidence in written form;
</P>
<P>(4) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(5) Convene, recess, adjourn, or otherwise regulate the course of the hearing; and
</P>
<P>(6) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provisions of this part and permitted by law that may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(p) The petitioner before the Board, the railroad involved in taking the certification action, and FRA shall be parties at the hearing. All parties may participate in the hearing and may appear and be heard on their own behalf or through designated representatives. All parties may offer relevant evidence, including testimony, and may conduct such cross-examination of witnesses as may be required to make a record of the relevant facts.
</P>
<P>(q) The party requesting the administrative hearing shall be the “hearing petitioner.” The party that the Board issued its decision in favor of will be a respondent. At the start of each proceeding, FRA will be a respondent as well. The hearing petitioner shall have the burden of proving its case by a preponderance of the evidence.
</P>
<P>(r) The record in the proceeding shall be closed at the conclusion of the evidentiary hearing unless the presiding officer allows additional time for the submission of additional evidence. In such instances the record shall be left open for such time as the presiding officer grants for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(s) At the close of the record, the presiding officer shall prepare a written decision in the proceeding. The decision:
</P>
<P>(1) Shall contain the findings of fact and conclusions of law, as well as the basis for each, concerning all material issues of fact or law presented on the record;
</P>
<P>(2) Shall be served on all parties to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(3) Shall not become final for 35 days after issuance;
</P>
<P>(4) Constitutes final agency action unless an aggrieved party files an appeal within 35 days after issuance; and
</P>
<P>(5) Is not precedential.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 245.411" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.5.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 245.411   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party aggrieved by the presiding officer's decision may file an appeal in the presiding officer's docket. The appeal must be filed within 35 days of issuance of the decision. A copy of the appeal shall be served on each party. The appeal shall set forth objections to the presiding officer's decision, supported by reference to applicable laws and regulations and with specific reference to the record. If no appeal is timely filed, the presiding officer's decision constitutes final agency action.
</P>
<P>(b) A party may file a reply to the appeal within 25 days of service of the appeal. The reply shall be supported by reference to applicable laws and regulations and with specific reference to the record, if the party relies on evidence contained in the record.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator may extend the period for filing an appeal or a reply for good cause shown, provided that the written request for extension is served before expiration of the applicable period provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator has sole discretion to permit oral argument on the appeal. On the Administrator's own initiative or written motion by any party, the Administrator may grant the parties an opportunity for oral argument.
</P>
<P>(e) The Administrator may remand, vacate, affirm, reverse, alter, or modify the decision of the presiding officer and the Administrator's decision constitutes final agency action except where the terms of the Administrator's decision (for example, remanding a case to the presiding officer) show that the parties' administrative remedies have not been exhausted.
</P>
<P>(f) An appeal from a Board decision pursuant to § 245.403(e) must be filed in the Board's docket within 35 days of issuance of the decision. A copy of the appeal shall be served on each party. The Administrator may affirm or vacate the Board's decision, and may remand the petition to the Board for further proceedings. An Administrator's decision to affirm the Board's decision constitutes final agency action.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.7.137.1.105" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 245—Procedures for Obtaining and Evaluating Motor Vehicle Driving Record Data
</HEAD>
<P>(1) The purpose of this appendix is to outline the procedures available to individuals and railroads for complying with the requirements of § 245.111 of this chapter. This provision requires that railroads consider the motor vehicle driving record of each person prior to issuing them certification or recertification as a dispatcher.
</P>
<P>(2) To fulfill that obligation, a railroad is required to review a certification candidate's recent motor vehicle driving record for information described in § 245.111(m). Generally, that will be a single record on file with the state agency that issued the candidate's current motor vehicle driver's license. However, a motor vehicle driving record can include multiple documents if the candidate has been issued a motor vehicle driver's license by more than one state agency or a foreign country.
</P>
<P>(3) The right of railroad workers, their employers, or prospective employers to have access to a state motor vehicle licensing agency's data concerning an individual's driving record is controlled by state law. Although many states have mechanisms through which employers and prospective employers, such as railroads, can obtain such data, there are some states where privacy concerns make such access very difficult or impossible. Since individuals are generally entitled to obtain access to their driving record data that will be relied on by a state motor vehicle licensing agency when that agency is taking action concerning their driving privileges, FRA places the responsibility on individuals who want to serve as dispatchers to request that their current state motor vehicle licensing agency (or agencies) furnish such data directly to the railroad that is considering certification (or recertification) of the individual as a dispatcher. Depending on the procedures established by the state motor vehicle licensing agency, the individual may be asked to send the state agency a brief letter requesting such action or to execute a state agency form that accomplishes the same effect. Requests for an individual's motor vehicle driving record normally involve payment of a nominal fee established by the state agency as well. In rare instances, when a certification (or recertification) candidate has been issued multiple licenses, an individual may be required to submit multiple requests.
</P>
<P>(4) Once the railroad has obtained the individual's motor vehicle driving record(s), the railroad is required to afford the certification (or recertification) candidate an opportunity to review and comment on the record(s) in writing pursuant to § 245.301 if the motor vehicle driving records contain information that could form the basis for denying the person certification. This opportunity to review and comment must occur before the railroad renders a certification decision based on information in the record(s). The railroad is required to evaluate the information in the certification (or recertification) candidate's motor vehicle driving record(s) pursuant to the provisions of this part.




</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.39.7.137.1.106" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 245—Medical Standards Guidelines
</HEAD>
<P>(1) The purpose of this appendix is to provide greater guidance on the procedures that should be employed in administering the vision and hearing requirements of §§ 245.117 and 245.118.
</P>
<P>(2) For any examination performed to determine whether a person meets the visual acuity requirements in § 245.117, it is recommended that such examination be performed by a licensed optometrist or a technician who reports to a licensed optometrist. It is also recommended that any test conducted pursuant to § 245.117 be performed according to any directions supplied by the test's manufacturer and any ANSI standards that are applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) For any examination performed to determine whether a person meets the hearing acuity requirements in § 245.118, it is recommended that such examination be performed by a licensed or certified audiologist or a technician who reports to a licensed or certified audiologist. It is also recommended that any test conducted pursuant to § 245.118 be performed according to any directions supplied by the test's manufacturer and any ANSI standards that are applicable.
</P>
<P>(4) In determining whether a person has the visual acuity that meets or exceeds the requirements of this part, the following testing protocols are deemed acceptable testing methods for determining whether a person has the ability to recognize and distinguish among the colors used as signals in the railroad industry. The acceptable test methods are shown in the left hand column and the criteria that should be employed to determine whether a person has failed the particular testing protocol are shown in the right hand column.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Appendix B to Part 245
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Accepted tests
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Failure criteria
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Pseudoisochromatic Plate Tests</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">American Optical Company 1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">AOC—Hardy-Rand-Ritter plates—second edition</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error on plates 1-6 (plates 1-4 are for demonstration—test plate 1 is actually plate 5 in book).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dvorine—Second edition</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (14 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 or more errors on plates 1-11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (16 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 or more errors on plates 1-8.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (24 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (38 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4 or more errors on plates 1-21.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Richmond Plates 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Multifunction Vision Tester</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Keystone Orthoscope</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">OPTEC 2000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titmus Vision Tester</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titmus II Vision Tester</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(5) In administering any of these protocols, the person conducting the examination should be aware that railroad signals do not always occur in the same sequence and that “yellow signals” do not always appear to be the same. It is not acceptable to use “yarn” or other materials to conduct a simple test to determine whether the certification candidate has the requisite vision. No person shall be allowed to wear chromatic lenses during an initial test of the person's color vision; the initial test is one conducted in accordance with one of the accepted tests in the chart and § 245.117(c)(3).
</P>
<P>(6) An examinee who fails to meet the criteria in the chart may be further evaluated as determined by the railroad's medical examiner. Ophthalmologic referral, field testing, or other practical color testing may be utilized depending on the experience of the examinee. The railroad's medical examiner will review all pertinent information and, under some circumstances, may restrict an examinee who does not meet the criteria for serving as a dispatcher. The intent of §§ 245.117(d) and 245.118(d) is not to provide an examinee with the right to make an infinite number of requests for further evaluation, but to provide an examinee with at least one opportunity to prove that a hearing or vision test failure does not mean the examinee cannot safely perform as a dispatcher. Appropriate further medical evaluation could include providing another approved scientific screening test or a field test. All railroads should retain the discretion to limit the number of retests that an examinee can request, but any cap placed on the number of retests should not limit retesting when changed circumstances would make such retesting appropriate. Changed circumstances would most likely occur if the examinee's medical condition has improved in some way or if technology has advanced to the extent that it arguably could compensate for a hearing or vision deficiency.
</P>
<P>(7) Dispatchers who wear contact lenses should have good tolerance to the lenses and should be instructed to have a pair of corrective glasses available when on duty.






</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="246" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 246—CERTIFICATION OF SIGNAL EMPLOYEES


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20162, 21301, 21304, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; 49 CFR 1.89; and Pub. L. 110-432, sec. 402, 122 Stat. 4884.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 44873, May 21, 2024, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.1.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to ensure that only those persons who meet minimum Federal safety standards serve as certified signal employees, to reduce the rate and number of accidents and incidents, and to improve railroad safety.
</P>
<P>(b) This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for the eligibility, training, testing, certification and monitoring of all signal employees to whom it applies. This part does not restrict a railroad from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements consistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The signal employee certification requirements prescribed in this part apply to any person who meets the definition of signal employee contained in § 246.7, regardless of the fact that the person may have a job classification title other than that of signal employee.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.1.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.3   Application and responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to all railroads, except:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads that do not have a signal system as defined in § 246.7;
</P>
<P>(2) Railroads that operate only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation (<I>i.e.,</I> plant railroads, as defined in § 246.7);
</P>
<P>(3) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation as defined in § 246.7; or
</P>
<P>(4) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) Although the duties imposed by this part are generally stated in terms of the duty of a railroad, each person, as defined in § 246.7, who performs any function required by this part must perform that function in accordance with this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.1.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.5   Effect and construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FRA does not intend, by use of the term signal employee in this part, to alter the terms, conditions, or interpretation of existing collective bargaining agreements that employ other job classification titles when identifying a person who is engaged in installing, troubleshooting, testing, repair, or maintenance of railroad signal systems and signal-related technology.
</P>
<P>(b) FRA does not intend by issuance of these regulations to alter the authority of a railroad to initiate disciplinary sanctions against its employees, including managers and supervisors, in the normal and customary manner, including those contained in its collective bargaining agreements.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in § 246.213, nothing in this part shall be construed to create or prohibit an eligibility or entitlement to employment in other service for the railroad as a result of denial, suspension, or revocation of certification under this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this part shall be deemed to abridge any additional procedural rights or remedies not inconsistent with this part that are available to the employee under a collective bargaining agreement, the Railway Labor Act, or (with respect to employment at will) at common law with respect to removal from service or other adverse action taken as a consequence of this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.1.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.7   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the FRA or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol</I> means ethyl alcohol (ethanol) and includes use or possession of any beverage, mixture, or preparation containing ethyl alcohol.
</P>
<P><I>Contractor</I> means a person under contract with a railroad, including but not limited to, a prime contractor or a subcontractor.
</P>
<P><I>Controlled substance</I> has the meaning assigned by 21 U.S.C. 802 and includes all substances listed on Schedules I through V as they may be revised from time to time (21 CFR parts 1301 through 1316).
</P>
<P><I>Disable</I> means to render a device or system incapable of proper and effective action or to materially impair the functioning of that device or system.
</P>
<P><I>Drug</I> means any substance (other than alcohol) that has known mind or function-altering effects on a human subject, specifically including any psychoactive substance and including, but not limited to, controlled substances.
</P>
<P><I>Drug and alcohol counselor (DAC)</I> means a person who meets the credentialing and qualification requirements of a “Substance Abuse Professional” (SAP), as provided in 49 CFR part 40.
</P>
<P><I>File, filed,</I> and <I>filing</I> mean submission of a document under this part on the date when the Docket Clerk receives it, or if sent by mail, the date mailing was completed.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>FRA representative</I> means the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety/Chief Safety Officer and the Associate Administrator's delegate, including any safety inspector employed by the Federal Railroad Administration and any qualified State railroad safety inspector acting under part 212 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Ineligible</I> or <I>ineligibility</I> means that a person is legally disqualified from serving as a certified signal employee. The term covers a number of circumstances in which a person may not serve as a certified signal employee. Revocation of certification pursuant to § 246.307 and denial of certification pursuant to § 246.301 are two examples in which a person would be ineligible to serve as a certified signal employee. A period of ineligibility may end when a condition or conditions are met, such as when a person meets the conditions to serve as a certified signal employee following an alcohol or drug violation pursuant to § 246.115.
</P>
<P><I>Knowingly</I> means having actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to the violation or that a reasonable person acting in the circumstances, exercising due care, would have had such knowledge.
</P>
<P><I>Medical examiner</I> means a person licensed as a doctor of medicine or doctor of osteopathy. A medical examiner can be a qualified full-time salaried employee of a railroad, a qualified practitioner who contracts with the railroad on a fee-for-service or other basis, or a qualified practitioner designated by the railroad to perform functions in connection with medical evaluations of employees. As used in this rule, the medical examiner owes a duty to make an honest and fully informed evaluation of the condition of an individual.
</P>
<P><I>Mentor</I> means a certified signal employee who has at least one year of experience as a certified signal employee. For purposes of this part, a mentor provides direct and immediate supervision over the work of one or more signal employees.
</P>
<P><I>On-the-job training</I> means job training that occurs in the workplace, <I>i.e.,</I> the employee learns the job while doing the job.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including but not limited to the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor or subcontractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor or subcontractor.








</P>
<P><I>Physical characteristics</I> means the actual track profile of and physical location for points within a specific yard or route that affect the movement of a locomotive or train. Physical characteristics includes how signal systems and related technology are deployed within the territory, for purposes of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Plant railroad</I> means a plant or installation that owns or leases a locomotive, uses that locomotive to switch cars throughout the plant or installation, and is moving goods solely for use in the facility's own industrial processes. The plant or installation could include track immediately adjacent to the plant or installation if the plant railroad leases the track from the general system railroad and the lease provides for (and actual practice entails) the exclusive use of that trackage by the plant railroad and the general system railroad for purposes of moving only cars shipped to or from the plant. A plant or installation that operates a locomotive to switch or move cars for other entities, even if solely within the confines of the plant or installation, rather than for its own purposes or industrial processes, will not be considered a plant railroad because the performance of such activity makes the operation part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified</I> means a person who has successfully completed all instruction, training and examination programs required by the railroad, and the applicable parts of this chapter and that the person therefore may reasonably be expected to be proficient on all safety related tasks the person is assigned to perform.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified instructor</I> means a person who has demonstrated, pursuant to the railroad's written program, an adequate knowledge of the subjects under instruction and, where applicable, has the necessary signal experience to effectively instruct in the field, and has the following qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) Is a certified signal employee under this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Has been selected as such by a designated railroad officer, in concurrence with the designated employee representative, where present; or
</P>
<P>(3) In the absence of concurrence provided in paragraph (2) of this definition, has a minimum of 12 months service working as a signal employee.
</P>
<P>If a railroad does not have designated employee representation, then a person employed by the railroad need not comply with paragraph (2) or (3) of this definition to be a <I>qualified instructor.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means any form of nonhighway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways and any entity providing such transportation, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Commuter or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and
</P>
<P>(2) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads; but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad officer</I> means any supervisory employee of a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Serve or service,</I> in the context of serving documents, has the meaning given in Rule 5 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure as amended. Similarly, the computation of time provisions in Rule 6 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure as amended are also applicable in this part. <I>See also</I> the definition of “filing” in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Signal employee</I> means, for purposes of this part, a person who is engaged in installing, troubleshooting, testing, repairing, or maintaining railroad signal systems or related technology.
</P>
<P><I>Signal instructor</I> means, for purposes of this part, a person who has demonstrated, pursuant to the railroad's written signal employee certification program, an adequate knowledge of the subject matter under instruction and has the necessary experience to effectively provide formal training of the subject matter.
</P>
<P><I>Signal system,</I> for purposes of this part, includes software and equipment for the following: block signal systems, cab signal systems, train control systems, positive train control systems, highway-rail and pathway grade crossing warning systems, unusual contingency detection devices, power-assisted switches, broken rail detection systems, switch point indicators, as well as other safety-related devices, appliances, technology, and systems installed on the railroad in signaled or non-signaled territory.
</P>
<P><I>Substance abuse disorder</I> refers to a psychological or physical dependence on alcohol or a drug, or another identifiable and treatable mental or physical disorder involving the abuse of alcohol or drugs as a primary manifestation. A substance abuse disorder is “active” within the meaning of this part if the person is currently using alcohol or other drugs, except under medical supervision consistent with the restrictions described in § 219.103 of this chapter or has failed to successfully complete primary treatment or successfully participate in aftercare as directed by a DAC or SAP.
</P>
<P><I>Substance Abuse Professional (SAP)</I> means a person who meets the qualifications of a substance abuse professional, as provided in 49 CFR part 40.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations that are not part of the general railroad system of transportation</I> means a tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operation conducted only on track used exclusively for that purpose (<I>i.e.,</I> there is no freight, intercity passenger, or commuter passenger railroad operation on the track).
</P>
<P><I>Unusual contingency detection device</I> means a device used in the detection of defective conditions on locomotives and rolling stock (<I>e.g.,</I> high-wide load, hot or defective bearing, defective wheel detectors) or other unsafe environmental conditions (<I>e.g.,</I> high-water, high wind, sliding or slumping soil, rock or snow slide detectors). These devices need not be connected to a signal system for this part to apply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 44873, May 21, 2024, as amended at 90 FR 28128, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.1.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.9   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person subject to a requirement of this part may petition FRA for a waiver of compliance with such requirement. The filing of such a petition does not affect that person's responsibility for compliance with that requirement while the petition is being considered.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for a waiver under this section must be filed in the manner and contain the information required by part 211 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If FRA finds that a waiver of compliance is in the public interest and is consistent with railroad safety, FRA may grant the waiver subject to any conditions FRA deems necessary.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.1.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.11   Penalties and consequences for noncompliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person, as defined in § 246.7, who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. <I>See</I> 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
</P>
<P>(b) Each day a violation continues constitutes a separate offense.
</P>
<P>(c) A person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement may be subject to disqualification from all safety-sensitive service in accordance with part 209 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) A person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<P>(e) In addition to the enforcement methods referred to in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, FRA may address violations of this part by use of the emergency order, compliance order, and/or injunctive provisions of the Federal rail safety laws.
</P>
<P>(f) FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> contains a schedule of civil penalty amounts used in connection with this part.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Program and Eligibility Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.101   Certification program required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad subject to this part shall have a written signal employee certification program.
</P>
<P>(b) Each certification program shall include all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If applicable, an explanation and discussion of the occupational categories and subcategories of certified signal service that comply with the requirements in § 246.107;
</P>
<P>(2) A procedure for evaluating prior safety conduct as a motor vehicle operator that complies with the criteria established in § 246.111;
</P>
<P>(3) A procedure for evaluating prior safety conduct as an employee or certified signal employee with other railroads that complies with the criteria established in § 246.113;
</P>
<P>(4) A procedure for evaluating potential substance abuse disorders and compliance with railroad alcohol and drug rules that complies with the criteria established in § 246.115;
</P>
<P>(5) A procedure for evaluating visual and hearing acuity that complies with the criteria established in §§ 246.117 and 246.118;
</P>
<P>(6) A procedure for training that complies with the criteria established in § 246.119;
</P>
<P>(7) A procedure for qualifying persons on its signal system and signal-related technology that complies with the criteria established in § 246.120;
</P>
<P>(8) A procedure for knowledge testing that complies with the criteria established in § 246.121;
</P>
<P>(9) A procedure for monitoring operational performance that complies with the criteria established in § 246.123; and
</P>
<P>(10) A procedure for mentoring uncertified signal employees that complies with the criteria established in § 246.124.
</P>
<P>(c) Each certification program shall be version controlled. Any change from the previous FRA-approved version of the certification program must be tracked.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.103   FRA review of certification programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Certification program submission schedule for railroads with signal systems in operation.</I> With the exception of railroads exempted by § 246.3(a), each railroad with a signal system in operation as of July 22, 2024, shall submit its signal employee certification program to FRA, in accordance with the procedures and requirements contained in § 246.106, according to the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) All Class I railroads (including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation) and railroads providing commuter service shall submit their programs to FRA no later than March 17, 2025.
</P>
<P>(2) All Class II railroads and Class III railroads (including a switching, terminal, or other railroad not otherwise classified) shall submit their programs to FRA no later than November 12, 2025.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Certification program submission for new railroads.</I> Each railroad that commences operations after July 22, 2024 shall submit to FRA, and obtain FRA approval of, its written signal employee certification program, in accordance with the procedures and requirements contained in § 246.106, prior to installing, implementing, or operating a signal system subject to this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Method for submitting certification programs to FRA.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Railroads must submit their written certification programs and their requests for FRA approval (described in § 246.106(a)) by emailing the program and the request for FRA approval to <I>FRASIGNALCERTPROG@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) A parent company may submit a written certification program on behalf of one or more subsidiary railroads in accordance with § 246.106(a).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification requirements.</I> Each railroad or parent company that submits a certification program to FRA must:
</P>
<P>(1) Simultaneously with its submission, provide a copy of the program and the request for FRA approval to the president of each labor organization that represents the railroad's signal employees and to all of the railroad's signal employees who are subject to this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Include in its submission to FRA, a statement affirming that the railroad or parent company has provided a copy of the program and request for FRA approval to the president of each labor organization that represents the railroad's signal employees and to all of the railroad's signal employees who are subject to this part, along with a list of the names and email addresses of each president of a labor organization who was provided a copy of the program.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Comment period.</I> Any designated representative of signal employees subject to this part or any directly affected person who does not have a designated representative may comment on a railroad's or parent company's program provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The comment is submitted no later than 60 days after the date the program was submitted to FRA;
</P>
<P>(2) The comment includes a concise statement of the commenter's interest in the matter;
</P>
<P>(3) The commenter affirms that a copy of the comment was provided to the railroad or parent company; and
</P>
<P>(4) The comment was emailed to <I>FRASIGNALCERTPROG@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(f) <I>FRA review period.</I> Upon receipt of a complete certification program, FRA will commence a thorough review of the program to ensure that it satisfies all of the requirements under this part.
</P>
<P>(1) If FRA determines that the program satisfies all of the requirements under this part, FRA will issue a letter notifying the railroad or parent company that its program has been approved. Such letter will typically be issued within 120 days of the date the program was submitted to FRA.
</P>
<P>(2) If FRA determines that the program does not satisfy all of the requirements under this part, FRA will issue a letter notifying the railroad or parent company that its program has been disapproved. Such letter will typically be issued within 120 days of the date the program was submitted to FRA and will identify the deficiencies found in the program that must be corrected before the program can be approved. After addressing these deficiencies, railroads and parent companies can resubmit their programs in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If a railroad or parent company does not receive an approval or disapproval letter from FRA within 120 days of the date the program was submitted to FRA, FRA's decision on the program will remain pending until such time that FRA issues a letter either approving or disapproving the program. A certification program is not approved until FRA issues a letter approving the program.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Material modifications.</I> A railroad or parent company that intends to make one or more material modifications to its FRA-approved program must submit a request for approval (as described in § 246.106(a)(3)) of how it intends to modify the program and a copy of the modified program which indicates changes from the last approved version.
</P>
<P>(1) A modification is material if it would affect the program's conformance with this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The description of the modification and the modified program must conform with the procedures and requirements contained in § 246.106.
</P>
<P>(3) The process for submission and review of material modifications shall conform with paragraphs (c) through (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) A railroad or parent company shall not implement a material modification to its program until FRA issues its approval of the material modification in accordance with paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Resubmissions.</I> If FRA disapproves a railroad or parent company's program or material modification, as described in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the railroad or parent company may resubmit its program or material modification after addressing all of the deficiencies noted by FRA.
</P>
<P>(1) The resubmission must conform with the procedures and requirements contained in § 246.106.
</P>
<P>(2) The process for submission and review of resubmitted programs and resubmitted material modifications shall conform with paragraphs (c) through (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The following deadlines apply to railroads and parent companies that have their programs or material modifications disapproved by FRA:
</P>
<P>(i) For a railroad that submitted its program pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section or a parent company that submitted a program on behalf of one or more subsidiary railroads pursuant to the submission deadline in paragraph (a) of this section, the railroad or parent company must resubmit its program within 30 days of the date that FRA notified the railroad of the deficiencies in its program. If a railroad or parent company fails to resubmit its program within this timeframe and continues its rail operations, FRA may consider such actions to be a failure to implement a program.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a railroad that submitted its program pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, there is no FRA-imposed deadline for resubmitting its program. However, pursuant to § 246.105(b), the railroad shall not install, implement, or operate signal systems subject to this part until its program has been approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(iii) For a railroad or parent company that submitted a material modification to its FRA-approved program, there is no FRA-imposed deadline for resubmitting the material modification. However, pursuant to paragraph (g)(4) of this section, the railroad or parent company cannot implement the material modification until it has been approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Rescinding prior approval of program.</I> FRA reserves the right to revisit its prior approval of a railroad or parent company's program at any time.
</P>
<P>(1) If upon such review FRA discovers deficiencies in the program, FRA shall issue the railroad or parent company a letter rescinding its prior approval of the program and notifying the railroad or parent company of the deficiencies in its program that must be addressed.
</P>
<P>(2) Within 30 days of FRA notifying the railroad or parent company of the deficiencies in its program, the railroad or parent company must address these deficiencies and resubmit its program to FRA. The resubmitted program must conform with the procedures and requirements contained in § 246.106.
</P>
<P>(3) The process for submission and review of resubmitted programs under this paragraph (i) shall conform with paragraphs (c) through (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) If a railroad or parent company fails to resubmit its program to FRA within the timeframe prescribed in paragraph (i)(2) of this section and the railroad continues its rail operations, FRA may consider such actions to be a failure to implement a program.
</P>
<P>(5) If FRA issues a letter disapproving the railroad or parent company's resubmitted program, the railroad or parent company shall resubmit its program in accordance with this paragraph (i).
</P>
<P>(6) A program that has its approval rescinded under paragraph (i)(1) of this section may remain in effect until whichever of the following happens first:
</P>
<P>(i) FRA approves the railroad or parent company's resubmitted program; or
</P>
<P>(ii) FRA disapproves the railroad or parent company's second attempt at resubmitting its program.
</P>
<P>(7) If FRA disapproves a railroad or parent company's second attempt at resubmitting its program under this paragraph and the railroad or parent company continues its rail operations, FRA may consider such actions to be a failure to implement a program.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Availability of Certification Program Documents.</I> The following documents will be available on FRA's website (<I>railroads.dot.gov</I>):
</P>
<P>(1) A railroad or parent company's originally submitted program, a resubmission of its program, or a material modification of its program;
</P>
<P>(2) Any comments, submitted in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, to a railroad or parent company's originally submitted program, a resubmission of its program, or a material modification of its program; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any approval or disapproval letter issued by FRA in response to a railroad or parent company's originally submitted program, a resubmission of its program, or a material modification of its program.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.105   Implementation schedule for certification programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad that submits its signal employee certification program to FRA in accordance with § 246.103(a), may continue rail operations while it awaits approval of its program by FRA. However, if FRA disapproves a railroad's program on two occasions and the railroad continues rail operations, FRA may consider such actions to be a failure to implement a program.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad that submits its signal employee certification program to FRA in accordance with § 246.103(b), must have its program approved by FRA prior to installing, implementing, or operating signal systems subject to this part. If a railroad installs, implements, or operates a signal system before its program is approved by FRA, FRA may consider such actions to be a failure to implement a program.
</P>
<P>(c) By March 17, 2025, each railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) In writing, designate as certified signal employees all persons authorized by the railroad to perform the duties of a certified signal employee as of March 17, 2025; and
</P>
<P>(2) Issue a certificate that complies with § 246.207 to each person that it designates.
</P>
<P>(d) Between March 17, 2025 and the date FRA approves the railroad's certification program, each railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) In writing, designate as a certified signal employee any person who has been authorized by the railroad to perform the duties of a certified signal employee between March 17, 2025 and the date FRA approves the railroad's certification program; and
</P>
<P>(2) Issue a certificate that complies with § 246.207 to each person that it designates.
</P>
<P>(e) After March 17, 2025, no railroad shall permit or require a person to perform service as a certified signal employee unless that person is a certified signal employee.
</P>
<P>(f) No railroad shall permit or require a person, designated as a certified signal employee under the provisions of paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, to perform service as a certified signal employee for more than three years after the date FRA approves the railroad's certification program unless that person has been tested and evaluated in accordance with procedures that comply with subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(3) of this section, a person who has been designated as a certified signal employee under the provisions of paragraph (c) or (d) of this section and who is eligible to receive a retirement pension in accordance with the terms of an applicable agreement or in accordance with the terms of the Railroad Retirement Act (45 U.S.C. 231) within three years from the date the certifying railroad's program is approved, may request, in writing, that a railroad not recertify that person, pursuant to subpart B of this part, until three years from the date the certifying railroad's program is approved.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon receipt of a written request pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section, a railroad may wait to recertify the person making the request until the end of the three-year period after FRA has approved the railroad's certification program. If a railroad grants any request, it must grant the request of all eligible persons to every extent possible.
</P>
<P>(3) A person who is subject to recertification under part 240 or 242 of this chapter may not make a request pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) After a railroad's certification program has been approved by FRA, the railroad shall only certify or recertify a person as a signal employee if that person has been tested and evaluated in accordance with procedures that comply with subpart B of this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.106" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.106   Requirements for certification programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Railroad and parent company certification program submission.</I> (1)(i) A railroad's certification program submission must include a copy of its certification program and a request for FRA approval.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any parent company that submits a single certification program for one or more subsidiary railroads shall provide a list of its railroads that will utilize the program.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a parent company submits a certification program on behalf of one or more of its subsidiary railroads, the parent company shall assume responsibility for compliance with this part for all railroads identified on the list required by paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) For a railroad or parent company's initial certification program submission, the request for FRA approval can be in letter or narrative format and shall include a statement that the railroad or parent company is seeking approval of its program from FRA.
</P>
<P>(3) If a railroad or parent company is making a material modification to a program that has been previously approved by FRA, the request for FRA approval can be in letter or narrative format and shall include a copy of the modified certification program that identifies all proposed changes from the last FRA-approved version of the program.
</P>
<P>(4) A railroad or parent company will receive approval or disapproval notices from FRA by email.
</P>
<P>(5) FRA may electronically store any materials required by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Organization of the certification program.</I> Each certification program must be organized to present the required information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (6) of this section. Each section of the certification program must begin with the name, title, telephone number, and email address of the person to be contacted concerning the matters addressed by that section. If a person is identified in a prior section, it is sufficient to merely repeat the person's name in a subsequent section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Section One of the certification program: General information and elections.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The first section of the certification program must contain the name of the railroad or parent company submitting the program, the person to be contacted concerning the request for FRA approval (including the person's name, title, telephone number, and email address), and a statement electing either to accept responsibility for training persons not previously certified as signal employees (“initial signal employee training”) or to not accept this responsibility.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a railroad or parent company elects to not provide initial signal employee training, the railroad or parent company shall make the determinations required by § 246.125. The railroad or parent company will be limited to certifying signal employees previously certified by another railroad. A railroad or parent company can change its election by obtaining FRA approval of a material modification to its program, in accordance with § 246.103(g).
</P>
<P>(iii) If a railroad or parent company elects to accept responsibility for providing initial signal employee training to persons not previously certified as signal employees, the railroad or parent company must submit information explaining how such persons will be trained but is not required to perform such training. A railroad or parent company that elects to accept responsibility for providing initial signal employee training may authorize another railroad or non-railroad entity to perform the training. A railroad or parent company that authorizes another railroad or non-railroad entity to perform such training must provide the name of the training provider in its certification program but shall remain responsible for ensuring that the training provider adheres to the training program submitted in the railroad or parent company's certification program.
</P>
<P>(iv) If a railroad or parent company elects to classify its certified signal employees into more than one occupational category or subcategory by class, task, location, or other suitable terminology, the railroad or parent company shall include the following in the first section of its certification program:
</P>
<P>(A) An up-to-date list and description of each occupational category or subcategory of certified signal employee;
</P>
<P>(B) A statement of the roles and responsibilities of each occupational category or subcategory of certified signal employee; and
</P>
<P>(C) A detailed list of the safety-related tasks and subtasks performed by each occupational category or subcategory of certified signal employee.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Section Two of the certification program: Training previously certified signal employees.</I> The second section of the certification program must contain information about the railroad or parent company's program for training previously certified signal employees, including all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) As provided for in § 246.119(i), each railroad must have a program for the ongoing education of its certified signal employees to ensure that they maintain the necessary knowledge concerning applicable Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders; railroad signal system safety and operating rules; and applicable standards, procedures, and instructions for the installation, operation, testing, maintenance, troubleshooting, and repair of signal systems and signal-related technology deployed on the railroad. The railroad or parent company must describe in this section of the program how it will ensure that its certified signal employees maintain the necessary knowledge and skills to safely discharge their responsibilities so as to comply with the standard set forth in § 246.119(i).
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad or parent company must provide sufficient detail in this section of its program to permit effective evaluation of its training program in terms of the subject matters covered, the frequency and duration of training sessions (including the interval between attendance at such training sessions), the training environment employed (for example, use of classroom, use of computer-based training, use of film or slide presentations, and use of on-the-job training), and which aspects of the training program will be voluntary or mandatory.
</P>
<P>(iii) The railroad or parent company must explain how the training program will address a certified signal employee's loss of retained knowledge over time.
</P>
<P>(iv) The railroad or parent company must explain how the training program will address changed circumstances over time, such as the introduction of new or modified signal system equipment and signal-related technology (including software modifications), to ensure qualification on the railroad's signal system and signal-related technology and compliance with the training standard set forth in § 246.119.
</P>
<P>(v) The railroad or parent company must explain how qualification training will be provided, how long a certified signal employee can be absent from performing work on signal systems and signal-related technology before needing to be requalified (a time period that cannot exceed 12 months), and once that threshold is reached, how the signal employee will acquire the needed qualification.
</P>
<P>(vi) The railroad or parent company must explain how it will administer training for previously certified signal employees who have had their certification expire. If a railroad or parent company's certification program fails to specify how it will administer training for these signal employees, then the railroad or parent company shall require them to successfully complete the railroad or parent company's entire training program.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Section Three of the certification program: Testing and evaluating previously certified signal employees.</I> The third section of the certification program must contain information about the railroad or parent company's program for testing and evaluating previously certified signal employees, including all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad or parent company must describe in this section how it will ensure that its previously certified signal employees demonstrate their knowledge concerning the safe discharge of their responsibilities, so as to comply with the standards set forth in § 246.121.
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad or parent company must describe in this section how it will have ongoing testing and evaluation to ensure that its previously certified signal employees have the necessary visual and hearing acuity as provided for in §§ 246.117 and 246.118. This section must also address how the railroad or parent company will ensure that its medical examiners have sufficient information concerning the railroad's operations, as well as the certified signal employee's safety-related tasks, to effectively form appropriate conclusions about the ability of a particular individual to safely perform as a certified signal employee.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Section Four of the certification program: Training, testing, and evaluating persons not previously certified.</I> Unless a railroad or parent company has elected to not provide initial signal employee certification training, the fourth section of the certification program must contain information about the railroad or parent company's program for educating, testing, and evaluating persons not previously certified as signal employees, including all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) As provided for in § 246.119, a railroad or parent company that is issuing an initial signal employee certification to a person must have a program for the training, testing, and evaluation of its signal employee certification candidates to ensure that they acquire the necessary knowledge and skills. A railroad or parent company must describe in this section how it will ensure that its signal employee certification candidates acquire sufficient knowledge and skills and demonstrate their knowledge and skills concerning the safe discharge of their responsibilities. A railroad or parent company must also discuss its procedures for mentoring candidates for signal employee certification, in accordance with § 246.124;
</P>
<P>(ii) This section of the certification program must contain the same level of detail about the initial signal employee training program and the testing and evaluation of previously uncertified signal employees as is required for previously certified signal employees in paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section (Sections Two and Three of the certification program);
</P>
<P>(iii) Railroads and parent companies that elect to rely on other entities to conduct signal employee certification training must explain how certification candidates will be provided with the required training on the signal systems and signal-related technology deployed on the railroad or parent company's territory.
</P>
<P>(iv) This section of the certification program must explain how the railroad or parent company will administer the training of previously uncertified signal employees with extensive signal experience. If a railroad or parent company's certification program fails to specify how it will train these signal employees, then the railroad or parent company shall require them to successfully complete the railroad or parent company's entire training program.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Section Five of the certification program: Monitoring operational performance by certified signal employees.</I> The fifth section of the certification program must contain information about the railroad or parent company's program for monitoring the operational performance of its certified signal employees, including all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Section 246.123 requires that a railroad conduct ongoing monitoring of its certified signal employees and that each certified signal employee performing signal work that requires certification have an annual unannounced compliance test. A railroad or parent company must describe in this section of its certification program its ongoing program for monitoring that its certified signal employees demonstrate their skills concerning the safe discharge of their responsibilities.
</P>
<P>(ii) A railroad or parent company must describe the scoring system used by the railroad during an operational monitoring observation or unannounced compliance test administered in accordance with the procedures required under § 246.123.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Section Six of the certification program: Procedures for routine administration of the signal employee certification program.</I> The final section of the certification program must contain a summary of how the railroad or parent company's program and procedures will implement various aspects of the regulatory provisions in this part that relate to the routine administration of its certification program for signal employees. Specifically, this section must address the procedural aspects of the following provisions and must describe the manner in which the railroad or parent company will implement its program so as to comply with all of the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(i) Section 246.301, which provides that each railroad must have procedures for review and comment on adverse information.
</P>
<P>(ii) Sections 246.111, 246.113, 246.115, and 246.303, which require a railroad to have procedures for evaluating data concerning prior safety conduct as a motor vehicle operator and as a railroad worker.
</P>
<P>(iii) Sections 246.109, 246.201, and 246.301, which place a duty on the railroad to make a series of determinations. When describing how it will implement its certification program to comply with those sections, a railroad or parent company must describe: the procedures it will utilize to ensure that all of the necessary determinations have been made in a timely fashion; who will be authorized to conclude that a person will or will not be certified; and how the railroad or parent company will communicate adverse decisions.
</P>
<P>(iv) Sections 246.109, 246.117, 246.118, 246.119, and 246.121, which place a duty on the railroad to make a series of determinations. When describing how it will implement its program to comply with these sections, a railroad or parent company must describe how it will document the factual basis the railroad or parent company relied on in making determinations under these sections.
</P>
<P>(v) Section 246.124, which require each railroad to have procedures for mentoring signal employees who have not been certified.
</P>
<P>(vi) Section 246.125, which permits reliance on signal employee certification determinations made by other railroads.
</P>
<P>(vii) Sections 246.207 and 246.307, which contain the requirements for replacing lost certificates and the conduct of certification revocation proceedings.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.107   Signal service classifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad may classify its certified signal employees in occupational categories or subcategories by class, task, location, or other suitable terminology, in accordance with an FRA-approved certification program that complies with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person called to work on a signal system or signal-related technology on which they have not been certified shall immediately notify the railroad or their employer that they are not certified to work on the signal system or signal-related technology.
</P>
<P>(c) After FRA has approved a railroad's certification program pursuant to this part, no railroad shall permit a person to work on a signal system or signal-related technology on which the person has not been certified and qualified, unless the person works under the direct and immediate supervision of a mentor or qualified instructor in accordance with § 246.124.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.109   Determinations required for certification and recertification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad's signal employee certification program, the railroad, prior to initially certifying or recertifying any person as a signal employee, shall, in accordance with its FRA-approved program, determine in writing that:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual meets the prior safety conduct eligibility requirements of §§ 246.111 and 246.113;
</P>
<P>(2) The individual meets the eligibility requirements of §§ 246.115 and 246.303;
</P>
<P>(3) The individual meets the visual and hearing acuity standards of §§ 246.117 and 246.118;
</P>
<P>(4) If applicable, the individual has completed a training program that meets the requirements of § 246.119;
</P>
<P>(5) The individual meets the qualification requirements of § 246.120; and
</P>
<P>(6) The individual has the necessary knowledge, as demonstrated by successfully completing testing and practical demonstration that meet the requirements of § 246.121.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this section, § 246.111, or § 246.113 shall be construed to prevent persons subject to this part from entering into an agreement that results in a railroad obtaining the information needed for compliance with this subpart in a different manner than that prescribed in § 246.111 or § 246.113.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.111   Prior safety conduct as motor vehicle operator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, after FRA has approved a railroad's signal employee certification program, the railroad, prior to certifying or recertifying any person as a signal employee, shall determine that the person meets the eligibility requirements of this section involving prior conduct as a motor vehicle operator.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad shall certify a person as a signal employee for 60 days if the person:
</P>
<P>(1) Requested the information required by paragraph (g) of this section at least 60 days prior to the date of the decision to certify that person; and
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise meets the eligibility requirements provided in § 246.109(a)(1) through (6).
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad shall recertify a person as a signal employee for 60 days from the expiration date of that person's certification if the person:
</P>
<P>(1) Requested the information required by paragraph (g) of this section at least 60 days prior to the date of the decision to recertify that person; and
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise meets the eligibility requirements provided in § 246.109(a)(1) through (6).
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, if a railroad who certified or recertified a person for 60 days pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this section does not obtain and evaluate the information requested pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section within those 60 days, that person will be ineligible to perform as a certified signal employee until the information can be evaluated by the railroad.
</P>
<P>(e) If a person requests the information required pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section but is unable to obtain it, that person or the railroad certifying or recertifying that person may petition for a waiver of the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section in accordance with the provisions of part 211 of this chapter. A railroad shall certify or recertify a person during the pendency of the waiver request if the person otherwise meets the eligibility requirements provided in § 246.109(a)(1) through (6).
</P>
<P>(f) Except for persons designated as signal employees under § 246.105(c) or (d) or for persons covered by paragraph (j) of this section, each person seeking certification or recertification under this part shall, no more than one year prior to the date of the railroad's decision on certification or recertification:
</P>
<P>(1) Take the actions required by paragraphs (g) through (i) of this section to make information concerning their driving record available to the railroad that is considering such certification or recertification; and
</P>
<P>(2) Take any additional actions, including providing any necessary consent required by State, Federal, or foreign law to make information concerning their driving record available to that railroad.
</P>
<P>(g) Each person seeking certification or recertification under this part shall request, in writing, that the chief of each driver licensing agency identified in paragraph (h) of this section provide a copy of that agency's available information concerning their driving record to the railroad that is considering such certification or recertification.
</P>
<P>(h) Each person shall request the information required under paragraph (g) of this section from:
</P>
<P>(1) The chief of the driver licensing agency of any jurisdiction, including a State or foreign country, which last issued that person a driver's license; and
</P>
<P>(2) The chief of the driver licensing agency of any other jurisdiction, including states or foreign countries, where the person held a driver's license within the preceding three years.
</P>
<P>(i) If advised by the railroad that a driver licensing agency has informed the railroad that additional information concerning that person's driving history may exist in the files of a State agency or foreign country not previously contacted in accordance with this section, such person shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Request in writing that the chief of the driver licensing agency which compiled the information provide a copy of the available information to the prospective certifying railroad; and
</P>
<P>(2) Take any additional action required by State, Federal, or foreign law to obtain that additional information.
</P>
<P>(j) Any person who has never obtained a motor vehicle driver's license is not required to comply with the provisions of paragraph (g) of this section but shall notify the railroad of that fact in accordance with procedures established by the railroad in its certification program.
</P>
<P>(k) Each certified signal employee or person seeking certification as a signal employee shall report motor vehicle incidents described in paragraphs (m)(1) and (2) of this section to the certifying railroad within 48 hours of being convicted for, or completed State action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license for, such violations. For purposes of this paragraph (k) and paragraph (m) of this section, “State action” means action of the jurisdiction that has issued the motor vehicle driver's license, including a foreign country. For purposes of signal employee certification, no railroad shall require reporting earlier than 48 hours after the conviction, or completed State action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license.
</P>
<P>(l) When evaluating a person's motor vehicle driving record, a railroad shall not consider information concerning motor vehicle driving incidents that occurred:
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to July 22, 2024; or
</P>
<P>(2) More than three years before the date of the railroad's certification decision; or
</P>
<P>(3) At a time other than that specifically provided for in § 246.111, § 246.113, § 246.115, or § 246.303.
</P>
<P>(m) When evaluating a person's motor vehicle driving record, a railroad shall only consider information concerning the following types of motor vehicle incidents:
</P>
<P>(1) A conviction for, or completed State action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license for operating a motor vehicle while under the influence of, or impaired by, alcohol or a controlled substance; or
</P>
<P>(2) A conviction for, or completed State action to cancel, revoke, suspend, or deny a motor vehicle driver's license for refusal to undergo such testing as is required by State or foreign law when a law enforcement official seeks to determine whether a person is operating a vehicle while under the influence of alcohol or a controlled substance.
</P>
<P>(n) If such an incident, described in paragraph (m) of this section, is identified:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad shall provide the data to the railroad's Drug and Alcohol Counselor (DAC), together with any information concerning the person's railroad service record, and shall refer the person for evaluation to determine if the person has an active substance abuse disorder.
</P>
<P>(2) The person shall cooperate in the evaluation and shall provide any requested records of prior counseling or treatment for review exclusively by the DAC in the context of such evaluation.
</P>
<P>(3) If the person is evaluated as not currently affected by an active substance abuse disorder, the subject data shall not be considered further with respect to certification. However, the railroad shall, on recommendation of the DAC, condition certification upon participation in any needed aftercare and/or follow-up testing for alcohol or drugs deemed necessary by the DAC consistent with the technical standards specified in 49 CFR part 219, subpart H, as well as 49 CFR part 40.
</P>
<P>(4) If the person is evaluated as currently affected by an active substance abuse disorder, the provisions of § 246.115(c) will apply.
</P>
<P>(5) If the person fails to comply with the requirements of paragraph (n)(2) of this section, the person shall be ineligible to perform as a certified signal employee until such time as the person complies with the requirements.
</P>
<P>(o) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including but not limited to a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor or subcontractor) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.113   Prior safety conduct with other railroads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad's signal employee certification program, the railroad shall determine, prior to issuing any person a signal employee certificate, that the certification candidate meets the eligibility requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) If the certification candidate has not been employed or certified by any other railroad in the previous five years, they do not have to submit a request in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, but they must notify the railroad of this fact in accordance with procedures established by the railroad in its certification program.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided for in paragraph (b) of this section, each person seeking certification or recertification under this part shall submit a written request to each railroad that employed or certified the person within the previous five years to provide the following information to the railroad that is considering whether to certify or recertify that person as a signal employee:
</P>
<P>(1) Information about that person's compliance with § 246.111 within the three years preceding the date of the request;
</P>
<P>(2) Information about that person's compliance with § 246.115 within the five years preceding the date of the request; and
</P>
<P>(3) Information about that person's compliance with § 246.303 within the five years preceding the date of the request.
</P>
<P>(d) Each person submitting a written request required by paragraph (c) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Submit the request no more than one year before the date of the railroad's decision on certification or recertification; and
</P>
<P>(2) Take any additional actions, including providing any necessary consent required by State or Federal law to make information concerning their service record available to the railroad.
</P>
<P>(e) Within 30 days after receipt of a written request that complies with paragraph (c) of this section, a railroad shall provide the information requested to the railroad designated in the written request.
</P>
<P>(f) If a railroad is unable to provide the information requested within 30 days after receipt of a written request that complies with paragraph (c) of this section, the railroad shall provide an explanation, in writing, of why it cannot provide the information within the requested time frame. If the railroad will ultimately be able to provide the requested information, the explanation shall state approximately how much more time the railroad needs to supply the requested information. If the railroad will not be able to provide the requested information, the railroad shall provide an adequate explanation for why it cannot provide this information. Copies of this explanation shall be provided to the railroad designated in the written request and to the person who submitted the written request for information.
</P>
<P>(g) When evaluating a person's prior safety conduct with a different railroad, a railroad shall not consider information concerning prior safety conduct that occurred:
</P>
<P>(1) Prior to July 22, 2024; or
</P>
<P>(2) At a time other than that specifically provided for in § 246.111, § 246.113, § 246.115, or § 246.303.
</P>
<P>(h) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program that complies with the requirements of this section. When any person (including but not limited to a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor or subcontractor) violates any requirement of a program that complies with the requirements of this subject, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.115" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.115   Substance abuse disorders and alcohol drug rules compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligibility determination.</I> After FRA has approved a railroad's signal employee certification program, the railroad shall determine, prior to issuing any person a signal employee certificate, that the person meets the eligibility requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Documentation.</I> In order to make the determination required under paragraph (c) of this section, a railroad shall have on file documents pertinent to that determination, including a written document from its DAC which states their professional opinion that the person has been evaluated as not currently affected by a substance abuse disorder or that the person has been evaluated as affected by an active substance abuse disorder.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fitness requirement.</I> (1) A person who has an active substance abuse disorder shall be denied certification or recertification as a signal employee.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, a certified signal employee who is determined to have an active substance abuse disorder shall be ineligible to hold certification. Consistent with other provisions of this part, certification may be reinstated as provided in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a current employee of a railroad evaluated as having an active substance abuse disorder (including a person identified under the procedures of § 246.111), the employee may, if otherwise eligible, voluntarily self-refer for substance abuse counseling or treatment under the policy required by § 219.1001(b)(1) of this chapter; and the railroad shall then treat the substance abuse evaluation as confidential except with respect to ineligibility for certification.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Prior alcohol/drug conduct; Federal rule compliance.</I> (1) In determining whether a person may be or remain certified as a signal employee, a railroad shall consider conduct described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section that occurred within a period of five consecutive years prior to the review. A review of certification shall be initiated promptly upon the occurrence and documentation of any incident of conduct described in this paragraph (d).
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad shall consider any violation of § 219.101 or § 219.102 of this chapter and any refusal to provide a breath or body fluid sample for testing under the requirements of part 219 of this chapter when instructed to do so by a railroad representative.
</P>
<P>(3) A period of ineligibility described in this section shall begin:
</P>
<P>(i) For a person not currently certified, on the date of the railroad's written determination that the most recent incident has occurred; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For a person currently certified, on the date of the railroad's notification to the person that recertification has been denied or certification has been suspended.
</P>
<P>(4) The period of ineligibility described in this section shall be determined in accordance with the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of one violation of § 219.102 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate during evaluation and any required primary treatment as described in paragraph (e) of this section. In the case of two violations of § 219.102 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of two years. In the case of more than two such violations, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of five years.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of one violation of § 219.102 of this chapter and one violation of § 219.101 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of three years.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of one violation of § 219.101 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of nine months (unless identification of the violation was through a qualifying referral program described in § 219.1001 of this chapter and the signal employee waives investigation, in which case the certificate shall be deemed suspended during evaluation and any required primary treatment as described in paragraph (e) of this section). In the case of two or more violations of § 219.101 of this chapter, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of five years.
</P>
<P>(iv) If a person refuses to provide a breath or body fluid sample for testing under the requirements of part 219 of this chapter when instructed to do so by a railroad representative, the person shall be ineligible to hold a certificate for a period of nine months.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Future eligibility to hold certificate following alcohol/drug violation.</I> The following requirements apply to a person who has been denied certification or who has had their certification suspended or revoked as a result of conduct described in paragraph (d) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The person shall not be eligible for grant or reinstatement of the certificate unless and until the person has:
</P>
<P>(i) Been evaluated by a Substance Abuse Professional (SAP) to determine if the person currently has an active substance abuse disorder;
</P>
<P>(ii) Successfully completed any program of counseling or treatment determined to be necessary by the SAP prior to return to service; and
</P>
<P>(iii) In accordance with the testing procedures of 49 CFR part 219, subpart H, has had a return-to-duty alcohol test with an alcohol concentration of less than .02 and a return-to-duty body fluid sample that tested negative for controlled substances.
</P>
<P>(2) A certified signal employee placed in service or returned to service under the conditions described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall continue in any program of counseling or treatment deemed necessary by the SAP and shall be subject to a reasonable program of follow-up alcohol and drug testing without prior notice for a period of not more than five years following return to service. Follow-up tests shall include not fewer than six alcohol tests and six drug tests during the first year following return to service.
</P>
<P>(3) Return-to-duty and follow-up alcohol and drug tests shall be performed consistent with the requirements of 49 CFR part 219, subpart H.
</P>
<P>(4) This paragraph (e) does not create an entitlement to utilize the services of a railroad SAP, to be afforded leave from employment for counseling or treatment, or to employment as a signal employee. Nor does it restrict any discretion available to the railroad to take disciplinary action based on conduct described herein.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Confidentiality protected.</I> Nothing in this part shall affect the responsibility of the railroad under § 219.1003(f) of this chapter to treat qualified referrals for substance abuse counseling and treatment as confidential; and the certification status of a signal employee who is successfully assisted under the procedures of that section shall not be adversely affected. However, the railroad shall include in its referral policy a provision that, at least with respect to a certified signal employee or a candidate for certification, the policy of confidentiality is waived (to the extent that the railroad shall receive from the SAP or DAC official notice of the substance abuse disorder and shall suspend or revoke the certification, as appropriate) if the person at any time refuses to cooperate in a recommended course of counseling or treatment.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Complying with certification program.</I> Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including but not limited to a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor or subcontractor) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.117" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.117   Visual acuity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad's signal employee certification program, the railroad shall determine, prior to issuing any person a signal employee certificate, that the person meets the standards for visual acuity prescribed in this section and appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Any examination required under this section shall be performed by or under the supervision of a medical examiner or a licensed physician's assistant.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each certified signal employee shall have visual acuity that meets or exceeds the following thresholds:
</P>
<P>(1) For distant viewing, either:
</P>
<P>(i) Distant visual acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in each eye without corrective lenses; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Distant visual acuity separately corrected to at least 20/40 (Snellen) with corrective lenses and distant binocular acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in both eyes with or without corrective lenses;
</P>
<P>(2) A field of vision of at least 70 degrees in the horizontal meridian in each eye; and
</P>
<P>(3) The ability to recognize and distinguish between the colors of railroad signals as demonstrated by successfully completing one of the tests in appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(d) A person not meeting the thresholds in paragraph (c) of this section shall, upon request of the certification candidate, be subject to further medical evaluation by a railroad's medical examiner to determine that person's ability to safely perform as a certified signal employee. In such cases, the following procedures will apply:
</P>
<P>(1) In accordance with the guidance prescribed in appendix B to this part, a person is entitled to:
</P>
<P>(i) One retest without making any showing; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An additional retest if the person provides evidence that circumstances have changed since the last test to the extent that the person may now be able to safely perform as a certified signal employee.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall provide its medical examiner with a copy of this part, including all appendices.
</P>
<P>(3) If, after consultation with a railroad officer, the medical examiner concludes that, despite not meeting the threshold(s) in paragraph (c) of this section, the person has the ability to safely perform as a certified signal employee, the railroad may conclude that the person satisfies the visual acuity requirements of this section to be a certified signal employee. Such certification will be conditioned on any special restrictions the medical examiner determines in writing to be necessary.
</P>
<P>(e) To make the determination required under paragraph (a) of this section, a railroad shall have on file the following for each certification candidate:
</P>
<P>(1) A medical examiner's certificate that the candidate has been medically examined and either does or does not meet the visual acuity standards prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If necessary under paragraph (d) of this section, a medical examiner's written professional opinion which states the basis for their determination that:
</P>
<P>(i) The candidate can be certified, under certain conditions if necessary, even though the candidate does not meet the visual acuity standards prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The candidate's visual acuity prevents the candidate from being able to safely perform as a certified signal employee.
</P>
<P>(f) If the examination required under this section shows that the person needs corrective lenses to meet the standards for visual acuity prescribed in this section and appendix B to this part, that person shall use corrective lenses at all times while performing as a certified signal employee unless the railroad's medical examiner subsequently determines in writing that the person can safely perform as a certified signal employee without corrective lenses.
</P>
<P>(g) When a certified signal employee becomes aware that their vision has deteriorated, they shall notify the railroad's medical department or other appropriate railroad official of the deterioration. Such notification must occur prior to performing any subsequent service as a certified signal employee. The individual cannot return to service as a certified signal employee until they are reexamined and determined by the railroad's medical examiner to satisfy the visual acuity standards prescribed in this section and appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(h) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including but not limited to a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor or subcontractor) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.118" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.118   Hearing acuity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad's signal employee certification program, the railroad shall determine, prior to issuing any person a signal employee certificate, that the person meets the standards for hearing acuity prescribed in this section and appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Any examination required under this section shall be performed by or under the supervision of a medical examiner or a licensed physician's assistant.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each certified signal employee shall have hearing acuity that meets or exceeds the following thresholds with or without use of a hearing aid: The person does not have an average hearing loss in the better ear greater than 40 decibels at 500 hertz (Hz), 1,000 Hz, and 2,000 Hz. The hearing test or audiogram used to show a person's hearing acuity shall meet the requirements of one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) As required in 29 CFR 1910.95(h) (Occupational Safety and Health Administration);
</P>
<P>(2) As required in § 227.111 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(3) Conducted using an audiometer that meets the specifications of, and is maintained and used in accordance with, a formal industry standard such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI) S3.6, “Specifications for Audiometers.”
</P>
<P>(d) A person not meeting the thresholds in paragraph (c) of this section shall, upon request of the certification candidate, be subject to further medical evaluation by a railroad's medical examiner to determine that person's ability to safely perform as a certified signal employee. In such cases, the following procedures will apply:
</P>
<P>(1) In accordance with the guidance prescribed in appendix B to this part, a person is entitled to:
</P>
<P>(i) One retest without making any showing; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An additional retest if the person provides evidence that circumstances have changed since the last test to the extent that the person may now be able to safely perform as a certified signal employee.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall provide its medical examiner with a copy of this part, including all appendices.
</P>
<P>(3) If, after consultation with a railroad officer, the medical examiner concludes that, despite not meeting the threshold(s) in paragraph (c) of this section, the person has the ability to safely perform as a certified signal employee, the railroad may conclude that the person satisfies the hearing acuity requirements of this section to be a certified signal employee. Such certification will be conditioned on any special restrictions the medical examiner determines in writing to be necessary.
</P>
<P>(e) To make the determination required under paragraph (a) of this section, a railroad shall have on file the following for each certification candidate:
</P>
<P>(1) A medical examiner's certificate that the candidate has been medically examined and either does or does not meet the hearing acuity standards prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If necessary under paragraph (d) of this section, a medical examiner's written professional opinion which states the basis for their determination that:
</P>
<P>(i) The candidate can be certified, under certain conditions if necessary, even though the candidate does not meet the hearing acuity standards prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The candidate's hearing acuity prevents the candidate from being able to safely perform as a certified signal employee.
</P>
<P>(f) If the examination required under this section shows that the person needs a hearing aid to meet the standards for hearing acuity prescribed in this section and appendix B to this part, that person shall use a hearing aid at all times while performing as a certified signal employee unless the railroad's medical examiner subsequently determines in writing that the person can safely perform as a certified signal employee without a hearing aid.
</P>
<P>(g) When a certified signal employee becomes aware that their hearing has deteriorated, they shall notify the railroad's medical department or other appropriate railroad official of the deterioration. Such notification must occur prior to performing any subsequent service as a certified signal employee. The person cannot return to service as a certified signal employee until they are reexamined and determined by the railroad's medical examiner to satisfy the hearing acuity standards prescribed in this section and appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(h) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including but not limited to a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor or subcontractor) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.119" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.119   Training requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad or parent company's certification program, the railroad or parent company shall determine, prior to issuing any person a signal employee certificate, that the person has successfully completed training, in accordance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad or parent company that elects to accept responsibility to provide initial signal employee training to persons who have not been previously certified as signal employees shall state in its certification program whether it will conduct the training or authorize another railroad or non-railroad entity to provide the training.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad or parent company that elects to accept responsibility to provide initial signal employee training to persons not previously certified as signal employees shall submit a training program which, at a minimum, includes the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An explanation of how training will be structured, developed, and delivered, including an appropriate combination of classroom, simulator, computer-based, correspondence, practical demonstration, on-the-job training, or other formal training. The curriculum shall be designed to impart knowledge of, and ability to comply with, applicable Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders, as well as any relevant railroad rules and procedures promulgated to implement those Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders. The training shall document a person's knowledge of, and ability to comply with, Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders, as well as railroad rules and procedures.
</P>
<P>(2) An on-the-job training component which shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A syllabus describing content, required tasks, and related steps the person learning the job shall be able to perform within a specified timeframe. If the railroad or parent company has elected to classify its certified signal employees into more than one occupational category or subcategory, this syllabus shall include all safety-related tasks and subtasks performed by each category or subcategory of certified signal employee;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of the conditions (<I>e.g.,</I> prerequisites, tools, equipment, documentation, briefings, demonstrations, and practice) necessary for learning transfer; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of the standards by which proficiency is measured through a combination of task/step accuracy, completeness, and repetition.
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the processes to review and modify its training program when new safety-related railroad laws, regulations, orders, procedures, software, or new signal system equipment or signal-related technology are introduced into the workplace, including how it is determined if additional or refresher training is needed.
</P>
<P>(d) Prior to beginning the on-the-job exercises discussed in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, each railroad or parent company shall make any relevant information or materials, such as signal standards, test procedures, operating rules, safety rules, or other rules, available for referencing by certification candidates.
</P>
<P>(e) Prior to a person not previously certified as a signal employee being certified as a signal employee, a railroad or parent company shall require the person to:
</P>
<P>(1) Successfully complete the initial signal employee training program developed pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section and any associated examinations covering the skills and knowledge the person will need to perform the tasks necessary to be a certified signal employee;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Successfully complete on-the-job training and demonstrate on-the-job proficiency by successfully completing the tasks and using the signal system equipment and signal-related technology necessary to be a certified signal employee on the certifying railroad. A certification candidate may only perform such tasks under the direct and immediate supervision of a mentor, signal instructor, or qualified instructor. A qualified instructor must confirm that on-the-job proficiency has been demonstrated.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the railroad elects to classify its certified signal employees into more than one occupational category or subcategory, the person must demonstrate on-the-job proficiency by successfully completing the tasks applicable to that occupational category or subcategory in which the person is seeking to be certified. A qualified instructor must confirm that on-the-job proficiency has been demonstrated; and
</P>
<P>(3) Demonstrate qualification on the signal system equipment and signal-related technology deployed on the railroad's territory on which the person is expected to work. A qualified instructor must confirm that qualification has been demonstrated.
</P>
<P>(f) In making the determination required under paragraph (a) of this section, a railroad shall have written documentation showing that:
</P>
<P>(1) The person completed an initial signal employee training program that complies with paragraph (c) of this section (if the person has not been previously certified as a signal employee); and
</P>
<P>(2) The person demonstrated their knowledge and on-the-job proficiency by achieving a passing grade under the testing and evaluation procedures of the training program; and
</P>
<P>(3) The person achieved a passing score on the qualification exam on the signal system equipment and signal-related technology on which the person will work as a certified signal employee.
</P>
<P>(g) The certification program, required under this part and submitted in accordance with the procedures and requirements described in § 246.106, shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) How comprehensive training will be provided on the installation, operation, testing, maintenance, and repair of the signal systems and signal-related technology deployed on the railroad's territory; and
</P>
<P>(2) How the railroad will ensure that each certified signal employee is qualified on the signal system equipment and signal-related technology (whether existing or new) deployed on the railroad's territory before the certified signal employee is required to install, operate, test, maintain, or repair that signal system equipment or signal-related technology; and
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum time period that a certified signal employee can be absent from performing work on signal system equipment or signal-related technology that requires certification pursuant to this part before requalification will be required. In accordance with § 246.120(c), this time period cannot exceed 12 months.
</P>
<P>(h) If ownership of a railroad is being transferred from one company to another, the signal employees of the acquiring company may receive familiarization training from the selling company prior to the acquiring railroad commencing operation.
</P>
<P>(i) A railroad shall provide for the continuing education of its certified signal employees to ensure that each certified signal employee maintains the necessary knowledge concerning:
</P>
<P>(1) Railroad safety and operating rules;
</P>
<P>(2) Compliance with all applicable Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders; and
</P>
<P>(3) Compliance with all applicable standards, procedures, and instructions for the installation, operation, testing, maintenance, troubleshooting, and repair of new and existing signal systems and new and existing signal-related technology deployed on the railroad.
</P>
<P>(j) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including but not limited to a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor or subcontractor) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.120" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.120   Requirements for qualification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad's certification program, a railroad shall not permit or require a person to serve as a signal employee, as defined in § 246.7, unless that railroad determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The person is a certified signal employee; and
</P>
<P>(2) The person either:
</P>
<P>(i) Is qualified, as defined in § 246.7, on the signal system equipment and signal-related technology (whether existing or new) and therefore may reasonably be expected to be proficient on all safety related tasks the person is assigned to perform; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is working under the direct and immediate supervision of a mentor or qualified instructor.
</P>
<P>(b) If a person is called to perform work on signal system equipment or signal-related technology that they are not qualified on, the person must immediately notify the railroad that they are not qualified on the signal system equipment or signal-related technology.
</P>
<P>(c) A person shall no longer be considered qualified on signal system equipment or signal-related technology if they have not performed work that requires certification pursuant to this part on signal system equipment or signal-related technology in the previous 12 months.
</P>
<P>(d) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including but not limited to a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor or subcontractor) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.121" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.121   Knowledge testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA has approved a railroad's signal employee certification program, the railroad shall determine, prior to issuing any person a signal employee certificate and in accordance with the requirements of this section, that the person has demonstrated sufficient knowledge of the railroad's signal standards, test procedures, and instructions for the installation, operation, testing, maintenance, troubleshooting, and repair of the railroad's signal system equipment and signal-related technology.
</P>
<P>(b) To make the knowledge determination required by paragraph (a) of this section, a railroad shall have procedures for testing a person being evaluated for certification as a signal employee that:
</P>
<P>(1) Are designed to examine a person's knowledge of:
</P>
<P>(i) All applicable Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders governing signal systems and signal-related technology;
</P>
<P>(ii) All applicable railroad safety and operating rules; and
</P>
<P>(iii) All applicable railroad standards, procedures, and instructions for the installation, operation, testing, maintenance, troubleshooting, and repair of the railroad's signal systems and signal-related technology, including:
</P>
<P>(A) The railroad's rules and standards for disabling and removing signal systems from service; and
</P>
<P>(B) The railroad's rules and standards for placing signal systems back in service;
</P>
<P>(2) Are objective in nature;
</P>
<P>(3) Include a practical demonstration component;
</P>
<P>(4) Are in written or electronic form;
</P>
<P>(5) Are sufficient to accurately measure the person's knowledge of the subjects listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(6) Allow for testing conducted with reference to books and other written materials, as addressed in the railroad's certification program.
</P>
<P>(c) The railroad shall provide the certification candidate with an opportunity to consult with a mentor, signal instructor or qualified instructor to explain one or more test questions.
</P>
<P>(d) If a person fails the test, no railroad shall permit or require that person to work as a certified signal employee prior to that person's achieving a passing score during a reexamination of the test.
</P>
<P>(e) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including but not limited to a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor or subcontractor) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.123" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.123   Monitoring operational performance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad's certification program shall describe how it will monitor the operational performance of its certified signal employees by including procedures for:
</P>
<P>(1) Giving each certified signal employee at least one unannounced compliance test each calendar year in one of the following areas: the railroad's signal system standards and test procedures, or Federal regulations concerning signal systems, except as provided for in paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Giving unannounced compliance tests to certified signal employees who return to signal work that requires certification pursuant to this part, as described in paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) What actions the railroad will take if it finds deficiencies in a certified signal employee's performance during an unannounced compliance test; and
</P>
<P>(4) Monitoring the performance of signal-related tasks.
</P>
<P>(b) An unannounced compliance test shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be performed by a certified signal employee; and
</P>
<P>(2) Be given to each certified signal employee at least once each calendar year, except as provided for in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) If the railroad's certification program classifies signal employees pursuant to § 246.107, the unannounced compliance test shall be within scope of the certified signal employee's classification.
</P>
<P>(d) A certified signal employee who is not performing signal work that requires certification pursuant to this part does not need to be given an unannounced compliance test. However, when the certified signal employee returns to signal work that requires certification pursuant to this part, the railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Give the certified signal employee an unannounced compliance test within 30 days of their return to signal work that requires certification; and
</P>
<P>(2) Retain a written record that includes the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The date the certified signal employee stopped performing work that required certification pursuant to this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) The date the certified signal employee returned to signal work that required certification pursuant to this part; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The date and the result of the unannounced compliance test was performed following the signal employee's return to signal work requiring certification.
</P>
<P>(e) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including but not limited to a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor or subcontractor) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.124" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.124   Mentoring.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad's certification program shall include procedures for the mentoring of persons who have not been certified by the railroad. Each railroad shall identify potential scenarios in which mentoring of non-certified persons will be provided.
</P>
<P>(b) After FRA has approved a railroad's certification program pursuant to this part, the railroad shall not permit or require any person to perform work on a signal system or signal-related technology on its territory that requires certification unless the railroad first determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The person is a certified signal employee who has been certified by the railroad and qualified on all applicable signal system equipment and signal-related technology deployed on the railroad; or
</P>
<P>(2) The person is working under the direct and immediate supervision of a mentor or qualified instructor.
</P>
<P>(c) If the railroad elects to classify its certified signal employees into more than one occupational category or subcategory pursuant to § 246.107:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad shall address in its certification program how mentoring will be provided for certified signal employees who move into a different occupational category or subcategory of certified signal service; and
</P>
<P>(2) Mentors shall be certified within the occupational category or subcategory of the task being performed by the person or persons working under their direct and immediate supervision.
</P>
<P>(d) If allowed by the railroad's certification program, any work on a signal system performed by a person whose signal employee certification has been revoked shall be performed under the direct and immediate supervision of a mentor or qualified instructor.
</P>
<P>(e) Each railroad's certification program shall address how mentoring will be provided to ensure that mentors are located in close proximity to each person or persons they are mentoring to allow the mentor to take immediate action to prevent a violation of § 246.303(e) from occurring. Each railroad's certification program shall also address how mentors will be held accountable for the work performed by persons working under the mentor's direct and immediate supervision. Any records of tests performed by persons working under the direct and immediate supervision of a mentor shall reflect the mentor's name.
</P>
<P>(f) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including but not limited to a railroad; any manager, supervisor, official, or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor or subcontractor) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.125" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.2.137.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.125   Certification determinations made by other railroads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad or parent company that is considering certification of a person as a signal employee (“certifying railroad or parent company”) may rely on certain determinations made by another railroad or parent company concerning that person's certification.
</P>
<P>(b) A certifying railroad or parent company that relies on the certification determinations made by another railroad shall be responsible for making the following determinations:
</P>
<P>(1) The person's signal employee certification is still valid under §§ 246.201 and 246.307;
</P>
<P>(2) The person has been qualified on the signal system equipment and signal-related technology deployed on the railroad territory on which the person is expected to work in accordance with § 246.119; and
</P>
<P>(3) The person has demonstrated the necessary knowledge concerning the certifying railroad or parent company's signal standards, test procedures, and instructions for the installation, operation, testing, maintenance, troubleshooting, and repair of the certifying railroad or parent company's signal system equipment and signal-related technology in accordance with § 246.121.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Administration of the Certification Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.3.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.201   Time limitations for certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA approves a railroad's signal employee certification program, that railroad shall not certify or recertify a person as a signal employee if the railroad is making:
</P>
<P>(1) A determination concerning eligibility under §§ 246.111, 246.113, 246.115, and 246.303 and the eligibility data being relied on was furnished more than one year before the date of the railroad's certification decision;
</P>
<P>(2) A determination concerning vision or hearing acuity and the medical examination being relied on was conducted more than 450 days before the date of the railroad's certification decision; or
</P>
<P>(3) A determination concerning demonstrated knowledge and the knowledge examination being relied on was conducted more than one year before the date of the railroad's certification decision, or more than two years before the date of the railroad's certification decision if the railroad administers knowledge testing pursuant to § 246.121 at intervals that do not exceed two years.
</P>
<P>(b) The time limitations of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to a railroad that is making a certification decision in reliance on determinations made by another railroad in accordance with § 246.125.
</P>
<P>(c) Except if a person is designated as a certified signal employee under § 246.105(c) or (d), no railroad shall certify a person as a signal employee for an interval of more than three years.
</P>
<P>(d) Each railroad shall issue each certified signal employee a certificate that complies with § 246.207 no later than 30 days from the date of its decision to certify or recertify that person.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.3.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.203   Retaining information supporting determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After FRA approves a railroad's signal employee certification program, any time the railroad issues, denies, or revokes a certificate after making the determinations required under § 246.109, it shall maintain a record for each certified signal employee and certification candidate. Each record shall contain the information, described in paragraph (b) of this section, that the railroad relied on in making the determinations required under § 246.109.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad shall retain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's prior safety conduct and eligibility;
</P>
<P>(2) Relevant data furnished by another railroad;
</P>
<P>(3) Relevant data furnished by a governmental agency concerning the person's motor vehicle driving record;
</P>
<P>(4) Relevant data furnished by the person seeking certification concerning their eligibility;
</P>
<P>(5) The relevant test results data concerning visual and hearing acuity;
</P>
<P>(6) If applicable, the relevant data concerning the professional opinion of the railroad's medical examiner on the adequacy of the person's visual or hearing acuity;
</P>
<P>(7) Relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's success or failure on knowledge test(s) under § 246.121;
</P>
<P>(8) A sample copy of the written knowledge test or tests administered; and
</P>
<P>(9) The relevant data from the railroad's records concerning the person's success or failure on unannounced tests the railroad performed to monitor the person's performance in accordance with § 246.123.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad is relying on successful completion of a training program conducted by another entity, the relying railroad shall maintain a record for each certification candidate that contains the relevant data furnished by the training entity concerning the person's demonstration of knowledge relied on by the railroad in making its determinations.
</P>
<P>(d) If a railroad is relying on a certification decision initially made by another railroad, the relying railroad shall maintain a record for each certification candidate that contains the relevant data furnished by the other railroad which it relied on in making its determinations.
</P>
<P>(e) All records required under this section shall be retained by the railroad for a period of six years from the date of the certification, recertification, denial, or revocation decision and shall, upon request, be made available to FRA representatives in a timely manner.
</P>
<P>(f) It shall be unlawful for any railroad to knowingly or any individual to willfully:
</P>
<P>(1) Make, cause to be made, or participate in the making of a false entry on the record(s) required by this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise falsify such records through material misstatement, omission, or mutilation.
</P>
<P>(g) Nothing in this section precludes a railroad from maintaining the information required to be retained under this section in an electronic format provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad maintains an information technology security program adequate to ensure the integrity of the electronic data storage system, including the prevention of unauthorized access to the program logic or individual records;
</P>
<P>(2) The program and data storage system must be protected by a security system that utilizes an employee identification number and password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of program access meeting all of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) No two individuals have the same electronic identity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A record cannot be deleted or altered by any individual after the record is certified by the employee who created the record;
</P>
<P>(3) Any amendment to a record is either:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronically stored apart from the record that it amends; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronically attached to the record as information without changing the original record;
</P>
<P>(4) Each amendment to a record uniquely identifies the person making the amendment; and
</P>
<P>(5) The system employed by the railroad for data storage permits reasonable access and retrieval of the information which can be easily produced in an electronic or printed format that can be:
</P>
<P>(i) Provided to FRA representatives in a timely manner; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Authenticated by a designated representative of the railroad as a true and accurate copy of the railroad's records if requested to do so by an FRA representative.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.3.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.205   List of certified signal employees and recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After a railroad's certification program has received its initial approval from FRA, pursuant to § 246.103(f)(1), the railroad must maintain a list of each person who is currently certified as a signal employee by the railroad. The list must include the date of the railroad's certification decision and the date the person's signal employee certification expires. If a railroad classifies its certified signal employees into occupational categories or subcategories by class, task, location, or other suitable terminology, the list must indicate the occupational categories and subcategories in which each certified signal employee is certified to perform service.
</P>
<P>(b) The list shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be updated at least annually;
</P>
<P>(2) Be made available, upon request, to FRA representatives in a timely manner; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be available either:
</P>
<P>(i) In electronic format pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) At the divisional or regional headquarters of the railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad elects to maintain its list in an electronic format, it must:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain an information technology security program adequate to ensure the integrity of the electronic data storage system, including the prevention of unauthorized access to the program logic or the list;
</P>
<P>(2) Have its program and data storage system protected by a security system that utilizes an employee identification number and password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of program access meeting all of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) No two individuals have the same electronic identity; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An entry on the list cannot be deleted or altered by any individual after the entry is certified by the employee who created the entry;
</P>
<P>(3) Have any amendment to the list either:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronically stored apart from the entry on the list that it amends; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Electronically attached to the entry on the list as information without changing the original entry;
</P>
<P>(4) Ensure that each amendment to the list uniquely identifies the person making the amendment;
</P>
<P>(5) Ensure that the system employed for data storage permits reasonable access and retrieval of the information which can be easily produced in an electronic or printed format that can be:
</P>
<P>(i) Provided to FRA representatives within a timely manner; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Authenticated by a designated representative of the railroad as a true and accurate copy of the railroad's records if requested to do so by an FRA representative.
</P>
<P>(d) It shall be unlawful for any railroad to knowingly or any individual to willfully:
</P>
<P>(1) Make, cause to be made, or participate in the making of a false entry on the list required by this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise falsify such list through material misstatement, omission, or mutilation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.3.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.207   Certificate requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person who becomes a certified signal employee in accordance with this part shall be issued a paper or electronic certificate that:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Identifies the railroad issuing the certificate; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Identifies the parent company issuing the certificate, if a parent company submits a certification program for one or more of its subsidiary railroads. The certificate issued by the parent company shall also list each subsidiary railroad on which the person is certified to work as a signal employee;
</P>
<P>(2) Indicates it is a signal employee certificate and, if applicable, lists all signal employee occupational categories or subcategories developed pursuant to § 246.107 in which the person is certified;
</P>
<P>(3) Provides the following information about the certified signal employee:
</P>
<P>(i) Name;
</P>
<P>(ii) Employee identification number; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Either a physical description or photograph of the person;
</P>
<P>(4) Identifies any conditions or limitations, including conditions to ameliorate vision or hearing acuity deficiencies, that restrict, limit, or alter the person's abilities to work as a certified signal employee;
</P>
<P>(5) Shows the effective date of the certification;
</P>
<P>(6) Shows the expiration date of the certification unless the certificate was issued pursuant to § 246.105(c) or (d);
</P>
<P>(7) Has been signed by an individual designated in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(8) Is electronic or of sufficiently small size to permit being carried in an ordinary pocket wallet.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad or parent company shall designate in writing any person it authorizes to sign the certificates described in this section. The designation shall identify such persons by name or job title.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this section shall prohibit any railroad or parent company from including additional information on the certificate or supplementing the certificate through other documents.
</P>
<P>(d) It shall be unlawful for any railroad or parent company to knowingly or any individual to willfully:
</P>
<P>(1) Make, cause to be made, or participate in the making of a false entry on a certificate; or
</P>
<P>(2) Otherwise falsify a certificate through material misstatement, omission, or mutilation.
</P>
<P>(e) Except as provided for in paragraph (g) of this section, each certified signal employee shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Have their certificate in their possession while on duty as a signal employee; and
</P>
<P>(2) Display their certificate upon request from:
</P>
<P>(i) An FRA representative;
</P>
<P>(ii) A state inspector authorized under part 212 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) An officer of the issuing railroad; or
</P>
<P>(iv) An officer of the person's employer if the certified signal employee is not employed by the issuing railroad.
</P>
<P>(f) If a person's signal employee certificate is lost, stolen, mutilated, or becomes unreadable, the railroad shall promptly replace the certificate at no cost to the person.
</P>
<P>(g) A certified signal employee is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad made its certification or recertification decision within the last 30 days and the person has not yet received their certificate; or
</P>
<P>(2) The person's signal employee certificate was lost, stolen, mutilated, or became unreadable, and the railroad has not yet issued a replacement certificate to the person who reported their lost certificate.
</P>
<P>(h) Any person who is notified or called to work as a certified signal employee and such work would cause the person to exceed certificate limitations, set forth in accordance with subpart B of this part, shall immediately notify the railroad that they are not authorized to perform that work and it shall be unlawful for the railroad to require such work.
</P>
<P>(i) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to alter a certified signal employee's duty to comply with other provisions of this chapter concerning railroad safety.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.3.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.213   Multiple certifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person who holds a signal employee certificate may:
</P>
<P>(1) Hold a signal employee certificate for multiple types of signal service; and
</P>
<P>(2) Be certified in other crafts, such as a locomotive engineer or conductor.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad that issues multiple certificates to a person, shall, to the extent possible, coordinate the expiration date of those certificates.
</P>
<P>(c) Paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section apply to persons who are currently certified as a signal employee for multiple railroads or are seeking to become certified signal employees for multiple railroads.
</P>
<P>(1) A person who holds a current signal employee certificate from more than one railroad shall immediately notify the other certifying railroad(s) if they are denied signal employee certification or recertification under § 246.301 by a railroad or have their signal employee certification suspended or revoked under § 246.307 by a railroad.
</P>
<P>(2) If a person has their signal employee certification suspended or revoked by a railroad under § 246.307, they shall not work as a certified signal employee for any railroad during the period that their certification is suspended or revoked, except as provided for in § 246.124(d).
</P>
<P>(3) If a person has their signal employee certification suspended or revoked by a railroad under § 246.307, they shall notify any railroad from whom they are seeking signal employee certification that their signal employee certification is currently suspended or revoked by another railroad.
</P>
<P>(d) Paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section apply to persons who are currently certified as a signal employee and also currently certified in another railroad craft, such as a locomotive engineer or conductor:
</P>
<P>(1) If a person's signal employee certification is revoked under § 246.307 for a violation of § 246.303(e)(11), they shall not work in another certified railroad craft, such as a locomotive engineer or conductor, during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(2) If a person's signal employee certification is revoked under § 246.307 for a violation of § 246.303(e)(1) through (10), they may work in another certified railroad craft, such as a locomotive engineer or conductor, during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(3) If any of a person's non-signal employee certifications are revoked for failure to comply with § 219.101 of this chapter, they shall not work as a certified signal employee for any railroad during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(4) If any of a person's non-signal employee certifications are revoked for any reason other than a failure to comply with § 219.101 of this chapter, they may work as a certified signal employee during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(e) A person who has had their signal employee certification revoked for failure to comply with § 219.101 of this chapter shall not obtain any other certification pursuant to this chapter from any railroad during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(f) A person who has had any of their non-signal employee certifications revoked for failure to comply with § 219.101 of this chapter shall not obtain signal employee certification pursuant to this part from any railroad during the period of revocation.
</P>
<P>(g) A railroad that denies a person signal employee certification or recertification under § 246.301 shall not, solely on the basis of that denial, deny or revoke that person's non-signal employee certifications or recertifications.
</P>
<P>(h) A railroad that denies a person any non-signal employee certification or recertification pursuant to this chapter shall not, solely on the basis of that denial, deny or revoke that person's signal employee certification or recertification.
</P>
<P>(i) In lieu of issuing multiple certificates, a railroad may issue one certificate to a person who is certified in multiple crafts as long as the single certificate complies with all of the certificate requirements for those crafts.
</P>
<P>(j) A person who is certified in multiple crafts and who is involved in a revocable event, as described in this chapter, may only have one certificate revoked for that event. The determination by the railroad as to which certificate to revoke must be based on the work the person was performing at the time the revocable event occurred.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.3.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.215   Railroad oversight responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No later than March 31 of each year (beginning in calendar year 2027), each Class I railroad (including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation), each railroad providing commuter service, and each Class II railroad shall conduct a formal annual review and analysis concerning the administration of its program for responding to detected instances of poor safety conduct by certified signal employees during the prior calendar year.
</P>
<P>(b) Each review and analysis shall involve:
</P>
<P>(1) The number and nature of the instances of detected poor safety conduct including the nature of the remedial action taken in response thereto;
</P>
<P>(2) The number and nature of FRA reported accidents/incidents attributed to poor safety performance by signal employees; and
</P>
<P>(3) The number and type of operational monitoring test failures recorded by certified signal employees conducting compliance tests pursuant to § 246.123.
</P>
<P>(c) Based on that review and analysis, each railroad shall determine what action(s) it will take to improve the safety of railroad operations to reduce or eliminate future accidents/incidents of that nature.
</P>
<P>(d) If requested in writing by FRA, by the president of a labor organization that represents the railroad's signal employees, or by a railroad's certified signal employee who is not represented by a labor organization, the railroad shall provide a report of the findings and conclusions reached during such annual review and analysis effort.
</P>
<P>(e) For reporting purposes, information about the nature of detected poor safety conduct shall be capable of segregation for study and evaluation purposes into the following categories:
</P>
<P>(1) Incidents involving noncompliance with railroad rules and procedures governing the removal from service of:
</P>
<P>(i) Highway-rail and pathway grade crossing warning devices and systems; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Wayside signal devices and systems;
</P>
<P>(iii) Other devices or signal systems subject to this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Incidents involving noncompliance with railroad rules and procedures governing the restoration of service of:
</P>
<P>(i) Highway-rail and pathway grade crossing warning devices and systems; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Wayside signal devices and systems;
</P>
<P>(iii) Other devices or signal systems subject to this part.
</P>
<P>(3) Incidents involving interference with the normal functioning of:
</P>
<P>(i) Highway-rail and pathway grade crossing warning devices and systems; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Wayside signal devices and systems.
</P>
<P>(4) Incidents involving noncompliance with railroad rules and test procedures governing the inspection and testing of grade crossing warning devices and systems after installation, modification, disarrangement, maintenance, testing, and repair.
</P>
<P>(5) Incidents involving noncompliance with railroad test procedures on devices or signal systems subject to this part.
</P>
<P>(6) Incidents resulting in a signal false proceed, grade crossing activation failure, or accident or personal injury related to the same.
</P>
<P>(7) Incidents involving noncompliance with the on-track safety requirements and blue signal requirements in parts 214 and 218 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(8) Incidents involving noncompliance with part 219 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) For reporting purposes, each category of detected poor safety conduct identified in paragraph (e) of this section shall be capable of being annotated to reflect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The total number of incidents in that category;
</P>
<P>(2) The number of incidents within that total which reflect incidents requiring an FRA accident/incident report under part 225 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(3) The number of incidents within that total which were detected as a result of a scheduled operational monitoring effort.
</P>
<P>(g) For reporting purposes, each instance of detected poor safety conduct identified in paragraph (b) of this section shall be capable of being annotated to reflect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The nature of the remedial action taken, and the number of events subdivided, so as to reflect which of the following actions was selected:
</P>
<P>(i) Imposition of informal discipline;
</P>
<P>(ii) Imposition of formal discipline;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provision of informal training; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Provision of formal training; and
</P>
<P>(2) If the nature of the remedial action taken was formal discipline, the number of events further subdivided so as to reflect which of the following punishments was imposed by the railroad:
</P>
<P>(i) The person was withheld from service;
</P>
<P>(ii) The person was dismissed from employment; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The person was issued demerits. If more than one form of punishment was imposed, only the punishment deemed the most severe shall be shown.
</P>
<P>(iv) The person's classification or type of signal employee service was removed or reduced.
</P>
<P>(h) For reporting purposes, each instance of detected poor safety conduct identified in paragraph (b) of this section which resulted in the imposition of formal or informal discipline shall be annotated to reflect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The number of instances in which the railroad's internal appeals process reduced the punishment initially imposed at the conclusion of its hearing; and
</P>
<P>(2) The number of instances in which the punishment imposed by the railroad was reduced by any of the following entities: The National Railroad Adjustment Board, a Public Law Board, a Special Board of Adjustment, or other body for the resolution of disputes duly constituted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act.
</P>
<P>(i) For reporting purposes, an instance of poor safety conduct involving a person who is a certified signal employee and is certified in another craft such as locomotive engineer or conductor, need only be reported once (<I>e.g.,</I> either under this section or § 240.309 or § 242.215 of this chapter). The determination as to where to report the instance of poor safety conduct should be based on the work the person was performing at the time the conduct occurred.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Denial and Revocation of Certification</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.4.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.301   Process for denying certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall notify a candidate for certification or recertification of information known to the railroad that forms the basis for denying the person certification and provide the candidate a reasonable opportunity to explain or rebut that adverse information in writing prior to denying certification. A railroad shall provide the candidate with any documents or records, including written statements, related to failure to meet a requirement of this part that support its pending denial decision.
</P>
<P>(b) If a railroad denies a person certification or recertification, it shall issue a decision that complies with all of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) It must be in writing.
</P>
<P>(2) It must explain the basis for the railroad's denial decision.
</P>
<P>(3) It must address any explanation or rebuttal information that the candidate provides pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) It must include the date of the railroad's decision.
</P>
<P>(5) It must be served on the person no later than 10 days after the railroad's decision.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad shall not deny the person's certification for failing to comply with a railroad test procedure, signal standard, or practice which constitutes a violation under § 246.303(e)(1) through (10) if sufficient evidence exists to establish that an intervening cause prevented or materially impaired the person's ability to comply with that railroad test procedure, signal standard, or practice.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.4.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.303   Criteria for revoking certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It shall be unlawful to fail to comply with any of the railroad rules or practices described in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A certified signal employee who fails to comply with a railroad test procedure, signal standard or practice described in paragraph (e) of this section shall have their certification revoked.
</P>
<P>(c) A certified signal employee who is assigned to monitor, mentor, or instruct a signal employee and fails to take appropriate action to prevent a violation of paragraph (e) of this section shall have their certification revoked.
</P>
<P>(d) A certified signal employee who is called by a railroad to perform a duty other than that of a signal employee shall not have their signal employee certification revoked based on actions taken or not taken while performing that duty except for violations described in paragraph (e)(11) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) When determining whether to revoke a person's signal employee certification, a railroad shall only consider violations of Federal regulatory provisions or railroad rules, procedures, signal standards, and practices that involve:
</P>
<P>(1) Interfering with the normal functioning of a highway-rail grade crossing warning system under § 234.209 of this chapter, or signal system under § 236.4 of this chapter, without providing an alternative means of protection. (Railroads shall only consider those violations that result in an activation failure or false proceed signal.)
</P>
<P>(2) Failure to comply with a railroad rule or procedure when removing from service:
</P>
<P>(i) Highway-rail or pathway grade crossing warning devices and systems;
</P>
<P>(ii) Wayside signal devices or signal systems; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Other devices or signal systems subject to this part.
</P>
<P>(3) Failure to comply with railroad rule or procedure when placing in service or restoring to service:
</P>
<P>(i) Highway-rail and pathway grade crossing warning devices and systems;
</P>
<P>(ii) Wayside signal devices or signal systems; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Other devices or signal systems subject to this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Failure to perform an inspection or test to ensure a highway-rail or pathway grade crossing warning device or system functions as intended, when required by railroad rule or procedure, after:
</P>
<P>(i) Installation, maintenance, testing or repair of the warning device or system;
</P>
<P>(ii) Modification or disarrangement of the warning device or system; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Malfunction or failure of the warning device or system;
</P>
<P>(5) Failure to restore power to train detection device or highway-rail or pathway grade crossing warning device or system after manual interruption of the power source. (Railroads shall consider only those violations that result in activation failures.)
</P>
<P>(6) Failure to comply with railroad validation or cutover procedures.
</P>
<P>(7) Failure to comply with §§ 214.313, 214.319, 214.321, 214.323, 214.325, 214.327, or 214.329. Railroads shall consider only those violations directly involving a person who failed to obtain proper on-track safety before fouling a track.
</P>
<P>(8) Failure to comply with § 218.25 of this chapter (Workers on a main track);
</P>
<P>(9) Failure to comply with § 218.27 of this chapter (Workers on other than main track);
</P>
<P>(10) Failure to comply with § 218.29 of this chapter (Alternate methods of protection);
</P>
<P>(11) Failure to comply with § 219.101 of this chapter. However, such incidents shall be considered as a violation only for the purposes of § 246.305(a)(2) and (b).
</P>
<P>(f) In making the determination as to whether to revoke a person's signal employee certification, a railroad shall only consider conduct described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (10) of this section that occurred within the three years prior to the determination.
</P>
<P>(g) If in any single incident the person's conduct contravened more than one Federal regulatory provision or railroad rule, procedure, signal standard, or practice, that event shall be treated as a single violation for the purposes of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) A violation of one or more railroad rules, procedures, signal standards, or practices described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (10) of this section that occurs during a properly conducted compliance test subject to the provisions of this chapter shall be counted in determining the periods of ineligibility described in § 246.305.
</P>
<P>(i) A compliance test that is not conducted in compliance with this part, a railroad's operating rules, or a railroad's program under § 217.9 of this chapter, will not be considered a legitimate test of skill or knowledge, and will not be considered for revocation purposes.
</P>
<P>(j) Each railroad shall adopt and comply with a program meeting the requirements of this section. When any person (including, but not limited to, each railroad, railroad officer, supervisor, and employee) violates any requirement of a program which complies with the requirements of this section, that person shall be considered to have violated the requirements of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.4.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.305   Periods of ineligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The starting date for a period of ineligibility described in this section shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) For a person not currently certified, the date of the railroad's written determination that the most recent incident has occurred; or
</P>
<P>(2) For a person currently certified, the date of the railroad's notification to the person that recertification has been denied or certification has been suspended.
</P>
<P>(b) A period of ineligibility shall be determined according to the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a single incident involving a violation of one or more of the Federal regulatory provisions or railroad rules, procedures, signal standards, or practices described in § 246.303(e)(1) through (10), the person shall have their certificate revoked for a period of 30 calendar days.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of two separate incidents involving a violation of one or more of the Federal regulatory provisions or railroad rules, procedures, signal standards, or practices described in § 246.303(e)(1) through (10), that occurred within 24 months of each other, the person shall have their certificate revoked for a period of six months.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of three separate incidents involving violations of one or more of the Federal regulatory provisions or railroad rules, procedures, signal standards, or practices, described in § 246.303(e)(1) through (11), that occurred within 36 months of each other, the person shall have their certificate revoked for a period of one year.
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of four separate incidents involving violations of one or more of the Federal regulatory provisions or railroad rules, procedures, signal standards, or practices, described in § 246.303(e)(1) through (11), that occurred within 36 months of each other, the person shall have their certificate revoked for a period of three years.
</P>
<P>(5) Where, based on the occurrence of violations described in § 246.303(e)(11), different periods of ineligibility may result under the provisions of this section and § 246.115, the longest period of revocation shall control.
</P>
<P>(c) Any or all periods of revocation provided in paragraph (b) of this section may consist of training.
</P>
<P>(d) A person whose certification is denied or revoked shall be eligible for grant or reinstatement of the certificate prior to the expiration of the initial period of ineligibility only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The denial or revocation of certification in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section is for a period of one year or less;
</P>
<P>(2) Certification is denied or revoked for reasons other than noncompliance with § 219.101 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) The person is evaluated by a railroad officer and determined to have received adequate remedial training;
</P>
<P>(4) The person successfully completes any mandatory program of training or retraining, if that is determined to be necessary by the railroad prior to return to service; and
</P>
<P>(5) At least one half of the pertinent period of ineligibility specified in paragraph (b) of this section has elapsed.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.4.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.307   Process for revoking certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a railroad determines that a person, who is currently certified as a signal employee by the railroad, has violated a Federal regulatory provision, railroad test procedure, signal standard or practice described in § 246.303(e), the railroad shall revoke the person's signal employee certification in accordance with the procedures and requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided for in § 246.115(f), if a railroad acquires reliable information that a person, who is currently certified as a signal employee by the railroad, has violated a Federal regulatory provision, railroad rule, procedure, signal standard, or practice described in § 246.303(e) or § 246.115(d), the railroad shall undertake the following process to determine whether revocation of the person's signal employee certification is warranted:
</P>
<P>(1) The person's signal employee certification shall be suspended immediately.
</P>
<P>(2) The person's employer(s) (if different from the suspending railroad) shall be immediately notified of the certification suspension and the reason for the certification suspension.
</P>
<P>(3) Prior to or upon suspending the person's signal employee certification, the railroad shall provide the person with notice of: the reason for the suspension; the pending revocation; and an opportunity for a hearing before a presiding officer other than the investigating officer. This notice may initially be given either orally or in writing. If given orally, the notice must be subsequently confirmed in writing in a manner that conforms with the notification provisions of the applicable collective bargaining agreement. If there is no applicable collective bargaining agreement notification provision, the written notice must be made within four days of the date the certification was suspended.
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad must convene the hearing within the time frame required under the applicable collective bargaining agreement. If there is no applicable collective bargaining agreement or the applicable collective bargaining agreement does not include such a requirement, the hearing shall be convened within ten days of the date the certification is suspended unless the person requests or consents to a delay to the start of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(5) Except as provided for in paragraph (c) of this section, the railroad shall provide the certified signal employee with a copy of the written information and a list of witnesses the railroad will present at the hearing at least 72 hours before the start of the hearing. If this information was provided by an employee of the railroad, the railroad shall make that employee available for examination during the hearing notwithstanding the terms of an applicable collective bargaining agreement.
</P>
<P>(6) Following the hearing, the railroad must determine, based on the record of the hearing, whether revocation of the certification is warranted and state explicitly the basis for the conclusion reached. The railroad shall have the burden of proving that revocation of the person's signal employee certification is warranted under § 246.303.
</P>
<P>(7) If the railroad determines that revocation of the person's signal employee certification is warranted, the railroad shall impose the proper period of revocation provided for in § 246.305 or § 246.115.
</P>
<P>(8) The railroad shall retain the record of the hearing for three years after the date the decision is rendered.
</P>
<P>(c) A hearing required by this section which is conducted in a manner that conforms procedurally to the applicable collective bargaining agreement shall satisfy the procedural requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided for in paragraph (c) of this section, a hearing required under this section shall be conducted in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) The hearing shall be conducted by a presiding officer who can be any proficient person authorized by the railroad other than the investigating officer.
</P>
<P>(2) The presiding officer shall convene and preside over the hearing and exercise the powers necessary to regulate the conduct of the hearing for the purpose of achieving a prompt and fair determination of all material issues in dispute.
</P>
<P>(3) The presiding officer may:
</P>
<P>(i) Adopt any needed procedures for the submission of evidence in written form;
</P>
<P>(ii) Examine witnesses at the hearing; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provisions of this part and permitted by law that may assist in achieving a prompt and fair determination of all material issues in dispute.
</P>
<P>(4) All relevant and probative evidence shall be received into the record unless the presiding officer determines the evidence to be unduly repetitive or have such minimal relevance that its admission would impair the prompt, orderly, and fair resolution of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(5) Parties may appear at the hearing and be heard on their own behalf or through designated representatives. Parties may offer relevant evidence including testimony and may conduct such examination of witnesses as may be required for a full disclosure of the relevant facts.
</P>
<P>(6) Testimony by witnesses at the hearing shall be recorded verbatim. Witnesses can testify in person, over the phone, or virtually.
</P>
<P>(7) The record in the proceeding shall be closed at the conclusion of the hearing unless the presiding officer allows additional time for the submission of evidence.
</P>
<P>(8) A hearing required under this section may be consolidated with any disciplinary action or other hearing arising from the same facts, but in all instances a railroad official, other than the investigating officer, shall make separate findings as to the revocation required under this section.
</P>
<P>(9) A person may waive their right to a hearing. That waiver shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Be made in writing;
</P>
<P>(ii) Reflect the fact that the person has knowledge and understanding of these rights and voluntarily surrenders them; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Be signed by the person making the waiver.
</P>
<P>(e) Except as provided for in paragraph (c) of this section, a decision, required by this section, on whether to revoke a person's signal employee certification shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) No later than ten days after the close of the record, a railroad official, other than the investigating officer, shall prepare and sign a written decision as to whether the railroad is revoking the person's signal employee certification.
</P>
<P>(2) The decision shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Contain the findings of fact on all material issues as well as an explanation for those findings with citations to all applicable railroad rules, signal standards and procedures and any applicable Federal regulations;
</P>
<P>(ii) State whether the railroad official found that the person's signal employee certification should be revoked;
</P>
<P>(iii) State the period of revocation under § 246.305 (if the railroad official concludes that the person's signal employee certification should be revoked); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Be served on the person and their representative, if any, with the railroad retaining proof of service for three years after the date the decision is rendered.
</P>
<P>(f) The period that a person's signal employee certification is suspended in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be credited towards any period of revocation that the railroad assesses in accordance with § 246.305.
</P>
<P>(g) A railroad shall revoke a person's signal employee certification if, during the period that certification is valid, the railroad acquires information that another railroad has revoked the person's signal employee certification in accordance with the provisions of this section. Such revocation shall run concurrently with the period of revocation imposed by the railroad that initially revoked the person's signal employee certification. The requirement to provide a hearing under this section is satisfied when any single railroad holds a hearing. No additional hearing is required prior to a revocation by more than one railroad arising from the same facts.
</P>
<P>(h) A railroad shall not revoke a person's signal employee certification if sufficient evidence exists to establish that an intervening cause prevented or materially impaired the person's ability to comply with the railroad test procedure, signal standard, or practice which constitutes a violation under § 246.303.
</P>
<P>(i) A railroad may decide not to revoke a person's signal employee certification if sufficient evidence exists to establish that the violation of the railroad test procedure, signal standard, or practice described in § 246.303(e) was of a minimal nature and had no direct or potential effect on rail safety.
</P>
<P>(j) If sufficient evidence meeting the criteria in paragraph (h) or (i) of this section becomes available, including prior to a railroad's action to suspend the certificate as provided for in paragraph (b)(1) of this section or prior to the convening of the hearing provided for in this section, the railroad shall place the relevant information in the records maintained in compliance with:
</P>
<P>(1) Section 246.215 for Class I railroads (including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation), railroads providing commuter service, and Class II railroads; and
</P>
<P>(2) Section 246.203 for Class III railroads.
</P>
<P>(k) If a railroad makes a good faith determination, after performing a reasonable inquiry, that the course of conduct provided for in paragraph (h) or (i) of this section is warranted, the railroad will not be in violation of paragraph (b)(1) of this section if it decides not to suspend the person's signal employee certification.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Dispute Resolution Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.5.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.401   Review board established.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who has been denied certification or recertification, or has had their certification revoked and believes that a railroad incorrectly determined that they failed to meet the certification requirements of this part when making the decision to deny or revoke certification, may petition the Administrator to review the railroad's decision.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator has delegated initial responsibility for adjudicating such disputes to the Certification Review Board (Board). The Board shall be composed of FRA employees.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.5.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.403   Petition requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To obtain review of a railroad's decision to deny certification, deny recertification, or revoke certification, a person shall file a petition for review that complies with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing;
</P>
<P>(2) Be filed no more than 120 days after the date the railroad's denial or revocation decision was served on the petitioner, except as provided for in paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Be filed on <I>https://www.regulations.gov;</I>
</P>
<P>(4) Include the following contact information for the petitioner and petitioner's representative (if petitioner is represented):
</P>
<P>(i) Full name;
</P>
<P>(ii) Daytime telephone number; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Email address;
</P>
<P>(5) Include the name of the railroad and the name of the petitioner's employer (if different from the railroad that revoked petitioner's certification);
</P>
<P>(6) Contain the facts that the petitioner believes constitute the improper action by the railroad and the arguments in support of the petition; and
</P>
<P>(7) Include all written documents in the petitioner's possession or reasonably available to the petitioner that document the railroad's decision.
</P>
<P>(c) If requested by the Board, the petitioner must provide a copy of the information under 49 CFR 40.329 that laboratories, medical review officers, and other service agents are required to release to employees. The petitioner must provide a written explanation in response to a Board request if written documents, that should be reasonably available to the petitioner, are not supplied.
</P>
<P>(d) The Board may extend the petition filing period in its discretion provided the petitioner provides good cause for the extension and:
</P>
<P>(1) The request for an extension is filed before the expiration of the period provided for in paragraph (b)(2) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) The failure to timely file was the result of excusable neglect.
</P>
<P>(e) A party aggrieved by a Board decision to deny a petition as untimely or not in compliance with the requirements of this section may file an appeal with the Administrator in accordance with § 246.411.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.5.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.405   Processing certification review petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each petition shall be acknowledged in writing by FRA. The acknowledgment shall be sent to the petitioner (if an email address is provided), petitioner's representative (if any), the railroad, and petitioner's employer (if different from the railroad that revoked petitioner's certification). The acknowledgment shall contain the docket number assigned to the petition and will notify the parties where the petition can be accessed.
</P>
<P>(b) Within 60 days from the date of the acknowledgment provided in paragraph (a) of this section, the railroad may submit to FRA any information that the railroad considers pertinent to the petition and shall supplement the record with any relevant documents in its possession, such as hearing transcripts and exhibits, that were not submitted by the petitioner. Late filings will only be considered to the extent practicable. A railroad that submits such information shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the petitioner by name and the docket number for the petition;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide the railroad's email address;
</P>
<P>(3) Serve a copy of the information being submitted to the petitioner and petitioner's representative (if any); and
</P>
<P>(4) Be filed on <I>https://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) The petition will be referred to the Board for a decision after a railroad's response is received or 60 days from the date of the acknowledgment provided in paragraph (a) of this section, whichever is earlier. Based on the record, the Board shall have the authority to grant, deny, dismiss, or remand the petition. If the Board finds that there is insufficient basis for granting or denying the petition, the Board may issue an order affording the parties an opportunity to provide additional information or argument consistent with its findings.
</P>
<P>(d) When considering procedural issues, the Board will grant the petition if the petitioner shows:
</P>
<P>(1) That a procedural error occurred; and
</P>
<P>(2) The procedural error caused substantial harm to the petitioner.
</P>
<P>(e) When considering factual issues, the Board will grant the petition if the petitioner shows that the railroad did not provide substantial evidence to support its decision.
</P>
<P>(f) When considering legal issues, the Board will determine whether the railroad's legal interpretations are correct based on a <I>de novo</I> review.
</P>
<P>(g) The Board will only consider whether the denial or revocation of certification or recertification was improper under this part and will grant or deny the petition accordingly. The Board will not otherwise consider the propriety of a railroad's decision. For example, the Board will not consider whether the railroad properly applied its own more stringent requirements.
</P>
<P>(h) The Board's written decision shall be served on the petitioner and/or petitioner's representative (if any), the railroad, and petitioner's employer (if different from the railroad that revoked petitioner's certification).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.5.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.407   Request for a hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If adversely affected by the Board's decision, either the petitioner before the Board or the railroad involved shall have a right to an administrative proceeding as prescribed by § 246.409.
</P>
<P>(b) To exercise that right, the adversely affected party shall file a written request for a hearing within 20 days of service of the Board's decision on that party. The request must be filed in the docket on <I>https://www.regulations.gov</I> that was used when the case was before the Board.
</P>
<P>(c) A written request for a hearing must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, telephone number, and email address of the requesting party and the party's designated representative (if any);
</P>
<P>(2) The name, telephone number, and email address of the respondent;
</P>
<P>(3) The docket number for the case while it was before the Board;
</P>
<P>(4) The specific factual issues, industry rules, regulations, or laws that the requesting party alleges need to be examined in connection with the certification decision in question; and
</P>
<P>(5) The signature of the requesting party or the requesting party's representative (if any).
</P>
<P>(d) Upon receipt of a hearing request complying with paragraph (c) of this section, FRA shall arrange for the appointment of a presiding officer who shall schedule the hearing for the earliest practicable date.
</P>
<P>(e) If a party fails to request a hearing within the period provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the Board's decision will constitute final agency action.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.409" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.5.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.409   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An administrative hearing for a signal employee certification petition shall be conducted by a presiding officer, who can be any person authorized by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) The presiding officer shall convene and preside over the hearing. The hearing shall be a <I>de novo</I> hearing to find the relevant facts and determine the correct application of this part to those facts. The presiding officer may determine that there is no genuine issue covering some or all material facts and limit evidentiary proceedings to any issues of material fact as to which there is a genuine dispute.
</P>
<P>(c) The presiding officer may exercise the powers of the Administrator to regulate the conduct of the hearing for the purpose of achieving a prompt and fair determination of all material issues in controversy.
</P>
<P>(d) The presiding officer may authorize discovery of the types and quantities which in the presiding officer's discretion will contribute to a fair hearing without unduly burdening the parties. The presiding officer may impose appropriate non-monetary sanctions, including limitations as to the presentation of evidence and issues, for any party's willful failure or refusal to comply with approved discovery requests.
</P>
<P>(e) Every petition, motion, response, or other authorized or required document shall be signed by the party filing the same, or by a duly authorized officer or representative of record, or by any other person. If signed by such other person, the reason therefor must be stated and the power of attorney or other authority authorizing such other person to subscribe the document must be filed with the document. The signature of the person subscribing any document constitutes a certification that they have read the document; that to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, every statement contained in the document is true and no such statements are misleading; and that it is not interposed for delay or to be vexatious.
</P>
<P>(f) After the request for a hearing is filed, all documents filed or served upon one party must be served upon all parties. Each party may designate a person upon whom service is to be made when not specified by law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer. If a party does not designate a person upon whom service is to be made, then service may be made upon any person having subscribed to a submission of the party being served, unless otherwise specified by law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer. Proof of service shall accompany all documents when they are tendered for filing.
</P>
<P>(g) If any document initiating, filed in, or served in, a proceeding is not in substantial compliance with the applicable law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer, the presiding officer may strike or dismiss all or part of such document, or require its amendment.
</P>
<P>(h) Any party to a proceeding may appear and be heard in person or by an authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(i) Any person testifying at a hearing or deposition may be accompanied, represented, and advised by an attorney or other representative, and may be examined by that person.
</P>
<P>(j) Any party may request to consolidate or separate the hearing of two or more petitions by motion to the presiding officer when they arise from the same or similar facts or when the matters are for any reason deemed more efficiently heard together.
</P>
<P>(k) Except as provided in § 246.407(e) and paragraph (s)(4) of this section, whenever a party has the right or is required to take action within a period prescribed by this part, or by law, regulation, or directive of the presiding officer, the presiding officer may extend such period, with or without notice, for good cause, provided another party is not substantially prejudiced by such extension. A request to extend a period which has already expired may be denied as untimely.
</P>
<P>(l) An application to the presiding officer for an order or ruling not otherwise specifically provided for in this part shall be by motion. The motion shall be filed with the presiding officer and, if written, served upon all parties. All motions, unless made during the hearing, shall be written. Motions made during hearings may be made orally on the record, except that the presiding officer may direct that any oral motion be reduced to writing. Any motion shall state with particularity the grounds therefor and the relief or order sought and shall be accompanied by any affidavits or other evidence desired to be relied upon which is not already part of the record. Any matter submitted in response to a written motion must be filed and served within 14 days of the motion, or within such other period as directed by the presiding officer.
</P>
<P>(m) Testimony by witnesses at the hearing shall be given under oath and the hearing shall be recorded verbatim. The presiding officer shall give the parties to the proceeding adequate opportunity during the course of the hearing for the presentation of arguments in support of or in opposition to motions, and objections and exceptions to rulings of the presiding officer. The presiding officer may permit oral argument on any issues for which the presiding officer deems it appropriate and beneficial. Any evidence or argument received or proffered orally shall be transcribed and made a part of the record. Any physical evidence or written argument received or proffered shall be made a part of the record, except that the presiding officer may authorize the substitution of copies, photographs, or descriptions, when deemed to be appropriate.
</P>
<P>(n) The presiding officer shall employ the Federal Rules of Evidence for United States Courts and Magistrates as general guidelines for the introduction of evidence. Notwithstanding paragraph (m) of this section, all relevant and probative evidence shall be received unless the presiding officer determines the evidence to be unduly repetitive or so extensive and lacking in relevancy that its admission would impair the prompt, orderly, and fair resolution of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(o) The presiding officer may:
</P>
<P>(1) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) Issue subpoenas as provided for in § 209.7 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt any needed procedures for the submission of evidence in written form;
</P>
<P>(4) Examine witnesses at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(5) Convene, recess, adjourn, or otherwise regulate the course of the hearing; and
</P>
<P>(6) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provisions of this part and permitted by law that may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(p) The petitioner before the Board, the railroad involved in taking the certification action, and FRA shall be parties at the hearing. All parties may participate in the hearing and may appear and be heard on their own behalf or through designated representatives. All parties may offer relevant evidence, including testimony, and may conduct such cross-examination of witnesses as may be required to make a record of the relevant facts.
</P>
<P>(q) The party requesting the administrative hearing shall be the “hearing petitioner.” The party that the Board issued its decision in favor of will be a respondent. At the start of each proceeding, FRA will be a respondent as well. The hearing petitioner shall have the burden of proving its case by a preponderance of the evidence.
</P>
<P>(r) The record in the proceeding shall be closed at the conclusion of the evidentiary hearing unless the presiding officer allows additional time for the submission of additional evidence. In such instances the record shall be left open for such time as the presiding officer grants for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(s) At the close of the record, the presiding officer shall prepare a written decision in the proceeding. The decision:
</P>
<P>(1) Shall contain the findings of fact and conclusions of law, as well as the basis for each, concerning all material issues of fact or law presented on the record;
</P>
<P>(2) Shall be served on all parties to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(3) Shall not become final for 35 days after issuance;
</P>
<P>(4) Constitutes final agency action unless an aggrieved party files an appeal within 35 days after issuance; and
</P>
<P>(5) Is not precedential.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 246.411" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.5.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 246.411   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party aggrieved by the presiding officer's decision may file an appeal in the presiding officer's docket. The appeal must be filed within 35 days of issuance of the decision. A copy of the appeal shall be served on each party. The appeal shall set forth objections to the presiding officer's decision, supported by reference to applicable laws and regulations and with specific reference to the record. If no appeal is timely filed, the presiding officer's decision constitutes final agency action.
</P>
<P>(b) A party may file a reply to the appeal within 25 days of service of the appeal. The reply shall be supported by reference to applicable laws and regulations and with specific reference to the record, if the party relies on evidence contained in the record.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator may extend the period for filing an appeal or a reply for good cause shown, provided that the written request for extension is served before expiration of the applicable period provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator has sole discretion to permit oral argument on the appeal. On the Administrator's own initiative or written motion by any party, the Administrator may grant the parties an opportunity for oral argument.
</P>
<P>(e) The Administrator may remand, vacate, affirm, reverse, alter, or modify the decision of the presiding officer and the Administrator's decision constitutes final agency action except where the terms of the Administrator's decision (for example, remanding a case to the presiding officer) show that the parties' administrative remedies have not been exhausted.
</P>
<P>(f) An appeal from a Board decision pursuant to § 246.403(e) must be filed in the Board's docket within 35 days of issuance of the decision. A copy of the appeal shall be served on each party. The Administrator may affirm or vacate the Board's decision, and may remand the petition to the Board for further proceedings. An Administrator's decision to affirm the Board's decision constitutes final agency action.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.7.137.1.107" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 246—Procedures for Obtaining and Evaluating Motor Vehicle Driving Record Data
</HEAD>
<P>(1) The purpose of this appendix is to outline the procedures available to individuals and railroads for complying with the requirements of § 246.111. This provision requires that railroads consider the motor vehicle driving record of each person prior to issuing them certification or recertification as a signal employee.
</P>
<P>(2) To fulfill that obligation, a railroad is required to review a certification candidate's recent motor vehicle driving record for information described in § 246.111(m). Generally, that will be a single record on file with the state agency that issued the candidate's current motor vehicle driver's license. However, a motor vehicle driving record can include multiple documents if the candidate has been issued a motor vehicle driver's license by more than one state agency or a foreign country.
</P>
<P>(3) The right of railroad workers, their employers, or prospective employers to have access to a state motor vehicle licensing agency's data concerning an individual's driving record is controlled by state law. Although many states have mechanisms through which employers and prospective employers, such as railroads, can obtain such data, there are some states where privacy concerns make such access very difficult or impossible. Since individuals are generally entitled to obtain access to their driving record data that will be relied on by a state motor vehicle licensing agency when that agency is taking action concerning their driving privileges, FRA places the responsibility on individuals who want to serve as certified signal employees to request that their current state motor vehicle licensing agency (or agencies) furnish such data directly to the railroad that is considering certification (or recertification) of the individual as a signal employee. Depending on the procedures established by the state motor vehicle licensing agency, the individual may be asked to send the state agency a brief letter requesting such action or to execute a state agency form that accomplishes the same effect. Requests for an individual's motor vehicle driving record normally involve payment of a nominal fee established by the state agency as well. In rare instances, when a certification (or recertification) candidate has been issued multiple licenses, an individual may be required to submit multiple requests.
</P>
<P>(4) Once the railroad has obtained the individual's motor vehicle driving record(s), the railroad is required to afford the certification (or recertification) candidate an opportunity to review and comment on the record(s) in writing pursuant to § 246.301 if the motor vehicle driving records contain information that could form the basis for denying the person certification. This opportunity to review and comment must occur before the railroad renders a certification decision based on information in the record(s). The railroad is required to evaluate the information in the certification (or recertification) candidate's motor vehicle driving record(s) pursuant to the provisions of this part.




</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.40.7.137.1.108" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 246—Medical Standards Guidelines
</HEAD>
<P>(1) The purpose of this appendix is to provide greater guidance on the procedures that should be employed in administering the vision and hearing requirements of §§ 246.117 and 246.118.
</P>
<P>(2) For any examination performed to determine whether a person meets the visual acuity requirements in § 246.117, it is recommended that such examination be performed by a licensed optometrist or a technician who reports to a licensed optometrist. It is also recommended that any test conducted pursuant to § 246.117 be performed according to any directions supplied by the test's manufacturer and any ANSI standards that are applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) For any examination performed to determine whether a person meets the hearing acuity requirements in § 246.118, it is recommended that such examination be performed by a licensed or certified audiologist or a technician who reports to a licensed or certified audiologist. It is also recommended that any test conducted pursuant to § 246.118 be performed according to any directions supplied by the test's manufacturer and any ANSI standards that are applicable.
</P>
<P>(4) In determining whether a person has the visual acuity that meets or exceeds the requirements of this part, the following testing protocols are deemed acceptable testing methods for determining whether a person has the ability to recognize and distinguish among the colors used as signals in the railroad industry. The acceptable test methods are shown in the left hand column and the criteria that should be employed to determine whether a person has failed the particular testing protocol are shown in the right hand column.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Appendix B to Part 246
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Accepted tests
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Failure criteria
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Pseudoisochromatic Plate Tests</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">American Optical Company 1965</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">AOC—Hardy-Rand-Ritter plates—second edition</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error on plates 1-6 (plates 1-4 are for demonstration—test plate 1 is actually plate 5 in book).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dvorine—Second edition</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (14 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 or more errors on plates 1-11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (16 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 or more errors on plates 1-8.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (24 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ishihara (38 plate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4 or more errors on plates 1-21.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Richmond Plates 1983</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 or more errors on plates 1-15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Multifunction Vision Tester</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Keystone Orthoscope</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">OPTEC 2000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titmus Vision Tester</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Titmus II Vision Tester</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any error.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(5) In administering any of these protocols, the person conducting the examination should be aware that railroad signals do not always occur in the same sequence and that “yellow signals” do not always appear to be the same. It is not acceptable to use “yarn” or other materials to conduct a simple test to determine whether the certification candidate has the requisite vision. No person shall be allowed to wear chromatic lenses during an initial test of the person's color vision; the initial test is one conducted in accordance with one of the accepted tests in the chart and § 246.117(c)(3).
</P>
<P>(6) An examinee who fails to meet the criteria in the chart may be further evaluated as determined by the railroad's medical examiner. Ophthalmologic referral, field testing, or other practical color testing may be utilized depending on the experience of the examinee. The railroad's medical examiner will review all pertinent information and, under some circumstances, may restrict an examinee who does not meet the criteria for serving as a certified signal employee. The intent of §§ 246.117(d) and 246.118(d) is not to provide an examinee with the right to make an infinite number of requests for further evaluation, but to provide an examinee with at least one opportunity to prove that a hearing or vision test failure does not mean the examinee cannot safely perform as a certified signal employee. Appropriate further medical evaluation could include providing another approved scientific screening test or a field test. All railroads should retain the discretion to limit the number of retests that an examinee can request, but any cap placed on the number of retests should not limit retesting when changed circumstances would make such retesting appropriate. Changed circumstances would most likely occur if the examinee's medical condition has improved in some way or if technology has advanced to the extent that it arguably could compensate for a hearing or vision deficiency.
</P>
<P>(7) Certified signal employees who wear contact lenses should have good tolerance to the lenses and should be instructed to have a pair of corrective glasses available when on duty.




</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="250" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.41" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 250—GUARANTEE OF CERTIFICATES OF TRUSTEES OF RAILROADS IN REORGANIZATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 3(f) of the Emergency Rail Services Act of 1970, Pub. L. 91-663; sec. 1.49(m), regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, 49 CFR 1.49(m).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>36 FR 770, Jan. 16, 1971, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 250.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.41.0.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 250.1   Form and content of application.</HEAD>
<P>The application shall include, in the order indicated and by section numbers and letters corresponding to those used in this part, the following:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>As to the Trustee:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Full and correct name and principal business address.
</P>
<P>(2) The name and address of the reorganization court under the direction of which the Trustee is acting and the docket number of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(3) Name, title, and address of the person to whom correspondence regarding the application should be addressed.
</P>
<P>(4) Brief description of the loan and its purpose or purposes, including statements of
</P>
<P>(i) The total amount of the loan and the amount of the guarantee being sought,
</P>
<P>(ii) The purpose or purposes for which the loan proceeds will be used,
</P>
<P>(iii) The maturity date or dates,
</P>
<P>(iv) The date or dates on which the Trustee desires the funds to be made available, and
</P>
<P>(v) The rate of interest.
</P>
<P>(5) Statement, in summary form, showing financial obligations to or claims against the United States or obligations for which the United States is guarantor, if any, by applicant or any applicant's parent as to the date of the application, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Status of any claims under litigation; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any other debts or credits existing between the applicant and the United States, showing the department or agency involved in such loans, claims and other debts;
</P>
<P>(6)(i) Statement on behalf of the Trustee that the Trustee has endeavored to obtain a loan or loans for the purpose or purposes proposed without a guarantee by the Secretary, but has not been able to obtain a loan therefor upon reasonable terms, or if only upon terms considered unreasonable, a statement setting forth such terms and describing any facts relevant thereto.
</P>
<P>(ii) Information as to the Trustee's efforts to obtain the needed financing without a guarantee thereof by the Secretary, and as to the results of such efforts. (See § 250.2(b)(1) as to exhibits on this subject.)
</P>
<P>(7) Full and complete statement, together with independent supporting evidence, where feasible, concerning the effect that cessation of essential transportation services of carrier would have on the public welfare.
</P>
<P>(8) Full and complete statement, together with supporting evidence, where possible, demonstrating that cessation of essential transportation services by applicant carrier is imminent.
</P>
<P>(9) Full and complete statement, together with supporting evidence, if possible, that there is no other practicable means of obtaining funds to meet payroll and other expenses necessary to provide essential transportation services other than the issuance of Trustee certificates. Such statements shall include in detail a complete listing of all nontransportation assets of the carrier and corporate affiliates, or subsidiaries having a fair market value of not less than $50,000, together with the amount of encumbrances thereon, if any, and a statement or plan for the disposition or sale of such assets as a means of obtaining funds necessary for essential transportation services.
</P>
<P>(10) Full and complete statement, together with supporting evidence, if possible, demonstrating, with particularity, that the carrier can reasonably be expected to become self sustaining within a reasonable period of time.
</P>
<P>(11) Full and complete statement, together with supporting evidence, that the probable value of the assets of the carrier in the event of liquidation provides reasonable protection to the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>As to the holder or holders:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Full and correct name and principal business address.
</P>
<P>(2) Names and addresses of principal executive officers and directors, or partners.
</P>
<P>(3) Reference to applicable provisions of law and the charter or other governing instruments conferring authority to the lender to make the loan and to accept the proposed obligation.
</P>
<P>(4) Brief statement of the circumstances and negotiations leading to the agreement by the lender to make the proposed loan, including the name and address of any person or persons, or employees of the carrier, representing or purporting to represent the Trustee in connection with such negotiations.
</P>
<P>(5) Brief statement of the nature and extent of any affiliation or business relationship between the lender and any of its directors, partners, or principal executive officers, on the one hand, and, on the other, the carrier and any of its directors, partners, or principal executive officers, or any person or persons whose names are required to be furnished under paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) Full and complete statement of all sums paid or to be paid and of any other consideration given or to be given by lender in connection with the proposed loan, including with respect thereto:
</P>
<P>(i) Name and address of each person to whom the payment is made or to be made,
</P>
<P>(ii) The amount of the cash payment, or the nature and value of other consideration,
</P>
<P>(iii) The exact nature of the services rendered or to be rendered,
</P>
<P>(iv) Any condition upon the obligation of the lender to make such payment, and
</P>
<P>(v) The nature of any affiliation, association, or prior business relationship between any person named in answer to paragraph (6)(i) of this section and the lender or any of its directors, partners, or officers.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>As to the impact of the financing on the environment.</I> (1) Summary statement of the use to which funds will be put and any anticipated impact on the environment. After reviewing this submission, the Administrator retains the right to require the Trustee to submit a detailed assessment of the financing's impact on the environment in a general format to be supplied by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 23851, Apr. 23, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 250.2" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.41.0.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 250.2   Required exhibits.</HEAD>
<P>There shall be filed with and made a part of each application and copy thereof the following exhibits, except that exhibits filed with the Administrator pursuant to some other statutory provision or regulation which are in the same format as the following exhibits may be incorporated in and made part of the application filed under this part by reference. While the application is pending, when actual data become available in place of the estimated or forecasted data required in the exhibits under this part, such actual data must be reported promptly to the Administrator in the form required in the appropriate exhibit.
</P>
<P>(a) The following exhibits are required concerning the Trustee and the carrier:
</P>
<P>(1) As Exhibit 1, copy of duly certified order of the court, or instrument of appointment, appointing trustees of the carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) As Exhibit 2, a certified copy of the order(s) of the reorganization court having jurisdiction of applicant authorizing (i) the filing of the application with the Administrator for a guarantee of the Trustee's certificate; (ii) filing of the application with the Interstate Commerce Commission for authority to issue a Trustee's certificate; (iii) such pledge of security for the loan and the guarantee as the applicant proposes in connection with Exhibit 3; and (iv) compliance by the Trustee with conditions to the guarantee imposed by law and the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(3) As Exhibit 3, full and complete statement, together with supporting evidence, that the probable value of the assets of the railroad in the event of liquidation provides reasonable protection to the United States.
</P>
<P>(4) As Exhibit 4, a map of the carrier's existing railroad.
</P>
<P>(5) As Exhibit 5, statement showing miles of line owned; miles operated; number of units of locomotives, freight cars, and passenger cars owned and leased; principal commodities carried; and identification of the ten most important industries served.
</P>
<P>(6) As Exhibit 6, statement as to whether any railroad affiliated with the carrier has applied for or received any Federal assistance since 1970.
</P>
<P>(7) As Exhibit 7, statement showing total dividends, if any, declared and total dividends paid for each of the last 5 calendar years and for each month of the current year to latest available date.
</P>
<P>(8) As Exhibit 8, a copy of applicant's most recent year-end general balance sheet certified by applicant's independent public accountants, if available, and a copy of applicant's most recent unaudited general balance sheet as of a date no less recent than the end of the third month preceding the date of the filing of the application. The unaudited balance sheet shall be presented in account form and detail as required in Schedule 200 of the Commission's annual report R-1 or R-2, as appropriate, together with the following schedules (where changes in accounts from the end of the prior year to date of the application have not been significant, copies of the appropriate schedules in the prior year's R-1 or R-2 with marginal notations listing the changes may be substituted):
</P>
<P>(i) Particulars of Account 704, Loans and Notes Receivable, in form and detail as required in Schedule 201 of annual report R-1 for the Class I railroads, and in similar form for the Class II railroads except that for Class II railroads, loans and notes receivable that are each less than $25,000 may be combined into a single amount;
</P>
<P>(ii) Particulars of investment in affiliated companies and other investment in form and detail required in Schedules 205 and 206 of annual report R-1, or Schedules 1001 and 1002 of annual report R-2, as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(iii) Particulars of balances in Accounts 741, Other Assets, and 743, Other Deferred Changes, in form and detail required in Schedule 216 of annual report R-1 or Schedule 1703 of annual report R-2, as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(iv) Particulars of loans and notes payable in form and detail required in Schedule 223 of annual report R-1, or Schedule 1701 of annual report R-2, as appropriate, as well as information as to bank loans, including the name of the bank, date and amount of the original loan, current balance, maturities, rate of interest, and security, if any;
</P>
<P>(v) Particulars of long-term debt in form and detail required in Schedules 218 and 219 of annual report R-1 or Schedules 670, 695, 901, 902 and 1702 of annual report R-2, as appropriate, together with a brief statement concerning each mortgage, pledge, and other lien, indicating the property or securities encumbered, the mortgage limit per mile, if any, and particulars as to priority;
</P>
<P>(vi) Particulars of balance in Account 784. Other Deferred Credits, in form and detail required in Schedule 225 of annual report R-1 or Schedule 1704 of annual report R-2, as appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Particulars as to capital stock in form and detail required in Schedules 228, 229, and 230 of annual report R-1 or Schedule 690 in annual report R-2, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(9) As Exhibit 9, a copy of carrier applicant's report to its stockholders or report of the trustee for each of the 3 years preceding the year in which the application is filed.
</P>
<P>(10) As Exhibit 10, applicant's most recent annual income statement certified by applicant's independent public accounts if available, and a spread sheet showing unaudited monthly and year-to-date income statement data for the calendar year in which the application is filed in account form similar to that required in column (a) of Schedule 300 of annual report R-1 or R-2 as appropriate. For those months preceding and ending upon the date of the unaudited balance sheet presented in Exhibit 8, the income statement shall be reported on an actual basis and so noted. For those months between the dates of the unaudited balance sheet and the filing of the application, the income statement data shall be reported on an estimated basis and so noted and shall be submitted in conjunction with corresponding estimated month-end balance sheets. For those months between the date of the application and the end of the year income statement data shall be presented on a forecasted basis and so noted and shall be submitted in conjunction with a forecasted balance sheet as at the year end.
</P>
<P>(11) As Exhibit 11, spread sheets showing for each of the four years subsequent to the year in which the application is filed, both before and after giving effect to the proceeds of the assistance required in the application:
</P>
<P>(i) Forecasted annual income statement data in account form and detail similar to that required in column (a) of Schedule 300 of annual report R-1 or R-2 as appropriate, including the subaccounts comprising line 2 (railway operating expenses), as specified by lines 64, 92, 105, 159, 166, and 180 of Schedule 320; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Forecasted year-end balance sheets in account form and detail similar to that required in Schedule 200 of annual report R-1 or R-2, as appropriate. These spread sheets shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the bases for such forecasts.
</P>
<P>(12) As Exhibit 12, a spread sheet showing changes in financial position for the year in which the application is filed in account form and detail as required in Schedule 309 of annual report R-1 and R-2 as appropriate as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For that period ending on the date of the unaudited balance sheet in Exhibit C, based upon actual data; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For that period from the balance sheet date to the end of the year, based upon estimated and forecasted data.
</P>
<P>(13) As Exhibit 13, a spread sheet showing forecasted changes in financial position for each of the four calendar years subsequent to the year in which the application is filed, both before and after giving effect to any funds requested in the application and including a statement showing the bases for such estimates, in account form and detail as required in Schedule 309 of the annual Report R-1 for Class I railroads in similar form and detail for Class II railroads.
</P>
<P>(14) As Exhibit 14, a statement showing actual cash balance at the beginning of each month and the actual cash receipts and disbursements during each month of the current year to the date of the latest balance sheet furnished as Exhibit 8, together with a monthly forecast (both before and after giving effect to use of proceeds from the proposed loan) for the balance of the current year and the year subsequent thereto.
</P>
<P>(15) As Exhibit 15, a general statement setting forth the facts as to estimated prospective earnings and other funds upon which applicant relies to repay the loan.
</P>
<P>(b) The following exhibits are required as to the transaction.
</P>
<P>(1) As Exhibit 16, copies of correspondence from all, and not less than three, lending institutions or security underwriters to which application for the financing has been made, evidencing that they have declined the financing unless guaranteed by the Secretary or specifying the terms upon which they will undertake the financing without such guarantee.
</P>
<P>(2) As Exhibit 17, specimens, or forms where specimens are not available, of all securities to be pledged or otherwise issued in connection with the proposed loan; and in case of mortgage, a copy of the mortgage or indenture.
</P>
<P>(3) As Exhibit 18, copies of the loan agreement entered into, or to be entered into, between the Trustee and lender, and of any agreements or instruments executed or be executed in connection with the proposed loan.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 23852, Apr. 23, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 250.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.41.0.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 250.3   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>On date of final payment of the loan guaranteed by the Secretary pursuant to application filed under this part, the applicant carrier or the trustee, if still in existence, shall pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrator as a guarantee fee such amount as the Administrator hereafter may determine and prescribe as necessary to cover the administrative costs of carrying out the provisions of the Emergency Rail Services Act of 1970.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 250.4" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.41.0.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 250.4   Execution and filing of application.</HEAD>
<P>The following procedure shall govern the execution and filing of the application:
</P>
<P>(a) The original application shall bear the date of execution and be signed with ink by or on behalf of the trustee and the lender. Execution on behalf of the trustee shall be by the trustee or trustees having knowledge of the matters therein set forth. Persons signing the application on behalf of the trustee and lender, respectively, shall also sign a certificate in form as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>(Name of official) ________________________ certifies that he is the ________________________ (title of official) of the ________________________ (name of carrier or lender); that he is authorized on the part of said applicant to sign and file with the Administrator this application and exhibits attached thereto; that he has carefully examined all of the statements contained in such application and the exhibits attached thereto and made a part thereof relating to the aforesaid ________________ (name of carrier or lender); that he has knowledge of the matters set forth therein and that all such statements made and matters set forth therein are true and correct to the best of his knowledge, information, and belief.</P>
<FRP>(Date)</FRP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) There shall be made a part of the original application the following certificate by the Chief Accounting Officer of the carrier:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>(Name of officer) ________________________, certifies that he is ________________________ (title of officer) of ________________________________ (name of carrier applicant); that he has supervision over the books of account and other financial records of the carrier and has control over the manner in which they are kept; that such accounts are maintained in good faith in accordance with the effective accounting and other orders of the Interstate Commerce Commission; that he has examined the financial statements and supporting schedules included in this application and to the best of his knowledge and belief said statements accurately reflect the accounts as stated in the books of account; and that, other than the matters set forth in the exceptions attached to such statements, said financial statements and supporting schedules represent a true and complete statement of the financial position of the carrier applicant and that there are no undisclosed assets, liabilities, commitments to purchase property or securities, other commitments, litigation in the courts, contingent rental agreements, or other contingent transactions which might materially affect the financial position of the carrier applicant.


</P>
<FRP>(Date)</FRP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) The original application and supporting papers, and six copies thereof for the use of the Administrator shall be filed with the Administrator, Federal Railroad Administration, Department of Transportation, Washington, DC. Simultaneously, one copy of the application and supporting papers shall be filed with the Secretary of the Interstate Commerce Commission, Washington, DC. Each copy shall bear the dates and signatures that appear in the original and shall be complete in itself, but the signatures in the copies may be stamped or typed. If unusual difficulties arise in the furnishing of any of the exhibits required in § 250.2, the carrier applicant or the lender, upon appropriate showing and with the consent of the Administrator, may file a lesser number.
</P>
<P>(d) In the event the furnishing of exhibits in the detail required by § 250.2 is shown by the applicant or applicants to be unduly burdensome in relation to the nature and amount of the loan, the Administrator may modify the requirements of said section. In addition, the Administrator may waive or modify any requirement of this part upon good cause shown, or make any additional requirements he deems necessary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 250.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.41.0.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 250.5   General instructions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the application is approved by the Administrator and the Secretary of Transportation and the latter agrees to make the guarantee, the following documents will be required for deposit with the Administrator before the transaction is closed:
</P>
<P>(1) Final opinion by counsel for the Trustee to the effect that he is familiar with the corporate powers of the carrier applicant and the orders of the reorganization court; that the Trustees of the carrier applicant are authorized to execute and deliver the certificate or other obligations evidencing the same, and to pledge and hypothecate any securities pledged as collateral; that the certificate or other obligations so executed and so delivered constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Trustees of the carrier that the certificate or other obligations of the Trustee will be treated as an expense of administration and receive the highest lien on the railroads property and priority in payment under the Bankruptcy Act, and that the lender and the Secretary will obtain a lien on any security involved of the rank and priority represented by the Trustee. Such opinion shall also cover the priority and lien of each item of the collateral offered.
</P>
<P>(2) Certified copies of the reorganization court orders and decrees authorizing the Trustee to execute and deliver the certificates or other obligations and to give the security under and according to the terms of the loan and guarantee as prescribed by the Administrator. Such order or orders of the reorganization court shall specify that trustee certificates, guaranteed by the Secretary as to payment of principal and interest, shall be treated as an expense of administration and receive the highest lien on the railroad's property and priority in payment under the Bankruptcy Act.
</P>
<P>(3) Unexecuted copies of the foregoing documents will be delivered to the Administrator 3 business days prior to closing.
</P>
<P>(b) The guarantee by the Secretary of a loan pursuant to an application filed as provided in this part should not be construed as relieving a carrier from complying with applicable provisions of section 20a of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 20a) in relation to the issuance of Trustee certificates.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="256" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.42" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 256—FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR RAILROAD PASSENGER TERMINALS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 4(i) of the Department of Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. 5561-5568, as amended by (1) sec. 15 of the Amtrak Improvement Act of 1974, Public Law 93-496, 88 Stat. 1528; (2) sec. 13 of the Amtrak Improvement Act of 1975, Public Law 94-25, 89 Stat. 93; (3) sec. 706 of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976, Publaw Law 94-210, 90 Stat. 125; and (4) sec. 219(a) of the Rail Transportation Improvement Act, Public Law 94-555, 90 Stat. 2629; and regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, 49 CFR 1.49(r).


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV7 N="137" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.42.0.137" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Regulations Governing Applications for and Disbursement of Financial Assistance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.42.0.137.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to establish procedures for implementing subsection 4(i) of the Department of Transportation Act as amended (49 U.S.C. 1653(i)) with respect to all financial assistance provided under that subsection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 29080, July 10, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.42.0.137.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Act</I> means the Department of Transportation Act, as amended.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Railroad Administrator, or his delegate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Allowable project costs</I> means those project costs for which Federal financial assistance may be expended under § 256.7.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Applicant</I> means a governmental entity, a non-profit public-purpose organization, or any responsible person having the legal, financial, and technical capacity to implement an intermodal passenger terminal project under this part. The applicant must have legal authority to receive and expend Federal funds.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Chairman</I> means the Chairman of the National Endowment for the Arts.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Civic and cultural activities</I> includes, but is not limited to, museums, libraries, musical and dramatic presentations, art exhibitions, adult education programs, public meetings of community groups, convention visitors and others, and other public activities supported in whole or in part under Federal law.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Council</I> means the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Demonstration funds</I> means funds authorized for the purpose set forth in paragraph (1)(A) of subsection 4(i) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Intermodal passenger terminal</I> means an existing railroad passenger terminal which has been or may be modified as necessary to accommodate several modes of transportation, including intercity rail service and some or all of the following: Intercity bus, commuter rail, intra-city rail transit and bus transportation, airport limousine service and airline ticket offices, rent-a-car facilities, taxis, private parking, and other transportation services.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>National Register</I> means the National Register of Historic Places maintained by the Secretary of the Interior.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Planning funds</I> means funds authorized for the purpose set forth in paragraph (1)(D) of subsection 4(i) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Preservation funds</I> means funds authorized for the purpose set forth in paragraph (1)(B) of subsection 4(i) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Project</I> means a locally sponsored, coordinated, and administered program, or any part thereof, to plan, finance, construct, maintain, or improve an intermodal passenger terminal, which may incorporate civic or cultural activities where feasible in an architecturally or historically distinctive railroad passenger terminal.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>4R Act</I> means the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976, as amended, Public Law 94-210, 90 Stat. 125, 49 U.S.C. 1653.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Sufficient commitments</I> means commitments of a binding nature adequate to ensure the successful operation of a project. Such commitments may be conditional, requiring, for example, the participation of other entities in the project, or action by a date certain.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 29080, July 10, 1975, as amended at 43 FR 21887, May 22, 1978; 44 FR 21647, Apr. 11, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.42.0.137.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.5   Eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A project is eligible for financial assistance under subsection 4(i) of the Act if:
</P>
<P>(1) The applicant provides satisfactory assurance that such fiscal control and fund accounting procedures will be adopted as may be necessary to assure proper disbursement of and accounting for Federal financial assistance granted to the applicant under the Act;
</P>
<P>(2) The applicant complies with the regulations of the Administrator prescribed in this part, and with such other terms and conditions as may be included in the grant of assistance; and
</P>
<P>(3) The Council is given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon the project as it affects property listed or eligible for listing on the National Register.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Demonstration funds.</I> A project is eligible for financial assistance in accordance with subsection 4(i) of the Act if the Administrator determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad passenger terminal can be converted to an intermodal passenger terminal;
</P>
<P>(2) There exist sufficient commitments by Amtrak or other rail passenger carriers, and by intercity bus carriers, the local public transportation authority, or other public or private transportation operators, to provide co-ordinated service for convenient intermodal interchange to meet the goals enumerated in paragraph (b) of § 256.13;
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad passenger terminal is listed on the National Register;
</P>
<P>(4) The architectural integrity of the railroad passenger terminal will be preserved, and this determination is concurred in by the consultants recommended by the Chairman and Council and retained by the Administrator for this purpose;
</P>
<P>(5) To the extent practicable, the use of station facilities for transportation purposes may be combined with use for other civic and cultural activities, especially when such use is recommended by the Council or the Chairman, or the consultants retained by the Administrator upon their recommendation;
</P>
<P>(6) The applicant has provided the information and documentation required under § 256.11(c).
</P>
<P>(7) The railroad passenger terminal and the conversion project meet such other criteria as the Administrator may develop and promulgate in consultation with the Chairman and the Council.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Preservation funds.</I> A project is eligible for financial assistance in accordance with subsection 4(i) of the Act if the Administrator determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The applicant is empowered by applicable law, and is qualified, prepared, and committed, on an interim basis pending the formulation of plans for reuse, to maintain and prevent the demolition, dismantling, or further deterioration of, a railroad passenger terminal;
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad passenger terminal is threatened with demolition, dismantling, or further deterioration;
</P>
<P>(3) There is a reasonable likelihood that the railroad passenger terminal will be converted to or conditioned for reuse as an intermodal passenger terminal. The primary use of the terminal shall be for intermodal purposes, but facilities for the provision of civic and cultural activities may be incorporated to the extent feasible. Such dual use of the terminal is particularly encouraged when it is recommended by the Council or the Chairman.
</P>
<P>(4) Planning activity aimed at conversion or reuse has commenced and is proceeding in a competent manner;
</P>
<P>(5) The expenditure of funds on such project would be in the manner most likely to maximize the preservation of railroad passenger terminals which are:
</P>
<P>(i) Reasonably capable of conversion to intermodal passenger terminals;
</P>
<P>(ii) Listed in the National Register; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Recommended on the basis of architectural integrity and quality by the Chairman or the Council; and
</P>
<P>(6) The applicant has provided the information and documentation required by § 256.11(d).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Planning funds.</I> A project is eligible for financial assistance in accordance with subsection 4(i)(5) of the Act if the Administrator determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The applicant is prepared to develop practicable plans meeting the zoning, land use, and other requirements of the applicable State and local jurisdictions in which the rail passenger terminal is located;
</P>
<P>(2) The applicant incorporates into its plans for the conversion of an historic terminal into an intermodal passenger terminal, features which appear reasonably likely to attract private investors willing to finance the planned conversion and/or its subsequent maintenance and operation. The primary use of the terminal shall be for intermodal purposes, but facilities for the provision of civic or cultural activities may be incorporated to the extent feasible.
</P>
<P>(3) The applicant will be able to complete the designs and plans for such conversion within two years following the approval of the application for Federal financial assistance;
</P>
<P>(4) The expenditure of funds on such project would be in the manner most likely to maximize the preservation of railroad passenger terminals which are listed in the National Register or recommended on the basis of architectural integrity and quality by the Chairman or the Council; and
</P>
<P>(5) The applicant has provided the information and documentation required under § 256.11(e).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 29080, July 10, 1975, as amended at 43 FR 21887, May 22, 1978; 44 FR 21647, Apr. 11, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.42.0.137.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.7   Financial assistance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Demonstration funds.</I> Federal financial assistance for the conversion of a railroad passenger terminal into an intermodal passenger terminal, under subsection 4(i)(2) of the Act, may be expended for the following project costs incurred after the date of final project approval:
</P>
<P>(1) Acquisition or long-term lease of real property or other property interests, including air rights, subterranean rights, or easements, where necessary for project implementation;
</P>
<P>(2) Final architectural and engineering construction documentation, including all necessary plans, specifications, detailed cost estimates, and implementation schedules; and
</P>
<P>(3) Construction, which may include, but is not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Complete rehabilitation and refurbishment of the interior and exterior of the structure;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provision of necessary public service facilities;
</P>
<P>(iii) Structural modifications and minor additions necessary to permit the development of (A) improved rail passenger facilities, (B) intercity bus terminal and docking facilities, (C) adequate facilities for local mass transit, and (D) parking and access for automobiles and bicycles; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Provisions for accommodating major tenants and concessionaires such as airline ticket offices, rent-a-car offices, and other transportation service facilities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preservation funds.</I> Federal financial assistance under subsection 4(i)(3) of the Act, for the preservation of a railroad passenger terminal which has a reasonable likelihood of being converted or otherwise maintained, may be expended for costs incurred after the date of project approval which are necessary to maintain (and prevent the demolition, dismantling, or further deterioration of) a railroad passenger terminal pending the completion of project planning, for a period not to exceed five years.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Planning funds.</I> Federal financial assistance granted under subsection 4(i)(5) of the Act for the development of plans for the conversion of a railroad passenger terminal into an intermodal passenger terminal, which may incorporate civic and cultural activities where feasible, may be expended for the following project costs if incurred within two years after project approval:
</P>
<P>(1) Cost of a study or studies to:
</P>
<P>(i) Assess the need for and the feasibility of converting an existing railroad passenger terminal into an intermodal passenger terminal which may incorporate civic and cultural activities where feasible;
</P>
<P>(ii) Develop a fiscal plan and agreements for the plan's implementation; and
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) Relate the project to other transportation priorities in the area; and
</P>
<P>(B) Evaluate alternate means of providing needed intermodal passenger services within the community.
</P>
<P>(2) Costs of preparation of preliminary architectural and engineering design documents for the project, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Plans, sections, and sketches illustrating the functional as well as preservation aspects of the recommended development;
</P>
<P>(ii) Assessment of the condition of existing structural and utilities systems and requirements for their improvement;
</P>
<P>(iii) Outline specifications and preliminary estimates of project costs; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Required environmental impact reviews and analyses.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Federal share.</I> The Federal share of any project under this part shall not exceed 80 percent of the total allowable project costs. The non-Federal share may not be augmented by any Federal funds, directly or indirectly, unless the funds are provided through a Federal program which specifically authorizes the augmentation of a non-Federal share of a federally-assisted program with such funds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 29080, July 10, 1975, as amended at 43 FR 21887, May 22, 1978; 44 FR 21647, Apr. 11, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.42.0.137.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.42.0.137.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.11   Applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Incorporation by reference in application of previously submitted information or material.</I> Any information or material of any kind which has been submitted by an applicant need not be resubmitted if the prior submission is identified and incorporated by reference in the application. Where the prior submission is in need of any changes of any kind, the changes may be submitted provided the prior submission is identified and incorporated by reference with the changes. Any assurance, certification, or affirmation previously made by the applicant, in connection with a prior submission, must be reaffirmed by the applicant when any identification and incorporation by reference of previously submitted materials is made.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pre-applications for demonstration funds.</I> In accordance with appendix M of Office of Management and Budget Circular A-102, applicants shall use the pre-application form directed for use for construction, land acquisition, and land development projects when applying for demonstration funds under this program. Applicants shall include under Part IV (Program Narrative) of the pre-application form:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of whether the railroad passenger terminal is listed in the National Register;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement as to the interest and anticipated cooperation of the terminal owner and the relevant transportation companies;
</P>
<P>(3) Where the applicant contemplates using funds it has received or will receive from other Federal programs for the planning or preservation stage of the projects, a brief description of the sources, and total anticipated amount of such funds; and
</P>
<P>(4) A breakdown of the total allowable project costs.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Applications for demonstration funds.</I> Upon notification of the approval of the pre-application, applicants shall submit a final application for demonstration funds using the Federal Assistance Application for Construction Programs in accordance with appendix M of Office of Management and Budget Circular A-102. Applicants shall include under Part IV (Program Narrative) of the form:
</P>
<P>(1) A list of all organizations which will participate in the planning, implementation, or operation of each project, along with a discussion of the role of each organization;
</P>
<P>(2) A full discussion of the desirability and feasibility of the project and a summary of the benefits to be derived;
</P>
<P>(3) A summary of each proposed use of the intermodal passenger terminal for a civic or cultural activity;
</P>
<P>(4) A description and documentation of existing or potential markets for interline intermodal service making use of the project facility, and of any changes in existing services which must be provided to achieve this potential;
</P>
<P>(5) The proposed period during which the project will be evaluated to determine whether it has achieved the goals set forth in § 256.13(b);
</P>
<P>(6) A detailed description of the rail passenger terminal (including where applicable the description on file with the National Register), the available transportation facilities, and the proposed intermodal passenger transportation improvements;
</P>
<P>(7) Evidence that the architectural integrity of the railroad passenger terminal will be preserved;
</P>
<P>(8) A detailed estimate of the total allowable project costs, listing and identifying each cost to the maximum possible extent;
</P>
<P>(9) Evidence of the applicant's ability and intent to furnish its share of the total allowable costs;
</P>
<P>(10) Evidence that the applicant has established, in accordance with Attachment G of Office of Management and Budget Circular A-102, adequate procedures for financial control, accounting, and performance evaluation, in order to assure proper use of the Federal funds;
</P>
<P>(11) An assurance by the applicant that it will use Federal funds provided under the Act solely for the purpose for which assistance is sought and in conformance with the limitations on the expenditures allowed under the Act and applicable regulations;
</P>
<P>(12) A description of the proposed methods of monitoring and evaluating the demonstration;
</P>
<P>(13) Copies of the following: Preliminary architectural and engineering design documents, plans, sections, sketches, and outline specifications;
</P>
<P>(14) A proposed draft of an environmental impact statement, including documentation that the project includes all possible planning to minimize harm to the historic nature of the facility as required by section 4(f) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1653(f)), to be reviewed, analyzed and used by the Administrator in preparation of a final Environmental Impact Statement under Department of Transportation Order 5610.IB (39 FR 35234, September 30, 1974);
</P>
<P>(15) Two copies of an affirmative action program prepared in accordance with section 905 of the 4R Act (45 U.S.C. 803) and 49 CFR part 265;
</P>
<P>(16) Assurances that the applicant will comply with the following Federal laws, policies, regulations and pertinent directives:
</P>
<P>(i) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 42 U.S.C. 2000d <I>et seq.,</I> and 49 CFR part 21;
</P>
<P>(ii) Section 905 of the 4R Act (45 U.S.C. 803), and 49 CFR part 265;
</P>
<P>(iii) Executive Order 11246, as amended (30 FR 12319, 32 FR 14303) and 41 CFR 60-4, as amended (43 FR 14888, Apr. 7, 1978) which require equal employment opportunity in federally-assisted construction programs.
</P>
<P>(iv) Titles II and III of the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, 42 U.S.C. 4601 <I>et seq.,</I> and 49 CFR part 25;
</P>
<P>(v) 42 U.S.C. 4151 <I>et seq.,</I> with regard to Federal policies ensuring that physically handicapped persons will have ready access to, and use of, public buildings;
</P>
<P>(vi) The Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 794, with regard to nondiscrimination under Federal grants;
</P>
<P>(vii) The Hatch Act, 5 U.S.C. 1501 <I>et seq.,</I> which limits the political activities of employees; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Where applicable, the State and Local Fiscal Assistance Act of 1972, 31 U.S.C. 1221 <I>et seq.,</I> and 31 CFR part 51.
</P>
<P>(17) Evidence of all legal commitments including, but not limited to, operating agreements and right-of-way leases which have been obtained from private carriers, public transportation operating agencies, and other entities as appropriate, to assure continued operation of the transportation services during the evaluation period;
</P>
<P>(18) Evidence (including, but not limited to, copies of leases, deeds, easements, certificates of title, and mortgage agreements) that the applicant's property interest in the railroad passenger terminal is or will be, at the commencement of the project, sufficient for the applicant to implement the project;
</P>
<P>(19) A summary of each proposed agreement permitting the use of any portion of the imtermodal passenger terminal for commercial purposes other than the provision of transportation services (if a standard form contract is to be used, applicant may submit a copy of the standard contract, a list of parties with whom it has contracted, and a list of any terms not common to the standard contract);
</P>
<P>(20) An opinion of the applicant's legal counsel advising that—
</P>
<P>(i) Counsel is familiar with—
</P>
<P>(A) The applicant's corporate or other organization powers; 
</P>
<P>(B) Section 4(i) of the Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. 1653(i)); 
</P>
<P>(C) The other Acts referred to in these regulations; and 
</P>
<P>(D) Any regulations issued to implement those Acts; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The applicant is authorized to make the application including all certifications, assurances, and affirmations required; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The applicant has the requisite authority to carry out the actions proposed in the application and to fulfill the obligations created thereby, including the obligation to pay a share of the costs of the proposed project;
</P>
<P>(iv) The applicant has the authority to enter into all of the legal commitments referred to in paragraph (c)(16) of this section and that these commitments are legal and binding by their terms; and 
</P>
<P>(v) The applicant's property interest in the railroad passenger terminal is sufficient for the applicant to implement the project;
</P>
<P>(21) For projects located in urbanized areas, as defined by the Bureau of the Census, a statement that the application has been coordinated with the metropolitan planning organization, designated by the Governor of the State in which the project is located pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 104(f)(3);
</P>
<P>(22) A certification by the applicant that, in accordance with Office of Management and Budget Circular A-95 (41 FR 2052, Jan. 13, 1976), section 204 of the Demonstration Cities and Metropolitan Development Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 3334), and section 401 of the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 4231), notification of the project has been submitted to, and comments thereon have been solicited from, the appropriate State and regional agencies and clearinghouses; and
</P>
<P>(23) Any other information that the Administrator may require.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Applications for preservation funds.</I> Each application for preservation assistance shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The complete name and principal business address of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(2) The complete name, title, and address of the person to whom correspondence regarding the application should be addressed;
</P>
<P>(3) A list of all organizations which will participate in the planning, implementation, or operation of each project, and a discussion of each organization's role;
</P>
<P>(4) A full discussion of the desirability and feasibility of the project and a summary of the benefits to be derived;
</P>
<P>(5) A detailed description of the rail passenger terminal (including where applicable the description on file with the National Register), the available transportation facilities, and the proposed intermodal passenger transportation improvements;
</P>
<P>(6) Documentation of the threat to the existing terminal, involving demolition, dismantling, or further deterioration of the terminal and the causes thereof;
</P>
<P>(7) Evidence that the planning for conversion or reuse of the terminal has commenced and that it is proceeding in a timely manner, including a copy of the projected planning schedule;
</P>
<P>(8) A proposed draft of an environmental impact statement or a negative declaration, including documentation that the project includes all possible planning to minimize harm to the historic nature of the facility as required by section 4(f) of the Act, 49 U.S.C. 1653(f), to be reviewed, analyzed, and used by the Administrator in preparation of a final Environmental Impact Statement or Negative Declaration as required by Department of Transportation Order 5610.1B (39 FR 35234, Sept. 30, 1974);
</P>
<P>(9) A detailed estimate of the total allowable project costs, listing and identifying all anticipated preservation costs to the maximum extent possible;
</P>
<P>(10) The total amount of Federal assistance requested;
</P>
<P>(11) Evidence of the applicant's ability and intent to furnish its share of the total allowable project costs;
</P>
<P>(12) Where the applicant contemplates using funds which it has received or will receive from other Federal programs for the planning or demonstration stage of the project, a brief description of the sources, use and total anticipated amount of such funds;
</P>
<P>(13) Evidence that the applicant has established in accordance with Attachment G of Office of Management and Budget Circular A-102, adequate procedures for financial control, accounting, and performance evaluation in order to assure proper use of the Federal funds;
</P>
<P>(14) An assurance by the applicant that it will use Federal funds provided under the Act solely for the purpose for which assistance is sought and in conformance with the limitations on the expenditures allowed under the Act and applicable regulations;
</P>
<P>(15) Evidence of substantial local public and/or private interest in organizing a project to convert the existing railroad passenger terminal to an intermodal passenger terminal, which may include use for civic or cultural activities;
</P>
<P>(16) An opinion of the applicant's legal counsel stating that:
</P>
<P>(i) Counsel is familiar with (A) the applicant's corporate or other organizational powers; (B) section 4(i) of the Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. 1653(i)), (C) the other Acts referred to in these regulations; (D) and any regulation issued to implement those Acts;
</P>
<P>(ii) The applicant is authorized to make this application including all certifications, assurances, and affirmations required;
</P>
<P>(iii) The applicant has the requisite authority to carry out the actions proposed in its application and to fulfill the obligations created thereby, including the obligation to pay a share of the cost of the proposed project, and
</P>
<P>(iv) The applicant is empowered, for an interim period pending the formulation of plans for the conversion of the existing railroad passenger terminal, to maintain the terminal building and prevent its demolition, dismantling, or further deterioration;
</P>
<P>(17) For projects located in urbanized areas, as defined by the Bureau of the Census, a statement that the application has been coordinated with the metropolitan planning organization, designated by the Governor of the State in which the project is located, pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 104(f)(3);
</P>
<P>(18) A certification by the applicant that, in accordance with Office of Management and Budget Circular A-95 (41 FR 2052, Jan. 13, 1976), section 204 of the Demonstration Cities and Metropolitan Development Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 3334), and section 401 of the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 4231), notification of the project has been submitted to, and comments thereon have been solicited from, the appropriate State and regional agencies and clearinghouses;
</P>
<P>(19) Two copies of an affirmative action program prepared in accordance with section 905 of the 4R Act (45 U.S.C. 803) and 49 CFR part 265;
</P>
<P>(20) Assurances that the applicant will comply with the following Federal laws, policies, regulations and pertinent directives:
</P>
<P>(i) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. 2000d <I>et seq.,</I> and 49 CFR part 21;
</P>
<P>(ii) Section 905 of the 4R Act (45 U.S.C. 803) and 49 CFR part 265;
</P>
<P>(iii) Executive Order 11246, as amended (30 FR 12319, 32 FR 14303) and 41 CFR 60-4, as amended (43 FR 14888, Apr. 7, 1978), which requires equal employment opportunity in federally-assisted construction programs.
</P>
<P>(iv) Titles II and III of the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, 42 U.S.C. 4601 <I>et seq.,</I> and 49 CFR part 25;
</P>
<P>(v) 42 U.S.C. 4151 <I>et seq.,</I> with regard to Federal policies ensuring that physically handicapped persons will have ready access to, and use of, public buildings;
</P>
<P>(vi) The Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 794, with regard to nondiscrimination under Federal grants;
</P>
<P>(vii) The Hatch Act, 5 U.S.C. 1501 <I>et seq.,</I> which limits the political activities of employees; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Where applicable, the State and Local Fiscal Assistance Act of 1972, 31 U.S.C. 1221 <I>et seq.,</I> and 31 CFR part 51; and
</P>
<P>(21) Any other information that the Administrator may require.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Applications for planning funds.</I> Each application for planning assistance shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The complete name and principal business address of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(2) The name, title, and address of the person to whom correspondence regarding the application should be addressed;
</P>
<P>(3) A list of all organizations which will participate in the planning, implementation, or operation of each project, and a discussion of each organization's role;
</P>
<P>(4) A preliminary statement of work, and a detailed estimate of all planning costs broken down by project task;
</P>
<P>(5) A proposed schedule for the planning process;
</P>
<P>(6) A full discussion of the desirability and feasibility of the project and a summary of the benefits to be derived;
</P>
<P>(7) A detailed description of the rail passenger terminal (including, where applicable, the description on file with the National Register), the available transportation facilities, and the proposed intermodal passenger transportation improvements;
</P>
<P>(8) The total amount of Federal assistance requested;
</P>
<P>(9) Evidence of the applicant's ability and intent to furnish its share of the total allowable project costs;
</P>
<P>(10) Where the applicant contemplates using funds which it has received or will receive from other Federal programs for the preservation or demonstration stages of the project, a brief description of the sources, use, and anticipated amount of such funds;
</P>
<P>(11) Evidence that the applicant has established, in accordance with Attachment G of Office of Management and Budget Circular A-102, adequate procedures for financial control, accounting, and performance evaluation, in order to assure proper use of the Federal funds;
</P>
<P>(12) An assurance by the applicant that it will use Federal funds provided under the Act solely for the purpose for which assistance is sought and in conformance with the limitations on the expenditures allowed under the Act and applicable regulations;
</P>
<P>(13) An opinion of the applicant's legal counsel stating that:
</P>
<P>(i) Counsel is familiar with (A) the applicant's corporate or other organization powers; (B) section 4(i) of the Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C. 1653(i); (C) the other Acts referred to in these regulations; and (D) any regulations issued to implement those Acts;
</P>
<P>(ii) The applicant is authorized to make this application including all certifications, assurances, and affirmations required; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The applicant has the requisite authority to carry out the actions proposed in its applications and to fulfill the obligations created thereby, including the obligation to pay a share of the costs of the proposed project;
</P>
<P>(14) A proposed schedule for the implementation of the applicant's completed designs and plans;
</P>
<P>(15) For projects located in urbanized areas, as defined by the Bureau of the Census, a statement that the application has been coordinated with the metropolitan planning organization, designated by the Governor of the State in which the project is located, pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 104(f)(3);
</P>
<P>(16) A certification by the applicant that, in accordance with Office of Management and Budget Circular A-95 (41 FR 2052, Jan. 13, 1976), section 204 of the Demonstration Cities and Metropolitan Development Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 3334), and section 401 of the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 4231), notification of the project has been submitted to, and comments thereon have been solicited from, the appropriate State and regional agencies and clearinghouses;
</P>
<P>(17) Two copies of an affirmative action program prepared in accordance with section 905 of the 4R Act (45 U.S.C. 803) and 49 CFR part 265;
</P>
<P>(18) Assurances that the applicant will comply with the following Federal laws, policies, regulations, and pertinent directives:
</P>
<P>(i) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. 2000d <I>et seq.</I> and 49 CFR part 21;
</P>
<P>(ii) Section 905 of the 4R Act (45 U.S.C. 803) and 49 CFR part 265;
</P>
<P>(iii) Title II and title III of the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, 42 U.S.C. 4601 <I>et seq.</I> and 49 CFR part 25;
</P>
<P>(iv) 42 U.S.C. 4151 <I>et seq.,</I> with regard to Federal policies ensuring that physically handicapped persons will have ready access to, and use of, public buildings;
</P>
<P>(v) The Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 794, with regard to nondiscrimination under Federal grants;
</P>
<P>(vi) The Hatch Act, 5 U.S.C. 1501, <I>et seq.,</I> which limits the political activities of employees; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Where applicable, the State and Local Fiscal Assistance Act of 1972, 31 U.S.C. 1221 <I>et seq.,</I> and 31 CFR part 51;
</P>
<P>(19) A statement that the applicant is prepared to develop practicable plans meeting the zoning, land use, and other requirements of the applicable State and local jurisdictions in which the rail passenger terminal is located.
</P>
<P>(20) An assurance by the applicant that the designs and plans for the conversion to an intermodal passenger terminal, including any use for civic or cultural activities, will be completed within two years following the approval of the application for Federal financial assistance;
</P>
<P>(21) A description of how the applicant can incorporate features which appear reasonably likely to attract private investors willing to share in the implementation of the planned conversion and its subsequent maintenance and operation;
</P>
<P>(22) An environmental assessment using an interdisciplinary approach in identifying the type, degree, effect, and probability of occurrence of potential environmental impacts due to the conversion to an intermodal passenger terminal; and
</P>
<P>(23) Any other information that the Administrator may require.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Execution and filing of applications.</I> (1) The original application shall bear the date of execution and be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the applicant or by the applicant, where the applicant is an individual. Each person required to execute an application shall execute a certificate in the form of appendix A hereto.
</P>
<P>(2) The original application shall be filed with the Federal Railroad Administrator, Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(3) Pre-applications for demonstration funds must be submitted to the Administrator no later than August 21, 1978. Applications for planning, preservation and demonstration funds must be submitted to the Administrator no later than September 19, 1978. Applications received after these deadlines will not be considered for funding, unless all funds are not granted to applicants who have met the application deadline.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 21887, May 22, 1978, as amended at 74 FR 25176, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.42.0.137.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.13   Review and approval of applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pre-applications.</I> Pre-applications for demonstration funds shall be reviewed by the Administrator in consultation with the Chairman and the Council.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applications.</I> The Administrator shall review applications in consultation with the Chairman and the Council and select and monitor projects most likely to accomplish the following goals:
</P>
<P>(1) Demonstrate the capabilities of intermodal terminals to provide a more effective means of passenger interchange between various modes of transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) Demonstrate the advantages of joint use terminal facilities to carriers;
</P>
<P>(3) Demonstrate a more comprehensive and effective network of energy efficient surface common carrier transportation services through improving coordinated interline intermodal exchange at selected intermodal passenger terminals distinguished by coordinated information systems, schedules, and through ticketing and baggage handling;
</P>
<P>(4) Evaluate user response to such coordinated interline intermodal transportation services, and to joint carrier use of terminal facilities;
</P>
<P>(5) Demonstrate the potential of underutilized railroad passenger terminals of historical and architectural distinction for improving intermodal passenger transportation services and for providing an appropriate focal point for civic and cultural activities;
</P>
<P>(6) Stimulate local public and private investment, by transportation carriers and others, in improved intercity and local public transportation facilities and services;
</P>
<P>(7) Encourage the preservation of railroad passenger terminals pending the formulation of plans for reuse; and
</P>
<P>(8) Encourage the development of plans for the conversion of railroad passenger terminals into intermodal passenger terminals, which may incorporate civic and cultural activities where feasible.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Preferential consideration.</I> In reviewing applications for planning funds, the Administrator shall give preferential consideration to applicants whose completed designs and plans will be implemented and effectuated within three years after the date of completion.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Approval within 90 days.</I> The Administrator will approve or deny each application within 90 days of the submission dates set forth in § 256.11(f)(3) and the Administrator will promptly notify in writing each applicant whose application has been approved.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 29080, July 10, 1975, as amended at 43 FR 21890, May 22, 1978; 44 FR 21647, Apr. 11, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 256.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.42.0.137.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 256.15   Disbursement of financial assistance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Grant agreement.</I> After receipt, review, and approval of an application, the Administrator will enter into a grant agreement with an applicant for the Federal share of the total allowable project costs. The terms and conditions of payment of the Federal share shall be set forth in the grant agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Record retention.</I> Each recipient of financial assistance under this part shall keep such records as the Administrator shall prescribe, including records which fully disclose the amount and disposition by such recipient of the proceeds of such assistance, the total cost of the project or undertaking in connection with which such assistance was given or used, the amount of that portion of the cost of the project or undertaking supplied by other sources, and such other records as will facilitate an effective audit.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Audit and examination.</I> Until the expiration of three years after the completion of the project or undertaking referred to in paragraph (b) of this section, the Administrator and the Comptroller General of the United States, or any of their duly authorized representatives, shall have access for the purpose of audit and examination to any books, documents, papers, and records of such receipts which, in the opinion of the Administrator or the Comptroller General, may be related or pertinent to such financial assistance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 29080, July 10, 1975, as amended at 43 FR 21890, May 22, 1978]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.42.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.42.2.138.1.109" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 256—Certificate
</HEAD>
<P>The following is the form of the certificate to be executed by each person signing a pre-application or application:
</P>
<P>______________ (Name of Person) certifies that he is the Chief Executive Officer of ______________ (Name of Agency or Organization); that he is authorized to sign and file with the Federal Railroad Administrator this (pre-application or application); that he has carefully examined all of the statements contained in the (pre-application or application) relating to ______________; that he has knowledge of the matters set forth therein and that all statements made and matters set forth therein are true and correct to the best of his knowledge, information and belief.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 21890, May 22, 1978]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="260" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 260—REGULATIONS GOVERNING LOANS AND LOAN GUARANTEES UNDER THE RAILROAD REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENT FINANCING PROGRAM 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 22401, 22402, 22403, 22404, 22405, 22406; 49 U.S.C. 116.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 41841, July 6, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Overview</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.1.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.1   Program authority.</HEAD>
<P>Section 502 of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976, as amended, 45 U.S.C. 821 <I>et seq.,</I> authorizes the Secretary of Transportation to provide direct loans and loan guarantees to State and local governments, government sponsored authorities and corporations, railroads, and joint ventures that include at least one railroad. The Secretary's authority has been delegated to the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration, an agency of the Department of Transportation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.1.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Act</I> means the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976, as amended, 45 U.S.C. 821 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Railroad Administrator, or his or her representative. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Applicant</I> means any State or local government, government sponsored authority or corporation, railroad, or group of two or more entities, at least one of which is a railroad, participating in a joint venture, that submits an application to the Administrator for a direct loan or the guarantee of an existing obligation under which it is an obligor or for a commitment to guarantee a new obligation. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Borrower</I> means an Applicant that has been approved for, and has received, financial assistance under this part. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Credit risk premium</I> means that portion of the total subsidy cost to the Government of a direct loan or loan guarantee that is not covered by Federal appropriations and which must be paid by Applicant or its non-Federal infrastructure partner before that direct loan can be disbursed or loan guarantee can be issued. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Direct loan</I> means a disbursement of funds by the Government to a non-federal borrower under a contract that requires the repayment of such funds. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Financial assistance</I> means a direct loan, or a guarantee of a new loan issued under this part. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Holder</I> means the current owner of an obligation or the entity retained by the owner to service and collect an obligation which is guaranteed under the provisions of this part. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Including</I> means including but not limited to. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Infrastructure partner</I> means any non-Federal source of the Credit Risk Premium which must be paid to the Administrator in lieu of, or in combination with, an appropriation in connection with financial assistance provided under this part. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Intermodal</I> means of or relating to the connection between rail service and other modes of transportation, including all parts of facilities at which such connection is made. 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Lender</I> means the non-Federal entity making a loan to an Applicant for which a loan guarantee under this part is sought. 
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Loan guarantee</I> means any guarantee, insurance, or other pledge with respect to the payment of all or a part of the principal or interest on any debt obligation of a non-Federal borrower to a non-Federal Lender, but does not include the insurance of deposits, shares, or other withdrawable accounts in financial institutions. 
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Obligation</I> means a bond, note, conditional sale agreement, equipment trust certificate, security agreement, or other obligation. 
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Obligor</I> means the debtor under an obligation, including the original obligor and any successor or assignee of such obligor. 
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Project</I> means the purpose for which financial assistance is requested. 
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Railroad</I> means a rail carrier subject to part A of subtitle IV of title 49, United States Code. 
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Subsidy cost of a direct loan</I> means the net present value, at the time when the direct loan is disbursed, of the following estimated cash flows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Loan disbursements; 
</P>
<P>(2) Repayments of principal; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Payments of interest and other payments by or to the Government over the life of the loan after adjusting for estimated defaults, prepayments, fees, penalties, and other recoveries; including the effects of changes in loan terms resulting from the exercise by the borrower of an option included in the loan contract. 
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Subsidy cost of a loan guarantee</I> means the net present value, at the time when the guaranteed loan is disbursed, of the following estimated cash flows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Payments by the Government to cover defaults, delinquencies, interest subsidies, or other payments; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The payments to the Government including origination and other fees, penalties and recoveries. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.1.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.5   Eligible purposes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Financial assistance under this part is available solely to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Acquire, improve, or rehabilitate intermodal or rail freight or passenger equipment or facilities, including track, components of track, bridges, yards, buildings, and shops; 
</P>
<P>(2) Refinance outstanding debt incurred for purposes described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Develop or establish new intermodal or railroad facilities. 
</P>
<P>(b) Financial assistance under this part cannot be used for railroad operating expenses. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.1.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.7   Priority consideration.</HEAD>
<P>When evaluating applications, the Administrator will give priority consideration (but not necessarily in the following order) to projects that: 
</P>
<P>(a) Enhance public safety; 
</P>
<P>(b) Enhance the environment; 
</P>
<P>(c) Promote economic development; 
</P>
<P>(d) Enable United States companies to be more competitive in international markets; 
</P>
<P>(e) Are endorsed by the plans prepared under section 135 of title 23, United States Code, by the State or States in which they are located; or 
</P>
<P>(f) Preserve or enhance rail or intermodal service to small communities or rural areas. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.1.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.9   Loan terms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The interest rate on a direct loan will be not less than the rate on United States Treasury securities of a similar maturity of the direct loan on the date of the execution of the loan agreement, except as described in paragraph (b) of this section and in § 260.17(d).
</P>
<P>(b) If, on the date of the execution of the loan agreement, the United States Treasury does not post the rate of securities of a similar maturity of the direct loan, the interest rate on any direct loan with both a final maturity date that is more than 35 years after the date of substantial completion of the project, and a loan term that is more than 40 years, will be equal to not less than the rate on thirty-to-forty year Treasury securities plus an annual interest rate adjustment. The annual interest rate adjustment will be, cumulatively:
</P>
<P>(i) 1.4 basis points for each year of the loan term after year 40 to, but not including, year 51;
</P>
<P>(ii) 0.4 basis points for each year of the loan term from year 51 to, but not including, year 71; and
</P>
<P>(iii) 0.2 basis points for each year of the loan term from year 71 to year 100.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, “loan term” means the period beginning on the date of the execution of the loan agreement and ending on the final maturity date. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 45776, May 24, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.1.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.11   Investigation charge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Applicants for financial assistance under this part may be required to pay an investigation charge of up to one-half of one percent of the principal amount of the direct loan or portion of the loan to be guaranteed. 
</P>
<P>(b) When an investigation charge is assessed, one-half of the investigation charge shall be paid by Applicant at the time a formal application is submitted to FRA. 
</P>
<P>(c) Within 60 days after the date of filing of the application, Applicant shall pay to the Administrator the balance of the investigation charge. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.1.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.13   Credit reform.</HEAD>
<P>The Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990, 2 U.S.C. 661, requires Federal agencies to set aside the subsidy cost of new credit assistance provided in the form of direct loans or loan guarantees. The subsidy cost will be the estimated long term cost to the Government of the loan or loan guarantee. The subsidy cost associated with each direct loan or loan guarantee, which the Administrator must set aside, may be funded by Federal appropriations, direct payment of a Credit Risk Premium by the Applicant or a non-Federal infrastructure partner on behalf of the Applicant, or any combination thereof. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.1.138.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.15   Credit risk premium.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where available Federal appropriations are inadequate to cover the subsidy cost, a non-Federal infrastructure partner may pay to the Administrator a Credit Risk Premium adequate to cover that portion of the subsidy cost not covered by Federal appropriations. Where there is no Federal appropriation, the Credit Risk Premium must cover the entire subsidy cost. 
</P>
<P>(b) The amount of the Credit Risk Premium required for each direct loan or loan guarantee, if any, shall be established by the Administrator. The Credit Risk Premium shall be determined based on the credit risk and anticipated recovery in the event of default, including the recovery of collateral. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Credit Risk Premium must be paid before the disbursement of a direct or guaranteed loan. Where the borrower draws down the direct or guaranteed loan in several increments, the borrower may pay a portion of the total Credit Risk Premium for each increment equal to the proportion of that increment to the total amount of the direct or guaranteed loan. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each direct loan and loan guarantee made by the Administrator will be included in one cohort of direct loans or one cohort of loan guarantees, respectively, made during that same fiscal year, or longer period, as may be determined by the Administrator. When all obligations in a cohort have been satisfied or liquidated, the amount of Credit Risk Premiums, paid by applicants or infrastructure partners, remaining in the cohort, after deductions made to mitigate losses from any loan or loan guarantee in the cohort, together with interest accrued thereon, will be repaid on a pro rata basis to each original payor of a Credit Risk Premium for any obligation which was fully satisfied. If the Administrator's estimate of the default risk cost of each loan is accurate, the aggregate of Credit Risk Premiums associated with each cohort of loans will fully offset all losses in the cohort and none will remain to be returned to the payees. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—FRA Policies and Procedures for Evaluating Applications for Financial Assistance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.2.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.17   Credit risk premium analysis.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When Federal appropriations are not available to cover the total subsidy cost, the Administrator will determine the Credit Risk Premium necessary for each direct loan or loan guarantee by estimating the credit risk and the potential recovery in the event of a default of each project evaluating the factors described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Establishing the credit risk. 
</P>
<P>(1) Where an Applicant has received a recent credit rating from one or more nationally recognized rating agencies, that rating will be used to estimate the credit risk. 
</P>
<P>(2) Where an Applicant has not received a credit rating from a credit rating agency, the Administrator will determine the credit risk based on an evaluation of the following factors: 
</P>
<P>(i) Business risk, based on Applicant's: 
</P>
<P>(A) Industry outlook; 
</P>
<P>(B) Market position; 
</P>
<P>(C) Management and financial policies; 
</P>
<P>(D) Capital expenditures; and 
</P>
<P>(E) Operating efficiency. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Financial risk, based on Applicant's past and projected: 
</P>
<P>(A) Profitability; 
</P>
<P>(B) Liquidity; 
</P>
<P>(C) Financial strength; 
</P>
<P>(D) Size; and 
</P>
<P>(E) Level of capital expenditures; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Project risk, based on the proposed project's: 
</P>
<P>(A) Potential for improving revenues, profitability and cash flow from operations; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Reliance on third parties for success. 
</P>
<P>(c) The potential recovery in the event of a default will be based on: 
</P>
<P>(1) The nature of the Applicant's assets; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Liquidation value of the collateral offered, including the terms and conditions of the lien securing the collateral. 
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Where the Credit Risk Premium determined pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section is a positive amount, the interest rate on the direct loan will be equal to not less than the rate set pursuant to § 260.9 plus an interest rate adjustment sufficient to result in a Credit Risk Premium of zero dollars.
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall apply to a direct loan or loan guarantee only so long as the Act requires the Secretary to return Credit Risk Premiums paid on that loan or loan guarantee to the original source.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 41841, July 6, 2000, as amended at 89 FR 45776, May 24, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.2.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.19   Preapplication meeting.</HEAD>
<P>Potential Applicants may request a meeting with the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Development to discuss the nature of the project being considered. Applicants must be prepared to provide at least the following information: 
</P>
<P>(a) Applicant's name, address, and contact person; 
</P>
<P>(b) Name of the proposed infrastructure partner(s), if any, including the identification of potential amounts of funding from each; 
</P>
<P>(c) Amount of the direct loan or loan guarantee request, and a description of the technical aspects of the project including a map of the existing railroad lines with the location of the project indicated; 
</P>
<P>(d) Brief description and estimate of the economic impact, including future demand for service, improvements that can be achieved, the project's relation to the priorities listed in § 260.7, along with any feasibility, market or other studies that may have been done as attachments; 
</P>
<P>(e) Amount of Applicant's equity and a description of collateral offered, with estimated values, including the basis of such, to be offered as security for the loan; 
</P>
<P>(f) If applicable, the names and addresses of the Applicant's parent, affiliates, and subsidiary corporations, if any, and a description of the ownership relationship and the level of guarantee, if any, to be offered; 
</P>
<P>(g) For existing companies, a current balance sheet and an income statement not more than 90 days old and financial statements for the borrower and any parent, affiliates, and subsidiaries for at least the four most recent years; and 
</P>
<P>(h) Information relevant to the potential environmental impacts of the project in the context of applicable Federal law. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Applications for Financial Assistance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.3.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.21   Eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may make a direct loan to an Applicant, or guarantee the payment of the principal balance and any interest of an obligation of an Applicant prior to, on, or after the date of execution or the date of disbursement of such obligation, if the proceeds of such direct loan or obligation shall be, or have been, used by the Applicant for the eligible purposes listed in § 260.5(a)(1), (2), and (3). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.3.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.23   Form and content of application generally.</HEAD>
<P>Each application shall include, in the order indicated and identified by applicable paragraph numbers and letters corresponding to those used in this section, the following information: 
</P>
<P>(a) Full and correct name and principal business address of the Applicant; 
</P>
<P>(b) Date of Applicant's incorporation, or organization if not a corporation, and name of the government, State or territory under the laws of which it was incorporated or organized. If Applicant is a partnership, association, or other form of organization other than a corporation, a full description of the organization should be furnished; 
</P>
<P>(c) Name, title, and address of the person to whom correspondence regarding the application should be addressed. 
</P>
<P>(d) A statement of whether the project involves another railroad or other participant, through joint execution, coordination, or otherwise; if so, description of the relative participation of Applicant and such other railroad or participant, including financial statements (if applicable) and financing arrangements of each participant, portion of the work to be performed by each participant, and anticipated level of usage of the equipment or facility of each participant when the work is completed, along with a statement by a responsible officer or official of the other railroad or participant that the information provided reflects their agreement on these matters; 
</P>
<P>(e) A detailed description of the amount and timing of the financial assistance that is being requested and its purpose or purposes, including: 
</P>
<P>(1) Detailed description of the project and its purpose or purposes; 
</P>
<P>(2) A description of all facilities or equipment and the physical condition of such facilities or equipment included in or directly affected by the proposed project; 
</P>
<P>(3) Each part or sub-part into which the project may reasonably be divided and the priority and schedule of expenditure for each part or sub-part; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Proposed dates of commencement and completion of the project and estimated timing of the expenditure of the proceeds of the obligation; 
</P>
<P>(5) A map of Applicant's existing railroad with location of project indicated, if appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(f) A listing and description of the collateral to be offered the Administrator in connection with any financial assistance provided; Applicant's opinion of the value of this security and the basis for such opinion; in the case of leased equipment to be rehabilitated or improved with the proceeds of the obligation proposed to be guaranteed, Applicant shall state, in addition to the above, whether the lease provides for, or the lessor will permit, encumbrance of the leasehold or subordination of the lessor's interest in the equipment to the Administrator; 
</P>
<P>(g) A statement, in summary form, showing financial obligations to or claims against the United States or obligations for which the United States is guarantor, if any, by Applicant or any affiliated corporate entity of the Applicant or the Applicant's parent as of the date of the application, including: 
</P>
<P>(1) Status of any claims under litigation; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Any other debits or credits existing between the Applicant and the United States, showing the department or agency involved in such loans, claims and other debts; 
</P>
<P>(h) To the extent such information is available, an analysis that includes: 
</P>
<P>(1) A statement, together with supporting evidence including copies of all market analyses and studies that have been performed to determine present and future demand for rail services or facilities, that the financing is justified by present and future probable demand for rail services or facilities, will meet existing needs for such services or facilities, and will provide shippers or passengers with improved service; 
</P>
<P>(2) Description of the impact of the project upon the projected freight or passenger traffic to be originated, terminated, or carried by the Applicant for at least the five years immediately following completion of the project; 
</P>
<P>(3) Explanation of the manner in which the project will increase the economical and efficient utilization of equipment and facilities; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Description of cost savings or any other benefit which would accrue to the Applicant from the project; 
</P>
<P>(i) A statement as to how the project will contribute to, or enhance, the safe operation of the railroad, considering such factors as the occupational safety and health of the employees and the improvement of the physical and other conditions that have caused or may cause serious injury or loss of life to the public or significant property damage; 
</P>
<P>(j) A statement of the Applicant's maintenance program for its entire rail system and planned maintenance program for the equipment or facilities financed by the proceeds of the financial assistance; 
</P>
<P>(k) A certified statement in the form contained in § 260.31(d) that Applicant will pay to the Administrator, in accordance with § 260.11, the investigation charge with respect to the application. 
</P>
<P>(l) Information relevant to the potential environmental impacts of the project in the context of applicable Federal laws; 
</P>
<P>(m) Any additional information that the Applicant deems appropriate to convey a full and complete understanding of the project, the project's relations to the priorities listed in § 260.7, and its impact, or to assist the Administrator in making the statutorily prescribed findings; and 
</P>
<P>(n) Any other information which the Administrator may deem necessary concerning an application filed under this part. 
</P>
<P>(o) Railroad applicants must also submit a copy of application for financing for the project in the private sector, including terms requested, from at least one commercial lender, and its response refusing to provide such financing. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.3.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.25   Additional information for Applicants not having a credit rating.</HEAD>
<P>Each application submitted by Applicants not having a recent credit rating from one or more nationally recognized rating agencies shall include, in the order indicated and identified by applicable numbers and letters corresponding to those used in this section, the following information: 
</P>
<P>(a) A narrative statement detailing management's business plan to enhance Applicant's ability to provide rail services including a discussion of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Applicant's current and prospective traffic base, including by commodity and geographic region, major markets served, major interchange points, and market development plans; 
</P>
<P>(2) Applicant's current operating patterns, and plans, if any, to enhance its ability to serve its current and prospective traffic base; 
</P>
<P>(3) System-wide plans to maintain equipment and rights-of-way at current or improved levels; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Specific plans for rationalization of marginal or uneconomic services; 
</P>
<P>(b) Detailed financial information, including: 
</P>
<P>(1) Financial statements prepared by a Certified Public Accountant (audited, if available), for the four calendar years immediately preceding the date of filing of the application, including: 
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of Applicant's most recent year-end general balance sheet and a copy of Applicant's most recent unaudited general balance sheet; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Applicant's most recent annual income statement and a spread sheet showing unaudited monthly and year-to-date income statement data up to the date the application is filed; 
</P>
<P>(2) Projected financial statements, including spread sheets showing for each of the four years subsequent to the year in which the application is filed, both before and after giving effect to the proceeds of the assistance requested in the application: 
</P>
<P>(i) Forecasted annual income statement; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Forecasted year-end balance sheets. These spread sheets shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the bases for such forecasts; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) A spread sheet showing changes in financial position for the year in which the application is filed, including the period ending on the date of the application based upon actual data and the period from the date of the application to the end of the year, based upon estimated and forecasted data; 
</P>
<P>(c) Capital spending plans for the next five years; 
</P>
<P>(d) Cash flow projections; 
</P>
<P>(e) Contingency plans for termination of the project before completion, if necessary; and 
</P>
<P>(f) A narrative description of Applicant's management team, including: 
</P>
<P>(1) Rail experience of top management; 
</P>
<P>(2) Management's plans for achieving growth and its long-term capital spending plan; and 
</P>
<P>(3) A narrative description of Applicant's workforce and the historical rate of employee turnover. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.27" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.3.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.27   Additional information for loan guarantees.</HEAD>
<P>Applications for a loan guarantee shall also include in the order indicated and identified by applicable numbers and letters corresponding to those used in this section, the following information: 
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to each existing obligation to be refinanced or proposed obligation: 
</P>
<P>(1) A certified copy of proposed or executed obligation agreements; 
</P>
<P>(2) A detailed description of the obligation, and a description of the series or issue of which the obligation is, or will be, a part, including: 
</P>
<P>(i) Effective date, or anticipated effective date; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Where a guarantee is sought for an outstanding obligation being refinanced, actual effective rate of interest; or where the obligation is new, the terms of the proposed obligation including the proposed effective rate of interest; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) All related documents, whether executed or proposed; 
</P>
<P>(3) For an existing obligation, the Applicant's payment history on that obligation; and 
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to each existing Lender, Holder, or prospective Lender, a statement as to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Full and correct name and principal business address; 
</P>
<P>(2) Reference to applicable provisions of law and the charter or other governing instruments conferring authority to do business on the Lender, Holder, or prospective Lender; 
</P>
<P>(3) Brief statement of the circumstances and negotiations leading to the agreement by the Lender, Holder, or prospective Lender to make the loan; 
</P>
<P>(4) Brief statement of the nature and extent of any affiliation or business relationship between the Lender, Holder, or prospective Lender and the Applicant or any of Applicant's directors, partners, or principal executive officers; and. 
</P>
<P>(5) Full and complete statement of all sums to be provided by the Lender or Holder, or to be provided by the prospective Lender in connection with the proposed obligation including: 
</P>
<P>(i) Name and address of each person to whom the payment has been made or will be made and nature of any affiliation, association, or prior business relationship between any person named in this paragraph and the Lender, Holder or prospective Lender or any of its directors, partners, or officers; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Amount of the cash payment, or the nature and value of other consideration. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.29" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.3.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.29   Third party consultants.</HEAD>
<P>Applicants may utilize independent third-party consultants to prepare a financial evaluation of the proposed project and the applicant, if approved by FRA. Providing such an evaluation would greatly assist FRA in the evaluation of the application and would significantly reduce the time necessary for FRA to process the application. We encourage the use of third party consultants. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.31" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.3.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.31   Execution and filing of the application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The original application shall bear the date of execution, be signed in ink by or on behalf of the Applicant, and shall bear the corporate seal in the case of an Applicant which is a corporation. Execution shall be by all partners if a partnership, unless satisfactory evidence is furnished of the authority of a partner to bind the partnership, or if a corporation, an association or other similar form of organization, by its president or other executive officer having knowledge of the matters therein set forth. Persons signing the application on behalf of the Applicant shall also sign a certificate in form as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>(Name of official) certifies that he or she is the (Title of official) of the (Name of Applicant); that he or she is authorized on the part of the Applicant to sign and file with the Administrator this application and exhibits attached thereto; that the consent of all parties whose consent is required, by law or by binding commitment of the Applicant, in order to make this application has been given; that he or she has carefully examined all of the statements contained in such application and the exhibits attached thereto and made a part thereof relating to the aforesaid (Name of Applicant); that he or she has knowledge of the matters set forth therein and that all such statements made and matters set forth therein are true and correct to the best of his or her knowledge, information, and belief; and that Applicant will pay the balance of the investigation charge in accordance with § 260.11.
</P>
<FP>(Signature of official) 
</FP>
<FP>(Date)</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) There shall be made a part of the original application the following certificate by the Chief Financial Officer or equivalent officer of the Applicant:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>(Name of officer) certifies that he or she is (Title of officer) of (Name of Applicant); that he or she has supervision over the books of accounts and other financial records of the affected Applicant and has control over the manner in which they are kept; that such accounts are maintained in good faith in accordance with the effective accounting practices; that such accounts are adequate to assure that proceeds from the financing being requested will be used solely and specifically for the purposes authorized; that he or she has examined the financial statements and supporting schedules included in this application and to the best of his or her knowledge and belief those statements accurately reflect the accounts as stated in the books of account; and that, other than the matters set forth in the exceptions attached to such statements, those financial statements and supporting schedules represent a true and complete statement of the financial position of the Applicant and that there are no undisclosed assets, liabilities, commitments to purchase property or securities, other commitments, litigation in the courts, contingent rental agreements, or other contingent transactions which might materially affect the financial position of the Applicant.
</P>
<FP>(Signature of official) 
</FP>
<FP>(Date)</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) The Applicant shall pay the investigation charge in accordance with § 260.11. 
</P>
<P>(d) The application shall be accompanied by a transmittal letter in form as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Federal Railroad Administrator, c/o Associate Administrator for Railroad Development, Federal Railroad Administration, Washington, D.C. 20590 
</FP-1>
<FP1-2>Re: Application for financial assistance under the Railroad Rehabilitation and Improvement Financing Program.
</FP1-2>
<P>Dear Sir or Madam: Being duly authorized by (jointly and severally/if more than one) (the “Applicant”) to convey the understandings hereinafter set forth, I respectfully submit this application and remit its investigation fee in the amount equal to one-half the total investigation fee established by the Administrator. By this filing, Applicant requests the Administrator to investigate the application and make the necessary findings upon which Applicant's eligibility for a direct loan or loan guarantee may be determined. Applicant understands that neither the acceptance of this filing, the deposit of the investigation charge, nor the commencement of an investigation acknowledges the sufficiency of the application's form, content or merit. Furthermore, Applicant understands that the Administrator will incur numerous expenses by this filing with respect to the investigation of the application, the appraisal of security being offered, and the making of the necessary determinations and findings, and promises to pay, within 60 days, the remainder of the investigation fee required by the Administrator. Applicant understands that the Administrator will establish the amount of Credit Risk Premium due from Applicant, if any, as provided in § 260.15. Applicant agrees to pay such Credit Risk Premium prior to the disbursement of direct or guaranteed loan, as appropriate. Such Credit Risk Premium may be refunded as provided in § 260.15. 
</P>
<P>  Respectfully submitted.
</P>
<FP-1>Applicant(s) 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Seal(s) by Its(Their).</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) The original application and supporting papers, and two copies thereof for the use of the Administrator, shall be filed with the Associate Administrator for Railroad Development of the Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., MailStop 20, Washington, DC 20590. Each copy shall bear the dates and signatures that appear in the original and shall be complete in itself, but the signatures in the copies may be stamped or typed. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 41841, July 6, 2000, as amended at 74 FR 25176, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.33" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.3.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.33   Information requests.</HEAD>
<P>If an Applicant desires that any information submitted in its application or any supplement thereto not be released by the Administrator upon request from a member of the public, the Applicant must so state and must set forth any reasons why such information should not be released, including particulars as to any competitive harm which would probably result from release of such information. The Administrator will keep such information confidential to the extent permitted by law. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.35" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.3.138.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.35   Environmental assessment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provision of financial assistance by the Administrator under this Part is subject to a variety of environmental and historic preservation statutes and implementing regulations including the National Environmental Policy Act (“NEPA”) (42 U.S.C. 4332 <I>et seq.</I>), Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 303(c)), the National Historic Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470(f)), the Coastal Zone Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1451), and the Endangered Species Act (16 U.S.C. 1531). Appropriate environmental/historic preservation documentation must be completed and approved by the Administrator prior to a decision by the Administrator on the applicant's financial assistance request. FRA's “Procedures for Considering Environmental Impacts” (“FRA's Environmental Procedures”) (65 FR 28545 (May 26, 1999)) or any replacement environmental review procedures that the FRA may later issue and the NEPA regulation of the Council on Environmental Quality (“CEQ Regulation”) (40 CFR Part 1500) will govern the FRA's compliance with applicable environmental/historic preservation review requirements. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator, in cooperation with the applicant, has the responsibility to manage the preparation of the appropriate environmental document. The role of the applicant will be determined by the Administrator in accordance with the CEQ Regulation and Environmental Procedures. 
</P>
<P>(c) Depending on the type, size and potential environmental impact of the project for which the applicant is seeking financial assistance, FRA will need to determine whether the project is categorically excluded from detailed environmental review under FRA's Environmental Procedures and, if not, to prepare or have prepared an Environmental Assessment leading to an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) or a Finding of No Significant Impact. At the discretion of the Administrator, Applicants may be required to prepare and submit an environmental assessment of the proposed project or to submit adequate documentation to support a finding that the project is categorically excluded from detailed environmental review. If the applicant is a public agency that has statewide jurisdiction or is a local unit of government acting through a statewide agency, and meets the requirements of section 102(2)(D) of NEPA, the applicant may be requested to prepare the EIS and other environmental documents under the Administrator's guidance. 
</P>
<P>(d) Applicants are strongly urged to consult with the Associate Administrator for Railroad Development at the earliest possible stage in project development in order to assure that the environmental/historic preservation review process can be completed in a timely manner. 
</P>
<P>(e) Applicants may not initiate any activities that would have an adverse environmental impact or limit the choice of reasonable alternatives in advance of the completion of the environmental review process. This does not preclude development by applicants of plans or designs or performance of other work necessary to support the application for financial assistance. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Standards for Maintenance of Facilities Involved in the Project</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.37" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.4.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.37   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes standards governing the maintenance of facilities that are being, or have been, acquired, rehabilitated, improved, or constructed with the proceeds of a direct loan or a guaranteed loan issued under this part for the period during which any portion of the principal or interest of such obligation remains unpaid. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.39" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.4.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.39   Maintenance standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the proceeds of a direct loan or an obligation guaranteed by the Administrator under this part are, or were, used to acquire, rehabilitate, improve or construct track, roadbed, and related structures, Borrower shall, as long as any portion of the principal or interest of such obligation remains unpaid, maintain such facilities in at least the highest track class, as defined by FRA Track Safety Standards in part 213 of this chapter, specified in the Application at which the rehabilitated, improved, acquired, or constructed track is to be operated upon completion of the project. 
</P>
<P>(b) When the proceeds of a direct loan or an obligation guaranteed by the Administrator under this part are, or were, used for equipment or facilities, the Borrower shall, during the period in which any portion of the principal or interest in such obligation remains unpaid, maintain such equipment or facilities in a manner consistent with sound engineering and maintenance practices and in a condition that will permit the level of use that existed upon completion of the acquisition, rehabilitation, improvement or construction of such equipment or facilities. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.41" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.4.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.41   Inspection and reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Equipment or facilities subject to the provisions of this subpart may be inspected at such times as the Administrator deems necessary to assure compliance with the standards set forth in § 260.39. Each Borrower shall permit representatives of the FRA to enter upon its property to inspect and examine such facilities at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner. Such representatives shall be permitted to use such testing devices as the Administrator deems necessary to insure that the maintenance standards imposed by this subpart are being followed. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each Borrower shall submit annually to the Administrator financial records and other documents detailing the maintenance and inspections performed which demonstrate that the Borrower has complied with the standards in § 260.39. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.43" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.4.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.43   Impact on other laws.</HEAD>
<P>Standards issued under this subpart shall not be construed to relieve the Borrower of any obligation to comply with any other Federal, State, or local law or regulation. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Procedures To Be Followed in the Event of Default</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.45" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.5.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.45   Events of default for guaranteed loans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the Borrower is more than 30 days past due on a payment or is in violation of any covenant or condition of the loan documents and such violation constitutes a default under the provisions of the loan documents, Lender must notify the Administrator in writing and must continue to submit this information to the Administrator each month until such time as the loan is no longer in default; and the Administrator will pay the Lender of the obligation, or the Lenders's agent, an amount equal to the past due interest on the guaranteed portion of the defaulted loan. This payment will in no way reduce the Borrower's obligation to the Lender to make all payments of principal and interest in accordance with the note. If the loan is brought current, the Lender will repay to the Agency any interest payments made by the Agency, plus accrued interest at the note rate. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the default has continued for more than 90 days, the Administrator will pay to the Lender, or the Lender's agent, 90 percent of the unpaid guaranteed principal. If, subsequent to this payment being made, the default is cured and liquidation is no longer appropriate, the Lender will repay such funds to the Administrator, plus interest at the note rate. 
</P>
<P>(c) After the default has continued for more than 90 days, the Lender shall expeditiously submit to the Administrator, in writing, its proposed detailed plan to resolve the default by liquidating the collateral or by any other means. If the resolution will require the liquidation of the collateral, then the Lender's plan shall include: 
</P>
<P>(1) Proof adequate to establish that the Lender is legally in possession of the obligation, or is the agent for a Holder who is legally in possession of the obligation, and a statement of the current loan balance and accrued interest to date and the method of computing the interest; 
</P>
<P>(2) A full and complete list of all collateral, including any personal and corporate guarantees; 
</P>
<P>(3) The recommended liquidation methods for making the maximum collection possible and the justification for such methods, including recommended action for acquiring and disposing of all collateral and collecting from any guarantors; 
</P>
<P>(4) Necessary steps for preservation of the collateral; 
</P>
<P>(5) Copies of the Borrower's latest available financial statements; 
</P>
<P>(6) Copies of any guarantor's latest available financial statements; 
</P>
<P>(7) An itemized list of estimated liquidation expenses expected to be incurred along with justification for each expense; 
</P>
<P>(8) A schedule to periodically report to the FRA on the progress of liquidation; 
</P>
<P>(9) Proposed protective bid amounts on collateral to be sold at auction and a breakdown to show how the amounts were determined; 
</P>
<P>(10) If a voluntary conveyance is considered, the proposed amount to be credited to the guaranteed debt; 
</P>
<P>(11) Legal opinions, as appropriate; 
</P>
<P>(12) The Lender will obtain an independent appraisal on all collateral securing the loan which will reflect the fair market value and potential liquidation value. In order to formulate a liquidation plan that maximizes recovery, the appraisal shall consider the presence of hazardous substances, petroleum products, or other environmental hazards, which may adversely impact the market value of the collateral; and 
</P>
<P>(13) The anticipated expenses associated with the liquidation will be considered a cost of liquidation. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator will inform the Lender in writing whether the Administrator concurs in the Lender's liquidation plan. Should the Administrator and the Lender not agree on the liquidation plan, negotiations will take place between the Administrator and the Lender to resolve the disagreement. When the liquidation plan is approved by the Administrator, the Lender will proceed expeditiously with liquidation. The liquidation plan may be modified when conditions warrant. All modifications must be approved in writing by the Administrator prior to implementation. 
</P>
<P>(e) Lender will account for funds during the period of liquidation and will provide the Administrator with reports at least quarterly on the progress of liquidation including disposition of collateral, resulting costs, and additional procedures necessary for successful completion of the liquidation. 
</P>
<P>(f) Within 30 days after final liquidation of all collateral, the Lender will prepare and submit to the Administrator a final report in which the Lender must account for all funds during the period of liquidation, disposition of the collateral, all costs incurred, and any other information necessary for the successful completion of liquidation. Upon receipt of the final accounting and report of loss, the Administrator may audit all applicable documentation to confirm the final loss. The Lender will make its records available and otherwise assist the Administrator in making any investigation. 
</P>
<P>(g) The Administrator shall be subrogated to all the rights of the Lender, or if Lender is agent for a Holder then to all of the rights of the Holder, with respect to the Borrower to the extent of the Administrator's payment to the Lender under this section. 
</P>
<P>(h) When the Administrator finds the final report to be proper in all respects: 
</P>
<P>(1) All amounts recovered in liquidation shall be paid to the Administrator; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The remaining obligation of the Administrator to the Lender under the guarantee, if any, will be paid directly to Lender by the Administrator. 
</P>
<P>(i) The Administrator shall not be required to make any payment under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section if the Administrator finds, before the expiration of the periods described in such subsections, that the default has been remedied. 
</P>
<P>(j) The Administrator shall have the right to charge Borrower interest, penalties and administrative costs, including all of the United States' legally assessed or reasonably incurred expenses of its counsel and court costs in connection with any proceeding brought or threatened to enforce payment or performance under applicable loan documents, in accordance with OMB Circular A-129 (<I>www.whitehouse.gov/omb</I>), as it may be revised from time to time. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.47" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.5.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.47   Events of default for direct loans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon the Borrower's failure to make a scheduled payment, or upon the Borrower's violation of any covenant or condition of the loan documents which constitutes a default under the provisions of the loan documents, the Administrator, at the Administrator's discretion may: 
</P>
<P>(1) Exercise any and all remedies available under the provisions of the loan agreement and other loan documents, including any guarantees, or inherent in law or equity; 
</P>
<P>(2) Terminate further borrowing of funds; 
</P>
<P>(3) Take possession of assets pledged as collateral; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Liquidate pledged collateral. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator shall have the right to charge Borrower interest, penalties and administrative costs, including all of the United States' legally assessed or reasonably incurred expenses of its counsel and court costs in connection with any proceeding brought or threatened to enforce payment or performance under applicable loan documents, in accordance with OMB Circular A-129, as it may be revised from time to time. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.49" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.5.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.49   Avoiding defaults.</HEAD>
<P>Borrowers are encouraged to contact the Administrator prior to the occurrence of an event of default to explore possible avenues for avoiding such an occurrence. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Loan Guarantees—Lenders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.51" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.6.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.51   Conditions of guarantee.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The percentage of the obligation for which Applicant seeks a guarantee is a matter of negotiation between the Lender and the Applicant, subject to the Administrator's approval. The maximum percentage of the total obligation that the Administrator will guarantee is 80 percent. The amount of guarantee allowed will depend on the total credit quality of the transaction and the level of risk believed to be assumed by the Administrator. 
</P>
<P>(b) A guarantee under this part constitutes an obligation supported by the full faith and credit of the United States and is incontestable except for fraud or misrepresentation of which a Lender or Holder has actual knowledge at the time it becomes such Lender or Holder or which a Lender or Holder participates in or condones. In addition, the guarantee will be unenforceable by the Lender or the Holder to the extent any loss is occasioned by the violation of usury laws, negligent servicing, or failure to obtain the required security regardless of the time at which the Administrator acquires knowledge thereof. Any losses occasioned will be unenforceable to the extent that loan funds are used for purposes other than those specifically approved by FRA in its guarantee. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator may guarantee an Applicant's obligation to any Lender provided such Lender can establish to the satisfaction of the Administrator that it has the legal authority and sufficient expertise and financial strength to operate a successful lending program. Loan guarantees will only be approved for Lenders with adequate experience and expertise to make, secure, service, and collect the loans. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Lender may sell all of the guaranteed portion of the loan on the secondary market, provided the loan is not in default, or retain the entire loan. 
</P>
<P>(e) When a guaranteed portion of a loan is sold to a Holder, the Holder shall succeed to all rights of the Lender under the loan guarantee to the extent of the portion purchased. The Lender will remain bound to all obligations under the loan guarantee and the provisions of this part. In the event of material fraud, negligence or misrepresentation by the Lender or the Lender's participation in or condoning of such material fraud, negligence or misrepresentation, the Lender will be liable for payments made by the Agency to any Holder. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.53" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.6.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.53   Lenders' functions and responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>Lenders have the primary responsibility for the successful delivery of the program consistent with the policies and procedures outlined in this part. All Lenders obtaining or requesting a loan guarantee from the Administrator are responsible for: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Loan processing.</I> Lender shall be responsible for all aspects of loan processing, including: 
</P>
<P>(1) Processing applications for the loan to be guaranteed; 
</P>
<P>(2) Developing and maintaining adequately documented loan files; 
</P>
<P>(3) Recommending only loan proposals that are eligible and financially feasible; 
</P>
<P>(4) Obtaining valid evidence of debt and collateral in accordance with sound lending practices; 
</P>
<P>(5) Supervising construction, where appropriate; 
</P>
<P>(6) Distributing loan funds; 
</P>
<P>(7) Servicing guaranteed loans in a prudent manner, including liquidation if necessary; and 
</P>
<P>(8) Obtaining the Administrator's approval or concurrence as required in the loan guarantee documentation; 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Credit evaluation.</I> Lender must analyze all credit factors associated with each proposed loan and apply its professional judgment to determine that the credit factors, considered in combination, ensure loan repayment. The Lender must have an adequate underwriting process to ensure that loans are reviewed by other than the originating officer. There must be good credit documentation procedures; 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Environmental responsibilities.</I> Lender has a responsibility to become familiar with Federal environmental requirements; to consider, in consultation with the prospective borrower, the potential environmental impacts of their proposals at the earliest planning stages; and to develop proposals that minimize the potential to adversely impact the environment. Lender must alert the Administrator to any controversial environmental issues related to a proposed project or items that may require extensive environmental review. Lender must assist borrowers as necessary to comply with the environmental requirements outlined in this part. Additionally, Lender will assist in the collection of additional data when the Agency needs such data to complete its environmental review of the proposal; and assist in the resolution of environmental problems; 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Loan closing.</I> The Lender will conduct or arrange for loan closings; and 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Fees and charges.</I> The Lender may establish charges and fees for the loan provided they are similar to those normally charged other Applicants for the same type of loan in the ordinary course of business. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 260.55" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.43.6.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 260.55   Lender's loan servicing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The lender is responsible for servicing the entire loan and for taking all servicing actions that are prudent. This responsibility includes but is not limited to the collection of payments, obtaining compliance with the covenants and provisions in the loan documents, obtaining and analyzing financial statements, verification of tax payments, and insurance premiums, and maintaining liens on collateral. 
</P>
<P>(b) The lender must report the outstanding principal and interest balance on each guaranteed loan semiannually. 
</P>
<P>(c) At the Administrator's request, the Lender will periodically meet with the Administrator to ascertain how the guaranteed loan is being serviced and that the conditions and covenants of the loan documents are being enforced. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Lender must obtain and forward to the Administrator the Borrower's annual financial statements within 120 days after the end of the Borrower's fiscal year and the due date of other reports as required by the loan documents. The Lender must analyze the financial statements and provide the Agency with a written summary of the Lender's analysis and conclusions, including trends, strengths, weaknesses, extraordinary transactions, and other indications of the financial condition of the Borrower. 
</P>
<P>(e) Neither the Lender nor the Holder shall alter, nor approve any amendments of, any loan instrument without the prior written approval of the Administrator. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="261" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.44" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 261—CREDIT ASSISTANCE FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION PROJECTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 1501 <I>et seq.,</I> Pub. L. 105-178, 112 Stat. 107, 241, as amended; 23 U.S.C. 181-189 and 315; 49 CFR 1.49.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>64 FR 29753, June 2, 1999, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 261.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.44.0.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 261.1   Cross-reference to credit assistance.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in 49 CFR part 80 shall be followed in complying with the requirements of this part. Title 49 CFR part 80 implements the Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act of 1998, secs. 1501 <I>et seq.,</I> Pub. L. 105-178, 112 Stat. 107, 241.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="262" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.45" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 262—IMPLEMENTATION OF PROGRAM FOR CAPITAL GRANTS FOR RAIL LINE RELOCATION AND IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20154 and 49 CFR 1.49.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 39886, July 11, 2008, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 262.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.45.0.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 262.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to carry out the statutory mandate set forth in 49 U.S.C. 20154 requiring the Secretary of Transportation to promulgate regulations implementing a capital grants program to provide financial assistance for local rail line relocation and improvement projects.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 262.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.45.0.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 262.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Railroad Administrator, or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Allowable costs</I> means those project costs for which Federal funding may be expended under this part. Only construction and construction-related costs will be allowable.
</P>
<P><I>Construction</I> means supervising, inspecting, demolition, actually building, and incurring all costs incidental to building a project described in § 262.9 of this part, including bond costs and other costs related to the issuance of bonds or other debt financing instruments and costs incurred by the Grantee in performing project related audits, and includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Locating, surveying, and mapping;
</P>
<P>(2) Track and related structure installation, restoration, and rehabilitation;
</P>
<P>(3) Acquisition of rights-of-way;
</P>
<P>(4) Relocation assistance, acquisition of replacement housing sites, and acquisition and rehabilitation, relocation, and construction of replacement housing;
</P>
<P>(5) Elimination of obstacles and relocation of utilities; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any other activities as defined by FRA, including architectural and engineering costs, and costs associated with compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act, National Historic Preservation Act, and related statutes, regulations, and orders.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Improvement</I> means repair or enhancement to existing rail infrastructure, or construction of new rail infrastructure, that results in improvements to the efficiency of the rail system and the safety of those affected by the system.
</P>
<P><I>Non-federal share</I> means the portion of the allowable cost of the local rail line relocation or improvement project that is being paid for through cash or in-kind contributions by a State or other non-Federal entity or any combination thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Private entity</I> means any domestic or foreign nongovernmental for-profit or not-for-profit organization.
</P>
<P><I>Project</I> means the local rail line relocation or improvement for which a grant is requested under this section.
</P>
<P><I>Quality of life</I> means the level of social, environmental and economic satisfaction and well being a community experiences, and includes factors such as first responders' emergency response time, impact on emergency services, accessibility to the disabled as required under the Americans with Disabilities Act and section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (as amended), school access, safety, traffic delay and congestion, the environment, grade crossing safety, and noise levels.
</P>
<P><I>Real property</I> means land, including land improvements, structures and appurtenances thereto, excluding movable machinery and equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Relocation</I> means moving a rail line vertically or laterally to a new location. Vertical relocation refers to raising above the current ground level or sinking below the current ground level a rail line. Lateral relocation refers to moving a rail line horizontally to a new location.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> except as used in § 262.17, means any of the fifty United States, a political subdivision of a State, and the District of Columbia. In § 262.17, <I>State</I> means any of the fifty United States and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P><I>Tangible personal property</I> means property, other than real property, that has a physical existence and an intrinsic value, including machinery, equipment and vehicles.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 262.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.45.0.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 262.5   Allocation requirements.</HEAD>
<P>At least fifty percent of all grant funds awarded under this section out of funds appropriated for a fiscal year shall be provided as grant awards of not more than $20,000,000 each. Designated, high-priority projects will be excluded from this allocation formula. FRA will adjust the $20,000,000 amount to reflect inflation for fiscal years beginning after fiscal year 2006 based on the materials and supplies component from the all-inclusive index of the <I>AAR Railroad Cost Indexes.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 262.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.45.0.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 262.7   Eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State is eligible for a grant from FRA under this section for any construction project for the improvement of the route or structure of a rail line that either:
</P>
<P>(1) Is carried out for the purpose of mitigating the adverse effects of rail traffic on safety, motor vehicle traffic flow, community quality of life, or economic development; or
</P>
<P>(2) Involves a lateral or vertical relocation of any portion of the rail line.
</P>
<P>(b) Only costs associated with construction as defined in § 262.3 will be considered allowable costs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 262.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.45.0.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 262.9   Criteria for selection of projects.</HEAD>
<P>Applicants must submit evidence sufficient for the FRA to determine whether projects proposed for Federal investment are cost-effective in terms of the benefits achieved in relation to the funds expended. To that end, the FRA will consider the anticipated public and private benefits associated with each rail line relocation or improvement project. In evaluating applications, FRA will consider the following factors in determining whether to grant an award to a State under this part.
</P>
<P>(a) The capability of the State to fund the rail line relocation project without Federal grant funding;
</P>
<P>(b) The requirement and limitation relating to allocation of grant funds provided in § 262.5;
</P>
<P>(c) Equitable treatment of various regions of the United States;
</P>
<P>(d) The effects of the rail line, relocated or improved as proposed, on motor vehicle and pedestrian traffic, safety, community quality of life, and area commerce;
</P>
<P>(e) The effects of the rail line, relocated as proposed, on the freight rail and passenger rail operations on the line;
</P>
<P>(f) Any other factors FRA determines to be relevant to assessing the effectiveness and/or efficiency of the grant application in achieving the goals of the national program, including the level of commitment of non-Federal and/or private funds to a project and the anticipated public and private benefits.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 262.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.45.0.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 262.11   Application process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All grant applications for opportunities funded under this subsection must be submitted to FRA through <I>www.grants.gov.</I> Opportunities to apply will be posted by FRA on <I>www.grants.gov</I> only after funds have been appropriated for Capital Grants for Rail Line Relocation Projects. The electronic posting will contain all of the information needed to apply for the grant, including required supporting documentation.
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to the information required with an individual application, a State must submit a description of the anticipated public and private benefits associated with each rail line relocation or improvement project described in § 262.7(a)(1) and (2) and the State's assessment of how those benefits outweigh the costs of the proposed project. The determination of such benefits shall be developed in consultation with the owner and user of the rail line being relocated or improved or other private entity involved in the project. The State should also identify any financial contributions or commitments it has secured from private entities that are expected to benefit from the proposed project.
</P>
<P>(c) Potential applicants may request a meeting with the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Development or his designee to discuss the nature of the project being considered.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 262.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.45.0.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 262.13   Matching requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State or other non-Federal entity shall pay at least ten percent of the construction costs of a project that is funded in part by the grant awarded under this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The non-Federal share required by paragraph (a) of this section may be paid in cash or in-kind. In-kind contributions that are permitted to be counted under this section are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A contribution of real property or tangible personal property (whether provided by the State or a person for the state) needed for the project;
</P>
<P>(2) A contribution of the services of employees of the State or other non-Federal entity or allowable costs, calculated on the basis of costs incurred by the State or other non-Federal entity for the pay and benefits of the employees, but excluding overhead and general administrative costs;
</P>
<P>(3) A payment of any allowable costs that were incurred for the project before the filing of an application for a grant for the project under this part, and any in-kind contributions that were made for the project before the filing of the application; if and to the extent that the costs were incurred or in-kind contributions were made, as the case may be, to comply with a provision of a statute required to be satisfied in order to carry out the project.
</P>
<P>(c) In determining whether to approve an application, FRA will consider the feasibility of seeking financial contributions or commitments from private entities involved with the project in proportion to the expected benefits determined under § 262.11(b) that accrue to such entities from the project.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 262.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.45.0.138.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 262.15   Environmental assessment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provision of grant funds by FRA under this Part is subject to a variety of environmental and historic preservation statutes and implementing regulations including, but not limited to, the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4332 <I>et seq.</I>), Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 303(c)), the National Historic Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470(f)), and the Endangered Species Act (16 U.S.C. 1531). Appropriate environmental and historic documentation must be completed and approved by the Administrator prior to a decision by FRA to approve a project for physical construction. FRA's “Procedures for Considering Environmental Impacts,” as posted at <I>http://www.fra.dot.gov/us/content/252,</I> the NEPA regulation of the Council on Environmental Quality (40 CFR part 1500) and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation Protection of Historic Properties regulation (36 CFR part 800) will govern FRA's compliance with applicable environmental and historic preservation review requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) States have two options for proceeding with environmental/historic preservation reviews. A State may file an application under subsection § 262.11 seeking funds for preliminary design and environmental/historic preservation compliance for a potentially eligible project and FRA will review and decide on the application as outlined in this Part. Alternatively, a State may proceed with and fund any costs associated with environmental/historic preservation reviews (including environmental assessments and categorical excisions, but not environmental impact statements since there are restrictions on what types of entities can manage an environmental impact statement) and seek reimbursement from FRA for these costs to the extent they otherwise qualify as allowable costs if FRA later approves the project for physical construction and enters into a grant agreement with the State. If a State pays for the compliance work itself, it may apply this cost to the 10% matching requirement if a grant is awarded. Applicants should consult with FRA before beginning any environmental or historic preservation analysis.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 262.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.45.0.138.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 262.17   Combining grant awards.</HEAD>
<P>Two or more States, but not political subdivisions of States, may, pursuant to an agreement entered into by the States, combine any part of the amounts provided through grants for a project under this section provided:
</P>
<P>(1) The project will benefit each of the States entering into the agreement; and
</P>
<P>(2) The agreement is not a violation of the law of any such State.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 262.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.45.0.138.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 262.19   Close-out procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Thirty days before the end of the grant period, FRA will notify the State that the period of performance for the grant is about to expire and that close-out procedures will be initiated.
</P>
<P>(b) Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of the grant, the State must submit to FRA any or all of the following information, depending on the terms of the grant:
</P>
<P>(1) Final performance or progress report;
</P>
<P>(2) Financial Status Report (SF-269) or Outlay Report and Request for Reimbursement for Construction Programs (SF-271);
</P>
<P>(3) Final Request for Payment (SF-270);
</P>
<P>(4) Patent disclosure (if applicable);
</P>
<P>(5) Federally-owned Property Report (if applicable)
</P>
<P>(c) If the project is completed, within 90 days after the expiration or termination of the grant, the State shall complete a full inspection of all construction work completed under the grant and submit a report to FRA. If the project is not completed, the State shall submit a report detailing why the project was not completed.
</P>
<P>(d) FRA will review all close-out information submitted, and adjust payments as necessary. If FRA determines that the State is owed additional funds, FRA will promptly make payment to the State for any unreimbursed allowable costs. If the State has received more funds than the total allowable costs, the State must immediately refund to the FRA any balance of unencumbered cash advanced that is not authorized to be retained for use on other grants.
</P>
<P>(e) FRA will notify the State in writing that the grant has been closed out.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="264" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.46" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 264—ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND RELATED PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>42 U.S.C. 4321 <I>et seq.;</I> 49 U.S.C. 303 and 24201; 23 U.S.C. 139, 327, 330; 49 CFR 1.81; Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, Section 1319; and Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, Sections 1309, 1432, 11502, and 11503.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 55403, Sept. 16, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 264.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.46.0.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 264.101   Cross reference to environmental impact and related procedures.</HEAD>
<P>The procedures for complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321 <I>et seq.</I>), and related statutes, regulations, and orders are set forth in part 771 of title 23 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The procedures for complying with 49 U.S.C. 303, commonly known as “Section 4(f),” are set forth in part 774 of title 23 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The procedures for complying with the Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program application requirements and termination are set forth in part 773 of title 23 of the CFR. The procedures for participating in and complying with the program for eliminating duplication of environmental reviews are set forth in part 778 of title 23 of the CFR.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 84228, Dec. 28, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="266" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 266—ASSISTANCE TO STATES FOR LOCAL RAIL SERVICE UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 5 of the Department of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1654), as amended by the Local Rail Service Assistance Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-607, 92 Stat. 3059.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 51129, Aug. 30, 1979, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 266.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47.0.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 266.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Acquisition assistance</I> means funds granted to a State under section 5(f)(2) of the Department of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(f)(2)) to cover the cost of acquiring by purchase, lease, or in such other manner as the State considers appropriate, a line of railroad or other rail properties, or any interest therein for existing or future rail freight service.
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means the Department of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1650 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Cash</I> means an outlay of funds.
</P>
<P><I>Commission</I> means the Interstate Commerce Commission or any successor Federal agency to the relevant activity.
</P>
<P><I>Common carrier</I> means a person providing railroad transportation for compensation who is subject to the jurisdiction of the Commission under subchapter I of chapter 105 of title 49 of the U.S.C.
</P>
<P><I>Designated State Agency</I> means the State agency designated under section 5(j)(2) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(j)(2)).
</P>
<P><I>Entitlement</I> means the amount of assistance which a State is eligible to receive annually under section 5(h) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(h)).
</P>
<P><I>Equipment</I> means rolling stock of the kind generally used by American railroads in revenue freight service.
</P>
<P><I>Facilities</I> means track, ties, roadbed and related structures including terminals, team tracks and appurtenances, bridges and tunnels, and other structures used or usable for rail service operations.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Share</I> means the contribution by the Administrator under section 5(g) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(g)) to a State's rail service assistance program.
</P>
<P><I>Final System Plan</I> means the plan approved by the Congress under section 208 of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 718).
</P>
<P><I>Gross ton miles per mile</I> means the combined weight of locomotives and all trailing cars and their contents used in revenue freight trains multiplied by the number of route miles traveled and divided by the number of route miles of the line.
</P>
<P><I>Line</I> means a line of railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Maintenance</I> means inspection and light repairs, emergency repairs and a planned program of periodic maintenance which is necessary to keep a line at its existing condition or to comply with FRA Class 1 Safety Standards.
</P>
<P><I>Planning assistance</I> means funds granted to a State under section 5(i) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(i)) to meet the cost of establishing (including developing a planning application), implementing, revising, and updating the State Rail Plan required by section 5(j) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(j)).
</P>
<P><I>Planning Work Program</I> means that portion of a State's planning application which outlines the State's plan for establishing, implementing, revising, or updating a State Rail Plan which meets the requirements of section 5(i) of the Act, (49 U.S.C. 1654(i)).
</P>
<P><I>Program operation assistance</I> means funds granted to a State to cover those administrative costs allowable under Federal Management Circular 74-4.
</P>
<P><I>Rail Act</I> means the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 701 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Rail banking</I> means the acquisition of an interest in a rail right-of-way sufficient to ensure its preservation for future rail freight service.
</P>
<P><I>Rail facility construction assistance</I> means funds granted to a State under section 5(f)(5) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(f)(5)) to cover the cost of constructing rail or rail related facilities (including new connections between two or more existing lines, intermodal freight terminals, sidings, and relocation of existing lines) for the purpose of improving the quality and efficiency of rail freight service.
</P>
<P><I>Rail service continuation assistance</I> means funds granted to a State under section 5(f)(1) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(f)(1)) to cover rail service continuation payments for the difference between the revenue attributable to a line of railroad and the avoidable costs of providing rail service on that line, together with a reasonable return on the value of the line and other rail properties related to that line, all as determined in accordance with 49 CFR part 1121 with the following exceptions:
</P>
<P>(1) Where service was eligible to be subsidized under section 402(c)(2) (A) and (B) of the Rail Act, rail service continuation assistance means funds for payments determined in accordance with 49 CFR part 1125; and
</P>
<P>(2) Where service was eligible to be subsidized under section 402(c)(2)(C) of the Rail Act, rail service continuation assistance means funds for payments calculated, to the greatest extent possible, in a manner consistent with 49 CFR part 1121.
</P>
<P><I>Rehabilitation or improvement assistance</I> means funds granted to a State under section 5(f)(3) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(f)(3)) to cover the cost of replacing or upgrading, to the extent necessary to permit adequate and efficient rail freight service, facilities needed to provide service on a line.
</P>
<P><I>Relocation costs</I> means actual expenses directly incurred in moving shippers from a line to a new location.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means any State or the District of Columbia in which a common carrier maintains any line.
</P>
<P><I>State Rail Plan</I> means the current plan, including all updates, revisions, and amendments required by section 5(j)(1) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(j)(1)).
</P>
<P><I>Substitute service assistance</I> means funds granted to a State under section 5(f)(4) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(f)(4)) to cover the cost of reducing the costs of lost rail service in a manner less expensive than continuing rail service and includes (but is not limited to) the acquisition, construction, or improvement of facilities for the provision of substitute freight transportation services and relocation costs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 266.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47.0.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 266.3   Rail Service Assistance Program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of the program.</I> The Rail Service Assistance Program includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Rail service continuation assistance;
</P>
<P>(2) Acquisition assistance;
</P>
<P>(3) Rehabilitation or improvement assistance;
</P>
<P>(4) Substitute service assistance;
</P>
<P>(5) Rail facility construction assistance;
</P>
<P>(6) Planning assistance; and
</P>
<P>(7) Program operations assistance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special limitations on planning assistance and program operation assistance.</I> (1) A State is eligible to receive up to $100,000, or 5 percent of its entitlement, whichever is greater, as planning assistance; and
</P>
<P>(2) A State is eligible to receive up to 5 percent of the total amount of funds granted to it each fiscal year under paragraphs (a)(1) to (5) of this section as program operation assistance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 266.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47.0.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 266.5   State eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General eligibility requirements under the rail service assistance program.</I> A State is eligible for assistance if:
</P>
<P>(1) The State has certified pursuant to section 5(j)(4) of the Act that it has or will adopt and maintain adequate procedures for financial control, accounting and performance evaluation in order to assure proper use of Federal funds;
</P>
<P>(2) For purpose of establishing a State Rail Plan, the State has submitted, in accordance with § 266.17(e) of this part, a planning application; and
</P>
<P>(3) For any other assistance,
</P>
<P>(i) The State has established an adequate plan for rail services in the State which:
</P>
<P>(A) Meets the requirements of § 266.15 of this part; 
</P>
<P>(B) Is part of an overall planning process for all transportation services in the State; 
</P>
<P>(C) Includes a suitable procedure for updating, revising, and amending such plan; and 
</P>
<P>(D) As updated, revised, or amended has been approved by the Administrator;
</P>
<P>(ii) Such State Rail Plan:
</P>
<P>(A) Is administered or coordinated by a designated State agency; 
</P>
<P>(B) Provides for the equitable distribution of resources; and 
</P>
<P>(C) Includes a methodology for determining the ratio of benefits to costs of projects for which acquisition assistance, rehabilitation or improvement assistance, substitute service assistance, and rail facility construction assistance is sought;
</P>
<P>(iii) The State agency:
</P>
<P>(A) Has authority and administrative jurisdiction to develop, promote, supervise, and support safe, adequate, and efficient rail transportation services;
</P>
<P>(B) Employs or will employ, directly or indirectly, sufficient trained and qualified personnel;
</P>
<P>(C) Maintains or will maintain adequate programs of investigation, research, promotion, and development with provision for public participation; and
</P>
<P>(D) Is designated and directed solely or in cooperation with other State agencies to take all practicable steps to improve transportation safety and to reduce transportation-related energy utilization and pollution; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The State undertakes to immediately notify the Administrator of any changes in conditions which might affect its compliance with this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 266.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47.0.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 266.7   Project eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Rail service continuation assistance, acquisition assistance and substitute service assistance.</I> A project is eligible for assistance under § 266.3(a) (1), (2), and (4) of this part, respectively, if:
</P>
<P>(1) The Commission pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10903 has found since February 5, 1976, that the public convenience and necessity permit the abandonment and discontinuance of rail service on the line related to the project, except that any such line or related project eligible prior to October 1, 1978, is eligible only until September 30, 1981 and any such line eligible for rail service continuation assistance shall receive such assistance for no more than 36 months after October 1, 1978;
</P>
<P>(2) The line related to the project was eligible for assistance under section 402 of the Rail Act (45 U.S.C. 762), except that any such line or related project is eligible only until September 30, 1981; or
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of acquisition assistance, the line related to the project is listed for possible inclusion in a rail bank in Part III, Section C of the Final System Plan.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rehabilitation and improvement assistance and rail facility construction assistance.</I> A project is eligible for assistance under § 266.3(a) (3) and (5) of this part, respectively, if:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The Commission has not made a finding that the public convenience and necessity would require or permit abandonment or discontinuance of rail service on the line related to the project;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any pending application for a certificate of abandonment or discontinuance of rail service on the line related to the project is withdrawn within a reasonable period (as determined by the Administrator) following the execution of the grant agreement and before Federal funds are disbursed for the project; and
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) The line related to the project is certified by the railroad as having carried three million gross ton miles per mile or less during the prior year; or
</P>
<P>(B) The line related to the project is certified by the railroad in a written statement which identifies the name of the line, the State or States in which it is located, its length, termini, and termini mile posts as having carried between three and five million gross ton miles per mile during the prior year, and the Administrator has determined that the project is consistent with proposals made under the authority of subsections 5 (a) through (e) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654 (a)-(e));
</P>
<P>(2)(i) An application for a certificate of abandonment or discontinuance of rail service on the line related to the project has been filed with the Commission during the period February 5, 1976 through December 31, 1978, whether or not such application has been granted; or
</P>
<P>(ii) During the period February 5, 1976, through December 31, 1978, the Commission has found that the public convenience and necessity would require or permit abandonment or discontinuance of rail service on the line related to the project irrespective of when the application was filed;
</P>
<P>(3) The line related to the project is listed for possible inclusion in a rail bank in Part III, Section C of the Final System Plan; or
</P>
<P>(4) The line related to the project was eligible to be acquired under section 402(c)(3) of the Rail Act (45 U.S.C. 762(c)(3)).
</P>
<P>(c) Projects eligible under paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), and (b)(4), of this section are eligible only until September 30, 1981. Projects initially eligible under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, may subsequently become eligible under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, if the Commission issues a new certificate of public convenience and necessity with respect to the line related to the project.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 266.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47.0.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 266.9   Federal/State share.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Federal share.</I> The Federal share of allowable costs under the Rail Service Assistance Program is 80 percent, with the exception that the Federal share of payments to be covered by rail service continuation assistance shall be 70 percent for any third twelve month period which begins on or after October 1, 1980 that such assistance is provided.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>State share-general.</I> The State share of allowable costs under the Rail Service Assistance Program shall be provided either in cash or through eligible in-kind benefits which would not otherwise have been provided. When more than the required State share is provided during the Federal fiscal year beginning October 1, 1978, or thereafter, the amount in excess of the required State share may be carried forward to subsequent fiscal years. The State share of allowable costs under the Rail Service Assistance Program may not be satisfied directly or indirectly by any Federal funds unless the funds are provided through a Federal program which specifically authorizes the use of such funds to satisfy the non-Federal share of a Federally subsidized program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>In-kind benefits</I>—(1) <I>Eligible types of benefits and their valuation.</I> The following types of in-kind benefits are eligible when they are provided for projects eligible under § 266.7 of this part (whether or not Federal assistance is requested for the projects) or they are activities which would be eligible for planning and program operation assistance. Eligible in-kind benefits are valued as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The value of forgiven taxes, such as those portions of gross receipts or revenue taxes which are applicable to an approved project or property taxes on project related property, shall be the amount which would otherwise have been levied by the taxing authority. Forgiveness may be through exemption or remission;
</P>
<P>(ii) The value of trackage rights secured by a State for a common carrier shall be the amount paid by railroads for comparable rights on comparable rail freight properties;
</P>
<P>(iii) The value of State salaries for State public employees working in the State Rail Service Assistance Program, shall be consistent with rates paid for similar work by state public employees working in comparable state programs but shall not include overhead or general administrative costs;
</P>
<P>(iv) The value of donations by the State or by a third party on behalf of the State of real property or tangible personal property of the kind necessary for safe and efficient operation of rail freight service, such as State or locally owned or leased buildings used in rail freight operations or equipment or materials, shall be determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) The value of State tangible personal property shall be established at the State's actual cost in accordance with Federal Management Circular 74-4;
</P>
<P>(B) The value of donated tangible personal property shall be determined in accordance with Attachment F of Office of Management and Budget Circular (OMB) A-102;
</P>
<P>(C) The value of State real property shall be established at the State's actual cost in accordance with Federal Management Circular 74-4, if at least one independent appraisal based on the results of a title search was performed when the property was purchased by the State, otherwise it shall be valued at the fair market value as established by at least one independent appraisal based on the results of a title search at the time the state proposes to make the property available as in-kind benefit; and
</P>
<P>(D) The value of donated real property shall be its fair market value, at the time of donation to the State, as established by at least one independent appraisal based on the results of a title search;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Eligibility criteria.</I> To be applied toward the State share, in-kind benefits must:
</P>
<P>(i) Be verifiable from the State's records;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be necessary and reasonable for proper and efficient accomplishment of the objectives of the Rail Service Assistance Program;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be provided for in the approved grant budget; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Be approved under paragraph (3) of this paragraph (c).
</P>
<P>(v) The State shall submit such information as the Administrator may request to verify the value of in-kind benefits.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Request for approval.</I> A request for approval of the in-kind benefits are to be applied and shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Full name and principal business address of the contributor if other than grantee;
</P>
<P>(ii) Detailed documentation of the in-kind benefits including identification of the kind of in-kind benefits to be provided as well as their estimated value. When in-kind benefits are to be provided by a third party, a copy of the executed agreement between the State and the third party; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Certification by the State that the contribution will be used solely for the purposes documented.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 266.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47.0.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 266.11   Allowable costs.</HEAD>
<P>Allowable costs include only the following costs which are properly allocable to the work performed: Planning and program operation costs which are allowed under Federal Management Circular 74-4; and costs of projects eligible under § 266.7 of this part. All allowable costs shall be authorized by a fully executed grant agreement. A State may incur costs prior to the execution of a grant agreement only if the Administrator, based on the State's demonstration of a compelling need to incur costs prior to the execution of a grant agreement, has authorized the costs in writing prior to their incurrence by the State.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 266.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47.0.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 266.13   Distribution of funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Formula.</I> Funds appropriated for or reallocated in any fiscal year (in this section referred to jointly as “funds”) are to be distributed to each State as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Two-thirds of the funds will be allocated in the ratio which a State's rail mileage that, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 10904(d), is either potentially subject to abandonment or is to become the subject of an application for a certificate of abandonment or discontinuance which a carrier plans to submit, but has not yet submitted, bears to the total such rail mileage in all the States;
</P>
<P>(2) One-third of the funds will be allocated in the ratio which a State's rail mileage for which the Commission has found within three years prior to the first day of the fiscal year for which the funds are being allocated that the public convenience and necessity permits the abandonment, or the discontinuance, of rail service on such rail mileage, bears to the total such rail mileage in all the States. Until September 30, 1981, such rail mileage includes the rail mileage which was eligible under the Rail Service Assistance Program pursuant to section 402 of the Rail Act, and all rail mileage which, prior to October 1, 1978, had been included for formula allocation purposes. The Administrator will calculate rail mileage under this paragraph as of October 1 of each year; and
</P>
<P>(3) The above calculations will be adjusted if necessary so that no State receives less than 1 percent of the funds appropriated for a fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reallocation.</I> The Administrator will reallocate among the States funds which have not been granted under an executed grant agreement by the end of the fiscal year for which the funds were appropriated and funds determined by a Federal audit to be in excess of allowable costs when they have not been granted under an executed grant agreement by the end of the fiscal year in which the Federal audit is made. Reallocated funds are distributed in accordance with the allocation formula described in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Interstate sharing of allocated funds.</I> Where not in violation of State law, two or more States, which are eligible to receive assistance under the Rail Service Assistance Program pursuant to § 266.5 of this part may combine any portion of their entitlements for purposes of conducting any eligible project of mutual benefit provided that they enter into an agreement for this purpose.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 266.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47.0.138.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 266.15   Requirements for State Rail Plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>State planning process.</I> The State Rail Plan shall be based on a comprehensive, coordinated and continuing planning process for all transportation services within the State and shall be developed with an opportunity for participation by persons interested in rail activity in the State and adjacent States where appropriate. At a minimum, the State shall hold a public hearing if, on the basis of reasonable public notice appearing in the press, there is sufficient public interest to justify a hearing. Public notice shall be given, in accordance with applicable State law and practice concerning comparable matters, that a draft of the State Rail Plan is available for public inspection at a reasonable time in advance of the hearing. The State shall enable local and regional governmental bodies to review and comment on appropriate elements of the State Rail Plan. Provisions shall also be made for updating, revising, and amending the State Rail Plan.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Format of the State Rail Plan.</I> Each item submitted in response to a requirement of this section shall reference that requirement by subsection, paragraph, and subparagraph.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents of the State Rail Plan.</I> Each State Rail Plan shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Specify the objectives of the State's Rail Service Assistance Program and explain how the implementation of the State Rail Plan will accomplish these objectives and explain relevant data sources, assumptions, analytical methodology, other legal constraints and special problems or conditions which will aid the public in understanding the State Rail Plan;
</P>
<P>(2) Contain an illustration of the State's entire rail system on suitable scale maps of the State highway system (such as a reduction of the County Highway Planning Series of maps), designating with respect to each line listed under subparagraph (3) of this subsection, including all lines connecting to them:
</P>
<P>(i) The operating carrier or carriers;
</P>
<P>(ii) Freight traffic density, and
</P>
<P>(iii) Location of passenger service.
</P>
<FP>These maps shall be accompanied by a written description of the service provided on each line;
</FP>
<P>(3) Identify the following classes of rail service within the State:
</P>
<P>(i) Lines in the State which are eligible for assistance under § 266.7 of this part other than those included in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Lines in the State which a common carrier has identified on its system diagram map submitted under 49 CFR 1121.20(b) (1) and (2) as potentially subject to abandonment and lines which are anticipated to be the subject of an abandonment or discontinuance application within three years following the date of submission;
</P>
<P>(iii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(iv) Lines in the State for which abandonment or discontinuance applications are pending;
</P>
<P>(v) Lines in the State which are involved in the following kinds of proposals that have been submitted to the Commission for approval or are in the process of negotiation, to the extent that this information is publicly available:
</P>
<P>(A) Mergers;
</P>
<P>(B) Consolidations;
</P>
<P>(C) Reorganizations;
</P>
<P>(D) Purchases by other common carriers; or
</P>
<P>(E) Other unification and coordination projects.
</P>
<P>(vi) Rail projects for which the State plans to request Federal assistance or approval as in-kind benefits; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Rail projects for which a State provides or plans to provide assistance from sources other than the Rail Service Assistance Program, including the estimated cost of the projects;
</P>
<P>(4) Establish and describe screening criteria to be used in selecting the eligible lines which the State analyzes in detail, identify these lines, and explain how the application of the screening criteria resulted in their selection;
</P>
<P>(5) Describe the State's methodology for determining the ratio of benefits to the costs of proposed projects eligible under § 266.7 of this part (except projects to be funded with rail service continuation assistance);
</P>
<P>(6) Include, to the extent that the information is available to the State, the following data for each line the State has selected to analyze in detail:
</P>
<P>(i) Annual freight tonnage and carloads segregated by commodity type and indicating any seasonal traffic fluctuations and the number of shippers and receivers on the line aggregated by type (e.g., grain elevator, power plant, heavy manufacturing), including identification of information which a shipper wishes the Administrator to consider confidential to the extent permitted by law;
</P>
<P>(ii) Revenues and costs of providing rail freight service on the line;
</P>
<P>(iii) Condition of the related rail facilities and equipment, and for a line eligible under § 266.7(b) of this part, a description of the particular rail facilities involved in any project a State may be considering on the line;
</P>
<P>(iv) When the State is considering a line for rail service continuation assistance, projections of freight traffic needs on the line for at least the three succeeding calendar years and estimates of the amount and type of equipment, the condition of the rail facilities, and the level of service necessary to satisfy the projected traffic needs as well as estimates of the revenue and costs of providing this service; and
</P>
<P>(v) When the State is considering a project eligible under § 266.7(b) of this part, the amount of funds expended for the maintenance of the line and the kinds of work performed during the five year period preceding its eligibility.
</P>
<P>(vi) When the State is considering a line for rail banking, a description of the line's future economic potential, such as the existence of fossil fuel reserves or agricultural production likely to be served;
</P>
<P>(7) Describe the alternatives which the State will analyze in applying the methodology described in paragraph (c)(5) of this section, such as: Rail service continuation payments, rehabilitation or improvement, acquisition, rail facility construction, potential for moving freight by alternate modes, or abandonment or discontinuance of rail freight service;
</P>
<P>(8) Apply the methodology described in paragraph (c)(5) of this section to each line the State has selected to analyze in detail;
</P>
<P>(9) Specify the State's decision regarding the alternative selected for each line the State has analyzed in detail and include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) An indication of whether Federal assistance will be requested or other funds will be used to implement the alternative selected;
</P>
<P>(ii) An identification of lines which may be affected by the alternative selected;
</P>
<P>(iii) An explanation of how the alternative selected contributes to the accomplishment of the State's objectives as stated in paragraph (c)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement of the projected future of the line after the alternative selected is implemented and the line is no longer eligible for rail service continuation assistance under § 266.7(a) of this part or after the payback period used in the State's benefit-cost analysis, whichever is appropriate;
</P>
<P>(10) Describe the planning process participation of local and regional governmental bodies, the railroads, railroad labor, rail service users, and the public in general;
</P>
<P>(11) Describe the overall planning process for all transportation services in the State; and
</P>
<P>(11A) Indicate how the overall planning process in the State addresses the need to improve national energy efficiency, reduce the national use of petroleum and natural gas, and increase the national use of coal.
</P>
<P>(12) Include a program of projects which identifies the projects for which the State expects to submit applications and the anticipated submission date. The program shall group the proposed projects in the order they comply with the State's criteria and goals for assistance, and shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify the type of project (i.e., rail service continuation payments, acquisition, rehabilitation or improvement, rail facility construction, or substitute service), its location, and duration; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Include the anticipated amount of funds to be requested for each project:
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Updates, revisions, and amendments of the State Rail Plan</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> As provided for in paragraph (e) of this section, State Rail Plans shall be updated at least on an annual basis but may be revised more frequently at the discretion of the State in accordance with its program needs. Such updates shall be subject to the same review, public participation and approval procedures by the State and FRA as the original State Rail Plan.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contents.</I> Annual updates shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A response to unanswered FRA comments on previously submitted updates, revisions, amendments, or the original State Rail Plan;
</P>
<P>(ii) An update of information in previous submittals which is no longer accurate as a result of plan implementation, action by a governmental entity or railroad, or changed conditions;
</P>
<P>(iii) For lines receiving rail service continuation assistance, inclusion of revenue and cost information from the past year's operating experience and a reevaluation of service based on these new data;
</P>
<P>(iv) Updating of the maps and descriptions required under paragraph (c)(2) of this section;
</P>
<P>(v) Analysis of any new projects developed by the State in accordance with paragraphs (c)(4), (5) and (6) of this section;
</P>
<P>(vi) Changes in agency responsibilities and authority including ability to provide the non-Federal share; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Revisions in the State's policies, objectives or long-range expectations.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Adoption and submission of State Rail Plan and annual updates.</I> An original and five copies of the State Rail Plan, and any amendments, revisions, or updates shall be submitted to FRA for review and approval with a certification by the Governor, or by the Governor's delegate, that the submission constitutes the State Rail Plan established by the State as provided in section 5(j) of the Act. The State Rail plan, and all amendments, revisions, and updates shall be submitted to the FRA through the appropriate Federal Highway Division Office. A current list of mailing addresses of the above offices will be provided by FRA to each State.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Review of the State Rail Plan and Updates.</I> The State Rail Plan and all amendments, revisions, and updates shall analyze in accordance with this section all projects for which the State anticipates requesting rail service assistance, other than planning assistance, during the fiscal year. In accordance with § 266.17(b) of this part, a project for which funds are requested must have been addressed in a previously approved State Rail Plan or update. If the Administrator determines that the State Rail Plan or update is not in accordance with this part, the Administrator will notify the State in writing setting forth the Administrator's reasons for such a determination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 51129, Aug. 30, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 58038, Aug. 29, 1980; 48 FR 29274, June 24, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 266.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47.0.138.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 266.17   Applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Applications for planning assistance shall comply with paragraphs (b), (c) and (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Applications for rail service continuation assistance shall comply with paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Applications for acquisition assistance shall comply with paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Applications for rehabilitation or improvement assistance and rail facility construction assistance shall comply with paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Applications for substitute service assistance shall comply with paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submission.</I> (1) Applications shall be submitted by the designated State agency using the standard forms contained in Attachment M of Office of Management and Budget Circular No. A-102 (“OMB Circular A-102”). Each item submitted in response to a requirement of this section shall reference that requirement by subsection, paragraph, and subparagraph. Each application shall be consistent with the current State Rail Plan and analyzed in it.
</P>
<P>(2) A State may apply for planning assistance to cover prospective costs at any time during the planning process.
</P>
<P>(3) Exhibits previously filed with the Administrator need not be refiled unless the prior filing has been rendered obsolete by changed circumstances. Such prior filing shall be appropriately referenced by source, location of data and date of submittal.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents.</I> Each application shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Full name and principal business address of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(2) Name, title, address and phone number of the person to whom correspondence regarding the application should be addressed;
</P>
<P>(3) Budget estimates for the total amount of assistance required for projects or planning;
</P>
<P>(4) Applicant's proposed means of furnishing its share of the total costs of the projects, as well as copies of executed agreements between the agency and any third party which may be providing the non-Federal share or a portion thereof;
</P>
<P>(5) Assurance by the chief executive officer of the applicant that the Federal funds provided under the Act will be used solely for the purpose for which the assistance will be provided and in conformity with limitations on expenditures under the Act and applicable regulations;
</P>
<P>(6) Evidence that the applicant has established in accordance with Attachment G of OMB Circular A-102, adequate procedures for financial control, accounting and performance evaluation in order to assure proper use of the Federal funds;
</P>
<P>(7) Assurance by applicant's chief executive officer that the timing of all advances by the applicant will comply with the Department of Treasury advance financing regulations (31 CFR part 205);
</P>
<P>(8) Statement as to whether the applicant prefers to receive disbursement of Federal funds by advance payment or reimbursement;
</P>
<P>(9) Opinion of applicant's legal counsel showing that counsel is familiar with the corporate or other organizational powers of the applicant, that the applicant is authorized to make the application, that the applicant is eligible to participate in the Rail Service Assistance Program in accordance with the provisions of the Act and this part, and that the applicant has the requisite authority to carry out actions proposed in the application and to assume the responsibilities and obligations created thereby;
</P>
<P>(10) Assurances that the applicant will comply with and that the program will be conducted in accordance with the following Federal laws, policies, regulations and pertinent directives:
</P>
<P>(i) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. 2000d <I>et seq.,</I> and 49 CFR part 21;
</P>
<P>(ii) Section 905 of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976, 45 U.S.C. 803, and 49 CFR part 265;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 794 and 49 CFR part 27 (44 FR 31442, May 31, 1979) relating to non-discrimination on the basis of handicap; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The State and Local Fiscal Assistance Act of 1972, 31 U.S.C. 1221 <I>et seq.</I> and 31 CFR part 51; and
</P>
<P>(11) When two or more States desire to combine their entitlements or any portion of them for the purpose of funding a project, certification of the Governor or the Governor's delegate of each State involved that it is a party to an interstate agreement as required under section 5(h)(4) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(h)(4)). Such certification shall include the amount of money to be used from each State's entitlement and which State is to enter into a grant for the project.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Additional contents.</I> In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section each application except when planning assistance is requested, shall include evidence that the agency submitting the application has the statutory authority and administrative jurisdiction to develop, promote, supervise and support safe, adequate, and efficient rail services; that it employs or will employ, directly or indirectly, sufficient trained and qualified personnel; that it maintains or will maintain adequate programs of investigation, research, promotion, and development with provision for public participation; and that it is designated and directed solely, or in cooperation with other State agencies, to take all practicable steps to improve transportation safety and to reduce transportation related energy utilization and pollution.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Planning assistance.</I> In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, each application for planning assistance shall include a Planning Work Program which, together with such other information the State may choose to submit, demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the State's proposed use of planning assistance will produce a State Rail Plan, or an update, amendment or revision which meets the requirements of § 266.15 of this part. The Planning Work Program shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) An explanation of how the State Rail Plan will be related to the overall planning process for transportation within the State. This explanation shall concentrate on the expectations of the State for the future of local rail freight services and consider such factors as likelihood of profitability of existing rail lines, necessity of rail service continuation payments, State acquisition of rail lines, use of alternate modes of transportation in lieu of rail freight service, and other long-term alternatives;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the methods by which the State will involve local and regional governmental bodies and the public generally in its rail planning process, including its methods of providing for equitable distribution of resources;
</P>
<P>(3) An identification of the data to be obtained on the rail network and rail services in the State, the sources of this data, and the methodology to be employed in the collection of the data;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the method by which the State will develop the State Rail Plan, including a brief description of discrete tasks or activities to be accomplished; and
</P>
<P>(5) A list of the individuals responsible for the planning, a work schedule and a budget.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Rail service continuation assistance.</I> In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, each application for rail service continuation assistance shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The amount of the estimated rail service continuation payment for each line; and
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the arrangements which the applicant has made for operation of the rail services to be subsidized including copies of the proposed operating agreements, leases, or other compensation agreements under which service is to be provided, and the results of the application's preaward audit of proposed operators and equipment leasing companies if the equipment to be used in providing the rail service is to be leased by the proposed operator.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Acquisition assistance.</I> In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, each application for acquisition assistance shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Copies of the results of a title search, and the basis for the proposed acquisition price including two independent valuation appraisals by qualified appraisers. Such appraisals shall be performed in accordance with the “Uniform Appraisal Standards for Federal Land Acquisition” proposed by the Interagency Land Acquisition Conference and shall be based on the results of a title search and comparable sales and shall take cognizance of all easements, encumbrances and restrictions that may affect the value of the property. Such appraisals shall be reviewed by a State Review appraiser to establish just compensation;
</P>
<P>(2) Written assurance that the acquisition is being undertaken in accordance with 49 CFR 25.253, 25.255, 25.257, and 25.259 to the greatest extent practicable under State law and fully in compliance with 49 CFR 25.261(a) and 25.263;
</P>
<P>(3) Written assurance that the owner of the property to be acquired has been advised of the requirements of 49 CFR 25.259 or will be advised of such requirements prior to the consummation of the acquisition;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the necessary steps, and timing for completion of the acquisition;
</P>
<P>(5) When rail service is to be immediately provided over the line, a description of the arrangements which the applicant has made for operation of the rail service, including copies of the proposed operating agreements, leases, and other compensation agreements under which the service is to be provided, and a description of the means by which the State will continue rail service on the property to be acquired once assistance under the Act is terminated;
</P>
<P>(6) For applications regarding rail banking, evidence that the properties for which assistance is requested have potential for rail freight service such as plans for agricultural development or existence of fossil fuel reserves, the State's anticipated timetable for returning the line to service, and its proposed use of the property while it is out of service including its maintenance plans; and
</P>
<P>(7) Evidence that the anticipated benefits and costs of the proposed acquisition have been analyzed in accordance with the methodology established by the State under § 266.15(c)(5) of this part.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Rehabilitation or improvement assistance and rail facility construction assistance.</I> (1) In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, each application for rehabilitation or improvement assistance and rail facility construction assistance shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A detailed estimate of the materials and labor required to complete the work, the total estimated costs of the work, the estimated numbers and kinds of ties and other material, the milepost termini involved, and a schedule for completion of the work;
</P>
<P>(ii) Evidence that the anticipated benefits and costs of the proposed acquisition have been analyzed in accordance with the methodology established by the State under § 266.15(c)(5) of this part;
</P>
<P>(iii) When rehabilitation assistance is requested—
</P>
<P>(A) A copy of the document by which funds will be granted or loaned (at an interest rate determined by the State) to the owner of the rail properties or the operator of the rail service related to the project; and
</P>
<P>(B) An assurance by the chief executive officer of the applicant that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Repaid loan funds and interest accumulated with respect to such funds will not be loaned or granted without the prior written approval of the Administrator;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The Federal share of repaid loan funds will be placed in an interest-bearing account or with the prior written approval of the Administrator will be deposited by the borrower, for the benefit and use of the State, in a bank which has been designated by the Secretary of Treasury in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 265; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) If the rehabilitated or improved facilities are not used for rail freight service during the useful life of the improvement the Federal share of the fair market value of the improvement or facility will be placed in an interest-bearing account or with the prior written approval of the Administrator will be deposited by the owner of the rail properties, for the benefit and use of the State, in a bank which has been designated by the Secretary of the Treasury in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 265;
</P>
<P>(iv) An assurance by chief executive officer of the applicant that rehabilitated or improved facilities or newly constructed facilities will be maintained to prevent deterioration below the speed at which the line could be operated upon completion of the project during the period of time established as the payback period in the benefit-cost analysis of the project;
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) and (h)(1) of this section, each application for a project eligible under § 266.7(b)(2)(i) (if the Commission has made a finding granting the application for abandonment and discontinuance) (ii), (3) or (4) shall also include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) An indication of which of the following methods will be used to complete the work, including proposed contracts unless the work will be performed under method (A):
</P>
<P>(A) On an actual cost basis by the operator or the applicant;
</P>
<P>(B) By contracting for the work in accordance with Attachment O to OMB Circular A-102; or
</P>
<P>(C) Under an existing continuing contract between the operator and another firm provided that the applicant can demonstrate the costs are comparable to those under paragraph (h)(2)(i) (A) or (B) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of the plans for inspection of the work including identification and qualifications of the staff to be responsible for the inspection and a proposed schedule of inspections; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of the arrangements made for the operation of rail service over the property including copies of the proposed operating agreements, leases or other compensation agreements under which service is to be provided, and the proposed method of financing the operation of such rail service;
</P>
<P>(3) In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (h)(1) of this section, each application for a project eligible under § 266.7 (b)(1) or (2)(i) (if the Commission has not made a finding granting the application for abandonment discontinuance) shall include an assurance by the common carrier which operates service on or owns the line related to the project that if an application for a certificate of abandonment or discontinuance has been filed with the Commission the application will be withdrawn within a reasonable period following execution of a grant agreement and before Federal funds are disbursed for the project; and
</P>
<P>(4) When rail facility construction assistance is requested an assurance by the chief executive officer of the applicant that if the facility is abandoned, sold, or converted to non-rail freight use during its useful life, FRA will be compensated an amount computed by applying FRA's participation in the cost of constructing the facility to the fair market value of the facility at the time it is abandoned, sold, or converted to non-rail use.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Substitute service assistance.</I> In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, each application for substitute service assistance shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A detailed description of the substitute service project, including evidence that the cost and scope of the project are limited to that necessary to replace the rail service being discontinued;
</P>
<P>(2) Evidence that the anticipated benefits and costs of the proposed acquisition have been analyzed in accordance with the methodology established by the State under § 266.15(c)(5) of this part;
</P>
<P>(3) For construction or improvement of fixed facilities, a description of the proposed work, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The cost and timing of the work; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An assurance by the chief executive officer of the applicant that the Federal share of the project will be repaid in accordance with Attachment N of OMB Circular A-102, if the properties are not used for rail freight service during the useful life of the project properties;
</P>
<P>(4) For relocation costs, the following assurances by the chief executive officer of the applicant:
</P>
<P>(i) When the rail line related to the project is eligible under section 5(k)(4)(A) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(k)(4)(A)), an assurance that the applicant is requesting only such assistance as is needed to relocate the shippers which were receiving rail service on the line at the time the Commission found that the public convenience and necessity would permit discontinuance or abandonment of the rail service;
</P>
<P>(ii) When the rail line related to the project is eligible under section 5(k)(4)(B) of the Act (49 U.S.C. 1654(k)(4)(B)), an assurance that assistance is being requested to relocate only the shippers who received rail service on the line as of April 1, 1976; and
</P>
<P>(iii) An assurance, and the basis therefor, that the shippers will not be relocated to a line with respect to which an application for a certificate of abandonment or discontinuance has been filed with the Commission or that if an application has been filed it will be withdrawn within a reasonable period following execution of a grant agreement and before Federal funds are disbursed for the project;
</P>
<P>(5) An assurance by the chief executive officer of the applicant that after completion of the substitute service project, additional Federal assistance will not be requested for the continuation of the rail freight service that the substitute service is designed to replace, unless the Administrator determines that circumstances have changed so that continuation of rail freight service is more cost-effective than continued use of the substitute service project;
</P>
<P>(6) A description of the arrangements made for operation of service where rail service is to be provided in conjunction with a substitute service project, including copies of proposed operating agreements, leases, or other compensation agreements under which service is to be provided; and
</P>
<P>(7) An assurance by the chief executive officer of the applicant that assistance provided will not be used to pay the non-Federal share under any Federal program.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Execution and filing of applications.</I> (1) Each original application shall bear the date of execution and be signed by the chief executive officer of the agency submitting the application;
</P>
<P>(2) Each application for planning assistance, and two (2) copies thereof, shall be filed with the Administrator through the appropriate Federal Highway Administration Division Office;
</P>
<P>(3) Each application (excluding requests for planning assistance), and two (2) copies thereof, shall be filed with the Administrator through the appropriate Regional Director of Federal Assistance. A current list of the appropriate mailing addresses of the above officials will be provided by FRA to each State.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 266.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47.0.138.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 266.19   Environmental impact.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Administrator has determined that providing assistance to cover the following costs is not a major action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment: Rehabilitation or improvement consisting of work normally performed on a periodic basis which does not change the existing character of the facility (including work to overcome normal periodic maintenance that had been deferred) rail service continuation, acquisition, and planning.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Substitute service assistance, rail facility construction assistance, and non-exempt rehabilitation or improvement assistance</I>—(1) <I>Environmental assessment.</I> (i) When an applicant requests substitute service assistance, rail facility construction assistance, or rehabilitation or improvement assistance (except for rehabilitation or improvement assistance which is exempt under paragraph (a) of this section), the applicant shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Prepare an environmental assessment to determine whether the future use of the property will significantly affect the quality of the human environment; or
</P>
<P>(B) Provide sufficient documentation to enable the Administrator to determine that the project satisfies the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The action is not likely to be environmentally controversial from the point of view of people living within the environment affected by the action or controversial with respect to the availability of adequate relocation housing;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The action is not inconsistent with any Federal, State, or local law, regulation, ordinance, or judicial or administrative determination relating to environmental protection;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The action will not have any significant adverse impact in any natural, cultural, recreational, or scenic environment(s) in which the action takes place, or on the air or water quality or ambient noise levels of such environment(s);
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The action will not: use 4(f)-protected properties; adversely affect properties under section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act; involve new construction location in a wetlands area; or affect a base floodplain;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The action will not cause a significant short- or long-term increase in traffic congestion, or other significant adverse environmental impact on any mode of transportation;
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The action is not an integral part of a program of actions which, when considered separately, would not be classified as major FRA actions, but when considered together would be so classified; and
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) Environmental assessment or documentation is not required by any Federal law, regulation, guideline, order, or judicial or administrative determination other than this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) Prior to submitting an application, FRA recommends that the applicant seek the Administrator's advice as to form and substance of the assessment for the project under consideration. The environmental assessment shall utilize an interdisciplinary approach in identifying the type, degree of effect, and probability of occurrence of primary, secondary and cumulative potential environmental impacts (positive and negative) of the proposed action and of alternative courses of action. The depth of coverage shall be consistent with the magnitude of the project and its expected environmental effects. The environmental assessment and all documents used as a basis for the assessment shall be submitted together with the application for assistance.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Environmental impact statement.</I> A draft environmental impact statement (EIS) shall be submitted with each application when the environmental assessment concludes that the future use significantly affects the quality of human environment. FRA recommends that prior to submitting the application, the applicant seek the Administrator's advice as to form and substance of the EIS for the project under consideration.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Finding of no significant impact.</I> A draft finding of no significant impact declaration shall be submitted with each application when the applicant's environmental assessment concludes that the figure use does not significantly affect the quality of the human environment. The finding of no significant impact shall include a description of the project, and sufficient data and environmental findings to support the conclusions as to the impact upon the quality of the human environment. FRA recommends that prior to submitting the application, the applicant seek the Administrator's advice as to the form and substance of this finding for the project under consideration.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Section 4(f) determination.</I> For projects involving the use of any land from a public park, recreation area, wildlife and waterfowl refuge, or historic site of national, State or local significance as determined by the Federal, State, or local officials having jurisdiction thereon, information to support a determination pursuant to section 4(f) of the Act shall be submitted together with the application. The section 4(f) determination shall document that:
</P>
<P>(i) There is no feasible and prudent alternative to the use of such land; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The project includes all planning to minimize harm resulting from such use.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Historic preservation.</I> For projects involving the use of historic, cultural or archeological resources listed or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places, information which documents that the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation has been afforded an opportunity for review and comment on the proposed project in accordance with 16 U.S.C. 470 and 36 CFR part 800 shall be submitted with the application.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Highway or highway-related facilities.</I> Substitute service projects involving highway or highway-related facilities are subject to the applicable substantive Federal Highway Administration regulations on environmental considerations (23 CFR part 771).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 266.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47.0.138.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 266.21   Grant agreement and disbursement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Grant agreement.</I> (1) Upon the approval of an application meeting the requirements of § 266.17 of this part, a grant agreement for the Federal share of the approved amount of estimated program costs will be executed by the Administrator and the grantee.
</P>
<P>(2) The grant agreement will identify the amount of the grantee's share of program costs to be furnished in cash and through approved in-kind benefits. The grantee shall expend a pro-rata share of its cash contribution at the same time payments of the Federal share are made available to the grantee.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disbursement.</I> (1) Federal funds are provided either in advance by a letter-of-credit or a Treasury check or by reimbursement in accordance with Attachment J of OMB Circular A-102.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to receipt of advance payments, the grantee must have demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Administrator that it has established procedures to comply with OMB Circular A-102, Attachment J, including procedures that will minimize the time elapsing between the receipt of funds by the grantee and their disbursement. Evidence of such compliance shall be provided to the Administrator at least 30 days prior to the anticipated date of receipt of advance payments. An advance by letter-of-credit is used when the rail service assistance is expected to be provided for a minimum of one (1) year, and is expected to involve annual payments aggregating at least $120,000. Otherwise, advance payments are made by Treasury check.
</P>
<P>(3) If the grantee is not eligible for advance payments or does not desire them, the grantee will be reimbursed for eligible expenditures at the end of each fiscal quarter upon submission of a request for reimbursement.
</P>
<P>(4) Before disbursement of Federal funds can be made to a grantee for payment to third parties under this subsection, the grantee must have executed an agreement with the third party.
</P>
<P>(5) Acquisition assistance will be disbursed only after the following have been approved by the Administrator:
</P>
<P>(i) A title opinion of the chief legal officer of the grantee that describe the type of title being acquired, and if a general warranty deed is not being given, it must explain why it could not be given. The opinion shall also advise of any need for use of the State's eminent domain powers to assure adequate title. In addition, the opinion shall explain how the defects disclosed by the title search might affect the marketability of the property;
</P>
<P>(ii) A written determination that the property acquired is limited to the land and facilities that are needed for the rail freight services which would have been curtailed or abandoned but for the acquisition has been accepted by the Administrator; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A written determination that the purchase price is consistent with the value of the property interest being acquired, and the evidence upon which the determination is based.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Settlement.</I> (1) Settlement under the grant agreement is made on the basis of a Federal audit which has determined the allowable costs over the entire term of the grant agreement. If the Federal audit determines that the allowable costs under the grant agreement are less than the amount of the grant, the difference shall be refunded to FRA at the end of the fiscal year in which the audit was made unless it has become the subject of another executed grant agreement. Upon termination of a State's participation in the Rail Service Assistance Program, the State shall repay FRA the Federal share of any unused rehabilitation and improvement assistance and any accumulated interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 266.23" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47.0.138.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 266.23   Record, audit, and examination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Retention and custodial requirements for financial records, supporting documents, statistical records, and all other records pertinent to a grant provided under this part shall be governed by Attachment C of OMB Circular A-102.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator and the Comptroller General of the United States or any of their duly authorized representatives shall, until the expiration of three years after submission to the Administrator of the grantee's final accounting of all program funds, and for any longer period necessary to resolve audit findings, have access for the purpose of audit and examination to any books, documents, papers, and records which in the opinion of the Administrator or the Comptroller General of the United States may be related or pertinent to the grants, contracts, or other arrangements arising out of, or in any way connected with, the rail service assistance program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 266.25" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.47.0.138.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 266.25   Waivers and modifications.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may, with respect to individual requests, upon good cause shown, waive or modify any requirement of this part not required by law or make any additional requirements the Administrator deems necessary. Procedures for submission and consideration of petitions for waiver or modification are governed by 49 CFR part 211.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="268" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 268—MAGNETIC LEVITATION TRANSPORTATION TECHNOLOGY DEPLOYMENT PROGRAM


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322; 23 U.S.C. 322; 49 CFR 1.49.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 2344, Jan. 14, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Overview</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 268.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48.1.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 268.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>CMAQ</I> means Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality Improvement Program (23 U.S.C. 149).
</P>
<P><I>Environmental assessment</I> (“EA”) means the environmental assessment in support of the project description and containing the information listed in § 268.11(b)(6)(i).
</P>
<P><I>Environmental impact statement</I> (“EIS”) means the environmental impact statement which is required pursuant to §§ 268.3.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible project costs</I> means the costs of preconstruction planning activities and the capital cost of the fixed guideway infrastructure of a Maglev project, including land, piers, guideways, propulsion equipment and other components attached to guideways, power distribution facilities (including substations), control and communications facilities, access roads, and storage, repair, and maintenance facilities, but eligible project costs do not include the cost of stations, vehicles, and equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Maglev funds</I> means such funds as are provided under the authority of 23 U.S.C. 322 to pay for Eligible Project Costs.
</P>
<P><I>Full project costs</I> means the total capital costs of a Maglev project, including Eligible Project Costs and the costs of stations, vehicles, and equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Phase</I> means one of the five different phases of the Maglev Deployment Program; these phases are described in § 268.3.
</P>
<P><I>Maglev</I> means transportation systems employing magnetic levitation that would be capable of safe use by the public at a speed in excess of 240 miles per hour.
</P>
<P><I>Maglev Deployment Program</I> means the program authorized by 23 U.S.C. 322.
</P>
<P><I>Partnership potential</I> means the usage of the term in the commercial feasibility study of high-speed ground transportation (<I>High Speed Ground Transportation for America</I>) mandated under section 1036 of the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (105 Stat. 1978). Under that usage any corridor exhibiting Partnership Potential must at least meet the following two conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Private enterprise must be able to run on the corridor—once built and paid for—as a completely self-sustaining entity; and
</P>
<P>(2) The total benefits of a Maglev corridor must equal or exceed its total costs.
</P>
<P><I>STP</I> means the Surface Transportation Program (23 U.S.C. 133).
</P>
<P><I>TEA 21</I> means the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (Public Law No. 105-178, 112 Stat. 107).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 268.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48.1.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 268.3   Different phases of the Maglev Deployment Program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Maglev Deployment Program includes five phases, as described in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section. The current projected timing for implementing these phases is indicated to assist applicants in planning their projects. All dates beyond the first date (the deadline for the submission of preconstruction planning applications) are for planning purposes only and are subject to change—including possible acceleration of deadlines—based on the progress of the Maglev Deployment Program; grantees will be notified accordingly.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Phase I—Competition for Planning Grants (Early October 1998—September 15, 1999)</I>—(1) <I>Description.</I> In Phase I, States will apply for funds for preconstruction planning activities. As required by § 268.13, applications must be filed with FRA by February 15, 1999. FRA will select one or more projects to receive preconstruction planning financial assistance awarded under this part to perform Phase II of the Maglev Deployment Program.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Timing of Major Milestones.</I> (i) February 15, 1999—Planning grant applications due.
</P>
<P>(ii) May 24, 1999—FRA announces grantees for planning grants.
</P>
<P>(iii) August 31, 1999—FRA awards planning grants for the conduct of activities listed in Phase II.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Phase II—Project Description Development (July 1, 1999—June 30, 2000)</I>—(1) <I>Description.</I> In Phase II, each grant recipient will prepare and submit to FRA a project description, supporting preconstruction planning reports, and an EA. Supporting reports may include demand and revenue analyses, project specification, cost estimates, scheduling, financial studies, a system safety plan (including supporting analysis), and other information in support of the project description. FRA will use this information in reaching a decision on which projects to down-select for completion of site-specific environmental studies, investment grade revenue forecasts, and other studies and analyses necessary prior to initiation of construction. FRA will initiate documentation of environmental factors considered in the project selection process.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Timing of Major Milestones.</I> (i) February 29, 2000—Deadline for submission of appropriate EA's needed by FRA for the down-selection of one or more projects under Phase III.
</P>
<P>(ii) June 30, 2000—Deadline for submission of project descriptions and any related supporting reports needed by FRA for down-selection of one or more projects.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Phase III—Project Selection Process (July 1, 2000—September 30, 2000)</I>—(1) <I>Description.</I> FRA will evaluate the information provided by the grant recipients under Phase II and will down-select one or more projects for completion of additional environmental studies, investment grade revenue forecasts, and other studies and analyses necessary prior to initiation of construction.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Timing of Major Milestones.</I> September 30, 2000—FRA down-selects one or more project(s).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Phase IV—Project Development and Completion of Site-specific EIS (October 1, 2000—November 30, 2001</I>)—(1) <I>Description.</I> The financial assistance recipient(s) down-selected in Phase III will complete additional environmental studies, investment grade revenue forecasts, and other studies and analyses necessary prior to initiation of construction, and address issues raised by FRA's review of system safety plans (including supporting analysis). They will also initiate final design and engineering work for the down-selected project(s). If more than one project is down-selected in Phase III, FRA will select one of them for final design, engineering, and construction funding. Detailed agreements for the construction and operation of the selected project will be negotiated.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Timing of Major Milestones.</I> (i) March 31, 2001—If more than one project is down-selected in Phase III, FRA will select one project.
</P>
<P>(ii) December 31, 2001—FRA will issue a Final Record of Decision on the site-specific EIS for the one selected project, confirming the project design.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Phase V—Completion of Detailed Engineering and Construction January 1, 2002 and beyond).</I> In Phase V, the sponsoring State or State-designated authority will oversee the efforts of the public/private partnership formed to progress the selected project, to complete the detailed engineering designs, and finance, construct, equip, and operate the project in revenue service. Construction will be contingent upon the appropriation of Federal funds. In no event will construction be authorized until FRA is fully satisfied that the system will meet appropriate safety standards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 268.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48.1.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 268.5   Federal funding sources for the Maglev Deployment Program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Federal Maglev Funds.</I> Section 322 of Title 23 provides for the following funds for the Maglev Deployment Program:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Contract authority.</I> Fifty-five million has been made available for the Maglev Deployment Program as contract authority from the Highway Trust Fund for Fiscal Years 1999 through 2001; this would be used to fund the competition in all its phases and could also be used for final design, engineering, and construction activities of the selected project. Of the $55 million, the Congress has made available up to $15 million for Fiscal Year 1999, up to $15 million for Fiscal Year 2000, and $25 million for Fiscal Year 2001.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Authorization for appropriations.</I> Nine hundred fifty million, also from the Highway Trust Fund, has been authorized to be appropriated for the Maglev Deployment Program for Fiscal Years 2000 through 2003. Of the $950 million, $200 million is authorized to be appropriated for each of Fiscal Years 2000 and 2001, $250 million for Fiscal Year 2002, and $300 million for Fiscal Year 2003. Any decision to proceed with possible Federal funding of the construction of a Maglev system will be contingent upon the receipt of appropriations, and upon completion of appropriate environmental documentation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other Federal funds.</I> Section 322 of Title 23 provides that the portion of the Maglev project not covered by Federal Maglev Funds may be covered by any non-Federal funding sources—including private (debt and/or equity), State, local, regional, and other public or public/private entities—as well as by Federally-provided STP and CMAQ funds, and by other forms of financial assistance made available under title 23 and TEA 21, such as loans and loan guarantees.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Costs Incurred in Advance of Cooperative Agreement.</I> Certain costs incurred in advance of the execution of a cooperative agreement between FRA and the grantee for pre-construction planning but after enactment of TEA 21 (June 9, 1998) will be eligible for reimbursement, but such costs are allowable only to the extent that they are otherwise allowable under the terms of a fully executed cooperative agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 268.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48.1.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 268.7   Federal/State share and restrictions on the uses of Federal Maglev Funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Federal share.</I> The Federal share of Full Projects Costs shall be not more than 
<FR>2/3</FR>, with the remaining 
<FR>1/3</FR> paid by the grant recipient using non-Federal funds. Funds made available under STP and CMAQ are considered non-Federal funds for purposes of the matching requirement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Restrictions on the uses of Federal Maglev Funds.</I> (1) Federal Maglev Funds may be applied only to Eligible Project Costs;
</P>
<P>(2) Federal Maglev Funds provided under a preconstruction planning grant may be used only for Phase II activities, and for completion of site-specific draft EIS's; see § 268.3;
</P>
<P>(3) Federal Maglev Funds may be used to pay for only 
<FR>2/3</FR> of preconstruction planning costs; grant recipients are required to pay the remaining 
<FR>1/3</FR> of the costs with non-Federal funds; and
</P>
<P>(4) The “prevailing wages” requirement of the Davis Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-5) applies to any construction contracts under the Maglev Deployment Program.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Procedures For Financial Assistance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 268.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48.2.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 268.9   Eligible participants.</HEAD>
<P>Any State, or any authority designated by one or more State(s) to carry out the preconstruction planning activities under the Maglev Deployment Program is eligible to participate in the Maglev Deployment Program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 268.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48.2.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 268.11   Project eligibility standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Project eligibility standards for preconstruction planning financing.</I> (1) As required by 23 U.S.C. 322(d)(4), in order to be eligible to receive financial assistance, a Maglev project shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Involve a segment or segments of a high-speed ground transportation corridor that exhibit Partnership Potential;
</P>
<P>(ii) Require an amount of Federal funds for project financing that will not exceed the sum of Federal Maglev Funds, and the amounts made available by States under STP and CMAQ;
</P>
<P>(iii) Result in an operating transportation facility that provides a revenue producing service;
</P>
<P>(iv) Be undertaken through a public and private partnership, with at least 
<FR>1/3</FR> of Full Project Costs paid using non-Federal funds;
</P>
<P>(v) Satisfy applicable statewide and metropolitan planning requirements;
</P>
<P>(vi) Be approved by FRA based on an application submitted by a State or authority designated by one or more States;
</P>
<P>(vii) To the extent that non-United States Maglev technology is used within the United States, be carried out as a technology transfer project; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Be carried out using materials at least 70 percent of which are manufactured in the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) FRA recognizes that applicants for preconstruction planning grants will not have detailed information with respect to some of the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and that the purpose of a preconstruction planning grant is to develop much of this information with respect to a particular Maglev project. As required by § 268.15, an applicant will need to provide whatever information it has with respect to each of the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, together with a certification that the applicant fully intends to comply with the requirements of this paragraph (a) should its project be selected by FRA for final design, engineering and construction financing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Project eligibility standards for final design, engineering, and construction financing.</I> FRA will select the most promising Maglev project for final design, engineering, and construction financing. To be eligible to be considered, the project must meet each of the following requirements; these requirements restate the requirements in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, but with more detail and in a different order:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Purpose and significance of the project.</I> (i) The project description shall point to a Maglev facility and daily operation the primary purpose of which is the conduct of a revenue-producing passenger transportation service between distinct points, rather than a service solely for the passengers' riding pleasure.
</P>
<P>(ii) The project description shall incorporate scheduled operation at a top speed of not less than 240 mph.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Benefits for the American economy.</I> The project description shall include a certification as to paragraphs (b)(2) (i) and (ii) of this section and, as appropriate, a technology acquisition/transfer plan which describes the strategy for their accomplishment.
</P>
<P>(i) Processes will be established that will enable an American-owned and -sited firm (or firms) to gain, in the course of the project, the capability to participate in the design, manufacture, and installation of the facilities and vehicles needed for a Maglev operation, if the owner of the selected version of Maglev technology is not an American-owned and -sited firm (thus meeting the technology transfer requirement of 23 U.S.C. 322).
</P>
<P>(ii) The 70 percent U.S. content requirement content of 23 U.S.C. 322 will be carried out.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Partnership potential.</I> The project shall exhibit Partnership potential by satisfying the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A private/public partnership must be in place that is ready, willing, and able to finance, construct, operate, and maintain the project;
</P>
<P>(ii) The private/public partnership either owns the version of Maglev technology proposed to be implemented in the project, or has an agreement with the owner which affords full cooperation to the partnership in progressing the project, including implementation of the technology acquisition/transfer plan if applicable; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The recipient of a preconstruction planning grant or the FRA has developed and endorsed a projection of system capital costs, demand, revenues, operating expenses, and total costs and benefits, that:
</P>
<P>(A) Covers either the entire corridor in which the Maglev project is involved (“Corridor”), or the project considered independently;
</P>
<P>(B) Demonstrates that private enterprise would be able to run the Corridor or the project—once built and paid for—as a completely self-sustaining entity, in which revenues will cover operating expenses and continuing investment needs; and
</P>
<P>(C) Shows total benefits equal to or exceeding total costs.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Funding Limits and Sources.</I> The project description shall include a financing plan that demonstrates project completion with the $950 million in Federal Maglev Funds, funds remaining unobligated from the $55 million in contract authority, and the funds made available under STP and CMAQ. The project that is selected will be eligible for other forms of financial assistance provided under title 23 and TEA 21, including loans, loan guarantees, and lines of credit. However, at least 
<FR>1/3</FR> of Full Project Costs must come from non-Federal Funds.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Project Management.</I> The State, the technology owner, and all other relevant project partners must include in the project description, an agreed upon—
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Management plan</I> that defines the partnership, responsibilities, and procedures for accomplishing the project;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Project schedule</I> that shows how timely implementation of the project will be accomplished, including, to the extent possible, a construction plan and schedule; and
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Financial plan</I> that shows how funds will flow, in accordance with the other requirements of this subsection.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Planning/environmental process</I>—(i) <I>Assessment of environmental consequences of the proposed project.</I> Recipients of preconstruction planning grants shall conduct an EA in support of the project description; and will prepare additional environmental studies for the project. The EA shall include information to support the grantee's decision to pursue the proposed project. The grantee shall develop the information and discuss the environmental consequences of the proposed technology and route in sufficient detail for the preparation of appropriate documentation by FRA to support selection of one project. This shall include: the identification of potential positive and negative environmental effects resulting from the technology (e.g. energy consumption compared to other transportation options); generic noise emissions at various distances from the centerline of the guideway; changes in electromagnetic field levels at various distances from the centerline of the guideway; and environmental screening of the proposed route (e.g., identification of land use; identification of endangered species possibly present and location of their critical habitat; identification of navigable waterways, wetlands and other sensitive water resources; and identification of the location of parks, wildlife refuges, historic and archaeological sites of National, State or local significance and other sites protected by section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act). The latter information and analysis shall be submitted four months in advance of the remainder of the project description. The above list is illustrative only. Grantees will be expected to review proposed work statements with FRA at pre-application meetings or through some other means to develop the final scope of this environmental review.
</P>
<P>(ii) The project description must also include letters of endorsement of project implementation from all the State departments of transportation involved, and from all Metropolitan Planning Organizations for metropolitan areas that would be served by the project.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 268.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48.2.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 268.13   Deadline for submission of applications for preconstruction planning assistance.</HEAD>
<P>Completed application packages shall be returned to FRA by December 31, 1998. Applications shall be submitted to: Administrator, Federal Railroad Administration, ATTN: Maglev Project, RDV-11, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Stop 20,Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 2344, Jan. 14, 2000, as amended at 74 FR 25176, May 27, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 268.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48.2.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 268.15   Form and contents of applications for preconstruction planning assistance.</HEAD>
<P>States, groups of States, or designated authorities that have Maglev projects are invited to submit applications in Phase I of the Maglev Deployment Program, the competition for preconstruction planning grants. The applications shall contain:
</P>
<P>(a)(1) If submitted by a State: name, address, responsible party, telephone, fax number, and e-mail address of the State agency submitting the application; or
</P>
<P>(2) If submitted by a designated authority: name, address, responsible party, telephone, fax number, and e-mail address of the designated authority and of the State agency or agencies on whose behalf the designated authority is submitting the application, together with letters from the State(s) evidencing all such designations;
</P>
<P>(b) A description of the project concept, identifying its likely location, market area, length, and the transportation service that it would perform, and a preliminary estimate of the time that would be required—if funds are made available—to bring the project to the start of construction and then to the initiation of full revenue service. At its option, the applicant may include any reports already completed on the project as well as any additional descriptive material that would assist the FRA in evaluating the application;
</P>
<P>(c) Whatever information the applicant has to demonstrate that the project meets the project eligibility standards in § 269.11(a), and the project selection criteria in § 268.17. together with a certification that the applicant fully intends to comply with the requirements in § 269.11 should its project be selected by FRA for final design, engineering and construction financing.
</P>
<P>(d) A statement of work for the preconstruction planning activities to be accomplished under the planning grant. The statement shall describe the work to be performed, including but not necessarily limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Preconstruction planning work as is needed to develop a Maglev project, and project description that will satisfy the project eligibility standards in § 268.11(b), and the project selection criteria in § 268.17; and
</P>
<P>(2) Preparation of EAs, as described in § 268.11(b)(6)(i);
</P>
<P>(e) Management plan, schedule, and financial plan for accomplishing the preconstruction planning work under the planning grant;
</P>
<P>(f) Letters supporting the application from the heads of all State departments of transportation involved, as well as from responsible officials of the Metropolitan Planning Organizations of all metropolitan areas to be served by the proposed project;
</P>
<P>(g) A certification from the State, or from the authority designated by one or more States, that the 
<FR>1/3</FR> matching funds required for work under the planning grant are, or will be, available by the time the grants are announced. The source(s) of the matching must be shown in the financial plan under paragraph (e); and
</P>
<P>(h) If the applicant has made a definitive choice of the particular Maglev technology proposed to be included, a description of that technology and the degree to which it has been produced and tested should be submitted. Further, if the applicant has identified organizations that would form members of the team that would implement the project, the names of those organizations and the persons representing them should also be submitted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 268.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48.2.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 268.17   Project selection criteria.</HEAD>
<P>Except as qualified by § 268.19, the following criteria will govern FRA's selection of projects to receive funding under the Maglev Deployment Program.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose and significance of the project.</I> (1) The degree to which the project description demonstrates attractiveness to travelers, as measured in passengers and passenger-miles.
</P>
<P>(2) The extent to which implementation of the project will reduce congestion, and attendant delay costs, in other modes of transportation; will reduce emissions and/or energy consumption; or will reduce the rate of growth in needs for additional highway or airport construction. Measures for this criterion will include but not be limited to the present value of congestion reduction, pollution reduction, and/or facility cost-avoidance benefits.
</P>
<P>(3) The degree to which the project will demonstrate the variety of operating conditions which are to be expected in the United States.
</P>
<P>(4) The degree to which the project will augment a Maglev corridor or network that has been identified, by any State, group of States, or the FRA, as having Partnership Potential.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timely implementation.</I> The speed with which the project can realistically be brought into full revenue service, based on the project description and on the current and projected development status of the Maglev technology selected by the applicant for the project.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Benefits for the American economy.</I> The extent to which the project is expected to create new jobs in traditional and emerging industries in the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Partnership potential.</I> The degree to which the project description demonstrates Partnership Potential for the corridor in which it is involved, and/or for the project independently.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Funding limits and sources.</I> (1) The extent and proportion to which States, regions, and localities commit to financially contributing to the project, both in terms of their own locally-raised, entirely non-Federal funds, and in terms of commitments of scarce Federal resources from non-Maglev funds; and
</P>
<P>(2) The extent and proportion to which the private sector contributes financially to the project. 
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 268.17:</HED>
<P>FRA recognizes that applicants for preconstruction planning assistance may not have detailed information with respect to each of these criteria, and that the purpose of the preconstruction planning assistance is to develop much of this information with respect to a particular Maglev project. The preconstruction planning application requirements of this part 268 are designed to elicit whatever information an applicant may have pertaining to these criteria.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 268.19" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48.2.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 268.19   Evaluation of applications for preconstruction planning assistance.</HEAD>
<P>The FRA will evaluate the applications for their completeness and responsiveness to the requirements listed in § 268.15. In addition, applicants are advised that the Maglev Deployment Program contains a number of project eligibility standards (minimum threshold standards) and project evaluation criteria that will guide the FRA's review of the project descriptions produced under the Planning Grants. The FRA's implementation of these standards and criteria appears in § 268.11 and § 268.17, respectively. Although subject to revision, the information in § 268.11 and § 268.17 should assist the States in completing their applications in the competition for planning grants, since the project descriptions will need to respond to the standards and criteria. In evaluating the applications for planning grants, FRA will consider how consistent the applicant's project is to the standards and criteria, and the application's likelihood of leading to a project that meets all the standards and criteria.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 268.21" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.48.2.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 268.21   Down-selection of one or more Maglev projects for further study and selection of one project for final design, engineering, and construction funding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon completion of Phase III of the Maglev Deployment Program, FRA will down-select one or more projects to complete additional environmental studies, investment grade revenue forecasts, and other studies and analyses necessary prior to initiation of construction. Final design and engineering work will also be initiated for the down-selected project(s). To be down-selected a project must appear to meet the project eligibility standards contained in § 268.11 (b), rate highly in the project selection criteria specified in § 268.17, be judged by FRA to have a good chance of being constructed with the Federal funds authorized for this program, and be successfully operated by a public/private partnership.
</P>
<P>(b) Only one project will be selected in Phase IV of the Maglev Deployment Program and be eligible for any Federal construction funds that Congress chooses to make available. That one project must meet each and every project eligibility standard contained in § 268.11 (b). If more than one project down-selected in Phase III and funded through Phase IV meets all of these standards, then FRA will evaluate and compare the eligible projects according to the set of project selection criteria contained in § 268.17.
</P>
<P>(c) In reviewing competing projects under the project eligibility standards and project selection criteria, the FRA will exercise particular vigilance regarding the following elements of the preconstruction planning process, although not to the exclusion of others:
</P>
<P>(1) The credibility of the demand and revenue forecasts, cost estimates, and benefit/cost comparisons; and
</P>
<P>(2) The credibility of the financial plan.
</P>
<P>(d) FRA intends to make periodic reviews of the processes and products of grant recipients. Such reviews may include, at the FRA's option, reviews at key milestones in the preparation of project descriptions. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="269" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.49" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 269—COMPETITIVE PASSENGER RAIL SERVICE PILOT PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 11307, Pub. L. 114-94; 49 U.S.C. 24711; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>82 FR 31487, July 7, 2017, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 269.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.49.0.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to carry out the statutory mandate in 49 U.S.C. 24711 requiring the Secretary to implement a pilot program for competitive selection of eligible petitioners in lieu of Amtrak to operate not more than three long-distance routes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.49.0.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.3   Limitations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Route limitations.</I> The pilot program this part implements is available for not more than three Amtrak long-distance routes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time limitations.</I> An eligible petitioner awarded a contract to provide passenger rail service under the pilot program this part implements shall only provide such service for a period not to exceed four years from the date of commencement of service. The Administrator has the discretion to renew such service for one additional operation period of four years.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.49.0.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (Pub. L. 114-94 (Dec. 4, 2015)).
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Railroad Administrator, or the Federal Railroad Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Amtrak</I> means the National Railroad Passenger Corporation.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible petitioner</I> means one of the following entities, other than Amtrak, that has submitted a petition to FRA under § 269.7:
</P>
<P>(1) A rail carrier or rail carriers that own the infrastructure over which Amtrak operates a long-distance route, or another rail carrier that has a written agreement with a rail carrier or rail carriers that own such infrastructure;
</P>
<P>(2) A State, group of States, or State-supported joint powers authority or other sub-State governance entity responsible for providing intercity rail passenger transportation with a written agreement with the rail carrier or rail carriers that own the infrastructure over which Amtrak operates a long-distance route and that host or would host the intercity rail passenger transportation; or
</P>
<P>(3) A State, group of States, or State-supported joint powers authority or other sub-State governance entity responsible for providing intercity rail passenger transportation and a rail carrier with a written agreement with another rail carrier or rail carriers that own the infrastructure over which Amtrak operates a long-distance route and that host or would host the intercity rail passenger transportation.
</P>
<P><I>File</I> and <I>filed</I> mean submission of a document under this part to FRA at <I>PassengerRail.Liaison@dot.gov</I> on the date the document was emailed to FRA.
</P>
<P><I>Financial plan</I> means a plan that contains, for each Federal fiscal year fully or partially covered by the bid:
</P>
<P>(1) An annual projection of the revenues, expenses, capital expenditure requirements, and cash flows (from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities, showing sources and uses of funds, including the operating subsidy amount) attributable to the route; and
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the assumptions underlying the financial plan's contents.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Operating plan</I> means a plan that contains, for each Federal fiscal year fully or partially covered by the bid:
</P>
<P>(1) A complete description of the service planned to be offered, including the train schedules, frequencies, equipment consists, fare structures, and such amenities as sleeping cars and food service provisions; station locations; hours of operation; provisions for accommodating the traveling public, including proposed arrangements for stations shared with other routes; expected ridership; passenger-miles; revenues by class of service between each city-pair proposed to be served; connectivity with other intercity transportation services; and compliance with applicable Service Outcome Agreements; and
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the assumptions underlying the operating plan's contents.
</P>
<P><I>Long-distance route</I> means those routes described in 49 U.S.C. 24102(5) and operated by Amtrak on the date of enactment of the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.49.0.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.7   Petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> An eligible petitioner may petition FRA to provide intercity passenger rail transportation over a long-distance route in lieu of Amtrak for a period of time consistent with the time limitations described in § 269.3(b).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Petition requirements.</I> Eligible petitioners must:
</P>
<P>(1) File the petition with FRA no later than 180 days after September 5, 2017;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe the petition as a “Petition to Provide Passenger Rail Service under 49 CFR part 269”;
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the long-distance route or routes over which the eligible petitioner wants to provide intercity passenger rail transportation and the Amtrak service that the eligible petitioner wants to replace; and
</P>
<P>(4) If applicable, provide an executed copy of all written agreements with all entities that own infrastructure on the long-distance route or routes over which the eligible petitioner wants to provide intercity passenger rail transportation. The written agreement(s) must demonstrate the infrastructure owner's support for the petition.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.49.0.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.9   Bid process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notification.</I> FRA will notify the eligible petitioner and Amtrak of receipt of a petition filed with FRA and will publish a notice of receipt in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> not later than 30 days after FRA's receipt of such petition.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bid requirements.</I> An eligible petitioner that has filed a timely petition under § 269.7 and Amtrak, if Amtrak desires, may file a bid with FRA not later than 120 days after FRA publishes the notice of receipt in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> under paragraph (a) of this section. Each such bid must:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide FRA with sufficient information to evaluate the level of service described in the proposal, and to evaluate the proposal's compliance with the requirements in § 269.13(b);
</P>
<P>(2) Describe how the bidder would operate the route;
</P>
<P>(i) This description must include, but is not limited to, an operating plan, a financial plan and, if applicable, any executed agreement(s) necessary for the operation of passenger service over right-of-way on the route that is not owned by the bidder.
</P>
<P>(ii) In addition, if the bidder intends to generate any revenues from ancillary activities (<I>i.e.,</I> activities other than passenger transportation, accommodations, and food service) as part of its proposed operation of the route, then the bidder must fully describe such ancillary activities and identify their incremental impact in all relevant sections of the operating plan and the financial plan, and on the route's performance, together with the assumptions underlying the estimates of such incremental impacts.
</P>
<P>(3) Describe what passenger equipment the bidder would need, including how it would be procured;
</P>
<P>(4) Describe in detail, including amounts, timing, and intended purpose, what sources of Federal and non-Federal funding the bidder would use, including but not limited to any Federal or State operating subsidy and any other Federal or State payments;
</P>
<P>(5) Contain a staffing plan describing the number of employees the bidder needs to operate the service, the job assignments and requirements, and the terms of work for prospective and current employees of the bidder for the service outlined in the bid;
</P>
<P>(6) Describe the capital needs for the passenger rail service including in detail any costs associated with compliance with Federal law and regulations;
</P>
<P>(7) Describe in detail the bidder's plans for meeting all FRA safety requirements, including equipment, employee, and passenger parameters;
</P>
<P>(8) Describe, for each Federal fiscal year fully or partially covered by the bid, a projection of the passenger rail service route's total revenue, total costs, total contribution/loss, and net cash used in operating activities per passenger-mile attributable to the route;
</P>
<P>(9) Describe how the passenger rail service would meet or exceed the performance required of or achieved by Amtrak on the applicable route during the last fiscal year, and how the bidder would report on the performance standards. At a minimum, this description must include, for each Federal fiscal year fully or partially covered by the bid a projection of the route's expected Passenger Miles per Train Mile, End-Point and All Stations On-Time Performance, Host Railroad and Operator Responsible Delays per 10,000 Train Miles, Percentage of Passenger Trips to/from Underserved Communities, Service Interruptions per 10,000 Train Miles due to Equipment-Related Problems, and customer service quality;
</P>
<P>(10) Analyze the reasonably foreseeable effects, both positive and negative, of the passenger rail service on other intercity passenger rail services;
</P>
<P>(11) Describe the bidder's compliance with all applicable Federal, state, and local laws; and
</P>
<P>(12) Provide State or States written concurrence of the bid for a route that receives funding from a State or States.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Supplemental information.</I> (1) FRA may request supplemental information from a bidder and/or Amtrak if FRA determines it needs such information to evaluate a bid.
</P>
<P>(2) FRA's request may seek information about the costs related to the service that Amtrak would still incur following the cessation of service, including the increased costs for other services.
</P>
<P>(3) FRA will establish a deadline by which the bidder and/or Amtrak must file the supplemental information with FRA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.49.0.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.11   Evaluation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Evaluation.</I> FRA will select a winning bidder by evaluating the bids based on the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notification.</I> (1) Upon selecting a winning bidder, FRA will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> describing the identity of the winning bidder, the long-distance route the bidder will operate, a detailed justification explaining why FRA selected the bid, and any other information the Administrator determines appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) The notice under this paragraph (b) will be open for public comment for 30 days after the date FRA selects the bid.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.49.0.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.13   Award.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Award.</I> FRA will execute a contract with a winning bidder that is not or does not include Amtrak, consistent with the requirements of this section and as FRA may otherwise require, not later than 270 days after the bid deadline established by § 269.9(b).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contract requirements.</I> Among other things, the contract between FRA and a winning bidder that is not or does not include Amtrak must:
</P>
<P>(1) Award to the winning bidder the right and obligation to provide intercity passenger rail transportation over that route subject to such performance standards as FRA may require for a duration consistent with § 269.3(b);
</P>
<P>(2) Award to the winning bidder an operating subsidy, as determined by FRA and based on Amtrak's final audited publicly-reported fully-allocated operating costs of the route for the prior fiscal year, excluding costs related to Other Postretirement Employee Benefits, Amtrak Performance Tracking System Asset Allocations, Project Related Costs, and Amtrak Office of Inspector General activities, subject to the availability of funding, for the first year at a level that does not exceed 90 percent of the level in effect for that specific route during the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the petition was received, adjusted for inflation;
</P>
<P>(3) State that any award of an operating subsidy is made annually, is subject to the availability of funding, and is based on the amount calculated under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, adjusted for inflation;
</P>
<P>(4) Condition the operating and subsidy rights upon the winning bidder providing intercity passenger rail transportation over the route that is no less frequent, nor over a shorter distance, than Amtrak provided on that route before the award;
</P>
<P>(5) Condition the operating and subsidy rights upon the winning bidder's compliance with performance standards FRA may require, but which, at a minimum, must meet or exceed the performance required of or achieved by Amtrak on the applicable route during the fiscal year immediately preceding the year the bid is submitted;
</P>
<P>(6) Subject the winning bidder to the grant conditions established by 49 U.S.C. 24405; and
</P>
<P>(7) Subject the winning bidder to the requirements of the appropriations act(s) funding the contract.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Publication.</I> The winning bidder shall make their bid available to the public after the bid award with any appropriate redactions for confidential or proprietary information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.49.0.138.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.15   Access to facilities; employees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Access to facilities.</I> (1) If the award under § 269.13 is made to an eligible petitioner, Amtrak must provide that eligible petitioner access to the Amtrak-owned reservation system, stations, and facilities directly related to operations of the awarded route(s).
</P>
<P>(2) If Amtrak and the eligible petitioner awarded a route cannot agree on the terms of access, either party may petition the Surface Transportation Board under 49 U.S.C. 24711(g).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employees.</I> The employees of any person, except as provided in a collective bargaining agreement, an eligible petitioner uses in the operation of a route under this part shall be considered an employee of that eligible petitioner and subject to the applicable Federal laws and regulations governing similar crafts or classes of employees of Amtrak.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hiring preference.</I> The winning bidder must provide hiring preference to qualified Amtrak employees displaced by the award of the bid, consistent with the staffing plan the winning bidder submits and the grant conditions established by 49 U.S.C. 24405.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 269.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.49.0.138.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 269.17   Cessation of service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an eligible petitioner awarded a route under this part ceases to operate the service or fails to fulfill its obligations under the contract required under § 269.13, the Administrator, in collaboration with the Surface Transportation Board, shall take any necessary action consistent with title 49 of the United States Code to enforce the contract and ensure the continued provision of service, including the installment of an interim service and re-bidding the contract to operate the service.
</P>
<P>(b) In re-bidding the contract, the entity providing service must either be Amtrak or an eligible petitioner.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="270" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 270—SYSTEM SAFETY PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20106-20107, 20118-20119, 20156, 21301, 21304, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 53896, Aug. 12, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.1.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to improve railroad safety through structured, proactive processes and procedures developed and implemented by passenger rail operations. This part requires certain passenger rail operations to establish a system safety program that systematically evaluates railroad safety hazards and the resulting risks on their systems and manages those risks to reduce the number and rates of railroad accidents, incidents, injuries, and fatalities.
</P>
<P>(b) This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for the preparation, adoption, and implementation of railroad system safety programs. This part does not restrict passenger rail operations from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements not inconsistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(c) This part prescribes the protection of information generated solely for the purpose of planning, implementing, or evaluating a system safety program under this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 53896, Aug. 12, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 12843, Mar. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.1.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to all—
</P>
<P>(1) Passenger rail operations that operate intercity or commuter passenger train service on the general railroad system of transportation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Passenger rail operations that operate commuter or other short-haul rail passenger train service in a metropolitan or suburban area (as described by 49 U.S.C. 20102(2)), including public authorities operating passenger train service.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations, whether on or off the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) Operation of private cars, including business/office cars and circus trains; or
</P>
<P>(4) Railroads that operate only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation (<I>i.e.,</I> plant railroads, as defined in § 270.5).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 53896, Aug. 12, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 12843, Mar. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.1.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Railroad Administrator or his or her delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Confidential Close Call Reporting System (C
<SU>3</SU>RS)</I> means an FRA-sponsored voluntary program designed to improve the safety of railroad operations by allowing railroad employees to confidentially report currently unreported or underreported unsafe events.
</P>
<P><I>Configuration management</I> means a process that ensures that the configurations of all property, equipment, and system design elements are accurately documented.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Fully implemented</I> means that all elements of a system safety program as described in the SSP plan are established and applied to the safety management of the passenger rail operation.
</P>
<P><I>Hazard</I> means any real or potential condition (as identified in a risk-based hazard analysis) that can cause injury, illness, or death; damage to or loss of a system, equipment, or property; or damage to the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger</I> means a person, excluding an on-duty employee, who is on board, boarding, or alighting from a rail vehicle for the purpose of travel.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger rail operation</I> means an intercity, commuter, or other short-haul passenger rail service.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including, but not limited to, the following: A railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor or subcontractor providing goods or services to a railroad; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor or subcontractor.
</P>
<P><I>Plant railroad</I> means a plant or installation that owns or leases a locomotive, uses that locomotive to switch cars throughout the plant or installation, and is moving goods solely for use in the facility's own industrial processes. The plant or installation could include track immediately adjacent to the plant or installation if the plant railroad leases the track from the general system railroad and the lease provides for (and actual practice entails) the exclusive use of that trackage by the plant railroad and the general system railroad for purposes of moving only cars shipped to or from the plant. A plant or installation that operates a locomotive to switch or move cars for other entities, even if solely within the confines of the plant or installation, rather than for its own purposes or industrial processes, is not considered a plant railroad because the performance of such activity makes the operation part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Positive train control system</I> means a system designed to prevent train-to-train collisions, overspeed derailments, incursions into established work zone limits, and the movement of a train through a switch left in the wrong position, as described in subpart I of part 236 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Rail vehicle</I> means railroad rolling stock, including, but not limited to, passenger and maintenance vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) Any form of non-highway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including—
</P>
<P>(i) Commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and
</P>
<P>(ii) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads, but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation; and
</P>
<P>(2) A person or organization that provides railroad transportation, whether directly or by contracting out operation of the railroad to another person.
</P>
<P><I>Risk</I> means the combination of the probability (or frequency of occurrence) and the consequence (or severity) of a hazard.
</P>
<P><I>Risk-based hazard management</I> means the processes (including documentation) used to identify and analyze hazards, assess and rank corresponding risks, and eliminate or mitigate the resulting risks.
</P>
<P><I>Safety culture</I> means the shared values, actions and behaviors that demonstrate commitment to safety over competing goals and demands.
</P>
<P><I>SSP plan</I> means system safety program plan.
</P>
<P><I>System safety</I> means the application of management, economic, and engineering principles and techniques to optimize all aspects of safety, within the constraints of operational effectiveness, time, and cost, throughout all phases of a system life cycle.
</P>
<P><I>System safety program</I> means a comprehensive process for the application of management and engineering principles and techniques to optimize all aspects of safety.
</P>
<P><I>System safety program plan</I> means a document developed by the passenger rail operation that implements and supports the system safety program.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations</I> means railroad operations that carry passengers, often using antiquated equipment, with the conveyance of the passengers to a particular destination not being the principal purpose. Train movements of new passenger equipment for demonstration purposes are not tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 53896, Aug. 12, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 12843, Mar. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.1.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.7   Penalties and responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation, except that: Penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and, where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or has caused death or injury, a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed. <I>See</I> 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. Any person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311. FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I>contains a schedule of civil penalty amounts used in connection with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Although the requirements of this part are stated in terms of the duty of a railroad or passenger rail operation, when any person, including a contractor or subcontractor to a railroad, performs any function covered by this part, that person (whether or not a railroad or passenger rail operation) shall perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) All persons providing intercity rail passenger or commuter (or other short-haul) rail passenger service share responsibility for ensuring compliance with this part. Nothing in this paragraph (c), however, shall restrict the ability to provide for an appropriate designation of responsibility for compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Any passenger rail operation subject to this part may designate a person as responsible for compliance with this part by including a designation of responsibility in the SSP plan. This designation must be included in the SSP plan's statement describing the passenger rail operation's management and organizational structure and include the information specified by § 270.103(e)(6).
</P>
<P>(ii) A passenger rail operation subject to this part may notify FRA of a designation of responsibility before submitting an SSP plan by first submitting a designation of responsibility notice to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRA-SSP@dot.gov.</I> The notice must include all information required under § 270.103(e)(6), and this information must also be included in the SSP plan.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 12843, Mar. 4, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 28197, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—System Safety Program Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.2.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.101   System safety program; general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each passenger rail operation subject to this part shall establish and fully implement a system safety program that continually and systematically evaluates railroad safety hazards on its system and manages the resulting risks to reduce the number and rates of railroad accidents, incidents, injuries, and fatalities. A system safety program shall include a risk-based hazard management program and risk-based hazard analysis designed to proactively identify hazards and mitigate or eliminate the resulting risks. The system safety program shall be fully implemented and supported by a written SSP plan described in § 270.103.
</P>
<P>(b) A system safety program shall be designed so that it promotes and supports a positive railroad safety culture.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 12844, Mar. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.2.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.103   System safety program plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Each railroad subject to this part shall adopt and fully implement a system safety program through a written SSP plan that, at a minimum, contains the elements in this section and in subpart E of this part. This SSP plan shall be approved by FRA under the process specified in § 270.201.
</P>
<P>(2) Each passenger rail operation subject to this part shall communicate with each railroad that hosts passenger train service for that passenger rail operation and coordinate the portions of the SSP plan applicable to the railroad hosting the passenger train service.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>System safety program policy statement.</I> Each SSP plan shall contain a policy statement that endorses the passenger rail operation's system safety program. This policy statement shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Define the passenger rail operation's authority for the establishment and implementation of the system safety program;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe the safety philosophy and safety culture of the passenger rail operation; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be signed by the chief official of the passenger rail operation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>System safety program goals.</I> Each SSP plan shall contain a statement defining the goals for the passenger rail operation's system safety program. This statement shall describe clear strategies on how the goals will be achieved and what management's responsibilities are to achieve them. At a minimum, the goals shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) Long-term;
</P>
<P>(2) Meaningful;
</P>
<P>(3) Measurable; and
</P>
<P>(4) Focused on the identification of hazards and the mitigation or elimination of the resulting risks.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rail system description.</I> (1) Each SSP plan shall include a statement describing the rail system. The description shall include: The rail operations, including any host operations; the physical characteristics of the rail system; the scope of rail service; the rail system's maintenance activities; and any other pertinent aspects of the rail system.
</P>
<P>(2) Each SSP plan shall identify the persons that enter into a contractual relationship with the passenger rail operation to either perform significant safety-related services on the passenger rail operation's behalf or to utilize significant safety-related services provided by the passenger rail operation for purposes related to railroad operations.
</P>
<P>(3) Each SSP plan shall describe the relationships and responsibilities between the passenger rail operation and: Host railroads, contractor operators, shared track/corridor operators, and persons providing or utilizing significant safety-related services as identified pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Management and organizational structure.</I> Each SSP plan shall contain a statement that describes the management and organizational structure of the passenger rail operation. This statement shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A chart or other visual representation of the organizational structure of the passenger rail operation;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the passenger rail operation's management responsibilities within the system safety program;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of how safety responsibilities are distributed within the rail organization;
</P>
<P>(4) Clear identification of the lines of authority used by the passenger rail operation to manage safety issues;
</P>
<P>(5) A description of the roles and responsibilities in the passenger rail operation's system safety program for each host railroad, contractor operator, shared track/corridor operator, and any persons utilizing or providing significant safety-related services as identified pursuant to (d)(2) of this section. As part of this description, the SSP plan shall describe how each host railroad, contractor operator, shared track/corridor operator, and any persons utilizing or providing significant safety-related services as identified pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section supports and participates in the passenger rail operation's system safety program, as appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(6) If a passenger rail operation subject to this part designates a person as responsible for compliance with this part under § 270.7(c)(2), the following information must be included in the passenger rail operation's SSP plan and any notice of designation submitted under § 270.7(c)(2):
</P>
<P>(i) The name and contact information of the designator;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and contact information of the designated entity and a statement signed by an authorized representative of the designated entity acknowledging responsibility for compliance with this part;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement affirming that a copy of the designation has been provided to the primary point of contact for each non-profit employee labor organization representing directly affected employees for consultation purposes under § 270.107(a)(2); and
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of how directly affected employees not represented by a non-profit employee labor organization were notified of the designation for consultation purposes under § 270.107(a).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>System safety program implementation process.</I> (1) Each SSP plan shall contain a statement that describes the process the passenger rail operation will use to implement its system safety program. As part of the implementation process, the SSP plan shall describe:
</P>
<P>(i) Roles and responsibilities of each position that has significant responsibility for implementing the system safety program, including those held by employees and other persons utilizing or providing significant safety-related services as identified pursuant to (d)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Milestones necessary to be reached to fully implement the program.
</P>
<P>(2) A system safety program shall be fully implemented within 36 months of FRA's approval of the SSP plan pursuant to subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Maintenance, repair, and inspection program.</I> (1) Each SSP plan shall identify and describe the processes and procedures used for maintenance and repair of infrastructure and equipment directly affecting railroad safety. Examples of infrastructure and equipment that directly affect railroad safety include: Fixed facilities and equipment, rolling stock, signal and train control systems, track and right-of-way, passenger train/station platform interface (gaps), and traction power distribution systems.
</P>
<P>(2) Each description of the processes and procedures used for maintenance and repair of infrastructure and equipment directly affecting safety shall include the processes and procedures used to conduct testing and inspections of the infrastructure and equipment.
</P>
<P>(3) If a manual or manuals comply with all applicable Federal regulations and describe the processes and procedures that satisfy this section, the SSP plan may reference those manuals. FRA approval of an SSP plan that contains or references such manuals is not approval of the manuals themselves; each manual must independently comply with applicable regulations and is subject to a civil penalty if not in compliance with applicable regulations.
</P>
<P>(4) The identification and description required by this section of the processes and procedures used for maintenance, repair, and inspection of infrastructure and equipment directly affecting railroad safety is not intended to address and should not include procedures to address employee working conditions that arise in the course of conducting such maintenance, repair, and inspection of infrastructure and equipment directly affecting railroad safety as set forth in the plan. FRA does not intend to approve any specific portion of an SSP plan that relates exclusively to employee working conditions.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Rules compliance and procedures review.</I> Each SSP plan shall contain a statement describing the processes and procedures used by the passenger rail operation to develop, maintain, and comply with applicable rules and procedures directly affecting railroad safety and to comply with the applicable railroad safety laws and regulations found in this chapter. The statement shall identify:
</P>
<P>(1) The operating and safety rules and maintenance procedures that are subject to review under this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Techniques used to assess the compliance of the passenger rail operation's employees with applicable operating and safety rules and maintenance procedures, and applicable railroad safety laws and regulations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Techniques used to assess the effectiveness of the passenger rail operation's supervision relating to the compliance with the applicable operating and safety rules and maintenance procedures, and applicable railroad safety laws and regulations.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>System safety program employee/contractor training.</I> (1) Each employee who is responsible for implementing and supporting the system safety program, and any persons utilizing or providing significant safety-related services will be trained on the passenger rail operation's system safety program.
</P>
<P>(2) Each passenger rail operation shall establish and describe in its SSP plan a system safety program training plan. A system safety program training plan shall set forth the procedures by which employees that are responsible for implementing and supporting the system safety program, and any persons utilizing or providing significant safety-related services, will be trained on the system safety program. A system safety program training plan shall help ensure that all personnel who are responsible for implementing and supporting the system safety program understand the goals of the program, are familiar with the elements of the program, and have the requisite knowledge and skills to fulfill their responsibilities under the program.
</P>
<P>(3) For each position identified pursuant to paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, the training plan shall describe the frequency and content of the system safety program training that the position receives.
</P>
<P>(4) If a position is not identified under paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section as having significant responsibility to implement the system safety program but the position is safety-related or has a significant impact on safety, personnel in those positions shall receive training in basic system safety concepts and the system safety implications of their position.
</P>
<P>(5) Training under this subpart may include, but is not limited to, classroom, computer-based, or correspondence training.
</P>
<P>(6) The passenger rail operation shall keep a record of all training conducted under this part and update that record as necessary. The system safety program training plan shall set forth the process used to maintain and update the necessary training records required by this part.
</P>
<P>(7) The system safety program training plan shall set forth the process used by the passenger rail operation to ensure that it is complying with the training requirements set forth in the training plan.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Emergency management.</I> Each SSP plan shall contain a statement that describes the processes used to manage emergencies that may arise within the passenger rail operation's system including, but not limited to, the processes to comply with applicable emergency equipment standards in part 238 of this chapter and the passenger train emergency preparedness requirements in part 239 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Workplace safety.</I> Each SSP plan shall contain a statement that describes the programs established to protect the safety of the passenger rail operation's employees and contractors. The statement shall include a description of:
</P>
<P>(1) The processes that help ensure the safety of employees and contractors while working on or in close proximity to railroad property as described in paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The processes that help ensure that employees and contractors understand the requirements established by the passenger rail operation pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Any fitness-for-duty programs or any medical monitoring programs; and
</P>
<P>(4) The standards for the control of alcohol and drug use in part 219 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Public safety outreach program.</I> Each passenger rail operation shall establish and set forth a statement in its SSP plan that describes its public safety outreach program to provide safety information to railroad passengers and the general public. Each passenger rail operation's safety outreach program shall provide a means for railroad passengers and the general public to report any observed hazards.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Accident/incident reporting and investigation.</I> Each SSP plan shall include a statement that describes the processes that the passenger rail operation uses to receive notification of accidents/incidents, investigate and report those accidents/incidents, and develop, implement, and track any corrective actions found necessary to address an investigation's finding(s).
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Safety data acquisition.</I> Each passenger rail operation shall establish and set forth a statement in its SSP plan that describes the processes it uses to collect, maintain, analyze, and distribute safety data in support of the system safety program.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Contract procurement requirements.</I> Each SSP plan shall set forth a statement that describes the process(es) used to help ensure that safety concerns and hazards are adequately addressed during the safety-related contract procurement process.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Risk-based hazard management program.</I> Each passenger rail operation shall establish a risk-based hazard management program as part of the system safety program. The risk-based hazard management program shall be fully described in the SSP plan.
</P>
<P>(1) The risk-based hazard management program shall establish:
</P>
<P>(i) The processes or procedures used in the risk-based hazard analysis to identify hazards on the rail system;
</P>
<P>(ii) The processes or procedures used in the risk-based hazard analysis to analyze identified hazards and support the risk-based hazard management program;
</P>
<P>(iii) The methods used in the risk-based hazard analysis to determine the severity and frequency of hazards and to determine the corresponding risk;
</P>
<P>(iv) The methods used in the risk-based hazard analysis to identify actions that mitigate or eliminate hazards and corresponding risks;
</P>
<P>(v) The process for setting goals for the risk-based hazard management program and how performance against the goals will be reported;
</P>
<P>(vi) The process to make decisions that affect the safety of the rail system relative to the risk-based hazard management program;
</P>
<P>(vii) The methods used in the risk-based hazard management program to support continuous safety improvement throughout the life of the rail system; and
</P>
<P>(viii) The methods used to maintain records of identified hazards and risks and the mitigation or elimination of the identified hazards and risks throughout the life of the rail system.
</P>
<P>(2) The SSP plan's description of the risk-based hazard management program shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The position title of the individual(s) responsible for administering the risk-based hazard management program;
</P>
<P>(ii) The identities of stakeholders who will participate in the risk-based hazard management program; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The position title of the participants and structure of any hazard management teams or safety committees that may be established to support the risk-based hazard management program.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Risk-based hazard analysis.</I> (1) Once FRA approves a passenger rail operation's SSP plan pursuant to § 270.201(b), the risk-based hazard analysis methodology identified in paragraphs (p)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section shall be applied to identify and analyze hazards on the rail system and to determine the resulting risks. At a minimum, the aspects of the rail system that shall be analyzed include: Operating rules and practices, infrastructure, equipment, employee levels and schedules, management structure, employee training, and other aspects that have an impact on railroad safety not covered by railroad safety regulations or other Federal regulations.
</P>
<P>(2) A risk-based hazard analysis shall identify specific actions that shall be implemented using the methods described in paragraph (p)(1)(iv) of this section that will mitigate or eliminate the hazards and resulting risks identified by paragraph (q)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A passenger rail operation shall also conduct a risk-based hazard analysis pursuant to paragraphs (q)(1) and (2) of this section when there are significant operational changes, system extensions, system modifications, or other circumstances that have a direct impact on railroad safety.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Technology analysis and implementation plan.</I> (1) A passenger rail operation shall develop, and periodically update as necessary, a technology analysis and implementation plan as described by this paragraph. The passenger rail operation shall include this technology analysis and implementation plan in its SSP plan.
</P>
<P>(2) A passenger rail operation's technology analysis and implementation plan shall describe the process used to:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify and analyze current, new, or novel technologies that will mitigate or eliminate the hazards and resulting risks identified by the risk-based hazard analysis pursuant to paragraph (q)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Analyze the safety impact, feasibility, and costs and benefits of implementing the technologies identified by the processes under paragraph (r)(2)(i) of this section that will mitigate or eliminate hazards and the resulting risks.
</P>
<P>(3) Once FRA approves a passenger rail operation's SSP plan pursuant to § 270.201(b), including the technology analysis and implementation plan, the passenger rail operation shall apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The processes described in paragraph (r)(2)(i) of this section to identify and analyze technologies that will mitigate or eliminate the hazards and resulting risks identified by the risk-based hazard analysis pursuant to paragraph (q)(1) of this section. At a minimum, the technologies a passenger rail operation shall consider as part of its technology analysis are: Processor-based technologies, positive train control systems, electronically-controlled pneumatic brakes, rail integrity inspection systems, rail integrity warning systems, switch position monitors and indicators, trespasser prevention technology, and highway-rail grade crossing warning and protection technology; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The processes described in paragraph (r)(2)(ii) of this section to the technologies identified by the analysis under paragraph (r)(3)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) If a passenger rail operation decides to implement any of the technologies identified in paragraph (r)(3) of this section, in the technology analysis and implementation plan in the SSP plan, the passenger rail operation shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Describe how it will develop, adopt, implement, maintain, and use the identified technologies; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Set forth a prioritized implementation schedule for the development, adoption, implementation and maintenance of those technologies over a 10-year period.
</P>
<P>(5) Except as required by subpart I of part 236 of this chapter, if a passenger rail operation decides to implement a positive train control system as part of its technology analysis and implementation plan, the technology implementation plan shall set forth and comply with a schedule for implementation of the positive train control system consistent with the deadlines in the Positive Train Control Enforcement and Implementation Act of 2015, Public Law 114-73, 129 Stat. 576-82 (Oct. 29, 2015), and 49 CFR 236.1005(b)(7).
</P>
<P>(6) The passenger rail operation shall not include in its SSP plan the analysis conducted pursuant to paragraph (r)(3) of this section. A passenger rail operation shall make the results of any analysis conducted pursuant to paragraph (r)(3) of this section available upon request to representatives of FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Safety Assurance</I>—(1) <I>Change management.</I> Each passenger rail operation shall establish and set forth a statement in its SSP plan describing the processes and procedures used to manage significant operational changes, system extensions, system modifications, or other significant changes that will have a direct impact on railroad safety.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Configuration management.</I> Each passenger rail operation shall establish a configuration management program and describe the program in its SSP plan. The configuration management program shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify who has authority to make configuration changes;
</P>
<P>(ii) Establish processes to make configuration changes to the rail system; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Establish processes to ensure that all departments of the system affected by the configuration changes are formally notified and approve of the change.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Safety certification.</I> Each passenger rail operation shall establish and set forth a statement in its SSP plan that describes the certification process used to help ensure that safety concerns and hazards are adequately addressed before the initiation of operations or major projects to extend, rehabilitate, or modify an existing system or replace vehicles and equipment.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Safety culture.</I> Each SSP plan shall contain a statement that describes how the passenger rail operation measures the success of its safety culture identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 12844, Mar. 4, 2020, as amended at 87 FR 35671, June 13, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.2.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.105   Discovery and admission as evidence of certain information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Protected information.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, any information compiled or collected after August 14, 2017, solely for the purpose of planning, implementing, or evaluating a system safety program under this part shall not be subject to discovery, admitted into evidence, or considered for other purposes in a Federal or State court proceeding for damages involving personal injury, wrongful death, or property damage. For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) “Information” includes plans, reports, documents, surveys, schedules, lists, or data, and specifically includes a passenger rail operation's analysis of its safety risks under § 270.103(q)(1) and a passenger rail operation's statement of mitigation measures under § 270.103(q)(2);
</P>
<P>(2) “Solely” means that a passenger rail operation originally compiled or collected the information for the exclusive purpose of planning, implementing, or evaluating a system safety program under this part. Information compiled or collected for any other purpose is not protected, even if the passenger rail operation also uses that information for a system safety program. “Solely” also means that a passenger rail operation continues to use that information only for its system safety program. If a passenger rail operation subsequently uses for any other purpose information that was initially compiled or collected for a system safety program, this section does not protect that information to the extent that it is used for the non-system safety program purpose. The use of that information within the passenger rail operation's system safety program, however, remains protected. This section does not protect information that is required to be compiled or collected pursuant to any other provision of law of regulation; and
</P>
<P>(3) A passenger rail operation may include a Confidential Close Call Reporting System (C
<SU>3</SU>RS) program in a system safety program established under this part. For Federal or State court proceedings described by this paragraph (a) that are initiated after March 4, 2021, the information protected by this paragraph (a) includes C
<SU>3</SU>RS information a passenger rail operation includes in its system safety program, even if the passenger rail operation compiled or collected the C
<SU>3</SU>RS information on or before August 14, 2017, for purposes other than planning, implementing, or evaluating a system safety program under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Non-protected information.</I> This section does not affect the discovery, admissibility, or consideration for other purposes in a Federal or State court proceedings for damages involving personal injury, wrongful death, or property damage of information compiled or collected for a purpose other than that specifically identified in paragraph (a) of this section. Such information shall continue to be discoverable, admissible, or considered for other purposes in a Federal or State court proceedings for damages involving personal injury, wrongful death, or property damage if it was discoverable, admissible, or considered for other purposes in a Federal or State court proceedings for damages involving personal injury, wrongful death, or property damage on or before August 14, 2017. Specifically, the types of information not affected by this section include:
</P>
<P>(1) Information compiled or collected on or before August 14, 2017;
</P>
<P>(2) Information compiled or collected on or before August 14, 2017, and that continues to be compiled or collected, even if used to plan, implement, or evaluate a system safety program; or
</P>
<P>(3) Information that is compiled or collected after August 14, 2017, and is compiled or collected for a purpose other than that identified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Information protected by other law or regulation.</I> Nothing in this section shall affect or abridge in any way any other protection of information provided by another provision of law or regulation. Any such provision of law or regulation applies independently of the protections provided by this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Preemption.</I> To the extent that State discovery rules and sunshine laws would require disclosure of information protected by this section in a Federal or State court proceedings for damages involving personal injury, wrongful death, or property damage, those rules and laws are preempted.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Enforcement.</I> This section does not apply to civil enforcement or criminal law enforcement proceedings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 53896, Aug. 12, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 12847, Mar. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.2.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.107   Consultation requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General duty.</I> (1) Each passenger rail operation required to establish a system safety program under this part shall in good faith consult with, and use its best efforts to reach agreement with, all of its directly affected employees, including any non-profit labor organization representing a class or craft of directly affected employees, on the contents of the SSP plan.
</P>
<P>(2) A passenger rail operation that consults with a non-profit employee labor organization as required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section is considered to have consulted with the directly affected employees represented by that organization. For directly affected employees represented by a non-profit employee labor organization, the primary point of contact shall be either the general chairperson of that non-profit employee labor organization or a non-profit employee labor organization primary point of contact the passenger rail operation and the non-profit employee labor organization agree on at the beginning of the consultation process. If a passenger rail operation contracts out significant portions of its operations, the contractor and the contractor's employees performing those operations shall be considered directly affected employees for the purposes of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) A passenger rail operation shall have a preliminary meeting with its directly affected employees to discuss how the consultation process will proceed. A passenger rail operation is not required to discuss the substance of an SSP plan during this preliminary meeting. A passenger rail operation must:
</P>
<P>(i) Hold the preliminary meeting no later than July 2, 2020;
</P>
<P>(ii) Notify the directly affected employees of the preliminary meeting no less than 60 days before it is held.
</P>
<P>(4) Appendix B to this part contains non-mandatory guidance on how a passenger rail operation may comply with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Consultation statements.</I> A passenger rail operation required to submit an SSP plan under § 270.201 must also submit, together with the plan, a consultation statement that includes the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A detailed description of the process utilized to consult with directly affected employees;
</P>
<P>(2) If the passenger rail operation could not reach agreement with its directly affected employees on the contents of its SSP plan, identification of any known areas of disagreement and an explanation of why it believes agreement was not reached; and
</P>
<P>(3) A service list containing the name and contact information for either each international/national president and general chairperson of any non-profit employee labor organization representing a class or craft of the passenger rail operation's directly affected employees, or each non-profit employee labor organization primary point of contact the passenger rail operation and the non-profit employee labor organization agree on at the beginning of the consultation process. The service list must also contain the name and contact information for any directly affected employee who significantly participated in the consultation process independently of a non-profit employee labor organization. When a passenger rail operation submits its SSP plan and consultation statement to FRA pursuant to § 270.201, it must also simultaneously send a copy of these documents to all individuals identified in the service list.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Statements from directly affected employees.</I> (1) If a passenger rail operation and its directly affected employees cannot reach agreement on the proposed contents of an SSP plan, the directly affected employees may file a statement explaining their views on the plan on which agreement was not reached with the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRA-SSP@dot.gov.</I> The FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer shall consider any such views during the plan review and approval process.
</P>
<P>(2) A passenger rail operation's directly affected employees have 30 days following the date of the submission of a proposed SSP plan to submit the statement described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Consultation requirements for system safety program plan amendments.</I> A passenger rail operation's SSP plan must include a description of the process the passenger rail operation will use to consult with its directly affected employees on any subsequent substantive amendments to the system safety program. The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to non-substantive amendments (<I>e.g.,</I> amendments that update names and addresses of railroad personnel).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 12847, Mar. 4, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 28197, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Review, Approval, and Retention of System Safety Program Plans</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.3.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.201   Filing and approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing.</I> (1) Each passenger rail operation to which this part applies shall submit one copy of its SSP plan to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRA-SSP@dot.gov,</I> no later than March 4, 2021, or not less than 90 days before commencing passenger operations, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(2) The passenger rail operation shall not include in its SSP plan the risk-based hazard analysis conducted pursuant to § 270.103(q). A passenger rail operation shall make the results of any risk-based hazard analysis available upon request to representatives of FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) The SSP plan shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) The signature, name, title, address, and telephone number of the chief safety officer who bears primary managerial authority for implementing the program for the submitting passenger rail operation. By signing, this chief official is certifying that the contents of the SSP plan are accurate and that the passenger rail operation will implement the contents of the program as approved by FRA;
</P>
<P>(ii) The contact information for the primary person responsible for managing the system safety program; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The contact information for the senior representatives of any host railroad, contractor operator, shared track/corridor operator, or persons utilizing or providing significant safety-related services.
</P>
<P>(4) As required by § 270.107(b), each passenger rail operation must submit with its SSP plan a consultation statement describing how it consulted with its directly affected employees on the contents of its SSP plan. Directly affected employees may also file a statement in accordance with § 270.107(c).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Approval.</I> (1) Within 90 days of receipt of an SSP plan, FRA will review the SSP plan to determine if the elements prescribed in this part are sufficiently addressed. This review will also consider any statement submitted by directly affected employees pursuant to § 270.107(c).
</P>
<P>(2) FRA will notify each person identified in the SSP plan under § 270.201(a)(3) in writing whether the proposed plan has been approved by FRA, and, if not approved, the specific points in which the SSP plan is deficient. FRA will also provide this notification to each individual identified in the service list accompanying the consultation statement required under § 270.107(b).
</P>
<P>(3) If FRA does not approve an SSP plan, the affected passenger rail operation shall amend the proposed plan to correct all deficiencies identified by FRA and provide FRA with a corrected copy of the SSP plan not later than 90 days following receipt of FRA's written notice that the proposed SSP plan was not approved.
</P>
<P>(4) Approval of an SSP plan under this part does not constitute approval of the specific actions a passenger rail operation will implement under an SSP plan pursuant to § 270.103(q)(2) and shall not be construed as establishing a Federal standard regarding those specific actions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Review of amendments.</I> (1)(i) A passenger rail operation shall submit any amendment(s) to the SSP plan to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRA-SSP@dot.gov</I> not less than 60 days before the proposed effective date of the amendment(s). The passenger rail operation shall file the amended SSP plan with a cover letter outlining the changes made to the original approved SSP plan by the proposed amendment(s). The cover letter shall also describe the process the passenger rail operation used pursuant to § 270.107(d) to consult with its directly affected employees on the amendment(s).
</P>
<P>(ii) If an amendment is safety-critical and the passenger rail operation is unable to submit the amended SSP plan to FRA 60 days before the proposed effective date of the amendment, the passenger rail operation shall submit the amended SSP plan with a cover letter outlining the changes made to the original approved SSP plan by the proposed amendment(s) and why the amendment is safety-critical to FRA as near as possible to 60 days before the proposed effective date of the amendment(s).
</P>
<P>(iii) If the proposed amendment is limited to adding or changing a name, title, address, or telephone number of a person, FRA approval is not required under the process in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, although the passenger rail operation shall still file the proposed amendment with FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer. These proposed amendments may be implemented upon filing with FRA. All other proposed amendments must comply with the formal approval process in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section, FRA will review the proposed amended SSP plan within 45 days of receipt. FRA will then notify the primary contact person of each affected passenger rail operation whether the proposed amended plan has been approved by FRA, and if not approved, the specific points in which each proposed amendment to the SSP plan is deficient.
</P>
<P>(ii) If FRA has not notified the passenger rail operation by the proposed effective date of the amendment(s) whether the proposed amended plan has been approved or not, the passenger rail operation may implement the amendment(s) pending FRA's decision.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a proposed SSP plan amendment is not approved by FRA, no later than 60 days following the receipt of FRA's written notice, the passenger rail operation shall provide FRA either a corrected copy of the amendment that addresses all deficiencies noted by FRA or written notice that the passenger rail operation is retracting the amendment.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reopened review.</I> Following initial approval of a plan, or amendment, FRA may reopen consideration of the plan or amendment for cause stated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 12848, Mar. 4, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 28197, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.3.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.203   Retention of system safety program plan.</HEAD>
<P>Each passenger rail operation to which this part applies shall retain at its system headquarters, and at any division headquarters, one copy of the SSP plan required by this part and one copy of each subsequent amendment to that plan. These records shall be made available to representatives of FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 12849, Mar. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—System Safety Program Internal Assessments and External Auditing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.4.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.301   General.</HEAD>
<P>The system safety program and its implementation shall be assessed internally by the passenger rail operation and audited externally by FRA or FRA's designee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 12849, Mar. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.4.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.303   Internal system safety program assessment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Following FRA's initial approval of the passenger rail operation's SSP plan pursuant to § 270.201, the passenger rail operation shall annually conduct an assessment of the extent to which:
</P>
<P>(1) The system safety program is fully implemented;
</P>
<P>(2) The passenger rail operation is in compliance with the implemented elements of the approved system safety program; and
</P>
<P>(3) The passenger rail operation has achieved the goals set forth in § 270.103(c).
</P>
<P>(b) As part of its SSP plan, the passenger rail operation shall set forth a statement describing the processes used to:
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct internal system safety program assessments;
</P>
<P>(2) Internally report the findings of the internal system safety program assessments;
</P>
<P>(3) Develop, track, and review recommendations as a result of the internal system safety program assessments;
</P>
<P>(4) Develop improvement plans based on the internal system safety program assessments. Improvement plans shall, at a minimum, identify who is responsible for carrying out the necessary tasks to address assessment findings and specify a schedule of target dates with milestones to implement the improvements that address the assessment findings; and
</P>
<P>(5) Manage revisions and updates to the SSP plan based on the internal system safety program assessments.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Within 60 days of completing its internal SSP plan assessment pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the passenger rail operation shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Submit a copy of the passenger rail operation's internal assessment report that includes a system safety program assessment and the status of internal assessment findings and improvement plans to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRA-SSP@dot.gov;</I> and
</P>
<P>(ii) Outline the specific improvement plans for achieving full implementation of the SSP plan, as well as achieving the goals of the plan.
</P>
<P>(2) The passenger rail operation's chief official responsible for safety shall certify the results of the internal SSP plan assessment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 12849, Mar. 4, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 28197, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.4.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.305   External safety audit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FRA may conduct, or cause to be conducted, external audits of a system safety program. Each audit will evaluate compliance with the elements required by this part in an approved SSP plan. FRA shall provide the passenger rail operation written notification of the results of any audit.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Within 60 days of FRA's written notification of the results of the audit, the passenger rail operation shall submit for approval to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer, at <I>FRA-SSP@dot.gov,</I> an improvement plan to address the audit findings that require corrective action. At a minimum, the improvement plan shall identify who is responsible for carrying out the necessary tasks to address audit findings and specify target dates and milestones to implement the improvements that address the audit findings.
</P>
<P>(2) If FRA does not approve the passenger rail operation's improvement plan, FRA will notify the passenger rail operation of the specific deficiencies in the improvement plan. The affected passenger rail operation shall amend the proposed plan to correct the deficiencies identified by FRA and provide FRA with a corrected copy of the improvement plan no later than 30 days following its receipt of FRA's written notice that the proposed plan was not approved.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon request, the passenger rail operation shall provide to FRA and States participating under part 212 of this chapter for review a report upon request regarding the status of the implementation of the improvements set forth in the improvement plan established pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 12849, Mar. 4, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 28197, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Fatigue Risk Management Programs</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>87 FR 35671, June 13, 2022, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 270.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.5.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.401   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Contributing factor</I> means a circumstance or condition that helps cause a result.
</P>
<P><I>Fatigue</I> means a complex state characterized by a lack of alertness and reduced mental and physical performance, often accompanied by drowsiness.
</P>
<P><I>Fatigue-risk analysis</I> means a railroad's analysis of its operations that:
</P>
<P>(1) Identifies and evaluates the fatigue-related railroad safety hazards on its system(s); and
</P>
<P>(2) Determines the degree of risk associated with each of those hazards.
</P>
<P><I>FRMP</I> means a Fatigue Risk Management Program.
</P>
<P><I>FRMP plan</I> means a Fatigue Risk Management Program plan.
</P>
<P><I>Safety-related railroad employee</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A person subject to 49 U.S.C. 21103, 21104, or 21105;
</P>
<P>(2) Another person involved in railroad operations not subject to 49 U.S.C. 21103, 21104, or 21105;
</P>
<P>(3) A person who inspects, installs, repairs or maintains track, roadbed, signal and communication systems, and electric traction systems including a roadway worker or railroad bridge worker;
</P>
<P>(4) A hazmat employee defined under 49 U.S.C. 5102(3);
</P>
<P>(5) A person who inspects, repairs, or maintains locomotives, passenger cars, or freight cars; or
</P>
<P>(6) An employee of any person who utilizes or performs significant railroad safety-related services, as described in § 270.103(d)(2), if that employee performs a function identified in paragraphs (1) through (5) of this definition.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.5.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.403   Purpose and scope of a Fatigue Risk Management Program (FRMP).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of an FRMP is to improve railroad safety through structured, systematic, proactive processes and procedures that a railroad subject to this part develops and implements to identify and mitigate the effects of fatigue on its employees.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> A railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Design its FRMP to reduce the fatigue its safety-related railroad employees experience and to reduce the risk of railroad accidents, incidents, injuries, and fatalities where the fatigue of any of these employees is a contributing factor;
</P>
<P>(2) Develop its FRMP by systematically identifying and evaluating the fatigue-related railroad safety hazards on its system, determining the degree of risk associated with each hazard, and managing those risks to reduce the fatigue that its safety-related railroad employees experience. This system-wide fatigue risk identification and evaluation process must account for the varying circumstances of a railroad's operations on different parts of its system; and
</P>
<P>(3) Employ in its FRMP the fatigue risk mitigation strategies a railroad identifies as appropriate to address those varying circumstances.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.5.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.405   General requirements; procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad subject to this part shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish and implement an FRMP as part of its SSP; and
</P>
<P>(2) Establish an FRA-approved FRMP plan as a component of a railroad's FRA-approved SSP plan and then update its FRMP plan as necessary as part of the annual internal assessment of its SSP under § 270.303.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad's FRMP plan must explain the railroad's method of analysis of fatigue risks and the railroad's process(es) for implementing its FRMP.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) A railroad shall submit an FRMP plan for approval to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRAFatigue@dot.gov,</I> no later than either the applicable timeline in § 270.201(a) for filing its SSP plan or July 13, 2023, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad shall submit updates to its FRMP plan to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRAFatigue@dot.gov,</I> under the process for amending its SSP plan in § 270.201(c).
</P>
<P>(d) FRA shall review and approve or disapprove a railroad's FRMP plan and amendments to that plan under the process for reviewing SSP plans and amendments in § 270.201(b) and (c), respectively. FRA approval of a railroad's FRMP plan amends a railroad's SSP plan to include the FRMP plan as a component.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 35671, June 13, 2022, as amended at 90 FR 28197, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.5.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.407   Requirements for an FRMP.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> An FRMP shall include an analysis of fatigue risks and mitigation strategies, as described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Analysis of fatigue risks.</I> A railroad shall conduct a fatigue-risk analysis as part of its FRA-approved FRMP, which includes identification of fatigue-related railroad safety hazards, assessment of the risks associated with those hazards, and prioritization of risks for mitigation. At a minimum, a railroad shall consider the following categories of risk factors:
</P>
<P>(1) General health and medical conditions that can affect the fatigue levels among the population of safety-related railroad employees;
</P>
<P>(2) Scheduling issues that can affect the opportunities of safety-related railroad employees to obtain sufficient quality and quantity of sleep; and
</P>
<P>(3) Characteristics of each job category of safety-related railroad employees work that can affect fatigue levels and risk for fatigue of those employees.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Mitigation strategies.</I> A railroad shall develop and implement mitigation strategies to reduce the risk of railroad accidents, incidents, injuries, and fatalities where fatigue of any of its safety-related employees is a contributing factor. At a minimum, in developing and implementing these mitigation strategies, a railroad shall consider the railroad's policies, practices, and communication related to its safety-related railroad employees.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Policies.</I> A railroad shall consider developing and implementing policies to reduce the risk of the exposure of its safety-related railroad employees to fatigue-related railroad safety hazards on its system. At a minimum, a railroad shall consider these policies:
</P>
<P>(i) Providing opportunities for identification, diagnosis, and treatment of any medical condition that may affect alertness or fatigue, including sleep disorders;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identifying methods to minimize accidents and incidents that occur as a result of working at times when scientific and medical research have shown increased fatigue disrupts employees' circadian rhythms;
</P>
<P>(iii) Developing and implementing alertness strategies, such as policies on napping, to address acute drowsiness and fatigue while an employee is on duty;
</P>
<P>(iv) Increasing the number of consecutive hours of off-duty rest, during which an employee receives no communication from the employing railroad or its managers, supervisors, officers, or agents; and
</P>
<P>(v) Avoiding abrupt changes in rest cycles for employees.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Practices.</I> A railroad shall consider developing and implementing operational practices to reduce the risk of exposure of its safety-related railroad employees to fatigue-related railroad safety hazards on its system. At a minimum, a railroad shall consider these practices:
</P>
<P>(i) Minimizing the effects on employee fatigue of an employee's short-term or sustained response to emergency situations, such as derailments and natural disasters, or engagement in other intensive working conditions;
</P>
<P>(ii) Developing and implementing scheduling practices for employees, including innovative scheduling practices, on-duty call practices, work and rest cycles, increased consecutive days off for employees, changes in shift patterns, appropriate scheduling practices for varying types of work, and other aspects of employee scheduling to reduce employee fatigue and cumulative sleep loss; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Providing opportunities to obtain restful sleep at lodging facilities, including employee sleeping quarters provided by the railroad carrier.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Communications.</I> A railroad shall consider developing and implementing training, education, and outreach methods to deliver fatigue-related information effectively to its safety-related railroad employees. At a minimum, a railroad shall consider including in its employee education and training information on the physiological and human factors that affect fatigue, as well as strategies to reduce or mitigate the effects of fatigue, based on the most current scientific and medical research and literature.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Evaluation.</I> A railroad shall develop and implement procedures and processes for monitoring and evaluating its FRMP to assess whether the FRMP effectively meets the goals its FRMP plan describes, as required under § 270.409(b).
</P>
<P>(1) The evaluation shall include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) Periodic monitoring of the railroad's operational environment to detect changes that may generate new hazards;
</P>
<P>(ii) Analysis of the risks associated with any identified hazards; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Periodic safety assessments to determine the need for changes to its mitigation strategies.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad shall evaluate newly-identified hazards, and hazards associated with ineffective mitigation strategies, through processes for analyzing fatigue risks described in the railroad's FRMP plan.
</P>
<P>(3) Any necessary changes not addressed prior to a railroad's annual internal assessment must be included in the internal assessment improvement plans required under § 270.303.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 270.409" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.5.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 270.409   Requirements for an FRMP plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A railroad shall adopt and implement its FRMP through an FRA-approved FRMP plan, developed in consultation with directly affected employees as described under § 270.107. A railroad must submit the plan for approval to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRAFatigue@dot.gov,</I> under the criteria of subpart C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Goals.</I> An FRMP plan must contain a statement that defines the specific fatigue-related goals of the FRMP and describes strategies for reaching those goals.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Methods</I>—(1) <I>Analysis of fatigue risk.</I> An FRMP plan shall describe a railroad's method(s) for conducting its fatigue-risk analysis as part of its FRMP. The description shall specify:
</P>
<P>(i) The scope of the analysis, which is the covered population of safety-related railroad employees;
</P>
<P>(ii) The processes a railroad will use to identify fatigue-related railroad safety hazards on its system and determine the degree of risk associated with each fatigue-related hazard identified;
</P>
<P>(iii) The processes a railroad will use to compare and prioritize identified fatigue-related risks for mitigation purposes; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The information sources a railroad will use to support ongoing identification of fatigue-related railroad safety hazards and determine the degree of risk associated with those hazards.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Mitigation strategies.</I> An FRMP plan shall describe a railroad's processes for:
</P>
<P>(i) Identifying and selecting fatigue risk mitigation strategies; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Monitoring identified fatigue-related railroad safety hazards.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Evaluation.</I> An FRMP plan shall describe:
</P>
<P>(i) A railroad's processes for monitoring and evaluating the overall effectiveness of its FRMP and the effectiveness of fatigue-related mitigation strategies the railroad uses under § 270.407; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A railroad's procedures for reviewing the FRMP as part of the annual internal assessment of its SSP under § 270.303 and for updating the FRMP plan under the process for amending its SSP plan under § 270.201(c).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>FRMP implementation plan.</I> A railroad shall describe in its FRMP plan how it will implement its FRMP. This description must cover an implementation period not to exceed 36 months, and shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the roles and responsibilities of each position or job function with significant responsibility for implementing the FRMP, including those held by employees, contractors who provide significant FRMP-related services, and other entities or persons that provide significant FRMP services;
</P>
<P>(2) A timeline describing when certain milestones that must be met to implement the FRMP fully will be achieved. Implementation milestones shall be specific and measurable;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of how a railroad may make significant changes to the FRMP plan under the process for amending its SSP plan in § 270.201(c); and
</P>
<P>(4) The procedures for consultation with directly affected employees on any subsequent substantive amendments to the railroad's FRMP plan. The requirements of this section do not apply to non-substantive amendments (<I>e.g.,</I> amendments that update names and addresses of railroad personnel).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 35671, June 13, 2022, as amended at 90 FR 28198, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.7.138.1.110" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 270 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.7.138.1.111" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 270—Federal Railroad Administration Guidance on the System Safety Program Consultation Process
</HEAD>
<P>A passenger rail operation required to develop a system safety program under this part must in good faith consult with and use its best efforts to reach agreement with its directly affected employees on the contents of the SSP plan. <I>See</I> § 270.107(a). This appendix discusses the meaning of the terms “good faith” and “best efforts,” and provides non-mandatory guidance on how to comply with the requirement to consult with directly affected employees on the contents of the SSP plan.
</P>
<P>The guidance is provided for employees who are represented by a non-profit employee labor organization and employees who are not represented by any such organization. The guidance is not legally binding in its own right and will not be relied upon by the U.S. Department of Transportation as a separate basis for affirmative enforcement action or other administrative penalty. Conformity with this guidance (as distinct from existing statutes and regulations) is voluntary only, and nonconformity will not affect rights and obligations under existing statutes and regulations.
</P>
<HD1>The Meaning of “Good Faith” and “Best Efforts”
</HD1>
<P>“Good faith” and “best efforts” are not interchangeable terms representing a vague standard for the § 270.107 consultation process. Rather, each term has a specific and distinct meaning. When consulting with directly affected employees, therefore, a passenger rail operation must independently meet the standards for both the good faith and best efforts obligations. A passenger rail operation that does not meet the standard for one or the other will not be in compliance with the consultation requirements of § 270.107.
</P>
<P>The good faith obligation requires a passenger rail operation to consult with employees in a manner that is honest, fair, and reasonable, and to genuinely pursue agreement on the contents of an SSP plan. If a passenger rail operation consults with its employees merely in a perfunctory manner, without genuinely pursuing agreement, it will not have met the good faith requirement. For example, a lack of good faith may be found if a passenger rail operation's directly affected employees express concerns with certain parts of the SSP plan, and the passenger rail operation neither addresses those concerns in further consultation nor attempts to address those concerns by making changes to the SSP plan.
</P>
<P>On the other hand, “best efforts” establishes a higher standard than that imposed by the good faith obligation, and describes the diligent attempts that a passenger rail operation must pursue to reach agreement with its employees on the contents of its system safety program. While the good faith obligation is concerned with the passenger rail operation's state of mind during the consultation process, the best efforts obligation is concerned with the specific efforts made by the passenger rail operation in an attempt to reach agreement. This would include considerations such as whether a passenger rail operation had held sufficient meetings with its employees to address or make an attempt to address any concerns raised by the employees, or whether the passenger rail operation had made an effort to respond to feedback provided by employees during the consultation process. For example, a passenger rail operation would not meet the best efforts obligation if it did not initiate the consultation process in a timely manner, and thereby failed to provide employees sufficient time to engage in the consultation process. Generally, best efforts are measured by the measures that a reasonable person in the same circumstances and of the same nature as the acting party would take. Therefore, the standard imposed by the best efforts obligation may vary with different railroads, depending on a railroad's size, resources, and number of employees.
</P>
<P>When reviewing SSP plans, FRA will determine on a case-by-case basis whether a passenger rail operation has met its § 270.107 good faith and best efforts obligations. This determination will be based upon the consultation statement submitted by the passenger rail operation pursuant to § 270.107(b) and any statements submitted by employees pursuant to § 270.107(c). If FRA finds that these statements do not provide sufficient information to determine whether a passenger rail operation used good faith and best efforts to reach agreement, FRA may investigate further and contact the passenger rail operation or its employees to request additional information. If FRA determines that a passenger rail operation did not use good faith and best efforts, FRA may disapprove the SSP plan submitted by the passenger rail operation and direct the passenger rail operation to comply with the consultation requirements of § 270.107. Pursuant to § 270.201(b)(3), if FRA does not approve the SSP plan, the passenger rail operation will have 90 days, following receipt of FRA's written notice that the plan was not approved, to correct any deficiency identified. In such cases, the identified deficiency would be that the passenger rail operation did not use good faith and best efforts to consult and reach agreement with its directly affected employees. If a passenger rail operation then does not submit to FRA within 90 days an SSP plan meeting the consultation requirements of § 270.107, FRA could impose penalties for failure to comply with § 270.201(b)(3).
</P>
<HD1>Guidance on How a Passenger Rail Operation May Consult With Directly Affected Employees
</HD1>
<P>Because the standard imposed by the best efforts obligation will vary depending upon the passenger rail operation, there may be countless ways to comply with the consultation requirements of § 270.107. Therefore, FRA believes it is important to maintain a flexible approach to the § 270.107 consultation requirements, to give a passenger rail operation and its directly affected employees the freedom to consult in a manner best suited to their specific circumstances.
</P>
<P>FRA is nevertheless providing guidance in this appendix as to how a passenger rail operation may proceed when consulting (utilizing good faith and best efforts) with employees in an attempt to reach agreement on the contents of an SSP plan. FRA believes this guidance may be useful as a starting point for those that are uncertain about how to comply with the § 270.107 consultation requirements. This guidance distinguishes between employees who are represented by a non-profit employee labor organization and employees who are not, as the processes a passenger rail operation may use to consult with represented and non-represented employees could differ significantly.
</P>
<P>This guidance does not establish prescriptive requirements but merely outlines a consultation process a passenger rail operation may choose to follow. A passenger rail operation's consultation statement could indicate that it followed the guidance in this appendix as evidence that it utilized good faith and best efforts to reach agreement with its employees on the contents of an SSP plan.
</P>
<HD2>Employees Represented by a Non-Profit Employee Labor Organization
</HD2>
<P>As provided in § 270.107(a)(2), a passenger rail operation consulting with the representatives of a non-profit employee labor organization on the contents of an SSP plan will be considered to have consulted with the directly affected employees represented by that organization.
</P>
<P>A passenger rail operation may utilize the following process as a roadmap for using good faith and best efforts when consulting with represented employees in an attempt to reach agreement on the contents of an SSP plan.
</P>
<P>• Pursuant to § 270.107(a)(3)(i), a passenger rail operation must meet with representatives from a non-profit employee labor organization (representing a class or craft of the passenger rail operation's directly affected employees) no later than July 2, 2020, to begin the process of consulting on the contents of the SSP plan. A passenger rail operation must provide notice at least 60 days before the scheduled meeting.
</P>
<P>• During the time between the initial meeting and the applicability date of § 270.105 the parties may meet to discuss administrative details of the consultation process as necessary.
</P>
<P>• Within 60 days after the applicability date of § 270.105 a passenger rail operation should have a meeting with the directed affected railroad employees to discuss substantive issues with the SSP.
</P>
<P>• Pursuant to § 270.201(a)(1), a passenger rail operation would file its SSP plan with FRA no later than March 4, 2021, or not less than 90 days before commencement of new passenger service, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>• As provided by § 270.107(c), if agreement on the contents of an SSP plan could not be reached, a labor organization (representing a class or craft of the passenger rail operation's directly affected employees) may file a statement with the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer explaining its views on the plan on which agreement was not reached.
</P>
<HD2>Employees Who Are Not Represented by a Non-Profit Employee Labor Organization
</HD2>
<P>FRA recognizes that some (or all) of a passenger rail operation's directly affected employees may not be represented by a non-profit employee labor organization. For such non-represented employees, the consultation process described for represented employees may not be appropriate or sufficient. For example, FRA believes that a passenger rail operation with non-represented employees should make a concerted effort to ensure that its non-represented employees are aware that they are able to participate in the development of the SSP plan. FRA therefore is providing the following guidance regarding how a passenger rail operation may utilize good faith and best efforts when consulting with non-represented employees on the contents of its SSP plan.
</P>
<P>• By April 20, 2020, a passenger rail operation should notify non-represented employees that—
</P>
<P>(1) The passenger rail operation is required to consult in good faith with, and use its best efforts to reach agreement with, all directly affected employees on the proposed contents of its SSP plan;
</P>
<P>(2) The passenger rail operation is required to meet with its directly affected employees by July 2, 2020, to address the consultation process;
</P>
<P>(3) Non-represented employees are invited to participate in the consultation process (and include instructions on how to engage in this process); and
</P>
<P>(4) If a passenger rail operation is unable to reach agreement with its directly affected employees on the contents of the proposed SSP plan, an employee may file a statement with the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer explaining the employee's views on the plan on which agreement was not reached.
</P>
<P>• This initial notification (and all subsequent communications, as necessary or appropriate) could be provided to non-represented employees in the following ways:
</P>
<P>(1) Electronically, such as by email or an announcement on the passenger rail operation's website;
</P>
<P>(2) By posting the notification in a location easily accessible and visible to non-represented employees; or
</P>
<P>(3) By providing all non-represented employees a hard copy of the notification. A passenger rail operation could use any or all of these methods of communication, so long as the notification complies with the passenger rail operation's obligation to utilize best efforts in the consultation process.
</P>
<P>• Following the initial notification and initial meeting to discuss the consultation process (and before the passenger rail operation submits its SSP plan to FRA), a passenger rail operation should provide non-represented employees a draft proposal of its SSP plan. This draft proposal should solicit additional input from non-represented employees, and the passenger rail operation should provide non-represented employees 60 days to submit comments to the passenger rail operation on the draft.
</P>
<P>• Following this 60-day comment period and any changes to the draft SSP plan made as a result, the passenger rail operation should submit the proposed SSP plan to FRA, as required by this part.
</P>
<P>• As provided by § 270.107(c), if agreement on the contents of an SSP plan cannot be reached, then a non-represented employee may file a statement with the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer explaining employee's views on the plan on which agreement was not reached.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 12849, Mar. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.50.7.138.1.112" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 270—Procedures for Submission of SSP Plans, SSP Plan Amendments, and Statements From Directly Affected Employees.
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix summarizes procedures for the submission of an SSP plan, an amendment to an already-approved SSP plan, or a statement by directly affected employees consistent with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<HD1>Submission by a Passenger Rail Operation or Directly Affected Employees
</HD1>
<P>As provided for in § 270.101, a system safety program shall be fully implemented and supported by a written SSP plan. Each passenger rail operation must submit its SSP plan to FRA for approval as provided for in § 270.201(a) and SSP plan amendments as provided for in § 270.201(c).
</P>
<P>As provided for in § 270.107(c), if a passenger rail operation and its directly affected employees cannot come to agreement on the proposed contents of the SSP plan, the directly affected employees have 30 days following the submission of the proposed SSP plan to submit a statement to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer explaining the directly affected employees' views on the plan on which agreement was not reached.
</P>
<P>The passenger rail operation's and directly affected employees' submissions shall be sent to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRA-SSP@dot.gov.</I> When a passenger rail operation submits its SSP plan (or SSP plan amendment) and consultation statement to FRA pursuant to § 270.201, it must also simultaneously send a copy of these documents to all individuals identified in the service list pursuant to § 270.107(b)(3).
</P>
<P>Each passenger rail operation and directly affected employee is authorized to file by electronic means any submissions required under this part. A passenger rail operation that electronically submits an initial SSP plan or SSP plan amendment pursuant to this part shall be considered to have provided its consent to receive approval or disapproval notices from FRA by email. FRA may electronically store any materials required by this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 28198, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="271" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 271—RISK REDUCTION PROGRAM


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20106-20107, 20118-20119, 20156, 21301, 21304, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 9314, Feb. 18, 2020, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.1.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to improve railroad safety through structured, proactive processes and procedures developed and implemented by railroads. Each railroad subject to this part must establish a Risk Reduction Program (RRP) that systematically evaluates railroad safety hazards on its system and manages the risks associated with those hazards to reduce the number and rates of railroad accidents/incidents, injuries, and fatalities.
</P>
<P>(b) This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for the preparation, adoption, and implementation of RRPs. This part does not restrict railroads from adopting and enforcing additional or more stringent requirements not inconsistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(c) This part prescribes the protection of information a railroad compiles or collects solely for the purpose of planning, implementing, or evaluating an RRP under this part.
</P>
<P>(d) This part does not require an RRP to address hazards completely unrelated to railroad safety and that fall under the exclusive jurisdiction of another Federal agency. Additionally, an RRP required by this part is not intended to address and should not address the safety of employees while performing inspections, tests, and maintenance, except where FRA has already addressed workplace safety issues, such as blue signal protection in part 218 of this chapter. FRA does not intend to approve any specific portion of an RRP plan that relates exclusively to employee working conditions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.1.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to—
</P>
<P>(1) Class I railroads;
</P>
<P>(2) Railroads determined to have inadequate safety performance pursuant to § 271.13; and
</P>
<P>(3) Railroads that voluntarily comply with the requirements of this part pursuant to § 271.15.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(2) Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations, whether on or off the general railroad system of transportation;
</P>
<P>(3) Operation of private cars, including business/office cars and circus trains;
</P>
<P>(4) Railroads that operate only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation (<I>i.e.,</I> plant railroads, as defined in § 271.5); and
</P>
<P>(5) Commuter or intercity passenger railroads that are subject to Federal system safety program requirements contained in part 270 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If a railroad contracts out significant portions of its operations, the contractor and the contractor's employees performing the railroad's operations shall be considered directly affected employees for purposes of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.1.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part only—
</P>
<P><I>Accident/incident</I> means an “accident/incident” as defined in § 225.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Confidential Close Call Reporting System (C
<SU>3</SU>RS)</I> means an FRA-sponsored voluntary program designed to improve the safety of railroad operations by allowing railroad employees to confidentially report currently unreported or underreported unsafe events.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P><I>FRA Associate Administrator</I> means the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, or the Associate Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Fully implemented</I> means that all elements of an RRP as described in the RRP plan are established and applied to the safety management of the railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Hazard</I> means any real or potential condition that can cause injury, illness, or death; damage to or loss of a system, equipment, or property; or damage to the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Inadequate safety performance</I> means safety performance that FRA has determined to be inadequate based on the criteria described in § 271.13.
</P>
<P><I>Mitigation strategy</I> means an action or program intended to reduce or eliminate the risk associated with a hazard.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including, but not limited to, the following: A railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor or subcontractor providing goods or services to a railroad; any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor or subcontractor.
</P>
<P><I>Pilot project</I> means a limited scope project used to determine whether quantitative evaluation and analysis suggests that a particular system or mitigation strategy has potential to succeed on a full-scale basis.
</P>
<P><I>Plant railroad</I> means a plant or installation that owns or leases a locomotive, uses that locomotive to switch cars throughout the plant or installation, and is moving goods solely for use in the facility's own industrial processes. The plant or installation could include track immediately adjacent to the plant or installation if the plant railroad leases the track from the general system railroad and the lease provides for (and actual practice entails) the exclusive use of that trackage by the plant railroad and the general system railroad for purposes of moving only cars shipped to or from the plant. A plant or installation that operates a locomotive to switch or move cars for other entities, even if solely within the confines of the plant or installation, rather than for its own purposes or industrial processes, is not considered a plant railroad because the performance of such activity makes the operation part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Positive train control system</I> means a system designed to prevent train-to-train collisions, overspeed derailments, incursions into established work zone limits, and the movement of a train through a switch left in the wrong position, as described in subpart I of part 236 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any form of non-highway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979; and
</P>
<P>(ii) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether those systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads, but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation; and
</P>
<P>(2) A person or organization that provides railroad transportation, whether directly or by contracting out operation of the railroad to another person.
</P>
<P><I>Risk</I> means the combination of the probability (or frequency of occurrence) and the consequence (or severity) of a hazard.
</P>
<P><I>Risk-based HMP</I> means a risk-based hazard management program (HMP).
</P>
<P><I>Risk reduction</I> means the formal, top-down, organization-wide approach to managing safety risk and assuring the effectiveness of safety risk mitigation strategies. It includes systematic procedures, practices, and policies for the management of safety risk.
</P>
<P><I>RRP</I> means a Risk Reduction Program.
</P>
<P><I>RRP plan</I> means a Risk Reduction Program plan.
</P>
<P><I>Safety culture</I> means the shared values, actions, and behaviors that demonstrate a commitment to safety over competing goals and demands.
</P>
<P><I>Safety performance</I> means a realized or actual safety accomplishment relative to stated safety objectives.
</P>
<P><I>Safety outreach</I> means the communication of safety information to support the implementation of an RRP throughout a railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Senior management</I> means personnel at the highest level of a railroad's management who are responsible for making major policy decisions and long-term business plans regarding the operation of the railroad.
</P>
<P><I>STB</I> means the Surface Transportation Board of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations</I> means railroad operations that carry passengers, often using antiquated equipment, with the conveyance of the passengers to a particular destination not being the principal purpose. Train movements of new passenger equipment for demonstration purposes are not tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 9314, Feb. 18, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 12852, Mar. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.1.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.7   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.1.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.9   Penalties and responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person that violates any requirement of this part or causes the violation of any such requirement is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation, except that: Penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and, where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to individuals, or has caused death or injury, a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed. <I>See</I> 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. Any person that knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I>for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(b) Although the requirements of this part are stated in terms of the duty of a railroad, when any person, including a contractor or subcontractor to a railroad, performs any function covered by this part, that person (whether or not a railroad) shall perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 9314, Feb. 18, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 28200, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.1.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.11   Discovery and admission as evidence of certain information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Protected information.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, any information compiled or collected after February 17, 2021 solely for the purpose of planning, implementing, or evaluating a risk reduction program under this part shall not be subject to discovery, admitted into evidence, or considered for other purposes in a Federal or State court proceeding for damages involving personal injury, wrongful death, or property damage. For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) “Information” includes plans, reports, documents, surveys, schedules, lists, or data, and specifically includes a railroad's analysis of its safety risks under § 271.103(b) and a railroad's statement of mitigation measures under § 271.103(c);
</P>
<P>(2) “Solely” means that a railroad originally compiled or collected the information for the exclusive purpose of planning, implementing, or evaluating a risk reduction program under this part. Information compiled or collected for any other purpose is not protected, even if the railroad also uses that information for a risk reduction program. “Solely” also means a railroad continues to use that information only for its risk reduction program. If a railroad subsequently uses for any other purpose information that was initially compiled or collected for a risk reduction program, this section does not protect that information to the extent that it is used for the non-risk reduction program purpose. The use of that information within the railroad's risk reduction program, however, remains protected. This section does not protect information that is required to be compiled or collected pursuant to any other provision of law or regulation; and
</P>
<P>(3) A railroad may include a Confidential Close Call Reporting System (C
<SU>3</SU>RS) program in a risk reduction program established under this part. For Federal or State court proceedings described by this paragraph (a) that are initiated after March 4, 2021, the information protected by this paragraph (a) includes C
<SU>3</SU>RS information a railroad includes in its risk reduction program, even if the railroad compiled or collected the C
<SU>3</SU>RS information on or before February 17, 2021, for purposes other than planning, implementing, or evaluating a risk reduction program under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Non-protected information.</I> This section does not affect the discovery, admissibility, or consideration for other purposes in a Federal or State court proceeding for damages involving personal injury, wrongful death, or property damage of information compiled or collected for a purpose other than that specifically identified in paragraph (a) of this section. Such information shall continue to be discoverable, admissible, or considered for other purposes in a Federal or State court proceeding for damages involving personal injury, wrongful death, or property damage if it was discoverable, admissible, or considered for other purposes in a Federal or State court proceeding for damages involving personal injury, wrongful death, or property damage on or before February 17, 2021. Specifically, the types of information not affected by this section include:
</P>
<P>(1) Information compiled or collected on or before February 17, 2021;
</P>
<P>(2) Information compiled or collected on or before February 17, 2021 and that continues to be compiled or collected, even if used to plan, implement, or evaluate a railroad's risk reduction program; or
</P>
<P>(3) Information that is compiled or collected after February 17, 2021, and is compiled or collected for a purpose other than that identified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Information protected by other law or regulation.</I> Nothing in this section shall affect or abridge in any way any other protection of information provided by another provision of law or regulation. Any such provision of law or regulation applies independently of the protections provided by this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Preemption.</I> To the extent that State discovery rules and sunshine laws would require disclosure of information protected by this section in a Federal or State court proceeding for damages involving personal injury, wrongful death, or property damage, those rules and laws are preempted.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Enforcement.</I> This section does not apply to civil or criminal law enforcement proceedings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 9314, Feb. 18, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 12852, Mar. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.1.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.13   Determination of inadequate safety performance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) This section describes FRA's methodology for determining which railroads shall establish an RRP because they have inadequate safety performance. FRA's methodology consists of a two-phase annual analysis, comprised of both a quantitative analysis and qualitative assessment. FRA's methodology analyzes all railroads except for:
</P>
<P>(i) Railroads excluded from this part under § 271.3(b);
</P>
<P>(ii) Railroads already required to comply with this part;
</P>
<P>(iii) Railroads that are voluntarily complying with this part under § 271.15; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, new start-up railroads that have reported accident/incident data to FRA pursuant to part 225 of this chapter for fewer than three years.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section, railroads formed through amalgamation of operations (for example, railroads formed through consolidations, mergers, or acquisitions of control) are included in the analysis using the combined data of the pre-amalgamation entities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Quantitative analysis</I>—(1) <I>Methodology.</I> The first phase of FRA's annual analysis is a statistically-based quantitative analysis of each railroad within the scope of the analysis, using historical safety data maintained by FRA for the three most recent full calendar years. The purpose of the quantitative analysis is to make a threshold identification of railroads that possibly have inadequate safety performance. The quantitative analysis consists of a preliminary selection and a rate-based analysis. Only railroads that the preliminary selection identifies will proceed to the rate-based analysis.
</P>
<P>(i) The preliminary selection calculates the following values:
</P>
<P>(A) A railroad's number of worker on duty fatalities during the 3-year period, calculated using “Worker on Duty-Railroad Employee (Class A),” “Worker on Duty-Contractor (Class F),” and “Worker on Duty-Volunteer (Class H)” information reported on FRA Form 6180.55 pursuant to FRA's accident/incident reporting regulations in part 225 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(B) The sum total of a railroad's number of worker on duty injuries/illnesses during the 3-year period (calculated using “Worker on Duty-Railroad Employee (Class A),” “Worker on Duty-Contractor (Class F),” and “Worker on Duty-Volunteer (Class H)” information reported on FRA Form 6180.55 pursuant to FRA's accident/incident reporting regulations in part 225 of this chapter) added to the number of rail equipment accidents/incidents during the 3-year period (calculated using information reported on FRA Forms 6180.54 and 6180.55 pursuant to FRA's accident/incident reporting regulations in part 225 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) For railroads that the preliminary selection identifies, as described in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, the rate-based analysis calculates the following three factors:
</P>
<P>(A) A railroad's number of worker on duty fatalities during the 3-year period, calculated using “Worker on Duty-Railroad Employee (Class A),” “Worker on Duty-Contractor (Class F),” and “Worker on Duty-Volunteer (Class H)” information reported on FRA Form 6180.55 pursuant to FRA's accident/incident reporting regulations in part 225 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) A railroad's on duty employee injury/illness rate, calculated using “Worker on Duty-Railroad Employee (Class A),” “Worker on Duty-Contractor (Class F),” and “Worker on Duty-Volunteer (Class H)” information reported on FRA Form 6180.55 pursuant to FRA's accident/incident reporting regulations in part 225 of this chapter. FRA calculates this rate using the following formula, which gives the rate of employee injuries/illnesses per 200,000 employee hours over a 3-year period:
</P>
<FP-2>Injury/Illness Rate = (Total FRA Reportable Worker On Duty Injuries + Total FRA Reportable On Duty Employee Illnesses over a 3-year Period)/(Total Employee Hours over a 3-year Period/200,000); and
</FP-2>
<P>(C) A railroad's rail equipment accident/incident rate, calculated using information reported on FRA Forms 6180.54 and 6180.55 pursuant to FRA's accident/incident reporting regulations in part 225 of this chapter. FRA calculates this rate using the following formula, which gives the rate of rail equipment accidents/incidents per 1,000,000 train miles operated over a 3-year period:
</P>
<FP-2>Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Rate = Total FRA Reportable Rail Equipment Accidents/Incidents over a 3-year Period/(Total Train Miles over a 3-year Period/1,000,000)
</FP-2>
<P>(2) <I>Identification.</I> (i) The preliminary selection phase of the quantitative analysis identifies railroads for further analysis in the rate-based analysis if at least one of the following two conditions exist within the scope and timeframe of the analysis:
</P>
<P>(A) A railroad has one or more worker on duty fatalities as calculated in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) A railroad is at or above the 90th percentile for the sum total of worker on duty injuries/illnesses and rail equipment accidents/incidents, as calculated in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) For railroads identified in the preliminary selection, the rate-based analysis identifies railroads as possibly having inadequate safety performance if at least one of the following two conditions exists within the scope and time frame of the analysis:
</P>
<P>(A) A railroad has one or more worker on duty fatalities as calculated in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(B) A railroad is at or above the 90th percentile of railroads identified in the preliminary selection in either of the factors described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)(B) and (C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Qualitative assessment.</I> The second phase of FRA's analysis is a qualitative assessment of railroads identified in the quantitative analysis as possibly having inadequate safety performance.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Notification and railroad/employee comment.</I> FRA will notify a railroad in writing if FRA conducts a qualitative assessment of the railroad because the quantitative analysis identified the railroad as possibly having inadequate safety performance.
</P>
<P>(i) No later than 15 days after receiving FRA's written notice, a railroad shall notify its employees of FRA's written notice. The railroad shall post this employee notification at all locations where the railroad reasonably expects its employees to report and to have an opportunity to observe the notice. The railroad shall post and continuously display the employee notification until 45 days after FRA's initial written notice. The railroad shall notify employees who do not have a regular on-duty point for reporting to work by other means, under the railroad's standard practice for communicating with employees. The notification shall inform railroad employees that they may confidentially submit comments to FRA regarding the railroad's safety performance and that employees shall file any such comments with the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRA-RRP@dot.gov</I> no later than 45 days following FRA's initial written notice.
</P>
<P>(ii) No later than 45 days after receiving FRA's written notice, a railroad may provide FRA documentation supporting any claims that the railroad does not have inadequate safety performance.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Methodology.</I> No later than 90 days after providing the initial notice to a railroad identified by the quantitative analysis, FRA will conduct a qualitative assessment of the identified railroad and make a final determination regarding whether it has inadequate safety performance. The qualitative assessment will consider any documentation provided by the railroad, comments submitted by railroad employees, and any other pertinent information, including information regarding violations FRA has issued against the railroad.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Final notification.</I> For each railroad that FRA provides an initial written notice, FRA will provide a final written notice informing the railroad whether or not FRA determines that the railroad has demonstrated inadequate safety performance.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Compliance.</I> (1) A railroad with inadequate safety performance shall develop and implement an RRP meeting the requirements of this part and submit an RRP plan meeting the filing and timing requirements in § 271.301.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad with inadequate safety performance must comply with the requirements of this part for a minimum of five years from the date FRA approves the railroad's RRP plan under subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Petition for reconsideration of inadequate safety performance determination.</I> (1) To appeal a final written notice under paragraph (d) of this section, a railroad shall file a petition for reconsideration with the Administrator. To file a petition, the railroad must:
</P>
<P>(i) File the petition no later than 30 days after the date the railroad receives FRA's final written notice under paragraph (d) of this section informing the railroad that it has demonstrated inadequate safety performance; and
</P>
<P>(ii) File the petition in accordance with the procedures in §§ 211.7(b)(1) and 211.57 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) FRA will process petitions under § 211.59 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Petition to discontinue compliance with this part.</I> After the five-year compliance period, the railroad may petition FRA for approval to discontinue compliance with this part. A railroad shall file a petition, and FRA will process the petition, under the procedures contained in § 211.41 of this chapter. When processing a petition, FRA will reevaluate the railroad's safety performance to determine whether the railroad's RRP has resulted in significant and sustained safety improvements, and whether these measured improvements are likely sustainable in the long term. FRA's evaluation will include a quantitative analysis as described in paragraph (b) of this section, although FRA will not automatically grant a petition to discontinue compliance if the quantitative analysis results do not meet the identification thresholds described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. For all petitions under this section, FRA will also examine qualitative factors and review information from FRA RRP audits and other relevant sources.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 9314, Feb. 18, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 28200, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.1.138.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.15   Voluntary compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A railroad not otherwise subject to this part may voluntarily comply by establishing and fully implementing an RRP meeting the requirements of this part. A voluntary RRP shall be supported by an RRP plan that has been submitted to FRA for approval pursuant to the requirements of subpart D of this part. After FRA has approved its RRP plan, a voluntarily-compliant railroad that fails to comply with the requirements of this part is subject to civil penalties or other FRA enforcement action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duration.</I> A voluntarily-compliant railroad will be required to comply with the requirements of this part for a minimum period of five years, running from the date on which FRA approves the railroad's plan pursuant to subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notification to discontinue compliance.</I> After this five-year period, a voluntarily-compliant railroad may discontinue compliance with this part by providing written notice to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRA-RRP@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Discovery and admission as evidence of certain information.</I> The information protection provisions in § 271.11 apply to information compiled or collected pursuant to a voluntary RRP that is conducted in accordance with the requirements of this part and as provided by § 271.301(b)(4)(ii).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 9314, Feb. 18, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 28200, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Risk Reduction Program Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.2.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.101   Risk reduction programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Program required.</I> Each railroad shall establish and fully implement an RRP meeting the requirements of this part. An RRP shall systematically evaluate railroad safety hazards on a railroad's system and manage the resulting risks to reduce the number and rates of railroad accidents/incidents, injuries, and fatalities. An RRP is an ongoing program that supports continuous safety improvement. A railroad shall design its RRP so that it promotes and supports a positive safety culture at the railroad. An RRP shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A risk-based hazard management program, as described in § 271.103;
</P>
<P>(2) A safety performance evaluation component, as described in § 271.105;
</P>
<P>(3) A safety outreach component, as described in § 271.107;
</P>
<P>(4) A technology analysis and technology implementation plan, as described in § 271.109;
</P>
<P>(5) RRP implementation and support training, as described in § 271.111;
</P>
<P>(6) Involvement of railroad employees in the establishment and implementation of an RRP, as described in § 271.113; and
</P>
<P>(7) An FRMP as described in § 271.607.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>RRP plans.</I> A railroad's RRP shall be supported by an FRA-approved RRP plan meeting the requirements of subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Host railroads and system safety programs.</I> (1) If a railroad subject to this part (RRP railroad) hosts passenger train service for a railroad subject to the system safety program requirements in part 270 of this title (system safety program (SSP) railroad), the RRP railroad shall communicate with the SSP railroad to coordinate the portions of the system safety program applicable to the RRP railroad hosting the passenger train service.
</P>
<P>(2) The RRP railroad shall incorporate its communication and coordination with the SSP railroad into its own RRP.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Persons that perform or utilize significant safety-related services.</I> Under § 271.205(a)(3), a railroad's RRP plan shall identify persons that enter into a contractual relationship with the railroad to either perform significant safety-related services on the railroad's behalf or to utilize significant safety-related services provided by the railroad for railroad operations purposes. For example, a railroad's RRP plan shall identify entities such as host railroads, contract operators, shared track/corridor operators, or other contractors utilizing or performing significant safety-related services. A railroad shall identify such persons even if the persons are not required to comply with this part (<I>e.g.,</I> a railroad shall identify a tourist railroad that operates over the railroad's track even though the tourist railroad is exempt from this rule under § 271.3(b)(2)). A railroad shall ensure persons performing or utilizing significant safety-related services support and participate in its RRP.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 9314, Feb. 18, 2020, as amended at 87 FR 35673, June 13, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.2.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.103   Risk-based hazard management program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) An RRP shall include an integrated, system-wide, and ongoing risk-based HMP that proactively identifies hazards and mitigates the risks resulting from those hazards.
</P>
<P>(2) A risk-based HMP shall be fully implemented (<I>i.e.,</I> activities initiated) within 36 months after FRA approves a railroad's RRP plan pursuant to § 271.301(d).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Risk-based hazard analysis.</I> As part of its risk-based HMP, a railroad shall conduct a risk-based hazard analysis that addresses, at a minimum, the following aspects of a railroad's system: Infrastructure; equipment; employee levels and work schedules; operating rules and practices; management structure; employee training; and other areas impacting railroad safety that are not covered by railroad safety laws or regulations or other Federal laws or regulations. A railroad shall make the results of its risk-based hazard analysis available to FRA upon request. At a minimum, a risk-based hazard analysis shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify hazards by analyzing:
</P>
<P>(i) Aspects of the railroad's system, including any operational changes, system extensions, or system modifications; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Accidents/incidents, injuries, fatalities, and other known indicators of hazards;
</P>
<P>(2) Calculate risk by determining and analyzing the likelihood and severity of potential events associated with identified risk-based hazards; and
</P>
<P>(3) Compare and prioritize the identified risks for mitigation purposes.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Mitigation strategies.</I> (1) As part of its risk-based HMP, a railroad shall design and implement mitigation strategies that improve safety by:
</P>
<P>(i) Mitigating or eliminating aspects of a railroad's system that increase risks identified in the risk-based hazard analysis; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Enhancing aspects of a railroad's system that decrease risks identified in the risk-based hazard analysis.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad may use pilot projects, including pilot projects conducted by other railroads, to determine whether quantitative data suggests that a particular mitigation strategy has potential to succeed on a full-scale basis.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.2.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.105   Safety performance evaluation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> As part of its RRP, a railroad shall develop and maintain ongoing processes and systems for evaluating the safety performance of its system and identifying and analyzing its safety culture. A railroad's safety performance evaluation shall consist of both a safety monitoring and a safety assessment component.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safety monitoring.</I> A railroad shall monitor the safety performance of its system by, at a minimum, establishing processes and systems to acquire safety data and information from the following sources:
</P>
<P>(1) Continuous monitoring of operational processes and systems (including any operational changes, system extensions, or system modifications);
</P>
<P>(2) Periodic monitoring of the operational environment to detect changes that may generate new hazards;
</P>
<P>(3) Investigations of accidents/incidents, injuries, fatalities, and other known indicators of hazards;
</P>
<P>(4) Investigations of reports regarding potential non-compliance with Federal railroad safety laws or regulations, railroad operating rules and practices, or mitigation strategies established by the railroad; and
</P>
<P>(5) A reporting system through which employees can report safety concerns (including, but not limited to, hazards, issues, occurrences, and incidents) and propose safety solutions and improvements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Safety assessment.</I> To assess the need for changes to a railroad's mitigation strategies or overall RRP, a railroad shall establish processes to analyze the data and information collected pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section (as well as any other relevant data regarding its operations, products, and services). At a minimum, this assessment shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Evaluate the overall effectiveness of the railroad's RRP in reducing the number and rates of railroad accidents/incidents, injuries, and fatalities;
</P>
<P>(2) Evaluate the effectiveness of the railroad's RRP in meeting the goals described by its RRP plan (see § 271.203(c));
</P>
<P>(3) Evaluate the effectiveness of risk mitigations in reducing the risk associated with an identified hazard. Any hazards associated with ineffective mitigation strategies shall be reevaluated through the railroad's risk-based HMP, as described in § 271.103; and
</P>
<P>(4) Identify new, potential, or previously unknown hazards, which shall then be evaluated by the railroad's risk-based HMP, as described in § 271.103.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.107" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.2.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.107   Safety outreach.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Outreach.</I> An RRP shall include a safety outreach component that communicates RRP safety information to railroad personnel (including contractors) as that information is relevant to their positions. At a minimum, a safety outreach program shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Convey safety-critical information;
</P>
<P>(2) Explain why RRP-related safety actions are taken; and
</P>
<P>(3) Explain why safety procedures are introduced or changed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting to management.</I> The status of risk-based HMP activities shall be reported to railroad senior management on an ongoing basis.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.109" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.2.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.109   Technology analysis and technology implementation plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> As part of its RRP, a Class I railroad shall conduct a technology analysis and develop and adopt a technology implementation plan no later than February 17, 2023. A railroad with inadequate safety performance shall conduct a technology analysis and develop and adopt a technology implementation plan no later than three years after receiving final written notification from FRA to comply with this part, pursuant to § 271.13(d), or no later than February 17, 2023, whichever is later. A railroad that the STB reclassifies or newly classifies as a Class I railroad shall conduct a technology analysis and develop and adopt a technology implementation plan no later than three years following the effective date of the classification or reclassification or no later than April 18, 2023, whichever is later. A voluntarily-compliant railroad shall conduct a technology analysis and develop and adopt a technology implementation plan no later than three years after FRA approves the railroad's RRP plan.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Technology analysis.</I> A technology analysis shall evaluate current, new, or novel technologies that may mitigate or eliminate hazards and the resulting risks identified through the risk-based HMP. The railroad shall analyze the safety impact, feasibility, and costs and benefits of implementing technologies that will mitigate or eliminate hazards and the resulting risks. At a minimum, the technologies a railroad shall consider as part of its technology analysis are: Processor-based technologies, positive train control systems, electronically-controlled pneumatic brakes, rail integrity inspection systems, rail integrity warning systems, switch position monitors and indicators, trespasser prevention technology, and highway-rail grade crossing warning and protection technology.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Technology implementation plan.</I> A railroad shall develop, and periodically update as necessary, a technology implementation plan that contains a prioritized implementation schedule describing the railroad's plan for development, adoption, implementation, maintenance, and use of current, new, or novel technologies on its system over a 10-year period to reduce safety risks identified in the railroad's risk-based HMP.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Positive train control.</I> Except as required by subpart I of part 236 of this chapter, if a railroad decides to implement positive train control systems as part of its technology analysis and implementation plan, the railroad shall set forth and comply with a schedule for implementation of the positive train control system consistent with the deadlines in the Positive Train Control Enforcement and Implementation Act of 2015, Public Law 114-73, 129 Stat. 576-82 (Oct. 29, 2015), and 49 CFR 236.1005(b)(7).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.111" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.2.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.111   Implementation and support training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A railroad shall provide RRP training to each employee, including an employee of any person identified by the railroad's RRP plan pursuant to § 271.205(a)(3) as performing significant safety-related services on the railroad's behalf or utilizing significant safety-related services provided by the railroad, who has significant responsibility for implementing and supporting the railroad's RRP. This training shall help ensure that all personnel with significant responsibility for implementing and supporting the RRP understand the goals of the program, are familiar with the elements of the railroad's program, and have the requisite knowledge and skills to fulfill their responsibilities under the program.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad shall keep a record of training conducted under this section and update that record as necessary. A railroad shall make training records available for inspection and copying upon the request of representatives of FRA or States participating under part 212 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Training under this section may include, but is not limited to, interactive computer-based training, video conferencing, or formal classroom training.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.113" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.2.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.113   Involvement of railroad employees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An RRP shall involve a railroad's directly affected employees in the establishment and implementation of the RRP.
</P>
<P>(b) For example, a railroad must have a process for involving directly affected employees when identifying hazards, developing and implementing mitigation strategies, conducting internal annual assessments, or otherwise performing actions required by this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Risk Reduction Program Plan Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.201   General.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad shall adopt and implement its RRP through a written RRP plan containing the elements described in this subpart and in § 271.609. A railroad's RRP plan shall be approved by FRA according to the requirements contained in subpart D of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 35673, June 13, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.203   Policy, purpose and scope, and goals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Policy statement.</I> An RRP plan shall contain a policy statement endorsing the railroad's RRP. This statement shall be signed by the chief official at the railroad (<I>e.g.,</I> chief executive officer).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose and scope.</I> An RRP plan shall contain a statement describing the purpose and scope of the railroad's RRP. This purpose and scope statement shall describe:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad's safety philosophy and safety culture;
</P>
<P>(2) How the railroad promotes improvements to its safety culture; and
</P>
<P>(3) The roles and responsibilities of railroad personnel (including management) within the railroad's RRP.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Goals.</I> An RRP plan shall contain a statement that defines the specific goals of the RRP and describes clear strategies for reaching those goals. These goals shall be long-term, meaningful, measurable, and focused on the mitigation of risks arising from identified safety hazards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.205   System description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An RRP plan shall contain a description of the characteristics of the railroad's system. At a minimum, the system description shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Support the identification of hazards by establishing a basic understanding of the scope of the railroad's system;
</P>
<P>(2) Include components briefly describing the railroad's history, operations, scope of service, maintenance, physical plant, and system requirements;
</P>
<P>(3) Identify all persons that enter into a contractual relationship with the railroad to either perform significant safety-related services on the railroad's behalf or to utilize significant safety-related services provided by the railroad for railroad operations purposes. For example, a railroad's RRP plan shall identify entities such as host railroads, contract operators, shared track/corridor operators, or other contractors utilizing or performing significant safety-related services. A railroad shall identify such persons even if the persons are not required to comply with this part (<I>e.g.,</I> a railroad shall identify a tourist railroad that operates over the railroad's track even though the tourist railroad is exempt from this part pursuant to § 271.3(b)(2)); and
</P>
<P>(4) Describe how the railroad will ensure that any persons identified pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section will support and participate in the railroad's RRP. For example, the system description shall describe the extent to which such persons will, as part of the railroad's RRP, assist in identifying hazards, developing and implementing mitigation strategies, conducting internal annual assessments, or otherwise performing actions required by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.207   Consultation requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General duty.</I> (1) Each railroad required to establish an RRP under this part shall in good faith consult with, and use its best efforts to reach agreement with, all of its directly affected employees, including any non-profit labor organization representing a class or craft of directly affected employees, on the contents of the RRP plan.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad that consults with a non-profit employee labor organization is considered to have consulted with the directly affected employees represented by that organization. For directly affected employees represented by a non-profit employee labor organization, the primary point of contact shall be either the general chairperson of the non-profit employee labor organization or a non-profit employee labor organization primary point of contact the railroad and the non-profit employee labor organization agree on at the beginning of the consultation process.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preliminary meeting.</I> A railroad shall have a preliminary meeting with its directly affected employees to discuss how the consultation process will proceed. A railroad is not required to discuss the substance of an RRP plan during this preliminary meeting.
</P>
<P>(1) A Class I railroad shall meet no later than October 15, 2020 with its directly affected employees to discuss the consultation process. The Class I railroad shall notify the directly affected employees of this meeting no less than 60 days before it is scheduled.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad determined to have inadequate safety performance shall meet no later than 30 days following FRA's notification with its directly affected employees to discuss the consultation process. The inadequate safety performance railroad shall notify the directly affected employees of this meeting no less than 15 days before it is scheduled.
</P>
<P>(3) A railroad that the STB reclassifies or newly classifies as a Class I railroad shall meet with its directly affected employees to discuss the consultation process no later than 30 days following the effective date of the classification or reclassification. The reclassified or newly classified Class I railroad shall notify the directly affected employees of this meeting no less than 15 days before it is scheduled.
</P>
<P>(4) A voluntarily-compliant railroad that files a notification with FRA of its intent to file an RRP plan under § 271.301(b)(4)(i) shall meet with its directly affected employees to discuss the consultation process no later than 30 days following the date that the railroad filed the notification. The voluntarily-compliant railroad shall notify the directly affected employees of this meeting no less than 15 days before it is scheduled.
</P>
<P>(5) Compliance with the mandatory preliminary meeting requirements of this paragraph (b) does not constitute full compliance with the consultation requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Guidance.</I> Appendix A to this part contains guidance on how a railroad could comply with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Railroad consultation statements.</I> A railroad required to submit an RRP plan under § 271.301 shall also submit, together with that plan, a consultation statement that includes the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A detailed description of the process the railroad utilized to consult with its directly affected employees;
</P>
<P>(2) If the railroad could not reach agreement with its directly affected employees on the contents of its RRP plan, identification of any known areas of non-agreement and an explanation why it believes agreement was not reached; and
</P>
<P>(3) A service list containing the names and contact information for each international/national president of any non-profit employee labor organization representing a class or craft of the railroad's directly affected employees, or each non-profit employee labor organization primary point of contact the railroad and the non-profit employee labor organization agree on at the beginning of the process. The service list must also contain the name and contact information for any directly affected employee who significantly participated in the consultation process independently of a non-profit employee labor organization. When a railroad submits its RRP plan and consultation statement to FRA under § 271.301, it shall also simultaneously send a copy of these documents to all individuals identified in the service list. A railroad may send the documents to the identified individuals via electronic means or other service means reasonably calculated to succeed.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Statements from directly affected employees.</I> (1) If a railroad and its directly affected employees cannot reach agreement on the proposed contents of an RRP plan, the directly affected employees may file a statement explaining their views on the plan on which agreement was not reached with the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRA-RRP@dot.gov.</I> The FRA Associate Administrator shall consider any such views during the plan review and approval process.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad's directly affected employees have 30 days following the railroad's submission of a proposed RRP plan to submit the statement described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 9314, Feb. 18, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 12852, Mar. 4, 2020; 90 FR 28200, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.209   Consultation on amendments.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad's RRP plan shall include a description of the process the railroad will use to consult with its directly affected employees on any subsequent substantive amendments to the railroad's RRP plan. The requirements of this section do not apply to non-substantive amendments (<I>e.g.,</I> amendments that update names and addresses of railroad personnel).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.211" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.211   Risk-based hazard management program process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Risk-based hazard analysis.</I> An RRP plan shall describe the railroad's method for conducting its risk-based hazard analysis pursuant to § 271.103(b). At a minimum, the description shall specify:
</P>
<P>(1) The processes the railroad will use to identify hazards and the risks associated with those hazards;
</P>
<P>(2) The sources the railroad will use to support the ongoing identification of hazards and the risks associated with those hazards; and
</P>
<P>(3) The processes the railroad will use to compare and prioritize identified risks for mitigation purposes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Mitigation strategies.</I> An RRP plan shall describe the railroad's processes for designing and implementing mitigation strategies pursuant to § 271.103(c). At a minimum, the description shall specify the railroad's processes for:
</P>
<P>(1) Identifying and selecting mitigation strategies; and
</P>
<P>(2) Monitoring an identified hazard through the mitigation of the risk associated with that hazard.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.213   Safety performance evaluation process.</HEAD>
<P>An RRP plan shall describe a railroad's processes for identifying and analyzing its safety culture pursuant to § 271.105(a), monitoring safety performance pursuant to § 271.105(b), and conducting safety assessments pursuant to § 271.105(c).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3.138.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.215   Safety outreach process.</HEAD>
<P>An RRP plan shall describe a railroad's processes for communicating safety information to railroad personnel and management pursuant to § 271.107.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.217" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3.138.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.217   Technology implementation plan process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An RRP plan shall contain a description of the railroad's processes for:
</P>
<P>(1) Conducting a technology analysis pursuant to § 271.109(b); and
</P>
<P>(2) Developing a technology implementation plan pursuant to § 271.109(c).
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.219" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3.138.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.219   Implementation and support training plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An RRP plan shall contain a training plan describing the railroad's processes, pursuant to § 271.111, for training employees with significant responsibility for implementing and supporting the RRP (including employees of a person identified pursuant to § 271.205(a)(3) as performing significant safety-related services on the railroad's behalf or utilizing significant safety-related services provided by the railroad for railroad operations purposes who have significant responsibility for implementing and supporting the railroad's RRP).
</P>
<P>(b) The training plan shall describe the content of the RRP training for each position or job function identified pursuant to § 271.225(b)(3) as having significant responsibilities for implementing the RRP.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.221" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3.138.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.221   Involvement of railroad employees process.</HEAD>
<P>An RRP plan shall contain a description of the railroad's processes for involving railroad employees in the establishment and implementation of an RRP pursuant to § 271.113. If a railroad contracts out significant portions of its operations, the contractor and the contractor's employees performing the railroad's operations shall be considered employees for the purposes of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.223" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3.138.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.223   Internal assessment process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An RRP plan shall describe the railroad's processes for conducting an internal assessment of its RRP pursuant to subpart E of this part. At a minimum, this description shall contain the railroad's processes used to:
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct an internal assessment of its RRP;
</P>
<P>(2) Internally report the results of its internal assessment to railroad senior management; and
</P>
<P>(3) Develop improvement plans, including developing and monitoring recommended improvements (including any necessary revisions or updates to the RRP plan) for fully implementing the railroad's RRP, complying with the implemented elements of the RRP plan, or achieving the goals identified in the railroad's RRP plan pursuant to § 271.203(c).
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.225" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.3.138.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.225   RRP implementation plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An RRP plan shall describe how the railroad will implement its RRP. A railroad may implement its RRP in stages, so long as the railroad fully implements the entire RRP within 36 months of FRA's approval of the plan.
</P>
<P>(b) At a minimum, a railroad's implementation plan shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Cover the entire implementation period;
</P>
<P>(2) Contain a timeline describing when certain implementation milestones will be achieved. Implementation milestones shall be specific and measurable;
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the roles and responsibilities of each position or job function that has significant responsibility for implementing the railroad's RRP or any changes to the railroad's RRP (including any such positions or job functions held by a person that enters into a contractual relationship with the railroad to either perform significant safety-related services on the railroad's behalf or to utilize significant safety-related services provided by the railroad for railroad operations purposes); and
</P>
<P>(4) Describe how significant changes to the RRP may be made.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Review, Approval, and Retention of Risk Reduction Program Plans</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.4.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.301   Filing and approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing.</I> A railroad shall submit one copy of its RRP plan to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRA-RRP@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing timeline.</I> (1) A Class I railroad shall submit its RRP plan no later than August 16, 2021.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad with inadequate safety performance shall submit its RRP plan no later than 180 days after receiving final written notification from FRA that it shall comply with this part, pursuant to § 271.13(d), or no later than August 16, 2021, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(3) A railroad that the STB reclassifies or newly classifies as a Class I railroad shall submit its RRP plan no later than 90 days following the effective date of the classification or reclassification or no later than August 16, 2021, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Before submitting an RRP plan for FRA's review and approval, a voluntarily-compliant railroad shall notify FRA of its intent to submit an RRP plan by providing written notice to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRA-RRP@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(ii) The date that FRA receives a voluntarily-compliant railroad's written notice or February 18, 2021, whichever is later, serves as the date on which the voluntarily-compliant railroad may start compiling or collecting information solely for the purpose of planning, implementing, or evaluating a risk reduction program, as described by § 271.11.
</P>
<P>(iii) A voluntarily-compliant railroad shall submit its RRP plan no later than 180 days after FRA receives written notice that the voluntarily-compliant railroad intends to submit an RRP plan for review and approval.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>RRP plan requirements.</I> An RRP plan submitted by a railroad shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The signature, name, title, address, and telephone number of the chief official responsible for safety and who bears the primary managerial authority for implementing the submitting railroad's safety policy. By signing, this chief official is certifying that the contents of the RRP plan are accurate and that the railroad will implement the contents of the program as approved by FRA;
</P>
<P>(2) The contact information for the primary person responsible for managing the RRP;
</P>
<P>(3) The contact information for the senior representatives of any person that the railroad has determined has entered into a contractual relationship with the railroad to either perform significant safety-related services on the railroad's behalf or to utilize significant safety-related services provided by the railroad for railroad operations purposes (including host railroads, contract operators, shared track/corridor operators, and other contractors); and
</P>
<P>(4) As required by § 271.207(d), a statement describing how it consulted with its directly affected employees on the contents of its RRP plan. Directly affected employees have 30 days following the railroad's submission of its proposed RRP plan to file a statement under § 271.207(e)(2).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Approval.</I> (1) Within 90 days of receipt of an RRP plan, or within 90 days of receipt of each RRP plan submitted before the start of railroad operations, FRA will review the proposed RRP plan to determine if it sufficiently addresses the required elements. This review will also consider any statement submitted by directly affected employees pursuant to § 271.207(e).
</P>
<P>(2) FRA will notify the primary contact person of the submitting railroad in writing whether FRA has approved the proposed plan and, if not approved, the specific points in which the RRP plan is deficient. FRA will also provide this notification to each individual identified in the service list accompanying the consultation statement required under § 271.207(d).
</P>
<P>(3) If FRA does not approve an RRP plan, the submitting railroad shall amend the proposed plan to correct all identified deficiencies and shall provide FRA a corrected copy no later than 90 days following receipt of FRA's written notice that the submitted plan was not approved. If FRA determines that the necessary corrections are substantively significant, it will direct the railroad to consult further with its directly affected employees regarding the corrections. If the corrections are substantively significant, a railroad will also be required to include an updated consultation statement, along with its resubmitted plan, pursuant to § 271.207(d). Directly affected employees will also have 30 days following the railroad's resubmission of its proposed RRP plan to file a statement addressing the substantively significant changes under § 271.207(e). Within 60 days of receipt of a corrected RRP plan, FRA will review the corrected RRP plan to determine if it sufficiently addresses the identified deficiencies.
</P>
<P>(4) Approval of a railroad's RRP plan under this part does not constitute approval of the specific actions the railroad will implement under its RRP plan and shall not be construed as establishing a Federal standard regarding those specific actions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 9314, Feb. 18, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 28200, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.4.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.303   Amendments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Consultation requirements.</I> (1) For substantive amendments, a railroad shall follow the process, described in its RRP plan pursuant to § 271.209, for consulting with its directly affected employees and submitting a consultation statement to FRA. The requirements of this paragraph (a)(1) do not apply to non-substantive amendments (<I>e.g.,</I> amendments that update names and addresses of railroad personnel).
</P>
<P>(2) If a railroad and its directly affected employees cannot reach agreement on the proposed contents of a substantive amendment, the directly affected employees may file a statement with FRA under the procedures in § 271.207(e)(1). A railroad's directly affected employees have 15 days following the railroad's submission of a proposed amendment to submit the statement described in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing.</I> (1) A railroad shall submit any amendment(s) to its approved RRP plan to FRA's Associate Administrator at <I>FRA-RRP@dot.gov</I> not less than 60 days before the proposed effective date of the amendment(s). The railroad shall file the amendment(s) with a cover letter outlining the proposed change(s) to the approved RRP plan.
</P>
<P>(2) If the proposed amendment is limited to adding or changing a name, title, address, or telephone number of a person, FRA approval is not required under the process of this section, although the railroad shall still file the amended RRP plan with FRA's Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer. These proposed amendments may be implemented by the railroad upon filing with FRA. All other proposed amendments must comply with the formal approval process described by this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Review.</I> (1) FRA will review a proposed amendment to an RRP plan within 45 days of receipt. FRA will then notify the primary contact person of the railroad regarding whether FRA has approved the proposed amendment. FRA will also provide this notification to each individual identified in the service list accompanying the consultation statement required under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. If not approved, FRA will inform the railroad and the individuals identified in the service list of the specific points in which the proposed amendment is deficient.
</P>
<P>(2) If FRA has not notified the railroad and the individuals identified in the service list by the proposed effective date of the amendment whether the amendment has been approved or not, the railroad may implement the amendment, subject to FRA's decision.
</P>
<P>(3) If a proposed RRP plan amendment is not approved by FRA, no later than 60 days following the receipt of FRA's written notice, the railroad shall either provide FRA a corrected copy of the amendment that addresses all deficiencies noted by FRA or notice that the railroad is retracting the amendment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 9314, Feb. 18, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 28200, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.4.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.305   Reopened review.</HEAD>
<P>Following approval of an RRP plan or an amendment to such a plan, FRA may reopen review of the plan or amendment, in whole or in part, for cause stated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.4.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.307   Retention of RRP plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Railroads.</I> A railroad shall retain at its system and division headquarters one copy of its RRP plan and each subsequent amendment to that plan. A railroad may comply with this requirement by making an electronic copy available.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inspection and copying.</I> A railroad shall make a copy of the RRP plan and each subsequent amendment available to representatives of FRA or States participating under part 212 of this chapter for inspection and copying during normal business hours.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Internal Assessments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.5.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.401   Annual internal assessments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Beginning with the first calendar year after the calendar year in which FRA approves a railroad's RRP plan pursuant to § 271.301(d), the railroad shall annually (<I>i.e.,</I> once every calendar year) conduct an internal assessment of its RRP.
</P>
<P>(b) The internal assessment shall determine the extent to which the railroad has:
</P>
<P>(1) Achieved the implementation milestones described in its RRP plan pursuant to § 271.225(b);
</P>
<P>(2) Complied with the implemented elements of the approved RRP plan;
</P>
<P>(3) Achieved the goals described in its RRP plan pursuant to § 271.203(c);
</P>
<P>(4) Implemented previous internal assessment improvement plans pursuant to § 271.403; and
</P>
<P>(5) Implemented previous external audit improvement plans pursuant to § 271.503.
</P>
<P>(c) A railroad shall ensure that the results of its internal assessments are internally reported to railroad senior management.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.5.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.403   Internal assessment improvement plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 30 days of completing its internal assessment, a railroad shall develop an improvement plan that addresses the findings of its internal assessment.
</P>
<P>(b) At a minimum, a railroad's improvement plan shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Describe recommended improvements (including any proposed revisions or updates to the RRP plan the railroad expects to make through the amendment process described in § 271.303) that address the findings of the internal assessment for fully implementing the railroad's RRP, complying with the implemented elements of the RRP plan, achieving the goals identified in the railroad's RRP plan pursuant to § 271.203(c), and implementing previous internal assessment improvement plans and external audit improvement plans;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify by position title the individual who is responsible for carrying out the recommended improvements;
</P>
<P>(3) Contain a timeline describing when specific and measurable milestones for implementing the recommended improvements will be achieved; and
</P>
<P>(4) Specify processes for monitoring the implementation and evaluating the effectiveness of the recommended improvements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.5.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.405   Internal assessment reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 60 days of completing its internal assessment, a railroad shall submit a copy of an internal assessment report to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRA-RRP@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) This report shall be signed by the railroad's chief official responsible for safety and who bears primary managerial authority for implementing the railroad's safety policy. The report shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the railroad's internal assessment;
</P>
<P>(2) The findings of the internal assessment;
</P>
<P>(3) A specific description of the recommended improvements contained in the railroad's internal assessment improvement plan, including any proposed amendments the railroad intends to make to the railroad's RRP plan pursuant to § 271.303; and
</P>
<P>(4) The status of the recommended improvements contained in the railroad's internal assessment improvement plan and any outstanding recommended improvements from previous internal assessment improvement plans.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 9314, Feb. 18, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 28200, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—External Audits</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.501" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.6.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.501   External audits.</HEAD>
<P>FRA will conduct (or cause to be conducted) external audits of a railroad's RRP. Each audit shall evaluate the railroad's compliance with the elements of its RRP required by this part. A railroad shall make documentation kept pursuant to its RRP plan available for inspection and copying by representatives of FRA or States participating under part 212 of this chapter upon request. FRA will provide a railroad written notice of the audit results.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.503" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.6.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.503   External audit improvement plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submission.</I> Within 60 days of receiving FRA's written notice of the audit results, if necessary, a railroad shall submit for approval an improvement plan addressing any instances of deficiency or non-compliance found in the audit to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRA-RRP@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements.</I> At a minimum, an improvement plan shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Describe the improvements the railroad will implement to address the audit findings;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify by position title the individual(s) responsible for carrying out the improvements necessary to address the audit findings; and
</P>
<P>(3) Contain a timeline describing when milestones for implementing the recommended improvements will be achieved. These implementation milestones shall be specific and measurable.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Approval.</I> If FRA does not approve the railroad's improvement plan, FRA will notify the railroad of the plan's specific deficiencies. The railroad shall amend the proposed plan to correct the identified deficiencies and provide FRA a corrected copy no later than 30 days following receipt of FRA's notice that the proposed plan was not approved.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Status reports.</I> Upon the request of the FRA Associate Administrator, a railroad shall provide FRA for review a status report on the implementation of the improvements contained in the improvement plan.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 9314, Feb. 18, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 28200, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Fatigue Risk Management Programs</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>87 FR 35673, June 13, 2022, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 271.601" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.7.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.601   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Contributing factor</I> means a circumstance or condition that helps cause a result.
</P>
<P><I>Fatigue</I> means a complex state characterized by a lack of alertness and reduced mental and physical performance, often accompanied by drowsiness.
</P>
<P><I>Fatigue-risk analysis</I> means a railroad's analysis of its operations that:
</P>
<P>(1) Identifies and evaluates the fatigue-related railroad safety hazards on its system(s) and;
</P>
<P>(2) Determines the degree of risk associated with each of those hazards.
</P>
<P><I>FRMP</I> means a Fatigue Risk Management Program.
</P>
<P><I>FRMP plan</I> means a Fatigue Risk Management Program plan.
</P>
<P><I>Safety-related railroad employee</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A person subject to 49 U.S.C. 21103, 21104, or 21105;
</P>
<P>(2) Another person involved in railroad operations not subject to 49 U.S.C. 21103, 21104, or 21105;
</P>
<P>(3) A person who inspects, installs, repairs or maintains track, roadbed, signal and communication systems, and electric traction systems including a roadway worker or railroad bridge worker;
</P>
<P>(4) A hazmat employee defined under 49 U.S.C. 5102(3);
</P>
<P>(5) A person who inspects, repairs, or maintains locomotives, passenger cars, or freight cars; or
</P>
<P>(6) An employee of any person who utilizes or performs significant railroad safety-related services, as described in § 271.205(a)(3), if that employee performs a function identified in paragraphs (1) through (5) of this definition.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.603" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.7.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.603   Purpose and scope of a Fatigue Risk Management Program (FRMP).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of an FRMP is to improve railroad safety through structured, proactive processes and procedures a railroad subject to this part develops and implements. A railroad's FRMP shall systematically identify and evaluate the fatigue-related railroad safety hazards on its system, determine the degree of risk associated with each hazard, and manage those risks to reduce the fatigue that its safety-related railroad employees experience and to reduce the risk of railroad accidents, incidents, injuries, and fatalities where the fatigue of any of these employees is a contributing factor.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> A railroad shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Design its FRMP to reduce the fatigue its safety-related railroad employees experience and to reduce the risk of railroad accidents, incidents, injuries, and fatalities where the fatigue of any of these employees is a contributing factor;
</P>
<P>(2) Develop its FRMP by conducting a system-wide fatigue-risk analysis that accounts for the varying circumstances of its operations on different parts of its system; and
</P>
<P>(3) Employ in its FRMP the fatigue risk mitigation strategies the railroad identifies as appropriate to address those varying circumstances.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.605" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.7.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.605   General requirements; procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad subject to this part shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish and implement an FRMP as part of its RRP; and
</P>
<P>(2) Establish an FRA-approved FRMP plan as a component of a railroad's FRA-approved RRP plan and then update the FRMP plan as necessary as part of the annual internal assessment of its RRP under § 271.401.
</P>
<P>(b) A railroad's FRMP plan must explain the railroad's method of analysis of fatigue risks and the railroad's process(es) for implementing its FRMP.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) A railroad shall submit an FRMP plan for approval to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRAFatigue@dot.gov</I> no later than either the applicable timeline in § 271.301(b) for filing its RRP plan or July 13, 2023, whichever is later; and
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad shall submit updates to its FRMP plan to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRAFatigue@dot.gov,</I> under the process for amending its RRP plan in § 271.303.
</P>
<P>(d) FRA shall review and approve or disapprove a railroad's FRMP plan under the process for reviewing RRP plans in § 271.301(d) and updates to the railroad's FRMP plan under the process for reviewing amendments to an RRP plan in § 271.303(c). FRA approval of a railroad's FRMP plan amends a railroad's RRP plan to include the FRMP plan as a component.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 35673, June 13, 2022, as amended at 90 FR 28200, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.607" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.7.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.607   Requirements for an FRMP.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> An FRMP shall include an analysis of fatigue risks and mitigation strategies described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Analysis of fatigue risks.</I> A railroad shall conduct a fatigue-risk analysis as part of its FRA-approved FRMP, which includes identification of fatigue-related railroad safety hazards, assessment of the risks associated with those hazards, and prioritization of risks for mitigation. At a minimum, railroads must consider the following categories of risk factors, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) General health and medical conditions that can affect the fatigue levels among the population of safety-related railroad employees;
</P>
<P>(2) Scheduling issues that can affect the opportunities of safety-related railroad employees to obtain sufficient quality and quantity of sleep; and
</P>
<P>(3) Characteristics of each job category safety-related railroad employees work that can affect fatigue levels and risk for fatigue of those employees.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Mitigation strategies.</I> A railroad shall develop and implement mitigation strategies to reduce the risk of railroad accidents, incidents, injuries, and fatalities where fatigue of any of its safety-related employees is a contributing factor. At a minimum, in developing and implementing these mitigation strategies, a railroad shall consider the railroad's policies, practices, and communications related to its safety-related railroad employees.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Policies.</I> A railroad shall consider developing and implementing policies to reduce the risk of the exposure of its safety-related railroad employees to fatigue-related railroad safety hazards on its system. At a minimum, a railroad shall consider these policies:
</P>
<P>(i) Providing opportunities for identification, diagnosis, and treatment of any medical condition that may affect alertness or fatigue, including sleep disorders;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identifying methods to minimize accidents and incidents that occur as a result of working at times when scientific and medical research have shown increased fatigue disrupts employees' circadian rhythms;
</P>
<P>(iii) Developing and implementing alertness strategies, such as policies on napping, to address acute drowsiness and fatigue while an employee is on duty;
</P>
<P>(iv) Increasing the number of consecutive hours of off-duty rest, during which an employee receives no communication from the employing railroad or its managers, supervisors, officers, or agents; and
</P>
<P>(v) Avoiding abrupt changes in rest cycles for employees.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Practices.</I> A railroad shall consider developing and implementing operational practices to reduce the risk of exposure of its safety-related railroad employees to fatigue-related railroad safety hazards on its system. At a minimum, a railroad shall consider these practices:
</P>
<P>(i) Minimizing the effects on employee fatigue of an employee's short-term or sustained response to emergency situations, such as derailments and natural disasters, or engagement in other intensive working conditions;
</P>
<P>(ii) Developing and implementing scheduling practices for employees, including innovative scheduling practices, on-duty call practices, work and rest cycles, increased consecutive days off for employees, changes in shift patterns, appropriate scheduling practices for varying types of work, and other aspects of employee scheduling to reduce employee fatigue and cumulative sleep loss; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Providing opportunities to obtain restful sleep at lodging facilities, including employee sleeping quarters provided by the railroad carrier.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Communication.</I> A railroad shall consider developing and implementing training, education, and outreach methods to deliver fatigue-related information effectively to its safety-related railroad employees. At a minimum, a railroad shall consider communications regarding employee education and training on the physiological and human factors that affect fatigue, as well as strategies to reduce or mitigate the effects of fatigue, based on the most current scientific and medical research and literature.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Evaluation.</I> A railroad shall develop and implement procedures and processes for monitoring and evaluating its FRMP to assess whether the FRMP effectively meets the goals its FRMP plan describes under § 271.609(b).
</P>
<P>(1) The evaluation shall include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) Periodic monitoring of the railroad's operational environment to detect changes that may generate new hazards;
</P>
<P>(ii) Analysis of the risks associated with any identified hazards; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Periodic safety assessments to determine the need for changes to its mitigation strategies.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad shall evaluate newly-identified hazards, and hazards associated with ineffective mitigation strategies, through processes for analyzing fatigue risks described in the railroad's FRMP plan.
</P>
<P>(3) Any necessary changes not addressed prior to a railroad's annual internal assessment must be included in the internal assessment improvement plans required under § 271.403.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 271.609" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.7.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 271.609   Requirements for an FRMP plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A railroad shall adopt and implement its FRMP through an FRA-approved FRMP plan, developed in consultation with directly affected employees as described under § 271.207. The railroad must submit the plan for approval to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer at <I>FRAFatigue@dot.gov,</I> under the criteria of subpart D.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Goals.</I> An FRMP plan must contain a statement that defines the specific fatigue-related goals of the FRMP and describes strategies for reaching those goals.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Methods</I>—(1) <I>Analysis of fatigue risk.</I> An FRMP plan shall describe a railroad's method(s) for conducting its fatigue-risk analysis as part of its FRMP. The description shall specify:
</P>
<P>(i) The scope of the analysis, which is the covered population of safety-related railroad employees;
</P>
<P>(ii) The processes a railroad will use to identify fatigue-related railroad safety hazards on its system and determine the degree of risk associated with each fatigue-related hazard identified;
</P>
<P>(iii) The processes a railroad will use to compare and prioritize identified fatigue-related risks for mitigation purposes; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The information sources a railroad will use to support ongoing identification of fatigue-related railroad safety hazards and determine the degree of risk associated with those hazards.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Mitigation strategies.</I> An FRMP plan shall describe a railroad's processes for:
</P>
<P>(i) Identifying and selecting fatigue risk mitigation strategies; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Monitoring identified fatigue-related railroad safety hazards.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Evaluation.</I> An FRMP plan shall describe:
</P>
<P>(i) A railroad's processes for monitoring and evaluating the overall effectiveness of its FRMP and the effectiveness of fatigue-related mitigation strategies the railroad uses under § 271.607; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A railroad's procedures for reviewing the FRMP as part of the annual assessment of its RRP under § 271.401 and for updating the FRMP plan under the process for amending its RRP plan under § 271.303.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>FRMP implementation plan.</I> A railroad shall describe in its FRMP plan how it will implement its FRMP. This description must cover an implementation period not to exceed 36 months, and shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the roles and responsibilities of each position or job function with significant responsibility for implementing the FRMP, including those held by employees, contractors who provide significant FRMP-related services, and other entities or persons that provide significant FRMP services;
</P>
<P>(2) A timeline describing when certain milestones that must be met to implement the FRMP fully will be achieved. Implementation milestones shall be specific and measurable;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of how the railroad may make significant changes to the FRMP plan under the process for amending its RRP plan in § 271.303; and
</P>
<P>(4) The procedures for consultation with directly affected employees on any subsequent substantive amendments to the railroad's FRMP plan. The requirements of this section do not apply to non-substantive amendments (<I>e.g.,</I> amendments that update names and addresses of railroad personnel).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 35673, June 13, 2022, as amended at 90 FR 28200, July 1, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.9.138.1.113" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 271—Federal Railroad Administration Guidance on the Risk Reduction Program Consultation Process
</HEAD>
<P>A railroad required to develop a risk reduction program (RRP) under this part shall in good faith consult with and use its best efforts to reach agreement with its directly affected employees on the contents of the RRP plan. <I>See</I> § 271.207(a)(1). This appendix discusses the meaning of the terms “good faith” and “best efforts,” and provides non-mandatory guidance on how a railroad may comply with the requirement to consult with directly affected employees on the contents of its RRP plan. Guidance is provided for employees who are represented by a non-profit employee labor organization and employees who are not represented by any such organization.
</P>
<HD1>I. The Meaning of “Good Faith” and “Best Efforts”
</HD1>
<P>“Good faith” and “best efforts” are not interchangeable terms representing a vague standard for the § 271.207 consultation process. Rather, each term has a specific and distinct meaning. When consulting with directly affected employees, therefore, a railroad shall independently meet the standards for both the good faith and best efforts obligations. A railroad that does not meet the standard for one or the other will not be in compliance with the consultation requirements of § 271.207.
</P>
<P>The good faith obligation requires a railroad to consult with employees in a manner that is honest, fair, and reasonable, and to genuinely pursue agreement on the contents of an RRP plan. If a railroad consults with its employees merely in a perfunctory manner, without genuinely pursuing agreement, it will not have met the good faith requirement. For example, a lack of good faith may be found if a railroad's directly affected employees express concerns with certain parts of the railroad's RRP plan, and the railroad neither addresses those concerns in further consultation nor attempts to address those concerns by making changes to the RRP plan.
</P>
<P>On the other hand, “best efforts” establishes a higher standard than that imposed by the good faith obligation, and describes the diligent attempts that a railroad shall pursue to reach agreement with its employees on the contents of its RRP plan. While the good faith obligation is concerned with the railroad's state of mind during the consultation process, the best efforts obligation is concerned with the specific efforts made by the railroad in an attempt to reach agreement. This would include considerations such as whether a railroad had held sufficient meetings with its employees to address or make an attempt to address any concerns raised by the employees, or whether the railroad had made an effort to respond to feedback provided by employees during the consultation process. For example, a railroad would not meet the best efforts obligation if it did not initiate the consultation process in a timely manner, and thereby failed to provide employees sufficient time to engage in the consultation process. A railroad would also likely not meet the best efforts obligation if it presented employees with an RRP plan and only permitted the employees to express agreement or disagreement on the plan (assuming that the employees had not previously indicated that such a consultation would be acceptable). A railroad may, however, wish to hold off substantive consultations regarding the contents of its RRP plan until one year after publication of the rule to ensure that information generated as part of the process is protected from discovery and admissibility into evidence under § 271.11. Generally, best efforts are measured by the measures that a reasonable person in the same circumstances and of the same nature as the acting party would take. Therefore, the standard imposed by the best efforts obligation may vary with different railroads, depending on a railroad's size, resources, and number of employees.
</P>
<P>When reviewing RRP plans, FRA will determine on a case-by-case basis whether a railroad has met its § 271.207 good faith and best efforts obligations. This determination will be based upon the consultation statement submitted by the railroad pursuant to § 271.207(b) and any statements submitted by employees pursuant to § 271.207(c). If FRA finds that these statements do not provide sufficient information to determine whether a railroad used good faith and best efforts to reach agreement, FRA may investigate further and contact the railroad or its employees to request additional information. (FRA also expects a railroad's directly affected employees to utilize good faith and best efforts when negotiating on the contents of an RRP plan. If FRA's review and investigation of the statements submitted by the railroad under § 271.207(b) and the directly affected employees under § 271.207(c) reveal that the directly affected employees did not utilize good faith and best efforts, FRA could consider this as part of its approval process.)
</P>
<P>If FRA determines that a railroad did not use good faith and best efforts, FRA may disapprove the RRP plan submitted by the railroad and direct the railroad to comply with the consultation requirements of § 271.207. Pursuant to § 271.301(b)(3), if FRA does not approve the RRP plan, the railroad will have 90 days, following receipt of FRA's written notice that the plan was not approved, to correct any deficiency identified. In such cases, the identified deficiency would be that the railroad did not use good faith and best efforts to consult and reach agreement with its directly affected employees. If a railroad then does not submit to FRA within 90 days an RRP plan meeting the consultation requirements of § 271.207, the railroad could be subject to penalties for failure to comply with § 271.301(b)(3).
</P>
<HD1> II. Guidance on How a Railroad May Consult With Directly Affected Employees
</HD1>
<P>Because the standard imposed by the best efforts obligation will vary depending upon the railroad, there may be countless ways for various railroads to comply with the consultation requirements of § 271.207. Therefore, it is important to maintain a flexible approach to the § 271.207 consultation requirements, to give a railroad and its directly affected employees the freedom to consult in a manner best suited to their specific circumstances.
</P>
<P>FRA is nevertheless providing guidance in this appendix as to how a railroad may proceed when consulting (utilizing good faith and best efforts) with employees in an attempt to reach agreement on the contents of an RRP plan. This guidance may be useful as a starting point for railroads that are uncertain about how to comply with the § 271.207 consultation requirements. This guidance distinguishes between employees who are represented by a non-profit employee labor organization and employees who are not, as the processes a railroad may use to consult with represented and non-represented employees could differ significantly.
</P>
<P>This guidance does not establish prescriptive requirements with which a railroad shall comply, but merely outlines a consultation process a railroad may choose to follow. A railroad's consultation statement could indicate that the railroad followed the guidance in this appendix as evidence that it utilized good faith and best efforts to reach agreement with its employees on the contents of an RRP plan.
</P>
<HD2>(a) Employees Represented by a Non-Profit Employee Labor Organization
</HD2>
<P>As provided in § 271.207(b)(1), a railroad consulting with the representatives of a non-profit employee labor organization on the contents of an RRP plan will be considered to have consulted with the directly affected employees represented by that organization.
</P>
<P>A railroad may utilize the following process as a roadmap for using good faith and best efforts when consulting with represented employees in an attempt to reach agreement on the contents of an RRP plan.
</P>
<P>(1) Pursuant to § 271.207(b)(1), a railroad must meet with representatives from a non-profit employee labor organization (representing a class or craft of the railroad's directly affected employees) within 240 days from February 18, 2020 to begin the process of consulting on the contents of the railroad's RRP plan. A railroad must provide notice at least 60 days before the scheduled meeting.
</P>
<P>(2) During the time between the initial meeting and the applicability date of § 271.11, the parties may meet to discuss administrative details of the consultation process as necessary.
</P>
<P>(3) Within 60 days after February 17, 2021, a railroad should have a meeting with the representatives of the directly affected employees to discuss substantive issues with the RRP plan.
</P>
<P>(4) Within 180 days after February 17, 2021 or as otherwise provided by § 271.301(b), a railroad would file its RRP plan with FRA.
</P>
<P>(5) As provided by § 271.207(e), if agreement on the contents of an RRP plan could not be reached, a labor organization (representing a class or craft of the railroad's directly affected employees) may file a statement with the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer explaining its views on the plan on which agreement was not reached.
</P>
<HD2>(b) Employees Who Are Not Represented by a Non-Profit Employee Labor Organization
</HD2>
<P>FRA recognizes that some (or all) of a railroad's directly affected employees may not be represented by a non-profit employee labor organization. For such non-represented employees, the consultation process described for represented employees may not be appropriate or sufficient. For example, a railroad with non-represented employees should make a concerted effort to ensure that its non-represented employees are aware that they are able to participate in the development of the railroad's RRP plan. FRA therefore is providing the following guidance regarding how a railroad may utilize good faith and best efforts when consulting with non-represented employees on the contents of its RRP plan.
</P>
<P>(1) Within 120 days from February 18, 2020, a railroad may notify non-represented employees that—
</P>
<P>(A) The railroad is required to consult in good faith with, and use its best efforts to reach agreement with, all directly affected employees on the proposed contents of its RRP plan;
</P>
<P>(B) Non-represented employees are invited to participate in the consultation process (and include instructions on how to engage in this process); and
</P>
<P>(C) If a railroad is unable to reach agreement with its directly affected employees on the contents of the proposed RRP plan, an employee may file a statement with the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer explaining his or her views on the plan on which agreement was not reached.
</P>
<P>(2) This initial notification (and all subsequent communications, as necessary or appropriate) could be provided to non-represented employees in the following ways:
</P>
<P>(A) Electronically, such as by email or an announcement on the railroad's website;
</P>
<P>(B) By posting the notification in a location easily accessible and visible to non-represented employees; or
</P>
<P>(C) By providing all non-represented employees a hard copy of the notification.
</P>
<P>A railroad could use any or all of these methods of communication, so long as the notification complies with the railroad's obligation to utilize best efforts in the consultation process.
</P>
<P>(3) Following the initial notification (and before submitting its RRP plan to FRA), a railroad should provide non-represented employees a draft proposal of its RRP plan. This draft proposal should solicit additional input from non-represented employees, and the railroad should provide non-represented employees 60 days to submit comments to the railroad on the draft.
</P>
<P>(4) Following this 60-day comment period and any changes to the draft RRP plan made as a result, the railroad should submit the proposed RRP plan to FRA, as required by this part.
</P>
<P>(5) As provided by § 271.207(e), if agreement on the contents of an RRP plan cannot be reached, then a non-represented employee may file a statement with the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer explaining his or her views on the plan on which agreement was not reached.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.51.9.138.1.114" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 271—Procedures for Submission of RRP Plans and Statements From Directly Affected Employees
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix summarizes procedures for the submission of an RRP plan, an amendment to an already-approved RRP plan, or a statement by directly affected employees consistent with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<HD1>Submission by a Railroad and Directly Affected Employees
</HD1>
<P>(a) As provided for in § 271.101(a), each railroad must establish and fully implement an RRP that continually and systematically evaluates railroad safety hazards on its system and manages the resulting risks to reduce the number and rates of railroad accidents, incidents, injuries, and fatalities. The RRP shall be fully implemented and supported by a written RRP plan. Each railroad must submit its RRP plan to FRA for approval as provided for in § 271.301 and RRP plan amendments as provided for in § 271.303.
</P>
<P>(b) As provided for in § 271.207(e), if a railroad and its directly affected employees cannot come to agreement on the proposed contents of the railroad's RRP plan, the directly affected employees have 30 days following the railroad's submission of its proposed RRP plan to submit a statement to the FRA Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer explaining the directly affected employees' views on the plan on which agreement was not reached.
</P>
<P>(c) The railroad's and directly affected employees' submissions shall be sent to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer, FRA, at <I>FRA-RRP@dot.gov.</I> When a railroad submits to FRA its RRP plan and consultation statement pursuant to § 271.301 or RRP plan amendment and consultation statement pursuant to § 271.303, it must also simultaneously send a copy of these documents to all individuals identified in the service list pursuant to § 271.207(d)(3) or § 271.303.
</P>
<P>(d) Each railroad and directly affected employee is authorized to file by electronic means any submissions required under this part. A railroad that electronically submits an initial RRP plan or an RRP plan amendment pursuant to this part shall be considered to have provided its consent to receive approval or disapproval notices from FRA by email. FRA may electronically store any materials required by this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 9314, Feb. 18, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 28200, July 1, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="272" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.52" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 272—CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS PLANS


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20109 note; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 16233, Mar. 25, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.52.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 272.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.52.1.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 272.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to promote the safety of railroad operations and the health and safety of railroad employees, especially those who are directly involved in a critical incident by requiring that the employing railroad offers and provides appropriate support services, including appropriate relief, to the directly-involved employees following that critical incident.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this part constrains a railroad from implementing a critical incident stress plan that contains additional provisions beyond those specified in this part (including provisions covering additional incidents or persons), provided that such additional provisions are not inconsistent with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 272.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.52.1.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 272.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to each
</P>
<P>(a) Class I railroad, including the National Railroad Passenger Corporation;
</P>
<P>(b) Intercity passenger railroad; or
</P>
<P>(c) Commuter railroad.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 272.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.52.1.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 272.5   General duty.</HEAD>
<P>A railroad subject to this part shall adopt a written critical incident stress plan approved by the Federal Railroad Administration under § 272.103 and shall comply with that plan. Should a railroad subject to this part make a material modification to the approved plan, the railroad shall adopt the modified plan approved by the Federal Railroad Administration under § 272.103 and shall comply with that plan, as revised.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 272.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.52.1.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 272.7   Coverage of a critical incident stress plan.</HEAD>
<P>The critical incident stress plan of a railroad subject to this part shall state that it covers, and shall cover, the following individuals employed by the railroad if they are directly involved (as defined in § 272.9) in a critical incident:
</P>
<P>(a) Railroad employees who are subject to the hours of service laws at—
</P>
<P>(1) 49 U.S.C. 21103 (that is, train employees not subject to subpart F of part 228 of this chapter regarding the hours of service of train employees engaged in commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation);
</P>
<P>(2) 49 U.S.C. 21104 (signal employees); or
</P>
<P>(3) 49 U.S.C. 21105 (dispatching service employees);
</P>
<P>(b) Railroad employees who are subject to the hours of service regulations at subpart F of part 228 of this chapter (regarding the hours of service of train employees engaged in commuter or intercity rail passenger transportation);
</P>
<P>(c) Railroad employees who inspect, install, repair, or maintain railroad right-of-way or structures; and
</P>
<P>(d) Railroad employees who inspect, repair, or maintain locomotives, passenger cars, or freight cars.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 272.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.52.1.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 272.9   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Accident/incident</I> has the meaning assigned to that term by part 225 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Railroad Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer of the Federal Railroad Administration or that person's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Class I</I> has the meaning assigned to that term by the regulations of the Surface Transportation Board (49 CFR part 1201; General Instructions 1-1).
</P>
<P><I>Commuter railroad</I> means a railroad, as described by 49 U.S.C. 20102(2), including public authorities operating passenger train service, that provides regularly-scheduled passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area and commuter railroad service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation on January 1, 1979.
</P>
<P><I>Critical incident</I> means either—
</P>
<P>(1) An accident/incident reportable to FRA under part 225 of this chapter that results in a fatality, loss of limb, or a similarly serious bodily injury; or
</P>
<P>(2) A catastrophic accident/incident reportable to FRA under part 225 of this chapter that could be reasonably expected to impair a directly-involved employee's ability to perform his or her job duties safely.
</P>
<P><I>Directly-involved employee</I> means a railroad employee covered under § 272.7—
</P>
<P>(1) Whose actions are closely connected to the critical incident;
</P>
<P>(2) Who witnesses the critical incident in person as it occurs or who witnesses the immediate effects of the critical incident in person; or
</P>
<P>(3) Who is charged to directly intervene in, or respond to, the critical incident (excluding railroad police officers or investigators who routinely respond to and are specially trained to handle emergencies).
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P><I>Home terminal</I> means an employee's regular reporting point at the beginning of the tour of duty.
</P>
<P><I>Intercity passenger railroad</I> means a railroad, as described by 49 U.S.C. 20102(2), including public authorities operating passenger train service, which provides regularly-scheduled passenger service between large cities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 272.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.52.1.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 272.11   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Civil penalties.</I> A person (an entity of any type covered under 49 U.S.C. 21301, including the following: a railroad; a manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad; any owner, manufacturer, lessor, or lessee of railroad equipment, track, or facilities; any independent contractor providing goods or services to a railroad; and any employee of such owner, manufacturer, lessor, lessee, or independent contractor) who violates any requirement of this part, or causes the violation of any such requirement, is subject to a civil penalty of at least the minimum civil monetary penalty and not more than the ordinary maximum civil monetary penalty per violation. However, penalties may be assessed against individuals only for willful violations, and a penalty not to exceed the aggravated maximum civil monetary penalty per violation may be assessed, where:
</P>
<P>(1) A grossly negligent violation, or a pattern of repeated violations, has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or
</P>
<P>(2) A death or injury has occurred. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A. Each day a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense. See FRA's website at <I>https://railroads.dot.gov/</I> for a statement of agency civil penalty policy.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Criminal penalties.</I> A person who knowingly and willfully falsifies a record or report required by this part may be subject to criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 16233, Mar. 25, 2014, as amended at 81 FR 43113, July 1, 2016; 82 FR 16135, Apr. 3, 2017; 83 FR 60750, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 37076, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1760, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23256, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15870, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1129, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89564, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106298, Dec. 30, 2024; 90 FR 28202, July 1, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.52.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Plan Components and Approval Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 272.101" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.52.2.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 272.101   Content of a critical incident stress plan.</HEAD>
<P>Each critical incident stress plan under this part shall include, at a minimum, provisions for—
</P>
<P>(a) Informing each directly-involved employee as soon as practicable of the relief options available in accordance with the railroad's critical incident stress plan;
</P>
<P>(b) Offering timely relief from the balance of the duty tour for each directly-involved employee, after the employee has performed any actions necessary for the safety of persons and contemporaneous documentation of the incident;
</P>
<P>(c) Offering timely transportation to each directly-involved employee's home terminal, if necessary;
</P>
<P>(d) Offering counseling, guidance, and other appropriate support services to each directly-involved employee;
</P>
<P>(e) Permitting relief from the duty tour(s) subsequent to the critical incident, for an amount of time to be determined by each railroad, if requested by a directly-involved employee as may be necessary and reasonable;
</P>
<P>(f) Permitting each directly-involved employee such additional leave from normal duty as may be necessary and reasonable to receive preventive services or treatment related to the incident or both, provided the employee's clinical diagnosis supports the need for additional time off or the employee is in consultation with a health care professional related to the incident and such health care professional supports the need for additional time off in order for the employee to receive preventive services or treatment related to the incident, or both; and
</P>
<P>(g) Addressing how the railroad's employees operating or otherwise working on track owned by or operated over by a different railroad will be afforded the protections of the plan.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 272.103" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.52.2.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 272.103   Submission of critical incident stress plan for approval by the Federal Railroad Administration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad subject to this part shall submit to the Federal Railroad Administration, Office of Railroad Safety, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, for approval, the railroad's critical incident stress plan no later than 12 months after June 23, 2014.
</P>
<P>(b) Each railroad subject to this part shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Simultaneously with its filing with FRA, serve, either by hard copy or electronically, a copy of the submission filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section or a material modification filed pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section on the international/national president of any non-profit employee labor organization representing a class or craft of the railroad's employees subject to this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Include in its submission filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section or a material modification filed pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section a statement affirming that the railroad has complied with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, together with a list of the names and addresses of the persons served.
</P>
<P>(c) Not later than 90 days after the date of filing a submission pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section or a material modification pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, a labor organization representing a class or craft of the railroad's employees subject to this part, may file a comment on the submission or material modification.
</P>
<P>(1) Each comment shall be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer, FRA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590; and
</P>
<P>(2) The commenter shall certify that a copy of the comment was served on the railroad.
</P>
<P>(d) A critical incident stress plan is considered approved for purposes of this part if and when FRA notifies the railroad in writing that the critical incident stress plan is approved, or 120 days after FRA has received the railroad's critical incident stress plan, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(e) After FRA's initial approval of a railroad's critical incident stress plan, if the railroad makes a material modification of the critical incident stress plan, the railroad shall submit to FRA for approval a copy of the critical incident stress plan as it has been revised to reflect the material modification within 30 days of making the material modification.
</P>
<P>(f) Upon FRA approval of a railroad's critical incident stress plan and any material modification of the critical incident stress plan, the railroad must make a copy of the railroad's plan and the material modification available to the railroad's employees identified in § 272.7.
</P>
<P>(g) Each railroad subject to this part must make a copy of the railroad's plan available for inspection and reproduction by the FRA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 272.105" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.52.2.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 272.105   Requirement to file critical incident stress plan electronically.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each railroad subject to this part must submit its critical incident stress plan and any material modifications to that plan to the email address <I>FRA-CISP@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad's electronic submission shall provide the Associate Administrator with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) The names of two individuals, including job titles, who will be the railroad's points of contact;
</P>
<P>(3) The mailing addresses for the railroad's points of contact;
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad's system or main headquarters address located in the United States;
</P>
<P>(5) The email addresses for the railroad's points of contact;
</P>
<P>(6) The daytime telephone numbers for the railroad's points of contact; and
</P>
<P>(7) An electronic copy of the railroad's critical incident stress plan or any material modifications to that plan being submitted for FRA approval.
</P>
<P>(c) FRA may electronically store any materials required by this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 16233, Mar. 25, 2014, as amended at 90 FR 28203, July 1, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="273" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.53" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 273—METRICS AND MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR INTERCITY PASSENGER TRAIN OPERATIONS


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 207, Div. B, Pub. L. 110-432; 49 U.S.C. 24101, note; 49 U.S.C. 103(j); 49 CFR 1.81; 49 CFR 1.88; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 73000, Nov. 16, 2020, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 273.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.53.0.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 273.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to establish metrics and minimum standards for measuring the performance and service quality of intercity passenger train operations.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 273.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.53.0.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 273.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Actual running time</I> means the actual elapsed travel time of a train's travel on a host railroad, between the departure time at the first reporting point for a host railroad segment and the arrival time at the reporting point at the end of the host railroad segment.
</P>
<P><I>Adjusted operating expenses</I> means Amtrak's operating expenses adjusted to exclude certain Amtrak expenses that are not considered core to operating the business. The major exclusions are depreciation, capital project related expenditures not eligible for capitalization, non-cash portion of pension and post-retirement benefits, and Amtrak's Office of Inspector General expenses. Adjusted operating expenses do not include any operating expenses for State-supported routes that are paid for separately by States.
</P>
<P><I>Adjusted operating revenue</I> means Amtrak's operating revenue adjusted to exclude certain revenue that is associated with capital projects. The major exclusions are the amortization of State capital payments and capital project revenue related to expenses not eligible for capitalization.
</P>
<P><I>Amtrak</I> means the National Railroad Passenger Corporation.
</P>
<P><I>Amtrak's customer satisfaction survey</I> means a market-research survey that measures Amtrak's satisfaction score as measured by specific service attributes that cover the entire customer journey.
</P>
<P><I>Amtrak-responsible delays</I> means delays recorded by Amtrak, in accordance with Amtrak procedures, as Amtrak-responsible delays, including passenger-related delays at stations, Amtrak equipment failures, holding for connections, injuries, initial terminal delays, servicing delays, crew and system delays, and other miscellaneous Amtrak-responsible delays.
</P>
<P><I>Avoidable operating costs</I> means costs incurred by Amtrak to operate train service along a route that would no longer be incurred if the route were no longer operated.
</P>
<P><I>Certified schedule</I> means a published train schedule that Amtrak and the host railroad jointly certify is aligned with the customer on-time performance metric and standard in § 273.5(a)(1) and (2). If a published train schedule is reported as a certified schedule under § 273.5(c)(1), then it cannot later be designated as an uncertified schedule.
</P>
<P><I>Disputed schedule</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A published train schedule for which a specific change is sought:
</P>
<P>(i) That is the only subject of a non-binding dispute resolution process led by a neutral third-party and involving Amtrak and one or more host railroads;
</P>
<P>(ii) That is the only subject of a non-binding dispute resolution process led by a neutral third-party that has been initiated by one or more host railroads and Amtrak has not consented to participate in the process within 30 calendar days; or
</P>
<P>(iii) That is the only subject of a non-binding dispute resolution process led by a neutral third-party that has been initiated by Amtrak and the host railroad has not consented to participate in the process within 30 calendar days.
</P>
<P>(2) The written decision resulting from a non-binding dispute resolution process is admissible in Surface Transportation Board investigations under 49 U.S.C. 24308(f). If a published train schedule is reported as a disputed schedule under § 273.5(c)(1), then it remains a disputed schedule until reported as a certified schedule.
</P>
<P><I>Fully allocated core operating costs</I> means Amtrak's total costs associated with operating an Amtrak route, including direct operating expenses, a portion of shared expenses, and a portion of corporate overhead expenses. Fully allocated core operating costs exclude ancillary and other expenses that are not directly reimbursed by passenger revenue to match revenues with expenses.
</P>
<P><I>Host railroad</I> means a railroad that is directly accountable to Amtrak by agreement for Amtrak operations over a railroad line segment. Amtrak is a host railroad of Amtrak trains and other trains operating over an Amtrak owned or controlled railroad line segment. For purposes of the certified schedule metric under § 273.5(c), Amtrak is not a host railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Host-responsible delays</I> means delays recorded by Amtrak, in accordance with Amtrak procedures, as host-responsible delays, including freight train interference, slow orders, signals, routing, maintenance of way, commuter train interference, passenger train interference, catenary or wayside power system failure, and detours.
</P>
<P><I>Not well-served communities</I> means those rural communities: Within 25 miles of an intercity passenger rail station; more than 75 miles from a large airport; and more than 25 miles from any other airport with scheduled commercial service or an intercity bus stop.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger revenue</I> means intercity passenger rail revenue generated from passenger train operations, including ticket revenue, food and beverage sales, operating payments collected from States or other sponsoring entities, special trains, and private car operations.
</P>
<P><I>Ridership data</I> means, in a machine-readable format: The total number of passengers, by train and by day; the station-specific number of detraining passengers, reported by host railroad whose railroad right-of-way serves the station, by train, and by day; and the station-specific number of on-time passengers reported by host railroad whose railroad right-of-way serves the station, by train, and by day.
</P>
<P><I>Scheduled running time</I> means the scheduled duration of a train's travel on a host railroad, as set forth in the Amtrak schedule skeleton.
</P>
<P><I>Schedule skeleton</I> means a schedule grid used by Amtrak and host railroads to communicate the public schedule of an Amtrak train and the schedule of operations of an Amtrak train on host railroads.
</P>
<P><I>Third party delays</I> means delays recorded by Amtrak, in accordance with Amtrak procedures, as third party delays, including bridge strikes, debris strikes, customs, drawbridge openings, police-related delays, trespassers, vehicle strikes, utility company delays, weather-related delays (including heat or cold orders, storms, floods/washouts, earthquake-related delays, slippery rail due to leaves, flash-flood warnings, wayside defect detector actuations caused by ice, and high-wind restrictions), acts of God, or waiting for scheduled departure time.
</P>
<P><I>Uncertified schedule</I> means a published train schedule that has not been reported as a certified schedule or a disputed schedule under § 273.5(c)(1).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 273.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.53.0.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 273.5   On-time performance and train delays.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Customer on-time performance</I>—(1) <I>Metric.</I> The customer on-time performance metric is the percentage of all customers on an intercity passenger rail train who arrive at their detraining point no later than 15 minutes after their published scheduled arrival time, reported by train and by route.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Standard.</I> The customer on-time performance minimum standard is 80 percent for any 2 consecutive calendar quarters.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Application.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, the customer on-time performance standard shall apply to a train beginning on the first full calendar quarter after May 17, 2021.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a train schedule is a disputed schedule on or before May 17, 2021, then the customer on-time performance standard for the disputed schedule shall apply beginning on the second full calendar quarter after May 17, 2021.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ridership data.</I> The ridership data metric is the number of host railroads to whom Amtrak has provided ridership data consistent with this paragraph (b), reported by host railroad and by month. Not later than December 16, 2020, Amtrak must provide host railroad-specific ridership data to each host railroad for the preceding 24 months. On the 15th day of every month following December 16, 2020, Amtrak must provide host railroad-specific ridership data to each host railroad for the preceding month.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certified schedule</I>—(1) <I>Metric.</I> The certified schedule metric is the number of certified schedules, uncertified schedules, and disputed schedules, reported by train, by route, and by host railroad (excluding switching and terminal railroads), identified in a notice to the Federal Railroad Administrator by Amtrak:
</P>
<P>(i) On December 16, 2020;
</P>
<P>(ii) On January 19, 2021;
</P>
<P>(iii) On February 16, 2021;
</P>
<P>(iv) On March 16, 2021;
</P>
<P>(v) On April 16, 2021;
</P>
<P>(vi) On May 17, 2021;
</P>
<P>(vii) On November 16, 2021; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Every 12 months after November 16, 2021.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reporting.</I> If a train schedule is reported as a an uncertified schedule under paragraph (c)(1)(vi), (vii), or (viii) of this section, then Amtrak and the host railroad must transmit a joint letter and status report on the first of each month following the report, signed by their respective chief executive officers to each U.S. Senator and U.S. Representative whose district is served by the train, the Chairman and Ranking Member of the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives, the Chairman and Ranking Member of the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate, the Chairman and Ranking Member of the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives, the Chairman and Ranking Member of the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate, the Secretary of Transportation, and the Chairman of the Surface Transportation Board, which states:
</P>
<P>(i) The Amtrak train schedule(s) at issue;
</P>
<P>(ii) The specific components of the train schedule(s) on which Amtrak and host railroad cannot reach agreement;
</P>
<P>(iii) Amtrak's position regarding the disagreed upon components of the train schedule(s);
</P>
<P>(iv) Host railroad's position regarding the disagreed upon components of the train schedule(s); and
</P>
<P>(v) Amtrak and the host railroad's plan and expectation date to resolve the disagreement(s). The requirement to transmit this joint letter and status report ends for the train schedule at issue when the uncertified schedule becomes a certified schedule.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Ongoing coordination between Amtrak and host railroads.</I> When conditions have changed that impact a certified schedule, Amtrak or a host railroad may seek to modify the certified schedule. The customer on-time performance standard in paragraph (a)(2) of this section remains in effect for the existing certified schedule, until a modified schedule is jointly certified.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Train delays.</I> The train delays metric is the minutes of delay for all Amtrak-responsible delays, host-responsible delays, and third party delays, for the host railroad territory within each route. The train delays metric is reported by delay code by: total minutes of delay; Amtrak-responsible delays; Amtrak's host-responsible delays; Amtrak's host responsible delays and Amtrak-responsible delays, combined; non-Amtrak host-responsible delays; and third party delays. The train delays metric is also reported by the number of non-Amtrak host-responsible delay minutes disputed by host railroad and not resolved by Amtrak.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Train delays per 10,000 train miles.</I> The train delays per 10,000 train miles metric is the minutes of delay per 10,000 train miles for all Amtrak-responsible and host-responsible delays, for the host railroad territory within each route.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Station performance.</I> The station performance metric is the number of detraining passengers, the number of late passengers, and the average minutes late that late customers arrive at their detraining stations, reported by route, by train, and by station. The average minutes late per late customer calculation excludes on-time customers that arrive no later than 15 minutes after their scheduled time.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Host running time.</I> The host running time metric is the average actual running time and the median actual running time compared with the scheduled running time between the first and final reporting points for a host railroad set forth in the Amtrak schedule skeleton, reported by route, by train, and by host railroad (excluding switching and terminal railroads).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 273.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.53.0.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 273.7   Customer service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Customer satisfaction.</I> The customer satisfaction metric is the percent of respondents to the Amtrak customer satisfaction survey who provided a score of 70 percent or greater for their “overall satisfaction” on a 100 point scale for their most recent trip, by route, shown both adjusted for performance and unadjusted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Amtrak personnel.</I> The Amtrak personnel metric is the average score from respondents to the Amtrak customer satisfaction survey for their overall review of Amtrak personnel on their most recent trip, by route.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Information given.</I> The information given metric is the average score from respondents to the Amtrak customer satisfaction survey for their overall review of information provided by Amtrak on their most recent trip, by route.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>On-board comfort.</I> The on-board comfort metric is the average score from respondents to the Amtrak customer satisfaction survey for their overall review of on-board comfort on their most recent trip, by route.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>On-board cleanliness.</I> The on-board cleanliness metric is the average score from respondents to the Amtrak customer satisfaction survey for their overall review of on-board cleanliness on their most recent trip, by route.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>On-board food service.</I> The on-board food service metric is the average score from respondents to the Amtrak customer satisfaction survey for their overall review of on-board food service on their most recent trip, by route.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 273.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.53.0.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 273.9   Financial.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Cost recovery.</I> The cost recovery metric is Amtrak's adjusted operating revenue divided by Amtrak's adjusted operating expense. This metric is reported at the corporate level/system-wide and for each route and is reported in constant dollars of the reporting year based on the Office of Management and Budget's gross domestic product chain deflator.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Avoidable operating costs covered by passenger revenue.</I> The avoidable operating costs covered by passenger revenue metric is the percent of avoidable operating costs divided by passenger revenue for each route, shown with and without State operating payments.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fully allocated core operating costs covered by passenger revenue.</I> The fully allocated core operating costs covered by passenger revenue metric is the percent of fully allocated core operating costs divided by passenger revenue for each route, shown with and without State operating payments.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Average ridership.</I> The average ridership metric is the number of passenger-miles divided by train-mile for each route.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Total ridership.</I> The total ridership metric is the total number of passengers on Amtrak trains, reported by route.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 273.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.53.0.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 273.11   Public benefits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Connectivity.</I> The connectivity metric is the percent of passengers connecting to and from other Amtrak routes, updated on an annual basis.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Missed connections.</I> The missed connections metric is the percent of passengers connecting to/from other Amtrak routes who missed connections due to a late arrival from another Amtrak train, reported by route and updated on an annual basis.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Community access.</I> The community access metric is the percent of Amtrak passenger-trips to and from not well-served communities, updated on an annual basis.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Service availability.</I> The service availability metric is the total number of daily Amtrak trains per 100,000 residents in a metropolitan statistical area (MSA) for each of the top 100 MSAs in the United States, shown in total and adjusted for time of day, updated on an annual basis.






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="274-298" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.54" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 274-298 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="299" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 299—TEXAS CENTRAL RAILROAD HIGH-SPEED RAIL SAFETY STANDARDS


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20133, 20141, 20302-20303, 20306, 20701-20702, 21301-21302, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461, note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 69731, Nov. 3, 2020, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.1" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.1.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for the high-speed transportation system described in detail in § 299.13, known as Texas Central Railroad, LLC and hereinafter referred to as the “railroad.” The purpose of this part is to prevent accidents, casualties, and property damage which could result from operation of this system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.3" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.1.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies only to the railroad, as described in § 299.13.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as stated in paragraph (c) of this section, this part, rather than the generally applicable Federal railroad safety regulations, shall apply to the railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) The following Federal railroad safety regulations found in Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations, and any amendments are applicable to the railroad.
</P>
<P>(1) Part 207, Railroad Police Officers;
</P>
<P>(2) Part 209, Railroad Safety Enforcement Procedures;
</P>
<P>(3) Part 210, Railroad Noise Emission Compliance Regulations;
</P>
<P>(4) Part 211, Rules of Practice;
</P>
<P>(5) Part 212, State Safety Participation Regulations;
</P>
<P>(6) Part 214, Railroad Workplace Safety, except § 214.339;
</P>
<P>(7) Part 216, Special Notice and Emergency Order Procedures;
</P>
<P>(8) Part 218, Railroad Operating Practices;
</P>
<P>(9) Part 219, Control of Alcohol and Drug Use;
</P>
<P>(10) Part 220, Radio Standards and Procedures;
</P>
<P>(11) Part 225, Railroad Accidents/Incidents: Reports, Classification, and Investigations;
</P>
<P>(12) Part 227, Occupational Noise Exposure except § 227.119(c)(10) and (11) with respect to the railroad's high-speed trainsets only, which shall comply with 299.431(h) and (i);
</P>
<P>(13) Part 228, Hours of Service of Railroad Employees;
</P>
<P>(14) Part 233, Signal Systems Reporting Requirements;
</P>
<P>(15) Part 235, Instructions Governing Applications for Approval of a Discontinuance or Material Modification of a Signal System or Relief from the Requirements of Part 236, except § 235.7;
</P>
<P>(16) Part 236, Installation, Inspection, Maintenance and Repair of Signal and Train Control System, Devices, and Appliances, subparts A through G, as excepted by the railroad's PTC Safety Plan (PTCSP) under § 299.201(d);
</P>
<P>(17) Part 237, Railroad Bridge Safety Standards;
</P>
<P>(18) Part 239, Passenger Train Emergency Preparedness;
</P>
<P>(19) Part 240, Qualification and Certification of Locomotive Engineers;
</P>
<P>(20) Part 242, Qualification and Certification of Train Conductors;
</P>
<P>(21) Part 243, Training, Qualification, and Oversight for Safety-Related Railroad Employees;
</P>
<P>(22) Part 270, System Safety Program
</P>
<P>(23) Part 272, Critical Incident Stress Plans; and
</P>
<P>(24) The following parts shall apply to the railroad's maintenance-of-way equipment as it is used in work trains, rescue operations, yard movements, and other non-passenger functions:
</P>
<P>(i) Part 215, Railroad Freight Car Safety Standards;
</P>
<P>(ii) Part 223, Glazing Standards;
</P>
<P>(iii) Part 229, Railroad Locomotive Safety Standards, except—
</P>
<P>(A) Section 229.71. Instead, the railroad's maintenance-of-way equipment shall comply with § 299.401(b), except for the sweeper vehicle, which shall have a clearance above top of rail no less than 35 mm (1.77 inches).
</P>
<P>(B) Section 229.73. Instead, the railroad's maintenance-of-way equipment shall be designed so as to be compatible with the railroad's track structure under subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(iv) Part 231, Railroad Safety Appliance Standards; and,
</P>
<P>(v) Part 232, Railroad Power Brakes and Drawbars.
</P>
<P>(d) The Federal railroad safety statutes apply to all railroads, as defined in 49 U.S.C. 20102. The railroad covered by this part is a railroad under that definition. Therefore, the Federal railroad safety statutes, Subtitle V of Title 49 of the United States Code, apply directly to the railroad. However, pursuant to authority granted under 49 U.S.C. 20306, FRA has exempted the railroad from certain requirements of 49 U.S.C. ch. 203.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.5" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.1.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Absolute block</I> means a block of track circuits in which no trainset is permitted to enter while occupied by another trainset.
</P>
<P><I>Adjusting/de-stressing</I> means the procedure by which a rail's neutral temperature is readjusted to the desired value. It typically consists of cutting the rail and removing rail anchoring devices, which provides for the necessary expansion and contraction, and then re-assembling the track.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the FRA or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Associate Administrator</I> means FRA's Associate Administrator for Safety and Chief Safety Officer, or that person's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Automatic train control (ATC)</I> means the signaling system, composed of ground and on-board equipment. The on-board equipment continually receives a signal from the ground equipment. ATC on-board equipment controls the trainset speed to prevent train-to-train collisions and overspeed derailments.
</P>
<P><I>ATC cut-out mode</I> means the mode of ATC on-board equipment used for emergency operations to disable the ATC on-board equipment on the trainset.
</P>
<P><I>ATC main line mode</I> means the mode of ATC on-board equipment which controls trainset speed on mainlines.
</P>
<P><I>ATC overrun protection</I> means an overlay of the ATC shunting mode to prevent overrun at the end of a track.
</P>
<P><I>ATC shunting mode</I> means the mode of ATC on-board equipment which restricts the trainsets maximum speed to 30 km/h (19 mph).
</P>
<P><I>Brake, air</I> means a combination of devices operated by compressed air, arranged in a system and controlled electrically or pneumatically, by means of which the motion of a train or trainset is retarded or arrested.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, disc</I> means a retardation system used on the passenger trainsets that utilizes flat discs as the braking surface.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, electric</I> means a trainset braking system in which the kinetic energy of a moving trainset is used to generate electric current at the traction motors, which is then returned into the catenary system.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, emergency application</I> means a brake application initiated by a de-energized brake command and is retrievable when there is no malfunction that initiates an automatic emergency brake application. An emergency brake application can be initiated by the driver or automatically by ATC. An emergency brake application, as defined here, is equivalent to a full-service brake application in the U.S.
</P>
<P><I>Brake, urgent application</I> means an irretrievable brake application designed to minimize the braking distance. An urgent brake application, as defined here, is the equivalent of an emergency brake application in the U.S.
</P>
<P><I>Bogie</I> means an assembly that supports the weight of the carbody and which incorporates the suspension, wheels and axles, traction motors and friction brake components. Each unit of a trainset is equipped with two bogies. In the U.S., a bogie is commonly referred to as a truck.
</P>
<P><I>Broken rail</I> means a partial or complete separation of an otherwise continuous section of running rail, excluding rail joints, expansion joints, and insulated joints.
</P>
<P><I>Buckling incident/buckling rail</I> means the formation of a lateral misalignment caused by high longitudinal compressive forces in a rail sufficient in magnitude to exceed the track geometry alignment safety limits defined in § 299.311.
</P>
<P><I>Buckling-prone condition</I> means a track condition that can result in the track being laterally displaced due to high compressive forces caused by critical rail temperature combined with insufficient track strength and/or train dynamics.
</P>
<P><I>Cab</I> means the compartment or space within a trainset that is designed to be occupied by a driver and contain an operating console for exercising control over the trainset.
</P>
<P><I>Cab car</I> means a rail vehicle at the leading or trailing end, or both, of a trainset which has a driver's cab and is intended to carry passengers, baggage, or mail. A cab car may or may not have propelling motors.
</P>
<P><I>Cab end structure</I> means the main support projecting upward from the underframe at the cab end of a trainset.
</P>
<P><I>Cab signal</I> means a signal located in the driver's compartment or cab, indicating a condition affecting the movement of a trainset.
</P>
<P><I>Calendar day</I> means a time period running from one midnight to the next midnight on a given date.
</P>
<P><I>Cant deficiency</I> means the additional height, which if added to the outer rail in a curve, at the designated vehicle speed, would provide a single resultant force, due to the combined effects of weight and centrifugal force on the vehicle, having a direction perpendicular to the plane of the track.
</P>
<P><I>Continuous welded rail (CWR)</I> means rail that has been welded together into lengths exceeding 122 m (400 feet). Rail installed as CWR remains CWR, regardless of whether a joint is installed into the rail at a later time.
</P>
<P><I>Consist, fixed</I> means a semi-permanently coupled trainset that is arranged with each unit in a specific location and orientation within the trainset.
</P>
<P><I>Core system, high-speed</I> means the safety-critical systems, sub-systems, and procedures required for a high-speed system operation that assures a safe operation as required within this part.
</P>
<P><I>Crewmember</I> means a railroad employee called to perform service covered by 49 U.S.C. 21103.
</P>
<P><I>Critical buckling stress</I> means the minimum stress necessary to initiate buckling of a structural member.
</P>
<P><I>Desired rail installation temperature range</I> means the rail temperature range in a specific geographical area, at which forces in CWR installed in that temperature range should not cause a track buckle in extreme heat, or a pull-apart during extreme cold weather.
</P>
<P><I>Disturbed track</I> means the disturbance of the roadbed or ballast section, as a result of track maintenance or any other event, which reduces the lateral or longitudinal resistance of the track, or both.
</P>
<P><I>Driver</I> means any person who controls the movement of a trainset(s) from the cab, and is required to be certified under 49 CFR part 240. A driver, as used in this part, is equivalent to a locomotive engineer.
</P>
<P><I>Employee or railroad employee</I> means an individual who is engaged or compensated by the railroad or by a contractor to the railroad to perform any of the duties defined in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Event recorder</I> means a device, designed to resist tampering, that monitors and records data, as detailed in §§ 299.439 and 236.1005(d) of this chapter, over the most recent 48 hours of operation of the trainset.
</P>
<P><I>Event recorder memory module</I> means that portion of an event recorder used to retain the recorded data as described in §§ 299.439(c) and 299.449(a) through (c).
</P>
<P><I>Expansion joint</I> means a piece of special trackwork designed to absorb heat-induced expansion and contraction of the rails.
</P>
<P><I>General control center</I> means the location where the general control center staff work.
</P>
<P><I>General control center staff</I> means qualified individuals located in the general control center who are responsible for the safe operation of the railroad's high-speed passenger rail system. The duties of individuals who work at the general control center include: Trainset movement control, crew logistic management, signaling, passenger services, rolling stock logistic management, and right-of-way maintenance management.
</P>
<P><I>Glazing, end-facing</I> means any exterior glazing installed in a trainset cab located where a line perpendicular to the exterior surface glazing material makes horizontal angle of 50 degrees or less with the longitudinal center line of the rail vehicle in which the panel is installed. A glazing panel that curves so as to meet the definition for both side-facing and end-facing glazing is end-facing glazing.
</P>
<P><I>Glazing, exterior</I> means a glazing panel that is an integral part of the exterior skin of a rail vehicle with a surface exposed to the outside environment.
</P>
<P><I>Glazing, side-facing</I> means any glazing located where a line perpendicular to the exterior surface of the panel makes an angle of more than 50 degrees with the longitudinal center line of the rail vehicle in which the panel is installed.
</P>
<P><I>High voltage</I> means an electrical potential of more than 150 volts.
</P>
<P><I>Image recording device</I> means a device that records images, as described in § 299.449.
</P>
<P><I>Image recording system</I> means a system of electronic devices capable of recording images as described in § 299.449, and any components that convert those images into electronic data transmitted to, and stored on, a certified crashworthy memory module as described in appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P><I>In passenger service/in revenue service</I> means a trainset that is carrying, or available to carry, passengers. Passengers need not have paid a fare in order for the trainset to be considered in passenger or in revenue service.
</P>
<P><I>In service</I> means, when used in connection with a trainset, a trainset subject to this part that is in revenue service, unless the equipment—
</P>
<P>(1) Is being handled in accordance with § 299.447, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(2) Is in a repair shop or on a repair track;
</P>
<P>(3) Is on a storage track and is not carrying passengers; or,
</P>
<P>(4) Is parked at a station location and has been properly secured in accordance with §§ 299.409(n) and 299.431(d).
</P>
<P><I>Insulated joint, glued</I> means a rail joint located at the end of a track circuit designed to insulate electrical current from the signal system in the rail.
</P>
<P><I>Interior fitting</I> means any component in the passenger compartment which is mounted to the floor, ceiling, sidewalls, or end walls and projects into the passenger compartment more than 25 mm (1 in.) from the surface or surfaces to which it is mounted. Interior fittings do not include side and end walls, floors, door pockets, or ceiling lining materials, for example.
</P>
<P><I>Intermediate car</I> means a passenger car or unit of a trainset located between cab cars which may or may not have propelling motors.
</P>
<P><I>L/V ratio</I> means the ratio of the lateral force that any wheel exerts on an individual rail to the vertical force exerted by the same wheel on the rail.
</P>
<P><I>Lateral</I> means the horizontal direction perpendicular to the direction of travel.
</P>
<P><I>Locomotive</I> means a piece of on-track rail equipment, other than hi-rail, specialized maintenance, or other similar equipment, which may consist of one or more units operated from a single control stand with one or more propelling motors designed for moving other passenger equipment; with one or more propelling motors designed to transport freight or passenger traffic, or both; or without propelling motors but with one or more control stands.
</P>
<P><I>Longitudinal</I> means in a direction parallel to the direction of travel of a rail vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Marking/delineator</I> means a visible notice, sign, symbol, line or trace.
</P>
<P><I>N700</I> means the N700 series trainset that is based on trainsets currently in, or future variants operated on, JRC's Tokaido Shinkansen system, or any unit thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Occupied volume</I> means the volume of a passenger car or a unit in a trainset where passengers or crewmembers are normally located during service operation, such as the cab and passenger seating areas. The entire width of a vehicle's end compartment that contains a control stand is an occupied volume. A vestibule is typically not considered occupied.
</P>
<P><I>On-board attendant</I> means a qualified individual on a trainset that is responsible for coordination with a station platform attendant to assure safety during passenger boarding and alighting within a station. An on-board attendant, as used in this part, is equivalent to a passenger conductor.
</P>
<P><I>Override</I> means to climb over the normal coupling or side buffers and linking mechanism and impact the end of the adjoining rail vehicle or unit above the underframe.
</P>
<P><I>Overrun protection coil</I> means track circuit cables placed short of turnouts, or crossovers within stations and trainset maintenance facilities to prevent unauthorized route access.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger car</I> means a unit of a trainset intended to provide transportation for members of the general public. A cab car and an intermediate car are considered passenger cars.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger compartment</I> means an area of a passenger car that consists of a seating area and any vestibule that is connected to the seating area by an open passageway.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger equipment</I> means the N700 series trainset that is based on trainsets currently in, or future variants operated on, JRC's Tokaido Shinkansen system, or any unit thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Permanent deformation</I> means the undergoing of a permanent change in shape of a structural member of a rail vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>PTC</I> means positive train control as further described in § 299.201.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified individual</I> means a person that has successfully completed all instruction, training, and examination programs required by both the employer and this part, and that the person, therefore, may reasonably be expected to perform his or her duties proficiently in compliance with all Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and orders.
</P>
<P><I>Rail neutral temperature</I> is the temperature at which the rail is neither in compression nor tension.
</P>
<P><I>Rail temperature</I> means the temperature of the rail, measured with a rail thermometer.
</P>
<P><I>Rail vehicle</I> means railroad rolling stock, including, but not limited to, passenger and maintenance vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad equipment</I> means all trains, trainsets, rail cars, locomotives, and on-track maintenance vehicles owned or used by the railroad.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad, the</I> means the company, also known as the Texas Central Railroad, LLC, which is the entity that will operate and maintain the high-speed rail system initially connecting Dallas to Houston, Texas, and is responsible for compliance with all aspects of this rule.
</P>
<P><I>Repair point</I> means a location designated by the railroad where repairs of the type necessary occur on a regular basis. A repair point has, or should have, the facilities, tools, and personnel qualified to make the necessary repairs. A repair point need not be staffed continuously.
</P>
<P><I>Representative car/area</I> means a car/area that shares the relevant characteristics as the car(s)/area(s) it represents (<I>i.e.,</I> same signage/marking layout, and charging light system for passive systems or light fixtures and power system for electrically powered systems).
</P>
<P><I>Rollover strength</I> means the strength provided to protect the structural integrity of a rail vehicle in the event the vehicle leaves the track and impacts the ground on its side or roof.
</P>
<P><I>Safety appliance</I> means an appliance, required under 49 U.S.C. ch. 203, excluding power brakes. The term includes automatic couplers, handbrakes, crew steps, handholds, handrails, or ladder treads made of steel or a material of equal or greater mechanical strength used by the traveling public or railroad employees that provides a means for safe coupling, uncoupling, or ascending or descending passenger equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Safety-critical</I> means a component, system, software, or task that, if not available, defective, not functioning, not functioning correctly, not performed, or not performed correctly, increases the risk of damage to railroad equipment or injury to a passenger, railroad employee, or other person.
</P>
<P><I>Search, valid</I> means a continuous inspection for internal rail defects where the equipment performs as intended and equipment responses are interpreted by a qualified individual as defined in subpart C.
</P>
<P><I>Semi-permanently coupled</I> means coupled by means of a drawbar or other coupling mechanism that requires tools to perform the coupling or uncoupling operation. Coupling and uncoupling of each semi-permanently coupled unit in a trainset can be performed safely only while at a trainset maintenance facility where personnel can safely get under a unit or between units, or other location under the protections of subpart B of part 218 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Side sill</I> means that portion of the underframe or side at the bottom of the rail vehicle side wall.
</P>
<P><I>Shinkansen, Tokaido</I> means the high-speed rail system operated by the Central Japan Railway Company between Tokyo and Shin-Osaka, Japan, that is fully dedicated and grade separated.
</P>
<P><I>Slab track</I> means railroad track structure in which the rails are attached to and supported by a bed or slab, usually of concrete (or asphalt), which acts to transfer the load and provide track stability.
</P>
<P><I>Spall, glazing</I> means small pieces of glazing that fly off the back surface of the glazing when an object strikes the front surface.
</P>
<P><I>Speed, maximum approved</I> means the maximum trainset speed approved by FRA based upon the qualification tests conducted under § 299.609(g).
</P>
<P><I>Speed, maximum authorized</I> means the speed at which trainsets are permitted to travel safely, as determined by all operating conditions and signal indications.
</P>
<P><I>Speed, maximum safe operating</I> means the highest speed at which trainset braking may occur without thermal damage to the discs.
</P>
<P><I>Station platform attendant</I> means a qualified individual positioned on the station platform in close proximity to the train protection switches while a trainset is approaching and departing a station, and is responsible for coordination with an on-board attendant to assure safety during passenger boarding and alighting within a station.
</P>
<P><I>Superelevation</I> means the actual elevation of the outside rail above the inside rail.
</P>
<P><I>Sweeper vehicle</I> means a rail vehicle whose function is to detect obstacles within the static construction gauge prior to the start of daily revenue service.
</P>
<P><I>Tight track</I> means CWR which is in a considerable amount of compression.
</P>
<P><I>Track acceleration measurement system (TAMS)</I> means an on-track, vehicle-borne technology used to measure lateral and vertical carbody accelerations.
</P>
<P><I>Track geometry measurement system (TGMS)</I> means an on-track, vehicle-borne technology used to measure track surface, twist, crosslevel, alignment, and gauge.
</P>
<P><I>Track lateral resistance</I> means the resistance provided to the rail/crosstie structure against lateral displacement.
</P>
<P><I>Track longitudinal resistance</I> means the resistance provided by the rail anchors/rail fasteners and the ballast section to the rail/crosstie structure against longitudinal displacement.
</P>
<P><I>Track, non-ballasted</I> means a track structure not supported by ballast in which the rails are directly supported by concrete or steel structures. Non-ballasted track can include slab track and track structures where the rails are directly fixed to steel bridges or to servicing pits within trainset maintenance facilities.
</P>
<P><I>Train</I> means a trainset, or locomotive or locomotive units coupled with or without cars.
</P>
<P><I>Train-induced forces</I> means the vertical, longitudinal, and lateral dynamic forces which are generated during train movement and which can contribute to the buckling potential of the rail.
</P>
<P><I>Train protection switch</I> means a safety device located on station platforms and on safe walkways along the right-of-way. The train protection switch is tied directly into the ATC system and is used in the event that trainsets in the immediate area must be stopped.
</P>
<P><I>Trainset</I> means a passenger train including the cab cars and intermediate cars that are semi-permanently coupled to operate as a single consist. The individual units of a trainset are uncoupled only for emergencies or maintenance conducted in repair facilities.
</P>
<P><I>Trainset maintenance facility</I> means a location equipped with the special tools, equipment, and qualified individuals capable of conducting pre-service inspections and regular inspections on the trainsets in accordance with the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program. Trainset maintenance facilities are also considered repair points.
</P>
<P><I>Transponder</I> means a wayside component of the ATC system used to provide trainset position correction on the mainline or to provide an overlay of overrun protection within a trainset maintenance facility.
</P>
<P><I>Underframe</I> means the lower horizontal support structure of a rail vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Unit, trainset</I> means a cab car or intermediate car of a trainset.
</P>
<P><I>Vestibule</I> means an area of a passenger car that normally does not contain seating, is located adjacent to a side exit door, and is used in passing from a seating area to a side exit door.
</P>
<P><I>Yard</I> means a system of tracks within defined limits and outside of the territory controlled by signals, which can be used for the making up of non-passenger trains or the storing of maintenance-of-way equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Yield strength</I> means the ability of a structural member to resist a change in length caused by an applied load. Exceeding the yield strength will cause permanent deformation of the member.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 69731, Nov. 3, 2020, as amended at 88 FR 70764, Oct. 12, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.7" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.1.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.7   Responsibility for compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall not—
</P>
<P>(1) Use, haul, or permit to be used or hauled on its line(s) any trainset—
</P>
<P>(i) With one or more defects not in compliance with this part; or
</P>
<P>(ii) That has not been inspected and tested as required by a provision of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Operate over any track, except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, with one or more conditions not in compliance this part, if the railroad has actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to the violation, or a reasonable person acting in the circumstances and exercising reasonable care would have that knowledge.
</P>
<P>(3) Violate any other provision of this part or any provision of the applicable FRA regulations listed under § 299.3(c).
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this rule, a trainset shall be considered in use prior to the trainset's departure as soon as it has received, or should have received the inspection required under this part for movement and is ready for service.
</P>
<P>(c) Although many of the requirements of this part are stated in terms of the duties of the railroad, when any person (including, but not limited to, a contractor performing safety-related tasks under contract to the railroad subject to this part) performs any function required by this part, that person (whether or not the railroad) is required to perform that function in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this part, the railroad shall be responsible for compliance with all track safety provisions set forth in subpart C of this part. When the railroad and/or its assignee have actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to a violation, or a reasonable person acting in the circumstances and exercising reasonable care would have knowledge that the track does not comply with the requirements of this part, it shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Bring the track into compliance;
</P>
<P>(2) Halt operations over that track; or
</P>
<P>(3) Continue operations over the segment of non-complying track in accordance with the provisions of § 299.309(b) or (c).
</P>
<P>(e) The FRA Administrator may hold the railroad, the railroad's contractor, or both responsible for compliance with the requirements of this part and subject to civil penalties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.9" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.1.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.9   Notifications and filings.</HEAD>
<P>All notifications and filings to the FRA required by this part shall be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety and Chief Safety Officer, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, unless otherwise specified.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.11" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.1.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.11   Electronic recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>The railroad's electronic recordkeeping shall be retained such that—
</P>
<P>(a) The railroad maintains an information technology security program adequate to ensure the integrity of the electronic data storage system, including the prevention of unauthorized access to the program logic or individual records;
</P>
<P>(b) The program and data storage system must be protected by a security system that utilizes an employee identification number and password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of program access meeting all of the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) No two individuals have the same electronic identity; and
</P>
<P>(2) A record cannot be deleted or altered by any individual after the record is certified by the employee who created the record.
</P>
<P>(c) Any amendment to a record is either—
</P>
<P>(1) Electronically stored apart from the record that it amends; or
</P>
<P>(2) Electronically attached to the record as information without changing the original record;
</P>
<P>(d) Each amendment to a record uniquely identifies the person making the amendment;
</P>
<P>(e) The system employed by the railroad for data storage permits reasonable access and retrieval; and
</P>
<P>(f) Information retrieved from the system can be easily produced in a printed format which can be readily provided to FRA representatives in a timely manner and authenticated by a designated representative of the railroad as a true and accurate copy of the railroad's records if requested to do so by FRA representatives.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.13" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.1.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.13   System description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This section describes the components, operations, equipment, and systems of the railroad's high-speed rail system. The railroad shall adhere to the following general requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad shall not exceed the maximum trainset speed approved by FRA under § 299.609(g) while in revenue service, up to a maximum speed of 330 km/h (205 mph).
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall not transport or permit to be transported in revenue service any product that has been established to be a hazardous material pursuant to 49 CFR part 172, as amended.
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad shall not conduct scheduled right-of-way maintenance on a section of the right-of-way prior to that section of the right-of-way being cleared of all revenue service trainsets (including any trainset repositioning moves), and proper action is taken by the general control center staff to protect incursion into established maintenance zones by revenue trainsets. Additionally, the railroad shall not commence revenue service prior to completion of the maintenance activities, that section of the right-of-way being cleared of all maintenance-of-way equipment. Further, the railroad is prohibited from commencing revenue operations until after conclusion of the daily sweeper inspection, under § 299.339, and the general control center returning the signal and trainset control system to the state required to protect revenue operations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Right-of-way.</I> (1) The railroad shall operate on a completely dedicated right-of-way and shall not operate or conduct joint operations with any other freight equipment, other than the railroad's maintenance-of-way equipment, or passenger rail equipment. Only the railroad's high-speed trainsets approved for revenue operations under this part, and any equipment required for construction, maintenance, and rescue purposes may be operated over the railroad's right-of-way.
</P>
<P>(2) There shall be no public highway-rail grade crossings. Animal and non-railroad equipment crossings shall be accomplished by means of an underpass or overpass. Private at-grade crossings shall be for the exclusive use by the railroad and shall be limited to track Classes H0 and H1.
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad shall develop and comply with a right-of-way barrier plan. The right-of-way barrier plan shall be maintained at the system headquarters and will be made available to FRA upon request. At a minimum, the plan will contain provisions in areas of demonstrated need for the prevention of—
</P>
<P>(i) Vandalism;
</P>
<P>(ii) Launching of objects from overhead bridges or structures onto the path of trainsets;
</P>
<P>(iii) Intrusion of vehicles from adjacent rights-of-way; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Unauthorized access to the right-of-way.
</P>
<P>(4) The entire perimeter of the system's right-of-way, except for elevated structures such as bridges and viaducts, shall be permanently fenced. Elevated structures shall be equipped with walkways and safety railing.
</P>
<P>(5) The railroad shall install intrusion detectors in accordance with the requirements set forth in subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(6) The railroad shall install rain, flood, and wind detectors in locations identified by the railroad, based on relevant criteria used by JRC to provide adequate warning of when operational restrictions are required due to adverse weather conditions. Operating restrictions shall be defined in the railroad's operating rules.
</P>
<P>(7) Access to the right-of-way for maintenance-of-way staff shall be provided on both sides of the right-of-way in accordance with the inspection, testing, and maintenance program. This access shall be protected against entry by unauthorized persons.
</P>
<P>(8) Provisions shall be made to permit emergency personnel to access the right-of-way in accordance with the Emergency Preparedness Plan pursuant to part 239 of this chapter. This access shall be protected against entry by unauthorized persons.
</P>
<P>(9) Throughout the length of the right-of-way, the railroad shall install walkways located at a safe distance from the tracks at a minimum distance of 2.0 m (6.56 feet) from the field side of the outside rail for a design speed of 330 km/h (205 mph). The walkways shall be used primarily for track and right-of-way inspection, but may be used for emergency evacuation or rescue access.
</P>
<P>(10) Access to the right-of-way by maintenance-of-way personnel shall not be allowed during revenue operations unless the access is outside the minimum safe distance defined in § 299.13(b)(9). In the event of unscheduled maintenance or repair, emergency access will be provided under specific circumstances allowed under the railroad's operating rules and the inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
</P>
<P>(11) The railroad shall record all difficulties and special situations regarding geology, hydrology, settlement, landslide, concrete, and quality criteria that arise during construction of the right-of-way. After construction, the railroad shall monitor the stability and quality standards of structures such as bridges, viaducts, and earth structures.
</P>
<P>(12) The railroad shall make available for review by the FRA the track layout drawings which show, at a minimum, the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Length of straight sections, spirals and curves, curve radius, superelevation, superelevation variations, gradients, and vertical curve radii;
</P>
<P>(ii) Turnouts and crossover location, technology, and geometry;
</P>
<P>(iii) Maximum operating speed and allowable cant deficiencies;
</P>
<P>(iv) Signal boxes, Go/No-Go signals, and communication devices;
</P>
<P>(v) Details and arrangement of track circuitry;
</P>
<P>(vi) Power feeding equipment including sectionalization, and return routing;
</P>
<P>(vii) Location of accesses to the right-of-way; and
</P>
<P>(viii) The railroad shall also submit the specifications for the track layout, permissible track forces, components such as rail, ballast, ties, rail fasteners, and switches.
</P>
<P>(13) Protection devices shall be installed on all highway bridge overpasses in accordance with the right-of-way plan in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(14) There shall be no movable bridges in the railroad's system. Stationary rail bridges located over highways or navigable waterways shall have their foundations, piers, or other support structure appropriately protected against the impact of road vehicles or water-borne vessels.
</P>
<P>(15) Train protection switches shall be installed at regular intervals on both sides of the right-of-way at intervals defined by the railroad and at intervals not to exceed 60 m (197 feet) on platforms within stations. These devices shall act directly on the ATC system.
</P>
<P>(16) The railroad shall use the design wheel and rail profiles, service-proven on the Tokaido Shinkansen system, or alternate wheel and rail profiles approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Railroad system safety</I>—(1) <I>Inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures and criteria.</I> The railroad shall develop, implement, and use a system of inspection, testing, maintenance procedures and criteria, under subpart G of this part, which are initially based on the Tokaido Shinkansen system service-proven procedures and criteria, to ensure the integrity and safe operation of the railroad's rolling stock, infrastructure, and signal and trainset control system. The railroad may, subject to FRA review and approval, implement inspection, testing, maintenance procedures and criteria, incorporating new or emerging technology, under § 299.713(c)(4).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Operating practices.</I> The railroad shall develop, implement, and use operating rules, which meet the standards set forth in subpart E of this part and which are based on practices and procedures proven on the Tokaido Shinkansen system to ensure the integrity and safe operation of the railroad's system. The railroad shall have station platform attendants on the platform in close proximity to the train protection switches required by paragraph (b)(15) of this section, while trainsets are approaching and departing the station. The railroad's operating rules shall require coordination between on-board crew and station platform attendants to assure safety during passenger boarding and alighting from trainsets at stations.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Personnel qualification requirements.</I> The railroad shall develop, implement, and use a training and testing program, which meets the requirements set forth in this part and part 243 of this chapter, to ensure that all personnel, including railroad employees and employees of railroad contractors, possess the skills and knowledge necessary to effectively perform their duties.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>System qualification tests.</I> The railroad shall develop, implement, and use a series of operational and design tests, which meet the standards set forth in subpart F of this part, to demonstrate the safe operation of system components, and the system as a whole.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Track and infrastructure.</I> (1) The railroad shall construct its track and infrastructure to meet all material and operational design criteria, within normal acceptable construction tolerances, and to meet the requirements set forth in subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall operate on nominal standard gauge, 1,435 mm (56.5 inches), track.
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad shall install and operate on double track throughout the mainlines, with a minimum nominal distance between track centerlines of 4 m (13.1 feet) for operating speeds up to 170 km/h (106 mph) (track Classes up to H4) and 4.2 m (13.8 feet) for operating speeds greater than 170 km/h (106 mph) (track Classes H5 and above). Generally, each track will be used for a single direction of traffic, and trainset will not overtake each other on mainline tracks (except at non-terminal station locations). The railroad may install crossover connections between the double track at each station, and at regular intervals along the line to permit flexibility in trainset operations, maintenance, and emergency rescue.
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad's main track (track Classes H4 and above) shall consist of continuous welded rail. Once installed, the rail shall be field-welded to form one continuous track segment except rail expansion joints and where glued-insulated joints are necessary for signaling purposes. The rail shall be JIS E 1101 60 kg rail, as specified in JIS E 1101:2001(E) as amended by JIS E 1101:2006(E), and JIS E 1101:2012(E) (all incorporated by reference, see § 299.17).
</P>
<P>(5) In yards and maintenance facilities, where operations will be at lower speeds, the railroad shall install either JIS E 1101 50kgN rail or JIS E 1101 60 kg rail as specified in JIS E 1101:2001(E) as amended by JIS E 1101:2006(E), and JIS E 1101:2012(E) (all incorporated by reference, see § 299.17).
</P>
<P>(6) The railroad shall use either ballasted or non-ballasted track to support the track structure, as appropriate for the intended high-speed system.
</P>
<P>(i) Except as noted in paragraph (c)(6)(ii) of this section, for ballasted mainline track structure, the railroad shall install pre-stressed concrete ties.
</P>
<P>(ii) For special track work such as turnouts and expansion joints, and at transitions to bridges, and for non-ballasted track, the railroad shall install either pre-stressed, composite ties, or use direct fixation. Detailed requirements are included in subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(7) Turnouts, expansion joints and glued-insulated joints shall be of the proven design as used on the Tokaido Shinkansen system.
</P>
<P>(8) The trainsets and stations shall be designed to permit level platform boarding for passengers and crew at all side entrance doors. Provisions for high level boarding shall be made at all locations in trainset maintenance facilities where crew and maintenance personnel are normally required to access or disembark trainsets.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Signal and trainset control systems.</I> (1) The railroad's signal and trainset control systems, shall be based upon the service-proven system utilized on the Tokaido Shinkansen system and shall include an automatic train control (ATC) system, interlocking equipment, and wayside equipment, including: track circuits, transponders, and Go/No-Go signals in stations and trainset maintenance facilities.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad's signaling system shall extend beyond the mainline into trainset maintenance facilities and be designed to prevent collisions at all speeds.
</P>
<P>(3) The ATC system shall be designed with a redundant architecture utilizing an intrinsic fail-safe design concept.
</P>
<P>(4) The trainset braking curves shall be determined by the on-board equipment based on the ATC signal from the ground facility and on-board database that includes the alignment and rolling stock performance data. The on-board equipment shall generate the braking command based upon the trainset location, speed, and braking curves.
</P>
<P>(5) The ATC on-board equipment shall have three modes: mainline, shunting, and cut-out.
</P>
<P>(i) Mainline mode shall be used for operations on mainlines and for entering into the trainset maintenance facilities. The mainline mode of ATC on-board equipment shall provide the following functions:
</P>
<P>(A) Prevent train-to-train collisions; and
</P>
<P>(B) Prevent overspeed derailments.
</P>
<P>(ii) Shunting mode shall be used to protect movements within trainset maintenance facilities and for emergency operations as required by the operating rules. When operating in shunting mode, the trainset shall be restricted to a maximum speed of 30 km/h.
</P>
<P>(iii) Cut-out mode shall be used for emergency operations and/or in the event of an ATC system failure as required by the operating rules.
</P>
<P>(6) Interlocking equipment shall prevent the movement of trainsets through a switch in an improper position and command switch-and-lock movements on mainlines and within trainset maintenance facilities.
</P>
<P>(7) Track circuits shall be used to provide broken rail detection.
</P>
<P>(8) Overrun protection coils shall be used at mainline turnouts, crossovers within stations and trainset maintenance facilities to prevent unauthorized route access.
</P>
<P>(9) Transponders shall be used on the mainline to provide trainset position correction. Transponders may be used to provide an overlay of overrun protection within a trainset maintenance facility.
</P>
<P>(10) Go/No-Go signals shall be used in stations for shunting and emergency operations and in trainset maintenance facilities to provide trainset movement authority.
</P>
<P>(11) The railroad shall include an intrusion detection system as required by paragraph (b)(3) and (5) of this section that shall interface with the ATC system and have the capability to stop the trainset under specified intrusion scenarios.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Communications.</I> (1) The railroad shall install a dedicated communication system along the right-of-way to transmit data, telephone, and/or radio communications that is completely isolated and independent of the signal and trainset control system. To ensure transmission reliability, the system shall include back-up transmission routes.
</P>
<P>(2) For trainset operation and maintenance, the railroad shall install—
</P>
<P>(i) A portable radio system for maintenance and service use; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A trainset radio, which shall facilitate communication between each trainset and the general control center.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Rolling stock.</I> (1) The railroad's rolling stock shall be designed, operated, and maintained in accordance with the requirements set forth in subparts D, E, and G of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall utilize bi-directional, fixed-consist, electric multiple unit (EMU), high-speed trainsets based on the N700.
</P>
<P>(3) Each trainset shall be equipped with wheel slide control.
</P>
<P>(4) Each trainset shall be equipped with two electrically connected pantographs. The position of the pantographs (up or down) shall be displayed in the driver's cab.
</P>
<P>(5) The driver's cab shall be a full width and dedicated cab and shall be arranged to enhance safety of operation, range of vision, visibility and readability of controls and indicators, accessibility of controls, and climate control.
</P>
<P>(6) The railroad's passenger equipment brake system shall be based on the N700's design and shall meet the following standards:
</P>
<P>(i) Each trainset shall be equipped with an electronically controlled brake system that shall ensure that each unit in the trainset responds independently to a brake command. The brake command shall be transmitted through the on-board internal trainset control network, as well as through the trainline for redundancy.
</P>
<P>(A) Motorized cars shall be equipped with regenerative and electronically controlled pneumatic brakes. The system shall be designed to maximize the use of regenerative brakes.
</P>
<P>(B) Non-motorized cars shall be equipped with electronically controlled pneumatic brakes.
</P>
<P>(C) The friction brakes on each bogie shall be cheek mounted disc brakes.
</P>
<P>(D) Each car shall be equipped with an electronic and pneumatic brake control unit and a main reservoir. The system shall be designed that in the event of a failure of an electronic control unit in a car, brake control shall be provided by the electronic control unit on the adjacent car. Each car in the trainset shall be equipped with a backup wheel slide protection controller that will provide wheel slide protection in the event of a wheel slide protection controller failure.
</P>
<P>(ii) The braking system shall be designed with the following brake controls: Service, emergency, urgent, and rescue brake.
</P>
<P>(iii) The service and emergency brake shall be applied automatically by ATC or manually by the driver.
</P>
<P>(iv) The urgent brake control shall be independent of the service and emergency brake control and shall be automatically applied if the trainset is parted. Application of the urgent brake shall produce an irretrievable stop. The urgent brake force shall be designed to vary according to speed in order to minimize the braking distance and avoid excessive demand of adhesion at higher speeds.
</P>
<P>(v) A disabled trainset shall be capable of having its brake system controlled electronically by a rescue trainset.
</P>
<P>(vi) Independent of the driver's brake handle in the cab, each trainset shall be equipped with two urgent brake switches in each cab car, accessible only to the crew; located adjacent to the door control station and that can initiate an urgent brake application. If door control stations are provided in intermediate cars that are accessible only to crew members, then the urgent brake switches must also be included adjacent to the door control stations.
</P>
<P>(vii) The railroad shall establish a maximum safe operating speed to address brake failures that occur in revenue service as required by § 299.409(f)(4). In the event of any friction brake failure on a trainset, the speed shall be limited by ATC on-board equipment in accordance with the brake failure switch position selected by the driver and as required by § 299.447.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.15" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.1.138.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.15   Special approvals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The following procedures govern consideration and action upon requests for special approval of alternative standards to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Petitions for special approval of alternative standard.</I> Each petition for special approval of an alternative standard shall contain—
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the petition;
</P>
<P>(2) The alternative proposed, in detail, to be substituted for the particular requirements of this part; and
</P>
<P>(3) Appropriate data or analysis, or both, establishing that the alternative will provide at least an equivalent level of safety.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Petitions for special approval of alternative compliance.</I> Each petition for special approval of alternative compliance shall contain—
</P>
<P>(1) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with regard to the petition;
</P>
<P>(2) High-speed core systems and system components of special design shall be deemed to comply with this part, if the FRA Associate Administrator determines under paragraph (d) of this section that the core system or system components provide at least an equivalent level of safety in the environment defined within § 299.13 with respect to the protection of railroad employees and the public. In making a determination under paragraph (d) of this section the Associate Administrator shall consider, as a whole, all of those elements of casualty prevention or mitigation relevant to the integrity of the core system or components that are addressed by the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Petition contents.</I> The Associate Administrator may only make a finding of equivalent safety and compliance with this part, based upon a submission of data and analysis sufficient to support that determination. The petition shall include—
</P>
<P>(1) The information required by § 299.15(b) or (c), as appropriate; Information, including detailed drawings and materials specifications, sufficient to describe the actual construction and function of the core systems or system components of special design;
</P>
<P>(2) A quantitative risk assessment, incorporating the design information and engineering analysis described in this paragraph, demonstrating that the core systems or system components, as utilized in the service environment defined in § 299.13, presents no greater hazard of serious personal injury than existing core system or system components that conform to the specific requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <E T="04">Federal Register</E><I> notice.</I> FRA will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning each petition under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Comment.</I> Not later than 30 days from the date of publication of the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> concerning a petition under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, any person may comment on the petition.
</P>
<P>(1) Each comment shall set forth specifically the basis upon which it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the commenter in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) Each comment shall be submitted to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, and shall contain the assigned docket number for that proceeding. The form of such submission may be in written or electronic form consistent with the standards and requirements established by the Federal Docket Management System and posted on its website at <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Disposition of petitions.</I> (1) FRA will conduct a hearing on a petition in accordance with the procedures provided in § 211.25 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) If FRA finds that the petition complies with the requirements of this section or that the proposed plan is acceptable the petition will be granted, normally within 90 days of its receipt. If the petition is neither granted nor denied within 90 days, the petition remains pending for decision. FRA may attach special conditions to the approval of the petition. Following the approval of a petition, FRA may reopen consideration of the petition for cause stated.
</P>
<P>(3) If FRA finds that the petition does not comply with the requirements of this section, or that the proposed plan is not acceptable or that the proposed changes are not justified, or both, the petition will be denied, normally within 90 days of its receipt.
</P>
<P>(4) When FRA grants or denies a petition, or reopens consideration of the petition, written notice is sent to the petitioner and other interested parties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.17" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.1.138.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.17   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590 (telephone: 202-493-6052); email: <I>FRALegal@dot.gov</I> and is available from the sources indicated in this section. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, email <I>fedreg.legal@nara.gov</I> or go to www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.
</P>
<P>(a) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, <I>www.astm.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ASTM D 4956-07<E T="7333">ε</E>
<SU>1</SU>, Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control, approved March 15, 2007; into § 299.423.
</P>
<P>(2) ASTM E 810-03, Standard Test Method for Coefficient of Retroreflection of Retroreflective Sheeting Utilizing the Coplanar Geometry, approved February 10, 2003; into § 299.423.
</P>
<P>(3) ASTM E 2073-07, Standard Test Method for Photopic Luminance of Photoluminescent (Phosphorescent) Markings, approved July 1, 2007; into § 299.423.
</P>
<P>(b) Japanese Standards Association 3-13-12 Mita, Minato-ku, Tokyo, 108-0073, Japan, <I>www.jsa.or.jp</I> (Japanese site), or <I>www.jsa.or.jp/en</I> (English site).
</P>
<P>(1) JIS B 8265:2010(E) “Construction of pressure vessels-general principles,” Published December 27, 2010, Second English edition, published December 2013; into § 299.409.
</P>
<P>(2) JIS E 1101:2001(E), “Flat bottom railway rails and special rails for switches and crossings of non-treated steel,” Published March 21, 2001, Second English edition, published August 2008; into § 299.13(d).
</P>
<P>(3) JIS E 1101:2006(E) “Flat bottom railway rails and special rails for switches and crossings of non-treated steel,” (Amendment 1), Published March 27, 2006, First English edition, published December 2006; into § 299.13(d).
</P>
<P>(4) JIS E 1101:2012(E) “Flat bottom railway rails and special rails for switches and crossings of non-treated steel,” (Amendment 2), Published February 20, 2012, First English edition, May 2012; into § 299.13(d).
</P>
<P>(5) JIS E 7105:2006(E), “Rolling Stock—Test methods of static load for body structures,” Published February 6, 2006, First English edition published May 2010; into § 299.403(b).
</P>
<P>(6) JIS E 7105:2011(E), “Rolling Stock—Test methods of static load for body structures,” (Amendment 1) Published September 7, 2011, First English edition, published December 2011; into § 299.403(b).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Signal and Trainset Control System</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.201" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.2.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.201   Technical PTC system requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall comply with all applicable requirements under 49 U.S.C. 20157, including, but not limited to, the statutory requirement to fully implement an FRA-certified PTC system prior to commencing revenue service.
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad's PTC system shall be designed to prevent train-to-train collisions, over-speed derailments, incursions into established work zone limits, and movements of trainset through switches left in the wrong position, reliably and functionally, in accordance with § 236.1005(a) and (c) through (f) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) The railroad is authorized to conduct field testing of its PTC system on its system, prior to obtaining PTC System Certification from FRA, in accordance with its system-wide qualification test plan under § 299.603. During any field testing of its uncertified PTC system and regression testing of its FRA-certified PTC system, FRA may oversee the railroad's testing, audit any applicable test plans and procedures, and impose additional testing conditions that FRA believes may be necessary for the safety of trainset operations.
</P>
<P>(d) The railroad is not exempted from compliance with any requirement of subparts A through G of 49 CFR part 236, or 49 CFR parts 233 and 235, unless the railroad's FRA-approved PTCSP provides for such an exemption.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) All materials filed in accordance with this subpart must be in the English language, or have been translated into English and attested as true and correct.
</P>
<P>(2) Each filing referenced in this subpart may include a request for full or partial confidentiality in accordance with § 209.11 of this chapter. If confidentiality is requested as to a portion of any applicable document, then in addition to the filing requirements under § 209.11 of this chapter, the person filing the document shall also file a copy of the original unredacted document, marked to indicate which portions are redacted in the document's confidential version without obscuring the original document's contents.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.203" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.2.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.203   PTC system required.</HEAD>
<P>The railroad shall not commence revenue service prior to installing and making operative its FRA-certified PTC system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.205" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.2.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.205   PTC System Certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Prior to operating its PTC system in revenue service, the railroad must first obtain a PTC System Certification from FRA by submitting an acceptable PTCSP and obtaining FRA's approval of its PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(b) Each PTCSP requirement under this subpart shall be supported by information and analysis sufficient to establish that the PTC system meets the requirements of § 236.1005(a) and (c) through (f) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Associate Administrator finds that the PTCSP and its supporting documentation support a finding that the PTC system complies with § 236.1005(a) and (c) through (f) of this chapter and § 299.211, the Associate Administrator shall approve the PTCSP. If the Associate Administrator approves the PTCSP, the railroad shall receive PTC System Certification for its PTC system and shall implement the PTC system according to the PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(d) Issuance of a PTC System Certification is contingent upon FRA's confidence in the implementation and operation of the subject PTC system. This confidence may be based on FRA-monitored field testing or an independent assessment performed in accordance with § 236.1017 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) As necessary to ensure safety, FRA may attach special conditions to its certification of the railroad's PTC System.
</P>
<P>(2) After granting a PTC System Certification, FRA may reconsider the PTC System Certification upon revelation of any of the following factors concerning the contents of the PTCSP:
</P>
<P>(i) Potential error or fraud;
</P>
<P>(ii) Potentially invalidated assumptions determined as a result of in-service experience or one or more unsafe events calling into question the safety analysis supporting the approval.
</P>
<P>(3) During FRA's reconsideration in accordance with this paragraph, the PTC system may remain in use if otherwise consistent with the applicable law and regulations, and FRA may impose special conditions for use of the PTC system.
</P>
<P>(4) After FRA's reconsideration in accordance with this paragraph, FRA may:
</P>
<P>(i) Dismiss its reconsideration and continue to recognize the existing PTC System Certification;
</P>
<P>(ii) Allow continued operations under such conditions the Associate Administrator deems necessary to ensure safety; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Revoke the PTC System Certification and direct the railroad to cease operations.
</P>
<P>(f) FRA shall be afforded reasonable access to monitor, test, and inspect processes, procedures, facilities, documents, records, design and testing materials, artifacts, training materials and programs, and any other information used in the design, development, manufacture, test, implementation, and operation of the system, as well as interview any personnel.
</P>
<P>(g) Information that has been certified under the auspices of a foreign regulatory entity recognized by the Associate Administrator may, at the Associate Administrator's sole discretion, be accepted as independently verified and validated and used to support the railroad's PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(h) The railroad shall file its PTCSP in FRA's Secure Information Repository at <I>https://sir.fra.dot.gov,</I> consistent with § 299.201(e).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.207" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.2.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.207   PTC Safety Plan content requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad's PTCSP shall contain the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) A hazard log consisting of a comprehensive description of all safety-relevant hazards of the PTC system, specific to implementation on the railroad, including maximum threshold limits for each hazard (for unidentified hazards, the threshold shall be exceeded at one occurrence);
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the safety assurance concepts that are to be used for system development, including an explanation of the design principles and assumptions;
</P>
<P>(3) A risk assessment of the as-built PTC system;
</P>
<P>(4) A hazard mitigation analysis, including a complete and comprehensive description of each hazard and the mitigation techniques used;
</P>
<P>(5) A complete description of the safety assessment and Verification and Validation processes applied to the PTC system, their results, and whether these processes address the safety principles described in appendix C to part 236 of this chapter directly, using other safety criteria, or not at all;
</P>
<P>(6) A complete description of the railroad's training plan for railroad, and contractor employees and supervisors necessary to ensure safe and proper installation, implementation, operation, maintenance, repair, inspection, testing, and modification of the PTC system;
</P>
<P>(7) A complete description of the specific procedures and test equipment necessary to ensure the safe and proper installation, implementation, operation, maintenance, repair, inspection, testing, and modification of the PTC system on the railroad and establish safety-critical hazards are appropriately mitigated. These procedures, including calibration requirements, shall be consistent with or explain deviations from the equipment manufacturer's recommendations;
</P>
<P>(8) A complete description of the configuration or revision control measures designed to ensure that the railroad or its contractor does not adversely affect the safety-functional requirements and that safety-critical hazard mitigation processes are not compromised as a result of any such change;
</P>
<P>(9) A complete description of all initial implementation testing procedures necessary to establish that safety-functional requirements are met and safety-critical hazards are appropriately mitigated;
</P>
<P>(10) A complete description of all post-implementation testing (validation) and monitoring procedures, including the intervals necessary to establish that safety-functional requirements, safety-critical hazard mitigation processes, and safety-critical tolerances are not compromised over time, through use, or after maintenance (adjustment, repair, or replacement) is performed;
</P>
<P>(11) A complete description of each record necessary to ensure the safety of the system that is associated with periodic maintenance, inspections, tests, adjustments, repairs, or replacements, and the system's resulting conditions, including records of component failures resulting in safety-relevant hazards (<I>see</I> § 299.213);
</P>
<P>(12) A safety analysis to determine whether, when the system is in operation, any risk remains of an unintended incursion into a roadway work zone due to human error. If the analysis reveals any such risk, the PTCSP shall describe how that risk will be mitigated;
</P>
<P>(13) A complete description of how the PTC system will enforce authorities and signal indications;
</P>
<P>(14) A complete description of how the PTC system will appropriately and timely enforce all integrated hazard detectors in accordance with § 236.1005 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(15) The documents and information required under § 299.211;
</P>
<P>(16) A summary of the process for the product supplier or vendor to promptly and thoroughly report any safety-relevant failures or previously unidentified hazards to the railroad, including when another user of the product experiences a safety-relevant failure or discovers a previously unidentified hazard;
</P>
<P>(17) Documentation establishing—by design, data, or other analysis—that the PTC system meets the fail-safe operation criteria under paragraph (b)(4)(v) of appendix C to part 236 of this chapter; and,
</P>
<P>(18) An analysis establishing that the PTC system will be operated at a level of safety comparable to that achieved over the 5-year period prior to the submission of the railroad's PTCSP by other train control systems that perform PTC functions, and which have been utilized on high-speed rail systems with similar technical and operational characteristics in the United States or in foreign service.
</P>
<P>(b) As the railroad's PTC system may be considered a standalone system pursuant to § 236.1015(e)(3) of this chapter, the following requirements apply:
</P>
<P>(1) The PTC system shall reliably execute the functions required by § 236.1005 of this chapter and be demonstrated to do so to FRA's satisfaction; and
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad's PTCSP shall establish, with a high degree of confidence, that the system will not introduce any hazards that have not been sufficiently mitigated.
</P>
<P>(c) When determining whether the PTCSP fulfills the requirements under this section, the Associate Administrator may consider all available evidence concerning the reliability of the proposed system.
</P>
<P>(d) When reviewing the issue of the potential data errors (for example, errors arising from data supplied from other business systems needed to execute the braking algorithm, survey data needed for location determination, or mandatory directives issued through the computer-aided dispatching system), the PTCSP must include a careful identification of each of the risks and a discussion of each applicable mitigation. In an appropriate case, such as a case in which the residual risk after mitigation is substantial, the Associate Administrator may require submission of a quantitative risk assessment addressing these potential errors.
</P>
<P>(e) The railroad must comply with the applicable requirements under § 236.1021 of this chapter prior to modifying a safety-critical element of an FRA-certified PTC system.
</P>
<P>(f) If a PTCSP applies to a PTC system designed to replace an existing certified PTC system, the PTCSP will be approved provided that the PTCSP establishes with a high degree of confidence that the new PTC system will provide a level of safety not less than the level of safety provided by the system to be replaced.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.209" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.2.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.209   PTC system use and failures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When any safety-critical PTC system component fails to perform its intended function, the cause must be determined and the faulty component adjusted, repaired, or replaced without undue delay. Until repair of such essential components is completed, the railroad shall take appropriate action as specified in its PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(b) Where a trainset that is operating in, or is to be operated within, a PTC-equipped track segment experiences a PTC system failure or the PTC system is otherwise cut out while en route (<I>i.e.,</I> after the trainset has departed its initial terminal), the trainset may only continue in accordance with all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, when no absolute block protection is established, the trainset may proceed at a speed not to exceed restricted speed.
</P>
<P>(2) When absolute block protection can be established in advance of the trainset, the trainset may proceed at a speed not to exceed 120 km/h (75 mph), and the trainset shall not exceed restricted speed until the absolute block in advance of the trainset is established.
</P>
<P>(3) A report of the failure or cut-out must be made to a designated railroad officer of the railroad as soon as safe and practicable.
</P>
<P>(4) Where the PTC system is the exclusive method of delivering mandatory directives, an absolute block must be established in advance of the trainset as soon as safe and practicable, and the trainset shall not exceed restricted speed until the absolute block in advance of the trainset is established.
</P>
<P>(5) Where the failure or cut-out is a result of a defective onboard PTC apparatus, the trainset may be moved in passenger service only to the next forward location where the necessary repairs can be made; however, if the next forward location where the necessary repairs can be made does not have the facilities to handle the safe unloading of passengers, the trainset may be moved past the repair location in service only to the next forward passenger station in order to facilitate the unloading of passengers. When the passengers have been safely unloaded, the defective trainset shall be moved to the nearest location where the onboard PTC apparatus can be repaired or exchanged.
</P>
<P>(c) The railroad shall comply with all provisions in its PTCSP for each PTC system it uses and shall operate within the scope of initial operational assumptions and predefined changes identified.
</P>
<P>(d) The normal functioning of any safety-critical PTC system must not be interfered with in testing or otherwise without first taking measures to provide for the safe movement of trainsets that depend on the normal functioning of the system.
</P>
<P>(e) The railroad shall comply with the reporting requirements under § 236.1029(h) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) The railroad and the PTC system vendors and/or suppliers must comply with each applicable requirement under § 236.1023 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.211" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.2.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.211   Communications and security requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All wireless communications between the office, wayside, and onboard components in a PTC system shall provide cryptographic message integrity and authentication.
</P>
<P>(b) Cryptographic keys required under this section shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Use an algorithm approved by the National Institute of Standards or a similarly recognized and FRA-approved standards body;
</P>
<P>(2) Be distributed using manual or automated methods, or a combination of both; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be revoked—
</P>
<P>(i) If compromised by unauthorized disclosure of the cleartext key; or
</P>
<P>(ii) When the key algorithm reaches its lifespan as defined by the standards body responsible for approval of the algorithm.
</P>
<P>(c) The cleartext form of the cryptographic keys shall be protected from unauthorized disclosure, modification, or substitution, except during key entry when the cleartext keys and key components may be temporarily displayed to allow visual verification. When encrypted keys or key components are entered, the cryptographically protected cleartext key or key components shall not be displayed.
</P>
<P>(d) Access to cleartext keys shall be protected by a tamper-resistant mechanism.
</P>
<P>(e) If the railroad elects to also provide cryptographic message confidentiality, it shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the same requirements for message integrity and authentication under this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) Only use keys meeting or exceeding the security strength required to protect the data as defined in the railroad's PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(f) The railroad, or its vendor or supplier, shall have a prioritized service restoration and mitigation plan for scheduled and unscheduled interruptions of service. This plan shall be made available to FRA upon request, without undue delay, for restoration of communication services that support PTC system services.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.213" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.2.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.213   Records retention.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall maintain at a designated office on the railroad—
</P>
<P>(1) A current copy of each FRA-approved PTCSP that it holds;
</P>
<P>(2) Adequate documentation to demonstrate that the PTCSP meets the safety requirements of this RPA, including the risk assessment;
</P>
<P>(3) An Operations and Maintenance Manual, pursuant to § 299.215; and
</P>
<P>(4) Training and testing records pursuant to § 236.1043(b) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Results of inspections and tests specified in the PTCSP must be recorded pursuant to § 236.110 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Each contractor providing services relating to the testing, maintenance, or operation of the railroad's PTC system shall maintain at a designated office training records required under §§ 236.1043(b) of this chapter, and 299.207(a)(6).
</P>
<P>(d) After the PTC system is placed in service, the railroad shall maintain a database of all safety-relevant hazards as set forth in its PTCSP and those that had not been previously identified in its PTCSP. If the frequency of the safety-relevant hazards exceeds the threshold set forth in its PTCSP, then the railroad shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Report the inconsistency in writing to FRA's Secure Information Repository at <I>https://sir.fra.dot.gov,</I> within 15 days of discovery;
</P>
<P>(2) Take prompt countermeasures to reduce the frequency of each safety-relevant hazard to below the threshold set forth in its PTCSP; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provide a final report when the inconsistency is resolved to FRA's Secure Information Repository at <I>https://sir.fra.dot.gov,</I> on the results of the analysis and countermeasures taken to reduce the frequency of the safety-relevant hazard(s) below the threshold set forth in its PTCSP.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.215" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.2.138.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.215   Operations and Maintenance Manual.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall catalog and maintain all documents as specified in its PTCSP for the operation, installation, maintenance, repair, modification, inspection, and testing of the PTC system and have them in one Operations and Maintenance Manual, readily available to persons required to perform such tasks and for inspection by FRA and FRA-certified state inspectors.
</P>
<P>(b) Plans required for proper maintenance, repair, inspection, and testing of safety-critical PTC systems must be adequate in detail and must be made available for inspection by FRA and FRA-certified state inspectors where such PTC systems are deployed or maintained. They must identify all software versions, revisions, and revision dates. Plans must be legible and correct.
</P>
<P>(c) Hardware, software, and firmware revisions must be documented in the Operations and Maintenance Manual according to the railroad's configuration management control plan and any additional configuration/revision control measures specified in its PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(d) Safety-critical components, including spare equipment, must be positively identified, handled, replaced, and repaired in accordance with the procedures specified in the railroad's PTCSP.
</P>
<P>(e) The railroad shall designate in its Operations and Maintenance Manual an appropriate railroad officer responsible for issues relating to scheduled interruptions of service.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Track Safety Standards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.301" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.301   Restoration or renewal of track under traffic conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Restoration or renewal of track, other than in yards and trainset maintenance facilities, under traffic conditions is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(b) Restoration or renewal of track under traffic conditions on track Class H2 in trainset maintenance facilities is limited to the replacement of worn, broken, or missing components or fastenings that do not affect the safe passage of trainset.
</P>
<P>(c) The following activities are expressly prohibited on track Class H2 in trainset maintenance facilities under traffic conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Any work that interrupts rail continuity, <I>e.g.,</I> as in joint bar replacement or rail replacement;
</P>
<P>(2) Any work that adversely affects the lateral or vertical stability of the track with the exception of spot tamping an isolated condition where not more than 4.5 m (15 feet) of track are involved at any one time and the ambient air temperature is not above 35 °C (95 °F); and
</P>
<P>(3) Removal and replacement of the rail fastenings on more than one tie at a time within 4.5 m (15 feet).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.303" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.303   Measuring track not under load.</HEAD>
<P>When unloaded track is measured to determine compliance with requirements of this part, evidence of rail movement, if any, that occurs while the track is loaded shall be added to the measurements of the unloaded track.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.305" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.305   Drainage.</HEAD>
<P>Each drainage or other water carrying facility under or immediately adjacent to the roadbed shall be maintained and kept free of obstruction, to accommodate expected water flow for the area concerned.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.307" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.307   Vegetation.</HEAD>
<P>Vegetation on railroad property which is on or immediately adjacent to roadbed shall be controlled so that it does not—
</P>
<P>(a) Become a fire hazard to track-carrying structures;
</P>
<P>(b) Obstruct visibility of railroad signs and signals along the right-of-way;
</P>
<P>(c) Interfere with railroad employees performing normal trackside duties;
</P>
<P>(d) Prevent proper functioning of signal and communication lines; or
</P>
<P>(e) Prevent railroad employees from visually inspecting moving equipment from their normal duty stations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.309" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.309   Classes of track: operating speed limits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section and as otherwise provided in this part, the following maximum allowable operating speeds apply—
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Over track that
<br/>meets all of the
<br/>requirements
<br/>prescribed in this
<br/>part for—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The maximum
<br/>allowable operating speed in km/h (mph)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class H0 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 (12)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class H1 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 (19)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class H2 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70 (44)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class H3 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 (75)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class H4 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">170 (106)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class H5 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230 (143)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class H6 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">285 (177)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class H7 track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">330 (205)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, if a segment of track does not meet all of the requirements for its intended Class, it is to be reclassified to the next lower track Class for which it does meet all of the requirements of this part. However, if the segment of track does not at least meet the requirements for track Class H1 track, operations may continue at Class H1 speeds for a period of not more than 30 days without bringing the track into compliance, under the authority of an individual designated under § 299.353, after that individual determines that operations may safely continue and subject to any limiting conditions specified by such individual.
</P>
<P>(c) If a segment of track designated as track Class H0 does not meet all of the requirements for its intended class, operations may continue at Class H0 speeds for a period of not more than 30 days without bringing the track into compliance, under the authority of an individual designated under § 299.353, after that individual determines that operations may safely continue and subject to any limiting conditions specified by such individual.
</P>
<P>(d) No high-speed passenger trainset shall operate over track Class H0.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.311" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.311   Track geometry; general.</HEAD>
<P>If the values listed in the following table are exceeded, the railroad shall initiate remedial action. A reduction in operating speed so that the condition complies with the limits listed for a lower speed shall constitute bringing the track into compliance.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 299.311
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Track geometry parameter (millimeter (mm))
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Track class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H0
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H3
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H4
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H5
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H6
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H7
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gauge is measured between the heads of the rails at right angles to the rails in a plane 14 mm (0.55 inches) below the top of the rail head and may not exceed—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Min.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1429
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Max.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1454</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1454</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1454</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1454</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1454</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1454</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1454</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1454
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from uniformity
<sup>1</sup> of the mid-chord offset on either rail for a 10 meter (m) chord (alignment) may not be more than—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 m chord</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from uniform profile on either rail at the mid-ordinate of a 10 m chord (surface) may not be more than—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 m chord</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The deviation from uniform crosslevel at any point on tangent and curved track may not be more than—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">The difference in crosslevel between any two points 2.5 meters (8.2 feet) apart (twist) may not be more than—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 m</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Uniformity for alignment at any point along the track is established by averaging the measured mid-chord offset values for a 10 m (32.8 feet) chord for nine consecutive points that are centered around that point and spaced at 2.5 m (8.2 feet) intervals.</P></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.313" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.313   Track geometry; performance based.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For all track of Class H4 and above, vibration in the lateral and vertical directions measured on the carbody of a vehicle representative of the service fleet traveling at a speed no less than 10 km/h (6.2 mph) below the maximum speed permitted for the class of track, shall not exceed the limits prescribed in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Carbody acceleration limits <E T="0731">1 2</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lateral vibration 
<sup>3</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vertical vibration 
<sup>3</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">≤ 0.35 g peak-to-peak</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">≤ 0.45g peak-to-peak
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 sec window</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 sec window
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">excluding peaks &lt; 50 msec</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">excluding peaks &lt; 50 msec
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Carbody accelerations in the vertical and lateral directions shall be measured by accelerometers oriented and located in accordance with § 299.337(c)(3).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Acceleration measurements shall be processed through an LPF with a minimum cut-off frequency of 10 Hz. The sample rate for acceleration data shall be at least 200 samples per second.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Peak-to-peak accelerations shall be measured as the algebraic difference between the two extreme values of measured acceleration in any 1-second time period, excluding any peak lasting less than 50 milliseconds.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) If the carbody acceleration requirements are not met on a segment of track, the segment of track is to be reclassified to the next lower Class of track for which it does meet the requirements of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.315" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.315   Curves; elevation and speed limitations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The maximum elevation of the outside rail of a curve may not be more than 200 mm (7-7/8 inches). The outside rail of a curve may not be lower than the inside rail by design, except when engineered to address specific track or operating conditions; the limits in § 299.311 apply in all cases.
</P>
<P>(b) The maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed for each curve is determined by the following formula:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.000.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where—
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V<E T="52">max</E> = Maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed (km/h).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E<E T="52">a</E> = Actual elevation of the outside rail (mm). Actual elevation, E<E T="52">a</E>, for each 50-meter track segment in the body of the curve is determined by averaging the elevation for 11 points through the segment at 5-meter spacing. If the curve length is less than 50-meters, average the points through the full length of the body of the curve.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E<E T="52">u</E> = Qualified cant deficiency (mm) of the vehicle type.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>R = Radius of curve (m). Radius of curve, R, is determined by averaging the radius of the curve over the same track segment as the elevation.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) All vehicles are considered qualified for operating on track with a cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, not exceeding 75 mm (3 inches).
</P>
<P>(d) Each vehicle type must be approved by FRA, under § 299.609, to operate on track with a qualified cant deficiency, E<E T="52">u</E>, greater than 75 mm (3 inches). Each vehicle type must demonstrate in a ready-for-service load condition, compliance with the requirements of either paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) When positioned on a track with a uniform superelevation equal to the proposed cant deficiency:
</P>
<P>(i) No wheel of the vehicle unloads to a value less than 60 percent of its static value on perfectly level track; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For passenger cars, the roll angle between the floor of the equipment and the horizontal does not exceed 8.6 degrees; or
</P>
<P>(2) When operating through a constant radius curve at a constant speed corresponding to the proposed cant deficiency, and a test plan is submitted and approved by FRA in accordance with § 299.609(d)—
</P>
<P>(i) The steady-state (average) load on any wheel, throughout the body of the curve, is not less than 60 percent of its static value on perfectly level track; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For passenger cars, the steady-state (average) lateral acceleration measured on the floor of the carbody does not exceed 0.15g.
</P>
<P>(e) The railroad shall transmit the results of the testing specified in paragraph (d) of this section to FRA in accordance with §§ 299.9 and 299.613 requesting approval under § 299.609(g) for the vehicle type to operate at the desired curving speeds allowed under the formula in paragraph (b) of this section. The request shall be made in writing and shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the vehicle type involved, including schematic diagrams of the suspension system(s) and the estimated location of the center of gravity above top of rail; and
</P>
<P>(2) The test procedure, including the load condition under which the testing was performed, and description of the instrumentation used to qualify the vehicle type, as well as the maximum values for wheel unloading and roll angles or accelerations that were observed during testing.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)(2):</HED>
<P>The test procedure may be conducted whereby all the wheels on one side (right or left) of the vehicle are raised to the proposed cant deficiency and lowered, and then the vertical wheel loads under each wheel are measured and a level is used to record the angle through which the floor of the vehicle has been rotated.</P></NOTE>
<P>(f) Upon FRA approval of the request to approve the vehicle type to operate at the desired curving speeds allowed under the formula in paragraph (b) of this section, the railroad shall notify FRA in accordance with § 299.9 in writing no less than 30 calendar days prior to the proposed implementation of the approved higher curving speeds allowed under the formula in paragraph (b) of this section. The notification shall contain, at a minimum, identification of the track segment(s) on which the higher curving speeds are to be implemented.
</P>
<P>(g) As used in this section, and § 299.609, vehicle type means like vehicles with variations in their physical properties, such as suspension, mass, interior arrangements, and dimensions that do not result in significant changes to their dynamic characteristics.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.317" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.317   Track strength.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Track shall have a sufficient vertical strength to withstand the maximum vehicle loads generated at maximum permissible trainset speeds, cant deficiencies and surface limitations. For purposes of this section, vertical track strength is defined as the track capacity to constrain vertical deformations so that the track shall, under maximum load, remain in compliance with the track performance and geometry requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Track shall have sufficient lateral strength to withstand the maximum thermal and vehicle loads generated at maximum permissible trainset speeds, cant deficiencies and lateral alignment limitations. For purposes of this section lateral track strength is defined as the track capacity to constrain lateral deformations so that track shall, under maximum load, remain in compliance with the track performance and geometry requirements of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.319" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.319   Track fixation and support.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Crossties, if used shall be of concrete or composite construction, unless otherwise approved by FRA under § 299.15, for all tracks over which trainsets run in revenue service.
</P>
<P>(b) Each 25 m (82 feet) segment of track that contains crossties shall have—
</P>
<P>(1) A sufficient number of crossties to provide effective support that will—
</P>
<P>(i) Hold gauge within limits prescribed in § 299.311;
</P>
<P>(ii) Maintain surface within the limits prescribed in § 299.311;
</P>
<P>(iii) Maintain alignment within the limits prescribed in § 299.311; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Maintain longitudinal rail restraint.
</P>
<P>(2) The minimum number and type of crossties specified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section and described in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, as applicable, effectively distributed to support the entire segment;
</P>
<P>(3) At least one non-defective crosstie of the type specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section that is located at a joint location as specified in paragraph (e) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(4) The minimum number of crossties as indicated in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(b)(4)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Minimum number of non-defective crossties
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Track class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other than on non-ballasted bridge &amp; turnout
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Non-ballasted bridge
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Turnout
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31, unless inside a TMF, then 28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H4-H7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Crossties, other than concrete, counted to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(4) of this section shall not be—
</P>
<P>(1) Broken through;
</P>
<P>(2) Split or otherwise impaired to the extent the crossties will allow the ballast to work through, or will not hold spikes or rail fasteners;
</P>
<P>(3) Deteriorated so that the tie plate or base of rail can move laterally 9.5 mm (
<FR>3/8</FR> inch) relative to the crossties;
</P>
<P>(4) Cut by the tie plate through more than 40 percent of a crosstie's thickness;
</P>
<P>(5) Configured with less than 2 rail holding spikes or fasteners per tie plate; or
</P>
<P>(6) Unable, due to insufficient fastener toeload, to maintain longitudinal restraint and maintain rail hold down and gauge.
</P>
<P>(d) Concrete crossties counted to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(4) of this section shall not be—
</P>
<P>(1) Broken through or deteriorated to the extent that prestressing material is visible;
</P>
<P>(2) Deteriorated or broken off in the vicinity of the shoulder or insert so that the fastener assembly can either pull out or move laterally more than 9.5 mm (
<FR>3/8</FR> inch) relative to the crosstie;
</P>
<P>(3) Deteriorated such that the base of either rail can move laterally more than 9.5 mm (
<FR>3/8</FR> inch) relative to the crosstie;
</P>
<P>(4) Deteriorated so that rail seat abrasion is sufficiently deep so as to cause loss of rail fastener toeload;
</P>
<P>(5) Deteriorated such that the crosstie's fastening or anchoring system is unable to maintain longitudinal rail restraint, or maintain rail hold down, or maintain gauge due to insufficient fastener toeload; or
</P>
<P>(6) Configured with less than two fasteners on the same rail.
</P>
<P>(e) Classes H0 and H1 track shall have one crosstie whose centerline is within 0.61 m (24 inches) of each rail joint (end) location. Classes H2 and H3 track shall have one crosstie whose centerline is within 0.46 m (18 inches) of each rail joint (end) location. Classes H4-H7 track shall have one crosstie whose centerline is within 0.32 m (12.6 inches) of each rail joint (end) location. The relative position of these crossties is described in the following three diagrams:
</P>
<P>(1) Each rail joint in Classes H0 and H1 track shall be supported by at least one crosstie specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section whose centerline is within 1.22 m (48 inches) as shown in Figure 1 to this paragraph.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.001.gif"/>
<P>(2) Each rail joint in Classes H2 and H3 track shall be supported by at least one crosstie specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section whose centerline is within 0.92 m (36.2 inches) as shown in Figure 2 to this paragraph.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.002.gif"/>
<P>(3) Each rail joint in Classes H4-H7 track shall be supported by at least one crosstie specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section whose centerline is within 0.64 m (25.2 inches) as shown in Figure 3 to this paragraph.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.003.gif"/>
<P>(f) In Class H3 track there shall be at least two non-defective ties each side of a defective tie.
</P>
<P>(g) In Classes H4 to H7 track and at any expansion joints there shall be at least three non-defective ties each side of a defective tie.
</P>
<P>(h) Defective ties shall be replaced in accordance with the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
</P>
<P>(i) Track shall be fastened by a system of components that effectively maintains gauge within the limits prescribed in § 299.311. Each component of each such system shall be evaluated to determine whether gauge is effectively being maintained.
</P>
<P>(j) For track constructed without crossties, such as slab track and track connected directly to bridge structural components, track over servicing pits, etc., the track structure shall be sufficient to maintain the geometry limits specified in § 299.311.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.321" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.321   Defective rails.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program shall include a description of defective rails consistent with the practice on the Tokaido Shinkansen system. The inspection, testing, and maintenance program shall include identification of rail defect types, definition of the inspection criteria, time required for verification and the corresponding remedial action.
</P>
<P>(b) When the railroad learns that a rail in that track contains any of the defects listed in the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program, a person designated under § 299.353 or § 299.355 shall determine whether the track may continue in use. If the designated person determines that the track may continue in use, operation over the defective rail is not permitted until—
</P>
<P>(1) The rail is replaced or repaired; or
</P>
<P>(2) The remedial action prescribed in the inspection, testing, and maintenance program is initiated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.323" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.323   Continuous welded rail (CWR) plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall have in effect and comply with a plan that contains written procedures which address: The installation, adjustment, maintenance, and inspection of CWR; and inspection of CWR joints.
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad shall file its CWR plan with FRA pursuant to § 299.9. The initial CWR plan shall be filed 60 days prior to installation of any CWR track. The effective date of the plan is the date the plan is filed with FRA.
</P>
<P>(c) The railroad's existing plan shall remain in effect until the railroad's new plan is developed and filed with FRA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.325" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.325   Continuous welded rail (CWR); general.</HEAD>
<P>The railroad shall comply with the contents of the CWR plan developed under § 299.323. The plan shall contain the following elements—
</P>
<P>(a) Procedures for the installation and adjustment of CWR which include—
</P>
<P>(1) Designation of a desired rail installation temperature range for the geographic area in which the CWR is located;
</P>
<P>(2) De-stressing procedures/methods which address proper attainment of the desired rail installation temperature range when adjusting CWR; and
</P>
<P>(3) Glued insulated or expansion joint installation and maintenance procedures.
</P>
<P>(b) Rail anchoring, if used, or fastening requirements that will provide sufficient restraint to limit longitudinal rail and crosstie movement to the extent practical, and that specifically address CWR rail anchoring or fastening patterns on bridges, bridge approaches, and at other locations where possible longitudinal rail and crosstie movement associated with normally expected trainset-induced forces—is restricted.
</P>
<P>(c) CWR joint installation and maintenance procedures.
</P>
<P>(d) Procedures which specifically address maintaining a desired rail installation temperature range when cutting CWR including rail repairs, in-track welding, and in conjunction with adjustments made in the area of tight track, a track buckle, or a pull-apart.
</P>
<P>(e) Procedures which control trainset speed on CWR track when—
</P>
<P>(1) Maintenance work, track rehabilitation, track construction, or any other event occurs which disturbs the roadbed or ballast section and reduces the lateral or longitudinal resistance of the track; and
</P>
<P>(2) The difference between the rail temperature and the rail neutral temperature is in a range that causes buckling-prone conditions to be present at a specific location.
</P>
<P>(f) Procedures which prescribe when and where physical track inspections are to be performed under extreme temperature conditions.
</P>
<P>(g) Scheduling and procedures for inspections to detect cracks and other indications of potential failures in CWR joints.
</P>
<P>(h) The railroad shall have in effect a comprehensive training program for the application of these written CWR procedures, with provisions for periodic retraining for those individuals designated as qualified in accordance with this subpart to supervise the installation, adjustment, and maintenance of CWR track and to perform inspections of CWR track.
</P>
<P>(i) The plan shall prescribe and require compliance with recordkeeping requirements necessary to provide an adequate history of track constructed with CWR. At a minimum, these records shall include—
</P>
<P>(1) The rail laying temperature, location, and date of CWR installations. Each record shall be retained until the rail neutral temperature has been adjusted; and
</P>
<P>(2) A record of any CWR installation or maintenance work that does not conform to the written procedures. Such record must include the location of the rail and be maintained until the CWR is brought into conformance with such procedures.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.327" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.327   Rail end mismatch.</HEAD>
<P>Any mismatch of rails at joints may not be more than that prescribed by the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 299.327
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Track class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Any mismatch of rails at joints may not be more than the following:
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On the tread of the rail ends
<br/>(mm)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">On the gauge side of the rail ends
<br/>(mm)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H1-H2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H3-H7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.329" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.329   Rail joints and torch cut rails.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each rail joint, insulated joint, expansion joint, and compromise joint shall be of a structurally sound design and appropriate dimensions for the rail on which it is applied.
</P>
<P>(b) If a joint bar is cracked, broken, or permits excessive vertical movement of either rail when all bolts are tight, it shall be replaced.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for glued-insulated joints, each joint bar shall be held in position by track bolts tightened to allow the joint bar to firmly support the abutting rail ends. For track Classes H0 to H3 track bolts shall be tightened, as required, to allow longitudinal movement of the rail in the joint to accommodate expansion and contraction due to temperature variations.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, each rail shall be bolted with at least two bolts at each joint.
</P>
<P>(e) Clamped joint bars may be used for temporary repair during emergency situations, and speed over that rail end and the time required to replace the joint bar must not exceed the limits specified in the inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
</P>
<P>(f) No rail shall have a bolt hole which is torch cut or burned.
</P>
<P>(g) No joint bar shall be reconfigured by torch cutting.
</P>
<P>(h) No rail having a torch cut or flame cut end may be used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.331" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.331   Turnouts and crossings generally.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In turnouts and track crossings, the fastenings shall be intact and maintained to keep the components securely in place. Also, each switch, frog, and guard rail shall be kept free of obstructions that may interfere with the passage of wheels. Use of rigid rail crossings at grade is limited to track Classes H0, H1, and H2.
</P>
<P>(b) The track through and on each side of track crossings and turnouts shall be designed to restrain rail movement affecting the position of switch points and frogs.
</P>
<P>(c) Each flangeway at turnouts shall be at least 39 mm (1.5 inches) wide.
</P>
<P>(d) For all turnouts and track crossings, the railroad shall prepare inspection and maintenance requirements to be included in the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.333" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.333   Frog guard rails and guard faces; gauge.</HEAD>
<P>The guard check and guard face gages in frogs shall be within the limits prescribed in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 299.333
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Track class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Guard check gage
<br/>The distance between the gauge line of a frog to the guard line 
<sup>1</sup> of its guard rail or guarding face, measured across the track at right
<br/>angles to the gauge line,
<sup>2</sup> may not be less than—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Guard face gage
<br/>The distance between the guard lines,
<sup>1</sup>
<br/>measured across the track at right angles to the gauge line,
<sup>2</sup> may not be more than—
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H0-H7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,393 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,358 mm.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> A line along that side of the flangeway which is nearer to the center of the track and at the same elevation as the gage line.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> A line 14 mm (0.55 inches) below the top of the center line of the head of the running rail, or corresponding location of the tread portion of the track structure.</P></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.005.gif"/>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.335" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.335   Derails.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Derails shall be installed at locations where maintenance-of-way equipment can access track other than Class H0, in a configuration intended to derail the un-controlled equipment away from the mainline and at a distance from the point of intersection with the mainline that will not foul the dynamic envelope of the mainline.
</P>
<P>(b) Each derail shall be clearly visible to railroad personnel operating rail equipment on the affected track and to railroad personnel working adjacent to the affected track. When in a locked position, a derail shall be free of any lost motion that would allow it to be operated without removal of the lock.
</P>
<P>(c) Each derail shall be maintained and function as intended.
</P>
<P>(d) Each derail shall be properly installed for the rail to which it is applied.
</P>
<P>(e) If a track is equipped with a derail it shall be in the derailing position except as provided in the railroad's operating rules, special instructions, or changed to permit movement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.337" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.337   Automated vehicle-based inspection systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A qualifying Track Geometry Measurement System (TGMS) and a qualifying Track Acceleration Measurement System (TAMS) shall be operated over the route at the following frequency:
</P>
<P>(1) For track Class H3, at least twice per calendar year with not less than 120 days between inspections; and
</P>
<P>(2) For track Classes H4, H5, H6, and H7, at least twice within any 60-day period with not less than 12 days between inspections.
</P>
<P>(b) The qualifying TGMS shall meet or exceed minimum design requirements which specify that—
</P>
<P>(1) Track geometry measurements shall be taken no more than 1 meter (3.3 feet) away from the contact point of wheels carrying a vertical load of no less than 4,500 kg (10,000 lb) per wheel;
</P>
<P>(2) Track geometry measurements shall be taken and recorded on a distance-based sampling interval not exceeding 0.60 m (2 feet), preferably 0.30 m (1 foot);
</P>
<P>(3) Calibration procedures and parameters are assigned to the system which assures that measured and recorded values accurately represent track conditions. Track geometry measurements recorded by the system shall not differ on repeated runs at the same site at the same speed more than 3 mm (
<FR>1/8</FR> inch); and
</P>
<P>(4) The TGMS shall be capable of measuring and processing the necessary track geometry parameters to determine compliance with §§ 299.311 and 299.315.
</P>
<P>(c) A qualifying TAMS shall be on a vehicle having dynamic response characteristics that are representative of other vehicles assigned to the service and shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Be operated at the revenue speed profile in accordance with § 299.309;
</P>
<P>(2) Be capable of measuring and processing carbody acceleration parameters to determine compliance with Carbody Acceleration Limits per § 299.313; and
</P>
<P>(3) Monitor lateral and vertical accelerations of the carbody. The accelerometers shall be attached to the carbody on or under the floor of the vehicle, as near the center of a bogie as practicable.
</P>
<P>(d) The qualifying TGMS and TAMS shall be capable of producing, within 24 hours of the inspection, output reports that—
</P>
<P>(1) Provide a continuous plot, on a constant-distance axis, of all measured track geometry and carbody acceleration parameters required in paragraph (b) and (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide an exception report containing a systematic listing of all track geometry and all acceleration conditions which constitute an exception to the class of track over the segment surveyed.
</P>
<P>(e) The output reports required under paragraph (d) of this section shall contain sufficient location identification information which enables field personnel to easily locate indicated exceptions.
</P>
<P>(f) Following a track inspection performed by a qualifying TGMS or TAMS, the railroad shall, institute remedial action for all exceptions to the class of track in accordance with the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
</P>
<P>(g) The railroad shall maintain for a period of one year following an inspection performed by a qualifying TGMS and TAMS, a copy of the plot and the exception report for the track segment involved, and additional records which—
</P>
<P>(1) Specify the date the inspection was made and the track segment involved; and,
</P>
<P>(2) Specify the location, remedial action taken, and the date thereof, for all listed exceptions to the class.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.339" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.339   Daily sweeper inspection.</HEAD>
<P>A sweeper vehicle shall be operated each morning after the overnight maintenance over all tracks except track Class H2 in stations, prior to commencing revenue service over that track. The sweeper vehicle shall operate at a speed no greater than 120 km/h (75 mph) to conduct a visual inspection to ensure the right-of-way is clear of obstacles within the clearance envelope and to identify conditions that could cause accidents, and shall have a minimum clearance of no less than 35 mm above top of rail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.341" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.341   Inspection of rail in service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Prior to revenue service the railroad shall submit written procedures for the inspection of rails in accordance with the inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
</P>
<P>(b) On track Classes H4 to H7, and H2 within stations, a continuous search for internal defects shall be made of all rail within 180 days after initiation of revenue service and, thereafter, at least annually, with not less than 240 days between inspections.
</P>
<P>(c) Each defective rail shall be marked with a highly visible marking on both sides of the rail.
</P>
<P>(d) Inspection equipment shall be capable of detecting defects between joint bars and within the area enclosed by joint bars.
</P>
<P>(e) If the person assigned to operate the rail defect detection equipment being used determines that, due to rail surface conditions, a valid search for internal defects could not be made over a particular length of track, the test on that particular length of track cannot be considered as a search for internal defects under this section.
</P>
<P>(f) When the railroad learns, through inspection or otherwise, that a rail in that track contains any of the defects in accordance with § 299.321, a qualified individual designated under § 299.353 or § 299.355 shall determine whether or not the track may continue in use. If the qualified individual so designated determines that the track may continue in use, operation over the defective rail is not permitted until—
</P>
<P>(1) The rail is replaced; or
</P>
<P>(2) The remedial action as prescribed in § 299.321 has been taken.
</P>
<P>(g) The person assigned to operate the rail defect detection equipment must be a qualified operator as defined in this subpart and have demonstrated proficiency in the rail flaw detection process for each type of equipment the operator is assigned.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.343" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.343   Initial inspection of new rail and welds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall provide for the initial inspection of newly manufactured rail, and for initial inspection of new welds made in either new or used rail. The railroad may demonstrate compliance with this section by providing for—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Mill inspection.</I> A continuous inspection at the rail manufacturer's mill shall constitute compliance with the requirement for initial inspection of new rail, provided that the inspection equipment meets the applicable requirements as specified under the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program and § 299.321. The railroad shall obtain a copy of the manufacturer's report of inspection and retain it as a record until the rail receives its first scheduled inspection under § 299.341;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Welding plant inspection.</I> A continuous inspection at a welding plant, if conducted in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and accompanied by a plant operator's report of inspection which is retained as a record by the railroad, shall constitute compliance with the requirements for initial inspection of new rail and plant welds, or of new plant welds made in used rail; and
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Inspection of field welds.</I> Initial inspection of new field welds, either those joining the ends of CWR strings or those made for isolated repairs, shall be conducted before the start of revenue service in accordance with the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program. The initial inspection may be conducted by means of portable test equipment. The railroad shall retain a record of such inspections until the welds receive their first scheduled inspection under § 299.341.
</P>
<P>(b) Each defective rail found during inspections conducted under paragraph (a)(3) of this section shall be marked with highly visible markings on both sides of the rail and the appropriate remedial action as set forth in § 299.341 will apply.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.345" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.345   Visual inspections; right of way.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> All track shall be visually inspected in accordance with the schedule prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section by an individual qualified under this subpart. The visual inspection shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements set forth in the inspection, testing, and maintenance program under subpart G of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inspection types and frequency</I>—(1) <I>Safe walkway inspection.</I> Except for track located inside trainset maintenance facilities and MOW yards and the associated portions of the right-of-way, the right-of-way and all track shall be inspected from the safe walkway during daytime hours, in accordance with the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Ballasted track shall be inspected at least once every two weeks, with a minimum of six calendar days in between inspections.
</P>
<P>(ii) Non-ballasted track shall be inspected at least once every four weeks, with a minimum of twelve calendar days in between inspections.
</P>
<P>(iii) No two consecutive visual inspections from the safe walkway shall be performed from the same safe walkway. Safe walkway inspections shall alternate between safe walkways on each side of the right-of-way.
</P>
<P>(iv) In stations, the safe walkway inspection may be performed from either the safe walkway or the station platform.
</P>
<P>(v) An additional on-track visual inspection conducted during maintenance hours under paragraph (b)(2) of this section performed in place of a visual inspection from the safe walkway under paragraph (b)(1) of this section will satisfy the visual inspection requirement of paragraph (b)(1) of this section. However, a safe walkway visual inspection performed under paragraph (b)(1) of this section cannot replace an on-track visual inspection conducted during maintenance hours under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vi) Except for paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section, inspections performed under paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall not occur during the same week as inspections performed under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(vii) In the event a safe walkway visual inspection is not possible on a given day due to extreme weather, the inspection may be conducted from the cab of a trainset or as an on-track visual inspection on that day in accordance with the inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>On-track inspections; other than trainset maintenance facilities and MOW yards.</I> Except for track located inside trainset maintenance facilities and MOW yards and the associated portions of the right-of-way, on-track visual inspections, conducted on foot during maintenance hours, shall be performed on all track in accordance with the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Ballasted track shall be inspected at least once every two weeks, with a minimum of six calendar days in between inspections.
</P>
<P>(ii) Non-ballasted track shall be inspected at least once every four weeks, with a minimum of twelve calendar days in between inspections.
</P>
<P>(iii) Turn-outs and track crossings on ballasted track shall be inspected at least once a week, with a minimum of three calendar days in between inspections.
</P>
<P>(iv) Turn-outs and track crossings on non-ballasted track shall be inspected at least once every two weeks, with a minimum of six calendar days in between inspections.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>On-track inspections; trainset maintenance facilities and MOW yards.</I> For track located inside trainset maintenance facilities and MOW yards and the associated portions of the right-of-way, including turn-outs and track crossings, on-track visual inspections, conducted on foot, shall be performed on all track in accordance with the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Ballasted track shall be inspected at least once during any 60-day period, with a minimum of twelve calendar days in between inspections.
</P>
<P>(ii) Non-ballasted track shall be inspected at least once within any 120-day period, with a minimum of twenty-four calendar days in between inspections.
</P>
<P>(iii) On-track safety shall be established in accordance with 49 CFR part 214 of this chapter, except for 49 CFR 214.339.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Visual inspections from trainset cab.</I> Visual inspections from trainset cab shall be performed for the right-of-way and track for track Class H3 and above, except for track leading to a trainset maintenance facility, at least twice weekly with a minimum of two calendar days between inspections.
</P>
<P>(c) If a deviation from the requirements of this subpart is found during the visual inspection, remedial action shall be initiated immediately in accordance with the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program required under subpart G of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.347" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.347   Special inspections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the event of fire, flood, severe storm, temperature extremes, or other occurrence which might have damaged track structure, a special inspection shall be made of the track and right-of-way involved as soon as possible after the occurrence, prior to the operation of any trainset over that track.
</P>
<P>(b) Should a trainset be between stations when an event such as those described in paragraph (a) of this section occurs, that trainset may proceed to the next forward station at restricted speed, in accordance with the railroad's operating rules and inspection, testing, and maintenance program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.349" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.349   Inspection records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall keep a record of each inspection required to be performed on that track under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, each record of an inspection under §§ 299.325 and 299.345 shall be prepared on the day the inspection is made and signed by the person making the inspection.
</P>
<P>(c) Records shall specify the track inspected, date of inspection, location, and nature of any deviation from the requirements of this part, name of qualified individual who made the inspection, and the remedial action, if any, taken by the person making the inspection.
</P>
<P>(d) Rail inspection records shall specify the date of inspection, the location and nature of any internal defects found, name of qualified individual who made the inspection, the remedial action taken and the date thereof, and the location of any intervals of track not tested pursuant to § 299.341 of this part. The railroad shall retain a rail inspection record for at least two years after the inspection and for one year after remedial action is taken.
</P>
<P>(e) The railroad shall make inspection records required by this section available for inspection and copying by the FRA.
</P>
<P>(f) For purposes of compliance with the requirements of this section, the railroad may maintain and transfer records through electronic transmission, storage, and retrieval provided that—
</P>
<P>(1) The electronic system is compliant with the requirements of § 299.11;
</P>
<P>(2) The electronic storage of each record shall be initiated by the person making the inspection within 24 hours following the completion of that inspection; and
</P>
<P>(3) Track inspection records shall be kept available to persons who performed the inspection and to persons performing subsequent inspections.
</P>
<P>(g) Each track/vehicle performance record required under § 299.337 shall be made available for inspection and copying by the FRA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.351" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.351   Qualifications for track maintenance and inspection personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The railroad shall designate qualified individuals responsible for the maintenance and inspection of track in compliance with the safety requirements prescribed in this subpart. Each designated individual, including contractors and their employees, must meet the minimum qualifications set forth in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> In addition to the requirements contained in § 243.203 of this chapter, the railroad shall also maintain, with respect to the designation of individuals under this subpart, the track inspection records made by each individual as required by § 299.349.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.353" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.353   Personnel qualified to supervise track restoration and renewal.</HEAD>
<P>Each individual designated to supervise restorations and renewals of track, shall have—
</P>
<P>(a) Successfully completed a course offered by the employer or by a college level engineering program, supplemented by special on-the-job training emphasizing the techniques to be employed in the supervision, restoration, and renewal of high-speed track;
</P>
<P>(b) Demonstrated to the railroad, at least once per calendar year, that the individual—
</P>
<P>(1) Knows and understands the requirements of this subpart that apply to the restoration and renewal of the track for which he or she is responsible;
</P>
<P>(2) Can detect deviations from those requirements; and
</P>
<P>(3) Can prescribe appropriate remedial action to correct or safely compensate for those deviations.
</P>
<P>(c) Written authorization from the railroad or the employer to prescribe remedial actions to correct or safely compensate for deviations from the requirements of this subpart and shall have successfully completed a recorded examination on this subpart as part of the qualification process.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.355" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.355   Personnel qualified to inspect track.</HEAD>
<P>Each individual designated to inspect track for defects, shall have—
</P>
<P>(a) Successfully completed a course offered by the railroad or by a college level engineering program, supplemented by special on-the-job training emphasizing the techniques to be employed in the inspection of high-speed track;
</P>
<P>(b) Demonstrated to the railroad, at least once per calendar year, that the individual—
</P>
<P>(1) Knows and understands the requirements of this subpart that apply to the inspection of the track for which he or she is responsible;
</P>
<P>(2) Can detect deviations from those requirements; and
</P>
<P>(3) Can prescribe appropriate remedial action to correct or safely compensate for those deviations.
</P>
<P>(c) Written authorization from the railroad or the employer to prescribe remedial actions to correct or safely compensate for deviations from the requirements in this subpart and shall have successfully completed a recorded examination on this subpart as part of the qualification process.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.357" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.3.138.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.357   Personnel qualified to inspect and restore continuous welded rail.</HEAD>
<P>Individuals designated under § 299.353 or 299.355 that inspect continuous welded rail (CWR) or supervise the installation, adjustment, and maintenance of CWR in accordance with the written procedures established by the railroad shall have—
</P>
<P>(a) Current qualifications under either § 299.353 or 299.355;
</P>
<P>(b) Successfully completed a training course of at least eight hours duration specifically developed for the application of written CWR procedures issued by the railroad;
</P>
<P>(c) Demonstrated to the railroad that the individual—
</P>
<P>(1) Knows and understands the requirements of those written CWR procedures;
</P>
<P>(2) Can detect deviations from those requirements; and
</P>
<P>(3) Can prescribe appropriate remedial action to correct or compensate for those deviations safely.
</P>
<P>(d) Written authorization from the railroad or the employer to prescribe remedial actions to correct or safely compensate for deviations from the requirements in those procedures and must have successfully completed a recorded examination on those procedures as part of the qualification process. The recorded examination may be written, or in the form of a computer file with the results of an interactive training course.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Rolling Stock</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.401" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.401   Clearance requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The rolling stock shall be designed to meet all applicable clearance requirements of the railroad. The railroad shall make its clearance diagrams available to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Clearance above top of rail.</I> No part or appliance of a trainset except the wheels, sander tips, wheel guards, and other components designed to be in the path of the wheel (<I>i.e.,</I> above the rail and aligned inside the wheel width path) may be less than 60 mm (2.36 inches) above the top of rail.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Obstacle deflector.</I> The leading end of a trainset shall be equipped with an obstacle deflector that extends across both rails of the track. The minimum clearance above the rail of the obstacle deflector shall be 76 mm (3 inches), and the maximum clearance shall be 229 mm (9 inches).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Flexible wheel guards.</I> The lead axle of a trainset shall be equipped with flexible wheel guards mounted on the bogie below the primary suspension with a maximum clearance above the rail of 15 mm (0.59 inches).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.403" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.403   Trainset structure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Occupied volume integrity.</I> To demonstrate resistance to loss of occupied volume, the trainsets shall comply with both the compression load requirement in paragraph (b) of this section and the dynamic collision requirements in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compression load requirement.</I> The end compression load shall be applied to the vehicle as defined in JIS E 7105:2006(E) as amended by JIS E 7105:2011(E) (all incorporated by reference, see § 299.17), with an end load magnitude no less than 980 kN (220,300 lbf) without permanent deformation of the occupied volume.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dynamic collision scenario.</I> In addition to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, occupied volume integrity shall also be demonstrated for the trainset through an evaluation of a dynamic collision scenario in which a moving trainset impacts a proxy object under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The initially-moving trainset is made up of the equipment undergoing evaluation at its AW0 ready-to-run weight.
</P>
<P>(2) The scenario shall be evaluated on tangent, level track.
</P>
<P>(3) The trainset shall have an initial velocity of 32 km/h (20 mph) and shall not be braked.
</P>
<P>(4) The proxy object shall have the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(i) The object shall be a solid circular cylinder that weighs 6350 kg (14,000 pounds);
</P>
<P>(ii) The object shall have a width of 914 mm (36 inches) and a diameter of 1219 mm (48 inches);
</P>
<P>(iii) The axis of the cylinder shall be perpendicular to the direction of trainset motion and parallel to the ground; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The center of the object shall be located 762 mm (30 inches) above the top of the underframe.
</P>
<P>(5) Two collision configurations shall be evaluated.
</P>
<P>(i) The center of the object shall be located 483 mm (19 inches) from the longitudinal centerline of the trainset; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The center of the object shall be aligned with the side of the cab car at the point of maximum width.
</P>
<P>(6) The model used to demonstrate compliance with the dynamic collision requirements must be validated. Model validation shall be demonstrated and submitted to FRA for review and approval.
</P>
<P>(7) As a result of the impact described in paragraphs (c)(5)(i) and (ii) of this section—
</P>
<P>(i) One of the following two conditions must be met for the occupied volume:
</P>
<P>(A) There shall be no more than 254 mm (10 inches) of longitudinal permanent deformation; or
</P>
<P>(B) Global vehicle shortening shall not exceed 1 percent over any 4.6 m (15-feet) length of occupied volume.
</P>
<P>(ii) Compliance with each of the following conditions shall also be demonstrated for the cab after the impact:
</P>
<P>(A) Each seat provided for an employee regularly assigned to occupy the cab, and any floor-mounted seat in the cab, shall maintain a survival space where there is no intrusion for a minimum of 305 mm (12 inches) from each edge of the seat. Walls or other items originally within this defined space shall not further intrude more than 38 mm (1.5 inches) towards the seat under evaluation.
</P>
<P>(B) There shall be a clear exit path for the occupants of the cab;
</P>
<P>(C) The vertical height of the cab (floor to ceiling) shall not be reduced by more than 20 percent; and
</P>
<P>(D) The operating console shall not have moved closer to the driver's seat by more than 51 mm (2 inches).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Equipment override.</I> (1) Using the dynamic collision scenarios described in paragraph (c) of this section, and with all units in the trainset positioned at their nominal running heights, the anti-climbing performance shall be evaluated for each of the following sets of initial conditions:
</P>
<P>(2) For the initial conditions specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section, compliance with the following conditions shall be demonstrated after a dynamic impact:
</P>
<P>(i) The relative difference in elevation between the underframes of the connected equipment shall not change by more than 102 mm (4 inches); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The tread of any wheel of the trainset shall not rise above the top of rail by more than 102 mm (4 inches).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Roof and side structure integrity.</I> To demonstrate roof and side structure integrity, each passenger car shall comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Rollover strength.</I> (i) Each passenger car shall be designed to rest on its side and be uniformly supported at the top and bottom cords of the vehicle side. The allowable stress in the structural members of the occupied volumes for this condition shall be one-half yield or one-half the critical buckling stress, whichever is less. Local yielding to the outer skin of the passenger car is allowed provided that the resulting deformations in no way intrude upon the occupied volume of the car.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each passenger car shall also be designed to rest on its roof so that any damage in occupied areas is limited to roof extrusions. Other than roof extrusions, the allowable stress in the structural members of the occupied volumes for this condition shall be one-half yield or one-half the critical buckling stress, whichever is less. Local yielding to the outer skin, including the floor structure, of the car is allowed provided that the resulting deformations in no way intrude upon the occupied volume of the car. Deformation to the roof extrusions is allowed to the extent necessary to permit the vehicle to be supported directly on the top chords of the sides and ends.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Side structure.</I> (i) The sum of the section moduli about a longitudinal axis, taken at the weakest horizontal section between the side sill and roof, of the extrusions on each side of the car located between the inside edge of the doors shall be not less than 3.95 x 105 mm
<SU>3</SU> (24.1 in
<SU>3</SU>).
</P>
<P>(ii) The sum of the section moduli about a transverse axis, taken at the weakest horizontal section on each side of the car located between body corners shall be not less than 2.64 x 105 mm
<SU>3</SU> (16.1 in
<SU>3</SU>).
</P>
<P>(iii) The minimum section moduli or thicknesses specified in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section shall be adjusted in proportion to the ratio of the yield strength of the material used to a value of 172 MPa (25 ksi).
</P>
<P>(iv) The combined thickness of the skin of the side structure extrusions shall not be less than 3 mm (0.125 inch) nominal thickness. The thicknesses shall be adjusted in proportion to the ratio of the yield strength of the material used to a value of 172 MPa (25 ksi).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Bogie-to-carbody attachment.</I> (1) The bogie-to-carbody attachment shall utilize the service-proven design as used on the N700.
</P>
<P>(2) The bogie shall be securely attached to the carbody and designed to operate without failure under the operating conditions of the railroad, including expected mechanical shocks and vibrations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.405" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.405   Trainset interiors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Interior fittings.</I> Interior fittings of trainsets shall be—
</P>
<P>(1) Securely attached and designed to operate without failure under the conditions typically found in passenger rail equipment including expected mechanical vibrations, and shock.
</P>
<P>(2) To the extent possible, all interior fittings shall be recessed or flush mounted. Corners and/or sharp edges shall be either avoided or padded to mitigate the consequence of impact with such surfaces.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Luggage stowage.</I> (1) Luggage stowage racks shall slope downward in the outboard direction at a minimum ratio of 1:8 with respect to a horizontal plane to provide lateral restraint for stowed articles.
</P>
<P>(2) Luggage stowage compartments shall provide longitudinal restraint for stowed articles.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.407" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.407   Glazing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The railroad shall install glazing systems compliant with the requirements defined in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Trainset glazing; end-facing.</I> (1) Each end-facing exterior window of the trainset shall comply with the requirements for large object and ballistic impact scenarios as defined in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Each end-facing exterior window of the trainset shall demonstrate compliance with the following requirements for the large object impact test.
</P>
<P>(i) The glazing article shall be impacted with a cylindrical projectile that complies with the following design specifications as depicted in Figure 1 to paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section:
</P>
<P>(A) The projectile shall be constructed of aluminum alloy such as ISO 6362-2:1990, grade 2017A, or its demonstrated equivalent;
</P>
<P>(B) The projectile end cap shall be made of steel;
</P>
<P>(C) The projectile assembly shall weigh 1 kilogram (kg) (−0, +0.020 kg) or 2.2 lbs (−0, +0.044 lbs) and shall have a hemispherical tip. Material may be removed from the interior of the aluminum portion to adjust the projectile mass according to the prescribed tolerance. The hemispherical tip shall have a milled surface with 1 mm (0.04 inches) grooves; and
</P>
<P>(D) The projectile shall have an overall diameter of 94 mm (3.7 inches) with a nominal internal diameter of 70 mm (2.76 inches).
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.006.gif"/>
<P>(ii) The test of the glazing article shall be deemed satisfactory if the test projectile does not penetrate the glazing article, the glazing article remains in its frame, and the witness plate is not marked by spall.
</P>
<P>(iii) A new projectile shall be used for each test.
</P>
<P>(iv) The glazing article to be tested shall be that which has the smallest area for each design type. For the test, the glazing article shall be fixed in a frame of the same construction as that mounted on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(v) A minimum of four tests shall be conducted and all must be deemed satisfactory. Two tests shall be conducted with the complete glazing article at 0 °C ± 0.5 °C (32 °F ± 0.9 °F) and two tests shall be conducted with the complete glazing article at 20 °C ± 5 °C (68 °F ± 9 °F). For the tests to be valid it shall be demonstrated that the core temperature of the complete glazing article during each test is within the required temperature range.
</P>
<P>(vi) The test glazing article shall be mounted at the same angle relative to the projectile path as it will be to the direction of travel when mounted on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(vii) The projectile's impact velocity shall equal the maximum operating speed of the trainset plus 160 km/h (100 mph). The projectile velocity shall be measured within 4 m (13 feet) of the point of impact.
</P>
<P>(viii) The point of impact shall be at the geometrical center of the glazing article.
</P>
<P>(3) Representative samples for large object impact testing of large end-facing cab glazing articles may be used, instead of the actual design size provided that the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) Testing of glazing articles having dimensions greater than 1,000 mm by 700 mm (39.4 by 27.6 inches), excluding framing, may be performed using a flat sample having the same composition as the glazing article for which compliance is to be demonstrated. The glazing manufacturer shall provide documentation containing its technical justification that testing a flat sample is sufficient to verify compliance of the glazing article with the requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(ii) Flat sample testing is permitted only if no surface of the full-size glazing article contains curvature whose radius is less than 2,500 mm (98 inches); and when a complete, finished, glazing article is laid (convex side uppermost) on a flat horizontal surface, the distance, (measured perpendicularly to the flat surface) between the flat surface and the inside face of the glazing article is not greater than 200 mm (8 inches).
</P>
<P>(4) End-facing glazing shall demonstrate sufficient resistance to spalling, as verified by the large impact projectile test under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) An annealed aluminum witness plate of maximum thickness 0.15 mm (0.006 inches) and of dimension 500 mm by 500 mm (19.7 by 19.7 inches) is placed vertically behind the sample under test, at a horizontal distance of 500 mm (19.7 inches) from the point of impact in the direction of travel of the projectile or the distance between the point of impact of the projectile and the location of the driver's eyes in the driver's normal operating position, whichever is less. The center of the witness plate is aligned with the point of impact.
</P>
<P>(ii) Spalling performance shall be deemed satisfactory if the aluminum witness plate is not marked.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the purposes of this part, materials used specifically to protect the cab occupants from spall (<I>i.e.,</I> spall shields) shall not be required to meet the flammability and smoke emission performance requirements of § 299.413.
</P>
<P>(5) Each end-facing exterior window in a cab shall, at a minimum, provide ballistic penetration resistance that meets the requirements of appendix A to part 223 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Trainset glazing; side-facing.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each side-facing exterior window in a trainset shall comply with the requirements for Type II glazing as defined in part 223 of this chapter or other alternative standard approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Side-facing breakable glazing.</I> A side-facing exterior window intended to be breakable and serve as an emergency egress window may comply with an alternative standard approved for use by FRA under § 299.15.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Certification of Glazing Materials.</I> Glazing materials shall be certified in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) Each manufacturer that provides glazing materials, intended by the manufacturer for use in achieving compliance with the requirements of this subpart, shall certify that each type of glazing material being supplied for this purpose has been successfully tested in accordance with this section and that test verification data are available to the railroad or to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(2) Tests performed on glazing materials for compliance with this part shall be conducted by either—
</P>
<P>(i) An independent third party (lab, facility, underwriter); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The glazing manufacturer, providing FRA with the opportunity to witness all tests by written notice, a minimum of 30 days prior to testing.
</P>
<P>(3) Any glazing material certified to meet the requirements of this part shall be re-certified if any change is made to the glazing that may affect its mechanical properties or its mounting arrangement on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) All certification/re-certification documentation shall be made available to FRA upon request. The test verification data shall contain all pertinent original data logs and documentation that the selection of material samples, test set-ups, test measuring devices, and test procedures were performed by qualified individuals using recognized and acceptable practices and in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Glazing shall be marked in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(i) Each end-facing exterior window in a cab shall be permanently marked, prior to installation, in such a manner that the marking is clearly visible after the material has been installed. The marking shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) The words “FRA TYPE IHS” to indicate that the material meets the requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) The manufacturer of the material; and
</P>
<P>(C) The type or brand identification of the material.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each side-facing exterior window in a trainset shall be permanently marked, prior to installation, in such a manner that the marking is clearly visible after the material has been installed. The marking shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) The words “FRA TYPE II” to indicate that the material meets the requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) The manufacturer of the material; and
</P>
<P>(C) The type or brand identification of the material.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Glazing securement.</I> Each exterior window shall remain in place when subjected to—
</P>
<P>(1) The forces due to air pressure differences caused when two trainsets pass at the minimum separation for two adjacent tracks, while traveling in opposite directions, each trainset traveling at the maximum approved trainset speed in accordance with § 299.609(g); and
</P>
<P>(2) The impact forces that the exterior window is required to resist as specified in this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.409" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.409   Brake system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The railroad shall demonstrate through analysis and testing the maximum safe operating speed for its trainsets that results in no thermal damage to equipment or infrastructure during normal operation of the brake system.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Minimum performance requirement for brake system.</I> Each trainset's brake system, under the worst-case adhesion conditions as defined by the railroad, shall be capable of stopping the trainset from its maximum operating speed within the signal spacing existing on the track over which the trainset is operating.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Urgent brake system.</I> A trainset shall be provided with an urgent brake application feature that produces an irretrievable stop. An urgent brake application shall be available at any time, and shall be initiated by an unintentional parting of the trainset or by the trainset crew from the conductor rooms.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Application/release indication.</I> The brake system shall be designed so that an inspector may determine whether the brake system is functioning properly without being placed in a dangerous position on, under or between the equipment. This determination may be made through automated monitoring system that utilizes sensors to verify that the brakes have been applied and released.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Passenger brake alarm.</I> (1) A means to initiate a passenger brake alarm shall be provided at two locations in each unit of a trainset. The words “Passenger Brake Alarm” shall be legibly stenciled or marked on each device or on an adjacent badge plate.
</P>
<P>(2) All passenger brake alarms shall be installed so as to prevent accidental activation.
</P>
<P>(3) When a passenger brake alarm is activated, it shall initiate an emergency brake application. The emergency brake application can be overridden by the driver so that the trainset can be stopped at a safe location.
</P>
<P>(4) To retrieve the emergency brake application described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, the driver must activate appropriate controls to issue a command for brake application as specified in the railroad's operating rules.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Degraded brake system performance.</I> The following requirements address degraded brake system performance on the railroad's high-speed trainsets—
</P>
<P>(1) Loss of power or failure of regenerative brake shall not result in exceeding the allowable stopping distance as defined by the railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) The available friction braking shall be adequate to stop the trainset safely under the operating conditions defined by the railroad;
</P>
<P>(3) The operational status of the trainset brake system shall be displayed for the driver in the operating cab; and
</P>
<P>(4) Under § 299.607(b)(5), the railroad shall demonstrate through analysis and testing the maximum speed for safely operating its trainsets using only the friction brake system with no thermal damage to equipment or infrastructure. The analysis and testing shall also determine the maximum safe operating speed for various percentages of operative friction brakes.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Main reservoir system.</I> The main reservoirs in a trainset shall be designed and tested to meet the requirements set forth in JIS B 8265:2010(E) (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 299.17). Reservoirs shall be certified based on their size and volume requirements.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Main reservoir tests.</I> Prior to initial installation, each main reservoir shall be subjected to a pneumatic or hydrostatic pressure test based on the maximum working pressure defined in paragraph (g) of this section unless otherwise established by the railroad's mechanical officer. Records of the test date, location, and pressure shall be maintained by the railroad for the life of the equipment. Periodic inspection requirements for main reservoirs shall be defined in the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program required under § 299.445.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Brake gauges.</I> All mechanical gauges and all devices providing electronic indication of air pressure that are used by the driver to aid in the control or braking of a trainset shall be located so that they can be conveniently read from the driver's normal position during operation of the trainset.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Brake application/release.</I> (1) Brake actuators shall be designed to provide brake pad clearance when the brakes are released.
</P>
<P>(2) The minimum brake cylinder pressure shall be established to provide adequate adjustment from minimum service to emergency for proper trainset operation.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Leakage.</I> The method of inspection for main reservoir pipe and brake cylinder pipe leakage shall be prescribed in the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program required by § 299.445.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Slide alarm.</I> (1) A trainset shall be equipped with an adhesion control system designed to automatically adjust the braking force on each wheel to prevent sliding during braking.
</P>
<P>(2) A wheel slide alarm that is visual or audible, or both, shall alert the driver in the operating cab to wheel-slide conditions on any axle of the trainset.
</P>
<P>(3) Operating restrictions for a trainset with wheel slide protection devices that are not functioning as intended shall be defined by the railroad under its requirements for movement of defective equipment required by § 299.447, and within the railroad's operating rules, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Monitoring and diagnostic system.</I> Each trainset shall be equipped with a monitoring and diagnostic system that is designed to assess the functionality of the brake system for the entire trainset automatically. Details of the system operation and the method of communication of brake system functionality prior to the dispatch of the trainset shall be described in detail in the railroad's Operating Rules and inspection, testing, and maintenance program required by § 299.445.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Trainset securement.</I> Each trainset shall be equipped with a means of securing the equipment, independent of the friction brake, on the grade condition defined by the railroad. The railroad's operating rules shall define procedures for trainset securement and the railroad shall demonstrate that these procedures effectively secure the equipment in accordance with § 299.607(b)(5).
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Rescue operation; brake system.</I> A trainset's brake system shall be designed so as to allow a rescue vehicle or trainset to control its brakes when the trainset is disabled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.411" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.411   Bogies and suspension system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Wheel climb.</I> (1) Suspension systems shall be designed to reasonably prevent wheel climb, wheel unloading, rail rollover, rail shift, and a vehicle from overturning to ensure safe, stable performance and ride quality. These requirements shall be met—
</P>
<P>(i) In all operating environments, and under all track conditions and loading conditions as determined by the railroad; and
</P>
<P>(ii) At all track speeds and over all track qualities consistent with the requirements in subpart C of this part, up to the maximum trainset speed and maximum cant deficiency of the equipment in accordance with § 299.609(g).
</P>
<P>(2) All passenger equipment shall meet the safety performance standards for suspension systems contained in § 299.609(h). In particular—
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Vehicle/track system qualification.</I> All trainsets shall demonstrate safe operation during vehicle/track system qualification in accordance with § 299.609 and is subject to the requirements of § 299.315.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Revenue service operation.</I> All passenger equipment in service is subject to the requirements of § 299.315.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Lateral accelerations.</I> The trainsets shall not operate under conditions that result in a steady-state lateral acceleration greater than 0.15g, as measured parallel to the car floor inside the passenger compartment.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Journal bearing overheat sensors.</I> Bearing overheat sensors shall be provided on all journal bearings on each trainset.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.413" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.413   Fire safety.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> All materials used in constructing the interior of the trainset shall meet the flammability and smoke emission characteristics and testing standards contained in appendix B to part 238 of this chapter. For purposes of this section, the interior of the trainset includes walls, floors, ceilings, seats, doors, windows, electrical conduits, air ducts, and any other internal equipment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Certification.</I> The railroad shall require certification that a representative sample of combustible materials to be—
</P>
<P>(1) Used in constructing a passenger car or a cab, or
</P>
<P>(2) Introduced in a passenger car or a cab, as part of any kind of rebuild, refurbishment, or overhaul of the car or cab, has been tested by a recognized independent testing laboratory and that the results show the representative sample complies with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section at the time it was tested.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fire safety analysis.</I> The railroad shall ensure that fire safety considerations and features in the design of the trainsets reduce the risk of personal injury caused by fire to an acceptable level in its operating environment using a formal safety methodology. To this end, the railroad shall complete a written fire safety analysis for the passenger equipment being procured. In conducting the analysis, the railroad shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Identify, analyze, and prioritize the fire hazards inherent in the design of the equipment.
</P>
<P>(2) Take effective steps to design the equipment and select materials which help provide sufficient fire resistance to reasonably ensure adequate time to detect a fire and safely evacuate the passengers and crewmembers, if a fire cannot be prevented. Factors to consider include potential ignition sources; the type, quantity, and location of the materials; and availability of rapid and safe egress to the exterior of the equipment under conditions secure from fire, smoke, and other hazards.
</P>
<P>(3) Reasonably ensure that a ventilation system in the equipment does not contribute to the lethality of a fire.
</P>
<P>(4) Identify in writing any trainset component that is a risk of initiating fire and which requires overheat protection. An overheat detector shall be installed in any component when the analysis determines that an overheat detector is necessary.
</P>
<P>(5) Identify in writing any unoccupied trainset compartment that contains equipment or material that poses a fire hazard, and analyze the benefit provided by including a fire or smoke detection system in each compartment so identified. A fire or smoke detector shall be installed in any unoccupied compartment when the analysis determines that such equipment is necessary to ensure sufficient time for the safe evacuation of passengers and crewmembers from the trainset. For purposes of this section, an unoccupied trainset compartment means any part of the equipment structure that is not normally occupied during operation of the trainset, including a closet, baggage compartment, food pantry, etc.
</P>
<P>(6) Determine whether any occupied or unoccupied space requires a portable fire extinguisher and, if so, the proper type and size of the fire extinguisher for each location. As required by § 239.101 of this chapter, each passenger car is required to have a minimum of one portable fire extinguisher. If the analysis performed indicates that one or more additional portable fire extinguishers are needed, such shall be installed.
</P>
<P>(7) Analyze the benefit provided by including a fixed, automatic fire-suppression system in any unoccupied trainset compartment that contains equipment or material that poses a fire hazard, and determine the proper type and size of the automatic fire-suppression system for each such location. A fixed, automatic fire-suppression system shall be installed in any unoccupied compartment when the analysis determines that such equipment is practical and necessary to ensure sufficient time for the safe evacuation of passengers and crewmembers from the trainset.
</P>
<P>(8) Explain how safety issues are resolved in the design of the equipment and selection of materials to reduce the risk of each fire hazard.
</P>
<P>(9) Describe the analysis and testing necessary to demonstrate that the fire protection approach taken in the design of the equipment and selection of materials meets the fire protection requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Inspection, testing, and maintenance.</I> The railroad shall develop and adopt written procedures for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of all fire safety systems and fire safety equipment on the passenger equipment it operates under § 299.445(b), and subpart G of this part. The railroad shall comply with those procedures that it designates as mandatory for the safety of the equipment and its occupants.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.415" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.415   Doors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each powered, exterior side door in a vestibule that is partitioned from the passenger compartment of a trainset shall have a manual override device that is—
</P>
<P>(1) Capable of releasing the door to permit it to be opened without power.
</P>
<P>(2) Located such that—
</P>
<P>(i) Interior access is provided adjacent to each manual door release mechanism; and,
</P>
<P>(ii) Exterior access is provided on each side of each car.
</P>
<P>(3) Designed and maintained so that a person may access and operate the override device readily without requiring the use of a tool or other implement.
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad may protect a manual override device used to open a powered, exterior door with a cover or a screen.
</P>
<P>(5) When a manual override device is activated, door panel friction, including seals and hangers, shall allow the doors to be opened or closed manually with as low a force as practicable.
</P>
<P>(6) The emergency release mechanism shall require manual reset.
</P>
<P>(b) Each passenger car shall have a minimum of one exterior side door per side. Each such door shall provide a minimum clear opening with dimensions of 813 mm (32 inches) horizontally by 1,850 mm (72.8 inches) vertically.
</P>
<P>(c) Door exits shall be marked, and instructions provided for their use, as specified in § 299.423.
</P>
<P>(d) All doors intended for access by emergency responders shall be marked, and instructions provided for their use, as specified in § 299.423.
</P>
<P>(e) Vestibule doors and other interior doors intended for passage through a passenger car.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General.</I> Except for a door providing access to a control compartment each powered vestibule door and any other powered interior door intended for passage through a passenger car shall have a manual override device that conforms with the requirements of paragraphs (e)(2) and (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Manual override devices.</I> Each manual override device shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) Capable of releasing the door to permit it to be opened without power;
</P>
<P>(ii) Located adjacent to the door it controls; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Designed and maintained so that a person may readily access and operate the override device from each side of the door without the use of a tool or other implement.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Marking and instructions.</I> Each manual override device and each retention mechanism shall be marked, and instructions provided for their use, as specified in § 299.423.
</P>
<P>(f) The status of each powered, exterior side door in a passenger car shall be displayed to the driver in the operating cab. Door interlock sensors shall be provided to detect trainset motion and shall be nominally set to operate at 5 km/h.
</P>
<P>(g) All powered exterior side passenger doors shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Be equipped with the service-proven door safety system utilized by the N700 or an alternate door safety system designed subject to a Failure Modes, Effects, Criticality Analysis (FMECA);
</P>
<P>(2) Be designed with an obstruction detection system capable of detecting a rigid flat bar, 6.4 mm (
<FR>1/4</FR> inches) wide and 76 mm (3 inches) high and a rigid rod, 9.5 mm (
<FR>3/8</FR> inches) in diameter;
</P>
<P>(3) Incorporate an obstruction detection system sufficient to detect large obstructions;
</P>
<P>(4) Be designed so that activation of a door by-pass feature does not affect the operation of the obstruction detection system on all the other doors on the trainset;
</P>
<P>(5) Have the door control station located in a secured area that is only accessible to crewmembers or maintenance personnel;
</P>
<P>(6) Be designed such that the door open or closed circuit is not affected by the throttle position; and
</P>
<P>(7) Use discrete, dedicated trainlines for door-open and door-close commands, door-closed summary circuit, and no motion, if trainlined.
</P>
<P>(h) All powered exterior side door systems in a trainset shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Be designed with a door summary circuit. The door summary circuit shall be connected or interlocked to prohibit the trainset from developing tractive power if an exterior side door in a passenger car, other than a door under the direct physical control of a crewmember for his or her exclusive use, is not closed;
</P>
<P>(2) Be connected to side door status indicators located on the exterior of each unit of the trainset;
</P>
<P>(3) Be connected to a door summary status indicator that is readily viewable to the driver from his or her normal position in the operating cab;
</P>
<P>(4) If equipped with a trainset-wide door by-pass device, be designed so that the trainset-wide door by-pass functions only when activated from the operating cab of the trainset;
</P>
<P>(5) Be equipped with a lock (cut-out/lock-out) mechanism installed at each door panel to secure a door in the closed and locked position. When the lock mechanism is utilized to secure the door in the closed position, a door-closed indication shall be provided to the door summary circuit; and
</P>
<P>(6) Be designed such that a crew key or other secure device be required to lock-out an exterior side door to prevent unauthorized use.
</P>
<P>(i)(1) <I>Visual inspections and functional tests.</I> The inspection and functional tests required for the door safety system, including the trainset-wide door by-pass verification, shall be conducted in accordance with the railroad's trainset inspection, testing, and maintenance program in accordance with § 299.445, and operating rules under subpart E.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Face-to-face relief.</I> Crewmembers taking control of a trainset do not need to perform a visual inspection or a functional test of the door by-pass devices in cases of face-to-face relief of another trainset crew and notification by that crew as to the functioning of the door by-pass devices.
</P>
<P>(j) The railroad shall maintain a record of each door by-pass activation and each unintended opening of a powered exterior side door, including any repair(s) made, in the defect tracking system as required by § 299.445(h).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.417" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.417   Emergency lighting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Emergency lighting shall be provided in each unit of a trainset. The emergency lighting system shall be designed to facilitate the ability of passengers and trainset crew members, and/or emergency responders to see and orient themselves, to identify obstacles, in order to assist them to safely move through and out of a passenger rail car.
</P>
<P>(1) Emergency lighting shall illuminate the following areas:
</P>
<P>(i) Passenger car aisles, passageways, and toilets;
</P>
<P>(ii) Door emergency exit controls/manual releases;
</P>
<P>(iii) Vestibule floor near the door emergency exits (to facilitate safe entrance/exit from the door);
</P>
<P>(iv) Within the car diaphragm and adjacent area; and
</P>
<P>(v) Specialty car locations such as crew offices.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Minimum illumination levels.</I> (1) A minimum, average illumination level of 10.7 lux (1 foot-candle) measured at floor level adjacent to each exterior door and each interior door providing access to an exterior door (such as a door opening into a vestibule);
</P>
<P>(2) A minimum, average illumination level of 10.7 lux (1 foot-candle) measured 635 mm (25 inches) above floor level along the center of each aisle and passageway;
</P>
<P>(3) A minimum illumination level of 1.1 lux (0.1 foot-candle) measured 635 mm (25 inches) above floor level at any point along the center of each aisle and passageway;
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Lighting activation.</I> Each emergency lighting fixture shall activate automatically or be energized continuously whenever the car is in revenue service and normal lighting is not available.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Independent power source.</I> Emergency lighting system shall have an independent power source(s) that is located in or within one half a car length of each light fixture it powers.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Functional requirements.</I> Emergency lighting system components shall be designed to operate without failure and capable of remaining attached under the conditions typically found in passenger rail equipment including expected mechanical vibrations, and shock in accordance with § 299.405(a)(1), as well as comply with electromagnetic interference criteria in § 299.435(e).
</P>
<P>(1) All emergency lighting system components shall be capable to operate in all railcar orientations.
</P>
<P>(2) All emergency lighting system components shall be capable to operate when normal power is unavailable for 90 minutes without a loss of more than 40% of the minimum illumination levels specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Inspection.</I> (1) The railroad shall inspect the emergency lighting system as required by its inspection, testing, and maintenance program in accordance with § 299.445.
</P>
<P>(2) If batteries are used as independent power sources, they shall have automatic self-diagnostic modules designed to perform discharge tests.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.419" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.419   Emergency communication.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>PA (public address) system.</I> Each passenger car shall be equipped with a PA system that provides a means for a trainset crewmember to communicate by voice to passengers of his or her trainset in an emergency situation. The PA system shall also provide a means for a trainset crewmember to communicate by voice in an emergency situation to persons in the immediate vicinity of his or her trainset (<I>e.g.,</I> persons on the station platform). The PA system may be part of the same system as the intercom system.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Intercom system.</I> Each passenger car shall be equipped with an intercom system that provides a means for passengers and crewmembers to communicate by voice with each other in an emergency situation. Except as further specified, at least one intercom that is accessible to passengers without using a tool or other implement shall be located in each end (half) of each car.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Marking and instructions.</I> The following requirements apply to all units of a trainset:
</P>
<P>(1) The location of each intercom intended for passenger use shall be conspicuously marked with HPPL material in accordance with § 299.423; and
</P>
<P>(2) Legible and understandable operating instructions shall be made of HPPL material in accordance with § 299.423 and posted at or near each such intercom.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Back-up power.</I> PA and intercom systems shall have a back-up power system capable of—
</P>
<P>(1) Powering each system to allow intermittent emergency communication for a minimum period of 90 minutes. Intermittent communication shall be considered equivalent to continuous communication during the last 15 minutes of the 90-minute minimum period; and
</P>
<P>(2) Operating in all equipment orientations within 90 degrees of vertical.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Additional requirements.</I> The PA and intercom systems shall be designed to operate without failure and remain attached under the conditions typically found in passenger rail equipment including expected mechanical vibrations, and shock in accordance with § 299.405(a)(1), as well as comply with electromagnetic interference criteria in § 299.435(e).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.421" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.421   Emergency roof access.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Number and dimensions.</I> Each passenger car shall have a minimum of two emergency roof access locations, each providing a minimum opening of 660 mm (26 inches) longitudinally (<I>i.e.,</I> parallel to the longitudinal axis of the car) by 610 mm (24 inches) laterally.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Means of access.</I> Emergency roof access shall be provided by means of a conspicuously marked structural weak point in the roof for access by properly equipped emergency response personnel.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Location.</I> Emergency roof access locations shall be situated so that when a car is on its side—
</P>
<P>(1) One emergency access location is situated as close as practicable within each half of the roof as divided top from bottom; and
</P>
<P>(2) One emergency access location is situated as close as practicable within each half of the roof as divided left from right. (<I>See</I> Figure 1 to this paragraph.)
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.007.gif"/>
<P>(d) <I>Obstructions.</I> The ceiling space below each emergency roof access location shall be free from wire, cabling, conduit, and piping. This space shall also be free of any rigid secondary structure (<I>e.g.,</I> a diffuser or diffuser support, lighting back fixture, mounted PA equipment, or luggage rack) where practicable. It shall be permissible to cut through interior panels, liners, or other non-rigid secondary structures after making the cutout hole in the roof, provided any such additional cutting necessary to access the interior of the vehicle permits a minimum opening of the dimensions specified in paragraph (a) of this section to be maintained.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Marking instructions.</I> Each emergency roof access location shall be conspicuously marked with retroreflective material of contrasting color meeting the minimum requirements specified in § 299.423. Legible and understandable instructions shall be posted at or near each such location.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.423" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.423   Markings and instructions for emergency egress and rescue access.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Instructions and markings shall be provided in each unit of a trainset in accordance with the minimum requirements of this section to provide instructions for passengers and trainset crewmembers regarding emergency egress, and rescue access instructions for emergency responders.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Visual identity and recognition.</I> Emergency exit signage/marking systems shall enable passengers and trainset crewmembers to make positive identification of emergency exits.
</P>
<P>(1) Each interior emergency exit sign and emergency exit locator sign shall be conspicuous (<I>i.e.,</I> clearly recognizable/distinguishable) or become conspicuous to passengers and trainset crewmembers immediately and automatically upon the loss of power for normal lighting, from a minimum distance of 1.52 m (5 feet).
</P>
<P>(2) The signs and markings shall operate independently of the car's normal and emergency lighting systems, for a minimum of 90 minutes after loss of all power for normal lighting.
</P>
<P>(3) An emergency exit locator sign shall be located in close proximity of each emergency exit and shall work in conjunction with the emergency exit sign. The location of the sign, directional arrow(s), or wording shall guide passengers and trainset crewmembers to the emergency exit route.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Rescue access signage/marking systems.</I> (1) Rescue access signage and marking systems shall enable emergency responders to make positive identification of rescue access points.
</P>
<P>(2) Rescue access information for emergency responders placed on the exterior of the carbody shall, at a minimum, consist of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Each door intended for use by emergency responders for rescue access shall be identified with emergency access signs, symbols, or other conspicuous marking consisting of retroreflective material that complies with paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Rescue access door control locator signs/markings and instructions;
</P>
<P>(A) Each door intended for use by emergency responders for rescue access shall have operating instructions for opening the door from outside the car placed on or immediately adjacent to the door on the carbody. If a power door does not function with an integral release mechanism, the instructions shall indicate the location of the exterior manual door control.
</P>
<P>(B) Each power door intended for use by emergency responders for rescue access which has a non-integral release mechanism located away from the door, shall have a door control sign/marking placed at the location of this control that provides instructions for emergency operation, either as part of the access sign/marking or as another sign/marking.
</P>
<P>(C) Each car equipped with manual doors shall have operating instructions for opening the door from the exterior, either as part of the access sign/marking or as another sign/marking.
</P>
<P>(iii) Rescue access window locator signs/markings and instructions; and
</P>
<P>(A) Each rescue access window shall be identified with a unique retroreflective and easily recognizable sign, symbol, or other conspicuous marking that complies with paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) Signs, symbols, or marking shall be placed at the bottom of each such window, on each window, or adjacent to each window, utilizing arrows, where necessary, to clearly designate rescue assess window location. Legible and understandable window-access instructions, including any pictogram/instructions for removing the window, shall be posted at or near each rescue access window.
</P>
<P>(iv) Roof access locator signs/markings and instructions.
</P>
<P>(A) The location of each emergency access point provided on the roof of a passenger car shall be clearly marked with retroreflective material of contrasting color that complies with paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) Legible and understandable instructions shall be posted at or near each such location.
</P>
<P>(C) If emergency roof access is provided by means of a structural weak point:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The retroreflective material shall clearly mark the line along which the roof skin shall be cut; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) A sign plate with a retroreflective border shall also state:
</P>
<P>CAUTION—DO NOT USE FLAME CUTTING DEVICES.
</P>
<P>CAUTION—WARN PASSENGERS BEFORE CUTTING.
</P>
<P>CUT ALONG DASHED LINE TO GAIN ACCESS.
</P>
<P>ROOF CONSTRUCTION—[STATE RELEVANT DETAILS].
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Color contrast.</I> Exterior signs/markings shall provide luminance contrast ratio of not less than 0.5, as measured by a color-corrected photometer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Materials</I>—(1) <I>Retroreflective material.</I> Exterior emergency rescue access locator signs/markings shall be constructed of retroreflective material that conforms to the specifications for Type I material sheeting, as specified in ASTM D 4956-07 <E T="7333">ε</E>
<SU>1</SU> (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 299.17), as tested in accordance with ASTM E 810-03 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 299.17).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>HPPL materials.</I> All HPPL materials used in finished component configurations shall comply with the minimum luminance criterion of 7.5 mcd/m
<SU>2</SU> after 90 minutes when tested according to the provisions of ASTM E 2073-07 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 299.17), with the following three modifications:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Activation.</I> The HPPL material shall be activated with a fluorescent lamp of 40W or less and a color temperature of 4000-4500K that provides no more than 10.7 lux (1 fc) of illumination as measured on the material surface. The activation period shall be for no more than 60 minutes.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Luminance.</I> The photopic luminance of all specimens of the HPPL material shall be measured with a luminance meter as defined in section 5.2 of ASTM E 2073-07, a minimum of 90 minutes after activation has ceased.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Luminance in mcd/m</I>
<SU>2</SU>. The test report shall include a luminance measurement 90 minutes after activation has ceased.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (1) The railroad shall retain a copy of the car manufacturer/supplier provided independent laboratory certified test report results showing that the illuminance or luminance measurements, as appropriate, on the active area of the signage/marking component. Such records shall be kept until all cars with those components are retired, transferred, leased, or conveyed to another railroad for use in revenue service. A copy of such records shall be transferred to the accepting railroad along with any such cars.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall retain a copy of the railroad-approved illuminance test plan(s) and test results until the next periodic test, or other test specified in accordance with the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program is conducted on a representative car/area, or until all cars of that type are retired, or are transferred, leased, or conveyed to another railroad. A copy of such records shall be transferred to the accepting railroad along with such car(s).
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad shall retain a copy of the certified independent laboratory test report results that certify that the retroreflective material complies with Type I materials per ASTM D-4956-07 <E T="7333">ε</E>
<SU>1</SU> until all cars containing the retroreflective material are retired, or are transferred, leased, or conveyed to another railroad. A copy of such records shall be provided to the accepting railroad along with any car(s) that are transferred, leased, or conveyed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.425" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.425   Low-location emergency exit path marking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Low-location emergency exit path marking (LLEEPM) shall be provided in each unit of a trainset. The LLEEPM system shall be designed to identify the location of primary door exits and the exit path to be used to reach such doors by passengers and trainset crewmembers under conditions of darkness when normal and emergency sources of illumination are obscured by smoke or are inoperative.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Visual identity and recognition.</I> The LLEEPM system shall be conspicuous (<I>i.e.,</I> clearly recognizable/distinguishable), or become conspicuous immediately and automatically from a low-location upon loss of power for normal lighting, and under the minimum general emergency light illumination levels as specified in § 299.423.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Signage and markings.</I> At a minimum, the LLEEPM system shall have the following three components:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Primary door exit signs.</I> (i) Each primary door exit shall be clearly marked with an exit sign;
</P>
<P>(ii) The exit sign shall be visible from a low-location from the exit along the exit path; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Each exit sign shall be located on or immediately adjacent to each door and placed between 152.4 and 457.2 mm (6 and 18 inches) above the floor.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Primary door exit marking/delineators.</I> (i) The location of the exit path shall be marked using electrically powered (active) marking/delineators or light fixtures, HPPL (passive) marking/delineators or a combination of these two systems.
</P>
<P>(ii) The requirements in this section apply for both electrical and HPPL components, whether installed on the walls, floors, or seat assemblies.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each primary door shall be marked on or around the door's operating handle.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exit path marking/delineators.</I> (i) The marking/delineator components shall be positioned so as to identify an exit path to all primary exits that is clearly visible and easily recognizable from any seat or compartment in the trainset, when normal lighting and emergency lighting are unavailable in conditions of darkness and/or smoke.
</P>
<P>(ii) Markings/delineators shall be located on the floor or no higher than 457.2 mm (18 inches) on the seat assembly, or walls/partitions of aisles, and/or passageways.
</P>
<P>(iii) Changes in the direction of the exit path shall be indicated by the LLEEPM and be placed within 102 mm (4 inches) of the corner of the exit path.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Material</I>—(1) <I>HPPL passive systems.</I> HPPL strip marking/delineator material used for LLEEPM components shall be capable of providing a minimum luminance level of 7.5 mcd/m
<SU>2</SU>, measured 90 minutes after normal power has ceased.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Electroluminescent marking/delineator strips.</I> The luminance value of the electroluminescent (EL) marking/delineator strip shall be at least 1,000 mcd/m
<SU>2</SU>, as measured on the strip surface.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Conspicuity of markings.</I> LLEEPM signs shall comply with the text, color and respective illuminance or luminance requirements specified in § 299.423 and in this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Emergency performance duration.</I> The LLEEPM system shall operate independently of the car's normal and emergency lighting systems for 90 minutes after loss of all power for normal lighting.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> (1) The railroad shall retain a copy of the car manufacturer/supplier provided certified independent laboratory test report results showing that the illuminance or luminance measurements, as appropriate, on the active area of the signage/marking/delineator component comply with the criteria specified in § 299.423 and in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall retain a copy of the railroad-approved illuminance test plan(s) and test results until the next periodic test, or other test specified in accordance with the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program and ensure that tests are conducted on a representative car, or until all cars of that type are retired, transferred, leased, or conveyed to another railroad. A copy of such records shall be provided to the accepting railroads along with any car(s) that are transferred, leased, or conveyed.
</P>
<P>(3) Illegible, broken, damaged, missing, or non-functioning components of the LLEEPM system, including the normal and emergency power systems, shall be reported and repaired in accordance with the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program as specified in § 299.445.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.427" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.427   Emergency egress windows.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Number and location.</I> Each unit in a trainset shall have a minimum of four emergency egress windows. At least one emergency egress window shall be located in each side of each end (half) of the car, in a staggered configuration where practicable. (See Figure 1 to this paragraph.)
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.008.gif"/>
<P>(b) <I>Ease of operability.</I> Each emergency egress window shall be designed to permit rapid and easy removal from the inside of the car during an emergency situation using a hammer designed to break the glazing that shall be located adjacent to each emergency egress window. The railroad shall inspect for the presence of the emergency hammers each day prior to the trainset being placed into service in accordance with § 299.711(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dimensions.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, each emergency egress window in a passenger car shall have an unobstructed opening with minimum dimensions of 660 mm (26 inches) horizontally by 610 mm (24 inches) vertically. A seatback is not an obstruction if it can be moved away from the window opening without using a tool or other implement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Marking and instructions.</I> (1) Each emergency egress window shall be conspicuously and legibly marked with luminescent material on the inside of each car to facilitate passenger egress as specified in § 299.423.
</P>
<P>(2) Legible and understandable operating instructions, including instructions for removing the emergency egress window shall be made of luminescent material, shall be posted at or near each such emergency egress window as specified in § 299.423.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Obstructions.</I> If emergency egress window removal may be hindered by the presence of a seatback, headrest, luggage rack, or other fixture, the instructions shall state the method for allowing rapid and easy removal of the emergency egress window, taking into account the fixture(s), and this portion of the instructions may be in written or pictorial format.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Additional emergency egress windows.</I> Any emergency egress window in addition to the minimum number required by paragraph (a) of this section that has been designated for use by the railroad need not comply with the minimum dimension requirements in paragraph (c) of this section, but must otherwise comply with all requirements in this subpart applicable to emergency egress windows.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.429" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.429   Rescue access windows.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each emergency egress window required by § 299.427 shall also serve as a means of rescue access.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ease of operability.</I> Each rescue access window must be capable of being removed without unreasonable delay by an emergency responder using tools or implements that are commonly available to the responder in a passenger trainset emergency.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Marking and instructions.</I> (1) Each rescue access window shall be marked with retroreflective material on the exterior of each car as specified in § 299.423. A unique and easily recognizable symbol, sign, or other conspicuous marking shall also be used to identify each such window.
</P>
<P>(2) Legible and understandable window-access instructions, including instructions for removing the window, shall be posted at or near each rescue access window as specified in § 299.423.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.431" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.431   Driver's controls and cab layout.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Driver controls and cab layout.</I> Driver controls and cab layout shall replicate that used in the N700, unless otherwise approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cab seating.</I> Each seat provided for an employee regularly assigned to occupy a cab and any floor-mounted seat in the cab shall be securely attached in accordance with § 299.405.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cab interior surface.</I> Sharp edges and corners shall be eliminated from the interior of the cab, and interior surfaces of the cab likely to be impacted by an employee during a collision or derailment shall be padded with shock-absorbent material.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Cab securement.</I> Trainset interior cab doors shall be equipped with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A secure and operable device to lock the door from the outside that does not impede egress from the cab; and
</P>
<P>(2) A securement device on each cab door that is capable of securing the door from inside of the cab.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Cab glazing serviceability.</I> End-facing cab windows of the lead trainset cab shall be free of cracks, breaks, or other conditions that obscure the view of the right-of-way for the crew from their normal position in the cab.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Floors of cabs, passageways, and compartments.</I> Floors of cabs, passageways, and compartments shall be kept free from oil, water, waste or any obstruction that creates a slipping, tripping or fire hazard. Floors shall be properly treated to provide secure footing.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Cab environmental control.</I> Each lead cab in a trainset shall be heated and air conditioned. The HVAC system shall be inspected and maintained to ensure that it operates properly and meets the railroad's performance standard which shall be defined in the inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Trainset cab noise.</I> Performance standards for the railroad's trainsets—
</P>
<P>(1) The average noise levels in the trainset cab shall be less than or equal to 85 dB(A) when the trainset is operating at maximum approved trainset speed as approved under § 299.609(g). Compliance with this paragraph (h)(1) shall be demonstrated during the pre-revenue service system integration testing as required by § 299.607.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall not make any alterations during maintenance or modifications to the cab, that cause the average sound level to exceed the requirements in paragraph (h)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The railroad or manufacturer shall follow the test protocols set forth in appendix B to this part to determine compliance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section, and, to the extent reasonably necessary to evaluate the effect of alterations during maintenance, to determine compliance with paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Maintenance of trainset cabs.</I> (1) If the railroad receives an excessive noise report, and if the condition giving rise to the noise is not required to be immediately corrected under this part, the railroad shall maintain a record of the report, and repair or replace the item identified as substantially contributing to the noise:
</P>
<P>(i) On or before the next periodic inspection required by the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program under subpart G; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the railroad determines that the repair or replacement of the item requires significant shop or material resources that are not readily available, at the time of the next major equipment repair commonly used for the particular type of maintenance needed.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad has an obligation to respond to an excessive noise report that a trainset-cab-occupant files. The railroad meets its obligation to respond to an excessive noise report, as set forth in paragraph (i)(1) of this section, if the railroad makes a good faith effort to identify the cause of the reported noise, and where the railroad is successful in determining the cause, if the railroad repairs or replaces the items that cause the noise.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) The railroad shall maintain a written or electronic record of any excessive noise report, inspection, test, maintenance, replacement, or repair completed pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section, and the date on which that inspection, test, maintenance, replacement, or repair occurred. If the railroad elects to maintain an electronic record, the railroad must satisfy the conditions listed in § 299.11.
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad shall retain these records for a period of one year.
</P>
<P>(iii) The railroad shall establish an internal, auditable, monitorable system that contains these records.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Trainset sanitation facilities for employees.</I> Sanitation facilities shall be provided for crewmembers either:
</P>
<P>(1) On the trainset, that meet otherwise applicable sanitation standards, which are accessible at frequent intervals during the course of their work shift; or
</P>
<P>(2) Ready access to railroad-provided sanitation facilities outside of the trainset.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Speed indicators.</I> (1) Each trainset controlling cab shall be equipped with a speed indicator which is—
</P>
<P>(i) Accurate within ±2 km/h (1.24 miles per hour) for speed lower than 30 km/h (18.6 miles per hour), then increasing linearly up to ±12 km/h (7.5 miles per hour) at 500 km/h (311 miles per hour); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Clearly readable from the driver's normal position under all light conditions.
</P>
<P>(2) The speed indicator shall be based on a system of independent on-board speed measurement sources guaranteeing the accuracy level specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section under all operational conditions. The system shall be automatically monitored for inconsistencies and the driver shall be automatically notified of any inconsistency potentially compromising this accuracy level.
</P>
<P>(3) The speed indicator shall be calibrated periodically as defined in the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Cab lights.</I> (1) Each trainset cab shall have cab lights which will provide sufficient illumination for the control instruments, meters, and gauges to enable the driver to make accurate readings from his or her normal positions in the cab. These lights shall be located, constructed, and maintained so that light shines only on those parts requiring illumination and does not interfere with the driver's vision of the track and signals. Each trainset cab shall also have a conveniently located light that can be readily turned on and off by the driver operating the trainset and that provides sufficient illumination for them to read trainset orders and timetables.
</P>
<P>(2) Cab passageways and compartments shall be illuminated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.433" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.433   Exterior lights.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Headlights.</I> Each leading end of a trainset shall be equipped with two or more headlights.
</P>
<P>(1) Each headlight shall produce 80,000 candela.
</P>
<P>(2) Headlights shall be arranged to illuminate signs in the right-of-way.
</P>
<P>(3) Headlights shall be recognized 600 m (1,968 feet) ahead of the cab car by a driver in another trainset or a maintenance person standing in the right-of-way under clear weather conditions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Taillights (marking devices).</I> (1) The trailing end of the trainset shall be equipped with two red taillights;
</P>
<P>(2) Each taillight shall be located at least 1.2 m (3.9 feet) above rail;
</P>
<P>(3) Each taillight shall be recognizable 200 m (656 feet) ahead of the cab car by a driver in another trainset or a maintenance person standing in the right-of-way under clear weather conditions;
</P>
<P>(4) Taillights of the trailing end of the trainset shall be on when the trainset is in operation;
</P>
<P>(5) Taillights shall not be on in the direction of trainset travel, except if the driver shall re-position the trainset in a station. Such re-positioning operations shall be done in accordance with the railroad's operating rules; and
</P>
<P>(6) In an emergency situation, the headlight on the rear of the trainset may serve as the taillights in accordance with the railroad's operating rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.435" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.435   Electrical system design.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Overhead collector systems.</I> (1) Pantographs shall be so arranged that they can be operated from the driver's normal position in the cab. Pantographs that automatically rise when released shall have an automatic locking device to secure them in the down position.
</P>
<P>(2) Each overhead collector system, including the pantograph, shall be equipped with a means to electrically ground any uninsulated parts to prevent the risk of electrical shock when working on the system.
</P>
<P>(3) Means shall be provided to permit the driver to determine that the pantograph is in its lowest position, and for securing the pantograph if necessary, without the need to mount the roof of the trainset.
</P>
<P>(4) Each trainset equipped with a pantograph operating on an overhead collection system shall also be equipped with a means to safely lower the pantograph in the event of an emergency. If an emergency pole is used for this purpose, that part of the pole which can be safely handled shall be marked to so indicate. This pole shall be protected from moisture and damage when not in use. Means of securement and electrical isolation of a damaged pantograph, when it cannot be performed automatically, shall be addressed in the railroad's operating rules.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Circuit protection.</I> (1) Each auxiliary circuit shall be provided with a circuit breaker or equivalent current-limiting devices located as near as practicable to the point of connection to the source of power for that circuit. Such protection may be omitted from circuits controlling safety-critical devices.
</P>
<P>(2) The 25-kV main power line shall be protected with a lightning arrestor, automatic circuit breaker, and overload relay. The lightning arrestor shall be run by the most direct path possible to ground with a connection to ground of not less than No. 6 AWG. These overload protection devices shall be housed in an enclosure designed specifically for that purpose with the arc chute vented directly to outside air.
</P>
<P>(3) Auxiliary power supply (440 VAC), providing power distribution, shall be provided with both overload and ground fault protection.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Main battery system.</I> (1) The main batteries shall be isolated from the cab and passenger seating areas by a non-combustible barrier.
</P>
<P>(2) If batteries have the potential to vent explosive gases, the batteries shall be adequately ventilated to prevent accumulation of explosive concentrations of these gases.
</P>
<P>(3) Battery chargers shall be designed to protect against overcharging.
</P>
<P>(4) Battery circuits shall include an emergency battery cut-off switch to completely disconnect the energy stored in the batteries from the load.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Capacitors for high-energy storage.</I> (1) Capacitors, if provided, shall be isolated from the cab and passenger seating areas by a non-combustible barrier.
</P>
<P>(2) Capacitors shall be designed to protect against overcharging and overheating.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Electromagnetic interference (EMI) and electromagnetic compatibility (EMC).</I> (1) The railroad shall ensure electromagnetic compatibility of the safety-critical equipment systems with their environment. Electromagnetic compatibility can be achieved through equipment design or changes to the operating environment.
</P>
<P>(2) The electronic equipment shall not produce electrical noise that interferes with trainline control and communications or with wayside signaling systems.
</P>
<P>(3) To contain electromagnetic interference emissions, suppression of transients shall be at the source wherever possible.
</P>
<P>(4) Electrical and electronic systems of equipment shall be capable of operation in the presence of external electromagnetic noise sources.
</P>
<P>(5) All electronic equipment shall be self-protected from damage or improper operation, or both, due to high voltage transients and long-term over-voltage or under-voltage conditions. This includes protection from both power frequency and harmonic effects as well as protection from radio frequency signals into the microwave frequency range.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Insulation or grounding of metal parts.</I> All unguarded noncurrent-carrying metal parts subject to becoming charged shall be grounded or thoroughly insulated.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>High voltage markings: doors, cover plates, or barriers.</I> External surfaces of all doors, cover plates, or barriers providing direct access to high voltage equipment shall be conspicuously and legibly marked “DANGER-HIGH VOLTAGE” or with the word “DANGER” and the normal voltage carried by the parts so protected. Labels shall be retro-reflective.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Hand-operated switches.</I> All hand-operated switches carrying currents with a potential of more than 150 volts that may be operated while under load shall be covered and shall be operative from the outside of the cover. Means shall be provided to show whether the switches are open or closed. Switches that should not be operated while under load shall be conspicuously and legibly marked with the words “must not be operated under load” and the voltage carried.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Conductors; jumpers; cable connections.</I> (1) Conductor sizes shall be selected on the basis of current-carrying capacity, mechanical strength, temperature, flexibility requirements, and maximum allowable voltage drop. Current-carrying capacity shall be derated for grouping and for operating temperature.
</P>
<P>(2) Jumpers and cable connections between trainset units shall be located and guarded to provide sufficient vertical clearance. They may not hang with one end free.
</P>
<P>(3) Cable and jumper connections between trainset units may not have any of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) Broken or badly chafed insulation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Broken plugs, receptacles, terminals, or trainline pins; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Broken or protruding strands of wire.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Traction motors.</I> All traction motors shall be in proper working order, or safely cut-out.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.437" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.437   Automated monitoring.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each trainset shall be equipped to monitor the performance of the following systems or components:
</P>
<P>(1) Reception of cab and trainset control signals;
</P>
<P>(2) Electric brake status;
</P>
<P>(3) Friction brake status;
</P>
<P>(4) Fire detection systems, if so equipped;
</P>
<P>(5) Auxiliary power status;
</P>
<P>(6) Wheelslide;
</P>
<P>(7) On-board bearing-temperature sensors;
</P>
<P>(8) Door open/closed status; and
</P>
<P>(9) Bogie vibration detection.
</P>
<P>(b) When any of the monitored parameters are out of predetermined limits, an alert shall be sent immediately to the driver. The railroad's operating rules shall control trainset movement when the monitored parameters are out of predetermined limits.
</P>
<P>(c) The railroad shall develop appropriate operating rules to address driver and equipment performance in the event that the automatic monitoring system becomes defective.
</P>
<P>(d) The monitoring system shall be designed with an automatic self-test feature that notifies the driver that the monitoring capability is functioning correctly and alerts the driver when a system failure occurs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.439" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.439   Event recorders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duty to equip and record.</I> Each trainset shall be equipped with an operative event recorder that monitors and records as a minimum all safety data required by paragraph (b) of this section. The event recorder shall record the most recent 48 hours of operational data of the trainset on which it is installed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Equipment requirements.</I> Event recorders shall monitor and record data elements or information needed to support the data elements required by paragraph (c) of this section. The data shall be recorded with at least the accuracy required of the indicators displaying any of the required data elements to the driver.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Data elements.</I> The event recorder shall be equipped with a certified crashworthy event recorder memory module that meets the requirements of appendix A to this part. The certified event recorder memory module shall be mounted for its maximum protection. The event recorder shall record, and the certified crashworthy event recorder memory module shall retain, the following data elements or information needed to support the data elements:
</P>
<P>(1) Trainset speed;
</P>
<P>(2) Selected direction of motion;
</P>
<P>(3) Date and time;
</P>
<P>(4) Distance traveled;
</P>
<P>(5) Throttle position;
</P>
<P>(6) Applications and operations of the trainset brake system, including urgent and emergency applications. The system shall record, or provide a means of determining, that a brake application or release resulted from manipulation of brake controls at the position normally occupied by the driver. In the case of a brake application or release that is responsive to a command originating from or executed by an on-board computer (<I>e.g.,</I> electronic braking system controller, controlling cab electronic control system, or trainset control computer), the system shall record, or provide a means of determining, the involvement of any such computer;
</P>
<P>(7) Applications and operations of the regenerative brake;
</P>
<P>(8) Cab signal aspect(s);
</P>
<P>(9) Urgent brake application(s);
</P>
<P>(10) Passenger brake alarm request;
</P>
<P>(11) Wheel slip/slide alarm activation (with a property-specific minimum duration);
</P>
<P>(12) Trainset number;
</P>
<P>(13) Trainset tractive effort (positive and negative);
</P>
<P>(14) Trainset brake cylinder pressures;
</P>
<P>(15) Cruise control on/off, if so equipped and used;
</P>
<P>(16) Bogie vibration detection;
</P>
<P>(17) Door status opened/closed; and
</P>
<P>(18) Safety-critical trainset control data routed to the controlling driver's display with which the driver is required to comply, specifically including text messages conveying mandatory directives and maximum authorized speed. The specific information format, content, and proposed duration for retention of such data shall be specified in the PTC Safety Plan submitted for the trainset control system under subpart B, subject to FRA approval. If it can be calibrated against other data required by this part, such trainset control data may, at the election of the railroad, be retained in a separate certified crashworthy memory module.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Response to defective equipment.</I> A trainset on which the event recorder has been taken out of service may remain in-service only until the next pre-service inspection. A trainset with an inoperative event recorder is not deemed to be in improper condition, unsafe to operate, or a non-complying trainset under § 299.447.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Annual tests.</I> (1) The railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program under subpart G of this part shall require annual testing of the event recorder. All testing under this section shall be performed at intervals that do not exceed 368 calendar days.
</P>
<P>(2) A microprocessor-based event recorder with a self-monitoring feature equipped to verify that all data elements required by this part are recorded, requires further maintenance and testing only if either of the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(i) The self-monitoring feature displays an indication of a failure. If a failure is displayed, further maintenance and testing must be performed until a subsequent test is successful. When a successful test is accomplished, a record, in any medium, shall be made of that fact and of any maintenance work necessary to achieve the successful result. This record shall be available at the location where the trainset is maintained until a record of a subsequent successful test is filed; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A download of the event recorder, taken within the preceding 30 days and reviewed for the previous 48 hours of trainset operation, reveals a failure to record a regularly recurring data element or reveals that any required data element is not representative of the actual operations of the trainset during this time period. If the review is not successful, further maintenance and testing shall be performed until a subsequent test is successful. When a successful test is accomplished, a record, in any medium, shall be made of that fact and of any maintenance work necessary to achieve the successful result. This record shall be kept at the location where the trainset is maintained until a record of a subsequent successful test is filed. The download shall be taken from information stored in the certified crashworthy crash hardened event recorder memory module.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Preserving accident data.</I> If any trainset equipped with an event recorder, or any other trainset mounted recording device or devices designed to record information concerning the functioning of a trainset, is involved in an accident/incident that is required to be reported to FRA under part 225 of this chapter, the railroad shall, to the extent possible, and to the extent consistent with the safety of life and property, preserve the data recorded by each such device for analysis by FRA in accordance with § 299.11. This preservation requirement permits the railroad to extract and analyze such data, provided the original downloaded data file, or an unanalyzed exact copy of it, shall be retained in secure custody and shall not be utilized for analysis or any other purpose except by direction of FRA or the National Transportation Safety Board. This preservation requirement shall expire one (1) year after the date of the accident/incident unless FRA or the Board notifies the railroad in writing that the data are desired for analysis.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Relationship to other laws.</I> Nothing in this section is intended to alter the legal authority of law enforcement officials investigating potential violation(s) of Federal or State criminal law(s), and nothing in this chapter is intended to alter in any way the priority of National Transportation Safety Board investigations under 49 U.S.C. 1131 and 1134, nor the authority of the Secretary of Transportation to investigate railroad accidents under 49 U.S.C. 5121, 5122, 20107, 20111, 20112, 20505, 20702, 20703, and 20902.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Disabling event recorders.</I> Any individual who willfully disables an event recorder, or who tampers with or alters the data recorded by such a device is subject to civil penalty as provided in part 218 of this chapter, and to disqualification from performing safety-sensitive functions on a railroad under subpart D of part 209 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.441" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.441   Trainset electronic hardware and software safety.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose and scope.</I> The requirements of this section apply to all safety-critical electronic control systems, subsystems, and components on the trainsets, except for on-board signaling and trainset control system components that must meet the software safety requirements defined in subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicability.</I> (1) The trainsets shall utilize the service-proven safety-critical electronic control systems, subsystems, and components as used on the N700 to control and monitor safety-critical components.
</P>
<P>(2) Any modifications to the existing service-proven safety-critical electronic control systems, subsystems, and components shall be subject to the requirements defined in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad shall assure that the suppliers of new or modified safety-critical systems, subsystems, and components utilize an industry recognized hardware and software development process which is evaluated and certified by an independent third-party assessor authorized by the industry standard utilized.
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad shall require that all suppliers submit the certifications and audit results as applicable. All such certifications shall be made available to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) Any major upgrades or introduction of new safety-critical technology shall be subject to § 299.613(d).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Electronic hardware and software safety program.</I> The railroad shall develop and maintain a written electronic hardware and software safety program to guide the design, development, testing, integration, and verification of all new or modified safety-critical trainset hardware and software.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Hardware and software safety program description.</I> The hardware and software safety program shall include a description of how the following will be implemented to ensure safety and reliability:
</P>
<P>(i) The hardware and software design process;
</P>
<P>(ii) The hardware and software design documentation;
</P>
<P>(iii) The hardware and software hazard analysis;
</P>
<P>(iv) Hardware and software safety reviews;
</P>
<P>(v) Hardware and software hazard monitoring and tracking;
</P>
<P>(vi) Hardware and software integration safety testing;
</P>
<P>(vii) Demonstration of overall hardware and software system safety as part of the pre-revenue service testing of the equipment; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Safety-critical changes and failures.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Safety analysis.</I> The hardware and software safety program shall be based on a formal safety methodology that includes a FMECA; verification and validation testing for all hardware and software components and their interfaces; and comprehensive hardware and software integration testing to ensure that the hardware and software system functions as intended.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Compliance.</I> The railroad shall comply with the elements of its hardware and software safety program that affect the safety of the passenger trainset.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Safety-critical changes and failures.</I> Whenever a planned safety-critical design change is made to the safety-critical electronic control systems, subsystems and components (the products) that are in use by the railroad and subject to this subpart, the railroad shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Notify FRA in accordance with § 299.9 of the design changes made by the product supplier;
</P>
<P>(ii) Ensure that the safety analysis required under paragraph (c)(2) of this section is updated as required;
</P>
<P>(iii) Conduct all safety-critical changes in a manner that allows the change to be audited;
</P>
<P>(iv) Document all arrangements with suppliers for notification of all electronic safety-critical changes as well as safety-critical failures in the supplier's system, subsystem, or components, and the reasons for that change or failure from the suppliers, whether or not the railroad has experienced a failure of that safety-critical system, sub-system, or component;
</P>
<P>(v) Specify the railroad's procedures for action upon receipt of notification of a safety-critical change or failure of an electronic system, sub-system, or component, and until the upgrade or revision has been installed;
</P>
<P>(vi) Identify all configuration/revision control measures designed to ensure that safety-functional requirements and safety-critical hazard mitigation processes are not compromised as a result of any such change, and that any such change can be audited;
</P>
<P>(vii) Require suppliers to provide notification of all electronic safety-critical changes as well as safety-critical failures in the supplier's system, subsystem, or components;
</P>
<P>(ix) Document all arrangements with suppliers for notification of any and all electronic safety-critical changes as well as safety-critical failures in the supplier's system, subsystem, or components.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Specific requirements.</I> Hardware and software that controls or monitors a trainset's primary braking system shall either—
</P>
<P>(1) Fail safely by initiating an emergency or urgent brake application in the event of a hardware or software failure that could impair the ability of the driver to apply or release the brakes; or
</P>
<P>(2) Provide the driver access to direct manual control of the primary braking system (emergency or urgent braking).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inspection, testing, and maintenance records.</I> The inspection, testing, and maintenance conducted by the railroad in accordance with § 299.445 shall be recorded in hardcopy or stored electronically. Electronic recordkeeping or automated tracking systems, subject to the provisions contained in § 299.11, may be utilized to store and maintain any testing or training record required by this subpart. Results of product testing conducted by a vendor in support of a safety analysis shall be provided to and recorded by the railroad.
</P>
<P>(1) The testing records shall contain all of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the railroad;
</P>
<P>(ii) The location and date that the test was conducted;
</P>
<P>(iii) The equipment tested;
</P>
<P>(iv) The results of tests;
</P>
<P>(v) The repairs or replacement of equipment;
</P>
<P>(vi) Any preventative adjustments made; and
</P>
<P>(vii) The condition in which the equipment is left.
</P>
<P>(2) Each record shall be—
</P>
<P>(i) Signed by the employee conducting the test, or electronically coded, or identified by the automated test equipment number;
</P>
<P>(ii) Filed in the office of a supervisory official having jurisdiction, unless otherwise noted; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Available for inspection and copying by FRA.
</P>
<P>(3) The results of the testing conducted in accordance with this section shall be retained as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The results of tests that pertain to installation or modification of a product shall be retained for the life-cycle of the product tested and may be kept in any office designated by the railroad;
</P>
<P>(ii) The results of periodic tests required for the maintenance or repair of the product tested shall be retained until the next record is filed and in no case less than one year; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The results of all other tests and training shall be retained until the next record is filed and in no case less than one year.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Review of safety analysis.</I> (1) Prior to the initial planned use of a new product as defined by paragraphs (b)(2) or (3) of this section, the railroad shall notify FRA in accordance with § 299.9 of the intent to place this product in service. The notification shall provide a description of the product, and identify the location where the complete safety analysis documentation and the testing are maintained.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall maintain and make available to FRA upon request all railroad or vendor documentation used to demonstrate that the product meets the safety requirements of the safety analysis for the life-cycle of the product.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Hazard tracking.</I> After a new product is placed in service in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2) or (3) of this section, the railroad shall maintain a database of all safety-relevant hazards encountered with the product. The database shall include all hazards identified in the safety analysis and those that had not been previously identified in the safety analysis. If the frequency of the safety-relevant hazards exceeds the threshold set forth in the safety analysis, then the railroad shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Report the inconsistency to the Associate Administrator, within 15 days of discovery in accordance with § 299.9;
</P>
<P>(2) Take immediate countermeasures to reduce the frequency of the safety-relevant hazard(s) below the threshold set forth in the safety analysis;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide a final report to the Associate Administrator, on the results of the analysis and countermeasures taken to mitigate the hazard to meet the threshold set forth in the safety analysis when the problem is resolved. For hazards not identified in the safety analysis the threshold shall be exceeded at one occurrence; and
</P>
<P>(4) Electronic or automated tracking systems used to meet the requirements contained in paragraph (g) of this section shall be in accordance with § 299.11.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Operations and maintenance manual.</I> The railroad shall maintain all supplier or vendor documents pertaining to the operation, installation, maintenance, repair, modification, inspection, and testing of the safety-critical electronic control systems, subsystems and components.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Training and qualification program.</I> Under § 299.13(c)(3), the railroad shall establish and implement a training and qualification program for the safety-critical electronic control systems, subsystems, and components subject to subpart G of this part prior to the safety-critical electronic control systems, subsystems, and components being placed in use.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Operating personnel training.</I> The training program required by § 299.13(c)(3) for any driver or other person who participates in the operation of a trainset using the safety-critical electronic control systems, subsystems and components shall address all the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) Familiarization with the electronic control system equipment on-board the trainset and the functioning of that equipment as part of the system and in relation to other on-board systems under that person's control;
</P>
<P>(2) Any actions required of the operating personnel to enable or enter data into the system and the role of that function in the safe operation of the trainset;
</P>
<P>(3) Sequencing of interventions by the system, including notification, enforcement, and recovery from the enforcement as applicable;
</P>
<P>(4) Railroad operating rules applicable to control systems, including provisions for movement and protection of any unequipped passenger equipment, or passenger equipment with failed or cut-out controls;
</P>
<P>(5) Means to detect deviations from proper functioning of on-board electronic control system equipment and instructions explaining the proper response to be taken regarding control of the trainset and notification of designated railroad personnel; and
</P>
<P>(6) Information needed to prevent unintentional interference with the proper functioning of on-board electronic control equipment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.443" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.443   Safety appliances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Couplers.</I> (1) The leading and trailing ends of each trainset shall be equipped with an automatic rescue coupler that couples on impact.
</P>
<P>(i) Uncoupling of the rescue coupler shall be done only at a trainset maintenance facility or other location where personnel can safely get under or between units.
</P>
<P>(ii) The leading and the trailing ends of a trainset are not required to be equipped with sill steps or end or side handholds.
</P>
<P>(2) The leading and trailing end couplers and uncoupling devices may be stored within a removable shrouded housing.
</P>
<P>(3) Leading and trailing automatic couplers of trainsets shall be compatible with the railroad's rescue vehicles. A coupler adaptor can be used to meet this requirement.
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad shall develop and implement rescue procedures that assure employee safety during rescue operations and shall be contained in the railroad's operating rules.
</P>
<P>(5) Each unit within a trainset shall be semi-permanently coupled and shall only be uncoupled at a trainset maintenance facility or other locations identified by the railroad where the protections afforded in subpart B of part 218 of this chapter can be applied.
</P>
<P>(6) The ends of units in a trainset that are semi-permanently coupled are not required to be equipped with automatic couplers, sill steps, end handholds or side handholds.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Crew access.</I> (1) Each trainset shall provide a minimum of two (2) locations per side, where crew members can board or disembark the trainset safely from ground level.
</P>
<P>(2) Each location used for crew access shall be equipped with retractable stairs with handrails designed for safe access to the trainset from ground level.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.445" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.445   Trainset inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) The railroad shall develop a written inspection program for the rolling stock, in accordance with and approved under the requirements of § 299.713. As further specified in this section, the program shall describe in detail the procedures, equipment, and other means necessary for the safe operation of the passenger equipment, including all inspections set forth in paragraph (e) of this section. This information shall include a detailed description of the methods of ensuring accurate records of required inspections.
</P>
<P>(2) The initial inspection, testing, and maintenance program submitted under § 299.713 shall, as a minimum, address the specific safety inspections contained in paragraphs (e)(1) through (4) of this section. The railroad may submit the procedures detailing the bogie inspections or general overhaul requirements contained in paragraph (e)(3) and (4) of this section, respectively, at a later date than the initial inspection, testing, and maintenance program, but not less than 180 days prior to the scheduled date of the first bogie inspection or general overhaul.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Identification of safety-critical items.</I> In addition to safety critical items identified under § 299.711(b), on-board emergency equipment, emergency back-up systems, trainset exits and trainset safety-critical hardware and software systems in accordance with § 299.441 shall be deemed safety-critical.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Compliance.</I> The railroad shall adopt and comply with the approved inspection, testing, and maintenance program in accordance with § 299.703.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>General condition.</I> The inspection, testing, and maintenance program shall ensure that all systems and components of the equipment are free of conditions that endanger the safety of the crew, passengers, or equipment. These conditions include, but are not limited to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A continuous accumulation of oil or grease;
</P>
<P>(2) Improper functioning of a component;
</P>
<P>(3) A crack, break, excessive wear, structural defect, or weakness of a component;
</P>
<P>(4) A leak;
</P>
<P>(5) Use of a component or system under conditions that exceed those for which the component or system is designed to operate; and
</P>
<P>(6) Insecure attachment of a component.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Specific safety inspections.</I> The program under paragraph (a) of this section shall specify that all passenger trainsets shall receive thorough safety inspections by qualified individuals designated by the railroad at regular intervals. At a minimum, and in addition to the annual tests required for event recorder under § 299.439(e), the following shall be performed on each trainset:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Pre-service inspections.</I> (i) Each trainset in use shall be inspected at least once every two calendar days by qualified individuals at a location where there is a repair pit and access to the top of the trainset. The inspection shall verify the correct operation of on-board safety systems defined in the inspection, testing, and maintenance program. If any of the conditions defined as safety-critical in paragraph (b) of this section and § 299.711(b) are found during this inspection, the trainset shall not be put into service until that condition is rectified. The pre-service inspection shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Functional tests to determine the status of application and release of the service, emergency, and urgent air brakes using the monitoring system;
</P>
<P>(B) Operational tests of the exterior doors; and
</P>
<P>(C) A review of the log of on-board ATC equipment.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the existence of any safety-critical conditions cannot be determined by use of an automated monitoring system, the railroad shall perform a visual inspection to determine if the condition exists.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Regular inspections.</I> The railroad shall perform a regular inspection on all trainsets in accordance with the test procedures and inspection criteria established in paragraph (a) of this section and at the intervals defined by paragraph (f) of this section. If any of the conditions defined as safety-critical in paragraph (b) of this section and § 299.711(b) are found during this inspection, the trainset shall not be put into service until that condition is rectified.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Bogie inspections.</I> The railroad shall perform a bogie inspection on all trainsets in accordance with the test procedures and inspection criteria established in paragraph (a) of this section and at the intervals defined by paragraph (f) of this section. If any of the conditions defined as safety-critical in paragraph (b) of this section and § 299.711(b) are found during this inspection, the trainset shall not be put into service until that condition is rectified.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>General overhaul.</I> The railroad shall perform a general overhaul on all trainsets in accordance with the test procedures and inspection criteria established in paragraph (a) of this section and at the intervals defined by paragraph (f) of this section. If any of the conditions defined as safety-critical in paragraph (b) of this section and § 299.711(b) are found during this inspection, the trainset shall not be put into service until that condition is rectified.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Maintenance intervals.</I> The railroad's program established pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall include the railroad's scheduled maintenance intervals for all specific safety inspections in paragraph (e) of this section, as required by § 299.707.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Training and qualification program.</I> The railroad shall establish a training and qualification program as defined in § 299.13(c)(3) to qualify individuals to perform inspections, testing, and maintenance on the equipment. Only qualified individuals shall perform inspections, testing, and maintenance of the equipment.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Reporting and tracking of repairs to defective trainsets.</I> The railroad shall have in place prior to start of operations a reporting and tracking system for passenger trainsets with a defect not in conformance with this subpart. The reporting and tracking system shall record the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The identification number of the defective unit within a trainset, and trainset identification number;
</P>
<P>(2) The date the defect was discovered;
</P>
<P>(3) The nature of the defect;
</P>
<P>(4) The determination made by a qualified individual whether the equipment is safe to run;
</P>
<P>(5) The name of the qualified individual making such a determination;
</P>
<P>(6) Any operating restrictions placed on the equipment; and
</P>
<P>(7) Repairs made and the date that they were completed.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Retention of records.</I> At a minimum, the railroad shall keep the records described in paragraph (j) of each required inspection under this section in accordance with § 299.11. Each record shall be maintained for at least one year from the date of the inspection.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Availability of records.</I> The railroad shall make defect reporting and tracking records available to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Brake system repair points.</I> The railroad shall designate brake system repair points in the inspection, testing, and maintenance program required by paragraph (a) of this section. No trainset shall depart a brake system repair point unless that trainset has a 100 percent operational brake system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.447" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.447   Movement of defective equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A trainset with one or more conditions not in compliance with the list of safety critical defects identified in accordance with § 299.445(b) during a pre-service inspection required by § 299.445(e)(1) shall not be moved in revenue service and shall only be moved in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, and after departure in compliance with the pre-service inspection required by § 299.445(e)(1), a trainset with one or more conditions not in compliance with the list of safety critical defects identified in accordance with §§ 299.445(b) and 299.711(b) may be moved in revenue service only after the railroad has complied with all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A qualified individual determines that it is safe to move the trainset, consistent with the railroad's operating rules;
</P>
<P>(i) If appropriate, these determinations may be made based upon a description of the defective condition provided by a crewmember.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the determinations required by this paragraph are made by an off-site qualified individual based on a description of the defective condition by on-site personnel, then a qualified individual shall perform a physical inspection of the defective equipment, at the first location possible, in accordance with the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program and operating rules, to verify the description of the defect provided by the on-site personnel.
</P>
<P>(2) The qualified individual who made the determination in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, notifies the driver in charge of movement of the trainset, in accordance with the railroad's operating rules, of the maximum authorized speed, authorized destination, and any other operational restrictions that apply to the movement of the non-compliant trainset. This notification may be achieved through the tag required by paragraph (b)(3) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) A tag bearing the words “non-complying trainset” and containing the following information, are securely attached to the control stand on each control cab of the trainset:
</P>
<P>(i) The trainset number and unit or car number;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the qualified individual making the determination in paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) The location and date of the inspection that led to the discovery of the non-compliant item;
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of each defect;
</P>
<P>(v) Movement restrictions, if any;
</P>
<P>(vi) The authorized destination of the trainset; and
</P>
<P>(vii) The signature, if possible, as well as the job title and location of the person making the determinations required by this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Automated tracking systems used to meet the tagging requirements contained in paragraph (b)(3) of this section may be reviewed and monitored by FRA at any time to ensure the integrity of the system. FRA's Associate Administrator may prohibit or revoke the railroad's ability to utilize an automated tracking system in lieu of tagging if FRA finds that the automated tracking system is not properly secure, is inaccessible to FRA or the railroad's employees, or fails to track or monitor the movement of defective equipment adequately. Such a determination will be made in writing and will state the basis for such action.
</P>
<P>(c) A trainset that develops a non-complying condition in service may continue in revenue service, so long as the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section are otherwise fully met, until the next pre-service inspection.
</P>
<P>(d) In the event of an in-service failure of the braking system, the trainset may proceed in accordance with the railroad's operating rules relating to the percentage of operative brakes and at a speed no greater than the maximum authorized speed as determined by § 299.409(f)(4) so long as the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section are otherwise fully met, until the next pre-service inspection.
</P>
<P>(e) A non-complying trainset may be moved without passengers within a trainset maintenance facility, at speeds not to exceed 16 km/h (10 mph), without meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section where the movement is solely for the purpose of repair. The railroad shall ensure that the movement is made safely.
</P>
<P>(f) Nothing in this section authorizes the movement of equipment subject to a Special Notice for Repair under part 216 of this chapter unless the movement is made in accordance with the restrictions contained in the Special Notice.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.449" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.4.138.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.449   Trainset image and audio recording system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duty to equip and record.</I> (1) Each trainset used in revenue service must be equipped with an image recording system comprised of—
</P>
<P>(i) Outward-facing image recording devices capable of recording images of the right-of-way ahead of the trainset in the direction of travel as further described in paragraph (b) of this section; and,
</P>
<P>(ii) Inward-facing image recording devices capable of recording images of crewmember activities inside the leading trainset cab as further described in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The image recording system must be turned on and recording whenever a trainset is in motion, at all speeds. If operating circumstances cause the controlling cab to be other than the cab of the leading end of the trainset, the railroad must also record images of activities inside the controlling cab.
</P>
<P>(3) The trainset image recording system shall record at a minimum the most recent 12 hours of operation of a leading trainset cab used in revenue service.
</P>
<P>(4) Image recording device data for each leading trainset cab used in revenue service shall be recorded on a memory module meeting the requirements for a certified crashworthy event recorder memory module described in appendix A to this part or on an alternative, remote storage system that provides at least equivalent data protections and is approved by FRA under paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Outward-facing recording device requirements for leading trainset cabs used in revenue service.</I> The image recording system shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Include an image recording device aimed parallel to the centerline of tangent track within the gauge on the leading end of the trainset;
</P>
<P>(2) Be able to distinguish the signal aspects displayed by go/no-go signals;
</P>
<P>(3) Record at a minimum frame rate of 15 frames per second (or its equivalent);
</P>
<P>(4) Have sufficient resolution, as defined by the railroad in the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program under § 299.445, to record the position of switch points in advance of the trainset at speeds of 170 km/h (106 mph) and below, and to capture images in daylight or with normal nighttime illumination from the headlight of the trainset; and
</P>
<P>(5) Include an accurate time and date stamp on image recordings.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inward-facing image recording device requirements for leading trainset cabs used in revenue service.</I> (1) The image recording system shall include an image recording device positioned to provide complete coverage of all areas of the leading trainset cab where a crewmember typically may be positioned, including complete coverage of the instruments and controls required to operate the trainset in normal use, and—
</P>
<P>(i) Have sufficient resolution, as defined in the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program under § 299.445, to record crewmember actions;
</P>
<P>(ii) Record at a minimum frame rate of 5 frames per second;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be capable of using ambient light in the cab, and when ambient light levels drop too low for normal operation, automatically switch to infrared or another operating mode that enables the recording sufficient clarity to comply with the requirements of this paragraph (c)(1); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Include an accurate time and date stamp on image recordings.
</P>
<P>(2) Inward-facing image recording devices shall not be installed in a location where the device can record activities within a trainset cab's sanitation compartment, as defined in § 229.5 of this chapter, and shall not be used to make recordings of any activities within a trainset cab's sanitation compartment.
</P>
<P>(3) If a leading trainset cab used in revenue service experiences a technical failure of its inward-facing image recording system, then the system shall be removed from service and handled in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Image recording system protection requirements for leading trainset cabs used in revenue service.</I> The railroad must provide convenient wired or wireless connections to allow authorized railroad personnel to download audio or image recordings from any certified crashworthy event recorder memory module in leading trainset cabs used in revenue service. The railroad also must use electronic security measure(s), and apply appropriate cybersecurity measures, to prevent unauthorized access to, and download, deletion, or alteration of, the recording system or its recordings.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inspection, testing, and maintenance for image recording systems in leading trainset cabs used in revenue service.</I> (1) The image recording system in trainsets used in revenue service shall have self-monitoring features to assess whether the system is operating properly, including whether the system is powered on.
</P>
<P>(2) Periodic inspection requirements for the trainset image recording system shall be defined in the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program required under § 299.445. As part of the periodic inspection, the railroad shall take sample download(s) from the image recording system's crashworthy memory module to confirm proper operation of the system, and, if necessary, repair the system to full operation.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Handling of recordings</I>-(1) <I>Chain-of-custody procedure.</I> The railroad shall develop, adopt, maintain, and comply with a chain-of-custody procedure governing the handling and the release of the image recordings described in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section and any audio recordings. The chain-of-custody procedure must specifically address the preservation and handling requirements for post-accident/incident recordings provided to FRA or other Federal agencies under paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Accident/incident preservation.</I> If any trainset equipped with an image or audio recording system is involved in an accident/incident that must be reported to FRA under part 225 of this chapter, the railroad shall, to the extent possible, and to the extent consistent with the safety of life and property, preserve the data recorded by the system for analysis by FRA or other Federal agencies. The railroad must either provide the image and/or audio data in a format readable by FRA or other Federal agencies; or make available to FRA or other Federal agencies any platform, software, media device, etc., that is required to play back the image and/or audio data. This preservation requirement shall expire one year after the date of the accident unless FRA or another Federal agency notifies the railroad in writing that it must preserve the recording longer. The railroad may extract and analyze such data for the purposes described in paragraph (f)(3) of this section, only if—
</P>
<P>(i) The original downloaded data file, or an unanalyzed exact copy of it, is retained in secure custody under the railroad's procedure adopted under paragraph (f)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) It is not utilized for analysis or any other purpose, except by direction of FRA or another Federal agency.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Recording uses.</I> Subject to the conditions specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the railroad may use image and audio recordings from a leading trainset cab used in revenue service subject to this section to—
</P>
<P>(i) Investigate an accident/incident that is required to be reported to FRA under part 225 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Investigate a violation of a Federal railroad safety law, regulation, or order, or the railroad's operating rules and procedures;
</P>
<P>(iii) Conduct an operational test under § 299.505;
</P>
<P>(iv) Monitor for unauthorized occupancy of a trainset's cab or operating compartment;
</P>
<P>(v) Investigate a violation of a criminal law;
</P>
<P>(vi) Assist Federal agencies in the investigation of a suspected or confirmed act of terrorism; or
</P>
<P>(vii) Perform inspection, testing, maintenance, or repair activities to ensure the proper installation and functioning of an image or audio recorder as required under paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Image recording system approval process.</I> The railroad must submit for approval a description of the technical aspects of its trainset image recording system installed pursuant this section. The required description must be submitted via electronic mail to the following email address: <I>FRARRSMPE@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The description must specifically address the image recording system's—
</P>
<P>(i) Minimum 12-hour continuous recording capability;
</P>
<P>(ii) Crashworthiness; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Post-accident accessibility of the system's recordings.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad must submit the written statement not less than 90 days before the installation of such image recording system.
</P>
<P>(3) The Associate Administrator will review the railroad's description and may approve, or disapprove, the image recording system if it does not meet the requirements of this section. FRA may disapprove any recording systems that do not meet the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Relationship to other laws.</I> Nothing in this section is intended to alter the legal authority of law enforcement officials investigating potential violation(s) of State criminal law(s), and nothing in this section is intended to alter in any way the priority of investigations under 49 U.S.C. 1131 and 1134, or the authority of the Secretary of Transportation to investigate railroad accidents under 49 U.S.C. 5121, 5122, 20107, 20111, 20112, 20505, 20702, 20703, and 20902.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Removal of an image recording system or device from service and handling for repair.</I> (1) Notwithstanding the duty established in paragraph (a) of this section to equip trainsets cabs used in revenue service with an image recording system, the railroad—
</P>
<P>(i) May remove from service the entire image recording system or an image recording device in a leading trainset cab used in revenue service for any reason.
</P>
<P>(ii) Must remove from service the entire image recording system or an image recording device in a leading trainset cab used in revenue service if the railroad knows the system or device is not properly recording.
</P>
<P>(2) When a railroad removes the entire image recording system or an image recording device in a leading trainset cab used in revenue service from service, a qualified person shall record the date the system or device was removed from service in the trainset's maintenance records.
</P>
<P>(3) A trainset on which the entire image recording system, or an image recording device in a leading trainset cab used in revenue service, has been taken out of service as provided in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section may be used as a leading trainset cab in revenue service only until the next pre-service inspection required under the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
</P>
<P>(4) A trainset with an image recording device that has been taken out of service on only one cab end may be used in revenue service beyond the next pre-service inspection without repair provided the other cab end is the leading end of the trainset and the image recording system is otherwise operative for that cab end.
</P>
<P>(5) A trainset with an inoperative image recording device alone is not deemed to be in an improper condition, unsafe to operate, or non-complying under § 299.447. However, a trainset with an entire image record system taken out of service or image recording devices taken out service in both cab ends, may not be used in revenue service beyond the next pre-service inspection required under the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program without repair or replacement of the non-operative system or devices.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Disabling or interfering with locomotive-mounted audio and video recording equipment.</I> Any individual who willfully disables or interferes with the intended functioning of image or audio recording system equipment mounted in a leading trainset cab used in revenue service, or who tampers with or alters the data recorded by such equipment, is subject to a civil penalty and to disqualification from performing safety-sensitive functions on a railroad as provided in parts 209 and 218 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Employee protections.</I> (1) If inward-facing image or in-cab audio trainset recordings are utilized to conduct operational tests and inspections under § 299.505, the railroad shall adopt and comply with a procedure in its operational tests and inspections program that ensures employees are randomly subject to such operational tests and inspections involving image or audio recordings. The procedure adopted must:
</P>
<P>(i) Establish objective, neutral criteria to ensure every employee subject to such operational tests and inspections is selected randomly for such operational tests and inspections within a specified time frame;
</P>
<P>(ii) Not permit subjective factors to play a role in selection, <I>i.e.,</I> no employee may be selected based on the exercise of the railroad's discretion; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Require that any operational test or inspection using trainset image or audio recordings be performed within 72 hours of the completion of the employee's tour of duty that is the subject of the operational test. Any operational test performed more than 72 hours after the completion of the tour of duty that is the subject of the test is a violation of this section. The 72-hour limitation does not apply to investigations of railroad accidents/incidents or to violations of Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, or orders, or any criminal laws.
</P>
<P>(2) FRA may review the railroad's procedure implementing paragraph (k)(1) of this section, and, for cause stated, may disapprove such procedure under § 299.505(h).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 70764, Oct. 12, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Operating Rules</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.501" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.5.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.501   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>Through the requirements of this subpart, FRA learns the condition of the operating rules and practices in use by the railroad. The rules and practices covered by this subpart include the procedures for instruction and testing of all employees involved with the movement of rail vehicles, including drivers, on-board attendants, station platform attendants, general control center staff, and all maintenance staff, which are necessary to ensure that they possess the requisite skill and knowledge of the rules and operating practices to maintain the safety of the system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.503" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.5.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.503   Operating rules; filing and recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Prior to commencing operations, the railroad shall develop a code of operating rules, timetables, and timetable special instructions. The initial code of operating rules, timetables, and timetable special instructions shall be based on practices and procedures proven on the Tokaido Shinkansen system.
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad shall keep one copy of its current code of operating rules, timetables, timetable special instruction, at its system headquarters, and shall make them available to FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours. If the railroad elects to maintain an electronic record, the railroad must satisfy the conditions listed in § 299.11.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.505" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.5.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.505   Programs of operational tests and inspections; recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirement to conduct operational tests and inspections.</I> The railroad shall periodically conduct operational tests and inspections to determine the extent of employee knowledge, application, and compliance with its code of operating rules, timetables, and timetable special instructions in accordance with a written program retained at its system headquarters.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Railroad and railroad testing officer responsibilities.</I> (1) Each railroad officer who conducts operational tests and inspections (railroad testing officer) shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Be qualified on the railroad's operating rules in accordance with § 299.507;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be qualified on the operational testing and inspection program requirements and procedures relevant to the testing and inspections the officer will conduct;
</P>
<P>(iii) Receive appropriate field training, as necessary to achieve proficiency, on each operational test or inspection that the officer is authorized to conduct; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Conduct operational tests and inspections in accordance with the railroad's program of operational tests and inspections.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall maintain a record documenting qualification of each railroad testing officer. The record shall be retained by the railroad and shall be made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours. If the railroad elects to maintain an electronic record, the railroad must satisfy the conditions listed in § 299.11.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Written program of operational tests and inspections.</I> Within 30 days of commencing operations, the railroad shall have a written program of operational tests and inspections in effect. The railroad shall maintain one copy of its current program for periodic performance of the operational tests and inspections required by paragraph (a) of this section, and shall maintain one copy of each subsequent amendment to the program as amendments are made. These records shall be retained at the system headquarters of the railroad for three calendar years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate. These records shall be made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours. The program shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Provide for operational testing and inspection under the various operating conditions on the railroad;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe each type of operational test and inspection adopted, including the means and procedures used to carry it out;
</P>
<P>(3) State the purpose of each type of operational test and inspection;
</P>
<P>(4) State the frequency with which each type of operational test and inspection is conducted;
</P>
<P>(5) The program shall address with particular emphasis those operating rules that cause or are likely to cause the most accidents or incidents, such as those accidents or incidents identified in the six-month reviews and the annual summaries as required under paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section;
</P>
<P>(6) Identify the officer(s) by name and job title responsible for ensuring that the program of operational tests and inspections is properly implemented and is responsible for overseeing the entire program. The responsibilities of such officer(s) shall include, but not be limited to, ensuring that the railroad's testing officers are directing their efforts in an appropriate manner to reduce accidents/incidents and that all required reviews and summaries are completed; and
</P>
<P>(7) Include a schedule for making the program fully operative within 210 days after it begins.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Records.</I> (1) The railroad shall keep a written or electronic record of the date, time, place, and result of each operational test and inspection that was performed in accordance with its program. Each record shall specify the officer administering the test and inspection and each employee tested. These records shall be retained at the system headquarters of the railroad for one calendar year after the end of the calendar year to which they relate. These records shall be made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall retain one copy of its current program for periodic performance of the operational tests and inspections required by paragraph (a) of this section and one copy of each subsequent amendment to such program. These records shall be retained for three calendar years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate at the system headquarters where the tests and inspections are conducted. These records shall be made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reviews of tests and inspections and adjustments to the program of operational tests</I>—(1) <I>Reviews by the railroad.</I> Not less than once every 180 days the railroad's designated officer(s) shall conduct periodic reviews and analyses as provided in this paragraph and shall retain, at its system headquarters, one copy of the reviews. Each such review shall be completed within 30 days of the close of the period. The designated officer(s) shall conduct a written review of—
</P>
<P>(i) The operational testing and inspection data for the system to determine compliance by the railroad testing officers with its program of operational tests and inspections required by paragraph (c) of this section. At a minimum, this review shall include the name of each railroad testing officer, the number of tests and inspections conducted by each officer, and whether the officer conducted the minimum number of each type of test or inspection required by the railroad's program;
</P>
<P>(ii) Accident/incident data, the results of prior operational tests and inspections, and other pertinent safety data for the system to identify the relevant operating rules related to those accidents/incidents that occurred during the period. Based upon the results of that review, the designated officer(s) shall make any necessary adjustments to the tests and inspections required of railroad officers for the subsequent period(s); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Implementation of the program of operational tests and inspections from a system perspective, to ensure that it is being utilized as intended, that the other reviews provided for in this paragraph have been properly completed, that appropriate adjustments have been made to the distribution of tests and inspections required, and that the railroad testing officers are appropriately directing their efforts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Records retention.</I> The records of reviews required in paragraphs (e)(1) of this section shall be retained for a period of one year after the end of the calendar year to which they relate and shall be made available to representatives of FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Annual summary on operational tests and inspections.</I> Before March 1 of each calendar year, the railroad shall retain, at its system headquarters, one copy of a written summary of the following with respect to its previous year's activities: The number, type, and result of each operational test and inspection that was conducted as required by paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section. These records shall be retained for three calendar years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate and shall be made available to representatives of FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Electronic recordkeeping.</I> Nothing in this section precludes the railroad from maintaining the information required to be retained under this part in an electronic format provided that the railroad satisfy the conditions listed in § 299.11.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Disapproval of program.</I> Upon review of the program of operational tests and inspections required by this section, the Associate Administrator for Safety may, for cause stated, disapprove the program in whole or in part. Notification of such disapproval shall be made in writing and specify the basis for the disapproval decision. If the Associate Administrator for Safety disapproves the program—
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad has 35 days from the date of the written notification of such disapproval to—
</P>
<P>(i) Amend its program; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide a written response in support of the program to the Associate Administrator for Safety. If the Associate Administrator for Safety still disapproves the program in whole or in part after receiving the railroad's written response, the railroad shall amend its program.
</P>
<P>(2) A failure to adequately amend the program will be considered a failure to implement a program under this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.507" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.5.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.507   Program of instruction on operating rules; recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To ensure that each railroad employee whose activities are governed by the railroad's operating rules understands those rules, the railroad periodically shall instruct each such employee on the meaning and application of its operating rules with a written program developed under § 299.13(c)(3) and retained at its system headquarters.
</P>
<P>(b) Prior to commencing operations, the railroad shall file and retain one copy of its current program for the periodic instruction of its employees as required by paragraph (a) of this section and shall file and retain one copy of any amendment to that program as amendments are made. These records shall be retained at the railroad's system headquarters for one calendar year after the end of the calendar year to which they relate. These records shall be made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours. This program shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Describe the means and procedures used for instruction of the various classes of affected employees;
</P>
<P>(2) State the frequency of instruction and the basis for determining that frequency;
</P>
<P>(3) Include a schedule for completing the initial instruction of employees who are already employed when the program begins;
</P>
<P>(4) Begin on the date of commencing operations; and
</P>
<P>(5) Provide for initial instruction of each employee hired after the program begins.
</P>
<P>(c) The railroad is authorized to retain by electronic recordkeeping its program for periodic instruction of its employees on operating rules, provided that the requirements stated in § 299.11 are satisfied.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—System Qualification Tests</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.601" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.6.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.601   Responsibility for verification demonstrations and tests.</HEAD>
<P>The railroad shall comply with the pre-revenue qualification tests and verification requirements set forth in this subpart to demonstrate the overall safety of the system, prior to revenue operations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.603" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.6.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.603   Preparation of system-wide qualification test plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Prior to execution of any tests as defined in this subpart, the railroad shall develop a system-wide qualification test plan, that identifies the tests that will be carried out, to demonstrate the operability of all system elements, including track and infrastructure, signal and trainset control system, communications, rolling stock, software, and operating practices, and the system as a whole.
</P>
<P>(b) The system-wide qualification test plan shall be submitted to FRA in accordance with § 299.9 for review at least 180 days prior to testing. FRA shall notify the railroad, in writing, within 45 days of receipt of the railroad's submission, and identify any deficiencies in the test plan. FRA will notify the railroad of any procedures to be submitted for review. The plan shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A list of all tests to be conducted;
</P>
<P>(2) A summary statement of the test objectives;
</P>
<P>(3) A planned schedule for conducting the tests which indicates the sequence of testing and interdependencies; and
</P>
<P>(4) The approach taken for—
</P>
<P>(i) Verifying results of installation tests performed by contractors and manufacturers;
</P>
<P>(ii) Functional and performance qualification testing of individual safety-related equipment, facilities, and subsystems in accordance with § 299.605;
</P>
<P>(iii) Pre-revenue service system integration testing of the system per § 299.607, that includes vehicle/track system qualification testing per § 299.609;
</P>
<P>(iv) Simulated revenue operations of the system per § 299.611;
</P>
<P>(v) Compliance with operating rules as per subpart E of this part;
</P>
<P>(vi) Training and qualification of all personnel involved in the test program to conduct tests safely and in accordance with operating rules;
</P>
<P>(vii) Verification of all emergency preparedness procedures; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Field testing of the railroad's uncertified PTC system and regression testing of its FRA-certified PTC system, under § 299.201.
</P>
<P>(c) The railroad shall adopt and comply with the system-wide qualification test plan, including completion of all tests required by the plan.
</P>
<P>(d) After FRA review of the system-wide test plan, detailed test procedures as required by paragraph (b) of this section shall be submitted 15 days prior to testing to FRA in accordance with § 299.9 for review.
</P>
<P>(e) Each test procedure shall include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) A clear statement of the test objectives. One of the principal test objectives shall be to demonstrate that the railroad's system meets the safety design and performance requirements specified in this part when operated in the environment in which it will be used;
</P>
<P>(2) Any special safety precautions to be observed during the testing;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the railroad property or facilities to be used to conduct the tests;
</P>
<P>(4) Prerequisites for conducting each test;
</P>
<P>(5) A detailed description of how the tests are to be conducted. This description shall include—
</P>
<P>(i) An identification of the systems and equipment to be tested;
</P>
<P>(ii) The method by which the systems and equipment shall be tested;
</P>
<P>(iii) The instrumentation to be used and calibration procedures;
</P>
<P>(iv) The means by which the test results will be recorded, analyzed and reported to FRA;
</P>
<P>(v) A description of the information or data to be obtained;
</P>
<P>(vi) A description of how the information or data obtained is to be analyzed or used;
</P>
<P>(vii) A description of any criteria to be used as safety limits during the testing;
</P>
<P>(viii) The criteria to be used to evaluate performance of the systems and equipment. If system qualification is to be based on extrapolation of less than full-level testing results, the analysis done to justify the validity of the extrapolation shall be described; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures to be followed to ensure that testing is conducted safely.
</P>
<P>(f) The railroad shall provide FRA notice at least 30 days in advance of the times and places of any domestic testing and notice at least 90 days in advance for testing not conducted domestically to permit FRA observation of such tests.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.605" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.6.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.605   Functional and performance qualification tests.</HEAD>
<P>The railroad shall conduct functional and performance qualification tests, prior to commencing revenue operations, to verify that all safety-critical components meet all functional and all performance specifications.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.607" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.6.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.607   Pre-revenue service system integration testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Prior to commencing revenue operations, the railroad shall conduct tests of the trainsets throughout the system to—
</P>
<P>(1) Verify mechanical positioning of the overhead catenary system; and
</P>
<P>(2) Verify performance of the trainset, track, and signal and trainset control systems.
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad shall demonstrate safe operation of the system during normal and degraded-mode operating conditions. At a minimum, the following operation tests shall be performed:
</P>
<P>(1) Slow-speed operation of a trainset;
</P>
<P>(2) Verification of correct overhead catenary and pantograph interaction;
</P>
<P>(3) Verification of trainset clearance at structures and passenger platforms;
</P>
<P>(4) Incremental increase of trainset speed;
</P>
<P>(5) Performance tests on trainsets to verify braking rates in accordance with § 299.409;
</P>
<P>(6) Verification of vehicle noise;
</P>
<P>(7) Verification of correct vehicle suspension characteristics;
</P>
<P>(8) Vehicle/track system qualification as defined in § 299.609;
</P>
<P>(9) Load tests with vehicles to verify relay settings and signal and communication system immunization;
</P>
<P>(10) Monitoring of utility supply circuits and telephone circuits to ensure the adequacy of power supplies, and to verify that transient-related disturbances are within acceptable limits;
</P>
<P>(11) Verification of vehicle detection due to shunting of signal system circuits;
</P>
<P>(12) Verification of safe operation of the signal and trainset control system as required by subpart B of this part;
</P>
<P>(13) Tests of trainset radio reception during system-wide vehicle operation; and
</P>
<P>(14) Verification of electromagnetic interference/electromagnetic compatibility between various subsystems.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.609" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.6.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.609   Vehicle/track system qualification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> All vehicles types intended to operate in revenue service shall be qualified for operation in accordance with this subpart. A qualification program shall be used to demonstrate that the vehicle/track system will not exceed the wheel/rail force safety limits, and the carbody and bogie acceleration criteria specified in paragraph (h) of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) At any speed up to and including 10 km/h (6 mph) above the proposed maximum operating speed; and
</P>
<P>(2) On track meeting the requirements for the class of track associated with the proposed maximum operating speed as defined in § 299.309. For purposes of qualification testing, speeds may exceed the maximum allowable operating speed for the class of track in accordance with the test plan approved by FRA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>New vehicle/track system qualification.</I> Vehicle types not previously qualified under this subpart shall be qualified in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Carbody acceleration.</I> For vehicle types intended to operate in revenue service at track class H4 speeds or above, qualification testing conducted over a representative segment of the route shall demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the carbody lateral and vertical acceleration safety limits specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Bogie lateral acceleration.</I> For vehicle types intended to operate at track class H4 speeds or above, qualification testing conducted over a representative segment of the route shall demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the bogie lateral acceleration safety limit specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Measurement of wheel/rail forces.</I> For vehicle types intended to operate at track class H4 speeds or above, qualification testing conducted over a representative segment of the route shall demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the wheel/rail force safety limits specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Previously qualified vehicle/track system.</I> Vehicle/track systems previously qualified under this subpart for a track class and cant deficiency on one route may be qualified for operation at the same class and cant deficiency on another route through testing to demonstrate compliance with paragraph (a) of this section in accordance with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Carbody acceleration.</I> For vehicle types intended to operate at track class H4 speeds and above, qualification testing conducted over a representative segment of the new route shall demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the carbody lateral and vertical acceleration safety limits specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Bogie lateral acceleration.</I> For vehicle types intended to operate at track class H4 speeds or above, measurement of bogie lateral acceleration during qualification testing shall demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the bogie lateral acceleration safety limit specified in paragraph (h) of this section. Measurement of bogie lateral acceleration, if conducted, shall be performed over a representative segment of the new route.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Vehicle/track system qualification testing plan.</I> To obtain the data required to support the qualification program outlined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the railroad shall submit a qualification testing plan as required by § 299.603(b) at least 60 days prior to testing, requesting approval to conduct the testing at the desired speeds and cant deficiencies. This test plan shall provide for a test program sufficient to evaluate the operating limits of the track and vehicle type and shall include—
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the representative segment of the route for qualification testing;
</P>
<P>(2) Consideration of the operating environment during qualification testing, including operating practices and conditions, the signal system, and trainset on adjacent tracks;
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum angle found on the gauge face of the designed (newly-profiled) wheel flange referenced with respect to the axis of the wheelset that will be used for the determination of the Single Wheel L/V Ratio safety limit specified in paragraph (h) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(4) A target maximum testing speed in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section and the maximum testing cant deficiency.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Qualification testing.</I> Upon FRA approval of the vehicle/track system qualification testing plan, qualification testing shall be conducted in two sequential stages as required in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(1) Stage-one testing shall include demonstration of acceptable vehicle dynamic response of the subject vehicle as speeds are incrementally increased—
</P>
<P>(i) On a segment of tangent track, from acceptable track class H4 speeds to the target maximum test speed; and
</P>
<P>(ii) On a segment of curved track, from the speeds corresponding to 76 mm (3 inches) of cant deficiency to the maximum testing cant deficiency.
</P>
<P>(2) When stage-one testing has successfully demonstrated a maximum safe operating speed and cant deficiency, stage-two testing shall commence with the subject equipment over a representative segment of the route as identified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) A test run shall be conducted over the route segment at the speed the railroad will request FRA to approve for such service.
</P>
<P>(ii) An additional test run shall be conducted at 10 km/h (6 mph) above this speed.
</P>
<P>(3) When conducting stage-one and stage-two testing, if any of the monitored safety limits are exceeded on any segment of track, testing may continue provided that the track location(s) where any of the limits are exceeded be identified and test speeds be limited at the track location(s) until corrective action is taken. Corrective action may include making adjustments to the track, to the vehicle, or to both of these system components.
</P>
<P>(4) Prior to the start of the qualification testing program, a qualifying Track Geometry Measurement System (TGMS) shall be operated over the intended route within 30 calendar days prior to the start of the qualification testing program to verify compliance with the track geometry limits specified in § 299.311.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Qualification testing results.</I> The railroad shall submit a report to FRA detailing all the results of the qualification program in accordance with § 299.613. The report shall be submitted at least 60 days prior to the intended operation of the equipment in revenue service over the route.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Cant deficiency.</I> Based on the test results and all other required submissions, FRA will approve a maximum trainset speed and value of cant deficiency for revenue service, normally within 45 days of receipt of all the required information. FRA may impose conditions necessary for safely operating at the maximum approved trainset speed and cant deficiency.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Vehicle/track interaction regulatory limits.</I> The following vehicle/track interaction regulatory limits shall not be exceeded during qualification testing in accordance with this section.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.011.gif"/>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.611" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.6.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.611   Simulated revenue operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall conduct simulated revenue operations for a minimum period of two weeks prior to revenue operations to verify overall system performance, and provide operating and maintenance experience.
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad shall maintain a log of tests conducted during the simulated revenue operations period. This log of tests shall identify any problems encountered during testing, and actions necessary to correct defects in workmanship, materials, equipment, design, or operating parameters.
</P>
<P>(c) The railroad shall implement all actions necessary to correct safety defects, as identified by the log prior to the initiation of revenue service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.613" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.6.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.613   Verification of compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall prepare a report detailing the results of functional and performance qualification tests, pre-revenue service system integration testing, and vehicle/track system qualification tests required under §§ 299.605, 299.607, and 299.609 respectively. The report shall identify any problems encountered during testing, and alternative actions necessary to correct defects in workmanship, materials, equipment, design, or operating parameters.
</P>
<P>(b) The railroad shall implement all actions necessary to correct defects, as identified by the report.
</P>
<P>(c) The railroad shall submit the report(s) required by paragraph (a) of this section to FRA prior to commencing simulated revenue operations and at least 60 days prior to the intended start of full revenue service per § 299.609(f).
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Prior to implementing a major upgrade to any safety-critical system component or sub-system, or prior to introducing any new safety-critical technology, the railroad shall submit for FRA approval the detailed test procedures and/or analysis in accordance with § 299.603(d).
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad shall prepare a report detailing the results of functional and performance qualification tests, pre-revenue service system integration testing, and vehicle/track system qualification tests required under §§ 299.605, 299.607, and 299.609 respectively pertaining to a major upgrade to any safety-critical system component or sub-system, or introduction of any new safety-critical technology. The report shall identify any problems encountered during testing, and alternative actions necessary to correct defects in workmanship, materials, equipment, design, or operating parameters.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.701" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.7.138.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.701   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Under the procedures provided in § 299.713, the railroad shall obtain FRA approval of a written inspection, testing, and maintenance program. The program shall provide detailed information, consistent with the requirements set forth in §§ 299.337 through 299.349, and 299.445(a), on the inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures necessary for the railroad to safely operate its system. This information shall include a detailed description of—
</P>
<P>(a) Safety inspection procedures, intervals, and criteria;
</P>
<P>(b) Test procedures and intervals;
</P>
<P>(c) Scheduled preventive maintenance intervals;
</P>
<P>(d) Maintenance procedures; and
</P>
<P>(e) Special testing equipment or measuring devices required to perform safety inspections and tests.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.703" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.7.138.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.703   Compliance.</HEAD>
<P>After the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program is approved by FRA pursuant to the requirements and procedures set forth in § 299.713, the railroad shall adopt and comply with the program, and shall perform—
</P>
<P>(a) All inspections and tests described in the program in accordance with the procedures and criteria that the railroad identified as safety-critical; and
</P>
<P>(b) All maintenance tasks and procedures described in the program in accordance with the procedures and intervals that the railroad identified as safety-critical.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.705" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.7.138.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.705   Standard procedures for safely performing inspection, testing, and maintenance, or repairs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The railroad shall establish written standard procedures for performing all safety-critical or potentially hazardous inspection, testing, maintenance, and repair tasks. These standard procedures shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Describe in detail each step required to safely perform the task;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe the knowledge necessary to safely perform the task;
</P>
<P>(3) Describe any precautions that shall be taken to safely perform the task;
</P>
<P>(4) Describe the use of any safety equipment necessary to perform the task;
</P>
<P>(5) Be approved by the railroad's official responsible for safety;
</P>
<P>(6) Be enforced by the railroad's supervisors responsible for accomplishing the tasks; and
</P>
<P>(7) Be reviewed annually by the railroad. The railroad shall provide written notice to FRA in accordance with § 299.9 at least one month prior to the annual review. If the Associate Administrator or their designee indicates a desire to be present, the railroad shall provide a scheduled date and location for the annual review. If the Associate Administrator requests the annual review be performed on another date but the railroad and the Associate Administrator are unable to agree on a date for rescheduling, the annual review may be performed as scheduled.
</P>
<P>(b) The inspection, testing, and maintenance program required by this section is not intended to address and should not include procedures to address employee working conditions that arise in the course of conducting the inspections, tests, and maintenance set forth in the program. When reviewing the railroad's program, FRA does not intend to review or approve any portion of the program that relates to employee working conditions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.707" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.7.138.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.707   Maintenance intervals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The initial scheduled maintenance intervals shall be based on those in effect on the Tokaido Shinkansen system as required under § 299.13(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(b) The maintenance interval of safety-critical components shall be changed only when justified by accumulated, verifiable operating data, and approved by FRA under paragraph § 299.713.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.709" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.7.138.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.709   Quality control program.</HEAD>
<P>The railroad shall establish an inspection, testing, and maintenance quality control program enforced by the railroad or its contractor(s) to reasonably ensure that inspections, testing, and maintenance are performed in accordance with inspection, testing, and maintenance program established under this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.711" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.7.138.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.711   Inspection, testing, and maintenance program format.</HEAD>
<P>The submission to FRA for each identified subsystem shall consist of two parts—
</P>
<P>(a) The complete inspection, testing, and maintenance program, in its entirety, including all required information prescribed in § 299.701, and all information and procedures required for the railroad and its personnel to implement the program.
</P>
<P>(b) A condensed version of the program that contains only those items identified as safety-critical, per § 299.703 submitted for approval by FRA under § 299.713.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 299.713" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.7.138.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 299.713   Program approval procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submission.</I> Except as provided in § 299.445(a)(2), the railroad shall submit for approval an inspection, testing, and maintenance program as described in § 299.711(b) not less than 180 days prior to pre-revenue service system integration testing. The program shall be submitted to FRA in accordance with § 299.9. If the railroad seeks to amend an approved program as described in § 299.711(b), the railroad shall file with FRA in accordance with § 299.9 for approval of such amendment not less than 60 days prior to the proposed effective date of the amendment. A program responsive to the requirements of this subpart or any amendment to the program shall not be implemented prior to FRA approval.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> Each program or amendment shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) The information prescribed in § 299.701 for such program or amendment; and
</P>
<P>(2) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary person to be contacted with regard to review of the program, its content, or amendments.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Approval.</I> (1) Within 90 days of receipt of the initial inspection, testing, and maintenance program, FRA will review the program. The Associate Administrator will notify the primary railroad contact person in writing whether the inspection, testing, and maintenance program is approved and, if not approved, the specific points in which the program is deficient. Deficiencies identified shall be addressed as directed by FRA prior to implementing the program.
</P>
<P>(2) FRA will review each proposed amendment to the program that relaxes an FRA-approved requirement within 45 days of receipt. The Associate Administrator will then notify the primary railroad contact person in writing whether the proposed amendment has been approved by FRA and, if not approved, the specific points in which the proposed amendment is deficient. The railroad shall correct any deficiencies as directed by FRA prior to implementing the amendment. For amendments proposing to make an FRA-approved program requirement more stringent, the railroad is permitted to implement the amendment prior to obtaining FRA approval.
</P>
<P>(3) Following initial approval of a program or amendment, FRA may reopen consideration of the program or amendment for cause stated.
</P>
<P>(4) The railroad may, subject to FRA review and approval under § 299.15, implement inspection, testing, maintenance procedures and criteria, incorporating new or emerging technology.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.9.138.1.115" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 299—Criteria for Certification of Crashworthy Event Recorder Memory Module
</HEAD>
<P>Section 299.439(c) requires that trainsets be equipped with an event recorder that includes a certified crashworthy event recorder memory module. Section 299.449(a)(1) requires the railroad to install an image recording system in its trainsets used in revenue service. As required by § 299.449(a)(4), data from these image recording systems must be recorded on a certified crashworthy memory module or an alternative, remote storage system that provides at least equivalent data protections and is approved by FRA under § 299.15. This appendix prescribes the requirements for certifying an event recorder memory module (ERMM) or a trainset-mounted audio and/or image recording device memory module as crashworthy. For purposes of this appendix, a trainset-mounted audio or image recording system memory module is also considered an ERMM. This appendix includes the performance criteria and test sequence for establishing the crashworthiness of the ERMM as well as the marking of the event recorder containing the crashworthy ERMM.
</P>
<HD1>A. General Requirements
</HD1>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer that represents its ERMM as crashworthy shall, by marking it as specified in section B of this appendix, certify that the ERMM meets the performance criteria contained in this appendix and that test verification data are available to the railroad or to FRA upon request.
</P>
<P>(b) The test verification data shall contain, at a minimum, all pertinent original data logs and documentation that the test sample preparation, test set up, test measuring devices and test procedures were performed by designated, qualified individuals using recognized and acceptable practices. Test verification data shall be retained by the manufacturer or its successor as long as the specific model of ERMM remains in service on any trainset.
</P>
<P>(c) A crashworthy ERMM shall be marked by its manufacturer as specified in section B of this appendix.
</P>
<HD1>B. Marking Requirements
</HD1>
<P>(a) The outer surface of the event recorder containing a certified crashworthy ERMM shall be colored international orange. In addition, the outer surface shall be inscribed, on the surface allowing the most visible area, in black letters on an international orange background, using the largest type size that can be accommodated, with the words “CERTIFIED DOT CRASHWORTHY”, followed by the ERMM model number (or other such designation), and the name of the manufacturer of the event recorder. This information may be displayed as follows:
</P>
<FP>CERTIFIED DOT CRASHWORTHY
</FP>
<FP-2>Event Recorder Memory Module Model Number
</FP-2>
<FP>Manufacturer's Name
</FP>
<FP>Marking “CERTIFIED DOT CRASHWORTHY” on an event recorder designed for installation in the railroad's trainsets is the certification that all performance criteria contained in this appendix have been met and all functions performed by, or on behalf of, the manufacturer whose name appears as part of the marking, conform to the requirements specified in this appendix.
</FP>
<P>(b) Retro-reflective material shall be applied to the edges of each visible external surface of an event recorder containing a certified crashworthy ERMM.
</P>
<HD1>C. Performance Criteria for the ERMM
</HD1>
<P>An ERMM is crashworthy if it has been successfully tested for survival under conditions of fire, impact shock, static crush, fluid immersion, and hydro-static pressure contained in one of the two tables shown in this section of appendix B. (See Tables 1 and 2.) Each ERMM must meet the individual performance criteria in the sequence established in section D of this appendix. A performance criterion is deemed to be met if, after undergoing a test established in this appendix B for that criterion, the ERMM has preserved all of the data stored in it. The data set stored in the ERMM to be tested shall include all the recording elements required by § 299.439(c). The following tables describe alternative performance criteria that may be used when testing an ERMM's crashworthiness. A manufacturer may utilize either table during its testing but may not combine the criteria contained in the two tables.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Appendix A of Part 299—Acceptable Performance Criteria—Option A
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Parameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Value
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Duration
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Remarks
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fire, High Temperature</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">750 °C (1400 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 minutes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Heat source: Oven.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fire, Low Temperature</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">260 °C (500 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 hours
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Impact Shock</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55g</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr> sine crash pulse.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Static Crush</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110kN (25,000 lbf)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 minutes
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fluid Immersion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">#1 Diesel, #2 Diesel, Water, Salt Water, Lube Oil</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any <E T="03">single</E> fluid, 48 hours
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fire Fighting Fluid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 minutes, following immersion above</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Immersion followed by 48 hours in a dry location without further disturbance.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrostatic Pressure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Depth equivalent = 15 m. (50 ft.)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 hours at nominal temperature of 25 °C (77 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Appendix A to Part 299—Acceptable Performance Criteria—Option B
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Parameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Value
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Duration
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Remarks
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fire, High Temperature</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000 °C (1,832 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 minutes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Heat source: Open flame.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fire, Low Temperature</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">260 °C (500 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 hours</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Heat source: Oven.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Impact Shock—Option 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">23gs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">250 ms
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Impact Shock—Option 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55gs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr> sine crash pulse.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Static Crush</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">111.2kN (25,000 lbf), 44.5kN (10,000 lbf)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 minutes. (single “squeeze”)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Applied to 25% of surface of largest face.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fluid Immersion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">#1 Diesel, #2 Diesel, Water, Salt Water, Lube Oil, Fire Fighting Fluid</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 hours <E T="03">each</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrostatic Pressure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46.62 psig (= 30.5 m. or 100 ft.)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">48 hours at nominal temperature of 25 °C (77 °F)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>D. Testing Sequence
</HD1>
<P>In order to reasonably duplicate the conditions an event recorder may encounter, the ERMM shall meet the various performance criteria, described in section C of this appendix, in a set sequence. (See Figure 1). If all tests are done in the set sequence (single branch testing), the same ERMM must be utilized throughout. If a manufacturer opts for split branch testing, each branch of the test must be conducted using an ERMM of the same design type as used for the other branch. Both alternatives are deemed equivalent, and the choice of single branch testing or split branch testing may be determined by the party representing that the ERMM meets the standard.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.012.gif"/>
<HD1>E. Testing Exception
</HD1>
<P>If a new model ERMM represents an evolution or upgrade from an older model ERMM that was previously tested and certified as meeting the performance criteria contained in section C of this appendix, the new model ERMM need only be tested for compliance with those performance criteria contained in section C of this appendix that are potentially affected by the upgrade or modification. FRA will consider a performance criterion not to be potentially affected if a preliminary engineering analysis or other pertinent data establishes that the modification or upgrade will not change the performance of the older model ERMM against the performance criterion in question. The manufacturer shall retain and make available to FRA upon request any analysis or data relied upon to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph to sustain an exception from testing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 69731, Nov. 3, 2020, as amended at 88 FR 70766, Oct. 12, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:4.1.1.1.55.9.138.1.116" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 299—Cab Noise Test Protocol
</HEAD>
<P>This appendix prescribes the procedures for the in-cab noise measurements for high-speed trainsets at speed. The purpose of the cab noise testing is to ensure that the noise levels within the cab of the trainset meet the minimum requirements defined within § 299.431(h).
</P>
<HD1>A. Measurement Instrumentation
</HD1>
<P>The instrumentation used shall conform to the requirements prescribed in appendix H to part 229 of this chapter.
</P>
<HD1>B. Test Site Requirements
</HD1>
<P>The test shall meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) The passenger trainset shall be tested over a representative segment of the railroad and shall not be tested in any site specifically designed to artificially lower in-cab noise levels.
</P>
<P>(b) All windows, doors, cabinets, seals, etc., must be installed in the trainset cab and be closed.
</P>
<P>(c) The heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system or a dedicated heating or air conditioner system must be operating on high, and the vents must be open and unobstructed.
</P>
<HD1>C. Procedures for Measurement
</HD1>
<P>(a) L<E T="52">Aeq,T</E> is defined as the A-weighted, equivalent sound level for a duration of T seconds, and the sound level meter shall be set for A-weighting with slow response.
</P>
<P>(b) The sound level meter shall be calibrated with the acoustic calibrator immediately before and after the in-cab tests. The calibration levels shall be recorded.
</P>
<P>(c) Any change in the before and after calibration level(s) shall be less than 0.5 dB.
</P>
<P>(d) The sound level meter shall be located:
</P>
<P>(1) Laterally as close as practicable to the longitudinal centerline of the cab, adjacent to the driver's seat,
</P>
<P>(2) Longitudinally at the center of the driver's nominal seating position, and
</P>
<P>(3) At a height 1219 mm (48 inches) above the floor.
</P>
<P>(e) The sound measurements shall be taken autonomously within the cab.
</P>
<P>(f) The sound level shall be recorded at the maximum approved trainset speed (0/−3 km/h).
</P>
<P>(g) After the passenger trainset speed has become constant at the maximum test speed and the in-cab noise is continuous, L<E T="52">Aeq,T</E> shall be measured, either directly or using a 1 second sampling interval, for a minimum duration of 30 seconds at the measurement position (L<E T="52">Aeq, 30s</E>).
</P>
<HD1>D. Reporting
</HD1>
<P>To demonstrate compliance, the railroad shall prepare and submit a test report in accordance with § 299.613. As a minimum that report shall contain—
</P>
<P>(a) Name(s) of person(s) conducting the test, and the date of the test.
</P>
<P>(b) Description of the passenger trainset cab being tested, including: Car number and date of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(c) Description of sound level meter and calibrator, including: Make, model, type, serial number, and manufacturer's calibration date.
</P>
<P>(d) The recorded measurement during calibration and for the microphone location during operating conditions.
</P>
<P>(e) The recorded measurements taken during the conduct of the test.
</P>
<P>(f) Other information as appropriate to describe the testing conditions and procedure.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>

</DIV3>

</DIV2>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>June 22, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="5" NODE="49:5" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 49—Transportation--Volume 5</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<SUBTI>
<HED>SUBTITLE B—<E T="04">Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)</E>
</HED></SUBTI>
<PTHD>Part
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter iii</E>—Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Department of Transportation
</SUBJECT>
<PG>303


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>
<DIV2 N="Subtitle B" NODE="49:5.1" TYPE="SUBTITLE">
<HEAD>Subtitle B—Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)


</HEAD>

<DIV3 N="III" NODE="49:5.1.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER III—FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</HEAD>

<DIV4 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER A—GENERAL REGULATIONS


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="300-302" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 300-302 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="303" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 303—CIVIL RIGHTS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Public Law 105-159, 113 Stat. 1748, Title I, sections 107(a) and 106 (Dec. 9, 1999) (49 U.S.C. 113); 42 U.S.C. 2000d, <I>et seq.;</I> and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 7414, Feb. 14, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 303.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.2.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 303.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to provide guidelines and procedures for implementing the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration's (FMCSA) Title VI program under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and related civil rights laws and regulations. For FMCSA-only programs or activities, Federal financial assistance recipients or grantees will continue to apply and use the Departmental Title VI provisions at 49 CFR part 21. For joint and multi-agency programs/projects, FMCSA Federal assistance recipients or grantees must use the Title VI requirements at 49 CFR part 21, unless agreement is reached by the Federal funding agencies for the recipients to use the Title VI procedures of another agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 303.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.2.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 303.3   Application of this part.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part are applicable to all elements of the FMCSA and to any program or activity for which Federal financial assistance is authorized under a law administered by the FMCSA. This part provides Title VI guidelines for State Departments of Transportation and local State agencies, including their sub-recipients, to implement Title VI. It also applies to money paid, property transferred, or other Federal financial assistance extended under any program of the FMCSA after the date of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="325" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 325—COMPLIANCE WITH INTERSTATE MOTOR CARRIER NOISE EMISSION STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>42 U.S.C. 4917; 49 U.S.C. 301; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 325 appear at 66 FR 49869, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.1   Scope of the rules in this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rules in this part prescribe procedures for inspection, surveillance, and measurement of motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment operated by motor carriers to determine whether those vehicles and that equipment conform to the Interstate Motor Carrier Noise Emission Standards of the Environmental Protection Agency, 40 CFR part 202.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the rules in this part apply to motor carriers engaged in interstate commerce. The rules apply at any time or under any condition of highway grade, load, acceleration or deceleration.
</P>
<P>(c) The rules in this part do not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) A motor vehicle that has a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds (4,536 kg.) or less;
</P>
<P>(2) A combination of motor vehicles that has a Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) of 10,000 pounds (4,536 kg.) or less;
</P>
<P>(3) The sound generated by a warning device, such as a horn or siren, installed in a motor vehicle, unless such device is intentionally sounded in order to preclude an otherwise valid noise emission measurement;
</P>
<P>(4) An emergency motor vehicle, such as a fire engine, an ambulance, a police van, or a rescue van, when it is responding to an emergency call;
</P>
<P>(5) A snow plow in operation; or
</P>
<P>(6) The sound generated by auxiliary equipment which is normally operated only when the motor vehicle on which it is installed is stopped or is operating at a speed of 5 miles per hour (8 kph) or less, unless such device is intentionally operated at speeds greater than 5 mph (8 kph) in order to preclude an otherwise valid noise measurement. Examples of that type of auxiliary equipment include, but are not limited to, cranes, asphalt spreaders, ditch diggers, liquid or slurry pumps, auxiliary air compressors, welders, and trash compactors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 78 FR 58477, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory definitions.</I> All terms defined in the Noise Control Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1234) are used as they are defined in that Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions in standards.</I> All terms defined in § 202.10 of the Interstate Motor Carrier Noise Emission Standards, 40 CFR 202.10, are used as they are defined in that section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional definitions.</I> (1) <I>Hard test site</I> means any test site having the ground surface covered with concrete, asphalt, packed dirt, gravel, or similar reflective material for more than 
<FR>1/2</FR> the distance between the microphone target point and the microphone location point.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Soft test site</I> means any test site having the ground surface covered with grass, other ground cover, or similar absorptive material for 
<FR>1/2</FR> or more of the distance between the microphone target point and the microphone location point.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Ground cover</I> means any of various low, dense-growing plants, such as ivy, myrtle, low weeds, or brush.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Traffic railing</I> means any longitudinal highway traffic barrier system installed along the side or median of a highway. For the purpose of this part, a traffic railing must have at least 35 percent of its vertical height, from the ground surface to the top of the railing, open to free space in order to qualify as an acceptable object within a noise measurement test site. Further, for the purposes of this part, posts or other discrete supports shall be ignored when ascertaining open free space.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Relatively flat</I> when used to describe a noise measurement site means a site which does not contain significant concave curvatures or slope reversals that may result in the focusing of sound waves toward the microphone location point.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.7   Allowable noise levels.</HEAD>
<P>Motor vehicle noise emissions, when measured according to the rules of this part, shall not exceed the values specified in Table 1.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Maximum Permissible Sound Level Readings (Decibel (A)) 
<sup>1 2</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Highway operation test
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Stationary tests
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Soft site
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Hard Site
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Soft site
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Hard site
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">35 mi/h or less
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Above 35 mi/h
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">35 mi/h or less
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Above 35 mi/h
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">If the distance between the microphone location point and the microphone target point is—
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">31 ft (9.5m) or more but less than 35 ft (10.7m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">35 ft (10.7m) or more but less than 39 ft (11.9m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">39 ft (11.9m) or more but less than 43 ft (13.1m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">43 ft (13.1m) or more but less than 48 ft (14.6m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">48 ft (14.6m) or more but less than 58 ft (17.1m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">58 ft (17.1m) or more but less than 70 ft (21.3m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">70 ft (21.3m) or more but less than 83 ft (25.3m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The speeds shown refer to measurements taken at sites having speed limits as indicated. These speed limits do not necessarily have to be posted.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> This table is based on motor carrier noise emission requirements specified in 40 CFR 202.20 and 40 CFR 202.21.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 54 FR 50385, Dec. 6, 1989]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.9   Measurement tolerances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Measurement tolerances will be allowed to take into account the effects of the following factors:
</P>
<P>(1) The consensus standard practice of reporting filed sound level measurements to the nearest whole decibel.
</P>
<P>(2) Variations resulting from commercial instrument tolerances.
</P>
<P>(3) Variations resulting from the topography of the noise measurement site.
</P>
<P>(4) Variations resulting from atmospheric conditions such as wind, ambient temperature, and atmospheric pressure.
</P>
<P>(5) Variations resulting from reflected sound from small objects allowed within the test site.
</P>
<P>(6) The interpretation of the effects of the above cited factors by enforcement personnel.
</P>
<P>(b) Measurement tolerances shall not exceed 2 decibels for a given measurement.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Administrative Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.11   Issuance, amendment, and revocation of the rules in this part.</HEAD>
<P>The procedures specified in part 389 of this chapter for the issuance, amendment, or revocation of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations apply to rulemaking proceedings for the issuance, amendment, or revocation of the rules in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.13   Inspection and examination of motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority.</I> Any special agent of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (designated in appendix B to part 390 of this chapter) is authorized to inspect, examine, and test a motor vehicle operated by a motor carrier in accordance with the procedures specified in this part for the purpose of ascertaining whether the motor vehicle and equipment installed on the motor vehicle conforms to the Interstate Motor Carrier Noise Emission Standards of the Environmental Protection Agency, 40 CFR part 202.
</P>
<P>(b) A motor carrier, its officers, drivers, agents, and employees must, at any time, submit a motor vehicle used in its operations for inspection, examination, and testing for the purpose of ascertaining whether the motor vehicle and equipment installed on it conforms to the Interstate Motor Carrier Noise Emission Standards of the Environmental Protection Agency, 40 CFR part 202.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prescribed inspection report.</I> Form MCS-141, Noise Level Compliance Check shall be used to record findings from motor vehicles selected for noise emission inspection by authorized employees.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motor carrier's disposition of form MCS-141.</I> (1) The driver of any motor vehicle receiving a Form MCS-141 shall deliver such MCS-141 to the motor carrier operating the vehicle upon his/her arrival at the next terminal or facility of the motor carrier, if such arrival occurs within twenty-four (24) hours. If the driver does not arrive at a terminal or facility of the motor carrier operating the vehicle within twenty-four (24) hours he/she shall immediately mail the Form MCS-141 to the motor carrier. For operating convenience, motor carriers may designate any shop, terminal, facility, or person to which it may instruct its drivers to deliver or forward Form MCS-141. It shall be the sole responsibility of the motor carrier that Form MCS-141 is returned to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, in accordance with the terms prescribed thereon and in paragraphs (d) (2) and (3) of this section. A driver, if himself/herself a motor carrier, shall return Form MCS-141 to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, in accordance with the terms prescribed thereon and in paragraphs (d) (2) and (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Motor carriers shall carefully examine Forms MCS-141. Appropriate corrective action shall be taken on vehicles found to be not in compliance with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) Motor carriers must complete the “Motor Carrier Certification of Action Taken” on Form MCS-141 in accordance with the terms prescribed thereon. Motor carriers must return Forms MCS-141 to the Division Office at the address indicated on Form MCS-141 within fifteen (15) days following the date of the vehicle inspection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 10226, Mar. 10, 1976; 54 FR 50385, Dec. 6, 1989; 60 FR 38743, July 28, 1995; 66 FR 49869, Oct. 1, 2001; 78 FR 58477, Sept. 24, 2013; 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Instrumentation</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.21" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.21   Scope of the rules in this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>The rules in this subpart specify criteria for sound level measurement systems which are used to make the sound level measurements specified in subpart D and subpart E of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.23" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.23   Type of measurement systems which may be used.</HEAD>
<P>The sound level measurement system must meet or exceed the requirements of American National Standard Specification for Sound Level Meters (ANSI S1.4-1971), approved April 27, 1971, issued by the American National Standards Institute, 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> throughout the applicable frequency range for either:
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Copies of the specification may be secured from the American National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway, New York, New York, 10018.</P></FTNT>
<P>(a) A Type 1 sound level meter;
</P>
<P>(b) A Type 2 sound level meter; or
</P>
<P>(c) A Type S sound level meter which has—
</P>
<P>(1) A weighing frequency response;
</P>
<P>(2) Fast dynamic characteristics of its indicating instrument; and
</P>
<P>(3) A relative response level tolerance consistent with those of either a Type 1 or Type 2 sound level meter, as specified in section 3.2 of ANSI S1.4-1971.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.25" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.25   Calibration of measurement systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) The sound level measurement system must be calibrated and appropriately adjusted at one or more frequencies in the range from 250 to 1,000 Hz at the beginning of each series of measurements and at intervals of 5-15 minutes thereafter, until it has been determined that the sound level measurement system has not significantly drifted from its calibrated level. Once this fact has been established, calibrations may be made at intervals once every hour. A significant drift shall be considered to have occurred if a 0.3 dB or more excursion is noted from the system's predetermined reference calibration level. In the case of systems using displays with whole decibel increments, the operator may visually judge when the 0.3 dB drift has been met or exceeded.
</P>
<P>(2) The sound level measurement system must be checked periodically by its manufacturer, a representative of its manufacturer, or a person of equivalent special competence to verify that its accuracy meets the manufacturer's design criteria.
</P>
<P>(b) An acoustical calibrator of the microphone coupler type designed for the sound level measurement system in use shall be used to calibrate the sound level measurement system in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section. The calibration must meet or exceed the accuracy requirements specified in section 5.4.1 of the American National Standard Institute Standard <I>Methods for Measurements of Sound Pressure Levels</I> (ANSI S1.13-1971) for field method measurements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 10227, Mar. 10, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.27" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.27   Use of a windscreen.</HEAD>
<P>A properly installed windscreen, of the type recommended by the manufacturer of the Sound Level Measurement System, shall be used during the time that noise emission measurements are being taken.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Measurement of Noise Emissions; Highway Operations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.31" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.31   Scope of the rules in this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>The rules in this subpart specify conditions and procedures for measurement of the sound level generated by a motor vehicle engaged in a highway operation for the purpose of ascertaining whether the motor vehicle conforms to the Standards for Highway Operations set forth in 40 CFR 202.20.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.33" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.33   Site characteristics; highway operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Measurement shall be made at a test site which is adjacent to, and includes a portion of, a traveled lane of a public highway. A microphone target point shall be established on the centerline of the traveled lane of the highway, and a microphone location point shall be established on the ground surface not less than 31 feet (9.5 m) or more than 83 feet (25.3 m) from the microphone target point and on a line that is perpendicular to the centerline of the traveled lane of the highway and that passes through the microphone target point. In the case of a standard test site, the microphone location point is 50 feet (15.2 m) from the microphone target point. Within the test site is a triangular measurement area. A plan view diagram of a standard test site, having an open site within a 50-foot (15.2 m) radius of both the microphone target point and the microphone location point, is shown in Figure 1. Measurements may be made at a test site having smaller or greater dimensions in accordance with the rules in subpart F of this part.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.010.gif"/>
<P>(b) The test site must be an open site, essentially free of large sound-reflecting objects. However, the following objects may be within the test site, including the triangular measurement area:
</P>
<P>(1) Small cylindrical objects such as fire hydrants or telephone or utility poles.
</P>
<P>(2) Rural mailboxes.
</P>
<P>(3) Traffic railings of any type of construction except solid concrete barriers (see § 325.5(c)(4)).
</P>
<P>(4) One or more curbs having a vertical height of 1 foot (.3 m) or less.
</P>
<P>(c) The following objects may be within the test site if they are outside of the triangular measurement area of the site:
</P>
<P>(1) Any vertical surface (such as billboard), regardless of size, having a lower edge more than 15 feet (4.6 m) higher than the surface of the traveled lane of the highway.
</P>
<P>(2) Any uniformly smooth sloping surface slanting away from the highway (such as a rise in grade alongside the highway) with a slope that is less than 45 degrees above the horizontal.
</P>
<P>(3) Any surface slanting away from the highway that is 45 degrees or more and not more than 90 degrees above the horizontal, if all points on the surface are more than 15 feet (4.6 m) above the surface of the traveled lane of the highway.
</P>
<P>(d) The surface of the ground within the measurement area must be relatively flat (see § 325.5(c)(5)). The site shall be a “soft” test site. However, if the site is determined to be “hard,” the correction factor specified in § 325.75(a) of this part shall be applied to the measurement.
</P>
<P>(e) The traveled lane of the highway within the test site must be dry, paved with relatively smooth concrete or asphalt, and substantially free of—
</P>
<P>(1) Holes or other defects which would cause a motor vehicle to emit irregular tire, body, or chassis impact noise; and
</P>
<P>(2) Loose material, such as gravel or sand.
</P>
<P>(f) The traveled lane of the highway on which the microphone target point is situated must not pass through a tunnel or underpass located within 200 feet (61 m) of that point.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 54 FR 50385, Dec. 6, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.35" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.35   Ambient conditions; highway operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Sound.</I> The ambient A-weighted sound level at the microphone location point shall be measured, in the absence of motor vehicle noise emanating from within the clear zone, with fast meter response using a sound level measurement system that conforms to the rules of § 325.23.
</P>
<P>(2) The measured ambient level must be 10 dB(A) or more below that level specified in § 325.7, Table 1, which corresponds to the maximum permissible sound level reading which is applicable at the test site at the time of testing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Wind.</I> The wind velocity at the test shall be measured at the beginning of each series of noise measurements and at intervals of 5-15 minutes thereafter until it has been established that the wind velocity is essentially constant. Once this fact has been established, wind velocity measurements may be made at intervals of once every hour. Noise measurements may only be made if the measured wind velocity is 12 mph (19.3 kph) or less. Gust wind measurements of up to 20 mph (33.2 kph) are allowed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Precipitation.</I> Measurements are prohibited under any condition of precipitation, however, measurements may be made with snow on the ground. The ground surface within the measurement area must be free of standing water.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 10227, Mar. 10, 1976; 41 FR 28267, July 9, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.37" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.37   Location and operation of sound level measurement system; highway operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The microphone of a sound level measurement system that conforms to the rules in § 325.23 of this part shall be located at a height of not less than 2 feet (.6 m) nor more than 6 feet (1.8 M) above the plane of the roadway surface and not less than 3
<FR>1/2</FR> feet (1.1 m) above the surface on which the microphone stands. The preferred microphone height on flat terrain is 4 feet (1.2 m).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) When the sound level measurement system is hand-held or is otherwise monitored by a person located near its microphone, the holder must orient himself/herself relative to the highway in a manner consistent with the recommendation of the manufacturer of the sound level measurement system.
</P>
<P>(2) In no case shall the holder or observer be closer than 2 feet (.6 m) from the system's microphone, nor shall he/she locate himself/herself between the microphone and the vehicle being measured.
</P>
<P>(c) The microphone of the sound level measurement system shall be oriented toward the traveled lane of the highway at the microphone target point at an angle that is consistent with the recommendation of the system's manufacturer. If the manufacturer of the system does not recommend an angle of orientation for its microphone, the microphone shall be oriented toward the highway at an angle of not less than 70 degrees and not more than perpendicular to the horizontal plane of the traveled lane of the highway at the microphone target point.
</P>
<P>(d) The sound level measurement system shall be set to the A-weighting network and “fast” meter response mode.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 10227, Mar. 10, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.39" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.39   Measurement procedure; highway operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In accordance with the rules in this subpart, a measurement shall be made of the sound level generated by a motor vehicle operating through the measurement area on the traveled lane of the highway within the test site, regardless of the highway grade, load, acceleration or deceleration.
</P>
<P>(b) The sound level generated by the motor vehicle is the highest reading observed on the sound level measurement system as the vehicle passes through the measurement area, corrected, when appropriate, in accordance with the rules in subpart F of this part. (Table 1 in § 325.7 lists the range of maximum permissible sound level readings for various test conditions.) The sound level of the vehicle being measured must be observed to rise at least 6 dB(A) before the maximum sound level occurs and to fall at least 6 dB(A) after the maximum sound level occurs in order to be considered a valid sound level reading.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 10227, Mar. 10, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Measurement of Noise Emissions; Stationary Test</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.51" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.51   Scope of the rules in this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rules in this subpart specify conditions and procedures for measuring the sound level generated by a vehicle when the vehicle's engine is rapidly accelerated from idle to governed speed at wide open throttle with the vehicle stationary, its transmission in neutral, and its clutch engaged, for the purpose of ascertaining whether the motor vehicle conforms to the Standard for Operation Under Stationary Test, 40 CFR 202.21.
</P>
<P>(b) The rules in this subpart apply only to a motor vehicle that is equipped with an engine speed governor.
</P>
<P>(c) Tests conducted in accordance with the rules of this subpart may be made on either side of the vehicle.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.53" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.53   Site characteristics; stationary test.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) The motor vehicle to be tested shall be parked on the test site. A microphone target point shall be established on the ground surface of the site on the centerline of the lane in which the motor vehicle is parked at a point that is within 3 feet (.9 m) of the longitudinal position of the vehicle's exhaust system outlet(s). A microphone location point shall be established on the ground surface not less than 31 feet (9.5 m) and not more than 83 feet (25.3 m) from the microphone target point. Within the test site is a triangular measurement area. A plan view diagram of a standard test site, having an open site within a 50-foot (15.2 m) radius of both the microphone target point and the microphone location point, is shown in Figure 2.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.011.gif"/>
<P>(2) Measurements may be made at a test site having smaller or greater dimensions in accordance with the rules in subpart F of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The test site must be an open site, essentially free of large sound-reflecting objects. However, the following objects may be within the test site, including the triangular measurement area:
</P>
<P>(1) Small cylindrical objects such as fire hydrants or telephone or utility poles.
</P>
<P>(2) Rural mailboxes.
</P>
<P>(3) Traffic railings of any type of construction except solid concrete barriers (see § 325.5(c)(4)).
</P>
<P>(4) One or more curbs having a height of 1 foot (.3 m) or less.
</P>
<P>(c) The following objects may be within the test site if they are outside of the triangular measurement area of the site:
</P>
<P>(1) Any vertical surface, regardless of size (such as a billboard), having a lower edge more than 15 feet (4.6 m) above the ground.
</P>
<P>(2) Any uniformly smooth surface slanting away from the vehicle with a slope that is less than 45 degrees above the horizontal.
</P>
<P>(3) Any surface slanting away from the vehicle that is 45 degrees or more and not more than 90 degrees above the horizontal, if all points on the surface are more than 15 feet (4.6 m) above the surface of the ground in the test site.
</P>
<P>(d) The surface of the ground within the measurement area must be relatively flat. (See § 325.5(c)(5)). The site shall be a “hard” site. However, if the site is determined to be “soft,” the correction factor specified in § 325.75(b) of this part shall be applied to the measurement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 10227, Mar. 10, 1976; 54 FR 50385, Dec. 6, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.55" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.55   Ambient conditions; stationary test.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Sound.</I> The ambient A-weighted sound level at the microphone location point shall be measured, in the absence of motor vehicle noise emanating from within the clear zone, with fast meter response using a sound level measurement system that conforms to the rules of § 325.23.
</P>
<P>(2) The measured ambient level must be 10 dB(A) or more below that level specified in § 325.7, Table 1, which corresponds to the maximum permissible sound level reading which is applicable at the test site at the time of testing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Wind.</I> The wind velocity at the test site shall be measured at the beginning of each series of noise measurements and at intervals of 5-15 minutes thereafter until it has been established that the wind velocity is essentially constant. Once this fact has been established, wind velocity measurements may be made at intervals of once every hour. Noise measurements may only be made if the measured wind velocity is 12 mph (19.3 kph) or less. Gust wind measurements of up to 20 mph (33.2 kph) are allowed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Precipitation.</I> Measurements are prohibited under any conditions of precipitation, however, measurements may be made with snow on the ground. The ground within the measurement area must be free of standing water.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 28267, July 9, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.57" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.57   Location and operation of sound level measurement systems; stationary test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The microphone of a sound level measurement system that conforms to the rules in § 325.23 shall be located at a height of not less than 2 feet (.6 m) nor more than 6 feet (1.8 m) above the plane of the roadway surface and not less than 3
<FR>1/2</FR> feet (1.1 m) above the surface on which the microphone stands. The preferred microphone height on flat terrain is 4 feet (1.2 m).
</P>
<P>(b) When the sound level measurement system is hand-held or otherwise monitored by a person located near its microphone, the holder must orient himself/herself relative to the highway in a manner consistent with the recommendation of the manufacturer of the sound level measurement system. In no case shall the holder or observer be closer than 2 feet (.6 m) from the system's microphone, nor shall he/she locate himself/herself between the microphone and the vehicle being measured.
</P>
<P>(c) The microphone of the sound level measurement system shall be oriented toward the vehicle at an angle that is consistent with the recommendation of the system's manufacturer. If the manufacturer of the system does not recommend an angle of orientation for its microphone, the microphone shall be oriented at an angle of not less than 70 degrees and not more than perpendicular to the horizontal plane of the test site at the microphone target point.
</P>
<P>(d) The sound level measurement system shall be set to the A-weighting network and “fast” meter response mode.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 10227, Mar. 10, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.59" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.59   Measurement procedure; stationary test.</HEAD>
<P>In accordance with the rules in this subpart, a measurement shall be made of the sound level generated by a stationary motor vehicle as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Park the motor vehicle on the test site as specified in § 325.53 of this subpart. If the motor vehicle is a combination (articulated) vehicle, park the combination so that the longitudinal centerlines of the towing vehicle and the towed vehicle or vehicles are in substantial alinement.
</P>
<P>(b) Turn off all auxiliary equipment which is installed on the motor vehicle and which is designed to operate under normal conditions only when the vehicle is operating at a speed of 5 mph (8 kph) or less. Examples of such equipment include cranes, asphalt spreaders, liquid or slurry pumps, auxiliary air compressors, welders, and trash compactors.
</P>
<P>(c) If the motor vehicle's engine radiator fan drive is equipped with a clutch or similar device that automatically either reduces the rotational speed of the fan or completely disengages the fan from its power source in response to reduced engine cooling loads, park the vehicle before testing with its engine running at high idle or any other speed the operator may choose, for sufficient time but not more than 10 minutes, to permit the engine radiator fan to automatically disengage when the vehicle's noise emissions are measured under stationary test.
</P>
<P>(d) With the motor vehicle's transmission in neutral and its clutch engaged, rapidly accelerate the vehicle's engine from idle to its maximum governed speed with wide open throttle. Return the engine's speed to idle.
</P>
<P>(e) Observe the maximum reading on the sound level measurement system during the time the procedures specified in paragraph (d) of this section are followed. Record that reading, if the reading has not been influenced by extraneous noise sources such as motor vehicles operating on adjacent roadways.
</P>
<P>(f) Repeat the procedures specified in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section until the first two maximum sound level readings that are within 2 dB(A) of each other are recorded. Numerically average those two maximum sound level readings. When appropriate, correct the average figure in accordance with the rules in subpart F of this part.
</P>
<P>(g) The average figure, corrected as appropriate, contained in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section, is the sound level generated by the motor vehicle for the purpose of determining whether it conforms to the Standard for Operation Under Stationary Test, 40 CFR 202.21. (Table 1 in § 325.7 lists the range of maximum permissible sound level readings for various test conditions.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 10226, Mar. 10, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Correction Factors</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.71" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.71   Scope of the rules in this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rules in this subpart specify correction factors which are added to, or subtracted from, the reading of the sound level generated by a motor vehicle, as displayed on a sound level measurement system, during the measurement of the motor vehicle's sound level emissions at a test site which is not a standard site.
</P>
<P>(b) The purpose of adding or subtracting a correction factor is to equate the sound level reading actually generated by the motor vehicle to the sound level reading it would have generated if the measurement had been made at a standard test site.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.73" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.6.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.73   Microphone distance correction factors. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/></HEAD>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Table 1, in § 325.7 is a tabulation of the maximum allowable sound level readings taking into account both the distance correction factors contained in § 325.73 and the ground surface correction factors contained in § 325.75.</P></FTNT>
<P>If the distance between the microphone location point and the microphone target point is other than 50 feet (15.2 m), the maximum observed sound level reading generated by the motor vehicle in accordance with § 325.39 of this part or the numerical average of the recorded maximum observed sound level readings generated by the motor vehicle in accordance with § 325.59 of this part shall be corrected as specified in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Distance Correction Factors
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If the distance between the microphone location point and the microphone target point is
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">The value dB(A) to be applied to the observed sound level reading is—
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31 feet (9.5 m) or more but less than 35 feet (10.7 m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35 feet (10.7 m) or more but less than 39 feet (11.9 m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">39 feet (11.9 m) or more but less than 43 feet (13.1 m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">43 feet (13.1 m) or more but less than 48 feet (14.6 m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48 feet (14.6 m) or more but less than 58 feet (17.7 m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">58 feet (17.7 m) or more but less than 70 feet (21.3 m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70 feet (21.3 m) or more but less than 83 feet (25.3 m)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 54 FR 50385, Dec. 6, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.75" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.6.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.75   Ground surface correction factors. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/></HEAD>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Table 1, in § 325.7 is a tabulation of the maximum allowable sound level readings taking into account both the distance correction factors contained in § 325.73 and the ground surface correction factors contained in § 325.75.</P></FTNT>
<P>(a) <I>Highway operations.</I> When measurements are made in accordance with the rules in subpart D of this part upon a test site which is “hard,” a correction factor of 2 dB(A) shall be subtracted from the maximum observed sound level reading generated by the motor vehicle to determine whether the motor vehicle conforms to the Standards for Highway Operations, 40 CFR 202.20.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Stationary test.</I> When measurements are made in accordance with the rules in subpart E of this part upon a test site which is “soft,” a correction factor of 2 dB(A) shall be added to the numerical average of the recorded maximum observed sound level readings generated by the motor vehicle to determine whether the motor vehicle conforms to the Standard for Operation Under Stationary Test, 40 CFR 202.21.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.77" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.6.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.77   Computation of open site requirements—nonstandard sites.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the distance between the microphone location point and the microphone target point is other than 50 feet (15.2 m), the test site must be an open site within a radius from both points which is equal to the distance between the microphone location point and the microphone target point.
</P>
<P>(b) Plan view diagrams of nonstandard test sites are shown in Figures 3 and 4. Figure 3 illustrates a test site which is larger than a standard test site and is based upon a 60-foot (18.3 m) distance between the microphone location point and the microphone target point. (See § 325.79(b)(1) for an example of the application of the correction factor to a sound level reading obtained at such a site.) Figure 4 illustrates a test site which is smaller than a standard test site and is based upon a 35-foot (10.7 m) distance between the microphone location point and the microphone target point. (See § 325.79(b)(2) for an example of the application of the correction factor to a sound level reading obtained at such a site.)
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.013.gif"/>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.79" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.6.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.79   Application of correction factors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If two correction factors apply to a measurement they are applied cumulatively.
</P>
<P>(b) The following examples illustrate the application of correction factors to sound level measurement readings:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Example 1—Highway operations.</I> Assume that a motor vehicle generates a maximum observed sound level reading of 86 dB(A) during a measurement in accordance with the rules in subpart D of this part. Assume also that the distance between the microphone location point and the microphone target point is 60 feet (18.3 m) and that the measurement area of the test site is acoustically “hard.” The corrected sound level generated by the motor vehicle would be 85 dB(A), calculated as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP> 86 dB(A) Uncorrected reading
</FP>
<FP> + 1 dB(A) Distance correction factor
</FP>
<FP>−2 dB(A) Ground surface correction factor
</FP>
<FP>__________
</FP>
<FP> 85 dB(A) Corrected reading</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>Example 2—Stationary test.</I> Assume that a motor vehicle generates maximum sound level readings which average 88 dB(A) during a measurement in accordance with the rules in subpart E of this part. Assume also that the distance between the microphone location point and the microphone target point is 35 feet (10.7 m), and that the measurement area of the test site is acoustically “soft.” The corrected sound level generated by the motor vehicle would be 87 dB(A), calculated as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP> 88 dB(A) Uncorrected average of readings
</FP>
<FP>−3 dB(A) Distance correction factor
</FP>
<FP> + 2 dB(A) Ground surface correction factor
</FP>
<FP>__________
</FP>
<FP> 87 dB(A) Corrected reading</FP></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Exhaust Systems and Tires</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.91" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.7.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.91   Exhaust systems.</HEAD>
<P>A motor vehicle does not conform to the visual exhaust system inspection requirements, 40 CFR 202.22, of the Interstate Motor Carrier Noise Emission Standards, if inspection of the exhaust system of the motor vehicle discloses that the system—
</P>
<P>(a) Has a defect which adversely affects sound reduction, such as exhaust gas leaks or alteration or deterioration of muffler elements, (small traces of soot on flexible exhaust pipe sections shall not constitute a violation of this subpart);
</P>
<P>(b) Is not equipped with either a muffler or other noise dissipative device; or
</P>
<P>(c) Is equipped with a cut-out, by-pass, or similar device, unless such device is designed as an exhaust gas driven cargo unloading system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 75 FR 57193, Sept. 20, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 325.93" NODE="49:5.1.1.1.3.7.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 325.93   Tires.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a motor vehicle does not conform to the visual tire inspection requirements, 40 CFR 202.23, of the Interstate Motor Carrier Noise Emissions Standards, if inspection of any tire on which the vehicle is operating discloses that the tire has a tread pattern composed primarily of cavities in the tread (excluding sipes and local chunking) which are not vented by grooves to the tire shoulder or circumferentially to each other around the tire.
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to a motor vehicle operated on a tire having a tread pattern of the type specified in that paragraph, if the motor carrier who operates the motor vehicle demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Administrator or his/her designee that either—
</P>
<P>(1) The tire did not have that type of tread pattern when it was originally manufactured or newly remanufactured; or
</P>
<P>(2) The motor vehicle generates a maximum sound level reading of 90 dB(A) or less when measured at a standard test site for highway operations at a distance of 15.3 meters (50 feet) and under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) The measurement must be made at a time and place and under conditions specified by the Administrator or his/her designee.
</P>
<P>(ii) The motor vehicle must be operated on the same tires that were installed on it when the inspection specified in paragraph (a) of this section occurred.
</P>
<P>(iii) The motor vehicle must be operated on a highway having a posted speed limit of more than 56.3 kph (35 mph).
</P>
<P>(iv) The sound level measurement must be made while the motor vehicle is operating at the posted speed limit.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 42437, Sept. 12, 1975, as amended at 60 FR 38743, July 28, 1995; 66 FR 49869, Oct. 1, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>

</DIV4>


<DIV4 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER B—FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY REGULATIONS


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="350" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 350—MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY ASSISTANCE PROGRAM (MCSAP) AND HIGH PRIORITY PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 504, 13902, 31101, 31102, 31104, 31106, 31108, 31136, 31141, 31161, 31310, 31311, 31502; secs. 5106 and 5107, Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1530; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 37796, June 24, 2020, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.101   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to provide direction for entities seeking MCSAP or High Priority Program funding to improve motor carrier, CMV, and driver safety.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.103   Effective date of changes to financial assistance programs.</HEAD>
<P>The changes to the FMCSA financial assistance programs under this part take effect for fiscal year 2021 (beginning October 1, 2020) financial assistance funds and beyond.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.105" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.105   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless specifically defined in this section, terms used in this part are subject to the definitions in 49 CFR part 390. As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrative takedown funds</I> means funds FMCSA deducts each fiscal year from the amounts made available for MCSAP and the High Priority Program for expenses incurred by FMCSA for training State and local government employees and for the administration of the programs.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the administrator of FMCSA.
</P>
<P><I>Border State</I> means a State that shares a land border with Canada or Mexico.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial motor vehicle (CMV)</I> means a motor vehicle that has any of the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) A gross vehicle weight (GVW), gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR), gross combination weight (GCW), or gross combination weight rating (GCWR) of 4,537 kilograms (10,001 pounds) or more.
</P>
<P>(2) Regardless of weight, is designed or used to transport 16 or more passengers, including the driver.
</P>
<P>(3) Regardless of weight, is used in the transportation of hazardous materials and is required to be placarded pursuant to 49 CFR part 172, subpart F.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial vehicle safety plan (CVSP)</I> means a State's CMV safety objectives, strategies, activities, and performance measures that cover a 3-year period, including the submission of the CVSP for the first year and annual updates thereto for the second and third years.
</P>
<P><I>Compatible or compatibility</I> means State laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety that:
</P>
<P>(1) As applicable to interstate commerce not involving the movement of hazardous materials:
</P>
<P>(i) Are identical to or have the same effect as the FMCSRs; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If in addition to or more stringent than the FMCSRs, have a safety benefit, do not unreasonably frustrate the Federal goal of uniformity, and do not cause an unreasonable burden on interstate commerce when enforced;
</P>
<P>(2) As applicable to intrastate commerce not involving the movement of hazardous materials:
</P>
<P>(i) Are identical to or have the same effect as the FMCSRs; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Fall within the limited variances from the FMCSRs allowed under § 350.305 or § 350.307; and
</P>
<P>(3) As applicable to interstate and intrastate commerce involving the movement of hazardous materials, are identical to the HMRs.
</P>
<P><I>FMCSA</I> means the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration of the United States Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>FMCSRs</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations under parts 390, 391, 392, 393, 395, 396, and 397 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) Applicable standards and orders issued under these provisions.
</P>
<P><I>HMRs</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) The Federal Hazardous Materials Regulations under subparts F and G of part 107, and parts 171, 172, 173, 177, 178, and 180 of this title; and
</P>
<P>(2) Applicable standards and orders issued under these provisions.
</P>
<P><I>High Priority Program funds</I> means total funds available for the High Priority Program, less the administrative takedown funds.
</P>
<P><I>Investigation</I> means an examination of motor carrier operations and records, such as drivers' hours of service, maintenance and inspection, driver qualification, commercial driver's license requirements, financial responsibility, crashes, hazardous materials, and other safety and transportation records, to determine whether a motor carrier meets safety standards, including the safety fitness standard under § 385.5 of this subchapter, or, for intrastate motor carrier operations, the applicable State standard.
</P>
<P><I>Lead State Agency</I> means the State CMV safety agency responsible for administering the CVSP throughout a State.
</P>
<P><I>Maintenance of effort (MOE)</I> means the level of a State's financial expenditures, other than the required match, the Lead State Agency is required to expend each fiscal year in accordance with § 350.225.
</P>
<P><I>Motor carrier</I> means a for-hire motor carrier or private motor carrier. The term includes a motor carrier's agents, officers, and representatives, as well as employees responsible for hiring, supervising, training, assigning, or dispatching a driver or an employee concerned with the installation, inspection, and maintenance of motor vehicle equipment or accessories.
</P>
<P><I>Motor Carrier Safety Assistance Program (MCSAP) funds</I> means total formula grant funds available for MCSAP, less the administrative takedown funds.
</P>
<P><I>New entrant safety audit</I> means the safety audit of an interstate motor carrier that is required as a condition of MCSAP eligibility under § 350.207(a)(26), and, at the State's discretion, an intrastate new entrant motor carrier under 49 U.S.C. 31144(g) that is conducted in accordance with subpart D of part 385 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>North American Standard Inspection</I> means the methodology used by State CMV safety inspectors to conduct safety inspections of CMVs. This consists of various levels of inspection of the vehicle or driver or both. The inspection criteria are developed by FMCSA in conjunction with the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance (CVSA), which is an association of States, Canadian Provinces, and Mexico whose members agree to adopt these standards for inspecting CMVs in their jurisdiction.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Virgin Islands, unless otherwise specified in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Traffic enforcement</I> means the stopping of vehicles operating on highways for moving violations of State, Tribal, or local motor vehicle or traffic laws by State, Tribal, or local officials.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—MCSAP Administration</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.201   MCSAP administration: Goal and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> MCSAP is a Federal formula grant program that provides financial assistance to States to reduce the number and severity of crashes, and resulting injuries and fatalities, involving CMVs and to promote the safe transportation of passengers and hazardous materials. The goal of MCSAP is to reduce CMV-involved crashes, fatalities, and injuries through consistent, uniform, and effective CMV safety programs that include driver or vehicle inspections, traffic enforcement, carrier investigations, new entrant safety audits, border enforcement, safety data improvements, and Performance and Registration Information Systems Management (PRISM).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>MCSAP purpose.</I> The purpose of MCSAP is to ensure FMCSA and States, local government agencies, other political jurisdictions, Federally-recognized Indian Tribes, and other organizations and persons work in partnership to establish programs to improve motor carrier, CMV, and driver safety to support a safe and efficient transportation system by—
</P>
<P>(1) Making targeted investments to promote safe CMV transportation, including transportation of passengers and hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(2) Investing in activities likely to generate maximum reductions in the number and severity of CMV crashes and in fatalities resulting from CMV crashes;
</P>
<P>(3) Adopting and enforcing effective and compatible (as defined in § 350.105 of this part) motor carrier, CMV, and driver safety laws, regulations, standards, and orders; and
</P>
<P>(4) Assessing and improving State-wide performance of motor carrier, CMV, and driver safety by setting program goals and meeting performance standards, measurements, and benchmarks.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>State participation.</I> MCSAP sets conditions of participation for States and promotes the adoption and uniform enforcement of compatible laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.203" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.203   MCSAP administration: National MCSAP elements.</HEAD>
<P>The national MCSAP elements are:
</P>
<P>(a) Driver inspections;
</P>
<P>(b) Vehicle inspections;
</P>
<P>(c) Traffic enforcement;
</P>
<P>(d) Investigations;
</P>
<P>(e) New entrant safety audits;
</P>
<P>(f) CMV safety programs focusing on international commerce in Border States;
</P>
<P>(g) Beginning October 1, 2020, full participation in PRISM or an acceptable alternative as determined by the Administrator;
</P>
<P>(h) Accurate, complete, timely, and corrected data;
</P>
<P>(i) Public education and awareness; and
</P>
<P>(j) Other elements that may be prescribed by the Administrator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.205   MCSAP administration: Funding eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>Only States are eligible to receive MCSAP grants directly from FMCSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.207" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.207   MCSAP administration: Conditions to qualify for funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> To qualify for MCSAP funds, a State must:
</P>
<P>(1) Designate a Lead State Agency;
</P>
<P>(2) Assume responsibility for improving motor carrier safety by adopting and enforcing compatible (as defined in § 350.105 of this part) laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety, except as may be determined by the Administrator to be inapplicable to a State enforcement program;
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure that the State will cooperate in the enforcement of financial responsibility requirements under part 387 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(4) Provide that the State will enforce the registration requirements under 49 U.S.C. 13902 and 31134 by prohibiting the operation of any vehicle discovered to be operated by a motor carrier without a registration issued under those sections or operated beyond the scope of the motor carrier's registration;
</P>
<P>(5) Provide a right of entry (or other method a State may use that is adequate to obtain necessary information) and inspection to carry out the CVSP;
</P>
<P>(6) Give satisfactory assurances in its CVSP that the Lead State Agency and any subrecipient of MCSAP funds have the legal authority, resources, and qualified personnel (including individuals certified in accordance with 49 CFR part 385, subpart C, to perform inspections, audits, and investigations) necessary to enforce compatible laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety;
</P>
<P>(7) Provide satisfactory assurances that the State will undertake efforts that will emphasize and improve enforcement of State and local traffic laws and regulations on CMV safety;
</P>
<P>(8) Give satisfactory assurances that the State will devote adequate resources to the administration of the CVSP throughout the State, including the enforcement of compatible laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety;
</P>
<P>(9) Provide that the MOE of the Lead State Agency will be maintained each fiscal year in accordance with § 350.225;
</P>
<P>(10) Provide that all reports required in the CVSP be available to FMCSA upon request, meet the reporting requirements, and use the forms for recordkeeping, inspections, and investigations that FMCSA prescribes;
</P>
<P>(11) Implement performance-based activities, including deployment and maintenance of technology, to enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of CMV safety programs;
</P>
<P>(12) Establish and dedicate sufficient resources to a program to ensure that accurate, complete, and timely motor carrier safety data are collected and reported, and to ensure the State's participation in a national motor carrier safety data correction system prescribed by FMCSA;
</P>
<P>(13) Ensure that the Lead State Agency will coordinate the CVSP, data collection, and information systems with the State highway safety improvement program under 23 U.S.C. 148(c);
</P>
<P>(14) Ensure participation in information technology and data systems as required by FMCSA for jurisdictions receiving MCSAP funding;
</P>
<P>(15) Ensure that information is exchanged with other States in a timely manner;
</P>
<P>(16) Grant maximum reciprocity for inspections conducted under the North American Standard Inspection Program through the use of a nationally accepted system that allows ready identification of previously inspected CMVs;
</P>
<P>(17) Provide that the State will conduct comprehensive and highly visible traffic enforcement and CMV safety inspection programs in high-risk locations and corridors;
</P>
<P>(18) Ensure that driver or vehicle inspections will be conducted at locations that are adequate to protect the safety of drivers and enforcement personnel;
</P>
<P>(19) Except in the case of an imminent or obvious safety hazard, ensure that an inspection of a vehicle transporting passengers for a motor carrier of passengers is conducted at a bus station, terminal, border crossing, maintenance facility, destination, or other location where a motor carrier may make a planned stop (excluding a weigh station);
</P>
<P>(20) Provide satisfactory assurances that the State will address activities in support of the national program elements listed in § 350.203, including activities:
</P>
<P>(i) Aimed at removing impaired CMV drivers from the highways through adequate enforcement of regulations on the use of alcohol and controlled substances and by ensuring ready roadside access to alcohol detection and measuring equipment;
</P>
<P>(ii) Aimed at providing training to MCSAP personnel to recognize drivers impaired by alcohol or controlled substances; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Related to criminal interdiction, including human trafficking, when conducted with an appropriate CMV inspection and appropriate strategies for carrying out those interdiction activities, including interdiction activities that affect the transportation of controlled substances (as defined in section 102 of the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970 (21 U.S.C. 802) and listed in 21 CFR part 1308) by any occupant of a CMV;
</P>
<P>(21) Ensure that detection of criminal activities and size and weight activities described in § 350.227(b), if financed through MCSAP funds, will not diminish the effectiveness of the development and implementation of the programs to improve motor carrier, CMV, and driver safety;
</P>
<P>(22) Ensure consistent, effective, and reasonable sanctions;
</P>
<P>(23) Provide that the State will include in the training manuals for the licensing examinations to drive a CMV and non-CMV information on best practices for driving safely in the vicinity of CMVs and non-CMVs;
</P>
<P>(24) Require all registrants of CMVs to demonstrate their knowledge of applicable FMCSRs, HMRs, or compatible State laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety;
</P>
<P>(25) Ensure that the State transmits to inspectors the notice of each Federal exemption granted under subpart C of part 381 of this subchapter and §§ 390.23 and 390.25 of this subchapter that relieves a person or class of persons in whole or in part from compliance with the FMCSRs or HMRs that has been provided to the State by FMCSA and identifies the person or class of persons granted the exemption and any terms and conditions that apply to the exemption;
</P>
<P>(26) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c)(1) of this section, conduct new entrant safety audits of interstate and, at the State's discretion, intrastate new entrant motor carriers in accordance with subpart D of part 385 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(27) Subject to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, beginning October 1, 2020, participate fully in PRISM by complying with the conditions for full participation, or receiving approval from the Administrator for an alternative approach for identifying and immobilizing a motor carrier with serious safety deficiencies in a manner that provides an equivalent level of safety;
</P>
<P>(28) Ensure that the State will cooperate in the enforcement of hazardous materials safety permits issued under subpart E of part 385 of this subchapter by verifying possession of the permit when required while conducting vehicle inspections and investigations, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(29) For Border States, conduct a border CMV safety program focusing on international commerce that includes enforcement and related projects, or forfeit all funds allocated for border-related activities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>New entrant safety audits—Use of third parties.</I> If a State uses a third party to conduct new entrant safety audits under paragraph (a)(26) of this section, the State must verify the quality of the work and the State remains solely responsible for the management and oversight of the audits.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Territories.</I> (1) The new entrant safety audit requirement under paragraph (a)(26) does not apply to American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P>(2) The required PRISM participation date under paragraph (a)(27) of this section does not apply to American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Virgin Islands.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.209" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.209   MCSAP administration: Application for funds using a CVSP.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>MCSAP application submission format.</I> (1) The CVSP is a 3-year plan.
</P>
<P>(2) The first year of the CVSP varies by State, depending on when the State implemented the CVSP.
</P>
<P>(3) For the first year of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must submit a CVSP projecting programs and projects covering 3 years and a budget for the first fiscal year for which the CVSP is submitted, as explained in § 350.211.
</P>
<P>(4) For the second and third years of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must submit an annual update and budget for that fiscal year and any other needed adjustments or changes to the CVSP, as explained in § 350.213.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>MCSAP application submission deadline.</I> (1) The Lead State Agency must submit the first year of the CVSP, or the annual updates, to FMCSA by the date prescribed in the MCSAP application announcement for the fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(2) The Administrator may extend for a period not exceeding 30 days the deadline prescribed in the MCSAP application announcement for document submission for good cause.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.211" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.211   MCSAP administration: Requirements for the first year of the CVSP.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) For the first year of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must submit a CVSP that complies with the MCSAP application announcement and, at a minimum, provides a performance-based program with a general overview section that includes:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of the Lead State Agency's goal or mission; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A program summary of the effectiveness of prior activities in reducing CMV crashes, injuries, and fatalities and in improving driver and motor carrier safety performance.
</P>
<P>(2) The program summary must identify and address safety or performance problems in the State.
</P>
<P>(3) The program summary must use 12-month data periods that are consistent from year to year. This may be a calendar year, fiscal year, or any 12-month period for which the State's data is current.
</P>
<P>(4) The program summary must show trends supported by safety and program performance data collected over several years.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>National MCSAP elements.</I> (1) For the first year of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must include a brief narrative describing how the State CVSP addresses the national program elements listed in § 350.203.
</P>
<P>(2) The CVSP must address each national program element even if there are no planned activities in a program area.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Resource allocation.</I> For the first year of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must explain the rationale for the State's resource allocation decisions.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Specific activities.</I> For the first year of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must have a narrative section that includes a description of how the CVSP supports:
</P>
<P>(1) Activities aimed at removing impaired CMV drivers from the highways through adequate enforcement of restrictions on the use of alcohol and controlled substances and by ensuring ready roadside access to alcohol detection and measuring equipment;
</P>
<P>(2) Activities aimed at providing an appropriate level of training to MCSAP personnel to recognize drivers impaired by alcohol or controlled substances;
</P>
<P>(3) Criminal interdiction activities and appropriate strategies for carrying out those interdiction activities, including human trafficking, and interdiction activities affecting the transportation of controlled substances by any occupant of a CMV; and
</P>
<P>(4) Activities to enforce registration requirements and to cooperate in the enforcement of financial responsibility requirements under § 392.9a and part 387 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Performance objectives.</I> For the first year of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must include performance objectives, strategies, and activities stated in quantifiable terms, that are to be achieved through the CVSP.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Monitoring.</I> For the first year of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must include a description of the State's method for ongoing monitoring of the progress of the CVSP.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Budget.</I> For the first year of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must include a budget for that year that describes the expenditures for allocable costs, such as personnel and related costs, equipment purchases, printing, information systems costs, and other eligible costs consistent with § 350.229.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>List of MCSAP contacts.</I> For the first year of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must include a list of MCSAP contacts.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Certification.</I> (1) For the first year of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must certify that it has:
</P>
<P>(i) Met all the MCSAP conditions in § 350.207; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Completed the annual review required by § 350.303 and determined that State laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety are compatible (as defined in § 350.105 of this part).
</P>
<P>(2) If a State law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety is no longer compatible, the certifying official must explain the State's plan to address the discrepancy.
</P>
<P>(3) A certification under this paragraph must reflect that the certifying official has authority to make the certification on behalf of the State.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>New or amended laws.</I> For the first year of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must submit to FMCSA a copy of any new or amended law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety that was enacted by the State since the prior year's submission.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Further submissions.</I> For the first year of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must also submit other information required, as described in the MCSAP application announcement for that fiscal year.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.213" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.213   MCSAP administration: Requirements for the second and third years of the CVSP.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> For the second and third years of the CVSP, a Lead State Agency must submit an annual update that complies with the MCSAP application announcement and, at a minimum, must include program goals, certifications, and other information revised since the prior year's submission, and the items listed in paragraphs (b) to (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Budget.</I> For the second and third years of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must include a budget that supports the applicable fiscal year of the CVSP and describes the expenditures for allocable costs, such as personnel and related costs, equipment purchases, printing, information systems costs, and other eligible costs consistent with § 350.229.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Resource allocation.</I> For the second and third years of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must explain the rationale for the State's resource allocation decisions.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>List of MCSAP contacts.</I> For the second and third years of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must include a list of MCSAP contacts.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Certification.</I> (1) For the second and third years of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must certify that it has:
</P>
<P>(i) Met all the MCSAP conditions in § 350.207; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Completed the annual review required by § 350.303 and determined that State laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety are compatible (as defined in § 350.105 of this part).
</P>
<P>(2) If a State law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety is no longer compatible, the certifying official must explain the State's plan to address the discrepancy.
</P>
<P>(3) A certification under this paragraph must reflect that the certifying official has authority to make the certification on behalf of the State.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>New or amended laws.</I> For the second and third years of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must submit to FMCSA a copy of any new or amended law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety that the State enacted since the prior year's submission.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Further submissions.</I> For the second and third years of the CVSP, the Lead State Agency must submit other information required, as described in the MCSAP application announcement for that fiscal year.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.215" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.215   MCSAP administration: Response to CVSP.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>First year of the CVSP.</I> (1) FMCSA will notify the Lead State Agency within 30 days after FMCSA begins its review of the State's first year of the CVSP, including the budget, whether FMCSA:
</P>
<P>(i) Approves the CVSP; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Withholds approval because the CVSP:
</P>
<P>(A) Does not meet the requirements of this part; or
</P>
<P>(B) Is not adequate to ensure effective enforcement of compatible (as defined in § 350.105 of this part) laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety.
</P>
<P>(2) If FMCSA withholds approval of the CVSP, FMCSA will give the Lead State Agency a written explanation of the reasons for withholding approval and allow the Lead State Agency to modify and resubmit the CVSP for approval.
</P>
<P>(3) The Lead State Agency will have 30 days from the date of the notice under paragraph (a)(2) of this section to modify and resubmit the CVSP.
</P>
<P>(4) Failure to resubmit the modified CVSP may delay funding or jeopardize MCSAP eligibility.
</P>
<P>(5) Final disapproval of a resubmitted CVSP will result in disqualification for MCSAP funding for that fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Annual update for the second or third year of the CVSP.</I> (1) FMCSA will notify the Lead State Agency within 30 days after FMCSA begins its review of the State's annual update, including the budget, whether FMCSA:
</P>
<P>(i) Approves the annual update; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Withholds approval because the annual update:
</P>
<P>(A) Does not meet the requirements of this part; or
</P>
<P>(B) Is not adequate to ensure effective enforcement of compatible laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety.
</P>
<P>(2) If FMCSA withholds approval of the annual update, FMCSA will give the Lead State Agency a written explanation of the reasons for withholding approval and allow the Lead State Agency to modify and resubmit the annual update for approval.
</P>
<P>(3) The Lead State Agency will have 30 days from the date of the notice under paragraph (b)(2) of this section to modify and resubmit the annual update.
</P>
<P>(4) Failure to resubmit the modified annual update may delay funding or jeopardize MCSAP eligibility.
</P>
<P>(5) Final disapproval of a resubmitted annual update will result in disqualification for MCSAP funding for that fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Judicial review.</I> Any State aggrieved by an adverse decision under this section may seek judicial review under 5 U.S.C. chapter 7.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.217" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.217   MCSAP administration: Allocation of funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Subject to the availability of funding, FMCSA must allocate MCSAP funds to grantees with approved CVSPs in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Territories—excluding the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.</I> (1) Not more than 0.49 percent of the MCSAP funds may be allocated in accordance with this paragraph among the Territories of American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, and the Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P>(2) Half of the MCSAP funds available under paragraph (b)(1) of this section will be divided equally among the Territories.
</P>
<P>(3) The remaining MCSAP funds available under paragraph (b)(1) of this section will be allocated among the Territories in a manner proportional to the Territories' populations, as reflected in the decennial census issued by the U.S. Census Bureau.
</P>
<P>(4) The amounts calculated under paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section will be totaled for each Territory.
</P>
<P>(5) The amounts calculated under paragraph (b)(4) of this section will be adjusted proportionally, based on population, to ensure that each Territory receives at least $350,000.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Border States.</I> (1) Not more than 11 percent of the MCSAP funds may be allocated in accordance with this paragraph among Border States that maintain a border enforcement program.
</P>
<P>(2) The shares for each Border State will be calculated based on the number of CMV crossings at each United States port of entry, as determined by the Bureau of Transportation Statistics, with each Border State receiving:
</P>
<P>(i) 1 share per 25,000 annual CMV crossings at each United States port of entry on the Mexican border, with a minimum of 8 shares for each port of entry; or
</P>
<P>(ii) 1 share per 200,000 annual CMV crossings at each United States port of entry on the Canadian border, with a minimum of 0.25 share for each port of entry with more than 1,000 annual CMV crossings.
</P>
<P>(3) The shares of all Border States calculated under paragraph (c)(2) of this section will be totaled.
</P>
<P>(4) Each individual Border State's shares calculated under paragraph (c)(2) of this section will be divided by the total shares calculated in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) The percentages calculated in paragraph (c)(4) of this section will be adjusted proportionally to ensure that each Border State receives at least 0.075 percent but no more than 55 percent of the total border allocation available under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) Each Border State's percentage calculated in paragraph (c)(5) of this section will be multiplied by the total border allocation available under this paragraph to determine the dollar amount of the Border State's allocation.
</P>
<P>(7) To maintain eligibility for an allocation under this paragraph, a Border State must maintain a border enforcement program, but may expend more or less than the amounts allocated under this paragraph for border activities. Failure to maintain a border enforcement program will result in forfeiture of all funds allocated under this paragraph, but will not affect the Border State's allocation under paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8) Allocations made under this paragraph are in addition to allocations made under paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>States—including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.</I> (1)(i) At least 88.51 percent of the MCSAP funds must be allocated in accordance with this paragraph (d)(1)(i) among the eligible States, including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, but excluding American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, and the Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P>(ii) The amounts made available under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section that are not allocated under those paragraphs must be added to the total amount to be allocated in accordance with this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of reallocation of funds under paragraph (c) of this section by a Border State that no longer maintains a border enforcement program, no portion of the reallocated funds will be allocated to that Border State.
</P>
<P>(2) The amount available under paragraph (d)(1) of this section will be calculated based on each State's percentage of the national total for each of the following equally-weighted factors:
</P>
<P>(i) National Highway System Road Length Miles, as reported by the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA);
</P>
<P>(ii) All Vehicle Miles Traveled, as reported by the FHWA;
</P>
<P>(iii) Population (annual census estimates), as issued by the U.S. Census Bureau;
</P>
<P>(iv) Special Fuel Consumption, as reported by the FHWA; and
</P>
<P>(v) Carrier Registrations, as determined by FMCSA, based on the physical State of the carrier, and calculated as the sum of interstate carriers and intrastate hazardous materials carriers.
</P>
<P>(3) Each State's percentages calculated in paragraph (d)(2) of this section will be averaged.
</P>
<P>(4) The percentage calculated in paragraph (d)(3) of this section will be adjusted proportionally to ensure that each State receives at least 0.44 percent but no more than 4.944 percent of the MCSAP funds available under paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Each State's percentage will be multiplied by the total MCSAP funds available under this paragraph to determine the dollar amount of the State's allocation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Hold-harmless provision and funding cap.</I> (1) The dollar amounts calculated under paragraphs (c)(6) and (d)(5) of this section will be totaled for each State and then divided by the total MCSAP funds available for allocation under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section to determine a State's percentage of the total MCSAP funds.
</P>
<P>(2) Each State's percentage of total MCSAP funding in the fiscal year immediately prior to the year for which funding is being allocated will be determined by dividing the State's dollar allocation by the total MCSAP funding in that prior year, excluding funds allocated to the Territories of American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, and the Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P>(3) Proportional adjustments will be made to ensure that each State's percentage of MCSAP funds as calculated under paragraph (e)(1) of this section will be no less than 97 percent or more than 105 percent of the State's percentage of MCSAP funds allocated for the prior fiscal year as calculated under paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Withholding.</I> (1) Allocations made under this section are subject to withholdings under § 350.231(d).
</P>
<P>(2) Minimum or maximum allocations described in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section are to be applied prior to any reduction under § 350.231(d).
</P>
<P>(3) State MCSAP funds affected by § 350.231(d) will be allocated to the unaffected States in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Paragraph (e) of this section does not apply after any reduction under § 350.231(d).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.219" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.219   MCSAP administration: Award of funds under a continuing resolution or an extension of FMCSA's authorization.</HEAD>
<P>In the event of a continuing resolution or an extension of FMCSA's authorization, subject to the availability of funding, FMCSA may first issue grants to States that have the lowest percent of undelivered obligations of the previous Federal fiscal year's funding, or as otherwise determined by the Administrator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.221" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.221   MCSAP administration: Availability of funds.</HEAD>
<P>MCSAP funds obligated to a State will remain available for the Federal fiscal year that the funds are obligated and the next 2 full Federal fiscal years.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 37796, June 24, 2020, as amended at 87 FR 59035, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.223" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.223   MCSAP administration: Federal and State shares of costs incurred.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Federal share.</I> FMCSA will reimburse at least 85 percent of the eligible costs incurred under MCSAP.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Match.</I> (1) In-kind contributions are acceptable in meeting a State's matching share under MCSAP if they represent eligible costs, as established by 2 CFR parts 200 and 1201 and the MCSAP application announcement.
</P>
<P>(2) States may use amounts generated under the Unified Carrier Registration Agreement as part of the State's match required for MCSAP, provided the amounts are not applied to the MOE required under § 350.225 and are spent on eligible costs, as established by 2 CFR parts 200 and 1201 and the MCSAP application announcement.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Waiver.</I> (1) The Administrator waives the requirement for the matching share under MCSAP for American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, and the Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P>(2) The Administrator reserves the right to reduce or waive the matching share under MCSAP for other States in any fiscal year:
</P>
<P>(i) As announced in the MCSAP application announcement; or
</P>
<P>(ii) As determined by the Administrator on a case-by-case basis.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.225" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.225   MCSAP administration: Maintenance of effort to qualify for funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Subject to paragraph (e) of this section, a State must maintain an MOE each fiscal year for CMV safety programs eligible for funding under this part at a level at least equal to:
</P>
<P>(1) The average level of that expenditure for the base period of fiscal years 2004 and 2005; or
</P>
<P>(2) The level of expenditure in fiscal year 2021, as adjusted under section 5107 of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act (Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1532-34 (2015)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Calculation.</I> In determining a State's MOE, FMCSA:
</P>
<P>(1) May allow the State to exclude State expenditures for Federally-sponsored demonstration and pilot CMV safety programs and strike forces;
</P>
<P>(2) May allow the State to exclude expenditures for activities related to border enforcement and new entrant safety audits;
</P>
<P>(3) May allow the State to use amounts generated under the Unified Carrier Registration Agreement, provided the amounts are not applied to the match required under § 350.223;
</P>
<P>(4) Requires the State to exclude Federal funds; and
</P>
<P>(5) Requires the State to exclude State matching funds required under § 350.223.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Costs.</I> (1) In calculating the MOE under paragraph (b) of this section, a State must include all eligible costs associated with activities performed during the base period by the Lead State Agency that receives funds under this part.
</P>
<P>(2) In its annual MOE, a State must include only those activities that meet the current requirements for funding eligibility under MCSAP.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Waivers and modifications.</I> (1) If a State requests, FMCSA may waive or modify the State's obligation to meet its MOE for a fiscal year if FMCSA determines that the waiver or modification is reasonable, based on circumstances described by the State.
</P>
<P>(2) Requests to waive or modify the State's obligation to meet its MOE must be submitted to FMCSA in writing.
</P>
<P>(3) FMCSA will review the request and provide a response as soon as practicable, but no later than 120 days following receipt of the request.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Permanent adjustment.</I> After Federal fiscal year 2021, at the request of a State, FMCSA may make a permanent adjustment to reduce the State's MOE only if a State has new information unavailable to it during Federal fiscal year 2021.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.227" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.227   MCSAP administration: Activities eligible for reimbursement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The primary activities eligible for reimbursement under MCSAP are:
</P>
<P>(1) Activities that support the national program elements listed in § 350.203; and
</P>
<P>(2) Sanitary food transportation inspections performed under 49 U.S.C. 5701.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional activities.</I> If part of the approved CVSP and accompanied by an appropriate North American Standard Inspection and inspection report, additional activities eligible for reimbursement are:
</P>
<P>(1) Enforcement of CMV size and weight limitations at locations, other than fixed-weight facilities, where the weight of a CMV can significantly affect the safe operation of the vehicle, such as near steep grades or mountainous terrains, or at ports where intermodal shipping containers enter and leave the United States; and
</P>
<P>(2) Detection of, and enforcement activities taken as a result of, criminal activity involving a CMV or any occupant of the vehicle, including the trafficking of human beings.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Traffic enforcement activities.</I> (1) Documented activities to enforce State traffic laws and regulations designed to promote the safe operation of CMVs are eligible for reimbursement under MCSAP.
</P>
<P>(2) Documented activities to enforce State traffic laws and regulations relating to non-CMVs are eligible for reimbursement under MCSAP if:
</P>
<P>(i) The documented activities are necessary to promote the safe operation of CMVs;
</P>
<P>(ii) The number of motor carrier safety activities, including safety inspections, is maintained at a level at least equal to the average level of such activities conducted in the State in fiscal years 2014 and 2015; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The State does not use more than 10 percent of its MCSAP funds for enforcement activities relating to non-CMVs, unless the Administrator determines that a higher percentage will result in significant increases in CMV safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 37796, June 24, 2020, as amended at 87 FR 59035, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.229" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.229   MCSAP administration: Specific costs eligible for reimbursement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> FMCSA must establish criteria for activities eligible for reimbursement and make those criteria available to the States in the MCSAP application announcement before the MCSAP application period.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Costs eligible for reimbursement.</I> All costs relating to activities eligible for reimbursement must be necessary, reasonable, allocable, and allowable under this subpart and 2 CFR parts 200 and 1201. The eligibility of specific costs for reimbursement is addressed in the MCSAP application announcement and is subject to review and approval by FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Ineligible costs.</I> MCSAP funds may not be used for the:
</P>
<P>(1) Acquisition of real property or buildings; or
</P>
<P>(2) Development, implementation, or maintenance of a State registry of medical examiners.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.231" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.2.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.231   MCSAP administration: Consequences for failure to meet conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) If a State is not performing according to an approved CVSP or not adequately meeting the conditions set forth in § 350.207, the Administrator may issue a written notice of proposed determination of nonconformity to the chief executive of the State or the official designated in the CVSP.
</P>
<P>(2) The notice will set forth the reasons for the proposed determination.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Response.</I> The State has 30 days from the date of the notice to reply. The reply must address the discrepancy cited in the notice and must provide documentation as requested.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Final Agency decision.</I> (1) After considering the State's reply, the Administrator makes a final decision.
</P>
<P>(2) In the event the State fails to timely reply to a notice of proposed determination of nonconformity, the notice becomes the Administrator's final determination of nonconformity.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Consequences.</I> Any adverse decision will result in FMCSA:
</P>
<P>(1) Withdrawing approval of the CVSP and withholding all MCSAP funds to the State; or
</P>
<P>(2) Finding the State in noncompliance in lieu of withdrawing approval of the CVSP and withholding:
</P>
<P>(i) Up to 5 percent of MCSAP funds during the fiscal year that FMCSA notifies the State of its noncompliance;
</P>
<P>(ii) Up to 10 percent of MCSAP funds for the first full fiscal year of noncompliance;
</P>
<P>(iii) Up to 25 percent of MCSAP funds for the second full fiscal year of noncompliance; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Up to 50 percent of MCSAP funds for the third and any subsequent full fiscal year of noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Judicial review.</I> Any State aggrieved by an adverse decision under this section may seek judicial review under 5 U.S.C. chapter 7.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—MCSAP-Required Compatibility Review</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.301" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.301   Compatibility review: Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this subpart is to assist States receiving MCSAP funds to address compatibility (as defined in § 350.105), including the availability of variances or exemptions allowed under § 350.305 or § 350.307, to:
</P>
<P>(a) Promote adoption and enforcement of compatible laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety;
</P>
<P>(b) Provide for a continuous review of laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety;
</P>
<P>(c) Establish deadlines for States to achieve compatibility; and
</P>
<P>(d) Provide States with a process for requesting variances and exemptions for intrastate commerce.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.303" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.303   Compatibility review: State responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Lead State Agency is responsible for reviewing and analyzing State laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety to ensure compatibility (as defined in § 350.105 of this part).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compatibility deadline.</I> As soon as practicable, but no later than 3 years after the effective date of any new addition or amendment to the FMCSRs or HMRs, the State must amend its laws, regulations, standards, and orders to ensure compatibility.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>State adoption of a law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety.</I> A State must submit to FMCSA a copy of any new or amended State law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety immediately after its enactment or issuance and with the State's next annual compatibility review.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Annual State compatibility review.</I> (1) A State must conduct a review of its laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety, including those of its political subdivisions, for compatibility and report in the first year of the CVSP or annual update as part of its application for funding under § 350.209 each fiscal year. In conducting this compatibility review, the State must determine which of its laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety are identical to or have the same effect as, are in addition to or more stringent than, or are less stringent than the FMCSRs or are identical to the HMRs.
</P>
<P>(2) As applicable to interstate commerce not involving the movement of hazardous materials:
</P>
<P>(i) If a State satisfactorily demonstrates a law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety is identical to or has the same effect as the FMCSRs, the State provision is compatible and enforceable.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a State satisfactorily demonstrates a law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety that is in addition to or more stringent than the FMCSRs has a safety benefit, does not unreasonably frustrate the Federal goal of uniformity, and does not cause an unreasonable burden on interstate commerce when enforced, the State provision is compatible and enforceable.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a State law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety is less stringent than the FMCSRs, the State provision is not compatible and not enforceable.
</P>
<P>(3) As applicable to intrastate commerce not involving the movement of hazardous materials:
</P>
<P>(i) If a State satisfactorily demonstrates a law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety is identical to or has the same effect as the FMCSRs, the State provision is compatible and enforceable.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a State satisfactorily demonstrates a law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety that is in addition to, more stringent than, or less stringent than the FMCSRs falls within a limited variance from the FMCSRs allowed under § 350.305 or § 350.307, the State provision is compatible and enforceable.
</P>
<P>(4) As applicable to interstate and intrastate commerce involving the movement of hazardous materials, if a State satisfactorily demonstrates a law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety is identical to the HMRs, the State provision is compatible and enforceable.
</P>
<P>(5) The State's laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety reviewed for the commercial driver's license compliance report are excluded from the compatibility review.
</P>
<P>(6) Definitions of words or terms in a State's laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety must be compatible with those in the FMCSRs and HMRs.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reporting to FMCSA.</I> (1) The reporting required by paragraph (d) of this section, to be submitted with the first year of the CVSP or annual update, must include:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of any State law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety that was adopted or amended since the State's last report; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A certification that states the annual review was performed and State laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety remain compatible, and that provides the name of the individual responsible for the annual review.
</P>
<P>(2) If State laws, regulations, standards, and orders on CMV safety are no longer compatible, the certifying official must explain the State's plan to correct the discrepancy.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>FMCSA response.</I> Not later than 10 days after FMCSA determines that a State law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety is not compatible and may not be enforced, FMCSA must give written notice of the decision to the State.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Waiver of determination.</I> (1) A State or any person may petition the Administrator for a waiver of a decision by the Administrator that a State law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety is not compatible and may not be enforced.
</P>
<P>(2) Before deciding whether to grant or deny a waiver under this paragraph, the Administrator shall give the petitioner an opportunity for a hearing on the record.
</P>
<P>(3) If the petitioner demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the waiver is consistent with the public interest and the safe operation of CMVs, the Administrator shall grant the waiver as expeditiously as practicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.305" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.305   Compatibility review: Allowable variances from the FMCSRs.</HEAD>
<P>The following variances are allowed for State laws and regulations applicable to intrastate commerce and are not subject to Federal jurisdiction:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Except as otherwise provided in this section, a State may exempt a CMV from all or part of its laws or regulations applicable to intrastate commerce, if the gross vehicle weight rating, gross combination weight rating, gross vehicle weight, or gross combination weight does not equal or exceed 11,801 kilograms (26,001 pounds).
</P>
<P>(2) A State may not exempt a CMV from laws or regulations under paragraph (a)(1) of this section if the vehicle:
</P>
<P>(i) Transports hazardous materials requiring a placard; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is designed or used to transport 16 or more people, including the driver.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Non-permissible exemption—Type of business operation.</I> (1) Subject to paragraph (b)(2) of this section and § 350.307, State laws and regulations applicable to intrastate commerce may not grant exemptions based on the type of transportation being performed (<I>e.g.,</I> for-hire carrier, private carrier).
</P>
<P>(2) A State may retain those exemptions from its motor carrier safety laws and regulations that were in effect before April 1988, are still in effect, and apply to specific industries operating in intrastate commerce, provided the scope of the original exemption has not been amended.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Non-permissible exemption—Distance.</I> (1) Subject to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, State laws and regulations applicable to intrastate commerce must not include exemptions based on the distance a motor carrier or driver operates from the work reporting location.
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (c)(1) of this section does not apply to distance exemptions contained in the FMCSRs.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hours of service.</I> State hours-of-service limitations applied to intrastate transportation may vary to the extent that they allow:
</P>
<P>(1) A 12-hour driving limit, provided that a driver of a CMV is not permitted to drive after having been on duty more than 16 hours;
</P>
<P>(2) Driving prohibitions for drivers who have been on duty 70 hours in 7 consecutive days or 80 hours in 8 consecutive days; or
</P>
<P>(3) A 150-air mile radius or the air mile radius under § 395.1(e)(1)(i) of this subchapter, whichever is greater.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Age of CMV driver.</I> All intrastate CMV drivers must be at least 18 years of age.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Driver physical conditions.</I> (1) Intrastate drivers who do not meet the physical qualification standards in § 391.41 of this subchapter may continue to be qualified to operate a CMV in intrastate commerce if:
</P>
<P>(i) The driver was qualified under existing State law or regulation at the time the State adopted physical qualification standards consistent with the Federal standards in § 391.41 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) The otherwise non-qualifying medical or physical condition has not substantially worsened; and
</P>
<P>(iii) No other non-qualifying medical or physical condition has developed.
</P>
<P>(2) The State may adopt or continue programs granting variances to intrastate drivers with medical or physical conditions that would otherwise be non-qualifying under the State's equivalent of § 391.41 of this subchapter if the variances are based on sound medical judgment combined with appropriate performance standards ensuring no adverse effect on safety.
</P>
<P>(3) A State that has physical qualification standards or variances continued in effect or adopted by the State under this paragraph for drivers operating CMVs in intrastate commerce has the option not to adopt laws and regulations that establish a separate registry of medical examiners trained and qualified to apply such physical qualification standards or variances.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Additional variances.</I> A State may apply to the Administrator for a variance from the FMCSRs not otherwise covered by this section for intrastate commerce. The variance will be granted only if the State satisfactorily demonstrates that the State law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety:
</P>
<P>(1) Achieves substantially the same purpose as the similar Federal regulation;
</P>
<P>(2) Does not apply to interstate commerce; and
</P>
<P>(3) Is not likely to have an adverse impact on safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 37796, June 24, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 90618, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.307" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.307   Compatibility review: Procedures for obtaining a new exemption.</HEAD>
<P>FMCSA will only consider a State's request to exempt a specific industry from all or part of a State's laws or regulations applicable to intrastate commerce if the State submits adequate documentation containing information allowing FMCSA to evaluate:
</P>
<P>(a) The type and scope of the industry exemption request, including the percentage of the industry it affects, number of vehicles, mileage traveled, and number of companies it involves;
</P>
<P>(b) The type and scope of the requirement to which the exemption would apply;
</P>
<P>(c) The safety performance of that specific industry (<I>e.g.,</I> crash frequency, rates, and comparative figures);
</P>
<P>(d) Inspection information (<I>e.g.,</I> number of violations per inspection, and driver and vehicle out-of-service information);
</P>
<P>(e) Other CMV safety regulations enforced by other State agencies not participating in MCSAP;
</P>
<P>(f) The commodity the industry transports (<I>e.g.,</I> livestock or grain);
</P>
<P>(g) Similar exemptions granted and the circumstances under which they were granted;
</P>
<P>(h) The justification for the exemption; and
</P>
<P>(i) Any identifiable effects on safety.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.309" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.309   Compatibility review: Consequences of incompatible provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> To remain eligible for MCSAP funding, a State may not have in effect or enforce any State law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety that the Administrator finds is not compatible (as defined in § 350.105).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Process.</I> FMCSA may initiate a proceeding to withdraw the current CVSP approval or withhold MCSAP funds in accordance with § 350.231 if:
</P>
<P>(1) A State enacts a law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety that is not compatible;
</P>
<P>(2) A State fails to adopt a new or amended FMCSR or HMR within 3 years of its effective date; or
</P>
<P>(3) FMCSA finds, based on its own initiative or on a petition of a State or any person, that a State law, regulation, standard, order, or enforcement practice on CMV safety, in either interstate or intrastate commerce, is not compatible.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hazardous materials.</I> Any decision regarding the compatibility of a State law, regulation, standard, or order on CMV safety with the HMRs that requires an interpretation will be referred to the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration of the United States Department of Transportation before proceeding under § 350.231.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—High Priority Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.401" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.401   High Priority Program: Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The High Priority Program is a competitive financial assistance program available to States, local governments, Federally-recognized Indian Tribes, other political jurisdictions, and other persons to carry out high priority activities and projects that augment motor carrier safety activities and projects. The High Priority Program also promotes the deployment and use of innovative technology by States for CMV information systems and networks. Under this program, the Administrator may make competitive grants to and enter into cooperative agreements with eligible entities to carry out high priority activities and projects that augment motor carrier safety activities and projects. The Administrator also may award grants to States for projects planned in accordance with the Innovative Technology Deployment Program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.403" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.403   High Priority Program: Objectives.</HEAD>
<P>FMCSA may use the High Priority Program funds to support, enrich, or evaluate CMV safety programs and to:
</P>
<P>(a) Target unsafe driving of CMVs and non-CMVs in areas identified as high-risk crash corridors;
</P>
<P>(b) Improve the safe and secure movement of hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(c) Improve safe transportation of goods and passengers in foreign commerce;
</P>
<P>(d) Demonstrate new technologies to improve CMV safety;
</P>
<P>(e) Support participation in PRISM by Lead State Agencies:
</P>
<P>(1) Before October 1, 2020, to achieve full participation in PRISM; and
</P>
<P>(2) Beginning on October 1, 2020, or once full participation in PRISM is achieved, whichever is sooner, to conduct special initiatives or projects that exceed routine operations for participation;
</P>
<P>(f) Support participation in PRISM by entities other than Lead State Agencies;
</P>
<P>(g) Support safety data improvement projects conducted by:
</P>
<P>(1) Lead State Agencies for projects that exceed MCSAP safety data requirements; or
</P>
<P>(2) Entities other than Lead State Agencies for projects that meet or exceed MCSAP safety data requirements;
</P>
<P>(h) Advance the technological capability and promote the Innovative Technology Deployment of intelligent transportation system applications for CMV operations by States, including technology to detect, and enforce actions taken as a result of, criminal activity (including human trafficking) in a CMV or by any occupant of a CMV, including the operator;
</P>
<P>(i) Increase public awareness and education on CMV safety;
</P>
<P>(j) Support the recognition, prevention, and reporting of human trafficking in a CMV or by any occupant of a CMV, including the operator, and enforce laws relating to human trafficking; or
</P>
<P>(k) Otherwise improve CMV safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 37796, June 24, 2020, as amended at 87 FR 59035, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.405" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.405   High Priority Program: Funding conditions and qualifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Motor carrier safety activities.</I> To qualify for High Priority Program funds related to motor carrier safety activities under § 350.403 paragraphs (a) through (g), and (i) through (k):
</P>
<P>(1) States must:
</P>
<P>(i) Participate in MCSAP under subpart B of this part; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Prepare a proposal that is responsive to the High Priority Program Notice of Funding Opportunity (NOFO).
</P>
<P>(2) Applicants other than States must, to the extent applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) Prepare a proposal that is responsive to the NOFO;
</P>
<P>(ii) Except for Federally-recognized Indian Tribes, coordinate the proposal with the Lead State Agency to ensure the proposal is consistent with State and national CMV safety program priorities;
</P>
<P>(iii) Certify that the applicant has the legal authority, resources, and trained and qualified personnel necessary to perform the functions specified in the proposal;
</P>
<P>(iv) Designate an individual who will be responsible for implementing, reporting, and administering the approved proposal and who will be the primary contact for the project;
</P>
<P>(v) Agree to prepare and submit all reports required in connection with the proposal or other conditions of the grant or cooperative agreement;
</P>
<P>(vi) Agree to use the forms and reporting criteria required by the Lead State Agency or FMCSA to record work activities to be performed under the proposal;
</P>
<P>(vii) Certify that a political jurisdiction will impose sanctions for violations of CMV and driver laws and regulations that are consistent with those of the State; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Certify participation in national databases appropriate to the project.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Innovative Technology Deployment activities.</I> To qualify for High Priority Program funds for Innovative Technology Deployment activities under § 350.403(h), States must:
</P>
<P>(1) Prepare a proposal that is responsive to the NOFO;
</P>
<P>(2) Have a CMV information systems and networks program plan approved by the Administrator that describes the various systems and networks at the State level that need to be refined, revised, upgraded, or built to accomplish deployment of CMV information systems and networks capabilities;
</P>
<P>(3) Certify to the Administrator that its CMV information systems and networks deployment activities, including hardware procurement, software and system development, and infrastructure modifications—
</P>
<P>(i) Are consistent with the national intelligent transportation systems and CMV information systems and networks architectures and available standards; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Promote interoperability and efficiency to the extent practicable; and
</P>
<P>(4) Agree to execute interoperability tests developed by FMCSA to verify that its systems conform with the national intelligent transportation systems architecture, applicable standards, and protocols for CMV information systems and networks.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 37796, June 24, 2020, as amended at 87 FR 59035, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.407" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.407   High Priority Program: Application procedures.</HEAD>
<P>FMCSA publishes application instructions and criteria for eligible activities to be funded under this subpart in a NOFO at least 30 days before the financial assistance program application period closes. Entities must submit the application by the date prescribed in the NOFO.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.409" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.409   High Priority Program: Responses to applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Approval.</I> If FMCSA awards a grant or cooperative agreement, the applicant will receive a grant agreement to execute.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Denial.</I> If FMCSA denies the grant or cooperative agreement, the applicant will receive a notice of denial.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.411" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.411   High Priority Program: Availability of funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Motor carrier safety activities.</I> High Priority Program funds related to motor carrier safety activities under § 350.403(a) through (g), and (i) through (k) obligated to a recipient are available for the rest of the fiscal year in which the funds are obligated and the next 2 full fiscal years.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Innovative Technology Deployment activities.</I> High Priority Program funds for Innovative Technology Deployment activities under § 350.403(h) obligated to a State are available for the rest of the fiscal year in which the funds were obligated and the next 4 full fiscal years.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 37796, June 24, 2020, as amended at 87 FR 59035, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.413" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.4.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.413   High Priority Program: Federal and recipient shares of costs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Federal share.</I> FMCSA will reimburse at least 85 percent of the eligible costs incurred under the High Priority Program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Match.</I> In-kind contributions are acceptable in meeting the recipient's matching share under the High Priority Program if they represent eligible costs, as established by 2 CFR parts 200 and 1201 and FMCSA in the NOFO.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Waiver.</I> The Administrator reserves the right to reduce or waive the recipient's matching share in any fiscal year:
</P>
<P>(1) As announced in the NOFO; or
</P>
<P>(2) As determined by the Administrator on a case-by-case basis.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.415" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.4.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.415   High Priority Program: Activities and projects eligible for reimbursement.</HEAD>
<P>Activities that fulfill the objectives in § 350.403 are eligible for reimbursement under the High Priority Program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 350.417" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.4.4.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 350.417   High Priority Program: Costs eligible for reimbursement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Costs eligible for reimbursement.</I> All costs relating to activities eligible for reimbursement must be necessary, reasonable, allocable, and allowable under this subpart and 2 CFR parts 200 and 1201. The eligibility of specific costs for reimbursement is addressed in the NOFO and is subject to review and approval by FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ineligible costs.</I> High Priority Program funds may not be used for the:
</P>
<P>(1) Acquisition of real property or buildings; or
</P>
<P>(2) Development, implementation, or maintenance of a State registry of medical examiners.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="355-356" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 355-356 [RESERVED]






</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="360" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 360—FEES FOR MOTOR CARRIER REGISTRATION AND INSURANCE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 9701; 49 U.S.C. 13908; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>80 FR 63702, Oct. 21, 2015, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5297, Jan. 17, 2017, §§ 360.1-360.5 were suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>

<DIV8 N="§ 360.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.6.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.1   Fees for registration-related services.</HEAD>
<P>Certifications and copies of public records and documents on file with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) will be furnished on the following basis, pursuant to USDOT Freedom of Information Act regulations at 49 CFR part 7:
</P>
<P>(a) Certificate of the Director, Office of Management Information and Services, as to the authenticity of documents, $12;
</P>
<P>(b) Service involved in locating records to be certified and determining their authenticity, including clerical and administrative work, at the rate of $21 per hour;
</P>
<P>(c) Copies of the public documents, at the rate of $.80 per letter size or legal size exposure. A minimum charge of $5 will be made for this service; and
</P>
<P>(d) Search and copying services requiring information technology (IT), as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A fee of $50 per hour for professional staff time will be charged when it is required to fulfill a request for electronic data.
</P>
<P>(2) The fee for computer searches will be set at the current rate for computer service. Information on those charges can be obtained from the Office of Management Information and Services (MC-MM).
</P>
<P>(3) Printing will be charged at the rate of $.10 per page of computer-generated output with a minimum charge of $1. There will also be a charge for the media provided (<I>e.g.,</I> CD ROMs) based on the Agency's costs for such media.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exception.</I> No fee shall be charged under this section to the following entities:
</P>
<P>(1) Any Agency of the Federal Government or a State government or any political subdivision of any such government for access to or retrieval of information and data from the Unified Carrier Registration System for its own use; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any representative of a motor carrier, motor private carrier, broker, or freight forwarder (as each is defined in 49 U.S.C. 13102) for the access to or retrieval of the information related to such entity from the Unified Carrier Registration System for the individual use of such entity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63702, Oct. 21, 2015, as amended at 83 FR 48725, Sept. 27, 2018]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5297, Jan. 17, 2017, § 360.1 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.1T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.6.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.1T   Fees for registration-related services.</HEAD>
<P>Certifications and copies of public records and documents on file with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration will be furnished on the following basis, pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act regulations at 49 CFR part 7:
</P>
<P>(a) Certificate of the Director, Office of Management Information and Services, as to the authenticity of documents, $9.00;
</P>
<P>(b) Service involved in checking records to be certified to determine authenticity, including clerical work, etc., incidental thereto, at the rate of $16.00 per hour;
</P>
<P>(c) Copies of the public documents, at the rate of $.80 per letter size or legal size exposure. A minimum charge of $5.00 will be made for this service; and
</P>
<P>(d) Search and copying services requiring ADP processing, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A fee of $42.00 per hour for professional staff time will be charged when it is required to fulfill a request for ADP data.
</P>
<P>(2) The fee for computer searches will be set at the current rate for computer service. Information on those charges can be obtained from the Office of Management Information and Services (MC-MM).
</P>
<P>(3) Printing shall be charged at the rate of $.10 per page of computer generated output with a minimum charge of $.25. A charge of $30 per reel of magnetic tape will be made if the tape is to be permanently retained by the requestor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5297, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 22873, May 17, 2018; 83 FR 48725, Sept. 27, 2018]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.2" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.6.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.2   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5297, Jan. 17, 2017, § 360.2 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>

<DIV8 N="§ 360.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.6.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.3   Filing fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Manner of payment.</I> (1) Except for the insurance fees described in the next sentence, all filing fees must be paid at the time the application, petition, or other document is electronically filed. The service fee for insurance, surety or self-insurer accepted certificate of insurance, surety bond or other instrument submitted in lieu of a broker surety bond must be charged to an insurance service account established by FMCSA in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Billing account procedure.</I> A request must be submitted to the Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS) at <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov</I> to establish an insurance service fee account.
</P>
<P>(i) Each account will have a specific billing date within each month and a billing cycle. The billing date is the date that the bill is prepared and printed. The billing cycle is the period between the billing date in one month and the billing date in the next month. A bill for each account that has activity or an unpaid balance during the billing cycle will be sent on the billing date each month. Payment will be due 20 days from the billing date. Payments received before the next billing date are applied to the account. Interest will accrue in accordance with 31 CFR 901.9.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Federal Claims Collection Standards, including disclosure to consumer reporting agencies and the use of collection agencies, as set forth in 31 CFR part 901, will be utilized to encourage payment where appropriate.
</P>
<P>(iii) An account holder who files a petition for bankruptcy or who is the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding must provide the following information to the Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS) at <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov:</I>
</P>
<P>(A) The filing date of the bankruptcy petition;
</P>
<P>(B) The court in which the bankruptcy petition was filed;
</P>
<P>(C) The type of bankruptcy proceeding;
</P>
<P>(D) The name, address, and telephone number of its representative in the bankruptcy proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(E) The name, address, and telephone number of the bankruptcy trustee, if one has been appointed.
</P>
<P>(3) Fees will be payable through the U.S. Department of Treasury secure payment system, <I>Pay.gov,</I> and are made directly from the payor's bank account or by credit/debit card.
</P>
<P>(b) Any filing that is not accompanied by the appropriate filing fee will be rejected.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fees not refundable.</I> Fees will be assessed for every filing listed in the schedule of fees contained in paragraph (f) of this section, titled, “<I>Schedule of filing fees</I>,” subject to the exceptions contained in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section. After the application, petition, or other document has been accepted for filing by FMCSA, the filing fee will not be refunded, regardless of whether the application, petition, or other document is granted or approved, denied, rejected before docketing, dismissed, or withdrawn.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Multiple authorities.</I> (1) A separate filing fee is required for each type of authority sought, for example broker authority requested by an entity that already holds motor property carrier authority or multiple types of authority requested in the same application.
</P>
<P>(2) Separate fees will be assessed for the filing of temporary operating authority applications as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, regardless of whether such applications are related to an application for corresponding permanent operating authority.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Waiver or reduction of filing fees.</I> It is the general policy of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration not to waive or reduce filing fees except as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Filing fees are waived for an application that is filed by a Federal government agency, or a State or local government entity. For purposes of this section the phrases “Federal government agency” or “government entity” do not include a quasi-governmental corporation or government subsidized transportation company.
</P>
<P>(2) Filing fees are waived for a motor carrier of passengers that receives a grant from the Federal Transit Administration either directly or through a third-party contract to provide passenger transportation under an agreement with a State or local government pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5310, 5311, 5316, or 5317.
</P>
<P>(3) The FMCSA will consider other requests for waivers or fee reductions only in extraordinary situations and in accordance with the following procedure:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>When to request.</I> At the time that a filing is submitted to FMCSA, the applicant may request a waiver or reduction of the fee prescribed in this part. Such request should be addressed to the Director, Office of Registration and Safety Information.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Basis.</I> The applicant must show that the waiver or reduction of the fee is in the best interest of the public, or that payment of the fee would impose an undue hardship upon the requester.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>FMCSA action.</I> FMCSA will notify the applicant of the decision to grant or deny the request for waiver or reduction.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Schedule of filing fees:</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type of proceeding
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part I: Registration
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">An application for USDOT Registration pursuant to 49 CFR part 390, subpart E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">An application for motor carrier temporary authority to provide emergency relief in response to a national emergency or natural disaster following an emergency declaration under § 390.23 of this subchapter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Biennial update of registration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$0.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Request for change of name, address, or form of business</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$0.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Request for cancellation of registration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$0.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(6)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Request for registration reinstatement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Designation of process agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$0.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Notification of Transfer of Operating Authority</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$0.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part II: Insurance
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(9)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A service fee for insurer, surety, or self-insurer accepted certificate of insurance, surety bond, and other instrument submitted in lieu of a broker surety bond</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10 per accepted certificate, surety bond or other instrument submitted in lieu of a broker surety bond.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(10)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) An application for original qualification as self-insurer for bodily injury and property damage insurance (BI&amp;PD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) An application for original qualification as self-insurer for cargo insurance</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$420.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63702, Oct. 21, 2015, as amended at 87 FR 59035, Sept. 29, 2022]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5297, Jan. 17, 2017, § 360.3 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 87 FR 59035, Sept. 29, 2022, the suspension was lifted, § 360.3 was amended, and the section was again suspended indefinitely.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.3T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.6.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.3T   Filing fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Manner of payment.</I> (1) Except for the insurance fees described in the next sentence, all filing fees will be payable at the time and place the application, petition, or other document is tendered for filing. The service fee for insurance, surety or self-insurer accepted certificate of insurance, surety bond or other instrument submitted in lieu of a broker surety bond must be charged to an insurance service account established by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Billing account procedure.</I> A written request must be submitted to the Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS) to establish an insurance service fee account.
</P>
<P>(i) Each account will have a specific billing date within each month and a billing cycle. The billing date is the date that the bill is prepared and printed. The billing cycle is the period between the billing date in one month and the billing date in the next month. A bill for each account which has activity or an unpaid balance during the billing cycle will be sent on the billing date each month. Payment will be due 20 days from the billing date. Payments received before the next billing date are applied to the account. Interest will accrue in accordance with 4 CFR 102.13.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Debt Collection Act of 1982, including disclosure to the consumer reporting agencies and the use of collection agencies, as set forth in 4 CFR 102.5 and 102.6 will be utilized to encourage payment where appropriate.
</P>
<P>(iii) An account holder who files a petition in bankruptcy or who is the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding must provide the following information to the Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS):
</P>
<P>(A) The filing date of the bankruptcy petition;
</P>
<P>(B) The court in which the bankruptcy petition was filed;
</P>
<P>(C) The type of bankruptcy proceeding;
</P>
<P>(D) The name, address, and telephone number of its representative in the bankruptcy proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(E) The name, address, and telephone number of the bankruptcy trustee, if one has been appointed.
</P>
<P>(3) Fees will be payable to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration by a check payable in United States currency drawn upon funds deposited in a United States or foreign bank or other financial institution, money order payable in United States' currency, or credit card (VISA or MASTERCARD).
</P>
<P>(b) Any filing that is not accompanied by the appropriate filing fee is deficient except for filings that satisfy the deferred payment procedures in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fees not refundable.</I> Fees will be assessed for every filing in the type of proceeding listed in the schedule of fees contained in paragraph (f) of this section, subject to the exceptions contained in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section. After the application, petition, or other document has been accepted for filing by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, the filing fee will not be refunded, regardless of whether the application, petition, or other document is granted or approved, denied, rejected before docketing, dismissed, or withdrawn.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Related or consolidated proceedings.</I> (1) Separate fees need not be paid for related applications filed by the same applicant which would be the subject of one proceeding. (This does not mean requests for multiple types of operating authority filed on forms in the OP-1 series under the regulations at 49 CFR part 365. A separate filing fee is required for each type of authority sought in each transportation mode, <I>e.g.,</I> common, contract, and broker authority for motor property carriers.)
</P>
<P>(2) Separate fees will be assessed for the filing of temporary operating authority applications as provided in paragraph (f)(6) of this section, regardless of whether such applications are related to an application for corresponding permanent operating authority.
</P>
<P>(3) The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration may reject concurrently filed applications, petitions, or other documents asserted to be related and refund the filing fee if, in its judgment, they embrace two or more severable matters which should be the subject of separate proceedings.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Waiver or reduction of filing fees.</I> It is the general policy of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration not to waive or reduce filing fees except as described as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Filing fees are waived for an application or other proceeding which is filed by a Federal government agency, or a State or local government entity. For purposes of this section the phrases “Federal government agency” or “government entity” do not include a quasi-governmental corporation or government subsidized transportation company.
</P>
<P>(2) In extraordinary situations the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration will accept requests for waivers or fee reductions in accordance with the following procedure:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>When to request.</I> At the time that a filing is submitted to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration the applicant may request a waiver or reduction of the fee prescribed in this part. Such request should be addressed to the Director, Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Basis.</I> The applicant must show the waiver or reduction of the fee is in the best interest of the public, or that payment of the fee would impose an undue hardship upon the requestor.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration action.</I> The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration will notify the applicant of the decision to grant or deny the request for waiver or reduction.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Schedule of filing fees.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type of proceeding
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part I: Licensing:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">An application for motor carrier operating authority, a certificate of registration for certain foreign carriers, property broker authority, or freight forwarder authority</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A petition to interpret or clarify an operating authority</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A request seeking the modification of operating authority only to the extent of making a ministerial correction, when the original error was caused by applicant, a change in the name of the shipper or owner of a plant site, or the change of a highway name or number</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A petition to renew authority to transport explosives</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">250.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">An application for authority to deviate from authorized regular-route authority</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(6)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">An application for motor carrier temporary authority issued in an emergency situation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Request for name change of a motor carrier, property broker, or freight forwarder</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(8)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">An application involving the merger, transfer, or lease of the operating rights of motor passenger and property carriers, property brokers, and household goods freight forwarders under 49 U.S.C. 10321 and 10926</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(9)-(49)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">[Reserved]
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part II: Insurance:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(50)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) An application for original qualification as self-insurer for bodily injury and property damage insurance (BI&amp;PD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) An application for original qualification as self-insurer for cargo insurance</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">420.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(51)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A service fee for insurer, surety, or self-insurer accepted certificate of insurance, surety bond, and other instrument submitted in lieu of a broker surety bond</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10 per accepted certificate, surety bond or other instrument submitted in lieu of a broker surety bond.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(52)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A petition for reinstatement of revoked operating authority</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(53)-(79)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">[Reserved]
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part III: Services:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(80)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Request for service or pleading list for proceedings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13 per list.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(81)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Faxed copies of operating authority to applicants or their representatives who did not receive a served copy</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(g) <I>Returned check policy.</I> (1) If a check submitted to the FMCSA for a filing or service fee is dishonored by a bank or financial institution on which it is drawn, the FMCSA will notify the person who submitted the check that:
</P>
<P>(i) All work will be suspended on the filing or proceeding, until the check is made good;
</P>
<P>(ii) A returned check charge of $6.00 and any bank charges incurred by the FMCSA as a result of the dishonored check must be submitted with the filing fee which is outstanding; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If payment is not made within the time specified by the FMCSA, the proceeding will be dismissed or the filing may be rejected.
</P>
<P>(2) If a person repeatedly submits dishonored checks to the FMCSA for filing fees, the FMCSA may notify the person that all future filing fees must be submitted in the form of a certified or cashier's check, money order, or credit card.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5297, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 22873, May 17, 2018; 87 FR 59035, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.4" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.6.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.4   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5297, Jan. 17, 2017, § 360.4 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>

<DIV8 N="§ 360.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.6.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.5   Updating user fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Update.</I> Each fee established in this subpart may be updated, as deemed necessary by FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Publication and effective dates.</I> Notice of updated fees shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and shall become effective 30 days after publication.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Payment of fees.</I> Any person submitting a filing for which a filing fee is established must pay the fee applicable on the date of the filing or request for services.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Method of updating fees.</I> Each fee shall be updated by updating the cost components comprising the fee. However, fees shall not exceed the maximum amounts established by law. Cost components shall be updated as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Direct labor costs shall be updated by multiplying base level direct labor costs by percentage changes in average wages and salaries of FMCSA employees. Base level direct labor costs are direct labor costs determined by the cost study in <I>Regulations Governing Fees For Service,</I> 1 I.C.C. 2d 60 (1984), or subsequent cost studies. The base period for measuring changes shall be April 1984 or the year of the last cost study.
</P>
<P>(2) Operations overhead shall be developed on the basis of current relationships existing on a weighted basis, for indirect labor applicable to the first supervisory work centers directly associated with user fee activity. Actual updating of operations overhead shall be accomplished by applying the current percentage factor to updated direct labor, including current governmental overhead costs.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Office general and administrative costs shall be developed on the basis of current levels costs, <I>i.e.,</I> dividing actual office general and administrative costs for the current fiscal year by total office costs for the office directly associated with user fee activity. Actual updating of office general and administrative costs shall be accomplished by applying the current percentage factor to updated direct labor, including current governmental overhead and current operations overhead costs.
</P>
<P>(ii) The FMCSA general and administrative costs shall be developed on the basis of current level costs; <I>i.e.,</I> dividing actual FMCSA general and administrative costs for the current fiscal year by total Agency expenses for the current fiscal year. Actual updating of FMCSA general and administrative costs shall be accomplished by applying the current percentage factor to updated direct labor, including current governmental overhead, operations overhead and office general and administrative costs.
</P>
<P>(4) Publication costs shall be adjusted on the basis of known changes in the costs applicable to publication of material in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or FMCSA Register.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rounding of updated fees.</I> Updated fees shall be rounded as follows. (This rounding procedure excludes copying, printing and search fees.)
</P>
<P>(1) Fees between $1 and $30 shall be rounded to the nearest $1;
</P>
<P>(2) Fees between $30 and $100 shall be rounded to the nearest $10;
</P>
<P>(3) Fees between $100 and $999 shall be rounded to the nearest $50; and
</P>
<P>(4) Fees above $1,000 shall be rounded to the nearest $100.
</P>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5297, Jan. 17, 2017, § 360.5 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 360.5T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.6.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 360.5T   Updating user fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Update.</I> Each fee established in this part may be updated in accordance with this section as deemed necessary by the FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Publication and effective dates.</I> Updated fees shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and shall become effective 30 days after publication.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Payment of fees.</I> Any person submitting a filing for which a fee is established shall pay the fee in effect at the time of the filing.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Method of updating fees.</I> Each fee shall be updated by updating the cost components comprising the fee. Cost components shall be updated as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Direct labor costs shall be updated by multiplying base level direct labor costs by percentage changes in average wages and salaries of FMCSA employees. Base level direct labor costs are direct labor costs determined by the cost study in Regulations Governing Fees For Service, 1 I.C.C. 2d 60 (1984), or subsequent cost studies. The base period for measuring changes shall be April 1984 or the year of the last cost study.
</P>
<P>(2) Operations overhead shall be developed each year on the basis of current relationships existing on a weighted basis, for indirect labor applicable to the first supervisory work centers directly associated with user fee activity. Actual updating of operations overhead will be accomplished by applying the current percentage factor to updated direct labor, including current governmental overhead costs.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Office general and administrative costs shall be developed each year on the basis of current levels costs, <I>i.e.,</I> dividing actual office general and administrative costs for the current fiscal year by total office costs for the office directly associated with user fee activity. Actual updating of office general and administrative costs will be accomplished by applying the current percentage factor to updated direct labor, including current governmental overhead and current operations overhead costs.
</P>
<P>(ii) FMCSA general and administrative costs shall be developed each year on the basis of current level costs; <I>i.e.,</I> dividing actual FMCSA general and administrative costs for the current fiscal year by total agency expenses for the current fiscal year. Actual updating of FMCSA general and administrative costs will be accomplished by applying the current percentage factor to updated direct labor, including current governmental overhead, operations overhead and office general and administrative costs.
</P>
<P>(4) Publication costs shall be adjusted on the basis of known changes in the costs applicable to publication of material in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or <I>FMCSA Register.</I> (This rounding procedures excludes copying, printing and search fees.)
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rounding of updated fees.</I> Updated fees shall be rounded in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) Fees between $1 and $30 will be rounded to the nearest $1;
</P>
<P>(2) Fees between $30 and $100 will be rounded to the nearest $10;
</P>
<P>(3) Fees between $100 and $999 will be rounded to the nearest $50; and
</P>
<P>(4) Fees above $1,000 will be rounded to the nearest $100.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5298, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="365" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 365—RULES GOVERNING APPLICATIONS FOR OPERATING AUTHORITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 553 and 559; 49 U.S.C. 13101, 13301, 13901-13906, 13908, 14708, 31133, 31138, and 31144; 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>59 FR 63728, Dec. 9, 1994, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54707, Oct. 21, 1996.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 365 appear at 66 FR 49870, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—How To Apply for Operating Authority</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.101   Applications governed by these rules.</HEAD>
<P>These rules govern the handling of applications for operating authority of the following type:
</P>
<P>(a) Applications for certificates of motor carrier registration to operate as a motor carrier of property or passengers.
</P>
<P>(b) Applications for permits to operate as a freight forwarder.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) Applications for licenses to operate as a broker of motor vehicle transportation.
</P>
<P>(e) Applications for certificates under 49 U.S.C. 13902(b)(3) to operate as a motor carrier of passengers in intrastate commerce over regular routes if such intrastate transportation is to be provided on a route over which the carrier provides interstate transportation of passengers.
</P>
<P>(f) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(g) Applications for temporary motor carrier authority.
</P>
<P>(h) Applications for Mexico-domiciled motor carriers to operate in foreign commerce as common, contract or private motor carriers of property (including exempt items) between Mexico and all points in the United States. A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier may not provide point-to-point transportation services, including express delivery services, within the United States for goods other than international cargo.
</P>
<P>(i) Applications for non-North America-domiciled motor carriers to operate in foreign commerce as for-hire motor carriers of property and passengers within the United States.
</P>
<P>(j) The rules in this part do not apply to “pipeline welding trucks” as defined in 49 CFR 390.38(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63728, Dec. 9, 1994, as amended at 60 FR 63981, Dec. 13, 1995; 62 FR 49940, Sept. 24, 1997; 67 FR 12714, Mar. 19, 2002; 67 FR 61820, Oct. 2, 2002; 73 FR 76488, Dec. 16, 2008; 74 FR 2901, Jan. 16, 2009; 81 FR 47720, July 22, 2016; 80 FR 63704, Oct. 21, 2015; 86 FR 57068, Oct. 14, 2021]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5299, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.101 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 86 FR 57068, Oct. 14, 2021, the suspension was lifted and amendments were made to § 365.101. In that same document, § 365.101 was again suspended indefinitely.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.101T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.101T   Applications governed by these rules.</HEAD>
<P>These rules govern the handling of applications for operating authority of the following type:
</P>
<P>(a) Applications for certificates and permits to operate as a motor common or contract carrier of property or passengers.
</P>
<P>(b) Applications for permits to operate as a freight forwarder.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) Applications for licenses to operate as a broker of motor vehicle transportation.
</P>
<P>(e) Applications for certificates under 49 U.S.C. 13902(b)(3) to operate as a motor carrier of passengers in intrastate commerce over regular routes if such intrastate transportation is to be provided on a route over which the carrier provides interstate transportation of passengers.
</P>
<P>(f) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(g) Applications for temporary motor carrier authority.
</P>
<P>(h) Applications for Mexico-domiciled motor carriers to operate in foreign commerce as for-hire or private motor carriers of property (including exempt items) between Mexico and all points in the United States. A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier may not provide point-to-point transportation services, including express delivery services, within the United States for goods other than international cargo.


</P>
<P>(i) Applications for non-North America-domiciled motor carriers to operate in foreign commerce as for-hire motor carriers of property and passengers within the United States.
</P>
<P>(j) The rules in this part do not apply to “pipeline welding trucks” as defined in 49 CFR 390.38(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5299, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 86 FR 57068, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.102-365.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.102-365.103   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5299, Jan. 17, 2017, §§ 365.102 and 365.103 were suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>

<DIV8 N="§ 365.103T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.103T   Modified procedure.</HEAD>
<P>The FMCSA will handle licensing application proceedings using the modified procedure, if possible. The applicant and protestants send statements made under oath (verified statements) to each other and to the FMCSA. There are no personal appearances or formal hearings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5299, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.104" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.104   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5299, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.104 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>

<DIV8 N="§ 365.105" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.105   Starting the application process: Form MCSA-1.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each applicant must apply for operating authority by electronically filing Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, to request authority pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 13902, 13903 or 13904 to operate as a:
</P>
<P>(1) Motor carrier of property or passengers,
</P>
<P>(2) Broker of general commodities or household goods, or
</P>
<P>(3) Freight forwarder of general commodities or household goods.
</P>
<P>(b) Obtain forms at a FMCSA Division Office in each State or at one of the FMCSA Service Centers. Addresses and phone numbers for the Division Offices and Service Centers can be found at: <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/mission/field-offices.</I> The forms and information about filing procedures can be downloaded at: <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/registration/registration-forms.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) Form MCSA-1 is the URS online application and is available, including complete instructions, from the FMCSA website at <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63704, Oct. 21, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 68344, Oct. 4, 2016; 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5299, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.105 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023, the suspension was lifted, § 365.105 was amended, and the section was again suspended indefinitely.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.105T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.105T   Starting the application process: Form OP-1.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Each applicant must file the appropriate form in the OP-1 series. Form OP-1 must be filed when requesting authority to operate as a motor property carrier, a broker of general freight, or a broker of household goods; Form OP-1(P) must be filed when requesting authority to operate as a motor passenger carrier; Form OP-1(FF) must be filed when requesting authority to operate as a freight forwarder; Form OP-1(MX) must be filed by a Mexico-domiciled motor property, including household goods, carrier, or a motor passenger carrier requesting authority to operate within the United States; and effective December 16, 2009.
</P>
<P>(2) Form OP-1(NNA) must be filed by a non-North America-domiciled motor property, including household goods, carrier or a motor passenger carrier requesting authority to operate within the United States. A separate filing fee in the amount set forth at 49 CFR 360.3T(f)(1) is required for each type of authority sought.
</P>
<P>(b) Obtain forms at a FMCSA Division Office in each State or at one of the FMCSA Service Centers. Addresses and phone numbers for the Division Offices and Service Centers can be found at: <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/mission/field-offices.</I> The forms and information about filing procedures can be downloaded at: <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/registration/registration-forms.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5299, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.106T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.106T   Starting the application process: URS online application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding § 365.105T, new applicants as defined in paragraph (b) of this section must apply for a USDOT number and if applicable, operating authority by electronically filing Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, to request authority pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 13902, 13903, or 13904 to operate as a:
</P>
<P>(1) Motor carrier of property (not household goods), property (household goods) or passengers;
</P>
<P>(2) Broker of general commodities or household goods; or
</P>
<P>(3) Freight forwarder of general commodities or household goods.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, a “new applicant” is an entity applying for a USDOT number and if applicable, operating authority who does not at the time of application have an active registration or USDOT, Motor Carrier (MC), Mexico owned or controlled (MX) or Freight Forwarder (FF) number, and who has never had an active registration or USDOT, MC, MX, or FF number.
</P>
<P>(c) Form MCSA-1 is the URS online application, and both the application and its instructions are available from the FMCSA website at <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5299, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.106" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.106   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5299, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.106 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>

<DIV8 N="§ 365.107" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.107   Types of applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Fitness applications.</I> Motor property applications and certain types of motor passenger applications require the finding that the applicant is fit, willing and able to perform the involved operations and to comply with all applicable statutory and regulatory provisions. These applications can be opposed only on the grounds that applicant is not fit [e.g., is not in compliance with applicable financial responsibility and safety fitness requirements]. These applications are:
</P>
<P>(1) Motor carrier of property (except household goods).
</P>
<P>(2) Broker of general commodities or household goods.
</P>
<P>(3) Certain types of motor carrier of passenger applications as described in Form MCSA-1.
</P>
<P>(b) Motor carrier of passenger “public interest” applications as described in Form MCSA-1.
</P>
<P>(c) Intrastate motor passenger applications under 49 U.S.C. 13902(b)(3) as described in Form MCSA-1.
</P>
<P>(d) Motor carrier of household goods applications, including Mexico- or non-North America-domiciled carrier applicants. In addition to meeting the fitness standard under paragraph (a) of this section, an applicant seeking authority to operate as a motor carrier of household goods must:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide evidence of participation in an arbitration program and provide a copy of the notice of the arbitration program as required by 49 U.S.C. 14708(b)(2);
</P>
<P>(2) Identify its tariff and provide a copy of the notice of the availability of that tariff for inspection as required by 49 U.S.C. 13702(c);
</P>
<P>(3) Provide evidence that it has access to, has read, is familiar with, and will observe all applicable Federal laws relating to consumer protection, estimating, consumers' rights and responsibilities, and options for limitations of liability for loss and damage; and
</P>
<P>(4) Disclose any relationship involving common stock, common ownership, common management, or common familial relationships between the applicant and any other motor carrier, freight forwarder, or broker of household goods within 3 years of the proposed date of registration.
</P>
<P>(e) Temporary authority (TA) for motor carriers. These applications require a finding that there is or soon will be an immediate transportation need that cannot be met by existing carrier service.
</P>
<P>(1) Applications for TA will be entertained only when an emergency declaration has been made pursuant to § 390.23 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Temporary authority must be requested by filing Form MCSA-1.
</P>
<P>(3) Applications for temporary authority are not subject to protest.
</P>
<P>(4) Motor carriers granted temporary authority must comply with financial responsibility requirements under part 387 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(5) Only a U.S.-domiciled motor carrier is eligible to receive temporary authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63704, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5299, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.107 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.107T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.107T   Types of applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Fitness applications.</I> Motor property applications and certain types of motor passenger applications require only the finding that the applicant is fit, willing and able to perform the involved operations and to comply with all applicable statutory and regulatory provisions. These applications can be opposed only on the grounds that applicant is not fit [<I>e.g.,</I> is not in compliance with applicable financial responsibility and safety fitness requirements]. These applications are:
</P>
<P>(1) Motor common and contract carrier of property (except household goods), Mexican motor property carriers that perform private carriage and transport exempt items, and motor contract carrier of passengers transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) Motor carrier brokerage of general commodities (except household goods).
</P>
<P>(3) Certain types of motor passenger applications as described in Form OP-1 (P).
</P>
<P>(b) Motor passenger “public interest” applications as described in Form OP-1 (P).
</P>
<P>(c) Intrastate motor passenger applications under 49 U.S.C. 13902(b)(3) as described in Form OP-1, Schedule B.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motor common carrier of household goods applications, including Mexican carrier applicants.</I> These applications require a finding that:
</P>
<P>(1) The applicant is fit, willing, and able to provide the involved transportation and to comply with all applicable statutory and regulatory provisions; and
</P>
<P>(2) The service proposed will serve a useful public purpose, responsive to a public demand or need.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Motor contract carrier of household goods, household goods property broker, and freight forwarder applications.</I> These applications require a finding that:
</P>
<P>(1) The applicant is fit, willing, and able to provide the involved transportation and to comply with all applicable statutory and regulatory provisions; and
</P>
<P>(2) The transportation to be provided will be consistent with the public interest and the national transportation policy of 49 U.S.C. 13101.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Temporary authority (TA) for motor carriers.</I> These applications require a finding that there is or soon will be an immediate transportation need that cannot be met by existing carrier service.
</P>
<P>(g) In view of the expedited time frames established in this part for processing requests for permanent authority, applications for TA will be entertained only in exceptional circumstances (<I>i.e.,</I> natural disasters or national emergencies) when evidence of immediate service need can be specifically documented in a narrative supplement appended to Form OP-1 for motor property carriers, Form OP-1MX for Mexican property carriers and, Form OP-1(P) for motor passenger carriers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5299, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 91 FR 7859, Feb. 19, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.108" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.108   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5299, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.108 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>

<DIV8 N="§ 365.109" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.109   FMCSA review of the application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FMCSA staff will review the application for correctness, completeness, and adequacy of the evidence (the <I>prima facie</I> case).
</P>
<P>(1) Minor errors will be corrected without notification to the applicant.
</P>
<P>(2) Materially incomplete applications will be rejected. Applications that are in substantial compliance with these rules may be accepted.
</P>
<P>(3) All motor carrier applications will be reviewed for consistency with the FMCSA's operational safety fitness policy. Applicants with “Unsatisfactory” safety fitness ratings from DOT will have their applications rejected.
</P>
<P>(4) FMCSA staff will review completed applications that conform with the FMCSA's safety fitness policy and that are accompanied by evidence of adequate financial responsibility.
</P>
<P>(5) All applicants must file the appropriate evidence of financial responsibility pursuant to 49 CFR part 387 within 90 days from the date notice of the application is published in the FMCSA Register:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Form BMC-91 or 91X or BMC 82 surety bond</I>—Bodily injury and property damage (motor property and passenger carriers; and freight forwarders that provide pickup or delivery service directly or by using a local delivery service under their control),
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Form BMC-84</I>—Surety bond or <I>Form BMC-85</I>—trust fund agreement (property brokers of general commodities and household goods).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Form BMC-34 or BMC 83 surety bond</I>—Cargo liability (household goods motor carriers and household goods freight forwarders).
</P>
<P>(6) Applicants also must submit Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders—within 90 days from the date notice of the application is published in the FMCSA Register.</P>
<P>(7) Applicants seeking to conduct operations for which tariffs are required may not commence such operations until tariffs are in effect.
</P>
<P>(8) All applications must be completed in English.
</P>
<P>(b) A summary of the application will be published in the FMCSA Register to give notice to the public in case anyone wishes to oppose the application.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63728, Dec. 9, 1994, as amended at 60 FR 63981, Dec. 13, 1995; 67 FR 61820, Oct. 2, 2002; 75 FR 35328, June 22, 2010; 81 FR 63704, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5299, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.109 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.109T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.109T   FMCSA review of the application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FMCSA staff will review the application for correctness, completeness, and adequacy of the evidence (the <I>prima facie</I> case).
</P>
<P>(1) Minor errors will be corrected without notification to the applicant.
</P>
<P>(2) Materially incomplete applications will be rejected. Applications that are in substantial compliance with these rules may be accepted.
</P>
<P>(3) All motor carrier applications will be reviewed for consistency with the FMCSA's operational safety fitness policy. Applicants with “Unsatisfactory” safety fitness ratings from DOT will have their applications rejected.
</P>
<P>(4) FMCSA staff will review completed applications that conform with the FMCSA's safety fitness policy and that are accompanied by evidence of adequate financial responsibility.
</P>
<P>(5) Financial responsibility is indicated by filing within 20 days from the date an application notice is published in the <I>FMCSA Register:</I>
</P>
<P>(i) Form BMC-91 or 91X or BMC 82 surety bond—Bodily injury and property damage (motor property and passenger carriers; household goods freight forwarders that provide pickup or delivery service directly or by using a local delivery service under their control).
</P>
<P>(ii) Form BMC-84—Surety bond or Form BMC-85—trust fund agreement (property brokers of general commodities and household goods).
</P>
<P>(iii) Form BMC 34 or BMC 83 surety bond—Cargo liability (household goods motor carriers and household goods freight forwarders).
</P>
<P>(6) Applicants also must submit Form BOC-3—designation of legal process agents—within 20 days from the date an application notice is published in the <I>FMCSA Register.</I>
</P>
<P>(7) Applicants seeking to conduct operations for which tariffs are required may not commence such operations until tariffs are in effect.
</P>
<P>(8) All applications must be completed in English.
</P>
<P>(b) A summary of the application will be published as a preliminary grant of authority in the <I>FMCSA Register</I> to give notice to the public in case anyone wishes to oppose the application.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.110" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.110   Need to complete New Entrant Safety Assurance Program.</HEAD>
<P>For motor carriers operating commercial motor vehicles as defined in 49 U.S.C. 31132, operating authority obtained under procedures in this part does not become permanent until the applicant satisfactorily completes the New Entrant Safety Assurance Program in part 385 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63705, Oct. 21, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.111" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.111   Appeals to rejections of the application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An applicant has the right to appeal rejection of the application. The appeal must be filed at the FMCSA, Office of Registration and Safety Information, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590, within 10 days of the date of the letter of rejection.
</P>
<P>(b) If the appeal is successful and the filing is found to be proper, the application shall be deemed to have been properly filed as of the decision date of the appeal.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63728, Dec. 9, 1994, as amended at 80 FR 63705, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.111 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.111T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.111T   Appeals to rejections of the application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An applicant has the right to appeal rejection of the application. The appeal must be filed at the FMCSA within 10 days of the date of the letter of rejection.
</P>
<P>(b) If the appeal is successful and the filing is found to be proper, the application shall be deemed to have been properly filed as of the decision date of the appeal.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.113" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.113   Changing the request for authority or filing supplementary evidence after the application is filed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Once the application is filed, the applicant may supplement evidence only with approval of the FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(b) Amendments to the application generally are not permitted, but in appropriate instances may be entertained at the discretion of the FMCSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.115" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.115   After publication in the FMCSA Register.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Interested persons have 10 days from the date of <I>FMCSA Register</I> publication to file protests. See Subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) If no one opposes the application, the grant published in the <I>FMCSA Register</I> will become effective by issuance of a certificate, permit, or license.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.117" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.117   Obtaining a copy of the application.</HEAD>
<P>After publication, interested persons may request a copy of the application by contacting the FMCSA-designated contract agent (as identified in the <I>FMCSA Register</I>).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.119" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.119   Opposed applications.</HEAD>
<P>If the application is opposed, opposing parties are required to send a copy of their protest to the applicant and to FMCSA. All protests must include statements made under oath (verified statements). There are no personal appearances or formal hearings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63705, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.119 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.119T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.119T   Opposed applications.</HEAD>
<P>If the application is opposed, opposing parties are required to send a copy of their protest to the applicant
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.121" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.121   Filing a reply statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the application is opposed, applicant may file a reply statement. This statement is due within 20 days after <I>FMCSA Register</I> publication.
</P>
<P>(b) The reply statement may not contain new evidence. It shall only rebut or further explain matters previously raised.
</P>
<P>(c) The reply statement need not be notarized or verified. Applicant understands that the oath in the application form applies to all evidence submitted in the application. Separate legal arguments by counsel need not be notarized or verified.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.123" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.1.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.123   Applicant withdrawal.</HEAD>
<P>If the applicant wishes to withdraw an application, it shall request dismissal in writing.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—How To Oppose Requests for Authority</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.201   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>A person wishing to oppose a request for operating authority files a <I>protest.</I> A person filing a valid protest is known as a <I>protestant.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 63705, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.201 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.201T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.201T   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>A person wishing to oppose a request for permanent authority files a protest. A person filing a valid protest becomes a <I>protestant.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.203" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.203   Time for filing.</HEAD>
<P>A protest shall be filed (received at the FMCSA, Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS), 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590) within 10 days after notice of the application appears in the FMCSA Register. A copy of the protest shall be sent to applicant's representative at the same time. Failure timely to file a protest waives further participation in the proceeding 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63705, Oct. 21, 2015, as amended at 84 FR 51432, Sept. 30, 2019]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.203 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 84 FR 51432, Sept. 30, 2019, the suspension was lifted and amendments were made to § 365.203. In that same document, § 365.203 was again suspended indefinitely.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.203T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.203T   Time for filing.</HEAD>
<P>A protest shall be filed (received at the FMCSA, Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS), 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590) within 10 days after notice of the application appears in the FMCSA Register. A copy of the protest shall be sent to applicant's representative at the same time. Failure timely to file a protest waives further participation in the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 51432, Sept. 30, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.205   Contents of the protest.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All information upon which the protestant plans to rely is put into the protest.
</P>
<P>(b) A protest must be verified, as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I, ____________________, verify under penalty of perjury under laws of the United States of America, that the information above is true and correct. Further, I certify that I am qualified and authorized to file this protest. (<I>See</I> 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 18 U.S.C. 1621 for penalties.)
</P>
<FP>(Signature and Date)</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) A protest not in substantial compliance with applicable statutory standards or these rules may be rejected.
</P>
<P>(d) Protests must respond directly to the statutory standards for FMCSA review of the application. As these standards vary for particular types of applications, potential protestants should refer to the general criteria addressed at § 365.107 and may consult the FMCSA at 800-832-5660 or via the web form at <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/ask</I> for further assistance in developing their evidence.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63728, Dec. 9, 1994. Redesignated at 61 FR 54707, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 49940, Sept. 24, 1997; 81 FR 68344, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.207" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.207   Withdrawal.</HEAD>
<P>A protestant wishing to withdraw from a proceeding shall inform the FMCSA and applicant in writing.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—General Rules Governing the Application Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.301" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.301   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.301 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>

<DIV8 N="§ 365.301T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.301T   Applicable rules.</HEAD>
<P>Generally, all application proceedings are governed by the FMCSA's Rules of Practice at part 386 of this chapter except as designated below.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.303" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.303   Contacting another party.</HEAD>
<P>When a person wishes to contact a party or serve a pleading or letter on that party, it shall do so through its representative. The phone and FAX numbers and address of applicant's representative shall be listed in the <I>FMCSA Register.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.305" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.305   Serving copies of pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An applicant must serve all pleadings and letters on the FMCSA and all known participants in the proceeding, except that a reply to a motion need only be served on the moving party.
</P>
<P>(b) A protestant need serve only the FMCSA and applicant with pleadings or letters.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.307" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.307   Replies to motions.</HEAD>
<P>Replies to motions filed under this part are due within 5 days of the date the motion is filed at the FMCSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.309" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.309   FAX filings.</HEAD>
<P>FAX filings of applications and supporting evidence are not permitted. To assist parties in meeting the expedited time frames established for protesting an application, however, the FMCSA will accept FAX filings of protests and any reply or rebuttal evidence. FAX filings of these pleadings must be followed by the original document, plus one copy for FMCSA recordkeeping purposes.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Transfers of Operating Authority</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>80 FR 63705, Oct. 21, 2015, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 365.401" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.401   Scope of rules.</HEAD>
<P>The rules in this subpart define the procedures for motor carriers, property brokers, and freight forwarders to report to FMCSA transactions that result in the transfer of operating authority and are not subject to approval by the U.S. Surface Transportation Board under 49 U.S.C. 14303.
</P>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023, § 365.401 was suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 17, 2023.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.401T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.401T   Scope of rules.</HEAD>
<P>These rules define the procedures that enable motor passenger and property carriers, property brokers, and household goods freight forwarders to obtain approval from the FMCSA to merge, transfer, or lease their operating rights in financial transactions not subject to 49 U.S.C. 11343. Transactions covered by these rules are governed by 49 U.S.C. 10321 and 10926. The filing fee is set forth at 49 CFR 360.3T(f)(8).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.403" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.403   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this subpart, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Transfer.</I> A transfer means any transaction in which an operating authority issued to one person is taken over by another person or persons who assume legal responsibility for the operations. Such transactions include a purchase of all or some of the assets of a company, a merger of two or more companies, or acquisition of controlling interest in a company through a purchase of company stock.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Operating authority.</I> Operating authority means a registration required by 49 U.S.C. 13902 issued to motor carriers; 49 U.S.C. 13903 issued to freight forwarders; and 49 U.S.C. 13904 issued to brokers.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Person.</I> An individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, or other form of business, or a trustee, receiver, assignee, or personal representative of any of these entities.
</P>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023, § 365.403 was suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 17, 2023.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.403T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.403T   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Transfer.</I> (1) Transfers include all transactions (<I>i.e.,</I> the sale or lease of interstate operating rights, or the merger of two or more carriers or a carrier into a noncarrier) subject to 49 U.S.C. 10926, as well as the sale of property brokers' licenses under 49 U.S.C. 10321.
</P>
<P>(2) The execution of a chattel mortgage, deed of trust, or other similar document does not constitute a transfer or require FMCSA's approval. However, a foreclosure for the purpose of transferring an operating right to satisfy a judgment or claim against the record holder may not be effected without approval of FMCSA.</P>
<P>(b) <I>Operating rights.</I> Operating rights include:
</P>
<P>(1) Certificates and permits issued to motor carriers;
</P>
<P>(2) Permits issued to freight forwarders;
</P>
<P>(3) Licenses issued to property brokers; and
</P>
<P>(4) Certificates of Registration issued to motor carriers. The term also includes authority held by virtue of the gateway elimination regulations published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> as letter-notices.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certificate of registration.</I> The evidence of a motor carrier's right to engage in interstate or foreign commerce within a single State is established by a corresponding State certificate.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Person.</I> An individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, or other form of business, or a trustee, receiver, assignee, or personal representative of any of these.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Record holder.</I> The person shown on the records of the FMCSA as the legal owner of the operating rights.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Control.</I> A relationship between persons that includes actual control, legal control, and the power to exercise control, through or by common directors, officers, stockholders, a voting trust, a holding or investment company, or any other means.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Category 1 transfers.</I> Transactions in which the person to whom the operating rights would be transferred is not an FMCSA carrier and is not affiliated with any FMCSA carrier.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Category 2 transfers.</I> Transactions in which the person to whom the operating rights would be transferred is an FMCSA carrier and/or is affiliated with an FMCSA carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 22873, May 17, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.405" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.405   Reporting requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every transfer of operating authority from one person to another person must be reported by both the transferee and transferor using the URS online application, Form MCSA-1, (available at <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs</I>) in accordance with § 390.201(d)(5) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The following information must be furnished:
</P>
<P>(1) Full name, address and USDOT Numbers of the transferee and transferor.
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the operating authority being transferred.
</P>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023, § 365.405 was suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 17, 2023.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.405T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.405T   Applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedural requirements.</I> (1) At least 10 days before consummation, an original and two copies of a properly completed Form OP-FC-1 and any attachments (see paragraph (b)(1)(viii) of this section) must be filed with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS), 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(2) At any time after the expiration of the 10-day waiting period, applicants may consummate the transaction, subject to the subsequent approval of the application by the FMCSA, as described below. The transferee may commence operations under the rights acquired from the transferor upon its compliance with the FMCSA's regulations governing insurance, and process agents. See 49 CFR parts 387, subpart C, and 366, respectively. In the alternative, applicants may wait until the FMCSA has issued a decision on their application before transferring the operating rights. If the transferee wants the transferor's operating authority to be reissued in its name, it should furnish the FMCSA with a statement executed by both transferor and transferee indicating that the transaction has been consummated. Authority will not be reissued until after the FMCSA has approved the transaction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information required.</I> (1) In category 1 and category 2 transfers, applicants must furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Full name, address, and signatures of the transferee and transferor.
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of the transferor's operating authority involved in the transfer proceeding.
</P>
<P>(iii) A short summary of the essential terms of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(iv) If relevant, the status of proceedings for the transfer of State certificate(s) corresponding to the Certificates of Registration being transferred.
</P>
<P>(v) A statement as to whether the transfer will or will not significantly affect the quality of the human environment.
</P>
<P>(vi) Certification by transferor and transferee of their current respective safety ratings by the United States Department of Transportation (<I>i.e.,</I> satisfactory, conditional, unsatisfactory, or unrated).
</P>
<P>(vii) Certification by the transferee that it has sufficient insurance coverage under 49 U.S.C. 13906 for the service it intends to provide.
</P>
<P>(viii) Information to demonstrate that the proposed transaction is consistent with the national transportation policy and satisfies the criteria for approval set forth at § 365.409T. (Such information may be appended to the application form and, if provided, would be embraced by the oath and verification contained on that form.)
</P>
<P>(ix) If motor carrier operating rights are being transferred, certification by the transferee that it is not domiciled in Mexico nor owned or controlled by persons of that country.
</P>
<P>(2) Category 2 applicants must also submit the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(i) Name(s) of the carrier(s), if any, with which the transferee is affiliated.
</P>
<P>(ii) Aggregate revenues of the transferor, transferee, and their carrier affiliates from interstate transportation sources for a 1-year period ending not earlier than 6 months before the date of the agreement of the parties concerning the transaction. If revenues exceed $2 million, the transfer may be subject to 49 U.S.C. 14303 rather than these rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.407T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.4.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.407T   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>The FMCSA will give notice of approved transfer applications through publication in the <I>FMCSA Register.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.409T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.4.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.409T   FMCSA action and criteria for approval.</HEAD>
<P>A transfer will be approved under this section if:
</P>
<P>(a) The transaction is not subject to 49 U.S.C. 14303; and
</P>
<P>(b) The transaction is consistent with the public interest; however,
</P>
<P>(c) If the transferor or transferee has an “Unsatisfactory” safety fitness rating from DOT, the transfer may be denied. If an application is denied, the FMCSA will set forth the basis for its action in a decision or letter notice. If parties with “Unsatisfactory” safety fitness ratings consummate a transaction pursuant to the 10-day rule at § 365.405T prior to the notification of FMCSA action, they do so at their own risk and subject to any conditions we may impose subsequently. Transactions that have been consummated but later are denied by the FMCSA are null and void and must be rescinded. Similarly, if applications contain false or misleading information, they are void <I>ab initio.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.411T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.4.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.411T   Responsive pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Protests must be filed within 20 days after the date of publication of an approved transfer application in the <I>FMCSA Register.</I> Protests received prior to the notice will be rejected. Applicants may respond within 20 days after the due date of protests. Petitions for reconsideration of decisions denying applications must be filed within 20 days after the date of service of such decisions.
</P>
<P>(b) Protests and petitions for reconsideration must be filed with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS), 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001, and be served on appropriate parties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.413T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.4.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.413T   Procedures for changing the name or business form of a motor carrier, freight forwarder, or property broker.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> These procedures apply in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) A change in the form of a business, such as the incorporation of a partnership or sole proprietorship;
</P>
<P>(2) A change in the legal name of a corporation or partnership or change in the trade name or assumed name of any entity;
</P>
<P>(3) A transfer of operating rights from a deceased or incapacitated spouse to the other spouse;
</P>
<P>(4) A reincorporation and merger for the purpose of effecting a name change;
</P>
<P>(5) An amalgamation or consolidation of a carrier and a noncarrier into a new carrier having a different name from either of the predecessor entities; and
</P>
<P>(6) A change in the State of incorporation accomplished by dissolving the corporation in one State and reincorporating in another State.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedures.</I> To accomplish these changes, a letter or signed copy of form MCSA-5889, “Motor Carrier Records Change Form,” OMB No. 2126-0060, must be submitted to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration. It must be submitted in one of the following three ways.
</P>
<P>(1) Scanned and submitted via the web form at <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/ask;</I>
</P>
<P>(2) Faxed to (202-366-3477); or
</P>
<P>(3) Mailed to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS), 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. The envelope should be marked “NAME CHANGE”.
</P>
<P>(c) The registrant must provide:
</P>
<P>(1) The docket number(s) and name of the carrier, freight forwarder, or property broker requesting the change;
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the articles of incorporation and the State certificate reflecting the incorporation;
</P>
<P>(3) The name(s) of the owner(s) of the stock and the distribution of the shares;
</P>
<P>(4) The names of the officers and directors of the corporation; and
</P>
<P>(5) A statement that there is no change in the ownership, management, or control of the business. When this procedure is being used to transfer operating rights from a deceased or incapacitated spouse to the other spouse, documentation that the other spouse has the legal right to effect such change must be included with the request. The fee for filing a name change request is in § 360.3T(f) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5300, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Special Rules for Certain Mexico-domiciled Carriers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 12714, Mar. 19, 2002, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 365.501" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.501   Scope of rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rules in this subpart govern the application by a Mexico-domiciled motor carrier to provide transportation of property or passengers in interstate commerce between Mexico and points in the United States beyond the municipalities and commercial zones along the United States-Mexico international border. 
</P>
<P>(b) A Mexico-domiciled carrier may not provide point-to-point transportation services, including express delivery services, within the United States for goods other than international cargo. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.503" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.503   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each applicant applying under this subpart must submit an application that consists of: 
</P>
<P>(1) Form OP-1 (MX)—Application to Register Mexican Carriers for Motor Carrier Authority To Operate Beyond U.S. Municipalities and Commercial Zones on the U.S.-Mexico Border; 
</P>
<P>(2) Form MCS-150—Motor Carrier Identification Report; and 
</P>
<P>(3) A notification of the means used to designate process agents, either by submission in the application package of Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents-Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders or a letter stating that the applicant will use a process agent service that will submit the Form BOC-3 electronically. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) will only process your application if it meets the following conditions: 
</P>
<P>(1) The application must be completed in English; 
</P>
<P>(2) The information supplied must be accurate, complete, and include all required supporting documents and applicable certifications in accordance with the instructions to Form OP-1 (MX), Form MCS-150, and Form BOC-3; 
</P>
<P>(3) The application must include the filing fee payable to the FMCSA in the amount set forth at 49 CFR 360.3(f)(1); and 
</P>
<P>(4) The application must be signed by the applicant. 
</P>
<P>(c) You must submit the application to the address provided in Form OP-1(MX). 
</P>
<P>(d) You may obtain the application forms from any FMCSA Division Office or download them from the FMCSA website at: <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/mission/forms.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 12714, Mar. 19, 2002, as amended at 80 FR 59071, Oct. 1, 2015; 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.505" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.505   Re-registration and fee waiver for certain applicants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you filed an application using Form OP-1(MX) before May 3, 2002, you are required to file a new Form OP-1(MX). You do not need to submit a new fee when you file a new application under this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(b) If you hold a Certificate of Registration issued before April 18, 2002, authorizing operations beyond the municipalities along the United States-Mexico border and beyond the commercial zones of such municipalities, you are required to file an OP-1(MX) if you want to continue those operations. You do not need to submit a fee when you file an application under this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(1) You must file the application by November 4, 2003. 
</P>
<P>(2) The FMCSA may suspend or revoke the Certificate of Registration of any applicable holder that fails to comply with the procedures set forth in this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) Certificates of Registration issued before April 18, 2002, will remain valid until the FMCSA acts on the OP-1(MX) application. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 12714, Mar. 19, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 56198, Sept. 30, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.507" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.507   FMCSA action on the application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The FMCSA will review and act on each application submitted under this subpart in accordance with the procedures set out in this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) The FMCSA will validate the accuracy of information and certifications provided in the application by checking data maintained in databases of the governments of Mexico and the United States. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pre-authorization safety audit.</I> Every Mexico-domiciled carrier that applies under this part must satisfactorily complete an FMCSA-administered safety audit before FMCSA will grant provisional operating authority to operate in the United States. The safety audit is a review by the FMCSA of the carrier's written procedures and records to validate the accuracy of information and certifications provided in the application and determine whether the carrier has established or exercises the basic safety management controls necessary to ensure safe operations. The FMCSA will evaluate the results of the safety audit using the criteria in Appendix A to this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(d) If a carrier successfully completes the pre-authorization safety audit and the FMCSA approves its application submitted under this subpart, FMCSA will publish a summary of the application as a preliminary grant of authority in the FMCSA Register to give notice to the public in case anyone wishes to oppose the application, as required in § 365.109(b) of this part. 
</P>
<P>(e) If the FMCSA grants provisional operating authority to the applicant, it will assign a distinctive USDOT Number that identifies the motor carrier as authorized to operate beyond the municipalities in the United States on the U.S.-Mexico international border and beyond the commercial zones of such municipalities. In order to operate in the United States, a Mexico-domiciled motor carrier with provisional operating authority must: 
</P>
<P>(1) Have its surety or insurance provider file proof of financial responsibility in the form of certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and endorsements, as required by § 387.301 of this subchapter; 
</P>
<P>(2) Electronically file, or have its process agent(s) electronically file, Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders, as required by part 366 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(3) Comply with all provisions of the safety monitoring system in subpart B of part 385 of this subchapter, including successfully passing CVSA Level I inspections at least every 90 days and having decals affixed to each commercial motor vehicle operated in the United States as required by § 385.103(c) of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(f) The FMCSA may grant permanent operating authority to a Mexico-domiciled carrier no earlier than 18 months after the date that provisional operating authority is granted and only after successful completion to the satisfaction of the FMCSA of the safety monitoring system for Mexico-domiciled carriers set out in subpart B of part 385 of this subchapter. Successful completion includes obtaining a satisfactory safety rating as the result of a compliance review. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 12714, Mar. 19, 2002, as amended at 80 FR 63705, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5302, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.507 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.507T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.507T   FMCSA action on the application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The FMCSA will review and act on each application submitted under this subpart in accordance with the procedures set out in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The FMCSA will validate the accuracy of information and certifications provided in the application by checking data maintained in databases of the governments of Mexico and the United States.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pre-authorization safety audit.</I> Every Mexico-domiciled carrier that applies under this part must satisfactorily complete an FMCSA-administered safety audit before FMCSA will grant provisional operating authority to operate in the United States. The safety audit is a review by the FMCSA of the carrier's written procedures and records to validate the accuracy of information and certifications provided in the application and determine whether the carrier has established or exercises the basic safety management controls necessary to ensure safe operations. The FMCSA will evaluate the results of the safety audit using the criteria in appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) If a carrier successfully completes the pre-authorization safety audit and the FMCSA approves its application submitted under this subpart, FMCSA will publish a summary of the application as a preliminary grant of authority in the <I>FMCSA Register</I> to give notice to the public in case anyone wishes to oppose the application, as required in § 365.109T(b).
</P>
<P>(e) If the FMCSA grants provisional operating authority to the applicant, it will assign a distinctive USDOT Number that identifies the motor carrier as authorized to operate beyond the municipalities in the United States on the U.S.-Mexico international border and beyond the commercial zones of such municipalities. In order to operate in the United States, a Mexico-domiciled motor carrier with provisional operating authority must:
</P>
<P>(1) Have its surety or insurance provider file proof of financial responsibility in the form of certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and endorsements, as required by § 387.301T of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) File a hard copy of, or have its process agent(s) electronically submit, Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents-Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders, as required by part 366 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(3) Comply with all provisions of the safety monitoring system in subpart B of part 385 of this subchapter, including successfully passing CVSA Level I inspections at least every 90 days and having decals affixed to each commercial motor vehicle operated in the United States as required by § 385.103(c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) The FMCSA may grant permanent operating authority to a Mexico-domiciled carrier no earlier than 18 months after the date that provisional operating authority is granted and only after successful completion to the satisfaction of the FMCSA of the safety monitoring system for Mexico-domiciled carriers set out in subpart B of part 385 of this subchapter. Successful completion includes obtaining a satisfactory safety rating as the result of a compliance review.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5302, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.509" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.509   Requirement to notify FMCSA of change in applicant information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A motor carrier subject to this subpart must notify FMCSA of any changes or corrections to the information in parts I, IA, or II of Form OP-1(MX), or in Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders, during the application process or after having been granted provisional operating authority. The carrier must notify FMCSA in writing within 30 days of the change or correction.
</P>
<P>(b) If a carrier fails to comply with paragraph (a) of this section, the FMCSA may suspend or revoke its operating authority until it meets those requirements. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 12714, Mar. 19, 2002, as amended at 80 FR 63705, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5302, Jan. 17, 2017, § 365.509 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.509T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.509T   Requirement to notify FMCSA of change in applicant information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A motor carrier subject to this subpart must notify the FMCSA of any changes or corrections to the information in parts I, IA or II submitted on the Form OP-1(MX) or the Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders during the application process or after having been granted provisional operating authority. The carrier must notify the FMCSA in writing within 45 days of the change or correction.
</P>
<P>(b) If a carrier fails to comply with paragraph (a) of this section, the FMCSA may suspend or revoke its operating authority until it meets those requirements
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5302, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 365.511" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.5.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 365.511   Requirement for CVSA inspection of vehicles during first three consecutive years of permanent operating authority.</HEAD>
<P>A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier granted permanent operating authority must have its vehicles inspected by Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance (CVSA)-certified inspectors every three months and display a current inspection decal attesting to the successful completion of such an inspection for at least three consecutive years after receiving permanent operating authority from the FMCSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.5.1.9.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart E of Part 365—Explanation of Pre-Authorization Safety Audit Evaluation Criteria for Mexico-Domiciled Motor Carriers
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. General
</HD1>
<P>(a) Section 350 of the Fiscal Year 2002 DOT Appropriations Act (Pub. L. 107-87) directed the FMCSA to perform a safety audit of each Mexico-domiciled motor carrier before the FMCSA grants the carrier provisional operating authority to operate beyond United States municipalities and commercial zones on the United States-Mexico international border. 
</P>
<P>(b) The FMCSA will decide whether it will conduct the safety audit at the Mexico-domiciled motor carrier's principal place of business in Mexico or at a location specified by the FMCSA in the United States, in accordance with the statutory requirements that 50 percent of all safety audits must be conducted onsite and on-site inspections cover at least 50 percent of estimated truck traffic in any year. All records and documents must be made available for examination within 48 hours after a request is made. Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays are excluded from the computation of the 48-hour period. 
</P>
<P>(c) The safety audit will include: 
</P>
<P>(1) Verification of available performance data and safety management programs; 
</P>
<P>(2) Verification of a controlled substances and alcohol testing program consistent with part 40 of this title; 
</P>
<P>(3) Verification of the carrier's system of compliance with hours-of-service rules in part 395 of this subchapter, including recordkeeping and retention; 
</P>
<P>(4) Verification of proof of financial responsibility; 
</P>
<P>(5) Review of available data concerning the carrier's safety history, and other information necessary to determine the carrier's preparedness to comply with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations, parts 382 through 399 of this subchapter, and the Federal Hazardous Material Regulations, parts 171 through 180 of this title; 
</P>
<P>(6) Inspection of available commercial motor vehicles to be used under provisional operating authority, if any of these vehicles have not received a decal required by § 385.103(c) of this subchapter; 
</P>
<P>(7) Evaluation of the carrier's safety inspection, maintenance, and repair facilities or management systems, including verification of records of periodic vehicle inspections; 
</P>
<P>(8) Verification of drivers' qualifications, including confirmation of the validity of the Licencia de Federal de Conductor of each driver the carrier intends to assign to operate under its provisional operating authority; and 
</P>
<P>(9) An interview of carrier officials to review safety management controls and evaluate any written safety oversight policies and practices. 
</P>
<P>(d) To successfully complete the safety audit, a Mexico-domiciled motor carrier must demonstrate to the FMCSA that it has the required elements in paragraphs (c)(2), (3), (4), (7), and (8) above and other basic safety management controls in place which function adequately to ensure minimum acceptable compliance with the applicable safety requirements. The FMCSA developed a “safety audit evaluation criteria,” which uses data from the safety audit and roadside inspections to determine that each applicant for provisional operating authority has basic safety management controls in place. 
</P>
<P>(e) The safety audit evaluation process developed by the FMCSA is used to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Evaluate basic safety management controls and determine if each Mexico-domiciled carrier and each driver is able to operate safely in the United States beyond municipalities and commercial zones on the United States-Mexico international border; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Identify motor carriers and drivers who are having safety problems and need improvement in their compliance with the FMCSRs and the HMRs, before FMCSA grants the carriers provisional operating authority to operate beyond United States municipalities and commercial zones on the United States-Mexico international border. 
</P>
<HD1>II. Source of the Data for the Safety Audit Evaluation Criteria 
</HD1>
<P>(a) The FMCSA's evaluation criteria are built upon the operational tool known as the safety audit. The FMCSA developed this tool to assist auditors and investigators in assessing the adequacy of a Mexico-domiciled carrier's basic safety management controls. 
</P>
<P>(b) The safety audit is a review of a Mexico-domiciled motor carrier's operation and is used to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Determine if a carrier has the basic safety management controls required by 49 U.S.C. 31144; 
</P>
<P>(2) Meet the requirements of section 350 of the DOT Appropriations Act; and 
</P>
<P>(3) In the event that a carrier is found not to be in compliance with applicable FMCSRs and HMRs, the safety audit can be used to educate the carrier on how to comply with U.S. safety rules. 
</P>
<P>(c) Documents such as those contained in driver qualification files, records of duty status, vehicle maintenance records, and other records are reviewed for compliance with the FMCSRs and HMRs. Violations are cited on the safety audit. Performance-based information, when available, is utilized to evaluate the carrier's compliance with the vehicle regulations. Recordable accident information is also collected. 
</P>
<HD1>III. Overall Determination of the Carrier's Basic Safety Management Controls 
</HD1>
<P>(a) The carrier will not be granted provisional operating authority if the FMCSA fails to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Verify a controlled substances and alcohol testing program consistent with part 40 of this title; 
</P>
<P>(2) Verify a system of compliance with hours-of-service rules of this subchapter, including recordkeeping and retention; 
</P>
<P>(3) Verify proof of financial responsibility; 
</P>
<P>(4) Verify records of periodic vehicle inspections; and 
</P>
<P>(5) Verify drivers' qualifications of each driver the carrier intends to assign to operate under such authority, as required by parts 383 and 391 of this subchapter, including confirming the validity of each driver's Licencia de Federal de Conductor. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the FMCSA confirms each item under III (a)(1) through (5) above, the carrier will be granted provisional operating authority, except if FMCSA finds the carrier has inadequate basic safety management controls in at least three separate factors described in part IV below. If FMCSA makes such a determination, the carrier's application for provisional operating authority will be denied. 
</P>
<HD1>IV. Evaluation of Regulatory Compliance 
</HD1>
<P>(a) During the safety audit, the FMCSA gathers information by reviewing a motor carrier's compliance with “acute” and “critical” regulations of the FMCSRs and HMRs. 
</P>
<P>(b) Acute regulations are those where noncompliance is so severe as to require immediate corrective actions by a motor carrier regardless of the overall basic safety management controls of the motor carrier. 
</P>
<P>(c) Critical regulations are those where noncompliance relates to management and/or operational controls. These are indicative of breakdowns in a carrier's management controls. 
</P>
<P>(d) The list of the acute and critical regulations, which are used in determining if a carrier has basic safety management controls in place, is included in Appendix B, VII. List of Acute and Critical Regulations to part 385 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(e) Noncompliance with acute and critical regulations are indicators of inadequate safety management controls and usually higher than average accident rates. 
</P>
<P>(f) Parts of the FMCSRs and the HMRs having similar characteristics are combined together into six regulatory areas called “factors.” The regulatory factors, evaluated on the adequacy of the carrier's safety management controls, are: 
</P>
<P>(1) Factor 1—General: Parts 387 and 390; 
</P>
<P>(2) Factor 2—Driver: Parts 382, 383 and 391; 
</P>
<P>(3) Factor 3—Operational: Parts 392 and 395; 
</P>
<P>(4) Factor 4—Vehicle: Part 393, 396 and inspection data for the last 12 months; 
</P>
<P>(5) Factor 5—Hazardous Materials: Parts 171, 177, 180 and 397; and 
</P>
<P>(6) Factor 6—Accident: Recordable Accident Rate per Million Miles. 
</P>
<P>(g) For each instance of noncompliance with an acute regulation, 1.5 points will be assessed. 
</P>
<P>(h) For each instance of noncompliance with a critical regulation, 1 point will be assessed. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Vehicle Factor.</I> (1) When at least three vehicle inspections are recorded in the Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS) during the twelve months before the safety audit or performed at the time of the review, the Vehicle Factor (part 396) will be evaluated on the basis of the Out-of-Service (OOS) rates and noncompliance with acute and critical regulations. The results of the review of the OOS rate will affect the Vehicle Factor as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) If the motor carrier has had at least three roadside inspections in the twelve months before the safety audit, and the vehicle OOS rate is 34 percent or higher, one point will be assessed against the carrier. That point will be added to any other points assessed for discovered noncompliance with acute and critical regulations of part 396 to determine the carrier's level of safety management control for that factor. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the motor carrier's vehicle OOS rate is less than 34 percent, or if there are less than three inspections, the determination of the carrier's level of safety management controls will only be based on discovered noncompliance with the acute and critical regulations of part 396. 
</P>
<P>(2) Over two million inspections occur on the roadside each year in the United States. This vehicle inspection information is retained in the MCMIS and is integral to evaluating motor carriers' ability to successfully maintain their vehicles, thus preventing them from being placed OOS during roadside inspections. Each safety audit will continue to have the requirements of part 396, Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance, reviewed as indicated by the above explanation. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Accident Factor.</I> (1) In addition to the five regulatory factors, a sixth factor is included in the process to address the accident history of the motor carrier. This factor is the recordable accident rate, which the carrier has experienced during the past 12 months. Recordable accident, as defined in 49 CFR 390.5, means an accident involving a commercial motor vehicle operating on a public road in interstate or intrastate commerce which results in a fatality; a bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or one or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident requiring the motor vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(2) Experience has shown that urban carriers, those motor carriers operating entirely within a radius of less than 100 air miles (normally urban areas), have a higher exposure to accident situations because of their environment and normally have higher accident rates. 
</P>
<P>(3) The recordable accident rate will be used in determining the carrier's basic safety management controls in Factor 6, Accident. It will be used only when a carrier incurs two or more recordable accidents within the 12 months before the safety audit. An urban carrier (a carrier operating entirely within a radius of 100 air miles) with a recordable rate per million miles greater than 1.7 will be deemed to have inadequate basic safety management controls for the accident factor. All other carriers with a recordable accident rate per million miles greater than 1.5 will be deemed to have inadequate basic safety management controls for the accident factor. The rates are the result of roughly doubling the United States national average accident rate in Fiscal Years 1994, 1995, and 1996. 
</P>
<P>(4) The FMCSA will continue to consider preventability when a new entrant contests the evaluation of the accident factor by presenting compelling evidence that the recordable rate is not a fair means of evaluating its accident factor. Preventability will be determined according to the following standard: “If a driver, who exercises normal judgment and foresight, could have foreseen the possibility of the accident that in fact occurred, and avoided it by taking steps within his/her control which would not have risked causing another kind of mishap, the accident was preventable.” 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Factor Ratings.</I> (1) The following table shows the five regulatory factors, parts of the FMCSRs and HMRs associated with each factor, and the accident factor. Each carrier's level of basic safety management controls with each factor is determined as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) Factor 1—General: Parts 390 and 387; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Factor 2—Driver: Parts 382, 383, and 391; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Factor 3—Operational: Parts 392 and 395; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Factor 4—Vehicle: Parts 393, 396 and the Out of Service Rate; 
</P>
<P>(v) Factor 5—Hazardous Materials: Part 171, 177, 180 and 397; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) Factor 6—Accident: Recordable Accident Rate per Million Miles; 
</P>
<P>(2) For paragraphs IV (k)(1)(i) through (v) (Factors 1 through 5), if the combined violations of acute and or critical regulations for each factor is equal to three or more points, the carrier is determined not to have basic safety management controls for that individual factor. 
</P>
<P>(3) For paragraphs IV (k)(1)(vi), if the recordable accident rate is greater than 1.7 recordable accidents per million miles for an urban carrier (1.5 for all other carriers), the carrier is determined to have inadequate basic safety management controls. 
</P>
<P>(l) Notwithstanding FMCSA verification of the items listed in part III (a)(1) through (5) above, if the safety audit determines the carrier has inadequate basic safety management controls in at least three separate factors described in part IV, the carrier's application for provisional operating authority will be denied. For example, FMCSA evaluates a carrier finding: 
</P>
<P>(1) One instance of noncompliance with a critical regulation in part 387 scoring one point for Factor 1; 
</P>
<P>(2) Two instances of noncompliance with acute regulations in part 382 scoring three points for Factor 2; 
</P>
<P>(3) Three instances of noncompliance with critical regulations in part 396 scoring three points for Factor 4; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Three instances of noncompliance with acute regulations in parts 171 and 397 scoring four and one-half (4.5) points for Factor 5. 
</P>
<P>Under this example, the carrier will not receive provisional operating authority because it scored three or more points for Factors 2, 4, and 5 and FMCSA determined the carrier had inadequate basic safety management controls in at least three separate factors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 12714, Mar. 19, 2002, as amended at 78 FR 58478, Sept. 24, 2013]




</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.7.7.1.1.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 365—Applicability of the Registration, Financial Responsibility, and Safety Regulations to Motor Carriers of Passengers
</HEAD>
<P>For additional guidance on the application of financial responsibility regulations to motor carriers of passengers, refer to appendix A to part 390 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 68371, Nov. 15, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="366" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 366—DESIGNATION OF PROCESS AGENT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 502, 503, 13303, 13304 and 13908; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>55 FR 11197, Mar. 27, 1990, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54707, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 366.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.8.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 366.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The rules in this part, relating to the filing of designations of persons upon whom court or Agency process may be served, apply to for-hire and private motor carriers, brokers, freight forwarders and, as of the moment of succession, their fiduciaries (as defined at 49 CFR 387.319(a)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63705, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017, § 366.1 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 366.1T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.8.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 366.1T   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>These rules, relating to the filing of designations of persons upon whom court process may be served, govern motor carriers and brokers and, as of the moment of succession, their fiduciaries (as defined at 49 CFR 387.319(a)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 366.2" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.8.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 366.2   Form of designation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Designations shall be made on Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders. Only one completed current form may be on file. It must include all States for which agent designations are required. One copy must be retained by the carrier, broker or freight forwarder at its principal place of business.
</P>
<P>(b) All Motor Carriers, Brokers, and Freight Forwarders that are registered with FMCSA on September 30, 2016 must file their Form BOC-3 designation by no later than April 14, 2017. All other Motor Carriers, Brokers, and Freight Forwarders must file the FORM BOC-3 designation at the time of their application for registration. Failure to file a designation in accordance with this paragraph will result in deactivation of the carrier's USDOT Number.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63705, Oct. 21, 2015; 81 FR 49554, July 28, 2016]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017, § 366.2 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 366.2T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.8.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 366.2T   Form of designation.</HEAD>
<P>Designations shall be made on Form BOC-3, <I>Designation of Agent for Service of Process.</I> Only one completed current form may be on file. It must include all States for which agent designations are required. One copy must be retained by the carrier or broker at its principal place of business.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 366.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.8.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 366.3   Eligible persons.</HEAD>
<P>All persons (as defined at 49 U.S.C. 13102(18)) designated as process agents must reside in or maintain an office in the State for which they are designated. If a State official is designated, evidence of his or her willingness to accept service of process must be furnished.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63705, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017, § 366.3 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 366.3T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.8.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 366.3T   Eligible persons.</HEAD>
<P>All persons (as defined at 49 U.S.C. 13102(18)) designated as process agents must reside in or maintain an office in the State for which they are designated. If a State official is designated, evidence of his or her willingness to accept service of process must be furnished.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 366.4" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.8.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 366.4   Required States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every motor carrier, except a motor carrier operating exclusively in Alaska or Hawaii, must designate process agents for all 48 contiguous States and the District of Columbia, unless its operating authority registration is limited to fewer than 48 States and DC. When a motor carrier's operating authority registration is limited to fewer than 48 States and DC, it must designate process agents for each State in which it is authorized to operate and for each State traversed during such operations. Every motor carrier operating in the United States in the course of transportation between points in a foreign country shall file a designation for each State traversed. Every motor carrier maintaining a principal place of business and operating exclusively in Alaska or Hawaii must designate a process agent for the State where operations are conducted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brokers.</I> Every broker shall make a designation for each State, including DC, in which its offices are located or in which contracts will be written.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Freight forwarders.</I> Every freight forwarder shall make a designation for each State, including DC, in which its offices are located or in which contracts will be written.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63706, Oct. 21, 2015; 81 FR 49554, July 28, 2016]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017, § 366.4 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 366.4T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.8.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 366.4T   Required States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Motor carriers.</I> Every motor carrier (of property or passengers) shall make a designation for each State in which it is authorized to operate and for each State traversed during such operations. Every motor carrier (including private carriers) operating in the United States in the course of transportation between points in a foreign country shall file a designation for each State traversed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brokers.</I> Every broker shall make a designation for each State in which its offices are located or in which contracts will be written.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 366.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.8.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 366.5   Blanket designations.</HEAD>
<P>Where an association or corporation has filed with the FMCSA a list of process agents for each State and DC (blanket agent), motor carriers, brokers and freight forwarders may make the required designations by using the following statement:
</P>
<P>I designate those persons named in the list of process agents on file with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-DASH>by</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<FP>(name of association or corporation)
</FP>
<FP>and any subsequently filed revisions thereof, for the States in which this carrier is or may be authorized to operate (or arrange) as an entity of motor vehicle transportation, including States traversed during such operations, except those States for which individual designations are named.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63706, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017, § 366.5 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 366.5T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.8.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 366.5T   Blanket designations.</HEAD>
<P>Where an association or corporation has filed with the FMCSA a list of process agents for each State, motor carriers may make the required designations by using the following statement:
</P>
<P>Those persons named in the list of process agents on file with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration by ________ (Name of association or corporation) and any subsequently filed revisions thereof, for the States in which this carrier is or may be authorized to operate, including States traversed during such operations, except those States for which individual designations are named.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 366.6" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.8.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 366.6   Cancellation or change.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A designation may be canceled or changed only by a new designation made by the motor carrier, broker, or freight forwarder, or by the process agent or company filing a blanket designation in accordance with § 366.5. However, where a motor carrier, broker or freight forwarder's USDOT Number is inactive for at least 1 year, designation is no longer required and may be canceled without making another designation.
</P>
<P>(b) A change to a designation, such as name, address, or contact information, must be reported to FMCSA within 30 days of the change.
</P>
<P>(c) Whenever a motor carrier, broker or freight forwarder changes it name, address, or contact information, it must report the change to its process agents and/or the company making a blanket designation on its behalf in accordance with § 366.5 within 30 days of the change.
</P>
<P>(d) Whenever a process agent and/or company making a blanket designation on behalf of a motor carrier, broker, or freight forwarder terminates its contract or relationship with the entity, it should report the termination to FMCSA within 30 days of the termination. If process agents and/or blanket agents do not keep their information up to date, FMCSA may withdraw its approval of their authority to make process agent designations with the Agency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63706, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017, § 366.6 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 366.6T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.8.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 366.6T   Cancellation or change.</HEAD>
<P>A designation may be canceled or changed only by a new designation except that, where a carrier or broker ceases to be subject to § 366.4T in whole or in part for 1 year, designation is no longer required and may be canceled without making another designation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="367" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 367—STANDARDS FOR REGISTRATION WITH STATES


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13301, 14504a; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>87 FR 53694, Sept. 1, 2022, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 367.20" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.9.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 367.20   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 367.30" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.9.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 367.30   Fees under the Unified Carrier Registration Plan and Agreement for Registration Year 2023.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 367.30—Fees Under the Unified Carrier Registration Plan and Agreement for Registration Year 2023
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bracket
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of commercial motor vehicles owned or operated by exempt or non-exempt motor carrier, motor private carrier, or freight forwarder
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee per entity for exempt or non-
<br/>exempt motor 
<br/>carrier, motor 
<br/>private carrier, or 
<br/>freight forwarder
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee per entity for broker or leasing company
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6-20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">242
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21-100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">844
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101-1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,024
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,001 and above</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39,289</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 40723, June 22, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 367.40" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.9.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 367.40   Fees under the Unified Carrier Registration Plan and Agreement for Registration Year 2024.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 367.40—Fees Under the Unified Carrier Registration Plan and Agreement for Registration Year 2024
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bracket
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of commercial motor vehicles owned or operated by exempt or non-exempt motor carrier, motor private carrier, or freight forwarder
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee per entity for exempt or non-
<br/>exempt motor
<br/>carrier, motor
<br/>private carrier,
<br/>or freight
<br/>forwarder
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee per entity
<br/>for broker or
<br/>leasing company
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6-20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">221
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21-100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">769
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101-1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,670
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,001 and above</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35,836</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 51275, June 17, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 367.50" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.9.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 367.50   Fees Under the Unified Carrier Registration Plan and Agreement for Registration Years Beginning in 2025 and Each Subsequent Registration Year Thereafter.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 367.50—Fees Under the Unified Carrier Registration Plan and Agreement for Registration Years Beginning in 2025 and Each Subsequent Registration Year Thereafter
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Bracket
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of commercial motor vehicles owned or operated by exempt or non-exempt motor carrier, motor private carrier, or freight forwarder
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee per entity for exempt or non-
<br/>exempt motor
<br/>carrier, motor
<br/>private carrier,
<br/>or freight
<br/>forwarder
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee per entity
<br/>for broker or
<br/>leasing company
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3-5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6-20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">276
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21-100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">963
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101-1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,592
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,001 and above</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44,836</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 51276, June 17, 2024]



</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="368" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 368—APPLICATION FOR A CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION TO OPERATE IN MUNICIPALITIES IN THE UNITED STATES ON THE UNITED STATES-MEXICO INTERNATIONAL BORDER OR WITHIN THE COMMERCIAL ZONES OF SUCH MUNICIPALITIES. 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13301, 13902, 13908; Pub. L. 106-159, 113 Stat. 1748; and 49 CFR 1.87.






</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 12660, Mar. 19, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 368.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.10.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 368.1   Certificate of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier must apply to the FMCSA and receive a Certificate of Registration to provide interstate transportation in municipalities in the United States on the United States-Mexico international border or within the commercial zones of such municipalities as defined in 49 U.S.C. 13902(c)(4)(A). 
</P>
<P>(b) A certificate of registration permits only interstate transportation of property in municipalities in the United States on the United States-Mexico international border or within the commercial zones of such municipalities. A holder of a Certificate of Registration who operates a vehicle beyond this area is subject to applicable penalties and out-of-service orders. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 368.2" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.10.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 368.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Interstate transportation</I> means transportation described at 49 U.S.C. 13501, and transportation in the United States otherwise exempt from the Secretary's jurisdiction under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1). 
</P>
<P><I>Mexico-domiciled motor carrier</I> means a motor carrier of property whose principal place of business is located in Mexico. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 368.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.10.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 368.3   Applying for a certificate of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you wish to obtain a certificate of registration under this part, you must electronically file an application that includes the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Form MCSA-1—URS online application.
</P>
<P>(2) Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders or indicate on the application that the applicant will use a process agent service that will submit the Form BOC-3 electronically.
</P>
<P>(b) The FMCSA will only process your application for a Certificate of Registration if it meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The application must be completed in English;
</P>
<P>(2) The information supplied must be accurate and complete in accordance with the instructions to Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, and Form BOC-3.
</P>
<P>(3) The application must include all the required supporting documents and applicable certifications set forth in the instructions to Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, and Form BOC-3.</P>
<P>(c) If you fail to furnish the complete application as described under paragraph (b) of this section your application may be rejected. 
</P>
<P>(d) If you submit false information under this section, you will be subject to applicable Federal penalties. 
</P>
<P>(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) Form MCSA-1 is the URS online application and is available, including complete instructions, from the FMCSA website at <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs</I>.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 12660, Mar. 19, 2002, as amended by 78 FR 52648, Aug. 23, 2013; 80 FR 63706, Oct. 21, 2015; 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5297, Jan. 17, 2017, § 368.3 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023, the suspension was lifted, § 368.3 was amended, and the section was again suspended indefinitely.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 368.3-1T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.10.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 368.3-1T   Starting the application process: URS online application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, new applicants as defined in paragraph (b) of this section must apply for a USDOT number and operating authority by electronically filing Form MCSA-1, the URS online application (available at <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs</I>) to request authority pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 13902 to provide interstate transportation in municipalities in the United States on the United States-Mexico international border or within the commercial zones of such municipalities as defined in 49 U.S.C. 13902(c)(4)(A).
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, a “new applicant” is an citizen of Mexico or a motor carrier owned or controlled by a citizen of Mexico, applying for a USDOT number and operating authority who does not at the time of application have an active registration or USDOT, Motor Carrier (MC), Mexico owned or controlled (MX) or Freight Forwarder (FF) number, and who has never had an active registration or USDOT, MC, MX, or FF number.
</P>
<P>(c) Form MCSA-1, is the URS online application, and both the application and its instructions are available from the FMCSA website at <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 368.3T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.10.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 368.3T   Applying for a certificate of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you wish to obtain a certificate of registration under this part, you must submit an application that includes the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Form OP-2—Application for Mexican Certificate of Registration for Foreign Motor Carriers and Foreign Motor Private Carriers Under 49 U.S.C. 13902;
</P>
<P>(2) Form MCS-150—Motor Carrier Identification Report; and
</P>
<P>(3) A notification of the means used to designate process agents, either by submission in the application package of Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders or a letter stating that the applicant will use a process agent service that will submit the Form BOC-3 electronically.
</P>
<P>(b) The FMCSA will only process your application for a Certificate of Registration if it meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The application must be completed in English;
</P>
<P>(2) The information supplied must be accurate and complete in accordance with the instructions to the Form OP-2, Form MCS-150 and Form BOC-3;
</P>
<P>(3) The application must include all the required supporting documents and applicable certifications set forth in the instructions to the Form OP-2, Form MCS-150 and Form BOC-3;
</P>
<P>(4) The application must include the filing fee payable to the FMCSA in the amount set forth in 49 CFR 360.3T(f)(1); and
</P>
<P>(5) The application must be signed by the applicant.
</P>
<P>(c) If you fail to furnish the complete application as described under paragraph (b) of this section your application may be rejected.
</P>
<P>(d) If you submit false information under this section, you will be subject to applicable Federal penalties.
</P>
<P>(e) You must submit the application to the address provided in the instructions to the Form OP-2.
</P>
<P>(f) You may obtain the application described in paragraph (a) of this section from any FMCSA Division Office or download it from the FMCSA website at: <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/factsfigs/formspubs.htm.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 368.4" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.10.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 368.4   Requirement to notify FMCSA of change in applicant information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must notify FMCSA of any changes or corrections to the information in Section A of Form MCSA-1—FMCSA Registration/Update (USDOT Number—Operating Authority Application), or the Form BOC-3, Designation of Agents-Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders, during the application process or while you have a Certificate of Registration. You must notify FMCSA in writing within 30 days of the change or correction.
</P>
<P>(b) If you fail to comply with paragraph (a) of this section, the FMCSA may suspend or revoke the Certificate of Registration until you meet those requirements. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 12660, Mar. 19, 2002, as amended by 80 FR 63707, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017, § 368.4 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 368.4T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.10.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 368.4T   Requirement to notify FMCSA of change in applicant information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must notify the FMCSA of any changes or corrections to the information in Parts I, IA or II submitted on the Form OP-2 or the Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders during the application process or while you have a Certificate of Registration. You must notify the FMCSA in writing within 45 days of the change or correction.
</P>
<P>(b) If you fail to comply with paragraph (a) of this section, the FMCSA may suspend or revoke the Certificate of Registration until you meet those requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5303, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 368.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.10.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 368.5   Re-registration of certain carriers holding certificates of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each holder of a certificate of registration that permits operations only in municipalities in the United States along the United States-Mexico international border or in commercial zones of such municipalities issued before April 18, 2002, who wishes to continue solely in those operations must submit an application according to procedures established under § 368.3 of this part, except the filing fee in paragraph (b)(4) of that section is waived. You must file your application by October 20, 2003. 
</P>
<P>(b) The FMCSA may suspend or revoke the certificate of registration of any registrant that fails to comply with the procedures set forth in this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) Certificates of registration issued before April 18, 2002, remain valid until the FMCSA acts on the OP-2 application filed according to paragraph (a) of this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 368.6" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.10.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 368.6   FMCSA action on the application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration will review the application for correctness, completeness, and adequacy of information. Non-material errors will be corrected without notice to the applicant. Incomplete applications may be rejected. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the applicant does not require or is not eligible for a Certificate of Registration, the FMCSA will deny the application and notify the applicant. 
</P>
<P>(c) The FMCSA will validate the accuracy of information and certifications provided in the application against data maintained in databases of the governments of Mexico and the United States. 
</P>
<P>(d) If the FMCSA determines that the application and certifications demonstrate that the application is consistent with the FMCSA's safety fitness policy, it will issue a provisional Certificate of Registration, including a distinctive USDOT Number that identifies the motor carrier as permitted to provide interstate transportation of property solely in municipalities in the United States on the U.S.-Mexico international border or within the commercial zones of such municipalities. 
</P>
<P>(e) The FMCSA may issue a permanent Certificate of Registration to the holder of a provisional Certificate of Registration no earlier than 18 months after the date of issuance of the Certificate and only after completion to the satisfaction of the FMCSA of the safety monitoring system for Mexico-domiciled carriers set out in subpart B of part 385 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(f) Notice of the authority sought will not be published in either the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or the FMCSA Register. Protests or comments will not be allowed. There will be no oral hearings. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 368.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.10.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 368.7   Requirement to carry certificate of registration in the vehicle.</HEAD>
<P>A holder of a Certificate of Registration must maintain a copy of the Certificate of Registration in any vehicle providing transportation service within the scope of the Certificate, and make it available upon request to any State or Federal authorized inspector or enforcement officer. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 368.8" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.10.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 368.8   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant has the right to appeal denial of the application. The appeal must be in writing and specify in detail why the Agency's decision to deny the application was wrong. The appeal must be filed with FMCSA, ATTN: § 368.8 Appeal, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, within 20 days of the date of the letter denying the application.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63707, Oct. 21, 2015, as amended at 86 FR 57068, Oct. 14, 2021]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017, § 368.8 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 86 FR 57068, Oct. 14, 2021, the suspension was lifted and amendments were made to § 368.8. In that same document, § 368.8 was again suspended indefinitely.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 368.8T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.10.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 368.8T   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant has the right to appeal denial of the application. The appeal must be in writing and specify in detail why the agency's decision to deny the application was wrong. The appeal must be filed with FMCSA, ATTN: § 368.8 Appeal, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, within 20 days of the date of the letter denying the application. The decision will be the final agency order.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 86 FR 57068, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="369" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 369—REPORTS OF MOTOR CARRIERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 14123; 49 CFR 1.87.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 369.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.11.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 369.1   Annual reports of for-hire, non-exempt motor carriers of property, motor carriers of household goods, and dual property carriers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Annual Report Form M.</I> All class I and class II for-hire, non-exempt motor carriers of property, including household goods and dual property motor carriers, must file Motor Carrier Annual Report Form M (Form M). Carriers must file the annual report on or before March 31 of the year following the year to which it relates. For classification criteria, see § 369.2.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Where to file report.</I> Carriers must file the annual report with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration at the address in § 369.6. Blank copies of the report form are available at the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration website <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/mission/form-m.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 13921, Mar. 23, 1999. Redesignated at 71 FR 45742, Aug. 10, 2006, and amended at 71 FR 45743, Aug. 10, 2006; 78 FR 76245, Dec. 17, 2013; 81 FR 68344, Oct. 4, 2016; 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023; 89 FR 90618, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 369.2" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.11.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 369.2   Classification of carriers—for-hire, non-exempt motor carriers of property, household goods carriers, and dual property carriers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For-hire, non-exempt motor carriers of property are grouped into the following three classes:
</P>
<P><I>Class I.</I> Carriers having annual carrier operating revenues (including interstate and intrastate) of $10 million or more after applying the revenue deflator formula in Note A.
</P>
<P><I>Class II.</I> Carriers having annual carrier operating revenues (including interstate and intrastate) of at least $3 million but less than $10 million after applying the revenue deflator formula in Note A.
</P>
<P><I>Class III.</I> Carriers having annual carrier operating revenues (including interstate and intrastate) of less than $3 million after applying the revenue deflator formula in Note A.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The class to which any carrier belongs shall be determined by annual carrier operating revenues (excluding revenues from private carriage, compensated intercorporate hauling, and leasing vehicles with drivers to private carriers) after applying the revenue deflator formula in Note A. Upward and downward classification will be effective as of January 1 of the year immediately following the third consecutive year of revenue qualification.
</P>
<P>(2) Any carrier which begins new operations by obtaining operating authority not previously held or extends its existing authority by obtaining additional operating rights shall be classified in accordance with a reasonable estimate of its annual carrier operating revenues after applying the revenue deflator formula shown in Note A.
</P>
<P>(3) When a business combination occurs such as a merger, reorganization, or consolidation, the surviving carrier shall be reclassified effective as of January 1 of the next calendar year on the basis of the combined revenues for the year when the combination occurred after applying the revenue deflator formula shown in Note A.
</P>
<P>(4) Carriers must notify the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) of any change in classification or any change in annual operating revenues that would cause a change in classification. The carrier may request a waiver or an exception from these regulations in unusual or extenuating circumstances, where the classification process will unduly burden the carrier, such as partial liquidation or curtailment or elimination of contracted services. The request must be in writing, specifying the conditions justifying the waiver or exception. FMCSA will notify the carriers of any change in classification.
</P>
<P>(5) Carriers not required to file an Annual Report Form M may be required to file the Worksheet for Calculating Carrier Classification. All carriers will be notified of any classification changes.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 369.2:</HED>
<P>Each carrier's operating revenues will be deflated annually using the Producer Price Index (PPI) of Finished Goods before comparing those revenues with the dollar revenue limits prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section. The PPI is published monthly by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. The formula to be applied is as follows:</P></NOTE>
<img src="/graphics/ec03mr91.051.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 10383, Apr. 1, 1987, as amended at 59 FR 5111, Feb. 3, 1994; 59 FR 49848, Sept. 30, 1994. Redesignated at 63 FR 52193, Sept. 30, 1998, and amended at 64 FR 13921, 13922, Mar. 23, 1999; 68 FR 4719, Jan. 30, 2003. Redesignated at 71 FR 45742, Aug. 10, 2006, and amended at 71 FR 45743, Aug. 10, 2006; 78 FR 58478, Sept. 24, 2013; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 369.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.11.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 369.3   Classification of carriers—for-hire, non-exempt motor carriers of passengers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For-hire, non-exempt motor carriers of passengers are grouped into the following two classes:
</P>
<P>Class I—Carriers having average annual gross transportation operating revenues (including interstate and intrastate) of $5 million or more from passenger motor carrier operations after applying the revenue deflator formula as shown in the Note.
</P>
<P>Class II—Carriers having average annual gross transportation operating revenues (including interstate or intrastate) of less than $5 million from passenger motor carrier operations after applying the revenue deflator formula as shown in the Note.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The class to which any carrier belongs shall be determined by annual carrier operating revenues after applying the revenue deflator formula as shown in the Note. Upward and downward reclassification will be effective as of January 1 of the year immediately following the third consecutive year of revenue qualification.
</P>
<P>(2) Any carrier which begins new operations (obtains operating authority not previously held) or extends its existing authority (obtains additional operating rights) shall be classified in accordance with a reasonable estimate of its annual carrier operating revenues after applying the revenue deflator formula shown in the Note.
</P>
<P>(3) When a business combination occurs, such as a merger, reorganization, or consolidation, the surviving carrier shall be reclassified effective as of January 1 of the next calendar year on the basis of the combined revenues for the year when the combination occurred after applying the revenue deflator formula shown in the Note.
</P>
<P>(4) Carriers shall notify the FMCSA of any change in classification or when their annual operating revenues exceed the Class II limit by writing to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration at the address in § 369.6. In unusual circumstances where the classification regulations and reporting requirements will unduly burden the carrier, the carrier may request from the FMCSA a waiver from these regulations. This request shall be in writing specifying the conditions justifying the waiver. The FMCSA then shall notify carriers of any change in classification or reporting requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) For classification purposes, the FMCSA shall publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> annually an index number which shall be used for adjusting gross annual operating revenues. The index number (deflator) is based on the Producer Price Index of Finished Goods and is used to eliminate the effects of inflation from the classification process.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to § 369.3:</HED>
<P>Each carrier's operating revenues will be deflated annually using the Producer Price Index (PPI) of Finished Goods before comparing them with the dollar revenue limits prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section. The PPI is published monthly by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. The formula to be applied is as follows:</P></NOTE>
<img src="/graphics/ec03mr91.052.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 4029, Feb. 11, 1988. Redesignated at 63 FR 52193, Sept. 30, 1998, and amended at 68 FR 4719, Jan. 30, 2003. Redesignated at 71 FR 45742, Aug. 10, 2006, and amended at 71 FR 45743, Aug. 10, 2006; 78 FR 58478, Sept. 24, 2013; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 369.4" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.11.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 369.4   Annual reports of Class I carriers of passengers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All Class I motor carriers of passengers shall complete and file Motor Carrier Annual Report Form MP-1 for Motor Carriers of Passengers (Form MP-1).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Accounting period.</I> (1) Motor Carrier Annual Report Form MP-1 shall be used to file annual selected motor carrier data.
</P>
<P>(2) The annual accounting period shall be based either:
</P>
<P>(i) On the 31st day of December in each year, or
</P>
<P>(ii) An accounting year of 13 4-week periods ending at the close of the last 7 days of each calendar year.
</P>
<P>(3) A carrier electing to adopt an accounting year of 13 4-week periods shall file with the FMCSA a statement showing the day on which its accounting year will close. A subsequent change in the accounting period may not be made except by authority of the FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Where to file report.</I> The annual report shall be filed on or before March 31 of the year following the year to which it relates. The annual report shall be filed with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration at the address in § 369.6. Blank copies of the report form are available at the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration website <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/registration/form-mp-1-annual-report-form-and-worksheet-class-i-motor-carriers-passengers.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 76245, Dec. 17, 2013, as amended at 89 FR 90618, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 369.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.11.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 369.5   Records.</HEAD>
<P>Books, records and carrier operating documents shall be retained as prescribed in 49 CFR part 379, Preservation of Records.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 10383, Apr. 1, 1987. Redesignated at 63 FR 52193, Sept. 30, 1998. Redesignated at 71 FR 45742, Aug. 10, 2006, and amended at 71 FR 45743, Aug. 10, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 369.6" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.11.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 369.6   Address.</HEAD>
<P>The following address must be used by motor carriers when submitting a report, requesting an exemption from filing a report, or requesting an exemption from public release of a report: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS), 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. This address may also be used for general correspondence regarding the data collection program described in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 13923, Mar. 23, 1999, as amended at 68 FR 4719, Jan. 30, 2003. Redesignated at 71 FR 45742, Aug. 10, 2006, and amended at 71 FR 45743, Aug. 10, 2006; 72 FR 55699, Oct. 1, 2007; 79 FR 59455, Oct. 2, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 369.8" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.11.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 369.8   Requests for exemptions from filing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This section governs requests for exemptions from filing of the report required under § 369.1.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Criteria.</I> The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) may grant a request upon a proper showing that the exemption is necessary to preserve confidential business information that is not otherwise publicly available. Information is considered to be confidential when:
</P>
<P>(1) Disclosure of the information in the carrier's report would be likely to cause substantial harm to the carrier's competitive position; or
</P>
<P>(2) Disclosure of information in the report would be likely to impair protectable government interests.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents of a request.</I> The contents of a request for an exemption from filing must contain, at a minimum, the contents that are required for a request for an exemption from public release contained in § 369.9(c). A carrier's request may include any other grounds as to why the request should be granted.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When requests are due.</I> The timing of a request for an exemption from filing is the same as the timing for a request for an exemption from public release contained in § 369.9(d). For Annual Form M, both the report and the request are due by March 31 of the year following the year to which it relates.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Decision to grant or deny a request.</I> (1) A request will be denied if it fails to provide all of the supporting information required in paragraph (c) of this section or if the supporting information is insufficient to establish that information in the carrier's report meets the criteria in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) FMCSA will grant or deny each request within a reasonable period of time. FMCSA will notify the carrier of its decision. The decision by FMCSA shall be administratively final.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Pendency.</I> While a request is pending, the carrier is required to submit any reports required under § 369.1.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Period of exemptions.</I> If a request for an exemption under this section is granted, the carrier will be exempt from the reporting requirements of § 369.1 for a period of three reporting years.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Modification of a decision to grant a request.</I> If a request is granted it remains in effect in accordance with its terms, unless modified by a later finding that the decision was clearly erroneous. If FMCSA believes such a finding should be made, FMCSA will notify the requesting carrier in writing of the reasons for the modification. The carrier may seek reconsideration of the modification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 13922, Mar. 23, 1999. Redesignated at 71 FR 45742, Aug. 10, 2006, and amended at 71 FR 45743, Aug. 10, 2006; 78 FR 76245, Dec. 17, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 369.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.11.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 369.9   Requests for exemptions from public release.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This section governs requests for exemptions from public release of the report required under § 369.1.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Criteria.</I> The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) will grant a request upon a proper showing that the carrier is not a publicly held corporation or that the carrier is not subject to financial reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and that the exemption is necessary to avoid competitive harm and to avoid the disclosure of information that qualifies as trade secret or privileged or confidential information under 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4). Information is considered to be confidential when:
</P>
<P>(1) Disclosure of the information in the carrier's report would be likely to cause substantial harm to the carrier's competitive position; or
</P>
<P>(2) Disclosure of information in the report would be likely to impair protectable government interests.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents of a request.</I> A request for an exemption from public release must contain information supporting the claim. While the supporting information may contain opinions, the request must consist of objective data to the extent possible. General or nonspecific assertions or analysis will be insufficient to support a request if FMCSA is unable to find that the criteria are met. The supporting information must show:
</P>
<P>(1) That the information claimed to be confidential is a trade secret, or commercial or financial information that is privileged or confidential.
</P>
<P>(2) Measures taken by the carrier to ensure that the information has not been disclosed or otherwise made available to any person, company, or organization other then the carrier.
</P>
<P>(3) Insofar as is known by the carrier, the extent to which the information has been disclosed, or otherwise become available, to persons other than the carrier, and why such disclosure or availability does not compromise the confidential nature of the information.
</P>
<P>(4) If the carrier asserts that disclosure would be likely to result in substantial competitive harm, what the harmful effects of disclosure would be, why the effects should be viewed as substantial, and the causal relationship between the effects and disclosure.
</P>
<P>(5) If the carrier asserts that disclosure would be likely to impair protectable government interests, what the effects of disclosure are likely to be and why disclosure is likely to impair such interests.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When requests are due.</I> (1) Requests for an exemption under this section may be made at any time during the year. However, a request will be deemed applicable to only those reports due on or after the date the request is received. Requests received after a report's due date will only be considered for the following year's report.
</P>
<P>(2) A request will be deemed received on the date the request is physically received or, if it is sent by mail, on the date it is postmarked.
</P>
<P>(3) FMCSA will only allow a late request if there are extenuating circumstances and the carrier gives adequate notice within a reasonable time of the extenuating circumstances.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Decision to grant or deny a request.</I> (1) After each due date of each annual report specified in § 369.1, FMCSA will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> requesting comments on any requests received under this section that are valid and pending.
</P>
<P>(2) A request will be granted only if it provides all of the supporting information required in paragraph (c) of this section and if the supporting information is sufficient to establish that information in the carrier's report meets the criteria in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If the carrier fails to comply with the timing requirements of paragraph (d) of this section, the claim for confidentiality will be waived unless FMCSA is notified of extenuating circumstances before the information is disclosed to the public and FMCSA finds that the extenuating circumstances warrant consideration of the claim.
</P>
<P>(4) FMCSA will grant or deny each request no later than 90 days after the request's due date as defined in paragraph (d) of this section. The decision by FMCSA shall be administratively final. For Annual Form M, both the report and the request are due by March 31, and the decision is due by June 30.
</P>
<P>(5) If a request is granted, FMCSA will notify carrier of that decision and of any appropriate limitations.
</P>
<P>(6) If a request for confidentiality is denied, FMCSA will notify the carrier of that decision and that the information will be made available to the public not less than ten working days after the carrier has received notice of the denial. The notice will specify the reasons for denying the request.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Pendency.</I> A request is deemed pending from the date it is received by FMCSA until it is granted or denied by FMCSA. FMCSA will not release publicly, unless otherwise required by law, any report for which a valid request for an exemption from public release is pending.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Period of exemptions.</I> If a request for an exemption under this section is granted, FMCSA will not publicly release the reports covered by the granted exemption, unless otherwise required by law, for a period of three years from the report's due date.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Modification of a decision to grant a request.</I> If a request is granted it remains in effect in accordance with its terms, unless modified by a later finding that the decision was clearly erroneous. If FMCSA believes such a finding should be made, FMCSA will notify the requesting carrier in writing of the reasons for the modification and that the carrier's report will be made available to the public in not less than ten working days from the date of receipt of notice under this paragraph. The carrier may seek reconsideration of the modification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 13922, Mar. 23, 1999. Redesignated at 71 FR 45742, Aug. 10, 2006, and amended at 71 FR 45743, Aug. 10, 2006; 78 FR 76245, Dec. 17, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 369.10" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.11.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 369.10   Public release of motor carrier of property data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Unless otherwise provided in this section, the data contained in a report filed under § 369.1 shall be made publicly available, but no sooner than the due date for the report.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions relating to exemptions from public release.</I> (1) If a request for an exemption from public release is pending under § 369.9, FMCSA will not publicly release the reports covered by the request until at least the time that a decision to grant or deny the request is made.
</P>
<P>(2) If a carrier is granted an exemption from public release under § 369.9, FMCSA will not publicly release the reports covered by the granted exemption for a period of three years from the report's due date.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other exceptions.</I> Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, information may be released:
</P>
<P>(1) If the data are included in aggregate industry statistics that do not identify the individual carrier;
</P>
<P>(2) To other components of the Department of Transportation for their internal use only;
</P>
<P>(3) If required by law;
</P>
<P>(4) With the consent of the carrier filing the report; or
</P>
<P>(5) To contractors, if necessary for the performance of a contract with FMCSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 13923, Mar. 23, 1999, as amended at 68 FR 4719, Jan. 30, 2003. Redesignated at 71 FR 45742, Aug. 10, 2006, and amended at 71 FR 45743, Aug. 10, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="370" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 370—PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES FOR THE INVESTIGATION AND VOLUNTARY DISPOSITION OF LOSS AND DAMAGE CLAIMS AND PROCESSING SALVAGE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13301 and 14706; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 32042, June 12, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 370.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.12.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.1   Applicability of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations set forth in this part shall govern the processing of claims for loss, damage, injury, or delay to property transported or accepted for transportation, in interstate or foreign commerce, by each motor carrier and freight forwarder (hereinafter called carrier), subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 32042, June 12, 1997, as amended at 91 FR 7859, Feb. 19, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.12.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.3   Filing of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Compliance with regulations.</I> A claim for loss or damage to baggage or for loss, damage, injury, or delay to cargo, shall not be voluntarily paid by a carrier unless filed, as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, with the receiving or delivering carrier, or carrier issuing the bill of lading, receipt, ticket, or baggage check, or carrier on whose line the alleged loss, damage, injury, or delay occurred, within the specified time limits applicable thereto and as otherwise may be required by law, the terms of the bill of lading or other contract of carriage, and all tariff provisions applicable thereto.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Minimum filing requirements.</I> A written communication  from a claimant, filed with a proper carrier within the time limits specified in the bill of lading or contract of carriage or transportation and:
</P>
<P>(1) Containing facts sufficient to identify the baggage or shipment (or shipments) of property,
</P>
<P>(2) Asserting liability for alleged loss, damage, injury, or delay, and
</P>
<P>(3) Making claim for the payment of a specified or determinable amount of money, shall be considered as sufficient compliance with the provisions for filing claims embraced in the bill of lading or other contract of carriage; <I>Provided, however,</I> That procedures are established to ensure reasonable carrier access to supporting documents.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Documents not constituting claims.</I> Bad order reports, appraisal reports of damage, notations of shortage or damage, or both, on freight bills, delivery receipts, or other documents, or inspection reports issued by carriers or their inspection agencies, whether the extent of loss or damage is indicated in dollars and cents or otherwise, shall, standing alone, not be considered by carriers as sufficient to comply with the minimum claim filing requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Claims filed for uncertain amounts.</I> Whenever a claim is presented against a proper carrier for an uncertain amount, such as “$100 more or less,” the carrier against whom such claim is filed shall determine the condition of the baggage or shipment involved at the time of delivery by it, if it was delivered, and shall ascertain as nearly as possible the extent, if any, of the loss or damage for which it may be responsible. It shall not, however, voluntarily pay a claim under such circumstances unless and until a formal claim in writing for a specified or determinable amount of money shall have been filed in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Other claims.</I> If investigation of a claim develops that one or more other carriers has been presented with a similar claim on the same shipment, the carrier investigating such claim shall communicate with each such other carrier and, prior to any agreement entered into between or among them as to the proper disposition of such claim or claims, shall notify all claimants of the receipt of conflicting or overlapping claims and shall require further substantiation, on the part of each claimant of his/her title to the property involved or his/her right with respect to such claim.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 32042, June 12, 1997, as amended at 83 FR 16223, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.12.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.5   Acknowledgment of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each carrier shall, upon receipt in writing of a proper claim in the manner and form described in the regulations in the past, acknowledge the receipt of such claim in writing to the claimant within 30 days after the date of its receipt by the carrier unless the carrier shall have paid or declined such claim in writing within 30 days of the receipt thereof. The carrier shall indicate in its acknowledgment to the claimant what, if any, additional documentary evidence or other pertinent information may be required by it further to process the claim as its preliminary examination of the claim, as filed, may have revealed.
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier shall at the time each claim is received create a separate file and assign thereto a successive claim file number and note that number on all documents filed in support of the claim and all records and correspondence with respect to the claim, including the acknowledgment of receipt. At the time such claim is received the carrier shall cause the date of receipt to be recorded on the face of the claim document, and the date of receipt shall also appear in the carrier's acknowledgment of receipt to the claimant. The carrier shall also cause the claim file number to be noted on the shipping order, if in its possession, and the delivery receipt, if any, covering such shipment, unless the carrier has established an orderly and consistent internal procedure for assuring:
</P>
<P>(1) That all information contained in shipping orders, delivery receipts, tally sheets, and all other pertinent records made with respect to the transportation of the shipment on which claim is made, is available for examination upon receipt of a claim;
</P>
<P>(2) That all such records and documents (or true and complete reproductions thereof) are in fact examined in the course of the investigation of the claim (and an appropriate record is made that such examination has in fact taken place); and
</P>
<P>(3) That such procedures prevent the duplicate or otherwise unlawful payment of claims.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 32042, June 12, 1997, as amended at 83 FR 16223, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.12.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.7   Investigation of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prompt investigation required.</I> Each claim filed against a carrier in the manner prescribed in this part shall be promptly and thoroughly investigated if investigation has not already been made prior to receipt of the claim.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supporting documents.</I> When a necessary part of an investigation, each claim shall be supported by the bill of lading, evidence of the freight charges, if any, and either the invoice, a copy of the invoice, or an exact copy thereof or any extract made therefrom, certified by the claimant to be true and correct with respect to the property and value involved in the claim; or certification of prices or values, with trade or other discounts, allowance, or deductions, of any nature whatsoever and the terms thereof, or depreciation reflected thereon; <I>Provided, however,</I> That where property involved in a claim has not been invoiced to the consignee shown on the bill of lading or where an invoice does not show price or value, or where the property involved has been sold, or where the property has been transferred at bookkeeping values only, the carrier shall, before voluntarily paying a claim, require the claimant to establish the destination value in the quantity, shipped, transported, or involved; <I>Provided, further,</I> That when supporting documents are determined to be a necessary part of an investigation, the supporting documents are retained by the carriers for possible FMCSA inspection.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Verification of loss.</I> When an asserted claim for loss of an entire package or an entire shipment cannot be otherwise authenticated upon investigation, the carrier shall obtain from the consignee of the shipment involved a certified statement in writing that the property for which the claim is filed has not been received from any other source.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 32042, June 12, 1997, as amended at 83 FR 16223, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.12.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.9   Disposition of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each carrier subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B which receives a written claim for loss or damage to baggage or for loss, damage, injury, or delay to property transported shall pay, decline, or make a firm compromise settlement offer in writing to the claimant within 120 days after receipt of the claim by the carrier; <I>Provided, however,</I> That, if the claim cannot be processed and disposed of within 120 days after the receipt thereof, the carrier shall at that time and at the expiration of each succeeding 60-day period while the claim remains pending, advise the claimant in writing of the status of the claim and the reason for the delay in making final disposition thereof and it shall retain a copy of such advice to the claimant in its claim file thereon.
</P>
<P>(b) When settling a claim for loss or damage, a household goods motor carrier as defined in § 375.103 of this subchapter shall use the replacement costs of the lost or damaged item as a base to apply a depreciation factor to arrive at the current actual value of the lost or damaged item.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 32042, June 12, 1997, as amended at 78 FR 58478, Sept. 24, 2013; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016; 83 FR 16224, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 370.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.12.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 370.11   Processing of salvage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever baggage or material, goods, or other property transported by a carrier subject to the provisions in this part is damaged or alleged to be damaged and is, as a consequence thereof, not delivered or is rejected or refused upon tender thereof to the owner, consignee, or person entitled to receive such property, the carrier, after giving due notice, whenever practicable to do so, to the owner and other parties that may have an interest therein, and unless advised to the contrary after giving such notice, shall undertake to sell or dispose of such property directly or by the employment of a competent salvage agent. The carrier shall only dispose of the property in a manner that will fairly and equally protect the best interests of all persons having an interest therein. The carrier shall make an itemized record sufficient to identify the property involved so as to be able to correlate it to the shipment or transportation involved, and claim, if any, filed thereon. The carrier also shall assign to each lot of such property a successive lot number and note that lot number on its record of shipment and claim, if any claim is filed thereon.
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever disposition of salvage material or goods shall be made directly to an agent or employee of a carrier or through a salvage agent or company in which the carrier or one or more of its directors, officers, or managers has any interest, financial or otherwise, that carrier's salvage records shall fully reflect the particulars of each such transaction or relationship, or both, as the case may be.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon receipt of a claim on a shipment on which salvage has been processed in the manner prescribed in this section, the carrier shall record in its claim file thereon the lot number assigned, the amount of money recovered, if any, from the disposition of such property, and the date of transmittal of such money to the person or persons lawfully entitled to receive the same.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="371" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 371—BROKERS OF PROPERTY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13301, 13501, and 14122; subtitle B, title IV of Pub. L. 109-59; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 68942, Oct. 17, 1980, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54707, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies, to the extent provided therein, to all brokers of transportation by motor vehicle as defined in § 371.2.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20034, Dec. 20, 1967, as amended at 62 FR 15421, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.2" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless specifically defined elsewhere, in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Broker</I> means a person who, for compensation, arranges, or offers to arrange, the transportation of property by an authorized motor carrier. Motor carriers, or persons who are employees or bona fide agents of carriers, are not brokers within the meaning of this section when they arrange or offer to arrange the transportation of shipments which they are authorized to transport and which they have accepted and legally bound themselves to transport.
</P>
<P><I>Bona fide agents</I> are persons who are part of the normal organization of a motor carrier and perform duties under the carrier's directions pursuant to a preexisting agreement which provides for a continuing relationship, precluding the exercise of discretion on the part of the agent in allocating traffic between the carrier and others.
</P>
<P><I>Brokerage or brokerage service</I> is the arranging of transportation or the physical movement of a motor vehicle or of property. It can be performed on behalf of a motor carrier, consignor, or consignee.
</P>
<P><I>Non-brokerage service</I> is all other service performed by a broker on behalf of a motor carrier, consignor, or consignee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 68942, Oct. 17, 1980. Redesignated at 61 FR 54707, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 89 FR 90618, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.3   Records to be kept by brokers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A broker shall keep a record of each transaction. For purposes of this section, brokers may keep master lists of consignors and the address and registration number of the carrier, rather than repeating this information for each transaction. The record shall show: 
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the consignor;
</P>
<P>(2) The name, address, and registration number of the originating motor carrier;
</P>
<P>(3) The bill of lading or freight bill number;
</P>
<P>(4) The amount of compensation received by the broker for the brokerage service performed and the name of the payer;
</P>
<P>(5) A description of any non-brokerage service performed in connection with each shipment or other activity, the amount of compensation received for the service, and the name of the payer; and
</P>
<P>(6) The amount of any freight charges collected by the broker and the date of payment to the carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) Brokers shall keep the records required by this section for a period of three years.
</P>
<P>(c) Each party to a brokered transaction has the right to review the record of the transaction required to be kept by these rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 68942, Oct. 17, 1980. Redesignated at 61 FR 54707, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15421, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.7   Misrepresentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A broker shall not perform or offer to perform any brokerage service (including advertising), in any name other than that in which its registration is issued.
</P>
<P>(b) A broker shall not, directly or indirectly, represent its operations to be that of a carrier. Any advertising shall show the broker status of the operation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 68942, Oct. 17, 1980. Redesignated at 61 FR 54707, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15421, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.9   Rebating and compensation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A broker shall not charge or receive compensation from a motor carrier for brokerage service where:
</P>
<P>(1) The broker owns or has a material beneficial interest in the shipment or
</P>
<P>(2) The broker is able to exercise control over the shipment because the broker owns the shipper, the shipper owns the broker, or there is common ownership of the two.
</P>
<P>(b) A broker shall not give or offer to give anything of value to any shipper, consignor or consignee (or their officers or employees) except inexpensive advertising items given for promotional purposes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.10" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.10   Duties and obligations of brokers.</HEAD>
<P>Where the broker acts on behalf of a person bound by law or the FMCSA regulation as to the transmittal of bills or payments, the broker must also abide by the law or regulations which apply to that person.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 68943, Oct. 17, 1980, as amended at 62 FR 15421, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.13   Accounting.</HEAD>
<P>Each broker who engages in any other business shall maintain accounts so that the revenues and expenses relating to the brokerage portion of its business are segregated from its other activities. Expenses that are common shall be allocated on an equitable basis; however, the broker must be prepared to explain the basis for the allocation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 68943, Oct. 17, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Special Rules for Household Goods Brokers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>75 FR 72996, Nov. 29, 2010, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 371.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.101   If I operate as a household goods broker in interstate or foreign commerce, must I comply with subpart B of this part?</HEAD>
<P>Yes, you must comply with all regulations in this subpart when you operate as a household goods broker offering services to individual shippers in interstate or foreign commerce. The regulations in this subpart do not apply to a household goods broker when providing services to commercial or government shippers in interstate or foreign commerce.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.103   What are the definitions of terms used in this subpart?</HEAD>
<P><I>FMCSA</I> means the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration within the U.S. Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Household goods</I> has the same meaning as the term is defined in § 375.103 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Household goods broker</I> means a person, other than a motor carrier or an employee or bona fide agent of a motor carrier, that as a principal or agent sells, offers for sale, negotiates for, or holds itself out by solicitation, advertisement, or otherwise as selling, providing, or arranging for, transportation of household goods by motor carrier for compensation.
</P>
<P><I>Individual shipper</I> has the same meaning as the term is defined in § 375.103 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Physical survey</I> has the same meaning as the term is defined in § 375.103 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72996, Nov. 29, 2010, as amended at 87 FR 24446, Apr. 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.105" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.105   Must I use a motor carrier that has a valid U.S. DOT number and valid operating authority issued by FMCSA to transport household goods in interstate or foreign commerce?</HEAD>
<P>You may only act as a household goods broker for a motor carrier that has a valid, active U.S. DOT number and valid operating authority issued by FMCSA to transport household goods in interstate or foreign commerce.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.107" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.107   What information must I display in my advertisements and Internet Web homepage?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must prominently display in your advertisements and Internet Web homepage(s) the physical location(s) (street or highway address, city, and State) where you conduct business.
</P>
<P>(b) You must prominently display your U.S. DOT registration number(s) and MC license number issued by the FMCSA in your advertisements and Internet Web homepage(s).
</P>
<P>(c) You must prominently display in your advertisements and Internet website(s) your status as a household goods broker and the statement that you will not transport an individual shipper's household goods, but that you will arrange for the transportation of the household goods by an FMCSA-authorized household goods motor carrier, whose charges will be determined by its published tariff.
</P>
<P>(d) If you provide estimates on any carrier's behalf pursuant to § 371.113(b), you must prominently display in your Internet website(s) that the estimate must be based on the carrier's tariff and that the carrier is required to make its tariff available for public inspection upon a reasonable request.
</P>
<P>(e) You may only include in your advertisements or Internet website(s) the names or logos of FMCSA-authorized household goods motor carriers with whom you have a written agreement as specified in § 371.115.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72996, Nov. 29, 2010, as amended at 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.109" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.109   Must I inform individual shippers which motor carriers I use?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must provide to each potential individual shipper who contacts you a list of all authorized household goods motor carriers you use, including their U.S. DOT registration number(s) and MC license numbers. </P>
<P>(b) You must provide to each potential individual shipper who contacts you a statement indicating that you are not a motor carrier authorized by the Federal Government to transport the individual shipper's household goods, and you are only arranging for an authorized household goods motor carrier to perform the transportation services and, if applicable, additional services.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72996, Nov. 29, 2010, as amended at 83 FR 16224, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.111" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.111   Must I provide individual shippers with Federal consumer protection information?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must provide potential individual shippers with Federal consumer protection information by one of the following three methods:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide a hyperlink on your Internet website to the FMCSA website containing the information in FMCSA's publications “Ready to Move?—Tips for a Successful Interstate Move” and “Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move.”
</P>
<P>(2) Distribute to each shipper and potential shipper at the time you provide an estimate, copies of FMCSA's publications “Ready to Move?—Tips for a Successful Interstate Move” and “Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move.”
</P>
<P>(3) Distribute to each shipper and potential shipper at the time you provide an estimate, copies of “Ready to Move?—Tips for a Successful Interstate Move” and “Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move” as modified and produced by the authorized, lawful motor carrier to which you intend to provide the shipment under your written agreement required by § 371.115.
</P>
<P>(b) If an individual shipper elects to waive physical receipt of the Federal consumer protection information by one of the methods described in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section, and elects to access the same information via the hyperlink on the Internet as provided in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, you must include a clear and concise statement on the written estimate described in § 371.113 that the individual shipper expressly agreed to access the Federal consumer protection information on the Internet.
</P>
<P>(c) You must obtain a signed, dated receipt showing the individual shipper has received both booklets that includes, if applicable, verification of the shipper's agreement to access the Federal consumer protection information on the Internet.
</P>
<P>(d) You must maintain the signed receipt required by paragraph (c) of this section for three years from the date the individual shipper signs the receipt.
</P>
<P>(e) If you have a website, you are required to display prominently either a link to the Department of Transportation (DOT) publication titled “Ready to Move?—Tips for a Successful Interstate Move” (DOT publication FMCSA-ESA-03-005, or its successor publication) on the FMCSA website or a true and accurate copy of that document on your website.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72996, Nov. 29, 2010, as amended at 83 FR 16224, Apr. 16, 2018; 87 FR 24446, Apr. 26, 2022; 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.113" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.113   May I provide individual shippers with a written estimate?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may provide each individual shipper with an estimate of transportation and accessorial charges. If you provide an estimate, it must be in writing and must be based on a physical survey of the household goods conducted by the authorized motor carrier on whose behalf the estimate is provided. The estimate must be prepared in accordance with a signed, written agreement, as specified in § 371.115.
</P>
<P>(b) You must base your estimate upon the published tariffs of the authorized motor carrier who will transport the shipper's household goods.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) A shipper may elect to waive the physical survey required in paragraph (a) of this section by written agreement signed by the shipper before the shipment is loaded.
</P>
<P>(2) The household goods broker must explain the physical survey waiver agreement to the individual shipper in plain English. The physical survey waiver agreement must be printed on the written estimate and must be printed at no less than 7-point font size and with the font typeface Universe.
</P>
<P>(3) A copy of the waiver agreement must be retained as an addendum to the bill of lading and is subject to the same record inspection and preservation requirements as are applicable to bills of lading.
</P>
<P>(d) You must keep the records required by this section for three years following the date you provide the written estimate for an individual shipper who accepts the estimate and has you procure the transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72996, Nov. 29, 2010, as amended at 87 FR 24446, Apr. 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.115" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.115   Must I maintain agreements with motor carriers before providing written estimates on behalf of these carriers?</HEAD>
<P>(a) In order to provide estimates of charges for the transportation of household goods, you must do so in accordance with the written agreement required by § 375.409 of this subchapter. Your written agreement with the motor carrier(s) must include the following items:
</P>
<P>(1) Your broker name as shown on your FMCSA registration, your physical address, and your U.S. DOT registration number and MC license number;
</P>
<P>(2) The authorized motor carrier's name as shown on its FMCSA registration, its physical address, and its U.S. DOT registration number and MC license number;
</P>
<P>(3) A concise, easy to understand statement that your written estimate to the individual shipper:
</P>
<P>(i) Will be exclusively on behalf of the authorized household goods motor carrier;
</P>
<P>(ii) Will be based on the authorized household goods motor carrier's published tariff; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Will serve as the authorized household goods motor carrier's estimate for purposes of complying with the requirements of part 375 of this chapter, including the requirement that the authorized household goods motor carrier relinquishes possession of the shipment upon payment of no more than 110 percent of a non-binding estimate at the time of delivery;
</P>
<P>(4) Your owner's, corporate officer's, or corporate director's signature lawfully representing your household goods broker operation and the date;
</P>
<P>(5) The signature of the authorized household goods motor carrier's owner, corporate officer, or corporate director lawfully representing the household goods motor carrier's operation and the date; and
</P>
<P>(b) The signed written agreement required by this section is public information and you must produce it for review upon reasonable request by a member of the public.
</P>
<P>(c) You must keep copies of the agreements required by this section for as long as you provide estimates on behalf of the authorized household goods motor carrier and for three years thereafter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.117" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.117   Must I provide individual shippers with my policies concerning cancellation, deposits, and refunds?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must disclose prominently on your Internet website and in your agreements with prospective shippers your cancellation policy, deposit policy, and policy for refunding deposited funds in the event the shipper cancels an order for service before the date an authorized household goods motor carrier has been scheduled to pick up the shipper's property.
</P>
<P>(b) You must maintain records showing each individual shipper's request to cancel a shipment and the disposition of each request for a period of three years after the date of a shipper's cancellation request. If you refunded a deposit, your records must include:
</P>
<P>(1) Proof that the individual shipper cashed or deposited the check or money order, if the financial institution provides documentary evidence; or
</P>
<P>(2) Proof that you delivered the refund check or money order to the individual shipper.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72996, Nov. 29, 2010, as amended at 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 371.121" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.13.2.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 371.121   What penalties may FMCSA impose for violations of this part?</HEAD>
<P>The penalty provisions of 49 U.S.C. chapter 149, <I>Civil and Criminal Penalties</I> apply to this subpart. These penalties do not overlap. Notwithstanding these civil penalties, nothing in this section deprives an individual shipper of any remedy or right of action under existing law.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="372" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 372—EXEMPTIONS, COMMERCIAL ZONES, AND TERMINAL AREAS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13504 and 13506; Pub. L. 105-178, sec. 4031, 112 Stat. 418; and 49 CFR 1.87.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Exemptions</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>32 FR 20036, Dec. 20, 1967, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54708, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 372.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.101   Casual, occasional, or reciprocal transportation of passengers for compensation when such transportation is sold or arranged by anyone for compensation.</HEAD>
<P>The partial exemption from regulation under the provisions of 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B of the casual, occasional, and reciprocal transportation of passengers by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce for compensation as provided in 49 U.S.C. 13506(b) be, and it is hereby, removed to the extent necessary to make applicable all provisions of 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B to such transportation when sold or offered for sale, or provided or procured or furnished or arranged for, by any person who sells, offers for sale, provides, furnishes, contracts, or arranges for such transportation for compensation or as a regular occupation or business.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20036, Dec. 20, 1967. Redesignated at 61 FR 54708, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15421, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.103   Motor vehicles employed solely in transporting school children and teachers to or from school.</HEAD>
<P>The exemption set forth in 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(1) shall not be construed as being inapplicable to motor vehicles being used at the time of operation in the transportation of schoolchildren and teachers to or from school, even though such motor vehicles are employed at other times in transportation beyond the scope of the exemption.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 9022, May 18, 1971, as amended at 62 FR 15421, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.107" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.107   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in the regulations in this part, the following terms shall have the meaning shown:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Cooperative association.</I> The term “cooperative association” means an association which conforms to the following definition in the Agricultural Marketing Act, approved June 15, 1929, as amended (12 U.S.C. 1141j):
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>As used in this Act, the term <I>cooperative association</I> means any association in which farmers act together in processing, preparing for market, handling, and/or marketing the farm products of persons so engaged, and also means any association in which farmers act together in purchasing, testing, grading, processing, distributing, and/or furnishing farm supplies and/or farm business services. Provided, however, That such associations are operated for the mutual benefit of the members thereof as such producers or purchasers and conform to one or both of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>First. That no member of the association is allowed more than one vote because of the amount of stock or membership capital he may own therein; and
</P>
<P>Second. That the association does not pay dividends on stock or membership capital in excess of 8 per centum per annum.
</P>
<P>And in any case to the following:
</P>
<P>Third. That the association shall not deal in farm products, farm supplies and farm business services with or for nonmembers in an amount greater in value than the total amount of such business transacted by it with or for members. All business transacted by any cooperative association for or on behalf of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof shall be disregarded in determining the volume of member and nonmember business transacted by such association.</P></EXTRACT>
<FP>Associations which do not conform to such definition are not eligible to operate under the partial exemption of 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(5).
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Federation of cooperative associations.</I> The term “federation of cooperative associations” means a federation composed of either two or more cooperative associations, or one or more farmers, which federation possesses no greater powers or purposes than a cooperative association as defined in paragraph (a) of this section. Federations of cooperative associations which do not conform to such definition are not eligible to operate under the partial exemption of 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(5).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Member.</I> The term “member” means any farmer or cooperative association which has consented to be, has been accepted as, and is a member in good standing in accordance with the constitution, bylaws, or rules of the cooperative association or federation of cooperative associations.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Farmer.</I> The term “farmer” means any individual, partnership, corporation, or other business entity to the extent engaged in farming operations either as a producer of agricultural commodities or as a farm owner.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Interstate transportation.</I> The term “interstate transportation” means transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce subject to the FMCSA's jurisdiction as set forth in 49 U.S.C. 13501.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Member transportation.</I> The term “member transportation” means transportation performed by a cooperative association or federation of cooperative associations for itself or for its members, but does not include transportation performed in furtherance of the nonfarm business of such members.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Nonmember transportation.</I> The term “nonmember transportation” means transportation performed by a cooperative association or federation of cooperative associations other than member transportation as defined in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Fiscal year.</I> The term “fiscal year” means the annual accounting period adopted by the cooperative association or federation of cooperative associations for Federal income tax reporting purposes.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Recreational activities.</I> The term “recreational activities” means activities consisting of an outdoor experience or excursion typically of a physical or athletic nature which require transportation for the sole purpose of moving customers to another location or locations where the outdoor experience or excursion will take place and collecting those customers to transport them back to the place of initial boarding or another outpost of the motor carrier. Recreational activities include but are not limited to hiking, biking, horseback riding, canoeing, whitewater rafting, water trails, tubing, skiing, snowshoeing, snowmobiling, hunting, fishing, mountain climbing, swimming, and off-highway vehicle driving and riding. The term does not include any activity:
</P>
<P>(1) for which the activity offered or sold is occurring simultaneously with the transportation; or
</P>
<P>(2) for which the transportation is the primary service offered for sale.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 2397, Jan. 17, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 45524, July 3, 1980; 47 FR 13353, Mar. 30, 1982; 47 FR 15142, Apr. 8, 1982; 66 FR 49870, Oct. 1, 2001; 89 FR 13997, Feb. 26, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.109" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.109   Computation of tonnage allowable in nonfarm-non-member transportation.</HEAD>
<P>Interstate transportation performed by a cooperative association or federation of cooperative associations for nonmembers who are not farmers, cooperative associations, or federations of associations or the United States Government for compensation, (except transportation otherwise exempt under subtitle IV, part B, chapter 135 of title 49 of the United States Code) shall be limited to that which is incidental to its primary transportation operation and necessary for its effective performance. It shall in no event exceed 25 percent of its total interstate transportation services in any fiscal year, measured in terms of tonnage. A cooperative association or federation of cooperative associations may transport its own property, its members' property, property of other farmers and the property of other cooperatives or federations in accordance with existing law, except where the provisions of § 372.111 may be applicable to the limit on member/nonmember transportation.
</P>
<P>(a) The phrase “incidental to its primary transportation operation and necessary for its effective performance” means that the interstate transportation of the cooperative association or federation of cooperative associations for nonmembers as described above is performed with the same trucks or tractors employed in a prior or subsequent trip in the primary transportation operation of the cooperative association or federation, that it is not economically feasible to operate the trucks or tractors empty on return trips (outbound trips in cases where the primary transportation operation is inbound to the association or federation), and that the additional income obtained from such transportation is necessary to make the primary transportation operation financially practicable. Transportation for nonmembers as described above performed by a cooperative or federation through the use of trucks or tractors trip-leased for one-way movements with the cooperative association or federation acting as leasee, is not incidental and necessary;
</P>
<P>(b) The base tonnage to which the 25-percent limitation is applied is all tonnage of all kinds transported by the cooperative association or federation of cooperative associations in interstate or foreign commerce, whether for itself, its members or nonmembers, for or on behalf of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, and that performed within the exemption provided by 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(5).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 2397, Jan. 17, 1978, as amended at 43 FR 21894, May 22, 1978; 45 FR 45524, July 3, 1980; 62 FR 49940, Sept. 24, 1997; 66 FR 49870, Oct. 1, 2001; 78 FR 58478, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.111" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.111   Nonmember transportation limitation and record keeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Overall limitation of nonmember transportation.</I> No cooperative association or federation of cooperative associations may engage in nonmember interstate transportation for compensation in any fiscal year which, measured in terms of tonnage, exceeds its total interstate member transportation in such fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Records of interstate transportation when nonmember transportation is performed.</I> Any cooperative association or federation of cooperative associations performing interstate transportation for nonmembers shall prepare and retain for a period of at least two years written records of all interstate transportation performed for members and nonmembers. These records shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) The date of the shipment,
</P>
<P>(2) The names and addresses of the consignor and consignee,
</P>
<P>(3) The origin and destination of the shipment,
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the articles in the shipment,
</P>
<P>(5) The weight or volume of the shipment,
</P>
<P>(6) A description of the equipment used either by unit number or license number and, in the event this equipment is nonowned, the name and address of its owners and drivers,
</P>
<P>(7) The total charges collected,
</P>
<P>(8) A copy of all leases executed by the cooperative association or federation of cooperative associations to obtain equipment to perform transportation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(5),
</P>
<P>(9) Whether the transportation performed is:
</P>
<P>(i) Member transportation,
</P>
<P>(ii) Nonmember transportation for nonmembers who are farmers, cooperative associations, or federations thereof,
</P>
<P>(iii) Other nonmember transportation, and if of class (iii), how the transportation was incidental and necessary as defined in § 372.109(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 2397, Jan. 17, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 45524, July 3, 1980; 62 FR 38036, July 16, 1997; 62 FR 49940, Sept. 24, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.113" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.113   Providers of recreational activities.</HEAD>
<P>Transportation by a motor vehicle designed or used to transport not fewer than 9, and not more than 15, passengers (including the driver), whether operated alone or with a trailer attached for the transport of recreational equipment, is exempted from regulation promulgated pursuant to Part B of Title 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV if:
</P>
<P>(a) the motor vehicle is operated by a person that provides recreational activities;
</P>
<P>(b) the transportation is provided within a 150 air-mile radius of the location at which passengers initially boarded the motor vehicle at the outset of the trip; and
</P>
<P>(c) in the case of a motor vehicle transporting passengers over a route between a place in a State and a place in another State, the person operating the motor vehicle is lawfully providing transportation of passengers over the entire route in accordance with applicable State law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 13997, Feb. 26, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.115" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.115   Commodities that are not exempt under 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(6).</HEAD>
<P>49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(6) provides an exemption from regulation for motor vehicles used in carrying ordinary livestock, fish, and unmanufactured agricultural commodities. Certain specific commodities have been statutorily determined to be non-exempt. Administrative Ruling No. 133, which is reproduced below, is a list of those commodities that are non-exempt by statute.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Administrative Ruling No. 133
</HD1>
<HD1>List of Commodities That Are Not Exempt by Statute Under 49 U.S.C. 13506(<E T="01">a</E>)(6)
</HD1>
<FP-2><I>Animal fats</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Butter</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Canned fruits and vegetables</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Carnauba wax as imported in slabs or chunks</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Cattle, slaughtered</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Charcoal</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Cheese</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Coal</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Cocoa beans</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Coffee, beans, roasted, or instant</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Copra meal</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Cotton yarn</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Cottonseed cake or meal</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Diatomaceous earth</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Dinners, frozen</I>
</FP-2>
<FP><I>Feeds:</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Alfalfa meal
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Alfalfa pellets
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Beet pulp
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Bran shorts
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Copra meal
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Corn gluten
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Distilled corn grain residues, with or without solubles added
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Fish meal
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Hominy feed
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Middlings
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Pelletized ground refuse screenings
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Wheat bran
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Wheat shorts
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>Fertilizer, commercial</I>
</FP>
<FP><I>Fish:</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Canned or salted as a treatment for preserving
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Cooked or partially cooked fish or shrimp, frozen or unfrozen
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Hermetically sealed in containers as a treatment for preserving
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Oil from fishes
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Preserved, or treated for preserving, such as smoked, salted, pickled, spiced, corned or kippered
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Flagstone</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Flaxseed meal</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Flour</I>
</FP-2>
<FP><I>Forest products:</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Resin products, such as turpentine
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>Fruits and Berries:</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Bananas, fresh, dried, dehydrated, or frozen
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Canned
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Frozen
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Hulls of oranges after juice extractions
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Juice, fruit, plain or concentrated
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Pies, frozen
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Preserved, such as jam
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Purees, strawberry and other, frozen
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>Grains:</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Oils extracted from grain
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Popcorn, popped
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Rice, precooked
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Wheat germ
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Gravel</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Hair, hog or other animal, product of slaughter of animal</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Hay, sweetened with 3 percent molasses by weight</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Hemp fiber</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Hides, green and salted</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Insecticides</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Limestone, agricultural</I>
</FP-2>
<FP><I>Livestock:</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Monkeys
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Race horses
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Show horses
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Zoo animals
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Lumber, rough sawed or planed</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Maple syrup</I>
</FP-2>
<FP><I>Meal:</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Alfalfa
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Copra
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Cottonseed
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Fish
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Flaxseed
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Linseed
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Peanut
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Soybean
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Meat and meat products, fresh, frozen or canned</I>
</FP-2>
<FP><I>Milk and Cream:</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Chocolate
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Condensed
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Sterilized in hermetically sealed cans
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Molasses</I>
</FP-2>
<FP><I>Nuts (including peanuts):</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Peanut meal
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Roasted or boiled
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Oil, mint</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Oil, extracted from vegetables, grain, seed, fish or other commodity</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Pelts</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Pies, frozen</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Pigeons, racing</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Pulp, beet</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Pulp, sugar cane</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Rock (except natural crushed, vesicular rock to be used for decorative purposes)</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Rubber, crude, in bales</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Rubber, latex, natural, liquid, from which water has been extracted and to which ammonia has been added</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Sand</I>
</FP-2>
<FP><I>Seeds:</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Oil extracted from seeds
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Skins, animal</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Soil, potting</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Soil, top</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Soup, frozen</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Sugar</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Sugar cane pulp</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Sugar raw</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Syrup, cane</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Syrup, maple</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Tea</I>
</FP-2>
<FP><I>Tobacco:</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Cigars and cigarettes
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Homogenized
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Smoking
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Top Soil</I>
</FP-2>
<FP><I>Trees:</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Sawed into lumber
</FP1-2>
<FP><I>Vegetables:</I>
</FP>
<FP1-2>Candied sweet potatoes, frozen
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Canned
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Cooked
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>French fried potatoes
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Oil, extracted from vegetables
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Soup, frozen
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Soybean meal
</FP1-2>
<FP-2><I>Wool imported from a foreign country</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Wool tops and noils</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Wool waste (carded, spun, woven, or knitted)</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Wool yarn</I>
</FP-2>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1:</HED>
<P>Under 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(6)(D), any listed fish or shellfish product that is not intended for human consumption is <I>exempt.</I></P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 2:</HED>
<P>Under 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(6)(E), any listed livestock feed, poultry feed, agricultural seeds, or plants that are transported to a site of agricultural production or to a business enterprise engaged in the sale to agricultural producers of goods used in agricultural production is <I>exempt</I></P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 17707, May 18, 1988, as amended at 62 FR 15421, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.117" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.117   Motor transportation of passengers incidental to transportation by aircraft.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Passengers having an immediately prior or subsequent movement by air.</I> The transportation of passengers by motor vehicle is transportation incidental to transportation by aircraft provided (1) that it is confined to the transportation of passengers who have had or will have an immediately prior or immediately subsequent movement by air and (2) that the zone within which motor transportation is incidental to transportation by aircraft, except as it may be individually determined as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, shall not exceed in size the area encompassed by a 25-mile radius of the boundary of the airport at which the passengers arrive or depart and by the boundaries of the commercial zones (as defined by the Secretary) of any municipalities any part of whose commercial zones falls within the 25-mile radius of the pertinent airport.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Substituted motor-for-air transportation due to emergency conditions.</I> Transportation of passengers by motor vehicle is transportation incidental to transportation by aircraft if it constitutes substituted motor-for-air service performed at the expense of the air carrier in emergency situations arising from the inability of the air carrier to perform air transportation due to adverse weather conditions, equipment failure, or other causes beyond the control of the air carrier.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Individual determination of exempt zones.</I> Upon its own motion or upon petition filed by any interested person, the Secretary may in an appropriate proceeding, determine whether the area within which the transportation by motor vehicle of passengers having an immediately prior or subsequent movement by air must be performed, in order to come within the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, should be individually determined with respect to any particular airport or city served by an airport, and whether there should be established therefor appropriate boundaries differing in extent from this defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exempt zones and operations</I>—(1) <I>Dulles and Baltimore-Washington International Airports.</I> The transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, of passengers, having an immediately prior or subsequent movement by air, between Dulles International Airport, near Chantilly, Va., and Baltimore-Washington International Airport, near Baltimore, Md., is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(8)(A).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Savannah, Ga., Airport.</I> The transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, of passengers, having an immediately prior or subsequent movement by air, between Savannah, Ga., Airport and all points on Hilton Head Island, SC, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(8)(A).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Chicago O'Hare International Airport (Chicago, Ill.).</I> The transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, of passengers, having an immediately prior or subsequent movement by air, between O'Hare International Airport, at Chicago, Ill., on the one hand, and, on the other, points in Indiana on and north of U.S. Highway 30 and on and west of Indiana Highway 49, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(8)(A).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20036, Dec. 20, 1967, as amended at 37 FR 5252, Mar. 11, 1972; 42 FR 10003, Feb. 18, 1977; 42 FR 15705; Mar. 23, 1977; 62 FR 15421, Apr. 1, 1997; 78 FR 58478, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Commercial Zones</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 56653, Dec. 29, 1976, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54708, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 372.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.201   Albany, NY.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Albany, N.Y., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulations under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Albany, N.Y., itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn eight miles beyond the municipal limits of Albany.
</P>
<P>(c) All points in that area more than eight miles beyond the municipal limits of Albany bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at that point on the western boundary of Cohoes, N.Y., where it crosses the line described in paragraph (b) of this section, thence along the western and northern boundary of Cohoes to the Mohawk River thence along such river to the northern boundary of the Town of Waterford thence along the northern and eastern boundaries of the Town of Waterford to the northern boundary of the City of Troy (all of which city is included under the next provision).
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Albany or any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56653, Dec. 29, 1976, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.203" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.203   Beaumont, TX.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Beaumont, Tex., within which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Beaumont, Tex., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 8 miles beyond the municipal limits of Beaumont;
</P>
<P>(c) All points in Jefferson County and Orange County, Tex.;
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Beaumont or by any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56653, Dec. 29, 1976, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.205   Charleston, S.C.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Charleston, S.C., within which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Charleston, S.C., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 6 miles beyond the municipal limits of Charleston;
</P>
<P>(c) Those points in Charleston County, S.C., which are not within the areas described in paragraph (b) of this section; and those points in Berkley County, S.C., which are not within the areas described in paragraph (b) of this section, and which are west of South Carolina Highway 41; and all points in Dorchester County, SC.
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Charleston or by any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56653, Dec. 29, 1976, as amended at 46 FR 28658, May 28, 1981; 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.207" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.207   Charleston, WV.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Charleston, W. Va., within which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Charleston, W. Va., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 6 miles beyond the municipal limits of Charleston;
</P>
<P>(c) Those points in Kanawha County, W. Va., which are not within the area described in paragraph (b) of this section; and those points in Putnam County, W. Va., south of West Virginia Highway 34;
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Charleston or by any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56653, Dec. 29, 1976, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.209" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.209   Lake Charles, LA.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Lake Charles, La., within which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Lake Charles, La., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 6 miles beyond the municipal limits of Lake Charles;
</P>
<P>(c) Those points in Calcasieu Parish, La., which are not within the area described in paragraph (b) of this section; and which are east of Louisiana Highway 27 (western section);
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Lake Charles or by any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56653, Dec. 29, 1976, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.211" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.211   Pittsburgh, PA.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Pittsburgh within which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Pittsburgh, Pa., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 15 miles beyond the municipal limits of Pittsburgh;
</P>
<P>(c) Those points in Allegheny County, Pa., which are not within the area described in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Pittsburgh or by any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56654, Dec. 29, 1976, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997; 78 FR 58478, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.213" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.213   Pueblo, CO.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Pueblo, Colo., within which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulations under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Pueblo, Colo., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 6 miles beyond the municipal limits of Pueblo;
</P>
<P>(c) Those points in Pueblo County, Colo., which are not within the area described in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Pueblo or by any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56654, Dec. 29, 1976, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997; 78 FR 58478, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.215" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.215   Ravenswood, WV.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Ravenswood, W. Va., within which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Ravenswood, W. Va., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 4 miles beyond the municipal limits of Ravenswood;
</P>
<P>(c) Those points in Jackson County, W. Va., which are not within the area described in paragraph (b) of this section, and which are north of U.S. Highway 33;
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Ravenswood or by any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56654, Dec. 29, 1976, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.217" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.217   Seattle, WA.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Seattle, Wash., within which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Seattle, Wash., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 15 miles beyond the municipal limits of Seattle;
</P>
<P>(c) Those points in King County, Wash., which are not within the area described in paragraph (b) of this section, and which are west of a line beginning at the intersection of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section and Washington Highway 18, thence northerly along Washington Highway 18 to junction of Interstate Highway 90, thence westerly along Interstate Highway 90 to junction Washington Highway 203, thence northerly along Washington Highway 203 to the King County line; and those points in Snohomish County, Wash., which are not within the area described in paragraph (b) of this section and which are west of Washington Highway 9; and those points in Kitsap County, Wash., which are not within the area described in paragraph (b) of this section lying within the area bounded by a line beginning at the intersection of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section and Washington Highway 3 to the boundary of Olympic View Industrial Park/Bremerton-Kitsap County Airport, thence westerly, southerly, easterly, and northerly along the boundary of Olympic View Industrial Park/ Bremerton-Kitsap County Airport to its juncture with Washington Highway 3 to its intersection with the line described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Seattle or by any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56654, Dec. 29, 1976, as amended at 46 FR 25314, May 6, 1981; 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.219" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.219   Washington, DC.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Washington, D.C., within which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Washington, D.C., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 15 miles beyond the municipal limits of Washington, DC
</P>
<P>(c) All points in Fairfax and Loudoun Counties, VA, and all points in Prince William County, VA, including the City of Manassas, VA, and the City of Manassas Park, VA.
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Washington, D.C., or by any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56654, Dec. 29, 1976, as amended at 46 FR 56424, Nov. 17, 1981; 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.221" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.221   Twin Cities.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose of determining commercial zones, utilizing the general population-mileage formula as set forth in § 372.241, each of the following combinations of cities shall be considered as a single municipality:
</P>
<P>(a) Having a population equal to the sum of their combined populations, and
</P>
<P>(b) Having boundaries comprised of their combined corporate limits, with the common portion thereof disregarded:
</P>
<P>(1) Bluefield, Va.-W. Va.
</P>
<P>(2) Bristol, Va.-Tenn.
</P>
<P>(3) Davenport, Iowa, and Rock Island and Moline, Ill.
</P>
<P>(4) Delmar, Del-Md.
</P>
<P>(5) Harrison, Ohio-West Harrison, Ind.
</P>
<P>(6) Junction City, Ark.-La.
</P>
<P>(7) Kansas City, Mo.-Kansas City, Kans.
</P>
<P>(8) Minneapolis-St. Paul, Minn.
</P>
<P>(9) St. Louis, Mo.-East St. Louis, Ill.
</P>
<P>(10) Texarkana, Ark.-Tex.
</P>
<P>(11) Texhoma, Tex.-Okla.
</P>
<P>(12) Union City, Ind.-Ohio.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56654, Dec. 29, 1976, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.223" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.223   Consolidated governments.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of a consolidated government within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) All points within the boundaries of the consolidated government.
</P>
<P>(b) All points beyond the boundaries of the consolidated government which were at any time within the commercial zone of the formerly independent core municipality.
</P>
<P>(c) When the present population of the formerly independent core municipality is identifiable, all points beyond the boundaries of the consolidated government which are within the territory determined by the most recent population-mileage formula measured from the limits of the formerly independent core municipality.
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the consolidated government or by any other municipality included under the terms of paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56654, Dec. 29, 1976, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.225" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.225   Lexington-Fayette Urban County, KY.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Lexington-Fayette Urban County, Ky., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Lexington-Fayette Urban County, Ky., itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All other municipalities and unincorporated areas within 5 miles of the intersection of U.S. Highway 27 (Nicholasville Road) with the corporate boundary line between Jessamine County, Ky., and Lexington-Fayette Urban County, Ky.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 18769, May 30, 1974. Redesignated at 41 FR 56655, Dec. 29, 1976. Further redesignated at 55 FR 42198, Oct. 18, 1990, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.227" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.227   Syracuse, NY.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Syracuse, N.Y., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for shipment to or from points beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Syracuse, N.Y., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 10 miles beyond the municipal limits of Syracuse;
</P>
<P>(c) Those points in the towns of Van Buren and Lysander, Onondaga County, N.Y., which are not within the area described in paragraph (b) of this section, but which are within an area bounded by a line beginning at the intersection of new New York Highway 48 with the line described in (b) of this sectio, thence northwesterly along new New York Highway 48 to junction New York Highway 370, thence westerly along New York Highway 370 to junction Emerick Road, thence northerly along Emerick Road to junction Dunham Road, thence northerly along Dunham road to junction New York Highway 192, thence easterly along New York Highway 192 to junction new New York Highway 48, thence northerly along new New York Highway 48 to junction New York Highway 213, thence easterly along New York Highway 213 to junction New York Highway 213A, thence easterly along New York Highway 213A to junction New York Highway 37, thence southerly along New York Highway 37 to its intersection with the line in (b) above;
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined area defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Syracuse or any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 44816, Sept. 7, 1977. Redesignated at 55 FR 42198, Oct. 18, 1990, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997; 78 FR 58478, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.229" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.229   Spokane, WA.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Spokane, WA, within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under control, management, or arrangement for shipment to or from points beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Spokane, WA, itself,
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 8 miles beyond the municipal limits of Spokane;
</P>
<P>(c) All points within that area more than 8 miles beyond the municipal limits of Spokane bounded by a line as follows: From the intersection of the line described in (b) of this section and U.S. Highway 2, thence westerly along U.S. Highway 2 to junction Brooks Road, thence southerly along Brooks Road to junction Hallett Road, thence easterly along Hallett Road to its intersection with the line described in (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Spokane or any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 62085, Sept. 18, 1980. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 42198, Oct. 18, 1990; 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997; 78 FR 58478, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.231" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.231   Tacoma, WA.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Tacoma, WA, within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for shipment to or from points beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1), includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Tacoma, WA, itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 8 miles beyond the municipal limits of Tacoma;
</P>
<P>(c) Those points in Pierce County, WA, which are not within the area described in paragraph (b) of this section, but which are on Washington Highway 162 beginning at its intersection with the line described in paragraph (b) of this section, extending to and including Orting, WA, and all points within the Orting commercial zone.
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined area defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Tacoma or any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 66460, Oct. 7, 1980. Redesignated at 55 FR 42198, Oct. 18, 1990, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997; 66 FR 49870, Oct. 1, 2001; 78 FR 58478, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.233" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.233   Chicago, IL.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Chicago, IL, within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a shipment to or from such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1), includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Chicago, IL, itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 20 miles beyond the municipal limits of Chicago;
</P>
<P>(c) All points in Lake County, IL.
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined area defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Chicago or any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 11286, Feb. 6, 1981. Redesignated at 55 FR 42198, Oct. 18, 1990, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997; 78 FR 58479, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.235" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.235   New York, NY.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of, New York, NY, within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for shipment to or from points beyond such zone is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1), includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of New York, NY, itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 20 miles beyond the municipal limits of New York, NY;
</P>
<P>(c) All points in Morris County, NJ;
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c); and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except by a water boundary, by the municipality of New York or by any other municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 34478, Aug. 26, 1985. Redesignated at 55 FR 42198, Oct. 18, 1990, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.237" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.237   Cameron, Hidalgo, Starr, and Willacy Counties, TX.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Transportation within a zone comprised of Cameron, Hidalgo, Starr, and Willacy Counties, TX, by motor carriers of property, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for shipment to or from points beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1).
</P>
<P>(b) To the extent that commercial zones of municipalities within the four counties (as determined under § 372.241) extend beyond the boundaries of this four-county zone, the areas of such commercial zones shall be considered to be part of the zone and partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 1815, Jan. 15, 1986. Redesignated at 55 FR 42198, Oct. 18, 1990, as amended at 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.239" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.239   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part, the following terms are defined:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Municipality</I> means any city, town, village, or borough which has been created by special legislative act or which has been, otherwise, individually incorporated or chartered pursuant to general State laws, or which is recognized as such, under the Constitution or by the laws of the State in which located, and which has a local government. It does not include a town of the township or New England type.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contiguous municipalities</I> means municipalities, as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, which have at some point a common municipal or corporate boundary.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Unincorporated area</I> means any area not within the corporate or municipal boundaries of any municipality as defined in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20048, Dec. 20, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.241" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.241   Commercial zones determined generally, with exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>The commercial zone of each municipality in the United States, with the exceptions indicated in the note at the end of this section, within which the transportation of passengers or property, in interstate or foreign commerce, when not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point without such zone, is exempt from all provisions of 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B shall be deemed to consist of:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality itself, hereinafter called the base municipality;
</P>
<P>(b) All municipalities which are contiguous to the base municipality;
</P>
<P>(c) All other municipalities and all unincorporated areas within the United States which are adjacent to the base municipality as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) When the base municipality has a population less than 2,500 all unincorporated areas within 3 miles of its corporate limits and all of any other municipality any part of which is within 3 miles of the corporate limits of the base municipality,
</P>
<P>(2) When the base municipality has a population of 2,500 but less than 25,000 all unincorporated areas within 4 miles of its corporate limits and all of any other municipality any part of which is within 4 miles of the corporate limits of the base municipality.
</P>
<P>(3) When the base municipality has a population of 25,000 but less than 100,000 all unincorporated areas within 6 miles of its corporate limits and all of any other municipality any part of which is within 6 miles of the corporate limits of the base municipality, and
</P>
<P>(4) When the base municipality has a population of 100,000 but less than 200,000 all unincorporated areas within 8 miles of its corporate limits and all of any other municipality any part of which is within 8 miles of the corporate limits of the base municipality.
</P>
<P>(5) When the base municipality has a population of 200,000 but less than 500,000 all unincorporated areas within 10 miles of its corporate limits and all of any other municipality any part of which is within 10 miles of the corporate limits of the base municipality.
</P>
<P>(6) When the base municipality has a population of 500,000 but less than 1 million, all unincorporated areas within 15 miles of its corporate limits and all of any other municipality any part of which is within 15 miles of the corporate limits of the base municipality.
</P>
<P>(7) When the base municipality has a population of 1 million or more, all unincorporated areas within 20 miles of its corporate limits and all of any other municipality any part of which is within 20 miles of the corporate limits of the base municipality, and
</P>
<P>(d) All municipalities wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the base municipality, by any municipality contiguous thereto, or by any municipality adjacent thereto which is included in the commercial zone of such base municipality under the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Except: Municipalities the commercial zones of which have been or are hereafter individually or specially determined.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20048, Dec. 20, 1967, as amended at 34 FR 9870, June 26, 1969; 34 FR 15482, Oct. 4, 1969; 41 FR 56655, Dec. 29, 1976; 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.243" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.243   Controlling distances and population data.</HEAD>
<P>In the application of § 372.241:
</P>
<P>(a) Air-line distances or mileages about corporate limits of municipalities shall be used.
</P>
<P>(b) The population of any municipality shall be deemed to be the highest figure shown for that municipality in any decennial census since (and including) the 1940 decennial census.
</P>
<P>(c) Contraction of municipal boundaries will not alter the size of commercial zones.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20040, Dec. 20, 1967, as amended at 37 FR 15701, Aug. 4, 1972; 50 FR 10233, Mar. 14, 1985; 62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.245" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.245   New Mexico Commercial Zone.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Transportation within a zone comprised of Dona Ana and Luna Counties, NM, by motor carriers of property, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for shipment to or from points beyond such zone is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1).
</P>
<P>(b) To the extent that commercial zones of municipalities within the two counties (as determined under § 372.241) extend beyond the boundaries of this two county zone, the areas of such commercial zones shall be considered to be part of the zone and partially exempted from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 9121, Feb. 24, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.247" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.2.1.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.247   City of El Paso, TX.</HEAD>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of El Paso, TX, within which transportation of passengers or property by motor carriers in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under 49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1), includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of the City of El Paso, TX;
</P>
<P>(b) All municipalities which are contiguous to the City of El Paso;
</P>
<P>(c) All of any other municipalities and all unincorporated areas within the United States which are adjacent to the City of El Paso as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Within 15 miles of the corporate limits of the City of El Paso; or
</P>
<P>(2) Within 15 miles of the corporate limits of the City of San Elizario, TX; and
</P>
<P>(d) All municipalities wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the City of El Paso, by any municipality contiguous thereto, or by any municipality adjacent thereto which is included in the commercial zone of the City of El Paso under the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 9121, Feb. 24, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Terminal Areas</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>32 FR 20049, Dec. 20, 1967, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54708, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 372.300" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.300   Distances and population data.</HEAD>
<P>In the application of this subpart, distances and population data shall be determined in the same manner as provided in 49 CFR 372.243. See also definitions in 49 CFR 372.239. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.301" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.301   Terminal areas of motor carriers and freight forwarders at municipalities served.</HEAD>
<P>The terminal area within the meaning of 49 U.S.C. 13503 of any motor carrier of property or freight forwarder subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B at any municipality authorized to be served by such motor carrier of property or motor carrier of passengers in the transportation of express or freight forwarder, within which transportation by motor carrier in the performance of transfer, collection, or delivery services may be performed by, or for, such motor carrier of property or freight forwarder without compliance with the provisions of 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B consists of and includes all points or places which are:
</P>
<P>(a) Within the commercial zone, as defined by the Secretary, of that municipality, and
</P>
<P>(b) Not beyond the limits of the operating authority of such motor carrier of property or freight forwarder. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 15422, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 372.303" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 372.303   Terminal areas of motor carriers and freight forwarders at unincorporated communities served.</HEAD>
<P>The terminal areas within the meaning of 49 U.S.C. 13503 of any motor carrier of property or freight forwarder subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B, at any unincorporated community having a post office of the same name which is authorized to be served by such motor carrier of property or motor carrier of passengers in the transportation of express or freight forwarder, within which transportation by motor vehicle in the performance of transfer, collection, or delivery services may be performed by, or for, such motor carrier of property or freight forwarder without compliance with the provisions of 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B, consists of:
</P>
<P>(a) All points in the United States which are located within the limits of the operating authority of the motor carrier of property or freight forwarder involved, and within 3 miles of the post office at such authorized unincorporated point if it has a population less than 2,500, within 4 miles if it has a population of 2,500 but less than 25,000, or within 6 miles if it has a population of 25,000 or more;
</P>
<P>(b) All of any municipality any part of which is included under paragraph (a) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(c) Any municipality wholly surrounded by any municipality included under paragraph (b) of this section, or so wholly surrounded except for a water boundary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20049, Dec. 20, 1967, as amended at 41 FR 56655, Dec. 29, 1976; 51 FR 44297, Dec. 9, 1986; 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.14.3.1.4.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 372—Commercial Zones
</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>“Note:</HED>
<P>The text of these definitions is identical to the text of 49 CFR Part 1048, revised as of October 1, 1975, which is no longer in print.”</P></NOTE>
<HD1>Commercial Zones
</HD1>
<FP>Sec.
</FP>
<FP-2>1 New York, N.Y.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>2 Chicago, Ill.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>3 St. Louis, Mo.-East St. Louis, Ill.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>4 Washington, D.C.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>5 Los Angeles, Calif., and contiguous and adjacent municipalities.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>6 Philadelphia, Pa.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>7 Cincinnati, Ohio
</FP-2>
<FP-2>8 Kansas City, Mo.-Kansas City, Kans.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>9 Boston, Mass.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>10 Davenport, Iowa; Rock Island and Moline, Ill.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>11 Commercial zones of municipalities in New Jersey within 5 miles of New York, N.Y.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>12 Commercial zones of municipalities in Westchester and Nassau Counties, N.Y.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>13 Tucson, Ariz.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>14 Albuquerque, N. Mex.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>18 Ravenswood, W. Va.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>19 Lake Charles, La.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>20 Syracuse, N.Y.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>21 Baltimore, Md.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>22 Cleveland, Ohio.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>23 Detroit, Mich.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>24 Seattle, Wash.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>25 Albany, N.Y.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>26 Minneapolis-St. Paul, Minn.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>27 New Orleans, La.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>28 Pittsburgh, Pa.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>29 Portland, Oreg.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>30 Vancouver, Wash.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>31 Charleston, S.C.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>32 Charleston, W. Va.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>33 Memphis, Tenn.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>34 Houston, Tex.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>35 Pueblo, Colo.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>36 Warren, Ohio
</FP-2>
<FP-2>37 Louisville, Ky.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>38 Sioux City, Iowa.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>39 Beaumont, Tex.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>40 Metropolitan Government of Nashville and Davidson County, Tenn.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>41 Consolidated City of Indianapolis, Ind.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>42 Lexington-Fayette Urban County, Ky.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>43 Definitions.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>44 Commercial zones determined generally, with exceptions.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>45 Controlling distances and population data.
</FP-2>
<HD2>Section 1 New York, N.Y.
</HD2>
<P>(a) The application of § 372.241 Commercial Zones determined generally, with exceptions, is hereby extended to New York, N.Y.
</P>
<P>(b) The exemption provided by section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act, of transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, performed wholly within the zone the limits of which are defined in paragraph (a) of this section, is hereby removed as to all such transportation except:
</P>
<P>(1) Transportation which is performed wholly within the following territory: The area within the corporate limits of the cities of New York, Yonkers, Mount Vernon, North Pelham, Pelham, Pelham Manor, Great Neck Estates, Floral Park, and Valley Stream, N.Y., and Englewood, N.J.; the area within the borough limits of Alpine, Tenafly, Englewood Cliffs, Leonia, Fort Lee, Edgewater, Cliffside Park, Fairview, Palisades Park, and Ridgefield, Bergen County, N.J.; and that part of Hudson County, N.J., east of Newark Bay and the Hackensack River;
</P>
<P>(2) Transportation which is performed in respect of a shipment which has had a prior, or will have a subsequent movement by water carrier, and which is performed wholly between points named in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, on the one hand, and, on the other, those points in Newark and Elizabeth, N.J., identified as follows: All points in that area within the corporate limits of the cities of Newark and Elizabeth, N.J., west of Newark Bay and bounded on the south by the main line of the Central Railroad of New Jersey, on the west by the Newark &amp; Elizabeth Branch of the Central Railroad Company of New Jersey, and on the north by the property line of the Penn Central Transportation Company.
</P>
<P>(3) Transportation which is performed in respect of a shipment by rail carrier, and which is performed wholly between points named in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, on the one hand, and, on the other,
</P>
<P>(a) Those portions of Kearny, N.J., within an area bounded on the north by the main line of the Jersey City Branch of the Penn Central Transportation Co., on the south and east by Fish House Road and Pennsylvania Avenue, and on the west by the property line of the Penn Central Transportation Co. Truck-Train Terminal.
</P>
<P>(b)(i) That portion of Newark, N.J., within an area bounded on the north by South Street and Delancey Street, on the east by Doremus Avenue, on the south by the freight right-of-way of the Penn Central Transportation Co. (Waverly Yard, Newark, N.J., to Greenville Piers, Jersey City, N.J., line), and on the west by the Penn Central Transportation Co.'s Hunter Street produce yard, and (ii) that portion of Newark, N.J., within an area bounded on the north by Poinier Street, on the east by Broad Steet, on the south by the passenger right-of-way of the Penn Central Transportation Co.'s main line and on the west by Frelinghuysen Avenue.
</P>
<P>(c) That portion of Port Reading, N.J., within an area bounded on the east by the Arthur Kill, on the south by the right-of-way of the Reading Co., on the west by Cliff Road, and on the north by Woodbridge-Carteret Road, and
</P>
<P>(d) That portion of Elizabeth, N.J., within an area bounded by a line extending from Newark Bay westward along Trumbull Street to its intersection with Division Street; thence northward along Trumbull Street to its intersection with East North Avenue; thence eastward along East North Avenue to its intersection with the New Jersey Turnpike, thence along the New Jersey Turnpike to the Elizabeth Channel; thence easterly along the Elizabeth Channel to Newark Bay; thence along the western shore of Newark Bay to the point of beginning.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 2 Chicago, Ill.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Chicago, Ill., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)), includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>The area within the corporate limits of Chicago, Evanston, Oak Park, Cicero, Berwyn, River Forest, Willow Springs, Bridgeview, Hickory Hills, Worth, Homewood, and Lansing, Ill.; the area within the township limits of Niles, Maine, Leyden, Norwood Park, Proviso, Lyons, Riverside, Stickeny, Worth, Calumet, Bremen, and Thornton Townships, Cook County, Ill.; the area comprised of that part of Lemont Township, Cook County, and that part of Downers Grove Township, Du Page County, Ill., bounded by a line beginning at the intersection of Archer Avenue and the southern corporate limits of WillowSprings, Ill., and extending in a southwesterly direction along Archer Avenue to its junction with Chicago Joliet Road (Sag Lemont Highway), thence in a westerly direction over Chicago Joliet Road to its junction with Walker Road, thence directly north along an imaginary line to the southern shoreline of the Chicago Sanitary and Ship Canal, thence in a northeasterly direction along said shoreline to the corporate limits of Willow Springs, including points on the indicated portions of the highways specified; the area within Burr Ridge, Du Page County, bounded by a line beginning at the intersection of County Line Road and Frontage Road, thence southwesterly along Frontage Road to its intersection with Garfield Street, thence northerly along Garfield Street to its junction with 74th Street, thence westerly along an imaginary line to the junction of 74th Street and Grant Street, thence southerly along Grant Street to its junction with 75th Street, thence westerly along 75th Street to its junction with Brush Hill Road, thence southerly along Brush Hill Road to its junction with Frontage Road, thence northeasterly along Frontage Road to its junction with County Line Road; and the area within the corporate limits of Hammond, Whiting, East Chicago, and Gary, Ind.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 3 St. Louis, Mo.-East St. Louis, Ill.
</HD2>
<P>(a) The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of St. Louis, Mo.-East St. Louis, Ill, within which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management or arrangement for a continuous carriage to or from a point beyond the zone is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)), includes and is comprised of all points as follows: (1) All points within the corporate limits of St. Louis, Mo.; (2) all points in St. Louis County, Mo., within a line drawn 0.5 mile south, west, and north of the following line: Beginning at the Jefferson Barracks Bridge across the Mississippi River and extending westerly along Missouri Highway 77 to its junction with U.S. Highway 61 Bypass, thence along U.S. Highway 61 Bypass to its junction with U.S. Highway 66, thence westerly along U.S. Highway 66 to its junction with Bowles Avenue, thence northerly along Bowles Avenue, actual or projected, to the Meramec River, thence easterly along the south bank of the Meramec River to a point directly south of the western boundary of Kirkwood, thence across the Meramec River to and along the western boundary of Kirkwood to Marshall Road, thence westerly along Marshall Road to its junction with Treecourt Avenue, thence northerly along Treecourt Avenue to its junction with Big Bend Road, thence easterly along Big Bend Road to the western boundry of Kirkwood, thence northerly along the western boundary of Kirkwood to its junction with Dougherty Ferry Road, thence westerly along Dougherty Ferry Road to its junction with Interstate Highway 244, thence northerly along InterstateHighway 244 to its junction with Manchester Road, thence easterly along Manchester Road to its junction with the northwest corner of Kirkwood, thence along the western and northern boundaries of Kirkwood to the western boundary of Huntleigh, Mo., thence along the western and northern boundaries of Huntleigh to its junction with Lindbergh Boulevard, thence northerly along Lindbergh Boulevard to its junction with Lackland Avenue, thence in a westerly direction along Lackland Avenue to its junction with the right-of-way of the proposed Circumferential Expressway (Interstate Highway 244), thence in a northerly direction along said right-of-way to its junction with the right-of-way of the Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific Railroad, thence in an easterly direction along said right-of-way to its junction with Dorsett Road, thence in an easterly direction along Dorsett Road to its junction with Lindbergh Boulevard, thence in a northerly direction along Lindbergh Boulevard to its junction with St. Charles Rock Road, thence westerly along St. Charles Rock Road to its function with the Missouri River, thence northerly along the east shore of the Missouri River to its junction with the Norfolk and Western Railway Co. right-of-way, thence easterly along the southern boundary of the Norfolk and Western Railway Co. right-of-way to Lindbergh Boulevard, thence in an easterly direction along Lindbergh Boulevard to the western boundary of St. Ferdinand (Florissant), Mo., thence along the western, northern, and eastern boundaries of St. Ferdinand to junction Insterstate Highway 270, and thence along Interstate Highway 270 to the corporate limits of St. Louis (near Chain of Rocks Bridge); and (3) all points within the corporate limits of East St. Louis, Belleville, Granite City, Madison, Venice, Brooklyn, National City, Fairmont City, Washington Park, and Sauget, Ill.; that part of the village of Cahokia, Ill., bounded by Illinois Highway 3 on the east, First Avenue and Red House (Cargill) Road on the south and southwest, the east line of the right-of-way of the Alton and Southern Railroad on the west, and the corporate limits of Sauget, Ill., on the northwest and north; that part of Centerville, Ill., bounded by a line beginning at the junction of 26th Street and the corporate limit of East St. Louis, Ill., and extending northeasterly along 26th Street to its junction with BondAvenue, thence southeasterly along Bond Avenue to its junction with Owen Street, thence southwesterly along Owen Street to its junction with Church Road, thence southeasterly along Church Road to its junction with Illinois Avenue, thence southwesterly along Illinois Avenue to the southwesterly side of the right-of-way of the Illinois Central Railroad Co., thence along the southwesterly side of the right-of-way of the Illinois Central Railroad Co. to the corporate limits of East St. Louis, Ill, thence along the corporate limits of East St. Louis, Ill., to the point of beginning; and that area bounded by a line commencing at the intersection of the right-of-way of the Alton and Southern Railroad and the Madison, Ill., corporate limits near 19th Street, and extending east and south along said right-of-way to its intersection with the right-of-way of Illinois Terminal Railroad Co., thence southwesterly along the Illinois Terminal Railroad Co. right-of-way to its intersection with Illinois Highway 203, thence northwesterly along said highway to its intersection with the Madison, Ill., corporate boundary near McCambridge Avenue, thence northerly along the Madison, Ill., corporate boundary to the point of beginning.
</P>
<P>(b) The exemption provided by section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act in respect of transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, between Belleville, Ill., on the one hand, and, on the other, any other point in the commercial zone, the limits of which are defined in paragraph (a) of this section, is hereby removed, and the said transportation is hereby subjected to all applicable provisions of the Interstate Commerce Act.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 4 Washington, DC.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Washington, DC, within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage to or from a point beyond the zone is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.A. 303(b)(8)) includes and it is comprised of all as follows:
</P>
<P>Beginning at the intersection of MacArthur Boulevard and Falls Road (Maryland Highway 189) and extending northeasterly along Falls Road to its junction with Scott Drive, thence west on Scott Drive to its junction with Viers Drive, thence west on Viers Drive to its junction with Glen Mill Road, thence northeast on Glen Mill Road to its junction with Maryland Highway 28, thence west on Maryland Highway 28 to its junction with Shady Grove Road, thence northeast on Shady Grove Road approximately 2.7 miles to Crabbs Branch, thence southeasterly along the course of Crabbs Branch to Rock Creek, thence southerly along the course of Rock Creek to Viers Mill Road (Maryland Highway 586), thence southeasterly along Viers Mill Road approximately 0.3 mile to its junction with Aspen Hill Road, thence northeasterly along Aspen Hill Road to its junction with Brookeville Road (Maryland Highway 97), thence southeasterly along Brookeville Road to its junction with Maryland Highway 183, thence northeasterly along Maryland Highway 183 to Colesville, Md., thence southeasterly along Beltsville Road to its junction with Powder Mill Road (Maryland Highway 212), thence easterly over Powder Mill Road to its junction with Montgomery Road, thence northeasterly along Montgomery Road, approximately 0.2 mile, to its junction with an unnumbered highway extending northeasterly to the north of Ammendale Normal Institute, thence along such unnumbered highway for a distance of about 2.2 miles to its junction somewhat north of Virginia Manor, Md., with an unnumbered highway extending easterly through Muirkirk, Md., thence along such unnumbered highway through Muirkirk to its junction, approximately 1.8 miles east of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, with an unnumbered highway, thence southwesterly along such unnumbered highway for a distance of about 0.5 mile to its junction with an unnumbered highway, thence southeasterly along such unnumbered highway through Springfield and Hillmeade, Md., to its junction with Defense Highway (U.S. Highway 50), thence southwesterly along Defense Highway approximately 0.8 mile to its junction with Enterprise Road (Maryland Highway 556), thence southerly over Enterprise Road to its junction with Central Avenue (Maryland Highway 214), thence westerly over Central Avenue about 0.5 mile to its crossing of Western Branch, thence southerly down the course of Western Branch to Maryland Highway 202, thence westerly approximately 0.3 mile along Maryland Highway 202 to its junction with White House Road, thence southwesterly along White House Road to its junction with Maryland Highway 221, thence southeasterly along Maryland Highway 221 to its junction with Maryland Highway 4, thence westerly along Maryland Highway 4 to the boundary of Andrews Air Force Base, thence south and west along said boundary to Brandywine Road (Maryland Highway 5), thence northwesterly along Maryland Highway 5 to its junction with Maryland Highway 337, thence southwesterly along Maryland Highway 337 to its junction with Maryland Highway 224, thence southerly along Maryland Highway 224 to a point opposite the mouth of Broad Creek, thence due west across the Potomac River to the west bank thereof, thence southerly along the west bank of the Potomac River to Gunston Cove, thence up the course of Gunston Cove to Pohick Creek, thence up the course of Pohick Creek to Virginia Highway 611, thence southwesterly along Virginia Highway 611 to the Fairfax-Prince William County line, thence along said county line to Virginia Highway 123, thence northerly along Virginia Highway 123 to its junction with Virginia Highway 636, thence northeasterly along Virginia Highway 636 to its junction with Virginia Highway 638, thence northwesterly along Virginia Highway 638 to its junction with Virginia Highway 620, thence westerly along Virginia Highway 620 to its junction with Virginia Highway 655, thence northeasterly along Virginia Highway 655 to its junction with U.S. Highway 211, thence westerly along U.S. Highway 211 to its junction with Virginia Highway 608, thence northerly along Virginia Highway 608 to its junction with U.S. Highway 50, thence westerly along U.S. Highway 50 to the Fairfax-Loudoun County line, thence northeasterly along said county line to its intersection with Dulles International Airport, thence along the southern, western, and northern boundaries of said airport to the Fairfax-Loudoun County line (at or near Dulles Airport Access Road), thence northeasterly along said county line to its junction with Virginia Highway 7, thence southeasterly along Virginia Highway 7 to its junction with Virginia Highway 193, thence along Virginia Highway 193 to its junction with Scott Run Creek, thence northerly down the course of Scott Run Creek to the Potomac River, thence due north across the river to MacArthur Boulevard to its junction with Maryland Highway 189, the point of beginning.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 5 Los Angeles, Calif., and contiguous and adjacent municipalities.
</HD2>
<P>(a) The exemption provided by section 203(b)(8) of Part II of the Interstate Commerce Act to the extent it affects transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, performed wholly within Los Angeles, Calif., or wholly within any municipality contiguous or adjacent to Los Angeles, Calif., or wholly a part of Los Angeles, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section, or wholly within the zone adjacent to and commercially a part of the San Pedro, Wilmington, and Terminal Island Districts of Los Angeles and Long Beach, as defined in paragraph (c) of this section, or wholly within the zone of any independent municipality contiguous or adjacent to Los Angeles, as determined under § 372.241, or otherwise, between any point in Los Angeles County, Calif., north of the line described below, on the one hand, and, on the other, any point in Los Angeles County, Calif., south thereof is hereby removed and the said transportation is hereby subjected to all the applicable provisions of the Interstate Commerce Act:
</P>
<P>Beginning at the Pacific Ocean, and extending easterly along the northern and eastern corporate limits of Manhattan Beach to the northern corporate limits of Redondo Beach, thence along the northern and eastern corporate limits of Redondo Beach to the intersection of Inglewood Avenue and Redondo Beach Boulevard, thence along Redondo Beach Boulevard to the corporate limits of Torrance, thence along the northwestern and eastern corporate limits of Torrance to 182d Street, thence along 182d Street, Walnut, and Main Streets to Alondra Boulevard, thence along Alondra Boulevard to its intersection with Dwight Avenue, thence southerly along Dwight Avenue and an imaginary straight line extending southward to Greenleaf Boulevard, thence eastward along Greenleaf Boulevard to the northwestern corner of the corporate limits of Long Beach, thence along the northern and eastern corporate limits of Long Beach to Artesia Boulevard, thence east on Artesia Boulevard to the Los Angeles-Orange County line.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purpose of administration and enforcement of Part II of the Interstate Commerce Act, the zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Los Angeles and contiguous municipalities (except the San Pedro, Wilmington, and Terminal Island districts of Los Angeles and Long Beach, Calif.), in which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, will be partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the act, is hereby defined to includethe area of a line extending in a generally northwesterly and northerly direction from the intersection of Inglewood Avenue and Redondo Beach Boulevard along the eastern and northern corporate limits of Redondo Beach, Calif., to the eastern corporate limits of Manhattan Beach, Calif., thence along the eastern and northern corporate limits of Manhattan Beach to the Pacific Ocean, thence along the shoreline of the Pacific Ocean to the western corporate limits of Los Angeles at a point east of Topanga Canyon, and thence along the western corporate limits of Los Angeles to a point near Santa Susana Pass; south of a line extending in a generally easterly direction from a point near Santa Susana Pass along the northern corporate limits of Los Angeles to the eastern corporate limits of Burbank, Calif., thence along the eastern corporate limits of Burbank to the northern corporate limits of Glendale, Calif., and thence along the northern corporate limits of Glendale and Pasadena, Calif., to the northeastern corner of Pasadena; west of a line extending in a generally southerly and southwesterly direction from the northeastern corner of Pasadena along the eastern and a portion of the southern corporate limits of Pasadena to the eastern corporate limits of SanMarino, Calif., thence along the eastern corporate limits of San Marino and the eastern and a portion of the southern corporate limits of Alhambra, Calif., to the western corporate limits of Monterey Park, Calif., and the western corporate limits of Montebello, Calif., thence along the western corporate limits of Montebello, Calif., to the Rio Hondo, and the Los Angeles River to the northern corporate limits of Long Beach; and north of a line extending in a generally westerly direction from the Los Angeles River along the northern corporate limits of Long Beach and thence along Greenleaf Boulevard to its intersection with an imaginary straight line extending southward from Dwight Avenue, thence north on the imaginary straight line extending southward from Dwight Avenue, and thence northerly along Dwight Avenue to Alondra Boulevard, thence west along Alondra Boulevard, Main, Walnut, and 182d Streets to the eastern corporate limits of Torrance, thence along a portion of the eastern and the northwestern corporate limits of Torrance to Redondo Beach Boulevard, and thence along Redondo Beach Boulevard to Inglewood Avenue.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of administration and enforcement of Part II of the Interstate Commerce Act, the zone adjacent to and commercially a part of the San Pedro, Wilmington, and Terminal Island districts of Los Angeles and Long Beach in which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, will be partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the act, is hereby defined to include the area east of a line extending in a generally northerly and northwesterly direction from the Pacific Ocean along the western corporate limits of Los Angeles to 258th Street, thence along 258th Street to the eastern corporate limits of Torrance, and thence along a portion of the eastern, and along the southern and western, corporate limits of Torrance to the northwestern corner of Torrance, south of a line extending in a generallyeasterly direction from the northwestern corner of Torrance along the northwestern and a portion of the eastern corporate limits of Torrance to 182d Street, thence along 182d, Walnut, Main, and Alondra Boulevard to its intersection with Dwight Avenue, thence southerly along Dwight Avenue and an imaginary straight line extending southward from Dwight Avenue to Greenleaf Boulevard and thence along Greenleaf Boulevard and the northern corporate limits of Long Beach to the northeastern corner of Long Beach; west of the eastern corporate limits of Long Beach; and north of the southern corporate limits of Long Beach and Los Angeles.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 6 Philadelphia, Pa.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Philadelphia, Pa., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The area within Pennsylvania included within the corporate limits of Philadelphia and Bensalem and Lower Southampton Townships in Bucks County; Conshohocken and West Conshohocken, Pa., and Lower Moreland, Abington, Cheltenham, Springfield, Whitemarsh, and Lower Merion Townships in Montgomery County; an area in Upper Dublin Township, Montgomery County, bounded by a line beginning at the intersection of Pennsylvania Avenue and Fort Washington Avenue and extending northeast along Fort Washington Avenue to its junction with Susquehanna Road, thence southeast along Susquehanna Road to its junctionwith the right-of-way of the Pennsylvania Railroad Company, thence southwest along the right-of-way of the Pennsylvania Railroad Company to Pennsylvania Avenue, thence northwest along Pennsylvania Avenue to its junction with Fort Washington Avenue, the point of beginning; Haverford Township in Delaware County; and an area in Delaware County south and east of a line extending southward from the intersection of the western and northern boundaries of Upper Darby Township along Darby Creek to Bishop Avenue, thence south along Bishop Avenue to Baltimore Pike, thence west along Baltimore Pike to Pennsylvania Highway 320, thence south along Pennsylvania Highway 320 to the corporate limits of Chester, thence along the northern corporate limit of Chester in a westerly direction to the eastern boundary of Upper Chichester Township, thence south to the southern boundary of said township along the eastern boundary thereof, and thence west along the southern boundary of said township to the Delaware State line, and thence south along the Delaware State line to the Delaware River, and
</P>
<P>(b) The area in New Jersey included in the corporate limits of Camden, Gloucester City, Woodlynne, Merchantville, and Palmyra Boroughs, and the area included in Pennsauken Township in Camden County.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 7 Cincinnati, Ohio.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Cincinnati, Ohio, within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuing carriage to or from a point beyond the zone is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 203(b)(8)), includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<SCOL2>
<LI>Addyston, Ohio.</LI>
<LI>Cheviot, Ohio.</LI>
<LI>Cincinnati, Ohio.</LI>
<LI>Cleves, Ohio.</LI>
<LI>Elmwood Place, Ohio.</LI>
<LI>Fairfax, Ohio.</LI>
<LI>Mariemont, Ohio.</LI>
<LI>North Bend, Ohio.</LI>
<LI>Norwood, Ohio.</LI>
<LI>St. Bernard, Ohio.</LI>
<LI>Covington, Ky.</LI>
<LI>Newport, Ky.</LI>
<LI>Cold Spring, Ky.
</LI></SCOL2>
<P>That part of Ohio bounded by a line commencing at the intersection of the Colerain-Springfield Township line and corporate limits of Cincinnati, Ohio, and extending along said township line in a northerly direction to its intersection with the Butler-Hamilton County line, thence in an easterly direction along said county line to its intersection with Ohio Highway 4, thence in a northerly direction along Ohio Highway 4 to its intersection with Seward Road, thence in a northerly direction along said road to its intersection with Port Union Road, thence east along Port Union Road to the Fairfield Township-Union Township line, thence northward along said township line to its intersection with the right-of-way of the Pennsylvania Railroad Co., thence southeasterly along the right-of-way of the Pennsylvania RailroadCo. to its intersection with Princeton-Glendale Road (Ohio Highway 747), thence southward along said road to its intersection with Mulhauser Road, thence in an easterly direction along said road to the terminus thereof west of the tracks of the Pennsylvania Railroad Co., thence continue in an easterly direction in a straight line to Allen Road, thence along the latter to the junction thereof with Cincinnati-Dayton Road, thence in a southerly direction along Cincinnati-Dayton Road, to the Butler, Hamilton County line, thence along said county line to the Warren-Hamilton County line in an easterly direction to the Symmes-Sycamore Township line, thence in a southerly direction along the Symmes-Sycamore Township line to its intersection with the Columbia Township line, thence in a westerly direction along Sycamore-Columbia Township line to Madeira Township, thence in a clockwise direction around the boundary of Madeira Township to the Sycamore-Columbia Township line, thence in a westerly direction along said township line to Silverton Township, thence in a southerly direction along said corporate limits to junction with Redbank Road, thence in a southerly direction over Redbank Road to the Cincinnati Corporate limits.
</P>
<P>That part of Kenton County, Ky., lying on and north of a line commencing at the intersection of the Kenton-Boone County line and Dixie Highway (U.S. Highways 25 and 42), and extending over said highway to the corporate limits of Covington, Ky., including communities on the described line.
</P>
<P>That part of Campbell County, Ky., lying on and north of a line commencing at the southern corporate limits of Newport, Ky., and extending along Licking Pike (Kentucky Highway 9) to junction with Johns Hill Road, thence along Johns Hill Road to junction with Alexandria Pike (U.S. Highway 27), thence northward along Alexandria Pike to junction with River Road (Kentucky Highway 445), thence over the latter to the Ohio River, including communities on the described line.
</P>
<P>That part of Boone County, Ky., bounded by a line beginning at the Boone-Kenton County line west of Erlanger, Ky., and extending in a northwesterly direction along Donaldson Highway to its intersection with Zig-Zag Road, thence along Zig-Zag Road to its intersection with Kentucky Highway 18, thence along Kentucky Highway 18 to its intersection with Kentucky Highway 237, thence along Kentucky Highway 237 to its intersection with Kentucky Highway 20, and thence easterly along Kentucky Highway 20 to the Boone-Kenton County line.
</P>
<P>That part of Boone and Kenton Counties, Ky., bounded by a line commencing at the intersection of the Boone-Kenton County line and U.S. Highway 42, and extending in a southwesterly direction along U.S. Highway 42 to its junction with Gunpowder Road, thence southerly along Gunpowder Road to its junction with Sunnybrook Road, thence easterly along Sunnybrook Road to its junction with Interstate Highway 75, thence in a straight line in a northeasterly direction to Richardson Road, thence in an easterly direction over Richardson Road to its junction with Kentucky State Route 1303, thence in a northerly direction over Kentucky State Route 1303 to the southern boundary of Edgewood, Kenton County, Ky.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 8 Kansas City, Mo.-Kansas City, Kans.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Kansas City, Mo.-Kansas City, Kans., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuing carriage to or from a point beyond the zone is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)), includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>Beginning on the north side of the Missouri River at the western boundary line of Parkville, Mo., thence along the western and northern boundaries of Parkville to the Kansas City, Mo., corporate limits, thence along the western, northern, and eastern corporate limits of Kansas City, Mo., to its junction with U.S. Bypass 71 (near Liberty, Mo.), thence along U.S. Bypass 71 to Liberty, thence along the northern and eastern boundaries of Liberty to its junction with U.S. Bypass 71 south of Liberty, thence south along U.S. Bypass71 to its junction with the Independence, Mo., corporate limits, thence along the eastern Independence, Mo., corporate limits to its junction with Interstate Highway 70, thence along Interstate Highway 70 to its junction with the Blue Springs, Mo., corporate limits, thence along the western, northern, and eastern corporate limits of Blue Springs, Mo., to its junction with U.S. Highway 40, thence east along U.S. Highway 40 to its junction with Brizen-Dine Road, thence south along the southerly extension of Brizen-Dine Road to its junction with Missouri Highway AA, thence along Missouri Highway AA to its junction with the Blue Springs, Mo., corporate limits, thence along the southern and western corporate limits of Blue Springs, Mo., to its junction with U.S. Highway 40, thence west along U.S. Highway 40 to its junction with the Lee's Summit, Mo., corporate limits.
</P>
<P>Thence along the eastern Lee's Summit corporate limits to the Jackson-Cass County line, thence west along Jackson-Cass County line to the eastern corporate limits of Belton, Mo., thence along the eastern, southern, and western corporate limits of Belton to the western boundary of Richards-Gebaur Air Force Base, thence along the western boundary of said Air Force Base to Missouri Highway 150, thence west along Missouri Highway 150 to the Kansas-Missouri State line, thence north along the Kansas-Missouri State line, to 110th Street, thence west along 110th Street to its junction with U.S. Highway69, thence north along U.S. Highway 69 to its junction with 103d Street, thence west along 103d Street to its junction with Quivera Road (the corporate boundary of Lenexa, Kans.), thence along the eastern and southern boundaries of Lenexa to Black Bob Road, thence south along Black Bob Road to 119th Street, thence east along 119th Street to the corporate limits of Olathe, Kans., thence south and east along the Olathe corporate limits to Schlagel Road, thence south along Schlagel Road to Olathe Morse Road, thence west along Olathe Morse Road to the northeast corner of Johnson County Airportr, thence south, west, and north along the boundaries of said airport to Pflumm Road, thence north along Pflumm Road to its junction with Olathe Martin City Road, thence west along Olathe Martin City Road to its junction with Murden Road, thence south along Murden Road to its junction with Olathe Morse Road (the corporate boundary of Olathe, Kans.), thence west and north along said corporate boundary to its intersection with U.S. Highway 56, thence southwest along U.S. Highway 56 to its junction with 159th Street.
</P>
<P>Thence west along 159th Street to its junction with the Johnson County Industrial Airport, thence south, west, north and east along the boundaries of said airport to the point of beginning, on 159th Street, thence, east along 159th Street to its junction with U.S. Highway 56, thence northeast along U.S. Highway 56 to its junction with Parker Road, thence north along Parker Road to the northern boundary of Olathe, thence east and north along the northern corporate limits of Olathe to Pickering Road, thence north along PickeringRoad to 107th Street (the corporate boundary of Lenexa, Kans.), thence along the western and northern boundaries of Lenexa to Pflumm Road, thence north along Pflumm Road to its junction with Kansas Highway 10, thence along Kansas Highway 10 to its junction with Kansas Highway 7, thence along an imaginary line due west across the Kansas River to the Wyandotte County-Leavenworth County line (142d Street) at Loring, Kans., thence westerly along County Route No. 82, a distance of three-fourths of a mile to the entrance of the facilities at Mid-Continent Underground Storage, Loring, thence from Loring in a northerly direction along Loring Lane and Lindwood Avenue to the southern boundary of Bonner Springs, Kans.
</P>
<P>Thence along the southern, western, and northern boundaries of Bonner Springs to its intersection with Kansas Highway 7, thence southeast along Kansas Highway 7 to its junction with Kansas Highway 32, thence east on Kansas Highway 32 to the corporate boundary of Kansas City, Kans., thence north, west, and east along the corporate boundaries of Kansas City, Kans., to its junction with Cernech Road and Pomeroy Drive, thence northwesterly along Pomeroy Drive to its junction with 79th Street, thence along 79th Street to its junction with Walcotte Drive at Pomeroy, Kans., thence due west 1.3 miles to its junction with an unnamed road, thence north along such unnamed road to the entrance of Powell Port facility, thence due north to the southern bank of the Missouri River, thence east along the southern bank of Missouri River to a point directly across from the western boundary of Parkville, Mo., thence across the Missouri River to the point of beginning.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 9 Boston, Mass.
</HD2>
<P>For the purpose of administration and enforcement of Part II of the Interstate Commerce Act, the zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Boston, Mass., and contiguous municipalities in which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, will be partially exempt under section 203(b)(8) of the act from regulation, is hereby defined to include the following:
</P>
<SCOL2>
<LI>Boston, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Winthrop, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Chelsea, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Revere, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Everett, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Malden, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Medford, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Somerville, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Cambridge, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Watertown, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Brookline, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Newton, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Needham, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Dedham, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Milton, Mass.</LI>
<LI>Quincy, Mass.
</LI></SCOL2>
<HD2>Sec. 10 Davenport, Iowa; Rock Island and Moline, Ill.
</HD2>
<P>For the purpose of administration and enforcement of Part II of the Interstate Commerce Act, the zones adjacent to and commercially a part of Davenport, Iowa, Rock Island and Moline, Ill., in which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such municipalities or zones, will be partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8) are hereby determined to be coextensive and to include and to be comprised of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) All points within the corporate limits of the city of Davenport and the city of Bettendorf, and in Davenport Township, Iowa.
</P>
<P>(b) All points north of Davenport Township within that portion of Sheridan Township, Iowa, bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at the points where U.S. Highway 61 crosses the Davenport-Sheridan Township line and extending northward along U.S. Highway 61 to the right-of-way of the Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul &amp; Pacific Railroad Co., thence northwesterly along said right-of-way to its junction with the first east-west unnumbered highway, thence westerly approximately 0.25 mile to its junction with a north-south unnumbered highway, thence southerly along such unnumbered highway to the northeast corner of Mount Joy Airport, thence along the northern and western boundaries of said airport to the southwestern corner thereof, and thence south in a straight line to the northern boundary of Davenport Township.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) That part of Iowa lying west of the municipal limits of Davenport south of Iowa Highway 22, north of the Mississippi River and east of the present western boundary of the Dewey Portland Cement Co., at Linwood, including points on such boundaries, and (2) that part of Iowa east of the municipal limits of Bettendorf, south of U.S. Highway 67, west of a private road running between U.S. Highway 67 and Riverside Power Plant of the Iowa-Illinois Gas &amp; Electric Co., and north of the Mississippi River, including points on such boundaries.
</P>
<P>(d) The municipalities of Carbon Cliff, Silvis, East Moline, Moline, Rock Island, and Milan, Ill., and that part of Illinois lying south or east of such municipalities, within a line as follows: Beginning at a point where Illinois Highway 84 crosses the southern municipal limits of Carbon Cliff and extending southerly along such highway to its junction with Colona Road, thence westerly along Colona Road to Bowlesburg Road, thence southerly on Bowlesburg Road to the southern boundary of Hampton Township, thence along the southern boundaries of Hampton and South Moline Townships to U.S. Highway 150, thence southerly along U.S. Highway 150 to the southern boundary of the Moline Airport, thence along the southern and western boundaries of the Moline Airport to Illinois Highway 92, and thence along Illinois Highway 92 to the corporate limits of Milan.
</P>
<P>(e) All points in Illinois within one-half mile on each side of Rock Island County State Aid Route No. 9 extending southwesterly from the corporate limits of Milan for a distance of 1 mile, including points on such highway.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 11 Commercial zones of municipalities in New Jersey within 5 miles of New York, N.Y.
</HD2>
<P>(a) The application of § 372.241 is hereby extended to each municipality in New Jersey, any part of which is within 5 miles of the corporate limits of New York, N.Y.
</P>
<P>(b) The exemption provided by section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act, of transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, performed wholly within any commercial zone, the limits of which are defined in paragraph (a) of this section, is hereby removed as to all such transportation except (1) transportation which is performed wholly between any two points in New Jersey, or (2) transportation which is performed wholly between points in New Jersey named in § 372.201, on the one hand, and, on the other, points in New York named in § 372.201.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 12 Commercial zones of municipalities in Westchester and Nassau Counties, N.Y.
</HD2>
<P>(a) The application of § 372.241 is hereby extended to each municipality in Westchester or Nassau Counties, N.Y.
</P>
<P>(b) The exemption provided by section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act, of transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, performed wholly within any commercial zone, the limits of which are defined in paragraph (a) of this section, is hereby removed as to all such transportation except (1) transportation which is performed wholly between points in New York neither of which is New York City, NY, or (2) transportation which is performed wholly between points in Westchester or Nassau County named in § 372.201, on the one hand, and, on the other, New York City, N.Y., or points in New Jersey named in § 372.201.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 13 Tucson, Ariz.
</HD2>
<P>That zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Tucson, Ariz., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, is partially exempt, under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) from regulation, includes, and is comprised of, all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Tucson, Ariz., itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 5 miles beyond the corporate limits of Tucson, Ariz.
</P>
<P>(c) All points in that area south of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section, bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at the point where the line described in paragraph (b) of this section, intersects Wilmot Road, thence south along Wilmot Road to junction Nogales Old Vail Connection, thence west along Nogales Old Vail Connection, actual or extended, to the Santa Cruz River, thence north along the east bank of the Santa Cruz River to its joinder with the line described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the city of Tucson or by any municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 14 Albuquerque, N. Mex.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Albuquerque, N. Mex., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, is partially exempt, under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)), from regulation, includes, and is comprised of, all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Albuquerque, N. Mex., itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 5 miles beyond the corporate limits of Albuquerque, N. Mex.
</P>
<P>(c) All points in that area north of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section, bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at the intersection of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section and New Mexico Highway 528, extending in a northeasterly direction along New Mexico Highway 528 to its intersection with New Mexico Highway 44, thence easterly along New Mexico Highway 44 to its intersection with New Mexico Highway 422, thence southerly along New Mexico Highway 422 to its intersection with the line described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the city of Albuquerque, N. Mex., or by any municipality included under the terms of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 18 Ravenswood, W. Va.
</HD2>
<P>That zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Ravenswood, W. Va., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, is partially exempt, under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)), from regulation, includes, and is comprised of, all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Ravenswood, W. Va., itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 3 miles beyond the corporate limits of Ravenswood, W. Va., and
</P>
<P>(c) All points in West Virginia in that area south and southwest of those described in paragraph (b) of this section, bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at the point where the Ohio River meets the line described in paragraph (b) of this section southwest of Ravenswood, thence southerly along the east bank of the Ohio River to the point where the mouth of the Lick Run River empties into the Ohio River; thence in a northeasterly direction along the northern bank of the Lick Run River to the point where it crosses West Virginia Highway 2 south of Ripley Landing, W. Va.; thence in a northerly direction along West Virginia Highway 2 to its intersection with the line described in paragraph (b) of this section west of Pleasant View, W. Va.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 19 Lake Charles, La.
</HD2>
<P>That zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Lake Charles, La., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, is partially exempt, under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)), from regulation, includes, and is comprised of, all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Lake Charles La., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 4 miles beyond the corporate limits of Lake Charles, La.;
</P>
<P>(c) All points in that area south and west of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section, bounded by a line, as follows: beginning at the point where the line described in paragraph (b) of this section intersects Louisiana Highway 385; thence south along Louisiana Highway 385 to its intersection with the Calcasieu-Cameron Parish line; thence west along the Calcasieu-Cameron Parish line to its intersection with Louisiana Highway 27; thence northerly along Louisiana Highway 27 to a point thereon 2 miles south of U.S. Highway 90; thence east along a line parallel to U.S. Highway 90 to Louisiana Highway 108; thence north along Louisiana Highway 108 to junction U.S. Highway 90; thence east along U.S. Highway 90 to the intersection thereof with the line described in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(d) All of the municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the City of Lake Charles or by any municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 20 Syracuse, N.Y.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Syracuse, N.Y., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuing carriage to or from a point beyond the zone is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)), includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Syracuse, NY., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All other municipalities and unincorporated areas within 5 miles of the corporate limits of Syracuse, N.Y., and all of any other municipality any part of which lies within 5 miles of such corporate limits;
</P>
<P>(c) Those points in the town of Geddes, Onondaga County, N.Y., which are not within 5 miles of the corporate limits of Syracuse, N.Y.;
</P>
<P>(d) Those points in the towns of Van Buren and Lysander, Onondaga County, N.Y., not within 5 miles of the corporate limits of Syracuse, N.Y., and within an area bounded by a line beginning at the intersection of Van Buren Road with the line described in (b) above, thence northwesterly along Van Buren Road to its intersection with the cleared right-of-way of Niagara Mohawk Power Company, thence northwesterly and north along said right-of-way to its intersection between Church Road and Emerick Road, with the cleared right-of-way of New York State Power Authority, thence easterly along said clearedright-of-way to its intersection with the Seneca River, thence south along the Seneca River to its intersection, near Gaskin Road, with the cleared right-of-way of Niagara Mohawk Power Company, thence southwesterly along said cleared right-of-way to its intersection with the eastern limits of the Village of Baldwinsville, thence south along such Village limits to their intersection with a line of railroad presently operated by the Erie-Lackawanna Railroad Company, thence southeasterly along said line of railroad to its intersection with the Van-Buren Lysander Town line, thence southeasterly along the Van-Buren Lysander Town line to its intersection with the Van-Buren Geddes Town line, thence southeasterly along the Van-Buren Geddes Town line to the line described in (b) above.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 21 Baltimore, Md.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Baltimore, Md., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage to or from a point beyond the zone is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) includes and it is comprised of all as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Baltimore itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 5 miles beyond the boundaries of Baltimore;
</P>
<P>(c) All points in that area east of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at the point where the line described in paragraph (b) of this section crosses Dark Head Creek and extending in a southeasterly direction along the center of Dark Head Creek and beyond to a point off Wilson Point, thence in a northeasterly direction to and along the center of Frog Mortar Creek to Stevens Road, thence northerly along Stevens Road to Eastern Avenue, thence easterly along Eastern Avenue to Bengies Road, thence northwesterly along Bengies Road, to the right-of-way of the Penn Central Transportation Co., thence westerly along such right-of-way to the junction thereof with the line described in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(d) All points in that area south of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section, bounded on the west by the right-of-way of the line of the Penn Central Transportation Co., extending between Stony Run and Severn, Md., and on the south by that part of Maryland Highway 176, extending easterly from the said railroad to its junction with the line described in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(e) All points in that area southwest of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section, bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at the point where the line described in paragraph (b) of this section crosses the Baltimore-Washington Expressway and extending in a southwesterly direction along the Baltimore-Washington Expressway to its intersection with Maryland Highway 176, thence westerly along Maryland Highway 176 to its intersection with the Howard-Anne Arundel County line, thence southwesterly along said county line to its intersection with Maryland Highway 32, thence northwesterly along Maryland Highway 32 to its intersection with the Little Patuxent River, thence northerly along the Little Patuxent River to the intersection of its north fork and its east fork located approximately 1 mile north of the intersection of Maryland Highway 32 and Berger Road, thenceeasterly along the east fork of the Little Patuxent River to its intersection with Broken Land Parkway, thence southerly along Broken Land Parkway to its intersection with Snowden River Parkway, thence easterly along Snowden River Parkway, to its intersection with relocated Maryland Highway 175, thence southeasterly along relocated Maryland Highway 175, to its intersection with Lark Brown Road, thence northeasterly along Lark Brown Road to its intersection with Maryland Highway 175, thence southerly along Maryland Highway 175 to its intersection with Interstate Highway 95, thence northeasterly along Interstate Highway 95 to its intersection with the line described in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(f) All points in that area north of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at the junction of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section and the Baltimore-Harrisburg Expressway (Interstate Highway 83), thence northerly along Interstate Highway 83 to its junction with Shawan Road, thence easterly along Shawan Road to its junction with York Road (Maryland Highway 45) and continuing to a point 1,500 feet east of Maryland Highway 45, thence southerly along a line 1,500 feet east of the parallel to Maryland Highway 45 to its junction with the line described in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(g) All points in that area west of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at the point where the line described in paragraph (b) of this section intersects U.S. Highway 40 west of Baltimore, Md., and extending in a westerly direction along U.S. Highway 40 to its intersection with St. John's Lane, thence southerly along St. John's Lane to its intersection with Maryland Highway 144, thence easterly along Maryland Highway 144 to its intersection with the line in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(h) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g) of this section;
</P>
<P>(i) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or surrounded except for a water boundary, by the city of Baltimore or by any municipality included under the terms of (h) above.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 22 Cleveland, Ohio
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Cleveland, Ohio, within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage to or from a point beyond the zone is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) includes and it is comprised of all as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) All points in Cuyahoga County, Ohio, and
</P>
<P>(b) All points in Wickliffe, Willoughby Hills, Waite Hill, Willoughby, Willowick, Eastlake, Lakeline, Timberlake, and Mentor, Lake County, Ohio.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 23 Detroit, Mich.
</HD2>
<P>For the purpose of administration and enforcement of Part II of the Interstate Commerce Act, the zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Detroit, Mich., in which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, will be partially exempt under section 203(b)(8) of the act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) from regulation, is hereby determined to include, and to be comprised of, all that area within a line as follows:
</P>
<P>Beginning at a point on Lake St. Clair opposite the intersection of Fifteen Mile Road and Michigan Highway 29 and extending south and southwest along the shore of Lake St. Clair, to the Detroit River, thence along such River (east of Belle Isle) and Trenton Channel to a point opposite Sibley Road, thence west to and along Sibley Road to Waltz Road, thence north along Waltz Road to Wick Road, thence west along Wick Road to Cogswell Road, thence north along Cogswell Road to Van Born Road, thence east along Van Born Road to Newburgh Road, thence north along Newburgh Road to its junction with Halsted Road, thence north along Halsted Road to West Maple Road, thence east along West Maple Road to Telegraph Road, thence north along Telegraph Road to Sixteen Mile Road, thence east along Sixteen Mile Road to Utica Road, thence southeasterly along Utica Road to Fifteen Mile Road (also called East Maple Road), thence along Fifteen Mile Road and across Michigan Highway 29 to Lake St. Clair, the point of beginning.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 24 Seattle, Wash.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Seattle, Wash., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for continuous carriage or shipments to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Seattle itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 5 miles beyond the municipal limits of Seattle, except points on Bainbridge Island, Vashon Island, and Blake Island.
</P>
<P>(c) All points more than 5 miles beyond the municipal limits of Seattle (1) within a line as follows: Beginning at that point south of Seattle where the eastern shore of Puget Sound intersects the line described in paragraph (b) of this section, thence southerly along the eastern shore of Puget Sound to Southwest 192d Street, thence easterly along Southwest 192d Street to thepoint where it again intersects the line described in paragraph (b) of this section; and (2) within a line as follows: Beginning at the junction of the southern corporate limits of Kent, Wash., and Washington Highway 181, and extending south along Washington Highway 181 to the northern corporate limits of Auburn, Wash., thence along the western, southern, and eastern corporate limits of Auburn to the junction of the northern corporate limits of Auburn and Washington Highway 167, thence northerly along Washington Highway 167 to its junction with the southern corporate limits of Kent, Wash., including all points on the highways named.
</P>
<P>(d) All points more than 5 miles beyond the municipal limits of Seattle within a line as follows: Beginning at the junction of the northern corporate limits of Lynwood, Wash., and U.S. Highway 99, thence north along U.S. Highway 99 to its junction with Washington Highway 525, thence along Washington Highway 525 to its junction with West Casino Road, thence east along West Casino Road to the western boundary of the Everett facilities of the Boeing Co. at or near 4th Avenue West, thence along the western, northern and eastern boundaries of the facilities of the Boeing Co. to West Casino Road, thence east along West Casino Road to its junction with U.S. Highway 99, thence south along U.S. Highway 99 to 112th Street, thence easterly along 112th Street to its junction with Interstate Highway 5, thence southerly along Interstate Highway 5 to its intersection with the present zone limits, including all points on the named routes.
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits set forth in (b) above.
</P>
<P>(f) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the city of Seattle or by any municipality included under the terms of (b) above.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 25 Albany, N.Y.
</HD2>
<P>For the purpose of administration and enforcement of Part II of the Interstate Commerce Act, the zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Albany, N.Y., in which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, will be partially exempt under section 203(b)(8) of the act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) from regulations, is hereby determined to include, and to be comprised of, the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Albany itself,
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 5 miles beyond the municipal limits of Albany,
</P>
<P>(c) All points in that area more than 5 miles beyond the municipal limits of Albany bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at that point on Swatling Road (in the Town of Colonie) where it crosses the line described in (b) above and extending northerly along such road to the municipal limits of Cohoes, thence along the western and northern boundary of Cohoes to the Mohawk River, thence along such river to the northern boundary of the Town of Waterford, thence along the northern and eastern boundaries of the Town of Waterford to the northern boundary of the City of Troy (all of which city is included under the next following provision),
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in (b) and (c) above, and
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the municipality of Albany or by any other municipality included under the terms of (d) above.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 26 Minneapolis-St. Paul, Minn.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Minneapolis-St. Paul, Minn, within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage to or from a point beyond the zone is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) includes and it is comprised of all as follows:
</P>
<P>Beginning at the intersection of Minnesota Highway 36 and the Minnesota River and extending along the Minnesota River to the southwest corner of the city of Bloomington, thence north along the western boundaries of the city of Bloomington and the village of Edina to the southern boundary of the city of Hopkins, thence along the southern, western, and northern boundaries of the city of Hopkins to the western boundary of the city of St. Louis Park, thence north along the western boundaries of the city of St. Louis Park and the village of Golden Valley to the southeast corner of the village of Plymouth, thence west along the southern boundary of Plymouth to Interstate Highway 494, thence north along Interstate Highway 494 to Minnesota Highway 55, thence southeast along Minnesota Highway 55 to the western boundary of the village of Golden Valley, thence north along the western boundaries of the villages of Golden Valley and New Hope to the northwestern corner of the village of New Hope, thence east along the northern boundary of the village of New Hope and the city of Crystal to the western boundary of the village of Brooklyn Center, thence north along the western boundary of the village of Brooklyn Center to its northern boundary, thence east along such northernboundary to the Hennepin County-Anoka County line, thence north along such county line to the northwestern corner of the village of Spring Lake Park in Anoka County, thence east along the northern boundary of the village of Spring Lake Park to the northwest corner of Mounds View Township in Ramsey County, thence east and south along the northern and eastern boundaries of Mounds View Township to the northwestern corner of the village of Little Canada, thence east and south along the northern and eastern boundaries of Little Canada to the northwest corner of the village of Maplewood, thence east and south along the northern and eastern boundaries of the village of Maplewood to the northeastern corner of the village of North St. Paul, thence south along the eastern boundary of the village of North St. Paul to the southeast corner of such village, thence south along the eastern boundary of the village of Maplewood to the northeastern corner of the village of Newport, thence south and west along the eastern and southern boundaries of the village of Newport to U.S. Highway 61, thence southeasterly along U.S. Highway 61, to the eastern boundary of the village of St. Paul Park, thence along the eastern, southern, and western boundaries of the village of St. Paul Park to a point on the Mississippi River opposite the southeast corner of the original village of Inver Grove, thence westerly across the river and along the southern and western boundaries of the original village of Inver Grove to the northwestcorner of such village, thence due north to the southern boundary of South St. Paul, thence north and west along the western and southern boundaries of South St. Paul to the southeastern corner of West St. Paul, thence west along the southern boundary of West St. Paul to County Highway 63, thence south along County Highway 63 to its junction with County Highway 63A, thence west along County Highway 63A to its junction with Minnesota Highway 49, thence north along Minnesota Highway 49 to its junction with County Highway 28, thence west along County Highway 28 to its junction with Minnesota Highway 13, thence southwest along Minnesota Highway 13 to its junction with Minnesota Highway 36, thence north and northwest along Minnesota Highway 36 to the Minnesota River, the point of beginning.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 27 New Orleans, La.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of New Orleans, La., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)), includes and is comprised of all points in the area bounded as follows:
</P>
<P>Commencing at a point on the shore of Lake Pontchartrain where it is crossed by the Jefferson Parish-Orleans Parish line; thence easterly along the shore of Lake Pontchartrain to the Rigolets; thence through the Rigolets in an easterly direction to Lake Borgne; thence southwesterly along the shore of Lake Borgne to the Bayou Bienvenue; thence in a general westerly direction along the Bayou Bienvenue (which also constitutes the Orleans Parish-St. Bernard Parish line) to Paris Road; thence in a southerly direction along Paris Road to the Back Protection Levee; thence in a southeasterly direction along the Back Protection Levee (across Lake Borgne Canal) to a point 1 mile north of Louisiana Highway 46; thence in an easterly direction 1 mile north of Louisiana Highway 46 to longitude 89°50′ W.; thence south along longitude line 89°50′ W. (crossing Louisiana Highway 46 approximately three-eighths of a mile east of Toca) to Forty Arpent Canal; thence westerly, northwesterly, and southerly along Forty Arpent Canal to Scarsdale Canal; thence northwesterly along Scarsdale Canal and beyond it in the same direction to the middle of the Mississippi River; thence southerly along the middle of the Mississippi River to the Augusta Canal; thence in a westerly direction along the Augusta Canal to the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway; thence in a northerly direction along the middle of the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway (Harvey Canal) to the point where Lapalco Boulevard runs perpendicular to the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway (Harvey Canal); thence in a westerly direction along Lapalco Boulevard to its junction with Barataria Boulevard; thence north on Barartaria Boulevard to a point approximately 2 miles south of the MississippiRiver where a high tension transmission line crosses Barataria Boulevard; thence in a westerly direction following such transmission line to the intersection thereof with U.S. Highway 90; thence westerly along U.S. Highway 90 to the Jefferson Parish-St. Charles Parish line; thence north along such parish line to the middle of the Mississippi River; thence westerly along the middle of the Mississippi River to a point south of Almedia Road; thence north to Almedia Road; thence in a northerly direction along Almedia Road to its junction with Highway 61; thence north to the shore of Lake Pontchartrain; thence along the shore of Lake Pontchartrain in an easterly direction to the Jefferson Parish-Orleans Parish line, the point of beginning.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 28 Pittsburgh, Pa.
</HD2>
<P>For the purpose of administration and enforcement of Part II of the Interstate Commerce Act, the zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Pittsburgh, Pa., in which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, will be partially exempt under section 203(b)(8) of the act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) from regulation, is hereby determined to include, and to be comprised of, the following:
</P>
<P>(a) All points in Allegheny County, Pa., except Forward, Elizabeth, South Versailles, Marshall (including the Borough of Bradford Woods), Pine Richland, West Deer and Fawn Townships and that part of Frazer Township north of a line made by extending easterly in a straight line the southern boundary of West Deer Township.
</P>
<P>(b) Borough of Trafford situated in both Alleghency and Westmoreland Counties;
</P>
<P>(c) Borough of Ambridge and Harmony Township located in Beaver County; and
</P>
<P>(d) The City of New Kensington and Borough of Arnold in Westmoreland County.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 29 Portland, Oreg.
</HD2>
<P>For the purpose of administration and enforcement of Part II of the Interstate Commerce Act, the zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Portland, Oreg., in which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, will be partially exempt under section 203(b)(8) of the act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) from regulation, is hereby determined to include, and to be comprised of, the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All points in Oregon within a line drawn 5 miles beyond the corporate limits of Portland.
</P>
<P>(c) All of any municipality any part of which is within the line described in (b) above.
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the city of Portland or by any municipality included under the terms of (c) above.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 30 Vancouver, Wash.
</HD2>
<P>For the purpose of administration and enforcement of Part II of the Interstate Commerce Act, the zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Vancouver, Wash., in which transportation by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, will be partially exempt under section 203(b)(8) of the act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) from regulation, is hereby determined to include, and to be comprised of, the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All points in Washington within a line drawn 4 miles beyond the corporate limits of Vancouver.
</P>
<P>(c) All of any municipality any part of which is within the line described in (b) above.
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the City of Vancouver or by any municipality included under the terms of (c) above.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 31 Charleston, S.C.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Charleston, S.C., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone is partially exempt, under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)), from regulation, includes and is comprised of, all points and places as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Charleston itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 4 miles beyond the boundaries of Charleston.
</P>
<P>(c) All points in that area north of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section, bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at the point where the line described in paragraph (b) of this section crosses Cooper River and extending in a northerly direction along the center of Cooper River to Goose Creek; thence north and west along the center of Goose Creek to the dam of the reservoir of the Charleston waterworks; thence northwesterly along the west bank of the Charleston waterworks reservoir for approximately one mile to an unnamed creek; thence westerly along the center of this unnamed creek for approximately one mile to U.S. Highway 52; thence northerly along U.S. Highway 52 to junction South Carolina Highway S-10-75; thence westerly along South Carolina Highway S-10-75 approximately one and one half miles to a point one quarter mile west of the track of the Southern Railway Company; thence southeasterly along a line one quarter of a mile west of, and parallel to, the track of the Southern Railway Company to the junction thereof with the line described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the city of Charleston or by any municipality included under the terms of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 32 Charleston, W. Va.
</HD2>
<P>That zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Charleston, W. Va., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, is partially exempt, under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)), from regulation, includes, and is comprised of, all points and places as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Charleston, W. Va., itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 4 miles beyond the corporate limits of Charleston, W. Va.
</P>
<P>(c) All points in that area northwest of those described in (b) above, bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at a point on the line described in (b) above, one-half mile south of U.S. Highway 60 west of Charleston, thence westerly along a line one-half mile south of the junction of U.S. Highway 60 with West Virginia Highway 17 near 2
<FR>3/4</FR> Mile Creek, thence westerly along a line one-half mile south of and parallel to West Virginia Highway 17 to the Coal River, thence north along the center of the Coal River to West Virginia Highway 17, thence northerly along West Virginia Highway 17 to Scary Creek, near Scary, W. Va., thence east along Scary Creek to the center of the Kanawha River, thence northerly along the center of the Kanawha River to a point opposite the mouth of Blake Creek (between Nitro and Poca, W. Va.), thence easterly along a straight line drawn through the junction of U.S. Highway 35 and West Virginia Highway 25 to a point one-half mile beyond said junction, thence southerly along a line one-half mile northeast of and parallel to West Virginia Highway 25 to the junction of the line described in (b) above.
</P>
<P>(d) All points in that area southeast of those described in (b) above, bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at a point on the line described in (b) above one-half mile south of the Kanawha River, thence easterly along a line one-half mile south of, and parallel to, the Kanawha River to junction with a straight line intersecting the highway bridge at Chelyan, W. Va., thence northerly along said straight line across the Kanawha River to a point one-half mile north of the Kanawha River, thence westerly along a line one-half mile north of and parallel to the Kanawha River to the junction of the line described in (b) above.
</P>
<P>(e) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas defined in (b), (c), and (d) above.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 33 Memphis, Tenn.
</HD2>
<P>That zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Memphis, Tenn., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, is partially exempt, under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) from regulation, includes, and is comprised of, all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Memphis, Tenn., itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 5 miles beyond the corporate limits of Memphis, Tenn.
</P>
<P>(c) All points in that part of Shelby County, Tenn., north of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section, bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at the intersection of the line described in paragraph (b) of this section and U.S. Highway 51 north of Memphis, thence northeasterly along U.S. Highway 51 for approximately 3 miles to its intersection with Lucy Road, thence easterly along Lucy Road for approximately 1.4 miles to its intersection with Chase Road, thence northerly along Chase Road for approximately 0.6 mile to its intersection with Lucy Road thence easterly along Lucy Road for approximately 0.8 mile to its intersection with Main Road, thence southereasterly along Main Road approximately 0.3 mile to its intersection with Amherst Road, thence southerly and easterly along Amherst Road for approximately 0.8 mile to its intersection with Raleigh-Millington Road, thence southerly along Raleigh-Millington Road for approximately 2 miles to its intersection with the line described in paragraph (b) of this section north of Memphis;
</P>
<P>(d) All of any municipality any part of which is within the limits of the combined areas described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 34 Houston, Tex.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to, and commercially a part of Houston, Tex., and contiguous municipalities in which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, will be partially exempt under section 203(b)(8) of the act from regulation, is hereby defined to include the area which would result by application of the general formula promulgated in § 372.241, and in addition thereto, the municipalities of Baytown, La Porte and Lomax, Tex.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 35 Pueblo, Colo.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Pueblo, Colo., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)), includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) the municipality of Pueblo, Colo., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 4 miles beyond the corporate limits of Pueblo, Colo.:
</P>
<P>(c) All of the area known as the Pueblo Memorial Airport, consisting of about 3,500 acres, not within 4 miles of the corporate limits of Pueblo, Colo., and within an area located on the East of Pueblo, the nearest point being about 3.80 miles from the city limits of Pueblo, and bounded on the south by the tracks of the Santa Fe Railroad and the Missouri Pacific Railroad, and a public highway known as Baxter Road and designated as U.S. Highway 50 Bypass and Colorado Highway 96, with such property extending north, west, and east of the described southern base line.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 36 Warren, Ohio.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Warren, Ohio, within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, is partially exempt, under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) from regulation includes, and is comprised of, all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Warren, Ohio, itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All points within a line drawn 4 miles beyond the corporate limits of Warren, Ohio.
</P>
<P>(c) All points in that area, south of the line in paragraph (b) of this section, bounded by a line as follows: Beginning at the point where the line described in paragraph (b) of this section intersects Ellsworth-Baily Road, thence south along Ellsworth-Baily Road to the Ohio Turnpike, thence southeast along the Ohio Turnpike to New Hallock-Young Road, thence northeast along New Hallock-Young Road to Hallock-Young Road, thence east along Hallock-Young Road to junction Ohio Highway 45 (Salem-Warren Road), thence north along Ohio Highway 45 (Salem-Warren Road) to its intersection with the line described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 37 Louisville, Ky.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Louisville, Ky., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality of Louisville, Ky., itself;
</P>
<P>(b) All other municipalities and unincorporated areas within 5 miles of the corporate limits of Louisville, Ky., and all of any municipality any part of which lies within 5 miles of such corporate limits; and
</P>
<P>(c) Those points not within 5 miles of the corporate limits of Louisville, Ky., and within an area bounded by a line beginning at the junction of Kentucky Highway 146 (LaGrange Road) and Kentucky Highway 1447 (Westport Road), thence over Kentucky Highway 146 to the junction of Kentucky Highway 146 and Kentucky Highway 841 (Jefferson Freeway), thence over Kentucky Highway 841 to the junction of Kentucky Highway 841 and Kentucky Highway 1447, thence over Kentucky Highway 1447 to junction Kentucky Highway 1447 and Kentucky Highway 146, the point of beginning, all within Jefferson County, Ky.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 38 Sioux City, Iowa.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Sioux City, Iowa, within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The area which would result by application of the general formula promulgated in § 372.241; and, in addition thereto,
</P>
<P>(b) That area bounded by a line beginning at the intersection of Interstate Highway 29 and the line described in paragraph (a) of this section, and extending southeasterly along Interstate Highway 29 to its intersection with the Liberty-Lakeport Township, Iowa, line, thence westerly along the Liberty-Lakeport Township, Iowa, line to the Missouri River, thence northerly along the east bank of the Missouri River to its intersection with the line described in paragraph (a) of this section, thence along the line described in paragraph (a) of this section, to the point of beginning.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 39 Beaumont, Tex.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Beaumont, Tex., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond such zone, is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The areas which would result by application of the general formula promulgated in § 372.241 for Beaumont, Tex.; and in addition thereto,
</P>
<P>(b) That area bounded by a line beginning at that point where the west bank of Hillebrandt Bayou intersects the line described in paragraph (a) of this section; thence along the west bank of Hillebrandt Bayou to its confluence with Taylors Bayou: thence in a southeasterly direction along the west and south banks of Taylors Bayou to its confluence with the Intracoastal Waterway; thence along the west and north banks of the Intra-coastal Waterway to its confluence with Sabine River and Sabine Lake at a point immediately east of Groves; thence in a northeasterly direction along the north and west banks of Sabine Lake and Sabine River to the Orange-Newton County line; thence westerly along said county line to the west right-of-way line of State Highway 87; thence southerly along the west right-of-way line of State Highway 87 to the north right-of-way line of Interstate Highway 10; thence westerly along the north right-of-way line of Interstate Highway 10 to intersection with the line described in paragraph (a) of this section; thence along the line described in paragraph (a) of this section, to the point of beginning.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 40 Metropolitian Government of Nashville and Davidson County, Tenn.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of the Metropolitan Government of Nashville and Davidson County, Tenn, within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The Metropolitan Government of Nashville and Davidson County itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All of any municipality wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the Metropolitan Government of Nashville and Davidson County.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 41 Consolidated City of Indianapolis, Ind.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of the Consolidated City of Indianapolis, Ind., within which transportation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The Consolidated City of Indianapolis, Ind., itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All of any municipality wholly surrounded or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the Consolidated City of Indianapolis.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 42 Lexington-Fayette Urban County, Ky.
</HD2>
<P>The zone adjacent to and commercially a part of Lexington-Fayette Urban County, Ky., within which transporation by motor vehicle, in interstate or foreign commerce, not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point beyond the zone, is partially exempt from regulation under section 203(b)(8) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(b)(8)) includes and is comprised of all points as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Lexington-Fayette Urban County, Ky., itself.
</P>
<P>(b) All other municipalities and unincorporated areas within 5 miles of the intersection of U.S. Highway 27 (Nicholasville Road) with the corporate boundary line between Jessamine County, Ky., and Lexington-Fayette Urban County, Ky.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 43 Definitions.
</HD2>
<P>For the purposes of this part, the following terms are defined:
</P>
<P>(a) “Municipality” means any city, town, village, or borough which has been created by special legislative act or which has been, otherwise, individually incorporated or chartered pursuant to general State laws, or which is recognized as such, under the Constitution or by the laws of the State in which located, and which has a local government. It does not include a town of the township or New England type.
</P>
<P>(b) “Contiguous municipalities” means municipalities, as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, which have at some point a common municipal or corporate boundary.
</P>
<P>(c) “Unincorporated area” means any area not within the corporate or municipal boundaries of any municipality as defined in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<HD2>Sec. 44 Commercial zones determined generally, with exceptions.
</HD2>
<P>The commercial zone of each municipality in the United States, with the exceptions indicated in the note at the end of this section, within which the transportation of passengers or property, in interstate or foreign commerce, when not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point without such zone, is exempt from all provisions of Part II, Interstate Commerce Act, except the provisions of section 204 relative to the qualifications and maximum hours of service of employees and safety of operation or standards of equipment shall be deemed to consist of:
</P>
<P>(a) The municipality itself, hereinafter called the base municipality;
</P>
<P>(b) All municipalities which are contiguous to the base municipality;
</P>
<P>(c) All other municipalities and all unincorporated area within the United States which are adjacent to the base municipality as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) When the base municipality has a population less than 2,500 all unincorporated areas within two miles of its corporate limits and all of any other municipality any part of which is within two miles of the corporate limits of the base municipality,
</P>
<P>(2) When the base municipality has a population of 2,500 but less than 25,000, all unincorporated areas within 3 miles of its corporate limits and all of any other municipality any part of which is within 3 miles of the corporate limits of the base municipality,
</P>
<P>(3) When the base municipality has a population of 25,000 but less than 100,000, all unincorporated areas within 4 miles of its corporate limits and all of any other municipality any part of which is within 4 miles of the corporate limits of the base municipality, and
</P>
<P>(4) When the base municipality has a population of 100,000 or more, all unincorporated areas within 5 miles of its corporate limits and all of any other municipality any part of which is within 5 miles of the corporate limits of the base municipality, and
</P>
<P>(d) All municipalities wholly surrounded, or so surrounded except for a water boundary, by the base municipality, by any municipality contiguous thereto, or by any municipality adjacent thereto which is included in the commercial zone of such base municipality under the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Except: Municipalities the commercial zones of which have been or are hereafter individually or specially determined.</P></NOTE>
<HD2>Sec. 45 Controlling distances and population data.
</HD2>
<P>In the application of § 372.241:
</P>
<P>(a) Air-line distances or mileages about corporate limits of municipalities shall be used.
</P>
<P>(b) The population of any municipality shall be deemed to be the highest figure shown for that municipality in any decennial census since (and including) the 1940 decennial census.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 18058, May 19, 1988, as amended at 62 FR 49942, Sept. 24, 1997; 66 FR 49875, Oct. 1, 2001; 80 FR 59075, Oct. 1, 2015. Redesignated at 86 FR 57068, Oct. 14, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="373" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 373—RECEIPTS AND BILLS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13301, 13531 and 14706; and 49 CFR 1.87.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.15.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Motor Carrier Receipts and Bills</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>55 FR 11198, Mar. 27, 1990, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54708, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 373.100" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.15.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 373.100   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to motor carriers subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B (secs. 13101-14916).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 373.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.15.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 373.101   For-hire, non-exempt motor carrier bills of lading.</HEAD>
<P>Every motor carrier subject to § 373.100 shall issue a receipt or bill of lading for property tendered for transportation in interstate or foreign commerce containing the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) Names of consignor and consignee.
</P>
<P>(b) Origin and destination points.
</P>
<P>(c) Number of packages.
</P>
<P>(d) Description of freight.
</P>
<P>(e) Weight, volume, or measurement of freight (if applicable to the rating of the freight).
</P>
<FP>The carrier shall keep a record of this information as prescribed in 49 CFR part 379.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11198, Mar. 27, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 30874, July 8, 1991; 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 373.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.15.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 373.103   For-hire, non-exempt expense bills.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Property.</I> (1) Every for-hire, non-exempt motor carrier of property shall issue a freight or expense bill for each shipment transported containing the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Names of consignor and consignee (except on a reconsigned shipment, not the name of the original consignor).
</P>
<P>(ii) Date of shipment.
</P>
<P>(iii) Origin and destination points (except on a reconsigned shipment, not the original shipping point unless the final consignee pays the charges from that point).
</P>
<P>(iv) Number of packages.
</P>
<P>(v) Description of freight.
</P>
<P>(vi) Weight, volume, or measurement of freight (if applicable to the rating of the freight).
</P>
<P>(vii) Exact rate(s) assessed.
</P>
<P>(viii) Total charges due, including the nature and amount of any charges for special service and the points at which such service was rendered.
</P>
<P>(ix) Route of movement and name of each carrier participating in the transportation.
</P>
<P>(x) Transfer point(s) through which shipment moved.
</P>
<P>(xi) Address where remittance must be made or address of bill issuer's principal place of business.
</P>
<P>(2) The shipper or receiver owing the charges shall be given the freight or expense bill and the carrier shall keep a copy as prescribed at 49 CFR part 379. If the bill is electronically transmitted (when agreed to by the carrier and payor), a receipted copy shall be given to the payor upon payment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Charter transportation of passenger service.</I> (1) Every for-hire, non-exempt motor carrier providing charter transportation of passenger service shall issue an expense bill containing the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Serial number, consisting of one of a series of consecutive numbers assigned in advance and imprinted on the bill.
</P>
<P>(ii) Name of carrier.
</P>
<P>(iii) Names of payor and organization, if any, for which transportation is performed.
</P>
<P>(iv) Date(s) transportation was performed.
</P>
<P>(v) Origin, destination, and general routing of trip.
</P>
<P>(vi) Identification and seating capacity of each vehicle used.
</P>
<P>(vii) Number of persons transported.
</P>
<P>(viii) Mileage upon which charges are based, including any deadhead mileage, separately noted.
</P>
<P>(ix) Applicable rates per mile, hour, day, or other unit.
</P>
<P>(x) Itemized charges for transportation, including special services and fees.
</P>
<P>(xi) Total charges assessed and collected.
</P>
<P>(2) The carrier shall keep a copy of all expense bills issued for the period prescribed at 49 CFR part 379. If any expense bill is spoiled, voided, or unused for any reason, a copy or written record of its disposition shall be retained for a like period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 22873, May 17, 2018; 83 FR 26374, June 7, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 373.105" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.15.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 373.105   Low value packages.</HEAD>
<P>The carrier and shipper may elect to waive the above provisions and use a more streamlined recordkeeping or documentation system for distribution of “low value” packages. This includes the option of shipping such packages under the provisions of 49 U.S.C. 14706(c). The shipper is responsible ultimately for determining which packages should be designated as low value. A useful guideline for this determination is an invoice value less than or equal to the costs of preparing a loss or damage claim.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11198, Mar. 27, 1990. Redesignated at 61 FR 54708, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.15.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Freight Forwarders; Bills of Lading</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 373.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.15.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 373.201   Receipts and bills of lading for freight forwarders.</HEAD>
<P>Each freight forwarder must issue the shipper a receipt or through bill of lading, covering transportation from origin to ultimate destination, on each shipment for which it arranges transportation in interstate commerce. Where a motor carrier receives freight at the origin and issues a receipt therefor on its form with a notation showing the freight forwarder's name, then the freight forwarder, upon receiving the shipment at the “on line” or consolidating station, must issue a receipt or through bill of lading on its form as of the date the carrier receives the shipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 15393, Apr. 6, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="374" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 374—PASSENGER CARRIER REGULATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13301 and 14101; and 49 CFR 1.87.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 374.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to motor carriers subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B (secs. 13101-14916).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Discrimination in Operations of Interstate Motor Carriers of Passengers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>36 FR 1338, Jan. 28, 1971, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 374.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.101   Discrimination prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>No motor carrier of passengers subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B shall operate a motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce on which the seating of passengers is based upon race, color, creed, or national origin.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 1338, Jan. 28, 1971. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.103   Notice to be printed on tickets.</HEAD>
<P>Every motor carrier of passengers subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B shall cause to be printed on every ticket sold by it for transportation on any vehicle operated in interstate or foreign commerce a plainly legible notice as follows: “Seating aboard vehicles operated in interstate or foreign commerce is without regard to race, color, creed, or national origin.”
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The following interpretation of the provisions of § 374.103 (formerly § 1055.2) appears at 27 FR 230, Jan. 9, 1962:
</P>
<P>The words, “Seating aboard vehicles operated in interstate or foreign commerce is without regard to race, color, creed, or national origin”, should appear on the face of every ticket coming within the purview of the section. If the ticket is in parts or consists of additional elements, such as coupons, identification stubs, or checks, it shall be sufficient for the purposes of § 374.103 that the notice appear only once on the ticket and be placed on the face of that portion of the ticket which is held by the passenger.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 1338, Jan. 28, 1971. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.105" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.105   Discrimination in terminal facilities.</HEAD>
<P>No motor carrier of passengers subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B shall in the operation of vehicles in interstate or foreign commerce provide, maintain arrangements for, utilize, make available, adhere to any understanding for the availability of, or follow any practice which includes the availability of, any terminal facilities which are so operated, arranged, or maintained as to involve any separation of any portion thereof, or in the use thereof on the basis of race, color, creed, or national origin.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 1338, Jan. 28, 1971. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.107" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.107   Notice to be posted at terminal facilities.</HEAD>
<P>No motor carrier of passengers subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B shall in the operation of vehicles in interstate or foreign commerce utilize any terminal facility in which there is not conspicuously displayed and maintained so as to be readily visible to the public a plainly legible sign or placard containing the full text of these regulations. Such sign or placard shall be captioned: “Public Notice: Regulations Applicable to Vehicles and Terminal Facilities of Interstate Motor Carriers of Passengers, by order of the Secretary, U.S. Department of Transportation.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 1338, Jan. 28, 1971. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.109" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.109   Carriers not relieved of existing obligations.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in this regulation shall be construed to relieve any interstate motor carrier of passengers subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B of any of its obligations under 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B or its certificate(s) of public convenience and necessity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 1338, Jan. 28, 1971. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.111" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.111   Reports of interference with regulations.</HEAD>
<P>Every motor carrier of passengers subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B operating vehicles in interstate or foreign commerce shall report to the Secretary, within fifteen (15) days of its occurrence, any interference by any person, municipality, county, parish, State, or body politic with its observance of the requirements of these regulations in this part. Such report shall include a statement of the action that such carrier may have taken to eliminate any such interference.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 1338, Jan. 28, 1971. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.113" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.113   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purpose of these regulations the following terms and phrases are defined:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Terminal facilities.</I> As used in these regulations the term “terminal facilities” means all facilities, including waiting room, rest room, eating, drinking, and ticket sales facilities which a motor carrier makes available to passengers of a motor vehicle operated in interstate or foreign commerce as a regular part of their transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Separation.</I> As used in § 374.105, the term “separation” includes, among other things, the display of any sign indicating that any portion of the terminal facilities are separated, allocated, restricted, provided, available, used, or otherwise distinguished on the basis of race, color, creed, or national origin.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 1338, Jan. 28, 1971. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Limitation of Smoking on Interstate Passenger Carrier Vehicles</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.201   Prohibition against smoking on interstate passenger-carrying motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All motor carriers of passengers subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B, shall prohibit smoking (including the carrying of lit cigars, cigarettes, and pipes) on vehicles transporting passengers in scheduled or special service in interstate commerce.
</P>
<P>(b) Each carrier shall take such action as is necessary to ensure that smoking by passengers, drivers, and other employees is not permitted in violation of this section. This shall include making appropriate announcements to passengers, the posting of the international no-smoking symbol, and the posting of signs in all vehicles transporting passengers in letters in sharp color contrast to the background, and of such size, shape, and color as to be readily legible. Such signs and symbols shall be kept and maintained in such a manner as to remain legible and shall indicate that smoking is prohibited by Federal regulation.
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to charter operations as defined in § 374.503 of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 1745, Jan. 17, 1991. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Adequacy of Intercity Motor Carrier Passenger Service</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>55 FR 11199, Mar. 27, 1990, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 374.301" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.301   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>These rules govern only motor passenger carriers conducting regular-route operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11199, Mar. 27, 1990. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.303" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.303   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Carrier</I> means a motor passenger carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bus</I> means a passenger-carrying vehicle, regardless of design or seating capacity, used in a carrier's authorized operations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Facility</I> means any structure provided by or for a carrier at or near which buses pick up or discharge passengers.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Terminal</I> means a facility operated or used by a carrier chiefly to furnish passengers transportation services and accommodations.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Station</I> means a facility, other than a terminal, operated by or for a carrier to accommodate passengers.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Service</I> means passenger transportation by bus over regular routes.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Commuter service,</I> means passenger transportation wholly between points not more than 100 airline miles apart and not involving through-bus, connecting, or interline services to or from points beyond 100 airline miles. The usual characteristics of commuter service include reduced fare, multiple-ride, and commutation tickets, and peak morning and evening operations.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Baggage</I> means property a passenger takes with him for his personal use or convenience.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Restroom</I> means a room in a bus or terminal equipped with a toilet, washbowl, soap or a reasonable alternative, mirror, wastebasket, and toilet paper.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11199, Mar. 27, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 49871, Oct. 1, 2001; 68 FR 56198, Sept. 30, 2003; 74 FR 2901, Jan. 16, 2009; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.305" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.305   Ticketing and information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Information service.</I> (1) During business hours at each terminal or station, information shall be provided as to schedules, tickets, fares, baggage, and other carrier services.
</P>
<P>(2) Carrier agents and personnel who sell or offer to sell tickets, or who provide information concerning tickets and carrier services, shall be competent and adequately informed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Telephone information service.</I> Every facility where tickets are sold shall provide telephonic information to the traveling public, including current bus schedules and fare information, when open for ticket sales.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Schedules.</I> Printed, regular-route schedules shall be provided to the traveling public at all facilities where tickets for such services are sold. Each schedule shall show the points along the carrier's route(s) where facilities are located or where the bus trips originate or terminate, and each schedule shall indicate the arrival or departure time for each such point.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Ticket refunds.</I> Each carrier shall refund unused tickets upon request, consistent with its governing tariff, at each place where tickets are sold, within 30 days after the request.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Announcements.</I> No scheduled bus (except in commuter service) shall depart from a terminal or station until a public announcement of the departure and boarding point has been given. The announcement shall be given at least 5 minutes before the initial departure and before departures from points where the bus is scheduled to stop for more than 5 minutes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.307" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.307   Baggage service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Checking procedures.</I> (1) Carriers shall issue receipts, which may be in the form of preprinted tickets, for all checked services baggage.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) If baggage checking service is not provided at the side of the bus, all baggage checked at a baggage checking counter at least 30 minutes but not more than 1 hour before departure shall be transported on the same schedule as the ticketed passenger.
</P>
<P>(ii) If baggage checking service is provided at the side of the bus, passengers checking baggage at the baggage checking counter less than 30 minutes before the scheduled departure shall be notified that their baggage may not travel on the same schedule. Such baggage must then be placed on the next available bus to its destination. All baggage checked at the side of the bus during boarding, or at alternative locations provided for such purpose, shall be transported on the same schedule as the ticketed passenger.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Baggage security.</I> All checked baggage shall be placed in a secure or attended area prohibited to the public. Baggage being readied for loading shall not be left unattended.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Baggage liability.</I> (1) No carrier may totally exempt its liability for articles offered as checked baggage, unless those articles have been exempted by the Secretary. (Other liability is subject to subpart D of this part). A notice listing exempted articles shall be prominently posted at every location where baggage is accepted for checking.
</P>
<P>(2) Carriers may refuse to accept as checked baggage and, if unknowingly accepted, may disclaim liability for loss or damage to the following articles:
</P>
<P>(i) Articles whose transportation as checked baggage is prohibited by law or regulation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Fragile or perishable articles, articles whose dimensions exceed the size limitations in the carrier's tariff, receptacles with articles attached or protruding, guns, and materials that have a disagreeable odor;
</P>
<P>(iii) Money; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Those other articles that the Secretary exempts upon petition by the carrier.
</P>
<P>(3) Carriers need not offer excess value coverage on articles of extraordinary value (including, but not limited to, negotiable instruments, papers, manuscripts, irreplaceable publications, documents, jewelry, and watches).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Express shipments.</I> Passengers and their baggage always take precedence over express shipments.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Baggage at destination.</I> All checked baggage shall be made available to the passenger within a reasonable time, not to exceed 30 minutes, after arrival at the passenger's destination. If not, the carrier shall deliver the baggage to the passenger's local address at the carrier's expense.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Lost or delayed baggage.</I> (1) Checked baggage that cannot be located within 1 hour after the arrival of the bus upon which it was supposed to be transported shall be designated as lost. The carrier shall notify the passenger at that time and furnish him with an appropriate tracing form.
</P>
<P>(2) Every carrier shall make available at each ticket window and baggage counter a single form suitable both for tracing and for filing claims for lost or misplaced baggage. The form shall be prepared in duplicate and signed by the passenger and carrier representative. The carrier or its agent shall receive the signed original, with any necessary documentation and additional information, and the claim check, for which a receipt shall be given. The passenger shall retain the duplicate copy.
</P>
<P>(3) The carrier shall make immediate and diligent efforts to recover lost baggage.
</P>
<P>(4) A passenger may fill out a tracing form for lost unchecked baggage. The carrier shall forward recovered unchecked baggage to the terminal or station nearest the address shown on the tracing form and shall notify the passenger that the baggage will be held on a will-call basis.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Settlement of claims.</I> Notwithstanding 49 CFR 370.9, if lost checked baggage cannot be located within 15 days, the carrier shall immediately process the matter as a claim. The date on which the carrier or its agent received the tracing form shall be considered the first day of a 60-day period in which a claim must be resolved by a firm offer of settlement or by a written explanation of denial of the claim.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11199, Mar. 27, 1990. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.309" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.309   Terminal facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Passenger security.</I> All terminals and stations must provide adequate security for passengers and their attendants and be regularly patrolled.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Outside facilities.</I> At terminals and stations that are closed when buses are scheduled to arrive or depart, there shall be available, to the extent possible, a public telephone, outside lighting, posted schedule information, overhead shelter, information on local accommodations, and telephone numbers for local taxi service and police.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Maintenance.</I> Terminals shall be clean.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.311" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.311   Service responsibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Schedules.</I> Carriers shall establish schedules that can be reasonably met, including connections at junction points, to serve adequately all points.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Continuity of service.</I> No carrier shall change an existing regular-route schedule without first displaying conspicuously a notice in each facility and on each bus affected. Such notice shall be displayed for a reasonable time before it becomes effective and shall contain the carrier's name, a description of the proposed schedule change, the effective date thereof, the reasons for the change, the availability of alternate service, and the name and address of the carrier representative passengers may contact.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Trip interruptions.</I> A carrier shall mitigate, to the extent possible, any passenger inconvenience it causes by disrupting travel plans.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Seating and reservations.</I> A carrier shall provide sufficient buses to meet passengers' normal travel demands, including ordinary weekend and usual seasonal or holiday demand. Passengers (except commuters) shall be guaranteed, to the extent possible, passage and seating.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inspection of rest stops.</I> Each carrier shall inspect periodically all rest stops it uses to ensure that they are clean.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11199, Mar. 27, 1990. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 66 FR 49871, Oct. 1, 2001; 74 FR 2901, Jan. 16, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.313" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.313   Equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Temperature control.</I> A carrier shall maintain a reasonable temperature on each bus (except in commuter service).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Restrooms.</I> Each bus (except in commuter service) seating more than 14 passengers (not including the driver) shall have a clean, regularly maintained restroom, free of offensive odor. A bus may be operated without a restroom if it makes reasonable rest stops.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Bus servicing.</I> Each bus shall be kept clean, with all required items in good working order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.315" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.315   Transportation of passengers with disabilities.</HEAD>
<P>Service provided by a carrier to passengers with disabilities is governed by the provisions of 42 U.S.C. 12101 <I>et seq.,</I> and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Secretary of Transportation (49 CFR parts 27, 37, and 38) and the Attorney General (28 CFR part 36), incorporating the guidelines established by the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (36 CFR part 1191).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 35764, Aug. 11, 1992, as amended at 66 FR 49871, Oct. 1, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.317" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.317   Identification—bus and driver.</HEAD>
<P>Each bus and driver providing service shall be identified in a manner visible to passengers. The driver may be identified by name or company number.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.319" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.3.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.319   Relief from provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petitions.</I> Where compliance with any rule would impose an undue burden on a carrier, it may petition the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration either to treat it as though it were conducting a commuter service or to waive the rule. The request for relief must be justified by appropriate verified statements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice to the public.</I> The carrier shall display conspicuously, for at least 30 days, in each facility and on each bus affected, a notice of the filing of any petition. The notice shall contain the carrier's name and address, a concise description of and reasons for the relief sought, and a statement that any interested person may file written comments with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (with one copy mailed to the carrier) on or before a specific date that is at least 30 days later than the date the notice is posted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11199, Mar. 27, 1990. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Notice of and Procedures for Baggage Excess Value Declaration</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>40 FR 1249, Jan. 7, 1975, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 374.401" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.401   Minimum permissible limitations for baggage liability.</HEAD>
<P>Motor carriers of passengers and baggage subject to 49 U.S.C. 13501 may not publish tariff provisions limiting their liability for loss or damage to baggage checked by a passenger transported in regular route or special operations unless:
</P>
<P>(a) The amount for which liability is limited is $250 or greater per adult fare; and
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions permit the passenger, for an additional charge, to declare a value in excess of the limited amount, and allow the passenger to recover the increased amount (but not higher than the actual value) in event of loss or damage. The carriers may publish a maximum value for which they will be liable, but that maximum value may not be less than $1,000. Appropriate identification must be attached securely by the passenger to each item of baggage checked, indicating in a clear and legible manner the name and address to which the baggage should be forwarded if lost and subsequently recovered. Identification tags shall be made immediately available by the carriers to passengers upon request.
</P>
<P>(c) Carriers need not offer excess value coverage on articles listed in § 374.307(c)(3).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.403" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.403   Notice of passenger's ability to declare excess value on baggage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All motor carriers of passengers and baggage subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B, which provide in their tariffs for the declaration of baggage in excess of a free baggage allowance limitation, shall provide clear and adequate notice to the public of the opportunity to declare such excess value on baggage.
</P>
<P>(b) The notice referred to in paragraph (a) of this section shall be in large and clear print, and shall state as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Notice—Baggage Liability
</HD1>
<P>This motor carrier is not liable for loss or damage to properly identified baggage in an amount exceeding $____. If a passenger desires additional coverage for the value of his baggage he may, upon checking his baggage, declare that his baggage has a value in excess of the above limitation and pay a charge as follows:
</P>
<HD1>Identify Your Baggage
</HD1>
<P>Under FMCSA regulations, all baggage must be properly identified. Luggage tags should indicate clearly the name and address to which lost baggage should be forwarded. Free luggage tags are available at all ticket windows and baggage counters.</P></EXTRACT>
<FP>The statement of charges for excess value declaration shall be clear, and any other pertinent provisions may be added at the bottom in clear and readable print.
</FP>
<P>(c) The notice referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be (1) placed in a position near the ticket seller, sufficiently conspicuous to apprise the public of its provisions, (2) placed on a form to be attached to each ticket issued (and the ticket seller shall, where possible, provide oral notice to each ticket purchaser to read the form attached to the ticket), (3) placed in a position at or near any location where baggage may be checked, sufficiently conspicuous to apprise each passenger checking baggage of its provisions, and (4) placed in a position at each boarding point or waiting area used by the carrier at facilities maintained by the carrier or its agents, sufficiently conspicuous to apprise each boarding passenger of the provisions of the said notice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 1249, Jan. 7, 1975, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68345, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.405" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.405   Baggage excess value declaration procedures.</HEAD>
<P>All motor carriers of passengers and baggage subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B, which provide in their tariffs for the declaration of baggage value in excess of a free baggage allowance limitation, shall provide for the declaration of excess value on baggage at any time or place where provision is made for baggage checking, including (a) at a baggage checking counter until 15 minutes before scheduled boarding time, and (b) at the side of the bus or at a baggage checking counter in reasonable proximity to the boarding area during boarding at a terminal or any authorized service point.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 1249, Jan. 7, 1975, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Incidental Charter Rights</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13301, 13501, 13506; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>54 FR 46619, Nov. 6, 1989, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 374.501" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.501   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part apply to incidental charter rights authorized under 49 U.S.C. 13506. These regulations do not apply to interpreting authority contained in a certificate to transport passengers in special and/or charter operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 46619, Nov. 6, 1989. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.503" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.503   Authority.</HEAD>
<P>Motor carriers transporting passengers, in interstate or foreign commerce, over regular routes authorized in a certificate issued as a result of an application filed before January 2, 1967, may transport special or chartered parties, in interstate or foreign commerce, between any points and places in the United States (including Alaska and Hawaii). The term “special or chartered party” means a group of passengers who, with a common purpose and under a single contract, and at a fixed charge for the vehicle in accordance with the carrier's tariff, have acquired the exclusive use of a passenger-carrying motor vehicle to travel together as a group to a specified destination or for a particular itinerary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 374.505" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.16.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 374.505   Exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Incidental charter rights do not authorize the transportation of passengers to whom the carrier has sold individual tickets or with whom the carrier has made separate and individual transportation arrangements.
</P>
<P>(b) Service provided under incidental charter rights may not be operated between the same points or over the same route so frequently as to constitute a regular-route service.
</P>
<P>(c) Passenger transportation within the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit District (as defined in the Washington Metropolitan Area Transportation Regulation Compact, Pub. L. No. 86-794, 74 Stat. 1031 (1960), as amended by Pub. L. No. 87-767, 76 Stat. (1962) is not authorized by these regulations, but is subject to the jurisdiction and regulations of the Washington Metropolitan Area Transportation Commission.
</P>
<P>(d) A private or public recipient of governmental assistance (within the meaning of 49 U.S.C. 13902(b)(8)) may provide service under incidental charter rights only for special or chartered parties originating in the area in which the private or public recipient provides regularly scheduled mass transportation services under the specific qualifying certificate that confers its incidental charter rights.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 46619, Nov. 6, 1989. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="375" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 375—TRANSPORTATION OF HOUSEHOLD GOODS IN INTERSTATE COMMERCE; CONSUMER PROTECTION REGULATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13102, 13301, 13501, 13704, 13707, 13902, 14104, 14706, 14708; subtitle B, title IV of Pub. L. 109-59; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.1.6.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.101   Who must follow the regulations in this part?</HEAD>
<P>You, a household goods motor carrier engaged in the interstate transportation of household goods, must follow the regulations in this part when offering your services to individual shippers. You are subject to this part only when you transport household goods for individual shippers by motor vehicle in interstate commerce. Interstate commerce is defined in § 390.5 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 36771, July 5, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.1.6.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.103   What are the definitions of terms used in this part?</HEAD>
<P>Terms used in this part are defined as follows. You may find other terms used in these regulations defined in 49 U.S.C. 13102. The definitions contained in this statute control. If terms are used in this part and the terms are neither defined here nor in 49 U.S.C. 13102, the terms will have the ordinary practical meaning of such terms.
</P>
<P><I>Advertisement</I> means any communication to the public in connection with an offer or sale of any interstate household goods transportation service. This includes written or electronic database listings of your name, address, and telephone number in an on-line database or displayed on an Internet website. This excludes listings of your name, address, and telephone number in a telephone directory or similar publication. However, Yellow Pages advertising is included in the definition.
</P>
<P><I>Bill of lading</I> means both the receipt and the contract for the transportation of the individual shipper's household goods.
</P>
<P><I>Cashier's check</I> means a check that has all four of the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) Drawn on a bank as defined in 12 CFR 229.2.
</P>
<P>(2) Signed by an officer or employee of the bank on behalf of the bank as drawer.
</P>
<P>(3) A direct obligation of the bank.
</P>
<P>(4) Provided to a customer of the bank or acquired from the bank for remittance purposes.
</P>
<P><I>Certified scale</I> means any scale inspected and certified by an authorized scale inspection and licensing authority, and designed for weighing motor vehicles, including trailers or semi-trailers not attached to a tractor, or designed as a platform or warehouse type scale.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial shipper</I> means any person who is named as the consignor or consignee in a bill of lading contract who is not the owner of the goods being transported but who assumes the responsibility for payment of the transportation and other tariff charges for the account of the beneficial owner of the goods. The beneficial owner of the goods is normally an employee of the consignor and/or consignee. A freight forwarder tendering a shipment to a carrier in furtherance of freight forwarder operations is also a commercial shipper. The Federal government is a government bill of lading shipper, not a commercial shipper.
</P>
<P><I>Force majeure</I> means a defense protecting the parties in the event that a part of the contract cannot be performed due to causes which are outside the control of the parties and could not be avoided by exercise of due care.
</P>
<P><I>Government bill of lading shipper</I> means any person whose property is transported under the terms and conditions of a government bill of lading issued by any department or agency of the Federal government to the carrier responsible for the transportation of the shipment.
</P>
<P><I>Household goods,</I> as used in connection with transportation, means the personal effects or property used, or to be used, in a dwelling, when part of the equipment or supplies of the dwelling. Transportation of the household goods must be arranged and paid for by the individual shipper or by another individual on behalf of the shipper. Household goods includes property moving from a factory or store if purchased with the intent to use in a dwelling and transported at the request of the householder, who also pays the transportation charges.
</P>
<P><I>Household goods motor carrier</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) In general, a motor carrier that, in the ordinary course of its business of providing transportation of household goods, offers some or all of the following additional services:
</P>
<P>(i) Binding and nonbinding estimates;
</P>
<P>(ii) Inventorying;
</P>
<P>(iii) Protective packing and unpacking of individual items at personal residences;
</P>
<P>(iv) Loading and unloading at personal residences.
</P>
<P>(2) The term includes any person considered to be a household goods motor carrier under regulations, determinations, and decisions of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration in effect on the date of enactment of the Household Goods Mover Oversight Enforcement and Reform Act of 2005 (August 10, 2005).
</P>
<P>(3) The term does not include any motor carrier providing transportation of household goods in containers or trailers that are entirely loaded and unloaded by an individual other than an employee or agent of the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(4) The term does not include any motor carrier that acts as a service for the delivery of furniture, appliances, or other furnishings between a factory or a store and an individual's household.
</P>
<P><I>Individual shipper</I> means any person who—
</P>
<P>(1) Is the shipper, consignor, or consignee of a household goods shipment;
</P>
<P>(2) Is identified as the shipper, consignor, or consignee on the face of the bill of lading;
</P>
<P>(3) Owns the goods being transported; and
</P>
<P>(4) Pays his or her own tariff transportation charges 
</P>
<P><I>May</I> means an option. You may do something, but it is not a requirement.
</P>
<P><I>Must</I> means a legal obligation. You must do something.
</P>
<P><I>Physical survey</I> means a survey which is conducted on-site or virtually. If the survey is performed virtually, the household goods motor carrier must be able to view the household goods through live or pre-recorded video that allows it to clearly identify the household goods to be transported.
</P>
<P><I>Reasonable dispatch</I> means the performance of transportation on the dates, or during the period, agreed upon by you and the individual shipper and shown on the bill of lading. For example, if you deliberately withhold any shipment from delivery after an individual shipper offers to pay the binding estimate or 110 percent of a non-binding estimate, you have not transported the goods with reasonable dispatch. The term <I>reasonable dispatch</I> excludes transportation provided under your tariff provisions requiring guaranteed service dates. You will have the defenses of force majeure, <I>i.e.,</I> superior or irresistible force, as construed by the courts.
</P>
<P><I>Should</I> means a recommendation. We recommend you do something, but it is not a requirement.
</P>
<P><I>Surface Transportation Board</I> means an independent agency of the United States that regulates household goods carrier tariffs, among other economic regulatory responsibilities.
</P>
<P><I>Tariff</I> means an issuance (in whole or in part) containing rates, rules, regulations, classifications or other provisions related to a motor carrier's transportation services. The Surface Transportation Board requires a tariff contain specific items under § 1310.3(a) of this title. These specific items include an accurate description of the services offered to the public and the specific applicable rates (or the basis for calculating the specific applicable rates) and service terms. A tariff must be arranged in a way that allows for the determination of the exact rate(s) and service terms applicable to any given shipment.
</P>
<P><I>We, us,</I> and <I>our</I> means the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA).
</P>
<P><I>You</I> and <I>your</I> means a household goods motor carrier engaged in the interstate transportation of household goods and its household goods agents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 72 FR 36771, July 5, 2007; 77 FR 36934, June 20, 2012; 77 FR 59823, Oct. 1, 2012; 87 FR 24446, Apr. 26, 2022; 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.105" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.1.6.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.105   What are the information collection requirements of this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The information collection requirements of this part have been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 <I>et seq.</I>) and have been assigned OMB control number 2126-0025. 
</P>
<P>(b) The information collection requirements are found in the following sections: §§ 375.205, 375.207, 375.209, 375.211, 375.213, 375.215, 375.217, 375.303, 375.401, 375.403, 375.405, 375.409, 375.501, 375.503, 375.505, 375.507, 375.515, 375.519, 375.521, 375.605, 375.607, 375.609, 375.803, 375.805, and 375.807.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 10575, Mar. 5, 2004, as amended at 78 FR 58479, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Before Offering Services to My Customers</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="6" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.6" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Liability Considerations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.6.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.201   What is my normal liability for loss and damage when I accept goods from an individual shipper?</HEAD>
<P>(a) In general, you are legally liable for loss or damage if it happens during performance of any transportation of household goods and all related services identified on your lawful bill of lading.
</P>
<P>(b) Full Value Protection Obligation—In general, your liability is for the household goods that are lost, damaged, destroyed, or otherwise not delivered to the final destination in an amount equal to the replacement value of the household goods. The maximum amount is the declared value of the shipment. The declared value is subject to rules issued by the Surface Transportation Board (STB) and applicable tariffs.
</P>
<P>(c) If the shipper waives, in writing, your liability for the full value of the household goods, then you are liable for loss of, or damage to, any household goods to the extent provided in the STB released rates order. Contact the STB for a current copy of the Released Rates of Motor Carrier Shipments of Household Goods. The rate may be increased annually by the motor carrier based on the U.S. Department of Commerce's Cost of Living Adjustment.
</P>
<P>(d) As required by § 375.303(c)(5), you may have additional liability if you sell liability insurance and fail to issue a copy of the insurance policy or other appropriate evidence of insurance.
</P>
<P>(e) You must, in a clear and concise manner, disclose to the individual shipper the limits of your liability.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 72 FR 36771, July 5, 2007; 80 FR 59071, Oct. 1, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.203" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.6.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.203   What actions of an individual shipper may limit or reduce my normal liability?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an individual shipper includes perishable, dangerous, or hazardous articles in the shipment without your knowledge, you need not assume liability for those articles or for the loss or damage caused by their inclusion in the shipment. If the shipper requests that you accept such articles for transportation, you may elect to limit your liability for any loss or damage by appropriately published tariff provisions.
</P>
<P>(b) If an individual shipper agrees to ship household goods released at a value greater than 60 cents per pound ($1.32 per kilogram) per article, your liability for loss and damage may be limited to $100 per pound ($220 per kilogram) per article if the individual shipper fails to notify you in writing of articles valued at more than $100 per pound ($220 per kilogram).
</P>
<P>(c) If an individual shipper notifies you in writing that an article valued at greater than $100 per pound ($220 per kilogram) will be included in the shipment, the shipper will be entitled to full recovery up to the declared value of the article or articles, not to exceed the declared value of the entire shipment.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.7" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General Responsibilities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.205   May I have agents?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may have agents provided you comply with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. A household goods agent is defined as either one of the following two types of agents:
</P>
<P>(1) A <I>prime agent</I> provides a transportation service for you or on your behalf, including the selling of, or arranging for, a transportation service. You permit or require the agent to provide services under the terms of an agreement or arrangement with you. A prime agent does not provide services on an emergency or temporary basis. A prime agent does not include a household goods broker or freight forwarder.
</P>
<P>(2) An <I>emergency or temporary agent</I> provides origin or destination services on your behalf, excluding the selling of, or arranging for, a transportation service. You permit or require the agent to provide such services under the terms of an agreement or arrangement with you. The agent performs such services only on an emergency or temporary basis.
</P>
<P>(b) If you have agents, you must have written agreements between you and your prime agents. You and your retained prime agent must sign the agreements.
</P>
<P>(c) Copies of all your prime agent agreements must be in your files for a period of at least 24 months following the date of termination of each agreement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.207" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.207   What items must be in my advertisements?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You and your agents must publish and use only truthful, straightforward, and honest advertisements.
</P>
<P>(b) You must include, and you must require each of your agents to include, in all advertisements for all services (including any accessorial services incidental to or part of interstate household goods transportation), the following two elements:
</P>
<P>(1) Your name or trade name, as it appears on our document assigning you a U.S. DOT number, or the name or trade name of the motor carrier under whose operating authority the advertised service will originate.
</P>
<P>(2) Your U.S. DOT number, assigned by us authorizing you to operate as a for-hire motor carrier transporting household goods.
</P>
<P>(c) Your FMCSA-assigned U.S. DOT number must be displayed only in the following form in every advertisement: U.S. DOT No. (<I>assigned number</I>).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.209" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.209   How must I handle complaints and inquiries?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must establish and maintain a procedure for responding to complaints and inquiries from your individual shippers.
</P>
<P>(b) Your procedure must include all three of the following items:
</P>
<P>(1) A communications system allowing individual shippers to communicate with your principal place of business by telephone.
</P>
<P>(2) A telephone number.
</P>
<P>(3) A system for recording in writing all inquiries and complaints received from an individual shipper by any means of communication.
</P>
<P>(c) You must produce a clear and concise written description of your procedure for distribution to individual shippers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 77 FR 36934, June 20, 2012; 77 FR 59824, Oct. 1, 2012; 83 FR 16224, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.211" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.211   Must I have an arbitration program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must have an arbitration program for individual shippers to resolve disputes about property loss and damage and disputes about whether carrier charges in addition to those collected at delivery must be paid. You must establish and maintain an arbitration program with the following 11 minimum elements:
</P>
<P>(1) You must design your arbitration program to prevent you from having any special advantage in any case where the claimant resides or does business at a place distant from your principal or other place of business.
</P>
<P>(2) Before execution of the bill of lading, you must provide notice to the individual shipper of the availability of neutral arbitration, including all three of the following items:
</P>
<P>(i) A summary of the arbitration procedure.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any applicable costs.
</P>
<P>(iii) A disclosure of the legal effects of election to use arbitration.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon the individual shipper's request, you must provide information and forms you consider necessary for initiating an action to resolve a dispute under arbitration.
</P>
<P>(4) You must require each person you authorize to arbitrate to be independent of the parties to the dispute and capable of resolving such disputes, and you must ensure the arbitrator is authorized and able to obtain from you or the individual shipper any material or relevant information to carry out a fair and expeditious decisionmaking process.
</P>
<P>(5) You must not charge the individual shipper more than one-half of the total cost for instituting the arbitration proceeding against you. In the arbitrator's decision, the arbitrator may determine which party must pay the cost or a portion of the cost of the arbitration proceeding, including the cost of instituting the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(6) You must refrain from requiring the individual shipper to agree to use arbitration before a dispute arises.
</P>
<P>(7) Arbitration must be binding for claims of $10,000 or less, if the individual shipper requests arbitration.
</P>
<P>(8) Arbitration must be binding for claims of more than $10,000, if the individual shipper requests arbitration and the carrier agrees to it.
</P>
<P>(9) If all parties agree, the arbitrator may provide for an oral presentation of a dispute by a party or representative of a party.
</P>
<P>(10) The arbitrator must render a decision within 60 days of receipt of written notification of the dispute, and a decision by an arbitrator may include any remedies appropriate under the circumstances.
</P>
<P>(11) The arbitrator may extend the 60-day period for a reasonable period if you or the individual shipper fail to provide, in a timely manner, any information the arbitrator reasonably requires to resolve the dispute.
</P>
<P>(b) You must produce and distribute a concise, easy-to-read, accurate summary of your arbitration program, including the items in this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 10575, Mar. 5, 2004; 72 FR 36772, July 5, 2007; 87 FR 24446, Apr. 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.213" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.213   What information must I provide to a prospective individual shipper?</HEAD>
<P>(a) When you provide the written estimate to a prospective individual shipper, you must also provide the individual shipper with the following documents:
</P>
<P>(1) The Department of Transportation (DOT) publication titled “Ready to Move?—Tips for a Successful Interstate Move” (DOT publication FMCSA-ESA-03-005, or its successor publication). You must provide the individual shipper with either a copy or provide a hyperlink on your internet website to the web page on the FMCSA website containing that publication.
</P>
<P>(2) The contents of appendix A of this part, titled “Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move” (DOT publication FMCSA-ESA-03-006, or its successor publication). You must provide the individual shipper with either a copy or provide a hyperlink on your internet website to the web page on the FMCSA website with the publication “Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move.”
</P>
<P>(b) Before you execute a bill of lading for a shipment of household goods, you must furnish to your prospective individual shipper all four of the following documents:
</P>
<P>(1) A concise, easy-to-read, accurate estimate of your charges.
</P>
<P>(2) A notice of the availability of the applicable sections of your tariff for the estimate of charges, including an explanation that individual shippers may examine these tariff sections or have copies sent to them upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) A concise, easy-to-read, accurate summary of your arbitration program.
</P>
<P>(4) A concise, easy-to-read, accurate summary of your customer complaint and inquiry handling procedures. Included in this description must be both of the following two items:
</P>
<P>(i) The main telephone number the individual shipper may use to communicate with you.
</P>
<P>(ii) A clear and concise statement concerning who must pay for telephone calls.
</P>
<P>(c) To comply with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, you must ensure that the text and general order of the document you produce and distribute to prospective individual shippers are consistent with the text and general order of appendix A to this part. The following three items also apply:
</P>
<P>(1) If we, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, choose to modify the text or general order of appendix A, we will provide the public appropriate notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and an opportunity for comment as required by part 389 of this chapter before making you change anything.
</P>
<P>(2) If you publish the document, you may choose the dimensions of the publication as long as the type font size is 10 points or larger and the size of the booklet is at least as large as 36 square inches (232 square centimeters).
</P>
<P>(3) If you publish the document, you may choose the color and design of the front and back covers of the publication. The following words must appear prominently on the front cover in 12-point or larger bold or full-faced type: “Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move. Furnished by Your Mover, as Required by Federal Law.” You may substitute your name or trade name in place of “Your Mover” if you wish (for example, <I>Furnished by XYZ Van Lines, as Required by Federal Law</I>).
</P>
<P>(d) Paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section do not apply to exact copies of appendix A published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> the Code of Federal Regulations, or on FMCSA's website.
</P>
<P>(e) If you have a website, you are required to display prominently either a link to the DOT publication titled “Ready to Move?—Tips for a Successful Interstate Move” (DOT publication FMCSA-ESA-03-005, or its successor publication) on the FMCSA website or a true and accurate copy of that document on your website.
</P>
<P>(f) If an individual shipper elects to access the Federal consumer protection information via the hyperlink on the internet as provided in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) You must obtain a signed, dated receipt showing the individual shipper has received either or both of the publications that includes verification of the shipper's agreement to access the Federal consumer protection information on the internet.
</P>
<P>(2) You must maintain the signed receipt required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section for one year from the date the individual shipper signs the receipt. You are not required to maintain the signed receipt when you do not actually transport household goods or perform related services for the individual shipper who signed the receipt.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 36772, July 5, 2007, as amended at 75 FR 72998, Nov. 29, 2010; 77 FR 41704, Nov. 13, 2012; 83 FR 16224, Apr. 16, 2018; 87 FR 24446, Apr. 26, 2022; 88 FR 80180, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="8" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.8" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Collecting Transportation Charges</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.215" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.8.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.215   How must I collect charges?</HEAD>
<P>You must issue an honest, truthful invoice that includes all the information required by subpart A of part 373 of this chapter. All rates and charges for the transportation and related services must be in accordance with your appropriately published tariff provisions in effect, including the method of payment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 24447, Apr. 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.217" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.8.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.217   How must I collect charges upon delivery?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must specify the form of payment when you prepare the estimate. You and your agents must honor the form of payment at delivery, except when a shipper agrees to a change in writing.
</P>
<P>(b) You must specify the same form of payment provided in paragraph (a) of this section when you prepare the bill of lading.
</P>
<P>(c) Charge or credit card payments:
</P>
<P>(1) If you agree to accept payment by charge or credit card, you must arrange with the individual shipper for the delivery only at a time when you can obtain authorization for the shipper's credit card transaction.
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (c)(1) of this section does not apply to you when you have equipped your motor vehicle(s) to process card transactions.
</P>
<P>(d) You may maintain a tariff setting forth nondiscriminatory rules governing collect-on-delivery service and the collection of collect-on-delivery funds.
</P>
<P>(e) If an individual shipper pays you at least 110 percent of the approximate costs of a non-binding estimate on a collect-on-delivery shipment, you must relinquish possession of the shipment at the time of delivery.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 10575, Mar. 5, 2004; 87 FR 24447, Apr. 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.219" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.8.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.219   May I extend credit to shippers?</HEAD>
<P>You may extend credit to shippers, but, if you do, it must be in accordance with § 375.807.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.221" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.2.8.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.221   May I use a charge or credit card plan for payments?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may provide in your tariff for the acceptance of charge or credit cards for the payment of freight charges. Accepting charge or credit card payments is different than extending credit to shippers in §§ 375.219 and 375.807. Once you provide an estimate you are bound by the provisions in your tariff regarding payment as of the estimate date, until completion of any transaction that results from that estimate, unless otherwise agreed with a shipper under § 375.217(a).
</P>
<P>(b) You may accept charge or credit cards whenever shipments are transported under agreements and tariffs requiring payment by cash, certified check, money order, or a cashier's check.
</P>
<P>(c) If you allow an individual shipper to pay an invoice by charge or credit card, you are deeming such payment to be the same as payment by cash, certified check, money order, or a cashier's check.
</P>
<P>(d) The charge or credit card plans you participate in must be identified in your tariff rules as items permitting the acceptance of the charge or credit cards.
</P>
<P>(e) If an individual shipper causes a charge or credit card issuer to reverse a charge transaction, you may consider the individual shipper's action tantamount to forcing you to provide an involuntary extension of your credit. In such instances, the rules in § 375.807 apply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 87 FR 24447, Apr. 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Service Options Provided</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.301" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.3.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.301   What service options may I provide?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may design your household goods service to provide individual shippers with a wide range of specialized service and pricing features. Many carriers provide at least the following five service options:
</P>
<P>(1) Space reservation.
</P>
<P>(2) Expedited service.
</P>
<P>(3) Exclusive use of a vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) Guaranteed service on or between agreed dates.
</P>
<P>(5) Liability insurance.
</P>
<P>(b) If you sell liability insurance, you must follow the requirements in § 375.303.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.303" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.3.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.303   If I sell liability insurance coverage, what must I do?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You, your employee, or an agent may sell, offer to sell, or procure liability insurance coverage for loss or damage to shipments of any individual shipper only when the individual shipper releases the shipment for transportation at a value not exceeding 60 cents per pound ($1.32 per kilogram) per article.
</P>
<P>(b) You may offer, sell, or procure any type of insurance policy on behalf of the individual shipper covering loss or damage in excess of the specified carrier liability.
</P>
<P>(c) If you sell, offer to sell, or procure liability insurance coverage for loss or damage to shipments:
</P>
<P>(1) You must issue to the individual shipper a policy or other appropriate evidence of the insurance that the individual shipper purchased.
</P>
<P>(2) You must provide a copy of the policy or other appropriate evidence to the individual shipper at the time you sell or procure the insurance.
</P>
<P>(3) You must issue policies written in plain English.
</P>
<P>(4) You must clearly specify the nature and extent of coverage under the policy.
</P>
<P>(5) Your failure to issue a policy, or other appropriate evidence of insurance purchased, to an individual shipper will subject you to full liability for any claims to recover loss or damage attributed to you.
</P>
<P>(6) You must provide in your tariff for the provision of selling, offering to sell, or procuring liability insurance coverage. The tariff must also provide for the base transportation charge, including your assumption of full liability for the value of the shipment. This would be in the event you fail to issue a policy or other appropriate evidence of insurance to the individual shipper at the time of purchase.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 10575, Mar. 5, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Estimating Charges</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.401" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.4.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.401   Must I estimate charges?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must conduct a physical survey of the household goods to be transported and provide the prospective individual shipper with a written estimate, based on the physical survey, of the charges for the transportation and all related services. An individual shipper may elect to waive a physical survey. The waiver agreement is subject to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) It must be in writing;
</P>
<P>(2) It must be signed by the shipper before the shipment is loaded; and
</P>
<P>(3) You must retain a copy of the waiver agreement as an addendum to the bill of lading with the understanding that the waiver agreement will be subject to the same record retention requirements that apply to bills of lading, as provided in § 375.505(d).

 
</P>
<P>(b) Before you execute a bill of lading for a shipment of household goods for an individual shipper, you must provide a written estimate of the total charges and indicate whether it is a binding or a non-binding estimate, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>A binding estimate</I> is an agreement made in advance with your individual shipper. It guarantees the total cost of the move based upon the quantities and services shown on your estimate, which shall be based on the physical survey of the household goods, if required. You may impose a charge for providing a written binding estimate. The binding estimate must indicate that you and the shipper are bound by the charges.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>A non-binding estimate</I> is what you believe the total cost will be for the move, based upon both the estimated weight or volume of the shipment and the accessorial services requested and the physical survey of the household goods, if required. A non-binding estimate is not binding on you. You will base the final charges upon the actual weight of the individual shipper's shipment and the tariff provisions in effect. You may not impose a charge for providing a non-binding estimate.
</P>
<P>(c) You must specify the form of payment you and your agent will honor at delivery. Payment forms may include, but are not limited to, cash, a certified check, a money order, a cashier s check, a specific charge card such as American Express 
<SU>TM</SU>, a specific credit card such as Visa 
<SU>TM</SU>, or your credit as allowed by § 375.807.
</P>
<P>(d) For non-binding estimates, you must provide your reasonably accurate estimate of the approximate costs the individual shipper should expect to pay for the transportation and services of such shipments. If you provide an inaccurately low estimate, you may be limiting the amount you will collect at the time of delivery as provided in § 375.407.
</P>
<P>(e) If you provide a shipper with an estimate based on volume that will later be converted to a weight-based rate, you must provide the shipper an explanation in writing of the formula used to calculate the conversion to weight. You must specify the final charges will be based on actual weight and services subject to the 110 percent rule at delivery.
</P>
<P>(f) You must determine charges for any accessorial services such as elevators, long carries, etc., before preparing the bill of lading for binding or non-binding estimates. If you fail to ask the shipper about such charges and fail to determine such charges before preparing the bill of lading, you must deliver the goods and bill the shipper after 30 days for the additional charges.
</P>
<P>(g) You must include as a part of your estimate the liability election notice provided in the Surface Transportation Board's released rates order. Contact the STB for a copy of the Released Rates of Motor Carrier Shipments of Household Goods.
</P>
<P>(h) You and the individual shipper must sign the estimate of charges. You must provide a dated copy of the estimate of charges to the individual shipper at the time you sign the estimate.
</P>
<P>(i) Before loading a household goods shipment, and upon mutual agreement of both you and the individual shipper, you may amend an estimate of charges. You may not amend the estimate after loading the shipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 72 FR 36772, July 5, 2007; 77 FR 25373, Apr. 30, 2012; 87 FR 24447, Apr. 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.403" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.4.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.403   How must I provide a binding estimate?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may provide a guaranteed binding estimate of the total shipment charges to the individual shipper, so long as it is provided for in your tariff. The individual shipper must pay the amount for the services included in your estimate. You must comply with the following 11 requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) You must base the binding estimate on the physical survey unless waived as provided in § 375.401(a).
</P>
<P>(2) You must provide the binding estimate in writing to the individual shipper or other person responsible for payment of the freight charges.
</P>
<P>(3) You must retain a copy of each binding estimate as an attachment to be made an integral part of the bill of lading contract.
</P>
<P>(4) You must clearly indicate upon each binding estimate's face that the estimate is binding upon you and the individual shipper. Each binding estimate must also clearly indicate on its face that the charges shown apply only to those services specifically identified in the estimate.
</P>
<P>(5) You must clearly describe binding-estimate shipments and all services you are providing.
</P>
<P>(6) If it appears an individual shipper has tendered additional household goods or requires additional services not identified in the binding estimate, you are not required to honor the estimate. If an agreement cannot be reached as to the price or service requirements for the additional goods or services, you are not required to service the shipment. However, if you do service the shipment, before loading the shipment you must do one of the following three things:
</P>
<P>(i) Reaffirm your binding estimate.
</P>
<P>(ii) Prepare a new binding estimate prior to loading. The new estimate must accurately list, in detail, the additional household goods or services included in the shipment. The new estimate must be signed by the individual shipper. You should maintain a record of the date, time, and manner that the new estimate was prepared.
</P>
<P>(iii) Agree with the individual shipper, in writing, that both of you will consider the original binding estimate as a non-binding estimate subject to § 375.405.
</P>
<P>(7) Once you load a shipment, failure to execute a new binding estimate or a non-binding estimate signifies you have reaffirmed the original binding estimate. You may not collect more than the amount of the original binding estimate, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(8) and (9) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8) If you believe additional services are necessary to properly service a shipment after the bill of lading has been issued, you must inform the individual shipper what the additional services are before performing those services. You must allow the shipper at least one hour to determine whether he or she wants the additional services performed. If the individual shipper agrees to pay for the additional services, you must execute a written attachment to be made an integral part of the bill of lading contract and have the individual shipper sign the written attachment. This may be done through fax transmissions; e-mail; overnight courier; or certified mail, return receipt requested. You must bill the individual shipper for the additional services after 30 days from delivery. If the individual shipper does not agree to pay the additional services, the carrier should perform only those additional services as are required to complete the delivery, and bill the individual shipper for the additional services after 30 days from delivery, except that you may collect at delivery charges for impracticable operations that do not exceed 15 percent of all other charges due at delivery.
</P>
<P>(9) If the individual shipper requests additional services after the bill of lading has been issued, you must inform the individual shipper of the additional charges involved. The individual shipper must agree to the new charges. You must prepare a new binding estimate and have the new binding estimate signed by the individual shipper. You may require full payment at destination for these additional services and for 100 percent of the original binding estimate. If applicable, you also may require payment at delivery of charges for impracticable operations (as defined in your carrier tariff) not to exceed 15 percent of all other charges due at delivery. You must bill and collect from the individual shipper any applicable charges not collected at delivery in accordance with subpart H of this part.
</P>
<P>(10) Failure to relinquish possession of a shipment upon the individual shipper's offer to pay the binding estimate amount (or, in the case of a partial delivery, a prorated percentage of the binding estimate as set forth in paragraph (a)(11) of this section) plus charges for any additional services requested by the shipper after the bill of lading has been issued and charges, if applicable, for impracticable operations (subject to a maximum amount as set forth in paragraph 9 of this section), constitutes a failure to transport a shipment with “reasonable dispatch” and subjects you to cargo delay claims pursuant to part 370 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(11) If you make only a partial delivery of the shipment, you may not demand upon delivery full payment of the binding estimate. You may demand only a prorated percentage of the binding estimate. The prorated percentage must be the percentage of the weight of that portion of the shipment delivered relative to the total weight of the shipment. For example, if you deliver only 2,500 pounds of a shipment weighing 5,000 pounds, you may demand payment at destination for only 50 percent of the binding estimate.
</P>
<P>(b) In accordance with § 375.401(b)(1), you may impose a charge for providing a written binding estimate. If you do not provide a binding estimate to an individual shipper, you must provide a non-binding estimate in accordance with § 375.405.
</P>
<P>(c) You must retain a copy of the binding estimate for each move you perform for at least one year from the date you made the estimate and keep it as an attachment to be made an integral part of the bill of lading contract.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 10575, Mar. 5, 2004; 69 FR 17317, May 5, 2004; 72 FR 36773, July 5, 2007; 77 FR 36934, June 20, 2012; 87 FR 24447, Apr. 26, 2022; 88 FR 80180, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.405" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.4.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.405   How must I provide a non-binding estimate?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you do not provide a binding estimate to an individual shipper in accordance with § 375.403, you must provide a non-binding written estimate to the individual shipper.
</P>
<P>(b) If you provide a non-binding estimate to an individual shipper, you must provide your reasonably accurate estimate of the approximate costs the individual shipper should expect to pay for the transportation and services of the shipment. You must comply with the following ten requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) You must provide reasonably accurate non-binding estimates based upon both the estimated weight or volume of the shipment and services required and the physical survey of the household goods, if required. If you provide a shipper with an estimate based on volume that will later be converted to a weight-based rate, you must provide the shipper an explanation in writing of the formula used to calculate the conversion to weight.
</P>
<P>(2) You must explain to the individual shipper that final charges calculated for shipments moved on non-binding estimates will be those appearing in your tariffs applicable to the transportation. You must explain that these final charges may exceed the approximate costs appearing in your estimate.
</P>
<P>(3) You must furnish non-binding estimates without charge and in writing to the individual shipper or other person responsible for payment of the freight charges.
</P>
<P>(4) You must retain a copy of each non-binding estimate as an attachment to be made an integral part of the bill of lading contract.
</P>
<P>(5) You must clearly indicate on the face of a non-binding estimate that the estimate is not binding upon you and the charges shown are the approximate charges to be assessed for the service identified in the estimate. The estimate must clearly state that the shipper will not be required to pay more than 110 percent of the non-binding estimate at the time of delivery.
</P>
<P>(6) You must clearly describe on the face of a non-binding estimate the entire shipment and all services you are providing.
</P>
<P>(7) If it appears an individual shipper has tendered additional household goods or requires additional services not identified in the non-binding estimate, you are not required to honor the estimate. If an agreement cannot be reached as to the price or service requirements for the additional goods or services, you are not required to service the shipment. However, if you do service the shipment, before loading the shipment, you must do one of the following two things:
</P>
<P>(i) Reaffirm your non-binding estimate.
</P>
<P>(ii) Prepare a new non-binding estimate which must be signed by the individual shipper. The new estimate must accurately list, in detail, the additional household goods or services included in the shipment. You should maintain a record of the date, time, and manner that the new estimate was prepared.
</P>
<P>(8) Once you load a shipment, failure to execute a new non-binding estimate signifies you have reaffirmed the original non-binding estimate. You may not collect more than 110 percent of the amount of the original non-binding estimate at destination, except as provided in paragraphs (b)(9) and (10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(9) If you believe additional services are necessary to properly service a shipment after the bill of lading has been issued, you must inform the individual shipper what the additional services are before performing those services. You must allow the shipper at least one hour to determine whether he or she wants the additional services performed. If the individual shipper agrees to pay for the additional services, you must execute a written attachment to be made an integral part of the bill of lading contract and have the individual shipper sign the written attachment. This may be done through fax transmissions; e-mail; overnight courier; or certified mail, return receipt requested. You must bill the individual shipper for the additional services after 30 days from delivery. If the individual shipper does not agree to pay the additional services, the carrier should perform only those additional services as are required to complete the delivery, and bill the individual shipper for the additional services after 30 days from delivery, except that you may collect at delivery charges for impracticable operations that do not exceed 15 percent of all other charges due at delivery.
</P>
<P>(10) If the individual shipper requests additional services after the bill of lading has been issued, you must inform the individual shipper of the additional charges involved. You may require full payment at destination for these additional services and (unless you make only a partial delivery, in which case you must collect a prorated percentage of the original non-binding estimate as set forth in § 375.407(c) of this part) for up to 110 percent of the original non-binding estimate. If applicable, you also may require payment at delivery of charges for impracticable operations (as defined in your carrier tariff) not to exceed 15 percent of all other charges due at delivery. You must bill and collect from the individual shipper any applicable charges not collected at delivery in accordance with subpart H of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) If you furnish a non-binding estimate, you must enter the estimated charges upon the bill of lading.
</P>
<P>(d) You must retain a copy of the non-binding estimate for each move you perform for at least one year from the date you made the estimate and keep it as an attachment to be made an integral part of the bill of lading contract.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 10576, Mar. 5, 2004; 72 FR 36773, July 5, 2007; 77 FR 36935, June 20, 2012; 87 FR 24447, Apr. 26, 2022; 88 FR 80180, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.407" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.4.9.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.407   Under what circumstances must I relinquish possession of a collect-on-delivery shipment transported under a non-binding estimate?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an individual shipper pays you up to 110 percent of the non-binding estimate on a collect-on-delivery shipment (or, in the case of a partial delivery, a prorated percentage of the non-binding estimate as set forth in paragraph (c) of this section), you must relinquish possession of the shipment at the time of delivery. If there are either charges for any additional services requested by the shipper after the bill of lading has been issued and/or charges, if applicable, for impracticable operations (subject to a maximum amount as set forth in paragraph (d) of this section), and the shipper also pays you for such charges, you must relinquish possession of the shipment at the time of delivery. You must accept the form of payment agreed to at the time of estimate, unless the shipper agrees in writing to a change in the form of payment.
</P>
<P>(b) Failure to relinquish possession of a shipment after the individual shipper offers to pay you up to 110 percent of the approximate costs of a non-binding estimate plus any additional charges described in paragraph (a) of this section constitutes a failure to transport a shipment with “reasonable dispatch” and subjects you to cargo delay claims pursuant to part 370 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) If you make only a partial delivery of the shipment, you may not demand full payment of the non-binding estimate. You may demand at delivery only a prorated percentage of the non-binding estimate (or a prorated percentage of an amount up to 110 percent of the non-binding estimate). The prorated percentage must be the percentage of the weight of that portion of the shipment delivered relative to the total weight of the shipment. For example, if you deliver only 2,500 pounds of a shipment weighing 5,000 pounds, you may demand payment of 50 percent of not more than 110 percent of the non-binding estimate.
</P>
<P>(d) You may not demand payment of charges for impracticable operations, as defined in your tariff, of more than 15 percent of all other charges due at delivery. You must bill and collect from the individual shipper charges for impracticable operations not collected at delivery in accordance with subpart H of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 36774, July 5, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.409" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.4.9.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.409   May household goods brokers provide estimates?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the limitations in § 371.113(a) of this subchapter, household goods brokers may provide estimates to individual shippers provided there is a written agreement between the broker and you, the motor carrier, adopting the broker's estimate as your own estimate. If you, the motor carrier, make such an agreement with a household goods broker, you must ensure compliance with all requirements of this part pertaining to estimates, including the requirement that you must relinquish possession of the shipment if the shipper pays you no more than 110 percent of a non-binding estimate at the time of delivery.
</P>
<P>(b) Your written agreement with the household goods broker(s) must include the items required in § 371.115(a) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 72998, Nov. 29, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Pick Up of Shipments of Household Goods</HEAD>


<DIV7 N="9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5.9" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Before Loading</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.501" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.501   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.503" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.503   Must I write up an inventory?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must prepare a written, itemized inventory for each shipment of household goods you transport for an individual shipper. The inventory must identify every carton and every uncartoned item that is included in the shipment. When you prepare the inventory, an identification number that corresponds to the inventory must be placed on each article that is included in the shipment.
</P>
<P>(b) You must prepare the inventory before or at the time of loading in the vehicle for transportation in a manner that provides the individual shipper with the opportunity to observe and verify the accuracy of the inventory if he or she so requests.
</P>
<P>(c) You must furnish a complete copy of the inventory to the individual shipper before or at the time of loading the shipment. A copy of the inventory, signed by both you and the individual shipper, must be provided to the shipper, together with a copy of the bill of lading, before or at the time you load the shipment.
</P>
<P>(d) Upon delivery, you must provide the individual shipper with the opportunity to observe and verify that the same articles are being delivered and the condition of those articles. You must also provide the individual shipper the opportunity to note in writing any missing articles and the condition of any damaged or destroyed articles. In addition, you must also provide the shipper with a copy of all such notations.
</P>
<P>(e) You must retain inventories for each move you perform for at least one year from the date you made the inventory and keep it as an attachment to be made an integral part of the bill of lading contract.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 10576, Mar. 5, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.505" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.505   Must I write up a bill of lading?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before you receive a shipment of household goods you will transport for an individual shipper, you must prepare and issue a bill of lading. The bill of lading must contain the terms and conditions of the contract.
</P>
<P>(b) On a bill of lading, you must include the following 17 items:
</P>
<P>(1) Your legal or trade name (<I>i.e.,</I> doing business as name) as it is registered with FMCSA, to include your physical address.
</P>
<P>(2) The names, telephone numbers, addresses, and U.S. DOT numbers of any motor carriers, when known, who will participate in transportation of the shipment.
</P>
<P>(3) The individual shipper's name, address, and, if available, telephone number(s).
</P>
<P>(4) The form of payment you and your agents will honor at delivery. The payment information must be the same that was entered on the estimate and bill of lading.
</P>
<P>(5) When you transport on a collect-on-delivery basis, the name, address, and if furnished, the telephone number, fax number, or email address of a person to notify about the charges. The notification may be made by any method of communication, including, but not limited to, fax transmission; email; overnight courier; or certified mail, return receipt requested.
</P>
<P>(6) For non-guaranteed service, the agreed date or period of time for pickup of the shipment and the agreed date or period of time for the delivery of the shipment.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>For guaranteed service,</I> subject to tariff provisions, the dates for pickup and delivery, and any penalty or per diem entitlements due the individual shipper under the agreement.
</P>
<P>(8) The actual date of pickup.
</P>
<P>(9) The company or carrier identification number of the vehicle(s) upon which you load the individual shipper's shipment.
</P>
<P>(10) The terms and conditions for payment of the total charges, including notice of any minimum charges.
</P>
<P>(11) The maximum amount you will demand at the time of delivery to obtain possession of the shipment, when you transport under a collect-on-delivery basis.
</P>
<P>(12) The valuation statement provided in the Surface Transportation Board's released rates order requires individual shippers either to choose Full Value Protection for your liability or waive the Full Value Protection in favor of the STB's released rates. The released rates may be increased annually by the motor carrier based on the U.S. Department of Commerce's Cost of Living Adjustment. Contact the STB for a copy of the Released Rates of Motor Carrier Shipments of Household Goods. If the individual shipper waives your Full Value Protection in writing on the STB's valuation statement, you must include the charges, if any, for optional valuation coverage (other than Full Value Protection).
</P>
<P>(13) Evidence of any insurance coverage sold to or procured for the individual shipper from an independent insurer, including the amount of the premium for such insurance.
</P>
<P>(14) A complete description of any special or accessorial services ordered and minimum weight or volume charges applicable to the shipment, subject to the following two conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) If you provide service for individual shippers on rates based upon the transportation of a minimum weight or volume, you must indicate on the bill of lading the minimum weight- or volume-based rates, and the minimum charges applicable to the shipment.
</P>
<P>(ii) If you do not indicate the minimum rates and charges, your tariff must provide how you will compute the final charges relating to such a shipment based upon the actual weight or volume of the shipment.
</P>
<P>(15) Each attachment to the bill of lading. Each attachment is an integral part of the bill of lading contract. If not provided elsewhere to the shipper, the following two items must be added as an attachment to the bill of lading.
</P>
<P>(i) The binding or non-binding estimate.
</P>
<P>(ii) The inventory.
</P>
<P>(16) Any identification or registration number you assign to the shipment.
</P>
<P>(17) A statement that the bill of lading incorporates by reference all the services included on the estimate.
</P>
<P>(c) A copy of the bill of lading must accompany a shipment at all times while in your (or your agent's) possession. Before the vehicle leaves the residence of origin, the bill of lading must be in the possession of the driver responsible for the shipment.
</P>
<P>(d) You must retain a copy of the bill of lading for each move you perform for at least 1 year from the date you created the bill of lading.
</P>
<P>(e) You, your agent, or your driver must inform the individual shipper if you reasonably expect a special or accessorial service is necessary to safely transport a shipment. You must refuse to accept the shipment when you reasonably expect a special or accessorial service is necessary to safely transport a shipment and the individual shipper refuses to purchase the special or accessorial service. You must make a written note if the shipper refuses any special or accessorial services that you reasonably expect to be necessary.
</P>
<P>(f) You and the individual shipper must sign the bill of lading prior to the shipment being loaded. The bill of lading must be signed at both the origin and the destination. You must provide a dated copy of the bill of lading to the individual shipper at the time you sign the bill of lading.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) You may provide the individual shipper with blank or incomplete estimates, bills of lading, or any other blank or incomplete documents pertaining to the move.
</P>
<P>(2) You may require the individual shipper to sign an incomplete document prior to the shipment being loaded provided it contains all relevant shipping information except the actual shipment weight and any other information necessary to determine the final charges for all services performed. You may omit only that information that cannot be determined before loading, such as actual shipment weight in the case of shipments moved under non-binding estimates or unforeseen charges incurred in transit.
</P>
<P>(3) You may not require an individual shipper to sign a blank document.
</P>
<P>(h) The bill of lading must be provided to, signed, and dated by the individual shipper at least 3 days before the shipment is scheduled to be loaded. You must provide the individual shipper the opportunity to rescind the bill of lading without any penalty for a 3-day period after the individual shipper signs the bill of lading. If the individual shipper tenders additional items to be moved or requires additional services on the day of the move, resulting in a new binding estimate under § 375.403(a)(6)(ii) or a new non-binding estimate under § 375.405(b)(7)(ii), the corresponding changes to the bill of lading from the new estimate do not require a new 3-day period as otherwise required in this paragraph (h).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 10576, Mar. 5, 2004; 72 FR 36774, July 5, 2007; 77 FR 25373, Apr. 30, 2012; 80 FR 59071, Oct. 1, 2015; 83 FR 16224, Apr. 16, 2018; 87 FR 24447, Apr. 26, 2022; 88 FR 80180, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="10" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5.10" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Weighing the Shipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.507" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.507   Must I determine the weight of a shipment?</HEAD>
<P>(a) When you transport household goods on a non-binding estimate dependent upon the shipment weight, you must determine the weight of each shipment transported before the assessment of any charges.
</P>
<P>(b) You must weigh the shipment upon a certified scale.
</P>
<P>(c) You must provide a written explanation of volume to weight conversions, when you provide an estimate by volume and convert the volume to weight.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.509" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.509   How must I determine the weight of a shipment?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must weigh the shipment by using one of the following two methods:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>First method—origin weigh.</I> You determine the difference between the tare weight of the vehicle before loading at the origin of the shipment and the gross weight of the same vehicle after loading the shipment.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Second method—back weigh.</I> You determine the difference between the gross weight of the vehicle with the shipment loaded and the tare weight of the same vehicle after you unload the shipment.
</P>
<P>(b) The following three conditions must exist for both the tare and gross weighings:
</P>
<P>(1) The vehicle must have installed or loaded all pads, dollies, hand trucks, ramps, and other equipment required in the transportation of the shipment.
</P>
<P>(2) The driver and other persons must be off the vehicle at the time of either weighing.
</P>
<P>(3) The fuel tanks on the vehicle must be full at the time of each weighing, or, in the alternative, when you use the <I>first method—origin weigh,</I> in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, where the tare weighing is the first weighing performed, you must refrain from adding fuel between the two weighings.
</P>
<P>(c) You may detach the trailer of a tractor-trailer vehicle combination from the tractor and have the trailer weighed separately at each weighing provided the length of the scale platform is adequate to accommodate and support the entire trailer at one time.
</P>
<P>(d) You must use the net weight of shipments transported in containers. You must calculate the difference between the tare weight of the container (including all pads, blocking and bracing used in the transportation of the shipment) and the gross weight of the container with the shipment loaded in the container.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.511" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.511   May I use an alternative method for shipments weighing 3,000 pounds or less?</HEAD>
<P>For shipments weighing 3,000 pounds or less (1,362 kilograms or less), you may weigh the shipment upon a platform or warehouse certified scale before loading for transportation or after unloading.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.513" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.513   Must I give the individual shipper an opportunity to observe the weighing?</HEAD>
<P>You must give the individual shipper or any other person responsible for the payment of the freight charges the right to observe all weighings of the shipment. You must advise the individual shipper, or any other person entitled to observe the weighings, where and when each weighing will occur. You must give the person who will observe the weighings a reasonable opportunity to be present to observe the weighings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.515" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.515   May an individual shipper waive his/her right to observe each weighing?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an individual shipper elects not to observe a weighing, the shipper is presumed to have waived that right.
</P>
<P>(b) If an individual shipper elects not to observe a reweighing, the shipper must waive that right in writing. The individual shipper may send the waiver notification via fax transmission; e-mail; overnight courier; or certified mail, return receipt requested.
</P>
<P>(c) Waiver of the right to observe a weighing or re-weighing does not affect any other rights of the individual shipper under this part or otherwise.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 10576, Mar. 5, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.517" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.517   May an individual shipper demand re-weighing?</HEAD>
<P>After you inform the individual shipper of the billing weight and total charges and before actually beginning to unload a shipment weighed at origin (<I>first method</I> under § 375.509(a)(1)), the individual shipper may demand a re-weigh. You must base your freight bill charges upon the re-weigh weight.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.519" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.519   Must I obtain weight tickets?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must obtain weight tickets whenever we require you to weigh the shipment in accordance with this subpart. You must obtain a separate weight ticket for each weighing. The weigh master must sign each weight ticket. Each weight ticket must contain the following six items:
</P>
<P>(1) The complete name and location of the scale.
</P>
<P>(2) The date of each weighing.
</P>
<P>(3) The identification of the weight entries as being the tare, gross, or net weights.
</P>
<P>(4) The company or carrier identification of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(5) The last name of the individual shipper as it appears on the bill of lading.
</P>
<P>(6) The carrier's shipment registration or bill of lading number.
</P>
<P>(b) When both weighings are performed on the same scale, one weight ticket may be used to record both weighings.
</P>
<P>(c) As part of the file on the shipment, you must retain the original weight ticket or tickets relating to the determination of the weight of a shipment.
</P>
<P>(d) All freight bills you present to an individual shipper must include true copies of all weight tickets obtained in the determination of the shipment weight in order to collect any shipment charges dependent upon the weight transported.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.521" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.5.10.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.521   What must I do if an individual shipper wants to know the actual weight or charges for a shipment before I tender delivery?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an individual shipper of a shipment being transported on a collect-on-delivery basis specifically requests notification of the actual weight or volume and charges on the shipment, you must comply with this request. This requirement is conditioned upon the individual shipper's supplying you with an address or telephone number where the individual shipper will receive the communication. You must make your notification by telephone; in person; fax transmissions; e-mail; overnight courier; or certified mail, return receipt requested.
</P>
<P>(b) The individual shipper must receive your notification at least one full 24-hour day before any tender of the shipment for delivery, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and Federal holidays.
</P>
<P>(c) You may disregard the 24-hour notification requirement on shipments in any one of the following three circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) The shipment will be back weighed (<I>i.e.,</I> weighed at destination).
</P>
<P>(2) Pickup and delivery encompass two consecutive weekdays, if the individual shipper agrees.
</P>
<P>(3) The shipment is moving under a non-binding estimate and the maximum payment required at time of delivery is 110 percent of the estimated charges, but only if the individual shipper agrees to waive the 24-hour notification requirement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 10576, Mar. 5, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Transportation of Shipments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.601" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.6.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.601   Must I transport the shipment in a timely manner?</HEAD>
<P>Yes. Transportation in a timely manner is also known as “reasonable dispatch service.” You must provide reasonable dispatch service to all individual shippers, except for transportation on the basis of guaranteed pickup and delivery dates.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.603" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.6.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.603   When must I tender a shipment for delivery?</HEAD>
<P>You must tender a shipment for delivery for an individual shipper on the agreed delivery date or within the period specified on the bill of lading. Upon the request or concurrence of the individual shipper, you may waive this requirement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.605" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.6.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.605   How must I notify an individual shipper of any service delays?</HEAD>
<P>(a) When you are unable to perform either the pickup or delivery of a shipment on the dates or during the periods specified in the bill of lading and as soon as the delay becomes apparent to you, you must notify the individual shipper of the delay, at your expense, in one of the following six ways:
</P>
<P>(1) By telephone.
</P>
<P>(2) In person.
</P>
<P>(3) Fax transmissions.
</P>
<P>(4) E-mail.
</P>
<P>(5) Overnight courier.
</P>
<P>(6) Certified mail, return receipt requested.
</P>
<P>(b) You must advise the individual shipper of the dates or periods you expect to be able to pick up and/or deliver the shipment. You must consider the needs of the individual shipper in your advisement. You also must do the following four things:
</P>
<P>(1) You must prepare a written record of the date, time, and manner of notification.
</P>
<P>(2) You must prepare a written record of your amended date or period for pick-up or delivery.
</P>
<P>(3) You must retain these records as a part of your file on the shipment. The retention period is one year from the date of notification.
</P>
<P>(4) You must furnish a copy of the notice to the individual shipper by first class mail or in person if the individual shipper requests a copy of the notice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 10576, Mar. 5, 2004; 87 FR 24448, Apr. 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.607" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.6.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.607   What must I do if I am able to tender a shipment for final delivery more than 24 hours before a specified date?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may ask the individual shipper to accept an early delivery date. If the individual shipper does not concur with your request or the individual shipper does not request an early delivery date, you may, at your discretion, place a shipment in storage under your own account and at your own expense in a warehouse located near the destination of the shipment. If you place the shipment in storage, you must comply with paragraph (b) of this section. You may comply with paragraph (c) of this section, at your discretion.
</P>
<P>(b) You must immediately notify the individual shipper of the name and address of the warehouse where you place the shipment. You must make and keep a record of your notification as a part of your shipment records. You have responsibility for the shipment under the terms and conditions of the bill of lading. You are responsible for the charges for redelivery, handling, and storage until you make final delivery.
</P>
<P>(c) You may limit your responsibility under paragraph (b) of this section up to the agreed delivery date or the first day of the period of time of delivery as specified in the bill of lading.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.609" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.6.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.609   What must I do for shippers who store household goods in transit?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If you are holding goods for storage-in-transit (SIT) and the period of time is about to expire, you must comply with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) You must notify the individual shipper, in writing of the following four items:
</P>
<P>(1) The date of conversion to permanent storage.
</P>
<P>(2) The existence of a nine-month period after the date of conversion to permanent storage when the individual shipper may file claims against you for loss or damage occurring to the goods in transit or during the storage-in-transit period.
</P>
<P>(3) The fact your liability is ending.
</P>
<P>(4) The fact the individual shipper's property will be subject to the rules, regulations, and charges of the warehouseman.
</P>
<P>(c) You must make this notification at least 10 days before the expiration date of either one of the following two periods:
</P>
<P>(1) The specified period of time when the goods are to be held in storage.
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum period of time provided in your tariff for storage-in-transit.
</P>
<P>(d) You must notify the individual shipper by facsimile transmission; e-mail; overnight courier; or certified mail, return receipt requested.
</P>
<P>(e) If you are holding household goods in storage-in-transit for a period of time less than 10 days, you must give notification to the individual shipper of the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section one day before the expiration date of the specified time when the goods are to be held in such storage.
</P>
<P>(f) You must maintain a record of notifications as part of the records of the shipment.
</P>
<P>(g) Your failure or refusal to notify the individual shipper will automatically effect a continuance of your carrier liability according to the applicable tariff provisions with respect to storage-in-transit, until the end of the day following the date when you actually gave notice.
</P>
<P>(h) When you place household goods in permanent storage, you must place the household goods in the name of the individual shipper and provide contact information for the shipper in the form of a telephone number, mailing address and/or email address.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 10577, Mar. 5, 2004; 77 FR 36935, June 20, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Delivery of Shipments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.701" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.7.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.701   May I provide for a release of liability on my delivery receipt?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Your delivery receipt or shipping document must not contain any language purporting to release or discharge you or your agents from liability.
</P>
<P>(b) The delivery receipt may include a statement the property was received in apparent good condition except as noted on the shipping documents.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.703" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.7.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.703   What is the maximum collect-on-delivery amount I may demand at the time of delivery?</HEAD>
<P>(a) On a binding estimate, the maximum amount is the exact estimate of the charges, plus charges for any additional services requested by the shipper after the bill of lading has been issued and charges, if applicable, for impracticable operations as defined in your carrier tariff. The maximum amount of charges for impracticable operations you may collect on delivery is an amount equal to 15 percent of all other charges due at delivery.
</P>
<P>(b) On a non-binding estimate, the maximum amount is 110 percent of the non-binding estimate of the charges, plus charges for any additional services requested by the shipper after the bill of lading has been issued and charges, if applicable, for impracticable operations as defined in your carrier tariff. The maximum amount of charges for impracticable operations you may collect on delivery is an amount equal to 15 percent of all other charges due at delivery.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 36774, July 5, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.705" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.7.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.705   If a shipment is transported on more than one vehicle, what charges may I collect at delivery?</HEAD>
<P>(a) At your discretion, you may do one of the following three things:
</P>
<P>(1) You may defer the collection of all charges until you deliver the entire shipment.
</P>
<P>(2) If you have determined the charges for the entire shipment, you may collect charges for the portion of the shipment tendered for delivery. You must determine the percentage of the charges for the entire shipment represented by the portion of the shipment tendered for delivery.
</P>
<P>(3) If you cannot reasonably calculate the charges for the entire shipment, you must determine the charges for the portion of the shipment being delivered. You must collect this amount. The total charges you assess for the transportation of the separate portions of the shipment must not be more than the charges due for the entire shipment.
</P>
<P>(b) In the event of the loss or destruction of any part of a shipment transported on more than one vehicle, you must collect the charges as provided in § 375.707.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.707" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.7.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.707   If a shipment is partially lost or destroyed, what charges may I collect at delivery?</HEAD>
<P>(a) (1) If a shipment is partially lost or destroyed, you may collect at delivery:
</P>
<P>(i) A prorated percentage of the binding estimate or a prorated percentage of up to 110 percent of the non-binding estimate. The prorated percentage is equal to the percentage of the weight of that portion of the shipment delivered relative to the total weight of the shipment. For example, if you deliver only 2,500 pounds of a shipment weighing 5,000 pounds, you may demand at destination, as applicable, only 50 percent of a binding estimate or 50 percent of not more than 110 percent of a non-binding estimate;
</P>
<P>(ii) Charges for any additional services requested by the shipper after the bill of lading has been issued; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Charges for impracticable operations, if applicable, except that such charges must not exceed 15 percent of all other charges due at delivery.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any specific valuation charge due.
</P>
<P>(2) You must bill and collect from the individual shipper any remaining charges not collected at delivery in accordance with subpart H of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) You must determine, at your own expense, the proportion of the shipment, based on actual or constructive weight, not lost or destroyed in transit.
</P>
<P>(c) You may disregard paragraph (a)(1) of this section if loss or destruction was due to an act or omission of the individual shipper.
</P>
<P>(d) The individual shipper's rights are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights the individual shipper may have with respect to a shipment of household goods you or your agent(s) partially lost or destroyed in transit. This applies whether or not the individual shipper exercises any rights to obtain a refund of the portion of your published freight charges corresponding to the portion of the lost or destroyed shipment (including any charges for accessorial or terminal services) at the time you dispose of claims for loss, damage, or injury to articles in the shipment under part 370 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 36775, July 5, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.709" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.7.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.709   If a shipment is totally lost or destroyed, what charges may I collect at delivery?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You are forbidden from collecting, or requiring an individual shipper to pay, any freight charges (including any charges for accessorial or terminal services) when a household goods shipment is <I>totally lost or destroyed</I> in transit. The following two conditions also apply:
</P>
<P>(1) You must collect any specific valuation charge due.
</P>
<P>(2) You may disregard paragraph (a) of this section if loss or destruction was due to an act or omission of the individual shipper.
</P>
<P>(b) The individual shipper's rights are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights the individual shipper may have with respect to a shipment of household goods you or your agent(s) totally lost or destroyed in transit. This applies whether or not the individual shipper exercises its rights provided in paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Collection of Charges</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.801" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.8.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.801   What types of charges are subject to this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to all shipments of household goods that:
</P>
<P>(a) Entail a balance due invoice; or
</P>
<P>(b) Are transported on an extension of credit basis.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 10577, Mar. 5, 2004, as amended at 87 FR 24448, Apr. 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.803" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.8.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.803   How must I present my invoice?</HEAD>
<P>You must present your invoice in accordance with § 375.807.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 10577, Mar. 5, 2004, as amended at 87 FR 24448, Apr. 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.805" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.8.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.805   If I am forced to relinquish a collect-on-delivery shipment before the payment of ALL charges, how do I collect the balance?</HEAD>
<P>On “collect-on-delivery” shipments, you must present your invoice for all transportation charges within 15 days as required by § 375.807.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 87 FR 24448, Apr. 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.807" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.8.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.807   What actions may I take to collect the charges upon my invoice?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must present an invoice within 15 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays) of the date of delivery of a shipment at its destination.
</P>
<P>(b) The credit period must be seven days (including Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays).
</P>
<P>(c) You must provide in your tariffs the following four things:
</P>
<P>(1) You must automatically extend the credit period to a total of 30 calendar days for any shipper who has not paid your invoice within the 7-day period. However, for charges for impracticable operations that are not collected at delivery, you may not extend the credit period beyond 30 days after you present your invoice.
</P>
<P>(2) You will assess a service charge to each individual shipper equal to one percent of the amount of the invoice, subject to a $20 minimum charge, for the extension of the credit period. You will assess the service charge for each 30-day extension the charges go unpaid.
</P>
<P>(3) You must deny credit to any shipper who fails to pay a duly-presented invoice within the 30-day period. You may grant credit to the individual shipper when the individual shipper satisfies he/she will promptly pay all future invoices duly presented.
</P>
<P>(4) You must ensure all payments of invoices are strictly in accordance with the rules and regulations of this part for the settlement of your rates and charges.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 35091, June 11, 2003, as amended at 72 FR 36775, July 5, 2007; 87 FR 24448, Apr. 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Penalties</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 375.901" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.9.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 375.901   What penalties do we impose for violations of this part?</HEAD>
<P>The penalty provisions of 49 U.S.C. Chapter 149, Civil and Criminal Penalties apply to this part. These penalties do not overlap. Notwithstanding these civil penalties, nothing in this section shall deprive any holder of a receipt or a bill of lading any remedy or right of action under existing law.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.17.11.11.1.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 375—Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move 
</HEAD>
<HD1>General Requirements
</HD1>
<P>The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration's (FMCSA) regulations protect consumers of interstate moves and define the rights and responsibilities of consumers (shippers) and household goods motor carriers (movers).
</P>
<P>The household goods motor carrier gave you this booklet to provide information about your rights and responsibilities as an individual shipper of household goods. Your primary responsibilities are to ensure that you understand the terms and conditions of the moving contract (bill of lading), and know what to do in case problems arise.
</P>
<P>The primary responsibility for protecting your move lies with you in selecting a reputable household goods mover or household goods broker, and making sure you understand the terms and conditions of your contract and the remedies that are available to you in case problems arise.
</P>
<HD1>Definitions and Common Terms
</HD1>
<P>Accessorial (Additional) Services—These are services such as packing, unpacking, appliance servicing, or piano carrying, that you request to be performed or are necessary because of landlord requirements or other special circumstances.
</P>
<P>Advanced Charges—Charges for services performed by someone other than the mover. A professional, craftsman, or other third party may perform these services at your request. The mover pays for these services and adds the charges to your bill of lading.
</P>
<P>Agent—A local moving company authorized to act on behalf of a larger national company.
</P>
<P>Appliance Service by Third Party—The preparation of major electrical appliances to make them safe for transportation. Charges for these services may be in addition to the line-haul charges.
</P>
<P>Bill of Lading—The receipt for your shipment and the contract for its transportation.
</P>
<P>Broker—A company that arranges for the transportation of household goods by a registered moving company.
</P>
<P>Collect on Delivery (COD)—This means payment is required at the time of delivery at the destination residence (or warehouse).
</P>
<P>Certified Scale—Any scale designed for weighing motor vehicles, including trailers or semitrailers not attached to a tractor, and certified by an authorized scale inspection and licensing authority. A certified scale may also be a platform or warehouse type scale that is properly inspected and certified.
</P>
<P>Commercial Zone—A commercial zone is roughly equivalent to the local metropolitan area of a city or town. Moves that cross state lines within these zones are exempt from FMCSA's commercial jurisdiction and, therefore, the moves are not subject to FMCSA household goods regulations. For example, a move between Brooklyn, New York, and Hackensack, New Jersey, would be within the New York City commercial zone. Although it crossed states lines, this move would not be subject to FMCSA household goods regulations.
</P>
<P>Estimate, Binding—This is a written agreement made in advance with your mover. It guarantees the total cost of the move based upon the quantities and services shown on the estimate.
</P>
<P>Estimate, Non-Binding—This is what your mover believes the cost will be, based upon the estimated weight of the shipment and the services requested. A non-binding estimate is not binding on the mover. The final charges will be based upon the actual weight of your shipment, the services provided, and the tariff provisions in effect.
</P>
<P>Expedited Service—An agreement with the mover to perform transportation by a set date in exchange for an agreed upon additional charge.
</P>
<P>Flight Charge—An additional charge for carrying items up or down flights of stairs. Charges for these services may be in addition to the line-haul charges.
</P>
<P>Full Value Protection—The liability coverage option you are to receive for your shipment unless you waive this option in writing. It means your mover will process your loss and damage claim by replacing or repairing the item to restore its original like, kind, and quality.
</P>
<P>Guaranteed Pickup and/or Delivery Service—An additional level of service featuring guaranteed dates of service. Your mover will provide reimbursement to you for delays. This service may be subject to minimum weight requirements.
</P>
<P>High-Value Article—These are items valued at more than $100 per pound.
</P>
<P>Household Goods—As used in connection with transportation, household goods are the personal effects or property used, or to be used, in a dwelling, when part of the equipment or supplies of the dwelling belong to an individual shipper. Transporting of the household goods must be arranged for and paid by you or another individual on your behalf.
</P>
<P>Household Goods Motor Carrier—A motor carrier that, in the normal course of its business of providing transportation of household goods, offers some or all the following additional services: (1) Binding and non-binding estimates, (2) Inventorying, (3) Protective packing and unpacking of individual items at personal residences, and (4) Loading and unloading at personal residences. The term does not include a motor carrier when the motor carrier provides transportation of household goods in containers or trailers that are entirely loaded and unloaded by an individual (other than an employee or agent of the motor carrier).
</P>
<P>Individual Shipper—Any person who:
</P>
<P>1. Is the shipper, consignor, or consignee of a household goods shipment;
</P>
<P>2. Is identified as the shipper, consignor, or consignee on the face of the bill of lading;
</P>
<P>3. Owns the household goods being transported; and
</P>
<P>4. Pays his or her own tariff transportation charges.
</P>
<P>Impracticable Operations—Conditions which make it physically impossible for the mover to perform pickup or delivery with its normally assigned road-haul equipment so that the mover is required to use specialized equipment and/or additional labor to complete pickup or delivery of your shipment. A mover may require payment of additional charges for services required due to impracticable operations, even if you do not request these services. The specific services considered to be impracticable operations by your mover are defined in your mover's tariff.
</P>
<P>Inventory—The detailed list of your household goods showing the quantity and condition of each item.
</P>
<P>Line-Haul Charges—The charges for the transportation portion of your move when a household goods mover transports your shipment.
</P>
<P>Household goods brokers or movers must provide you with basic information before you move. You should expect to receive the following information:
</P>
<FP-1>• A written estimate
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• The “Ready to Move” Brochure (or a web link to access the document)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Information about the mover's arbitration program
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Written notice about access to the mover's tariff
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• The process for handling claims
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• This booklet, <I>Your Rights and Responsibilities When You Move</I> (or a web link to access the document)
</FP-1>
<P>You should avoid brokers and movers that are not registered with FMCSA or refuse to perform a physical survey of your household goods. If a broker or mover requires cash, FMCSA advises you to retain all receipts and supporting documents associated with the transaction.
</P>
<HD1>Customer's Responsibilities
</HD1>
<P>As a customer, you have responsibilities both to your mover and to yourself. They include:
</P>
<P>• Reading all moving documents issued by the mover or broker.
</P>
<P>• Being available at the time of pickup and delivery of your shipment. If you are not available, you should appoint a representative to act on your behalf.
</P>
<P>• Promptly notifying your mover if something has changed regarding your shipment (<I>i.e.,</I> move dates, additional items).
</P>
<P>• Making payment in the amount required and in the form agreed to with the mover based on the bill of lading document.
</P>
<P>• Promptly filing claims for loss, damage, or delays with your mover, if necessary.
</P>
<HD1>Estimates
</HD1>
<P>The two most important things to understand for your interstate move are: The types of estimates offered and the mover's liability in the event of loss or damage. As you read further, you will discover that movers offer two different types of estimates—binding and non-binding. The type of estimate you select determines how the charges for your shipment will be calculated. The estimate provided by your mover will notify you of the two liability coverage options: Option 1—Full Value Protection and Option 2—Waiver of Full Value Protection (60 cents per pound). The mover's liability is discussed in detail in the next section.
</P>
<P>FMCSA requires your mover to provide written estimates on every shipment transported for you. Your mover's verbal quote of charges is not an official estimate since it is not in writing. Your mover must provide you with a written estimate of all charges including transportation, and accessorial and advanced charges (defined at the end of this booklet). This written estimate must be dated and signed by you and the mover.
</P>
<P>The estimate your mover provides you will include a statement notifying you of two options of liability coverage for your shipment: Full Value Protection and Waiver of Full Value Protection, Released Value of 60 cents per pound per article.
</P>
<P>Your mover must provide an estimate based upon a physical survey of your household goods. A physical survey means a survey which is conducted on-site or virtually, that allows your mover to see the household goods to be transported. A physical survey must be performed unless you waive this requirement in writing.
</P>
<P>Please be aware that a household goods broker may only provide an estimate on a mover's behalf if the broker has a written agreement with the mover and uses the mover's published tariff.
</P>
<P>You and your mover may agree to change an estimate of charges based on changed circumstances, but only before your shipment is loaded. Your mover may not change an estimate after loading the shipment. There is more information about changes to estimates in the following sections.
</P>
<HD1>Binding Estimates
</HD1>
<P>A binding estimate guarantees that you cannot be required to pay more than the amount on the estimate at the time of delivery. However, if you add additional items to your shipment or request additional services, you and your mover may:
</P>
<P>• Agree to abide by the original binding estimate;
</P>
<P>• prepare a new binding estimate; or
</P>
<P>• agree to convert the binding estimate into a non-binding estimate.
</P>
<P>If you and the mover do not agree to one of the three options listed above, the mover is not required to service the shipment. If the mover does not give you a new binding estimate in writing, or agree in writing to convert the binding estimate to a non-binding estimate before your goods are loaded, the original binding estimate is reaffirmed. Under these circumstances, your mover should not charge or collect more than the amount of the original binding estimate at delivery for the quantities and services included in the estimate.
</P>
<P>If there are unforeseen circumstances (such as elevators, stairs, or required parking permits) at the destination the mover can bill you for these additional expenses after 30 days from delivery. Charges for services required because of impracticable operations (defined at the end of this booklet) are due at delivery, but may not exceed 15 percent of all other charges due at delivery; any remaining charges will be billed to you with payment due in 30 days from delivery.
</P>
<P>If you are unable to pay 100 percent of the charges on a binding estimate at delivery, your mover may place your shipment in storage at your expense. In an effort to schedule delivery of your shipment from storage, you will have to pay the required charges and storage fees, if listed in the tariffs, after your shipment arrives at the residence.
</P>
<P>Your mover may charge a fee to prepare a binding estimate.
</P>
<HD1>Non-Binding Estimates
</HD1>
<P>A non-binding estimate is intended to provide you with an estimate of the cost of your move. A non-binding estimate is not a guarantee of your final costs, but it should be reasonably accurate. The estimate must indicate that your final charges will be based upon the actual weight of your shipment, the services provided, and the mover's published tariff. Therefore, the amount of your mover's non-binding estimate may be different than the amount you ultimately must pay to receive your shipment.
</P>
<P>A non-binding estimate must be in writing and clearly describe the shipment and all services provided. Under a non-binding estimate, the mover cannot require you to pay more than 110 percent of the non-binding estimate at the time of delivery. This does not excuse you from paying all the charges due on your shipment. The mover will bill you for any remaining charges after 30 days from delivery.
</P>
<P>On the day of pick-up, if you have additional items to move, your mover must do one of two things prior to loading:
</P>
<P>• Reaffirm your non-binding estimate; or
</P>
<P>• prepare a new non-binding estimate to include all the items that are being moved.
</P>
<P>If you and the mover do not agree to one of the two options listed above, the mover is not required to service the shipment. If you are unable to pay 110 percent of the charges on a non-binding estimate at delivery, your mover may place your shipment in storage at your expense. In order to schedule delivery of your shipment from storage, you will likely have to agree to pay the required charges and storage fees, if listed in the tariffs, after your shipment arrives at the residence.
</P>
<P>Your mover must give you possession of your shipment if you pay 110 percent of a non-binding estimate or 100 percent of a binding estimate, plus 15 percent of the impracticable operations charges (if applicable). If your mover does not relinquish possession, the mover is holding your shipment hostage in violation of Federal law.
</P>
<HD1>Your Mover's Liability and Your Claims
</HD1>
<P>In general, your mover is legally liable for loss or damage that occurs during the transportation of your shipment and all related services identified on the bill of lading.
</P>
<P>The extent of your mover's liability is governed by the Surface Transportation Board's Released Rates Order. The Surface Transportation Board is an independent Federal agency that has jurisdiction over HHG motor carrier tariffs and valuation for lost or damaged goods. You may obtain a copy of the current Released Rates Order by visiting the Surface Transportation Board's website at: <I>https://prod.stb.gov/wp-content/uploads/files/docs/householdGoodsMoving/41845.pdf.</I> In addition, your mover may, but is not required to, offer to sell you separate third-party liability insurance.
</P>
<P>All moving companies are required to assume liability for the value of the household goods they transport. However, there are two different levels of liability that apply to interstate moves: Full Value Protection and Waiver of Full Value Protection—Released Value. It is important you understand the charges that apply and the amount of protection provided by each level.
</P>
<HD1>Full Value Protection
</HD1>
<P>This is the most comprehensive option available to protect your household goods, but it will increase the cost of your move. The initial cost estimate of charges that you receive from your mover must include this level of protection. Your shipment will be transported at this level of liability unless you waive Full Value Protection. Under your mover's Full Value Protection level of liability, subject to the allowable exceptions in your mover's tariff, if any article is lost, destroyed, or damaged while in your mover's custody, your mover will, at its option, either (1) repair the article to the extent necessary to restore it to the same condition as when it was received by your mover, or pay you for the cost of such repairs; or (2) replace the article with an article of like, kind and quality, or pay you for the cost to replace the items.
</P>
<P>The exact cost for your shipment, including Full Value Protection, may vary by mover and may be further subject to various deductible levels. Full Value Protection will increase the cost of your move above the basic transportation cost. The minimum valuation level for determining the cost of Full Value Protection of your shipment is $6.00 per pound times the weight of your shipment. Your mover may use a higher minimum value, or you may declare a higher value for your shipment (at an additional cost). The charges that apply for providing Full Value Protection must be shown in your mover's tariff. Ask your mover for the details under its specific program.
</P>
<P>Under this option, movers are permitted to limit their liability for loss or damage to articles of extraordinary value, unless you specifically list these articles on the shipping documents. An article of extraordinary value is any item whose value exceeds $100 per pound (for example, jewelry, silverware, china, furs, antiques, oriental rugs, and computer software). Ask your mover for a complete explanation of this limitation before your move. It is your responsibility to study this provision carefully and to make the necessary declaration.
</P>
<HD2>Waiver of Full Value Protection (Released Value of 60 Cents per Pound per Article)
</HD2>
<P>Released Value is minimal protection; however, it is the most economical protection available as there is no charge to you. Under this option, the mover assumes liability for no more than 60 cents per pound, per article. For example, if a 10-pound stereo component valued at $1,000 was lost or destroyed, the mover would be liable for no more than $6.00 (10 pounds × $ .60). Obviously, you should think carefully before agreeing to such an arrangement.
</P>
<HD1>Third Party Insurance
</HD1>
<P>If you purchase separate third party cargo liability insurance through your mover, the mover is required to issue a policy or other written record of the purchase and to provide you with a copy of the policy or other document at the time of purchase. If the mover fails to comply with this requirement, the mover is liable for any claim for loss or damage.
</P>
<P>Shipments transported under a mover's bill of lading may be subject to arbitration in the event of a dispute over loss or damage claims. However, disputes with third party insurance companies are not subject to FMCSA regulations.
</P>
<HD1>Reducing Your Mover's Normal Liability
</HD1>
<P>The following are some actions that may limit or reduce your mover's liability for loss or damage to your household goods:
</P>
<P>1. Your acts or omissions cause the loss or damage to occur. For example, improper packing of containers you pack yourself do not provide sufficient protection or you include perishable, dangerous, or hazardous materials in your shipment without your mover's knowledge. Federal law forbids you to ship hazardous materials in your household goods boxes or luggage without informing your mover.
</P>
<P>2. You chose the Waiver of Full Value Protection—Released Value level of liability (60 cents per pound per article) but ship household goods valued at more than 60 cents per pound per article.
</P>
<P>3. You declare a value for your shipment which is less than the actual value of the articles in your shipment.
</P>
<P>4. You fail to notify your mover in writing of articles valued at more than $100 per pound. (If you do notify your mover, you will be entitled to full recovery up to the declared value of the article or articles, not to exceed the declared value of the entire shipment.)
</P>
<HD1>Loss and Damage Claims
</HD1>
<P>Movers customarily take every precaution to make sure that, while your shipment is in their possession, no items are lost, damaged or destroyed. However, despite the precautions taken, articles are sometimes lost or destroyed during the move. You have the right to file a claim with your mover to be compensated for loss or damage.
</P>
<P>You have 9 months from the date of delivery (or in the event of loss for the entire shipment, from the date your shipment should have been delivered) to file your claim.
</P>
<P>The claim must be submitted in writing to your mover or to your mover's third party insurer for claim processing. After you submit your claim, your mover has 30 days to acknowledge receipt of it. The mover then has 120 days to provide you with a disposition. The mover might be entitled to 60-day extensions if the claim cannot be processed or disposed of within 120 days. If an extension is necessary, your mover must notify you in writing.
</P>
<HD1>Delay Claims
</HD1>
<P>Delay claims are processed when you have contracted with your mover for guaranteed service for pickup and delivery. Your mover will outline on the bill of lading any penalty or per diem entitlements when there is a pickup delay and/or delivery delay.
</P>
<HD1>Moving Paperwork
</HD1>
<P>Do not sign entirely blank documents. And only sign <I>incomplete</I> documents where the only incomplete sections are for information that cannot be determined prior to loading, specifically the actual weight of your shipment, in the case of a non-binding estimate, and unforeseen charges that occur in transit or at destination.
</P>
<HD1>Inventory
</HD1>
<P>Your mover must prepare an inventory of your shipment. This is usually done at the time the mover loads your shipment. The mover is required to list any damage or unusual wear to any items. The purpose is to make a record of the existence and condition of each item before it is moved.
</P>
<P>After completing the inventory, both you and the mover must sign each page of the inventory. It is important that before signing you make sure the inventory lists every item in your shipment and that entries regarding the condition of each item are correct. You have the right to note any disagreement. When your shipment is delivered, if an item is missing or damaged, your ability to recover from the mover for any loss or damage may depend on the notations made on this form.
</P>
<P>The mover will give you a copy of each page of the inventory. Attach the complete inventory to your copy of the bill of lading. It is your receipt for the shipment.
</P>
<P>At the time your shipment is delivered, it is your responsibility to check the items delivered against the items listed on your inventory. If new damage is discovered, make a record of it on the inventory form. Call the damage to the attention of the mover and request that a record of the damage be made on the mover's copy of the inventory.
</P>
<P>After the complete shipment is unloaded, the mover will request that you sign the mover's copy of the inventory to show that you received the items listed. Do not sign until you have assured yourself that it is accurate and that proper notations have been entered regarding any missing or damaged items. Movers are prohibited from having you sign documents that release the mover from all liability for loss or damage to the shipment in exchange for delivery.
</P>
<HD1>Bill of Lading
</HD1>
<P>Your mover is required by law to prepare a bill of lading for your shipment. The bill of lading is the contract between you and the mover for the transportation of your shipment. This document is issued at least 3 days prior to the pickup date. The information on the bill of lading is required to include all the information and charges associated with the transportation of your shipment. The driver who loads your shipment must give you a copy of the bill of lading before or at the time of loading your shipment. The bill of lading is an important document. Do not lose or misplace your copy. Keep it available until your shipment is delivered, all charges are paid, and all claims, if any, are settled.
</P>
<P>IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO READ THE BILL OF LADING BEFORE YOU ACCEPT IT
</P>
<P>The bill of lading requires the mover to provide the service you requested and requires you to pay the charges for the service. It is your responsibility to understand the bill of lading before you sign it. If you do not agree with something on the bill of lading, do not sign it until you are satisfied it is correct.
</P>
<P>The bill of lading serves to identify the mover and specifies when the transportation is to be performed. Be sure that the portions of the bill of lading that note the dates when pickup and delivery are to be performed are completed and that you agree with the dates. The bill of lading also specifies the terms and conditions for payment of the total charges and the maximum amount required to be paid at the time of delivery for shipments moving under a binding estimate. In the case of shipments moving under non-binding estimates, the bill of lading will not include a final calculation of charges because that cannot be determined until the shipment is weighed. However, the bill of lading must contain all relevant shipment information—except the shipment weight that will be determined after the shipment has been weighed and any unforeseen charges that occur in transit or at destination.
</P>
<P>The bill of lading must include the following 17 items:
</P>
<P>1. The legal or trade name (<I>i.e.,</I> doing business as name) of the mover as it is registered with FMCSA, to include its physical address.
</P>
<P>2. The names, telephone numbers, addresses, and USDOT Numbers of any motor carriers, when known, who will participate in transportation of the shipment.
</P>
<P>3. Your name, address, and, if available, telephone number(s).
</P>
<P>4. The form of payment the mover and its agents will honor at delivery. The payment information must be the same that was entered on the estimate.
</P>
<P>5. When transportation is on a collect-on-delivery basis, the name, address, and if furnished, the telephone number, facsimile number, or email address of a person to notify about the charges. The notification may also be made by overnight courier or certified mail, return receipt requested.
</P>
<P>6. For non-guaranteed service, the agreed date or period of time for pickup of the shipment and the agreed date or period of time for the delivery of the shipment.
</P>
<P>7. For guaranteed service, subject to tariff provisions, the dates for pickup and delivery, and any penalty or per diem entitlements due to you.
</P>
<P>8. The actual date of pickup.
</P>
<P>9. The company or motor carrier identification number of the vehicle(s) that will transport your shipment.
</P>
<P>10. The terms and conditions for payment of the total charges, including notice of any minimum charges.
</P>
<P>11. The maximum amount your mover will demand at the time of delivery in order for you to obtain possession of the shipment, when you transport under a collect-on-delivery basis.
</P>
<P>12. The valuation statements provided in the Surface Transportation Board (STB)'s released rates order. These statements require individual shippers either to accept Full Value Protection for their liability or to waive the Full Value Protection in favor of the STB's released rates. The released rates may be increased annually by the motor carrier based on the U.S. Department of Commerce's Cost of Living Adjustment. Contact the STB for a copy of the Released Rates of Motor Carrier Shipments of Household Goods. If the individual shipper waives your Full Value Protection in writing on the STB's valuation statement, you must include the charges, if any, for optional valuation coverage (other than Full Value Protection).
</P>
<P>13. Evidence of any insurance coverage sold to or procured for the individual shipper from an independent insurer, including the amount of the premium for such insurance.
</P>
<P>14. A complete description of any special or accessorial services ordered and minimum weight or volume charges applicable to the shipment, subject to the following two conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) If your mover provides service for you on rates based upon the transportation of a minimum weight or volume, your mover must indicate on the bill of lading the minimum weight- or volume-based rates, and the minimum charges applicable to the shipment.
</P>
<P>(ii) If your mover does not indicate the minimum rates and charges, your mover's tariff must provide information to compute the final charges relating to such a shipment based upon the actual weight or volume of the shipment.
</P>
<P>15. Each attachment to the bill of lading is an integral part of the contract. That includes the binding or non-binding estimate, inventory and any signed waiver documents associated with the shipment.
</P>
<P>16. Any identification or registration number assigned to the shipment.
</P>
<P>17. A statement that the bill of lading incorporates by reference all the services included on the estimate, including any new estimate prepared by the mover.
</P>
<P>The bill of lading must be signed and dated by you and your mover at origin and destination.
</P>
<HD1>Invoice
</HD1>
<P>At the time of payment of transportation charges, your mover must give you an invoice identifying the service provided and the charge for each service. It is customary for most movers to use a copy of the bill of lading as the invoice.
</P>
<P>Except in those instances where a shipment is moving on a binding estimate, the invoice must specifically identify each service performed, the rate or charge per service performed, and the total charges for each service. If this information is not on the invoice, do not accept or pay the invoice.
</P>
<P>Your mover must deliver your shipment upon payment of 100 percent of a binding estimate or 110 percent of a non-binding estimate, plus the full cost of any additional services that you required after the contract was executed and any charges for impracticable operation, not to exceed 15 percent of all other charges due at delivery. If you do not pay the transportation charges due at the time of delivery, your mover has the right, under the bill of lading, to refuse to deliver your shipment. The mover may place your shipment in storage, at your expense, until the charges are paid.
</P>
<P>On shipments paid in advance, your mover must present its invoice for all transportation charges within 15 days of the date your mover delivered the shipment. This period excludes Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays.
</P>
<P>On shipments paid upon delivery, your mover must present its invoice for all transportation charges on the date of delivery, or, at its discretion, within 15 days calculated from the date the shipment was delivered at your destination. This period excludes Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays. Bills for additional charges based on the weight of the shipment will be presented after 30 days from delivery; charges for impracticable operations not paid at delivery are due within 30 days of the invoice.
</P>
<P>Your mover's invoice and accompanying written notices must state the following five items:
</P>
<FP-1>1. Penalties for late payment
</FP-1>
<FP-1>2. The period of time for any credit extended
</FP-1>
<FP-1>3. Service or finance charges
</FP-1>
<FP-1>4. Collection expense charges
</FP-1>
<FP-1>5. Any applicable discount terms
</FP-1>
<HD1>Weight Tickets
</HD1>
<P>Your mover must obtain weight tickets if your shipment is moving under a non- binding estimate. Each time your shipment is weighed, a separate weight ticket must be obtained and signed by the weigh master. If both weighings are performed on the same scale, one weight ticket may be used to record both weighings. The weight tickets must be presented with the invoice. Each weight ticket must contain the following six items:
</P>
<P>1. The complete name and location of the scale.
</P>
<P>2. The date of each weighing.
</P>
<P>3. The identification of the weight entries as being the tare, gross, or net weights.
</P>
<P>4. The company or mover identification of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>5. The last name of the individual shipper as it appears on the bill of lading.
</P>
<P>6. The mover's shipment registration or bill of lading number.
</P>
<P>Additional information regarding weighing shipments is located later in this booklet.
</P>
<HD1>Collection of Charges
</HD1>
<P>Your mover must issue you an honest and truthful invoice for each shipment transported. When your shipment is delivered, you will be expected to pay either: (1) 100 percent of the charges on your binding estimate, or (2) 110 percent of the charges on your non-binding estimate. You will also be requested to pay the charges for any services that you requested (for example, waiting time, an extra pickup or delivery, storage) after the contract with your mover was executed that were not included in the estimate, and any charges for services performed in conjunction with impracticable operations, not to exceed 15 percent of all other charges due at delivery. Your mover will bill you after your shipment is delivered for any remaining services.
</P>
<P>You should verify in advance what method of payment your mover will accept. Your mover must note in writing on the bill of lading the forms of payment it accepts at delivery. Do not assume your mover will accept payment by credit card unless it is clearly indicated on the bill of lading.
</P>
<P>If you do not pay the charges due at the time of delivery, the mover has the right to refuse to deliver your shipment and to place it into storage at your expense until the charges are paid. It is standard procedure for you to pay the charges due at delivery prior to the mover unloading the shipment at destination, in accordance with the terms specified on the bill of lading.
</P>
<P>If your shipment is transported by two or more trucks, the mover may require payment for each portion as it is delivered. You mover may delay the collection of all the charges until the entire shipment is delivered, at its discretion. When you confirm your shipment transportation with your mover, you should ask the mover about this policy.
</P>
<P>Your mover can only collect the charges on the percentage of the shipment that was successfully delivered. For example, if you receive a binding estimate of $1,000 to move 1,000 pounds of your goods, and 50 percent of that shipment is lost, then the mover can only collect 50 percent of the estimate or $500. If the estimate is non-binding then only 50 percent of the actual charges, not to exceed 110 percent of the estimate, can be collected, which would be $550.
</P>
<P>Your mover is forbidden from collecting, or requiring you to pay, any freight charges (including any charges for accessorial or terminal services) when your shipment is totally lost or destroyed in transit, unless the loss or destruction was due to an act or omission by you. However, if you receive Full Value Protection on your shipment, you will be required to pay the premium to process your claim for the total loss.
</P>
<HD1>Transportation of Your Shipment
</HD1>
<HD1>Pickup and Delivery
</HD1>
<P>Before you move, be sure to reach an agreement with your mover on the dates for pickup and delivery of your shipment. It is your responsibility to determine on what date your shipment will be picked up and the date or timeframe you require delivery. Once an agreement is reached, your mover must enter those dates on the bill of lading. Upon loading your shipment, your mover is contractually bound to provide the service described in the bill of lading.
</P>
<P>The mover might use the term “delivery spread” as the timeframe in which you can expect your shipment to be delivered. This means that your shipment could arrive anytime during the delivery spread. The mover is required to give you a 24-hour advance notice of when they plan to arrive with your shipment. At that time, you must be available to accept delivery or your shipment could be placed in storage at your expense.
</P>
<P>When you and the mover agree to a delivery date, or to a range of dates, it is your responsibility to be available to accept delivery on any of those dates. The same applies when you and the mover agree to alternate delivery dates.
</P>
<P>Do not agree to have your shipment picked up or delivered “as soon as possible.” The dates or periods you and your mover agree upon should be definite.
</P>
<P>If you request the mover to change the dates for your shipment, most movers will agree to do so if the change will not result in unreasonable delay to their equipment or interfere with another customer's move. However, the mover is not required to change the dates and can place your shipment in storage at your expense if you are unwilling or unable to accept delivery on the agreed dates.
</P>
<P>The only reason your mover would be excused from providing a service as described in the bill of lading is because of “force majeure.” This is a legal term which means an unforeseen change of circumstances beyond the control of the mover. For example, if there were a major snow storm that prevented your mover from servicing your shipment as outlined in the bill of lading, your mover would not be responsible for damages resulting from its nonperformance.
</P>
<P>If your mover fails to pick up or deliver your shipment on the agreed date or during the delivery spread, and you have expenses that you otherwise would not have, you may be able to recover these expenses from the mover through a delay of shipment claim.
</P>
<P>Ask your mover before you move what payment or other arrangements you can expect if your shipment is delayed through the fault of the mover.
</P>
<P>Your mover must transport your household goods in a timely manner. This is also known as “reasonable dispatch service.” If you have arranged for a guaranteed delivery date, the terms of that agreement with your mover apply.
</P>
<P>When your mover is unable to meet either the pickup or delivery dates or provide service during the periods of time specified in the bill of lading, your mover must notify you of the delay. The mover must advise you of the dates or periods of time it may be able to pick up and/or deliver your shipment. Your mover must provide this information in writing.
</P>
<HD1>Early Delivery
</HD1>
<P>If you are unable to accept delivery before the first day of the delivery spread, then your mover may place your shipment in storage in a warehouse located in proximity to the destination. If your mover exercises this option, your mover must immediately notify you of the name and address of the warehouse where your mover places your shipment. Your mover has full responsibility for the charges for re-delivery, handling, and storage until it makes the final delivery.
</P>
<HD1>Storage in Transit
</HD1>
<P>You may request your mover to store your household goods before delivering them. Your mover must notify you in writing or in person at least 10 days before the expiration date of:
</P>
<P>1. The specified period of time when your mover is to hold your shipment in storage.
</P>
<P>2. The maximum period of time provided in its tariff for storage-in-transit.
</P>
<P>If your mover holds your household goods in storage-in-transit for less than 10 days, your mover must notify you, 1 day before the storage-in-transit period expires of the same information specified above.
</P>
<P>When the storage period is about to expire, your mover must notify you in writing about the following four items:
</P>
<P>1. The date when storage-in-transit will covert to permanent storage.
</P>
<P>2. The existence of a 9-month period after the date of conversion to permanent storage, during which you may file claims against your mover for loss or damage occurring to your goods while in transit or during the storage-in-transit period.
</P>
<P>3. When your mover's liability will end for loss and damage.
</P>
<P>4. When your shipment will become subject to the rules, regulations, and charges of the management of the storage facility.
</P>
<HD1>Weighing Shipments
</HD1>
<P>If your mover transports your household goods on a non-binding estimate, your mover must determine the actual weight of your shipment on a certified scale in order to calculate its lawful tariff charge. If your mover provided a binding estimate, the weight of the shipment will not affect the charges you will pay, so there is no requirement to weigh shipments moving under binding estimates.
</P>
<P>Most movers have a minimum weight charge for transporting a shipment. If your shipment appears to weigh less than the mover's minimum weight, your mover must state the minimum cost on the bill of lading. Should your mover fail to advise you of the minimum charges and your shipment is less than the minimum weight, your mover must base your final charges upon the actual weight, not upon the minimum weight.
</P>
<P>Usually, your shipment will be weighed in the city or local area where the shipment originates. The driver has the truck weighed before coming to your residence and then has it weighed again after your shipment has been loaded. The difference in these two weights is the weight of your shipment.
</P>
<P>The mover may also weigh your shipment at its destination when the shipment is delivered. The driver will have the truck weighed with your shipment on board and then weighed a second time after your shipment has been unloaded. Each time a weighing is performed, the driver is required to obtain an official weight ticket signed by the weigh master of a certified scale and a copy of the weight tickets must accompany your copy of the bill of lading. Shipments of less than 3,000 pounds may be weighed on a certified warehouse scale.
</P>
<P>You have the right, and your mover must inform you of your right, to observe all weighing of your shipment. Your mover must tell you where and when each weighing will occur. Your mover must give you a reasonable opportunity to be present to observe the weighing. You may waive your right to observe weighing; however, you must waive that right in writing.
</P>
<P>If your shipment is weighed at origin and you believe that the weight may not be accurate, you have the right to request that the shipment be reweighed before it is unloaded. The mover is not permitted to charge you for the reweighing, but the final charges due will be based on the reweigh weight, even if it is more than the initial weight.
</P>
<P>If you request notification of the actual weight and charges of your shipment, your mover must comply with your request if it is moving your household goods on a collect-on-delivery basis. This requirement is conditioned upon you supplying your mover with contact information.
</P>
<HD1>Notification of Delivery
</HD1>
<P>You must receive the mover's notification at least 24-hours before the scheduled delivery, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays.
</P>
<P>Your mover may disregard this 24-hour notification requirement on shipments subject to one of the following three situations:
</P>
<P>1. When your mover weighs your shipment at destination.
</P>
<P>2. When pickup and delivery encompasses two consecutive weekdays, if you agree.
</P>
<P>3. When the maximum payment at time of delivery is 110 percent of the estimated charges, if you agree.
</P>
<HD1>Resolving Disputes With Your Mover
</HD1>
<P>The FMCSA maintains regulations to govern the processing of loss and damage claims; however, we cannot resolve these claims on your behalf. If you cannot reach a settlement with your mover, you have the right to request arbitration from your mover. All movers are required to participate in an arbitration program, and your mover is required to provide you with a summary of its arbitration program before you sign the bill of lading.
</P>
<P>Arbitration gives you the opportunity to resolve loss or damage claims and certain types of disputed charges through a neutral arbitrator. You may find submitting your claim to arbitration is a less expensive and more convenient way to seek recovery of your claim than filing a lawsuit. You are not required to submit to arbitration in the event of a dispute. However, if you request arbitration for a claim for $10,000 or less, the mover must agree to arbitration and the arbitrator's decision is binding on the parties. Further, the mover is not required to agree to arbitration if the claim exceeds $10,000. If the mover does agree, the arbitrator's decision will be binding on both you and the mover.
</P>
<P>You may choose to pursue a civil action in a court of appropriate jurisdiction in lieu of arbitration. Legal action may be initiated by filing a claim in your State and serving papers on the mover's process agent in your State. You may file in State court or (if the amount of the claim is more than $10,000) in Federal court. You may obtain the mover's process agent information in your State by contacting FMCSA at (800) 832-5660. You may also obtain the name of the mover's process agent via the internet by following the instructions below.
</P>
<P>1. Go to <I>http://li-public.fmcsa.dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>2. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on CONTINUE.
</P>
<P>3. At the top of the screen click on CHOOSE MENU OPTION, for the drop-down box and select CARRIER SEARCH, then press GO.
</P>
<P>4. Type in the USDOT or MC number for the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>5. Click on HTML.
</P>
<P>6. Scroll to the bottom of the page, see BLANKET COMPANY, and click on the link.
</P>
<P>7. You will see a list of process agents by State, locate the process agent for your State.
</P>
<P>The FMCSA cannot settle your dispute with your mover. You must resolve your own loss and damage and/or moving charge disputes with your mover.
</P>
<P>You entered into a contractual agreement with your mover. Therefore, you are bound by each of the following terms and conditions:
</P>
<P>1. The terms and conditions you accepted when you signed the bill of lading.
</P>
<P>2. The terms and conditions you accepted when you signed for delivery of your shipment.
</P>
<P>3. Any additional terms and conditions you agreed to with your mover.
</P>
<P>If your mover refuses to deliver your shipment unless you pay an amount the mover is not entitled to charge, contact FMCSA immediately at (888) 368-7238.
</P>
<HD1>Important Points To Remember
</HD1>
<P>1. Movers must give written estimates. The estimates may be either binding or non-binding. Non-binding estimates are “approximations” only, and the actual transportation charges you are eventually required to pay may be higher than the estimated price.
</P>
<P>2. Do not sign blank documents. Verify the document is complete before you sign. In limited situations, it may be appropriate to sign an incomplete document if the only information that does not appear in your moving paperwork is the actual weight of your shipment (in the case of a non-binding estimate) and unforeseen charges that occur in transit or at destination.
</P>
<P>3. Be sure you understand the mover's responsibility for loss or damage. For more information see FMCSA's brochure titled, “Understanding Valuation and Insurance Options” <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/protect-your-move/valuation-insurance.</I>
</P>
<P>4. Understand the type of liability to which you agree. Ask yourself if 60 cents per pound is enough coverage for your household goods or whether you need to purchase additional valuation.
</P>
<P>5. Notify your mover if you have high value items. High value items are valued at more than $100 per pound.
</P>
<P>6. You have the right to be present each time your shipment is weighed. You also have the right to request a reweigh at no charge.
</P>
<P>7. Confirm with your mover the types of payment acceptable prior to the delivery of your shipment.
</P>
<P>8. Consider requesting arbitration to settle disputed claims with your mover.
</P>
<P>9. You should know if the company you are dealing with is a household goods motor carrier (mover) or household goods broker, and if they are registered with FMCSA. Go to <I>www.protectyourmove.gov</I> for this information.
</P>
<P>10. Do not sign the delivery receipt if it contains any language releasing or discharging your mover or its agents from liability. Strike out such language before signing, or refuse delivery if the mover refuses to provide a proper delivery receipt.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 24448, Apr. 26, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="376" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 376—LEASE AND INTERCHANGE OF VEHICLES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13301 and 14102; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 4681, Jan. 23, 1979, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54707, Oct. 21, 1996.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 376 appear at 66 FR 49871, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Applicability and Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 376.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 376.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in this part apply to the following actions by motor carriers registered with the Secretary to transport property under 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B:
</P>
<P>(a) The leasing of equipment with which to perform transportation regulated by the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(b) The leasing of equipment to motor private carrier or shippers.
</P>
<P>(c) The interchange of equipment between for-hire motor carriers in the performance of transportation regulated by the Secretary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 4681, Jan. 23, 1979. Redesignated at 61 FR 54707, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15423, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 376.2" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 376.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authorized carrier.</I> A person or persons authorized to engage in the transportation of property as a motor carrier under the provisions of 49 U.S.C. 13901 and 13902.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Equipment.</I> A motor vehicle, straight truck, tractor, semitrailer, full trailer, any combination of these and any other type of equipment used by authorized carriers in the transportation of property for hire.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Interchange.</I> The receipt of equipment by one motor carrier of property from another such carrier, at a point which both carriers are authorized to serve, with which to continue a through movement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Owner.</I> A person (1) to whom title to equipment has been issued, or (2) who, without title, has the right to exclusive use of equipment, or (3) who has lawful possession of equipment registered and licensed in any State in the name of that person.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Lease.</I> A contract or arrangement in which the owner grants the use of equipment, with or without driver, for a specified period to an authorized carrier for use in the regulated transportation of property, in exchange for compensation.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Lessor.</I> In a lease, the party granting the use of equipment, with or without driver, to another.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Lessee.</I> In a lease, the party acquiring the use of equipment with or without driver, from another.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Sublease.</I> A written contract in which the lessee grants the use of leased equipment, with or without driver, to another.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Addendum.</I> A supplement to an existing lease which is not effective until signed by the lessor and lessee.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Private carrier.</I> A person, other than a motor carrier, transporting property by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce when (1) the person is the owner, lessee, or bailee of the property being transported; and (2) the property is being transported for sale, lease, rent, or bailment, or to further a commercial enterprise.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Shipper.</I> A person who sends or receives property which is transported in interstate or foreign commerce.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Escrow fund.</I> Money deposited by the lessor with either a third party or the lessee to guarantee performance, to repay advances, to cover repair expenses, to handle claims, to handle license and State permit costs, and for any other purposes mutually agreed upon by the lessor and lessee.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Detention.</I> The holding by a consignor or consignee of a trailer, with or without power unit and driver, beyond the free time allocated for the shipment, under circumstances not attributable to the performance of the carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 4681, Jan. 23, 1979, as amended at 49 FR 47850, Dec. 7, 1984; 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Leasing Regulations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 376.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 376.11   General leasing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Other than through the interchange of equipment as set forth in § 376.31, and under the exemptions set forth in subpart C of these regulations, the authorized carrier may perform authorized transportation in equipment it does not own only under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Lease.</I> There shall be a written lease granting the use of the equipment and meeting the requirements contained in § 376.12.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Receipts for equipment.</I> Receipts, specifically identifying the equipment to be leased and stating the date and time of day possession is transferred, shall be given as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) When possession of the equipment is taken by the authorized carrier, it shall give the owner of the equipment a receipt.
</P>
<P>(2) When possession of the equipment by the authorized carrier ends, a receipt shall be given in accordance with the terms of the lease agreement if the lease agreement requires a receipt.
</P>
<P>(3) Authorized representatives of the carrier and the owner may take possession of leased equipment and give and receive the receipts required under this subsection.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Identification of equipment.</I> The authorized carrier acquiring the use of equipment under this section shall identify the equipment as being in its service as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) During the period of the lease, the carrier shall identify the equipment in accordance with the FMCSA's requirements in 49 CFR part 390 of this chapter (Identification of Vehicles).
</P>
<P>(2) Unless a copy of the lease is carried on the equipment, the authorized carrier shall keep a statement with the equipment during the period of the lease certifying that the equipment is being operated by it. The statement shall also specify the name of the owner, the date and length of the lease, any restrictions in the lease relative to the commodities to be transported, and the address at which the original lease is kept by the authorized carrier. This statement shall be prepared by the authorized carrier or its authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Records of equipment.</I> The authorized carrier using equipment leased under this section shall keep records of the equipment as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The authorized carrier shall prepare and keep documents covering each trip for which the equipment is used in its service. These documents shall contain the name and address of the owner of the equipment, the point of origin, the time and date of departure, and the point of final destination. Also, the authorized carrier shall carry documents with the leased equipment during its operation containing this information and identifying the lading and clearly indicating that the transportation is under its responsibility. These documents shall be preserved by the authorized carrier as part of its transportation records. Leases which contain the information required by the provisions in this paragraph may be used and retained instead of such documents. As to lease agreements negotiated under a master lease, this provision is complied with by having a copy of a master lease in the unit of equipment in question and where the balance of documentation called for by this paragraph is included in the freight documents prepared for the specific movement.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 4681, Jan. 23, 1979, as amended at 49 FR 47269, Dec. 3, 1984; 49 FR 47850, Dec. 7, 1984; 50 FR 24649, June 12, 1985; 51 FR 37406, Oct. 22, 1986; 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997; 78 FR 58479, Sept. 24, 2013; 83 FR 16224, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 376.12" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 376.12   Lease requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in the exemptions set forth in subpart C of this part, the written lease required under § 376.11(a) shall contain the following provisions. The required lease provisions shall be adhered to and performed by the authorized carrier.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Parties.</I> The lease shall be made between the authorized carrier and the owner of the equipment. The lease shall be signed by these parties or by their authorized representatives.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duration to be specific.</I> The lease shall specify the time and date or the circumstances on which the lease begins and ends. These times or circumstances shall coincide with the times for the giving of receipts required by § 376.11(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exclusive possession and responsibilities.</I> (1) The lease shall provide that the authorized carrier lessee shall have exclusive possession, control, and use of the equipment for the duration of the lease. The lease shall further provide that the authorized carrier lessee shall assume complete responsibility for the operation of the equipment for the duration of the lease.
</P>
<P>(2) Provision may be made in the lease for considering the authorized carrier lessee as the owner of the equipment for the purpose of subleasing it under these regulations to other authorized carriers during the lease.
</P>
<P>(3) When an authorized carrier of household goods leases equipment for the transportation of household goods, as defined by the Secretary, the parties may provide in the lease that the provisions required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section apply only during the time the equipment is operated by or for the authorized carrier lessee.
</P>
<P>(4) Nothing in the provisions required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section is intended to affect whether the lessor or driver provided by the lessor is an independent contractor or an employee of the authorized carrier lessee. An independent contractor relationship may exist when a carrier lessee complies with 49 U.S.C. 14102 and attendant administrative requirements.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compensation to be specified.</I> The amount to be paid by the authorized carrier for equipment and driver's services shall be clearly stated on the face of the lease or in an addendum which is attached to the lease. Such lease or addendum shall be delivered to the lessor prior to the commencement of any trip in the service of the authorized carrier. An authorized representative of the lessor may accept these documents. The amount to be paid may be expressed as a percentage of gross revenue, a flat rate per mile, a variable rate depending on the direction traveled or the type of commodity transported, or by any other method of compensation mutually agreed upon by the parties to the lease. The compensation stated on the lease or in the attached addendum may apply to equipment and driver's services either separately or as a combined amount.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Items specified in lease.</I> The lease shall clearly specify which party is responsible for removing identification devices from the equipment upon the termination of the lease and when and how these devices, other than those painted directly on the equipment, will be returned to the carrier. The lease shall clearly specify the manner in which a receipt will be given to the authorized carrier by the equipment owner when the latter retakes possession of the equipment upon termination of the lease agreement, if a receipt is required at all by the lease. The lease shall clearly specify the responsibility of each party with respect to the cost of fuel, fuel taxes, empty mileage, permits of all types, tolls, ferries, detention and accessorial services, base plates and licenses, and any unused portions of such items. The lease shall clearly specify who is responsible for loading and unloading the property onto and from the motor vehicle, and the compensation, if any, to be paid for this service. Except when the violation results from the acts or omissions of the lessor, the authorized carrier lessee shall assume the risks and costs of fines for overweight and oversize trailers when the trailers are pre-loaded, sealed, or the load is containerized, or when the trailer or lading is otherwise outside of the lessor's control, and for improperly permitted overdimension and overweight loads and shall reimburse the lessor for any fines paid by the lessor. If the authorized carrier is authorized to receive a refund or a credit for base plates purchased by the lessor from, and issued in the name of, the authorized carrier, or if the base plates are authorized to be sold by the authorized carrier to another lessor the authorized carrier shall refund to the initial lessor on whose behalf the base plate was first obtained a prorated share of the amount received.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Payment period.</I> The lease shall specify that payment to the lessor shall be made within 15 days after submission of the necessary delivery documents concerning a trip in the service of the authorized carrier. The documentation required before the lessor can receive payment is limited to log books required by the Department of Transportation and those documents necessary for the authorized carrier to secure payment from the shipper. In addition, the lease may provide that, upon termination of the lease agreement, as a condition precedent to payment, the lessor shall remove all identification devices of the authorized carrier and, except in the case of identification painted directly on equipment, return them to the carrier. If the identification device has been lost or stolen, a letter certifying its removal will satisfy this requirement. Until this requirement is complied with, the carrier may withhold final payment. The authorized carrier may require the submission of additional documents by the lessor but not as a prerequisite to payment. Payment to the lessor shall not be made contingent upon submission of a bill of lading to which no exceptions have been taken. The authorized carrier shall not set time limits for the submission by the lessor of required delivery documents.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Copies of freight bill or other form of freight documentation.</I> When a lessor's revenue is based on a percentage of the gross revenue for a shipment, the lease must specify that the authorized carrier will give the lessor, before or at the time of settlement, a copy of the rated freight bill, or, in the case of contract carriers, any other form of documentation actually used for a shipment containing the same information that would appear on a rated freight bill. Regardless of the method of compensation, the lease must permit lessor to examine copies of the carrier's tariff or, in the case of contract carriers, other documents from which rates and charges are computed, provided that where rates and charges are computed from a contract of a contract carrier, only those portions of the contract containing the same information that would appear on a rated freight bill need be disclosed. The authorized carrier may delete the names of shippers and consignees shown on the freight bill or other form of documentation.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Charge-back items.</I> The lease shall clearly specify all items that may be initially paid for by the authorized carrier, but ultimately deducted from the lessor's compensation at the time of payment or settlement, together with a recitation as to how the amount of each item is to be computed. The lessor shall be afforded copies of those documents which are necessary to determine the validity of the charge.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Products, equipment, or services from authorized carrier.</I> The lease shall specify that the lessor is not required to purchase or rent any products, equipment, or services from the authorized carrier as a condition of entering into the lease arrangement. The lease shall specify the terms of any agreement in which the lessor is a party to an equipment purchase or rental contract which gives the authorized carrier the right to make deductions from the lessor's compensation for purchase or rental payments.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Insurance.</I> (1) The lease shall clearly specify the legal obligation of the authorized carrier to maintain insurance coverage for the protection of the public pursuant to FMCSA regulations under 49 U.S.C. 13906. The lease shall further specify who is responsible for providing any other insurance coverage for the operation of the leased equipment, such as bobtail insurance. If the authorized carrier will make a charge back to the lessor for any of this insurance, the lease shall specify the amount which will be charged-back to the lessor.
</P>
<P>(2) If the lessor purchases any insurance coverage for the operation of the leased equipment from or through the authorized carrier, the lease shall specify that the authorized carrier will provide the lessor with a copy of each policy upon the request of the lessor. Also, where the lessor purchases such insurance in this manner, the lease shall specify that the authorized carrier will provide the lessor with a certificate of insurance for each such policy. Each certificate of insurance shall include the name of the insurer, the policy number, the effective dates of the policy, the amounts and types of coverage, the cost to the lessor for each type of coverage, and the deductible amount for each type of coverage for which the lessor may be liable.
</P>
<P>(3) The lease shall clearly specify the conditions under which deductions for cargo or property damage may be made from the lessor's settlements. The lease shall further specify that the authorized carrier must provide the lessor with a written explanation and itemization of any deductions for cargo or property damage made from any compensation of money owed to the lessor. The written explanation and itemization must be delivered to the lessor before any deductions are made.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Escrow funds.</I> If escrow funds are required, the lease shall specify:
</P>
<P>(1) The amount of any escrow fund or performance bond required to be paid by the lessor to the authorized carrier or to a third party.
</P>
<P>(2) The specific items to which the escrow fund can be applied.
</P>
<P>(3) That while the escrow fund is under the control of the authorized carrier, the authorized carrier shall provide an accounting to the lessor of any transactions involving such fund. The carrier shall perform this accounting in one of the following ways:
</P>
<P>(i) By clearly indicating in individual settlement sheets the amount and description of any deduction or addition made to the escrow fund; or
</P>
<P>(ii) By providing a separate accounting to the lessor of any transactions involving the escrow fund. This separate accounting shall be done on a monthly basis.
</P>
<P>(4) The right of the lessor to demand to have an accounting for transactions involving the escrow fund at any time.
</P>
<P>(5) That while the escrow fund is under the control of the carrier, the carrier shall pay interest on the escrow fund on at least a quarterly basis. For purposes of calculating the balance of the escrow fund on which interest must be paid, the carrier may deduct a sum equal to the average advance made to the individual lessor during the period of time for which interest is paid. The interest rate shall be established on the date the interest period begins and shall be at least equal to the average yield or equivalent coupon issue yield on 91-day, 13-week Treasury bills as established in the weekly auction by the Department of Treasury.
</P>
<P>(6) The conditions the lessor must fulfill in order to have the escrow fund returned. At the time of the return of the escrow fund, the authorized carrier may deduct monies for those obligations incurred by the lessor which have been previously specified in the lease, and shall provide a final accounting to the lessor of all such final deductions made to the escrow fund. The lease shall further specify that in no event shall the escrow fund be returned later than 45 days from the date of termination.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Copies of the lease.</I> The parties must sign the lease. The authorized carrier shall keep a copy and shall place another copy of the lease on the equipment during the period of the lease unless a statement as provided for in § 376.11(c)(2) is carried on the equipment instead. The owner of the equipment shall keep a copy of the lease.
</P>
<P>(m) This paragraph applies to owners who are not agents but whose equipment is used by an agent of an authorized carrier in providing transportation on behalf of that authorized carrier. In this situation, the authorized carrier is obligated to ensure that these owners receive all the rights and benefits due an owner under the leasing regulations, especially those set forth in paragraphs (d)-(k) of this section. This is true regardless of whether the lease for the equipment is directly between the authorized carrier and its agent rather than directly between the authorized carrier and each of these owners. The lease between an authorized carrier and its agent shall specify this obligation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 4681, Jan. 23, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 13092, Feb. 28, 1980; 47 FR 28398, June 30, 1982; 47 FR 51140, Nov. 12, 1982; 47 FR 54083, Dec. 1, 1982; 49 FR 47851, Dec. 7, 1984; 51 FR 37406, 37407, Oct. 22, 1986; 52 FR 2412, Jan. 22, 1987; 57 FR 32905, July 24, 1992; 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997; 83 FR 16224, Apr. 16, 2018; 83 FR 24228, May 25, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Exemptions for the Leasing Regulations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 376.21" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 376.21   General exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>Except for § 376.11(c) which requires the identification of equipment, the leasing regulations in this part shall not apply to:
</P>
<P>(a) Equipment used in substituted motor-for-rail transportation of railroad freight moving between points that are railroad stations and on railroad billing.
</P>
<P>(b) Equipment used in transportation performed exclusively within any commercial zone as defined by the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(c) Equipment leased without drivers from a person who is principally engaged in such a business.
</P>
<P>(d) Any type of trailer not drawn by a power unit leased from the same lessor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 4681, Jan. 23, 1979. Redesignated at 61 FR 54707, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 376.22" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.3.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 376.22   Exemption for private carrier leasing and leasing between authorized carriers.</HEAD>
<P>Regardless of the leasing regulations set forth in this part, an authorized carrier may lease equipment to or from another authorized carrier, or a private carrier may lease equipment to an authorized carrier under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) The identification of equipment requirements in § 376.11(c) must be complied with;
</P>
<P>(b) The lessor must own the equipment or hold it under a lease;
</P>
<P>(c) There must be a written agreement between the authorized carriers or between the private carrier and authorized carrier, as the case may be, concerning the equipment as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) It must be signed by the parties or their authorized representatives.
</P>
<P>(2) It must provide that control and responsibility for the operation of the equipment shall be that of the lessee from the time possession is taken by the lessee and the receipt required under § 376.11(b) is given to the lessor until: 
</P>
<P>(i) Possession of the equipment is returned to the lessor and the receipt required under § 376.11(b) is received by the authorized carrier; or
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event that the agreement is between authorized carriers, possession of the equipment is returned to the lessor or given to another authorized carrier in an interchange of equipment.
</P>
<P>(3) A copy of the agreement must be carried in the equipment while it is in the possession of the lessee.
</P>
<P>(4) Nothing in this section shall prohibit the use, by authorized carriers, private carriers, and all other entities conducting lease operations pursuant to this section, of a master lease if a copy of that master lease is carried in the equipment while it is in the possession of the lessee, and if the master lease complies with the provisions of this section and receipts are exchanged in accordance with § 376.11(b), and if records of the equipment are prepared and maintained in accordance with § 376.11(d).
</P>
<P>(d) Authorized and private carriers under common ownership and control may lease equipment to each other under this section without complying with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section pertaining to identification of equipment, and the requirements of paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(4) of this section pertaining to equipment receipts. The leasing of equipment between such carriers will be subject to all other requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 9570, Mar. 14, 1984, as amended at 49 FR 47269, Dec. 3, 1984; 49 FR 47851, Dec. 7, 1984; 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997; 63 FR 40838, July 31, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 376.26" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.3.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 376.26   Exemption for leases between authorized carriers and their agents.</HEAD>
<P>The leasing regulations set forth in § 376.12(e) through (l) do not apply to leases between authorized carriers and their agents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 28398, June 30, 1982, as amended at 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Interchange Regulations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 376.31" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.4.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 376.31   Interchange of equipment.</HEAD>
<P>Authorized for-hire motor carriers may interchange equipment under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Interchange agreement.</I> There shall be a written contract, lease, or other arrangement providing for the interchange and specifically describing the equipment to be interchanged. This written agreement shall set forth the specific points of interchange, how the equipment is to be used, and the compensation for such use. The interchange agreement shall be signed by the parties or by their authorized representatives.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Operating authority.</I> The carriers participating in the interchange shall be registered with the Secretary to provide the transportation of the commodities at the point where the physical exchange occurs.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Through bills of lading.</I> The traffic transported in interchange service must move on through bills of lading issued by the originating carrier. The rates charged and the revenues collected must be accounted for in the same manner as if there had been no interchange. Charges for the use of the interchanged equipment shall be kept separate from divisions of the joint rates or the proportions of such rates accruing to the carriers by the application of local or proportional rates.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Identification of equipment.</I> The authorized for-hire motor carrier receiving the equipment shall identify equipment operated by it in interchange service as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The authorized for-hire motor carrier shall identify power units in accordance with FMCSA's requirements in 49 CFR part 390 (Identification of Vehicles). Before giving up possession of the equipment, the carrier shall remove all identification showing it as the operating carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) Unless a copy of the interchange agreement is carried on the equipment, the authorized for-hire motor carrier shall carry a statement with each vehicle during interchange service certifying that it is operating the equipment. The statement shall also identify the equipment by company or State registration number and shall show the specific point of interchange, the date and time it assumes responsibility for the equipment, and the use to be made of the equipment. This statement shall be signed by the parties to the interchange agreement or their authorized representatives. The requirements of this paragraph shall not apply where the equipment to be operated in interchange service consists only of trailers or semitrailers.
</P>
<P>(3) Authorized carriers under common ownership and control may interchange equipment with each other without complying with the requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section pertaining to removal of identification from equipment.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Connecting carriers considered as owner</I>—An authorized carrier receiving equipment in connection with a through movement shall be considered to the owner of the equipment for the purpose of leasing the equipment to other authorized carriers in furtherance of the movement to destination or the return of the equipment after the movement is completed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 4681, Jan. 23, 1979. Redesignated at 61 FR 54707, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997; 63 FR 40838, July 31, 1998; 81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Private Carriers and Shippers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 376.42" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.18.5.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 376.42   Lease of equipment by regulated carriers.</HEAD>
<P>Authorized carriers may lease equipment and drivers from private carriers, for periods of less than 30 days, in the manner set forth in § 376.22.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 9570, Mar. 14, 1984, as amended at 51 FR 37034, Oct. 17, 1986; 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="377" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 377—PAYMENT OF TRANSPORTATION CHARGES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13101, 13301, 13701, 13702, 13706, 13707, and 14101; and 49 CFR 1.87.






</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Handling of C.O.D. Shipments</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>32 FR 20050, Dec. 20, 1967, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54708, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 377.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 377.101   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules and regulations in this part apply to the transportation by motor vehicle of cash-on-delivery (c.o.d.) shipments by all for-hire motor carriers of property subject to 49 U.S.C. 13702.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) The rules in this part do not apply to transportation which is auxiliary to or supplemental of transportation by railroad and performed on railroad bills of lading.
</P>
<P>(2) The rules in this part do not apply to transportation which is performed for freight forwarders and on freight forwarder bills of lading.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 377.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 377.103   Tariff requirements.</HEAD>
<P>No motor carrier of property subject to the provisions of 49 U.S.C. 13702, except as otherwise provided in § 377.101, shall render any c.o.d. service unless such carrier has published, posted and filed tariffs which contain the rates, charges and rules governing such service, which rules shall conform to the regulations in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20050, Dec. 20, 1967. Redesignated at 61 FR 54708, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 377.105" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 377.105   Collection and remittance.</HEAD>
<P>Every motor carrier of property subject to 49 U.S.C. 13702, except as otherwise provided in § 377.101, which chooses to provide c.o.d. service may publish and maintain, or cause to be published and maintained for its account, a tariff or tariffs which set forth nondiscriminatory rules governing c.o.d. service and the collection and remittance of c.o.d. funds. Alternatively, any carrier that provides c.o.d. service, but does not wish to publish and maintain, or cause to be published and maintained, its own nondiscriminatory tariff, may adopt a rule requiring remittance of each c.o.d. collection directly to the consignor or other person designated by the consignor as payee within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the c.o.d. shipment to the consignee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 45966, Dec. 3, 1987, as amended at 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Extension of Credit to Shippers by For-Hire, Non-Exempt Motor Carriers and Household Goods Freight Forwarders</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>50 FR 2290, Jan. 16, 1985, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 377.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 377.201   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> These regulations apply to the extension of credit in the transportation of property under Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration regulation by for-hire, non-exempt motor carriers and household goods freight forwarders subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B, except as otherwise provided.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> These regulations do not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Transportation for—
</P>
<P>(i) The United States or any department, bureau, or agency thereof;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any State or political subdivision thereof; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(2) Property transportation incidental to passenger operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 377.203" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 377.203   Extension of credit to shippers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authorization to extend credit.</I> (1) A carrier that meets the requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this section may—
</P>
<P>(i) Relinquish possession of freight in advance of the payment of the tariff charges, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Extend credit in the amount of such charges to those who undertake to pay them (such persons are called <I>shippers</I> in this part).
</P>
<P>(2) For such authorization, the carrier shall take reasonable actions to assure payment of the tariff charges within the credit periods specified—
</P>
<P>(i) In this part, or
</P>
<P>(ii) In tariff provisions published pursuant to the regulations in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>When the credit period begins.</I> The credit period shall begin on the day following presentation of the freight bill.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Length of credit period.</I> Unless a different credit period has been established by tariff publication pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, the credit period is 15 days. It includes Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Carriers may establish different credit periods in tariff rules.</I> Carriers may publish tariff rules establishing credit periods different from those in paragraph (c) of this section. Such credit periods shall not be longer than 30 calendar days.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service charges.</I> (1) Service charges shall not apply when credit is extended and payments are made within the standard credit period. The term <I>standard credit period,</I> as used in the preceding sentence, means—
</P>
<P>(i) The credit period prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, or
</P>
<P>(ii) A substitute credit period published in a tariff rule pursuant to the authorization in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Carriers may, by tariff rule, extend credit for an additional time period, subject if they wish to a service charge for that additional time. The combined length of the carrier's standard credit period (as defined in paragraph (e)(1) of this section) and its additional credit period shall not exceed the 30-day maximum credit period prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section. When such a tariff rule is in effect, shippers may elect to postpone payment until the end of the extended credit period if, in consideration therefor, they include any published service charges when making their payment.
</P>
<P>(3) Carriers may, by tariff rule, establish service charges for payments made after the expiration of an authorized credit period. Such a rule shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Institute such charges on the day following the last day of an authorized credit period, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Notify shippers—
</P>
<P>(A) That its only purpose is to prevent a shipper who does not pay on time from having free use of funds due to the carrier,
</P>
<P>(B) That it does not sanction payment delays, and
</P>
<P>(C) That failure to pay within the authorized credit period will, despite this provision for such charges, continue to require the carrier, before again extending credit, to determine in good faith whether the shipper will comply with the credit regulations in the future.
</P>
<P>(4) Tariff rules that establish charges pursuant to paragraph (e) (2) or (3) of this section may establish minimum charges.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Discounts.</I> Carriers may, by tariff rule, authorize discounts for early freight bill payments when credit is extended.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) <I>Collection expense charges.</I> Carriers may, by tariff rule, assess reasonable and certain liquidated damages for all costs incurred in the collection of overdue freight charges. Carriers may use one of two methods in their tariffs:
</P>
<P>(i) The first method is to assess liquidated damages as a separate additional charge to the unpaid freight bill. In doing so, the tariff rule shall disclose the exact amount of the charges by stating either a dollar or specified percentage amount (or a combination of both) of the unpaid freight bill. The tariff shall further specify the time period (which shall at least allow for the authorized credit period) within which the shipper must pay to avoid such liquidated damages.
</P>
<P>(ii) The second method is to require payment of the full, nondiscounted rate instead of the discounted rate otherwise applicable. The difference between the discount and the full rate constitutes a carrier's liquidated damages for its collection effort. Under this method the tariff shall identify the discount rates that are subject to the condition precedent and which require the shipper to make payment by a date certain. The date certain may not be set to occur by the carrier until at least after the expiration of the carrier's authorized credit period.
</P>
<P>(2) The damages, the timing of their applicability, and the conditions, if any, as provided by the tariff-rule methods allowed under paragraphs (g)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section also:
</P>
<P>(i) Shall be clearly described in the tariff rule;
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall be applied without unlawful prejudice and/or unjust discrimination between similarly situated shippers and/or consignees;
</P>
<P>(iii) Shall be applied only to the nonpayment of original, separate and independent freight bills and shall not apply to aggregate <I>balance-due</I> claims sought for collection on past shipments by a bankruptcy trustee, or any other person or agent;
</P>
<P>(iv) Shall not apply to instances of clear clerical or ministerial error such as non-receipt of a carrier's freight bill, or shipper's payment check lost in the mail, or carrier mailing of the freight bill to the wrong address;
</P>
<P>(v) Shall not apply in any way to a charge for a transportation service if the carrier's bill of lading independently provides that the shipper is liable for fees incurred by the carrier in the collection of freight charges on that same transportation service;
</P>
<P>(vi) shall be applied only after the authorized credit period, and when the carrier has issued a revised freight bill or notice of imposition of collection expense charges for late payment within 90 days after expiration of the authorized credit period.
</P>
<P>(3) As an alternative to the tariff-rule methods allowed under paragraphs (g)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section, a carrier may, wholly outside of its tariff, assess collection charges though contract terms in a bill of lading. By using the carrier and its bill of lading, the shipper accepts the bill of lading terms.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Discrimination prohibited.</I> Tariff rules published pursuant to paragraphs (d), (e), and (f) of this section shall not result in unreasonable discrimination among shippers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 2290, Jan. 16, 1985, as amended at 53 FR 6991, Mar. 4, 1988; 54 FR 30748, July 24, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 377.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 377.205   Presentation of freight bills.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>“To be prepaid” shipments.</I> (1) On “to be prepaid” shipments, the carrier shall present its freight bill for all transportation charges within the time period prescribed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, except—
</P>
<P>(i) As noted in paragraph (d) of this section, or
</P>
<P>(ii) As otherwise excepted in this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The time period for a carrier to present its freight bill for all transportation charges shall be 7 days, measured from the date the carrier received the shipment. This time period does not include Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>“Collect” shipments.</I> (1) On “collect” shipments, the carrier shall present its freight bill for all transportation charges within the time period prescribed in paragraph (b)(2) and of this section, except—
</P>
<P>(i) As noted in paragraph (d) of this section, or
</P>
<P>(ii) As otherwise excepted in this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The time period for a carrier to present its freight bill for all transportation charges shall be 7 days, measured from the date the shipment was delivered at its destination. This time period does not include Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Bills or accompanying written notices shall state penalties for late payment, credit time limits and service charge and/or collection expense charge and discount terms.</I> When credit is extended, freight bills or a separate written notice accompanying a freight bill or a group of freight bills presented at one time shall state that “failure timely to pay freight charges may be subject to tariff penalties” (or a statement of similar import). The bills or other notice shall also state the time by which payment must be made and any applicable service charge and/or collection expense charge and discount terms.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When the carrier lacks sufficient information to compute tariff charges.</I> (1) When information sufficient to enable the carrier to compute the tariff charges is not then available to the carrier at its billing point, the carrier shall present its freight bill for payment within 7 days following the day upon which sufficient information becomes available at the billing point. This time period does not include Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays.
</P>
<P>(2) A carrier shall not extend further credit to any shipper which fails to furnish sufficient information to allow the carrier to render a freight bill within a reasonable time after the shipment is tendered to the origin carrier.
</P>
<P>(3) As used in this paragraph, the term “shipper” includes, but is not limited to, freight forwarders, and shippers' associations and shippers' agents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 2290, Jan. 16, 1985, as amended at 54 FR 30748, July 24, 1989; 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 377.207" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 377.207   Effect of mailing freight bills or payments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Presentation of freight bills by mail.</I> When carriers present freight bills by mail, the time of mailing shall be deemed to be the time of presentation of the bills. The term <I>freight bills,</I> as used in this paragraph, includes both paper documents and billing by use of electronic media such as computer tapes or disks, when the mails are used to transmit them.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment by mail.</I> Wnen shippers mail acceptable checks, drafts, or money orders in payment of freight charges, the act of mailing them within the credit period shall be deemed to be the collection of the tariff charges within the credit period for the purposes of the regulations in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disputes as to date of mailing.</I> In case of dispute as to the date of mailing, the postmark shall be accepted as such date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 377.209" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 377.209   Additional charges.</HEAD>
<P>When a carrier—
</P>
<P>(a) Has collected the amount of tariff charges represented in a freight bill presented by it as the total amount of such charges, and
</P>
<P>(b) Thereafter presents to the shipper another freight bill for additional charges—
</P>
<FP>the carrier may extend credit in the amount of such additional charges for a period of 30 calendar days from the date of the presentation of the freight bill for the additional charges.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 377.211" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19.2.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 377.211   Computation of time.</HEAD>
<P>Time periods involving calendar days shall be calculated pursuant to 49 CFR 386.8.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 59072, Oct. 1, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 377.213-377.215" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19.2.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 377.213-377.215   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 377.217" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.19.2.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 377.217   Interline settlement of revenues.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in this part shall be interpreted as affecting the interline settlement of revenues from traffic which is transported over through routes composed of lines of motor carriers subject to the Secretary's jurisdiction under 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 2290, Jan. 16, 1985. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="378" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 378—PROCEDURES GOVERNING THE PROCESSING, INVESTIGATION, AND DISPOSITION OF OVERCHARGE, DUPLICATE PAYMENT, OR OVERCOLLECTION CLAIMS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13321, 14101, 14704 and 14705; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>43 FR 41040, Sept. 14, 1978, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54707, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 378.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.20.0.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 378.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations set forth in this part govern the processing of claims for overcharge, duplicate payment, or overcollection for the transportation of property in interstate or foreign commerce by motor carriers and household goods freight forwarders subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 41040, Sept. 14, 1978, as amended at 51 FR 44297, Dec. 9, 1986; 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 378.2" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.20.0.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 378.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Carrier</I> means a motor carrier or household goods freight forwarder subject to 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Overcharge</I> means an overcharge as defined in 49 U.S.C. 14704(b). It also includes duplicate payments as defined in paragraph (c) of this section and overcollections as defined in paragraph (d) of this section when a dispute exists between the parties concerning such charges.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duplicate payment</I> means two or more payments for transporting the same shipment. Where one or more payment is not in the exact amount of the applicable tariff rates and charges, refunds shall be made on the basis of the excess amount over the applicable tariff rates and charges.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Overcollection</I> means the receipt by a household goods carrier of a payment in excess of the transportation and/or accessorial charges applicable to a particular shipment of household goods, as defined in part 375 of this chapter, under tariffs lawfully on file with the Surface Transportation Board.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Unidentified payment</I> means a payment which a carrier has received but which the carrier is unable to match with its open accounts receivable or otherwise identify as being due for the performance of transportation services.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Claimant</I> means any shipper or receiver, or its authorized agent, filing a request with a carrier for the refund of an overcharge, duplicate payment, or overcollection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 41040, Sept. 14, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 66832, Nov. 21, 1979; 51 FR 34989, Oct. 1, 1986; 51 FR 44297, Dec. 9, 1986; 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997; 81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016; 88 FR 80180, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 378.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.20.0.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 378.3   Filing and processing claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A claim for overcharge, duplicate payment, or overcollection shall not be paid unless filed in writing with the carrier that collected the transportation charges. The collecting carrier shall be the carrier to process all such claims. When a claim is filed with another carrier that participated in the transportation, that carrier shall transmit the claim to the collecting carrier within 15 days after receipt of the claim. If the collecting carrier is unable to dispose of the claim for any reason, the claim may be filed with or transferred to any participating carrier for final disposition.
</P>
<P>(b) A single claim may include more than one shipment provided the claim on each shipment involves:
</P>
<P>(1) The same tariff issue or authority or circumstances,
</P>
<P>(2) Single line service by the same carrier, or
</P>
<P>(3) Service by the same interline carriers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 41040, Sept. 14, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 12804, Mar. 25, 1982; 83 FR 16225, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 378.4" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.20.0.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 378.4   Documentation of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Claims for overcharge, duplicate payment, or overcollection shall be accompanied by sufficient information to allow the carriers to conduct an investigation and pay or decline the claim within the time limitations set forth in § 378.8. Claims shall include the name of the claimant, its file number, if any, and the amount of the refund sought to be recovered, if known.
</P>
<P>(b) Claims for overcharge shall be accompanied by the freight bill. Additional information may include, but is not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The rate, classification, or commodity description or weight claimed to have been applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) Complete tariff authority for the rate, classification, or commodity description claimed.
</P>
<P>(3) Freight bill payment information.
</P>
<P>(4) Other documents or data which is believed by claimant to substantiate the basis for its claim.
</P>
<P>(c) Claims for duplicate payment and overcollection shall be accompanied by the freight bill(s) for which charges were paid and by freight bill payment information.
</P>
<P>(d) Regardless of the provisions of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, the failure to provide sufficient information and documentation to allow a carrier to conduct an investigation and pay or decline the claim within the allowable time limitation shall not constitute grounds for disallowance of the claim. Rather, the carrier shall comply with § 378.5(c) to obtain the additional information required.
</P>
<P>(e) A carrier shall accept copies instead of the original documents required to be submitted in this section where the carrier is furnished with an agreement entered into by the claimant which indemnifies the carrier for subsequent duplicate claims which might be filed and supported by the original documents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 41040, Sept. 14, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 4679, Jan. 23, 1979; 47 FR 12804, Mar. 25, 1982; 62 FR 15424, Apr. 1, 1997; 83 FR 16225, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 378.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.20.0.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 378.5   Investigation of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon receipt of a claim, whether written or otherwise, the processing carrier shall promptly initiate an investigation and establish a file, as required by § 378.6.
</P>
<P>(b) If a carrier discovers an overcharge, duplicate payment, or overcollection which has not been the subject of a claim, it shall promptly initiate an investigation and comply with the provisions in § 378.9.
</P>
<P>(c) In the event the carrier processing the claim requires information or documents in addition to that submitted with the claim, the carrier shall promptly notify the claimant and request the information required. This includes notifying the claimant that a written claim must be filed before the carrier becomes subject to the time limits for settling such a claim under § 378.8.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 41040, Sept. 14, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 12804, Mar. 25, 1982; 62 FR 15424, 15425, Apr. 1, 1997; 83 FR 16225, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 378.6" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.20.0.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 378.6   Claim records.</HEAD>
<P>At the time a claim is received the carrier shall create a separate file and assign it a successive claim file number and note that number on all documents filed in support of the claim and all records and correspondence with respect to the claim, including the written acknowledgment of receipt required under § 378.7. If pertinent to the disposition of the claim, the carrier shall also note that number on the shipping order and delivery receipt, if any, covering the shipment involved.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 12804, Mar. 25, 1982, as amended at 62 FR 15425, Apr. 1, 1997; 83 FR 16225, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 378.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.20.0.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 378.7   Acknowledgment of claims.</HEAD>
<P>Upon receipt of a written claim, the carrier shall acknowledge its receipt in writing to the claimant within 30 days after the date of receipt except when the carrier shall have paid or declined in writing within that period. The carrier shall include the date of receipt in its written claim, which shall be placed in the file for that claim.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 16225, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 378.8" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.20.0.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 378.8   Disposition of claims.</HEAD>
<P>The processing carrier shall pay, decline to pay, or settle each written claim within 60 days after its receipt by that carrier, except where the claimant and the carrier agree in writing to a specific extension based upon extenuating circumstances. If the carrier declines to pay a claim or makes settlement in an amount different from that sought, the carrier shall notify the claimant in writing of the reason(s) for its action, citing tariff authority or other pertinent information developed as a result of its investigation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 16225, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 378.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.20.0.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 378.9   Disposition of unidentified payments, overcharges, duplicate payments, and overcollections not supported by claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Carriers shall establish procedures for identifying and properly applying all unidentified payments. If a carrier does not have sufficient information with which properly to apply such a payment, the carrier shall notify the payor of the unidentified payment within 60 days of receipt of the payment and request information which will enable it to identify the payment. If the carrier does not receive the information requested within 90 days from the date of the notice, the carrier may treat the unidentified payment as a payment in fact of freight charges owing to it. Following the 90-day period, the regular claims procedure under this part shall be applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) Notice shall be in writing and clearly indicate that it is a final notice and not a bill. Notice shall include: The check number, amount, and date; the payor's name; and any additional basic information the carrier is able to provide. The final notice also must inform payor that: (i) Applicable regulations allow the carrier to conditionally retain the payment as revenue in the absence of a timely response by the payor; and (ii) following the 90-day period the regular claims procedure shall be applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon a carrier's receipt of information from the payor, the carrier shall, within 14 days: (i) Make a complete refund of such funds to the payor; or (ii) notify the payor that the information supplied is not sufficient to identify the unapplied payment and request additional information; or (iii) notify the payor of the carrier's determination that such payment was applicable to particular freight charges lawfully due the carrier. Where no refund is made by the carrier, the carrier shall advise the payor of its right to file a formal claim for refund with the carrier in accordance with the regular claims procedure under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) When a carrier which participates in a transportation movement, but did not collect the transporation charges, finds that an overpayment has been made, that carrier shall immediately notify the collecting carrier. When the collecting carrier (when single or joint line haul) discovers or is notified by such a participating carrier that an overcharge, duplicate payment, or overcollection exists for any tranportation charge which has not been the subject of a claim, the carrier shall create a file as if a claim had been submitted and shall record in the file the date it discovered or was notified of the overpayment. The carrier that collected the charges shall then refund the amount of the overpayment to the person who paid the transportation charges or to the person that made duplicate payment within 30 days from the date of such discovery or notification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 41040, Sept. 14, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 66832, Nov. 21, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="379" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 379—PRESERVATION OF RECORDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13301, 14122 and 14123; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 32044, June 12, 1997, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 379.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.21.0.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 379.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The preservation of record rules contained in this part shall apply to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Motor carriers and brokers; and
</P>
<P>(2) Household goods freight forwarders.
</P>
<P>(b) This part applies also to the preservation of accounts, records and memoranda of traffic associations, weighing and inspection bureaus, and other joint activities maintained by or on behalf of companies listed in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 32044, June 12, 1997, as amended at 91 FR 7859, Feb. 19, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 379.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.21.0.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 379.3   Records required to be retained.</HEAD>
<P>Companies subject to this part shall retain records for the minimum retention periods provided in appendix A to this part. After the required retention periods, the records may be destroyed at the discretion of each company's management. It shall be the obligation of the subject company to maintain records that adequately support financial and operational data required by the Secretary. The company may request a ruling from the Secretary on the retention of any record. The provisions of this part shall not be construed as excusing compliance with the lawful requirements of any other governmental body prescribing longer retention periods for any category of records.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 379.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.21.0.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 379.5   Protection and storage of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The entity shall protect records subject to this part from destruction, deterioration, unauthorized access, modification and/or data corruption.
</P>
<P>(b) The entity shall notify the Secretary if prescribed records are substantially destroyed, damaged, accessed and modified without authorization, or otherwise corrupted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 16225, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 379.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.21.0.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 379.7   Preservation of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All records may be preserved by any technology that accurately reflects all of the information in the record and remains accessible in a form that can be accurately reproduced later for reference.
</P>
<P>(b) Common information, such as instructions, need not be preserved for each record as long as it is common to all such forms and an identified specimen of the form is maintained for reference.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 16225, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 379.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.21.0.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 379.9   Companies going out of business.</HEAD>
<P>The records referred to in the regulations in this part may be destroyed after business is discontinued and the company is completely liquidated. The records may not be destroyed until dissolution is final and all pending transactions and claims are completed. When a company is merged with another company under jurisdiction of the Secretary, the successor company shall preserve records of the merged company in accordance with the regulations in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 379.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.21.0.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 379.11   Waiver of requirements of the regulations in this part.</HEAD>
<P>A waiver from any provision of the regulations in this part may be made by the Secretary upon his/her own initiative or upon submission of a written request by the company. Each request for waiver shall demonstrate that unusual circumstances warrant a departure from prescribed retention periods, procedures, or techniques, or that compliance with such prescribed requirements would impose an unreasonable burden on the company.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 379.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.21.0.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 379.13   Disposition and retention of records.</HEAD>
<P>The schedule in appendix A to this part shows periods that designated records shall be preserved. The descriptions specified under the various general headings are for convenient reference and identification, and are intended to apply to the items named regardless of what the records are called in individual companies and regardless of the record media. The retention periods represent the prescribed number of years from the date of the document and not calendar years. Records not listed in appendix A to this part shall be retained as determined by the management of each company.



</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.21.0.11.8.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 379—Schedule of Records and Periods of Retention

</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Item and category of records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Retention period
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">A. Corporate and General</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Incorporation and reorganization:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Charter or certificate of incorporation and amendments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Legal documents related to mergers, consolidations, reorganization, receiverships and similar actions which affect the identity or organization of the company</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Minutes of Directors, Executive Committees, Stockholders and other corporate meetings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Titles, franchises and authorities:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Certificates of public convenience and necessity issued by regulating bodies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration or cancellation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Operating authorizations and exemptions to operate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration or cancellation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Copies of formal orders of regulatory bodies served upon the company</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Deeds, charters, and other title documents</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until disposition of property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Annual reports or statements to stockholders</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Contracts and agreements:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Service contracts, such as for operational management, accounting, financial or legal services, and agreements with agents</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration or termination plus 3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Contracts and other agreements relating to the construction, acquisition or sale of real property and equipment except as otherwise provided in (a) above</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration or termination plus 3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Contracts for the purchase or sale of material and supplies except as provided in (a) above</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Shipping contracts for transportation or caretakers of freight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Contracts with employees and employee bargaining groups</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(f) Contracts, leases and agreements, not specifically provided for in this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration or termination plus 1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Accountant's auditor's, and inspector's reports:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Certifications and reports of examinations and audits conducted by public accountants</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Reports of examinations and audits conducted by internal auditors, time inspectors, and others</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7. Other</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">B. Treasury</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Capital stock records:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Capital stock ledger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Capital stock certificates, records of or stubs of</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Stock transfer register</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Long-term debt records:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Bond indentures, underwritings, mortgages, and other long-term credit agreements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until redemption plus 3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Registered bonds and debenture ledgers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until redemption plus 3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Stubs or similar records of bonds or other long-term debt issued</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Authorizations from regulatory bodies for issuance of securities including applications, reports, and supporting documents</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Records of securities owned, in treasury, or held by custodians, detailed ledgers and journals, or their equivalent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until the securities are sold, redeemed or otherwise disposed of.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Other</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">C. Financial and Accounting</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Ledgers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) General and subsidiary ledgers with indexes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until discontinuance of use plus 3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Balance sheets and trial balance sheets of general and subsidiary ledgers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Journals:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) General journals</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until discontinuance of use plus 3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Subsidiary journals and any supporting data, except as otherwise provided for, necessary to explain journal entries</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Cash books:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) General cash books</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until discontinuance of use plus 3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Subsidiary cash books</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Vouchers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Voucher registers, indexes, or equivalent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Paid and canceled vouchers, expenditure authorizations, detailed distribution sheets and other supporting data including original bills and invoices, if not provided for elsewhere</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Paid drafts, paid checks, and receipts for cash paid out</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Accounts receivable:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Record or register of accounts receivable, indexes thereto, and summaries of distribution</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after settlement.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Bills issued for collection and supporting data</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after settlement.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Authorization for writing off receivables</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Reports and statements showing age and status of receivables</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Records of accounting codes and instructions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after discontinuance.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7. Other</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">D. Property and Equipment</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">Note.—All accounts, records, and memoranda necessary for making a complete analysis of the cost or value of property shall be retained for the periods shown. If any of the records elsewhere provided for in this schedule are of this character, they shall be retained for the periods shown below, regardless of any lesser retention period assigned.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Property records:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Records which maintain complete information on cost or other value of all real and personal property or equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after disposition of property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Records of additions and betterments made to property and equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after disposition of property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Records pertaining to retirements and replacements of property and equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after disposition of property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Records pertaining to depreciation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after disposition of property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Records of equipment number changes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after disposition of property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(f) Records of motor and engine changes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after disposition of property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(g) Records of equipment lightweighed and stenciled</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Only current or latest records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Engineering records of property changes actually made</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after disposition of property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Other</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">E. Personnel and Payroll</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Personnel and payroll records</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">F. Insurance and Claims</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Insurance records:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Schedules of insurance against fire, storms, and other hazards and records of premium payments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration plus 1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Records of losses and recoveries from insurance companies and supporting documents</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year after settlement.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Insurance policies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration of coverage plus 1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Claims records:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Claim registers, card or book indexes, and other records which record personal injury, fire and other claims against the company, together with all supporting data</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year after settlement.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Claims registers, card or book indexes, and other records which record overcharges, damages, and other claims filed by the company against others, together with all supporting data</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year after settlement.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Records giving the details of authorities issued to agents, carriers, and others for participation in freight claims</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Reports, statements and other data pertaining to personal injuries or damage to property when not necessary to support claims or vouchers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Reports, statements, tracers, and other data pertaining to unclaimed, over, short, damaged, and refused freight, when not necessary to support claims or vouchers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(f) Authorities for disposal of unclaimed, damaged, and refused freight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Other</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">G. Taxes</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Taxes.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">H. Purchases and Stores</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Purchases and stores.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">I. Shipping and Agency Documents</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Bills of lading and releases:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Consignors' shipping orders, consignors' shipping tickets, and copies of bills of lading, freight bills from other carriers and other similar documents furnished the carrier for movement of freight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Shippers' order-to-notify bills of lading taken up and canceled</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Freight waybills:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Local waybills</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Interline waybills received from and made to other carriers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Company freight waybills</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Express waybills</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Freight bills and settlements:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Paid copy of freight bill retained to support receipt of freight charges:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(1) Bus express freight bills provided no claim has been filed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(2) All other freight bills</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Paid copy of freight bill retained to support payment of freight charges to other carriers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(1) Bus express freight bills provided no claim has been filed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(2) All other freight bills</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Records of unsettled freight bills and supporting documents</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year after disposition.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Records and reports of correction notices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Other freight records:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Records of freight received, forwarded, and delivered</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Notice to consignees of arrival of freight; tender of delivery</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Agency records:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Cash books</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Remittance records, bank deposit slips and supporting documents</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Balance sheets and supporting documents</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Statements of corrections in agents' accounts</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Other records and reports pertaining to ticket sales, baggage handled, miscellaneous collections, refunds, adjustments, etc.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">J. Transportation</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Records pertaining to transportation of household goods:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Estimate of charges</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Order for service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Vehicle load manifest</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Descriptive inventory</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Dispatchers' sheets, registers, and other records pertaining to movement of transportation equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Import and export records including bonded freight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Records, reports, orders and tickets pertaining to weighting of freight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Records of loading and unloading of transportation equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Records pertaining to the diversion or reconsignment of freight, including requests, tracers, and correspondence</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7. Other</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">K. Supporting Data for Reports and Statistics</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Supporting data for reports filed with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, the Surface Transportation Board, the Department of Transportation's Bureau of Transportation Statistics and regulatory bodies:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Supporting data for annual financial, operating and statistical reports</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Supporting data for periodical reports of operating revenues, expenses, and income</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Supporting data for reports detailing use of proceeds from issuance or sale of company securities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Supporting data for valuation inventory reports and records. This includes related notes, maps and sketches, underlying engineering, land, and accounting reports, pricing schedules, summary or collection sheets, yearly reports of changes and other miscellaneous data, all relating to the valuation of the company's property by the Federal Highway Administration, the Surface Transportation Board, the Department of Transportation's Bureau of Transportation Statistics or other regulatory body</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after disposition of the property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Supporting data for periodical reports of accidents, inspections, tests, hours of service, repairs, etc.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 months.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Supporting data for periodical statistical of operating results or performance by tonnage, mileage, passengers carried, piggyback traffic, commodities, costs, analyses of increases and decreases, or otherwise</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">M. Miscellaneous</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Index of records</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until revised as record structure changes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Statement listing records prematurely destroyed or lost</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For the remainder of the period as prescribed for records destroyed.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note A</E>—Records referenced to this note shall be maintained as determined by the designated records supervisory official. Companies should be mindful of the record retention requirements of the Internal Revenue Service, Securities and Exchange Commission, State and local jurisdictions, and other regulatory agencies. Companies shall exercise reasonable care in choosing retention periods, and the choice of retention periods shall reflect past experiences, company needs, pending litigation, and regulatory requirements.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 32044, June 12, 1997, as amended at 66 FR 49871, Oct. 1, 2001; 77 FR 59824, Oct. 1, 2012; 83 FR 16225, Apr. 16, 2018]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="380" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 380—SPECIAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 31133, 31136, 31305, 31307, 31308, 31502; sec. 4007(a) and (b), Pub. L. 102-240, 105 Stat. 1914, 2151-2152; sec. 32304, Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 791; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>69 FR 16732, Mar. 30, 2004, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Longer Combination Vehicle (LCV) Driver-Training and Driver-Instructor Requirements—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.101   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this part is to establish minimum requirements for operators of longer combination vehicles (LCVs) and LCV driver-instructors.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> This part establishes:
</P>
<P>(1) Minimum training requirements for operators of LCVs;
</P>
<P>(2) Minimum qualification requirements for LCV driver-instructors; and
</P>
<P>(3) Procedures for determining compliance with this part by operators, instructors, training institutions, and employers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.103   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The rules in this part apply to all operators of LCVs in interstate commerce, employers of such persons, and LCV driver-instructors.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.105" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.105   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The definitions in part 383 of this subchapter apply to this part, except where otherwise specifically noted.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Classroom instructor</I> means a qualified LCV driver-instructor who provides knowledge instruction that does not involve the actual operation of a longer combination vehicle or its components. Instruction may take place in a parking lot, garage, or any other facility suitable for instruction.
</P>
<P><I>Longer combination vehicle (LCV)</I> means any combination of a truck-tractor and two or more trailers or semi-trailers, which operate on the National System of Interstate and Defense Highways with a gross vehicle weight (GVW) greater than 36,288 kilograms (80,000 pounds).
</P>
<P><I>LCV Double</I> means an LCV consisting of a truck-tractor in combination with two trailers and/or semi-trailers.
</P>
<P><I>LCV Triple</I> means an LCV consisting of a truck-tractor in combination with three trailers and/or semi-trailers.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified LCV driver-instructor</I> means an instructor meeting the requirements contained in subpart C of this part. There are two types of qualified LCV driver-instructors: (1) classroom instructor and (2) skills instructor.
</P>
<P><I>Skills instructor</I> means a qualified LCV driver-instructor who provides behind-the-wheel instruction involving the actual operation of a longer combination vehicle or its components outside a classroom.
</P>
<P><I>Training institution</I> means any technical or vocational school accredited by an accrediting institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. A motor carrier's training program for its drivers or an entity that exclusively offers services to a single motor carrier is not a training institution.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.107" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.107   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 380.111, a driver who wishes to operate an LCV shall first take and successfully complete an LCV driver-training program that provides the knowledge and skills necessary to operate an LCV. The specific types of knowledge and skills that a training program shall include are outlined in Appendix F to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Before a person receives training:
</P>
<P>(1) That person shall present evidence to the LCV driver-instructor showing that he/she meets the general requirements set forth in subpart B of this part for the specific type of LCV training to be taken.
</P>
<P>(2) The LCV driver-instructor shall verify that each trainee applicant meets the general requirements for the specific type of LCV training to be taken.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon successful completion of the training requirement, the driver-student shall be issued an LCV Driver Training Certificate by a certifying official of the training entity in accordance with the requirements specified in subpart D of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 16732, Mar. 30, 2004, as amended at 83 FR 22874, May 17, 2018]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.109" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.1.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.109   Driver testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Testing methods.</I> The driver-student must pass knowledge and skills tests in accordance with the following requirements, to determine whether a driver-student has successfully completed an LCV driver-training program as specified in subpart B of this part. The written knowledge test may be administered by any qualified driver-instructor. The skills tests, based on actual operation of an LCV, must be administered by a qualified LCV skills instructor.
</P>
<P>(1) All tests shall be constructed to determine if the driver-student possesses the required knowledge and skills set forth in Appendix F to this part for the specific type of LCV training program being taught.
</P>
<P>(2) Instructors shall develop their own tests for the specific type of LCV-training program being taught, but those tests must be at least as stringent as the requirements set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) LCV driver-instructors shall establish specific methods for scoring the knowledge and skills tests.
</P>
<P>(4) Passing scores must meet the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Knowledge and skills tests shall be based upon the information taught in the LCV training programs as set forth in Appendix F to this part.
</P>
<P>(6) Each knowledge test shall address the training provided during both theoretical and behind-the-wheel instruction, and include at least one question from each of the units listed in the table to Appendix F to this part, for the specific type of LCV training program being taught.
</P>
<P>(7) Each skills test shall include all the maneuvers and operations practiced during the Proficiency Development unit of instruction (behind-the-wheel instruction), as described in Appendix F to this part, for the specific type of LCV training program being taught.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Proficiency determinations.</I> The driver-student must meet the following conditions to be certified as an LCV driver:
</P>
<P>(1) Answer correctly at least 80 percent of the questions on each knowledge test; and
</P>
<P>(2) Demonstrate that he/she can successfully perform all of the skills addressed in paragraph (a)(7) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Automatic test failure.</I> Failure to obey traffic laws or involvement in a preventable crash during the skills portion of the test will result in automatic failure. Automatic test failure determinations are made at the sole discretion of the qualified LCV driver-instructor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 16732, Mar. 30, 2004, as amended at 83 FR 22874, May 17, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.111" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.1.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.111   Substitute for driver training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Grandfather clause.</I> The LCV driver-training requirements specified in subpart B of this part do not apply to an individual who meets the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. A motor carrier must ensure that an individual claiming eligibility to operate an LCV on the basis of this section meets these conditions before allowing him/her to operate an LCV.
</P>
<P>(b) An individual must certify that, during the 2-year period immediately preceding the date of application for a Certificate of Grandfathering, he/she had:
</P>
<P>(1) A valid Class A CDL with a “double/triple trailers” endorsement;
</P>
<P>(2) No more than one driver's license;
</P>
<P>(3) No suspension, revocation, or cancellation of his/her CDL;
</P>
<P>(4) No convictions for a major offense while operating a CMV as defined in § 383.51(b) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(5) No convictions for a railroad-highway grade crossing offense while operating a CMV as defined in § 383.51(d) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(6) No convictions for violating an out-of-service order as defined in § 383.51(e) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(7) No more than one conviction for a serious traffic violation, as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, while operating a CMV; and
</P>
<P>(8) No convictions for a violation of State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control arising in connection with any traffic crash while operating a CMV.
</P>
<P>(c) An individual must certify and provide evidence that he/she:
</P>
<P>(1) Is regularly employed in a job requiring the operation of a CMV that requires a CDL with a double/triple trailers endorsement; and
</P>
<P>(2) Has operated, during the 2 years immediately preceding the date of application for a Certificate of Grandfathering, vehicles representative of the type of LCV that he/she seeks to continue operating.
</P>
<P>(d) A motor carrier must issue a Certificate of Grandfathering to a person who meets the requirements of this section and must maintain a copy of the certificate in the individual's Driver Qualification file.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er30mr04.000.gif"/>
<P>(e) An applicant may be grandfathered under this section only during the year following June 1, 2004.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.113" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.1.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.113   Employer responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No motor carrier shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Allow, require, permit or authorize an individual to operate an LCV unless he/she meets the requirements in §§ 380.203 or 380.205 and has been issued the LCV driver-training certificate described in § 380.401. This provision does not apply to individuals who are eligible for the substitute for driver training provision in § 380.111.
</P>
<P>(2) Allow, require, permit, or authorize an individual to operate an LCV which the LCV driver-training certificate, CDL, and CDL endorsement(s) do not authorize the driver to operate. This provision applies to individuals employed by or under contract to the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) A motor carrier that employs or has under contract LCV drivers shall provide evidence of the certifications required by § 380.401 or § 380.111 of this part when requested by an authorized FMCSA, State, or local official in the course of a compliance review.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—LCV Driver-Training Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.201   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The LCV Driver-Training Program that is described in Appendix F to this part requires training using an LCV Double or LCV Triple and must include the following general categories of instruction:
</P>
<P>(1) Orientation;
</P>
<P>(2) Basic operation;
</P>
<P>(3) Safe operating practices;
</P>
<P>(4) Advanced operations; and
</P>
<P>(5) Nondriving activities.
</P>
<P>(b) The LCV Driver-Training Program must include the minimum topics of training set forth in Appendix F to this part and behind-the-wheel instruction that is designed to provide an opportunity to develop the skills outlined under the Proficiency Development unit of the training program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 16732, Mar. 30, 2004, as amended at 83 FR 22874, May 17, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.203" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.203   LCV Doubles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To qualify for the training necessary to operate an LCV Double, a driver-student shall, during the 6 months immediately preceding application for training, have:
</P>
<P>(1) A valid Class A CDL with a double/triple trailer endorsement;
</P>
<P>(2) Driving experience in a Group A vehicle as described in § 383.91 of this subchapter. Evidence of driving experience shall be an employer's written statement that the driver has, for at least 6 months immediately preceding application, operated a Group A vehicle while under his/her employ;
</P>
<P>(3) No more than one driver's license;
</P>
<P>(4) No suspension, revocation, or cancellation of his/her CDL;
</P>
<P>(5) No convictions for a major offense, as defined in § 383.51(b) of this subchapter, while operating a CMV;
</P>
<P>(6) No convictions for a railroad-highway grade crossing offense, as defined in § 383.51(d) of this subchapter, while operating a CMV;
</P>
<P>(7) No convictions for violating an out-of-service order as defined in § 383.51(e) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(8) No more than one conviction for a serious traffic violation, as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, while operating a CMV; and
</P>
<P>(9) No convictions for a violation of State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control arising in connection with any traffic crash while operating a CMV.
</P>
<P>(b) Driver-students meeting the preliminary requirements in paragraph (a) of this section shall successfully complete a training program that meets the minimum unit requirements for LCV Doubles as set forth in Appendix F to this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Driver-students who successfully complete the Driver Training Program for LCV Doubles shall be issued a certificate, in accordance with subpart D of this part, indicating the driver is qualified to operate an LCV Double.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 16732, Mar. 30, 2004, as amended at 83 FR 22874, May 17, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.205   LCV Triples.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To qualify for the training necessary to operate an LCV Triple, a driver-student shall, during the 6 months immediately preceding application for training, have:
</P>
<P>(1) A valid Class A CDL with a double/triple trailer endorsement;
</P>
<P>(2) Experience operating the vehicle listed under paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(2)(ii) of this section. Evidence of driving experience shall be an employer's written statement that the driver has, during the 6 months immediately preceding application, operated the applicable vehicle(s):
</P>
<P>(i) Group A truck-tractor/semi-trailer combination as described in § 383.91 of this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Group A truck-tractor/semi-trailer/trailer combination that operates at a gross vehicle weight of 80,000 pounds or less;
</P>
<P>(3) No more than one driver's license;
</P>
<P>(4) No suspension, revocation, or cancellation of his/her CDL;
</P>
<P>(5) No convictions for a major offense, as defined in § 383.51(b) of this subchapter, while operating a CMV;
</P>
<P>(6) No convictions for a railroad-highway grade crossing offense, as defined in § 383.51(d) of this subchapter, while operating a CMV;
</P>
<P>(7) No convictions for violating an out-of-service order, as defined in § 383.51(e) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(8) No more than one conviction for a serious traffic violation, as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, while operating a CMV; and
</P>
<P>(9) No convictions for a violation of State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control arising in connection with any traffic crash, while operating a CMV.
</P>
<P>(b) Driver-students meeting the preliminary requirements in paragraph (a) of this section shall successfully complete a training program that meets the minimum unit requirements for LCV Triples as set forth in Appendix F to this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Driver-students who successfully complete the Driver Training Program for LCV Triples shall be issued a certificate, in accordance with subpart D of this part, indicating the driver is qualified to operate an LCV Triple.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 16732, Mar. 30, 2004, as amended at 83 FR 22874, May 17, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—LCV Driver-Instructor Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.301" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.301   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>There are two types of LCV driver-instructors: Classroom instructors and Skills instructors. Except as provided in § 380.303, an individual must meet the conditions under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this section to qualify as an LCV driver-instructor.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Classroom instructor.</I> To qualify as an LCV Classroom instructor, a person shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Have audited the driver-training course that he/she intends to instruct.
</P>
<P>(2) If employed by a training institution, meet all State requirements for a vocational instructor.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Skills instructor.</I> To qualify as an LCV skills instructor, a person shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide evidence of successful completion of the Driver-Training Program requirements, as set forth in subpart B of this part, when requested by employers and/or an authorized FMCSA, State, or local official in the course of a compliance review. The Driver-Training Program must be for the operation of CMVs representative of the subject matter that he/she will teach.
</P>
<P>(2) If employed by a training institution, meet all State requirements for a vocational instructor;
</P>
<P>(3) Possess a valid Class A CDL with all endorsements necessary to operate the CMVs applicable to the subject matter being taught (LCV Doubles and/or LCV Triples, including any specialized variation thereof, such as a tank vehicle, that requires an additional endorsement); and
</P>
<P>(4) Have at least 2 years' CMV driving experience in a vehicle representative of the type of driver training to be provided (LCV Doubles or LCV Triples).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 16732, Mar. 30, 2004, as amended at 89 FR 90618, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.303" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.3.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.303   Substitute for instructor requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Classroom instructor.</I> The requirements specified under § 380.301(a) of this part for a qualified LCV driver-instructor are waived for a classroom instructor-candidate who has 2 years of recent satisfactory experience teaching the classroom portion of a program similar in content to that set forth in Appendix F to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Skills instructor.</I> The requirements specified under § 380.301(b) of this part for a qualified LCV driver-instructor are waived for a skills instructor-candidate who:
</P>
<P>(1) Meets the conditions of § 380.111(b);
</P>
<P>(2) Has CMV driving experience during the previous 2 years in a vehicle representative of the type of LCV that is the subject of the training course to be provided;
</P>
<P>(3) Has experience during the previous 2 years in teaching the operation of the type of LCV that is the subject of the training course to be provided; and
</P>
<P>(4) If employed by a training institution, meets all State requirements for a vocational instructor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 16732, Mar. 30, 2004, as amended at 83 FR 22874, May 17, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.305" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.3.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.305   Employer responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No motor carrier shall: (1) Knowingly allow, require, permit or authorize a driver-instructor in its employ, or under contract to the motor carrier, to provide LCV driver training unless such person is a qualified LCV driver-instructor under the requirements of this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(2) Contract with a training institution to provide LCV driver training unless the institution:
</P>
<P>(i) Uses instructors who are qualified LCV driver-instructors under the requirements of this subpart;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is accredited by an accrediting institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is in compliance with all applicable State training school requirements; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Identifies drivers certified under § 380.401 of this part, when requested by employers and/or an authorized FMCSA, State, or local official in the course of a compliance review.
</P>
<P>(b) A motor carrier that employs or has under contract qualified LCV driver-instructors shall provide evidence of the certifications required by § 380.301 or § 380.303 of this part, when requested by an authorized FMCSA, State, or local official in the course of a compliance review.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Driver-Training Certification</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.401" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.4.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.401   Certification document.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A student who successfully completes LCV driver training shall be issued a Driver-Training Certificate that is substantially in accordance with the following form.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er30mr04.001.gif"/>
<P>(b) An LCV driver must provide a copy of the Driver-Training Certificate to his/her employer to be filed in the Driver Qualification File.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Entry-Level Driver Training Requirements On and After February 7, 2022</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 88790, Dec. 8, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 380.600" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.6.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.600   Compliance date for training requirements for entry-level drivers.</HEAD>
<P>Compliance with the provisions of this subpart is required on or after February 7, 2022.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88790, Dec. 8, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 6100, Feb. 4, 2020]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.601" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.6.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.601   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart establishes training requirements for entry-level drivers, as defined in this subpart, and minimum content for theory and Behind-the-Wheel (BTW) training curricula. Entry-level driver training, as defined in this subpart, applies only to those individuals who apply for a commercial driver's license (CDL) or a CDL upgrade or endorsement and does not otherwise amend substantive CDL requirements in part 383 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.603" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.6.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.603   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rules in this subpart apply to all entry-level drivers, as defined in this subpart, who intend to drive CMVs as defined in § 383.5 of this chapter in interstate and/or intrastate commerce, except:
</P>
<P>(1) Drivers excepted from the CDL requirements under § 383.3(c), (d), and (h) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Drivers applying for a restricted CDL under § 383.3(e) through (g) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(3) Military personnel with military CMV experience who meet all the requirements and conditions of § 383.77 of this chapter; and


</P>
<P>(4) Drivers applying for a removal of a restriction in accordance with § 383.135(b)(7).
</P>
<P>(b) Drivers issued a Class A CDL, Class B CDL, or a passenger (P), school bus (S), or hazardous materials (H) endorsement before February 7, 2022, are not required to comply with this subpart pertaining to that CDL or endorsement.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Individuals who obtain a CLP before February 7, 2022, are not required to comply with this subpart if they obtain a CDL before the CLP or renewed CLP expires.
</P>
<P>(2) Individuals who obtain a CLP on or after February 7, 2022, are required to comply with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(3) Except for individuals seeking the H endorsement, individuals must complete the theory and BTW (range and public road) portions of entry-level driver training within one year of completing the first portion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88790, Dec. 8, 2016, as amended at 83 FR 48725, Sept. 27, 2018; 85 FR 6100, Feb. 4, 2020; 86 FR 57069, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.605" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.6.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.605   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The definitions in parts 383 and 384 of this subchapter apply to this subpart, except as stated below. As used in this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Behind-the-wheel (BTW) instructor</I> means an individual who provides BTW training involving the actual operation of a CMV by an entry-level driver on a range or a public road and meets one of these qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) Holds a CDL of the same (or higher) class and with all endorsements necessary to operate the CMV for which training is to be provided and has at least 2 years of experience driving a CMV requiring a CDL of the same or higher class and/or the same endorsement and meets all applicable State qualification requirements for CMV instructors; or
</P>
<P>(2) Holds a CDL of the same (or higher) class and with all endorsements necessary to operate the CMV for which training is to be provided and has at least 2 years of experience as a BTW CMV instructor and meets all applicable State qualification requirements for CMV instructors.
</P>
<P><I>Exception applicable to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this definition:</I> A BTW instructor who provides training solely on a range which is not a public road is not required to hold a CDL of the same (or higher) class and with all endorsements necessary to operate the CMV for which training is to be provided, as long as the instructor previously held a CDL of the same (or higher) class and with all endorsements necessary to operate the CMV for which training is to be provided, and complies with the other requirements set forth in paragraphs (1) or (2) of this definition.
</P>
<P>(3) If an instructor's CDL has been cancelled, suspended, or revoked due to any of the disqualifying offenses identified in § 383.51 of this subchapter, the instructor is prohibited from engaging in BTW instruction for 2 years following the date his or her CDL is reinstated.
</P>
<P><I>Behind-the-wheel (BTW) public road training</I> means training provided by a BTW instructor when an entry-level driver has actual control of the power unit during a driving lesson conducted on a public road. BTW public road training does not include the time that an entry-level driver spends observing the operation of a CMV when he or she is not in control of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Behind-the-wheel (BTW) range training</I> means training provided by a BTW instructor when an entry-level driver has actual control of the power unit during a driving lesson conducted on a range. BTW range training does not include time an entry-level driver spends observing the operation of a CMV when he or she is not in control of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Entry-level driver</I> means an individual who must complete the CDL skills test requirements under § 383.71 of this subchapter prior to receiving a CDL for the first time, upgrading to a Class A or Class B CDL, or obtaining a hazardous materials, passenger, or school bus endorsement for the first time. This definition does not include individuals for whom States waive the CDL skills test under § 383.77 or individuals seeking to remove a restriction in accordance with § 383.135(b)(7) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Entry-level driver training</I> means training an entry-level driver receives from an entity listed on FMCSA's Training Provider Registry prior to:
</P>
<P>(1) Taking the CDL skills test required to receive the Class A or Class B CDL for the first time;
</P>
<P>(2) Taking the CDL skills test required to upgrade to a Class A or Class B CDL; or
</P>
<P>(3) Taking the CDL skills test required to obtain a passenger and/or school bus endorsement for the first time or the CDL knowledge test required to obtain a hazardous materials endorsement for the first time.
</P>
<P><I>Range</I> means an area that must be free of obstructions, enables the driver to maneuver safely and free from interference from other vehicles and hazards, and has adequate sight lines.
</P>
<P><I>Theory instruction</I> means knowledge instruction on the operation of a CMV and related matters provided by a theory instructor through lectures, demonstrations, audio-visual presentations, computer-based instruction, driving simulation devices, online training, or similar means.
</P>
<P><I>Theory instructor</I> means an individual who provides knowledge instruction on the operation of a CMV and meets one of these qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) Holds a CDL of the same (or higher) class and with all endorsements necessary to operate the CMV for which training is to be provided and has at least 2 years of experience driving a CMV requiring a CDL of the same (or higher) class and/or the same endorsement and meets all applicable State qualification requirements for CMV instructors; or
</P>
<P>(2) Holds a CDL of the same (or higher) class and with all endorsements necessary to operate the CMV for which training is to be provided and has at least 2 years of experience as a BTW CMV instructor and meets all applicable State qualification requirements for CMV instructors.
</P>
<P><I>Exceptions applicable to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this definition:</I>
</P>
<P>1. An instructor is not required to hold a CDL of the same (or higher) class and with all endorsements necessary to operate the CMV for which training is to be provided, if the instructor previously held a CDL of the same (or higher) class and complies with the other requirements set forth in paragraphs (1) or (2) of this definition.
</P>
<P>2. Training providers offering online content exclusively are not required to meet State qualification requirements for theory instructors.
</P>
<P>(3) If an instructor's CDL has been cancelled, suspended, or revoked due to any of the disqualifying offenses identified in § 383.51 of this subchapter, the instructor is prohibited from engaging in theory instruction for 2 years following the date his or her CDL is reinstated.
</P>
<P><I>Training provider</I> means an entity that is listed on the FMCSA Training Provider Registry, as required by subpart G of this part. Training providers include, but are not limited to, training schools, educational institutions, rural electric cooperatives, motor carriers, State/local governments, school districts, joint labor management programs, owner-operators, and individuals.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 22874, May 17, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.609" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.6.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.609   General entry-level driver training requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An individual who applies, for the first time, for a Class A or Class B CDL, or who upgrades to a Class A or B CDL, must complete driver training from a provider listed on the Training Provider Registry (TPR), as set forth in subpart G.
</P>
<P>(b) An individual seeking to obtain a passenger (P), school bus (S), or hazardous materials (H) endorsement for the first time, must complete the training related to that endorsement from a training provider listed on the TPR, as set forth in subpart G.






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Registry of Entry-Level Driver Training Providers On and After February 7, 2022</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 88791, Dec. 8, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 380.700" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.7.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.700   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The rules in this subpart establish the eligibility requirements for listing on FMCSA's Training Provider Registry (TPR). In order to provide entry-level driver training in compliance with this part, training providers must be listed on the TPR.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.703" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.7.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.703   Requirements for listing on the training provider registry (TPR).</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be eligible for listing on the TPR, an entity must:
</P>
<P>(1) Follow a curriculum that meets the applicable criteria set forth in appendices A through E of part 380,
</P>
<P>(2) Utilize facilities that meet the criteria set forth in § 380.709;
</P>
<P>(3) Utilize vehicles that meet the criteria set forth in § 380.711;
</P>
<P>(4) Utilize driver training instructors that meet the criteria set forth in § 380.713;
</P>
<P>(5)(i) Be licensed, certified, registered, or authorized to provide training in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations of any State where in-person training is conducted.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Exception:</I> State qualification requirements otherwise applicable to theory instruction do not apply to providers offering such instruction only online.
</P>
<P>(6) Allow FMCSA or its authorized representative to audit or investigate the training provider's operations to ensure that the provider meets the criteria set forth in this section.
</P>
<P>(7) Electronically transmit an Entry-Level Driver Training Provider Registration Form through the TPR website maintained by FMCSA, which attests that the training provider meets all the applicable requirements of this section, to obtain a unique TPR number. If a training provider has more than one campus or training location, the training provider must electronically transmit an Entry-Level Driver Training Provider Registration Form for each campus or training location in order to obtain a unique TPR number for each location.
</P>
<P>(b) When a provider meets the requirements of §§ 380.703 and 380.707, FMCSA will issue the provider a unique TPR number and, as applicable, add the provider's name and/or contact information to the TPR website.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88791, Dec. 8, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 59035, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.707" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.7.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.707   Entry-level training provider.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Training providers must require all accepted applicants for behind-the-wheel (BTW) training to certify that they will comply with U.S. Department of Transportation regulations in parts 40, 382, 383, and 391, as well as State and/or local laws, related to controlled substances testing, age, medical certification, licensing, and driving record. Training providers must verify that all accepted BTW applicants or Class A theory instruction upgrade curriculum applicants hold a valid commercial learner's permit or commercial driver's license, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) Training providers offering online training must ensure that the content is prepared and/or delivered by a theory instructor, as defined in § 380.605.
</P>
<P>(c) Separate training providers may deliver the theory and BTW portions of the training, but both portions (range and public road) of the BTW training must be delivered by the same training provider.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88791, Dec. 8, 2016, as amended at 84 FR 8040, Mar. 6, 2019; 84 FR 10437, Mar. 21, 2019; 86 FR 34636, June 30, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.709" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.7.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.709   Facilities.</HEAD>
<P>The training provider's classroom and range facilities must comply with all applicable Federal, State, and/or local statutes and regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.711" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.7.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.711   Equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All vehicles used in the behind-the-wheel training must comply with applicable Federal and State safety requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) Training vehicles must be in the same group and type that driver-trainees intend to operate for their CDL skills test.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.713" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.7.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.713   Instructor requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Theory training providers must utilize instructors who are theory instructors as defined in § 380.605.
</P>
<P>(b) BTW training providers must utilize instructors who are BTW instructors as defined in § 380.605.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 22875, May 17, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.715" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.7.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.715   Assessments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Training providers must use written assessments to determine driver-trainees' proficiency in the knowledge objectives in the theory portion of each unit of instruction in appendices A through E of part 380, as applicable. The driver-trainee must receive an overall minimum score of 80 percent on the theory assessment.
</P>
<P>(b) Training instructors must evaluate and document a driver-trainee's proficiency in BTW skills in accordance with the curricula in appendices A through D of part 380, as applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88791, Dec. 8, 2016, as amended at 83 FR 16225, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.717" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.7.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.717   Training certification.</HEAD>
<P>After an individual completes training administered by a provider listed on the TPR, that provider must, by midnight of the second business day after the driver-trainee completes the training, electronically transmit training certification information through the TPR website including the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Driver-trainee name, number of driver's license/commercial learner's permit/commercial driver's license, as applicable, and State of licensure;
</P>
<P>(b) Commercial driver's license class and/or endorsement and type of training (theory and/or BTW) the driver-trainee completed;
</P>
<P>(c) Total number of clock hours the driver-trainee spent to complete BTW training, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(d) Name of the training provider and its unique TPR identification number; and
</P>
<P>(e) Date(s) of successful training completion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88791, Dec. 8, 2016, as amended at 87 FR 59035, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.719" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.7.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.719   Requirements for continued listing on the training provider registry (TPR).</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be eligible for continued listing on the TPR, a provider must:
</P>
<P>(1) Meet the requirements of this subpart and the applicable requirements of § 380.703.
</P>
<P>(2) Biennially update the Entry-Level Driver Training Provider Registration Form.
</P>
<P>(3) Report to FMCSA changes to key information, as identified in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, within 30 days of the change.
</P>
<P>(i) Key information is defined as training provider name, address, phone number, type(s) of training offered, training provider status, and, if applicable, any change in State licensure, certification, or accreditation status.
</P>
<P>(ii) Changes must be reported by electronically transmitting an updated Entry-Level Driver Training Provider Registration Form.
</P>
<P>(4) Maintain documentation of State licensure, registration, or certification verifying that the provider is authorized to provide training in that State, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(5) Allow an audit or investigation of the training provider to be completed by FMCSA or its authorized representative, if requested.
</P>
<P>(6) Ensure that all required documentation, as set forth in § 380.725, is available to FMCSA or its authorized representative, upon request. The provider must submit this documentation within 48 hours of the request.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.721" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.7.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.721   Removal from training provider registry: factors considered.</HEAD>
<P>FMCSA may remove a provider from the TPR when a provider fails to meet or maintain any of the qualifications established by this subpart or the requirements of other State and Federal regulations applicable to the provider. If FMCSA removes a provider from the TPR, any training conducted after the removal date will be considered invalid.
</P>
<P>(a) The factors FMCSA may consider for removing a provider from the TPR include, but are not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The provider fails to comply with the requirements for continued listing on the TPR, as described in § 380.719.
</P>
<P>(2) The provider denies FMCSA or its authorized representatives the opportunity to conduct an audit or investigation of its training operations.
</P>
<P>(3) The audit or investigation conducted by FMCSA or its authorized representatives identifies material deficiencies, pertaining to the training provider's program, operations, or eligibility.
</P>
<P>(4) The provider falsely claims to be licensed, certified, registered, or authorized to provide training in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations in any State where in-person training is provided.
</P>
<P>(5) The State-administered CDL skills examination passage rate for applicants for the Class A CDL, Class B CDL, passenger endorsement, and/or school bus endorsement who complete the provider's training and the CDL knowledge test passage rate for applicants for the hazardous materials endorsement who complete the provider's training.
</P>
<P>(b) In instances of fraud or other criminal behavior by a training provider in which driver-trainees have knowingly participated, FMCSA reserves the right, on a case-by-case basis, to retroactively invalidate training conducted under this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.723" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.7.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.723   Removal from training provider registry: procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Voluntary removal.</I> To be voluntarily removed from the Training Provider Registry (TPR), a provider must submit written notification to FMCSA, ATTN: Training Provider Registry Removal, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590 or through the TPR website. Upon receiving the written notification, FMCSA will remove the training provider from the TPR. On and after the date of issuance of a notification of proposed removal from the TPR issued in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, such a voluntary removal notification will not be effective.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Involuntary removal; Notice of proposed removal.</I> Except as provided by paragraphs (a) and (e) of this section, FMCSA initiates the process for involuntary removal of a provider from the TPR by issuing a written notification to the provider, stating the reasons for the proposed removal and setting forth any corrective actions necessary for the provider to remain listed on the TPR. If a notification of proposed removal is issued, the provider must notify current driver-trainees and driver-trainees scheduled for future training of the proposed removal. If a notification of proposed removal is issued to a training provider listed on the TPR website, FMCSA will note on the TPR website that such notification has been issued. FMCSA will remove the notation if the notification is withdrawn.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response to notification of proposed removal and corrective action.</I> A training provider that has received a notification of proposed removal and wishes to remain on the TPR must submit a written response to FMCSA no later than 30 days after the date of issuance of the notification. The response must explain why the provider believes that FMCSA has relied on erroneous information in proposing removal from the TPR, in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, or the response must state that the provider intends to comply with this subpart and complete the corrective action(s) specified in FMCSA's notification of proposed removal, in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section. If the provider responds to the notification of proposed removal by indicating the provider intends to comply and take corrective action, the provider must submit documentation of completion of corrective action(s) in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Opposing a notification of proposed removal.</I> If the provider believes FMCSA has relied on erroneous information in proposing removal from the TPR, the provider must explain the basis for that belief and provide supporting documentation. FMCSA will review the explanation.
</P>
<P>(i) If FMCSA finds that FMCSA has relied on erroneous information to propose removal of a training provider from the TPR, FMCSA will withdraw the notification of proposed removal and notify the provider of the withdrawal in writing.
</P>
<P>(ii) If FMCSA finds that FMCSA has not relied on erroneous information in proposing removal, FMCSA will affirm the notification of proposed removal and notify the provider in writing of the determination. No later than 60 days after the date FMCSA affirms the notification of proposed removal, or as otherwise agreed to by the provider and FMCSA, the provider must comply with this subpart and correct the deficiencies identified in the notification of proposed removal as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the provider does not respond in writing within 30 days of the date of issuance of a notification of proposed removal, explaining why the decision is not proper or stating that the provider will complete the corrective actions in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the removal becomes effective immediately and the provider will be removed from the TPR. Any training conducted after the removal date is invalid.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Corrective action.</I> (i) The provider must comply with this subpart and complete the corrective actions specified in the notification of proposed removal no later than 60 days after either the date of issuance of the notification of proposed removal or the date FMCSA subsequently affirms or modifies the notification of proposed removal. The provider must provide documentation of completion of the corrective action(s) to FMCSA. FMCSA may conduct an investigation and request any documentation necessary to verify that the provider has complied with this subpart and completed the required corrective action(s). FMCSA will notify the provider in writing whether it has met the requirements for continued listing on the TPR.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the provider fails to complete the proposed corrective action(s) within the 60-day period, the provider will be removed from the TPR. FMCSA will notify the provider in writing of the removal.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Request for administrative review.</I> If a provider has been removed from the TPR under paragraph (c)(1)(iii), (c)(2)(ii), or (e) of this section, the provider may request an administrative review. The request must be submitted in writing to FMCSA, ATTN: § 380.723 Training Provider Registry Removal Proceedings, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590 no later than 30 days after the effective date of the removal. The request must explain the alleged error(s) committed in removing the provider from the TPR, and include all factual, legal, and procedural issues in dispute, as well as any supporting documentation.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Additional procedures for administrative review.</I> FMCSA may ask the provider to submit additional information or attend a conference to discuss the removal. If the provider does not provide the information requested, or does not attend the scheduled conference, FMCSA may dismiss the request for administrative review.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Decision on administrative review.</I> FMCSA will complete the administrative review and notify the provider in writing of the decision. The decision constitutes final Agency action. If FMCSA deems the removal to be invalid, FMCSA will reinstate the provider's listing on the TPR.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Emergency removal.</I> In cases of fraud, criminal behavior, or willful disregard of the regulations in this subpart or in which public health, interest, or safety requires, the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section are not applicable. In these cases, FMCSA  may immediately remove a provider from the TPR. In instances of fraud or other criminal behavior by a training provider in which driver-trainees have knowingly participated, FMCSA reserves the right to retroactively invalidate training conducted under this subpart. A provider who has been removed under the provisions of this paragraph may request an administrative review of that decision as described under paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reinstatement to the Training Provider Registry.</I> (1) Any time after a training provider's voluntary removal from the TPR, the provider may apply to FMCSA to be reinstated.
</P>
<P>(2) No sooner than 30 days after the date of a provider's involuntary removal from the TPR, the provider may apply to FMCSA to be reinstated. The provider must submit documentation showing completion of any corrective action(s) identified in the notification of proposed removal or final notification of removal, as applicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88791, Dec. 8, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 57069, Oct. 14, 2021; 87 FR 59035, Sept. 29, 2022; 89 FR 90619, Nov. 18, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 380.725" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.7.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 380.725   Documentation and record retention.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The documentation and retention of records required by this subpart apply to entities that meet the requirements of subpart G of this part and are eligible for listing on the Training Provider Registry (TPR).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Document retention.</I> All training providers on the TPR must retain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Self-certifications by all accepted applicants for behind-the-wheel (BTW) training attesting that they will comply with U.S. Department of Transportation regulations in parts 40, 382, 383 and 391, as well as State and/or local laws, related to alcohol and controlled substances testing, age, medical certification, licensing, and driver records, as required in 380.707(a). </P>
<P>(2) A copy of the driver-trainee's commercial learner's permit(s) or commercial driver's license, as applicable, as required in 380.707(a).
</P>
<P>(3) Instructor qualification documentation indicating driving and/or training experience, as applicable, for each instructor and copies of commercial driver's licenses and applicable endorsements held by BTW instructors or theory instructors, as applicable.


</P>
<P>(4) The lesson plans for theory and BTW (range and public road) training curricula, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(5) Records of individual entry-level driver training assessments as described in § 380.715.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Retention of records.</I> Training providers listed on the TPR must retain the records identified in paragraph (b) of this section for a minimum of three years from the date each required record is generated or received, unless a record, such as a BTW instructor's CDL, has expired or been canceled, in which case the most recent, valid CDL should be retained, if applicable. The provisions of this part do not affect a training provider's obligation to comply with any other local, State, or Federal requirements prescribing longer retention periods for any category of records described herein. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88791, Dec. 8, 2016, as amended at 84 FR 51432, Sept. 30, 2019; 86 FR 57069, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.9.11.1.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 380—Class A—CDL Training Curriculum
</HEAD>
<P>Class A CDL applicants must complete the Class A CDL curriculum outlined in this Appendix. The curriculum for Class A applicants pertains to combination vehicles (Group A) as defined in 49 CFR 383.91(a)(1). Class A CDL applicants who possess a valid Class B CDL may complete the Theory Instruction Upgrade Curriculum in lieu of the Theory Instruction Standard Curriculum. There is no required minimum number of instruction hours for theory training, but the training instructor must cover all topics set forth in the curriculum. There is no required minimum number of instruction hours for BTW (range and public road) training, but the training instructor must cover all topics set forth in the BTW curriculum. BTW training must be conducted in a CMV for which a Class A CDL is required. The instructor must determine and document that each driver-trainee has demonstrated proficiency in all elements of the BTW curriculum, unless otherwise noted. Consistent with the definitions of BTW range training and BTW public road training in § 380.605, a simulation device cannot be used to conduct such training or to demonstrate proficiency. Training instructors must document the total number of clock hours each driver-trainee spends to complete the BTW curriculum. The Class A curriculum must, at a minimum, include the following:
</P>
<HD1>Theory Instruction Standard Curriculum
</HD1>
<HD2>Section A1.1 Basic Operation
</HD2>
<P>This section must cover the interaction between driver-trainees and the CMV. Driver-trainees will receive instruction in the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) and will be introduced to the basic CMV instruments and controls. Training providers will teach driver-trainees the basic operating characteristics of a CMV. This section must also teach driver-trainees how to properly perform vehicle inspections, control the motion of CMVs under various road and traffic conditions, employ shifting and backing techniques, and properly couple and uncouple combination vehicles. Driver-trainees must familiarize themselves with the basic operating characteristics of a CMV.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.1.1 Orientation
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce driver-trainees to the combination vehicle driver training curriculum and the components of a combination vehicle. The training providers must teach the safety fundamentals, essential regulatory requirements (e.g., overview of FMCSRs and Hazardous Materials Regulations), and driver-trainees' responsibilities not directly related to CMV driving, such as proper cargo securement. This unit must also cover the ramifications, including driver disqualification provisions and fines, for non-compliance with parts 380, 382, 383, and 390 through 399 of the FMCSRs. This unit must also include an overview of the applicability of State and local laws relating to the safe operation of the CMV, stopping at weigh stations/scales, hazard awareness of vehicle size and weight limitations, low clearance areas (e.g., CMV height restrictions), and bridge formulas.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.1.2 Control Systems/Dashboard
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce driver-trainees to vehicle instruments, controls, and safety components. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to read gauges and instruments correctly and the proper use of vehicle safety components, including safety belts and mirrors. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to identify, locate, and explain the function of each of the primary and secondary controls including those required for steering, accelerating, shifting, braking systems (e.g., ABS, hydraulic, air), as applicable, and parking.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.1.3 Pre- and Post-Trip Inspections
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach the driver-trainees to conduct pre-trip and post-trip inspections as specified in §§ 392.7 and 396.11, including appropriate inspection locations. Instruction must also be provided on enroute vehicle inspections.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.1.4 Basic Control
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce basic vehicular control and handling as it applies to combination vehicles. This unit must include instruction addressing basic combination vehicle controls in areas such as executing sharp left and right turns, centering the vehicle, maneuvering in restricted areas, and entering and exiting the interstate or controlled access highway.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.1.5 Shifting/Operating Transmissions
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce shifting patterns and procedures to driver-trainees to prepare them to safely and competently perform basic shifting maneuvers. This unit must include training driver-trainees to execute up and down shifting techniques on multi-speed dual range transmissions, if appropriate. The training providers must teach the importance of increased vehicle control and improved fuel economy achieved by utilizing proper shifting techniques.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.1.6 Backing and Docking
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to back and dock the combination vehicle safely. This unit must cover “Get Out and Look” (GOAL), evaluation of backing/loading facilities, knowledge of backing set ups, as well as instruction in how to back with the use of spotters.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.1.7 Coupling and Uncoupling
</HD3>
<P>This unit must provide instruction for driver-trainees to develop the skills necessary to conduct the procedures for safe coupling and uncoupling of combination vehicle units, as applicable.
</P>
<HD2>Section A1.2 Safe Operating Procedures
</HD2>
<P>This section must teach the practices required for safe operation of the combination vehicle on the highway under various road, weather, and traffic conditions. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the Federal rules governing the proper use of seat belt assemblies (§ 392.16).
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.2.1 Visual Search
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to visually search the road for potential hazards and critical objects, including instruction on recognizing distracted pedestrians or distracted drivers.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.2.2 Communication
</HD3>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees on how to communicate their intentions to other road users. Driver-trainees must be instructed in techniques for different types of communication on the road, including proper use of headlights, turn signals, four-way flashers, and horns. This unit must cover instruction in proper utilization of eye contact techniques with other drivers, bicyclists, and pedestrians.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.2.3 Distracted Driving
</HD3>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees in FMCSRs related to distracted driving and other key driver distraction driving issues, including improper cell phone use, texting, and use of in-cab technology (e.g., §§ 392.80 and 392.82). This instruction will include training in the following aspects: visual attention (keeping eyes on the road); manual control (keeping hands on the wheel); and cognitive awareness (keeping mind on the task and safe operation of the CMV).
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.2.4 Speed Management
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees how to manage speed effectively in response to various road, weather, and traffic conditions. The instruction must include methods for calibrating safe following distances taking into account CMV braking distances under an array of conditions including traffic, weather, and CMV weight and length.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.2.5 Space Management
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees about the importance of managing the space surrounding the vehicle under various traffic and road conditions.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.2.6 Night Operation
</HD3>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees in the factors affecting the safe operation of CMVs at night and in darkness. Additionally, driver-trainees must be instructed in changes in vision, communications, speed space management, and proper use of lights, as needed, to deal with the special problems night driving presents.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.2.7 Extreme Driving Conditions
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees about the specific problems presented by extreme driving conditions. The training provider will emphasize the factors affecting the operation of CMVs in cold, hot, and inclement weather and on steep grades and sharp curves. The training provider must teach proper tire chaining procedures.
</P>
<HD2>Section A1.3 Advanced Operating Practices
</HD2>
<P>This section must introduce higher-level skills that can be acquired only after the more fundamental skills and knowledge taught in the prior two sections have been mastered. The training providers must teach driver-trainees about the advanced skills necessary to recognize potential hazards and must teach the driver-trainees the procedures needed to handle a CMV when faced with a hazard.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.3.1 Hazard Perception
</HD3>
<P>The unit must teach driver-trainees to recognize potential hazards in the driving environment in order to reduce the severity of the hazard and neutralize possible emergency situations. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to identify road conditions and other road users that are a potential threat to the safety of the combination vehicle and suggest appropriate adjustments. The instruction must emphasize hazard recognition, visual search, adequate surveillance, and response to possible emergency-producing situations encountered by CMV drivers in various traffic situations. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to recognize potential dangers and the safety procedures that must be utilized while driving in construction/work zones.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.3.2 Skid Control/Recovery, Jackknifing, and Other Emergencies
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach the causes of skidding and jackknifing and techniques for avoiding and recovering from them. The training providers must teach the importance of maintaining directional control and bringing the CMV to a stop in the shortest possible distance while operating over a slippery surface. This unit must provide instruction in appropriate responses when faced with CMV emergencies. This instruction must include evasive steering, emergency braking, and off-road recovery, as well as the proper response to brake failures, tire blowouts, hydroplaning, and rollovers. The instruction must include a review of unsafe acts and the role the acts play in producing or worsening hazardous situations.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.3.3 Railroad-Highway Grade Crossings
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to recognize potential dangers and the appropriate safety procedures to utilize at railroad (RR)-highway grade crossings. This instruction must include an overview of various Federal/State RR grade crossing regulations, RR grade crossing environments, obstructed view conditions, clearance around the tracks, and rail signs and signals. The training providers must instruct driver-trainees that railroads have personnel available (“Emergency Notification Systems”) to receive notification of any information relating to an unsafe condition at the RR-highway grade crossing or a disabled vehicle or other obstruction blocking a railroad track at the RR-highway grade crossing.
</P>
<HD2>Section A1.4 Vehicle Systems and Reporting Malfunctions
</HD2>
<P>This section must provide entry-level driver-trainees with sufficient knowledge of the combination vehicle and its systems and subsystems to ensure that they understand and respect their role in vehicle inspection, operation, and maintenance and the impact of those factors upon highway safety and operational efficiency.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.4.1 Identification and Diagnosis of Malfunctions
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to identify major combination vehicle systems. The goal is to explain their function and how to check all key vehicle systems, (e.g., engine, engine exhaust auxiliary systems, brakes, drive train, coupling systems, and suspension) to ensure their safe operation. Driver-trainees must be provided with a detailed description of each system, its importance to safe and efficient operation, and what is needed to keep the system in good operating condition.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.4.2 Roadside Inspections
</HD3>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees on what to expect during a standard roadside inspection conducted by authorized personnel. The training providers must teach driver-trainees on what vehicle and driver violations are classified as out-of-service (OOS), including the ramifications and penalties for operating a CMV when subject to an OOS order as defined in section 390.5.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.4.3 Maintenance
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce driver-trainees to the basic servicing and checking procedures for various engine and vehicle components and to help develop their ability to perform preventive maintenance and simple emergency repairs.
</P>
<HD2>Section A1.5 Non-Driving Activities
</HD2>
<P>This section must teach driver-trainees the activities that do not involve actually operating the CMV.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.5.1 Handling and Documenting Cargo
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach the basic theory of cargo weight distribution, cargo securement on the vehicle, cargo covering, and techniques for safe and efficient loading/unloading. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the basic cargo security/cargo theft prevention procedures. The training provider must teach driver-trainees the basic information regarding the proper handling and documentation of HM cargo.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.5.2 Environmental Compliance Issues
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to recognize environmental hazards and issues related to the CMV and load, and also make the driver-trainee aware that city, county, State, and Federal requirements may apply to such circumstances.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.5.3 Hours of Service Requirements
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to understand that there are different hours-of-service (HOS) requirements applicable to different industries. The training providers must teach driver-trainees all applicable HOS regulatory requirements. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to complete a Driver's Daily Log (electronic and paper), timesheet, and logbook recap, as appropriate. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the consequences (safety, legal, and personal) of violating the HOS regulations, including the fines and penalties imposed for these types of violations.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.5.4 Fatigue and Wellness Awareness
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees about the issues and consequences of chronic and acute driver fatigue and the importance of staying alert. The training providers must teach driver-trainees wellness and basic health maintenance information that affect a driver's ability to safely operate a CMV.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.5.5 Post-Crash Procedures
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees appropriate post-crash procedures, including the requirement that the driver, if possible, assess his or her physical condition immediately after the crash and notify authorities or assign the task to other individuals at the crash scene. The training providers must teach driver-trainees how to protect the area; obtain emergency medical assistance; move on-road vehicles off the road in minor crashes so as to avoid subsequent crashes or injuries; engage flashers; place reflective triangles and other warning devices for stopped vehicles; and properly use a fire extinguisher, if necessary. The training providers must instruct driver-trainees in post-crash testing requirements related to controlled substances and alcohol.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.5.6 External Communications
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the value of effective interpersonal communication techniques/skills to interact with enforcement officials. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the specifics of the roadside vehicle inspection process, and what to expect during this activity. Driver-trainees who are not English speakers must be instructed in FMCSA English language proficiency requirements. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the impact that violating Federal and state regulations has on their driving records and their employing motor carrier's records.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.5.7 Whistleblower/Coercion
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach the driver-trainees about the right of an employee to question the safety practices of an employer without incurring the risk of losing a job or being subject to reprisals simply for stating a safety concern. The training providers must instruct driver-trainees in the whistleblower protection regulations in 29 CFR part 1978. The training providers must teach the procedures for reporting to FMCSA incidents of coercion from motor carriers, shippers, receivers, or transportation intermediaries.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.5.8 Trip Planning
</HD3>
<P>This unit must address the importance of and requirements for planning routes and trips. This instruction must address planning the safest route, planning for rest stops, heavy traffic areas, railroad-highway grade crossing safe clearance and ground clearance (<I>i.e.,</I> “high center”), the importance of Federal and State requirements on the need for permits, and vehicle size and weight limitations. The training providers must teach driver-trainees in the correct identification of restricted routes, the pros and cons of Global Positioning System (GPS)/trip routing software, and the importance of selecting fuel-efficient routes.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.5.9 Drugs/Alcohol
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the rules applicable to controlled substances (including prescription drugs) and alcohol use and testing related to the operation of a CMV.
</P>
<HD3>Unit A1.5.10 Medical Requirements
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the Federal rules on medical certification, medical examination procedures, general qualifications, responsibilities, and disqualifications based on various offenses, orders, and loss of driving privileges (49 CFR part 391, subparts B and E).
</P>
<HD1>Behind-the-Wheel—Range
</HD1>
<P>BTW range training must teach driving exercises related to basic vehicle control skills and mastery of basic maneuvers, as covered in §§ 383.111 and 383.113 of this chapter, necessary to operate the vehicle safely. The training providers will teach activities in this unit on a driving range as defined in § 380.605. The training provider must teach “Get Out and Look” (GOAL) to the driver-trainee as it applies to units A2.2-2.6.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A2.1 Vehicle Inspection Pre-Trip/Enroute/Post-Trip
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in conducting pre-trip and post-trip inspections as specified in §§ 392.7 and 396.11, including appropriate inspection locations. Instruction must also be provided on enroute vehicle inspections.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A2.2 Straight Line Backing
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for performing various straight line backing maneuvers to appropriate criteria/acceptable tolerances.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A2.3 Alley Dock Backing (45/90 Degree)
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for performing 45/90 degree alley dock maneuvers to appropriate criteria/acceptable tolerances.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A2.4 Off-Set Backing
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for performing off-set right and left backing maneuvers to appropriate criteria/acceptable tolerances.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A2.5 Parallel Parking Blind Side
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for performing parallel parking blind side positions/maneuvers to appropriate criteria/acceptable tolerances.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A2.6 Parallel Parking Sight Side
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for performing sight side parallel parking maneuvers to appropriate criteria/acceptable tolerances.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A2.7 Coupling and Uncoupling
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for coupling, inspecting, and uncoupling combination vehicle units, as applicable.
</P>
<HD1>Behind-the-Wheel—Public Road
</HD1>
<P>The instructor must engage in active two-way communication with the driver-trainees during all active BTW public road training sessions. Skills described in paragraphs A3.8 through 3.12 of this section must be discussed during public road training, but not necessarily performed. Driver-trainees are not required to demonstrate proficiency in the skills described in paragraphs A3.8 through 3.12.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A3.1 Vehicle Controls Including: Left Turn, Right Turns, Lane Changes, Curves at Highway Speeds, and Entry and Exit on the Interstate or Controlled Access Highway
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for initiating vehicle movement, executing left and right turns, changing lanes, navigating curves at speed, entry and exit on the interstate or controlled access highway, and stopping the vehicle in a controlled manner.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A3.2 Shifting/Transmission
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for performing safe and fuel-efficient shifting.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A3.3 Communications/Signaling
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for signaling intentions and effectively communicating with other drivers.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A3.4 Visual Search
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for visually searching the road for potential hazards and critical objects.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A3.5 Speed and Space Management
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper habits and techniques for adjusting and maintaining vehicle speed, taking into consideration various factors such as traffic and road conditions. Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in maintaining proper speed to keep appropriate spacing between the driver-trainee's CMV and other vehicles. Instruction must include methods for calibrating safe following distances under an array of conditions including traffic, weather, and CMV weight and length.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A3.6 Safe Driver Behavior
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in safe driver behavior during their operation of the CMV.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A3.7 Hours of Service (HOS) Requirements
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in the basic activities required by the HOS regulations, such as completing a Driver's Daily Log (electronic and paper), timesheet, and logbook recap, as appropriate.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A3.8 Hazard Perception
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate their ability to recognize potential hazards in the driving environment in time to reduce the severity of the hazard and neutralize possible emergency situations. Driver-trainees must demonstrate the ability to identify road conditions and other road users that are a potential threat to the safety of the combination vehicle and suggest appropriate adjustments.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A3.9 Railroad (RR)-Highway Grade Crossing
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate the ability to recognize potential dangers and to demonstrate appropriate safety procedures when RR-highway grade crossings are reasonably available.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A3.10 Night Operation
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must be familiar with how to operate a CMV safely at night. Training providers must teach driver-trainees that night driving presents specific circumstances that require heightened attention on the part of the driver. Driver-trainees must be taught special requirements for night vision, communications, speed, space management, and proper use of lights.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A3.11 Extreme Driving Conditions
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must be familiar with the special risks created by, and the heightened precautions required by, driving CMVs under extreme driving conditions, such as heavy rain, high wind, high heat, fog, snow, ice, steep grades, and sharp curves. Driver-trainees must demonstrate their ability to recognize the changes in basic driving habits needed to deal with the specific challenges presented by these extreme driving conditions.
</P>
<HD2>Unit A3.12 Skid Control/Recovery, Jackknifing, and Other Emergencies
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must know the causes of skidding and jackknifing and techniques for avoiding and recovering from them. Driver-trainees must know how to maintain directional control and bring the CMV to a stop in the shortest possible distance while operating over a slippery surface. Driver-trainees must be familiar with proper techniques for responding to CMV emergencies, such as evasive steering, emergency braking, and off-road recovery. They must also know how to prevent or respond to brake failures, tire blowouts, hydroplaning, and rollovers.
</P>
<HD1>Theory Instruction Upgrade Curriculum
</HD1>
<HD2>Section BA1.1 Basic Operation
</HD2>
<P>This section must cover the interaction between driver-trainees and the CMV. Driver-trainees will receive instruction in the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) and will be introduced to the basic CMV instruments and controls. Training providers will teach driver-trainees the basic operating characteristics of a CMV. This section must also teach driver-trainees how to properly perform vehicle inspections, control the motion of CMVs under various road and traffic conditions, employ shifting and backing techniques, and properly couple and uncouple combination vehicles. Driver-trainees must familiarize themselves with the basic operating characteristics of a CMV.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.1.1 Orientation
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce driver-trainees to the combination vehicle driver training curriculum and the components of a combination vehicle. The training providers must teach the safety fundamentals, essential regulatory requirements (<I>e.g.,</I> overview of FMCSRs and Hazardous Materials Regulations), and driver-trainees' responsibilities not directly related to CMV driving, such as proper cargo securement. This unit must also cover the ramifications, including driver disqualification provisions and fines, for non-compliance with parts 380, 382, 383, and 390 through 399 of the FMCSRs. This unit must also include an overview of the applicability of State and local laws relating to the safe operation of the CMV, stopping at weigh stations/scales, hazard awareness of vehicle size and weight limitations, low clearance areas (<I>e.g.,</I> CMV height restrictions), and bridge formulas.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.1.2 Control Systems/Dashboard
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce driver-trainees to vehicle instruments, controls, and safety components. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to read gauges and instruments correctly and the proper use of vehicle safety components, including safety belts and mirrors. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to identify, locate, and explain the function of each of the primary and secondary controls including those required for steering, accelerating, shifting, braking systems (<I>e.g.,</I> ABS, hydraulic, air), as applicable, and parking.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.1.3 Pre- and Post-Trip Inspections
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach the driver-trainees to conduct pre-trip and post-trip inspections as specified in §§ 392.7 and 396.11, including appropriate inspection locations. Instruction must also be provided on en route vehicle inspections.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.1.4 Basic Control
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce basic vehicular control and handling as it applies to combination vehicles. This unit must include instruction addressing basic combination vehicle controls in areas such as executing sharp left and right turns, centering the vehicle, maneuvering in restricted areas, and entering and exiting the interstate or controlled access highway.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.1.5 Shifting/Operating Transmissions
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce shifting patterns and procedures to driver-trainees to prepare them to safely and competently perform basic shifting maneuvers. This unit must include training driver-trainees to execute up and down shifting techniques on multi-speed dual range transmissions, if appropriate. The training providers must teach the importance of increased vehicle control and improved fuel economy achieved by utilizing proper shifting techniques.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.1.6 Backing and Docking
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to back and dock the combination vehicle safely. This unit must cover “Get Out and Look” (GOAL), evaluation of backing/loading facilities, knowledge of backing set ups, as well as instruction in how to back with the use of spotters.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.1.7 Coupling and Uncoupling
</HD3>
<P>This unit must provide instruction for driver-trainees to develop the skills necessary to conduct the procedures for safe coupling and uncoupling of combination vehicle units, as applicable.
</P>
<HD2>Section BA1.2 Safe Operating Procedures
</HD2>
<P>This section must teach the practices required for safe operation of the combination vehicle on the highway under various road, weather, and traffic conditions. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the Federal rules governing the proper use of seat belt assemblies (§ 392.16).
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.2.1 Visual Search
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to visually search the road for potential hazards and critical objects, including instruction on recognizing distracted pedestrians or distracted drivers.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.2.2 Communication
</HD3>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees on how to communicate their intentions to other road users. Driver-trainees must be instructed in techniques for different types of communication on the road, including proper use of headlights, turn signals, four-way flashers, and horns. This unit must cover instruction in proper utilization of eye contact techniques with other drivers, bicyclists, and pedestrians.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.2.3 Distracted Driving
</HD3>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees in FMCSRs related to distracted driving and other key driver distraction driving issues, including improper cell phone use, texting, and use of in-cab technology (<I>e.g.,</I> §§ 392.80 and 392.82). This instruction will include training in the following aspects: visual attention (keeping eyes on the road); manual control (keeping hands on the wheel); and cognitive awareness (keeping mind on the task and safe operation of the CMV).
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.2.4 Speed Management
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees how to manage speed effectively in response to various road, weather, and traffic conditions. The instruction must include methods for calibrating safe following distances taking into account CMV braking distances under an array of conditions including traffic, weather, and CMV weight and length.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.2.5 Space Management
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees about the importance of managing the space surrounding the vehicle under various traffic and road conditions.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.2.6 Night Operation
</HD3>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees in the factors affecting the safe operation of CMVs at night and in darkness. Additionally, driver-trainees must be instructed in changes in vision, communications, speed space management, and proper use of lights, as needed, to deal with the special problems night driving presents.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.2.7 Extreme Driving Conditions
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees about the specific problems presented by extreme driving conditions. The training provider will emphasize the factors affecting the operation of CMVs in cold, hot, and inclement weather and on steep grades and sharp curves. The training provider must teach proper tire chaining procedures.
</P>
<HD2>Section BA1.3 Advanced Operating Practices
</HD2>
<P>This section must introduce higher-level skills that can be acquired only after the more fundamental skills and knowledge taught in the prior two sections have been mastered. The training providers must teach driver-trainees about the advanced skills necessary to recognize potential hazards and must teach the driver-trainees the procedures needed to handle a CMV when faced with a hazard.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.3.1 Hazard Perception
</HD3>
<P>The unit must teach driver-trainees to recognize potential hazards in the driving environment in order to reduce the severity of the hazard and neutralize possible emergency situations. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to identify road conditions and other road users that are a potential threat to the safety of the combination vehicle and suggest appropriate adjustments. The instruction must emphasize hazard recognition, visual search, adequate surveillance, and response to possible emergency-producing situations encountered by CMV drivers in various traffic situations. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to recognize potential dangers and the safety procedures that must be utilized while driving in construction/work zones.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.3.2 Skid Control/Recovery, Jackknifing, and Other Emergencies
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach the causes of skidding and jackknifing and techniques for avoiding and recovering from them. The training providers must teach the importance of maintaining directional control and bringing the CMV to a stop in the shortest possible distance while operating over a slippery surface. This unit must provide instruction in appropriate responses when faced with CMV emergencies. This instruction must include evasive steering, emergency braking, and off-road recovery, as well as the proper response to brake failures, tire blowouts, hydroplaning, and rollovers. The instruction must include a review of unsafe acts and the role the acts play in producing or worsening hazardous situations.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.3.3 Railroad-Highway Grade Crossings
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to recognize potential dangers and the appropriate safety procedures to utilize at railroad (RR)-highway grade crossings. This instruction must include an overview of various Federal/State RR grade crossing regulations, RR grade crossing environments, obstructed view conditions, clearance around the tracks, and rail signs and signals. The training providers must instruct driver-trainees that railroads have personnel available (“Emergency Notification Systems”) to receive notification of any information relating to an unsafe condition at the RR-highway grade crossing or a disabled vehicle or other obstruction blocking a railroad track at the RR-highway grade crossing.
</P>
<HD2>Section BA1.4 Vehicle Systems and Reporting Malfunctions
</HD2>
<P>This section must provide entry-level driver-trainees with sufficient knowledge of the combination vehicle and its systems and subsystems to ensure that they understand and respect their role in vehicle inspection, operation, and maintenance and the impact of those factors upon highway safety and operational efficiency.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.4.1 Identification and Diagnosis of Malfunctions
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to identify major combination vehicle systems. The goal is to explain their function and how to check all key vehicle systems, (<I>e.g.,</I> engine, engine exhaust auxiliary systems, brakes, drive train, coupling systems, and suspension) to ensure their safe operation. Driver-trainees must be provided with a detailed description of each system, its importance to safe and efficient operation, and what is needed to keep the system in good operating condition.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.4.2 Roadside Inspections
</HD3>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees on what to expect during a standard roadside inspection conducted by authorized personnel. The training providers must teach driver-trainees on what vehicle and driver violations are classified as out-of-service (OOS), including the ramifications and penalties for operating a CMV when subject to an OOS order as defined in section 390.5.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.4.3 Maintenance
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce driver-trainees to the basic servicing and checking procedures for various engine and vehicle components and to help develop their ability to perform preventive maintenance and simple emergency repairs.
</P>
<HD2>Section BA1.5 Non-Driving Activities
</HD2>
<P>This section must teach driver-trainees the activities that do not involve actually operating the CMV.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.5.1 Hours of Service Requirements
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to understand that there are different hours-of-service (HOS) requirements applicable to different industries. The training providers must teach driver-trainees all applicable HOS regulatory requirements. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to complete a Driver's Daily Log (electronic and paper), timesheet, and logbook recap, as appropriate. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the consequences (safety, legal, and personal) of violating the HOS regulations, including the fines and penalties imposed for these types of violations.
</P>
<HD3>Unit BA1.5.2 Fatigue and Wellness Awareness
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees about the issues and consequences of chronic and acute driver fatigue and the importance of staying alert. The training providers must teach driver-trainees wellness and basic health maintenance information that affect a driver's ability to safely operate a CMV.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88794, Dec. 8, 2016, as amended at 83 FR 22875, May 17, 2018; 84 FR 8040, Mar. 6, 2019]




</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.9.11.1.7" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 380—Class B—CDL Training Curriculum
</HEAD>
<P>Class B CDL applicants must complete the Class B CDL curriculum outlined in this Appendix. The curriculum for Class B applicants pertains to heavy straight vehicles (Group B) as defined in 49 CFR 383.91(a)(2). There is no required minimum number of instruction hours for theory training, but the training instructor must cover all the topics in curriculum. There is no required minimum number of instruction hours required for BTW (range and public road) training, but the training instructor must cover all topics set forth in the BTW curriculum. BTW training must be conducted in a CMV for which a Class B CDL is required. The instructor must determine and document that each driver-trainee has demonstrated proficiency in all elements of the BTW curriculum unless otherwise noted. Consistent with the definitions of BTW range training and BTW public road training in § 380.605, a simulation device cannot be used to conduct such training or to demonstrate proficiency. Training instructors must document the total number of clock hours each driver-trainee spends to complete the BTW curriculum. The Class B curriculum must, at a minimum, include the following:
</P>
<HD1>Theory Instruction
</HD1>
<HD2>Section B1.1 Basic Operation
</HD2>
<P>This section must cover the interaction between driver-trainees and the CMV. Driver-trainees will receive instruction in the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) and will be introduced to the basic CMV instruments and controls. This section must also teach driver-trainees how to perform vehicle inspections, control the CMVs under various road and traffic conditions, employ shifting and backing techniques, and couple and uncouple, as applicable. Driver-trainees must familiarize themselves with the basic operating characteristics of a CMV.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.1.1 Orientation
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce driver-trainees to the commercial motor vehicle driver training curriculum and the components of a commercial motor vehicle. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the safety fundamentals, essential regulatory requirements (<I>i.e.,</I> overview of FMCSRs/hazardous materials (HM) regulations), and driver-trainees' responsibilities not directly related to driving. This unit must also cover the ramifications and driver disqualification provisions and fines for non-compliance with parts 380, 382, 383, and 390 through 399 of the FMCSRs. This unit must also include an overview of the applicability of State and local laws relating to the safe operation of the CMV, stopping at weigh stations/scales, hazard awareness of vehicle size and weight limitations, low clearance areas (e.g., CMV height restrictions), and bridge formulas.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.1.2 Control Systems/Dashboard
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce driver-trainees to vehicle instruments, controls, and safety components. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to read gauges and instruments correctly and the proper use of vehicle safety components, including safety belts and mirrors. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to identify, locate, and explain the function of each of the primary and secondary controls including those required for steering, accelerating, shifting, braking systems (e.g., ABS, hydraulic, air), as applicable, and parking.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.1.3 Pre- and Post-Trip Inspections
</HD3>
<P>The training provider must teach the driver-trainees to conduct pre-trip and post-trip inspections as specified in §§ 392.7 and 396.11, including appropriate inspection locations. Instruction must also be provided on enroute vehicle inspections.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.1.4 Basic Control
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce basic vehicular control and handling as it applies to commercial motor vehicles. This unit must include instruction addressing basic CMV controls in areas such as executing sharp left and right turns, centering the vehicle, maneuvering in restricted areas, and entering and exiting the interstate or controlled access highway.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.1.5 Shifting/Operating Transmissions
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce shifting patterns and procedures to driver-trainees to prepare them to safely and competently perform basic shifting maneuvers. This unit must teach driver-trainees to execute up and down shifting techniques on multi-speed dual range transmissions, if appropriate. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the importance of increased fuel economy achieved by utilizing proper shifting techniques.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.1.6 Backing and Docking
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to back and dock the vehicle safely. This unit must cover “Get Out and Look” (GOAL), evaluation of backing/loading facilities, knowledge of backing set ups, as well as instruction in how to back with use of spotters.








</P>
<HD2>Section B1.2 Safe Operating Procedures
</HD2>
<P>This section must teach the practices required for safe operation of the CMV on the highway under various road, weather, and traffic conditions. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the Federal rules governing the proper use of seat belt assemblies (§ 392.16).
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.2.1 Visual Search
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to visually search the road for potential hazards and critical objects, including instruction on recognizing distracted pedestrians or distracted drivers. This unit must include instruction in how to ensure a driver-trainee's personal security/general awareness in common surroundings such as truck stops and/or rest areas and at shipper/receiver locations.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.2.2 Communication
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees how to communicate their intentions to other road users. Driver-trainees must be instructed in techniques for different types of communication on the road, including proper use of headlights, turn signals, four-way flashers, and horns. This unit must cover instruction in proper utilization of eye contact techniques with other drivers, bicyclists, and pedestrians.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.2.3 Distracted Driving
</HD3>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees in FMCSRs related to distracted driving and other key driver distraction driving issues, including improper cell phone use, texting, and use of in-cab technology (e.g., §§ 392.80 and 392.82). This instruction will include training in the following aspects: Visual attention (keeping eyes on the road); manual control (keeping hands on the wheel); and cognitive awareness (keeping mind on the task and safe operation of the CMV).
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.2.4 Speed Management
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees how to manage speed effectively in response to various road, weather, and traffic conditions. The instruction must include methods for calibrating safe following distances under an array of conditions including traffic, weather and CMV weight and length.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.2.5 Space Management
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees about the importance of managing the space surrounding the vehicle under various traffic and road conditions.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.2.6 Night Operation
</HD3>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees in the factors affecting the safe operation of CMVs at night and in darkness. Additionally, driver-trainees must be instructed in changes in vision, communications, speed, space management, and proper use of lights, as needed, to deal with the special problems night driving presents.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.2.7 Extreme Driving Conditions
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the specific problems presented by extreme driving conditions. The training will emphasize the factors affecting the operation of CMVs in cold, hot, and inclement weather and on steep grades and sharp curves. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the proper tire chaining procedures in this unit.
</P>
<HD2>Section B1.3 Advanced Operating Practices
</HD2>
<P>This section must introduce higher-level skills that can be acquired only after the more fundamental skills and knowledge taught in the prior two sections have been mastered. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the advanced skills necessary to recognize potential hazards and must teach driver-trainees the procedures needed to handle a CMV when faced with a hazard.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.3.1 Hazard Perception
</HD3>
<P>The unit must provide instruction for recognizing potential hazards in the driving environment in order to reduce the severity of the hazard and neutralize possible emergency situations. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to identify road conditions and other road users that are a potential threat to the safety of the CMV and suggest appropriate adjustments. The instruction must emphasize hazard recognition, visual search, adequate surveillance, and response to possible emergency-producing situations encountered by CMV drivers in various traffic situations. The training providers must also teach driver-trainees to recognize potential dangers and the safety procedures that must be utilized while driving in construction/work zones.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.3.2 Skid Control/Recovery, Jackknifing, and Other Emergencies
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach the causes of skidding and jackknifing and techniques for avoiding and recovering from them. The training providers must teach the importance of maintaining directional control and bringing the CMV to a stop in the shortest possible distance while operating over a slippery surface. This unit must provide instruction in appropriate responses when faced with CMV emergencies. This instruction must include evasive steering, emergency braking, and off-road recovery, as well as the proper response to brake failures, tire blowouts, hydroplaning, and rollovers. The instruction must include a review of unsafe acts and the role the acts play in producing or worsening hazardous situations.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.3.3 Railroad-Highway Grade Crossings
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to recognize potential dangers and appropriate safety procedures to utilize at railroad (RR)-highway grade crossings. This instruction must include an overview of various Federal/State RR grade crossing regulations, RR grade crossing environments, obstructed view conditions, clearance around the tracks, and rail signs and signals. The training providers must instruct driver-trainees that railroads have personnel available (“Emergency Notification Systems”) to receive notification of any information relating to an unsafe condition at the RR-highway grade crossing or a disabled vehicle or other obstruction blocking a railroad track at the RR-highway grade crossing.
</P>
<HD2>Section B1.4 Vehicle Systems and Reporting Malfunctions
</HD2>
<P>This unit must provide entry-level driver-trainees with sufficient knowledge of the CMV and its systems and subsystems to ensure that they understand and respect their role in vehicle inspection, operation, and maintenance and the impact of those factors upon highway safety and operational efficiency.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.4.1 Identification and Diagnosis of Malfunctions
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to identify major vehicle systems. The goal is to explain their function and how to check all key vehicle systems, as appropriate (e.g., engine, engine exhaust auxiliary systems, brakes, drive train, coupling systems, and suspension) to ensure their safe operation. Driver-trainees must be provided with a detailed description of each system, its importance to safe and efficient operation, and what is needed to keep the system in good operating condition.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.4.2 Roadside Inspections
</HD3>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees on what to expect during a standard roadside inspection conducted by authorized personnel. The training providers must teach driver-trainees on what vehicle and driver violations are classified as out-of-service (OOS), including the ramifications and penalties for operating a CMV when subject to an OOS order as defined in section 390.5.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.4.3 Maintenance
</HD3>
<P>This unit must introduce driver-trainees to the basic servicing and checking procedures for various engine and vehicle components and to help develop their ability to perform preventive maintenance and simple emergency repairs.
</P>
<HD2>Section B1.5 Non-Driving Activities
</HD2>
<P>This section must teach driver-trainees activities that do not involve actually operating the CMV, e.g., proper cargo securement.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.5.1 Handling and Documenting Cargo
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the basic theory of cargo weight distribution, cargo securement on the vehicle, cargo covering, and techniques for safe and efficient loading/unloading. The training providers must also teach driver-trainees the basic cargo security/cargo theft prevention procedures. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the basic information regarding the proper handling and documentation of HM cargo.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.5.2 Environmental Compliance Issues
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to recognize environmental hazards and issues related to the CMV and load, and also make aware that city, county, State, and Federal requirements may apply to such circumstances.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.5.3 Hours of Service Requirements
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees to understand that there are different hours-of-service (HOS) requirements applicable to different industries. The training providers must teach driver-trainees all applicable HOS regulatory requirements. The training providers must teach driver-trainees to complete a Driver's Daily Log (electronic and paper), timesheet, and logbook recap, as appropriate. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the consequences (safety, legal, and personal) of violating the HOS regulations, including the fines and penalties imposed for these types of violations.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.5.4 Fatigue and Wellness Awareness
</HD3>
<P>The issues and consequences of chronic and acute driver fatigue and the importance of staying alert will be covered in this unit. The training providers must teach driver-trainees about wellness and basic health maintenance information that affect a driver's ability to safely operate a CMV.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.5.5 Post-Crash Procedures
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the appropriate post-crash procedures, including the requirement that the driver, if possible, assess his or her physical condition immediately after the crash and notify authorities, or assign the task to other individuals at the crash scene. The training providers must teach driver-trainees how to protect the area; obtain emergency medical assistance; move on-road vehicles off the road in minor crashes so as to avoid subsequent crashes or injuries; engage flashers; place reflective triangles and other warning devices for stopped vehicles; and properly use a fire extinguisher, if necessary. The training providers must instruct driver-trainees in post-crash testing requirements related to controlled substances and alcohol.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.5.6 External Communications
</HD3>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees in the value of effective interpersonal communication techniques/skills to interact with enforcement officials. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the specifics of the roadside vehicle inspection process, and what to expect during this activity. Driver-trainees who are not native English speakers must be instructed in FMCSA English language proficiency requirements and the consequences for violations. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the implications of violating Federal and state regulations will have on their driving records and their employing motor carrier's records.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.5.7 Whistleblower/Coercion
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach the driver-trainees about the right of an employee to question the safety practices of an employer without incurring the risk of losing a job or being subject to reprisals simply for stating a safety concern. The training providers must instruct driver-trainees in the whistleblower protection regulations in 29 CFR part 1978. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the procedures for reporting to FMCSA incidents of coercion from motor carriers, shippers, receivers, or transportation intermediaries.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.5.8 Trip Planning
</HD3>
<P>This unit must address the importance of and requirements for planning routes and trips. This instruction must address planning the safest route, planning for rest stops, heavy traffic areas, railroad-highway grade crossing safe clearance and ground clearance (<I>i.e.,</I> “high center”), the importance of Federal and State requirements on the need for permits, and vehicle size and weight limitations. The training providers must teach driver-trainees the correct identification of restricted routes, the pros and cons of Global Positioning System (GPS)/trip routing software, and the importance of selecting fuel-efficient routes.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.5.9 Drugs/Alcohol
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the rules applicable to controlled substances (including prescription drugs) and alcohol use and testing related to the operation of a CMV.
</P>
<HD3>Unit B1.5.10 Medical Requirements
</HD3>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the Federal rules on medical certification, medical examination procedures, general qualifications, responsibilities, and disqualifications based on various offenses, orders, and loss of driving privileges (49 CFR part 391, subparts B and E).
</P>
<HD1>Behind-the-Wheel Range
</HD1>
<P>This unit must teach driving exercises related to basic vehicle control skills and mastery of basic maneuvers, as covered in §§ 383.111 and 383.113 of this chapter necessary to operate the vehicle safely. The training providers must teach driver-trainees activities in this unit on a driving range as defined in § 380.605. The training provider must teach “Get Out and Look” (GOAL) to the driver-trainee as it applies to units B2.2-2.6.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B2.1 Vehicle Inspection Pre-Trip/Enroute/Post-Trip
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in conducting pre-trip and post-trip inspections as specified in §§ 392.7 and 396.11, including appropriate inspection locations. Instruction must also be provided on enroute vehicle inspections.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B2.2 Straight Line Backing
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for performing various straight line backing maneuvers to appropriate criteria/acceptable tolerances.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B2.3 Alley Dock Backing (45/90 Degree)
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for performing 45/90 degree alley dock maneuvers to appropriate criteria/acceptable tolerances.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B2.4 Off-Set Backing
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for performing off-set backing maneuvers to appropriate criteria/acceptable tolerances.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B2.5 Parallel Parking Blind Side
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for performing parallel parking blind side positions/maneuvers to appropriate criteria/acceptable tolerances.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B2.6 Parallel Parking Sight Side
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for performing sight side parallel parking maneuvers to appropriate criteria/acceptable tolerances.
</P>
<HD1>Behind-the-Wheel Public Road
</HD1>
<P>The instructor must engage in active two-way communication with the driver-trainees during all active BTW public road training sessions. Skills described in paragraphs B3.8 through 3.12 of this section must be discussed during public road training, but not necessarily performed. Driver-trainees are not required to demonstrate proficiency in the skills described in paragraphs B3.8 through 3.12.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B3.1 Vehicle Controls Including: Left Turns, Right Turns, Lane Changes, Curves at Highway Speeds, and Entry and Exit on the Interstate or Controlled Access Highway
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for initiating vehicle movement, executing left and right turns, changing lanes, navigating curves at speed, exiting and entering the interstate, and stopping the vehicle in a controlled manner.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B3.2 Shifting/Transmission
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for performing safe and fuel-efficient shifting.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B3.3 Communications/Signaling
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for signaling intentions and effectively communicating with other drivers.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B3.4 Visual Search
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper techniques for visually searching the road for potential hazards and critical objects.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B3.5 Speed and Space Management
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in proper habits and techniques for adjusting and maintaining vehicle speed, taking into consideration various factors such as traffic and road conditions. Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in maintaining proper speed to keep appropriate spacing between the driver-trainee's CMV and other vehicles. Instruction must include methods for calibrating safe following distances under an array of conditions including traffic, weather, and CMV weight and length.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B3.6 Safe Driver Behavior
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in safe driver behavior during their operation of the CMV.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B3.7 Hours of Service (HOS) Requirements
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in the basic activities required by the HOS regulations, such as completing a Driver's Daily Log (electronic and paper), timesheet, and logbook recap, as appropriate.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B3.8 Hazard Perception
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate their ability to recognize potential hazards in the driving environment in time to reduce the severity of the hazard and neutralize possible emergency situations. Driver-trainees must demonstrate the ability to identify road conditions and other road users that are a potential threat to vehicle safety and suggest appropriate adjustments.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B3.9 Railroad (RR)-Highway Grade Crossing
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate the ability to recognize potential dangers and to demonstrate appropriate safety procedures when RR-highway grade crossings are reasonably available.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B3.10 Night Operation
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must be familiar with how to operate a CMV safely at night. Training providers must teach driver-trainees that night driving presents specific circumstances that require heightened attention on the part of the driver. Driver-trainees must be taught special requirements for night vision, communications, speed, space management, and proper use of lights.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B3.11 Extreme Driving Conditions
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must be familiar with the special risks created by, and the heightened precautions required by, driving CMVs under extreme driving conditions, such as heavy rain, high wind, high heat, fog, snow, ice, steep grades, and curves. Training providers must teach driver-trainees the basic driving habits needed to deal with the specific challenges presented by these extreme driving conditions.
</P>
<HD2>Unit B3.12 Skid Control/Recovery, Jackknifing, and Other Emergencies
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must know the causes of skidding and jackknifing and techniques for avoiding and recovering from them. Driver-trainees must know how to maintain directional control and bring the CMV to a stop in the shortest possible distance while operating over a slippery surface. Driver-trainees must be familiar with proper techniques for responding to CMV emergencies, such as evasive steering, emergency braking, and off-road recovery. They must also know how to prevent or respond to brake failures, tire blowouts, hydroplaning, and rollovers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88794, Dec. 8, 2016, as amended at 83 FR 22875, May 17, 2018; 86 FR 57069, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.9.11.1.8" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 380—Passenger Endorsement Training Curriculum
</HEAD>
<P>Passenger (P) endorsement applicants must complete the curriculum outlined in this section, which applies to driver-trainees who expect to operate CMVs in the any of the vehicle groups defined in § 383.91(a)(1)-(3) for which a P endorsement is required.
</P>
<P>There is no required minimum number of instruction hours for theory training, but the training provider must cover all the topics set forth in the curriculum. There is no required minimum number of instruction hours for BTW training, but training providers must determine whether driver-trainees have demonstrated proficiency in all elements of the BTW curriculum. Training instructors must document the total number of clock hours each driver-trainee spends to complete the BTW curriculum. The training must be conducted in a passenger vehicle of the same vehicle group as the applicant intends to drive. The passenger endorsement training must, at a minimum, contain the following:
</P>
<HD1>Theory Instruction
</HD1>
<HD2>Unit C1.1 Post-Crash Procedures
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees appropriate post-crash procedures, including the requirement that the driver, if possible, assess his or her physical condition immediately after the crash and notify authorities, or assign the task to a passenger or other individuals at the crash scene. Also, training providers must teach driver-trainees how to obtain emergency medical assistance; move on-road vehicles off the road in minor crashes so as to avoid subsequent crashes or injuries; engage flashers, reflective triangles and other warning devices for stopped vehicles; and properly use a fire extinguisher if necessary.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.2 Other Emergency Procedures
</HD2>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees in managing security breaches, on-board fires, emergency exit and passenger evacuation training, medical emergencies, and emergency stopping procedures including the deployment of various emergency hazard signals. Instruction must also include procedures for dealing with mechanical breakdowns and vehicle defects while enroute.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.3 Vehicle Orientation
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the basic physical and operational characteristics of passenger-carrying CMV (e.g., bus and motor coach), including overall height, length, width, ground clearances, rear overhang, Gross Vehicle Weight and Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, axle weights, wheels and rims, tires, tire ratings, mirrors, steer wheels, lighting, windshield, windshield wipers, engine compartments, basic electrical system, brake systems, as applicable, and spare tire storage. Additionally, training providers must instruct driver-trainees in techniques for proper driver seat and mirror adjustments.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.4 Pre-Trip, Enroute, and Post-Trip Inspection
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach the driver-trainee the importance of pre-trip, enroute, and post-trip inspections; and provide instruction in techniques for conducting such inspections as stated in §§ 392.7 and 396.11, and demonstrate their ability to inspect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Emergency exits;
</P>
<P>(2) Passenger-carrying CMV interiors (including passenger seats as applicable);
</P>
<P>(3) Restrooms and associated environmental requirements;
</P>
<P>(4) Temperature controls (for maintaining passenger comfort);
</P>
<P>(5) Driver and passenger seat belts.
</P>
<P>Additionally, training providers must instruct driver-trainees in procedures, as applicable, in security-related inspections, including inspections for unusual wires or other abnormal visible materials, interior and exterior luggage compartments, packages or luggage left behind, and signs of cargo or vehicle tampering. Finally, training providers must instruct driver-trainees in cycling-accessible lifts and procedures for inspecting them for functionality and defects.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.5 Fueling
</HD2>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees on the significance of avoiding refueling a bus while passengers are onboard and the imperative of avoiding refueling in an enclosed space.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.6 Idling
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the importance of compliance with State and local laws and regulations, including for example, idling limits, fuel savings; and the consequences of non-compliance, including adverse health effects and penalties.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.7 Baggage and/or Cargo Management
</HD2>
<P>In this unit, training providers must teach driver-trainees:
</P>
<P>(1) Proper methods for handling and securing passenger baggage and containers, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures for identifying and inspecting baggage and containers for prohibited items, such as hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(3) Proper handling and securement of devices associated with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) compliance, including oxygen, wheeled mobility devices, and other associated apparatuses.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.8 Passenger Safety Awareness Briefing
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees how to brief passengers on safety topics including fastening seat belts, emergency exits, emergency phone contact information, fire extinguisher location, safely walking in the aisle when the bus is moving, and restroom emergency push button or switch.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.9 Passenger Management
</HD2>
<P>In this unit, training providers must teach driver-trainees:
</P>
<P>(1) Proper procedures for safe loading and unloading of passengers prior to departure, including rules concerning standing passengers and the standee line.
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures for dealing with disruptive passengers.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.10 Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) Compliance
</HD2>
<P>Along with addressing the proper operation of accessibility equipment (e.g., lifts), this must teach driver-trainees the applicable regulations and proper procedures for engaging persons with disabilities or special needs under the ADA. Training must cover passengers with mobility issues, engaging passengers with sight, hearing, or cognitive impairments, and recognizing the permitted use of service animals.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.11 Hours of Service (HOS) Requirements
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the HOS regulations that apply to drivers for interstate passenger carriers. Training providers must teach driver-trainees the basic activities required by the HOS regulations, such as completing a Driver's Daily Log (electronic and paper), timesheet, and logbook recap, as appropriate. Training providers must teach driver-trainees how to recognize the signs of fatigue and basic fatigue countermeasures as a means to avoid crashes.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.12 Safety Belt Safety
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the Federal rules governing the proper use of safety restraint systems by CMV drivers, as set forth in § 392.16.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.13 Distracted Driving
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees FMCSA regulations that prohibit drivers from texting or using hand-held mobile phones while operating their vehicles (e.g., §§ 392.80 and 392.82); and must teach the serious consequences of violations, including crashes, heavy fines, and impacts on a motor carrier's and/or driver's safety records, such as driver disqualification.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.14 Railroad (RR)-Highway Grade Crossings and Drawbridges
</HD2>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees in applicable regulations, techniques, and procedures for navigating RR-highway grade crossings and drawbridges appropriate to passenger buses.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.15 Weigh Stations
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the weigh-station regulations that apply to buses.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.16 Security and Crime
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the basic techniques for recognizing and minimizing physical risks from criminal activities.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.17 Roadside Inspections
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees what to expect during a standard roadside inspection conducted by authorized personnel. Training providers must teach driver-trainees what passenger-carrying vehicle and driver violations are classified as out-of-service (OOS), including the ramifications and penalties for operating a CMV when subject to an OOS order as defined in § 390.5.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C1.18 Penalties and Fines
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the potential consequences of violating driver-related regulations, including impacts on driver and motor carrier safety records, adverse impacts on the driver's Pre-employment Screening Program record; financial penalties for both the driver and carrier; and possible loss of CMV driving privileges.
</P>
<HD1>Behind the Wheel—Range and Public Road
</HD1>
<P>This BTW training consists of exercises related to basic vehicle control skills and mastery of basic maneuvers necessary to operate the vehicle safely. Activities in this unit will take place on a driving range or a public road as defined in § 380.605. The instructor must engage in active communication with the driver-trainees during all BTW training sessions.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C2.1 Vehicle Orientation
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate their familiarity with basic passenger-carrying CMV physical and operational characteristics including overall height, length, width, ground clearances, rear overhang, gross vehicle weight and gross vehicle weight rating, axle weights, wheels and rims, tires, tire ratings, mirrors, steer wheels, lighting, windshield, windshield wipers, engine compartments, basic electric system, and spare tire storage. Additionally, driver-trainees must demonstrate techniques for proper driver's seat and mirror adjustments.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C2.2 Pre-Trip, Enroute, and Post-Trip Inspection
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in conducting such pre-trip, enroute and post-trip inspections of buses and key components of §§ 392.7 and 396.11, and demonstrate their ability to inspect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Emergency exits;
</P>
<P>(2) Passenger-carrying CMV interiors (including passenger seats as applicable);
</P>
<P>(3) Restrooms and associated environmental requirements;
</P>
<P>(4) Temperature controls (for maintaining passenger comfort); and
</P>
<P>(5) Driver and passenger seat belts.
</P>
<P>Additionally, driver-trainees must demonstrate their knowledge of procedures, as applicable, in security-related inspections, including inspections for unusual wires or other abnormal visible materials, interior and exterior luggage compartments, packages or luggage left behind, and signs of cargo or vehicle tampering. Driver-trainees must be familiar with the operation of cycling-accessible lifts and the procedures for inspecting them for functionality and defects. For passenger-carrying vehicles equipped with said lifts and tie-down positions, trainee must demonstrate their ability to operate the cycling-accessible lifts.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C2.3 Baggage and/or Cargo Management
</HD2>
<P>In this unit, driver-trainees must demonstrate their ability to:
</P>
<P>(1) Properly handle passenger baggage and containers to avoid worker, passenger, and non-passenger related injuries and property damage;
</P>
<P>(2) Visually inspect baggage and containers for prohibited items, such as hazardous materials and identify such items;
</P>
<P>(3) Properly handle and secure devices associated with ADA compliance including oxygen, wheeled mobility devices, and other associated apparatuses.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C2.4 Passenger Safety Awareness Briefing
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate their ability to brief passengers on safety on topics including: Fastening seat belts, emergency exits, emergency phone contact information, fire extinguisher location, safely walking in the aisle when the bus is moving, and restroom emergency push button or switch.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C2.5 Passenger Management
</HD2>
<P>In this unit, driver-trainees must demonstrate their ability to safely load and unload passengers prior to departure and to deal with disruptive passengers.
</P>
<HD2>Unit C2.6 Railroad-Highway Grade Crossings
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proper procedures for safely navigating railroad-highway grade crossings in a passenger-carrying CMV.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88794, Dec. 8, 2016]




</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.9.11.1.9" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 380—School Bus Endorsement Training Curriculum
</HEAD>
<P>School bus (S) endorsement applicants must complete the curriculum outlined in this section, which applies to driver-trainees who expect to operate a “school bus” as defined in § 383.5. There is no required minimum number of instruction hours for theory training, but the training provider must cover all the topics set forth in the curriculum. There is no required minimum number of instruction hours for BTW training, but the training provider must determine whether driver-trainees have demonstrated proficiency in all elements of the BTW curriculum. Training instructors must document the total number of clock hours each driver-trainee spends to complete the BTW curriculum. The training must be conducted in a school bus of the same vehicle group as the applicant intends to drive. The school bus endorsement training must, at a minimum, include the following:
</P>
<HD1>Theory Instruction
</HD1>
<HD2>Unit D1.1 Danger Zones and Use of Mirrors
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the danger zones that exist around the school bus and the techniques to ensure the safety of those around the bus. These techniques include correct mirror adjustment and usage. The types of mirrors and their use must be discussed, as well as the requirements found in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 111 (49 CFR 571.111). Training providers must teach driver-trainees the dangers of “dart-outs.” Training providers must teach driver-trainees the importance of training students how to keep out of the danger zone when around school buses and the techniques for doing so.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D1.2 Loading and Unloading
</HD2>
<P>This unit must be instruct driver-trainees on the laws and regulations for loading and unloading, as well as the required procedures for students waiting at a bus stop and crossing the roadway at a bus stop. Special dangers involved in loading and unloading must be specifically discussed, including procedures to ensure the danger zone is clear and that no student has been caught in the doorway prior to moving the vehicle. Instruction also must be included on the proper use of lights, stop arms, crossing gates, and safe operation of the door during loading and unloading; the risks involved with leaving students unattended on a school bus; and the proper techniques for checking the bus for sleeping children and lost items at the end of each route.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D1.3 Vehicle Orientation
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the basic physical and operational characteristics of school buses, including overall height, length, width, ground clearances, rear overhang, Gross Vehicle Weight and Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, axle weights, wheels and rims, tires, tire ratings, mirrors, steer wheels, lighting, windshield, windshield wipers, engine compartments, basic electrical system, brake systems, as applicable, and spare tire storage. Additionally, the training providers must instruct driver-trainees in techniques for proper driver seat and mirror adjustments.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D1.4 Post-Crash Procedures
</HD2>
<P>This unit must instruct driver-trainees on the proper procedures following a school bus crash. The instruction must include use of fire extinguisher(s), first aid kit(s), tending to injured passengers, post-crash vehicle securement, notification procedures, deciding whether to evacuate the bus, data gathering, and interaction with law enforcement officials.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D1.5 Emergency Exit and Evacuation
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees their role in safely evacuating the bus in an emergency and planning for an emergency in advance. Training must include proper evacuation methods and procedures, such as the safe evacuation of students on field and activity trips who only occasionally ride school buses and thus may not be familiar with the procedures.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D1.6 Railroad-Highway Grade Crossings
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the dangers trains present and the importance of the school bus driver and students strictly following railroad crossing procedures. Instruction must be given on the types of crossings, warning signs and devices, and State and local procedures and regulations for school buses when crossing railroad-highway grade crossings.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D1.7 Student Management
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees how to manage student behavior on the bus to ensure that safety is maintained and the rights of others are respected. Specific student management techniques must be discussed, including warning signs of bullying and the techniques for managing student behavior and administering discipline. Training providers must teach driver-trainees to avoid becoming distracted by student behavior while driving, especially when crossing railroad tracks and during loading and unloading.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D1.8 Special Safety Considerations
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach the driver-trainees the special safety considerations and equipment in school bus operations. Topics discussed must include use of strobe lights, driving in high winds, safe backing techniques, and preventing tail swing crashes.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D1.9 Pre- and Post-Trip Inspections
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach the driver-trainees the importance of pre-trip, enroute, and post-trip inspections; and provide instruction in techniques for conducting such inspections of buses as stated in §§ 392.7 and 396.11, and additionally demonstrate their ability to inspect the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Stop arms,
</P>
<P>(2) Crossing arms,
</P>
<P>(3) Emergency exits,
</P>
<P>(4) Fire extinguishers,
</P>
<P>(5) Passenger seats,
</P>
<P>(6) First aid kits,
</P>
<P>(7) Interior lights, and
</P>
<P>(8) Temperature control (for maintaining passenger comfort).
</P>
<P>Training providers must instruct driver-trainees in State and local requirements, as applicable, for inspection of school bus equipment.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D1.10 School Bus Security
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the security issues facing school bus drivers. Training providers must also teach driver-trainees potential security threats, techniques for preventing and responding to security threats, how to recognize and report suspicious behavior, and what to do in the event of a hijacking or attack on a school bus.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D1.11 Route and Stop Reviews
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the importance of planning their routes prior to beginning driving in order to avoid distraction while on the road. The training provider must also teach driver-trainees the techniques for reviewing routes and stops, as well as State and local procedures for reporting hazards along the route and at bus stops.
</P>
<HD1>Behind the Wheel—Range and Public Road
</HD1>
<P>This unit must consist of exercises related to basic vehicle control skills and mastery of basic maneuvers. Activities in this unit will take place on a driving range or a public road as defined in § 380.605. The instructor must engage in active communication with the driver-trainees during all active training sessions.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D2.1 Danger Zones and Use of Mirrors
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate the techniques necessary to ensure the safety of persons in the danger zone around the bus. Driver-trainees must practice mirror adjustment and usage. The types of mirrors and their use are shown, and cones used to demonstrate the requirements of 49 CFR 571.111.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D2.2 Loading and Unloading
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate the loading and unloading techniques learned in the theory portion of the training. Driver-trainees must demonstrate checking the vehicle for sleeping children and lost items at the end of the route.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D2.3 Emergency Exit and Evacuation
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate their role in safely evacuating the bus in an emergency.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D2.4 Special Safety Considerations
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate safe backing techniques and demonstrate their ability to avoid tail swing crashes by using reference points when making turns.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D2.5 Pre- and Post-Trip Inspections
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proficiency in conducting pre-and post-trip inspections, as stated in §§ 392.7 and 396.11, and of school bus-specific equipment, such as mirrors, stop arms, crossing arms, emergency exits, fire extinguishers, passenger seats, first aid kits, interior lights, and temperature control.
</P>
<HD2>Unit D2.6 Railroad-Highway Grade Crossings
</HD2>
<P>Driver-trainees must demonstrate proper procedures for safely navigating railroad-highway grade crossings in a school bus.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88794, Dec. 8, 2016]




</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.9.11.1.10" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 380—Hazardous Materials Endorsement Training Curriculum
</HEAD>
<P>Hazardous materials (H) endorsement applicants must complete the Hazardous materials curriculum, which apply to driver-trainees who intend to operate CMVs used in the transportation of hazardous materials (HM) as defined in § 383.5. Driver-trainees seeking an H endorsement, as defined in § 383.93(c)(4), must complete this curriculum in order to take the State-administered knowledge test for the H endorsement. There is no required minimum number of instruction hours for theory training, but the training provider must cover all the topics in the curriculum. The HM curriculum must, at a minimum, include the following:
</P>
<HD1>Theory Instruction
</HD1>
<HD2>Unit E1.1 Basic Introductory HM Requirements
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the basic HM competencies, including applicable FMCSR requirements when HM is being transported. The training provider must also teach driver-trainees HM communication requirements including: Shipping paper requirements, marking, labeling, placarding, emergency response information, and shipper's responsibilities.
</P>
<HD2>Unit E1.2 Operational HM Requirements
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the basic competencies for transportation of HM.
</P>
<HD2>Unit E1.3 Reporting HM Crashes and Releases
</HD2>
<P>The unit must teach driver-trainees the proper procedures and contacts for the immediate notification related to certain HM incidents, including instruction in the proper completion and submission of HM Incident Reports.
</P>
<HD2>Unit E.4 Tunnels and Railroad (RR)-Highway Grade Crossing Requirements
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the proper operation of an HM vehicle at RR-highway grade crossings and in vehicular tunnels.
</P>
<HD2>Unit E1.5 Loading and Unloading HM
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the proper loading and unloading procedures for hazardous material cargo. Training providers must also teach driver-trainees the requirements for proper segregation and securement of HM, and the prohibitions on transporting certain solid and liquid poisons with foodstuffs.
</P>
<HD2>Unit E1.6 HM on Passenger Vehicles
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the various requirements for vehicles transporting passengers and property, and the types and quantities of HM that can and cannot be transported in these vehicles/situations.
</P>
<HD2>Unit E1.7 Bulk Packages
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the specialized requirements for transportation of cargo in bulk packages, including cargo tanks, intermediate bulk containers, bulk cylinders and portable tanks. The unit must include training in the operation of emergency control features, special vehicle handling characteristics, rollover prevention, and the properties and hazards of the HM transported. Training providers must teach driver-trainees methods specifically designed to reduce cargo tank rollovers including, but not limited to, vehicle design and performance, load effects, highway factors, and driver factors.
</P>
<HD2>Unit E1.8 Operating Emergency Equipment
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the applicable requirements of the FMCSRs and the procedures necessary for the safe operation of the motor vehicle. This includes training in special precautions for fires, loading and unloading, operation of cargo tank motor vehicle equipment, and shut-off/shut-down equipment.
</P>
<HD2>Unit E1.9 Emergency Response Procedures
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the proper procedures and best practices for handling an emergency response and post-response operations, including what to do in the event of an unintended release of an HM. All training, preparation, and response efforts must focus on the hazards of the materials that have been released and the protection of people, property, and the environment.
</P>
<HD2>Unit E1.10 Engine (Fueling)
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the procedures for fueling a vehicle that contains HM.
</P>
<HD2>Unit E1.11 Tire Check
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the proper procedures for checking the vehicle tires at the start of a trip and each time the vehicle is parked.
</P>
<HD2>Unit E1.12 Routes and Route Planning
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the proper routing procedures that they are required to follow for the transportation of radioactive and non-radioactive HM.
</P>
<HD2>Unit E1.13 Hazardous Materials Safety Permits (HMSP)
</HD2>
<P>This unit must teach driver-trainees the proper procedures and operational requirements including communications, constant attendance, and parking that apply to the transportation of HM for which an HMSP is required.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88794, Dec. 8, 2016]




</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.22.9.11.1.11" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 380—LCV Driver Training Programs, Required Knowledge and Skills
</HEAD>
<P>The following table lists topics of instruction required for drivers of longer combination vehicles pursuant to 49 CFR part 380, subpart B. The training courses for operators of LCV Doubles and LCV Triples must be distinct and tailored to address their unique operating and handling characteristics. Each course must include the minimum topics of instruction, including behind-the-wheel training designed to provide an opportunity to develop the skills outlined under the Proficiency Development unit of the training program. Only a skills instructor may administer behind-the-wheel training involving the operation of an LCV or one of its components. A classroom instructor may administer only instruction that does not involve the operation of an LCV or one of its components.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table to the Appendix—Course Topics for LCV Drivers 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Section 1: Orientation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LCVs in Trucking 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regulatory Factors 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Driver Qualifications 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vehicle Configuration Factors 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Section 2: Basic Operation</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coupling and Uncoupling 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Basic Control and Handling 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Basic Maneuvers 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Turning, Steering and Tracking 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Proficiency Development 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Section 3: Safe Operating Practices</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Interacting with Traffic 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Speed and Space Management 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Night Operations 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Extreme Driving Conditions 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Security Issues 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Proficiency Development 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Section 4: Advanced Operations</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hazard Perception 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hazardous Situations 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maintenance and Troubleshooting 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Section 5: Non-Driving Activities</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Routes and Trip Planning
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cargo and Weight Considerations</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Section 1—Orientation
</HD1>
<P>The units in this section must provide an orientation to the training curriculum and must cover the role LCVs play within the motor carrier industry, the factors that affect their operations, and the role that drivers play in the safe operation of LCVs.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 1.1—LCVs in Trucking.</I> This unit must provide an introduction to the emergence of LCVs in trucking and must serve as an orientation to the course content. Emphasis must be placed upon the role the driver plays in transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 1.2—Regulatory factors.</I> This unit must provide instruction addressing the Federal, State, and local governmental bodies that propose, enact, and implement the laws, rules, and regulations that affect the trucking industry. Emphasis must be placed on those regulatory factors that affect LCVs, including 23 CFR 658.23 and appendix C to part 658.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 1.3—Driver qualifications.</I> This unit must provide classroom instruction addressing the Federal and State laws, rules, and regulations that define LCV driver qualifications. It also must include a discussion on medical examinations, drug and alcohol tests, certification, and basic health and wellness issues. Emphasis must be placed upon topics essential to physical and mental health maintenance, including (1) diet, (2) exercise, (3) avoidance of alcohol and drug abuse, and caution in the use of prescription and nonprescription drugs, (4) the adverse effects of driver fatigue, and (5) effective fatigue countermeasures. Driver-trainees who have successfully completed the Entry-level training segments at § 380.503(a) and (c) are considered to have satisfied the requirements of Unit 1.3.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 1.4—Vehicle configuration factors.</I> This unit must provide classroom instruction addressing the key vehicle components used in the configuration of longer combination vehicles. It also must familiarize the driver-trainee with various vehicle combinations, as well as provide instruction about unique characteristics and factors associated with LCV configurations.
</P>
<HD1>Section 2—Basic Operation
</HD1>
<P>The units in this section must cover the interaction between the driver and the vehicle. They must teach driver-trainees how to couple and uncouple LCVs, ensure the vehicles are in proper operating condition, and control the motion of LCVs under various road and traffic conditions.
</P>
<P>During the driving exercises at off-highway locations required by this section, the driver-trainee must first familiarize himself/herself with basic operating characteristics of an LCV. Utilizing an LCV, students must be able to perform the skills learned in each unit to a level of proficiency required to permit safe transition to on-street driving.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 2.1—Coupling and uncoupling.</I> This unit must provide instruction addressing the procedures for coupling and uncoupling LCVs. While vehicle coupling and uncoupling procedures are common to all truck-tractor/semi-trailer operations, some factors are peculiar to LCVs. Emphasis must be placed upon preplanning and safe operating procedures.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 2.2—Basic control and handling.</I> This unit must provide an introduction to basic vehicular control and handling as it applies to LCVs. This must include instruction addressing brake performance, handling characteristics and factors affecting LCV stability while braking, turning, and cornering. Emphasis must be placed upon safe operating procedures.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 2.3—Basic maneuvers.</I> This unit must provide instruction addressing the basic vehicular maneuvers that will be encountered by LCV drivers. This must include instruction relative to backing, lane positioning and path selection, merging situations, and parking LCVs. Emphasis must be placed upon safe operating procedures as they apply to brake performance and directional stability while accelerating, braking, merging, cornering, turning, and parking.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 2.4—Turning, steering, and tracking.</I> This unit must provide instruction addressing turning situations, steering maneuvers, and the tracking of LCV trailers. This must include instruction related to trailer sway and off-tracking. Emphasis must be placed on maintaining directional stability.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 2.5—Proficiency development: basic operations.</I> The purpose of this unit is to enable driver-students to gain the proficiency in basic operation needed to safely undertake on-street instruction in the Safe Operations Practices section of the curriculum.
</P>
<P>The activities of this unit must consist of driving exercises that provide practice for the development of basic control skills and mastery of basic maneuvers. Driver-students practice skills and maneuvers learned in the Basic Control and Handling; Basic Maneuvers; and Turning, Steering and Tracking units. A series of basic exercises is practiced at off-highway locations until students develop sufficient proficiency for transition to on-street driving.
</P>
<P>Once the driver-student's skills have been measured and found adequate, the driver-student must be allowed to move to on-the-street driving.
</P>
<P>Nearly all activity in this unit will take place on the driving range or on streets or roads that have low-density traffic conditions.
</P>
<HD1>Section 3—Safe Operating Practices
</HD1>
<P>The units in this section must cover the interaction between student drivers, the vehicle, and the traffic environment. They must teach driver-students how to apply their basic operating skills in a way that ensures their safety and that of other road users under various road, weather, and traffic conditions.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 3.1—Interacting with traffic.</I> This unit must provide instruction addressing the principles of visual search, communication, and sharing the road with other traffic. Emphasis must be placed upon visual search, mirror usage, signaling and/or positioning the vehicle to communicate, and understanding the special situations encountered by LCV drivers in various traffic situations.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 3.2—Speed and space management.</I> This unit must provide instruction addressing the principles of speed and space management. Emphasis must be placed upon maintaining safe vehicular speed and appropriate space surrounding the vehicle under various traffic and road conditions. Particular attention must be placed upon understanding the special situations encountered by LCVs in various traffic situations.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 3.3—Night operations.</I> This unit must provide instruction addressing the principles of Night Operations. Emphasis must be placed upon the factors affecting operation of LCVs at night. Night driving presents specific factors that require special attention on the part of the driver. Changes in vehicle safety inspection, vision, communications, speed management, and space management are needed to deal with the special problems night driving presents.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 3.4—Extreme driving conditions.</I> This unit must provide instruction addressing the driving of LCVs under extreme driving conditions. Emphasis must be placed upon the factors affecting the operation of LCVs in cold, hot, and inclement weather and in the mountains and desert. Changes in basic driving habits are needed to deal with the specific problems presented by these extreme driving conditions.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 3.5—Security issues.</I> This unit must include a discussion of security requirements imposed by the Department of Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration; the U.S. Department of Transportation, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration; and any other State or Federal agency with responsibility for highway or motor carrier security.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 3.6—Proficiency development.</I> This unit must provide driver-students an opportunity to refine, within the on-street traffic environment, their vehicle handling skills learned in the first three sections. Driver-student performance progress must be closely monitored to determine when the level of proficiency required for carrying out the basic traffic maneuvers of stopping, turning, merging, straight driving, curves, lane changing, passing, driving on hills, driving through traffic restrictions, and parking has been attained. The driver-student must also be assessed for regulatory compliance with all traffic laws.
</P>
<P>Nearly all activity in this unit will take place on public roadways in a full range of traffic environments applicable to this vehicle configuration. This must include urban and rural uncontrolled roadways, expressways or freeways, under light, moderate, and heavy traffic conditions. There must be a brief classroom session to familiarize driver-students with the type of on-street maneuvers they will perform and how their performance will be rated.
</P>
<P>The instructor must assess the level of skill development of the driver-student and must increase in difficulty, based upon the level of skill attained, the types of maneuvers, roadways and traffic conditions to which the driver-student is exposed.
</P>
<HD1>Section 4—Advanced Operations
</HD1>
<P>The units in this section must introduce higher level skills that can be acquired only after the more fundamental skills and knowledge taught in sections two and three have been mastered. They must teach the perceptual skills necessary to recognize potential hazards, and must demonstrate the procedures needed to handle an LCV when faced with a hazard.
</P>
<P>The Maintenance and Trouble-shooting Unit must provide instruction that addresses how to keep the vehicle in safe and efficient operating condition. The purpose of this unit is to teach the correct way to perform simple maintenance tasks, and how to troubleshoot and report those vehicle discrepancies or deficiencies that must be repaired by a qualified mechanic.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 4.1—Hazard perception.</I> This unit must provide instruction addressing the principles of recognizing hazards in sufficient time to reduce the severity of the hazard and neutralize a possible emergency situation. While hazards are present in all motor vehicle traffic operations, some are peculiar to LCV operations. Emphasis must be placed upon hazard recognition, visual search, and response to possible emergency-producing situations encountered by LCV drivers in various traffic situations.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 4.2—Hazardous situations.</I> This unit must address dealing with specific procedures appropriate for LCV emergencies. These must include evasive steering, emergency braking, off-road recovery, brake failures, tire blowouts, rearward amplification, hydroplaning, skidding, jackknifing and the rollover phenomenon. The discussion must include a review of unsafe acts and the role they play in producing hazardous situations.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 4.3—Maintenance and trouble-shooting.</I> This unit must introduce driver-students to the basic servicing and checking procedures for the various vehicle components and provide knowledge of conducting preventive maintenance functions, making simple emergency repairs, and diagnosing and reporting vehicle malfunctions.
</P>
<HD1>Section 5—Non-Driving Activities
</HD1>
<P>The units in this section must cover activities that are not directly related to the vehicle itself but must be performed by an LCV driver. The units in this section must ensure these activities are performed in a manner that ensures the safety of the driver, vehicle, cargo, and other road users.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 5.1—Routes and trip planning.</I> This unit must address the importance of and requirements for planning routes and trips. This must include classroom discussion of Federal and State requirements for a number of topics including permits, vehicle size and weight limitations, designated highways, local access, the reasonable access rule, staging areas, and access zones.
</P>
<P><I>Unit 5.2—Cargo and weight considerations.</I> This unit must address the importance of proper cargo documentation, loading, securing and unloading cargo, weight distribution, load sequencing and trailer placement. Emphasis must be placed on the importance of axle weight distribution, as well as on trailer placement and its effect on vehicle handling.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 29404, May 21, 2004, as amended at 78 FR 58479, Sept. 24, 2013. Redesignated at 81 FR 88794, Dec. 8, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="381" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 381—WAIVERS, EXEMPTIONS, AND PILOT PROGRAMS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 31136(e), 31315; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>63 FR 67608, Dec. 8, 1998, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 381 appear at 66 FR 49872, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.100" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.100   What is the purpose of this part?</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes the rules and procedures for requesting waivers and applying for exemptions from those provisions of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) which were issued on the authority of 49 U.S.C. 31136 or chapter 313, and the initiation and administration of pilot programs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.105" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.105   Who is required to comply with the rules in this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must comply with the rules in this part if you are going to request a waiver or apply for an exemption.
</P>
<P>(b) You should follow the instructions in subpart D of this part if you would like to recommend the agency initiate a pilot program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.110" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.110   What definitions are applicable to this part?</HEAD>
<P><I>Commercial motor vehicle</I> means any motor vehicle that meets the definition of “commercial motor vehicle” found at 49 CFR 382.107 concerning controlled substances and alcohol use and testing, 49 CFR 383.5 concerning commercial driver's license standards, or 49 CFR 390.5 concerning parts 390 through 399 of the FMCSRs.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator (the Administrator)</I> means the chief executive of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, an agency within the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>FMCSRs</I> means Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (49 CFR parts 380, 382, 383, and 384; 49 CFR 390.19 and 390.21; and 49 CFR parts 391 through 393, 395, 396, and 399).
</P>
<P><I>You</I> means an individual or motor carrier or other entity that is, or will be, responsible for the operation of a CMV(s). The term includes a motor carrier's agents, officers and representatives as well as employees responsible for hiring, supervising, training, assigning, or dispatching of drivers and employees concerned with the installation, inspection, and maintenance of motor vehicle equipment and/or accessories. <I>You</I> also includes any interested party who would like to suggest or recommend that the FMCSA initiate a pilot program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 67608, Dec. 8, 1998, as amended at 80 FR 59072, Oct. 1, 2015; 86 FR 35639, July 7, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Procedures for Requesting Waivers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.200" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.200   What is a waiver?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A waiver is temporary regulatory relief from one or more FMCSR given to a person subject to the regulations, or a person who intends to engage in an activity that would be subject to the regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) A waiver provides the person with relief from the regulations for up to three months.


</P>
<P>(c) A waiver is intended for nonemergency and unique events, and is subject to conditions imposed by the Administrator.




</P>
<P>(d) Waivers may only be granted from one or more of the requirements contained in the following parts and sections of the FMCSRs:
</P>
<P>(1) Part 380—Special Training Requirements;
</P>
<P>(2) Part 382—Controlled Substances and Alcohol Use and Testing;
</P>
<P>(3) Part 383—Commercial Driver's License Standards; Requirements and Penalties;
</P>
<P>(4) Part 384—State Compliance with Commercial Driver's License Program;
</P>
<P>(5) § 390.19 Motor Carrier Identification Report;
</P>
<P>(6) § 390.21 Marking of commercial motor vehicles;
</P>
<P>(7) Part 391—Qualifications of Drivers;
</P>
<P>(8) Part 392—Driving of Commercial Motor Vehicles;
</P>
<P>(9) Part 393—Parts and Accessories Necessary for Safe Operation;
</P>
<P>(10) Part 395—Hours of Service of Drivers;
</P>
<P>(11) Part 396—Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance (except § 396.25); and
</P>
<P>(12) Part 399—Step, Handhold and Deck Requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 67608, Dec. 8, 1998, as amended at 86 FR 35639, July 7, 2021; 86 FR 57069, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.205   How do I determine when I may request a waiver?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may request a waiver if one or more FMCSR would prevent you from using or operating CMVs, or make it unreasonably difficult to do so, during a unique, non-emergency event that will take no more than three months to complete.
</P>
<P>(b) Before you decide to request a waiver, you should carefully review the regulation to determine whether there are any practical alternatives already available that would allow your use or operation of CMVs during the event. You should also determine whether you need a waiver from all of the requirements in one or more parts of the regulations, or whether a more limited waiver of certain sections within one or more of the parts of the regulations would provide an acceptable level of regulatory relief. For example, if you need relief from one of the recordkeeping requirements concerning driver qualifications, you should not request relief from all of the requirements of part 391.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.210" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.210   How do I request a waiver?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must send a written request (for example, a typed or handwritten (printed) letter), which includes all of the information required by this section, to the Administrator, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(b) You must identify the person who would be covered by the waiver. The application for a waiver must include:
</P>
<P>(1) Your name, job title, mailing address, and daytime telephone number;
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the individual, motor carrier, or other entity that would be responsible for the use or operation of CMVs during the unique, non-emergency event;
</P>
<P>(3) Principal place of business for the motor carrier or other entity (street address, city, State, and zip code); and
</P>
<P>(4) The USDOT identification number for the motor carrier, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) You must provide a written statement that:
</P>
<P>(1) Describes the unique, non-emergency event for which the waiver would be used, including the time period during which the waiver is needed;
</P>
<P>(2) Identifies the regulation that you believe needs to be waived;
</P>
<P>(3) Provides an estimate of the total number of drivers and CMVs that would be operated under the terms and conditions of the waiver; and
</P>
<P>(4) Explains how you would ensure that you could likely achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to, or greater than, the level of safety that would be obtained in the absence of the waiver.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 67608, Dec. 8, 1998, as amended at 72 FR 55699, Oct. 1, 2007; 89 FR 90619, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.215" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.215   What will the FMCSA do after the agency receives my request for a waiver?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration will review your request and make a recommendation to the Administrator. The final decision whether to grant or deny the application for a waiver will be made by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) After a decision is signed by the Administrator, you will be sent a copy of the document, which will include the terms and conditions for the waiver or the reason for denying the application for a waiver.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.220" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.220   How long will it take the agency to respond to my request for a waiver?</HEAD>
<P>You should receive a response from the agency within 60 calendar days from the date the Administrator receives your request. However, depending on the complexity of the issues discussed in your application, and the availability of staff to review the material, a final decision may take up to 120 days.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.225" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.2.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.225   Who should I contact if I have questions about the information I am required to submit to FMCSA or about the status of my request for a waiver?</HEAD>
<P>You should contact the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Carrier, Driver &amp; Vehicle Safety (MC-PS), 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 80180, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Procedures for Applying for Exemptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.300" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.300   What is an exemption?</HEAD>
<P>(a) An exemption is temporary regulatory relief from one or more FMCSR given to a person or class of persons subject to the regulations, or who intend to engage in an activity that would make them subject to the regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) An exemption provides the person or class of persons with relief from the regulations for up to 5 years, and may be renewed, upon request, for subsequent 5-year periods.
</P>
<P>(c) Exemptions may only be granted from one or more of the requirements contained in the following parts and sections of the FMCSRs:
</P>
<P>(1) Part 380—Special Training Requirements;
</P>
<P>(2) Part 382—Controlled Substances and Alcohol Use and Testing;
</P>
<P>(3) Part 383—Commercial Driver's License Standards; Requirements and Penalties;
</P>
<P>(4) Part 384—State Compliance with Commercial Driver's License Program;
</P>
<P>(5) Part 391—Qualifications of Drivers;
</P>
<P>(6) Part 392—Driving of Commercial Motor Vehicles;
</P>
<P>(7) Part 393—Parts and Accessories Necessary for Safe Operation;
</P>
<P>(8) Part 395—Hours of Service of Drivers;
</P>
<P>(9) Part 396—Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance (except for § 396.25); and
</P>
<P>(10) Part 399—Step, Handhold and Deck Requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 67608, Dec. 8, 1998, as amended at 81 FR 47720, July 22, 2016; 86 FR 35639, July 7, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.305" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.3.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.305   How do I determine when I may apply for an exemption?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may apply for an exemption if one or more FMCSR prevents you from implementing more efficient or effective operations that would maintain a level of safety equivalent to, or greater than, the level achieved without the exemption.
</P>
<P>(b) Before you decide to apply for an exemption you should carefully review the regulation to determine whether there are any practical alternatives already available that would allow you to conduct your motor carrier operations. You should also determine whether you need an exemption from all of the requirements in one or more parts of the regulations, or whether a more limited exemption from certain sections within one or more parts of the regulations would provide an acceptable level of regulatory relief. For example, if you need regulatory relief from one of the recordkeeping requirements concerning driver qualifications, you should not request regulatory relief from all of the requirements of part 391.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.310" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.3.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.310   How do I apply for an exemption?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must send a written request (for example, a typed or handwritten (printed) letter), which includes all of the information required by this section, to the Administrator, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(b) You must identify the person or class of persons who would be covered by the exemption. The application for an exemption must include:
</P>
<P>(1) Your name, job title, mailing address, and daytime telephone number;
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the individual or motor carrier that would be responsible for the use or operation of CMVs;
</P>
<P>(3) Principal place of business for the motor carrier (street address, city, State, and zip code); and
</P>
<P>(4) The USDOT identification number for the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(c) You must provide a written statement that:
</P>
<P>(1) Describes the reason the exemption is needed, including the time period during which it is needed;
</P>
<P>(2) Identifies the regulation from which you would like to be exempted;
</P>
<P>(3) Provides an estimate of the total number of drivers and CMVs that would be operated under the terms and conditions of the exemption;
</P>
<P>(4) Assesses the safety impacts the exemption may have;
</P>
<P>(5) Explains how you would ensure that you could likely achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to, or greater than, the level of safety that would be achieved absent such exemption; and
</P>
<P>(6) Describes the impacts (e.g., inability to test innovative safety management control systems, etc.) you could experience if the exemption is not granted by the FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(d) Your application must include a copy of all research reports, technical papers, and other publications and documents you reference.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 67608, Dec. 8, 1998, as amended at 72 FR 55700, Oct. 1, 2007; 69 FR 29404, May 21, 2004, 78 FR 58479, Sept. 24, 2013; 89 FR 90619, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.315" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.3.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.315   What will FMCSA do after the agency receives my application for an exemption?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration will review your application and prepare, for the Administrator's signature, a <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice requesting public comment on your application for an exemption. The notice will give the public an opportunity to review your request and your safety assessment or analysis (required by § 381.310) and any other relevant information known to the agency.
</P>
<P>(b) After a review of the comments received in response to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice described in paragraph (a) of this section, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration will make a recommendation(s) to the Administrator either to grant or to deny the exemption. Notice of the Administrator's decision will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) If the exemption is granted, the notice will identify the provisions of the FMCSRs from which you will be exempt, the effective period, and all terms and conditions of the exemption.
</P>
<P>(2) If the exemption is denied, the notice will explain the reason for the denial.
</P>
<P>(d) A copy of your application for an exemption and all comments received in response to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice will be included in a public docket and be available for review by interested parties.
</P>
<P>(1) Interested parties may view the information contained in the docket by visiting Dockets Operations, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, West Building, Ground Floor, Washington, DC 20590-0001. All information in the exemption docket will be available for examination at this address from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m., e.t., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
</P>
<P>(2) Internet users can access all information received by Dockets Operations, U.S. Department of Transportation by using the Federal Docket Management System using the uniform resources locator (URL): <I>https://www.regulations.gov.</I> It is available 24 hours each day, 365 days each year. Please follow the instructions online for more information and help.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 67608, Dec. 8, 1998, as amended at 72 FR 55700, Oct. 1, 2007; 88 FR 80180, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.317" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.3.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.317   May I resubmit my application for exemption if it is denied?</HEAD>
<P>If the Administrator denies your application for exemption and you can reasonably address the reasons for denial, you may resubmit your application following the procedures in § 381.310.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 47720, July 22, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.320" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.3.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.320   How long will it take the agency to respond to my application for an exemption?</HEAD>
<P>The agency will attempt to issue a final decision within 180 days of the date it receives your application. However, if you leave out important details or other information necessary for the FMCSA to prepare a meaningful request for public comments, the agency will attempt to issue a final decision within 180 days of the date it receives the additional information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.325" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.3.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.325   Who should I contact if I have questions about the information I am required to submit to the FMCSA or about the status of my application for an exemption?</HEAD>
<P>You should contact the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Bus and Truck Standards and Operations (MC-PS), 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 67608, Dec. 8, 1998, as amended at 72 FR 55700, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.330" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.3.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.330   What am I required to do if the FMCSA grants my application for an exemption?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You must comply with all the terms and conditions of the exemption.
</P>
<P>(b) The FMCSA will immediately revoke your exemption if:
</P>
<P>(1) You fail to comply with the terms and conditions of the exemption;
</P>
<P>(2) The exemption has resulted in a lower level of safety than was maintained before the exemption was granted; or
</P>
<P>(3) Continuation of the exemption is determined by the FMCSA to be inconsistent with the goals and objectives of the FMCSRs.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Initiation of Pilot Programs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.400" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.4.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.400   What is a pilot program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A pilot program is a study in which temporary regulatory relief from one or more FMCSR is given to a person or class of persons subject to the regulations, or a person or class of persons who intend to engage in an activity that would be subject to the regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) During a pilot program, the participants would be given an exemption from one or more sections or parts of the regulations for a period of up to three years.
</P>
<P>(c) A pilot program is intended for use in collecting specific data for evaluating alternatives to the regulations or innovative approaches to safety while ensuring that the safety performance goals of the regulations are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(d) The number of participants in the pilot program must be large enough to ensure statistically valid findings.
</P>
<P>(e) Pilot programs must include an oversight plan to ensure that participants comply with the terms and conditions of participation, and procedures to protect the health and safety of study participants and the general public.
</P>
<P>(f) Exemptions for pilot programs may be granted only from one or more of the requirements contained in the following parts and sections of the FMCSRs:
</P>
<P>(1) Part 380—Special Training Requirements;
</P>
<P>(2) Part 382—Controlled Substances and Alcohol Use and Testing;
</P>
<P>(3) Part 383—Commercial Driver's License Standards; Requirements and Penalties;
</P>
<P>(4) Part 384—State Compliance with Commercial Driver's License Program;
</P>
<P>(5) Part 391—Qualifications of Drivers;
</P>
<P>(6) Part 392—Driving of Commercial Motor Vehicles;
</P>
<P>(7) Part 393—Parts and Accessories Necessary for Safe Operation;
</P>
<P>(8) Part 395—Hours of Service of Drivers;
</P>
<P>(9) Part 396—Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance (except for § 396.25); and
</P>
<P>(10) Part 399—Step, Handhold and Deck Requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 67608, Dec. 8, 1998, as amended at 86 FR 35639, July 7, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.405" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.4.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.405   Who determines whether a pilot program should be initiated?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Generally, pilot programs are initiated by the FMCSA when the agency determines that there may be an effective alternative to one or more of the requirements in the FMCSRs, but does not have sufficient research data to support the development of a notice of proposed rulemaking to change the regulation.
</P>
<P>(b) You may request the FMCSA to initiate a pilot program. However, the decision of whether to propose a pilot program will be made at the discretion of the FMCSA. The FMCSA is not required to publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> requesting public comment on your ideas or suggestions for pilot programs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.410" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.4.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.410   What may I do if I have an idea or suggestion for a pilot program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may send a written statement (for example, a typed or handwritten (printed) letter) to the Administrator, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(b) You should identify the persons or class of persons who would be covered by the pilot program exemptions. Your letter should include:
</P>
<P>(1) Your name, job title, mailing address, and daytime telephone number;
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the individuals or motor carrier that would be responsible for the use or operation of CMVs covered by the pilot program, if there are motor carriers that have expressed an interest in participating in the program;
</P>
<P>(3) Principal place of business for the motor carrier (street address, city, State, and zip code); and
</P>
<P>(4) The USDOT identification number for the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(c) You should provide a written statement that:
</P>
<P>(1) Presents your estimate of the potential benefits to the motor carrier industry, the FMCSA, and the general public if the pilot program is conducted, and describes how you developed your estimate;
</P>
<P>(2) Estimates of the amount of time that would be needed to conduct the pilot program (e.g., the time needed to complete the collection and analysis of data);
</P>
<P>(3) Identifies the regulation from which the participants would need to be exempted;
</P>
<P>(4) Recommends a reasonable number of participants necessary to yield statistically valid findings;
</P>
<P>(5) Provides ideas or suggestions for a monitoring plan to ensure that participants comply with the terms and conditions of participation;
</P>
<P>(6) Provides ideas or suggestions for a plan to protect the health and safety of study participants and the general public.
</P>
<P>(7) Assesses the safety impacts the pilot program exemption may have; and
</P>
<P>(8) Provides recommendations on how the safety measures in the pilot project would be designed to achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to, or greater than, the level of safety that would be obtained by complying with the regulation.
</P>
<P>(d) Your recommendation should include a copy of all research reports, technical papers, publications and other documents you reference.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 67608, Dec. 8, 1998, as amended at 72 FR 55700, Oct. 1, 2007; 78 FR 58479, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.415" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.4.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.415   Who should I contact if I have questions about the information to be included in my suggestion?</HEAD>
<P>You should contact the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Bus and Truck Standards and Operations (MC-PS), 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 67608, Dec. 8, 1998, as amended at 72 FR 55700, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.420" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.4.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.420   What will the FMCSA do after the agency receives my suggestion for a pilot program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration will review your suggestion for a pilot program and make a recommendation to the Administrator. The final decision whether to propose the development of a pilot program based upon your recommendation will be made by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) You will be sent a copy of the Administrator's decision. If the pilot program is approved, the agency will follow the administrative procedures contained in subpart E of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Administrative Procedures for Pilot Programs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.500" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.5.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.500   What are the general requirements the agency must satisfy in conducting a pilot program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The FMCSA may conduct pilot programs to evaluate alternatives to regulations, or innovative approaches, concerning motor carrier, CMV, and driver safety.
</P>
<P>(b) Pilot programs may include exemptions from the regulations listed in § 381.400(f) of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Pilot programs must, at a minimum, include all of the program elements listed in § 381.505.
</P>
<P>(d) The FMCSA will publish a detailed description of each pilot program, including the exemptions to be considered, and provide notice and an opportunity for public comment before the effective date of the pilot program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 67608, Dec. 8, 1998, as amended at 78 FR 60231, Oct. 1, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.505" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.5.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.505   What are the minimum elements required for a pilot program?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Safety measures.</I> Before granting exemptions for a pilot program, the FMCSA will ensure that the safety measures in a pilot program are designed to achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to, or greater than, the level of safety that would otherwise be achieved through compliance with the regulations prescribed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pilot program plan.</I> Before initiating a pilot program, the FMCSA will ensure that there is a pilot program plan which includes the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) A scheduled duration of three years or less;
</P>
<P>(2) A specific data collection and safety analysis plan that identifies a method of comparing the safety performance for motor carriers, CMVs, and drivers operating under the terms and conditions of the pilot program, with the safety performance of motor carriers, CMVs, and drivers that comply with the regulation;
</P>
<P>(3) A reasonable number of participants necessary to yield statistically valid findings;
</P>
<P>(4) A monitoring plan to ensure that participants comply with the terms and conditions of participation in the pilot program;
</P>
<P>(5) Adequate safeguards to protect the health and safety of study participants and the general public; and
</P>
<P>(6) A plan to inform the States and the public about the pilot program and to identify approved participants to enforcement personnel and the general public.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 67608, Dec. 8, 1998, as amended at 89 FR 90619, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.510" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.5.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.510   May the FMCSA end a pilot program before its scheduled completion date?</HEAD>
<P>The FMCSA will immediately terminate a pilot program if there is reason to believe the program is not achieving a level of safety that is at least equivalent to the level of safety that would be achieved by complying with the regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.515" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.5.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.515   May the FMCSA remove approved participants from a pilot program?</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator will immediately revoke participation in a pilot program of a motor carrier, CMV, or driver for failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the pilot program, or if continued participation is inconsistent with the goals and objectives of the safety regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.520" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.5.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.520   What will the FMCSA do with the results from a pilot program?</HEAD>
<P>At the conclusion of each pilot program, the FMCSA will report to Congress the findings and conclusions of the program and any recommendations it considers appropriate, including suggested amendments to laws and regulations that would enhance motor carrier, CMV, and driver safety and improve compliance with the FMCSRs.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Preemption of State Rules</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 381.600" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.23.6.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 381.600   Do waivers, exemptions, and pilot programs preempt State laws and regulations?</HEAD>
<P>Yes. During the time period that a waiver, exemption, or pilot program authorized by this part is in effect, no State shall enforce any law or regulation that conflicts with or is inconsistent with the waiver, exemption, or pilot program with respect to a person operating under the waiver or exemption or participating in the pilot program.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="382" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 382—CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES AND ALCOHOL USE AND TESTING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 31133, 31136, 31301 <I>et seq.</I>, 31502; sec. 32934 of Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 830; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.101   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to establish programs designed to help prevent accidents and injuries resulting from the misuse of alcohol or use of controlled substances by drivers of commercial motor vehicles (CMVs).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 89 FR 90619, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.103   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to service agents and to every person and to all employers of such persons who operate a commercial motor vehicle in commerce in any State and are subject to:
</P>
<P>(1) The commercial driver's license requirements of part 383 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) The Licencia Federal de Conductor (Mexico) requirements; or
</P>
<P>(3) The commercial drivers license requirements of the Canadian National Safety Code.
</P>
<P>(b) An employer who employs himself/herself as a driver must comply with both the requirements in this part that apply to employers and the requirements in this part that apply to drivers. An employer who employs only himself/herself as a driver shall implement a random alcohol and controlled substances testing program of two or more covered employees in the random testing selection pool.
</P>
<P>(c) The exceptions contained in § 390.3T(f) of this subchapter do not apply to this part. The employers and drivers identified in § 390.3T(f) of this subchapter must comply with the requirements of this part, unless otherwise specifically provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exceptions.</I> This part shall not apply to employers and their drivers:
</P>
<P>(1) Required to comply only with the alcohol and/or controlled substances testing requirements of part 655 of this title (Federal Transit Administration alcohol and controlled substances testing regulations); or
</P>
<P>(2) Who a State must waive from the requirements of part 383 of this subchapter. These individuals include active duty military personnel; members of the reserves; and members of the national guard on active duty, including personnel on full-time national guard duty, personnel on part-time national guard training and national guard military technicians (civilians who are required to wear military uniforms), and active duty U.S. Coast Guard personnel; or
</P>
<P>(3) Who a State has, at its discretion, exempted from the requirements of part 383 of this subchapter. These individuals may be:
</P>
<P>(i) Operators of a farm vehicle which is:
</P>
<P>(A) Controlled and operated by a farmer;
</P>
<P>(B) Used to transport either agricultural products, farm machinery, farm supplies, or both to or from a farm;
</P>
<P>(C) Not used in the operations of a for-hire motor carrier, except for an exempt motor carrier as defined in § 390.5T of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(D) Used within 241 kilometers (150 miles) of the farmer's farm.
</P>
<P>(ii) Firefighters or other persons who operate commercial motor vehicles which are necessary for the preservation of life or property or the execution of emergency governmental functions, are equipped with audible and visual signals, and are not subject to normal traffic regulation.
</P>
<P>(4) Who operate “covered farm vehicles,” as defined in 49 CFR 390.5.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 78 FR 16194, Mar. 14, 2013; 81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016; 81 FR 71016, Oct. 14, 2016; 81 FR 87724, Dec. 5, 2016; 86 FR 35639, July 7, 2021; 89 FR 90619, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.105" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.105   Testing procedures.</HEAD>
<P>Each employer shall ensure that all alcohol or controlled substances testing conducted under this part complies with the procedures set forth in part 40 of this title. The provisions of part 40 of this title that address alcohol or controlled substances testing are made applicable to employers by this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.107" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.107   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Words or phrases used in this part are defined in §§ 386.2 and 390.5T of this subchapter, and § 40.3 of this title, except as provided in this section—
</P>
<P><I>Actual knowledge</I> for the purpose of subpart B of this part, means actual knowledge by an employer that a driver has used alcohol or controlled substances based on the employer's direct observation of the employee, information provided by the driver's previous employer(s), a traffic citation for driving a CMV while under the influence of alcohol or controlled substances or an employee's admission of alcohol or controlled substance use, except as provided in § 382.121. Direct observation as used in this definition means observation of alcohol or controlled substances use and does not include observation of employee behavior or physical characteristics sufficient to warrant reasonable suspicion testing under § 382.307. As used in this section, “traffic citation” means a ticket, complaint, or other document charging driving a CMV while under the influence of alcohol or controlled substances.
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol</I> means the intoxicating agent in beverage alcohol, ethyl alcohol, or other low molecular weight alcohols including methyl and isopropyl alcohol.
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol concentration</I> (<I>or content</I>) means the alcohol in a volume of breath expressed in terms of grams of alcohol per 210 liters of breath as indicated by an evidential breath test under this part.
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol use</I> means the drinking or swallowing of any beverage, liquid mixture or preparation (including any medication), containing alcohol.
</P>
<P><I>Commerce</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any trade, traffic or transportation within the jurisdiction of the United States between a place in a State and a place outside of such State, including a place outside of the United States; or
</P>
<P>(2) Trade, traffic, and transportation in the United States which affects any trade, traffic, and transportation described in paragraph (1) of this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial Driver's License Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse (Clearinghouse)</I> means the FMCSA database that subpart G of this part requires employers and service agents to report information to and to query regarding drivers who are subject to the DOT controlled substance and alcohol testing regulations.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial motor vehicle (CMV)</I> means a motor vehicle or combination of motor vehicles used in commerce to transport passengers or property if the vehicle
</P>
<P>(1) Has a gross combination weight rating or gross combination weight of 11,794 kilograms or more (26,001 pounds or more), whichever is greater, inclusive of a towed unit(s) with a gross vehicle weight rating or gross vehicle weight of more than 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds), whichever is greater; or
</P>
<P>(2) Has a gross vehicle weight rating or gross vehicle weight of 11,794 or more kilograms (26,001 or more pounds), whichever is greater; or
</P>
<P>(3) Is designed to transport 16 or more passengers, including the driver; or
</P>
<P>(4) Is of any size and is used in the transportation of materials found to be hazardous for the purposes of the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 5103(b)) and which require the motor vehicle to be placarded under the Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR part 172, subpart F).
</P>
<P><I>Confirmation (or confirmatory) drug test</I> means a second analytical procedure performed on a urine or oral fluid specimen to identify and quantify the presence of a specific drug or drug metabolite.
</P>
<P><I>Confirmation (or confirmatory) validity test</I> means a second test performed on a urine or oral fluid specimen to further support a validity test result.
</P>
<P><I>Confirmed drug test</I> means a confirmation test result received by an MRO from a laboratory.
</P>
<P><I>Consortium/Third-party administrator (C/TPA)</I> means a service agent that provides or coordinates one or more drug and/or alcohol testing services to DOT-regulated employers. C/TPAs typically provide or coordinate the provision of a number of such services and perform administrative tasks concerning the operation of the employers' drug and alcohol testing programs. This term includes, but is not limited to, groups of employers who join together to administer, as a single entity, the DOT drug and alcohol testing programs of its members (<I>e.g.,</I> having a combined random testing pool). C/TPAs are not “employers” for purposes of this part, except as provided in § 382.705(c).
</P>
<P><I>Controlled substances</I> mean those substances identified in § 40.82 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Designated employer representative (DER)</I> is an individual identified by the employer as able to receive communications and test results from service agents and who is authorized to take immediate actions to remove employees from safety-sensitive duties and to make required decisions in the testing and evaluation processes. The individual must be an employee of the company. Service agents cannot serve as DERs.
</P>
<P><I>Disabling damage</I> means damage which precludes departure of a motor vehicle from the scene of the accident in its usual manner in daylight after simple repairs.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inclusions.</I> Damage to motor vehicles that could have been driven, but would have been further damaged if so driven.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exclusions.</I> (i) Damage which can be remedied temporarily at the scene of the accident without special tools or parts.
</P>
<P>(ii) Tire disablement without other damage even if no spare tire is available.
</P>
<P>(iii) Headlight or taillight damage.
</P>
<P>(iv) Damage to turn signals, horn, or windshield wipers which make them inoperative.
</P>
<P><I>DOT Agency</I> means an agency (or “operating administration”) of the United States Department of Transportation administering regulations requiring alcohol and/or drug testing (14 CFR parts 61, 63, 65, 121, and 135; 49 CFR parts 199, 219, 382, and 655), in accordance with part 40 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Driver</I> means any person who operates a commercial motor vehicle. This includes, but is not limited to: Full time, regularly employed drivers; casual, intermittent or occasional drivers; leased drivers and independent owner-operator contractors.
</P>
<P><I>Employer</I> means a person or entity employing one or more employees (including an individual who is self-employed) that is subject to DOT agency regulations requiring compliance with this part. The term, as used in this part, means the entity responsible for overall implementation of DOT drug and alcohol program requirements, including individuals employed by the entity who take personnel actions resulting from violations of this part and any applicable DOT agency regulations. Service agents are not employers for the purposes of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Licensed medical practitioner</I> means a person who is licensed, certified, and/or registered, in accordance with applicable Federal, State, local, or foreign laws and regulations, to prescribe controlled substances and other drugs.
</P>
<P><I>Negative return-to-duty test result</I> means a return-to-duty test with a negative drug result and/or an alcohol test with an alcohol concentration of less than 0.02, as described in § 40.305 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Performing (a safety-sensitive function)</I> means a driver is considered to be performing a safety-sensitive function during any period in which he or she is actually performing, ready to perform, or immediately available to perform any safety-sensitive functions.
</P>
<P><I>Positive rate for random drug testing</I> means the number of verified positive results for random drug tests conducted under this part plus the number of refusals of random drug tests required by this part, divided by the total number of random drug tests results (<I>i.e.,</I> positives, negatives, and refusals) under this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Refuse to submit (to an alcohol or controlled substances test)</I> means that a driver:
</P>
<P>(1) Fail to appear for any test (except a pre-employment test) within a reasonable time, as determined by the employer, consistent with applicable DOT agency regulations, after being directed to do so by the employer. This includes the failure of an employee (including an owner-operator) to appear for a test when called by a C/TPA (see § 40.61(a) of this title);
</P>
<P>(2) Fail to remain at the testing site until the testing process is complete. Provided, that an employee who leaves the testing site before the testing process commences (see § 40.63(c) of this title) a pre-employment test is not deemed to have refused to test;
</P>
<P>(3) Fail to provide a urine or oral fluid specimen for any drug test required by this part or DOT agency regulations. Provided, that an employee who does not provide a urine or oral fluid specimen because he or she has left the testing site before the testing process commences (see § 40.63(c) of this title) for a pre-employment test is not deemed to have refused to test;
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of a directly observed or monitored collection in a drug test, fails to permit the observation or monitoring of the driver's provision of a specimen (see §§ 40.67(l) and 40.69(g) of this title);
</P>
<P>(5) Fail to provide a sufficient amount of urine or oral fluid when directed, and it has been determined, through a required medical evaluation, that there was no adequate medical explanation for the failure (see § 40.193(d)(2) of this title);
</P>
<P>(6) Fail or declines to take a second test the employer or collector has directed the driver to take;
</P>
<P>(7) Fail to undergo a medical examination or evaluation, as directed by the MRO as part of the verification process, or as directed by the DER under § 40.193(d) of this title. In the case of a pre-employment drug test, the employee is deemed to have refused to test on this basis only if the pre-employment test is conducted following a contingent offer of employment;
</P>
<P>(8) Fail to cooperate with any part of the testing process (e.g., refuse to empty pockets when so directed by the collector, behave in a confrontational way that disrupts the collection process); or
</P>
<P>(9) Is reported by the MRO as having a verified adulterated or substituted test result.
</P>
<P><I>Safety-sensitive function</I> means all time from the time a driver begins to work or is required to be in readiness to work until the time he/she is relieved from work and all responsibility for performing work. Safety-sensitive functions shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) All time at an employer or shipper plant, terminal, facility, or other property, or on any public property, waiting to be dispatched, unless the driver has been relieved from duty by the employer;
</P>
<P>(2) All time inspecting equipment as required by §§ 392.7 and 392.8 of this subchapter or otherwise inspecting, servicing, or conditioning any commercial motor vehicle at any time;
</P>
<P>(3) All time spent at the driving controls of a commercial motor vehicle in operation;
</P>
<P>(4) All time, other than driving time, in or upon any commercial motor vehicle except time spent resting in a sleeper berth (a berth conforming to the requirements of § 393.76 of this subchapter);
</P>
<P>(5) All time loading or unloading a vehicle, supervising, or assisting in the loading or unloading, attending a vehicle being loaded or unloaded, remaining in readiness to operate the vehicle, or in giving or receiving receipts for shipments loaded or unloaded; and
</P>
<P>(6) All time repairing, obtaining assistance, or remaining in attendance upon a disabled vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Screening test (or initial test)</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) In drug testing, a test to eliminate “negative” urine or oral fluid specimens from further analysis or to identify a specimen that requires additional testing for the presence of drugs.
</P>
<P>(2) In alcohol testing, an analytical procedure to determine whether an employee may have a prohibited concentration of alcohol in a breath or saliva specimen.
</P>
<P><I>Stand-down</I> means the practice of temporarily removing an employee from the performance of safety-sensitive functions based only on a report from a laboratory to the MRO of a confirmed positive test for a drug or drug metabolite, an adulterated test, or a substituted test, before the MRO has completed verification of the test results.
</P>
<P><I>Violation rate for random alcohol testing</I> means the number of 0.04 and above random alcohol confirmation test results conducted under this part plus the number of refusals of random alcohol tests required by this part, divided by the total number of random alcohol screening tests (including refusals) conducted under this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 68 FR 75458, Dec. 31, 2003; 77 FR 59825, Oct. 1, 2012; 81 FR 87724, Dec. 5, 2016; 83 FR 48726, Sept. 27, 2018; 84 FR 51432, Sept. 30, 2019; 86 FR 57069, Oct. 14, 2021; 88 FR 27653, May 2, 2023; 88 FR 80180, Nov. 17, 2023; 89 FR 90619, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.109" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.1.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.109   Preemption of State and local laws.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part preempts any State or local law, rule, regulation, or order to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(1) Compliance with both the State or local requirement in this part is not possible; or
</P>
<P>(2) Compliance with the State or local requirement is an obstacle to the accomplishment and execution of any requirement in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) This part shall not be construed to preempt provisions of State criminal law that impose sanctions for reckless conduct leading to actual loss of life, injury, or damage to property, whether the provisions apply specifically to transportation employees, employers, or the general public.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.111" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.1.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.111   Other requirements imposed by employers.</HEAD>
<P>Except as expressly provided in this part, nothing in this part shall be construed to affect the authority of employers, or the rights of drivers, with respect to the use of alcohol, or the use of controlled substances, including authority and rights with respect to testing and rehabilitation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.113" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.1.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.113   Requirement for notice.</HEAD>
<P>Before performing each alcohol or controlled substances test under this part, each employer shall notify a driver that the alcohol or controlled substances test is required by this part. No employer shall falsely represent that a test is administered under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.115" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.1.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.115   Starting date for testing programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All domestic-domiciled employers must implement the requirements of this part on the date the employer begins commercial motor vehicle operations.
</P>
<P>(b) All foreign-domiciled employers must implement the requirements of this part on the date the employer begins commercial motor vehicle operations in the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.117" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.1.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.117   Public interest exclusion.</HEAD>
<P>No employer shall use the services of a service agent who is subject to public interest exclusion in accordance with 49 CFR part 40, Subpart R.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.119" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.1.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.119   Stand-down waiver provision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Employers are prohibited from standing employees down, except consistent with a waiver from the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration as required under this section.
</P>
<P>(b) An employer subject to this part who seeks a waiver from the prohibition against standing down an employee before the MRO has completed the verification process shall follow the procedures in 49 CFR 40.21. The employer must send a written request, which includes all of the information required by that section to the Administrator, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(c) The final decision whether to grant or deny the application for a waiver will be made by the Administrator or the Administrator's designee.
</P>
<P>(d) After a decision is signed by the Administrator or the Administrator's designee, the employer will be sent a copy of the decision, which will include the terms and conditions for the waiver or the reason for denying the application for a waiver.
</P>
<P>(e) Questions regarding waiver applications should be directed to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Safety Programs (MC-SS), 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 72 FR 55700, Oct. 1, 2007; 87 FR 59035, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.121" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.1.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.121   Employee admission of alcohol and controlled substances use.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Employees who admit to alcohol misuse or controlled substances use are not subject to the referral, evaluation and treatment requirements of this part and part 40 of this title, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The admission is in accordance with a written employer-established voluntary self-identification program or policy that meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The driver does not self-identify in order to avoid testing under the requirements of this part;
</P>
<P>(3) The driver makes the admission of alcohol misuse or controlled substances use prior to performing a safety sensitive function (i.e., prior to reporting for duty); and
</P>
<P>(4) The driver does not perform a safety sensitive function until the employer is satisfied that the employee has been evaluated and has successfully completed education or treatment requirements in accordance with the self-identification program guidelines.
</P>
<P>(b) A qualified voluntary self-identification program or policy must contain the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) It must prohibit the employer from taking adverse action against an employee making a voluntary admission of alcohol misuse or controlled substances use within the parameters of the program or policy and paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) It must allow the employee sufficient opportunity to seek evaluation, education or treatment to establish control over the employee's drug or alcohol problem;
</P>
<P>(3) It must permit the employee to return to safety sensitive duties only upon successful completion of an educational or treatment program, as determined by a drug and alcohol abuse evaluation expert, i.e., employee assistance professional, substance abuse professional, or qualified drug and alcohol counselor;
</P>
<P>(4) It must ensure that:
</P>
<P>(i) Prior to the employee participating in a safety sensitive function, the employee shall undergo a non-DOT return to duty test with a result indicating an alcohol concentration of less than 0.02; and/or
</P>
<P>(ii) Prior to the employee participating in a safety sensitive function, the employee shall undergo a non-DOT return to duty controlled substance test with a verified negative test result for controlled substances use; and
</P>
<P>(5) It may incorporate employee monitoring and include non-DOT follow-up testing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 86 FR 35639, July 7, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.123" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.1.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.123   Driver identification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Identification information on the Alcohol Testing Form (ATF).</I> For each alcohol test performed under this part, the employer shall provide the driver's commercial driver's license number and State of issuance in Step 1, Section B of the ATF.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Identification information on the Federal Drug Testing Custody and Control Form (CCF).</I> For each controlled substance test performed under this part, the employer shall provide the following information, which must be recorded as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The driver's commercial driver's license number and State of issuance in Step 1, section C of the CCF.
</P>
<P>(2) The employer's name and other identifying information required in Step 1, section A of the CCF.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 87724, Dec. 5, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 35639, July 7, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Prohibitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.201   Alcohol concentration.</HEAD>
<P>No driver shall report for duty or remain on duty requiring the performance of safety-sensitive functions while having an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater. No employer having knowledge that a driver has an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater shall permit the driver to perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 77 FR 4483, Jan. 30, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.205   On-duty use.</HEAD>
<P>No driver shall use alcohol while performing safety-sensitive functions. No employer having actual knowledge that a driver is using alcohol while performing safety-sensitive functions shall permit the driver to perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.207" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.207   Pre-duty use.</HEAD>
<P>No driver shall perform safety-sensitive functions within four hours after using alcohol. No employer having actual knowledge that a driver has used alcohol within four hours shall permit a driver to perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.209" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.209   Use following an accident.</HEAD>
<P>No driver required to take a post-accident alcohol test under § 382.303 shall use alcohol for eight hours following the accident, or until he/she undergoes a post-accident alcohol test, whichever occurs first.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.211" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.211   Refusal to submit to a required alcohol or controlled substances test.</HEAD>
<P>No driver shall refuse to submit to a pre-employment controlled substance test required under § 382.301, a post-accident alcohol or controlled substance test required under § 382.303, a random alcohol or controlled substances test required under § 382.305, a reasonable suspicion alcohol or controlled substance test required under § 382.307, a return-to-duty alcohol or controlled substances test required under § 382.309, or a follow-up alcohol or controlled substance test required under § 382.311. No employer shall permit a driver who refuses to submit to such tests to perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 4483, Jan. 30, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.213" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.2.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.213   Controlled substance use.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No driver shall report for duty or remain on duty requiring the performance of safety sensitive functions when the driver uses any drug or substance identified in 21 CFR 1308.11 Schedule I.
</P>
<P>(b) No driver shall report for duty or remain on duty requiring the performance of safety-sensitive functions when the driver uses any non-Schedule I drug or substance that is identified in the other Schedules in 21 CFR part 1308 except when the use is prescribed by a licensed medical practitioner, as defined in § 382.107, who is familiar with the driver's medical history and has advised the driver that the substance will not adversely affect the driver's ability to safely operate a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) No employer having actual knowledge that a driver has used a controlled substance, as defined in § 382.107, shall permit the driver to perform or continue to perform a safety-sensitive function, except when the use is prescribed by a <I>licensed medical practitioner,</I> as defined in § 382.107, who is familiar with the driver's medical history and has advised the driver that the substance will not adversely affect the driver's ability to safely operate a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) An employer may require a driver to inform the employer of any therapeutic drug use.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 4483, Jan. 30, 2012, as amended at 88 FR 80180, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.215" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.2.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.215   Controlled substances testing.</HEAD>
<P>No driver shall report for duty, remain on duty or perform a safety-sensitive function, if the driver tests positive or has adulterated or substituted a test specimen for controlled substances. No employer having knowledge that a driver has tested positive or has adulterated or substituted a test specimen for controlled substances shall permit the driver to perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 77 FR 4483, Jan. 30, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.217" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.2.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.217   Employer responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>No employer may allow, require, permit or authorize a driver to operate a commercial motor vehicle during any period in which an employer determines that a driver is not in compliance with the return-to-duty requirements in 49 CFR part 40, subpart O, after the occurrence of any of the following events:
</P>
<P>(a) The driver receives a positive, adulterated, or substituted drug test result conducted under part 40 of this title.
</P>
<P>(b) The driver receives an alcohol confirmation test result of 0.04 or higher alcohol concentration conducted under part 40 of this title.
</P>
<P>(c) The driver refused to submit to a test for drugs or alcohol required under this part.
</P>
<P>(d) The driver used alcohol prior to a post-accident alcohol test in violation of § 382.209.
</P>
<P>(e) An employer has actual knowledge, as defined at § 382.107, that a driver has:
</P>
<P>(1) Used alcohol while performing safety-sensitive functions in violation of § 382.205;
</P>
<P>(2) Used alcohol within four hours of performing safety-sensitive functions in violation of § 382.207; or
</P>
<P>(3) Used a controlled substance, except when the use is prescribed by a licensed medical practitioner who is familiar with the driver's medical history and has advised the driver that the substance will not adversely affect the driver's ability to safely operate a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 87724, Dec. 5, 2016, as amended at 88 FR 80180, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Tests Required</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.301" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.301   Pre-employment testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Prior to the first time a driver performs safety-sensitive functions for an employer, the driver shall undergo testing for controlled substances as a condition prior to being used, unless the employer uses the exception in paragraph (b) of this section. No employer shall allow a driver, who the employer intends to hire or use, to perform safety-sensitive functions unless the employer has received a controlled substances test result from the MRO or C/TPA indicating a verified negative test result for that driver.
</P>
<P>(b) An employer is not required to administer a controlled substances test required by paragraph (a) of this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) The driver has participated in a controlled substances testing program that meets the requirements of this part within the previous 30 days; and
</P>
<P>(2) While participating in that program, either:
</P>
<P>(i) Was tested for controlled substances within the past 6 months (from the date of application with the employer), or
</P>
<P>(ii) Participated in the random controlled substances testing program for the previous 12 months (from the date of application with the employer); and
</P>
<P>(3) The employer ensures that no prior employer of the driver of whom the employer has knowledge has records of a violation of this part or the controlled substances use rule of another DOT agency within the previous six months.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) An employer who exercises the exception in paragraph (b) of this section shall contact the controlled substances testing program(s) in which the driver participates or participated and shall obtain and retain from the testing program(s) the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Name(s) and address(es) of the program(s).
</P>
<P>(ii) Verification that the driver participates or participated in the program(s).
</P>
<P>(iii) Verification that the program(s) conforms to part 40 of this title.
</P>
<P>(iv) Verification that the driver is qualified under the rules of this part, including that the driver has not refused to be tested for controlled substances.
</P>
<P>(v) The date the driver was last tested for controlled substances.
</P>
<P>(vi) The results of any tests taken within the previous six months and any other violations of subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) An employer who uses, but does not employ a driver more than once a year to operate commercial motor vehicles must obtain the information in paragraph (c)(1) of this section at least once every six months. The records prepared under this paragraph shall be maintained in accordance with § 382.401. If the employer cannot verify that the driver is participating in a controlled substances testing program in accordance with this part and part 40 of this title, the employer shall conduct a pre-employment controlled substances test.
</P>
<P>(d) An employer may, but is not required to, conduct pre-employment alcohol testing under this part. If an employer chooses to conduct pre-employment alcohol testing, it must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) It must conduct a pre-employment alcohol test before the first performance of safety-sensitive functions by every covered employee (whether a new employee or someone who has transferred to a position involving the performance of safety-sensitive functions).
</P>
<P>(2) It must treat all safety-sensitive employees performing safety-sensitive functions the same for the purpose of pre-employment alcohol testing (i.e., it must not test some covered employees and not others).
</P>
<P>(3) It must conduct the pre-employment tests after making a contingent offer of employment or transfer, subject to the employee passing the pre-employment alcohol test.
</P>
<P>(4) It must conduct all pre-employment alcohol tests using the alcohol testing procedures of 49 CFR part 40 of this title.
</P>
<P>(5) It must not allow a covered employee to begin performing safety-sensitive functions unless the result of the employee's test indicates an alcohol concentration of less than 0.04.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.303" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.3.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.303   Post-accident testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As soon as practicable following an occurrence involving a commercial motor vehicle operating on a public road in commerce, each employer shall test for alcohol for each of its surviving drivers:
</P>
<P>(1) Who was performing safety-sensitive functions with respect to the vehicle, if the accident involved the loss of human life; or
</P>
<P>(2) Who receives a citation within 8 hours of the occurrence under State or local law for a moving traffic violation arising from the accident, if the accident involved:
</P>
<P>(i) Bodily injury to any person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or
</P>
<P>(ii) One or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident, requiring the motor vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) As soon as practicable following an occurrence involving a commercial motor vehicle operating on a public road in commerce, each employer shall test for controlled substances for each of its surviving drivers:
</P>
<P>(1) Who was performing safety-sensitive functions with respect to the vehicle, if the accident involved the loss of human life; or
</P>
<P>(2) Who receives a citation within thirty-two hours of the occurrence under State or local law for a moving traffic violation arising from the accident, if the accident involved:
</P>
<P>(i) Bodily injury to any person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or
</P>
<P>(ii) One or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident, requiring the motor vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) The following table notes when a post-accident test is required to be conducted by paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (b)(1), and (b)(2) of this section:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table for § 382.303(<E T="03">a</E>) and (<E T="03">b</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type of accident involved
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Citation issued to the CMV driver
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test must be performed by employer
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">i. Human fatality</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">YES
<br/>NO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">YES
<br/>YES
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ii. Bodily injury with immediate medical treatment away from the scene</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">YES
<br/>NO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">YES
<br/>NO
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">iii. Disabling damage to any motor vehicle requiring tow away</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">YES
<br/>NO</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">YES
<br/>NO</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d)(1) <I>Alcohol tests.</I> If a test required by this section is not administered within two hours following the accident, the employer shall prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the test was not promptly administered. If a test required by this section is not administered within eight hours following the accident, the employer shall cease attempts to administer an alcohol test and shall prepare and maintain the same record. Records shall be submitted to the FMCSA upon request.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Controlled substance tests.</I> If a test required by this section is not administered within 32 hours following the accident, the employer shall cease attempts to administer a controlled substances test, and prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the test was not promptly administered. Records shall be submitted to the FMCSA upon request.
</P>
<P>(e) A driver who is subject to post-accident testing shall remain readily available for such testing or may be deemed by the employer to have refused to submit to testing. Nothing in this section shall be construed to require the delay of necessary medical attention for injured people following an accident or to prohibit a driver from leaving the scene of an accident for the period necessary to obtain assistance in responding to the accident, or to obtain necessary emergency medical care.
</P>
<P>(f) An employer shall provide drivers with necessary post-accident information, procedures and instructions, prior to the driver operating a commercial motor vehicle, so that drivers will be able to comply with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) The results of a breath or blood test for the use of alcohol, conducted by Federal, State, or local law enforcement or public safety officials having independent authority for the test, shall be considered to meet the requirements of this section, provided such tests conform to the applicable Federal, State or local alcohol testing requirements, and that the results of the tests are obtained by the employer.
</P>
<P>(2) The results of a urine test for the use of controlled substances, conducted by Federal, State, or local law enforcement or public safety officials having independent authority for the test, shall be considered to meet the requirements of this section, provided such tests conform to the applicable Federal, State or local controlled substances testing requirements, and that the results of the tests are obtained by the employer.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exception.</I> This section does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) An occurrence involving only boarding or alighting from a stationary motor vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(2) An occurrence involving only the loading or unloading of cargo; or
</P>
<P>(3) An occurrence in the course of the operation of a passenger car or a multipurpose passenger vehicle (as defined in § 571.3 of this title) by an employer unless the motor vehicle is transporting passengers for hire or hazardous materials of a type and quantity that require the motor vehicle to be marked or placarded in accordance with § 177.823 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 87 FR 59035, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.305" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.3.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.305   Random testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every employer shall comply with the requirements of this section. Every driver shall submit to random alcohol and controlled substance testing as required in this section.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) through (e) of this section, the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing shall be 10 percent of the average number of driver positions.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (f) through (h) of this section, the minimum annual percentage rate for random controlled substances testing shall be 50 percent of the average number of driver positions.
</P>
<P>(c) The FMCSA Administrator's decision to increase or decrease the minimum annual percentage rate for alcohol testing is based on the reported violation rate for the entire industry. All information used for this determination is drawn from the alcohol management information system reports required by § 382.403. In order to ensure reliability of the data, the FMCSA Administrator considers the quality and completeness of the reported data, may obtain additional information or reports from employers, and may make appropriate modifications in calculating the industry violation rate. In the event of a change in the annual percentage rate, the FMCSA Administrator will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> the new minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing of drivers. The new minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing will be applicable starting January 1 of the calendar year following publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(d)(1) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing is 25 percent or more, the FMCSA Administrator may lower this rate to 10 percent of all driver positions if the FMCSA Administrator determines that the data received under the reporting requirements of § 382.403 for two consecutive calendar years indicate that the violation rate is less than 0.5 percent.
</P>
<P>(2) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing is 50 percent, the FMCSA Administrator may lower this rate to 25 percent of all driver positions if the FMCSA Administrator determines that the data received under the reporting requirements of § 382.403 for two consecutive calendar years indicate that the violation rate is less than 1.0 percent but equal to or greater than 0.5 percent.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing is 10 percent, and the data received under the reporting requirements of § 382.403 for that calendar year indicate that the violation rate is equal to or greater than 0.5 percent, but less than 1.0 percent, the FMCSA Administrator will increase the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing to 25 percent for all driver positions.
</P>
<P>(2) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing is 25 percent or less, and the data received under the reporting requirements of § 382.403 for that calendar year indicate that the violation rate is equal to or greater than 1.0 percent, the FMCSA Administrator will increase the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing to 50 percent for all driver positions.
</P>
<P>(f) The FMCSA Administrator's decision to increase or decrease the minimum annual percentage rate for controlled substances testing is based on the reported positive rate for the entire industry. All information used for this determination is drawn from the controlled substances management information system reports required by § 382.403. In order to ensure reliability of the data, the FMCSA Administrator considers the quality and completeness of the reported data, may obtain additional information or reports from employers, and may make appropriate modifications in calculating the industry positive rate. In the event of a change in the annual percentage rate, the FMCSA Administrator will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> the new minimum annual percentage rate for controlled substances testing of drivers. The new minimum annual percentage rate for random controlled substances testing will be applicable starting January 1 of the calendar year following publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(g) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random controlled substances testing is 50 percent, the FMCSA Administrator may lower this rate to 25 percent of all driver positions if the FMCSA Administrator determines that the data received under the reporting requirements of § 382.403 for two consecutive calendar years indicate that the positive rate is less than 1.0 percent.
</P>
<P>(h) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random controlled substances testing is 25 percent, and the data received under the reporting requirements of § 382.403 for any calendar year indicate that the reported positive rate is equal to or greater than 1.0 percent, the FMCSA Administrator will increase the minimum annual percentage rate for random controlled substances testing to 50 percent of all driver positions.
</P>
<P>(i)(1) The selection of drivers for random alcohol and controlled substances testing shall be made by a scientifically valid method, such as a random number table or a computer-based random number generator that is matched with drivers' Social Security numbers, payroll identification numbers, or other comparable identifying numbers.
</P>
<P>(2) Each driver selected for random alcohol and controlled substances testing under the selection process used, shall have an equal chance of being tested each time selections are made.
</P>
<P>(3) Each driver selected for testing shall be tested during the selection period.
</P>
<P>(j)(1)To calculate the total number of covered drivers eligible for random testing throughout the year, as an employer, you must add the total number of covered drivers eligible for testing during each random testing period for the year and divide that total by the number of random testing periods. Covered employees, and only covered employees, are to be in an employer's random testing pool, and all covered drivers must be in the random pool. If you are an employer conducting random testing more often than once per month (<I>e.g.,</I> daily, weekly, bi-weekly) you do not need to compute this total number of covered drivers rate more than on a once per month basis. 
</P>
<P>(2) As an employer, you may use a service agent (<I>e.g.,</I> a C/TPA) to perform random selections for you, and your covered drivers may be part of a larger random testing pool of covered employees. However, you must ensure that the service agent you use is testing at the appropriate percentage established for your industry and that only covered employees are in the random testing pool. 
</P>
<P>(k)(1) Each employer shall ensure that random alcohol and controlled substances tests conducted under this part are unannounced.
</P>
<P>(2) Each employer shall ensure that the dates for administering random alcohol and controlled substances tests conducted under this part are spread reasonably throughout the calendar year.
</P>
<P>(l) Each employer shall require that each driver who is notified of selection for random alcohol and/or controlled substances testing proceeds to the test site immediately; provided, however, that if the driver is performing a safety-sensitive function, other than driving a commercial motor vehicle, at the time of notification, the employer shall instead ensure that the driver ceases to perform the safety-sensitive function and proceeds to the testing site as soon as possible.
</P>
<P>(m) A driver shall only be tested for alcohol while the driver is performing safety-sensitive functions, just before the driver is to perform safety-sensitive functions, or just after the driver has ceased performing such functions.
</P>
<P>(n) If a given driver is subject to random alcohol or controlled substances testing under the random alcohol or controlled substances testing rules of more than one DOT agency for the same employer, the driver shall be subject to random alcohol and/or controlled substances testing at the annual percentage rate established for the calendar year by the DOT agency regulating more than 50 percent of the driver's function.
</P>
<P>(o) If an employer is required to conduct random alcohol or controlled substances testing under the alcohol or controlled substances testing rules of more than one DOT agency, the employer may—
</P>
<P>(1) Establish separate pools for random selection, with each pool containing the DOT-covered employees who are subject to testing at the same required minimum annual percentage rate; or
</P>
<P>(2) Randomly select such employees for testing at the highest minimum annual percentage rate established for the calendar year by any DOT agency to which the employer is subject.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 61821, Oct. 2, 2002; 68 FR 75459, Dec. 31, 2003; 81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016; 86 FR 57069, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.307" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.3.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.307   Reasonable suspicion testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An employer shall require a driver to submit to an alcohol test when the employer has reasonable suspicion to believe that the driver has violated the prohibitions of subpart B of this part concerning alcohol. The employer's determination that reasonable suspicion exists to require the driver to undergo an alcohol test must be based on specific, contemporaneous, articulable observations concerning the appearance, behavior, speech or body odors of the driver.
</P>
<P>(b) An employer shall require a driver to submit to a controlled substances test when the employer has reasonable suspicion to believe that the driver has violated the prohibitions of subpart B of this part concerning controlled substances. The employer's determination that reasonable suspicion exists to require the driver to undergo a controlled substances test must be based on specific, contemporaneous, articulable observations concerning the appearance, behavior, speech or body odors of the driver. The observations may include indications of the chronic and withdrawal effects of controlled substances.
</P>
<P>(c) The required observations for alcohol and/or controlled substances reasonable suspicion testing shall be made by a supervisor or company official who is trained in accordance with § 382.603. The person who makes the determination that reasonable suspicion exists to conduct an alcohol test shall not conduct the alcohol test of the driver.
</P>
<P>(d) Alcohol testing is authorized by this section only if the observations required by paragraph (a) of this section are made during, just preceding, or just after the period of the work day that the driver is required to be in compliance with this part. A driver may be directed by the employer to only undergo reasonable suspicion testing while the driver is performing safety-sensitive functions, just before the driver is to perform safety-sensitive functions, or just after the driver has ceased performing such functions.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) If an alcohol test required by this section is not administered within two hours following the determination under paragraph (a) of this section, the employer shall prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the alcohol test was not promptly administered. If an alcohol test required by this section is not administered within eight hours following the determination under paragraph (a) of this section, the employer shall cease attempts to administer an alcohol test and shall state in the record the reasons for not administering the test.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding the absence of a reasonable suspicion alcohol test under this section, no driver shall report for duty or remain on duty requiring the performance of safety-sensitive functions while the driver is under the influence of or impaired by alcohol, as shown by the behavioral, speech, and performance indicators of alcohol misuse, nor shall an employer permit the driver to perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions, until:
</P>
<P>(i) An alcohol test is administered and the driver's alcohol concentration measures less than 0.02; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Twenty four hours have elapsed following the determination under paragraph (a) of this section that there is reasonable suspicion to believe that the driver has violated the prohibitions in this part concerning the use of alcohol.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, no employer shall take any action under this part against a driver based solely on the driver's behavior and appearance, with respect to alcohol use, in the absence of an alcohol test. This does not prohibit an employer with independent authority of this part from taking any action otherwise consistent with law.
</P>
<P>(f) A written record shall be made of the observations leading to an alcohol or controlled substances reasonable suspicion test, and signed by the supervisor or company official who made the observations, within 24 hours of the observed behavior or before the results of the alcohol or controlled substances tests are released, whichever is earlier.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.309" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.3.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.309   Return-to-duty testing.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements for return-to-duty testing must be performed in accordance with 49 CFR part 40, subpart O.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.311" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.3.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.311   Follow-up testing.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements for follow-up testing must be performed in accordance with 49 CFR part 40, subpart O.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Handling of Test Results, Records Retention, and Confidentiality</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.401" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.4.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.401   Retention of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirement.</I> Each employer shall maintain records of its alcohol misuse and controlled substances use prevention programs as provided in this section. The records shall be maintained in a secure location with controlled access.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Period of retention.</I> Each employer shall maintain the records in accordance with the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Five years.</I> The following records shall be maintained for a minimum of five years:
</P>
<P>(i) Records of driver alcohol test results indicating an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater,
</P>
<P>(ii) Records of driver verified positive controlled substances test results,
</P>
<P>(iii) Documentation of refusals to take required alcohol and/or controlled substances tests,
</P>
<P>(iv) Driver evaluation and referrals,
</P>
<P>(v) Calibration documentation,
</P>
<P>(vi) Records related to the administration of the alcohol and controlled substances testing program, including records of all driver violations, and
</P>
<P>(vii) A copy of each annual calendar year summary required by § 382.403.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Two years.</I> Records related to the alcohol and controlled substances collection process (except calibration of evidential breath testing devices) shall be maintained for a minimum of 2 years.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>One year.</I> Records of negative and canceled controlled substances test results and MRO reversal of canceled controlled substances test results (as defined in part 40 of this title) and alcohol test results with a concentration of less than 0.02 shall be maintained for a minimum of one year.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Indefinite period.</I> Records related to the education and training of breath alcohol technicians, screening test technicians, supervisors, and drivers shall be maintained by the employer while the individual performs the functions which require the training and for two years after ceasing to perform those functions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Types of records.</I> The following specific types of records shall be maintained. “Documents generated” are documents that may have to be prepared under a requirement of this part. If the record is required to be prepared, it must be maintained.
</P>
<P>(1) Records related to the collection process:
</P>
<P>(i) Collection logbooks, if used;
</P>
<P>(ii) Documents relating to the random selection process;
</P>
<P>(iii) Calibration documentation for evidential breath testing devices;
</P>
<P>(iv) Documentation of breath alcohol technician training;
</P>
<P>(v) Documents generated in connection with decisions to administer reasonable suspicion alcohol or controlled substances tests;
</P>
<P>(vi) Documents generated in connection with decisions on post-accident tests;
</P>
<P>(vii) Documents verifying existence of a medical explanation of the inability of a driver to provide adequate breath or to provide a urine or oral fluid specimen for testing; and
</P>
<P>(viii) A copy of each annual calendar year summary as required by § 382.403. 
</P>
<P>(2) Records related to a driver's test results:
</P>
<P>(i) The employer's copy of the alcohol test form, including the results of the test;
</P>
<P>(ii) The employer's copy of the controlled substances test chain of custody and control form;
</P>
<P>(iii) Documents sent by the MRO to the employer, including those required by part 40, subpart G, of this title;
</P>
<P>(iv) Documents related to the refusal of any driver to submit to an alcohol or controlled substances test required by this part;
</P>
<P>(v) Documents presented by a driver to dispute the result of an alcohol or controlled substances test administered under this part; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Documents generated in connection with verifications of prior employers' alcohol or controlled substances test results that the employer:
</P>
<P>(A) Must obtain in connection with the exception contained in § 382.301, and
</P>
<P>(B) Must obtain as required by § 382.413.
</P>
<P>(3) Records related to other violations of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Records related to evaluations:
</P>
<P>(i) Records pertaining to a determination by a substance abuse professional concerning a driver's need for assistance; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Records concerning a driver's compliance with recommendations of the substance abuse professional.
</P>
<P>(5) Records related to education and training:
</P>
<P>(i) Materials on alcohol misuse and controlled substance use awareness, including a copy of the employer's policy on alcohol misuse and controlled substance use;
</P>
<P>(ii) Documentation of compliance with the requirements of § 382.601, including the driver's signed receipt of education materials;
</P>
<P>(iii) Documentation of training provided to supervisors for the purpose of qualifying the supervisors to make a determination concerning the need for alcohol and/or controlled substances testing based on reasonable suspicion;
</P>
<P>(iv) Documentation of training for breath alcohol technicians as required by § 40.213(g) of this title; and
</P>
<P>(v) Certification that any training conducted under this part complies with the requirements for such training.
</P>
<P>(6) Administrative records related to alcohol and controlled substances testing:
</P>
<P>(i) Agreements with collection site facilities, laboratories, breath alcohol technicians, screening test technicians, medical review officers, consortia, and third-party service providers;
</P>
<P>(ii) Names and positions of officials and their role in the employer's alcohol and controlled substances testing program(s);
</P>
<P>(iii) Semi-annual laboratory statistical summaries of urinalysis required by § 40.111(a) of this title; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The employer's alcohol and controlled substances testing policy and procedures.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Location of records.</I> All records required by this part shall be maintained as required by § 390.29 of this subchapter and shall be made available for inspection at the employer's principal place of business within two business days after a request has been made by an authorized representative of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>OMB control number.</I> (1) The information collection requirements of this part have been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 <I>et seq.</I>) and have been assigned OMB control number 2126-0012.
</P>
<P>(2) The information collection requirements of this part are found in the following sections: Sections 382.105, 382.113, 382.301, 382.303, 382.305, 382.307, 382.401, 382.403, 382.405, 382.409, 382.411, 382.601, 382.603.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 61821, Oct. 2, 2002; 68 FR 75459, Dec. 31, 2003; 78 FR 58479, Sept. 24, 2013; 81 FR 87725, Dec. 5, 2016; 88 FR 27653, May 2, 2023; 88 FR 80180, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.403" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.4.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.403   Reporting of results in a management information system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An employer shall prepare and maintain a summary of the results of its alcohol and controlled substances testing programs performed under this part during the previous calendar year, when requested by the Secretary of Transportation, any DOT agency, or any State or local officials with regulatory authority over the employer or any of its drivers.
</P>
<P>(b) If an employer is notified, during the month of January, of a request by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration to report the employer's annual calendar year summary information, the employer shall prepare and submit the report to the FMCSA by March 15 of that year. The employer shall ensure that the annual summary report is accurate and received by March 15 at the location that the FMCSA specifies in its request. The employer must use the Management Information System (MIS) form and instructions as required by 49 CFR part 40 (at § 40.26 and appendix J to part 40). The employer may also use the electronic version of the MIS form provided by the DOT. The Administrator may designate means (<I>e.g.,</I> electronic program transmitted via the Internet), other than hard-copy, for MIS form submission. For information on the electronic version of the form, see: <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/safetyprogs/drugs/engtesting.htm.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) When the report is submitted to the FMCSA by mail or electronic transmission, the information requested shall be typed, except for the signature of the certifying official. Each employer shall ensure the accuracy and timeliness of each report submitted by the employer or a consortium. 
</P>
<P>(d) If you have a covered employee who performs multi-DOT agency functions (<I>e.g.,</I> an employee drives a commercial motor vehicle and performs pipeline maintenance duties for the same employer), count the employee only on the MIS report for the DOT agency under which he or she is randomly tested. Normally, this will be the DOT agency under which the employee performs more than 50% of his or her duties. Employers may have to explain the testing data for these employees in the event of a DOT agency inspection or audit. 
</P>
<P>(e) A service agent (<I>e.g., Consortium/Third-party administrator</I> as defined in 49 CFR 382.107) may prepare the MIS report on behalf of an employer. However, a company official (<I>e.g., Designated employer representative</I> as defined in § 382.107) must certify the accuracy and completeness of the MIS report, no matter who prepares it.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 68 FR 75459, Dec. 31, 2003; 78 FR 58479, Sept. 24, 2013; 83 FR 22875, May 17, 2018; 88 FR 27653, May 2, 2023; 88 FR 80181, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.405" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.4.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.405   Access to facilities and records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as required by law or expressly authorized or required in this section, no employer shall release driver information that is contained in records required to be maintained under § 382.401.
</P>
<P>(b) A driver is entitled, upon written request, to obtain copies of any records pertaining to the driver's use of alcohol or controlled substances, including any records pertaining to his or her alcohol or controlled substances tests. The employer shall promptly provide the records requested by the driver. Access to a driver's records shall not be contingent upon payment for records other than those specifically requested.
</P>
<P>(c) Each employer shall permit access to all facilities utilized in complying with the requirements of this part to the Secretary of Transportation, any DOT agency, or any State or local officials with regulatory authority over the employer or any of its drivers.
</P>
<P>(d) Each employer, and each service agent who maintains records for an employer, must make available copies of all results for DOT alcohol and/or controlled substances testing conducted by the employer under this part and any other information pertaining to the employer's alcohol misuse and/or controlled substances use prevention program when requested by the Secretary of Transportation, any DOT agency, or any State or local officials with regulatory authority over the employer or any of its drivers.
</P>
<P>(e) When requested by the National Transportation Safety Board as a part of a crash investigation:
</P>
<P>(1) Employers must disclose information related to the employer's administration of a post-accident alcohol and/or a controlled substances test administered following the crash under investigation; and
</P>
<P>(2) FMCSA will provide access to information in the Clearinghouse concerning drivers who are involved with the crash under investigation.
</P>
<P>(f) Records shall be made available to a subsequent employer upon receipt of a written request from a driver. Disclosure by the subsequent employer is permitted only as expressly authorized by the terms of the driver's request.
</P>
<P>(g) An employer may disclose information required to be maintained under this part pertaining to a driver to the decision maker in a lawsuit, grievance, or administrative proceeding initiated by or on behalf of the individual, and arising from a positive DOT drug or alcohol test or a refusal to test (including, but not limited to, adulterated or substituted test results) of this part (including, but not limited to, a worker's compensation, unemployment compensation, or other proceeding relating to a benefit sought by the driver). Additionally, an employer may disclose information in criminal or civil actions in accordance with § 40.323(a)(2) of this title.
</P>
<P>(h) An employer shall release information regarding a driver's records as directed by the specific written consent of the driver authorizing release of the information to an identified person. Release of such information by the person receiving the information is permitted only in accordance with the terms of the employee's specific written consent as outlined in § 40.321(b) of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 81 FR 87725, Dec. 5, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.407" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.4.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.407   Medical review officer notifications to the employer.</HEAD>
<P>Medical review officers shall report the results of controlled substances tests to employers in accordance with the requirements of part 40, Subpart G, of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.409" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.4.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.409   Medical review officer or consortium/third-party administrator record retention for controlled substances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A medical review officer or third-party administrator shall maintain all dated records and notifications, identified by individual, for a minimum of five years for verified positive controlled substances test results.
</P>
<P>(b) A medical review officer or third-party administrator shall maintain all dated records and notifications, identified by individual, for a minimum of one year for negative and canceled controlled substances test results and MRO reversal of cancelled controlled substances test results.
</P>
<P>(c) No person may obtain the individual controlled substances test results retained by a medical review officer (MRO as defined in § 40.3 of this title) or a consortium/third-party administrator (C/TPA as defined in § 382.107), and no MRO or C/TPA may release the individual controlled substances test results of any driver to any person, without first obtaining a specific, written authorization from the tested driver. Nothing in this paragraph (c) shall prohibit a MRO or a C/TPA from releasing to the employer, the Clearinghouse, or to the Secretary of Transportation, any DOT agency, or any State or local officials with regulatory authority over the controlled substances and alcohol testing program under this part, the information delineated in part 40, subpart G, of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 81 FR 87725, Dec. 5, 2016; 88 FR 27653, May 2, 2023; 88 FR 80181, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.411" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.4.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.411   Employer notifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An employer shall notify a driver of the results of a pre-employment controlled substances test conducted under this part, if the driver requests such results within 60 calendar days of being notified of the disposition of the employment application. An employer shall notify a driver of the results of random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident tests for controlled substances conducted under this part if the test results are verified positive. The employer shall also inform the driver which controlled substance or substances were verified as positive.
</P>
<P>(b) The designated employer representative shall make reasonable efforts to contact and request each driver who submitted a specimen under the employer's program, regardless of the driver's employment status, to contact and discuss the results of the controlled substances test with a medical review officer who has been unable to contact the driver.
</P>
<P>(c) The designated employer representative shall immediately notify the medical review officer that the driver has been notified to contact the medical review officer within 72 hours.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.413" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.4.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.413   Inquiries for alcohol and controlled substances information from previous employers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Employers must request alcohol and controlled substances information from previous employers in accordance with the requirements of § 391.23(e).
</P>
<P>(b) As of January 6, 2023, employers must use the Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse in accordance with § 382.701(a) to comply with the requirements of § 391.23(e) with respect to FMCSA-regulated employers. Exception: When an employee who is subject to follow-up testing has not successfully completed all follow-up tests, employers must request the employee's follow-up testing plan directly from the previous employer in accordance with § 391.23(e)(4)(i).
</P>
<P>(c) If an applicant was subject to an alcohol and controlled substance testing program under the requirements of a DOT Agency other than FMCSA, the employer must request the alcohol and controlled substances information required under this section and § 391.23(e) directly from those employers regulated by a DOT Agency other than FMCSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 90619, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.415" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.4.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.415   Notification to employers of a controlled substances or alcohol testing program violation.</HEAD>
<P>Each person holding a commercial driver's license and subject to the DOT controlled substances and alcohol testing requirements in this part who has violated the alcohol and controlled substances prohibitions under part 40 of this title or this part without complying with the requirements of part 40, subpart O, must notify in writing all current employers of such violation(s). The driver is not required to provide notification to the employer that administered the test or documented the circumstances that gave rise to the violation. The notification must be made before the end of the business day following the day the employee received notice of the violation, or prior to performing any safety-sensitive function, whichever comes first.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 87725, Dec. 5, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Consequences for Drivers Engaging in Substance Use-Related Conduct</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.501" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.5.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.501   Removal from safety-sensitive function.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in subpart F of this part, no driver shall perform safety-sensitive functions, including driving a commercial motor vehicle, if the driver has engaged in conduct prohibited by subpart B of this part or an alcohol or controlled substances rule of another DOT agency.
</P>
<P>(b) No employer shall permit any driver to perform safety-sensitive functions, including driving a commercial motor vehicle, if the employer has determined that the driver has violated this section.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this subpart, commercial motor vehicle means a commercial motor vehicle in commerce as defined in § 382.107, and a commercial motor vehicle in interstate commerce as defined in part 390 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 89 FR 90619, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.503" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.5.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.503   Required evaluation and testing, reinstatement of commercial driving privilege.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No driver who has engaged in conduct prohibited by subpart B of this part shall perform safety-sensitive functions, including driving a commercial motor vehicle, unless the driver has met the requirements of part 40, subpart O, of this title. No employer shall permit a driver who has engaged in conduct prohibited by subpart B of this part to perform safety-sensitive functions, including driving a commercial motor vehicle, unless the driver has met the requirements of part 40, subpart O, of this title.
</P>
<P>(b) No driver whose commercial driving privilege has been removed from the driver's license, pursuant to § 382.501(a), shall drive a commercial motor vehicle until the State Driver Licensing Agency reinstates the CLP or CDL privilege to the driver's license.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 86 FR 55741, Oct. 7, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.505" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.5.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.505   Other alcohol-related conduct.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No driver tested under the provisions of subpart C of this part who is found to have an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04 shall perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions for an employer, including driving a commercial motor vehicle, nor shall an employer permit the driver to perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions, until the start of the driver's next regularly scheduled duty period, but not less than 24 hours following administration of the test.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, no employer shall take any action under this part against a driver based solely on test results showing an alcohol concentration less than 0.04. This does not prohibit an employer with authority independent of this part from taking any action otherwise consistent with law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.507" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.5.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.507   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>Any employer or driver who violates the requirements of this part shall be subject to the civil and/or criminal penalty provisions of 49 U.S.C. 521(b). In addition, any employer or driver who violates the requirements of 49 CFR part 40 shall be subject to the civil and/or criminal penalty provisions of 49 U.S.C. 521(b).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Alcohol Misuse and Controlled Substances Use Information, Training, and Referral</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.601" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.6.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.601   Employer obligation to promulgate a policy on the misuse of alcohol and use of controlled substances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> Each employer shall provide educational materials that explain the requirements of this part and the employer's policies and procedures with respect to meeting these requirements.
</P>
<P>(1) The employer shall ensure that a copy of these materials is distributed to each driver prior to the start of alcohol and controlled substances testing under this part and to each driver subsequently hired or transferred into a position requiring driving a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) Each employer shall provide written notice to representatives of employee organizations of the availability of this information.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required content.</I> The materials to be made available to drivers shall include detailed discussion of at least the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The identity of the person designated by the employer to answer driver questions about the materials;
</P>
<P>(2) The categories of drivers who are subject to the provisions of this part;
</P>
<P>(3) Sufficient information about the safety-sensitive functions performed by those drivers to make clear what period of the work day the driver is required to be in compliance with this part;
</P>
<P>(4) Specific information concerning driver conduct that is prohibited by this part;
</P>
<P>(5) The circumstances under which a driver will be tested for alcohol and/or controlled substances under this part, including post-accident testing under § 382.303;
</P>
<P>(6) The procedures that will be used to test for the presence of alcohol and controlled substances, protect the driver and the integrity of the testing processes, safeguard the validity of the test results, and ensure that those results are attributed to the correct driver, including post-accident information, procedures and instructions required by § 382.303;
</P>
<P>(7) The requirement that a driver submit to alcohol and controlled substances tests administered in accordance with this part;
</P>
<P>(8) An explanation of what constitutes a refusal to submit to an alcohol or controlled substances test and the attendant consequences;
</P>
<P>(9) The consequences for drivers found to have violated subpart B of this part, including the requirement that the driver be removed immediately from safety-sensitive functions, and the procedures under part 40, subpart O, of this title;
</P>
<P>(10) The consequences for drivers found to have an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04;
</P>
<P>(11) Information concerning the effects of alcohol and controlled substances use on an individual's health, work, and personal life; signs and symptoms of an alcohol or a controlled substances problem (the driver's or a co-worker's); and available methods of intervening when an alcohol or a controlled substances problem is suspected, including confrontation, referral to any employee assistance program and/or referral to management; and
</P>
<P>(12) The requirement that the following personal information collected and maintained under this part shall be reported to the Clearinghouse:
</P>
<P>(i) A verified positive, adulterated, or substituted drug test result;
</P>
<P>(ii) An alcohol confirmation test with a concentration of 0.04 or higher;
</P>
<P>(iii) A refusal to submit to any test required by subpart C of this part;
</P>
<P>(iv) An employer's report of actual knowledge, as defined at § 382.107:
</P>
<P>(A) On duty alcohol use pursuant to § 382.205;
</P>
<P>(B) Pre-duty alcohol use pursuant to § 382.207;
</P>
<P>(C) Alcohol use following an accident pursuant to § 382.209; and
</P>
<P>(D) Controlled substance use pursuant to § 382.213;
</P>
<P>(v) A substance abuse professional (SAP as defined in § 40.3 of this title) report of the successful completion of the return-to-duty process;
</P>
<P>(vi) A negative return-to-duty test; and
</P>
<P>(vii) An employer's report of completion of follow-up testing.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Optional provision.</I> The materials supplied to drivers may also include information on additional employer policies with respect to the use of alcohol or controlled substances, including any consequences for a driver found to have a specified alcohol or controlled substances level, that are based on the employer's authority independent of this part. Any such additional policies or consequences must be clearly and obviously described as being based on independent authority.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Certificate of receipt.</I> Each employer shall ensure that each driver is required to sign a statement certifying that he or she has received a copy of these materials described in this section. Each employer shall maintain the signed certificate and may provide a copy of the certificate to the driver.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43103, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 78 FR 58479, Sept. 24, 2013; 81 FR 87725, Dec. 5, 2016; 83 FR 16226, Apr. 16, 2018; 89 FR 90619, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.603" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.6.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.603   Training for supervisors.</HEAD>
<P>Each employer shall ensure that all persons designated to supervise drivers receive at least 60 minutes of training on alcohol misuse and receive at least an additional 60 minutes of training on controlled substances use. The training will be used by the supervisors to determine whether reasonable suspicion exists to require a driver to undergo testing under § 382.307. The training shall include the physical, behavioral, speech, and performance indicators of probable alcohol misuse and use of controlled substances. Recurrent training for supervisory personnel is not required.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.605" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.6.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.605   Referral, evaluation, and treatment.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements for referral, evaluation, and treatment must be performed in accordance with 49 CFR part 40, Subpart O.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Requirements and Procedures for Implementation of the Commercial Driver's License Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 87725, Dec. 5, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 382.701" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.701   Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pre-employment query required.</I> (1) Employers must not employ a driver subject to controlled substances and alcohol testing under this part to perform a safety-sensitive function without first conducting a pre-employment query of the Clearinghouse to obtain information about whether the driver has a verified positive, adulterated, or substituted controlled substances test result; has an alcohol confirmation test with a concentration of 0.04 or higher; has refused to submit to a test in violation of § 382.211; or that an employer has reported actual knowledge, as defined at § 382.107, that the driver used alcohol on duty in violation of § 382.205, used alcohol before duty in violation of § 382.207, used alcohol following an accident in violation of § 382.209, or used a controlled substance, in violation of § 382.213.
</P>
<P>(2) The employer must conduct a full query under this section, which releases information in the Clearinghouse to an employer and requires that the individual driver give specific consent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Annual query required.</I> (1) Employers must conduct a query of the Clearinghouse at least once per year for information for all employees subject to controlled substance and alcohol testing under this part to determine whether information exists in the Clearinghouse about those employees.
</P>
<P>(2) In lieu of a full query, as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, an employer may obtain the individual driver's consent to conduct a limited query to satisfy the annual query requirement in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The limited query will tell the employer whether there is information about the individual driver in the Clearinghouse, but will not release that information to the employer. The individual driver may give consent to conduct limited queries that is effective for more than one year.
</P>
<P>(3) If the limited query shows that information exists in the Clearinghouse about the individual driver, the employer must conduct a full query, in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, within 24 hours of conducting the limited query. If the employer fails to conduct a full query within 24 hours, the employer must not allow the driver to continue to perform any safety-sensitive function until the employer conducts the full query and the results confirm that the driver's Clearinghouse record contains no prohibitions as defined in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Employer notification.</I> If any information described in paragraph (a) of this section is entered into the Clearinghouse about a driver during the 30-day period immediately following an employer conducting a query of that driver's records, FMCSA will notify the employer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Prohibition.</I> No employer may allow a driver the employer employs or intends to hire or use to perform any safety-sensitive function if the results of a Clearinghouse query demonstrate that the driver has a verified positive, adulterated, or substituted controlled substances test result; has an alcohol confirmation test with a concentration of 0.04 or higher; has refused to submit to a test in violation of § 382.211; or that an employer has reported actual knowledge, as defined at § 382.107, that the driver used alcohol on duty in violation of § 382.205, used alcohol before duty in violation of § 382.207, used alcohol following an accident in violation of § 382.209, or used a controlled substance in violation of § 382.213, except where a query of the Clearinghouse demonstrates:
</P>
<P>(1) That the driver has successfully completed the SAP evaluation, referral, and education/treatment process set forth in part 40, subpart O, of this title; achieves a negative return-to-duty test result; and completes the follow-up testing plan prescribed by the SAP.
</P>
<P>(2) That, if the driver has not completed all follow-up tests as prescribed by the SAP in accordance with § 40.307 of this title and specified in the SAP report required by § 40.311 of this title, the driver has completed the SAP evaluation, referral, and education/treatment process set forth in part 40, subpart O, of this title and achieves a negative return-to-duty test result, and the employer assumes the responsibility for managing the follow-up testing process associated with the testing violation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Recordkeeping required.</I> Employers must retain for 3 years a record of each query and all information received in response to each query made under this section. As of January 6, 2023, an employer who maintains a valid registration fulfills this requirement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 87725, Dec. 5, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 35639, July 7, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.703" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.703   Driver consent to permit access to information in the Clearinghouse.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No employer may query the Clearinghouse to determine whether a record exists for any particular driver without first obtaining that driver's written or electronic consent. The employer conducting the search must retain the consent for 3 years from the date of the last query.
</P>
<P>(b) Before the employer may access information contained in the driver's Clearinghouse record, the driver must submit electronic consent through the Clearinghouse granting the employer access to the following specific records:
</P>
<P>(1) A verified positive, adulterated, or substituted controlled substances test result;
</P>
<P>(2) An alcohol confirmation test with a concentration of 0.04 or higher;
</P>
<P>(3) A refusal to submit to a test in violation of § 382.211;
</P>
<P>(4) An employer's report of actual knowledge, as defined at § 382.107, of:
</P>
<P>(i) On duty alcohol use pursuant to § 382.205;
</P>
<P>(ii) Pre-duty alcohol use pursuant to § 382.207;
</P>
<P>(iii) Alcohol use following an accident pursuant to § 382.209; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Controlled substance use pursuant to § 382.213;
</P>
<P>(5) A SAP report of the successful completion of the return-to-duty process;
</P>
<P>(6) A negative return-to-duty test; and
</P>
<P>(7) An employer's report of completion of follow-up testing.
</P>
<P>(c) No employer may permit a driver to perform a safety-sensitive function if the driver refuses to grant the consent required by paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) A driver granting consent under this section must provide consent electronically to the Agency through the Clearinghouse prior to release of information to an employer in accordance with § 382.701(a)(2) or (b)(3).
</P>
<P>(e) A driver granting consent under this section grants consent for the Agency to release information to an employer in accordance with § 382.701(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 87725, Dec. 5, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 57069, Oct. 14, 2021]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.705" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.705   Reporting to the Clearinghouse.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>MROs.</I> (1) Within 2 business days of making a determination or verification, MROs must report the following information about a driver to the Clearinghouse:
</P>
<P>(i) Verified positive, adulterated, or substituted controlled substances test results;
</P>
<P>(ii) Refusal-to-test determination by the MRO in accordance with 49 CFR 40.191(a)(5), (7), and (11), (b), and (d)(2).
</P>
<P>(2) MROs must provide the following information for each controlled substances test result specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Reason for the test;
</P>
<P>(ii) Federal Drug Testing Custody and Control Form specimen ID number;
</P>
<P>(iii) Driver's name, date of birth, and CDL number and State of issuance;
</P>
<P>(iv) Employer's name, address, and USDOT number, if applicable;
</P>
<P>(v) Date of the test;
</P>
<P>(vi) Date of the verified result; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Test result. The test result must be one of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Positive (including the controlled substance(s) identified);
</P>
<P>(B) Refusal to test: Adulterated;
</P>
<P>(C) Refusal to test: Substituted; or
</P>
<P>(D) Refusal to provide a sufficient specimen after the MRO makes a determination, in accordance with § 40.193 of this title, that the employee does not have a medical condition that has, or with a high degree of probability could have, precluded the employee from providing a sufficient amount of urine or oral fluid. Under this subpart a refusal would also include a refusal to undergo a medical examination or evaluation to substantiate a qualifying medical condition.
</P>
<P>(3) Within 1 business day of making any change to the results report in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a MRO must report that changed result to the Clearinghouse.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employers.</I> (1) Employers must report the following information about a driver to the Clearinghouse by the close of the third business day following the date on which they obtained that information:
</P>
<P>(i) An alcohol confirmation test result with an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater;
</P>
<P>(ii) A negative return-to-duty test result;
</P>
<P>(iii) A refusal to take an alcohol test pursuant to 49 CFR 40.261;
</P>
<P>(iv) A refusal to test determination made in accordance with 49 CFR 40.191(a)(1) through (4), (a)(6), (a)(8) through (11), or (d)(1), but in the case of a refusal to test under (a)(11), the employer may report only those admissions made to the specimen collector; and
</P>
<P>(v) A report that the driver has successfully completed all follow-up tests as prescribed in the SAP report in accordance with §§ 40.307, 40.309, and 40.311 of this title.
</P>
<P>(2) The information required to be reported under paragraph (b)(1) of this section must include, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) Reason for the test;
</P>
<P>(ii) Driver's name, date of birth, and CDL number and State of issuance;
</P>
<P>(iii) Employer name, address, and USDOT number;
</P>
<P>(iv) Date of the test;
</P>
<P>(v) Date the result was reported; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Test result. The test result must be one of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Negative (only required for return-to-duty tests administered in accordance with § 382.309);
</P>
<P>(B) Positive; or
</P>
<P>(C) Refusal to take a test.
</P>
<P>(3) For each report of a violation of 49 CFR 40.261(a)(1) or 40.191(a)(1), the employer must report the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Documentation, including, but not limited to, electronic mail or other contemporaneous record of the time and date the driver was notified to appear at a testing site; and the time, date and testing site location at which the employee was directed to appear, or an affidavit providing evidence of such notification;
</P>
<P>(ii) Documentation, including, but not limited to, electronic mail or other correspondence, or an affidavit, indicating the date the employee was terminated or resigned (if applicable);
</P>
<P>(iii) Documentation, including, but not limited to, electronic mail or other correspondence, or an affidavit, showing that the C/TPA reporting the violation was authorized to act as a service agent for an employer who employs himself/herself as a driver pursuant to paragraph (b)(6) of this section when the reported refusal occurred (if applicable); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Documentation, including a certificate of service or other evidence, showing that the employer provided the employee with all documentation reported under paragraph (b)(3) of this section (if applicable).
</P>
<P>(4) Employers must report the following violations by the close of the third business day following the date on which the employer obtains actual knowledge, as defined at § 382.107, of:
</P>
<P>(i) On-duty alcohol use pursuant to § 382.205;
</P>
<P>(ii) Pre-duty alcohol use pursuant to § 382.207;
</P>
<P>(iii) Alcohol use following an accident pursuant to § 382.209; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Controlled substance use pursuant to § 382.213.
</P>
<P>(5) For each violation in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the employer must report the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Driver's name, date of birth, CDL number and State of issuance;
</P>
<P>(ii) Employer name, address, and USDOT number, if applicable;
</P>
<P>(iii) Date the employer obtained actual knowledge of the violation;
</P>
<P>(iv) Witnesses to the violation, if any, including contact information;
</P>
<P>(v) Description of the violation;
</P>
<P>(vi) Evidence supporting each fact alleged in the description of the violation required under paragraph (b)(4) of this section, which may include, but is not limited to, affidavits, photographs, video or audio recordings, employee statements (other than admissions pursuant to § 382.121), correspondence, or other documentation; and
</P>
<P>(vii) A certificate of service or other evidence showing that the employer provided the employee with all information reported under paragraph (b)(4) of this section (if applicable).
</P>
<P>(6) An employer who employs himself/herself as a driver must designate a C/TPA to comply with the employer requirements in paragraph (b) of this section related to his or her own alcohol and controlled substances use.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>C/TPAs.</I> Any employer may designate a C/TPA to perform the employer requirements in paragraph (b) of this section. Regardless of whether it uses a C/TPA to perform its requirements, the employer retains ultimate responsibility for compliance with this section. Exception: An employer does not retain responsibility where the C/TPA is designated to comply with employer requirements as described in paragraph (b)(6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>SAPs.</I> (1) SAPs must report to the Clearinghouse for each driver who has completed the return-to-duty process in accordance with 49 CFR part 40, subpart O, the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) SAPs name, address, and telephone number;
</P>
<P>(ii) Driver's name, date of birth, and CDL number and State of issuance;
</P>
<P>(iii) Date of the initial substance-abuse-professional assessment; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Date the SAP determined that the driver demonstrated successful compliance as defined in 49 CFR part 40, subpart O, and was eligible for return-to-duty testing under this part.
</P>
<P>(2) SAP must report the information required by paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section by the close of the business day following the date of the initial substance abuse assessment, and must report the information required by paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section by the close of the business day following the determination that the driver has completed the return-to-duty process.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reporting truthfully and accurately.</I> Every person or entity with access must report truthfully and accurately to the Clearinghouse and is expressly prohibited from reporting information he or she knows or should know is false or inaccurate.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Reporting Entities and Circumstances
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reporting entity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">When information will be reported to clearinghouse
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Prospective/Current Employer of CDL Driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—An alcohol confirmation test with a concentration of 0.04 or higher.
<br/>—Refusal to test (alcohol) as specified in 49 CFR 40.261.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Refusal to test (drug) not requiring a determination by the MRO as specified in 49 CFR 40.191.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Actual knowledge, as defined in 49 CFR 382.107, that a driver has used alcohol on duty, used alcohol within four hours of coming on duty, used alcohol prior to post-accident testing, or has used a controlled substance.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Negative return-to-duty test results (drug and alcohol testing, as applicable)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Completion of follow-up testing.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Service Agent acting on behalf of Current Employer of CDL Driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—An alcohol confirmation test with a concentration of 0.04 or higher.
<br/>—Refusal to test (alcohol) as specified in 49 CFR 40.261.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Refusal to test (drug) not requiring a determination by the MRO as specified in 49 CFR 40.191.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Actual knowledge, as defined in 49 CFR 382.107, that a driver has used alcohol on duty, used alcohol within four hours of coming on duty, used alcohol prior to post-accident testing, or has used a controlled substance.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Negative return-to-duty test results (drug and alcohol testing, as applicable)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Completion of follow-up testing.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MRO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Verified positive, adulterated, or substituted drug test result.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Refusal to test (drug) requiring a determination by the MRO as specified in 49 CFR 40.191.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SAP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Identification of driver and date the initial assessment was initiated.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—Successful completion of treatment and/or education and the determination of eligibility for return-to-duty testing.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 87725, Dec. 5, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 35639, July 7, 2021; 88 FR 27653, May 2, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.707" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.707   Notice to drivers of entry, revision, removal, or release of information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FMCSA must notify a driver when information concerning that driver has been added to, revised, or removed from the Clearinghouse.
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA must notify a driver when information concerning that driver has been released from the Clearinghouse to an employer and specify the reason for the release.
</P>
<P>(c) Drivers will be notified by letter sent by U.S. Mail to the address on record with the State Driver Licensing Agency that issued the driver's commercial driver's license. Exception: A driver may provide the Clearinghouse with an alternative means or address for notification, including electronic mail.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.709" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.709   Drivers' access to information in the Clearinghouse.</HEAD>
<P>A driver may review information in the Clearinghouse about himself or herself, except as otherwise restricted by law or regulation. A driver must register with the Clearinghouse before accessing his or her information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.711" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.711   Clearinghouse registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Clearinghouse registration required.</I> Each employer and service agent must register with the Clearinghouse before accessing or reporting information in the Clearinghouse.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employers.</I> (1) Employer Clearinghouse registration must include:
</P>
<P>(i) Name, address, and telephone number;
</P>
<P>(ii) USDOT number, except if the registrant does not have a USDOT Number, it may be requested to provide other information to verify identity; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Name of the person(s) the employer authorizes to report information to or obtain information from the Clearinghouse and any additional information FMCSA needs to validate his or her identity.
</P>
<P>(2) Employers must verify the names of the person(s) authorized under paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section annually.
</P>
<P>(3) Identification of the C/TPA or other service agent used to comply with the requirements of this part, if applicable, and authorization for the C/TPA to query or report information to the Clearinghouse. Employers must update any changes to this information within 10 days.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>MROs and SAPs.</I> Each MRO or SAP must provide the following to apply for Clearinghouse registration:
</P>
<P>(1) Name, address, telephone number, and any additional information FMCSA needs to validate the applicant's identity;
</P>
<P>(2) A certification that the applicant's access to the Clearinghouse is conditioned on his or her compliance with the applicable qualification and/or training requirements in 49 CFR part 40; and
</P>
<P>(3) Evidence of required professional credentials to verify that the applicant currently meets the applicable qualification and/or training requirements in 49 CFR part 40.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>C/TPAs and other service agents.</I> Each consortium/third-party administrator or other service agent must provide the following to apply for Clearinghouse registration:
</P>
<P>(1) Name, address, telephone number, and any additional information FMCSA needs to validate the applicant's identity; and
</P>
<P>(2) Name, title, and telephone number of the person(s) authorized to report information to and obtain information from the Clearinghouse.
</P>
<P>(3) Each C/TPA or other service agent must verify the names of the person(s) authorized under paragraph (d)(2) of this section annually.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 87725, Dec. 5, 2016, as amended at 88 FR 80181, Nov. 17, 2023.]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.713" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.713   Duration, cancellation, and revocation of access.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Term.</I> Clearinghouse registration is valid for 5 years, unless cancelled or revoked.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cancellation.</I> FMCSA will cancel Clearinghouse registrations for anyone who has not queried or reported to the Clearinghouse for 2 years.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Revocation.</I> FMCSA has the right to revoke the Clearinghouse registration of anyone who fails to comply with any of the prescribed rights and restrictions on access to the Clearinghouse, including but not limited to, submission of inaccurate or false information and misuse or misappropriation of access rights or protected information from the Clearinghouse and failure to maintain the requisite qualifications, certifications and/or training requirements as set forth in part 40 of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.715" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.715   Authorization to enter information into the Clearinghouse.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>C/TPAs.</I> No C/TPA or other service agent may enter information into the Clearinghouse on an employer's behalf unless the employer designates the C/TPA or other service agent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>SAPs.</I> A driver must designate a SAP before that SAP can enter any information about the driver's return-to-duty process into the Clearinghouse.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.717" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.717   Procedures for correcting certain information in the database.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petitions limited to incorrectly reported information.</I> (1) Under this section, petitioners may request only that administrative errors be corrected (<I>e.g.,</I> errors in data entry or a duplicate report of a positive test result); petitioners may not contest the accuracy of test results, test refusals, or other violation information, under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exceptions.</I> (i) Petitioners may request that FMCSA add documentary evidence of a non-conviction to an employer's report of actual knowledge that the driver received a traffic citation for driving a commercial motor vehicle while under the influence of alcohol or controlled substances if the citation did not result in a conviction. For the purposes of this section, conviction has the same meaning as used in 49 CFR part 383.
</P>
<P>(ii) Petitioners may request that FMCSA remove from the Clearinghouse an employer's report of actual knowledge (other than as provided for in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section) if that report does not comply with the reporting requirements in § 382.705(b)(5).
</P>
<P>(iii) Petitioners may request that FMCSA remove from the Clearinghouse an employer's report of a violation under 49 CFR 40.261(a)(1) or 40.191(a)(1) if that report does not comply with the reporting requirements in § 382.705(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Petition.</I> Any driver or authorized representative of the driver may submit a petition to the FMCSA contesting the accuracy of information in the Clearinghouse. The petition must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The petitioner's name, address, telephone number, and CDL number and State of issuance;
</P>
<P>(2) Detailed description of the basis for the allegation that the information is not accurate; and
</P>
<P>(3) Evidence supporting the allegation that the information is not accurate. Failure to submit evidence is cause for dismissing the petition.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Submission of petition.</I> The petitioner may submit his/her petition electronically through the Clearinghouse or in writing to: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, ATTN: Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse Petition for Review, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice of decision.</I> Within 45 days of receiving a complete petition, FMCSA will inform the driver in writing of its decision to remove, retain, or correct the information in the database and provide the basis for the decision.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Request for expedited treatment.</I> (1) A driver may request expedited treatment to correct inaccurate information in his or her Clearinghouse record under paragraph (a)(1) of this section if the inaccuracy is currently preventing him or her from performing safety-sensitive functions, or to remove employer reports under paragraph (a)(2) of this section if such reports are currently preventing him or her from performing safety-sensitive functions. This request may be included in the original petition or as a separate document.
</P>
<P>(2) If FMCSA grants expedited treatment, it will subsequently inform the driver of its decision in writing within 14 days of receipt of a complete petition.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Administrative review.</I> (1) A driver may request FMCSA to conduct an administrative review if he or she believes that a decision made in accordance with paragraph (d) or (e) of this section was in error.
</P>
<P>(2) The request must prominently state at the top of the document: “Administrative Review of Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse Decision” and the driver may submit his/her request electronically through the Clearinghouse or in writing to FMCSA, ATTN: Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse Administrative Review, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(3) The driver's request must explain the error he or she believes FMCSA committed and provide information and/or documents to support his or her argument.
</P>
<P>(4) FMCSA will complete its administrative review no later than 30 days after receiving the driver's request for review. FMCSA's decision will constitute the final Agency action.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Subsequent notification to employers.</I> When information is corrected or removed in accordance with this section, or in accordance with 49 CFR part 10, FMCSA will notify any employer that accessed the incorrect information that a correction or removal was made.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 87725, Dec. 5, 2016, as amended at 86 FR 35640, July 7, 2021; 86 FR 55742, Oct. 7, 2021; 86 FR 57069, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.719" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.719   Availability and removal of information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Driver information not available.</I> Information about a driver's drug or alcohol violation will not be available to an employer conducting a query of the Clearinghouse after all of the following conditions relating to the violation are satisfied:
</P>
<P>(1) The SAP reports to the Clearinghouse the information required in § 382.705(d);
</P>
<P>(2) The employer reports to the Clearinghouse that the driver's return-to-duty test results are negative;
</P>
<P>(3) The driver's current employer reports that the driver has successfully completed all follow-up tests as prescribed in the SAP report in accordance with §§ 40.307, 40.309, and 40.311 of this title; and
</P>
<P>(4) Five years have passed since the date of the violation determination.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Driver information remains available.</I> Information about a particular driver's drug or alcohol violation will remain available to employers conducting a query until all requirements in paragraph (a) of this section have been met.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) Within 2 business days of granting a request for removal pursuant to § 382.717(a)(2)(i), FMCSA will remove information from the Clearinghouse.
</P>
<P>(2) Information about a particular driver's drug or alcohol violation may be removed in accordance with § 382.717(a)(2)(ii) and (iii) or in accordance with 49 CFR part 10.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Driver information remains available.</I> Nothing in this part shall prevent FMCSA from using information removed under this section for research, auditing, or enforcement purposes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.721" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.721   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>FMCSA may collect a reasonable fee from entities required to query the Clearinghouse. Exception: No driver may be required to pay a fee to access his or her own information in the Clearinghouse.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.723" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.723   Unauthorized access or use prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as expressly authorized in this subpart, no person or entity may access the Clearinghouse. No person or entity may share, distribute, publish, or otherwise release any information in the Clearinghouse except as specifically authorized by law. No person may report inaccurate or misleading information to the Clearinghouse.
</P>
<P>(b) An employer's use of information received from the Clearinghouse is limited to determining whether a prohibition applies to a driver performing a safety-sensitive function with respect to a commercial motor vehicle. No employer may divulge or permit any other person or entity to divulge any information from the Clearinghouse to any person or entity not directly involved in determining whether a prohibition applies to a driver performing a safety-sensitive function with respect to a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) Violations of this section are subject to civil and criminal penalties in accordance with applicable law, including those set forth at § 382.507.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this part shall prohibit FMCSA from accessing information about individual drivers in the Clearinghouse for research, auditing, or enforcement purposes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.725" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.725   Access by State licensing authorities.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Before November 18, 2024, in order to determine whether a driver is qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle, the chief commercial driver's licensing official of a State may obtain the driver's record from the Clearinghouse if the driver has applied for a commercial driver's license or commercial learner's permit from that State.
</P>
<P>(2) On or after November 18, 2024, in order to determine whether a driver is qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle, the chief commercial driver's licensing official of a State must obtain the driver's record from the Clearinghouse if the driver has applied for a commercial driver's license or commercial learner's permit from that State.
</P>
<P>(b) By applying for a commercial driver's license or a commercial learner's permit, a driver is deemed to have consented to the release of information from the Clearinghouse in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The chief commercial driver's licensing official's use of information received from the Clearinghouse is limited to determining an individual's qualifications to operate a commercial motor vehicle. No chief commercial driver's licensing official may divulge or permit any other person or entity to divulge any information from the Clearinghouse to any person or entity not directly involved in determining an individual's qualifications to operate a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) A chief commercial driver's licensing official who does not take appropriate safeguards to protect the privacy and confidentiality of information obtained under this section is subject to revocation of his or her right of access under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 87725, Dec. 5, 2016, as amended at 84 FR 68057, Dec. 13, 2019; 86 FR 35640, July 7, 2021; 86 FR 55742, Oct. 7, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 382.727" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.24.7.11.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 382.727   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>An employer, employee, MRO, or service agent who violates any provision of this subpart shall be subject to the civil and/or criminal penalty provisions of 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(2)(C).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="383" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 383—COMMERCIAL DRIVER'S LICENSE STANDARDS; REQUIREMENTS AND PENALTIES
</HEAD>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 90 FR 46525, Sept. 29, 2025, § 383.212 was amended; however, the amendment could not be incorporated due to inaccurate amendatory instruction.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 521, 31136, 31301, <I>et seq.,</I> and 31502; secs. 214 and 215 of Pub. L. 106-159, 113 Stat. 1748, 1766, 1767; sec. 1012(b) of Pub. L. 107-56, 115 Stat. 272, 397, sec. 4140 of Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144, 1746; sec. 32934 of Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 830; secs. 5401 and 7208, Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1546, 1593 (49 U.S.C. 31305(d)), sec. 23019 of Pub. L. 117-58, 135 Stat. 429, 777; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 20587, June 1, 1987, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to help reduce or prevent truck and bus accidents, fatalities, and injuries by requiring drivers to have a single commercial motor vehicle driver's license and by disqualifying drivers who operate commercial motor vehicles in an unsafe manner.
</P>
<P>(b) This part:
</P>
<P>(1) Prohibits a commercial motor vehicle driver from having more than one commercial motor vehicle driver's license;
</P>
<P>(2) Requires a driver to notify the driver's current employer and the driver's State of domicile of certain convictions;
</P>
<P>(3) Requires that a driver provide previous employment information when applying for employment as an operator of a commercial motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(4) Prohibits an employer from allowing a person with a suspended license to operate a commercial motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(5) Establishes periods of disqualification and penalties for those persons convicted of certain criminal and other offenses and serious traffic violations, or subject to any suspensions, revocations, or cancellations of certain driving privileges;
</P>
<P>(6) Establishes testing and licensing requirements for commercial motor vehicle operators;
</P>
<P>(7) Requires States to give knowledge and skills tests to all qualified applicants for commercial drivers' licenses which meet the Federal standard;
</P>
<P>(8) Sets forth commercial motor vehicle groups and endorsements;
</P>
<P>(9) Sets forth the knowledge and skills test requirements for the motor vehicle groups and endorsements;
</P>
<P>(10) Sets forth the Federal standards for procedures, methods, and minimum passing scores for States and others to use in testing and licensing commercial motor vehicle operators; and
</P>
<P>(11) Establishes requirements for the State issued commercial license documentation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 20587, June 1, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 27648, July 21, 1988; 54 FR 40787, Oct. 3, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rules in this part apply to every person who operates a commercial motor vehicle (CMV) in interstate, foreign, or intrastate commerce, to all employers of such persons, and to all States.
</P>
<P>(b) The exceptions contained in § 390.3(f) of this subchapter do not apply to this part. The employers and drivers identified in § 390.3(f) must comply with the requirements of this part, unless otherwise provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exception for certain military drivers.</I> Each State must exempt from the requirements of this part individuals who operate CMVs for military purposes. This exception is applicable to active duty military personnel; members of the military reserves; members of the national guard on active duty, including personnel on full-time national guard duty and personnel on part-time national guard training; dual-status military technicians, as defined in 10 U.S.C. 10216; and active duty U.S. Coast Guard personnel.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exception for farmers, firefighters, emergency response vehicle drivers, and drivers removing snow and ice.</I> A State may, at its discretion, exempt individuals identified in paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), and (d)(3) of this section from the requirements of this part. The use of this waiver is limited to the driver's home State unless there is a reciprocity agreement with adjoining States.
</P>
<P>(1) Operators of a farm vehicle which is:
</P>
<P>(i) Controlled and operated by a farmer, including operation by employees or family members;
</P>
<P>(ii) Used to transport either agricultural products, farm machinery, farm supplies, or both to or from a farm;
</P>
<P>(iii) Not used in the operations of a for-hire motor carrier, except for an exempt motor carrier as defined in § 390.5 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Used within 241 kilometers (150 miles) of the farmer's farm.
</P>
<P>(2) Firefighters and other persons who operate CMVs which are necessary to the preservation of life or property or the execution of emergency governmental functions, are equipped with audible and visual signals and are not subject to normal traffic regulation. These vehicles include fire trucks, hook and ladder trucks, foam or water transport trucks, police SWAT team vehicles, ambulances, or other vehicles that are used in response to emergencies.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) A driver, employed by an eligible unit of local government, operating a commercial motor vehicle within the boundaries of that unit for the purpose of removing snow or ice from a roadway by plowing, sanding, or salting, if
</P>
<P>(A) The properly licensed employee who ordinarily operates a commercial motor vehicle for these purposes is unable to operate the vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(B) The employing governmental entity determines that a snow or ice emergency exists that requires additional assistance.
</P>
<P>(ii) This exemption shall not preempt State laws and regulations concerning the safe operation of commercial motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Restricted commercial drivers license (CDL) for certain drivers in the State of Alaska.</I> (1) The State of Alaska may, at its discretion, waive only the following requirements of this part and issue a CDL to each driver that meets the conditions set forth in paragraphs (e) (2) and (3) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The knowledge tests standards for testing procedures and methods of subpart H, but must continue to administer knowledge tests that fulfill the content requirements of subpart G for <I>all</I> applicants;
</P>
<P>(ii) All the skills test requirements; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The requirement under § 383.153(a)(4) to have a photograph on the license document.
</P>
<P>(2) Drivers of CMVs in the State of Alaska must operate exclusively over roads that meet <I>both</I> of the following criteria to be eligible for the exception in paragraph (e)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Such roads are not connected by land highway or vehicular way to the land-connected State highway system; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Such roads are not connected to any highway or vehicular way with an average daily traffic volume greater than 499.
</P>
<P>(3) Any CDL issued under the terms of this paragraph must carry two restrictions:
</P>
<P>(i) Holders may not operate CMVs over roads other than those specified in paragraph (e)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The license is not valid for CMV operation outside the State of Alaska.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Restricted CDL for certain drivers in farm-related service industries.</I> (1) A State may, at its discretion, waive the required knowledge and skills tests of subpart H of this part and issue restricted CDLs to employees of these designated farm-related service industries:
</P>
<P>(i) Agri-chemical businesses;
</P>
<P>(ii) Custom harvesters;
</P>
<P>(iii) Farm retail outlets and suppliers;
</P>
<P>(iv) Livestock feeders.
</P>
<P>(2) A restricted CDL issued pursuant to this paragraph shall meet all the requirements of this part, except subpart H of this part. A restricted CDL issued pursuant to this paragraph shall be accorded the same reciprocity as a CDL meeting all of the requirements of this part. The restrictions imposed upon the issuance of this restricted CDL shall not limit a person's use of the CDL in a non-CMV during either validated or non-validated periods, nor shall the CDL affect a State's power to administer its driver licensing program for operators of vehicles other than CMVs.
</P>
<P>(3) A State issuing a CDL under the terms of this paragraph must restrict issuance as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Applicants must have a good driving record as defined in this paragraph. Drivers who have not held any motor vehicle operator's license for at least one year shall not be eligible for this CDL. Drivers who have between one and two years of driving experience must demonstrate a good driving record for their entire driving history. Drivers with more than two years of driving experience must have a good driving record for the two most recent years. For the purposes of this paragraph, the term <I>good driving record</I> means that an applicant:
</P>
<P>(A) Has not had more than one license;
</P>
<P>(B) Has not had <I>any</I> license suspended, revoked, or canceled;
</P>
<P>(C) Has not had <I>any</I> conviction for any type of motor vehicle for the disqualifying offenses contained in § 383.51(b);
</P>
<P>(D) Has not had <I>any</I> conviction for any type of motor vehicle for serious traffic violations; and
</P>
<P>(E) Has not had <I>any</I> conviction for a violation of State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than a parking violation) arising in connection with any traffic accident, and has no record of an accident in which he/she was at fault.
</P>
<P>(ii) Restricted CDLs shall have the same renewal cycle as unrestricted CDLs but shall be limited to the seasonal period or periods as defined by the State of licensure, provided that the total number of days in any calendar year for which the restricted CDL is valid does not exceed 210. If a State elects to provide for more than one seasonal period, the restricted CDL is valid for commercial motor vehicle operation only during the currently approved season, and must be revalidated for each successive season. Only one seasonal period of validity may appear on the license document at a time. The good driving record must be confirmed prior to any renewal or revalidation.
</P>
<P>(iii) Restricted CDL holders are limited to operating Group B and C vehicles, as described in subpart F of this part.
</P>
<P>(iv) Restricted CDLs shall not be issued with <I>any</I> endorsements on the license document. Only the limited tank vehicle and hazardous materials endorsement privileges that the restricted CDL automatically confers and are described in paragraph (f)(3)(v) of this section are permitted.
</P>
<P>(v) Restricted CDL holders may not drive vehicles carrying any placardable quantities of hazardous materials, except for diesel fuel in quantities of 3,785 liters (1,000 gallons) or less; liquid fertilizers (i.e., plant nutrients) in vehicles or implements of husbandry in total quantities of 11,355 liters (3,000 gallons) or less; and solid fertilizers (i.e., solid plant nutrients) that are not transported with any organic substance.
</P>
<P>(vi) Restricted CDL holders may not hold an unrestricted CDL at the same time.
</P>
<P>(vii) Restricted CDL holders may not operate a commercial motor vehicle beyond 241 kilometers (150 miles) from the place of business or the farm currently being served.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Restricted CDL for certain drivers in the pyrotechnic industry.</I> (1) A State may, at its discretion, waive the required hazardous materials knowledge tests of subpart H of this part and issue restricted CDLs to part-time drivers operating commercial motor vehicles transporting less than 227 kilograms (500 pounds) of fireworks classified as DOT Class 1.3G explosives.
</P>
<P>(2) A State issuing a CDL under the terms of this paragraph must restrict issuance as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The GVWR of the vehicle to be operated must be less than 4,537 kilograms (10,001 pounds);
</P>
<P>(ii) If a State believes, at its discretion, that the training required by § 172.704 of this title adequately prepares part-time drivers meeting the other requirements of this paragraph to deal with fireworks and the other potential dangers posed by fireworks transportation and use, the State may waive the hazardous materials knowledge tests of subpart H of this part. The State may impose any requirements it believes is necessary to ensure itself that a driver is properly trained pursuant to § 172.704 of this title.
</P>
<P>(iii) A restricted CDL document issued pursuant to this paragraph shall have a statement clearly imprinted on the face of the document that is substantially similar as follows: “For use as a CDL only during the period from June 30 through July 6 for purposes of transporting less than 227 kilograms (500 pounds) of fireworks classified as DOT Class 1.3G explosives in a vehicle with a GVWR of less than 4,537 kilograms (10,001 pounds).
</P>
<P>(3) A restricted CDL issued pursuant to this paragraph shall meet all the requirements of this part, except those specifically identified. A restricted CDL issued pursuant to this paragraph shall be accorded the same reciprocity as a CDL meeting all of the requirements of this part. The restrictions imposed upon the issuance of this restricted CDL shall not limit a person's use of the CDL in a non-CMV during either validated or non-validated periods, nor shall the CDL affect a State's power to administer its driver licensing program for operators of vehicles other than CMVs.
</P>
<P>(4) Restricted CDLs shall have the same renewal cycle as unrestricted CDLs, but shall be limited to the seasonal period of June 30 through July 6 of each year or a lesser period as defined by the State of licensure.
</P>
<P>(5) Persons who operate commercial motor vehicles during the period from July 7 through June 29 for purposes of transporting less than 227 kilograms (500 pounds) of fireworks classified as DOT Class 1.3G explosives in a vehicle with a GVWR of less than 4,537 kilograms (10,001 pounds) and who also operate such vehicles for the same purposes during the period June 30 through July 6 shall not be issued a restricted CDL pursuant to this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exception for drivers of “covered farm vehicles.”</I> The rules in this part do not apply to a driver of a “covered farm vehicle,” as defined in § 390.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Hazardous materials endorsement exemption for certain drivers transporting diesel or jet fuel.</I> A State may waive the requirement for a holder of a Class A commercial driver's license to obtain a hazardous materials endorsement under this part, if the license holder is:
</P>
<P>(1) Acting within the scope of the license holder's employment, and within the State of domicile (or another State with a hazardous materials endorsement exemption) as an employee of a custom harvester operation, agrichemical business, farm retail outlet and supplier, livestock feeder, or agricultural aviation operation; and
</P>
<P>(2) Operating a service vehicle that is:
</P>
<P>(i) Transporting diesel or jet fuel in a quantity of 3,785 liters (1,000 gallons) or less; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Clearly placarded in accordance with 49 CFR part 172 subpart F.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 9564, Mar. 8, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 14679, Apr. 3, 1996; 62 FR 1296, Jan. 9, 1997; 67 FR 49755, July 31, 2002; 67 FR 61821, Oct. 2, 2002; 78 FR 16194, Mar. 14, 2013; 78 FR 58479, Sept. 24, 2013; 81 FR 47720, July 22, 2016; 81 FR 68346, Oct. 4, 2016; 81 FR 71016, Oct. 14, 2016; 86 FR 35640, July 7, 2021; 87 FR 59036, Sept. 29, 2022; 91 FR 927, Jan. 9, 2026; 91 FR 7864, Feb. 19, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator, the chief executive of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, an agency within the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol</I> or <I>alcoholic beverage</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) Beer as defined in 26 U.S.C. 5052(a), of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, 
</P>
<P>(2) Wine of not less than one-half of one per centum of alcohol by volume, or 
</P>
<P>(3) Distilled spirits as defined in section 5002(a)(8), of such Code.
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol concentration</I> (AC) means the concentration of alcohol in a person's blood or breath. When expressed as a percentage it means grams of alcohol per 100 milliliters of blood or grams of alcohol per 210 liters of breath.
</P>
<P><I>Alien</I> means any person not a citizen or national of the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>CDL downgrade</I> means either:
</P>
<P>(1) A State allows the driver to change his or her self-certification to interstate, but operating exclusively in transportation or operation excepted from part 391, as provided in § 390.3(f), § 391.2, § 391.68 or § 398.3 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) A State allows the driver to change his or her self-certification to intrastate only, if the driver qualifies under that State's physical qualification requirements for intrastate only;
</P>
<P>(3) A State allows the driver to change his or her certification to intrastate, but operating exclusively in transportation or operations excepted from all or part of the State driver qualification requirements, or
</P>
<P>(4) A State removes the CLP or CDL privilege from the driver's license.
</P>
<P><I>CDL driver</I> means a person holding a CDL or a person required to hold a CDL.
</P>
<P><I>CDLIS driver record</I> means the electronic record of the individual CDL driver's status and history stored by the State-of-Record as part of the Commercial Driver's License Information System (CDLIS) established under 49 U.S.C. 31309.
</P>
<P><I>Commerce</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any trade, traffic, or transportation within the jurisdiction of the United States between a place in a State and a place outside of such State, including a place outside of the United States; or
</P>
<P>(2) Trade, traffic, and transportation in the United States that affects any trade, traffic, and transportation described in paragraph (1) of this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial driver's license (CDL)</I> means a license issued to an individual by a State or other jurisdiction of domicile, in accordance with the standards contained in this part, which authorizes the individual to operate a class of a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial driver's license information system (CDLIS)</I> means the CDLIS established by FMCSA pursuant to section 12007 of the Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial learner's permit (CLP)</I> means a permit issued to an individual by a State or other jurisdiction of domicile, in accordance with the standards contained in this part, which, when carried with a valid driver's license issued by the same State or jurisdiction, authorizes the individual to operate a class of a commercial motor vehicle when accompanied by a holder of a valid CDL for purposes of behind-the-wheel training. When issued to a CDL holder, a CLP serves as authorization for accompanied behind-the-wheel training in a CMV for which the holder's current CDL is not valid.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial motor vehicle (CMV)</I> means a motor vehicle or combination of motor vehicles used in commerce to transport passengers or property if the motor vehicle is a—
</P>
<P>(1) Combination Vehicle (Group A)—having a gross combination weight rating or gross combination weight of 11,794 kilograms or more (26,001 pounds or more), whichever is greater, inclusive of a towed unit(s) with a gross vehicle weight rating or gross vehicle weight of more than 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds), whichever is greater; or
</P>
<P>(2) Heavy Straight Vehicle (Group B)—having a gross vehicle weight rating or gross vehicle weight of 11,794 or more kilograms (26,001 pounds or more), whichever is greater; or
</P>
<P>(3) Small Vehicle (Group C) that does not meet Group A or B requirements but that either—
</P>
<P>(i) Is designed to transport 16 or more passengers, including the driver; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is of any size and is used in the transportation of hazardous materials as defined in this section.</P>
<P><I>Controlled substance</I> has the meaning such term has under 21 U.S.C. 802(6) and includes all substances listed on schedules I through V of 21 CFR 1308 (§§ 1308.11 through 1308.15), as they may be amended by the United States Department of Justice.
</P>
<P><I>Conviction</I> means an unvacated adjudication of guilt, or a determination that a person has violated or failed to comply with the law in a court of original jurisdiction or by an authorized administrative tribunal, an unvacated forfeiture of bail or collateral deposited to secure the person's appearance in court, a plea of guilty or nolo contendere accepted by the court, the payment of a fine or court cost, or violation of a condition of release without bail, regardless of whether or not the penalty is rebated, suspended, or probated.
</P>
<P><I>Disqualification</I> means any of the following three actions:
</P>
<P>(1) The suspension, revocation, or cancellation of a CLP or CDL by the State or jurisdiction of issuance.
</P>
<P>(2) Any withdrawal of a person's privileges to drive a CMV by a State or other jurisdiction as the result of a violation of State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than parking, vehicle weight or vehicle defect violations).
</P>
<P>(3) A determination by the FMCSA that a person is not qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle under part 391 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Driver applicant</I> means an individual who applies to a State or other jurisdiction to obtain, transfer, upgrade, or renew a CDL or to obtain or renew a CLP.
</P>
<P><I>Driver's license</I> means a license issued by a State or other jurisdiction, to an individual which authorizes the individual to operate a motor vehicle on the highways.
</P>
<P><I>Driving a commercial motor vehicle while under the influence of alcohol</I> means committing any one or more of the following acts in a CMV—
</P>
<P>(1) Driving a CMV while the person's alcohol concentration is 0.04 or more; 
</P>
<P>(2) Driving under the influence of alcohol, as prescribed by State law; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Refusal to undergo such testing as is required by any State or jurisdiction in the enforcement of § 383.51(b) or § 392.5(a)(2) of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Electronic device</I> includes, but is not limited to, a cellular telephone; personal digital assistant; pager; computer; or any other device used to input, write, send, receive, or read text.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible unit of local government</I> means a city, town, borough, county, parish, district, or other public body created by or pursuant to State law which has a total population of 3,000 individuals or less.
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> means any operator of a commercial motor vehicle, including full time, regularly employed drivers; casual, intermittent or occasional drivers; leased drivers and independent, owner-operator contractors (while in the course of operating a commercial motor vehicle) who are either directly employed by or under lease to an employer.
</P>
<P><I>Employer</I> means any person (including the United States, a State, District of Columbia or a political subdivision of a State) who owns or leases a commercial motor vehicle or assigns employees to operate such a vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Endorsement</I> means an authorization to an individual's CLP or CDL required to permit the individual to operate certain types of commercial motor vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Evidence of lawful immigration status</I> for purposes of subpart B of this part, means:
</P>
<P>(1) For applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction (except Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, or the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands):
</P>
<P>(i) An unexpired foreign passport; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A Form I-94/94A issued by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security with an unexpired Admit Until Date indicating one of the following classifications: H-2A-Temporary Agricultural Workers, H-2B-Temporary Non-Agricultural Workers, or E-2-Treaty Investors.
</P>
<P>(2) For applicants domiciled in Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, or the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands: any of the documents specified in Table 1 of section 383.71.
</P>
<P><I>Fatality</I> means the death of a person as a result of a motor vehicle accident.
</P>
<P><I>Felony</I> means an offense under State or Federal law that is punishable by death or imprisonment for a term exceeding 1 year.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign</I> means outside the fifty United States and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P><I>Foreign commercial driver</I> means an individual licensed to operate a commercial motor vehicle by an authority outside the United States, or a citizen of a foreign country who operates a commercial motor vehicle in the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Gross combination weight rating (GCWR)</I> is the greater of:
</P>
<P>(1) A value specified by the manufacturer of the power unit, if such value is displayed on the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) certification label required by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, or
</P>
<P>(2) The sum of the gross vehicle weight ratings (GVWRs) or the gross vehicle weights (GVWs) of the power unit and the towed unit(s), or any combination thereof, that produces the highest value. Exception: The GCWR of the power unit will not be used to define a commercial motor vehicle when the power unit is not towing another vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR)</I> means the value specified by the manufacturer as the loaded weight of a single vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous materials</I> means any material that has been designated as hazardous under 49 U.S.C. 5103 and is required to be placarded under subpart F of 49 CFR part 172 or any quantity of a material listed as a select agent or toxin in 42 CFR part 73.
</P>
<P><I>Imminent hazard</I> means the existence of any condition of vehicle, employee, or commercial motor vehicle operations that substantially increases the likelihood of serious injury or death if not discontinued immediately; or a condition relating to hazardous material that presents a substantial likelihood that death, serious illness, severe personal injury, or a substantial endangerment to health, property, or the environment may occur before the reasonably foreseeable completion date of a formal proceeding begun to lessen the risk of that death, illness, injury or endangerment.
</P>
<P><I>Jet fuel</I> means “fuel, aviation, turbine engine” as listed in the Hazardous Materials Table in 49 CFR 172.101 that is reclassed as a combustible liquid in accordance with 49 CFR part 173.
</P>
<P><I>Manual transmission</I> (also known as a stick shift, stick, straight drive or standard transmission) means a transmission utilizing a driver-operated clutch that is activated by a pedal or lever and a gear-shift mechanism operated either by hand or foot. All other transmissions, whether semi-automatic or automatic, will be considered automatic for the purposes of the standardized restriction code.
</P>
<P><I>Military service member</I> means a member of the United States Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Air Force, and Coast Guard, and their associated reserve, and National Guard units.
</P>
<P><I>Military services</I> means the United States Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Air Force, and Coast Guard, and their associated reserve and National Guard units.
</P>
<P><I>Mobile telephone</I> means a mobile communication device that falls under or uses any commercial mobile radio service, as defined in regulations of the Federal Communications Commission, 47 CFR 20.3. It does not include two-way or Citizens Band Radio services.
</P>
<P><I>Motor vehicle</I> means a vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, or semitrailer propelled or drawn by mechanical power used on highways, except that such term does not include a vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, semitrailer operated exclusively on a rail.
</P>
<P><I>Non-CDL</I> means any other type of motor vehicle license, such as an automobile driver's license, a chauffeur's license, or a motorcycle license.
</P>
<P><I>Non-CMV</I> means a motor vehicle or combination of motor vehicles not defined by the term “commercial motor vehicle (CMV)” in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Non-domiciled CLP or Non-domiciled CDL</I> means a CLP or CDL, respectively, issued by a State or other jurisdiction under either of the following two conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) To an individual domiciled in a foreign country meeting the requirements of § 383.23(b)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) To an individual domiciled in another State meeting the requirements of § 383.23(b)(2).
</P>
<P><I>Out-of-service order</I> means a declaration by an authorized enforcement officer of a Federal, State, Canadian, Mexican, or local jurisdiction that a driver, a commercial motor vehicle, or a motor carrier operation, is out-of-service pursuant to §§ 386.72, 392.5, 395.13, 396.9, or compatible laws, or the North American Uniform Out-of-Service Criteria.
</P>
<P><I>Representative vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle which represents the type of motor vehicle that a driver applicant operates or expects to operate.
</P>
<P><I>School bus</I> means a CMV used to transport pre-primary, primary, or secondary school students from home to school, from school to home, or to and from school-sponsored events. School bus does not include operations of a for-hire motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P><I>State of domicile</I> means that State where a person has his/her true, fixed, and permanent home and principal residence and to which he/she has the intention of returning whenever he/she is absent.
</P>
<P><I>Tank vehicle</I> means any commercial motor vehicle that is designed to transport any liquid or gaseous materials within a tank or tanks having an individual rated capacity of more than 119 gallons and an aggregate rated capacity of 1,000 gallons or more that is either permanently or temporarily attached to the vehicle or the chassis. A commercial motor vehicle transporting an empty storage container tank, not designed for transportation, with a rated capacity of 1,000 gallons or more that is temporarily attached to a flatbed trailer is not considered a tank vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Texting</I> means manually entering alphanumeric text into, or reading text from, an electronic device.
</P>
<P>(1) This action includes, but is not limited to, short message service, emailing, instant messaging, a command or request to access a World Wide Web page, pressing more than a single button to initiate or terminate a voice communication using a mobile telephone, or engaging in any other form of electronic text retrieval or entry, for present or future communication.
</P>
<P>(2) Texting does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Inputting, selecting, or reading information on a global positioning system or navigation system; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Pressing a single button to initiate or terminate a voice communication using a mobile telephone; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Using a device capable of performing multiple functions (<I>e.g.,</I> fleet management systems, dispatching devices, smart phones, citizens band radios, music players, <I>etc.</I>) for a purpose that is not otherwise prohibited in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Third-party skills test examiner</I> means a person employed by a third-party tester who is authorized by the State to administer the CDL skills tests specified in subparts G and H of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Third-party tester</I> means a person (including, but not limited to, another State, a motor carrier, a private driver training facility or other private institution, or a department, agency or instrumentality of a local government) authorized by the State to employ skills test examiners to administer the CDL skills tests specified in subparts G and H of this part.
</P>
<P><I>TWIC</I> means Transportation Worker Identification Credential as that term is defined in 49 CFR 1570.3, which is the transportation security card issued by TSA under the authority of 46 U.S.C. 70105.
</P>
<P><I>United States</I> means the 50 States and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle group</I> means a class or type of vehicle with certain operating characteristics.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 20587, June 1, 1987]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 383.5, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.7   Validity of CDL issued by decertified State.</HEAD>
<P>A CDL issued by a State prior to the date the State is notified by the Administrator, in accordance with the provisions of § 384.405 of this subchapter, that the State is prohibited from issuing CDLs, will remain valid until its stated expiration date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49756, July 31, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Single License Requirement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.21" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.21   Number of drivers' licenses.</HEAD>
<P>No person who operates a commercial motor vehicle shall at any time have more than one driver's license.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 48110, Sept. 2, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.23" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.23   Commercial driver's license.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> (1) No person shall operate a CMV unless such person has taken and passed knowledge and driving skills tests for a CLP or CDL that meet the Federal standards contained in subparts F, G, and H of this part for the CMV that person operates or expects to operate.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person may legally operate a CMV unless such person possesses a CDL which meets the standards contained in subpart J of this part, issued by his/her State or jurisdiction of domicile.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> (1) If a CMV operator is not domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction that the Administrator has determined tests drivers and issues CDLs in accordance with, or under standards similar to, the standards contained in subparts F, G, and H of this part,
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> the person may obtain a Non-domiciled CLP or Non-domiciled CDL from a State that does comply with the testing and licensing standards contained in such subparts F, G, and H of this part, so long as that person meets the requirements of § 383.71(f).
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Effective December 29, 1988, the Administrator determined that commercial driver's licenses issued by Canadian Provinces and Territories in conformity with the Canadian National Safety Code are in accordance with the standards of this part. Effective November 21, 1991, and as amended on January 19, 2017, the Administrator determined that the new Licencias Federales de Conductor issued by the United Mexican States are in accordance with the standards of this part. Therefore, under the single license provision of § 383.21, a driver holding a commercial driver's license issued under the Canadian National Safety Code or a new Licencia Federal de Conductor issued by Mexico is prohibited from obtaining a non-domiciled CDL, or any other type of driver's license, from a State or other jurisdiction in the United States.</P></FTNT>
<P>(2) If an individual is domiciled in a State while that State is prohibited from issuing CDLs in accordance with § 384.405 of this subchapter, that individual is eligible to obtain a Non-domiciled CLP or Non-domiciled CDL from any State that elects to issue a Non-domiciled CDL and which complies with the testing and licensing standards contained in subparts F, G, and H of this part, so long as that person meets the requirements of § 383.71(f).
</P>
<P>(3) If an individual possesses a CLP, as defined in § 383.5, the individual is authorized to operate a class of CMV as provided by the CLP in accordance with § 383.25.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26878, May 9, 2011, as amended at 83 FR 22875, May 17, 2018; 83 FR 48975, Sept. 28, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.25" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.25   Commercial learner's permit (CLP).</HEAD>
<P>(a) A CLP is considered a valid CDL for purposes of behind-the-wheel training on public roads or highways, if all of the following minimum conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The CLP holder is at all times accompanied by the holder of a valid CDL who has the proper CDL group and endorsement(s) necessary to operate the CMV and is otherwise authorized to operate the CMV for that trip. The CDL holder must at all times be physically present in the front seat of the vehicle next to the CLP holder or, in the case of a passenger vehicle, directly behind or in the first row behind the driver and must have the CLP holder under observation and direct supervision.
</P>
<P>(2) The CLP holder holds a valid driver's license issued by the same jurisdiction that issued the CLP.
</P>
<P>(3) The CLP holder must have taken and passed a general knowledge test that meets the Federal standards contained in subparts F, G, and H of this part for the commercial motor vehicle that person operates or expects to operate.
</P>
<P>(4) The CLP holder must be 18 years of age or older.
</P>
<P>(5) Endorsements:
</P>
<P>(i) A CLP holder with a passenger (P) endorsement must have taken and passed the P endorsement knowledge test. A CLP holder with a P endorsement is prohibited from operating a CMV carrying passengers, other than Federal/State auditors and inspectors, test examiners, other trainees, and the CDL holder accompanying the CLP holder as prescribed by paragraph (a)(1) of this section. The P endorsement must be class specific.
</P>
<P>(ii) A CLP holder with a school bus (S) endorsement must have taken and passed the S endorsement knowledge test. A CLP holder with an S endorsement is prohibited from operating a school bus with passengers other than Federal/State auditors and inspectors, test examiners, other trainees, and the CDL holder accompanying the CLP holder as prescribed by paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) A CLP holder with a tank vehicle (N) endorsement must have taken and passed the N endorsement knowledge test. A CLP holder with an N endorsement may only operate an empty tank vehicle and is prohibited from operating any tank vehicle that previously contained hazardous materials that has not been purged of any residue.
</P>
<P>(iv) All other Federal endorsements are prohibited on a CLP.
</P>
<P>(6) The CLP holder does not operate a commercial motor vehicle transporting hazardous materials as defined in § 383.5.
</P>
<P>(b) The CLP must be a separate document from the CDL or non-CDL.
</P>
<P>(c) The CLP must be valid for no more than one year from the initial date of issuance without requiring the CLP holder to retake the general and endorsement knowledge tests. CLPs issued for a period of less than one year may be renewed provided the CLP is not valid for more than one year from the date of initial issuance.
</P>
<P>(d) The issuance of a CLP is a precondition to the initial issuance of a CDL. The issuance of a CLP is also a precondition to the upgrade of a CDL if the upgrade requires a skills test.
</P>
<P>(e) The CLP holder is not eligible to take the CDL skills test in the first 14 days after initial issuance of the CLP.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26879, May 9, 2011, as amended at 83 FR 65571, Dec. 21, 2018; 84 FR 51432, Sept. 30, 2019; 88 FR 80181, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Notification Requirements and Employer Responsibilities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.31" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.31   Notification of convictions for driver violations.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260622" REFID="27">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 37050, June 22, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each person who operates a commercial motor vehicle, who has a commercial learner's permit or commercial driver's license issued by a State or jurisdiction, and who is convicted of violating, in any type of motor vehicle, a State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than a parking violation) in a State or jurisdiction other than the one which issued his/her permit or license, shall notify an official designated by the State or jurisdiction which issued such permit or license, of such conviction. The notification must be made within 30 days after the date that the person has been convicted.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person who operates a commercial motor vehicle, who has a commercial driver's license issued by a State or jurisdiction, and who is convicted of violating, in any type of motor vehicle, a State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than a parking violation), shall notify his/her current employer of such conviction. The notification must be made within 30 days after the date that the person has been convicted. If the driver is not currently employed, he/she must notify the State or jurisdiction which issued the license according to § 383.31(a).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notification.</I> The notification to the State official and employer must be made in writing and contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Driver's full name;
</P>
<P>(2) Driver's license number;
</P>
<P>(3) Date of conviction;
</P>
<P>(4) The specific criminal or other offense(s), serious traffic violation(s), and other violation(s) of State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control, for which the person was convicted and any suspension, revocation, or cancellation of certain driving privileges which resulted from such conviction(s);
</P>
<P>(5) Indication whether the violation was in a commercial motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(6) Location of offense; and
</P>
<P>(7) Driver's signature.
</P>
<P>(d) A person is considered to be in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section if the conviction occurs in a State or jurisdiction that is in substantial compliance with 49 CFR 384.209 and has not been de-certified in accordance with 49 CFR 384.405.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 20587, June 1, 1987, as amended at 54 FR 40787, Oct. 3, 1989; 78 FR 24688, Apr. 26, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.33" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.3.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.33   Notification of driver's license suspensions.</HEAD>
<P>Each employee who has a driver's license suspended, revoked, or canceled by a State or jurisdiction, who loses the right to operate a commercial motor vehicle in a State or jurisdiction for any period, or who is disqualified from operating a commercial motor vehicle for any period, shall notify his/her current employer of such suspension, revocation, cancellation, lost privilege, or disqualification. The notification must be made before the end of the business day following the day the employee received notice of the suspension, revocation, cancellation, lost privilege, or disqualification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40788, Oct. 3, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.35" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.3.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.35   Notification of previous employment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person applying for employment as an operator of a commercial motor vehicle shall provide at the time of application for employment, the information specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) All employers shall request the information specified in paragraph (c) of this section from all persons applying for employment as a commercial motor vehicle operator. The request shall be made at the time of application for employment.
</P>
<P>(c) The following employment history information for the 10 years preceding the date the application is submitted shall be presented to the prospective employer by the applicant:
</P>
<P>(1) A list of the names and addresses of the applicant's previous employers for which the applicant was an operator of a commercial motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(2) The dates the applicant was employed by these employers; and
</P>
<P>(3) The reason for leaving such employment.
</P>
<P>(d) The applicant shall certify that all information furnished is true and complete.
</P>
<P>(e) An employer may require an applicant to provide additional information.
</P>
<P>(f) Before an application is submitted, the employer shall inform the applicant that the information he/she provides in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section may be used, and the applicant's previous employers may be contacted for the purpose of investigating the applicant's work history.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.37" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.3.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.37   Employer responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>No employer may allow, require, permit, or authorize a driver to operate a CMV in the United States if the employer knows or should reasonably know that any of the following circumstances exist:
</P>
<P>(a) During any period in which the driver does not have a current CLP or CDL or does not have a CLP or CDL with the proper class or endorsements. An employer may not use a driver to operate a CMV who violates any restriction on the driver's CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(b) During any period in which the driver has a CLP or CDL disqualified by a State, has lost the right to operate a CMV in a State, or has been disqualified from operating a CMV.
</P>
<P>(c) During any period in which the driver has more than one CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(d) During any period in which the driver, or the CMV the driver is operating, or the motor carrier operation, is subject to an out-of-service order.
</P>
<P>(e) In violation of a Federal, State, or local law or regulation pertaining to railroad-highway grade crossings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26879, May 9, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 60231, Oct. 1, 2013; 88 FR 80181, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Driver Disqualifications and Penalties</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.51" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.4.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.51   Disqualification of drivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) A person required to have a CLP or CDL who is disqualified must not drive a CMV.
</P>
<P>(2) An employer must not knowingly allow, require, permit, or authorize a driver who is disqualified to drive a CMV.
</P>
<P>(3) A holder of a CLP or CDL is subject to disqualification sanctions designated in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, if the holder drives a CMV or non-CMV and is convicted of the violations listed in those paragraphs.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Determining first and subsequent violations.</I> For purposes of determining first and subsequent violations of the offenses specified in this subpart, each conviction for any offense listed in Tables 1 through 4 to this section resulting from a separate incident, whether committed in a CMV or non-CMV, must be counted.
</P>
<P>(5) The disqualification period must be in addition to any other previous periods of disqualification.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Reinstatement after lifetime disqualification.</I> A State may reinstate any driver disqualified for life for offenses described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (8) of this section (Table 1 to § 383.51) after 10 years, if that person has voluntarily entered and successfully completed an appropriate rehabilitation program approved by the State. Any person who has been reinstated in accordance with this provision and who is subsequently convicted of a disqualifying offense described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (8) of this section (Table 1 to § 383.51) must not be reinstated.
</P>
<P>(7) A foreign commercial driver is subject to disqualification under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disqualification for major offenses.</I> Table 1 to § 383.51 contains a list of the offenses and periods for which a person who is required to have a CLP or CDL is disqualified, depending upon the type of vehicle the driver is operating at the time of the violation, as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 383.51 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If a driver operates a motor vehicle and is convicted of:
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a first conviction or refusal to be tested while operating a CMV, a person required to have a CLP or CDL and a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV for * * *
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a first conviction or refusal to be tested while operating a non-CMV, a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV for * * *
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a first conviction or refusal to be tested while operating a CMV transporting hazardous materials as defined in § 383.5, a person required to have a CLP or CDL and a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV for * * *
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a second conviction or refusal to be tested in a separate incident of any combination of offenses in this Table while operating a CMV, a person required to have a CLP or CDL and a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV for * * *
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a second conviction or refusal to be tested in a separate incident of any combination of offenses in this Table while operating a non-CMV, a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV for * * *
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Being under the influence of alcohol as prescribed by State law * * *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Being under the influence of a controlled substance * * *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) Having an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater while operating a CMV * * *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) Refusing to take an alcohol test as required by a State or jurisdiction under its implied consent laws or regulations as defined in § 383.72 of this part * * *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(5) Leaving the scene of an accident * * *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(6) Using the vehicle to commit a felony, other than a felony described in paragraph (b)(9) or (10) of this table * * *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(7) Driving a CMV when, as a result of prior violations committed operating a CMV, the driver's CLP or CDL is revoked, suspended, or canceled, or the driver is disqualified from operating a CMV</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(8) Causing a fatality through the negligent operation of a CMV, including but not limited to the crimes of motor vehicle manslaughter, homicide by motor vehicle and negligent homicide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(9) Using the vehicle in the commission of a felony involving manufacturing, distributing, or dispensing a controlled substance * * *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life-not eligible for 10-year reinstatement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life-not eligible for 10-year reinstatement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life-not eligible for 10-year reinstatement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life-not eligible for 10-year reinstatement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life-not eligible for 10-year reinstatement
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(10) Using a CMV in the commission of a felony involving an act or practice of severe forms of trafficking in persons, as defined and described in 22 U.S.C. 7102(11)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life—not eligible for 10-year reinstatement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life—not eligible for 10-year reinstatement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Life—not eligible for 10-year reinstatement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Disqualification for serious traffic violations.</I> Table 2 to § 383.51 contains a list of the offenses and the periods for which a person who is required to have a CLP or CDL is disqualified, depending upon the type of vehicle the driver is operating at the time of the violation, as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to § 383.51 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If the driver operates a motor vehicle and is convicted of:
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a second conviction of any combination of offenses in this Table in a separate incident within a 3-year period while operating a CMV, a person required to have a CLP or CDL and a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV for * * *
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a second conviction of any combination of offenses in this Table in a separate incident within a 3-year period while operating a non-CMV, a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV, if the conviction results in the revocation, cancellation, or suspension of the CLP or CDL holder's license or non-CMV driving privileges, for * * *
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a third or subsequent conviction of any combination of offenses in this Table in a separate incident within a 3-year period while operating a CMV, a person required to have a CLP or CDL and a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV for * * *
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a third or subsequent conviction of any combination of offenses in this Table in a separate incident within a 3-year period while operating a non-CMV, a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV, if the conviction results in the revocation, cancellation, or suspension of the CLP or CDL holder's license or non-CMV driving privileges, for * * *
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Speeding excessively, involving any speed of 24.1 kmph (15 mph) or more above the regulated or posted speed limit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Driving recklessly, as defined by State or local law or regulation, including but, not limited to, offenses of driving a motor vehicle in willful or wanton disregard for the safety of persons or property</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) Making improper or erratic traffic lane changes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) Following the vehicle ahead too closely</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(5) Violating State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than a parking violation) arising in connection with a fatal accident</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(6) Driving a CMV without obtaining a CLP or CDL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(7) Driving a CMV without a CLP or CDL in the driver's possession 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(8) Driving a CMV without the proper class of CLP or CDL and/or endorsements for the specific vehicle group being operated or for the passengers or type of cargo being transported</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(9) Violating a State or local law or ordinance on motor vehicle traffic control prohibiting texting while driving a CMV.
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(10) Violating a State or local law or ordinance on motor vehicle traffic control restricting or prohibiting the use of a hand-held mobile telephone while driving a CMV.
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup>Any individual who provides proof to the enforcement authority that issued the citation, by the date the individual must appear in court or pay any fine for such a violation, that the individual held a valid CLP or CDL on the date the citation was issued, shall not be guilty of this offense.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> <E T="03">Driving, for the purpose of this disqualification,</E> means operating a commercial motor vehicle on a highway, including while temporarily stationary because of traffic, a traffic control device, or other momentary delays. Driving does not include operating a commercial motor vehicle when the driver has moved the vehicle to the side of, or off, a highway and has halted in a location where the vehicle can safely remain stationary.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) <I>Disqualification for railroad-highway grade crossing offenses.</I> Table 3 to § 383.51 contains a list of the offenses and the periods for which a person who is required to have a CLP or CDL is disqualified, when the driver is operating a CMV at the time of the violation, as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 to § 383.51 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If the driver is convicted of operating a CMV in violation of a Federal, State or local law because * * *. 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a first conviction a person required to have a CLP or CDL and a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV for * * *
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a second conviction of any combination of offenses in this Table in a separate incident within a 3-year period, a person required to have a CLP or CDL and a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV for * * *
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a third or subsequent conviction of any combination of offenses in this Table in a separate incident within a 3-year period, a person required to have a CLP or CDL and a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV for * * *
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) The driver is not required to always stop, but fails to slow down and check that tracks are clear of an approaching train * * *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 1 year. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) The driver is not required to always stop, but fails to stop before reaching the crossing, if the tracks are not clear * * *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 1 year. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) The driver is always required to stop, but fails to stop before driving onto the crossing * * *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 1 year. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) The driver fails to have sufficient space to drive completely through the crossing without stopping * * *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 1 year. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(5) The driver fails to obey a traffic control device or the directions of an enforcement official at the crossing * * *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 1 year. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(6) The driver fails to negotiate a crossing because of insufficient undercarriage clearance * * *</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 60 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 120 days</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 1 year.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) <I>Disqualification for violating out-of-service orders.</I> Table 4 to § 383.51 contains a list of the offenses and periods for which a person who is required to have a CLP or CDL is disqualified when the driver is operating a CMV at the time of the violation, as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">TABLE 4 TO § 383.51
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">If the driver operates a CMV and is convicted of * * *
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a first conviction while operating a CMV, a person required to have a CLP or CDL and a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV for * * *
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a second conviction in a separate incident within a 10-year period while operating a CMV, a person required to have a CLP or CDL and a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV for * * *
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">For a third or subsequent conviction in a separate incident within a 10-year period while operating a CMV, a person required to have a CLP or CDL and a CLP or CDL holder must be disqualified from operating a CMV for * * *
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Violating a driver or vehicle out-of-service order while transporting nonhazardous materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 180 days or more than 1 year</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 2 years or more than 5 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 3 years or more than 5 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Violating a driver or vehicle out-of-service order while transporting hazardous materials as defined in § 383.5, or while operating a vehicle designed to transport 16 or more passengers, including the driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 180 days or more than 2 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 3 years or more than 5 years</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No less than 3 years or more than 5 years.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49756, July 31, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 4396, Jan. 29, 2003; 72 FR 36787, July 5, 2007; 75 FR 59134, Sept. 27, 2010; 76 FR 26879, May 9, 2011; 76 FR 75486, Dec. 2, 2011; 77 FR 59825, Oct. 1, 2012; 78 FR 58479, Sept. 24, 2013; 78 FR 60231, Oct. 1, 2013; 84 FR 35338, July 23, 2019; 86 FR 35640, July 7, 2021]





</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.52" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.4.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.52   Disqualification of drivers determined to constitute an imminent hazard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Assistant Administrator or his/her designee must disqualify from operating a CMV any driver whose driving is determined to constitute an imminent hazard, as defined in § 383.5. 
</P>
<P>(b) The period of the disqualification may not exceed 30 days unless the FMCSA complies with the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Assistant Administrator or his/her delegate may provide the driver an opportunity for a hearing after issuing a disqualification for a period of 30 days or less. The Assistant Administrator or his/her delegate must provide the driver notice of a proposed disqualification period of more than 30 days and an opportunity for a hearing to present a defense to the proposed disqualification. A disqualification imposed under this paragraph may not exceed one year in duration. The driver, or a representative on his/her behalf, may file an appeal of the disqualification issued by the Assistant Administrator's delegate with the Assistant Administrator, Adjudications Counsel (MC-CC), Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. 
</P>
<P>(d) Any disqualification imposed in accordance with the provisions of this section must be transmitted by the FMCSA to the jurisdiction where the driver is licensed and must become a part of the driver's record maintained by that jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>(e) A driver who is simultaneously disqualified under this section and under other provisions of this subpart, or under State law or regulation, shall serve those disqualification periods concurrently.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49759, July 31, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 55700, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.53" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.4.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.53   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> Any person who violates the rules set forth in subparts B and C of this part may be subject to civil or criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 521(b), as provided in part 386, Appendix B, of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special penalties pertaining to violation of out-of-service orders</I>—(1) <I>Driver violations.</I> A driver who is convicted of violating an out-of-service order shall be subject to a civil penalty as stated in part 386 Appendix B, in addition to disqualification under § 383.51(e).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Employer violations.</I> An employer who is convicted of a violation of § 383.37(d) shall be subject to a civil penalty as stated in part 386, appendix B, of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Special penalties pertaining to railroad-highway grade crossing violations.</I> An employer who is convicted of a violation of § 383.37(e) shall be subject to a civil penalty stated in part 386, appendix B, of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 18155, Apr. 3, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Testing and Licensing Procedures</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 27649, July 21, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 383.71" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.5.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.71   Driver application and certification procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Commercial Learner's Permit.</I> Prior to obtaining a CLP, a person must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The person must be 18 years of age or older and provide proof of his/her age.
</P>
<P>(2) The person must have taken and passed a general knowledge test that meets the Federal standards contained in subparts F, G, and H of this part for the commercial motor vehicle group that person operates or expects to operate.
</P>
<P>(3) The person must certify that he/she is not subject to any disqualification under § 383.51, or any license disqualification under State law, and that he/she does not have a driver's license from more than one State or jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(4) The person must provide to the State of issuance the information required to be included on the CLP as specified in subpart J of this part.
</P>
<P>(5) The person must provide to the State proof of citizenship or lawful permanent residency as specified in Table 1 of this section or obtain a Non-domiciled CLP as specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) The person must provide proof that the State to which application is made is his/her State of domicile, as the term is defined in § 383.5. Acceptable proof of domicile is a document with the person's name and residential address within the State, such as a government issued tax form.
</P>
<P>(7) The person must provide the names of all States where the applicant has been licensed to drive any type of motor vehicle during the previous 10 years.
</P>
<P>(8) A person seeking a passenger (P), school bus (S) or tank vehicle (N) endorsement must have taken and passed the endorsement knowledge test for the specific endorsement.
</P>
<P>(9) The person must provide the State the certification contained in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(10) Beginning on February 7, 2022, a person must complete the training prescribed in subpart F of part 380 of this chapter before taking the skills test for a Class A or B CDL for the first time, or a skills test for a passenger (P) or school bus (S) endorsement for the first time, or the knowledge test for a hazardous materials (H) endorsement for the first time. The training must be administered by a provider listed on the Training Provider Registry.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initial Commercial Driver's License.</I> Prior to obtaining a CDL, a person must meet all of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Initial Commercial Driver's License applications submitted on or after January 30, 2012.</I> Any person applying for a CDL on or after January 30, 2012, must meet the requirements set forth in paragraphs (b)(2) through (10), and (h) of this section, and make one of the following applicable certifications in paragraph (b)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Non-excepted interstate.</I> A person must certify that he/she operates or expects to operate in interstate commerce, is both subject to and meets the qualification requirements under 49 CFR part 391, and is required to obtain a medical examiner's certificate by § 391.45 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Excepted interstate.</I> A person must certify that he/she operates or expects to operate in interstate commerce, but engages exclusively in transportation or operations excepted under 49 CFR 390.3(f), 391.2, 391.68, or 398.3 from all or parts of the qualification requirements of 49 CFR part 391, and is therefore not required to obtain a medical examiner's certificate by 49 CFR 391.45 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Non-excepted intrastate.</I> A person must certify that he/she operates only in intrastate commerce and therefore is subject to State driver qualification requirements; or
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Excepted intrastate.</I> A person must certify that he/she operates in intrastate commerce, but engages exclusively in transportation or operations excepted from all or parts of the State driver qualification requirements.
</P>
<P>(2) The person must pass a driving or skills test in accordance with the standards contained in subparts F, G, and H of this part taken in a motor vehicle that is representative of the type of motor vehicle the person operates or expects to operate; or provide evidence that he/she has successfully passed a driving test administered by an authorized third party.
</P>
<P>(3) The person must certify that the motor vehicle in which the person takes the driving skills test is representative of the type of motor vehicle that person operates or expects to operate.
</P>
<P>(4) The person must provide the State the information required to be included on the CDL as specified in subpart J of this part.
</P>
<P>(5) The person must certify that he/she is not subject to any disqualification under § 383.51, or any license disqualification under State law, and that he/she does not have a driver's license from more than one State or jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(6) The person must surrender his/her non-CDL driver's licenses and CLP to the State.
</P>
<P>(7) The person must provide the names of all States where he/she has previously been licensed to drive any type of motor vehicle during the previous 10 years.
</P>
<P>(8) If the person is applying for a hazardous materials endorsement, he/she must comply with Transportation Security Administration requirements codified in 49 CFR part 1572. A lawful permanent resident of the United States requesting a hazardous materials endorsement must additionally provide his/her U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) Alien registration number.
</P>
<P>(9) The person must provide proof of citizenship or lawful permanent residency as specified in Table 1 of this section, or be registered under paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 383.71—List of Acceptable Proofs of Citizenship or Lawful Permanent Residency
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Status
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Proof of status
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U.S. Citizen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">• Valid, unexpired U.S. Passport.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">• Certified copy of a birth certificate filed with a State Office of Vital Statistics or equivalent agency in the individual's State of birth, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa or the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">• Consular Report of Birth Abroad (CRBA) issued by the U.S. Department of State.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">• Certificate of Naturalization issued by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">• Certificate of Citizenship issued by DHS.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lawful Permanent Resident</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">• Valid, unexpired Permanent Resident Card, issued by USCIS or INS.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(10) The person must provide proof that the State to which application is made is his/her State of domicile, as the term is defined in § 383.5. Acceptable proof of domicile is a document with the person's name and residential address within the State, such as a government issued tax form.
</P>
<P>(11) Beginning on February 7, 2022, a person must complete the training prescribed in subpart F of part 380 of this chapter before taking the skills test for a Class A or B CDL, a passenger (P) or school bus (S) endorsement for the first time or the knowledge test for a hazardous materials (H) endorsement for the first time. The training must be administered by a provider listed on the Training Provider Registry. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>License transfer.</I> When applying to transfer a CDL from one State of domicile to a new State of domicile, an applicant must apply for a CDL from the new State of domicile within no more than 30 days after establishing his/her new domicile. The applicant must:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide to the new State of domicile the certifications contained in paragraphs (b)(1) and (5) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide to the new State of domicile updated information as specified in subpart J of this part;
</P>
<P>(3) If the applicant wishes to retain a hazardous materials endorsement, he/she must comply with the requirements specified in paragraph (b)(8) of this section and State requirements as specified in § 383.73(c)(4);
</P>
<P>(4) Surrender the CDL from the old State of domicile to the new State of domicile; and
</P>
<P>(5) Provide the names of all States where the applicant has previously been licensed to drive any type of motor vehicle during the previous 10 years.
</P>
<P>(6) Provide to the State proof of citizenship or lawful permanent residency as specified in Table 1 of this section, or be registered under paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) Provide proof to the State that this is his/her State of domicile, as the term is defined in § 383.5. Acceptable proof of domicile is a document with the person's name and residential address within the State, such as a government issued tax form.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>License renewal.</I> When applying for a renewal of a CDL, all applicants must:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide to the State certifications contained in paragraphs (b)(1) and (5) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide to the State updated information as specified in subpart J of this part; and
</P>
<P>(3) If a person wishes to retain a hazardous materials endorsement, he/she must comply with the requirements specified in paragraph (b)(8) of this section and pass the test specified in § 383.121 for such endorsement.
</P>
<P>(4) Provide the names of all States where the applicant has previously been licensed to drive any type of motor vehicle during the previous 10 years.
</P>
<P>(5) Provide to the State proof of citizenship or lawful permanent residency as specified in Table 1 of this section, or be registered under paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) Provide proof to the State that this is his/her State of domicile, as the term is defined in § 383.5. Acceptable proof of domicile is a document, such as a government issued tax form, with the person's name and residential address within the State.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>License upgrades.</I> When applying for a CDL or an endorsement authorizing the operation of a CMV not covered by the current CDL, all applicants must:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide the certifications specified in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Pass all the knowledge tests in accordance with the standards contained in subparts F, G, and H of this part and all the skills tests specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section for the new vehicle group and/or different endorsements;
</P>
<P>(3) Comply with the requirements specified in paragraph (b)(8) of this section to obtain a hazardous materials endorsement;
</P>
<P>(4) Surrender the previous CDL; and
</P>
<P>(5) Beginning on February 7, 2022, a person must complete the training prescribed in subpart F of part 380 of this chapter before taking the skills test for upgrading to a Class A or B for the first time; or adding a passenger or school bus endorsement to a CDL for the first time; or knowledge test for hazardous materials endorsement for the first time. The training must be administered by a provider on the Training Provider Registry. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Non-domiciled CLP and CDL.</I> (1) A person must obtain a Non-domiciled CLP or CDL:
</P>
<P>(i) If the applicant is domiciled in a <I>foreign</I> jurisdiction, as defined in § 383.5, and the Administrator has not determined that the commercial motor vehicle operator testing and licensing standards of that jurisdiction meet the standards contained in subparts G and H of this part, provided the applicant provides the evidence of lawful immigration status required under paragraph (f)(3)(i)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the applicant is domiciled in a State that is prohibited from issuing CLPs and CDLs in accordance with § 384.405 of this subchapter. That person is eligible to obtain a non-domiciled CLP or CDL from any State that elects to issue a non-domiciled CLP or CDL and that complies with the testing and licensing standards contained in subparts F, G, and H of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) An applicant for a non-domiciled CLP and CDL must do both of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Complete the requirements to obtain a CLP contained in paragraph (a) of this section or a CDL contained in paragraph (b) of this section, except as provided in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) After receipt of the non-domiciled CLP or CDL, and for as long as it is valid, notify the State which issued the non-domiciled CLP or CDL of any adverse action taken by any jurisdiction or governmental agency, foreign or domestic, against his/her driving privileges. Such adverse actions include, but are not limited to, license disqualification or disqualification from operating a commercial motor vehicle for the convictions described in § 383.51. Notifications must be made within the time periods specified in § 383.33.
</P>
<P>(3) Eligibility for applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction:
</P>
<P>(i) To be eligible for a Non-domiciled CLP or CDL, an applicant domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction must:
</P>
<P>(A) Have lawful immigration status in the United States, and
</P>
<P>(B) Provide <I>evidence of lawful immigration status,</I> as defined in § 383.5.
</P>
<P>(ii) No proof of domicile is required.
</P>
<P>(iii) An applicant for a non-domiciled CLP or CDL is not required to surrender his/her foreign license.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Existing CLP and CDL Holder's Self-Certification.</I> Every person who holds a CLP or CDL must provide to the State the certification contained in § 383.71(b)(1) of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Medical certification documentation required by the State.</I> An applicant or CLP or CDL holder who certifies to non-excepted, interstate driving operations according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i) must comply with applicable requirements in paragraphs (h)(1) through (3) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>New CLP and CDL applicants.</I> (i) Before June 23, 2025, a new CLP or CDL applicant who certifies that he/she will operate CMVs in non-excepted, interstate commerce must provide the State with an original or copy (as required by the State) of a medical examiner's certificate prepared by a medical examiner, as defined in 49 CFR 390.5, and the State will post a medical qualification status of “certified” on the CDLIS driver record for the driver;
</P>
<P>(ii) On or after June 23, 2025, a new CLP or CDL applicant who certifies that he/she will operate CMVs in non-excepted, interstate commerce must be medically examined and certified in accordance with 49 CFR 391.43 as medically qualified to operate a CMV by a medical examiner, as defined in 49 CFR 390.5. Upon receiving an electronic copy of the medical examiner's certificate from FMCSA, the State will post a medical qualifications status of “certified” on the CDLIS driver record for the driver;
</P>
<P>(2) Existing CLP and CDL holders. By January 30, 2014, provide the State with an original or copy (as required by the State) of a current medical examiner's certificate prepared by a medical examiner, as defined in 49 CFR 390.5, and the State will post a certification status of “certified” on CDLIS driver record for the driver. If the non-excepted, interstate CLP or CDL holder fails to provide the State with a current medical examiner's certificate, the State will post a certification status of “not-certified” in the CDLIS driver record for the driver, and initiate a CLP or CDL downgrade following State procedures in accordance with § 383.73(o)(4); and
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Maintaining the medical certification status of “certified.”</I> (i) Before June 23, 2025, in order to maintain a medical certification status of “certified,” a CLP or CDL holder who certifies that he/she will operate CMVs in non-excepted, interstate commerce must provide the State with an original or copy (as required by the State) of each subsequently issued medical examiner's certificate;
</P>
<P>(ii) On or after June 23, 2025, in order to maintain a medical certification status of “certified,” a CLP or CDL holder who certifies that he/she will operate CMVs in non-excepted, interstate commerce must continue to be medically examined and certified in accordance with 49 CFR 391.43 as physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle by a medical examiner, as defined in 49 CFR 390.5. FMCSA will provide the State with an electronic copy of the medical examiner's certificate information for all subsequent medical examinations in which the driver has been deemed qualified.
</P>
<P>(4) In the event of a conflict between the medical certification information provided electronically by FMCSA and a paper copy of the medical examiner's certificate, the medical certification information provided electronically by FMCSA shall control.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26881, May 9, 2011, as amended at 77 FR 59825, Oct. 1, 2012; 78 FR 58480, Sept. 24, 2013; 80 FR 22810, Apr. 23, 2015; 80 FR 59072, Oct. 1, 2015; 81 FR 88803, Dec. 8, 2016; 83 FR 28780, June 21, 2018; 85 FR 6100, Feb. 4, 2020; 86 FR 32649, June 22, 2021; 86 FR 57070, Oct. 14, 2021; 90 FR 46523, Sept. 29, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.72" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.5.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.72   Implied consent to alcohol testing.</HEAD>
<P>Any person who holds a CLP or CDL or is required to hold a CLP or CDL is considered to have consented to such testing as is required by any State or jurisdiction in the enforcement of item (4) of Table 1 to § 383.51 of this subpart and § 392.5(a)(2) of this subchapter. Consent is implied by driving a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 59072, Oct. 1, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.73" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.5.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.73   State procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Commercial Learner's Permit.</I> Prior to issuing a CLP to a person, a State must:
</P>
<P>(1) Require the applicant to make the certifications, pass the tests, and provide the information as described in § 383.71(a).
</P>
<P>(2) Initiate and complete a check of the applicant's driving record as described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Make the CLP valid for no more than one year from the date of issuance without requiring the CLP holder to retake the general and endorsement knowledge tests. CLPs issued for a period of less than one year may be renewed provided the CLP is not valid for more than one year from the date of initial issuance.
</P>
<P>(4) Allow only a group-specific passenger (P) and school bus (S) endorsement and tank vehicle (N) endorsement on a CLP, provided the applicant has taken and passed the knowledge test for the specified endorsement. All other Federal endorsements are prohibited on a CLP; and
</P>
<P>(5) Complete the Social Security Number verification required by paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) Require compliance with the standards for providing proof of citizenship or lawful permanent residency specified in § 383.71(a)(5) and proof of State of domicile specified in § 383.71(a)(6) for applicants domiciled in a State; and for applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction, evidence of lawful immigration status as required by § 383.71(f)(3)(i)(B). Exception: A State is required to check the proof of citizenship or immigration status specified in this paragraph only for initial issuance, renewal or upgrade of a CLP or non-domiciled CLP (for applicants domiciled in a State) and for initial issuance, renewal, upgrade or transfer of a CDL or non-domiciled CDL (for applicants domiciled in a State) for the first time after July 8, 2011, provided a notation is made on the driver's record confirming that the proof of citizenship or immigration status check required by this paragraph has been made and noting the date it was done. This exception does not apply to applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(7)(i) Before June 23, 2025, for drivers who certified their type of driving according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i) (non-excepted interstate) and, if the CLP applicant submits a current medical examiner's certificate, date-stamp the medical examiner's certificate, and post all required information from the medical examiner's certificate to the CDLIS driver record in accordance with paragraph (o) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) On or after June 23, 2025, for drivers who certified their type of driving according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i) (non-excepted interstate) and, if FMCSA provides current medical examiner's certificate information electronically, post all required information matching the medical examiner's certificate to the CDLIS driver record in accordance with paragraph (o) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8) Beginning November 18, 2024, the State must request information from the Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse, and if, in response to the request, the State receives notification that pursuant to § 382.501(a) of this chapter the applicant is prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle, the State must not issue, renew, or upgrade the CLP. If the applicant currently holds a CLP issued by the State, the State must also comply with the procedures set forth in paragraph (q) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initial CDL.</I> Prior to issuing a CDL to a person, a State must:
</P>
<P>(1) Require the driver applicant to certify, pass tests, and provide information as described in § 383.71(b);
</P>
<P>(2) Check that the vehicle in which the applicant takes his/her test is representative of the vehicle group the applicant has certified that he/she operates or expects to operate;
</P>
<P>(3) Initiate and complete a check of the applicant's driving record to ensure that the person is not subject to any disqualification under § 383.51, or any license disqualification under State law, and does not have a driver's license from more than one State or jurisdiction. The record check must include, but is not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A check of the applicant's driving record as maintained by his/her current State of licensure, if any;
</P>
<P>(ii) A check with the CDLIS to determine whether the driver applicant already has been issued a CDL, whether the applicant's license has been disqualified, or if the applicant has been disqualified from operating a commercial motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(iii) A check with the Problem Driver Pointer System (PDPS) to determine whether the driver applicant has:
</P>
<P>(A) Been disqualified from operating a motor vehicle (other than a commercial motor vehicle);
</P>
<P>(B) Had a license (other than CDL) disqualified for cause in the 3-year period ending on the date of application; or
</P>
<P>(C) Been convicted of any offenses contained in 49 U.S.C. 30304(a)(3);
</P>
<P>(iv) A request for the applicant's complete driving record from all States where the applicant was previously licensed over the last 10 years to drive any type of motor vehicle. <I>Exception:</I> A State is only required to make the request for the complete driving record specified in this paragraph for initial issuance of a CLP, transfer of CDL from another State or for drivers renewing a CDL for the first time after September 30, 2002, provided a notation is made on the driver's record confirming that the driver record check required by this paragraph has been made and noting the date it was done;
</P>
<P>(v) Beginning January 30, 2012, a check that the medical certification status of a driver that self-certified according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i) of this chapter (non-excepted interstate) is “certified;”
</P>
<P>(4) Require the driver applicant to surrender his/her non-CDL driver's license and CLP;
</P>
<P>(5)(i) Before June 23, 2025, for drivers who certified their type of driving according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i) (non-excepted interstate) and, if the CDL holder submits a current medical examiner's certificate, date-stamp the medical examiner's certificate and post all required information from the medical examiner's certificate to the CDLIS driver record in accordance with paragraph (o) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) On or after June 23, 2025, for drivers who certified their type of driving according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i) (non-excepted interstate) and, if FMCSA provides current medical examiner's certificate information electronically, post all required information matching the medical examiner's certificate to the CDLIS driver record in accordance with paragraph (o) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) Require compliance with the standards for providing proof of citizenship or lawful permanent residency specified in § 383.71(b)(9) and proof of State of domicile specified in § 383.71(b)(10) for applicants domiciled in a State; and for applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction, evidence of lawful immigration status as required by § 383.71(f)(3)(i)(B). Exception: A State is required to check the proof of citizenship or immigration status specified in this paragraph only for initial issuance, renewal or upgrade of a CLP or non-domiciled CLP (for applicants domiciled in a State) and for initial issuance, renewal, upgrade or transfer of a CDL or non-domiciled CDL (for applicants domiciled in a State) for the first time after July 8, 2011, provided a notation is made on the driver's record confirming that the proof of citizenship or immigration status check required by this paragraph has been made and noting the date it was done. This exception does not apply to applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(7) If not previously done, complete the Social Security Number verification required by paragraph (g) of this section;
</P>
<P>(8) For persons applying for a hazardous materials endorsement, require compliance with the standards for such endorsement specified in §§ 383.71(b)(8) and 383.141; 
</P>
<P>(9) Make the CDL valid for no more than 8 years from the date of issuance; and
</P>
<P>(10) Beginning November 18, 2024, the State must request information from the Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse. If, in response to that request, the State receives notification that pursuant to § 382.501(a) of this chapter the applicant is prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle, the State must not issue the CDL.
</P>
<P>(11) Beginning on February 7, 2022, not conduct a skills test of an applicant for a Class A or Class B CDL, or a passenger (P) or school bus (S) endorsement until the State verifies electronically that the applicant completed the training prescribed in subpart F of part 380 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>License transfers.</I> Prior to issuing a CDL to a person who has a CDL from another State, a State must:
</P>
<P>(1) Require the driver applicant to make the certifications contained in § 383.71(b)(1) and (5);
</P>
<P>(2) Complete a check of the driver applicant's record as contained in paragraph (b)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Request and receive updates of information specified in subpart J of this part;
</P>
<P>(4) If such applicant wishes to retain a hazardous materials endorsement, require compliance with standards for such endorsement specified in §§ 383.71(b)(8) and 383.141 and ensure that the driver has, within the 2 years preceding the transfer, either:
</P>
<P>(i) Passed the test for such endorsement specified in § 383.121; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Successfully completed a hazardous materials test or training that is given by a third party and that is deemed by the State to substantially cover the same knowledge base as that described in § 383.121;
</P>
<P>(5) If not previously done, complete the Social Security Number verification required by paragraph (g) of this section;
</P>
<P>(6) Require the applicant to surrender the CDL issued by the applicant's previous State of domicile;
</P>
<P>(7) Require compliance with the standards for providing proof of citizenship or lawful permanent residency specified in § 383.71(b)(9) and proof of State of domicile specified in § 383.71(b)(10) for applicants domiciled in a State; and for applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction, evidence of lawful immigration status as required by § 383.71(f)(3)(i)(B). Exception: A State is required to check the proof of citizenship or immigration status specified in this paragraph only for initial issuance, renewal or upgrade of a CLP or non-domiciled CLP (for applicants domiciled in a State) and for initial issuance, renewal, upgrade or transfer of a CDL or non-domiciled CDL (for applicants domiciled in a State) for the first time after July 8, 2011, provided a notation is made on the driver's record confirming that the proof of citizenship or immigration status check required by this paragraph has been made and noting the date it was done. This exception does not apply to applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(8) Beginning January 30, 2012, verify from the CDLIS driver record that the medical certification status of driver is “certified” for those who certified according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i). <I>Exception:</I> A driver who certified according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i) that he/she plans to operate in non-excepted interstate commerce may present a current medical examiner's certificate issued prior to January 30, 2012. The medical examiner's certificate provided by the driver must be posted to the CDLIS driver record in accordance with paragraph (o) of this section;
</P>
<P>(9) Make the CDL valid for no more than 8 years from the date of issuance; and
</P>
<P>(10) Beginning November 18, 2024, the State must request information from the Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse. If, in response to that request, the State receives notification that pursuant to § 382.501(a) of this chapter the applicant is prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle, the State must not transfer the CDL.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>License Renewals.</I> Prior to renewing any CDL a State must:
</P>
<P>(1) Require the driver applicant to make the certifications contained in § 383.71(b);
</P>
<P>(2) Complete a check of the driver applicant's record as contained in paragraph (b)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Request and receive updates of information specified in subpart J of this part;
</P>
<P>(4) If such applicant wishes to retain a hazardous materials endorsement, require the driver to pass the test specified in § 383.121 and comply with the standards specified in §§ 383.71(b)(8) and 383.141 for such endorsement;
</P>
<P>(5) If not previously done, complete the Social Security Number verification required by paragraph (g) of this section;
</P>
<P>(6) Make the renewal of the CDL valid for no more than 8 years from the date of issuance;
</P>
<P>(7) Require compliance with the standards for providing proof of citizenship or lawful permanent residency specified in § 383.71(b)(9) and proof of State of domicile specified in § 383.71(b)(10) for applicants domiciled in a State; and for applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction, evidence of lawful immigration status as required by § 383.71(f)(3)(i)(B). Exception: A State is required to check the proof of citizenship or immigration status specified in this paragraph only for initial issuance, renewal or upgrade of a CLP or non-domiciled CLP (for applicants domiciled in a State) and for initial issuance, renewal, upgrade or transfer of a CDL or non-domiciled CDL (for applicants domiciled in a State) for the first time after July 8, 2011, provided a notation is made on the driver's record confirming that the proof of citizenship or immigration status check required by this paragraph has been made and noting the date it was done. This exception does not apply to applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>(8) Beginning January 30, 2012, verify from the CDLIS driver record that the medical certification status is “certified” for drivers who self-certified according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i). <I>Exception:</I> A driver who certified according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i) may present a current medical examiner's certificate issued prior to January 30, 2012. The medical examiner's certificate provided by the driver must be posted to the CDLIS driver record in accordance with paragraph (o) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(9) Beginning November 18, 2024, the State must request information from the Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse. If, in response to that request, the State receives notification that pursuant to § 382.501(a) of this chapter the applicant is prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle, the State must not renew the CDL or H endorsement and must comply with the procedures set forth in paragraph (q) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>License upgrades.</I> Prior to issuing an upgrade of a CDL, a State must:
</P>
<P>(1) Require such driver applicant to provide certifications, pass tests, and meet applicable hazardous materials standards specified in § 383.71(e);
</P>
<P>(2) Complete a check of the driver applicant's record as described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) If not previously done, complete the Social Security Number verification required by paragraph (g) of this section;
</P>
<P>(4) Require the driver applicant to surrender his/her previous CDL;
</P>
<P>(5) Require compliance with the standards for providing proof of citizenship or lawful permanent residency specified in § 383.71(b)(9) and proof of State of domicile specified in § 383.71(b)(10) for applicants domiciled in a State; and for applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction, evidence of lawful immigration status as required by § 383.71(f)(3)(i)(B). Exception: A State is required to check the proof of citizenship or immigration status specified in this paragraph only for initial issuance, renewal or upgrade of a CLP or non-domiciled CLP (for applicants domiciled in a State) and for initial issuance, renewal, upgrade or transfer of a CDL or non-domiciled CDL (for applicants domiciled in a State) for the first time after July 8, 2011, provided a notation is made on the driver's record confirming that the proof of citizenship or immigration status check required by this paragraph has been made and noting the date it was done. This exception does not apply to applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(6) Beginning January 30, 2012, verify from the CDLIS driver record that the medical certification status is “certified” for drivers who self-certified according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i). <I>Exception:</I> A driver who certified according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i) may present a current medical examiner's certificate issued prior to January 30, 2012. The medical examiner's certificate provided by the driver must be posted to the CDLIS driver record in accordance with paragraph (o) of this section;
</P>
<P>(7) Make the CDL valid for no more than 8 years from the date of issuance; and
</P>
<P>(8) Beginning November 18, 2024, the State must request information from the Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse. If, in response to that request, the State receives notification that pursuant to § 382.501(a) of this chapter the applicant is prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle, the State must not issue an upgrade of the CDL and must comply with the procedures set forth in paragraph (q) of this section.
</P>
<P>(9) Beginning on February 7, 2022, not conduct a skills test of an applicant for an upgrade to a Class A or Class B CDL, or a passenger (P), school bus (S) endorsement, or administer the knowledge test to an applicant for the hazardous materials (H) endorsement, unless the applicant has completed the training required by subpart F of part 380 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Non-domiciled CLP and CDL.</I> (1) A State may only issue a Non-domiciled CLP or CDL to a person who meets one of the circumstances described in § 383.71(f)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) State procedures for the issuance of a non-domiciled CLP and CDL, for any modifications thereto, and for notifications to the Commercial Driver's License Information System must at a minimum be identical to those pertaining to any other CLP or CDL, except as set forth in paragraphs (f)(2)(i) through (iv) and (f)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) If the applicant is requesting a transfer of his/her Non-domiciled CDL, the State must obtain the Non-domiciled CDL currently held by the applicant and issued by another State;
</P>
<P>(ii) The State must add the word “non-domiciled” to the face of the CLP or CDL, in accordance with § 383.153(c); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The State must have established, prior to issuing any Non-domiciled CLP or CDL, the practical capability of disqualifying the holder of any Non-domiciled CLP or CDL, by withdrawing or disqualifying his/her Non-domiciled CLP or CDL as if the Non-domiciled CLP or CDL were a CLP or CDL issued to a person domiciled in the State.
</P>
<P>(iv) For applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction, the State must ensure that the period of validity of the non-domiciled CLP or CDL does not exceed the Admit Until Date or expiration date on the applicant's I-94/A or 1 year, whichever is sooner. In any case (including where the applicant's I-94/A contains no end date or is marked “D/S” to show it is valid for the duration of status) a State must not issue a non-domiciled CLP or CDL with a period of validity longer than 1 year.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Documentation of lawful immigration status</I>—(i) <I>Applicants domiciled in a State.</I> The State must require compliance with the standards for providing evidence of lawful immigration status specified in § 383.71(b)(9) of this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction.</I> (A) Beginning March 16, 2026, the State must not issue (which includes amending, correcting, reprinting, reinstating, or otherwise duplicating a previously issued CLP or CDL), transfer, renew, or upgrade a non-domiciled CLP or CDL unless, at the time of the transaction, the applicant provides <I>evidence of lawful immigration status</I> as defined under § 383.5. Applicants for a non-domiciled CLP or CDL who do not provide evidence of lawful immigration status as required under § 383.71(f)(3)(i)(B) are not eligible for a non-domiciled CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(B) States must comply with the document verification requirements for applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction set forth in § 383.73(m)(2) before issuing (which includes amending, correcting, reprinting, reinstating, or otherwise duplicating a previously issued CLP or CDL), transferring, renewing, or upgrading a non-domiciled CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(C) States are prohibited from granting non-domiciled CLP or CDL privileges on a temporary or interim basis pending review and validation of an applicant's evidence of lawful immigration status.
</P>
<P>(4) Beginning November 18, 2024, the State must request information from the Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse. If, in response to that request, the State receives notification that pursuant to § 382.501(a) of this chapter the applicant is prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle, the State must not issue, renew, transfer or upgrade a non-domiciled CLP or CDL and must comply with the procedures set forth in paragraph (q) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Downgrade.</I> If after issuing (which includes amending, correcting, reprinting, reinstating, or otherwise duplicating a previously issued CLP or CDL), transferring, renewing, or upgrading a non-domiciled CLP or CDL, the State receives information from FMCSA, the Department of Homeland Security, the U.S. Department of State, or other Federal agency with jurisdiction that the applicant no longer has lawful immigration status in the United States in a category specified in paragraph (1)(ii) of the definition of <I>Evidence of lawful immigration status</I> in § 383.5 of this part, the State must initiate established State procedures for downgrading the non-domiciled CLP or CDL. The downgrade must be completed and recorded on the CDLIS driver record within 30 days of the State's receipt of such information. As used in this paragraph, the term “downgrade” means the State's removal of the CLP or CDL privilege from the driver's license, as set forth in paragraph (4) the definition of <I>CDL downgrade</I> in § 383.5.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Non-domiciled CDL renewal.</I> States must require every non-domiciled CLP or CDL issuance (which includes amending, correcting, reprinting, reinstating, or otherwise duplicating a previously issued CLP or CDL), transfer, renewal, or upgrade be conducted in-person only and must not permit issuance, transfer, renewal, or upgrade by mail or electronic means.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Social Security Number verification.</I> (1) Prior to issuing a CLP or a CDL to a person the State must verify the name, date of birth, and Social Security Number provided by the applicant with the information on file with the Social Security Administration. The State is prohibited from issuing, renewing, upgrading, or transferring a CLP or CDL if the Social Security Administration database does not match the applicant-provided data.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> A State is only required to perform the Social Security Number verification specified in this paragraph for initial issuance of a CLP, transfer of CDL from another State or for drivers renewing a CDL for the first time after July 8, 2011 who have not previously had their Social Security Number information verified, provided a notation is made on the driver's record confirming that the verification required by this paragraph has been made and noting the date it was done.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>License issuance.</I> After the State has completed the procedures described in paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section, as applicable, it may issue a CLP or CDL to the driver applicant. The State must notify the operator of the CDLIS of such issuance, transfer, renewal, or upgrade within the 10-day period beginning on the date of license issuance.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Surrender procedure.</I> A State may return a surrendered license to a driver after physically marking it so that it cannot be mistaken for a valid document. Simply punching a hole in the expiration date of the document is insufficient. A document perforated with the word “VOID” is considered invalidated.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Penalties for false information.</I> If a State determines, in its check of an applicant's license status and record prior to issuing a CLP or CDL, or at any time after the CLP or CDL is issued, that the applicant has falsified information contained in subpart J of this part, in any of the certifications required in § 383.71(b) or (g), or in any of the documents required to be submitted by § 383.71(h), the State must at a minimum disqualify the person's CLP or CDL or his/her pending application, or disqualify the person from operating a commercial motor vehicle for a period of at least 60 consecutive days.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Drivers convicted of fraud related to the testing and issuance of a CLP or CDL.</I> (1) The State must have policies in effect that result, at a minimum, in the disqualification of the CLP or CDL of a person who has been convicted of fraud related to the issuance of that CLP or CDL. The application of a person so convicted who seeks to renew, transfer, or upgrade the fraudulently obtained CLP or CDL must also, at a minimum, be disqualified. The State must record any such withdrawal in the person's driving record. The person may not reapply for a new CDL for at least 1 year.
</P>
<P>(2) If a State receives credible information that a CLP- or CDL-holder is suspected, but has not been convicted, of fraud related to the issuance of his/her CLP or CDL, the State must require the driver to re-take the skills and/or knowledge tests. Within 30 days of receiving notification from the State that re-testing is necessary, the affected CLP- or CDL-holder must make an appointment or otherwise schedule to take the next available test. If the CLP- or CDL-holder fails to make an appointment within 30 days, the State must disqualify his/her CLP or CDL. If the driver fails either the knowledge or skills test or does not take the test, the State must disqualify his/her CLP or CDL. Once a CLP- or CDL-holder's CLP or CDL has been disqualified, he/she must reapply for a CLP or CDL under State procedures applicable to all CLP and CDL applicants.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Reciprocity.</I> A State must allow any person who has a valid CLP, CDL, Non-domiciled CLP, or Non-domiciled CDL and who is not disqualified from operating a CMV, to operate a CMV in the State.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Document verification.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (m)(1) and (2) of this section, the State must require at least two persons within the driver licensing agency to participate substantively in the processing and verification of the documents involved in the licensing process for initial issuance, renewal or upgrade of a CLP or non-domiciled CLP and for initial issuance, renewal, upgrade or transfer of a CDL or non-domiciled CDL. The documents being processed and verified must include, at a minimum, those provided by the applicant to prove lawful immigration status and (if applicable) domicile, the information filled out on the application form, and knowledge and skills test scores. This section does not require two people to process or verify each document involved in the licensing process.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Exception for applicants domiciled in a State.</I> For offices with only one staff member, at least some of the documents must be processed or verified by a supervisor before issuance or, when a supervisor is not available, copies must be made of some of the documents involved in the licensing process and a supervisor must verify them within one business day of issuance of the CLP, non-domiciled CLP, CDL, or non-domiciled CDL.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Document verification and retention for applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction.</I> States must verify evidence of lawful immigration status for applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction before initial issuance and before any subsequent issuance (which includes amending, correcting, reprinting, reinstating, or otherwise duplicating a previously issued CLP or CDL), transfer, renewal, or upgrade of a non-domiciled CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(i) For offices with only one staff member, all documents must be processed or verified by a supervisor before issuing (which includes amending, correcting, reprinting, reinstating, or otherwise duplicating a previously issued CLP or CDL), transferring, renewing, or upgrading a non-domiciled CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(ii) In reviewing the evidence of lawful immigration status an applicant domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction (except an applicant domiciled in Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa or the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands), the State must query the Systematic Alien Verification for Entitlements (SAVE) system (administered by U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services). If the SAVE final response, including additional verification if needed, does not confirm the applicant's claim to be in lawful immigration status in a category specified in paragraph (1)(ii) of the definition of <I>evidence of lawful immigration status</I> in § 383.5 of this part, the State must not issue (which includes amend, correct, reprint, reinstating, or otherwise duplicate a previously issued CLP or CDL), transfer, renew, or upgrade a non-domiciled CLP or CDL, and must initiate downgrade procedures in accordance with paragraph (f)(5) of this section if the applicant holds an unexpired non-domiciled CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(iii) The State must retain copies of all documents involved in the licensing process, including documents provided by the applicant to prove lawful immigration status and documents showing the results of any SAVE query to verify an applicant's lawful immigration status, and a supervisor must verify them within one business day of issuing (which includes amending, correcting, reprinting, or otherwise duplicating a previously issued CLP or CDL), transferring, renewing, reinstating, or upgrading a non-domiciled CLP or CDL. The State must retain the documents for no less than 2 years from the date of issuing (which includes amending, correcting, reprinting, reinstating, or otherwise duplicating a previously issued CLP or CDL), transferring, renewing, or upgrading a non-domiciled CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Computer system controls.</I> The State must establish computer system controls that will:
</P>
<P>(1) Prevent the issuance of an initial, renewed or upgraded CLP or an initial, renewed, upgraded, or transferred CDL when the results of transactions indicate the applicant is unqualified. These controls, at a minimum, must be established for the following transactions: State, CDLIS, and PDPS driver record checks; and Social Security Number verification. Knowledge and skills test scores verification controls must be established for an initial, renewed, or upgraded CDL.
</P>
<P>(2) Suspend the issuance process whenever State, CDLIS, and/or PDPS driver record checks return suspect results. The State must demonstrate that it has a system to detect and prevent fraud when a driver record check returns suspect results. At a minimum, the system must ensure that:
</P>
<P>(i) The results are not connected to a violation of any State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than parking, vehicle weight, or vehicle defect violations);
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the persons performing the record check and authorizing the issuance, and the justification for the authorization are documented by the State; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The person performing the record check and the person authorizing the issuance are not the same.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Medical recordkeeping</I>—(1)(i) <I>Status of CLP or CDL holder.</I> Before June 23, 2025, for each operator of a commercial motor vehicle required to have a CLP or CDL, the current licensing State must:
</P>
<P>(A) Post the driver's self-certification of type of driving under § 383.71(b)(1) to the CDLIS driver record;
</P>
<P>(B) Post the information from the medical examiner's certificate within 10 calendar days to the CDLIS driver record, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Medical examiner's name;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Medical examiner's telephone number;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Date of medical examiner's certificate issuance;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Medical examiner's license number and the State that issued it;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Medical examiner's National Registry identification number;
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The indicator of medical certification status, <I>i.e.,</I> “certified” or “not-certified”;
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) Expiration date of the medical examiner's certificate;
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) Existence of any medical variance on the medical examiner's certificate, such as an exemption, SPE certification, or grandfather provisions;
</P>
<P>(<I>9</I>) Any restrictions (<I>e.g.,</I> corrective lenses, hearing aid, required to have possession of an exemption letter or SPE certificate while on-duty, etc.); and
</P>
<P>(<I>10</I>) Date the medical examiner's certificate information was posted to the CDLIS driver record; and
</P>
<P>(C) Post the medical variance information within 10 calendar days to the CDLIS driver record, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Date of medical variance issuance; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Expiration date of medical variance;
</P>
<P>(D) Retain the original or a copy of the medical examiner's certificate of any driver required to provide documentation of physical qualification for 3 years beyond the date the certificate was issued.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Status of CLP or CDL holder.</I> On or after June 23, 2025, for each operator of a commercial motor vehicle required to have a CLP or CDL, the current licensing State must:
</P>
<P>(A) Post the driver's self-certification of type of driving under § 383.71(b)(1) to the CDLIS driver record;
</P>
<P>(B) Post the information from the medical examiner's certificate received from FMCSA to the CDLIS driver record, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Medical examiner's name;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Medical examiner's telephone number;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Date of medical examiner's certificate issuance;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Medical examiner's license number and the State that issued it;
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Medical examiner's National Registry identification number;
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) The indicator of medical certification status, <I>i.e.,</I> “certified” or “not-certified”;
</P>
<P>(<I>7</I>) Expiration date of the medical examiner's certificate;
</P>
<P>(<I>8</I>) Existence of any medical variance on the medical examiner's certificate, such as an exemption, Skill Performance Evaluation (SPE) certification, or grandfather provisions;
</P>
<P>(<I>9</I>) Any restrictions (<I>e.g.,</I> corrective lenses, hearing aid, required to have possession of an exemption letter or SPE certificate while on-duty, etc.); and
</P>
<P>(<I>10</I>) Date the medical examiner's certificate information was posted to the CDLIS driver record;
</P>
<P>(C) Post the medical variance information received from FMCSA within 1 business day to the CDLIS driver record, including:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Date of medical variance issuance; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Expiration date of medical variance;
</P>
<P>(D) Retain the electronic record of the medical examiner's certificate information for any driver required to have documentation of physical qualification for 3 years beyond the date the certificate was issued.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Status update.</I> (i) Before June 23, 2025, the State must, within 10 calendar days of the driver's medical examiner's certificate or medical variance expiring, the medical variance being rescinded or the medical examiner's certificate being voided by FMCSA, update the medical certification status of that driver as “not certified.”
</P>
<P>(ii) On or after June 23, 2025, the State must, within 10 calendar days of the driver's medical examiner's certificate or medical variance expiring, the medical examiner's certificate becoming invalid, the medical variance being rescinded, or the medical examiner's certificate being voided by FMCSA, update the medical certification status of that driver as “not certified.”
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Variance update.</I> (i) Before June 23, 2025, within 10 calendar days of receiving information from FMCSA regarding issuance or renewal of a medical variance for a driver, the State must update the CDLIS driver record to include the medical variance information provided by FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(ii) On or after June 23, 2025, within 1 business day of electronically receiving medical variance information from FMCSA regarding the issuance or renewal of a medical variance for a driver, the State must update the CDLIS driver record to include the medical variance information provided by FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Downgrade.</I> (i) If a driver's medical certification or medical variance expires, or FMCSA notifies the State that a medical certification was invalidated or voided or a medical variance was removed or rescinded, the State must:
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) Before June 23, 2025, notify the CLP or CDL holder of his/her CLP or CDL “not-certified” medical certification status and that the CDL privileges will be removed from the CLP or CDL unless the driver submits a current medical examiner's certificate and/or medical variance, or changes his/her self-certification to driving only in excepted or intrastate commerce (if permitted by the State).
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) On or after June 23, 2025, notify the CLP or CDL holder of his/her CLP or CDL “not-certified” medical certification status and that the CDL privileges will be removed from the CLP or CDL unless the driver has been medically examined and certified in accordance with 49 CFR 391.43 as physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle by a medical examiner, as defined in 49 CFR 390.5, or the driver changes his/her self-certification to driving only in excepted or intrastate commerce (if permitted by the State).
</P>
<P>(B) Initiate established State procedures for downgrading the CLP or CDL. The CLP or CDL downgrade must be completed and recorded within 60 days of the driver's medical certification status becoming “not-certified” to operate a CMV.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) Before June 23, 2025, if a driver fails to provide the State with the certification contained in § 383.71(b)(1), or a current medical examiner's certificate if the driver self-certifies according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i) that he/she is operating in non-excepted interstate commerce as required by § 383.71(h), the State must mark that CDLIS driver record as “not-certified” and initiate a CLP or CDL downgrade following State procedures in accordance with paragraph (o)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) On or after June 23, 2025, if a driver fails to provide the State with the certification contained in § 383.71(b)(1), or, if the driver self-certifies according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i) that he/she is operating in non-excepted interstate commerce as required by § 383.71(h) and the information required by paragraph (o)(2)(ii) of this section is not received and posted, the State must mark that CDLIS driver record as “not-certified” and initiate a CLP or CDL downgrade following State procedures in accordance with paragraph (o)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>State contacts for medical variances.</I> FMCSA Medical Programs is designated as the keeper of the list of State contacts for receiving medical variance information from FMCSA. Beginning January 30, 2012, States are responsible for ensuring their medical variance contact information is always up-to-date with FMCSA's Medical Programs.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Conflicting medical certification information.</I> In the event of a conflict between the medical certification information provided electronically by FMCSA and a paper copy of the medical examiner's certificate, the medical certification information provided electronically by FMCSA shall control.
</P>
<P>(p) After February 7, 2022, the State must notify FMCSA that a training provider in the State does not meet applicable State requirements for CMV instruction. 
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse.</I> Beginning November 18, 2024, the State must, upon receiving notification that pursuant to § 382.501(a) of this chapter the CLP or CDL holder is prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle, initiate established State procedures for downgrading the CLP or CDL. The downgrade must be completed and recorded on the CDLIS driver record within 60 days of the State's receipt of such notification. As used in this paragraph, the term “downgrade” means the State's removal of the CLP or CDL privilege from the driver's license, as set forth in paragraph (4) the definition of <I>CDL downgrade</I> in § 383.5.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Termination of downgrade process when the driver is no longer prohibited.</I> If, before the State completes and records the downgrade on the CDLIS driver record, the State receives notification that pursuant to § 382.503(a) of this chapter the CLP or CDL holder is no longer prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle, the State must, if permitted by State law, terminate the downgrade process without removing the CLP or CDL privilege from the driver's license.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reinstatement after FMCSA notification that the driver is no longer prohibited.</I> If, after the State completes and records the downgrade on the CDLIS driver record, FMCSA notifies the State that pursuant to § 382.503(a) of this chapter a driver is no longer prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle, the State must make the driver eligible for reinstatement of the CLP or CDL privilege to the driver's license, if permitted by State law.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Reinstatement after Clearinghouse error correction.</I> If, after the State completes and records the downgrade on the CDLIS driver record, FMCSA notifies the State that the driver was erroneously identified as prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle, the State shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Reinstate the CLP or CDL privilege to the driver's license as expeditiously as possible; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Expunge from the CDLIS driver record and, if applicable, the motor vehicle record, as defined in § 390.5T of this chapter, any reference related to the driver's erroneous prohibited status.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26883, May 9, 2011]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 383.73, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.75" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.5.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.75   Third-party testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Third-party tests.</I> A State may authorize a third-party tester to administer the skills tests as specified in subparts G and H of this part, if the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The skills tests given by the third party are the same as those that would otherwise be given by the State using the same version of the skills tests, the same written instructions for test applicants, and the same scoring sheets as those prescribed in subparts G and H of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) The State must conduct an on-site inspection of each third-party tester at least once every 2 years, with a focus on examiners with irregular results such as unusually high or low pass/fail rates;
</P>
<P>(3) The State must issue the third-party tester a CDL skills testing certificate upon the execution of a third-party skills testing agreement;
</P>
<P>(4) The State must issue each third-party CDL skills test examiner a skills testing certificate upon successful completion of a formal skills test examiner training course prescribed in § 384.228 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(5) The State must, at least once every 2 years, do one of the following for each third-party examiner:
</P>
<P>(i) Have State employees covertly take the tests administered by the third party as if the State employee were a test applicant;
</P>
<P>(ii) Have State employees co-score along with the third-party examiner during CDL skills tests to compare pass/fail results; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Re-test a sample of drivers who were examined by the third party to compare pass/fail results;
</P>
<P>(6) The State must take prompt and appropriate remedial action against a third-party tester that fails to comply with State or Federal standards for the CDL testing program, or with any other terms of the third-party contract;
</P>
<P>(7) A skills test examiner who is also a skills instructor either as a part of a school, training program or otherwise is prohibited from administering a skills test to an applicant who received skills training by that skills test examiner; and
</P>
<P>(8) The State has an agreement with the third party containing, at a minimum, provisions that:
</P>
<P>(i) Allow the FMCSA, or its representative, and the State to conduct random examinations, inspections, and audits of its records, facilities, and operations without prior notice;
</P>
<P>(ii) Require that all third-party skills test examiners meet the qualification and training standards of § 384.228 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(iii) Allow the State to do any of the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Have State employees covertly take the tests administered by the third party as if the State employee were a test applicant;
</P>
<P>(B) Have State employees co-score along with the third-party examiner during CDL skills tests to compare pass/fail results; or
</P>
<P>(C) Have the State re-test a sample of drivers who were examined by the third party;
</P>
<P>(iv) Reserve unto the State the right to take prompt and appropriate remedial action against a third-party tester that fails to comply with State or Federal standards for the CDL testing program, or with any other terms of the third-party contract;
</P>
<P>(v) Require the third-party tester to initiate and maintain a bond in an amount determined by the State to be sufficient to pay for re-testing drivers in the event that the third party or one or more of its examiners is involved in fraudulent activities related to conducting skills testing of applicants for a CDL. Exception: A third-party tester that is a government entity is not required to maintain a bond;
</P>
<P>(vi) Require the third-party tester to use only CDL skills examiners who have successfully completed a formal CDL skills test examiner training course as prescribed by the State and have been certified by the State as a CDL skills examiner qualified to administer CDL skills tests;
</P>
<P>(vii) Require the third-party tester to use designated road test routes that have been approved by the State;
</P>
<P>(viii) Require the third-party tester to submit a schedule of CDL skills testing appointments to the State no later than two business days prior to each test; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Require the third-party tester to maintain copies of the following records at its principal place of business:
</P>
<P>(A) A copy of the State certificate authorizing the third-party tester to administer a CDL skills testing program for the classes and types of commercial motor vehicles listed;
</P>
<P>(B) A copy of each third-party examiner's State certificate authorizing the third-party examiner to administer CDL skills tests for the classes and types of commercial motor vehicles listed;
</P>
<P>(C) A copy of the current third-party agreement;
</P>
<P>(D) A copy of each completed CDL skills test scoring sheet for the current year and the past two calendar years;
</P>
<P>(E) A copy of the third-party tester's State-approved road test route(s); and
</P>
<P>(F) A copy of each third-party examiner's training record.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Proof of testing by a third party.</I> The third-party tester must notify the State driver licensing agency through secure electronic means when a driver applicant passes skills tests administered by the third-party party tester.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Minimum number of tests conducted.</I> The State must revoke the skills testing certification of any examiner who does not conduct skills test examinations of at least 10 different applicants per calendar year. Exception: Examiners who do not meet the 10-test minimum must either take the refresher training specified in § 384.228 of this chapter or have a State examiner ride along to observe the third-party examiner successfully administer at least one skills test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26886, May 9, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 17881, Mar. 25, 2013; 88 FR 80181, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.77" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.5.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.77   Substitute for knowledge and driving skills tests for drivers with military CMV experience.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Knowledge test waivers for certain current or former military service members applying for a CLP or CDL</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> For current or former military service members, as defined in § 383.5, who meet the conditions and limitations set forth in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a State may waive the requirements in §§ 383.23(a)(1) and 383.25(a)(3) that a person must pass a knowledge test for a CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Conditions and limitations.</I> A current or former military service member applying for waiver of the knowledge test described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must certify and provide evidence that, during the 1-year period immediately prior to the application, he/she:
</P>
<P>(i) Is or was regularly employed and designated as a:
</P>
<P>(A) Motor Transport Operator—88M (Army);
</P>
<P>(B) PATRIOT Launching Station Operator—14T (Army);
</P>
<P>(C) Fueler—92F (Army);
</P>
<P>(D) Vehicle Operator—2T1 (Air Force);
</P>
<P>(E) Fueler—2F0 (Air Force);
</P>
<P>(F) Pavement and Construction Equipment Operator—3E2 (Air Force);
</P>
<P>(G) Motor Vehicle Operator—3531 (Marine Corps); or
</P>
<P>(H) Equipment Operator—E.O. (Navy).
</P>
<P>(ii) Is operating a vehicle representative of the CMV type the driver applicant expects to operate upon separation from the military, or operated such a vehicle type immediately preceding separation from the military;
</P>
<P>(iii) Has not simultaneously held more than one civilian license (in addition to a military license);
</P>
<P>(iv) Has not had any license suspended, revoked, or cancelled;
</P>
<P>(v) Has not had any convictions for any type of motor vehicle for the disqualifying offenses contained in § 383.51(b);
</P>
<P>(vi) Has not had more than one conviction for any type of motor vehicle for serious traffic violations contained in § 383.51(c); and
</P>
<P>(vii) Has not had any conviction for a violation of military, State, or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than a parking violation) arising in connection with any traffic accident, and has no record of an accident in which he/she was at fault.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Driving skills test waivers for certain current or former military service members applying for a CDL</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> At the discretion of a State, the driving skills test required by § 383.23(a)(1), and as specified in § 383.113, may be waived for a CMV driver with military CMV experience who is currently licensed at the time of his/her application for a CDL and substituted with an applicant's driving record in combination with certain driving experience.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Conditions and limitations.</I> The State shall impose conditions and limitations to restrict the applicants from whom a State may accept alternative requirements for the driving skills test described in § 383.113. Such conditions must require at least the following:
</P>
<P>(i) An applicant must provide evidence and certify that he/she:
</P>
<P>(A) Is regularly employed or was regularly employed within the last year in a military position requiring operation of a CMV;
</P>
<P>(B) Was exempted from the CDL requirements in § 383.3(c); and
</P>
<P>(C) Was operating a vehicle representative of the CMV type the driver applicant operates or expects to operate, for at least the 2 years immediately preceding separation from the military.
</P>
<P>(ii) An applicant must certify that, during the 2-year period immediately prior to applying for a CDL, he/she:
</P>
<P>(A) Has not simultaneously held more than one civilian license (in addition to a military license);
</P>
<P>(B) Has not had any license suspended, revoked, or cancelled;
</P>
<P>(C) Has not had any convictions for any type of motor vehicle for the disqualifying offenses contained in § 383.51(b);
</P>
<P>(D) Has not had more than one conviction for any type of motor vehicle for serious traffic violations contained in § 383.51(c); and
</P>
<P>(E) Has not had any conviction for a violation of military, State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than a parking violation) arising in connection with any traffic crash, and has no record of a crash in which he/she was at fault.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Endorsement waivers for certain current or former military service members applying for a CLP or a CDL</I>—(1) <I>Passenger.</I> For current or former military service members, as defined in § 383.5, who meet the conditions and limitations set forth in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, a State may waive the requirements in § 383.25(a)(5)(i), § 383.93(a) and (c)(2) that an applicant must pass a driving skills test and a specialized knowledge test, described in § 383.117, for a passenger (P) endorsement.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Tank vehicle.</I> For current or former military service members, as defined in § 383.5, who meet the conditions and limitations set forth in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, a State may waive the requirements in §§ 383.25(a)(5)(iii) and 383.93(a) and (c)(3) that an applicant must pass a specialized knowledge test, described in § 383.119, for a tank vehicle (N) endorsement.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Hazardous materials.</I> For current or former military service members, as defined in § 383.5, who meet the conditions and limitations set forth in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, a State may waive the requirements in § 383.93(a)(1) and (c)(4) that an applicant must pass a specialized knowledge test, described in § 383.121, for a hazardous materials (H) endorsement. States must continue to meet the requirements for a hazardous materials endorsement in subpart I of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Conditions and limitations.</I> A current or former military service member applying for waiver of the driving skills test or the specialized knowledge test for a passenger carrier endorsement, the knowledge test for the tank vehicle endorsement, or the knowledge test for the hazardous materials endorsement, must certify and provide evidence that, during the 1-year period immediately prior to the application, he/she:
</P>
<P>(i) Is or was regularly employed in a military position requiring operation of a passenger CMV, if the applicant is requesting a waiver of the knowledge and driving skills test for a passenger endorsement; operation of a tank vehicle, if the applicant is requesting a waiver of the knowledge test for a tank vehicle endorsement; or transportation of hazardous materials, if the applicant is requesting a waiver of the knowledge test for a hazardous materials endorsement;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has not simultaneously held more than one civilian license (in addition to a military license);
</P>
<P>(iii) Has not had any license suspended, revoked, or cancelled;
</P>
<P>(iv) Has not had any convictions for any type of motor vehicle for the disqualifying offenses contained in § 383.51(b);
</P>
<P>(v) Has not had more than one conviction for any type of motor vehicle for serious traffic violations contained in § 383.51(c); and
</P>
<P>(vi) Has not had any conviction for a violation of military, State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than a parking violation) arising in connection with any traffic crash, and has no record of a crash in which he/she was at fault.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 48975, Sept. 28, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.79" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.5.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.79   Driving skills testing of out-of-State students; knowledge and driving skills testing of military personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>CDL applicants trained out-of-State</I>—(1) <I>State that administers the driving skills test.</I> A State may administer its driving skills test, in accordance with subparts F, G, and H of this part, to a person who has taken training in that State and is to be licensed in another United States jurisdiction (<I>i.e.,</I> his or her State of domicile). Such test results must be transmitted electronically directly from the testing State to the licensing State in a direct, efficient and secure manner.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>The State of domicile.</I> The State of domicile of a CDL applicant must accept the results of a driving skills test administered to the applicant by any other State, in accordance with subparts F, G, and H of this part, in fulfillment of the applicant's testing requirements under § 383.71, and the State's test administration requirements under § 383.73.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Active duty military service members.</I> An active-duty military service member may apply for a CLP or a CDL in the State where the individual is stationed but not domiciled if the requirements of this section are met.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Role of State of duty station.</I> (i) Upon prior agreement with the State of domicile, a State where active-duty military service members are stationed, but not domiciled, may accept an application for a CLP or CDL, including an application for waiver of the knowledge test or driving skills test prescribed in §§ 383.23(a)(1) and 383.25(a)(3), from such a military service member who:
</P>
<P>(A) Is regularly employed or was regularly employed within the last year in a military position requiring operation of a CMV;
</P>
<P>(B) Has a valid driver's license from his or her State of domicile;
</P>
<P>(C) Has a valid active-duty military identification card; and
</P>
<P>(D) Has a current copy of either the service member's military leave and earnings statement, or his or her orders.
</P>
<P>(ii) A State where active-duty military service members are stationed, but not domiciled, may:
</P>
<P>(A) Administer the knowledge and driving skills tests to the military service member, as appropriate, in accordance with subparts F, G, and H of this part, if the State of domicile requires those tests; or
</P>
<P>(B) Waive the knowledge and driving skills tests in accordance with § 383.77, if the State of domicile has exercised the option to waive those tests; and
</P>
<P>(C) Destroy the military service member's civilian driver's license on behalf of the State of domicile, unless the latter requires the driver's license to be surrendered to its own driver licensing agency.
</P>
<P>(iii) The State of duty station must transmit to the State of domicile by a direct, secure, and efficient electronic system the completed application, any supporting documents, and—if the State of domicile has not exercised its waiver option—the results of any knowledge and driving skills administered.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Role of State of domicile.</I> Upon completion of the applicant's application pursuant to § 383.71 and any testing administered by the State of duty station pursuant to §§ 383.71 and 383.73, the State of domicile of the military service member applying for a CLP or CDL may:
</P>
<P>(i) Accept the completed application, any supporting documents, and the results of the knowledge and driving skills tests administered by the State of duty station (unless waived at the discretion of the State of domicile); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Issue the applicant a CLP or CDL.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 48976, Sept. 28, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Vehicle Groups and Endorsements</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 27651, July 21, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 383.91" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.6.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.91   Commercial motor vehicle groups.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Vehicle group descriptions. Each driver applicant must possess and be tested on his/her knowledge and skills, described in subpart G of this part, for the commercial motor vehicle group(s) for which he/she desires a CDL. The commercial motor vehicle groups are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Combination vehicle (Group A)—Any combination of vehicles with a gross combination weight rating (GCWR) of 11,794 kilograms or more (26,001 pounds or more) provided the GVWR of the vehicle(s) being towed is in excess of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds).
</P>
<P>(2) Heavy Straight Vehicle (Group B)—Any single vehicle with a GVWR of 11,794 kilograms or more (26,001 pounds or more), or any such vehicle towing a vehicle not in excess of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) GVWR.
</P>
<P>(3) Small Vehicle (Group C)—Any single vehicle, or combination of vehicles, that meets neither the definition of Group A nor that of Group B as contained in this section, but that either is designed to transport 16 or more passengers including the driver, or is used in the transportation of hazardous materials as defined in § 383.5.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Representative vehicle.</I> For purposes of taking the driving test in accordance with § 383.113, a representative vehicle for a given vehicle group contained in § 383.91(a), is any commercial motor vehicle which meets the definition of that vehicle group.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Relation between vehicle groups.</I> Each driver applicant who desires to operate in a different commercial motor vehicle group from the one which his/her CDL authorizes shall be required to retake and pass all related tests, except the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A driver who has passed the knowledge and skills tests for a combination vehicle (Group A) may operate a heavy straight vehicle (Group B) or a small vehicle (Group C), provided that he/she possesses the requisite endorsement(s); and
</P>
<P>(2) A driver who has passed the knowledge and skills tests for a heavy straight vehicle (Group B) may operate any small vehicle (Group C), provided that he/she possesses the requisite endorsement(s).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Vehicle group illustration.</I> Figure 1 illustrates typical vehicles within each of the vehicle groups defined in this section.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er07jy21.076.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 27651, July 21, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 47989, Nov. 20, 1989; 61 FR 9566, Mar. 8, 1996; 77 FR 59825, Oct. 1, 2012; 80 FR 59072, Oct. 1, 2015; 86 FR 35640, July 7, 2021]





</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.93" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.6.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.93   Endorsements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) In addition to passing the knowledge and skills tests described in subpart G of this part, all persons who operate or expect to operate the type(s) of motor vehicles described in paragraph (b) of this section must pass specialized tests to obtain each endorsement. The State shall issue CDL endorsements only to drivers who successfully complete the tests.
</P>
<P>(2) The only endorsements allowed on a CLP are the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Passenger (P);
</P>
<P>(ii) School bus (S); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Tank vehicle (N).
</P>
<P>(3) The State must use the codes listed in § 383.153 when placing endorsements on a CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Endorsement descriptions.</I> An operator must obtain State-issued endorsements to his/her CDL to operate commercial motor vehicles which are:
</P>
<P>(1) Double/triple trailers;
</P>
<P>(2) Passenger vehicles;
</P>
<P>(3) Tank vehicles; 
</P>
<P>(4) Used to transport hazardous materials as defined in § 383.5; or
</P>
<P>(5) School buses. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Endorsement testing requirements.</I> The following tests are required for the endorsements contained in paragraph (b) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Double/Triple Trailers</I>—a knowledge test;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Passenger</I>—a knowledge and a skills test;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Tank vehicle</I>—a knowledge test; 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Hazardous Materials</I>—a knowledge test; and 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>School bus</I>—a knowledge and a skills test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 27651, July 21, 1988, as amended at 67 FR 49760, July 31, 2002; 68 FR 23850, May 5, 2003; 76 FR 26887, May 9, 2011; 84 FR 52034, Oct. 1, 2019]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.95" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.6.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.95   Restrictions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Air brake.</I> (1) If an applicant either fails the air brake component of the knowledge test, or performs the skills test in a vehicle not equipped with air brakes, the State must indicate on the CLP or CDL, if issued, that the person is restricted from operating a CMV equipped with any type of air brakes.
</P>
<P>(2) For the purposes of the skills test and the restriction, air brakes include any braking system operating fully or partially on the air brake principle.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Full air brake.</I> (1) If an applicant performs the skills test in a vehicle equipped with air over hydraulic brakes, the State must indicate on the CDL, if issued, that the person is restricted from operating a CMV equipped with any braking system operating fully on the air brake principle.
</P>
<P>(2) For the purposes of the skills test and the restriction, air over hydraulic brakes includes any braking system operating partially on the air brake and partially on the hydraulic brake principle.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Manual transmission.</I> (1) If an applicant performs the skills test in a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission, the State must indicate on the CDL, if issued, that the person is restricted from operating a CMV equipped with a manual transmission.
</P>
<P>(2) For the purposes of the skills test and the restriction, an automatic transmission includes any transmission other than a manual transmission as defined in § 383.5.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Tractor-trailer.</I> If an applicant performs the skills test in a combination vehicle for a Group A CDL with the power unit and towed unit connected with a pintle hook or other non-fifth wheel connection, the State must indicate on the CDL, if issued, that the person is restricted from operating a tractor-trailer combination connected by a fifth wheel that requires a Group A CDL.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Group A passenger vehicle.</I> If an applicant applying for a passenger endorsement performs the skills test in a passenger vehicle requiring a Group B CDL, the State must indicate on the CDL, if issued, that the person is restricted from operating a passenger vehicle requiring a Group A CDL.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Group A and B passenger vehicle.</I> If an applicant applying for a passenger endorsement performs the skills test in a passenger vehicle requiring a Group C CDL, the State must indicate on the CDL, if issued, that the person is restricted from operating a passenger vehicle requiring a Group A or B CDL.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Medical variance restrictions.</I> If the State is notified according to § 383.73(o)(3) that the driver has been issued a medical variance, the State must indicate the existence of such a medical variance on the CDLIS driver record and the CDL document, if issued, using the restriction code “V” to indicate there is information about a medical variance on the CDLIS driver record.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>In accordance with the agreement between Canada and the United States (see footnote to § 391.41 of this chapter), drivers with a medical variance restriction code on their CDL are restricted from operating a CMV in the other country.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26887, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Required Knowledge and Skills</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 27654, July 21, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 383.110" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.7.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.110   General requirement.</HEAD>
<P>All drivers of CMVs must have the knowledge and skills necessary to operate a CMV safely as contained in this subpart. The specific types of items that a State must include in the knowledge and skills tests that it administers to CDL applicants are included in this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26888, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.111" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.7.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.111   Required knowledge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All CMV operators must have knowledge of the following 20 general areas:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Safe operations regulations.</I> Driver-related elements of the regulations contained in parts 391, 392, 393, 395, 396, and 397 of this subchapter, such as:
</P>
<P>(i) Motor vehicle inspection, repair, and maintenance requirements;
</P>
<P>(ii) Procedures for safe vehicle operations;
</P>
<P>(iii) The effects of fatigue, poor vision, hearing impairment, and general health upon safe commercial motor vehicle operation;
</P>
<P>(iv) The types of motor vehicles and cargoes subject to the requirements contained in part 397 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(v) The effects of alcohol and drug use upon safe commercial motor vehicle operations.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Safe vehicle control systems.</I> The purpose and function of the controls and instruments commonly found on CMVs.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>CMV safety control systems.</I> (i) Proper use of the motor vehicle's safety system, including lights, horns, side and rear-view mirrors, proper mirror adjustments, fire extinguishers, symptoms of improper operation revealed through instruments, motor vehicle operation characteristics, and diagnosing malfunctions.
</P>
<P>(ii) CMV drivers must have knowledge of the correct procedures needed to use these safety systems in an emergency situation, e.g., skids and loss of brakes.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Basic control.</I> The proper procedures for performing various basic maneuvers, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Starting, warming up, and shutting down the engine;
</P>
<P>(ii) Putting the vehicle in motion and stopping;
</P>
<P>(iii) Backing in a straight line; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Turning the vehicle, e.g., basic rules, off tracking, right/left turns and right curves.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Shifting.</I> The basic shifting rules and terms for common transmissions, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Key elements of shifting, e.g., controls, when to shift, and double clutching;
</P>
<P>(ii) Shift patterns and procedures; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Consequences of improper shifting.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Backing.</I> The procedures and rules for various backing maneuvers, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Backing principles and rules; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Basic backing maneuvers, e.g., straight-line backing, and backing on a curved path.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Visual search.</I> The importance of proper visual search, and proper visual search methods, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Seeing ahead and to the sides;
</P>
<P>(ii) Use of mirrors; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Seeing to the rear.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Communication.</I> The principles and procedures for proper communications and the hazards of failure to signal properly, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Signaling intent, e.g., signaling when changing direction in traffic;
</P>
<P>(ii) Communicating presence, e.g., using horn or lights to signal presence; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Misuse of communications.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Speed management.</I> The importance of understanding the effects of speed, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Speed and stopping distance;
</P>
<P>(ii) Speed and surface conditions;
</P>
<P>(iii) Speed and the shape of the road;
</P>
<P>(iv) Speed and visibility; and
</P>
<P>(v) Speed and traffic flow.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Space management.</I> The procedures and techniques for controlling the space around the vehicle, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The importance of space management;
</P>
<P>(ii) Space cushions, e.g., controlling space ahead/to the rear;
</P>
<P>(iii) Space to the sides; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Space for traffic gaps.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Night operation.</I> Preparations and procedures for night driving, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Night driving factors, e.g., driver factors (vision, glare, fatigue, inexperience);
</P>
<P>(ii) Roadway factors (low illumination, variation in illumination, unfamiliarity with roads, other road users, especially drivers exhibiting erratic or improper driving); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Vehicle factors (headlights, auxiliary lights, turn signals, windshields and mirrors).
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Extreme driving conditions.</I> The basic information on operating in extreme driving conditions and the hazards encountered in such conditions, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Bad weather, e.g., snow, ice, sleet, high wind;
</P>
<P>(ii) Hot weather; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Mountain driving.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Hazard perceptions.</I> The basic information on hazard perception and clues for recognition of hazards, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Road characteristics; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Road user activities.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Emergency maneuvers.</I> The basic information concerning when and how to make emergency maneuvers, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Evasive steering;
</P>
<P>(ii) Emergency stop;
</P>
<P>(iii) Off road recovery;
</P>
<P>(iv) Brake failure; and
</P>
<P>(v) Blowouts.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Skid control and recovery.</I> The information on the causes and major types of skids, as well as the procedures for recovering from skids.
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Relationship of cargo to vehicle control.</I> The principles and procedures for the proper handling of cargo, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Consequences of improperly secured cargo, drivers' responsibilities, and Federal/State and local regulations;
</P>
<P>(ii) Principles of weight distribution; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Principles and methods of cargo securement.
</P>
<P>(17) <I>Vehicle inspections.</I> The objectives and proper procedures for performing vehicle safety inspections, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The importance of periodic inspection and repair to vehicle safety.
</P>
<P>(ii) The effect of undiscovered malfunctions upon safety.
</P>
<P>(iii) What safety-related parts to look for when inspecting vehicles, e.g., fluid leaks, interference with visibility, bad tires, wheel and rim defects, braking system defects, steering system defects, suspension system defects, exhaust system defects, coupling system defects, and cargo problems.
</P>
<P>(iv) Pre-trip/enroute/post-trip inspection procedures.
</P>
<P>(v) Reporting findings.
</P>
<P>(18) <I>Hazardous materials.</I> Knowledge of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) What constitutes hazardous material requiring an endorsement to transport;
</P>
<P>(ii) Classes of hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(iii) Labeling/placarding requirements; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Need for specialized training as a prerequisite to receiving the endorsement and transporting hazardous cargoes.
</P>
<P>(19) <I>Mountain driving.</I> Practices that are important when driving upgrade and downgrade, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Selecting a safe speed;
</P>
<P>(ii) Selecting the right gear; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Proper braking techniques.
</P>
<P>(20) <I>Fatigue and awareness.</I> Practices that are important to staying alert and safe while driving, including;
</P>
<P>(i) Being prepared to drive;
</P>
<P>(ii) What to do when driving to avoid fatigue;
</P>
<P>(iii) What to do when sleepy while driving; and
</P>
<P>(iv) What to do when becoming ill while driving.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Air brakes.</I> All CMV drivers operating vehicles equipped with air brakes must have knowledge of the following 7 areas:
</P>
<P>(1) General air brake system nomenclature;
</P>
<P>(2) The dangers of contaminated air supply (dirt, moisture, and oil);
</P>
<P>(3) Implications of severed or disconnected air lines between the power unit and the trailer(s);
</P>
<P>(4) Implications of low air pressure readings;
</P>
<P>(5) Procedures to conduct safe and accurate pre-trip inspections, including knowledge about:
</P>
<P>(i) Automatic fail-safe devices;
</P>
<P>(ii) System monitoring devices; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Low pressure warning alarms.
</P>
<P>(6) Procedures for conducting en route and post-trip inspections of air-actuated brake systems, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Ability to detect defects that may cause the system to fail;
</P>
<P>(ii) Tests that indicate the amount of air loss from the braking system within a specified period, with and without the engine running; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Tests that indicate the pressure levels at which the low air pressure warning devices and the tractor protection valve should activate.
</P>
<P>(7) General operating practices and procedures, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Proper braking techniques;
</P>
<P>(ii) Antilock brakes;
</P>
<P>(iii) Emergency stops; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Parking brake.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Combination vehicles.</I> All CMV drivers operating combination vehicles must have knowledge of the following 3 areas:
</P>
<P>(1) Coupling and uncoupling—The procedures for proper coupling and uncoupling a tractor to a semi-trailer;
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicle inspection—The objectives and proper procedures that are unique for performing vehicle safety inspections on combination vehicles; and
</P>
<P>(3) General operating practices and procedures, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Safely operating combination vehicles; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Air brakes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26888, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.113" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.7.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.113   Required skills.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pre-trip vehicle inspection skills.</I> Applicants for a CDL must possess the following basic pre-trip vehicle inspection skills for the vehicle class that the driver operates or expects to operate:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>All test vehicles.</I> Applicants must be able to identify each safety-related part on the vehicle and explain what needs to be inspected to ensure a safe operating condition of each part, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Engine compartment;
</P>
<P>(ii) Cab/engine start;
</P>
<P>(iii) Steering;
</P>
<P>(iv) Suspension;
</P>
<P>(v) Brakes;
</P>
<P>(vi) Wheels;
</P>
<P>(vii) Side of vehicle;
</P>
<P>(viii) Rear of vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Special features of tractor trailer, school bus, or coach/transit bus, if this type of vehicle is being used for the test.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Air brake equipped test vehicles.</I> Applicants must demonstrate the following skills with respect to inspection and operation of air brakes:
</P>
<P>(i) Locate and verbally identify air brake operating controls and monitoring devices;
</P>
<P>(ii) Determine the motor vehicle's brake system condition for proper adjustments and that air system connections between motor vehicles have been properly made and secured;
</P>
<P>(iii) Inspect the low pressure warning device(s) to ensure that they will activate in emergency situations;
</P>
<P>(iv) With the engine running, make sure that the system maintains an adequate supply of compressed air;
</P>
<P>(v) Determine that required minimum air pressure build up time is within acceptable limits and that required alarms and emergency devices automatically deactivate at the proper pressure level; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Operationally check the brake system for proper performance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Basic vehicle control skills.</I> All applicants for a CDL must possess and demonstrate the following basic motor vehicle control skills for the vehicle class that the driver operates or expects to operate:
</P>
<P>(1) Ability to start, warm up, and shut down the engine;
</P>
<P>(2) Ability to put the motor vehicle in motion and accelerate smoothly, forward and backward;
</P>
<P>(3) Ability to bring the motor vehicle to a smooth stop;
</P>
<P>(4) Ability to back the motor vehicle in a straight line, and check path and clearance while backing;
</P>
<P>(5) Ability to position the motor vehicle to negotiate safely and then make left and right turns;
</P>
<P>(6) Ability to shift as required and select appropriate gear for speed and highway conditions; and
</P>
<P>(7) Ability to back along a curved path.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Safe on-road driving skills.</I> All applicants for a CDL must possess and demonstrate the following safe on-road driving skills for their vehicle class:
</P>
<P>(1) Ability to use proper visual search methods;
</P>
<P>(2) Ability to signal appropriately when changing direction in traffic;
</P>
<P>(3) Ability to adjust speed to the configuration and condition of the roadway, weather and visibility conditions, traffic conditions, and motor vehicle, cargo and driver conditions;
</P>
<P>(4) Ability to choose a safe gap for changing lanes, passing other vehicles, as well as for crossing or entering traffic;
</P>
<P>(5) Ability to position the motor vehicle correctly before and during a turn to prevent other vehicles from passing on the wrong side, as well as to prevent problems caused by off-tracking;
</P>
<P>(6) Ability to maintain a safe following distance depending on the condition of the road, visibility, and vehicle weight;
</P>
<P>(7) Ability to adjust operation of the motor vehicle to prevailing weather conditions including speed selection, braking, direction changes, and following distance to maintain control; and
</P>
<P>(8) Ability to observe the road and the behavior of other motor vehicles, particularly before changing speed and direction.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Test area.</I> Skills tests shall be conducted in on-street conditions or under a combination of on-street and off-street conditions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Simulation technology.</I> A State may utilize simulators to perform skills testing, but under no circumstances as a substitute for the required testing in on-street conditions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26889, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.115" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.7.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.115   Requirements for double/triple trailers endorsement.</HEAD>
<P>In order to obtain a double/triple trailers endorsement each applicant must have knowledge covering:
</P>
<P>(a) Procedures for assembly and hookup of the units;
</P>
<P>(b) Proper placement of heaviest trailer;
</P>
<P>(c) Handling and stability characteristics including off-tracking, response to steering, sensory feedback, braking, oscillatory sway, rollover in steady turns, and yaw stability in steady turns;
</P>
<P>(d) Potential problems in traffic operations, including problems the motor vehicle creates for other motorists due to slower speeds on steep grades, longer passing times, possibility for blocking entry of other motor vehicles on freeways, splash and spray impacts, aerodynamic buffeting, view blockages, and lateral placement; and
</P>
<P>(e) Operating practices and procedures not otherwise specified.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26890, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.117" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.7.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.117   Requirements for passenger endorsement.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant for the passenger endorsement must satisfy both of the following additional knowledge and skills test requirements.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Knowledge test.</I> All applicants for the passenger endorsement must have knowledge covering the following topics:
</P>
<P>(1) Proper procedures for loading/unloading passengers;
</P>
<P>(2) Proper use of emergency exits, including push-out windows;
</P>
<P>(3) Proper responses to such emergency situations as fires and unruly passengers;
</P>
<P>(4) Proper procedures at railroad-highway grade crossings and drawbridges;
</P>
<P>(5) Proper braking procedures; and
</P>
<P>(6) Operating practices and procedures not otherwise specified.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Skills test.</I> To obtain a passenger endorsement applicable to a specific vehicle class, an applicant must take his/her skills test in a passenger vehicle satisfying the requirements of that vehicle group as defined in § 383.91.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26890, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.119" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.7.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.119   Requirements for tank vehicle endorsement.</HEAD>
<P>In order to obtain a tank vehicle endorsement, each applicant must have knowledge covering the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Causes, prevention, and effects of cargo surge on motor vehicle handling;
</P>
<P>(b) Proper braking procedures for the motor vehicle when it is empty, full, and partially full;
</P>
<P>(c) Differences in handling of baffled/compartmented tank interiors versus non-baffled motor vehicles;
</P>
<P>(d) Differences in tank vehicle type and construction;
</P>
<P>(e) Differences in cargo surge for liquids of varying product densities;
</P>
<P>(f) Effects of road grade and curvature on motor vehicle handling with filled, half-filled, and empty tanks;
</P>
<P>(g) Proper use of emergency systems;
</P>
<P>(h) For drivers of DOT specification tank vehicles, retest and marking requirements; and
</P>
<P>(i) Operating practices and procedures not otherwise specified.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26890, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.121" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.7.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.121   Requirements for hazardous materials endorsement.</HEAD>
<P>In order to obtain a hazardous materials endorsement, each applicant must have such knowledge as is required of a driver of a hazardous materials laden vehicle, from information contained in 49 CFR parts 171, 172, 173, 177, 178, and 397, on the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Hazardous materials regulations including:
</P>
<P>(1) Hazardous materials table;
</P>
<P>(2) Shipping paper requirements;
</P>
<P>(3) Marking;
</P>
<P>(4) Labeling;
</P>
<P>(5) Placarding requirements;
</P>
<P>(6) Hazardous materials packaging;
</P>
<P>(7) Hazardous materials definitions and preparation;
</P>
<P>(8) Other regulated material (e.g., ORM-D);
</P>
<P>(9) Reporting hazardous materials accidents; and
</P>
<P>(10) Tunnels and railroad crossings.
</P>
<P>(b) Hazardous materials handling including:
</P>
<P>(1) Forbidden materials and packages;
</P>
<P>(2) Loading and unloading materials;
</P>
<P>(3) Cargo segregation;
</P>
<P>(4) Passenger carrying buses and hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(5) Attendance of motor vehicles;
</P>
<P>(6) Parking;
</P>
<P>(7) Routes;
</P>
<P>(8) Cargo tanks; and
</P>
<P>(9) “Safe havens.”
</P>
<P>(c) Operation of emergency equipment including:
</P>
<P>(1) Use of equipment to protect the public;
</P>
<P>(2) Special precautions for equipment to be used in fires;
</P>
<P>(3) Special precautions for use of emergency equipment when loading or unloading a hazardous materials laden motor vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(4) Use of emergency equipment for tank vehicles.
</P>
<P>(d) Emergency response procedures including:
</P>
<P>(1) Special care and precautions for different types of accidents;
</P>
<P>(2) Special precautions for driving near a fire and carrying hazardous materials, and smoking and carrying hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(3) Emergency procedures; and
</P>
<P>(4) Existence of special requirements for transporting Class 1.1 and 1.2 explosives.
</P>
<P>(e) Operating practices and procedures not otherwise specified.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26890, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.123" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.7.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.123   Requirements for a school bus endorsement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An applicant for the school bus endorsement must satisfy the following three requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Qualify for passenger vehicle endorsement.</I> Pass the knowledge and skills test for obtaining a passenger vehicle endorsement.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Knowledge test.</I> Must have knowledge covering the following topics:
</P>
<P>(i) Loading and unloading children, including the safe operation of stop signal devices, external mirror systems, flashing lights, and other warning and passenger safety devices required for school buses by State or Federal law or regulation.
</P>
<P>(ii) Emergency exits and procedures for safely evacuating passengers in an emergency.
</P>
<P>(iii) State and Federal laws and regulations related to safely traversing railroad-highway grade crossings; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Operating practices and procedures not otherwise specified.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Skills test.</I> Must take a driving skills test in a school bus of the same vehicle group (see § 383.91(a)) as the school bus applicant will drive.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> Knowledge and skills tests administered before September 30, 2002 and approved by FMCSA as meeting the requirements of this section, meet the requirements of paragraphs (a)(2) and (3) of this section
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26891, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Tests</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 27657, July 21, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 383.131" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.8.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.131   Test manuals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Driver information manual.</I> (1) A State must provide an FMCSA pre-approved driver information manual to a CLP or CDL applicant. The manual must be comparable to the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators' (AAMVA's) “2005 CDL Test System (July 2010 or newer Version) Model Commercial Driver Manual”, which FMCSA has approved and provides to all State Driver Licensing Agencies. The driver information manual must include:
</P>
<P>(i) Information on how to obtain a CDL and endorsements;
</P>
<P>(ii) Information on the requirements described in § 383.71, the implied consent to alcohol testing described in § 383.72, the procedures and penalties contained in § 383.51(b) to which a CLP or CDL holder is exposed for refusal to comply with such alcohol testing, State procedures described in § 383.73, and other appropriate driver information contained in subpart E of this part;
</P>
<P>(iii) Information on vehicle groups and endorsements as specified in subpart F of this part;
</P>
<P>(iv) The substance of the knowledge and skills that drivers must have, as outlined in subpart G of this part for the different vehicle groups and endorsements; and
</P>
<P>(v) Details of testing procedures, including the purpose of the tests, how to respond, and directions for taking the tests.
</P>
<P>(2) A State may include any additional State-specific information related to the CDL testing and licensing process.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examiner information manual.</I> (1) A State must provide an FMCSA pre-approved examiner information manual that conforms to model requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(i-xi) of this section to all knowledge and skills test examiners. To be pre-approved by FMCSA, the examiner information manual must be comparable to AAMVA's “2005 CDL Test System (July 2010 or newer Version) Model CDL Examiner's Manual,” which FMCSA has approved and provides to all State Driver Licensing Agencies. The examiner information manual must include:
</P>
<P>(i) Information on driver application procedures contained in § 383.71, State procedures described in § 383.73, and other appropriate driver information contained in subpart E of this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Details on information that must be given to the applicant;
</P>
<P>(iii) Details on how to conduct the knowledge and skills tests;
</P>
<P>(iv) Scoring procedures and minimum passing scores for the knowledge and skills tests;
</P>
<P>(v) Information for selecting driving test routes for the skills tests;
</P>
<P>(vi) List of the skills to be tested;
</P>
<P>(vii) Instructions on where and how the skills will be tested;
</P>
<P>(viii) How performance of the skills will be scored;
</P>
<P>(ix) Causes for automatic failure of skills tests;
</P>
<P>(x) Standardized scoring sheets for the skills tests; and
</P>
<P>(xi) Standardized driving instructions for the applicants.
</P>
<P>(2) A State may include any additional State-specific information related to the CDL testing process.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26891, May 9, 2011, as amended at 81 FR 68347, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.133" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.8.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.133   Test methods.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All tests must be constructed in such a way as to determine if the applicant possesses the required knowledge and skills contained in subpart G of this part for the type of motor vehicle or endorsement the applicant wishes to obtain.
</P>
<P>(b) Knowledge tests:
</P>
<P>(1) States must use the FMCSA pre-approved pool of test questions to develop knowledge tests for each vehicle group and endorsement. The pool of questions must be comparable to those in AAMVA's “2005 CDL Test System (July 2010 or newer Version) 2005 Test Item Summary Forms,” which FMCSA has approved and provides to all State Driver Licensing Agencies.
</P>
<P>(2) The State method of generating knowledge tests must conform to the requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section and be pre-approved by FMCSA. The State method of generating knowledge tests must be comparable to the requirements outlined in AAMVA's “2005 CDL Test System (July 2010 or newer Version) 2005 Requirements Document For Use In Developing Computer-Generated Multiple-Choice CDL Knowledge Tests”, which FMCSA has approved and provides to all State Driver Licensing Agencies to develop knowledge tests for each vehicle group and endorsement. These requirements include:
</P>
<P>(i) The total difficulty level of the questions used in each version of a test must fall within a set range;
</P>
<P>(ii) Twenty-five percent of the questions on a test must be new questions that were not contained in the previous version of the test;
</P>
<P>(iii) Identical questions from the previous version of the test must be in a different location on the test and the three possible responses to the questions must be in a different order; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Each test must contain a set number of questions with a prescribed number of questions from each of the knowledge areas.
</P>
<P>(3) Each knowledge test must be valid and reliable so as to ensure that driver applicants possess the knowledge required under § 383.111. The knowledge tests may be administered in written form, verbally, or in automated format and can be administered in a foreign language, provided no interpreter is used in administering the test.
</P>
<P>(4) A State must use a different version of the test when an applicant retakes a previously failed test.
</P>
<P>(c) Skills tests:
</P>
<P>(1) A State must develop, administer and score the skills tests based solely on the information and standards contained in the driver and examiner manuals referred to in § 383.131(a) and (b).
</P>
<P>(2) A State must use the standardized scores and instructions for administering the tests contained in the examiner manual referred to in § 383.131(b).
</P>
<P>(3) An applicant must complete the skills tests in a representative vehicle to ensure that the applicant possess the skills required under § 383.113. In determining whether the vehicle is a representative vehicle for the skills test and the group of CDL for which the applicant is applying, the vehicle's gross vehicle weight rating or gross combination weight rating must be used, not the vehicle's actual gross vehicle weight or gross combination weight.
</P>
<P>(4) Skills tests must be conducted in on-street conditions or under a combination of on-street and off-street conditions.
</P>
<P>(5) Interpreters are prohibited during the administration of skills tests. Applicants must be able to understand and respond to verbal commands and instructions in English by a skills test examiner. Neither the applicant nor the examiner may communicate in a language other than English during the skills test.
</P>
<P>(6) The skills test must be administered and successfully completed in the following order: Pre-trip inspection, basic vehicle control skills, on-road skills. If an applicant fails one segment of the skills test:
</P>
<P>(i) The applicant cannot continue to the next segment of the test; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Scores for the passed segments of the test are only valid during initial issuance of the CLP. If the CLP is renewed, all three segments of the skills test must be retaken.
</P>
<P>(d) Passing scores for the knowledge and skills tests must meet the standards contained in § 383.135.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26891, May 9, 2011, as amended at 81 FR 68347, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.135" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.8.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.135   Passing knowledge and skills tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Knowledge tests.</I> (1) To achieve a passing score on each of the knowledge tests, a driver applicant must correctly answer at least 80 percent of the questions.
</P>
<P>(2) If a driver applicant who fails the air brake portion of the knowledge test (scores less than 80 percent correct) is issued a CLP or CDL, an air brake restriction must be indicated on the CLP or CDL as required in § 383.95(a).
</P>
<P>(3) A driver applicant who fails the combination vehicle portion of the knowledge test (scores less than 80 percent correct) must not be issued a Group A CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Skills Tests.</I> (1) To achieve a passing score on each segment of the skills test, the driver applicant must demonstrate that he/she can successfully perform all of the skills listed in § 383.113 and attain the scores listed in Appendix A of the examiner manual referred to in § 383.131(b) for the type of vehicle being used in the test.
</P>
<P>(2) A driver applicant who does not obey traffic laws, causes an accident during the test, or commits any other offense listed as a reason for automatic failure in the standards contained in the driver and examiner manuals referred to in §§ 383.131(a) and (b), must automatically fail the test.
</P>
<P>(3) If a driver applicant who performs the skills test in a vehicle not equipped with any type of air brake system is issued a CDL, an air brake restriction must be indicated on the license as required in § 383.95(a).
</P>
<P>(4) If a driver applicant who performs the skills test in a vehicle equipped with air over hydraulic brakes is issued a CDL, a full air brake restriction must be indicated on the license as required in § 383.95(b).
</P>
<P>(5) If a driver applicant who performs the skills test in a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission is issued a CDL, a manual transmission restriction must be indicated on the license as required in § 383.95(c).
</P>
<P>(6) If a driver applicant who performs the skills test in a combination vehicle requiring a Group A CDL equipped with any non-fifth wheel connection is issued a CDL, a tractor-trailer restriction must be indicated on the license as required in § 383.95(d).
</P>
<P>(7) If a driver applicant wants to remove any of the restrictions in paragraphs (b)(3) through (5) of this section, the applicant does not have to retake the complete skills test. The State may administer a modified skills test that demonstrates that the applicant can safely and effectively operate the vehicle's full air brakes, air over hydraulic brakes, and/or manual transmission. In addition, to remove the air brake or full air brake restriction, the applicant must successfully perform the air brake pre-trip inspection and pass the air brake knowledge test.
</P>
<P>(8) If a driver applicant wants to remove the tractor-trailer restriction in paragraph (b)(6) of this section, the applicant must retake all three skills tests in a representative tractor-trailer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>State recordkeeping.</I> States must record and retain the knowledge and skills test scores of tests taken by driver applicants. The test scores must either be made part of the driver history record or be linked to the driver history record in a separate file.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26892, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Requirement for Transportation Security Administration approval of hazardous materials endorsement issuances</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.141" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.9.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.141   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to State agencies responsible for issuing hazardous materials endorsements for a CDL, and applicants for such endorsements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibition.</I> A State may not issue, renew, upgrade, or transfer a hazardous material endorsement for a CDL to any individual authorizing that individual to operate a commercial motor vehicle transporting a hazardous material in commerce unless—
</P>
<P>(1) The Transportation Security Administration has determined that the individual does not pose a security risk warranting denial of the endorsement; or
</P>
<P>(2) The individual holds a valid TWIC. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Individual notification.</I> At least 60 days prior to the expiration date of the CDL or hazardous materials endorsement, a State must notify the holder of a hazardous materials endorsement that the individual must pass a Transportation Security Administration security threat assessment process as part of any application for renewal of the hazardous materials endorsement. The notice must advise a driver that, in order to expedite the security screening process, he or she should file a renewal application as soon as possible, but not later than 30 days before the date of expiration of the endorsement. An individual who does not successfully complete the Transportation Security Administration security threat assessment process referenced in paragraph (b) of this section may not be issued a hazardous materials endorsement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hazardous materials endorsement renewal cycle.</I> Each State must require that hazardous materials endorsements be renewed every 5 years or less so that individuals are subject to a Transportation Security Administration security screening requirement referenced in paragraph (b) of this section at least every 5 years.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 24850, May 5, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 63033, Nov. 7, 2003; 69 FR 51393, Aug. 19, 2004; 70 FR 22271, Apr. 29, 2005; 77 FR 59825, Oct. 1, 2012; 84 FR 52034, Oct. 1, 2019; 89 FR 90620, Nov. 18, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Commercial Learner's Permit and Commercial Driver's License Documents</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 27657, July 21, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 383.151" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.10.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.151   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The CDL must be a document that is easy to recognize as a CDL.
</P>
<P>(b) The CLP must be a separate document from the CDL or non-CDL.
</P>
<P>(c) At a minimum, the CDL and the CLP must contain the information specified in § 383.153.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26892, May 9, 2011] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.153" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.10.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.153   Information on the CLP and CDL documents and applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Commercial Driver's License.</I> All CDLs must contain all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The prominent statement that the license is a “Commercial Driver's License” or “CDL,” except as specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The full name, signature, and mailing or residential address in the licensing State of the person to whom such license is issued.
</P>
<P>(3) Physical and other information to identify and describe such person including date of birth (month, day, and year), sex, and height.
</P>
<P>(4) Color photograph, digitized color image, or black and white laser engraved photograph of the driver. The State may issue a temporary CDL without a photo or image, if it is valid for no more than 60 days.
</P>
<P>(5) The driver's State license number.
</P>
<P>(6) The name of the State which issued the license.
</P>
<P>(7) The date of issuance and the date of expiration of the license.
</P>
<P>(8) The group or groups of commercial motor vehicle(s) that the driver is authorized to operate, indicated as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) A for Combination Vehicle;
</P>
<P>(ii) B for Heavy Straight Vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(iii) C for Small Vehicle.
</P>
<P>(9) The endorsement(s) for which the driver has qualified, if any, indicated as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) T for double/triple trailers;
</P>
<P>(ii) P for passenger;
</P>
<P>(iii) N for tank vehicle;
</P>
<P>(iv) H for hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(v) X for a combination of tank vehicle and hazardous materials endorsements;
</P>
<P>(vi) S for school bus; and
</P>
<P>(vii) At the discretion of the State, additional codes for additional groupings of endorsements, as long as each such discretionary code is fully explained on the front or back of the CDL document.
</P>
<P>(10) The restriction(s) placed on the driver from operating certain equipment or vehicles, if any, indicated as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) L for No Air brake equipped CMV;
</P>
<P>(ii) Z for No Full air brake equipped CMV;
</P>
<P>(iii) E for No Manual transmission equipped CMV;
</P>
<P>(iv) O for No Tractor-trailer CMV;
</P>
<P>(v) M for No Class A passenger vehicle;
</P>
<P>(vi) N for No Class A and B passenger vehicle;
</P>
<P>(vii) K for Intrastate only;
</P>
<P>(viii) V for medical variance; and
</P>
<P>(ix) At the discretion of the State, additional codes for additional restrictions, as long as each such restriction code is fully explained on the front or back of the CDL document.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commercial Learner's Permit.</I> (1) A CLP may, but is not required to, contain a digital color image or photograph or black and white laser engraved photograph.
</P>
<P>(2) All CLPs must contain all of the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The prominent statement that the permit is a “Commercial Learner's Permit” or “CLP,” except as specified in paragraph (c) of this section, and that it is invalid unless accompanied by the underlying driver's license issued by the same jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(ii) The full name, signature, and mailing or residential address in the permitting State of the person to whom the permit is issued.
</P>
<P>(iii) Physical and other information to identify and describe such person including date of birth (month, day, and year), sex, and height.
</P>
<P>(iv) The driver's State license number.
</P>
<P>(v) The name of the State which issued the permit.
</P>
<P>(vi) The date of issuance and the date of expiration of the permit.
</P>
<P>(vii) The group or groups of commercial motor vehicle(s) that the driver is authorized to operate, indicated as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) A for Combination Vehicle;
</P>
<P>(B) B for Heavy Straight Vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(C) C for Small Vehicle.
</P>
<P>(viii) The endorsement(s) for which the driver has qualified, if any, indicated as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) <I>P for passenger endorsement.</I> A CLP holder with a P endorsement is prohibited from operating a CMV carrying passengers, other than Federal/State auditors and inspectors, test examiners, other trainees, and the CDL holder accompanying the CLP holder as prescribed by § CFR 383.25(a)(1) of this part;
</P>
<P>(B) <I>S for school bus endorsement.</I> A CLP holder with an S endorsement is prohibited from operating a school bus with passengers other than Federal/State auditors and inspectors, test examiners, other trainees, and the CDL holder accompanying the CLP holder as prescribed by § 383.25(a)(1) of this part; and
</P>
<P>(C) <I>N for tank vehicle endorsement.</I> A CLP holder with an N endorsement may only operate an empty tank vehicle and is prohibited from operating any tank vehicle that previously contained hazardous materials that has not been purged of any residue.
</P>
<P>(ix) The restriction(s) placed on the driver, if any, indicated as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) P for No passengers in CMV bus;
</P>
<P>(B) X for No cargo in CMV tank vehicle;
</P>
<P>(C) L for No Air brake equipped CMV;
</P>
<P>(D) V for medical variance;
</P>
<P>(E) M for No Class A passenger vehicle;
</P>
<P>(F) N for No Class A and B passenger vehicle;
</P>
<P>(G) K for Intrastate only.
</P>
<P>(H) Any additional jurisdictional restrictions that apply to the CLP driving privilege.
</P>
<P>(c) If the CLP or CDL is a Non-domiciled CLP or CDL, it must contain the prominent statement that the license or permit is a “Non-domiciled Commercial Driver's License,” “Non-domiciled CDL,” “Non-domiciled Commercial Learner's Permit,” or “Non-domiciled CLP,” as appropriate. The word “Non-domiciled” must be conspicuously and unmistakably displayed, but may be noncontiguous with the words “Commercial Driver's License,” “CDL,” “Commercial Learner's Permit,” or “CLP.”
</P>
<P>(d) If the State has issued the applicant an air brake restriction as specified in § 383.95, that restriction must be indicated on the CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(e) Except in the case of a Non-domiciled CLP or CDL holder who is domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction:
</P>
<P>(1) A driver applicant must provide his/her Social Security Number on the application of a CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(2) The State must provide the Social Security Number to the CDLIS.
</P>
<P>(3) The State must not display the Social Security Number on the CLP or CDL.
</P>
<P>(f) The State may issue a multipart CDL provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) Each document is explicitly tied to the other document(s) and to a single driver's record.
</P>
<P>(2) The multipart license document includes all of the data elements specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(g) Current CDL holders are not required to be retested to determine whether they need any of the new restrictions for no full air brakes, no manual transmission and no tractor-trailer. These new restrictions only apply to CDL applicants who take skills tests on or after July 8, 2015 (including those applicants who previously held a CDL before the new restrictions went into effect).
</P>
<P>(h) On or after July 8, 2015 current CLP and CDL holders who do not have the standardized endorsement and restriction codes and applicants for a CLP or CDL are to be issued CLPs with the standardized codes upon initial issuance, renewal or upgrade and CDLs with the standardized codes upon initial issuance, renewal, upgrade or transfer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26892, May 9, 2011; 76 FR 39018, July 5, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 17881, Mar. 25, 2013; 78 FR 58480, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 383.155" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.25.10.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 383.155   Tamperproofing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>States must make the CLP and CDL tamperproof to the maximum extent practicable. At a minimum, a State must use the same tamperproof method used for noncommercial drivers' licenses.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26893, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="384" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 384—STATE COMPLIANCE WITH COMMERCIAL DRIVER'S LICENSE PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 31136, 31301, <I>et seq.,</I> and 31502; secs. 103 and 215 of Pub. L. 106-159, 113 Stat. 1748, 1753, 1767; sec. 32934 of Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 830; sec. 5524 of Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1560; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>59 FR 26039, May 18, 1994, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 384 appear at 66 FR 49872, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.101   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this part is to ensure that the States comply with the provisions of section 12009(a) of the Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986 (49 U.S.C. 31311(a)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Scope.</I> This part:
</P>
<P>(1) Includes the minimum standards for the actions States must take to be in substantial compliance with each of the 22 requirements of 49 U.S.C. 31311(a);
</P>
<P>(2) Establishes procedures for determinations to be made of such compliance by States; and
</P>
<P>(3) Specifies the consequences of State noncompliance. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 37152, July 11, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.103   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The rules in this part apply to all States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.105" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.105   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The definitions in part 383 of this title apply to this part, except where otherwise specifically noted.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>CDLIS motor vehicle record (CDLIS MVR)</I> means a report generated from the CDLIS driver record meeting the requirements for access to CDLIS information and provided by States to users authorized in § 384.225(e)(3) and (4), subject to the provisions of the Driver Privacy Protection Act, 18 U.S.C. 2721-2725.
</P>
<P><I>Issue and issuance</I> means the initial issuance, renewal or upgrade of a CLP or Non-domiciled CLP and the initial issuance, renewal, upgrade or transfer of a CDL or Non-domiciled CDL, as described in § 383.73 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Licensing entity</I> means the agency of State government that is authorized to issue drivers' licenses.
</P>
<P><I>Year of noncompliance</I> means any Federal fiscal year during which—
</P>
<P>(1) A State fails to submit timely certification as prescribed in subpart C of this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) The State does not meet one or more of the standards of subpart B of this part, based on a final determination by the FMCSA under § 384.307(c) of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 26039, May 18, 1994, as amended at 73 FR 73125, Dec. 1, 2008; 76 FR 26893, May 9, 2011; 78 FR 17881, Mar. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.107" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.107   Matter incorporated by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved incorporation by reference (IBR) material is available for inspection at FMCSA and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Contact FMCSA at the Department of Transportation Library, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001; phone: (202) 366-0746; website: <I>https://transportation.libanswers.com.</I> For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</I> or email <I>fr.inspection@nara.gov.</I> The material may be obtained from the sources in the following paragraph of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators (AAMVA), 4401 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 700, Arlington, VA 22203, (703) 522-1300, <I>www.aamva.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) CDLIS State Procedures Manual c.0, SPEXS—State Pointer Exchange Services: CDLIS State Procedures Manual, Document Version c.0, released September 11, 2023; approved for §§ 384.225(f) and 384.231(d).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 50240, June 13, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Minimum Standards for Substantial Compliance by States</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.201   Testing program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The State shall adopt and administer a program for testing and ensuring the fitness of persons to operate commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) in accordance with the minimum Federal standards contained in part 383 of this title.
</P>
<P>(b) To obtain a copy of FMCSA pre-approved State Testing System referenced in §§ 383.131, 383.133 and 383.135, State Driver Licensing Agencies may contact: FMCSA, CDL Division, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE, Washington DC 20590.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26893, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.202" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.202   Test standards.</HEAD>
<P>No State shall authorize a person to operate a CMV unless such person passes a knowledge and driving skills test for the operation of a CMV in accordance with part 383 of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.203" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.203   Driving while under the influence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The State must have in effect and enforce through licensing sanctions the disqualifications prescribed in § 383.51(b) of this subchapter for driving a CMV with a 0.04 alcohol concentration. 
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require a State to apply its criminal or other sanctions for driving under the influence to a person found to have operated a CMV with an alcohol concentration of 0.04, except licensing sanctions including suspension, revocation, or cancellation. 
</P>
<P>(c) A State that enacts and enforces through licensing sanctions the disqualifications prescribed in § 383.51(b) of this subchapter for driving a CMV with a 0.04 alcohol concentration and gives full faith and credit to the disqualification of CMV drivers by other States shall be deemed in substantial compliance with section 12009(a)(3) of the Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986 (49 U.S.C. 31311(a)(3)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49761, July 31, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.204" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.204   CLP or CDL issuance and information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> The State shall authorize a person to operate a CMV only by issuance of a CLP or CDL, unless an exception in § 383.3(c) or (d) applies, which contains, at a minimum, the information specified in part 383, subpart J, of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions</I>—(1) <I>Training.</I> The State may authorize a person who does not hold a CDL valid for the type of vehicle in which training occurs to undergo behind-the-wheel training in a CMV only by means of a CLP issued and used in accordance with § 383.25 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Confiscation of CLP or CDL pending enforcement.</I> A State may allow a CLP or CDL holder whose CLP or CDL is held in trust by that State or any other State in the course of enforcement of the motor vehicle traffic code, but who has not been convicted of a disqualifying offense under § 383.51 of this subchapter based on such enforcement, to drive a CMV while holding a dated receipt for such CLP or CDL.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26894, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.205   CDLIS information.</HEAD>
<P>Before issuing a CLP or a CDL to any person, the State must, within the period of time specified in § 384.232, perform the check of the Commercial Driver's License Information System (CDLIS) in accordance with § 383.73(b)(3)(ii) of this subchapter, and, based on that information, issue the license or, in the case of adverse information, promptly implement the disqualifications, licensing limitations, denials, and/or penalties that are called for in any applicable section(s) of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26894, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.206" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.206   State record checks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Issuing State's records.</I> (1) Before issuing, renewing, or upgrading a CLP or issuing, renewing, upgrading or transferring CDL to any person, the driver's State of record must, within the period of time specified in § 384.232, check its own driver records as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The driver record of the person in accordance with § 383.73(b)(3)(i) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(ii) For a driver who certifies that his/her type of driving is non-excepted, interstate commerce according to § 383.71(b)(1)(i) of this chapter, the medical certification status information on the person's CDLIS driver record.
</P>
<P>(2) Based on the findings of its own State record check, the State of record must do one of the following as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) Issue, renew, upgrade, or transfer the applicant's CLP or CDL;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event the State obtains adverse information regarding the applicant, promptly implement the disqualifications, licensing limitations, denials, or penalties that are called for in any applicable section(s) of this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(iii) In the event there is no information regarding the driver's self-certification for driving type required by § 383.71(b)(1), or for a driver who is required by § 383.71(h) to be “certified,” if the medical certification status of the individual is “non-certified,” the State must deny the CDL action requested by the applicant and initiate a downgrade of the CDL, if required by § 383.73(o)(4) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other States' records.</I> (1) Before the initial or transfer issuance of a CLP or CDL to a person, and before renewing or upgrading a CLP or CDL held by any person, the issuing State must:
</P>
<P>(i) Require the applicant to provide the names of all States where the applicant has previously been licensed to operate any type of motor vehicle during the previous 10 years.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within the time period specified in § 384.232, request the complete driver record from all States where the applicant was licensed within the previous 10 years to operate any type of motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) States receiving a request for the driver record of a person currently or previously licensed by the State must provide the information within 30 days.
</P>
<P>(3) Based on the findings of the other State record checks, the issuing State must, in the case of adverse information regarding the applicant, promptly implement the disqualifications, licensing limitations, denials, or penalties that are called for in any applicable section(s) of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26894, May 9, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 58480, Sept. 24, 2013; 79 FR 59456, Oct. 2, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.207" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.207   Notification of licensing.</HEAD>
<P>Within the period defined in § 383.73(h) of this subchapter, the State must:
</P>
<P>(a) Notify the operator of the CDLIS of each CLP or CDL issuance;
</P>
<P>(b) Notify the operator of the CDLIS of any changes in driver identification information; and
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of transfer issuances, implement the Change State of Record transaction, as specified by the operator of the CDLIS, in conjunction with the previous State of record and the operator of the CDLIS.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 26039, May 18, 1994, as amended at 76 FR 26894, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.208" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.208   Notification of disqualification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No later than 10 days after disqualifying a CLP or CDL holder licensed by another State or other jurisdiction of domicile, or disqualifying an out-of-State CLP or CDL holder's privilege to operate a commercial motor vehicle for at least 60 days, the State must notify the State or jurisdiction that issued the license of the disqualification via CDLIS.
</P>
<P>(b) The notification must include both the disqualification and the violation that resulted in the disqualification, revocation, suspension, or cancellation. The notification and the information it provides must be recorded on the CDLIS driver record.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49761, July 31, 2002, as amended at 73 FR 73125, Dec. 1, 2008; 76 FR 26894, May 9, 2011; 86 FR 38940, July 23, 2021; 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.209" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.209   Notification of traffic violations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Required notification with respect to CLP or CDL holders.</I> (1) Whenever a person who holds a CLP or CDL from another State or other jurisdiction of domicile is convicted of a violation of any State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than parking, vehicle weight or vehicle defect violations), in any type of vehicle, the licensing entity of the State in which the conviction occurs must notify the licensing entity in the State or jurisdiction where the driver is licensed of this conviction within the time period established in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Whenever a person who holds a foreign commercial driver's license is convicted of a violation of any State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than parking, vehicle weight or vehicle defect violations), in any type of vehicle, the licensing entity of the State in which the conviction occurs must report that conviction to the Federal Convictions and Withdrawal Database.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required notification with respect to non-CDL holders.</I> (1) Whenever a person who does not hold a CDL, but who is licensed to drive by another State or other jurisdiction of domicile, is convicted of a violation in a CMV of any State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than a parking violation), the licensing entity of the State in which the conviction occurs must notify the licensing entity in the State or jurisdiction where the driver is licensed of this conviction within the time period established in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Whenever a person from a foreign country who is unlicensed or holds a foreign non-commercial driver's license is convicted of a violation in a CMV of any State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than a parking violation), the licensing entity of the State in which the conviction occurs must report that conviction to the Federal Convictions and Withdrawal Database.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Required timing of notification.</I> Notification of traffic violations must be made within 10 days of the conviction and must be transmitted through CDLIS.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 60232, Oct. 1, 2013, as amended at 79 FR 59456, Oct. 2, 2014; 80 FR 36932, June 29, 2015; 86 FR 38940, July 23, 2021; 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.210" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.210   Limitation on licensing.</HEAD>
<P>A State must not knowingly issue a CLP, a CDL, or a commercial special license or permit (including a provisional or temporary license) permitting a person to drive a CMV during a period in which:
</P>
<P>(a) A person is disqualified from operating a CMV, as disqualification is defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, or under the provisions of § 383.73(j) or § 384.231(b)(2) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(b) The CLP or CDL holder's noncommercial driving privilege has been disqualified; or
</P>
<P>(c) Any type of driver's license held by such person is disqualified by the State where the driver is licensed for any State or local law related to motor vehicle traffic control (other than parking, vehicle weight or vehicle defect violations).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26894, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.211" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.211   Surrender of old licenses.</HEAD>
<P>The State may not initially issue, upgrade, or transfer a CDL to a person unless such person first surrenders any previously issued driver's license and CLP.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26894, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.212" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.212   Domicile requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The State may issue CDLs or CLPs only to persons for whom the State is the State of domicile as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter; except that the State may issue a Non-domiciled CLP or CDL under the conditions specified in §§ 383.23(b), 383.71(f), and 383.73(f) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(1) For applicants domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction, the State must:
</P>
<P>(i) Comply with the document verification and retention requirements set forth in § 383.73(m)(2) before issuing (which includes amending, correcting, reprinting, reinstating, or otherwise duplicating a previously issued CLP or CDL), transferring, renewing, or upgrading a non-domiciled CLP or CDL; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide copies of all documents involved in the licensing process to FMCSA within 48 hours after request.
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide copies of all documents involved in the licensing process to FMCSA within 48 hours after request.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) The State must require any person holding a CDL issued by another State to apply for a transfer CDL from the State within 30 days after establishing domicile in the State, as specified in § 383.71(c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26894, May 9, 2011, as amended at 79 FR 59456, Oct. 2, 2014; 90 FR 47628, Oct. 2, 2025; 91 FR 7103, Feb. 13, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.213" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.213   State penalties for drivers of CMVs.</HEAD>
<P>The State must impose on drivers of CMVs appropriate civil and criminal penalties that are consistent with the penalties prescribed under part 383, subpart D, of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49761, July 31, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.214" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.214   Reciprocity.</HEAD>
<P>The State must allow any person to operate a CMV in the State who is not disqualified from operating a CMV and who holds a CLP or CDL that is—
</P>
<P>(a) Issued to him or her by his/her State or jurisdiction of domicile in accordance with part 383 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(b) Not disqualified; and
</P>
<P>(c) Valid, under the terms of part 383, subpart F, of this subchapter, for the type of vehicle being driven.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26895, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.215" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.215   First offenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> The State must disqualify from operating a CMV each person who is convicted, as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, in any State or jurisdiction, of a disqualifying offense specified in items (1) through (8) of Table 1 to § 383.51 of this subchapter, for no less than one year.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special rule for hazardous materials offenses.</I> If the offense under paragraph (a) of this section occurred while the driver was operating a vehicle transporting hazardous materials as defined in § 383.5, the State shall disqualify the person for no less than three years.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 26039, May 18, 1994, as amended at 67 FR 49762, July 31, 2002; 77 FR 59825, Oct. 1, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.216" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.216   Second offenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> The State must disqualify for life from operating a CMV each person who is convicted, as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, in any State or jurisdiction, of a subsequent offense as described in Table 1 to § 383.51 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Special rule for certain lifetime disqualifications.</I> A driver disqualified for life under Table 1 to § 383.51 may be reinstated after 10 years by the driver's State of residence if the requirements of § 383.51(a)(6) have been met.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49762, July 31, 2002; 78 FR 58480, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.217" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.217   Drug offenses.</HEAD>
<P>The State must disqualify from operating a CMV for life any person who is convicted, as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, in any State or jurisdiction of a first offense of using a CMV (or, in the case of a CLP or CDL holder, a CMV or a non-CMV) in the commission of a felony described in item (9) of Table 1 to § 383.51 of this subchapter. The State shall not apply the special rule in § 384.216(b) to lifetime disqualifications imposed for controlled substance felonies as detailed in item (9) of Table 1 to § 383.51 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26895, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.218" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.218   Second serious traffic violation.</HEAD>
<P>The State must disqualify from operating a CMV for a period of not less than 60 days each person who, in a three-year period, is convicted, as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, in any State(s) or jurisdiction(s), of two serious traffic violations as specified in Table 2 to § 383.51.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49762, July 31, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.219" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.219   Third serious traffic violation.</HEAD>
<P>The State must disqualify from operating a CMV for a period of not less than 120 days each person who, in a three-year period, is convicted, as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, in any State(s) or jurisdiction(s), of three serious traffic violations as specified in Table 2 to § 383.51. This disqualification period must be in addition to any other previous period of disqualification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49762, July 31, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.220" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.220   Problem Driver Pointer System information.</HEAD>
<P>Before issuing a CLP or CDL to any person, the State must, within the period of time specified in § 384.232, perform the check of the Problem Driver Pointer System in accordance with § 383.73(b)(3)(iii) of this subchapter, and, based on that information, promptly implement the disqualifications, licensing limitations, and/or penalties that are called for in any applicable section(s) of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26895, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.221" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.221   Out-of-service regulations (intoxicating beverage).</HEAD>
<P>The State shall adopt, and enforce on operators of CMVs as defined in §§ 383.5 and 390.5 of this title, the provisions of § 392.5 (a) and (c) of this title in accordance with the Motor Carrier Safety Assistance Program as contained in 49 CFR part 350 and applicable policy and guidelines.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.222" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.222   Violation of out-of-service orders.</HEAD>
<P>The State must have and enforce laws and/or regulations applicable to drivers of CMVs and their employers, as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, which meet the minimum requirements of § 383.37(d), Table 4 to § 383.51, and § 383.53(b) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 59073, Oct. 1, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.223" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.223   Railroad-highway grade crossing violation.</HEAD>
<P>The State must have and enforce laws and/or regulations applicable to CMV drivers and their employers, as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, which meet the minimum requirements of § 383.37(e), Table 3 to § 383.51, and § 383.53(c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49762, July 31, 2002, as amended at 78 FR 58480, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.224" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.224   Noncommercial motor vehicle violations.</HEAD>
<P>The State must have and enforce laws and/or regulations applicable to drivers of non-CMVs, as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, which meet the minimum requirements of Tables 1 and 2 to § 383.51 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49762, July 31, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.225" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.225   CDLIS driver recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>The State must: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>CLP or CDL holder.</I> Post and maintain as part of the CDLIS driver record:
</P>
<P>(1) All convictions, disqualifications and other licensing actions for violations of any State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than parking, vehicle weight, or vehicle defect violations) committed in any type of vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) The following medical certification status information:
</P>
<P>(i) Driver self-certification for the type of driving operations provided in accordance with § 383.71(b)(1) of this chapter, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Information from medical certification recordkeeping in accordance with § 383.73(o) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) The removal of the CLP or CDL privilege from the driver's license in accordance with § 383.73(q) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>A person required to have a CLP or CDL.</I> Record and maintain as part of the CDLIS driver record all convictions, disqualifications and other licensing actions for violations of any State or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control (other than parking, vehicle weight, or vehicle defect violations) committed while the driver was operating a CMV.
</P>
<P>(c) Make CDLIS driver record information required by this section available to the users designated in paragraph (e) of this section, or to their authorized agent, within 10 days of: 
</P>
<P>(1) Receiving the conviction or disqualification information from another State; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The date of the conviction, if it occurred in the same State. 
</P>
<P>(d) Retain on the CDLIS driver record record all convictions, disqualifications and other licensing actions for violations for at least 3 years or longer as required under § 384.231(d). 
</P>
<P>(e) Only allow the following users or their authorized agents to receive the designated information:
</P>
<P>(1) States—All information on all CDLIS driver records.
</P>
<P>(2) Secretary of Transportation—All information on all CDLIS driver records.
</P>
<P>(3) Driver—All information on that driver's CDLIS driver record obtained on the CDLIS Motor Vehicle Record from the State according to its procedures.
</P>
<P>(4) Motor Carrier or Prospective Motor Carrier—After notification to a driver, all information on that driver's, or prospective driver's, CDLIS driver record obtained on the CDLIS Motor Vehicle Record from the State according to its procedures.
</P>
<P>(f) Ensure the content of the report provided a user authorized by paragraph (e) of this section from the CDLIS driver record is comparable to the report that would be generated by a CDLIS State-to-State request for a CDLIS driver history, as defined in the “CDLIS State Procedures Manual” (incorporated by reference, see § 384.107(b)), and must include the medical certification status information of the driver in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. This does not preclude authorized users from requesting a CDLIS driver status.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49762, July 31, 2002, as amended at 73 FR 73125, Dec. 1, 2008; 76 FR 26895, May 9, 2011; 78 FR 58480, Sept. 24, 2013; 79 FR 59456, Oct. 2, 2014; 86 FR 55743, Oct. 7, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.226" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.226   Prohibition on masking convictions.</HEAD>
<P>The State must not mask, defer imposition of judgment, or allow an individual to enter into a diversion program that would prevent a CLP or CDL holder's conviction for any violation, in any type of motor vehicle, of a State or local traffic control law (other than parking, vehicle weight, or vehicle defect violations) from appearing on the CDLIS driver record, whether the driver was convicted for an offense committed in the State where the driver is licensed or another State.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26895, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.227" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.227   Record of digital image or photograph.</HEAD>
<P>The State must:
</P>
<P>(a) Record the digital color image or photograph or black and white laser engraved photograph that is captured as part of the application process and placed on the licensing document of every person who is issued a CDL, as required under § 383.153. The digital color image or photograph or black and white laser engraved photograph must either be made part of the driver history or be linked to the driver history in a separate file.
</P>
<P>(b) Check the digital color image or photograph or black and white laser engraved photograph on record whenever the CDL applicant or holder appears in person to renew, upgrade, or transfer a CDL and when a duplicate CDL is issued.
</P>
<P>(c) Check the digital color image or photograph or black and white laser engraved photograph on record whenever the CLP applicant or holder appears in person to issue, renew or upgrade a CLP and when a duplicate CLP is issued.
</P>
<P>(d) If no digital color image or photograph or black and white laser engraved photograph exists on record, the State must check the photograph or image on the base-license presented with the CLP or CDL application.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26895, May 9, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 17881, Mar. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.228" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.228   Examiner training and record checks.</HEAD>
<P>For all State and third-party CDL test examiners, the State must meet the following 10 requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) Establish examiner training standards for initial and refresher training that provides CDL test examiners with a fundamental understanding of the objectives of the CDL testing program, and with all of the knowledge and skills necessary to serve as a CDL test examiner and assist jurisdictions in meeting the Federal CDL testing requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) Require all State knowledge and skills test examiners to successfully complete a formal CDL test examiner training course and examination before certifying them to administer CDL knowledge and skills tests.
</P>
<P>(c) The training course for CDL knowledge test examiners must cover at least the following three units of instruction:
</P>
<P>(1) Introduction to CDL Licensing System:
</P>
<P>(i) The Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986.
</P>
<P>(ii) Drivers covered by CDL program.
</P>
<P>(iii) CDL vehicle classification.
</P>
<P>(iv) CDL endorsements and restrictions.
</P>
<P>(2) Overview of the CDL tests:
</P>
<P>(i) CDL test, classifications, and endorsements.
</P>
<P>(ii) Different examinations.
</P>
<P>(iii) Representative vehicles.
</P>
<P>(iv) Validity and reliability.
</P>
<P>(v) Test maintenance.
</P>
<P>(3) Knowledge tests:
</P>
<P>(i) General knowledge tests.
</P>
<P>(ii) Specialized knowledge tests.
</P>
<P>(iii) Selecting the appropriate tests and test forms.
</P>
<P>(iv) Knowledge test administration.
</P>
<P>(d) The training course for CDL skills test examiners must cover at least the following five units of instruction:
</P>
<P>(1) Introduction to CDL Licensing System:
</P>
<P>(i) The Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986.
</P>
<P>(ii) Drivers covered by CDL program.
</P>
<P>(iii) CDL vehicle classification.
</P>
<P>(iv) CDL endorsements and restrictions.
</P>
<P>(2) Overview of the CDL tests:
</P>
<P>(i) CDL test, classifications, and endorsements.
</P>
<P>(ii) Different examinations.
</P>
<P>(iii) Representative vehicles.
</P>
<P>(iv) Validity and reliability.
</P>
<P>(v) Test maintenance.
</P>
<P>(3) Vehicle inspection test:
</P>
<P>(i) Test overview.
</P>
<P>(ii) Description of safety rules.
</P>
<P>(iii) Test scoring procedures.
</P>
<P>(iv) Scoring standards.
</P>
<P>(v) Calculating final score.
</P>
<P>(4) Basic control skills testing:
</P>
<P>(i) Setting up the basic control skills course.
</P>
<P>(ii) Description of safety rules.
</P>
<P>(iii) General scoring procedures.
</P>
<P>(iv) Administering the test.
</P>
<P>(v) Calculating the score.
</P>
<P>(5) Road test:
</P>
<P>(i) Setting up the road test.
</P>
<P>(ii) Required maneuvers.
</P>
<P>(iii) Administering the road test.
</P>
<P>(iv) Calculating the score.
</P>
<P>(e) Require all third-party skills test examiners to successfully complete a formal CDL test examiner training course and examination before certifying them to administer CDL skills tests. The training course must cover at least the five units of instruction in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Require State and third-party CDL test examiners to successfully complete a refresher training course and examination every four years to maintain their CDL test examiner certification. The refresher training course must cover at least the following:
</P>
<P>(1) For CDL knowledge test examiners, the three units of training described in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) For CDL skills test examiners, the five units of training described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Any State specific material and information related to administering CDL knowledge and skills tests.
</P>
<P>(4) Any new Federal CDL regulations, updates to administering the tests, and new safety related equipment on the vehicles.
</P>
<P>(g) Complete nationwide criminal background check of all skills test examiners prior to certifying them to administer CDL skills tests.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) Complete nationwide criminal background check of all State and third-party test examiners at the time of hiring.
</P>
<P>(2) Complete nationwide criminal background check of any State and third-party current test examiner who has not had a nationwide criminal background check.
</P>
<P>(3) Criteria for not passing the criminal background check must include at least the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) Any felony conviction within the last 10 years; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any conviction involving fraudulent activities.
</P>
<P>(i) Maintain a record of the results of the criminal background check and CDL examiner test training and certification of all CDL test examiners.
</P>
<P>(j) Rescind the certification to administer CDL tests of all test examiners who do not successfully complete the required refresher training every 4 years.
</P>
<P>(k) The eight units of training described in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section may be supplemented with State-specific material and information related to administering CDL knowledge and skills tests.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26895, May 9, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 17882, Mar. 25, 2013; 79 FR 59456, Oct. 2, 2014; 80 FR 59073, Oct. 1, 2015; 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.229" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.229   Skills test examiner auditing and monitoring.</HEAD>
<P>To ensure the integrity of the CDL skills testing program, the State must:
</P>
<P>(a) At least once every 2 years, conduct unannounced, on-site inspections of third-party testers' and examiners' records, including comparison of the CDL skills test results of applicants who are issued CDLs with the CDL scoring sheets that are maintained in the third-party testers' files;
</P>
<P>(b) At least once every 2 years, conduct covert and overt monitoring of examinations performed by State and third-party CDL skills test examiners.
</P>
<P>(c) Establish and maintain a database to track pass/fail rates of applicants tested by each State and third-party CDL skills test examiner, in order to focus covert and overt monitoring on examiners who have unusually high pass or failure rates;
</P>
<P>(d) Establish and maintain a database of all third-party testers and examiners, which at a minimum tracks the dates and results of audits and monitoring actions by the State, the dates third-party testers were certified by the State, and name and identification number of each third-party CDL skills test examiner;
</P>
<P>(e) Establish and maintain a database of all State CDL skills examiners, which at a minimum tracks the dates and results of monitoring action by the State, and the name and identification number of each State CDL skills examiner; and
</P>
<P>(f) Establish and maintain a database that tracks skills tests administered by each State and third-party CDL skills test examiner's name and identification number.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26896, May 9, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013; 79 FR 59456, Oct. 2, 2014; 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.230" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.230   Entry-level driver certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Beginning on February 7, 2022, a State must comply with the requirements of § 383.73(b)(11) and (e)(9) of this subchapter to verify that the applicant completed the training prescribed in subpart F of part 380 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) A State may issue a CDL to individuals who obtain a CLP before February 7, 2022, who have not complied with subpart F of part 380 of this subchapter so long as they obtain a CDL before the CLP or renewed CLP expires.
</P>
<P>(2) A State may not issue a CDL to individuals who obtain a CLP on or after February 7, 2022, unless they comply with subpart F of part 380 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88803, Dec. 8, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 6101, Feb. 4, 2020; 86 FR 34636, June 30, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.231" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.231   Satisfaction of State disqualification requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The provisions of §§ 384.203, 384.206(b), 384.210, 384.213, 384.215 through 384.219, 384.221 through 384.224, and 384.231 of this part apply to the State of licensure of the person affected by the provision. The provisions of § 384.210 of this part also apply to any State to which a person makes application for a transfer CDL. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required action</I>—(1) <I>CLP or CDL holders.</I> A State must satisfy the requirement of this subpart that the State disqualify a person who holds a CLP or a CDL by, at a minimum, disqualifying the person's CLP or CDL for the applicable period of disqualification.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>A person required to have a CLP or CDL.</I> A State must satisfy the requirement of this subpart that the State disqualify a person required to have a CLP or CDL who is convicted of an offense or offenses necessitating disqualification under § 383.51 of this subchapter. At a minimum, the State must implement the limitation on licensing provisions of § 384.210 and the timing and recordkeeping requirements of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section so as to prevent such a person from legally obtaining a CLP or CDL from any State during the applicable disqualification period(s) specified in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Required timing.</I> The State must disqualify a driver as expeditiously as possible. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recordkeeping requirements.</I> The State must conform to the requirements of the CDLIS State Procedures Manual (incorporated by reference in § 384.107(b).) These requirements include the maintenance of such driver records and driver identification data on the CDLIS as the FMCSA finds are necessary to the implementation and enforcement of the disqualifications called for in §§ 384.215 through 384.219, and 384.221 through 384.224 of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49762, July 31, 2002, as amended at 73 FR 73126, Dec. 1, 2008; 76 FR 26896, May 9, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.232" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.232   Required timing of record checks.</HEAD>
<P>The State shall perform the record checks prescribed in §§ 384.205, 384.206, and 384.220, no earlier than 10 days prior to issuance for licenses issued before October 1, 1995. For licenses issued after September 30, 1995, the State shall perform the record checks no earlier than 24 hours prior to issuance if the license is issued to a driver who does not currently possess a valid CDL from the same State and no earlier than 10 days prior to issuance for all other drivers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.233" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.233   Background records checks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The State shall comply with Transportation Security Administration requirements concerning background records checks for drivers seeking to obtain, renew, transfer or upgrade a hazardous materials endorsement in 49 CFR Part 1572, to the extent those provisions impose requirements on the State. 
</P>
<P>(b) The State shall comply with each requirement of 49 CFR 383.141.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 23850, May 5, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.234" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.234   Driver medical certification recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>The State must meet the medical certification recordkeeping requirements of § 383.73(a)(2)(vii), (b)(5), (c)(8), (d)(8), (e)(6) and (o).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 22812, Apr. 23, 2015]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.235" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.235   Commercial driver's license Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse.</HEAD>
<P>Beginning November 18, 2024, the State must:
</P>
<P>(a) Request information from the Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse in accordance with § 383.73 of this chapter and comply with the applicable provisions therein; and
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Comply with § 383.73(q) of this chapter upon receiving notification from FMCSA that, pursuant to § 382.501(a) of this chapter, the driver is prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(2) Comply with § 383.73(q) of this chapter upon receiving notification from FMCSA that, pursuant to § 382.503(a) of this chapter, the driver is no longer prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle; or that FMCSA erroneously identified the driver as prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 55743, Oct. 7, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.236" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.2.11.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.236   Entry-level driver training provider notification.</HEAD>
<P>The State must meet the entry-level driver training provider notification requirement of § 383.73(p).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 88803, Dec. 8, 2016; 82 FR 2916, Jan. 10, 2017]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Procedures for Determining State Compliance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.301" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.301   Substantial compliance-general requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be in substantial compliance with 49 U.S.C. 31311(a), a State must meet each and every standard of subpart B of this part by means of the demonstrable combined effect of its statutes, regulations, administrative procedures and practices, organizational structures, internal control mechanisms, resource assignments (facilities, equipment, and personnel), and enforcement practices. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part in effect as of September 30, 2002 as soon as practical, but, unless otherwise specifically provided in this part, not later than September 30, 2005.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> A State must come into substantial compliance with 49 CFR 383.123 not later than September 30, 2006.
</P>
<P>(c) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part in effect as of September 4, 2007 as soon as practical but, unless otherwise specifically provided in this part, not later than September 4, 2010.
</P>
<P>(d) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part in effect as of January 30, 2009, as soon as practical, but not later than January 30, 2012.
</P>
<P>(e) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part in effect as of October 27, 2010 as soon as practical, but not later than October 28, 2013.
</P>
<P>(f) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part in effect as of July 8, 2011 and April 24, 2013 as soon as practical but, unless otherwise specifically provided in this part, not later than July 8, 2015.
</P>
<P>(g) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part, which is effective as of December 5, 2011, as soon as practicable, but not later than January 30, 2012.
</P>
<P>(h) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part in effect as of January 3, 2012) as soon as practical, but not later than January 3, 2015.
</P>
<P>(i) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part and part 383 of this chapter in effect as of June 22, 2015, as soon as practical, but, unless otherwise specifically provided in this part, not later than June 23, 2025.
</P>
<P>(j) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part and part 383 of this chapter in effect as of December 12, 2016 as soon as practicable, but, unless otherwise specifically provided in this part, not later than December 12, 2019.
</P>
<P>(k) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part and part 383 of this chapter in effect as of February 6, 2017, but not later than February 7, 2022.
</P>
<P>(l) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part and part 383 of this chapter in effect as of November 27, 2018 as soon as practicable, but, unless otherwise specifically provided in this part, not later than November 27, 2021.
</P>
<P>(m) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of part 383 of this chapter in effect as of September 23, 2019, or as soon as practicable, but not later than September 23, 2022.
</P>
<P>(n) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of this part in effect as of August 23, 2021, as soon as practicable, but not later than August 22, 2024.
</P>
<P>(o) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part and part 383 of this chapter in effect as of November 8, 2021, as soon as practicable, but, unless otherwise specifically provided in this part, not later than November 18, 2024.
</P>
<P>(p) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part, which is effective as of July 15, 2024, as soon as practicable, but not later than August 22, 2024.
</P>
<P>(q) A State must come into substantial compliance with the requirements of subpart B of this part and part 383 of this chapter related to non-domiciled CLPs and CDLs, effective March 16, 2026, prior to issuing (which includes amending, correcting, reprinting, reinstating, or otherwise duplicating a previously issued CLP or CDL), transferring, renewing, or upgrading a non-domiciled CLP or CDL.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49763, July 31, 2002]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 384.301, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.303" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.3.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.303   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.305" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.3.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.305   State certifications for Federal fiscal years after FY 1994.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Certification requirement.</I> Prior to January 1 of each Federal fiscal year after FY 1994, each State shall review its compliance with this part and certify to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. The certification shall be submitted as a signed original and four copies to the Division Administrator/State Director or Officer-in-Charge, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, located in that State.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Certification content.</I> The certification shall consist of a statement signed by the Governor of the State, or by an official designated by the Governor, and reading as follows: “I (name of certifying official), (position title), of the State (Commonwealth) of ______, do hereby certify that the State (Commonwealth) has continuously been in substantial compliance with all requirements of 49 U.S.C. 31311(a), as defined in 49 CFR 384.301, since [the first day of the current Federal fiscal year], and contemplates no changes in statutes, regulations, or administrative procedures, or in the enforcement thereof, which would affect such substantial compliance through [the last date of the current Federal fiscal year].”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 26039, May 18, 1994, as amended at 62 FR 37152, July 11, 1997; 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013; 79 FR 59456, Oct. 2, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.307" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.3.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.307   FMCSA program reviews of State compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>FMCSA Program Reviews.</I> Each State's CDL program will be subject to review to determine whether or not the State meets the general requirement for substantial compliance in § 384.301. The State must cooperate with the review and provide any information requested by the FMCSA. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preliminary FMCSA determination and State response.</I> If, after review, a preliminary determination is made either that the State has not submitted the required annual self-certification or that the State does not meet one or more of the minimum standards for substantial compliance under subpart B of this part, the State will be informed accordingly. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reply.</I> The State will have up to 30 calendar days to respond to the preliminary determination. The State's reply must explain what corrective action it either has implemented or intends to implement to correct the deficiencies cited in the notice or, alternatively, why the FMCSA preliminary determination is incorrect. The State must provide documentation of corrective action as required by the agency. Corrective action must be adequate to correct the deficiencies noted in the program review and be implemented on a schedule mutually agreed upon by the agency and the State. Upon request by the State, an informal conference will be provided during this time. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Final FMCSA determination.</I> If, after reviewing a timely response by the State to the preliminary determination, a final determination is made that the State is not in compliance with the affected standard, the State will be notified of the final determination. In making its final determination, the FMCSA will take into consideration the corrective action either implemented or planned to be implemented in accordance with the mutually agreed upon schedule. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>State's right to judicial review.</I> Any State aggrieved by an adverse decision under this section may seek judicial review under 5 U.S.C. Chapter 7.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 49763, July 31, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.309" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.3.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.309   Results of compliance determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State shall be determined not substantially in compliance with 49 U.S.C. 31311(a) for any fiscal year in which it:
</P>
<P>(1) Fails to submit the certification as prescribed in this subpart; or
</P>
<P>(2) Does not meet one or more of the standards of subpart B of this part, as established in a final determination by the FMCSA under § 384.307(d).
</P>
<P>(b) A State shall be in substantial compliance with 49 U.S.C. 31311(a) for any fiscal year in which neither of the eventualities in paragraph (a) of this section occurs. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 37152, July 11, 1997, as amended at 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Consequences of State Noncompliance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.401" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.4.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.401   Withholding of funds based on noncompliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Following the first year of noncompliance.</I> An amount up to 4 percent of the Federal-aid highway funds required to be apportioned to any State under 23 U.S.C. 104(b)(1) and (2) shall be withheld from a State on the first day of the fiscal year following such State's first year of noncompliance under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Following second and subsequent year(s) of noncompliance.</I> An amount up to 8 percent of the Federal-aid highway funds required to be apportioned to any State under 23 U.S.C. 104(b)(1) and (2) shall be withheld from a State on the first day of the fiscal year following such State's second or subsequent year(s) of noncompliance under this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 35642, July 7, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.403" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.4.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.403   Availability of funds withheld for noncompliance.</HEAD>
<P>Federal-aid highway funds withheld from a State under § 384.401(a) or (b) of this subpart shall not thereafter be available for apportionment to the State.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 59073, Oct. 1, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.405" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.4.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.405   Decertification of State CDL program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition on CLP or CDL transactions.</I> The Administrator shall prohibit a State found to be in substantial noncompliance from performing any of the following CLP or CDL transactions:
</P>
<P>(1) Initial issuance.
</P>
<P>(2) Renewal.
</P>
<P>(3) Transfer.
</P>
<P>(4) Upgrade.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions considered in making decertification determination.</I> The Administrator will consider, but is not limited to, the following five conditions in determining whether the CDL program of a State in substantial noncompliance should be decertified:
</P>
<P>(1) The State computer system does not check the Commercial Driver's License Information System (CDLIS) and/or national Driver Registry problem Driver Pointer System (PDPS) as required by § 383.73 of this subchapter when issuing, renewing or upgrading a CLP or issuing, renewing, upgrading or transferring a CDL.
</P>
<P>(2) The State does not disqualify drivers convicted of disqualifying offenses in commercial motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(3) The State does not transmit convictions for out-of-State drivers to the State where the driver is licensed.
</P>
<P>(4) The State does not properly administer knowledge and/or skills tests to CLP or CDL applicants or drivers.
</P>
<P>(5) The State fails to submit a corrective action plan for a substantial compliance deficiency or fails to implement a corrective action plan within the agreed time frame.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Standard for considering deficiencies.</I> The deficiencies described in paragraph (b) of this section must affect a substantial number of either CLP and CDL applicants or drivers.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Decertification: Preliminary determination.</I> If the Administrator finds that a State is in substantial noncompliance with subpart B of this part, as indicated by the factors specified in paragraph (b) of this section, among other things, the FMCSA will inform the State that it has made a preliminary determination of noncompliance and that the State's CDL program may therefore be decertified. Any response from the State, including factual or legal arguments or a plan to correct the noncompliance, must be submitted within 30 calendar days after receipt of the preliminary determination.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Decertification: Final determination.</I> If, after considering all material submitted by the State in response to the FMCSA preliminary determination, the Administrator decides that substantial noncompliance exists, which warrants decertification of the CDL program, he/she will issue a decertification order prohibiting the State from issuing CLPs and CDLs until such time as the Administrator determines that the condition(s) causing the decertification has (have) been corrected.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Recertification of a State.</I> The Governor of the decertified State or his/her designated representative must submit a certification and documentation that the condition causing the decertification has been corrected. If the FMCSA determines that the condition causing the decertification has been satisfactorily corrected, the Administrator will issue a recertification order, including any conditions that must be met in order to begin issuing CLPs and CDLs in the State.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>State's right to judicial review.</I> Any State aggrieved by an adverse decision under this section may seek judicial review under 5 U.S.C. Chapter 7.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Validity of previously issued CLPs or CDLs.</I> A CLP or CDL issued by a State prior to the date the State is prohibited from issuing CLPs or CDLs in accordance with provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, will remain valid until its stated expiration date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 26896, May 9, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 17882, Mar. 25, 2013; 89 FR 90620, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.407" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.4.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.407   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 384.409" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.26.4.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 384.409   Notification of noncompliance.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260622" REFID="28">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 37050, June 22, 2026.</XREF>
<P>If FMCSA determines that a State is not in substantial compliance with § 384.209, or if FMCSA issues a decertification order prohibiting a State from issuing commercial driver's licenses, FMCSA will notify commercial learner's permit and commercial driver's license holders of these actions by publication of a <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice. The notification will advise commercial learner's permit and commercial driver's license holders that they must comply with the self-reporting requirements of § 383.31(a) with respect to convictions obtained in that State until such time that FMCSA determines the State to be in substantial compliance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 24688, Apr. 26, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="385" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 385—SAFETY FITNESS PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 113, 504, 521(b), 5105(d), 5109, 5113, 13901-13905, 13908, 31135, 31136, 31144, 31148, 31151, 31502; sec. 113(a), Pub. L. 103-311, 108 Stat. 1673, 1676; sec. 408, Pub. L. 104-88, 109 Stat. 803, 958; sec. 350, Pub. L. 107-87, 115 Stat. 833, 864; sec. 5205, Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1537; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 50968, Dec. 19, 1988, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 385 appear at 66 FR 49872, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part establishes the FMCSA's procedures to determine the safety fitness of motor carriers, to assign safety ratings, to direct motor carriers to take remedial action when required, and to prohibit motor carriers receiving a safety rating of “unsatisfactory” from operating a CMV.
</P>
<P>(b) This part establishes the safety assurance program for a new entrant motor carrier initially seeking to register with FMCSA to conduct interstate operations. It also describes the consequences that will occur if the new entrant fails to maintain adequate basic safety management controls. 
</P>
<P>(c) This part establishes the safety permit program for a motor carrier to transport the types and quantities of hazardous materials listed in § 385.403.
</P>
<P>(d) The provisions of this part apply to all motor carriers subject to the requirements of this subchapter, except non-business private motor carriers of passengers.
</P>
<P>(e) Subpart F of this part establishes procedures to perform a roadability review of intermodal equipment providers to determine their compliance with the applicable Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 50934, Aug. 22, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 31982, May 13, 2002; 69 FR 39366, June 30, 2004; 73 FR 76818, Dec. 17, 2008; 75 FR 17240, Apr. 5, 2010; 77 FR 28450, May 14, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.3   Definitions and acronyms.</HEAD>
<P><I>Applicable safety regulations or requirements</I> means 49 CFR chapter III, subchapter B—Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations or, if the carrier is an intrastate motor carrier subject to the hazardous materials safety permit requirements in subpart E of this part, the equivalent State standards; and 49 CFR chapter I, subchapter C—Hazardous Materials Regulations.
</P>
<P><I>CMV</I> means a commercial motor vehicle as defined in § 390.5 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial motor vehicle</I> shall have the same meaning as described in § 390.5 of this subchapter, except that this definition will also apply to intrastate motor vehicles subject to the hazardous materials safety permit requirements of subpart E of this part.
</P>
<P><I>FMCSA</I> means the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration. 
</P>
<P><I>FMCSRs</I> mean Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (49 CFR parts 350-399). 
</P>
<P><I>HMRs</I> means the Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR parts 171-180).
</P>
<P><I>Motor carrier operations in commerce</I> means commercial motor vehicle transportation operations either—
</P>
<P>(1) In interstate commerce, or
</P>
<P>(2) Affecting interstate commerce.
</P>
<P><I>New entrant</I> is a motor carrier not domiciled in Mexico that applies for a United States Department of Transportation (DOT) identification number in order to initiate operations in interstate commerce. 
</P>
<P><I>New entrant registration</I> is the registration (US DOT number) granted a new entrant before it can begin interstate operations in an 18-month monitoring period. A safety audit must be performed on a new entrant's operations within 12 months after receipt of its US DOT number for motor carriers of property and 120 days for motor carriers of passengers, and it must be found to have adequate basic safety management controls to continue operating in interstate commerce at the end of the 18-month period.
</P>
<P><I>PHMSA</I> means Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Preventable accident</I> on the part of a motor carrier means an accident (1) that involved a commercial motor vehicle, and (2) that could have been averted but for an act, or failure to act, by the motor carrier or the driver.
</P>
<P><I>Reviews.</I> For the purposes of this part:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Compliance review</I> means an examination of motor carrier operations, such as drivers' hours of service, maintenance and inspection, driver qualification, commercial driver's license requirements, financial responsibility, accidents, hazardous materials, and other safety and transportation records to determine whether a motor carrier meets the safety fitness standard in this part. A compliance review may be conducted in response to a request to change a safety rating, to investigate potential violations of safety regulations by motor carriers, or to investigate complaints or other evidence of safety violations. The compliance review may result in the initiation of an enforcement action.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Safety audit</I> means an examination of a motor carrier's operations to provide educational and technical assistance on safety and the operational requirements of the FMCSRs and applicable HMRs and to gather critical safety data needed to make an assessment of the carrier's safety performance and basic safety management controls. Safety audits do not result in safety ratings.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Safety management controls</I> means the systems, policies, programs, practices, and procedures used by a motor carrier to ensure compliance with applicable safety and hazardous materials regulations which ensure the safe movement of products and passengers through the transportation system, and to reduce the risk of highway accidents and hazardous materials incidents resulting in fatalities, injuries, and property damage.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Roadability review</I> means an examination of the intermodal equipment provider's compliance with the applicable FMCSRs.
</P>
<P><I>Safety ratings.</I> (1) <I>Satisfactory safety rating</I> means that a motor carrier has in place and functioning adequate safety management controls to meet the safety fitness standard prescribed in § 385.5. Safety management controls are adequate if they are appropriate for the size and type of operation of the particular motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Conditional safety rating</I> means a motor carrier does not have adequate safety management controls in place to ensure compliance with the safety fitness standard that could result in occurrences listed in § 385.5 (a) through (k).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Unsatisfactory safety rating</I> means a motor carrier does not have adequate safety management controls in place to ensure compliance with the safety fitness standard which has resulted in occurrences listed in § 385.5 (a) through (k).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Unrated carrier</I> means that a safety rating has not been assigned to the motor carrier by the FMCSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 50968, Dec. 19, 1988, as amended at 56 FR 40805, Aug. 16, 1991; 62 FR 60042, Nov. 6, 1997; 67 FR 12779, Mar. 19, 2002; 67 FR 31983, May 13, 2002; 69 FR 39367, June 30, 2004; 72 FR 36788, July 5, 2007; 73 FR 76818, Dec. 17, 2008; 75 FR 17240, Apr. 5, 2010; 77 FR 28450, May 14, 2012; 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013; 78 FR 60232, Oct. 1, 2013; 80 FR 59073, Oct. 1, 2015; 86 FR 35642, July 7, 2021; 87 FR 59036, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.4" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.4   Matter incorporated by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved incorporation by reference (IBR) material is available for inspection at the FMCSA and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Contact FMCSA at: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Enforcement and Compliance, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590; Attention: Chief, Compliance Division at (202) 366-1812. For information on inspection at NARA, visit <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html</I> or email <I>fr.inspection@nara.gov.</I> The material may be obtained from the source in the following paragraph of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance (CVSA), 99 M Street SE, Suite 1025, Washington, DC 20003, telephone (202) 998-1002, <I>www.cvsa.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) “North American Standard Out-of-Service Criteria and Level VI Inspection Procedures and Out-of-Service Criteria for Commercial Highway Vehicles Transporting Transuranics and Highway Route Controlled Quantities of Radioactive Materials as defined in 49 CFR part 173.403,” April 1, 2024; incorporation by reference approved for § 385.415(b).


</P>
<P>(2) “Operational Policy 4: Inspector Training and Certification”, Revised April 29, 2021 (CVSA Operational Policy 4); incorporation by reference approved for § 385.207. (Also available at <I>www.fmcsa.dot.gov/certification</I>).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 78582, Dec. 22, 2022, as amended at 88 FR 77014, Nov. 8, 2023; 89 FR 67562, Aug. 21, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.5   Safety fitness standard.</HEAD>
<P>The satisfactory safety rating is based on the degree of compliance with the safety fitness standard for motor carriers. For intrastate motor carriers subject to the hazardous materials safety permit requirements of subpart E of this part, the motor carrier must meet the equivalent State requirements. To meet the safety fitness standard, the motor carrier must demonstrate it has adequate safety management controls in place, which function effectively to ensure acceptable compliance with applicable safety requirements to reduce the risk associated with:
</P>
<P>(a) Commercial driver's license standard violations (part 383 of this chapter),
</P>
<P>(b) Inadequate levels of financial responsibility (part 387 of this chapter),
</P>
<P>(c) The use of unqualified drivers (part 391 of this chapter),
</P>
<P>(d) Improper use and driving of motor vehicles (part 392 of this chapter),
</P>
<P>(e) Unsafe vehicles operating on the highways (part 393 of this chapter),
</P>
<P>(f) Failure to maintain accident registers and copies of accident reports (part 390 of this chapter),
</P>
<P>(g) The use of fatigued drivers (part 395 of this chapter),
</P>
<P>(h) Inadequate inspection, repair, and maintenance of vehicles (part 396 of this chapter),
</P>
<P>(i) Transportation of hazardous materials, driving and parking rule violations (part 397 of this chapter),
</P>
<P>(j) Violation of hazardous materials regulations (parts 170-177 of this title), and
</P>
<P>(k) Motor vehicle accidents and hazardous materials incidents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 28454, May 14, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.7   Factors to be considered in determining a safety rating.</HEAD>
<P>The factors to be considered in determining the safety fitness and assigning a safety rating include information from safety reviews, compliance reviews and any other data. The factors may include all or some of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Adequacy of safety management controls. The adequacy of controls may be questioned if their degree of formalization, automation, etc., is found to be substantially below the norm for similar carriers. Violations, accidents or incidents substantially above the norm for similar carriers will be strong evidence that management controls are either inadequate or not functioning properly.
</P>
<P>(b) Frequency and severity of regulatory violations.
</P>
<P>(c) Frequency and severity of driver/vehicle regulatory violations identified during roadside inspections of motor carrier operations in commerce and, if the motor carrier operates in the United States, of operations in Canada and Mexico.
</P>
<P>(d) Number and frequency of out-of-service driver/vehicle violations of motor carrier operations in commerce and, if the motor carrier operates in the United States, of operations in Canada and Mexico.
</P>
<P>(e) Increase or decrease in similar types of regulatory violations discovered during safety or compliance reviews.
</P>
<P>(f) For motor carrier operations in commerce and (if the motor carrier operates in the United States) in Canada and Mexico: Frequency of accidents; hazardous materials incidents; accident rate per million miles; indicators of preventable accidents; and whether such accidents, hazardous materials incidents, and preventable accident indicators have increased or declined over time.
</P>
<P>(g) Number and severity of violations of CMV and motor carrier safety rules, regulations, standards, and orders that are both issued by a State, Canada, or Mexico and compatible with Federal rules, regulations, standards, and orders.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 50968, Dec. 19, 1988, as amended at 58 FR 33776, June 21, 1993; 72 FR 36788, July 5, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.9   Determination of a safety rating.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Following a compliance review of a motor carrier operation, the FMCSA, using the factors prescribed in § 385.7 as computed under the Safety Fitness Rating Methodology set forth in appendix B of this part, shall determine whether the present operations of the motor carrier are consistent with the safety fitness standard set forth in § 385.5, and assign a safety rating accordingly.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this part, a safety rating will be issued to a motor carrier within 30 days following the completion of a compliance review.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 60042, Nov. 6, 1997, as amended at 75 FR 17241, Apr. 5, 2010; 77 FR 28450, May 14, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.11   Notification of safety fitness determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The FMCSA will provide a motor carrier written notice of any safety rating resulting from a compliance review as soon as practicable, but not later than 30 days after the review. The notice will take the form of a letter issued from the FMCSA's headquarters office and will include a list of FMCSR and HMR compliance deficiencies which the motor carrier must correct. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the safety rating is “satisfactory” or improves a previous “unsatisfactory” safety rating, it is final and becomes effective on the date of the notice. 
</P>
<P>(c) In all other cases, a notice of a proposed safety rating will be issued. It becomes the final safety rating after the following time periods: 
</P>
<P>(1) For motor carriers transporting hazardous materials in quantities requiring placarding or transporting passengers by CMV—45 days after the date of the notice. 
</P>
<P>(2) For all other motor carriers operating CMVs—60 days after the date of the notice. 
</P>
<P>(d) A proposed safety rating of “unsatisfactory” is a notice to the motor carrier that the FMCSA has made a preliminary determination that the motor carrier is “unfit” to continue operating in interstate commerce, and that the prohibitions in § 385.13 will be imposed after 45 or 60 days if necessary safety improvements are not made. 
</P>
<P>(e) A motor carrier may request the FMCSA to perform an administrative review of a proposed or final safety rating. The process and the time limits are described in § 385.15. 
</P>
<P>(f) A motor carrier may request a change to a proposed or final safety rating based upon its corrective actions. The process and the time limits are described in § 385.17. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 50934, Aug. 22, 2000, as amended at 75 FR 17241, Apr. 5, 2010; 77 FR 28450, May 14, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.13   Unsatisfactory rated motor carriers; prohibition on transportation; ineligibility for Federal contracts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Generally, a motor carrier rated “unsatisfactory” is prohibited from operating a CMV. Information on motor carriers, including their most current safety rating, is available from the FMCSA Safety and Fitness Electronic Records System website at <I>https://safer.fmcsa.dot.gov,</I> or by telephone at (800) 832-5660. 
</P>
<P>(1) Motor carriers transporting hazardous materials in quantities requiring placarding, and motor carriers transporting passengers in a CMV, are prohibited from operating a CMV in motor carrier operations in commerce beginning on the 46th day after the date of the FMCSA notice of proposed “unsatisfactory” rating.
</P>
<P>(2) All other motor carriers rated as a result of reviews are prohibited from operating a CMV in motor carrier operations in commerce beginning on the 61st day after the date of the FMCSA notice of proposed “unsatisfactory” rating. If FMCSA determines that the motor carrier is making a good-faith effort to improve its safety fitness, FMCSA may allow the motor carrier to operate for up to 60 additional days.
</P>
<P>(b) A Federal agency must not use a motor carrier that holds an “unsatisfactory” rating to transport passengers in a CMV or to transport hazardous materials in quantities requiring placarding. 
</P>
<P>(c) A Federal agency must not use a motor carrier for other CMV transportation if that carrier holds an “unsatisfactory” rating. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Penalties.</I> (1) If a proposed “unsatisfactory” safety rating becomes final, FMCSA will issue an order placing out of service the motor carrier's operations in commerce. The out-of-service order shall apply both to the motor carrier's operations in interstate commerce <I>and to its operations affecting interstate commerce.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) If a motor carrier's intrastate operations are declared out of service by a State, FMCSA must issue an order placing out of service the carrier's operations in interstate commerce. The following conditions apply:
</P>
<P>(i) The State that issued the intrastate out-of-service order participates in the Motor Carrier Safety Assistance Program and uses the FMCSA safety rating methodology provided in this part; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The motor carrier has its principal place of business in the State that issued the out-of-service order.
</P>
<P>(iii) The order prohibiting the motor carrier from operating a CMV in interstate commerce shall remain in effect until the State determines that the carrier is fit.
</P>
<P>(3) Any motor carrier that operates CMVs in violation of this section is subject to the penalty provisions of 49 U.S.C. 521(b) and appendix B to part 386 of the FMCSRs.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Revocation of operating authority.</I> If a proposed “unsatisfactory” safety rating or a proposed determination of unfitness becomes final, FMCSA will, following notice, issue an order revoking the operating authority of the owner or operator. For purposes of this section, the term “operating authority” means the registration required under 49 U.S.C. 13902 and § 392.9a of this subchapter. Any motor carrier that operates CMVs after revocation of its operating authority will be subject to the penalty provisions listed in 49 U.S.C. 14901.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 50934, Aug. 22, 2000, as amended at 72 FR 36788, July 5, 2007; 72 FR 55700, Oct. 1, 2007; 75 FR 17241, Apr. 5, 2010; 77 FR 28450, 28454, May 14, 2012; 84 FR 51432, Sept. 30, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.14" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.14   Motor carriers, brokers, and freight forwarders delinquent in paying civil penalties: prohibition on transportation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A CMV owner or operator that has failed to pay civil penalties imposed by the FMCSA, or has failed to abide by a payment plan, may be prohibited from operating CMVs in interstate commerce under 49 CFR 386.83. 
</P>
<P>(b) A broker, freight forwarder, or for-hire motor carrier that has failed to pay civil penalties imposed by the FMCSA, or has failed to abide by a payment plan, may be prohibited from operating in interstate commerce, and its registration may be suspended under the provisions of 49 CFR 386.84.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 78427, Dec. 15, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.15" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.15   Administrative review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A motor carrier may request FMCSA to conduct an administrative review if it believes FMCSA has committed an error in assigning its proposed or final safety rating in accordance with § 385.11.
</P>
<P>(b) The motor carrier's request must explain the error it believes the FMCSA committed in issuing the safety rating. The motor carrier must include a list of all factual and procedural issues in dispute, and any information or documents that support its argument. 
</P>
<P>(c) The motor carrier must submit its request in writing to the Assistant Administrator, ATTN: Adjudications Counsel, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. 
</P>
<P>(1) If a motor carrier has received a notice of a proposed “unsatisfactory” safety rating, it should submit its request within 15 days from the date of the notice. This time frame will allow the FMCSA to issue a written decision before the prohibitions outlined in § 385.13 (a)(1) and (2) take effect. Failure to petition within this 15-day period may prevent the FMCSA from issuing a final decision before such prohibitions take effect. 
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier must make a request for an administrative review within 90 days of the date of the proposed safety rating issued under § 385.11 (c) or a final safety rating issued under § 385.11 (b), or within 90 days after denial of a request for a change in rating under § 385.17(i). 
</P>
<P>(d) The FMCSA may ask the motor carrier to submit additional data and attend a conference to discuss the safety rating. If the motor carrier does not provide the information requested, or does not attend the conference, the FMCSA may dismiss its request for review. 
</P>
<P>(e) The FMCSA will notify the motor carrier in writing of its decision following the administrative review. The FMCSA will complete its review: 
</P>
<P>(1) Within 30 days after receiving a request from a hazardous materials or passenger motor carrier that has received a proposed or final “unsatisfactory” safety rating. 
</P>
<P>(2) Within 45 days after receiving a request from any other motor carrier that has received a proposed or final “unsatisfactory” safety rating. 
</P>
<P>(f) The decision constitutes final agency action. 
</P>
<P>(g) Any motor carrier may request a rating change under the provisions of § 385.17. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 50935, Aug. 22, 2000, as amended at 72 FR 55701, Oct. 1, 2007; 75 FR 17241, Apr. 5, 2010; 77 FR 28450, 28454, May 14, 2012; 86 FR 57070, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.17" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.17   Change to safety rating based upon corrective actions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A motor carrier that has taken action to correct the deficiencies that resulted in a proposed or final rating of “conditional” or “unsatisfactory” may request a rating change at any time. 
</P>
<P>(b) A motor carrier must make this request in writing to the FMCSA Service Center for the geographic area where the carrier maintains its principal place of business. The addresses and geographical boundaries of the Service Centers are listed in § 390.27 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) The motor carrier must base its request upon evidence that it has taken corrective actions and that its operations currently meet the safety standard and factors specified in §§ 385.5 and 385.7. The request must include a written description of corrective actions taken, and other documentation the carrier wishes the FMCSA to consider. 
</P>
<P>(d) The FMCSA will make a final determination on the request for change based upon the documentation the motor carrier submits, and any additional relevant information. 
</P>
<P>(e) The FMCSA will perform reviews of requests made by motor carriers with a proposed or final “unsatisfactory” safety rating in the following time periods after the motor carrier's request: 
</P>
<P>(1) Within 30 days for motor carriers transporting passengers in CMVs or placardable quantities of hazardous materials. 
</P>
<P>(2) Within 45 days for all other motor carriers. 
</P>
<P>(f) The filing of a request for change to a proposed or final safety rating under this section does not stay the 45-day period specified in § 385.13(a)(1) for motor carriers transporting passengers or hazardous materials in quantities requiring placarding. 
</P>
<P>(g) FMCSA may allow a motor carrier (except a motor carrier transporting passengers or a motor carrier transporting hazardous materials in quantities requiring placarding) with a proposed rating of “unsatisfactory” to continue its motor carrier operations in commerce for up to 60 days beyond the 60 days specified in the proposed rating, if FMCSA determines that the motor carrier is making a good faith effort to improve its safety status. This additional period would begin on the 61st day after the date of the notice of proposed “unsatisfactory” rating.
</P>
<P>(h) If the FMCSA determines that the motor carrier has taken the corrective actions required and that its operations currently meet the safety standard and factors specified in §§ 385.5 and 385.7, the agency will notify the motor carrier in writing of its upgraded safety rating. 
</P>
<P>(i) If the FMCSA determines that the motor carrier has not taken all the corrective actions required, or that its operations still fail to meet the safety standard and factors specified in §§ 385.5 and 385.7, the agency will notify the motor carrier in writing. 
</P>
<P>(j) Any motor carrier whose request for change is denied in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section may request administrative review under the procedures of § 385.15. The motor carrier must make the request within 90 days of the denial of the request for a rating change. If the proposed rating has become final, it shall remain in effect during the period of any administrative review. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 50935, Aug. 22, 2000, as amended at 72 FR 36788, July 5, 2007; 75 FR 17241, Apr. 5, 2010; 77 FR 28450, May 14, 2012; 77 FR 64762, Oct. 23, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.19" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.19   Safety fitness information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Final ratings will be made available to other Federal and State agencies in writing, telephonically or by remote computer access.
</P>
<P>(b) The final safety rating assigned to a motor carrier will be made available to the public upon request. Any person requesting the assigned rating of a motor carrier shall provide the FMCSA with the motor carrier's name, principal office address, and, if known, the USDOT number or the docket number, if any.
</P>
<P>(c) Requests should be addressed to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS), 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001. The information also can be found on the FMCSA Safety and Fitness Electronic Records System website at <I>https://safer.fmcsa.dot.gov.</I> 
</P>
<P>(d) Oral requests by telephone to (800) 832-5660 will be given an oral response.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 60043, Nov. 6, 1997, as amended at 66 FR 49872, Oct. 1, 2001; 72 FR 55701, Oct. 1, 2007; 75 FR 17241, Apr. 5, 2010; 77 FR 28450, May 14, 2012; 77 FR 59826, Oct. 1, 2012; 84 FR 51433, Sept. 30, 2019]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.21" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.1.11.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.21   Separation of functions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An Agency employee engaged in the performance of investigative, advocacy, or prosecutorial functions in a proceeding under § 385.15, § 385.113, § 385.327, § 385.423, § 385.711, § 385.911(e), § 385.913(e), § 385.1009(d), or § 385.1011(d) may not, in that case or a factually-related case, discuss or communicate the facts or issues involved with, or otherwise advise or assist, the Agency decisionmaker or personnel advising the Agency decisionmaker, except as counsel or a witness in a public proceeding, or if the same facts and information are provided to all the parties involved in the matter. The prohibition in this paragraph (a) also includes the staff of those covered by this section.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this section, <I>decisionmaker</I> means the FMCSA official authorized to issue a final decision in the applicable proceeding listed in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this part shall preclude Agency decisionmakers or anyone advising an Agency decision-maker from taking part in a determination to launch an investigation or issue a complaint, or similar preliminary decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 35642, July 7, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Safety Monitoring System for Mexico-Domiciled Carriers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 12771, Mar. 19, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 385.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.101   Definitions</HEAD>
<P><I>Compliance review</I> means a compliance review as defined in § 385.3 of this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Provisional certificate of registration</I> means the registration under § 368.6 of this subchapter that the FMCSA grants to a Mexico-domiciled motor carrier to provide interstate transportation of property within the United States solely within the municipalities along the United States-Mexico border and the commercial zones of such municipalities. It is provisional because it will be revoked if the registrant does not demonstrate that it is exercising basic safety management controls during the safety monitoring period established in this subpart. 
</P>
<P><I>Provisional operating authority</I> means the registration under § 365.507 of this subchapter that the FMCSA grants to a Mexico-domiciled motor carrier to provide interstate transportation within the United States beyond the municipalities along the United States-Mexico border and the commercial zones of such municipalities. It is provisional because it will be revoked if the registrant is not assigned a Satisfactory safety rating following a compliance review conducted during the safety monitoring period established in this subpart. 
</P>
<P><I>Safety audit</I> means an examination of a motor carrier's operations to provide educational and technical assistance on safety and the operational requirements of the FMCSRs and applicable HMRs and to gather critical safety data needed to make an assessment of the carrier's safety performance and basic safety management controls. Safety audits do not result in safety ratings. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.103   Safety monitoring system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each Mexico-domiciled carrier operating in the United States will be subject to an oversight program to monitor its compliance with applicable Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs), Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSSs), and Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMRs). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Roadside monitoring.</I> Each Mexico-domiciled carrier that receives provisional operating authority or a provisional Certificate of Registration will be subject to intensified monitoring through frequent roadside inspections. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>CVSA decal.</I> Each Mexico-domiciled carrier granted provisional operating authority under part 365 of this subchapter must have on every commercial motor vehicle it operates in the United States a current decal attesting to a satisfactory inspection by a Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance (CVSA) inspector. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Safety audit.</I> The FMCSA will conduct a safety audit on a Mexico-domiciled carrier within 18 months after the FMCSA issues the carrier a provisional Certificate of Registration under part 368 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Compliance review.</I> The FMCSA will conduct a compliance review on a Mexico-domiciled carrier within 18 months after the FMCSA issues the carrier provisional operating authority under part 365 of this subchapter. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.105" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.105   Expedited action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier committing any of the following violations identified through roadside inspections, or by any other means, may be subjected to an expedited safety audit or compliance review, or may be required to submit a written response demonstrating corrective action:
</P>
<P>(1) Using drivers not possessing, or operating without, a valid Licencia Federal de Conductor. An invalid Licencia Federal de Conductor includes one that is falsified, revoked, expired, or missing a required endorsement. 
</P>
<P>(2) Operating vehicles that have been placed out of service for violations of the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance (CVSA) North American Standard Out-of-Service Criteria, without making the required repairs. 
</P>
<P>(3) Involvement in, due to carrier act or omission, a hazardous materials incident within the United States involving: 
</P>
<P>(i) A highway route controlled quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material as defined in § 173.403 of this title; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any quantity of a Class 1, Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 explosive as defined in § 173.50 of this title; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any quantity of a poison inhalation hazard Zone A or B material as defined in § 173.115, § 173.132, or § 173.133 of this title. 
</P>
<P>(4) Involvement in, due to carrier act or omission, two or more hazardous material incidents occurring within the United States and involving any hazardous material not listed in paragraph (a)(3) of this section and defined in chapter I of this title. 
</P>
<P>(5) Using a driver who tests positive for controlled substances or alcohol or who refuses to submit to required controlled substances or alcohol tests. 
</P>
<P>(6) Operating within the United States a motor vehicle that is not insured as required by part 387 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(7) Having a driver or vehicle out-of-service rate of 50 percent or more based upon at least three inspections occurring within a consecutive 90-day period. 
</P>
<P>(b) Failure to respond to an agency demand for a written response demonstrating corrective action within 30 days will result in the suspension of the carrier's provisional operating authority or provisional Certificate of Registration until the required showing of corrective action is submitted to the FMCSA. 
</P>
<P>(c) A satisfactory response to a written demand for corrective action does not excuse a carrier from the requirement that it undergo a safety audit or compliance review, as appropriate, during the provisional registration period. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.107" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.107   The safety audit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The criteria used in a safety audit to determine whether a Mexico-domiciled carrier exercises the necessary basic safety management controls are specified in appendix A to this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the FMCSA determines, based on the safety audit, that the Mexico-domiciled carrier has adequate basic safety management controls, the FMCSA will provide the carrier written notice of this finding as soon as practicable, but not later than 45 days after the completion of the safety audit. The carrier's Certificate of Registration will remain provisional and the carrier's on-highway performance will continue to be closely monitored for the remainder of the 18-month provisional registration period. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the FMCSA determines, based on the safety audit, that the Mexico-domiciled carrier's basic safety management controls are inadequate, it will initiate a suspension and revocation proceeding in accordance with § 385.111 of this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(d) The safety audit is also used to assess the basic safety management controls of Mexico-domiciled applicants for provisional operating authority to operate beyond United States municipalities and commercial zones on the United States-Mexico border under § 365.507 of this subchapter. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.109" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.109   The compliance review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The criteria used in a compliance review to determine whether a Mexico-domiciled carrier granted provisional operating authority under § 365.507 of this subchapter exercises the necessary basic safety management controls are specified in Appendix B to this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Satisfactory rating.</I> If the FMCSA assigns a Mexico-domiciled carrier a Satisfactory rating following a compliance review conducted under this subpart, the FMCSA will provide the carrier written notice as soon as practicable, but not later than 45 days after the completion of the compliance review. The carrier's operating authority will remain in provisional status and its on-highway performance will continue to be closely monitored for the remainder of the 18-month provisional registration period. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conditional rating.</I> If the FMCSA assigns a Mexico-domiciled carrier a Conditional rating following a compliance review conducted under this subpart, it will initiate a revocation proceeding in accordance with § 385.111 of this subpart. The carrier's provisional operating authority will not be suspended prior to the conclusion of the revocation proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Unsatisfactory rating.</I> If the FMCSA assigns a Mexico-domiciled carrier an Unsatisfactory rating following a compliance review conducted under this subpart, it will initiate a suspension and revocation proceeding in accordance with § 385.111 of this subpart. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.111" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.2.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.111   Suspension and revocation of Mexico-domiciled carrier registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a carrier is assigned an “Unsatisfactory” safety rating following a compliance review conducted under this subpart, or a safety audit conducted under this subpart determines that a carrier does not exercise the basic safety management controls necessary to ensure safe operations, the FMCSA will provide the carrier written notice, as soon as practicable, that its registration will be suspended effective 15 days from the service date of the notice unless the carrier demonstrates, within 10 days of the service date of the notice, that the compliance review or safety audit contains material error. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, material error is a mistake or series of mistakes that resulted in an erroneous safety rating or an erroneous determination that the carrier does not exercise the necessary basic safety management controls. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the carrier demonstrates that the compliance review or safety audit contained material error, its registration will not be suspended. If the carrier fails to show a material error in the safety audit, the FMCSA will issue an Order: 
</P>
<P>(1) Suspending the carrier's provisional operating authority or provisional Certificate of Registration and requiring it to immediately cease all further operations in the United States; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Notifying the carrier that its provisional operating authority or provisional Certificate of Registration will be revoked unless it presents evidence of necessary corrective action within 30 days from the service date of the Order. 
</P>
<P>(d) If a carrier is assigned a “Conditional” rating following a compliance review conducted under this subpart, the provisions of subparagraphs (a) through (c) of this section will apply, except that its provisional registration will not be suspended under paragraph (c)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) If a carrier subject to this subpart fails to provide the necessary documents for a safety audit or compliance review upon reasonable request, or fails to submit evidence of the necessary corrective action as required by § 385.105 of this subpart, the FMCSA will provide the carrier with written notice, as soon as practicable, that its registration will be suspended 15 days from the service date of the notice unless it provides all necessary documents or information. This suspension will remain in effect until the necessary documents or information are produced and: 
</P>
<P>(1) A safety audit determines that the carrier exercises basic safety management controls necessary for safe operations; 
</P>
<P>(2) The carrier is rated Satisfactory or Conditional after a compliance review; or 
</P>
<P>(3) The FMCSA determines, following review of the carrier's response to a demand for corrective action under § 385.105, that the carrier has taken the necessary corrective action. 
</P>
<P>(f) If a carrier commits any of the violations specified in § 385.105(a) of this subpart after the removal of a suspension issued under this section, the suspension will be automatically reinstated. The FMCSA will issue an Order requiring the carrier to cease further operations in the United States and demonstrate, within 15 days from the service date of the Order, that it did not commit the alleged violation(s). If the carrier fails to demonstrate that it did not commit the violation(s), the FMCSA will issue an Order revoking its provisional operating authority or provisional Certificate of Registration. 
</P>
<P>(g) If the FMCSA receives credible evidence that a carrier has operated in violation of a suspension order issued under this section, it will issue an Order requiring the carrier to show cause, within 10 days of the service date of the Order, why its provisional operating authority or provisional Certificate of Registration should not be revoked. If the carrier fails to make the necessary showing, the FMCSA will revoke its registration. 
</P>
<P>(h) If a Mexico-domiciled motor carrier operates a commercial motor vehicle in violation of a suspension or out-of-service order, it shall be subject to the penalty provisions in 49 U.S.C. 521(b) and the amount as stated in part 386, appendix B, of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(i) Notwithstanding any provision of this subpart, a carrier subject to this subpart is also subject to the suspension and revocation provisions of 49 U.S.C. 13905 for repeated violations of DOT regulations governing its motor carrier operations. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 50968, Dec. 19, 1988, as amended at 80 FR 18155, Apr. 3, 2015]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.113" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.2.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.113   Administrative review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier may request the FMCSA to conduct an administrative review if it believes the FMCSA has committed an error in assigning a safety rating or suspending or revoking the carrier's provisional operating authority or provisional Certificate of Registration under this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier must submit its request in writing, in English, to FMCSA, ATTN: § 385.113 Request for Administrative Review

, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. 
</P>
<P>(c) The carrier's request must explain the error it believes the FMCSA committed in assigning the safety rating or suspending or revoking the carrier's provisional operating authority or provisional Certificate of Registration and include any information or documents that support its argument. 
</P>
<P>(d) The FMCSA will complete its administrative review no later than 10 days after the carrier submits its request for review. FMCSA's decision will constitute the final agency action. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 12771, Mar. 19, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 55701, Oct. 1, 2007; 86 FR 57070, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.115" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.2.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.115   Reapplying for provisional registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier whose provisional operating authority or provisional Certificate of Registration has been revoked may reapply under part 365 or 368 of this subchapter, as appropriate, no sooner than 30 days after the date of revocation. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Mexico-domiciled motor carrier will be required to initiate the application process from the beginning. The carrier will be required to demonstrate how it has corrected the deficiencies that resulted in revocation of its registration and how it will ensure that it will have adequate basic safety management controls. It will also have to undergo a pre-authorization safety audit if it applies for provisional operating authority under part 365 of this subchapter. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.117" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.2.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.117   Duration of safety monitoring system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each Mexico-domiciled carrier subject to this subpart will remain in the safety monitoring system for at least 18 months from the date FMCSA issues its provisional Certificate of Registration or provisional operating authority, except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) If, at the end of this 18-month period, the carrier's most recent safety audit or safety rating was Satisfactory and no additional enforcement or safety improvement actions are pending under this subpart, the Mexico-domiciled carrier's provisional operating authority or provisional Certificate of Registration will become permanent. 
</P>
<P>(c) If, at the end of this 18-month period, the FMCSA has not been able to conduct a safety audit or compliance review, the carrier will remain in the safety monitoring system until a safety audit or compliance review is conducted. If the results of the safety audit or compliance review are satisfactory, the carrier's provisional operating authority or provisional Certificate of Registration will become permanent. 
</P>
<P>(d) If, at the end of this 18-month period, the carrier's provisional operating authority or provisional Certificate of Registration is suspended under § 385.111(a) of this subpart, the carrier will remain in the safety monitoring system until the FMCSA either: 
</P>
<P>(1) Determines that the carrier has taken corrective action; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Completes measures to revoke the carrier's provisional operating authority or provisional Certificate of Registration under § 385.111(c) of this subpart. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.119" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.2.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.119   Applicability of safety fitness and enforcement procedures.</HEAD>
<P>At all times during which a Mexico-domiciled motor carrier is subject to the safety monitoring system in this subpart, it is also subject to the general safety fitness procedures established in subpart A of this part and to compliance and enforcement procedures applicable to all carriers regulated by the FMCSA.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Certification of Safety Auditors, Safety Investigators, and Safety Inspectors</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 12779, Mar. 19, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 385.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.201   Qualifications for performing a safety audit or investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An FMCSA employee or contractor, or a State or local government employee or contractor funded through the Motor Carrier Safety Assistance Program, who was qualified to perform a safety audit or investigation, including review, before August 27, 2021, may perform a safety audit or investigation, including review, if the individual complies with § 385.203(b).
</P>
<P>(b) An individual who was not qualified to perform a safety audit or investigation, including review, before August 27, 2021, may perform a safety audit or investigation, including review, after complying with the requirements of § 385.203(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 48044, Aug. 27, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.203" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.3.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.203   Certification requirements for performing a safety audit or investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On and after August 27, 2021, an individual who is not qualified under § 385.201(a) may not perform a safety audit or investigation, including review, unless the individual has been certified by FMCSA or a State or local agency applying the FMCSA standards after successfully completing classroom training and examinations on the FMCSRs and HMRs as described in detail on the FMCSA website (<I>www.fmcsa.dot.gov/certification</I>). These individuals must also comply with the maintenance of certification/qualification requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) An individual may not perform a safety audit or investigation, including review, unless the individual meets the quality-control and periodic re-training requirements adopted by FMCSA to ensure the maintenance of high standards and familiarity with amendments to the FMCSRs and HMRs. These maintenance of certification/qualification requirements are described in detail on the FMCSA website (<I>www.fmcsa.dot.gov/certification</I>).
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section for training, performance, and maintenance of certification/qualification, which are described on the FMCSA website (<I>www.fmcsa.dot.gov/certification</I>), are also available in hard copy from the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Enforcement and Compliance, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590; Attention: Chief, Compliance Division at (202) 366-1812. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 48044, Aug. 27, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.3.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.205   Requirements for re-certification.</HEAD>
<P>An individual who has lost certification to perform a safety audit or investigation, including review, can only be re-certified if they successfully complete the requirements of § 385.203(a) and (b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 90620, Nov. 18, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.207" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.3.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.207   Requirements to obtain and maintain certification to conduct driver or vehicle inspections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An FMCSA employee or contractor, or a State or local government employee or contractor funded through the Motor Carrier Safety Assistance Program, who was qualified to conduct a driver or vehicle inspection before August 27, 2021 or meets requirements as specified in CVSA Operational Policy 4 (incorporated by reference, see § 385.4) may conduct a driver or vehicle inspection. The individual may conduct a driver or vehicle inspection only at a level for which the individual is certified.
</P>
<P>(b) An individual who qualifies to conduct driver or vehicle inspections under this section must meet the requirements for maintaining certification or obtaining recertification as specified in CVSA Operational Policy 4.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 48044, Aug. 27, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—New Entrant Safety Assurance Program</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 31983, May 13, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 385.301" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.301   Requirements before beginning interstate operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before a motor carrier of property or passengers begins interstate operations, it must register with FMCSA and receive a USDOT Number. In addition, for-hire motor carriers must obtain operating authority from FMCSA, unless exclusively providing transportation exempt from the commercial registration requirements in 49 U.S.C. chapter 139. Both the USDOT Number and operating authority are obtained by following registration procedures described in 49 CFR part 390, subpart E. Part 365 of this chapter provides detailed instructions for obtaining operating authority.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart applies to motor carriers domiciled in the United States and Canada.
</P>
<P>(c) The regulations in this subpart do not apply to a Mexico-domiciled motor carrier. A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier of property or passengers must register with FMCSA by following the registration procedures described in 49 CFR parts 365, 368 and 390. Parts 365 (for long-haul carriers) and 368 (for commercial zone carriers) of this chapter provide detailed information about how a Mexico-domiciled motor carrier may obtain operating authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63707, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.301 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 89 FR 90620, Nov. 18, 2024, the suspension was lifted and the section heading was revised. In that same document, § 385.301 was again suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 18, 2024.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.301T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.301T   Requirements before beginning interstate operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before a motor carrier of property or passengers begins interstate operations, it must register with the FMCSA and receive a USDOT number. In addition, for-hire motor carriers must obtain operating authority from FMCSA following the registration procedures described in 49 CFR part 365, unless providing transportation exempt from 49 CFR part 365 registration requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart applies to motor carriers domiciled in the United States and Canada.
</P>
<P>(c) A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier of property or passengers must register with the FMCSA by following the registration procedures described in 49 CFR part 365 or 368, as appropriate. The regulations in this subpart do not apply to Mexico-domiciled carriers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.302" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.302   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.302 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>

<DIV8 N="§ 385.303" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.303   How to register with FMCSA.</HEAD>
<P>A motor carrier registers with FMCSA by completing Form MCSA-1, the URS online application which is available at <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs</I>. Complete instructions for the Form MCSA-1 also are available at the same location.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63707, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.303 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 89 FR 90620, Nov. 18, 2024, the suspension was lifted and the section heading was revised. In that same document, § 385.303 was again suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 18, 2024.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.303T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.303T   How to register with FMCSA.</HEAD>
<P>A motor carrier may contact the FMCSA by internet (<I>www.fmcsa.dot.gov</I>); or Washington, DC headquarters by mail at, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001; fax 202-366-3477; or telephone 1-800-832-5660, and request the application materials for a new entrant motor carrier. Forms can also be downloaded from <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/registration/registration-forms.</I> A motor carrier which does not already have a USDOT number must apply online via the Unified Registration System (URS) at <I>www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.304" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.304   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.304 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>

<DIV8 N="§ 385.305" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.305   Completing the registration process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The applicant for new entrant registration will be directed to the FMCSA Internet website (<I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov</I>) to secure and/or complete the application package online.
</P>
<P>(b) The application package will include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Educational and technical assistance material regarding the requirements of the FMCSRs and HMRs, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) Form MCSA-1—FMCSA Registration/Update (USDOT Number—Operating Authority Application). This form is used to obtain both a USDOT Number and operating authority.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon completion of the application form, the new entrant will be issued an inactive USDOT Number. An applicant may not begin operations nor mark a commercial motor vehicle with the USDOT Number until after the date of the Agency's written notice that the USDOT Number has been activated. Violations of this section may be subject to the penalties under § 392.9b(b) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Additional requirements for certain for-hire motor carriers.</I> For-hire motor carriers, unless providing transportation exempt from the commercial registration requirements in 49 U.S.C. chapter 139, must obtain operating authority as prescribed under § 390.201(b) and part 365 of this chapter before operating in interstate commerce.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 31983, May 13, 2002, as amended by 80 FR 63707, Oct. 21, 2015; 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.305 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023, the suspension was lifted, § 385.305 was amended, and the section was again suspended indefinitely. At 89 FR 90620, Nov. 18, 2024, the suspension was lifted and the section heading was revised. In that same document, § 385.305 was again suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 18, 2024.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.305T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.305T   Completing the registration process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The requester for new entrant registration will be directed to the FMCSA Internet website (<I>www.fmcsa.dot.gov</I>) to secure and/or complete the application package online.
</P>
<P>(b) The application package will contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Educational and technical assistance material regarding the requirements of the FMCSRs and HMRs, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) The Form MCS-150, The Motor Carrier Identification Report.
</P>
<P>(3) Application forms to obtain operating authority under 49 CFR part 365, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon completion of the application forms, the new entrant will be issued a USDOT number.
</P>
<P>(d) For-hire motor carriers, unless providing transportation exempt from 49 CFR part 365 registration requirements, must also comply with the procedures established in 49 CFR part 365 to obtain operating authority before operating in interstate commerce.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.306" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.306   Consequences of furnishing misleading information or making a false statement.</HEAD>
<P>A carrier that furnishes false or misleading information, or conceals material information in connection with the registration process, is subject to the following actions:
</P>
<P>(a) Revocation of registration.
</P>
<P>(b) Assessment of the civil and/or criminal penalties prescribed in 49 U.S.C. 521 and 49 U.S.C. chapter 149.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76488, Dec. 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.307" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.307   New entrant safety monitoring procedures.</HEAD>
<P>After a new entrant satisfies all applicable pre-operational requirements, it will be subject to the new entrant safety monitoring procedures for a period of 18 months. During this 18-month period:
</P>
<P>(a) The new entrant's roadside safety performance will be closely monitored to ensure the new entrant has basic safety management controls that are operating effectively. 
</P>
<P>(b) A safety audit will be conducted on the new entrant, once it has been in operation for enough time to have sufficient records to allow the agency to evaluate the adequacy of its basic safety management controls. This period will generally be at least 3 months. 
</P>
<P>(c) All records and documents required for the safety audit shall be made available for inspection upon request by an individual certified under FMCSA regulations to perform safety audits. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 31983, May 13, 2002, as amended at 73 FR 76488, Dec. 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.308" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.308   Expedited safety audits and compliance reviews of new entrants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A new entrant that commits any of the following actions, identified through roadside inspections or by any other means, may be subjected to an expedited safety audit or a compliance review or may be required to submit a written response demonstrating corrective action:
</P>
<P>(1) Using a driver not possessing a valid commercial driver's license to operate a commercial motor vehicle as defined under § 383.5 of this chapter. An invalid commercial driver's license includes one that is falsified, revoked, expired, or missing a required endorsement.
</P>
<P>(2) Operating a vehicle placed out of service for violations of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations or compatible State laws and regulations without taking necessary corrective action.
</P>
<P>(3) Being involved in, through action or omission, a hazardous materials reportable incident, as described under 49 CFR 171.15 or 171.16, involving—
</P>
<P>(i) A highway route controlled quantity of certain radioactive materials (Class 7).
</P>
<P>(ii) Any quantity of certain explosives (Class 1, Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3).
</P>
<P>(iii) Any quantity of certain poison inhalation hazard materials (Zone A or B).
</P>
<P>(4) Being involved in, through action or omission, two or more hazardous materials reportable incidents as described under 49 CFR 171.15 or 171.16, involving hazardous materials other than those listed above.
</P>
<P>(5) Using a driver who tests positive for controlled substances or alcohol or who refuses to submit to required controlled substances or alcohol tests.
</P>
<P>(6) Operating a commercial motor vehicle without the levels of financial responsibility required under part 387 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(7) Having a driver or vehicle out-of-service rate of 50 percent or more based upon at least three inspections occurring within a consecutive 90-day period.
</P>
<P>(b) If a new entrant that commits any of the actions listed in paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Has not had a safety audit or compliance review, FMCSA will schedule the new entrant for a safety audit as soon as practicable.
</P>
<P>(2) Has had a safety audit or compliance review, FMCSA will send the new entrant a notice advising it to submit evidence of corrective action within 30 days of the service date of the notice.
</P>
<P>(c) FMCSA may schedule a compliance review of a new entrant that commits any of the actions listed in paragraph (a) of this section at any time if it determines the violation warrants a thorough review of the new entrant's operation.
</P>
<P>(d) Failure to respond within 30 days of the notice to an Agency demand for a written response demonstrating corrective action will result in the revocation of the new entrant's registration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76488, Dec. 16, 2008, as amended at 80 FR 59457, Oct. 2, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.309" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.309   Safety audit: Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of a safety audit is to: 
</P>
<P>(a) Provide educational and technical assistance to the new entrant; and 
</P>
<P>(b) Gather safety data needed to make an assessment of the new entrant's safety performance and adequacy of its basic safety management controls. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.311" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.311   Safety audit: Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The safety audit will consist of a review of the new entrant's safety management systems and a sample of required records to assess compliance with the FMCSRs, applicable HMRs and related record-keeping requirements as specified in appendix A of this part. The areas for review include, but are not limited to, the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) Driver qualification; 
</P>
<P>(b) Driver duty status; 
</P>
<P>(c) Vehicle maintenance; 
</P>
<P>(d) Accident register; and 
</P>
<P>(e) Controlled substances and alcohol use and testing requirements. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.313" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.313   Safety audit: Auditor.</HEAD>
<P>An individual certified under the FMCSA regulations to perform safety audits will conduct the safety audit. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.315" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.315   Safety audit: Location.</HEAD>
<P>The safety audit will generally be conducted at the new entrant's business premises. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.317" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.317   Safety audit: Safety fitness determination.</HEAD>
<P>A safety audit will not result in a safety fitness determination. Safety fitness determinations follow completion of a compliance review. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.319" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.319   Safety audit: Completion.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon completion of the safety audit, the auditor will review the findings with the new entrant.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pass.</I> If FMCSA determines the safety audit discloses the new entrant has adequate basic safety management controls, the Agency will provide the new entrant written notice as soon as practicable, but not later than 45 days after completion of the safety audit, that it has adequate basic safety management controls. The new entrant's safety performance will continue to be closely monitored for the remainder of the 18-month period of new entrant registration.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fail.</I> If FMCSA determines the safety audit discloses the new entrant's basic safety management controls are inadequate, the Agency will provide the new entrant written notice, as soon as practicable, but not later than 45 days after the completion of the safety audit, that its USDOT new entrant registration will be revoked and its operations placed out-of-service unless it takes the actions specified in the notice to remedy its safety management practices.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>60-day corrective action requirement.</I> All new entrants, except those specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, must take the specified actions to remedy inadequate safety management practices within 60 days of the date of the notice.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>45-day corrective action requirement.</I> The new entrants listed below must take the specified actions to remedy inadequate safety management practices within 45 days of the date of the notice:
</P>
<P>(i) A new entrant that transports passengers in a CMV designed or used to transport between 9 and 15 passengers (including the driver) for direct compensation.
</P>
<P>(ii) A new entrant that transports passengers in a CMV designed or used to transport more than 15 passengers (including the driver).
</P>
<P>(iii) A new entrant that transports hazardous materials in a CMV as defined in paragraph (4) of the definition of a “Commercial Motor Vehicle” in § 390.5 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76489, Dec. 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.321" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.321   Safety audit: Failure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The failures of safety management practices consist of a lack of basic safety management controls as described in Appendix A of this part or failure to comply with one or more of the regulations set forth in paragraph (b) of this section and will result in a notice to a new entrant that its USDOT new entrant registration will be revoked.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Automatic failure of the audit.</I> A new entrant will automatically fail a safety audit if found in violation of any one of the following 16 regulations: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table to § 385.321—Violations That Will Result in Automatic Failure of the New Entrant Safety Audit
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Violation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Guidelines for determining automatic
<br/>failure of the safety audit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. § 382.115(a)/§ 382.115(b)—Failing to implement an alcohol and/or controlled substances testing program (domestic and foreign motor carriers, respectively)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. § 382.201—Using a driver known to have an alcohol content of 0.04 or greater to perform a safety-sensitive function</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. § 382.211—Using a driver who has refused to submit to an alcohol or controlled substances test required under part 382</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. § 382.215—Using a driver known to have tested positive for a controlled substance</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. § 382.305—Failing to implement a random controlled substances and/or alcohol testing program</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. § 383.3(a)/§ 383.23(a)—Knowingly using a driver who does not possess a valid CDL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7. § 383.37(b)-Knowingly allowing, requiring, permitting, or authorizing an employee to operate a commercial motor vehicle with a commercial learner's permit or commercial driver's license which is disqualified by a State, has lost the right to operate a CMV in a State or who is disqualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8. § 383.51(a)—Knowingly allowing, requiring, permitting, or authorizing a driver to drive who is disqualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence. This violation refers to a driver operating a CMV as defined under § 383.5.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9. § 387.7(a)—Operating a motor vehicle without having in effect the required minimum levels of financial responsibility coverage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10. § 387.31(a)—Operating a passenger carrying vehicle without having in effect the required minimum levels of financial responsibility</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11. § 391.15(a)—Knowingly using a disqualified driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12. § 391.11(b)(4)—Knowingly using a physically unqualified driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence. This violation refers to a driver operating a CMV as defined under § 390.5.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13. § 395.8(a)—Failing to require a driver to make a record of duty status</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Requires a violation threshold (51% or more of examined records) to trigger automatic failure.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14. § 396.9(c)(2)—Requiring or permitting the operation of a commercial motor vehicle declared “out-of-service” before repairs are made</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15. § 396.11(a)(3)—Failing to correct out-of-service defects listed by driver in a driver vehicle inspection report before the vehicle is operated</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Single occurrence.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16. § 396.17(a)—Using a commercial motor vehicle not periodically inspected</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Requires a violation threshold (51% or more of examined records) to trigger automatic failure.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76489, Dec. 16, 2008, as amended at 77 FR 26989, May 8, 2012; 80 FR 59073, Oct. 1, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.323" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.323   Safety audit: Extensions for corrective action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FMCSA may extend the 60-day period in § 385.319(c)(1) for up to an additional 60 days provided FMCSA determines the new entrant is making a good faith effort to remedy its safety management practices.
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA may extend the 45-day period in § 385.319(c)(2) for up to an additional 10 days if the new entrant has submitted evidence that corrective actions have been taken pursuant to § 385.319(c) and the Agency needs additional time to determine the adequacy of the corrective action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76490, Dec. 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.325" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.325   Safety audit: Outcomes of a corrective action notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the new entrant provides evidence of corrective action acceptable to the FMCSA within the time period provided in § 385.319(c), including any extension of that period authorized under § 385.323, the FMCSA will provide written notification to the new entrant that its DOT new entrant registration will not be revoked and it may continue operations. 
</P>
<P>(b) If a new entrant, after being notified that it is required to take corrective action to improve its safety management practices, fails to submit a written response demonstrating corrective action acceptable to FMCSA within the time specified in § 385.319, and any extension of that period authorized under § 385.323, FMCSA will revoke its new entrant registration and issue an out-of-service order effective on:
</P>
<P>(1) Day 61 from the notice date for new entrants subject to § 385.319(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) Day 46 from the notice date for new entrants subject to § 385.319(c)(2).
</P>
<P>(3) If an extension has been granted under § 385.323, the day following the expiration of the extension date. 
</P>
<P>(c) The new entrant may not operate in interstate commerce on or after the effective date of the out-of-service order. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 31983, May 13, 2002, as amended at 73 FR 76490, Dec. 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.327" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.327   Safety audit: Administrative review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a new entrant receives a notice under § 385.319(c) that its new entrant registration will be revoked, it may request FMCSA to conduct an administrative review if it believes FMCSA has committed an error in determining that its basic safety management controls are inadequate. The request must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be made to the Field Administrator of the appropriate FMCSA Service Center.
</P>
<P>(2) Explain the error the new entrant believes FMCSA committed in its determination.
</P>
<P>(3) Include a list of all factual and procedural issues in dispute and any information or documents that support the new entrant's argument.
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA may request that the new entrant submit additional data and attend a conference to discuss the issues(s) in dispute. If the new entrant does not attend the conference or does not submit the requested data, FMCSA may dismiss the new entrant's request for review.
</P>
<P>(c) A new entrant must submit a request for an administrative review within one of the following time periods:
</P>
<P>(1) If it does not submit evidence of corrective action under § 385.319(c), within 90 days after the date it is notified that its basic safety management controls are inadequate.
</P>
<P>(2) If it submits evidence of corrective action under § 385.319(c), within 90 days after the date it is notified that its corrective action is insufficient and its basic safety management controls remain inadequate.
</P>
<P>(d) If a new entrant wants to assure that FMCSA will be able to issue a final written decision before the prohibitions outlined in § 385.325(c) take effect, the new entrant must submit its request no later than 15 days from the date of the notice that its basic safety management controls are inadequate. Failure to submit the request within this 15-day period may result in revocation of new entrant registration and issuance of an out-of-service order before completion of administrative review.
</P>
<P>(e) FMCSA will complete its review and notify the new entrant in writing of its decision within:
</P>
<P>(1) 45 days after receiving a request for review from a new entrant that is subject to § 385.319(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) 30 days after receiving a request for review from a new entrant that is subject to § 385.319(c)(2).
</P>
<P>(f) The Field Administrator's decision constitutes the final Agency action.
</P>
<P>(g) Notwithstanding this subpart, a new entrant is subject to the suspension and revocation provisions of 49 U.S.C. 13905 for violations of DOT regulations governing motor carrier operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76490, Dec. 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.329" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.329   Re-application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A new entrant whose USDOT new entrant registration has been revoked, and whose operations have been placed out of service by FMCSA, may reapply for new entrant registration no sooner than 30 days after the date of revocation.
</P>
<P>(b) If the USDOT new entrant registration was revoked because of a failed safety audit, the new entrant must do all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Submit an updated Form MCSA-1, the URS online application.
</P>
<P>(2) Submit evidence that it has corrected the deficiencies that resulted in revocation of its registration and will otherwise ensure that it will have basic safety management controls in effect.
</P>
<P>(3) Begin the 18-month new entrant monitoring cycle again as of the date the re-filed application is approved.
</P>
<P>(c) If the USDOT new entrant registration was revoked because FMCSA found that the new entrant had failed to submit to a safety audit, it must do all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Submit an updated Form MCSA-1, the URS online application.
</P>
<P>(2) Begin the 18-month new entrant monitoring cycle again as of the date the re-filed application is approved.
</P>
<P>(3) Submit to a safety audit.
</P>
<P>(d) If the new entrant is a for-hire motor carrier subject to the registration provisions of 49 U.S.C. chapter 139 and also has had its operating authority revoked, it must re-apply for operating authority as set forth in § 390.201(b) and part 365 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76490, Dec. 16, 2008, as amended at 80 FR 63707, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.329 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 89 FR 90620, Nov. 18, 2024, the suspension was lifted and the section heading was revised. In that same document, § 385.329 was again suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 18, 2024.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.329T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.329T   Re-application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A new entrant whose USDOT new entrant registration has been revoked, and whose operations have been placed out of service by FMCSA, may reapply for new entrant registration no sooner than 30 days after the date of revocation.
</P>
<P>(b) If the USDOT new entrant registration was revoked because of a failed safety audit, the new entrant must do all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Submit an updated MCS-150.
</P>
<P>(2) Submit evidence that it has corrected the deficiencies that resulted in revocation of its registration and will otherwise ensure that it will have basic safety management controls in effect.
</P>
<P>(3) Begin the 18-month new entrant monitoring cycle again as of the date the re-filed application is approved.
</P>
<P>(c) If the USDOT new entrant registration was revoked because FMCSA found that the new entrant had failed to submit to a safety audit, it must do all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Submit an updated MCS-150.
</P>
<P>(2) Begin the 18-month new entrant monitoring cycle again as of the date the re-filed application is approved.
</P>
<P>(3) Submit to a safety audit.
</P>
<P>(d) If the new entrant is a for-hire carrier subject to the registration provisions under 49 U.S.C. 13901 and also has had its operating authority revoked, it must re-apply for operating authority as set forth in part 365 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.331" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.331   New entrant violation of out-of-service order.</HEAD>
<P>A new entrant that operates a CMV in violation of an out-of-service order is subject to the penalty provisions in 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(2)(A) for each offense as adjusted for inflation by 49 CFR part 386, appendix B.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76491, Dec. 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.333" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.333   Conclusion of 18-month safety monitoring period.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a safety audit has been performed within the 18-month period, and the new entrant is not currently subject to an order placing its operations out-of-service under § 385.325(b) or under a notice ordering it to take specified actions to remedy its safety management controls under § 385.319(c), the FMCSA will remove the new entrant designation and notify the new entrant in writing that its registration has become permanent. Thereafter, the FMCSA will evaluate the motor carrier on the same basis as any other carrier. 
</P>
<P>(b) If a new entrant is determined to be “unfit” after a compliance review its new entrant registration will be revoked. (See § 385.13) 
</P>
<P>(c) A new entrant that has reached the conclusion of the 18-month period but is under an order to correct its safety management practices under § 385.319(c) will have its new entrant registration removed following FMCSA's determination that the specified actions have been taken to remedy its safety management practices. The motor carrier will be notified in writing that its new entrant designation is removed and that its registration has become permanent. Thereafter, the FMCSA will evaluate the motor carrier on the same basis as any other carrier. 
</P>
<P>(d) If a safety audit or compliance review has not been performed by the end of the 18-month monitoring period through no fault of the motor carrier, the carrier will be permitted to continue operating as a new entrant until a safety audit or compliance review is performed and a final determination is made regarding the adequacy of its safety management controls. Based on the results of the safety audit or compliance review, the FMCSA will either: 
</P>
<P>(1) Remove the new entrant designation and notify the new entrant in writing that its registration has become permanent; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Revoke the new entrant registration in accordance with § 385.319(c). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.335" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.335   Compliance review in lieu of safety audit.</HEAD>
<P>If the FMCSA conducts a compliance review on a new entrant that has not previously been subject to a safety audit and issues a safety fitness determination, the new entrant will not have to undergo a safety audit under this subpart. However, the new entrant will continue to be subject to the 18-month safety-monitoring period prior to removal of the new entrant designation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.337" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.4.11.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.337   New entrant refusal to permit safety audit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a new entrant refuses to permit a safety audit to be performed on its operations, FMCSA will provide the carrier with written notice that its registration will be revoked and its operations placed out of service unless the new entrant agrees in writing, within 10 days from the service date of the notice, to permit the safety audit to be performed. The refusal to permit a safety audit to be performed may subject the new entrant to the penalty provisions of 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(2)(A), as adjusted for inflation by 49 CFR part 386, appendix B. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the new entrant does not agree to undergo a safety audit as specified in paragraph (a) of this section, its registration will be revoked and its interstate operations placed out of service effective on the 11th day from the service date of the notice issued under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 31983, May 13, 2002, as amended at 73 FR 76491, Dec. 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Hazardous Materials Safety Permits</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>69 FR 39367, June 30, 2004, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 385.401" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.401   Hazardous materials safety permits: Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart contains the requirements for obtaining and maintaining a safety permit to transport certain hazardous materials. No one may transport the materials listed in § 385.403 without a safety permit required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Definitions of terms used in this subpart;
</P>
<P>(2) The list of hazardous materials that require a safety permit if transported in commerce;
</P>
<P>(3) The requirements and procedures a carrier must follow in order to be issued a safety permit and maintain a safety permit;
</P>
<P>(4) The procedures for a motor carrier to follow to initiate an administrative review of a denial, suspension, or revocation of a safety permit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.402" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.402   Hazardous materials safety permits: Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The definitions in parts 390 and 385 of this chapter apply to this subpart, except where otherwise specifically noted.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this part,
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous material</I> has the same meaning as under § 171.8 of this title: A substance or material that the Secretary of Transportation has determined is capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, and property when transported in commerce, and has designated as hazardous under Sec. 5103 of Federal hazardous materials transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5103). The term includes hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, marine pollutants, elevated temperature materials, materials designated as hazardous in the Hazardous Materials Table (see § 172.101 of this title), and materials that meet the defining criteria for hazard classes and divisions in part 173 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Hazmat employee</I> has the same meaning as under § 171.8 of this title: A person who is employed by a hazmat employer as defined under § 171.8 of this title, and who in the course of employment directly affects hazardous materials transportation safety. This term includes an owner-operator of a motor vehicle that transports hazardous materials in commerce. This term includes an individual who, during the course of employment:
</P>
<P>(1) Loads, unloads, or handles hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(2) Manufactures, tests, reconditions, repairs, modifies, marks, or otherwise represents containers, drums, or packaging as qualified for use in the transportation of hazardous materials;
</P>
<P>(3) Prepares hazardous materials for transportation;
</P>
<P>(4) Is responsible for the safe transportation of hazardous materials; or
</P>
<P>(5) Operates a vehicle used to transport hazardous materials.
</P>
<P><I>Liquefied natural gas (LNG)</I> means a Division 2.1 liquefied natural gas material that is transported in a liquid state with a methane content of 85 percent or more.
</P>
<P><I>Safety permit</I> means a document issued by FMCSA that contains a permit number and confers authority to transport in commerce the hazardous materials listed in § 385.403.
</P>
<P><I>Shipment</I> means the offering or loading of hazardous materials at one loading facility using one transport vehicle, or the transport of that transport vehicle.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.403" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.403   Prohibited transportation without safety permit.</HEAD>
<P>A motor carrier may not transport in interstate or intrastate commerce any of the following hazardous materials, in the quantity indicated for each, unless the motor carrier holds a safety permit:
</P>
<P>(a) A highway route-controlled quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material, as defined in § 173.403 of this title;
</P>
<P>(b) More than 25 kg (55 pounds) net weight of a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) material or articles or an amount of a Division 1.5 (explosive) material requiring placarding under part 172 of this title;
</P>
<P>(c) More than one liter (1.08 quarts) per package of a “material poisonous by inhalation,” as defined in § 171.8 of this title, that meets the criteria for “hazard zone A,” as specified in § 173.116(a) or § 173.133(a) of this title;
</P>
<P>(d) A “material poisonous by inhalation,” in a “bulk packaging,” both as defined in § 171.8 of this title, that meets the criteria for “hazard zone B,” as specified in § 173.116(a) or § 173.133(a);
</P>
<P>(e) A “material poisonous by inhalation,” as defined in § 171.8 of this title, that meets the criteria for “hazard zone C,” or “hazard zone D,” as specified in § 173.116(a) of this title, in a packaging having a capacity equal to or greater than 13,248 L (3,500) gallons; or
</P>
<P>(f) A shipment of methane (compressed or refrigerated liquid), natural gas (compressed or refrigerated liquid), or any other compressed or refrigerated liquefied gas with a methane content of at least 85 percent, in bulk packaging having a capacity equal to or greater than 13,248 L (3,500 gallons).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 39367, June 30, 2004, as amended at 77 FR 59826, Oct. 1, 2012; 80 FR 59073, Oct. 1, 2015; 84 FR 51433, Sept. 30, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.405" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.405   Application for safety permit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application form.</I> (1) To apply for a new safety permit or renewal of the safety permit, a motor carrier must complete and submit Form MCSA-1, the URS online application and meet the requirements under 49 CFR part 390, subpart E.
</P>
<P>(2) Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, will also satisfy the requirements for obtaining and renewing a USDOT Number.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How to apply.</I> Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, is accessible, including complete instructions, at <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Signature and certification.</I> An official of the motor carrier must sign and certify that the information is correct on each form the motor carrier submits.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Updating information.</I> A motor carrier holding a safety permit must report to FMCSA any change in the information on its Form MCSA-1 within 30 days of the change. The motor carrier must use Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, to report the new information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63707, Oct. 21, 2015, as amended at 84 FR 51433, Sept. 30, 2019]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.405 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 84 FR 51433, Sept. 30, 2019, the suspension was lifted and amendments were made to § 385.405. In that same document, § 385.405 was again suspended indefinitely. At 89 FR 90621, Nov. 18, 2024, the suspension was lifted and the section heading was revised. In that same document, § 385.405 was again suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 18, 2024.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.405T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.405T   Application for safety permit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application form(s).</I> (1) To apply for a new safety permit or renewal of the safety permit, a motor carrier must complete and submit Form MCS-150B, Combined Motor Carrier Identification Report and HM Permit Application.
</P>
<P>(2) The Form MCS-150B will also satisfy the requirements for obtaining and renewing a USDOT Number; there is no need to complete Form MCS-150, Motor Carrier Identification Report.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Where to get forms and instructions.</I> The forms listed in paragraph (a) of this section, and instructions for completing the forms, may be obtained on the internet at <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov,</I> or by contacting FMCSA at Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS), 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001 or by telephone at 1-800-832-5660.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Registration with the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA).</I> The motor carrier must be registered with PHMSA in accordance with part 107, subpart G, of this title.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Updating information on Form MCS-150B.</I> A motor carrier holding a safety permit must report to FMCSA any change in the information on its Form MCS-150B within 30 days of the change. The motor carrier must use Form MCS-150B to report the new information (contact information in paragraph (b) of this section).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5304, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 84 FR 51433, Sept. 30, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.407" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.407   Requirements for a safety permit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Motor carrier safety performance.</I> (1) The motor carrier must have a “Satisfactory” safety rating assigned by either FMCSA, pursuant to the Safety Fitness Procedures of this part, or the State in which the motor carrier has its principal place of business, if the State has adopted and implemented safety fitness procedures that are equivalent to the procedures in subpart A of this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) FMCSA will not issue a safety permit to a motor carrier that:
</P>
<P>(i) Does not certify that it has a satisfactory security program as required in § 385.407(b);
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a crash rate in the top 30 percent of the national average as indicated in the FMCSA Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS);
</P>
<P>(iii) Has a driver, vehicle, hazardous materials, or total out-of-service rate in the top 30 percent of the national average as indicated in the MCMIS; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Does not have the minimum financial responsibility required by § 387.9 of this chapter or an applicable State requirement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Satisfactory security program.</I> The motor carrier must certify that it has a satisfactory security program, including:
</P>
<P>(1) A security plan meeting the requirements of part 172, subpart I of this title, and addressing how the carrier will ensure the security of the written route plan required by this part;
</P>
<P>(2) A communications plan that allows for contact between the commercial motor vehicle operator and the motor carrier to meet the periodic contact requirements in § 385.415(c)(1); and
</P>
<P>(3) Successful completion by all hazmat employees of the security training required in § 172.704(a)(4) and (a)(5) of this title.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Registration with the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA).</I> The motor carrier must be registered with the PHMSA in accordance with part 107, subpart G of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 39367, June 30, 2004, as amended at 75 FR 17241, Apr. 5, 2010; 77 FR 28450, May 14, 2012; 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013; 89 FR 90621, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.409" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.409   Temporary safety permit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a motor carrier does not meet the criteria of § 385.407(a), FMCSA may issue it a temporary safety permit. To obtain a temporary safety permit, a motor carrier must certify on Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, that it is operating in full compliance with the HMRs, with the FMCSRs, and/or comparable State regulations, whichever is applicable; and with the minimum financial responsibility requirements in part 387 of this subchapter or in State regulations, whichever is applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA will not issue a temporary safety permit to a motor carrier that:
</P>
<P>(1) Does not certify that it has a satisfactory security program as required in § 385.407(b);
</P>
<P>(2) Has a crash rate in the top 30 percent of the national average as indicated in the FMCSA's MCMIS; or
</P>
<P>(3) Has a driver, vehicle, hazardous materials, or total out-of-service rate in the top 30 percent of the national average as indicated in the MCMIS.
</P>
<P>(c) A temporary safety permit shall be valid for 180 days after the date of issuance or until the motor carrier is assigned a new safety rating, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(1) A motor carrier that receives a Satisfactory safety rating will be issued a safety permit (see § 385.421).
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier that receives a less than Satisfactory safety rating is ineligible for a safety permit and will be subject to revocation of its temporary safety permit.
</P>
<P>(d) If a motor carrier has not received a safety rating within the 180-day time period, FMCSA will extend the effective date of the temporary safety permit for an additional 60 days, provided the motor carrier demonstrates that it is continuing to operate in full compliance with the FMCSRs and HMRs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 39367, June 30, 2004, as amended at 80 FR 63708, Oct. 21, 2015; 89 FR 90621, Nov. 18, 2024]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5305, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.409 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 89 FR 90621, Nov. 18, 2024, the suspension was lifted, the section heading was revised and paragraph (a) was revised and republished. In that same document, § 385.409 was again suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 18, 2024.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.409T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.409T   Temporary safety permit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a motor carrier does not meet the criteria in § 385.407(a), FMCSA may issue it a temporary safety permit. To obtain a temporary safety permit a motor carrier must certify on Form MCS-150B that it is operating in full compliance with the HMRs; with the FMCSRs, and/or comparable State regulations, whichever is applicable; and with the minimum financial responsibility requirements in part 387 of this chapter or in State regulations, whichever is applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA will not issue a temporary safety permit to a motor carrier that:
</P>
<P>(1) Does not certify that it has a satisfactory security program as required in § 385.407(b);
</P>
<P>(2) Has a crash rate in the top 30 percent of the national average as indicated in the FMCSA's Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS); or
</P>
<P>(3) Has a driver, vehicle, hazardous materials, or total out-of-service rate in the top 30 percent of the national average as indicated in the MCMIS.
</P>
<P>(c) A temporary safety permit shall be valid for 180 days after the date of issuance or until the motor carrier is assigned a new safety rating, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(1) A motor carrier that receives a Satisfactory safety rating will be issued a safety permit (see § 385.421T).
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier that receives a less than Satisfactory safety rating is ineligible for a safety permit and will be subject to revocation of its temporary safety permit.
</P>
<P>(d) If a motor carrier has not received a safety rating within the 180-day time period, FMCSA will extend the effective date of the temporary safety permit for an additional 60 days, provided the motor carrier demonstrates that it is continuing to operate in full compliance with the FMCSRs and HMRs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5305, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 89 FR 90621, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.411" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.411   State-issued safety permit.</HEAD>
<P>A motor carrier must comply with the requirements of this subpart even if it has a State-issued safety permit. However, if FMCSA is able to verify that a motor carrier has a safety permit issued by a State under a program that FMCSA has determined to be equivalent to the provisions of this subpart, FMCSA will immediately issue a safety permit to the motor carrier upon receipt of an application in accordance with § 385.405T, without further inspection or investigation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 90621, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.413" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.413   Proposed safety rating less than Satisfactory.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a motor carrier receives a proposed safety rating that is less than Satisfactory and does not already have a safety permit, it will not be issued a safety permit (including a temporary safety permit) unless and until a Satisfactory safety rating is issued to the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) If a motor carrier receives a proposed safety rating that is less than Satisfactory and holds a safety permit (including a temporary safety permit), the safety permit will be subject to revocation or suspension (see § 385.421).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 90621, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.415" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.415   Operational requirements for the transportation of a hazardous material for which a permit is required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Information that must be carried in the vehicle.</I> During transportation, the following must be maintained in each commercial motor vehicle that transports a hazardous material listed in § 385.403 and must be made available to an authorized official of a Federal, State, or local government agency upon request.
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the safety permit or another document showing the permit number, provided that document clearly indicates the number is the FMCSA Safety Permit number;
</P>
<P>(2) A written route plan that meets the requirements of § 397.101 of this chapter for highway route-controlled Class 7 (radioactive) materials or § 397.67 of this chapter for Division 1.1, 1.2, and 1.3 (explosive) materials; and
</P>
<P>(3) The telephone number, including area code or country code, of an employee of the motor carrier or representative of the motor carrier who is familiar with the routing of the permitted material. The motor carrier employee or representative must be able to verify that the shipment is within the general area for the expected route for the permitted material. The telephone number, when called, must be answered directly by the motor carrier or its representative at all times while the permitted material is in transportation including storage incidental to transportation. Answering machines are not sufficient to meet this requirement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inspection of vehicle transporting Class 7 (radioactive) materials.</I> Before a motor carrier may transport a highway route controlled quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material, the motor carrier must have a pre-trip inspection performed on each motor vehicle to be used to transport a highway route controlled quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material, in accordance with the requirements of the “North American Standard Out-of-Service Criteria and Level VI Inspection Procedures and Out-of-Service Criteria for Commercial Highway Vehicles Transporting Transuranics and Highway Route Controlled Quantities of Radioactive Materials as defined in 49 CFR Part 173.403”, (incorporated by reference, see § 385.4).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Additional requirements.</I> A motor carrier transporting hazardous materials requiring a permit under this part must also meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The operator of a motor vehicle used to transport a hazardous material listed in § 385.403 must follow the communications plan required in § 385.407(b)(2) to make contact with the carrier at the beginning and end of each duty tour, and at the pickup and delivery of each permitted load. Contact may be by telephone, radio or via an electronic tracking or monitoring system. The motor carrier or driver must maintain a record of communications for 6 months after the initial acceptance of a shipment of hazardous material for which a safety permit is required. The record of communications must contain the name of the driver, identification of the vehicle, permitted material(s) being transported, and the date, location, and time of each contact required under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The motor carrier should contact the Transportation Security Administration's Transportation Security Coordination Center (703-563-3236 or 703-563-3237) at any time the motor carrier suspects its shipment of a hazardous material listed in § 385.403 is lost, stolen or otherwise unaccounted for.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 39367, June 30, 2004, as amended at 72 FR 55701, Oct. 1, 2007; 77 FR 59826, Oct. 1, 2012; 84 FR 32326, July 8, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.417" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.417   Availability of motor carrier's safety permit number.</HEAD>
<P>Upon request, a motor carrier must provide the number of its safety permit to a person who offers a hazardous material listed in § 385.403 for transportation in commerce. A motor carrier's permit number also will be available to the public on the FMCSA Safety and Fitness Electronic Records System website at <I>https://safer.fmcsa.dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 51433, Sept. 30, 2019] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.419" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.419   Effective period of safety permit.</HEAD>
<P>Unless suspended or revoked, a safety permit (other than a temporary safety permit) is effective for two years, except that:
</P>
<P>(a) A safety permit will be subject to revocation if a motor carrier fails to submit a renewal application (Form MCSA-1, the URS online application) in accordance with the schedule set forth for filing Form MCSA-1 in part 390, subpart E, of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(b) An existing safety permit will remain in effect pending FMCSA's processing of an application for renewal if a motor carrier submits the required application (Form MCSA-1) in accordance with the schedule set forth in part 390, subpart E, of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63708, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5305, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.419 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 89 FR 90621, Nov. 18, 2024, the suspension was lifted and the section heading was revised. In that same document, § 385.419 was again suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 18, 2024.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.419T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.419T   Effective period of safety permit.</HEAD>
<P>Unless suspended or revoked, a safety permit (other than a temporary safety permit) is effective for two years, except that:
</P>
<P>(a) A safety permit will be subject to revocation if a motor carrier fails to submit a renewal application (Form MCS-150B) in accordance with the schedule set forth for filing Form MCS-150 in § 390.19T(a) of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(b) An existing safety permit will remain in effect pending FMCSA's processing of an application for renewal if a motor carrier submits the required application (Form MS-150B) in accordance with the schedule set forth in § 390.19T(a)(2) and (3) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5305, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.421" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.421   Revocation or suspension of safety permit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Grounds.</I> A safety permit will be subject to revocation or suspension by FMCSA for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) A motor carrier fails to submit a renewal application (Form MCSA-1) in accordance with the schedule set forth in part 390, subpart E, of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier provides any false or misleading information on its application form (Form MCSA-1) or as part of updated information it is providing on Form MCSA-1 (see § 385.405(d)).
</P>
<P>(3) A motor carrier is issued a final safety rating that is less than Satisfactory;
</P>
<P>(4) A motor carrier fails to maintain a satisfactory security plan as set forth in § 385.407(b);
</P>
<P>(5) A motor carrier fails to comply with applicable requirements in the FMCSRs, the HMRs, or compatible State requirements governing the transportation of hazardous materials, in a manner showing that the motor carrier is not fit to transport the hazardous materials listed in § 385.403;
</P>
<P>(6) A motor carrier fails to comply with an out-of-service order;
</P>
<P>(7) A motor carrier fails to comply with any other order issued under the FMCSRs, the HMRs, or compatible State requirements governing the transportation of hazardous materials, in a manner showing that the motor carrier is not fit to transport the hazardous materials listed in § 385.403;
</P>
<P>(8) A motor carrier fails to maintain the minimum financial responsibility required by § 387.9 of this chapter or an applicable State requirement;
</P>
<P>(9) A motor carrier fails to maintain current hazardous materials registration with the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration; or
</P>
<P>(10) A motor carrier loses its operating rights or has its registration suspended in accordance with § 386.83 or § 386.84 of this chapter for failure to pay a civil penalty or abide by a payment plan.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determining whether a safety permit is revoked or suspended.</I> A motor carrier's safety permit will be suspended the first time any of the conditions specified in paragraph (a) of this section are found to apply to the motor carrier. A motor carrier's safety permit will be revoked if any of the conditions specified in paragraph (a) of this section are found to apply to the motor carrier and the carrier's safety permit has been suspended in the past for any of the reasons specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective date of suspension or revocation.</I> A suspension or revocation of a safety permit is effective:
</P>
<P>(1) Immediately after FMCSA determines that an imminent hazard exists, after FMCSA issues a final safety rating that is less than Satisfactory, or after a motor carrier loses its operating rights or has its registration suspended for failure to pay a civil penalty or abide by a payment plan;
</P>
<P>(2) Thirty (30) days after service of a written notification that FMCSA proposes to suspend or revoke a safety permit, if the motor carrier does not submit a written request for administrative review within that time period; or
</P>
<P>(3) As specified in § 385.423(c), when the motor carrier submits a written request for administrative review of FMCSA's proposal to suspend or revoke a safety permit.
</P>
<P>(4) A motor carrier whose safety permit has been revoked will not be issued a replacement safety permit or temporary safety permit for 365 days from the time of revocation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 39367, June 30, 2004, as amended at 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013; 80 FR 63708, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5305, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.421 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 89 FR 90621, Nov. 18, 2024, the suspension was lifted and the section heading was amended. In that same document, § 385.421 was again suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 18, 2024.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.421T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.421T   Revocation or suspension of safety permit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Grounds.</I> A safety permit will be subject to revocation or suspension by FMCSA for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) A motor carrier fails to submit a renewal application (Form MCS-150B) in accordance with the schedule set forth in § 390.19T(a)(2) and (3) of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier provides any false or misleading information on its application (Form MCS-150B) or as part of updated information it is providing on Form MCS-150B (see § 385.405T(d)).
</P>
<P>(3) A motor carrier is issued a final safety rating that is less than Satisfactory;
</P>
<P>(4) A motor carrier fails to maintain a satisfactory security plan as set forth in § 385.407(b);
</P>
<P>(5) A motor carrier fails to comply with applicable requirements in the FMCSRs, the HMRs, or compatible State requirements governing the transportation of hazardous materials, in a manner showing that the motor carrier is not fit to transport the hazardous materials listed in § 385.403;
</P>
<P>(6) A motor carrier fails to comply with an out-of-service order;
</P>
<P>(7) A motor carrier fails to comply with any other order issued under the FMCSRs, the HMRs, or compatible State requirements governing the transportation of hazardous materials, in a manner showing that the motor carrier is not fit to transport the hazardous materials listed in § 385.403;
</P>
<P>(8) A motor carrier fails to maintain the minimum financial responsibility required by § 387.9 of this chapter or an applicable State requirement;
</P>
<P>(9) A motor carrier fails to maintain current hazardous materials registration with the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration; or
</P>
<P>(10) A motor carrier loses its operating rights or has its registration suspended in accordance with § 386.83 or § 386.84 of this chapter for failure to pay a civil penalty or abide by a payment plan.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determining whether a safety permit is revoked or suspended.</I> A motor carrier's safety permit will be suspended the first time any of the conditions specified in paragraph (a) of this section are found to apply to the motor carrier. A motor carrier's safety permit will be revoked if any of the conditions specified in paragraph (a) of this section are found to apply to the motor carrier and the carrier's safety permit has been suspended in the past for any of the reasons specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective date of suspension or revocation.</I> A suspension or revocation of a safety permit is effective:
</P>
<P>(1) Immediately after FMCSA determines that an imminent hazard exists, after FMCSA issues a final safety rating that is less than Satisfactory, or after a motor carrier loses its operating rights or has its registration suspended for failure to pay a civil penalty or abide by a payment plan;
</P>
<P>(2) Thirty (30) days after service of a written notification that FMCSA proposes to suspend or revoke a safety permit, if the motor carrier does not submit a written request for administrative review within that time period; or
</P>
<P>(3) As specified in § 385.423(c), when the motor carrier submits a written request for administrative review of FMCSA's proposal to suspend or revoke a safety permit.
</P>
<P>(4) A motor carrier whose safety permit has been revoked will not be issued a replacement safety permit or temporary safety permit for 365 days from the time of revocation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5305, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.423" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.5.11.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.423   Administrative review of a denial, suspension, or revocation of a safety permit.</HEAD>
<P>A motor carrier has a right to an administrative review pursuant to the following procedures and conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Less than Satisfactory safety rating.</I> If a motor carrier is issued a proposed safety rating that is less than Satisfactory, it has the right to request (1) an administrative review of a proposed safety rating, as set forth in § 385.15, and (2) a change to a proposed safety rating based on corrective action, as set forth in § 385.17. After a motor carrier has had an opportunity for administrative review of, or change to, a proposed safety rating, FMCSA's issuance of a final safety rating constitutes final agency action, and a motor carrier has no right to further administrative review of FMCSA's denial, suspension, or revocation of a safety permit when the motor carrier has been issued a final safety rating that is less than Satisfactory.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Failure to pay civil penalty or abide by payment plan.</I> If a motor carrier is notified that failure to pay a civil penalty will result in suspension or termination of its operating rights, it has the right to an administrative review of that proposed action in a show cause proceeding, as set forth in § 386.83(b) or § 386.84(b) of this chapter. The decision by FMCSA's Assistant Administrator in the show cause proceeding constitutes final agency action, and a motor carrier has no right to further administrative review of FMCSA's denial, suspension, or revocation of a safety permit when the motor carrier has lost its operating rights or had its registration suspended for failure to pay a civil penalty or abide by a payment plan.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other grounds.</I> Under circumstances other than those set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, a motor carrier may submit a written request for administrative review within 30 days after service of a written notification that FMCSA has denied a safety permit, that FMCSA has immediately suspended or revoked a safety permit, or that FMCSA has proposed to suspend or revoke a safety permit. The rules for computing time limits for service and requests for extension of time in §§ 386.5, 386.6, and 386.8 of this chapter apply to the proceedings on a request for administrative review under this section.
</P>
<P>(1) The motor carrier must send or deliver its written request for administrative review to FMCSA Assistant Administrator, with a copy to FMCSA Chief Counsel, at the following addresses:
</P>
<P>(i) Assistant Administrator, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001 Attention: Adjudications Counsel (MC-CC).
</P>
<P>(ii) Chief Counsel (MC-CC), Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(2) A request for administrative review must state the specific grounds for review and include all information, evidence, and arguments upon which the motor carrier relies to support its request for administrative review.
</P>
<P>(3) Within 30 days after service of a written request for administrative review, the Office of the Chief Counsel shall submit to the Assistant Administrator a written response to the request for administrative review. The Office of the Chief Counsel must serve a copy of its written response on the motor carrier requesting administrative review.
</P>
<P>(4) The Assistant Administrator may decide a motor carrier's request for administrative review on the written submissions, hold a hearing personally, or refer the request to an administrative law judge for a hearing and recommended decision. The Assistant Administrator or administrative law judge is authorized to specify, and must notify the parties of, specific procedural rules to be followed in the proceeding (which may include the procedural rules in part 386 of this chapter that are considered appropriate).
</P>
<P>(5) If a request for administrative review is referred to an administrative law judge, the recommended decision of the administrative law judge becomes the final decision of the Assistant Administrator 45 days after service of the recommended decision is served, unless either the motor carrier or the Office of the Chief Counsel submits a petition for review to the Assistant Administrator (and serves a copy of its petition on the other party) within 15 days after service of the recommended decision. In response to a petition for review of a recommended decision of an administrative law judge:
</P>
<P>(i) The other party may submit a written reply within 15 days of service of the petition for review.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Assistant Administrator may adopt, modify, or set aside the recommended decision of an administrative law judge, and may also remand the petition for review to the administrative law judge for further proceedings.
</P>
<P>(6) The Assistant Administrator will issue a final decision on any request for administrative review when:
</P>
<P>(i) The request for administrative review has not been referred to an administrative law judge;
</P>
<P>(ii) A petition for review of a recommended decision by an administrative law judge has not been remanded to the administrative law judge for further proceedings; or
</P>
<P>(iii) An administrative law judge has held further proceedings on a petition for review and issued a supplementary recommended decision.
</P>
<P>(7) The decision of the Assistant Administrator (including a recommended decision of an administrative law judge that becomes the decision of the Assistant Administrator under paragraph (c)(5) of this section) constitutes final agency action, and there is no right to further administrative reconsideration or review.
</P>
<P>(8) Any appeal of a final agency action under this section must be taken to an appropriate United States Court of Appeals. Unless the Court of Appeals issues a stay pending appeal, the final agency action shall not be suspended while the appeal is pending.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 39367, June 30, 2004, as amended at 72 FR 55701, Oct. 1, 2007; 86 FR 57070, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Intermodal Equipment Providers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 76819, Dec. 17, 2008, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 385.501" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.6.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.501   Roadability review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FMCSA will perform roadability reviews of intermodal equipment providers, as defined in § 390.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA will evaluate the results of the roadability review using the criteria in appendix A to this part as they relate to compliance with parts 390, 393, and 396 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.503" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.6.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.503   Results of roadability review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FMCSA will not assign a safety rating to an intermodal equipment provider based on the results of a roadability review. However, FMCSA may cite the intermodal equipment provider for violations of parts 390, 393, and 396 of this chapter and may impose civil penalties resulting from the roadability review.
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA may prohibit the intermodal equipment provider from tendering specific items of intermodal equipment determined to constitute an “imminent hazard” (See § 386.72(b)(1) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(c) FMCSA may prohibit an intermodal equipment provider from tendering any intermodal equipment from a particular location or multiple locations if the agency determines the intermodal equipment provider's failure to comply with the FMCSRs constitutes an imminent hazard under § 386.72(b)(1).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Special Rules for New Entrant Non-North America-Domiciled Carriers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 76491, Dec. 16, 2008, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 385.601" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.8.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.601   Scope of rules.</HEAD>
<P>The rules in this subpart govern the application by a non-North America-domiciled motor carrier to provide transportation of property and passengers in interstate commerce in the United States. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.603" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.8.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.603   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each applicant applying under this subpart must submit an application that consists of:
</P>
<P>(1) Form MCSA-1, the URS online application; and
</P>
<P>(2) A notification of the means used to designate process agents, either by submission in the application package of Form BOC-3, Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders, or a letter stating that the applicant will use a process agent service that will submit the Form BOC-3 electronically.
</P>
<P>(b) The FMCSA will process an application only if it meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The application must be completed in English.
</P>
<P>(2) The information supplied must be accurate, complete, and include all required supporting documents and applicable certifications in accordance with the instructions to Form MCSA-1 and Form BOC-3.
</P>
<P>(3) The application must include the filing fee payable to the FMCSA in the amount set forth at 49 CFR 360.3(f)(1).
</P>
<P>(4) The application must be signed by the applicant.
</P>
<P>(c) An applicant must electronically file Form MCSA-1.
</P>
<P>(d) Form MCSA-1 is the URS online application and is available, including complete instructions, at <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs</I>.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63708, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5305, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.603 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.603T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.8.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.603T   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each applicant applying under this subpart must submit an application that consists of:
</P>
<P>(1) Form OP-1(NNA)—Application for U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) Registration by Non-North America-Domiciled Motor Carriers;
</P>
<P>(2) Form MCS-150—Motor Carrier Identification Report; and
</P>
<P>(3) A notification of the means used to designate process agents, either by submission in the application package of Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders or a letter stating that the applicant will use a process agent service that will submit the Form BOC-3 electronically.
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA will only process an application if it meets the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The application must be completed in English;
</P>
<P>(2) The information supplied must be accurate, complete, and include all required supporting documents and applicable certifications in accordance with the instructions to Form OP-1(NNA), Form MCS-150 and Form BOC-3;
</P>
<P>(3) The application must include the filing fee payable to the FMCSA in the amount set forth at 49 CFR 360.3T(f)(1); and
</P>
<P>(4) The application must be signed by the applicant.
</P>
<P>(c) An applicant must submit the application to the address provided in Form OP-1(NNA).
</P>
<P>(d) An applicant may obtain the application forms from any FMCSA Division Office or download them from the FMCSA website at: <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/forms/forms.htm.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5305, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.605" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.8.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.605   New entrant registration driver's license and drug and alcohol testing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A non-North America-domiciled motor carrier must use only drivers who possess a valid commercial driver's license—a CDL, Canadian Commercial Driver's License, or Mexican Licencia de Federal de Conductor—to operate its vehicles in the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) A non-North America-domiciled motor carrier must subject each of the drivers described in paragraph (a) of this section to drug and alcohol testing as prescribed under part 382 of this subchapter. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.607" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.8.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.607   FMCSA action on the application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FMCSA will review and act on each application submitted under this subpart in accordance with the procedures set out in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA will validate the accuracy of information and certifications provided in the application by checking, to the extent available, data maintained in databases of the governments of the country where the carrier's principal place of business is located and the United States.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pre-authorization safety audit.</I> Every non-North America-domiciled motor carrier that applies under this part must satisfactorily complete an FMCSA-administered safety audit before FMCSA will grant new entrant registration to operate in the United States. The safety audit is a review by FMCSA of the carrier's written procedures and records to validate the accuracy of information and certifications provided in the application and determine whether the carrier has established or exercises the basic safety management controls necessary to ensure safe operations. FMCSA will evaluate the results of the safety audit using the criteria in the Appendix to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) An application of a non-North America-domiciled motor carrier requesting for-hire operating authority under part 365 of this subchapter may be protested under § 365.109(b). Such a carrier will be granted new entrant registration after successful completion of the pre-authorization safety audit and the expiration of the protest period, provided the application is not protested. If a protest to the application is filed with FMCSA, new entrant registration will be granted only if FMCSA denies or rejects the protest.
</P>
<P>(e) If FMCSA grants new entrant registration to the applicant, it will assign a distinctive USDOT Number that identifies the motor carrier as authorized to operate in the United States. In order to initiate operations in the United States, a non-North America-domiciled motor carrier with new entrant registration must:
</P>
<P>(1) Have its surety or insurance provider file proof of financial responsibility in the form of certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and endorsements, as required by § 387.7(e)(2), § 387.31(e)(2), and § 387.301 of this subchapter, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(2) File or have its process agent(s) electronically submit, Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders, as required by part 366 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) A non-North America-domiciled motor carrier must comply with all provisions of the safety monitoring system in part 385, subpart I of this subchapter, including successfully passing North American Standard commercial motor vehicle inspections at least every 90 days and having safety decals affixed to each commercial motor vehicle operated in the United States as required by § 385.703(c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(g) FMCSA may not re-designate a non-North America-domiciled carrier's registration from new entrant to permanent prior to 18 months after the date its USDOT Number is issued and subject to successful completion of the safety monitoring system for non-North America-domiciled carriers set out in part 385, subpart I of this subchapter. Successful completion includes obtaining a Satisfactory safety rating as the result of a compliance review. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76491, Dec. 16, 2008, as amended at 80 FR 63708, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5306, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.607 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.607T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.8.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.607T   FMCSA action on the application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FMCSA will review and act on each application submitted under this subpart in accordance with the procedures set out in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA will validate the accuracy of information and certifications provided in the application by checking, to the extent available, data maintained in databases of the governments of the country where the carrier's principal place of business is located and the United States.
</P>
<P>(c) Pre-authorization safety audit. Every non-North America-domiciled motor carrier that applies under this part must satisfactorily complete an FMCSA-administered safety audit before FMCSA will grant new entrant registration to operate in the United States. The safety audit is a review by FMCSA of the carrier's written procedures and records to validate the accuracy of information and certifications provided in the application and determine whether the carrier has established or exercises the basic safety management controls necessary to ensure safe operations. FMCSA will evaluate the results of the safety audit using the criteria in the appendix to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) An application of a non-North America-domiciled motor carrier requesting for-hire operating authority under part 365 of this subchapter may be protested under § 365.109T(b). Such a carrier will be granted new entrant registration after successful completion of the pre-authorization safety audit and the expiration of the protest period, provided the application is not protested. If a protest to the application is filed with FMCSA, new entrant registration will be granted only if FMCSA denies or rejects the protest.
</P>
<P>(e) If FMCSA grants new entrant registration to the applicant, it will assign a distinctive USDOT Number that identifies the motor carrier as authorized to operate in the United States. In order to initiate operations in the United States, a non-North America-domiciled motor carrier with new entrant registration must:
</P>
<P>(1) Have its surety or insurance provider file proof of financial responsibility in the form of certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and endorsements, as required by §§ 387.7(e)(2), 387.31(e)(2), and 387.301T of this subchapter, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(2) File a hard copy of, or have its process agent(s) electronically submit, Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders, as required by part 366 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) A non-North America-domiciled motor carrier must comply with all provisions of the safety monitoring system in subpart I of this part, including successfully passing North American Standard commercial motor vehicle inspections at least every 90 days and having safety decals affixed to each commercial motor vehicle operated in the United States as required by § 385.703(c).
</P>
<P>(g) FMCSA may not re-designate a non-North America-domiciled carrier's registration from new entrant to permanent prior to 18 months after the date its USDOT Number is issued and subject to successful completion of the safety monitoring system for non-North America-domiciled carriers set out in subpart I of this part. Successful completion includes obtaining a Satisfactory safety rating as the result of a compliance review.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5306, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.609" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.8.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.609   Requirement to notify FMCSA of change in applicant information.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A motor carrier subject to this subpart must notify FMCSA of any changes or corrections to the information the Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders that occur during the application process or after having been granted new entrant registration.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier subject to this subpart must notify FMCSA of any changes or corrections to the information in Section A of Form MCSA-1 that occur during the application process or after the motor carrier has been granted new entrant registration. The motor carrier must report the changes or corrections within 30 days of the change. The motor carrier must use Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, to report the new information.
</P>
<P>(3) A motor carrier must notify FMCSA in writing within 45 days of the change or correction to information under paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) If a motor carrier fails to comply with paragraph (a) of this section, FMCSA may suspend or revoke its new entrant registration until it meets those requirements. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76491, Dec. 16, 2008, as amended at 78 FR 52650, Aug. 23, 2013; 80 FR 63708, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5306, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.609 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.609T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.8.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.609T   Requirement to notify FMCSA of change in applicant information.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A motor carrier subject to this subpart must notify FMCSA of any changes or corrections to the information the Form BOC-3—Designation of Agents—Motor Carriers, Brokers and Freight Forwarders that occur during the application process or after having been granted new entrant registration.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier subject to this subpart must notify FMCSA of any changes or corrections to the information in Section I, IA or II of Form OP-1(NNA)—Application for U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) Registration by Non-North America-Domiciled Motor Carriers that occurs during the application process or after having been granted new entrant registration.
</P>
<P>(3) A motor carrier must notify FMCSA in writing within 45 days of the change or correction to information under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) If a motor carrier fails to comply with paragraph (a) of this section, FMCSA may suspend or revoke its new entrant registration until it meets those requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5306, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix to" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.8.11.9.12" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix to Subpart H of Part 385—Explanation of Pre-Authorization Safety Audit Evaluation Criteria for Non-North America-Domiciled Motor Carriers 
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. General
</HD1>
<P>(a) FMCSA will perform a safety audit of each non-North America-domiciled motor carrier before granting the carrier new entrant registration to operate within the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA will conduct the safety audit at a location specified by the FMCSA. All records and documents must be made available for examination within 48 hours after a request is made. Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays are excluded from the computation of the 48-hour period.
</P>
<P>(c) The safety audit will include:
</P>
<P>(1) Verification of available performance data and safety management programs;
</P>
<P>(2) Verification of a controlled substances and alcohol testing program consistent with part 40 of this title;
</P>
<P>(3) Verification of the carrier's system of compliance with hours-of-service rules in part 395 of this subchapter, including recordkeeping and retention;
</P>
<P>(4) Verification of proof of financial responsibility;
</P>
<P>(5) Review of available data concerning the carrier's safety history, and other information necessary to determine the carrier's preparedness to comply with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations, parts 382 through 399 of this subchapter, and the Federal Hazardous Material Regulations, parts 171 through 180 of this title;
</P>
<P>(6) Inspection of available commercial motor vehicles to be used under new entrant registration, if any of these vehicles have not received a decal required by § 385.703(c) of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(7) Evaluation of the carrier's safety inspection, maintenance, and repair facilities or management systems, including verification of records of periodic vehicle inspections;
</P>
<P>(8) Verification of drivers' qualifications, including confirmation of the validity of the CDL, Canadian Commercial Driver's License, or Mexican Licencia de Federal de Conductor, as applicable, of each driver the carrier intends to assign to operate under its new entrant registration; and
</P>
<P>(9) An interview of carrier officials to review safety management controls and evaluate any written safety oversight policies and practices.
</P>
<P>(d) To successfully complete the safety audit, a non-North America-domiciled motor carrier must demonstrate to FMCSA that it has the required elements in paragraphs I (c)(2), (3), (4), (7), and (8) of this appendix and other basic safety management controls in place which function adequately to ensure minimum acceptable compliance with the applicable safety requirements. FMCSA developed “safety audit evaluation criteria,” which uses data from the safety audit and roadside inspections to determine that each applicant for new entrant registration has basic safety management controls in place.
</P>
<P>(e) The safety audit evaluation process developed by FMCSA is used to:
</P>
<P>(1) Evaluate basic safety management controls and determine if each non-North America-domiciled carrier and each driver is able to operate safely in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(2) Identify motor carriers and drivers who are having safety problems and need improvement in their compliance with the FMCSRs and the HMRs, before FMCSA issues new entrant registration to operate within the United States. 
</P>
<HD1>II. Source of the Data for the Safety Audit Evaluation Criteria
</HD1>
<P>(a) The FMCSA's evaluation criteria are built upon the operational tool known as the safety audit. FMCSA developed this tool to assist auditors, inspectors, and investigators in assessing the adequacy of a non-North America-domiciled carrier's basic safety management controls.
</P>
<P>(b) The safety audit is a review of a non-North America-domiciled motor carrier's operation and is used to:
</P>
<P>(1) Determine if a carrier has the basic safety management controls required by 49 U.S.C. 31144; and
</P>
<P>(2) In the event that a carrier is found not to be in compliance with applicable FMCSRs and HMRs, educate the carrier on how to comply with U.S. safety rules.
</P>
<P>(c) Documents such as those contained in driver qualification files, records of duty status, vehicle maintenance records, drug and alcohol testing records, and other records are reviewed for compliance with the FMCSRs and HMRs. Violations are cited on the safety audit. Performance-based information, when available, is utilized to evaluate the carrier's compliance with the vehicle regulations. Recordable accident information is also collected. 
</P>
<HD1>III. Overall Determination of the Carrier's Basic Safety Management Controls
</HD1>
<P>(a) The carrier will not receive new entrant registration if FMCSA cannot:
</P>
<P>(1) Verify a controlled substances and alcohol testing program consistent with part 40 of this title;
</P>
<P>(2) Verify a system of compliance with the hours-of-service rules of this subchapter, including recordkeeping and retention;
</P>
<P>(3) Verify proof of financial responsibility;
</P>
<P>(4) Verify records of periodic vehicle inspections; and
</P>
<P>(5) Verify the qualifications of each driver the carrier intends to assign to operate commercial motor vehicles in the United States, as required by parts 383 and 391 of this subchapter, including confirming the validity of each driver's CDL, Canadian Commercial Driver's License, or Mexican Licencia de Federal de Conductor, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) If FMCSA confirms each item under paragraphs III (a)(1) through (5) of this appendix, the carrier will receive new entrant registration, unless FMCSA finds the carrier has inadequate basic safety management controls in at least three separate factors described in part IV of this appendix. If FMCSA makes such a determination, the carrier's application for new entrant registration will be denied. 
</P>
<HD1>IV. Evaluation of Regulatory Compliance
</HD1>
<P>(a) During the safety audit, FMCSA gathers information by reviewing a motor carrier's compliance with “acute” and “critical” regulations of the FMCSRs and HMRs.
</P>
<P>(b) Acute regulations are those where noncompliance is so severe as to require immediate corrective actions by a motor carrier regardless of the overall basic safety management controls of the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(c) Critical regulations are those where noncompliance relates to management and/or operational controls. These are indicative of breakdowns in a carrier's management controls.
</P>
<P>(d) The list of the acute and critical regulations, which are used in determining if a carrier has basic safety management controls in place, is included in Appendix B, VII, List of Acute and Critical Regulations to part 385 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(e) Noncompliance with acute and critical regulations are indicators of inadequate safety management controls and usually higher than average accident rates.
</P>
<P>(f) Parts of the FMCSRs and the HMRs having similar characteristics are combined together into six regulatory areas called “factors.” The regulatory factors, evaluated on the adequacy of the carrier's safety management controls, are:
</P>
<P>(1) Factor 1—General: Parts 387 and 390;
</P>
<P>(2) Factor 2—Driver: Parts 382, 383, and 391;
</P>
<P>(3) Factor 3—Operational: Parts 392 and 395;
</P>
<P>(4) Factor 4—Vehicle; Parts 393, 396 and inspection data for the last 12 months;
</P>
<P>(5) Factor 5—Hazardous Materials: Parts 171, 177, 180 and 397; and
</P>
<P>(6) Factor 6—Accident: Recordable Accident Rate per Million Miles.
</P>
<P>(g) For each instance of noncompliance with an acute regulation, 1.5 points will be assessed.
</P>
<P>(h) For each instance of noncompliance with a critical regulation, 1 point will be assessed.
</P>
<P>(i) Vehicle Factor. (1) When at least three vehicle inspections are recorded in the Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS) during the twelve months before the safety audit or performed at the time of the review, the Vehicle Factor (part 396) will be evaluated on the basis of the Out-of-Service (OOS) rates and noncompliance with acute and critical regulations. The results of the review of the OOS rate will affect the Vehicle Factor as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) If the motor carrier has had at least three roadside inspections in the twelve months before the safety audit, and the vehicle OOS rate is 34 percent or higher, one point will be assessed against the carrier. That point will be added to any other points assessed for discovered noncompliance with acute and critical regulations of part 396 of this chapter to determine the carrier's level of safety management control for that factor.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the motor carrier's vehicle OOS rate is less than 34 percent, or if there are less than three inspections, the determination of the carrier's level of safety management controls will only be based on discovered noncompliance with the acute and critical regulations of part 396 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Roadside inspection information is retained in the MCMIS and is integral to evaluating a motor carrier's ability to successfully maintain its vehicles, thus preventing being placed OOS during a roadside inspection. Each safety audit will continue to have the requirements of part 396 of this chapter, Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance, reviewed as indicated by the above explanation.
</P>
<P>(j) Accident Factor. (1) In addition to the five regulatory factors, a sixth factor is included in the process to address the accident history of the motor carrier. This factor is the recordable accident rate, which the carrier has experienced during the past 12 months. Recordable accident, as defined in 49 CFR 390.5, means an accident involving a commercial motor vehicle operating on a public road in interstate or intrastate commerce which results in a fatality; a bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or one or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident requiring the motor vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) The recordable accident rate will be used in determining the carrier's basic safety management controls in Factor 6, Accident. It will be used only when a carrier incurs two or more recordable accidents within the 12 months before the safety audit. An urban carrier (a carrier operating entirely within a radius of 100 air miles) with a recordable rate per million miles greater than 1.7 will be deemed to have inadequate basic safety management controls for the accident factor. All other carriers with a recordable accident rate per million miles greater than 1.5 will be deemed to have inadequate basic safety management controls for the accident factor. The rates are the result of roughly doubling the United States national average accident rate in Fiscal Years 1994, 1995, and 1996.
</P>
<P>(4) FMCSA will continue to consider preventability when a new entrant contests the evaluation of the accident factor by presenting compelling evidence that the recordable rate is not a fair means of evaluating its accident factor. Preventability will be determined according to the following standard: “If a driver, who exercises normal judgment and foresight, could have foreseen the possibility of the accident that in fact occurred, and avoided it by taking steps within his/her control which would not have risked causing another kind of mishap, the accident was preventable.”
</P>
<P>(k) Factor Ratings. (1) The following table shows the five regulatory factors, parts of the FMCSRs and HMRs associated with each factor, and the accident factor. Each carrier's level of basic safety management controls with each factor is determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Factor 1—General: Parts 390 and 387;
</P>
<P>(ii) Factor 2—Driver: Parts 382, 383, and 391;
</P>
<P>(iii) Factor 3—Operational: Parts 392 and 395;
</P>
<P>(iv) Factor 4—Vehicle: Parts 393, 396 and the Out of Service Rate;
</P>
<P>(v) Factor 5—Hazardous Materials: Part 171, 177, 180 and 397; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Factor 6—Accident: Recordable Accident Rate per Million Miles;
</P>
<P>(2) For paragraphs IV (k)(1)(i) through (v) of this appendix (Factors 1 through 5), if the combined violations of acute and/or critical regulations for each factor is equal to three or more points, the carrier is determined not to have basic safety management controls for that individual factor.
</P>
<P>(3) For paragraph IV (k)(1)(vi) of this appendix, if the recordable accident rate is greater than 1.7 recordable accidents per million miles for an urban carrier (1.5 for all other carriers), the carrier is determined to have inadequate basic safety management controls.
</P>
<P>(l) Notwithstanding FMCSA verification of the items listed in paragraphs III (a)(1) through (5) of this appendix, if the safety audit determines the carrier has inadequate basic safety management controls in at least three separate factors described in paragraph III of this appendix, the carrier's application for new entrant registration will be denied. For example, FMCSA evaluates a carrier finding:
</P>
<P>(1) One instance of noncompliance with a critical regulation in part 387 scoring one point for Factor 1;
</P>
<P>(2) Two instances of noncompliance with acute regulations in part 382 scoring three points for Factor 2;
</P>
<P>(3) Three instances of noncompliance with critical regulations in part 396 scoring three points for Factor 4; and
</P>
<P>(4) Three instances of noncompliance with acute regulations in parts 171 and 397 scoring four and one-half (4.5) points for Factor 5.
</P>
<P>Under this example, the carrier will not receive new entrant registration because it scored three or more points for Factors 2, 4, and 5 and FMCSA determined the carrier had inadequate basic safety management controls in at least three separate factors.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Safety Monitoring System for Non-North American Carriers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 76494, Dec. 16, 2008, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 385.701" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.9.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.701   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Compliance review</I> means a compliance review as defined in § 385.3 of this part.
</P>
<P><I>New entrant registration</I> means the provisional registration under subpart H of this part that FMCSA grants to a non-North America-domiciled motor carrier to provide interstate transportation within the United States. It will be revoked if the registrant is not assigned a Satisfactory safety rating following a compliance review conducted during the safety monitoring period established in this subpart.
</P>
<P><I>Non-North America-domiciled motor carrier</I> means a motor carrier of property or passengers whose principal place of business is located in a country other than the United States, Canada or Mexico. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.703" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.9.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.703   Safety monitoring system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each non-North America-domiciled carrier new entrant will be subject to an oversight program to monitor its compliance with applicable Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs), Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSSs), and Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMRs).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Roadside monitoring.</I> Each non-North America-domiciled carrier new entrant will be subject to intensified monitoring through frequent roadside inspections.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Safety decal.</I> Each non-North America-domiciled carrier must have on every commercial motor vehicle it operates in the United States a current decal attesting to a satisfactory North American Standard Commercial Vehicle inspection by a certified FMCSA or State inspector pursuant to 49 CFR 350.201(k). This requirement applies during the new entrant operating period and for three years after the carrier's registration becomes permanent following removal of its new entrant designation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compliance review.</I> FMCSA will conduct a compliance review on a non-North America-domiciled carrier within 18 months after FMCSA issues the carrier a USDOT Number. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.705" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.9.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.705   Expedited action.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A non-North America-domiciled motor carrier committing any of the following actions identified through roadside inspections, or by any other means, may be subjected to an expedited compliance review, or may be required to submit a written response demonstrating corrective action:
</P>
<P>(1) Using a driver not possessing, or operating without, a valid CDL, Canadian Commercial Driver's License, or Mexican Licencia Federal de Conductor. An invalid commercial driver's license includes one that is falsified, revoked, expired, or missing a required endorsement.
</P>
<P>(2) Operating a vehicle placed out of service for violations of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations without taking the necessary corrective action.
</P>
<P>(3) Being involved in, through action or omission, a hazardous materials reportable incident, as described under 49 CFR 171.15 or 171.16, within the United States involving—
</P>
<P>(i) A highway route controlled quantity of certain radioactive materials (Class 7).
</P>
<P>(ii) Any quantity of certain explosives (Class 1, Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3).
</P>
<P>(iii) Any quantity of certain poison inhalation hazard materials (Zone A or B).
</P>
<P>(4) Being involved in, through action or omission, two or more hazardous materials reportable incidents, as described under 49 CFR 171.15 or 171.16, occurring within the United States and involving any hazardous material not listed in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Using a driver who tests positive for controlled substances or alcohol or who refuses to submit to required controlled substances or alcohol tests.
</P>
<P>(6) Operating within the United States a commercial motor vehicle without the levels of financial responsibility required under part 387 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(7) Having a driver or vehicle out-of-service rate of 50 percent or more based upon at least three inspections occurring within a consecutive 90-day period.
</P>
<P>(b) Failure to respond to an Agency demand for a written response demonstrating corrective action within 30 days will result in the suspension of the carrier's new entrant registration until the required showing of corrective action is submitted to the FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(c) A satisfactory response to a written demand for corrective action does not excuse a carrier from the requirement that it undergo a compliance review during the new entrant registration period. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.707" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.9.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.707   The compliance review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The criteria used in a compliance review to determine whether a non-North America-domiciled new entrant exercises the necessary basic safety management controls are specified in appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Satisfactory Rating.</I> If FMCSA assigns a non-North America-domiciled carrier a Satisfactory rating following a compliance review conducted under this subpart, FMCSA will provide the carrier written notice as soon as practicable, but not later than 45 days after the completion of the compliance review. The carrier's registration will remain in provisional status and its on-highway performance will continue to be closely monitored for the remainder of the 18-month new entrant registration period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conditional Rating.</I> If FMCSA assigns a non-North America-domiciled carrier a Conditional rating following a compliance review conducted under this subpart, it will initiate a revocation proceeding in accordance with § 385.709 of this subpart. The carrier's new entrant registration will not be suspended prior to the conclusion of the revocation proceeding.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Unsatisfactory Rating.</I> If FMCSA assigns a non-North America-domiciled carrier an Unsatisfactory rating following a compliance review conducted under this subpart, it will initiate a suspension and revocation proceeding in accordance with § 385.709 of this subpart. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.709" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.9.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.709   Suspension and revocation of non-North America-domiciled carrier registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a carrier is assigned an “Unsatisfactory” safety rating following a compliance review conducted under this subpart, FMCSA will provide the carrier written notice, as soon as practicable, that its registration will be suspended effective 15 days from the service date of the notice unless the carrier demonstrates, within 10 days of the service date of the notice, that the compliance review contains material error.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, material error is a mistake or series of mistakes that resulted in an erroneous safety rating.
</P>
<P>(c) If the carrier demonstrates that the compliance review contained material error, its new entrant registration will not be suspended. If the carrier fails to show a material error in the compliance review, FMCSA will issue an Order:
</P>
<P>(1) Suspending the carrier's new entrant registration and requiring it to immediately cease all further operations in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(2) Notifying the carrier that its new entrant registration will be revoked unless it presents evidence of necessary corrective action within 30 days from the service date of the Order.
</P>
<P>(d) If a carrier is assigned a “Conditional” rating following a compliance review conducted under this subpart, the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section will apply, except that its new entrant registration will not be suspended under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) If a carrier subject to this subpart fails to provide the necessary documents for a compliance review upon reasonable request, or fails to submit evidence of the necessary corrective action as required by § 385.705 of this subpart, FMCSA will provide the carrier with written notice, as soon as practicable, that its new entrant registration will be suspended 15 days from the service date of the notice unless it provides all necessary documents or information. This suspension will remain in effect until the necessary documents or information is produced and:
</P>
<P>(1) The carrier is rated Satisfactory after a compliance review; or
</P>
<P>(2) FMCSA determines, following review of the carrier's response to a demand for corrective action under § 385.705, that the carrier has taken the necessary corrective action.
</P>
<P>(f) If a carrier commits any of the actions specified in § 385.705(a) of this subpart after the removal of a suspension issued under this section, the suspension will be automatically reinstated. FMCSA will issue an Order requiring the carrier to cease further operations in the United States and demonstrate, within 15 days from the service date of the Order, that it did not commit the alleged action(s). If the carrier fails to demonstrate that it did not commit the action(s), FMCSA will issue an Order revoking its new entrant registration.
</P>
<P>(g) If FMCSA receives credible evidence that a carrier has operated in violation of a suspension order issued under this section, it will issue an Order requiring the carrier to show cause, within 10 days of the service date of the Order, why its new entrant registration should not be revoked. If the carrier fails to make the necessary showing, FMCSA will revoke its registration.
</P>
<P>(h) If a non-North America-domiciled motor carrier operates a commercial motor vehicle in violation of a suspension or out-of-service order, it is subject to the penalty provisions in 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(2)(A), as adjusted by inflation, not to exceed amounts for each offense under part 386, Appendix B of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(i) Notwithstanding any provision of this subpart, a carrier subject to this subpart is also subject to the suspension and revocation provisions of 49 U.S.C. 13905 for repeated violations of DOT regulations governing its motor carrier operations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.711" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.9.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.711   Administrative review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A non-North America-domiciled motor carrier may request FMCSA to conduct an administrative review if it believes FMCSA has committed an error in assigning a safety rating or suspending or revoking the carrier's new entrant registration under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier must submit its request in writing, in English, to FMCSA, ATTN: § 385.113 Request for Administrative Review, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(c) The carrier's request must explain the error it believes FMCSA committed in assigning the safety rating or suspending or revoking the carrier's new entrant registration and include any information or documents that support its argument.
</P>
<P>(d) FMCSA will complete its administrative review no later than 10 days after the carrier submits its request for review. FMCSA's decision will constitute the final Agency action. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76494, Dec. 16, 2008, as amended at 86 FR 57070, Oct. 14, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.713" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.9.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.713   Reapplying for new entrant registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A non-North America-domiciled motor carrier whose provisional new entrant registration has been revoked may reapply for new entrant registration no sooner than 30 days after the date of revocation.
</P>
<P>(b) If the provisional new entrant registration was revoked because the new entrant failed to receive a Satisfactory rating after undergoing a compliance review, the new entrant must do all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Submit an updated Form MCSA-1, the URS online application;
</P>
<P>(2) Submit evidence that it has corrected the deficiencies that resulted in revocation of its registration and will otherwise ensure that it will have basic safety management controls in effect.
</P>
<P>(3) Successfully complete a pre-authorization safety audit in accordance with § 385.607(c) of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Begin the 18-month new entrant monitoring cycle again as of the date the re-filed application is approved.
</P>
<P>(c) If the provisional new entrant registration was revoked because FMCSA found the new entrant failed to submit to a compliance review, the new entrant must do all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Submit an updated Form MCSA-1, the URS online application;
</P>
<P>(2) Successfully complete a pre-authorization safety audit in accordance with § 385.607(c) of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) Begin the 18-month new entrant monitoring cycle again as of the date the re-filed application is approved.
</P>
<P>(4) Submit to a compliance review upon request.
</P>
<P>(d) If the new entrant is a for-hire carrier subject to the registration provisions under 49 U.S.C. 13901 and also has had its operating authority revoked, it must reapply for operating authority as set forth in § 390.201(b) and part 365 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76494, Dec. 16, 2008, as amended at 80 FR 63708, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5306, Jan. 17, 2017, § 385.713 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.713T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.9.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.713T   Reapplying for new entrant registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A non-North America-domiciled motor carrier whose provisional new entrant registration has been revoked may reapply for new entrant registration no sooner than 30 days after the date of revocation.
</P>
<P>(b) If the provisional new entrant registration was revoked because the new entrant failed to receive a Satisfactory rating after undergoing a compliance review, the new entrant must do all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Submit an updated MCS-150.
</P>
<P>(2) Submit evidence that it has corrected the deficiencies that resulted in revocation of its registration and will otherwise ensure that it will have basic safety management controls in effect.
</P>
<P>(3) Successfully complete a pre-authorization safety audit in accordance with § 385.607T(c).
</P>
<P>(4) Begin the 18-month new entrant monitoring cycle again as of the date the re-filed application is approved.
</P>
<P>(c) If the provisional new entrant registration was revoked because FMCSA found that the new entrant had failed to submit to a compliance review, it must do all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Submit an updated MCS-150.
</P>
<P>(2) Successfully complete a pre-authorization safety audit in accordance with § 385.607T(c).
</P>
<P>(3) Begin the 18-month new entrant monitoring cycle again as of the date the re-filed application is approved.
</P>
<P>(4) Submit to a compliance review upon request.
</P>
<P>(d) If the new entrant is a for-hire carrier subject to the registration provisions under 49 U.S.C. 13901 and also has had its operating authority revoked, it must re-apply for operating authority as set forth in part 365 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5306, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.715" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.9.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.715   Duration of safety monitoring system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each non-North America-domiciled carrier subject to this subpart will remain in the safety monitoring system for at least 18 months from the date FMCSA issues its new entrant registration, except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) If, at the end of this 18-month period, the carrier's most recent safety rating was Satisfactory and no additional enforcement or safety improvement actions are pending under this subpart, the non-North America-domiciled carrier's new entrant registration will become permanent.
</P>
<P>(c) If, at the end of this 18-month period, FMCSA has not been able to conduct a compliance review, the carrier will remain in the safety monitoring system until a compliance review is conducted. If the results of the compliance review are satisfactory, the carrier's new entrant registration will become permanent.
</P>
<P>(d) If, at the end of this 18-month period, the carrier's new entrant registration is suspended under § 385.709(a) of this subpart, the carrier will remain in the safety monitoring system until FMCSA either:
</P>
<P>(1) Determines that the carrier has taken corrective action; or
</P>
<P>(2) Completes measures to revoke the carrier's new entrant registration under § 385.709(c) of this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.717" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.9.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.717   Applicability of safety fitness and enforcement procedures.</HEAD>
<P>At all times during which a non-North America-domiciled motor carrier is subject to the safety monitoring system in this subpart, it is also subject to the general safety fitness procedures established in subpart A of this part and to compliance and enforcement procedures applicable to all carriers regulated by the FMCSA.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Pattern or Practice of Safety Violations by Motor Carrier Management</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 3537, Jan. 22, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 385.901" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.11.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.901   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements in this subpart apply to for-hire motor carriers, employers, officers and persons registered or required to be registered under 49 U.S.C. 13902, 49 CFR part 365, and 49 CFR part 368. When used in this subpart, the term “motor carrier” includes all for-hire motor carriers, employers, officers and other persons, however designated, that are registered or required to be registered under 49 U.S.C. 13902, 49 CFR part 365, and 49 CFR part 368.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.903" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.11.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.903   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Agency Official</I> means the FMCSA employee with delegated authority under this subpart.
</P>
<P><I>Controlling Influence</I> means having or exercising authority, whether by act or omission, to direct some or all of a motor carrier's operational policy and/or safety management controls.
</P>
<P><I>Officer</I> means an owner, director, chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, safety director, vehicle maintenance supervisor, and driver supervisor of a motor carrier, regardless of the title attached to those functions, and any person, however designated, exercising controlling influence over the operations of a motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Registration</I> means the registration required under 49 U.S.C. 13902, 49 CFR part 365, and 49 CFR part 368.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 3537, Jan. 22, 2014, as amended at 86 FR 57070, Oct. 14, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.905" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.11.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.905   Suspension or revocation of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) If a motor carrier engages or has engaged in a pattern or practice of avoiding compliance, or masking or otherwise concealing noncompliance, with regulations on commercial motor vehicle safety under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 311, subchapter III, FMCSA may suspend or revoke the motor carrier's registration.
</P>
<P>(2) If a motor carrier permits any person to exercise controlling influence over the motor carrier's operations and that person engages in or has engaged in a pattern or practice of avoiding compliance, or masking or otherwise concealing noncompliance, with regulations on commercial motor vehicle safety 49 U.S.C. Chapter 311, subchapter III while acting on behalf of any motor carrier, FMCSA may suspend or revoke the motor carrier's registration.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determination.</I> (1) The Agency Official may issue an order to revoke or suspend a motor carrier's registration, or require compliance with an order issued to redress violations of a statutory or regulatory requirement prescribed under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 311, subchapter III, upon a determination that the motor carrier engages or has engaged in a pattern or practice of avoiding regulatory compliance or masking or otherwise concealing regulatory noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(2) The Agency Official may issue an order to revoke or suspend a motor carrier's registration, or require compliance with an order issued to redress violations of a statutory or regulatory requirement prescribed under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 311, subchapter III, upon a determination that the motor carrier permitted a person to exercise controlling influence over the motor carrier's operations if that person engages in or has engaged in a pattern or practice of avoiding regulatory compliance or masking or otherwise concealing regulatory noncompliance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.907" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.11.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.907   Regulatory noncompliance.</HEAD>
<P>A motor carrier or person acting on behalf of a motor carrier avoids regulatory compliance or masks or otherwise conceals regulatory noncompliance by, independently or on behalf of another motor carrier, failing to or concealing failure to:
</P>
<P>(a) Comply with statutory or regulatory requirements prescribed under 49 U.S.C., Chapter 311, subchapter III;
</P>
<P>(b) Comply with an FMCSA or State order issued to redress violations of a statutory or regulatory requirement prescribed under 49 U.S.C., Chapter 311, subchapter III;
</P>
<P>(c) Pay a civil penalty assessed for a violation of a statutory or regulatory requirement prescribed under 49 U.S.C., Chapter 311, subchapter III; or
</P>
<P>(d) Respond to an enforcement action for a violation of a statutory or regulatory requirement prescribed under 49 U.S.C., Chapter 311, subchapter III.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.909" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.11.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.909   Pattern or practice.</HEAD>
<P>The Agency Official may determine that a motor carrier or person acting on behalf of a motor carrier engages or has engaged in a pattern or practice of avoiding regulatory compliance, or masking or otherwise concealing regulatory noncompliance for purposes of this subpart, by considering, among other things, the following factors, which, in the case of persons acting on behalf of a motor carrier, may be related to conduct undertaken on behalf of any motor carrier:
</P>
<P>(a) The frequency, remoteness in time, or continuing nature of the conduct;
</P>
<P>(b) The extent to which the regulatory violations caused by the conduct create a risk to safety;
</P>
<P>(c) The degree to which the conduct has affected the safety of operations, including taking into account any crashes, deaths, or injuries associated with the conduct;
</P>
<P>(d) Whether the motor carrier or person acting on a motor carrier's behalf knew or should have known that the conduct violated applicable statutory or regulatory requirements;
</P>
<P>(e) Safety performance history, including pending or closed enforcement actions, if any;
</P>
<P>(f) Whether the motor carrier or person acting on a motor carrier's behalf engaged in the conduct for the purpose of avoiding compliance or masking or otherwise concealing noncompliance; and
</P>
<P>(g) In the case of a person acting on a motor carrier's behalf, the extent to which the person exercises a controlling influence on the motor carrier's operations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.911" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.11.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.911   Suspension proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Agency Official may issue an order to suspend a motor carrier's registration based on a determination made in accordance with § 385.905(b).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commencement of proceedings.</I> The Agency Official commences a proceeding under this section by serving an order to show cause to the motor carrier and, if the proceeding is based on the conduct of another person, by also serving a copy on the person alleged to have engaged in the pattern or practice that resulted in a proceeding instituted under this section, which:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides notice that the Agency is considering whether to suspend the motor carrier's registration;
</P>
<P>(2) Provides notice of the factual and legal basis for the order;
</P>
<P>(3) Directs the motor carrier to show good cause within 30 days of service of the order to show cause why its registration should not be suspended;
</P>
<P>(4) Informs the motor carrier that its response to the order to show cause must be in writing, state the factual and legal basis for its response, and include all documentation, if any, the motor carrier wants considered;
</P>
<P>(5) Informs the motor carrier of the address and name of the person to whom the response should be directed and served;
</P>
<P>(6) Provides notice to the person(s) alleged to have engaged in the pattern or practice that resulted in the proceeding instituted under this section, if any, of their right to intervene in the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(7) Informs the motor carrier that its registration will be suspended on the 35th day after service of the order, if the motor carrier or an intervening person does not respond to the order.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Right of individual person(s) to intervene.</I> A person(s) alleged to have engaged in the pattern or practice that resulted in a proceeding under this section may intervene in the proceeding. The person(s) may—but are not required to—serve a separate response and supporting documentation to an order served under paragraph (b) of this section, within 30 days of being served with the order. Failure to timely serve a response constitutes waiver of the right to intervene.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Review of response.</I> The Agency Official will review the responses to the order to show cause and determine whether the motor carrier's registration should be suspended.
</P>
<P>(1) The Agency Official may take the following actions:
</P>
<P>(i) If the Agency Official determines that the motor carrier's registration should be suspended, he or she will enter an order suspending the registration;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Agency Official determines that it is not appropriate to suspend the motor carrier's registration, he or she may enter an order directing the motor carrier to correct compliance deficiencies; or
</P>
<P>(iii) If the Agency Official determines the motor carrier's registration should not be suspended and a compliance order is not warranted, he or she will enter an order terminating the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Agency Official issues an order to suspend the motor carrier's registration, the order will:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide notice to the motor carrier and any intervening person(s) of the right to petition for administrative review of the order within 15 days of service of the order suspending registration, and provide notice of the procedures in paragraph (e) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide notice that a timely petition for administrative review will stay the effective date of the order unless the Assistant Administrator orders otherwise for good cause; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide notice that failure to timely serve a petition for administrative review constitutes waiver of the right to contest the order suspending the registration and will result in the order becoming a Final Agency Order 20 days after it is served.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Administrative review.</I> The motor carrier or the intervening person(s) may petition the Assistant Administrator for review of an order issued under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section. The petition must be in writing and served on the Assistant Administrator. Service on the Assistant Administrator is effected by delivering a copy to USDOT Dockets, Docket Operations, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, West Building Ground Floor, Room 12-140, SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001 or by submitting the documents electronically to <I>www.regulations.gov.</I> The petition must also be served on all parties to the proceedings and on Adjudications Counsel, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(1) A petition for review must be served within 15 days of the service date of the order for which review is requested. Failure to timely serve a request for review waives the right to request review.
</P>
<P>(2) A petition for review must include:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the order in dispute;
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of the petitioner's response to the order in dispute, with supporting documents if any;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement of all legal, factual and procedural issues in dispute; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Written argument in support of the petitioner's position regarding the legal, factual or procedural issues in dispute.
</P>
<P>(3) The Agency Official must serve a response to the petition for review no later than 15 days following receipt of the petition. The Agency Official must address each assignment of error by producing evidence or legal argument which supports the Agency Official's determination on that issue. The Agency Official's determination may be supported by circumstantial or direct evidence and the reasonable inferences drawn therefrom.
</P>
<P>(4) The Assistant Administrator's review is limited to the legal, factual and procedural issues identified in the petition for review. The Assistant Administrator may, however, ask the parties to submit additional information. If the petitioner does not provide the information requested, the Assistant Administrator may dismiss the petition for review.
</P>
<P>(5) The Assistant Administrator will serve a written decision on the petition for review within 60 days of the close of the time period for serving a response to the petition for review or the date of service of the response served under paragraph (e)(3), whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(6) If a petition for review is timely served in accordance with this section, the disputed order is stayed, pending the Assistant Administrator's review. The Assistant Administrator may enter an order vacating the automatic stay in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(i) The Agency Official may file a motion to vacate the automatic stay demonstrating good cause why the order should not be stayed. The Agency Official's motion must be in writing, state the factual and legal basis for the motion, be accompanied by affidavits or other evidence relied on, and be served on all parties.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within 10 days of service of the motion to vacate the automatic stay, the petitioner may serve an answer in opposition, accompanied by affidavits or other evidence relied on.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Assistant Administrator will issue a decision on the motion to vacate within 10 days of the close of the time period for serving the answer to the motion. The 60-day period for a decision on the petition for review in paragraph (e)(5) of this section does not begin until the Assistant Administrator issues a decision on the motion to vacate the stay.
</P>
<P>(7) The Assistant Administrator's decision on a petition for review of an order issued under this section constitutes the Final Agency Order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.913" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.11.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.913   Revocation proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Agency Official may issue an order to revoke a motor carrier's registration, if he or she:
</P>
<P>(1) Makes a determination in accordance with § 385.905(b), and
</P>
<P>(2) Determines that the motor carrier has willfully violated any order directing compliance with any statutory or regulatory requirement prescribed under 49 U.S.C., Chapter 311, subchapter III for a period of at least 30 days.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commencement of proceedings.</I> The Agency Official commences a proceeding under this section by serving an order to show cause to the motor carrier and, if the proceeding is based on the conduct of another person, by also serving a copy on the person alleged to have engaged in the pattern or practice that resulted in a proceeding instituted under this section, which:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides notice that the Agency is considering whether to revoke the motor carrier's registration;
</P>
<P>(2) Provides notice of the factual and legal basis for the order;
</P>
<P>(3) Directs the motor carrier to comply with a statute, regulation or condition of its registration;
</P>
<P>(4) Informs the motor carrier that the response to the order to show cause must be in writing, state the factual and legal basis for its response and include all documentation, if any, the motor carrier wants considered;
</P>
<P>(5) Informs the motor carrier of the address and name of the person to whom the response should be directed and served;
</P>
<P>(6) Provides notice to the person, if any, of his or her right to intervene in the proceeding within 30 days of service of the order; and
</P>
<P>(7) Informs the motor carrier that its registration may be revoked on the 35th day after service of the order issued under this section if the motor carrier or intervening person has not demonstrated, in writing, compliance with the order, or otherwise shown good cause why compliance is not required or the registration should not be revoked.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Right of individual person(s) to intervene.</I> A person(s) alleged to have engaged in the pattern or practice that resulted in a proceeding instituted under this section may intervene in the proceeding. The person(s) may—but are not required to—serve a separate response and supporting documentation to an order served under paragraph (b) of this section, within 30 days of being served with the order. Failure to timely serve a response constitutes waiver of the right to intervene. If the Agency Official previously issued an order under § 385.911 based on the same conduct, a person who was given the opportunity to but did not intervene under § 385.911(c) may not intervene under this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Review of response.</I> The Agency Official will review the response(s) to the order and determine whether the motor carrier's registration should be revoked.
</P>
<P>(1) The Agency Official will take one of the following actions:
</P>
<P>(i) If the Agency Official determines the motor carrier's registration should be revoked, he or she will enter an order revoking the motor carrier's registration; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Agency Official determines the motor carrier's registration should not be revoked, he or she will enter an order terminating the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Agency Official issues an order to revoke the motor carrier's registration, the order will:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide notice to the motor carrier and any intervening person(s) of the right to petition for administrative review of the order within 15 days of service of the order revoking the motor carrier's registration, and provide notice of the procedures in § 385.911(e);
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide notice that a timely petition for review will stay the effective date of the order unless the Assistant Administrator orders otherwise for good cause; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide notice that failure to timely serve a petition for review constitutes waiver of the right to contest the order revoking the motor carrier's registration and will result in the order becoming a Final Agency Order 20 days after it is served.
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide notice that a Final Agency Order revoking the motor carrier's registration will remain in effect and bar approval of any subsequent application for registration until rescinded by the Agency Official pursuant to § 385.915.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Administrative review.</I> The motor carrier or intervening person may petition the Assistant Administrator for review of an order issued under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section by following the procedures set forth in § 385.911(e).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.915" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.11.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.915   Petitions for rescission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A motor carrier or intervening person may submit a petition for rescission of an order suspending or revoking registration under this subpart based on action taken to correct the deficiencies that resulted in the suspension or revocation.
</P>
<P>(b) A petition for rescission must be made in writing to the Agency Official.
</P>
<P>(c) A petition for rescission must include a copy of the order suspending or revoking the motor carrier's registration, a factual statement identifying all corrective action taken, and copies of supporting documentation.
</P>
<P>(d) The Agency Official will issue a written decision on the petition within 60 days of service of the petition. The decision will state the factual and legal basis for the decision.
</P>
<P>(e) If the Agency Official grants the petition, the written decision under paragraph (d) is the Final Agency Order. Rescinding an order suspending a motor carrier's registration permits that motor carrier to resume operations so long as it is in compliance with all other statutory and regulatory requirements. Rescinding an order revoking a motor carrier's registration does not have the effect of reinstating the revoked registration. In order to resume operations in interstate commerce, the motor carrier whose registration was revoked must reapply for registration. If registration is granted, the motor carrier would also become subject to the new entrant regulations at 49 CFR part 385.
</P>
<P>(f) If the Agency Official denies the petition, the petitioner may petition the Assistant Administrator for review of the denial. The petition must be in writing and served on the Assistant Administrator. Service on the Assistant Administrator is effected by delivering a copy to USDOT Dockets, Docket Operations, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, West Building Ground Floor, Room 12-140 SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001 or by submitting the documents electronically to <I>www.regulations.gov.</I> The petition must also be served on all parties to the proceedings and on Adjudications Counsel, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. The petition for review of the denial must be served within 15 days of the service of the decision denying the petition for rescission. The petition for review must identify the legal, factual or procedural issues in dispute with respect to the denial of the petition for rescission. The petition for review may not, however, challenge the basis of the underlying suspension or revocation order.
</P>
<P>(g) The Agency Official may file a written response within 15 days of receipt of the petition for review.
</P>
<P>(h) The Assistant Administrator will issue a written decision on the petition for review within 60 days of service of the petition for review or a timely served response, whichever is later. The Assistant Administrator's decision constitutes the Final Agency Order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.917" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.11.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.917   Other orders unaffected; not exclusive remedy.</HEAD>
<P>If a motor carrier subject to an order issued under this subpart is or becomes subject to any other order, prohibition, or requirement of the FMCSA, an order issued under this subpart is in addition to, and does not amend or supersede the other order, prohibition, or requirement. Nothing in this subpart precludes FMCSA from taking action against any motor carrier under 49 U.S.C. 13905 or 49 U.S.C. 31134 for other conduct amounting to willful failure to comply with an applicable statute, regulation or FMCSA order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.919" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.11.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.919   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any motor carrier that the Agency determines engages or has engaged in a pattern or practice of avoiding regulatory compliance or masking noncompliance or violates an order issued under this subpart shall be subject to the civil or criminal penalty provisions of 49 U.S.C. 521(b) and applicable regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) Any motor carrier who permits the exercise of controlling influence over its operations by any person that the Agency determines, under this subpart, engages in or has engaged in a pattern or practice of avoiding regulatory compliance or masking noncompliance while acting on behalf of any motor carrier, shall be subject to the civil or criminal penalty provisions of 49 U.S.C. 521(b) and applicable regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.921" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.11.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.921   Service and computation of time.</HEAD>
<P>Service of documents and computations of time will be made in accordance with §§ 386.6 and 386.8 of this subchapter. All documents that are required to be served or filed must be served or filed with a certificate of service.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Reincarnated Carriers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 3540, Jan. 22, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 385.1001" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.12.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.1001   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements in this subpart apply to for-hire motor carriers registered or required to be registered under 49 U.S.C. 13902, 49 CFR part 365, and 49 CFR part 368.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.1003" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.12.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.1003   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Agency Official</I> means the FMCSA employee with delegated authority under this subpart.
</P>
<P><I>Registration</I> means the registration required under 49 U.S.C. 13902, 49 CFR part 365, and 49 CFR part 368.
</P>
<P><I>Reincarnated</I> or <I>affiliated motor carriers</I> means motor carriers with common ownership, common management, common control or common familial relationship.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 3540, Jan. 22, 2014, as amended at 86 FR 57071, Oct. 14, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.1005" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.12.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.1005   Prohibition.</HEAD>
<P>Two or more motor carriers shall not use common ownership, common management, common control, or common familial relationship to enable any or all such motor carriers to avoid compliance, or mask or otherwise conceal non-compliance, or a history of non-compliance, with statutory or regulatory requirements prescribed under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 311, subchapter III, or with an order issued under such requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.1007" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.12.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.1007   Determination of violation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Agency Official may issue an order to suspend or revoke the registration of one or more motor carriers if he or she determines that the motor carrier or motor carriers have reincarnated or affiliated to avoid regulatory compliance or mask or otherwise conceal regulatory noncompliance, or a history of noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reincarnation or affiliation.</I> The Agency Official may determine that one or more motor carriers are reincarnated if there is substantial continuity between entities such that one is merely a continuation of the other. The Agency Official may determine that motor carriers are affiliates if business operations are under common ownership, common management, common control or common familial relationship. To make these determinations, the Agency Official may consider, among other things, the factors in 49 CFR 386.73(c) and examine, among other things, the records identified in 49 CFR 386.73(d).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Regulatory noncompliance.</I> The Agency Official may determine that a motor carrier or its officer, employee, agent, or authorized representative, avoids regulatory compliance or masks or otherwise conceals regulatory noncompliance, or a history of noncompliance by operating or attempting to operate a motor carrier as a reincarnated or affiliated entity to:
</P>
<P>(1) Avoid complying with an FMCSA order;
</P>
<P>(2) Avoid complying with a statutory or regulatory requirement;
</P>
<P>(3) Avoid paying a civil penalty;
</P>
<P>(4) Avoid responding to an enforcement action; or
</P>
<P>(5) Avoid being linked with a negative compliance history.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.1009" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.12.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.1009   Suspension proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Agency Official may issue an order to suspend a motor carrier's registration based on a determination made in accordance with § 385.1007.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commencement of proceedings.</I> The Agency Official may commence a proceeding under this section by serving an order to one or more motor carriers which:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides notice that the Agency is considering whether to suspend the motor carrier's registration;
</P>
<P>(2) Provides notice of the factual and legal basis for the order;
</P>
<P>(3) Directs the motor carrier to comply with a regulation or condition of its registration;
</P>
<P>(4) Informs the motor carrier that the response to the order must be in writing, state the factual or legal basis for its response, and include all documentation, if any, the motor carrier wants considered;
</P>
<P>(5) Informs the motor carrier of the address and name of the person to whom the response should be directed and served;
</P>
<P>(6) Informs the motor carrier that its registration may be suspended on the 35th day after service of the order issued under this section if the motor carrier has not demonstrated, in writing, compliance with any compliance directive issued, or otherwise shown good cause why compliance is not required or the registration should not be suspended.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Review of response.</I> The Agency Official will review the responses to the order and determine whether the motor carrier's registration should be suspended.
</P>
<P>(1) The Agency Official will take one of the following actions:
</P>
<P>(i) If the Agency Official determines the motor carrier's registration should be suspended, he or she will enter an order suspending the motor carrier's registration; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Agency Official determines the motor carrier's registration should not be suspended, he or she will enter an order terminating the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Agency Official issues an order to suspend the motor carrier's registration, the order will:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide notice to the motor carrier of the right to petition the Assistant Administrator for review of the order within 15 days of service of the order suspending the registration, and provide notice of the procedures in § 385.911(e);
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide notice that a timely petition for review will stay the effective date of the order unless the Assistant Administrator orders otherwise for good cause; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide notice that failure to timely serve a petition for review constitutes waiver of the right to contest the order suspending the motor carrier's registration and will result in the order becoming a Final Agency Order 20 days after it is served.
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide notice that a Final Agency Order suspending the motor carrier's registration will remain in effect and bar approval of any subsequent application for registration until rescinded by the Agency Official pursuant to § 385.1013.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Administrative Review.</I> The motor carrier may petition the Assistant Administrator for review of an order issued under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section by following the procedures set forth in § 385.911(e).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.1011" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.12.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.1011   Revocation proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Agency Official may issue an order to revoke a motor carrier's registration, if he or she:
</P>
<P>(1) Makes a determination in accordance with § 385.1007, and
</P>
<P>(2) Determines that the motor carrier has willfully violated an order directing compliance for a period of at least 30 days.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commencement of proceedings.</I> The Agency Official commences a proceeding under this section by serving an order to one or more motor carriers, which:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides notice that the Agency is considering whether to revoke the motor carrier's registration;
</P>
<P>(2) Provides notice of the factual and legal basis for the order;
</P>
<P>(3) Directs the motor carrier to comply with a statute, regulation or condition of its registration;
</P>
<P>(4) Informs the motor carrier that the response to the show cause order must be in writing, state the factual or legal basis for its response, and include all documentation, if any, the motor carrier wants considered;
</P>
<P>(5) Informs the motor carrier of the address and name of the person to whom the response should be directed and served; and
</P>
<P>(6) Informs the motor carrier that its registration may be revoked on the 35th day after service of the order issued under this section if the motor carrier has not demonstrated, in writing, compliance with any order directing compliance, or otherwise shown good cause why compliance is not required or the registration should not be revoked.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Review of response.</I> The Agency Official will review the response(s) to the order and determine whether the motor carrier's registration should be revoked.
</P>
<P>(1) The Agency Official will take one of the following actions:
</P>
<P>(i) If the Agency Official determines the motor carrier's registration should be revoked, he or she will enter an order revoking the motor carrier's registration; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Agency Official determines the motor carrier's registration should not be revoked, he or she will enter an order terminating the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Agency Official issues an order to revoke the motor carrier's registration, the order will:
</P>
<P>(i) Provide notice to the motor carrier and any intervening person(s) of the right to petition the Assistant Administrator for review of the order within 15 days of service of the order revoking the motor carrier's registration, and provide notice of the procedures in § 385.911(e);
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide notice that a timely petition for review will stay the effective date of the order unless the Assistant Administrator orders otherwise for good cause; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide notice that failure to timely serve a petition for review constitutes waiver of the right to contest the order revoking the motor carrier's registration and will result in the order becoming a Final Agency Order 20 days after it is served.
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide notice that a Final Agency Order revoking the motor carrier's registration will remain in effect and bar approval of any subsequent application for registration until rescinded by the Agency Official pursuant to § 385.1013.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Administrative review.</I> The motor carrier or intervening person may petition the Assistant Administrator for review of an order issued under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section by following the procedures set forth in § 385.911(e).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.1013" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.12.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.1013   Petitions for rescission.</HEAD>
<P>A motor carrier may submit a petition for rescission of an order suspending or revoking registration under this subpart by following the procedures set forth in § 385.915.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.1015" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.12.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.1015   Other orders unaffected; not exclusive remedy.</HEAD>
<P>If a motor carrier subject to an order issued under this subpart is or becomes subject to any other order, prohibition, or requirement of the FMCSA, an order issued under this subpart is in addition to, and does not amend or supersede the other order, prohibition, or requirement. Nothing in this subpart precludes FMCSA from taking action against any motor carrier under 49 U.S.C. 13905 for other conduct amounting to willful failure to comply with an applicable statute, regulation or FMCSA order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.1017" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.12.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.1017   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>Any motor carrier that the Agency determines to be in violation of this subpart shall be subject to the civil or criminal penalty provisions of 49 U.S.C. 521(b) and applicable regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 385.1019" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.12.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 385.1019   Service and computation of time.</HEAD>
<P>Service of documents and computations of time will be made in accordance with §§ 386.6 and 386.8 of this subchapter. All documents that are required to be served or filed must be served or filed with a certificate of service.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.14.11.1.13" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 385—Explanation of Safety Audit Evaluation Criteria 
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. General 
</HD1>
<P>(a) Section 210 of the Motor Carrier Safety Improvement Act (49 U.S.C. 31144) directed the Secretary to establish a procedure whereby each owner and each operator granted new authority must undergo a safety review within 12 months after receipt of its US DOT number for motor carriers of property and 120 days for motor carriers of passengers. The Secretary was also required to establish the elements of this safety review, including basic safety management controls. The Secretary, in turn, delegated this to the FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(b) To meet the safety standard, a motor carrier must demonstrate to the FMCSA that it has basic safety management controls in place which function adequately to ensure minimum acceptable compliance with the applicable safety requirements. A “safety audit evaluation criteria” was developed by the FMCSA, which uses data from the safety audit and roadside inspections to determine that each owner and each operator applicant for new entrant registration, provisional operating authority, or provisional Certificate of Registration has basic safety management controls in place. The term “safety audit” is the equivalent to the “safety review” required by Sec. 210. Using “safety audit” avoids any possible confusion with the safety reviews previously conducted by the agency that were discontinued on September 30, 1994.
</P>
<P>(c) The safety audit evaluation process developed by the FMCSA is used to: 
</P>
<P>1. Evaluate basic safety management controls and determine if each owner and each operator is able to operate safely in interstate commerce; and 
</P>
<P>2. Identify owners and operators who are having safety problems and need improvement in their compliance with the FMCSRs and the HMRs, before they are granted permanent registration. 
</P>
<HD1>II. Source of the Data for the Safety Audit Evaluation Criteria 
</HD1>
<P>(a) The FMCSA's evaluation criteria are built upon the operational tool known as the safety audit. This tool was developed to assist auditors and investigators in assessing the adequacy of a new entrant's basic safety management controls. 
</P>
<P>(b) The safety audit is a review of a Mexico-domiciled or new entrant motor carrier's operation and is used to: 
</P>
<P>1. Determine if a carrier has the basic safety management controls required by 49 U.S.C. 31144; 
</P>
<P>2. Meet the requirements of Section 350 of the DOT Appropriations Act; and 
</P>
<P>3. In the event that a carrier is found not to be in compliance with applicable FMCSRs and HMRs, the safety audit can be used to educate the carrier on how to comply with U.S. safety rules. 
</P>
<P>(c) Documents such as those contained in the driver qualification files, records of duty status, vehicle maintenance records, and other records are reviewed for compliance with the FMCSRs and HMRs. Violations are cited on the safety audit. Performance-based information, when available, is utilized to evaluate the carrier's compliance with the vehicle regulations. Recordable accident information is also collected. 
</P>
<HD1>III. Determining if the Carrier Has Basic Safety Management Controls 
</HD1>
<P>(a) During the safety audit, the FMCSA gathers information by reviewing a motor carrier's compliance with “acute” and “critical” regulations of the FMCSRs and HMRs. 
</P>
<P>(b) Acute regulations are those where noncompliance is so severe as to require immediate corrective actions by a motor carrier regardless of the overall basic safety management controls of the motor carrier. 
</P>
<P>(c) Critical regulations are those where noncompliance relates to management and/or operational controls. These are indicative of breakdowns in a carrier's management controls. 
</P>
<P>(d) The list of the acute and critical regulations, which are used in determining if a carrier has basic safety management controls in place, is included in Appendix B, VII. List of Acute and Critical Regulations. 
</P>
<P>(e) Noncompliance with acute and critical regulations are indicators of inadequate safety management controls and usually higher than average accident rates. 
</P>
<P>(f) Parts of the FMCSRs and the HMRs having similar characteristics are combined together into six regulatory areas called “factors.” The regulatory factors, evaluated on the basis of the adequacy of the carrier's safety management controls, are: 
</P>
<P>1. Factor 1—General: Parts 387 and 390; 
</P>
<P>2. Factor 2—Driver: Parts 382, 383 and 391; 
</P>
<P>3. Factor 3—Operational: Parts 392 and 395; 
</P>
<P>4. Factor 4—Vehicle: Part 393, 396 and inspection data for the last 12 months; 
</P>
<P>5. Factor 5—Hazardous Materials: Parts 171, 177, 180 and 397; and 
</P>
<P>6. Factor 6—Accident: Recordable Accident Rate per Million Miles. 
</P>
<P>(g) For each instance of noncompliance with an acute regulation, 1.5 points will be assessed. 
</P>
<P>(h) For each instance of noncompliance with a critical regulation, 1 point will be assessed. 
</P>
<P>(i) FMCSA also gathers information on compliance with applicable household goods and Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 requirements, but failure to comply with these requirements does not affect the determination of the adequacy of basic safety management controls.
</P>
<HD2>A. Vehicle Factor 
</HD2>
<P>(a) When at least three vehicle inspections are recorded in the Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS) during the twelve months before the safety audit or performed at the time of the review, the Vehicle Factor (Part 396) will be evaluated on the basis of the Out-of-Service (OOS) rates and noncompliance with acute and critical regulations. The results of the review of the OOS rate will affect the Vehicle Factor as follows: 
</P>
<P>1. If the motor carrier has had at least three roadside inspections in the twelve months before the safety audit, and the vehicle OOS rate is 34 percent or higher, one point will be assessed against the carrier. That point will be added to any other points assessed for discovered noncompliance with acute and critical regulations of part 396 to determine the carrier's level of safety management control for that factor; and 
</P>
<P>2. If the motor carrier's vehicle OOS rate is less than 34 percent, or if there are less than three inspections, the determination of the carrier's level of safety management controls will only be based on discovered noncompliance with the acute and critical regulations of part 396. 
</P>
<P>(b) Over two million inspections occur on the roadside each year. This vehicle inspection information is retained in the MCMIS and is integral to evaluating motor carriers' ability to successfully maintain their vehicles, thus preventing them from being placed OOS during roadside inspections. Each safety audit will continue to have the requirements of part 396, Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance, reviewed as indicated by the above explanation. 
</P>
<HD2>B. The Accident Factor 
</HD2>
<P>(a) In addition to the five regulatory factors, a sixth factor is included in the process to address the accident history of the motor carrier. This factor is the recordable accident rate, which the carrier has experienced during the past 12 months. Recordable accident, as defined in 49 CFR 390.5, means an accident involving a commercial motor vehicle operating on a public road in interstate or intrastate commerce which results in a fatality; a bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or one or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident requiring the motor vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(b) Experience has shown that urban carriers, those motor carriers operating entirely within a radius of less than 100 air miles (normally urban areas), have a higher exposure to accident situations because of their environment and normally have higher accident rates. 
</P>
<P>(c) The recordable accident rate will be used in determining the carrier's basic safety management controls in Factor 6, Accident. It will be used only when a carrier incurs two or more recordable accidents within the 12 months before the safety audit. An urban carrier (a carrier operating entirely within a radius of 100 air miles) with a recordable rate per million miles greater than 1.7 will be deemed to have inadequate basic safety management controls for the accident factor. All other carriers with a recordable accident rate per million miles greater than 1.5 will be deemed to have inadequate basic safety management controls for the accident factor. The rates are the result of roughly doubling the national average accident rate in Fiscal Years 1994, 1995, and 1996. 
</P>
<P>(d) The FMCSA will continue to consider preventability when a new entrant contests the evaluation of the accident factor by presenting compelling evidence that the recordable rate is not a fair means of evaluating its accident factor. Preventability will be determined according to the following standard: “If a driver, who exercises normal judgment and foresight, could have foreseen the possibility of the accident that in fact occurred, and avoided it by taking steps within his/her control which would not have risked causing another kind of mishap, the accident was preventable.” 
</P>
<HD2>C. Factor Ratings 
</HD2>
<P>For Factors 1 through 5, if the combined violations of acute and or critical regulations for each factor is equal to three or more points, the carrier is determined not to have basic safety management controls for that individual factor. 
</P>
<P>If the recordable accident rate is greater than 1.7 recordable accidents per million miles for an urban carrier (1.5 for all other carriers), the carrier is determined to have inadequate basic safety management controls. 
</P>
<HD1>IV. Overall Determination of the Carrier's Basic Safety Management Controls 
</HD1>
<P>(a) If the carrier is evaluated as having inadequate basic safety management controls in at least three separate factors, the carrier will be considered to have inadequate safety management controls in place and corrective action will be necessary in order to avoid having its new entrant registration, provisional operating authority, or provisional Certificate of Registration revoked.
</P>
<P>(b) For example, FMCSA evaluates a carrier finding: 
</P>
<P>(1) One instance of noncompliance with a critical regulation in part 387 scoring one point for Factor 1; 
</P>
<P>(2) Two instances of noncompliance with acute regulations in part 382 scoring three points for Factor 2; 
</P>
<P>(3) Three instances of noncompliance with critical regulations in part 396 scoring three points for Factor 4; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Three instances of noncompliance with acute regulations in parts 171 and 397 scoring four and one-half (4.5) points for Factor 5. 
</P>
<P>(c) In this example, the carrier scored three or more points for Factors 2, 4 and 5 and FMCSA determined the carrier had inadequate basic safety management controls in at least three separate factors. FMCSA will require corrective action in order to avoid having the carrier's new entrant registration revoked, or having the provisional operating authority or provisional Certificate of Registration suspended and possibly revoked. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 12773, Mar. 19, 2002, as amended a6 67 FR 31985, May 13, 2002; 73 FR 76496, Dec. 16, 2008; 78 FR 60232, Oct. 1, 2013]




</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.27.14.11.1.14" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 385—Explanation of Safety Rating Process
</HEAD>
<P>(a) Section 215 of the Motor Carrier Safety Act of 1984 (49 U.S.C. 31144) directed the Secretary of Transportation to establish a procedure to determine the safety fitness of owners and operators of commercial motor vehicles operating in interstate or foreign commerce. The Secretary, in turn, delegated this responsibility to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA).
</P>
<P>(b) As directed, FMCSA promulgated a safety fitness regulation, entitled “Safety Fitness Procedures,” which established a procedure to determine the safety fitness of motor carriers through the assignment of safety ratings and established a “safety fitness standard” which a motor carrier must meet to obtain a <I>satisfactory</I> safety rating.
</P>
<P>(c) To meet the safety fitness standard, a motor carrier must demonstrate to the FMCSA that it has adequate safety management controls in place which function effectively to ensure acceptable compliance with the applicable safety requirements. A “safety fitness methodology” (SFRM) was developed by the FMCSA, which uses data from compliance reviews (CRs) and roadside inspections to rate motor carriers.
</P>
<P>(d) The safety rating process developed by FMCSA is used to:
</P>
<P>1. Evaluate safety fitness and assign one of three safety ratings (<I>satisfactory, conditional</I>, or <I>unsatisfactory</I>) to motor carriers operating in interstate commerce. This process conforms to 49 CFR 385.5, Safety fitness standard, and § 385.7, Factors to be considered in determining a safety rating.
</P>
<P>2. Identify motor carriers needing improvement in their compliance with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) and applicable Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMRs). These are carriers rated <I>unsatisfactory</I> or <I>conditional.</I>
</P>
<P>2. Identify motor carriers needing improvement in their compliance with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) and applicable Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMRs). These are carriers rated Unsatisfactory or Conditional.
</P>
<P>(e) The hazardous materials safety permit requirements of part 385, subpart E apply to intrastate motor carriers. Intrastate motor carriers that are subject to the hazardous materials safety permit requirements in subpart E will be rated using equivalent State requirements whenever the FMCSRs are referenced in this appendix.
</P>
<P>(f) The safety rating will be determined by applying the SFRM equally to all of a company's motor carrier operations in commerce, including if applicable its operations in Canada and/or Mexico.
</P>
<HD1>I. Source of Data for Rating Methodology
</HD1>
<P>(a) The FMCSA's rating process is built upon the operational tool known as the CR. This tool was developed to assist Federal and State safety specialists in gathering pertinent motor carrier compliance and accident information.
</P>
<P>(b) The CR is an in-depth examination of a motor carrier's operations and is used (1) to rate unrated motor carriers, (2) to conduct a follow-up investigation on motor carriers rated <I>unsatisfactory</I> or <I>conditional</I> as a result of a previous review, (3) to investigate complaints, or (4) in response to a request by a motor carrier to reevaluate its safety rating. Documents such as those contained in driver qualification files, records of duty status, vehicle maintenance records, and other records are thoroughly examined for compliance with the FMCSRs and HMRs. Violations are cited on the CR document. Performance-based information, when available, is utilized to evaluate the carrier's compliance with the vehicle regulations. Recordable accident information is also collected.
</P>
<HD1>II. Converting CR Information Into a Safety Rating
</HD1>
<P>(a) The FMCSA gathers information through an in-depth examination of the motor carrier's compliance with identified “acute” or “critical” regulations of the FMCSRs and HMRs.
</P>
<P>(b) Acute regulations are those identified as such where noncompliance is so severe as to require immediate corrective actions by a motor carrier regardless of the overall safety posture of the motor carrier. An example of an acute regulation is § 383.37(b), allowing, requiring, permitting, or authorizing an employee with more than one Commercial Driver's License (CDL) to operate a commercial motor vehicle. Noncompliance with § 383.37(b) is usually discovered when the motor carrier's driver qualification file reflects that the motor carrier had knowledge of a driver with more than one CDL, and still permitted the driver to operate a commercial motor vehicle. If the motor carrier did not have such knowledge or could not reasonably be expected to have such knowledge, then a violation would not be cited.
</P>
<P>(c) Critical regulations are those identified as such where noncompliance relates to management and/or operational controls. These are indicative of breakdowns in a carrier's management controls. An example of a critical regulation is § 395.3(a)(1), requiring or permitting a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive more than 11 hours.
</P>
<P>(d) The list of the acute and critical regulations which are used in determining safety ratings is included at the end of this document.
</P>
<P>(e) Noncompliance with acute regulations and patterns of non-compliance with critical regulations are quantitatively linked to inadequate safety management controls and usually higher than average accident rates. The FMCSA has used noncompliance with acute regulations and patterns of noncompliance with critical regulations since 1989 to determine motor carriers' adherence to the Safety fitness standard in § 385.5.
</P>
<P>(f) The regulatory factors, evaluated on the basis of the adequacy of the carrier's safety management controls, are: (1) Parts 172 and 173; (2) Parts 387 and 390; (3) Parts 382, 383, and 391; (4) Parts 392 and 395; (5) Parts 393 and 396 when there are less than three vehicle inspections in the last 12 months to evaluate; and (6) Parts 397, 171, 177 and 180.
</P>
<P>(g) For each instance of noncompliance with an acute regulation or each pattern of noncompliance with a critical regulation during the CR, one point will be assessed. A pattern is more than one violation. When a number of documents are reviewed, the number of violations required to meet a pattern is equal to at least 10 percent of those examined.
</P>
<P>(h) However, each pattern of noncompliance with a critical regulation relative to Part 395, Hours of Service of Drivers, will be assessed two points.
</P>
<HD2>A. Vehicle Factor
</HD2>
<P>(a) When a total of <I>three or more inspections are recorded in the Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS) during the twelve months prior to the CR or performed at the time of the review,</I> the Vehicle Factor (Parts 393 and 396) will be evaluated on the basis of the Out-of-Service (OOS) rates and noncompliance with acute regulations and/or a pattern of noncompliance with critical regulations. The results of the review of the OOS rate will affect the Vehicle Factor rating as follows:
</P>
<P>1. If a motor carrier has three or more roadside vehicle inspections in the twelve months prior to the carrier review, or three vehicles inspected at the time of the review, or a combination of the two totaling three or more, and the vehicle OOS rate is 34 percent or greater, the initial factor rating will be <I>conditional.</I> The requirements of Part 396, Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance, will be examined during each review. The results of the examination could lower the factor rating to <I>unsatisfactory</I> if noncompliance with an acute regulation or a pattern of noncompliance with a critical regulation is discovered. If the examination of the Part 396 requirements reveals no such problems with the systems the motor carrier is required to maintain for compliance, the Vehicle Factor remains <I>conditional.</I>
</P>
<P>2. If a carrier's vehicle OOS rate is less than 34 percent, the initial factor rating will be <I>satisfactory.</I> If noncompliance with an acute regulation or a pattern of noncompliance with a critical regulation is discovered during the examination of Part 396 requirements, the factor rating will be lowered to <I>conditional.</I> If the examination of Part 396 requirements discovers no such problems with the systems the motor carrier is required to maintain for compliance, the Vehicle Factor remains <I>satisfactory.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) Nearly two million vehicle inspections occur on the roadside each year. This vehicle inspection information is retained in the MCMIS and is integral to evaluating motor carriers' ability to successfully maintain their vehicles, thus preventing them from being placed OOS during roadside inspections. Since many of the roadside inspections are targeted to visibly defective vehicles and since there are a limited number of inspections for many motor carriers, the use of that data is limited. Each CR will continue to have the requirements of Part 396, Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance, reviewed as indicated by the above explanation.
</P>
<HD2>B. Accident Factor
</HD2>
<P>(a) In addition to the five regulatory rating factors, a sixth factor is included in the process to address the accident history of the motor carrier. This factor is the recordable accident rate for the past 12 months. A recordable accident, consistent with the definition for “accident” in 49 CFR 390.5, means an occurrence involving a commercial motor vehicle on a highway in motor carrier operations in commerce or within Canada or Mexico (if the motor carrier also operates in the United States) that results in a fatality; in bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or in one or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage that requires the motor vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) Recordable accidents per million miles were computed for each CR performed in Fiscal Years 1994,1995 and 1996. The national average for all carriers rated was 0.747, and .839 for carriers operating entirely within the 100 air mile radius.
</P>
<P>(c) Experience has shown that urban carriers, those motor carriers operating primarily within a radius of less than 100 air miles (normally in urban areas) have a higher exposure to accident situations because of their environment and normally have higher accident rates.
</P>
<P>(d) The recordable accident rate will be used to rate Factor 6, Accident. It will be used only when a motor carrier incurs two or more recordable accidents occurred within the 12 months prior to the CR. An urban carrier (a carrier operating entirely within a radius of 100 air miles) with a recordable accident rate greater than 1.7 will receive an <I>unsatisfactory</I> rating for the accident factor. All other carriers with a recordable accident rate greater than 1.5 will receive an <I>unsatisfactory</I> factor rating. The rates are a result of roughly doubling the national average accident rate for each type of carrier rated in Fiscal Years 1994, 1995 and 1996.
</P>
<P>(e) The FMCSA will continue to consider preventability when a motor carrier contests a rating by presenting compelling evidence that the recordable rate is not a fair means of evaluating its accident factor. Preventability will be determined according to the following standard: “If a driver, who exercises normal judgment and foresight could have foreseen the possibility of the accident that in fact occurred, and avoided it by taking steps within his/her control which would not have risked causing another kind of mishap, the accident was preventable.”
</P>
<HD2>C. Factor Ratings
</HD2>
<P>(a) Parts of the FMCSRs and the HMRs having similar characteristics are combined together into five regulatory areas called “factors.”
</P>
<P>(b) The following table shows the five regulatory factors, parts of the FMCSRs and HMRs associated with each factor, and the accident factor. Factor Ratings are determined as follows:
</P>
<HD1>Factors
</HD1>
<FP-1>Factor 1 General = Parts 387 and 390
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Factor 2 Driver = Parts 382, 383 and 391
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Factor 3 Operational = Parts 392 and 395
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Factor 4 Vehicle = Parts 393 and 396
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Factor 5 Haz. Mat. = Parts 397, 171, 177 and 180
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Factor 6 Accident Factor = Recordable Rate
</FP-1>
<FP-1>“Satisfactory”—if the acute and/or critical = 0 points
</FP-1>
<FP-1>“Conditional”—if the acute and/or critical = 1 point
</FP-1>
<FP-1>“Unsatisfactory”—if the acute and/or critical = 2 or more points
</FP-1>
<HD1>III. Safety Rating
</HD1>
<HD2>A. Rating Table
</HD2>
<P>(a) The ratings for the six factors are then entered into a rating table which establishes the motor carrier's safety rating.
</P>
<P>(b) The FMCSA has developed a computerized rating formula for assessing the information obtained from the CR document and is using that formula in assigning a safety rating.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Motor Carrier Safety Rating Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Factor ratings
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Overall
<br/>Safety rating
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Unsatisfactory
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Conditional
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 or fewer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Satisfactory
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">more than 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Conditional
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 or fewer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Conditional
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">more than 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unsatisfactory
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 or more</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 or more</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unsatisfactory</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD2>B. Proposed Safety Rating
</HD2>
<P>(a) The proposed safety rating will appear on the CR. The following appropriate information will appear after the last entry on the CR, MCS-151, part B.
</P>
<P>“Your proposed safety rating is SATISFACTORY.”
</P>
<HD2>OR
</HD2>
<P>“Your proposed safety rating is CONDITIONAL.” The proposed safety rating will become the final safety rating 45 days after receipt of this notice.
</P>
<HD2>OR
</HD2>
<P>“Your proposed safety rating is UNSATISFACTORY.” The proposed safety rating will become the final safety rating 45 days after receipt of this notice
</P>
<P>(b) Proposed safety ratings of <I>conditional</I> or <I>unsatisfactory</I> will list the deficiencies discovered during the CR for which corrective actions must be taken.
</P>
<P>(c) Proposed <I>unsatisfactory</I> safety ratings will indicate that, if the <I>unsatisfactory</I> rating becomes final, the motor carrier will be subject to the provision of § 385.13, which prohibits motor carriers rated <I>unsatisfactory</I> from transporting hazardous materials requiring placarding or more than 15 passengers, including the driver.
</P>
<HD1>IV. Assignment of Final Rating/Motor Carrier Notification
</HD1>
<P>When the official rating is determined in Washington, D.C., the FMCSA notifies the motor carrier in writing of its safety rating as prescribed in § 385.11. A proposed <I>conditional</I> safety rating (which is an improvement of an existing <I>unsatisfactory</I> rating) becomes effective as soon as the official safety rating from Washington, D.C. is issued, and the carrier may also avail itself of relief under the § 385.15, Administrative Review and § 385.17, Change to safety rating based on corrective actions.
</P>
<HD1>V. Motor Carrier Rights to a Change in the Safety Rating
</HD1>
<P>Under §§ 385.15 and 385.17, motor carriers have the right to petition for a review of their ratings <I>if there are factual or procedural disputes,</I> and to request another review after corrective actions have been taken. They are the procedural avenues a motor carrier which believes its safety rating to be in error may exercise, and the means to request another review after corrective action has been taken.
</P>
<HD1>VI. Conclusion
</HD1>
<P>(a) The FMCSA believes this “safety fitness rating methodology” is a reasonable approach for assigning a safety rating which best describes the current safety fitness posture of a motor carrier as required by the safety fitness regulations (§ 385.9). This methodology has the capability to incorporate regulatory changes as they occur.
</P>
<P>(b) Improved compliance with the regulations leads to an improved rating, which in turn increases safety. This increased safety is our regulatory goal.


</P>
<HD1>VII. List of Acute and Critical Regulations. 
</HD1>
<FP-1>§ 382.115(a) Failing to implement an alcohol and/or controlled substances testing program (domestic motor carrier) (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.115(b) Failing to implement an alcohol and/or controlled substances testing program (foreign motor carrier) (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.201 Using a driver known to have an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.211 Using a driver who has refused to submit to an alcohol or controlled substances test required under part 382 (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.213(c) Using a driver known to have used a controlled substance (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.215 Using a driver known to have tested positive for a controlled substance (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.301(a) Using a driver before the motor carrier has received a negative pre-employment controlled substance test result (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.303(a) Failing to conduct post accident testing on driver for alcohol (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.303(b) Failing to conduct post accident testing on driver for controlled substances (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.305(a) Failing to implement a random controlled substances and/or an alcohol testing program (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.305(b)(1) Failing to conduct random alcohol testing at an annual rate of not less than the applicable annual rate of the average number of driver positions (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.305(b)(2) Failing to conduct random controlled substances testing at an annual rate of not less than the applicable annual rate of the average number of driver positions (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.309 Using a driver who has not undergone return-to-duty testing with a negative drug test result and/or an alcohol test with an alcohol concentration of less than 0.02 in accordance with 49 CFR 40.305 (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.503 Allowing a driver to perform safety sensitive function, after engaging in conduct prohibited by subpart B, without being evaluated by substance abuse professional, as required by § 382.605 (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.505(a) Using a driver within 24 hours after being found to have an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04 (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 382.605 Failing to subject a driver who has been identified as needing assistance to at least six unannounced follow-up drug and/or alcohol tests in the first 12 months following the driver's return-to-duty in accordance with 49 CFR 40.307 (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 383.23(a) Operating a commercial motor vehicle without a valid commercial driver's license (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 383.37(a) Allowing, requiring, permitting, or authorizing a driver to operate a CMV who the employer knew or should reasonably have known does not have a current CLP or CDL, does not have a CLP or CDL with the proper class or endorsements, or operates a CMV in violation of any restriction on the CLP or CDL (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 383.37(b) Allowing, requiring, permitting, or authorizing a driver to operate a CMV who the employer knew or should reasonably have known has a CLP or CDL disqualified by a State, has lost the right to operate a CMV in a State, or has been disqualified (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 383.37(c) Allowing, requiring, permitting, or authorizing a driver to operate a CMV who the employer knew or should reasonably have known has more than one CLP or CDL (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 383.51(a) Knowingly allowing, requiring, permitting, or authorizing a driver to drive who is disqualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 387.7(a) Operating a motor vehicle without having in effect the required minimum levels of financial responsibility coverage (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 387.7(d) Failing to maintain at principal place of business required proof of financial responsibility (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 387.31(a) Operating a passenger carrying vehicle without having in effect the required minimum levels of financial responsibility (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 387.31(d) Failing to maintain at principal place of business required proof of financial responsibility for passenger carrying vehicles (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 390.15(b)(2) Failing to maintain copies of all accident reports required by State or other governmental entities or insurers (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 390.35 Making, or causing to make fraudulent or intentionally false statements or records and/or reproducing fraudulent records (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 391.11(b)(4) Using a physically unqualified driver (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 391.15(a) Using a disqualified driver (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 391.45(a) Using a driver not medically examined and certified (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 391.45(b) Using a driver not medically examined and certified during the preceding 24 months (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 391.51(a) Failing to maintain driver qualification file on each driver employed (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 391.51(b)(2) Failing to maintain inquiries into driver's driving record in driver's qualification file (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 391.51(b)(6) Failing to maintain medical examiner's certificate in driver's qualification file (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 392.2 Operating a motor vehicle not in accordance with the laws, ordinances, and regulations of the jurisdiction in which it is being operated (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 392.4(b) Requiring or permitting a driver to drive while under the influence of, or in possession of, a narcotic drug, amphetamine, or any other substance capable of rendering the driver incapable of safely operating a motor vehicle (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 392.5(b)(1) Requiring or permitting a driver to drive a motor vehicle while under the influence of, or in possession of, an intoxicating beverage (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 392.5(b)(2) Requiring or permitting a driver who shows evidence of having consumed an intoxicating beverage within 4 hours to operate a motor vehicle (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 392.6 Scheduling a run which would necessitate the vehicle being operated at speeds in excess of those prescribed (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 392.9(a)(1) Requiring or permitting a driver to drive without the vehicle's cargo being properly distributed and adequately secured (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.1(h)(1)(i)(A) Requiring or permitting a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive more than 15 hours (Driving in Alaska) (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.1(h)(1)(i)(B) Requiring or permitting a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive after having been on duty 20 hours (Driving in Alaska) (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.1(h)(1)(i)(C) Requiring or permitting a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive after having been on duty more than 70 hours in 7 consecutive days (Driving in Alaska) (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.1(h)(1)(i)(D) Requiring or permitting a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive after having been on duty more than 80 hours in 8 consecutive days (Driving in Alaska) (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.1(h)(2)(i) Requiring or permitting a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive more than 15 hours (Driving in Alaska) (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.1(h)(2)(ii) Requiring or permitting a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive after having been on duty 20 hours (Driving in Alaska) (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.1(h)(2)(iii) Requiring or permitting a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive after having been on duty more than 70 hours in 7 consecutive days (Driving in Alaska) (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.1(h)(2)(iv) Requiring or permitting a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive after having been on duty more than 80 hours in 8 consecutive days (Driving in Alaska) (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.1(o) Requiring or permitting a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive after having been on duty 16 consecutive hours (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.3(a)(1) Requiring or permitting a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive without taking an off-duty period of at least 10 consecutive hours prior to driving (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.3(a)(2) Requiring or permitting a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive after the end of the 14th hour after coming on duty (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.3(a)(3)(i) Requiring or permitting a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive more than 11 hours (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.3(a)(3)(ii) Requiring or permitting a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive if more than 8 hours of driving time have passed without a consecutive interruption in driving status of at least 30 minutes, either off-duty, sleeper berth or on-duty not driving (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.3(b)(1) Requiring or permitting a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive after having been on duty more than 60 hours in 7 consecutive days (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.3(b)(2) Requiring or permitting a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive after having been on duty more than 70 hours in 8 consecutive days (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.5(a)(1) Requiring or permitting a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive more than 10 hours (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.5(a)(2) Requiring or permitting a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive after having been on duty 15 hours (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.5(b)(1) Requiring or permitting a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive after having been on duty more than 60 hours in 7 consecutive days (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.5(b)(2) Requiring or permitting a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive after having been on duty more than 70 hours in 8 consecutive days (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.8(a)(1) Failing to require a driver to prepare a record of duty status using appropriate method (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.8(a)(2)(ii) Failure to require a driver to submit record of duty status (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.8(e)(1) Making, or permitting a driver to make, a false report regarding duty status (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.8(e)(2) or (3) Disabling, deactivating, disengaging, jamming, or otherwise blocking or degrading a signal transmission or reception; tampering with an automatic on-board recording device or ELD; or permitting or requiring another person to engage in such activity (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.8(k)(1) Failing to preserve a driver's record of duty status or supporting documents for 6 months (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.11(b) Failing to require a driver to submit supporting documents (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.11(c) Failing to retain types of supporting documents as required by § 395.11(c) (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.11(e) Failing to retain supporting documents in a manner that permits the effective matching of the documents to the driver's record of duty status (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.11(f) Altering, defacing, destroying, mutilating, or obscuring a supporting document (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 395.30(f) Failing to retain ELD information (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 396.3(b) Failing to keep minimum records of inspection and vehicle maintenance (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 396.9(c)(2) Requiring or permitting the operation of a motor vehicle declared “out-of-service” before repairs were made (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 396.11(a) Failing to require driver to prepare driver vehicle inspection report (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 396.11(a)(3) Failing to correct Out-of-Service defects listed by driver in a driver vehicle inspection report before the vehicle is operated again (acute)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 396.17(a) Using a commercial motor vehicle not periodically inspected (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 396.17(g) Failing to promptly repair parts and accessories not meeting minimum periodic inspection standards (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 397.5(a) Failing to ensure a motor vehicle containing Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) material is attended at all times by its driver or a qualified representative (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 397.7(a)(1) Parking a motor vehicle containing Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 materials within 5 feet of traveled portion of highway or street (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 397.7(b) Parking a motor vehicle containing hazardous material(s) other than Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 materials within 5 feet of traveled portion of highway or street (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 397.13(a) Permitting a person to smoke or carry a lighted cigarette, cigar or pipe within 25 feet of a motor vehicle containing Class 1 materials, Class 5 materials, or flammable materials classified as Division 2.1, Class 3, Divisions 4.1 and 4.2 (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 397.19(a) Failing to furnish driver of motor vehicle transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials with a copy of the rules of part 397 and/or emergency response instructions (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 397.67(d) Requiring or permitting the operation of a motor vehicle containing explosives in Class 1, Divisions 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 that is not accompanied by a written route plan (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 171.15 Carrier failing to give immediate telephone notice of an incident involving hazardous materials (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 171.16 Carrier failing to make a written report of an incident involving hazardous materials (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 172.313(a) Accepting for transportation or transporting a package containing a poisonous-by-inhalation material that is not marked with the words “Inhalation Hazard” (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 172.704(a)(4) Failing to provide security awareness training (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 172.704(a)(5) Failing to provide in-depth security awareness training (critical).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 172.800(b) Transporting HM without a security plan (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 172.800(b) Transporting HM without a security plan that conforms to Subpart I requirements (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 172.800(b) Failure to adhere to a required security plan (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 173.24(b)(1) Accepting for transportation or transporting a package that has an identifiable release of a hazardous material to the environment (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 173.421 Accepting for transportation or transporting a Class 7 (radioactive) material described, marked, and packaged as a limited quantity when the radiation level on the surface of the package exceeds 0.005mSv/hour (0.5 mrem/hour) (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 173.431(a) Accepting for transportation or transporting in a Type A packaging a greater quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) material than authorized (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 173.431(b) Accepting for transportation or transporting in a Type B packaging a greater quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) material than authorized (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 173.441(a) Accepting for transportation or transporting a package containing Class 7 (radioactive) material with external radiation exceeding allowable limits (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 173.442(b) Accepting for transportation or transporting a package containing Class 7 (radioactive) material when the temperature of the accessible external surface of the loaded package exceeds 50 °C (122 °F) in other than an exclusive use shipment, or 85 °C (185 °F) in an exclusive use shipment (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 173.443(a) Accepting for transportation or transporting a package containing Class 7 (radioactive) material with removable contamination on the external surfaces of the package in excess of permissible limits (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 177.800(c) Failing to instruct a category of employees in hazardous materials regulations (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 177.801 Accepting for transportation or transporting a forbidden material (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 177.835(a) Loading or unloading a Class 1 (explosive) material with the engine running (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 177.835(c) Accepting for transportation or transporting Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials in a motor vehicle or combination of vehicles that is not permitted (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 177.835(j) Transferring Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials between containers or motor vehicles when not permitted (acute).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 177.817(a) Transporting a shipment of hazardous materials not accompanied by a properly prepared shipping paper (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 177.817(e) Failing to maintain proper accessibility of shipping papers (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 177.823(a) Moving a transport vehicle containing hazardous material that is not properly marked or placarded (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 177.841(e) Transporting a package bearing a poison label in the same transport vehicle with material marked or known to be foodstuff, feed, or any edible material intended for consumption by humans or animals unless an exception in § 177.841(e)(i) or (ii) is met (acute). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 180.407(a) Transporting a shipment of hazardous material in cargo tank that has not been inspected or retested in accordance with § 180.407 (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 180.407(c) Failing to periodically test and inspect a cargo tank (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 180.415 Failing to mark a cargo tank which passed an inspection or test required by § 180.407 (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 180.417(a)(1) Failing to retain cargo tank manufacturer's data report certificate and related papers, as required (critical). 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>§ 180.417(a)(2) Failing to retain copies of cargo tank manufacturer's certificate and related papers (or alternative report) as required (critical).
</FP-1>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 60043, Nov. 6, 1997]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting appendix B to part 385, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="386" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 386—RULES OF PRACTICE FOR FMCSA PROCEEDINGS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>28 U.S.C. 2461 note; 49 U.S.C. 113, 1301 note, 31306a; 49 U.S.C. chapters 5, 51, 131-141, 145-149, 311, 313, and 315; and 49 CFR 1.81, 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>50 FR 40306, Oct. 2, 1985, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 386 appear at 65 FR 7755, Feb. 16, 2000, and 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Scope of Rules; Definitions and General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.1   Scope of the rules in this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the rules in this part govern proceedings before the Agency Decisionmaker under applicable provisions of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (49 CFR parts 350-399), including the commercial regulations (49 CFR parts 360-379), and the Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR parts 171-180).
</P>
<P>(b) The purpose of the proceedings is to enable the Assistant Administrator:
</P>
<P>(1) To determine whether a motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider (as defined in § 390.5 of this chapter), property broker, freight forwarder, or its agents, employees, or any other person subject to the jurisdiction of FMCSA, has failed to comply with the provisions or requirements of applicable statutes and the corresponding regulations; and
</P>
<P>(2) To issue an appropriate order to compel compliance with the statute or regulation, assess a civil penalty, or both, if such violations are found.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The rules in § 386.12(a) govern the filing of a complaint of a substantial violation and the handling of the complaint by the appropriate Division Administrator.
</P>
<P>(2) The rules in § 386.12(b) govern the filing by a driver and the handling by the appropriate Division Administrator of a complaint of harassment in violation of § 390.36 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) The rules in § 386.12(c) govern the filing by a driver and the handling by the appropriate Division Administrator of a complaint of coercion in violation of § 390.6 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76819, Dec. 17, 2008, as amended at 80 FR 74709, Nov. 30, 2015; 81 FR 78381, Dec. 16, 2015; 81 FR 68347, Oct. 4, 2016; 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.2" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Abate or abatement</I> means to discontinue regulatory violations by refraining from or taking actions identified in a notice to correct noncompliance.
</P>
<P><I>Administration</I> means the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration. 
</P>
<P><I>Administrative adjudication</I> means a process or proceeding to resolve contested claims in conformity with the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 554-558.
</P>
<P><I>Administrative law judge</I> means an administrative law judge appointed pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 3105.
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> means the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Agency Counsel</I> means the attorney who prosecutes a civil penalty matter on behalf of the Field Administrator.
</P>
<P><I>Agency Decisionmaker</I> means the FMCSA official authorized to issue a final decision and order of the Agency in an administrative proceeding under this part. The Agency Decisionmaker is an FMCSA official appointed by the President or otherwise duly authorized.
</P>
<P><I>Broker</I> means a person who, for compensation, arranges or offers to arrange the transportation of property by an authorized motor carrier. A motor carrier, or person who is an employee or bona fide agent of a carrier, is not a broker within the meaning of this section when it arranges or offers to arrange the transportation of shipments which it is authorized to transport and which it has accepted and legally bound itself to transport. 
</P>
<P><I>Civil forfeiture proceedings</I> means proceedings to collect civil penalties for violations under the Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986 (49 U.S.C. Chapter 313); the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act of 1975, as amended (49 U.S.C. Chapter 51); the Motor Carrier Safety Act of 1984 (49 U.S.C. Chapter 311, Subchapter III); section 18 of the Bus Regulatory Reform Act of 1982 (49 U.S.C. 31138); section 30 of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980 (49 U.S.C. 31139); and the ICC Termination Act of 1995 (49 U.S.C. Chapters 131-149). 
</P>
<P><I>Civil penalty proceedings</I> means proceedings to collect civil penalties for violations of regulations and statutes within the jurisdiction of FMCSA.
</P>
<P><I>Claimant</I> means the representative of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration authorized to make claims.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial regulations</I> means statutes and regulations that apply to persons providing or arranging transportation for compensation subject to the Secretary's jurisdiction under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 135. The statutes are codified in Part B of Subtitle IV, Title 49, U.S.C. (49 U.S.C. 13101 through 14913). The regulations include those issued by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration or its predecessors under authority provided in 49 U.S.C. 13301 or a predecessor statute. 
</P>
<P><I>Default</I> means an omission or failure to perform a legal duty within the time specified for action, failure to reply to a Notice of Claim within the time required, or failure to submit a reply in accordance with the requirements of this part. A default may result in issuance of a Final Agency Order or additional penalties against the defaulting party.
</P>
<P><I>Department</I> means the U.S. Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Docket Operations</I> means the U.S. Department of Transportation's docket management system, which is the central repository for original copies of all documents filed before the Agency Decisionmaker.
</P>
<P><I>Driver qualification proceeding</I> means a proceeding commenced under 49 CFR 391.47 or by issuance of a letter of disqualification.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Motor Carrier Commercial Regulations</I> (FMCCRs) means statutes and regulations applying to persons providing or arranging transportation for compensation subject to the Secretary's jurisdiction under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 135. The statutes are codified in Part B of Subtitle IV, Title 49 U.S.C. (49 U.S.C. 13101 through 14913). The regulations include those issued by FMCSA or its predecessors under authority provided in 49 U.S.C. 13301 or a predecessor statute.
</P>
<P><I>Field Administrator</I> means the head of an FMCSA Service Center who has been delegated authority to initiate compliance and enforcement actions on behalf of FMCSA or an authorized delegee.
</P>
<P><I>Final Agency Order</I> means the final action by FMCSA issued pursuant to this part by the Agency Decisionmaker or settlement agreements which become the Final Agency Order pursuant to § 386.22, or decisions of the Administrative Law Judge, which become the Final Agency Order pursuant to § 386.61 or binding arbitration awards. A person who fails to perform the actions directed in the Final Agency Order commits a violation of that order and is subject to an additional penalty as prescribed in subpart G of this part.
</P>
<P><I>FMCSRs</I> means the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations.
</P>
<P><I>Formal hearing</I> means an evidentiary hearing on the record in which parties have the opportunity to conduct discovery, present relevant evidence, and cross-examine witnesses.
</P>
<P><I>Freight forwarder</I> means a person holding itself out to the general public (other than as an express, pipeline, rail, sleeping car, motor, or water carrier) to provide transportation of property for compensation in interstate commerce, and in the ordinary course of its business: 
</P>
<P>(1) Performs or provides for assembling, consolidating, break-bulk, and distribution of shipments; 
</P>
<P>(2) Assumes responsibility for transportation from place of receipt to destination; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Uses for any part of the transportation a carrier subject to FMCSA jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P><I>Hearing officer</I> means a neutral Agency employee designated by the Assistant Administrator to preside over an informal hearing.
</P>
<P><I>HMRs</I> means Hazardous Materials Regulations.
</P>
<P><I>Informal hearing</I> means a hearing in which the parties have the opportunity to present relevant evidence to a neutral Hearing Officer, who will prepare findings of fact and recommendations for the Agency Decisionmaker. The informal hearing will not be on the transcribed record and discovery will not be allowed. Parties will have the opportunity to discuss their case and present testimony and evidence before the Hearing Officer without the formality of a formal hearing.
</P>
<P><I>Mail</I> means U.S. first class mail, U.S. registered or certified mail, or use of a commercial delivery service.
</P>
<P><I>Motor carrier</I> means a motor carrier, motor private carrier, or motor carrier of migrant workers as defined in 49 U.S.C. 13102 and 31501. 
</P>
<P><I>Notice of Claim</I> (NOC) means the initial document issued by FMCSA to assert a civil penalty for alleged violations of the FMCSRs, HMRs, or FMCCRs.
</P>
<P><I>Notice of Violation</I> (NOV) means a document alleging a violation of the FMCSRs, HMRs, or FMCCRs, for which corrective action, other than payment of a civil penalty, is recommended.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, partnership, association, corporation, business trust, or any other organized group of individuals.
</P>
<P><I>Reply</I> means a written response to a Notice of Claim, admitting or denying the allegations contained within the Notice of Claim. In addition, the reply provides the mechanism for determining whether the respondent seeks to pay, settle, contest, or seek binding arbitration of the claim. <I>See</I> § 386.14. If contesting the allegations, the reply must also set forth all known affirmative defenses and factors in mitigation of the claim.
</P>
<P><I>Petitioner</I> means a party petitioning to overturn a determination in a driver qualification proceeding.
</P>
<P><I>Respondent</I> means a party against whom relief is sought or claim is made.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Submission of written evidence without hearing</I> means the submission of written evidence and legal argument to the Agency Decisionmaker, or his/her representative, in lieu of a formal or informal hearing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 40306, Oct. 2, 1985, as amended at 53 FR 2036, Jan. 26, 1988; 56 FR 10182, Mar. 11, 1991; 65 FR 7755, Feb. 16, 2000; 65 FR 78427, Dec. 15, 2000; 67 FR 61821, Oct. 2, 2002; 70 FR 28748, May 18, 2005; 72 FR 55701, Oct. 1, 2007; 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013; 86 FR 57071, Oct. 14, 2021; 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.3   Separation of functions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Civil penalty proceedings will be prosecuted by Agency Counsel who represent the Field Administrator. In Notices of Violation, the Field Administrator will be represented by Agency Counsel.
</P>
<P>(b) An Agency employee, including those listed in paragraph (c) of this section, engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecutorial functions in a civil penalty proceeding or in a proceeding under § 386.11, § 386.72, or § 386.73 may not, in that case or a factually related case, discuss or communicate the facts or issues involved with the Agency Decisionmaker, Administrative Law Judge, Hearing Officer, or others listed in paragraph (d) of this section, except as counsel or a witness in the public proceedings. The prohibition in this paragraph (b) also includes the staff of those covered by this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The Deputy Chief Counsel, Assistant Chief Counsel for Enforcement and Litigation, and attorneys in the Enforcement and Litigation Division serve as enforcement counsel in the prosecution of all cases brought under this part.
</P>
<P>(d) The Chief Counsel, the Special Counsel to the Chief Counsel, and attorneys serving as Adjudications Counsel advise the Agency Decisionmaker regarding all cases brought under this Part.
</P>
<P>(e) Nothing in this part shall preclude Agency Decisionmakers or anyone advising an Agency Decisionmaker from taking part in a determination to launch an investigation or issue a complaint, or similar preliminary decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28479, May 18, 2005, as amended at 86 FR 57071, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.4" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.4   Appearances and rights of parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party may appear in person, by counsel, or by other representative, as the party elects, in a proceeding under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) A person representing a party must file a notice of appearance in the proceeding, in the manner provided in § 386.7 of this subpart. The notice of appearance must list the name, address, telephone number, and facsimile number of the person designated to represent the party. A copy of the notice of appearance must be served on each party, in the manner provided in § 386.6 of this subpart. The notice of appearance must be filed and served before the representative can participate in the proceeding. Any changes in an attorney or representative's contact information must be served and filed according to §§ 386.6 and 386.7 in a timely manner.
</P>
<P>(c) A separate notice of appearance must be filed by a representative in each case. Blanket appearances on behalf of a party will not be accepted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28479, May 18, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.1.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.5   Form of filings and extensions of time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form.</I> Each document must be typewritten or legibly handwritten.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> Unless otherwise specified in this part, each document must contain a short, plain statement of the facts on which the person's case rests and a brief statement of the action requested in the document. Except by prior order, all contents will be made publicly available.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Length.</I> Except for the Notice of Claim and reply, motions, briefs, and other filings may not exceed 20 pages except as permitted by Order following a motion to exceed the page limitation based upon good cause shown. Exhibits or attachments in support of the relevant filing are not included in the page limit.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Paper and margins.</I> Filed documents must be printed on 8
<FR>1/2</FR>″ by 11″ paper with a one-inch margin on all four sides of text, to include pagination and footnotes.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Spacing, and font size for typewritten documents.</I> Typewritten documents will use the following line format: single-spacing for the caption and footnotes, and double-spacing for the main text. All printed matter must appear in at least 12-point font, including footnotes.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Extensions of time.</I> Only those requests showing good cause will be granted. No motion for continuance or postponement of a hearing date filed within 15 days of the date set for a hearing will be granted unless accompanied by an affidavit showing extraordinary circumstances warrant a continuance. Unless directed otherwise by the Agency Decisionmaker before whom a matter is pending, the parties may stipulate to reasonable extensions of time by filing the stipulation in the official docket and serving copies on all parties on the certificate of service. Motions for extensions of time must be filed in accordance with § 386.7 and served in accordance with § 386.6. A copy must also be served upon the person presiding over the proceeding at the time of the filing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28479, May 18, 2005, as amended at 77 FR 59826, Oct. 1, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.6" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.1.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.6   Service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> All documents must be served upon the party or the party's designated agent for service of process. If a notice of appearance has been filed in the specific case in question in accordance with § 386.4, service is to be made on the party's attorney of record or its designated representative.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type of service.</I> A person may serve documents by personal delivery utilizing governmental or commercial entities, U.S. mail, commercial mail delivery, and upon prior written consent of the parties, facsimile. Written consent for facsimile service must specify the facsimile number where service will be accepted. When service is made by facsimile, a copy will also be served by any other method permitted by this section. Facsimile service occurs when transmission is complete.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certificate of service.</I> A certificate of service will accompany all documents served in a proceeding under this Part. The certificate must show the date and manner of service, be signed by the person making service, and list the persons served in accordance with § 386.7.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Date of service.</I> A document will be considered served on the date of personal delivery; or if mailed, the mailing date shown on the certificate of service, the date shown on the postmark if there is no certificate of service, or other mailing date shown by other evidence if there is no certificate of service or postmark.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Valid service.</I> A properly addressed document, sent in accordance with this subpart, which was returned, unclaimed, or refused, is deemed to have been served in accordance with this subpart. The service will be considered valid as of the date and the time the document was mailed, or the date personal delivery of the document was refused. Service by delivery after 5 p.m. in the time zone in which the recipient will receive delivery is deemed to have been made on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Presumption of service.</I> There shall be a presumption of service if the document is served where a party or a person customarily receives mail or at the address designated in the entry of appearance. If an entry of appearance has been filed on behalf of the party, service is effective upon service of a document to its representative.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28480, May 18, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.1.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.7   Filing of documents.</HEAD>
<P><I>Address and method of filing.</I> A person serving or tendering a document for filing must personally deliver or mail one copy of each document to all parties and counsel or their designated representative of record if represented. A signed original and one copy of each document submitted for the consideration of the Agency Decisionmaker, an Administrative Law Judge, or Hearing Officer must be personally delivered or mailed to: Department of Transportation Docket Operations, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. A person will serve a copy of each document on each party in accordance with § 386.6 of this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28480, May 18, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 55701, Oct. 1, 2007; 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.8" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.1.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.8   Computation of time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> In computing any time period set out in these rules or in an order issued hereunder, the time computation begins with the day following the act, event, or default. The last day of the period is included unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal Federal holiday in which case the time period will run to the end of the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal Federal holiday. All Saturdays, Sundays, and legal Federal holidays except those falling on the last day of the period will be computed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Date of entry of orders.</I> In computing any period of time involving the date of the entry of an order, the date of entry is the date the order is served.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Computation of time for delivery by mail.</I> (1) Service of all documents is deemed effected at the time of mailing.
</P>
<P>(2) Documents are not deemed filed until received by Docket Operations.
</P>
<P>(3) Whenever a party has a right or a duty to act or to make any response within a prescribed period after service by mail, or on a date certain after service by mail, 5 days will be added to the prescribed period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28480, May 18, 2005, as amended at 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Commencement of Proceedings, Pleadings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.11   Commencement of proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Driver qualification proceedings.</I> These proceedings are commenced by the issuance of a determination by FMCSA, in a case arising under § 391.47 of this chapter or by the issuance of a letter of disqualification.
</P>
<P>(1) Such determination and letters must be accompanied by the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A citation of the regulation under which the action is being taken;
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of all documentary evidence relied on or considered in taking such action, or in the case of voluminous evidence a summary of such evidence;
</P>
<P>(iii) Notice to the driver and motor carrier involved in the case that they may petition for review of the action;
</P>
<P>(iv) Notice that a hearing will be granted if the Agency Decisionmaker determines there are material factual issues in dispute;
</P>
<P>(v) Notice that failure to petition for review will constitute a waiver of the right to contest the action; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Notice that the burden or proof will be on the petitioner in cases arising under § 391.47 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) At any time before the close of hearing, upon application of a party, the letter or determination may be amended at the discretion of the administrative law judge upon such terms as he/she approves.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of Violation.</I> The Agency may issue a Notice of Violation as a means of notifying any person subject to the rules in this part that it has received information (<I>i.e.</I>, from an investigation, audit, or any other source) wherein it has been alleged the person has violated provisions of the FMCSRs, HMRs, or FMCCRs. The Notice of Violation serves as an informal mechanism to address compliance deficiencies. If the alleged deficiency is not addressed to the satisfaction of the Agency, formal enforcement action may be taken in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. A Notice of Violation is not a prerequisite to the issuance of a Notice of Claim. The Notice of Violation will address the following issues, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) The specific alleged violations.
</P>
<P>(2) Any specific actions the Agency determines are appropriate to remedy the identified problems.
</P>
<P>(3) The means by which the notified person can inform the Agency that it has received the Notice of Violation and either has addressed the alleged violation or does not agree with the Agency's assertions in the Notice of Violation.
</P>
<P>(4) Any other relevant information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Civil penalty proceedings.</I> These proceedings are commenced by the issuance of a Notice of Claim.
</P>
<P>(1) Each Notice of Claim must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement setting forth the facts alleged.
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of the provisions of law allegedly violated by the respondent.
</P>
<P>(iii) The proposed civil penalty and notice of the maximum amount authorized to be claimed under statute.
</P>
<P>(iv) The time, form, and manner whereby the respondent may pay, contest, or otherwise seek resolution of the claim.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to the information required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the Notice of Claim may contain such other matters as the Agency deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(3) In proceedings for collection of civil penalties for violations of the motor carrier safety regulations under the Motor Carrier Safety Act of 1984, the Agency may require the respondent to post a copy of the Notice of Claim in such place or places and for such duration as the Agency may determine appropriate to aid in the enforcement of the law and regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 40306, Oct. 2, 1985, as amended at 53 FR 2036, Jan. 26, 1988; 56 FR 10182, Mar. 11, 1991; 65 FR 7756, Feb. 16, 2000; 70 FR 28480, May 18, 2005; 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013; 86 FR 57071, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.12" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.12   Complaints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Complaint of substantial violation.</I> (1) Any person alleging that a substantial violation of any regulation issued under the Motor Carrier Safety Act of 1984 is occurring or has occurred must file a written complaint with FMCSA stating the substance of the alleged substantial violation no later than 90 days after the event. The written complaint, including the information below, must be filed with the National Consumer Complaint Database at <I>http://nccdb.fmcsa.dot.gov</I><I> or any FMCSA Division Administrator.</I> The Agency will refer the complaint to the Division Administrator who the Agency believes is best able to handle the complaint. Information on filing a written complaint may be obtained by calling 1-888-DOT-SAFT (1-888-368-7238). A substantial violation is one which could reasonably lead to, or has resulted in, serious personal injury or death. Each complaint must be signed by the complainant and must contain:
</P>
<P>(i) The name, address, and telephone number of the person who files it;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and address of the alleged violator and, with respect to each alleged violator, the specific provisions of the regulations that the complainant believes were violated; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A concise but complete statement of the facts relied upon to substantiate each allegation, including the date of each alleged violation.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon the filing of a complaint of a substantial violation under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the Division Administrator shall determine whether the complaint is non-frivolous and meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section. If the Division Administrator determines the complaint is non-frivolous and meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1), the Division Administrator shall investigate the complaint. The complainant shall be timely notified of findings resulting from the investigation. The Division Administrator shall not be required to conduct separate investigations of duplicative complaints. If the Division Administrator determines the complaint is frivolous or does not meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(1), the Division Administrator shall dismiss the complaint and notify the complainant in writing of the reasons for the dismissal.
</P>
<P>(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, the Division Administrator shall not disclose the identity of complainants unless it is determined that such disclosure is necessary to prosecute a violation. If disclosure becomes necessary, the Division Administrator shall take every practical means within the Division Administrator's authority to ensure that the complainant is not subject to coercion, harassment, intimidation, disciplinary action, discrimination, or financial loss as a result of such disclosure.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Complaint of harassment.</I> (1) A driver alleging a violation of § 390.36(b)(1) of this subchapter (harassment) must file a written complaint with FMCSA stating the substance of the alleged harassment by a motor carrier no later than 90 days after the event. The written complaint, including the information described below, must be filed with the National Consumer Complaint Database at <I>http://nccdb.fmcsa.dot.gov</I> or the FMCSA Division Administrator for the State where the driver is employed. The Agency may refer a complaint to another Division Administrator who the Agency believes is best able to handle the complaint. Information on filing a written complaint may be obtained by calling 1-888-DOT-SAFT (1-888-368-7238). Each complaint must be signed by the driver and must contain:
</P>
<P>(i) The driver's name, address, and telephone number;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and address of the motor carrier allegedly harassing the driver; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A concise but complete statement of the facts relied upon to substantiate each allegation of harassment, including:
</P>
<P>(A) How the ELD or other technology used in combination with and not separable from the ELD was used to contribute to harassment;
</P>
<P>(B) The date of the alleged action; and
</P>
<P>(C) How the motor carrier's action violated either § 392.3 or part 395.
</P>
<FP>Each complaint may include any supporting evidence that will assist the Division Administrator in determining the merits of the complaint.
</FP>
<P>(2) Upon the filing of a complaint of a violation under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the appropriate Division Administrator shall determine whether the complaint is non-frivolous and meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) If the Division Administrator determines the complaint is non-frivolous and meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the Division Administrator shall investigate the complaint. The complaining driver shall be timely notified of findings resulting from the investigation. The Division Administrator shall not be required to conduct separate investigations of duplicative complaints.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Division Administrator determines the complaint is frivolous or does not meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the Division Administrator shall dismiss the complaint and notify the complainant in writing of the reasons for the dismissal.
</P>
<P>(3) Because prosecution of harassment in violation of § 390.36(b)(1) of this subchapter will require disclosure of the driver's identity, the Agency shall take every practical means within its authority to ensure that the driver is not subject to coercion, harassment, intimidation, disciplinary action, discrimination, or financial loss as a result of the disclosure. This will include notification that 49 U.S.C. 31105 includes broad employee protections and that retaliation for filing a harassment complaint may subject the motor carrier to enforcement action by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Complaint of coercion.</I> (1) A driver alleging a violation of § 390.6(a)(1) or (2) of this subchapter must file a written complaint with FMCSA stating the substance of the alleged coercion no later than 90 days after the event. The written complaint, including the information described below, must be filed with the National Consumer Complaint Database at <I>http://nccdb.fmcsa.dot.gov</I> or the FMCSA Division Administrator for the State where the driver is employed. The Agency may refer a complaint to another Division Administrator who the Agency believes is best able to handle the complaint. Information on filing a written complaint may be obtained by calling 1-888-DOT-SAFT (1-888-368-7238). Each complaint must be signed by the driver and must contain:
</P>
<P>(i) The driver's name, address, and telephone number;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and address of the person allegedly coercing the driver;
</P>
<P>(iii) The provisions of the regulations that the driver alleges he or she was coerced to violate; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A concise but complete statement of the facts relied upon to substantiate each allegation of coercion, including the date of each alleged violation.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Action on complaint of coercion.</I> Upon the filing of a complaint of coercion under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the appropriate Division Administrator shall determine whether the complaint is non-frivolous and meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(1).
</P>
<P>(i) If the Division Administrator determines that the complaint is non-frivolous and meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the Division Administrator shall investigate the complaint. The complaining driver shall be timely notified of findings resulting from such investigation. The Division Administrator shall not be required to conduct separate investigations of duplicative complaints.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Division Administrator determines the complaint is frivolous or does not meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the Division Administrator shall dismiss the complaint and notify the driver in writing of the reasons for the dismissal.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Protection of complainants.</I> Because prosecution of coercion in violation of § 390.6 of this subchapter will require disclosure of the driver's identity, the Agency shall take every practical means within its authority to ensure that the driver is not subject to coercion, harassment, intimidation, disciplinary action, discrimination, or financial loss as a result of the disclosure. This will include notification that 49 U.S.C. 31105 includes broad employee protections and that retaliation for filing a coercion complaint may subject the alleged coercer to enforcement action by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 78381, Dec. 16, 2015, as amended at 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.13   Petitions to review and request for hearing: Driver qualification proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 60 days after service of the determination under § 391.47 of this chapter or the letter of disqualification, the driver or carrier may petition to review such action. Such petitions must be submitted to the Agency Decisionmaker and must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of what action the petitioner wants overturned;
</P>
<P>(2) Copies of all evidence upon which petitioner relies in the form set out in § 386.49;
</P>
<P>(3) All legal and other arguments which the petitioner wishes to make in support of his/her position;
</P>
<P>(4) A request for oral hearing, if one is desired, which must set forth material factual issues believed to be in dispute;
</P>
<P>(5) Certification that the petition has been filed in accordance with § 386.6(c); and
</P>
<P>(6) Any other pertinent material.
</P>
<P>(b) Failure to submit a petition as specified in paragraph (a) of this section shall constitute a waiver of the right to petition for review of the determination or letter of disqualification. In these cases, the determination or disqualification issued automatically becomes the final decision of the Agency Decisionmaker 30 days after the time to submit the reply or petition to review has expired, unless the Agency Decisionmaker orders otherwise.
</P>
<P>(c) If the petition does not request a hearing, the Agency Decisionmaker may issue a final decision and order based on the evidence and arguments submitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 40306, Oct. 2, 1985, as amended at 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.14" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.14   Reply.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time for reply to the Notice of Claim.</I> Respondent must serve a reply to the Notice of Claim in writing within 30 days following service of the Notice of Claim. The reply is to be served in accordance with § 386.6 upon the Service Center indicated in the Notice of Claim.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Options for reply.</I> The respondent must reply to the Notice of Claim within the time allotted by choosing one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Paying the full amount asserted in the Notice of Claim in accordance with § 386.18 of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Contesting the claim by requesting administrative adjudication pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(3) Seeking binding arbitration in accordance with the Agency's program. Although the amount of the proposed penalty may be disputed, referral to binding arbitration is contingent upon an admission of liability that the violations occurred.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Failure to answer the Notice of Claim.</I> (1) Respondent's failure to answer the Notice of Claim in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section may result in the issuance of a Notice of Default and Final Order by the Field Administrator. The Notice of Default and Final Order will declare respondent to be in default and further declare the Notice of Claim, including the civil penalty proposed in the Notice of Claim, to be the Final Order in the proceeding. The Final Order will be effective five days following service of the Notice of Default and Final Order.
</P>
<P>(2) The default constitutes an admission of all facts alleged in the Notice of Claim and a waiver of respondent's opportunity to contest the claim. The default will be reviewed by the Agency Decisionmaker in accordance with § 386.64(b), and the Final Order may be vacated where a respondent demonstrates excusable neglect, a meritorious defense, or due diligence in seeking relief.
</P>
<P>(3) Failure to pay the civil penalty as directed in a Final Order that has become a Final Agency Order constitutes a violation of that order, subjecting the respondent to an additional penalty as prescribed in subpart G of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Request for administrative adjudication.</I> The respondent may contest the claim and request administrative adjudication pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section. An administrative adjudication is a process to resolve contested claims before the Agency Decisionmaker, Administrative Law Judge, or Hearing Officer. Once an administrative adjudication option is elected, it is binding on the respondent.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Contents.</I> In addition to the general requirements of this section, the reply must be in writing and state the grounds for contesting the claim and must raise any affirmative defenses the respondent intends to assert. Specifically, the reply:
</P>
<P>(i) Must admit or deny each separately stated and numbered allegation of violation in the claim. A statement that the person is without sufficient knowledge or information to admit or deny will have the effect of a denial. Any allegation in the claim not specifically denied in the reply is deemed admitted. A mere general denial of the claim is insufficient and may result in a default being entered by the Agency Decisionmaker upon motion by the Field Administrator.
</P>
<P>(ii) Must include all known affirmative defenses, including those relating to jurisdiction, limitations, and procedure.
</P>
<P>(iii) Must state which one of the following options respondent seeks:
</P>
<P>(A) To submit written evidence without hearing; or
</P>
<P>(B) An informal hearing; or
</P>
<P>(C) A formal hearing.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28481, May 18, 2005, as amended at 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.15" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.15   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.16" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.2.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.16   Action on replies to the Notice of Claim.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requests to submit written evidence without a hearing.</I> Where respondent has elected to submit written evidence in accordance with § 386.14(d)(1)(iii)(A):
</P>
<P>(1) Agency Counsel must serve all written evidence and argument in support of the Notice of Claim no later than 60 days following service of respondent's reply. The written evidence and argument must be served on the Agency Decisionmaker in accordance with §§ 386.6 and 386.7. The submission must include all pleadings, notices, and other filings in the case to date.
</P>
<P>(2) Respondent will, not later than 45 days following service of Agency Counsel's written evidence and argument, serve its written evidence and argument on the Agency Decisionmaker in accordance with §§ 386.6 and 386.7.
</P>
<P>(3) Agency Counsel may file a written response to respondent's submission. Any such submission must be filed within 20 days of service of respondent's submission.
</P>
<P>(4) All written evidence submitted by the parties must conform to the requirements of § 386.49.
</P>
<P>(5) Following submission of evidence and argument as outlined in this section, the Agency Decisionmaker may issue a Final Order based on the evidence and arguments submitted, or may issue any other order as may be necessary to adjudicate the matter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests for hearing.</I> (1) If a request for a formal or informal hearing has been filed, the Agency Decisionmaker will determine whether there exists a dispute of a material fact at issue in the matter. If so, the matter will be set for hearing in accordance with respondent's reply. If it is determined that there does not exist a dispute of a material fact at issue in the matter, the Agency Decisionmaker may issue a decision based on the written record, or may request the submission of further evidence or argument.
</P>
<P>(2) If a respondent requests a formal or informal hearing in its reply, the Field Administrator must serve upon the Agency Decisionmaker and respondent a notice of consent or objection with a basis to the request within 60 days of service of respondent's reply. Failure to serve an objection within the time allotted may result in referral of the matter to hearing.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Requests for formal hearing.</I> Following the filing of an objection with basis, the Field Administrator must serve a motion for Final Order pursuant to § 386.36 unless otherwise ordered by the Agency Decisionmaker. The motion must set forth the reasons why the Field Administrator is entitled to judgment as a matter of law. Respondent must, within 45 days of service of the motion for Final Order, submit and serve a response to the Field Administrator's motion. After reviewing the record, the Agency Decisionmaker will either set the matter for hearing by referral to the Office of Hearings or issue a Final Order based upon the submissions.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Requests for informal hearing.</I> (i) If the Field Administrator objects with basis to a request for an informal hearing, he/she must serve the objection, a copy of the Notice of Claim, and a copy of respondent's reply, on the respondent and Agency Decisionmaker, pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Based upon the Notice of Claim, the reply, and the objection with basis, the Agency Decisionmaker will issue an order granting or denying the request for informal hearing.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Informal hearing granted.</I> If the request for informal hearing is granted by the Agency Decisionmaker, a Hearing Officer will be assigned to hear the matter and will set forth the date, time and location for hearing. No further motions will be entertained, and no discovery will be allowed. At hearing, all parties may present evidence, written and oral, to the Hearing Officer, following which the Hearing Officer will issue a report to the Agency Decisionmaker containing findings of fact and recommending a disposition of the matter. The report will serve as the sole record of the proceedings. The Agency Decisionmaker may issue a Final Order adopting the report, or issue other such orders as he/she may deem appropriate. By participating in an informal hearing, respondent waives its right to a formal hearing.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Informal hearing denied.</I> If the request for informal hearing is denied, the Field Administrator must serve a motion for Final Order pursuant to § 386.36, unless otherwise directed by the Agency Decisionmaker. The motion must set forth the reasons why the Field Administrator is entitled to judgment as a matter of law. Respondent must, within 45 days of service of the motion for Final Order, submit and serve a response to the Field Administrator's motion. After reviewing the record, the Agency Decisionmaker will set the matter for formal hearing by referral to the Office of Hearings, or will issue a Final Order based upon the submissions.
</P>
<P>(C) Nothing in this section shall limit the Agency Decisionmaker's authority to refer any matter for formal hearing, even in instances where respondent seeks only an informal hearing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28481, May 18, 2005, as amended at 88 FR 80182, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.17" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.2.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.17   Intervention.</HEAD>
<P>After the matter is called for hearing and before the date set for the hearing to begin, any person may petition for leave to intervene. The petition is to be served on the administrative law judge. The petition must set forth the reasons why the petitioner alleges he/she is entitled to intervene. The petition must be served on all parties in accordance with § 386.31. Any party may file a response within 10 days of service of the petition. The administrative law judge shall then determine whether to permit or deny the petition. The petition will be allowed if the administrative law judge determines that the final decision could directly and adversely affect the petitioner or the class he/she represents, and if the petitioner may contribute materially to the disposition of the proceedings and his/her interest is not adequately represented by existing parties. Once admitted, a petitioner is a party for the purpose of all subsequent proceedings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.18" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.2.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.18   Payment of the claim.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Payment of the full amount claimed may be made at any time before issuance of a Final Agency Order and will constitute an admission of liability by the respondent of all facts alleged in the Notice of Claim, unless the parties agree in writing that payment shall not be treated as an admission. After the issuance of a Final Agency Order, claims are subject to interest, penalties, and administrative charges, in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717; 49 CFR part 89; and 31 CFR 901.9.
</P>
<P>(b) If respondent elects to pay the full amount as its response to the Notice of Claim, payment must be served upon the Field Administrator at the Service Center designated in the Notice of Claim within 30 days following service of the Notice of Claim. No written reply is necessary if respondent elects the payment option during the 30-day reply period. Failure to serve full payment within 30 days of service of the Notice of Claim when this option has been chosen may constitute a default and may result in the Notice of Claim, including the civil penalty assessed by the Notice of Claim, becoming the Final Agency Order in the proceeding pursuant to § 386.14(c).
</P>
<P>(c) Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, payment of the full amount in response to the Notice of Claim constitutes an admission of liability by the respondent of all facts alleged in the Notice of Claim. Payment waives respondent's opportunity to further contest the claim and will result in the Notice of Claim becoming the Final Agency Order.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28482, May 18, 2005, as amended at 77 FR 24870, Apr. 26, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Settlement Agreements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.22" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.22   Settlement agreements and their contents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Settlement agreements.</I> (1) When negotiations produce an agreement as to the amount or terms of payment of a civil penalty or the terms and conditions of an order, a settlement agreement shall be drawn and signed by the respondent and the Field Administrator or his/her designee. Such settlement agreement must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The statutory basis of the claim;
</P>
<P>(ii) A brief statement of the violations;
</P>
<P>(iii) The amount claimed and the amount paid;
</P>
<P>(iv) The date, time, and place and form of payment;
</P>
<P>(v) A statement that the agreement is not binding on the Agency until executed by the Field Administrator or his/her designee;
</P>
<P>(vi) A statement that failure to pay in accordance with the terms of the agreement or to comply with the terms of the agreement may result in the reinstatement of any penalties held in abeyance and may also result in the loss of any reductions in civil penalties asserted in the Notice of Claim, in which case the original amount asserted will be due immediately; and
</P>
<P>(vii) A statement that the agreement is the Final Agency Order.
</P>
<P>(2) A settlement agreement may contain any conditions, actions, or provisions agreed by the parties to redress the violations cited in the Notice of Claim or notice of violation.
</P>
<P>(3) A settlement agreement accepted and approved by the Agency Decisionmaker or Administrative Law Judge is a Final Agency Order which is binding on all parties according to its terms. Consent to a settlement agreement which has not yet been approved by the Agency Decisionmaker or Administrative Law Judge may not be withdrawn for a period of 30 days.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Civil penalty proceedings not before Agency Decisionmaker.</I> When the parties have agreed to a settlement at any time prior to the case coming before the Agency Decisionmaker, the parties may execute an appropriate agreement for disposing of the case. The agreement does not require approval by the Agency Decisionmaker. The agreement becomes the Final Agency Order upon execution by the Field Administrator or his/her designee.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Civil penalty proceedings before Agency Decisionmaker.</I> When a respondent has agreed to a settlement of a civil penalty before a Final Agency Order has been issued, the parties may execute an appropriate agreement for disposal of the case by consent for the consideration of the Agency Decisionmaker. The agreement is filed with the Agency Decisionmaker, who may accept it, reject it and direct that proceedings in the case continue, or take such other action as he/she deems appropriate. If the Agency Decisionmaker accepts the agreement, he/she shall enter an order in accordance with its terms. The settlement agreement becomes the Final Agency Order as of the date the Agency Decisionmaker enters an order accepting the settlement agreement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Civil penalty proceedings before Administrative Law Judge (ALJ).</I> When a respondent has agreed to a settlement of a civil penalty before the hearing is concluded, the parties may execute an appropriate agreement for disposing of the case by consent for the consideration of the ALJ. The agreement is filed with the ALJ who may accept it, reject it and direct that proceedings in the case continue, or take such other action as he/she deems appropriate. If the ALJ accepts the agreement, he/she shall enter an order in accordance with its terms. The settlement agreement becomes the Final Agency Order as per § 386.61.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Civil penalty proceedings before Hearing Officer.</I> When a respondent has agreed to a settlement of a civil penalty before the hearing is concluded, the parties may execute an appropriate agreement for disposal of the case for the consideration of the Hearing Officer. The agreement is filed with the Hearing Officer, who, within 20 days of receipt, will make a report and recommendation to the Agency Decisionmaker who may accept it, reject it and direct that proceedings in the case continue, or take such other action as he/she deems appropriate. If the Agency Decisionmaker accepts the agreement, he/she will enter an order in accordance with its terms. The settlement agreement becomes the Final Agency Order as of the date the Agency Decisionmaker enters an order accepting the settlement agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28482, May 18, 2005, as amended at 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—General Rules and Hearings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.30" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.30   Enforcement proceedings under part 395.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A motor carrier is liable for any act or failure to act by an employee, as defined in § 390.5 of this subchapter, that violates any provision of part 395 of this subchapter if the act or failure to act is within the course of the motor carrier's operations. The fact that an employee may be liable for a violation in a proceeding under this subchapter, based on the employee's act or failure to act, does not affect the liability of the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Burden of proof.</I> Notwithstanding any other provision of this subchapter, the burden is on a motor carrier to prove that the employee was acting outside the scope of the motor carrier's operations when committing an act or failing to act in a manner that violates any provision of part 395 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Imputed knowledge of documents.</I> A motor carrier shall be deemed to have knowledge of any document in its possession and any document that is available to the motor carrier and that the motor carrier could use in ensuring compliance with part 395 of this subchapter. “Knowledge of any document” means knowledge of the fact that a document exists and the contents of the document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 78382, Dec. 16, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.31" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.31   Official notice.</HEAD>
<P>Upon notification to all parties, the Agency Decisionmaker or Administrative Law Judge may take official notice of any fact or document not appearing in evidence in the record. Any party objecting to the official notice must file an objection within 10 days after service of the notice. If a Final Order has been issued, and the decision rests on a material and disputable fact of which the Agency Decisionmaker has taken official notice, a party may challenge the action of official notice in accordance with § 386.64.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28483, May 18, 2005, as amended at 88 FR 80183, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.34" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.34   Motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> An application for an order or ruling not otherwise covered by these rules shall be by motion. All motions filed prior to the calling of the matter for a hearing shall be to the Agency Decisionmaker. All motions filed after the matter is called for hearing shall be to the administrative law judge.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form.</I> Unless made during hearing, motions shall be made in writing, shall state with particularity the grounds for relief sought, and shall be accompanied by affidavits or other evidence relied upon.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Answers.</I> Except when a motion is filed during a hearing, any party may file an answer in support or opposition to a motion, accompanied by affidavits or other evidence relied upon. Such answers shall be served within 20 days after the motion is served or within such other time as the Agency Decisionmaker or administrative law judge may set.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Argument.</I> Oral argument or briefs on a motion may be ordered by the Agency Decisionmaker or the administrative law judge.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Disposition.</I> Motions may be ruled on immediately or at any other time specified by the administrative law judge or the Agency Decisionmaker.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Suspension of time.</I> The pendency of a motion shall not affect any time limits set in these rules unless expressly ordered by the Agency Decisionmaker or administrative law judge.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 40306, Oct. 2, 1985. Redesignated and amended at 70 FR 28483, May 18, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.35" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.35   Motions to dismiss and motions for a more definite statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Motions to dismiss must be made within the time set for reply or petition to review, except motions to dismiss for lack of jurisdiction, which may be made at any time.
</P>
<P>(b) Motions for a more definite statement may be made in lieu of a reply. The motion must point out the defects complained of and the details desired. If the motion is granted, the pleading complained of must be remedied within 15 days of the granting of the motion or it will be stricken. If the motion is denied, the party who requested the more definite statement must file his/her pleading within 10 days after the denial.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 40306, Oct. 2, 1985. Redesignated at 70 FR 28483, May 18, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.36" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.36   Motions for Final Order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> Unless otherwise provided in this section, the motion and answer will be governed by § 386.34. Either party may file a motion for final order. The motion must be served in accordance with §§ 386.6 and 386.7. If the matter is still pending before the service center, upon filing, the matter is officially transferred from the service center to the Agency Decisionmaker, who will then preside over the matter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and content.</I> (1) Movant's filing must contain a motion and memorandum of law, which may be separate or combined and must include all responsive pleadings, notices, and other filings in the case to date.
</P>
<P>(2) The motion for final order must be accompanied by written evidence in accordance with § 386.49.
</P>
<P>(3) The motion will state with particularity the grounds upon which it is based and the substantial matters of law to be argued. A Final Order may be issued if, after reviewing the record in a light most favorable to the non-moving party, the Agency Decisionmaker determines no genuine issue exists as to any material fact.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Answer to Motion.</I> The non-moving party will, within 45 days of service of the motion for final order, submit and serve a response to rebut movant's motion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28483, May 18, 2005, as amended at 88 FR 80183, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.37" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.37   Discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Parties may obtain discovery by one or more of the following methods: Depositions upon oral examination or written questions; written interrogatories; request for production of documents or other evidence for inspection and other purposes; physical and mental examinations; and requests for admission.
</P>
<P>(b) Discovery may not commence until the matter is pending before the Agency Decisionmaker or referred to the Office of Hearings.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as otherwise provided in these rules, in the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 551 <I>et seq.,</I> or by the Agency Decisionmaker or Administrative Law Judge, in the absence of specific Agency provisions or regulations, the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure may serve as guidance in administrative adjudications.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28483, May 18, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.38" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.38   Scope of discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless otherwise limited by order of the Agency Decisionmaker or, in cases that have been called for a hearing, the administrative law judge, in accordance with these rules, the parties may obtain discovery regarding any matter, not privileged, which is relevant to the subject matter involved in the proceeding, including the existence, description, nature, custody, condition, and location of any books, documents, or other tangible things and the identity and location of persons having knowledge of any discoverable matter.
</P>
<P>(b) It is not ground for objection that information sought will not be admissible at the hearing if the information sought appears reasonably calculated to lead to the discovery of admissible evidence.
</P>
<P>(c) A party may obtain discovery of documents and tangible things otherwise discoverable under paragraph (a) of this section and prepared in anticipation of or for the hearing by or for another party's representative (including his or her attorney, consultant, surety, indemnitor, insurer, or agent) only upon a showing that the party seeking discovery has substantial need of the materials in the preparation of his or her case and that he or she is unable without undue hardship to obtain the substantial equivalent of the materials by other means. In ordering discovery of such materials when the required showing has been made, the Agency Decisionmaker or the administrative law judge shall protect against disclosure of the mental impressions, conclusions, opinions, or legal theories of an attorney or other representative of a party concerning the proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.39" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.39   Protective orders.</HEAD>
<P>Upon motion by a party or other person from whom discovery is sought, and for good cause shown, the Agency Decisionmaker or the administrative law judge, if one has been appointed, may make any order which justice requires to protect a party or person from annoyance, embarrassment, oppression, or undue burden or expense, including one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The discovery not be had;
</P>
<P>(b) The discovery may be had only on specified terms and conditions, including a designation of the time or place;
</P>
<P>(c) The discovery may be had only by a method of discovery other than that selected by the party seeking discovery;
</P>
<P>(d) Certain matters not relevant may not be inquired into, or that the scope of discovery be limited to certain matters;
</P>
<P>(e) Discovery be conducted with no one present except persons designated by the Agency Decisionmaker or the administrative law judge; or
</P>
<P>(f) A trade secret or other confidential research, development, or commercial information may not be disclosed or be disclosed only in a designated way.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.40" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.40   Supplementation of responses.</HEAD>
<P>A party who has responded to a request for discovery with a response that was complete when made is under no duty to supplement his/her response to include information thereafter acquired, except as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) A party is under a duty to supplement timely his/her response with respect to any question directly addressed to:
</P>
<P>(1) The identity and location of persons having knowledge of discoverable matters; and
</P>
<P>(2) The identity of each person expected to be called as an expert witness at the hearing, the subject matter on which he or she is expected to testify and the substance of his or her testimony.
</P>
<P>(b) A party is under a duty to amend timely a prior response if he or she later obtains information upon the basis of which:
</P>
<P>(1) he or she knows the response was incorrect when made; or
</P>
<P>(2) he or she knows that the response though correct when made is no longer true and the circumstances are such that a failure to amend the response is in substance a knowing concealment.
</P>
<P>(c) A duty to supplement responses may be imposed by order of the Agency Decisionmaker or the administrative law judge or agreement of the parties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.41" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.41   Stipulations regarding discovery.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise ordered, a written stipulation entered into by all the parties and filed with the Agency Decisionmaker or the administrative law judge, if one has been appointed, may:
</P>
<P>(a) Provide that depositions be taken before any person, at any time or place, upon sufficient notice, and in any manner, and when so taken may be used like other depositions, and
</P>
<P>(b) Modify the procedures provided by these rules for other methods of discovery.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.42" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.42   Written interrogatories to parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Without leave, any party may serve upon any other party written interrogatories to be answered by the party to whom the interrogatories are directed; or, if that party is a public or private corporation or partnership or association or governmental agency, by any officer or agent, who will furnish the information available to that party.
</P>
<P>(b) The maximum number of interrogatories served will not exceed 30, including all subparts, unless the Agency Decisionmaker or Administrative Law Judge permits a larger number on motion and for good cause shown. Other interrogatories may be added without leave, so long as the total number of approved and additional interrogatories does not exceed 30.
</P>
<P>(c) Each interrogatory shall be answered separately and fully in writing under oath unless it is objected to, in which event the grounds for objection shall be stated and signed by the party, or counsel for the party, if represented, making the response. The party to whom the interrogatories are directed shall serve the answers and any objections within 30 days after the service of the interrogatories, or within such shortened or longer period as the Agency Decisionmaker or the Administrative Law Judge may allow.
</P>
<P>(d) Motions to compel may be made in accordance with § 386.45.
</P>
<P>(e) A notice of discovery must be served on the Agency Decisionmaker or, in cases that have been referred to the Office of Hearings, on the Administrative Law Judge. A copy of the interrogatories, answers, and all related pleadings must be served on all parties to the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(f) An interrogatory otherwise proper is not necessarily objectionable merely because an answer to the interrogatory involves an opinion or contention that relates to fact or the application of law to fact, but the Agency Decisionmaker or Administrative Law Judge may order that such an interrogatory need not be answered until after designated discovery has been completed or until a prehearing conference or other later time.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28483, May 18, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.43" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.43   Production of documents and other evidence; entry upon land for inspection and other purposes; and physical and mental examination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party may serve on any other party a request to:
</P>
<P>(1) Produce and permit the party making the request, or a person acting on his or her behalf, to inspect and copy any designated documents, or to inspect and copy, test, or sample any tangible things which are in the possession, custody, or control of the party upon whom the request is served; or
</P>
<P>(2) Permit entry upon designated land or other property in the possession or control of the party upon whom the request is served for the purpose of inspection and measuring, photographing, testing, or for other purposes as stated in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Submit to a physical or mental examination by a physician.
</P>
<P>(b) The request may be served on any party without leave of the Agency Decisionmaker or administrative law judge.
</P>
<P>(c) The request shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Set forth the items to be inspected either by individual item or category;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe each item or category with reasonable particularity;
</P>
<P>(3) Specify a reasonable time, place, and manner of making the inspection and performing the related acts;
</P>
<P>(4) Specify the time, place, manner, conditions, and scope of the physical or mental examination and the person or persons by whom it is to be made. A report of examining physician shall be made in accordance with Rule 35(b) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, title 28, U.S. Code, as amended.
</P>
<P>(d) The party upon whom the request is served shall serve on the party submitting the request a written response within 30 days after service of the request.
</P>
<P>(e) The response shall state, with respect to each item or category:
</P>
<P>(1) That inspection and related activities will be permitted as requested; or
</P>
<P>(2) That objection is made in whole or in part, in which case the reasons for objection shall be stated.
</P>
<P>(f) A copy of each request for production and each written response shall be served on all parties and filed with the Agency Decisionmaker or the administrative law judge, if one has been appointed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.44" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.44   Request for admissions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for admission.</I> (1) Any party may serve upon any other party a request for admission of any relevant matter or the authenticity of any relevant document. Copies of any document about which an admission is requested must accompany the request.
</P>
<P>(2) Each matter for which an admission is requested shall be separately set forth and numbered. The matter is admitted unless within 15 days after service of the request, the party to whom the request is directed serves upon the party requesting the admission a written answer signed by the party or his/her attorney.
</P>
<P>(3) Each answer must specify whether the party admits or denies the matter. If the matter cannot be admitted or denied, the party shall set out in detail the reasons.
</P>
<P>(4) A party may not issue a denial or fail to answer on the ground that he/she lacks knowledge unless he/she has made reasonable inquiry to ascertain information sufficient to allow him/her to admit or deny.
</P>
<P>(5) A party may file an objection to a request for admission within 10 days after service. Such motion shall be filed with the administrative law judge if one has been appointed, otherwise it shall be filed with the Agency Decisionmaker. An objection must explain in detail the reasons the party should not answer. A reply to the objection may be served by the party requesting the admission within 10 days after service of the objection. It is not sufficient ground for objection to claim that the matter about which an admission is requested presents an issue of fact for hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effect of admission.</I> Any matter admitted is conclusively established unless the Agency Decisionmaker or administrative law judge permits withdrawal or amendment. Any admission under this rule is for the purpose of the pending action only and may not be used in any other proceeding.
</P>
<P>(c) If a party refuses to admit a matter or the authenticity of a document which is later proved, the party requesting the admission may move for an award of expenses incurred in making the proof. Such a motion shall be granted unless there was a good reason for failure to admit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.45" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.45   Motion to compel discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a deponent fails to answer a question propounded or a party upon whom a request is made pursuant to §§ 386.42 through 386.44, or a party upon whom interrogatories are served fails to respond adequately or objects to the request, or any part thereof, or fails to permit inspection as requested, the discovering party may move the Agency Decisionmaker or the administrative law judge, if one has been appointed, for an order compelling a response or inspection in accordance with the request.
</P>
<P>(b) The motion shall set forth:
</P>
<P>(1) The nature of the questions or request;
</P>
<P>(2) The response or objections of the party upon whom the request was served; and
</P>
<P>(3) Arguments in support of the motion.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, an evasive answer or incomplete answer or response shall be treated as a failure to answer or respond.
</P>
<P>(d) In ruling on a motion made pursuant to this section, the Agency Decisionmaker or the administrative law judge, if one has been appointed, may make and enter a protective order such as he or she is authorized to enter on a motion made pursuant to § 386.39(a).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.46" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.46   Depositions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When, how, and by whom taken.</I> (1) The deposition of any witness may be taken at reasonable times subsequent to the appointment of an Administrative Law Judge. Prior to referral to the Office of Hearings, a party may petition the Agency Decisionmaker, in accordance with § 386.37, for leave to conduct a deposition based on good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(2) Depositions may be taken by oral examination or upon written interrogatories before any person having power to administer oaths.
</P>
<P>(3) The parties may stipulate in writing or the Administrative Law Judge may upon motion order that a deposition be taken by telephone or other remote electronic means.
</P>
<P>(4) If a subpoena duces tecum is to be served on the person to be examined, the designation of the materials to be produced as set forth in the subpoena shall be attached to, or included in, the notice.
</P>
<P>(5) If the deposition is to be recorded by videotape or audiotape, the notice shall specify the method of recording.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application.</I> Any party desiring to take the deposition of a witness must indicate to the witness and all other parties the time when, the place where, and the name and post office address of the person before whom the deposition is to be taken; the name and address of each witness; and the subject matter concerning which each such witness is expected to testify.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice.</I> A party desiring to take a deposition must give notice to the witness and all other parties. Notice must be in writing. Notice of the deposition must be given not less than 20 days from when the deposition is to be taken if the deposition is to be held within the continental United States and not less than 30 days from when the deposition is to be taken if the deposition is to be held elsewhere, unless a shorter time is agreed to by the parties or by leave of the Agency Decisionmaker or Administrative Law Judge by motion for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Depositions upon written questions.</I> Within 14 days after the notice and written questions are served, a party may serve cross-questions upon all other parties. Within 7 days after being served with cross-questions, a party may serve redirect questions upon all other parties. Within 7 days after being served with redirect questions, a party may serve recross questions upon all other parties. The Agency Decisionmaker or Administrative Law Judge may enlarge or shorten the time for cause shown.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Taking and receiving in evidence.</I> Each witness testifying upon deposition must be sworn, and any other party must be given the right to cross-examine. The questions propounded and the answers to them, together with all objections made, must be reduced to writing; read by or to, and subscribed by the witness; and certified by the person administering the oath. The person who took the deposition must seal the deposition transcript in an envelope and file it in accordance with § 386.7. Subject to objections to the questions and answers as were noted at the time of taking the deposition and which would have been valid if the witness were personally present and testifying, the deposition may be read and offered in evidence by the party taking it as against any party who was present or represented at the taking of the deposition or who had due notice of it.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Witness limit.</I> No party may seek deposition testimony of more than five witnesses without leave of the Agency Decisionmaker for good cause shown. Individual depositions are not to exceed 8 hours for any one witness.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Motion to terminate or limit examination.</I> During the taking of a deposition, a party or deponent may request suspension of the deposition on grounds of bad faith in the conduct of the examination, oppression of a deponent or party or improper questions propounded. The deposition will then be adjourned. The objecting party or deponent must, however, immediately move for a ruling on his or her objections to the deposition conduct or proceedings before the Agency Decisionmaker or Administrative Law Judge, who then may limit the scope or manner of the taking of the deposition.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28484, May 18, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.47" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.47   Use of deposition at hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> At the hearing, any part or all of a deposition, so far as admissible under the rules of evidence, may be used against any party who was present or represented at the taking of the deposition or who had due notice thereof in accordance with any one of the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) Any deposition may be used by any party for the purpose of contradicting or impeaching the testimony of the deponent as a witness.
</P>
<P>(2) The deposition of expert witnesses, particularly the deposition of physicians, may be used by any party for any purpose, unless the Agency Decisionmaker or administrative law judge rules that such use would be unfair or a violation of due process.
</P>
<P>(3) The deposition of a party or of anyone who at the time of taking the deposition was an officer, director, or duly authorized agent of a public or private organization, partnership, or association which is a party, may be used by any other party for any purpose.
</P>
<P>(4) The deposition of a witness, whether or not a party, may be used by any party for any purpose if the presiding officer finds:
</P>
<P>(i) That the witness is dead; or
</P>
<P>(ii) That the witness is out of the United States or more than 100 miles from the place of hearing unless it appears that the absence of the witness was procured by the party offering the deposition; or
</P>
<P>(iii) That the witness is unable to attend to testify because of age, sickness, infirmity, or imprisonment; or
</P>
<P>(iv) That the party offering the deposition has been unable to procure the attendance of the witness by subpoena; or
</P>
<P>(v) Upon application and notice, that such exceptional circumstances exist as to make it desirable, in the interest of justice and with due regard to the importance of presenting the testimony of witnesses orally in open hearing, to allow the deposition to be used.
</P>
<P>(5) If only part of a deposition is offered in evidence by a party, any other party may require him or her to introduce all of it which is relevant to the part introduced, and any party may introduce any other parts.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Objections to admissibility.</I> Except as provided in this paragraph, objection may be made at the hearing to receiving in evidence any deposition or part thereof for any reason which would require the exclusion of the evidence if the witness were then present and testifying.
</P>
<P>(1) Objections to the competency of a witness or to the competency, relevancy or materiality of testimony are not waived by failure to make them before or during the taking of the deposition, unless the ground of the objection is one which might have been obviated or removed if presented at that time.
</P>
<P>(2) Errors and irregularities occurring at the oral examination in the manner of taking the deposition, in the form of the questions or answers, in the oath or affirmation, or in the conduct of parties and errors of any kind which might be obviated, removed, or cured if promptly presented, are waived unless reasonable objection thereto is made at the taking of the deposition.
</P>
<P>(3) Objections to the form or written interrogatories are waived unless served in writing upon the party propounding them.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of taking using depositions.</I> A party shall not be deemed to make a person his or her own witness for any purpose by taking his or her deposition. The introduction in evidence of the deposition or any part thereof for any purpose other than that of contradicting or impeaching the deponent makes the deponent the witness of the party introducing the deposition, but this shall not apply to the use by any other party of a deposition as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. At the hearing, any party may rebut any relevant evidence contained in a deposition whether introduced by him or her or by any other party.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.48" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.48   Medical records and physicians' reports.</HEAD>
<P>In cases involving the physical qualifications of drivers, copies of all physicians' reports, test results, and other medical records that a party intends to rely upon shall be served on all other parties at least 30 days prior to the date set for a hearing. Except as waived by FMCSA, reports, test results and medical records not served under this rule shall be excluded from evidence at any hearing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 40306, Oct. 2, 1985, as amended at 53 FR 2036, Jan. 26, 1988; 65 FR 7756, Feb. 16, 2000; 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013; 86 FR 57071, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.49" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.49   Form of written evidence.</HEAD>
<P>All written evidence should be submitted in the following forms:
</P>
<P>(a) A written statement of a person having personal knowledge of the facts alleged, or
</P>
<P>(b) Documentary evidence in the form of exhibits attached to a written statement identifying the exhibit and giving its source.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28484, May 18, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.51" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.51   Amendment and withdrawal of pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except in instances covered by other rules, any time more than 15 days prior to the hearing, a party may amend his/her pleadings by serving the amended pleading on the Agency Decisionmaker or the administrative law judge, if one has been appointed, and on all parties. Within 15 days prior to the hearing, an amendment shall be allowed only at the discretion of the Administrative law judge. When an amended pleading is filed, other parties may file a response and objection within 10 days.
</P>
<P>(b) A party may withdraw his/her pleading any time more than 15 days prior to the hearing by serving a notice of withdrawal on the Agency Decisionmaker or the Administrative Law Judge. Within 15 days prior to the hearing a withdrawal may be made only at the discretion of the Agency Decisionmaker or the Administrative Law Judge. The withdrawal will be granted absent a finding that the withdrawal will result in injustice, prejudice, or irreparable harm to the non-moving party, or is otherwise contrary to the public interest.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 40306, Oct. 2, 1985, as amended at 70 FR 28484, May 18, 2005; 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.52" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.52   Appeals from interlocutory rulings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Unless otherwise provided in this subpart, a party may not appeal a ruling or decision of the Administrative Law Judge to the Agency Decisionmaker until the Administrative Law Judge's decision has been entered on the record. A decision or order of the Agency Decisionmaker on the interlocutory appeal does not constitute a Final Agency Order for the purposes of judicial review under § 386.67.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interlocutory appeal for cause.</I> If a party files a written request for an interlocutory appeal for cause with the Administrative Law Judge, or orally requests an interlocutory appeal for cause, the proceedings are stayed until the Administrative Law Judge issues a decision on the request. If the Administrative Law Judge grants the request, the proceedings are stayed until the Agency Decisionmaker issues a decision on the interlocutory appeal. The Administrative Law Judge must grant an interlocutory appeal for cause if a party shows that delay of the appeal would be detrimental to the public interest or would result in undue prejudice to any party.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedure.</I> A party must file a notice of interlocutory appeal, with any supporting documents, with the Agency Decisionmaker, and serve copies on each party and the Administrative Law Judge, not later than 10 days after the Administrative Law Judge's oral decision has been issued, or a written decision has been served. A party must file a reply brief, if any, with the Agency Decisionmaker and serve a copy of the reply brief on each party, not later than 10 days after service of the appeal brief. The Agency Decisionmaker will render a decision on the interlocutory appeal, within a reasonable time after receipt of the interlocutory appeal.
</P>
<P>(e) The Agency Decisionmaker may reject frivolous, repetitive, or dilatory appeals, and may issue an order precluding one or more parties from making further interlocutory appeals, and may order such further relief as required.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28484, May 18, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.53" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.53   Subpoenas, witness fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Applications for the issuance of subpoenas must be submitted to the Agency Decisionmaker, or in cases that have been called for a hearing, to the administrative law judge. The application must show the general relevance and reasonable scope of the evidence sought. Any person served with a subpoena may, within 7 days after service, file a motion to quash or modify. The motion must be filed with the official who approved the subpoena. The filing of a motion shall stay the effect of the subpoena until a decision is reached.
</P>
<P>(b) Witnesses shall be entitled to the same fees and mileage as are paid witnesses in the courts of the United States. The fees shall be paid by the party at whose instance the witness is subpoenaed or appears.
</P>
<P>(c) Paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to the Administrator or employees of the FMCSA or to the production of documents in their custody. Applications for the attendance of such persons or the production of such documents at a hearing shall be made to the Agency Decisionmaker or administrative law judge, if one is appointed, and shall set forth the need for such evidence and its relevancy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.54" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.54   Administrative Law Judge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Powers of an Administrative Law Judge.</I> The Administrative Law Judge may take any action and may prescribe all necessary rules and regulations to govern the conduct of the proceedings to ensure a fair and impartial hearing, and to avoid delay in the disposition of the proceedings. In accordance with the rules in this subchapter, an Administrative Law Judge may do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Give notice of and hold prehearing conferences and hearings.
</P>
<P>(2) Administer oaths and affirmations.
</P>
<P>(3) Issue subpoenas authorized by law.
</P>
<P>(4) Rule on offers of proof.
</P>
<P>(5) Receive relevant and material evidence.
</P>
<P>(6) Regulate the course of the administrative adjudication in accordance with the rules of this subchapter and the Administrative Procedure Act.
</P>
<P>(7) Hold conferences to settle or simplify the issues by consent of the parties.
</P>
<P>(8) Dispose of procedural motions and requests, except motions that under this part are made directly to the Agency Decisionmaker.
</P>
<P>(9) Issue orders permitting inspection and examination of lands, buildings, equipment, and any other physical thing and the copying of any document.
</P>
<P>(10) Make findings of fact and conclusions of law, and issue decisions.
</P>
<P>(11) To take any other action authorized by these rules and permitted by law.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limitations on the power of the Administrative Law Judge.</I> The Administrative Law Judge is bound by the procedural requirements of this part and the precedent opinions of the Agency. This section does not preclude an Administrative Law Judge from barring a person from a specific proceeding based on a finding of obstreperous or disruptive behavior in that proceeding.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disqualification.</I> The Administrative Law Judge may disqualify himself or herself at any time, either at the request of any party or upon his or her own initiative. Assignments of Administrative Law Judges are made by the Chief Administrative Law Judge upon the request of the Agency Decisionmaker. Any request for a change in such assignment, including disqualification, will be considered only for good cause which would unduly prejudice the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28485, May 18, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.55" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.55   Prehearing conferences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Convening.</I> At any time before the hearing begins, the administrative law judge, on his/her own motion or on motion by a party, may direct the parties or their counsel to participate with him/her in a prehearing conference to consider the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Simplification and clarification of the issues;
</P>
<P>(2) Necessity or desirability of amending pleadings;
</P>
<P>(3) Stipulations as to the facts and the contents and authenticity of documents;
</P>
<P>(4) Issuance of and responses to subpoenas;
</P>
<P>(5) Taking of depositions and the use of depositions in the proceedings;
</P>
<P>(6) Orders for discovery, inspection and examination of premises, production of documents and other physical objects, and responses to such orders;
</P>
<P>(7) Disclosure of the names and addresses of witnesses and the exchange of documents intended to be offered in evidence; and
</P>
<P>(8) Any other matter that will tend to simplify the issues or expedite the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Order.</I> The administrative law judge shall issue an order which recites the matters discussed, the agreements reached, and the rulings made at the prehearing conference. The order shall be served on the parties and filed in the record of the proceedings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.56" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.56   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As soon as practicable after his/her appointment, the administrative law judge shall issue an order setting the date, time, and place for the hearing. The order shall be served on the parties and become a part of the record of the proceedings. The order may be amended for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conduct of hearing.</I> The administrative law judge presides over the hearing. Hearings are open to the public unless the administrative law judge orders otherwise.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Evidence.</I> Except as otherwise provided in these rules and the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 551 <I>et seq.,</I> the Federal Rules of Evidence shall be followed.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Information obtained by investigation.</I> Any document, physical exhibit, or other material obtained by the Administration in an investigation under its statutory authority may be disclosed by the Administration during the proceeding and may be offered in evidence by counsel for the Administration.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Record.</I> The hearing shall be stenographically transcribed and reported. The transcript, exhibits, and other documents filed in the proceedings shall constitute the official record of the proceedings. A copy of the transcript and exhibits will be made available to any person upon payment of prescribed costs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.57" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.57   Proposed findings of fact, conclusions of law.</HEAD>
<P>The administrative law judge shall afford the parties reasonable opportunity to submit proposed findings of fact, conclusions of law, and supporting reasons therefor. If the administrative law judge orders written proposals and arguments, each proposed finding must include a citation to the specific portion of the record relied on to support it. Written submissions, if any, must be served within the time period set by the administrative law judge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.58" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.4.11.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.58   Burden of proof.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Enforcement cases.</I> The burden of proof shall be on the Administration in enforcement cases.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conflict of medical opinion.</I> The burden of proof in cases arising under § 391.47 of this chapter shall be on the party petitioning for review under § 386.13(a).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Decision</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.61" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.5.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.61   Decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Administrative Law Judge</I> After receiving the proposed findings of fact, conclusions of law, and arguments of the parties, the administrative law judge shall issue a decision. If the proposed findings of fact, conclusions of law, and arguments were oral, he/she may issue an oral decision. The decision of the administrative law judge becomes the final decision of the Agency Decisionmaker 45 days after it is served unless a petition or motion for review is filed under § 386.62. The decision shall be served on all parties and on the Agency Decisionmaker.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hearing Officer.</I> The Hearing Officer will prepare a report to the Agency Decisionmaker containing findings of fact and recommended disposition of the matter within 45 days after the conclusion of the hearing. The Agency Decisionmaker will issue a Final Order adopting the report, or may make other such determinations as appropriate. The Agency Decisionmaker's decision to adopt a Hearing Officer's report may be reviewed in accordance with § 386.64.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 40306, Oct. 2, 1985, as amended at 70 FR 28485, May 18, 2005; 88 FR 80183, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.62" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.5.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.62   Review of administrative law judge's decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All petitions to review must be accompanied by exceptions and briefs. Each petition must set out in detail objections to the initial decision and shall state whether such objections are related to alleged errors of law or fact. It shall also state the relief requested. Failure to object to any error in the initial decision shall waive the right to allege such error in subsequent proceedings.
</P>
<P>(b) Reply briefs may be filed within 30 days after service of the appeal brief.
</P>
<P>(c) No other briefs shall be permitted except upon request of the Agency Decisionmaker.
</P>
<P>(d) Copies of all briefs must be served on all parties.
</P>
<P>(e) No oral argument will be permitted except on order of the Agency Decisionmaker.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.63" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.5.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.63   Decision on review.</HEAD>
<P>Upon review of a decision, the Agency Decisionmaker may adopt, modify, or set aside the administrative law judge's findings of fact and conclusions of law. He/she may also remand proceedings to the administrative law judge with instructions for such further proceedings as he/she deems appropriate. If not remanded, the Agency Decisionmaker shall issue a final order disposing of the proceedings, and serve it on all parties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.64" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.5.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.64   Reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 20 days following service of the Final Order, any party may petition the Agency Decisionmaker for reconsideration of the order. If a civil penalty was imposed, the filing of a petition for reconsideration stays the entire action, unless the Agency Decisionmaker orders otherwise.
</P>
<P>(b) In the event a Notice of Default and Final Order is issued by the Field Administrator as a result of the respondent's failure to reply in accordance with § 386.14(a), the only issue that will be considered upon reconsideration is whether a default has occurred under § 386.14(c). The Final Order may be vacated where a respondent can demonstrate excusable neglect, a meritorious defense, or due diligence in seeking relief.
</P>
<P>(c) Either party may serve an answer to a petition for reconsideration within 30 days of the service date of the petition.
</P>
<P>(d) Following the close of the 30-day period, the Agency Decisionmaker will rule on the petition.
</P>
<P>(e) The ruling on the petition will be the Final Agency Order. A petition for reconsideration of the Agency Decisionmaker's ruling will not be permitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28485, May 18, 2005, as amended at 88 FR 80183, Nov. 17, 2023; 89 FR 713, Jan. 5, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.65" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.5.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.65   Failure to comply with final order.</HEAD>
<P>If, within 30 days of receipt of a final agency order issued under this part, the respondent does not submit in writing his/her acceptance of the terms of an order directing compliance, or, where appropriate, pay a civil penalty, or file an appeal under § 386.67, the case may be referred to the Attorney General with a request that an action be brought in the appropriate United States District Court to enforce the terms of a compliance order or collect the civil penalty.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.66" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.5.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.66   Motions for rehearing or for modification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No motion for rehearing or for modification of an order shall be entertained for 1 year following the date the Agency Decisionmaker's order goes into effect. After 1 year, any party may file a motion with the Agency Decisionmaker requesting a rehearing or modification of the order. The motion must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the order about which the change is requested;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the changed circumstances justifying the request; and
</P>
<P>(3) Copies of all evidence intended to be relied on by the party submitting the motion.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon receipt of the motion, the Agency Decisionmaker may make a decision denying the motion or modifying the order in whole or in part. He/she may also, prior to making his/her decision, order such other proceedings under these rules as he/she deems necessary and may request additional information from the party making the motion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28485, May 18, 2005, as amended at 89 FR 713, Jan. 5, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.67" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.5.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.67   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party to the underlying proceeding, who, after an administrative adjudication, is adversely affected by a Final Agency Order issued under 49 U.S.C. 521 may, within 30 days of service of the Final Agency Order, petition for review of the order in the United States Court of Appeals in the circuit where the violation is alleged to have occurred, or where the violator has its principal place of business or residence, or in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit.
</P>
<P>(b) Judicial review will be based on a determination of whether the findings and conclusions in the Final Agency Order were supported by substantial evidence or were otherwise not in accordance with law. No objection that has not been raised before the Agency will be considered by the court, unless reasonable grounds existed for failure or neglect to do so. The commencement of proceedings under this section will not, unless ordered by the court, operate as a stay of the Final Agency Order of the Agency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28485, May 18, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Injunctions and Imminent Hazards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.71" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.6.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.71   Injunctions.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever it is determined that a person has engaged, or is about to engage, in any act or practice constituting a violation of section 31502 of title 49, United States Code; of the Motor Carrier Safety Act of 1984; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act; or any regulation or order issued under that section or those Acts for which the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator exercises enforcement responsibility, FMCSA  may request the United States Attorney General to bring an action in the appropriate United States District Court for such relief as is necessary or appropriate, including mandatory or prohibitive injunctive relief, interim equitable relief, and punitive damages, as provided by section 213(c) of the Motor Carrier Safety Act of 1984 and section 111(a) of the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 507(c) 5122).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28485, May 18, 2005, as amended at 86 FR 57071, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.72" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.6.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.72   Imminent hazard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever it is determined that an imminent hazard exists as a result of the transportation by motor vehicle of a particular hazardous material, the Chief Counsel or Deputy Chief Counsel of the FMCSA may bring, or request the United States Attorney General to bring, an action in the appropriate United States District Court for an order suspending or restricting the transportation by motor vehicle of the hazardous material or for such other order as is necessary to eliminate or ameliorate the imminent hazard, as provided by 49 U.S.C. 5122. In this paragraph, “imminent hazard” means the existence of a condition that presents a substantial likelihood that death, serious illness, severe personal injury, or a substantial endangerment to health, property, or the environment may occur before a notice of investigation proceeding, or other administrative hearing or formal proceeding, to abate the risk of harm can be completed. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Whenever it is determined that a violation of 49 U.S.C. 31502 or the Motor Carrier Safety Act of 1984, as amended, or the Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986, as amended, or a regulation issued under such section or Acts, or a combination of such violations, poses an imminent hazard to safety, FMCSA, shall order:
</P>
<P>(i) A commercial motor vehicle or employee operating such vehicle out-of-service, or order an employer to cease all or part of the employer's commercial motor vehicle operations, as provided by 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(5);
</P>
<P>(ii) An intermodal equipment provider's specific vehicle or equipment out-of-service, or order an intermodal equipment provider to cease all or part of its operations, as provided by 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(5) and 49 U.S.C. 31151(a)(3)(I).
</P>
<P>(2) In making any such order, no restrictions shall be imposed on any vehicle, terminal or facility, employee, employer or intermodal equipment provider beyond that required to abate the hazard.
</P>
<P>(3) In this paragraph (b), <I>imminent hazard</I> means any condition of vehicle, intermodal equipment, employee, or commercial motor vehicle operations that substantially increases the likelihood of serious injury or death if not discontinued immediately.
</P>
<P>(4) Upon the issuance of an order under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the motor carrier employer, intermodal equipment provider or driver employee shall comply immediately with such order. Opportunity for review shall be provided in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554, except that such review shall occur not later than 10 days after issuance of such order, as provided by section 213(b) of the Motor Carrier Safety Act of 1984 (49 U.S.C. 521(b)(5)). An order to an employer or intermodal equipment provider to cease all or part of its operations shall not prevent vehicles in transit at the time the order is served from proceeding to their immediate destinations, unless any such vehicle or its driver is specifically ordered out-of-service forthwith. However, vehicles and drivers proceeding to their immediate destination shall be subject to compliance upon arrival.
</P>
<P>(5) For purposes of this section, the term <I>immediate destination</I> is the next scheduled stop of the vehicle already in motion where the cargo on board can be safely secured.
</P>
<P>(6) Failure to comply immediately with an order issued under this section shall subject the motor carrier employer, intermodal equipment provider, or driver to penalties prescribed in subpart G of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 40306, Oct. 2, 1985, as amended at 53 FR 2036, Jan. 26, 1988; 53 FR 50970, Dec. 19, 1988; 56 FR 10184, Mar. 11, 1991; 65 FR 7756, Feb. 16, 2000; 65 FR 58664, Oct. 2, 2000; 73 FR 76819, Dec. 17, 2008; 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013; 86 FR 57071, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.73" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.6.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.73   Operations out of service and record consolidation proceedings (reincarnated carriers).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Out-of-service order.</I> FMCSA may issue an out-of-service order to prohibit a motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, or freight forwarder from conducting operations subject to FMCSA jurisdiction upon a determination by FMCSA that the motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, or freight forwarder or an officer, employee, agent, or authorized representative of such an entity, operated or attempted to operate a motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, or freight forwarder under a new identity or as an affiliated entity to:
</P>
<P>(1) Avoid complying with an FMCSA order;
</P>
<P>(2) Avoid complying with a statutory or regulatory requirement;
</P>
<P>(3) Avoid paying a civil penalty;
</P>
<P>(4) Avoid responding to an enforcement action; or
</P>
<P>(5) Avoid being linked with a negative compliance history.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Record consolidation order.</I> In addition to, or in lieu of, an out-of-service order issued under this section, FMCSA may issue an order consolidating the records maintained by FMCSA concerning the current motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, and freight forwarder and its affiliated motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, or freight forwarder or its previous incarnation, for all purposes, upon a determination that the motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, and freight forwarder or officer, employee, agent, or authorized representative of the same, operated or attempted to operate a motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, or freight forwarder under a new identity or as an affiliated entity to:
</P>
<P>(1) Avoid complying with an FMCSA order;
</P>
<P>(2) Avoid complying with a statutory or regulatory requirement;
</P>
<P>(3) Avoid paying a civil penalty;
</P>
<P>(4) Avoid responding to an enforcement action; or
</P>
<P>(5) Avoid being linked with a negative compliance history.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Standard.</I> FMCSA may determine that a motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, or freight forwarder is reincarnated if there is substantial continuity between the entities such that one is merely a continuation of the other. FMCSA may determine that a motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, or freight forwarder is an affiliate if the business operations are under common ownership and/or common control. In making this determination, FMCSA may consider, among other things, the following factors:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether the new or affiliated entity was created for the purpose of evading statutory or regulatory requirements, an FMCSA order, enforcement action, or negative compliance history. In weighing this factor, FMCSA may consider the stated business purpose for the creation of the new or affiliated entity.
</P>
<P>(2) The previous entity's safety performance history, including, among other things, safety violations and enforcement actions of the Secretary, if any;
</P>
<P>(3) Consideration exchanged for assets purchased or transferred;
</P>
<P>(4) Dates of company creation and dissolution or cessation of operations;
</P>
<P>(5) Commonality of ownership between the current and former company or between current companies;
</P>
<P>(6) Commonality of officers and management personnel;
</P>
<P>(7) Identity of physical or mailing addresses, telephone, fax numbers, or email addresses;
</P>
<P>(8) Identity of motor vehicle equipment;
</P>
<P>(9) Continuity of liability insurance policies or commonality of coverage under such policies;
</P>
<P>(10) Commonality of drivers and other employees;
</P>
<P>(11) Continuation of carrier facilities and other physical assets;
</P>
<P>(12) Continuity or commonality of nature and scope of operations, including customers for whom transportation is provided;
</P>
<P>(13) Advertising, corporate name, or other acts through which the company holds itself out to the public;
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Evaluating factors.</I> FMCSA may examine, among other things, the company management structures, financial records, corporate filing records, asset purchase or transfer and title history, employee records, insurance records, and any other information related to the general operations of the entities involved and factors in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effective dates.</I> An order issued under this section becomes the Final Agency Order and is effective on the 21st day after it is served unless a request for administrative review is served and filed as set forth in paragraph (g) of this section. Any motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, or freight forwarder that fails to comply with any prohibition or requirement set forth in an order issued under this section is subject to the applicable penalty provisions for each instance of noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Commencement of proceedings.</I> FMCSA may commence proceedings under this section by issuing an order that:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides notice of the factual and legal basis of the order;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of an out-of-service order, identifies the operations prohibited by the order;
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of an order that consolidates records maintained by FMCSA, identifies the previous entity and current or affiliated motor carriers, intermodal equipment providers, brokers, or freight forwarders whose records will be consolidated;
</P>
<P>(4) Provides notice that the order is effective upon the 21st day after service;
</P>
<P>(5) Provides notice of the right to petition for administrative review of the order and that a timely petition will stay the effective date of the order unless the Agency Decisionmaker orders otherwise for good cause; and
</P>
<P>(6) Provides notice that failure to timely request administrative review of the order constitutes waiver of the right to contest the order and will result in the order becoming a Final Agency Order 21 days after it is served.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Administrative review.</I> A motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, or freight forwarder issued an order under this section may petition for administrative review of the order. A petition for administrative review is limited to contesting factual or procedural errors in the issuance of the order under review and may not be submitted to demonstrate corrective action. A petition for administrative review that does not identify factual or procedural errors in the issuance of the order under review will be dismissed. Petitioners seeking to demonstrate corrective action may do so by submitting a Petition for Rescission under paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) A petition for administrative review must be in writing and served on the Agency Decisionmaker, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001, Attention: Adjudications Counsel, or by electronic mail to <I>FMCSA.Adjudication@dot.gov.</I> A copy of the petition for administrative review must also be served on the FMCSA official who issued the order, at the physical address or electronic mail account identified in the order.
</P>
<P>(2) A petition for administrative review must be served within 15 days of the date FMCSA served the order issued under this section. Failure to timely request administrative review waives the right to administrative review and constitutes an admission of the facts alleged in the order.
</P>
<P>(3) A petition for administrative review must include:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the order in dispute; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of all factual and procedural issues in dispute.
</P>
<P>(4) If a petition for administrative review is timely served and filed, the petitioner may supplement the petition by serving documentary evidence and/or written argument that supports its position regarding the procedural or factual issues in dispute no later than 30 days from the date the disputed order was served. The supplementary documentary evidence or written argument may not expand the issues on review and need not address every issue identified in the petition. Failure to timely serve supplementary documentary evidence and/or written argument constitutes a waiver of the right to do so.
</P>
<P>(5) FMCSA must serve written argument and supporting documentary evidence, if any, in defense of the disputed order no later than 15 days following the period in which petitioner may serve supplemental documentary evidence and/or written argument in support of the petition for administrative review.
</P>
<P>(6) The Agency Decisionmaker may ask the parties to submit additional information or attend a conference to facilitate administrative review.
</P>
<P>(7) The Agency Decisionmaker will issue a written decision on the request for administrative review within 30 days of the close of the time period for FMCSA to serve written argument and supporting documentary evidence in defense of the order, or the actual filing of such written argument and documentary evidence, whichever is earlier.
</P>
<P>(8) If a petition for administrative review is timely served in accordance with this subsection, the disputed order is stayed, pending the Agency Decisionmaker's review. The Agency Decisionmaker may enter an order vacating the automatic stay in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(i) The Agency Official may file a motion to vacate the automatic stay demonstrating good cause why the order should not be stayed. The Agency Official's motion must be in writing, state the factual and legal basis for the motion, be accompanied by affidavits or other evidence relied on, and be served on the petitioner and Agency Decisionmaker.
</P>
<P>(ii) The petitioner may file an answer in opposition, accompanied by affidavits or other evidence relied on. The answer must be served within 10 days of service of the motion.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Agency Decisionmaker will issue a decision on the motion to vacate the automatic stay within 10 days of the close of the time period for serving the answer to the motion. The 30-day period for review of the petition for administrative review in paragraph (g)(7) of this section is tolled from the time the Agency Official's motion to lift a stay is served until the Agency Decisionmaker issues a decision on the motion.
</P>
<P>(9) The Agency Decisionmaker's decision on a petition for administrative review of an order issued under this section constitutes the Final Agency Order.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Petition for rescission.</I> A motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, or freight forwarder may petition to rescind an order issued under this section if action has been taken to correct the deficiencies that resulted in the order.
</P>
<P>(1) A petition for rescission must be made in writing to the FMCSA official who issued the order.
</P>
<P>(2) A petition for rescission must include a copy of the order requested to be rescinded, a factual statement identifying all corrective action taken, and copies of supporting documentation.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon request and for good cause shown, FMCSA may grant the petitioner additional time, not to exceed 45 days, to complete corrective action initiated at the time the petition for rescission was filed.
</P>
<P>(4) FMCSA will issue a written decision on the petition for rescission within 60 days of service of the petition. The written decision will include the factual and legal basis for the determination.
</P>
<P>(5) If FMCSA grants the request for rescission, the written decision is the Final Agency Order.
</P>
<P>(6) If FMCSA denies the request for rescission, the petitioner may file a petition for administrative review of the denial with the Agency Decisionmaker, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001, Attention: Adjudication Counsel or by electronic mail to <I>FMCSA.Adjudication@dot.gov.</I> The petition for administrative review of the denial must be served and filed within 15 days of the service of the decision denying the request for recession. The petition for administrative review must identify the disputed factual or procedural issues with respect to the denial of the petition for rescission. The petition may not, however, challenge the underlying basis of the order for which rescission was sought.
</P>
<P>(7) The Agency Decisionmaker will issue a written decision on the petition for administrative review of the denial of the petition for rescission within 60 days. The Agency Decisionmaker's decision constitutes the Final Agency Order.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Other orders unaffected.</I> If a motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, or freight forwarder subject to an order issued under this section is or becomes subject to any other order, prohibition, or requirement of the FMCSA, an order issued under this section is in addition to, and does not amend or supersede such other order, prohibition, or requirement. A motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, broker, or freight forwarder subject to an order issued under this section remains subject to the suspension and revocation provisions of 49 U.S.C. 13905 for violations of regulations governing their operations.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Inapplicability of subparts.</I> Subparts B, C, D, and E of this part, except § 386.67, do not apply to this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 24870, Apr. 26, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013; 86 FR 57071, Oct. 14, 2021; 89 FR 713, Jan. 5, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Penalties</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 10184, Mar. 11, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 386.81" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.7.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.81   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The amounts of civil penalties that can be assessed for regulatory violations subject to the proceedings in this subchapter are established in the statutes granting enforcement powers. The determination of the actual civil penalties assessed in each proceeding is based on those defined limits or minimums and consideration of information available at the time the claim is made concerning the nature, gravity of the violation and, with respect to the violator, the degree of culpability, history of prior offenses, effect on ability to continue to do business, and such other matters as justice and public safety may require. In addition to these factors, a civil penalty assessed under 49 U.S.C. 14901(a) and (d) concerning household goods is also based on the degree of harm caused to a shipper and whether the shipper has been adequately compensated before institution of the civil penalty proceeding. In adjudicating the claims and orders under the administrative procedures herein, additional information may be developed regarding these factors that may affect the final amount of the claim. 
</P>
<P>(b) When assessing penalties for violations of notices and orders or settling claims based on these assessments, consideration will be given to good faith efforts to achieve compliance with the terms of the notices and orders.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 10184, Mar. 11, 1991, as amended at 65 FR 7756, Feb. 16, 2000; 78 FR 60232, Oct. 1, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.82" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.7.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.82   Civil penalties for violations of notices and orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Additional civil penalties are chargeable for violations of notices and orders which are issued under civil forfeiture proceedings pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 521(b). These notices and orders are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Notice to abate—§ 386.11 (b)(2) and (c)(1)(iv);
</P>
<P>(2) Notice to post—§ 386.11(c)(3);
</P>
<P>(3) Final order—§ 386.14, § 386.17, § 386.22, and § 386.61; and
</P>
<P>(4) Out-of-service order—§ 386.72(b)(1).
</P>
<P>(b) A schedule of these additional penalties is provided in the appendix A to this part. All the penalties are maximums, and discretion will be retained to meet special circumstances by setting penalties for violations of notices and orders, in some cases, at less than the maximum.
</P>
<P>(c) Claims for penalties provided in this section and in the appendix A to this part shall be made through the civil forfeiture proceedings contained in this part. The issues to be decided in such proceedings will be limited to whether violations of notices and orders occurred as claimed and the appropriate penalty for such violations. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to authorize the reopening of a matter already finally adjudicated under this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 10184, Mar. 11, 1991, as amended at 67 FR 61821, Oct. 2, 2002; 70 FR 28486, May 18, 2005; 77 FR 59826, Oct. 1, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.83" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.7.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.83   Sanction for failure to pay civil penalties or abide by payment plan; operation in interstate commerce prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>General rule.</I> (i) A CMV owner or operator that fails to pay a civil penalty in full within 90 days after the date specified for payment by FMCSA's final agency order, is prohibited from operating in interstate commerce starting on the next (i.e., the 91st) day. The prohibition continues until the FMCSA has received full payment of the penalty.
</P>
<P>(ii) An intermodal equipment provider that fails to pay a civil penalty in full within 90 days after the date specified for payment by FMCSA's final agency order, is prohibited from tendering intermodal equipment to motor carriers for operation in interstate commerce starting on the next (i.e., the 91st) day. The prohibition continues until the FMCSA has received full payment of the penalty.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Civil penalties paid in installments.</I> The FMCSA Service Center may allow a CMV owner or operator, or an intermodal equipment provider, to pay a civil penalty in installments. If the CMV owner or operator, or intermodal equipment provider, fails to make an installment payment on schedule, the payment plan is void and the entire debt is payable immediately. A CMV owner or operator, or intermodal equipment provider, that fails to pay the full outstanding balance of its civil penalty within 90 days after the date of the missed installment payment, is prohibited from operating in interstate commerce on the next (i.e., the 91st) day. The prohibition continues until the FMCSA has received full payment of the entire penalty.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Appeals to Federal Court.</I> If the CMV owner or operator, or intermodal equipment provider, appeals the final agency order to a Federal Circuit Court of Appeals, the terms and payment due date of the final agency order are not stayed unless the Court so directs.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Show cause proceeding.</I> (1) FMCSA will notify a CMV owner or operator, or intermodal equipment provider, in writing if it has not received payment within 45 days after the date specified for payment by the final agency order or the date of a missed installment payment. The notice will include a warning that failure to pay the entire penalty within 90 days after payment was due, will result in the CMV owner or operator, or an intermodal equipment provider, being prohibited from operating in interstate commerce.
</P>
<P>(2) The notice will order the CMV owner or operator, or intermodal equipment provider, to show cause why it should not be prohibited from operating in interstate commerce on the 91st day after the date specified for payment. The prohibition may be avoided only by submitting to the Agency Decisionmaker:
</P>
<P>(i) Evidence that the respondent has paid the entire amount due; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Evidence that the respondent has filed for bankruptcy under chapter 11, title 11, United States Code. Respondents in bankruptcy must also submit the information required by paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The notice will be delivered by certified mail or commercial express service. If the principal place of business of a CMV owner or operator, or an intermodal equipment provider, is in a foreign country, the notice will be delivered to the designated agent of the CMV owner or operator or intermodal equipment provider.
</P>
<P>(c) A CMV owner or operator, or intermodal equipment provider that continues to operate in interstate commerce in violation of this section may be subject to additional sanctions under paragraph IV of (i) appendix A to part 386.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not apply to any person who is unable to pay a civil penalty because the person is a debtor in a case under 11 U.S.C. chapter 11. CMV owners or operators, or intermodal equipment providers, in bankruptcy proceedings under chapter 11 must provide the following information in their response to the FMCSA:
</P>
<P>(1) The chapter of the Bankruptcy Code under which the bankruptcy proceeding is filed (i.e., chapter 7 or 11);
</P>
<P>(2) The bankruptcy case number;
</P>
<P>(3) The court in which the bankruptcy proceeding was filed; and
</P>
<P>(4) Any other information requested by the agency to determine a debtor's bankruptcy status.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76819, Dec. 17, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 68708, Dec. 29, 2009; 78 FR 58481, Sept. 24, 2013; 86 FR 57071, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 386.84" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.7.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 386.84   Sanction for failure to pay civil penalties or abide by payment plan; suspension or revocation of registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>General rule.</I> The registration of a broker, freight forwarder, for-hire motor carrier, foreign motor carrier or foreign motor private carrier that fails to pay a civil penalty in full within 90 days after the date specified for payment by the FMCSA's final agency order, will be suspended starting on the next (<I>i.e.</I>, the 91st) day. The suspension continues until the FMCSA has received full payment of the penalty.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Civil penalties paid in installments.</I> The FMCSA Service Center may allow a respondent broker, freight forwarder, for-hire motor carrier, foreign motor carrier or foreign motor private carrier to pay a civil penalty in installments. If the respondent fails to make an installment payment on schedule, the payment plan is void and the entire debt is payable immediately. The registration of a respondent that fails to pay the remainder of its civil penalty in full within 90 days after the date of the missed installment payment is suspended on the next (<I>i.e.</I>, the 91st) day. The suspension continues until the FMCSA has received full payment of the entire penalty.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Appeals to Federal Court.</I> If the respondent broker, freight forwarder, for-hire motor carrier, foreign motor carrier or foreign motor private carrier appeals the final agency order to a Federal Circuit Court of Appeals, the terms and payment due date of the final agency order are not stayed unless the Court so directs.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Show Cause Proceeding.</I> (1) The FMCSA will notify a broker, freight forwarder, for-hire motor carrier, foreign motor carrier or foreign motor private carrier in writing if it has not received payment within 45 days after the date specified for payment by the final agency order or the date of a missed installment payment. The notice will include a warning that failure to pay the entire penalty within 90 days after payment was due will result in the suspension of the respondent's registration.
</P>
<P>(2) The notice will order the respondent to show cause why its registration should not be suspended on the 91st day after the date specified for payment. The prohibition may be avoided only by submitting to the Agency Decisionmaker: 
</P>
<P>(i) Evidence that the respondent has paid the entire amount due; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Evidence that the respondent has filed for bankruptcy under chapter 11, title 11, United States Code. Respondents in bankruptcy must also submit the information required by paragraph (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) The notice will be delivered by certified mail or commercial express service. If a respondent's principal place of business is in a foreign country, it will be delivered to the respondent's designated agent. 
</P>
<P>(c) The registration of a broker, freight forwarder, for-hire motor carrier, foreign motor carrier or foreign motor private carrier that continues to operate in interstate commerce in violation of this section after its registration has been suspended may be revoked after an additional notice and opportunity for a proceeding in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 13905(c). Additional sanctions may be imposed under paragraph IV(i) of Appendix A to part 386.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not apply to any person who is unable to pay a civil penalty because the person is a debtor in a case under chapter 11, title 11, United States Code. Brokers, freight forwarders, for-hire motor carriers, foreign motor carriers or foreign motor private carriers in bankruptcy proceedings under chapter 11 must provide the following information in their response to the FMCSA:
</P>
<P>(1) The chapter of the Bankruptcy Code under which the bankruptcy proceeding is filed (<I>i.e.,</I> chapter 7 or 11); 
</P>
<P>(2) The bankruptcy case number; 
</P>
<P>(3) The court in which the bankruptcy proceeding was filed; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Any other information requested by the agency to determine a debtor's bankruptcy status.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 78428, Dec. 15, 2000, as amended at 78 FR 60232, Oct. 1, 2013; 86 FR 57071, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.9.11.1.15" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 386—Penalty Schedule: Violations of Notices and Orders
</HEAD>
<P>The Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015 [Pub. L. 114-74, sec. 701, 129 Stat. 599] amended the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 to require agencies to adjust civil penalties. Pursuant to that authority, the adjusted civil penalties identified in this appendix supersede the corresponding civil penalty amounts identified in title 49, United States Code.
</P>
<HD1>I. Notice to Abate
</HD1>
<P>Violation—Failure to cease violations of the regulations in the time prescribed in the notice. (The time within which to comply with a notice to abate shall not begin to run with respect to contested violations, <I>i.e.,</I> where there are material issues in dispute under § 386.14, until such time as the violation has been established.)
</P>
<P>Penalty—Reinstatement of any deferred assessment or payment of a penalty or portion thereof.
</P>
<HD1>II. Subpoena
</HD1>
<P>Violation—Failure to respond to Agency subpoena to appear and testify or produce records.
</P>
<P>Penalty—minimum of $1,365 but not more than $13,676 per violation.
</P>
<HD1>III. Final Order
</HD1>
<P>Violation—Failure to comply with Final Agency Order.
</P>
<P>Penalty—Automatic reinstatement of any penalty previously reduced or held in abeyance and restoration of the full amount assessed in the Notice of Claim less any payments previously made.
</P>
<HD1>IV. Out-of-Service Order
</HD1>
<P>a. Violation—Operation of a commercial vehicle by a driver during the period the driver was placed out of service.
</P>
<P>Penalty—Up to $2,364 per violation.
</P>
<P>(For purposes of this violation, the term “driver” means an operator of a commercial motor vehicle, including an independent contractor who, while in the course of operating a commercial motor vehicle, is employed or used by another person.)
</P>
<P>b. Violation—Requiring or permitting a driver to operate a commercial vehicle during the period the driver was placed out of service.
</P>
<P>Penalty—Up to $23,647 per violation.
</P>
<P>(This violation applies to motor carriers including an independent contractor who is not a “driver,” as defined under paragraph IV(a) above.)
</P>
<P>c. Violation—Operation of a commercial motor vehicle or intermodal equipment by a driver after the vehicle or intermodal equipment was placed out-of-service and before the required repairs are made.
</P>
<P>Penalty—$2,364 each time the vehicle or intermodal equipment is so operated. (This violation applies to drivers as defined in IV(a) above.)
</P>
<P>d. Violation—Requiring or permitting the operation of a commercial motor vehicle or intermodal equipment placed out-of-service before the required repairs are made.
</P>
<P>Penalty—Up to $23,647 each time the vehicle or intermodal equipment is so operated after notice of the defect is received.
</P>
<P>(This violation applies to intermodal equipment providers and motor carriers, including an independent owner operator who is not a “driver,” as defined in IV(a) above.)
</P>
<P>e. Violation—Failure to return written certification of correction as required by the out- of-service order.
</P>
<P>Penalty—Up to $1,182 per violation.
</P>
<P>f. Violation—Knowingly falsifies written certification of correction required by the out of service order.
</P>
<P>Penalty—Considered the same as the violations described in paragraphs IV(c) and IV(d) of this appendix, and subject to the same penalties.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Falsification of certification may also result in criminal prosecution under 18 U.S.C.1001.</P></NOTE>
<P>g. Violation—Operating in violation of an order issued under § 386.72(b) to cease all or part of the employer's commercial motor vehicle operations or to cease part of an intermodal equipment provider's operations, <I>i.e.,</I> failure to cease operations as ordered.
</P>
<P>Penalty—Up to $34,116 per day the operation continues after the effective date and time of the order to cease.
</P>
<P>h. Violation—Operating in violation of an order issued under § 386.73.
</P>
<P>Penalty—Up to $29,980 per day the operation continues after the effective date and time of the out-of-service order.
</P>
<P>i. Violation—Conducting operations during a period of suspension under § 386.83 or § 386.84 for failure to pay penalties.
</P>
<P>Penalty—Up to $19,246 for each day that operations are conducted during the suspension or revocation period.
</P>
<P>j. Violation—Conducting operations during a period of suspension or revocation under § 385.911, § 385.913, § 385.1009, or § 385.1011 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>Penalty—Up to $29,980 for each day that operations are conducted during the suspension or revocation period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 18155, Apr. 3, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 41463, June 27, 2016; 82 FR 17590, Apr. 12, 2017; 83 FR 60750, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 37076, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1760, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23256, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15870, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1129, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89564, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106298, Dec. 30, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.28.9.11.1.16" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 386—Penalty Schedule: Violations and Monetary Penalties
</HEAD>
<P>The Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015 [Pub. L. 114-74, sec. 701, 129 Stat. 599] amended the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 to require agencies to adjust civil penalties. Pursuant to that authority, the adjusted civil penalties identified in this appendix supersede the corresponding civil penalty amounts identified in title 49, United States Code.
</P>
<P>What are the types of violations and maximum monetary penalties?
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Violations of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs):</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> A person or entity that fails to prepare or maintain a record required by parts 382, subpart A, B, C, D, E, or F, 385, and 390 through 399 of this subchapter, or prepares or maintains a required record that is incomplete, inaccurate, or false, is subject to a maximum civil penalty of $1,584 for each day the violation continues, up to $15,846.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Knowing falsification of records.</I> A person or entity that knowingly falsifies, destroys, mutilates, or changes a report or record required by parts 382, subpart A, B, C, D, E, or F, 385, and 390 through 399 of this subchapter, knowingly makes or causes to be made a false or incomplete record about an operation or business fact or transaction, or knowingly makes, prepares, or preserves a record in violation of a regulation order of the Secretary is subject to a maximum civil penalty of $15,846 if such action misrepresents a fact that constitutes a violation other than a reporting or recordkeeping violation.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Non-recordkeeping violations.</I> A person or entity that violates part 382, subpart A, B, C, D, E, or F, part 385, or parts 390 through 399 of this subchapter, except a recordkeeping requirement, is subject to a civil penalty not to exceed $19,246 for each violation.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Non-recordkeeping violations by drivers.</I> A driver who violates parts 382, subpart A, B, C, D, E, or F, 385, and 390 through 399 of this subchapter, except a recordkeeping violation, is subject to a civil penalty not to exceed $4,812.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Violation of 49 CFR 392.5.</I> A driver placed out of service for 24 hours for violating the alcohol prohibitions of 49 CFR 392.5(a) or (b) who drives during that period is subject to a civil penalty not to exceed $3,961 for a first conviction and not less than $7,924 for a second or subsequent conviction.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Egregious violations of driving-time limits in 49 CFR part 395.</I> A driver who exceeds, and a motor carrier that requires or permits a driver to exceed, by more than 3 hours the driving-time limit in 49 CFR 395.3(a) or 395.5(a), as applicable, shall be deemed to have committed an egregious driving-time limit violation. In instances of an egregious driving-time violation, the Agency will consider the “gravity of the violation,” for purposes of 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(2)(D), sufficient to warrant imposition of penalties up to the maximum permitted by law.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Harassment.</I> In instances of a violation of § 390.36(b)(1) of this subchapter the Agency may consider the “gravity of the violation,” for purposes of 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(2)(D), sufficient to warrant imposition of penalties up to the maximum permitted by law.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commercial driver's license (CDL) violations.</I> Any employer, employee, medical review officer, or service agent who violates any provision of 49 CFR part 382, subpart G, or any person who violates 49 CFR part 383, subpart B, C, E, F, G, or H, is subject to a civil penalty not to exceed $7,155; except:
</P>
<P>(1) A CDL-holder who is convicted of violating an out-of-service order shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $3,961 for a first conviction and not less than $7,924 for a second or subsequent conviction;
</P>
<P>(2) An employer of a CDL-holder who knowingly allows, requires, permits, or authorizes an employee to operate a CMV during any period in which the CDL-holder is subject to an out-of-service order, is subject to a civil penalty of not less than $7,155 or more than $39,615; and
</P>
<P>(3) An employer of a CDL-holder who knowingly allows, requires, permits, or authorizes that CDL-holder to operate a CMV in violation of a Federal, State, or local law or regulation pertaining to railroad-highway grade crossings is subject to a civil penalty of not more than $20,537.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Financial responsibility violations.</I> A motor carrier that fails to maintain the levels of financial responsibility prescribed by part 387 of this subchapter or any person (except an employee who acts without knowledge) who knowingly violates the rules of part 387, subparts A and B, is subject to a maximum penalty of $21,114. Each day of a continuing violation constitutes a separate offense.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Violations of the Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMRs) and safety permitting regulations found in subpart E of part 385 of this subchapter.</I> This paragraph (e) applies to violations by motor carriers, drivers, shippers and other persons who transport hazardous materials on the highway in commercial motor vehicles or cause hazardous materials to be so transported.
</P>
<P>(1) All knowing violations of 49 U.S.C. chapter 51 or orders or regulations issued under the authority of that chapter applicable to the transportation or shipment of hazardous materials by commercial motor vehicle on the highways are subject to a civil penalty of not more than $102,348 for each violation. Each day of a continuing violation constitutes a separate offense.
</P>
<P>(2) All knowing violations of 49 U.S.C. chapter 51 or orders or regulations issued under the authority of that chapter applicable to training related to the transportation or shipment of hazardous materials by commercial motor vehicle on the highways are subject to a civil penalty of not less than $617 and not more than $102,348 for each violation.
</P>
<P>(3) All knowing violations of 49 U.S.C. chapter 51 or orders, regulations, or exemptions under the authority of that chapter applicable to the manufacture, fabrication, marking, maintenance, reconditioning, repair, or testing of a packaging or container that is represented, marked, certified, or sold as being qualified for use in the transportation or shipment of hazardous materials by commercial motor vehicle on the highways are subject to a civil penalty of not more than $102,348 for each violation.
</P>
<P>(4) Whenever regulations issued under the authority of 49 U.S.C. chapter 51 require compliance with the FMCSRs while transporting hazardous materials, any violations of the FMCSRs will be considered a violation of the HMRs and subject to a civil penalty of not more than $102,348.
</P>
<P>(5) If any violation subject to the civil penalties set out in paragraphs (e)(1) through (4) of this appendix results in death, serious illness, or severe injury to any person or in substantial destruction of property, the civil penalty may be increased to not more than $238,809 for each offense.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Operating after being declared unfit by assignment of a final “unsatisfactory” safety rating.</I> (1) A motor carrier operating a commercial motor vehicle in interstate commerce (except owners or operators of commercial motor vehicles designed or used to transport hazardous materials for which placarding of a motor vehicle is required under regulations prescribed under 49 U.S.C. chapter 51) is subject, after being placed out of service because of receiving a final “unsatisfactory” safety rating, to a civil penalty of not more than $34,116 (49 CFR 385.13). Each day the transportation continues in violation of a final “unsatisfactory” safety rating constitutes a separate offense.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier operating a commercial motor vehicle designed or used to transport hazardous materials for which placarding of a motor vehicle is required under regulations prescribed under 49 U.S.C. chapter 51 is subject, after being placed out of service because of receiving a final “unsatisfactory” safety rating, to a civil penalty of not more than $102,348 for each offense. If the violation results in death, serious illness, or severe injury to any person or in substantial destruction of property, the civil penalty may be increased to not more than $238,809 for each offense. Each day the transportation continues in violation of a final “unsatisfactory” safety rating constitutes a separate offense.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Violations of the commercial regulations (CRs).</I> Penalties for violations of the CRs are specified in 49 U.S.C. chapter 149. These penalties relate to transportation subject to the Secretary's jurisdiction under 49 U.S.C. chapter 135. Unless otherwise noted, a separate violation occurs for each day the violation continues.
</P>
<P>(1) A person who operates as a motor carrier for the transportation of property in violation of the registration requirements of 49 U.S.C. 13901 is liable for a minimum penalty of $13,676 per violation.
</P>
<P>(2) A person who knowingly operates as a broker in violation of registration requirements of 49 U.S.C 13904 or financial security requirements of 49 U.S.C 13906 is liable for a penalty not to exceed $13,676 for each violation.
</P>
<P>(3) A person who operates as a motor carrier of passengers in violation of the registration requirements of 49 U.S.C. 13901 is liable for a minimum penalty of $34,116 per violation.
</P>
<P>(4) A person who operates as a foreign motor carrier or foreign motor private carrier of property in violation of the provisions of 49 U.S.C. 13902(c) is liable for a minimum penalty of $13,676 per violation.
</P>
<P>(5) A person who operates as a foreign motor carrier or foreign motor private carrier without authority, outside the boundaries of a commercial zone along the United States- Mexico border, is liable for a maximum penalty of $18,766 for an intentional violation and a maximum penalty of $46,918 for a pattern of intentional violations.
</P>
<P>(6) A person who operates as a motor carrier or broker for the transportation of hazardous wastes in violation of the registration provisions of 49 U.S.C. 13901 is liable for a minimum penalty of $27,293 and a maximum penalty of $54,585 per violation.
</P>
<P>(7) A motor carrier or freight forwarder of household goods, or their receiver or trustee, that does not comply with any regulation relating to the protection of individual shippers, is liable for a minimum penalty of $2,052 per violation.
</P>
<P>(8) A person as described under paragraph (i) or (ii) is liable for a minimum penalty of $4,109 for the first violation and $10,269 for each subsequent violation—
</P>
<P>(i) Who falsifies, or authorizes an agent or other person to falsify, documents used in the transportation of household goods by motor carrier or freight forwarder to evidence the weight of a shipment; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Who charges for services which are not performed or are not reasonably necessary in the safe and adequate movement of the shipment.
</P>
<P>(9) A person who knowingly accepts or receives from a carrier a rebate or offset against the rate specified in a tariff required under 49 U.S.C. 13702 for the transportation of property delivered to the carrier commits a violation for which the penalty is equal to three times the amount accepted as a rebate or offset and three times the value of other consideration accepted or received as a rebate or offset for the six-year period before the action is begun.
</P>
<P>(10) A person who offers, gives, solicits, or receives transportation of property by a carrier at a different rate than the rate in effect under 49 U.S.C. 13702 is liable for a maximum penalty of $205,375 per violation. When acting in the scope of his/her employment, the acts or omissions of a person acting for or employed by a carrier or shipper are considered the acts or omissions of that carrier or shipper, as well as of that person.
</P>
<P>(11) Any person who offers, gives, solicits, or receives a rebate or concession related to motor carrier transportation subject to jurisdiction under subchapter I of 49 U.S.C. chapter 135, or who assists or permits another person to get that transportation at less than the rate in effect under 49 U.S.C. 13702, commits a violation for which the penalty is $410 for the first violation and $513 for each subsequent violation.
</P>
<P>(12) A freight forwarder, its officer, agent, or employee, that assists or willingly permits a person to get service under 49 U.S.C. 13531 at less than the rate in effect under 49 U.S.C. 13702 commits a violation for which the penalty is up to $1,028 for the first violation and up to $4,109 for each subsequent violation.
</P>
<P>(13) A person who gets or attempts to get service from a freight forwarder under 49 U.S.C. 13531 at less than the rate in effect under 49 U.S.C. 13702 commits a violation for which the penalty is up to $1,028 for the first violation and up to $4,109 for each subsequent violation.
</P>
<P>(14) A person who knowingly authorizes, consents to, or permits a violation of 49 U.S.C. 14103 relating to loading and unloading motor vehicles or who knowingly violates subsection (a) of 49 U.S.C. 14103 is liable for a penalty of not more than $20,537 per violation.
</P>
<P>(15) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(16) A person required to make a report to the Secretary, answer a question, or make, prepare, or preserve a record under part B of subtitle IV, title 49, U.S.C., or an officer, agent, or employee of that person, is liable for a minimum penalty of $1,365 and for a maximum penalty of $10,269 per violation if it does not make the report, does not completely and truthfully answer the question within 30 days from the date the Secretary requires the answer, does not make or preserve the record in the form and manner prescribed, falsifies, destroys, or changes the report or record, files a false report or record, makes a false or incomplete entry in the record about a business-related fact, or prepares or preserves a record in violation of a regulation or order of the Secretary.
</P>
<P>(17) A motor carrier, freight forwarder, or broker, or their officer, receiver, trustee, lessee, employee, or other person authorized to receive information from them, who discloses information identified in 49 U.S.C. 14908 without the permission of the shipper or consignee is liable for a maximum penalty of $4,109.
</P>
<P>(18) A person who violates a provision of part B, subtitle IV, title 49, U.S.C., or a regulation or order under part B, or who violates a condition of registration related to transportation that is subject to jurisdiction under subchapter I or III of chapter 135, or who violates a condition of registration of a foreign motor carrier or foreign motor private carrier under section 13902, is liable for a penalty of $1,028 for each violation if another penalty is not provided in 49 U.S.C. chapter 149.
</P>
<P>(19) A violation of Part B, Subtitle IV, Title 49, U.S.C., committed by a director, officer, receiver, trustee, lessee, agent, or employee of a carrier that is a corporation is also a violation by the corporation to which the penalties of Chapter 149 apply. Acts and omissions of individuals acting in the scope of their employment with a carrier are considered to be the actions and omissions of the carrier as well as the individual.
</P>
<P>(20) In a proceeding begun under 49 U.S.C. 14902 or 14903, the rate that a carrier publishes, files, or participates in under section 13702 is conclusive proof against the carrier, its officers, and agents that it is the legal rate for the transportation or service. Departing, or offering to depart, from that published or filed rate is a violation of 49 U.S.C. 14902 and 14903.
</P>
<P>(21) A person—
</P>
<P>(i) Who knowingly and willfully fails, in violation of a contract, to deliver to, or unload at, the destination of a shipment of household goods in interstate commerce for which charges have been estimated by the motor carrier transporting such goods, and for which the shipper has tendered a payment in accordance with part 375, subpart G, of this subchapter, is liable for a civil penalty of not less than $20,537 for each violation. Each day of a continuing violation constitutes a separate offense.
</P>
<P>(ii) Who is a carrier or broker and is found to be subject to the civil penalties in paragraph (i) of this appendix may also have his or her carrier and/or broker registration suspended for not less than 12 months and not more than 36 months under 49 U.S.C. chapter 139. Such suspension of a carrier or broker shall extend to and include any carrier or broker having the same ownership or operational control as the suspended carrier or broker.
</P>
<P>(22) A broker for transportation of household goods who makes an estimate of the cost of transporting any such goods before entering into an agreement with a motor carrier to provide transportation of household goods subject to FMCSA jurisdiction is liable to the United States for a civil penalty of not less than $15,846 for each violation.
</P>
<P>(23) A person who provides transportation of household goods subject to jurisdiction under 49 U.S.C. chapter 135, subchapter I, or provides broker services for such transportation, without being registered under 49 U.S.C. chapter 139 to provide such transportation or services as a motor carrier or broker, as the case may be, is liable to the United States for a civil penalty of not less than $39,615 for each violation.
</P>
<P>(24) Beginning on January 16, 2026, a surety company or financial institution for a broker or freight forwarder pursuant to § 387.307 of this subchapter that violates 49 U.S.C. 13906(b) or (c) or § 387.307:
</P>
<P>(i) Is liable to the United States for a penalty of $12,882 for each violation; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Will be ineligible to provide broker financial security for 3 years.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Copying of records and access to equipment, lands, and buildings.</I> A person subject to 49 U.S.C. chapter 51 or a motor carrier, broker, freight forwarder, or owner or operator of a commercial motor vehicle subject to part B of subtitle VI of title 49 U.S.C. who fails to allow promptly, upon demand in person or in writing, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, an employee designated by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, or an employee of a MCSAP grant recipient to inspect and copy any record or inspect and examine equipment, lands, buildings, and other property, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 504(c), 5121(c), and 14122(b), is subject to a civil penalty of not more than $1,584 for each offense. Each day of a continuing violation constitutes a separate offense, except that the total of all civil penalties against any violator for all offenses related to a single violation shall not exceed $15,846.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Evasion.</I> A person, or an officer, employee, or agent of that person:
</P>
<P>(1) Who by any means tries to evade regulation of motor carriers under title 49, United States Code, chapter 5, chapter 51, subchapter III of chapter 311 (except sections 31138 and 31139) or section 31302, 31303, 31304, 31305(b), 31310(g)(1)(A), or 31502, or a regulation in subtitle B, chapter I, subchapter C of this title, or this subchapter, issued under any of those provisions, shall be fined at least $2,730 but not more than $6,823 for the first violation and at least $3,409 but not more than $10,224 for a subsequent violation.
</P>
<P>(2) Who tries to evade regulation under part B of subtitle IV, title 49, U.S.C., for carriers or brokers is liable for a penalty of at least $2,730 for the first violation or at least $6,823 for a subsequent violation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 18156, Apr. 3, 2015, as amended at 80 FR 78383, Dec. 16, 2015; 81 FR 41463, June 27, 2016; 82 FR 17591, Apr. 12, 2017; 83 FR 60751, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 37076, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1761, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 23257, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15871, Mar. 21, 2022; 88 FR 1130, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89565, Dec. 28, 2023; 88 FR 78672, Nov. 16, 2023; 89 FR 106298, Dec. 30, 2024; 89 FR 107026, Dec. 31, 2024; 90 FR 22866, May 30, 2025; 91 FR 7859, Feb. 19, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="387" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 387—MINIMUM LEVELS OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR MOTOR CARRIERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13101, 13301, 13906, 13908, 14701, 31138, 31139; sec. 204(a), Pub. L. 104-88, 109 Stat. 803, 941; and 49 CFR 1.87.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 387 appear at 66 FR 49872, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Motor Carriers of Property</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes the minimum levels of financial responsibility required to be maintained by motor carriers of property operating motor vehicles in interstate, foreign, or intrastate commerce. The purpose of these regulations is to create additional incentives to motor carriers to maintain and operate their vehicles in a safe manner and to assure that motor carriers maintain an appropriate level of financial responsibility for motor vehicles operated on public highways.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 30982, June 11, 1981, as amended at 48 FR 52683, Nov. 21, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart applies to for-hire motor carriers operating motor vehicles transporting property in interstate or foreign commerce.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart applies to motor carriers operating motor vehicles transporting hazardous materials, hazardous substances, or hazardous wastes in interstate, foreign, or intrastate commerce.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exception.</I> (1) The rules in this subpart do not apply to a motor vehicle that has a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of less than 10,001 pounds. This exception does not apply if the vehicle is used to transport any quantity of a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 material, any quantity of a Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A, or Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A, or to a highway route controlled quantity of a Class 7 material as it is defined in 49 CFR 173.403, in interstate or foreign commerce.
</P>
<P>(2) The rules in this subpart do not apply to the transportation of non-bulk oil, non-bulk hazardous materials, substances, or wastes in intrastate commerce, except that the rules in this subpart do apply to the transportation of a highway route controlled quantity of a Class 7 material as defined in 49 CFR 173.403, in intrastate commerce.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 30982, June 11, 1981; 46 FR 45612, Sept. 14, 1981, as amended at 48 FR 5559, Feb. 7, 1983; 48 FR 52683, Nov. 21, 1983; 49 FR 38290, Sept. 28, 1984; 59 FR 63923, Dec. 12, 1994; 73 FR 76496, Dec. 16, 2008; 83 FR 22876, May 17, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Accident</I> includes continuous or repeated exposure to the same conditions resulting in public liability which the insured neither expected nor intended.
</P>
<P><I>Bodily injury</I> means injury to the body, sickness, or disease including death resulting from any of these.
</P>
<P><I>Cancellation of insurance</I> means the withdrawal of insurance coverage by either the insurer or the insured.
</P>
<P><I>Endorsement</I> means an amendment to an insurance policy.
</P>
<P><I>Environmental restoration</I> means restitution for the loss, damage, or destruction of natural resources arising out of the accidental discharge, dispersal, release or escape into or upon the land, atmosphere, watercourse, or body of water of any commodity transported by a motor carrier. This shall include the cost of removal and the cost of necessary measure taken to minimize or mitigate damage to human health, the natural environment, fish, shellfish, and wildlife.
</P>
<P><I>Evidence of security</I> means a surety bond or a policy of insurance with the appropriate endorsement attached.
</P>
<P><I>Financial responsibility</I> means the financial reserves (e.g., insurance policies or surety bonds) sufficient to satisfy liability amounts set forth in this subpart covering public liability.
</P>
<P><I>For-hire carriage</I> means the business of transporting, for compensation, the goods or property of another.
</P>
<P><I>In bulk</I> means the transportation, as cargo, of property, except Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 materials, and Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A gases, in containment systems with capacities in excess of 3500 water gallons.
</P>
<P><I>In bulk (Division 1.1, 1.2, and 1.3 explosives)</I> means the transportation, as cargo, of any Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 materials in any quantity.
</P>
<P><I>In bulk (Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A or Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A materials)</I> means the transportation, as cargo, of any Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A, or Division 6.1, packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material, in any quantity.
</P>
<P><I>Insured and principal</I> means the motor carrier named in the policy of insurance, surety bond, endorsement, or notice of cancellation, and also the fiduciary of such motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Insurance premium</I> means the monetary sum an insured pays an insurer for acceptance of liability for public liability claims made against the insured.
</P>
<P><I>Motor carrier</I> means a for-hire motor carrier or a private motor carrier. The term includes, but is not limited to, a motor carrier's agent, officer, or representative; an employee responsible for hiring, supervising, training, assigning, or dispatching a driver; or an employee concerned with the installation, inspection, and maintenance of motor vehicle equipment and/or accessories.
</P>
<P><I>Property damage</I> means damage to or loss of use of tangible property.
</P>
<P><I>Public liability</I> means liability for bodily injury or property damage and includes liability for environmental restoration.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, and the Northern Mariana Islands. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 30982, June 11, 1981; 46 FR 45612, Sept. 14, 1981; 47 FR 12801, Mar. 25, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 52683, Nov. 21, 1983; 51 FR 33856, Sept. 23, 1986; 53 FR 12160, Apr. 13, 1988; 59 FR 63923, Dec. 12, 1994; 62 FR 16709, Apr. 8, 1997; 63 FR 33275, June 18, 1998; 78 FR 58482, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.7   Financial responsibility required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No motor carrier shall operate a motor vehicle until the motor carrier has obtained and has in effect the minimum levels of financial responsibility as set forth in § 387.9 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Policies of insurance, surety bonds, and endorsements required under this section shall remain in effect continuously until terminated. Cancellation may be effected by the insurer or the insured motor carrier giving 35 days' notice in writing to the other. The 35 days' notice shall commence to run from the date the notice is transmitted. Proof of transmission shall be sufficient proof of notice.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> Policies of insurance and surety bonds may be obtained for a finite period of time to cover any lapse in continuous compliance.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception.</I> (i) A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier operating solely in municipalities in the United States on the U.S.-Mexico international border or within the commercial zones of such municipalities with a Certificate of Registration issued under part 368 may meet the minimum financial responsibility requirements of this subpart by obtaining insurance coverage, in the required amounts, for periods of 24 hours or longer, from insurers that meet the requirements of § 387.11.
</P>
<P>(ii) A Mexican motor carrier so insured must have available for inspection in each of its vehicles copies of the following documents:
</P>
<P>(A) The Certificate of Registration;
</P>
<P>(B) The required insurance endorsement (Form MCS-90); and
</P>
<P>(C) An insurance identification card, binder, or other document issued by an authorized insurer which specifies both the effective date and the expiration date of the temporary insurance coverage authorized by this exception.
</P>
<P>(iii) Mexican motor carriers insured under this exception are also exempt from the notice of cancellation requirements stated on Form MCS-90.
</P>
<P>(c) Policies of insurance and surety bonds required under this section may be replaced by other policies of insurance or surety bonds. The liability of the retiring insurer or surety, as to events after the termination date, shall be considered as having terminated on the effective date of the replacement policy of insurance or surety bond or at the end of the 35 day cancellation period required in paragraph (b) of this section, whichever is sooner.
</P>
<P>(d) Proof of the required financial responsibility shall be maintained at the motor carrier's principal place of business. The proof shall consist of—
</P>
<P>(1) “Endorsement(s) for Motor Carrier Policies of Insurance for Public Liability Under Sections 29 and 30 of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980” (Form MCS-90) issued by an insurer(s);
</P>
<P>(2) A “Motor Carrier Surety Bond for Public Liability Under Section 30 of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980” (Form MCS-82) issued by a surety; or
</P>
<P>(3) A written decision, order, or authorization of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration authorizing a motor carrier to self-insure under § 387.309, provided the motor carrier maintains a satisfactory safety rating as determined by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration under part 385 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) The proof of minimum levels of financial responsibility required by this section shall be considered public information and be produced for review upon reasonable request by a member of the public.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to maintaining proof of financial responsibility as required by paragraph (d) of this section, non-North America-domiciled private and for-hire motor carriers shall file evidence of financial responsibility with FMCSA in accordance with the requirements of subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(f) All vehicles operated within the United States by motor carriers domiciled in a contiguous foreign country, shall have on board the vehicle a legible copy, in English, of the proof of the required financial responsibility (Form MCS-90 or MCS-82) used by the motor carrier to comply with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) Any motor vehicle in which there is no evidence of financial responsibility required by paragraph (f) of this section shall be denied entry into the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 30982, June 11, 1981; 46 FR 45612, Sept. 14, 1981, as amended at 48 FR 5559, Feb. 7, 1983; 48 FR 52683, Nov. 21, 1983; 51 FR 22083, June 18, 1986; 54 FR 49092, Nov. 29, 1989; 59 FR 63923, Dec. 12, 1994; 67 FR 12661, Mar. 19, 2002; 73 FR 76496, Dec. 16, 2008; 83 FR 16226, Apr. 16, 2018; 83 FR 22876, May 17, 2018]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.1.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.9   Financial responsibility, minimum levels.</HEAD>
<P>The minimum levels of financial responsibility referred to in § 387.7 are hereby prescribed as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 387.9—Schedule of Limits—Public Liability
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type of carriage
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity transported
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">January 1, 1985
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) For-hire (In interstate or foreign commerce, with a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,001 or more pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Property (nonhazardous)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$750,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) For-hire and Private (In interstate, foreign, or intrastate commerce, with a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,001 or more pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hazardous substances, as defined in 49 CFR 171.8, transported in bulk in cargo tanks, portable tanks, or hopper-type vehicles with capacities in bulk; in bulk Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 materials; in bulk Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A material; in bulk Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material; in bulk Division 2.1 or 2.2 material; or highway route controlled quantities of a Class 7 material, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) For-hire and Private (In interstate or foreign commerce, in any quantity; or in intrastate commerce, in bulk only; with a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,001 or more pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oil listed in 49 CFR 172.101; hazardous waste, hazardous materials, or hazardous substances defined in 49 CFR 171.8 and listed in 49 CFR 172.101, but not mentioned in entry (2) or (4) of this table</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) For-hire and Private (In interstate or foreign commerce, with a gross vehicle weight rating of less than 10,001 pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">In bulk Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 material; in bulk Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A material; in bulk Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material; or highway route controlled quantities of a Class 7 material as defined in 49 CFR 173.403</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 57071, Oct. 14, 2021, as amended at 88 FR 80183, Nov. 17, 2023]







</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.1.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.11   State authority and designation of agent.</HEAD>
<P>A policy of insurance or surety bond does not satisfy the financial responsibility requirements of this subpart unless the insurer or surety furnishing the policy or bond is—
</P>
<P>(a) Legally authorized to issue such policies or bonds in each State in which the motor carrier operates; or
</P>
<P>(b) Legally authorized to issue such policies or bonds in the State in which the motor carrier has its principal place of business or domicile, and is willing to designate a person upon whom process, issued by or under the authority of any court having jurisdiction of the subject matter, may be served in any proceeding at law or equity brought in any State in which the motor carrier operates; or
</P>
<P>(c) Legally authorized to issue such policies or bonds in any State of the United States and eligible as an excess or surplus lines insurer in any State in which business is written, and is willing to designate a person upon whom process, issued by or under the authority of any court having jurisdiction of the subject matter, may be served in any proceeding at law or equity brought in any State in which the motor carrier operates.
</P>
<P>(d) A Canadian insurance company legally authorized to issue a policy of insurance in the Province or Territory of Canada in which the Canadian motor carrier has its principal place of business or domicile, and that is willing to designate a person upon whom process, issued by or under the authority of any court having jurisdiction over the subject matter, may be served in any proceeding at law or equity brought in any State in which the motor carrier operates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 30982, June 11, 1981, as amended at 48 FR 52683, Nov. 21, 1983; 75 FR 38430, July 2, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.1.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.13   Fiduciaries.</HEAD>
<P>The coverage of fiduciaries shall attach at the moment of succession of such fiduciaries.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 30982, June 11, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.15" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.1.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.15   Forms.</HEAD>
<P>Endorsements for policies of insurance (Form MCS-90) and surety bonds (Form MCS-82) must be in the form prescribed by the FMCSA and approved by the OMB. Endorsements to policies of insurance and surety bonds shall specify that coverage thereunder will remain in effect continuously until terminated, as required in § 387.7 of this subpart. The continuous coverage requirement does not apply to Mexican motor carriers insured under § 387.7(b)(3) of this subpart. The endorsement and surety bond shall be issued in the exact name of the motor carrier. The Forms MCS-82 and MCS-90 are available from the FMCSA website at <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/mission/forms.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 16226, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.17" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.1.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.17   Violation and penalty.</HEAD>
<P>Any person (except an employee who acts without knowledge) who knowingly violates the rules of this subpart shall be liable to the United States for a civil penalty as stated in part 386, appendix B, of this chapter, and if any such violation is a continuing one, each day of violation will constitute a separate offense. The amount of any such penalty shall be assessed by FMCSA's Administrator, by written notice. In determining the amount of such penalty, the Administrator, or his/her authorized delegate shall take into account the nature, circumstances, extent, the gravity of the violation committed and, with respect to the person found to have committed such violation, the degree of culpability, any history of prior violations, ability to pay, and any effect on ability to continue to do business, and such other matters as justice may require.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 18158, Apr. 3, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.19" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.1.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.19   Electronic filing of surety bonds, trust fund agreements, certificates of insurance and cancellations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Insurers of exempt for-hire motor carriers, as defined in § 390.5 of this subchapter, and private motor carriers that transport hazardous materials in interstate commerce that are registered with FMCSA on September 30, 2016, must file certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and other securities and agreements with FMCSA by April 14, 2017. Insurers of all other exempt for-hire motor carriers, as defined in § 390.5 of this subchapter, and private motor carriers that transport hazardous materials in interstate commerce must file certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and other securities and agreements with FMCSA at the time of the application for registration. These filings must be made electronically in accordance with the requirements and procedures set forth at § 387.323.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of this section do not apply to motor carriers excepted under § 387.7(b)(3).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63708, Oct. 21, 2015; 81 FR 49554, July 28, 2016]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5307, Jan. 17, 2017, § 387.19 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Motor Carriers of Passengers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>48 FR 52683, Nov. 21, 1983, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 387.25" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.25   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes the minimum levels of financial responsibility required to be maintained by for-hire motor carriers of passengers operating motor vehicles in interstate or foreign commerce. The purpose of these regulations is to create additional incentives to carriers to operate their vehicles in a safe manner and to assure that they maintain adequate levels of financial responsibility.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.27" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.27   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart applies to for-hire motor carriers transporting passengers in interstate or foreign commerce.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> The rules in this subpart do not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) A motor vehicle transporting only school children and teachers to or from school;
</P>
<P>(2) A motor vehicle providing taxicab service and having a seating capacity of less than 7 passengers and not operated on a regular route or between specified points;
</P>
<P>(3) A motor vehicle carrying less than 16 individuals in a single daily round trip to commute to and from work; and
</P>
<P>(4) A motor vehicle operated by a motor carrier under contract providing transportation of preprimary, primary, and secondary students for extracurricular trips organized, sponsored, and paid by a school district.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 52683, Nov. 21, 1983, as amended at 63 FR 33275, June 18, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.29" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.29   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Accident</I> means includes continuous or repeated exposure to the same conditions resulting in public liability which the insured neither expected nor intended.
</P>
<P><I>Bodily injury</I> means injury to the body, sickness, or disease including death resulting from any of these.
</P>
<P><I>Endorsement</I> means an amendment to an insurance policy.
</P>
<P><I>Financial responsibility</I> means the financial reserves (e.g., insurance policies or surety bonds) sufficient to satisfy liability amounts set forth in this subpart covering public liability.
</P>
<P><I>For-hire carriage</I> means the business of transporting, for compensation, passengers and their property, including any compensated transportation of the goods or property or another.
</P>
<P><I>Insured and principal</I> means the motor carrier named in the policy of insurance, surety bond, endorsement, or notice of cancellation, and also the fiduciary of such motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Insurance premium</I> means the monetary sum an insured pays an insurer for acceptance of liability for public liability claims made against the insured.
</P>
<P><I>Motor carrier</I> means a for-hire motor carrier. The term includes, but is not limited to, a motor carrier's agent, officer, or representative; an employee responsible for hiring, supervising, training, assigning, or dispatching a driver; or an employee concerned with the installation, inspection, and maintenance of motor vehicle equipment and/or accessories.
</P>
<P><I>Property damage</I> means damage to or loss of use of tangible property.
</P>
<P><I>Public liability</I> means liability for bodily injury or property damage.
</P>
<P><I>Seating capacity</I> means any plan view location capable of accommodating a person at least as large as a 5th percentile adult female, if the overall seat configuration and design and vehicle design is such that the position is likely to be used as a seating position while the vehicle is in motion, except for auxiliary seating accommodations such as temporary or folding jump seats. Any bench or split bench seat in a passenger car, truck or multi-purpose passenger vehicle with a gross vehicle weight rating less than 10,000 pounds, having greater than 50 inches of hip room (measured in accordance with SEA Standards J1100(a)) shall have not less than three designated seating positions, unless the seat design or vehicle design is such that the center position cannot be used for seating.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 52683, Nov. 21, 1983, as amended at 63 FR 33276, June 18, 1998; 78 FR 58482, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.31" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.31   Financial responsibility required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No motor carrier shall operate a motor vehicle transporting passengers until the motor carrier has obtained and has in effect the minimum levels of financial responsibility as set forth in § 387.33 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) Policies of insurance, surety bonds, and endorsements required under this section shall remain in effect continuously until terminated.
</P>
<P>(1) Cancellation may be effected by the insurer or the insured motor carrier giving 35 days' notice in writing to the other. The 35 days' notice shall commence to run from the date the notice is transmitted. Proof of transmission shall be sufficient proof of notice.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> Policies of insurance and surety bonds may be obtained for a finite period of time to cover any lapse in continuous compliance.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception.</I> Mexican motor carriers may meet the minimum financial responsibility requirements of this subpart by obtaining insurance coverage, in the required amounts, for periods of 24 hours or longer, from insurers that meet the requirements of § 387.35 of this subpart. A Mexican motor carrier so insured must have available for inspection in each of its vehicles copies of the following documents:
</P>
<P>(i) The required insurance endorsement (Form MCS-90B); and
</P>
<P>(ii) An insurance identification card, binder, or other document issued by an authorized insurer which specifies both the effective date and the expiration date of the temporary insurance coverage authorized by this exception.
</P>
<FP>Mexican motor carriers insured under this exception are also exempt from the notice of cancellation requirements stated on Form MCS-90B.
</FP>
<P>(c) Policies of insurance and surety bonds required under this section may be replaced by other policies of insurance or surety bonds. The liability of retiring insurer or surety, as to events after the termination date, shall be considered as having terminated on the effective date of the replacement policy of insurance or surety bond or at the end or the 35 day cancellation period required in paragraph (b) of this section, whichever is sooner.
</P>
<P>(d) Proof of the required financial responsibility shall be maintained at the motor carrier's principal place of business. The proof shall consist of—
</P>
<P>(1) “Endorsement(s) for Motor Carriers of Passengers Policies of Insurance for Public Liability Under Section 18 of the Bus Regulatory Reform Act of 1982” (Form MCS-90B) issued by an insurer(s); or
</P>
<P>(2) A “Motor Carrier of Passengers Surety Bond for Public Liability Under Section 18 of the Bus Regulatory Reform Act of 1982” (Form MCS-82B) issued by a surety.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) The proof of minimum levels of financial responsibility required by this section shall be considered public information and be produced for review upon reasonable request by a member of the public.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to maintaining proof of financial responsibility as required by paragraph (d) of this section, non-North America-domiciled private and for-hire motor carriers shall file evidence of financial responsibility with FMCSA in accordance with the requirements of subpart C of this part. 
</P>
<P>(f) All passenger carrying vehicles operated within the United States by motor carriers domiciled in a contiguous foreign country, shall have on board the vehicle a legible copy, in English, of the proof of the required financial responsibility (Forms MCS-90B or MCS-82B) used by the motor carrier to comply with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) Any motor vehicle in which there is no evidence of financial responsibility required by paragraph (f) of this section shall be denied entry into the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 52683, Nov. 21, 1983, as amended at 50 FR 7062, Feb. 20, 1985; 54 FR 49092, Nov. 29, 1989; 60 FR 38743, July 28, 1995; 73 FR 76496, Dec. 16, 2008; 83 FR 16226, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.33" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.33   Financial responsibility, minimum levels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General limits.</I> Except as provided in § 387.27(b), the minimum levels of financial responsibility referred to in § 387.31 are prescribed as follows:
</P>
<HD1>SCHEDULE OF LIMITS
</HD1>
<HD1>Public Liability
</HD1>
<P>For-hire motor carriers of passengers operating in interstate or foreign commerce.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vehicle seating capacity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum limits
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Any vehicle with a seating capacity of 16 passengers or more, including the driver</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Any vehicle with a seating capacity of 15 passengers or less, including the driver</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,500,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Limits applicable to transit service providers.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, the minimum level of financial responsibility for a motor vehicle used to provide transportation services within a transit service area located in more than one State under an agreement with a Federal, State, or local government funded, in whole or in part, with a grant under 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5310 or 5311, including transportation designed and carried out to meet the special needs of elderly individuals and individuals with disabilities, will be the highest level required for any of the States in which it operates. This paragraph applies to transit service providers that operate in more than one State, as well as transit service providers that operate in only one State but interline with other motor carriers that provide interstate transportation within or outside the transit service area. Transit service providers conducting such operations must register as for-hire passenger carriers under part 365, subpart A and part 390, subpart E, of this subchapter, identify the State(s) in which they operate under the applicable grants, and certify on their registration documents that they have in effect financial responsibility levels in an amount equal to or greater than the highest level required by any of the States in which they are operating under a qualifying grant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63709, Oct. 21, 2015, as amended at 83 FR 22876, May 17, 2018]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5307, Jan. 17, 2017, § 387.33 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.33T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.2.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.33T   Financial responsibility, minimum levels.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 387.27(b), the minimum levels of financial responsibility referred to in § 387.31 are hereby prescribed as follows:
</P>
<HD1>SCHEDULE OF LIMITS
</HD1>
<HD1>Public Liability
</HD1>
<P>For-hire motor carriers of passengers operating in interstate or foreign commerce.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vehicle seating capacity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum limits
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a) Any vehicle with a seating capacity of 16 passengers or more, including the driver</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(b) Any vehicle with a seating capacity of 15 passengers or less, including the driver</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,500,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 22877, May 17, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.35" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.2.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.35   State authority and designation of agent.</HEAD>
<P>A policy of insurance or surety bond does not satisfy the financial responsibility requirements of this subpart unless the insurer or surety furnishing the policy or bond is—
</P>
<P>(a) Legally authorized to issue such policies or bonds in each State in which the motor carrier operates, or
</P>
<P>(b) Legally authorized to issue such policies or bonds in the State in which the motor carrier has its principal place of business or domicile, and is willing to designate a person upon whom process, issued by or under the authority of any court having jurisdiction of the subject matter, may be served in any proceeding at law or equity brought in any State in which the motor carrier operates; or
</P>
<P>(c) Legally authorized to issue such policies or bonds in any State of the United States and eligible as an excess or surplus lines insurer in any State in which business is written, and is willing to designate a person upon whom process, issued by or under the authority of any court having jurisdiction of the subject matter, may be served in any proceeding at law or equity brought in any State in which the motor carrier operates.
</P>
<P>(d) A Canadian insurance company legally authorized to issue a policy of insurance in the Province or Territory of Canada in which a Canadian motor carrier has its principal place of business or domicile, and that is willing to designate a person upon whom process, issued by or under the authority of any court having jurisdiction over the subject matter, may be served in any proceeding at law or equity brought in any State in which the motor carrier operates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 52683, Nov. 21, 1983, as amended at 75 FR 38430, July 2, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.37" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.2.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.37   Fiduciaries.</HEAD>
<P>The coverage of fiduciaries shall attach at the moment of succession of such fiduciaries.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.39" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.2.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.39   Forms.</HEAD>
<P>Endorsements for policies of insurance (Form MCS-90B) and surety bonds (Form MCS-82B) must be in the form prescribed by the FMCSA and approved by the OMB. Endorsements to policies of insurance and surety bonds shall specify that coverage thereunder will remain in effect continuously until terminated, as required in § 387.31 of this subpart. The continuous coverage requirement does not apply to Mexican motor carriers insured under § 387.31(b)(3) of this subpart. The endorsement and surety bond shall be issued in the exact name of the motor carrier. The Forms MCS-82B and MCS-90B are available from the FMCSA website at <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/mission/forms.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 16226, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.41" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.2.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.41   Violation and penalty.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person (except an employee who acts without knowledge) who knowingly violates the rules of this subpart shall be liable to the United States for a civil penalty as stated in part 386, appendix B, of this chapter, and if any such violation is a continuing one, each day of violation will constitute a separate offense. The amount of any such penalty shall be assessed by the Administrator or his/her designee, by written notice.
</P>
<P>(b) In determining the amount of such penalty, the Administrator or his/her designee shall take into account the nature, circumstances, extent, the gravity of the violation committed and, with respect to the person found to have committed such violation, the degree of culpability, any history of prior violations, the ability to pay, and any effect on ability to continue to do business, and such other matters as justice may require.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 18158, Apr. 3, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.43" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.2.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.43   Electronic filing of surety bonds, trust fund agreements, certificates of insurance and cancellations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Insurers of for-hire motor carriers of passengers that are registered with FMCSA on September 30, 2016, must file certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and other securities and agreements with FMCSA by December 31, 2016. Insurers of all other exempt for-hire motor carriers of passengers must file certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and other securities and agreements with FMCSA at the time of the application for registration. These filings must be made electronically in accordance with the requirements and procedures set forth at § 387.323.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not apply to motor carriers excepted under § 387.31(b)(3).
</P>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5307, Jan. 17, 2017, § 387.43 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Surety Bonds and Policies of Insurance for Motor Carriers and Property Brokers</HEAD>

<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross Reference:</HED>
<P>Prescribed forms relating to this part are listed in 49 CFR part 1003.</P></CROSSREF>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>32 FR 20032, Dec. 20, 1967, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54709, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 387.301" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.301   Surety bond, certificate of insurance, or other securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Public liability.</I> (1) No for-hire motor carrier or foreign (Mexican) motor private carrier or foreign motor carrier transporting exempt commodities subject to Subtitle IV, part B, chapter 135 of title 49, United States Code, shall engage in interstate or foreign commerce, and no certificate shall be issued to such a carrier or remain in force unless and until there shall have been filed with and accepted by the FMCSA surety bonds, certificates of insurance, proof of qualifications as self-insurer, or other securities or agreements, in the amounts prescribed in § 387.303, conditioned to pay any final judgment recovered against such motor carrier for bodily injuries to or the death of any person resulting from the negligent operation, maintenance or use of motor vehicles in transportation subject to Subtitle IV, part B, chapter 135 of title 49, U.S.C., or for loss of or damage to property of others, or, in the case of motor carriers of property operating freight vehicles described in § 387.303(b)(2), for environmental restoration. Passenger motor carriers exempt under § 387.27 of this part are not subject to this limitation on transportation or required to file evidence of financial responsibility.
</P>
<P>(2) Motor Carriers of property which are subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section and transport the commodities described in § 387.303(b)(2), are required to obtain security in the minimum limits prescribed in § 387.303(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Household goods motor carriers-cargo insurance.</I> No household goods motor carrier subject to subtitle IV, part B, chapter 135 of title 49 of the U.S. Code shall engage in interstate or foreign commerce, nor shall any certificate be issued to such a household goods motor carrier or remain in force unless and until there shall have been filed with and accepted by the FMCSA, a surety bond, certificate of insurance, proof of qualifications as a self-insurer, or other securities or agreements in the amounts prescribed in § 387.303, conditioned upon such carrier making compensation to individual shippers for all property belonging to individual shippers and coming into the possession of such carrier in connection with its transportation service. The terms “household goods motor carrier” and “individual shipper” are defined in § 375.103 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Continuing compliance required.</I> Such security as is accepted by the FMCSA in accordance with the requirements of section 13906 of title 49 of the U.S. Code, shall remain in effect at all times.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 51780, Nov. 14, 1983, as amended at 60 FR 63981, Dec. 13, 1995; 62 FR 49941, Sept. 24, 1997; 75 FR 35328, June 22, 2010; 81 FR 63709, Oct. 21, 2015; 81 FR 49554, July 28, 2016; 83 FR 22877, May 17, 2018]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5307, Jan. 17, 2017, § 387.301 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.301T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.301T   Surety bond, certificate of insurance, or other securities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Public liability.</I> (1) No common or contract carrier or foreign (Mexican) motor private carrier or foreign motor carrier transporting exempt commodities subject to Subtitle IV, part B, chapter 135 of title 49 of the U.S. Code shall engage in interstate or foreign commerce, and no certificate or permit shall be issued to such a carrier or remain in force unless and until there shall have been filed with and accepted by the FMCSA surety bonds, certificates of insurance, proof of qualifications as self-insurer, or other securities or agreements, in the amounts prescribed in § 387.303T, conditioned to pay any final judgment recovered against such motor carrier for bodily injuries to or the death of any person resulting from the negligent operation, maintenance or use of motor vehicles in transportation subject to Subtitle IV, part B, chapter 135 of title 49 of the U.S. Code, or for loss of or damage to property of others, or, in the case of motor carriers of property operating freight vehicles described in § 387.303T(b)(2), for environmental restoration.
</P>
<P>(2) Motor Carriers of property which are subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section and transport the commodities described in § 387.303T(b)(2), are required to obtain security in the minimum limits prescribed in § 387.303T(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Household goods motor carriers-cargo insurance.</I> No household goods motor carrier subject to subtitle IV, part B, chapter 135 of title 49 of the U.S. Code shall engage in interstate or foreign commerce, nor shall any certificate be issued to such a household goods motor carrier or remain in force unless and until there shall have been filed with and accepted by the FMCSA, a surety bond, certificate of insurance, proof of qualifications as a self-insurer, or other securities or agreements in the amounts prescribed in § 387.303T, conditioned upon such carrier making compensation to individual shippers for all property belonging to individual shippers and coming into the possession of such carrier in connection with its transportation service. The terms “household goods motor carrier” and “individual shipper” are defined in § 375.103 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Continuing compliance required.</I> Such security as is accepted by the FMCSA in accordance with the requirements of section 13906 of title 49 of the U.S. Code, shall remain in effect at all times.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5307, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 22877, May 17, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.303" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.303   Security for the protection of the public: Minimum limits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) <I>Primary security</I> means public liability coverage provided by the insurance or surety company responsible for the first dollar of coverage.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Excess security</I> means public liability coverage above the primary security, or above any additional underlying security, up to and including the required minimum limits set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Motor carriers subject to § 387.301(a)(1) are required to have security for the required minimum limits as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Small freight vehicles:</I> 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Kind of equipment 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Transportation provided 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>limits 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fleet including only vehicles under 10,001 pounds (4,536 kilograms) GVWR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Property (non-hazardous)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$300,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) <I>Passenger carriers.</I> 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Passenger Carriers: Kind of Equipment 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vehicle seating capacity 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>limits 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(A) Any vehicle with a seating capacity of 16 passengers or more (including the driver)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(B) Any vehicle designed or used to transport 15 passengers or less (including the driver) for compensation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,500,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iii) <I>Limits applicable to transit service providers.</I> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, the minimum level of financial responsibility for a motor vehicle used to provide transportation services within a transit service area under an agreement with a Federal, State, or local government funded, in whole or in part, with a grant under 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5310 or 5311, including transportation designed and carried out to meet the special needs of elderly individuals and individuals with disabilities, will be the highest level required for any of the States in which it operates. This paragraph applies to transit service providers who operate in a transit service area located in more than one State, as well as transit service providers who operate in only one State but interline with other motor carriers that provide interstate transportation within or outside the transit service area. Transit service providers conducting such operations must register as for-hire passenger carriers under part 365, subpart A and part 390, subpart E of this subchapter, identify the State(s) in which they operate under the applicable grants, and certify on their registration documents that they have in effect financial responsibility levels in an amount equal to or greater than the highest level required by any of the States in which they are operating under a qualifying grant.
</P>
<P>(2) Motor carriers subject to § 387.301(a)(2) are required to have security for the required minimum limits as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Kind of equipment 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity transported 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>limits 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(i) Freight vehicles of 10,001 pounds (4,536 kilograms) or more GVWR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Property (non-hazardous)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$750,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii) Freight vehicles of 10,001 (4,536 kilograms) pounds or more GVWR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hazardous substances, as defined in § 171.8 of this title, transported in cargo tanks, portable tanks, or hopper-type vehicles with capacities in excess of 3,500 water gallons, or in bulk explosives Division 1,1, 1.2 and 1.3 materials. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A material; in bulk Division 2.1 or 2.2; or highway route controlled quantities of a Class 7 material, as defined in § 173.403 of this title</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iii) Freight vehicles of 10,001 pounds (4,536 kilograms) or more GVWR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oil listed in § 172.101 of this title; hazardous waste, hazardous materials and hazardous substances defined in § 171.8 of this title and listed in § 172.101 of this title, but not mentioned in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) or paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000,000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iv) Freight vehicles under 10,001 pounds (4,536 kilograms) GVWR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any quantity of Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 material; any quantity of a Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A, or Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material; or highway route controlled quantities of Class 7 material as defined in § 173.455 of this title</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) Motor carriers subject to the minimum limits governed by this section, which are also subject to Department of Transportation limits requirements, are at no time required to have security for more than the required minimum limits established by the Secretary of Transportation in the applicable provisions of 49 CFR Part 387—Minimum Levels of Financial Responsibility for Motor Carriers.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Foreign motor carriers and foreign motor private carriers.</I> Foreign motor carriers and foreign motor private carriers (Mexican), subject to the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 13902(c) and 49 CFR part 368 regarding obtaining certificates of registration from the FMCSA, must meet our minimum financial responsibility requirements by obtaining insurance coverage, in the required amounts, for periods of 24 hours or longer, from insurance or surety companies, that meet the requirements of 49 CFR 387.315. These carriers must have available for inspection, in each vehicle operating in the United States, copies of the following documents:
</P>
<P>(i) The certificate of registration;
</P>
<P>(ii) The required insurance endorsement (Form MCS-90); and
</P>
<P>(iii) An insurance identification card, binder, or other document issued by an authorized insurer which specifies both the effective date and the expiration date of the insurance coverage.
</P>
<P>(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 387.301(a)(1), the filing of evidence of insurance is not required as a condition to the issuance of a certificate of registration. Further, the reference to continuous coverage at § 387.313(a)(6) and the reference to cancellation notice at § 387.313(d) are not applicable to these carriers.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Household goods motor carriers: Cargo liability.</I> Security required to compensate individual shippers for loss or damage to property belonging to them and coming into the possession of household goods motor carriers in connection with their transportation service;
</P>
<P>(1) For loss of or damage to household goods carried on any one motor vehicle—$5,000,
</P>
<P>(2) For loss of or damage to or aggregate of losses or damages of or to household goods occurring at any one time and place—$10,000.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 55944, Dec. 14, 1982]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 387.303, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5307, Jan. 17, 2017, § 387.303 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 84 FR 51433, Sept. 30, 2019, the suspension was lifted and amendments were made to § 387.303. In that same document, § 387.303 was again suspended indefinitely.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.303T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.303T   Security for the protection of the public: Minimum limits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) <I>Primary security</I> means public liability coverage provided by the insurance or surety company responsible for the first dollar of coverage.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Excess security</I> means public liability coverage above the primary security, or above any additional underlying security, up to and including the required minimum limits set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Motor carriers subject to § 387.301T(a)(1) are required to have security for the required minimum limits as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Small freight vehicles.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Kind of equipment
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Transportation
<br/>provided
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>limits
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fleet including only vehicles under 10,001 pounds (4,536 kilograms) GVWR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Property (non-hazardous)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$300,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) <I>Passenger carriers.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Passenger Carriers: Kind of Equipment
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vehicle seating capacity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>limits
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(A) Any vehicle with a seating capacity of 16 passengers or more (including the driver)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(B) Any vehicle designed or used to transport 15 passengers or less (including the driver) for compensation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,500,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Motor carriers subject to § 387.301T(a)(2) are required to have security for the required minimum limits as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Kind of equipment
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity transported
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>limits
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(i) Freight vehicles of 10,001 pounds (4,536 kilograms) or more GVWR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Property (non-hazardous)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$750,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(ii) Freight vehicles of 10,001 (4,536 kilograms) pounds or more GVWR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hazardous substances, as defined in § 171.8 of this title, transported in cargo tanks, portable tanks, or hopper-type vehicles with capacities in excess of 3,500 water gallons, or in bulk explosives Division 1,1, 1.2 and 1.3 materials. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A material; in bulk Division 2.1 or 2.2; or highway route controlled quantities of a Class 7 material, as defined in § 173.403 of this title</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iii) Freight vehicles of 10,001 pounds (4,536 kilograms) or more GVWR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oil listed in § 172.101 of this title; hazardous waste, hazardous materials and hazardous substances defined in § 171.8 of this title and listed in § 172.101 of this title, but not mentioned in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) or paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(iv) Freight vehicles under 10,001 pounds (4,536 kilograms) GVWR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any quantity of Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 material; any quantity of a Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A, or Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material; or highway route controlled quantities of Class 7 material as defined in § 173.455 of this title</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000,000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) Motor carriers subject to the minimum limits governed by this section, which are also subject to Department of Transportation limits requirements, are at no time required to have security for more than the required minimum limits established by the Secretary of Transportation in the applicable provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Foreign motor carriers and foreign motor private carriers.</I> Foreign motor carriers and foreign motor private carriers (Mexican), subject to the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 13902(c) and 49 CFR part 368 regarding obtaining certificates of registration from the FMCSA, must meet our minimum financial responsibility requirements by obtaining insurance coverage, in the required amounts, for periods of 24 hours or longer, from insurance or surety companies, that meet the requirements of § 387.315. These carriers must have available for inspection, in each vehicle operating in the United States, copies of the following documents:
</P>
<P>(i) The certificate of registration;
</P>
<P>(ii) The required insurance endorsement (Form MCS-90); and
</P>
<P>(iii) An insurance identification card, binder, or other document issued by an authorized insurer which specifies both the effective date and the expiration date of the insurance coverage.
</P>
<P>(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 387.301T(a)(1), the filing of evidence of insurance is not required as a condition to the issuance of a certificate of registration. Further, the reference to continuous coverage at § 387.313T(a)(6) and the reference to cancellation notice at § 387.313T(d) are not applicable to these carriers.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Household goods motor carriers: Cargo liability.</I> Security required to compensate individual shippers for loss or damage to property belonging to them and coming into the possession of household goods motor carriers in connection with their transportation service:
</P>
<P>(1) For loss of or damage to household goods carried on any one motor vehicle—$5,000; and
</P>
<P>(2) For loss of or damage to or aggregate of losses or damages of or to household goods occurring at any one time and place—$10,000.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5307, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 22877, May 17, 2018; 84 FR 51433, Sept. 30, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.305" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.305   Combination vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>The following combinations will be regarded as one motor vehicle for purposes of this part, (a) a tractor and trailer or semitrailer when the tractor is engaged solely in drawing the trailer or semitrailer, and (b) a truck and trailer when both together bear a single load.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.307" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.307   Property broker surety bond or trust fund.</HEAD>
<P>This section is effective January 16, 2026.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Security.</I> A broker must have a surety bond or trust fund of $75,000 in effect. FMCSA will not register a broker until a surety bond or trust fund for the full limits of liability prescribed herein is in effect. The broker registration shall remain in effect only as long as a surety bond or trust fund remains in effect and shall ensure the financial responsibility of the broker. Evidence of a surety bond must be filed using FMCSA's prescribed Form BMC-84. Evidence of a trust fund with a financial institution must be filed using FMCSA's prescribed Form BMC-85. The surety bond or the trust fund shall ensure the financial responsibility of the broker by providing for payments to shippers or motor carriers if the broker fails to carry out its contracts, agreements, or arrangements for the supplying of transportation by authorized motor carriers.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptable assets.</I> Trust funds under this section must contain assets aggregating to $75,000 that can be liquidated to cash within 7 calendar days. Acceptable assets included in any trust fund filed under this section are limited to cash, irrevocable letters of credit issued by a federally insured depository institution, and Treasury bonds.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Financial institution.</I> When used in this section and in forms prescribed under this section, where not otherwise distinctly expressed or manifestly incompatible with the intent thereof, shall mean each agent, agency, branch or office within the United States of any person, as defined by the ICC Termination Act, doing business in one or more of the capacities:
</P>
<P>(1) An insured bank (as defined in section 3(h) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(h));
</P>
<P>(2) A commercial bank or trust company;
</P>
<P>(3) An agency or branch of a foreign bank in the United States;
</P>
<P>(4) An insured depository institution (as defined in section 3(c)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c)(2));
</P>
<P>(5) A thrift institution (savings bank, building and loan association, credit union, industrial bank or other);
</P>
<P>(6) An insurance company; or
</P>
<P>(7) A person subject to supervision by any State or Federal bank supervisory authority.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Forms and Procedures.</I> (1) Forms for broker surety bonds and trust agreements. Form BMC-84 broker surety bond will be filed with FMCSA for the full security limits under paragraph (a) of this section; or Form BMC-85 broker trust fund agreement will be filed with FMCSA for the full security limits under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Broker surety bonds and trust fund agreements in effect continuously. Surety bonds and trust fund agreements shall specify that coverage thereunder will remain in effect continuously until terminated as herein provided in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Cancellation notice.</I> The surety bond and the trust fund agreement may be cancelled only upon 30 days' written notice to FMCSA, on prescribed Form BMC-36, by the principal or surety for the surety bond, and on prescribed Form BMC-85, by the trustor/broker or trustee for the trust fund agreement. The notice period commences upon the actual receipt of the notice at FMCSA's Washington, DC office.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Termination by replacement.</I> Broker surety bonds or trust fund agreements which have been accepted by FMCSA under these rules may be replaced by other surety bonds or trust fund agreements, and the liability of the retiring surety or trustee under such surety bond or trust fund agreements shall be considered as having terminated as of the effective date of the replacement surety bond or trust fund agreement. However, such termination shall not affect the liability of the surety or the trustee hereunder for the payment of any damages arising as the result of contracts, agreements or arrangements made by the broker for the supplying of transportation prior to the date such termination becomes effective.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Immediate suspension.</I> (1) A surety company issuing a Form BMC-84 or a financial institution issuing a Form BMC-85 must notify FMCSA in writing, by electronic means, when the surety company or financial institution:
</P>
<P>(i) Makes a payment, with the consent of the broker, from the surety bond or trust fund for a claim by a shipper or motor carrier that causes the surety bond or trust fund to fall below $75,000;
</P>
<P>(ii) Makes a payment in any case in which the broker does not respond within 7 business days to address the validity of the claim, and the surety provider or financial institution determines that the claim is valid, and the payment causes the surety bond or trust fund to fall below $75,000;
</P>
<P>(iii) Makes a payment due to a judgment against the broker that causes the surety bond or trust fund to fall below $75,000; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Determines that the broker is experiencing financial failure or insolvency and that the surety company or financial institution will be required to pay one or more claims pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 13906(b)(6) in an amount that will cause the surety bond or trust fund to fall below $75,000. The surety company or financial institution may make this determination when:
</P>
<P>(A) It receives one or more claims that, if paid, would reduce the balance of the trust fund or surety bond below the required minimum;
</P>
<P>(B) It has notified the broker of such claims and provided 7 business days for the broker to respond to the determination; and
</P>
<P>(C) Either the broker fails to respond within the time period provided in paragraph (e)(1)(D)(ii) of this section, or provides a response and the surety company or financial institution nevertheless determines that the claim is legitimate and that the surety company or financial institution expects to make one or more payments on the claim from the bond or trust fund.
</P>
<P>(2) Paragraph (e)(1) of this section does not apply when a broker has filed to initiate a proceeding pursuant to Title 11 of the United States Code.
</P>
<P>(3) The notification to FMCSA must include the broker's MC number or USDOT number, a description of the reason for the notification, and either:
</P>
<P>(i) Evidence of the date a payment was made under paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section and amount of such payment, or
</P>
<P>(ii) A list of currently pending claims, amounts, and evidence that the surety company or financial institution complied with the notification requirements in paragraph (e)(1)(D) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The notification to FMCSA must be made within 2 business days of a payment or determination.
</P>
<P>(5) Upon notification by the surety company or financial institution in accordance with paragraphs (e)(1) through (4) of this section, FMCSA will provide written notice to the broker that its operating authority registration issued pursuant to part 365 of this chapter will be suspended within 7 business days of service of the notice unless the broker provides written evidence to FMCSA that the notification was sent in error, the surety bond or trust fund has been restored to the $75,000 amount required by this section, or the pending claims have been satisfied without the use of surety bond or trust fund assets. FMCSA will consider such evidence and provide written notice to the broker of its determination.
</P>
<P>(6) If the broker fails to respond to the notice within 7 business days of service of the notice, FMCSA will enter a suspension of the broker's authority and provide written notice to the broker that the suspension is in effect. A broker whose authority has been suspended may request that FMCSA lift the suspension by providing written evidence that the notification was sent in error; the surety bond or trust fund has been restored to the $75,000 amount required by this section; or the pending claims have been satisfied without the use of surety bond or trust fund assets. FMCSA will consider such evidence and provide written notice to the broker of its determination.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Financial failure or insolvency of the broker.</I> (1) For purposes of this section, a <I>financial failure or insolvency</I> of a broker is defined as any payment made or other default pursuant to § 387.307(e)(1) not cured in accordance with § 387.307(e)(5) or (6).
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this provision, a filing related to the broker pursuant to Title 11 of the United States Code does not constitute financial failure or insolvency.
</P>
<P>(3) If a surety company or financial institution makes a determination as described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, such surety company or financial institution shall initiate cancellation of the Form BMC-84 or Form BMC-85 pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Upon notification by the surety company or financial institution, FMCSA will provide written notice of the cancellation in the FMCSA Register on its public website. The surety or financial institution must accept claims against the BMC-84 surety bond or BMC-85 trust fund for 60 calendar days (extended to the next business day if the final day of the period falls on a weekend or Federal holiday) following FMCSA's public notification of the financial failure or insolvency in the FMCSA Register.
</P>
<P>(5) If a surety company or financial institution notifies FMCSA of its determination pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(iv) that a broker is experiencing financial failure or insolvency and the broker subsequently satisfies all pending claims that would have reduced the surety bond or trust fund below $75,000, the surety company or financial institution must immediately notify FMCSA that the broker is no longer experiencing financial failure or insolvency. Upon receiving evidence from the broker that the surety company or financial institution has terminated the cancellation process and reinstituted the bond or trust, or that the broker has obtained a new bond or trust from another eligible surety company or financial institution, FMCSA will promptly provide written notice in the FMCSA Register on its public website that the financial failure or insolvency has been cured.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Suspension of surety company or financial institution.</I> (1) If a surety company or financial institution violates the requirements of this section or 49 U.S.C. 13906(b) or (c), FMCSA shall suspend the authorization of such surety company or financial institution to have its instruments filed as evidence of financial responsibility pursuant to § 387.307 for 3 years.
</P>
<P>(2) If FMCSA initiates a suspension action pursuant to paragraph (g)(1) of this section it shall provide written notice to the surety company or financial institution, provide 30 calendar days (extended to the next business day if the final day of the period falls on a weekend or Federal holiday) for the surety company or financial institution to provide evidence contesting such proposed suspension, and then render a final decision in writing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 78672, Nov. 16, 2023, as amended at 89 FR 107026, Dec. 31, 2024; 90 FR 1908, Jan. 10, 2025]














</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.309" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.309   Qualifications as a self-insurer and other securities or agreements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>As a self-insurer.</I> The FMCSA will consider and will approve, subject to appropriate and reasonable conditions, the application of a motor carrier to qualify as a self-insurer, if the carrier furnishes a true and accurate statement of its financial condition and other evidence that establishes to the satisfaction of the FMCSA the ability of the motor carrier to satisfy its obligation for bodily injury liability, property damage liability, or cargo liability. Application Guidelines: In addition to filing Form BMC 40, applicants for authority to self-insure against bodily injury and property damage claims should submit evidence that will allow the FMCSA to determine:
</P>
<P>(1) The adequacy of the tangible net worth of the motor carrier in relation to the size of operations and the extent of its request for self-insurance authority. Applicant should demonstrate that it will maintain a net worth that will ensure that it will be able to meet its statutory obligations to the public to indemnify all claimants in the event of loss.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>The existence of a sound self-insurance program.</I> Applicant should demonstrate that it has established, and will maintain, an insurance program that will protect the public against all claims to the same extent as the minimum security limits applicable to applicant under § 387.303 of this part. Such a program may include, but not be limited to, one or more of the following: Irrevocable letters of credit; irrevocable trust funds; reserves; sinking funds; third-party financial guarantees, parent company or affiliate sureties; excess insurance coverage; or other similar arrangements.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>The existence of an adequate safety program.</I> Applicant must submit evidence of a current “satisfactory” safety rating by the United States Department of Transportation. Non-rated carriers need only certify that they have not been rated. Applications by carriers with a less than satisfactory rating will be summarily denied. Any self-insurance authority granted by the FMCSA will automatically expire 30 days after a carrier receives a less than satisfactory rating from DOT.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Additional information.</I> Applicant must submit such additional information to support its application as the FMCSA may require.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other securities or agreements.</I> The FMCSA also will consider applications for approval of other securities or agreements and will approve any such application if satisfied that the security or agreement offered will afford the security for protection of the public contemplated by 49 U.S.C. 13906.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 51780, Nov. 14, 1983, and 51 FR 15008, Apr. 22, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 3815, Feb. 6, 1987; 62 FR 49941, Sept. 24, 1997; 68 FR 56199, Sept. 30, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.311" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.311   Bonds and certificates of insurance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Public liability.</I> Each Form BMC 82 surety bond filed with the FMCSA must be for the full limits of liability required under § 387.303(b)(1). Form MCS-82 surety bonds and other forms of similar import prescribed by the Department of Transportation, may be aggregated to comply with the minimum security limits required under § 387.303(b)(1) or § 387.303(b)(2). Each Form BMC 91 certificate of insurance filed with the FMCSA will always represent the full security minimum limits required for the particular carrier, while it remains in force, under § 387.303(b)(1) or § 387.303(b)(2), whichever is applicable. Any previously executed Form BMC 91 filed before the current revision which is left on file with the FMCSA after the effective date of this regulation, and not canceled within 30 days of that date will be deemed to certify the same coverage limits as would the filing of a revised Form BMC 91. Each Form BMC 91X certificate of insurance filed with the FMCSA will represent the full security limits under § 387.303(b)(1) or § 387.303(b)(2) or the specific security limits of coverage as indicated on the face of the form. If the filing reflects aggregation, the certificate must show clearly whether the insurance is primary or, if excess coverage, the amount of underlying coverage as well as amount of the maximum limits of coverage. *
<FTREF/> Each Form BMC 91MX certificate of insurance filed with the FMCSA will represent the security limits of coverage as indicated on the face of the form. The Form BMC 91MX must show clearly whether the insurance is primary or, if excess coverage, the amount of underlying coverage as well as amount of the maximum limits of coverage.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>*<E T="04">Note:</E> Aggregation to meet the requirement of § 387.303(b)(1) will not be allowed until the completion of our rulemaking in Ex Parte No. MC-5 (Sub-No. 2), <I>Motor Carrier and Freight Forwarder Insurance Procedures and Minimum Amounts of Liability.</I></P></FTNT>
<P>(b) <I>Cargo liability.</I> Each form BMC 83 surety bond filed with the FMCSA must be for the full limits of liability required under § 387.303(c). Each Form BMC 34 certificate of insurance filed with the FMCSA will represent the full security limits under § 387.303(c) or the specific security limits of coverage as indicated on the face of the form. If the filing reflects aggregation, the certificate must show clearly whether the insurance is primary or, if excess coverage, the amount of underlying coverage as well as amount of the maximum limits of coverage.
</P>
<P>(c) Each policy of insurance in connection with the certificate of insurance which is filed with the FMCSA, shall be amended by attachment of the appropriate endorsement prescribed by the FMCSA and the certificate of insurance filed must accurately reflect that endorsement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 55944, Dec. 14, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 43332, Sept. 23, 1983; 48 FR 51781, Nov. 14, 1983; 50 FR 40030, Oct. 1, 1985; 62 FR 49941, Sept. 24, 1997; 68 FR 56199, Sept. 30, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.313" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.313   Forms and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Forms for endorsements, certificates of insurance and others</I>—(1) <I>In form prescribed.</I> Endorsements for policies of insurance and surety bonds, certificates of insurance, applications to qualify as a self-insurer, or for approval of other securities or agreements, and notices of cancellation must be in the form prescribed and approved by the FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Aggregation of Insurance.**</I>
<FTREF/> When insurance is provided by more than one insurer in order to aggregate security limits for carriers operating only freight vehicles under 10,000 pounds Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, as defined in § 387.303(b)(1), a separate <I>Form BMC 90,</I> with the specific amounts of underlying and limits of coverage shown thereon or appended thereto, and <I>Form BMC 91X</I> certificate is required of each insurer.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>**<E T="04">Note:</E> See <E T="04">Note</E> for Rule 387.311. Also, it should be noted that DOT is considering prescribing adaptations of the Form MCS 90 endorsement and the Form MCS 82 surety bond for use by passenger carriers and Rules §§ 387.311 and 387.313 have been written sufficiently broad to provide for this contingency when new forms are prescribed by that Agency.</P></FTNT>
<FP>For aggregation of insurance for all other carriers to cover security limits under § 387.303 (b)(1) or (b)(2), a separate Department of Transportation prescribed form endorsement and <I>Form BMC 91X</I> certificate is required of each insurer. When insurance is provided by more than one insurer to aggregate coverage for security limits under § 387.303(c) a separate Form BMC 32 endorsement and Form BMC 34 certificate of insurance is required for each insurer.
</FP>
<FP>For aggregation of insurance for foreign motor private carriers of nonhazardous commodities to cover security limits under § 387.303(b)(4), a separate Form BMC 90 with the specific amounts of underlying and limits of coverage shown thereon or appended thereto, or Department of Transportation prescribed form endorsement, and Form BMC 91MX certificate is required for each insurer.
</FP>
<P>(3) <I>Use of Certificates and Endorsements in BMC Series. Form BMC 91</I> certificates of insurance will be filed with the FMCSA for the full security limits under § 387.303 (b)(1) or (b)(2).
</P>
<FP><I>Form BMC 91X</I> certificate of insurance will be filed to represent full coverage or any level of aggregation for the security limits under § 387.303 (b)(1) or (b)(2).
</FP>
<FP><I>Form BMC 90</I> endorsement will be used with each filing of <I>Form BMC 91</I> or <I>Form 91X</I> certificate with the FMCSA which certifies to coverage not governed by the requirements of the Department of Transportation. <I>Form BMC 32</I> endorsement and <I>Form BMC 34</I> certificate of insurance and <I>Form BMC 83</I> surety bonds are used for the limits of cargo liability under § 387.303(c).
</FP>
<FP><I>Form BMC 91MX</I> certificate of insurance will be filed to represent any level of aggregation for the security limits under § 387.303(b)(4).
</FP>
<P>(4) <I>Use of Endorsements in MCS Series.</I> When Security limits certified under § 387.303 (b)(1) or (b)(2) involves coverage also required by the Department of Transportation a <I>Form MCS endorsement</I> prescribed by the Department of Transportation such as, and including, the <I>Form MCS 90</I> endorsement is required.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Surety bonds.</I> When surety bonds are used rather than certificates of insurance, <I>Form BMC 82</I> is required for the security limits under § 387.303(b)(1) not subject to regulation by the Department of Transportation, and <I>Form MCS 82,</I> or any form of similar import prescribed by the Department of Transportation, is used for the security limits subject also to minimum coverage requirements of the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Surety bonds and certificates in effect continuously.</I> Surety bonds and certificates of insurance shall specify that coverage thereunder will remain in effect continuously until terminated as herein provided, except: 
</P>
<P>(i) When filed expressly to fill prior gaps or lapses in coverage or to cover grants of emergency temporary authority of unusually short duration and the filing clearly so indicates, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) In special or unusual circumstances, when special permission is obtained for filing certificates of insurance or surety bonds on terms meeting other particular needs of the situation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing and copies.</I> Certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and notices of cancellation must be filed with the FMCSA at <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Name of insured.</I> Certificates of insurance and surety bonds shall be issued in the full and correct name of the individual, partnership, corporation or other person to whom the certificate, permit, or license is, or is to be, issued. In the case of a partnership, all partners shall be named.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Cancellation notice.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, surety bonds, certificates of insurance, and other securities or agreements shall not be cancelled or withdrawn until 30 days after written notice has been submitted to <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov</I> on the prescribed form (Form BMC-35, Notice of Cancellation Motor Carrier Policies of Insurance under 49 U.S.C. 13906, and BMC-36, Notice of Cancellation Motor Carrier and Broker Surety Bonds, as appropriate) by the insurance company, surety or sureties, motor carrier, broker or other party thereto, as the case may be, which period of thirty (30) days shall commence to run from the date such notice on the prescribed form is filed with FMCSA at <I>http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Termination by replacement.</I> Certificates of insurance or surety bonds which have been accepted by the FMCSA under these rules may be replaced by other certificates of insurance, surety bonds or other security, and the liability of the retiring insurer or surety under such certificates of insurance or surety bonds shall be considered as having terminated as of the effective date of the replacement certificate of insurance, surety bond or other security, provided the said replacement certificate, bond or other security is acceptable to the FMCSA under the rules and regulations in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 55944, Dec. 14, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 43334, Sept. 23, 1983; 48 FR 51781, Nov. 14, 1983; 50 FR 40030, Oct. 1, 1985; 51 FR 34623, Sept. 30, 1986; 62 FR 49941, Sept. 24, 1997; 75 FR 35328, June 22, 2010; 80 FR 63709, Oct. 21, 2015; 83 FR 22877, May 17, 2018; 84 FR 51434, Sept. 30, 2019]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5308, Jan. 17, 2017, § 387.313 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 84 FR 51434, Sept. 30, 2019, the suspension was lifted and amendments were made to § 387.313. In that same document, § 387.313 was again suspended indefinitely.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.313T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.313T   Forms and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Forms for endorsements, certificates of insurance and others</I>—(1) <I>In form prescribed.</I> Endorsements for policies of insurance and surety bonds, certificates of insurance, applications to qualify as a self-insurer, or for approval of other securities or agreements, and notices of cancellation must be in the form prescribed and approved by the FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Aggregation of insurance.</I> (i) When insurance is provided by more than one insurer in order to aggregate security limits for carriers operating only freight vehicles under 10,000 pounds Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, as defined in § 387.303T(b)(1), a separate <I>Form BMC 90,</I> with the specific amounts of underlying and limits of coverage shown thereon or appended thereto, and <I>Form BMC 91X</I> certificate is required of each insurer.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>**Note:</HED>
<P>See Note for Rule 387.311. Also, it should be noted that DOT is considering prescribing adaptations of the <I>Form MCS 90</I> endorsement and the <I>Form MCS 82</I> surety bond for use by passenger carriers and Rules §§ 387.311 and 387.313T have been written sufficiently broad to provide for this contingency when new forms are prescribed by that Agency.</P></NOTE>
<P>(ii) For aggregation of insurance for all other carriers to cover security limits under § 387.303T(b)(1) or (2), a separate Department of Transportation prescribed form endorsement and <I>Form BMC 91X</I> certificate is required of each insurer. When insurance is provided by more than one insurer to aggregate coverage for security limits under § 387.303T(c) a separate <I>Form BMC 32</I> endorsement and <I>Form BMC 34</I> certificate of insurance is required for each insurer.
</P>
<P>(iii) For aggregation of insurance for foreign motor private carriers of nonhazardous commodities to cover security limits under § 387.303T(b)(4), a separate <I>Form BMC 90</I> with the specific amounts of underlying and limits of coverage shown thereon or appended thereto, or Department of Transportation prescribed form endorsement, and <I>Form BMC 91MX</I> certificate is required for each insurer.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Use of certificates and endorsements in BMC Series.</I> Form BMC 91 certificates of insurance will be filed with the FMCSA for the full security limits under § 387.303T(b)(1) or (2).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Form BMC 91X</I> certificate of insurance will be filed to represent full coverage or any level of aggregation for the security limits under § 387.303T(b)(1) or (2).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Form BMC 90</I> endorsement will be used with each filing of <I>Form BMC 91</I> or <I>Form 91X</I> certificate with the FMCSA which certifies to coverage not governed by the requirements of the Department of Transportation. <I>Form BMC 32</I> endorsement and <I>Form BMC 34</I> certificate of insurance and <I>Form BMC 83</I> surety bonds are used for the limits of cargo liability under § 387.303T(c).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Form BMC 91MX</I> certificate of insurance will be filed to represent any level of aggregation for the security limits under § 387.303T(b)(4).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Use of endorsements in MCS Series.</I> When Security limits certified under § 387.303T(b)(1) or (b)(2) involves coverage also required by the Department of Transportation a Form MCS endorsement prescribed by the Department of Transportation such as, and including, the Form MCS 90 endorsement is required.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Surety bonds.</I> When surety bonds are used rather than certificates of insurance, Form BMC 82 is required for the security limits under § 387.303T(b)(1) not subject to regulation by the Department of Transportation, and Form MCS 82, or any form of similar import prescribed by the Department of Transportation, is used for the security limits subject also to minimum coverage requirements of the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Surety bonds and certificates in effect continuously.</I> Surety bonds and certificates of insurance shall specify that coverage thereunder will remain in effect continuously until terminated as herein provided, except:
</P>
<P>(i) When filed expressly to fill prior gaps or lapses in coverage or to cover grants of emergency temporary authority of unusually short duration and the filing clearly so indicates; or
</P>
<P>(ii) In special or unusual circumstances, when special permission is obtained for filing certificates of insurance or surety bonds on terms meeting other particular needs of the situation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing and copies.</I> Certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and notices of cancellation must be filed with the FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Name of insured.</I> Certificates of insurance and surety bonds shall be issued in the full and correct name of the individual, partnership, corporation or other person to whom the certificate, permit, or license is, or is to be, issued. In the case of a partnership, all partners shall be named.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Cancellation notice.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, surety bonds, certificates of insurance and other securities or agreements shall not be cancelled or withdrawn until 30 days after written notice has been submitted to the FMCSA at its offices in Washington, DC, on the prescribed form (<I>Form BMC-35,</I> Notice of Cancellation Motor Carrier Policies of Insurance under 49 U.S.C. 13906, and <I>BMC-36,</I> Notice of Cancellation Motor Carrier and Broker Surety Bonds, as appropriate) by the insurance company, surety or sureties, motor carrier, broker or other party thereto, as the case may be, which period of thirty (30) days shall commence to run from the date such notice on the prescribed form is actually received by the FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Termination by replacement.</I> Certificates of insurance or surety bonds which have been accepted by the FMCSA under these rules may be replaced by other certificates of insurance, surety bonds or other security, and the liability of the retiring insurer or surety under such certificates of insurance or surety bonds shall be considered as having terminated as of the effective date of the replacement certificate of insurance, surety bond or other security, provided the said replacement certificate, bond or other security is acceptable to the FMCSA under the rules and regulations in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5308, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 16226, Apr. 16, 2018; 84 FR 51434, Sept. 30, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.315" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.315   Insurance and surety companies.</HEAD>
<P>A certificate of insurance or surety bond will not be accepted by the FMCSA unless issued by an insurance or surety company that is authorized (licensed or admitted) to issue bonds or underlying insurance policies:
</P>
<P>(a) In each State in which the motor carrier is authorized by the FMCSA to operate, or
</P>
<P>(b) In the State in which the motor carrier has its principal place of business or domicile, and will designate in writing upon request by the FMCSA, a person upon whom process, issued by or under the authority of a court of competent jurisdiction, may be served in any proceeding at law or equity brought in any State in which the carrier operates, or
</P>
<P>(c) In any State, and is eligible as an excess or surplus lines insurer in any State in which business is written, and will make the designation of process agent described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) In the Province or Territory of Canada in which a Canadian motor carrier has its principal place of business or domicile, and will designate in writing upon request by FMCSA, a person upon whom process, issued by or under the authority of a court of competent jurisdiction, may be served in any proceeding at law or equity brought in any State in which the carrier operates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28111, June 19, 1991, as amended at 75 FR 38430, July 2, 2010; 78 FR 58482, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.317" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.317   Refusal to accept, or revocation by the FMCSA of surety bonds, etc.</HEAD>
<P>The FMCSA may, at any time, refuse to accept or may revoke its acceptance of any surety bond, certificate of insurance, qualifications as a self-insurer, or other securities or agreements if, in its judgment such security does not comply with these sections or for any reason fails to provide satisfactory or adequate protection for the public. Revocation of acceptance of any certificate of insurance, surety bond or other security shall not relieve the motor carrier from compliance with § 387.301(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 55945, Dec. 14, 1982, as amended at 62 FR 49942, Sept. 24, 1997; 80 FR 59073, Oct. 1, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.319" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.319   Fiduciaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> The terms “insured” and “principal” as used in a certificate of insurance, surety bond, and notice of cancellation, filed by or for a motor carrier, include the motor carrier and its fiduciary as of the moment of succession. The term “fiduciary” means any person authorized by law to collect and preserve property of incapacitated, financially disabled, bankrupt, or deceased holders of operating rights, and assignees of such holders.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Insurance coverage in behalf of fiduciaries to apply concurrently.</I> The coverage furnished under the provisions of this section on behalf of fiduciaries shall not apply subsequent to the effective date of other insurance, or other security, filed with and approved by the FMCSA in behalf of such fiduciaries. After the coverage provided in this section shall have been in effect thirty (30) days, it may be cancelled or withdrawn within the succeeding period of thirty (30) days by the insurer, the insured, the surety, or the principal upon ten (10) days' notice in writing to the FMCSA at its office in Washington, DC, which period of ten (10) days shall commence to run from the date such notice is actually received by the FMCSA. After such coverage has been in effect for a total of sixty (60) days, it may be cancelled or withdrawn only in accordance with § 1043.7.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20032, Dec. 20, 1967, as amended at 47 FR 49596, Nov. 1, 1982; 47 FR 55945, Dec. 14, 1982; 55 FR 11197, Mar. 27, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.321" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.321   Operations in foreign commerce.</HEAD>
<P>No motor carrier may operate in the United States in the course of transportation between places in a foreign country or between a place in one foreign country and a place in another foreign country unless and until there shall have been filed with and accepted by the FMCSA a certificate of insurance, surety bond, proof of qualifications as a self-insurer, or other securities or agreements in the amount prescribed in § 387.303(b), conditioned to pay any final judgment recovered against such motor carrier for bodily injuries to or the death of any person resulting from the negligent operation, maintenance, or use of motor vehicles in transportation between places in a foreign country or between a place in one foreign country and a place in another foreign country, insofar as such transportation takes place in the United States, or for loss of or damage to property of others. The security for the protection of the public required by this section shall be maintained in effect at all times and shall be subject to the provisions of §§ 387.309 through 387.319. The requirements of § 387.315(a) shall be satisfied if the insurance or surety company, in addition to having been approved by the FMCSA, is legally authorized to issue policies or surety bonds in at least one of the States in the United States, or one of the Provinces in Canada, and has filed with the FMCSA the name and address of a person upon whom legal process may be served in each State in or through which the motor carrier operates. Such designation may from time to time be changed by like designation similarly filed, but shall be maintained during the effectiveness of any certificate of insurance or surety bond issued by the company, and thereafter with respect to any claims arising during the effectiveness of such certificate or bond. The term “motor carrier” as used in this section shall not include private carriers or carriers operating under the partial exemption from regulation in 49 U.S.C. 13503 and 13506.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 55945, Dec. 14, 1982, as amended at 62 FR 49942, Sept. 24, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.323" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.323   Electronic filing of surety bonds, trust fund agreements, certificates of insurance and cancellations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Insurers must electronically file forms BMC 34, BMC 35, BMC 36, BMC 82, BMC 83, BMC 84, BMC 85, BMC 91, and BMC 91X in accordance with the requirements and procedures set forth in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each insurer must obtain authorization to file electronically by registering with the FMCSA. An individual account number and password for computer access will be issued to each registered insurer.
</P>
<P>(c) Filings may be transmitted online via the internet at: <I>https://li-public.fmcsa.dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(d) All registered insurers agree to furnish upon request to the FMCSA a copy of any policy (or policies) and all certificates of insurance, endorsements, surety bonds, trust fund agreements, proof of qualification to self-insure or other insurance filings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63710, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5308, Jan. 17, 2017, § 387.323 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 86 FR 57072, Oct. 14, 2021, the suspension was lifted and an amendment  was made to § 387.323. In that same document, § 387.323 was again suspended indefinitely.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.323T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.3.11.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.323T   Electronic filing of surety bonds, trust fund agreements, certificates of insurance and cancellations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Insurers may, at their option and in accordance with the requirements and procedures set forth in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, file forms BMC 34, BMC 35, BMC 36, BMC 82, BMC 83, BMC 84, BMC 85, BMC 91, and BMC 91X electronically, in lieu of using the prescribed printed forms.
</P>
<P>(b) Each insurer must obtain authorization to file electronically by registering with the FMCSA. An individual account number and password for computer access will be issued to each registered insurer.
</P>
<P>(c) Filings may be transmitted online via the internet at: <I>https://li-public.fmcsa.dot.gov</I> or via American Standard Code Information Interchange (ASCII). All ASCII transmission must be in fixed format, <I>i.e.,</I> all records must have the same number of fields and same length. The record layouts for ASCII electronic transactions are described in the following table:


</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Electronic Insurance Filing Transactions
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Field name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of
<br/>positions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Required
<br/>F = filing
<br/>C = cancel
<br/>B = both
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Start field
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">End field
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Record type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 Numeric</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 = Filing, 2 = Cancellation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurer number</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 Text</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FMCSA Assigned Insurer Number (Home Office) With Suffix (Issuing Office), If Different, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> 12345-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Filing type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 Numeric</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 = BI&amp;PD, 2 = Cargo, 3 = Bond, 4 = Trust Fund</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FMCSA docket number</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 Text</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FMCSA Assigned MC or FF Number, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> MC000045</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insured legal name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120 Text</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Legal Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insured d/b/a name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 Text</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Doing Business As Name If Different From Legal Name</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">139</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insured address</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 Text</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Either street or mailing address</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">199</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">233
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insured city</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 Text</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">234</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">263
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insured state</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Text</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">264</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">265
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insured zip code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9 Numeric</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(Do not include dash if using 9 digit code)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">266</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">274
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insured country</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Text</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(Will default to U.S.)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">276
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Form code</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 Text</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">BMC-91, BMC-91X, BMC-34, BMC-35, etc</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">277</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">286
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Full, primary or excess coverage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 Text</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If BMC-91X, P or E = indicator of primary or excess policy; 1 = Full under § 387.303T(b)(1); 2 = Full under § 387.303T(b)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">287</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">287
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Limit of liability</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 Numeric</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$ in Thousands</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">288</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">292
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Underlying limit of liability</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 Numeric</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$ in Thousands (will default to $000 if Primary)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">293</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">297
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Effective date</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 Text</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MM/DD/YY Format for both Filing or Cancellation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">298</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">305
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Policy number</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 Text</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Surety companies may enter bond number</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">330</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) All registered insurers agree to furnish upon request to the FMCSA a duplicate original of any policy (or policies) and all endorsements, surety bond, trust fund agreement, or other filing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5308, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 86 FR 57072, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Surety Bonds and Policies of Insurance for Freight Forwarders</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>55 FR 11201, Mar. 27, 1990, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 61 FR 54710, Oct. 21, 1996.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 387.401" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.401   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Freight forwarder</I> means a person holding itself out to the general public (other than as an express, pipeline, rail, sleeping car, motor, or water carrier) to provide transportation of property for compensation in interstate commerce, and in the ordinary course of its business:
</P>
<P>(1) Performs or provides for assembling, consolidating, break-bulk, and distribution of shipments; and
</P>
<P>(2) Assumes responsibility for transportation from place of receipt to destination; and
</P>
<P>(3) Uses for any part of the transportation a carrier subject to FMCSA jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Household goods freight forwarder</I> (HHGFF) means a freight forwarder of household goods, unaccompanied baggage, or used automobiles.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Motor vehicle</I> means any vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, or semitrailer propelled or drawn by mechanical power and used to transport property, but does not include any vehicle, locomotive, or car operated exclusively on a rail or rails. The following combinations will be regarded as one motor vehicle:
</P>
<P>(1) A tractor that draws a trailer or semitrailer; and
</P>
<P>(2) A truck and trailer bearing a single load.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.403" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.403   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Cargo.</I> A household goods freight forwarder may not operate until it has filed with FMCSA an appropriate surety bond, certificate of insurance, qualifications as a self-insurer, or other securities or agreements, in the amounts prescribed at § 387.405, for loss of or damage to household goods.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Public liability.</I> A freight forwarder may not perform transfer, collection, or delivery service until it has filed with the FMCSA an appropriate surety bond, certificate of insurance, qualifications as a self-insurer, or other securities or agreements, in the amounts prescribed at § 387.405, conditioned to pay any final judgment recovered against such freight forwarder for bodily injury to or the death of any person, or loss of or damage to property (except cargo) of others, or, in the case of freight vehicles described at § 387.303(b)(2), for environmental restoration, resulting from the negligent operation, maintenance, or use of motor vehicles operated by or under its control in performing such service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Surety bond or trust fund.</I> A freight forwarder must have a surety bond or trust fund in effect. The FMCSA will not issue a freight forwarder license until a surety bond or trust fund for the full limit of liability prescribed in § 387.405 is in effect. The freight forwarder license shall remain valid or effective only as long as a surety bond or trust fund remains in effect and ensures the financial responsibility of the freight forwarder. The requirements applicable to property broker surety bonds and trust funds in § 387.307 shall apply to the surety bond or trust fund required by this paragraph.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63709, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5310, Jan. 17, 2017, § 387.403 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.403T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.403T   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Cargo.</I> A household goods freight forwarder may not operate until it has filed with FMCSA an appropriate surety bond, certificate of insurance, qualifications as a self-insurer, or other securities or agreements, in the amounts prescribed in § 387.405, for loss of or damage to household goods.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Public liability.</I> A HHGFF may not perform transfer, collection, and delivery service until it has filed with the FMCSA an appropriate surety bond, certificate of insurance, qualifications as a self-insurer, or other securities or agreements, in the amounts prescribed at § 387.405, conditioned to pay any final judgment recovered against such HHGFF for bodily injury to or the death of any person, or loss of or damage to property (except cargo) of others, or, in the case of freight vehicles described at § 387.303T(b)(2), for environmental restoration, resulting from the negligent operation, maintenance, or use of motor vehicles operated by or under its control in performing such service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Surety bond or trust fund.</I> A freight forwarder must have a surety bond or trust fund in effect. The FMCSA will not issue a freight forwarder license until a surety bond or trust fund for the full limit of liability prescribed in § 387.405 is in effect. The freight forwarder license shall remain valid or effective only as long as a surety bond or trust fund remains in effect and shall ensure the financial responsibility of the freight forwarder. The requirements applicable to property broker surety bonds and trust funds in § 387.307 shall apply to the surety bond or trust fund required by this paragraph (c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5310, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.405" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.405   Limits of liability.</HEAD>
<P>The minimum amounts for cargo and public liability security are identical to those prescribed for motor carriers at 49 CFR 387.303. The minimum amount for the surety bond or trust fund is identical to that prescribed for brokers at 49 CFR 387.307.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 60233, Oct. 1, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.407" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.407   Surety bonds and certificates of insurance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The limits of liability under § 387.405 may be provided by aggregation under the procedures at 49 CFR part 387, subpart C.
</P>
<P>(b) Each policy of insurance used in connection with a certificate of insurance filed with the FMCSA shall be amended by attachment of the appropriate endorsement prescribed by the FMCSA (or the Department of Transportation, where applicable).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11201, Mar. 27, 1990. Redesignated at 61 FR 54710, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 49942, Sept. 24, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.409" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.409   Insurance and surety companies.</HEAD>
<P>A certificate of insurance or surety bond will not be accepted by the FMCSA unless issued by an insurance or surety company that is authorized (licensed or admitted) to issue bonds or underlying insurance policies:
</P>
<P>(a) In each State in which the freight forwarder is authorized by the FMCSA to perform service, or
</P>
<P>(b) In the State in which the freight forwarder has its principal place of business or domicile, and will designate in writing upon request by the FMCSA, a person upon whom process, issued by or under the authority of a court of competent jurisdiction, may be served in any proceeding at law or equity brought in any State in which the freight forwarder performs service; or
</P>
<P>(c) In any State, and is eligible as an excess or surplus lines insurer in any State in which business is written, and will make the designation of process agent prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) In the Province or Territory of Canada in which a Canadian freight forwarder has its principal place of business or domicile, and will designate in writing upon request by FMCSA, a person upon whom process, issued by or under the authority of a court of competent jurisdiction, may be served in any proceeding at law or equity brought in any State in which the freight forwarder operates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 28111, June 19, 1991, as amended at 75 FR 38430, July 2, 2010; 78 FR 58482, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.411" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.411   Qualifications as a self-insurer and other securities or agreements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Self-insurer.</I> The FMCSA will approve the application of a freight fowarder to qualify as a self-insurer if it is able to meet its obligations for bodily-injury, property-damage, and cargo liability without adversely affecting its business.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other securities and agreements.</I> The FMCSA will grant applications for approval of other securities and agreements if the public will be protected as contemplated by 49 U.S.C. 13906(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11201, Mar. 27, 1990. Redesignated at 61 FR 54710, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 49942, Sept. 24, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.413" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.413   Forms and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Forms.</I> Endorsements for policies of insurance, surety bonds, certificates of insurance, applications to qualify as a self-insurer or for approval of other securities or agreements, and notices of cancellation must be in the form prescribed at 49 CFR part 387, subpart C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> Certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and notices of cancellation must be electronically filed with the FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Names.</I> Certificates of insurance and surety bonds shall be issued in the full name (including any trade name) of the individual, partnership (all partners named), corporation, or other person holding or to be issued the permit.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Cancellation.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and other securities and agreements shall not be cancelled or withdrawn until 30 days after the FMCSA receives written notice from the insurance company, surety, freight forwarder, or other party, as the case may be.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Termination by replacement.</I> Certificates of insurance or surety bonds may be replaced by other certificates of insurance, surety bonds, or other security, and the liability of the retiring insurer or surety shall be considered as having terminated as of the replacement's effective date, if acceptable to the FMCSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11201, Mar. 27, 1990. Redesignated at 61 FR 54710, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 49942, Sept. 24, 1997; 75 FR 35329, June 22, 2010; 80 FR 63710, Oct. 21, 2015; 84 FR 51434, Sept. 30, 2019]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5310, Jan. 17, 2017, § 387.413 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 84 FR 51434, Sept. 30, 2019, the suspension was lifted and amendments were made to § 387.413. In that same document, § 387.413 was again suspended indefinitely.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.413T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.413T   Forms and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Forms.</I> Endorsements for policies of insurance, surety bonds, certificates of insurance, applications to qualify as a self-insurer or for approval of other securities or agreements, and notices of cancellation must be in the form prescribed at subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> Certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and notices of cancellation must be filed with the FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Names.</I> Certificates of insurance and surety bonds shall be issued in the full name (including any trade name) of the individual, partnership (all partners named), corporation, or other person holding or to be issued the permit.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Cancellation.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and other securities and agreements shall not be cancelled or withdrawn until 30 days after the FMCSA receives written notice from the insurance company, surety, freight forwarder, or other party, as the case may be.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Termination by replacement.</I> Certificates of insurance or surety bonds may be replaced by other certificates of insurance, surety bonds, or other security, and the liability of the retiring insurer or surety shall be considered as having terminated as of the replacement's effective date, if acceptable to the FMCSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5310, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 16226, Apr. 16, 2018; 84 FR 51434, Sept. 30, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.415" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.415   Acceptance and revocation by the FMCSA.</HEAD>
<P>The FMCSA may at any time refuse to accept or may revoke its acceptance of any surety bond, certificate of insurance, qualifications as a self-insurer, or other security or agreement that does not comply with these rules or fails to provide adequate public protection.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.417" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.417   Fiduciaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Interpretations.</I> The terms “insured” and “principal” as used in a certificate of insurance, surety bond, and notice of cancellation, filed by or for a freight forwarder, include the freight forwarder and its fiduciary (as defined at 49 CFR 387.319(a)) as of the moment of succession.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Span of security coverage.</I> The coverage furnished for a fiduciary shall not apply after the effective date of other insurance or security, filed with and accepted by the FMCSA for such fiduciary. After the coverage shall have been in effect 30 days, it may be cancelled or withdrawn within the succeeding 30 days by the insurer, the insured, the surety, or the principal 10 days after the FMCSA receives written notice. After such coverage has been in effect 60 days, it may be cancelled or withdrawn only in accordance with § 387.413(d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11201, Mar. 27, 1990. Redesignated at 61 FR 54710, Oct. 21, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 49942, Sept. 24, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.419" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.419   Electronic filing of surety bonds, certificates of insurance and cancellations.</HEAD>
<P>Insurers must electronically file certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and other securities and agreements and notices of cancellation in accordance with the requirements and procedures set forth at § 387.323.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63710, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5310, Jan. 17, 2017, § 387.419 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 387.419T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.4.11.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 387.419T   Electronic filing of surety bonds, certificates of insurance and cancellations.</HEAD>
<P>Insurers may, at their option and in accordance with the requirements and procedures set forth at § 387.323T, file certificates of insurance, surety bonds, and other securities and agreements electronically.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5310, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.29.6.11.1.17" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 387—Applicability of the Registration, Financial Responsibility, and Safety Regulations to Motor Carriers of Passengers
</HEAD>
<P>For additional guidance on the application of financial responsibility regulations to motor carriers of passengers, refer to appendix A to part 390 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 68372, Nov. 15, 2022]






</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="388" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.30" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 388 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="389" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 389—RULEMAKING PROCEDURES—FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY REGULATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 113, 501 <I>et seq.</I>, subchapters I and III of chapter 311, chapter 313, and 31502; sec. 5204 of Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1536; 42 U.S.C. 4917; and 49 CFR 1.87
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>35 FR 9209, June 12, 1970, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 389 appear at 66 FR 49873, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.1.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes rulemaking procedures that apply to the issuance, amendment and revocation of rules under an Act. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 37152, July 11, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.1.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Act</I> means statutes granting the Secretary authority to regulate motor carrier safety or commercial activity.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator. 
</P>
<P><I>Confidential business information</I> means trade secrets or commercial or financial information that is privileged or confidential, as described in 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4). Commercial or financial information is considered confidential if it was voluntarily submitted and is the type of information that is customarily not released to the general public by the person or entity from whom it was obtained.
</P>
<P><I>Major rule</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) Any rule that the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of the Office of Management and Budget finds has resulted in or is likely to result in:
</P>
<P>(i) An annual effect on the economy of $100,000,000 or more;
</P>
<P>(ii) A major increase in costs or prices for consumers, individual industries, geographic regions, or Federal, State, or local government agencies; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or on the ability of United States-based enterprises to compete with foreign-based enterprises in domestic and export markets.
</P>
<P>(2) The term does not include any rule promulgated under the Telecommunications Act of 1996 and the amendments made by that Act.
</P>
<P><I>Petition</I> means a request for:
</P>
<P>(1) A new regulation;
</P>
<P>(i) A regulatory interpretation or clarification; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A determination made by the Administrator that a regulation should be modified or eliminated because it is:
</P>
<P>(A) No longer:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Consistent and clear;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Current with the operational realities of the motor carrier industry; or
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Uniformly enforced;
</P>
<P>(B) Ineffective; or
</P>
<P>(C) Overly burdensome.
</P>
<P><I>Written or in writing</I> means printed, handwritten, typewritten either on paper or other tangible medium, or by any method of electronic documentation such as electronic mail.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 37152, July 11, 1997, as amended at 80 FR 32864, June 10, 2015; 85 FR 86848, Dec. 31, 2020; 88 FR 80183, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.1.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.5   Regulatory docket.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Information and data deemed relevant by the Administrator relating to rulemaking actions, including notices of proposed rulemaking; comments received in response to notices; petitions for rulemaking and reconsideration; denials of petitions for rulemaking and reconsideration; records of additional rule making proceedings under § 389.25; and final rules are maintained at headquarters, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for material ordered withheld from the public under section 552(b) of title 5 of the United States Code, any person may examine docketed material in the Department of Transportation Docket Management Facility in the following ways:
</P>
<P>(1) At headquarters at any time during regular business hours. Copies may be obtained upon payment of a fee.
</P>
<P>(2) On the website <I>regulations.gov,</I> at any time, by using the uniform resources locator (URL) <I>https://www.regulations.gov.</I> Copies may be downloaded or printed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 55702, Oct. 1, 2007, as amended at 88 FR 80183, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.1.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.7   Records.</HEAD>
<P>Records of the Administrator relating to rulemaking proceedings are available for inspection as provided in section 552(b) of title 5 of the United States Code and part 7 of the regulations of the Secretary of Transportation (part 7 of this title; 32 FR 9284 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 9209, June 12, 1970, as amended at 53 FR 2036, Jan. 26, 1988; 85 FR 86848, Dec. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.1.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.9   Treatment of confidential business information submitted under confidential class determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This section establishes the standards and procedures by which the Agency will solicit and receive certain confidential commercial or financial information, as that term is used in the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4)), categorically referred to below as “confidential business information,” and the manner in which the Agency will protect such information from public disclosure in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4), when it is submitted in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Confidential class determinations.</I> The Administrator may make and issue a class determination, which shall pertain to a specified rulemaking and shall clearly identify categories of information included within the class. Information submitted under the class determination and conforming to the characteristics of the class will be treated as presumptively confidential and accorded the non-disclosure protections described in paragraph (h) of this section. The Administrator may establish a class upon finding that:
</P>
<P>(1) FMCSA seeks to obtain related items of commercial or financial information as described in 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4);
</P>
<P>(2) The class determination would facilitate the voluntary submission of information necessary to inform the rulemaking; and
</P>
<P>(3) One or more characteristics common to each item of information in the class will necessarily result in identical treatment, and that it is therefore appropriate to treat all such items as a class under this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Frequency and content of class determinations.</I> Class determinations may be defined by the Administrator on an as needed basis and shall include substantive criteria established in accordance with the informational needs of the particular rulemaking.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Modification or amendment.</I> The Administrator may amend or modify any class determination established under this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Publication.</I> Once the Administrator has made a class determination, the Agency shall publish the class determination in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> If the Administrator amends or modifies any class determination established and published in accordance with this section, such changes will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Submission of confidential business information.</I> Persons wishing to submit information in accordance with a class determination established under authority of this section must complete and sign, under penalties of perjury, an <I>Affidavit in Support of Request for Confidentiality</I> (Affidavit), as set forth in Appendix A to this part. In the event that information is submitted under more than one designated class, each submission must include an executed Affidavit, asserting, among other factors, that:
</P>
<P>(1) The information is submitted to the Agency voluntarily;
</P>
<P>(2) The information is of a type customarily not disclosed to the public by the submitter;
</P>
<P>(3) The information, to the best of the submitter's knowledge and belief, has not been disclosed to the public; and
</P>
<P>(4) The information satisfies the substantive criteria for the class as established by the Administrator under authority of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Submission of comments not containing confidential business information.</I> If a submitter elects to provide commentary in addition to the confidential business information submitted under one or more classes designated under this section, any portion of a submitter's additional commentary that does <I>not</I> contain confidential business information shall be filed in the public docket in the form and manner set forth in the rulemaking.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Non-disclosure of confidential business information.</I> In accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4), information submitted under this section shall not be available for inspection in the public docket, nor shall such information be provided by the Agency in response to any request for the information submitted to the Agency under 5 U.S.C. 552, except as provided for in paragraph (j) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) If a requester brings suit to compel the disclosure of information submitted under this section, the Agency shall promptly notify the submitter.
</P>
<P>(2) The submitter may be joined as a necessary party in any suit brought against the Department of Transportation or FMCSA for non-disclosure.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Use of confidential business information.</I> To the extent that the Agency relies upon confidential business information submitted under paragraph (f) of this section in formulating a particular rule, the Agency shall, in the preamble of the final rule, disclose its receipt of such information under a designated class and shall describe the information in a de-identified form, including by summary, aggregation or other means, as necessary, to sufficiently explain the Agency's reasoning while maintaining the confidentiality of the information.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Disclosure of confidential business information.</I> (1) If the Administrator finds that information submitted to the Agency under paragraph (f) of this section fails to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraphs (f)(2), (3) or (4), or that the Affidavit accompanying the information submitted under paragraph (f) is false or misleading in any material respect, the Agency shall disclose the non-conforming information by placing it in the public docket for the particular rulemaking, within 20 days following written notice to the submitter of its decision to do so, except that:
</P>
<P>(i) Submitters may, within 10 days of receipt of such notice, provide the Agency with a written statement explaining why the submitted information conforms to the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section and thus, should not be disclosed. The Agency shall continue to withhold the information from the public docket until completing its review of the submitter's statement. The Agency may, following timely review of the submitter's statement, determine that disclosure is not required under this paragraph. In any event, the Agency shall advise the submitter in writing of its decision concerning whether the information shall be disclosed in the public docket.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) Notice of the Agency's intention to disclose the submitted information is not required if the Administrator determines that the entity submitting such information has authorized its disclosure to the public.
</P>
<P>(3) If, at the time the Administrator determines that the submitted information fails to comply with the requirements set forth in paragraph (f), such information is the subject of a FOIA request, the requirements of 49 CFR 7.29 shall apply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 32864, June 10, 2015, as amended at 84 FR 51434, Sept. 30, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Procedures for Adoption of Rules</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.11   General.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 389.39, Direct final rulemaking procedures, unless the Administrator, for good cause, finds a rule is impractical, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest, and incorporates such a finding and a brief statement for the reason for it in the rule, a notice of proposed rulemaking must be issued, and interested persons are invited to participate in the rulemaking proceedings involving rules under an Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 29916, May 28, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.13   Initiation of rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator may recommend the initiation of a rulemaking to the Office of the Secretary on his/her own motion. However, in so doing, he/she may, in his/her discretion, consider the recommendations of his/her staff or other agencies of the United States or of other interested persons.
</P>
<P>(b) If a proposed rule regarding commercial motor vehicle safety is likely to lead to the promulgation of a major rule, the Administrator, before publishing such proposed rule, shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Issue an advance notice of proposed rulemaking that:
</P>
<P>(i) Identifies the need for a potential regulatory action;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identifies and requests public comment on the best available science or technical information relevant to analyzing potential regulatory alternatives;
</P>
<P>(iii) Requests public comment on the available data, benefits, and costs with respect to regulatory alternatives reasonably likely to be considered as part of the rulemaking; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Requests public comment on available alternatives to regulation; or
</P>
<P>(2) Proceed with a negotiated rulemaking.
</P>
<P>(c) Paragraph (b) of this section does not apply to a proposed rule if the Administrator, for good cause, finds (and incorporates the finding and a brief statement of reasons for such finding in the proposed or final rule) that an advance notice of proposed rulemaking is impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 86848, Dec. 31, 2020, as amended at 86 FR 17296, Apr. 2, 2021; 89 FR 90622, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.15" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.15   Contents of notices of proposed rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each notice of proposed rulemaking is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> unless all persons subject to it are named and are personally served with a copy of it.
</P>
<P>(b) Each notice, whether published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or personally served, includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the time, place, and nature of the proposed rulemaking proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) A reference to the authority under which it is issued;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the subjects and issues involved or the substance and terms of the proposed rule;
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the time within which written comments must be submitted; and
</P>
<P>(5) A statement of how and to what extent interested persons may participate in the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 9209, June 12, 1970, as amended at 85 FR 86849, Dec. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.17" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.17   Participation by interested persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interested person may participate in rule making proceedings by submitting comments in writing containing information, views, or arguments.
</P>
<P>(b) In his/her discretion, the Administrator may invite any interested person to participate in the rule making procedures described in § 389.25.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 9209, June 12, 1970, as amended at 53 FR 2036, Jan. 26, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.19" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.19   Petitions for extension of time to comment.</HEAD>
<P>A petition for extension of the time to submit comments must be received in duplicate not later than three (3) days before expiration of the time stated in the notice. The filing of the petition does not automatically extend the time for petitioner's comments. Such a petition is granted only if the petitioner shows good cause for the extension, and if the extension is consistent with the public interest. If an extension is granted, it is granted to all persons, and it is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.21" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.21   Submission of written comments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) You may submit comments identified by the docket number provided in the rulemaking document using any of the following methods. To avoid duplication, please use only one of these four methods.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</I> Follow the online instructions for submitting comments.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Mail:</I> Dockets Operations, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, West Building, Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Hand Delivery or Courier:</I> West Building, Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Fax:</I> (202) 493-2251.
</P>
<P>(b) All written comments must be submitted in English and include copies of any material that the commenter refers to within the comment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 86849, Dec. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.23" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.23   Consideration of comments received.</HEAD>
<P>All timely comments are considered before final action is taken on a rule making proposal. Late filed comments may be considered as far as practicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.25" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.25   Additional rulemaking proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may initiate any further rulemaking proceedings that he/she finds necessary or desirable. For example, interested persons may be invited to make oral arguments, to participate in conferences between the Administrator or his/her representative at which minutes of the conference are kept, to appear at informal hearings presided over by officials designated by the Administrator at which a transcript or minutes are kept, or to participate in any other proceeding to assure informed administrative action and to protect the public interest.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 58482, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.27" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.27   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Sections 556 and 557 of title 5, United States Code, do not apply to hearings held under this part. Unless otherwise specified, hearings held under this part are informal, nonadversary, fact-finding procedures at which there are no formal pleadings or adverse parties. Any rule issued in a case in which an informal hearing is held is not necessarily based exclusively on the record of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator designates a representative to conduct any hearing held under this part. The Chief Counsel of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration designates a member of his/her staff to serve as legal officer at the hearing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 9209, June 12, 1970, as amended at 53 FR 2036, Jan. 26, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.29" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.29   Adoption of final rules.</HEAD>
<P>Final rules are prepared by representatives from all relevant offices of FMCSA. The final rule is then submitted to the Administrator for his/her consideration and forwarded, as necessary, to the Office of the Secretary for review and approval. Once approved by the Office of the Secretary, and, if necessary, by the Office of Management and Budget's Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, the final rule is signed by the Administrator. All final rules must be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>, unless all persons subject to the final rule are named and personally served with a copy of it.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 86849, Dec. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.31" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.31   Petitions for rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interested person may petition the Administrator to establish, amend, interpret, clarify, or withdraw a rule.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition filed under this section must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be submitted in writing by mail to the Administrator, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001 or electronically at <I>www.regulations.gov,</I> using the general petitions for rulemaking docket listed on FMCSA's website at <I>www.FMCSA.dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) Set forth the text or substance of the rule or amendment proposed, or specify the rule that the petitioner seeks to have interpreted, clarified or withdrawn, as the case may be;
</P>
<P>(3) Explain the interest of the petitioner in the action requested;
</P>
<P>(4) Contain any information, data, research studies, and arguments available to the petitioner to support the action sought.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 86849, Dec. 31, 2020, as amended 88 FR 80183, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.33" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.33   Processing of petition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless the Administrator otherwise specifies, no public hearing, argument, or other proceeding is held directly on a petition before its disposition under this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Grants.</I> If the Administrator determines that the petition contains adequate justification, he/she initiates rule making action under this Subpart B.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Denials.</I> If the Administrator determines that the petition does not justify rule making, he/she denies the petition.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification.</I> Whenever the Administrator determines that a petition should be granted or denied, the Office of the Chief Counsel prepares a notice of that grant or denial for issuance to the petitioner, and the Administrator issues it to the petitioner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 9209, June 12, 1970, as amended at 53 FR 2036, Jan. 26, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.35" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.35   Petitions for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interested person may petition the Administrator for reconsideration of any rule issued under this part. The petition for reconsideration must be in English and submitted to the Administrator, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001, or electronically submitted using the docket for the rulemaking at <I>www.regulations.gov,</I> and received not later than thirty (30) days after publication of the rule in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Petitions for reconsideration filed after that time will be considered as petitions for rulemakings filed under § 389.31 of this part. The petition for reconsideration must contain a brief statement of the complaint and an explanation as to why compliance with the rule is not practicable, is unreasonable, or is not in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(b) If the petitioner requests the consideration of additional facts, he/she must state the reason they were not presented to the Administrator within the prescribed time.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator does not consider repetitious petitions.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless the Administrator otherwise provides, the filing of a petition under this section does not stay the effectiveness of the rule.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 9209, June 12, 1970, as amended at 53 FR 2036, Jan. 26, 1988; 72 FR 55702, Oct. 1, 2007; 80 FR 59073, Oct. 1, 2015; 85 FR 86849, Dec. 31, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.37" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.37   Proceedings on petitions for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may grant or deny, in whole or in part, any petition for reconsideration without further proceedings. In the event he/she determines to reconsider any rule, he/she may issue a final decision on reconsideration without further proceedings, or he/she may provide such opportunity to submit comment or information and data as he/she deems appropriate. Whenever the Administrator determines that a petition should be granted or denied, he/she prepares a notice of the grant or denial of a petition for reconsideration, for issuance to the petitioner, and issues it to the petitioner. The Administrator may consolidate petitions relating to the same rule.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 9209, June 12, 1970, as amended at 53 FR 2036, Jan. 26, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.39" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.39   Direct final rulemaking procedures.</HEAD>
<P>A direct final rule makes regulatory changes and states that those changes will take effect on a specified date unless FMCSA receives an adverse comment by the date specified in the direct final rule published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Types of actions appropriate for direct final rulemaking.</I> Rules that the Administrator determines to be non-controversial and unlikely to result in adverse public comments may be published in the final rule section of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> as direct final rules. These include non-controversial rules that:
</P>
<P>(1) Make non-substantive clarifications or corrections to existing rules;
</P>
<P>(2) Incorporate by reference the latest or otherwise updated versions of technical or industry standards;
</P>
<P>(3) Affect internal FMCSA procedures such as filing requirements and rules governing inspection and copying of documents;
</P>
<P>(4) Update existing forms; and
</P>
<P>(5) Make minor changes to rules regarding statistics and reporting requirements, such as a change in reporting period (for example, from quarterly to annually) or eliminating a type of data collection no longer necessary.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Adverse comment.</I> An adverse comment is a comment that FMCSA judges to be critical of the rule, to suggest that the rule should not be adopted, or to suggest that a change should be made to the rule. Under the direct final rule process, FMCSA does not consider the following types of comments to be adverse:
</P>
<P>(1) Comments recommending another rule change, unless the commenter states that the direct final rule will be ineffective without the change;
</P>
<P>(2) Comments outside the scope of the rule and comments suggesting that the rule's policy or requirements should or should not be extended to other Agency programs outside the scope of the rule;
</P>
<P>(3) Comments in support of the rule; or
</P>
<P>(4) Comments requesting clarification.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Confirmation of effective date.</I> FMCSA will publish a confirmation rule document in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> if it has not received an adverse comment by the date specified in the direct final rule. The confirmation rule document tells the public the effective date of the rule.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Withdrawal of a direct final rule.</I> (1) If FMCSA receives an adverse comment within the comment period, it will either publish a document withdrawing the direct final rule before it becomes effective and may issue an NPRM or proceed by any other means permitted under the Administrative Procedure Act, consistent with procedures at 49 CFR 5.13(l).
</P>
<P>(2) If FMCSA withdraws a direct final rule because of an adverse comment, the Agency may issue a notice of proposed rulemaking if it decides to pursue the rulemaking.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 29916, May 28, 2010, as amended at 84 FR 71733, Dec. 27, 2019; 86 FR 17296, Apr. 2, 2021; 91 FR 22454, Apr. 27, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 389.41" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.2.11.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 389.41   Severability.</HEAD>
<P>If any provision of a rule issued under this part is held invalid, the remaining provisions are not affected unless specifically stated otherwise in the rule.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 90622, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.31.4.11.1.18" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 389
</HEAD>
<HD1>AFFIDAVIT IN SUPPORT OF REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIALITY
</HD1>
<P>I, ______________, pursuant to the provisions of 49 CFR part 389, section 389.9, state as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) I am [insert official's name, title] and I am authorized by [insert name of entity] to execute this Affidavit on its behalf;
</P>
<P>(2) I certify that the information contained in the document(s) attached to this Affidavit is submitted voluntarily, with the claim that the information is entitled to confidential treatment under 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4);
</P>
<P>(3) I certify that the information contained in the documents attached to this Affidavit is of a type not customarily disclosed to the general public by [insert name of entity];
</P>
<P>(4) I certify that, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the information contained in the documents attached to this Affidavit, for which confidential treatment is claimed, has never been released to the general public or been made available to any unauthorized person outside [insert name of entity];
</P>
<P>(5) I certify that this information satisfies the substantive criteria set forth in the notice published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> on ______[insert date of rule-specific publication in month/day/year format] under FMCSA Docket Number [insert docket number].
</P>
<P>(6) I make no representations beyond those made in this Affidavit, and, in particular, I make no representations as to whether this information may become available outside [insert name of entity] due to unauthorized or inadvertent disclosure; and
</P>
<P>(7) I certify under penalties of perjury that the foregoing statements are true and correct.
</P>
<P>Executed on this __day of ___, ____.
</P>
<P>__________________(<I>signature of official</I>)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 32865, June 10, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="390" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 390—FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY REGULATIONS; GENERAL
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 113, 504, 508, 31132, 31133, 31134, 31136, 31137, 31144, 31149, 31151, 31502; sec. 114, Pub. L. 103-311, 108 Stat. 1673, 1677; secs. 212 and 217, Pub. L. 106-159, 113 Stat. 1748, 1766, 1767; sec. 229, Pub. L. 106-159 (as added and transferred by sec. 4115 and amended by secs. 4130-4132, Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144, 1726, 1743, 1744), 113 Stat. 1748, 1773; sec. 4136, Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144, 1745; secs. 32101(d) and 32934, Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 778, 830; sec. 2, Pub. L. 113-125, 128 Stat. 1388; secs. 5403, 5518, and 5524, Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1548, 1558, 1560; sec. 2, Pub. L. 115-105, 131 Stat. 2263; and 49 CFR 1.81, 1.81a, 1.87.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 18052, May 19, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Applicability and Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.1.13.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes general applicability, definitions, general requirements and information as they pertain to persons subject to this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.1.13.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.3   General applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rules in subchapter B of this chapter are applicable to all employers, employees, and commercial motor vehicles that transport property or passengers in interstate commerce.
</P>
<P>(b) The rules in part 383 of this chapter, Commercial Driver's License Standards; Requirements and Penalties, are applicable to every person who operates a commercial motor vehicle, as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, in interstate or intrastate commerce and to all employers of such persons.
</P>
<P>(c) The rules in part 387 of this chapter, Minimum Levels of Financial Responsibility for Motor Carriers, are applicable to motor carriers as provided in §§ 387.3 or 387.27 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Additional requirements.</I> Nothing in subchapter B of this chapter shall be construed to prohibit an employer from requiring and enforcing more stringent requirements relating to safety of operation and employee safety and health.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Knowledge of and compliance with the regulations.</I> (1) Every employer shall be knowledgeable of and comply with all regulations contained in this subchapter that are applicable to that motor carrier's operations.
</P>
<P>(2) Every driver and employee involved in motor carrier operations shall be instructed regarding, and shall comply with, all applicable regulations contained in this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) All motor vehicle equipment and accessories required by this chapter shall be maintained in compliance with all applicable performance and design criteria set forth in this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exceptions.</I> Unless otherwise specifically provided, the rules in this subchapter do not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) All school bus operations as defined in § 390.5, except for §§ 391.15(e) and (f), 392.15, 392.80, and 392.82 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Transportation performed by the Federal government, a State, or any political subdivision of a State, or an agency established under a compact between States that has been approved by the Congress of the United States;
</P>
<P>(3) The occasional transportation of personal property by individuals not for compensation and not in the furtherance of a commercial enterprise;
</P>
<P>(4) The transportation of human corpses or sick and injured persons;
</P>
<P>(5) The operation of fire trucks and rescue vehicles while involved in emergency and related operations;
</P>
<P>(6) The operation of commercial motor vehicles designed or used to transport between 9 and 15 passengers (including the driver), not for direct compensation, provided the vehicle does not otherwise meet the definition of a commercial motor vehicle, except for the provisions of §§ 391.15(e) and (f), 392.80, and 392.82, and except that motor carriers operating such vehicles are required to comply with §§ 390.15, 390.21(a) and (b)(2), 390.201 and 390.205.
</P>
<P>(7) Either a driver of a commercial motor vehicle used primarily in the transportation of propane winter heating fuel or a driver of a motor vehicle used to respond to a pipeline emergency, if such regulations would prevent the driver from responding to an emergency condition requiring immediate response as defined in § 390.5.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Motor carriers that transport hazardous materials in intrastate commerce.</I> The rules in the following provisions of this subchapter apply to motor carriers that transport hazardous materials in intrastate commerce and to the motor vehicles that transport hazardous materials in intrastate commerce:
</P>
<P>(1) Part 385, subparts A and E, for carriers subject to the requirements of § 385.403 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Part 386, Rules of Practice for Motor Carrier, Intermodal Equipment Provider, Broker, Freight Forwarder, and Hazardous Materials Proceedings, of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Part 387, Minimum Levels of Financial Responsibility for Motor Carriers, to the extent provided in § 387.3 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Subpart E of this part, Unified Registration System, and § 390.21, Marking of CMVs, for carriers subject to the requirements of § 385.403 of this subchapter. Intrastate motor carriers operating prior to January 1, 2005, are excepted from § 390.201.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Intermodal equipment providers.</I> The rules in the following provisions of this subchapter apply to intermodal equipment providers:
</P>
<P>(1) Subpart F, Intermodal Equipment Providers, of Part 385, Safety Fitness Procedures.
</P>
<P>(2) Part 386, Rules of Practice for Motor Carrier, Intermodal Equipment Provider, Broker, Freight Forwarder, and Hazardous Materials Proceedings.
</P>
<P>(3) Part 390, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations; General, except § 390.15(b) concerning accident registers.
</P>
<P>(4) Part 393, Parts and Accessories Necessary for Safe Operation.
</P>
<P>(5) Part 396, Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Brokers.</I> The rules in the following provisions of this subchapter apply to brokers that are required to register with the Agency pursuant to 49 U.S.C. chapter 139.
</P>
<P>(1) Part 371, Brokers of Property.
</P>
<P>(2) Part 386, Rules of Practice for Motor Carrier, Intermodal Equipment Provider, Broker, Freight Forwarder, and Hazardous Materials Proceedings.
</P>
<P>(3) Part 387, Minimum Levels of Financial Responsibility for Motor Carriers, to the extent provided in subpart C of that part.
</P>
<P>(4) Section 390.6, prohibiting the coercion of drivers of commercial motor vehicles operating in interstate commerce to violate certain safety regulations, and subpart E of this part, Unified Registration System.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Freight forwarders.</I> The rules in the following provisions of this subchapter apply to freight forwarders that are required to register with the Agency pursuant to 49 U.S.C. chapter 139.
</P>
<P>(1) Part 386, Rules of Practice for Motor Carrier, Intermodal Equipment Provider, Broker, Freight Forwarder, and Hazardous Materials Proceedings.
</P>
<P>(2) Part 387, Minimum Levels of Financial Responsibility for Motor Carriers, to the extent provided in subpart D of that part.
</P>
<P>(3) Section 390.6, prohibiting the coercion of drivers of commercial motor vehicles operating in interstate commerce to violate certain safety regulations, and subpart E of this part, Unified Registration System.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Cargo tank facilities.</I> The rules in subpart E of this part, Unified Registration System, apply to each cargo tank and cargo tank motor vehicle manufacturer, assembler, repairer, inspector, tester, and design certifying engineer that is subject to registration requirements under 49 CFR 107.502 and 49 U.S.C. 5108.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Shippers, receivers, consignees, and transportation intermediaries.</I> The rules in 49 CFR 386.12(c) and 390.6 prohibiting the coercion of drivers of commercial motor vehicles operating in interstate commerce to violate certain safety regulations are applicable to shippers, receivers, and transportation intermediaries.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63710, Oct. 21, 2015, as amended at 83 FR 22877, May 17, 2018; 86 FR 55743, Oct. 7, 2021]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5310, Jan. 17, 2017, § 390.3 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 86 FR 55743, Oct. 7, 2021, the suspension was lifted, § 390.3(f)(1) was revised, and the section was again suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 8, 2021.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.3T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.1.13.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.3T   General applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) The rules in this subchapter are applicable to all employers, employees, and commercial motor vehicles that transport property or passengers in interstate commerce.
</P>
<P>(2) The rules in 49 CFR 386.12(c) and 390.6 prohibiting the coercion of drivers of commercial motor vehicles operating in interstate commerce:
</P>
<P>(i) To violate certain safety regulations are applicable to all motor carriers, shippers, receivers, and transportation intermediaries; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To violate certain commercial regulations are applicable to all operators of commercial motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(b) The rules in part 383 of this chapter, Commercial Driver's License Standards; Requirements and Penalties, are applicable to every person who operates a commercial motor vehicle, as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, in interstate or intrastate commerce and to all employers of such persons.
</P>
<P>(c) The rules in part 387 of this chapter, Minimum Levels of Financial Responsibility for Motor Carriers, are applicable to motor carriers as provided in § 387.3 or § 387.27 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Additional requirements.</I> Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to prohibit an employer from requiring and enforcing more stringent requirements relating to safety of operation and employee safety and health.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Knowledge of and compliance with the regulations.</I> (1) Every employer shall be knowledgeable of and comply with all regulations contained in this subchapter which are applicable to that motor carrier's operations.
</P>
<P>(2) Every driver and employee shall be instructed regarding, and shall comply with, all applicable regulations contained in this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) All motor vehicle equipment and accessories required by this subchapter shall be maintained in compliance with all applicable performance and design criteria set forth in this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exceptions.</I> Unless otherwise specifically provided, the rules in this subchapter do not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) All school bus operations as defined in § 390.5T, except for §§ 391.15(e) and (f), 392.15, 392.80, and 392.82 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Transportation performed by the Federal government, a State, or any political subdivision of a State, or an agency established under a compact between States that has been approved by the Congress of the United States;
</P>
<P>(3) The occasional transportation of personal property by individuals not for compensation nor in the furtherance of a commercial enterprise;
</P>
<P>(4) The transportation of human corpses or sick and injured persons;
</P>
<P>(5) The operation of fire trucks and rescue vehicles while involved in emergency and related operations;
</P>
<P>(6) The operation of commercial motor vehicles designed or used to transport between 9 and 15 passengers (including the driver), not for direct compensation, provided the vehicle does not otherwise meet the definition of a commercial motor vehicle, except that motor carriers and drivers operating such vehicles are required to comply with §§ 390.15, 390.19T, 390.21T(a) and (b)(2), 391.15(e) and (f), 392.80 and 392.82 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) Either a driver of a commercial motor vehicle used primarily in the transportation of propane winter heating fuel or a driver of a motor vehicle used to respond to a pipeline emergency, if such regulations would prevent the driver from responding to an emergency condition requiring immediate response as defined in § 390.5T.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Motor carriers that transport hazardous materials in intrastate commerce.</I> The rules in the following provisions of this subchapter apply to motor carriers that transport hazardous materials in intrastate commerce and to the motor vehicles that transport hazardous materials in intrastate commerce:
</P>
<P>(1) Part 385, subparts A and E, of this chapter for carriers subject to the requirements of § 385.403 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Part 386 of this chapter, Rules of practice for motor carrier, broker, freight forwarder, and hazardous materials proceedings.
</P>
<P>(3) Part 387 of this chapter, Minimum Levels of Financial Responsibility for Motor Carriers, to the extent provided in § 387.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Section 390.19T, Motor carrier identification report, and § 390.21T, Marking of CMVs, for carriers subject to the requirements of § 385.403 of this chapter. Intrastate motor carriers operating prior to January 1, 2005, are excepted from § 390.19T(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Intermodal equipment providers.</I> The rules in the following provisions of this subchapter apply to intermodal equipment providers:
</P>
<P>(1) Subpart F, Intermodal Equipment Providers, of part 385 of this chapter, Safety Fitness Procedures.
</P>
<P>(2) Part 386 of this chapter, Rules of Practice for Motor Carrier, Intermodal Equipment Provider, Broker, Freight Forwarder, and Hazardous Materials Proceedings.
</P>
<P>(3) This part, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations; General, except § 390.15(b) concerning accident registers.
</P>
<P>(4) Part 393 of this chapter, Parts and Accessories Necessary for Safe Operation.
</P>
<P>(5) Part 396 of this chapter, Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5310, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 22877, May 17, 2018; 86 FR 55743, Oct. 7, 2021; 86 FR 57072, Oct. 14, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.4" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.1.13.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.4   Delegations and redelegations of authority of FMCSA employees to perform assigned actions or duties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> FMCSA may apply the guidelines and procedures of this section to delegate or redelegate the authority of FMCSA employees to perform assigned actions or duties under this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>FMCSA Administrator authority to delegate and redelegate.</I> (1) The FMCSA Administrator is authorized to delegate and redelegate authority and authorize successive redelegations.
</P>
<P>(2) The FMCSA Administrator retains concurrent authority to exercise or redelegate any authority that he or she has delegated to an employee in regulation, directive, or memorandum.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Redelegations by FMCSA employees.</I> Unless specifically prohibited by law, and in consultation with the FMCSA Office of the Chief Counsel, an FMCSA employee with delegated authority is authorized to—
</P>
<P>(1) Redelegate that authority to another FMCSA employee, as appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(2) Maintain concurrent authority to exercise or redelegate the authority he or she has delegated to another FMCSA employee.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exercise of delegated authority in special circumstances.</I> In consultation with the FMCSA Office of the Chief Counsel, if the FMCSA employee to whom a regulation assigns the authority to perform an action or a duty is unavailable or otherwise unable to perform such action or duty (<I>e.g.,</I> due to a conflict of interest or a vacancy in the position), a supervisor of the FMCSA employee may exercise that authority or redelegate such authority to another FMCSA employee, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Format of delegations and redelegations.</I> Delegations and redelegations authorized under this section must be in writing and may be made by regulation, directive, or memorandum.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Actions or duties performed under delegated or redelegated authority.</I> Each action or duty performed by any FMCSA employee pursuant to authority delegated or redelegated to him or her in accordance with this section, whether directly or by redelegation, shall be a valid exercise of that authority, notwithstanding any regulation that provides that such action or duty shall be performed by another FMCSA employee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 57072, Oct. 14, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.1.13.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless specifically defined elsewhere, in this subchapter:
</P>
<P><I>Accident</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this definition, an occurrence involving a commercial motor vehicle operating on a highway in interstate or intrastate commerce which results in:
</P>
<P>(i) A fatality;
</P>
<P>(ii) Bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or
</P>
<P>(iii) One or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident, requiring the motor vehicle(s) to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) The term accident does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) An occurrence involving only boarding and alighting from a stationary motor vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An occurrence involving only the loading or unloading of cargo.
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol concentration</I> (AC) means the concentration of alcohol in a person's blood or breath. When expressed as a percentage it means grams of alcohol per 100 milliliters of blood or grams of alcohol per 210 liters of breath.
</P>
<P><I>Assistant Administrator</I> means the Assistant Administrator of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration or an authorized delegee.
</P>
<P><I>Bus</I> means any motor vehicle designed, constructed, and/or used for the transportation of passengers, including taxicabs.
</P>
<P><I>Business district</I> means the territory contiguous to and including a highway when within any 600 feet along such highway there are buildings in use for business or industrial purposes, including but not limited to hotels, banks, or office buildings which occupy at least 300 feet of frontage on one side or 300 feet collectively on both sides of the highway.
</P>
<P><I>Certified VA medical examiner</I> means a qualified VA examiner who has fulfilled the requirements for and is listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.
</P>
<P><I>Charter transportation of passengers</I> means transportation, using a bus, of a group of persons who pursuant to a common purpose, under a single contract, at a fixed charge for the motor vehicle, have acquired the exclusive use of the motor vehicle to travel together under an itinerary either specified in advance or modified after having left the place of origin.
</P>
<P><I>Coerce</I> or <I>Coercion</I> means either—
</P>
<P>(1) A threat by a motor carrier, shipper, receiver, or transportation intermediary, or their respective agents, officers or representatives, to withhold business, employment or work opportunities from, or to take or permit any adverse employment action against, a driver in order to induce the driver to operate a commercial motor vehicle under conditions which the driver stated would require him or her to violate one or more of the regulations, which the driver identified at least generally, that are codified at 49 CFR parts 171-173, 177-180, 380-383, or 390-399, or §§ 385.415 or 385.421, or the actual withholding of business, employment, or work opportunities or the actual taking or permitting of any adverse employment action to punish a driver for having refused to engage in such operation of a commercial motor vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(2) A threat by a motor carrier, or its agents, officers or representatives, to withhold business, employment or work opportunities or to take or permit any adverse employment action against a driver in order to induce the driver to operate a commercial motor vehicle under conditions which the driver stated would require a violation of one or more of the regulations, which the driver identified at least generally, that are codified at 49 CFR parts 356, 360, or 365-379, or the actual withholding of business, employment or work opportunities or the actual taking or permitting of any adverse employment action to punish a driver for refusing to engage in such operation of a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial motor vehicle</I> means any self-propelled or towed motor vehicle used on a highway in interstate commerce to transport passengers or property when the vehicle—
</P>
<P>(1) Has a gross vehicle weight rating or gross combination weight rating, or gross vehicle weight or gross combination weight, of 4,536 kg (10,001 pounds) or more, whichever is greater; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Is designed or used to transport more than 8 passengers (including the driver) for compensation; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Is designed or used to transport more than 15 passengers, including the driver, and is not used to transport passengers for compensation; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Is used in transporting material found by the Secretary of Transportation to be hazardous under 49 U.S.C. 5103 and transported in a quantity requiring placarding under regulations prescribed by the Secretary under 49 CFR, subtitle B, chapter I, subchapter C.
</P>
<P><I>Conviction</I> means an unvacated adjudication of guilt, or a determination that a person has violated or failed to comply with the law in a court of original jurisdiction or by an authorized administrative tribunal, an unvacated forfeiture of bail or collateral deposited to secure the person's appearance in court, a plea of guilty or nolo contendere accepted by the court, the payment of a fine or court cost, or violation of a condition of release without bail, regardless of whether or not the penalty is rebated, suspended, or probated.
</P>
<P><I>Covered farm vehicle</I>—
</P>
<P>(1) Means a straight truck or articulated vehicle—
</P>
<P>(i) Registered in a State with a license plate or other designation issued by the State of registration that allows law enforcement officials to identify it as a farm vehicle;
</P>
<P>(ii) Operated by the owner or operator of a farm or ranch, or an employee or family member of an owner or operator of a farm or ranch;
</P>
<P>(iii) Used to transport agricultural commodities, livestock, machinery or supplies to or from a farm or ranch; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Not used in for-hire motor carrier operations; however, for-hire motor carrier operations do not include the operation of a vehicle meeting the requirements of paragraphs (1)(i) through (iii) of this definition by a tenant pursuant to a crop share farm lease agreement to transport the landlord's portion of the crops under that agreement.
</P>
<P>(2) Meeting the requirements of paragraphs (1)(i) through (iv) of this definition:
</P>
<P>(i) With a gross vehicle weight rating or gross combination weight rating, or gross vehicle weight or gross combination weight, whichever is greater, of 26,001 pounds or less may utilize the exemptions in § 390.39 anywhere in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(ii) With a gross vehicle weight rating or gross combination weight rating, or gross vehicle weight or gross combination weight, whichever is greater, of more than 26,001 pounds may utilize the exemptions in § 390.39 anywhere in the State of registration or across State lines within 150 air miles of the farm or ranch with respect to which the vehicle is being operated.
</P>
<P><I>Crash</I>—See accident.
</P>
<P><I>Direct assistance</I> means transportation operations in which a motor carrier or driver of a CMV is supplementing State and local efforts and capabilities to save lives or property or to protect public health and safety as a result of an emergency as defined in this section involving transportation and other relief services provided by a motor carrier or its driver(s) incident to the immediate restoration of essential services (<I>e.g.,</I> electricity, medical care, sewer, water, telecommunications, and telecommunication transmissions) or essential supplies (<I>e.g.,</I> food and fuel). It does not include transportation related to long-term rehabilitation of damaged physical infrastructure or routine commercial deliveries after the initial threat to life and property has passed.
</P>
<P><I>Direct compensation</I> means payment made to the motor carrier by the passengers or a person acting on behalf of the passengers for the transportation services provided, and not included in a total package charge or other assessment for highway transportation services.
</P>
<P><I>Disabling damage</I> means damage which precludes departure of a motor vehicle from the scene of the accident in its usual manner in daylight after simple repairs.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inclusions.</I> Damage to motor vehicles that could have been driven, but would have been further damaged if so driven.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exclusions.</I> (i) Damage which can be remedied temporarily at the scene of the accident without special tools or parts.
</P>
<P>(ii) Tire disablement without other damage even if no spare tire is available.
</P>
<P>(iii) Headlamp or taillight damage.
</P>
<P>(iv) Damage to turn signals, horn, or windshield wipers which makes them inoperative.
</P>
<P><I>Driveaway-towaway operation</I> means an operation in which an empty or unladen motor vehicle with one or more sets of wheels on the surface of the roadway is being transported:
</P>
<P>(1) Between vehicle manufacturer's facilities;
</P>
<P>(2) Between a vehicle manufacturer and a dealership or purchaser;
</P>
<P>(3) Between a dealership, or other entity selling or leasing the vehicle, and a purchaser or lessee;
</P>
<P>(4) To a motor carrier's terminal or repair facility for the repair of disabling damage (as defined in § 390.5) following a crash; or
</P>
<P>(5) To a motor carrier's terminal or repair facility for repairs associated with the failure of a vehicle component or system; or
</P>
<P>(6) By means of a saddle-mount or tow-bar. 
</P>
<P><I>Driver</I> means any person who operates any commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Driving a commercial motor vehicle while under the influence of alcohol</I> means committing any one or more of the following acts in a CMV: Driving a CMV while the person's alcohol concentration is 0.04 or more; driving under the influence of alcohol, as prescribed by State law; or refusal to undergo such testing as is required by any State or jurisdiction in the enforcement of Table 1 to § 383.51 or § 392.5(a)(2) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic device</I> includes, but is not limited to, a cellular telephone; personal digital assistant; pager; computer; or any other device used to input, write, send, receive, or read text.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic signature</I> means a method of signing an electronic communication that identifies and authenticates a particular person as the source of the electronic communication and indicates such person's approval of the information contained in the electronic communication, in accordance with the Government Paperwork Elimination Act (Pub. L. 105-277, Title XVII, Secs. 1701-1710, 44 U.S.C. 3504 note, 112 Stat. 2681-749).
</P>
<P><I>Emergency</I> means any hurricane, tornado, storm (<I>e.g.,</I> thunderstorm, snowstorm, ice storm, blizzard, sandstorm, etc.), high water, wind-driven water, tidal wave, tsunami, earthquake, volcanic eruption, mud slide, drought, forest fire, explosion, blackout, or other occurrence, natural or man-made, which interrupts the delivery of essential services (<I>e.g.,</I> electricity, medical care, sewer, water, telecommunications, and telecommunication transmissions) or essential supplies (<I>e.g.,</I> food and fuel) or otherwise immediately threatens human life or public welfare, provided such hurricane, tornado, or other event results in a declaration of an emergency by the President of the United States, the Governor of a State, or their authorized representatives having authority to declare emergencies; by FMCSA; or by other Federal, State, or local government officials having authority to declare emergencies; or a request by a police officer for tow trucks to move wrecked or disabled motor vehicles. <I>Emergency</I> does not include events arising from economic conditions that are caused by market forces, including shortage of raw materials (<I>e.g.,</I> driver shortages, computer chip shortages, other supply chain issues) or labor strikes, unless such event causes an immediate threat to human life and results in a declaration of an emergency by the President of the United States, the Governor of a State, or their authorized representatives having authority to declare emergencies; by FMCSA; or by other Federal, State, or local government officials having authority to declare emergencies.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency condition requiring immediate response</I> means any condition that, if left unattended, is reasonably likely to result in immediate serious bodily harm, death, or substantial damage to property. In the case of transportation of propane winter heating fuel, such conditions shall include (but are not limited to) the detection of gas odor, the activation of carbon monoxide alarms, the detection of carbon monoxide poisoning, and any real or suspected damage to a propane gas system following a severe storm or flooding. An “emergency condition requiring immediate response” does not include requests to refill empty gas tanks. In the case of a pipeline emergency, such conditions include (but are not limited to) indication of an abnormal pressure event, leak, release or rupture.
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> means any individual, other than an employer, who is employed by an employer and who in the course of his or her employment directly affects commercial motor vehicle safety. Such term includes a driver of a commercial motor vehicle (including an independent contractor while in the course of operating a commercial motor vehicle), a mechanic, and a freight handler. Such term does not include an employee of the United States, any State, any political subdivision of a State, or any agency established under a compact between States and approved by the Congress of the United States who is acting within the course of such employment.
</P>
<P><I>Employer</I> means any person engaged in a business affecting interstate commerce who owns or leases a commercial motor vehicle in connection with that business, or assigns employees to operate it, but such term does not include the United States, any State, any political subdivision of a State, or an agency established under a compact between States approved by the Congress of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Exempt intracity zone</I> means the geographic area of a municipality or the commercial zone of that municipality described in appendix A to part 372 of this chapter. The term “exempt intracity zone” does not include any municipality or commercial zone in the State of Hawaii. For purposes of § 391.62 of this chapter, a driver may be considered to operate a commercial motor vehicle wholly within an exempt intracity zone notwithstanding any common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point without such zone.
</P>
<P><I>Exempt motor carrier</I> means a person engaged in transportation exempt from economic regulation by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) under 49 U.S.C. chapter 135 but subject to the safety regulations set forth in this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Farm vehicle driver</I> means a person who drives only a commercial motor vehicle that is—
</P>
<P>(1) Controlled and operated by a farmer as a private motor carrier of property;
</P>
<P>(2) Being used to transport either—
</P>
<P>(i) Agricultural products, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Farm machinery, farm supplies, or both, to or from a farm;
</P>
<P>(3) Not being used in the operation of a for-hire motor carrier;
</P>
<P>(4) Not carrying hazardous materials of a type or quantity that requires the commercial motor vehicle to be placarded in accordance with § 177.823 of this subtitle; and
</P>
<P>(5) Being used within 150 air-miles of the farmer's farm.
</P>
<P><I>Farmer</I> means any person who operates a farm or is directly involved in the cultivation of land, crops, or livestock which—
</P>
<P>(1) Are owned by that person; or
</P>
<P>(2) Are under the direct control of that person.
</P>
<P><I>Fatality</I> means any injury which results in the death of a person at the time of the motor vehicle accident or within 30 days of the accident.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator</I> means the chief executive of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, an agency within the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Field Administrator</I> means the head of an FMCSA Service Center who has been delegated authority to initiate compliance and enforcement actions on behalf of FMCSA or an authorized delegee.
</P>
<P><I>For-hire motor carrier</I> means a person engaged in the transportation of goods or passengers for compensation.
</P>
<P><I>Gross combination weight rating (GCWR)</I> is the greater of:
</P>
<P>(1) A value specified by the manufacturer of the power unit, if such value is displayed on the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) certification label required by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, or
</P>
<P>(2) The sum of the gross vehicle weight ratings (GVWRs) or the gross vehicle weights (GVWs) of the power unit and the towed unit(s), or any combination thereof, that produces the highest value. Exception: The GCWR of the power unit will not be used to define a commercial motor vehicle when the power unit is not towing another vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR)</I> means the value specified by the manufacturer as the loaded weight of a single motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous material</I> means a substance or material which has been determined by the Secretary of Transportation to be capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, and property when transported in commerce, and which has been so designated.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous substance</I> means a material, and its mixtures or solutions, that is identified in the appendix to § 172.101, List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities, of this title when offered for transportation in one package, or in one transport motor vehicle if not packaged, and when the quantity of the material therein equals or exceeds the reportable quantity (RQ). This definition does not apply to petroleum products that are lubricants or fuels, or to mixtures or solutions of hazardous substances if in a concentration less than that shown in the table in § 171.8 of this title, based on the reportable quantity (RQ) specified for the materials listed in the appendix to § 172.101.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous waste</I> means any material that is subject to the hazardous waste manifest requirements of the EPA specified in 40 CFR part 262 or would be subject to these requirements absent an interim authorization to a State under 40 CFR part 123, subpart F.
</P>
<P><I>Highway</I> means any road, street, or way, whether on public or private property, open to public travel. “Open to public travel” means that the road section is available, except during scheduled periods, extreme weather or emergency conditions, passable by four-wheel standard passenger cars, and open to the general public for use without restrictive gates, prohibitive signs, or regulation other than restrictions based on size, weight, or class of registration. Toll plazas of public toll roads are not considered restrictive gates.
</P>
<P><I>Interchange</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) The act of providing intermodal equipment to a motor carrier pursuant to an intermodal equipment interchange agreement for the purpose of transporting the equipment for loading or unloading by any person or repositioning the equipment for the benefit of the equipment provider, but it does not include the leasing of equipment to a motor carrier for primary use in the motor carrier's freight hauling operations; or
</P>
<P>(2) The act of providing a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle by one motor carrier of passengers to another such carrier, at a point which both carriers are authorized to serve, with which to continue a through movement.
</P>
<P>(3) For property-carrying vehicles, see § 376.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Intermodal equipment</I> means trailing equipment that is used in the intermodal transportation of containers over public highways in interstate commerce, including trailers and chassis.
</P>
<P><I>Intermodal equipment interchange agreement</I> means the Uniform Intermodal Interchange and Facilities Access Agreement (UIIFA) or any other written document executed by an intermodal equipment provider or its agent and a motor carrier or its agent, the primary purpose of which is to establish the responsibilities and liabilities of both parties with respect to the interchange of the intermodal equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Intermodal equipment provider</I> means any person that interchanges intermodal equipment with a motor carrier pursuant to a written interchange agreement or has a contractual responsibility for the maintenance of the intermodal equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Interstate commerce</I> means trade, traffic, or transportation in the United States—
</P>
<P>(1) Between a place in a State and a place outside of such State (including a place outside of the United States);
</P>
<P>(2) Between two places in a State through another State or a place outside of the United States; or
</P>
<P>(3) Between two places in a State as part of trade, traffic, or transportation originating or terminating outside the State or the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Intrastate commerce</I> means any trade, traffic, or transportation in any State which is not described in the term “interstate commerce.”
</P>
<P><I>Lease,</I> as used in subpart G of this part, means a contract or agreement in which a motor carrier of passengers grants the use of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle to another motor carrier, with or without a driver, for a specified period for the transportation of passengers, whether or not compensation for such use is specified or required, when one or more of the motor carriers of passengers is not authorized to operate in interstate commerce pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 13901-13902. The term <I>lease</I> includes an interchange, as defined in this section, or other agreement granting the use of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle for a specified period, with or without a driver, whether or not compensation for such use is specified or required. For a definition of <I>lease</I> in the context of property-carrying vehicles, see § 376.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Lessee,</I> as used in subpart G of this part, means the motor carrier obtaining the use of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle, with or without the driver, from another motor carrier, through a <I>lease</I> as defined in this section. The term <I>lessee</I> includes a motor carrier obtaining the use of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle from another motor carrier under an interchange or other agreement, with or without a driver, whether or not compensation for such use is specified. For a definition of <I>lessee</I> in the context of property-carrying vehicles, see § 376.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Lessor,</I> as used in subpart G of this part, means the motor carrier granting the use of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle, with or without the driver, to another motor carrier, through a <I>lease</I> as defined in this section. The term <I>lessor</I> includes a motor carrier granting the use of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle, with or without the driver, to another motor carrier under an interchange or other agreement, whether or not compensation for such use is specified. For a definition of <I>lessor</I> in the context of property-carrying vehicles, see § 376.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Medical examiner</I> means an individual certified by FMCSA and listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners in accordance with subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Medical variance</I> means a driver has received one of the following from FMCSA that allows the driver to be issued a medical certificate:
</P>
<P>(1) An exemption letter permitting operation of a commercial motor vehicle pursuant to part 381, subpart C, of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(2) A skill performance evaluation certificate permitting operation of a commercial motor vehicle pursuant to § 391.49 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Mobile telephone</I> means a mobile communication device that falls under or uses any commercial mobile radio service, as defined in regulations of the Federal Communications Commission, 47 CFR 20.3. It does not include two-way or Citizens Band Radio services.
</P>
<P><I>Motor carrier</I> means a for-hire motor carrier or a private motor carrier. The term includes a motor carrier's agents, officers and representatives as well as employees responsible for hiring, supervising, training, assigning, or dispatching of drivers and employees concerned with the installation, inspection, and maintenance of motor vehicle equipment and/or accessories. For purposes of subchapter B, this definition includes the terms <I>employer,</I> and <I>exempt motor carrier.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Motor vehicle</I> means any vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, or semitrailer propelled or drawn by mechanical power and used upon the highways in the transportation of passengers or property, or any combination thereof determined by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, but does not include any vehicle, locomotive, or car operated exclusively on a rail or rails, or a trolley bus operated by electric power derived from a fixed overhead wire, furnishing local passenger transportation similar to street-railway service.
</P>
<P><I>Motor vehicle record</I> means the report of the driving status and history of a driver generated from the driver record that is provided to users, such as drivers or employers, and, for drivers licensed by a State, is subject to the provisions of the Driver Privacy Protection Act, 18 U.S.C. 2721-2725.
</P>
<P><I>Multiple-employer driver</I> means a driver, who in any period of 7 consecutive days, is employed or used as a driver by more than one motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Operating authority</I> means the registration required by 49 U.S.C. 13902, 49 CFR part 365, 49 CFR part 368, and 49 CFR 392.9a.
</P>
<P><I>Operator</I>—See driver.
</P>
<P><I>Other terms</I>—Any other term used in this subchapter is used in its commonly accepted meaning, except where such other term has been defined elsewhere in this subchapter. In that event, the definition therein given shall apply.
</P>
<P><I>Out-of-service order</I> means a declaration by an authorized enforcement officer of a Federal, State, Canadian, Mexican, or local jurisdiction that a driver, a commercial motor vehicle, or a motor carrier operation is out of service pursuant to 49 CFR 386.72, 392.5, 392.9a, 395.13, or 396.9, or compatible laws, or the North American Standard Out-of-Service Criteria.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, partnership, association, corporation, business trust, or any other organized group of individuals.
</P>
<P><I>Previous employer</I> means any DOT regulated person who employed the driver in the preceding 3 years, including any possible current employer.
</P>
<P><I>Principal place of business</I> means the single location designated by the motor carrier, normally its headquarters, for purposes of identification under this subchapter. The motor carrier must make records required by parts 382, 387, 390, 391, 395, 396, and 397 of this subchapter available for inspection at this location within 48 hours (Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays excluded) after a request has been made by a special agent or authorized representative of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Private motor carrier</I> means a person who provides transportation of property or passengers, by commercial motor vehicle, and is not a for-hire motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Private motor carrier of passengers (business)</I> means a private motor carrier engaged in the interstate transportation of passengers which is provided in the furtherance of a commercial enterprise and is not available to the public at large.
</P>
<P><I>Private motor carrier of passengers (nonbusiness)</I> means private motor carrier involved in the interstate transportation of passengers that does not otherwise meet the definition of a private motor carrier of passengers (business).
</P>
<P><I>Qualified VA examiner</I> means an advanced practice nurse, doctor of chiropractic, doctor of medicine, doctor of osteopathy, physician assistant, or other medical professional who is employed in the Department of Veterans Affairs; is licensed, certified, or registered in a State to perform physical examinations; is familiar with the standards for, and physical requirements of, an operator certified pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 31149; and has never, with respect to such section, been found to have acted fraudulently, including by fraudulently awarding a medical certificate.
</P>
<P><I>Radar detector</I> means any device or mechanism to detect the emission of radio microwaves, laser beams or any other future speed measurement technology employed by enforcement personnel to measure the speed of commercial motor vehicles upon public roads and highways for enforcement purposes. Excluded from this definition are radar detection devices that meet both of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Transported outside the driver's compartment of the commercial motor vehicle. For this purpose, the <I>driver's</I> compartment of a passenger-carrying CMV shall include all space designed to accommodate both the driver and the passengers; and
</P>
<P>(2) Completely inaccessible to, inoperable by, and imperceptible to the driver while operating the commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Receiver</I> or <I>consignee</I> means a person who takes delivery from a motor carrier or driver of a commercial motor vehicle of property transported in interstate commerce or hazardous materials transported in interstate or intrastate commerce.
</P>
<P><I>Regional Director of Motor Carriers</I> means the Field Administrator, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, for a given geographical area of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Residential district</I> means the territory adjacent to and including a highway which is not a business district and for a distance of 300 feet or more along the highway is primarily improved with residences.
</P>
<P><I>Residential heating fuel</I> includes heating oil, natural gas, and propane (also known as Liquefied Petroleum Gas or Petroleum Gas, Liquified).
</P>
<P><I>School bus</I> means a passenger motor vehicle which is designed or used to carry more than 10 passengers in addition to the driver, and which the Secretary determines is likely to be significantly used for the purpose of transporting preprimary, primary, or secondary school students to such schools from home or from such schools to home.
</P>
<P><I>School bus operation</I> means the use of a school bus to transport only school children and/or school personnel from home to school and from school to home.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Shipper</I> means a person who tenders property to a motor carrier or driver of a commercial motor vehicle for transportation in interstate commerce, or who tenders hazardous materials to a motor carrier or driver of a commercial motor vehicle for transportation in interstate or intrastate commerce.
</P>
<P><I>Single-employer driver</I> means a driver who, in any period of 7 consecutive days, is employed or used as a driver solely by a single motor carrier. This term includes a driver who operates a commercial motor vehicle on an intermittent, casual, or occasional basis.
</P>
<P><I>Special agent.</I> See appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States and the District of Columbia and includes a political subdivision of a State.
</P>
<P><I>Texting</I> means manually entering alphanumeric text into, or reading text from, an electronic device.
</P>
<P>(1) This action includes, but is not limited to, short message service, emailing, instant messaging, a command or request to access a World Wide Web page, pressing more than a single button to initiate or terminate a voice communication using a mobile telephone, or engaging in any other form of electronic text retrieval or entry, for present or future communication.
</P>
<P>(2) Texting does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Inputting, selecting, or reading information on a global positioning system or navigation system; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Pressing a single button to initiate or terminate a voice communication using a mobile telephone; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Using a device capable of performing multiple functions (<I>e.g.,</I> fleet management systems, dispatching devices, smart phones, citizens band radios, music players, <I>etc.</I>) for a purpose that is not otherwise prohibited in this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Trailer</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Full trailer</I> means any motor vehicle other than a pole trailer which is designed to be drawn by another motor vehicle and so constructed that no part of its weight, except for the towing device, rests upon the self-propelled towing motor vehicle. A semitrailer equipped with an auxiliary front axle (converter dolly) shall be considered a full trailer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pole trailer</I> means any motor vehicle which is designed to be drawn by another motor vehicle and attached to the towing motor vehicle by means of a “reach” or “pole,” or by being “boomed” or otherwise secured to the towing motor vehicle, for transporting long or irregularly shaped loads such as poles, pipes, or structural members, which generally are capable of sustaining themselves as beams between the supporting connections.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Semitrailer</I> means any motor vehicle, other than a pole trailer, which is designed to be drawn by another motor vehicle and is constructed so that some part of its weight rests upon the self-propelled towing motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Transportation intermediary</I> means a person who arranges the transportation of property or passengers by commercial motor vehicle in interstate commerce, or who arranges the transportation of hazardous materials by commercial motor vehicle in interstate or intrastate commerce, including but not limited to brokers and freight forwarders.
</P>
<P><I>Truck</I> means any self-propelled commercial motor vehicle except a truck tractor, designed and/or used for the transportation of property.
</P>
<P><I>Truck tractor</I> means a self-propelled commercial motor vehicle designed and/or used primarily for drawing other vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Use a hand-held mobile telephone</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Using at least one hand to hold a mobile telephone to conduct a voice communication;
</P>
<P>(2) Dialing or answering a mobile telephone by pressing more than a single button, or
</P>
<P>(3) Reaching for a mobile telephone in a manner that requires a driver to maneuver so that he or she is no longer in a seated driving position, restrained by a seat belt that is installed in accordance with 49 CFR 393.93 and adjusted in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P><I>United States</I> means the 50 States and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P><I>Veteran operator</I> means an operator of a commercial motor vehicle who is a veteran enrolled in the health care system established under 38 U.S.C. 1705(a).
</P>
<P><I>Written or in writing</I> means printed, handwritten, or typewritten either on paper or other tangible medium, or by any method of electronic documentation that meets the requirements of 49 CFR 390.32.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 18052, May 19, 1988]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 390.5, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5311, Jan. 17, 2017, § 390.5 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 84 FR 40293, Aug. 14, 2019, the suspension was lifted and amendments were made to § 390.5. In that same document, § 390.5 was again suspended indefinitely. At 86 FR 35642, July 7, 2021, the suspension was lifted and amendments were made to § 390.5. In that same document, § 390.5 was again suspended indefinitely. 

At 86 FR 57072, Oct. 14, 2021, the suspension was lifted and amendments were made to § 390.5. In that same document, § 390.5 was again suspended indefinitely. At 87 FR 13208, Mar. 9, 2022, the suspension was lifted and an amendment was made to § 390.5. In that same document, § 390.5 was again suspended indefinitely. At 88 FR 80183, Nov. 17, 2023, the suspension was lifted, § 390.5 was amended, and the section was again suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 17, 2023. At 88 FR 70907, Oct. 13, 2023, the suspension was lifted, § 390.5 was amended, and the section was again suspended indefinitely, effective Dec. 12, 2023.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.5T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.1.13.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.5T   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless specifically defined elsewhere, in this subchapter:
</P>
<P><I>Accident</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this definition, an occurrence involving a commercial motor vehicle operating on a highway in interstate or intrastate commerce which results in:
</P>
<P>(i) A fatality;
</P>
<P>(ii) Bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or
</P>
<P>(iii) One or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident, requiring the motor vehicle(s) to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) The term accident does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) An occurrence involving only boarding and alighting from a stationary motor vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An occurrence involving only the loading or unloading of cargo.
</P>
<P><I>Alcohol concentration</I> (AC) means the concentration of alcohol in a person's blood or breath. When expressed as a percentage it means grams of alcohol per 100 milliliters of blood or grams of alcohol per 210 liters of breath.
</P>
<P><I>Assistant Administrator</I> means the Assistant Administrator of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration or an authorized delegee.
</P>
<P><I>Bus</I> means any motor vehicle designed, constructed, and/or used for the transportation of passengers, including taxicabs.
</P>
<P><I>Business district</I> means the territory contiguous to and including a highway when within any 600 feet along such highway there are buildings in use for business or industrial purposes, including but not limited to hotels, banks, or office buildings which occupy at least 300 feet of frontage on one side or 300 feet collectively on both sides of the highway.
</P>
<P><I>Certified VA medical examiner</I> means a qualified VA examiner who has fulfilled the requirements for and is listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.
</P>
<P><I>Charter transportation of passengers</I> means transportation, using a bus, of a group of persons who pursuant to a common purpose, under a single contract, at a fixed charge for the motor vehicle, have acquired the exclusive use of the motor vehicle to travel together under an itinerary either specified in advance or modified after having left the place of origin.
</P>
<P><I>Coerce</I> or <I>Coercion</I> means

either—
</P>
<P>(1) A threat by a motor carrier, shipper, receiver, or transportation intermediary, or their respective agents, officers or representatives, to withhold business, employment or work opportunities from, or to take or permit any adverse employment action against, a driver in order to induce the driver to operate a commercial motor vehicle under conditions which the driver stated would require him or her to violate one or more of the regulations, which the driver identified at least generally, that are codified at 49 CFR parts 171 through 173, 177 through 180, 380 through 383, or 390 through 399, or § 385.415 or § 385.421T of this chapter, or the actual withholding of business, employment, or work opportunities or the actual taking or permitting of any adverse employment action to punish a driver for having refused to engage in such operation of a commercial motor vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(2) A threat by a motor carrier, or its agents, officers or representatives, to withhold business, employment or work opportunities or to take or permit any adverse employment action against a driver in order to induce the driver to operate a commercial motor vehicle under conditions which the driver stated would require a violation of one or more of the regulations, which the driver identified at least generally, that are codified at 49 CFR parts 356, 360, or 365 through 379, or the actual withholding of business, employment or work opportunities or the actual taking or permitting of any adverse employment action to punish a driver for refusing to engage in such operation of a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial motor vehicle</I> means any self-propelled or towed motor vehicle used on a highway in interstate commerce to transport passengers or property when the vehicle—
</P>
<P>(1) Has a gross vehicle weight rating or gross combination weight rating, or gross vehicle weight or gross combination weight, of 4,536 kg (10,001 pounds) or more, whichever is greater; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is designed or used to transport more than 8 passengers (including the driver) for compensation; or
</P>
<P>(3) Is designed or used to transport more than 15 passengers, including the driver, and is not used to transport passengers for compensation; or
</P>
<P>(4) Is used in transporting material found by the Secretary of Transportation to be hazardous under 49 U.S.C. 5103 and transported in a quantity requiring placarding under regulations prescribed by the Secretary under 49 CFR, subtitle B, chapter I, subchapter C.
</P>
<P><I>Conviction</I> means an unvacated adjudication of guilt, or a determination that a person has violated or failed to comply with the law in a court of original jurisdiction or by an authorized administrative tribunal, an unvacated forfeiture of bail or collateral deposited to secure the person's appearance in court, a plea of guilty or nolo contendere accepted by the court, the payment of a fine or court cost, or violation of a condition of release without bail, regardless of whether or not the penalty is rebated, suspended, or probated.
</P>
<P><I>Covered farm vehicle</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) A straight truck or articulated vehicle—
</P>
<P>(i) Registered in a State with a license plate or other designation issued by the State of registration that allows law enforcement officials to identify it as a farm vehicle;
</P>
<P>(ii) Operated by the owner or operator of a farm or ranch, or an employee or family member of an owner or operator of a farm or ranch;
</P>
<P>(iii) Used to transport agricultural commodities, livestock, machinery or supplies to or from a farm or ranch; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Not used in for-hire motor carrier operations; however, for-hire motor carrier operations do not include the operation of a vehicle meeting the requirements of paragraphs (1)(i) through (iii) of this definition by a tenant pursuant to a crop share farm lease agreement to transport the landlord's portion of the crops under that agreement.
</P>
<P>(2) Meeting the requirements of paragraphs (1)(i) through (iv) of this definition:
</P>
<P>(i) With a gross vehicle weight rating or gross combination weight rating, or gross vehicle weight or gross combination weight, whichever is greater, of 26,001 pounds or less may utilize the exemptions in § 390.39 anywhere in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(ii) With a gross vehicle weight rating or gross combination weight rating, or gross vehicle weight or gross combination weight, whichever is greater, of more than 26,001 pounds may utilize the exemptions in § 390.39 anywhere in the State of registration or across State lines within 150 air miles of the farm or ranch with respect to which the vehicle is being operated.
</P>
<P><I>Crash.</I> See accident.
</P>
<P><I>Direct assistance</I> means transportation operations in which a motor carrier or driver of a commercial motor vehicle is supplementing State and local efforts and capabilities to save lives or property or to protect public health and safety as a result of an emergency as defined in this section involving transportation and other relief services provided by a motor carrier or its driver(s) incident to the immediate restoration of essential services (<I>e.g.,</I> electricity, medical care, sewer, water, telecommunications, and telecommunication transmissions) or essential supplies (<I>e.g.,</I> food and fuel). It does not include transportation related to long-term rehabilitation of damaged physical infrastructure or routine commercial deliveries after the initial threat to life and property has passed.
</P>
<P><I>Direct compensation</I> means payment made to the motor carrier by the passengers or a person acting on behalf of the passengers for the transportation services provided, and not included in a total package charge or other assessment for highway transportation services.
</P>
<P><I>Disabling damage</I> means damage which precludes departure of a motor vehicle from the scene of the accident in its usual manner in daylight after simple repairs.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inclusions.</I> Damage to motor vehicles that could have been driven, but would have been further damaged if so driven.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exclusions.</I> (i) Damage which can be remedied temporarily at the scene of the accident without special tools or parts.
</P>
<P>(ii) Tire disablement without other damage even if no spare tire is available.
</P>
<P>(iii) Headlamp or taillight damage.
</P>
<P>(iv) Damage to turn signals, horn, or windshield wipers which makes them inoperative.
</P>
<P><I>Driveaway-towaway operation</I> means an operation in which an empty or unladen motor vehicle with one or more sets of wheels on the surface of the roadway is being transported:
</P>
<P>(1) Between vehicle manufacturer's facilities;
</P>
<P>(2) Between a vehicle manufacturer and a dealership or purchaser;
</P>
<P>(3) Between a dealership, or other entity selling or leasing the vehicle, and a purchaser or lessee;
</P>
<P>(4) To a motor carrier's terminal or repair facility for the repair of disabling damage (as defined in this section) following a crash; or
</P>
<P>(5) To a motor carrier's terminal or repair facility for repairs associated with the failure of a vehicle component or system; or
</P>
<P>(6) By means of a saddle-mount or tow-bar.
</P>
<P><I>Driver</I> means any person who operates any commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Driving a commercial motor vehicle while under the influence of alcohol</I> means committing any one or more of the following acts in a CMV: Driving a CMV while the person's alcohol concentration is 0.04 or more; driving under the influence of alcohol, as prescribed by State law; or refusal to undergo such testing as is required by any State or jurisdiction in the enforcement of Table 1 to § 383.51 or § 392.5(a)(2) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic device</I> includes, but is not limited to, a cellular telephone; personal digital assistant; pager; computer; or any other device used to input, write, send, receive, or read text.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic signature</I> means a method of signing an electronic communication that identifies and authenticates a particular person as the source of the electronic communication and indicates such person's approval of the information contained in the electronic communication, in accordance with the Government Paperwork Elimination Act (Pub. L. 105-277, Title XVII, Secs. 1701-1710, 44 U.S.C. 3504 note, 112 Stat. 2681-749).
</P>
<P><I>Emergency</I> means any hurricane, tornado, storm (<I>e.g.,</I> thunderstorm, snowstorm, ice storm, blizzard, sandstorm, etc.), high water, wind-driven water, tidal wave, tsunami, earthquake, volcanic eruption, mud slide, drought, forest fire, explosion, blackout, or other occurrence, natural or man-made, which interrupts the delivery of essential services (<I>e.g.,</I> electricity, medical care, sewer, water, telecommunications, and telecommunication transmissions) or essential supplies (<I>e.g.,</I> food and fuel) or otherwise immediately threatens human life or public welfare, provided such hurricane, tornado, or other event results in a declaration of an emergency by the President of the United States, the Governor of a State, or their authorized representatives having authority to declare emergencies; by FMCSA; or by other Federal, State, or local government officials having authority to declare emergencies; or a request by a police officer for tow trucks to move wrecked or disabled motor vehicles. <I>Emergency</I> does not include events arising from economic conditions that are caused by market forces, including shortage of raw materials (<I>e.g.,</I> driver shortages, computer chip shortages, other supply chain issues) or labor strikes, unless such event causes an immediate threat to human life and results in a declaration of an emergency by the President of the United States, the Governor of a State, or their authorized representatives having authority to declare emergencies; by FMCSA; or by other Federal, State, or local government officials having authority to declare emergencies.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency condition requiring immediate response</I> means any condition that, if left unattended, is reasonably likely to result in immediate serious bodily harm, death, or substantial damage to property. In the case of transportation of propane winter heating fuel, such conditions shall include (but are not limited to) the detection of gas odor, the activation of carbon monoxide alarms, the detection of carbon monoxide poisoning, and any real or suspected damage to a propane gas system following a severe storm or flooding. An “emergency condition requiring immediate response” does not include requests to refill empty gas tanks. In the case of a pipeline emergency, such conditions include (but are not limited to) indication of an abnormal pressure event, leak, release or rupture.
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> means any individual, other than an employer, who is employed by an employer and who in the course of his or her employment directly affects commercial motor vehicle safety. Such term includes a driver of a commercial motor vehicle (including an independent contractor while in the course of operating a commercial motor vehicle), a mechanic, and a freight handler. Such term does not include an employee of the United States, any State, any political subdivision of a State, or any agency established under a compact between States and approved by the Congress of the United States who is acting within the course of such employment.
</P>
<P><I>Employer</I> means any person engaged in a business affecting interstate commerce who owns or leases a commercial motor vehicle in connection with that business, or assigns employees to operate it, but such term does not include the United States, any State, any political subdivision of a State, or an agency established under a compact between States approved by the Congress of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Exempt intracity zone</I> means the geographic area of a municipality or the commercial zone of that municipality described in appendix A to part 372 of this chapter. The term “exempt intracity zone” does not include any municipality or commercial zone in the State of Hawaii. For purposes of § 391.62 of this chapter, a driver may be considered to operate a commercial motor vehicle wholly within an exempt intracity zone notwithstanding any common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point without such zone.
</P>
<P><I>Exempt motor carrier</I> means a person engaged in transportation exempt from economic regulation by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) under 49 U.S.C. 13506. “Exempt motor carriers” are subject to the safety regulations set forth in this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Farm vehicle driver</I> means a person who drives only a commercial motor vehicle that is—
</P>
<P>(1) Controlled and operated by a farmer as a private motor carrier of property;
</P>
<P>(2) Being used to transport either—
</P>
<P>(i) Agricultural products; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Farm machinery, farm supplies, or both, to or from a farm;
</P>
<P>(3) Not being used in the operation of a for-hire motor carrier;
</P>
<P>(4) Not carrying hazardous materials of a type or quantity that requires the commercial motor vehicle to be placarded in accordance with § 177.823 of this subtitle; and
</P>
<P>(5) Being used within 150 air-miles of the farmer's farm.
</P>
<P><I>Farmer</I> means any person who operates a farm or is directly involved in the cultivation of land, crops, or livestock which—
</P>
<P>(1) Are owned by that person; or
</P>
<P>(2) Are under the direct control of that person.
</P>
<P><I>Fatality</I> means any injury which results in the death of a person at the time of the motor vehicle accident or within 30 days of the accident.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator</I> means the chief executive of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, an agency within the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Field Administrator</I> means the head of an FMCSA Service Center who has been delegated authority to initiate compliance and enforcement actions on behalf of FMCSA or an authorized delegee.
</P>
<P><I>For-hire motor carrier</I> means a person engaged in the transportation of goods or passengers for compensation.
</P>
<P><I>Gross combination weight rating (GCWR)</I> is the greater of:
</P>
<P>(1) A value specified by the manufacturer of the power unit, if such value is displayed on the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) certification label required by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration; or
</P>
<P>(2) The sum of the gross vehicle weight ratings (GVWRs) or the gross vehicle weights (GVWs) of the power unit and the towed unit(s), or any combination thereof, that produces the highest value. Exception: The GCWR of the power unit will not be used to define a commercial motor vehicle when the power unit is not towing another vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR)</I> means the value specified by the manufacturer as the loaded weight of a single motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous material</I> means a substance or material which has been determined by the Secretary of Transportation to be capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, and property when transported in commerce, and which has been so designated.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous substance</I> means a material, and its mixtures or solutions, that is identified in the appendix to § 172.101 of this title, List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities, of this title when offered for transportation in one package, or in one transport motor vehicle if not packaged, and when the quantity of the material therein equals or exceeds the reportable quantity (RQ). This definition does not apply to petroleum products that are lubricants or fuels, or to mixtures or solutions of hazardous substances if in a concentration less than that shown in the table in § 171.8 of this title, based on the reportable quantity (RQ) specified for the materials listed in the appendix to § 172.101 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous waste</I> means any material that is subject to the hazardous waste manifest requirements of the EPA specified in 40 CFR part 262 or would be subject to these requirements absent an interim authorization to a State under 40 CFR part 123, subpart F.
</P>
<P><I>Highway</I> means any road, street, or way, whether on public or private property, open to public travel. “Open to public travel” means that the road section is available, except during scheduled periods, extreme weather or emergency conditions, passable by four-wheel standard passenger cars, and open to the general public for use without restrictive gates, prohibitive signs, or regulation other than restrictions based on size, weight, or class of registration. Toll plazas of public toll roads are not considered restrictive gates.
</P>
<P><I>Interchange</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) The act of providing intermodal equipment to a motor carrier pursuant to an intermodal equipment interchange agreement for the purpose of transporting the equipment for loading or unloading by any person or repositioning the equipment for the benefit of the equipment provider, but it does not include the leasing of equipment to a motor carrier for primary use in the motor carrier's freight hauling operations; or
</P>
<P>(2) The act of providing a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle by one motor carrier of passengers to another such carrier, at a point which both carriers are authorized to serve, with which to continue a through movement.
</P>
<P>(3) For property-carrying vehicles, see § 376.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Intermodal equipment</I> means trailing equipment that is used in the intermodal transportation of containers over public highways in interstate commerce, including trailers and chassis.
</P>
<P><I>Intermodal equipment interchange agreement</I> means the Uniform Intermodal Interchange and Facilities Access Agreement (UIIFA) or any other written document executed by an intermodal equipment provider or its agent and a motor carrier or its agent, the primary purpose of which is to establish the responsibilities and liabilities of both parties with respect to the interchange of the intermodal equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Intermodal equipment provider</I> means any person that interchanges intermodal equipment with a motor carrier pursuant to a written interchange agreement or has a contractual responsibility for the maintenance of the intermodal equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Interstate commerce</I> means trade, traffic, or transportation in the United States—
</P>
<P>(1) Between a place in a State and a place outside of such State (including a place outside of the United States);
</P>
<P>(2) Between two places in a State through another State or a place outside of the United States; or
</P>
<P>(3) Between two places in a State as part of trade, traffic, or transportation originating or terminating outside the State or the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Intrastate commerce</I> means any trade, traffic, or transportation in any State which is not described in the term “interstate commerce.”
</P>
<P><I>Lease,</I> as used in subpart G of this part, means a contract or agreement in which a motor carrier of passengers grants the use of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle, with or without the driver, to another motor carrier, for a specified period for the transportation of passengers, whether or not compensation for such use is specified or required, when one or more of the motor carriers of passengers is not authorized to operate in interstate commerce pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 13901-13902. The term <I>lease</I> includes an interchange, as defined in this section, or other agreement granting the use of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle, with or without the driver, for a specified period, whether or not compensation for such use is specified or required. For a definition of <I>lease</I> in the context of property-carrying vehicles, see § 376.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Lessee,</I> as used in subpart G of this part, means the motor carrier obtaining the use of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle, with or without the driver, from another motor carrier, through a <I>lease</I> as defined in this section. The term <I>lessee</I> includes a motor carrier obtaining the use of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle, with or without the driver, from another motor carrier under an interchange or other agreement, whether or not compensation for such use is specified. For a definition of <I>lessee</I> in the context of property-carrying vehicles, see § 376.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Lessor,</I> as used in subpart G of this part, means the motor carrier granting the use of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle, with or without the driver, to another motor carrier, through a <I>lease</I> as defined in this section. The term <I>lessor</I> includes a motor carrier granting the use of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle, with or without the driver, to another motor carrier under an interchange or other agreement, whether or not compensation for such use is specified. For a definition of <I>lessor</I> in the context of property-carrying vehicles, see § 376.2 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Medical examiner</I> means an individual certified by FMCSA and listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners in accordance with subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Medical variance</I> means a driver has received one of the following from FMCSA that allows the driver to be issued a medical certificate:
</P>
<P>(1) An exemption letter permitting operation of a commercial motor vehicle pursuant to part 381, subpart C, of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(2) A skill performance evaluation certificate permitting operation of a commercial motor vehicle pursuant to § 391.49 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Mobile telephone</I> means a mobile communication device that falls under or uses any commercial mobile radio service, as defined in regulations of the Federal Communications Commission, 47 CFR 20.3. It does not include two-way or Citizens Band Radio services.
</P>
<P><I>Motor carrier</I> means a for-hire motor carrier or a private motor carrier. The term includes a motor carrier's agents, officers and representatives as well as employees responsible for hiring, supervising, training, assigning, or dispatching of drivers and employees concerned with the installation, inspection, and maintenance of motor vehicle equipment and/or accessories. For purposes of this subchapter, this definition includes the terms employer, and exempt motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Motor vehicle</I> means any vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, or semitrailer propelled or drawn by mechanical power and used upon the highways in the transportation of passengers or property, or any combination thereof determined by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, but does not include any vehicle, locomotive, or car operated exclusively on a rail or rails, or a trolley bus operated by electric power derived from a fixed overhead wire, furnishing local passenger transportation similar to street-railway service.
</P>
<P><I>Motor vehicle record</I> means the report of the driving status and history of a driver generated from the driver record that is provided to users, such as drivers or employers, and, for drivers licensed by a State, is subject to the provisions of the Driver Privacy Protection Act, 18 U.S.C. 2721-2725.
</P>
<P><I>Multiple-employer driver</I> means a driver, who in any period of 7 consecutive days, is employed or used as a driver by more than one motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Operating authority</I> means the registration required by 49 U.S.C. 13902, 49 CFR part 365, 49 CFR part 368, and 49 CFR 392.9a.
</P>
<P><I>Operator.</I> See driver.
</P>
<P><I>Other terms.</I> Any other term used in this subchapter is used in its commonly accepted meaning, except where such other term has been defined elsewhere in this subchapter. In that event, the definition therein given shall apply.
</P>
<P><I>Out-of-service order</I> means a declaration by an authorized enforcement officer of a Federal, State, Canadian, Mexican, or local jurisdiction that a driver, a commercial motor vehicle, or a motor carrier operation is out of service pursuant to 49 CFR 386.72, 392.5, 392.9a, 395.13, or 396.9, or compatible laws, or the North American Standard Out-of-Service Criteria.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, partnership, association, corporation, business trust, or any other organized group of individuals.
</P>
<P><I>Previous employer</I> means any DOT regulated person who employed the driver in the preceding 3 years, including any possible current employer.
</P>
<P><I>Principal place of business</I> means the single location designated by the motor carrier, normally its headquarters, for purposes of identification under this subchapter. The motor carrier must make records required by parts 382, 387, 390, 391, 395, 396, and 397 of this subchapter available for inspection at this location within 48 hours (Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays excluded) after a request has been made by a special agent or authorized representative of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Private motor carrier</I> means a person who provides transportation of property or passengers, by commercial motor vehicle, and is not a for-hire motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Private motor carrier of passengers (business)</I> means a private motor carrier engaged in the interstate transportation of passengers which is provided in the furtherance of a commercial enterprise and is not available to the public at large.
</P>
<P><I>Private motor carrier of passengers (nonbusiness)</I> means private motor carrier involved in the interstate transportation of passengers that does not otherwise meet the definition of a private motor carrier of passengers (business).
</P>
<P><I>Qualified VA examiner</I> means an advanced practice nurse, doctor of chiropractic, doctor of medicine, doctor of osteopathy, physician assistant, or other medical professional who is employed in the Department of Veterans Affairs; is licensed, certified, or registered in a State to perform physical examinations; is familiar with the standards for, and physical requirements of, an operator certified pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 31149; and has never, with respect to such section, been found to have acted fraudulently, including by fraudulently awarding a medical certificate.
</P>
<P><I>Radar detector</I> means any device or mechanism to detect the emission of radio microwaves, laser beams or any other future speed measurement technology employed by enforcement personnel to measure the speed of commercial motor vehicles upon public roads and highways for enforcement purposes. Excluded from this definition are radar detection devices that meet both of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Transported outside the driver's compartment of the commercial motor vehicle. For this purpose, the driver's compartment of a passenger-carrying CMV shall include all space designed to accommodate both the driver and the passengers; and
</P>
<P>(2) Completely inaccessible to, inoperable by, and imperceptible to the driver while operating the commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Receiver or consignee</I> means a person who takes delivery from a motor carrier or driver of a commercial motor vehicle of property transported in interstate commerce or hazardous materials transported in interstate or intrastate commerce.
</P>
<P><I>Regional Director of Motor Carriers</I> means the Field Administrator, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, for a given geographical area of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Residential district</I> means the territory adjacent to and including a highway which is not a business district and for a distance of 300 feet or more along the highway is primarily improved with residences.
</P>
<P><I>Residential heating fuel</I> includes heating oil, natural gas, and propane (also known as Liquefied Petroleum Gas or Petroleum Gas, Liquified).
</P>
<P><I>School bus</I> means a passenger motor vehicle which is designed or used to carry more than 10 passengers in addition to the driver, and which the Secretary determines is likely to be significantly used for the purpose of transporting preprimary, primary, or secondary school students to such schools from home or from such schools to home.
</P>
<P><I>School bus operation</I> means the use of a school bus to transport only school children and/or school personnel from home to school and from school to home.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary</I> means the Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Shipper</I> means a person who tenders property to a motor carrier or driver of a commercial motor vehicle for transportation in interstate commerce, or who tenders hazardous materials to a motor carrier or driver of a commercial motor vehicle for transportation in interstate or intrastate commerce.
</P>
<P><I>Single-employer driver</I> means a driver who, in any period of 7 consecutive days, is employed or used as a driver solely by a single motor carrier. This term includes a driver who operates a commercial motor vehicle on an intermittent, casual, or occasional basis.
</P>
<P><I>Special agent.</I> See appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States and the District of Columbia and includes a political subdivision of a State.
</P>
<P><I>Texting</I> means manually entering alphanumeric text into, or reading text from, an electronic device.
</P>
<P>(1) This action includes, but is not limited to, short message service, emailing, instant messaging, a command or request to access a World Wide Web page, pressing more than a single button to initiate or terminate a voice communication using a mobile telephone, or engaging in any other form of electronic text retrieval or entry, for present or future communication.
</P>
<P>(2) Texting does not include:
</P>
<P>(i) Inputting, selecting, or reading information on a global positioning system or navigation system; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Pressing a single button to initiate or terminate a voice communication using a mobile telephone; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Using a device capable of performing multiple functions (<I>e.g.,</I> fleet management systems, dispatching devices, smart phones, citizens band radios, music players, etc.) for a purpose that is not otherwise prohibited in this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Trailer</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Full trailer means any motor vehicle other than a pole trailer which is designed to be drawn by another motor vehicle and so constructed that no part of its weight, except for the towing device, rests upon the self-propelled towing motor vehicle. A semitrailer equipped with an auxiliary front axle (converter dolly) shall be considered a full trailer.
</P>
<P>(2) Pole trailer means any motor vehicle which is designed to be drawn by another motor vehicle and attached to the towing motor vehicle by means of a “reach” or “pole,” or by being “boomed” or otherwise secured to the towing motor vehicle, for transporting long or irregularly shaped loads such as poles, pipes, or structural members, which generally are capable of sustaining themselves as beams between the supporting connections.
</P>
<P>(3) Semitrailer means any motor vehicle, other than a pole trailer, which is designed to be drawn by another motor vehicle and is constructed so that some part of its weight rests upon the self-propelled towing motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Transportation intermediary</I> means a person who arranges the transportation of property or passengers by commercial motor vehicle in interstate commerce, or who arranges the transportation of hazardous materials by commercial motor vehicle in interstate or intrastate commerce, including but not limited to brokers and freight forwarders.
</P>
<P><I>Truck</I> means any self-propelled commercial motor vehicle except a truck tractor, designed and/or used for the transportation of property.
</P>
<P><I>Truck tractor</I> means a self-propelled commercial motor vehicle designed and/or used primarily for drawing other vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Use a hand-held mobile telephone</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Using at least one hand to hold a mobile telephone to conduct a voice communication;
</P>
<P>(2) Dialing or answering a mobile telephone by pressing more than a single button; or
</P>
<P>(3) Reaching for a mobile telephone in a manner that requires a driver to maneuver so that he or she is no longer in a seated driving position, restrained by a seat belt that is installed in accordance with 49 CFR 393.93 and adjusted in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P><I>United States</I> means the 50 States and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P><I>Veteran operator</I> means an operator of a commercial motor vehicle who is a veteran enrolled in the health care system established under 38 U.S.C. 1705(a).
</P>
<P><I>Written or in writing</I> means printed, handwritten, or typewritten either on paper or other tangible medium, or by any method of electronic documentation that meets the requirements of 49 CFR 390.32.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5311, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 16226, Apr. 16, 2018; 83 FR 22878, May 17, 2018; 83 FR 24228, May 25, 2018; 83 FR 26860, June 11, 2018; 83 FR 48726, Sept. 27, 2018; 84 FR 40294, Aug. 14, 2019; 86 FR 35642, July 7, 2021; 86 FR 57073, Oct. 14, 2021; 87 FR 13208, Mar. 9, 2022; 88 FR 70908, Oct. 13, 2023; 88 FR 80183, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.6" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.1.13.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.6   Coercion prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition.</I> (1) A motor carrier, shipper, receiver, or transportation intermediary, including their respective agents, officers, or representatives, may not coerce a driver of a commercial motor vehicle to operate such vehicle in violation of 49 CFR parts 171-173, 177-180, 380-383 or 390-399, or §§ 385.415 or 385.421;
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier or its agents, officers, or representatives, may not coerce a driver of a commercial motor vehicle to operate such vehicle in violation of 49 CFR parts 356, 360, or 365-379.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Complaint process.</I> (1) A driver who believes he or she was coerced to violate a regulation described in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section may file a written complaint under § 386.12(c) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) A complaint under paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall describe the action that the driver claims constitutes coercion and identify the regulation the driver was coerced to violate.
</P>
<P>(3) A complaint under paragraph (b)(1) of this section may include any supporting evidence that will assist the Division Administrator in determining the merits of the complaint.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 74710, Nov. 30, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 68348, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.1.13.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.7   Rules of construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In part 325 of subchapter A and in this subchapter, unless the context requires otherwise:
</P>
<P>(1) Words imparting the singular include the plural;
</P>
<P>(2) Words imparting the plural include the singular;
</P>
<P>(3) Words imparting the present tense include the future tense.
</P>
<P>(b) In this subchapter the word—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Officer</I> includes any person authorized by law to perform the duties of the office;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Shall</I> is used in an imperative sense;
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Must</I> is used in an imperative sense;
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Should</I> is used in a recommendatory sense;
</P>
<P>(5) <I>May</I> is used in a permissive sense; and
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Includes</I> is used as a word of inclusion, not limitation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 18052, May 19, 1988, as amended at 60 FR 38744, July 28, 1995; 83 FR 16226, Apr. 16, 2018]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.8" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.1.13.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.8   Separation of functions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An Agency employee who has taken an active part in investigating, prosecuting, advocating, or making an initial Agency determination in a proceeding under § 380.723, § 382.717, § 390.115, § 390.135, or § 391.47 of this chapter or section 5.4 to appendix A to subpart B of part 395 of this chapter may not, in that case or a factually-related case, advise or assist the Agency official authorized to issue a final decision in the applicable proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this section shall preclude the Agency official authorized to issue a final decision or anyone advising that Agency official from taking part in a determination to launch an investigation or issue a complaint, or similar preliminary decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 57073, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—General Requirements and Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.9   State and local laws, effect on.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise specifically indicated, subchapter B of this chapter is not intended to preclude States or subdivisions thereof from establishing or enforcing State or local laws relating to safety, the compliance with which would not prevent full compliance with these regulations by the person subject thereto.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.11   Motor carrier to require observance of driver regulations.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever in part 325 of subchapter A or in this subchapter a duty is prescribed for a driver or a prohibition is imposed upon the driver, it shall be the duty of the motor carrier to require observance of such duty or prohibition. If the motor carrier is a driver, the driver shall likewise be bound.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.13   Aiding or abetting violations.</HEAD>
<P>No person shall aid, abet, encourage, or require a motor carrier or its employees to violate the rules of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.15" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.15   Assistance in investigations and special studies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each motor carrier and intermodal equipment provider must do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Make all records and information pertaining to an accident available to an authorized representative or special agent of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, an authorized State or local enforcement agency representative, or authorized third-party representative within such time as the request or investigation may specify.
</P>
<P>(2) Give an authorized representative all reasonable assistance in the investigation of any accident, including providing a full, true, and correct response to any question of the inquiry.
</P>
<P>(b) Motor carriers must maintain an accident register for 3 years after the date of each accident. Information placed in the accident register must contain at least the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A list of accidents as defined at § 390.5 of this chapter containing for each accident:
</P>
<P>(i) Date of accident.
</P>
<P>(ii) City or town, or most near, where the accident occurred and the State where the accident occurred.
</P>
<P>(iii) Driver Name.
</P>
<P>(iv) Number of injuries.
</P>
<P>(v) Number of fatalities.
</P>
<P>(vi) Whether hazardous materials, other than fuel spilled from the fuel tanks of motor vehicle involved in the accident, were released.
</P>
<P>(2) Copies of all accident reports required by State or other governmental entities or insurers.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2126-0009)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 16719, Mar. 30, 2004, as amended at 73 FR 76821, Dec. 17, 2008; 83 FR 22878, May 17, 2018; 88 FR 80184, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.16" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.16   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.17" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.17   Additional equipment and accessories.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to prohibit the use of additional equipment and accessories, not inconsistent with or prohibited by this subchapter, provided such equipment and accessories do not decrease the safety of operation of the commercial motor vehicles on which they are used.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 18052, May 19, 1988, as amended at 60 FR 38744, July 28, 1995. Redesignated at 65 FR 35296, June 2, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.19" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.19   Motor carrier identification reports for certain Mexico-domiciled motor carriers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier requesting authority to provide transportation of property or passengers in interstate commerce between Mexico and points in the United States beyond the municipalities and commercial zones along the United States-Mexico international border must file Form MCS-150 with FMCSA as follows:
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing schedule.</I> Each motor carrier must file the appropriate form under paragraph (a) of this section at the following times:
</P>
<P>(1) Before it begins operations; and
</P>
<P>(2) Every 24 months, according to the following schedule:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">USDOT No. ending in
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Must file by last day of
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">January.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">February.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">June.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">August.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">October.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) If the next-to-last digit of its USDOT Number is odd, the motor carrier shall file its update in every odd-numbered calendar year. If the next-to-last digit of the USDOT Number is even, the motor carrier shall file its update in every even-numbered calendar year.
</P>
<P>(4) A person that fails to complete biennial updates to the information pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section is subject to the penalties prescribed in 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(2)(B) or 49 U.S.C. 14901(a), as appropriate, and deactivation of its USDOT Number.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Availability of forms.</I> The Form MCS-150 and complete instructions are available from the FMCSA website at <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs;</I> from all FMCSA Service Centers and Division offices nationwide; or by calling 1-800-832-5660.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Where to file.</I> The Form MCS-150 must be filed with the FMCSA Office of Registration and Safety Information. The form may be filed electronically according to the instructions at the Agency's website, or it may be sent to Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Registration and Safety Information, MC-RS 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special instructions.</I> A motor carrier should submit the Form MCS-150 along with its application for operating authority (OP-1(MX)), to the appropriate address referenced on that form, or may submit it electronically or by mail separately to the address mentioned in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Only the legal name or a single trade name of the motor carrier may be used on the Form MCS-150.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) A motor carrier that fails to file the Form MCS-150 or furnishes misleading information or makes false statements upon the form, is subject to the penalties prescribed in 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(2)(B).
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier that fails to update the Form MCS-150 as required in paragraph (b) will have its USDOT Number deactivated and will be prohibited from conducting transportation.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) Upon receipt and processing of the form described in paragraph (a) of this section, FMCSA will issue the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider an identification number (USDOT Number).
</P>
<P>(2) A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier seeking to provide transportation of property or passengers in interstate commerce between Mexico and points in the United States beyond the municipalities and commercial zones along the United States-Mexico international border must pass the pre-authorization safety audit under § 365.507 of this subchapter. The Agency will not issue a USDOT Number until expiration of the protest period provided in § 365.115 of this chapter or—if a protest is received-after FMCSA denies or rejects the protest.
</P>
<P>(3) The motor carrier must display the USDOT Number on each self-propelled CMV, as defined in § 390.5, along with the additional information required by § 390.21.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63711, Oct. 21, 2015, as amended at 88 FR 80184, Nov. 17, 2023]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5316, Jan. 17, 2017, § 390.19 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017.  At 88 FR 80184, Nov. 17, 2023, the suspension was lifted, § 390.19 was amended, and the section was again suspended indefinitely.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.19T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.19T   Motor carrier, hazardous material safety permit applicant/holder, and intermodal equipment provider identification reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> Each motor carrier and intermodal equipment provider must file Form MCS-150, Form MCS-150B or Form MCS-150C with FMCSA as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A U.S.-, Canada-, Mexico-, or non-North America-domiciled motor carrier conducting operations in interstate commerce must file a Motor Carrier Identification Report, Form MCS-150.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier conducting operations in intrastate commerce and requiring a Safety Permit under 49 CFR part 385, subpart E, must file the Combined Motor Carrier Identification Report and HM Permit Application, Form MCS-150B.
</P>
<P>(3) Each intermodal equipment provider that offers intermodal equipment for transportation in interstate commerce must file an Intermodal Equipment Provider Identification Report, Form MCS-150C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing schedule.</I> Each motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider must file the appropriate form under paragraph (a) of this section at the following times:
</P>
<P>(1) Before it begins operations; and
</P>
<P>(2) Every 24 months, according to the following schedule:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">USDOT No. ending in
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Must file by last day of
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">January.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">February.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">June.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">August.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">October.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) If the next-to-last digit of its USDOT Number is odd, the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider shall file its update in every odd-numbered calendar year. If the next-to-last digit of the USDOT Number is even, the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider shall file its update in every even-numbered calendar year.
</P>
<P>(4) A person that fails to complete biennial updates to the information pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section is subject to the penalties prescribed in 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(2)(B) or 49 U.S.C. 14901(a), as appropriate, and deactivation of its USDOT Number.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Availability of forms.</I> The forms described under paragraph (a) of this section and complete instructions are available from the FMCSA website at <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov</I> (Keyword “MCS-150,” or “MCS-150B,” or “MCS-150C”); from all FMCSA Service Centers and Division offices nationwide; or by calling 1-800-832-5660.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Where to file.</I> The required form under paragraph (a) of this section must be filed with the FMCSA Office of Registration and Safety Information. The form may be filed electronically according to the instructions at the Agency's website, or it may be sent to Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Registration and Safety Information (MC-RS), 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special instructions for for-hire motor carriers.</I> A for-hire motor carrier should submit the Form MCS-150, or Form MCS-150B, along with its application for operating authority (Form OP-1, OP-1(MX), OP-1(NNA) or OP-2), to the appropriate address referenced on that form, or may submit it electronically or by mail separately to the address mentioned in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Only the legal name or a single trade name of the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider may be used on the forms under paragraph (a) of this section (Form MCS-150, MCS-150B, or MCS-150C).
</P>
<P>(g) A motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider that fails to file the form required under paragraph (a) of this section, or furnishes misleading information or makes false statements upon the form, is subject to the penalties prescribed in 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(2)(B).
</P>
<P>(h)(1) Upon receipt and processing of the form described in paragraph (a) of this section, FMCSA will issue the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider an identification number (USDOT Number).
</P>
<P>(2) The following applicants must additionally pass a pre-authorization safety audit as described below before being issued a USDOT Number:
</P>
<P>(i) A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier seeking to provide transportation of property or passengers in interstate commerce between Mexico and points in the United States beyond the municipalities and commercial zones along the United States-Mexico international border must pass the pre-authorization safety audit under § 365.507T of this subchapter. The Agency will not issue a USDOT Number until expiration of the protest period provided in § 365.115 of this subchapter or—if a protest is received—after FMCSA denies or rejects the protest.
</P>
<P>(ii) A non-North America-domiciled motor carrier seeking to provide transportation of property or passengers in interstate commerce within the United States must pass the pre-authorization safety audit under § 385.607T(c) of this subchapter. The Agency will not issue a USDOT Number until expiration of the protest period provided in § 365.115 of this subchapter or—if a protest is received—after FMCSA denies or rejects the protest.
</P>
<P>(3) The motor carrier must display the number on each self-propelled CMV, as defined in § 390.5T, along with the additional information required by § 390.21T.
</P>
<P>(4) The intermodal equipment provider must identify each unit of interchanged intermodal equipment by its assigned USDOT number.
</P>
<P>(i) A motor carrier that registers its vehicles in a State that participates in the Performance and Registration Information Systems Management (PRISM) program (authorized under section 4004 of the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century [Public Law 105-178, 112 Stat. 107]) is exempt from the requirements of this section, provided it files all the required information with the appropriate State office.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5316, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 22878, May 17, 2018; 88 FR 80184, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.21" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.21   Marking of self-propelled CMVs and intermodal equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Every self-propelled CMV subject to subchapter B of this chapter must be marked as specified in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, and each unit of intermodal equipment interchanged or offered for interchange to a motor carrier by an intermodal equipment provider subject to subchapter B of this chapter must be marked as specified in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Nature of marking.</I> The marking must display the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) The legal name or a single trade name of the motor carrier operating the self-propelled CMV, as listed on the Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, or the motor carrier identification report (Form MCS-150) and submitted in accordance with § 390.201 or § 390.19, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) The identification number issued by FMCSA to the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider, preceded by the letters “USDOT.”
</P>
<P>(3) If the name of any person other than the operating carrier appears on the CMV, the name of the operating carrier must be followed by the information required by paragraphs (b)(1), and (2) of this section, and be preceded by the words “operated by.” 
</P>
<P>(4) Other identifying information may be displayed on the vehicle if it is not inconsistent with the information required by this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Size, shape, location, and color of marking.</I> The marking must— 
</P>
<P>(1) Appear on both sides of the self-propelled CMV; 
</P>
<P>(2) Be in letters that contrast sharply in color with the background on which the letters are placed; 
</P>
<P>(3) Be readily legible, during daylight hours, from a distance of 50 feet (15.24 meters) while the CMV is stationary; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Be kept and maintained in a manner that retains the legibility required by paragraph (c)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Construction and durability.</I> The marking may be painted on the CMV or may consist of a removable device, if that device meets the identification and legibility requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, and such marking must be maintained as required by paragraph (c)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rented CMVs and leased passenger-carrying CMVs.</I> A motor carrier operating a self-propelled CMV under a rental agreement or a passenger-carrying CMV under a lease, when the rental agreement or lease has a term not in excess of 30 calendar days, meets the requirements of this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) The CMV is marked in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(v) of this section, the CMV is marked as set forth in paragraph (e)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The legal name or a single trade name of the lessor is displayed in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The lessor's identification number preceded by the letters “USDOT” is displayed in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The rental agreement or lease as applicable entered into by the lessor and the renting motor carrier or lessee conspicuously contains the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The name and complete physical address of the principal place of business of the renting motor carrier or lessee;
</P>
<P>(B) The identification number issued to the renting motor carrier or lessee by FMCSA, preceded by the letters “USDOT,” if the motor carrier has been issued such a number. In lieu of the identification number required in this paragraph, the following information may be shown in a rental agreement:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Whether the motor carrier is engaged in “interstate” or “intrastate” commerce; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Whether the renting motor carrier is transporting hazardous materials in the rented CMV;
</P>
<P>(C) The sentence: “This lessor cooperates with all Federal, State, and local law enforcement officials nationwide to provide the identity of customers who operate this rental CMV”; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The rental agreement or lease as applicable entered into by the lessor and the renting motor carrier or lessee is carried on the rental CMV or leased passenger-carrying CMV during the full term of the rental agreement or lease. See the property-carrying leasing regulations at 49 CFR part 376 and the passenger-carrying leasing regulations at subpart G of this part for information that should be included in all leasing documents.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Exception.</I> (A) The passenger-carrying CMV operating under the 48-hour emergency exception pursuant to § 390.403(a)(2) of this part does not need to comply with paragraphs (e)(2)(iii) and (iv) of this section, provided the lessor and lessee comply with the requirements of § 390.403(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(B) A motor carrier operating a self-propelled CMV under a lease subject to subpart G of this part (§§ 390.401 and 390.403) must begin complying with this paragraph (e) on January 1, 2021. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Driveaway services.</I> In driveaway services, a removable device may be affixed on both sides or at the rear of a single driven vehicle. In a combination driveaway operation, the device may be affixed on both sides of any one unit or at the rear of the last unit. The removable device must display the legal name or a single trade name of the motor carrier and the motor carrier's USDOT number. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Intermodal equipment.</I> (1) The requirements for marking intermodal equipment apply to each intermodal equipment provider, as defined in § 390.5, that interchanges or offers for interchange intermodal equipment to a motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) Each unit of intermodal equipment interchanged or offered for interchange to a motor carrier by an intermodal equipment provider subject to subchapter B of this chapter must identify the intermodal equipment provider.
</P>
<P>(3) The intermodal equipment provider must be identified by its legal name or a single trade name and the identification number issued by FMCSA, preceded by the letters “USDOT.”
</P>
<P>(4) The intermodal equipment must be identified as follows, using any one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) The identification marking must appear on the curb side of the item of equipment. It must be in letters that contrast sharply in color with the background on which the letters are placed. The letters must be readily legible, during daylight hours, from a distance of 50 feet (15.24 meters) while the CMV is stationary; and be kept and maintained in a manner that retains this legibility; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The identification marking must appear on a label placed upon the curb side of the item of equipment. The label must be readily visible and legible to an inspection official during daylight hours when the vehicle is stationary. The label must be a color that contrasts sharply with the background on which it is placed, and the letters must also contrast sharply in color with the background of the label. The label must be kept and maintained in a manner that retains this legibility; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The USDOT number of the intermodal equipment provider must appear on the interchange agreement so that it is clearly identifiable to an inspection official. The interchange agreement must include additional information to identify the specific item of intermodal equipment (such as the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and 4-character Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) code and 6-digit unique identifying number); or
</P>
<P>(iv) The identification marking must be shown on a document placed in a weathertight compartment affixed to the frame of the item of intermodal equipment. The color of the letters used in the document must contrast sharply in color with the background of the document. The document must include additional information to identify the specific item of intermodal equipment (such as the VIN and 4-character SCAC code and 6-digit unique identifying number).
</P>
<P>(v) The USDOT number of the intermodal equipment provider is maintained in a database that is available via real-time internet and telephonic access. The database must:
</P>
<P>(A) Identify the name and USDOT number of the intermodal equipment provider responsible for the intermodal equipment, in response to an inquiry that includes:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) SCAC plus trailing digits, or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) License plate number and State of license, or
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) VIN of the item of intermodal equipment.
</P>
<P>(B) Offer read-only access for inquiries on individual items of intermodal equipment, without requiring advance user registration, a password, or a usage fee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 35296, June 2, 2000, as amended at 73 FR 76821, Dec. 17, 2008; 74 FR 68708, Dec. 29, 2009; 77 FR 59827, Oct. 1, 2012; 78 FR 58482, Sept. 24, 2013; 80 FR 30178, May 27, 2015; 80 FR 63712, Oct. 21, 2015; 84 FR 40294, Aug. 14, 2019]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5316, Jan. 17, 2017, § 390.21 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 84 FR 40294, Aug. 14, 2019, the suspension was lifted and amendments were made to § 390.21. In that same document, § 390.21 was again suspended indefinitely.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.21T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.21T   Marking of self-propelled CMVs and intermodal equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Every self-propelled CMV subject to this subchapter must be marked as specified in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, and each unit of intermodal equipment interchanged or offered for interchange to a motor carrier by an intermodal equipment provider subject to this subchapter must be marked as specified in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Nature of marking.</I> The marking must display the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The legal name or a single trade name of the motor carrier operating the self-propelled CMV, as listed on the motor carrier identification report (Form MCS-150) and submitted in accordance with § 390.19T.
</P>
<P>(2) The identification number issued by FMCSA to the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider, preceded by the letters “USDOT.”
</P>
<P>(3) If the name of any person other than the operating carrier appears on the CMV, the name of the operating carrier must be followed by the information required by paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, and be preceded by the words “operated by.”
</P>
<P>(4) Other identifying information may be displayed on the vehicle if it is not inconsistent with the information required by this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Size, shape, location, and color of marking.</I> The marking must—
</P>
<P>(1) Appear on both sides of the self-propelled CMV;
</P>
<P>(2) Be in letters that contrast sharply in color with the background on which the letters are placed;
</P>
<P>(3) Be readily legible, during daylight hours, from a distance of 50 feet (15.24 meters) while the CMV is stationary; and
</P>
<P>(4) Be kept and maintained in a manner that retains the legibility required by paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Construction and durability.</I> The marking may be painted on the CMV or may consist of a removable device, if that device meets the identification and legibility requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, and such marking must be maintained as required by paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rented CMVs and leased passenger-carrying CMVs.</I> A motor carrier operating a self-propelled CMV under a rental agreement or a passenger-carrying CMV under a lease, when the rental agreement or lease has a term not in excess of 30 calendar days, meets the requirements of this section if:
</P>
<P>(1) The CMV is marked in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(v) of this section, the CMV is marked as set forth in paragraph (e)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The legal name or a single trade name of the lessor is displayed in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The lessor's identification number preceded by the letters “USDOT” is displayed in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The rental agreement or lease as applicable entered into by the lessor and the renting motor carrier or lessee conspicuously contains the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The name and complete physical address of the principal place of business of the renting motor carrier or lessee;
</P>
<P>(B) The identification number issued to the renting motor carrier or lessee by FMCSA, preceded by the letters “USDOT,” if the motor carrier has been issued such a number. In lieu of the identification number required in this paragraph, the following information may be shown in a rental agreement:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Whether the motor carrier is engaged in “interstate” or “intrastate” commerce; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Whether the renting motor carrier or lessee is transporting hazardous materials in the rented or leased CMV;
</P>
<P>(C) The sentence: “This lessor cooperates with all Federal, State, and local law enforcement officials nationwide to provide the identity of customers who operate this rental or leased CMV”; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The rental agreement or lease as applicable entered into by the lessor and the renting motor carrier or lessee is carried on the rental CMV or leased passenger-carrying CMV during the full term of the rental agreement or lease. See the property-carrying leasing regulations at 49 CFR part 376 and the passenger-carrying leasing regulations at subpart G of this part for information that should be included in all leasing documents.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Exception.</I> (A) A passenger-carrying CMV operating under the 48-hour emergency exception pursuant to § 390.403(a)(2) of this part does not need to comply with paragraphs (e)(2)(iii) and (iv) of this section, provided the lessor and lessee comply with the requirements of § 390.403(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(B) A motor carrier operating a self-propelled CMV under a lease subject to subpart G of this part (§§ 390.401 and 390.403) must begin complying with this paragraph (e) on January 1, 2021.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Driveaway services.</I> In driveaway services, a removable device may be affixed on both sides or at the rear of a single driven vehicle. In a combination driveaway operation, the device may be affixed on both sides of any one unit or at the rear of the last unit. The removable device must display the legal name or a single trade name of the motor carrier and the motor carrier's USDOT number.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Intermodal equipment.</I> (1) The requirements for marking intermodal equipment apply to each intermodal equipment provider, as defined in § 390.5T, that interchanges or offers for interchange intermodal equipment to a motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) Each unit of intermodal equipment interchanged or offered for interchange to a motor carrier by an intermodal equipment provider subject to this subchapter must identify the intermodal equipment provider.
</P>
<P>(3) The intermodal equipment provider must be identified by its legal name or a single trade name and the identification number issued by FMCSA, preceded by the letters “USDOT.”
</P>
<P>(4) The intermodal equipment must be identified as follows, using any one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(i) The identification marking must appear on the curb side of the item of equipment. It must be in letters that contrast sharply in color with the background on which the letters are placed. The letters must be readily legible, during daylight hours, from a distance of 50 feet (15.24 meters) while the CMV is stationary; and be kept and maintained in a manner that retains this legibility; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The identification marking must appear on a label placed upon the curb side of the item of equipment. The label must be readily visible and legible to an inspection official during daylight hours when the vehicle is stationary. The label must be a color that contrasts sharply with the background on which it is placed, and the letters must also contrast sharply in color with the background of the label. The label must be kept and maintained in a manner that retains this legibility; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The USDOT number of the intermodal equipment provider must appear on the interchange agreement so that it is clearly identifiable to an inspection official. The interchange agreement must include additional information to identify the specific item of intermodal equipment (such as the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and 4-character Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) code and 6-digit unique identifying number); or
</P>
<P>(iv) The identification marking must be shown on a document placed in a weathertight compartment affixed to the frame of the item of intermodal equipment. The color of the letters used in the document must contrast sharply in color with the background of the document. The document must include additional information to identify the specific item of intermodal equipment (such as the VIN and 4-character SCAC code and 6-digit unique identifying number).
</P>
<P>(v) The USDOT number of the intermodal equipment provider is maintained in a database that is available via real-time internet and telephonic access. The database must:
</P>
<P>(A) Identify the name and USDOT number of the intermodal equipment provider responsible for the intermodal equipment, in response to an inquiry that includes:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) SCAC plus trailing digits; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) License plate number and State of license; or
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) VIN of the item of intermodal equipment.
</P>
<P>(B) Offer read-only access for inquiries on individual items of intermodal equipment, without requiring advance user registration, a password, or a usage fee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5316, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 84 FR 40294, Aug. 14, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.23" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.23   Automatic relief from regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Presidential declaration of emergency.</I> Parts 390 through 399 of this chapter, or any section thereof, shall not apply to any motor carrier or driver operating a commercial motor vehicle so long as the motor carrier or driver is providing direct assistance during an emergency declared by the President of the United States pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 5191(b) during the emergency period or 30 days from the date of the initial declaration of the emergency, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Regional declarations of emergency.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, §§ 395.3 and 395.5 of this chapter shall not apply to a motor carrier or driver operating a commercial motor vehicle so long as the motor carrier or driver is providing direct assistance during an emergency declared by the Governor of a State, their authorized representative, or FMCSA during the emergency period or 14 days from the date of the initial declaration of emergency, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Residential heating fuel shortages.</I> Parts 390 through 399 of this chapter, or any section thereof, shall not apply to a motor carrier or driver operating a commercial motor vehicle to provide residential heating fuel in the geographic area designated in an emergency declaration issued by the Governor of a State. If the Governor of a State declares an emergency caused by a shortage of residential heating fuel and, at the conclusion of the 30-day period immediately following the declaration, determines that the emergency shortage has not ended, and extends the declaration of an emergency for up to two additional 30-day periods, this regulatory relief shall remain in effect up to the end of such additional periods. The total length of the emergency shall not exceed 90 days.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Local emergencies.</I> Sections 395.3 and 395.5 of this chapter shall not apply to a motor carrier or driver operating a commercial motor vehicle so long as the motor carrier or driver is providing direct assistance during an emergency declared by a Federal, State, or local government official having authority to declare an emergency for the period of such assistance or 5 days from the date of the initial declaration of emergency, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Tow trucks responding to emergencies.</I> Section 395.3 of this chapter shall not apply to a motor carrier or driver operating a commercial motor vehicle so long as the motor carrier or driver is providing direct assistance during an emergency when a request has been made by a Federal, State, or local police officer for tow trucks to move wrecked or disabled motor vehicles. This regulatory relief shall not exceed the length of the motor carrier's or driver's direct assistance in providing emergency relief or 24 hours from the time of the initial request for assistance by the Federal, State, or local police officer, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Termination of regulatory relief.</I> (1) Upon termination of direct assistance to the emergency relief effort, the motor carrier or driver is subject to all previously exempted sections with the following exception: A driver may return empty to the motor carrier's terminal or the driver's normal work reporting location without complying with the previously exempted sections. However, a driver who informs the motor carrier that he or she needs immediate rest must be permitted at least 10 consecutive hours off duty before the driver is required to return to such terminal or location. Having returned to the terminal or other location, the driver must be relieved of all duty and responsibilities.
</P>
<P>(2) Direct assistance terminates when a driver or commercial motor vehicle is used in interstate commerce to transport cargo not destined for the emergency relief effort, or when the motor carrier dispatches such driver or commercial motor vehicle to another location to begin operations in commerce.
</P>
<P>(3) When the driver has been relieved of all duty and responsibilities upon termination of direct assistance to an emergency relief effort, no motor carrier shall permit or require any driver used by it to drive, nor shall any such driver drive in commerce, until the driver has met the requirements of §§ 395.3(a) and (c) and 395.5(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 70908, Oct. 13, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.25" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.25   Extension or Modification of relief from regulations—emergencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FMCSA may extend the period of the regulatory relief or modify the scope of emergency relief contained in § 390.23. Interested parties may also request an extension or modification by providing a detailed explanation of the need for an extension or modification of the relief. Any interested party seeking to extend the period of regulatory relief shall send its request to the FMCSA emergency declarations mailbox, <I>FMCSAdeclaration@dot.gov,</I> before the expiration of the period of relief. FMCSA will determine if such relief is necessary by evaluating the circumstances of the ongoing emergency, the need for relief, and the nature of the relief to be provided.
</P>
<P>(b) If FMCSA initiates or approves an extension of the regulatory relief, it shall establish a new time limit and may place terms and conditions on motor carriers or drivers relying upon the continued or modified relief. These terms and conditions may include reporting requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 70909, Oct. 13, 2023]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.27" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.27   Locations of motor carrier safety service centers.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Service center
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Territory included
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Location of office
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eastern</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Puerto Rico, Rhode Island, United States Virgin Islands, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31 Hopkins Plaza, Suite 800, Baltimore, Maryland 21201.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Midwestern</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, Ohio, Wisconsin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">600 Holiday Plaza Drive, Suite 240, Matteson, Illinois 60443.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Southern</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">61 Forsyth Street SW, Suite 3M40, Atlanta, GA 30303.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Western</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alaska, American Samoa, Arizona, California, Colorado, Guam, Hawaii, Idaho, Mariana Islands, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oregon, South Dakota, Texas, Utah, Washington, Wyoming</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12600 West Colfax Avenue, Suite B-300, Lakewood, Colorado 80215.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note 1:</E> Canadian carriers—for information regarding proper service center, contact an FMCSA division (State) office in Alaska, Maine, Michigan, Montana, New York, North Dakota, Vermont, or Washington.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note 2:</E> Mexican carriers are handled through the four southern border divisions and the Western Service Center. For information regarding the proper service center, contact an FMCSA division (State) office in Arizona, California, New Mexico, or Texas.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 22878, May 17, 2018, as amended at 88 FR 80184, Nov. 17, 2023; 89 FR 90622, Nov. 18, 2024]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.29" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.29   Location of records or documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A motor carrier with multiple offices or terminals may maintain the records and documents required by this subchapter at its principal place of business, a regional office, or driver work-reporting location unless otherwise specified in this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) All records and documents required by this subchapter which are maintained at a regional office or driver work-reporting location shall be made available for inspection upon request by a special agent or authorized representative of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration at the motor carrier's principal place of business or other location specified by the agent or representative within 48 hours after a request is made. Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays are excluded from the computation of the 48-hour period of time.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 33276, June 18, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.31" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.31   Copies of records and documents.</HEAD>
<P>All records and documents required to be maintained under this subchapter must be maintained for the periods specified. Except as otherwise provided, copies that are legible and accurately reflect the information required to be contained in the record or document may be maintained in lieu of originals.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 16226, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.32" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.32   Electronic documents and signatures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to documents that entities or individuals are required to retain, regardless of whether FMCSA subsequently requires them to be produced or displayed to FMCSA staff or other parties entitled to access. This section does not apply to documents that must be submitted directly to FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic records or documents.</I> Any person or entity required to generate, maintain, or exchange documents to satisfy requirements in chapter III of subtitle B of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations (49 CFR 300-399) may use electronic methods to satisfy those requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Electronic signatures.</I> (1) Any person or entity required to sign or certify a document to satisfy the requirements of chapter III of subtitle B of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations (49 CFR parts 300-399) may use an electronic signature, as defined in § 390.5T of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) An electronic signature may be made using any available technology that otherwise satisfies FMCSA's requirements.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Requirements.</I> Any person or entity may use documents signed, certified, generated, maintained, or exchanged using electronic methods if the documents accurately reflect the information otherwise required to be contained in them. Records, documents or signatures generated, maintained, or exchanged using electronic methods do not satisfy the requirements of this section if they are not capable of being retained, are not used for the purpose for which they were created, or cannot be accurately reproduced within required timeframes for reference by any party entitled to access. Records or documents generated electronically do not satisfy the requirements of this section if they do not include proof of consent to use electronically generated records or documents, as required by 15 U.S.C. 7001(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 16226, Apr. 16, 2018]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.33" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.33   Commercial motor vehicles used for purposes other than defined.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever a commercial motor vehicle of one type is used to perform the functions normally performed by a commercial motor vehicle of another type, the requirements of this subchapter and part 325 of subchapter A shall apply to the commercial motor vehicle and to its operation in the same manner as though the commercial motor vehicle were actually a commercial motor vehicle of the latter type. <I>Example:</I> If a commercial motor vehicle other than a bus is used to perform the functions normally performed by a bus, the regulations pertaining to buses and to the transportation of passengers shall apply to that commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 18052, May 19, 1988, as amended at 60 FR 38744, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.35" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.35   Certificates, reports, and records: Falsification, reproduction, or alteration.</HEAD>
<P>No motor carrier, its agents, officers, representatives, or employees shall make or cause to make—
</P>
<P>(a) A fraudulent or intentionally false statement on any application, certificate, report, or record required by part 325 of subchapter A or this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(b) A fraudulent or intentionally false entry on any application, certificate, report, or record required to be used, completed, or retained, to comply with any requirement of this subchapter or part 325 of subchapter A; or
</P>
<P>(c) A reproduction, for fraudulent purposes, of any application, certificate, report, or record required by this subchapter or part 325 of subchapter A.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.36" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.36   Harassment of drivers prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Harass or harassment defined.</I> As used in this section, harass or harassment means an action by a motor carrier toward a driver employed by the motor carrier (including an independent contractor while in the course of operating a commercial motor vehicle on behalf of the motor carrier) involving the use of information available to the motor carrier through an ELD, as defined in § 395.2 of this chapter, or through other technology used in combination with and not separable from the ELD, that the motor carrier knew, or should have known, would result in the driver violating § 392.3 or part 395 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibition against harassment.</I> (1) No motor carrier may harass a driver.
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be construed to prevent a motor carrier from using technology allowed under this subchapter to monitor productivity of a driver provided that such monitoring does not result in harassment.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Complaint process.</I> A driver who believes he or she was the subject of harassment by a motor carrier may file a written complaint under § 386.12(b) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 78383, Dec. 16, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.37" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.37   Violation and penalty.</HEAD>
<P>Any person who violates the rules set forth in this subchapter or part 325 of subchapter A may be subject to civil or criminal penalties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.38" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.38   Exemptions for pipeline welding trucks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Federal requirements.</I> A pipeline welding truck, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section, including the individuals operating such vehicle and the employer of such individual, is exempt from the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Any requirement relating to registration as a motor carrier, including the requirement to obtain and display a Department of Transportation number, in 49 CFR part 365 or 390.
</P>
<P>(2) Any requirement relating to driver qualifications in 49 CFR part 391.
</P>
<P>(3) Any requirement relating to driving of commercial motor vehicles in 49 CFR part 392.
</P>
<P>(4) Any requirement relating to parts and accessories and inspection, repair, and maintenance of commercial motor vehicles in 49 CFR parts 393 and 396.
</P>
<P>(5) Any requirement relating to hours of service of drivers, including maximum driving and on duty time, found in 49 CFR part 395.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definition.</I> “Pipeline welding truck” means a motor vehicle that is travelling in the State in which the vehicle is registered or another State, is owned by a welder, is a pick-up style truck, is equipped with a welding rig that is used in the construction or maintenance of pipelines, and has a gross vehicle weight and combination weight rating and weight of 15,000 pounds or less.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 47720, July 22, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.39" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.2.13.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.39   Exemptions for “covered farm vehicles.”</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Federal requirements.</I> A covered farm vehicle, as defined in § 390.5, including the individual operating that vehicle, is exempt from the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Any requirement relating to commercial driver's licenses in 49 CFR Part 383 or controlled substances and alcohol use and testing in 49 CFR Part 382;
</P>
<P>(2) Any requirement in 49 CFR Part 391, Subpart E, Physical Qualifications and Examinations.
</P>
<P>(3) Any requirement in 49 CFR Part 395, Hours of Service of Drivers.
</P>
<P>(4) Any requirement in 49 CFR Part 396, Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>State requirements</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Federal transportation funding to a State may not be terminated, limited, or otherwise interfered with as a result of the State exempting a covered farm vehicle, including the individual operating that vehicle, from—
</P>
<P>(i) A requirement described in paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any other minimum standard provided by a State relating to the operation of that vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> Paragraph (b)(1) of this section does not apply with respect to a covered farm vehicle transporting hazardous materials that require a placard.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other exemptions and exceptions.</I> The exemptions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section are in addition to, not in place of, the agricultural exemptions and exceptions in §§ 383.3(d)(1), 383.3(e), 383.3(f), 391.2(a), 391.2(b), 391.2(c), 391.67, 395.1(e)(1), 395.1(e)(2), 395.1(h), 395.1(i), and 395.1(k) of this chapter. Motor carriers and drivers may utilize any combination of these exemptions and exceptions, providing they comply fully with each separate exemption and exception.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 16194, Mar. 14, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 47720, July 22, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Requirements and Information for Intermodal Equipment Providers and for Motor Carriers Operating Intermodal Equipment</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 76822, Dec. 17, 2008, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 390.40" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.3.13.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.40   Intermodal equipment providers.</HEAD>
<P>An intermodal equipment provider must—
</P>
<P>(a) Identify its operations to the FMCSA by filing the Form MCSA-1 required by § 390.201.
</P>
<P>(b) Mark its intermodal equipment with the USDOT number as required by § 390.21 before tendering the equipment to a motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(c) Systematically inspect, repair, and maintain, or cause to be systematically inspected, repaired, and maintained, in a manner consistent with § 396.3(a)(1), as applicable, all intermodal equipment intended for interchange with a motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(d) Provide intermodal equipment intended for interchange that is in safe and proper operating condition.
</P>
<P>(e) Maintain a system of driver vehicle inspection reports submitted to the intermodal equipment provider as required by § 396.11 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) Maintain a system of inspection, repair, and maintenance records as required by § 396.3(b)(3) of this chapter for equipment intended for interchange with a motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(g) Periodically inspect equipment intended for interchange, as required under § 396.17 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(h) At facilities at which the intermodal equipment provider makes intermodal equipment available for interchange, have procedures in place, and provide sufficient space, for drivers to perform a pre-trip inspection of tendered intermodal equipment.
</P>
<P>(i) At facilities at which the intermodal equipment provider makes intermodal equipment available for interchange, develop and implement procedures to repair any equipment damage, defects, or deficiencies identified as part of a pre-trip inspection, or replace the equipment, prior to the driver's departure. The repairs or replacement must be made after being notified by a driver of such damage, defects, or deficiencies.
</P>
<P>(j) Refrain from placing intermodal equipment in service on the public highways if that equipment has been found to pose an imminent hazard, as defined in § 386.72(b)(3) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76822, Dec. 17, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 68708, Dec. 29, 2009; 78 FR 58483, Sept. 24, 2013; 79 FR 59457, Oct. 2, 2014; 80 FR 63712, Oct. 21, 2015]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 82 FR 5318, Jan. 17, 2017, § 390.40 was suspended, effective Jan. 14, 2017. At 89 FR 90622, Nov. 18, 2024, the suspension was lifted and the section heading was revised. In that same document, § 390.40 was again suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 18, 2024.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.40T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.3.13.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.40T   Intermodal equipment providers.</HEAD>
<P>An intermodal equipment provider must—
</P>
<P>(a) Identify its operations to the FMCSA by filing the Form MCS-150C required by § 390.19T.
</P>
<P>(b) Mark its intermodal equipment with the USDOT number as required by § 390.21T before tendering the equipment to a motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(c) Systematically inspect, repair, and maintain, or cause to be systematically inspected, repaired, and maintained, in a manner consistent with § 396.3(a)(1) of this chapter, as applicable, all intermodal equipment intended for interchange with a motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(d) Provide intermodal equipment intended for interchange that is in safe and proper operating condition.
</P>
<P>(e) Maintain a system of driver vehicle inspection reports submitted to the intermodal equipment provider as required by § 396.11 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) Maintain a system of inspection, repair, and maintenance records as required by § 396.3(b)(3) of this chapter for equipment intended for interchange with a motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(g) Periodically inspect equipment intended for interchange, as required under § 396.17 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(h) At facilities at which the intermodal equipment provider makes intermodal equipment available for interchange, have procedures in place, and provide sufficient space, for drivers to perform a pre-trip inspection of tendered intermodal equipment.
</P>
<P>(i) At facilities at which the intermodal equipment provider makes intermodal equipment available for interchange, develop and implement procedures to repair any equipment damage, defects, or deficiencies identified as part of a pre-trip inspection, or replace the equipment, prior to the driver's departure. The repairs or replacement must be made after being notified by a driver of such damage, defects, or deficiencies.
</P>
<P>(j) Refrain from placing intermodal equipment in service on the public highways if that equipment has been found to pose an imminent hazard, as defined in § 386.72(b)(3) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5318, Jan. 17, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.42" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.3.13.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.42   Drivers and motor carriers operating intermodal equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before operating intermodal equipment over the road, the driver accepting the equipment must inspect the equipment components listed in § 392.7(b) of this subchapter and be satisfied they are in good working order.
</P>
<P>(b) A driver or motor carrier transporting intermodal equipment must report to the intermodal equipment provider, or its designated agent, any known damage, defects, or deficiencies in the intermodal equipment at the time the equipment is returned to the provider or the provider's designated agent. The report must include, at a minimum, the items in § 396.11(b)(1) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76822, Dec. 17, 2008, as amended at 77 FR 34852, June 12, 2012; 77 FR 59828, Oct. 1, 2012; 80 FR 59074, Oct. 1, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.44" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.3.13.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.44   Correcting the safety record of a motor carrier or an intermodal equipment provider.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>An intermodal equipment provider or its agent</I> may electronically file questions or concerns at <I>http://dataqs.fmcsa.dot.gov</I> about Federal and State data that reference the provider. This includes safety violations alleging that the components, parts, or accessories of intermodal chassis or trailers listed in § 392.7(b) of this chapter were not in good working order when inspected at roadside. An intermodal equipment provider should not be held responsible for such violations because a motor carrier indicated pursuant to § 392.7(b) that these components, parts, or accessories had no safety defects at the time of the pre-trip inspection.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>A motor carrier or its agent</I> may electronically file questions or concerns at <I>http://dataqs.fmcsa.dot.gov</I> about Federal and State data that reference the motor carrier. This includes safety violations alleging that any components, parts, or accessories of intermodal chassis or trailers, except those listed in § 392.7(b) of this chapter, were not in good working order when inspected at roadside. Such violations will not be used by FMCSA in making a safety fitness determination of a motor carrier (unless there is evidence that the driver or motor carrier caused or substantially contributed to the violations) because the driver could not readily detect these violations during a pre-trip inspection performed in accordance with § 392.7(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>An intermodal equipment provider, or its agent</I>, may request FMCSA to investigate a motor carrier believed to be in noncompliance with responsibilities under 49 U.S.C. 31151 or the implementing regulations in this subchapter regarding interchange of intermodal equipment by contacting the appropriate FMCSA Field Office.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>A motor carrier or its agent</I> may request FMCSA to investigate an intermodal equipment provider believed to be in noncompliance with responsibilities under 49 U.S.C. 31151 or the implementing regulations in this subchapter regarding interchange of intermodal equipment by contacting the appropriate FMCSA Field Office.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.46" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.3.13.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.46   Preemption of State and local laws and regulations on the inspection, repair, and maintenance of intermodal equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> As provided by 49 U.S.C. 31151(d), a law, regulation, order, or other requirement of a State, a political subdivision of a State, or a tribal organization relating to the inspection, repair, and maintenance of intermodal equipment is preempted if such law, regulation, order, or other requirement exceeds or is inconsistent with a requirement imposed by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pre-existing State requirements</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 31151(e)(1), unless otherwise provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a State requirement for the periodic inspection of intermodal chassis by intermodal equipment providers that was in effect on January 1, 2005, shall remain in effect only until June 17, 2009.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Nonpreemption determinations</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 31151(e)(2), and notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, a State requirement described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is not preempted if the Administrator determines that the State requirement is as effective as the FMCSA final rule and does not unduly burden interstate commerce.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Application required.</I> Paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section applies to a State requirement only if the State applies to the Administrator for a determination with respect to the requirement before the effective date of the final rule (June 17, 2009). The Administrator will make a determination with respect to any such application within 6 months after the date on which the Administrator receives the application.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Amended State requirements.</I> If a State amends a regulation for which it previously received a nonpreemption determination from the Administrator under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, it must apply for a determination of nonpreemption for the amended regulation. Any amendment to a State requirement not preempted under this subsection because of a determination by the Administrator may not take effect unless it is submitted to the Agency before the effective date of the amendment, and the Administrator determines that the amendment would not cause the State requirement to be less effective than the FMCSA final rule on “Requirements for Intermodal Equipment Providers and Motor Carriers and Drivers Operating Intermodal Equipment” and would not unduly burden interstate commerce.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 24127, Apr. 20, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 390.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.13.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.101   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rules in this subpart establish the minimum qualifications for FMCSA certification of a medical examiner and for listing the examiner on FMCSA's National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners. The National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners is designed to improve highway safety and operator health by requiring that medical examiners be trained and certified to determine effectively whether an operator meets FMCSA physical qualification standards under part 391 of this chapter. One component of the National Registry is the registry itself, which is a national database of names and contact information for medical examiners who are certified by FMCSA to perform medical examinations of operators.
</P>
<P>(b) A qualified VA examiner, as defined in either § 390.5 or § 390.5T, may be listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners by satisfying the requirements for medical examiner certification set forth in either § 390.103 or § 390.123.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 26860, June 11, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.13" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Medical Examiner Certification Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.13.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.103   Eligibility requirements for medical examiner certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To receive medical examiner certification from FMCSA, a person must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be licensed, certified, or registered in accordance with applicable State laws and regulations to perform physical examinations. The applicant must be an advanced practice nurse, doctor of chiropractic, doctor of medicine, doctor of osteopathy, physician assistant, or other medical professional authorized by applicable State laws and regulations to perform physical examinations.
</P>
<P>(2) Register on the National Registry website and receive a National Registry number before taking the training that meets the requirements of § 390.105.
</P>
<P>(3) Complete a training program that meets the requirements of § 390.105.
</P>
<P>(4) Pass the medical examiner certification test provided by FMCSA and administered by a testing organization that meets the requirements of § 390.107 and that has electronically forwarded to FMCSA the applicant's completed test information no more than 3 years after completion of the training program required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) If a person has medical examiner certification from FMCSA, then to renew such certification the medical examiner must remain qualified under paragraph (a)(1) of this section and complete additional testing and training as required by § 390.111(a)(5).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 24127, Apr. 20, 2012, as amended at 83 FR 26860, June 11, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.105" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.13.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.105   Medical examiner training programs.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant for medical examiner certification must complete a training program that:
</P>
<P>(a) Is conducted by a training provider that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is accredited by a nationally recognized medical profession accrediting organization to provide continuing education units; and
</P>
<P>(2) Meets the following administrative requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) Provides training participants with proof of participation.
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides FMCSA point of contact information to training participants.
</P>
<P>(b) Provides training to medical examiners on the following topics:
</P>
<P>(1) Background, rationale, mission, and goals of the FMCSA medical examiner's role in reducing crashes, injuries, and fatalities involving commercial motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(2) Familiarization with the responsibilities and work environment of commercial motor vehicle operation.
</P>
<P>(3) Identification of the operator and obtaining, reviewing, and documenting operator medical history, including prescription and over-the-counter medications.
</P>
<P>(4) Performing, reviewing, and documenting the operator's medical examination.
</P>
<P>(5) Performing, obtaining, and documenting additional diagnostic tests or medical opinion from a medical specialist or treating physician.
</P>
<P>(6) Informing and educating the operator about medications and non-disqualifying medical conditions that require remedial care.
</P>
<P>(7) Determining operator certification outcome and period for which certification should be valid.
</P>
<P>(8) FMCSA reporting and documentation requirements.
</P>
<P>Guidance on the core curriculum specifications for use by training providers is available from FMCSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.107" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.13.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.107   Medical examiner certification testing.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant for medical examiner certification or recertification must apply, in accordance with the minimum specifications for application elements established by FMCSA, to a testing organization that meets the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(a) The testing organization has documented policies and procedures that:
</P>
<P>(1) Use secure protocols to access, process, store, and transmit all test items, test forms, test data, and candidate information and ensure access by authorized personnel only.
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure testing environments are reasonably comfortable and have minimal distractions.
</P>
<P>(3) Prevent to the greatest extent practicable the opportunity for a test taker to attain a passing score by fraudulent means.
</P>
<P>(4) Ensure that test center staff who interact with and proctor examinees or provide technical support have completed formal training, demonstrate competency, and are monitored periodically for quality assurance in testing procedures.
</P>
<P>(5) Accommodate testing of individuals with disabilities or impairments to minimize the effect of the disabilities or impairments while maintaining the security of the test and data.
</P>
<P>(b) Testing organizations that offer testing of examinees not at locations that are operated and staffed by the organizations but by means of remote, computer-based systems must, in addition to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, ensure that such systems:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide a means to authenticate the identity of the person taking the test.
</P>
<P>(2) Provide a means for the testing organization to monitor the activity of the person taking the test.
</P>
<P>(3) Do not allow the person taking the test to reproduce or record the contents of the test by any means.
</P>
<P>(c) The testing organization has submitted its documented policies and procedures as defined in paragraph (a) of this section and, if applicable, paragraph (b) of this section to FMCSA and agreed to future reviews by FMCSA to ensure compliance with the criteria listed in this section.
</P>
<P>(d) The testing organization administers only the currently authorized version of the medical examiner certification test developed and furnished by FMCSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 24127, Apr. 20, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 58483, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.109" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.13.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.109   Issuance of the FMCSA medical examiner certification credential.</HEAD>
<P>Upon compliance with the requirements of § 390.103(a) or (b), FMCSA will issue to a medical examiner applicant an FMCSA medical examiner certification credential and will add the medical examiner's name to the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners. The certification credential will expire 10 years after the date of its issuance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 24127, Apr. 20, 2012, as amended at 83 FR 26860, June 11, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.111" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.13.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.111   Requirements for continued listing on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To continue to be listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, each medical examiner must:
</P>
<P>(1) Continue to meet the requirements of §§ 390.103 through 390.115 and the applicable requirements of part 391 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Report to FMCSA any changes in the registration information submitted under § 390.103(a)(2) within 30 days of the change.
</P>
<P>(3) Continue to be licensed, certified, or registered, and authorized to perform physical examinations, in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations of each State in which the medical examiner performs examinations.
</P>
<P>(4) Maintain documentation of State licensure, registration, or certification to perform physical examinations for each State in which the examiner performs examinations and maintain documentation of and completion of all training required by this section and § 390.105. The medical examiner must make this documentation available to an authorized representative of FMCSA or an authorized representative of Federal, State, or local government. The medical examiner must provide this documentation within 48 hours of the request for investigations and within 10 days of the request for regular audits of eligibility.
</P>
<P>(5) Maintain medical examiner certification by completing training and testing according to the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(i) No sooner than 4 years and no later than 5 years after the date of issuance of the medical examiner certification credential, complete periodic training as specified by FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(ii) No sooner than 9 years and no later than 10 years after the date of issuance of the medical examiner certification credential:
</P>
<P>(A) Complete periodic training as specified by FMCSA; and
</P>
<P>(B) Pass the test required by § 390.103(a)(4).
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA will issue a new medical examiner certification credential valid for 10 years to a medical examiner who complies with paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section and who successfully completes the training and testing as required by paragraphs (a)(5)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 24127, Apr. 20, 2012, as amended at 83 FR 26860, June 11, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.113" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.13.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.113   Reasons for removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.</HEAD>
<P>FMCSA may remove a medical examiner from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners when a medical examiner fails to meet or maintain the qualifications established by §§ 390.103 through 390.115, the requirements of other regulations applicable to the medical examiner, or otherwise does not meet the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 31149. The reasons for removal may include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(a) The medical examiner fails to comply with the requirements for continued listing on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, as described in § 390.111.
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA finds that there are errors, omissions, or other indications of improper certification by the medical examiner of an operator in either the completed Medical Examination Reports or the medical examiner's certificates.
</P>
<P>(c) The FMCSA determines the medical examiner issued a medical examiner's certificate to an operator of a commercial motor vehicle who failed to meet the applicable standards at the time of the examination.
</P>
<P>(d) The medical examiner fails to comply with the examination requirements in § 391.43 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) The medical examiner falsely claims to have completed training in physical and medical examination standards as required by §§ 390.103 through 390.115.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 24127, Apr. 20, 2012, as amended at 83 FR 26860, June 11, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.115" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.13.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.115   Procedure for removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Voluntary removal.</I> To be voluntarily removed from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, a medical examiner must submit a request to FMCSA, ATTN: Removal from National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590. On and after the date of issuance of a notice of proposed removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, as described in paragraph (b) of this section, however, FMCSA will not approve the medical examiner's request for voluntary removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of proposed removal.</I> Except as provided by paragraphs (a) and (e) of this section, FMCSA initiates the process for removal of a medical examiner from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners by issuing a written notice of proposed removal to the medical examiner, stating the reasons that removal is proposed under § 390.113 and any corrective actions necessary for the medical examiner to remain listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response to notice of proposed removal and corrective action.</I> A medical examiner who has received a notice of proposed removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners must submit any written response to FMCSA no later than 30 days after the date of issuance of the notice of proposed removal. The response must indicate either that the medical examiner believes FMCSA has relied on erroneous reasons, in whole or in part, in proposing removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, or that the medical examiner will comply and take any corrective action specified in the notice of proposed removal, as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Opposing a notice of proposed removal.</I> If the medical examiner believes FMCSA has relied on an erroneous reason, in whole or in part, in proposing removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, the medical examiner must explain the basis for his or her belief that FMCSA relied on an erroneous reason in proposing the removal. FMCSA will review the explanation.
</P>
<P>(i) If FMCSA finds it has wholly relied on an erroneous reason for proposing removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, FMCSA will withdraw the notice of proposed removal and notify the medical examiner in writing of the determination. If FMCSA finds it has partly relied on an erroneous reason for proposing removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, FMCSA will modify the notice of proposed removal and notify the medical examiner in writing of the determination. No later than 60 days after the date FMCSA modifies a notice of proposed removal, the medical examiner must comply with §§ 390.103 through 390.115 and correct any deficiencies identified in the modified notice of proposed removal as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) If FMCSA finds it has not relied on an erroneous reason in proposing removal, FMCSA will affirm the notice of proposed removal and notify the medical examiner in writing of the determination. No later than 60 days after the date FMCSA affirms the notice of proposed removal, the medical examiner must comply with §§ 390.103 through 390.115 and correct the deficiencies identified in the notice of proposed removal as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the medical examiner does not submit a written response within 30 days of the date of issuance of a notice of proposed removal, the removal becomes effective and the medical examiner is immediately removed from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Compliance and corrective action.</I> (i) The medical examiner must comply with §§ 390.103 through 390.115 and complete the corrective actions specified in the notice of proposed removal no later than 60 days after either the date of issuance of the notice of proposed removal or the date FMCSA affirms or modifies the notice of proposed removal, whichever is later. The medical examiner must provide documentation of compliance and completion of the corrective actions to FMCSA. FMCSA may conduct any investigations and request any documentation necessary to verify that the medical examiner has complied with §§ 390.103 through 390.115 and completed the required corrective action(s). FMCSA will notify the medical examiner in writing whether he or she has met the requirements to continue to be listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the medical examiner fails to complete the proposed corrective action(s) within the 60-day period, the removal becomes effective and the medical examiner is immediately removed from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners. FMCSA will notify the person in writing that he or she has been removed from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.
</P>
<P>(3) At any time before a notice of proposed removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners becomes final, the recipient of the notice of proposed removal and FMCSA may resolve the matter by mutual agreement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Request for administrative review.</I> If a person has been removed from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners under paragraph (c)(1)(iii), (c)(2)(ii), or (e) of this section, that person may request an administrative review no later than 30 days after the date the removal becomes effective. The request must be submitted in writing to FMCSA, ATTN: National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners—Request for Administrative Review, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590. The request must explain the error(s) committed in removing the medical examiner from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, and include a list of all factual, legal, and procedural issues in dispute, and any supporting information or documents.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Additional procedures for administrative review.</I> FMCSA may ask the person to submit additional data or attend a conference to discuss the removal. If the person does not provide the information requested, or does not attend the scheduled conference, FMCSA may dismiss the request for administrative review.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Decision on administrative review.</I> FMCSA will complete the administrative review and notify the person in writing of the decision. The decision constitutes final Agency action. If FMCSA decides the removal was not valid, FMCSA will reinstate the person and reissue a certification credential to expire on the expiration date of the certificate that was invalidated under paragraph (g) of this section. The reinstated medical examiner must:
</P>
<P>(i) Continue to meet the requirements of §§ 390.103 through 390.115 and the applicable requirements of part 391 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Report to FMCSA any changes in the registration information submitted under § 390.103(a)(2) within 30 days of the reinstatement.
</P>
<P>(iii) Be licensed, certified, or registered in accordance with applicable State laws and regulations to perform physical examinations.
</P>
<P>(iv) Maintain documentation of State licensure, registration, or certification to perform physical examinations for each State in which the examiner performs examinations and maintains documentation of completion of all training required by §§ 390.105 and 390.111 of this part. The medical examiner must also make this documentation available to an authorized representative of FMCSA or an authorized representative of Federal, State, or local government. The medical examiner must provide this documentation within 48 hours of the request for investigations and within 10 days of the request for regular audits of eligibility.
</P>
<P>(v) Complete periodic training as required by FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Emergency removal.</I> In cases of either willfulness or in which public health, interest, or safety requires, the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section are not applicable and FMCSA may immediately remove a medical examiner from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners and invalidate the certification credential issued under § 390.109. A person who has been removed under the provisions of this paragraph may request an administrative review of that decision as described under paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reinstatement on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.</I> No sooner than 30 days after the date of removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, a person who has been voluntarily or involuntarily removed may apply to FMCSA to be reinstated. The person must:
</P>
<P>(1) Continue to meet the requirements of §§ 390.103 through 390.115 and the applicable requirements of part 391 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Report to FMCSA any changes in the registration information submitted under § 390.103(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(3) Be licensed, certified, or registered in accordance with applicable State laws and regulations to perform physical examinations.
</P>
<P>(4) Maintain documentation of State licensure, registration, or certification to perform physical examinations for each State in which the person performs examinations and maintains documentation of completion of all training required by §§ 390.105 and 390.111. The medical examiner must also make this documentation available to an authorized representative of FMCSA or an authorized representative of Federal, State, or local government. The person must provide this documentation within 48 hours of the request for investigations and within 10 days of the request for regular audits of eligibility.
</P>
<P>(5) Complete training and testing as required by FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(6) In the case of a person who has been involuntarily removed, provide documentation showing completion of any corrective actions required in the notice of proposed removal.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Effect of final decision by FMCSA.</I> If a person is removed from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners under paragraph (c) or (e) of this section, the certification credential issued under § 390.109 is no longer valid. However, the removed person's information remains publicly available for 3 years, with an indication that the person is no longer listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners as of the date of removal.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 24127, Apr. 20, 2012, as amended at 80 FR 59074, Oct. 1, 2015; 83 FR 22878, May 17, 2018; 83 FR 26860, June 11, 2018; 86 FR 57074, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="14" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.14" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Medical Examiner Certification Requirements for Qualified Department of Veterans Affairs Examiners</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>83 FR 26861, June 11, 2018, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 390.123" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.14.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.123   Medical examiner certification for qualified Department of Veterans Affairs examiners.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For a qualified VA examiner to receive medical examiner certification from FMCSA under §§ 390.123 through 390.135, a person must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be an advanced practice nurse, doctor of chiropractic, doctor of medicine, doctor of osteopathy, physician assistant, or other medical professional employed in the Department of Veterans Affairs;
</P>
<P>(2) Be licensed, certified, or registered in a State to perform physical examinations;
</P>
<P>(3) Register on the National Registry website and receive a National Registry number before taking the training that meets the requirements of § 390.125;
</P>
<P>(4) Be familiar with FMCSA's standards for, and physical requirements of, a commercial motor vehicle operator requiring medical certification, by completing the training program that meets the requirements of § 390.125;
</P>
<P>(5) Pass the medical examiner certification test provided by FMCSA, administered in accordance with § 390.127, and has had his or her test information forwarded to FMCSA; and
</P>
<P>(6) Never have been found to have acted fraudulently with respect to any certification of a commercial motor vehicle operator, including by fraudulently awarding a medical certificate.
</P>
<P>(b) If a person becomes a certified VA medical examiner under §§ 390.123 through 390.135, then to renew such certification the certified VA medical examiner must remain qualified under paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section and complete additional testing and training as required by § 390.131(a)(5).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.125" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.14.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.125   Qualified VA examiner certification training.</HEAD>
<P>A qualified VA examiner applying for certification under §§ 390.123 through 390.135 must complete training developed and provided by FMCSA through the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 90622, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.127" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.14.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.127   Qualified VA examiner certification testing.</HEAD>
<P>To receive medical examiner certification from FMCSA under §§ 390.123 through 390.135, a qualified VA examiner must pass the medical examiner certification test developed and provided by FMCSA through the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 90622, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.129" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.14.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.129   Issuance of the FMCSA medical examiner certification credential.</HEAD>
<P>Upon compliance with the requirements of § 390.123(a) or (b), FMCSA will issue to a qualified VA examiner or certified VA medical examiner, as applicable, an FMCSA medical examiner certification credential and will add the certified VA medical examiner's name to the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners. The certification credential will expire 10 years after the date of its issuance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.131" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.14.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.131   Requirements for continued listing of a certified VA medical examiner on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To continue to be listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, each certified VA medical examiner must:
</P>
<P>(1) Continue to meet the requirements of §§ 390.123 through 390.135 and the applicable requirements of part 391 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Report to FMCSA any changes in the registration information submitted under § 390.123(a)(3) within 30 days of the change.
</P>
<P>(3) Continue to be licensed, certified, or registered, and authorized to perform physical examinations, in accordance with the laws and regulations of a State.
</P>
<P>(4) Maintain documentation of licensure, registration, or certification in a State to perform physical examinations and maintain documentation of and completion of all training required by this section and § 390.125. The certified VA medical examiner must make this documentation available to an authorized representative of FMCSA or an authorized representative of Federal, State, or local government. The certified VA medical examiner must provide this documentation within 48 hours of the request for investigations and within 10 days of the request for regular audits of eligibility.
</P>
<P>(5) Maintain medical examiner certification by completing training and testing according to the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(i) No sooner than 4 years and no later than 5 years after the date of issuance of the medical examiner certification credential, complete periodic training as specified by FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(ii) No sooner than 9 years and no later than 10 years after the date of issuance of the medical examiner certification credential:
</P>
<P>(A) Complete periodic training as specified by FMCSA; and
</P>
<P>(B) Pass the test required by § 390.123(a)(5).
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA will issue a new medical examiner certification credential valid for 10 years to a certified VA medical examiner who complies with paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section and who successfully completes the training and testing as required by paragraphs (a)(5)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) A certified VA medical examiner must report to FMCSA within 30 days that he or she is no longer employed in the Department of Veterans Affairs. Any certified VA medical examiner who is no longer employed in the Department of Veterans Affairs, but would like to remain listed on the National Registry, must, within 30 days of leaving employment in the Department of Veterans Affairs, meet the requirements of § 390.111. In particular, he or she must be licensed, certified, or registered, and authorized to perform physical examinations, in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations of each State in which the medical examiner performs examinations. The previously certified VA medical examiner's medical license(s) must be verified and accepted by FMCSA prior to conducting any physical examination of a commercial motor vehicle operator or issuing any medical examiner's certificates.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.133" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.14.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.133   Reasons for removal of a certified VA medical examiner from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.</HEAD>
<P>FMCSA may remove a certified VA medical examiner from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners when a certified VA medical examiner fails to meet or maintain the qualifications established by §§ 390.123 through 390.135, the requirements of other regulations applicable to the certified VA medical examiner, or otherwise does not meet the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 31149. The reasons for removal may include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(a) The certified VA medical examiner fails to comply with the requirements for continued listing on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, as described in § 390.131.
</P>
<P>(b) FMCSA finds that there are errors, omissions, or other indications of improper certification by the certified VA medical examiner of an operator in either the completed Medical Examination Reports or the medical examiner's certificates.
</P>
<P>(c) The FMCSA determines the certified VA medical examiner issued a medical examiner's certificate to an operator of a commercial motor vehicle who failed to meet the applicable standards at the time of the examination.
</P>
<P>(d) The certified VA medical examiner fails to comply with the examination requirements in § 391.43 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) The certified VA medical examiner falsely claims to have completed training in physical and medical examination standards as required by §§ 390.123 through 390.135.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.135" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.4.14.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.135   Procedure for removal of a certified VA medical examiner from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Voluntary removal.</I> To be voluntarily removed from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, a certified VA medical examiner must submit a request to FMCSA, ATTN: Removal from National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, FMCSA will accept the request and the removal will become effective immediately. On and after the date of issuance of a notice of proposed removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, as described in paragraph (b) of this section, however, FMCSA will not approve the certified VA medical examiner's request for voluntary removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of proposed removal.</I> Except as provided by paragraphs (a) and (e) of this section, FMCSA initiates the process for removal of a certified VA medical examiner from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners by issuing a written notice of proposed removal to the certified VA medical examiner, stating the reasons that removal is proposed under § 390.133 and any corrective actions necessary for the certified VA medical examiner to remain listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response to notice of proposed removal and corrective action.</I> A certified VA medical examiner who has received a notice of proposed removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners must submit any written response to the FMCSA no later than 30 days after the date of issuance of the notice of proposed removal. The response must indicate either that the certified VA medical examiner believes FMCSA has relied on erroneous reasons, in whole or in part, in proposing removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, or that the certified VA medical examiner will comply and take any corrective action specified in the notice of proposed removal, as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Opposing a notice of proposed removal.</I> If the certified VA medical examiner believes FMCSA has relied on an erroneous reason, in whole or in part, in proposing removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, the certified VA medical examiner must explain the basis for his or her belief that FMCSA relied on an erroneous reason in proposing the removal. FMCSA will review the explanation.
</P>
<P>(i) If FMCSA finds it has wholly relied on an erroneous reason for proposing removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, FMCSA will withdraw the notice of proposed removal and notify the certified VA medical examiner in writing of the determination. If FMCSA finds it has partly relied on an erroneous reason for proposing removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, FMCSA will modify the notice of proposed removal and notify the certified VA medical examiner in writing of the determination. No later than 60 days after the date FMCSA modifies a notice of proposed removal, the certified VA medical examiner must comply with §§ 390.123 through 390.135 and correct any deficiencies identified in the modified notice of proposed removal as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) If FMCSA finds it has not relied on an erroneous reason in proposing removal, FMCSA will affirm the notice of proposed removal and notify the certified VA medical examiner in writing of the determination. No later than 60 days after the date the FMCSA affirms the notice of proposed removal, the certified VA medical examiner must comply with §§ 390.123 through 390.135 and correct the deficiencies identified in the notice of proposed removal as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the certified VA medical examiner does not submit a written response within 30 days of the date of issuance of a notice of proposed removal, the removal becomes effective and the certified VA medical examiner is immediately removed from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Compliance and corrective action.</I> (i) The certified VA medical examiner must comply with §§ 390.123 through 390.135 and complete the corrective actions specified in the notice of proposed removal no later than 60 days after either the date of issuance of the notice of proposed removal or the date FMCSA affirms or modifies the notice of proposed removal, whichever is later. The certified VA medical examiner must provide documentation of compliance and completion of the corrective actions to FMCSA. FMCSA may conduct any investigations and request any documentation necessary to verify that the certified VA medical examiner has complied with §§ 390.123 through 390.135 and completed the required corrective action(s). FMCSA will notify the certified VA medical examiner in writing whether he or she has met the requirements to continue to be listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the certified VA medical examiner fails to complete the proposed corrective action(s) within the 60-day period, the removal becomes effective and the certified VA medical examiner is immediately removed from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners. FMCSA will notify the person in writing that he or she has been removed from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.
</P>
<P>(3) At any time before a notice of proposed removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners becomes final, the recipient of the notice of proposed removal and FMCSA may resolve the matter by mutual agreement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Request for administrative review.</I> If a person has been removed from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners under paragraph (c)(1)(iii), (c)(2)(ii), or (e) of this section, that person may request an administrative review no later than 30 days after the date the removal becomes effective. The request must be submitted in writing to FMCSA, ATTN: National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners—Request for Administrative Review, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590. The request must explain the error(s) committed in removing the certified VA medical examiner from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, and include a list of all factual, legal, and procedural issues in dispute, and any supporting information or documents.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Additional procedures for administrative review.</I> FMCSA may ask the person to submit additional data or attend a conference to discuss the removal. If the person does not provide the information requested, or does not attend the scheduled conference, FMCSA may dismiss the request for administrative review.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Decision on administrative review.</I> FMCSA will complete the administrative review and notify the person in writing of the decision. The decision constitutes final Agency action. If FMCSA decides the removal was not valid, FMCSA will reinstate the person and reissue a certification credential to expire on the expiration date of the certificate that was invalidated under paragraph (g) of this section. The reinstated certified VA medical examiner must:
</P>
<P>(i) Continue to meet the requirements of §§ 390.123 through 390.135 and the applicable requirements of part 391 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Report to FMCSA any changes in the registration information submitted under § 390.123(a)(3) within 30 days of the reinstatement.
</P>
<P>(iii) Be licensed, certified, or registered in accordance with applicable State laws and regulations to perform physical examinations.
</P>
<P>(iv) Maintain documentation of licensure, registration, or certification in a State to perform physical examinations and maintain documentation of and completion of all training required by §§ 390.125 and 390.131 of this part. The certified VA medical examiner must make this documentation available to an authorized representative of FMCSA or an authorized representative of Federal, State, or local government. The certified VA medical examiner must provide this documentation within 48 hours of the request for investigations and within 10 days of the request for regular audits of eligibility.
</P>
<P>(v) Complete periodic training as required by FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Emergency removal.</I> In cases of either willfulness or in which public health, interest, or safety requires, the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section are not applicable and FMCSA may immediately remove a certified VA medical examiner from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners and invalidate the certification credential issued under § 390.129. A person who has been removed under the provisions of this paragraph may request an administrative review of that decision as described under paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reinstatement on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.</I> No sooner than 30 days after the date of removal from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, a person who has been voluntarily or involuntarily removed may apply to FMCSA to be reinstated. The person must:
</P>
<P>(1) Continue to meet the requirements of §§ 390.123 through 390.135 and the applicable requirements of part 391 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Report to FMCSA any changes in the registration information submitted under § 390.123(a)(3).
</P>
<P>(3) Be licensed, certified, or registered in accordance with applicable State laws and regulations to perform physical examinations.
</P>
<P>(4) Maintain documentation of licensure, registration, or certification in a State to perform physical examinations and maintain documentation of and completion of all training required by §§ 390.125 and 390.131. The certified VA medical examiner must make this documentation available to an authorized representative of FMCSA or an authorized representative of Federal, State, or local government. The certified VA medical examiner must provide this documentation within 48 hours of the request for investigations and within 10 days of the request for regular audits of eligibility.
</P>
<P>(5) Complete training and testing as required by FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(6) In the case of a person who has been involuntarily removed, provide documentation showing completion of any corrective actions required in the notice of proposed removal.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Effect of final decision by FMCSA.</I> If a person is removed from the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners under paragraph (c) or (e) of this section, the certification credential issued under § 390.129 is no longer valid. However, the removed person's information remains publicly available for 3 years, with an indication that the person is no longer listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners as of the date of removal.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 26861, June 11, 2018, as amended at 86 FR 57074, Oct. 14, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Unified Registration System</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>80 FR 63712, Oct. 21, 2015, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 390.200T" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.5.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.200T   USDOT Registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This section establishes who must register with FMCSA using the Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, beginning January 14, 2017.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicability.</I> Notwithstanding any other provisions of this part or 49 CFR 385.305T(b)(2), a new applicant private motor carrier or new applicant exempt for-hire motor carrier subject to the requirements of this subchapter must file Form MCSA-1 with FMCSA to identify its operations with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration for safety oversight. Form MCSA-1 is the URS online application, and both the application and its instructions are available from the FMCSA website at <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definition.</I> For purposes of this section, a “new applicant” is an entity applying for operating authority registration and a USDOT number who does not at the time of application have an active registration or USDOT, Motor Carrier (MC), Mexican owned or controlled (MX), or Freight Forwarder (FF) number, and who has never had an active registration or USDOT, MC, MX, or FF number.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 5318, Jan. 17, 2017, as amended at 88 FR 80184, Nov. 17, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.5.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.201   USDOT Registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> This section establishes who must register with FMCSA under the Unified Registration System, the filing schedule, and general information pertaining to persons subject to the Unified Registration System registration requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicability.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, each motor carrier (including a private motor carrier, an exempt for-hire motor carrier, a non-exempt for-hire motor carrier, and a motor carrier of passengers that participates in a through ticketing arrangement with one or more interstate for-hire motor carriers of passengers), intermodal equipment provider, broker and freight forwarder subject to the requirements of this subchapter must file Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, with FMCSA to:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify its operations with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration for safety oversight, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(ii) Obtain operating authority required under 49 U.S.C. chapter 139, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Obtain a hazardous materials safety permit as required under 49 U.S.C. 5109, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) A cargo tank and cargo tank motor vehicle manufacturer, assembler, repairer, inspector, tester, and design certifying engineer that is subject to registration requirements under 49 CFR 107.502 and 49 U.S.C. 5108 must satisfy those requirements by electronically filing Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, with FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General.</I> (1)(i) A person that fails to file Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section is subject to the penalties prescribed in 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(2)(B) or 49 U.S.C. 14901(a), as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(ii) A person that fails to complete biennial updates to the information pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section is subject to the penalties prescribed in 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(2)(B) or 49 U.S.C. 14901(a), as appropriate, and deactivation of its USDOT Number.
</P>
<P>(iii) A person that furnishes misleading information or makes false statements upon Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, is subject to the penalties prescribed in 49 U.S.C. 521(b)(2)(B), 49 U.S.C. 14901(a) or 49 U.S.C. 14907, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon receipt and processing of Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, FMCSA will issue the applicant an inactive identification number (USDOT Number). FMCSA will activate the USDOT Number after completion of applicable administrative filings pursuant to § 390.205(a), unless the applicant is subject to § 390.205(b). An applicant may not begin operations nor mark a commercial motor vehicle with the USDOT Number until after the date of the Agency's written notice that the USDOT Number has been activated.
</P>
<P>(3) The motor carrier must display a valid USDOT Number on each self-propelled CMV, as defined in § 390.5, along with the additional information required by § 390.21.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Filing schedule.</I> Each person listed under § 390.201(b) must electronically file Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, at the following times:
</P>
<P>(1) Before it begins operations; and
</P>
<P>(2) Every 24 months as prescribed in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Persons assigned a USDOT Number must file an updated Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, every 24 months, according to the following schedule:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">USDOT No. ending in . . .
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Must file by last day
<br/>of . . .
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">January.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">February.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">March.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">April.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">May.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">June.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">July.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">August.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">October.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) If the next-to-last digit of its USDOT Number is odd, the person must file its update in every odd-numbered calendar year. If the next-to-last digit of the USDOT Number is even, the person must file its update in every even-numbered calendar year.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>When there is a change in legal name, form of business, or address.</I> A registered entity must notify the Agency of a change in legal name, form of business, or address within 30 days of the change by filing an updated Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, reflecting the revised information. Notification of a change in legal name, form of business, or address does not relieve a registered entity from the requirement to file an updated Form MCSA-1 every 24 months in accordance with paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>When there is a transfer of operating authority.</I> (i) Both a person who obtains operating authority through a transfer, as defined in part 365, subpart D of this subchapter (transferee), and the person transferring its operating authority (transferor), must each notify the Agency of the transfer within 30 days of consummation of the transfer by filing:
</P>
<P>(A) An updated Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, for the transferor, and for the transferee, if the transferee had an existing USDOT Number at the time of the transfer; or
</P>
<P>(B) A new Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, if the transferee did not have an existing USDOT Number at the time of the transfer.
</P>
<P>(C) A copy of the operating authority that is being transferred.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notification of a transfer of operating authority does not relieve a registered entity from the requirement to file an updated Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, every 24 months in accordance with paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Availability of form.</I> Form MCSA-1, the URS online application is available, including complete instructions, from the FMCSA website at <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs.</I>
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Where to file.</I> Persons subject to the registration requirements under this subpart must electronically file Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, on the FMCSA website at <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/urs.</I>
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Exception.</I> The rules in this subpart do not govern the application by a Mexico-domiciled motor carrier to provide transportation of property or passengers in interstate commerce between Mexico and points in the United States beyond the municipalities and commercial zones along the United States-Mexico international border. The applicable procedures governing transportation by Mexico-domiciled motor carriers are provided in § 390.19.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 63712, Oct. 21, 2015, as amended at 88 FR 80184, Nov. 17, 2023]
</CITA>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 88 FR 80184, Nov. 17, 2023, § 390.201 was suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 17, 2023.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.203" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.5.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.203   PRISM State registration/biennial updates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A motor carrier that registers its vehicles in a State that participates in the Performance and Registration Information Systems Management (PRISM) program (authorized under section 4004 of the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century [Public Law 105-178, 112 Stat. 107]) alternatively may satisfy the requirements set forth in § 390.201 by electronically filing all the required USDOT registration and biennial update information with the State according to its policies and procedures, provided the State has integrated the USDOT registration/update capability into its vehicle registration program.
</P>
<P>(b) If the State procedures do not allow a motor carrier to file the Form MCSA-1, the URS online application, or to submit updates within the period specified in § 390.201(d)(2), a motor carrier must complete such filings directly with FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(c) A for-hire motor carrier, unless providing transportation exempt from the commercial registration requirements of 49 U.S.C. chapter 139, must obtain operating authority as prescribed under § 390.201(b) and part 365 of this subchapter before operating in interstate commerce.
</P>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 88 FR 80184, Nov. 17, 2023, § 390.203 was suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 17, 2023.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.5.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.205   Special requirements for registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>General.</I> A person applying to operate as a motor carrier, broker, or freight forwarder under this subpart must make the additional filings described in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section as a condition for registration under this subpart within 90 days of the date on which the application is filed:
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Evidence of financial responsibility.</I> (i) A person that registers to conduct operations in interstate commerce as a for-hire motor carrier, a broker, or a freight forwarder must file evidence of financial responsibility as required under part 387, subparts C and D of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) A person that registers to transport hazardous materials as defined in 49 CFR 171.8 (or any quantity of a material listed as a select agent or toxin in 42 CFR part 73) in interstate commerce must file evidence of financial responsibility as required under part 387, subpart C of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Designation of agent for service of process.</I> All motor carriers (both private and for-hire), brokers and freight forwarders required to register under this subpart must designate an agent for service of process (a person upon whom court or Agency process may be served) following the rules in part 366 of this subchapter:
</P>
<P>(b) If an application is subject to a protest period, the Agency will not activate a USDOT Number until expiration of the protest period provided in § 365.115 of this subchapter or—if a protest is received—after FMCSA denies or rejects the protest, as applicable.
</P>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 88 FR 80184, Nov. 17, 2023, § 390.205 was suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 17, 2023.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.207" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.5.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.207   Other governing regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Motor carriers.</I> (1) A motor carrier granted registration under this part must successfully complete the applicable New Entrant Safety Assurance Program as described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iii) of this section as a condition for permanent registration:
</P>
<P>(i) A U.S.- or Canada-domiciled motor carrier is subject to the new entrant safety assurance program under part 385, subpart D, of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) A Mexico-domiciled motor carrier is subject to the safety monitoring program under part 385, subpart B of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(iii) A Non-North America-domiciled motor carrier is subject to the safety monitoring program under part 385, subpart I of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Only the legal name or a single trade name of the motor carrier may be used on the Form MCSA-1, the URS online application.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brokers, freight forwarders and non-exempt for-hire motor carriers.</I> (1) A broker or freight forwarder must obtain operating authority pursuant to part 365 of this chapter as a condition for obtaining USDOT Registration.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier registering to engage in transportation that is not exempt from economic regulation by FMCSA must obtain operating authority pursuant to part 365 of this subchapter as a condition for obtaining USDOT Registration.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Intermodal equipment providers.</I> An intermodal equipment provider is subject to the requirements of subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(1) Only the legal name or a single trade name of the intermodal equipment provider may be used on the Form MCSA-1, the URS online application.
</P>
<P>(2) The intermodal equipment provider must identify each unit of interchanged intermodal equipment by its assigned USDOT Number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hazardous materials safety permit applicants.</I> A person who applies for a hazardous materials safety permit is subject to the requirements of part 385, subpart E, of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Cargo tank facilities.</I> A cargo tank facility is subject to the requirements of 49 CFR part 107, subpart F, 49 CFR part 172, subpart H, and 49 CFR part 180.
</P>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 88 FR 80184, Nov. 17, 2023, § 390.207 was suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 17, 2023.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.209" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.5.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.209   Pre-authorization safety audit.</HEAD>
<P>A non-North America-domiciled motor carrier seeking to provide transportation of property or passengers in interstate commerce within the United States must pass the pre-authorization safety audit under § 385.607(c) of this subchapter as a condition for receiving registration under this part.
</P>
<EFFDNOT>
<HED>Effective Date Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 88 FR 80184, Nov. 17, 2023, § 390.209 was suspended indefinitely, effective Nov. 17, 2023.</PSPACE></EFFDNOT>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Lease and Interchange of Passenger-Carrying Commercial Motor Vehicles</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>84 FR 40295, Aug. 14, 2019, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 390.401" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.7.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.401   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Beginning on January 1, 2021, and except as provided in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, this subpart applies to the following actions, irrespective of duration, or the presence or absence of compensation, by motor carriers operating commercial motor vehicles to transport passengers:
</P>
<P>(1) The lease of passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles; and
</P>
<P>(2) The interchange of passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles between motor carriers.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions</I>—(1) <I>Contracts and agreements between motor carriers of passengers with active passenger carrier operating authority registrations.</I> This subpart does not apply to contracts and agreements between motor carriers of passengers that have active passenger carrier operating authority registrations with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration when one such motor carrier acquires transportation service(s) from another such motor carrier(s).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Financial leases.</I> This subpart does not apply to a contract (however designated, <I>e.g.,</I> lease, closed-end lease, hire purchase, lease purchase, purchase agreement, installment plan, demonstration or loaner vehicle, etc.) between a motor carrier and a bank or similar financial organization or a manufacturer or dealer of passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles allowing the motor carrier to use the passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Penalties.</I> If the use of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle is conferred on one motor carrier subject to this subpart by another such motor carrier without a lease or interchange agreement, or pursuant to a lease or interchange agreement that fails to meet all applicable requirements of subpart G, both motor carriers shall be subject to a civil penalty.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 390.403" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.7.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 390.403   Lease and interchange requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Beginning on January 1, 2021, and except as provided in § 390.401(b) of this section, a motor carrier may transport passengers in a leased or interchanged commercial motor vehicle only under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>In general</I>—(1) <I>Lease or agreement required.</I> There shall be in effect either:
</P>
<P>(i) A lease granting the use of the passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle and meeting the conditions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. The provisions of the lease shall be adhered to and performed by the lessee; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An agreement meeting the conditions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section and governing the interchange of passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles between motor carriers of passengers conducting service on a route or series of routes. The provisions of the interchange agreement shall be adhered to and performed by the lessee.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> When an event occurs (<I>e.g.,</I> a crash, the vehicle is disabled) that requires a motor carrier of passengers immediately to obtain a replacement vehicle from another motor carrier of passengers, the two carriers may postpone the writing of the lease or written agreement for the replacement vehicle for up to 48 hours after the time the lessee takes exclusive possession and control of the replacement vehicle. However, during that 48-hour period, until the lease or agreement is written and provided to the driver, the driver must carry, and produce upon demand of an enforcement official, a document signed and dated by the lessee's driver or available company official stating: “[Carrier A, USDOT number, telephone number] has leased this vehicle to [Carrier B, USDOT number, telephone number] pursuant to 49 CFR 390.403(a)(2).”
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents of the lease.</I> The lease or interchange agreement required by paragraph (a) of this section shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Vehicle identification information.</I> The name of the vehicle manufacturer, the year of manufacture, and at least the last 6 digits of the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) of each passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle transferred between motor carriers pursuant to the lease or interchange agreement.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Parties.</I> The legal name, USDOT number, and telephone number of the motor carrier providing passenger transportation in a commercial motor vehicle (lessee) and the legal name, USDOT number, and telephone number of the motor carrier providing the equipment (lessor), and signatures of both parties or their authorized representatives.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Specific duration.</I> The time and date when, and the location where, the lease or interchange agreement begins and ends.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exclusive possession and responsibilities.</I> (i) A clear statement that the motor carrier obtaining the passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle (the lessee) has exclusive possession, control, and use of the passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle for the duration of the agreement, and assumes complete responsibility for operation of the vehicle and compliance with all applicable Federal regulations for the duration of the agreement.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event of a sublease between motor carriers, all of the requirements of this section shall apply to a sublease.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Copies of the lease.</I> A copy shall be on the passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle during the period of the lease or interchange agreement, and both the lessee and lessor shall retain a copy of the lease or interchange agreement for 1 year after the expiration date.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.9.15.1.19" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 390—Applicability of the Registration, Financial Responsibility, and Safety Regulations to Motor Carriers of Passengers
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. FMCSA's Jurisdiction
</HD1>
<P>The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) comprise parts 350 through 399 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). These regulations set minimum safety standards for motor carriers, vehicles, and drivers operating in interstate commerce. The areas covered include motor carrier registration, financial responsibility requirements, driver qualifications, licensing, hours of driving and on duty time, vehicle safety equipment, operating condition, inspection, and maintenance. In some areas, Congress has enacted exemptions for certain categories of vehicles or operations. Accordingly, the Agency does not exercise regulatory authority over some operators who meet the definition of a <I>motor carrier, vehicle,</I> or <I>driver</I> operating in interstate commerce.
</P>
<P>The jurisdictional thresholds of the statutes FMCSA administers and the corresponding regulations are not uniform. First, for most of the FMCSRs, the Agency's jurisdiction is based upon the definition of <I>commercial motor vehicle</I> (CMV) in the Motor Carrier Safety Act of 1984 (MCSA), codified at 49 U.S.C. 31132(1) and §§ 390.5T and 390.5. Under that definition, a passenger vehicle is a <I>commercial motor vehicle</I> if it is designed or used to transport 9 or more passengers for compensation or 16 or more passengers regardless of compensation status. Larger passenger vehicles also qualify as CMVs irrespective of their passenger capacity if they have a gross vehicle weight (GVW) or gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) (whichever is greater) of 10,001 pounds or more. The Agency's safety jurisdiction, however, does not include passenger-carrying vehicles that meet all of the following criteria: (1) designed and used to transport 8 or fewer passengers, (2) have a GVWR and GVW of 10,000 pounds or less, and (3) are not transporting hazardous materials in a quantity that requires placarding. If a passenger-carrying vehicle exceeds even one of these three thresholds, however, FMCSA has safety jurisdiction over the vehicle.
</P>
<P>A second CMV definition, based on the statutory definition in the Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986 (CMVSA) codified at 49 U.S.C. 31301(4), governs the commercial driver's license (CDL) program and the corresponding drug and alcohol testing requirements (49 CFR parts 383 and 382, respectively), which apply to CMV operations both in interstate and intrastate commerce. For the purposes of determining which passenger carrier operations require a CDL, the jurisdiction conferring <I>commercial motor vehicle</I> definition in parts 383 and 382 includes any motor vehicle that has a GVWR or GVW of 26,001 pounds or more and is used to transport passengers, regardless of the number of passengers that the vehicle is designed to or actually does transport. This <I>commercial motor vehicle</I> definition also includes any vehicle designed or used to transport 16 or more passengers, including the driver, and any vehicle used to transport certain hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>Third, with some exceptions, those portions of the FMCSRs based on Title 49, Subtitle IV, Part B, and frequently referred to as the “commercial regulations,” are applicable (among others) to for-hire interstate transportation of passengers in any vehicle, no matter the GVW, GVWR, or passenger capacity (49 U.S.C. 13102(14), 13902 and 49 CFR part 365). The level of insurance required to operate as a for-hire passenger carrier is governed by the number of passengers the vehicle is designed to transport (49 CFR part 387, subpart B). The required level of insurance is $1.5 million if the carrier's largest vehicle has a seating capacity of 15 or fewer passengers or $5 million if the largest vehicle has a seating capacity of 16 passengers or more. (49 CFR 387.33T). These are also the levels of insurance for which evidence is required to be maintained on file with FMCSA for a passenger carrier to obtain and retain for-hire operating authority registration under 49 U.S.C. 13902. There is an exception to some Federal insurance/financial responsibility requirements for passenger carriers that receive certain grants from the Federal Transit Administration. (49 U.S.C. 31138(e)(4)).
</P>
<P>To determine the extent to which specific FMCSRs apply to an operation, it is first necessary to evaluate whether the operations are within the scope of any of the definitions outlined above. If the operations are within FMCSA's jurisdiction, then it is necessary to determine whether any specific regulatory or statutory exemptions apply to the operation.
</P>
<HD1>II. Jurisdictional Limitations and Exemptions
</HD1>
<P>There are specific statutory exemptions and regulatory exceptions applicable to part or all of FMCSA's jurisdiction. Most exemptions from FMCSA's commercial authority are codified in 49 U.S.C. 13506. Some of these exemptions applicable to passenger carrier operations are discussed in detail in below. The exemptions or exceptions from FMCSA's safety regulations are codified primarily in 49 CFR 390.3 and 390.3T. Specific examples of applicability questions FMCSA frequently receives are presented in question and answer format. The Agency's analytical framework is straightforward: (1) does the operation generally fall within FMCSA's jurisdiction, and, (2) if so, does any statutory or regulatory exemption or exception limit the applicability of the FMCSRs?
</P>
<HD2>Transportation of Passengers to and From Airports and Other Points of Interstate Departure/Arrival
</HD2>
<P>In 1938, Congress amended section 203(b) of the Motor Carrier Act of 1935 (1935 Act) to exempt from the requirement to obtain operating authority registration “the transportation of persons or property by motor vehicle when incidental to transportation by aircraft” (Civil Aeronautics Act of 1938, Sec. 1107(j), Chap. 601, 52 Stat. 973, 1029, June 23, 1938). Section 203(b)(7a) of the 1935 Act is now codified at 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(8)(A) and implemented by 49 CFR 372.117(a).
</P>
<P>In 1964, the Interstate Commerce Commission (ICC) reaffirmed its longstanding position that the exemption for incidental-to-air transportation did not require passengers to hold a through ticket when it addressed the following question:
</P>
<FP>. . . whether the transportation of airline passengers by motor vehicle which is incidental to transportation by air must be confined to situations in which the air and motor movements are provided pursuant to some common arrangement for through passage, that is, on a through ticket or at the request and at the expense of the air carrier. In dealing with the transportation of property . . . we have found that a bona fide terminal area pickup and delivery service must entail through air-motor billing. A similar condition has never been considered essential where the transportation of passengers is concerned, and our reexamination of this aspect of the overall problem convinces us that no change is warranted in this regard. . . . Nor do we think that a requirement applicable to the transportation of freight must necessarily be appropriate to the transportation of passengers (95 M.C.C. at 535).
</FP>
<FP>FMCSA agrees with the Commission's position that through-ticketing is not required for the exemption from commercial operating authority registration for transportation incidental to air travel in 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(8)(A) to apply. However, prearranged motor vehicle transportation, secured by an advance guarantee demonstrating an obligation by the passenger to take the service, and by the motor carrier to provide the service immediately prior or subsequent to aircraft transportation across State lines, is part of a continuous movement in interstate commerce. This understanding is the most consistent means for determining the passenger's fixed and persisting intent to continue in interstate transportation to a final destination absent a through ticket, or bill of lading one would have when shipping property. Motor carriers performing intrastate movements of interstate air passengers thus do not need operating authority registration if they operate only within the radius specified as “incidental to transportation by aircraft” in § 372.117(a), but they are nevertheless operating in interstate commerce and are subject to the FMCSRs unless they are otherwise exempt.
</FP>
<P>The parties who commented on the ICC's passenger rulemaking in the 1960s reported that “in virtually no case is it the practice of the airlines to issue . . . through tickets” (95 M.C.C. 532). That has not changed. Package deals combining ground and air transportation may be offered by travel agents or online ticketing services, but airlines themselves only rarely offer such arrangements. FMCSA sees no reason to change the ICC's common-sense conclusion that motor carriers offering transportation of passengers to or from an airport are eligible for the exemption in current 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(8)(A) even though the passengers are not traveling on a single ticket that includes both ground and aircraft transportation.
</P>
<P>As discussed below, however, 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(8)(A) does not confer an exemption from applicable safety regulations. Prearranged motor vehicle transportation, secured by an advance guarantee demonstrating an obligation by the passenger to take the service and the motor carrier to provide the service, immediately prior or subsequent to aircraft transportation across State lines is part of a continuous movement in interstate commerce, as demonstrated by the passenger's fixed and persisting intent. Motor carriers performing intrastate movements of interstate air passengers by CMV thus do not need operating authority registration if they operate only within the radius specified as “incidental to transportation by aircraft” in § 372.117(a), but if the transportation is prearranged, they are nevertheless operating in interstate commerce and are subject to the Federal safety regulations unless they are otherwise exempt.
</P>
<HD2>Prearrangement of Passenger Transportation
</HD2>
<P>The Federal courts have long held that “[t]he characterization of transportation between two points within a single state as interstate or intrastate depends on the essential character of the shipment involved . . .” The crucial factor in determining the essential character of a shipment is `the shipper's fixed and persisting intent at the time of shipment.' ” <I>Central Freight Lines</I> v. <I>Interstate Commerce Commission,</I> 899 F.2d 413, 419 (5th Cir. 1990) (citing, among other cases, <I>Baltimore &amp; O.S.W.R. Co.</I> v. <I>Settle,</I> 260 U.S. 166, 170-71 (1922)); see also <I>Southerland</I> v. <I>St. Croix Taxicab Ass'n,</I> 315 F.2d 364 (3rd Cir. 1963) (holding that intrastate transportation of passengers in the Virgin Islands pursuant to prearranged packages covering both lodging and travel was interstate commerce). The key inquiry is whether, before or at the time the trip begins, the shipper has manifested his/her intent to ship something in interstate commerce. In the case of passenger transportation, the “shipper” is the passenger, and the fixed intent to travel in interstate commerce is best demonstrated by pre-arranging the interstate air (or water or rail) transportation and the intrastate ground transportation by CMV at more or less the same time, and substantially before the interstate trip begins.
</P>
<P>For example, reserving a seat via the internet, with an advanced guarantee obligating the passenger to take the service and the motor carrier to provide the service, in a limousine for transportation to or from an airport about the same time of booking an interstate flight that will occur multiple weeks in the future would demonstrate a fixed and persisting intent to travel in interstate commerce, placing the limousine segment of the trip in the stream of interstate commerce. On the other hand, deciding on the day of a trip to take a taxicab to or from the airport before or after the flight would not involve prearrangement and would not amount to interstate commerce. In any case, evidence of a traveler's intent is normally based on documentation, not assumptions.
</P>
<P>The same kind of analysis applies to passengers boarding or disembarking from a cruise ship. Prior arrangement of CMV ground transportation—for example via tour bus from a port of call to some inland destination—made in conjunction with cruise-ship reservations would demonstrate the fixed intent of the passenger to travel by motor vehicle as part of an interstate or international trip. In some cases, cruise lines may even sell through-tickets that cover both maritime and land transportation which clearly demonstrate both prearrangement and the fixed intent of the travelers to use multiple modes of transportation on an interstate or international trip.
</P>
<P>In 1963, the Third Circuit held that intrastate transportation of passengers in the Virgin Islands pursuant to prearranged packages covering both lodging and travel was interstate commerce (<I>Southerland</I> v. <I>St. Croix Taxicab Ass'n,</I> 315 F.2d 364 (3rd Cir. 1963)). Federal court decisions have increasingly expanded this line of analysis and found ground transportation to be in the stream of interstate commerce where, even in the absence of packaged travel arrangements, the traveler separately booked the air and ground portions of a trip. See <I>Abel</I> v. <I>Southern Shuttle Services, Inc.,</I> 631 F.3d 1210 (11th Cir. 2011); <I>Executive Town &amp; Country Services</I> v. <I>City of Atlanta,</I> 789 F.2d 1523 (11th Cir. 1986); <I>Charter Limousine, Inc.</I> v. <I>Dade County Board of County Commissioners,</I> 678 F.2d 586 (5th Cir. 1982); <I>East West Resort Transportation, LLC,</I> v. <I>Binz,</I> 494 F.Supp.2d 1197 (D. Col. 2007).
</P>
<P>FMCSA has been asked if its commercial and safety jurisdiction over a motor carrier of passengers requires some threshold ratio of interstate to intrastate trips. Many motor carriers have a mixture of interstate and intrastate passenger transportation operations. To answer this question, we look back to a case interpreting the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938. In this case, only 3 to 4 percent of a carrier's trips were interstate in nature, and the Supreme Court held that, under the 1935 Act, the ICC had authority to impose its hours of service rules on all of the company's drivers because they were randomly assigned to handle interstate trips, even though 2 out of about 40 drivers had not made a single interstate trip during the 21 months at issue in that case (<I>Morris</I> v. <I>McComb,</I> 332 U.S. 422 (1947)). The Court said “[w]e hold that the Commission has the <I>power</I> to establish qualifications and maximum hours of service, pursuant to the provisions of § 204 of the Motor Carrier Act [of 1935], for the entire classification of petitioner's drivers and `mechanics' and it is the existence of that power (rather than the precise terms of the requirements actually established by the Commission in the exercise of that power) that Congress has made the test as to whether or not [the overtime requirement of] § 7 of the Fair Labor Standards Act is applicable to these employees.” Ibid. at 434.
</P>
<P>FMCSA's authority over interstate operations under the MCSA is in most ways even broader than the ICC's authority under the 1935 Act because it includes fewer statutory exemptions and is equally or more focused on highway safety. The Agency may, therefore, require compliance with the FMCSRs by passenger carriers with interstate operations no more extensive than those previously described in <I>Morris</I> v. <I>McComb,</I> providing those operations are undertaken with CMVs, as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5.
</P>
<P>A related question is whether relatively infrequent operations in interstate commerce make a motor carrier permanently subject to FMCSA jurisdiction. For an answer, we again look at the 1935 Act and to Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) precedent. The FHWA, FMCSA's predecessor agency, said in a 1981 notice of interpretation that “[e]vidence of driving in interstate commerce or being subject to being used in interstate commerce should be accepted as proof that the driver is subject to [the hours-of-service requirements in 49 U.S.C. 31502(b)] for a 4-month period from the date of the proof” 46 FR 37902, 37903 (July 23, 1981).
</P>
<P>FHWA replaced the 4-month rule with a 14/15-day “rule” in 1999. (More information about this matter can be found in Question 24 under regulatory guidance for § 390.3 on the FMCSA website, <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/regulations/49-cfr-ss-3903t-general-applicability-question-24</I>.) However, the Agency's Acting Deputy Administrator explained in a letter of August 21, 2001, to the Department of Labor that “[t]he 14/15-day rule is a prudential limitation on the use of FMCSA authority, not an interpretation of FMCSA jurisdiction.” The letter also noted that “[b]ecause most of the case law interpreting the provisions of the [1935 Act] has been generated by Fair Labor Standards Act litigation, the courts have dealt only with agency authority to enforce the hours of service limits. The [1935 Act], however, authorizes regulations addressing a wider variety of safety problems, and we believe that the jurisdictional principles set forth by the courts would apply to them as well, <I>e.g.,</I> to the medical qualifications of drivers.”
</P>
<P>FMCSA takes this occasion to reaffirm the view expressed in the Acting Deputy Administrator's 2001 letter that the Agency has jurisdiction over motor carriers, vehicles, and drivers for a 4-month period after a trip in interstate commerce. However, records must be retained for whatever period is required by the FMCSRs, even if that period exceeds 4 months.
</P>
<P>Later in this interpretive rule, FMCSA explains the applicability of existing statutes and regulations in a question and answer format to clarify the conditions under which highway transportation of passengers by CMV within a single State would constitute interstate commerce if the passengers are beginning a trip to, or completing a trip from, a point outside the State by another mode of transportation (<I>e.g.,</I> aircraft, railroad, or vessel). It is FMCSA's legal position for purposes of enforcement jurisdiction and motor carrier registration requirements, that, if a passenger plans a trip involving more than one mode of transportation that begins and ends in different States or a place outside the United States and has prearranged the CMV portion of the trip, as demonstrated by an advance guarantee for the service, all transportation during the trip is in interstate commerce, because the passenger prearranged the transportation with persistent intent of continuous interstate movement throughout the trip. Additional prearranged side trips or excursions made before the trip begins or while traveling in interstate commerce are included as part of the flow of interstate commerce. However, if the passenger has made no arrangement for transportation and upon arriving at an airport, port, or railway station, makes arrangements for transportation, that later-arranged transportation is not a continuation of the trip and is not in interstate commerce. Prearrangement in multimodal transportation of a passenger is an important consideration in determining interstate commerce because it can establish the passenger's intent about travel and provide a clear linkage of continual transportation segments. When one such segment is interstate in nature, all linked transportation segments are in the stream of interstate commerce.
</P>
<HD2>“For Compensation” and “For-Hire”
</HD2>
<P>FMCSA's safety jurisdiction, except in the CDL regulations, is circumscribed by the definition of <I>commercial motor vehicle</I> in 49 U.S.C. 31132(1). Under section 31132(1), a <I>commercial motor vehicle</I> is defined, in part, as a vehicle used to transport passengers or property in interstate commerce that when transporting passengers has either been designed or is actually used to transport more than 8 passengers and payment is received. The statute also includes in the commercial motor vehicle definition any passenger carrying vehicle designed or actually used to transport more than 15 passengers regardless of whether compensation is received. In each definition, the total number of passengers always includes the driver. (49 U.S.C. 31132(1)(B)-(C)). Furthermore, a motor carrier registering for commercial operating authority under 49 U.S.C. 13902 is governed by the definition of <I>motor carrier</I> in 49 U.S.C. 13102(14), <I>i.e.,</I> a person providing motor vehicle transportation for compensation.
</P>
<P>The FMCSRs incorporate “compensation” into the definition of <I>for-hire motor carrier,</I> which the rules treat as “a person engaged in the transportation of goods or passengers for compensation” (§§ 390.5T and 390.5). In a notice of interpretation published on May 7, 1993, FHWA provided an expansive interpretation of “compensation,” stating that compensation includes both direct and indirect payment. In addition, FHWA said certain nonbusiness organizations, including churches and charities, operate as for-hire passenger carriers when they engage in chartered operations, charging a fee (58 FR 27328, 27329). The notice clarified that certain businesses, including hotels and car rental agencies operating shuttle bus services, and outdoor recreation operations such as whitewater rafting outfits and scuba diving schools transporting patrons to or from a recreation site, constitute for-hire motor carriage of passengers. “Compensation” as used in the context of a business enterprise includes both direct and indirect payment for the transportation service provided. It need not mean “for profit.”
</P>
<P>This policy was repeated in slightly different form in regulatory guidance published on November 17, 1993 (58 FR 60734, 60745) and April 4, 1997 (62 FR 16370, 16407). (More information about this matter can be found in Question 10 under regulatory guidance for § 390.5 on the FMCSA website, <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/regulations/does-fmcsa-define-hire-transportation-passengers-same-former-icc-did-0</I>.) This position was also reiterated in a final rule on private motor carriers of passengers (59 FR 8748, Feb. 23, 1994), which adopted certain exceptions for “private motor carriers of passengers (business)” (now codified at 49 CFR 391.69) and “private motor carriers of passengers (nonbusiness)” (49 CFR 391.68).
</P>
<P>“Compensation,” as used in the definition of <I>for-hire motor carrier</I> in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, includes both direct and indirect payments. Companies providing intercity motorcoach service are directly compensated, while hotels, car rental companies, parking facilities, and other businesses that offer shuttle bus service are indirectly compensated because they add the cost of that service to their room rates, car rental rates, etc. By statute, most taxicab service is not subject to the requirement to obtain commercial operating authority registration (49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(2)) or to maintain minimum levels of financial responsibility (49 U.S.C. 31138(e)(2), § 387.27(b)(2)). In addition, most taxis are not subject to the FMCSRs because their designed passenger capacity is below nine and their GVW is too low to make them CMVs under §§ 390.5T and 390.5.
</P>
<P>Passenger transportation is either for-hire or private. Unless exempted by statute or regulation, for-hire motor carriers must obtain operating authority registration under 49 U.S.C. 13902 before engaging in interstate transportation. While a passenger carrier may provide both for-hire and private transportation, a specific trip is either for-hire or private depending upon the presence or absence of direct or indirect compensation. Though private passenger transportation is not available to the public at large, for-hire transportation service may or may not be available to the general public. Compensation is the primary factor that determines for-hire transportation. An entity that is nonbusiness, nonprofit, or not-for-profit, is nevertheless engaged in for-hire passenger transportation when it receives compensation for such transportation. Compensation may come in many forms including donations, gifts, gas money, offerings, etc. received for transportation. The question of whether an operation is for-hire should not be conflated, however, with the distinction required to determine whether a private passenger carrier's operation is business or non-business. In those cases, the Agency has already determined that the operation is not for-hire.
</P>
<HD2>Vanpools
</HD2>
<P>In an interim final rule published on September 3, 1999 (64 FR 48510), FHWA qualified its previous expansive interpretation of “compensation” as applied to vanpools. In short, FHWA took the position that Congress never intended for commuter vanpools arranged and operated by groups of people trying to get to work, not attempting to start a commuter transportation side business, to be subject to federal regulation. Accordingly, FHWA affirmatively stated that the Agency had no intention to regulate vanpools created for the convenience of the passengers, not for financial gain in running a commuter transportation business. Because FHWA considered the term “for compensation” to be equivalent to “for hire”, the Agency recognized that payments passengers made into a vanpool to cover vehicle expenses could be considered compensation subjecting the vanpool operator to government regulation. FHWA ultimately decided that as long as funds contributed to the vanpool were not used as a source of income or to grow a commuter transportation business, then the operation should not be regulated as a for-hire motor carrier of passengers. (<I>See</I> 64 FR 48514).
</P>
<P>A few months later, Sec. 212 of the Motor Carrier Safety Improvement Act of 1999 (MCSIA) (Pub. L. 106-159, 113 Stat. 1748,1766, Dec. 9, 1999) established FMCSA and directed the Agency to decide whether all motor carriers operating, smaller vehicles designed or used for 9 to 15 passengers, receiving payment for transportation should be covered by all of the FMCSRs. But the statute added another provision specifically directing FMCSA <I>not</I> to exempt all motor carrier operations in smaller vehicles, those designed or used for 9 to 15 passengers, for hire when making its decision about the scope of FMCSR applicability. (113 Stat. 1766). In the preamble of the notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to implement that mandate, published on January 11, 2001 (66 FR 2767), FMCSA proposed to focus on small passenger carriers operating for direct compensation, stating that these operators were “identified as having significant deficiencies in their safety management controls for their drivers and vehicles” and pose “a serious safety risk to the motoring public” (66 FR 2768). The final rule reaffirmed this position and adopted the regulatory changes from the NPRM largely as proposed. (68 FR 47860, Aug. 12, 2003).
</P>
<P>In view of the varied and sometimes inconsistent 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> regulatory guidance on “compensation” issued in the past, FMCSA takes this opportunity to clarify and explain its implementation of the statutory and regulatory requirements applicable to operations conducted in vehicles designed or used to transport between 9 and 15 passengers. Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 31132(1)(B) and (C), a vehicle designed or used to transport between 9 and 15 passengers (counting the driver as a passenger) may not be a CMV for purposes of the FMCSRs unless it is used to transport passengers “for compensation” or has a GVW or GVWR of 10,001 pounds or greater. Similarly, under 49 U.S.C. 31132(1)(C), a vehicle designed or used to transport more than 15 passengers (including the driver) is a CMV even if it is “not used to transport passengers for compensation.” The term “compensation” is, therefore, jurisdictional. If a vehicle is designed and used to transport more than 8, but fewer than 16 passengers, and has a GVW and GVWR of less than 10,001 pounds, without “compensation,” it is not a CMV, and FMCSA has no safety jurisdiction over it.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> Cf. 66 FR 2756, 2761 (final rule revising § 390.3(f)(6), among other changes) and 66 FR 2767, 2768 (NPRM proposing revisions to § 390.3(f)(6), among other changes), both Jan. 11, 2001 (providing different interpretations of how direct and indirect compensation apply to the exception in § 390.3(f)(6)).</P></FTNT>
<P>This issue is particularly critical for vanpools. Although payment is compensation, FMCSA decided that the intent of Congress is not to recognize the money collected in a vanpool as compensation unless the revenue amount is required to be reported to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 1402(b) and 132(f). It is also important to recognize that although previously characterized as an exemption in policy and preamble statements, Congress never promulgated, and the Agency never adopted, a regulatory exemption for vanpool operations.
</P>
<P>Consistent with prior statements regarding the applicability of the FMCSRs, and to remain consistent with congressional intent, the Agency is not changing its position. Therefore, FMCSA will not pursue enforcement against commuter vanpool operations when all the following conditions are met: (1) the motor vehicle is operated by individuals traveling to and from work transporting other individuals as part of a daily commute to and from work in an interstate, single daily round trip; (2) the motor vehicle is designed and used to carry no more than 15 individuals (including the driver); (3) the GVW and GVWR is less than 10,001 pounds; and (4) the money received by the vanpool operator for transportation is not reported to the IRS, pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 1402(b) and 132(f), or is not deemed reportable by an IRS investigation under the same provisions.
</P>
<P>FMCSA recognizes that this guidance has compliance implications for motor carriers that previously considered themselves not subject to certain Agency requirements because such carriers mistakenly believed their passenger transportation operations were in intrastate commerce only, not for-hire, and/or otherwise exempt. It should be emphasized, however, that while for-hire motor carriers operating in interstate commerce must obtain both commercial operating authority registration (no matter how small or light the vehicle(s) used, unless exempted), and safety registration under 49 U.S.C. 31134,
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/> the safety regulations apply only to motor carriers (private and for-hire) operating in interstate commerce that use vehicles that qualify as <I>commercial motor vehicles,</I> as defined in 49 U.S.C. 31132(1) and §§ 390.5T and 390.5.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> All initial registrations by new applicants must use the Unified Registration System online registration application. See <I>https://portal.fmcsa.dot.gov/UrsRegistrationWizard/.</I></P></FTNT>
<P>The following examples show the real-world implications and interactions of “interstate commerce,” “CMV,” “compensation,” “for-hire,” and “private” carriage, and a variety of regulatory exemptions and exceptions. These examples are arranged in topical categories. The first provides guidance on the meaning of “interstate commerce.” All subsequent examples provide guidance in three regulatory applicability contexts, specifically (1) operating authority registration, (2) minimum level of financial responsibility, and (3) general safety regulatory jurisdiction.
</P>
<HD1>III. Specific Example Scenarios
</HD1>
<P>In determining the scope of FMCSA's jurisdiction for each of the following specific scenarios the analytical framework described early in this notice is employed. Specifically, for each scenario, the Agency considered whether the operation falls within FMCSA's jurisdiction based on the various statutory definitions, and, if so, whether any statutory or regulatory exemption limits the applicability of the FMCSRs. Again, should new scenarios arise in the future, the same analytical framework would be employed to determine whether a specific operation is subject to FMCSA's oversight.
</P>
<P>In this section, FMCSA demonstrates the applicability of the FMCSRs to motor carriers of passengers operating in interstate commerce by providing example scenarios grouped into six categories below. Some of the analysis provided in response to these example scenarios cites to regulatory sections that FMCSA designated as temporary sections in a final rule published on January 17, 2017 (82 FR 5292). FMCSA notes that, to the extent the language between the suspended section and the temporary section is substantively the same, this guidance would also apply to the corresponding language in the suspended section once the suspension is lifted and the temporary section is eliminated, just as the pre-existing guidance for the now-suspended sections was applied to the corresponding language of the temporary sections that were substantively the same.
</P>
<HD2>Passengers Using Multiple Transportation Modes
</HD2>
<P><I>Scenario 1:</I> A couple plans an interstate trip, for vacation. They hire a limousine to transport them from their residence to an airport, with a final destination out of state. This highway transportation is within a single State. The aircraft transports the couple to another State. After landing and obtaining checked baggage, the couple boards a mini-bus, which they reserved while planning the trip from their home, that transports them within the second State to a waterway port. The couple boards a cruise ship that transports them to foreign island countries.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire transportation by motor vehicle as a part of continuous interstate movement. Because the transportation was prearranged, both the limousine operator and the mini-bus operator may be required to comply with some if not all of the FMCSRs. Assuming prearrangement, both operators would require operating authority registration under 49 CFR part 365, subpart A, unless the “incident to air travel” exemption at 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(8)(A) and § 372.117(a) applied. (See Scenario 3 below.) If the vehicles are CMVs under either the MCSA or the CMVSA, then the respective safety regulations, including the registration and applicable safety requirements in 49 CFR parts 390 through 399, and/or the CDL and drug and alcohol testing regulations in parts 382 and 383, would apply to the operations.
</P>
<P>If a passenger plans a trip involving more than one mode of transportation that begins and ends in different States or a place outside the United States, and has prearranged the CMV portion of the trip, secured by an advance guarantee demonstrating an obligation by the passenger to take the service and the motor carrier to provide the service, all transportation during the trip is in interstate commerce because the passenger prearranged the transportation with fixed and persistent intent of continuous interstate movement throughout the trip. Additional prearranged side trips or excursions made before the trip begins or while traveling in interstate commerce are included as part of the flow of interstate commerce. However, if the passenger has made no arrangement for transportation upon arriving at an airport, waterway port, or railway station, and then makes arrangements for transportation, that transportation is not a continuation of the trip and is not in interstate commerce.
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 2:</I> A company offering sightseeing tours operates buses designed to transport more than 15 passengers including the driver. It picks up cruise ship passengers at a port of call, takes them to nearby attractions, and returns them to the ship. The bus tour does not cross State lines, but all cruises originate in another State or foreign country. The cruise passengers book and pay for the bus tour before starting, or during, the cruise. The passenger transportation is not confined to a commercial zone.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire transportation by a commercial motor vehicle as a part of continuous interstate movement. FMCSA's position is that the company is a motor carrier subject to all applicable FMCSRs, including parts 350 through 399, and it must have registered by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 365 subpart A and part 390 subpart E. In addition, the company is operating a CMV, as defined in § 383.5, designed to transport 16 or more passengers. The bus driver must therefore hold a valid CDL with the applicable endorsement(s) and must comply with the drug and alcohol testing regulations in part 382.
</P>
<P>In this instance, it is clear that the passengers prearranged the sightseeing tour and intended to continue in interstate transportation. Because the company is operating a commercial motor vehicle, a for-hire passenger vehicle with a seating capacity of at least 16 in interstate commerce, the company is required under §§ 387.33T and 387.33 to obtain and maintain $5 million of financial responsibility and to file evidence of the same with FMCSA.
</P>
<P>Prearranged intrastate highway transportation occurring during an interstate trip is in the stream of interstate commerce, exactly like prearranged highway transportation immediately before or after an interstate trip. The fixed and persistent intent of the cruise ship passengers to travel by bus as part of the interstate cruise was demonstrated by their advance booking of the bus tour.
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 3:</I> While planning a trip, a person goes online, books an airline flight to a city in another State, and reserves a rental car in that city. The car rental company is located near the airport, and it offers shuttle bus service between the terminal and the facility where its customers can pick up and drop off cars. The shuttle does not require a reservation. The car rental company always has at least one shuttle vehicle circulating between the airport and its parking lot during business hours. All shuttle vehicles have a GVWR of 10,001 pounds or more and are designed to transport 16 or more passengers (including the driver). All shuttle operations are (1) conducted on roads and highways that are open to public travel, and (2) confined to a zone encompassed by a 25-mile radius of the boundary of the airport.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire transportation by a CMV as a part of continuous interstate movement, though limited exemptions apply. The company operates CMVs, as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, for hire in interstate commerce, and the company is a motor carrier subject to all applicable FMCSRs, including parts 350 through 399, and it must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 390 subpart E. In addition, the company is operating a passenger-carrying CMV designed to transport 16 or more passengers, as defined in § 383.5. The bus driver must hold a valid CDL with the applicable endorsement(s) and comply with the drug and alcohol testing regulations in 49 CFR part 382.
</P>
<P>Nonetheless, the company is not required to obtain operating authority registration. The shuttle service qualifies for the exemption from operating authority in 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(8)(A) and § 372.117(a) for the transportation of passengers by motor vehicle that is (1) incidental to the transportation by aircraft, (2) limited to the transportation of passengers who have had or will have an immediately prior or subsequent movement by air, and (3) confined to a zone encompassed by a 25-mile radius of the boundary of the airport. Although the shuttle service, unlike the airline or rental car reservation, is not explicitly prearranged, it is in the stream of interstate commerce because customers expect and intend to utilize the service wherever a rental facility is not within walking distance of the airport terminal.
</P>
<P>Though operating authority registration is not required, the company is operating passenger vehicles with a seating capacity of at least 16 for hire in interstate commerce and, accordingly, is required under §§ 387.33T and 387.33 to maintain $5 million of financial responsibility.
</P>
<HD2>Hotel Related Passenger Transportation
</HD2>
<P><I>Scenario 1:</I> A hotel in Cincinnati, OH offers a courtesy van to take its guests to and from the Cincinnati/Northern Kentucky International Airport in KY. The van is designed to transport 15 passengers, including the driver, and has a GVW and GVWR of less than 10,000 pounds. All passenger transportation occurs within a zone encompassed by a 25-mile radius of the boundary of the airport.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire transportation by a CMV as a part of continuous interstate movement, though some exemptions apply. Though the safety regulations apply to transportation in a CMV within a single State if the transportation is a continuation of interstate transportation, the hotel's van operation is eligible for the limited exception to safety regulation applicability in §§ 390.3T(f)(6) and 390.3(f)(6) based on the size of the vehicle and how compensation is received. The hotel's van is designed and used to transport 9 to 15 passengers (including the driver), and payment for transportation is not received directly. If the hotel complies with the applicable provisions listed in §§ 390.3T(f)(6) and 390.3(f)(6), then this passenger transportation is compliant with the safety regulations contained in 49 CFR parts 350 through 399. Because the vehicle is a CMV under § 390.5 and the limited exception does not exempt the hotel from USDOT registration requirements, the hotel must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 390 subpart E. The hotel's 15-passenger van is not a CMV under § 383.5, therefore drivers of these vehicles are not required to have CDLs and are not subject to the drug and alcohol testing regulations in 49 CFR part 382.
</P>
<P>Operating authority registration under 49 CFR part 365, subpart A, however, is not required. The hotel is providing service subject to the exemption in 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(8)(A) and § 372.117(a) of this chapter. The hotel's shuttle transportation of passengers is (1) incidental to transportation by aircraft, (2) limited to the transportation of passengers who have had an immediately prior or will have an immediately subsequent movement by air, and (3) confined to a zone encompassed by a 25-mile radius of the boundary of the airport at which the passengers arrive or depart. The hotel does not meet the exemption requirements of 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(3) for a motor vehicle owned or operated by or for a hotel and only transporting hotel patrons between the hotel and the “local station of a carrier.” The definition of carrier within this exemption includes motor carrier and freight forwarder, but does not include air carrier. 49 U.S.C. 13102(3). However, the hotel only needs to meet the requirements of one exemption to not be subject to operating authority registration.
</P>
<P>The hotel is providing indirectly compensated, for-hire transportation of passengers in interstate commerce in a vehicle with a seating capacity of 15 and is required under §§ 387.33T and 387.33 of this chapter to maintain $1.5 million of financial responsibility.
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 2:</I> A hotel in Winchester, VA, located 12 miles outside of the zone encompassed by a 25-mile radius of the boundary of Washington Dulles International Airport, offers a courtesy van to take its guests to and from the airport in Dulles, VA. The van is designed to transport 15 passengers, including the driver, and has a GVW and GVWR of less than 10,000 pounds.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire transportation by a CMV as a part of continuous interstate movement, though some exemptions apply. Though the hotel is providing interstate transportation in a CMV, a 9 to 15 passenger vehicle operated for compensation, the hotel's van operation is eligible for the limited exception to regulatory applicability in §§ 390.3T(f)(6) and 390.3(f)(6).
</P>
<P>This exemption does not relieve the hotel of the requirements in 49 CFR part 365 for operating authority registration. The hotel is providing interstate for-hire transportation (the costs for operating the shuttle van are included in the cost of the room, as an amenity) outside the zone that would qualify it for the incidental to air travel exemption within 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(8)(A) and § 372.117(a) of this chapter. Also, the hotel's transportation does not meet the exemption requirements of 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(3) for a motor vehicle owned or operated by or for a hotel and only transporting hotel patrons between the hotel and the local station of a carrier. The definition of carrier applicable to this exemption, at 49 U.S.C. 13102(3), does not include air carrier. The hotel must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 365 subpart A and part 390 subpart E. The hotel is also required under §§ 387.33T and 387.33 of this chapter to obtain, file, and maintain $1.5 million of financial responsibility.
</P>
<P>The hotel's 15-passenger van is not a CMV under § 383.5 of this chapter. Therefore, drivers of these vehicles are not required to have CDLs and are not subject to the drug and alcohol testing regulations in 49 CFR part 382.
</P>
<HD2>Employer Related Passenger Transportation
</HD2>
<P>Scenario 1: A commercial building cleaning company owns and operates 15-passenger vans to transport its employees to client locations to perform cleaning services. The employer is located close to a State boundary, and employees are transported into a neighboring State. When employees are transported outside a specified distance from the company's single office location, the employer provides the transportation free of charge. However, when employees are transported wholly within the specified distance, the employer charges each employee a transportation fee and deducts that amount from the employee's pay. Most of this employee transportation is outside the commercial zone of the municipality where the company's office is located and where passenger transportation originates. All of the company's drivers and vehicles are at some point involved in interstate passenger transportation outside the commercial zone.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire transportation by a CMV as a part of continuous interstate movement, though some exemptions apply. The company is operating 15-passenger vans for compensation in interstate commerce, satisfying the definition of a <I>CMV</I> under § 390.5. Accordingly, the company must comply with the applicable regulations in 49 CFR parts 350 through 399. Because the employer charges each employee a transportation fee and deducts that amount from the employee's pay, the compensation is direct, and the company therefore does not qualify for the limited exception in §§ 390.3T(f)(6) and 390.3(f)(6) for 9 to 15 passenger-carrying CMVs operated not for direct compensation.
</P>
<P>There are no exemptions to the commercial regulatory requirements for this interstate, for-hire motor vehicle operation. The company must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 365 subpart A and part 390 subpart E. The company is also required to obtain, maintain, and file financial responsibility of $1.5 million, as required under §§ 387.33T and 387.33.
</P>
<P>The drivers of these 15-passenger vans, however, are not required to have CDLs and are not subject to employer conducted controlled substances and alcohol testing because the vehicles are not <I>CMVs</I> as defined in § 383.5. Although the drivers are not required to hold a valid CDL, they are subject to the general driver qualification regulations in part 391, including the requirements to be medically examined and certified in accordance with §§ 391.41, 391.43, and 391.45.
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 2:</I> A construction company owns and operates a bus designed to transport more than 15 passengers including the driver. The bus transports employees to work sites and does not charge a fee for the transportation. At the request of its employees, the company uses the bus on a Saturday during the summer to provide round-trip transportation for interested employees to an amusement park in a neighboring State. This trip is open only to employees and people the employees invite. The company collects money from each passenger. The transportation is not confined within a commercial zone.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire interstate transportation by a CMV as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5. The transportation is subject to all the applicable regulations in 49 CFR parts 350 through 399. The company must register for operating authority registration and USDOT number registration by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 365 subpart A and part 390 subpart E. In addition, the bus is also a <I>CMV</I> as defined in 49 CFR 383.5, and the driver must hold a valid CDL with a Passenger endorsement and must comply with the drug and alcohol testing regulations in 49 CFR part 382.
</P>
<P>If the company operates its CMV in interstate commerce only on rare occasions, FMCSA has jurisdiction over the company, such vehicle, and the driver of such vehicle for a 4-month period after a trip in interstate commerce. However, records must be retained for whatever period is required by the FMCSRs, even if that period exceeds 4 months.
</P>
<P>Operating authority registration is required in this scenario only because the construction company provided a trip for compensation to the amusement park in another State. Operating authority registration would not be necessary if the company limited its transportation to the free transportation provided for employees to travel to work sites.
</P>
<P>Finally, because the company operates passenger vehicles with a seating capacity of at least 16 in interstate commerce, it must maintain financial responsibility of at least $5 million, as required under §§ 387.33T and 387.33. As long as the company is engaged in for-hire operations, evidence of financial responsibility must be maintained on file with FMCSA.
</P>
<HD2>Education-Related Passenger Transportation
</HD2>
<P><I>Scenario 1:</I> A non-profit organization conducts educational tours with 15-passenger vans. All tours can be booked as part of a classroom course, or as a stand-alone tour. Each tour crosses either a State or international border, beyond a commercial zone. Passengers pay a single, inclusive of transportation fee whether they book a tour or a tour combined with a classroom lecture. The 15-passenger vans have a GVWR and actual GVW under 10,000 pounds.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire transportation by a CMV as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, as a part of continuous interstate movement. The vans used by this organization are CMVs under §§ 390.5T and 390.5 because they have a passenger capacity of more than eight and are used to transport passengers for compensation in interstate commerce. However, the organization is eligible for the limited exception to regulatory applicability in §§ 390.3T(f)(6) and 390.3(f)(6) because (1) the vans are designed or used to transport between 9 and 15 passengers, (2) the organization does not receive direct compensation, and (3) the vans meet none of the alternative definitions of a CMV such as a GVW or GVWR of 10,001 pounds or more. The drivers of these vans do not need CDLs because the vehicles are not CMVs under § 383.5; both their passenger capacity and weight are below the applicable thresholds. For the same reasons, the drivers of these vans are not subject to the drug and alcohol testing regulations in 49 CFR part 382. The organization must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 365 subpart A and part 390 subpart E because the operations clearly included interstate transportation for compensation in a motor vehicle and no exemptions from FMCSA's commercial regulatory authority apply.
</P>
<P>The organization transports passengers across State lines and includes the cost of transportation in a flat rate fee. Its non-profit status is irrelevant. A carrier that receives compensation, even indirect compensation, is providing for-hire service, and, because the carrier operates beyond a commercial zone, it must obtain operating authority registration from FMCSA. This organization is not a youth or family camp, and the statutory exemption from operating authority registration for such camps that provide recreational or educational activities therefore does not apply. Further, the organization is engaged only in educational activities. Therefore, the exemption for providers of recreational activities does not apply.
</P>
<P>Because the organization operates passenger vehicles with a seating capacity of 15 or fewer for hire in interstate commerce, the organization is required under §§ 387.33T and 387.33 to obtain, maintain, and file evidence of, $1.5 million of financial responsibility.
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 2:</I> A school bus contractor is hired by a school district to transport high school athletes, faculty, and volunteers to and from an athletic competition in another State on a single day. During the following week, the same school bus contractor is hired by the same school district to transport elementary school students and faculty to and from a historic site in another State for an educational tour. The school bus used by the contractor is designed to transport more than 15 passengers including the driver.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire interstate transportation by a CMV as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, however, some exemptions may apply. The contractor is not eligible for the exception for “school bus operations” in §§ 390.3T(f)(1) and 390.3(f)(1) because the operations are defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5 as the transportation of school children and/or personnel “from home to school and from school to home.” In this scenario, the students and faculty gather at the school and are transported, not from and to home, but from the school premises to out-of-State venues and then back to the school premises. The school bus contractor must obtain safety registration and a USDOT number under 49 U.S.C. 31134. The contractor must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 390 subpart E. In addition, the contractor is operating a school bus with a passenger capacity of at least 16, which also meets the definition of <I>CMV</I> under § 383.5. The drivers of the school buses must therefore hold CDLs with the applicable endorsements, and the employer of such drivers must administer a drug and alcohol testing program in compliance with part 382.
</P>
<P>Although both examples of the school bus contractor's passenger transportation are for-hire in interstate commerce, the contractor is not required to obtain operating authority registration. In this scenario the contractor is engaged in transportation to or from school, and the transportation is organized, sponsored, and paid for by the school district. The regulatory exception in § 372.103 and the statutory exemption in 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(1) both apply to each type of passenger transportation conducted by the school bus contractor in this scenario.
</P>
<P>Likewise, the school bus contractor qualifies for the exception in § 387.27(b)(4) because it is a motor carrier operating under contract providing transportation of preprimary, primary, and secondary students for extra-curricular trips organized, sponsored, and paid for by a school district. Accordingly, the contractor is not required to comply with Federal financial responsibility requirements.
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 3:</I> A private university transports only student athletes and university employees to games, sometimes in other States, in university-owned buses, which are designed to transport more than 15 passengers including the driver. The passenger transportation is financed by an allotment in the university athletic department's budget.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes interstate transportation by a CMV as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, however, some exemptions may apply. The private university is a private motor carrier of passengers (business) operating <I>CMVs,</I> as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, in interstate commerce. The private university fits within this definition because the financing of passenger transportation comes from a university budget source, not from payments or charges for transportation either directly or embedded in other tuition and fees. The transportation is only available to students and university employees, not the public at large. Private universities typically operate as commercial enterprises, as the passenger transportation to sporting events is in furtherance of the university's business and are an element of the institution's operations. Thus, transportation of students and faculty is in furtherance of its commercial purpose. The possible absence of ticket sales to sporting event spectators does not affect the commercial nature of the enterprise.
</P>
<P>Except as noted in the next paragraph, the transportation is subject to the requirements of 49 CFR parts 350 through 399 relevant to passenger carrier operations. The university must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 390 subpart E. In addition, the private university's bus is a CMV as defined in § 383.5, and the driver must hold a valid CDL with a Passenger endorsement and be enrolled in a drug and alcohol testing program consistent with 49 CFR part 382.
</P>
<P>There is a regulatory exception in § 391.69, however, from certain driver qualification requirements relating to applications for employment, investigations and inquiries, and road tests for single-employer drivers employed by a private motor carrier of passengers (business). Additionally, private motor carriers of passengers (business) may also continue to operate older buses manufactured before Federal fuel system requirements were adopted, provided the fuel system is maintained to the original manufacturer's standards (§ 393.67(a)(6)).
</P>
<P>Because the private university is operating as a private motor carrier of passengers (business) it is not required to have operating authority registration. The operation is not for-hire because the private university does not receive payment for transportation services. Though in this scenario the transportation is not for-hire, it is important to reiterate that an entity's tax-exempt or non-profit status does not determine whether its passenger transportation is for-hire or private. Currently, Federal financial responsibility requirements do not apply to operations by private motor carriers of passengers (business).
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 4:</I> A private high school owns and operates buses to transport students, baseball team members, and faculty to games in another State. One vehicle is a school bus with a capacity of 48 passengers. Two other vehicles are mini-buses designed to transport 26 passengers including the driver, and one other vehicle is a van designed to transport 15 passengers including the driver. The school does not transport students from home to school or vice versa. The passenger transportation is financed by an allotment in the school's athletic department budget.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes some interstate transportation by a CMV as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, however, some exemptions may apply. This scenario also describes some transportation outside the scope of FMCSA jurisdiction. The private high school is a private motor carrier of passengers (business) operating <I>CMVs,</I> as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, in interstate commerce. The private high school fits within this definition because the financing of passenger transportation is from a general high school budget source, so there is no compensation for the transportation. The transportation is only available to students and school employees, not the public at large. Private schools typically operate as commercial enterprises as the passenger transportation to sporting events is in furtherance of the school's business, including its athletic activities which are an element of the institution's operations. Thus, transportation of students and faculty is in furtherance of its commercial purpose. The possible absence of ticket sales to sporting event spectators does not affect the commercial nature of the enterprise.
</P>
<P>The transportation in larger vehicles is subject to the requirements of 49 CFR parts 350 through 399 relevant to passenger carrier operations. The school must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 390 subpart E. Because the private high school is a private motor carrier of passengers (business), not providing interstate transportation for compensation, it is not required to have operating authority registration under 49 CFR part 365. Whether the private high school is tax-exempt or has a non-profit status does not determine whether its passenger transportation is for-hire or private. The school is not required to comply with Federal financial responsibility requirements.
</P>
<P>In addition, other than the van, the private high school's vehicles are <I>CMVs</I> as defined in 49 CFR 383.5, and the drivers of these vehicles must have CDLs with Passenger endorsements and be enrolled in a drug and alcohol testing program consistent with 49 CFR part 382.
</P>
<P>The van is not a CMV because it is designed to transport 15 passengers including the driver and it is not transporting passengers for compensation. A vehicle is considered a CMV only if it is used to transport 16 or more passengers in interstate commerce, regardless of the nature of compensation; or if is used to transport 9 to 15 passengers including the driver for compensation in interstate commerce.
</P>
<P>There is a regulatory exception in § 391.69, however, from certain driver qualification requirements relating to applications for employment, investigations and inquiries, and road tests for single-employer drivers employed by a private motor carrier of passengers (business). Additionally, private motor carriers of passengers (business) may continue to operate older buses manufactured before Federal fuel system requirements were adopted, provided the fuel system is maintained to the original manufacturer's standards (§ 393.67(a)(6)).
</P>
<HD2>Faith-Based Organizations and Passenger Transportation
</HD2>
<P>FMCSA frequently receives questions from religious and secular organizations regarding passenger-carrying vehicles the organizations own and use to transport their members and guests. The scenarios presented below are illustrative examples; the same principles apply to secular groups with similar operations.
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 1:</I> To raise funds, a faith-based organization organizes a one-time trip to an amusement park in a neighboring State. The organization advertises the trip on its website and in various public places such as grocery stores, libraries, etc., making the trip open to the public. A per-person fee will cover admission to the amusement park and round-trip transportation. The faith-based organization will use its own bus, which is designed to transport more than 15 passengers including the driver. A group member is the volunteer bus driver. The passenger transportation is not confined to a commercial zone.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire interstate transportation by a CMV. The faith-based organization's bus is a CMV, as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, operating for-hire in interstate commerce, and the organization is a motor carrier subject to all applicable FMCSRs, including parts 350 through 399. In addition, the faith-based organization is operating a passenger-carrying CMV, as defined in § 383.5 because it is designed to transport 16 or more passengers; the driver of the organization's bus must therefore hold a valid CDL with a Passenger endorsement and comply with the drug and alcohol testing regulations in part 382.
</P>
<P>The organization must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 365 subpart A regarding operating authority registration and part 390 subpart E regarding USDOT number registration, because it is receiving compensation for transportation in interstate commerce. No exemptions apply to this operation.
</P>
<P>The faith-based organization is operating a passenger vehicle with a seating capacity of at least 16, for-hire in interstate commerce and is therefore required under §§ 387.33T and 387.33 to maintain $5 million of financial responsibility.
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 2:</I> A faith-based organization owns a bus which it uses to transport some of its members to an associated organization in another State. It suggests participating members contribute money to help cover the fuel expense. The bus is designed to transport more than 15 passengers including the driver. The transportation of the faith-based organization members is not confined to a commercial zone.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire interstate transportation by a CMV. The faith-based organization's bus is a CMV, as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, operating in interstate commerce, and the organization is a motor carrier subject to all applicable FMCSRs, including parts 350 through 399. In addition, the faith-based organization is operating a passenger-carrying CMV, as defined in § 383.5 because it is designed to transport 16 or more passengers; the driver of the organization's bus must therefore hold a valid CDL with a Passenger endorsement and comply with the drug and alcohol testing regulations in part 382.
</P>
<P>The money provided from the organization's members for the trip constitutes direct compensation. Any type of compensation for providing a passenger transportation service makes the faith-based organization a for-hire motor carrier of passengers. The organization must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 365 subpart A regarding operating authority registration and part 390 subpart E regarding USDOT number registration.
</P>
<P>The faith-based organization is using a bus with a seating capacity of 16 or more to transport passengers for hire in interstate commerce and is thus required under §§ 387.33T and 387.33 to maintain financial responsibility of at least $5 million. The monetary contribution requested of each passenger constitutes compensation, making the faith-based organization a for-hire motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 3:</I> A faith-based organization sponsors a trip for its members to an amusement park in a neighboring State. The trip is announced in the organization's newsletters, but not advertised to the general public. Group members may invite friends and family, including non-members, to join. An event fee paid by all trip participants covers transportation, lodging, food, and admission to the amusement park. The organization's bus that will be used for the trip is designed to transport more than 15 passengers, including the driver. The trip will extend beyond the commercial zone of the city where the organization is located.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire, interstate transportation by a CMV. The faith-based organization's bus is a CMV, as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, operating in interstate commerce, and the faith-based organization is a motor carrier subject to all applicable FMCSRs, including parts 350 through 399. In addition, the faith-based organization is operating a passenger-carrying CMV, as defined in § 383.5 because it is designed to transport 16 or more passengers; the driver of the bus must therefore hold a valid CDL with a Passenger endorsement and comply with the drug and alcohol testing regulations in part 382.
</P>
<P>The organization is providing interstate motor vehicle transportation for compensation indirectly through the event fee, thus it must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 365 subpart A regarding operating authority registration and part 390 subpart E regarding USDOT number registration. The organization is a for-hire motor carrier even though the trip is not available to the public at large.
</P>
<P>The organization is an interstate for-hire motor carrier of passengers compensated indirectly through the event fee. Because there is no applicable exception, it must maintain the $5 million of financial responsibility required to operate a vehicle with a seating capacity of at least 16 passengers (§§ 387.33T and 387.33).
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 4:</I> A high school cheerleading team wants to travel to a neighboring State to participate in a cheerleading competition. A parent of one cheerleader is a member of a faith-based organization that owns a bus designed to transport more than 15 passengers including the driver. The parent persuades the faith-based organization to take the team to the competition. The cheerleaders and their parents give the faith-based organization money for use of the bus, and the faith-based organization pays one of its members to drive it. The trip is not confined to a commercial zone.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire interstate transportation of passengers by a CMV. The faith-based organization's bus is a CMV, as defined in § 390.5, operating for hire in interstate commerce, and the organization is a motor carrier subject to all applicable FMCSRs, including parts 350 through 399. In addition, the faith-based organization is operating a passenger-carrying CMV, as defined in § 383.5 because it is designed to transport 16 or more passengers; the driver of the faith-based organization's bus must hold a valid CDL with a Passenger endorsement and comply with the drug and alcohol testing regulations in part 382.
</P>
<P>This is for hire interstate transportation of passengers by motor vehicle because the families pay the organization to use the bus and no exemptions apply to the operation. Thus, operating authority registration is required. The organization must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 365 subpart A regarding operating authority registration and part 390 subpart E regarding USDOT number registration.
</P>
<P>Likewise, because the faith-based organization is operating a passenger vehicle with a seating capacity of at least 16, for-hire in interstate commerce, it is required under §§ 387.33T and 387.33 to maintain $5 million of financial responsibility.
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 5:</I> A faith-based organization with many charitable operations provides transportation to a variety of passengers—both members of the organization and nonmembers—for a variety of events. For example, paid and volunteer collectors are sent to donation sites, the faith-based organization's employees are taken to and from the location of coat and food drives, donors are transported to fundraising events, children in daycare are taken on trips, and various individuals are provided transportation for job training programs. The faith-based organization's daycare center charges a fee for its services which include interstate passenger transportation. The faith-based organization uses different types of vehicles to transport its passengers. Some have a seating capacity of 16 or more passengers, and others have a seating capacity of 15 or fewer passengers. All passenger-carrying vehicles are used throughout the faith-based organization's various transportation operations. In addition, all of the faith-based organization's drivers operate a vehicle with a seating capacity of 16 or more passengers to transport the daycare children on interstate trips on at least an occasional basis. All of the various passengers are transported into another State.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> The daycare center-related transportation is for-hire interstate transportation of passengers by CMV. The organization operates CMVs, as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, in interstate commerce as a for-hire motor carrier of passengers and is subject to the applicable FMCSRs in parts 350 through 399. The faith-based organization receives compensation through the collection of fees for services, including transportation, paid for the daycare, and all drivers and vehicles provide at least some transportation for the daycare. While some of the transportation operations are not for-hire, because all of the drivers and vehicles are used in all of the operations, the Agency considers the organization to be engaged in for-hire, interstate passenger transportation as well as private, interstate passenger transportation. While there is a limited exception from the safety regulations in parts 390 through 399 for smaller vehicles in §§ 390.3T(f)(6) and 390.3(f)(6), it does not apply to the organization because some of the organization's passenger-carrying vehicles are designed or used to transport 16 or more passengers in interstate commerce. In addition, because some of the vehicles are designed to transport 16 or more passengers, and all of the drivers operate all of the different vehicles on occasion, all the drivers must have CDLs with Passenger endorsements, and the faith-based organization must comply with the drug and alcohol testing regulations in part 382.
</P>
<P>Because the faith-based organization receives indirect compensation through the fees charged for the daycare center, it is operating as an interstate, for-hire motor carrier of passengers. No exemption from operating authority registration requirements applies. The organization must register, therefore, by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 365 subpart A regarding operating authority registration and part 390 subpart E regarding USDOT number registration.
</P>
<P>Because the faith-based organization operates some passenger vehicles with a seating capacity of at least 16, for-hire in interstate commerce, it is required under §§ 387.33T and 387.33 to maintain $5 million of financial responsibility.
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 6:</I> A religiously-affiliated group of singers and musicians travels to various locations to perform at events and ceremonies. The group owns and operates multiple vehicles to transport its members and their equipment. Each vehicle has a GVWR and GVW of 10,001 to 26,000 pounds and is designed to transport more than 15 passengers including the driver. All the vehicles are driven between multiple States for performances. The hosting organizations ask event participants for donations which are provided to the musical group. Sometimes the musical group sells T-shirts, souvenirs, or other merchandise at the events.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes interstate transportation by CMV, but some exemptions may apply. The musical group is a private motor carrier of passengers (business) and is operating CMVs, as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, in interstate commerce. The transportation is thus subject to 49 CFR parts 350 through 399 relevant to passenger carrier operations. The group is considered a private motor carrier of passengers (business) because the passenger transportation is not available to the public at large; but the receipt of money for a musical performance constitutes a business transaction, and a part of the furtherance of the musical group's commercial enterprise. Thus, the transportation of members and equipment has a commercial purpose. The possible absence of merchandise sales does not affect the commercial nature of the enterprise, as the primary purpose is promotion of the group's music, for which the group receives compensation. Whether a musical group is tax-exempt or has a non-profit status does not determine whether it is a business or nonbusiness. Finally, the transportation of passengers and equipment is an essential element of the group's operations, and such transportation is in furtherance of its commercial enterprise. All of the donations received may be used to cover the cost of fuel, maintenance, depreciation and insurance on the vehicle, but the transportation nevertheless furthers a commercial purpose.
</P>
<P>Accordingly, the musical group must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 390 subpart E regarding USDOT number registration. In addition, because the musical group's vehicles are designed to transport more than 15 passengers including the driver, the drivers of these vehicles must have CDLs with a Passenger endorsement and be enrolled in a drug and alcohol testing program consistent with 49 CFR part 382.
</P>
<P>There is a regulatory exception in § 391.69, however, from certain driver qualification requirements relating to applications for employment, investigations and inquiries, and road tests for single-employer drivers employed by a private motor carrier of passengers (business). Additionally, private motor carriers of passengers (business) may also continue to operate older buses manufactured before Federal fuel system requirements were adopted, provided the fuel system is maintained to the original manufacturer's standards (§ 393.67(a)(6)).
</P>
<P>The musical group's interstate transportation of its members is in furtherance of a commercial enterprise, but the group is not receiving compensation for providing transportation. The compensation received is for their musical performance. The members of the group likewise do not pay a fee for their transportation. The musical group is thus a private motor carrier of passengers (business), and such carriers are not required to obtain operating authority registration.
</P>
<P>The musical group is a private motor carrier of passengers (business), therefore, currently the group is not required to maintain evidence of financial responsibility on file with FMCSA.
</P>
<P>Private motor carriers of passengers are not required to obtain operating authority registration and are not subject to the financial responsibility requirements.
</P>
<HD2>Miscellaneous Passenger Transportation
</HD2>
<P><I>Scenario 1:</I> An assisted living apartment community is a commercial business that owns and operates a bus designed to transport more than 15 passengers, including the driver. The drivers are employees of the apartment community. The bus is used to transport residents to medical appointments, shopping centers, theaters, etc. Routine local transportation within the State is financed by general fees paid by all community residents. The community office assesses a special charge for entertainment-related transportation. The general public is not allowed to use the bus service. Some trips to shopping centers and theaters go into a neighboring State, but all transportation remains in the commercial zone of the community.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> This scenario describes for-hire interstate transportation by commercial motor vehicle, but some exemptions apply. The community is operating a CMV, as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, in interstate commerce. The fact that all passenger transportation is entirely within a commercial zone is irrelevant for purposes of the “interstate commerce” component of the definition of <I>CMV</I> under §§ 390.5T and 390.5. The transportation is subject to all of the provisions in 49 CFR parts 350 through 399 relevant to passenger carrier operations. In addition, the 16-passenger van is also a CMV as defined in § 383.5, and the driver therefore must hold a valid CDL with a Passenger endorsement and be enrolled in a drug and alcohol testing program consistent with 49 CFR part 382.
</P>
<P>Although the community is an interstate for-hire motor carrier of passengers assessing special charges for entertainment trips to a neighboring State, operating authority registration is not required because the transportation is wholly within the commercial zone where the community is located (49 U.S.C. 13506(b)(1)). However, the community must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 390 subpart E regarding USDOT number registration because the community operates a CMV, as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5, in interstate commerce.
</P>
<P>Under §§ 387.33T and 387.33, the community must obtain and maintain $5 million of financial responsibility because it is a for-hire motor carrier of passengers operating in interstate commerce and at least one of its vehicles has seating for 16 or more passengers. The general fees paid by the community residents cover a multitude of services including local transportation. This indirect compensation arrangement for transportation is service for-hire. The special charge for entertainment-related transportation is direct compensation and is also a for-hire service.
</P>
<P><I>Scenario 2:</I> A youth camp transports campers in 15-passenger vans from an airport to the camp site and back, from the camp site to parks and other locations in neighboring States, and to facilities for medical care, etc. Trips to and from the airport extend beyond a 25-mile radius from the boundary of the airport and the commercial zone of the municipality that falls within the 25-mile radius of the airport. Other trips also extend beyond a commercial zone. Campers and camp employees are the only transported passengers. The vans have a GVW and GVWR below 10,001 pounds. The camp collects payment for the participating youth with a total package fee.
</P>
<P><I>Guidance:</I> If a single fee covers all services provided by the camp including transportation, most of the safety regulations would not apply to the camp. Although the camp operates CMVs as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5 in interstate commerce (more than 8 passengers, for compensation), it would qualify for the exception in §§ 390.3T(f)(6) and 390.3(f)(6) for CMVs designed or used to transport between 9 and 15 passengers not for direct compensation, and its vans meet none of the alternative definitions of a CMV (such as a GVW or GVWR of 10,001 pounds or more). The organization would therefore be required to comply only with those requirements specified in §§ 390.3T(f)(6) and 390.3(f)(6). Furthermore, the camp must register by following the procedures in 49 CFR part 390 subpart E regarding USDOT number registration.
</P>
<P>However, if the camp collects a specific fee for passenger transportation, it is then receiving direct compensation and does not qualify for the limited exception in §§ 390.3T(f)(6) and 390.3(f)(6). If direct compensation occurs, the camp must comply with the applicable regulations in 49 CFR parts 350 through 399 including motor carrier registration in accordance with § 390.201. In the case of direct compensation, the drivers of these 15-passenger vans with a GVW and GVWR below 10,001 pounds are not required to hold a CDL and are not subject to employer conducted controlled substances and alcohol testing because such vehicles are not CMVs as defined in § 383.5. Although the drivers are not required to hold a CDL, they must be medically examined and certified in accordance with §§ 391.41, 391.43, and 391.45, and they are subject to the general driver qualification regulations in part 391 because such vehicles are CMVs as defined in §§ 390.5T and 390.5.
</P>
<P>Though the camp is engaged in for-hire interstate transportation of passengers by motor vehicle, there is an exemption from operating authority registration requirements in 49 U.S.C. 13506(a)(16). This camp falls within the exemption, which limits the Agency's jurisdiction over the transportation of passengers by 9- to 15-passenger motor vehicles operated by youth or family camps that provide recreational or educational activities.
</P>
<P>Nonetheless, because the camp is an interstate for-hire motor carrier of passengers compensated indirectly through camp fees, it must maintain $1.5 million of financial responsibility (§§ 387.33T and 387.33). The camp is not required to maintain evidence of financial responsibility on file with FMCSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 68372, Nov. 15, 2022, as amended at 91 FR 23174, Apr. 30, 2026]






</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.32.9.15.1.20" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 390—Special Agents
</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Cautionary note:</HED>
<P>This appendix relates only to Federal authority to enforce the regulations in this subchapter. In its present form, it has no application for the States and is not to be included in any adoption of these regulations by State authorities as a condition of eligibility for grants under part 350 of this chapter.</P></NOTE>
<P>1. <I>Authority.</I> Persons appointed as special agents of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (“Administration”), are authorized to enter upon, to inspect, and to examine any and all lands, buildings, and equipment of motor carriers and other persons subject to the Interstate Commerce Act, the Department of Transportation Act, and other related Acts, and to inspect and copy any and all accounts, books, records, memoranda, correspondence, and other documents of such carriers and other persons.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Compliance.</I> Motor carriers and other persons subject to these Acts shall submit their accounts, books, records, memoranda, correspondence, and other documents for inspection and copying, and they shall submit their lands, buildings, and equipment for examination and inspection, to any special agent of the Administration upon demand and display of an Administration credential, either in person or in writing, identifying him/her as a special agent.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Definition of Special Agent.</I> Special agents are Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) employees who are identified by credentials issued by the FMCSA authorizing them to enforce 42 U.S.C. 4917 and to exercise relevant authority of the Secretary of Transportation under 49 U.S.C. 113, chapters 5, 51, 57, 131-149, 311, 313, and 315 and other statutes, as delegated to FMCSA by 49 CFR 1.87, and under regulations issued on the authority of those statutes. Special agents are authorized to inspect and copy records and to inspect and examine land, buildings, and equipment in the manner and to the extent provided by law. 
</P>
<P>4. <I>Facsimile of the Administration Credential:</I>
</P>
<HD1>United States of America
</HD1>
<HD1>Department of Transportation Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
</HD1>
<P>This is to certify that ____________ whose photograph and signature appear hereon is duly accredited as ____________ with authority to enter upon, to inspect, and examine lands, buildings, and equipment, and to inspect and copy records and papers of carriers and other persons, in performance of his/her duties under the Department of Transportation Act, related acts, and regulations of the Department.
</P>
<P>By direction of the Secretary
</P>
<P>(Certifying Authority)    (Bearer)   
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 504, 5121, 14122, 31502 and 31503; and 49 CFR 1.87) 
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 1016, Jan. 24, 1970, as amended at 36 FR 16067, Aug. 19, 1971; 43 FR 20011, May 10, 1978; 44 FR 46425, July 10, 1980; 49 FR 38290, Sept. 28, 1984; 60 FR 38749, July 28, 1995; 61 FR 1843, Jan. 24, 1996; 66 FR 49875, Oct. 1, 2001; 77 FR 59828, Oct. 1, 2012; 78 FR 60234, Oct. 1, 2013. Redesignated at 88 FR 80179, Nov. 17, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="391" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 391—QUALIFICATIONS OF DRIVERS AND LONGER COMBINATION VEHICLE (LCV) DRIVER INSTRUCTORS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 504, 508, 31133, 31136, 31149, 31502; sec. 4007(b), Pub. L. 102-240, 105 Stat. 1914, 2152; sec. 114, Pub. L. 103-311, 108 Stat. 1673, 1677; sec. 215, Pub. L. 106-159, 113 Stat. 1748, 1767; sec. 32934, Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 830; secs. 5403 and 5524, Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1548, 1560; sec. 2, Pub. L. 115-105, 131 Stat. 2263; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>35 FR 6460, Apr. 22, 1970, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 391 appear at 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.1.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.1   Scope of the rules in this part; additional qualifications; duties of carrier-drivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rules in this part establish minimum qualifications for persons who drive commercial motor vehicles as, for, or on behalf of motor carriers. The rules in this part also establish minimum duties of motor carriers with respect to the qualifications of their drivers.
</P>
<P>(b) An individual who meets the definition of both a motor carrier and a driver employed by that motor carrier must comply with both the rules in this part that apply to motor carriers and the rules in this part that apply to drivers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 6460, Apr. 22, 1970, as amended at 53 FR 18057, May 19, 1988; 60 FR 38744, July 28, 1995; 80 FR 59074, Oct. 1, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.2" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.1.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.2   General exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Farm custom operation.</I> The rules in this part, except for § 391.15(e) and (f), do not apply to a driver who drives a commercial motor vehicle controlled and operated by a person engaged in custom-harvesting operations, if the commercial motor vehicle is used to—
</P>
<P>(1) Transport farm machinery, supplies, or both, to or from a farm for custom-harvesting operations on a farm; or
</P>
<P>(2) Transport custom-harvested crops to storage or market.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Apiarian industries.</I> The rules in this part, except for § 391.15(e) and (f), do not apply to a driver who is operating a commercial motor vehicle controlled and operated by a beekeeper engaged in the seasonal transportation of bees.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certain farm vehicle drivers.</I> The rules in this part, except for § 391.15(e) and (f), do not apply to a farm vehicle driver except a farm vehicle driver who drives an articulated (combination) commercial motor vehicle, as defined in § 390.5 of this chapter. For limited exemptions for farm vehicle drivers of articulated commercial motor vehicles, see § 391.67.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Covered farm vehicles.</I> The rules in part 391, Subpart E—Physical Qualifications and Examinations—do not apply to drivers of “covered farm vehicles,” as defined in 49 CFR 390.5.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Pipeline welding trucks.</I> The rules in this part do not apply to drivers of “pipeline welding trucks” as defined in 49 CFR 390.38(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 75487, Dec. 2, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 16195, Mar. 14, 2013; 78 FR 58483, Sept. 24, 2013; 81 FR 47720, July 22, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Qualification and Disqualification of Drivers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.2.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.11   General qualifications of drivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person shall not drive a commercial motor vehicle unless he/she is qualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle. Except as provided in § 391.63, a motor carrier shall not require or permit a person to drive a commercial motor vehicle unless that person is qualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in subpart G of this part, a person is qualified to drive a motor vehicle if he/she—
</P>
<P>(1) Is at least 21 years old;
</P>
<P>(2) Can read and speak the English language sufficiently to converse with the general public, to understand highway traffic signs and signals in the English language, to respond to official inquiries, and to make entries on reports and records;
</P>
<P>(3) Can, by reason of experience, training, or both, safely operate the type of commercial motor vehicle he/she drives;
</P>
<P>(4) Is physically qualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle in accordance with subpart E—Physical Qualifications and Examinations of this part;
</P>
<P>(5) Has a currently valid commercial motor vehicle operator's license issued only by one State or jurisdiction;
</P>
<P>(6) Is not disqualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle under the rules in § 391.15; and
</P>
<P>(7) Has successfully completed a driver's road test and has been issued a certificate of driver's road test in accordance with § 391.31, or has presented an operator's license or a certificate of road test which the motor carrier that employs him/her has accepted as equivalent to a road test in accordance with § 391.33.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 6460, Apr. 22, 1970, as amended at 35 FR 17420, Nov. 13, 1970; 35 FR 19181, Dec. 18, 1970; 36 FR 222, Jan. 7, 1971, 36 FR 24220, Dec. 22, 1971; 45 FR 46424, July 10, 1980; 52 FR 20589, June 1, 1987; 59 FR 60323, Nov. 23, 1994; 60 FR 38744, 38745, July 28, 1995; 63 FR 33276, June 18, 1998; 87 FR 13208, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.2.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.13   Responsibilities of drivers.</HEAD>
<P>In order to comply with the requirements of §§ 392.9(a) and 383.111(a)(16) of this subchapter, a motor carrier shall not require or permit a person to drive a commercial motor vehicle unless the person—
</P>
<P>(a) Can, by reason of experience, training, or both, determine whether the cargo he/she transports (including baggage in a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle) has been properly located, distributed, and secured in or on the commercial motor vehicle he/she drives;
</P>
<P>(b) Is familiar with methods and procedures for securing cargo in or on the commercial motor vehicle he/she drives.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 33277, June 18, 1998, as amended at 80 FR 59074, Oct. 1, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.15" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.2.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.15   Disqualification of drivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A driver who is disqualified shall not drive a commercial motor vehicle. A motor carrier shall not require or permit a driver who is disqualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disqualification for loss of driving privileges.</I> (1) A driver is disqualified for the duration of the driver's loss of his/her privilege to operate a commercial motor vehicle on public highways, either temporarily or permanently, by reason of the revocation, suspension, withdrawal, or denial of an operator's license, permit, or privilege, until that operator's license, permit, or privilege is restored by the authority that revoked, suspended, withdrew, or denied it.
</P>
<P>(2) A driver who receives a notice that his/her license, permit, or privilege to operate a commercial motor vehicle has been revoked, suspended, or withdrawn shall notify the motor carrier that employs him/her of the contents of the notice before the end of the business day following the day the driver received it.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disqualification for criminal and other offenses</I>—(1) <I>General rule.</I> A driver who is convicted of (or forfeits bond or collateral upon a charge of) a disqualifying offense specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section is disqualified for the period of time specified in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, if—
</P>
<P>(i) The offense was committed during on-duty time as defined in § 395.2 of this subchapter or as otherwise specified; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The driver is employed by a motor carrier or is engaged in activities that are in furtherance of a commercial enterprise in interstate, intrastate, or foreign commerce.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Disqualifying offenses.</I> The following offenses are disqualifying offenses:
</P>
<P>(i) Driving a commercial motor vehicle while under the influence of alcohol. This shall include:
</P>
<P>(A) Driving a commercial motor vehicle while the person's alcohol concentration is 0.04 percent or more;
</P>
<P>(B) Driving under the influence of alcohol, as prescribed by State law; or
</P>
<P>(C) Refusal to undergo such testing as is required by any State or jurisdiction in the enforcement of § 391.15(c)(2)(i) (A) or (B), or § 392.5(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(ii) Driving a commercial motor vehicle under the influence of a 21 CFR 1308.11 <I>Schedule I</I> identified controlled substance, an amphetamine, a narcotic drug, a formulation of an amphetamine, or a derivative of a narcotic drug;
</P>
<P>(iii) Transportation, possession, or unlawful use of a 21 CFR 1308.11 <I>Schedule I</I> identified controlled substance, amphetamines, narcotic drugs, formulations of an amphetamine, or derivatives of narcotic drugs while the driver is on duty, as the term on-duty time is defined in § 395.2 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(iv) Leaving the scene of an accident while operating a commercial motor vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(v) A felony involving the use of a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Duration of disqualification</I>—(i) <I>First offenders.</I> A driver is disqualified for 1 year after the date of conviction or forfeiture of bond or collateral if, during the 3 years preceding that date, the driver was not convicted of, or did not forfeit bond or collateral upon a charge of an offense that would disqualify the driver under the rules of this section. Exemption. The period of disqualification is 6 months if the conviction or forfeiture of bond or collateral soley concerned the transportation or possession of substances named in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Subsequent offenders.</I> A driver is disqualified for 3 years after the date of his/her conviction or forfeiture of bond or collateral if, during the 3 years preceding that date, he/she was convicted of, or forfeited bond or collateral upon a charge of, an offense that would disqualify him/her under the rules in this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disqualification for violation of out-of-service orders</I>—(1) <I>General rule.</I> A driver who is convicted of violating an out-of-service order is disqualified for the period of time specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Duration of disqualification for violation of out-of-service orders</I>—(i) <I>First violation.</I> A driver is disqualified for not less than 90 days nor more than one year if the driver is convicted of a first violation of an out-of-service order.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Second violation.</I> A driver is disqualified for not less than one year nor more than five years if, during any 10-year period, the driver is convicted of two violations of out-of-service orders in separate incidents.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Third or subsequent violation.</I> A driver is disqualified for not less than three years nor more than five years if, during any 10-year period, the driver is convicted of three or more violations of out-of-service orders in separate incidents.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Special rule for hazardous materials and passenger offenses.</I> A driver is disqualified for a period of not less than 180 days nor more than two years if the driver is convicted of a first violation of an out-of-service order while transporting hazardous materials required to be placarded under the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.</I>), or while operating commercial motor vehicles designed to transport more than 15 passengers, including the driver. A driver is disqualified for a period of not less than three years nor more than five years if, during any 10-year period, the driver is convicted of any subsequent violations of out-of-service orders, in separate incidents, while transporting hazardous materials required to be placarded under the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, or while operating commercial motor vehicles designed to transport more than 15 passengers, including the driver.
</P>
<P>(e) Disqualification for violation of prohibition of texting while driving a commercial motor vehicle—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General rule.</I> A driver who is convicted of violating the prohibition of texting in § 392.80(a) of this chapter is disqualified for the period of time specified in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Duration.</I> Disqualification for violation of prohibition of texting while driving a commercial motor vehicle—
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Second violation.</I> A driver is disqualified for 60 days if the driver is convicted of two violations of § 392.80(a) of this chapter in separate incidents during any 3-year period.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Third or subsequent violation.</I> A driver is disqualified for 120 days if the driver is convicted of three or more violations of § 392.80(a) of this chapter in separate incidents during any 3-year period.
</P>
<P>(f) Disqualification for violation of a restriction on using a hand-held mobile telephone while driving a commercial motor vehicle—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>General rule.</I> A driver who is convicted of violating the restriction on using a hand-held mobile telephone in § 392.82(a) of this chapter is disqualified from driving a commercial motor vehicle for the period of time specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Duration.</I> Disqualification for violation of a restriction on using a hand-held mobile telephone while driving a commercial motor vehicle—
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Second violation.</I> A driver is disqualified for 60 days if the driver is convicted of two violations of § 392.82(a) of this chapter in separate incidents committed during any 3-year period.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Third or subsequent violation.</I> A driver is disqualified for 120 days if the driver is convicted of three or more violations of § 392.82(a) of this chapter in separate incidents committed during any 3-year period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 24902, Nov. 23, 1972]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 391.15, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Background and Character</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.21" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.3.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.21   Application for employment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in subpart G of this part, a person shall not drive a commercial motor vehicle unless he/she has completed and furnished the motor carrier that employs him/her with an application for employment that meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The application for employment shall be made on a form furnished by the motor carrier. Each application form must be completed by the applicant, must be signed by him/her, and must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the employing motor carrier;
</P>
<P>(2) The applicant's name, address, date of birth, and social security number;
</P>
<P>(3) The addresses at which the applicant has resided during the 3 years preceding the date on which the application is submitted;
</P>
<P>(4) The date on which the application is submitted;
</P>
<P>(5) The issuing driver's licensing authority, number, and expiration date of each unexpired commercial motor vehicle operator's license or permit that has been issued to the applicant;
</P>
<P>(6) The nature and extent of the applicant's experience in the operation of motor vehicles, including the type of equipment (such as buses, trucks, truck tractors, semitrailers, full trailers, and pole trailers) which he/she has operated;
</P>
<P>(7) A list of all motor vehicle accidents in which the applicant was involved during the 3 years preceding the date the application is submitted, specifying the date and nature of each accident and any fatalities or personal injuries it caused;
</P>
<P>(8) A list of all violations of motor vehicle laws or ordinances (other than violations involving only parking) of which the applicant was convicted or forfeited bond or collateral during the 3 years preceding the date the application is submitted;
</P>
<P>(9) A statement setting forth in detail the facts and circumstances of any denial, revocation, or suspension of any license, permit, or privilege to operate a motor vehicle that has been issued to the applicant, or a statement that no such denial, revocation, or suspension has occurred;
</P>
<P>(10)(i) A list of the names and addresses of the applicant's employers during the 3 years preceding the date the application is submitted, 
</P>
<P>(ii) The dates he or she was employed by that employer, 
</P>
<P>(iii) The reason for leaving the employ of that employer, 
</P>
<P>(iv) After October 29, 2004, whether the (A) Applicant was subject to the FMCSRs while employed by that previous employer, 
</P>
<P>(B) Job was designated as a safety sensitive function in any DOT regulated mode subject to alcohol and controlled substances testing requirements as required by 49 CFR part 40;
</P>
<P>(11) For those drivers applying to operate a commercial motor vehicle as defined by part 383 of this subchapter, a list of the names and addresses of the applicant's employers during the 7-year period preceding the 3 years contained in paragraph (b)(10) of this section for which the applicant was an operator of a commercial motor vehicle, together with the dates of employment and the reasons for leaving such employment; and
</P>
<P>(12) The following certification and signature line, which must appear at the end of the application form and be signed by the applicant:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This certifies that this application was completed by me, and that all entries on it and information in it are true and complete to the best of my knowledge.</P>
<P-DASH>
</P-DASH>
<FRP>(Date)</FRP>
<P-DASH>
</P-DASH>
<FRP>(Applicant's signature)</FRP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) A motor carrier may require an applicant to provide information in addition to the information required by paragraph (b) of this section on the application form.
</P>
<P>(d) Before an application is submitted, the motor carrier must inform the applicant that the information he/she provides in accordance with paragraph (b)(10) of this section may be used, and the applicant's previous employers will be contacted, for the purpose of investigating the applicant's safety performance history information as required by paragraphs (d) and (e) of § 391.23. The prospective employer must also notify the driver in writing of his/her due process rights as specified in § 391.23(i) regarding information received as a result of these investigations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 6460, Apr. 22, 1970, as amended at 35 FR 17420, Nov. 13, 1970; 52 FR 20589, June 1, 1987; 60 FR 38744, July 28, 1995; 69 FR 16719, Mar. 30, 2004; 87 FR 13208, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.23" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.3.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.23   Investigation and inquiries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in subpart G of this part, each motor carrier shall make the following investigations and inquiries with respect to each driver it employs, other than a person who has been a regularly employed driver of the motor carrier for a continuous period which began before January 1, 1971:
</P>
<P>(1) An inquiry, within 30 days of the date the driver's employment begins, to each State where the driver held or holds a motor vehicle operator's license or permit during the preceding 3 years, to obtain that driver's motor vehicle record covering that driver's prior 3-year driving history.
</P>
<P>(2) An investigation of the driver's safety performance history with Department of Transportation regulated employers during the preceding three years.
</P>
<P>(b) A copy of the motor vehicle record(s) obtained in response to the inquiry or inquiries to each driver's licensing authority required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be placed in the driver qualification file within 30 days of the date the driver's employment begins and be retained in compliance with § 391.51. If no motor vehicle record is received from a driver's licensing authority required to submit this response, the motor carrier must document a good faith effort to obtain such information. The inquiry to a driver's licensing authority must be made in the form and manner each authority prescribes.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Replies to the investigations of the driver's safety performance history required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or documentation of good faith efforts to obtain the investigation data, must be placed in the driver investigation history file, after October 29, 2004, within 30 days of the date the driver's employment begins. Any period of time required to exercise the driver's due process rights to review the information received, request a previous employer to correct or include a rebuttal, is separate and apart from this 30-day requirement to document investigation of the driver safety performance history data.
</P>
<P>(2) The investigation may consist of personal interviews, telephone interviews, letters, or any other method for investigating that the carrier deems appropriate. Each motor carrier must make a written record with respect to each previous employer contacted, or good faith efforts to do so. The record must include the previous employer's name and address, the date the previous employer was contacted, or the attempts made, and the information received about the driver from the previous employer. Failures to contact a previous employer, or of them to provide the required safety performance history information, must be documented. The record must be maintained pursuant to § 391.53.
</P>
<P>(3) Prospective employers should report failures of previous employers to respond to an investigation to the FMCSA and use the complaint procedures specified at § 386.12 of this subchapter. Keep a copy of the reports in the driver investigation history file as part of documenting a good faith effort to obtain the required information.
</P>
<P>(4) For drivers with no previous employment experience working for a DOT-regulated employer during the preceding three years, documentation that no investigation was possible must be placed in the driver investigation history file, after October 29, 2004, within the required 30 days of the date the driver's employment begins.
</P>
<P>(d) The prospective motor carrier must investigate, at a minimum, the information listed in this paragraph from all previous employers of the applicant that employed the driver to operate a CMV within the previous three years. The investigation request must contain specific contact information on where the previous motor carrier employers should send the information requested.
</P>
<P>(1) General driver identification and employment verification information.
</P>
<P>(2) The data elements as specified in § 390.15(b)(1) of this chapter for accidents involving the driver that occurred in the three-year period preceding the date of the employment application.
</P>
<P>(i) Any accidents as defined by § 390.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any accidents the previous employer may wish to provide that are retained pursuant to § 390.15(b)(2), or pursuant to the employer's internal policies for retaining more detailed minor accident information.
</P>
<P>(e) In addition to the investigations required by paragraph (d) of this section, the prospective motor carrier employers must investigate the information listed below in this paragraph from all previous DOT regulated employers that employed the driver within the previous three years from the date of the employment application, in a safety-sensitive function that required alcohol and controlled substance testing specified by 49 CFR part 40.
</P>
<P>(1) Whether, within the previous three years, the driver had violated the alcohol and controlled substances prohibitions under subpart B of part 382 of this chapter, or 49 CFR part 40.
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the driver failed to undertake or complete a rehabilitation program prescribed by a substance abuse professional (SAP) pursuant to § 382.605 of this chapter, or 49 CFR part 40, subpart O. If the previous employer does not know this information (<I>e.g.,</I> an employer that terminated an employee who tested positive on a drug test), the prospective motor carrier must obtain documentation of the driver's successful completion of the SAP's referral directly from the driver.
</P>
<P>(3) For a driver who had successfully completed a SAP's rehabilitation referral, and remained in the employ of the referring employer, information on whether the driver had the following testing violations subsequent to completion of a § 382.605 or 49 CFR part 40, subpart O referral:
</P>
<P>(i) Alcohol tests with a result of 0.04 or higher alcohol concentration;
</P>
<P>(ii) Verified positive drug tests;
</P>
<P>(iii) Refusals to be tested (including verified adulterated or substituted drug test results).
</P>
<P>(4) As of January 6, 2023, employers subject to § 382.701(a) of this chapter must use the Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse to comply with the requirements of this section with respect to FMCSA-regulated employers.
</P>
<P>(i) If an applicant who is subject to follow-up testing has not successfully completed all follow-up tests, the employer must request the applicant's follow-up testing plan directly from the previous employer in accordance with § 40.25(b)(5) of this title.
</P>
<P>(ii) If an applicant was subject to an alcohol and controlled substance testing program under the requirements of a DOT mode other than FMCSA, the employer must request alcohol and controlled substances information required under this section directly from those employers regulated by a DOT mode other than FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) A prospective motor carrier employer must provide to the previous employer the driver's consent meeting the requirements of § 40.321(b) of this title for the release of the information in paragraph (e) of this section. If the driver refuses to provide this consent, the prospective motor carrier employer must not permit the driver to operate a commercial motor vehicle for that motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) If a driver refuses to grant consent for the prospective motor carrier employer to query the Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse in accordance with paragraph (e)(4) of this section, the prospective motor carrier employer must not permit the driver to operate a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(g) After October 29, 2004, previous employers must:
</P>
<P>(1) Respond to each request for the DOT defined information in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section within 30 days after the request is received. If there is no safety performance history information to report for that driver, previous motor carrier employers are nonetheless required to send a response confirming the non-existence of any such data, including the driver identification information and dates of employment.
</P>
<P>(2) Take all precautions reasonably necessary to ensure the accuracy of the records.
</P>
<P>(3) Provide specific contact information in case a driver chooses to contact the previous employer regarding correction or rebuttal of the data.
</P>
<P>(4) Keep a record of each request and the response for one year, including the date, the party to whom it was released, and a summary identifying what was provided.
</P>
<P>(5) Until May 1, 2006, carriers need only provide information for accidents that occurred after April 29, 2003.
</P>
<P>(h) The release of information under this section may take any form that reasonably ensures confidentiality, including letter, facsimile, or e-mail. The previous employer and its agents and insurers must take all precautions reasonably necessary to protect the driver safety performance history records from disclosure to any person not directly involved in forwarding the records, except the previous employer's insurer, except that the previous employer may not provide any alcohol or controlled substances information to the previous employer's insurer.
</P>
<P>(i)(1) The prospective employer must expressly notify drivers with Department of Transportation regulated employment during the preceding three years—via the application form or other written document prior to any hiring decision—that he or she has the following rights regarding the investigative information that will be provided to the prospective employer pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The right to review information provided by previous employers;
</P>
<P>(ii) The right to have errors in the information corrected by the previous employer and for that previous employer to re-send the corrected information to the prospective employer;
</P>
<P>(iii) The right to have a rebuttal statement attached to the alleged erroneous information, if the previous employer and the driver cannot agree on the accuracy of the information.
</P>
<P>(2) Drivers who have previous Department of Transportation regulated employment history in the preceding three years, and wish to review previous employer-provided investigative information must submit a written request to the prospective employer, which may be done at any time, including when applying, or as late as 30 days after being employed or being notified of denial of employment. The prospective employer must provide this information to the applicant within five (5) business days of receiving the written request. If the prospective employer has not yet received the requested information from the previous employer(s), then the five-business days deadline will begin when the prospective employer receives the requested safety performance history information. If the driver has not arranged to pick up or receive the requested records within thirty (30) days of the prospective employer making them available, the prospective motor carrier may consider the driver to have waived his/her request to review the records.
</P>
<P>(j)(1) Drivers wishing to request correction of erroneous information in records received pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section must send the request for the correction to the previous employer that provided the records to the prospective employer.
</P>
<P>(2) After October 29, 2004, the previous employer must either correct and forward the information to the prospective motor carrier employer, or notify the driver within 15 days of receiving a driver's request to correct the data that it does not agree to correct the data. If the previous employer corrects and forwards the data as requested, that employer must also retain the corrected information as part of the driver's safety performance history record and provide it to subsequent prospective employers when requests for this information are received. If the previous employer corrects the data and forwards it to the prospective motor carrier employer, there is no need to notify the driver.
</P>
<P>(3) Drivers wishing to rebut information in records received pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section must send the rebuttal to the previous employer with instructions to include the rebuttal in that driver's safety performance history.
</P>
<P>(4) After October 29, 2004, within five business days of receiving a rebuttal from a driver, the previous employer must:
</P>
<P>(i) Forward a copy of the rebuttal to the prospective motor carrier employer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Append the rebuttal to the driver's information in the carrier's appropriate file, to be included as part of the response for any subsequent investigating prospective employers for the duration of the three-year data retention requirement.
</P>
<P>(5) The driver may submit a rebuttal initially without a request for correction, or subsequent to a request for correction.
</P>
<P>(6) The driver may report failures of previous employers to correct information or include the driver's rebuttal as part of the safety performance information, to the FMCSA following procedures specified at § 386.12.
</P>
<P>(k)(1) The prospective motor carrier employer must use the information described in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section only as part of deciding whether to hire the driver.
</P>
<P>(2) The prospective motor carrier employer, its agents and insurers must take all precautions reasonably necessary to protect the records from disclosure to any person not directly involved in deciding whether to hire the driver. The prospective motor carrier employer may not provide any alcohol or controlled substances information to the prospective motor carrier employer's insurer.
</P>
<P>(l)(1) No action or proceeding for defamation, invasion of privacy, or interference with a contract that is based on the furnishing or use of information in accordance with this section may be brought against—
</P>
<P>(i) A motor carrier investigating the information, described in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, of an individual under consideration for employment as a commercial motor vehicle driver,
</P>
<P>(ii) A person who has provided such information; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The agents or insurers of a person described in paragraph (l)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section, except insurers are not granted a limitation on liability for any alcohol and controlled substance information.
</P>
<P>(2) The protections in paragraph (l)(1) of this section do not apply to persons who knowingly furnish false information, or who are not in compliance with the procedures specified for these investigations.
</P>
<P>(m)(1) The motor carrier must obtain an original or copy of the medical examiner's certificate issued in accordance with § 391.43, and any medical variance on which the certification is based, and, beginning on or after May 21, 2014, verify the driver was certified by a medical examiner listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners as of the date of issuance of the medical examiner's certificate, and place the records in the driver qualification file, before allowing the driver to operate a CMV.
</P>
<P>(2) For drivers required to have a commercial driver's license under part 383 of this chapter, beginning January 30, 2015, using the CDLIS motor vehicle record obtained from the current licensing State, the motor carrier must verify and document in the driver qualification file the following information before allowing the driver to operate a CMV:
</P>
<P>(i) The type of operation the driver self-certified that he or she will perform in accordance with § 383.71(b)(1) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) Beginning on May 21, 2014, and through June 22, 2025, that the driver was certified by a medical examiner listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners as of the date of medical examiner's certificate issuance.
</P>
<P>(B) If the driver has certified under paragraph (m)(2)(i)(A) of this section that he or she expects to operate in interstate commerce, that the driver has a valid medical examiner's certificate and any required medical variances.
</P>
<P>(iii) Beginning on January 30, 2015, and through June 22, 2025, if the driver provided the motor carrier with a copy of the current medical examiner's certificate that was submitted to the State in accordance with § 383.73(b)(5) of this chapter, the motor carrier may use a copy of that medical examiner's certificate as proof of the driver's medical certification for up to 15 days after the date it was issued.
</P>
<P>(3) For drivers required to have a commercial learner's permit under part 383 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(i) Beginning July 8, 2015, using the CDLIS motor vehicle record obtained from the current licensing State, the motor carrier must verify and document in the driver qualification file the following information before allowing the driver to operate a CMV:
</P>
<P>(A) The type of operation the driver self-certified that he or she will perform in accordance with § 383.71(b)(1) and (g) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) Through June 22, 2025, that the driver was certified by a medical examiner listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners as of the date of medical examiner's certificate issuance.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the driver has a commercial learner's permit and has certified under paragraph (m)(3)(i)(A) of this section that he or she expects to operate in interstate commerce, that the driver has a valid medical examiner's certificate and any required medical variances.
</P>
<P>(C) Through June 22, 2025, if the driver provided the motor carrier with a copy of the current medical examiner's certificate that was submitted to the State in accordance with § 383.73(a)(2)(vii) of this chapter, the motor carrier may use a copy of that medical examiner's certificate as proof of the driver's medical certification for up to 15 days after the date it was issued.
</P>
<P>(ii) Until July 8, 2015, if a driver operating in non-excepted, interstate commerce has no medical certification status information on the CDLIS MVR obtained from the current State driver licensing agency, the employing motor carrier may accept a medical examiner's certificate issued to that driver, and place a copy of it in the driver qualification file before allowing the driver to operate a CMV in interstate commerce.
</P>
<P>(4) In the event of a conflict between the medical certification information provided electronically by FMCSA and a paper copy of the medical examiner's certificate, the medical certification information provided electronically by FMCSA shall control.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2126-0004)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 6460, Apr. 22, 1970]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 391.23, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.25" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.3.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.25   Annual inquiry and review of driving record.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in subpart G of this part, each motor carrier shall, at least once every 12 months, make an inquiry to obtain the motor vehicle record of each driver it employs, covering at least the preceding 12 months, to each driver's licensing authority where the driver held a commercial motor vehicle operator's license or permit during the time period.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in subpart G of this part, each motor carrier shall, at least once every 12 months, review the motor vehicle record of each driver it employs to determine whether that driver meets minimum requirements for safe driving or is disqualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle pursuant to § 391.15.
</P>
<P>(1) The motor carrier must consider any evidence that the driver has violated any applicable Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations in this subchapter or Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR chapter I, subchapter C).
</P>
<P>(2) The motor carrier must consider the driver's accident record and any evidence that the driver has violated laws governing the operation of motor vehicles, and must give great weight to violations, such as speeding, reckless driving, and operating while under the influence of alcohol or drugs, that indicate that the driver has exhibited a disregard for the safety of the public.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) A copy of the motor vehicle record required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be maintained in the driver's qualification file.
</P>
<P>(2) A note, including the name of the person who performed the review of the driving record required by paragraph (b) of this section and the date of such review, shall be maintained in the driver's qualification file.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 33277, June 18, 1998, as amended at 73 FR 73127, Dec. 1, 2008; 87 FR 13209, Mar. 9, 2022; 87 FR 59036, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.27" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.3.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.27   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Tests</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.31" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.4.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.31   Road test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in subpart G, a person shall not drive a commercial motor vehicle unless he/she has first successfully completed a road test and has been issued a certificate of driver's road test in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The road test shall be given by the motor carrier or a person designated by it. However, a driver who is a motor carrier must be given the test by a person other than himself/herself. The test shall be given by a person who is competent to evaluate and determine whether the person who takes the test has demonstrated that he/she is capable of operating the commercial motor vehicle, and associated equipment, that the motor carrier intends to assign him/her.
</P>
<P>(c) The road test must be of sufficient duration to enable the person who gives it to evaluate the skill of the person who takes it at handling the commercial motor vehicle, and associated equipment, that the motor carriers intends to assign to him/her. As a minimum, the person who takes the test must be tested, while operating the type of commercial motor vehicle the motor carrier intends to assign him/her, on his/her skill at performing each of the following operations:
</P>
<P>(1) The pretrip inspection required by § 392.7 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Coupling and uncoupling of combination units, if the equipment he/she may drive includes combination units;
</P>
<P>(3) Placing the commercial motor vehicle in operation;
</P>
<P>(4) Use of the commercial motor vehicle's controls and emergency equipment;
</P>
<P>(5) Operating the commercial motor vehicle in traffic and while passing other motor vehicles;
</P>
<P>(6) Turning the commercial motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(7) Braking, and slowing the commercial motor vehicle by means other than braking; and
</P>
<P>(8) Backing and parking the commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) The motor carrier shall provide a road test form on which the person who gives the test shall rate the performance of the person who takes it at each operation or activity which is a part of the test. After he/she completes the form, the person who gave the test shall sign it.
</P>
<P>(e) If the road test is successfully completed, the person who gave it shall complete a certificate of driver's road test in substantially the form prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) The form for the certificate of driver's road test is substantially as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Certification of Road Test
</HD1>
<FP-DASH>Driver's name
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Type of power unit ____________ Type of trailer(s)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>If passenger carrier, type of bus ____________
</FP-DASH>
<P>This is to certify that the above-named driver was given a road test under my supervision on ____________, 20____, consisting of approximately ______ miles of driving.
</P>
<P>It is my considered opinion that this driver possesses sufficient driving skill to operate safely the type of commercial motor vehicle listed above.
</P>
<FRP>(Signature of examiner)
</FRP>
<FRP>(Title)
</FRP>
<FRP>(Organization and address of examiner)</FRP></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) A copy of the certificate required by paragraph (e) of this section shall be given to the person who was examined. The motor carrier shall retain in the driver qualification file of the person who was examined—
</P>
<P>(1) The original of the signed road test form required by paragraph (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) The original, or a copy of, the certificate required by paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) The information collection requirements of this section have been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 <I>et seq.</I>) and have been assigned OMB control number 2126-0072.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 6460, Apr. 22, 1970, as amended at 36 FR 223, Jan. 7, 1971; 59 FR 8752, Feb. 23, 1994; 60 FR 38744, July 28, 1995; 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001; 87 FR 3417, Jan. 21, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.33" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.4.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.33   Equivalent of road test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In place of, and as equivalent to, the road test required by § 391.31, a person who seeks to drive a commercial motor vehicle may present, and a motor carrier may accept—
</P>
<P>(1) A valid Commercial Driver's License as defined in § 383.5 of this subchapter, but not including double/triple trailer or tank vehicle endorsements, which has been issued to him/her to operate specific categories of commercial motor vehicles and which, under the laws of that State, licenses him/her after successful completion of a road test in a commercial motor vehicle of the type the motor carrier intends to assign to him/her; or
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of a valid certificate of driver's road test issued to him/her pursuant to § 391.31 within the preceding 3 years.
</P>
<P>(b) If a driver presents, and a motor carrier accepts, a license or certificate as equivalent to the road test, the motor carrier shall retain a legible copy of the license or certificate in its files as part of the driver's qualification file.
</P>
<P>(c) A motor carrier may require any person who presents a license or certificate as equivalent to the road test to take a road test or any other test of his/her driving skill as a condition to his/her employment as a driver.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 6460, Apr. 22, 1970, as amended at 60 FR 38744, July 28, 1995; 63 FR 33277, June 18, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Physical Qualifications and Examinations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.41" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.5.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.41   Physical qualifications for drivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1)(i) A person subject to this part must not operate a commercial motor vehicle unless he or she is medically certified as physically qualified to do so, and, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, when on-duty has on his or her person the original, or a copy, of a current medical examiner's certificate that he or she is physically qualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle. NOTE: Effective December 29, 1991, and as amended on January 19, 2017, the FMCSA Administrator determined that the Licencia Federal de Conductor issued by the United Mexican States is recognized as proof of medical fitness to drive a CMV. The United States and Canada entered into a Reciprocity Agreement, effective March 30, 1999, recognizing that a Canadian commercial driver's license is proof of medical fitness to drive a CMV. Therefore, Canadian and Mexican CMV drivers are not required to have in their possession a medical examiner's certificate if the driver has been issued, and possesses, a valid commercial driver license issued by the United Mexican States, or a Canadian Province or Territory, and whose license and medical status, including any waiver or exemption, can be electronically verified. Drivers from any of the countries who have received a medical authorization that deviates from the mutually accepted compatible medical standards of the resident country are not qualified to drive a CMV in the other countries. For example, Canadian drivers who do not meet the medical fitness provisions of the Canadian National Safety Code for Motor Carriers but are issued a waiver by one of the Canadian Provinces or Territories, are not qualified to drive a CMV in the United States. In addition, U.S. drivers who received a medical variance from FMCSA are not qualified to drive a CMV in Canada.
</P>
<P>(ii) A person who qualifies for the medical examiner's certificate by virtue of having obtained a medical variance from FMCSA, in the form of an exemption letter or a skill performance evaluation certificate, must have on his or her person a copy of the variance documentation when on-duty.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>CDL/CLP exception.</I> (i)(A) Beginning on January 30, 2015 and through June 22, 2025, a driver required to have a commercial driver's license under part 383 of this chapter, and who submitted a current medical examiner's certificate to the State in accordance with 49 CFR 383.71(h) documenting that he or she meets the physical qualification requirements of this part, no longer needs to carry on his or her person the medical examiner's certificate specified at § 391.43(h), or a copy, for more than 15 days after the date it was issued as valid proof of medical certification.
</P>
<P>(B) On or after June 23, 2025, a driver required to have a commercial driver's license or a commercial learner's permit under 49 CFR part 383, and who has a current medical examiner's certificate documenting that he or she meets the physical qualification requirements of this part, no longer needs to carry on his or her person the medical examiner's certificate specified at § 391.43(h).
</P>
<P>(ii) Beginning on July 8, 2015, and through June 22, 2025, a driver required to have a commercial learner's permit under part 383 of this chapter, and who submitted a current medical examiner's certificate to the State in accordance with § 383.71(h) of this chapter documenting that he or she meets the physical qualification requirements of this part, no longer needs to carry on his or her person the medical examiner's certificate specified at § 391.43(h), or a copy for more than 15 days after the date it was issued as valid proof of medical certification.
</P>
<P>(iii) A CDL or CLP holder required by § 383.71(h) of this chapter to obtain a medical examiner's certificate, who obtained such by virtue of having obtained a medical variance from FMCSA, must continue to have in his or her possession the original or copy of that medical variance documentation at all times when on-duty.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the event of a conflict between the medical certification information provided electronically by FMCSA and a paper copy of the medical examiner's certificate, the medical certification information provided electronically by FMCSA shall control.
</P>
<P>(3) A person is physically qualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle if:
</P>
<P>(i) That person meets the physical qualification standards in paragraph (b) of this section and has complied with the medical examination requirements in § 391.43; or
</P>
<P>(ii) That person obtained from FMCSA a medical variance from the physical qualification standards in paragraph (b) of this section and has complied with the medical examination requirement in § 391.43.
</P>
<P>(b) A person is physically qualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle if that person—
</P>
<P>(1) Has no loss of a foot, a leg, a hand, or an arm, or has been granted a skill performance evaluation certificate pursuant to § 391.49; 
</P>
<P>(2) Has no impairment of:
</P>
<P>(i) A hand or finger which interferes with prehension or power grasping; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An arm, foot, or leg which interferes with the ability to perform normal tasks associated with operating a commercial motor vehicle; or any other significant limb defect or limitation which interferes with the ability to perform normal tasks associated with operating a commercial motor vehicle; or has been granted a skill performance evaluation certificate pursuant to § 391.49;
</P>
<P>(3) Has no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of diabetes mellitus currently treated with insulin for control, unless the person meets the requirements in § 391.46;
</P>
<P>(4) Has no current clinical diagnosis of myocardial infarction, angina pectoris, coronary insufficiency, thrombosis, or any other cardiovascular disease of a variety known to be accompanied by syncope, dyspnea, collapse, or congestive cardiac failure;
</P>
<P>(5) Has no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of a respiratory dysfunction likely to interfere with his/her ability to control and drive a commercial motor vehicle safely;
</P>
<P>(6) Has no current clinical diagnosis of high blood pressure likely to interfere with his/her ability to operate a commercial motor vehicle safely;
</P>
<P>(7) Has no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of rheumatic, arthritic, orthopedic, muscular, neuromuscular, or vascular disease which interferes with his/her ability to control and operate a commercial motor vehicle safely;
</P>
<P>(8) Has no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of epilepsy or any other condition which is likely to cause loss of consciousness or any loss of ability to control a commercial motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(9) Has no mental, nervous, organic, or functional disease or psychiatric disorder likely to interfere with his/her ability to drive a commercial motor vehicle safely;
</P>
<P>(10)(i) Has distant visual acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in each eye without corrective lenses or visual acuity separately corrected to 20/40 (Snellen) or better with corrective lenses, distant binocular acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in both eyes with or without corrective lenses, field of vision of at least 70° in the horizontal meridian in each eye, and the ability to recognize the colors of traffic signals and devices showing standard red, green, and amber; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Meets the requirements in § 391.44, if the person does not satisfy, with the worse eye, either the distant visual acuity standard with corrective lenses or the field of vision standard, or both, in paragraph (b)(10)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(11) First perceives a forced whispered voice in the better ear at not less than 5 feet with or without the use of a hearing aid or, if tested by use of an audiometric device, does not have an average hearing loss in the better ear greater than 40 decibels at 500 Hz, 1,000 Hz, and 2,000 Hz with or without a hearing aid when the audiometric device is calibrated to American National Standard (formerly ASA Standard) Z24.5—1951;
</P>
<P>(12)(i) Does not use any drug or substance identified in 21 CFR 1308.11 Schedule I, an amphetamine, a narcotic, or other habit-forming drug; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not use any non-Schedule I drug or substance that is identified in the other Schedules in 21 CFR part 1308 except when the use is prescribed by a licensed medical practitioner, as defined in § 382.107 of this chapter, who is familiar with the driver's medical history and has advised the driver that the substance will not adversely affect the driver's ability to safely operate a commercial motor vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(13) Has no current clinical diagnosis of alcoholism.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 6460, Apr. 22, 1970]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 391.41, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.43" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.5.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.43   Medical examination; certificate of physical examination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided by paragraph (b) of this section, the medical examination must be performed by a medical examiner listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners under subpart D of part 390 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Exceptions:
</P>
<P>(1) A licensed ophthalmologist or licensed optometrist may perform the part of the medical examination that involves visual acuity, field of vision, and the ability to recognize colors as specified in § 391.41(b)(10).
</P>
<P>(2) A certified VA medical examiner must only perform medical examinations of veteran operators.
</P>
<P>(c) Medical examiners shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be knowledgeable of the specific physical and mental demands associated with operating a commercial motor vehicle and the requirements of this subpart, including the medical advisory criteria prepared by the FMCSA as guidelines to aid the medical examiner in making the qualification determination; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Be proficient in the use of and use the medical protocols necessary to adequately perform the medical examination required by this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Any driver authorized to operate a commercial motor vehicle within an exempt intracity zone pursuant to § 391.62 of this part shall furnish the examining medical examiner with a copy of the medical findings that led to the issuance of the first certificate of medical examination which allowed the driver to operate a commercial motor vehicle wholly within an exempt intracity zone. 
</P>
<P>(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) The medical examination shall be performed, and its results shall be recorded on the Medical Examination Report Form, MCSA-5875, set out in this paragraph (f):
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er17no23.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no23.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no23.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no23.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no23.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no23.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no23.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no23.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17no23.008.gif"/>
<P>(g) Upon completion of the medical examination required by this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) The medical examiner must date and sign the Medical Examination Report and provide his or her full name, office address, and telephone number on the Report.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Before June 23, 2025, if the medical examiner finds that the person examined is physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle in accordance with § 391.41(b), he or she must complete a certificate in the form prescribed in paragraph (h) of this section and furnish the original to the person who was examined. The examiner must provide a copy to a prospective or current employing motor carrier who requests it.
</P>
<P>(ii) On or after June 23, 2025, if the medical examiner identifies that the person examined will not be operating a commercial motor vehicle that requires a commercial driver's license or a commercial learner's permit and finds that the driver is physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle in accordance with § 391.41(b), he or she must complete a certificate in the form prescribed in paragraph (h) of this section and furnish the original to the person who was examined. The examiner must provide a copy to a prospective or current employing motor carrier who requests it.
</P>
<P>(3) On or after June 23, 2025, if the medical examiner finds that the person examined is not physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle in accordance with § 391.41(b), he or she must inform the person examined that he or she is not physically qualified, and that this information will be reported to FMCSA. All medical examiner's certificates previously issued to the person are not valid and no longer satisfy the requirements of § 391.41(a).
</P>
<P>(4) Beginning December 22, 2015, if the medical examiner finds that the determination of whether the person examined is physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle in accordance with § 391.41(b) should be delayed to receive additional information or to conduct further examination in order for the medical examiner to make such determination, he or she must inform the person examined that the additional information must be provided or the further examination completed within 45 days, and that the pending status of the examination will be reported to FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(5)(i)(A) Once every calendar month, beginning May 21, 2014 and ending on June 22, 2018, the medical examiner must electronically transmit to FMCSA, via a secure Web account on the National Registry, a completed CMV Driver Medical Examination Results Form, MCSA-5850. The Form must include all information specified for each medical examination conducted during the previous month for any driver who is required to be examined by a medical examiner listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners.
</P>
<P>(B) Beginning June 22, 2018 by midnight (local time) of the next calendar day after the medical examiner completes a medical examination for any driver who is required to be examined by a medical examiner listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners, the medical examiner must electronically transmit to FMCSA, via a secure FMCSA-designated website, a completed CMV Driver Medical Examination Results Form, MCSA-5850. The Form must include all information specified for each medical examination conducted for each driver who is required to be examined by a medical examiner listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners in accordance with the provisions of this subpart E, and should also include information for each driver who is required by a State to be examined by a medical examiner listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners in accordance with the provisions of this subpart and any variances from those provisions adopted by such State.
</P>
<P>(ii) Beginning on June 22, 2015, if the medical examiner does not perform a medical examination of any driver who is required to be examined by a medical examiner listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners during any calendar month, the medical examiner must report that fact to FMCSA, via a secure FMCSA-designated website, by the close of business on the last day of such month.
</P>
<P>(h) The medical examiner's certificate shall be completed in accordance with the following Form MCSA-5876, Medical Examiner's Certificate:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er17no23.009.gif"/>
<P>(i) Each original (paper or electronic) completed Medical Examination Report and a copy or electronic version of each medical examiner's certificate must be retained on file at the office of the medical examiner for at least 3 years from the date of examination. The medical examiner must make all records and information in these files available to an authorized representative of FMCSA or an authorized Federal, State, or local enforcement agency representative, within 48 hours after the request is made.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 6460, Apr. 22, 1970]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 391.43, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.44" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.5.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.44   Physical qualification standards for an individual who does not satisfy, with the worse eye, either the distant visual acuity standard with corrective lenses or the field of vision standard, or both.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> An individual who does not satisfy, with the worse eye, either the distant visual acuity standard with corrective lenses or the field of vision standard, or both, in § 391.41(b)(10)(i) is physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle in interstate commerce provided:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual meets the other physical qualification standards in § 391.41 or has an exemption or skill performance evaluation certificate, if required; and
</P>
<P>(2) The individual has the vision evaluation required by paragraph (b) of this section and the medical examination required by paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Evaluation by an ophthalmologist or optometrist.</I> Prior to the examination required by § 391.45 or the expiration of a medical examiner's certificate, the individual must be evaluated by a licensed ophthalmologist or licensed optometrist.
</P>
<P>(1) During the evaluation of the individual, the ophthalmologist or optometrist must complete the Vision Evaluation Report, Form MCSA-5871.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon completion of the Vision Evaluation Report, Form MCSA-5871, the ophthalmologist or optometrist must sign and date the Report and provide the ophthalmologist or optometrist's full name, office address, and telephone number on the Report.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Examination by a medical examiner.</I> At least annually, an individual who does not satisfy, with the worse eye, either the distant visual acuity standard with corrective lenses or the field of vision standard, or both, in § 391.41(b)(10)(i) must be medically examined and certified by a medical examiner as physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle in accordance with § 391.43. The examination must begin not more than 45 days after an ophthalmologist or optometrist signs and dates the Vision Evaluation Report, Form MCSA-5871.
</P>
<P>(1) The medical examiner must receive a completed Vision Evaluation Report, Form MCSA-5871, signed and dated by an ophthalmologist or optometrist for each required examination. This Report shall be treated and retained as part of the Medical Examination Report Form, MCSA-5875.
</P>
<P>(2) The medical examiner must determine whether the individual meets the physical qualification standards in § 391.41 to operate a commercial motor vehicle. In making that determination, the medical examiner must consider the information in the Vision Evaluation Report, Form MCSA-5871, signed by an ophthalmologist or optometrist and, utilizing independent medical judgment, apply the following standards in determining whether the individual may be certified as physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(i) The individual is not physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle if, in the better eye, the distant visual acuity is not at least 20/40 (Snellen), with or without corrective lenses, and the field of vision is not at least 70° in the horizontal meridian.
</P>
<P>(ii) The individual is not physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle if the individual is not able to recognize the colors of traffic signals and devices showing standard red, green, and amber.
</P>
<P>(iii) The individual is not physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle if the individual's vision deficiency is not stable.
</P>
<P>(iv) The individual is not physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle if sufficient time has not passed since the vision deficiency became stable to allow the individual to adapt to and compensate for the change in vision.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Road test.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (d)(3), (4), and (5) of this section, an individual physically qualified under this section for the first time shall not drive a commercial motor vehicle until the individual has successfully completed a road test subsequent to physical qualification and has been issued a certificate of driver's road test in accordance with § 391.31. An individual physically qualified under this section for the first time must inform the motor carrier responsible for completing the road test under § 391.31(b) that the individual is required by paragraph (d) of this section to have a road test. The motor carrier must conduct the road test in accordance with § 391.31(b) thorough (g).
</P>
<P>(2) For road tests required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the provisions of § 391.33 for the equivalent of a road test do not apply. If an individual required to have a road test by paragraph (d)(1) of this section successfully completes the road test and is issued a certificate of driver's road test in accordance with § 391.31, then any otherwise applicable provisions of § 391.33 will apply thereafter to such individual.
</P>
<P>(3) An individual physically qualified under this section for the first time is not required to complete a road test in accordance with § 391.31 if the motor carrier responsible for completing the road test under § 391.31(b) determines the individual possessed a valid commercial driver's license or non-commercial driver's license to operate, and did operate, a commercial motor vehicle in either intrastate commerce or in interstate commerce excepted by § 390.3T(f) of this subchapter or § 391.2 from the requirements of this subpart with the vision deficiency for the 3-year period immediately preceding the date of physical qualification under this section for the first time.
</P>
<P>(i) The individual must certify in writing to the motor carrier the date the vision deficiency began.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the motor carrier determines the individual possessed a valid commercial driver's license or non-commercial driver's license to operate, and did operate, a commercial motor vehicle in either intrastate commerce or in interstate commerce excepted by either § 390.3T(f) of this subchapter or § 391.2 from the requirements of this subpart with the vision deficiency for the 3-year period immediately preceding the date of physical qualification in accordance with this section for the first time, the motor carrier must—
</P>
<P>(A) Prepare a written statement to the effect that the motor carrier determined the individual possessed a valid license and operated a commercial motor vehicle in intrastate or in the specific excepted interstate commerce (as applicable) with the vision deficiency for the 3-year period immediately preceding the date of physical qualification in accordance with this section for the first time and, therefore, is not required by paragraph (d) of this section to complete a road test;
</P>
<P>(B) Give the individual a copy of the written statement; and
</P>
<P>(C) Retain in the individual's driver qualification file the original of the written statement and the original, or a copy, of the individual's certification regarding the date the vision deficiency began.
</P>
<P>(4) An individual physically qualified under this section for the first time is not required to complete a road test in accordance with § 391.31 if the individual held on March 22, 2022, a valid exemption from the vision standard in § 391.41(b)(10)(i) issued by FMCSA under 49 CFR part 381. Such an individual is not required to inform the motor carrier that the individual is excepted from the requirement in paragraph (d)(1) of this section to have a road test.
</P>
<P>(5) An individual physically qualified under this section for the first time is not required to complete a road test in accordance with § 391.31 if the individual was medically certified on March 22, 2022, under the provisions of § 391.64(b) for drivers who participated in a previous vision waiver study program. Such an individual is not required to inform the motor carrier that the individual is excepted from the requirement in paragraph (d)(1) of this section to have a road test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 3417, Jan. 21, 2022]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.45" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.5.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.45   Persons who must be medically examined and certified.</HEAD>
<P>The following persons must be medically examined and certified in accordance with § 391.43 as physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle:
</P>
<P>(a) Any person who has not been medically examined and certified as physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(b) Any driver who has not been medically examined and certified as qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle during the preceding 24 months, unless the driver is required to be examined and certified in accordance with paragraph (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), or (h) of this section;
</P>
<P>(c) Any driver authorized to operate a commercial motor vehicle only within an exempt intracity zone pursuant to § 391.62, if such driver has not been medically examined and certified as qualified to drive in such zone during the preceding 12 months;
</P>
<P>(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) Any driver who has diabetes mellitus treated with insulin for control and who has obtained a medical examiner's certificate under the standards in § 391.46, if such driver's most recent medical examination and certification as qualified to drive did not occur during the preceding 12 months;
</P>
<P>(f) Any driver who does not satisfy, with the worse eye, either the distant visual acuity standard with corrective lenses or the field of vision standard, or both, in § 391.41(b)(10)(i) and who has obtained a medical examiner's certificate under the standards in § 391.44, if such driver's most recent medical examination and certification as qualified to drive did not occur during the preceding 12 months;
</P>
<P>(g) Any driver whose ability to perform his or her normal duties has been impaired by a physical or mental injury or disease; and
</P>
<P>(h) On or after June 23, 2025, any person found by a medical examiner not to be physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle under the provisions of paragraph (g)(3) of § 391.43.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 47520, Sept. 19, 2018, as amended at 86 FR 32651, June 22, 2021; 87 FR 3419, Jan. 21, 2022; 88 FR 80192, Nov. 17, 2023; 89 FR 90623, Nov. 18, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.46" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.5.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.46   Physical qualification standards for an individual with diabetes mellitus treated with insulin for control.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Diabetes mellitus treated with insulin.</I> An individual with diabetes mellitus treated with insulin for control is physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle provided:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual otherwise meets the physical qualification standards in § 391.41 or has an exemption or skill performance evaluation certificate, if required; and
</P>
<P>(2) The individual has the evaluation required by paragraph (b) and the medical examination required by paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Evaluation by the treating clinician.</I> Prior to the examination required by § 391.45 or the expiration of a medical examiner's certificate, the individual must be evaluated by his or her “treating clinician.” For purposes of this section, “treating clinician” means a healthcare professional who manages, and prescribes insulin for, the treatment of the individual's diabetes mellitus as authorized by the healthcare professional's State licensing authority.
</P>
<P>(1) During the evaluation of the individual, the treating clinician must complete the Insulin-Treated Diabetes Mellitus Assessment Form, MCSA-5870.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon completion of the Insulin-Treated Diabetes Mellitus Assessment Form, MCSA-5870, the treating clinician must sign and date the Form and provide his or her full name, office address, and telephone number on the Form.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Medical examiner's examination.</I> At least annually, but no later than 45 days after the treating clinician signs and dates the Insulin-Treated Diabetes Mellitus Assessment Form, MCSA-5870, an individual with diabetes mellitus treated with insulin for control must be medically examined and certified by a medical examiner as physically qualified in accordance with § 391.43 and as free of complications from diabetes mellitus that might impair his or her ability to operate a commercial motor vehicle safely.
</P>
<P>(1) The medical examiner must receive a completed Insulin-Treated Diabetes Mellitus Assessment Form, MCSA-5870, signed and dated by the individual's treating clinician for each required examination. This Form shall be treated and retained as part of the Medical Examination Report Form, MCSA-5875.
</P>
<P>(2) The medical examiner must determine whether the individual meets the physical qualification standards in § 391.41 to operate a commercial motor vehicle. In making that determination, the medical examiner must consider the information in the Insulin-Treated Diabetes Mellitus Assessment Form, MCSA-5870, signed by the treating clinician and, utilizing independent medical judgment, apply the following qualification standards in determining whether the individual with diabetes mellitus treated with insulin for control may be certified as physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(i) The individual is not physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle if he or she is not maintaining a stable insulin regimen and not properly controlling his or her diabetes mellitus.
</P>
<P>(ii) The individual is not physically qualified on a permanent basis to operate a commercial motor vehicle if he or she has either severe non-proliferative diabetic retinopathy or proliferative diabetic retinopathy.
</P>
<P>(iii) The individual is not physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle up to the maximum 12-month period under § 391.45(e) until he or she provides the treating clinician with at least the preceding 3 months of electronic blood glucose self-monitoring records while being treated with insulin that are generated in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) The individual who does not provide the treating clinician with at least the preceding 3 months of electronic blood glucose self-monitoring records while being treated with insulin that are generated in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section is not physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle for more than 3 months. If 3 months of compliant electronic blood glucose self-monitoring records are then provided by the individual to the treating clinician and the treating clinician completes a new Insulin-Treated Diabetes Mellitus Assessment Form, MCSA-5870, the medical examiner may issue a medical examiner's certificate that is valid for up to the maximum 12-month period allowed by § 391.45(e) and paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Blood glucose self-monitoring records.</I> Individuals with diabetes mellitus treated with insulin for control must self-monitor blood glucose in accordance with the specific treatment plan prescribed by the treating clinician. Such individuals must maintain blood glucose records measured with an electronic glucometer that stores all readings, that records the date and time of readings, and from which data can be electronically downloaded. A printout of the electronic blood glucose records or the glucometer must be provided to the treating clinician at the time of any of the evaluations required by this section.
</P>
<P>(e) S<I>evere hypoglycemic episodes.</I> (1) An individual with diabetes mellitus treated with insulin for control who experiences a severe hypoglycemic episode after being certified as physically qualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle is prohibited from operating a commercial motor vehicle, and must report such occurrence to and be evaluated by a treating clinician as soon as is reasonably practicable. A severe hypoglycemic episode is one that requires the assistance of others, or results in loss of consciousness, seizure, or coma. The prohibition on operating a commercial motor vehicle continues until a treating clinician:
</P>
<P>(i) Has determined that the cause of the severe hypoglycemic episode has been addressed;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has determined that the individual is maintaining a stable insulin regimen and proper control of his or her diabetes mellitus; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Completes a new Insulin-Treated Diabetes Mellitus Assessment Form, MCSA-5870.
</P>
<P>(2) The individual must retain the Form and provide it to the medical examiner at the individual's next medical examination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 47520, Sept. 19, 2018, as amended at 84 FR 51434, Sept. 30, 2019]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.47" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.5.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.47   Resolution of conflicts of medical evaluation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applications.</I> Applications for determination of a driver's medical qualifications under standards in this part will only be accepted if they conform to the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content.</I> Applications will be accepted for consideration only if the following conditions are met.
</P>
<P>(1) The application must contain the name and address of the driver, motor carrier, and all medical examiners and medical specialists involved in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) The applicant must submit proof that there is a disagreement between the medical examiner for the driver and the medical examiner for the motor carrier concerning the driver's qualifications.
</P>
<P>(3) The applicant must submit a copy of an opinion and report including results of all tests of an impartial medical specialist in the field in which the medical conflict arose. The specialist should be one agreed to by the motor carrier and the driver.
</P>
<P>(i) In cases where the driver refuses to agree on a specialist and the applicant is the motor carrier, the applicant must submit a statement of his/her agreement to submit the matter to an impartial medical specialist in the field, proof that he/she has requested the driver to submit to the medical specialist, and the response, if any, of the driver to his/her request.
</P>
<P>(ii) In cases where the motor carrier refuses to agree on a medical specialist, the driver must submit an opinion and test results of an impartial medical specialist, proof that he/she has requested the motor carrier to agree to submit the matter to the medical specialist and the response, if any, of the motor carrier to his/her request.
</P>
<P>(4) The applicant must include a statement explaining in detail why the decision of the medical specialist identified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, is unacceptable.
</P>
<P>(5) The applicant must submit proof that the medical specialist mentioned in paragraph (b)(3) of this section was provided, prior to his/her determination, the medical history of the driver and an agreed-upon statement of the work the driver performs.
</P>
<P>(6) The applicant must submit the medical history and statement of work provided to the medical specialist under paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) The applicant must submit all medical records and statements of the medical examiners and medical specialists who have given opinions on the driver's qualifications.
</P>
<P>(8) The applicant must submit a description and a copy of all written and documentary evidence upon which the party making application relies in the form set out in 49 CFR 386.37.
</P>
<P>(9) The application must be accompanied by a statement of the driver that he/she intends to drive in interstate commerce not subject to the commercial zone exemption or a statement of the carrier that he/she has used or intends to use the driver for such work.
</P>
<P>(10) The applicant must submit three copies of the application and all records.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Information.</I> FMCSA may request further information from the applicant if he/she determines that a decision cannot be made on the evidence submitted. If the applicant fails to submit the information requested, FMCSA may refuse to issue a determination.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) <I>Action.</I> Upon receiving a satisfactory application FMCSA shall notify the parties (the driver, motor carrier, or any other interested party) that the application has been accepted and that a determination will be made. A copy of all evidence received shall be attached to the notice.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reply.</I> Any party may submit a reply to the notification within 15 days after service. Such reply must be accompanied by all evidence the party wants FMCSA to consider in making his/her determination. Evidence submitted should include all medical records and test results upon which the party relies.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Parties.</I> A party for the purposes of this section includes the motor carrier and the driver, or anyone else submitting an application.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Petitions to review, burden of proof.</I> The driver or motor carrier may petition to review the FMCSA's determination. Such petition must be submitted in accordance with § 386.13(a) of this chapter. The burden of proof in such a proceeding is on the petitioner.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Status of driver.</I> Once an application is submitted to FMCSA, the driver shall be deemed disqualified until such time as FMCSA makes a determination, or until FMCSA orders otherwise.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 18081, Apr. 5, 1977, as amended at 42 FR 53966, Oct. 4, 1977; 60 FR 38746, July 28, 1995; 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001; 78 FR 58483, Sept. 24, 2013; 80 FR 59075, Oct. 1, 2015; 86 FR 57074, Oct. 14, 2021; 88 FR 80192, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.49" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.5.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.49   Alternative physical qualification standards for the loss or impairment of limbs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person who is not physically qualified to drive under § 391.41(b)(1) or (2) and who is otherwise qualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle, may drive a commercial motor vehicle if FMCSA has granted a Skill Performance Evaluation (SPE) Certificate to that person.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Application.</I> A letter of application for an SPE certificate may be submitted jointly by the person (driver applicant) who seeks an SPE certificate and by the motor carrier that will employ the driver applicant, if the application is accepted.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Application address.</I> The application must be addressed to the SPE Certificate Program at the applicable FMCSA service center for the State in which the co-applicant motor carrier's principal place of business is located. The address of each, and the States serviced, are listed in § 390.27 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception.</I> A letter of application for an SPE certificate may be submitted unilaterally by a driver applicant. The application must be addressed to the field service center, FMCSA, for the State in which the driver has legal residence. The driver applicant must comply with all the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section except those in (c)(1)(i) and (iii). The driver applicant shall respond to the requirements of paragraphs (c)(2)(i) to (v) of this section, if the information is known.
</P>
<P>(c) A letter of application for an SPE certificate shall contain: 
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the applicant(s): 
</P>
<P>(i) Name and complete address of the motor carrier co-applicant;
</P>
<P>(ii) Name and complete address of the driver applicant;
</P>
<P>(iii) The U.S. DOT Motor Carrier Identification Number, if known; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of the driver applicant's limb impairment for which SPE certificate is requested. 
</P>
<P>(2) Description of the type of operation the driver will be employed to perform: 
</P>
<P>(i) State(s) in which the driver will operate for the motor carrier co-applicant (if more than 10 States, designate general geographic area only);
</P>
<P>(ii) Average period of time the driver will be driving and/or on duty, per day; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Type of commodities or cargo to be transported; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Type of driver operation (<I>i.e.,</I> sleeper team, relay, owner operator, etc.); and 
</P>
<P>(v) Number of years experience operating the type of commercial motor vehicle(s) requested in the letter of application and total years of experience operating all types of commercial motor vehicles. 
</P>
<P>(3) Description of the commercial motor vehicle(s) the driver applicant intends to drive: 
</P>
<P>(i) Truck, truck tractor, or bus make, model, and year (if known); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Drive train; 
</P>
<P>(A) Transmission type (automatic or manual—if manual, designate number of forward speeds); 
</P>
<P>(B) Auxiliary transmission (if any) and number of forward speeds; and 
</P>
<P>(C) Rear axle (designate single speed, 2 speed, or 3 speed). 
</P>
<P>(iii) Type of brake system; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Steering, manual or power assisted; 
</P>
<P>(v) Description of type of trailer(s) (<I>i.e.,</I> van, flatbed, cargo tank, drop frame, lowboy, or pole); 
</P>
<P>(vi) Number of semitrailers or full trailers to be towed at one time; 
</P>
<P>(vii) For commercial motor vehicles designed to transport passengers, indicate the seating capacity of commercial motor vehicle; and 
</P>
<P>(viii) Description of any modification(s) made to the commercial motor vehicle for the driver applicant; attach photograph(s) where applicable. 
</P>
<P>(4) Otherwise qualified: 
</P>
<P>(i) The co-applicant motor carrier must certify that the driver applicant is otherwise qualified under the regulations of this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a unilateral application, the driver applicant must certify that he/she is otherwise qualified under the regulations of this part.
</P>
<P>(5) Signature of applicant(s): 
</P>
<P>(i) Driver applicant's signature and date signed; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Motor carrier official's signature (if application has a co-applicant), title, and date signed. Depending upon the motor carrier's organizational structure (corporation, partnership, or proprietorship), the signer of the application shall be an officer, partner, or the proprietor.
</P>
<P>(d) The letter of application for an SPE certificate shall be accompanied by: 
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the Medical Examination Report Form, MCSA-5875, documenting the results of the medical examination performed pursuant to § 391.43;
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the Medical Examiner's Certificate, Form MCSA-5876, completed pursuant to § 391.43(h);
</P>
<P>(3) A medical evaluation summary completed by either a board qualified or board certified physiatrist (doctor of physical medicine) or orthopedic surgeon. The co-applicant motor carrier or the driver applicant shall provide the physiatrist or orthopedic surgeon with a description of the job-related tasks the driver applicant will be required to perform;
</P>
<P>(i) The medical evaluation summary for a driver applicant disqualified under § 391.41(b)(1) shall include: 
</P>
<P>(A) An assessment of the functional capabilities of the driver as they relate to the ability of the driver to perform normal tasks associated with operating a commercial motor vehicle; and 
</P>
<P>(B) A statement by the examiner that the applicant is capable of demonstrating precision prehension (<I>e.g.,</I> grasping and manipulating knobs and switches using the fingers/thumb) and power grasp prehension (<I>e.g.,</I> grasping, holding, and maneuvering the steering wheel using a hand) with each hand separately. Prior to applying for an SPE certificate, an applicant with loss of a hand or arm must be fitted and proficient with a proper prosthesis that enables the applicant to demonstrate precision prehension and power grasp prehension with each hand separately. This requirement does not apply to an individual who was granted a waiver, absent a prosthetic device, prior to January 6, 1986, the effective date of the requirement. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The medical evaluation summary for a driver applicant disqualified under § 391.41(b)(2) shall include: 
</P>
<P>(A) An explanation as to how and why the impairment interferes with the ability of the applicant to perform normal tasks associated with operating a commercial motor vehicle; 
</P>
<P>(B) An assessment and medical opinion of whether the condition will likely remain medically stable over the lifetime of the driver applicant; and 
</P>
<P>(C) A statement by the examiner that the applicant is capable of demonstrating precision prehension (<I>e.g.,</I> grasping and manipulating knobs and switches using the fingers/thumb) and power grasp prehension (<I>e.g.,</I> grasping, holding, and maneuvering the steering wheel using a hand) with each hand separately. Prior to applying for an SPE certificate, an applicant with upper limb impairment must be fitted and proficient with a proper prosthesis or orthotic device, if the applicant is not capable of demonstrating precision prehension and power grasp prehension with each hand separately without a prosthesis or orthotic device. This requirement does not apply to an individual who was granted a waiver, absent an orthotic device, prior to January 6, 1986, the effective date of the requirement. 
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the driver applicant's prosthetic or orthotic device worn, if any; 
</P>
<P>(5) Road test: 
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the driver applicant's road test administered by the motor carrier co-applicant and the certificate issued pursuant to § 391.31(b) through (g); or
</P>
<P>(ii) A unilateral applicant shall be responsible for having a road test administered by a motor carrier or a person who is competent to administer the test and evaluate its results. 
</P>
<P>(6) Application for employment: 
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the driver applicant's application for employment completed pursuant to § 391.21; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) A unilateral applicant shall be responsible for submitting a copy of the last commercial driving position's employment application he/she held. If not previously employed as a commercial driver, so state. 
</P>
<P>(7) A copy of the driver applicant's SPE certificate of certain physical defects issued by the individual State(s), where applicable; and
</P>
<P>(8) A copy of the driver applicant's State Motor Vehicle Driving Record for the past 3 years from each State in which a motor vehicle driver's license or permit has been obtained. 
</P>
<P>(e) A motor carrier that employs a driver with an SPE certificate agrees to: 
</P>
<P>(1) File promptly (within 30 days of the involved incident) with the SPE Certificate Program, FMCSA service center, such documents and information as may be required about driving activities, accidents, arrests, license suspensions, revocations, or withdrawals, and convictions which involve the driver applicant. This paragraph (e)(1) applies whether the driver SPE certificate is a unilateral one or has a co-applicant motor carrier;
</P>
<P>(i) A motor carrier who is a co-applicant must file the required documents with the SPE Certificate Program, FMCSA service center, for the State in which the carrier's principal place of business is located; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A motor carrier who employs a driver who has been issued a unilateral SPE certificate must file the required documents with the SPE Certificate Program, FMCSA service center, for the State in which the driver has legal residence.
</P>
<P>(2) Evaluate the driver with a road test using the trailer the motor carrier intends the driver to transport or, in lieu of, accept a certificate of a trailer road test from another motor carrier if the trailer type(s) is similar, or accept the trailer road test done during the Skill Performance Evaluation if it is a similar trailer type(s) to that of the prospective motor carrier. Job tasks, as stated in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, are not evaluated in the Skill Performance Evaluation; 
</P>
<P>(3) Evaluate the driver for those nondriving safety related job tasks associated with whatever type of trailer(s) will be used and any other nondriving safety related or job related tasks unique to the operations of the employing motor carrier; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Use the driver to operate the type of commercial motor vehicle defined in the SPE certificate only when the driver is in compliance with the conditions and limitations of the SPE certificate. 
</P>
<P>(f) The driver shall supply each employing motor carrier with a copy of the SPE certificate. 
</P>
<P>(g) FMCSA may require the driver applicant to demonstrate his or her ability to safely operate the commercial motor vehicle(s) the driver intends to drive to an agent of FMCSA. The SPE certificate form will identify the power unit (bus, truck, truck tractor) for which the SPE certificate has been granted. The SPE certificate forms will also identify the trailer type used in the Skill Performance Evaluation; however, the SPE certificate is not limited to that specific trailer type. A driver may use the SPE certificate with other trailer types if a successful trailer road test is completed in accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section. Job tasks, as stated in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, are not evaluated during the Skill Performance Evaluation.
</P>
<P>(h) FMCSA may deny the application for SPE certificate or may grant it totally or in part and issue the SPE certificate subject to such terms, conditions, and limitations as deemed consistent with the public interest. The SPE certificate is valid for a period not to exceed 2 years from date of issue, and may be renewed 30 days prior to the expiration date.
</P>
<P>(i) The SPE certificate renewal application shall be submitted to the SPE Certificate Program, FMCSA service center, for the State in which the driver has legal residence, if the SPE certificate was issued unilaterally. If the SPE certificate has a co-applicant, then the renewal application is submitted to the SPE Certificate Program, FMCSA service center, for the State in which the co-applicant motor carrier's principal place of business is located. The SPE certificate renewal application shall contain the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Name and complete address of motor carrier currently employing the applicant; 
</P>
<P>(2) Name and complete address of the driver; 
</P>
<P>(3) Effective date of the current SPE certificate; 
</P>
<P>(4) Expiration date of the current SPE certificate; 
</P>
<P>(5) Total miles driven under the current SPE certificate; 
</P>
<P>(6) Number of accidents incurred while driving under the current SPE certificate, including date of the accident(s), number of fatalities, number of injuries, and the estimated dollar amount of property damage; 
</P>
<P>(7) A current Medical Examination Report Form, MCSA-5875;
</P>
<P>(8) A medical evaluation summary pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this section, if an unstable medical condition exists. All handicapped conditions classified under § 391.41(b)(1) are considered unstable. Refer to paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section for the condition under § 391.41(b)(2) which may be considered medically stable. 
</P>
<P>(9) A copy of driver's current State motor vehicle driving record for the period of time the current SPE certificate has been in effect; 
</P>
<P>(10) Notification of any change in the type of tractor the driver will operate; 
</P>
<P>(11) Driver's signature and date signed; and 
</P>
<P>(12) Motor carrier coapplicant's signature and date signed. 
</P>
<P>(j)(1) Upon granting an SPE certificate, FMCSA will notify the driver applicant and co-applicant motor carrier (if applicable) by letter. The terms, conditions, and limitations of the SPE certificate will be set forth. A motor carrier shall maintain a copy of the SPE certificate in its driver qualification file. A copy of the SPE certificate shall be retained in the motor carrier's file for a period of 3 years after the driver's employment is terminated. The driver applicant shall have the SPE certificate (or a legible copy) in his/her possession whenever on duty.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon successful completion of the skill performance evaluation, FMCSA must notify the driver by letter and enclose an SPE certificate substantially in the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Skill Performance Evaluation Certificate
</FP-1>
<FP-DASH>Name of Issuing Agency:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Agency Address:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Telephone Number: (  )
</FP-DASH>
<FP-1>Issued Under 49 CFR 391.49, subchapter B of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations
</FP-1>
<FP-DASH>Driver's Name:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Effective Date:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>SSN:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>DOB:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Expiration Date:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Address:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Driver Disability:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-1>Check One: ______New ______Renewal
</FP-1>
<FP-DASH>Driver's License:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-1>(State) (Number)
</FP-1>
<P>In accordance with 49 CFR 391.49, subchapter B of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs), the driver application for a skill performance evaluation (SPE) certificate is hereby granted authorizing the above-named driver to operate in interstate or foreign commerce under the provisions set forth below. This certificate is granted for the period shown above, not to exceed 2 years, subject to periodic review as may be found necessary. This certificate may be renewed upon submission of a renewal application. Continuation of this certificate is dependent upon strict adherence by the above-named driver to the provisions set forth below and compliance with the FMCSRs. Any failure to comply with provisions herein may be cause for cancellation.
</P>
<P>CONDITIONS: As a condition of this certificate, reports of all accidents, arrests, suspensions, revocations, withdrawals of driver licenses or permits, and convictions involving the above-named driver shall be reported in writing to the Issuing Agency by the EMPLOYING MOTOR CARRIER within 30 days after occurrence.
</P>
<P>LIMITATIONS:
</P>
<FP-DASH>1. Vehicle Type (power unit):*
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>2. Vehicle modification(s):
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>3. Prosthetic or Orthotic device(s) (Required to be Worn While Driving):
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>4. Additional Provision(s):
</FP-DASH>
<P>NOTICE: To all MOTOR CARRIERS employing a driver with an SPE certificate. This certificate is granted for the operation of the <I>power unit only.</I> It is the responsibility of the employing motor carrier to evaluate the driver with a road test using the trailer type(s) the motor carrier intends the driver to transport, or in lieu of, accept the trailer road test done during the SPE if it is a similar trailer type(s) to that of the prospective motor carrier. Also, it is the responsibility of the employing motor carrier to evaluate the driver for those non-driving safety-related job tasks associated with the type of trailer(s) utilized, as well as, any other non-driving safety-related or job-related tasks unique to the operations of the employing motor carrier.
</P>
<P>The SPE of the above-named driver was given by an SPE Evaluator. It was successfully completed utilizing the above-named power unit and ________ (trailer, if applicable)
</P>
<P>The tractor or truck had a ________ transmission.
</P>
<FP-1>Please read the <I>NOTICE</I> paragraph above.
</FP-1>
<FP-DASH>Name:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Signature:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Title:
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Date:</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<P>(k) FMCSA may revoke an SPE certificate after the person to whom it was issued is given notice of the proposed revocation and has been allowed a reasonable opportunity to appeal.
</P>
<P>(l) Falsifying information in the letter of application, the renewal application, or falsifying information required by this section by either the applicant or motor carrier is prohibited. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 25287, May 1, 2000, as amended at 65 FR 59380, Oct. 5, 2000; 67 FR 61824, Oct. 2, 2002; 78 FR 58483, Sept. 24, 2013; 86 FR 57075, Oct. 14, 2021; 89 FR 90623, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Files and Records</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.51" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.6.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.51   General requirements for driver qualification files.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each motor carrier shall maintain a driver qualification file for each driver it employs. A driver's qualification file may be combined with his/her personnel file.
</P>
<P>(b) The qualification file for a driver must include:
</P>
<P>(1) The driver's application for employment completed in accordance with § 391.21;
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the motor vehicle record received from each driver's licensing authority pursuant to § 391.23(a)(1);
</P>
<P>(3) The certificate of driver's road test issued to the driver pursuant to § 391.31(e), a copy of the license or certificate which the motor carrier accepted as equivalent to the driver's road test pursuant to § 391.33, or the original of the written statement providing that the motor carrier determined the driver is not required by § 391.44(d) to complete a road test pursuant to § 391.44(d)(3)(ii)(A) and the original, or a copy, of the driver's certification required by § 391.44(d)(3)(i);
</P>
<P>(4) The motor vehicle record received from each driver's licensing authority to the annual driver record inquiry required by § 391.25(a);
</P>
<P>(5) A note relating to the annual review of the driver's driving record as required by § 391.25(c)(2);
</P>
<P>(6)(i) The medical examiner's certificate as required by § 391.43(g) or a legible copy of the certificate.
</P>
<P>(ii) For CDL holders, beginning January 30, 2012, if the CDLIS motor vehicle record contains medical certification status information, the motor carrier employer must meet this requirement by obtaining the CDLIS motor vehicle record defined at § 384.105 of this chapter. That record must be obtained from the current licensing State and placed in the driver qualification file. After January 30, 2015, a non-excepted, interstate CDL holder without medical certification status information on the CDLIS motor vehicle record is designated “not-certified” to operate a CMV in interstate commerce. After January 30, 2015, and through June 22, 2025, a motor carrier may use a copy of the driver's current medical examiner's certificate that was submitted to the State for up to 15 days from the date it was issued as proof of medical certification.
</P>
<P>(iii) If that driver obtained the medical certification based on having obtained a medical variance from FMCSA, the motor carrier must also include a copy of the medical variance documentation in the driver qualification file in accordance with paragraph (b)(7) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(7) A Skill Performance Evaluation Certificate issued by FMCSA in accordance with § 391.49; or the Medical Exemption document issued by a Federal medical program in accordance with part 381 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(8)(i) For drivers not required to have a CDL, a note relating to verification of medical examiner listing on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners required by § 391.23(m)(1).
</P>
<P>(ii) Through June 22, 2025, for drivers required to have a CDL, a note relating to verification of medical examiner listing on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners required by § 391.23(m)(2).
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each driver's qualification file shall be retained for as long as a driver is employed by that motor carrier and for three years thereafter.
</P>
<P>(d) The following records may be removed from a driver's qualification file three years after the date of execution:
</P>
<P>(1) The motor vehicle record received from each driver's licensing authority to the annual driver record inquiry required by § 391.25(a);
</P>
<P>(2) The note relating to the annual review of the driver's driving record as required by § 391.25(c)(2);
</P>
<P>(3) The medical examiner's certificate required by § 391.43(g), a legible copy of the certificate, or, for CDL drivers, any CDLIS MVR obtained as required by paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(4) Any medical variance issued by FMCSA, including a Skill Performance Evaluation Certificate issued in accordance with § 391.49; or the Medical Exemption letter issued by a Federal medical program in accordance with part 381 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(5) The note relating to verification of medical examiner listing on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners required by § 391.23(m).
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2126-004)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 33277, June 18, 1998, as amended at 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001; 69 FR 16721, Mar. 30, 2004; 73 FR 73127, Dec. 1, 2008; 75 FR 28502, May 21, 2010; 77 FR 24133, Apr. 20, 2012; 79 FR 2380, Jan. 14, 2014; 80 FR 22822, Apr. 23, 2015; 83 FR 28782, June 21, 2018; 84 FR 51434, Sept. 30, 2019; 86 FR 32651, June 22, 2021; 86 FR 57076, Oct. 14, 2021; 87 FR 3419, Jan. 21, 2022; 87 FR 13209, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.53" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.6.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.53   Driver investigation history file.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each motor carrier must maintain records relating to the investigation into the safety performance history of a new or prospective driver pursuant to § 391.23(d) and (e). This file must be maintained in a secure location with controlled access.
</P>
<P>(1) The motor carrier must ensure that access to this data is limited to those who are involved in the hiring decision or who control access to the data. In addition, the motor carrier's insurer may have access to the data, except the alcohol and controlled substances data.
</P>
<P>(2) This data must only be used for the hiring decision.
</P>
<P>(b) The file must include:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the driver's written authorization for the motor carrier to seek information about a driver's alcohol and controlled substances history as required under § 391.23(f)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the response(s) received for investigations required by paragraphs (d) and (e) of § 391.23 from each previous employer, or documentation of good faith efforts to contact them. The record must include the previous employer's name and address, the date the previous employer was contacted, and the information received about the driver from the previous employer. Failures to contact a previous employer, or of them to provide the required safety performance history information, must be documented.
</P>
<P>(c) The safety performance histories received from previous employers for a driver who is hired must be retained for as long as the driver is employed by that motor carrier and for three years thereafter.
</P>
<P>(d) A motor carrier must make all records and information in this file available to an authorized representative or special agent of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, an authorized State or local enforcement agency representative, or an authorized third party, upon request or as part of any inquiry within the time period specified by the requesting representative.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2126-004)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 16721, Mar. 30, 2004, as amended at 84 FR 51434, Sept. 30, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.55" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.6.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.55   LCV Driver-Instructor qualification files.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each motor carrier must maintain a qualification file for each LCV driver-instructor it employs or uses. The LCV driver-instructor qualification file may be combined with his/her personnel file.
</P>
<P>(b) The LCV driver-instructor qualification file must include the information in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section for a skills instructor or the information in paragraph (b)(1) of this section for a classroom instructor, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Evidence that the instructor has met the requirements of 49 CFR 380.301 or 380.303;
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the individual's currently valid CDL with the appropriate endorsements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 16738, Mar. 30, 2004; 69 FR 28846, May 19, 2004; 83 FR 16227, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Limited Exemptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.61" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.7.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.61   Drivers who were regularly employed before January 1, 1971.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of §§ 391.21 (relating to applications for employment), 391.23 (relating to investigations and inquiries), and 391.31 (relating to road tests) do not apply to a driver who has been a single-employer driver (as defined in § 390.5 of this subchapter) of a motor carrier for a continuous period which began before January 1, 1971, as long as he/she continues to be a single-employer driver of that motor carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 57076, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.62" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.7.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.62   Limited exemptions for intracity zone drivers.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of §§ 391.11(b)(1) and 391.41(b)(1) through (b)(11) do not apply to a person who:
</P>
<P>(a) Was otherwise qualified to operate and operated a commercial motor vehicle in a municipality or exempt intracity zone thereof throughout the one-year period ending November 18, 1988;
</P>
<P>(b) Meets all the other requirements of this section;
</P>
<P>(c) Operates wholly within the exempt intracity zone (as defined in 49 CFR 390.5);
</P>
<P>(d) Does not operate a vehicle used in the transportation of hazardous materials in a quantity requiring placarding under regulations issued by the Secretary under 49 U.S.C. chapter 51.; and
</P>
<P>(e) Has a medical or physical condition which:
</P>
<P>(1) Would have prevented such person from operating a commercial motor vehicle under the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations contained in this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) Existed on July 1, 1988, or at the time of the first required physical examination after that date; and
</P>
<P>(3) The examining physician has determined this condition has not substantially worsened since July 1, 1988, or at the time of the first required physical examination after that date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 13346, Mar. 26, 1996; 61 FR 17253, Apr. 19, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.63" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.7.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.63   Multiple-employer drivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a motor carrier employs a person as a multiple-employer driver (as defined in § 390.5 of this subchapter), the motor carrier shall comply with all requirements of this part, except that the motor carrier need not—
</P>
<P>(1) Require the person to furnish an application for employment in accordance with § 391.21;
</P>
<P>(2) Make the investigations and inquiries specified in § 391.23 with respect to that person;
</P>
<P>(3) Perform the annual driving record inquiry required by § 391.25(a); or
</P>
<P>(4) Perform the annual review of the person's driving record required by § 391.25(b).
</P>
<P>(b) Before a motor carrier permits a multiple-employer driver to drive a commercial motor vehicle, the motor carrier must obtain the driver's name, the driver's social security number, and the identification number, type, and issuing driver's licensing authority of the driver's commercial motor vehicle operator's license. The motor carrier must maintain this information for three years after employment of the multiple-employer driver ceases.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 33278, June 18, 1998, as amended at 79 FR 59457, Oct. 2, 2014; 87 FR 13209, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.64" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.7.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.64   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.65" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.7.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.65   Drivers furnished by other motor carriers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A motor carrier may employ a driver who is not a single-employer driver, as defined in § 390.5, of that motor carrier without complying with the generally applicable driver qualification file requirements in this part, if—
</P>
<P>(1) The driver is a single-employer driver for another motor carrier; and
</P>
<P>(2) That other motor carrier certifies that the driver is fully qualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle in a written statement which—
</P>
<P>(i) Is signed and dated by an officer or authorized employee of the motor carrier that employs the single-employer driver;
</P>
<P>(ii) Contains the driver's name and signature;
</P>
<P>(iii) Certifies that the driver has been employed as a single-employer driver.
</P>
<P>(iv) Certifies that the driver is fully qualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle under the rules in part 391 of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations;
</P>
<P>(v) States the expiration date of the driver's medical examiner's certificate;
</P>
<P>(vi) Specifies an expiration date for the certificate, which shall be not longer than 2 years or, if earlier, the expiration date of the driver's current medical examiner's certificate; and
</P>
<P>(vii) Is substantially in accordance with the following form:
</P>
<FP-1>____________________(Name of driver)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>____________________(SS No.)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>____________________(Signature of driver)
</FP-1>
<P>I certify that the above named driver, as defined in § 390.5, is a single-employer driver driving a commercial motor vehicle operated by the below named carrier and is fully qualified under part 391, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations. His/her current medical examiner's certificate expires on ______(Date).
</P>
<FP-1>This certificate expires:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(Date not later than expiration date of medical certificate)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Issued on______(date)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Issued by__________
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(Name of carrier)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(Address)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(Signature)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(Title)
</FP-1>
<P>(b) A motor carrier that obtains a certificate in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Contact the motor carrier which certified the driver's qualifications under this section to verify the validity of the certificate. This contact may be made in person, by telephone, or by letter.
</P>
<P>(2) Retain a copy of that certificate in its files for three years.
</P>
<P>(c) A motor carrier which certifies a driver's qualifications under this section shall be responsible for the accuracy of the certificate. The certificate is no longer valid if the driver leaves the employment of the motor carrier which issued the certificate or is no longer qualified under the rules in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 36656, Aug. 31, 1976, as amended at 53 FR 18057, May 19, 1988; 60 FR 38745, July 28, 1995; 63 FR 33278, June 18, 1998; 67 FR 61824, Oct. 2, 2002; 78 FR 58483, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.67" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.7.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.67   Farm vehicle drivers of articulated commercial motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>The following rules in this part do not apply to a farm vehicle driver (as defined in § 390.5 of this subchapter) who is 18 years of age or older and who drives an articulated commercial motor vehicle:
</P>
<P>(a) Section 391.11(b)(1) and (7) (relating to general qualifications of drivers);
</P>
<P>(b) Subpart C (relating to disclosure of, investigation into, and inquiries about the background, character, and driving record of drivers);
</P>
<P>(c) Subpart D (relating to road tests); and
</P>
<P>(d) Subpart F (relating to maintenance of files and records).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 33278, June 18, 1998, as amended at 87 FR 13209, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.68" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.7.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.68   Private motor carrier of passengers (nonbusiness).</HEAD>
<P>The following rules in this part do not apply to a private motor carrier of passengers (nonbusiness) and its drivers:
</P>
<P>(a) Section 391.11(b)(1) and (7) (relating to general qualifications of drivers);
</P>
<P>(b) Subpart C (relating to disclosure of, investigation into, and inquiries about the background, character, and driving record of, drivers);
</P>
<P>(c) So much of §§ 391.41 and 391.45 as require a driver to be medically examined and to have a medical examiner's certificate on his/her person; and
</P>
<P>(d) Subpart F (relating to maintenance of files and records).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 33278, June 18, 1998, as amended at 87 FR 13209, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.69" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.7.15.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.69   Private motor carrier of passengers (business).</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of § 391.21 (relating to applications for employment), § 391.23 (relating to investigations and inquiries), and § 391.31 (relating to road tests) do not apply to a driver who was a single-employer driver (as defined in § 390.5 of this subchapter) of a private motor carrier of passengers (business) as of July 1, 1994, so long as the driver continues to be a single-employer driver of that motor carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 33278, June 18, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 391.71" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.7.15.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 391.71   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.33.9.15.1.21" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 391—Medical Advisory Criteria
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. Introduction
</HD1>
<P>This appendix contains the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration's recommendations and guidance in the form of Medical Advisory Criteria to help medical examiners assess a driver's physical qualification. These recommendations and guidance are strictly advisory and do not have the force and effect of law. They were established after consideration of public comments and after consideration of recommendations from the Agency's Medical Review Board.
</P>
<HD1>II. Interpretation of Medical Standards
</HD1>
<P>Since the issuance of the regulations for physical qualifications of commercial motor vehicle drivers, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration has published recommendations and guidance called advisory criteria to help medical examiners in determining whether a driver meets the physical qualification standards for commercial driving. These recommendations have been derived from the Medical Examiner's Handbook to provide information to medical examiners that is directly relevant to the physical qualification examination.
</P>
<HD2>A. Medical Advisory Criteria for 49 CFR 391.41(b)(1)
</HD2>
<P>1. Only individuals with loss of all five fingers are considered to have loss of a hand under § 391.41(b)(1).
</P>
<P>2. Unless an individual possesses a skill performance evaluation certificate, loss of a foot, a leg, a hand, or an arm precludes physical qualification. Even if an individual has a prosthesis that replaces the foot, leg, hand, or arm, as applicable, certification is precluded without a skill performance evaluation certificate.
</P>
<P>3. An individual may be eligible for a skill performance evaluation certificate under § 391.41(b)(1) or § 391.41(b)(2), or both.
</P>
<HD2>B. Medical Advisory Criteria for 49 CFR 391.41(b)(2)
</HD2>
<P>1. Individuals with loss of fewer than all five fingers or any number of toes should be evaluated under § 391.41(b)(2) to determine whether there is an impairment, defect, or limitation of a hand or foot that interferes with the ability to perform normal tasks associated with operating a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>2. A skill performance evaluation certificate is only available under § 391.41(b)(2) for impairment, defect, or limitation of a limb. A skill performance evaluation certificate is not available for impairment of the spine or torso that does not result in impairment, defect, or limitation of a limb.
</P>
<P>3. An individual may be eligible for a skill performance evaluation certificate under § 391.41(b)(1) or § 391.41(b)(2), or both.
</P>
<HD2>C. Medical Advisory Criteria for 49 CFR 391.41(b)(4)
</HD2>
<P>1. The phrase “has no current clinical diagnosis of” is specifically designed to encompass a clinical diagnosis of a current cardiovascular condition, or a cardiovascular condition that has not fully stabilized. The phrase “known to be accompanied by” is designed to include a clinical diagnosis of a cardiovascular disease that is accompanied by, or is likely to cause, symptoms of syncope, dyspnea, collapse, or congestive cardiac failure.
</P>
<P>2. Coronary artery bypass surgery and pacemaker implantation are remedial procedures and, thus, do not preclude medical certification. Implantable cardioverter-defibrillators are installed to address an ongoing underlying cardiovascular condition and are likely to cause syncope or collapse as a result of the underlying cardiovascular condition, as well as when they discharge.
</P>
<P>3. Anticoagulation therapy is a medical treatment, which can improve the health and safety of the individual, and should not, by its use alone, preclude certification of the individual. The emphasis should be on the underlying medical condition(s) that requires treatment and the general health of the individual.
</P>
<HD2>D. Medical Advisory Criteria for 49 CFR 391.41(b)(5)
</HD2>
<P>1. Many conditions interfere with oxygen exchange and may interfere with the ability to control and drive a commercial motor vehicle safely. These include, but are not limited to, emphysema, chronic asthma, carcinoma, tuberculosis, chronic bronchitis, and obstructive sleep apnea.
</P>
<P>2. If the medical examiner detects a possible undiagnosed or inadequately treated respiratory dysfunction that may be likely to interfere with the individual's ability to control and drive a commercial motor vehicle safely, the medical examiner should confer with the treating provider or should recommend that the individual be referred to a specialist for further evaluation and therapy.
</P>
<HD2>E. Medical Advisory Criteria for 49 CFR 391.41(b)(6)
</HD2>
<P>1. An elevated blood pressure finding should be confirmed by at least two subsequent measurements.
</P>
<P>2. Hypertension alone is unlikely to interfere with the ability to operate a commercial motor vehicle safely; however, the likelihood increases when target organ damage, particularly cerebral vascular disease, is present. The guidance on the stages of hypertension below is based on the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration's Cardiovascular Advisory Panel Guidelines for the Medical Examination of Commercial Motor Vehicle Drivers (October 2002), which adopted the sixth report of the Joint National Committee on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure (1997).
</P>
<P>3. Stage 1 hypertension corresponds to a systolic blood pressure of 140-159 mmHg and/or a diastolic blood pressure of 90-99 mmHg. An individual with a blood pressure in this range is at low risk for a hypertension-related event that is likely to interfere with the ability to operate a commercial motor vehicle safely and may be medically certified to drive for a 1-year period. Certification examinations should be done annually thereafter and should be at or less than 140/90. If less than 160/100 but greater than 140/90 at the subsequent examinations, the individual may be given a one-time certification of 3 months to reduce the blood pressure to less than or equal to 140/90.
</P>
<P>4. A blood pressure of 160-179 systolic and/or 100-109 diastolic is considered Stage 2 hypertension. A blood pressure in this range is an absolute indication for antihypertensive drug therapy. The individual may be given a one-time certification of 3 months to initiate or adjust antihypertensive drug therapy and to reduce the blood pressure to less than or equal to 140/90. Provided treatment is well tolerated and the driver demonstrates a blood pressure value of 140/90 or less, the individual may be certified for 1 year.
</P>
<P>5. A blood pressure at or greater than 180 (systolic) and 110 (diastolic) is considered Stage 3 and carries a high risk for an acute blood pressure-related event that is likely to interfere with the ability to operate a commercial motor vehicle safely. The individual should not be qualified, even for a short period, until the blood pressure is reduced to 140/90 or less and treatment is well tolerated. The individual may be certified for 6 months and biannually (every 6 months) thereafter if at recheck blood pressure is 140/90 or less.
</P>
<P>6. Annual certification is recommended if the medical examiner does not know the severity of hypertension prior to treatment.
</P>
<P>7. Treatment includes non-pharmacologic and pharmacologic modalities as well as counseling to improve or eliminate the factors that contributed to the hypertension. Most antihypertensive medications also have side effects, such as somnolence or syncope. The importance of side effects must be evaluated on an individual basis and considering the underlying hypertension. Individuals should be alerted to the possibility that antihypertensive medications may interfere with the ability to operate a commercial motor vehicle safely.
</P>
<P>8. Medical certification for secondary hypertension is based on the above stages. Evaluation is warranted if an individual is persistently hypertensive on maximal or near-maximal doses of two to three pharmacologic agents. Some causes of secondary hypertension may be amenable to surgical intervention or specific pharmacologic treatment.
</P>
<HD2>F. Medical Advisory Criteria for 49 CFR 391.41(b)(7)
</HD2>
<P>1. Once an individual has been diagnosed as having a rheumatic, arthritic, orthopedic, muscular, neuromuscular, or vascular disease, then the individual has an established history of that disease.
</P>
<P>2. The medical examiner, when examining an individual, should consider the following: the nature and severity of the individual's condition (such as sensory loss or loss of strength); the degree of limitation present (such as range of motion); the rate or stage of progression (symptoms may not be present initially but may manifest over time); and whether symptoms are likely to interfere with the ability to control and operate a commercial motor vehicle safely.
</P>
<P>3. If severe functional impairment exists, the individual does not physically qualify. In cases where more frequent monitoring is required, a Medical Examiner's Certificate, Form MCSA-5876, for less than the maximum certification period may be issued.
</P>
<HD2>G. Medical Advisory Criteria for 49 CFR 391.41(b)(8)
</HD2>
<P>1. Epilepsy is a chronic functional disease characterized by seizures or episodes that usually occur without warning, resulting in loss of voluntary control that may lead to loss of consciousness. Therefore, the following individuals are not physically qualified:
</P>
<P>• An individual who has a medical history of epilepsy or a seizure disorder, unless the individual satisfies the criteria described in paragraph 5 of the Medical Advisory Criteria for § 391.41(b)(8);
</P>
<P>• An individual who has a current clinical diagnosis of epilepsy or a seizure disorder; or
</P>
<P>• An individual who is taking antiseizure medication to prevent seizures.
</P>
<P>2. When an individual has had a single unprovoked episode of loss of consciousness (<I>i.e.,</I> the cause is unknown or there is no clear provoking trigger) that is determined not to have been a seizure, the medical examiner may certify the individual if the medical examiner determines recurrence of loss of consciousness or loss of ability to control a commercial motor vehicle is unlikely and the individual is not taking antiseizure medication. The determination should be made on an individual basis by the medical examiner in consultation with the treating provider. Before certification is considered, it is recommended that a 6-month waiting period elapse from the time of the episode.
</P>
<P>3. When an individual has had a single unprovoked nonepileptic seizure (<I>i.e.,</I> the cause is unknown or there is no clear provoking trigger) that was treated with antiseizure medication or left untreated, the medical examiner may certify the individual if the individual is both off antiseizure medication and seizure free for 5 years of more.
</P>
<P>4. When an individual has had a single provoked nonepileptic seizure or episode of loss of consciousness (<I>i.e.,</I> there is a known medical condition or a clear provoking trigger that is reversible or avoidable, such as a drug reaction, alcohol or illicit drug withdrawal, high temperature, acute infectious disease, dehydration, or acute metabolic disturbance), the medical examiner may certify the individual if the individual has fully recovered, has no existing residual complications, and is not taking antiseizure medication and seizure recurrence and exposure to the provoking trigger in the future is unlikely.
</P>
<P>5. When an individual has a medical history of epilepsy or a seizure disorder, the medical examiner may certify the individual if the individual is both off antiseizure medication and seizure free for 10 years or more.
</P>
<P>6. If a medical examiner is unsure about whether to qualify an individual with a diagnosis of epilepsy or a seizure disorder, or a single nonepileptic seizure, the medical examiner may refer the individual to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration for evaluation under the criteria for a Federal seizure exemption.
</P>
<HD2>H. Medical Advisory Criteria for 49 CFR 391.41(b)(9)
</HD2>
<P>1. Emotional or adjustment disorders contribute directly to an individual's level of memory, reasoning, attention, and judgment, and are often caused by physical disorders. A variety of functional disorders can cause drowsiness, dizziness, confusion, weakness, or paralysis that may lead to incoordination, inattention, or loss of functional control that may be likely to interfere with the ability to drive a commercial motor vehicle safely. Physical fatigue, headache, impaired coordination, recurring physical ailments, and chronic “nagging” pain may be present to such a degree that they may be likely to interfere with the ability to drive a commercial motor vehicle safely. Somatic and psychosomatic complaints should be thoroughly evaluated when examining an individual.
</P>
<P>2. The degree to which an individual is able to appreciate, evaluate, and adequately respond to environmental strain and emotional stress is critical when assessing an individual's mental alertness and flexibility to cope with the stresses of commercial motor vehicle driving.
</P>
<P>3. It is unlikely that individuals who are highly susceptible to frequent states of emotional instability (<I>e.g.,</I> due to schizophrenia, affective psychoses, paranoia, severe anxiety, or depressive neuroses) would satisfy the physical qualification standard.
</P>
<P>4. Careful consideration should be given to the side effects and interactions of medications in the overall qualification determination. Medications used to treat mental, nervous, organic, or functional disease or psychiatric disorder may be likely to interfere with the ability to drive a commercial motor vehicle safely.
</P>
<HD2>I. Medical Advisory Criteria for 49 CFR 391.41(b)(11)
</HD2>
<P>1. Since the prescribed standard under the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations is from the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), formerly the American Standards Association, it may be necessary to convert the audiometric results from the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) standard to the ANSI standard. To convert audiometric test results from ISO to ANSI, subtract 14 decibels (dBs) from the ISO result for 500 Hertz (Hz), subtract 10 dBs for 1,000 Hz, and subtract 8.5 dBs for 2000 Hz. To average, add the readings for the 3 frequencies tested and divide by 3.
</P>
<P>2. For the whispered voice test, the individual should be stationed at least 5 feet from the medical examiner with the ear being tested turned toward the medical examiner. The other ear is covered. Using the breath that remains after a normal expiration, the medical examiner whispers words or random numbers such as 66, 18, 3, etc. The medical examiner should then ask the individual to repeat the words or sequence. The medical examiner should not use only sibilants (“s” sounding materials). The opposite ear should be tested in the same manner. If the individual fails the whispered voice test in both ears, the audiometric test should be administered.
</P>
<P>3. If an individual does not meet the requirements with the use of a hearing aid and requires a Federal hearing exemption, the box for “Wearing hearing aid” should NOT be selected on either the Medical Examination Report Form, MCSA-5875, or Medical Examiner's Certificate, Form MCSA-5876. Instead, only the box for accompanied by a hearing exemption is selected on the Medical Examination Report Form, MCSA-5875, and the Medical Examiner's Certificate, Form MCSA-5876.
</P>
<P>4. To obtain an application for a hearing exemption, individuals who do not meet the Federal hearing standard may call (202) 366-4001, email <I>fmcsahearingexemptions@dot.gov,</I> or go to <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/medical/driver-medical-requirements/new-hearing-applicant-doc-email-version.</I>
</P>
<HD2>J. Medical Advisory Criteria for 49 CFR 391.41(b)(12)
</HD2>
<P>1. Federal law prohibits Schedule I drugs or substances listed on 21 CFR 1308.11 from being prescribed for any purpose. Therefore, a medical examiner cannot physically qualify an individual who uses Schedule I drugs or substances.
</P>
<P>2. A medical examiner may physically qualify an individual who uses an amphetamine, a narcotic, or other prescribed drug or substance listed on Schedules II through V in 21 CFR 1308.12 through 1308.15 if the prescription exception is met. A drug or substance that is prescribed by a licensed medical practitioner who is licensed under applicable Federal, State, local, or foreign laws to prescribe controlled drugs and substances, is familiar with the individual's medical history, and has advised the individual that the drug or substance will not adversely affect the individual's ability to safely operate a commercial motor vehicle meets the prescription exception in § 391.41(b)(12).
</P>
<P>3. One of the ways for the medical examiner to obtain the information that shows the prescription exception is satisfied is to request a written communication from the prescribing licensed medical practitioner who satisfies the regulation's requirements. A voluntary form available on the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration's website (391.41 CMV Driver Medication Form, MCSA-5895) may be used, with the individual's consent, as an optional tool to obtain the required information.
</P>
<P>4. The medical examiner may request a non-Department of Transportation drug test to aid in the physical qualification determination, including when signs exist indicating the individual may not have disclosed use of a scheduled drug or substance. Use of a substance abuse professional, see 49 CFR 40.3 and 40.281, is not required as part of a non-Department of Transportation drug test.
</P>
<HD2>K. Medical Advisory Criteria for 49 CFR 391.41(b)(13)
</HD2>
<P>1. The phrase “current clinical diagnosis of” alcoholism is specifically designed to encompass a current alcoholic illness or those instances where the individual's physical condition has not fully stabilized.
</P>
<P>2. When in remission, the medical examiner may certify an individual who has a prior clinical diagnosis of alcoholism.
</P>
<P>3. The medical examiner may request a non-Department of Transportation alcohol test to aid in the physical qualification determination, including when the individual discloses excessive use of alcohol or the medical examiner observes signs of alcoholism. The use of a substance abuse professional, see 49 CFR 40.3 and 40.281, is not required. The medical examiner may request that individuals provide documentation from a professional qualified to conduct an alcohol use assessment that includes an opinion concerning whether a current clinical diagnosis of alcoholism is present or the individual is in remission prior to making a medical certification determination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 3579, Jan. 19, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="392" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 392—DRIVING OF COMMERCIAL MOTOR VEHICLES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 504, 13902, 31136, 31151, 31502; Section 112 of Pub. L. 103-311, 108 Stat. 1673, 1676 (1994), as amended by sec. 32509 of Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405-805 (2012); and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 19732, Dec. 25, 1968, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.1.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.1   Scope of the rules in this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every motor carrier, its officers, agents, representatives, and employees responsible for the management, maintenance, operation, or driving of commercial motor vehicles, or the hiring, supervising, training, assigning, or dispatching of drivers, shall be instructed in and comply with the rules in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The rules in this part do not apply to drivers of “pipeline welding trucks” as defined in 49 CFR 390.38(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 18057, May 19, 1988, as amended at 60 FR 38746, July 28, 1995; 81 FR 47721, July 22, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.2" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.1.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.2   Applicable operating rules.</HEAD>
<P>Every commercial motor vehicle must be operated in accordance with the laws, ordinances, and regulations of the jurisdiction in which it is being operated. However, if a regulation of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration imposes a higher standard of care than that law, ordinance or regulation, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration regulation must be complied with.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 7800, May 21, 1970, as amended at 60 FR 38746, July 28, 1995; 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.1.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.3   Ill or fatigued operator.</HEAD>
<P>No driver shall operate a commercial motor vehicle, and a motor carrier shall not require or permit a driver to operate a commercial motor vehicle, while the driver's ability or alertness is so impaired, or so likely to become impaired, through fatigue, illness, or any other cause, as to make it unsafe for him/her to begin or continue to operate the commercial motor vehicle. However, in a case of grave emergency where the hazard to occupants of the commercial motor vehicle or other users of the highway would be increased by compliance with this section, the driver may continue to operate the commercial motor vehicle to the nearest place at which that hazard is removed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 7800, May 21, 1970, as amended at 60 FR 38746, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.4" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.1.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.4   Drugs and other substances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No driver shall be on duty and possess, be under the influence of, or use, any of the following drugs or other substances:
</P>
<P>(1) Any 21 CFR 1308.11 <I>Schedule I</I> substance;
</P>
<P>(2) An amphetamine or any formulation thereof (including, but not limited, to “pep pills,” and “bennies”);
</P>
<P>(3) A narcotic drug or any derivative thereof; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any other substance, to a degree which renders the driver incapable of safely operating a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) No motor carrier shall require or permit a driver to violate paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Paragraphs (a) (2), (3), and (4) do not apply to the possession or use of a substance administered to a driver by or under the instructions of a licensed medical practitioner, as defined in § 382.107 of this subchapter, who has advised the driver that the substance will not affect the driver's ability to safely operate a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) As used in this section, “possession” does not include possession of a substance which is manifested and transported as part of a shipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 9567, Mar. 8, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 37153, July 11, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.1.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.5   Alcohol prohibition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No driver shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Use alcohol, as defined in § 382.107 of this subchapter, or be under the influence of alcohol, within 4 hours before going on duty or operating, or having physical control of, a commercial motor vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(2) Use alcohol, be under the influence of alcohol, or have any measured alcohol concentration or detected presence of alcohol, while on duty, or operating, or in physical control of a commercial motor vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(3) Be on duty or operate a commercial motor vehicle while the driver possesses wine of not less than one-half of one per centum of alcohol by volume, beer as defined in 26 U.S.C. 5052(a), of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, or distilled spirits as defined in section 5002(a)(8), of such Code. However, this does not apply to possession of wine, beer, or distilled spirits which are:
</P>
<P>(i) Manifested and transported as part of a shipment; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Possessed or used by bus passengers.
</P>
<P>(b) No motor carrier shall require or permit a driver to—
</P>
<P>(1) Violate any provision of paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Be on duty or operate a commercial motor vehicle if, by the driver's general appearance or conduct or by other substantiating evidence, the driver appears to have used alcohol within the preceding four hours.
</P>
<P>(c) Any driver who is found to be in violation of the provisons of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section shall be placed out-of-service immediately for a period of 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(1) The 24-hour out-of-service period will commence upon issuance of an out-of-service order.
</P>
<P>(2) No driver shall violate the terms of an out-of-service order issued under this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Any driver who is issued an out-of-service order under this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Report such issuance to his/her employer within 24 hours; and
</P>
<P>(2) Report such issuance to a State official, designated by the State which issued his/her driver's license, within 30 days unless the driver chooses to request a review of the order. In this case, the driver shall report the order to the State official within 30 days of an affirmation of the order by either the Division Administrator or State Director for the geographical area or the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(e) Any driver who is subject to an out-of-service order under this section may petition for review of that order by submitting a petition for review in writing within 10 days of the issuance of the order to the Division Administrator or State Director for the geographical area in which the order was issued. The Division Administrator or State Director may affirm or reverse the order. Any driver adversely affected by such order of the Regional Director of Motor Carriers may petition the Administrator for review in accordance with 49 CFR 386.13.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 304, 1655; 49 CFR 1.48(b) and 301.60)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 47837, Oct. 28, 1982, as amended at 52 FR 27201, July 20, 1987; 59 FR 7515, Feb. 15, 1994; 61 FR 9567, Mar. 8, 1996; 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001; 79 FR 59457, Oct. 2, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.6" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.1.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.6   Schedules to conform with speed limits.</HEAD>
<P>No motor carrier shall schedule a run nor permit nor require the operation of any commercial motor vehicle between points in such period of time as would necessitate the commercial motor vehicle being operated at speeds greater than those prescribed by the jurisdictions in or through which the commercial motor vehicle is being operated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19732, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 60 FR 38746, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.1.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.7   Equipment, inspection and use.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No commercial motor vehicle shall be driven unless the driver is satisfied that the following parts and accessories are in good working order, nor shall any driver fail to use or make use of such parts and accessories when and as needed:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Service brakes, including trailer brake connections.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Parking (hand) brake.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steering mechanism.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lighting devices and reflectors.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tires.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Horn.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Windshield wiper or wipers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rear-vision mirror or mirrors.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Coupling devices.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wheels and rims.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Emergency equipment.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) Drivers preparing to transport intermodal equipment must make an inspection of the following components, and must be satisfied they are in good working order before the equipment is operated over the road. Drivers who operate the equipment over the road shall be deemed to have confirmed the following components were in good working order when the driver accepted the equipment:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>—Service brake components that are readily visible to a driver performing as thorough a visual inspection as possible without physically going under the vehicle, and trailer brake connections
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Lighting devices, lamps, markers, and conspicuity marking material
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Wheels, rims, lugs, tires
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Air line connections, hoses, and couplers
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—King pin upper coupling device
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Rails or support frames
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Tie down bolsters
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Locking pins, clevises, clamps, or hooks
</FP-1>
<FP-1>—Sliders or sliding frame lock</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19732, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 60 FR 38746, July 28, 1995; 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001; 73 FR 76823, Dec. 17, 2008; 74 FR 68708, Dec. 29, 2009; 79 FR 75449, Dec. 18, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.8" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.1.15.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.8   Emergency equipment, inspection and use.</HEAD>
<P>No commercial motor vehicle shall be driven unless the driver thereof is satisfied that the emergency equipment required by § 393.95 of this subchapter is in place and ready for use; nor shall any driver fail to use or make use of such equipment when and as needed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 38290, Sept. 28, 1984, as amended at 60 FR 38746, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.1.15.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.9   Inspection of cargo, cargo securement devices and systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A driver may not operate a commercial motor vehicle and a motor carrier may not require or permit a driver to operate a commercial motor vehicle unless— 
</P>
<P>(1) The commercial motor vehicle's cargo is properly distributed and adequately secured as specified in §§ 393.100 through 393.136 of this subchapter. 
</P>
<P>(2) The commercial motor vehicle's tailgate, tailboard, doors, tarpaulins, spare tire and other equipment used in its operation, and the means of fastening the commercial motor vehicle's cargo, are secured; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The commercial motor vehicle's cargo or any other object does not obscure the driver's view ahead or to the right or left sides (except for drivers of self-steer dollies), interfere with the free movement of his/her arms or legs, prevent his/her free and ready access to accessories required for emergencies, or prevent the free and ready exit of any person from the commercial motor vehicle's cab or driver's compartment. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Drivers of trucks and truck tractors.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the driver of a truck or truck tractor must— 
</P>
<P>(1) Assure himself/herself that the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section have been complied with before he/she drives that commercial motor vehicle; 
</P>
<P>(2) Inspect the cargo and the devices used to secure the cargo within the first 50 miles after beginning a trip and cause any adjustments to be made to the cargo or load securement devices as necessary, including adding more securement devices, to ensure that cargo cannot shift on or within, or fall from the commercial motor vehicle; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Reexamine the commercial motor vehicle's cargo and its load securement devices during the course of transportation and make any necessary adjustment to the cargo or load securement devices, including adding more securement devices, to ensure that cargo cannot shift on or within, or fall from, the commercial motor vehicle. Reexamination and any necessary adjustments must be made whenever— 
</P>
<P>(i) The driver makes a change of his/her duty status; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The commercial motor vehicle has been driven for 3 hours; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The commercial motor vehicle has been driven for 150 miles, whichever occurs first. 
</P>
<P>(4) The rules in this paragraph (b) do not apply to the driver of a sealed commercial motor vehicle who has been ordered not to open it to inspect its cargo or to the driver of a commercial motor vehicle that has been loaded in a manner that makes inspection of its cargo impracticable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61224, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 55703, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.9a" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.1.15.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.9a   Operating authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Operating authority required.</I> A motor vehicle providing transportation requiring operating authority must not be operated—
</P>
<P>(1) Without the required operating authority or
</P>
<P>(2) Beyond the scope of the operating authority granted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Penalties.</I> Every motor carrier providing transportation requiring operating authority shall be ordered out of service if it is determined that the motor carrier is operating a vehicle in violation of paragraph (a) of this section. In addition, the motor carrier may be subject to penalties in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 14901.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Administrative review.</I> Upon issuance of the out-of-service order under paragraph (b) of this section, the driver shall comply immediately with such order. Opportunity for review shall be provided in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554 not later than 10 days after issuance of such order.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 50867, Aug. 28, 2006, as amended at 78 FR 60233, Oct. 1, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.9b" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.1.15.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.9b   Prohibited transportation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Safety registration required.</I> A commercial motor vehicle providing transportation in interstate commerce must not be operated without a safety registration and an active USDOT Number.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Penalties.</I> If it is determined that the motor carrier responsible for the operation of such a vehicle is operating in violation of paragraph (a) of this section, it may be subject to penalties in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 521.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 52655, Aug. 23, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 68358, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Driving of Commercial Motor Vehicles</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.10" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.2.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.10   Railroad grade crossings; stopping required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the driver of a commercial motor vehicle specified in paragraphs (a) (1) through (6) of this section shall not cross a railroad track or tracks at grade unless he/she first: Stops the commercial motor vehicle within 50 feet of, and not closer than 15 feet to, the tracks; thereafter listens and looks in each direction along the tracks for an approaching train; and ascertains that no train is approaching. When it is safe to do so, the driver may drive the commercial motor vehicle across the tracks in a gear that permits the commercial motor vehicle to complete the crossing without a change of gears. The driver must not shift gears while crossing the tracks.
</P>
<P>(1) Every bus transporting passengers,
</P>
<P>(2) Every commercial motor vehicle transporting any quantity of a Division 2.3 chlorine.
</P>
<P>(3) Every commercial motor vehicle which, in accordance with the regulations of the Department of Transportation, is required to be marked or placarded with one of the following classifications:
</P>
<P>(i) Division 1.1
</P>
<P>(ii) Division 1.2, or Division 1.3
</P>
<P>(iii) Division 2.3 Poison gas
</P>
<P>(iv) Division 4.3
</P>
<P>(v) Class 7
</P>
<P>(vi) Class 3 Flammable
</P>
<P>(vii) Division 5.1
</P>
<P>(viii) Division 2.2
</P>
<P>(ix) Division 2.3 Chlorine
</P>
<P>(x) Division 6.1 Poison
</P>
<P>(xi) Division 2.2 Oxygen
</P>
<P>(xii) Division 2.1
</P>
<P>(xiii) Class 3 Combustible liquid
</P>
<P>(xiv) Division 4.1
</P>
<P>(xv) Division 5.1
</P>
<P>(xvi) Division 5.2
</P>
<P>(xvii) Class 8
</P>
<P>(xviii) Division 1.4
</P>
<P>(4) Every cargo tank motor vehicle, whether loaded or empty, used for the transportation of any hazardous material as defined in the Hazardous Materials Regulations of the Department of Transportation, parts 107 through 180 of this title.
</P>
<P>(5) Every cargo tank motor vehicle transporting a commodity which at the time of loading has a temperature above its flashpoint as determined by § 173.120 of this title.
</P>
<P>(6) Every cargo tank motor vehicle, whether loaded or empty, transporting any commodity under exemption in accordance with the provisions of subpart B of part 107 of this title.
</P>
<P>(b) A stop need not be made at:
</P>
<P>(1) A streetcar crossing, or railroad tracks used exclusively for industrial switching purposes, within a business district, as defined in § 390.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad grade crossing when a police officer or crossing flagman directs traffic to proceed.
</P>
<P>(3) A railroad grade crossing controlled by a functioning highway traffic signal transmitting a green indication which, under local law, permits the commercial motor vehicle to proceed across the railroad tracks without slowing or stopping.
</P>
<P>(4) An abandoned railroad grade crossing which is marked with a sign indicating that the rail line is abandoned.
</P>
<P>(5) An industrial or spur line railroad grade crossing marked with a sign reading “Exempt.” Such “Exempt” signs shall be erected only by or with the consent of the appropriate State or local authority.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Sec. 12, 80 Stat. 931; 49 U.S.C. 1651 note; 49 U.S.C. 304, 1655; 49 CFR 1.48(b) and 301.60)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19732, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 35 FR 7801, May 21, 1970; 38 FR 1589, Jan. 16, 1973; 40 FR 44555, Sept. 29, 1975; 45 FR 46424, July 10, 1980; 47 FR 47837, Oct. 28, 1982; 59 FR 63924, Dec. 12, 1994; 60 FR 38746, 38747, July 28, 1995; 84 FR 51435, Sept. 30, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.2.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.11   Railroad grade crossings; slowing down required.</HEAD>
<P>Every commercial motor vehicle other than those listed in § 392.10 shall, upon approaching a railroad grade crossing, be driven at a rate of speed which will permit said commercial motor vehicle to be stopped before reaching the nearest rail of such crossing and shall not be driven upon or over such crossing until due caution has been taken to ascertain that the course is clear.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19732, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 60 FR 38747, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.12" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.2.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.12   Highway-rail crossings; safe clearance.</HEAD>
<P>No driver of a commercial motor vehicle shall drive onto a highway-rail grade crossing without having sufficient space to drive completely through the crossing without stopping.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 58923, Sept. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.2.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.13   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.14" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.2.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.14   Hazardous conditions; extreme caution.</HEAD>
<P>Extreme caution in the operation of a commercial motor vehicle shall be exercised when hazardous conditions, such as those caused by snow, ice, sleet, fog, mist, rain, dust, or smoke, adversely affect visibility or traction. Speed shall be reduced when such conditions exist. If conditions become sufficiently dangerous, the operation of the commercial motor vehicle shall be discontinued and shall not be resumed until the commercial motor vehicle can be safely operated. Whenever compliance with the foregoing provisions of this rule increases hazard to passengers, the commercial motor vehicle may be operated to the nearest point at which the safety of passengers is assured.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19732, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 60 FR 38747, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.15" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.2.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.15   Prohibited driving status.</HEAD>
<P>No driver, who holds a commercial learner's permit or a commercial driver's license, shall operate a commercial motor vehicle if prohibited by § 382.501(a) of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 55743, Oct. 7, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.16" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.2.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.16   Use of seat belts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Drivers.</I> No driver shall operate a commercial motor vehicle, and a motor carrier shall not require or permit a driver to operate a commercial motor vehicle, that has a seat belt assembly installed at the driver's seat unless the driver is properly restrained by the seat belt assembly.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Passengers.</I> No driver shall operate a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle, and a motor carrier shall not require or permit a driver to operate a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle, that has seat belt assemblies installed at the seats for other occupants of the vehicle unless all other occupants are properly restrained by such seat belt assemblies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 36479, June 7, 2016; 81 FR 43957, July 6, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.18" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.2.15.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.18   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Stopped Commercial Motor Vehicles</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§§ 392.20-392.21" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.3.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 392.20-392.21   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.22" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.3.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.22   Emergency signals; stopped commercial motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hazard warning signal flashers.</I> Whenever a commercial motor vehicle is stopped upon the traveled portion of a highway or the shoulder of a highway for any cause other than necessary traffic stops, the driver of the stopped commercial motor vehicle shall immediately activate the vehicular hazard warning signal flashers and continue the flashing until the driver places the warning devices required by paragraph (b) of this section. The flashing signals shall be used during the time the warning devices are picked up for storage before movement of the commercial motor vehicle. The flashing lights may be used at other times while a commercial motor vehicle is stopped in addition to, but not in lieu of, the warning devices required by paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Placement of warning devices</I>—(1) <I>General rule.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, whenever a commercial motor vehicle is stopped upon the traveled portion or the shoulder of a highway for any cause other than necessary traffic stops, the driver shall, as soon as possible, but in any event within 10 minutes, place the warning devices required by § 393.95 of this subchapter, in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(i) One on the traffic side of and 4 paces (approximately 3 meters or 10 feet) from the stopped commercial motor vehicle in the direction of approaching traffic;
</P>
<P>(ii) One at 40 paces (approximately 30 meters or 100 feet) from the stopped commercial motor vehicle in the center of the traffic lane or shoulder occupied by the commercial motor vehicle and in the direction of approaching traffic; and
</P>
<P>(iii) One at 40 paces (approximately 30 meters or 100 feet) from the stopped commercial motor vehicle in the center of the traffic lane or shoulder occupied by the commercial motor vehicle and in the direction away from approaching traffic.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Special rules</I>—(i) <I>Fusees.</I> The driver of a commercial motor vehicle equipped with only fusees shall place a lighted fusee at each of the locations specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. There shall be at least one lighted fusee at each of the prescribed locations, as long as the commercial motor vehicle is stopped. Before the stopped commercial motor vehicle is moved, the driver shall extinguish and remove each fusee.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Daylight hours.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, during the period lighted lamps are not required, three bidirectional reflective triangles or three lighted fusees shall be placed as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section within a time of 10 minutes. In the event the driver elects to use only fusees in lieu of bidirectional reflective triangles or red flags, the driver must ensure that at least one fusee remains lighted at each of the prescribed locations as long as the commercial motor vehicle is stopped or parked.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Business or residential districts.</I> The placement of warning devices is not required within the business or residential district of a municipality, except during the time lighted lamps are required and when street or highway lighting is insufficient to make a commercial motor vehicle clearly discernable at a distance of 500 feet to persons on the highway.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Hills, curves, and obstructions.</I> If a commercial motor vehicle is stopped within 500 feet of a curve, crest of a hill, or other obstruction to view, the driver shall place the warning signal required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section in the direction of the obstruction to view a distance of 100 feet to 500 feet from the stopped commercial motor vehicle so as to afford ample warning to other users of the highway.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Divided or one-way roads.</I> If a commercial motor vehicle is stopped upon the traveled portion or the shoulder of a divided or one-way highway, the driver shall place the warning devices required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, one warning device at a distance of 200 feet and one warning device at a distance of 100 feet in a direction toward approaching traffic in the center of the lane or shoulder occupied by the commercial motor vehicle. He/she shall place one warning device at the traffic side of the commercial motor vehicle within 10 feet of the rear of the commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Leaking, flammable material.</I> If gasoline or any other flammable liquid, or combustible liquid or gas seeps or leaks from a fuel container or a commercial motor vehicle stopped upon a highway, no emergency warning signal producing a flame shall be lighted or placed except at such a distance from any such liquid or gas as will assure the prevention of a fire or explosion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 17175, Aug. 25, 1972, as amended at 40 FR 10685, Mar. 7, 1975; 47 FR 47837, Oct. 28, 1982; 48 FR 57139, Dec. 23, 1983; 59 FR 34711, July 6, 1994; 60 FR 38747, July 28, 1995; 63 FR 33279, June 18, 1998; 91 FR 7870, Feb. 19, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.24" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.3.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.24   Emergency signals; flame-producing.</HEAD>
<P>No driver shall attach or permit any person to attach a lighted fusee or other flame-producing emergency signal to any part of a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19732, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 60 FR 38747, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.25" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.3.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.25   Flame producing devices.</HEAD>
<P>No driver shall use or permit the use of any flame-producing emergency signal for protecting any commercial motor vehicle transporting Division 1.1, Division 1.2, or Division 1.3 explosives; any cargo tank motor vehicle used for the transportation of any Class 3 or Division 2.1, whether loaded or empty; or any commercial motor vehicle using compressed gas as a motor fuel. In lieu thereof, emergency reflective triangles, red electric lanterns, or red emergency reflectors shall be used, the placement of which shall be in the same manner as prescribed in § 392.22(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63925, Dec. 12, 1994, as amended at 60 FR 38747, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Use of Lighted Lamps and Reflectors</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§§ 392.30-392.32" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.4.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 392.30-392.32   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.33" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.4.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.33   Obscured lamps or reflective devices/material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No commercial motor vehicle shall be driven when any of the lamps or reflective devices/material required by subpart B of part 393 of this title are obscured by the tailboard, or by any part of the load or its covering, by dirt, or other added vehicle or work equipment or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> The conspicuity treatments on the front end protection devices of the trailer may be obscured by part of the load being transported.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48025, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—License Revocation; Duties of Driver</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§§ 392.40-392.41" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.5.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 392.40-392.41   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Fueling Precautions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.50" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.6.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.50   Ignition of fuel; prevention.</HEAD>
<P>No driver or any employee of a motor carrier shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Fuel a commercial motor vehicle with the engine running, except when it is necessary to run the engine to fuel the commercial motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(b) Smoke or expose any open flame in the vicinity of a commercial motor vehicle being fueled;
</P>
<P>(c) Fuel a commercial motor vehicle unless the nozzle of the fuel hose is continuously in contact with the intake pipe of the fuel tank;
</P>
<P>(d) Permit, insofar as practicable, any other person to engage in such activities as would be likely to result in fire or explosion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19732, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 60 FR 38747, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.51" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.6.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.51   Reserve fuel; materials of trade.</HEAD>
<P>Small amounts of fuel for the operation or maintenance of a commercial motor vehicle (including its auxiliary equipment) may be designated as materials of trade (see 49 CFR 171.8).
</P>
<P>(a) The aggregate gross weight of all materials of trade on a motor vehicle may not exceed 200 kg (440 pounds).
</P>
<P>(b) Packaging for gasoline must be made of metal or plastic and conform to requirements of 49 CFR Parts 171, 172, 173, and 178 or requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration contained in 29 CFR 1910.106.
</P>
<P>(c) For Packing Group II (including gasoline), Packing Group III (including aviation fuel and fuel oil), or ORM-D, the material is limited to 30 kg (66 pounds) or 30 L (8 gallons).
</P>
<P>(d) For diesel fuel, the capacity of the package is limited to 450 L (119 gallons).
</P>
<P>(e) A Division 2.1 material in a cylinder is limited to a gross weight of 100 kg (220 pounds). (A Division 2.1 material is a flammable gas, including liquefied petroleum gas, butane, propane, liquefied natural gas, and methane).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 33279, June 18, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.52" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.6.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.52   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Prohibited Practices</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.60" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.7.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.60   Unauthorized persons not to be transported.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless specifically authorized in writing to do so by the motor carrier under whose authority the commercial motor vehicle is being operated, no driver shall transport any person or permit any person to be transported on any commercial motor vehicle other than a bus. When such authorization is issued, it shall state the name of the person to be transported, the points where the transportation is to begin and end, and the date upon which such authority expires. No written authorization, however, shall be necessary for the transportation of:
</P>
<P>(1) Employees or other persons assigned to a commercial motor vehicle by a motor carrier;
</P>
<P>(2) Any person transported when aid is being rendered in case of an accident or other emergency;
</P>
<P>(3) An attendant delegated to care for livestock.
</P>
<P>(b) This section shall not apply to the operation of commercial motor vehicles controlled and operated by any farmer and used in the transportation of agricultural commodities or products thereof from his/her farm or in the transportation of supplies to his/her farm.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 38747, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.61" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.7.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.61   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.62" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.7.15.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.62   Safe operation, buses.</HEAD>
<P>No person shall drive a bus and a motor carrier shall not require or permit a person to drive a bus unless—
</P>
<P>(a) All standees on the bus are rearward of the standee line or other means prescribed in § 393.90 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(b) All aisle seats in the bus conform to the requirements of § 393.91 of this subchapter; and
</P>
<P>(c) Baggage or freight on the bus is stowed and secured in a manner which assures—
</P>
<P>(1) Unrestricted freedom of movement to the driver and his proper operation of the bus;
</P>
<P>(2) Unobstructed access to all exits by any occupant of the bus; and
</P>
<P>(3) Protection of occupants of the bus against injury resulting from the falling or displacement of articles transported in the bus.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 33278, June 18, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.63" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.7.15.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.63   Towing or pushing loaded buses.</HEAD>
<P>No disabled bus with passengers aboard shall be towed or pushed; nor shall any person use or permit to be used a bus with passengers aboard for the purpose of towing or pushing any disabled motor vehicle, except in such circumstances where the hazard to passengers would be increased by observance of the foregoing provisions of this section, and then only in traveling to the nearest point where the safety of the passengers is assured.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19732, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 60 FR 38747, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.64" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.7.15.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.64   Riding within closed commercial motor vehicles without proper exits.</HEAD>
<P>No person shall ride within the closed body of any commercial motor vehicle unless there are means on the inside thereof of obtaining exit. Said means shall be in such condition as to permit ready operation by the occupant.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19732, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 60 FR 38747, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.65" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.7.15.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.65   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.66" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.7.15.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.66   Carbon monoxide; use of commercial motor vehicle when detected.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person shall dispatch or drive any commercial motor vehicle or permit any passengers thereon, when the following conditions are known to exist, until such conditions have been remedied or repaired:
</P>
<P>(1) Where an occupant has been affected by carbon monoxide;
</P>
<P>(2) Where carbon monoxide has been detected in the interior of the commercial motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(3) When a mechanical condition of the commercial motor vehicle is discovered which would be likely to produce a hazard to the occupants by reason of carbon monoxide.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 38747, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.67" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.7.15.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.67   Heater, flame-producing; on commercial motor vehicle in motion.</HEAD>
<P>No open flame heater used in the loading or unloading of the commodity transported shall be in operation while the commercial motor vehicle is in motion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19732, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 60 FR 38747, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 392.68-392.69" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.7.15.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 392.68-392.69   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.71" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.7.15.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.71   Radar detectors; use and/or possession.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No driver shall use a radar detector in a commercial motor vehicle, or operate a commercial motor vehicle that is equipped with or contains any radar detector.
</P>
<P>(b) No motor carrier shall require or permit a driver to violate paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 67375, Dec. 21, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Limiting the Use of Electronic Devices</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.80" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.8.15.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.80   Prohibition against texting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibition.</I> No driver shall engage in texting while driving.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motor carriers.</I> No motor carrier shall allow or require its drivers to engage in texting while driving.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definition.</I> For the purpose of this section only, <I>driving</I> means operating a commercial motor vehicle, with the motor running, including while temporarily stationary because of traffic, a traffic control device, or other momentary delays. Driving does not include operating a commercial motor vehicle with or without the motor running when the driver moved the vehicle to the side of, or off, a highway, as defined in 49 CFR 390.5, and halted in a location where the vehicle can safely remain stationary.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Emergency exception.</I> Texting while driving is permissible by drivers of a commercial motor vehicle when necessary to communicate with law enforcement officials or other emergency services.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 59136, Sept. 27, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 75487, Dec. 2, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 392.82" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.34.8.15.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 392.82   Using a hand-held mobile telephone.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) No driver shall use a hand-held mobile telephone while driving a CMV.
</P>
<P>(2) No motor carrier shall allow or require its drivers to use a hand-held mobile telephone while driving a CMV.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purpose of this section only, <I>driving</I> means operating a commercial motor vehicle on a highway, including while temporarily stationary because of traffic, a traffic control device, or other momentary delays. Driving does not include operating a commercial motor vehicle when the driver has moved the vehicle to the side of, or off, a highway and has halted in a location where the vehicle can safely remain stationary.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Emergency exception.</I> Using a hand-held mobile telephone is permissible by drivers of a CMV when necessary to communicate with law enforcement officials or other emergency services.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 75487, Dec. 2, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="393" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 393—PARTS AND ACCESSORIES NECESSARY FOR SAFE OPERATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 31136, 31151, 31502; sec. 1041(b), Pub. L. 102-240, 105 Stat. 1914, 1993; secs. 5301 and 5524, Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1543, 1560; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 19735, Dec. 25, 1968, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 393 appear at 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 49384, Dec. 7, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 393.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.1.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.1   Scope of the rules in this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rules in this part establish minimum standards for commercial motor vehicles as defined in § 390.5 of this title. Only motor vehicles (as defined in § 390.5) and combinations of motor vehicles which meet the definition of a commercial motor vehicle are subject to the requirements of this part. All requirements that refer to motor vehicles with a GVWR below 4,536 kg (10,001 pounds) are applicable only when the motor vehicle or combination of motor vehicles meets the definition of a commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Every motor carrier and its employees must be knowledgeable of and comply with the requirements and specifications of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Every intermodal equipment provider and its employees or agents responsible for the inspection, repair, and maintenance of intermodal equipment interchanged to motor carriers must be knowledgeable of and comply with the applicable requirements and specifications of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) No motor carrier may operate a commercial motor vehicle, or cause or permit such vehicle to be operated, unless it is equipped in accordance with the requirements and specifications of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) No intermodal equipment provider may operate intermodal equipment, or cause or permit such equipment to be operated, unless it is equipped in accordance with the requirements and specifications of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) The rules in this part do not apply to “pipeline welding trucks” as defined in 49 CFR 390.38(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48025, Aug. 15, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 76823, Dec. 17, 2008; 81 FR 47721, July 22, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.1.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.3   Additional equipment and accessories.</HEAD>
<P>The use of additional equipment or accessories in a manner that decreases the safety of operation of a commercial motor vehicle in interstate commerce is prohibited. Nothing contained in this subchapter shall be construed to prohibit the use of additional equipment and accessories, not inconsistent with or prohibited by this subchapter, provided such equipment and accessories do not decrease the safety of operation of the motor vehicles on which they are used.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 58484, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.1.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part, the following words and terms are construed to mean:
</P>
<P><I>Aggregate working load limit.</I> The summation of the working load limits or restraining capacity of all devices used to secure an article of cargo on a vehicle. 
</P>
<P><I>Agricultural commodity trailer.</I> A trailer that is designed to transport bulk agricultural commodities in off-road harvesting sites and to a processing plant or storage location, as evidenced by skeletal construction that accommodates harvest containers, a maximum length of 28 feet, and an arrangement of air control lines and reservoirs that minimizes damage in field operations.
</P>
<P><I>Air brake system.</I> A system, including an air-over-hydraulic brake subsystem, that uses air as a medium for transmitting pressure or force from the driver control to the service brake, but does not include a system that uses compressed air or vacuum only to assist the driver in applying muscular force to hydraulic or mechanical components.
</P>
<P><I>Air-over-hydraulic brake subsystem.</I> A subsystem of the air brake system that uses compressed air to transmit a force from the driver control to a hydraulic brake system to actuate the service brakes. 
</P>
<P><I>Anchor point.</I> Part of the structure, fitting or attachment on a vehicle or article of cargo to which a tiedown is attached. 
</P>
<P><I>Antilock Brake System</I> or <I>ABS</I> means a portion of a service brake system that automatically controls the degree of rotational wheel slip during braking by:
</P>
<P>(1) Sensing the rate of angular rotation of the wheels;
</P>
<P>(2) Transmitting signals regarding the rate of wheel angular rotation to one or more controlling devices which interpret those signals and generate responsive controlling output signals; and
</P>
<P>(3) Transmitting those controlling signals to one or more modulators which adjust brake actuating forces in response to those signals.
</P>
<P><I>Article of cargo.</I> A unit of cargo, other than a liquid, gas, or aggregate that lacks physical structure (e.g., grain, gravel, etc.) including articles grouped together so that they can be handled as a single unit or unitized by wrapping, strapping, banding or edge protection device(s).
</P>
<P><I>Auxiliary driving lamp.</I> A lighting device mounted to provide illumination forward of the vehicle which supplements the upper beam of a standard headlighting system. It is not intended for use alone or with the lower beam of a standard headlamp system. 
</P>
<P><I>Bell pipe concrete.</I> Pipe whose flanged end is of larger diameter than its barrel. 
</P>
<P><I>Blocking.</I> A structure, device or another substantial article placed against or around an article of cargo to prevent horizontal movement of the article of cargo. 
</P>
<P><I>Boat trailer.</I> A trailer designed with cradle-type mountings to transport a boat and configured to permit launching of the boat from the rear of the trailer. 
</P>
<P><I>Bracing.</I> A structure, device, or another substantial article placed against an article of cargo to prevent it from tipping, that may also prevent it from shifting. 
</P>
<P><I>Brake.</I> An energy conversion mechanism used to stop, or hold a vehicle stationary.
</P>
<P><I>Brake power assist unit.</I> A device installed in a hydraulic brake system that reduces the operator effort required to actuate the system, but which if inoperative does not prevent the operator from braking the vehicle by a continued application of muscular force on the service brake control.
</P>
<P><I>Brake power unit.</I> A device installed in a brake system that provides the energy required to actuate the brakes, either directly or indirectly through an auxiliary device, with the operator action consisting only of modulating the energy application level. 
</P>
<P><I>Brake tubing/hose.</I> Metallic brake tubing, nonmetallic brake tubing and brake hose are conduits or lines used in a brake system to transmit or contain the medium (fluid or vacuum) used to apply the motor vehicle's brakes.
</P>
<P><I>Chassis.</I> The load-supporting frame of a commercial motor vehicle, exclusive of any appurtenances which might be added to accommodate cargo.
</P>
<P><I>Clearance Lamps.</I> Lamps that provide light to the front or rear, mounted on the permanent structure of the vehicle, such that they indicate the overall width of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Container chassis trailer.</I> A semitrailer of skeleton construction limited to a bottom frame, one or more axles, specially built and fitted with locking devices for the transport of intermodal cargo containers, so that when the chassis and container are assembled, the units serve the same function as an over the road trailer. 
</P>
<P><I>Converter dolly.</I> A motor vehicle consisting of a chassis equipped with one or more axles, a fifth wheel and/or equivalent mechanism, and drawbar, the attachment of which converts a semitrailer to a full trailer.
</P>
<P><I>Crib-type log trailer</I> means a trailer equipped with stakes, bunks, a front-end structure, and a rear structure to restrain logs. The stakes prevent movement of the logs from side to side on the vehicle while the front-end and rear structures prevent movement of the logs from front to back on the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Curb weight.</I> The weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment, maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant; and, if so equipped, air conditioning and additional weight of optional engine. Curb weight does not include the driver.
</P>
<P><I>Dunnage.</I> All loose materials used to support and protect cargo. 
</P>
<P><I>Dunnage bag.</I> An inflatable bag intended to fill otherwise empty space between articles of cargo, or between articles of cargo and the wall of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P><I>Edge protector.</I> A device placed on the exposed edge of an article to distribute tiedown forces over a larger area of cargo than the tiedown itself, to protect the tie-down and/or cargo from damage, and to allow the tiedown to slide freely when being tensioned. 
</P>
<P><I>Electric brake system.</I> A system that uses electric current to actuate the service brake.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency brake.</I> A mechanism designed to stop a motor vehicle after a failure of the service brake system. 
</P>
<P><I>Emergency brake system.</I> A mechanism designed to stop a vehicle after a single failure occurs in the service brake system of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid or vacuum (except failure of a common valve, manifold brake fluid housing or brake chamber housing).
</P>
<P><I>Fifth wheel.</I> A device mounted on a truck tractor or similar towing vehicle (e.g., converter dolly) which interfaces with and couples to the upper coupler assembly of a semitrailer.
</P>
<P><I>Frame vehicle.</I> A vehicle with skeletal structure fitted with one or more bunk units for transporting logs. A bunk unit consists of U-shaped front and rear bunks that together cradle logs. The bunks are welded, gusseted or otherwise firmly fastened to the vehicle's main beams, and are an integral part of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P><I>Friction mat.</I> A device placed between the deck of a vehicle and article of cargo, or between articles of cargo, intended to provide greater friction than exists naturally between these surfaces. 
</P>
<P><I>Front fog lamp.</I> A lighting device whose beam provides downward illumination forward of the vehicle and close to the ground, and is to be used only under conditions of rain, snow, dust, smoke or fog. A pair of fog lamps may be used alone, with parking, tail, side, marker, clearance and identification lamps, or with a lower beam headlamp at the driver's discretion in accordance with state and local use law. 
</P>
<P><I>Fuel tank fitting.</I> Any removable device affixed to an opening in the fuel tank with the exception of the filler cap.
</P>
<P><I>g.</I> The acceleration due to gravity, 32.2 ft/sec
<SU>2</SU> (9.81 m/sec
<SU>2</SU>). 
</P>
<P><I>Grommet.</I> A device that serves as a support and protection to that which passes through it.
</P>
<P><I>Hazard warning signal.</I> Lamps that flash simultaneously to the front and rear, on both the right and left sides of a commercial motor vehicle, to indicate to an approaching driver the presence of a vehicular hazard.
</P>
<P><I>Head lamps.</I> Lamps used to provide general illumination ahead of a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Heater.</I> Any device or assembly of devices or appliances used to heat the interior of any motor vehicle. This includes a catalytic heater which must meet the requirements of § 177.834(l)(2) of this title when Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) is transported.
</P>
<P><I>Heavy hauler trailer.</I> A trailer which has one or more of the following characteristics, but which is not a container chassis trailer:
</P>
<P>(1) Its brake lines are designed to adapt to separation or extension of the vehicle frame; or
</P>
<P>(2) Its body consists only of a platform whose primary cargo-carrying surface is not more than 1,016 mm (40 inches) above the ground in an unloaded condition, except that it may include sides that are designed to be easily removable and a permanent “front-end structure” as that term is used in § 393.106 of this title. 
</P>
<P><I>Hook-lift container.</I> A specialized container, primarily used to contain and transport materials in the waste, recycling, construction/demolition and scrap industries, which is used in conjunction with specialized vehicles, in which the container is loaded and unloaded onto a tilt frame body by an articulating hook-arm. 
</P>
<P><I>Hydraulic brake system.</I> A system that uses hydraulic fluid as a medium for transmitting force from a service brake control to the service brake, and that may incorporate a brake power assist unit, or a brake power unit.
</P>
<P><I>Identification lamps.</I> Lamps used to identify certain types of commercial motor vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Integral securement system.</I> A system on certain roll-on/roll-off containers and hook-lift containers and their related transport vehicles in which compatible front and rear hold down devices are mated to provide securement of the complete vehicle and its articles of cargo.
</P>
<P><I>Lamp.</I> A device used to produce artificial light.
</P>
<P><I>Length of a manufactured home.</I> The largest exterior length in the traveling mode, including any projections which contain interior space. Length does not include bay windows, roof projections, overhangs, or eaves under which there is no interior space, nor does it include drawbars, couplings or hitches.
</P>
<P><I>License plate lamp.</I> A lamp used to illuminate the license plate on the rear of a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Longwood.</I> All logs, including utility poles, that are not shortwood, <I>i.e.,</I> are over 4.9 m (16 feet) long. Such logs are usually described as long logs or treelength. 
</P>
<P><I>Low chassis vehicle.</I> (1) A trailer or semitrailer manufactured on or after January 26, 1998, having a chassis which extends behind the rearmost point of the rearmost tires and which has a lower rear surface that meets the guard width, height, and rear surface requirements of § 571.224 in effect on the date of manufacture, or a subsequent edition.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor vehicle, not described by paragraph (1) of this definition, having a chassis which extends behind the rearmost point of the rearmost tires and which has a lower rear surface that meets the guard configuration requirements of § 393.86(b)(1).
</P>
<P><I>Major tread groove</I> is the space between two adjacent tread ribs or lugs on a tire that contains a tread wear indicator or wear bar. (In most cases, the locations of tread wear indicators are designated on the upper sidewall/shoulder of the tire on original tread tires.)
</P>
<P><I>Manufactured home</I> means a structure, transportable in one or more sections, which in the traveling mode, is eight body feet or more in width or forty body feet or more in length, or, when erected on site, is three hundred twenty or more square feet, and which is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to the required utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, and electrical systems contained therein. Calculations used to determine the number of square feet in a structure will be based on the structure's exterior dimensions measured at the largest horizontal projections when erected on site. These dimensions will include all expandable rooms, cabinets, and other projections containing interior space, but do not include bay windows. This term includes all structures which meet the <I>above</I> requirements except the size requirements and with respect to which the manufacturer voluntarily files a certification pursuant to 24 CFR 3282.13 and complies with the standards set forth in 24 CFR part 3280.
</P>
<P><I>Metal coil</I> means an article of cargo comprised of elements, mixtures, compounds, or alloys commonly known as metal, metal foil, metal leaf, forged metal, stamped metal, metal wire, metal rod, or metal chain that are packaged as a roll, coil, spool, wind, or wrap, including plastic or rubber coated electrical wire and communications cable 
</P>
<P><I>Multi-piece windshield.</I> A windshield consisting of two or more windshield glazing surface areas.
</P>
<P><I>Parking brake system.</I> A mechanism designed to prevent the movement of a stationary motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P><I>Play.</I> Any free movement of components.
</P>
<P><I>Pulpwood trailer.</I> A trailer or semitrailer that is designed exclusively for harvesting logs or pulpwood and constructed with a skeletal frame with no means for attachment of a solid bed, body, or container.
</P>
<P><I>Rail vehicle.</I> A vehicle whose skeletal structure is fitted with stakes at the front and rear to contain logs loaded crosswise.
</P>
<P><I>Rear extremity.</I> The rearmost point on a motor vehicle that falls above a horizontal plane located 560 mm (22 inches) above the ground and below a horizontal plane located 1,900 mm (75 inches) above the ground when the motor vehicle is stopped on level ground; unloaded; its fuel tanks are full; the tires (and air suspension, if so equipped) are inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations; and the motor vehicle's cargo doors, tailgate, or other permanent structures are positioned as they normally are when the vehicle is in motion. Nonstructural protrusions such as taillamps, rubber bumpers, hinges and latches are excluded from the determination of the rearmost point.
</P>
<P><I>Reflective material.</I> A material conforming to Federal Specification L-S-300, “Sheeting and Tape, Reflective; Non-exposed Lens, Adhesive Backing,” (September 7, 1965) meeting the performance standard in either Table 1 or Table 1A of SAE Standard J594f, “Reflex Reflectors” (January, 1977).
</P>
<P><I>Reflex reflector.</I> A device which is used on a vehicle to give an indication to an approaching driver by reflected lighted from the lamps on the approaching vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Road construction controlled horizontal discharge trailer</I> means a trailer or semitrailer that is equipped with a mechanical drive and a conveyor to deliver asphalt and other road building materials, in a controlled horizontal manner, into a lay down machine or paving equipment for road construction and paving operations.
</P>
<P><I>Saddle-mount.</I> A device, designed and constructed as to be readily demountable, used in driveaway-towaway operations to perform the functions of a conventional fifth wheel:
</P>
<P>(1) Upper-half. <I>Upper-half</I> of a “saddle-mount” means that part of the device which is securely attached to the towed vehicle and maintains a fixed position relative thereto, but does not include the “king-pin;”
</P>
<P>(2) Lower-half. <I>Lower-half</I> of a “saddle-mount” means that part of the device which is securely attached to the towing vehicle and maintains a fixed position relative thereto but does not include the “king-pin;” and
</P>
<P>(3) King-pin. <I>King-pin</I> means that device which is used to connect the “upper-half” to the “lower-half” in such manner as to permit relative movement in a horizontal plane between the towed and towing vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Service brake system.</I> A primary brake system used for slowing and stopping a vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Shoring bar.</I> A device placed transversely between the walls of a vehicle and cargo to prevent cargo from tipping or shifting. 
</P>
<P><I>Shortwood.</I> All logs typically up to 4.9 m (16 feet) long. Such logs are often described as cut-up logs, cut-to-length logs, bolts or pulpwood. Shortwood may be loaded lengthwise or crosswise, though that loaded crosswise is usually no more than 2.6 m (102 inches) long. 
</P>
<P><I>Sided vehicle.</I> A vehicle whose cargo compartment is enclosed on all four sides by walls of sufficient strength to contain articles of cargo, where the walls may include latched openings for loading and unloading, and includes vans, dump bodies, and a sided intermodal container carried by a vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Side extremity.</I> The outermost point on a side of the motor vehicle that is above a horizontal plane located 560 mm (22 inches) above the ground, below a horizontal plane located 1,900 mm (75 inches) above the ground, and between a transverse vertical plane tangent to the rear extremity of the vehicle and a transverse vertical plane located 305 mm (12 inches) forward of that plane when the vehicle is unloaded; its fuel tanks are full; and the tires (and air suspension, if so equipped) are inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Non-structural protrusions such as taillights, hinges and latches are excluded from the determination of the outermost point.
</P>
<P><I>Side marker lamp (Intermediate).</I> A lamp mounted on the side, on the permanent structure of the motor vehicle that provides light to the side to indicate the approximate middle of the vehicle, when the motor vehicle is 9.14 meters (30 feet) or more in length.
</P>
<P><I>Side marker lamps.</I> Lamps mounted on the side, on the permanent structure of the motor vehicle as near as practicable to the front and rear of the vehicle, that provide light to the side to indicate the overall length of the motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P><I>Special purpose vehicle.</I> (1) A trailer or semitrailer manufactured on or after January 26, 1998, having work-performing equipment that, while the motor vehicle is in transit, resides in or moves through the area that could be occupied by the horizontal member of the rear impact guard, as defined by the guard width, height and rear surface requirements of § 571.224 (paragraphs S5.1.1 through S5.1.3), in effect on the date of manufacture, or a subsequent edition.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor vehicle, not described by paragraph (1) of this definition, having work-performing equipment that, while the motor vehicle is in transit, resides in or moves through the area that could be occupied by the horizontal member of the rear impact guard, as defined by the guard width, height and rear surface requirements of § 393.86(b)(1).
</P>
<P><I>Split service brake system.</I> A brake system consisting of two or more subsystems actuated by a single control designed so that a leakage-type failure of a pressure component in a single subsystem (except structural failure of a housing that is common to two or more subsystems) shall not impair the operation of any other subsystem. 
</P>
<P><I>Steering wheel lash.</I> The condition in which the steering wheel may be turned through some part of a revolution without associated movement of the front wheels.
</P>
<P><I>Stop lamps.</I> Lamps shown to the rear of a motor vehicle to indicate that the service brake system is engaged.
</P>
<P><I>Surge brake.</I> A self-contained, permanently closed hydraulic brake system for trailers that relies on inertial forces, developed in response to the braking action of the towing vehicle, applied to a hydraulic device mounted on or connected to the tongue of the trailer, to slow down or stop the towed vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Tail lamps.</I> Lamps used to designate the rear of a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Tiedown.</I> A combination of securing devices which forms an assembly that attaches articles of cargo to, or restrains articles of cargo on, a vehicle or trailer, and is attached to anchor point(s). 
</P>
<P><I>Tow bar.</I> A strut or column-like device temporarily attached between the rear of a towing vehicle and the front of the vehicle being towed. 
</P>
<P><I>Tractor-pole trailer.</I> A combination vehicle that carries logs lengthwise so that they form the body of the vehicle. The logs are supported by a bunk located on the rear of the tractor, and another bunk on the skeletal trailer. The tractor bunk may rotate about a vertical axis, and the trailer may have a fixed, scoping, or cabled reach, or other mechanical freedom, to allow it to turn.
</P>
<P><I>Trailer kingpin.</I> A pin (with a flange on its lower end) which extends vertically from the front of the underside of a semitrailer and which locks into a fifth wheel. 
</P>
<P><I>Turn signals.</I> Lamps used to indicate a change in direction by emitting a flashing light on the side of a motor vehicle towards which a turn will be made.
</P>
<P><I>Upper coupler assembly.</I> A structure consisting of an upper coupler plate, king-pin and supporting framework which interfaces with and couples to a fifth wheel.
</P>
<P><I>Upper coupler plate.</I> A plate structure through which the king-pin neck and collar extend. The bottom surface of the plate contacts the fifth wheel when coupled.
</P>
<P><I>Vacuum brake system.</I> A system that uses a vacuum and atmospheric pressure for transmitting a force from the driver control to the service brake, not including a system that uses vacuum only to assist the driver in applying muscular force to hydraulic or mechanical components. 
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle safety technology.</I> Vehicle safety technology includes systems and items of equipment to promote driver, occupant, and roadway safety. Examples of vehicle safety technology systems and devices include a fleet-related incident management system, performance or behavior management system, speed management system, lane departure warning system, forward collision warning or mitigation system, active cruise control system, transponder, braking warning system, braking assist system, driver camera system, attention assist warning, Global Positioning Systems, and traffic sign recognition. Vehicle safety technology includes systems and devices that contain cameras, lidar, radar, sensors, and/or video.
</P>
<P><I>Void filler.</I> Material used to fill a space between articles of cargo and the structure of the vehicle that has sufficient strength to prevent movement of the articles of cargo. 
</P>
<P><I>Well.</I> The depression formed between two cylindrical articles of cargo when they are laid with their eyes horizontal and parallel against each other. 
</P>
<P><I>Wheels back vehicle.</I> (1) A trailer or semitrailer manufactured on or after January 26, 1998, whose rearmost axle is permanently fixed and is located such that the rearmost surface of the tires (of the size recommended by the vehicle manufacturer for the rear axle) is not more than 305 mm (12 inches) forward of the transverse vertical plane tangent to the rear extremity of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor vehicle, not described by paragraph (1) of this definition, whose rearmost axle is permanently fixed and is located such that the rearmost surface of the tires (of the size recommended by the vehicle manufacturer for the rear axle) is not more than 610 mm (24 inches) forward of the transverse vertical plane tangent to the rear extremity of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Width of a manufactured home.</I> The largest exterior width in the traveling mode, including any projections which contain interior space. Width does not include bay windows, roof projections, overhangs, or eaves under which there is no interior space.
</P>
<P><I>Windshield.</I> The principal forward facing glazed surface provided for forward vision in operating a motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P><I>Working load limit (WLL).</I> The maximum load that may be applied to a component of a cargo securement system during normal service, usually assigned by the manufacturer of the component.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 49384, Dec. 7, 1988, as amended at 63 FR 8339, Feb. 18, 1998; 63 FR 24465, May 4, 1998; 64 FR 47707, Sept. 1, 1999; 67 FR 61224, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 56208, Sept. 30, 2003; 70 FR 48026, Aug. 15, 2005; 71 FR 35832, June 22, 2006; 72 FR 9870, Mar. 6, 2007; 81 FR 47731, July 22, 2016; 81 FR 65574, Sept. 23, 2016; 86 FR 62111, Nov. 9, 2021; 87 FR 12604, Mar. 7, 2022; 89 FR 90623, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.1.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.7   Matter incorporated by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> Part 393 includes references to certain matter or materials, as listed in paragraph (b) of this section. The text of the materials is not included in the regulations contained in part 393. The materials are hereby made a part of the regulations in part 393. The Director of the Federal Register has approved the materials incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. For materials subject to change, only the specific version approved by the Director of the Federal Register and specified in the regulation are incorporated. Material is incorporated as it exists on the date of the approval and a notice of any change in these materials will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Matter or materials referenced in part 393.</I> The matter or materials listed in this paragraph are incorporated by reference in the corresponding sections noted. 
</P>
<P>(1) Auxiliary Upper Beam Lamps, Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) J581, July 2004, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.24(b).
</P>
<P>(2) Front Fog Lamp, SAE J583, August 2004, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.24(b).
</P>
<P>(3) Stop Lamps for Use on Motor Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm in Overall Width, SAE J586, March 2000, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.25(c).
</P>
<P>(4) Stop Lamps and Front- and Rear-Turn Signal Lamps for Use on Motor Vehicles 2032 mm or more in Overall Width, SAE J2261, January 2002, incorporated by reference approved for § 393.25 (c).
</P>
<P>(5) Tail Lamps (Rear Position Lamps) for Use on Motor Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm in Overall Width, SAE J585, March 2000, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.25(c).
</P>
<P>(6) Tail Lamps (Rear Position Lamps) for Use on Vehicles 2032 mm or More in Overall Width, SAE J2040, March 2002, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.25(c).
</P>
<P>(7) Turn Signal Lamps for Use on Motor Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm in Overall Width, SAE J588, March 2000, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.25(c).
</P>
<P>(8) Sidemarker Lamps for Use on Road Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm in Overall Width, SAE J592, August 2000, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.25(c).
</P>
<P>(9) Directional Flashing Optical Warning Devices for Authorized Emergency, Maintenance, and Service Vehicles, SAE J595, January 2005, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.25(e).
</P>
<P>(10) Optical Warning Devices for Authorized Emergency, Maintenance, and Service Vehicles, SAE J845, May 1997, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.25(e).
</P>
<P>(11) Gaseous Discharge Warning Lamp for Authorized Emergency, Maintenance, and Service Vehicles, SAE J1318, May 1998, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.25(e).
</P>
<P>(12) Reflex Reflectors, SAE J594, December 2003, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.26(c).
</P>
<P>(13) Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control, American Society of Testing and Materials, ASTM D 4956-04, 2004, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.26(c).
</P>
<P>(14) Automobile, Truck, Truck-Tractor, Trailer, and Motor Coach Wiring, SAE J1292, October 1981, incorporated by reference approved for § 393.28.
</P>
<P>(15) Highway Emergency Signals, Fourth Edition, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., UL No. 912, July 30, 1979 (with an amendment dated November 9, 1981), incorporation by reference approved for § 393.95(j).
</P>
<P>(16) American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials for Glazing Motor Vehicles and Motor Vehicle Equipment Operating on Land Highways-Safety Standard, SAE Z26.1-1996, August 1997, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.62(d).
</P>
<P>(17) Specification for Sound Level Meters, American National Standards Institute, S1.4-1983, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.94(c). 
</P>
<P>(18) Standard Specification for Strapping, Flat Steel and Seals, American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), D3953-97, February 1998, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.104(e). 
</P>
<P>(19) Welded Steel Chain Specifications, National Association of Chain Manufacturers, September 28, 2005, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.104(e).
</P>
<P>(20) Recommended Standard Specification for Synthetic Web Tiedowns, Web Sling and Tiedown Association, WSTDA-T1, 1998, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.104(e). 
</P>
<P>(21) Wire Rope Users Manual, 2nd Edition, Wire Rope Technical Board November 1985, incorporation by reference approved for § 393.104(e). 
</P>
<P>(22) Cordage Institute rope standards approved for incorporation into § 393.104(e): 
</P>
<P>(i) PETRS-2, Polyester Fiber Rope, 3-Strand and 8-Strand Constructions, January 1993; 
</P>
<P>(ii) PPRS-2, Polypropylene Fiber Rope, 3-Strand and 8-Strand Constructions, August 1992; 
</P>
<P>(iii) CRS-1, Polyester/Polypropylene Composite Rope Specifications, Three-Strand and Eight-Strand Standard Construction, May 1979; 
</P>
<P>(iv) NRS-1, Nylon Rope Specifications, Three-Strand and Eight-Strand Standard Construction, May 1979; and 
</P>
<P>(v) C-1, Double Braided Nylon Rope Specifications DBN, January 1984. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Availability.</I> The materials incorporated by reference are available as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Standards of the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Information and copies may be obtained by writing to: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, Illinois 60062. 
</P>
<P>(2) Specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials. Information and copies may be obtained by writing to: American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428-2959. 
</P>
<P>(3) Specifications of the National Association of Chain Manufacturers. Information and copies may be obtained by writing to: National Association of Chain Manufacturers, P.O. Box 22681, Lehigh Valley, Pennsylvania 18002-2681. 
</P>
<P>(4) Specifications of the Web Sling and Tiedown Association. Information and copies may be obtained by writing to: Web Sling and Tiedown Association, Inc., 5024-R Campbell Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21236-5974. 
</P>
<P>(5) Manuals of the Wire Rope Technical Board. Information and copies may be obtained by writing to: Wire Rope Technical Committee, P.O. Box 849, Stevensville, Maryland 21666. 
</P>
<P>(6) Standards of the Cordage Institute. Information and copies may be obtained by writing to: Cordage Institute, 350 Lincoln Street, # 115, Hingham, Massachusetts 02043. 
</P>
<P>(7) Standards of the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE). Information and copies may be obtained by writing to: Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, Pennsylvania 15096.
</P>
<P>(8) Standards of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). Information and copies may be obtained by writing to: American National Standards Institute, 25 West 43rd Street, New York, New York 10036. 
</P>
<P>(9) [Reserved]. 
</P>
<P>(10) All of the materials incorporated by reference are available for inspection at: 
</P>
<P>(i) Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Bus and Truck Standards and Operations (MC-PS), 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 70 FR 48027, Aug. 15, 2005; 71 FR 35832, June 22, 2006; 72 FR 55703, Oct. 1, 2007; 77 FR 46638, Aug. 6, 2012; 80 FR 59075, Oct. 1, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Lamps, Reflective Devices, and Electrical Wiring</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.9   Lamps operable, prohibition of obstructions of lamps and reflectors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All lamps required by this subpart shall be capable of being operated at all times. This paragraph shall not be construed to require that any auxiliary or additional lamp be capable of operating at all times.
</P>
<P>(b) Lamps and reflective devices/material required by this subpart must not be obscured by the tailboard, or by any part of the load, or its covering by dirt, or other added vehicle or work equipment, or otherwise. Exception: The conspicuity treatments on the front end protection devices may be obscured by part of the load being transported.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48027, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.11   Lamps and reflective devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Lamps and reflex reflectors.</I> Table 1 specifies the requirements for lamps, reflective devices and associated equipment by the type of commercial motor vehicle. The diagrams in this section illustrate the position of the lamps, reflective devices and associated equipment specified in Table 1. All commercial motor vehicles manufactured on or after December 25, 1968, must, at a minimum, meet the applicable requirements of 49 CFR 571.108 (FMVSS No. 108) in effect at the time of manufacture of the vehicle. Commercial motor vehicles manufactured before December 25, 1968, must, at a minimum, meet the requirements of subpart B of part 393 in effect at the time of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exceptions:</I> Pole trailers and trailer converter dollies must meet the part 393 requirements for lamps, reflective devices and electrical equipment in effect at the time of manufacture. Trailers which are equipped with conspicuity material which meets the requirements of § 393.11(b) are not required to be equipped with the reflex reflectors listed in Table 1 if—
</P>
<P>(i) The conspicuity material is placed at the locations where reflex reflectors are required by Table 1; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The conspicuity material when installed on the motor vehicle meets the visibility requirements for the reflex reflectors.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conspicuity Systems.</I> Each trailer of 2,032 mm (80 inches) or more overall width, and with a GVWR over 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds), manufactured on or after December 1, 1993, except pole trailers and trailers designed exclusively for living or office use, shall be equipped with either retroreflective sheeting that meets the requirements of FMVSS No. 108 (S5.7.1), reflex reflectors that meet the requirements FMVSS No. 108 (S5.7.2), or a combination of retroreflective sheeting and reflex reflectors that meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 108 (S5.7.3). The conspicuity system shall be installed and located as specified in FMVSS No. 108 [S5.7.1.4 (for retroreflective sheeting), S5.7.2.2 (for reflex reflectors), S5.7.3 (for a combination of sheeting and reflectors)] and have certification and markings as required by S5.7.1.5 (for retroreflective tape) and S5.7.2.3 (for reflex reflectors).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prohibition on the use of amber stop lamps and tail lamps.</I> No commercial motor vehicle may be equipped with an amber stop lamp, a tail lamp, or other lamp which is optically combined with an amber stop lamp or tail lamp.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 of § 393.11—Required Lamps and Reflectors on Commercial Motor Vehicles 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Item on the vehicle 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Quantity 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Color 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Location 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Position 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Height above the road surface in millimeters (mm) (with English units in parenthesis) measured from the center of the lamp at curb weight 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vehicles for which the devices are required 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Headlamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">White</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Front</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the front at the same height, with an equal number at each side of the vertical center line as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 559 mm (22 inches) nor more than 1,372 mm (54 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Turn signal (front). See footnotes #2 and 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At or near the front</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One on each side of the vertical centerline at the same height and as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 381 mm (15 inches) nor more than 2,108 mm (83 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Identification lamps (front). See footnote #1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Front</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As close as practicable to the top of the vehicle, at the same height, and as close as practicable to the vertical centerline of the vehicle (or the vertical centerline of the cab where different from the centerline of the vehicle) with lamp centers spaced not less than 152 mm (6 inches) or more than 305 mm (12 inches) apart. Alternatively, the front lamps may be located as close as practicable to the top of the cab</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All three on the same level as close as practicable to the top of the motor vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B, C 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tail lamps. See footnotes #5 and 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rear</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One lamp on each side of the vertical centerline at the same height and as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Both on the same level between 381 mm (15 inches) and 1,829 mm (72 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stop lamps. See footnotes #5 and 13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rear</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One lamp on each side of the vertical centerline at the same height and as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Both on the same level between 381 mm (15 inches) and 1,829 mm (72 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C, D, E, F, G 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearance lamps. See footnotes #8, 9, 10, 15 &amp; 17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One on each side of the front of the vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One on each side of the vertical centerline to indicate overall width</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Both on the same level as high as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B, C, D, G, H 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One on each side of the rear of the vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One on each side of the vertical centerline to indicate overall width</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Both on the same level as high as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B, D, G, H 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reflex reflector, intermediate (side)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One on each side</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At or near the midpoint between the front and rear side marker lamps, if the length of the vehicle is more than 9,144 mm (30 feet)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Between 381 mm (15inches) and 1,524 (60 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, D, F, G 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reflex reflector (rear). See footnotes #5, 6, and 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rear</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One on each side of the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable and at the same height</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Both on the same level, between 381 mm (15 inches) and 1,524 mm (60 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C, D, E, F, G 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reflex reflector (rear side).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One on each side (rear)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As far to the rear as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Both on the same level, between 381 mm (15 inches) and 1,524 mm (60 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, D, F, G 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reflex reflector (front side). See footnote #16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One on each side (front)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As far to the front as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Between 381 mm (15 inches) and 1,524 mm (60 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C, D, F, G 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">License plate lamp (rear). See footnote #11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">White</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At rear license plate to illuminate the plate from the top or sides</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C, D, F, G 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side marker lamp (front). See footnote #16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One on each side</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As far to the front as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 381 mm (15 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C, D, F 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side marker lamp intermediate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One on each side</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At or near the midpoint between the front and rear side marker lamps, if the length of the vehicle is more than 9,144 mm (30 feet)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less tan 381 mm (15 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, D, F, G 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side marker lamp (rear). See footnotes #4 and 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One on each side</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As far to the rear as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 381 mm (15 inches), and on the rear of trailers not more than 1,524 mm (60 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, D, F, G 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Turn signal (rear). See footnotes #5 and 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amber or red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rear</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One lamp on each side of the vertical centerline as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Both on the same level, between 381 mm (15 inches) and 2,108 mm (83 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C, D, E, F, G 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Identification lamp (rear). See footnotes #3, 7, and 15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rear</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One as close as practicable to the vertical centerline. One on each side with lamp centers spaced not less than 152 mm (6 inches) or more than 305 mm (12 inches) apart</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All three on the same level as close as practicable to the top of the vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B, D, G 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher lamps. See footnotes #5 and 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Front</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One lamp on each side of the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Both on the same level, between 381 mm (15 inches) and 2,108 mm (83 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amber or red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rear</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One lamp on each side of the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Both on the same level, between 381 mm (15 inches) and 2,108 mm (83 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C, D, E, F, G 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Backup lamp. See footnote #14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 or 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">White</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rear</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rear</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Parking lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amber or white</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Front</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">One lamp on each side of the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Both on the same level, between 381 mm (15 inches) and 2,108 mm (83 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Legend: Types of commercial motor vehicles shown in the last column of Table 1.</E> 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">A. Buses and trucks less than 2,032 mm (80 inches) in overall width.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">B. Buses and trucks 2,032 mm (80 inches) or more in overall width.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">C. Truck tractors.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">D. Semitrailers and full trailers 2,032 mm (80 inches) or more in overall width except converter dollies.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">E. Converter dolly.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">F. Semitrailers and full trailers less than 2,032 mm (80 inches) in overall width.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">G. Pole trailers.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">H. Projecting loads.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note:</E> Lamps and reflectors may be combined as permitted by § 393.22 and S5.4 of 49 CFR 571.108, Equipment combinations.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—1 Identification lamps may be mounted on the vertical centerline of the cab where different from the centerline of the vehicle, except where the cab is not more than 42 inches wide at the front roofline, then a single lamp at the center of the cab shall be deemed to comply with the requirements for identification lamps. No part of the identification lamps or their mountings may extend below the top of the vehicle windshield.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—2 Unless the turn signals on the front are so constructed (double-faced) and located as to be visible to passing drivers, two turn signals are required on the rear of the truck tractor, one at each side as far apart as practicable.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—3 The identification lamps need not be visible or lighted if obscured by a vehicle in the same combination.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—4 Any semitrailer or full trailer manufactured on or after March 1, 1979, shall be equipped with rear side-marker lamps at a height of not less than 381 mm (15 inches), and on the rear of trailers not more than 1,524 mm (60 inches) above the road surface, as measured from the center of the lamp on the vehicle at curb weight.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—5 Each converter dolly, when towed singly by another vehicle and not as part of a full trailer, shall be equipped with one stop lamp, one tail lamp, and two reflectors (one on each side of the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable) on the rear. Each converter dolly shall be equipped with rear turn signals and vehicular hazard warning signal flasher lamps when towed singly by another vehicle and not as part of a full trailer, if the converter dolly obscures the turn signals at the rear of the towing vehicle.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—6 Pole trailers shall be equipped with two reflex reflectors on the rear, one on each side of the vertical centerline as far apart as practicable, to indicate the extreme width of the trailer.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—7 Pole trailers, when towed by motor vehicles with rear identification lamps meeting the requirements of § 393.11 and mounted at a height greater than the load being transported on the pole trailer, are not required to have rear identification lamps.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—8 Pole trailers shall have on the rearmost support for the load: (1) two front clearance lamps, one on each side of the vehicle, both on the same level and as high as practicable to indicate the overall width of the pole trailer; (2) two rear clearance lamps, one on each side of the vehicle, both on the same level and as high as practicable to indicate the overall width of the pole trailer; (3) two rear side marker lamps, one on each side of the vehicle, both on the same level, not less than 375 mm (15 inches) above the road surface; (4) two rear reflex reflectors, one on each side, both on the same level, not less than 375 mm (15 inches) above the road surface to indicate maximum width of the pole trailer; and (5) one red reflector on each side of the rearmost support for the load. Lamps and reflectors may be combined as allowed in § 393.22.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—9 Any motor vehicle transporting a load which extends more than 102 mm (4 inches) beyond the overall width of the motor vehicle shall be equipped with the following lamps in addition to other required lamps when operated during the hours when headlamps are required to be used.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(1) The foremost edge of that portion of the load which projects beyond the side of the vehicle shall be marked (at its outermost extremity) with an amber lamp visible from the front and side.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(2) The rearmost edge of that portion of the load which projects beyond the side of the vehicle shall be marked (at its outermost extremity) with a red lamp visible from the rear and side.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(3) If the projecting load does not measure more than 914 mm (3 feet) from front to rear, it shall be marked with an amber lamp visible from the front, both sides, and rear, except that if the projection is located at or near the rear it shall be marked by a red lamp visible from front, side, and rear.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—10 Projections beyond rear of motor vehicles. Motor vehicles transporting loads which extend more than 1,219 mm (4 feet) beyond the rear of the motor vehicle, or which have tailboards or tailgates extending more than 1,219 mm (4 feet) beyond the body, shall have these projections marked as follows when the vehicle is operated during the hours when headlamps are required to be used:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(1) On each side of the projecting load, one red side marker lamp, visible from the side, located so as to indicate maximum overhang.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(2) On the rear of the projecting load, two red lamps, visible from the rear, one at each side; and two red reflectors visible from the rear, one at each side, located so as to indicate maximum width.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—11 To be illuminated when headlamps are illuminated. No rear license plate lamp is required on vehicles that do not display a rear license plate or on the rear of truck tractors while towing a trailer.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—12 Every bus, truck, and truck tractor shall be equipped with a signaling system that, in addition to signaling turning movements, shall have a switch or combination of switches that will cause the two front turn signals and the two rear signals to flash simultaneously as a vehicular traffic signal warning, required by § 392.22(a). The system shall be capable of flashing simultaneously with the ignition of the vehicle on or off.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—13 To be actuated upon application of service brakes.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—14 Backup lamp required to operate when bus, truck, or truck tractor is in reverse.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—15 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(1) For the purposes of § 393.11, the term “overall width” refers to the nominal design dimension of the widest part of the vehicle, exclusive of the signal lamps, marker lamps, outside rearview mirrors, flexible fender extensions, and mud flaps.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(2) Clearance lamps may be mounted at a location other than on the front and rear if necessary to indicate the overall width of a vehicle, or for protection from damage during normal operation of the vehicle.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(3) On a trailer, the front clearance lamps may be mounted at a height below the extreme height if mounting at the extreme height results in the lamps failing to mark the overall width of the trailer.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(4) On a truck tractor, clearance lamps mounted on the cab may be located to indicate the width of the cab, rather than the width of the vehicle.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(5) When the rear identification lamps are mounted at the extreme height of a vehicle, rear clearance lamps are not required to be located as close as practicable to the top of the vehicle.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—16 A trailer subject to this part that is less than 1829 mm (6 feet) in overall length, including the trailer tongue, need not be equipped with front side marker lamps and front side reflex reflectors.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnote—17 A boat trailer subject to this part whose overall width is 2032 mm (80 inches) or more need not be equipped with both front and rear clearance lamps provided an amber (front) and red (rear) clearance lamp is located at or near the midpoint on each side so as to indicate its extreme width.</P></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.011.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.014.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.015.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.016.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48027, Aug. 15, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 32014, June 11, 2007; 72 FR 33562, June 18, 2007; 78 FR 58484, Sept. 24, 2013; 81 FR 47731, July 22, 2016; 81 FR 60634, Sept. 2, 2016; 91 FR 7873, Feb. 19, 2026]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.13   Retroreflective sheeting and reflex reflectors, requirements for semitrailers and trailers manufactured before December 1, 1993.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> All trailers and semitrailers manufactured prior to December 1, 1993, which have an overall width of 2,032 mm (80 inches) or more and a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kg (10,001 pounds) or more, except trailers that are manufactured exclusively for use as offices or dwellings, pole trailers (as defined in § 390.5 of this subchapter), and trailers transported in a driveaway-towaway operation, must be equipped with retroreflective sheeting or an array of reflex reflectors that meet the requirements of this section. Motor carriers operating trailers, other than container chassis (as defined in § 393.5), have until June 1, 2001, to comply with the requirements of this section. Motor carriers operating container chassis have until December 1, 2001, to comply with the requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Retroreflective sheeting and reflex reflectors.</I> Motor carriers are encouraged to retrofit their trailers with a conspicuity system that meets all of the requirements applicable to trailers manufactured on or after December 1, 1993, including the use of retroreflective sheeting or reflex reflectors in a red and white pattern (see Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 108 (49 CFR 571.108), S5.7, <I>Conspicuity systems</I>). Motor carriers which do not retrofit their trailers to meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 108, for example by using an alternative color pattern, must comply with the remainder of this paragraph and with paragraph (c) or (d) of this section. Retroreflective sheeting or reflex reflectors in colors or color combinations other than red and white may be used on the sides or lower rear area of the semitrailer or trailer until June 1, 2009. The alternate color or color combination must be uniform along the sides and lower rear area of the trailer. The retroreflective sheeting or reflex reflectors on the upper rear area of the trailer must be white and conform to the requirements of FMVSS No. 108 (S5.7). Red retroreflective sheeting or reflex reflectors shall not be used along the sides of the trailer unless it is used as part of a red and white pattern. Retroreflective sheeting shall have a width of at least 50 mm (2 inches).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Locations for retroreflective sheeting</I>—(1) <I>Sides.</I> Retroreflective sheeting shall be applied to each side of the trailer or semitrailer. Each strip of retroreflective sheeting shall be positioned as horizontally as practicable, beginning and ending as close to the front and rear as practicable. The strip need not be continuous but the sum of the length of all of the segments shall be at least half of the length of the trailer and the spaces between the segments of the strip shall be distributed as evenly as practicable. The centerline for each strip of retroreflective sheeting shall be between 375 mm (15 inches) and 1,525 mm (60 inches) above the road surface when measured with the trailer empty or unladen, or as close as practicable to this area. If necessary to clear rivet heads or other similar obstructions, 50 mm (2 inches) wide retroreflective sheeting may be separated into two 25 mm (1 inch) wide strips of the same length and color, separated by a space of not more than 25 mm (1 inch).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lower rear area.</I> The rear of each trailer and semitrailer must be equipped with retroreflective sheeting. Each strip of retroreflective sheeting shall be positioned as horizontally as practicable, extending across the full width of the trailer, beginning and ending as close to the extreme edges as practicable. The centerline for each of the strips of retroreflective sheeting shall be between 375 mm (15 inches) and 1,525 mm (60 inches) above the road surface when measured with the trailer empty or unladen, or as close as practicable to this area.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Upper rear area.</I> Two pairs of white strips of retroreflective sheeting, each pair consisting of strips 300 mm (12 inches) long, must be positioned horizontally and vertically on the right and left upper corners of the rear of the body of each trailer and semitrailer, as close as practicable to the top of the trailer and as far apart as practicable. If the perimeter of the body, as viewed from the rear, is not square or rectangular, the strips may be applied along the perimeter, as close as practicable to the uppermost and outermost areas of the rear of the body on the left and right sides.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Locations for reflex reflectors</I>—(1) <I>Sides.</I> Reflex reflectors shall be applied to each side of the trailer or semitrailer. Each array of reflex reflectors shall be positioned as horizontally as practicable, beginning and ending as close to the front and rear as practicable. The array need not be continuous but the sum of the length of all of the array segments shall be at least half of the length of the trailer and the spaces between the segments of the strip shall be distributed as evenly as practicable. The centerline for each array of reflex reflectors shall be between 375 mm (15 inches) and 1,525 mm (60 inches) above the road surface when measured with the trailer empty or unladen, or as close as practicable to this area. The center of each reflector shall not be more than 100 mm (4 inches) from the center of each adjacent reflector in the segment of the array. If reflex reflectors are arranged in an alternating color pattern, the length of reflectors of the first color shall be as close as practicable to the length of the reflectors of the second color.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lower rear area.</I> The rear of each trailer and semitrailer must be equipped with reflex reflectors. Each array of reflex reflectors shall be positioned as horizontally as practicable, extending across the full width of the trailer, beginning and ending as close to the extreme edges as practicable. The centerline for each array of reflex reflectors shall be between 375 mm (15 inches) and 1,525 mm (60 inches) above the road surface when measured with the trailer empty or unladen, or as close as practicable to this area. The center of each reflector shall not be more than 100 mm (4 inches) from the center of each adjacent reflector in the segment of the array.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Upper rear area.</I> Two pairs of white reflex reflector arrays, each pair at least 300 mm (12 inches) long, must be positioned horizontally and vertically on the right and left upper corners of the rear of the body of each trailer and semitrailer, as close as practicable to the top of the trailer and as far apart as practicable. If the perimeter of the body, as viewed from the rear, is not square or rectangular, the arrays may be applied along the perimeter, as close as practicable to the uppermost and outermost areas of the rear of the body on the left and right sides. The center of each reflector shall not be more than 100 mm (4 inches) from the center of each adjacent reflector in the segment of the array.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 15605, Mar. 31, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 30339, June 6, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.17" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.17   Lamps and reflectors—combinations in driveaway-towaway operation.</HEAD>
<P>A combination of motor vehicles engaged in driveaway-towaway operation must be equipped with operative lamps and reflectors conforming to the rules in this section.
</P>
<P>(a) The towing vehicle must be equipped as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) On the front, there must be at least two headlamps, an equal number at each side, two turn signals, one at each side, and two clearance lamps, one at each side.
</P>
<P>(2) On each side, there must be at least one side-marker lamp, located near the front of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) On the rear, there must be at least two tail lamps, one at each side, and two stop lamps, one at each side.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the rearmost towed vehicle of the combination (including the towed vehicles of a tow-bar combination, the towed vehicle of a single saddle-mount combination, and the rearmost towed vehicle of a double or triple saddle-mount combination) or, in the case of a vehicle full-mounted on a saddle-mount vehicle, either the full-mounted vehicle or the rearmost saddle-mounted vehicle must be equipped as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) On each side, there must be at least one side-marker lamp, located near the rear of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) On the rear, there must be at least two tail lamps, two stop lamps, two turn signals, two clearance lamps, and two reflectors, one of each type at each side. In addition, if any vehicle in the combination is 80 inches or more in overall width, there must be three identification lamps on the rear.
</P>
<P>(c) If the towed vehicle in a combination is a mobile structure trailer, it must be equipped in accordance with the following lighting devices. For the purposes of this part, <I>mobile structure trailer</I> means a trailer that has a roof and walls, is at least 10 feet wide, and can be used off road for dwelling or commercial purposes.
</P>
<P>(1) When the vehicle is operated in accordance with the terms of a special permit prohibiting operation during the times when lighted lamps are required, it must have on the rear—
</P>
<P>(i) Two stop lamps, one on each side of the vertical centerline, at the same height, and as far apart as practicable;
</P>
<P>(ii) Two tail lamps, one on each side of the vertical centerline, at the same height, and as far apart as practicable;
</P>
<P>(iii) Two red reflex reflectors, one on each side of the vertical centerline, at the same height, and as far apart as practicable; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Two turn signal lamps, one on each side of the vertical centerline, at the same height, and as far apart as practicable.
</P>
<P>(2) At all other times, the vehicle must be equipped as specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) An intermediate towed vehicle in a combination consisting of more than two vehicles (including the first saddle-mounted vehicle of a double saddle-mount combination and the first and second saddle-mount vehicles of a triple saddle-mount combination) must have one side-marker lamp on each side, located near the rear of the vehicle.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.019.gif"/>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 304, 1655; 49 CFR 1.48(b) and 301.60)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 36126, Aug. 19, 1975, as amended at 47 FR 47837, Oct. 28, 1982; 70 FR 48044, Aug. 15, 2005; 77 FR 59828, Oct. 1, 2012; 80 FR 59075, Oct. 1, 2015]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.19" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.19   Hazard warning signals.</HEAD>
<P>The hazard warning signal operating unit on each commercial motor vehicle shall operate independently of the ignition or equivalent switch, and when activated, cause all turn signals required by § 393.11 to flash simultaneously.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48046, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.20" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.20   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.22" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.22   Combination of lighting devices and reflectors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Permitted combinations.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, two or more lighting devices and reflectors (whether or not required by the rules in this part) may be combined optically if—
</P>
<P>(1) Each required lighting device and reflector conforms to the applicable rules in this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Neither the mounting nor the use of a nonrequired lighting device or reflector impairs the effectiveness of a required lighting device or reflector or causes that device or reflector to be inconsistent with the applicable rules in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibited combinations.</I> (1) A turn signal lamp must not be combined optically with either a head lamp or other lighting device or combination of lighting devices that produces a greater intensity of light than the turn signal lamp.
</P>
<P>(2) A turn signal lamp must not be combined optically with a stop lamp unless the stop lamp function is always deactivated when the turn signal function is activated.
</P>
<P>(3) A clearance lamp must not be combined optically with a tail lamp or identification lamp.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 26908, July 24, 1974]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.23" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.23   Power supply for lamps.</HEAD>
<P>All required lamps must be powered by the electrical system of the motor vehicle with the exception of battery powered lamps used on projecting loads.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48046, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.24" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.24   Requirements for head lamps, auxiliary driving lamps and front fog lamps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Headlamps.</I> Every bus, truck and truck tractor shall be equipped with headlamps as required by § 393.11(a). The headlamps shall provide an upper and lower beam distribution of light, selectable at the driver's will and be steady-burning. The headlamps shall be marked in accordance with FMVSS No. 108. Auxiliary driving lamps and/or front fog lamps may not be used to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Auxiliary driving lamps and front fog lamps.</I> Commercial motor vehicles may be equipped with auxiliary driving lamps and/or front fog lamps for use in conjunction with, but not in lieu of the required headlamps. Auxiliary driving lamps shall meet SAE Standard J581 Auxiliary Upper Beam Lamps, July 2004, and front fog lamps shall meet SAE Standard J583 Front Fog Lamp, August 2004. (See § 393.7 for information on the incorporation by reference and availability of these documents.)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Mounting.</I> Headlamps shall be mounted and aimable in accordance with FMVSS No. 108. Auxiliary driving lamps and front fog lamps shall be mounted so that the beams are aimable and the mounting shall prevent the aim of the lighting device from being disturbed while the vehicle is operating on public roads.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Aiming.</I> Headlamps, auxiliary driving lamps and front fog lamps shall be aimed to meet the aiming specifications in FMVSS No. 108 (49 CFR 571.108), SAE J581, and SAE J583, respectively.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48046, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.25" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.25   Requirements for lamps other than head lamps.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Mounting.</I> All lamps shall be securely mounted on a rigid part of the vehicle. Temporary lamps must be securely mounted to the load and are not required to be mounted to a permanent part of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Visibility.</I> Each lamp shall be located so that it meets the visibility requirements specified by FMVSS No. 108 in effect at the time of manufacture of the vehicle. Vehicles which were not subject to FMVSS No. 108 at the time of manufacture shall have each lamp located so that it meets the visibility requirements specified in the SAE standards listed in paragraph (c) of this section. If motor vehicle equipment (<I>e.g.</I>, mirrors, snow plows, wrecker booms, backhoes, and winches) prevents compliance with this paragraph by any required lamp, an auxiliary lamp or device meeting the requirements of this paragraph shall be provided. This shall not be construed to apply to lamps on one unit which are obscured by another unit of a combination of vehicles.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Specifications.</I> All required lamps (except marker lamps on projecting loads, lamps which are temporarily attached to vehicles transported in driveaway-towaway operations, and lamps on converter dollies and pole trailers) on vehicles manufactured on or after December 25, 1968, shall, at a minimum, meet the applicable requirements of FMVSS No. 108 in effect on the date of manufacture of the vehicle. Marker lamps on projecting loads, all lamps which are temporarily attached to vehicles transported in driveaway-towaway operations, and all lamps on converter dollies and pole trailers must meet the following applicable SAE standards: J586—Stop Lamps for Use on Motor Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm in Overall Width, March 2000; J2261 Stop Lamps and Front- and Rear-Turn Signal Lamps for Use on Motor Vehicles 2032 mm or More in Overall Width, January 2002; J585—Tail Lamps (Rear Position Lamps) for Use on Motor Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm in Overall Width, March 2000; J588—Turn Signal Lamps for Use on Motor Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm in Overall Width, March 2000; J2040—Tail Lamps (Rear Position Lamps) for Use on Vehicles 2032 mm or More in Overall Width, March 2002; J592—Sidemarker Lamps for Use on Road Vehicles Less Than 2032 mm in Overall Width, August 2000. (See § 393.7 for information on the incorporation by reference and availability of these documents.)
</P>
<P>(d) (Reserved)
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Lamps to be steady-burning.</I> All exterior lamps (both required lamps and any additional lamps) shall be steady-burning with the exception of turn signal lamps; hazard warning signal lamps; school bus warning lamps; amber warning lamps or flashing warning lamps on tow trucks and commercial motor vehicles transporting oversized loads; and warning lamps on emergency and service vehicles authorized by State or local authorities. Lamps combined into the same shell or housing with a turn signal are not required to be steady burning while the turn signal is in use. Amber warning lamps must meet SAE J845—Optical Warning Devices for Authorized Emergency, Maintenance and Service Vehicles, May 1997. Amber flashing warning lamps must meet SAE J595—Directional Flashing Optical Warning Devices for Authorized Emergency, Maintenance and Service Vehicles, January 2005. Amber gaseous discharge warning lamps must meet SAE J1318 Gaseous Discharge Warning Lamp for Authorized Emergency, Maintenance, and Service Vehicles, May 1998. (See § 393.7(b) for information on the incorporation by reference and availability of these documents.)
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Stop lamp operation.</I> The stop lamps on each vehicle shall be activated upon application of the service brakes. The stop lamps are not required to be activated when the emergency feature of the trailer brakes is used or when the stop lamp is optically combined with the turn signal and the turn signal is in use.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48047, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.26" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.26   Requirements for reflectors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Mounting.</I> Reflex reflectors shall be mounted at the locations required by § 393.11. In the case of motor vehicles so constructed that requirement for a 381 mm (15-inch) minimum height above the road surface is not practical, the reflectors shall be mounted as close as practicable to the required mounting height range. All permanent reflex reflectors shall be securely mounted on a rigid part of the vehicle. Temporary reflectors on projecting loads must be securely mounted to the load and are not required to be permanently mounted to a part of the vehicle. Temporary reflex reflectors on vehicles transported in driveaway-towaway operations must be firmly attached.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specifications.</I> All required reflex reflectors (except reflex reflectors on projecting loads, vehicles transported in a driveaway-towaway operation, converter dollies and pole trailers) on vehicles manufactured on or after December 25, 1968, shall meet the applicable requirements of FMVSS No. 108 in effect on the date of manufacture of the vehicle. Reflex reflectors on projecting loads, vehicles transported in a driveaway-towaway operation, and all reflex reflectors on converter dollies and pole trailers must conform to SAE J594—Reflex Reflectors, December 2003.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Substitute material for side reflex reflectors.</I> Reflective material conforming to ASTM D 4956-04, Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control, may be used in lieu of reflex reflectors if the material as used on the vehicle, meets the performance standards in either Table I of SAE J594 or Table IA of SAE J594—Reflex Reflectors, December 2003. (See § 393.7(b) for information on the incorporation by reference and availability of these documents.)
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Use of additional retroreflective surfaces.</I> Additional retroreflective surfaces may be used in conjunction with, but not in lieu of the reflex reflectors required in subpart B of part 393, and the substitute material for side reflex reflectors allowed by paragraph (c) of this section, provided: 
</P>
<P>(1) Designs do not resemble traffic control signs, lights, or devices, except that straight edge striping resembling a barricade pattern may be used.
</P>
<P>(2) Designs do not tend to distort the length and/or width of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) Such surfaces shall be at least 3 inches from any required lamp or reflector unless of the same color as such lamp or reflector.
</P>
<P>(4) No red color shall be used on the front of any motor vehicle, except for display of markings or placards required by § 177.823 of this title.
</P>
<P>(5) Retroreflective license plates required by State or local authorities may be used.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19735, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 35 FR 3167, Feb. 19, 1970; 53 FR 49397, Dec. 7, 1988; 70 FR 48047, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.27" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.27   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.28" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.28   Wiring systems.</HEAD>
<P>Electrical wiring shall be installed and maintained to conform to SAE J1292—Automobile, Truck, Truck-Tractor, Trailer, and Motor Coach Wiring, October 1981, except the jumper cable plug and receptacle need not conform to SAE J560. The reference to SAE J1292 shall not be construed to require circuit protection on trailers. (See § 393.7(b) for information on the incorporation by reference and availability of this document.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48047, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.29" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.29   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.30" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.30   Battery installation.</HEAD>
<P>Every storage battery on every vehicle, unless located in the engine compartment, shall be covered by a fixed part of the motor vehicle or protected by a removable cover or enclosure. Removable covers or enclosures shall be substantial and shall be securely latched or fastened. The storage battery compartment and adjacent metal parts which might corrode by reason of battery leakage shall be painted or coated with an acid-resisting paint or coating and shall have openings to provide ample battery ventilation and drainage. Wherever the cable to the starting motor passes through a metal compartment, the cable shall be protected against grounding by an acid and waterproof insulating bushing. Wherever a battery and a fuel tank are both placed under the driver's seat, they shall be partitioned from each other, and each compartment shall be provided with an independent cover, ventilation, and drainage.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 393.31-393.33" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.2.16.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 393.31-393.33   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Brakes</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.40" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.40   Required brake systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each commercial motor vehicle must have brakes adequate to stop and hold the vehicle or combination of motor vehicles. Each commercial motor vehicle must meet the applicable service, parking, and emergency brake system requirements provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service brakes</I>—(1) <I>Hydraulic brake systems.</I> Motor vehicles equipped with hydraulic brake systems and manufactured on or after September 2, 1983, must, at a minimum, have a service brake system that meets the requirements of FMVSS No. 105 in effect on the date of manufacture. Motor vehicles which were not subject to FMVSS No. 105 on the date of manufacture must have a service brake system that meets the applicable requirements of §§ 393.42, 393.48, 393.49, 393.51, and 393.52 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Air brake systems.</I> Buses, trucks and truck-tractors equipped with air brake systems and manufactured on or after March 1, 1975, and trailers manufactured on or after January 1, 1975, must, at a minimum, have a service brake system that meets the requirements of FMVSS No. 121 in effect on the date of manufacture. Motor vehicles which were not subject to FMVSS No. 121 on the date of manufacture must have a service brake system that meets the applicable requirements of §§ 393.42, 393.48, 393.49, 393.51, and 393.52 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Vacuum brake systems.</I> Motor vehicles equipped with vacuum brake systems must have a service brake system that meets the applicable requirements of §§ 393.42, 393.48, 393.49, 393.51, and 393.52 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Electric brake systems.</I> Motor vehicles equipped with electric brake systems must have a service brake system that meets the applicable requirements of §§ 393.42, 393.48, 393.49 and 393.52 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Surge brake systems.</I> Motor vehicles equipped with surge brake systems must have a service brake system that meets the applicable requirements of §§ 393.42, 393.48, 393.49, and 393.52 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Parking brakes.</I> Each commercial motor vehicle must be equipped with a parking brake system that meets the applicable requirements of § 393.41.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Emergency brakes—partial failure of service brakes</I>—(1) <I>Hydraulic brake systems.</I> Motor vehicles manufactured on or after September 2, 1983, and equipped with a split service brake system must, at a minimum, meet the partial failure requirements of FMVSS No. 105 in effect on the date of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Air brake systems.</I> Buses, trucks and truck tractors manufactured on or after March 1, 1975, and trailers manufactured on or after January 1, 1975, must be equipped with an emergency brake system which, at a minumum, meets the requirements of FMVSS No. 121 in effect on the date of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Vehicles not subject to FMVSS Nos. 105 and 121 on the date of manufacture.</I> Buses, trucks and truck tractors not subject to FMVSS Nos. 105 or 121 on the date of manufacture must meet the requirements of § 393.40(e). Trailers not subject to FMVSS No. 121 at the time of manufacture must meet the requirements of § 393.43.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Emergency brakes, vehicles manufactured on or after July 1, 1973.</I> (1) A bus, truck, truck tractor, or a combination of motor vehicles manufactured on or after July 1, 1973, and not covered under paragraphs (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section, must have an emergency brake system which consists of emergency features of the service brake system or an emergency system separate from the service brake system. The emergency brake system must meet the applicable requirements of §§ 393.43 and 393.52.
</P>
<P>(2) A control by which the driver applies the emergency brake system must be located so that the driver can operate it from the normal seating position while restrained by any seat belts with which the vehicle is equipped. The emergency brake control may be combined with either the service brake control or the parking brake control. However, all three controls may not be combined.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Interconnected systems.</I> (1) If the brake systems required by § 393.40(a) are interconnected in any way, they must be designed, constructed, and maintained so that in the event of a failure of any part of the operating mechanism of one or more of the systems (except the service brake actuation pedal or valve), the motor vehicle will have operative brakes and, for vehicles manufactured on or after July 1, 1973, be capable of meeting the requirements of § 393.52(b).
</P>
<P>(2) A motor vehicle to which the requirements of FMVSS No. 105 (S5.1.2), dealing with partial failure of the service brake, applied at the time of manufacture meets the requirements of § 393.40(f)(1) if the motor vehicle is maintained in conformity with FMVSS No. 105 and the motor vehicle is capable of meeting the requirements of § 393.52(b), except in the case of a structural failure of the brake master cylinder body.
</P>
<P>(3) A bus is considered to meet the requirements of § 393.40(f)(1) if it meets the requirements of § 393.44 and § 393.52(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48048, Aug. 15, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 9870, Mar. 6, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.41" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.41   Parking brake system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hydraulic-braked vehicles manufactured on or after September 2, 1983.</I> Each truck and bus (other than a school bus) with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) or less which is subject to this part and school buses with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) shall be equipped with a parking brake system as required by FMVSS No. 571.105 (S5.2) in effect at the time of manufacture. The parking brake shall be capable of holding the vehicle or combination of vehicles stationary under any condition of loading in which it is found on a public road (free of ice and snow). Hydraulic-braked vehicles which were not subject to the parking brake requirements of FMVSS No. 571.105 (S5.2) must be equipped with a parking brake system that meets the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Air-braked power units manufactured on or after March 1, 1975, and air-braked trailers manufactured on or after January 1, 1975.</I> Each air-braked bus, truck and truck tractor manufactured on and after March 1, 1975, and each air-braked trailer except an agricultural commodity trailer, converter dolly, heavy hauler trailer or pulpwood trailer, shall be equipped with a parking brake system as required by FMVSS No. 121 (S5.6) in effect at the time of manufacture. The parking brake shall be capable of holding the vehicle or combination of vehicles stationary under any condition of loading in which it is found on a public road (free of ice and snow). An agricultural commodity trailer, heavy hauler or pulpwood trailer shall carry sufficient chocking blocks to prevent movement when parked.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Vehicles not subject to FMVSS Nos. 105 and 121 on the date of manufacture.</I> (1) Each singly driven motor vehicle not subject to parking brake requirements of FMVSS Nos. 105 or 121 at the time of manufacturer, and every combination of motor vehicles must be equipped with a parking brake system adequate to hold the vehicle or combination on any grade on which it is operated, under any condition of loading in which it is found on a public road (free of ice and snow).
</P>
<P>(2) The parking brake system shall, at all times, be capable of being applied by either the driver's muscular effort or by spring action. If other energy is used to apply the parking brake, there must be an accumulation of that energy isolated from any common source and used exclusively for the operation of the parking brake.
</P>
<FP><I>Exception:</I> This paragraph shall not be applicable to air-applied, mechanically-held parking brake systems which meet the parking brake requirements of FMVSS No. 121 (S5.6).
</FP>
<P>(3) The parking brake system shall be held in the applied position by energy other than fluid pressure, air pressure, or electric energy. The parking brake system shall not be capable of being released unless adequate energy is available to immediately reapply the parking brake with the required effectiveness.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48048, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.42" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.42   Brakes required on all wheels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every commercial motor vehicle shall be equipped with brakes acting on all wheels. This requirement also applies to certain motor vehicles being towed in a driveaway-towaway operation, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Any motor vehicle towed by means of a tow-bar when another motor vehicle is full-mounted on the towed vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any saddlemount configuration with a fullmount.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> (1) Trucks or truck tractors having three or more axles and manufactured before July 25, 1980, are not required to have brakes on the front wheels. However, these vehicles must meet the requirements of § 393.52.
</P>
<P>(2) Motor vehicles being towed in a driveaway-towaway operation (including the last truck of triple saddle-mount combinations (see § 393.71(a)(3)) are not required to have operative brakes provided the combination of vehicles meets the requirements of § 393.52.
</P>
<P>(3) Any semitrailer or pole trailer (laden or unladen) with a gross weight of 1,361 kg (3,000 pounds) or less which is subject to this part is not required to be equipped with brakes if the axle weight of the towed vehicle does not exceed 40 percent of the sum of the axle weights of the towing vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) Any full trailer or four-wheel pole trailer (laden or unladen) with a gross weight of 1,361 kg (3,000 pounds) or less which is subject to this part is not required to be equipped with brakes if the sum of the axle weights of the towed vehicle does not exceed 40 percent of the sum of the axle weights of the towing vehicle.
</P>
<P>(5) Brakes are not required on the steering axle of a three-axle dolly which is steered by a co-driver.
</P>
<P>(6) Loaded housemoving dollies, specialized trailers and dollies used to transport industrial furnaces, reactors, and similar motor vehicles are not required to be equipped with brakes, provided the speed at which the combination of vehicles will be operated does not exceed 32 km/hour (20 mph) and brakes on the combination of vehicles are capable of stopping the combination within 12.2 meters (40 feet) from the speed at which the vehicle is being operated or 32 km/hour (20 mph), whichever is less. 
</P>
<P>(7) Portable conveyors manufactured prior to 2010 and used by the aggregate industry are not required to be equipped with brakes on all wheels provided:
</P>
<P>(i) The combination of portable conveyor and towing vehicle meet the performance requirement in 49 CFR 393.52;
</P>
<P>(ii) The sum of the axle weights of the towed vehicle does not exceed 40 percent of the sum of the axle weights of the towing vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The maximum speed of the portable conveyor and towing vehicle is limited to 45 miles per hour (mph) on two lane roads and 55 mph on freeways.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er15au05.020.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 2803, Jan. 27, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 49398, Dec. 7, 1988; 54 FR 48617, Nov. 24, 1989; 59 FR 25574, May 17, 1994; 61 FR 1843, Jan. 24, 1996; 70 FR 48049, Aug. 15, 2005; 76 FR 56321, Sept. 13, 2011; 91 FR 7890, Feb. 19, 2026]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.43" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.43   Breakaway and emergency braking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Towing vehicle protection system.</I> Every motor vehicle, if used to tow a trailer equipped with brakes, shall be equipped with a means for providing that in the case of a breakaway of the trailer, the service brakes on the towing vehicle will be capable of stopping the towing vehicle. For air braked towing units, the tractor protection valve or similar device shall operate automatically when the air pressure on the towing vehicle is between 138 kPa and 310 kPa (20 psi and 45 psi).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Emergency brake requirements, air brakes.</I> Every truck or truck tractor equipped with air brakes, when used for towing other vehicles equipped with air brakes, shall be equipped with two means of activating the emergency features of the trailer brakes. One of these means shall operate automatically in the event of reduction of the towing vehicle air supply to a fixed pressure which shall not be lower than 20 pounds per square inch nor higher than 45 pounds per square inch. The other means shall be a manually controlled device readily operable by a person seated in the driving seat. Its emergency position or method of operation shall be clearly indicated. In no instance may the manual means be so arranged as to permit its use to prevent operation of the automatic means. The automatic and manual means required by this section may be, but are not required to be, separate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Emergency brake requirements, vacuum brakes.</I> Every truck tractor and truck when used for towing other vehicles equipped with vacuum brakes, shall have, in addition to the single control required by § 393.49 to operate all brakes of the combination, a second manual control device which can be used to operate the brakes on the towed vehicles in emergencies. Such second control shall be independent of brake air, hydraulic, and other pressure, and independent of other controls, unless the braking system be so arranged that failure of the pressure on which the second control depends will cause the towed vehicle brakes to be applied automatically. The second control is not required by this rule to provide modulated or graduated braking.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Breakaway braking requirements for trailers.</I> Every trailer required to be equipped with brakes shall have brakes which apply automatically and immediately upon breakaway from the towing vehicle. With the exception of trailers having three or more axles, all brakes with which the trailer is required to be equipped must be applied upon breakaway from the towing vehicle. The brakes must remain in the applied position for at least 15 minutes.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Emergency valves.</I> Air brake systems installed on towed vehicles shall be so designed, by the use of “no-bleed-back” relay emergency valves or equivalent devices, that the supply reservoir used to provide air for brakes shall be safeguarded against backflow of air to the towing vehicle upon reduction of the towing vehicle air pressure.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exception.</I> The requirements of paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section shall not be applicable to commercial motor vehicles being transported in driveaway-towaway operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 49384, Dec. 7, 1988, as amended at 70 FR 48050, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.44" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.44   Front brake lines, protection.</HEAD>
<P>On every bus, if equipped with air brakes, the braking system shall be so constructed that in the event any brake line to any of the front wheels is broken, the driver can apply the brakes on the rear wheels despite such breakage. The means used to apply the brakes may be located forward of the driver's seat as long as it can be operated manually by the driver when the driver is properly restrained by any seat belt assembly provided for use. Every bus shall meet this requirement or comply with the regulations in effect at the time of its manufacture.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 49400, Dec. 7, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.45" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.45   Brake tubing and hoses; hose assemblies and end fittings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General construction requirements for tubing and hoses, assemblies, and end fittings.</I> All brake tubing and hoses, brake hose assemblies, and brake hose end fittings must meet the applicable requirements of FMVSS No. 106 (49 CFR 571.106).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake tubing and hose installation.</I> Brake tubing and hose must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be long and flexible enough to accommodate without damage all normal motions of the parts to which it is attached;
</P>
<P>(2) Be secured against chaffing, kinking, or other mechanical damage; and
</P>
<P>(3) Be installed in a manner that prevents it from contacting the vehicle's exhaust system or any other source of high temperatures.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Nonmetallic brake tubing.</I> Coiled nonmetallic brake tubing may be used for connections between towed and towing motor vehicles or between the frame of a towed vehicle and the unsprung subframe of an adjustable axle of the motor vehicle if—
</P>
<P>(1) The coiled tubing has a straight segment (pigtail) at each end that is at least 51 mm (2 inches) in length and is encased in a spring guard or similar device which prevents the tubing from kinking at the fitting at which it is attached to the vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(2) The spring guard or similar device has at least 51 mm (2 inches) of closed coils or similar surface at its interface with the fitting and extends at least 38 mm (1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches) into the coiled segment of the tubing from its straight segment.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Brake tubing and hose connections.</I> All connections for air, vacuum, or hydraulic braking systems shall be installed so as to ensure an attachment free of leaks, constrictions or other conditions which would adversely affect the performance of the brake system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48050, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.46" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.46   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.47" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.47   Brake actuators, slack adjusters, linings/pads and drums/rotors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> Brake components must be constructed, installed and maintained to prevent excessive fading and grabbing. The means of attachment and physical characteristics must provide for safe and reliable stopping of the commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake chambers.</I> The service brake chambers and spring brake chambers on each end of an axle must be the same size.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Slack adjusters.</I> The effective length of the slack adjuster on each end of an axle must be the same.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Linings and pads.</I> The thickness of the brake linings or pads shall meet the applicable requirements of this paragraph—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Steering axle brakes.</I> The brake lining/pad thickness on the steering axle of a truck, truck-tractor or bus shall not be less than 4.8 mm (
<FR>3/16</FR> inch) at the shoe center for a shoe with a continuous strip of lining; less than 6.4 mm (
<FR>1/4</FR> inch) at the shoe center for a shoe with two pads; or worn to the wear indicator if the lining is so marked, for air drum brakes. The steering axle brake lining/pad thickness shall not be less than 3.2 mm (
<FR>1/8</FR> inch) for air disc brakes, or 1.6 mm (
<FR>1/16</FR> inch) or less for hydraulic disc, drum and electric brakes.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Non-steering axle brakes.</I> An air braked commercial motor vehicle shall not be operated with brake lining/pad thickness less than 6.4 mm (
<FR>1/4</FR> inch) or to the wear indicator if the lining is so marked (measured at the shoe center for drum brakes); or less than 3.2 mm (
<FR>1/8</FR> inch) for disc brakes. Hydraulic or electric braked commercial motor vehicles shall not be operated with a lining/pad thickness less than 1.6 mm (
<FR>1/16</FR> inch) (measured at the shoe center) for disc or drum brakes.




</P>
<P>(e) <I>Clamp, Bendix DD-3, bolt-type, and rotochamber brake actuator readjustment limits.</I> (1) The pushrod stroke must not be greater than the values specified in the following tables:


</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Clamp-Type Brake Chambers
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Outside diameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Brake readjustment limit: standard stroke chamber
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Brake readjustment limit: long stroke chamber
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4 
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (114 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (31.8 mm)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (133 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/8</fr> in. (34.9 mm)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
<fr>11/16</fr> in. (145 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/8</fr> in. (34.9 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (44.5 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
<fr>3/8</fr> in. (162 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (44.5 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
<fr>25/32</fr> in. (172 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (44.5 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).
<br/>2 
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (63.5 mm).
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 
<fr>7/32</fr> in. (184 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (44.5 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).
<br/>2 
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (63.5 mm).
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
<fr>3/32</fr> in. (206 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (63.5 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9 in. (229 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (63.5 mm)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For type 20 chambers with a 3-inch (76 mm) rated stroke.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> For type 24 chambers with a 3-inch (76 mm) rated stroke.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Bendix DD-3 Brake Chambers
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Outside diameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Brake readjustment limit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
<fr>1/8</fr> in. (206 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (57.2 mm).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Bolt-Type Brake Chambers
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Outside diameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Brake readjustment limit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
<fr>15/16</fr> in. (176 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/8</fr> in. (34.9 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9 
<fr>3/16</fr> in. (234 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (44.5 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
<fr>1/16</fr> in. (205 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (44.5 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (133 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (31.8 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
<fr>3/16</fr> in. (157 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/8</fr> in. (34.9 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 in. (279 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (57.2 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9 
<fr>7/8</fr> in. (251 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Rotochamber-Type Brake Chambers
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Outside diameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Brake readjustment limit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4 
<fr>9/32</fr> in. (109 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (38.1 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4 
<fr>13/16</fr> in. (122 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (38.1 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
<fr>13/32</fr> in. (138 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
<fr>15/16</fr> in. (151 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
<fr>13/32</fr> in. (163 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 
<fr>1/16</fr> in. (180 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (57.2 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 
<fr>5/8</fr> in. (194 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (69.9 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
<fr>7/8</fr> in. (226 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 in. (76.2 mm).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) For actuator types not listed in these tables, the pushrod stroke must not be greater than 80 percent of the rated stroke marked on the actuator by the actuator manufacturer, or greater than the readjustment limit marked on the actuator by the actuator manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wedge brake adjustment.</I> The movement of the scribe mark on the lining shall not exceed 1.6 mm (
<FR>1/16</FR> inch).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Drums and rotors.</I> The thickness of the drums or rotors shall not be less than the limits established by the brake drum or rotor manufacturer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48051, Aug. 15, 2005, as amended at 77 FR 46638, Aug. 6, 2012; 86 FR 57076, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.48" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.48   Brakes to be operative.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, all brakes with which a motor vehicle is equipped must at all times be capable of operating.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Devices to reduce or remove front-wheel braking effort.</I> A commercial motor vehicle may be equipped with a device to reduce the front wheel braking effort (or in the case of a three-axle truck or truck tractor manufactured before March 1, 1975, a device to remove the front-wheel braking effort) if that device meets the applicable requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Manually operated devices.</I> Manually operated devices to reduce or remove front-wheel braking effort may only be used on buses, trucks, and truck tractors manufactured before March 1, 1975. Such devices must not be used unless the vehicle is being operated under adverse conditions such as wet, snowy, or icy roads.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Automatic devices.</I> Automatic devices must not reduce the front-wheel braking force by more than 50 percent of the braking force available when the automatic device is disconnected (regardless of whether or not an antilock system failure has occurred on any axle). The device must not be operable by the driver except upon application of the control that activates the braking system. The device must not be operable when the brake control application pressure exceeds 85 psig (for vehicles equipped with air brakes) or 85 percent of the maximum system pressure (for vehicles which are not equipped with air brakes).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exception.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) A towed vehicle with disabling damage as defined in § 390.5;
</P>
<P>(2) A vehicle which is towed in a driveaway-towaway operation and is included in the exemption to the requirement for brakes on all wheels, § 393.42(b);
</P>
<P>(3) Unladen converter dollies with a gross weight of 1,361 kg (3,000 lbs) or less, and manufactured prior to March 1, 1998;
</P>
<P>(4) The steering axle of a three-axle dolly which is steered by a co-driver;
</P>
<P>(5) Loaded house moving dollies, specialized trailers and dollies used to transport industrial furnaces, reactors, and similar motor vehicles provided the speed at which the combination of vehicles will be operated does not exceed 32 km/hour (20 mph) and brakes on the combination of vehicles are capable of stopping the combination within 12.2 meters (40 feet) from the speed at which the vehicle is being operated or 32 km/hour (20 mph), whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(6) Raised lift axles. Brakes on lift axles need not be capable of being operated while the lift axle is raised. However, brakes on lift axles must be capable of being applied whenever the lift axle is lowered and the tires contact the roadway.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Surge brakes.</I> (1) Surge brakes are allowed on:
</P>
<P>(i) Any trailer with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 12,000 pounds or less, when its GVWR does not exceed 1.75 times the GVWR of the towing vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any trailer with a GVWR greater than 12,000 pounds, but less than 20,001 pounds, when its GVWR does not exceed 1.25 times the GVWR of the towing vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) The gross vehicle weight (GVW) of a trailer equipped with surge brakes may be used instead of its GVWR to calculate compliance with the weight ratios specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section when the trailer manufacturer's GVWR label is missing.
</P>
<P>(3) The GVW of a trailer equipped with surge brakes must be used to calculate compliance with the weight ratios specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section when the trailer's GVW exceeds its GVWR.
</P>
<P>(4) The surge brakes must meet the requirements of § 393.40.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48051, Aug. 15, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 9870, Mar. 6, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.49" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.49   Control valves for brakes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, every motor vehicle manufactured after June 30, 1953, which is equipped with power brakes, must have the braking system so arranged that one application valve must when activated cause all of the service brakes on the motor vehicle or combination motor vehicle to operate. This requirement must not be construed to prohibit motor vehicles from being equipped with an additional valve to be used to operate the brakes on a trailer or trailers or as required for buses in § 393.44.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Driveaway-Towaway Exception.</I> This section is not applicable to driveaway-towaway operations unless the brakes on such operations are designed to be operated by a single valve.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Surge brake exception.</I> This requirement is not applicable to trailers equipped with surge brakes that satisfy the conditions specified in § 393.48(d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 9871, Mar. 6, 2007, as amended at 78 FR 58484, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.50" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.50   Reservoirs required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reservoir capacity for air-braked power units manufactured on or after March 1, 1975, and air-braked trailers manufactured on or after January 1, 1975.</I> Buses, trucks, and truck-tractors manufactured on or after March 1, 1975, and air-braked trailers manufactured on or after January 1, 1975, must meet the reservoir requirements of FMVSS No. 121, S5.1.2, in effect on the date of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reservoir capacity for air-braked vehicles not subject to FMVSS No. 121 on the date of manufacture and all vacuum braked vehicles.</I> Each motor vehicle using air or vacuum braking must have either reserve capacity, or a reservoir, that would enable the driver to make a full service brake application with the engine stopped without depleting the air pressure or vacuum below 70 percent of that indicated by the air or vacuum gauge immediately before the brake application is made. For the purposes of this paragraph, a full service brake application means depressing the brake pedal or treadle valve to the limit of its travel.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Safeguarding of air and vacuum.</I> Each service reservoir system on a motor vehicle shall be protected against a loss of air pressure or vacuum due to a failure or leakage in the system between the service reservoir and the source of air pressure or vacuum, by check valves or equivalent devices whose proper functioning can be checked without disconnecting any air or vacuum line, or fitting.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Drain valves for air braked vehicles.</I> Each reservoir must have a condensate drain valve that can be manually operated. Automatic condensate drain valves may be used provided (1) they may be operated manually, or (2) a manual means of draining the reservoirs is retained.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48052, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.51" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.51   Warning signals, air pressure and vacuum gauges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General Rule.</I> Every bus, truck and truck tractor, except as provided in paragraph (f), must be equipped with a signal that provides a warning to the driver when a failure occurs in the vehicle's service brake system. The warning signal must meet the applicable requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hydraulic brakes.</I> Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1975, must meet the brake system indicator lamp requirements of FMVSS No. 571.105 (S5.3) applicable to the vehicle on the date of manufacture. Vehicles manufactured on or after July 1, 1973 but before September 1, 1975, or to which FMVSS No. 571.105 was not applicable on the date of manufacture, must have a warning signal which operates before or upon application of the brakes in the event of a hydraulic-type complete failure of a partial system. The signal must be either visible within the driver's forward field of view or audible. The signal must be continuous. (NOTE: FMVSS No. 105 was applicable to trucks and buses from September 1, 1975 to October 12, 1976, and from September 1, 1983, to the present. FMVSS No. 105 was not applicable to trucks and buses manufactured between October 12, 1976, and September 1, 1983. Motor carriers have the option of equipping those vehicles to meet either the indicator lamp requirements of FMVSS No. 105, or the indicator lamp requirements specified in this paragraph for vehicles which were not subject to FMVSS No. 105 on the date of manufacture.)
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Air brakes.</I> A commercial motor vehicle (regardless of the date of manufacture) equipped with service brakes activated by compressed air (air brakes) or a commercial motor vehicle towing a vehicle with service brakes activated by compressed air (air brakes) must be equipped with a pressure gauge and a warning signal. Trucks, truck tractors, and buses manufactured on or after March 1, 1975, must, at a minimum, have a pressure gauge and a warning signal which meets the requirements of FMVSS No. 121 (S5.1.4 for the pressure gauge and S5.1.5 for the warning signal) applicable to the vehicle on the date of manufacture of the vehicle. Power units to which FMVSS No. 571.121 was not applicable on the date of manufacture of the vehicle must be equipped with—
</P>
<P>(1) A pressure gauge, visible to a person seated in the normal driving position, which indicates the air pressure (in kilopascals (kPa) or pounds per square inch (psi)) available for braking; and
</P>
<P>(2) A warning signal that is audible or visible to a person in the normal driving position and provides a continuous warning to the driver whenever the air pressure in the service reservoir system is at 379 kPa (55 psi) and below, or one-half of the compressor governor cutout pressure, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Vacuum brakes.</I> A commercial motor vehicle (regardless of the date it was manufactured) having service brakes activated by vacuum or a vehicle towing a vehicle having service brakes activated by vacuum must be equipped with—
</P>
<P>(1) A vacuum gauge, visible to a person seated in the normal driving position, which indicates the vacuum (in millimeters or inches of mercury) available for braking; and
</P>
<P>(2) A warning signal that is audible or visible to a person in the normal driving position and provides a continuous warning to the driver whenever the vacuum in the vehicle's supply reservoir is less than 203 mm (8 inches) of mercury.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Hydraulic brakes applied or assisted by air or vacuum.</I> Each vehicle equipped with hydraulically activated service brakes which are applied or assisted by compressed air or vacuum, and to which FMVSS No. 105 was not applicable on the date of manufacture, must be equipped with a warning signal that conforms to paragraph (b) of this section for the hydraulic portion of the system; paragraph (c) of this section for the air assist/air applied portion; or paragraph (d) of this section for the vacuum assist/vacuum applied portion. This paragraph shall not be construed as requiring air pressure gauges or vacuum gauges, only warning signals.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exceptions.</I> The rules in paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of this section do not apply to property carrying commercial motor vehicles which have less than three axles and (1) were manufactured before July 1, 1973, and (2) have a manufacturer's gross vehicle weight rating less than 4,536 kg (10,001 pounds).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48052, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.52" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.52   Brake performance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon application of its service brakes, a motor vehicle or combination of motor vehicles must under any condition of loading in which it is found on a public highway, be capable of—
</P>
<P>(1) Developing a braking force at least equal to the percentage of its gross weight specified in the table in paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Decelerating to a stop from 20 miles per hour at not less than the rate specified in the table in paragraph (d) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) Stopping from 20 miles per hour in a distance, measured from the point at which movement of the service brake pedal or control begins, that is not greater than the distance specified in the table in paragraph (d) of this section; or, for motor vehicles or motor vehicle combinations that have a GVWR or GVW greater than 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds), 
</P>
<P>(4) Developing only the braking force specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section and the stopping distance specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, if braking force is measured by a performance-based brake tester which meets the requirements of functional specifications for performance-based brake testers for commercial motor vehicles, where braking force is the sum of the braking force at each wheel of the vehicle or vehicle combination as a percentage of gross vehicle or combination weight. 
</P>
<P>(b) Upon application of its emergency brake system and with no other brake system applied, a motor vehicle or combination of motor vehicles must, under any condition of loading in which it is found on a public highway, be capable of stopping from 20 miles per hour in a distance, measured from the point at which movement of the emergency brake control begins, that is not greater than the distance specified in the table in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Conformity to the stopping-distance requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be determined under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) Any test must be made with the vehicle on a hard surface that is substantially level, dry, smooth, and free of loose material.
</P>
<P>(2) The vehicle must be in the center of a 12-foot-wide lane when the test begins and must not deviate from that lane during the test.
</P>
<P>(d) Vehicle brake performance table: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Type of motor vehicle 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Service brake systems 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Emergency brake systems 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Braking force as a percentage of gross vehicle or combination weight 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Deceleration in feet per second per second 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Application and braking distance in feet from initial speed at 20 mph 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Application and braking distance in feet from initial speed of 20 mph 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A. Passenger-carrying vehicles: 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(1) Vehicles with a seating capacity of 10 persons or less, including driver, and built on a passenger car chassis</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(2) Vehicles with a seating capacity of more than 10 persons, including driver, and built on a passenger car chassis; vehicles built on a truck or bus chassis and having a manufacturer's GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(3) All other passenger-carrying vehicles</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B. Property-carrying vehicles: 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(1) Single unit vehicles having a manufacturer's GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(2) Single unit vehicles having a manufacturer's GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds, except truck tractors. Combinations of a 2-axle towing vehicle and trailer having a GVWR of 3,000 pounds or less. All combinations of 2 or less vehicles in drive-away or tow-away operation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(3) All other property-carrying vehicles and combinations of property-carrying vehicles</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Notes: (a) There is a definite mathematical relationship between the figures in columns 2 and 3. If the decelerations set forth in column 3 are divided by 32.2 feet per-second per-second, the figures in column 2 will be obtained. (For example, 21 divided by 32.2 equals 65.2 percent.) Column 2 is included in the tabulation because certain brake testing devices utilize this factor. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(b) The decelerations specified in column 3 are an indication of the effectiveness of the basic brakes, and as measured in practical brake testing are the maximum decelerations attained at some time during the stop. These decelerations as measured in brake tests cannot be used to compute the values in column 4 because the deceleration is not sustained at the same rate over the entire period of the stop. The deceleration increases from zero to a maximum during a period of brake system application and brake-force buildup. Also, other factors may cause the deceleration to decrease after reaching a maximum. The added distance that results because maximum deceleration is not sustained is included in the figures in column 4 but is not indicated by the usual brake-testing devices for checking deceleration. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(c) The distances in column 4 and the decelerations in column 3 are not directly related. “Brake-system application and braking distance in feet” (column 4) is a definite measure of the overall effectiveness of the braking system, being the distance traveled between the point at which the driver starts to move the braking controls and the point at which the vehicle comes to rest. It includes distance traveled while the brakes are being applied and distance traveled while the brakes are retarding the vehicle.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(d) The distance traveled during the period of brake-system application and brake-force buildup varies with vehicle type, being negligible for many passenger cars and greatest for combinations of commercial vehicles. This fact accounts for the variation from 20 to 40 feet in the values in column 4 for the various classes of vehicles.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(e) The terms “GVWR” and “GVW” refer to the manufacturer's gross vehicle weight rating and the actual gross vehicle weight, respectively.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 20298, Oct. 20, 1971, as amended at 37 FR 5251, Mar. 11, 1972; 37 FR 11336, June 7, 1972; 67 FR 51777, Aug. 9, 2002]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.53" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.53   Automatic brake adjusters and brake adjustment indicators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Automatic brake adjusters (hydraulic brake systems).</I> Each commercial motor vehicle manufactured on or after October 20, 1993, and equipped with a hydraulic brake system, shall meet the automatic brake adjustment system requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 105 (49 CFR 571.105, S5.1) applicable to the vehicle at the time it was manufactured.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Automatic brake adjusters (air brake systems).</I> Each commercial motor vehicle manufactured on or after October 20, 1994, and equipped with an air brake system must meet the automatic brake adjustment system requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 121 (49 CFR 571.121, S5.1.8 or S5.2.2) applicable to the vehicle at the time it was manufactured.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Brake adjustment indicator (air brake systems).</I> On each commercial motor vehicle manufactured on or after October 20, 1994, and equipped with an air brake system which contains an external automatic adjustment mechanism and an exposed pushrod, the condition of service brake under-adjustment must be displayed by a brake adjustment indicator conforming to the requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 121 (49 CFR 571.121, S5.1.8 or S5.2.2) applicable to the vehicle at the time it was manufactured.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 46245, Sept. 6, 1995, as amended at 77 FR 46639, Aug. 6, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.55" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.3.16.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.55   Antilock brake systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Hydraulic brake systems.</I> Each truck and bus manufactured on or after March 1, 1999 (except trucks and buses engaged in driveaway-towaway operations), and equipped with a hydraulic brake system, shall be equipped with an antilock brake system that meets the requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 105 (49 CFR 571.105, S5.5).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>ABS malfunction indicators for hydraulic braked vehicles.</I> Each hydraulic braked vehicle subject to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall be equipped with an ABS malfunction indicator system that meets the requirements of FMVSS No. 105 (49 CFR 571.105, S5.3).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Air brake systems.</I> (1) Each truck tractor manufactured on or after March 1, 1997 (except truck tractors engaged in driveaway-towaway operations), shall be equipped with an antilock brake system that meets the requirements of FMVSS No. 121 (49 CFR 571.121, S5.1.6.1(b)).
</P>
<P>(2) Each air braked commercial motor vehicle other than a truck tractor, manufactured on or after March 1, 1998 (except commercial motor vehicles engaged in driveaway-towaway operations), shall be equipped with an antilock brake system that meets the requirements of FMVSS No. 121 (49 CFR 571.121, S5.1.6.1(a) for trucks and buses, S5.2.3 for semitrailers, converter dollies and full trailers).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>ABS malfunction circuits and signals for air braked vehicles.</I> (1) Each truck tractor manufactured on or after March 1, 1997, and each single-unit air braked vehicle manufactured on or after March 1, 1998, subject to the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, shall be equipped with an electrical circuit that is capable of signaling a malfunction that affects the generation or transmission of response or control signals to the vehicle's antilock brake system (49 CFR 571.121, S5.1.6.2(a)).
</P>
<P>(2) Each truck tractor manufactured on or after March 1, 2001, and each single-unit vehicle that is equipped to tow another air-braked vehicle, subject to the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, shall be equipped with an electrical circuit that is capable of transmitting a malfunction signal from the antilock brake system(s) on the towed vehicle(s) to the trailer ABS malfunction lamp in the cab of the towing vehicle, and shall have the means for connection of the electrical circuit to the towed vehicle. The ABS malfunction circuit and signal shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 121 (49 CFR 571.121, S5.1.6.2(b)).
</P>
<P>(3) Each semitrailer, trailer converter dolly, and full trailer manufactured on or after March 1, 2001, and subject to the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, shall be equipped with an electrical circuit that is capable of signaling a malfunction in the trailer's antilock brake system, and shall have the means for connection of this ABS malfunction circuit to the towing vehicle. In addition, each trailer manufactured on or after March 1, 2001, subject to the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, that is designed to tow another air-brake equipped trailer shall be capable of transmitting a malfunction signal from the antilock brake system(s) of the trailer(s) it tows to the vehicle in front of the trailer. The ABS malfunction circuit and signal shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 121 (49 CFR 571.121, S5.2.3.2).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exterior ABS malfunction indicator lamps for trailers.</I> Each trailer (including a trailer converter dolly) manufactured on or after March 1, 1998, and subject to the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, shall be equipped with an ABS malfunction indicator lamp which meets the requirements of FMVSS No. 121 (49 CFR 571.121, S5.2.3.3).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 24465, May 4, 1998, as amended at 75 FR 57396, Sept. 21, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Glazing and Window Construction</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.60" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.4.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.60   Glazing in specified openings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Glazing material.</I> Glazing material used in windshields, windows, and doors on a motor vehicle manufactured on or after December 25, 1968, shall at a minimum meet the requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 205 in effect on the date of manufacture of the motor vehicle. The glazing material shall be marked in accordance with FMVSS No. 205 (49 CFR 571.205, S6).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Windshields required.</I> Each bus, truck and truck-tractor shall be equipped with a windshield. Each windshield or portion of a multi-piece windshield shall be mounted using the full periphery of the glazing material.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Windshield condition.</I> With the exception of the conditions listed in paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), and (c)(3) of this section, each windshield shall be free of discoloration or damage in the area extending upward from the height of the top of the steering wheel (excluding a 51 mm (2 inch) border at the top of the windshield) and extending from a 25 mm (1 inch) border at each side of the windshield or windshield panel. <I>Exceptions:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Coloring or tinting which meets the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Any crack that is not intersected by any other cracks;
</P>
<P>(3) Any damaged area which can be covered by a disc 19 mm (
<FR>3/4</FR> inch) in diameter if not closer than 76 mm (3 inches) to any other similarly damaged area.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Coloring or tinting of windshields and windows.</I> Coloring or tinting of windshields and the windows to the immediate right and left of the driver is allowed, provided the parallel luminous transmittance through the colored or tinted glazing is not less than 70 percent of the light at normal incidence in those portions of the windshield or windows which are marked as having a parallel luminous transmittance of not less than 70 percent. The transmittance restriction does not apply to other windows on the commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Prohibition on obstructions to the driver's field of view—(1) Devices mounted on the interior of the windshield.</I> (i) Antennas, and similar devices must not be mounted more than 152 mm (6 inches) below the upper edge of the windshield. These devices must be located outside the area swept by the windshield wipers, and outside the driver's sight lines to the road and highway signs and signals.
</P>
<P>(ii) Paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section does not apply to <I>vehicle safety technologies,</I> as defined in § 393.5, that are mounted on the interior of a windshield. Devices with vehicle safety technologies must be mounted:
</P>
<P>(A) Not more than 216 mm (8.5 inches) below the upper edge of the area swept by the windshield wipers;
</P>
<P>(B) Not more than 175 mm (7 inches) above the lower edge of the area swept by the windshield wipers; and
</P>
<P>(C) Outside the driver's sight lines to the road and highway signs and signals.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Decals and stickers mounted on the windshield.</I> Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance (CVSA) inspection decals, and stickers and/or decals required under Federal or State laws may be placed at the bottom or sides of the windshield provided such decals or stickers do not extend more than 115 mm (4
<FR>1/2</FR> inches) from the bottom of the windshield and are located outside the area swept by the windshield wipers, and outside the driver's sight lines to the road and highway signs or signals.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 1387, Jan. 9, 1998, as amended at 81 FR 65574, Sept. 23, 2016; 83 FR 22878, May 17, 2018; 87 FR 12604, Mar. 7, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.61" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.4.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.61   Truck and truck tractor window construction.</HEAD>
<P>Each truck and truck tractor (except trucks engaged in armored car service) shall have at least one window on each side of the driver's compartment. Each window must have a minimum area of 1,290 cm
<SU>2</SU> (200 in
<SU>2</SU>) formed by a rectangle 33 cm by 45 cm (13 inches by 17
<FR>3/4</FR> inches). The maximum radius of the corner arcs shall not exceed 152 mm (6 inches). The long axis of the rectangle shall not make an angle of more than 45 degrees with the surface on which the unladen vehicle stands. If the cab is designed with a folding door or doors or with clear openings where doors or windows are customarily located, no windows shall be required in those locations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48052, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.62" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.4.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.62   Emergency exits for buses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Buses manufactured on or after September 1, 1994.</I> Each bus with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) or less must meet the emergency exit requirements of FMVSS No. 217 (S5.2.2.3) in effect on the date of manufacture. Each bus with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) must have emergency exits which meet the applicable emergency exit requirements of FMVSS No. 217 (S5.2.2 or S5.2.3) in effect on the date of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Buses manufactured on or after September 1, 1973, but before September 1, 1994.</I> (1) Each bus (including a school bus used in interstate commerce for non-school bus operations) with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kg (10,000 lbs) must meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 217, S5.2.2 in effect on the date of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(2) Each bus (including a school bus used in interstate commerce for non-school bus operations) with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lbs) or less must meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 217, S5.2.2.3 in effect on the date of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Buses manufactured before September 1, 1973.</I> For each seated passenger space provided, inclusive of the driver there shall be at least 432 cm
<SU>2</SU> (67 square inches) of glazing if such glazing is not contained in a push-out window; or, at least 432 cm
<SU>2</SU> (67 square inches) of free opening resulting from opening of a push-out type window. No area shall be included in this minimum prescribed area unless it will provide an unobstructed opening of at least 1,290 cm
<SU>2</SU> (200 in
<SU>2</SU>) formed by a rectangle 33 cm by 45 cm (13 inches by 17
<FR>3/4</FR> inches). The maximum radius of the corner arcs shall not exceed 152 mm (6 inches). The long axis of the rectangle shall not make an angle of more than 45 degrees with the surface on which the unladen vehicle stands. The area shall be measured either by removal of the glazing if not of the push-out type, or of the movable sash if of the push-out type. The exit must comply with paragraph (d) of this section. Each side of the bus must have at least 40 percent of emergency exit space required by this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Laminated safety glass/push-out window requirements for buses manufactured before September 1, 1973.</I> Emergency exit space used to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section must have laminated safety glass or push-out windows designed and maintained to yield outward to provide a free opening.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Safety glass.</I> Laminated safety glass must meet Test No. 25, Egress, of American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials for Glazing Motor Vehicles and Motor Vehicle Equipment Operating on Land Highways—Safety Standards ANSI/SAE Z26.1/96, August 1997. (See § 393.7 (b) for information on incorporation by reference and availability of this document.)
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Push-out windows.</I> Each push-out window shall be releasable by operating no more than two mechanisms and allow manual release of the exit by a single occupant. For mechanisms which require rotary or straight (parallel to the undisturbed exit surface) motions to operate the exit, no more than 89 Newtons (20 pounds) of force shall be required to release the exit. For exits which require a straight motion perpendicular to the undisturbed exit surface, no more than 267 Newtons (60 pounds) shall be required to release the exit.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Emergency exit identification.</I> Each bus and each school bus used in interstate commerce for non-school bus operations, manufactured on or after September 1, 1973, shall meet the applicable emergency exit identification or marking requirements of FMVSS No. 217, S5.5, in effect on the date of manufacture. The emergency exits and doors on all buses (including school buses used in interstate commerce for non-school bus operations) must be marked “Emergency Exit” or “Emergency Door” followed by concise operating instructions describing each motion necessary to unlatch or open the exit located within 152 mm (6 inches) of the release mechanism.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Exception for the transportation of prisoners.</I> The requirements of this section do not apply to buses used exclusively for the transportation of prisoners.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48052, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.63" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.4.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.63   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Fuel Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.65" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.5.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.65   All fuel systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application of the rules in this section.</I> The rules in this section apply to systems for containing and supplying fuel for the operation of motor vehicles or for the operation of auxiliary equipment installed on, or used in connection with, motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Location.</I> Each fuel system must be located on the motor vehicle so that—
</P>
<P>(1) No part of the system extends beyond the widest part of the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(2) No part of a fuel tank is forward of the front axle of a power unit;
</P>
<P>(3) Fuel spilled vertically from a fuel tank while it is being filled will not contact any part of the exhaust or electrical systems of the vehicle, except the fuel level indicator assembly;
</P>
<P>(4) Fill pipe openings are located outside the vehicle's passenger compartment and its cargo compartment;
</P>
<P>(5) A fuel line does not extend between a towed vehicle and the vehicle that is towing it while the combination of vehicles is in motion; and
</P>
<P>(6) No part of the fuel system of a bus manufactured on or after January 1, 1973, is located within or above the passenger compartment.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fuel tank installation.</I> Each fuel tank must be securely attached to the motor vehicle in a workmanlike manner.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Gravity or syphon feed prohibited.</I> A fuel system must not supply fuel by gravity or syphon feed directly to the carburetor or injector, except—
</P>
<P>(1) When an auxiliary pump with a nominal fuel tank capacity of not more than five gallons is mounted on the trailer chassis frame or trailer bed for purposes other than operation of the motor vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(2) The auxiliary pump shall be operated only when the motor vehicle is not in motion.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Selection control valve location.</I> If a fuel system includes a selection control valve which is operable by the driver to regulate the flow of fuel from two or more fuel tanks, the valve must be installed so that either—
</P>
<P>(1) The driver may operate it while watching the roadway and without leaving his/her driving position; or
</P>
<P>(2) The driver must stop the vehicle and leave his/her seat in order to operate the valve.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Fuel lines.</I> A fuel line which is not completely enclosed in a protective housing must not extend more than 2 inches below the fuel tank or its sump. Diesel fuel crossover, return, and withdrawal lines which extend below the bottom of the tank or sump must be protected against damage from impact. Every fuel line must be—
</P>
<P>(1) Long enough and flexible enough to accommodate normal movements of the parts to which it is attached without incurring damage; and
</P>
<P>(2) Secured against chafing, kinking, or other causes of mechanical damage.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Excess flow valve.</I> When pressure devices are used to force fuel from a fuel tank, a device which prevents the flow of fuel from the fuel tank if the fuel feed line is broken must be installed in the fuel system.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 15445, Aug. 14, 1971, as amended at 37 FR 4341, Mar. 2, 1972; 37 FR 28752, Dec. 29, 1972; 91 FR 7893, Feb. 19, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.67" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.5.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.67   Liquid fuel tanks.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application of the rules in this section.</I> The rules in this section apply to tanks containing or supplying fuel for the operation of commercial motor vehicles or for the operation of auxiliary equipment installed on, or used in connection with commercial motor vehicles. 
</P>
<P>(1) A liquid fuel tank manufactured on or after January 1, 1973, and a side-mounted gasoline tank must conform to all rules in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A diesel fuel tank manufactured before January 1, 1973, and mounted on a bus must conform to the rules in paragraphs (c)(7)(ii) and (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A diesel fuel tank manufactured before January 1, 1973, and mounted on a vehicle other than a bus must conform to the rules in paragraph (c)(7)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) A gasoline tank, other than a side-mounted gasoline tank, manufactured before January 1, 1973, and mounted on a bus must conform to the rules in paragraphs (c) (1) through (10) and (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) A gasoline tank, other than a side-mounted gasoline tank, manufactured before January 1, 1973, and mounted on a vehicle other than a bus must conform to the rules in paragraphs (c) (1) through (10), inclusive, of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) Private motor carrier of passengers. Motor carriers engaged in the private transportation of passengers may continue to operate a commercial motor vehicle which was not subject to this section or 49 CFR 571.301 at the time of its manufacture, provided the fuel tank of such vehicle is maintained to the original manufacturer's standards.
</P>
<P>(7) Motor vehicles that meet the fuel system integrity requirements of 49 CFR 571.301 are exempt from the requirements of this subpart, as they apply to the vehicle's fueling system.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> As used in this section—
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>liquid fuel tank</I> means a fuel tank designed to contain a fuel that is liquid at normal atmospheric pressures and temperatures.
</P>
<P>(2) A <I>side-mounted</I> fuel tank is a liquid fuel tank which—
</P>
<P>(i) If mounted on a truck tractor, extends outboard of the vehicle frame and outside of the plan view outline of the cab; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If mounted on a truck, extends outboard of a line parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the truck and tangent to the outboard side of a front tire in a straight ahead position. In determining whether a fuel tank on a truck or truck tractor is side-mounted, the fill pipe is not considered a part of the tank.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Construction of liquid fuel tanks</I>—(1) <I>Joints.</I> Joints of a fuel tank body must be closed by arc-, gas-, seam-, or spot-welding, by brazing, by silver soldering, or by techniques which provide heat resistance and mechanical securement at least equal to those specifically named. Joints must not be closed solely by crimping or by soldering with a lead-based or other soft solder.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Fittings.</I> The fuel tank body must have flanges or spuds suitable for the installation of all fittings.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Threads.</I> The threads of all fittings must be Dryseal American Standard Taper Pipe Thread or Dryseal SAE Short Taper Pipe Thread, specified in Society of Automotive Engineers Standard J476, as contained in the 1971 edition of the “SAE Handbook,” except that straight (nontapered) threads may be used on fittings having integral flanges and using gaskets for sealing. At least four full threads must be in engagement in each fitting.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Drains and bottom fittings.</I> (i) Drains or other bottom fittings must not extend more than three-fourths of an inch below the lowest part of the fuel tank or sump.
</P>
<P>(ii) Drains or other bottom fittings must be protected against damage from impact.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a fuel tank has drains the drain fittings must permit substantially complete drainage of the tank.
</P>
<P>(iv) Drains or other bottom fittings must be installed in a flange or spud designed to accommodate it.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Fuel withdrawal fittings.</I> Except for diesel fuel tanks, the fittings through which fuel is withdrawn from a fuel tank must be located above the normal level of fuel in the tank when the tank is full.
</P>
<P>(6) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Fill pipe.</I> (i) Each fill pipe must be designed and constructed to minimize the risk of fuel spillage during fueling operations and when the vehicle is involved in a crash.
</P>
<P>(ii) For diesel-fueled vehicles, the fill pipe and vents of a fuel tank having a capacity of more than 94.75 L (25 gallons) of fuel must permit filling the tank with fuel at a rate of at least 75.8 L/m (20 gallons per minute) without fuel spillage.
</P>
<P>(iii) For gasoline- and methanol-fueled vehicles with a GVWR of 3,744 kg (8,500 pounds) or less, the vehicle must permit filling the tank with fuel dispensed at the applicable fill rate required by the regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency under 40 CFR 80.22.
</P>
<P>(iv) For gasoline- and methanol-fueled vehicles with a GVWR of 14,000 pounds (6,400 kg) or less, the vehicle must comply with the applicable fuel-spitback prevention and onboard refueling vapor recovery regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency under 40 CFR part 86.
</P>
<P>(v) Each fill pipe must be fitted with a cap that can be fastened securely over the opening in the fill pipe. Screw threads or a bayonet-type point are methods of conforming to the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Safety venting system.</I> A liquid fuel tank with a capacity of more than 25 gallons of fuel must have a venting system which, in the event the tank is subjected to fire, will prevent internal tank pressure from rupturing the tank's body, seams, or bottom opening (if any).
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Pressure resistance.</I> The body and fittings of a liquid fuel tank with a capacity of more than 25 gallons of fuel must be capable of withstanding an internal hydrostatic pressure equal to 150 percent of the maximum internal pressure reached in the tank during the safety venting system test specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Air vent.</I> Each fuel tank must be equipped with a nonspill air vent (such as a ball check). The air vent may be combined with the fill-pipe cap or safety vent, or it may be a separate unit installed on the fuel tank.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Markings.</I> If the body of a fuel tank is readily visible when the tank is installed on the vehicle, the tank must be plainly marked with its liquid capacity.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Overfill restriction.</I> A liquid fuel tank manufactured on or after January 1, 1973, must be designed and constructed so that when the tank is filled, normal expansion of the fuel will not cause fuel spillage.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Liquid fuel tank tests.</I> Each liquid fuel tank must be capable of passing the tests specified in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section. The specified tests are a measure of performance only. Alternative procedures which assure that equipment meets the required performance standards may be used. .
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Safety venting system test</I>—(i) <I>Procedure.</I> Fill the tank three-fourths full with fuel, seal the fuel feed outlet, and invert the tank. When the fuel temperature is between 50 °F. and 80 °F., apply an enveloping flame to the tank so that the temperature of the fuel rises at a rate of not less than 6 °F. and not more than 8 °F. per minute.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Required performance.</I> The safety venting system required by paragraph (c)(8) of this section must activate before the internal pressure in the tank exceeds 50 pounds per square inch, gauge, and the internal pressure must not thereafter exceed the pressure at which the system activated by more than five pounds per square inch despite any further increase in the temperature of the fuel.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Leakage test</I>—(i) <I>Procedure.</I> Fill the tank to capacity with fuel having a temperature between 50 °F. and 80 °F. With the fill-pipe cap installed, turn the tank through an angle of 150° in any direction about any axis from its normal position.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Required performance.</I> Neither the tank nor any fitting may leak more than a total of one ounce by weight of fuel per minute in any position the tank assumes during the test.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Side-mounted liquid fuel tank tests.</I> Each side-mounted liquid fuel tank must be capable of passing the tests specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section and the test specified in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section. The specified tests are a measure of performance only. Alternative procedures which assure that equipment meets the required performance criteria may be used. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Drop test</I>—(i) <I>Procedure.</I> Fill the tank with a quantity of water having a weight equal to the weight of the maximum fuel load of the tank and drop the tank 30 feet onto an unyielding surface so that it lands squarely on one corner.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Required performance.</I> Neither the tank nor any fitting may leak more than a total of 1 ounce by weight of water per minute.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Fill-pipe test</I>—(i) <I>Procedure.</I> Fill the tank with a quantity of water having a weight equal to the weight of the maximum fuel load of the tank and drop the tank 10 feet onto an unyielding surface so that it lands squarely on its fill-pipe.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Required performance.</I> Neither the tank nor any fitting may leak more than a total of 1 ounce by weight of water per minute.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Certification and markings.</I> Each liquid fuel tank shall be legibly and permanently marked by the manufacturer with the following minimum information:
</P>
<P>(1) The month and year of manufacture,
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's name on tanks manufactured on and after July 1, 1989, and means of identifying the facility at which the tank was manufactured, and 
</P>
<P>(3) A certificate that it conforms to the rules in this section applicable to the tank. The certificate must be in the form set forth in either of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) If a tank conforms to all rules in this section pertaining to side-mounted fuel tanks: “Meets all FMCSA side-mounted tank requirements.”
</P>
<P>(ii) If a tank conforms to all rules in this section pertaining to tanks which are not side-mounted fuel tanks: “Meets all FMCSA requirements for non-side-mounted fuel tanks.”
</P>
<P>(iii) The form of certificate specified in paragraph (f)(3) (i) or (ii) of this section may be used on a liquid fuel tank manufactured before July 11, 1973, but it is not mandatory for liquid fuel tanks manufactured before March 7, 1989. The form of certification manufactured on or before March 7, 1989, must meet the requirements in effect at the time of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exception.</I> The following previously exempted vehicles are <I>not</I> required to carry the certification and marking specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (3) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Ford vehicles with GVWR over 10,000 pounds identified as follows: The vehicle identification numbers (VINs) contain A, K, L, M, N, W, or X in the fourth position.
</P>
<P>(ii) GM G-Vans (Chevrolet Express and GMC Savanna) and full-sized C/K trucks (Chevrolet Silverado and GMC Sierra) with GVWR over 10,000 pounds identified as follows: The VINs contain either a “J” or a “K” in the fourth position. In addition, the seventh position of the VINs on the G-Van will contain a “1.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 15445, Aug. 14, 1971, as amended at 37 FR 4341, Mar. 2, 1972; 37 FR 28753, Dec. 29, 1972; 45 FR 46424, July 10, 1980; 53 FR 49400, Dec. 7, 1988; 59 FR 8753, Feb. 23, 1994; 69 FR 31305, June 3, 2004; 70 FR 48053, Aug. 15, 2005; 78 FR 58484, Sept. 24, 2013; 91 FR 7884, Feb. 19, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.68" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.5.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.68   Compressed natural gas fuel containers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules in this section apply to compressed natural gas (CNG) fuel containers used for supplying fuel for the operation of commercial motor vehicles or for the operation of auxiliary equipment installed on, or used in connection with commercial motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>CNG containers manufactured on or after March 26, 1995.</I> Any motor vehicle manufactured on or after March 26, 1995, and equipped with a CNG fuel tank must meet the CNG container requirements of FMVSS No. 304 (49 CFR 571.304) in effect at the time of manufacture of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Labeling.</I> Each CNG fuel container shall be permanently labeled in accordance with the requirements of FMVSS No. 304, S7.4.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48053, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.69" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.5.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.69   Liquefied petroleum gas systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A fuel system that uses liquefied petroleum gas as a fuel for the operation of a motor vehicle or for the operation of auxiliary equipment installed on, or used in connection with, a motor vehicle must conform to the “Standards for the Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases” of the National Fire Protection Association, Battery March Park, Quincy, MA 02269, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A fuel system installed before December 31, 1962, must conform to the 1951 edition of the Standards.
</P>
<P>(2) A fuel system installed on or after December 31, 1962, and before January 1, 1973, must conform to Division IV of the June 1959 edition of the Standards.
</P>
<P>(3) A fuel system installed on or after January 1, 1973, and providing fuel for propulsion of the motor vehicle must conform to Division IV of the 1969 edition of the Standards.
</P>
<P>(4) A fuel system installed on or after January 1, 1973, and providing fuel for the operation of auxiliary equipment must conform to Division VII of the 1969 edition of the Standards.
</P>
<P>(b) When the rules in this section require a fuel system to conform to a specific edition of the Standards, the fuel system may conform to the applicable provisions in a later edition of the Standards specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The tank of a fuel system must be marked to indicate that the system conforms to the Standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 15445, Aug. 14, 1971, as amended at 37 FR 4342, Mar. 2, 1972; 41 FR 53031, Dec. 3, 1976; 53 FR 49400, Dec. 7, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Coupling Devices and Towing Methods</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.70" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.6.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.70   Coupling devices and towing methods, except for driveaway-towaway operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Tracking.</I> When two or more vehicles are operated in combination, the coupling devices connecting the vehicles shall be designed, constructed, and installed, and the vehicles shall be designed and constructed, so that when the combination is operated in a straight line on a level, smooth, paved surface, the path of the towed vehicle will not deviate more than 3 inches to either side of the path of the vehicle that tows it.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fifth wheel assemblies</I>—(1) <I>Mounting</I>—(i) <I>Lower half.</I> The lower half of a fifth wheel mounted on a truck tractor or converter dolly must be secured to the frame of that vehicle with properly designed brackets, mounting plates or angles and properly tightened bolts of adequate size and grade, or devices that provide equivalent security. The installation shall not cause cracking, warping, or deformation of the frame. The installation must include a device for positively preventing the lower half of the fifth wheel from shifting on the frame to which it is attached.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Upper half.</I> The upper half of a fifth wheel must be fastened to the motor vehicle with at least the same security required for the installation of the lower half on a truck tractor or converter dolly.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Locking.</I> Every fifth wheel assembly must have a locking mechanism. The locking mechanism, and any adapter used in conjunction with it, must prevent separation of the upper and lower halves of the fifth wheel assembly unless a positive manual release is activated. The release may be located so that the driver can operate it from the cab. If a motor vehicle has a fifth wheel designed and constructed to be readily separable, the fifth wheel locking devices shall apply automatically on coupling.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Location.</I> The lower half of a fifth wheel shall be located so that, regardless of the condition of loading, the relationship between the kingpin and the rear axle or axles of the towing motor vehicle will properly distribute the gross weight of both the towed and towing vehicles on the axles of those vehicles, will not unduly interfere with the steering, braking, and other maneuvering of the towing vehicle, and will not otherwise contribute to unsafe operation of the vehicles comprising the combination. The upper half of a fifth wheel shall be located so that the weight of the vehicles is properly distributed on their axles and the combination of vehicles will operate safely during normal operation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Towing of full trailers.</I> A full trailer must be equipped with a tow-bar and a means of attaching the tow-bar to the towing and towed vehicles. The tow-bar and the means of attaching it must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be structurally adequate for the weight being drawn;
</P>
<P>(2) Be properly and securely mounted;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide for adequate articulation at the connection without excessive slack at that location; and
</P>
<P>(4) Be provided with a locking device that prevents accidental separation of the towed and towing vehicles. The mounting of the trailer hitch (pintle hook or equivalent mechanism) on the towing vehicle must include reinforcement or bracing of the frame sufficient to produce strength and rigidity of the frame to prevent its undue distortion.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Safety devices in case of tow-bar failure or disconnection.</I> Every full trailer and every converter dolly used to convert a semitrailer to a full trailer must be coupled to the frame, or an extension of the frame, of the motor vehicle which tows it with one or more safety devices to prevent the towed vehicle from breaking loose in the event the tow-bar fails or becomes disconnected. The safety device must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The safety device must not be attached to the pintle hook or any other device on the towing vehicle to which the tow-bar is attached. However, if the pintle hook or other device was manufactured prior to July 1, 1973, the safety device may be attached to the towing vehicle at a place on a pintle hook forging or casting if that place is independent of the pintle hook.
</P>
<P>(2) The safety device must have no more slack than is necessary to permit the vehicles to be turned properly.
</P>
<P>(3) The safety device, and the means of attaching it to the vehicles, must have an ultimate strength of not less than the gross weight of the vehicle or vehicles being towed.
</P>
<P>(4) The safety device must be connected to the towed and towing vehicles and to the tow-bar in a manner which prevents the tow-bar from dropping to the ground in the event it fails or becomes disconnected.
</P>
<P>(5) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(6) of this section, if the safety device consists of safety chains or cables, the towed vehicle must be equipped with either two safety chains or cables or with a bridle arrangement of a single chain or cable attached to its frame or axle at two points as far apart as the configuration of the frame or axle permits. The safety chains or cables shall be either two separate pieces, each equipped with a hook or other means for attachment to the towing vehicle, or a single piece leading along each side of the tow-bar from the two points of attachment on the towed vehicle and arranged into a bridle with a single means of attachment to be connected to the towing vehicle. When a single length of cable is used, a thimble and twin-base cable clamps shall be used to form the forward bridle eye. The hook or other means of attachment to the towing vehicle shall be secured to the chains or cables in a fixed position.
</P>
<P>(6) If the towed vehicle is a converter dolly with a solid tongue and without a hinged tow-bar or other swivel between the fifth wheel mounting and the attachment point of the tongue eye or other hitch device—
</P>
<P>(i) Safety chains or cables, when used as the safety device for that vehicle, may consist of either two chains or cables or a single chain or cable used alone;
</P>
<P>(ii) A single safety device, including a single chain or cable used alone as the safety device, must be in line with the centerline of the trailer tongue; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The device may be attached to the converter dolly at any point to the rear of the attachment point of the tongue eye or other hitch device.
</P>
<P>(7) Safety devices other than safety chains or cables must provide strength, security of attachment, and directional stability equal to, or greater than, safety chains or cables installed in accordance with paragraphs (d) (5) and (6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8)(i) When two safety devices, including two safety chains or cables, are used and are attached to the towing vehicle at separate points, the points of attachment on the towing vehicle shall be located equally distant from, and on opposite sides of, the longitudinal centerline of the towing vehicle.
</P>
<P>(ii) Where two chains or cables are attached to the same point on the towing vehicle, and where a bridle or a single chain or cable is used, the point of attachment must be on the longitudinal centerline or within 152 mm (6 inches) to the right of the longitudinal centerline of the towing vehicle.
</P>
<P>(iii) A single safety device, other than a chain or cable, must also be attached to the towing vehicle at a point on the longitudinal centerline or within 152 mm (6 inches) to the right of the longitudinal centerline of the towing vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 21439, Oct. 11, 1972, as amended at 70 FR 48053, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.71" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.6.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.71   Coupling devices and towing methods, driveaway-towaway operations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Number in combination.</I> (1) No more than three saddle-mounts may be used in any combination.
</P>
<P>(2) No more than one tow-bar or ball-and-socket type coupling device may be used in any combination. 
</P>
<P>(3) When motor vehicles are towed by means of triple saddle-mounts, all but the final towed vehicle must have brakes acting on all wheels in contact with the roadway.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Carrying vehicles on towing vehicle.</I> (1) When adequately and securely attached by means equivalent in security to that provided in paragraph (j)(2) of this section, a motor vehicle or motor vehicles may be full-mounted on the structure of a towing vehicle engaged in any driveaway-towaway operation.
</P>
<P>(2) No motor vehicle or motor vehicles may be full-mounted on a towing vehicle unless the relationship of such full-mounted vehicles to the rear axle or axles results in proper distribution of the total gross weight of the vehicles and does not unduly interfere with the steering, braking, or maneuvering of the towing vehicle, or otherwise contribute to the unsafe operation of the vehicles comprising the combination.
</P>
<P>(3) Saddle-mounted vehicles must be arranged such that the gross weight of the vehicles is properly distributed to prevent undue interference with the steering, braking, or maneuvering of the combination of vehicles. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Carrying vehicles on towed vehicles.</I> (1) When adequately and securely attached by means equivalent in security to that provided in paragraph (j)(2) of this section, a motor vehicle or motor vehicles may be full-mounted on the structure of towed vehicles engaged in any driveaway-towaway operation.
</P>
<P>(2) No motor vehicle shall be full-mounted on a motor vehicle towed by means of a tow-bar unless the towed vehicle is equipped with brakes and is provided with means for effective application of brakes acting on all wheels and is towed on its own wheels.
</P>
<P>(3) No motor vehicle or motor vehicles shall be full-mounted on a motor vehicle towed by means of a saddle-mount unless the center line of the kingpin or equivalent means of attachment of such towed vehicle shall be so located on the towing vehicle that the relationship to the rear axle or axles results in proper distribution of the total gross weight of the vehicles and does not unduly interfere with the steering, braking, or maneuvering of the towing vehicle or otherwise contribute to the unsafe operation of vehicles comprising the combination; and unless a perpendicular to the ground from the center of gravity of the full-mounted vehicles lies forward of the center line of the rear axle of the saddle-mounted vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) If a motor vehicle towed by means of a saddle-mount has any vehicle full-mounted on it, the saddle-mounted vehicle must at all times while so loaded have effective brakes acting on all wheels in contact with the roadway.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Bumper tow-bars on heavy vehicles prohibited.</I> Tow-bars of the type which depend upon the bumpers as a means of transmitting forces between the vehicles shall not be used to tow a motor vehicle weighing more than 5,000 pounds.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Front wheels of saddle-mounted vehicles restrained.</I> A motor vehicle towed by means of a saddle-mount shall have the motion of the front wheels restrained if under any condition of turning of such wheels they will project beyond the widest part of either the towed or towing vehicle.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Vehicles to be towed in forward position.</I> Unless the steering mechanism is adequately locked in a straight-forward position, all motor vehicles towed by means of a saddle-mount shall be towed with the front end mounted on the towing vehicle.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Means required for towing.</I> No motor vehicles or combination of motor vehicles shall be towed in driveaway-towaway operations by means other than a tow-bar, ball-and-socket type coupling device, saddle-mount connections which meet the requirements of this section, or in the case of a semi-trailer equipped with an upper coupler assembly, a fifth-wheel meeting the requirements of § 393.70. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Requirements for tow-bars.</I> Tow-bars shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Tow-bars, structural adequacy and mounting.</I> Every tow-bar shall be structurally adequate and properly installed and maintained. To ensure that it is structurally adequate, it must, at least, meet the requirements of the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Gross weight of towed vehicle (pounds) 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Longitudinal strength in tension and compression 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">All tow-bars
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">New tow-bars acquired and used by a motor carrier after Sept. 30, 1948
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Strength as a beam (in any direction concentrated load at center) 
<sup>2 3</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row">Pounds
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than 5,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5,000 and over</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than 10,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>1</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>1</sup>)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10,000 and over</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than 15,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>1</sup>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(
<sup>1</sup>)
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The required strength of tow-bars for towed vehicles of 15,000 pounds and over gross weight and of new tow-bars acquired and used after Sept. 30, 1948, for towed vehicles of 5,000 pounds and over gross weight shall be computed by means of the following formulae: Longitudinal strength = gross weight of towed vehicle × 1.3. Strength as a beam = gross weight of towed vehicle × 0.6.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> In testing, the whole unit shall be tested with all clamps, joints, and pins so mounted and fastened as to approximate conditions of actual operation.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> This test shall be applicable only to tow-bars which are, in normal operation, subjected to a bending movement such as tow-bars for house trailers.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Tow-bars, jointed.</I> The tow-bar shall be so constructed as to freely permit motion in both horizontal and vertical planes between the towed and towing vehicles. The means used to provide the motion shall be such as to prohibit the transmission of stresses under normal operation between the towed and towing vehicles, except along the longitudinal axis of the tongue or tongues.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Tow-bar fastenings.</I> The means used to transmit the stresses to the chassis or frames of the towed and towing vehicles may be either temporary structures or bumpers or other integral parts of the vehicles: <I>Provided, however,</I> That the means used shall be so constructed, installed, and maintained that when tested as an assembly, failure in such members shall not occur when the weakest new tow-bar which is permissible under paragraph (h)(1) of this section is subjected to the tests given therein.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Means of adjusting length.</I> On tow-bars, adjustable as to length, the means used to make such adjustment shall fit tightly and not result in any slackness or permit the tow-bar to bend. With the tow-bar supported rigidly at both ends and with a load of 50 pounds at the center, the sag, measured at the center, in any direction shall not exceed 0.25 inch under any condition of adjustment as to length.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Method of clamping.</I> Adequate means shall be provided for securely fastening the tow-bar to the towed and towing vehicles.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Tow-bar connection to steering mechanism.</I> The tow-bar shall be provided with suitable means of attachment to and actuation of the steering mechanism, if any, of the towed vehicle. The attachment shall provide for sufficient angularity of movement of the front wheels of the towed vehicle so that it may follow substantially in the path of the towing vehicle without cramping the tow-bar. The tow-bar shall be provided with suitable joints to permit such movement.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Tracking.</I> The tow-bar shall be so designed, constructed, maintained, and mounted as to cause the towed vehicle to follow substantially in the path of the towing vehicle. Tow-bars of such design or in such condition as to permit the towed vehicle to deviate more than 3 inches to either side of the path of a towing vehicle moving in a straight line as measured from the center of the towing vehicle are prohibited.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Passenger car-trailer type couplings.</I> Trailer couplings used for driveaway-towaway operations of passenger car trailers shall conform to Society of Automotive Engineers Standard No. J684c, “Trailer Couplings and Hitches—Automotive Type,” July 1970. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> See footnote 1 to § 393.24(c).</P></FTNT>
<P>(9) <I>Marking tow-bars.</I> Every tow-bar acquired and used in driveaway-towaway operations by a motor carrier shall be plainly marked with the following certification of the manufacturer thereof (or words of equivalent meaning):
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This tow-bar complies with the requirements of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration for (maximum gross weight for which tow-bar is manufactured) vehicles.
</P>
<FP-DASH>Allowable Maximum Gross Weight
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Manufactured
</FP-DASH>
<FP>          (month and year)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>by
</FP-DASH>
<FP>     (name of manufacturer)</FP></EXTRACT>
<FP>Tow-bar certification manufactured before the effective date of this regulation must meet requirements in effect at the time of manufacture.
</FP>
<P>(10) <I>Safety devices in case of tow-bar failure or disconnection.</I> (i) The towed vehicle shall be connected to the towing vehicle by a safety device to prevent the towed vehicle from breaking loose in the event the tow-bar fails or becomes disconnected. When safety chains or cables are used as the safety device for that vehicle, at least two safety chains or cables meeting the requirements of paragraph (h)(10)(ii) of this section shall be used. The tensile strength of the safety device and the means of attachment to the vehicles shall be at least equivalent to the corresponding longitudinal strength for tow-bars required in the table of paragraph (h)(1) of this section. If safety chains or cables are used as the safety device, the required strength shall be the combined strength of the combination of chains and cables.
</P>
<P>(ii) If chains or cables are used as the safety device, they shall be crossed and attached to the vehicles near the points of bumper attachments to the chassis of the vehicles. The length of chain used shall be no more than necessary to permit free turning of the vehicles. The chains shall be attached to the tow-bar at the point of crossing or as close to that point as is practicable.
</P>
<P>(iii) A safety device other than safety chains or cables must provide strength, security of attachment, and directional stability equal to, or greater than, that provided by safety chains or cables installed in accordance with paragraph (h)(10)(ii) of this section. A safety device other than safety chains or cables must be designed, constructed, and installed so that, if the tow-bar fails or becomes disconnected, the tow-bar will not drop to the ground.
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Requirements for upper-half of saddle-mounts.</I> The upper-half of any saddle-mount shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Upper-half connection to towed vehicle.</I> The upper-half shall be securely attached to the frame or axle of the towed vehicle by means of U-bolts or other means providing at least equivalent security.
</P>
<P>(2) U-<I>bolts or other attachments.</I> U-bolts used to attach the upper half to the towed vehicle shall be made of steel rod, free of defects, so shaped as to avoid at any point a radius of less than 1 inch: <I>Provided, however,</I> That a lesser radius may be utilized if the U-bolt is so fabricated as not to cause more than 5 percent reduction in cross-sectional area at points of curvature, in which latter event the minimum radius shall be one-sixteenth inch. U-bolts shall have a diameter not less than required by the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Diameter of U-Bolts in Inches
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Weight in pounds of heaviest towed vehicle
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Double or triple saddle-mount
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Front mount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Middle or front mount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rear mount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Single saddle-mount 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Up to 5,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.625</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5625</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5,000 and over</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.6875</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.625</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5625</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5625
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The total weight of all the vehicles being towed shall govern. If other devices are used to accomplish the same purposes as U-bolts they shall have at least equivalent strength of U-bolts made of mild steel. Cast iron shall not be used for clamps or any other holding devices.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) U-<I>bolts and points of support, location.</I> The distance between the most widely separated U-bolts shall not be less than 9 inches. The distance between the widely separated points where the upper-half supports the towed vehicle shall not be less than 9 inches, except that saddle-mounts employing ball and socket joints shall employ a device which clamps the axle of the towed vehicle throughout a length of not less than 5 inches.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Cradle-type upper-halves, specifications.</I> Upper-halves of the cradle-type using vertical members to restrain the towed vehicle from relative movement in the direction of motion of the vehicles shall be substantially constructed and adequate for the purpose. Such cradle-mounts shall be equipped with at least one bolt or equivalent means to provide against relative vertical movement between the upper-half and the towed vehicle. Bolts, if used, shall be at least one-half inch in diameter. Devices using equivalent means shall have at least equivalent strength. The means used to provide against relative vertical motion between the upper-half and the towed vehicle shall be such as not to permit a relative motion of over one-half inch. The distance between the most widely separated points of support between the upper-half and the towed vehicle shall be at least 9 inches.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Lateral movement of towed vehicle.</I> (i) Towed vehicles having a straight axle or an axle having a drop of less than 3 inches, unless the saddle-mount is constructed in accordance with paragraph (m)(2) of this section, shall be securely fastened by means of chains or cables to the upper-half so as to ensure against relative lateral motion between the towed vehicle and the upper-half. The chains or cables shall be at least 
<FR>3/16</FR>-inch diameter and secured by bolts of at least equal diameter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Towed vehicles with an axle with a drop of 3 inches or more, or connected by a saddle-mount constructed in accordance with paragraph (m)(2) of this section, need not be restrained by chains or cables provided that the upper-half is so designed as to provide against such relative motion.
</P>
<P>(iii) Chains or cables shall not be required if the upper-half is so designed as positively to provide against lateral movement of the axle.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Requirements for lower half of saddle-mounts.</I> The lower half of any saddle-mount shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) U-<I>bolts or other attachments.</I> U-bolts used to attach the lower half to the towing vehicle shall be made of steel rod, free of defects, so shaped as to avoid at any point a radius of less than 1 inch: <I>Provided, however,</I> That a lesser radius may be utilized if the U-bolt is so fabricated as not to cause more than 5 percent reduction in cross-sectional area at points of curvature, in which latter event the minimum radius shall be one-sixteenth inch. U-bolts shall have a total cross-sectional area not less than as required by the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Total Cross-Sectional Area of U-Bolts in Square Inches
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Weight in pounds of heaviest towed vehicle
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Double or triple saddle-mount
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Front mount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Middle or front mount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rear mount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Single saddle-mount 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Up to 5,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5,000 and over</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The total weight of all the vehicles being towed shall govern. If other devices are used to accomplish the same purposes as U-bolts they shall have at least equivalent strength of U-bolts made of mild steel. Cast iron shall not be used for clamps or any other holding devices.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Shifting.</I> Adequate provision shall be made by design and installation to provide against relative movement between the lower-half and the towing vehicle especially during periods of rapid acceleration and deceleration. To ensure against shifting, designs of the tripod type shall be equipped with adequate and securely fastened hold-back chains or similar devices.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Swaying.</I> (i) Adequate provision shall be made by design and installation to provide against swaying or lateral movement of the towed vehicle relative to the towing vehicle. To ensure against swaying, lower-halves designed with cross-members attached to but separable from vertical members shall have such cross-members fastened to the vertical members by at least two bolts on each side. Such bolts shall be of at least equivalent cross-sectional area as those required for U-bolts for the corresponding saddle-mount as given in the table in paragraph (k)(1) of this section. The minimum distance between the most widely separated points of support of the cross-member by the vertical member shall be three inches as measured in a direction parallel to the longitudinal axis of the towing vehicle.
</P>
<P>(ii) The lower-half shall have a bearing surface on the frame of the towing vehicle of such dimensions that the pressure exerted by the lower-half upon the frame of the towing vehicle shall not exceed 200 pounds per square inch under any conditions of static loading. Hardwood blocks or blocks of other suitable material, such as hard rubber, aluminum or brakelining, if used between the lower half and the frame of the towing vehicle shall be at least 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch thick, 3 inches wide, and a combined length of 6 inches.
</P>
<P>(iii) Under no condition shall the highest point of support of the towed vehicle by the upper-half be more than 24 inches, measured vertically, above the top of the frame of the towing vehicle, measured at the point where the lower-half rests on the towing vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Wood blocks.</I> (i) Hardwood blocks of good quality may be used to build up the height of the front end of the towed vehicle, provided that the total height of such wood blocks shall not exceed 8 inches and not over two separate pieces are placed upon each other to obtain such height; however, hardwood blocks, not over 4 in number, to a total height not to exceed 14 inches, may be used if the total cross-sectional area of the U-bolts used to attach the lower-half of the towing vehicle is at least 50 percent greater than that required by the table contained in paragraph (k)(1) of this section, or, if other devices are used in lieu of U-bolts, they shall provide for as great a resistance to bending as is provided by the larger U-bolts above prescribed.
</P>
<P>(ii) Hardwood blocks must be at least 4 inches in width and the surfaces between blocks or block and lower-half or block and upper-half shall be planed and so installed and maintained as to minimize any tendency of the towed vehicle to sway or rock.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Cross-member, general requirements.</I> The cross-member, which is that part of the lower-half used to distribute the weight of the towed vehicle equally to each member of the frame of the towing vehicle, if used, shall be structurally adequate and properly installed and maintained adequately to perform this function.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Cross-member, use of wood.</I> No materials, other than suitable metals, shall be used as the cross-member, and wood may not be used structurally in any manner that will result in its being subject to tensile stresses. Wood may be used in cross-members if supported throughout its length by suitable metal cross-members.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Lower half strength.</I> The lower half shall be capable of supporting the loads given in the following table. For the purpose of test, the saddle-mount shall be mounted as normally operated and the load applied through the upper half:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Minimum Test Load in Pounds
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Weight in pounds of heaviest towed vehicle
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Double or triple saddle-mount
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Front mount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Middle or front mount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rear mount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Single saddle-mount 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Up to 5,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5,000 and over</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10,000
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The total weight of all the vehicles being towed shall govern.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(l) <I>Requirements for kingpins of saddle-mounts.</I> The kingpin of any saddle-mount shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Kingpin size.</I> (i) Kingpins shall be constructed of steel suitable for the purpose, free of defects, and having a diameter not less than required by the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Diameter of Solid Kingpin in Inches
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Weight in pounds of heaviest towed vehicle
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="8" scope="col">Double or triple saddle-mount
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Front mount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Middle or front mount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Rear mount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Single saddle-mount 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mild steel
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H.T.S. 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mild steel
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H.T.S. 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mild steel
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H.T.S. 
<sup>2</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mild steel
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">H.T.S.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Up to 5,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.875</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.875</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.750</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.875</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.750
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5,000 and over</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.875</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.875
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> The total weight of all the vehicles being towed shall govern.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> High-tensile steel is steel having a minimum ultimate strength of 65,000 pounds per square inch.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) If a ball and socket joint is used in place of a kingpin, the diameter of the neck of the ball shall be at least equal to the diameter of the corresponding solid kingpin given in the above table. If hollow kingpins are used, the metallic cross-sectional area shall be at least equal to the cross-sectional area of the corresponding solid kingpin.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Kingpin fit.</I> If a kingpin bushing is not used, the king-pin shall fit snugly into the upper and lower-halves but shall not bind. Those portions of the upper or lower-halves in moving contact with the kingpin shall be smoothly machined with no rough or sharp edges. The bearing surface thus provided shall not be less in depth than the radius of the kingpin.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Kingpin bushing on saddle-mounts.</I> The kingpin of all new saddle-mounts acquired and used shall be snugly enclosed in a bushing at least along such length of the kingpin as may be in moving contact with either the upper or lower-halves. The bearing surface thus provided shall not be less in depth than the radius of the kingpin.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Kingpin to restrain vertical motion.</I> The kingpin shall be so designed and installed as to restrain the upper-half from moving in a vertical direction relative to the lower-half.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Additional requirements for saddle-mounts.</I> Saddle-mounts shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Bearing surface between upper and lower-halves.</I> The upper and lower-halves shall be so constructed and connected that the bearing surface between the two halves shall not be less than 16 square inches under any conditions of angularity between the towing and towed vehicles: <I>Provided, however,</I> That saddle-mounts using a ball and socket joint shall have a ball of such dimension that the static bearing load shall not exceed 800 pounds per square inch, based on the projected cross-sectional area of the ball: <I>And further provided,</I> That saddle-mounts having the upper-half supported by ball, taper, or roller-bearings shall not have such bearings loaded beyond the limits prescribed for such bearings by the manufacturer thereof. The upper-half shall rest evenly and smoothly upon the lower-half and the contact surfaces shall be lubricated and maintained so that there shall be a minimum of frictional resistance between the parts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Saddle-mounts, angularity.</I> All saddle-mounts acquired and used shall provide for angularity between the towing and towed vehicles due to vertical curvatures of the highway. Such means shall not depend upon either the looseness or deformation of the parts of either the saddle-mount or the vehicles to provide for such angularity.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Tracking.</I> The saddle-mount shall be so designed, constructed, maintained, and installed that the towed vehicle or vehicles will follow substantially in the path of the towing vehicle without swerving. Towed vehicles shall not deviate more than 3 inches to either side of the path of the towing vehicle when moving in a straight line.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Prevention of frame bending.</I> Where necessary, provision shall be made to prevent the bending of the frame of the towing vehicle by insertion of suitable blocks inside the frame channel to prevent kinking. The saddle-mount shall not be so located as to cause deformation of the frame by reason of cantilever action.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Extension of frame.</I> No saddle-mount shall be located at a point to the rear of the frame of a towing vehicle.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Nuts, secured.</I> All nuts used on bolts, U-bolts, king-pins, or in any other part of the saddle-mount shall be secured against accidental disconnection by means of cotter-keys, lock-washers, double nuts, safety nuts, or equivalent means. Parts shall be so designed and installed that nuts shall be fully engaged.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Inspection of all parts.</I> The saddle-mount shall be so designed that it may be disassembled and each separate part inspected for worn, bent, cracked, broken, or missing parts.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Saddle-mounts, marking.</I> Every new saddle-mount acquired and used in driveaway-towaway operations by a motor carrier shall have the upper-half and the lower-half separately marked with the following certification of the manufacturer thereof (or words of equivalent meaning).
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This saddle-mount complies with the requirements of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration for vehicles up to 5,000 pounds (or over 5,000 pounds):
</P>
<FP-DASH>Manufactured
</FP-DASH>
<FRP>(Month and year)
</FRP>
<FP-DASH>by
</FP-DASH>
<FRP>(Name of manufacturer)</FRP></EXTRACT>
<P>(n) <I>Requirements for devices used to connect motor vehicles or parts of motor vehicles together to form one vehicle</I>—(1) <I>Front axle attachment.</I> The front axle of one motor vehicle intended to be coupled with another vehicle or parts of motor vehicles together to form one vehicle shall be attached with U-bolts meeting the requirements of paragraph (j)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Rear axle attachment.</I> The rear axle of one vehicle shall be coupled to the frame of the other vehicle by means of a connecting device which when in place forms a rectangle. The device shall be composed of two pieces, top and bottom. The device shall be made of 4-inch by 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch steel bar bent to shape and shall have the corners reinforced with a plate at least 3 inches by 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch by 8 inches long. The device shall be bolted together with 
<FR>3/4</FR>-inch bolts and at least three shall be used on each side. Wood may be used as spacers to keep the frames apart and it shall be at least 4 inches square.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19735, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 35 FR 10907, July 7, 1970; 37 FR 21440, Oct. 11, 1972; 53 FR 49400, Dec. 7, 1988; 70 FR 48054, Aug. 15, 2005; 76 FR 56322, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 58484, Sept. 24, 2013; 80 FR 59075, Oct. 1, 2015; 86 FR 57076, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Miscellaneous Parts and Accessories</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.75" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.75   Tires.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No motor vehicle shall be operated on any tire that—
</P>
<P>(1) Has body ply or belt material exposed through the tread or sidewall,
</P>
<P>(2) Has any tread or sidewall separation, 
</P>
<P>(3) Is flat or has an audible leak, or 
</P>
<P>(4) Has a cut to the extent that the ply or belt material is exposed.
</P>
<P>(b) Any tire on the front wheels of a bus, truck, or truck tractor shall have a tread groove pattern depth of at least 
<FR>4/32</FR> of an inch when measured at any point on a major tread groove. The measurements shall not be made where tie bars, humps, or fillets are located.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, tires shall have a tread groove pattern depth of at least 
<FR>2/32</FR> of an inch when measured in a major tread groove. The measurement shall not be made where tie bars, humps or fillets are located.
</P>
<P>(d) No bus shall be operated with regrooved, recapped or retreaded tires on the front wheels.
</P>
<P>(e) A regrooved tire with a load-carrying capacity equal to or greater than 2,232 kg (4,920 pounds) shall not be used on the front wheels of any truck or truck tractor. 
</P>
<P>(f) No motor vehicle may be operated with speed-restricted tires labeled with a maximum speed of 55 mph or less in accordance with S6.5(e) of FMVSS No. 119 at speeds that exceed the rated limit of the tire.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er22jy16.007.gif"/>
<P>(g) <I>Tire loading restrictions (except on manufactured homes).</I> No motor vehicle (except manufactured homes, which are governed by paragraph (h) of this section) shall be operated with tires that carry a weight greater than that marked on the sidewall of the tire or, in the absence of such a marking, a weight greater than that specified for the tires in any of the publications of any of the organizations listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 119 (49 CFR 571.119, S5.1(b)) unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The vehicle is being operated under the terms of a special permit issued by the State; and
</P>
<P>(2) The vehicle is being operated at a reduced speed to compensate for the tire loading in excess of the manufacturer's rated capacity for the tire. In no case shall the speed exceed 80 km/hr (50 mph).
</P>
<P>(h)(1) <I>Tire loading restrictions for manufactured homes built before January 1, 2002.</I> Manufactured homes that are labeled pursuant to 24 CFR 3282.362(c)(2)(i) before January 1, 2002, must not be transported on tires that are loaded more than 18 percent over the load rating marked on the sidewall of the tire or, in the absence of such a marking, more than 18 percent over the load rating specified in any of the publications of any of the organizations listed in FMVSS No. 119 (49 CFR 571.119, S5.1(b)). Manufactured homes labeled before January 1, 2002, transported on tires overloaded by 9 percent or more must not be operated at speeds exceeding 80 km/hr (50 mph).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Tire loading restrictions for manufactured homes built on or after January 1, 2002.</I> Manufactured homes that are labeled pursuant to 24 CFR 3282.362(c)(2)(i) on or after January 1, 2002, must not be transported on tires loaded beyond the load rating marked on the sidewall of the tire or, in the absence of such a marking, the load rating specified in any of the publications of any of the organizations listed in FMVSS No. 119 (49 CFR 571.119, S5.1(b)).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Tire inflation pressure.</I> (1) No motor vehicle shall be operated on a tire which has a cold inflation pressure less than that specified for the load being carried.
</P>
<P>(2) If the inflation pressure of the tire has been increased by heat because of the recent operation of the vehicle, the cold inflation pressure shall be estimated by subtracting the inflation buildup factor shown in Table 1 from the measured inflation pressure.
</P>
<P>(j) The requirements in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section shall not be construed to require manufacturers to add any markings to the sidewall of a tire.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Inflation Pressure Measurement Correction for Heat
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Average speed of vehicle
<br/>in the previous hour
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Minimum inflation pressure buildup
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tires with 1,814 kg (4,000 lbs.) maximum load rating or less
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tires with over 1,814 kg (4,000 lbs.) load rating
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">66-88.5 km/hr (41-55 mph)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34.5 kPa (5 psi)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">103.4 kPa (15 psi).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[34 FR 9344, June 13, 1969, as amended at 40 FR 44557, Sept. 29, 1975; 41 FR 36657, Aug. 31, 1976; 44 FR 25455, May 1, 1979; 44 FR 47938, Aug. 16, 1979; 53 FR 18057, May 19, 1988; 53 FR 49401, Dec. 7, 1988; 63 FR 8339, Feb. 18, 1998; 65 FR 70220, Nov. 21, 2000; 66 FR 67694, Dec. 31, 2001; 70 FR 48054, Aug. 15, 2005; 81 FR 47731, July 22, 2016; 91 FR 7887, Feb. 19, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.76" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.76   Sleeper berths.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Dimensions</I>—(1) <I>Size.</I> A sleeper berth must be at least the following size:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date of installation on motor vehicle
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Length measured on centerline of longitudinal axis (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Width measured on centerline of transverse axis (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Height measured from highest point of top of mattress (inches) 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Before January 1, 1953</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">After December 31, 1952, and before October 1, 1975</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">After September 30, 1975</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> In the case of a sleeper berth which utilizes an adjustable mechanical suspension system, the required clearance can be measured when the suspension system is adjusted to the height to which it would settle when occupied by a driver.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Shape.</I> A sleeper berth installed on a motor vehicle on or after January 1, 1953 must be of generally rectangular shape, except that the horizontal corners and the roof corners may be rounded to radii not exceeding 10
<FR>1/2</FR> inches.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Access.</I> A sleeper berth must be constructed so that an occupant's ready entrance to, and exit from, the sleeper berth is not unduly hindered.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Location.</I> (1) A sleeper berth must not be installed in or on a semitrailer or a full trailer other than a house trailer.
</P>
<P>(2) A sleeper berth located within the cargo space of a motor vehicle must be securely compartmentalized from the remainder of the cargo space. A sleeper berth installed on or after January 1, 1953 must be located in the cab or immediately adjacent to the cab and must be securely fixed with relation to the cab.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exit from the berth.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, there must be a direct and ready means of exit from a sleeper berth into the driver's seat or compartment. If the sleeper berth was installed on or after January 1, 1963, the exit must be a doorway or opening at least 18 inches high and 36 inches wide. If the sleeper berth was installed before January 1, 1963, the exit must have sufficient area to contain an ellipse having a major axis of 24 inches and a minor axis of 16 inches.
</P>
<P>(2) A sleeper berth installed before January 1, 1953 must either:
</P>
<P>(i) Conform to the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Have at least two exits, each of which is at least 18 inches high and 21 inches wide, located at opposite ends of the vehicle and useable by the occupant without the assistance of any other person.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Communication with the driver.</I> A sleeper berth which is not located within the driver's compartment and has no direct entrance into the driver's compartment must be equipped with a means of communication between the occupant and the driver. The means of communication may consist of a telephone, speaker tube, buzzer, pull cord, or other mechanical or electrical device.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Equipment.</I> A sleeper berth must be properly equipped for sleeping. Its equipment must include:
</P>
<P>(1) Adequate bedclothing and blankets; and
</P>
<P>(2) Either:
</P>
<P>(i) Springs and a mattress; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An innerspring mattress; or
</P>
<P>(iii) A cellular rubber or flexible foam mattress at least four inches thick; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A mattress filled with a fluid and of sufficient thickness when filled to prevent “bottoming-out” when occupied while the vehicle is in motion.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Ventilation.</I> A sleeper berth must have louvers or other means of providing adequate ventilation. A sleeper berth must be reasonably tight against dust and rain.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Protection against exhaust and fuel leaks and exhaust heat.</I> A sleeper berth must be located so that leaks in the vehicle's exhaust system or fuel system do not permit fuel, fuel system gases, or exhaust gases to enter the sleeper berth. A sleeper berth must be located so that it will not be overheated or damaged by reason of its proximity to the vehicle's exhaust system.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Occupant restraint.</I> A motor vehicle manufactured on or after July 1, 1971, and equipped with a sleeper berth must be equipped with a means of preventing ejection of the occupant of the sleeper berth during deceleration of the vehicle. The restraint system must be designed, installed, and maintained to withstand a minimum total force of 6,000 pounds applied toward the front of the vehicle and parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 14711, Apr. 26, 1974; 39 FR 17233, May 14, 1974, as amended at 53 FR 49401, Dec. 7, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.77" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.77   Heaters.</HEAD>
<P>On every motor vehicle, every heater shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Prohibited types of heaters.</I> The installation or use of the following types of heaters is prohibited:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Exhaust heaters.</I> Any type of exhaust heater in which the engine exhaust gases are conducted into or through any space occupied by persons or any heater which conducts engine compartment air into any such space.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Unenclosed flame heaters.</I> Any type of heater employing a flame which is not fully enclosed, except that such heaters are not prohibited when used for heating the cargo of tank motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Heaters permitting fuel leakage.</I> Any type of heater from the burner of which there could be spillage or leakage of fuel upon the tilting or overturning of the vehicle in which it is mounted.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Heaters permitting air contamination.</I> Any heater taking air, heated or to be heated, from the engine compartment or from direct contact with any portion of the exhaust system; or any heater taking air in ducts from the outside atmosphere to be conveyed through the engine compartment, unless said ducts are so constructed and installed as to prevent contamination of the air so conveyed by exhaust or engine compartment gases.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Solid fuel heaters except wood charcoal.</I> Any stove or other heater employing solid fuel except wood charcoal.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Portable heaters.</I> Portable heaters shall not be used in any space occupied by persons except the cargo space of motor vehicles which are being loaded or unloaded.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Heater specifications.</I> All heaters shall comply with the following specifications:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Heating elements, protection.</I> Every heater shall be so located or protected as to prevent contact therewith by occupants, unless the surface temperature of the protecting grilles or of any exposed portions of the heaters, inclusive of exhaust stacks, pipes, or conduits shall be lower than would cause contact burns. Adequate protection shall be afforded against igniting parts of the vehicle or burning occupants by direct radiation. Wood charcoal heaters shall be enclosed within a metal barrel, drum, or similar protective enclosure which enclosure shall be provided with a securely fastened cover.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Moving parts, guards.</I> Effective guards shall be provided for the protection of passengers or occupants against injury by fans, belts, or any other moving parts.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Heaters, secured.</I> Every heater and every heater enclosure shall be securely fastened to the vehicle in a substantial manner so as to provide against relative motion within the vehicle during normal usage or in the event the vehicle overturns. Every heater shall be so designed, constructed, and mounted as to minimize the likelihood of disassembly of any of its parts, including exhaust stacks, pipes, or conduits, upon overturn of the vehicle in or on which it is mounted. Wood charcoal heaters shall be secured against relative motion within the enclosure required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and the enclosure shall be securely fastened to the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Relative motion between fuel tank and heater.</I> When either in normal operation or in the event of overturn, there is or is likely to be relative motion between the fuel tank for a heater and the heater, or between either of such units and the fuel lines between them, a suitable means shall be provided at the point of greatest relative motion so as to allow this motion without causing failure of the fuel lines.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Operating controls to be protected.</I> On every bus designed to transport more than 15 passengers, including the driver, means shall be provided to prevent unauthorized persons from tampering with the operating controls. Such means may include remote control by the driver; installation of controls at inaccessible places; control of adjustments by key or keys; enclosure of controls in a locked space, locking of controls, or other means of accomplishing this purpose.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Heater hoses.</I> Hoses for all hot water and steam heater systems shall be specifically designed and constructed for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Electrical apparatus.</I> Every heater employing any electrical apparatus shall be equipped with electrical conductors, switches, connectors, and other electrical parts of ample current-carrying capacity to provide against overheating; any electric motor employed in any heater shall be of adequate size and so located that it will not be overheated; electrical circuits shall be provided with fuses and/or circuit breakers to provide against electrical overloading; and all electrical conductors employed in or leading to any heater shall be secured against dangling, chafing, and rubbing and shall have suitable protection against any other condition likely to produce short or open circuits.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Electrical parts certified as proper for use by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., shall be deemed to comply with the foregoing requirements.</P></NOTE>
<P>(8) <I>Storage battery caps.</I> If a separate storage battery is located within the personnel or cargo space, such battery shall be securely mounted and equipped with nonspill filler caps.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Combustion heater exhaust construction.</I> Every heater employing the combustion of oil, gas, liquefied petroleum gas, or any other combustible material shall be provided with substantial means of conducting the products of combustion to the outside of the vehicle: <I>Provided, however,</I> That this requirement shall not apply to heaters used solely to heat the cargo space of motor vehicles where such motor vehicles or heaters are equipped with means specifically designed and maintained so that the carbon monoxide concentration will never exceed 0.2 percent in the cargo space. The exhaust pipe, stack, or conduit if required shall be sufficiently substantial and so secured as to provide reasonable assurance against leakage or discharge of products of combustion within the vehicle and, if necessary, shall be so insulated as to make unlikely the burning or charring of parts of the vehicle by radiation or by direct contact. The place of discharge of the products of combustion to the atmosphere and the means of discharge of such products shall be such as to minimize the likelihood of their reentry into the vehicle under all operating conditions.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Combustion chamber construction.</I> The design and construction of any combustion-type heater except cargo space heaters permitted by the proviso of paragraph (c)(9) of this section and unenclosed flame heaters used for heating cargo of tank motor vehicles shall be such as to provide against the leakage of products of combustion into air to be heated and circulated. The material employed in combustion chambers shall be such as to provide against leakage because of corrosion, oxidation, or other deterioration. Joints between combustion chambers and the air chambers with which they are in thermal and mechanical contact shall be so designed and constructed as to prevent leakage between the chambers and the materials employed in such joints shall have melting points substantially higher than the maximum temperatures likely to be attained at the points of jointure.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Heater fuel tank location.</I> Every bus designed to transport more than 15 passengers, including the driver, with heaters of the combustion type shall have fuel tanks therefor located outside of and lower than the passenger space. When necessary, suitable protection shall be afforded by shielding or other means against the puncturing of any such tank or its connections by flying stones or other objects.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Heater, automatic fuel control.</I> Gravity or siphon feed shall not be permitted for heaters using liquid fuels. Heaters using liquid fuels shall be equipped with automatic means for shutting off the fuel or for reducing such flow of fuel to the smallest practicable magnitude, in the event of overturn of the vehicle. Heaters using liquefied petroleum gas as fuel shall have the fuel line equipped with automatic means at the source of supply for shutting off the fuel in the event of separation, breakage, or disconnection of any of the fuel lines between the supply source and the heater.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>“Tell-tale” indicators.</I> Heaters subject to paragraph (b)(14) of this section and not provided with automatic controls shall be provided with “tell-tale” means to indicate to the driver that the heater is properly functioning. This requirement shall not apply to heaters used solely for the cargo space in semitrailers or full trailers.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Shut-off control.</I> Automatic means, or manual means if the control is readily accessible to the driver without moving from the driver's seat, shall be provided to shut off the fuel and electrical supply in case of failure of the heater to function for any reason, or in case the heater should function improperly or overheat. This requirement shall not apply to wood charcoal heaters or to heaters used solely to heat the contents of cargo tank motor vehicles, but wood charcoal heaters must be provided with a controlled method of regulating the flow of combustion air.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Certification required.</I> Every combustion-type heater, except wood charcoal heaters, the date of manufacture of which is subsequent to December 31, 1952, and every wood charcoal heater, the date of manufacture of which is subsequent to September 1, 1953, shall be marked plainly to indicate the type of service for which such heater is designed and with a certification by the manufacturer that the heater meets the applicable requirements for such use. For example, “Meets I.C.C. Bus Heater Requirements,” Meets I.C.C. Flue-Vented Cargo Space Heater Requirements,” and after December 31, 1967, such certification shall read “Meets FMCSA Bus Heater Requirements,” “Meets FMCSA Flue-Vented Cargo Space Heater Requirements,” etc.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exception.</I> The certification for a catalytic heater which is used in transporting flammable liquid or gas shall be as prescribed under § 177.834(1) of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19735, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 40 FR 51198, Nov. 4, 1975; 53 FR 49401, Dec. 7, 1988; 77 FR 59828, Oct. 1, 2012; 78 FR 58484, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.78" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.78   Windshield wiping and washing systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after December 25, 1968.</I> Each bus, truck, and truck-tractor manufactured on or after December 25, 1968, must have a windshield wiping system that meets the requirements of FMVSS No. 104 (S4.1) in effect on the date of manufacture. Each of these vehicles must have a windshield washing system that meets the requirements of FMVSS No. 104 (S4.2.2) in effect on the date of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Vehicles manufactured between June 30, 1953, and December 24, 1968.</I> Each truck, truck-tractor, and bus manufactured between June 30, 1953, and December 24, 1968, shall be equipped with a power-driven windshield wiping system with at least two wiper blades, one on each side of the centerline of the windshield. Motor vehicles which depend upon vacuum to operate the windshield wipers, shall have the wiper system constructed and maintained such that the performance of the wipers will not be adversely affected by a change in the intake manifold pressure.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Driveaway-towaway operations.</I> Windshield wiping and washing systems need not be in working condition while a commercial motor vehicle is being towed in a driveaway-towaway operation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48054, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.79" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.79   Windshield defrosting and defogging systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after December 25, 1968.</I> Each bus, truck, and truck-tractor manufactured on or after December 25, 1968, must have a windshield defrosting and defogging system that meets the requirements of FMVSS No. 103 in effect on the date of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Vehicles manufactured before December 25, 1968.</I> Each bus, truck, and truck-tractor shall be equipped with a means for preventing the accumulation of ice, snow, frost, or condensation that could obstruct the driver's view through the windshield while the vehicle is being driven.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48054, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.80" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.80   Rear-vision mirrors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every bus, truck, and truck tractor shall be equipped with two rear-vision mirrors, one at each side, firmly attached to the outside of the motor vehicle, and so located as to reflect to the driver a view of the highway to the rear, along both sides of the vehicle. All such regulated rear-vision mirrors and their replacements shall meet, as a minimum, the requirements of FMVSS No. 111 (49 CFR 571.111) in force at the time the vehicle was manufactured.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> (1) Mirrors installed on a vehicle manufactured prior to January 1, 1981, may be continued in service, provided that if the mirrors are replaced they shall be replaced with mirrors meeting, as a minimum, the requirements of FMVSS No. 111 (49 CFR 571.111) in force at the time the vehicle was manufactured.
</P>
<P>(2) Only one outside mirror shall be required, which shall be on the driver's side, on trucks which are so constructed that the driver has a view to the rear by means of an interior mirror.
</P>
<P>(3) In driveway-towaway operations, the driven vehicle shall have at least one mirror furnishing a clear view to the rear. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 57139, Dec. 28, 1983, as amended at 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.81" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.81   Horn.</HEAD>
<P>Every bus, truck, truck-tractor, and every driven motor vehicle in driveaway-towaway operations shall be equipped with a horn and actuating elements which shall be in such condition as to give an adequate and reliable warning signal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.82" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.82   Speedometer.</HEAD>
<P>Each bus, truck, and truck-tractor must be equipped with a speedometer indicating vehicle speed in miles per hour and/or kilometers per hour. The speedometer must be accurate to within plus or minus 8 km/hr (5 mph) at a speed of 80 km/hr (50 mph).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48054, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.83" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.83   Exhaust systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every motor vehicle having a device (other than as part of its cargo) capable of expelling harmful combustion fumes shall have a system to direct the discharge of such fumes. No part shall be located where its location would likely result in burning, charring, or damaging the electrical wiring, the fuel supply, or any combustible part of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) No exhaust system shall discharge to the atmosphere at a location immediately below the fuel tank or the fuel tank filler pipe.
</P>
<P>(c) The exhaust system of a bus powered by a gasoline engine shall discharge to the atmosphere at or within 6 inches forward of the rearmost part of the bus.
</P>
<P>(d) The exhaust system of a bus using fuels other than gasoline shall discharge to the atmosphere either:
</P>
<P>(1) At or within 15 inches forward of the rearmost part of the vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(2) To the rear of all doors or windows designed to be open, except windows designed to be opened solely as emergency exits.
</P>
<P>(e) The exhaust system of every truck and truck tractor shall discharge to the atmosphere at a location to the rear of the cab or, if the exhaust projects above the cab, at a location near the rear of the cab.
</P>
<P>(f) No part of the exhaust system shall be temporarily repaired with wrap or patches.
</P>
<P>(g) No part of the exhaust system shall leak or discharge at a point forward of or directly below the driver/sleeper compartment. The exhaust outlet may discharge above the cab/sleeper roofline.
</P>
<P>(h) The exhaust system must be securely fastened to the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(i) Exhaust systems may use hangers which permit required movement due to expansion and contraction caused by heat of the exhaust and relative motion between engine and chassis of a vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 49401, Dec. 7, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.84" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.84   Floors.</HEAD>
<P>The flooring in all motor vehicles shall be substantially constructed, free of unnecessary holes and openings, and shall be maintained so as to minimize the entrance of fumes, exhaust gases, or fire. Floors shall not be permeated with oil or other substances likely to cause injury to persons using the floor as a traction surface.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 49401, Dec. 7, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.85" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.85   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.86" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.86   Rear impact guards and rear end protection.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>General requirements for trailers and semitrailers manufactured on or after January 26, 1998.</I> Each trailer and semitrailer with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) or more, and manufactured on or after January 26, 1998, must be equipped with a rear impact guard that meets the requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 223 (49 CFR 571.223) in effect at the time the vehicle was manufactured. When the rear impact guard is installed on the trailer or semitrailer, the vehicle must, at a minimum, meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 224 (49 CFR 571.224) in effect at the time the vehicle was manufactured. The requirements of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to pole trailers (as defined in § 390.5 of this chapter); pulpwood trailers, low chassis vehicles, special purpose vehicles, wheels back vehicles, and road construction controlled horizontal discharge trailers (as defined in § 393.5); and trailers towed in driveaway-towaway operations (as defined in § 390.5).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Impact guard width.</I> The outermost surfaces of the horizontal member of the guard must extend to within 100 mm (4 inches) of the side extremities of the vehicle. The outermost surface of the horizontal member shall not extend beyond the side extremity of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Guard height.</I> The vertical distance between the bottom edge of the horizontal member of the guard and the ground shall not exceed 560 mm (22 inches) at any point across the full width of the member. Guards with rounded corners may curve upward within 255 mm (10 inches) of the longitudinal vertical planes that are tangent to the side extremities of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Guard rear surface.</I> At any height 560 mm (22 inches) or more above the ground, the rearmost surface of the horizontal member of the guard must be within 305 mm (12 inches) of the rear extremity of the vehicle. This paragraph shall not be construed to prohibit the rear surface of the guard from extending beyond the rear extremity of the vehicle. Guards with rounded corners may curve forward within 255 mm (10 inches) of the side extremity.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Cross-sectional vertical height.</I> The horizontal member of each guard must have a cross sectional vertical height of at least 100 mm (3.94 inches) at any point across the guard width.
</P>
<P>(6) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Requirements for motor vehicles manufactured after December 31, 1952 (except trailers or semitrailers manufactured on or after January 26, 1998).</I> Each motor vehicle manufactured after December 31, 1952, (except truck tractors, pole trailers, pulpwood trailers, road construction controlled horizontal discharge trailers, or vehicles in driveaway-towaway operations) in which the vertical distance between the rear bottom edge of the body (or the chassis assembly if the chassis is the rearmost part of the vehicle) and the ground is greater than 76.2 cm (30 inches) when the motor vehicle is empty, shall be equipped with a rear impact guard(s). The rear impact guard(s) must be installed and maintained in such a manner that:
</P>
<P>(i) The vertical distance between the bottom of the guard(s) and the ground does not exceed 76.2 cm (30 inches) when the motor vehicle is empty;
</P>
<P>(ii) The maximum lateral distance between the closest points between guards, if more than one is used, does not exceed 61 cm (24 inches);
</P>
<P>(iii) The outermost surfaces of the horizontal member of the guard are no more than 45.7 cm (18 inches) from each side extremity of the motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(iv) The impact guard(s) are no more than 61 cm (24 inches) forward of the rear extremity of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Construction and attachment.</I> The rear impact guard(s) must be substantially constructed and attached by means of bolts, welding, or other comparable means.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Vehicle components and structures that may be used to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.</I> Low chassis vehicles, special purpose vehicles, or wheels back vehicles constructed and maintained so that the body, chassis, or other parts of the vehicle provide the rear end protection comparable to impact guard(s) conforming to the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be considered to be in compliance with those requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 47708, Sept. 1, 1999, as amended at 67 FR 61824, Oct. 2, 2002; 86 FR 62111, Nov. 9, 2021; 91 FR 7877, Feb. 19, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.87" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.87   Warning flags on projecting loads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any commercial motor vehicle transporting a load which extends beyond the sides by more than 102 mm (4 inches) or more than 1,219 mm (4 feet) beyond the rear must have the extremities of the load marked with red or orange fluorescent warning flags. Each warning flag must be at least 457 mm (18 inches) square.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Position of flags.</I> There must be a single flag at the extreme rear if the projecting load is two feet wide or less. Two warning flags are required if the projecting load is wider than two feet. Flags must be located to indicate maximum width of loads which extend beyond the sides and/or rear of the vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48054, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.88" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.88   Television receivers.</HEAD>
<P>Any motor vehicle equipped with a television viewer, screen or other means of visually receiving a television broadcast shall have the viewer or screen located in the motor vehicle at a point to the rear of the back of the driver's seat if such viewer or screen is in the same compartment as the driver and the viewer or screen shall be so located as not to be visible to the driver, while he/she is driving the motor vehicle. The operating controls for the television receiver shall be so located that the driver cannot operate them without leaving the driver's seat.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.89" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.89   Buses, driveshaft protection.</HEAD>
<P>Any driveshaft extending lengthways under the floor of the passenger compartment of a bus shall be protected by means of at least one guard or bracket at that end of the shaft which is provided with a sliding connection (spline or other such device) to prevent the whipping of the shaft in the event of failure thereof or of any of its component parts. A shaft contained within a torque tube shall not require any such device.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19735, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 53 FR 49402, Dec. 7, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.90" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.90   Buses, standee line or bar.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided below, every bus, which is designed and constructed so as to allow standees, shall be plainly marked with a line of contrasting color at least 2 inches wide or equipped with some other means so as to indicate to any person that he/she is prohibited from occupying a space forward of a perpendicular plane drawn through the rear of the driver's seat and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the bus. Every bus shall have clearly posted at or near the front, a sign with letters at least one-half inch high stating that it is a violation of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration's regulations for a bus to be operated with persons occupying the prohibited area. The requirements of this section shall not apply to any bus being transported in driveaway-towaway operation or to any level of the bus other that the level in which the driver is located nor shall they be construed to prohibit any seated person from occupying permanent seats located in the prohibited area provided such seats are so located that persons sitting therein will not interfere with the driver's safe operation of the bus.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.91" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.91   Buses, aisle seats prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>No bus shall be equipped with aisle seats unless such seats are so designed and installed as to automatically fold and leave a clear aisle when they are unoccupied. No bus shall be operated if any seat therein is not securely fastened to the vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 49402, Dec. 7, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.92" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.92   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.93" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.93   Seats, seat belt assemblies, and seat belt assembly anchorages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Buses</I>—(1) <I>Buses manufactured on or after January 1, 1965, and before July 1, 1971.</I> After June 30, 1972, every bus manufactured on or after January 1, 1965, and before July 1, 1971, must be equipped with a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 209 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> (§ 571.209) installed at the driver's seat and seat belt assembly anchorages that conform to the location and geometric requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 210 
<SU>1</SU> (§ 571.210) for that seat belt assembly.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Individual copies of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards may be obtained from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.</P></FTNT>
<P>(2) <I>Buses manufactured on or after July 1, 1971.</I> Every bus manufactured on or after July 1, 1971, must conform to the requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 208 
<SU>1</SU> (§ 571.208) (relating to installation of seat belt assemblies) and Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 210 
<SU>1</SU> (§ 571.210) (relating to installation of seat belt assembly anchorages).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Buses manufactured on or after January 1, 1972.</I> Every bus manufactured on or after January 1, 1972, must conform to the requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 207 
<SU>1</SU> (§ 571.207) (relating to seating systems).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Trucks and truck tractors</I>—(1) <I>Trucks and truck tractors manufactured on and after January 1, 1965, and before July 1, 1971.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, after June 30, 1972, every truck and truck tractor manufactured on or after January 1, 1965, and before July 1, 1971, must be equipped with a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 209 (§ 571.209) installed at the driver's seat and at the right front outboard seat, if the vehicle has one, and seat belt assembly anchorages that conform to the location and geometric requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 210 (§ 571.210) for each seat belt assembly that is required by this subparagraph.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Trucks and truck tractors manufactured on or after July 1, 1971.</I> Every truck and truck tractor manufactured on or after July 1, 1971, except a truck or truck tractor being transported in driveaway-towaway operation and having an incomplete vehicle seating and cab configuration, must conform to the requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 208 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> (§ 571.208) (relating to installation of seat belt assemblies) and Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 210 
<SU>1</SU> (§ 571.210) (relating to installation of seat belt assembly anchorages).
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> See footnote to § 393.93(a).</P></FTNT>
<P>(3) <I>Trucks and truck tractors manufactured on or after January 1, 1972.</I> Every truck and truck tractor manufactured on or after January 1, 1972, except a truck or truck tractor being transported in driveaway-towaway operation and having an incomplete vehicle seating and cab configuration, must conform to the requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 207 
<SU>1</SU> (§ 571.207) (relating to seating systems).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effective date of standards.</I> Whenever paragraph (a) or (b) of this section requires conformity to a Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard, the vehicle or equipment must conform to the version of the Standard that is in effect on the date the vehicle is manufactured or on the date the vehicle is modified to conform to the requirements of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(d) Trucks and truck tractors manufactured on or after January 1, 1965, and before July 1, 1971, and operated in the State of Hawaii, must comply with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section on and after January 1, 1976.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 16839, Oct. 30, 1970, as amended at 39 FR 32561, Sept. 9, 1974; 40 FR 32336, Aug. 1, 1975; 72 FR 55703, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.94" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.7.16.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.94   Interior noise levels in power units.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability of this section.</I> The interior noise level requirements apply to all trucks, truck-tractors, and buses. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General rule.</I> The interior sound level at the driver's seating position of a motor vehicle must not exceed 90 dB(A) when measured in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Park the vehicle at a location so that no large reflecting surfaces, such as other vehicles, signboards, buildings, or hills, are within 50 feet of the driver's seating position.
</P>
<P>(2) Close all vehicle doors, windows, and vents. Turn off all power-operated accessories.
</P>
<P>(3) Place the driver in his/her normal seated position at the vehicle's controls. Evacuate all occupants except the driver and the person conducting the test.
</P>
<P>(4) The sound level meters used to determine compliance with the requirements of this section must meet the American National Standards Institute <I>“Specification for Sound Level Meters,”</I> ANSI S1.4—1983. (See § 393.7(b) for information on the incorporation by reference and availability of this document.) 
</P>
<P>(5) Locate the microphone, oriented vertically upward, 6 inches to the right of, in the same plane as, and directly in line with, the driver's right ear.
</P>
<P>(6) With the vehicle's transmission in neutral gear, accelerate its engine to either its maximum governed engine speed, if it is equipped with an engine governor, or its speed at its maximum rated horsepower, if it is not equipped with an engine governor. Stabilize the engine at that speed.
</P>
<P>(7) Observe the A-weighted sound level reading on the meter for the stabilized engine speed condition. Record that reading, if the reading has not been influenced by extraneous noise sources such as motor vehicles operating on adjacent roadways.
</P>
<P>(8) Return the vehicle's engine speed to idle and repeat the procedures specified in paragraphs (c) (6) and (7) of this section until two maximum sound levels within 2 dB of each other are recorded. Numerically average those two maximum sound level readings.
</P>
<P>(9) The average obtained in accordance with paragraph (c)(8) of this section is the vehicle's interior sound level at the driver's seating position for the purpose of determining whether the vehicle conforms to the rule in paragraph (b) of this section. However, a 2 dB tolerance over the sound level limitation specified in that paragraph is permitted to allow for variations in test conditions and variations in the capabilities of meters.
</P>
<P>(10) If the motor vehicle's engine radiator fan drive is equipped with a clutch or similar device that automatically either reduces the rotational speed of the fan or completely disengages the fan from its power source in response to reduced engine cooling loads the vehicle may be parked before testing with its engine running at high idle or any other speed the operator may choose, for sufficient time but not more than 10 minutes, to permit the engine radiator fan to automatically disengage.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 30881, Nov. 8, 1973, as amended at 40 FR 32336, Aug. 1, 1975; 41 FR 28268, July 9, 1976; 70 FR 48054, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Emergency Equipment</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.95" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.8.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.95   Emergency equipment on all power units.</HEAD>
<P>Each truck, truck tractor, and bus (except those towed in driveaway-towaway operations) must be equipped as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Fire extinguishers</I>—(1) <I>Minimum ratings.</I> (i) A power unit that is used to transport hazardous materials in a quantity that requires placarding (See § 177.823 of this title) must be equipped with a fire extinguisher having an Underwriters' Laboratories rating of 10 B:C or more.
</P>
<P>(ii) A power unit that is not used to transport hazardous materials must be equipped with either:
</P>
<P>(A) A fire extinguisher having an Underwriters' Laboratories rating of 5 B:C or more; or
</P>
<P>(B) Two fire extinguishers, each of which has an Underwriters' Laboratories rating of 4 B:C or more.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Labeling and marking.</I> Each fire extinguisher required by this section must be labeled or marked by the manufacturer with its Underwriters' Laboratories rating.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Visual Indicators.</I> The fire extinguisher must be designed, constructed, and maintained to permit visual determination of whether it is fully charged.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Condition, location, and mounting.</I> The fire extinguisher(s) must be filled and located so that it is readily accessible for use. The extinguisher(s) must be securely mounted to prevent sliding, rolling, or vertical movement relative to the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Extinguishing agents.</I> The fire extinguisher must use an extinguishing agent that does not need protection from freezing. Extinguishing agents must comply with the toxicity provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency's Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP) regulations under 40 CFR Part 82, Subpart G.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Exception.</I> This paragraph (a) does not apply to the driven unit in a driveaway-towaway operation.
</P>
<P>(b)-(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Warning devices for stopped vehicles.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, one of the following options must be used:
</P>
<P>(1) Three bidirectional emergency reflective triangles that conform to the requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 125, § 571.125 of this title; or
</P>
<P>(2) At least 6 fusees. The vehicle must have as many additional fusees as are necessary to satisfy the requirements of § 392.22 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Other warning devices may be used in addition to, but not in lieu of, the required warning devices, provided those warning devices do not decrease the effectiveness of the required warning devices. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Restrictions on the use of flame-producing devices.</I> Fusees or any other signal produced by a flame shall not be carried on any commercial motor vehicle transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 (explosives) hazardous materials; any cargo tank motor vehicle used for the transportation of Division 2.1 (flammable gas) or Class 3 (flammable liquid) hazardous materials whether loaded or empty; or any commercial motor vehicle using compressed gas as a motor fuel.
</P>
<P>(h)-(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Requirements for fusees.</I> Each fusee shall be capable of burning for 30 minutes. Fusees shall conform to the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., UL No. 912, Highway Emergency Signals, Fourth Edition, July 30, 1979, (with an amendment dated November 9, 1981). (See § 393.7 for information on the incorporation by reference and availability of this document.) Each fusee shall be marked with the UL symbol in accordance with the requirements of UL 912.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Requirements for red flags.</I> Red flags shall be not less than 12 inches square, with standards adequate to maintain the flags in an upright position.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19735, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 35 FR 13019, Aug. 15, 1970; 35 FR 14619, Sept. 18, 1970; 37 FR 17176, Aug. 25, 1972; 40 FR 10685, Mar. 7, 1975; 41 FR 53031, Dec. 3, 1976; 47 FR 47837, Oct. 28, 1982; 59 FR 34712, July 6, 1994; 67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002; 70 FR 48054, Aug. 15, 2005; 72 FR 44036, Aug. 7, 2007; 78 FR 58484, Sept. 24, 2013; 80 FR 59075, Oct. 1, 2015; 91 FR 7870, Feb. 19, 2026; 91 FR 7880, Feb. 19, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Protection Against Shifting and Falling Cargo</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 393.100" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.100   Applicability and general requirements of cargo securement standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules in this subpart are applicable to trucks, truck tractors, semitrailers, full trailers, and pole trailers. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prevention against loss of load.</I> Each commercial motor vehicle must, when transporting cargo on public roads, be loaded and equipped, and the cargo secured, in accordance with this subpart to prevent the cargo from leaking, spilling, blowing or falling from the motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prevention against shifting of load.</I> Cargo must be contained, immobilized or secured in accordance with this subpart to prevent shifting upon or within the vehicle to such an extent that the vehicle's stability or maneuverability is adversely affected. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.102" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.102   Minimum performance criteria for cargo securement devices and systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Performance criteria</I>—(1) <I>Breaking strength.</I> Tiedown assemblies (including chains, wire rope, steel strapping, synthetic webbing, and cordage) and other attachment or fastening devices used to secure articles of cargo to, or in, commercial motor vehicles must be designed, installed, and maintained to ensure that the maximum forces acting on the devices or systems do not exceed the manufacturer's breaking strength rating under the following conditions, applied separately:
</P>
<P>(i) 0.8 g deceleration in the forward direction;
</P>
<P>(ii) 0.5 g acceleration in the rearward direction; and
</P>
<P>(iii) 0.5 g acceleration in a lateral direction.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Working Load limit.</I> Tiedown assemblies (including chains, wire rope, steel strapping, synthetic webbing, and cordage) and other attachment or fastening devices used to secure articles of cargo to, or in, commercial motor vehicles must be designed, installed, and maintained to ensure that the forces acting on the devices or systems do not exceed the working load limit for the devices under the following conditions, applied separately:
</P>
<P>(i) 0.435 g deceleration in the forward direction;
</P>
<P>(ii) 0.5 g acceleration in the rearward direction; and
</P>
<P>(iii) 0.25 g acceleration in a lateral direction.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Performance criteria for devices to prevent vertical movement of loads that are not contained within the structure of the vehicle.</I> Securement systems must provide a downward force equivalent to at least 20 percent of the weight of the article of cargo if the article is not fully contained within the structure of the vehicle. If the article is fully contained within the structure of the vehicle, it may be secured in accordance with § 393.106(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Equivalent means of securement.</I> The means of securing articles of cargo are considered to meet the performance requirements of this section if the cargo is:
</P>
<P>(1) Immobilized, such so that it cannot shift or tip to the extent that the vehicle's stability or maneuverability is adversely affected; or
</P>
<P>(2) Transported in a sided vehicle that has walls of adequate strength, such that each article of cargo within the vehicle is in contact with, or sufficiently close to a wall or other articles, so that it cannot shift or tip to the extent that the vehicle's stability or maneuverability is adversely affected; or
</P>
<P>(3) Secured in accordance with the applicable requirements of §§ 393.104 through 393.136.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 35832, June 22, 2006, as amended at 78 FR 58484, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.104" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.104   Standards for cargo securement devices and systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> All devices and systems used to secure cargo to or within a vehicle must be capable of meeting the requirements of § 393.102. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibition on the use of damaged securement devices.</I> All tiedowns, cargo securement systems, parts and components used to secure cargo must be in proper working order when used to perform that function with no damaged or weakened components, such as, but not limited to, cracks or cuts that will adversely affect their performance for cargo securement purposes, including reducing the working load limit.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Vehicle structures and anchor points.</I> Vehicle structures, floors, walls, decks, tiedown anchor points, headerboards, bulkheads, stakes, posts, and associated mounting pockets used to contain or secure articles of cargo must be strong enough to meet the performance criteria of § 393.102, with no damaged or weakened components, such as, but not limited to, cracks or cuts that will adversely affect their performance for cargo securement purposes, including reducing the working load limit.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Material for dunnage, chocks, cradles, shoring bars, blocking and bracing.</I> Material used as dunnage or dunnage bags, chocks, cradles, shoring bars, or used for blocking and bracing, must not have damage or defects which would compromise the effectiveness of the securement system. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Manufacturing standards for tiedown assemblies.</I> Tiedown assemblies (including chains, wire rope, steel strapping, synthetic webbing, and cordage) and other attachment or fastening devices used to secure articles of cargo to, or in, commercial motor vehicles must conform to the following applicable standards: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">An assembly component of . . . 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Must conform to . . . 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Steel strapping 
<sup>1 2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Standard Specification for Strapping, Flat Steel and Seals, American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D3953-97, February 1998. 
<sup>4</sup> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Chain</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">National Association of Chain Manufacturers' Welded Steel Chain Specifications, dated September 28, 2005. 
<sup>4</sup> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) Webbing</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Web Sling and Tiedown Association's Recommended Standard Specification for Synthetic Web Tiedowns, WSTDA-T1, 1998. 
<sup>4</sup> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) Wire rope 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wire Rope Technical Board's Wire Rope Users Manual, 2nd Edition, November 1985. 
<sup>4</sup> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(5) Cordage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cordage Institute rope standard: 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(i) PETRS-2, Polyester Fiber Rope, three-Strand and eight-Strand Constructions, January 1993; 
<sup>4</sup> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(ii) PPRS-2, Polypropylene Fiber Rope, three-Strand and eight-Strand Constructions, August 1992; 
<sup>4</sup> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iii) CRS-1, Polyester/Polypropylene Composite Rope Specifications, three-Strand and eight-Strand Standard Construction, May 1979; 
<sup>4</sup> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(iv) NRS-1, Nylon Rope Specifications, three-Strand and eight-Strand Standard Construction, May 1979; 
<sup>4</sup> and 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(v) C-1, Double Braided Nylon Rope Specifications DBN, January 1984. 
<sup>4</sup> 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Steel strapping not marked by the manufacturer with a working load limit will be considered to have a working load limit equal to one-fourth of the breaking strength listed in ASTM D3953-97. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Steel strapping 25.4 mm (1 inch) or wider must have at least two pairs of crimps in each seal and, when an end-over-end lap joint is formed, must be sealed with at least two seals. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Wire rope which is not marked by the manufacturer with a working load limit shall be considered to have a working load limit equal to one-fourth of the nominal strength listed in the manual. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> See § 393.7 for information on the incorporation by reference and availability of this document.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(f) <I>Use of tiedowns.</I> (1) Tiedowns and securing devices must not contain knots. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a tiedown is repaired, it must be repaired in accordance with the applicable standards in paragraph (e) of this section, or the manufacturer's instructions. 
</P>
<P>(3) Each tiedown must be attached and secured in a manner that prevents it from becoming loose, unfastening, opening or releasing while the vehicle is in transit. 
</P>
<P>(4) Edge protection must be used whenever a tiedown would be subject to abrasion or cutting at the point where it touches an article of cargo. The edge protection must resist abrasion, cutting and crushing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 35833, June 22, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.106" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.106   General requirements for securing articles of cargo.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules in this section are applicable to the transportation of all types of articles of cargo, except commodities in bulk that lack structure or fixed shape (<I>e.g.</I>, liquids, gases, grain, liquid concrete, sand, gravel, aggregates) and are transported in a tank, hopper, box, or similar device that forms part of the structure of a commercial motor vehicle. The rules in this section apply to the cargo types covered by the commodity-specific rules of § 393.116 through § 393.136. The commodity-specific rules take precedence over the general requirements of this section when additional requirements are given for a commodity listed in those sections.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General.</I> Cargo must be firmly immobilized or secured on or within a vehicle by structures of adequate strength, dunnage or dunnage bags, shoring bars, tiedowns or a combination of these. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cargo placement and restraint.</I> (1) Articles of cargo that are likely to roll must be restrained by chocks, wedges, a cradle or other equivalent means to prevent rolling. The means of preventing rolling must not be capable of becoming unintentionally unfastened or loose while the vehicle is in transit. 
</P>
<P>(2) Articles or cargo placed beside each other and secured by transverse tiedowns must either: 
</P>
<P>(i) Be placed in direct contact with each other, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Be prevented from shifting towards each other while in transit. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Aggregate working load limit for tiedowns.</I> The aggregate working load limit of tiedowns used to secure an article or group of articles against movement must be at least one-half times the weight of the article or group of articles. The aggregate working load limit is the sum of:
</P>
<P>(1) One-half the working load limit of each tiedown that goes from an anchor point on the vehicle to an anchor point on an article of cargo;
</P>
<P>(2) One-half the working load limit of each tiedown that is attached to an anchor point on the vehicle, passes through, over, or around the article of cargo, and is then attached to an anchor point on the same side of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) The working load limit for each tiedown that goes from an anchor point on the vehicle, through, over, or around the article of cargo, and then attaches to another anchor point on the other side of the vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 56208, Sept. 30, 2003; 71 FR 35833, June 22, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.108" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.108   Determining the working load limit of a tiedown or the load restraining value of a friction mat.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The working load limit (WLL) of a tiedown, associated connector or attachment mechanism is the lowest working load limit of any of its components (including tensioner), or the working load limit of the anchor points to which it is attached, whichever is less. 
</P>
<P>(b) The working load limits of tiedowns may be determined by using either the tiedown manufacturer's markings or by using the tables in this section. The working load limits listed in the tables are to be used when the tiedown material is not marked by the manufacturer with the working load limit. Tiedown materials which are marked by the manufacturer with working load limits that differ from the tables, shall be considered to have a working load limit equal to the value for which they are marked. 
</P>
<P>(c) Synthetic cordage (<I>e.g.,</I> nylon, polypropylene, polyester) which is not marked or labeled to enable identification of its composition or working load limit shall be considered to have a working load limit equal to that for polypropylene fiber rope. 
</P>
<P>(d) Welded steel chain which is not marked or labeled to enable identification of its grade or working load limit shall be considered to have a working load limit equal to that for grade 30 proof coil chain. 
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Wire rope which is not marked by the manufacturer with a working load limit shall be considered to have a working load limit equal to one-fourth of the nominal strength listed in the Wire Rope Users Manual. 
</P>
<P>(2) Wire which is not marked or labeled to enable identification of its construction type shall be considered to have a working load limit equal to that for 6 × 37, fiber core wire rope. 
</P>
<P>(f) Manila rope which is not marked by the manufacturer with a working load limit shall be considered to have a working load limit based on its diameter as provided in the tables of working load limits. 
</P>
<P>(g) Friction mats which are not marked or rated by the manufacturer shall be considered to provide resistance to horizontal movement equal to 50 percent of the weight placed on the mat.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Tables to § 393.108 
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Working Load Limits (WLL), Chain] 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Size mm (inches) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">WLL in kg (pounds) 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grade 30 proof coil 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grade 43 high test 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grade 70 transport 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grade 80 alloy 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Grade 100 alloy 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. 7 (1/4)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">580 (1,300)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,180 (2,600)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,430 (3,150)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,570 (3,500)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,950 (4,300) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. 8 (5/16)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">860 (1,900)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,770 (3,900)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,130 (4,700)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,000 (4,500)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,600 (5,700) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. 10 (3/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,200 (2,650)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,450 (5,400)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,990 (6,600)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,200 (7,100)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,000 (8,800) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. 11 (7/16)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,680 (3,700)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,270 (7,200)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,970 (8,750) 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. 13 (1/2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,030 (4,500)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,170 (9,200)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,130 (11,300)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,400 (12,000)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,800 (15,000) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. 16 (5/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,130 (6,900)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,910 (13,000)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,170 (15,800)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8,200 (18,100)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10,300 (22,600) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chain Mark Examples: 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Example 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Example 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Example 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">430</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">700</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Synthetic Webbing 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Width mm (inches) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">WLL kg (pounds) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45 (1
<fr>3/4</fr>)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">790 (1,750) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50 (2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">910 (2,000) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75 (3)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,360 (3,000) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100 (4)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,810 (4,000)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Wire Rope (6 × 37, Fiber Core)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Diameter mm (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">WLL kg (pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7 (1/4)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">640 (1,400) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8 (5/16)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">950 (2,100) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 (3/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,360 (3,000) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 (7/16)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,860 (4,100) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 (1/2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,400 (5,300) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 (5/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,770 (8,300) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 (3/4)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,940 (10,900) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22 (7/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,300 (16,100) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25 (1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9,480 (20,900)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Manila Rope
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Diameter mm (inches) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">WLL kg (pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 (3/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90 (205) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 (7/16)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120 (265) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 (1/2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 (315) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 (5/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">210 (465) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 (3/4)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">290 (640) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25 (1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">480 (1,050)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Polypropylene Fiber Rope WLL (3-Strand and 8-Strand Constructions)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Diameter mm (inches) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">WLL kg (pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 (3/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180 (400) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 (7/16)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240 (525) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 (1/2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">280 (625) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 (5/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420 (925) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 (3/4)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">580 (1,275) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25 (1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">950 (2,100)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Polyester Fiber Rope WLL (3-Strand and 8-Strand Constructions)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Diameter mm (inches) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">WLL kg (pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 (3/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250 (555) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 (7/16)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">340 (750) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 (1/2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">440 (960) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 (5/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">680 (1,500) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 (3/4)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">850 (1,880) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25 (1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,500 (3,300)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Nylon Rope
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Diameter mm (inches) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">WLL kg (pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 (3/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130 (278) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 (7/16)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">190 (410) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 (1/2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240 (525) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 (5/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420 (935) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 (3/4)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">640 (1,420) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25 (1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,140 (2,520)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Double Braided Nylon Rope
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Diameter mm (inches) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">WLL kg (pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 (3/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 (336) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 (7/16)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">230 (502) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 (1/2)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300 (655) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 (5/8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">510 (1,130) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 (3/4)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">830 (1,840) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25 (1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,470 (3,250)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Steel Strapping
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Width × thickness mm (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">WLL kg (pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31.7 × .74 (1
<fr>1/4</fr> × 0.029)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">540 (1,190) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31.7 × .79 (1
<fr>1/4</fr> × 0.031)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">540 (1,190) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31.7 × .89 (1
<fr>1/4</fr> × 0.035)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">540 (1,190) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31.7 × 1.12 (1
<fr>1/4</fr> × 0.044)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">770 (1,690) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31.7 × 1.27 (1
<fr>1/4</fr> × 0.05)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">770 (1,690) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31.7 × 1.5 (1
<fr>1/4</fr> × 0.057)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">870 (1,925) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50.8 × 1.12 (2 × 0.044)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,200 (2,650) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50.8 × 1.27 (2 × 0.05)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,200 (2,650)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.110" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.110   Additional requirements for determining the minimum number of tiedowns.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When tiedowns are used as part of a cargo securement system, the minimum number of tiedowns required to secure an article or group of articles against movement depends on the length of the article(s) being secured, and the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. These requirements are in addition to the rules under § 393.106.
</P>
<P>(b) When an article is not blocked or positioned to prevent movement in the forward direction by a headerboard, bulkhead, other cargo that is positioned to prevent movement, or other appropriate blocking devices, it must be secured by at least: 
</P>
<P>(1) One tiedown for articles 5 feet (1.52 meters) or less in length, and 1,100 pounds (500 kg) or less in weight; 
</P>
<P>(2) Two tiedowns if the article is: 
</P>
<P>(i) 5 feet (1.52 meters) or less in length and more than 1,100 pounds (500 kg) in weight; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Longer than 5 feet (1.52 meters) but less than or equal to 10 feet (3.04 meters) in length, irrespective of the weight. 
</P>
<P>(3) Two tiedowns if the article is longer than 10 feet (3.04 meters), and one additional tiedown for every 10 feet (3.04 meters) of article length, or fraction thereof, beyond the first 10 feet (3.04 meters) of length. 
</P>
<P>(c) If an individual article is blocked, braced, or immobilized to prevent movement in the forward direction by a headerboard, bulkhead, other articles which are adequately secured or by an appropriate blocking or immobilization method, it must be secured by at least one tiedown for every 3.04 meters (10 feet) of article length, or fraction thereof.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Special rule for special purpose vehicles.</I> The rules in this section do not apply to a vehicle transporting one or more articles of cargo such as, but not limited to, machinery or fabricated structural items (e.g., steel or concrete beams, crane booms, girders, and trusses, etc.) which, because of their design, size, shape, or weight, must be fastened by special methods. However, any article of cargo carried on that vehicle must be securely and adequately fastened to the vehicle. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 35833, June 22, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.112" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.112   Adjustability of tiedowns.</HEAD>
<P>Each tiedown, or its associated connectors, or its attachment mechanisms must be designed, constructed, and maintained so the driver of an in-transit commercial motor vehicle can tighten them. However, this requirement does not apply to the use of steel strapping. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.114" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.114   Requirements for front end structures used as part of a cargo securement system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules in this section are applicable to commercial motor vehicles transporting articles of cargo that are in contact with the front end structure of the vehicle. The front end structure on these cargo-carrying vehicles must meet the performance requirements of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Height and width.</I> (1) The front end structure must extend either to a height of 4 feet above the floor of the vehicle or to a height at which it blocks forward movement of any item or article of cargo being carried on the vehicle, whichever is lower.
</P>
<P>(2) The front end structure must have a width which is at least equal to the width of the vehicle or which blocks forward movement of any article of cargo being transported on the vehicle, whichever is narrower. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Strength.</I> The front end structure must be capable of withstanding the following horizontal forward static load: 
</P>
<P>(1) For a front end structure less than 6 feet in height, a horizontal forward static load equal to one-half (0.5) of the weight of the articles of cargo being transported on the vehicle uniformly distributed over the entire portion of the front end structure that is within 4 feet above the vehicle's floor or that is at or below a height above the vehicle's floor at which it blocks forward movement of any article of the vehicle's cargo, whichever is less; or 
</P>
<P>(2) For a front end structure 6 feet in height or higher, a horizontal forward static load equal to four-tenths (0.4) of the weight of the articles of cargo being transported on the vehicle uniformly distributed over the entire front end structure. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Penetration resistance.</I> The front end structure must be designed, constructed, and maintained so that it is capable of resisting penetration by any article of cargo that contacts it when the vehicle decelerates at a rate of 20 feet per second, per second. The front end structure must have no aperture large enough to permit any article of cargo in contact with the structure to pass through it. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Substitute devices.</I> The requirements of this section may be met by the use of devices performing the same functions as a front end structure, if the devices are at least as strong as, and provide protection against shifting articles of cargo at least equal to, a front end structure which conforms to those requirements. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 35833, June 22, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="16" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Specific Securement Requirements by Commodity Type</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.116" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.116   Specific securement requirements for logs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules in this section are applicable to the transportation of logs with the following exceptions: 
</P>
<P>(1) Logs that are unitized by banding or other comparable means may be transported in accordance with the general cargo securement rules of §§ 393.100 through 393.114. 
</P>
<P>(2) Loads that consist of no more than four processed logs may be transported in accordance with the general cargo securement rules of §§ 393.100 through 393.114. 
</P>
<P>(3) Firewood, stumps, log debris and other such short logs must be transported in a vehicle or container enclosed on both sides, front, and rear and of adequate strength to contain them. Longer logs may also be so loaded. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Components of a securement system.</I> (1) Logs must be transported on a vehicle designed and built, or adapted, for the transportation of logs. Any such vehicle must be fitted with bunks, bolsters, stakes or standards, or other equivalent means, that cradle the logs and prevent them from rolling. 
</P>
<P>(2) All vehicle components involved in securement of logs must be designed and built to withstand all anticipated operational forces without failure, accidental release or permanent deformation. Stakes or standards that are not permanently attached to the vehicle must be secured in a manner that prevents unintentional separation from the vehicle in transit. 
</P>
<P>(3) Tiedowns must be used in combination with the stabilization provided by bunks, stakes, and bolsters to secure the load unless the logs:
</P>
<P>(i) are transported in a crib-type log trailer (as defined in 49 CFR 393.5), and
</P>
<P>(ii) are loaded in compliance with paragraphs (b)(2) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The aggregate working load limit for tiedowns used to secure a stack of logs on a frame vehicle, or a flatbed vehicle equipped with bunks, bolsters, or stakes must be at least one-sixth the weight of the stack of logs.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Use of securement system.</I> (1) Logs must be solidly packed, and the outer bottom logs must be in contact with and resting solidly against the bunks, bolsters, stakes or standards. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each outside log on the side of a stack of logs must touch at least two stakes, bunks, bolsters, or standards. If one end does not actually touch a stake, it must rest on other logs in a stable manner and must extend beyond the stake, bunk, bolster or standard. 
</P>
<P>(3) The center of the highest outside log on each side or end must be below the top of each stake, bunk or standard. 
</P>
<P>(4) Each log that is not held in place by contact with other logs or the stakes, bunks, or standards must be held in place by a tiedown. Additional tiedowns or securement devices must be used when the condition of the wood results in such low friction between logs that they are likely to slip upon each other. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Securement of shortwood logs loaded crosswise on frame, rail and flatbed vehicles.</I> In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, each stack of logs loaded crosswise must meet the following rules: 
</P>
<P>(1) In no case may the end of a log in the lower tier extend more than one-third of the log's total length beyond the nearest supporting structure on the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(2) When only one stack of shortwood is loaded crosswise, it must be secured with at least two tiedowns. The tiedowns must attach to the vehicle frame at the front and rear of the load, and must cross the load in this direction. 
</P>
<P>(3) When two tiedowns are used, they must be positioned at approximately one-third and two-thirds of the length of the logs. 
</P>
<P>(4) A vehicle that is more than 10 meters (33 feet) long must be equipped with center stakes, or comparable devices, to divide it into sections approximately equal in length. Where a vehicle is so divided, each tiedown must secure the highest log on each side of the center stake, and must be fastened below these logs. It may be fixed at each end and tensioned from the middle, or fixed in the middle and tensioned from each end, or it may pass through a pulley or equivalent device in the middle and be tensioned from one end. 
</P>
<P>(5) Any structure or stake that is subjected to an upward force when the tiedowns are tensioned must be anchored to resist that force. 
</P>
<P>(6) If two stacks of shortwood are loaded side-by-side, in addition to meeting the requirements of paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5) of this section, they must be loaded so that: 
</P>
<P>(i) There is no space between the two stacks of logs; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The outside of each stack is raised at least 2.5 cm (1 in) within 10 cm (4 in) of the end of the logs or the side of the vehicle; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The highest log is no more than 2.44 m (8 ft) above the deck; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) At least one tiedown is used lengthwise across each stack of logs. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Securement of logs loaded lengthwise on flatbed and frame vehicles</I>—(1) <I>Shortwood.</I> In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, each stack of shortwood loaded lengthwise on a frame vehicle or on a flatbed must be cradled in a bunk unit or contained by stakes and
</P>
<P>(i) Secured to the vehicle by at least two tiedowns, or
</P>
<P>(ii) If all the logs in any stack are blocked in the front by a front-end structure strong enough to restrain the load, or by another stack of logs, and blocked in the rear by another stack of logs or vehicle end structure, the stack may be secured with one tiedown. If one tiedown is used, it must be positioned about midway between the stakes, or
</P>
<P>(iii) Be bound by at least two tiedown-type devices such as wire rope, used as wrappers that encircle the entire load at locations along the load that provide effective securement. If wrappers are being used to bundle the logs together, the wrappers are not required to be attached to the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Longwood.</I> Longwood must be cradled in two or more bunks and must either:
</P>
<P>(i) Be secured to the vehicle by at least two tiedowns at locations that provide effective securement, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Be bound by at least two tiedown-type devices, such as wire rope, used as wrappers that encircle the entire load at locations along the load that provide effective securement. If a wrapper(s) is being used to bundle the logs together, the wrapper is not required to be attached to the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Securement of logs transported on pole trailers.</I> (1) The load must be secured by at least one tiedown at each bunk, or alternatively, by at least two tiedowns used as wrappers that encircle the entire load at locations along the load that provide effective securement. 
</P>
<P>(2) The front and rear wrappers must be at least 3.04 meters (10 feet) apart. 
</P>
<P>(3) Large diameter single and double log loads must be immobilized with chock blocks or other equivalent means to prevent shifting. 
</P>
<P>(4) Large diameter logs that rise above bunks must be secured to the underlying load with at least two additional wrappers. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 35833, June 22, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.118" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.118   Specific securement requirements for dressed lumber and similar building products.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules in this section apply to the transportation of bundles of dressed lumber, packaged lumber, building products such as plywood, gypsum board or other materials of similar shape. Lumber or building products which are not bundled or packaged must be treated as loose items and transported in accordance with §§ 393.100 through 393.114 of this subpart. For the purpose of this section, “bundle” refers to packages of lumber, building materials or similar products which are unitized for securement as a single article of cargo. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Positioning of bundles.</I> Bundles must be placed side by side in direct contact with each other, or a means must be provided to prevent bundles from shifting towards each other. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Securement of bundles transported using no more than one tier.</I> Bundles carried on one tier must be secured in accordance with the general provisions of §§ 393.100 through 393.114. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Securement of bundles transported using more than one tier.</I> Bundles carried in more than one tier must be either: 
</P>
<P>(1) Blocked against lateral movement by stakes on the sides of the vehicle and secured by tiedowns laid out over the top tier, as outlined in the general provisions of §§ 393.100 through 393.114; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Restrained from lateral movement by blocking or high friction devices between tiers and secured by tiedowns laid out over the top tier, as outlined in the general provisions of §§ 393.100 through 393.114; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Placed directly on top of other bundles or on spacers and secured in accordance with the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) The length of spacers between bundles must provide support to all pieces in the bottom row of the bundle. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The width of individual spacers must be equal to or greater than the height. 
</P>
<P>(iii) If spacers are comprised of layers of material, the layers must be unitized or fastened together in a manner which ensures that the spacer performs as a single piece of material. 
</P>
<P>(iv) The arrangement of the tiedowns for the bundles must be: 
</P>
<P>(A) Secured by tiedowns over the top tier of bundles, in accordance with the general provisions of §§ 393.100 through 393.114 with a minimum of two tiedowns for bundles longer than 1.52 meters (5 ft); and 
</P>
<P>(B) Secured by tiedowns as follows:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) If there are 3 tiers, the middle and top bundles must be secured by tiedowns in accordance with the general provisions of §§ 393.100 through 393.114; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>)(<I>i</I>) If there are more than 3 tiers, then one of the middle bundles and the top bundle must be secured by tiedown devices in accordance with the general provision of §§ 393.100 through 393.114, and the maximum height for the middle tier that must be secured may not exceed 6 feet above the deck of the trailer; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Otherwise, the second tier from the bottom must be secured in accordance with the general provisions of §§ 393.100 through 393.114; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Secured by tiedowns over each tier of bundles, in accordance with §§ 393.100 through 393.114 using a minimum of two tiedowns over each of the top bundles longer than 1.52 meters (5 ft), in all circumstances; or
</P>
<P>(e) When loaded in a sided vehicle or container of adequate strength, dressed lumber or similar building products may be secured in accordance with the general provisions of §§ 393.100 through 393.114.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 35834, June 22, 2006; 78 FR 58484, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.120" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.120   Specific securement requirements for metal coils.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules in this section apply to the transportation of one or more metal coils which, individually or grouped together, weigh 2268 kg (5000 pounds) or more. Shipments of metal coils that weigh less than 2268 kg (5000 pounds) may be secured in accordance with the provisions of §§ 393.100 through 393.114. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securement of coils transported with eyes vertical on a flatbed vehicle, in a sided vehicle or in an intermodal container with anchor points</I>—(1) <I>An individual coil.</I> Each coil must be secured by tiedowns arranged in a manner to prevent the coils from tipping in the forward, rearward, and lateral directions. The restraint system must include the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) At least one tiedown attached diagonally from the left side of the vehicle or intermodal container (near the forwardmost part of the coil), across the eye of the coil, to the right side of the vehicle or intermodal container (near the rearmost part of the coil); 
</P>
<P>(ii) At least one tiedown attached diagonally from the right side of the vehicle or intermodal container (near the forwardmost part of the coil), across the eye of the coil, to the left side of the vehicle or intermodal container (near the rearmost part of the coil); 
</P>
<P>(iii) At least one tiedown attached transversely over the eye of the coil; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Either blocking and bracing, friction mats or tiedowns to prevent longitudinal movement in the forward direction. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Coils grouped in rows.</I> When coils are grouped and loaded side by side in a transverse or longitudinal row, then each row of coils must be secured by the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) At least one tiedown attached to the front of the row of coils, restraining against forward motion, and whenever practicable, making an angle no more than 45 degrees with the floor of the vehicle or intermodal container when viewed from the side of the vehicle or container; 
</P>
<P>(ii) At least one tiedown attached to the rear of the row of coils, restraining against rearward motion, and whenever practicable, making an angle no more than 45 degrees with the floor of the vehicle or intermodal container when viewed from the side of the vehicle or container; 
</P>
<P>(iii) At least one tiedown over the top of each coil or transverse row of coils, restraining against vertical motion. Tiedowns going over the top of a coil(s) must be as close as practicable to the eye of the coil and positioned to prevent the tiedown from slipping or becoming unintentionally unfastened while the vehicle is in transit; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Tiedowns must be arranged to prevent shifting or tipping in the forward, rearward and lateral directions. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Securement of coils transported with eyes crosswise on a flatbed vehicle, in a sided vehicle or in an intermodal container with anchor points</I>—(1) <I>An individual coil.</I> Each coil must be secured by the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) A means (<I>e.g.,</I> timbers, chocks or wedges, a cradle, etc.) to prevent the coil from rolling. The means of preventing rolling must support the coil off the deck, and must not be capable of becoming unintentionally unfastened or loose while the vehicle is in transit. If timbers, chocks or wedges are used, they must be held in place by coil bunks or similar devices to prevent them from coming loose. The use of nailed blocking or cleats as the sole means to secure timbers, chocks or wedges, or a nailed wood cradle, is prohibited; 
</P>
<P>(ii) At least one tiedown through its eye, restricting against forward motion, and whenever practicable, making an angle no more than 45 degrees with the floor of the vehicle or intermodal container when viewed from the side of the vehicle or container; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) At least one tiedown through its eye, restricting against rearward motion, and whenever practicable, making an angle no more than 45 degrees with the floor of the vehicle or intermodal container when viewed from the side of the vehicle or container. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Prohibition on crossing of tiedowns when coils are transported with eyes crosswise.</I> Attaching tiedowns diagonally through the eye of a coil to form an X-pattern when viewed from above the vehicle is prohibited. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Securement of coils transported with eyes lengthwise on a flatbed vehicle, in a sided vehicle or in an intermodal container with anchor points</I>—(1) <I>An individual coil-option 1.</I> Each coil must be secured by: 
</P>
<P>(i) A means (<I>e.g.,</I> timbers, chocks or wedges, a cradle, etc.) to prevent the coil from rolling. The means of preventing rolling must support the coil off the deck, and must not be capable of becoming unintentionally unfastened or loose while the vehicle is in transit. If timbers, chocks or wedges are used, they must be held in place by coil bunks or similar devices to prevent them from coming loose. The use of nailed blocking or cleats as the sole means to secure timbers, chocks or wedges, or a nailed wood cradle, is prohibited; 
</P>
<P>(ii) At least one tiedown attached diagonally through its eye from the left side of the vehicle or intermodal container (near the forward-most part of the coil), to the right side of the vehicle or intermodal container (near the rearmost part of the coil), making an angle no more than 45 degrees, whenever practicable, with the floor of the vehicle or intermodal container when viewed from the side of the vehicle or container; 
</P>
<P>(iii) At least one tiedown attached diagonally through its eye, from the right side of the vehicle or intermodal container (near the forward-most part of the coil), to the left side of the vehicle or intermodal container (near the rearmost part of the coil), making an angle no more than 45 degrees, whenever practicable, with the floor of the vehicle or intermodal container when viewed from the side of the vehicle or container; 
</P>
<P>(iv) At least one tiedown attached transversely over the top of the coil; and 
</P>
<P>(v) Either blocking or friction mats to prevent longitudinal movement. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>An individual coil—option 2.</I> Each coil must be secured by: 
</P>
<P>(i) A means (<I>e.g.,</I> timbers, chocks or wedges, a cradle, etc.) to prevent the coil from rolling. The means of preventing rolling must support the coil off the deck, and must not be capable of becoming unintentionally unfastened or loose while the vehicle is in transit. If timbers, chocks or wedges are used, they must be held in place by coil bunks or similar devices to prevent them from coming loose. The use of nailed blocking or cleats as the sole means to secure timbers, chocks or wedges, or a nailed wood cradle, is prohibited; 
</P>
<P>(ii) At least one tiedown attached straight through its eye from the left side of the vehicle or intermodal container (near the forward-most part of the coil), to the left side of the vehicle or intermodal container (near the rearmost part of the coil), and, whenever practicable, making an angle no more than 45 degrees with the floor of the vehicle or intermodal container when viewed from the side of the vehicle or container; 
</P>
<P>(iii) At least one tiedown attached straight through its eye, from the right side of the vehicle or intermodal container (near the forward-most part of the coil), to the right side of the vehicle or intermodal container (near the rearmost part of the coil), and whenever practicable, making an angle no more than 45 degrees with the floor of the vehicle or intermodal container when viewed from the side of the vehicle or container; 
</P>
<P>(iv) At least one tiedown attached transversely over the top of the coil; and 
</P>
<P>(v) Either blocking or friction mats to prevent longitudinal movement. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>An individual coil—option 3.</I> Each coil must be secured by: 
</P>
<P>(i) A means (<I>e.g.,</I> timbers, chocks or wedges, a cradle, etc.) to prevent the coil from rolling. The means of preventing rolling must support the coil off the deck, and must not be capable of becoming unintentionally unfastened or loose while the vehicle is in transit. If timbers, chocks or wedges are used, they must be held in place by coil bunks or similar devices to prevent them from coming loose. The use of nailed blocking or cleats as the sole means to secure timbers, chocks or wedges, or a nailed wood cradle, is prohibited; 
</P>
<P>(ii) At least one tiedown over the top of the coil, located near the forward-most part of the coil; 
</P>
<P>(iii) At least one tiedown over the top of the coil located near the rearmost part of the coil; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Either blocking or friction mats to prevent longitudinal movement.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Rows of coils.</I> Each transverse row of coils having approximately equal outside diameters must be secured with: 
</P>
<P>(i) A means (<I>e.g.,</I> timbers, chocks or wedges, a cradle, etc.) to prevent each coil in the row of coils from rolling. The means of preventing rolling must support each coil off the deck, and must not be capable of becoming unintentionally unfastened or loose while the vehicle is in transit. If timbers, chocks or wedges are used, they must be held in place by coil bunks or similar devices to prevent them from coming loose. The use of nailed blocking or cleats as the sole means to secure timbers, chocks or wedges, or a nailed wood cradle, is prohibited; 
</P>
<P>(ii) At least one tiedown over the top of each coil or transverse row, located near the forward-most part of the coil; 
</P>
<P>(iii) At least one tiedown over the top of each coil or transverse row, located near the rearmost part of the coil; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Either blocking, bracing or friction mats to prevent longitudinal movement. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Securement of coils transported in a sided vehicle without anchor points or an intermodal container without anchor points.</I> Metal coils transported in a vehicle with sides without anchor points or an intermodal container without anchor points must be loaded in a manner to prevent shifting and tipping. The coils may also be secured using a system of blocking and bracing, friction mats, tiedowns, or a combination of these to prevent any horizontal movement and tipping. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 78 FR 58484, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.122" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.122   Specific securement requirements for paper rolls.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules in this section apply to shipments of paper rolls which, individually or together, weigh 2268 kg (5000 lb) or more. Shipments of paper rolls that weigh less than 2268 kg (5000 lb), and paper rolls that are unitized on a pallet, may either be secured in accordance with the rules in this section or the requirements of §§ 393.100 through 393.114. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securement of paper rolls transported with eyes vertical in a sided vehicle.</I> (1) Paper rolls must be placed tightly against the walls of the vehicle, other paper rolls, or other cargo, to prevent movement during transit. 
</P>
<P>(2) If there are not enough paper rolls in the shipment to reach the walls of the vehicle, lateral movement must be prevented by filling the void, blocking, bracing, tiedowns or friction mats. The paper rolls may also be banded together. 
</P>
<P>(3) When any void behind a group of paper rolls, including that at the rear of the vehicle, exceeds the diameter of the paper rolls, rearward movement must be prevented by friction mats, blocking, bracing, tiedowns, or banding to other rolls. 
</P>
<P>(4)(i) If a paper roll is not prevented from tipping or falling sideways or rearwards by vehicle structure or other cargo, and its width is more than 2 times its diameter, it must be prevented from tipping or falling by banding it to other rolls, bracing, or tiedowns.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the forwardmost roll(s) in a group of paper rolls has a width greater than 1.75 times its diameter and it is not prevented from tipping or falling forwards by vehicle structure or other cargo, then it must be prevented from tipping or falling forwards by banding it to other rolls, bracing, or tiedowns.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the forwardmost roll(s) in a group of paper rolls has a width equal to or less than 1.75 times its diameter, and it is restrained against forward movement by friction mat(s) alone, then banding, bracing, or tiedowns are not required to prevent tipping or falling forwards.
</P>
<P>(iv) If a paper roll or the forwardmost roll in a group of paper rolls has a width greater than 1.25 times its diameter, and it is not prevented from tipping or falling forwards by vehicle structure or other cargo, and it is not restrained against forward movement by friction mat(s) alone, then it must be prevented from tipping or falling by banding it to other rolls, bracing or tiedowns.
</P>
<P>(5) If paper rolls are banded together, the rolls must be placed tightly against each other to form a stable group. The bands must be applied tightly, and must be secured so that they cannot fall off the rolls or to the deck. 
</P>
<P>(6) A friction mat used to provide the principal securement for a paper roll must protrude from beneath the roll in the direction in which it is providing that securement. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Securement of split loads of paper rolls transported with eyes vertical in a sided vehicle.</I> (1) If a paper roll in a split load is not prevented from forward movement by vehicle structure or other cargo, it must be prevented from forward movement by filling the open space, or by blocking, bracing, tiedowns, friction mats, or some combination of these. 
</P>
<P>(2) A friction mat used to provide the principal securement for a paper roll must protrude from beneath the roll in the direction in which it is providing that securement. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Securement of stacked loads of paper rolls transported with eyes vertical in a sided vehicle.</I> (1) Paper rolls must not be loaded on a layer of paper rolls beneath unless the lower layer extends to the front of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(2) Paper rolls in the second and subsequent layers must be prevented from forward, rearward or lateral movement by means as allowed for the bottom layer, or by use of a blocking roll from a lower layer. 
</P>
<P>(3) The blocking roll must be at least 38 mm (1.5 in) taller than other rolls, or must be raised at least 38 mm (1.5 in) using dunnage. 
</P>
<P>(4) A roll in the rearmost row of any layer raised using dunnage may not be secured by friction mats alone.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Securement of paper rolls transported with eyes crosswise in a sided vehicle.</I> (1) The paper rolls must be prevented from rolling or shifting longitudinally by contact with vehicle structure or other cargo, by chocks, wedges or blocking and bracing of adequate size, or by tiedowns. 
</P>
<P>(2) Chocks, wedges or blocking must be held securely in place by some means in addition to friction, so they cannot become unintentionally unfastened or loose while the vehicle is in transit. 
</P>
<P>(3) The rearmost roll must not be secured using the rear doors of the vehicle or intermodal container, or by blocking held in place by those doors. 
</P>
<P>(4) If there is more than a total of 203 mm (8 in) of space between the ends of a paper roll, or a row of rolls, and the walls of the vehicle, void fillers, blocking, bracing, friction mats, or tiedowns must be used to prevent the roll from shifting towards either wall. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Securement of stacked loads of paper rolls transported with eyes crosswise in a sided vehicle.</I> (1) Rolls must not be loaded in a second layer unless the bottom layer extends to the front of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(2) Rolls must not be loaded in a third or higher layer unless all wells in the layer beneath are filled. 
</P>
<P>(3) The foremost roll in each upper layer, or any roll with an empty well in front of it, must be secured against forward movement by: 
</P>
<P>(i) Banding it to other rolls, or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Blocking against an adequately secured eye-vertical blocking roll resting on the floor of the vehicle which is at least 1.5 times taller than the diameter of the roll being blocked, or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Placing it in a well formed by two rolls on the lower row whose diameter is equal to or greater than that of the roll on the upper row. 
</P>
<P>(4) The rearmost roll in each upper layer must be secured by banding it to other rolls if it is located in either of the last two wells formed by the rearmost rolls in the layer below. 
</P>
<P>(5) Rolls must be secured against lateral movement by the same means allowed for the bottom layer when there is more than a total of 203 mm (8 in) of space between the ends of a paper roll, or a row of rolls, and the walls of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Securement of paper rolls transported with the eyes lengthwise in a sided vehicle.</I> (1) Each roll must be prevented from forward movement by contact with vehicle structure, other cargo, blocking or tiedowns. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each roll must be prevented from rearward movement by contact with other cargo, blocking, friction mats or tiedowns. 
</P>
<P>(3) The paper rolls must be prevented from rolling or shifting laterally by contact with the wall of the vehicle or other cargo, or by chocks, wedges or blocking of adequate size. 
</P>
<P>(4) Chocks, wedges or blocking must be held securely in place by some means in addition to friction, so they cannot become unintentionally unfastened or loose while the vehicle is in transit. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Securement of stacked loads of paper rolls transported with the eyes lengthwise in a sided vehicle.</I> (1) Rolls must not be loaded in a higher layer if another roll will fit in the layer beneath. 
</P>
<P>(2) An upper layer must be formed by placing paper rolls in the wells formed by the rolls beneath. 
</P>
<P>(3) A roll in an upper layer must be secured against forward and rearward movement by any of the means allowed for the bottom layer, by use of a blocking roll, or by banding to other rolls. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Securement of paper rolls transported on a flatbed vehicle or in a curtain-sided vehicle</I>—(1) <I>Paper rolls with eyes vertical or with eyes lengthwise.</I> (i) The paper rolls must be loaded and secured as described for a sided vehicle, and the entire load must be secured by tiedowns in accordance with the requirements of §§ 393.100 through 393.114. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Stacked loads of paper rolls with eyes vertical are prohibited. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Paper rolls with eyes crosswise.</I> (i) The paper rolls must be prevented from rolling or shifting longitudinally by contact with vehicle structure or other cargo, by chocks, wedges or blocking and bracing of adequate size, or by tiedowns. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Chocks, wedges or blocking must be held securely in place by some means in addition to friction so that they cannot become unintentionally unfastened or loose while the vehicle is in transit. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Tiedowns must be used in accordance with the requirements of §§ 393.100 through 393.114 to prevent lateral movement. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 35834, June 22, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.124" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.124   Specific securement requirements for concrete pipe.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> (1) The rules in this section apply to the transportation of concrete pipe on flatbed trailers and vehicles, and lowboy trailers. 
</P>
<P>(2) Concrete pipe bundled tightly together into a single rigid article that has no tendency to roll, and concrete pipe loaded in a sided vehicle or container must be secured in accordance with the provisions of §§ 393.100 through 393.114. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General specifications for tiedowns.</I> (1) The aggregate working load limit of all tiedowns on any group of pipes must not be less than half the total weight of all the pipes in the group. 
</P>
<P>(2) A transverse tiedown through a pipe on an upper tier or over longitudinal tiedowns is considered to secure all those pipes beneath on which that tiedown causes pressure. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Blocking.</I> (1) Blocking may be one or more pieces placed symmetrically about the center of a pipe. 
</P>
<P>(2) One piece must extend at least half the distance from the center to each end of the pipe, and two pieces must be placed on the opposite side, one at each end of the pipe. 
</P>
<P>(3) Blocking must be placed firmly against the pipe, and must be secured to prevent it moving out from under the pipe. 
</P>
<P>(4) Timber blocking must have minimum dimensions of at least 10 × 15 cm (4 × 6 in). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Arranging the load</I>—(1) <I>Pipe of different diameter.</I> If pipe of more than one diameter are loaded on a vehicle, groups must be formed that consist of pipe of only one size, and each group must be separately secured. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Arranging a bottom tier.</I> The bottom tier must be arranged to cover the full length of the vehicle, or as a partial tier in one group or two groups. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Arranging an upper tier.</I> Pipe must be placed only in the wells formed by adjacent pipes in the tier beneath. A third or higher tier must not be started unless all wells in the tier beneath are filled. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Arranging the top tier.</I> The top tier must be arranged as a complete tier, a partial tier in one group, or a partial tier in two groups. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Arranging bell pipe.</I> (i) Bell pipe must be loaded on at least two longitudinal spacers of sufficient height to ensure that the bell is clear of the deck. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Bell pipe loaded in one tier must have the bells alternating on opposite sides of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The ends of consecutive pipe must be staggered, if possible, within the allowable width, otherwise they must be aligned. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Bell pipe loaded in more than one tier must have the bells of the bottom tier all on the same side of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(v) Pipe in every upper tier must be loaded with bells on the opposite side of the vehicle to the bells of the tier below. 
</P>
<P>(vi) If the second tier is not complete, pipe in the bottom tier which do not support a pipe above must have their bells alternating on opposite sides of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Securing pipe with an inside diameter up to 1,143 mm (45 in).</I> In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section, the following rules must be satisfied: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Stabilizing the bottom tier.</I> (i) The bottom tier must be immobilized longitudinally at each end by blocking, vehicle end structure, stakes, a locked pipe unloader, or other equivalent means. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Other pipe in the bottom tier may also be held in place by blocks and/or wedges; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Every pipe in the bottom tier must also be held firmly in contact with the adjacent pipe by tiedowns though the front and rear pipes: 
</P>
<P>(A) At least one tiedown through the front pipe of the bottom tier must run aft at an angle not more than 45 degrees with the horizontal, whenever practicable. 
</P>
<P>(B) At least one tiedown through the rear pipe of the bottom tier must run forward at an angle not more than 45 degrees with the horizontal, whenever practicable. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Use of tiedowns.</I> (i) Each pipe may be secured individually with tiedowns through the pipe. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If each pipe is not secured individually with a tiedown, then: 
</P>
<P>(A) Either one 1/2-inch diameter chain or wire rope, or two 3/8-inch diameter chain or wire rope, must be placed longitudinally over the group of pipes; 
</P>
<P>(B) One transverse tiedown must be used for every 3.04 m (10 ft) of load length. The transverse tiedowns may be placed through a pipe, or over both longitudinal tiedowns between two pipes on the top tier;
</P>
<P>(C) If the first pipe of a group in the top tier is not placed in the first well formed by pipes at the front of the tier beneath, it must be secured by an additional tiedown that runs rearward at an angle not more than 45 degrees to the horizontal, whenever practicable. This tiedown must pass either through the front pipe of the upper tier, or outside it and over both longitudinal tiedowns; and 
</P>
<P>(D) If the last pipe of a group in the top tier is not placed in the last well formed by pipes at the rear of the tier beneath, it must be secured by an additional tiedown that runs forward at an angle not more than 45 degrees to the horizontal, whenever practicable. This tiedown must pass either through the rear pipe of the upper tier or outside it and over both longitudinal tiedowns. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Securing large pipe, with an inside diameter over 1143 mm (45 in).</I> In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section, the following rules must be satisfied: 
</P>
<P>(1) The front pipe and the rear pipe must be immobilized by blocking, wedges, vehicle end structure, stakes, locked pipe unloader, or other equivalent means. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each pipe must be secured by tiedowns through the pipe: 
</P>
<P>(i) At least one tiedown through each pipe in the front half of the load, which includes the middle one if there is an odd number, and must run rearward at an angle not more than 45 degrees with the horizontal, whenever practicable;
</P>
<P>(ii) At least one tiedown through each pipe in the rear half of the load, and must run forward at an angle not more than 45 degrees with the horizontal, whenever practicable, to hold each pipe firmly in contact with adjacent pipe; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the front or rear pipe is not also in contact with vehicle end structure, stakes, a locked pipe unloader, or other equivalent means, at least two tiedowns positioned as described in paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, must be used through that pipe. 
</P>
<P>(3) If only one pipe is transported, or if several pipes are transported without contact between other pipes, the requirements in this paragraph apply to each pipe as a single front and rear article. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 78 FR 58484, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.126" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.126   Specific securement requirements for intermodal containers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules in this section apply to the transportation of intermodal containers. Cargo contained within an intermodal container must be secured in accordance with the provisions of §§ 393.100 through 393.114 or, if applicable, the commodity specific rules of this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securement of intermodal containers transported on container chassis vehicle(s).</I> (1) All lower corners of the intermodal container must be secured to the container chassis with securement devices or integral locking devices that cannot unintentionally become unfastened while the vehicle is in transit.
</P>
<P>(2) The securement devices must restrain the container from moving more than 1.27 cm (1/2 in) forward, more than 1.27 cm (1/2 in) aft, more than 1.27 cm (1/2 in) to the right, more than 1.27 cm (1/2 in) to the left, or more than 2.54 cm (1 in) vertically. 
</P>
<P>(3) The front and rear of the container must be secured independently. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Securement of loaded intermodal containers transported on vehicles other than container chassis vehicle(s).</I> (1) All lower corners of the intermodal container must rest upon the vehicle, or the corners must be supported by a structure capable of bearing the weight of the container and that support structure must be independently secured to the motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each container must be secured to the vehicle by: 
</P>
<P>(i) Chains, wire ropes or integral devices which are fixed to all lower corners; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Crossed chains which are fixed to all upper corners; and, 
</P>
<P>(3) The front and rear of the container must be secured independently. Each chain, wire rope, or integral locking device must be attached to the container in a manner that prevents it from being unintentionally unfastened while the vehicle is in transit. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Securement of empty intermodal containers transported on vehicles other than container chassis vehicle(s).</I> Empty intermodal containers transported on vehicles other than container chassis vehicles do not have to have all lower corners of the intermodal container resting upon the vehicle, or have all lower corners supported by a structure capable of bearing the weight of the empty container, provided: 
</P>
<P>(1) The empty intermodal container is balanced and positioned on the vehicle in a manner such that the container is stable before the addition of tiedowns or other securement equipment; and,
</P>
<P>(2) The amount of overhang for the empty container on the trailer does not exceed five feet on either the front or rear of the trailer; 
</P>
<P>(3) The empty intermodal container must not interfere with the vehicle's maneuverability; and, 
</P>
<P>(4) The empty intermodal container is secured to prevent lateral, longitudinal, or vertical shifting. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 35834, June 22, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.128" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.128   Specific securement requirements for automobiles, light trucks, and vans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules in this section apply to the transportation of automobiles, light trucks, and vans which individually weigh 4,536 kg. (10,000 lb) or less. Vehicles which individually are heavier than 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) must be secured in accordance with the provisions of § 393.130 of this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securement of automobiles, light trucks, and vans.</I> (1) Automobiles, light trucks, and vans must be restrained at both the front and rear to prevent lateral, forward, rearward, and vertical movement using a minimum of two tiedowns. 
</P>
<P>(2) Tiedowns that are designed to be affixed to the structure of the automobile, light truck, or van must use the mounting points on those vehicles that have been specifically designed for that purpose. 
</P>
<P>(3) Tiedowns that are designed to fit over or around the wheels of an automobile, light truck, or van must provide restraint in the lateral, longitudinal and vertical directions. 
</P>
<P>(4) Edge protectors are not required for synthetic webbing at points where the webbing comes in contact with the tires. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.130" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.130   Specific securement requirements for heavy vehicles, equipment, and machinery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules in this section apply to the transportation of heavy vehicles, equipment and machinery which operate on wheels or tracks, such as front end loaders, bulldozers, tractors, and power shovels and which individually weigh 4,536 kg (10,000 lb.) or more. Vehicles, equipment and machinery which is lighter than 4,536 kg (10,000 lb.) may also be secured in accordance with the provisions of this section, with § 393.128, or in accordance with the provisions of §§ 393.100 through 393.114. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preparation of equipment being transported.</I> (1) Accessory equipment, such as hydraulic shovels, must be completely lowered and secured to the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(2) Articulated vehicles shall be restrained in a manner that prevents articulation while in transit. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Securement of heavy vehicles, equipment or machinery with crawler tracks or wheels.</I> (1) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, heavy equipment or machinery with crawler tracks or wheels must be restrained against movement in the lateral, forward, rearward, and vertical direction using a minimum of four tiedowns. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each of the tiedowns must be affixed as close as practicable to the front and rear of the vehicle, or mounting points on the vehicle that have been specifically designed for that purpose. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.132" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.132   Specific securement requirements for flattened or crushed vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules in this section apply to the transportation of vehicles such as automobiles, light trucks, and vans that have been flattened or crushed. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibition on the use of synthetic webbing.</I> The use of synthetic webbing to secure flattened or crushed vehicles is prohibited except that such webbing may be used to connect wire rope or chain to anchor points on the commercial motor vehicle. However, the webbing (regardless of whether edge protection is used) must not come into contact with the flattened or crushed cars.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Securement of flattened or crushed vehicles.</I> Flattened or crushed vehicles must be transported on vehicles which have: 
</P>
<P>(1) Containment walls or comparable means on four sides which extend to the full height of the load and which block against movement of the cargo in the forward, rearward and lateral directions; or 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Containment walls or comparable means on three sides which extend to the full height of the load and which block against movement of the cargo in the direction for which there is a containment wall or comparable means, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) A minimum of two tiedowns are required per vehicle stack; or 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Containment walls on two sides which extend to the full height of the load and which block against movement of the cargo in the forward and rearward directions, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) A minimum of three tiedowns are required per vehicle stack; or 
</P>
<P>(4) A minimum of four tiedowns per vehicle stack. 
</P>
<P>(5) In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (c)(2), (3), and (4), the following rules must be satisfied: 
</P>
<P>(i) Vehicles used to transport flattened or crushed vehicles must be equipped with a means to prevent liquids from leaking from the bottom of the vehicle, and loose parts from falling from the bottom and all four sides of the vehicle extending to the full height of the cargo.
</P>
<P>(ii) The means used to contain loose parts may consist of structural walls, sides or sideboards, or suitable covering material, alone or in combinations. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The use of synthetic material for containment of loose parts is permitted. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 35834, June 22, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.134" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.134   Specific securement requirements for roll-on/roll-off and hook lift containers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The rules in this section apply to the transportation of roll-on/roll-off or hook lift containers. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Securement of a roll-on/roll-off and hook lift container.</I> Each roll-on/roll-off and hook lift container carried on a vehicle which is not equipped with an integral securement system must be: 
</P>
<P>(1) Blocked against forward movement by the lifting device, stops, a combination of both or other suitable restraint mechanism; 
</P>
<P>(2) Secured to the front of the vehicle by the lifting device or other suitable restraint against lateral and vertical movement; 
</P>
<P>(3) Secured to the rear of the vehicle with at least one of the following mechanisms: 
</P>
<P>(i) One tiedown attached to both the vehicle chassis and the container chassis; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Two tiedowns installed lengthwise, each securing one side of the container to one of the vehicle's side rails; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Two hooks, or an equivalent mechanism, securing both sides of the container to the vehicle chassis at least as effectively as the tiedowns in the two previous items. 
</P>
<P>(4) The mechanisms used to secure the rear end of a roll-on/roll off or hook lift container must be installed no more than two meters (6 ft 7 in) from the rear of the container. 
</P>
<P>(5) In the event that one or more of the front stops or lifting devices are missing, damaged or not compatible, additional manually installed tiedowns must be used to secure the container to the vehicle, providing the same level of securement as the missing, damaged or incompatible components. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.136" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.9.16.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.136   Specific securement requirements for large boulders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> (1) The rules in this section are applicable to the transportation of any large piece of natural, irregularly shaped rock weighing in excess of 5,000 kg (11,000 lb.) or with a volume in excess of 2 cubic-meters on an open vehicle, or in a vehicle whose sides are not designed and rated to contain such cargo. 
</P>
<P>(2) Pieces of rock weighing more than 100 kg (220 lb.), but less than 5,000 kg (11,000 lb.) must be secured, either in accordance with this section, or in accordance with the provisions of §§ 393.100 through 393.114, including: 
</P>
<P>(i) Rock contained within a vehicle which is designed to carry such cargo; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Secured individually by tiedowns, provided each piece can be stabilized and adequately secured. 
</P>
<P>(3) Rock which has been formed or cut to a shape and which provides a stable base for securement must also be secured, either in accordance with the provisions of this section, or in accordance with the provisions of §§ 393.100 through 393.114. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements for the positioning of boulders on the vehicle.</I> (1) Each boulder must be placed with its flattest and/or largest side down. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each boulder must be supported on at least two pieces of hardwood blocking at least 10 cm × 10 cm (4 inches × 4 inches) side dimensions extending the full width of the boulder. 
</P>
<P>(3) Hardwood blocking pieces must be placed as symmetrically as possible under the boulder and should support at least three-fourths of the length of the boulder. 
</P>
<P>(4) If the flattest side of a boulder is rounded or partially rounded, so that the boulder may roll, it must be placed in a crib made of hardwood timber fixed to the deck of the vehicle so that the boulder rests on both the deck and the timber, with at least three well-separated points of contact that prevent its tendency to roll in any direction. 
</P>
<P>(5) If a boulder is tapered, the narrowest end must point towards the front of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General tiedown requirements.</I> (1) Only chain may be used as tiedowns to secure large boulders. 
</P>
<P>(2) Tiedowns which are in direct contact with the boulder should, where possible, be located in valleys or notches across the top of the boulder, and must be arranged to prevent sliding across the rock surface. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Securement of a cubic shaped boulder.</I> In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the following rules must be satisfied: 
</P>
<P>(1) Each boulder must be secured individually with at least two chain tiedowns placed transversely across the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(2) The aggregate working load limit of the tiedowns must be at least half the weight of the boulder. 
</P>
<P>(3) The tiedowns must be placed as closely as possible to the wood blocking used to support the boulder. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Securement of a non-cubic shaped boulder—with a stable base.</I> In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the following rules must be satisfied: 
</P>
<P>(1) The boulder must be secured individually with at least two chain tiedowns forming an “X” pattern over the boulder. 
</P>
<P>(2) The aggregate working load limit of the tiedowns must be at least half the weight of the boulder. 
</P>
<P>(3) The tiedowns must pass over the center of the boulder and must be attached to each other at the intersection by a shackle or other connecting device. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Securement of a non-cubic shaped boulder—with an unstable base.</I> In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, each boulder must be secured by a combination of chain tiedowns as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) One chain must surround the top of the boulder (at a point between one-half and two-thirds of its height). The working load limit of the chain must be at least half the weight of the boulder. 
</P>
<P>(2) Four chains must be attached to the surrounding chain and the vehicle to form a blocking mechanism which prevents any horizontal movement. Each chain must have a working load limit of at least one-fourth the weight of the boulder. Whenever practicable, the angle of the chains must not exceed 45 degrees from the horizontal. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61225, Sept. 27, 2002, as amended at 78 FR 58484, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Frames, Cab and Body Components, Wheels, Steering, and Suspension Systems</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 49402, Dec. 7, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 393.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.10.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.201   Frames.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The frame or chassis of each commercial motor vehicle shall not be cracked, loose, sagging or broken. 
</P>
<P>(b) Bolts or brackets securing the cab or the body of the vehicle to the frame must not be loose, broken, or missing.
</P>
<P>(c) The frame rail flanges between the axles shall not be bent, cut or notched, except as specified by the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(d) Parts and accessories shall not be welded to the frame or chassis of a commercial motor vehicle except in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's recommendations. Any welded repair of the frame must also be in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's recommendations. 
</P>
<P>(e) No holes shall be drilled in the top or bottom rail flanges, except as specified by the manufacturer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 49402, Dec. 7, 1988, as amended at 70 FR 48055, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.203" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.10.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.203   Cab and body components.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The cab compartment doors or door parts used as an entrance or exits shall not be missing or broken. Doors shall not sag so that they cannot be properly opened or closed. No door shall be wired shut or otherwise secured in the closed position so that it cannot be readily opened. <E T="04">Exception:</E> When the vehicle is loaded with pipe or bar stock that blocks the door and the cab has a roof exit.
</P>
<P>(b) Bolts or brackets securing the cab or the body of the vehicle to the frame shall not be loose, broken, or missing.
</P>
<P>(c) The hood must be securely fastened.
</P>
<P>(d) All seats must be securely mounted.
</P>
<P>(e) The front bumper must not be missing, loosely attached, or protruding beyond the confines of the vehicle so as to create a hazard.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 49402, Dec. 7, 1988, as amended at 78 FR 58484, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.10.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.205   Wheels.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Wheels and rims shall not be cracked or broken.
</P>
<P>(b) Stud or bolt holes on the wheels shall shall not be elongated (out of round).
</P>
<P>(c) Nuts or bolts shall not be missing or loose.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.207" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.10.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.207   Suspension systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Axles.</I> No axle positioning part shall be cracked, broken, loose or missing. All axles must be in proper alignment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Adjustable axles.</I> Adjustable axle assemblies shall not have locking pins missing or disengaged.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Leaf springs.</I> No leaf spring shall be cracked, broken, or missing nor shifted out of position.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Coil springs.</I> No coil spring shall be cracked or broken.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Torsion bar.</I> No torsion bar or torsion bar suspension shall be cracked or broken.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Air suspensions.</I> The air pressure regulator valve shall not allow air into the suspension system until at least 55 psi is in the braking system. The vehicle shall be level (not tilting to the left or right). Air leakage shall not be greater than 3 psi in a 5-minute time period when the vehicle's air pressure gauge shows normal operating pressure.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Air suspension exhaust controls.</I> The air suspension exhaust controls must not have the capability to exhaust air from the suspension system of one axle of a two-axle air suspension trailer unless the controls are either located on the trailer, or the power unit and trailer combination are not capable of traveling at a speed greater than 10 miles per hour while the air is exhausted from the suspension system. This paragraph shall not be construed to prohibit—
</P>
<P>(1) Devices that could exhaust air from both axle systems simultaneously; or
</P>
<P>(2) Lift axles on multi-axle units.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 49402, Dec. 7, 1988, as amended at 70 FR 48055, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 393.209" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.35.10.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 393.209   Steering wheel systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The steering wheel shall be secured and must not have any spokes cracked through or missing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steering wheel lash.</I> (1) The steering wheel lash shall not exceed the following parameters: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Steering wheel diameter 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Manual steering system 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Power steering system 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">406 mm or less (16 inches or less)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">51 mm (2 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">108 mm (4
<fr>1/4</fr> inches).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">457 mm (18 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">57 mm (2
<fr>1/4</fr> inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">121 mm (4
<fr>3/4</fr> inches).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">483 mm (19 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">60 mm (2
<fr>3/8</fr> inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">127 mm (5 inches).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">508 mm (20 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">64 mm (2
<fr>1/2</fr> inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133 mm (5
<fr>1/4</fr> inches).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">533 mm (21 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">67 mm (2
<fr>5/8</fr> inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">140 mm (5
<fr>1/2</fr> inches).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">559 mm (22 inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">70 mm (2
<fr>3/4</fr> inches)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">146 mm (5
<fr>3/4</fr> inches).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) For steering wheel diameters not listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section the steering wheel lash shall not exceed 14 degrees angular rotation for manual steering systems, and 30 degrees angular rotation for power steering systems. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Steering column.</I> The steering column must be securely fastened.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Steering system.</I> Universal joints and ball-and-socket joints shall not be worn, faulty or repaired by welding. The steering gear box shall not have loose or missing mounting bolts or cracks in the gear box or mounting brackets. The pitman arm on the steering gear output shaft shall not be loose. Steering wheels shall turn freely through the limit of travel in both directions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Power steering systems.</I> All components of the power system must be in operating condition. No parts shall be loose or broken. Belts shall not be frayed, cracked or slipping. The system shall not leak. The power steering system shall have sufficient fluid in the reservoir.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 49402, Dec. 7, 1988, as amended at 70 FR 48055, Aug. 15, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="394" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.36" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 394 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="395" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 395—HOURS OF SERVICE OF DRIVERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 504, 21104(e), 31133, 31136, 31137, 31502; sec. 113, Pub. L. 103-311, 108 Stat. 1673, 1676; sec. 229, Pub. L. 106-159 (as added and transferred by sec. 4115 and amended by secs. 4130-4132, Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144, 1726, 1743, 1744), 113 Stat. 1748, 1773; sec. 4133, Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144, 1744; sec. 32934, Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 830; sec. 5206(b), Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1537; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 19758, Dec. 25, 1968, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 395 appear at 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.1.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.1   Scope of rules in this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) The rules in this part apply to all motor carriers and drivers, except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (x) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The exceptions from Federal requirements contained in paragraphs (l) and (m) of this section do not preempt State laws and regulations governing the safe operation of commercial motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Driving conditions</I>—(1) <I>Adverse driving conditions.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (h)(3) of this section, a driver who encounters adverse driving conditions, as defined in § 395.2, and cannot, because of those conditions, safely complete the run within the maximum driving time or duty time during which driving is permitted under § 395.3(a) or § 395.5(a) may drive and be permitted or required to drive a commercial motor vehicle for not more than two additional hours beyond the maximum allowable hours permitted under § 395.3(a) or § 395.5(a) to complete that run or to reach a place offering safety for the occupants of the commercial motor vehicle and security for the commercial motor vehicle and its cargo.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Emergency conditions.</I> In case of any emergency, a driver may complete his/her run without being in violation of the provisions of the regulations in this part, if such run reasonably could have been completed absent the emergency.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Driver-salesperson.</I> The provisions of § 395.3(b) shall not apply to any driver-salesperson whose total driving time does not exceed 40 hours in any period of 7 consecutive days.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Oilfield operations.</I> (1) In the instance of drivers of commercial motor vehicles used exclusively in the transportation of oilfield equipment, including the stringing and picking up of pipe used in pipelines, and servicing of the field operations of the natural gas and oil industry, any period of 8 consecutive days may end with the beginning of any off-duty period of 24 or more successive hours.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of specially trained drivers of commercial motor vehicles that are specially constructed to service oil wells, on-duty time shall not include waiting time at a natural gas or oil well site. Such waiting time shall be recorded as “off duty” for purposes of § 395.8, with remarks or annotations to indicate the specific off-duty periods that are waiting time, or on a separate “waiting time” line on the record of duty status to show that off-duty time is also waiting time. Waiting time shall not be included in calculating the 14-hour period in § 395.3(a)(2). Specially trained drivers of such commercial motor vehicles are not eligible to use the provisions of paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Short-haul operations</I>—(1) <I>150 air-mile radius driver.</I> A driver is exempt from the requirements of §§ 395.8 and 395.11 if:
</P>
<P>(i) The driver operates within a 150 air-mile radius (172.6 statute miles) of the normal work reporting location;
</P>
<P>(ii) The driver, except a driver-salesperson, returns to the work reporting location and is released from work within 14 consecutive hours;
</P>
<P>(iii)(A) A property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver has at least 10 consecutive hours off-duty separating each 14 hours on-duty;
</P>
<P>(B) A passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver has at least 8 consecutive hours off-duty separating each 14 hours on-duty; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The motor carrier that employs the driver maintains and retains for a period of 6 months accurate and true time records showing:
</P>
<P>(A) The time the driver reports for duty each day;
</P>
<P>(B) The total number of hours the driver is on-duty each day;
</P>
<P>(C) The time the driver is released from duty each day; and
</P>
<P>(D) The total time for the preceding 7 days in accordance with § 395.8(j)(2) for drivers used for the first time or intermittently.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Operators of property-carrying commercial motor vehicles not requiring a commercial driver's license.</I> Except as provided in this paragraph, a driver is exempt from the requirements of §§ 395.3(a)(2), 395.8, and 395.11 and ineligible to use the provisions of § 395.1(e)(1), (g), and (o) if:
</P>
<P>(i) The driver operates a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle for which a commercial driver's license is not required under part 383 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) The driver operates within a 150 air-mile radius of the location where the driver reports to and is released from work, <I>i.e.,</I> the normal work reporting location;
</P>
<P>(iii) The driver returns to the normal work reporting location at the end of each duty tour;
</P>
<P>(iv) The driver does not drive:
</P>
<P>(A) After the 14th hour after coming on duty on 5 days of any period of 7 consecutive days; and
</P>
<P>(B) After the 16th hour after coming on duty on 2 days of any period of 7 consecutive days;
</P>
<P>(v) The motor carrier that employs the driver maintains and retains for a period of 6 months accurate and true time records showing:
</P>
<P>(A) The time the driver reports for duty each day;
</P>
<P>(B) The total number of hours the driver is on duty each day;
</P>
<P>(C) The time the driver is released from duty each day;
</P>
<P>(D) The total time for the preceding 7 days in accordance with § 395.8(j)(2) for drivers used for the first time or intermittently.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Retail store deliveries.</I> The provisions of § 395.3 (a) and (b) shall not apply with respect to drivers of commercial motor vehicles engaged solely in making local deliveries from retail stores and/or retail catalog businesses to the ultimate consumer, when driving solely within a 100-air mile radius of the driver's work-reporting location, during the period from December 10 to December 25, both inclusive, of each year.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Sleeper berths</I>—(1) <I>Property-carrying commercial motor vehicle</I>—(i) <I>General.</I> A driver who operates a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle equipped with a sleeper berth, as defined in § 395.2, and uses the sleeper berth to obtain the off-duty time required by § 395.3(a)(1) must accumulate:
</P>
<P>(A) At least 10 consecutive hours off-duty;
</P>
<P>(B) At least 10 consecutive hours of sleeper berth time;
</P>
<P>(C) A combination of consecutive sleeper berth and off-duty time amounting to at least 10 hours;
</P>
<P>(D) A combination of sleeper berth time of at least 7 consecutive hours and up to 3 hours riding in the passenger seat of the vehicle while the vehicle is moving on the highway, either immediately before or after the sleeper berth time, amounting to at least 10 consecutive hours; or
</P>
<P>(E) The equivalent of at least 10 consecutive hours off-duty calculated under paragraphs (g)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Sleeper berth.</I> A driver may accumulate the equivalent of at least 10 consecutive hours off-duty by taking not more than two periods of either sleeper berth time or a combination of off-duty time and sleeper berth time if:
</P>
<P>(A) Neither rest period is shorter than 2 consecutive hours;
</P>
<P>(B) One rest period is at least 7 consecutive hours in the sleeper berth;
</P>
<P>(C) The total of the two periods is at least 10 hours; and
</P>
<P>(D) Driving time in the period immediately before and after each rest period, when added together:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Does not exceed 11 hours under § 395.3(a)(3); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Does not violate the 14-hour duty-period limit under § 395.3(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Calculation</I>—(A) <I>In general.</I> The driving time limit and the 14-hour duty-period limit must be re-calculated from the end of the first of the two periods used to comply with paragraph (g)(1)(i)(E) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>14-hour period.</I> The 14-hour driving window for purposes of § 395.3(a)(2) does not include qualifying rest periods under paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Specially trained driver of a specially constructed oil well servicing commercial motor vehicle at a natural gas or oil well location.</I> A specially trained driver who operates a commercial motor vehicle specially constructed to service natural gas or oil wells that is equipped with a sleeper berth, as defined in §§ 395.2 and 393.76 of this subchapter, or who is off duty at a natural gas or oil well location, may accumulate the equivalent of 10 consecutive hours off duty time by taking a combination of at least 10 consecutive hours of off-duty time, sleeper-berth time, or time in other sleeping accommodations at a natural gas or oil well location; or by taking two periods of rest in a sleeper berth, or other sleeping accommodation at a natural gas or oil well location, providing:
</P>
<P>(i) Neither rest period is shorter than 2 hours;
</P>
<P>(ii) The driving time in the period immediately before and after each rest period, when added together, does not exceed the limit specified in § 395.3(a)(3);
</P>
<P>(iii) The driver does not drive after the 14th hour after coming on duty following 10 hours off duty, where the 14th hour is calculated:
</P>
<P>(A) By excluding any sleeper berth or other sleeping accommodation period of at least 2 hours which, when added to a subsequent sleeper berth or other sleeping accommodation period, totals at least 10 hours, and
</P>
<P>(B) By including all on-duty time, all off-duty time not spent in the sleeper berth or other sleeping accommodations, all such periods of less than 2 hours, and any period not described in paragraph (g)(2)(iii)(A) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The driver may not return to driving subject to the normal limits under § 395.3 without taking at least 10 consecutive hours off duty, at least 10 consecutive hours in the sleeper berth or other sleeping accommodations, or a combination of at least 10 consecutive hours off duty, sleeper berth time, or time in other sleeping accommodations.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles.</I> A driver who is driving a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle that is equipped with a sleeper berth, as defined in §§ 395.2 and 393.76 of this subchapter, may accumulate the equivalent of 8 consecutive hours of off-duty time by taking a combination of at least 8 consecutive hours off-duty and sleeper berth time; or by taking two periods of rest in the sleeper berth, providing:
</P>
<P>(i) Neither rest period is shorter than two hours;
</P>
<P>(ii) The driving time in the period immediately before and after each rest period, when added together, does not exceed 10 hours;
</P>
<P>(iii) The on-duty time in the period immediately before and after each rest period, when added together, does not include any driving time after the 15th hour; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The driver may not return to driving subject to the normal limits under § 395.5 without taking at least 8 consecutive hours off duty, at least 8 consecutive hours in the sleeper berth, or a combination of at least 8 consecutive hours off duty and sleeper berth time.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>State of Alaska</I>—(1) <I>Property-carrying commercial motor vehicle</I>—(i) <I>In general.</I> The provisions of § 395.3(a) and (b) do not apply to any driver who is driving a commercial motor vehicle in the State of Alaska. A driver who is driving a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle in the State of Alaska must not drive or be required or permitted to drive:
</P>
<P>(A) More than 15 hours following 10 consecutive hours off-duty;
</P>
<P>(B) After being on-duty for 20 hours or more following 10 consecutive hours off-duty;
</P>
<P>(C) After having been on-duty for 70 hours in any period of 7 consecutive days, if the motor carrier for which the driver drives does not operate every day in the week; or
</P>
<P>(D) After having been on-duty for 80 hours in any period of 8 consecutive days, if the motor carrier for which the driver drives operates every day in the week.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Off-duty periods.</I> Before driving, a driver who operates a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle equipped with a sleeper berth, as defined in § 395.2, and uses the sleeper berth to obtain the required off-duty time in the State of Alaska, must accumulate:
</P>
<P>(A) At least 10 consecutive hours off-duty;
</P>
<P>(B) At least 10 consecutive hours of sleeper berth time;
</P>
<P>(C) A combination of consecutive sleeper berth and off-duty time amounting to at least 10 hours;
</P>
<P>(D) A combination of consecutive sleeper berth time and up to 3 hours riding in the passenger seat of the vehicle while the vehicle is moving on a highway, either immediately before or after a period of at least 7, but less than 10, consecutive hours in the sleeper berth; or
</P>
<P>(E) The equivalent of at least 10 consecutive hours off-duty calculated under paragraph (h)(1)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Sleeper berth.</I> A driver who uses a sleeper berth to comply with the hours of service regulations may accumulate the equivalent of at least 10 consecutive hours off-duty by taking not more than two periods of either sleeper berth time or a combination of off-duty time and sleeper berth time if:
</P>
<P>(A) Neither rest period is shorter than 2 consecutive hours;
</P>
<P>(B) One rest period is at least 7 consecutive hours in the sleeper berth;
</P>
<P>(C) The total of the two periods is at least 10 hours; and
</P>
<P>(D) Driving time in the period immediately before and after each rest period, when added together:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Does not exceed 15 hours; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Does not violate the 20-hour duty period under paragraph (h)(1)(i)(B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Calculation</I>—(A) <I>In general.</I> The driving time limit and the 20-hour duty-period limit must be re-calculated from the end of the first of the two periods used to comply with paragraph (h)(1)(ii)(E) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>20-hour period.</I> The 20-hour duty period under paragraph (h)(1)(i)(B) does not include off-duty or sleeper berth time.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle.</I> The provisions of § 395.5 do not apply to any driver who is driving a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle in the State of Alaska. A driver who is driving a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle in the State of Alaska must not drive or be required or permitted to drive—
</P>
<P>(i) More than 15 hours following 8 consecutive hours off-duty;
</P>
<P>(ii) After being on-duty for 20 hours or more following 8 consecutive hours off-duty;
</P>
<P>(iii) After having been on-duty for 70 hours in any period of 7 consecutive days, if the motor carrier for which the driver drives does not operate every day in the week; or
</P>
<P>(iv) After having been on-duty for 80 hours in any period of 8 consecutive days, if the motor carrier for which the driver drives operates every day in the week.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Adverse driving conditions.</I> (i) A driver who is driving a commercial motor vehicle in the State of Alaska and who encounters adverse driving conditions (as defined in § 395.2) may drive and be permitted or required to drive a commercial motor vehicle for the period of time needed to complete the run.
</P>
<P>(ii) After a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver completes the run, that driver must be off-duty for at least 10 consecutive hours before he/she drives again; and
</P>
<P>(iii) After a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver completes the run, that driver must be off-duty for at least 8 consecutive hours before he/she drives again.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>State of Hawaii.</I> The rules in § 395.8 do not apply to a driver who drives a commercial motor vehicle in the State of Hawaii, if the motor carrier who employs the driver maintains and retains for a period of 6 months accurate and true records showing—
</P>
<P>(1) The total number of hours the driver is on duty each day; and
</P>
<P>(2) The time at which the driver reports for, and is released from, duty each day.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Travel time</I>—(1) When a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver at the direction of the motor carrier is traveling, but not driving or assuming any other responsibility to the carrier, such time must be counted as on-duty time unless the driver is afforded at least 10 consecutive hours off duty when arriving at destination, in which case he/she must be considered off duty for the entire period.
</P>
<P>(2) When a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver at the direction of the motor carrier is traveling, but not driving or assuming any other responsibility to the carrier, such time must be counted as on-duty time unless the driver is afforded at least 8 consecutive hours off duty when arriving at destination, in which case he/she must be considered off duty for the entire period.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Agricultural operations.</I> The provisions of this part shall not apply during planting and harvesting periods, as determined by each State, to drivers transporting
</P>
<P>(1) Agricultural commodities from the source of the agricultural commodities to a location within a 150 air-mile radius from the source;
</P>
<P>(2) Farm supplies for agricultural purposes from a wholesale or retail distribution point of the farm supplies to a farm or other location where the farm supplies are intended to be used within a 150 air-mile radius from the distribution point;
</P>
<P>(3) Farm supplies for agricultural purposes from a wholesale distribution point of the farm supplies to a retail distribution point of the farm supplies within a 150 air-mile radius from the wholesale distribution point; or
</P>
<P>(4) Livestock (as defined in section 602 of the Emergency Livestock Feed Assistance Act of 1988 (7 U.S.C. 1471) including insects)) within a 150 air-mile radius from the final destination of the livestock.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Ground water well drilling operations.</I> In the instance of a driver of a commercial motor vehicle who is used primarily in the transportation and operations of a ground water well drilling rig, any period of 7 or 8 consecutive days may end with the beginning of any off-duty period of 24 or more successive hours.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Construction materials and equipment.</I> In the instance of a driver of a commercial motor vehicle who is used primarily in the transportation of construction materials and equipment, any period of 7 or 8 consecutive days may end with the beginning of any off-duty period of 24 or more successive hours.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Utility service vehicles.</I> The provisions of this part shall not apply to a driver of a utility service vehicle as defined in § 395.2.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Property-carrying driver.</I> A property-carrying driver is exempt from the requirements of § 395.3(a)(2) if:
</P>
<P>(1) The driver has returned to the driver's normal work reporting location and the carrier released the driver from duty at that location for the previous five duty tours the driver has worked;
</P>
<P>(2) The driver has returned to the normal work reporting location and the carrier releases the driver from duty within 16 hours after coming on duty following 10 consecutive hours off duty; and
</P>
<P>(3) The driver has not taken this exemption within the previous 6 consecutive days, except when the driver has begun a new 7- or 8-consecutive day period with the beginning of any off-duty period of 34 or more consecutive hours as allowed by § 395.3(c).
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Commercial motor vehicle transportation to or from a motion picture production site.</I> A driver of a commercial motor vehicle providing transportation of property or passengers to or from a theatrical or television motion picture production site is exempt from the requirements of § 395.3(a) if the driver operates within a 100 air-mile radius of the location where the driver reports to and is released from work, i.e., the normal work-reporting location. With respect to the maximum daily hours of service, such a driver may not drive—
</P>
<P>(1) More than 10 hours following 8 consecutive hours off duty;
</P>
<P>(2) For any period after having been on duty 15 hours following 8 consecutive hours off duty.
</P>
<P>(3) If a driver of a commercial motor vehicle providing transportation of property or passengers to or from a theatrical or television motion picture production site operates beyond a 100 air-mile radius of the normal work-reporting location, the driver is subject to § 395.3(a), and paragraphs (p)(1) and (2) of this section do not apply.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Attendance on commercial motor vehicles containing Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 explosives.</I> Operators who are required by 49 CFR 397.5 to be in attendance on commercial motor vehicles containing Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 explosives are on duty at all times while performing attendance functions or any other work for a motor carrier. Operators of commercial motor vehicles containing Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 explosives subject to the requirements for a 30-minute rest break in § 395.3(a)(3)(ii) may use 30 minutes or more of attendance time to meet the requirement for a rest break, providing they perform no other work during the break. Such drivers must record the rest break as on-duty time in their record of duty status with remarks or annotations to indicate the specific on-duty periods that are used to meet the requirement for break.
</P>
<P>(r) <I>Railroad signal employees.</I> The provisions of this part shall not apply to a signal employee, as defined in § 395.2, who operates a commercial motor vehicle, is engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining signal systems, is employed by a railroad carrier or a contractor or subcontractor to a railroad carrier, while regulated by the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(s) <I>Covered farm vehicles.</I> The rules in this part do not apply to drivers of “covered farm vehicles,” as defined in 49 CFR 390.5.
</P>
<P>(t) <I>Ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle.</I> A driver of a ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle subject to the requirement for a 30-minute rest break in § 395.3(a)(3)(ii) may use 30-minutes or more of time spent while waiting with the commercial motor vehicle at a job site or terminal to meet the requirement for the 30-minute rest break, providing the driver performs no other work during the break.
</P>
<P>(u) <I>Transport of commercial bees.</I> The provisions of § 395.3(a)(3)(ii), requiring a 30-minute rest break, do not apply to a driver engaged in the interstate transportation of bees by commercial motor vehicle as long as the bees are on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Transport of livestock.</I> The provisions of § 395.3(a)(3)(ii), requiring a 30-minute rest break, do not apply to a driver engaged in the interstate transportation of livestock by commercial motor vehicle while the livestock are on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(w) <I>Hi-rail vehicles.</I> For the driver of a hi-rail vehicle, the maximum on duty time under § 395.3 shall not include time in transportation to or from a duty assignment if such time in transportation—
</P>
<P>(1) Does not exceed 2 hours per calendar day or a total of 30 hours per calendar month; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is fully and accurately accounted for in records to be maintained by the motor carrier and such records are made available upon request of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration or the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Pipeline welding trucks.</I> The rules in this part do not apply to drivers of “pipeline welding trucks,” as defined in 49 CFR 390.38(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 33647, July 30, 1992]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 395.1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.2" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.1.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part, the following words and terms are construed to mean:
</P>
<P><I>Adverse driving conditions</I> means snow, ice, sleet, fog, or other adverse weather conditions or unusual road or traffic conditions that were not known, or could not reasonably be known, to a driver immediately prior to beginning the duty day or immediately before beginning driving after a qualifying rest break or sleeper berth period, or to a motor carrier immediately prior to dispatching the driver.
</P>
<P><I>Agricultural commodity</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any agricultural commodity, non-processed food, feed, fiber, or livestock as defined in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) As used in this definition, the term “any agricultural commodity” means horticultural products at risk of perishing, or degrading in quality, during transport by commercial motor vehicle, including plants, sod, flowers, shrubs, ornamentals, seedlings, live trees, and Christmas trees.
</P>
<P><I>Driver-salesperson</I> means any employee who is employed solely as such by a private carrier of property by commercial motor vehicle, who is engaged both in selling goods, services, or the use of goods, and in delivering by commercial motor vehicle the goods sold or provided or upon which the services are performed, who does so entirely within a radius of 100 miles of the point at which he/she reports for duty, who devotes not more than 50 percent of his/her hours on duty to driving time. The term <I>selling goods</I> for purposes of this section shall include in all cases solicitation or obtaining of reorders or new accounts, and may also include other selling or merchandising activities designed to retain the customer or to increase the sale of goods or services, in addition to solicitation or obtaining of reorders or new accounts.
</P>
<P><I>Driving time</I> means all time spent at the driving controls of a commercial motor vehicle in operation.
</P>
<P><I>Eight consecutive days</I> means the period of 8 consecutive days beginning on any day at the time designated by the motor carrier for a 24-hour period.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic logging device (ELD)</I> means a device or technology that automatically records a driver's driving time and facilitates the accurate recording of the driver's hours of service, and that meets the requirements of subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P><I>ELD record</I> means a record of duty status, recorded on an ELD, that reflects the data elements that an ELD must capture.
</P>
<P><I>Farm supplies for agricultural purposes</I> means products directly related to the growing or harvesting of agricultural commodities during the planting and harvesting seasons within each State, as determined by the State, and livestock feed at any time of the year.
</P>
<P><I>Ground water well drilling rig</I> means any vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, semi-trailer, or specialized mobile equipment propelled or drawn by mechanical power and used on highways to transport water well field operating equipment, including water well drilling and pump service rigs equipped to access ground water.
</P>
<P><I>Hi-rail vehicle</I> means an internal rail flaw detection vehicle equipped with flange hi-rails.
</P>
<P><I>Livestock</I> means livestock as defined in sec. 602 of the Emergency Livestock Feed Assistance Act of 1988 [7 U.S.C. 1471], as amended, insects, and all other living animals cultivated, grown, or raised for commercial purposes, including aquatic animals.
</P>
<P><I>Multiple stops</I> means all stops made in any one village, town, or city may be computed as one.
</P>
<P><I>Non-processed</I> food means food commodities in a raw or natural state and not subjected to significant post-harvest changes to enhance shelf life, such as canning, jarring, freezing, or drying. The term “non-processed food” includes fresh fruits and vegetables, and cereal and oilseed crops which have been minimally processed by cleaning, cooling, trimming, cutting, chopping, shucking, bagging, or packaging to facilitate transport by commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>On-duty time</I> means all time from the time a driver begins to work or is required to be in readiness to work until the time the driver is relieved from work and all responsibility for performing work. <I>On-duty time</I> shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) All time at a plant, terminal, facility, or other property of a motor carrier or shipper, or on any public property, waiting to be dispatched, unless the driver has been relieved from duty by the motor carrier;
</P>
<P>(2) All time inspecting, servicing, or conditioning any commercial motor vehicle at any time;
</P>
<P>(3) All driving time as defined in the term <I>driving time;</I>
</P>
<P>(4) All time in or on a commercial motor vehicle, other than:
</P>
<P>(i) Time spent resting in or on a parked vehicle, except as otherwise provided in § 397.5 of this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Time spent resting in a <I>sleeper berth;</I> or
</P>
<P>(iii) Up to 3 hours riding in the passenger seat of a property-carrying vehicle moving on the highway immediately before or after a period of at least 7 consecutive hours in the sleeper berth;
</P>
<P>(5) All time loading or unloading a commercial motor vehicle, supervising, or assisting in the loading or unloading, attending a commercial motor vehicle being loaded or unloaded, remaining in readiness to operate the commercial motor vehicle, or in giving or receiving receipts for shipments loaded or unloaded;
</P>
<P>(6) All time repairing, obtaining assistance, or remaining in attendance upon a disabled commercial motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(7) All time spent providing a breath sample or urine specimen, including travel time to and from the collection site, to comply with the random, reasonable suspicion, post-crash, or follow-up testing required by part 382 of this subchapter when directed by a motor carrier;
</P>
<P>(8) Performing any other work in the capacity, employ, or service of, a motor carrier; and
</P>
<P>(9) Performing any compensated work for a person who is not a motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle</I> means a vehicle designed to deliver ready-mixed concrete on a daily basis and equipped with a mechanism under which the vehicle's propulsion engine provides the power to operate a mixer drum to agitate and mix the product en route to the delivery site.
</P>
<P><I>Seven consecutive days</I> means the period of 7 consecutive days beginning on any day at the time designated by the motor carrier for a 24-hour period.
</P>
<P><I>Signal employee,</I> as defined in 49 U.S.C. 21101(4), means an individual who is engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining signal systems.
</P>
<P><I>Sleeper berth</I> means a berth conforming to the requirements of § 393.76 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Supporting document</I> means a document, in any medium, generated or received by a motor carrier in the normal course of business as described in § 395.11 that can be used, as produced or with additional identifying information, by the motor carrier and enforcement officials to verify the accuracy of a driver's record of duty status.
</P>
<P><I>Transportation of construction material and equipment</I> means the transportation of construction and pavement materials, construction equipment, and construction maintenance vehicles, by a driver to or from an active construction site (a construction site between mobilization of equipment and materials to the site to the final completion of the construction project) within a 75 air mile radius of the normal work reporting location of the driver, except that a State, upon notice to the Administrator, may establish a different air mile radius limitation for purposes of this definition if such limitation is between 50 and 75 air miles and applies only to movements that take place entirely within the State. This paragraph does not apply to the transportation of material found by the Secretary to be hazardous under 49 U.S.C. 5103 in a quantity requiring placarding under regulations issued to carry out such section.
</P>
<P><I>Twenty-four-hour period</I> means any 24-consecutive-hour period beginning at the time designated by the motor carrier for the terminal from which the driver is normally dispatched.
</P>
<P><I>Utility service vehicle</I> means any commercial motor vehicle:
</P>
<P>(1) Used in the furtherance of repairing, maintaining, or operating any structures or any other physical facilities necessary for the delivery of public utility services, including the furnishing of electric, gas, water, sanitary sewer, telephone, television cable or community antenna service, and broadband-internet and cellular telephone operations;
</P>
<P>(2) While engaged in any activity necessarily related to the ultimate delivery of such public utility services to consumers, including travel or movement to, from, upon, or between activity sites (including occasional travel or movement outside the service area necessitated by any utility emergency as determined by the utility provider); and
</P>
<P>(3) Except for any occasional emergency use, operated primarily within the service area of a utility's subscribers or consumers, without regard to whether the vehicle is owned, leased, or rented by the utility.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 33648, July 30, 1992]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 395.2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.1.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.3   Maximum driving time for property-carrying vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in § 395.1, no motor carrier shall permit or require any driver used by it to drive a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle, nor shall any such driver drive a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle, regardless of the number of motor carriers using the driver's services, unless the driver complies with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Start of work shift.</I> A driver may not drive without first taking 10 consecutive hours off duty;
</P>
<P>(2) <I>14-hour period.</I> A driver may not drive after a period of 14 consecutive hours after coming on-duty following 10 consecutive hours off-duty.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Driving time and interruptions of driving periods</I>—(i) <I>Driving time.</I> A driver may drive a total of 11 hours during the period specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Interruption of driving time.</I> Except for drivers who qualify for either of the short-haul exceptions in § 395.1(e)(1) or (2), driving is not permitted if more than 8 hours of driving time have passed without at least a consecutive 30-minute interruption in driving status. A consecutive 30-minute interruption of driving status may be satisfied either by off-duty, sleeper berth or on-duty not driving time or by a combination of off-duty, sleeper berth and on-duty not driving time.
</P>
<P>(b) No motor carrier shall permit or require a driver of a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle to drive, nor shall any driver drive a property-carrying commercial motor vehicle, regardless of the number of motor carriers using the driver's services, for any period after—
</P>
<P>(1) Having been on duty 60 hours in any period of 7 consecutive days if the employing motor carrier does not operate commercial motor vehicles every day of the week; or
</P>
<P>(2) Having been on duty 70 hours in any period of 8 consecutive days if the employing motor carrier operates commercial motor vehicles every day of the week.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Any period of 7 consecutive days may end with the beginning of an off-duty period of 34 or more consecutive hours.
</P>
<P>(2) Any period of 8 consecutive days may end with the beginning of an off-duty period of 34 or more consecutive hours.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 81188, Dec. 27, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 58485, Sept. 24, 2013; 78 FR 64181, Oct. 28, 2013; 84 FR 48081, Sept. 12, 2019; 85 FR 33452, June 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.1.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.5   Maximum driving time for passenger-carrying vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to the exceptions and exemptions in § 395.1:
</P>
<P>(a) No motor carrier shall permit or require any driver used by it to drive a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle, nor shall any such driver drive a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle:
</P>
<P>(1) More than 10 hours following 8 consecutive hours off duty; or
</P>
<P>(2) For any period after having been on duty 15 hours following 8 consecutive hours off duty.
</P>
<P>(b) No motor carrier shall permit or require a driver of a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle to drive, nor shall any driver drive a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle, regardless of the number of motor carriers using the driver's services, for any period after—
</P>
<P>(1) Having been on duty 60 hours in any 7 consecutive days if the employing motor carrier does not operate commercial motor vehicles every day of the week; or
</P>
<P>(2) Having been on duty 70 hours in any period of 8 consecutive days if the employing motor carrier operates commercial motor vehicles every day of the week.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 50073, Aug. 25, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.1.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.7   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.8" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.1.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.8   Driver's record of duty status.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except for a private motor carrier of passengers (nonbusiness), as defined in § 390.5 of this subchapter, a motor carrier subject to the requirements of this part must require each driver used by the motor carrier to record the driver's duty status for each 24-hour period using the method prescribed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(i) Subject to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, a motor carrier operating commercial motor vehicles must install and require each of its drivers to use an ELD to record the driver's duty status in accordance with subpart B of this part no later than December 18, 2017.
</P>
<P>(ii)(A) A motor carrier may require a driver to record the driver's duty status manually in accordance with this section, rather than require the use of an ELD, if the driver is operating a commercial motor vehicle:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) In a manner requiring completion of a record of duty status on not more than 8 days within any 30-day period;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) In a driveaway-towaway operation in which the vehicle being driven is part of the shipment being delivered;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) In a driveaway-towaway operation in which the vehicle being transported is a motor home or a recreation vehicle trailer; or
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) That was manufactured before model year 2000, as reflected in the vehicle identification number as shown on the vehicle's registration.
</P>
<P>(B) The record of duty status must be recorded in duplicate for each 24-hour period for which recording is required. The duty status shall be recorded on a specified grid, as shown in paragraph (g) of this section. The grid and the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section may be combined with any company form.
</P>
<P>(iii) Subject to paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, until December 18, 2017, a motor carrier operating commercial motor vehicles shall require each of its drivers to record the driver's record of duty status:
</P>
<P>(A) Using an ELD that meets the requirements of subpart B of this part; or
</P>
<P>(B) Manually, recorded on a specified grid as shown in paragraph (g) of this section. The grid and the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section may be combined with any company form. The record of duty status must be recorded in duplicate for each 24-hour period for which recording is required.
</P>
<P>(2) A driver operating a commercial motor vehicle must:
</P>
<P>(i) Record the driver's duty status using one of the methods under paragraph (a)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Submit the driver's record of duty status to the motor carrier within 13 days of the 24-hour period to which the record pertains.
</P>
<P>(b) The duty status shall be recorded as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) “Off duty” or “OFF.”
</P>
<P>(2) “Sleeper berth” or “SB” (only if a sleeper berth used).
</P>
<P>(3) “Driving” or “D.”
</P>
<P>(4) “On-duty not driving” or “ON.”
</P>
<P>(c) For each change of duty status (e.g., the place of reporting for work, starting to drive, on-duty not driving and where released from work), the name of the city, town, or village, with State abbreviation, shall be recorded.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>If a change of duty status occurs at a location other than a city, town, or village, show one of the following: (1) The highway number and nearest milepost followed by the name of the nearest city, town, or village and State abbreviation, (2) the highway number and the name of the service plaza followed by the name of the nearest city, town, or village and State abbreviation, or (3) the highway numbers of the nearest two intersecting roadways followed by the name of the nearest city, town, or village and State abbreviation.</P></NOTE>
<P>(d) The following information must be included on the form in addition to the grid:
</P>
<P>(1) Date;
</P>
<P>(2) Total miles driving today;
</P>
<P>(3) Truck or tractor and trailer number;
</P>
<P>(4) Name of carrier;
</P>
<P>(5) Driver's signature/certification;
</P>
<P>(6) 24-hour period starting time (e.g. midnight, 9:00 a.m., noon, 3:00 p.m.);
</P>
<P>(7) Main office address;
</P>
<P>(8) Remarks;
</P>
<P>(9) Name of co-driver;
</P>
<P>(10) Total hours (far right edge of grid);
</P>
<P>(11) Shipping document number(s), or name of shipper and commodity;
</P>
<P>(e)(1) No driver or motor carrier may make a false report in connection with a duty status.
</P>
<P>(2) No driver or motor carrier may disable, deactivate, disengage, jam, or otherwise block or degrade a signal transmission or reception, or reengineer, reprogram, or otherwise tamper with an ELD so that the device does not accurately record and retain required data.
</P>
<P>(3) No driver or motor carrier may permit or require another person to disable, deactivate, disengage, jam, or otherwise block or degrade a signal transmission or reception, or reengineer, reprogram, or otherwise tamper with an ELD so that the device does not accurately record and retain required data.
</P>
<P>(f) The driver's activities shall be recorded in accordance with the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Entries to be current.</I> Drivers shall keep their records of duty status current to the time shown for the last change of duty status.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Entries made by driver only.</I> All entries relating to a driver's duty status must be legible and made by the driver.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Date.</I> The month, day and year for the beginning of each 24-hour period shall be shown on the form containing the driver's duty status record.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Total miles driving today.</I> Total mileage driven during the 24-hour period shall be recorded on the form containing the driver's duty status record.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Commercial motor vehicle identification.</I> The driver shall show the number assigned by the motor carrier, or the license number and licensing State of each commercial motor vehicle operated during each 24-hour period on his/her record of duty status. The driver of an articulated (combination) commercial motor vehicle shall show the number assigned by the motor carrier, or the license number and licensing State of each motor vehicle used in each commercial motor vehicle combination operated during that 24-hour period on his/her record of duty status. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Name of motor carrier.</I> The name(s) of the motor carrier(s) for which work is performed shall be shown on the form containing the driver's record of duty status. When work is performed for more than one motor carrier during the same 24-hour period, the beginning and finishing time, showing a.m. or p.m., worked for each motor carrier shall be shown after each motor carrier's name. Drivers of leased commercial motor vehicles shall show the name of the motor carrier performing the transportation.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Signature/certification.</I> The driver shall certify to the correctness of all entries by signing the form containing the driver's duty status record with his/her legal name or name of record. The driver's signature certifies that all entries required by this section made by the driver are true and correct.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Time base to be used.</I> (i) The driver's duty status record shall be prepared, maintained, and submitted using the time standard in effect at the driver's home terminal, for a 24-hour period beginning with the time specified by the motor carrier for that driver's home terminal.
</P>
<P>(ii) The term “7 or 8 consecutive days” means the 7 or 8 consecutive 24-hour periods as designated by the carrier for the driver's home terminal.
</P>
<P>(iii) The 24-hour period starting time must be identified on the driver's duty status record. One-hour increments must appear on the graph, be identified, and preprinted. The words “Midnight” and “Noon” must appear above or beside the appropriate one-hour increment.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Main office address.</I> The motor carrier's main office address shall be shown on the form containing the driver's duty status record.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Recording days off duty.</I> Two or more consecutive 24-hour periods off duty may be recorded on one duty status record.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Total hours.</I> The total hours in each duty status: off duty other than in a sleeper berth; off duty in a sleeper berth; driving, and on duty not driving, shall be entered to the right of the grid, the total of such entries shall equal 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Shipping document number(s) or name of shipper and commodity</I> shall be shown on the driver's record of duty status.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Graph grid.</I> The following graph grid must be incorporated into a motor carrier recordkeeping system which must also contain the information required in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.034.gif"/>
<P>(h) <I>Graph grid preparation.</I> The graph grid may be used horizontally or vertically and shall be completed as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Off duty.</I> Except for time spent resting in a sleeper berth, a continuous line shall be drawn between the appropriate time markers to record the period(s) of time when the driver is not on duty, is not required to be in readiness to work, or is not under any responsibility for performing work.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Sleeper berth.</I> A continuous line shall be drawn between the appropriate time markers to record the period(s) of time off duty resting in a sleeper berth, as defined in § 395.2. (If a non-sleeper berth operation, sleeper berth need not be shown on the grid.)
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Driving.</I> A continuous line shall be drawn between the appropriate time markers to record the period(s) of driving time, as defined in § 395.2.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>On duty not driving.</I> A continuous line shall be drawn between the appropriate time markers to record the period(s) of time on duty not driving specified in § 395.2.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Location—remarks.</I> The name of the city, town, or village, with State abbreviation where each change of duty status occurs shall be recorded.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>If a change of duty status occurs at a location other than a city, town, or village, show one of the following: (1) The highway number and nearest milepost followed by the name of the nearest city, town, or village and State abbreviation, (2) the highway number and the name of the service plaza followed by the name of the nearest city, town, or village and State abbreviation, or (3) the highway numbers of the nearest two intersecting roadways followed by the name of the nearest city, town, or village and State abbreviation.</P></NOTE>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Drivers used by more than one motor carrier.</I> (1) When the services of a driver are used by more than one motor carrier during any 24-hour period in effect at the driver's home terminal, the driver shall submit a copy of the record of duty status to each motor carrier. The record shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) All duty time for the entire 24-hour period;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of each motor carrier served by the driver during that period; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The beginning and finishing time, including a.m. or p.m., worked for each carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) Motor carriers, when using a driver for the first time or intermittently, shall obtain from the driver a signed statement giving the total time on duty during the immediately preceding 7 days and the time at which the driver was last relieved from duty prior to beginning work for the motor carriers.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Retention of driver's record of duty status and supporting documents.</I> (1) A motor carrier shall retain records of duty status and supporting documents required under this part for each of its drivers for a period of not less than 6 months from the date of receipt.
</P>
<P>(2) The driver shall retain a copy of each record of duty status for the previous 7 consecutive days which shall be in his/her possession and available for inspection while on duty.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Driver's Record of Duty Status.</P></NOTE>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The graph grid, when incorporated as part of any form used by a motor carrier, must be of sufficient size to be legible.
</P>
<P>The following executed specimen grid illustrates how a driver's duty status should be recorded for a trip from Richmond, Virginia, to Newark, New Jersey. The grid reflects the midnight to midnight 24 hour period.</P></EXTRACT>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.035.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Graph Grid (Midnight to Midnight Operation)
</HD2>
<P>The driver in this instance reported for duty at the motor carrier's terminal. The driver reported for work at 6 a.m., helped load, checked with dispatch, made a pretrip inspection, and performed other duties until 7:30 a.m. when the driver began driving. At 9 a.m. the driver had a minor accident in Fredericksburg, Virginia, and spent one half hour handling details with the local police. The driver arrived at the company's Baltimore, Maryland, terminal at noon and went to lunch while minor repairs were made to the tractor. At 1 p.m. the driver resumed the trip and made a delivery in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, between 3 p.m. and 3:30 p.m. at which time the driver started driving again. Upon arrival at Cherry Hill, New Jersey, at 4 p.m., the driver entered the sleeper berth for a rest break until 5:45 p.m. at which time the driver resumed driving again. At 7 p.m. the driver arrived at the company's terminal in Newark, New Jersey. Between 7 p.m. and 8 p.m. the driver prepared the required paperwork including completing the driver's record of duty status, driver vehicle inspection report, insurance report for the Fredericksburg, Virginia accident, checked for the next day's dispatch, etc. At 8 p.m., the driver went off duty.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 53389, Nov. 26, 1982]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 395.8, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.10" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.1.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.10   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.1.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.11   Supporting documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Effective date.</I> This section takes effect December 18, 2017.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submission of supporting documents to motor carrier.</I> Except drivers for a private motor carrier of passengers (nonbusiness), a driver must submit to the driver's employer the driver's supporting documents within 13 days of either the 24-hour period to which the documents pertain or the day the document comes into the driver's possession, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Supporting document retention.</I> (1) Subject to paragraph (d) of this section, a motor carrier must retain each supporting document generated or received in the normal course of business in the following categories for each of its drivers for every 24-hour period to verify on-duty not driving time in accordance with § 395.8(k):
</P>
<P>(i) Each bill of lading, itinerary, schedule, or equivalent document that indicates the origin and destination of each trip;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each dispatch record, trip record, or equivalent document;
</P>
<P>(iii) Each expense receipt related to any on-duty not driving time;
</P>
<P>(iv) Each electronic mobile communication record, reflecting communications transmitted through a fleet management system; and
</P>
<P>(v) Each payroll record, settlement sheet, or equivalent document that indicates payment to a driver.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) A supporting document must include each of the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(A) On the document or on another document that enables the carrier to link the document to the driver, the driver's name or personal identification number (PIN) or a unit (vehicle) number if the unit number can be associated with the driver operating the unit;
</P>
<P>(B) The date, which must be the date at the location where the date is recorded;
</P>
<P>(C) The location, which must include the name of the nearest city, town, or village to enable Federal, State, or local enforcement personnel to quickly determine a vehicle's location on a standard map or road atlas; and
</P>
<P>(D) Subject to paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, the time, which must be convertible to the local time at the location where it is recorded.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a driver has fewer than eight supporting documents containing the four data elements under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section for a 24-hour period, a document containing the data elements under paragraphs (c)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of this section is considered a supporting document for purposes of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Maximum number of supporting documents.</I> (1) Subject to paragraphs (d)(3) and (4) of this section, a motor carrier need not retain more than eight supporting documents for an individual driver's 24-hour period under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) In applying the limit on the number of documents required under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, each electronic mobile communication record applicable to an individual driver's 24-hour period shall be counted as a single document.
</P>
<P>(3) If a motor carrier has more than eight supporting documents for a driver's 24 hour period, the motor carrier must retain the supporting documents containing the earliest and the latest time indications among the eight supporting documents retained.
</P>
<P>(4) In addition to other supporting documents required under this section, and notwithstanding the maximum number of documents under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, a motor carrier that requires a driver to complete a paper record of duty status under § 395.8(a)(1)(iii) must maintain toll receipts for any period when the driver kept paper records of duty status.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Link to driver's record of duty status.</I> A motor carrier must retain supporting documents in such a manner that they may be effectively matched to the corresponding driver's record of duty status.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Prohibition of destruction.</I> No motor carrier or driver may obscure, deface, destroy, mutilate, or alter existing information contained in a supporting document.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Supporting documents at roadside.</I> (1) Upon request during a roadside inspection, a driver must make available to an authorized Federal, State, or local official for the official's review any supporting document in the driver's possession.
</P>
<P>(2) A driver need not produce a supporting document under paragraph (g)(1) of this section in a format other than the format in which the driver possesses it.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Self-compliance systems.</I> (1) FMCSA may authorize on a case-by-case basis motor carrier self-compliance systems.
</P>
<P>(2) Requests for use of a supporting document self-compliance system may be submitted to FMCSA under the procedures described in 49 CFR part 381, subpart C (Procedures for Applying for Exemptions).
</P>
<P>(3) FMCSA will consider requests concerning types of supporting documents retained by a motor carrier under § 395.8(k)(1) and the method by which a driver retains a copy of the record of duty status for the previous 7 days and makes it available for inspection while on duty in accordance with § 395.8.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 78384, Dec. 16, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.12" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.1.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.12   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.1.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.13   Drivers ordered out of service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority to order drivers out of service.</I> Every special agent of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (as defined in appendix B to part 390 of this chapter) is authorized to order a driver out of service and to notify the motor carrier of that order, upon finding at the time and place of examination that the driver has violated the out-of- service criteria as set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Out of service criteria.</I> (1) No driver shall drive after being on duty in excess of the maximum periods permitted by this part.
</P>
<P>(2) No driver required to maintain a record of duty status under § 395.8 shall fail to have a record of duty status current on the day of examination and for the prior seven consecutive days.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception.</I> A driver failing only to have possession of a record of duty status current on the day of examination and the prior day, but has completed records of duty status up to that time (previous 6 days), will be given the opportunity to make the duty status record current.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Responsibilities of motor carriers.</I> (1) No motor carrier shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Require or permit a driver who has been ordered out of service to operate a commercial motor vehicle until that driver may lawfully do so under the rules in this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) Require a driver who has been ordered out of service for failure to prepare a record of duty status to operate a commercial motor vehicle until that driver has been off duty for the appropriate number of consecutive hours required by this part and is in compliance with this section. The appropriate consecutive hours off duty may include sleeper berth time.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier shall complete the “Motor Carrier Certification of Action Taken” portion of the form “Driver/Vehicle Examination Report” and deliver the copy of the form either personally or by mail to the Division Administrator or State Director Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, at the address specified upon the form within 15 days following the date of examination. If the motor carrier mails the form, delivery is made on the date it is postmarked.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Responsibilities of the driver.</I> (1) No driver who has been ordered out of service shall operate a commercial motor vehicle until that driver may lawfully do so under the rules of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) No driver who has been ordered out of service, for failing to prepare a record of duty status, shall operate a commercial motor vehicle until the driver has been off duty for the appropriate number of consecutive hours required by this part and is in compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A driver to whom a form has been tendered ordering the driver out of service shall within 24 hours thereafter deliver or mail the copy to a person or place designated by the motor carrier to receive it.
</P>
<P>(4) Section 395.13 does not alter the hazardous materials requirements prescribed in § 397.5 pertaining to attendance and surveillance of commercial motor vehicles.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 34963, June 18, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 53392, Nov. 26, 1982; 51 FR 12622, Apr. 14, 1986; 53 FR 18058, May 19, 1988; 53 FR 38670, Sept. 30, 1988; 53 FR 47544, Nov. 23, 1988; 60 FR 38748, July 28, 1995; 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001; 68 FR 22516, Apr. 28, 2003; 70 FR 50073, Aug. 25, 2005; 75 FR 17245, Apr. 5, 2010; 77 FR 28451, May 14, 2012; 83 FR 22878, May 17, 2018; 86 FR 57076, Oct. 14, 2021; 88 FR 80192, Nov. 17, 2023; 89 FR 90624, Nov. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 395.15-395.19" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.1.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 395.15-395.19   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Electronic Logging Devices (ELDs)</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>80 FR 78385, Dec. 16, 2015, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 395.20" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.2.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.20   ELD applicability and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This subpart applies to ELDs used to record a driver's hours of service under § 395.8(a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicability.</I> An ELD used after December 18, 2017 must meet the requirements of this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.22" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.2.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.22   Motor carrier responsibilities—In general.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260622" REFID="29">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 37053, June 22, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) <I>Registered ELD required.</I> A motor carrier required to use an ELD must use only an ELD that is listed on the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration's registered ELDs list, accessible through the Agency's website, <I>www.fmcsa.dot.gov/devices</I>.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>User rights management.</I> (1) This paragraph applies to a motor carrier whose drivers use ELDs and to the motor carrier's support personnel who have been authorized by the motor carrier to access ELD records and make or suggest authorized edits.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier must:
</P>
<P>(i) Manage ELD accounts, including creating, deactivating, and updating accounts, and ensure that properly authenticated individuals have ELD accounts with appropriate rights;
</P>
<P>(ii) Assign a unique ELD username to each user account with the required user identification data;
</P>
<P>(iii) Ensure that a driver's license used in the creation of an ELD driver account is valid and corresponds to the driver using the ELD account; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Ensure that information entered to create a new account is accurate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Driver identification data.</I> (1) The ELD user account assigned by the motor carrier to a driver requires the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(i) A driver's first and last name, as reflected on the driver's license;
</P>
<P>(ii) A unique ELD username selected by the motor carrier;
</P>
<P>(iii) The driver's valid driver's license number; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The State or jurisdiction that issued the driver's license.
</P>
<P>(2) The driver's license number or Social Security number must not be used as, or as part of, the username for the account created on an ELD.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motor carrier support personnel identification data.</I> The ELD user account assigned by a motor carrier to support personnel requires the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual's first and last name, as reflected on a government issued identification; and
</P>
<P>(2) A unique ELD username selected by the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Proper log-in required.</I> The motor carrier must require that its drivers and support personnel log into the ELD system using their proper identification data.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Calibration.</I> A motor carrier must ensure that an ELD is calibrated and maintained in accordance with the provider's specifications.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Portable ELDs.</I> If a driver uses a portable ELD, the motor carrier shall ensure that the ELD is mounted in a fixed position during the operation of the commercial motor vehicle and visible to the driver when the driver is seated in the normal driving position.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>In-vehicle information.</I> A motor carrier must ensure that its drivers possess onboard a commercial motor vehicle an ELD information packet containing the following items:
</P>
<P>(1) A user's manual for the driver describing how to operate the ELD;
</P>
<P>(2) An instruction sheet for the driver describing the data transfer mechanisms supported by the ELD and step-by-step instructions for the driver to produce and transfer the driver's hours-of-service records to an authorized safety official;
</P>
<P>(3) An instruction sheet for the driver describing ELD malfunction reporting requirements and recordkeeping procedures during ELD malfunctions; and
</P>
<P>(4) A supply of blank driver's records of duty status graph-grids sufficient to record the driver's duty status and other related information for a minimum of 8 days.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Record backup and security.</I> (1) A motor carrier must retain for 6 months a back-up copy of the ELD records on a device separate from that on which the original data are stored.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier must retain a driver's ELD records so as to protect a driver's privacy in a manner consistent with sound business practices.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Record production.</I> When requested by an authorized safety official, a motor carrier must produce ELD records in an electronic format either at the time of the request or, if the motor carrier has multiple offices or terminals, within the time permitted under § 390.29 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 78385, Dec. 16, 2015, as amended at 88 FR 80192, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.24" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.2.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.24   Driver responsibilities—In general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A driver must provide the information the ELD requires as prompted by the ELD and required by the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Driver's duty status.</I> A driver must input the driver's duty status by selecting among the following categories available on the ELD:
</P>
<P>(1) “Off duty” or “OFF” or “1”;
</P>
<P>(2) “Sleeper berth” or “SB” or “2”, to be used only if sleeper berth is used;
</P>
<P>(3) “Driving” or “D” or “3”; or
</P>
<P>(4) “On-duty not driving” or “ON” or “4”.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Miscellaneous data.</I> (1) A driver must manually input the following information in the ELD:
</P>
<P>(i) Annotations, when applicable;
</P>
<P>(ii) Driver's location description, when prompted by the ELD; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Output file comment, when directed by an authorized safety officer.
</P>
<P>(2) A driver must manually input or verify the following information on the ELD:
</P>
<P>(i) Commercial motor vehicle power unit number;
</P>
<P>(ii) Trailer number(s), if applicable; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Shipping document number, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Driver use of ELD.</I> On request by an authorized safety official, a driver must produce and transfer from an ELD the driver's hours-of-service records in accordance with the instruction sheet provided by the motor carrier.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.26" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.2.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.26   ELD data automatically recorded.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> An ELD provides the following functions and automatically records the data elements listed in this section in accordance with the requirements contained in appendix A to subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Data automatically recorded.</I> The ELD automatically records the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(1) Date;
</P>
<P>(2) Time;
</P>
<P>(3) CMV geographic location information;
</P>
<P>(4) Engine hours;
</P>
<P>(5) Vehicle miles;
</P>
<P>(6) Driver or authenticated user identification data;
</P>
<P>(7) Vehicle identification data; and
</P>
<P>(8) Motor carrier identification data.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Change of duty status.</I> When a driver indicates a change of duty status under § 395.24(b), the ELD records the data elements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Intermediate recording.</I> (1) When a commercial motor vehicle is in motion and there has not been a duty status change or another intermediate recording in the previous 1 hour, the ELD automatically records an intermediate recording that includes the data elements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If the intermediate recording is created during a period when the driver indicates authorized personal use of a commercial motor vehicle, the data elements in paragraphs (b)(4) and (5) of this section (engine hours and vehicle miles) will be left blank and paragraph (b)(3) of this section (location) will be recorded with a single decimal point resolution (approximately within a 10-mile radius).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Change in special driving category.</I> If a driver indicates a change in status under § 395.28(a)(2), the ELD records the data elements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Certification of the driver's daily record.</I> The ELD provides a function for recording the driver's certification of the driver's records for every 24-hour period. When a driver certifies or recertifies the driver's records for a given 24-hour period under § 395.30(b)(2), the ELD records the date, time and driver identification data elements in paragraphs (b)(1), (2), and (6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Log in/log out.</I> When an authorized user logs into or out of an ELD, the ELD records the data elements in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) and (b)(4) through (8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Engine power up/shut down.</I> When a commercial motor vehicle's engine is powered up or powered down, the ELD records the data elements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (8) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Authorized personal use.</I> If the record is created during a period when the driver has indicated authorized personal use of a commercial motor vehicle, the data element in paragraph (b)(3) of this section is logged with a single decimal point resolution (approximately within a 10-mile radius).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Malfunction and data diagnostic event.</I> When an ELD detects or clears a malfunction or data diagnostic event, the ELD records the data elements in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) and (b)(4) through (8) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.28" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.2.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.28   Special driving categories; other driving statuses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Special driving categories</I>—(1) <I>Motor carrier options.</I> A motor carrier may configure an ELD to authorize a driver to indicate that the driver is operating a commercial motor vehicle under any of the following special driving categories:
</P>
<P>(i) Authorized personal use; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Yard moves.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Driver's responsibilities.</I> A driver operating a commercial motor vehicle under one of the authorized categories listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Must select on the ELD the applicable special driving category before the start of the status and deselect when the indicated status ends; and
</P>
<P>(ii) When prompted by the ELD, annotate the driver's ELD record describing the driver's activity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Drivers exempt from ELD use.</I> A motor carrier may configure an ELD to designate a driver as exempt from ELD use.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other driving statuses.</I> A driver operating a commercial motor vehicle under any exception under § 390.3(f) of this subchapter or § 395.1 who is not covered under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section must annotate the driver's ELD record to explain the applicable exemption.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.30" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.2.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.30   ELD record submissions, edits, annotations, and data retention.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Accurate record keeping.</I> A driver and the motor carrier must ensure that the driver's ELD records are accurate.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Review of records and certification by driver.</I> (1) A driver must review the driver's ELD records, edit and correct inaccurate records, enter any missing information, and certify the accuracy of the information.
</P>
<P>(2) Using the certification function of the ELD, the driver must certify the driver's records by affirmatively selecting “Agree” immediately following a statement that reads, “I hereby certify that my data entries and my record of duty status for this 24-hour period are true and correct.” The driver must certify the record immediately after the final required entry has been made or corrected for the 24-hour period.
</P>
<P>(3) The driver must submit the driver's certified ELD records to the motor carrier in accordance with § 395.8(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(4) If any edits are necessary after the driver submits the records to the motor carrier, the driver must recertify the record after the edits are made.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Edits, entries, and annotations.</I> (1) Subject to the edit limitations of an ELD, a driver may edit, enter missing information, and annotate ELD recorded events. When edits, additions, or annotations are necessary, a driver must use the ELD and respond to the ELD's prompts.
</P>
<P>(2) The driver or support personnel must annotate each change or addition to a record.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of team drivers, if there were a mistake resulting in the wrong driver being assigned driving-time hours by the ELD, and if the team drivers were both indicated in each other's records for that period as co-drivers, driving time may be edited and reassigned between the team drivers following the procedure supported by the ELD.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motor carrier-proposed edits.</I> (1) On review of a driver's submitted records, the motor carrier may request edits to a driver's records of duty status to ensure accuracy. A driver must confirm or reject any proposed change, implement the appropriate edits on the driver's record of duty status, and recertify and resubmit the records in order for any motor carrier-proposed changes to take effect.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier may not request edits to the driver's electronic records before the records have been submitted by the driver.
</P>
<P>(3) Edits requested by any system or by any person other than the driver must require the driver's electronic confirmation or rejection.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Coercion prohibited.</I> A motor carrier may not coerce a driver to make a false certification of the driver's data entries or record of duty status.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Motor carrier data retention requirements.</I> A motor carrier must not alter or erase, or permit or require alteration or erasure of, the original information collected concerning the driver's hours of service, the source data streams used to provide that information, or information contained in any ELD that uses the original information and HOS source data.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.32" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.2.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.32   Non-authenticated driver logs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Tracking non-authenticated operation.</I> The ELD must associate the non-authenticated operation of a commercial motor vehicle with a single account labeled “Unidentified Driver” as soon as the vehicle is in motion, if no driver has logged into the ELD.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Driver.</I> When a driver logs into an ELD, the driver must review any unassigned driving time when prompted by the ELD and must:
</P>
<P>(1) Assume any records that belong to the driver under the driver's account; or
</P>
<P>(2) Indicate that the records are not attributable to the driver.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Motor carrier.</I> (1) A motor carrier must ensure that records of unidentified driving are reviewed and must:
</P>
<P>(i) Annotate the record, explaining why the time is unassigned; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Assign the record to the appropriate driver to correctly reflect the driver's hours of service.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier must retain unidentified driving records for each ELD for a minimum of 6 months from the date of receipt.
</P>
<P>(3) During a safety inspection, audit or investigation by an authorized safety official, a motor carrier must make available unidentified driving records from the ELD corresponding to the time period for which ELD records are required.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.34" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.2.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.34   ELD malfunctions and data diagnostic events.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Recordkeeping during ELD malfunctions.</I> In case of an ELD malfunction, a driver must do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Note the malfunction of the ELD and provide written notice of the malfunction to the motor carrier within 24 hours;
</P>
<P>(2) Reconstruct the record of duty status for the current 24-hour period and the previous 7 consecutive days, and record the records of duty status on graph-grid paper logs that comply with § 395.8, unless the driver already possesses the records or the records are retrievable from the ELD; and
</P>
<P>(3) Continue to manually prepare a record of duty status in accordance with § 395.8 until the ELD is serviced and brought back into compliance with this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Inspections during malfunctions.</I> When a driver is inspected for hours of service compliance during an ELD malfunction, the driver must provide the authorized safety official the driver's records of duty status manually kept as specified under paragraphs (a)(2) and (3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Driver requirements during ELD data diagnostic events.</I> If an ELD indicates that there is a data inconsistency that generates a data diagnostic event, the driver must follow the motor carrier's and ELD provider's recommendations in resolving the data inconsistency.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motor carrier requirements for repair, replacement, or service.</I> (1) If a motor carrier receives or discovers information concerning the malfunction of an ELD, the motor carrier must take actions to correct the malfunction of the ELD within 8 days of discovery of the condition or a driver's notification to the motor carrier, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(2) A motor carrier seeking to extend the period of time permitted for repair, replacement, or service of one or more ELDs shall notify the FMCSA Division Administrator for the State of the motor carrier's principal place of business within 5 days after a driver notifies the motor carrier under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Each request for an extension under this section must be signed by the motor carrier and must contain:
</P>
<P>(i) The name, address, and telephone number of the motor carrier representative who files the request;
</P>
<P>(ii) The make, model, and serial number of each ELD;
</P>
<P>(iii) The date and location of each ELD malfunction as reported by the driver to the carrier; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A concise statement describing actions taken by the motor carrier to make a good faith effort to repair, replace, or service the ELD units, including why the carrier needs additional time beyond the 8 days provided by this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If FMCSA determines that the motor carrier is continuing to make a good faith effort to ensure repair, replacement, or service to address the malfunction of each ELD, FMCSA may allow an additional period.
</P>
<P>(4) FMCSA will provide written notice to the motor carrier of its determination. The determination may include any conditions that FMCSA considers necessary to ensure hours-of-service compliance. The determination shall constitute a final agency action.
</P>
<P>(5) A motor carrier providing a request for extension that meets the requirements of paragraph (d)(2) of this section is deemed in compliance with § 395.8(a)(1)(i) and (a)(2) until FMCSA makes an extension determination under this section, provided the motor carrier and driver continue to comply with the other requirements of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.36" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.2.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.36   Driver access to records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Records on ELD.</I> Drivers must be able to access their own ELD records. A motor carrier must not introduce a process that would require a driver to go through the motor carrier to obtain copies of the driver's own ELD records if such records exist on or are automatically retrievable through the ELD operated by the driver.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Records in motor carrier's possession.</I> On request, a motor carrier must provide a driver with access to and copies of the driver's own ELD records unavailable under paragraph (a) of this section during the period a motor carrier is required to retain the records under § 395.8(k).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 395.38" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.2.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 395.38   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> Certain materials are incorporated by reference in part 395, with the approval of the Director of the Office of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a), and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration must publish notice of the change in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> and the material must be available to the public. All approved material is available for inspection at the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Analysis, Research and Technology, (800) 832-5660, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html</I>.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>American National Standards Institute (ANSI).</I> 11 West 42nd Street, New York, New York 10036, <I>http://webstore.ansi.org</I>, (212) 642-4900.
</P>
<P>(1) ANSI INCITS 4-1986 (R2012), American National Standard for Information Systems—Coded Character Sets—7-Bit American National Standard Code for Information Interchange (7-Bit ASCII), approved June 14, 2007, IBR in section 4.8.2.1, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) ANSI INCITS 446-2008 (R2013), American National Standard for Information Technology—Identifying Attributes for Named Physical and Cultural Geographic Features (Except Roads and Highways) of the United States, Territories, Outlying Areas, and Freely Associated Areas, and the Waters of the Same to the Limit of the Twelve-Mile Statutory Zone, approved October 28, 2008, IBR in section 4.4.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Bluetooth SIG, Inc.</I> 5209 Lake Washington Blvd. NE., Suite 350, Kirkland, WA 98033, <I>https://www.bluetooth.org/Technical/Specifications/adopted.htm</I>, (425) 691-3535.
</P>
<P>(1) Bluetooth SIG, Inc., Specification of the Bluetooth System: Wireless Connections Made Easy, Covered Core Package version 2.1 + EDR, volumes 0 through 4, approved July 26, 2007, IBR in sections 4.9.1, 4.9.2, 4.10.1.4, 4.10.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) Standards Association.</I> 445 Hoes Lane, Piscataway, NJ 08854-4141, <I>http://standards.ieee.org/index.html</I>, (732) 981-0060.
</P>
<P>(1) IEEE Std 1667-2009, IEEE Standard for Authentication in Host Attachments of Transient Storage Devices, approved 11 November 2009, IBR in section 4.10.1.3, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).</I> C/o Association Management Solutions, LLC (AMS) 48377 Freemont Blvd., Suite 117, Freemont, CA 94538, (510) 492-4080.
</P>
<P>(1) IETF RFC 3565, Use of the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Encryption Algorithm in Cryptographic Message Syntax (CMS), approved July 2003, IBR in section 4.10.1.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) IETF RFC 4056, Use of the RSASSA-PSS Signature Algorithm in Cryptographic Message Syntax (CMS), approved June 2005, IBR in section 4.10.1.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(3) IETF RFC 5246, The Transport Layer Security (TLS) Protocol Version 1.2, approved August 2008, IBR in section 4.10.1.1, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(4) IETF RFC 5321, Simple Mail Transfer Protocol, approved October 2008, IBR in section 4.10.1.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(5) IETF RFC 5322, Internet Message Format, approved October 2008, IBR in section 4.10.1.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(6) IETF RFC 5751, Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (S/MIME) Version 3.2, Message Specification, approved January 2010, IBR in section 4.10.1.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(7) IETF RFC 7230, Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Message Syntax and Routing, approved June 2014, IBR in section 4.10.1.1, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(8) IETF RFC 7231, Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Semantics and Content, approved June 2014, IBR in section 4.10.1.1, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).</I> 100 Bureau Drive, Stop 1070, Gaithersburg, MD 20899-1070, <I>http://www.nist.gov</I>, (301) 975-6478.
</P>
<P>(1) Federal Information Processing Standards Publication (FIPS PUB) 197, Advanced Encryption Standard (AES), approved November 26, 2001, IBR in sections 4.10.1.2 and 4.10.1.3, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) SP 800-32, Introduction to Public Key Technology and the Federal PKI Infrastructure, approved February 26, 2001, IBR in section 4.10.1.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Universal Serial Bus Implementers Forum (USBIF).</I> 3855 SW. 153rd Drive, Beaverton, Oregon 97006, <I>http://www.usb.org</I>, (503) 619-0426.
</P>
<P>(1) USB Implementers Forum, Inc., Universal Serial Bus Specification, Revision 2.0, approved April 27, 2000, as revised through April 3, 2015, IBR in sections 4.9.1, 4.9.2, 4.10.1.3, and 4.10.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(h) <I>World Wide Web Consortium (W3C).</I> 32 Vassar Street, Building 32-G514, Cambridge, MA 02139, <I>http://www.w3.org</I>, (617) 253-2613.
</P>
<P>(1) W3C Recommendation 27, SOAP Version 1.2 Part 1: Messaging Framework (Second Edition), including errata, approved April 2007, IBR in section 4.10.1.1, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.37.2.17.11.22" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart B of Part 395—Functional Specifications for All Electronic Logging Devices (ELDs)
</HEAD>
<HD1>Table of Contents
</HD1>
<FP-2>1. Scope and Description Scope
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>1.1. ELD Function
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>1.2. System Users
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>1.3. System Architecture
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>1.4. System Design
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>1.5. Sections of Appendix
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>2. Abbreviations
</FP-2>
<FP-2>3. Definitions; Notations
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>3.1. Definitions
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>3.1.1. Databus
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>3.1.2. ELD Event
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>3.1.3. Exempt Driver
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>3.1.4. Geo-Location
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>3.1.5. Ignition Power Cycle, Ignition Power On Cycle, Ignition Power Off Cycle
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>3.1.6. Unidentified Driver
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>3.2. Notations
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>4. Functional Requirements
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>4.1. ELD User Accounts
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.1.1. Account Types
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.1.2. Account Creation
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.1.3. Account Security
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.1.4. Account Management
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.1.5. Non-Authenticated Operation
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.2. ELD-Vehicle Interface
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3. ELD Inputs
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.1. ELD Sensing
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.1.1. Engine Power Status
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.1.2. Vehicle Motion Status
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.1.3. Vehicle Miles
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.1.4. Engine Hours
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.1.5. Date and Time
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.1.6. CMV Position
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.1.7. CMV VIN
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.2. Driver's Manual Entries
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.2.1. Driver's Entry of Required Event Data Fields
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.2.2. Driver's Status Inputs
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.2.2.1. Driver's Indication of Duty Status
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.2.2.2. Driver's Indication of Situations Impacting Driving Time Recording
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.2.3. Driver's Certification of Records
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.2.4. Driver's Data Transfer Initiation Input
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.2.5. Driver's Entry of an Output File Comment
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.2.6. Driver's Annotation of Records
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.2.7. Driver's Entry of Location Information
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.2.8. Driver's Record Entry/Edit
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.2.8.1 Mechanism for Driver Edits and Annotations
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.2.8.2 Driver Edit Limitations
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.3. Motor Carrier's Manual Entries
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.3.1. ELD Configuration
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.3.1.1. Configuration of Available Categories Impacting Driving Time Recording
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.3.1.2. Configuration of Using ELDs
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.3.3.1.3. Motor Carrier's Post-Review Electronic Edit Request
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4. ELD Processing and Calculations
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.1. Conditions for Automatic Setting of Duty Status
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.1.1. Automatic Setting of Duty Status to Driving
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.1.2. Automatic Setting of Duty Status to On-Duty Not Driving
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.1.3. Other Automatic Duty-Status Setting Actions Prohibited
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.2. Geo-Location Conversions
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.3. Date and Time Conversions
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.4. Setting of Event Parameters in Records, Edits, and Entries
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.4.1. Event Sequence Identifier (ID) Number
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.4.2. Event Record Status, Event Record Origin, Event Type Setting
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.4.2.1. Records Automatically Logged by ELD
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.4.2.2. Driver Edits
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.4.2.3. Driver Entries
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.4.2.4. Driver's Assumption of Unidentified Driver Logs
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.4.2.5. Motor Carrier Edit Suggestions
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.4.2.6. Driver's Actions Over Motor Carrier Edit Suggestions
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.5. Data Integrity Check Functions
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.5.1. Event Data Check
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.5.1.1. Event Checksum Calculation
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.5.1.2. Event Data Check Calculation
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.5.2. Line Data Check
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.5.2.1. Line Checksum Calculation
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.5.2.2. Line Data Check Calculation
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.5.2.3. Line Data Check Value Inclusion in Output File
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.5.3. File Data Check
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.5.3.1. File Checksum Calculation
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.5.3.2. File Data Check Value Calculation
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.4.5.3.3. File Data Check Value Inclusion in Output File.
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.5. ELD Recording
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.5.1. Events and Data To Record
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.5.1.1. Event: Change in Driver's Duty Status
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.5.1.2. Event: Intermediate Logs
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.5.1.3. Event: Change in Driver's Indication of Allowed Conditions that Impact Driving Time Recording
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.5.1.4. Event: Driver's Certification of Own Records
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.5.1.5. Event: Driver's Login/Logout Activity
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.5.1.6. Event: CMV's Engine Power Up and Shut Down Activity
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.5.1.7. Event: ELD Malfunction and Data Diagnostics Occurrence
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6. ELD's Self-Monitoring of Required Functions
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6.1. Compliance Self-Monitoring, Malfunctions and Data Diagnostic Events
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6.1.1. Power Compliance Monitoring
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6.1.2. Engine Synchronization Compliance Monitoring
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6.1.3. Timing Compliance Monitoring
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6.1.4. Positioning Compliance Monitoring
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6.1.5. Data Recording Compliance Monitoring
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6.1.6. Monitoring Records Logged under the Unidentified Driver Profile
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6.1.7. Data Transfer Compliance Monitoring
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6.1.8. Other Technology-Specific Operational Health Monitoring
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6.2. ELD Malfunction Status Indicator
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6.2.1. Visual Malfunction Indicator
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6.3. ELD Data Diagnostic Status Indicator
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.6.3.1. Visual Data Diagnostics Indicator
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.7. Special Purpose ELD Functions
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.7.1. Driver's ELD Volume Control
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.7.2. Driver's Access To Own ELD Records
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.7.3. Privacy Preserving Provision for Use During Personal Uses of a CMV
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8. ELD Outputs
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.1. Printout or Display
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.1.1. Print Paper Requirements
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.1.2. Display Requirements
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.1.3. Information To Be Shown on the Printout and Display at Roadside
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2. ELD Data File
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2.1. ELD Output File Standard
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2.1.1. Header Segment
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2.1.2. User List
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2.1.3. CMV List
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2.1.4. ELD Event List for Driver's Record of Duty Status
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2.1.5. Event Annotations, Comments, and Driver's Location Description
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2.1.6. ELD Event List for Driver's Certification of Own Records
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2.1.7. Malfunction and Diagnostic Event Records
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2.1.8. ELD Login/Logout Report
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2.1.9. CMV's Engine Power-Up and Shut Down Activity
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2.1.10. ELD Event Log List for the Unidentified Driver Profile
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2.1.11. File Data Check Value
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.8.2.2. ELD Output File Name Standard
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.9. Data Transfer Capability Requirements
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.9.1. Data Transfer During Roadside Safety Inspections
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.9.2. Motor Carrier Data Reporting
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.10. Communications Standards for the Transmittal of Data Files From ELDs
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.10.1. Data Transfer Mechanisms
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.10.1.1. Wireless Data Transfer via Web Services
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.10.1.2. Wireless Data Transfer Through E-Mail
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.10.1.3. Data Transfer via USB 2.0
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.10.1.4 Wireless Data Transfer via Bluetooth®
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>4.10.2. Motor Carrier Data Transmission
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>5. ELD Registration and Certification
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>5.1. ELD Provider's Registration
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>5.1.1. Registering Online
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>5.1.2. Keeping Information Current
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>5.1.3. Authentication Information Distribution
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>5.2. Certification of Conformity With FMCSA Standards
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>5.2.1. Online Certification
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>5.2.2. Procedure To Validate an ELD's Authenticity
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>5.3. Publicly Available Information
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>5.4. Removal of Listed Certification
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>5.4.1. Removal Process
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>5.4.2. Notice
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>5.4.3. Response
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>5.4.4. Agency Action
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>5.4.5. Administrative Review
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>6. References
</FP-2>
<FP-2>7. Data Elements Dictionary
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>7.1. 24-Hour Period Starting Time
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.2. Carrier Name
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.3. Carrier's USDOT Number
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.4. CMV Power Unit Number
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.5. CMV VIN
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.6. Comment/Annotation
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.7. Data Diagnostic Event Indicator Status
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.8. Date
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.9. Distance Since Last Valid Coordinates
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.10. Driver's License Issuing State
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.11. Driver's License Number
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.12. Driver's Location Description
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.13. ELD Account Type
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.14. ELD Authentication Value
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.15. ELD Identifier
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.16. ELD Provider
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.17. ELD Registration ID
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.18. ELD Username
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.19. Engine Hours
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.20. Event Code
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.21. Event Data Check Value
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.22. Event Record Origin
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.23. Event Record Status
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.24. Event Sequence ID Number
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.25. Event Type
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.26. Exempt Driver Configuration
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.27. File Data Check Value
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.28. First Name
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.29. Geo-Location
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.30. Last Name
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.31. Latitude
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.32. Line Data Check Value
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.33. Longitude
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.34. Malfunction/Diagnostic Code
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.35. Malfunction Indicator Status
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.36. Multiday Basis Used
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.37. Order Number
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.38. Output File Comment
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.39. Shipping Document Number
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.40. Time
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.41. Time Zone Offset from UTC
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.42. Trailer Number(s)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>7.43. Vehicle Miles
</FP1-2>
<HD1>1. Scope and Description
</HD1>
<P>(a) This appendix specifies the minimal requirements for an electronic logging device (ELD) necessary for an ELD provider to build and certify that its technology is compliant with this appendix.
</P>
<HD2>1.1. ELD Function
</HD2>
<P>The ELD discussed in this appendix is an electronic module capable of recording the electronic records of duty status for CMV drivers using the unit in a driving environment within a CMV and meets the compliance requirements in this appendix.
</P>
<HD2>1.2. System Users
</HD2>
<P>Users of ELDs are:
</P>
<P>(a) CMV drivers employed by a motor carrier; and
</P>
<P>(b) Support personnel who have been authorized by the motor carrier to:
</P>
<P>(1) Create, remove, and manage user accounts;
</P>
<P>(2) Configure allowed ELD parameters; and
</P>
<P>(3) Access, review, and manage drivers' ELD records on behalf of the motor carrier.
</P>
<HD2>1.3. System Architecture
</HD2>
<P>An ELD may be implemented as a stand-alone technology or within another electronic module. It may be installed in a CMV or may be implemented on a handheld unit that may be moved from vehicle to vehicle. The functional requirements are the same for all types of system architecture that may be used in implementing the ELD functionality.
</P>
<HD2>1.4. System Design
</HD2>
<P>(a) An ELD is integrally synchronized with the engine of the CMV such that driving time can be automatically recorded for the driver operating the CMV and using the ELD.
</P>
<P>(b) An ELD allows for manual inputs from the driver and the motor carrier support personnel and automatically captures date and time, vehicle position, and vehicle operational parameters.
</P>
<P>(c) An ELD records a driver's electronic RODS and other supporting events with the required data elements specified in this appendix and retains data to support the performance requirements specified in this appendix.
</P>
<P>(d) An ELD generates a standard data file output and transfers it to an authorized safety official upon request.
</P>
<P>(e) This appendix specifies minimally required data elements that must be part of an event record such that a standard ELD output file can be produced by all compliant ELDs.
</P>
<P>(f) Figure 1 provides a visual layout of how this appendix is generally organized to further explain the required sub-functions of an ELD.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.000.gif"/>
<HD2>1.5. Sections of Appendix
</HD2>
<P>(a) Section 2 lists the abbreviations used throughout this appendix.
</P>
<P>(b) Section 3 provides definitions for terms and notations used in this document.
</P>
<P>(c) Section 4 lists functional requirements for an ELD. More specifically, section 4.1 describes the security requirements for account management within an ELD system and introduces the term “Unidentified Driver” account. Section 4.2 explains internal engine synchronization requirements and its applicability when used in recording a driver's record of duty status in CMVs. Section 4.3 describes the inputs of an ELD which includes automatically measured signals by the ELD as covered in section 4.3.1, and manual entries by the authenticated driver as covered in section 4.3.2 and by the motor carrier as covered in section 4.3.3. The ELD requirements for internal processing and tracking of information flow are described in section 4.4, which includes conditions for and prohibitions against automatic setting of duty-status in section 4.4.1, required geo-location and date and time conversion functions in sections 4.4.2 and 4.4.3, respectively, use of event attributes for tracking of edit and entry history in section 4.4.4, and the use of data check functions in the recording of ELD logs in section 4.4.5 as standard security measures for all ELDs. Section 4.5 describes the events an ELD must record and the data elements each type of event must include. Section 4.6 introduces device self-monitoring requirements and standardizes the minimal set of malfunctions and data diagnostic events an ELD must be able to detect. Section 4.7 introduces technical functions that are intended to guard a driver against harassment and introduces a privacy preserving provision when a driver operates a CMV for personal purposes. Section 4.8 explains ELD outputs, which are the information displayed to a user and the standard data output file an ELD must produce. Sections 4.9 and 4.10, respectively, describe the data reporting requirements and the communications protocols.
</P>
<P>(d) Section 5 describes the ELD certification and registration process.
</P>
<P>(e) Section 6 lists the cited references throughout this appendix.
</P>
<P>(f) Section 7 provides a data elements dictionary referencing each data element identified in this appendix.
</P>
<HD1>2. Abbreviations
</HD1>
<FP-1>3pDP Third-Party Developers' Partnership
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange
</FP-1>
<FP-1>CAN Control Area Network
</FP-1>
<FP-1>CMV Commercial Motor Vehicle
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ECM Electronic Control Module
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ELD Electronic Logging Device
</FP-1>
<FP-1>FMCSA Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
</FP-1>
<FP-1>HOS Hours of Service
</FP-1>
<FP-1>HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol
</FP-1>
<FP-1>HTTPS Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ICD Interface Control Document
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SAFER Safety and Fitness Electronic Records
</FP-1>
<FP-1>RFC Request for Comments
</FP-1>
<FP-1>RODS Records of Duty Status
</FP-1>
<FP-1>TLS Transport Layer Security
</FP-1>
<FP-1>UCT Coordinated Universal Time
</FP-1>
<FP-1>USB Universal Serial Bus
</FP-1>
<FP-1>WSDL Web Services Definition Language
</FP-1>
<FP-1>XML Extensible Markup Language
</FP-1>
<FP-1>XOR Exclusive Or {bitwise binary operation}
</FP-1>
<HD1>3. Definitions; Notations
</HD1>
<HD2>3.1. Definitions
</HD2>
<HD3>3.1.1. Databus
</HD3>
<P>A vehicle databus refers to an internal communications network that interconnects components inside a vehicle and facilitates exchange of data between subsystems typically using serial or control area network protocols.
</P>
<HD3>3.1.2. ELD Event
</HD3>
<P>An ELD event refers to a discrete instance in time when the ELD records data with the data elements specified in this appendix. The discrete ELD events relate to the driver's duty status and ELD's operational integrity. They are either triggered by input from the driver (driver's duty status changes, driver's login/logout activity, etc.) or triggered by the ELD's internal monitoring functions (ELD malfunction detection, data diagnostics detection, intermediate logs, etc.). ELD events and required data elements for each type of ELD event are described in detail in section 4.5.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<HD3>3.1.3. Exempt Driver
</HD3>
<P>As specified in further detail in section 4.3.3.1.2 of this appendix, an ELD must allow a motor carrier to configure an ELD for a driver who may be exempt from the use of the ELD. An example of an exempt driver would be a driver operating under the short-haul exemption in § 395.1(e) of this part (100 air-mile radius driver and non-CDL 150-air mile radius driver). Even though exempt drivers do not have to use an ELD, in operations when an ELD equipped CMV may be shared between exempt and non-exempt drivers, motor carriers can use this allowed configuration to avoid issues with unidentified driver data diagnostics errors.
</P>
<HD3>3.1.4. Geo-Location
</HD3>
<P>Geo-location is the conversion of a position measurement in latitude/longitude coordinates into a description of the distance and direction to a recognizable nearby location name. Geo-location information is used on an ELD's display or printout.
</P>
<HD3>3.1.5. Ignition Power Cycle, Ignition Power On Cycle, Ignition Power Off Cycle
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ignition power cycle refers to the engine's power status changing from “on to off” or “off to on”, typically with the driver controlling engine power status by switching the ignition key positions.
</P>
<P>(b) An ignition power on cycle refers to the engine power sequence changing from “off to on and then off”. This refers to a continuous period when a CMV's engine is powered.
</P>
<P>(c) An ignition power off cycle refers to the engine power sequence changing from “on to off and then on”. This refers to a continuous period when a CMV's engine is not powered.
</P>
<HD3>3.1.6. Unidentified Driver
</HD3>
<P>“Unidentified Driver” refers to the operation of a CMV featuring an ELD without an authenticated driver logging in the system. Functional specifications in this appendix require an ELD to automatically capture driving time under such conditions and attribute such records to the unique “Unidentified Driver account,” as specified in section 4.1.5 of this appendix, until the motor carrier and the driver review the records and they are assigned to the true and correct owner, as described in § 395.32 of this part.
</P>
<HD2>3.2. Notations
</HD2>
<P>Throughout this appendix the following notations are used when data elements are referenced.
</P>
<P>(a) &lt; . &gt; indicates a parameter an ELD must track. For example refers to the unique &lt;ELD username&gt; or identifier specified during the creation of an ELD account with the requirements set forth in section 7.18 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(b) {<I> .</I>} indicates which of multiple values of a parameter is being referenced. For example &lt;ELD username {<I>for the co-driver</I>}&gt; refers specifically to the ELD username for the co-driver.
</P>
<P>(c) &lt;CR&gt; indicates a carriage return or new line or end of the current line. This notation is used in section 4.8.2 of this appendix, which describes the standard ELD output file.
</P>
<HD1>4. Functional Requirements
</HD1>
<HD2>4.1. ELD User Accounts
</HD2>
<HD3>4.1.1. Account Types
</HD3>
<P>An ELD must support a user account structure that separates drivers and motor carrier's support personnel (<I>i.e.</I> non-drivers).
</P>
<HD3>4.1.2. Account Creation
</HD3>
<P>(a) Each user of the ELD must have a valid active account on the ELD with a unique identifier assigned by the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) Each driver account must require the entry of the driver's license number and the State or jurisdiction that issued the driver's license into the ELD during the account creation process. The driver account must securely store this information on the ELD.
</P>
<P>(c) An ELD must not allow creation of more than one driver account associated with a driver's license for a given motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(d) A driver account must not have administrative rights to create new accounts on the ELD.
</P>
<P>(e) A support personnel account must not allow recording of ELD data for its account holder.
</P>
<P>(f) An ELD must reserve a unique driver account for recording events during non-authenticated operation of a CMV. This appendix will refer to this account as the “unidentified driver account.”
</P>
<HD3>4.1.3. Account Security
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must provide secure access to data recorded and stored on the system by requiring user authentication during system login.
</P>
<P>(b) Driver accounts must only have access to data associated with that driver, protecting the authenticity and confidentiality of the collected information.
</P>
<HD3>4.1.4. Account Management
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must be capable of separately recording and retaining ELD data for each individual driver using the ELD.
</P>
<P>(b) An ELD must provide for and require concurrent authentication for team drivers.
</P>
<P>(c) If more than one ELD unit is used to record a driver's electronic records within a motor carrier's operation, the ELD in the vehicle the driver is operating most recently must be able to produce a complete ELD report for that driver, on demand, for the current 24-hour period and the previous 7 consecutive days.
</P>
<HD3>4.1.5. Non-Authenticated Operation
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must associate all non-authenticated operation of a CMV with a single ELD account labeled unidentified driver.
</P>
<P>(b) If a driver does not log onto the ELD, as soon as the vehicle is in motion, the ELD must:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide a visual or visual and audible warning reminding the driver to stop and log in to the ELD;
</P>
<P>(2) Record accumulated driving and on-duty, not-driving, time in accordance with the ELD defaults described in section 4.4.1 of this appendix under the unidentified driver profile; and
</P>
<P>(3) Not allow entry of any information into the ELD other than a response to the login prompt.
</P>
<HD3>4.2. ELD-Vehicle Interface
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must be integrally synchronized with the engine of the CMV. Engine synchronization for purposes of ELD compliance means the monitoring of the vehicle's engine operation to automatically capture the engine's power status, vehicle's motion status, miles driven value, and engine hours value when the CMV's engine is powered.
</P>
<P>(b) An ELD used while operating a CMV that is a model year 2000 or later model year, as indicated by the vehicle identification number (VIN), that has an engine electronic control module (ECM) must establish a link to the engine ECM when the CMV's engine is powered and receive automatically the engine's power status, vehicle's motion status, miles driven value, and engine hours value through the serial or Control Area Network communication protocols supported by the engine ECM or the vehicle's databus. If the vehicle does not have an ECM, an ELD may use alternative sources to obtain or estimate these vehicle parameters with the listed accuracy requirements under section 4.3.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<HD3>4.3. ELD Inputs
</HD3>
<HD3>4.3.1. ELD Sensing
</HD3>
<HD3>4.3.1.1. Engine Power Status
</HD3>
<P>An ELD must be powered and become fully functional within 1 minute of the vehicle's engine receiving power and must remain powered for as long as the vehicle's engine stays powered.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.1.2. Vehicle Motion Status
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must automatically determine whether a CMV is in motion or stopped by comparing the vehicle speed information with respect to a set speed threshold as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Once the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed threshold, it must be considered in motion.
</P>
<P>(2) Once in motion, the vehicle must be considered in motion until its speed falls to 0 miles per hour and stays at 0 miles per hour for 3 consecutive seconds. Then, the vehicle will be considered stopped.
</P>
<P>(3) An ELD's set speed threshold for determination of the in-motion state for the purpose of this section must not be configurable to greater than 5 miles per hour.
</P>
<P>(b) If an ELD is required to have a link to the vehicle's engine ECM, vehicle speed information must be acquired from the engine ECM or the vehicle's databus. Otherwise, vehicle speed information must be acquired using an independent source apart from the positioning services described under section 4.3.1.6 of this appendix and must be accurate within ±3 miles per hour of the CMV's true ground speed for purposes of determining the in-motion state for the CMV.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.1.3. Vehicle Miles
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must monitor vehicle miles as accumulated by a CMV over the course of an ignition power on cycle (accumulated vehicle miles) and over the course of CMV's operation (total vehicle miles). Vehicle miles information must use or must be converted to units of whole miles.
</P>
<P>(b) If the ELD is required to have a link to the vehicle's engine ECM as specified in section 4.2 of this appendix:
</P>
<P>(1) The ELD must monitor the odometer message broadcast on the engine ECM or the vehicle's databus and use it to log total vehicle miles information; and
</P>
<P>(2) The ELD must use the odometer message to determine accumulated vehicle miles since engine's last power on instance.
</P>
<P>(c) If the ELD is not required to have a link to the vehicle's engine ECM as specified in section 4.2 of this appendix, the accumulated vehicle miles indication must be obtained or estimated from a source that is accurate to within ±10% of miles accumulated by the CMV over a 24-hour period as indicated on the vehicle's odometer display.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.1.4. Engine Hours
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must monitor engine hours of the CMV over the course of an ignition power on cycle (elapsed engine hours) and over the course of the total engine hours of the CMV's operation. Engine hours must use or must be converted to hours in intervals of a tenth of an hour.
</P>
<P>(b) If an ELD is required to have a link to the vehicle's engine ECM, the ELD must monitor the total engine hours message broadcast on the engine ECM or the vehicle's databus and use it to log total engine hours information. Otherwise, engine hours must be obtained or estimated from a source that monitors the ignition power of the CMV and must be accurate within ±0.1 hour of the engine's total operation within a given ignition power on cycle.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.1.5. Date and Time
</HD3>
<P>(a) The ELD must obtain and record the date and time information automatically without allowing any external input or interference from a motor carrier, driver, or any other person.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD time must be synchronized to Coordinated Universal Time (UCT) and the absolute deviation from UCT must not exceed 10 minutes at any point in time.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.1.6. CMV Position
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must determine automatically the position of the CMV in standard latitude/longitude coordinates with the accuracy and availability requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD must obtain and record this information without allowing any external input or interference from a motor carrier, driver, or any other person.
</P>
<P>(c) CMV position measurement must be accurate to ±0.5 mile of absolute position of the CMV when an ELD measures a valid latitude/longitude coordinate value.
</P>
<P>(d) Position information must be obtained in or converted to standard signed latitude and longitude values and must be expressed as decimal degrees to hundreds of a degree precision (<I>i.e.,</I> a decimal point and two decimal places).
</P>
<P>(e) Measurement accuracy combined with the reporting precision requirement implies that position reporting accuracy will be on the order of ±1mile of absolute position of the CMV during the course of a CMV's commercial operation.
</P>
<P>(f) During periods of a driver's indication of personal use of the CMV, the measurement reporting precision requirement is reduced to tenths of a degree (<I>i.e.,</I> a decimal point and single decimal place) as further specified in section 4.7.3 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(g) An ELD must be able to acquire a valid position measurement at least once every 5 miles of driving; however, the ELD records CMV location information only during ELD events as specified in section 4.5.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<HD2>4.3.1.7. CMV VIN
</HD2>
<P>The vehicle identification number (VIN) for the power unit of a CMV must be automatically obtained and recorded if it is available on the vehicle databus.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.2. Driver's Manual Entries
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must prompt the driver to input information into the ELD only when the CMV is stationary and driver's duty status is not on-duty driving, except for the condition specified in section 4.4.1.2 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(b) If the driver's duty status is driving, an ELD must only allow the driver who is operating the CMV to change the driver's duty status to another duty status.
</P>
<P>(c) A stopped vehicle must maintain zero (0) miles per hour speed to be considered stationary for purposes of information entry into an ELD.
</P>
<P>(d) An ELD must allow an authenticated co-driver who is not driving, but who has logged into the ELD prior to the vehicle being in motion, to make entries over his or her own records when the vehicle is in motion. The ELD must not allow co-drivers to switch driving roles when the vehicle is in motion.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.2.1. Driver's Entry of Required Event Data Fields
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must provide a means for a driver to enter information pertaining to the driver's ELD records manually, <I>e.g.,</I> CMV power unit number, as specified in section 7.4 of this appendix; trailer number(s), as specified in section 7.42; and shipping document number, as specified in section 7.39.
</P>
<P>(b) If the motor carrier populates these fields automatically, the ELD must provide means for the driver to review such information and make corrections as necessary.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.2.2. Driver's Status Inputs
</HD3>
<HD3>4.3.2.2.1. Driver's Indication of Duty Status
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must provide a means for the authenticated driver to select a driver's duty status.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD must use the ELD duty status categories listed in Table 1 of this appendix.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.001.gif"/>
<HD3>4.3.2.2.2. Driver's Indication of Situations Impacting Driving Time Recording
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must provide the means for a driver to indicate the beginning and end of a period when the driver may use the CMV for authorized personal use or for performing yard moves. The ELD must acquire this status in a standard format from the category list in Table 2 of this appendix. This list must be supported independent of the duty status categories described in section 4.3.2.2.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.002.gif"/>
<P>(b) An ELD must allow a driver to select only categories that a motor carrier enables by configuration for that driver, as described in section 4.3.3.1.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(c) An ELD must only allow one category to be selected at any given time and use the latest selection by the driver.
</P>
<P>(d) The ELD must prompt the driver to enter an annotation upon selection of a category from Table 2 of this appendix and record the driver's entry.
</P>
<P>(e) A driver's indication of special driving situation must reset to none if the ELD or CMV's engine goes through a power off cycle (ELD or CMV's engine turns off and then on) except if the driver has indicated authorized personal use of CMV. If the driver has indicated authorized personal use of the CMV, the ELD must require confirmation of continuation of the authorized personal use of CMV condition by the driver. If not confirmed by the driver and the vehicle is in motion, the ELD must default to none.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.2.3. Driver's Certification of Records
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must include a function whereby a driver can certify the driver's records at the end of a 24-hour period.
</P>
<P>(1) This function, when selected, must display a statement that reads “I hereby certify that my data entries and my record of duty status for this 24-hour period are true and correct.”
</P>
<P>(2) An ELD must prompt the driver to select “Agree” or “Not ready.” An ELD must record the driver's affirmative selection of “Agree” as an event.
</P>
<P>(b) An ELD must only allow the authenticated driver to certify records associated with that driver.
</P>
<P>(c) If any edits are necessary after the driver certifies the records for a given 24-hour period, the ELD must require and prompt the driver to re-certify the updated records.
</P>
<P>(d) If there are any past records on the ELD (excluding the current 24-hour period) that require certification or re-certification by the driver, the ELD must indicate the required driver action on the ELD's display and prompt the driver to take the necessary action during the login and logout processes.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.2.4. Driver's Data Transfer Initiation Input
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must provide a standardized single-step driver interface for compilation of driver's ELD records and initiation of the data transfer to authorized safety officials when requested during a roadside inspection.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD must input the data transfer request from the driver, require confirmation, present and request selection of the supported data transfer options by the ELD, and prompt for entry of the output file comment as specified in section 4.3.2.5 of this appendix. Upon confirmation, the ELD must generate the compliant output file and perform the data transfer.
</P>
<P>(c) The supported single-step data transfer initiation mechanism (such as a switch or an icon on a touch-screen display) must be clearly marked and visible to the driver when the vehicle is stopped.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.2.5. Driver's Entry of an Output File Comment
</HD3>
<P>An ELD must accommodate the entry of an output file comment up to 60 characters long. If an authorized safety official provides a key phrase or code during an inspection to be included in the output file comment, it must be entered and embedded in the electronic ELD records in the exchanged dataset as specified in section 4.8.2.1.1 of this appendix. The default value for the output file comment must be blank. This output file comment must be used only for the creation of the related data files for the intended time, place, and ELD user.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.2.6. Driver's Annotation of Records
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must allow a driver to add annotations in text format to recorded, entered, or edited ELD events.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD must require annotations to be 4 characters or longer, including embedded spaces if driver annotation is required and driver is prompted by the ELD.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.2.7. Driver's Entry of Location Information
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must allow manual entry of a CMV's location by the driver in text format in support of the driver edit requirements described in section 4.3.2.8 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(b) The driver's manual location entry must be available as an option to a driver only when prompted by the ELD under allowed conditions as described in section 4.6.1.4 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(c) A manual location entry must show “M” in the latitude/longitude coordinates fields in ELD records.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.2.8. Driver's Record Entry/Edit
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must provide a mechanism for a driver to review, edit, and annotate the driver's ELD records when a notation of errors or omissions is necessary or enter the driver's missing ELD records subject to the requirements specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) An ELD must not permit alteration or erasure of the original information collected concerning the driver's ELD records or alteration of the source data streams used to provide that information.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.2.8.1. Mechanism for Driver Edits and Annotations
</HD3>
<P>(a) If a driver edits or annotates an ELD record or enters missing information, the act must not overwrite the original record.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD must use the process outlined in section 4.4.4.2 of this appendix to configure required event attributes to track the edit history of records.
</P>
<P>(c) Driver edits must be accompanied by an annotation. The ELD must prompt the driver to annotate edits.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.2.8.2. Driver Edit Limitations
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must not allow or require the editing or manual entry of records with the following event types, as described in section 7.25 of this appendix:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Event type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">An intermediate log,
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A driver's login/logout activity,
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CMV's engine power up/shut down, or
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ELD malfunctions and data diagnostic events.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) An ELD must not allow automatically recorded driving time to be shortened or the ELD username associated with an ELD record to be edited or reassigned, except under the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Assignment of Unidentified Driver records.</I> ELD events recorded under the “Unidentified Driver” profile may be edited and assigned to the driver associated with the record; and
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Correction of errors with team drivers.</I> In the case of team drivers, the driver account associated with the driving time records may be edited and reassigned between the team drivers if there was a mistake resulting in a mismatch between the actual driver and the driver recorded by the ELD and if both team drivers were respectively indicated in each other's records as a co-driver. The ELD must require each co-driver to confirm the change for the corrective action to take effect.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.3. Motor Carrier's Manual Entries
</HD3>
<P>An ELD must restrict availability of motor carrier entries outlined in this section only to authenticated “support personnel” account holders.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.3.1. ELD Configuration
</HD3>
<P>If an ELD or a technology that includes an ELD function offers configuration options to the motor carrier or the driver that are not otherwise addressed or prohibited in this appendix, the configuration options must not affect the ELD's compliance with the requirements of this rule for each configuration setting of the ELD.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.3.1.1. Configuration of Available Categories Impacting Driving Time Recording
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must allow a motor carrier to unilaterally configure the availability of each of the three categories listed on Table 2 of this appendix that the motor carrier chooses to authorize for each of its drivers. By default, none of these categories must be available to a new driver account without the motor carrier proactively configuring their availability.
</P>
<P>(b) A motor carrier may change the configuration for the availability of each category for each of its drivers. Changes to the configuration setting must be recorded on the ELD and communicated to the applicable authenticated driver during the ELD login process.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.3.1.2. Configuration of Using ELDs
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must provide the motor carrier the ability to configure a driver account exempt from use of an ELD.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD must default the setting of this configuration option for each new driver account created on an ELD to “no exemption.”
</P>
<P>(c) An exemption must be proactively configured for an applicable driver account by the motor carrier. The ELD must prompt the motor carrier to annotate the record and provide an explanation for the configuration of exemption.
</P>
<P>(d) If a motor carrier configures a driver account as exempt
</P>
<P>(1) The ELD must present the configured indication that is in effect for that driver during the ELD login and logout processes.
</P>
<P>(2) The ELD must continue to record ELD driving time but suspend detection of missing data elements data diagnostic event for the driver described in section 4.6.1.5 of this appendix and data transfer compliance monitoring function described in section 4.6.1.7 when such driver is authenticated on the ELD.
</P>
<HD3>4.3.3.1.3 Motor Carrier's Post-Review Electronic Edit Requests
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD may allow the motor carrier (via a monitoring algorithm or support personnel) to screen, review, and request corrective edits to the driver's certified (as described in section 4.3.2.3 of this appendix) and submitted records through the ELD system electronically. If this function is implemented by the ELD, the ELD must also support functions for the driver to see and review the requested edits.
</P>
<P>(b) Edits requested by anyone or any system other than the driver must require the driver's electronic confirmation or rejection.
</P>
<HD2>4.4. ELD Processing and Calculations
</HD2>
<HD3>4.4.1. Conditions for Automatic Setting of Duty Status
</HD3>
<HD3>4.4.1.1. Automatic Setting of Duty Status to Driving
</HD3>
<P>An ELD must automatically record driving time when the vehicle is in motion by setting duty status to driving for the driver unless, before the vehicle is in motion, the driver:
</P>
<P>(a) Sets the duty status to off-duty and indicates personal use of CMV, in which case duty status must remain off-duty until driver's indication of the driving condition ends; or
</P>
<P>(b) Sets the duty status to on-duty not driving and indicates yard moves, in which case duty status must remain on-duty not driving until driver's indication of the driving condition ends.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.1.2. Automatic Setting of Duty Status to On-Duty Not Driving
</HD3>
<P>When the duty status is set to driving, and the CMV has not been in-motion for 5 consecutive minutes, the ELD must prompt the driver to confirm continued driving status or enter the proper duty status. If the driver does not respond to the ELD prompt within 1-minute after receiving the prompt, the ELD must automatically switch the duty status to on-duty not driving. The time thresholds for purposes of this section must not be configurable.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.1.3. Other Automatic Duty-Status Setting Actions Prohibited
</HD3>
<P>An ELD must not feature any other automatic records of duty setting mechanism than those described in sections 4.4.1.1 and 4.4.1.2 of this appendix. Duty status changes that are not initiated by the driver, including duty status alteration recommendations by motor carrier support personnel or a software algorithm, are subject to motor carrier edit requirements in section 4.3.3.1.3.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.2. Geo-Location Conversions
</HD3>
<P>(a) For each change in duty status, the ELD must convert automatically captured vehicle position in latitude/longitude coordinates into geo-location information, indicating approximate distance and direction to an identifiable location corresponding to the name of a nearby city, town, or village, with a State abbreviation.
</P>
<P>(b) Geo-location information must be derived from a database that contains all cities, towns, and villages with a population of 5,000 or greater and listed in ANSI INCITS 446-2008 (R2013) (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38).
</P>
<P>(c) An ELD's viewable outputs (such as printouts or display) must feature geo-location information as place names in text format.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.3. Date and Time Conversions
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must have the capability to convert and track date and time captured in UTC standard to the time standard in effect at driver's home terminal, taking the daylight savings time changes into account by using the parameter “Time Zone Offset from UTC” as specified in section 7.41 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(b) An ELD must record the driver's record of duty status using the time standard in effect at the driver's home terminal for a 24-hour period beginning with the time specified by the motor carrier for that driver's home terminal.
</P>
<P>(c) The data element “Time Zone Offset from UTC” must be included in the “Driver's Certification of Own Records” events as specified in section 4.5.1.4 of this appendix.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.4. Setting of Event Parameters in Records, Edits, and Entries
</HD3>
<P>This section describes the security measures for configuring and tracking event attributes for ELD records, edits, and entries in a standardized manner.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.4.1. Event Sequence Identifier (ID) Number
</HD3>
<P>(a) Each ELD event must feature an event sequence ID number.
</P>
<P>(1) The event sequence ID number for each ELD event must use continuous numbering across all users of that ELD and across engine and ELD power on and off cycles.
</P>
<P>(2) An ELD must use the next available event sequence ID number (incremented by one) each time a new event log is recorded.
</P>
<P>(3) The event sequence ID number must track at least the last 65,536 unique events recorded on the ELD.
</P>
<P>(b) The continuous event sequence ID numbering structure used by the ELD must be mapped into a continuous hexadecimal number between 0000 (Decimal 0) and FFFF (Decimal 65535).
</P>
<HD3>4.4.4.2. Event Record Status, Event Record Origin, Event Type Setting
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must retain the original records even when allowed edits and entries are made over a driver's ELD records.
</P>
<P>(b) An ELD must keep track of all event record history, and the process used by the ELD must produce the event record status, event record origin, and event type for the ELD records in the standard categories specified in sections 7.23, 7.22, and 7.25 of this appendix, respectively for each record as a standard security measure. For example, an ELD may use the process outlined in sections 4.4.4.2.1-4.4.4.2.6 to meet the requirements of this section.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.4.2.1. Records Automatically Logged by ELD
</HD3>
<P>At the instance an ELD creates a record automatically, the ELD must:
</P>
<P>(a) Set the “Event Record Status” to “1” (active); and
</P>
<P>(b) Set the “Event Record Origin” to “1” (automatically recorded by ELD).
</P>
<HD3>4.4.4.2.2. Driver Edits
</HD3>
<P>At the instance of a driver editing existing record(s), the ELD must:
</P>
<P>(a) Identify the ELD record(s) being modified for which the “Event Record Status” is currently set to “1” (active);
</P>
<P>(b) Acquire driver input for the intended edit and construct the ELD record(s) that will replace the record(s) identified in paragraph 4.4.4.2.2(a) of this appendix;
</P>
<P>(c) Set the “Event Record Status” of the ELD record(s) identified in paragraph 4.4.4.2.2(a) of this appendix, which is being modified, to “2” (inactive-changed);
</P>
<P>(d) Set the “Event Record Status” of the ELD record(s) constructed in paragraph 4.4.4.2.2(b) of this appendix to “1” (active); and
</P>
<P>(e) Set the “Event Record Origin” of the ELD record(s) constructed in paragraph 4.4.4.2.2(b) of this appendix to “2” (edited or entered by the driver).
</P>
<HD3>4.4.4.2.3. Driver Entries
</HD3>
<P>When a driver enters missing record(s), the ELD must:
</P>
<P>(a) Acquire driver input for the missing entries being implemented and construct the new ELD record(s) that will represent the driver entries;
</P>
<P>(b) Set the “event record status” of the ELD record(s) constructed in paragraph 4.4.4.2.3(a) of this appendix to “1” (active); and
</P>
<P>(c) Set the “event record origin” of the ELD record(s) constructed in paragraph 4.4.4.2.3(a) of this appendix to “2” (edited or entered by the driver).
</P>
<HD3>4.4.4.2.4. Driver's Assumption of Unidentified Driver Logs
</HD3>
<P>When a driver reviews and assumes ELD record(s) logged under the unidentified driver profile, the ELD must:
</P>
<P>(a) Identify the ELD record(s) logged under the unidentified driver profile that will be reassigned to the driver;
</P>
<P>(b) Use elements of the unidentified driver log(s) from paragraph 4.4.4.2.4(a) of this appendix and acquire driver input to populate missing elements of the log originally recorded under the unidentified driver profile, and construct the new event record(s) for the driver;
</P>
<P>(c) Set the event record status of the ELD record(s) identified in paragraph 4.4.4.2.4(a) of this appendix, which is being modified, to “2” (inactive-changed);
</P>
<P>(d) Set the event record status of the ELD record(s) constructed in paragraph 4.4.4.2.4(b) of this appendix to “1” (active); and
</P>
<P>(e) Set the event record origin of the ELD record(s) constructed in paragraph 4.4.4.2.4(b) of this appendix to “4” (assumed from unidentified driver profile).
</P>
<HD3>4.4.4.2.5. Motor Carrier Edit Suggestions
</HD3>
<P>If a motor carrier requests an edit on a driver's records electronically, the ELD must:
</P>
<P>(a) Identify the ELD record(s) the motor carrier requests to be modified for which the “event record status” is currently set to “1” (active);
</P>
<P>(b) Acquire motor carrier input for the intended edit and construct the ELD record(s) that will replace the record identified in paragraph 4.4.4.2.5(a) of this appendix—if approved by the driver;
</P>
<P>(c) Set the event record status of the ELD record(s) in paragraph 4.4.4.2.5(b) of this appendix to “3” (inactive-change requested); and
</P>
<P>(d) Set the event record origin of the ELD record constructed in paragraph 4.4.4.2.5(b) of this appendix to “3” (edit requested by an authenticated user other than the driver).
</P>
<HD3>4.4.4.2.6. Driver's Actions Over Motor Carrier Edit Suggestions
</HD3>
<P>(a) If edits are requested by the motor carrier, the ELD must allow the driver to review the requested edits and indicate on the ELD whether the driver confirms or rejects the requested edit(s).
</P>
<P>(b) If the driver approves the motor carrier's edit suggestion the ELD must:
</P>
<P>(1) Set the event record status of the ELD record(s) identified under paragraph 4.4.4.2.5 (a) of this appendix being modified, to “2” (inactive-changed); and
</P>
<P>(2) Set the “event record status” of the ELD record(s) constructed in paragraph 4.4.4.2.5 (b) of this appendix to “1” (active).
</P>
<P>(c) If the driver disapproves the motor carrier's edit(s) suggestion, the ELD must set the “event record status” of the ELD record(s) identified in paragraph 4.4.4.2.5 (b) of this appendix to “4” (inactive-change rejected).
</P>
<HD3>4.4.5. Data Integrity Check Functions
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must support standard security measures that require the calculation and recording of standard data check values for each ELD event recorded, for each line of the output file, and for the entire data file to be generated for transmission to an authorized safety official or the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of implementing data check calculations, the alphanumeric-to-numeric mapping provided in Table 3 of this appendix must be used.
</P>
<P>(c) Each ELD event record type specified in sections 4.5.1.1 and 4.5.1.3 of this appendix must include an event data check value, which must be calculated as specified in section 4.4.5.1. An event data check value must be calculated at the time of the following instances and must accompany that event record thereafter:
</P>
<P>(1) When an event record is automatically created by the ELD;
</P>
<P>(2) When an authorized edit is performed by the driver on the ELD;
</P>
<P>(3) When an electronic edit proposal is created by the motor carrier through the ELD system.
</P>
<P>(d) Each line of the ELD output file must include a line data check value, which must be calculated as specified in section 4.4.5.2 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(e) Each ELD report must also include a file data check value, which must be calculated as specified in section 4.4.5.3 of this appendix.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.5.1. Event Data Check
</HD3>
<P>The event data check value must be calculated as follows.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.5.1.1. Event Checksum Calculation
</HD3>
<P>(a) A checksum calculation includes the summation of numeric values or mappings of a specified group of alphanumeric data elements. The ELD must calculate an event checksum value associated with each ELD event at the instance of the event record being created.
</P>
<P>(b) The event record elements that must be included in the checksum calculation are the following:
</P>
<P>(1) &lt;Event Type&gt;,
</P>
<P>(2) &lt;Event Code&gt;,
</P>
<P>(3) &lt;Event Date&gt;,
</P>
<P>(4) &lt;Event Time&gt;,
</P>
<P>(5) &lt;Vehicle Miles&gt;,
</P>
<P>(6) &lt;Engine Hours&gt;,
</P>
<P>(7) &lt;Event Latitude&gt;,
</P>
<P>(8) &lt;Event Longitude&gt;,
</P>
<P>(9) &lt;CMV Power Unit Number&gt;”, and
</P>
<P>(10) &lt;ELD username&gt;.
</P>
<P>(c) The ELD must sum the numeric values of all individual characters making up the listed data elements using the character to decimal value coding specified in Table 3 of this appendix, and use the 8-bit lower byte of the hexadecimal representation of the summed total as the event checksum value for that event.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.5.1.2. Event Data Check Calculation
</HD3>
<P>The event data check value must be the hexadecimal representation of the output 8-bit byte, after the below bitwise operations are performed on the binary representation of the event checksum value, as set forth below:
</P>
<P>(a) Three consecutive circular shift left (rotate no carry -left) operations; and
</P>
<P>(b) A bitwise exclusive OR (XOR) operation with the hexadecimal value C3 (decimal 195; binary 11000011).
</P>
<HD3>4.4.5.2. Line Data Check
</HD3>
<P>A line data check value must be calculated at the time of the generation of the ELD output file, to transfer data to authorized safety officials or to catalogue drivers' ELD records at a motor carrier's facility. A line data check value must be calculated as follows.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.5.2.1. Line Checksum Calculation
</HD3>
<P>(a) The ELD must calculate a line checksum value associated with each line of ELD output file at the instance when an ELD output file is generated.
</P>
<P>(b) The data elements that must be included in the line checksum calculation vary as per the output data file specified in section 4.8.2.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(c) The ELD must convert each character featured in a line of output using the character to decimal value coding specified on Table 3 of this appendix and sum the converted numeric values of each character listed on a given ELD output line item (excluding the line data check value being calculated), and use the 8-bit lower byte value of the hexadecimal representation of the summed total as the line checksum value for that line of output.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.5.2.2. Line Data Check Calculation
</HD3>
<P>The line data check value must be calculated by performing the following operations on the binary representation of the line checksum value as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Three consecutive circular shift left (rotate no carry -left) operations on the line checksum value; and
</P>
<P>(b) A bitwise XOR operation with the hexadecimal value 96 (decimal 150; binary 10010110).
</P>
<HD3>4.4.5.2.3. Line Data Check Value Inclusion in Output File
</HD3>
<P>The calculated line data check value must be appended as the last line item of each of the individual line items of the ELD output file as specified in the output file format in section 4.8.2.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.5.3. File Data Check
</HD3>
<P>A file data check value must also be calculated at the time of the creation of an ELD output file. A file data check value must be calculated as follows.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.5.3.1. File Checksum Calculation
</HD3>
<P>(a) The ELD must calculate a single 16-bit file checksum value associated with an ELD output file at the instance when an ELD output file is generated.
</P>
<P>(b) The file data check value calculation must include all individual line data check values contained in that file.
</P>
<P>(c) The ELD must sum all individual line data check values contained in a data file output created, and use the lower two 8-bit byte values of the hexadecimal representation of the summed total as the “file checksum” value.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.5.3.2. File Data Check Value Calculation
</HD3>
<P>(a) The file data check value must be calculated by performing the following operations on the binary representation of the file checksum value:
</P>
<P>(1) Three consecutive circular shift left (aka rotate no carry -left) operations on each 8-bit bytes of the value; and
</P>
<P>(2) A bitwise XOR operation with the hexadecimal value 969C (decimal 38556; binary 1001011010011100).
</P>
<P>(b) The file data check value must be the 16-bit output obtained from the above process.
</P>
<HD3>4.4.5.3.3. File Data Check Value Inclusion in Output File
</HD3>
<P>The calculated 16-bit file data check value must be converted to hexadecimal 8-bit bytes and must be appended as the last line item of the ELD output file as specified in the output file format in section 4.8.2.1.11 of this appendix.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.003.gif"/>
<HD2>4.5. ELD Recording
</HD2>
<HD3>4.5.1. Events and Data To Record
</HD3>
<P>An ELD must record data at the following discrete events:
</P>
<HD3>4.5.1.1. Event: Change in Driver's Duty Status
</HD3>
<P>When a driver's duty status changes, the ELD must associate the record with the driver, the record originator—if created during an edit or entry—the vehicle, the motor carrier, and the shipping document number and must include the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(a) &lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt; as described in section 7.24 of this appendix;
</P>
<P>(b) &lt;Event Record Status&gt; as described in section 7.23;
</P>
<P>(c) &lt;Event Record&gt; Origin as described in section 7.22;
</P>
<P>(d) &lt;Event Type&gt; as described in section 7.25;
</P>
<P>(e) &lt;Event Code as described in section 7.20;
</P>
<P>(f) &lt;{<I>Event</I>} Date&gt; as described in section 7.8;
</P>
<P>(g) &lt;{<I>Event</I>} Time&gt; as described in section 7.40;
</P>
<P>(h) &lt;{<I>Accumulated</I>} Vehicle Miles&gt; as described in section 7.43;
</P>
<P>(i) &lt;{<I>Elapsed</I>}&gt; Engine Hours as described in section 7.19;
</P>
<P>(j) &lt;{<I>Event</I>}&gt; Latitude as described in section 7.31;
</P>
<P>(k) &lt;{<I>Event</I>}&gt; Longitude as described in section 7.33;
</P>
<P>(l) &lt;Distance Since Last Valid Coordinates&gt; as described in section 7.9;
</P>
<P>(m) &lt;Malfunction Indicator Status {<I>for ELD</I>}&gt; as described in section 7.35;
</P>
<P>(n) &lt;Data Diagnostic Event Indicator Status {<I>for Driver</I>}&gt; as described in section 7.7;
</P>
<P>(o) &lt;{<I>Event</I>}&gt; Comment/Annotation as described in section 7.6;
</P>
<P>(p) &lt;Driver's Location Description&gt; as described in section 7.12; and
</P>
<P>(q) &lt;Event Data Check Value&gt; as described in section 7.21.
</P>
<HD3>4.5.1.2. Event: Intermediate Logs
</HD3>
<P>(a) When a CMV is in motion, as described in section 4.3.1.2 of this appendix, and there has not been a duty status change event or another intermediate log event recorded in the previous 1-hour period, the ELD must record a new intermediate log event.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD must associate the record to the driver, the vehicle, the motor carrier, and the shipping document number, and must include the same data elements outlined in section 4.5.1.1 of this appendix except for item (p) in section 4.5.1.1.
</P>
<HD3>4.5.1.3. Event: Change in Driver's Indication of Allowed Conditions That Impact Driving Time Recording
</HD3>
<P>(a) At each instance when the status of a driver's indication of personal use of CMV or yard moves changes, the ELD must record a new event.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD must associate the record with the driver, the vehicle, the motor carrier, and the shipping document number, and must include the same data elements outlined in section 4.5.1.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<HD3>4.5.1.4. Event: Driver's Certification of Own Records
</HD3>
<P>(a) At each instance when a driver certifies or re-certifies that the driver's records for a given 24-hour period are true and correct, the ELD must record the event.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD must associate the record with the driver, the vehicle, the motor carrier, and the shipping document number and must include the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(1)&lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt; as described in section 7.24 of this appendix;
</P>
<P>(2)&lt;Event Type&gt; as described in section 7.25;
</P>
<P>(3)&lt;Event Code&gt; as described in section 7.20;
</P>
<P>(4)&lt;Time Zone Offset from UTC&gt; as described in section 7.41.
</P>
<P>(5) &lt;{<I>Event</I>} Date&gt; and &lt;Date {of the certified record}&gt; as described in section 7.8; and
</P>
<P>(6) &lt;{<I>Event</I>} Time&gt; as described in section 7.40.
</P>
<HD3>4.5.1.5. Event: Driver's Login/Logout Activity
</HD3>
<P>(a) At each instance when an authorized user logs in and out of the ELD, the ELD must record the event.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD must associate the record with the driver, the vehicle, the motor carrier, and the shipping document number, and must include the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(1) &lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt; as described in section 7.24 of this appendix;
</P>
<P>(2) &lt;Event Type&gt; as described in section 7.25;
</P>
<P>(3) &lt;Event Code&gt; as described in section 7.20;
</P>
<P>(4) &lt;{<I>Event</I>} Date&gt; as described in section 7.8;
</P>
<P>(5) &lt;{<I>Event</I>} Time&gt; as described in section 7.40;
</P>
<P>(6) &lt;{<I>Total</I>} Vehicle Miles&gt; as described in section 7.43; and
</P>
<P>(7) &lt;{<I>Total</I>} Engine Hours&gt; as described in section 7.19.
</P>
<HD3>4.5.1.6. Event: CMV's Engine Power Up and Shut Down Activity
</HD3>
<P>(a) When a CMV's engine is powered up or shut down, an ELD must record the event within 1 minute of occurrence and retain the earliest shut down and latest power-up event if the CMV has not moved since the last ignition power on cycle.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD must associate the record with the driver or the unidentified driver profile, the vehicle, the motor carrier, and the shipping document number, and must include the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(1) &lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt; as described in section 7.24 of this appendix;
</P>
<P>(2) &lt;Event Type&gt; as described in section 7.25;
</P>
<P>(3) &lt;Event Code&gt; as described in section 7.20;
</P>
<P>(4) &lt;{<I>Event</I>} Date&gt; as described in section 7.8;
</P>
<P>(5) &lt;{<I>Event</I>} Time&gt; as described in section 7.40;
</P>
<P>(6) &lt;{<I>Total</I>} Vehicle Miles&gt; as described in section 7.43;
</P>
<P>(7) &lt;{<I>Total</I>} Engine Hours&gt; as described in section 7.19;
</P>
<P>(8) &lt;{<I>Event</I>} Latitude&gt; as described in section 7.31;
</P>
<P>(9) &lt;{<I>Event</I>} Longitude&gt; as described in section 7.33; and
</P>
<P>(10) &lt;Distance Since Last Valid Coordinates&gt; as described in section 7.9.
</P>
<HD3>4.5.1.7. Event: ELD Malfunction and Data Diagnostics Occurrence
</HD3>
<P>(a) At each instance when an ELD malfunction or data diagnostic event is detected or cleared by the ELD, the ELD must record the event.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD must associate the record with the driver, the vehicle, the motor carrier, and the shipping document number, and must include the following data elements:
</P>
<P>(1) &lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt; as described in section 7.24 of this appendix;
</P>
<P>(2) &lt;Event Type&gt; as described in section 7.25;
</P>
<P>(3) &lt;Event Code&gt; as described in section 7.20;
</P>
<P>(4) &lt;Malfunction/Diagnostic Code&gt; as described in section 7.34;
</P>
<P>(5) &lt;{<I>Event</I>} Date&gt; as described in section 7.8;
</P>
<P>(6) &lt;{<I>Event</I>} Time&gt; as described in section 7.40;
</P>
<P>(7) &lt;{<I>Total</I>} Vehicle Miles&gt; as described in section 7.43; and
</P>
<P>(8) &lt;{<I>Total</I>} Engine Hours&gt; as described in section 7.19.
</P>
<HD2>4.6. ELD's Self-Monitoring of Required Functions
</HD2>
<P>An ELD must have the capability to monitor its compliance with the technical requirements of this section for the detectable malfunctions and data inconsistencies listed in Table 4 of this appendix and must keep records of its malfunction and data diagnostic event detection.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.004.gif"/>
<HD3>4.6.1. Compliance Self-Monitoring, Malfunctions and Data Diagnostic Events
</HD3>
<HD3>4.6.1.1. Power Compliance Monitoring
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must monitor data it receives from the engine ECM or alternative sources as allowed in sections 4.3.1.1-4.3.1.4 of this appendix, its onboard sensors, and data record history to identify instances when it may not have complied with the power requirements specified in section 4.3.1.1, in which case, the ELD must record a power data diagnostics event for the corresponding driver(s), or under the unidentified driver profile if no drivers were authenticated at the time of detection.
</P>
<P>(b) An ELD must set a power compliance malfunction if the power data diagnostics event described in paragraph 4.6.1.1(a) of this appendix indicates an aggregated in-motion driving time understatement of 30 minutes or more on the ELD over a 24-hour period across all driver profiles, including the unidentified driver profile.
</P>
<HD3>4.6.1.2. Engine Synchronization Compliance Monitoring
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must monitor the data it receives from the engine ECM or alternative sources as allowed in sections 4.3.1.1-4.3.1.4 of this appendix, its onboard sensors, and data record history to identify instances and durations of its non-compliance with the ELD engine synchronization requirement specified in section 4.2.
</P>
<P>(b) An ELD required to establish a link to the engine ECM as described in section 4.2 must monitor its connectivity to the engine ECM and its ability to retrieve the vehicle parameters described under section 4.3.1 of this appendix and must record an engine-synchronization data diagnostics event when it no longer can acquire updated values for the ELD parameters required for records within 5 seconds of the need.
</P>
<P>(c) An ELD must set an engine synchronization compliance malfunction if connectivity to any of the required data sources specified in section 4.3.1 of this appendix is lost for more than 30 minutes during a 24-hour period aggregated across all driver profiles, including the unidentified driver profile.
</P>
<HD3>4.6.1.3. Timing Compliance Monitoring
</HD3>
<P>The ELD must periodically cross-check its compliance with the requirement specified in section 4.3.1.5 of this appendix with respect to an accurate external UTC source and must record a timing compliance malfunction when it can no longer meet the underlying compliance requirement.
</P>
<HD3>4.6.1.4. Positioning Compliance Monitoring
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must continually monitor the availability of valid position measurements meeting the listed accuracy requirements in section 4.3.1.6 of this appendix and must track the distance and elapsed time from the last valid measurement point.
</P>
<P>(b) ELD records requiring location information must use the last valid position measurement and include the latitude/longitude coordinates and distance traveled, in miles, since the last valid position measurement.
</P>
<P>(c) An ELD must monitor elapsed time during periods when the ELD fails to acquire a valid position measurement within 5 miles of the CMV's movement. When such elapsed time exceeds a cumulative 60 minutes over a 24 hour period, the ELD must set and record a positioning compliance malfunction.
</P>
<P>(d) If a new ELD event must be recorded at an instance when the ELD had failed to acquire a valid position measurement within the most recent elapsed 5 miles of driving, but the ELD has not yet set a positioning compliance malfunction, the ELD must record the character “X” in both the latitude and longitude fields, unless location is entered manually by the driver, in which case it must log the character “M” instead. Under the circumstances listed in this paragraph, if the ELD event is due to a change in duty status for the driver, the ELD must prompt the driver to enter location manually in accordance with section 4.3.2.7 of this appendix. If the driver does not enter the location information and the vehicle is in motion, the ELD must record a missing required data element data diagnostic event for the driver.
</P>
<P>(e) If a new ELD event must be recorded at an instance when the ELD has set a positioning compliance malfunction, the ELD must record the character “E” in both the latitude and longitude fields regardless of whether the driver is prompted and manually enters location information.
</P>
<HD3>4.6.1.5. Data Recording Compliance Monitoring
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must monitor its storage capacity and integrity and must detect a data recording compliance malfunction if it can no longer record or retain required events or retrieve recorded logs that are not otherwise catalogued remotely by the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) An ELD must monitor the completeness of the ELD event record information in relation to the required data elements for each event type and must record a missing data elements data diagnostics event for the driver if any required field is missing at the time of recording.
</P>
<HD3>4.6.1.6. Monitoring Records Logged Under the Unidentified Driver Profile
</HD3>
<P>(a) When there are ELD records involving driving time logged on an ELD under the unidentified driver profile, the ELD must prompt the driver(s) logging in with a warning indicating the existence of new unassigned driving time.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD must provide a mechanism for the driver to review and either acknowledge the assignment of one or more of the unidentified driver records attributable to the driver under the authenticated driver's profile as described in paragraph 4.3.2.8.2(b)(1) of this appendix or indicate that these records are not attributable to the driver.
</P>
<P>(c) If more than 30 minutes of driving in a 24-hour period show unidentified driver on the ELD, the ELD must detect and record an unidentified driving records data diagnostic event and the data diagnostic indicator must be turned on for all drivers logged in to that ELD for the current 24-hour period and the following 7 days.
</P>
<P>(d) An unidentified driving records data diagnostic event can be cleared by the ELD when driving time logged under the unidentified driver profile for the current 24-hour period and the previous 7 consecutive days drops to 15 minutes or less.
</P>
<HD3>4.6.1.7. Data Transfer Compliance Monitoring
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must implement in-service monitoring functions to verify that the data transfer mechanism(s) described in section 4.9.1 of this appendix are continuing to function properly. An ELD must verify this functionality at least once every 7 days. These monitoring functions may be automatic or may involve manual steps for a driver.
</P>
<P>(b) If the monitoring mechanism fails to confirm proper in-service operation of the data transfer mechanism(s), an ELD must record a data transfer data diagnostic event and enter an unconfirmed data transfer mode.
</P>
<P>(c) After an ELD records a data transfer data diagnostic event, the ELD must increase the frequency of the monitoring function to check at least once every 24-hour period. If the ELD stays in the unconfirmed data transfer mode following the next three consecutive monitoring checks, the ELD must detect a data transfer compliance malfunction.
</P>
<HD3>4.6.1.8. Other Technology-Specific Operational Health Monitoring
</HD3>
<P>In addition to the required monitoring schemes described in sections 4.6.1.1-4.6.1.7 of this appendix, the ELD provider may implement additional, technology-specific malfunction and data diagnostic detection schemes and may use the ELD's malfunction status indicator and data diagnostic status indicator (described in sections 4.6.2.1 and 4.6.3.1) to communicate the ELD's malfunction or non-compliant state to the operator(s) of the ELD.
</P>
<HD3>4.6.2. ELD Malfunction Status Indicator
</HD3>
<P>ELD malfunctions affect the integrity of the device and its compliance; therefore, active malfunctions must be indicated to all drivers who may use that ELD. An ELD must provide a recognizable visual indicator, and may provide an audible signal, to the operator as to its malfunction status.
</P>
<HD3>4.6.2.1. Visual Malfunction Indicator
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must display a single visual malfunction indicator for all drivers using the ELD on the ELD's display or on a stand-alone indicator. The visual signal must be visible to the driver when the driver is seated in the normal driving position.
</P>
<P>(b) The ELD malfunction indicator must be clearly illuminated when there is an active malfunction on the ELD.
</P>
<P>(c) The malfunction status must be continuously communicated to the driver when the ELD is powered.
</P>
<HD3>4.6.3. ELD Data Diagnostic Status Indicator
</HD3>
<P>ELD data diagnostic status affects only the authenticated user; therefore, an ELD must only indicate the active data diagnostics status applicable to the driver logged into the ELD. An ELD must provide a recognizable visual indicator, and may provide an audible signal, to the driver as to its data diagnostics status.
</P>
<HD3>4.6.3.1. Visual Data Diagnostics Indicator
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must display a single visual data diagnostics indicator, apart from the visual malfunction indicator described in section 4.6.2.1 of this appendix, to communicate visually the existence of active data diagnostics events for the applicable driver.
</P>
<P>(b) The visual signal must be visible to the driver when the driver is seated in the normal driving position.
</P>
<HD2>4.7. Special Purpose ELD Functions
</HD2>
<HD3>4.7.1. Driver's ELD Volume Control
</HD3>
<P>(a) If a driver selects the sleeper-berth state for the driver's record of duty status, and no co-driver has logged into the ELD as on-duty driving, and if the ELD outputs audible signals, the ELD must either:
</P>
<P>(1) Allow the driver to mute the ELD's volume or turn off the ELD's audible output, or
</P>
<P>(2) Automatically mute the ELD's volume or turn off the ELD's audible output.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, if an ELD operates in combination with another device or other hardware or software technology that is not separate from the ELD, the volume controls required herein apply to the combined device or technology.
</P>
<HD3>4.7.2. Driver's Access to Own ELD Records
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must provide a mechanism for a driver to obtain a copy of the driver's own ELD records on demand, in either an electronic or printout format compliant with inspection standards outlined in section 4.8.2.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(b) The process must not require a driver to go through the motor carrier to obtain copies of the driver's own ELD records if driver's records reside on or are accessible directly by the ELD unit used by the driver.
</P>
<P>(c) If an ELD meets the requirements of this section by making data files available to the driver, it must also provide a utility function for the driver to display the data on a computer, at a minimum, as specified in § 395.8(g).
</P>
<HD3>4.7.3. Privacy Preserving Provision for Use During Personal Uses of a CMV
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must record the events listed in section 4.5.1 of this appendix under all circumstances. However, when a driver indicates that the driver is temporarily using the CMV for an authorized personal purpose, a subset of the recorded elements must either be omitted in the records or recorded at a lower precision level, as described in further detail below. The driver indicates this intent by setting the driver's duty status to off-duty, as described in section 4.3.2.2.1, and indicating authorized personal use of CMV as described in section 4.3.2.2.2.
</P>
<P>(b) During a period when a driver indicates authorized personal use of CMV, the ELD must:
</P>
<P>(1) Record all new ELD events with latitude/longitude coordinates information rounded to a single decimal place resolution; and
</P>
<P>(2) Omit recording vehicle miles and engine hours fields in new ELD logs by leaving them blank, except for events corresponding to a CMV's engine power-up and shut-down activity as described in section 4.5.1.6 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(c) A driver's indication that the CMV is being operated for authorized personal purposes may span more than one CMV ignition on cycle if the driver proactively confirms continuation of the personal use condition prior to placing the vehicle in motion when the ELD prompts the driver at the beginning of the new ignition power on cycle.
</P>
<HD2>4.8. ELD Outputs
</HD2>
<HD3>4.8.1. Printout or Display
</HD3>
<P>The ELD must be able to generate a compliant report as specified in this section, either as a printout or on a display.
</P>
<HD3>4.8.1.1. Print Paper Requirements
</HD3>
<P>Print paper must be able to accommodate the graph grid specifications as listed in section 4.8.1.3 of this appendix.
</P>
<HD3>4.8.1.2. Display Requirements
</HD3>
<P>(a) This section does not apply if an ELD produces a printout for use at a roadside inspection.
</P>
<P>(b) An ELD must be designed so that its display may be reasonably viewed by an authorized safety official without entering the commercial motor vehicle. For example, the display may be untethered from its mount or connected in a manner that would allow it to be passed outside of the vehicle for a reasonable distance.
</P>
<HD3>4.8.1.3. Information To Be Shown on the Printout and Display at Roadside
</HD3>
<P>(a) The printout and display must show reports for the inspected driver's profile and the unidentified driver profile separately. If there are no unidentified driver records existing on the ELD for the current 24-hour period and for any of the previous 7 consecutive days, an ELD does not need to print or display unidentified driver records for the authorized safety official. Otherwise, both reports must be printed or displayed and provided to the authorized safety official.
</P>
<P>(b) The printout and display must show the following information for the current 24-hour period and each of the previous 7 consecutive days: (Items in &lt; . &gt; are data elements.)
</P>
<FP-1>Date: &lt;Date {<I>of Record</I>}&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>24-hour Starting Time, Time Zone Offset from UTC: &lt;24-Hour Period Starting Time&gt;, &lt;Time Zone Offset from UTC&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Carrier: &lt;Carrier's USDOT number&gt;,&lt;Carrier Name&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Driver Name: &lt;{<I>Driver</I>} Last Name&gt;, &lt;{<I>Driver</I>} First Name&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Driver ID &lt; ELD username{<I>for the driver</I>} &gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Driver License State &lt;{<I>Driver</I>} Driver License Issuing State&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Driver License Number: &lt;{Driver} Driver License Number&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Co-Driver: &lt;{<I>Co-Driver's</I>} Last Name&gt;, &lt;{<I>Co-Driver's</I>} First Name&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Co-Driver ID: &lt; ELD username{<I>for the co-driver</I>}&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Current Odometer: &lt;{<I>Current</I>}{<I>Total</I>} Vehicle Miles&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Current Engine Hours: &lt;{<I>Current</I>}{<I>Total</I>} Engine Hours&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ELD ID: [ELD Identifier]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ELD Provider: &lt;Provider&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Truck Tractor ID: &lt;CMV Power Unit Number&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Truck Tractor VIN: &lt;CMV VIN&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Shipping ID: &lt;Shipping Document Number&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Current Location: &lt;{<I>Current</I>} Geo-location&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Unidentified Driving Records: &lt;{<I>Current</I>} Data Diagnostic Event Indicator Status {<I>for “Unidentified driving records data diagnostic” event</I>}&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Exempt Driver Status: &lt;Exempt Driver Configuration {<I>for the Driver</I>}&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>ELD Malfunction Indicators: &lt;Malfunction Indicator Status {and Malfunction Description} {<I>for ELD</I>}&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Driver's Data Diagnostic Status: &lt;Data Diagnostic Event Status {and Diagnostic Description}{<I>for Driver</I>}&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Date: &lt;Date {<I>of Printout or Display</I>}&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Change of Duty Status, Intervening Interval Records and Change in Driver's Indication of Special Driving Conditions:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>&lt;Event Record Status&gt;,&lt;Event Record Origin&gt;,&lt;Event Type&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Date&gt;, &lt;{<I>Event</I>} Time&gt;,&lt;{<I>Accumulated</I>} Vehicle Miles&gt;,&lt;{<I>Elapsed</I>} Engine Hours&gt;,&lt;Geo-Location&gt;<E T="51">#</E>,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Comment/Annotation&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>&lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt;,&lt;Event Record Status&gt;,&lt;Event Record Origin&gt;,&lt;Event Type&gt;,&lt;Event Code&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Date&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Time&gt;,&lt;{<I>Accumulated</I>} Vehicle Miles&gt;,&lt;{<I>Elapsed</I>} Engine Hours&gt;,&lt;Geo-Location&gt;<E T="51">#</E>,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Comment/Annotation&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1># “&lt;Geo-location&gt; must be substituted with “&lt;Driver's Location Description&gt;” field for manual entries and with “&lt;{blank}&gt;” field for intervening logs.
</FP-1>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.005.gif"/>
<FP-1>24 Hours [Print/Display Graph Grid]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Total hours &lt;Total Hours {in working day so far}&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Off duty &lt;Total Hours {logged in Off-duty status}&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sleeper Berth &lt;Total Hours {logged in Sleeper berth status}&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Driving &lt;Total Hours {logged in Driving status}&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>On duty not driving &lt;Total Hours {logged in on-duty not driving status}&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Miles Today &lt;Vehicle Miles {Driven Today}&gt;
</FP-1>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.006.gif"/>
<FP-1>[For Each Row of Driver's Record Certification Events]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Time: &lt;{Event} Time&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Location: &lt;Geo-Location&gt;#
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Odometer: &lt;{Total} Vehicle Miles&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Engine Hours: &lt;{Total} Engine Hours&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Event: &lt;Date {of the certified record}&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Origin: Driver
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Comment: &lt;{Event} Comment/Annotation&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[For Each Row of Malfunctions and Data Diagnostic Events]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Time: &lt;{Event} Time&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Location: &lt;Geo-Location&gt;#
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Odometer: &lt;{Total}Vehicle Miles&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Engine Hours: &lt;{Total}Engine Hours&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Event: &lt;Event Type&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Origin: &lt;Event Record Origin&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Comment: &lt;{Event} Comment/Annotation&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[For Each Row of ELD Login/Logout Events]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Time: &lt;{Event} Time&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Location: &lt;Geo-Location&gt;#
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Odometer: &lt;{Total}Vehicle Miles&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Engine Hours: &lt;{Total}Engine Hours&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Event: &lt;Event Type&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Origin: &lt;ELD username&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Comment: &lt;{Event} Comment/Annotation&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>[For Each Row of CMV Engine Power up/Shut Down Events]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Time: &lt;{Event} Time&gt; (24 hours)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Location: &lt;Geo-Location&gt;#
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Odometer: &lt;{Total}Vehicle Miles&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Engine Hours: &lt;{Total}Engine Hours&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Event: &lt;Event Type&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Origin: Auto
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Comment/Annotation&gt;
</FP-1>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Printout report must only list up to 10 most recent ELD malfunctions and up to 10 most recent data diagnostics events within the time period for which the report is generated.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.008.gif"/>
<P>(c) The printout and display must show a graph-grid consistent with § 395.8(g) showing each change of duty status.
</P>
<P>(1) On the printout, the graph-grid for each day's RODS must be at least 6 inches by 1.5 inches in size.
</P>
<P>(2) The graph-grid must overlay periods of driver's indications of authorized personal use of CMV and yard moves using a different style line (such as dashed or dotted line) or shading. The appropriate abbreviation must also be indicated on the graph-grid.
</P>
<HD3>4.8.2. ELD Data File
</HD3>
<P>An ELD must have the capability to generate a consistent electronic file output compliant with the format described herein to facilitate the transfer, processing, and standardized display of ELD data sets on the authorized safety officials' computing environments.
</P>
<HD3>4.8.2.1. ELD Output File Standard
</HD3>
<P>(a) Regardless of the particular database architecture used for recording the ELD events in electronic format, the ELD must produce a standard ELD data output file for transfer purposes, which must be generated according to the standard specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Data output must be provided in a single comma-delimited file outlined in this section using American National Standard Code for Information Exchange (ASCII) character sets meeting the standards of ANSI INCITS 4-1986 (R2012) (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38). It must include:
</P>
<P>(1) A header segment, which specifies current or non-varying elements of an ELD file; and
</P>
<P>(2) Variable length comma-delimited segments for the drivers, vehicles, ELD events, ELD malfunction and data diagnostics records, ELD login and logout activity, and unidentified driver records.
</P>
<P>(3) Any field value that may contain a comma (“,”) or a carriage return (&lt;CR&gt;) must be replaced with a semicolon (`;') before generating the compliant CSV output file.
</P>
<HD3>4.8.2.1.1. Header Segment
</HD3>
<P>This segment must include the following data elements and format:
</P>
<HD3>ELD File Header Segment: &lt;CR&gt;
</HD3>
<FP-1>&lt;{<I>Driver's</I>} Last Name&gt;,&lt;{<I>Driver's</I>} First Name&gt;,&lt; ELD username{<I>for the driver</I>}&gt;,&lt; {<I>Driver's</I>} Driver's License Issuing State&gt;,&lt;{<I>Driver's</I>} Driver's License Number&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>&lt;{Co-Driver's} Last Name&gt;,&lt;{Co-Driver's} First Name&gt;,&lt;ELD username {<I>for the co-driver</I>} &gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>&lt;CMV Power Unit Number&gt;,&lt;CMV VIN&gt;,&lt;Trailer Number(s)&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>&lt;Carrier's USDOT Number&gt;,&lt;Carrier Name&gt;,&lt;Multiday-basis Used&gt;,&lt;24-Hour Period Starting Time&gt;,&lt;Time Zone Offset from UTC&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;

&lt;Shipping Document Number&gt;,&lt;Exempt Driver Configuration&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>&lt;{<I>Current</I>} Date,&lt; {<I>Current</I>} Time&gt;, &lt; {<I>Current</I>} Latitude&gt;,&lt;{<I>Current</I>} Longitude,&lt; {<I>Current</I>} {<I>Total</I>} Vehicle Miles,&lt; {<I>Current</I>} {<I>Total</I>} Engine Hours&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>&lt;ELD Registration ID&gt;,&lt;ELD Identifier&gt;,&lt;ELD Authentication Value&gt;,&lt;Output File Comment&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<HD3>4.8.2.1.2. User List
</HD3>
<P>This segment must list all drivers and co-drivers with driving time records on the most recent CMV operated by the inspected driver and motor carrier's support personnel who requested edits within the time period for which this file is generated. The list must be in chronological order with most recent user of the ELD on top, and include the driver being inspected, the co-driver, and the unidentified driver profile. This segment has a variable number of rows depending on the number of profiles with activity over the time period for which this file is generated. This section must start with the following title:
</P>
<HD3>User List: &lt;CR&gt;
</HD3>
<P>Each subsequent row must have the following data elements:
</P>
<FP-1>&lt;{<I>Assigned User</I>} Order Number&gt;,&lt;{<I>User's</I>} ELD Account Type,&lt;{<I>User's</I>} Last Name&gt;,&lt;{<I>User's</I>} First Name&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<HD3>4.8.2.1.3. CMV List
</HD3>
<P>This segment must list each CMV that the current driver operated and that has been recorded on the driver's ELD records within the time period for which this file is generated. The list must be rank ordered in accordance with the time of CMV operation with the most recent CMV being on top. This segment has a variable number of rows depending on the number of CMVs operated by the driver over the time period for which this file is generated. This section must start with the following title:
</P>
<HD3>CMV List: &lt;CR&gt;
</HD3>
<P>Each subsequent row must have the following data elements:
</P>
<FP-1>&lt;{<I>Assigned CMV</I>} Order Number&gt;,&lt;CMV Power Unit Number&gt;,&lt;CMV VIN&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<HD3>4.8.2.1.4. ELD Event List for Driver's Record of Duty Status
</HD3>
<P>This segment must list ELD event records tagged with event types 1 (a change in duty status as described in section 4.5.1.1 of this appendix), 2 (an intermediate log as described in section 4.5.1.2), and 3 (a change in driver's indication of conditions impacting driving time recording as described in section 4.5.1.3). The segment must list all event record status types and all event record origins for the driver, rank ordered with the most current log on top in accordance with the date and time fields of the record. This segment has a variable number of rows depending on the number of ELD events recorded for the driver over the time period for which this file is generated. This section must start with the following title:
</P>
<HD3>ELD Event List: &lt;CR&gt;
</HD3>
<P>Each subsequent row must have the following data elements:
</P>
<FP-1>&lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt;,&lt;Event Record Status&gt;,&lt;Event Record Origin&gt;,&lt;Event Type&gt;, &lt;Event Code&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Date&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>}Time&gt;,&lt;{<I>Accumulated</I>} Vehicle Miles&gt;,&lt;{<I>Elapsed</I>} Engine Hours&gt;, {<I>Event</I>} &lt;Latitude&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>}Longitude&gt;,&lt;Distance Since Last Valid Coordinates&gt;, &lt;{<I>Corresponding CMV</I>} Order Number&gt;,&lt;{<I>User</I>} Order Number {<I>for Record Originator</I>}&gt;,&lt;Malfunction Indicator Status {<I>for ELD</I>}&gt;,&lt;Data Diagnostic Event Indicator Status {<I>for Driver</I>}&gt;,&lt;Event Data Check Value&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<HD3>4.8.2.1.5. Event Annotations, Comments, and Driver's Location Description
</HD3>
<P>This segment must list only the elements of the ELD event list created in section 4.8.2.1.4 of this appendix that have an annotation, comment, or a manual entry of location description by the driver. This segment has a variable number of rows depending on the number of ELD events under section 4.8.2.1.4 that feature a comment, annotation, or manual location entry by the driver. This section must start with the following title:
</P>
<HD3>ELD Event Annotations or Comments: &lt;CR&gt;
</HD3>
<P>Each subsequent row must have the following data elements:
</P>
<FP-1>&lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt;,&lt;ELD username {<I>of the Record Originator</I>}&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Comment Text or Annotation&gt;,&lt;{Event} Date&gt;,&lt;{Event} Time&gt;, &lt;Driver's Location Description&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<HD3>4.8.2.1.6. ELD Event List for Driver's Certification of Own Records
</HD3>
<P>This segment must list ELD event records with event type 4 (driver's certification of own records as described in section 4.5.1.4 of this appendix) for the inspected driver for the time period for which this file is generated. It must be rank ordered with the most current record on top. This segment has a variable number of rows depending on the number of certification and re-certification actions the authenticated driver may have executed on the ELD over the time period for which this file is generated. This section must start with the following title:
</P>
<HD3>Driver's Certification/Recertification Actions: [CR]
</HD3>
<P>Each subsequent row must have the following data elements:
</P>
<FP-1>&lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt;,&lt;Event Code&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Date&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Time&gt;,&lt;Date {<I>of the certified record</I>}&gt;,&lt;{<I>Corresponding CMV</I>} Order Number&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<HD3>4.8.2.1.7. Malfunction and Diagnostic Event Records
</HD3>
<P>This segment must list all malfunctions that have occurred on this ELD during the time period for which this file is generated. It must list diagnostic event records related to the driver being inspected, rank ordered with the most current record on top. This segment has a variable number of rows depending on the number of ELD malfunctions and ELD diagnostic event records recorded and relevant to the inspected driver over the time period for which this file is generated. This section must start with the following title:
</P>
<HD3>Malfunctions and Data Diagnostic Events: &lt;CR&gt;
</HD3>
<P>Each subsequent row must have the following data elements:
</P>
<FP-1>&lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt;,&lt;Event Code&gt;,&lt;Malfunction/Diagnostic Code&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Date&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Time&gt;,&lt;{<I>Total</I>} Vehicle Miles&gt;,&lt;{<I>Total</I>} Engine Hours&gt;, &lt;{<I>Corresponding CMV</I>} Order Number&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<HD3>4.8.2.1.8. ELD Login/Logout Report
</HD3>
<P>This segment must list the login and logout activity on the ELD (ELD events with event type 5 (A driver's login/logout activity)) for the inspected driver for the time period for which this file is generated. It must be rank ordered with the most recent activity on top. This section must start with the following title:
</P>
<HD3>ELD Login/Logout Report: &lt;CR&gt;
</HD3>
<P>Each subsequent row must have the following data elements:
</P>
<FP-1>&lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt;,&lt;Event Code&gt;,&lt;ELD username&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Date&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Time&gt;,&lt;{<I>Total</I>} Vehicle Miles&gt;,&lt;{<I>Total</I>} Engine Hours&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<HD3>4.8.2.1.9. CMV's Engine Power-Up and Shut Down Activity
</HD3>
<P>This segment must list the logs created when a CMV's engine is powered up and shut down (ELD events with event type 6 (CMV's engine power up/shut down)) for the time period for which this file is generated. It must be rank ordered with the latest activity on top. This section must start with the following title:
</P>
<HD3>CMV Engine Power-Up and Shut Down Activity: &lt;CR&gt;
</HD3>
<FP-1>Each subsequent row must have the following data elements:
</FP-1>
<FP-1>&lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt;,&lt;Event Code&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Date&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Time&gt;,&lt;{<I>Total</I>} Vehicle Miles&gt;,&lt;{<I>Total</I>} Engine Hours&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Latitude&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Longitude&gt;,&lt;CMV Power Unit Number&gt;,&lt;CMV VIN&gt;,&lt;Trailer Number(s)&gt;,&lt;Shipping Document Number&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<HD3>4.8.2.1.10. ELD Event Log List for the Unidentified Driver Profile
</HD3>
<P>This segment must list the ELD event records for the Unidentified Driver profile, rank ordered with most current log on top in accordance with the date and time fields of the logs. This segment has a variable number of rows depending on the number of Unidentified Driver ELD records recorded over the time period for which this file is generated. This section must start with the following title:
</P>
<HD3>Unidentified Driver Profile Records: &lt;CR&gt;
</HD3>
<P>Each subsequent row must have the following data elements:
</P>
<FP-1>&lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt;,&lt;Event Record Status&gt;,&lt;Event Record Origin&gt;,&lt;Event Type&gt;,&lt;Event Code&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Date&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Time&gt;,&lt; {<I>Accumulated</I>} Vehicle Miles&gt;,&lt; {<I>Elapsed</I>} Engine Hours&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Latitude&gt;,&lt;{<I>Event</I>} Longitude&gt;,&lt;Distance Since Last Valid Coordinates&gt;, &lt;{<I>Corresponding CMV</I>} Order Number&gt;,&lt;Malfunction Indicator Status {<I>for ELD</I>}&gt;,&lt;Event Data Check Value&gt;,&lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<HD3>4.8.2.1.11. File Data Check Value
</HD3>
<P>This segment lists the file data check value as specified in section 4.4.5.3 of this appendix. This part includes a single line as follows:
</P>
<HD3>End of File: &lt;CR&gt;
</HD3>
<FP-1>&lt;File Data Check Value&gt; &lt;CR&gt;
</FP-1>
<HD3>4.8.2.2. ELD Output File Name Standard
</HD3>
<P>If the ELD output is saved in a file for transfer or maintenance purposes, it must follow the 25 character-long filename standard below:
</P>
<P>(a) The first five position characters of the filename must correspond to the first five letters of the last name of the driver for whom the file is compiled. If the last name of the driver is shorter than five characters, remaining positions must use the character “_” [underscore] as a substitute character. For example, if the last name of the driver is “Lee”, the first five characters of the output file must feature “Lee__ __”.
</P>
<P>(b) The sixth and seventh position characters of the filename must correspond to the last two digits of the driver's license number for the driver for whom the file is compiled.
</P>
<P>(c) The eighth and ninth position characters of the filename must correspond to the sum of all individual numeric digits in the driver's license number for the driver for whom the file is compiled. The result must be represented in two-digit format. If the sum value exceeds 99, use the last two digits of the result. For example, if the result equals “113”, use “13”. If the result is less than 10, use 0 as the first digit. For example, if the result equals “5”, use “05”.
</P>
<P>(d) The tenth through fifteenth position characters of the filename must correspond to the date the file is created. The result must be represented in six digit format “MMDDYY” where “MM” represents the month, “”DD” represents the day, and “YY” represents the last two digits of the year. For example, February 5, 2013, must be represented as “020513”.
</P>
<P>(e) The sixteenth position character of the filename must be a hyphen “-”.
</P>
<P>(f) The seventeenth through twenty-fifth position characters of the filename must, by default, be “000000000” but each of these nine digits can be freely configured by the motor carrier or the ELD provider to be a number between 0 and 9 or a character between A and Z to be able to produce distinct files—if or when necessary—that may otherwise be identical in filename as per the convention proposed in this section. ELD providers or motor carriers do not need to disclose details of conventions they may use for configuring the seventeenth through twenty-fifth digits of the filename.
</P>
<HD3>4.9. Data Transfer Capability Requirements
</HD3>
<P>An ELD must be able to present the captured ELD records of a driver in the standard electronic format as described below, and transfer the data file to an authorized safety official, on demand, for inspection purposes.
</P>
<HD3>4.9.1. Data Transfer During Roadside Safety Inspections
</HD3>
<P>(a) On demand during a roadside safety inspection, an ELD must produce ELD records for the current 24-hour period and the previous 7 consecutive days in electronic format, in the standard data format described in section 4.8.2.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(b) When a driver uses the single-step driver interface, as described in section 4.3.2.4 of this appendix, to indicate that the ELD compile and transfer the driver's ELD records to authorized safety officials, the ELD must transfer the generated ELD data output to the computing environment used by authorized safety officials via the standards referenced in this section. To meet roadside electronic data transfer requirements, an ELD must do at least one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Option 1—Telematics transfer methods. Transfer the electronic data using both:
</P>
<P>(i) Wireless Web services, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Email, or
</P>
<P>(2) Option 2—Local transfer methods. Transfer the electronic data using both:
</P>
<P>(i) USB2 (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38), and
</P>
<P>(ii) Bluetooth (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38).
</P>
<P>(c) The ELD must provide an ELD record for the current 24-hour period and the previous 7 consecutive days as described in section 4.8.1.3 either on a display or on a printout.
</P>
<P>(d) An ELD must support one of the two options for roadside data transfer in paragraph (b) of this section, and must certify proper operation of each element under that option. An authorized safety official will specify which transfer mechanism the official will use within the certified transfer mechanisms of an ELD.
</P>
<HD3>4.9.2. Motor Carrier Data Reporting
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD must be capable of retaining copies of electronic ELD records for a period of at least 6 months from the date of receipt.
</P>
<P>(b) An ELD must produce, on demand, a data file or a series of data files of ELD records for a subset of its drivers, a subset of its vehicles, and for a subset of the 6-month record retention period, to be specified by an authorized safety official, in an electronic format standard described in section 4.8.2.1 of this appendix or, if the motor carrier has multiple offices or terminals, within the time permitted under § 390.29.
</P>
<P>(c) At a minimum, an ELD must be able to transfer the ELD records electronically by one of the following transfer mechanisms:
</P>
<P>(1) Web Services as specified in section 4.10.1.1 of this appendix (but not necessarily wirelessly), and Email as specified 4.10.1.2 (but not necessarily wirelessly); or
</P>
<P>(2) USB 2.0 as specified in section 4.10.1.3 of this appendix and Bluetooth, as specified in section 4.10.1.4 (both incorporated by reference, see § 395.38).
</P>
<HD3>4.10. Communications Standards for the Transmittal of Data Files from ELDs
</HD3>
<P>ELDs must transmit ELD records electronically in accordance with the file format specified in section 4.8.2.1 of this appendix and must be capable of a one-way transfer of these records to authorized safety officials upon request as specified in section 4.9.
</P>
<HD3>4.10.1. Data Transfer Mechanisms
</HD3>
<P>For each type of data transfer mechanism, an ELD must follow the specifications in this section.
</P>
<HD3>4.10.1.1. Wireless Data Transfer via Web Services
</HD3>
<P>(a) Transfer of ELD data to FMCSA via Web Services must follow the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) Web Services Description Language (WSDL) 1.1.
</P>
<P>(2) Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) 1.2 (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38).
</P>
<P>(3) Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 5th Edition.
</P>
<P>(b) If an ELD provider plans to use Web Services, upon ELD provider registration as described in section 5.1 of this appendix,
</P>
<P>(1) FMCSA will provide formatting files necessary to convert the ELD file into an XML format and upload the data to the FMCSA servers. These files include FMCSA's Rules of Behavior, XML Schema, WSDL file, Interface Control Document (ICD), and the ELD Web Services Development Handbook, and
</P>
<P>(2) ELD Providers must obtain a Public/Private Key pair compliant with the NIST SP 800-32, Introduction to Public Key Technology and the Federal PKI Infrastructure (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38), and submit the public key with their registration.
</P>
<P>(3) ELD Providers will be required to complete a test procedure to ensure their data is properly formatted before they can begin submitting driver's ELD data to the FMCSA server.
</P>
<P>(c) ELD data transmission must be accomplished in a way that protects the privacy of the driver(s).
</P>
<P>(d) At roadside, if both the vehicle operator and law enforcement have an available data connection, the vehicle operator will initiate the transfer of ELD data to an authorized safety official. In some cases, an ELD may be capable of converting the ELD file to an XML format using an FMCSA-provided schema and upload it using information provided in the WSDL file using SOAP via RFC 7230, RFC 7231, and RFC 5246, Transport Layer Security (TLS) Protocol Version 1.2 (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38).
</P>
<HD3>4.10.1.2. Wireless Data Transfer Through Email
</HD3>
<P>(a) The ELD must attach a file to an email message to be sent using RFC 5321 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38), to a specific email address, which will be shared with the ELD providers during the technology registration process.
</P>
<P>(b) The file must have the format described in section 4.8.2.1 of this appendix and must be encrypted using the Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions as described in RFC 5751 (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38), and the RSA algorithm as described in RFC 4056 (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38), with the FMCSA public key compliant with NIST SP 800-32 (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38) to be provided to the ELD provider at the time of registration. The content must be encrypted using AESin FIPS Publication 197 (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38), and RFC 3565 (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38).
</P>
<P>(c) The email must be formatted using the RFC 5322 Internet Message Format (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38), as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Element
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Format
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">To :</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&lt;Address Provided by FMCSA during online registration&gt;
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">From :</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&lt;Desired return address for confirmation&gt;
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Subject :</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ELD records from &lt;ELD Registration ID&gt;&lt;':'&gt;
<br/>&lt;ELD Identifier&gt;
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Body :</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&lt;Output File Comment&gt;
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Attachment:</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MIME encoded AES-256 encrypted file with &lt;filename&gt;.&lt;Date string&gt;.&lt;unique identifier&gt;.aes</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) A message confirming receipt of the ELD file will be sent to the address specified in the email. The filename must follow the convention specified in section 4.8.2.2 of this appendix.
</P>
<HD3>4.10.1.3 Data Transfer via USB 2.0
</HD3>
<P>(a) ELDs certified for the USB data transfer mechanism must be capable of transferring ELD records using the Universal Serial Bus Specification (Revision 2.0) (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38).
</P>
<P>(b) Each ELD technology must implement a single USB-compliant interface with the necessary adaptors for a Type A connector. The USB interface must implement the Mass Storage class (08h) for driverless operation, to comply with IEEE standard 1667-2009, (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38).
</P>
<P>(c) The ELD must be capable of providing power to a standard USB-compatible drive.
</P>
<P>(d) An ELD must re-authenticate the driver prior to saving the driver's ELD file to an external device.
</P>
<P>(e) On initiation by an authenticated driver, an ELD must be capable of saving ELD file(s) to USB-compatible drives (AES, in FIPS Publication 197, incorporated by reference, see § 395.38) that are provided by authorized safety officials during an inspection. Prior to initiating this action, ELDs must be capable of reading a text file from an authorized safety officials' drive and verifying it against a file provided to ELD providers who have registered their technologies as described in section 5.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<HD3>4.10.1.4. Data Transfer via Bluetooth®
</HD3>
<P>(a) Bluetooth SIG Specification of the Bluetooth System covering core package version 2.1 + EDR (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38) must be followed. ELDs using this standard must be capable of displaying a Personal Identification Number generated by the Bluetooth application profile for bonding with other devices(incorporated by reference, see § 395.38).
</P>
<P>(b) Upon request of an authorized official, the ELD must become discoverable by the authorized safety officials' Bluetooth-enabled computing platform, and generate a random code, which the driver must share with the official (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38).
</P>
<P>(c) The ELD must connect to the roadside authorized safety officials' technology via wireless personal area network and transmit the required data via Web Services as described in section 4.10.1.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<HD3>4.10.2. Motor Carrier Data Transmission
</HD3>
<P>Regardless of the roadside transmission option supported by an ELD, ELD records are to be retained and must be able to transmit enforcement-specified historical data for their drivers using one of the methods specified under section 4.9.2 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(a) Web services option must follow the specifications described under section 4.10.1.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(b) The email option must follow the specifications described under section 4.10.1.2 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(c) The USB option must follow the specifications of Universal Serial Bus Specification, revision 2.0 (incorporated by reference, see § 395.38) and described in section 4.10.1.3 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(d) Bluetooth must follow the specifications incorporated by reference (see § 395.38) and described in section 4.10.1.4 of this appendix.
</P>
<HD1>5. ELD Registration and Certification
</HD1>
<P>As described in § 395.22(a) of this part, motor carriers must only use ELDs that are listed on the FMCSA website. An ELD provider must register with FMCSA and certify each ELD model and version for that ELD to be listed on this website.
</P>
<HD2>5.1. ELD Provider's Registration
</HD2>
<HD3>5.1.1. Registering Online
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD provider developing an ELD technology must register online at a secure FMCSA website where the ELD provider can securely certify that its ELD is compliant with this appendix.
</P>
<P>(b) Provider's registration must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Company name of the technology provider/manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(2) Name of an individual authorized by the provider to verify that the ELD is compliant with this appendix and to certify it under section 5.2 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(3) Address of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(4) Email address of the registrant.
</P>
<P>(5) Telephone number of the registrant.
</P>
<HD3>5.1.2. Keeping Information Current
</HD3>
<P>The ELD provider must keep the information in section 5.1.1(b) of this appendix current through FMCSA's website.
</P>
<HD3>5.1.3. Authentication Information Distribution
</HD3>
<P>FMCSA will provide a unique ELD registration ID, authentication key(s), authentication file(s), and formatting and configuration details required in this appendix to registered providers during the registration process.
</P>
<HD2>5.2. Certification of Conformity With FMCSA Standards
</HD2>
<P>A registered ELD provider must certify that each ELD model and version has been sufficiently tested to meet the functional requirements included in this appendix under the conditions in which the ELD would be used.
</P>
<HD3>5.2.1. Online Certification
</HD3>
<P>(a) An ELD provider registered online as described in section 5.1.1 of this appendix must disclose the information in paragraph (b) of this section about each ELD model and version and certify that the particular ELD is compliant with the requirements of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(b) The online process will only allow a provider to complete certification if the provider successfully discloses all of the following required information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of the product.
</P>
<P>(2) Model number of the product.
</P>
<P>(3) Software version of the product.
</P>
<P>(4) An ELD identifier, uniquely identifying the certified model and version of the ELD, assigned by the ELD provider in accordance with section 7.15 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(5) Picture and/or screen shot of the product.
</P>
<P>(6) User's manual describing how to operate the ELD.
</P>
<P>(7) Description of the supported and certified data transfer mechanisms and step-by-step instructions for a driver to produce and transfer the ELD records to an authorized safety official.
</P>
<P>(8) Summary description of ELD malfunctions.
</P>
<P>(9) Procedure to validate an ELD authentication value as described in section 7.14 of this appendix.
</P>
<P>(10) Certifying statement describing how the product was tested to comply with FMCSA regulations.
</P>
<HD3>5.2.2. Procedure To Validate an ELD's Authenticity
</HD3>
<P>Paragraph 5.2.1(b)(9) of this appendix requires that the ELD provider identify its authentication process and disclose necessary details for FMCSA systems to independently verify the ELD authentication values included in the dataset of inspected ELD outputs. The authentication value must include a hash component that only uses data elements included in the ELD dataset and datafile. ELD authentication value must meet the requirements specified in section 7.14 of this appendix.
</P>
<HD2>5.3. Publicly Available Information
</HD2>
<P>Except for the information listed under paragraphs 5.1.1(b)(2), (4), and (5) and 5.2.1(b)(9) of this appendix, FMCSA will make the information in sections 5.1.1 and 5.2.1 for each certified ELD publicly available on a website to allow motor carriers to determine which products have been properly registered and certified as ELDs compliant with this appendix.
</P>
<HD2>5.4. Removal of Listed Certification
</HD2>
<HD3>5.4.1. Removal Process
</HD3>
<P>FMCSA may remove an ELD model or version from the list of ELDs on the FMCSA website in accordance with this section.
</P>
<HD3>5.4.2. Notice
</HD3>
<P>FMCSA shall initiate the removal of an ELD model or version from the list of ELDs on the FMCSA website by providing the ELD provider written notice stating:
</P>
<P>(a) The reasons FMCSA proposes to remove the model or version from the FMCSA list; and
</P>
<P>(b) Any corrective action that the ELD provider must take for the ELD model or version to remain on the list.


</P>
<HD3>5.4.3. Response
</HD3>
<P>An ELD provider that receives notice under section 5.4.2 of this appendix may submit a response to FMCSA no later than 30 days after issuance of the notice of proposed removal, explaining:
</P>
<P>(a) The reasons why the ELD provider believes the facts relied on by the Agency, in proposing removal, are wrong; or
</P>
<P>(b) The action the ELD provider will take to correct the deficiencies that FMCSA identified.
</P>
<HD3>5.4.4. Agency Action
</HD3>
<P>(a) If the ELD provider fails to respond within 30 days of the date of the notice issued under section 5.4.2 of this appendix, the ELD model or version shall be removed from the FMCSA list.
</P>
<P>(b) If the ELD provider submits a timely response, FMCSA shall review the response and withdraw the notice of proposed removal, modify the notice of proposed removal, or affirm the notice of proposed removal, and notify the ELD provider in writing of the determination.
</P>
<P>(c) Within 60 days of the determination, the ELD provider shall take any action required to comply. If FMCSA determines that the ELD provider failed to timely take the required action within the 60 day period, the ELD model or version shall be removed from the FMCSA list.
</P>
<P>(d) FMCSA may request from the ELD provider any information that FMCSA considers necessary to make a determination under this section.
</P>
<HD3>5.4.5. Administrative Review
</HD3>
<P>(a) Within 30 days of removal of an ELD model or version from the FMCSA list of certified ELDs under section 5.4.4 of this appendix, the ELD provider may request administrative review.
</P>
<P>(b) A request for administrative review must be submitted in writing to FMCSA, ATTN: ELD Removal—Request for Administrative Review. The request must explain the error committed in removing the ELD model or version from the FMCSA list, identify all factual, legal, and procedural issues in dispute, and include any supporting information or documents.
</P>
<P>(c) FMCSA may ask the ELD provider to submit additional information or attend a conference to discuss the removal. If the ELD provider does not submit the requested information or attend the scheduled conference, FMCSA may dismiss the request for administrative review.
</P>
<P>(d) FMCSA will complete the administrative review and notify the ELD provider of the decision in writing. The decision constitutes a final Agency action.
</P>
<HD1>6. References
</HD1>
<P>(a) <I>American National Standards Institute (ANSI).</I> 11 West 42nd Street, New York, New York 10036, <I>http://webstore.ansi.org</I>, (212) 642-4900.
</P>
<P>(1) ANSI INCITS 4-1986 (R2012), American National Standard for Information Systems—Coded Character Sets—7-Bit American National Standard Code for Information Interchange (7-Bit ASCII), approved June 14, 2007, IBR in section 4.8.2.1, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) ANSI INCITS 446-2008 (R2013), American National Standard for Information Technology—Identifying Attributes for Named Physical and Cultural Geographic Features (Except Roads and Highways) of the United States, Territories, Outlying Areas, and Freely Associated Areas, and the Waters of the Same to the Limit of the Twelve-Mile Statutory Zone, approved October 28, 2008, IBR in section 4.4.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Bluetooth SIG, Inc.</I> 5209 Lake Washington Blvd. NE., Suite 350, Kirkland, WA 98033, <I>https://www.bluetooth.org/Technical/Specifications/adopted.htm</I>, (425) 691-3535.
</P>
<P>(1) Bluetooth SIG, Inc., Specification of the Bluetooth System: Wireless Connections Made Easy, Covered Core Package version 2.1 + EDR, volumes 0 through 4, approved July 26, 2007, IBR in sections 4.9.1, 4.9.2, 4.10.1.4, 4.10.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) Standards Association.</I> 445 Hoes Lane, Piscataway, NJ 08854-4141, <I>http://standards.ieee.org/index.html</I>, (732) 981-0060.
</P>
<P>(1) IEEE Std 1667-2009, IEEE Standard for Authentication in Host Attachments of Transient Storage Devices, approved 11 November 2009, IBR in section 4.10.1.3, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).</I> C/o Association Management Solutions, LLC (AMS) 48377 Freemont Blvd., Suite 117, Freemont, CA 94538, (510) 492-4080.
</P>
<P>(1) IETF RFC 3565, Use of the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Encryption Algorithm in Cryptographic Message Syntax (CMS), approved July 2003, IBR in section 4.10.1.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) IETF RFC 4056, Use of the RSASSA-PSS Signature Algorithm in Cryptographic Message Syntax (CMS), approved June 2005, IBR in section 4.10.1.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(3) IETF RFC 5246, The Transport Layer Security (TLS) Protocol Version 1.2, approved August 2008, IBR in section 4.10.1.1, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(4) IETF RFC 5321, Simple Mail Transfer Protocol, approved October 2008, IBR in section 4.10.1.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(5) IETF RFC 5322, Internet Message Format, approved October 2008, IBR in section 4.10.1.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(6) IETF RFC 5751, Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (S/MIME) Version 3.2, Message Specification, approved January 2010, IBR in section 4.10.1.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(7) IETF RFC 7230, Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Message Syntax and Routing, approved June 2014, IBR in section 4.10.1.1, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(8) IETF RFC 7231, Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Semantics and Content, approved June 2014, IBR in section 4.10.1.1, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).</I> 100 Bureau Drive, Stop 1070, Gaithersburg, MD 20899-1070, <I>http://www.nist.gov</I>, (301) 975-6478.
</P>
<P>(1) Federal Information Processing Standards Publication (FIPS PUB) 197, Advanced Encryption Standard (AES), approved November 26, 2001, IBR in sections 4.10.1.2 and 4.10.1.3, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) SP 800-32, Introduction to Public Key Technology and the Federal PKI Infrastructure, approved February 26, 2001, IBR in section 4.10.1.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Universal Serial Bus Implementers Forum (USBIF).</I> 3855 SW. 153rd Drive, Beaverton, Oregon 97006, <I>http://www.usb.org</I>, (503) 619-0426.
</P>
<P>(1) USB Implementers Forum, Inc., Universal Serial Bus Specification, Revision 2.0, approved April 27, 2000, as revised through April 3, 2015, IBR in sections 4.9.1, 4.9.2, 4.10.1.3, and 4.10.2, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(g) <I>World Wide Web Consortium (W3C).</I> 32 Vassar Street, Building 32-G514, Cambridge, MA 02139, <I>http://www.w3.org</I>, (617) 253-2613.
</P>
<P>(1) W3C Recommendation 27, SOAP Version 1.2 Part 1: Messaging Framework (Second Edition), including errata, approved April 2007, IBR in section 4.10.1.1, Appendix A to subpart B.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<HD1>7. Data Elements Dictionary
</HD1>
<HD2>7.1. 24-Hour Period Starting Time
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the 24-hour period starting time specified by the motor carrier for driver's home terminal.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Identifies the bookends of the work day for the driver; makes ELD records consistent with § 395.8 requirements, which require this information to be included on the form.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD account profile; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Programmed or populated on the ELD during account creation and maintained by the motor carrier to reflect true and accurate information for drivers.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> 000000 to 235959; first two digits 00 to 23; middle two digits and last two digits 00 to 59.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 6 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;HHMMSS&gt; Military time format, where “HH” refers to hours,
</P>
<P>“MM” refers to minutes, and “SS” refers to seconds; designation for start time expressed in time standard in effect at the driver's home terminal.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [060000], [073000], [180000].
</P>
<HD2>7.2. Carrier Name
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the motor carrier's legal name for conducting commercial business.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides a recognizable identifier about the motor carrier on viewable ELD outputs; provides ability to cross check against USDOT number.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> FMCSA's Safety and Fitness Electronic Records (SAFER) System.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD account profile.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Programmed on the ELD or entered once during the ELD account creation process.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Any alphanumeric combination.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> Minimum: 4; Maximum: 120 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Carrier Name&gt; as in &lt;CCCC&gt; to &lt;CCCC. . . . . .CCCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Example:</I> [CONSOLIDATED TRUCKLOAD INC.].
</P>
<HD2>7.3. Carrier's USDOT Number
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the motor carrier's USDOT number.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Uniquely identifies the motor carrier employing the driver using the ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> FMCSA's Safety and Fitness Electronic Records (SAFER) System.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD account profiles; ELD event records; ELD output file.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Programmed on the ELD or entered once during the ELD account creation process.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> An integer number of length 1-8 assigned to the motor carrier by FMCSA (9 position numbers reserved).
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> Minimum: 1; Maximum: 9 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Carrier's USDOT Number&gt; as in &lt;C to &lt;CCCCCCCCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [1], [1000003].
</P>
<HD2>7.4. CMV Power Unit Number
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the identifier the motor carrier uses for their CMVs in their normal course of business.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Identifies the vehicle a driver operates while a driver's ELD records are recorded; Makes ELD records consistent with § 395.8 requirements, which require the truck or tractor number to be included on the form.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Unique CMV identifiers a motor carrier uses in its normal course of business and includes on dispatch documents, or the license number and the licensing State of the power unit.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD event records; ELD output file.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Programmed on the ELD or populated by motor carrier's extended ELD system or entered by the driver.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Any alphanumeric combination.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> Minimum: 1; Maximum: 10 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;CMV Power Unit Number&gt; as in &lt;C&gt; to &lt;CCCCCCCCCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory for all CMVs operated while using an ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [123], [00123], [BLUEKW123], [TX12345].
</P>
<HD2>7.5. CMV VIN
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the manufacturer-assigned vehicle identification number (VIN) for the CMV powered unit.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Uniquely identifies the operated CMV not only within a motor carrier at a given time but across all CMVs sold within a 30-year rolling period.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> A robust unique CMV identifier standardized in North America.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD event records; ELD output file.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Retrieved from the engine ECM via the vehicle databus.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Either blank or 17 characters long as specified by NHTSA in 49 CFR part 565, or 18 characters long with first character assigned as “-” (dash) followed by the 17 character long VIN. Check digit, <I>i.e.,</I> VIN character position 9, as specified in 49 CFR part 565 must imply a valid VIN.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> Blank or 17-18 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;CMV VIN&gt; or &lt;“-”&gt; &lt;CMV VIN&gt; or &lt;{<I>blank</I>}&gt; as in &lt;CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC&gt;, or &lt;-CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC&gt; or &lt;&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory for all ELDs linked to the engine ECM and when VIN is available from the engine ECM over the vehicle databus; otherwise optional. If optionally populated and source is not the engine ECM, precede VIN with the character “-” in records.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [1FUJGHDV0CLBP8834], [-1FUJGHDV0CLBP8896], [].
</P>
<HD2>7.6. Comment/Annotation
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This is a textual note related to a record, update, or edit capturing the comment or annotation a driver or authorized support personnel may input to the ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability for a driver to offer explanations to records, selections, edits, or entries.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Driver or authorized support personnel.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD events; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Entered by the authenticated user via ELD's interface.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Free form text of any alphanumeric combination.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 0-60 characters if optionally entered; 4-60 characters if annotation is required and driver is prompted by the ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Comment/Annotation&gt; as in &lt;{blank}&gt; or &lt;C&gt; to &lt;CCC. . . . . . CCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Optional in general; Mandatory if prompted by ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [], [Personal Conveyance. Driving to Restaurant in bobtail mode], [Forgot to switch to SB. Correcting here].
</P>
<HD2>7.7. Data Diagnostic Event Indicator Status
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This is a Boolean indicator identifying whether the used ELD unit has an active data diagnostic event set for the authenticated driver at the time of event recording.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Documents the snapshot of ELD's data diagnostic status for the authenticated driver at the time of an event recording.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal monitoring functions.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD events; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Internally monitored and managed.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> 0 (no active data diagnostic events for the driver) or 1 (at least one active data diagnostic event set for the driver).
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1 character.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Data Diagnostic Event Indicator Status&gt; as in &lt;C&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [0] or [1].
</P>
<HD2>7.8. Date
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> In combination with the variable “Time”, this parameter stamps records with a reference in time; even though date and time must be captured in UTC, event records must use date and time converted to the time zone in effect at the driver's home terminal as specified in section 4.4.3.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to record the instance of recorded events.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD's converted time measurement.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD events; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> UTC date must be automatically captured by ELD; date in effect at the driver's home terminal must be calculated as specified in section 4.4.3.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Any valid date combination expressed in &lt;MMDDYY&gt; format where “MM” refers to months, “DD” refers to days of the month and “YY” refers to the last two digits of the calendar year.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 6 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;MMDDYY&gt; where &lt;MM&gt; must be between 01 and 12, &lt;DD&gt; must be between 01 and 31, and &lt;YY&gt; must be between 00 and 99.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [122815], [010114], [061228].
</P>
<HD2>7.9. Distance Since Last Valid Coordinates
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> Distance in whole miles traveled since the last valid latitude, longitude pair the ELD measured with the required accuracy.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to keep track of location for recorded events in cases of temporary position measurement outage.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal calculations.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD events; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Kept track of by the ELD based on position measurement validity.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> An integer value between 0 and 6; If the distance traveled since the last valid coordinate measurement exceeds 6 miles, the ELD must enter the value as 6.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1 character.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Distance Since Last Valid Coordinates&gt; as in &lt;C&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [0], [1], [5], [6].
</P>
<HD2>7.10. Driver's License Issuing State
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the issuing State, Province or jurisdiction of the listed Driver's License for the ELD account holder.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> In combination with “Driver's License Number”, it links the ELD driver account holder uniquely to an individual with driving credentials; ensures that only one driver account can be created per individual.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Driver's license.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD account profile(s); ELD output file.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Entered (during the creation of a new ELD account).
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> To character abbreviation listed on Table 5 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 2 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Driver's License Issuing State&gt; as in &lt;CC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory for all driver accounts created on the ELD; optional for “non-driver” accounts.
</P>
<P><I>Example:</I> [WA].
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.010.gif"/>
<HD2>7.11. Driver's License Number
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the unique Driver's License information required for each driver account on the ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> In combination with driver's license issuing State, it links the ELD driver account holder to an individual with driving credentials; ensures that only one driver account can be created per individual.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Driver's license.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD account profile(s); ELD output file.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Entered (during the creation of a new ELD account).
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Any alphanumeric combination.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> Minimum: 1; Maximum: 20 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Driver's License Number&gt; as in &lt;C&gt; to &lt;CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC&gt;. For ELD record keeping purposes, ELD must only retain characters in a Driver's License Number entered during an account creation process that are a number between 0-9 or a character between A-Z (non-case sensitive).
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory for all driver accounts created on the ELD; optional for “non-driver” accounts.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [SAMPLMJ065LD], [D000368210361], [198], [N02632676353666].
</P>
<HD2>7.12. Driver's Location Description
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This is a textual note related to the location of the CMV input by the driver upon ELD's prompt.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability for a driver to enter location information related to entry of missing records; provides ability to accommodate temporary positioning service interruptions or outage without setting positioning malfunctions.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Driver, only when prompted by the ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD events; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Entered by the authenticated driver when ELD solicits this information as specified in section 4.3.2.7.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Free form text of any alphanumeric combination.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 5-60 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;CCCCC&gt; to &lt;CCC......CCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory when prompted by ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [], [5 miles SW of Indianapolis, IN], [Reston, VA].
</P>
<HD2>7.13. ELD Account Type
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> An indicator designating whether an ELD account is a driver account or support personnel (non-driver) account.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Enables authorized safety officials to verify account type specific requirements set forth in this document.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD designated.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Specified during the account creation process and recorded on ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Character “D”, indicating account type “Driver”, or “S”, indicating account type “motor carrier's support personnel” (<I>i.e.</I> non-driver); “Unidentified Driver” account must be designated with type “D”.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1 character.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;C&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [D], [S].
</P>
<HD2>7.14. ELD Authentication Value
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> An alphanumeric value that is unique to an ELD and verifies the authenticity of the given ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to cross-check the authenticity of an ELD used in the recording of a driver's records during inspections.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD provider-assigned value; includes a certificate component and a hashed component; necessary information related to authentication keys and hash procedures disclosed by the registered ELD provider during the online ELD certification process for independent verification by FMCSA systems. For example, an ELD Authentication Value could be generated by creating a string that concatenates a predetermined selection of values that will be included in the ELD Output File, signing that string (using the ELD private key and a predetermined hash algorithm), then using a binary-to-text encoding algorithm to encode the signature into alphanumeric characters.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Calculated from the authentication ELD provider's private key not provided to FMCSA but corresponding to the ELD provider's public key certificate and calculation procedure privately distributed by the ELD provider to FMCSA during the ELD registration process.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Alphanumeric combination.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> Greater than 16 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;CCCC. . . . . . . . .CCCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Example:</I> [bGthamRrZmpha3NkamZsa2pzZGxma2phc2xka2Y7ajtza25rbCBucms7Y2 . . . RuZHNudm5hc21kbnZBU0RGS0xKQVNMS0RKTEs7QVNKRDtGTEtBSlNERktMSkFEU0w7S1NESkZMSw==].
</P>
<HD2>7.15. ELD Identifier
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> An alphanumeric identifier assigned by the ELD provider to the ELD technology that is certified by the registered provider at FMCSA's website.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to cross-check that the ELD used in the recording of a driver's records is certified through FMCSA's registration and certification process as required.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Assigned and submitted by the ELD provider during the online certification of an ELD model and version.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Coded on the ELD by the ELD provider and disclosed to FMCSA during the online certification process.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> A six character alphanumeric identifier using characters A-Z and number 0-9.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 6 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;ELD Identifier&gt; as in &lt;CCCCCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [1001ZE], [GAM112], [02P3P1].
</P>
<HD2>7.16. ELD Provider
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> An alphanumeric company name of the technology provider as registered at the FMCSA's website.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to cross-check that the ELD used in the recording of a driver's records is certified through FMCSA's registration and certification process as required.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Assigned and submitted by the ELD provider during the online registration process.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Coded on the ELD by the ELD provider and disclosed to FMCSA during the online registration process.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Any alphanumeric combination.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> Minimum: 4; Maximum 120 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;ELD Provider&gt; as in &lt;CCCC&gt; to &lt;CCCC......CCCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [ELD PROVIDER INC].
</P>
<HD2>7.17. ELD Registration ID
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> An alphanumeric registration identifier assigned to the ELD provider that is registered with FMCSA during the ELD registration process.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to cross-check that the ELD provider has registered as required.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Received from FMCSA during online provider registration.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Coded on the ELD by the provider.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> A four character alphanumeric registration identifier using characters A-Z and numbers 0-9.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 4 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;ELD Registration ID&gt; as in &lt;CCCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [ZA10], [QA0C], [FAZ2].
</P>
<HD2>7.18. ELD Username
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the unique user identifier assigned to the account holder on the ELD to authenticate the corresponding individual during an ELD login process; the individual may be a driver or a motor carrier's support personnel.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Documents the user identifier assigned to the driver linked to the ELD account.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Assigned by the motor carrier during the creation of a new ELD account.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD account profile; event records; ELD login process.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Entered (during account creation and user authentication).
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Any alphanumeric combination.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> Minimum: 4; Maximum: 60 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;ELD Username&gt; as in &lt;CCCC&gt; to &lt;CCCC......CCCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory for all accounts created on the ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [smithj], [100384], [sj2345], [john.smith].


</P>
<HD2>7.19. Engine Hours
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the time the CMV's engine is powered in decimal hours with 0.1 hr (6-minute) resolution; this parameter is a placeholder for &lt;{Total} Engine Hours&gt;, which refers to the aggregated time of a vehicle's engine's operation since its inception, and used in recording “engine power on” and “engine shut down” events, and also for &lt;{Elapsed} Engine Hours&gt;, which refers to the elapsed time in the engine's operation in the given ignition power on cycle, and used in the recording of all other events.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to identify gaps in the operation of a CMV, when the vehicle's engine may be powered but the ELD may not; provides ability to cross check integrity of recorded data elements in events and prevent gaps in the recording of ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD measurement or sensing.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD events; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Acquired from the engine ECM or a comparable other source as allowed in section 4.3.1.4.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> For &lt;{Total} Engine hours&gt;, range is between 0.0 and 99999.9; for &lt;{Elapsed} Engine hours&gt;, range is between 0.0 and 99999.9.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 3-7 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Vehicle Miles&gt; as in &lt;C.C&gt; to &lt;CCCCC.C&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory for any event whose origin is the ELD or the unidentified driver profile. For events created by the driver or another authenticated user when engine hours are not available and cannot accurately be determined this field can be blank.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [0.0], [9.9], [346.1], [2891.4].
</P>
<HD2>7.20. Event Code
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> A dependent attribute on “Event Type” parameter that further specifies the nature of the change indicated in “Event Type”; this parameter indicates the new status after the change.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to code the specific nature of the change electronically.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal calculations.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD event records; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> ELD recorded and maintained event attribute in accordance with the type of event and nature of the new status being recorded.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Dependent on the “Event Type” as indicated on Table 6 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1 character.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Event Type&gt; as in &lt;C&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [0], [1], [4], [9].
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er17my18.000.gif"/>
<HD2>7.21. Event Data Check Value
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> A hexadecimal “check” value calculated in accordance with the procedure outlined in section 4.4.5.1 of this appendix and attached to each event record at the time of recording.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to identify cases where an ELD event record may have been inappropriately modified after its original recording.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD events; ELD output file.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Calculated by the ELD in accordance with section 4.4.5.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> A number between hexadecimal 00 (decimal 0) and hexadecimal FF (decimal 255).
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 2 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Event Data Check Value&gt; as in &lt;CC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [05], [CA], [F3].
</P>
<HD2>7.22. Event Record Origin
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> An attribute for the event record indicating whether it is automatically recorded, or edited, entered or accepted by the driver, requested by another authenticated user, or assumed from unidentified driver profile.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to track origin of the records.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal calculations.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD event records; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> ELD recorded and maintained event attribute in accordance with the procedures outlined in sections 4.4.4.2.2, 4.4.4.2.3, 4.4.4.2.4, 4.4.4.2.5, and 4.4.4.2.6 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> 1, 2, 3 or 4 as described on Table 7 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1 character.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Event Record Origin&gt; as in &lt;C&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [1], [2], [3], [4].
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.012.gif"/>
<HD2>7.23. Event Record Status
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> An attribute for the event record indicating whether an event is active or inactive and further, if inactive, whether it is due to a change or lack of confirmation by the driver or due to a driver's rejection of change request.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to keep track of edits and entries performed over ELD records while retaining original records.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal calculations.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD event records; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> ELD recorded and maintained event attribute in accordance with the procedures outlined in sections 4.4.4.2.2, 4.4.4.2.3, 4.4.4.2.4, 4.4.4.2.5, and 4.4.4.2.6 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> 1, 2, 3 or 4 as described on Table 8 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1 character.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Event Record Status&gt; as in &lt;C&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [1], [2], [3], [4].
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.013.gif"/>
<HD2>7.24. Event Sequence ID Number
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the serial identifier assigned to each required ELD event as described in section 4.5.1 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to keep a continuous record, on a given ELD, across all users of that ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal calculations.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD event records; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> ELD maintained; incremented by 1 for each new record on the ELD; continuous for each new event the ELD records regardless of owner of the records.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> 0 to FFFF; initial factory value must be 0; after FFFF hexadecimal (decimal 65535), the next Event Sequence ID number must be 0.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1-4 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Event Sequence ID Number&gt; as in &lt;C&gt; to &lt;CCCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [1], [1F2C], p2D3], [BB], [FFFE].
</P>
<HD2>7.25. Event Type
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> An attribute specifying the type of the event record.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to code the type of the recorded event in electronic format.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal calculations.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD event records; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> ELD recorded and maintained event attribute in accordance with the type of event being recorded.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> 1-7 as described on Table 9 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1 character.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Event Type&gt; as in &lt;C&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [1], [5], [4], [7].
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.014.gif"/>
<HD2>7.26. Exempt Driver Configuration
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> A parameter indicating whether the motor carrier configured a driver's profile to claim exemption from ELD use.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to code the motor carrier-indicated exemption for the driver electronically.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Motor carrier's configuration for a given driver.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Motor carrier configured and maintained parameter in accordance with the qualification requirements listed in § 395.1.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> E (exempt) or 0 (number zero).
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1 character.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Exempt Driver Configuration&gt; as in &lt;C&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [E], [0].
</P>
<HD2>7.27. File Data Check Value
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> A hexadecimal “check” value calculated in accordance with the procedure outlined in section 4.4.5.3 of this appendix and attached to each ELD output file.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to identify cases where an ELD file may have been inappropriately modified after its original creation.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD output files.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Calculated by the ELD in accordance with section 4.4.5.3 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> A number between hexadecimal 0000 (decimal 0) and hexadecimal FFFF (decimal 65535).
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 4 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;File Data Check Value&gt; as in &lt;CCCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [F0B5], [00CA], [523E].
</P>
<HD2>7.28. First Name
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the given name of the individual holding an ELD account.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Links an individual to the associated ELD account.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Driver's license for driver accounts; driver's license or government-issued ID for support personnel accounts.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD account profile(s); ELD outputs (display and file).
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Entered (during the creation of a new ELD account).
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Any alphanumeric combination.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> Minimum: 2; Maximum: 30 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;First Name&gt; as in &lt;CC&gt; to &lt;CC......CC&gt; where “C” denotes a character.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory for all accounts created on the ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Example:</I> [John].
</P>
<HD2>7.29. Geo-Location
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> A descriptive indicator of the CMV position in terms of a distance and direction to a recognizable location derived from a GNIS database at a minimum containing all cities, towns and villages with a population of 5,000 or greater.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provide recognizable location information on a display or printout to users of the ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal calculations as specified in section 4.4.2 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD display or printout.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Identified from the underlying latitude/longitude coordinates by the ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Contains four segments in one text field; a recognizable location driven from GNIS database containing—at a minimum—all cities, towns and villages with a population of 5,000 in text format containing a location name and the State abbreviation, distance from this location and direction from this location.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> Minimum: 5; Maximum: 60 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Distance from {<I>identified</I>} Geo-location&gt; &lt;'mi `&gt; &lt;Direction from {<I>identified</I>} Geo-location&gt; &lt;' `&gt; &lt;State Abbreviation {<I>of identified</I>} Geo Location&gt; &lt;' `&gt; &lt;Place name of {<I>identified</I>} Geo-location&gt; where:
</P>
<FP-1>&lt;Distance from {<I>identified</I>} Geo-location&gt; must either be &lt;{blank}&gt; or &lt;C&gt; or &lt;CC&gt; where the up-to two character number specifies absolute distance between identified geo-location and event location;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>&lt;Direction from {<I>identified</I>} Geo-location&gt; must either be &lt;{blank}&gt; or &lt;C&gt; or &lt;CC&gt; or &lt;CCC&gt;, must represent direction of event location with respect to the identified geo-location, and must take a value listed on Table 10 of this appendix;

&lt;State Abbreviation {<I>of identified</I>} Geo Location&gt; must take values listed on Table 5; &lt;Place name of {<I>identified</I>} Geo-location&gt; must be the text description of the identified reference location;
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Overall length of the “Geo-location” parameter must not be longer than 60 characters long.
</FP-1>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [2mi ESE IL Darien], [1mi SE TX Dallas], [11mi NNW IN West Lafayette].
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er16de15.015.gif"/>
<HD2>7.30. Last Name
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the last name of the individual holding an ELD account.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Links an individual to the associated ELD account.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Driver's license for driver accounts; driver's license or government-issued ID for support personnel accounts.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD account profile(s); ELD outputs (display and file).
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Entered (during the creation of a new ELD account).
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Any alphanumeric combination.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> Minimum: 2; Maximum: 30 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Last Name&gt; as in &lt;CC&gt; to &lt;CC.....CC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory for all accounts created on the ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Example:</I> [Smith].
</P>
<HD2>7.31. Latitude
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> An angular distance in degrees north and south of the equator.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> In combination with the variable “Longitude”, this parameter stamps records requiring a position attribute with a reference point on the face of the earth.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD's position measurement.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD events; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Latitude and Longitude must be automatically captured by the ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> X, M, E or −90.00 to 90.00 in decimal degrees (two decimal point resolution) in records using conventional positioning precision; −90.0 to 90.0 in decimal degrees (single decimal point resolution) in records using reduced positioning precision when allowed; latitudes north of the equator must be specified by the absence of a minus sign (−) preceding the digits designating degrees; latitudes south of the Equator must be designated by a minus sign (−) preceding the digits designating degrees.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1, or 3 to 6 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;C&gt; or First character: [&lt;'-'&gt; or &lt;{blank}&gt;]; then [&lt;C&gt; or &lt;CC&gt;]; then &lt;'.'&gt;; then [&lt;C&gt; or &lt;CC&gt;].
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [X], [M], [E], [−15.68], [38.89], [5.07], [−6.11], [−15.7], [38.9], [5.1], [−6.1].
</P>
<HD2>7.32. Line Data Check Value
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> A hexadecimal “check” value calculated in accordance with procedure outlined in section 4.4.5.2 and attached to each line of output featuring data at the time of output file being generated.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to identify cases where an ELD output file may have been inappropriately modified after its original generation.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD output file.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Calculated by the ELD in accordance with 4.4.5.2.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> A number between hexadecimal 00 (decimal 0) and hexadecimal FF (decimal 255) .
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 2 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Line Data Check Value&gt; as in &lt;CC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [01], [A4], [CC].
</P>
<HD2>7.33. Longitude
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> An angular distance in degrees measured on a circle of reference with respect to the zero (or prime) meridian; The prime meridian runs through Greenwich, England.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> In combination with the variable “Latitude”, this parameter stamps records requiring a position attribute with a reference point on the face of the earth.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD's position measurement.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD events; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Latitude and Longitude must be automatically captured by the ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> X, M, E or −179.99 to 180.00 in decimal degrees (two decimal point resolution) in records using conventional positioning precision; −179.9 to 180.0 in decimal degrees (single decimal point resolution) in records using reduced positioning precision when allowed; longitudes east of the prime meridian must be specified by the absence of a minus sign (−) preceding the digits designating degrees of longitude; longitudes west of the prime meridian must be designated by minus sign (−) preceding the digits designating degrees.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1, or 3 to 7 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;C&gt; or First character: [&lt;`-'&gt; or &lt;{blank}&gt;]; then [&lt;C&gt;, &lt;CC&gt; or &lt;CCC&gt;]; then &lt;`.'&gt;; then [&lt;C&gt; or &lt;CC&gt;].
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [X], [M], [E], [−157.81], [−77.03], [9.05], [−0.15], [−157.8], [−77.0], [9.1], [−0.2].
</P>
<HD2>7.34. Malfunction/Diagnostic Code
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> A code that further specifies the underlying malfunction or data diagnostic event.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Enables coding the type of malfunction and data diagnostic event to cover the standardized set in Table 4 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal monitoring.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD events; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Recorded by ELD when malfunctions and data diagnostic events are set or reset.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> As specified in Table 4 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1 character.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;C&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [1], [5], [P], [L].
</P>
<HD2>7.35. Malfunction Indicator Status
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This is a Boolean indicator identifying whether the used ELD unit has an active malfunction set at the time of event recording.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Documents the snapshot of ELD's malfunction status at the time of an event recording.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal monitoring functions.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD events; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Internally monitored and managed.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> 0 (no active malfunction) or 1 (at least one active malfunction).
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1 character.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Malfunction Indicator Status&gt; as in &lt;C&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [0] or [1].
</P>
<HD2>7.36. Multiday Basis Used
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the multiday basis (7 or 8 days) used by the motor carrier to compute cumulative duty hours.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to apply the HOS rules accordingly.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD account profile; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Entered by the motor carrier during account creation process.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> 7 or 8.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1 character.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Multiday basis used&gt; as in &lt;C&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [7], [8].
</P>
<HD2>7.37. Order Number
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> A continuous integer number assigned in the forming of a list, starting at 1 and incremented by 1 for each unique item on the list.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Allows for more compact report file output generation avoiding repetitious use of CMV identifiers and usernames affected in records.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD internal.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD outputs, listing of users and CMVs referenced in ELD logs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Managed by ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Integer between 1 and 99.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1-2 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Order Number&gt; as in &lt;C&gt; or &lt;CC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [1], [5], [11], [28].
</P>
<HD2>7.38. Output File Comment
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> A textual field that may be populated with information pertaining to the created ELD output file; An authorized safety official may provide a key phrase or code to be included in the output file comment, which may be used to link the requested data to an inspection, inquiry, or other enforcement action; if provided to the driver by an authorized safety official, it must be entered into the ELD and included in the exchanged dataset as specified.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> The output file comment field provides an ability to link submitted data to an inspection, inquiry, or other enforcement action, if deemed necessary; further, it may also link a dataset to a vehicle, driver, carrier, and/or ELD that may participate in voluntary future programs that may involve exchange of ELD data.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Enforcement personnel or driver or motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> If provided, output file comment is entered or appended to the ELD dataset prior to submission of ELD data to enforcement.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Blank or any alphanumeric combination specified and provided by an authorized safety official.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 0-60 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;{blank}&gt;, or &lt;C&gt; thru &lt;CCCC......CCCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [], [3BHG701015], [113G1EFW02], [7353930].
</P>
<HD2>7.39. Shipping Document Number
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> Shipping document number the motor carrier uses in their system and dispatch documents.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Links ELD data to the shipping records; makes ELD dataset consistent with § 395.8 requirements.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Motor carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Entered in the ELD by the authenticated driver or motor carrier and verified by the driver.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Any alphanumeric combination.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 0-40 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;{blank}&gt;, or &lt;C&gt; thru &lt;CCCC......CCCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory if a shipping number is used on motor carrier's system.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [], [B 75354], [FX334411707].
</P>
<HD2>7.40. Time
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> In combination with the variable “Date”, this parameter stamps records with a reference in time; even though date and time must be captured in UTC, event records must use date and time converted to the time zone in effect at the driver's home terminal as specified in section 4.4.3 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to record the instance of recorded events.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD's converted time measurement.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD events; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> UTC time must be automatically captured by ELD; time in effect at the driver's home terminal must be calculated as specified in section 4.4.3 of this appendix.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Any valid date combination expressed in &lt;HHMMSS&gt; format where “HH” refers to hours of the day, “MM” refers to minutes, and “SS” refers to seconds.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 6 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;HHMMSS&gt; where &lt;HH&gt; must be between 00 and 23, &lt;MM&gt; and &lt;SS&gt; must be between 00 and 59.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> {070111}, {001259}, {151522}, {230945}.
</P>
<HD2>7.41. Time Zone Offset from UTC
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the offset in time between UTC time and the time standard in effect at the driver's home terminal.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Establishes the ability to link records stamped with local time to a universal reference.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Calculated from measured variable &lt;{<I>UTC</I>} Time&gt; and &lt;{<I>Time Standard in Effect at driver's home terminal</I>} Time&gt;; Maintained together with “24-hour Period Starting Time” parameter by the motor carrier or tracked automatically by ELD.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD account profile; ELD event: Driver's certification of own records.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Programmed or populated on the ELD during account creation and maintained by the motor carrier or ELD to reflect true and accurate information for drivers. This parameter must adjust for Daylight Saving Time changes in effect at the driver's home terminal.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> 04 to 11; omit sign.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 2 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Time Zone Offset from UTC&gt; as in &lt;HH&gt; where “HH” refer to hours in difference.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> {04}, {05}, {10}.
</P>
<HD3>7.42. Trailer Number(s)
</HD3>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the identifier(s) the motor carrier uses for the trailers in their normal course of business.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Identifies the trailer(s) a driver operates while a driver's ELD records are recorded; makes ELD records consistent with § 395.8 which requires the trailer number(s) to be included on the form.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> Unique trailer identifiers a motor carrier uses in their normal course of business and includes on dispatch documents, or the license number and licensing State of each towed unit; trailer number(s) must be updated each time hauled trailers change.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Automatically captured by the ELD or populated by motor carrier's extended ELD system or entered by the driver; must be updated each time the hauled trailer(s) change.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> Any alphanumeric combination.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> Minimum: blank; Maximum: 32 characters (3 trailer numbers each maximum 10 characters long, separated by spaces).
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> Trailer numbers; separated by space in case of multiple trailers hauled at one time; field to be left “blank” for non-combination vehicles (such as a straight truck or bobtail tractor).
</P>
<FP-1>&lt;Trailer Unit Number {#1}&gt;&lt;' `&gt;&lt;Trailer Unit Number {#2}&gt; &lt;' `&gt;&lt;Trailer Unit Number {#3}&gt; as in &lt;{blank}&gt; to &lt;CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC&gt;.
</FP-1>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory when operating combination vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> {987}, {00987 PP2345}, {BX987 POP712 10567}, {TX12345 LA22A21}.
</P>
<HD2>7.43. Vehicle Miles
</HD2>
<P><I>Description:</I> This data element refers to the distance traveled using the CMV in whole miles; this parameter is a placeholder for &lt;{Total} Vehicle Miles&gt;, which refers to the odometer reading and is used in recording “engine power on” and “engine shut down” events, and also for &lt;{Accumulated} Vehicle Miles&gt;, which refers to the accumulated miles in the given ignition power on cycle and is used in the recording of all other events.
</P>
<P><I>Purpose:</I> Provides ability to track distance traveled while operating the CMV in each duty status. Total miles traveled within a 24-hour period is a required field in § 395.8.
</P>
<P><I>Source:</I> ELD measurement or sensing.
</P>
<P><I>Used in:</I> ELD events; ELD outputs.
</P>
<P><I>Data Type:</I> Acquired from the engine ECM or a comparable other source as allowed in section 4.3.1.3.
</P>
<P><I>Data Range:</I> For &lt;{Total} Vehicle Miles&gt;, range is between 0 and 9,999,999; for &lt;{Accumulated} Vehicle Miles&gt;, range is between 0 and 9,999.
</P>
<P><I>Data Length:</I> 1-7 characters.
</P>
<P><I>Data Format:</I> &lt;Vehicle Miles&gt; as in &lt;C&gt; to &lt;CCCCCCC&gt;.
</P>
<P><I>Disposition:</I> Mandatory for any event whose origin is the ELD or the unidentified driver profile. For events created by the driver or another authenticated user when vehicle miles are not available and cannot accurately be determined this field can be blank.
</P>
<P><I>Examples:</I> [99], [1004566], [0], [422].
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 78385, Dec. 16, 2015, as amended at 83 FR 22879, May 17, 2018; 86 FR 57077, Oct. 14, 2021; 88 FR 80192, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="396" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 396—INSPECTION, REPAIR, AND MAINTENANCE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 504, 31133, 31136, 31151, 31502; sec. 32934, Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 830; sec. 5524, Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1560; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 38526, July 2, 1979, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 396 appear at 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 396.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every motor carrier, its officers, drivers, agents, representatives, and employees directly concerned with the inspection or maintenance of commercial motor vehicles must be knowledgeable of and comply with the rules of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Every intermodal equipment provider, its officers, agents, representatives, and employees directly concerned with the inspection or maintenance of intermodal equipment interchanged or offered for interchange to motor carriers must be knowledgeable of and comply with the rules of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) This part does not apply to “covered farm vehicles,” as defined in 49 CFR 390.5, or to the drivers of such vehicles.
</P>
<P>(d) The rules in this part do not apply to “pipeline welding trucks” as defined in 49 CFR 390.38(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76823, Dec. 17, 2008, as amended at 78 FR 16195, Mar. 14, 2013; 81 FR 47722, July 22, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 396.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.3   Inspection, repair, and maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Every motor carrier and intermodal equipment provider must systematically inspect, repair, and maintain, or cause to be systematically inspected, repaired, and maintained, all motor vehicles and intermodal equipment subject to its control.
</P>
<P>(1) Parts and accessories shall be in safe and proper operating condition at all times. These include those specified in part 393 of this subchapter and any additional parts and accessories which may affect safety of operation, including but not limited to, frame and frame assemblies, suspension systems, axles and attaching parts, wheels and rims, and steering systems.
</P>
<P>(2) Pushout windows, emergency doors, and emergency door marking lights in buses shall be inspected at least every 90 days.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required records.</I> Motor carriers, except for a private motor carrier of passengers (nonbusiness), must maintain, or cause to be maintained, records for each motor vehicle they control for 30 consecutive days. Intermodal equipment providers must maintain or cause to be maintained, records for each unit of intermodal equipment they tender or intend to tender to a motor carrier. These records must include:
</P>
<P>(1) An identification of the vehicle including company number, if so marked, make, serial number, year, and tire size. In addition, if the motor vehicle is not owned by the motor carrier, the record shall identify the name of the person furnishing the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(2) A means to indicate the nature and due date of the various inspection and maintenance operations to be performed;
</P>
<P>(3) A record of inspection, repairs, and maintenance indicating their date and nature; and
</P>
<P>(4) A record of tests conducted on pushout windows, emergency doors, and emergency door marking lights on buses.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Record retention.</I> The records required by this section shall be retained where the vehicle is either housed or maintained for a period of 1 year and for 6 months after the motor vehicle leaves the motor carrier's control.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 38526, July 2, 1979, as amended at 48 FR 55868, Dec. 16, 1983; 53 FR 18058, May 19, 1988; 59 FR 8753, Feb. 23, 1994; 59 FR 60324, Nov. 23, 1994; 73 FR 75824, Dec. 17, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 396.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.5   Lubrication.</HEAD>
<P>Every motor carrier shall ensure that each motor vehicle subject to its control is—
</P>
<P>(a) Properly lubricated; and
</P>
<P>(b) Free of oil and grease leaks.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 396.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.7   Unsafe operations forbidden.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A motor vehicle shall not be operated in such a condition as to likely cause an accident or a breakdown of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exemption.</I> Any motor vehicle discovered to be in an unsafe condition while being operated on the highway may be continued in operation only to the nearest place where repairs can safely be effected. Such operation shall be conducted only if it is less hazardous to the public than to permit the vehicle to remain on the highway.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 396.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.9   Inspection of motor vehicles and intermodal equipment in operation.</HEAD>
<XREF ID="20260622" REFID="30">Link to an amendment published at 91 FR 37056, June 22, 2026.</XREF>
<P>(a) <I>Personnel authorized to perform inspections.</I> Every special agent of the FMCSA (as defined in appendix B to part 390 of this chapter) is authorized to enter upon and perform inspections of a motor carrier's vehicles in operation and intermodal equipment in operation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prescribed inspection report.</I> The Driver Vehicle Examination Report shall be used to record results of motor vehicle inspections and results of intermodal equipment inspections conducted by authorized FMCSA personnel.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Motor vehicles and intermodal equipment declared “out-of-service.”</I> (1) Authorized personnel shall declare and mark “out-of-service” any motor vehicle or intermodal equipment which by reason of its mechanical condition or loading would likely cause an accident or a breakdown. An “Out-of-Service Vehicle” sticker shall be used to mark vehicles and intermodal equipment “out-of-service.”
</P>
<P>(2) No motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider shall require or permit any person to operate nor shall any person operate any motor vehicle or intermodal equipment declared and marked “out-of-service” until all repairs required by the “out-of-service notice” have been satisfactorily completed. The term <I>operate</I> as used in this section shall include towing the vehicle or intermodal equipment, except that vehicles or intermodal equipment marked “out-of-service” may be towed away by means of a vehicle using a crane or hoist. A vehicle combination consisting of an emergency towing vehicle and an “out-of-service” vehicle shall not be operated unless such combination meets the performance requirements of this subchapter except for those conditions noted on the Driver Vehicle Examination Report.
</P>
<P>(3) No person shall remove the “Out-of-Service Vehicle” sticker from any motor vehicle or intermodal equipment prior to completion of all repairs required by the “out-of-service notice.”
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider disposition.</I> (1) The driver of any motor vehicle, including a motor vehicle transporting intermodal equipment, who receives an inspection report shall deliver a copy to both the motor carrier operating the vehicle and the intermodal equipment provider upon his/her arrival at the next terminal or facility. If the driver is not scheduled to arrive at a terminal or facility of the motor carrier operating the vehicle or at a facility of the intermodal equipment provider within 24 hours, the driver shall immediately mail, fax, or otherwise transmit the report to the motor carrier and intermodal equipment provider.
</P>
<P>(2) Motor carriers and intermodal equipment providers shall examine the report. Violations or defects noted thereon shall be corrected in accordance with § 396.11(a)(3). Repairs of items of intermodal equipment placed out-of-service are also to be documented in the maintenance records for such equipment.
</P>
<P>(3) Within 15 days following the date of the inspection, the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider shall—
</P>
<P>(i) Certify that all violations noted have been corrected by completing the “Signature of Carrier/Intermodal Equipment Provider Official, Title, and Date Signed” portions of the form; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Return the completed roadside inspection form to the issuing agency at the address indicated on the form and retain a copy at the motor carrier's principal place of business, at the intermodal equipment provider's principal place of business, or where the vehicle is housed for 12 months from the date of the inspection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76824, Dec. 17, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 17252, Apr. 5, 2010; 77 FR 28451, May 14, 2012; 78 FR 58485, Sept. 24, 2013; 81 FR 47731, July 22, 2016; 88 FR 80193, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 396.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.11   Driver vehicle inspection report(s).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Equipment provided by motor carrier.</I> (1) <I>Report required.</I> Every motor carrier shall require its drivers to report, and every driver shall prepare a report in writing at the completion of each day's work on each vehicle operated, except for intermodal equipment tendered by an intermodal equipment provider. The report shall cover at least the following parts and accessories:
</P>
<P>(i) Service brakes including trailer brake connections;
</P>
<P>(ii) Parking brake;
</P>
<P>(iii) Steering mechanism;
</P>
<P>(iv) Lighting devices and reflectors;
</P>
<P>(v) Tires;
</P>
<P>(vi) Horn;
</P>
<P>(vii) Windshield wipers;
</P>
<P>(viii) Rear vision mirrors;
</P>
<P>(ix) Coupling devices;
</P>
<P>(x) Wheels and rims;
</P>
<P>(xi) Emergency equipment.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Report content.</I> (i) The report must identify the vehicle and list any defect or deficiency discovered by or reported to the driver which would affect the safety of operation of the vehicle or result in its mechanical breakdown. If a driver operates more than one vehicle during the day, a report must be prepared for each vehicle operated. Drivers are not required to prepare a report if no defect or deficiency is discovered by or reported to the driver.
</P>
<P>(ii) The driver must sign the report. On two-driver operations, only one driver needs to sign the driver vehicle inspection report, provided both drivers agree as to the defects or deficiencies identified.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Corrective action.</I> (i) Prior to requiring or permitting a driver to operate a vehicle, every motor carrier or its agent shall repair any defect or deficiency listed on the driver vehicle inspection report which would be likely to affect the safety of operation of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(ii) Every motor carrier or its agent shall certify on the driver vehicle inspection report which lists any defect or deficiency that the defect or deficiency has been repaired or that repair is unnecessary before the vehicle is operated again.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Retention period for reports.</I> Every motor carrier shall maintain the driver vehicle inspection report, the certification of repairs, and the certification of the driver's review for three months from the date the written report was prepared.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Exceptions.</I> The rules in this section shall not apply to a private motor carrier of passengers (nonbusiness), a driveaway-towaway operation, or any motor carrier operating only one commercial motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Electronic reporting.</I> The report required by this paragraph (a) may be created and maintained in electronic format, in accordance with 49 CFR 390.32.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Equipment provided by intermodal equipment provider.</I> (1) <I>Report required.</I> Every intermodal equipment provider must have a process to receive driver reports of, and each driver or motor carrier transporting intermodal equipment must report to the intermodal equipment provider or its designated agent, any known damage, defects, or deficiencies in the intermodal equipment at the time the equipment is returned to the provider or the provider's designated agent. The report must include, at a minimum, the following parts and accessories:
</P>
<P>(i) Brakes;
</P>
<P>(ii) Lighting devices, lamps, markers, and conspicuity marking material;
</P>
<P>(iii) Wheels, rims, lugs, tires;
</P>
<P>(iv) Air line connections, hoses, and couplers;
</P>
<P>(v) King pin upper coupling device;
</P>
<P>(vi) Rails or support frames;
</P>
<P>(vii) Tie down bolsters;
</P>
<P>(viii) Locking pins, clevises, clamps, or hooks;
</P>
<P>(ix) Sliders or sliding frame lock.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Report content.</I> (i) Name of the motor carrier responsible for the operation of the intermodal equipment at the time the damage, defects, or deficiencies were discovered by, or reported to, the driver.
</P>
<P>(ii) Motor carrier's USDOT number; intermodal equipment provider's USDOT number, and a unique identifying number for the item of intermodal equipment.
</P>
<P>(iii) Date and time the report was submitted.
</P>
<P>(iv) All damage, defects, or deficiencies of the intermodal equipment reported to the equipment provider and discovered by, or reported to, the motor carrier or its driver which would
</P>
<P>(A) Affect the safety of operation of the intermodal equipment, or
</P>
<P>(B) Result in its mechanical breakdown while transported on public roads.
</P>
<P>(v) The signature of the driver who prepared the report.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Corrective action.</I> (i) Prior to allowing or permitting a motor carrier to transport a piece of intermodal equipment for which a motor carrier or driver has submitted a report about damage, defects or deficiencies, each intermodal equipment provider or its agent must repair the reported damage, defects, or deficiencies that are likely to affect the safety of operation of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each intermodal equipment provider or its agent must certify on the original driver's report which lists any damage, defects, or deficiencies of the intermodal equipment that the reported damage, defects, or deficiencies have been repaired, or that repair is unnecessary, before the vehicle is operated again.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Retention period for reports.</I> Each intermodal equipment provider must maintain all documentation required by this section, including the driver report and the certification of repairs on all intermodal equipment, for a period of three months from the date that a motor carrier or its driver submits the report to the intermodal equipment provider or its agent.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Electronic reporting.</I> The report required by this paragraph (b) may be created and maintained in electronic format, in accordance with 49 CFR 390.32.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 38526, July 2, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 46425, July 10, 1980; 53 FR 18058, May 19, 1988; 59 FR 8753, Feb. 23, 1994; 63 FR 33279, June 18, 1998; 73 FR 76824, Dec. 17, 2008; 74 FR 68709, Dec. 29, 2009; 77 FR 34852, June 12, 2012; 77 FR 59828, Oct. 1, 2012; 78 FR 58485, Sept. 24, 2013; 79 FR 75449, Dec. 18, 2014; 83 FR 16227, Apr. 16, 2018; 85 FR 50793, Aug. 18, 2020; 91 FR 7896, Feb. 19, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 396.12" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.12   Procedures for intermodal equipment providers to accept reports required by § 390.42(b) of this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>System for reports.</I> Each intermodal equipment provider must establish a system for motor carriers and drivers to report to it any damage, defects, or deficiencies of intermodal equipment discovered by, or reported to, the motor carrier or driver which would—
</P>
<P>(1) Affect the safety of operation of the intermodal equipment, or
</P>
<P>(2) Result in its mechanical breakdown while transported on public roads.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Report content.</I> The system required by paragraph (a) of this section must include documentation of all of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of the motor carrier responsible for the operation of the intermodal equipment at the time the damage, defects, or deficiencies were discovered by, or reported to, the driver.
</P>
<P>(2) Motor carrier's USDOT number; intermodal equipment provider's USDOT number, and a unique identifying number for the item of intermodal equipment.
</P>
<P>(3) Date and time the report was submitted.
</P>
<P>(4) All damage, defects, or deficiencies of the intermodal equipment must be reported to the equipment provider by the motor carrier or its driver. If no defect or deficiency in the intermodal equipment is discovered by or reported to the driver, no written report is required.
</P>
<P>(5) The signature of the driver who prepared the report.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Corrective action.</I> (1) Prior to allowing or permitting a motor carrier to transport a piece of intermodal equipment for which a motor carrier or driver has submitted a report about damage, defects or deficiencies, each intermodal equipment provider or its agent must repair the reported damage, defects, or deficiencies that are likely to affect the safety of operation of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) Each intermodal equipment provider or its agent must certify on the original driver's report which lists any damage, defects, or deficiencies of the intermodal equipment that the reported damage, defects, or deficiencies have been repaired, or that repair is unnecessary, before the vehicle is operated again.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Retention period for reports.</I> Each intermodal equipment provider must maintain all documentation required by this section, including the driver report and the certification of repairs on all intermodal equipment, for a period of three months from the date that a motor carrier or its driver submits the report to the intermodal equipment provider or its agent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76824, Dec. 17, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 68709, Dec. 29, 2009; 77 FR 34852, June 12, 2012; 83 FR 16227, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 396.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.13   Driver inspection.</HEAD>
<P>Before driving a motor vehicle, the driver shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Be satisfied that the motor vehicle is in safe operating condition;
</P>
<P>(b) Review the last driver vehicle inspection report if required by § 396.11(a)(2)(i); and
</P>
<P>(c) Sign the report to acknowledge that the driver has reviewed it and that there is a certification that the required repairs have been performed. The signature requirement does not apply to listed defects on a towed unit which is no longer part of the vehicle combination.
</P>
<P>(d) The reports required by this section may be created and maintained in electronic format, in accordance with 49 CFR 390.32.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76526, Dec. 27, 1979, as amended at 48 FR 55868, Dec. 16, 1983; 63 FR 33280, June 18, 1998; 85 FR 50793, Aug. 18, 2020; 91 FR 7896, Feb. 19, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 396.15" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.15   Driveaway-towaway operations and inspections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Every motor carrier, with respect to motor vehicles engaged in driveaway-towaway operations, shall comply with the requirements of this part. Exception: Maintenance records required by § 396.3, the vehicle inspection report required by § 396.11, and the periodic inspection required by § 396.17 of this part shall not be required for any vehicle which is part of the shipment being delivered.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pre-trip inspection.</I> Before the beginning of any driveaway-towaway operation of motor vehicles in combination, the motor carrier shall make a careful inspection and test to ascertain that:
</P>
<P>(1) The tow-bar or saddle-mount connections are properly secured to the towed and towing vehicle;
</P>
<P>(2) They function adequately without cramping or binding of any of the parts; and
</P>
<P>(3) The towed motor vehicle follows substantially in the path of the towing vehicle without whipping or swerving.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Post-trip inspection.</I> Motor carriers shall maintain practices to ensure that following completion of any trip in driveaway-towaway operation of motor vehicles in combination, and before they are used again, the tow-bars and saddle-mounts are disassembled and inspected for worn, bent, cracked, broken, or missing parts. Before reuse, suitable repair or replacement shall be made of any defective parts and the devices shall be properly reassembled.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 38526, July 2, 1979, as amended at 53 FR 49410, Dec. 7, 1988; 53 FR 49968, Dec. 12, 1988; 78 FR 58485, Sept. 24, 2013; 84 FR 51435, Sept. 30, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 396.17" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.17   Periodic inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every commercial motor vehicle must be inspected as required by this section. The inspection must include, at a minimum, the parts and accessories set forth in appendix A to this part. The term <I>commercial motor vehicle</I> includes each vehicle in a combination vehicle. For example, for a tractor semitrailer, full trailer combination, the tractor, semitrailer, and the full trailer (including the converter dolly if so equipped) must each be inspected.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in § 396.23 and this paragraph, motor carriers must inspect or cause to be inspected all motor vehicles subject to their control. Intermodal equipment providers must inspect or cause to be inspected intermodal equipment that is interchanged or intended for interchange to motor carriers in intermodal transportation.
</P>
<P>(c) A motor carrier must not use a commercial motor vehicle, and an intermodal equipment provider must not tender equipment to a motor carrier for interchange, unless each component identified in appendix A to this part has passed an inspection in accordance with the terms of this section at least once during the preceding 12 months and documentation of such inspection is on the vehicle. The documentation may be:
</P>
<P>(1) The inspection report prepared in accordance with § 396.21(a), or
</P>
<P>(2) Other forms of documentation, based on the inspection report (e.g., sticker or decal), which contains the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The date of inspection;
</P>
<P>(ii) Name and address of the motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, or other entity where the inspection report is maintained;
</P>
<P>(iii) Information uniquely identifying the vehicle inspected if not clearly marked on the motor vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A certification that the vehicle has passed an inspection in accordance with § 396.17.
</P>
<P>(d) A motor carrier may perform the required annual inspection for vehicles under the carrier's control which are not subject to an inspection under § 396.23(a)(1). An intermodal equipment provider may perform the required annual inspection for intermodal equipment interchanged or intended for interchange to motor carriers that are not subject to an inspection under § 396.23(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(e) In lieu of the self-inspection provided for in paragraph (d) of this section, a motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider responsible for the inspection may choose to have a commercial garage, fleet leasing company, truck stop, or other similar commercial business perform the inspection as its agent, provided that business operates and maintains facilities appropriate for commercial vehicle inspections and it employs qualified inspectors, as required by § 396.19.
</P>
<P>(f) Vehicles passing periodic inspections performed under the auspices of any State government or equivalent jurisdiction in the Canadian Provinces, the Yukon Territory, and Mexico, meeting the minimum standards contained in appendix A to this part, will be considered to have met the requirements of an annual inspection for a period of 12 months commencing from the last day of the month in which the inspection was performed.
</P>
<P>(g) It is the responsibility of the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider to ensure that all parts and accessories on commercial motor vehicles intended for use in interstate commerce for which they are responsible are maintained at, or promptly repaired to, the minimum standards set forth in appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(h) Failure to perform properly the annual inspection required by this section shall cause the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider to be subject to the penalty provisions of 49 U.S.C. 521(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76825, Dec. 17, 2008, as amended at 81 FR 47732, July 22, 2016; 83 FR 22881, May 17, 2018; 86 FR 57077, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 396.19" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.19   Inspector qualifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Motor carriers and intermodal equipment providers must ensure that individuals performing annual inspections under § 396.17(d) or (e) are qualified as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Understand the inspection criteria set forth in part 393 and appendix A to this part and can identify defective components;
</P>
<P>(2) Are knowledgeable of and have mastered the methods, procedures, tools and equipment used when performing an inspection; and
</P>
<P>(3) Are capable of performing an inspection by reason of experience, training, or both as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Successfully completed a Federal-or State-sponsored training program or have a certificate from a State or Canadian Province that qualifies the individuals to perform commercial motor vehicle safety inspections, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Have a combination of training or experience totaling at least 1 year. Such training or experience may consist of:
</P>
<P>(A) Participation in a commercial motor vehicle manufacturer-sponsored training program or similar commercial training program designed to train students in commercial motor vehicle operation and maintenance;
</P>
<P>(B) Experience as a mechanic or inspector in a motor carrier or intermodal equipment maintenance program;
</P>
<P>(C) Experience as a mechanic or inspector in commercial motor vehicle maintenance at a commercial garage, fleet leasing company, or similar facility; or
</P>
<P>(D) Experience as a commercial motor vehicle inspector for a State, Provincial or Federal government.
</P>
<P>(b) Motor carriers and intermodal equipment providers must retain evidence of that individual's qualifications under this section. They must retain this evidence for the period during which that individual is performing annual motor vehicle inspections for the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider, and for one year thereafter. However, motor carriers and intermodal equipment providers do not have to maintain documentation of inspector qualifications for those inspections performed as part of a State periodic inspection program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76825, Dec. 17, 2008, as amended at 81 FR 47732, July 22, 2016; 86 FR 57077, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 396.21" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.21   Periodic inspection recordkeeping requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The qualified inspector performing the inspection shall prepare a report that:
</P>
<P>(1) Identifies the individual performing the inspection;
</P>
<P>(2) Identifies the motor carrier operating the vehicle or intermodal equipment provider intending to interchange the vehicle to a motor carrier;
</P>
<P>(3) Identifies the date of the inspection;
</P>
<P>(4) Identifies the vehicle inspected;
</P>
<P>(5) Identifies the vehicle components inspected and describes the results of the inspection, including the identification of those components not meeting the minimum standards set forth in appendix A to this part; and
</P>
<P>(6) Certifies the accuracy and completeness of the inspection as complying with all the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The original or a copy of the inspection report shall be retained by the motor carrier, intermodal equipment provider, or other entity that is responsible for the inspection for a period of fourteen months from the date of the inspection report. The original or a copy of the inspection report must be retained where the vehicle is either housed or maintained.
</P>
<P>(2) The original or a copy of the inspection report must be available for inspection upon demand of an authorized Federal, State or local official.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Exception.</I> If the motor carrier operating the commercial motor vehicles did not perform the commercial motor vehicle's last annual inspection, or if an intermodal equipment provider did not itself perform the annual inspection on equipment intended for interchange to a motor carrier, the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider is responsible for obtaining the original or a copy of the last annual inspection report upon demand of an authorized Federal, State, or local official.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76825, Dec. 17, 2008, as amended at 86 FR 57077, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 396.23" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.23   Equivalent to periodic inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) If a commercial motor vehicle is subject to a mandatory inspection program that is determined by the Administrator to be as effective as § 396.17, the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider must meet the requirement of § 396.17 through that inspection program. Commercial motor vehicle inspections may be conducted by government personnel, at commercial facilities authorized by a State government or equivalent jurisdiction in the Canadian Provinces, the Yukon Territory, or Mexico, or by the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider itself under the auspices of a self-inspection program authorized by a State government or equivalent jurisdiction in the Canadian Provinces, the Yukon Territory, or Mexico.
</P>
<P>(2) Should FMCSA determine that an inspection program, in whole or in part, is not as effective as § 396.17, the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider must ensure that the periodic inspection required by § 396.17 is performed on all commercial motor vehicles under its control in a manner specified in § 396.17.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 22881, May 17, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 396.25" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 396.25   Qualifications of brake inspectors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Motor carriers and intermodal equipment providers must ensure that all inspections, maintenance, repairs or service to the brakes of its commercial motor vehicles, are performed in compliance with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, <I>brake inspector</I> means any employee of a motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider who is responsible for ensuring that all brake inspections, maintenance, service, or repairs to any commercial motor vehicle, subject to the motor carrier's or intermodal equipment provider's control, meet the applicable Federal standards.
</P>
<P>(c) No motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider may require or permit any employee who does not meet the minimum brake inspector qualifications of paragraph (d) of this section to be responsible for the inspection, maintenance, service or repairs of any brakes on its commercial motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(d) The motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider must ensure that each brake inspector is qualified as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Understands the brake service or inspection task to be accomplished and can perform that task; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is knowledgeable of and has mastered the methods, procedures, tools and equipment used when performing an assigned brake service or inspection task; and
</P>
<P>(3) Is capable of performing the assigned brake service or inspection by reason of experience, training, or both as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Has successfully completed an apprenticeship program sponsored by a State, a Canadian Province, a Federal agency or a labor union, or a training program approved by a State, Provincial or Federal agency, or has a certificate from a State or Canadian Province that qualifies the person to perform the assigned brake service or inspection task (including passage of Commercial Driver's License air brake tests in the case of a brake inspection); or
</P>
<P>(ii) Has brake-related training or experience or a combination thereof totaling at least one year. Such training or experience may consist of:
</P>
<P>(A) Participation in a training program sponsored by a brake or vehicle manufacturer or similar commercial training program designed to train students in brake maintenance or inspection similar to the assigned brake service or inspection tasks; or
</P>
<P>(B) Experience performing brake maintenance or inspection similar to the assigned brake service or inspection task in a motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider maintenance program; or
</P>
<P>(C) Experience performing brake maintenance or inspection similar to the assigned brake service or inspection task at a commercial garage, fleet leasing company, or similar facility.
</P>
<P>(e) No motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider may employ any person as a brake inspector unless the evidence of the inspector's qualifications, required under this section, is maintained by the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider at its principal place of business, or at the location at which the brake inspector is employed. The evidence must be maintained for the period during which the brake inspector is employed in that capacity and for one year thereafter. However, motor carriers and intermodal equipment providers do not have to maintain evidence of qualifications to inspect air brake systems for such inspections performed by persons who have passed the air brake knowledge and skills test for a Commercial Driver's License.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 76825, Dec. 17, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.38.0.17.15.23" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 396—Minimum Periodic Inspection Standards


</HEAD>
<P>A vehicle does not pass an inspection if it has one of the following defects or deficiencies:
</P>
<P>1. <I>Brake System.</I>
</P>
<P>a. <I>Service brakes.</I> (1) Absence of braking action on any axle required to have brakes upon application of the service brakes (such as missing brakes or brake shoe(s) failing to move upon application of a wedge, S-cam, cam, or disc brake).
</P>
<P>(2) Missing or broken mechanical components including: shoes, lining, pads, springs, anchor pins, spiders, cam rollers, push-rods, and air chamber mounting bolts.
</P>
<P>(3) Loose brake components including air chambers, spiders, and cam shaft support brackets.
</P>
<P>(4) Audible air leak at brake chamber (Example-ruptured diaphragm, loose chamber clamp, etc.).
</P>
<P>(5) Readjustment limits. (a) The maximum pushrod stroke must not be greater than the values given in the tables below and at § 393.47(e). Any brake stroke exceeding the readjustment limit will be rejected. Stroke must be measured with engine off and reservoir pressure of 80 to 90 psi with brakes fully applied.


</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Clamp-Type Brake Chambers
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Outside diameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Brake readjustment limit: standard stroke chamber
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Brake readjustment limit: long stroke chamber
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4 
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (114 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (31.8 mm)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (133 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/8</fr> in. (34.9 mm)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
<fr>11/16</fr> in. (145 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/8</fr> in. (34.9 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (44.5 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
<fr>3/8</fr> in. (162 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (44.5 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
<fr>25/32</fr> in. (172 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (44.5 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).
<br/>2 
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (63.5 mm).
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 
<fr>7/32</fr> in. (184 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (44.5 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).
<br/>2 
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (63.5 mm).
<sup>2</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
<fr>3/32</fr> in. (206 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (63.5 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9 in. (229 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (63.5 mm)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> For type 20 chambers with a 3-inch (76 mm) rated stroke.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> For type 24 chambers with a 3-inch (76 mm) rated stroke.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Bendix DD-3 Brake Chambers
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Outside diameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Brake readjustment limit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
<fr>1/8</fr> in. (206 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (57.2 mm).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Bolt-Type Brake Chambers
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Outside diameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Brake readjustment limit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
<fr>15/16</fr> in. (176 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/8</fr> in. (34.9 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9 
<fr>3/16</fr> in. (234 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (44.5mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
<fr>1/16</fr> in. (205 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (44.5 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (133 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (31.8 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
<fr>3/16</fr> in. (157 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>3/8</fr> in. (34.9 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11 in. (279 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (57.2 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9 
<fr>7/8</fr> in. (251 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Rotochamber-Type Brake Chambers
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Outside diameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Brake readjustment limit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4 
<fr>9/32</fr> in. (109 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (38.1 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4 
<fr>13/16</fr> in. (122 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
<fr>1/2</fr> in. (38.1 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
<fr>13/32</fr> in. (138 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
<fr>15/16</fr> in. (151 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
<fr>13/32</fr> in. (163 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in. (50.8 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 
<fr>1/16</fr> in. (180 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/4</fr> in. (57.2 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 
<fr>5/8</fr> in. (194 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
<fr>3/4</fr> in. (69.9 mm).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
<fr>7/8</fr> in. (226 mm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 in. (76.2 mm).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) For actuator types not listed in these tables, the pushrod stroke must not be greater than 80 percent of the rated stroke marked on the actuator by the actuator manufacturer, or greater than the readjustment limit marked on the actuator by the actuator manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(6) Brake linings or pads.
</P>
<P>(a) Lining or pad is not firmly attached to the shoe;
</P>
<P>(b) Saturated with oil, grease, or brake fluid; or
</P>
<P>(c) Non-steering axles: Lining with a thickness less than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch at the shoe center for air drum brakes, 
<FR>1/16</FR> inch or less at the shoe center for hydraulic and electric drum brakes, and less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch for air disc brakes.
</P>
<P>(d) Steering axles: Lining with a thickness less than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch at the shoe center for drum brakes, less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch for air disc brakes and 
<FR>1/16</FR> inch or less for hydraulic disc and electric brakes.
</P>
<P>(7) Missing brake on any axle required to have brakes.
</P>
<P>(8) Mismatch across any power unit steering axle of:
</P>
<P>(a) Air chamber sizes.
</P>
<P>(b) Slack adjuster length.
</P>
<P>Wedge Brake Data—Movement of the scribe mark on the lining shall not exceed 1/16 inch.
</P>
<P>b. <I>Parking Brake System.</I> No brakes on the vehicle or combination are applied upon actuation of the parking brake control, including driveline hand controlled parking brakes.
</P>
<P>c. <I>Brake Drums or Rotors.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) With any external crack or cracks that open upon brake application (do not confuse short hairline heat check cracks with flexural cracks).
</P>
<P>(2) Any portion of the drum or rotor missing or in danger of falling away.
</P>
<P>d. <I>Brake Hose.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Hose with any damage extending through the outer reinforcement ply. (Rubber impregnated fabric cover is not a reinforcement ply). (Thermoplastic nylon may have braid reinforcement or color difference between cover and inner tube. Exposure of second color is cause for rejection.
</P>
<P>(2) Bulge or swelling when air pressure is applied.
</P>
<P>(3) Any audible leaks.
</P>
<P>(4) Two hoses improperly joined (such as a splice made by sliding the hose ends over a piece of tubing and clamping the hose to the tube).
</P>
<P>(5) Air hose cracked, broken or crimped.
</P>
<P>e. <I>Brake Tubing.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Any audible leak.
</P>
<P>(2) Tubing cracked, damaged by heat, broken or crimped.
</P>
<P>f. <I>Low Pressure Warning Device</I> missing, inoperative, or does not operate at 55 psi and below, or 
<FR>1/2</FR> the governor cut-out pressure, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>g. <I>Tractor Protection Valve.</I> Inoperable or missing tractor protection valve(s) on power unit.
</P>
<P>h. <I>Air Compressor.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Compressor drive belts in condition of impending or probable failure.
</P>
<P>(2) Loose compressor mounting bolts.
</P>
<P>(3) Cracked, broken or loose pulley.
</P>
<P>(4) Cracked or broken mounting brackets, braces or adapters.
</P>
<P>i. <I>Electric Brakes.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Absence of braking action on any wheel required to have brakes.
</P>
<P>(2) Missing or inoperable breakaway braking device.
</P>
<P>j. <I>Hydraulic Brakes. (Including Power Assist Over Hydraulic and Engine Drive Hydraulic Booster).</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Master cylinder less than 
<FR>1/4</FR> full.
</P>
<P>(2) No pedal reserve with engine running except by pumping pedal.
</P>
<P>(3) Power assist unit fails to operate.
</P>
<P>(4) Seeping or swelling brake hose(s) under application of pressure.
</P>
<P>(5) Missing or inoperative check valve.
</P>
<P>(6) Has any visually observed leaking hydraulic fluid in the brake system.
</P>
<P>(7) Has hydraulic hose(s) abraded (chafed) through outer cover-to-fabric layer.
</P>
<P>(8) Fluid lines or connections leaking, restricted, crimped, cracked or broken.
</P>
<P>(9) Brake failure or low fluid warning light on and/or inoperative.
</P>
<P>k. <I>Vacuum Systems.</I> Any vacuum system which:
</P>
<P>(1) Has insufficient vacuum reserve to permit one full brake application after engine is shut off.
</P>
<P>(2) Has vacuum hose(s) or line(s) restricted, abraded (chafed) through outer cover to cord ply, crimped, cracked, broken or has collapse of vacuum hose(s) when vacuum is applied.
</P>
<P>(3) Lacks an operative low-vacuum warning device as required.
</P>
<P>l. <I>Antilock Brake System</I> 
<SU>1 2 3</SU>
</P>
<P>(1) Missing ABS malfunction indicator components (<I>i.e.,</I> bulb, wiring, etc.).
</P>
<P>(2) ABS malfunction indicator that does not illuminate when power is first applied to the ABS controller (ECU) during initial power up.
</P>
<P>(3) ABS malfunction indicator that stays illuminated while power is continuously applied to the ABS controller (ECU).
</P>
<P>(4) ABS malfunction indicator lamp on a trailer or dolly does not cycle when electrical power is applied (a) only to the vehicle's constant ABS power circuit, or (b) only to the vehicle's stop lamp circuit.
</P>
<P>(5) With its brakes released and its ignition switch in the normal run position, power unit does not provide continuous electrical power to the ABS on any air-braked vehicle it is equipped to tow.
</P>
<P>(6) Other missing or inoperative ABS components.
</P>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Power units manufactured after March 1, 2001, have two ABS malfunction indicators, one for the power unit and one for the units that they tow. Both malfunction indicators are required to be fully functional.
</P>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> Air-braked vehicles: Subsections (1)-(6) of this section are applicable to tractors with air brakes built on or after March 1, 1997, and all other vehicles with air brakes built on or after March 1, 1998.
</P>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> Hydraulic-braked vehicles: Subsections (1)-(3) of this section are applicable to vehicles over 10,000 lbs. GVWR with hydraulic brakes built on or after September 1, 1999. Subsection (6) of this section is applicable to vehicles over 10,000 lbs. with hydraulic brakes built on or after March 1, 1999.
</P>
<P>m. <I>Automatic Brake Adjusters</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Failure to maintain a brake within the brake stroke limit specified by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(2) Any automatic brake adjuster that has been replaced with a manual adjuster.
</P>
<P>(3) Damaged, loose, or missing components.
</P>
<P>(4) Any brake that is found to be out of adjustment on initial inspection must be evaluated to determine why the automatic brake adjuster is not functioning properly and the problem must be corrected in order for the vehicle to pass the inspection. It is not acceptable to manually adjust automatic brake adjusters without first correcting the underlying problem. For example, there may be other components within the braking system that are distressed or out of specification (<I>i.e.,</I> broken welds, loose mounting hardware, cracked brake drums, worn bushings, etc.) that would require immediate attention.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Coupling devices.</I>
</P>
<P>a. <I>Fifth Wheels.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Mounting to frame.
</P>
<P>(a) Any fasteners missing or ineffective.
</P>
<P>(b) Any movement between mounting components.
</P>
<P>(c) Any mounting angle iron cracked or broken.
</P>
<P>(2) Mounting plates and pivot brackets.
</P>
<P>(a) Any fasteners missing or ineffective.
</P>
<P>(b) Any welds or parent metal cracked.
</P>
<P>(c) More than 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch horizontal movement between pivot bracket pin and bracket.
</P>
<P>(d) Pivot bracket pin missing or not secured.
</P>
<P>(3) Sliders.
</P>
<P>(a) Any latching fasteners missing or ineffective.
</P>
<P>(b) Any fore or aft stop missing or not securely attached.
</P>
<P>(c) Movement more than 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch between slider bracket and slider base.
</P>
<P>(d) Any slider component cracked in parent metal or weld.
</P>
<P>(4) Lower coupler.
</P>
<P>(a) Horizontal movement between the upper and lower fifth wheel halves exceeds 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(b) Operating handle not in closed or locked position.
</P>
<P>(c) Kingpin not properly engaged.
</P>
<P>(d) Separation between upper and lower coupler allowing light to show through from side to side.
</P>
<P>(e) Cracks in the fifth wheel plate.
</P>
<P><I>Exceptions:</I> Cracks in fifth wheel approach ramps and casting shrinkage cracks in the ribs of the body of a cast fifth wheel.
</P>
<P>(f) Locking mechanism parts missing, broken, or deformed to the extent the kingpin is not securely held.
</P>
<P>b. <I>Pintle Hooks.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Mounting to frame.
</P>
<P>(a) Any missing or ineffective fasteners (a fastener is not considered missing if there is an empty hole in the device but no corresponding hole in the frame or vice versa).
</P>
<P>(b) Mounting surface cracks extending from point of attachment (e.g., cracks in the frame at mounting bolt holes).
</P>
<P>(c) Loose mounting.
</P>
<P>(d) Frame cross member providing pintle hook attachment cracked.
</P>
<P>(2) Integrity.
</P>
<P>(a) Cracks anywhere in pintle hook assembly.
</P>
<P>(b) Any welded repairs to the pintle hook.
</P>
<P>(c) Any part of the horn section reduced by more than 20%.
</P>
<P>(d) Latch insecure.
</P>
<P>c. <I>Drawbar/Towbar Eye.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Mounting.
</P>
<P>(a) Any cracks in attachment welds.
</P>
<P>(b) Any missing or ineffective fasteners.
</P>
<P>(2) Integrity.
</P>
<P>(a) Any cracks.
</P>
<P>(b) Any part of the eye reduced by more than 20%.
</P>
<P>d. <I>Drawbar/Towbar Tongue.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Slider (power or manual).
</P>
<P>(a) Ineffective latching mechanism
</P>
<P>(b) Missing or ineffective stop.
</P>
<P>(c) Movement of more than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch between slider and housing.
</P>
<P>(d) Any leaking, air or hydraulic cylinders, hoses, or chambers (other than slight oil weeping normal with hydraulic seals).
</P>
<P>(2) Integrity.
</P>
<P>(a) Any cracks.
</P>
<P>(b) Movement of 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch between subframe and drawbar at point of attachment.
</P>
<P>e. <I>Safety Devices.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Safety devices missing.
</P>
<P>(2) Unattached or incapable of secure attachment.
</P>
<P>(3) Chains and hooks.
</P>
<P>(a) Worn to the extent of a measurable reduction in link cross section.
</P>
<P>(b) Improper repairs including welding, wire, small bolts, rope and tape.
</P>
<P>(4) Cable.
</P>
<P>(a) Kinked or broken cable strands.
</P>
<P>(b) Improper clamps or clamping.
</P>
<P>f. <I>Saddle-Mounts.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Method of attachment.
</P>
<P>(a) Any missing or ineffective fasteners.
</P>
<P>(b) Loose mountings.
</P>
<P>(c) Any cracks or breaks in a stress or load bearing member.
</P>
<P>(d) Horizontal movement between upper and lower saddle-mount halves exceeds 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Exhaust System.</I>
</P>
<P>a. Any exhaust system determined to be leaking at a point forward of or directly below the driver/sleeper compartment.
</P>
<P>b. A bus exhaust system leaking or discharging to the atmosphere:
</P>
<P>(1) Gasoline powered—excess of 6 inches forward of the rearmost part of the bus.
</P>
<P>(2) Other than gasoline powered—in excess of 15 inches forward of the rearmost part of the bus.
</P>
<P>(3) Other than gasoline powered—forward of a door or window designed to be opened. (exception: Emergency exits).
</P>
<P>c. No part of the exhaust system of any motor vehicle shall be so located as would be likely to result in burning, charring, or damaging the electrical wiring, the fuel supply, or any combustible part of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Fuel System.</I>
</P>
<P>a. A fuel system with a visable leak at any point.
</P>
<P>b. A fuel tank filler cap missing.
</P>
<P>c. A fuel tank not securely attached to the motor vehicle by reason of loose, broken or missing mounting bolts or brackets (some fuel tanks use springs or rubber bushings to permit movement).
</P>
<P>5. <I>Lighting Devices.</I> All lighting devices and reflectors required by part 393 shall be operable.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Safe Loading.</I>
</P>
<P>a. Part(s) of vehicle or condition of loading such that the spare tire or any part of the load or dunnage can fall onto the roadway.
</P>
<P>b. Protection Against Shifting Cargo—Any vehicle without a front-end structure or equivalent device as required.
</P>
<P>c. Container securement devices on intermodal equipment—All devices used to secure an intermodal container to a chassis, including rails or support frames, tiedown bolsters, locking pins, clevises, clamps, and hooks that are cracked, broken, loose, or missing.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Steering Mechanism.</I>
</P>
<P>a. <I>Steering Wheel Free Play (on vehicles equipped with power steering the engine must be running).</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Steering wheel diameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Manual steering system
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Power steering system
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
<fr>1/2</fr>″
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/4</fr>″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
<fr>3/4</fr>″
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/2</fr>″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
<fr>1/4</fr>″
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>3/4</fr>″</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
<fr>3/4</fr>″</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>b. <I>Steering Column.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Any absence or looseness of U-bolt(s) or positioning part(s).
</P>
<P>(2) Worn, faulty or obviously repair welded universal joint(s).
</P>
<P>(3) Steering wheel not properly secured.
</P>
<P>c. <I>Front Axle Beam and All Steering Components Other Than Steering Column.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Any crack(s).
</P>
<P>(2) Any obvious welded repair(s).
</P>
<P>d. <I>Steering Gear Box.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Any mounting bolt(s) loose or missing.
</P>
<P>(2) Any crack(s) in gear box or mounting brackets.
</P>
<P>e. <I>Pitman Arm.</I> Any looseness of the pitman arm on the steering gear output shaft.
</P>
<P>f. <I>Power Steering.</I> Auxiliary power assist cylinder loose.
</P>
<P>g. <I>Ball and Socket Joints.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Any movement under steering load of a stud nut.
</P>
<P>(2) Any motion, other than rotational, between any linkage member and its attachment point of more than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>h. <I>Tie Rods and Drag Links.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Loose clamp(s) or clamp bolt(s) on tie rods or drag links.
</P>
<P>(2) Any looseness in any threaded joint.
</P>
<P>i. <I>Nuts.</I> Nut(s) loose or missing on tie rods, pitman arm, drag link, steering arm or tie rod arm.
</P>
<P>j. <I>Steering System.</I> Any modification or other condition that interferes with free movement of any steering component.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Suspension.</I>
</P>
<P>a. Any U-bolt(s), spring hanger(s), or other axle positioning part(s) cracked, broken, loose or missing resulting in shifting of an axle from its normal position. (After a turn, lateral axle displacement is normal with some suspensions. Forward or rearward operation in a straight line will cause the axle to return to alignment).
</P>
<P>b. <I>Spring Assembly.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Any leaves in a leaf spring assembly broken or missing.
</P>
<P>(2) Any broken main leaf in a leaf spring assembly. (Includes assembly with more than one main spring).
</P>
<P>(3) Coil spring broken.
</P>
<P>(4) Rubber spring missing.
</P>
<P>(5) One or more leaves displaced in a manner that could result in contact with a tire, rim, brake drum or frame.
</P>
<P>(6) Broken torsion bar spring in a torsion bar suspension.
</P>
<P>(7) Deflated air suspension, i.e., system failure, leak, etc.
</P>
<P>c. <I>Torque, Radius or Tracking Components.</I> Any part of a torque, radius or tracking component assembly or any part used for attaching the same to the vehicle frame or axle that is cracked, loose, broken or missing. (Does not apply to loose bushings in torque or track rods.)
</P>
<P>9. <I>Frame.</I>
</P>
<P>a. <I>Frame Members.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Any cracked, broken, loose, or sagging frame member.
</P>
<P>(2) Any loose or missing fasteners including fasteners attaching functional component such as engine, transmission, steering gear, suspension, body parts, and fifth wheel.
</P>
<P>b. <I>Tire and Wheel Clearance.</I> Any condition, including loading, that causes the body or frame to be in contact with a tire or any part of the wheel assemblies.
</P>
<P>c. (1) <I>Adjustable Axle Assemblies (Sliding Subframes).</I> Adjustable axle assembly with locking pins missing or not engaged.
</P>
<P>10. <I>Tires.</I>
</P>
<P>a. Any tire on any steering axle of a power unit.
</P>
<P>(1) With less than 
<FR>4/32</FR> inch tread when measured at any point on a major tread groove.
</P>
<P>(2) Has body ply or belt material exposed through the tread or sidewall.
</P>
<P>(3) Has any tread or sidewall separation.
</P>
<P>(4) Has a cut where the ply or belt material is exposed.
</P>
<P>(5) Labeled “Not for Highway Use” or displaying other marking which would exclude use on steering axle.
</P>
<P>(6) A tube-type radial tire without radial tube stem markings. These markings include a red band around the tube stem, the word “radial” embossed in metal stems, or the word “radial” molded in rubber stems.
</P>
<P>(7) Mixing bias and radial tires on the same axle.
</P>
<P>(8) Tire flap protrudes through valve slot in rim and touches stem.
</P>
<P>(9) Regrooved tire except motor vehicles used solely in urban or suburban service (see exception in § 393.75(e).
</P>
<P>(10) Boot, blowout patch or other ply repair.
</P>
<P>(11) Weight carried exceeds tire load limit. This includes overloaded tire resulting from low air pressure.
</P>
<P>(12) Tire is flat or has noticeable (e.g., can be heard or felt) leak.
</P>
<P>(13) Any bus equipped with recapped or retreaded tire(s).
</P>
<P>(14) So mounted or inflated that it comes in contact with any part of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>b. All tires other than those found on the steering axle of a power unit:
</P>
<P>(1) Weight carried exceeds tire load limit. This includes overloaded tire resulting from low air pressure.
</P>
<P>(2) Tire is flat or has noticeable (e.g., can be heard or felt) leak.
</P>
<P>(3) Has body ply or belt material exposed through the tread or sidewall.
</P>
<P>(4) Has any tread or sidewall separation.
</P>
<P>(5) Has a cut where ply or belt material is exposed.
</P>
<P>(6) So mounted or inflated that it comes in contact with any part of the vehicle. (This includes a tire that contacts its mate.)
</P>
<P>(7) Is marked “Not for highway use” or otherwise marked and having like meaning.
</P>
<P>(8) With less than 
<FR>2/32</FR> inch tread when measured at any point on a major tread groove.
</P>
<P>c. Installation of speed-restricted tires unless specifically designated by motor carrier.
</P>
<P>11. <I>Wheels and Rims.</I>
</P>
<P>a. <I>Lock or Side Ring.</I> Bent, broken, cracked, improperly seated, sprung or mismatched ring(s).
</P>
<P>b. <I>Wheels and rims.</I> Cracked or broken or has elongated bolt holes.
</P>
<P>c. <I>Fasteners (both spoke and disc wheels).</I> Any loose, missing, broken, cracked, stripped or otherwise ineffective fasteners.
</P>
<P>d. <I>Welds.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Any cracks in welds attaching disc wheel disc to rim.
</P>
<P>(2) Any crack in welds attaching tubeless demountable rim to adapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Any welded repair on aluminum wheel(s) on a steering axle.
</P>
<P>(4) Any welded repair other than disc to rim attachment on steel disc wheel(s) mounted on the steering axle.
</P>
<P>12. <I>Windshield Glazing.</I> (Not including a 2 inch border at the top, a 1 inch border at each side and the area below the topmost portion of the steering wheel.) Any crack, discoloration or vision reducing matter except: (1) coloring or tinting applied at time of manufacture; (2) any crack not over 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch wide, if not intersected by any other crack; (3) any damaged area not more than 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch in diameter, if not closer than 3 inches to any other such damaged area; (4) labels, stickers, decalcomania, etc. (see § 393.60 for exceptions).
</P>
<P>13. <I>Windshield Wipers.</I> Any power unit that has an inoperative wiper, or missing or damaged parts that render it ineffective.
</P>
<P>14. <I>Motorcoach Seats.</I>
</P>
<P>a. Any passenger seat that is not securely fastened to the vehicle structure.
</P>
<P>b. [Reserved]
</P>
<P>15. <I>Rear Impact Guard.</I>
</P>
<P>a. Trailers and semitrailers with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,001 lbs.) or more, manufactured on or after January 26, 1998 (see exceptions in § 393.86(a)(1) of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(1) Missing guard.
</P>
<P>(2) Guard is not securely attached to trailer, including broken or missing fasteners, any welds or parent metal cracked, or other damage that compromises secure attachment of the guard.
</P>
<P>(3) Guard horizontal member does not extend to within 100 mm (4 inches) of each, or extends beyond either, side extremity of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) Guard horizontal member is more than 560 mm (22 inches) above the ground.
</P>
<P>(5) Guard horizontal member is more than 305 mm (12 inches) forward of the rear extremity of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(6) Guard horizontal member does not have a cross sectional vertical height of at least 100 mm (4 inches) across its entire width.
</P>
<P>b. Commercial motor vehicles manufactured after December 31, 1952 (except trailers and semitrailers manufactured on or after January 26, 1998) (see exceptions in § 393.86(b)(1) and 393.86(b)(3) of this subchapter).
</P>
<P>(1) Missing guard.
</P>
<P>(2) Guard is not securely attached to trailer by bolts, welding, or other comparable means.
</P>
<P>(3) Guard horizontal member is more than 762 mm (30 inches) above the ground.
</P>
<P>(4) Guard horizontal member does not extend to within 457 mm (18 inches) of each side extremity of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(5) Guard horizontal member is more than 610 mm (24 inches) forward of the rear extremity of the vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 49411, Dec. 7, 1988; 53 FR 49968, Dec. 12, 1988, as amended at 66 FR 49875, Oct. 1, 2001; 73 FR 76827, Dec. 17, 2008; 77 FR 46639, Aug. 8, 2012; 77 FR 59829, Oct. 1, 2012; 78 FR 58486, Sept. 24, 2013; 81 FR 47732, July 22, 2016; 81 FR 60634, Sept. 2, 2016. Redesignated and amended at 86 FR 57068, 57077, Oct. 14, 2021; 86 FR 62111, Nov. 9, 2021; 87 FR 59037, Sept. 29, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="397" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 397—TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS; DRIVING AND PARKING RULES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322; 49 CFR 1.87. Subpart A also issued under 49 U.S.C. 5103, 31136, 31502, and 49 CFR 1.97. Subparts C, D, and E also issued under 49 U.S.C. 5112, 5125.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>36 FR 4876, Mar. 13, 1971, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 397 appear at 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.1.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.1   Application of the rules in this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rules in this part apply to each motor carrier engaged in the transportation of hazardous materials by a motor vehicle which must be marked or placarded in accordance with § 177.823 of this title and to—
</P>
<P>(1) Each officer or employee of the motor carrier who performs supervisory duties related to the transportation of hazardous materials; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each person who operates or who is in charge of a motor vehicle containing hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person designated in paragraph (a) of this section must know and obey the rules in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 4876, Mar. 13, 1971, as amended at 36 FR 16067, Aug. 19, 1971; 53 FR 18058, May 19, 1988; 60 FR 38749, July 28, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.2" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.1.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.2   Compliance with Federal motor carrier safety regulations.</HEAD>
<P>A motor carrier or other person to whom this part is applicable must comply with the rules in parts 390 through 397, inclusive, of this subchapter when he/she is transporting hazardous materials by a motor vehicle which must be marked or placarded in accordance with § 177.823 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 18080, Sept. 7, 1972]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.1.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.3   State and local laws, ordinances, and regulations.</HEAD>
<P>Every motor vehicle containing hazardous materials must be driven and parked in compliance with the laws, ordinances, and regulations of the jurisdiction in which it is being operated, unless they are at variance with specific regulations of the Department of Transportation which are applicable to the operation of that vehicle and which impose a more stringent obligation or restraint.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.1.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.5   Attendance and surveillance of motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a motor vehicle which contains a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) material must be attended at all times by its driver or a qualified representative of the motor carrier that operates it.
</P>
<P>(b) The rules in paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to a motor vehicle which contains Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 material if all the following conditions exist—
</P>
<P>(1) The vehicle is located on the property of a motor carrier, on the property of a shipper or consignee of the explosives, in a safe haven, or, in the case of a vehicle containing 50 pounds or less of a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 material, on a construction or survey site; and
</P>
<P>(2) The lawful bailee of the explosives is aware of the nature of the explosives the vehicle contains and has been instructed in the procedures which must be followed in emergencies; and
</P>
<P>(3) The vehicle is within the bailee's unobstructed field of view or is located in a safe haven.
</P>
<P>(c) A motor vehicle which contains hazardous materials other than Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3, materials, and which is located on a public street or highway, or the shoulder of a public highway, must be attended by its driver. However, the vehicle need not be attended while its driver is performing duties which are incident and necessary to the driver's duties as the operator of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) A motor vehicle is attended when the person in charge of the vehicle is on the vehicle, awake, and not in a sleeper berth, or is within 100 feet of the vehicle and has it within his/her unobstructed field of view.
</P>
<P>(2) A qualified representative of a motor carrier is a person who—
</P>
<P>(i) Has been designated by the carrier to attend the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is aware of the nature of the hazardous materials contained in the vehicle he/she attends;
</P>
<P>(iii) Has been instructed in the procedures he/she must follow in emergencies; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Is authorized to move the vehicle and has the means and ability to do so.
</P>
<P>(3) A safe haven is an area specifically approved in writing by local, State, or Federal governmental authorities for the parking of unattended vehicles containing Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 materials.
</P>
<P>(e) The rules in this section do not relieve the driver from any obligation imposed by law relating to the placing of warning devices when a motor vehicle is stopped on a public street or highway.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63925, Dec. 12, 1994, as amended at 77 FR 59828, Oct. 1, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.1.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.7   Parking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A motor vehicle which contains Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 materials must not be parked under any of the following circumstances—
</P>
<P>(1) On or within 5 feet of the traveled portion of a public street or highway;
</P>
<P>(2) On private property (including premises of fueling or eating facility) without the knowledge and consent of the person who is in charge of the property and who is aware of the nature of the hazardous materials the vehicle contains; or
</P>
<P>(3) Within 300 feet of a bridge, tunnel, dwelling, or place where people work, congregate, or assemble, except for brief periods when the necessities of operation require the vehicle to be parked and make it impracticable to park the vehicle in any other place.
</P>
<P>(b) A motor vehicle which contains hazardous materials other than Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 materials must not be parked on or within five feet of the traveled portion of public street or highway except for brief periods when the necessities of operation require the vehicle to be parked and make it impracticable to park the vehicle in any other place.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63925, Dec. 12, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.9" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.1.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.11" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.1.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.11   Fires.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A motor vehicle containing hazardous materials must not be operated near an open fire unless its driver has first taken precautions to ascertain that the vehicle can safely pass the fire without stopping.
</P>
<P>(b) A motor vehicle containing hazardous materials must not be parked within 300 feet of an open fire.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.13" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.1.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.13   Smoking.</HEAD>
<P>No person may smoke or carry a lighted cigarette, cigar, or pipe on or within 25 feet of—
</P>
<P>(a) A motor vehicle which contains Class 1 materials, Class 5 materials, or flammable materials classified as Division 2.1, Class 3, Divisions 4.1 and 4.2; or
</P>
<P>(b) An empty tank motor vehicle which has been used to transport Class 3, flammable materials, or Division 2.1 flammable gases, which when so used, was required to be marked or placarded in accordance with the rules in § 177.823 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63925, Dec. 12, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.15" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.1.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.15   Fueling.</HEAD>
<P>When a motor vehicle which contains hazardous materials is being fueled—
</P>
<P>(a) Its engine must not be operating; and
</P>
<P>(b) A person must be in control of the fueling process at the point where the fuel tank is filled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.17" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.1.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.17   Tires.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A driver must examine each tire on a motor vehicle at the beginning of each trip and each time the vehicle is parked.
</P>
<P>(b) If, as the result of an examination pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, or otherwise, a tire if found to be flat, leaking, or improperly inflated, the driver must cause the tire to be repaired, replaced, or properly inflated before the vehicle is driven. However, the vehicle may be driven to the nearest safe place to perform the required repair, replacement, or inflation.
</P>
<P>(c) If, as the result of an examination pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, or otherwise, a tire is found to be overheated, the driver shall immediately cause the overheated tire to be removed and placed at a safe distance from the vehicle. The driver shall not operate the vehicle until the cause of the overheating is corrected.
</P>
<P>(d) Compliance with the rules in this section does not relieve a driver from the duty to comply with the rules in §§ 397.5 and 397.7.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.19" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.1.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.19   Instructions and documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A motor carrier that transports Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials must furnish the driver of each motor vehicle in which the explosives are transported with the following documents:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the rules in this part;
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) A document containing instructions on procedures to be followed in the event of accident or delay. The documents must include the names and telephone numbers of persons (including representatives of carriers or shippers) to be contacted, the nature of the explosives being transported, and the precautions to be taken in emergencies such as fires, accidents, or leakages.
</P>
<P>(b) A driver who receives documents in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section must sign a receipt for them. The motor carrier shall maintain the receipt for a period of one year from the date of signature.
</P>
<P>(c) A driver of a motor vehicle which contains Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 materials must be in possession of, be familiar with, and be in compliance with
</P>
<P>(1) The documents specified in paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) The documents specified in § 177.817 of this title; and
</P>
<P>(3) The written route plan specified in § 397.67.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 63925, Dec. 12, 1994, as amended at 63 FR 33280, June 18, 1998; 77 FR 59828, Oct. 1, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Routing of Non-Radioactive Hazardous Materials</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>59 FR 51830, Oct. 12, 1994, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 397.61" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.3.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.61   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart contains routing requirements and procedures that States and Indian tribes are required to follow if they establish, maintain, or enforce routing designations over which a non-radioactive hazardous material (NRHM) in a quantity which requires placarding may or may not be transported by a motor vehicle. It also provides regulations for motor carriers transporting placarded or marked NRHM and procedures for dispute resolutions regarding NRHM routing designations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.63" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.3.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.63   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this subpart apply to any State or Indian tribe that establishes, maintains, or enforces any routing designations over which NRHM may or may not be transported by motor vehicle. They also apply to any motor carrier that transports or causes to be transported placarded or marked NRHM in commerce.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.65" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.3.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.65   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this subpart, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator.</I> The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator, who is the chief executive of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, an agency within the United States Department of Transportation, or his/her designate.
</P>
<P><I>Commerce.</I> Any trade, traffic, or transportation in the United States which:
</P>
<P>(1) Is between a place under the jurisdiction of a State or Indian tribe and any place outside of such jurisdiction; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is solely within a place under the jurisdiction of a State or Indian tribe but which affects trade, traffic, or transportation described in paragraph (1) of this definition.
</P>
<P><I>FMCSA.</I> The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, an agency within the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous material.</I> A substance or material, including a hazardous substance, which has been determined by the Secretary of Transportation to be capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, or property when transported in commerce, and which has been so designated.
</P>
<P><I>Indian tribe.</I> Has the same meaning as contained in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Act, 25 U.S.C. 450b.
</P>
<P><I>Motor carrier.</I> A for-hire motor carrier or a private motor carrier of property. The term includes a motor carrier's agents, officers and representatives as well as employees responsible for hiring, supervising, training, assigning, or dispatching of drivers.
</P>
<P><I>Motor vehicle.</I> Any vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, or semitrailer propelled or drawn by mechanical power and used upon the highways in the transportation of passengers or property, or any combination thereof.
</P>
<P><I>NRHM.</I> A non-radioactive hazardous material transported by motor vehicle in types and quantities which require placarding, pursuant to Table 1 or 2 of 49 CFR 172.504.
</P>
<P><I>Political subdivision.</I> A municipality, public agency or other instrumentality of one or more States, or a public corporation, board, or commission established under the laws of one or more States.
</P>
<P><I>Radioactive material.</I> As defined in 49 CFR 173.403, radioactive material means any material containing radionuclides where both the activity concentration and the total activity in the consignment exceed the values of the table in 49 CFR 173.436 or values derived according to the instructions in 49 CFR 173.433.
</P>
<P><I>Routing agency.</I> The State highway agency or other State agency designated by the Governor of that State, or an agency designated by an Indian tribe, to supervise, coordinate, and approve the NRHM routing designations for that State or Indian tribe.
</P>
<P><I>Routing designations.</I> Any regulation, limitation, restriction, curfew, time of travel restriction, lane restriction, routing ban, port-of-entry designation, or route weight restriction, applicable to the highway transportation of NRHM over a specific highway route or portion of a route.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary.</I> The Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>State.</I> A State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa or Guam.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 51830, Oct. 12, 1994, as amended at 78 FR 58485, Sept. 24, 2013; 90 FR 1908, Jan. 10, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.67" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.3.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.67   Motor carrier responsibility for routing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A motor carrier transporting NRHM shall comply with NRHM routing designations of a State or Indian tribe pursuant to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) A motor carrier carrying hazardous materials required to be placarded or marked in accordance with 49 CFR 177.823 and not subject to NRHM routing designations pursuant to this subpart, shall operate the vehicle over routes which do not go through or near heavily populated areas, places where crowds are assembled, tunnels, narrow streets, or alleys, except where the motor carrier determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) There is no practicable alternative;
</P>
<P>(2) A reasonable deviation is necessary to reach terminals, points of loading and unloading, facilities for food, fuel, repairs, rest, or a safe haven; or
</P>
<P>(3) A reasonable deviation is required by emergency conditions, such as a detour that has been established by a highway authority, or a situation exists where a law enforcement official requires the driver to take an alternative route.
</P>
<P>(c) Operating convenience is not a basis for determining whether it is practicable to operate a motor vehicle in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) Before a motor carrier requires or permits a motor vehicle containing explosives in Class 1, Divisions 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50 and 173.53 respectively, to be operated, the carrier or its agent shall prepare a written route plan that complies with this section and shall furnish a copy to the driver. However, the driver may prepare the written plan as agent for the motor carrier when the trip begins at a location other than the carrier's terminal.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 51830, Oct. 12, 1994, as amended at 78 FR 58485, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.69" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.3.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.69   Highway routing designations; preemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any State or Indian tribe that establishes or modifies a highway routing designation over which NRHM may or may not be transported on or after November 14, 1994, and maintains or enforces such designation, shall comply with the highway routing standards set forth in § 397.71 of this subpart. For purposes of this subpart, any highway routing designation affecting the highway transportation of NRHM, made by a political subdivision of a State is considered as one made by that State, and all requirements of this subpart apply.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in §§ 397.75 and 397.219, an NRHM route designation made in violation of paragraph (a) of this section is preempted pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5125(c).
</P>
<P>(c) A highway routing designation established by a State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe before November 14, 1994 is subject to preemption in accordance with the preemption standards in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of § 397.203.
</P>
<P>(d) A State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe may petition for a waiver of preemption in accordance with § 397.213 of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 51830, Oct. 12, 1994, as amended at 78 FR 58485, Sept. 24, 2013; 79 FR 59457, Oct. 2, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.71" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.3.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.71   Federal standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State or Indian tribe shall comply with the Federal standards under paragraph (b) of this section when establishing, maintaining or enforcing specific NRHM routing designations over which NRHM may or may not be transported.
</P>
<P>(b) The Federal standards are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Enhancement of public safety.</I> The State or Indian tribe shall make a finding, supported by the record to be developed in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) and (b)(3)(iv) of this section, that any NRHM routing designation enhances public safety in the areas subject to its jurisdiction and in other areas which are directly affected by such highway routing designation. In making such a finding, the State or Indian tribe shall consider:
</P>
<P>(i) The factors listed in paragraph (b)(9) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The DOT “Guidelines for Applying Criteria to Designate Routes for Transporting Hazardous Materials,” DOT/RSPA/OHMT-89-02, July 1989 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> or its most current version; or an equivalent routing analysis which adequately considers overall risk to the public.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> This document may be obtained from Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Enforcement and Compliance (MC-SE), 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.</P></FTNT>
<P>(2) <I>Public participation.</I> Prior to the establishment of any NRHM routing designation, the State or Indian tribe shall undertake the following actions to ensure participation by the public in the routing process:
</P>
<P>(i) The State or Indian tribe shall provide the public with notice of any proposed NRHM routing designation and a 30-day period in which to comment. At any time during this period or following review of the comments received, the State or Indian tribe shall decide whether to hold a public hearing on the proposed NRHM route designation. The public shall be given 30 days prior notice of the public hearing which shall be conducted as described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. Notice for both the comment period and the public hearing, if one is held, shall be given by publication in at least two newspapers of general circulation in the affected area or areas and shall contain a complete description of the proposed routing designation, together with the date, time, and location of any public hearings. Notice for both the comment period and any public hearing may also be published in the official register of the State.
</P>
<P>(ii) If it is determined that a public hearing is necessary, the State or Indian tribe shall hold at least one public hearing on the record during which the public will be afforded the opportunity to present its views and any information or data related to the proposed NRHM routing designation. The State shall make available to the public, upon payment of prescribed costs, copies of the transcript of the hearing, which shall include all exhibits and documents presented during the hearing or submitted for the record.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Consultation with others.</I> Prior to the establishment of any NRHM routing designation, the State or Indian tribe shall provide notice to, and consult with, officials of affected political subdivisions, States and Indian tribes, and any other affected parties. Such actions shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) At least 60 days prior to establishing a routing designation, the State or Indian tribe shall provide notice, in writing, of the proposed routing designation to officials responsible for highway routing in all other affected States or Indian tribes. A copy of this notice may also be sent to all affected political subdivisions. This notice shall request approval, in writing, by those States or Indian tribes, of the proposed routing designations. If no response is received within 60 days from the day of receipt of the notification of the proposed routing designation, the routing designation shall be considered approved by the affected State or Indian tribe.
</P>
<P>(ii) The manner in which consultation under this paragraph is conducted is left to the discretion of the State or Indian tribe.
</P>
<P>(iii) The State or Indian tribe shall attempt to resolve any concern or disagreement expressed by any consulted official related to the proposed routing designation.
</P>
<P>(iv) The State or Indian tribe shall keep a record of the names and addresses of the officials notified pursuant to this section and of any consultation or meeting conducted with these officials or their representatives. Such record shall describe any concern or disagreement expressed by the officials and any action undertaken to resolve such disagreement or address any concern.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Through routing.</I> In establishing any NRHM routing designation, the State or Indian tribe shall ensure through highway routing for the transportation of NRHM between adjacent areas. The term “through highway routing” as used in this paragraph means that the routing designation must ensure continuity of movement so as to not impede or unnecessarily delay the transportation of NRHM. The State or Indian tribe shall utilize the procedures established in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section in meeting these requirements. In addition, the State or Indian tribe shall make a finding, supported by a risk analysis conducted in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, that the routing designation enhances public safety. If the risk analysis shows—
</P>
<P>(i) That the current routing presents at least 50 percent more risk to the public than the deviation under the proposed routing designation, then the proposed routing designation may go into effect.
</P>
<P>(ii) That the current routing presents a greater risk but less than 50 percent more risk to the public than the deviation under the proposed routing restriction, then the proposed routing restriction made by a State or Indian tribe shall only go into effect if it does not force a deviation of more than 25 miles or result in an increase of more than 25 percent of that part of a trip affected by the deviation, whichever is shorter, from the most direct route through a jurisdiction as compared to the intended deviation.
</P>
<P>(iii) That the current route has the same or less risk to the public than the deviation resulting from the proposed routing designation, then the routing designation shall not be allowed.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Agreement of other States; burden on commerce.</I> Any NRHM routing designation which affects another State or Indian tribe shall be established, maintained, or enforced only if:
</P>
<P>(i) It does not unreasonably burden commerce, and
</P>
<P>(ii) It is agreed to by the affected State or Indian tribe within 60 days of receipt of the notice sent pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, or it is approved by the Administrator pursuant to § 397.75.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Timeliness.</I> The establishment of an NRHM routing designation by any State or Indian tribe shall be completed within 18 months of the notice given in either paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Reasonable routes to terminals and other facilities.</I> In establishing or providing for reasonable access to and from designated routes, the State or Indian tribe shall use the shortest practicable route considering the factors listed in paragraph (b)(9) of this section. In establishing any NRHM routing designation, the State or Indian tribe shall provide reasonable access for motor vehicles transporting NRHM to reach:
</P>
<P>(i) Terminals,
</P>
<P>(ii) Points of loading, unloading, pickup and delivery, and
</P>
<P>(iii) Facilities for food, fuel, repairs, rest, and safe havens.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Responsibility for local compliance.</I> The States shall be responsible for ensuring that all of their political subdivisions comply with the provisions of this subpart. The States shall be responsible for resolving all disputes between such political subdivisions within their jurisdictions. If a State or any political subdivision thereof, or an Indian tribe chooses to establish, maintain, or enforce any NRHM routing designation, the Governor, or Indian tribe, shall designate a routing agency for the State or Indian tribe, respectively. The routing agency shall ensure that all NRHM routing designations within its jurisdiction comply with the Federal standards in this section. The State or Indian tribe shall comply with the public information and reporting requirements contained in § 397.73.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Factors to consider.</I> In establishing any NRHM routing designation, the State or Indian tribe shall consider the following factors:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Population density.</I> The population potentially exposed to an NRHM release shall be estimated from the density of the residents, employees, motorists, and other persons in the area, using United States census tract maps or other reasonable means for determining the population within a potential impact zone along a designated highway route. The impact zone is the potential range of effects in the event of a release. Special populations such as schools, hospitals, prisons, and senior citizen homes shall, among other things, be considered when determining the potential risk to the populations along a highway routing. Consideration shall be given to the amount of time during which an area will experience a heavy population density.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Type of highway.</I> The characteristics of each alternative NRHM highway routing designation shall be compared. Vehicle weight and size limits, underpass and bridge clearances, roadway geometrics, number of lanes, degree of access control, and median and shoulder structures are examples of characteristics which a State or Indian tribe shall consider.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Types and quantities of NRHM.</I> An examination shall be made of the type and quantity of NRHM normally transported along highway routes which are included in a proposed NRHM routing designation, and consideration shall be given to the relative impact zone and risks of each type and quantity.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Emergency response capabilities.</I> In consultation with the proper fire, law enforcement, and highway safety agencies, consideration shall be given to the emergency response capabilities which may be needed as a result of an NRHM routing designation. The analysis of the emergency response capabilities shall be based upon the proximity of the emergency response facilities and their capabilities to contain and suppress NRHM releases within the impact zones.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Results of consultation with affected persons.</I> Consideration shall be given to the comments and concerns of all affected persons and entities provided during public hearings and consultations conducted in accordance with this section.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Exposure and other risk factors.</I> States and Indian tribes shall define the exposure and risk factors associated with any NRHM routing designations. The distance to sensitive areas shall be considered. Sensitive areas include, but are not limited to, homes and commercial buildings; special populations in hospitals, schools, handicapped facilities, prisons and stadiums; water sources such as streams and lakes; and natural areas such as parks, wetlands, and wildlife reserves.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Terrain considerations.</I> Topography along and adjacent to the proposed NRHM routing designation that may affect the potential severity of an accident, the dispersion of the NRHM upon release and the control and clean up of NRHM if released shall be considered.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Continuity of routes.</I> Adjacent jurisdictions shall be consulted to ensure routing continuity for NRHM across common borders. Deviations from the most direct route shall be minimized.
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Alternative routes.</I> Consideration shall be given to the alternative routes to, or resulting from, any NRHM route designation. Alternative routes shall be examined, reviewed, or evaluated to the extent necessary to demonstrate that the most probable alternative routing resulting from a routing designation is safer than the current routing.
</P>
<P>(x) <I>Effects on commerce.</I> Any NRHM routing designation made in accordance with this subpart shall not create an unreasonable burden upon interstate or intrastate commerce.
</P>
<P>(xi) <I>Delays in transportation.</I> No NRHM routing designations may create unnecessary delays in the transportation of NRHM.
</P>
<P>(xii) <I>Climatic conditions.</I> Weather conditions unique to a highway route such as snow, wind, ice, fog, or other climatic conditions that could affect the safety of a route, the dispersion of the NRHM upon release, or increase the difficulty of controlling it and cleaning it up shall be given appropriate consideration.
</P>
<P>(xiii) <I>Congestion and accident history.</I> Traffic conditions unique to a highway routing such as: traffic congestion; accident experience with motor vehicles, traffic considerations that could affect the potential for an accident, exposure of the public to any release, ability to perform emergency response operations, or the temporary closing of a highway for cleaning up any release shall be given appropriate consideration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 4876, Mar. 13, 1971, as amended at 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001; 72 FR 55703, Oct. 1, 2007; 78 FR 58485, Sept. 24, 2013; 87 FR 59037, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.73" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.3.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.73   Public information and reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Public information. Information on NRHM routing designations must be made available by the States and Indian tribes to the public in the form of maps, lists, road signs or some combination thereof. If road signs are used, those signs and their placements must comply with the provisions of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, published by the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), particularly the Hazardous Cargo signs identified as R14-2 and R14-3 shown in Section 2B-62 of that Manual. This publication may be accessed free of charge on the Internet at <I>http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reporting and publishing requirements.</I> (1) Each State or Indian tribe, through its routing agency, shall provide information identifying all NRHM routing designations that exist within its jurisdiction:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronically, by email to <I>HMRouting@dot.gov</I>; or
</P>
<P>(ii) By mail to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Enforcement and Compliance (MC-SE), 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
</P>
<P>(2) States and Indian tribes shall also submit to FMCSA the current name of the State or Indian tribal agency responsible for NHRM highway routing designations. The State or Indian tribe shall include descriptions of these routing designations, along with the dates they were established. Information on any subsequent changes or new NRHM routing designations shall be furnished within 60 days after establishment to the FMCSA.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) FMCSA will consolidate information on the NRHM routing designations, make it available on its website, <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/regulations/hazardous-materials/national-hazardous-materials-route-registry,</I> and publish it annually in whole or as updates in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each State or Indian tribe may also publish this information in its official register of State or tribal regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) A State or Tribally-designated route is effective only after it is published in the National Hazardous Materials Route Registry on FMCSA's website at <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/regulations/hazardous-materials/national-hazardous-materials-route-registry</I>.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 59457, Oct. 2, 2014, as amended at 81 FR 68358, Oct. 4, 2016; 83 FR 22881, May 17, 2018; 83 FR 48726, Sept. 27, 2018; 87 FR 59037, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.75" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.3.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.75   Dispute resolution.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petition.</I> One or more States or Indian tribes may petition the Administrator to resolve a dispute relating to an agreement on a proposed NRHM routing designation. In resolving a dispute under these provisions, the Administrator will provide the greatest level of safety possible without unreasonably burdening commerce, and ensure compliance with the Federal standards established at § 397.71 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing.</I> Each petition for dispute resolution filed under this section must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be submitted to the Administrator, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Attention: Office of the Chief Counsel (MC-CC).
</P>
<P>(2) Identify the State or Indian tribe filing the petition and any other State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe whose NRHM routing designation is the subject of the dispute.
</P>
<P>(3) Contain a certification that the petitioner has complied with the notification requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, and include a list of the names and addresses of each State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe official who was notified of the filing of the petition.
</P>
<P>(4) Clearly set forth the dispute for which resolution is sought, including a complete description of any disputed NRHM routing designation and an explanation of how the disputed routing designation affects the petitioner or how it impedes through highway routing. If the routing designation being disputed results in alternative routing, then a comparative risk analysis for the designated route and the resulting alternative routing shall be provided.
</P>
<P>(5) Describe any actions taken by the State or Indian tribe to resolve the dispute.
</P>
<P>(6) Explain the reasons why the petitioner believes that the Administrator should intervene in resolving the dispute.
</P>
<P>(7) Describe any proposed actions that the Administrator should take to resolve the dispute and how these actions would provide the greatest level of highway safety without unreasonably burdening commerce and would ensure compliance with the Federal standards established in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice.</I> (1) Any State or Indian tribe that files a petition for dispute resolution under this subpart shall mail a copy of the petition to any affected State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe, accompanied by a statement that the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe may submit comments regarding the petition to the Administrator within 45 days.
</P>
<P>(2) By serving notice on any other State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe determined by the Administrator to be possibly affected by the issues in dispute or the resolution sought, or by publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> the Administrator may afford those persons an opportunity to file written comments on the petition.
</P>
<P>(3) Any affected State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe submitting written comments to the Administrator with respect to a petition filed under this section shall send a copy of the comments to the petitioner and certify to the Administrator as to having complied with this requirement. The Administrator may notify other persons participating in the proceeding of the comments and provide an opportunity for those other persons to respond.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Court actions.</I> After a petition for dispute resolution is filed in accordance with this section, no court action may be brought with respect to the subject matter of such dispute until a final decision has been issued by the Administrator or until the last day of the one-year period beginning on the day the Administrator receives the petition, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Hearings; alternative dispute resolution.</I> Upon receipt of a petition filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the Administrator may schedule a hearing to attempt to resolve the dispute and, if a hearing is scheduled, will notify all parties to the dispute of the date, time, and place of the hearing. During the hearing the parties may offer any information pertinent to the resolution of the dispute. If an agreement is reached, it may be stipulated by the parties, in writing, and, if the Administrator agrees, made part of the decision in paragraph (f) of this section. If no agreement is reached, the Administrator may take the matter under consideration and announce his or her decision in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section. Nothing in this section shall be construed as prohibiting the parties from settling the dispute or seeking other methods of alternative dispute resolution prior to the final decision by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Decision.</I> The Administrator will issue a decision based on the petition, the written comments submitted by the parties, the record of the hearing, and any other information in the record. The decision will include a written statement setting forth the relevant facts and the legal basis for the decision.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Record.</I> The Administrator will serve a copy of the decision upon the petitioner and any other party who participated in the proceedings. A copy of each decision will be placed on file in the public docket. The Administrator may publish the decision or notice of the decision in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 4876, Mar. 13, 1971, as amended at 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001; 72 FR 55703, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.77" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.3.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.77   Judicial review of dispute decision.</HEAD>
<P>Any State or Indian tribe adversely affected by the Administrator's decision under § 397.75 of this subpart may seek review by the appropriate district court of the United States under such proceeding only by filing a petition with such court within 90 days after such decision becomes final.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Routing of Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.101" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.4.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.101   Requirements for motor carriers and drivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section or in circumstances when there is only one practicable highway route available, considering operating necessity and safety, a carrier or any person operating a motor vehicle that contains a Class 7 (radioactive) material, as defined in 49 CFR 172.403, for which placarding is required under 49 CFR part 172 shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Ensure that the motor vehicle is operated on routes that minimize radiological risk;
</P>
<P>(2) Consider available information on accident rates, transit time, population density and activities, and the time of day and the day of week during which transportation will occur to determine the level of radiological risk; and
</P>
<P>(3) Tell the driver which route to take and that the motor vehicle contains Class 7 (radioactive) materials.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as otherwise permitted in this paragraph and in paragraph (f) of this section, a carrier or any person operating a motor vehicle containing a highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403, shall operate the motor vehicle only over preferred routes.
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of this subpart, a preferred route is an Interstate System highway for which an alternative route is not designated by a State routing agency; a State-designated route selected by a State routing agency pursuant to § 397.103; or both of the above.
</P>
<P>(2) The motor carrier or the person operating a motor vehicle containing a highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403, shall select routes to reduce time in transit over the preferred route segment of the trip. An Interstate System bypass or Interstate System beltway around a city, when available, shall be used in place of a preferred route through a city, unless a State routing agency has designated an alternative route.
</P>
<P>(c) A motor vehicle may be operated over a route, other than a preferred route, only under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The deviation from the preferred route is necessary to pick up or deliver a highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, to make necessary rest, fuel or motor vehicle repair stops, or because emergency conditions make continued use of the preferred route unsafe or impossible;
</P>
<P>(2) For pickup and delivery not over preferred routes, the route selected must be the shortest-distance route from the pickup location to the nearest preferred route entry location, and the shortest-distance route to the delivery location from the nearest preferred route exit location. Deviation from the shortest-distance pickup or delivery route is authorized if such deviation:
</P>
<P>(i) Is based upon the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section to minimize the radiological risk; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not exceed the shortest-distance pickup or delivery route by more than 25 miles and does not exceed 5 times the length of the shortest-distance pickup or delivery route.
</P>
<P>(iii) Deviations from preferred routes, or pickup or delivery routes other than preferred routes, which are necessary for rest, fuel, or motor vehicle repair stops or because of emergency conditions, shall be made in accordance with the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section to minimize radiological risk, unless due to emergency conditions, time does not permit use of those criteria.
</P>
<P>(d) A carrier (or a designated agent) who operates a motor vehicle which contains a package of highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403, shall prepare a written route plan and supply a copy before departure to the motor vehicle driver and a copy to the shipper (before departure for exclusive use shipments, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403, or within fifteen working days following departure for all other shipments). Any variation between the route plan and routes actually used, and the reason for it, shall be reported in an amendment to the route plan delivered to the shipper as soon as practicable but within 30 days following the deviation. The route plan shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the origin and destination points, a route selected in compliance with this section, all planned stops, and estimated departure and arrival times; and
</P>
<P>(2) Telephone numbers which will access emergency assistance in each State to be entered.
</P>
<P>(e) No person may transport a package of highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials on a public highway unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The driver has received within the two preceding years, written training on:
</P>
<P>(i) Requirements in 49 CFR parts 172, 173, and 177 pertaining to the Class 7 (radioactive) materials transported;
</P>
<P>(ii) The properties and hazards of the Class 7 (radioactive) materials being transported; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Procedures to be followed in case of an accident or other emergency.
</P>
<P>(2) The driver has in his or her immediate possession a certificate of training as evidence of training required by this section, and a copy is placed in his or her qualification file (see § 391.51 of this subchapter), showing:
</P>
<P>(i) The driver's name and operator's license number;
</P>
<P>(ii) The dates training was provided;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name and address of the person providing the training;
</P>
<P>(iv) That the driver has been trained in the hazards and characteristics of highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials; and
</P>
<P>(v) A statement by the person providing the training that information on the certificate is accurate.
</P>
<P>(3) The driver has in his or her immediate possession the route plan required by paragraph (d) of this section and operates the motor vehicle in accordance with the route plan.
</P>
<P>(f) A person may transport irradiated reactor fuel only in compliance with a plan if required under 49 CFR 173.22(c) that will ensure the physical security of the material. Variation for security purposes from the requirements of this section is permitted so far as necessary to meet the requirements imposed under such a plan, or otherwise imposed by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission in 10 CFR part 73.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 44131, Sept. 24, 1992, as amended at 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001; 72 FR 55703, Oct. 1, 2007; 77 FR 59828, Oct. 1, 2012; 78 FR 58485, Sept. 24, 2013; 81 FR 68359, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.103" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.4.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.103   Requirements for State routing designations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The State routing agency, as defined in § 397.201(c), shall select routes to minimize radiological risk using “Guidelines for Selecting Preferred Highway Routes for Highway Route Controlled Quantity Shipments of Radioactive Materials,” or an equivalent routing analysis which adequately considers overall risk to the public. Designations must be preceded by substantive consultation with affected local jurisdictions and with any other affected States to ensure consideration of all impacts and continuity of designated routes.
</P>
<P>(b) State routing agencies may designate preferred routes as an alternative to, or in addition to, one or more Interstate System highways, including interstate system bypasses, or Interstate System beltways.
</P>
<P>(c) A State-designated route is effective when— 
</P>
<P>(1) The State gives written notice to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration:
</P>
<P>(i) By email to <I>HMRouting@dot.gov;</I> or
</P>
<P>(ii) By certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Enforcement and Compliance (MC-SE), 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Attention: National Hazardous Materials Route Registry.
</P>
<P>(2) Receipt thereof is acknowledged in writing by the FMCSA. 
</P>
<P>(3) The route is published in the National Hazardous Materials Route Registry on FMCSA's website at <I>https://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/regulations/hazardous-materials/national-hazardous-materials-route-registry</I>.
</P>
<P>(d) A list of State-designated preferred routes and a copy of the “Guidelines for Selecting Preferred Highway Routes for Highway Route Controlled Quantity Shipments of Radioactive Materials” are available upon request to Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Enforcement and Compliance (MC-EC), 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001, or by email to <I>HMRouting@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 44131, Sept. 24, 1992, as amended at 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001; 72 FR 55703, Oct. 1, 2007; 79 FR 59458, Oct. 2, 2014; 81 FR 68359, Oct. 4, 2016; 83 FR 22881, May 17, 2018; 83 FR 48726, Sept. 27, 2018; 87 FR 59037, Sept. 29, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Preemption Procedures</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>57 FR 44132, Sept. 24, 1992, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 397.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.201   Purpose and scope of the procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart prescribes procedures by which:
</P>
<P>(1) Any person, including a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe, directly affected by any highway routing designation for hazardous materials may apply to the Administrator for a determination as to whether that highway routing designation is preempted under 49 U.S.C. 5125, or § 397.69 or § 397.203 of this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) A State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe may apply to the Administrator for a waiver of preemption with respect to any highway routing designation that the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe acknowledges to be preempted by 49 U.S.C. 5125, or § 397.69 or § 397.203 of this part, or that has been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be so preempted.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless otherwise ordered by the Administrator, an application for a preemption determination which includes an application for a waiver of preemption will be treated and processed solely as an application for a preemption determination.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means 49 U.S.C. 5101 <I>et seq.,</I> formerly known as the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator, who is the chief executive of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, an agency of the United States Department of Transportation, or his/her designate.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous material</I> means a substance or material, including a hazardous substance, which has been determined by the Secretary of Transportation to be capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, or property, when transported in commerce, and which has been so designated.
</P>
<P><I>Indian tribe</I> has the same meaning as contained in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Act, 25 U.S.C. 450b.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an individual, firm, copartnership, corporation, company, association, joint-stock association, including any trustee, receiver, assignee, or similar representative thereof, or government, Indian tribe, or agency or instrumentality of any government or Indian tribe when it offers hazardous materials for transportation in commerce or transports hazardous materials in furtherance of a commercial enterprise, but such term does not include the United States Postal Service.
</P>
<P><I>Political subdivision</I> includes a municipality; a public agency or other instrumentality of one or more States, or a public corporation, board, or commission established under the laws of one or more States.
</P>
<P><I>Routing agency</I> means the State highway agency or other State agency designated by the Governor of a State, or an agency designated by an Indian tribe, to supervise, coordinate, and approve the highway routing designations for that State or Indian tribe. Any highway routing designation made by a political subdivision of a State shall be considered a designation made by that State.
</P>
<P><I>Routing designation</I> includes any regulation, limitation, restriction, curfew, time of travel restriction, lane restriction, routing ban, port-of-entry designation, or route weight restriction applicable to the highway transportation of hazardous materials over a specific highway route or portion of a route.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or any other territory or possession of the United States designated by the Secretary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 44132, Sept. 24, 1992, as amended at 59 FR 51834, Oct. 12, 1994; 78 FR 58486, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.203" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.203   Standards for determining preemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any highway routing designation established, maintained, or enforced by a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe is preempted if—
</P>
<P>(1) Compliance with both the highway routing designation and any requirement under the Act or of a regulation issued under the Act is not possible;
</P>
<P>(2) The highway routing designation as applied or enforced creates an obstacle to the accomplishment and execution of the Act or the regulations issued under the Act; or
</P>
<P>(3) The highway routing designation is preempted pursuant to § 397.69(b) of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 44132, Sept. 24, 1992, as amended at 59 FR 51834, Oct. 12, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.205   Preemption application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person, including a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe directly affected by any highway routing designation of another State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe, may apply to the Administrator for a determination of whether that highway routing designation is preempted by the Act or § 397.203 of this subpart. The Administrator shall publish notice of the application in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) Each application filed under this section for a determination must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be submitted to the Administrator, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Attention: Office of the Chief Counsel, Enforcement and Litigation Division (MC-CCE);
</P>
<P>(2) Set forth a detailed description of the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe for which the determination is sought;
</P>
<P>(3) If applicable, specify the provisions of the Act or the regulations issued under the Act under which the applicant seeks preemption of the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe;
</P>
<P>(4) Explain why the applicant believes the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe should or should not be preempted under the standards of § 397.203; and
</P>
<P>(5) State how the applicant is affected by the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe.
</P>
<P>(c) The filing of an application for a determination under this section does not constitute grounds for noncompliance with any requirement of the Act or any regulation issued under the Act.
</P>
<P>(d) Once the Administrator has published notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of an application received under paragraph (a) of this section, no applicant for such determination may seek relief with respect to the same or substantially the same issue in any court until final action has been taken on the application or until 180 days after filing of the application, whichever occurs first. Nothing in this section shall be construed as prohibiting any person, including a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe, directly affected by any highway routing designation from seeking a determination of preemption in any court of competent jurisdiction in lieu of applying to the Administrator under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 44132, Sept. 24, 1992, as amended at 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001; 72 FR 55703, Oct. 1, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.207" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.207   Preemption notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the applicant is other than a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe, the applicant shall mail a copy of the application to the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe concerned, accompanied by a statement that comments may be submitted regarding the application to the Administrator within 45 days. The application filed with the Administrator must include a certification that the applicant has complied with this paragraph and must include the names and addresses of each official to whom a copy of the application was sent.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator may afford interested persons an opportunity to file written comments on the application by serving notice on any persons readily identifiable by the Administrator as persons who will be affected by the ruling sought or by publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(c) Each person submitting written comments to the Administrator with respect to an application filed under this section shall send a copy of the comments to the applicant and certify to the Administrator that he or she has complied with this requirement. The Administrator may notify other persons participating in the proceeding of the comments and provide an opportunity for those other persons to respond.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.209" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.209   Preemption processing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator may initiate an investigation of any statement in an application and utilize in his or her evaluation any relevant facts obtained by that investigation. The Administrator may solicit and accept submissions from third persons relevant to an application and will provide the applicant an opportunity to respond to all third person submissions. In evaluating an application, the Administrator may consider any other source of information. The Administrator may convene a hearing or conference, if a hearing or conference will advance the evaluation of the application.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator may dismiss the application without prejudice if:
</P>
<P>(1) he or she determines that there is insufficient information upon which to base a determination; or
</P>
<P>(2) he or she requests additional information from the applicant and it is not submitted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.211" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.211   Preemption determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon consideration of the application and other relevant information received, the Administrator issues a determination.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding that an application for a determination has not been filed under § 397.205, the Administrator, on his or her own initiative, may issue a determination as to whether a particular highway routing designation of a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe is preempted under the Act or the regulations issued under the Act.
</P>
<P>(c) The determination includes a written statement setting forth the relevant facts and the legal basis for the determination, and provides that any person aggrieved thereby may file a petition for reconsideration within 20 days in accordance with § 397.223.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless the determination is issued pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the Administrator serves a copy of the determination upon the applicant. In all preemption determinations, the Administrator serves a copy of the determination upon any other person who participated in the proceeding or who is readily identifiable by the Administrator as affected by the determination. A copy of each determination is placed on file in the public docket. The Administrator may publish the determination or notice of the determination in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(e) If no petition for reconsideration is filed within 20 days in accordance with § 397.223, a determination issued under this section constitutes the final agency decision as to whether a particular highway routing designation of a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe is preempted under the Act or regulations issued thereunder. The fact that a determination has not been issued under this section with respect to a particular highway routing designation of a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe carries no implication as to whether the requirement is preempted under the Act or regulations issued thereunder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.213" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.213   Waiver of preemption application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe may apply to the Administrator for a waiver of preemption with respect to any highway routing designation that the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe acknowledges to be preempted by the Act, § 397.203 of this subpart, or a court of competent jurisdiction. The Administrator may waive preemption with respect to such requirement upon a determination that such requirement—
</P>
<P>(1) Affords an equal or greater level of protection to the public than is afforded by the requirements of the Act or regulations issued under the Act, and
</P>
<P>(2) Does not unreasonably burden commerce.
</P>
<P>(b) Each application filed under this section for a waiver of preemption determination must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be submitted to the Administrator, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Attention: Office of the Chief Counsel, Enforcement and Litigation Division (MC-CCE);
</P>
<P>(2) Set forth a detailed description of the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe for which the determination is being sought;
</P>
<P>(3) Include a copy of any relevant court order or determination issued pursuant to § 397.211;
</P>
<P>(4) Contain an express acknowledgment by the applicant that the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe is preempted under the Act or the regulations issued under the Act, unless it has been so determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in a determination issued under this subpart;
</P>
<P>(5) Specify each provision of the Act or the regulations issued under the Act that preempts the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe;
</P>
<P>(6) State why the applicant believes that the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe affords an equal or greater level of protection to the public than is afforded by the requirements of the Act or the regulations issued under the Act;
</P>
<P>(7) State why the applicant believes that the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe does not unreasonably burden commerce; and
</P>
<P>(8) Specify what steps the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe is taking to administer and enforce effectively the preempted requirement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 44132, Sept. 24, 1992, as amended at 66 FR 49874, Oct. 1, 2001; 72 FR 55703, Oct. 1, 2007; 78 FR 58486, Sept. 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.215" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.215   Waiver notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The applicant State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe shall mail a copy of the application and any subsequent amendments or other documents relating to the application to each person whom the applicant reasonably ascertains will be affected by the determination sought. The copy of the application must be accompanied by a statement that the person may submit comments regarding the application to the Administrator within 45 days. The application filed with the Administrator must include a certification that the application complies with this paragraph and must include the names and addresses of each person to whom the application was sent.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, if the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe determines that compliance with paragraph (a) of this section would be impracticable, the applicant shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section with regard to those persons whom it is reasonable and practicable to notify; and
</P>
<P>(2) Include with the application filed with the Administrator a description of the persons or class or classes of persons to whom notice was not sent.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator may require the applicant to provide notice in addition to that required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, or may determine that the notice required by paragraph (a) of this section is not impracticable, or that notice should be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator may serve notice on any other persons readily identifiable by the Administrator as persons who will be affected by the determination sought and may afford those persons an opportunity to file written comments on the application.
</P>
<P>(e) Any person submitting written comments to the Administrator with respect to an application filed under this section shall send a copy of the comments to the applicant. The person shall certify to the Administrator that he or she has complied with the requirements of this paragraph. The Administrator may notify other persons participating in the proceeding of the comments and provide an opportunity for those other persons to respond.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 44132, Sept. 24, 1992, as amended at 80 FR 59075, Oct. 1, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.217" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5.17.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.217   Waiver processing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator may initiate an investigation of any statement in an application and utilize any relevant facts obtained by that investigation. The Administrator may solicit and accept submissions from third persons relevant to an application and will provide the applicant an opportunity to respond to all third person submissions. In evaluating an application, the Administrator may convene a hearing or conference, if a hearing or conference will advance the evaluation of the application.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator may dismiss the application without prejudice if:
</P>
<P>(1) he or she determines that there is insufficient information upon which to base a determination;
</P>
<P>(2) Upon his or her request, additional information is not submitted by the applicant; or
</P>
<P>(3) The applicant fails to provide the notice required by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in this subpart, the Administrator will only consider an application for a waiver of preemption determination if:
</P>
<P>(1) The applicant expressly acknowledges in its application that the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe for which the determination is sought is preempted by the Act or the regulations thereunder; or
</P>
<P>(2) The highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe has been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in a determination issued pursuant to § 397.211 to be preempted by the Act or the regulations issued thereunder.
</P>
<P>(d) When the Administrator has received all substantive information necessary to process an application for a waiver of preemption determination, notice of that fact will be served upon the applicant. Additional notice to all other persons who received notice of the proceeding may be served by publishing a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.219" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5.17.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.219   Waiver determination and order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon consideration of the application and other relevant information received or obtained during the proceeding, the Administrator issues an order setting forth his or her determination.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator may issue a waiver of preemption order only if he or she finds that the requirement of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe affords the public a level of safety at least equal to that afforded by the requirements of the Act and the regulations issued under the Act and does not unreasonably burden commerce. In determining whether the requirement of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe unreasonably burdens commerce, the Administrator may consider the following factors:
</P>
<P>(1) The extent to which increased costs and impairment of efficiency result from the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe;
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe has a rational basis;
</P>
<P>(3) Whether the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe achieves its stated purpose; and
</P>
<P>(4) Whether there is need for uniformity with regard to the subject concerned and if so, whether the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe competes or conflicts with those of other States, political subdivisions thereof, or Indian tribes.
</P>
<P>(c) The order includes a written statement setting forth the relevant facts and the legal basis for the determination, and provides that any person aggrieved by the order may file a petition for reconsideration in accordance with § 397.223.
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator serves a copy of the order upon the applicant, any other person who participated in the proceeding and upon any other person readily identifiable by the Administrator as one who may be affected by the order. A copy of each order is placed on file in the public docket. The Administrator may publish the order or notice of the order in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(e) If no petition for reconsideration is filed within 20 days in accordance with § 397.223, an order issued under this section constitutes the final agency decision regarding whether a particular requirement of a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe is preempted under the Act or any regulations issued thereunder, or whether preemption is waived.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.221" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5.17.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.221   Timeliness.</HEAD>
<P>If the Administrator fails to take action on the application within 90 days of serving the notice required by § 397.217(d), the applicant may treat the application as having been denied in all respects.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.223" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5.17.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.223   Petition for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person aggrieved by an order issued under § 397.211 or § 397.219 may file a petition for reconsideration with the Administrator. The petition must be filed within 20 days of service of the determination or order issued under the above sections.
</P>
<P>(b) The petition must contain a concise statement of the basis for seeking reconsideration, including any specific factual or legal errors, or material information not previously available.
</P>
<P>(c) The petitioner shall mail a copy of the petition to each person who participated, either as an applicant or routing, in the waiver of preemption proceeding, accompanied by a statement that the person may submit comments concerning the petition to the Administrator within 20 days. The petition filed with the Administrator must contain a certification that the petitioner has complied with this paragraph and include the names and addresses of all persons to whom a copy of the petition was sent.
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator's decision under this section constitutes the final agency decision. If no petition for reconsideration is filed under this section, then the determination issued under § 397.211 or § 397.219 becomes the final agency decision at the end of the 20 day period.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 397.225" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.39.5.17.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 397.225   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>A party to a proceeding under § 397.205(a), § 397.213(a), or § 397.223(a) may seek review by the appropriate district court of the United States of the decision of the Administrator under such proceeding only by filing a petition with such court within 60 days after the final agency decision.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="398" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.40" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 398—TRANSPORTATION OF MIGRANT WORKERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 13301, 13902, 31132, 31133, 31136, 31502, 31504; sec. 204, Pub. L. 104-88, 109 Stat. 803, 941; sec. 212, Pub. L. 106-159, 113 Stat. 1748, 1766; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 19765, Dec. 25, 1968, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 398 appear at 66 FR 49875, Oct. 1, 2001.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 398.1" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.40.0.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 398.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Migrant worker.</I> “Migrant worker” means any individual proceeding to or returning from employment in agriculture as defined in section 3(f) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (29 U.S.C. 203(f)) or section 3121(g) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (26 U.S.C. 3121(g)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Carrier of migrant workers by motor vehicle.</I> “Carrier of migrant worker by motor vehicle” means any person, including any for-hire, non-exempt motor carrier conducting contract carriage operations as defined in 49 U.S.C. 13102(4)(B), but not including any for-hire, non-exempt motor carrier subject to other requirements in 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B besides contract carriage operations, who or which transports in interstate or foreign commerce at any one time three or more migrant workers to or from their employment by any motor vehicle other than a passenger automobile or station wagon, except a migrant worker transporting himself/herself or his/her immediate family.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Motor carrier.</I> “Motor carrier” means any carrier of migrant workers by motor vehicle as defined in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motor vehicle.</I> “Motor vehicle” means any vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, or semitrailer propelled or drawn by mechanical power and used upon the highways in the transportation of passengers or property, or any combination thereof, determined by the Administration, but does not include a passenger automobile or station wagon, any vehicle, locomotive, or car operated exclusively on a rail or rails, or a trolley bus operated by electric power derived from a fixed overhead wire, furnishing local passenger transportation in street-railway service.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Bus.</I> “Bus” means any motor vehicle designed, constructed, and used for the transportation of passengers: Except passenger automobiles or station wagons other than taxicabs.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Truck.</I> “Truck” means any self-propelled motor vehicle except a truck tractor, designed and constructed primarily for the transportation of property.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Truck tractor.</I> “Truck tractor” means a self-propelled motor vehicle designed and used primarily for drawing other vehicles and not so constructed as to carry a load other than a part of the weight of the vehicle and load so drawn.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Semitrailer.</I> “Semitrailer” means any motor vehicle other than a “pole trailer”, with or without motive power designed to be drawn by another motor vehicle and so constructed that some part of its weight rests upon the towing vehicle.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Driver or operator.</I> “Driver or operator” means any person who drives any motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Highway.</I> “Highway” means the entire width between the boundary lines of every way publicly maintained when any part thereof is open to the use of the public for purposes of vehicular traffic.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19765, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 81 FR 68359, Oct. 4, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 398.2" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.40.0.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 398.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The regulations prescribed in this part are applicable to carriers of migrant workers by motor vehicle, as defined in § 398.1(b), but only in the case of transportation of any migrant worker for a total distance of more than 75 miles (120.7 kilometers) in interstate commerce, as defined in 49 CFR 390.5.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception.</I> (1) The regulations prescribed in this part are not applicable to carriers of migrant workers by motor vehicle, as defined in § 398.1(b), when:
</P>
<P>(i) The motor vehicle is designed or used to transport between 9 and 15 passengers (including the driver);
</P>
<P>(ii) The motor carrier is directly compensated for the transportation service; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The vehicle used to transport mirgrant workers is operated beyond a 75 air-mile radius (86.3 statute miles or 138.9 kilometers) from the driver's normal work-reporting location.
</P>
<P>(2) Carriers of migrant workers by motor vehicle that operate vehicles, designed or used to transport between 9 and 15 passengers (including the driver) for direct compensation, in interstate commerce, must comply with the applicable requirements of 49 CFR parts 385, 390, 391, 392, 393, 395, and 396, when the motor vehicle is operated beyond a 75 air-mile radius (86.3 statute miles or 138.9 kilometers) from the driver's normal work-reporting location.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 47875, Aug. 12, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 398.3" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.40.0.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 398.3   Qualifications of drivers or operators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Compliance required.</I> Every motor carrier, and its officers, agents, representatives and employees who drive motor vehicles or are responsible for the hiring, supervision, training, assignment or dispatching of drivers shall comply and be conversant with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Minimum physical requirements.</I> No person shall drive, nor shall any motor carrier require or permit any person to drive, any motor vehicle unless such person possesses the following minimum qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) No loss of foot, leg, hand or arm,
</P>
<P>(2) No mental, nervous, organic, or functional disease, likely to interfere with safe driving.
</P>
<P>(3) No loss of fingers, impairment of use of foot, leg, fingers, hand or arm, or other structural defect or limitation, likely to interfere with safe driving.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Eyesight.</I> Visual acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in each eye either without glasses or by correction with glasses; form field of vision in the horizontal meridian shall not be less than a total of 140 degrees; ability to distinguish colors red, green and yellow; drivers requiring correction by glasses shall wear properly prescribed glasses at all times when driving.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Hearing.</I> Hearing shall not be less than 10/20 in the better ear, for conversational tones, without a hearing aid.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Liquor, narcotics and drugs.</I> Shall not be addicted to the use of narcotics or habit forming drugs, or the excessive use of alcoholic beverages or liquors.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Initial and periodic physical examination of drivers.</I> No person shall drive nor shall any motor carrier require or permit any person to drive any motor vehicle unless within the immediately preceding 36 month period such person shall have been physically examined and shall have been certified in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b)(8) of this section by a licensed doctor of medicine or osteopathy as meeting the requirements of this subsection.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Certificate of physical examination.</I> Every motor carrier shall have in its files at its principal place of business for every driver employed or used by it a legible certificate of a licensed doctor of medicine or osteopathy based on a physical examination as required by paragraph (b)(7) of this section or a legible copy thereof, and every driver shall have in his/her possession while driving, such a certificate or a copy thereof covering himself/herself.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Doctor's certificate.</I> The doctor's certificate shall certify as follows:
</P>
<HD1>Doctor's Certificate
</HD1>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>(Driver of Migrant Workers)
</HD3>
<P>This is to certify that I have this day examined ______________ in accordance with § 398.3(b) of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration and that I find him/her
</P>
<P>Qualified under said rules □
</P>
<P>Qualified only when wearing glasses □
</P>
<P>I have kept on file in my office a completed examination.
</P>
<P-DASH>
</P-DASH>
<FRP>(Date)
</FRP>
<FRP>(Place)
</FRP>
<FRP>(Signature of examining doctor)
</FRP>
<P-DASH>
</P-DASH>
<FRP>(Address of doctor)
</FRP>
<FP-DASH>Signature of driver
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Address of driver</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) <I>Minimum age and experience requirements.</I> No person shall drive, nor shall any motor carrier require or permit any person to drive, any motor vehicle unless such person possesses the following minimum qualifications:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Age.</I> Minimum age shall be 21 years.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Driving skill.</I> Experience in driving some type of motor vehicle (including private automobiles) for not less than one year, including experience throughout the four seasons.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Knowledge of regulations.</I> Familiarity with the rules and regulations prescribed in this part pertaining to the driving of motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Knowledge of English.</I> Every driver shall be able to read and speak the English language sufficiently to understand highway traffic signs and signals and directions given in English and to respond to official inquiries.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Driver's permit.</I> Possession of a valid permit qualifying the driver to operate the type of vehicle driven by him/her in the jurisdiction by which the permit is issued.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19765, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 40 FR 44557, Sept. 29, 1975; 83 FR 16227, Apr. 16, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 398.4" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.40.0.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 398.4   Driving of motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Compliance required.</I> Every motor carrier shall comply with the requirements of this part, shall instruct its officers, agents, representatives and drivers with respect thereto, and shall take such measures as are necessary to ensure compliance therewith by such persons. All officers, agents, representatives, drivers, and employees of motor carriers directly concerned with the management, maintenance, operation, or driving of motor vehicles, shall comply with and be conversant with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Driving rules to be obeyed.</I> Every motor vehicle shall be driven in accordance with the laws, ordinances, and regulations of the jurisdiction in which it is being operated, unless such laws, ordinances and regulations are at variance with specific regulations of this Administration which impose a greater affirmative obligation or restraint.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Driving while ill or fatigued.</I> No driver shall drive or be required or permitted to drive a motor vehicle while his/her ability or alertness is so impaired through fatigue, illness, or any other cause as to make it unsafe for him/her to begin or continue to drive, except in case of grave emergency where the hazard to passengers would be increased by observance of this section and then only to the nearest point at which the safety of passengers is assured.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Alcoholic beverages.</I> No driver shall drive or be required or permitted to drive a motor vehicle, be in active control of any such vehicle, or go on duty or remain on duty, when under the influence of any alcoholic beverage or liquor, regardless of its alcoholic content, nor shall any driver drink any such beverage or liquor while on duty.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Schedules to conform with speed limits.</I> No motor carrier shall permit nor require the operation of any motor vehicle between points in such period of time as would necessitate the vehicle being operated at speeds greater than those prescribed by the jurisdictions in or through which the vehicle is being operated.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Equipment and emergency devices.</I> No motor vehicle shall be driven unless the driver thereof shall have satisfied himself/herself that the following parts, accessories, and emergency devices are in good working order; nor shall any driver fail to use or make use of such parts, accessories, and devices when and as needed:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Service brakes, including trailer brake connections.
</FP-1>
<P>Parking (hand) brake.
</P>
<P>Steering mechanism.
</P>
<FP-1>Lighting devices and reflectors.
</FP-1>
<P>Tires.
</P>
<P>Horn.
</P>
<P>Windshield wiper or wipers.
</P>
<FP-1>Rear-vision mirror or mirrors.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Coupling devices.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fire extinguisher, at least one properly mounted.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Road warning devices, at least one red burning fusee and at least three flares (oil burning pot torches), red electric lanterns, or red emergency reflectors.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Safe loading</I>—(1) <I>Distribution and securing of load.</I> No motor vehicle shall be driven nor shall any motor carrier permit or require any motor vehicle to be driven if it is so loaded, or if the load thereon is so improperly distributed or so inadequately secured, as to prevent its safe operation.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Doors, tarpaulins, tailgates and other equipment.</I> No motor vehicle shall be driven unless the tailgate, tailboard, tarpaulins, doors, all equipment and rigging used in the operation of said vehicle, and all means of fastening the load, are securely in place.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Interference with driver.</I> No motor vehicle shall be driven when any object obscures his/her view ahead, or to the right or left sides, or to the rear, or interferes with the free movement of his/her arms or legs, or prevents his/her free and ready access to the accessories required for emergencies, or prevents the free and ready exit of any person from the cab or driver's compartment.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Property on motor vehicles.</I> No vehicle transporting persons and property shall be driven unless such property is stowed in a manner which will assure:
</P>
<P>(i) Unrestricted freedom of motion to the driver for proper operation of the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(ii) Unobstructed passage to all exits by any person; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Adequate protection to passengers and others from injury as a result of the displacement or falling of such articles.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Maximum passengers on motor vehicles.</I> No motor vehicle shall be driven if the total number of passengers exceeds the seating capacity which will be permitted on seats prescribed in § 398.5(f) when that section is effective. All passengers carried on such vehicle shall remain seated while the motor vehicle is in motion.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Rest and meal stops.</I> Every carrier shall provide for reasonable rest stops at least once between meal stops. Meal stops shall be made at intervals not to exceed six hours and shall be for a period of not less than 30 minutes duration.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Kinds of motor vehicles in which workers may be transported.</I> Workers may be transported in or on only the following types of motor vehicles: A bus, a truck with no trailer attached, or a semitrailer attached to a truck-tractor provided that no other trailer is attached to the semitrailer. Closed vans without windows or means to assure ventilation shall not be used.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Limitation on distance of travel in trucks.</I> Any truck when used for the transportation of migrant workers, if such workers are being transported in excess of 600 miles, shall be stopped for a period of not less than eight consecutive hours either before or upon completion of 600 miles travel, and either before or upon completion of any subsequent 600 miles travel to provide rest for drivers and passengers.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Lighting devices and reflectors.</I> No motor vehicle shall be driven when any of the required lamps or reflectors are obscured by the tailboard, by any and all lighting devices required by subpart B of part 393 of this subchapter shall be lighted during darkness or at any other time when there is not sufficient light to render vehicles and persons visible upon the highway at a distance of 500 feet.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Ignition of fuel; prevention.</I> No driver or any employee of a motor carrier shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Fuel a motor vehicle with the engine running, except when it is necessary to run the engine to fuel the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(2) Smoke or expose any open flame in the vicinity of a vehicle being fueled;
</P>
<P>(3) Fuel a motor vehicle unless the nozzle of the fuel hose is continuously in contact with the intake pipe of the fuel tank;
</P>
<P>(4) Permit any other person to engage in such activities as would be likely to result in fire or explosion.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Reserve fuel.</I> No supply of fuel for the propulsion of any motor vehicle or for the operation of any accessory thereof shall be carried on the motor vehicle except in a properly mounted fuel tank or tanks.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Driving by unauthorized person.</I> Except in case of emergency, no driver shall permit a motor vehicle to which he/she is assigned to be driven by any person not authorized to drive such vehicle by the motor carrier in control thereof.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Protection of passengers from weather.</I> No motor vehicle shall be driven while transporting passengers unless the passengers therein are protected from inclement weather conditions such as rain, snow, or sleet, by use of the top or protective devices required by § 398.5(f).
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Unattended vehicles; precautions.</I> No motor vehicle shall be left unattended by the driver until the parking brake has been securely set, the wheels chocked, and all reasonable precautions have been taken to prevent the movement of such vehicle.
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Railroad grade crossings; stopping required; sign on rear of vehicle.</I> Every motor vehicle shall, upon approaching any railroad grade crossing, make a full stop not more than 50 feet, nor less than 15 feet from the nearest rail of such railroad grade crossing, and shall not proceed until due caution has been taken to ascertain that the course is clear; except that a full stop need not be made at:
</P>
<P>(1) A street car crossing within a business or residence district of a municipality;
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad grade crossing where a police officer or a traffic-control signal (not a railroad flashing signal) directs traffic to proceed;
</P>
<P>(3) An abandoned or exempted grade crossing which is clearly marked as such by or with the consent of the proper state authority, when such marking can be read from the driver's position.
</P>
<FP>All such motor vehicles shall display a sign on the rear reading, “This Vehicle Stops at Railroad Crossings.”
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19765, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 40 FR 44557, Sept. 29, 1975; 86 FR 57077, Oct. 14, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 398.5" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.40.0.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 398.5   Parts and accessories necessary for safe operation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Compliance.</I> Every motor carrier and its officers, agents, drivers, representatives and employees directly concerned with the installation and maintenance of equipment and accessories shall comply and be conversant with the requirements and specifications of this part, and no motor carrier shall operate any motor vehicle, or cause or permit it to be operated, unless it is equipped in accordance with said requirements and specifications.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Lighting devices.</I> Every motor vehicle shall be equipped with the lighting devices and reflectors required by subpart B of part 393 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Brakes.</I> Every motor vehicle shall be equipped with brakes as required by subpart C of part 393 of this subchapter, except § 393.44 of this subchapter, and shall satisfy the braking performance requirements contained therein.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Coupling devices; fifth wheel mounting and locking.</I> The lower half of every fifth wheel mounted on any truck-tractor or dolly shall be securely affixed to the frame thereof by U-bolts of adequate size, securely tightened, or by other means providing at least equivalent security. Such U-bolts shall not be of welded construction. The installation shall be such as not to cause cracking, warping, or deformation of the frame. Adequate means shall be provided positively to prevent the shifting of the lower half of a fifth wheel on the frame to which it is attached. The upper half of every fifth wheel shall be fastened to the motor vehicle with at least the security required for the securing of the lower half to a truck-tractor or dolly. Locking means shall be provided in every fifth wheel mechanism including adapters when used, so that the upper and lower halves may not be separated without the operation of a positive manual release. A release mechanism operated by the driver from the cab shall be deemed to meet this requirement. On fifth wheels designed and constructed as to be readily separable, the fifth wheel locking devices shall apply automatically on coupling for any motor vehicle the date of manufacture of which is subsequent to December 31, 1952.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Tires.</I> Every motor vehicle shall be equipped with tires of adequate capacity to support its gross weight. No motor vehicle shall be operated on tires which have been worn so smooth as to expose any tread fabric or which have any other defect likely to cause failure. No vehicle shall be operated while transporting passengers while using any tire which does not have tread configurations on that part of the tire which is in contact with the road surface. No vehicle transporting passengers shall be operated with re-grooved, re-capped, or re-treaded tires on front wheels.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Passenger compartment.</I> Every motor vehicle transporting passengers, other than a bus, shall have a passenger compartment meeting the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Floors.</I> A substantially smooth floor, without protruding obstructions more than two inches high, except as are necessary for securing seats or other devices to the floor, and without cracks or holes.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Sides.</I> Side walls and ends above the floor at least 60 inches high, by attachment of sideboards to the permanent body construction if necessary. Stake body construction shall be construed to comply with this requirement only if all six-inch or larger spaces between stakes are suitably closed to prevent passengers from falling off the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Nails, screws, splinters.</I> The floor and the interior of the sides and ends of the passenger-carrying space shall be free of inwardly protruding nails, screws, splinters, or other projecting objects likely to be injurious to passengers or their apparel.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Seats.</I> On and after November 1, 1957, a seat shall be provided for each worker transported. The seats shall be: Securely attached to the vehicle during the course of transportation; not less than 16 inches nor more than 19 inches above the floor; at least 13 inches deep; equipped with backrests extending to a height of at least 36 inches above the floor, with at least 24 inches of space between the backrests or between the edges of the opposite seats when face to face; designed to provide at least 18 inches of seat for each passenger; without cracks more than two inches wide, and the exposed surfaces, if made of wood, planed or sanded smooth and free of splinters.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Protection from weather.</I> Whenever necessary to protect the passengers from inclement weather conditions, be equipped with a top at least 80 inches high above the floor and facilities for closing the sides and ends of the passenger-carrying compartment. Tarpaulins or other such removable devices for protection from the weather shall be secured in place.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Exit.</I> Adequate means of ingress and egress to and from the passenger space shall be provided on the rear or at the right side. Such means of ingress and egress shall be at least 18 inches wide. The top and the clear opening shall be at least 60 inches high, or as high as the side wall of the passenger space if less than 60 inches. The bottom shall be at the floor of the passenger space.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Gates and doors.</I> Gates or doors shall be provided to close the means of ingress and egress and each such gate or door shall be equipped with at least one latch or other fastening device of such construction as to keep the gate or door securely closed during the course of transportation; and readily operative without the use of tools.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Ladders or steps.</I> Ladders or steps for the purpose of ingress or egress shall be used when necessary. The maximum verticle spacing of footholds shall not exceed 12 inches, except that the lowest step may be not more than 18 inches above the ground when the vehicle is empty.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Hand holds.</I> Hand holds or devices for similar purpose shall be provided to permit ingress and egress without hazard to passengers.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Emergency exit.</I> Vehicles with permanently affixed roofs shall be equipped with at least one emergency exit having a gate or door, latch and hand hold as prescribed in paragraphs (f) (7) and (9) of this section and located on a side or rear not equipped with the exit prescribed in paragraph (f)(6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Communication with driver.</I> Means shall be provided to enable the passengers to communicate with the driver. Such means may include telephone, speaker tubes, buzzers, pull cords, or other mechanical or electrical means.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Protection from cold.</I> Every motor vehicle shall be provided with a safe means of protecting passengers from cold or undue exposure, but in no event shall heaters of the following types be used:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Exhaust heaters.</I> Any type of exhaust heater in which the engine exhaust gases are conducted into or through any space occupied by persons or any heater which conducts engine compartment air into any such space.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Unenclosed flame heaters.</I> Any type of heater employing a flame which is not fully enclosed.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Heaters permitting fuel leakage.</I> Any type of heater from the burner of which there could be spillage or leakage of fuel upon the tilting or overturning of the vehicle in which it is mounted.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Heaters permitting air contamination.</I> Any heater taking air, heated or to be heated, from the engine compartment or from direct contact with any portion of the exhaust system; or any heater taking air in ducts from the outside atmosphere to be conveyed through the engine compartment, unless said ducts are so constructed and installed as to prevent contamination of the air so conveyed by exhaust or engine compartment gases.
</P>
<P>(5) Any heater not securely fastened to the vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19765, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 77 FR 59828, Oct. 1, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 398.6" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.40.0.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 398.6   Hours of service of drivers; maximum driving time.</HEAD>
<P>No person shall drive nor shall any motor carrier permit or require a driver employed or used by it to drive or operate for more than 10 hours in the aggregate (excluding rest stops and stops for meals) in any period of 24 consecutive hours, unless such driver be afforded eight consecutive hours rest immediately following the 10 hours aggregate driving. The term “24 consecutive hours” as used in this part means any such period starting at the time the driver reports for duty.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 398.7" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.40.0.17.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 398.7   Inspection and maintenance of motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>Every motor carrier shall systematically inspect and maintain or cause to be systematically maintained, all motor vehicles and their accessories subject to its control, to ensure that such motor vehicles and accessories are in safe and proper operating condition.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19765, Dec. 25, 1968, as amended at 86 FR 57077, Oct. 14, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 398.8" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.40.0.17.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 398.8   Administration inspection of motor vehicles in operation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Administration personnel authorized to perform inspections.</I> All persons designated as Special Agents of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, as detailed in appendix B to part 390 of this chapter, are authorized to enter upon and perform inspections of motor carrier's vehicles in operation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prescribed inspection report.</I> The “Driver/Vehicle Examination Report” shall be used to record findings from motor vehicles selected for final inspection by authorized Administration employees.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Motor vehicles declared “out of service.”</I> (1) Authorized Administration employees shall declare and mark “out of service” any motor vehicle which by reason of its mechanical condition or loading is so imminently hazardous to operate as to be likely to cause an accident or a breakdown. The “Out of Service Vehicle” sticker shall be used to mark vehicles “out of service.”
</P>
<P>(2) No motor carrier shall require or permit any person to operate nor shall any person operate any motor vehicle declared and marked, “out of service” until all repairs required by the “out of service notice” on the “Driver/Vehicle Examination Report” have been satisfactorily completed. The term “operate” as used in this section shall include towing the vehicle; provided, however, that vehicles marked “out of service” may be towed away by means of a vehicle using a crane or hoist; and provided further, that the vehicle combination consisting of the emergency towing vehicle and the “out of service” vehicle meets the performance requirements of § 393.52 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(3) No person shall remove the “Out of Service Vehicle” sticker from any motor vehicle prior to completion of all repairs required by the “out of service notice” on the “Driver/Vehicle Examination Report.”
</P>
<P>(4) The person or persons completing the repairs required by the “out of service notice” shall sign the “Certification of Repairman” in accordance with the terms prescribed on the “Driver/Vehicle Examination Report,” entering the name of his/her shop or garage and the date and time the required repairs were completed. If the driver completes the required repairs, he/she shall sign and complete the “Certification of Repairman.”
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motor carrier's disposition of the “Driver/Vehicle Examination Report.”</I> (1) Motor carriers shall carefully examine the “Driver/Vehicle Examination Reports.” Any and all violations or mechanical defects noted thereon shall be corrected. To the extent drivers are shown not to be in compliance with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations, appropriate corrective action shall be taken by the motor carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) Motor carriers shall complete the “Motor Carrier Certification of Action Taken” on the “Driver/Vehicle Examination Report” in accordance with the terms prescribed thereon. Motor carriers shall return the “Driver/Vehicle Examination Reports” to the address indicated on the report within fifteen (15) days following the date of the vehicle inspection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 22881, May 17, 2018, as amended at 88 FR 80193, Nov. 17, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="399" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.41" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 399—EMPLOYEE SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 31502; and 49 CFR 1.87.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 43732, July 26, 1979, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.41.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subparts A-K [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.41.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Step, Handhold, and Deck Requirements for Commercial Motor Vehicles</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 399.201" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.41.2.17.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 399.201   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes step, handhold, and deck requirements on commercial motor vehicles. These requirements are intended to enhance the safety of motor carrier employees.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 399.203" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.41.2.17.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 399.203   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to all trucks and truck-tractors, having a high profile cab-over-engine (COE) configuration, for entrance, egress and back of cab access, manufactured on and after September 1, 1982.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 43732, July 26, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 56799, Nov. 19, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 399.205" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.41.2.17.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 399.205   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Cab-over-engine (COE)</I> A truck or truck-tractor having all, or the front portion, of the engine under the cab.
</P>
<P><I>COE—High profile</I> A COE having the door sill step above the height of the front tires.
</P>
<P><I>Deck plate</I> A horizontal surface designed to provide a person with stable footing for the performance of work such as the connection and disconnection of air and electrical lines, gaining access to permanently-mounted equipment or machinery or for similar needs.
</P>
<P><I>Door sill step</I> Any step normally protected from the elements by the cab door when closed.
</P>
<P><I>Effective peripheral grip</I> Any shaped surface, free of sharp edges, in which a full grasp can be made to secure a handhold by a person.
</P>
<P><I>Fingertip grasp</I> A handhold surface which provides a person contact restricted to finger segments 1 and/or 2 only; or which limits wrap-around closure of finger segment 1 with the palm of the hand to 90 degrees as shown in Illustration I.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.036.gif"/>
<P><I>Full grasp</I> A handhold surface which provides a person contact with finger segments 2 and 3 and which provides space for finger segment 1 to wrap around toward the palm of the hand beyond the 90-degree surface restriction shown in Illustration I. The handhold need not require contact between fingers and thumb. For example, the hand position shown in Illustration II qualifies as full grasp.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.037.gif"/>
<P><I>Ground</I> The flat horizontal surface on which the tires of a motor vehicle rest.
</P>
<P><I>Handhold</I> That which qualifies as providing full grasp if a person is able to find a hand position on the handhold which allows more than fingertip grasp.
</P>
<P><I>Handprint</I> The surface area contacted by the hand when grasping a handhold. The size of this area is the width of the hand across the metacarpal and half the circumference of the handhold. The hand breadth of the typical person is 88.9 millimeters (3.5 inches).
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> Any individual within the 5th percentile female adult through the 95th percentile male adult of anthropometric measures as described by the 1962 Health Examination Survey, “Weight, Height and Selected Body Dimensions of Adults, United States 1960-1962” which is incorporated by reference. It is Public Health Service publication No. 1000-Series 11-No. 8 and is for sale from the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Technical Information Service, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. When ordering use NTIS Accession No. PB 267174. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I> This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register on July 17, 1979. These materials are incorporated as they exist on the date of the approval and a notice of any change in these materials will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P><I>Slip resistant material</I> Any material designed to minimize the accumulation of grease, ice, mud or other debris and afford protection from accidental slipping.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 399.207" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.41.2.17.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 399.207   Truck and truck-tractor access requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General rule.</I> Any person entering or exiting the cab or accessing the rear portion of a high profile COE truck or truck-tractor shall be afforded sufficient steps and handholds, and/or deck plates to allow the user to have at least 3 limbs in contact with the truck or truck-tractor at any time. This rule applies to intermediate positions as well as transition between intermediate positions. To allow for changes in climbing sequence, the step design shall include, as a minimum, one intermediate step of sufficient size to accommodate two feet. <I>Exception.</I> If air and electrical connections necessary to couple or uncouple a truck-tractor from a trailer are accessible from the ground, no step, handholds or deck plates are required to permit access to the rear of the cab.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Performance requirements.</I> All high profile COE trucks or truck-tractors shall be equipped on each side of the vehicle where a seat is located, with a sufficient number of steps and handholds to conform with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and shall meet the performance requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Vertical height.</I> All measurements of vertical height shall be made from ground level with the vehicle at unladen weight.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Distance between steps.</I> The distance between steps, up to and including the door sill step, shall provide any person a stable resting position which can be sustained without body motion and by exerting no more arm force than 35 percent of the person's body weight per grasp during all stages of entry and exit. This criterion applies to intermediate positions as well as transition between intermediate positions above ground level.
</P>
<P>(i) When the ground provides the person foot support during entry or is the final step in the sequence during exit, and the step is 508 millimeters (20 inches) or more above ground, the stable resting position shall be achievable by the person using both hands to grasp the handhold(s) and requiring no more arm force than 35 percent of body weight per grasp.
</P>
<P>(ii) The vertical height of the first step shall be no more than 609 millimeters (24 inches) from ground level.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Construction.</I> Each step or deck plate shall be of a slip resistant design which minimizes the accumulation of foreign material. Wherever practicable, a self-cleaning material should be used.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Foot accommodation.</I> Step depth or clearance and step width necessary to accommodate a climbing person are defined by using a minimum 127 millimeter (5 inch) diameter disc as shown in Illustration III.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Single foot accommodation.</I> The disc shall fit on a tread rung, or in a step recess, with no exterior overhang.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Two-foot accommodation.</I> Two discs shall fit on a tread rung, or in a step recess, with no exterior overhang.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01ap91.038.gif"/>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The 127 millimeter (5 inch) disc is only intended to test for a minimum depth and width requirement. The step need not retain the disc at rest.</P></NOTE>
<P>(5) <I>Step strength.</I> Each step must withstand a vertical static load of at least 204 kilograms (450 pounds) uniformly distributed over any 127 millimeter (5 inch) increment of step width.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Handhold location.</I> A handhold must be located within the reach of any person entering or exiting the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Exterior mounting specifications for handholds.</I> Each handhold, affixed to the exterior of the vehicle, shall have at least 38 millimeters (1.5 inches) clearance between the handhold and the surface to which it is mounted for the distance between its mounting points.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Handhold size and shape.</I> Each handhold shall be free of sharp edges (minimum 1 millimeter [0.04 inch] radius) and have an effective peripheral grip length that permits full grasp by any person.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Handhold strength.</I> Each handhold shall withstand a horizontal static load of at least 114 kilograms (250 pounds) uniformly distributed over the area of a hand print and applied away from the mounting surface.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Deck plates.</I> Deck plates shall be on the rear of a truck-tractor as necessary to couple or uncouple air and/or electrical connections.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Deck plate strength.</I> Each deck plate shall be capable of withstanding the vertical static load of at least 205 kilograms (450 pounds) uniformly distributed over a 127 millimeter (5 inch) diameter disc.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 399.209" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.41.2.17.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 399.209   Test procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The force exerted on a handhold will be measured using a handheld spring scale or force transducer which can be attached to the vehicle and is free to rotate into alignment with a person's hand position.
</P>
<P>(b) Hand grasp will be evaluated by observing the handgrip of any individual who conforms with the definition of “person” appearing in § 399.205 of this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 399.211" NODE="49:5.1.1.2.41.2.17.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 399.211   Maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>All steps, handholds, and/or deck plates required by this subpart shall be adequately maintained to serve their intended function.
















</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>

</DIV4>

</DIV3>

</DIV2>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>July 6, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="6" NODE="49:6" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 49—Transportation--Volume 6</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<PTHD>Part
</PTHD>
<SUBTI>
<HED>SUBTITLE B—<E T="04">Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)</E>
</HED></SUBTI>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter iv</E>—Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security
</SUBJECT>
<PG>450
</PG>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter v</E>—National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Department of Transportation
</SUBJECT>
<PG>501


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>
<DIV2 N="Subtitle B" NODE="49:6.1" TYPE="SUBTITLE">
<HEAD>Subtitle B—Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)


</HEAD>

<DIV3 N="IV" NODE="49:6.1.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER IV—COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</HEAD>

<DIV4 N="A [RESERVED]   " NODE="49:6.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER A [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV4>


<DIV4 N="B" NODE="49:6.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER B—SAFETY APPROVAL OF CARGO CONTAINERS


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="400-449" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 400-449 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="450" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 450—GENERAL
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>46 U.S.C. 80503; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 450 appear at 74 FR 49241, Sept. 25, 2009, and at 77 FR 59790, Oct. 1, 2012.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.2.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.1" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.2.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subchapter establishes requirements and procedures for safety approval and periodic examination of cargo containers used in international transport, as defined in the International Safe Container Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37213, June 2, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.3" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.2.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In this subchapter: (1) <I>Approval Authority</I> means a delegate of the Commandant authorized to approve containers within the terms of the convention, the International Safe Container Act and this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Container</I> means an article of transport equipment:
</P>
<P>(i) Of a permanent character and suitable for a repeated use.
</P>
<P>(ii) Specially design to facilitate the transport of goods, by one or more modes of transport, without intermediate reloading.
</P>
<P>(iii) Designed to be secured and readily handled, having corner fittings for these purposes.
</P>
<P>(iv) Of a size that the area enclosed by the four outer bottom corners is either:
</P>
<P>(A) At least 14 sq.m. (150 sq.ft.), or
</P>
<P>(B) At least 7 sq.m. (75 sq.ft.) if it has top corner fittings. 
</P>
<P>(v) The term <I>container</I> includes neither vehicles nor packaging; however, containers when carried on chassis are included.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Convention</I> means the International Convention for Safe Containers (CSC) done at Geneva, December 2, 1972 and ratified by the United States on January 3, 1978.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>District Commander</I> means the Coast Guard officer designated by the Commandant to command a Coast Guard District.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>New Container</I> means a container, the construction of which began on or after September 6, 1977.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Existing Container</I> means a container that is not a new container.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37213, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982; 69 FR 58352, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.5" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.2.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.5   General requirements and applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every owner of a new or existing container used or offered for movement in international transport shall have the container approved in accordance with the procedures established by the Administration of any contracting party to the convention, except that existing containers need not be approved until September 6, 1982.
</P>
<P>(b) Every owner of an approved container used or offered for movement in international transport who:
</P>
<P>(1) Is domiciled in the United States and has the head office in the United States, or
</P>
<P>(2) Is domiciled in a country which is not a contracting party to the convention but has the principal office in the United States, shall have the container periodically examined in accordance with part 452 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Every owner of an approved container used or offered for movement in international transport who:
</P>
<P>(1) Is domiciled in the United States but has the principal office in the jurisdiction of another contracting party to the convention, or
</P>
<P>(2) Is domiciled in the jurisdiction of another contracting party to the convention but has the principal office in the United States, but elects to have the container examined in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the United States, shall conform to part 452 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) Every owner of an approved container used or offered for movement in international transport who is neither domiciled in nor has the principal office in the jurisdiction of a contracting party to the convention, but elects to have the container examined in accordance with procedures prescribed by the United States, shall conform to part 452 of this subchapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37213, June 2, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.7" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.2.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.7   Marking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On each container that construction begins on or after January 1, 1984, all maximum gross weight markings on the container must be consistent with the maximum gross weight information on the safety approval plate.
</P>
<P>(b) On each container that construction begins before January 1, 1984, all maximum gross weight markings on the container must be consistent with the gross weight information on the safety approval plate no later than January 1, 1989.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1625-0024)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 15562, Apr. 19, 1984, as amended at 71 FR 55747, Sept. 25, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.2.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Procedure for Delegation to Approval Authorities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.11" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.2.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.11   Application for delegation of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person or organization seeking delegation of authority to act as an Approval Authority may apply to the Commandant (CG-OES), Attn: Office of Operating and Environmental Standards, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. Each application must be signed and certified by the applicant or, if the applicant is an organization, by an authorized officer of the organization. A list of delegated approval authorities may be obtained from the Commandant (CG-OES).
</P>
<P>(b) The application must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name and address, including place of incorporation, if a corporation.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the organization, including the ownership, managerial structure, organizational components and directly affiliated agencies and their functions utilized for supporting technical services.
</P>
<P>(3) A listing of the basic technical services offered.
</P>
<P>(4) A general description of the geographic area served.
</P>
<P>(5) A general description of the clients being served or intended to be served.
</P>
<P>(6) A description of the types of work performed by the applicant in the past, noting the amount and extent of such work performed within the previous three years.
</P>
<P>(7) A description of the personnel to be utilized, indicating general background and qualifications, particularly for the surveyors to be involved in the actual witnessing of tests.
</P>
<P>(8) A description of its means of assuring continued competence of its personnel.
</P>
<P>(9) A detailed schedule of the fees proposed to be charged for the approval service.
</P>
<P>(10) Evidence of financial stability.
</P>
<P>(11) At least three business references who will furnish information regarding work performed by the applicant.
</P>
<P>(12) A statement that the Coast Guard may inspect the applicant's facilities and records of approvals under the convention and these regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) The application may contain any additional information the applicant deems to be pertinent.
</P>
<P>(d) The applicant must furnish any additional information to evaluate the applicant's qualifications, if requested by the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(e) Applications from foreign nationals or organizations must contain an affidavit stating that the agency responsible for implementing the Convention in their country has delegated to the applicant an approval authority, and that it also delegates similar authority to United States citizens or organizations having delegations from the United States. The affidavit must also contain the name and address of the agency to which U.S. citizens or organizations must apply for delegation as an approval authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37213, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982; 69 FR 58352, Sept. 30, 2004; 74 FR 49241, Sept. 25, 2009; 78 FR 60165, Sept. 30, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.12" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.2.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.12   Criteria for selection of Approval Authorities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard selects persons or organizations in accordance with the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) The person or organization is independent of manufacturers and owners in that:
</P>
<P>(i) It has sufficient breadth of interest or activity, so that the loss or award of a specific contract to approve containers would not be a substantial factor in the financial well-being of the organization.
</P>
<P>(ii) The employment status of the personnel of the organization is free from influence or control of manufacturers, owners, operators or lessors of containers.
</P>
<P>(2) The person or organization has demonstrated the ability to competently carry out the procedures required for approval.
</P>
<P>(3) The person or organization has an acceptable degree of financial security.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37213, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982; 69 FR 58352, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.13" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.2.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.13   Granting of delegation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard acts on applications for delegation within 60 days of receipt.
</P>
<P>(b) If an applicant for delegation does not provide sufficient information with regard to all the criteria for delegation, the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard denies the application. A denial of an application on this basis is without prejudice to the submission of a new or amended application.
</P>
<P>(c) If an applicant satisfies all the criteria for delegation the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard sends the applicant a letter of delegation, and assigns to the Approval Authority an alphabetic Approval Authority identification code.
</P>
<P>(d) If an applicant fails to satisfy all the criteria for delegation, the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard gives the applicant written notice of denial of his application. The notice contains all the reasons for the denial. The applicant may contest the denial by submitting additional oral or written evidence in support of its qualifications. Upon review of the evidence, the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard notifies the applicant of the final decision.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37213, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982; 69 FR 58352, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.14" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.2.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.14   Conditions of delegation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following conditions are part of every delegation: 
</P>
<P>(1) The Approval Authority shall use only testing equipment that it has determined by inspection to be suitable for the purpose.
</P>
<P>(2) All approval numbers issued by the Approval Authority must contain the identification code, assigned to the Approval Authority by the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(3) Each Approval Authority shall maintain the following records for a period of at least 15 years from the date of approval. (When the Approval Authority's delegation is withdrawn before such time, the records relating to the approvals issued within the prior 15 years must be turned over to the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard):
</P>
<P>(i) Each notice of approval issued.
</P>
<P>(ii) A copy of the application and final approved drawings (if applicable) to which each approval refers.
</P>
<P>(iii) The manufacturer's serial numbers and the owner's identification numbers of all containers covered by each approval.
</P>
<P>(4) Each Approval Authority shall establish and make available to the public a schedule of fees for the approval services performed under these regulations. The fees must not be disproportionate to the costs (including transportation expense, if any) actually incurred.
</P>
<P>(5) The Approval Authority shall grant the Coast Guard the right to inspect records and shall cooperate in the conduct of such inspections.
</P>
<P>(6) The Approval Authority shall comply with any other term or condition stated in its letter of delegation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37213, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982; 69 FR 58352, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.15" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.2.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.15   Termination of delegation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An Approval Authority may voluntarily terminate its delegation by giving written notice of its intent to the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard. This notice must contain the date on which the termination is to be effective.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37213, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982; 69 FR 58352, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 450.16" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.2.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 450.16   Withdrawal of delegation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard withdraws a delegation if: (1) It is determined that the application for delegation contained a material misrepresentation.
</P>
<P>(2) An Approval Authority fails to comply with a condition of delegation.
</P>
<P>(3) An Approval Authority is incompetent.
</P>
<P>(b) When a delegation is withdrawn, the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard gives to the Approval Authority:
</P>
<P>(1) Written notice of the facts or conduct believed to warrant the withdrawal.
</P>
<P>(2) Opportunity to submit oral or written evidence.
</P>
<P>(3) Opportunity to demonstrate or achieve compliance with the applicable requirement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37213, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982; 69 FR 58352, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="451" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 451—TESTING AND APPROVAL OF CONTAINERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>46 U.S.C. 80503; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 37214, June 2, 1980, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 451 appear at 74 FR 49241, Sept. 25, 2009, and at 77 FR 59790, Oct. 1, 2012.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Approval of Existing Containers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.1" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.1   Application for approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any owner of an existing container may apply for approval to the Commandant (CG-OES), Attn: Office of Operating and Environmental Standards, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509 or to any Approval Authority.
</P>
<P>(b) Each application must include the following for each container:
</P>
<P>(1) Date and place of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(2) Manufacturer's identification number, if available.
</P>
<P>(3) Maximum operating gross weight capacity.
</P>
<P>(4) Allowable stacking weight for 1.8G (1.8 × Gross weight in kilograms or pounds).
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This value is the total load the container is designed to support when subjected to a vertical acceleration of 1.8G.</P></NOTE>
<P>(5) A statement that the owner possesses documentary evidence that:
</P>
<P>(i) Container of this type has been safely used in marine or inland transport for a period of at least two years; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The container was manufactured to a design type which had been tested and found to comply with the technical conditions set out in Annex II to the convention with the exception of those technical conditions relating to the end-wall and side-wall strength tests; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The container was constructed to standards that were equivalent to the technical conditions set out in Annex II to the convention with the exception of those technical conditions relating to end-wall and side-wall strength tests.
</P>
<P>(6) A certification by the owner, or, if the owner is a corporation, partnership or unincorporated association, by a person authorized to make such statements for the organization, that the information provided in the application is true and correct.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37214, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982; 69 FR 58352, Sept. 30, 2004; 74 FR 49241, Sept. 25, 2009; 78 FR 60166, Sept. 30, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.3" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.3   Action by Approval Authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Approval Authority (or the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard, if the application was submitted to the Coast Guard) issues to the owner a notice of approval or notifies the owner in writing that approval is denied, setting forth the deficiencies causing denial. Notification of approval entitles the owner to affix a safety approval plate to each container after an examination of each container concerned has been carried out in accordance with part 452 of this subchapter. In the case of an application submitted to the Coast Guard, the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard acts on the application within 30 days of receipt of the application.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37214, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982; 69 FR 58352, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.5" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.5   Resubmission or appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon receipt of a denial of approval for certain containers, an owner may correct the noted deficiencies and resubmit the application without prejudice.
</P>
<P>(b) An applicant aggrieved by a decision of an approval authority may obtain review of the decision by the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard. The decision of the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard is a final agency action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37214, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982; 69 FR 58352, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.7" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.7   Alternative approval of existing containers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Existing containers that do not qualify for approval under this subpart may be presented for approval under the provisions of subpart B of this part. For such containers, the requirements of subpart B of this part, relating to the end and sidewall strength tests, do not apply. Upon showing that the containers have performed satisfactorily in service, the applicant may omit the presentation of drawings and testing, other than the lifting and floor strength test, if permitted by the approval authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37214, June 2, 1980, as amended at 69 FR 58352, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Approval of New Containers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.11" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.11   Application for approval-general.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An owner of a new container, or a manufacturer acting on behalf of an owner, may apply for approval to any approval authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.12" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.12   Application for approval by design type.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For approval of new containers by design type, each application must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Engineering drawings and plans showing platform, end framing, welds and hardware, connections of cross-members, top and bottom rails, roof bows, detailed subassemblies of major structural components and attachments, and any other plans and drawings required by the approval authority.
</P>
<P>(2) Design and material specifications including type and size of materials. Material specifications of the safety approval plate must also be given.
</P>
<P>(3) The manufacturer's identification number assigned to each container in the type series.
</P>
<P>(4) The identification code assigned to each container in the series by the owner, lessee, or bailee responsible for maintenance.
</P>
<P>(5) The written assurance from the manufacturer, that the manufacturer will:
</P>
<P>(i) Produce to the approval authority such containers as the approval authority may wish to examine;
</P>
<P>(ii) Advise the approval authority of any change in the design or specification and await its approval before affixing the Safety Approval Plate to the container;
</P>
<P>(iii) Affix the Safety Approval Plate to each container in the design type and to no others;
</P>
<P>(iv) Keep a record of containers manufactured to the approved design type containing at least the manufacturer's identification numbers, date of delivery, and names and addresses of customers to whom the containers are delivered; and
</P>
<P>(v) Supply to the approval authority the information contained in paragraphs (a)(3) and (4) of this section if not available at the time of original application.
</P>
<P>(6) A statement as to whether this design type has been examined by any approval authority previously and judged unacceptable. Affirmative statements must be documented with the name of the approving authority, the reason for nonacceptance, and the nature of modifications made to the design type.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37214, June 2, 1980, as amended at 69 FR 58353, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.13" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.13   Action by approval authority-approval by design type.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The approval authority arranges with the manufacturer, with notification to the owner, to witness the prototype tests required by the convention, and to examine any number of containers that the approval authority considers appropriate. Upon witnessing successful completion of prototype tests and examination of several containers the approval authority issues to the owner, a notice of approval which authorizes the attachment of safety approval plates to the containers. Absence of individual inspections will not relieve the manufacturer of any responsibility to maintain proper quality control. If a prototype container fails to pass the tests, the approval authority may require testing of as many further representative containers as necessary to ensure the adequacy of the design.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.14" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.14   Alternative approval of new containers by design type.</HEAD>
<P>(a) New containers manufactured before June 16, 1978 without being approved under the preceding section may be approved by submission to an approval authority of an application corresponding to that required under § 451.1(b) for existing containers. All new containers so approved must have safety approval plates affixed and receive their first periodic examination in accordance with the procedures prescribed in § 452.3 by January 1, 1985.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.15" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.15   Application for individual approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For approval of new containers by individual approval, each application must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer's identification number.
</P>
<P>(2) The identification code of the owner, lessee, or bailee responsible for maintenance of the container.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.16" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.16   Action by approval authority-individual approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The approval authority arranges with the manufacturer or owner to witness testing in accordance with Annex II to the convention. Upon witnessing successful completion of the tests, the approval authority issues to the owner a notice of approval that authorizes the attachment of a safety approval plate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.18" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.18   Review of denials of approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An applicant aggrieved by a decision of an approval authority may obtain review of the decision by the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard. The decision of the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard is a final agency action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37214, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982; 69 FR 58353, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Safety Approval Plate</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.21" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.21   Safety approval plate required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The safety approval plate must be supplied by the owner or manufacturer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.23" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.23   Plate specifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The safety approval plate must be of the size and in the format specified in the appendix to Annex I to the convention.
</P>
<P>(b) The safety approval plate must be:
</P>
<P>(1) Designed to withstand and remain legible after a 15 minute exposure to a medium intensity fire producing a temperature of 1,000 °F (540 °C), when mounted on the specified material of construction of the container.
</P>
<P>(2) Designed to resist the corrosive effects of its environment, both at sea and ashore, so as to remain legible for the working life of the container.
</P>
<P>(3) Designed to have a legible life expectancy equal to or greater than the life expectancy of the container to which the plate is affixed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 451.25" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.3.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 451.25   Required information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The safety approval number appearing on line 1 of the safety approval plate must be of the form “USA/(approval number, which includes the approval authority identification code)/(year in which approval was granted).”
</P>
<P>(b) The date upon which approval was granted must be the same for all containers of a design-type or type-series covered by one notice of approval.
</P>
<P>(c) The safety approval number must be the same for all containers of a design-type or type-series covered by one notice of approval.
</P>
<P>(d) The owner's International Organization for Standardization (ISO) alpha numeric identification numbers may be used in place of the manufacturer's identification numbers on line 3 of the safety approval plate. If owner's identification numbers are used and the manufacturer's are available, the owner shall keep records correlating the owner's identification numbers used with the manufacturer's number. If a container marked with owner's identification numbers changes ownership, and the owner's identification number is changed as a result, the new owner must add the new owner's identification number, following the original owner's identification number on line 3 of the safety approval plate. In the event that the new owner's identification number cannot be legibly added to line 3 of the safety approval plate following the original owner's identification number, the new owner is authorized to put a new safety approval plate on the freight container provided that all the information contained on the original safety approval plate is retained in the owners files.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="452" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 452—EXAMINATION OF CONTAINERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>46 U.S.C. 80503; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 452.1" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.4.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 452.1   Periodic examination required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided for in § 452.7, each owner of an approved container subject to this part shall examine the container or have it examined in accordance with the procedures prescribed in § 452.3 at intervals of not more than 30 months, except that for containers approved as new containers, the interval from the date of manufacture to the date of the first examination must not exceed five years. For containers approved, examined and plated as existing containers before January 1, 1985 and containers approved and plated as new containers before January 1, 1985, the subsequent examination must be carried out in accordance with the following schedule:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Date of initial plating
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subsequent examination
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Existing containers before Sept. 30, 1981 and new containers before Dec. 31, 1978</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Before Jan. 1986.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Existing containers between Oct. 1, 1981 and Sept. 30, 1982 and new containers between Jan. 1, 1979 and Dec. 31, 1979</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Before May 1986.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Existing containers between Oct. 1, 1982 and Sept. 30, 1983 and new containers between Jan. 1, 1980 and Dec. 31, 1980</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Before Sept. 1986.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Existing containers between Oct. 1, 1983 and Dec. 31, 1984 and new containers between Jan. 1, 1981 and Dec. 31, 1981</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Before Jan. 1987.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Containers plated under § 451.14 are considered existing containers in the above schedule.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) Upon completion of an examination required by this part, the owner shall mark on the safety approval plate, or on the container itself as close as practicable to the safety approval plate, the month and year before which the container must next be examined. This marking must be on all containers by January 1, 1987. The marking may be by a decal, sticker, stencil, or other means so long as it is capable of remaining legible for at least 24 months. Affixing such a marking to a container that has not been examined in accordance with § 452.3 constitutes a misrepresentation in a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States, and makes the owner punishable under 18 U.S.C. 1001.
</P>
<P>(c) The owner of containers subject to this section shall have those containers examined in accordance with the program prescribed in this section regardless of whether the examinations are preformed within or outside the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37216, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982; 49 FR 15562, Apr. 19, 1984; 69 FR 58353, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 452.3" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.4.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 452.3   Elements of periodic examinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Periodic examinations required by § 452.1 must conform to the following minimum requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Each examination must include a detailed visual inspection for defects such as cracks, failures, corrosion, missing or deteriorated fasteners, and any other safety related deficiency or damage which could place any person in danger. Any such deficiencies disclosed by the examination must be corrected by the owner before the container is continued in service.
</P>
<P>(2) Each examination must take into account the particular characteristics of various kinds of containers and materials of construction.
</P>
<P>(3) Each examination must be performed by qualified personnel, trained and experienced in the detection of container structural damage.
</P>
<P>(4) The examinations must be scheduled so as to allow adequate time for thorough performance.
</P>
<P>(5) Each examination must apply owner established or industry accepted pass/fail criteria to determine whether a container has any deficiency that must be remedied before the container is returned to service.
</P>
<P>(b) Examinations must be documented, and the records retained by the owner, until the next examination is completed and recorded. The records must include, in addition to identification of the container, a record of the date of last examination and a means of identifying the examiner. The records must be maintained in an office under the control of the owner and be made available for inspection by the Coast Guard upon demand. If the original records are maintained outside the United States, its territories or possessions, supplementary records must be available in written or data processing form to be produced on demand of the Commandant or his representative.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37216, June 2, 1980, as amended at 69 FR 58353, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 452.5" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.4.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 452.5   Examinations made in conjunction with other inspections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Periodic examinations may be made in conjunction with or as part of routine change-of-custody inspections, or in any other manner convenient to the owner so long as the examinations conform to the requirements of § 452.3.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37216, June 2, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 452.7" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.4.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 452.7   Continuous examination program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In lieu of a periodic examination under § 452.1, each owner of an approved container meeting § 450.5 may examine the container or have it examined using an approved continuous examination program. An owner must submit the continuous examination program for approval to the Commandant (CG-OES), Attn: Office of Operating and Environmental Standards, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. When submitting a continuous examination program for approval the owner must show the continuous examination complies with § 452.9.
</P>
<P>(b) The owner must mark the container with the letters “ACEP/USA/(year continuous examination program is approved)” to indicate the container is being periodically examined under an approved continuous examination program. This marking must be as close as practicable to the safety approval plate. This marking must be on all containers covered by a continuous examination program by January 1, 1987.
</P>
<P>(c) The owner of containers subject to this section shall have those containers examined in accordance with the program prescribed in this section regardless of whether the examinations are performed within or outside the United States.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(The information collection requirements contained in paragraphs (a) and (b) have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1625-0024)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 15562, Apr. 19, 1984, as amended at 69 FR 58353, Sept. 30, 2004; 74 FR 49241, Sept. 25, 2009; 74 FR 49241, Sept. 25, 2009; 77 FR 59790, Oct. 1, 2012; 78 FR 60166, Sept. 30, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 452.9" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.4.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 452.9   Elements of a continuous examination program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Examinations required by § 452.7 must conform to the following minimum requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) A thorough examination that must include a detailed visual inspection for defects such as cracks, failures, corrosion, missing or deteriorated fasteners, and any other safety related deficiency or damage that could place any person in danger. Any such deficiencies disclosed by the examination must be corrected by the owner before the container is continued in service. A thorough examination must be done each time a container undergoes a major repair, refurbishment or on-hire/off-hire interchange. In no case is the time period between thorough examinations to exceed 30 months.
</P>
<P>(2) Each thorough examination must be performed by qualified personnel, trained and experienced in the detection of container structural damage.
</P>
<P>(3) Each thorough examination must apply owner established or industry accepted pass/fail criteria to determine whether a container has any deficiency that must be remedied before the container is returned to service.
</P>
<P>(b) Thorough examinations must be documented, and the records retained by the owner, until the next examination is completed and recorded. The records must include, in addition to identification of the container, a record of the date of last examination and a means of identifying the examiner. The records must be maintained in an office under the control of the owner and be made available for inspection by the Coast Guard upon demand. If the original records are maintained outside the United States, its territories or possessions, supplementary records must be available in written or data processing form to be produced on demand of the Commandant or his representative.
</P>
<APPRO TYPE="N">(The information collection requirements contained in paragraph (b) have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1625-0024)
</APPRO>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 15562, Apr. 19, 1984, as amended at 69 FR 58353, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="453" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 453—CONTROL AND ENFORCEMENT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>46 U.S.C. 80503; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 453 appear at 74 FR 49241, Sept. 25, 2009.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 453.1" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.5.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 453.1   Unsafe and noncomplying containers subject to detention or control.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any container used in or offered for movement in international transport which does not have a valid safety approval plate attached to it is subject to detention or other control by a District Commander or Captain of the Port. However, upon receipt of evidence that a container which does not have a valid safety approval plate attached to it meets the standards of the convention, the District Commander or Captain of the Port may authorize limited movement of such container under conditions he deems appropriate. This paragraph becomes effective on January 3, 1979 for new containers and on January 1, 1985 for existing containers.
</P>
<P>(b) If a District Commander or Captain of the Port finds that a container used in or offered for movement in international transport, even though it has a valid safety approval plate attached to it, is in a condition that creates an obvious risk to safety, he issues a detention order causing the container to be removed from service until it is restored to a safe condition. In addition to removing a container from transport, a detention order may require any special handling, including unloading prior to movement, necessary to ensure safety.
</P>
<P>(c) If a District Commander or Captain of the Port finds that a container used or offered for movement in international transport has not been timely examined, the District Commander or Captain of the Port affixes to the container, at a place on the container where it will be readily noticeable to anyone loading or unloading the container, a mark or tag indicating that the container must be examined before being reloaded and again used in international transport. The mark or tag affixed by the District Commander or Captain of the Port indicates the place and the date on which it was affixed, and is capable of remaining legible and in place for at least 12 months. Such mark or tag must not be removed until the container is examined in accordance with § 452.3 of this subchapter. If a District Commander or Captain of the Port finds that container marked or tagged as provided for in this paragraph was reloaded and used or offered for movement in international transport without having been examined, the District Commander or Captain of the Port issues a detention order causing the container to be removed from service until it is brought into compliance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37217, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 453.3" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.5.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 453.3   Detention orders and other orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The terms of any detention order or other order issued under § 453.1, to the maximum extent practicable, make provisions to avoid loss or damage to cargo.
</P>
<P>(b) Written notice of any detention order or other order issued under § 453.1 is given immediately to the terminal operator, stevedore, or other person having actual control over the container involved. Prompt notification is also given to the owner of the container, or his agent. The notification identifies the container involved, its location, and describes the condition which gave rise to the order.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37217, June 2, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 453.5" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.5.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 453.5   Termination of detention orders and other orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a container, which is the subject of a detention order or other order, is restored to a safe condition or otherwise brought into compliance, it must be examined in accordance with § 452.3 and a new re-examination date marked on the container in accordance with § 452.1(b) of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The owner or the owner's agent shall notify the District Commander or Captain of the Port who issue the order, in writing, that the container has been brought into compliance. Upon giving such notice, the owner, or his agent, may return the container to service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37217, June 2, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 453.7" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.5.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 453.7   Appeal provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The owner, his agent, or the custodian of a container subject to a detention order or other order, may petition the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard to review that order.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard requires independent surveys to determine the extent of deficiencies, if necessary. Upon completion of his review, including review of the results of any required independent surveys, the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard affirms, sets aside, or modifies the order.
</P>
<P>(c) The owner of a container is liable for any costs incident to a petition for review including any independent surveys, and for any other costs incident to or resulting from detention or other control of a container.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless otherwise determined by the Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard, a detention order or other order remains in effect pending the outcome of any petition or appeal of that order.
</P>
<P>(e) The Chief, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), U.S. Coast Guard acts on all appeals within ten days of receipt.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 37217, June 2, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 50496, Nov. 8, 1982; 69 FR 58353, Sept. 30, 2004; 77 FR 59790, Oct. 1, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="454-499" NODE="49:6.1.1.2.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 454-499 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV4>

</DIV3>


<DIV3 N="V" NODE="49:6.1.2" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER V—NATIONAL HIGHWAY TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="500" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 500 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="501" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 501—ORGANIZATION AND DELEGATION OF POWERS AND DUTIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 105 and 322, and delegations of authority at 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 5938, Feb. 4, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 501.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.2.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part describes the organization of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), an operating administration within the U.S. Department of Transportation, and provides for the performance of duties imposed on, and the exercise of powers vested in, the Administrator of NHTSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.2.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.2   General.</HEAD>
<P>The responsibilities and authorities delegated to NHTSA and the Administrator are set forth in §§ 1.81, 1.94, and 1.95 of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.2.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.3   Organization and general responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>NHTSA consists of a headquarters organization located in Washington, DC, a unified field organization consisting of ten geographic regions with a Regional Office located in each region, the Vehicle Research and Test Center located in East Liberty, Ohio, and the Uniform Tire Quality Grading Test Facility located in San Angelo, Texas. The organization of, and general spheres of responsibility within, NHTSA are as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Office of the Administrator</I>—(1) <I>Administrator.</I> (i) Represents the Department and is the principal advisor to the Secretary in all matters related to 49 U.S.C. chapters 301, 303, 321, 323, 325, 327, 329 and 331; 23 U.S.C. chapter 4, except section 409; 23 U.S.C. 153, 154, 158, 161, 163, 164 and 313 (with respect to matters within the primary responsibility of NHTSA); and such other responsibilities and authorities as are delegated by the Secretary of Transportation (49 CFR 1.94 and 1.95);
</P>
<P>(ii) Establishes NHTSA program policies, objectives, and priorities and directs the development of action plans to accomplish the NHTSA mission;
</P>
<P>(iii) Directs, controls, and evaluates the organization, program activities, performance of NHTSA staff, program and field offices;
</P>
<P>(iv) Approves broad legislative, budgetary, fiscal and program proposals and plans; and
</P>
<P>(v) Takes management actions of major significance, such as those relating to changes in basic organizational structure, appointment of key personnel, allocation of resources, and matters of special political or public interest or sensitivity.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Deputy Administrator.</I> Assists the Administrator in discharging responsibilities. Directs and coordinates the Administration's management and operational programs, and related policies and procedures at headquarters and in the field.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Executive Director.</I> As the principal advisor to the Administrator and Deputy Administrator, provides direction on internal management and mission support programs. Provides executive direction over the Associate Administrators, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Information Officer.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Director, Office of Civil Rights.</I> As the principal advisor to the Administrator and Deputy Administrator on all matters pertaining to civil rights, serves as Director of Equal Employment Opportunity and of Title VI Compliance (Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations). Assures agency compliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), and other nondiscrimination statutes, regulations, Executive Orders, and policies. Periodically reviews and evaluates the civil rights programs of State Department of Motor Vehicles and Highway Safety Offices to ensure that recipients of NHTSA financial assistance meet applicable Federal civil rights requirements. Monitors the implementation of and compliance with civil rights requirements, investigates complaints of discrimination, conducts compliance reviews, provides technical assistance to recipients of NHTSA financial assistance and stakeholders, and provides assistance to the Office of the Secretary in investigating and adjudicating formal complaints of discrimination.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Director, Office of Governmental Affairs, Policy &amp; Strategic Planning.</I> As the principal advisor to the Administrator and Deputy Administrator on all intergovernmental matters, including communications with Congress, communicates agency policy and serves as coordinator on legislative affairs. Also, serves as coordinator of agency policy discussions and activities and communicates with other operating administrations and the Office of Secretary on strategic planning efforts.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Director of Communications.</I> As the principal advisor to the Administrator and Deputy Administrator on external communications and information dissemination, serves as coordinator on public affairs.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Chief Counsel.</I> As chief legal officer for the Administrator and the Administration, provides general legal services and legal services related to legislative activities; prepares litigation and issues subpoenas; and effects rulemaking actions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Associate Administrators, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Information Officer</I>—(1) <I>Associate Administrator for Administration.</I> Administers and conducts NHTSA's personnel management activities; initiates and oversees a comprehensive program of administrative support services to meet agency requirements, including development, maintenance, and operation of NHTSA's manuals, notices, and orders, property management, and the purchase, delivery, and administration of a range of supplies, equipment, and other support services; is responsible for administrative operational expenses and working capital fund operations; serves as the agency's technical expert for all administrative activities; and administers an executive correspondence program and maintains policy files for the Administrator and Deputy Administrator.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Associate Administrator for Communications and Consumer Information.</I> Represents NHTSA to the general public and others; provides reliable, timely, and accurate traffic safety information to the general public, consumers, partner organizations, and citizens groups through media and public education efforts; and provides scheduling and speechwriting support for the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Associate Administrator for Enforcement.</I> Directs matters related to the enforcement of motor vehicle safety, fuel economy, theft prevention, damageability, consumer information, and odometer laws and regulations; conducts testing, inspection, and investigation necessary for the identification and correction of safety-related defects in motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment; and ensures recalls of noncomplying and defective vehicles and motor vehicle equipment are effective and are conducted in accordance with Federal law and regulations.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Associate Administrator for National Center for Statistics and Analysis.</I> Provides the data, analysis, and evaluation to support determination of the nature, causes, and injury outcomes of motor vehicle traffic crashes, the strategies and interventions that will reduce crashes and their consequences, and the potential impact, costs, and benefits of highway safety programs and regulatory activities; targets the collection and analysis of data and the dissemination of information to identify potential highway safety problems, evaluate expected program and regulatory impact and actual goal achievement, and support data driven decisions; and identifies, advances, and promotes new methodologies, technologies, systems, and procedures that improve the completeness, accuracy, timeliness, and accessibility of data collection, analysis, and evaluation.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Associate Administrator for Regional Operations and Program Delivery.</I> Directs the management of State and community highway safety programs; administers and coordinates all Regional activities, including activities having a headquarters-regional interface; develops, reviews, implements, and coordinates related programs, policies, and procedures; and coordinates with the Federal Highway Administration, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, and other Federal agencies on traffic safety programs, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Associate Administrator for Research and Program Development.</I> Administers traffic safety programs and provides national leadership and technical assistance to States, local communities, national organizations, and other partners in the identification, research, planning, development, demonstration, implementation, evaluation, and dissemination of highway safety programs designed to prevent or reduce traffic-related crashes and the resulting deaths, injuries, property damage, and associated costs. Coordinates with the Federal Highway Administration, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, and other Federal agencies on traffic safety programs, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Associate Administrator for Rulemaking.</I> Develops and promulgates Federal standards dealing with motor vehicle safety, theft prevention, consumer information, the National Driver Register, and fuel economy, and directs programs relating to bumper standards, safety performance standards, and other regulations for new and used motor vehicles and equipment, including tires. Develops and conducts the New Car Assessment Program.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Associate Administrator for Vehicle Safety Research.</I> Develops and conducts research, development, test, and evaluation programs and projects necessary to support consumer information programs, guidelines, industry voluntary standards, and Federal motor vehicle regulations; manages the facilities and programs related to these activities; and conducts crash data analyses in defining safety problems.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Chief Financial Officer.</I> Administers the agency planning and budget activities in coordination with the Department of Transportation, the Office of Management and Budget, and Congress; assures the appropriate development of budget requests and the subsequent execution of operating budgets within the agency to meet all programmatic requirements; conducts all necessary accounting transactions to assure full and accurate accountability for all financial resources of the agency; initiates and oversees a comprehensive program of acquisition support for agency buying and supplier requirements, including acquisition planning, purchasing, payments, and administration; facilitates, coordinates, tracks, and monitors all external audits, reviews, and other oversight activities of agency programs, finances, transactions, or activities—working closely with responsible program and operational officials; facilitates and oversees the agency travel program, including the administration and operation of the travel management system, the travel card program, and the provision of travel management advice and guidance; and serves as the agency's technical expert for all financial management activities.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Chief Information Officer.</I> Administers all NHTSA Information Technology functions and needs to ensure that IT resources are effectively acquired and managed to maximize mission performance and return on IT investments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.2.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.4   Succession to Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Deputy Administrator is the “first assistant” to the Administrator for purposes of the Federal Vacancies Reform Act of 1998 (5 U.S.C. 3345-3349d) and shall, in the event the Administrator dies, resigns, or is otherwise unable to perform the functions and duties of the office, serve as the Acting Administrator, subject to the limitations established by law.
</P>
<P>(b) In the event both the Administrator and the Deputy Administrator die, resign, and/or are otherwise unable to perform the functions and duties of their respective offices, or in the event that both positions are vacant, the following officials, subject to paragraph (c) and in the order indicated, shall serve as Acting Deputy Administrator and shall perform the functions and duties of the Administrator, except for any non-delegable statutory and/or regulatory functions and duties:
</P>
<P>(1) The Chief Counsel;
</P>
<P>(2) The Executive Director;
</P>
<P>(3) Further officials as may be designated in an internal order on succession.
</P>
<P>(c) In order to qualify for the line of succession, officials must be encumbered in their position on a permanent basis.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.2.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.5   Exercise of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All authorities lawfully vested in and reserved to the Administrator in this title, part, or other NHTSA regulation or directive may be exercised by the Deputy Administrator and, in the absence or disability of both officials, by the Chief Counsel, unless specifically prohibited by statute, regulation, or order.
</P>
<P>(b) In exercising the powers and performing the duties delegated by this part, officers of NHTSA and their delegates are governed by applicable laws, executive orders, regulations, and other directives, and by policies, objectives, plans, standards, procedures, and limitations as may be issued from time to time by or on behalf of the Secretary of Transportation, the Administrator, the Deputy Administrator, the Chief Counsel, and the Executive Director or, with respect to matters under their jurisdiction, by or on behalf of the Associate Administrators, the Regional Administrators, and the Directors of Staff Offices.
</P>
<P>(c) Each officer to whom authority is delegated by this part may redelegate and authorize successive redelegations of that authority subject to any conditions the officer prescribes.
</P>
<P>(d) Each officer to whom authority is delegated will administer and perform the functions described in the officer's respective functional statements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.2.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.6   Secretary's reservations of authority.</HEAD>
<P>The authorities reserved to the Secretary of Transportation are set forth in § 1.21 of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.2.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.7   Administrator's reservations of authority.</HEAD>
<P>The delegations of authority in this part do not extend to the following authority, which is reserved to the Administrator, except when exercised pursuant to §§ 501.4 and 501.5(a):
</P>
<P>(a) The authority under 23 U.S.C. chapter 4 (except section 403) and any uncodified provision of law to apportion authorization amounts and distribute obligation limitations or award grants to States for highway safety programs or other highway safety purposes;
</P>
<P>(b) The authority to issue, amend, or revoke uniform State highway safety guidelines and rules identifying highly effective highway safety programs under 23 U.S.C. 402;
</P>
<P>(c) The authority to fix the rate of compensation for non-government members of agency sponsored committees which are entitled to compensation.
</P>
<P>(d) The authority under 49 U.S.C. chapter 301 to:
</P>
<P>(1) Issue, amend, or revoke final Federal motor vehicle safety standards and regulations;
</P>
<P>(2) Make final decisions concerning alleged safety-related defects and noncompliances with Federal motor vehicle safety standards;
</P>
<P>(3) Grant or renew temporary exemptions from Federal motor vehicle safety standards; and
</P>
<P>(4) Grant or deny appeals from determinations upon a manufacturer's petition for decision of inconsequential defect or noncompliance and exemption from the notification and remedy requirements of 49 U.S.C. chapter 301 in connection with a defect or noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(e) The authority under 49 U.S.C. chapters 303, 321, 323, 325, and 329 (except section 32916(b)) to:
</P>
<P>(1) Issue, amend, or revoke final rules and regulations; and
</P>
<P>(2) Assess civil penalties and approve manufacturer fuel economy credit plans under chapter 329.
</P>
<P>(f) The authority to carry out, in coordination with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administrator, the authority vested in the Secretary by 49 U.S.C. chapter 311 subchapter III, to promulgate safety standards for commercial motor vehicles and equipment subsequent to initial manufacture when the standards are based upon and similar to a Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard promulgated, either simultaneously or previously, under 49 U.S.C. chapter 301.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 501.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.2.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 501.8   Delegations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Deputy Administrator.</I> The Deputy Administrator is delegated authority to act for the Administrator, except where specifically limited by law, order, regulation, or instructions of the Administrator. The Deputy Administrator is delegated authority to assist the Administrator in providing executive direction to all organizational elements of NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Executive Director.</I> The Executive Director is delegated line authority for executive direction over the Associate Administrators, the Chief Financial Officer, and the Chief Information Officer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Director, Office of Civil Rights.</I> The Director, Office of Civil Rights is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Serve as the Director of Equal Employment Opportunity.
</P>
<P>(2) Serve as the compliance coordinator for:
</P>
<P>(i) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d <I>et seq.</I>), as amended, and related regulations;
</P>
<P>(ii) Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973;
</P>
<P>(iii) The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Other nondiscrimination statutes, regulations, Executive Orders, and policies.
</P>
<P>(3) Investigate complaints of civil rights discrimination, conduct compliance reviews, and provide technical assistance to recipients of NHTSA financial assistance and stakeholders.
</P>
<P>(4) Review and evaluate the civil rights programs of State Department of Motor Vehicles and Highway Safety Offices to ensure that recipients of NHTSA financial assistance meet applicable Federal civil rights requirements.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Chief Counsel.</I> The Chief Counsel is delegated authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Exercise the powers and perform the duties of the Administrator with respect to:
</P>
<P>(i) Issuing odometer regulations authorized under 49 U.S.C. chapter 327.
</P>
<P>(ii) Providing technical assistance and granting extensions of time to the states under 49 U.S.C. 32705.
</P>
<P>(iii) Granting or denying petitions for approval of alternate motor vehicle mileage disclosure requirements under 49 U.S.C. 32705.
</P>
<P>(2) Establish the legal sufficiency of all investigations and enforcement actions conducted under the authority of 49 U.S.C. chapters 301, 303, 321, 323, 325, 327, 329 and 331; to make an initial penalty demand based on a violations of any of these chapters; and to compromise:
</P>
<P>(i) Any civil penalty imposed under 49 U.S.C. 30165 in an amount of $1,000,000 or less.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any civil penalty or monetary settlement other than those imposed under 49 U.S.C. 30165 in an amount of $100,000 or less.
</P>
<P>(3) Exercise the powers of the Administrator under 49 U.S.C. 30166(c), (g), (h), (i), and (k).
</P>
<P>(4) Issue subpoenas, after notice to the Administrator, for the attendance of witnesses and production of documents pursuant to 49 U.S.C. chapters 301, 321, 323, 325, 327, 329 and 331.
</P>
<P>(5) Issue authoritative interpretations of the statutes administered by NHTSA and the regulations issued by the agency.
</P>
<P>(6) Administer 5 U.S.C. 552 (FOIA) and 49 CFR part 7 (Public Availability of Information) in connection with the records of NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(7) Administer the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, and 49 CFR part 10 (Maintenance of and Access to Records Pertaining to Individuals) in connection with the records of NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(8) Carry out the functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary for 23 U.S.C. 313 (Buy America), with respect to matters within the primary responsibility of NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Associate Administrator for Administration.</I> The Associate Administrator for Administration is delegated authority to administer and conduct NHTSA's personnel management activities; conduct administrative and management services in support of NHTSA missions and programs; and administer an executive correspondence program.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Associate Administrator for Communications and Consumer Information.</I> The Associate Administrator for Communications and Consumer Information is delegated authority to manage and coordinate market research, planning coordination, development, and promotion of public education campaigns for both paid media and unpaid public services to support program efforts; develop overall agency messaging and communications strategies in support of program initiatives; and develop agency policies on messaging and communications procedures and processes.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Associate Administrator for Enforcement.</I> The Associate Administrator for Enforcement is delegated authority to administer the NHTSA enforcement program for all laws, standards, and regulations pertinent to vehicle safety, fuel economy, theft prevention, damageability, consumer information, and odometers, authorized under 49 U.S.C. chapters 301, 323, 325, 327, 329, and 331; conduct testing, inspection, and investigation necessary for the identification and correction of safety-related defects in motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment and noncompliances with Federal motor vehicle safety standards; make initial decisions concerning alleged safety-related defects and noncompliances with Federal motor vehicle safety standards; grant or deny a manufacturer's petition for decision of inconsequential defect or noncompliance and exemption from the notification and remedy requirements of 49 U.S.C. chapter 301 in connection with a defect or noncompliance; issue regulations relating to the importation of motor vehicles under 49 U.S.C. 30141-30147; and grant and deny petitions for import eligibility determinations submitted to NHTSA by motor vehicle manufacturers and registered importers under 49 U.S.C. 30141.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Associate Administrator for National Center for Statistics and Analysis.</I> The Associate Administrator for National Center for Statistics and Analysis is delegated authority to provide the data, analysis, and evaluation and create and maintain information systems necessary to support the purposes of 49 U.S.C. chapters 301, 303, 323, 325, 327, 329, and 331, 23 U.S.C. chapter 4, any uncodified provisions of law related to such issues, and any cross-cutting safety initiatives; to develop, maintain, and operate the National Driver Register and a nationwide clearinghouse of problem drivers; and to support State integrated highway and traffic records safety information systems.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Associate Administrator for Regional Operations and Program Delivery.</I> The Associate Administrator for Regional Operations and Program Delivery is delegated authority, except for authority reserved to the Administrator, to exercise the powers and perform the duties of the Administrator with respect to grants to States for highway safety programs or other State programs under 23 U.S.C. chapter 4 (except section 403) and uncodified provisions of law, including approval and disapproval of State highway safety plans and vouchers, in accordance with the procedural requirements of the Administration. The Associate Administrator for Regional Operations and Program Delivery is also delegated authority over programs with respect to the authority vested by section 210(2) of the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 7544(2)); the authority vested by 49 U.S.C. 20134(a) with respect to laws administered by NHTSA pertaining to highway, traffic, and motor vehicle safety, in coordination with the Associate Administrator for Research and Program Development; the authority vested by 23 U.S.C. 153, 154, 158, 161, 163, and 164, in coordination with the Federal Highway Administrator as appropriate; and the authority vested by 23 U.S.C. 404, in coordination with the Associate Administrator for Communications and Consumer Information.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Associate Administrator for Research and Program Development.</I> The Associate Administrator for Research and Program Development is delegated authority to develop and conduct research and development programs and projects necessary to support the purposes of 23 U.S.C. chapter 4, any uncodified provisions of law related to that chapter, and cross-cutting safety initiatives; conduct research and development activities described or specifically enumerated in 23 U.S.C. 403; carry out the functions and exercise the authority vested in the Secretary and Administrator under section 10202 of the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users, Public Law 109-59 [42 U.S.C. 300d-4], as amended by section 31108 of the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act, Public Law 112-141, relating to emergency medical services, except for authority reserved to the Secretary under § 1.21 or the Administrator under § 501.7; and exercise the authority vested by 49 U.S.C. 20134(a) with respect to laws administered by NHTSA pertaining to highway, traffic, and motor vehicle safety, in coordination with the Associate Administrator for Regional Operations and Program Delivery.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Associate Administrator for Rulemaking.</I> The Associate Administrator for Rulemaking is delegated authority, except for authority reserved to the Administrator or delegated to the Chief Counsel, to exercise the powers and perform the duties of the Administrator with respect to the setting of motor vehicle safety and theft prevention standards, fuel economy standards, procedural regulations, the National Driver Register, and the development of consumer information and odometer regulations authorized under 49 U.S.C. chapters 301, 303, 321, 323, 325, 327, 329, and 331, and any uncodified provisions of law related to such issues. The Associate Administrator for rulemaking is also delegated authority to perform activities that support the development of these regulations and standards; extend comment periods (both self-initiated and in response to a petition or request for extension of time) for noncontroversial rulemakings; make technical amendments or corrections to a final rule; extend the effective date of a noncontroversial final rule; and develop and conduct the New Car Assessment Program.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Associate Administrator for Vehicle Safety Research.</I> The Associate Administrator for Vehicle Safety Research is delegated authority to develop and conduct research, development, test, and evaluation programs and projects necessary to support the purposes of 49 U.S.C. chapters 301, 323, 325, 327, 329, and 331, any uncodified provisions of law related to such issues, and any cross-cutting safety initiatives.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Chief Financial Officer.</I> The Chief Financial Officer is delegated authority to direct the NHTSA planning and evaluation system in conjunction with Departmental requirements and planning goals; coordinate the development of the Administrator's plans, budgets, and programs, and analyses of their expected impact; exercise procurement authority with respect to NHTSA requirements; administer NHTSA financial management programs, including systems of funds control and accounts of all financial transactions; and enter into inter- and intra-departmental reimbursable agreements other than with the head of another Department or agency, provided that this authority to enter into such agreements may be redelegated only to Office Directors and Contracting Officers.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Chief Information Officer.</I> The Chief Information Officer is delegated authority to formulate IT policy, guidance, procedures, security, and best practices; implement an IT capital planning program, an integrated Enterprise Architecture program, and a mission information protection program that ensures privacy, security, and critical infrastructure protection for NHTSA systems and data; and provide for other NHTSA IT functions to support the agency's mission, performance goals, and objectives.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="509" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 509—OMB CONTROL NUMBERS FOR INFORMATION COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>44 U.S.C. 3507.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 509.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.3.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 509.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part collects and displays the control numbers assigned to information collection requirements of NHTSA by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). NHTSA intends that this part comply with the requirements of 44 U.S.C. 3507(f), which mandates that agencies display a current control number assigned by the Director of the OMB for each agency information collection requirement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 51310, Nov. 8, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 509.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.3.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 509.2   Display.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">49 CFR part or section containing information collection requirement 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">OMB control No.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 512</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0025
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 537</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0019
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 538</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0554
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 541</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0510
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 542</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0539
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 543</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0542
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 544</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0547
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Section 551.45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0040
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 552 and Part 527</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0046
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 556</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0045
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 557</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0039
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 566</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0043
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Consolidated owners' manual requirements for vehicles and equipment (§§ 571.126, 571.205 571.208, 571.210, and 575.105)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0541
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Consolidatd labeling requirements for tires and rims (parts 569 and 574, §§ 571.109, 571.110, 571.117, 571,119, and 571.120)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Consolidated VIN and Theft Prevention Standard and Labeling Requirements (parts 541, 565, 567 and § 571.115)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0510
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Consolidated lighting requirements (part 564 and § 571.108)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0563
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Section 571.106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0052
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Section 571.116</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0521
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Section 571.125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0506
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Section 571.205</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0038
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Section 571.209</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0512
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Section 571.213</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0511
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Section 571.214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0558
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Section 571.217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0505
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Section 571.218</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0518
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 573</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0004
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 574</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0050
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 575 excluding UTQGS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0049
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Section 575.104 (UTQGS)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0519
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 576</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0042
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 580</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0047
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Part 585</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0535
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Parts 591 and 592</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2127-0002</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 21215, May 19, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="510" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 510—INFORMATION GATHERING POWERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 112 and 119, National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act 1966, as amended (15 U.S.C. 1401 and 1407); secs. 104, 204, 414, and 505, Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. 1914, 1944, 1990d, and 2005); delegation of authority (49 CFR 1.51).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 29042, May 1, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 510.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.4.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.1   Scope and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This rule governs the use of the information gathering powers of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration contained in section 112 of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966, as amended 15 U.S.C. 1401, and sections 104, 204, 414, and 505 of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, as amended 15 U.S.C. 1914, 1944, 1990d, and 2005.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.4.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>NHTSA</I> means the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Chief Counsel</I> means the Chief Counsel of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Deputy Administrator</I> means the Deputy Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Person</I> includes agents, officers, and employees of sole proprietorships, partnerships, corporations, and other entities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 29042, May 1, 1980; 45 FR 32001, May 15, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.4.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.3   Compulsory process, the service thereof, claims for confidential treatment, and terms of compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) NHTSA may use any of the following means to conduct investigations, inspections, or inquiries to obtain information to carry out its functions under the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 1381 <I>et seq.,</I> and the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 1901 <I>et seq.</I>:
</P>
<P>(1) Subpoenas;
</P>
<P>(2) Information gathering hearings;
</P>
<P>(3) Administrative depositions;
</P>
<P>(4) General or special orders; and
</P>
<P>(5) Written requests for the production of documents and things.
</P>
<P>(b) A person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity served with compulsory process under this part shall be provided with the following information at the time of the service:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity to which the process is addressed;
</P>
<P>(2) The statutory provision under which the compulsory process is issued;
</P>
<P>(3) The date, time, and place of return;
</P>
<P>(4) A brief statement of the subject matter of the investigation, inspection, or inquiry; and
</P>
<P>(5) In the case of a subpoena <I>duces tecum</I> or a written request for the production of documents and things, a reasonably specific description of the documents or things to be produced.
</P>
<P>(c) Service of the compulsory processes specified in paragraph (a) of this section is effected:
</P>
<P>(1) By personal service upon the person, agent-in-charge, or agent designated to receive process under 15 U.S.C. 1399(e) of the sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation or other entity being investigated, inspected, or inquired of; or
</P>
<P>(2) By mail (registered or certified) or delivery to the last known residence or business address of such person or agent.
</P>
<P>(d) The date of service of any compulsory process specified in paragraph (a) of this section is the date on which the process is mailed by the agency, or delivered in person, as the case may be. Whenever a period is prescribed for compliance with compulsory process, and the process is served upon the party by mail, 3 days are added to the period.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) Any person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity submitting information or producing documents or things in response to any compulsory process issued under this part may request confidential treatment for all or part of that information or for those documents or things.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section, requests for confidentiality shall be in writing, and addressed to the Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(ii) Requests for confidentiality made during an information gathering hearing or an administrative deposition may be made orally to the presiding officer. Any oral request for confidentiality shall be supplemented by a written request, and this written request must be addressed to the Chief Counsel and received by NHTSA within five days of the date of the oral request.
</P>
<P>(iii) A written request for confidentiality under paragraph (e) of this section shall specify the information, documents, or things which are to be kept confidential, specify the grounds upon which the claim is based, provide such information as may be necessary to permit the NHTSA to determine whether the claim is valid, and specify the period of time for which confidential treatment is requested.
</P>
<P>(f) The Chief Counsel, or his or her delegate, is authorized to negotiate and approve the terms of satisfactory compliance with any compulsory process issued under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.4.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.4   Subpoenas, generally.</HEAD>
<P>NHTSA may issue to any person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity a subpoena requiring the production of documents or things (subpoena duces tecum) and testimony of witnesses (subpoena ad testificandum), or both, relating to any matter under investigation or the subject of any inquiry. Subpoenas are issued by the Chief Counsel. When a person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity is served with a subpoena ad testificandum under this part, the subpoena will describe with reasonable particularity the matters on which the testimony is required. In response to a subpoena ad testificandum, the sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity so named shall designate one or more officers, directors, or managing agents, or other persons who consent to testify on its behalf, and set forth, for each person designated, the matters on which he or she will testify. The persons so designated shall testify as to matters known or reasonably available to the entity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 26261, July 12, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.4.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.5   Information gathering hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) NHTSA may issue a subpoena to compel any person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity to provide information at an information gathering hearing. The subpoenas are used for the purpose of obtaining testimony from a witness under oath and obtaining relevant documents and things. The Administrator, or a NHTSA employee designated by the Administrator, presides at the hearing. Information gathering hearings are open to the public unless the presiding officer rules otherwise, and the hearings are stenographically reported.
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to the presiding officer, one or more other persons may comprise the panel. Each member of the panel may question any witness at the hearing. No person who is not a member of the panel may ask questions of a witness. However, any person may submit to the panel, in writing, proposed questions to be asked of a witness. A member of the panel may pose these questions to the witness if that member deems the questions useful and appropriate. Proposed questions may be submitted to the panel at any time before or during the course of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(c) The stenographic record of each witness's testimony will be available to the public, unless the testimony was not given publicly and the witness requests confidential treatment for some or all of his or her testimony. When an oral request for confidential treatment is made during the course of a witness's testimony, the presiding officer may order the hearing closed to the public at that point and continue the questioning of the witness, or may note the request for confidentiality and direct the witness not to answer the question at that time, but require the witness to answer the question in writing within some specified period, or take such other action as the presiding officer deems appropriate. If a request for confidential treatment is made, the release of the record is governed by the applicable laws or regulations relating to the handling of allegedly confidential information. To the extent that some or all of a witness's testimony is not publicly available, that witness may procure a copy of his or her testimony as recorded upon payment of lawfully prescribed costs.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Any person who is required by subpoena or designated by an entity that is required by subpoena to provide information at an information gathering hearing conducted under this section may be accompanied, represented, and advised by counsel. Any member of the bar of a Federal court or the courts of any State or Territory of the United States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, or the District of Columbia, and any representative, official, or employee of the sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation or other entity under subpoena may act as counsel.
</P>
<P>(2) A witness appearing in response to subpoena may confer in confidence with his or her counsel or representative concerning any questions asked of the witness. If such witness, counsel, or representative objects to a question, he or she shall state the objection and basis therefor on the record.
</P>
<P>(e) The presiding officer at an information gathering hearing takes all necessary action to regulate the course of the hearing, to avoid delay, and to assure that reasonable standards of orderly and ethical conduct are maintained. In any case in which counsel for or a representative of a witness has refused to comply with the presiding officer's directions, or to adhere to reasonable standards of orderly and ethical conduct in the course of a hearing, the presiding officer states on the record the reasons given, if any, for the refusal and, if the presiding officer is someone other than the Administrator, immediately reports the refusal to the Administrator. The Administrator thereupon takes such action as the circumstances warrant.
</P>
<P>(f) Where appropriate, the procedures established in this subsection may be utilized in informal hearings conducted by NHTSA pursuant to its authority under sections 152 and 156 of the Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 1412, 1416) to receive data, views and arguments concerning alleged safety-related defects. The rights accorded to witnesses in this subsection may also be accorded to witnesses who appear voluntarily at such hearings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.4.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.6   Administrative depositions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) NHTSA may issue a subpoena to compel any person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity to provide information as a witness at an administrative deposition. These depositions are for the purpose of obtaining information from the witness under oath and receiving documents and things relevant to an agency investigation. These depositions shall be taken before an officer authorized to administer oaths by the laws of the United States or of the place where the deposition is taken. Unless otherwise ordered by the Administrator, administrative depositions are closed to the public.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who is required by subpoena or designated by an entity that is required by subpoena to produce documents or things or to give testimony as a witness at an administrative deposition conducted under this section may be accompanied, represented, and advised by counsel. Any member of the bar or a Federal court or the courts of any State or Territory of the United States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, or the District of Columbia and any representative, official, or employee of the person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity under subpoena may act as counsel.
</P>
<P>(c) During an administrative deposition:
</P>
<P>(1) The presiding officer before whom the deposition is to be taken puts the witness on oath and personally, or by someone acting under his or her direction and in his or her presence, records the testimony of the witness. The testimony is stenographically reported.
</P>
<P>(2) After NHTSA has examined the witness at the deposition, that witness' counsel or representative may examine the witness. NHTSA may then reexamine the witness and the witness' counsel or representative may reexamine the witness and so forth, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(3) A witness appearing in response to a subpoena may confer in confidence with his or her counsel or representative concerning any questions asked of the witness. If such witness, counsel, or representative objects to a question, he or she shall state the objection and the basis therefor on the record.
</P>
<P>(4) Objections to the qualifications of the officer taking the deposition, or to the manner of taking it, or to the evidence presented, and any other objection to the proceedings shall be noted by the officer on the record, and shall be treated as continuing. Evidence objected to shall be taken subject to the objections. Errors and irregularities occurring at a deposition in the manner of the taking of the deposition, in the form of questions or answers, or in the oath or affirmation, and errors of any kind which might be obviated, removed, or cured if promptly presented shall be deemed to be waived unless reasonable objection is made thereto at the taking of the deposition.
</P>
<P>(5) If the witness refuses to answer any question or answers evasively, or if the witness or his or her counsel engages in conduct likely to delay or obstruct the administrative deposition, such refusal, evasive answer or conduct shall be a failure to comply with the subpoena issued to the witness.
</P>
<P>(6) Upon completion of the examination of a witness, the witness may clarify on the record any of his or her answers.
</P>
<P>(d) The transcript of the testimony of a witness who testified in response to a subpoena at an administrative deposition is submitted to the witness for signature, unless the witness waives the right to sign the transcript. If a witness desires to make any changes in the form or substance contained in the transcript, the witness shall submit, together with the transcript, a separate document setting forth the changes and stating the reasons for such changes. If the deposition is not signed by the witness within 30 days of its submission to the witness, or such other period as the NHTSA may designate, the officer before whom the deposition was taken or a NHTSA employee signs the transcript and states on the record the fact of the waiver of the right to sign or the fact of the witness' unavailability or inability or refusal to sign together with the reasons, if any, given therefor.
</P>
<P>(e) The transcript of the testimony of a witness will be inspected by NHTSA to determine if there are any errors in the transcription of the questions posed to the witness and the testimony in response to those questions. If NHTSA discovers any errors, it notes that fact and forwards the notation of errors together with the transcript to the witness, requesting the witness to stipulate that the transcript is in error and that the corrections made by NHTSA are accurate. If the witness will not make this stipulation, NHTSA may make a motion to the presiding officer to include its notation of error and its corrections in the record along with the version of the testimony signed by the witness.
</P>
<P>(f)(1) Upon payment of lawfully prescribed costs, any person who is required by subpoena or designated by a sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity that is required by subpoena to appear as a witness at an administrative deposition may procure a copy of the deposition as recorded, except that in a nonpublic investigatory proceeding, the witness may, for good cause, be limited to an inspection of the record of the deposition.
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the record of the deposition may be furnished to the witness without charge or at a reduced charge if the Associate Administrator for Administration determines that waiver of the fee is in the public interest because furnishing the copy can be considered as primarily benefitting the general public. Any witness who seeks a waiver of the copying charge may apply in writing to the Associate Administrator for Administration, and shall state the reasons justifying waiver of the fee in the application.
</P>
<P>(g) The testimony obtained in an adminstrative deposition may be used or considered by the NHTSA in any of its activities, and may be used or offered into evidence in any administrative proceeding in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 554, or in any judicial proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.4.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.7   General or special orders.</HEAD>
<P>The NHTSA may require by the issuance of general or special orders any person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity to file with the NHTSA, in such form as NHTSA may prescribe, periodic or special reports or answers in writing to specific questions. The responses to general or special orders will provide NHTSA with such information as it may require, including, but not limited to, information relating to the organization of that person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity, its business, conduct, practices, management, and relation to any other person or entity. General or special orders which are required to be answered under oath are issued by the Chief Counsel. Any general or special order issued under this section contains the information specified in § 510.3(b). Reports and answers filed in response to general or special orders must be made under oath, or otherwise, as NHTSA may prescribe.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.4.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.8   Written requests for the production of documents and things.</HEAD>
<P>The NHTSA may, by the issuance of a written request for the production of documents and things, require any person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity to produce documents or things. A written request for the production of documents and things may be issued alone, or as a part of a general or special order issued under § 510.7. Written requests for the production of documents and things are issued by the Chief Counsel. Any written request for the production of documents and things issued under this section shall contain the information specified in § 510.3(b).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.4.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.9   Motions to modify, limit, or quash process.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Any person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity served with a subpoena issued under § 510.4 may file with the Deputy Administrator a motion to modify, limit, or quash that subpoena. If there is no Deputy Administrator, or the Deputy Administrator is not available, such motions shall be filed with and decided by the Associate Administrator for Administration. A motion to modify, limit, or quash must be filed not later than 15 days after the service of the process or five days before the return date specified in the process, whichever is earlier, except that, if the process is served within five days of its return date, such motion may be filed at any time before the return date. Any motion must set forth the grounds and theories of why and how the party believes the process should be modified, limited, or quashed and must contain all facts and arguments which support those grounds and theories.
</P>
<P>(2) The Deputy Administrator may, upon receiving a motion filed pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Deny the motion;
</P>
<P>(ii) Modify the return date of the subpoena;
</P>
<P>(iii) Modify, limit or quash the subpoena;
</P>
<P>(iv) Condition granting the motion upon certain requirements; or
</P>
<P>(v) Take any other action he or she believes to be appropriate in the circumstances.
</P>
<P>(3) The Office of the Deputy Administrator serves the decision on the motion on the moving party or the counsel or representative of the moving party. This service may be made by personal service, by registered or certified mail, or by reading a copy of the decision to the moving party or the counsel or representative of the moving party.
</P>
<P>(4) A denial of any motion properly filed under this section shall be in writing, and shall contain a brief statement of the facts involved and the conclusions drawn from those facts by the Deputy Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) The Deputy Administrator's decision on the motion to modify, limit, or quash, filed under paragraph (a) of this section is not subject to reconsideration by NHTSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.4.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.10   Supplementation of responses to process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other entity which has provided NHTSA with information under this part, which information was complete and accurate at the time the information was given to NHTSA, is not required to supplement that information in the light of after acquired information, except:
</P>
<P>(1) The person or entity to whom the process is addressed shall supplement the response with respect to any question directly addressed to the identity and location of persons having knowledge of information obtainable under this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The person or entity to whom the process is addressed shall seasonably amend a prior response if that person or entity obtains information upon the basis of which the person or entity knows that the response was incorrect when made or the person or entity knows that the response, though correct when made, is no longer true and the circumstances are such that a failure to amend the response is in substance a knowing concealment.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirement to supplement information set forth in paragraph (a) of this section terminates when:
</P>
<P>(1) The compulsory process stated that it was issued in connection with a contemplated rulemaking action, and a final rule is issued on that subject or a notice is issued announcing that the rulemaking action has been suspended or terminated.
</P>
<P>(2) The compulsory process stated that it was issued in connection with an enforcement investigation, and the investigation is closed.
</P>
<P>(3) The compulsory process does not state that it is issued in connection with a specific rulemaking action or enforcement investigation, and 18 months have passed since the date of the original response.
</P>
<P>(c) This section in no way limits NHTSA's authority to obtain supplemental information by specific demands through the means specified in § 510.3.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.4.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.11   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>Any person compelled to appear in person in response to a subpoena issued under this part at an information gathering hearing or an administrative deposition is paid the same attendance and mileage fees as are paid witnesses in the courts of the United States, in accordance with title 28, U.S.C., section 1821.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 510.12" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.4.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 510.12   Remedies for failure to comply with compulsory process.</HEAD>
<P>Any failure to comply with compulsory process authorized by law and issued under this part is a violation of this part. In the event of such failure to comply, NHTSA may take appropriate action pursuant to the authority conferred by the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act or the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, as appropriate, including institution of judicial proceedings to enforce the order and to collect civil penalties.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="511" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 511—ADJUDICATIVE PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 2002; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 81578, Dec. 11, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Scope of Rules; Nature of Adjudicative Proceedings, Definitions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.1   Scope of the rules.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes rules of practice and procedure for adjudicative proceedings conducted pursuant to section 508(a)(2) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act (15 U.S.C. Pub. L. 94-163, 89 Stat. 911, section 2008(a)(2)), which are required by statute to be determined on the record after opportunity for a public hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.2   Nature of adjudicative proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>Adjudicative proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with title 5, U.S.C., sections 551 through 559 and this part. It is the policy of the agency that adjudicative proceedings shall be conducted expeditiously and with due regard to the rights and interests of all persons affected, and to the public interest. Therefore, the presiding officer and all parties shall make every effort at each stage of a proceeding to avoid unnecessary delay.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this part:
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>application</I> means an <I>ex parte</I> request by a party for an order that may be granted or denied without opportunity for response by any other party.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>NHTSA</I> means the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>Complaint Counsel</I> means prosecuting counsel for the NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>motion</I> means a request by a party for a ruling or order that may be granted or denied only after opportunity for response by each affected party.
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>party</I> means the NHTSA, and any person named as a respondent in a proceeding governed by this part.
</P>
<P>(7) The term <I>person</I> means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, public or private organization, or Federal, State or municipal governmental entity.
</P>
<P>(8) The term <I>petition</I> means a written request, made by a person or a party and addressed to the Presiding Officer or the Administrator, that the addressee take some action.
</P>
<P>(9) The term <I>Presiding Officer</I> means the person who conducts an adjudicative hearing under this part, who shall be an administrative law judge qualified under title 5, U.S.C., section 3105 and assigned by the Chief Administrative Law Judge, Office of Hearings, United States Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(10) The term <I>Respondent</I> means any person against whom a complaint has been issued.
</P>
<P>(11) The term <I>Office of Hearings</I> means the Officer of Hearings, Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(12) The term <I>staff</I> means the staff of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(13) The term <I>Chief Administrative Law Judge</I> means the Chief Administrative Law Judge of the Office of Hearings, Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(14) The term <I>Docket Section</I> means the Docket Section, Office of the Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 81578, Dec. 11, 1980, as amended at 53 FR 15782, May 3, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Pleadings; Form; Execution; Service of Documents</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.11   Commencement of proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice of institution of an enforcement proceeding.</I> An adjudicative proceeding under this part is commenced by the issuance of a complaint by the NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and content of complaint.</I> The complaint shall be signed by the Complaint Counsel and shall contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Recital of the legal authority for instituting the proceeding, with specific designation of the statutory provisions involved in each allegation.
</P>
<P>(2) Identification of each respondent.
</P>
<P>(3) A clear and concise statement of the charges, sufficient to inform each respondent with reasonable definiteness of the factual basis of the allegations of violation. A list and summary of documentary evidence supporting the charges shall be attached.
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the civil penalty which the Complaint Counsel believes is in the public interest, or which is required by law. In the case of civil penalties assessed for violations of section 507(3) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act (15 U.S.C. 2007(3)), the amount of such penalty shall be calculated from the time of the alleged violation. In the case of civil penalties assessed for violations of section 507 (1) or (2) of that Act, any monetary credits available to offset those civil penalties shall be specified.
</P>
<P>(5) The right of the respondent to a hearing on the alleged violations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice to the public.</I> Once a complaint is issued, notice of it shall be immediately submitted to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for publication. The notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> shall briefly describe the nature of the proceeding and state that petitions to participate in the proceeding must be filed no later than the first prehearing conference.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.12" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.12   Answer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time for filing.</I> A respondent shall have twenty (20) days after service of a complaint within which to file an answer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content of answer.</I> An answer shall conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Request for hearing.</I> Respondent shall state whether it requests a full, adjudicatory hearing or whether it desires to proceed on the basis of written submissions. If a hearing is requested, respondent shall specify those issues on which a hearing is desired.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contested allegations.</I> An answer in which the allegations of a complaint are contested shall contain:
</P>
<P>(i) Specific admission or denial of each allegation in the complaint. If the respondent is without knowledge or information sufficient to form a belief as to the truth of an allegation, respondent shall so state. Such a statement shall have the effect of a denial. Denials shall fairly meet the substance of the allegations denied. Allegations not thus answered shall be deemed to have been admitted.
</P>
<P>(ii) A concise statement of the factual and/or legal defenses to each allegation of the complaint.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Admitted allegations.</I> If the respondent admits or fails to deny any factual allegation, he or she shall be deemed to have waived a hearing as to such allegation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Default.</I> Failure of the respondent to file an answer within the time provided (or within an extended time, if provided), shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of the right to appear and contest the allegations set forth in the complaint and to authorize the Presiding Officer to make such findings of fact as are reasonable under the circumstances.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.13" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.13   Amendments and supplemental pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever determination of a controversy on the merits will be facilitated thereby, the Presiding Officer upon motion, may allow appropriate amendments and supplemental pleadings which do not unduly broaden the issues in the proceeding or cause undue delay.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.14" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.14   Form and filing of documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing.</I> Except as otherwise provided, all documents submitted to the Administrator or a Presiding Officer shall be filed with the Docket Section, Office of the Secretary, Department of Transportation, Room 4107, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. Documents may be filed in person or by mail and shall be deemed filed on the day of filing or mailing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Caption.</I> Every document shall contain a caption setting forth the name of the action in connection with which it is filed, the docket number, and the title of the document.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Copies.</I> An original and nine (9) copies of all documents shall be filed. Documents may be reproduced by printing or any other process, provided that all copies filed are clear and legible.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Signature.</I> (1) The original of each document filed shall be signed by a representative of record for the party; or in the case of parties not represented, by the party; or by a partner, officer, or regular employee of any corporation, partnership, or association, who files an appearance on behalf of the party.
</P>
<P>(2) The act of signing a document constitutes a representation by the signer that the signer has read it; that to the best of the signer's knowledge, information and belief, the statements made in it are true; and that it is not filed for purposes of delay.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 81578, Dec. 11, 1980, as amended at 53 FR 15782, May 3, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.15" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.15   Time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Computation.</I> In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the rules in this part, the day of the act, event, or default from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period so computed shall be included, unless it is a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday. When the period of time prescribed or allowed is less than 7 days, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays shall be excluded in the computation. As used in this part, “legal holiday” includes New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and any other day appointed as a holiday by the President or the Congress of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional time after service by mail.</I> Whenever a party is required or permitted to do an act within a prescribed period after service of a document and the document is served by mail, three (3) days shall be added to the prescribed period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Extensions.</I> For good cause shown, the Presiding Officer may extend any time limit prescribed or allowed under this part or by order of the Administrator or the Presiding Officer, except those governing the filing of interlocutory appeals and appeals from Initial Decisions and those expressly requiring the Administrator's action. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Administrator, for good cause shown, may extend any time limit prescribed under this part, or by order of the Administrator or the Presiding Officer. A party or participant may petition the Presiding Officer or the Administrator, as appropriate, for an extension under this paragraph. Such a petition shall be filed prior to the occurrence of the time limit which is the subject of the petition.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.16" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.16   Service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Mandatory service.</I> Every document filed with the Office of Hearings shall be served upon all parties and participants to a proceeding, i.e., Complaint Counsel, respondent(s), and participants, and upon the Presiding Officer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service of complaint, ruling, order, decision, or subpoena.</I> Service of a complaint, ruling, order, decision, or subpoena may be effected as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>By registered or certified mail.</I> A copy of the document shall be addressed to the person, partnership, corporation or unincorporated association to be served at his or its residence or principal office or place of business; registered or certified; and mailed; or
</P>
<P>(2) <I>By delivery to an individual.</I> A copy of the document may be delivered to the person to be served; or to a member of the partnership to be served; or to the president, secretary, or other executive officer, or a director of the corporation or unincorporated association to be served; or to an agent authorized by appointment or by law to receive service; or
</P>
<P>(3) <I>By delivery to an address.</I> A copy of the document may be left at the principal office or place of business of the person, partnership, corporation, unincorporated association, or authorized agent with an officer, a managing or general agent; or it may be left with a person of suitable age and discretion residing therein, at the residence of the person or of a member of the partnership or of an executive officer, director, or agent of the corporation or unincorporated association to be served.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service of documents with prescribed response periods.</I> When service of a document starts the running of a prescribed period of time for the submission of a responsive document or the occurrence of an event, the document shall be served as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Service of other documents.</I> All documents other than those specified in paragraph (c) of this section may be served as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, or by ordinary first-class mail, properly addressed, postage prepaid.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service on a representative.</I> When a party has appeared by an attorney or other representative, service upon that attorney or other representative shall constitute service on the party.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Certificate of service.</I> The original of every document filed with the agency and required to be served upon all parties to a proceeding shall be accompanied by a certificate of service signed by the party making service, stating that such service has been made upon each party to the proceeding. Certificates of service may be in substantially the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I hereby certify that I have this day served the foregoing document upon all parties of record in this proceeding by mailing, postage prepaid (or by delivering in person) a copy to each such party.
</P>
<P>Dated at ____________________ this ____ day of ____________________, 19____.
</P>
<FP-DASH>(Signature)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>For</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) <I>Date of service.</I> The date of service of a document shall be the date on which the document is deposited in the United States mail or is delivered in person.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 81578, Dec. 11, 1980, as amended at 53 FR 15783, May 3, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.17" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.17   Public participation.</HEAD>
<P><I>Participant Status.</I> Any person interested in a proceeding commenced pursuant to § 511.11 who desires to participate in the proceeding, shall file with the Docket Section a notice of intention to participate in the proceeding and shall serve a copy of such notice on each party to the proceeding. A notice of intention to participate shall be filed not later than the commencement of the hearing. Untimely filings will not be accepted absent a determination by the Presiding Officer that the person making the request has made a substantial showing of good cause for failure to file on time. Any person who files a notice to participate in the proceeding as a nonparty shall be known as a “participant” and shall have the rights specified in § 511.41(d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 15783, May 3, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.18" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.18   Joinder of proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>Two or more matters which have been scheduled for adjudicative proceedings, and which involve one or more common questions of law or fact, may be consolidated for the purpose of hearing, appeal or the Administrator's review. A motion for consolidation for the purpose of hearing may be filed with the Presiding Officer by any party to such proceedings not later than thirty (30) days prior to the hearing. A motion for consolidation for the purpose of appeal may be filed by any party to such proceedings within 10 days after issuance of the Initial Decision. A motion to consolidate shall be served upon all parties to all proceedings whose joinder is contemplated. The proceedings may be consolidated where to do so would tend to avoid unnecessary costs or delay. Such consolidation may also be ordered upon the initiative of the Presiding Officer or the Administrator, as appropriate. The Presiding Officer may order separate hearings on any issue where to do so would promote economy or convenience or would avoid prejudice to a party.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Prehearing Procedures; Motions; Interlocutory Appeals; Summary Judgment; Settlement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.21" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.21   Prehearing conferences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When held.</I> (1) A prehearing conference shall be held in person or by conference telephone call, except in unusual circumstances, approximately fifty (50) days after publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of the complaint, upon ten (10) days notice to all parties and participants, to consider any or all the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Motions for consolidation of proceedings;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identification, simplification and clarification of the issues;
</P>
<P>(iii) Necessity or desirability of amending the pleadings;
</P>
<P>(iv) Stipulations and admissions of fact and of the content and authenticity of documents;
</P>
<P>(v) Oppositions to notices of oral examination;
</P>
<P>(vi) Motions for protective orders to limit or modify discovery;
</P>
<P>(vii) Issuance of subpoenas to compel the appearance of witnesses and the production of documents;
</P>
<P>(viii) Limitation of the number of witnesses, particularly the avoidance of duplicate expert witnesses;
</P>
<P>(ix) Matters of which official notice will be taken and matters which may be resolved by reliance upon findings of other Federal agencies; and
</P>
<P>(x) Other matters which may expedite the conduct of the hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.22" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.22   Prehearing briefs.</HEAD>
<P>Not later ten (10) days prior to the hearing, the parties shall, except when ordered otherwise by the Presiding Officer in unusual circumstances, simultaneously serve and file prehearing briefs, which shall set forth (a) a statement of the facts expected to be proved, and of the anticipated order of proof; (b) a statement of the issues and the legal argument in support of the party's contentions with respect to each issue; and (c) a table of authorities with a designation by asterisk of the principal authorities relied upon.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.23" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.23   Motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Presentations and dispositions.</I> During the time a proceeding is before a Presiding Officer, all motions, whether oral or written, except those filed under § 511.42(e), shall be addressed to the Presiding Officer, who shall rule upon them promptly after affording an opportunity for response.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Written motions.</I> All written motions shall state the particular order, ruling, or action desired and the grounds therefor. If a motion is supported by memoranda, affidavits or other documents, they shall be served and filed with the motion. All motions shall contain a proposed order setting forth the relief sought. All written motions shall be filed with the Executive Secretary and served on all parties, and all motions addressed to the Administrator shall be in writing.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Responses.</I> Within ten (10) days after service of any written motion or petition or within such longer or shorter time as may be designated by these Rules or by the Presiding Officer or the Administrator, the opposing party or parties shall file a written response to such motion. Where a motion would affect only a single party, or an identifiable group of parties, the Presiding Officer or Administrator may limit the response to the motion to the affected party or parties. Failure to respond to a written motion may, in the discretion of the Presiding Officer be deemed as consent to the granting of the relief sought in the motion. The moving party shall have no right to reply, except as permitted by the Presiding Officer or the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rulings on motions for dismissal.</I> When a motion to dismiss a complaint or motion for other relief is granted with the result that the proceeding before the Presiding Officer is terminated, the Presiding Officer shall issue an Initial Decision and Order thereon in accordance with the provisions of § 511.51. If such a motion is granted as to all issues alleged in the complaint in regard to some, but not all, of the respondents, or is granted as to any part of the allegations in regard to any or all of the respondents, the Presiding Officer shall enter an order on the record and consider the remaining issues in the Initial Decision. The Presiding Officer may elect to defer ruling on a motion to dismiss until the close of the case.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.24" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.24   Interlocutory appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Rulings of the Presiding Officer may not be appealed to the Administrator prior to the Initial Decision, except as provided herein.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions</I>—(1) <I>Interlocutory appeals to Administrator.</I> The Administrator may, in his or her discretion, entertain interlocutory appeals where a ruling of the Presiding Officer:
</P>
<P>(i) Requires the production or disclosure of records claimed to be confidential;
</P>
<P>(ii) Requires the testimony of a supervisory official of the agency other than one especially cognizant of the facts of the matter in adjudication;
</P>
<P>(iii) Excludes an attorney from participation in a proceeding pursuant to § 511.42(b).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Procedures for interlocutory appeals.</I> Within ten (10) days of issuance of a ruling, any party may petition the Administrator to entertain an interlocutory appeal on a ruling in the categories enumerated above. The petition shall not exceed fifteen (15) pages. Any other party may file a response to the petition within ten (10) days of its service. The response shall not exceed fifteen (15) pages. The Administrator shall thereupon act upon the petition, or the Administrator shall request such further briefing or oral presentation as he may deem necessary.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Interlocutory appeals from all other rulings</I>—(i) <I>Grounds.</I> Interlocutory appeals from all other rulings by the Presiding Officer may proceed only upon motion to the Presiding Officer and a determination by the Presiding Officer in writing, with justification in support thereof, that the ruling involves a controlling question of law or policy as to which there is substantial ground for differences of opinion and that an immediate appeal from the ruling may materially advance the ultimate termination of the litigation, or that subsequent review will be an inadequate remedy.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Form.</I> If the Presiding Officer determines, in accordance with paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section that an interlocutory appeal may proceed, a petition for interlocutory appeal may be filed with and acted upon by the Administrator in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Proceedings not stayed.</I> A petition for interlocutory appeal under this part shall not stay the proceedings before the Presiding Officer unless the Presiding Officer shall so order, except that a ruling of the Presiding Officer requiring the production of records claimed to be confidential shall be automatically stayed for a period of (10) days following the issuance of such ruling to allow an affected party the opportunity to file a petition for an interlocutory appeal pursuant to § 511.24(b)(2). The filing of such a petition shall automatically extend the stay of such a ruling pending the Administrator's action on such petition.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.25" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.25   Summary decision and order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Motion.</I> Any party may move, with a supporting memorandum, for a Summary Decision and Order in its favor upon all or any of the issues in controversy. Complaint Counsel may so move at any time after thirty (30) days following issuance of a complaint, and any other party may so move at any time after issuance of a complaint. Any such motion by any party shall be filed at least twenty (20) days before the date fixed for the adjudicatory hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Response to motion.</I> Any other party may, within ten (10) days after service of the motion, file a response thereto with a supporting memorandum.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Grounds.</I> A Summary Decision and Order shall be granted if the pleadings and any testimony upon oral examination, answers to interrogatories, admissions, and/or affidavits show that there is no genuine issue as to any material fact and that the moving party is entitled to a Summary Decision and Order as a matter of law.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Legal effect.</I> A Summary Decision and Order upon all the issues being adjudicated shall constitute the Initial Decision of the Presiding Officer, and may be appealed to the Administrator in accordance with § 511.53. A Summary Decision, interlocutory in character, may be rendered on fewer than all issues and may not be appealed prior to issuance of the Initial Decision, except in accordance with § 511.24.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Case not fully adjudicated on motion.</I> A Summary Decision and Order that does not dispose of the whole case shall include a statement of those material facts as to which there is no substantial controversy, and of those material facts that are actually and in good faith controverted. The Summary Order shall direct such further proceedings as are just.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.26" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.26   Settlement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies only to cases of alleged violations of section 507(3) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, Pub. L. 94-163, 89 Stat. 911 (15 U.S.C. section 2007(3)). Settlement in other cases may be made only in accordance with subpart G of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Availability.</I> Any party shall have the opportunity to submit an offer of settlement to the Presiding Officer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form.</I> Offers of settlement shall be in the form of a consent agreement and order, shall be signed by the party submitting the offer or his representative, and may be signed by any other party. Each offer of settlement shall be accompanied by a motion to transmit to the Administrator the proposed agreement and order, outlining the substantive provisions of the agreement, and the reasons why it should be accepted.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Contents.</I> The proposed consent agreement and order which constitute the offer of settlement shall contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An admission of all jurisdictional facts;
</P>
<P>(2) An express waiver of further procedural steps, and of all rights to seek judicial review or otherwise to contest the validity of the order;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the alleged noncompliance, or violation;
</P>
<P>(4) Provisions to the effect that the allegations of the complaint are resolved by the proposed consent agreement and order;
</P>
<P>(5) A listing of the acts or practices from which the respondent shall refrain;
</P>
<P>(6) A detailed statement of the corrective action(s) which the respondent shall excute and the civil penalty, if any, that respondent shall pay.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Transmittal.</I> The Presiding Officer shall transmit to the Administrator for decision all offers of settlement and accompanying memoranda that meet the requirements enumerated in paragraph (d) of this section. The Presiding Officer may, but need not, recommend acceptance or rejection of such offers. Any party or participant may object to a proposed consent agreement by filing a motion and supporting memorandum with the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Stay of proceedings.</I> When an offer of settlement has been agreed to by the parties and has been transmitted to the Administrator, the proceedings shall be stayed until the Administrator has ruled on the offer. When an offer of settlement has been made and transmitted to the Administrator but has not been agreed to by all parties, the proceedings shall not be stayed pending the Administrator's decision on the offer.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Administrator's ruling.</I> The Administrator will rule upon all transmitted offers of settlement. If the Administrator accepts the offer, the Administrator shall issue an appropriate order. The order shall become effective upon issuance. In determining whether to accept an offer of settlement, the Administrator will consider the gravity of the alleged violation, and any good faith efforts by the respondent to comply with applicable requirements.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Rejection.</I> If the Administrator rejects an offer of settlement, the Administrator shall give written notice of that decision and the reasons therefor to the parties and the Presiding Officer. Promptly thereafter, the Presiding Officer shall issue an order notifying the parties of the resumption of the proceedings, including any modifications to the schedule resulting from the stay of the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Effect of rejected offer.</I> Rejected offers of settlement shall not be admissible in evidence over the objection of any signatory, nor shall the fact of the proposal of the offer be admissible in evidence.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 81578, Dec. 11, 1980, as amended at 53 FR 15783, May 3, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Discovery; Compulsory Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.31" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.31   General provisions governing discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The discovery rules established in this subpart are applicable to the discovery of information among the parties to a proceeding. Parties seeking information from persons not parties may do so by subpoena in accordance with § 511.38.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Discovery methods.</I> Parties may obtain discovery by one or more of the following methods: (1) Written interrogatories; (2) requests for production of documents or things; (3) requests for admissions; or (4) testimony upon oral examination. Unless the Presiding Officer otherwise orders under paragraph (d) of this section, the frequency of use of these methods is not limited.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Scope of discovery.</I> The scope of discovery is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>In general.</I> Parties may obtain discovery regarding any matter not privileged, which is relevant to the subject matter involved in the proceedings, whether it relates to the claim or defense of the party seeking discovery or to the claim or defense of any other party. It is not ground for objection that the information sought will be inadmissible at the hearing if the information sought appears reasonably calculated to lead to the discovery of admissible evidence.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> Parties may not obtain discovery of documents which accompanied the staff's recommendation as to whether a complaint should issue or of documents or portions thereof which would be exempt from discovery under Rule 26(b)(3) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Hearing preparation: Experts.</I> A party may obtain discovery of facts known and opinions held by experts, regardless of whether they are acquired or developed in anticipation of or for litigation. Such discovery may be had by any of the methods provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Protective orders.</I> Upon motion by a party or person and for good cause shown, the Presiding Officer may make any order which justice requires to protect such party or person from annoyance, embarrassment, competitive disadvantage, oppression or undue burden or expense, including one or more of the following: (1) That the discovery shall not be had; (2) that the discovery may be had only on specified terms and conditions, including a designation of the time and/or place; (3) that the discovery shall be had only by a method of discovery other than that selected by the party seeking discovery; (4) that certain matters shall not be inquired into, or that the scope of discovery shall be limited to certain matters; (5) that discovery shall be conducted with no one present except persons designated by the Presiding Officer; (6) that a trade secret or other confidential research, development, or commercial information shall not be disclosed or shall be disclosed only in a designated way or only to designated parties; and (7) that responses to discovery shall be placed <I>in camera</I> in accordance with § 511.45.
</P>
<FP>If a motion for a protective order is denied in whole or in part, the Presiding Officer may, on such terms or conditions as are just, order that any party provide or permit discovery.
</FP>
<P>(e) <I>Sequence and timing of discovery.</I> Discovery may commence at any time after filing of the answer. Unless otherwise provided in these Rules or by order of the Presiding Officer, methods of discovery may be used in any sequence and the fact that a party is conducting discovery shall not operate to delay any other party's discovery.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Supplementation of responses.</I> A party who has responded to a request for discovery shall supplement the response with information thereafter acquired.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Completion of discovery.</I> All discovery shall be completed as soon as practical but in no case longer than one hundred fifty (150) days after issuance of a complaint unless otherwise ordered by the Presiding Officer in exceptional circumstances and for good cause shown. All discovery shall be served by a date which affords the party from whom discovery is sought the full response period provided by these Rules.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Service and filing of discovery.</I> All discovery requests and written responses, and all notices of the taking of testimony, shall be filed with the Docket Section and served on all parties and the Presiding Officer.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Control of discovery.</I> The use of these discovery procedures is subject to the control of the Presiding Officer, who may issue any just and appropriate order for the purpose of ensuring their timely completion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 81578, Dec. 11, 1980, as amended at 53 FR 15783, May 3, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.32" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.32   Written interrogatories to parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability; procedures for use.</I> Any party may serve upon any other party written interrogatories to be answered by the party served or, if the party served is a public or private corporation or a partnership or association or governmental agency, by any officer or agent, who shall furnish such information as is available to the party. Interrogatories may, without leave of the Presiding Officer, be served upon any party after filing of the answer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedures for response.</I> Each interrogatory shall be answered separately and fully in writing under oath, unless it is objected to, in which event the reasons for objection shall be stated in lieu of an answer. The answers are to be signed by a responsible representative of the respondent and the objections signed by the representative making them. The party upon whom the interrogatories have been served shall serve a copy of the answers, and objections if any, within 30 days after service of the interrogatories. The Presiding Officer may allow a shorter or longer time for response. The party submitting the interrogatories may move for an order under § 511.36 with respect to any objection to or other failure to answer an interrogatory.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Scope of interrogatories.</I> Interrogatories may relate to any matters which can be inquired into under § 511.31(c)(1), and the answers may be used to the extent permitted under this part. An interrogatory otherwise proper is not objectionable merely because an answer to the interrogatory would involve an opinion or contention that relates to fact or to the application of law to fact, but the Presiding Officer may order that such an interrogatory need not be answered until a later time.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Option to produce business records.</I> Where the answer to an interrogatory may be derived or ascertained from the business records of the party upon whom the interrogatory has been served, or from an examination, audit or inspection of such business records, or from a compilation, abstract or summary based thereon, and the burden of deriving the answer is substantially the same for the party serving the interrogatory as for the party served, it is a sufficient answer to the interrogatory to specify the records from which the answer may be derived or ascertained and to afford to the party serving the interrogatory reasonable opportunity to examine, audit or inspect such records and to make copies, complications, abstracts, or summaries.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.33" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.33   Production of documents and things.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> Any party may serve upon any other party a request (1) to produce and permit the party making the request, or someone acting on behalf of that party, to inspect and copy any designated documents (including writings, drawings, graphs, charts, photographs, phono-records, and any other data-compilation from which information can be obtained, translated, if necessary, by the party in possession into reasonably usable form), or (2) to inspect and copy, test or sample tangible things which constitute or contain matters within the scope of § 511.31(c)(1) and which are in the possession, custody or control of the party upon whom the request is served.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure for request.</I> The request may be served at any time after the filing of the answer without leave of the Presiding Officer. The request shall set forth the items to be inspected either by individual item or by category, and shall describe each item or category with reasonable particularity. The request shall specify a reasonable time, place and manner for making the inspection and performing the related acts.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedure for response.</I> The party upon whom the request is served shall serve a written response within twenty (20) days after service of the request. The Presiding Officer may allow a shorter or longer time for response. The response shall state, with respect to each item or category requested, that inspection and related activities will be permitted as requested, unless the request is objected to, in which event the reasons for objection shall be stated. If objection is made to only part of an item or category, that part shall be so specified. The party submitting the request may move for an order under § 511.36 with respect to any objection to or other failure to respond to the request or any part thereof, or to any failure to permit inspection as requested.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.34" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.34   Requests for admission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedure for request.</I> A party may serve upon any other party a written request for the admission, for the purposes of the pending proceeding only, of the truth of any matters within the scope of § 511.31(c)(1) set forth in the request that relate to statements or opinions of fact or of the application of law to fact, including the genuineness of documents described in the request. Copies of documents shall be served with the request unless they have been, or are otherwise furnished or made available for inspection and copying. The request may, without leave of the Presiding Officer, be served upon any party after filing of the answer. Each matter as to which an admission is requested shall be separately set forth.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure for response.</I> The matter as to which an admission is requested is deemed admitted unless within thirty (30) days after service of the request, or within such shorter or longer time as the Presiding Officer may allow, the party to whom the request is directed serves upon the party requesting the admission a written answer or objection addressed to the matter, signed by the party or the party's representatives. If objection is made, the reasons therefore shall be stated.
</P>
<FP>The answer shall specifically admit or deny the matter or set forth in detail the reasons why the answering party cannot truthfully admit or deny the matter. A denial shall fairly meet the substance of the requested admission. When good faith requires that a party qualify an answer or deny only a part of the matter as to which an admission is requested, the party shall specify the portion that is true and qualify or deny the remainder. An answering party may not give lack of information or knowledge as a reason for failure to admit or deny, unless the party states that he or she has made reasonable inquiry and that the information known or readily available to him or her is insufficient to enable him or her to admit or deny. A party who considers that a matter as to which an admission has been requested presents a genuine issue for hearing may not, on that ground alone, object to the request but may deny the matter or set forth reasons why the party cannot admit or deny it. The party who has requested an admission may move to determine the sufficiency of the answer or objection thereto in accordance with § 511.36. If the Presiding Officer determines that an answer does not comply with the requirements of this section, he or she may order that the matter be deemed admitted or that an amended answer be served.
</FP>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of admission.</I> Any matter admitted under this section is conclusively established unless the Presiding Officer on motion permits withdrawal or amendment of such admission. The Presiding Officer may permit withdrawal or amendment when the presentation of the merits of the action will be served thereby and the party that obtained the admission fails to satisfy the Presiding Officer that withdrawal or amendment will prejudice that party in maintaining an action or defense on the merits.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.35" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.35   Testimony upon oral examination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When testimony may be taken.</I> At any time after the answer is filed under § 511.12, upon leave of the Presiding Officer and under such terms and conditions as the Presiding Officer may prescribe, any party may take the testimony of any other party, including the agents, employees, consultants or prospective witnesses of that party at a place convenient to the witness. The attendance of witnesses and the production of documents and things at the examination may be compelled by subpoena as provided in § 511.38.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of oral examination</I>—(1) <I>Examination of a party.</I> A party desiring to examine another party to the proceeding shall, after obtaining leave from the Presiding Officer, serve written notice of the examination on all other parties and the Presiding Officer at least ten (10) days before the date of the examination. The notice shall state (i) the time and place for making the examination; (ii) the name and address of each person to be examined, if known, or if the name is not known, a general description sufficient to identify him; and (iii) the subject matter of the expected testimony. If a subpoena <I>duces tecum</I> is to be served on the person to be examined, the designation of the materials to be produced, as set forth in the subpoena, shall be attached to or included in the notice of examination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Examination of a nonparty.</I> A party desiring to examine a person who is not a party to the proceeding shall make application for a subpoena, in accordance with § 511.38, to compel the attendance, testimony and/or production of documents by such person who is not a party. The party desiring such examination shall serve written notice of the examination on all other parties to the proceeding, after issuance of the subpoena by the Presiding Officer or a designated alternate.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Opposition to notice.</I> A person served with a notice of examination may, within 3 days of the date of service, oppose, in writing, the examination. The Presiding Officer shall rule on the notice and any opposition and may order the taking of all noticed examinations, upon a showing of good cause therefor. The Presiding Officer may, for good cause shown, enlarge or shorten the time for the taking of an examination.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Persons before whom examinations may be taken.</I> Examinations may be taken before any person authorized to administer oaths by the laws of the United States or of the place where the examination is held. No examination shall be taken before a person who is a relative or employee or attorney or representative of any party, or who is a relative or employee of such attorney or representative, or who is financially interested in the action.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedure</I>—(1) <I>Examination.</I> Each witness shall be duly sworn, and all testimony shall be duly recorded. All parties or their representatives may be present and participate in the examination. Examination and cross-examination of witnesses may proceed as permitted at the hearing. Questions objected to shall be answered subject to the objections. Objections shall be in short form, and shall state the grounds relied upon. The questions propounded and the answers thereto, together with all objections made, shall be recorded by the official reporter before whom the examination is made. The original or a verified copy of all documents and things produced for inspection during the examination of the witness shall, upon a request of any party present, be marked for identification and annexed to the record of the examination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Motion to terminate or limit examination.</I> At any time during the examination, upon motion of any party or of the witness, and upon showing that the examination is being conducted in bad faith or in such manner as unreasonably to annoy, embarrass or oppress the witness or party, the Presiding Officer may, upon motion, order the party conducting the examination to terminate the examination, or may limit the scope and manner of the examination as provided in § 511.31(d).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Participation by parties not present.</I> In lieu of attending an examination, any party may serve written questions in a sealed envelope on the party conducting the examination. That party shall transmit the envelope to the official reporter, who shall unseal it and propound the questions contained therein to the witness.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Transcription and filing of testimony</I>—(1) <I>Transcription.</I> Upon request by any party, the testimony recorded at an examination shall be transcribed. When the testimony is fully transcribed, the transcript shall be submitted to the witness for examination and signing, and shall be read to or by the witness, unless such examination and signature are waived by the witness. Any change in form or substance which the witness desires to make shall be entered upon the transcript of the official reporter with a statement of the reasons given by the witness for making them. The transcript shall then be signed by the witness, unless the parties by stipulation waive the signing, or the witness is ill or cannot be found or refuses to sign. If the transcript is not signed by the witness within thirty (30) days of its submission to him, the official reporter shall sign it and state on the record the fact of the waiver of signature or of the illness or absence of the witness or the fact of the refusal to sign, together with a statement of the reasons therefor. The testimony may then be used as fully as though signed, in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certification and filing.</I> The official reporter shall certify on the transcript that the witness was duly sworn and that the transcript is a true record of the testimony given and corrections made by the witness. The official reporter shall then seal the transcript in an envelope endorsed with the title and docket number of the action and marked “Testimony of [name of witness]” and shall promptly file the transcript with the Docket Section. The Presiding Officer shall notify all parties of the filing of the transcript and the Docket Section shall furnish a copy of the transcript to any party or to the witness upon payment of reasonable charges therefor.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Costs of examination.</I> The party who notices the examination shall pay for the examination. The party who requests transcription of the examination shall pay for the transcription.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Failure to attend or to serve subpoena; expenses.</I> If a party who notices an examination fails to attend and proceed therewith and another party attends in person or by a representative pursuant to the notice, the Presiding Officer may order the party who gave the notice to pay the attending party the reasonable expenses incurred. If a party who notices an examination fails to serve a subpoena upon the witness and as a result the witness does not attend, and if another party attends in person or by a representative because that party expects the examination to be made, the Presiding Officer may order the party who gave notice to pay the attending party the reasonable expenses incurred.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Examination to preserve testimony</I>—(1) <I>When available.</I> By leave of the Presiding Officer, a party may examine a witness for the purpose of perpetuating the testimony of that witness. A party who wishes to conduct such an examination shall obtain prior leave of the Presiding Officer by filing a motion. The motion shall include a showing of substantial reason to believe that the testimony could not be presented at the hearing. If the Presiding Officer is satisfied that the perpetuation of the testimony may prevent a failure of justice or is otherwise reasonably necessary, he or she shall order that the deposition be taken.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Procedure.</I> Notice of an examination to preserve testimony shall be served at least fifteen (15) days prior to the examination. The examination shall be taken in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section. Any examination taken to preserve testimony shall be fully transcribed and filed in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Use of testimony obtained under this section.</I> At the hearing or upon a motion or an interlocutory proceeding, any part or all of a deposition, so far as admissible under the rules of evidence applied as though the witness were then present and testifying, may be used against any party who was present or represented at the taking of the deposition or who had reasonable notice thereof, in accordance with any of the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) Any deposition may be used by any party for the purpose of contradicting or impeaching the testimony of the deponent as a witness.
</P>
<P>(2) The deposition of a party or of a person who at the time of the taking of his testimony was an officer, director or managing agent of a party may be used against that party for any purpose.
</P>
<P>(3) The deposition of a witness, whether or not a party, may be used by any party for any purpose if the Presiding Officer finds:
</P>
<P>(i) That the witness is dead; or
</P>
<P>(ii) That the witness is at a greater distance than 100 miles from the place of the hearing, or is out of the United States, unless it appears that the absence of the witness was procured by the party offering the deposition; or
</P>
<P>(iii) That the witness is unable to attend or testify because of age, illness, infirmity, or imprisonment; or
</P>
<P>(iv) That the party offering the deposition has been unable to procure the attendance of the witness by subpoena; or
</P>
<P>(v) Upon application and notice, that such exceptional circumstances exist as to make it desirable, in the interest of justice and with due regard to the importance of presenting the testimony of witnesses orally in open court, to allow the deposition to be used.
</P>
<P>(4) If only part of a deposition is offered in evidence by a party, an adverse party may require him to introduce any other part which ought in fairness to be considered with the part introduced, and any party may introduce any other parts.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 81578, Dec. 11, 1980, as amended at 53 FR 15783, May 3, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.36" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.36   Motions to compel discovery.</HEAD>
<P>If a party fails to respond to discovery, in whole or in part, the party seeking discovery may move within twenty (20) days for an order compelling an answer, or compelling inspection or production of documents, or otherwise compelling discovery. For purposes of this subsection, an evasive or incomplete response is to be treated as a failure to respond. If the motion is granted, the Presiding Officer shall issue an order compelling discovery. If the motion is denied in whole or in part, the Presiding Officer may make such protective order as he or she would have been empowered to make on a motion pursuant to § 511.31(d). When making oral examinations, the discovering party shall continue the examination to the extent possible with respect to other areas of inquiry before moving to compel discovery.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.37" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.4.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.37   Sanctions for failure to comply with order.</HEAD>
<P>If a party fails to obey an order to provide or permit discovery, the Presiding Officer may take such action as is just, including but not limited to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Infer that the admission, testimony, document or other evidence would have been adverse to the party;
</P>
<P>(b) Order that for the purposes of the proceeding, the matters regarding which the order was made or any other designated facts shall be taken to be established in accordance with the claim of the party obtaining the order;
</P>
<P>(c) Order that the party withholding discovery not introduce into evidence or otherwise rely, in support of any claim or defense, upon the documents or other evidence withheld;
</P>
<P>(d) Order that the party withholding discovery not introduce into evidence or otherwise use at the hearing, information obtained in discovery;
</P>
<P>(e) Order that the party withholding discovery not be heard to object to introduction and use of secondary evidence to show what the withheld admission, testimony, documents, or other evidence would have shown;
</P>
<P>(f) Order that a pleading, or part of a pleading, or a motion or other submission by the party, concerning which the order was issued, be stricken, or that decision on the pleadings be rendered against the party, or both; and
</P>
<P>(g) Exclude the party or representative from proceedings, in accordance with § 511.42(b).
</P>
<FP>Any such action may be taken by order at any point in the proceedings.


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.38" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.4.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.38   Subpoenas.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability.</I> A subpoena shall be addressed to any party or any person not a party for the purpose of compelling attendance, testimony and production of documents at a hearing or oral examination.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form.</I> A subpoena shall identify the action with which it is connected; shall specify the person to whom it is addressed and the date, time and place for compliance with its provisions; and shall be issued by order of the Presiding Officer and signed by the Chief Counsel, or by the Presiding Officer. A subpoena duces tecum shall specify the books, papers, documents, or other materials or data-compilations to be produced.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>How obtained</I>—(1) <I>Content of application.</I> An application for the issuance of a subpoena stating reasons shall be submitted in triplicate to the Presiding Officer.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Procedure of application.</I> The original and two copies of the subpoena, marked “original,” “duplicate” and “triplicate,” shall accompany the application. The Presiding Officer shall rule upon an application for a subpoena <I>ex parte,</I> by issuing the subpoena or by issuing an order denying the application.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Issuance of a subpoena.</I> The Presiding Officer shall issue a subpoena by signing and dating, or ordering the Chief Counsel to sign and date, each copy in the lower right-hand corner of the document. The “duplicate” and “triplicate” copies of the subpoena shall be transmitted to the applicant for service in accordance with these Rules; the “original” copy shall be retained by or forwarded to the Chief Counsel for retention in the docket of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service of a subpoena.</I> A subpoena may be served in person or by certified mail, return receipt requested, as provided in § 511.16(b). Service shall be made by delivery of the signed “duplicate” copy to the person named therein.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Return of service.</I> A person serving a subpoena shall promptly execute a return of service, stating the date, time, and manner of service. If service is effected by mail, the signed return receipt shall accompany the return of service. In case of failure to make service, a statement of the reasons for the failure shall be made. The “triplicate” of the subpoena, bearing or accompanied by the return of service, shall be returned forthwith to the Chief Counsel after service has been completed.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Motion to quash or limit subpoena.</I> Within five (5) days of receipt of a subpoena, the person against whom it is directed may file with the Presiding Officer a motion to quash, modify, or limit the subpoena, setting forth the reasons why the subpoena should be withdrawn or why it should be modified or limited in scope. Any such motion shall be answered within five (5) days of service, and shall be ruled on immediately thereafter. The order shall specify the date, if any, for compliance with the specifications of the subpoena and the reasons for the decision.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Consequences of failure to comply.</I> In the event of failure to comply with a subpoena, the Presiding Officer may take any of the actions enumerated in § 511.37 or may order any other appropriate relief to compensate for the withheld testimony, documents, or other materials. If in the opinon of the Presiding Officer such relief is insufficient, the Presiding Officer shall certify to the Administrator a request for judicial enforcement of the subpoena.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 81578, Dec. 11, 1980, as amended at 53 FR 26261, July 12, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.39" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.4.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.39   Orders requiring witnesses to testify or provide other information and granting immunity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party who desires the issuance of an order requiring a witness to testify or provide other information upon being granted immunity from prosecution under title 18, U.S.C., section 6002, may make a motion to that effect. The motion shall be made and ruled on in accordance with § 511.22, and shall include a showing:
</P>
<P>(1) That the testimony or other information sought from a witness or prospective witness may be necessary to the public interest; and
</P>
<P>(2) That such individual has refused or is likely to refuse to testify or provide such information on the basis of that individual's privilege against self-incrimination.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Presiding Officer determines that the witness' testimony appears necessary and that the privilege against self-incrimination may be invoked, he or she may certify to the Administrator a request that he or she obtain the approval of the Attorney General of the United States for the issuance of an order granting immunity.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon application to and approval of the Attorney General of the United States, and after the witness has invoked the privilege against self-incrimination, the Presiding Officer shall issue the order granting immunity unless he or she determines that the privilege was improperly invoked.
</P>
<P>(d) Failure of a witness to testify after a grant of immunity or after a denial of the issuance of an order granting immunity shall result in the imposition of appropriate sanctions as provided in § 511.37.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Hearings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.41" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.41   General rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Public hearings.</I> All hearings pursuant to this part shall be public unless otherwise ordered by the Presiding Officer. Notice of the time and location of the hearing shall be served on each party and participant, and published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Expedition.</I> Hearings shall proceed with all reasonable speed, insofar as practicable and with due regard to the convenience of the parties and shall continue without suspension until concluded, except in unusual circumstances.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Rights of parties.</I> Every party shall have the right of timely notice and all other rights essential to a fair hearing, including, but not limited to, the rights to present evidence, to conduct such cross-examination as may be necessary in the judgment of the Presiding Officer for a full and complete disclosure of the facts, and to be heard by objection, motion, brief, and argument.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Rights of participants.</I> Every participant shall have the right to make a written or oral statement of position, file proposed findings of fact, conclusions of law and a posthearing brief, in accordance with § 511.17(b).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rights of witnesses.</I> Any person compelled to testify in a proceeding in response to a subpoena may be accompanied, represented, and advised by counsel or other representative, and may obtain a transcript of his or her testimony at no cost.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.42" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.42   Powers and duties of Presiding Officer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A Presiding Officer shall have the duty to conduct full, fair, and impartial hearings, to take appropriate action to avoid unnecessary delay in the disposition of proceedings, and to maintain order. He or she shall have all powers necessary to that end, including the following powers:
</P>
<P>(1) To administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(2) To compel discovery and to impose appropriate sanctions for failure to make discovery;
</P>
<P>(3) To issue subpoenas;
</P>
<P>(4) To rule upon offers of proof and receive relevant and probative evidence;
</P>
<P>(5) To regulate the course of the hearings and the conduct of the parties and their representatives therein;
</P>
<P>(6) To hold conferences for simplification of the issues, settlement of the proceedings, or any other proper purposes;
</P>
<P>(7) To consider and rule, orally or in writing, upon all procedural and other motions appropriate in an adjudicative proceeding;
</P>
<P>(8) To issue initial decisions, rulings, and orders, as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(9) To certify questions to the Administrator for determination; and
</P>
<P>(10) To take any action authorized in this part or in conformance with the provisions of title 5, U.S.C., sections 551 through 559.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exclusion of parties by Presiding Officer.</I> A Presiding Officer shall have the authority, for good cause stated on the record, to exclude from participation in a proceeding any party, participant, and/or representative who shall violate requirements of § 511.76. Any party, participant and/or representative so excluded may appeal to the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of § 511.23. If the representative of a party or participant is excluded, the hearing shall be suspended for a reasonable time so that the party or participant may obtain another representative.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Substitution of Presiding Officer.</I> In the event of the substitution of a new Presiding Officer for the one originally designated, any motion predicated upon such substitution shall be made within five (5) days of the substitution.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Interference.</I> In the performance of adjudicative functions, a Presiding Officer shall not be responsible to or subject to the supervision or direction of the Administrator or of any officer, employee, or agent engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecuting functions for NHTSA. All directions by the Administrator to a Presiding Officer concerning any adjudicative proceeding shall appear on and be made a part of the record.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Disqualification of Presiding Officer.</I> (1) When a Presiding Officer deems himself or herself disqualified to preside in a particular proceeding, he or she shall withdraw by notice on the record and shall notify the Chief Administrative Law Judge of the withdrawal.
</P>
<P>(2) Whenever, for any reason, any party shall deem the Presiding Officer to be disqualified to preside, or to continue to preside, in a particular proceeding, that party may file with the Chief Administrative Law Judge a motion to disqualify and remove, supported by affidavit(s) setting forth the alleged grounds for disqualification. A copy of the motion and supporting affidavit(s) shall be served by the Chief Administrative Law Judge on the Presiding Officer whose removal is sought. The Presiding Officer shall have ten (10) days from service to reply in writing. Such motion shall not stay the proceeding unless otherwise ordered by the Presiding Officer or the Administrator. If the Presiding Officer does not disqualify himself or herself, the Administrator will determine the validity of the grounds alleged, either directly or on the report of another Presiding Officer appointed to conduct a hearing for that purpose, and shall in the event of disqualification take appropriate action, by assigning another Presiding Officer or requesting assignment of another Administrative Law Judge through the Office of Hearings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 81578, Dec. 11, 1980, as amended at 53 FR 15783, May 3, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.43" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.43   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability of Federal Rules of Evidence.</I> The Federal Rules of Evidence shall apply to proceedings held under this part only as a general guide. The Presiding Officer may admit any relevent and probative evidence.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Burden of proof.</I> (1) Complaint counsel shall have the burden of sustaining the allegations of any complaint.
</P>
<P>(2) Any party who is the proponent of a legal and/or factual proposition shall have the burden of sustaining the proposition.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Presumptions.</I> A presumption imposes on the party against whom it is directed the burden of going forward with evidence to rebut or meet the presumption, but does not shift to such party the burden of proof in the sense of the risk of nonpersuasion, which remains throughout the hearing upon the party on whom it was originally cast.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Admissibility.</I> All relevant and reliable evidence is admissible, but may be excluded if its probative value is substantially outweighed by unfair prejudice or by considerations of undue delay, waste of time, immateriality, or needless presentation of cumulative evidence.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Official notice</I>—(1) <I>Definition.</I> Official notice means use by the Presiding Officer of extra-record facts and legal conclusions drawn from those facts. An officially noticed fact or legal conclusion must be one not subject to reasonable dispute in that it is either (i) generally known within the jurisdiction of the Presiding Officer or (ii) known by the Presiding Officer in areas of his or her expertise; or (iii) capable of accurate and ready determination by resort to sources whose accuracy cannot reasonably be questioned.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Method of taking official notice.</I> The Presiding Officer may at any time take official notice upon motion of any party or upon its own initiative. The record shall reflect the facts and conclusions which have been officially noticed.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Opportunity to challenge.</I> Any party may upon application in writing rebut officially noticed facts and conclusions by supplementing the record. The Presiding Officer shall determine the permissible extent of this challenge; that is, whether to limit the party to presentation of written materials, whether to allow presentation of testimony, whether to allow cross-examination, or whether to allow oral argument. The Presiding Officer shall grant or deny the application on the record.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Objections and exceptions.</I> Objections to evidence shall be timely interposed, shall appear on the record, and shall contain the grounds upon which they are based. Rulings on all objections, and the bases therefore, shall appear on the record. Formal exception to an adverse ruling is not required to preserve the question for appeal.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Offer of proof.</I> When an objection to proffered testimony or documentary evidence is sustained, the sponsoring party may make a specific offer, either in writing or orally, of what the party expects to prove by the testimony or the document. When an offer of proof is made, any other party may make a specific offer, either in writing or orally, of what the party expects to present to rebut or contradict the offer of proof. Written offers of proof or of rebuttal, adequately marked for identification, shall accompany the record and be available for consideration by any reviewing authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.44" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.44   Expert witnesses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition.</I> An expert witness is one who, by reason of education, training, experience, or profession, has peculiar knowlege concerning the matter of science or skill to which his or her testimony relates and from which he or she may draw inferences based upon hypothetically stated facts or from facts involving scientific or technical knowledge.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Method of presenting testimony of expert witness.</I> Except as may be otherwise ordered by the Presiding Officer, a detailed written statement of the elements of the direct testimony of an expert witness shall be filed on the record and exchanged between the parties no later than 10 days preceding the commencement of the hearing. The statement must contain a full explanation of the methodology underlying any analysis, and a full disclosure of the basis of any opinion. The direct testimony of an expert witness shall not include points not contained in the written statement. A party may waive direct examination of an expert witness by indicating that the written statement be considered the testimony of the witness. In such a case, the written testimony shall be incorporated into the record and shall constitute the testimony of the witness.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cross-examination and redirect examination of expert witness.</I> Cross-examination, redirect examination, and re-cross-examination of an expert witness will proceed in due course based upon the written testimony and any amplifying oral testimony.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Failure to file and/or to exchange written statement.</I> Failure to file and/or to exchange the written statement of an expert witness as provided in this section shall deprive the sponsoring party of the use of the expert witness and of the conclusions which that witness would have presented.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.45" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.45   In camera materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition. In camera</I> materials are documents, testimony, or other data which by order of the Presiding Officer or the Administrator, as appropriate under this part, are kept confidential and excluded from the public record. Only materials exempt under the Freedom of Information Act may be kept confidential and excluded from the public record. Pursuant to 49 CFR part 512, the Chief Counsel of the NHTSA is responsible for determining whether an alleged confidential business record is exempt from the Freedom of Information Act. The right of the Presiding Officer, the Administrator and reviewing courts to order disclosure of <I>in camera</I> materials is specifically reserved.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>In camera treatment of documents and testimony.</I> The Presiding Officer or the Administrator, as appropriate under this part, shall have authority, when good cause is found on the record, to order documents or testimony offered in evidence, whether admitted or rejected, to be received and preserved <I>in camera.</I> The order shall specify the length of time for <I>in camera</I> treatment and shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the documents and/or testimony;
</P>
<P>(2) The reasons for granting <I>in camera</I> treatment for the specified length of time.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Access and disclosure to parties.</I> (1) The Administrator and Presiding Officer, and their immediate advisory staffs shall have complete access to all <I>in camera</I> materials. All other parties shall also have complete access to all <I>in camera</I> materials, except that these parties may seek access only in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section when:
</P>
<P>(i) The <I>in camera</I> materials consist of information obtained by the government from persons not parties to the proceeding; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The <I>in camera</I> materials consist of information provided by one of the parties to the proceeding which is confidential as to the other parties to the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) Any party desiring access to and/or disclosure of the <I>in camera</I> materials specified in paragraph (c)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section for the preparation and presentation of that party's case shall make a motion which sets forth the justification therefor. The Presiding Officer or the Administrator, as appropriate under this part, may grant such motion on the record for substantial good cause shown and shall enter a protective order prohibiting unnecessary disclosure and requiring other necessary safeguards. The Presiding Officer or the Administrator, as appropriate, may examine the <I>in camera</I> materials and excise portions thereof before disclosing the materials to the moving party.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Segregation of</I> in camera <I>materials. In camera</I> materials shall be segregated from the public record and protected from public view.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Public release of</I> in camera <I>materials. In camera</I> materials constitute a part of the confidential records of the NHTSA and shall not be released to the public until the expiration of <I>in camera</I> treatment.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reference to</I> in camera <I>materials.</I> In the submission of proposed findings, conclusions, briefs, or other documents, all parties shall refrain from disclosing specific details of <I>in camera</I> materials. Such refraining shall not preclude general references to such materials. To the extent that parties consider it necessary to include specific details of <I>in camera</I> materials, the references shall be incorporated into separate proposed findings, briefs, or other documents marked “CONFIDENTIAL, CONTAINS <I>IN CAMERA</I> MATERIAL,” which shall be placed <I>in camera</I> and become part of the <I>in camera</I> record. These documents shall be served only on parties accorded access to the <I>in camera</I> materials in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.46" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.46   Proposed findings, conclusions, and order.</HEAD>
<P>Within a reasonable time after the closing of the record and receipt of the transcript, all parties and participants may, simultaneously, file post-hearing briefs, including proposed findings of fact, conclusions of law and a proposed order, together with reasons therefore. The Presiding Officer shall establish a date certain for the filing of the briefs, which shall not exceed 45 days after the close of the record except in unusual circumstances. The briefs shall be in writing, shall be served upon all parties, and shall contain adequate references to the record and authorities relied on. Replies shall be filed within fifteen (15) days of the date for the filing of briefs unless otherwise established by the Presiding Officer. The parties and participants may waive either or both submissions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.47" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.47   Record.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting and transcription.</I> Hearings shall be recorded and transcribed under the supervision of the Presiding Officer by a reporter appointed by the Administrator. The original transcript shall be a part of the record and the official transcript. Copies of transcripts are available from the reporter at a cost not to exceed the maximum rates fixed by contract between the NHTSA and the reporter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Corrections.</I> Corrections of the official transcript may be made only when they involve errors affecting substance and then only in the manner herein provided. The Presiding Officer may order corrections, either on his or her own motion or on motion of any party. The Presiding Officer shall determine the corrections to be made and so order. Corrections shall be interlineated or otherwise inserted in the official transcript so as not to obliterate the original text.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.48" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.5.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.48   Official docket.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The official docket in adjudicatory proceedings will be maintained in the Docket Section, Office of the Secretary, Room 4107, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590, and will be available for inspection during normal working hours (9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m.) Monday through Friday.
</P>
<P>(b) Fees for production or disclosure of records contained in the official docket shall be levied as prescribed in the Department of Transportation's regulations on Public Availability of Information (49 CFR part 7).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 15783, May 3, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.49" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.5.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.49   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Witnesses.</I> Any person compelled to appear in person in response to a subpoena or notice of oral examination shall be paid at least the same attendance and mileage fees as are paid witnesses in the courts of the United States, in accordance with title 28, U.S.C., section 1821.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Responsibility.</I> The fees and mileage referred to in this section shall be paid by the party at whose instance witnesses appear.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Decision</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.51" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.51   Initial decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When filed.</I> The Presiding Officer shall endeavor to file an Initial Decision with the Administrator within sixty (60) days of the close of the record, the filing of post-hearing briefs, or the filing of replies thereto, whichever is latest.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content.</I> The Initial Decision shall be based upon a consideration of the entire record and it shall be supported by reliable, probative, and substantial evidence. It shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) Findings and conclusions, as well as the reasons or bases therefor, upon the material questions of fact, material issues of law, or discretion presented on the record, and should, where practicable, be accompanied by specific page citations to the record and to legal and other materials relied upon.
</P>
<P>(2) An appropriate order.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>By whom made.</I> The Initial Decision shall be made and filed by the Presiding Officer who presided over the hearing, unless otherwise ordered by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reopening of proceeding by presiding officer; termination of jurisdiction.</I> (1) At any time prior to or concomitant with the filing of the Initial Decision, the Presiding Officer may reopen the proceedings for the reception of further evidence.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for the correction of clerical errors, the jurisdiction of the Presiding Officer is terminated upon the filing of the Initial Decision, unless and until the proceeding is remanded to the Presiding Officer by the Administrator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.52" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.6.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.52   Adoption of initial decision.</HEAD>
<P>The Initial Decision and Order shall become the Final Decision and Order of the Administrator forty (40) days after issuance unless an appeal is noted and perfected or unless review is ordered by the Administrator. Upon the expiration of the fortieth day, the Executive Secretary shall prepare, sign and enter an order adopting the Initial Decision and Order.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.53" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.6.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.53   Appeal from initial decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Who may file notice of intention.</I> Any party may appeal an Initial Decision to the Administrator provided that within ten (10) days after issuance of the Initial Decision such party files and serves a notice of intention to appeal.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Appeal brief.</I> The appeal shall be in the form of a brief, filed within forty (40) days after service of the Initial Decision, duly served upon all parties and participants. The appeal brief shall contain, in the order indicated, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A subject index of the matters in the brief, with page references, and a table of cases (alphabetically arranged), textbooks, statutes, and other material cited, with page references thereto;
</P>
<P>(2) A concise statement of the case;
</P>
<P>(3) A specification of the position urged;
</P>
<P>(4) The argument, presenting clearly the points of fact and law relied upon in support of the position on each question, with specific page references to the record and the legal or other material relied upon; and
</P>
<P>(5) A proposed form of order for the Administrator's consideration in lieu of the order contained in the Initial Decision.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Answering brief.</I> Within thirty (30) days after service of the appeal brief upon all parties and participants, any party may file an answering brief which shall also contain a subject index, with page references, and a table of cases (alphabetically arranged), textbooks, statutes, and other material cited, with page references thereto. Such brief shall present clearly the points of fact and law relied upon in support of the position taken on each question, with specific page references to the record and legal or other material relied upon.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Participant's brief.</I> Within thirty (30) days after service of the appeal brief upon all parties and participants, any participant may file an appeal brief which should contain a subject index, with page references, and a table of authorities being relied upon. Such brief shall present clearly the position taken by the participant on each question raised by the appellant(s).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Cross appeal.</I> If a timely notice of appeal is filed by a party, any other party may file a notice of cross-appeal within ten (10) days of the date on which the first notice of appeal was filed. Cross-appeals shall be included in the answering brief and shall conform to the requirements for form, content and filing specified in paragraph (c) of this section. If an appeal is noticed but not perfected, no cross-appeal shall be permitted and the notice of cross-appeal shall be deemed void.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Reply brief.</I> A reply brief shall be limited to rebuttal of matters in answering briefs, including matters raised in cross-appeals. A reply brief shall be filed and within fourteen (14) days after service of an answering brief, or on the day preceding the oral argument, whichever comes first.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Oral argument.</I> The purpose of an oral argument is to emphasize and clarify the issues. Any party may request oral argument. The Administrator may order oral argument upon request or upon his or her own initiative. All oral arguments shall be reported and transcribed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.54" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.6.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.54   Review of initial decision in absence of appeal.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may, by order, review a case not otherwise appealed by a party. Thereupon the parties shall and participants may file briefs in accordance with § 511.53(b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) except that the Administrator may, in his or her discretion, establish a different briefing schedule in his or her order. Any such order shall issue within forty (40) days of issuance of the Initial Decision. The order shall set forth the issues which the Administrator will review.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.55" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.6.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.55   Final decision on appeal or review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon appeal from or review of an Initial Decision, the Administrator shall consider such parts of the record as are cited or as may be necessary to resolve the issues presented and, in addition, shall, to the extent necessary or desirable, exercise all the powers which he or she could have exercised if he or she had made the Initial Decision.
</P>
<P>(b) In rendering his or her decision, the Administrator shall adopt, modify, or set aside the findings, conclusions, and order contained in the Initial Decision, and shall include in his or her Final Decision a statement of the reasons or bases for his or her action. The Administrator shall issue an order reflecting his or her Final Decision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.56" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.6.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.56   Reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>Within twenty (20) days after issuance of a Final Decision and Order, any party may file with the Administrator a petition for reconsideration of such decision or order, setting forth the relief desired and the grounds in support thereof. Any party desiring to oppose such a petition shall file an answer thereto within ten (10) days after service of the petition. The filing of a petition for reconsideration shall not stay the effective date of the Decision and Order or toll the running of any statutory time period affecting the decision or order unless specifically so ordered by the Administrator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.57" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.6.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.57   Effective date of order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Consent orders.</I> An order which has been issued following acceptance of an offer of settlement in accordance with § 511.26 becomes effective upon issuance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Litigated orders.</I> All other orders become effective upon the expiration of the statutory period for court review specified in section 508(c)(1) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, title 15, U.S.C. section 2008(c)(1), Pub. L. 94-163, 89 Stat. 911, or, if a petition for review has been filed, upon court affirmance of the Administrator's order.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Settlement Procedure in Cases of Violation of Average Fuel Economy Standards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.61" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.7.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.61   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart establishes the procedures and requirements necessary to obtain a settlement of a case of violation of section 507 (1) or (2) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, as amended, Pub. L. 94-163, 89 Stat. 911 (15 U.S.C. section 2007(1)(2)). No settlement of such cases may be had except as in accordance with this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.62" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.7.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.62   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Average fuel economy standard</I> means an average fuel economy standard established by or pursuant to the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act.
</P>
<P><I>Insolvency</I> means the inability to meet expenses when due.
</P>
<P><I>Settlement</I> means a compromise, modification, or remission of a civil penalty assessed under this part for a violation of an average fuel economy standard.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.63" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.7.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.63   Criteria for settlement.</HEAD>
<P>Settlement of a case of violation of an average fuel economy standard is discretionary with the Administrator. The Administrator will consider settlement only to the extent:
</P>
<P>(a) Necessary to prevent the insolvency or bankruptcy of the person seeking settlement, or
</P>
<P>(b) That the violation of the average fuel economy standard resulted, as shown by the person seeking settlement, from an act of God, a strike, or fire, or
</P>
<P>(c) That modification of a civil penalty assessed under this part is necessary to prevent lessening of competition, as determined and as certified by the Federal Trade Commission under section 508(b)(4) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, Pub. L. 94-163, 89 Stat. 911 (15 U.S.C. section 2008(b)(4)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.64" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.7.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.64   Petitions for settlement; timing, contents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A petition seeking settlement under this subpart must be filed within 30 days after the issuance of a final order assessing a civil penalty for a violation of an average fuel economy standard.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) A petition for settlement should be sufficient to allow the Administrator to determine that at least one of the criteria set out in § 511.63 is satisfied, and that the public interest would be served by settlement.
</P>
<P>(2) A petition asserting that settlement is necessary to prevent bankruptcy or insolvency must include:
</P>
<P>(i) Copies of all pertinent financial records, auditor's reports, and documents that show that the imposition of a civil penalty would cause insolvency, or would cause a company to do an act of bankruptcy, and
</P>
<P>(ii) A payment schedule that would allow the petitioner to pay a civil penalty without resulting in insolvency or an act of bankruptcy.
</P>
<P>(3) A petition asserting that the violation of the average fuel economy standard was caused by an act of God, fire, or strike must describe corrective and ameliorative steps taken to mitigate the effects of the act of God, fire, or strike.
</P>
<P>(4) A petition based on a certification by the Federal Trade Commission that modification of the civil penalty assessed is necessary to prevent a substantial lessening of competition must include a certified copy of:
</P>
<P>(i) The application to the Federal Trade Commission for a certification under section 508(b)(4) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, Pub. L. 94-163, 89 Stat. 911 (15 U.S.C. 2008(b)(4)), and materials supporting the application.
</P>
<P>(ii) The administrative record of any Federal Trade Commission proceeding held in regard to the application, and
</P>
<P>(iii) The certification by the Federal Trade Commission.
</P>
<P>(c) It is the policy of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration that unconditional settlements of violations of average fuel economy standards are not in the public interest, and absent special and extraordinary circumstances, will not be allowed. All petitions for settlement shall contain a section proposing conditions for settlement. Conditions for settlement can be specific acts designed to lead to the reduction of automotive fuel consumption, which the petitioner is not otherwise required to perform pursuant to any statute, regulation, or administrative or judicial order, such as sponsoring public education programs, advertising, accelerating commercial application of technology, accelerating technology development programs, or making public the results of privately performed studies, surveys, or research activities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.65" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.7.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.65   Public comment.</HEAD>
<P>Notice and opportunity for comment are provided to the public in regard to settlements under this part. Subject to § 511.66, notice of receipt of a petition for settlement is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> and a copy of such petitions and any supporting information is placed in a public docket. Any settlement agreed to by the Administrator shall be placed in the public docket for 30 days so that interested persons may comment thereon. No settlement is binding until the completion of that thirty day period.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.66" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.7.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.66   Confidential business information.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator shall have authority to segregate from the public docket and to protect from public view information in support of a petition for settlement which has been determined to be confidential business information. The provisions of 15 U.S.C. 2005(d) pertaining to discretionary release by the Administrator of and to limited disclosure of information determined to be confidential business information shall apply to this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.67" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.7.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.67   Settlement order.</HEAD>
<P>If, in accordance with this subpart, the Administrator allows a settlement of a case of violation of an average fuel economy standard, an order of settlement shall be issued, setting out the terms of the settlement, and containing a brief discussion of the factors underlying the exercise of the Administrator's discretion in allowing the settlement, including a discussion of comments received under § 511.65. If the Administrator rejects a petition for settlement, the Administrator shall give written notice of the rejection and the reasons for the rejection to the parties and the Presiding Officer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 15783, May 3, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Appearances; Standards of Conduct</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.71" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.8.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.71   Who may make appearances.</HEAD>
<P>A party or participant may appear in person, or by a duly authorized officer, partner, regular employee, or other agent of this party or participant, or by or with counsel or other duly qualified representative, in any proceeding under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.72" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.8.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.72   Authority for representation.</HEAD>
<P>Any individual acting in a representative capacity in any adjudicative proceeding may be required by the Presiding Officer or the Administrator to show his or her authority to act in such capacity. A regular employee of a party who appears on behalf of the party shall be required by the Presiding Officer or the Administrator to show his or her authority to so appear.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.73" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.8.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.73   Written appearances.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who appears in a proceeding shall file a written notice of appearance with the Executive Secretary or deliver a written notice of appearance to the reporter at the hearing, stating for whom the appearance is made and the name, address, and telephone number (including area code) of the person making the appearance and the date of the commencement of the appearance. The written appearance shall be made a part of the record.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who has previously appeared in a proceeding may withdraw his or her appearance by filing a written notice of withdrawal of appearance with the Docket Section. The notice of withdrawal shall state the name, address, and telephone number (including area code) of the person withdrawing the appearance, for whom the appearance was made, and the effective date of the withdrawal of the appearance, and such notice of withdrawal shall be filed within five (5) days of the effective date of the withdrawal of the appearance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 81578, Dec. 11, 1980, as amended at 53 FR 15783, May 3, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.74" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.8.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.74   Attorneys.</HEAD>
<P>An attorney at law who is admitted to practice before the Federal courts or before the highest court of any State, the District of Columbia, or any territory or Commonwealth of the United States, may practice before the NHTSA. An attorney's own representation that he or she is in good standing before any of such courts shall be sufficient proof thereof, unless otherwise ordered by the Presiding Officer or the Administrator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.75" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.8.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.75   Persons not attorneys.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who is not an attorney at law may be admitted to appear in an adjudicative proceeding if that person files proof to the satisfaction of the Presiding Officer that he or she possesses the necessary legal, technical or other qualifications to render valuable service in the proceeding and is otherwise competent to advise and assist in the presentation of matters in the proceedings. An application by a person not an attorney at law to appear in a proceeding shall be submitted in writing to the Docket Section, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the hearing in the proceedings. The application shall set forth the applicant's qualifications to appear in the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(b) No person who is not an attorney at law and whose application has not been approved shall be permitted to appear in the Administration's proceedings. However, this provision shall not apply to any person who appears before the NHTSA on his or her own behalf or on behalf of any corporation, partnership, or association of which the person is a partner, officer, or regular employee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 81578, Dec. 11, 1980, as amended at 53 FR 15784, May 3, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.76" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.8.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.76   Qualifications and standards of conduct.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The NHTSA expects all persons appearing in proceedings before it to act with integrity, with respect, and in an ethical manner. Business transacted before and with the NHTSA shall be in good faith.
</P>
<P>(b) To maintain orderly proceedings, the Presiding Officer or the Administrator, as appropriate under this part, may exclude parties, participants, and their representatives for refusal to comply with directions, continued use of dilatory tactics, refusal to adhere to reasonable standards of orderly and ethical conduct, failure to act in good faith, or violation of the prohibition against certain ex parte communications. The Presiding Officer may, in addition to the above sanctions, deny access to additional <I>in camera</I> materials when a party or participant publicly releases such materials without authorization.
</P>
<P>(c) An excluded party, participant, or representative thereof may petition the Administrator to entertain an interlocutory appeal in accordance with § 511.24. If, after such appeal, the representative of a party or participant, is excluded, the hearing shall, at the request of the party or participant, be suspended for a reasonable time so that the party or participant may obtain another representative.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.77" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.8.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.77   Restrictions as to former members and employees.</HEAD>
<P>The postemployee restrictions applicable to former Administrators and NHTSA employees, as set forth in 18 U.S.C. 207, shall govern the activities of former Administrators and NHTSA employees in matters connected with their former duties and responsibilities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 511.78" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.8.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 511.78   Prohibited communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section is applicable during the period commencing with the date of issuance of a complaint and ending upon final NHTSA action in the matter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) “Decision-maker” means those NHTSA personnel who render decisions in adjudicative proceedings under this part, or who advise officials who render such decisions, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The Administrator,
</P>
<P>(ii) The Administrative Law Judges;
</P>
<P>(2) “Ex parte communication” means:
</P>
<P>(i) Any written communication other than a request for a status report on the proceeding made to a decisionmaker by any person other than a decisionmaker which is not served on all parties,
</P>
<P>(ii) Any oral communication other than a request for a status report on the proceeding made to a decisionmaker by any person other than a decisionmaker without advance notice to the parties to the proceeding and opportunity for them to be present.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prohibited ex parte communications.</I> Any oral or written ex parte communication relative to the merits of a proceeding under this part is a prohibited ex parte communication, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Permissible ex parte communications.</I> The following communications shall not be prohibited under this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Ex parte communications authorized by statute or by this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Any staff communication concerning judicial review or judicial enforcement in any matter pending before or decided by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Procedures for handling prohibited ex parte communication</I>—(1) <I>Prohibited written ex parte communication.</I> To the extent possible, a prohibited written <I>ex parte</I> communication received by any NHTSA employee shall be forwarded to the Docket Section rather than to a decisionmaker. A prohibited written <I>ex parte</I> communication which reaches a decisionmaker shall be forwarded by the decisionmaker to the Docket Section. If the circumstances in which a prohibited <I>ex parte</I> written communication was made are not apparent from the communication itself, a statement describing those circumstances shall be forwarded with the communication.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Prohibited oral ex parte communication.</I> (i) If a prohibited oral ex parte communication is made to a decisionmaker, he or she shall advise the person making the communication that the communication is prohibited and shall terminate the discussion.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the event of a prohibited oral <I>ex parte</I> communication, the decisionmaker shall forward to the Docket Section a dated statement containing such of the following information as is known to him/her:
</P>
<P>(A) The title and docket number of the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(B) The name and address of the person making the communication and his/her relationship (if any) to the parties to the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(C) The date and time of the communication, its duration, and the circumstances (telephone call, personal interview, etc.) under which it was made;
</P>
<P>(D) A brief statement of the substance of the matters discussed;
</P>
<P>(E) Whether the person making the communication persisted in doing so after being advised that the communication was prohibited.
</P>
<P>(3) All communications and statements forwarded to the Docket Section under this section shall be placed in the public file which shall be associated with, but not made a part of, the record of the proceedings to which the communication or statement pertains.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Service on parties.</I> The Administrator shall serve a copy of each communication and statement forwarded under this section on all parties to the proceedings. However, if the parties are numerous, or if other circumstances satisfy the Administrator that service of the communication or statement would be unduly burdensome, he or she may, in lieu of service, notify all parties in writing that the communication or statement has been made and filed and that it is available for inspection and copying.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Service on maker.</I> The Administrator shall forward to the person who made the prohibited <I>ex parte</I> communication a copy of each communication or statement filed under this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effect of ex parte communications.</I> No prohibited ex parte communication shall be considered as part of the record for decision unless introduced into evidence by a party to the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Sanctions.</I> A party or participant who makes a prohibited ex parte communication, or who encourages or solicits another to make any such communication, may be subject to any appropriate sanction or sanctions, including, but not limited to, exclusion from the proceedings and adverse rulings on the issues which are the subject of the prohibited communication.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 81578, Dec. 11, 1980, as amended at 53 FR 15784, May 3, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix I" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.5.8.1.9.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix I to Part 511—Final Prehearing Order
</HEAD>
<HD3>Case Caption
</HD3>
<HD3>Final Prehearing Order
</HD3>
<P>A prehearing conference was held in this matter pursuant to Rule 21 of the Administration's Rules of Practice for Adjudicative Proceedings, on the ____________________ day of ____________________, 19____, at ____ o'clock __ M.
</P>
<P>Counsel appeared as follows:
</P>
<FP>For the Administration staff:
</FP>
<FP>For the Respondent(s):
</FP>
<FP>Others:
</FP>
<P>1. NATURE OF ACTION AND JURISDICTION.
</P>
<HD3>This is an action for ____________________
</HD3>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>and the jurisdiction of the Administration is involved under Section ____ of Title ____ U.S.C. The jurisdiction of the Administration is (not) disputed. The questions of jurisdiction was decided as follows:
</FP>
<P>2. STIPULATIONS AND STATEMENTS.
</P>
<P>The following stipulations and statements were submitted, attached to, and made a part of this order:
</P>
<P>(a) A comprehensive written stipulation or statement of all uncontested facts;
</P>
<P>(b) A concise summary of the ultimate facts as claimed by each party. (Complaint Counsel must set forth the claimed facts, specifically; for example, if violation is claimed, Complaint Counsel must assert specifically the acts of violation complained of; each respondent must reply with equal clarity and detail.)
</P>
<P>(c) Written stipulations or statements setting forth the qualifications of the expert witnesses to be called by each party;
</P>
<P>(d) A written list or lists of the witnesses whom each party will call, a written list or lists of the additional witnesses whom each party <I>may</I> call, and a statement of the subject on which each witness will testify;
</P>
<P>(e) An agreed statement of the contested issues of fact and of law, and/or separate statements by each party or any contested issues of fact and law not agreed to;
</P>
<P>(f) A list of all depositions to be read into evidence and statements of any objections thereto;
</P>
<P>(g) A list and brief description of any charts, graphs, models, schematic diagrams, and similar objects that will be used in opening statements or closing arguments, but will not be offered in evidence. If any other such objects are to be used by any party, they will be submitted to opposing counsel at least three days prior to hearing. If there is then any objection to their use, the dispute will be submitted to the Presiding Officer at least one day prior to hearing;
</P>
<P>(h) Written waivers of claims or defenses which have been abandoned by the parties.
</P>
<FP>The foregoing were modified at the pretrial conference as follows:
</FP>
<HD3>[To be completed at the conference itself. If none, recite “none”]
</HD3>
<P>3. COMPLAINT COUNSEL'S EVIDENCE.
</P>
<P>3.1 The following exhibits were offered by Complaint Counsel, received in evidence, and marked as follows:
</P>
<HD3>[Identification number and brief description of each exhibit]
</HD3>
<FP>The authenticity of these exhibits has been stipulated.
</FP>
<P>3.2 The following exhibits were offered by the Complaint Counsel and marked for identification. There was reserved to the respondent(s) and party intervenors, if any, the right to object to their receipt in evidence on the grounds stated:
</P>
<HD3>[Identification number and brief description of each exhibit. State briefly ground of objection, e.g., competency, relevancy, materiality]
</HD3>
<P>4. RESPONDENT'S EVIDENCE.
</P>
<P>4.1 The following exhibits were offered by the respondent(s), received in evidence, and marked as herein indicated:
</P>
<HD3>[Identification number and brief description of each exhibit]
</HD3>
<FP>The authenticity of these exhibits has been stipulated.
</FP>
<P>4.2 The following exhibits were offered by the respondent(s) and marked for identification. There was reserved to Complaint Counsel and party intervenors, if any, the right to object to their receipt in evidence on the grounds stated:
</P>
<FP-1>[Identification number and brief description of each exhibit. State briefly ground of objection, e.g., competency, relevancy, materiality]
</FP-1>
<P>5. ADDITIONAL ACTIONS.
</P>
<FP>The following additional action was taken:
</FP>
<FP-1>[Amendments to pleadings, agreements of the parties, disposition of motions, separation of issues of liability and remedy, etc., if necessary]
</FP-1>
<P>6. LIMITATIONS AND RESERVATIONS.
</P>
<P>6.1 Each of the parties has the right to further supplement the list of witnesses not later than ten (10) days prior to trial by furnishing opposing counsel with the name and address of the witness and general subject matter of his or her testimony and filing a supplement to this pretrial order. Thereafter additional witnesses may be added only after application to the Presiding Officer, for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>6.2 Rebuttal witnesses not listed in the exhibits to this order may be called only if the necessity of their testimony could not reasonably be foreseen ten (10) days prior to trial. If it appears to counsel at any time before trial that such rebuttal witnesses will be called, notice will immediately be given to opposing counsel and the Presiding Officer.
</P>
<P>6.3 The probable length of hearing is ________ days. The hearings will be commenced on the ____ day of __________, 19____, at ____ o'clock __ M. at (location) __________.
</P>
<P>6.4 Prehearing briefs will be filed not later than 5:00 p.m. on ________. (Insert date not later than ten (10) days prior to hearing.) All anticipated legal questions, including those relating to the admissibility of evidence, must be covered by prehearing briefs.
</P>
<P>This prehearing order has been formulated after a conference at which counsel for the respective parties appeared. Reasonable opportunity has been afforded counsel for corrections or additions prior to signing. It will control the course of the hearing, and it may not be amended except by consent of the parties and the Presiding Officer, or by order of the Presiding Officer to prevent manifest injustice.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Presiding Officer's Name)
</FP>
<FP>(Presiding Officer's Title)
</FP>
<FP>APPROVED AS TO FORM AND SUBSTANCE
</FP>
<FP>Date: __________.
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Complaint Counsel.
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Attorney for Respondent(s).
</FP>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Where intervenors appear pursuant to § 511.17 the prehearing order may be suitably modified; the initial page may be modified to reflect the intervention.</P></NOTE>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="512" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 512—CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS INFORMATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322; 5 U.S.C. 552; 49 U.S.C. 30166; 49 U.S.C. 30167; 49 U.S.C. 32307; 49 U.S.C. 32505; 49 U.S.C. 32708; 49 U.S.C. 32910; 49 U.S.C. 33116; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 44228, July 28, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to establish the procedures and standards by which NHTSA will consider claims that information submitted to the agency is entitled to confidential treatment under 5 U.S.C. 552(b), most often because it constitutes confidential business information as described in 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4), and to address the treatment of information determined to be entitled to confidential treatment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to all information submitted to NHTSA, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, for which a determination is sought that the material is entitled to confidential treatment under 5 U.S.C. 552(b), most often because it constitutes confidential business information as described in 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4), and should be withheld from public disclosure. 
</P>
<P>(b) Information received as part of the procurement process is subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulation, 48 CFR Chapter 1, as well as this part. In any case of conflict between the Federal Acquisition Regulation and this part, the provisions of the Federal Acquisition Regulation prevail. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever used in this part: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Chief Counsel</I> means the Chief Counsel of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Confidential business</I> information means trade secrets or commercial or financial information that is privileged or confidential, as described in 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4). 
</P>
<P>(1) A <I>trade secret</I> is a secret, commercially valuable plan, formula, process, or device that is used for the making, preparing, compounding, or processing of trade commodities and that can be said to be the end product of either innovation or substantial effort. 
</P>
<P>(2) Commercial or financial information is considered confidential if it has not been publicly disclosed and: 
</P>
<P>(i) If the information was required to be submitted and its release is likely to impair the Government's ability to obtain necessary information in the future, or is likely to cause substantial harm to the competitive position of the person from whom the information was obtained; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) if the information was voluntarily submitted and is the kind of information that is customarily not released to the public by the person from whom it was obtained. 
</P>
<P>(d) NHTSA means the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. 
</P>
<P>(e) “<I>Substantial competitive harm</I>” includes “<I>significant competitive damage</I>” under Chapter 329 of Title 49 of the United States Code, Automobile Fuel Economy, 49 U.S.C. 32910(c). 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Submission Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.4   When requesting confidentiality, what should I submit?</HEAD>
<P>Any person submitting information to NHTSA, other than information in a class identified in appendix C of this Part, and requesting that the information be withheld from public disclosure pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(b) shall submit the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) The materials for which confidentiality is being requested, in conformance with §§ 512.5, 512.6, and 512.7 of this part; 
</P>
<P>(b) The Certificate, in the form set out in appendix A to this part; 
</P>
<P>(c) Supporting information, in conformance with § 512.8; and 
</P>
<P>(d) Any request for an extension of time, made in accordance with § 512.11. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.5   How many copies should I submit?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided for in subsection (c), a person must send the following in hard copy or electronic format to the Chief Counsel when making a claim for confidential treatment covering submitted material: 
</P>
<P>(1) A complete copy of the submission, and 
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the submission containing only the portions for which no claim of confidential treatment is made and from which those portions for which confidential treatment is claimed has been redacted, and 
</P>
<P>(3) Either a second complete copy of the submission or, alternatively, those portions of the submission containing the material for which confidential treatment is claimed and any additional information the submitter deems important to the Chief Counsel's consideration of the claim. 
</P>
<P>(4) If submitted in electronic format, a copy of any special software required to review materials for which confidential treatment is requested and user instructions must also be provided. 
</P>
<P>(b) A person filing comments to a rulemaking action must additionally submit to the rulemaking docket a copy of the submission containing only the portions for which no claim of confidential treatment is made and from which those portions for which confidential treatment is claimed has been redacted. 
</P>
<P>(c) Any person submitting blueprints or engineering drawings need only provide an original version with their submission. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.6   How should I prepare documents when submitting a claim for confidentiality?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Information claimed to be confidential must be clearly identified to enable the agency to distinguish between those portions of the submission claimed to constitute confidential business information and those portions for which no such claim is made. 
</P>
<P>(b) The word “CONFIDENTIAL” must appear on the top of each page containing information claimed to be confidential. 
</P>
<P>(1) If an entire page is claimed to be confidential, the submitter must indicate clearly that the entire page is claimed to be confidential. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the information for which confidentiality is being requested is contained within a page, the submitter shall enclose each item of information that is claimed to be confidential within brackets: “[ ].” 
</P>
<P>(c) Submissions in electronic format—(1) Persons submitting information under this Part may submit the information in an electronic format. Except for early warning reporting data submitted to the agency under 49 CFR part 579, the information submitted in an electronic format shall be submitted in a physical medium such as a CD-ROM. The exterior of the medium (e.g., the disk itself) shall be permanently labeled with the submitter's name, the subject of the information and the words “CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS INFORMATION”.
</P>
<P>(2) Confidential portions of electronic files submitted in other than their original format must be marked “Confidential Business Information” or “Entire Page Confidential Business Information” at the top of each page. If only a portion of a page is claimed to be confidential, that portion shall be designated by brackets. Files submitted in their original format that cannot be marked as described above must, to the extent practicable, identify confidential information by alternative markings using existing attributes within the file or means that are accessible through use of the file's associated program. When alternative markings are used, such as font changes or symbols, the submitter must use one method consistently for electronic files of the same type within the same submission. The method used for such markings must be described in the request for confidentiality. Files and materials that cannot be marked internally, such as video clips or executable files or files provided in a format specifically requested by the agency, shall be renamed prior to submission so the words “Confidential Bus Info” appears in the file name or, if that is not practicable, the characters “Conf Bus Info” or “Conf” appear. In all cases, a submitter shall provide an electronic copy of its request for confidential treatment on any medium containing confidential information, except where impracticable.
</P>
<P>(3) Confidential portions of electronic files submitted in other than their original format must be marked with consecutive page numbers or sequential identifiers so that any page can be identified and located using the file name and page number. Confidential portions of electronic files submitted in their original format must, if practicable, be marked with consecutive page numbers or sequential identifiers so that any page can be identified and located using the file name and page number. Confidential portions of electronic files submitted in their original format that cannot be marked as described above must, to the extent practicable, identify the portions of the file that are claimed to be confidential through the use of existing indices or placeholders embedded within the file. If such indices or placeholders exist, the submitter's request for confidential treatment shall clearly identify them and the means for locating them within the file. If files submitted in their original format cannot be marked with page or sequence number designations and do not contain existing indices or placeholders for locating confidential information, then the portions of the files that are claimed to be confidential shall be described by other means in the request for confidential treatment. In all cases, submitters shall provide an electronic copy of their request for confidential treatment on any media containing confidential data except where impracticable.
</P>
<P>(4) Electronic media may be submitted only in commonly available and used formats.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 44228, July 28, 2003, as amended at 72 FR 59469, Oct. 19, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.7   Where should I send the information for which I am requesting confidentiality?</HEAD>
<P>A claim for confidential treatment must be submitted in accordance with the provisions of this regulation to the Chief Counsel of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building W41-227, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 59470, Oct. 19, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.8   What supporting information should I submit with my request?</HEAD>
<P>When requesting confidentiality, the submitter shall: 
</P>
<P>(a) Describe the information for which confidentiality is being requested; 
</P>
<P>(b) Identify the confidentiality standard(s) under which the confidentiality request should be evaluated, in accordance with § 512.15; 
</P>
<P>(c) Justify the basis for the claim of confidentiality under the confidentiality standard(s) identified pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section by describing: 
</P>
<P>(1) Why the information qualifies as a trade secret, if the basis for confidentiality is that the information is a trade secret; 
</P>
<P>(2) What the harmful effects of disclosure would be and why the effects should be viewed as substantial, if the claim for confidentiality is based upon substantial competitive harm; 
</P>
<P>(3) What significant NHTSA interests will be impaired by disclosure of the information and why disclosure is likely to impair such interests, if the claim for confidentiality is based upon impairment to government interests; 
</P>
<P>(4) What measures have been taken by the submitter to ensure that the information is not customarily disclosed or otherwise made available to the public, if the basis for confidentiality is that the information is voluntarily submitted; and 
</P>
<P>(5) The information is otherwise entitled to protection, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(b). 
</P>
<P>(d) Indicate if any items of information fall within any of the class determinations included in appendix B to this Part; 
</P>
<P>(e) Indicate the time period during which confidential treatment is sought; and 
</P>
<P>(f) State the name, address, and telephone number of the person to whom NHTSA's response and any inquiries should be directed. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Additional Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.9   What are the requirements if the information comes from a third party?</HEAD>
<P>Where confidentiality is claimed for information obtained by the submitter from a third party, such as a supplier, the submitter is responsible for obtaining from the third party the information that is necessary to comply with § 512.4 of this part, including a certificate in the form set out in appendix A to this Part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.10   Duty to amend.</HEAD>
<P>The submitter shall promptly amend any supporting information provided under § 512.4 if the submitter obtains information upon the basis of which the submitter knows that the supporting information was incorrect when provided, or that the supporting information, though correct when provided to the agency, is no longer correct and the circumstances are such that a failure to amend the supporting information is in substance a knowing concealment. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.11   What if I need an extension of time?</HEAD>
<P>If a person is unable to submit the necessary information required under § 512.4 at the time the claimed confidential information is submitted to NHTSA, then that person may request an extension of time. Any request for an extension shall explain the reason for the extension of time and the length of time requested.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.12" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.12   What if I am submitting multiple items of information?</HEAD>
<P>Any certificate provided under § 512.4(b) of this part, and any supporting information provided under § 512.4(c) of this part, may be used to support a claim for confidential treatment of more than one item of information. However, general or nonspecific assertions or analysis may be insufficient to form an adequate basis for the agency to find that the information is entitled to confidential treatment, and may result in the denial of the claim. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.13" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.13   What are the consequences for noncompliance with this part?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the submitter fails to comply with § 512.4 of this part at the time the information is submitted to NHTSA or does not request an extension of time under § 512.11, the claim for confidentiality may be waived, unless the agency is notified or otherwise becomes aware of the claim before the information is disclosed to the public. If the information is placed in a public docket or file, such placement is disclosure to the public within the meaning of this part and may preclude any claim for confidential treatment. The Chief Counsel may notify a submitter of information or, if applicable, a third party from whom the information was obtained, of inadequacies regarding a claim for confidential treatment and may allow the submitter or third party additional time to supplement the submission, but has no obligation to provide either notice or additional time. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the submitter does not provide the certificate required under § 512.4(b) of this part or any supporting information required under § 512.4(c) of this part, or if the information is insufficient to establish that the information should be afforded confidential treatment under the confidentiality standards set out in § 512.15 of this part, a request that such information be treated confidentially may be denied. The Chief Counsel may notify a submitter of information of inadequacies in the supporting information and may allow the submitter additional time to supplement the showing, but has no obligation to provide either notice or additional time. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Agency Determination</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.14" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.14   Who makes the confidentiality determination?</HEAD>
<P>The Chief Counsel will determine whether an item of information will be afforded confidential treatment under this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.15" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.15   How will confidentiality determinations be made?</HEAD>
<P>Information may be afforded confidential treatment if the Chief Counsel determines that: 
</P>
<P>(a) The information is a trade secret; 
</P>
<P>(b) Public disclosure of the information would be likely to cause substantial harm to the competitive position of the submitter; 
</P>
<P>(c) Public disclosure of the information would be likely to impair NHTSA's ability to obtain necessary information in the future; 
</P>
<P>(d) The information was provided to NHTSA voluntarily and was not customarily released to the public by the person from whom it was obtained; or 
</P>
<P>(e) The information is otherwise entitled to protection, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(b). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.16" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.16   Class determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chief Counsel may issue class determinations of categories of information to be entitled to confidential treatment if the Chief Counsel determines that one or more characteristics common to each item of information in that class, will, in most cases, result in identical treatment, and further that it is appropriate to treat all such items as a class for one or more purposes under this part. Once a class determination is made, the Chief Counsel will publish the new class determination in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Counsel may amend, modify, or terminate any class determination established under this section. These changes will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 
</P>
<P>(c) Class determinations made by the Chief Counsel are listed in Appendices B and C to this Part. 
</P>
<P>(d) A class determination may state that all of the information in the class: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is or is not governed by a particular section of this part or by a particular set of substantive criteria of this part; 
</P>
<P>(2) Satisfies one or more of the applicable substantive criteria; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Satisfies one or more of the substantive criteria, but only for a certain period of time. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.17" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.17   How long should it take to determine whether information is entitled to confidential treatment?</HEAD>
<P>(a) When information claimed to be confidential is requested under the Freedom of Information Act, the determination will be made within twenty (20) working days after NHTSA receives such a request or within thirty (30) working days in unusual circumstances as provided under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(A). However, these time periods may be extended by the Chief Counsel for good cause shown or on request from any person. An extension will be made in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(A), and will be accompanied by a written statement setting out the reasons for the extension. 
</P>
<P>(b) When information claimed to be confidential is not requested under the Freedom of Information Act, the determination of confidentiality will be made within a reasonable period of time, at the discretion of the Chief Counsel. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.18" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.18   How will I be notified of the confidentiality determination?</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a request for confidential treatment is granted, the submitter of the information will be notified in writing of the determination and of any appropriate limitations. 
</P>
<P>(b) If a request for confidential treatment is denied in whole or in part, the submitter of the information will be notified in writing of the determination, and the reasons for the denial, by certified mail, return receipt requested. The information may be made available to the public twenty (20) working days after the submitter of the information has received notice of the denial, unless a request for reconsideration is filed. The information may be released publicly on an earlier date, if the Chief Counsel determines in writing that the public interest requires that the information be made available to the public on such date. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.19" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.19   What can I do if I disagree with the determination?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A submitter of information whose request for confidential treatment is denied in whole or in part, may petition for reconsideration of that decision. Petitions for reconsideration shall be addressed to and received by the Chief Counsel prior to the date on which the information would otherwise be made available to the public. The determination by the Chief Counsel upon such petition for reconsideration shall be administratively final. 
</P>
<P>(b) If a person is unable to submit a petition for reconsideration within twenty (20) working days of receiving notice that a claim for confidential treatment was denied, that person may submit a request for an extension of time. The Chief Counsel must receive any request for an extension of time before the date on which the information would be made available to the public, and the request must be accompanied by an explanation describing the reason for the request and the length of time requested. The Chief Counsel will determine whether to grant or deny the extension and the length of the extension. 
</P>
<P>(c) If a petition for reconsideration is granted, the petitioner will be notified in writing of the determination and of any appropriate limitations. 
</P>
<P>(d) If a petition for reconsideration is denied in whole or in part, or if a request for an extension is denied, the petitioner will be notified in writing of the denial, and the reasons for the denial, and will be informed that the information will be made available to the public not less than twenty (20) working days after the petitioner has received notice of the denial. The information may be released publicly on an earlier date, if the Administrator determines in writing that the public interest requires that the information be made available to the public on such date. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Agency Treatment of Information Claimed To Be Confidential</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.20" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.20   How does the agency treat information submitted pursuant to this part before a confidentiality determination is made?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Information received by NHTSA, for which a properly filed confidentiality request is submitted, will be kept confidential until the Chief Counsel makes a determination regarding its confidentiality. Such information will not be disclosed publicly, except in accordance with this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) Redacted copies of documents submitted to NHTSA under this part will be disclosed to the public. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.21" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.21   How is information submitted pursuant to this part treated once a confidentiality determination is made?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Once the Chief Counsel makes a determination regarding the confidentiality of the submitted information, all materials determined not to be entitled to confidential protection will be disclosed to the public in accordance with the determination, unless a timely petition for reconsideration is received by the agency. 
</P>
<P>(b) Upon receipt of a timely petition for reconsideration under § 512.19 of this part, the submitted information will remain confidential, pending a determination regarding the petition. 
</P>
<P>(c) Should the Chief Counsel, after considering a petition for reconsideration, decide that information is not entitled to confidential treatment, the agency may make the information available after twenty (20) working days after the submitter has received notice of that decision from the Chief Counsel unless the agency receives direction from a court not to release the information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 44228, July 28, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 21425, Apr. 21, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.22" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.22   Under what circumstances may NHTSA modify a grant of confidentiality?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chief Counsel may modify a grant of confidentiality based upon: 
</P>
<P>(1) Newly discovered or changed facts; 
</P>
<P>(2) A change in the applicable law; 
</P>
<P>(3) A change in class determination, pursuant to § 512.16; 
</P>
<P>(4) The passage of time; or 
</P>
<P>(5) A finding that the prior determination is erroneous. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the Chief Counsel believes that an earlier determination of confidentiality should be modified based on one or more of the factors listed in paragraph (a) of this section, the submitter of the information will be notified in writing that the Chief Counsel has modified its earlier determination and of the reasons for the modification, and will be informed that the information will be made available to the public in not less than twenty (20) working days from the date of receipt of the notice of modification. The information may be released publicly on an earlier date, if the Administrator determines in writing that the public interest requires that the information be made available to the public on such date. The submitter may seek reconsideration of the modification, pursuant to § 512.19. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 512.23" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 512.23   Under what circumstances may NHTSA publicly release confidential information?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Information that has been claimed or determined to be confidential under this part may be disclosed to the public by the Administrator notwithstanding such claim or determination, if disclosure would be in the public interest as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Information obtained under chapter 325, 327, 329 or 331 of title 49 of the United States Code (formerly under the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act) may be disclosed when that information is relevant to a proceeding under the chapter under which the information was obtained. 
</P>
<P>(2) Information obtained under chapter 301 of title 49 of the United States Code (49 U.S.C. § 30101 <I>et seq.</I>), relating to the establishment, amendment, or modification of Federal motor vehicle safety standards, may be disclosed when relevant to a proceeding under the chapter. 
</P>
<P>(3) Except as specified in the next sentence, information obtained under Chapter 301 of title 49 of the United States Code (49 U.S.C. 30101 <I>et seq.</I>), related to a possible defect or noncompliance, shall be disclosed when the Administrator decides the information will assist in carrying out sections 30117(b) and 30118 through 30121 of title 49 or is required to be disclosed under 30118(a) of title 49, except as provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) No information will be disclosed under paragraph (a) of this section unless the submitter of the information is given written notice of the Administrator's intention to disclose information under this section. Written notice will be given at least twenty (20) working days before the day of release, unless the Administrator finds that shorter notice is in the public interest. The notice under this paragraph will include a statement of the Administrator's reasons for deciding to disclose the information, and will afford the submitter of the information an opportunity to comment on the contemplated release of the information. The Administrator may also give notice of the contemplated release of information to other persons and may allow these persons the opportunity to comment. In making the determination to release information pursuant to this section, the Administrator will consider ways to release the information that will cause the least possible adverse effects to the submitter. 
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, information that has been determined or claimed to be confidential may be released: 
</P>
<P>(1) To a committee of Congress; 
</P>
<P>(2) Pursuant to an order of a court of competent jurisdiction; 
</P>
<P>(3) To the Office of the Secretary, U.S. Department of Transportation and other Executive branch offices or other Federal agencies in accordance with applicable laws; 
</P>
<P>(4) With the consent of the submitter of the information; and 
</P>
<P>(5) To contractors, if necessary for the performance of a contract with the agency or any Federal agency, with specific prohibitions on further release of the information. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.7.1.1.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 512—Certificate in Support of Request for Confidentiality 
</HEAD>
<HD2>Certificate in Support of Request for Confidentiality 
</HD2>
<P>I __________, pursuant to the provisions of 49 CFR part 512, state as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) I am (official's name, title) and I am authorized by (company) to execute this certificate on its behalf; 
</P>
<P>(2) I certify that the information contained in (pertinent document(s)) is confidential and proprietary data and is being submitted with the claim that it is entitled to confidential treatment under 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4) (as incorporated by reference in and modified by the statute under which the information is being submitted); 
</P>
<P>(3) I hereby request that the information contained in (pertinent document(s)) be protected for (requested period of time); 
</P>
<P>(4) This certification is based on the information provided by the responsible (company) personnel who have authority in the normal course of business to release the information for which a claim of confidentiality has been made to ascertain whether such information has ever been released outside (company); 
</P>
<P>(5) Based upon that information, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the information for which (company) has claimed confidential treatment has never been released or become available outside (company); (except as hereinafter specified);
</P>
<P>(6) I make no representations beyond those contained in this certificate and, in particular, I make no representations as to whether this information may become available outside (company) because of unauthorized or inadvertent disclosure (except as stated in paragraph 5); and 
</P>
<P>(7) I certify under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on this the ______ day of ______, ______. (If executed outside of the United States of America: I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States of America that the foregoing is true and correct). (signature of official) 


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.7.1.1.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 512—General Class Determinations 
</HEAD>
<P>The Chief Counsel has determined that the following types of information would presumptively be likely to result in substantial competitive harm if disclosed to the public:
</P>
<P>(1) Blueprints and engineering drawings containing process and production data where the subject could not be manufactured without the blueprints or engineering drawings except after significant reverse engineering; 
</P>
<P>(2) Future specific model plans (to be protected only until the date on which the specific model to which the plan pertains is first offered for sale); and 
</P>
<P>(3) Future vehicle production or sales figures for specific models (to be protected only until the termination of the production period for the model year vehicle to which the information pertains). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 44228, July 28, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 21425, Apr. 21, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.7.1.1.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 512—Early Warning Reporting Class Determinations 
</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chief Counsel has determined that the following information required to be submitted to the agency under 49 CFR 579, Subpart C, if released, is likely to cause substantial harm to the competitive position of the manufacturer submitting the information and is likely to impair the government's ability to obtain necessary information in the future:
</P>
<P>(1) Reports and data relating to warranty claim information and warranty adjustment information for manufacturers of tires;
</P>
<P>(2) Reports and data relating to field reports, including dealer reports, product evaluation reports, and hard copies of field reports; and
</P>
<P>(3) Reports and data relating to consumer complaints.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Counsel has determined that the following information required to be submitted to the agency under 49 CFR 579, Subpart C, if released, is likely to cause substantial harm to the competitive position of the manufacturer submitting the information:
</P>
<P>(1) Reports of production numbers for child restraint systems, tires, and vehicles other than light vehicles, as defined in 49 CFR 579.4(c); and
</P>
<P>(2) Lists of common green tire identifiers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 59470, Oct. 19, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.7.1.1.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 512—Vehicle Identification Number Information
</HEAD>
<P>The Chief Counsel has determined that the disclosure of the last six (6) characters, when disclosed along with the first eleven (11) characters, of vehicle identification numbers reported in information on incidents involving death or injury pursuant to the early warning information requirements of 49 CFR part 579 will constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy within the meaning of 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(6).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 59470, Oct. 19, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.7.1.1.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 512—Consumer Assistance to Recycle and Save (CARS) Class Determinations
</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chief Counsel has determined that the following information required to be submitted to the agency under 49 CFR part 599, if released, is likely to cause substantial harm to the competitive position of the entity submitting the information:
</P>
<P>(1) Vehicle Manufacturer Issued Dealer Identification Code;
</P>
<P>(2) Dealer Bank Name, ABA Routing Number and Bank Account Number; and
</P>
<P>(3) CARS Dealer Code and Authorization Code.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Counsel has determined that the disclosure of the new vehicle owner's name, home address, telephone number, state identification number and last six (6) characters, when disclosed along with the first eleven (11) characters, of the new vehicle identification numbers reported in transactions submitted to the agency under 49 CFR Part 599 will constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy within the meaning of 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(6).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 37897, July 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix F" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.6.7.1.1.7" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix F to Part 512—OMB Clearance
</HEAD>
<P>The OMB clearance number for this part 512 is 2127-0025.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 37897, July 29, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="513" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 513—WHISTLEBLOWER PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322 and 49 U.S.C. 30172; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 101972, Dec. 17, 2024, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 513.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 513.1   General.</HEAD>
<P>This part 513 describes the whistleblower program established by the Agency to implement the Motor Vehicle Safety Whistleblower Act, 49 U.S.C. 30172, explains procedures that a potential whistleblower must follow to be eligible for an award, and the circumstances under which information that may reasonably be expected to reveal the identity of a whistleblower may be disclosed by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA). Potential whistleblowers should read these procedures carefully because failure to take required steps in a timely fashion in conformance with these rules may result in disqualification from receiving an award. Questions about the whistleblower program or these rules should be directed to the NHTSA Office of the Chief Counsel at <I>NHTSAWhistleblower@dot.gov</I>. Unless expressly provided for in this part, no person is authorized to make any offer or promise, or otherwise bind the Agency with respect to the payment of any award or the amount thereof, and any such offer or promise will not be honored.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 513.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 513.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory definitions.</I> All terms used in this part have the same meaning as in 49 U.S.C. 30102(a) or (b), unless otherwise defined in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other terms.</I> As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrative action.</I> The term “administrative action” means all or a portion of an action, other than a judicial action, brought by the NHTSA or the U.S. Department of Transportation under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301 that may result in civil penalties or other monetary payment paid to and collected by the United States government. It specifically includes settlement agreements and consent orders that are entered into by the Agency.
</P>
<P><I>Agency.</I> The term “Agency” refers to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA).
</P>
<P><I>Collected monetary sanctions.</I> The term “collected monetary sanctions” means monies, including penalties and interest, ordered or agreed to be paid and that have been collected by the United States, pursuant to the authority in 49 U.S.C. 30165 or under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 30170.
</P>
<P><I>Contractor.</I> The term “contractor” means an individual presently or formerly providing goods or services to a motor vehicle manufacturer, part supplier, or dealership pursuant to a contract.
</P>
<P><I>Covered action.</I> The term “covered action” means any administrative or judicial action, including any related administrative or judicial action brought by the Secretary, NHTSA, or the Attorney General under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301, or a regulation thereunder, that in the aggregate results in monetary sanctions exceeding $1,000,000. The over $1,000,000 threshold can be satisfied if the total amount of monetary sanctions paid by multiple defendants or parties and collected by the United States totals more than $1,000,000 in the covered action.
</P>
<P><I>Dealership.</I> The term “dealership” means a person selling and distributing motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment primarily to purchasers that in good faith purchase the vehicles or equipment other than for resale.
</P>
<P><I>Employee.</I> The term “employee” means an individual presently or formerly employed by a motor vehicle manufacturer, part supplier, or dealership.
</P>
<P><I>Independent knowledge or analysis.</I> The term “knowledge” as used in this part means factual information in the potential whistleblower's possession that is not generally known or available to the public and is not already known to NHTSA. The potential whistleblower may gain independent knowledge from the potential whistleblower's experiences, communications, and observations in the potential whistleblower's business or social interactions. As used in this part, “analysis” means the potential whistleblower's examination and evaluation of information that may be generally or publicly available, but which reveals information that is not generally known or available to the public. This analysis must be the potential whistleblower's own analysis, whether done alone or in combination with others. NHTSA will not consider the potential whistleblower's information to be derived from the potential whistleblower's independent knowledge or analysis if the potential whistleblower obtained the information:
</P>
<P>(i) Solely through a communication that was subject to the attorney-client privilege or work product doctrine; or
</P>
<P>(ii) By a means or in a manner that has been determined by a United States federal court or state court to violate applicable federal or state criminal law.
</P>
<P><I>Motor vehicle defect.</I> The term “motor vehicle defect” means a defect in a motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Noncompliance.</I> A “noncompliance” occurs when a motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment does not comply with an applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard.
</P>
<P><I>Original information.</I> The term “original information” means information that—
</P>
<P>(i) Is derived from the independent knowledge or analysis of an individual;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not known to the Secretary or Agency from any other source, unless the individual is the original source of the information;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is not exclusively derived from an allegation made in a judicial or an administrative action, in a governmental report, a hearing, an audit, or an investigation, or from the news media, unless the individual is a source of the information; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Is provided to the Agency for the first time after December 4, 2015.
</P>
<P><I>Original information that leads to a successful resolution.</I> The Agency will consider that the potential whistleblower provided original information that “leads to” a successful resolution of a covered action in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(i) The potential whistleblower gave the Agency original information that was sufficiently specific, credible and timely to cause the Agency to open an investigation, reopen an investigation that the Agency had closed, continue an investigation the Agency would not have continued but for the information, or to inquire concerning a different potential violation of Chapter 301, or a regulation thereunder, as part of a current investigation, and the U.S. Department of Transportation, Agency, or U.S Department of Justice brought a successful judicial or administrative action based in whole or in part on conduct that was the subject of the potential whistleblower's original information; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The potential whistleblower gave the Agency original information about conduct that was already under investigation by the Agency and the potential whistleblower's information significantly contributed to the success of the covered action and the U.S. Department of Transportation, Agency, or U.S. Department of Justice brought a judicial or administrative action that achieves a successful resolution based in whole or in part on conduct that was the subject of the potential whistleblower's original information.
</P>
<P><I>Part supplier.</I> The term “part supplier” means a manufacturer of motor vehicle equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Potential whistleblower.</I> The term “potential whistleblower” refers to an employee or contractor of a motor vehicle manufacturer, part supplier, or dealership submitting information to the Agency in accordance with and pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Related administrative or judicial action.</I> The term “related administrative or judicial action” means an action that was brought under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301 by the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S Department of Transportation, or the Agency and is based on the original information provided by the whistleblower.
</P>
<P><I>Secretary.</I> The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Successful resolution.</I> A successful resolution, when referring to any administrative or judicial action brought by the Secretary, Agency, or the Attorney General relating to any potential motor vehicle defect, potential noncompliance, or any violation or alleged violation of any notification or reporting requirement under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301, or a regulation thereunder, which is likely to cause unreasonable risk of death or serious physical injury, includes any settlement of the action by the U.S. Department of Transportation, Agency or the U.S. Department of Justice or final decision or judgment in whole or in partial favor of the Agency, the U.S. Department of Transportation, or the U.S. Department of Justice.
</P>
<P><I>Whistleblower.</I> The term “whistleblower” means any employee or contractor of a motor vehicle manufacturer, part supplier, or dealership who voluntarily provides to the Agency original information relating to any motor vehicle defect, noncompliance, or any violation or alleged violation of any notification or reporting requirement of 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301, or a regulation thereunder, which is likely to cause unreasonable risk of death or serious physical injury.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 513.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 513.3   Representation.</HEAD>
<P>A whistleblower or potential whistleblower may be represented by a legal representative.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 513.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 513.4   Procedures for submitting original information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A potential whistleblower's submission must be made by completing a WB-INFO form and submitting it to the Office of the Chief Counsel, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, by email to <I>NHTSAWhistleblower@dot.gov</I> or other submission method expressly designated on NHTSA's website for such submissions.
</P>
<P>(b) By completing the WB-INFO form, the potential whistleblower must declare under penalty of perjury at the time the whistleblower submits information pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section that the information is true and correct to the best of the potential whistleblower's knowledge and belief.
</P>
<P>(c) A potential whistleblower may provide original information to the Agency anonymously through use of a legal representative. The legal representative must submit the information on behalf of the potential whistleblower pursuant to the procedures specified in paragraph (a) of this section. Prior to the legal representative's submission, the potential whistleblower must provide the legal representative with a completed WB-INFO form that the potential whistleblower has signed under the penalty of perjury. When the legal representative makes the submission on behalf of the potential whistleblower, the legal representative must certify that the legal representative:
</P>
<P>(1) Has verified the potential whistleblower's identity;
</P>
<P>(2) Has verified that the potential whistleblower is an employee or contractor of a motor vehicle manufacturer, part supplier, or dealership;
</P>
<P>(3) Has reviewed the potential whistleblower's signed WB-INFO form for accuracy and that the information contained therein is true and correct to the best of the legal representative's knowledge, information and belief; and
</P>
<P>(4) Has obtained the potential whistleblower's non-waivable consent to provide the Agency with the original WB-INFO form for the potential whistleblower in the event that the Agency requests it.
</P>
<P>(d) If a potential whistleblower submitted original information to the Agency after December 4, 2015 but before January 16, 2025, the submission will be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 513.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 513.5   Confidentiality.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Notwithstanding 49 U.S.C. 30167, the Secretary and any officer or employee of the U.S. Department of Transportation shall not disclose any information, including information provided by a whistleblower to the Secretary, that could reasonably be expected to reveal the identity of a whistleblower, except in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a, unless:
</P>
<P>(1) Disclosure is required to a defendant or respondent in connection with a public proceeding instituted by the Secretary, the Agency, or any entity described in paragraph (c);
</P>
<P>(2) The whistleblower provides prior written consent for the information to be disclosed; or
</P>
<P>(3) The Secretary, or other officer or employee of the U.S. Department of Transportation, receives the information through another source, such as during an inspection or investigation under 49 U.S.C. 30166, and has the authority under other law to release the information.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Use by Attorney General.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, nothing in this section is intended to limit the ability of the Attorney General to present such evidence to a grand jury or to share such evidence with potential witnesses or defendants in the course of an ongoing criminal investigation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Availability to Federal Government agencies.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, without the loss of its status as confidential in the hands of the Administrator, all information referred to in paragraph (a) of this section may, in the discretion of the Administrator, when determined by the Administrator to be necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301, be made available to the U.S. Department of Justice or an appropriate department or agency of the Federal Government, acting within the scope of its jurisdiction, provided that each entity shall maintain information as confidential in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Redaction.</I> When disclosing any information under paragraph (a) of this section, the Secretary and any officer or employee of the U.S. Department of Transportation shall take reasonable measures not to reveal the identity of the whistleblower by taking measures not to reveal the whistleblower's name, and redacting the whistleblower's name when information is disclosed under paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Section 552(b)(3)(B).</I> The identity of the whistleblower and the information provided to Secretary by the whistleblower shall be considered exempt from disclosure under the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552 to the fullest extent permitted by law.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>The whistleblower.</I> The person should self-identify as a whistleblower at the time the person first submits original information relating to any potential motor vehicle defect, potential noncompliance, or any violation or alleged violation of any notification or reporting requirements under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301 or a regulation thereunder by submitting a WB-INFO form. If the person is represented by a legal representative, that legal representative should identify the client as a whistleblower at the time the legal representative first submits original information relating to any potential motor vehicle defect, potential noncompliance, or any violation or alleged violation of any notification or reporting requirements under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301 or regulation thereunder on behalf of the legal representative's client in the WB-INFO form.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 513.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 513.6   Prerequisites to the consideration of an award.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to the eligibility requirements described in this part, NHTSA may, but is not required to, authorize payment of an award to one or more persons who:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide a voluntary submission to the Agency;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide in that submission original information relating to any potential motor vehicle defect, potential noncompliance, or any violation or alleged violation of any notification or reporting requirement of 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301 or a regulation thereunder, which is likely to cause unreasonable risk of death or serious physical injury; and
</P>
<P>(3) The original information provided in that submission leads to the successful resolution of a covered action.
</P>
<P>(b) To be eligible, the person must have given the Agency original information in the form and manner that the Agency requires in § 513.4. The Agency may, for good cause, waive this requirement.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 513.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 513.7   Whistleblowers ineligible for an award.</HEAD>
<P>No award under § 513.10 shall be made:
</P>
<P>(a) If the amount of monetary sanctions collected in a covered action does not exceed $1,000,000;
</P>
<P>(b) To any whistleblower who is convicted of a criminal violation by a United States federal or state court related to the covered action for which the whistleblower otherwise could receive an award under this part;
</P>
<P>(c) To any whistleblower who, acting without direction from an applicable motor vehicle manufacturer, part supplier, or dealership, or agent thereof, deliberately causes or substantially contributes to the alleged violation of a requirement of 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301 or a regulation thereunder;
</P>
<P>(d) To any whistleblower who submits information to the Agency that is based on the facts underlying the covered action submitted previously by another whistleblower;
</P>
<P>(e) To any whistleblower who fails to provide the original information to the Agency in the form required by § 513.4 without good cause shown;
</P>
<P>(f) To any whistleblower who knowingly and intentionally makes any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation, or who makes or uses any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or entry; or
</P>
<P>(g) If the applicable motor vehicle manufacturer, parts supplier, or dealership has an internal reporting mechanism in place to protect employees from retaliation, to any whistleblower who fails to report or attempt to report the information through such mechanism, unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The whistleblower reasonably believed that such an internal report would have resulted in retaliation, notwithstanding 49 U.S.C. 30171(a);
</P>
<P>(2) The whistleblower reasonably believed that the information:
</P>
<P>(A) was already internally reported;
</P>
<P>(B) was already subject to or part of an internal inquiry or investigation; or
</P>
<P>(C) was otherwise already known to the motor vehicle manufacturer, part supplier, or dealership; or
</P>
<P>(3) The Agency has good cause to waive this requirement.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 513.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 513.8   Provision of false information.</HEAD>
<P>A person who knowingly and intentionally makes any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation, or who makes or uses any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or entry, shall not be entitled to an award under this section and shall be subject to prosecution under section 1001 of title 18.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 513.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 513.9   Procedures for making a claim for a whistleblower award.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever any administrative or judicial action, including any related administrative or judicial action, brought by the U.S. Department of Transportation, Agency, or U.S. Department of Justice under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301 in the aggregate results in collected monetary sanctions exceeding $1,000,000, the Agency will publish on the Agency's website a “Notice of Covered Action.” Such Notice will be published subsequent to a final judgment, order, or agreement that alone, or in the aggregate, results in collected monetary sanctions exceeding $1,000,000. A claimant will have ninety (90) days from the date of the Notice of Covered Action to file a claim, including any attachments, for an award based on that action, or the claim will be barred. The claim is deemed filed on the date that it is received by the Agency.
</P>
<P>(b) To file a claim for a whistleblower award, the claimant must complete the WB-AWARD form and submit it no later than ninety (90) calendar days from the date of the Notice of Covered Action to NHTSA's Office of the Chief Counsel by email to <I>NHTSAWhistleblower@dot.gov</I> or another method expressly designated on NHTSA's website. If the ninetieth day falls on a weekend or federal holiday, the claim deadline is the next business day.
</P>
<P>(c) If the claimant provided original information anonymously pursuant to § 513.4, the claimant must disclose the claimant's identity on the WB-AWARD form and the claimant's identity must be verified in a form and manner that is acceptable to the Agency prior to the authorization of payment of any award to such claimant.
</P>
<P>(d) If a claimant filed a claim for a whistleblower award after December 4, 2015 (the date of the enactment of the FAST Act) but before January 16, 2025, the claim submission will be deemed to meet the requirements of § 513.9.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 513.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 513.10   Award determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Once the time for filing any appeals of the covered action (and all related actions) has expired, or where an appeal has been filed, after all appeals in the covered action and related actions have concluded, and over $1,000,000 in monetary sanctions have been collected, the Agency will evaluate all timely whistleblower award claims submitted on a WB-AWARD form in accordance with the criteria set forth in this part. The Agency may require the claimant to provide additional information relating to the claimant's eligibility for an award or satisfaction of any of the conditions for an award.
</P>
<P>(b) The determination of whether, to whom, or in what amount to make an award shall be in the discretion of the Administrator. In determining whether to grant an award to a whistleblower eligible for an award and the amount of an award, the Administrator shall take into consideration, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether a whistleblower reported or attempted to report the information internally to an applicable motor vehicle manufacturer, part supplier, or dealership;
</P>
<P>(2) The significance of the original information provided by the whistleblower to the successful resolution of the covered action;
</P>
<P>(3) The degree of assistance provided by the whistleblower and any legal representative of the whistleblower in the covered action;
</P>
<P>(4) The statutory purpose of incentivizing whistleblowers; and
</P>
<P>(5) The public interest or such additional factors as the Administrator considers relevant.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator determines that an award is warranted, the Administrator shall determine the amount of such award or awards to one or more whistleblowers. Whistleblower awards shall be in an aggregate amount equal to—
</P>
<P>(1) Not less than 10 percent, in total, of monetary sanctions collected in the covered action; and
</P>
<P>(2) Not more than 30 percent, in total, of monetary sanctions collected in the covered action.
</P>
<P>(d) Following the Administrator's determination, the Agency will send each whistleblower claimant an Order setting forth whether the claim is granted or denied, and if granted, setting forth the award amount. If the Administrator determines that an award is warranted, in no event will the total amount awarded to all whistleblowers in the aggregate be less than 10 percent or greater than 30 percent of the amount of monetary sanctions collected in the covered action.
</P>
<P>(e) No contract with the Agency is necessary for a whistleblower to receive an award.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 513.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 513.11   Appeals of award determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A claimant may appeal any determination made by the Administrator under § 513.10 to an appropriate court of appeals of the United States not later than 30 days after the Order is issued by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(1) If no claimant files an appeal within 30 days after the Order is issued by the Administrator, no appeals are permitted with respect to the claim that is the subject of the Order.
</P>
<P>(2) If any claimant appeals within 30 days after the Order is issued by the Administrator, no payments with respect to the covered action will be made until the appealed award determination action is concluded.
</P>
<P>(b) These rules do not entitle claimants to obtain from the Agency any privileged materials such as pre-decisional, attorney-client privileged, attorney work product privileged, or internal deliberative process materials related to the Administrator's Order and/or any privileged material relating to whether, to whom, and in what amount to make a whistleblower award.
</P>
<P>(c) The Agency may make redactions to the materials constituting the record as necessary, including but not limited to making redactions to comply with statutory restrictions, the Agency's enforcement and regulatory functions and regulations, and to comply with requests for confidential treatment from law enforcement, regulatory authorities, or persons submitting information to the Agency pursuant to 49 CFR part 512.
</P>
<P>(d) Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30172(h)(3), the court shall review the determination made by the Administrator in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 706.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 513.12" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 513.12   Procedures applicable to the payment of awards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient of a whistleblower award is entitled to payment on the award only to the extent that a monetary sanction upon which the award is based is collected in the covered action.
</P>
<P>(b) Payment of a whistleblower award for a monetary sanction collected in connection with a covered action shall be made within a reasonable time following the later of:
</P>
<P>(1) The date on which the monetary sanction totaling over $1,000,000 is collected; or
</P>
<P>(2) The completion of the appeals process for all award determination claims arising from the Administrator's Order relating to the covered action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.13.8" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 513—Form WB-INFO
</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.047.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.048.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.049.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.050.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.051.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.052.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.053.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.054.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.055.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.056.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.13.9" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 513—Form WB-RELEASE
</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.057.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.058.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.059.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.7.0.1.13.10" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 513—Form WB-AWARD
</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.060.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.061.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.062.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.063.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.064.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17de24.065.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="520" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 520 [RESERVED]
</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="523" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 523—VEHICLE CLASSIFICATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 32901; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 523.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.9.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 523.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes categories of vehicles that are subject to title V of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, 15 U.S.C. 2001 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Sec. 301, Pub. L. 94-163, 80 Stat. 901 (15 U.S.C. 2001))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 38362, July 28, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 523.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.9.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 523.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Ambulance</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 86.1803.
</P>
<P><I>Approach angle</I> means the smallest angle, in a plane side view of an automobile, formed by the level surface on which the automobile is standing and a line tangent to the front tire static loaded radius arc and touching the underside of the automobile forward of the front tire.
</P>
<P><I>Axle clearance</I> means the vertical distance from the level surface on which an automobile is standing to the lowest point on the axle differential of the automobile.
</P>
<P><I>Base tire (for passenger automobiles, light trucks, and medium-duty passenger vehicles)</I> means the tire size specified as standard equipment by the manufacturer on each unique combination of a vehicle's footprint and model type. Standard equipment is defined in 40 CFR 86.1803.


</P>
<P><I>Basic vehicle frontal area</I> is used as defined in 40 CFR 86.1803-01 for passenger automobiles, light trucks, medium-duty passenger vehicles and Class 2b through 3 pickup trucks and vans. For heavy-duty tracts and vocational vehicles, it has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Breakover angle</I> means the supplement of the largest angle, in the plan side view of an automobile that can be formed by two lines tangent to the front and rear static loaded radii arcs and intersecting at a point on the underside of the automobile.
</P>
<P><I>Bus</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P><I>Cab-complete vehicle</I> means a vehicle that is first sold as an incomplete vehicle that substantially includes the vehicle cab section as defined in 40 CFR 1037.801. For example, vehicles known commercially as chassis-cabs, cab-chassis, box-deletes, bed-deletes, and cut-away vans are considered cab-complete vehicles. A cab includes a steering column and a passenger compartment. Note that a vehicle lacking some components of the cab is a cab-complete vehicle if it substantially includes the cab.
</P>
<P><I>Cargo-carrying volume</I> means the luggage capacity or cargo volume index, as appropriate, and as those terms are defined in 40 CFR 600.315-08, in the case of automobiles to which either of these terms apply. With respect to automobiles to which neither of these terms apply, “cargo-carrying volume” means the total volume in cubic feet, rounded to the nearest 0.1 cubic feet, of either an automobile's enclosed nonseating space that is intended primarily for carrying cargo and is not accessible from the passenger compartment, or the space intended primarily for carrying cargo bounded in the front by a vertical plane that is perpendicular to the longitudinal centerline of the automobile and passes through the rearmost point on the rearmost seat and elsewhere by the automobile's interior surfaces.
</P>
<P><I>Class 2b vehicles</I> are vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) ranging from 8,501 to 10,000 pounds.
</P>
<P><I>Class 3 through Class 8 vehicles</I> are vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,001 pounds or more as defined in 49 CFR 565.15.
</P>
<P><I>Coach bus</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial medium- and heavy-duty on-highway vehicle</I> means an on-highway vehicle with a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,000 pounds or more as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901(a)(7).
</P>
<P><I>Complete vehicle</I> has the meaning given to <I>completed vehicle</I> as defined in 49 CFR 567.3.
</P>
<P><I>Concrete mixer</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Curb weight</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 86.1803-01.
</P>
<P><I>Dedicated vehicle</I> has the same meaning as dedicated automobile as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901(a)(8).
</P>
<P><I>Departure angle</I> means the smallest angle, in a plane side view of an automobile, formed by the level surface on which the automobile is standing and a line tangent to the rear tire static loaded radius arc and touching the underside of the automobile rearward of the rear tire.
</P>
<P><I>Dual-fueled vehicle (multi-fuel, or flexible-fuel vehicle)</I> has the same meaning as dual fueled automobile as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901(a)(9).
</P>
<P><I>Electric vehicle</I> means a vehicle that does not include an engine, and is powered solely by an external source of electricity and/or solar power. Note that this does not include electric hybrid or fuel-cell vehicles that use a chemical fuel such as gasoline, diesel fuel, or hydrogen. Electric vehicles may also be referred to as all-electric vehicles to distinguish them from hybrid vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency vehicle</I> means one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) For passenger cars, light trucks and medium-duty passenger vehicles, emergency vehicle has the meaning given in 49 U.S.C. 32902(e).
</P>
<P>(2) For heavy-duty vehicles, emergency vehicle has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Engine code</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 86.1803.
</P>
<P><I>Final stage manufacturer</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 567.3.
</P>
<P><I>Fire truck</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 86.1803.
</P>
<P><I>Footprint</I> is defined as the product of track width (measured in inches, calculated as the average of front and rear track widths, and rounded to the nearest tenth of an inch) times wheelbase (measured in inches and rounded to the nearest tenth of an inch), divided by 144 and then rounded to the nearest tenth of a square foot. For purposes of this definition, track width is the lateral distance between the centerlines of the base tires at ground, including the camber angle. For purposes of this definition, wheelbase is the longitudinal distance between front and rear wheel centerlines.
</P>
<P><I>Full-size pickup truck</I> means a light truck, including a medium-duty passenger vehicle, that meets the specifications in 40 CFR 86.1803-01 for a full-size pickup truck.
</P>
<P><I>Gross axle weight rating (GAWR)</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P><I>Gross combination weight rating (GCWR)</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P><I>Gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR)</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P><I>Heavy-duty engine</I> means any engine used for (or for which the engine manufacturer could reasonably expect to be used for) motive power in a heavy-duty vehicle. For purposes of this definition in this part, the term “engine” includes internal combustion engines and other devices that convert chemical fuel into motive power. For example, a fuel cell and motor used in a heavy-duty vehicle is a heavy-duty engine. Heavy duty-engines include those engines subject to the standards in 49 CFR part 535.
</P>
<P><I>Heavy-duty vehicle</I> means a vehicle as defined in § 523.6.
</P>
<P><I>Hitch</I> means a device attached to the chassis of a vehicle for towing.
</P>
<P><I>Incomplete vehicle</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 567.3.
</P>
<P><I>Light truck</I> means a non-passenger automobile meeting the criteria in § 523.5. The term light truck includes medium-duty passenger vehicles that meet the criteria in § 523.5 for non-passenger automobiles.
</P>
<P><I>Manufacturer</I> has the meaning given in 49 U.S.C. 32901(a)(14).
</P>
<P><I>Medium-duty passenger vehicle</I> means any complete or incomplete motor vehicle rated at more than 8,500 pounds GVWR and less than 10,000 pounds GVWR that is designed primarily to transport passengers, but does not include a vehicle that—
</P>
<P>(1) Is an “incomplete truck,” meaning any truck which does not have the primary load carrying device or container attached; or
</P>
<P>(2) Has a seating capacity of more than 12 persons; or
</P>
<P>(3) Is designed for more than 9 persons in seating rearward of the driver's seat; or
</P>
<P>(4) Is equipped with an open cargo area (for example, a pick-up truck box or bed) of 72.0 inches in interior length or more. A covered box not readily accessible from the passenger compartment will be considered an open cargo area for purposes of this definition. (See paragraph (1) of the definition of <I>medium-duty passenger vehicle</I> at 40 CFR 86.1803-01).
</P>
<P><I>Mild hybrid gasoline-electric vehicle</I> means a vehicle as defined by EPA in 40 CFR 86.1866-12(e).
</P>
<P><I>Motor home</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P><I>Motor vehicle</I> has the meaning given in 49 U.S.C. 30102.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger-carrying volume</I> means the sum of the front seat volume and, if any, rear seat volume, as defined in 40 CFR 600.315-08, in the case of automobiles to which that term applies. With respect to automobiles to which that term does not apply, “passenger-carrying volume” means the sum in cubic feet, rounded to the nearest 0.1 cubic feet, of the volume of a vehicle's front seat and seats to the rear of the front seat, as applicable, calculated as follows with the head room, shoulder room, and leg room dimensions determined in accordance with the procedures outlined in Society of Automotive Engineers Recommended Practice J1100, Motor Vehicle Dimensions (Report of Human Factors Engineering Committee, Society of Automotive Engineers, approved November 2009).
</P>
<P>(1) For front seat volume, divide 1,728 into the product of the following SAE dimensions, measured in inches to the nearest 0.1 inches, and round the quotient to the nearest 0.001 cubic feet.
</P>
<P>(i) H61-Effective head room—front.
</P>
<P>(ii) W3-Shoulder room—front.
</P>
<P>(iii) L34-Maximum effective leg room-accelerator.
</P>
<P>(2) For the volume of seats to the rear of the front seat, divide 1,728 into the product of the following SAE dimensions, measured in inches to the nearest 0.1 inches, and rounded the quotient to the nearest 0.001 cubic feet.
</P>
<P>(i) H63-Effective head room—second.
</P>
<P>(ii) W4-Shoulder room—second.
</P>
<P>(iii) L51-Minimum effective leg room—second.
</P>
<P><I>Pickup truck</I> means a non-passenger automobile which has a passenger compartment and an open cargo area (bed).
</P>
<P><I>Pintle hooks</I> means a type of towing hitch that uses a tow ring configuration to secure to a hook or a ball combination for the purpose of towing.
</P>
<P><I>Recreational vehicle or RV</I> means a motor vehicle equipped with living space and amenities found in a motor home.
</P>
<P><I>Refuse hauler</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Running clearance</I> means the distance from the surface on which an automobile is standing to the lowest point on the automobile, excluding unsprung weight.
</P>
<P><I>School bus</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P><I>Static loaded radius arc</I> means a portion of a circle whose center is the center of a standard tire-rim combination of an automobile and whose radius is the distance from that center to the level surface on which the automobile is standing, measured with the automobile at curb weight, the wheel parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and the tire inflated to the manufacturer's recommended pressure.
</P>
<P><I>Strong hybrid gasoline-electric vehicle</I> means a vehicle as defined by EPA in 40 CFR 86.1866-12(e).
</P>
<P><I>Temporary living quarters</I> means a space in the interior of an automobile in which people may temporarily live and which includes sleeping surfaces, such as beds, and household conveniences, such as a sink, stove, refrigerator, or toilet.
</P>
<P><I>Transmission class</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 600.002.
</P>
<P><I>Tranmission configuration</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 600.002.
</P>
<P><I>Transmission type</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 86.1803.
</P>
<P><I>Truck tractor</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 571.3 and 49 CFR 535.5(c). This includes most heavy-duty vehicles specifically designed for the primary purpose of pulling trailers, but does not include vehicles designed to carry other loads. For purposes of this definition “other loads” would not include loads carried in the cab, sleeper compartment, or toolboxes. Examples of vehicles that are similar to tractors but that are not tractors under this part include dromedary tractors, automobile haulers, straight trucks with trailers hitches, and tow trucks.
</P>
<P><I>Van</I> means a vehicle with a body that fully encloses the driver and a cargo carrying or work performing compartment. The distance from the leading edge of the windshield to the foremost body section of vans is typically shorter than that of pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Vocational tractor</I> means a tractor that is classified as a vocational vehicle according to 40 CFR 1037.630
</P>
<P><I>Vocational vehicle (or heavy-duty vocational vehicle)</I> has the meaning given in § 523.8 and 49 CFR 535.5(b). This includes any vehicle that is equipped for a particular industry, trade or occupation such as construction, heavy hauling, mining, logging, oil fields, refuse and includes vehicles such as school buses, motorcoaches and RVs.
</P>
<P><I>Work truck</I> means a vehicle that is rated at more than 8,500 pounds and less than or equal to 10,000 pounds gross vehicle weight, and is not a medium-duty passenger vehicle as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901(a)(19).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 74235, Oct. 25, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 25272, Apr. 30, 2020; 89 FR 52945, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 523.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.9.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 523.3   Automobile.</HEAD>
<P>An automobile is any 4-wheeled vehicle that is propelled by fuel, or by alternative fuel, manufactured primarily for use on public streets, roads, and highways and rated at less than 10,000 pounds gross vehicle weight, except:
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle operated only on a rail line;
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in different stages by 2 or more manufacturers, if no intermediate or final-stage manufacturer of that vehicle manufactures more than 10,000 multi-stage vehicles per year; or
</P>
<P>(c) A work truck.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 52945, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 523.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.9.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 523.4   Passenger automobile.</HEAD>
<P>A passenger automobile is any automobile (other than an automobile capable of off-highway operation) manufactured primarily for use in the transportation of not more than 10 individuals. A medium-duty passenger vehicle that does not meet the criteria for non-passenger motor vehicles in § 523.6 is a passenger automobile.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 52945, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 523.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.9.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 523.5   Non-passenger automobile.</HEAD>
<P>A non-passenger automobile means an automobile that is not a passenger automobile or a work truck and includes vehicles described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. A medium-duty passenger motor vehicle that meets the criteria in either paragraph (a) or (b) of this section is a non-passenger automobile.
</P>
<P>(a) An automobile designed to perform at least one of the following functions:
</P>
<P>(1) Transport more than 10 persons;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide temporary living quarters;
</P>
<P>(3) Transport property on an open bed;
</P>
<P>(4) Provide, as sold to the first retail purchaser, greater cargo-carrying than passenger-carrying volume, such as in a cargo van; if a vehicle is sold with a second-row seat, its cargo-carrying volume is determined with that seat installed, regardless of whether the manufacturer has described that seat as optional; or
</P>
<P>(5) Permit expanded use of the automobile for cargo-carrying purposes or other nonpassenger-carrying purposes through:
</P>
<P>(i) For non-passenger automobiles manufactured prior to model year 2012, the removal of seats by means installed for that purpose by the automobile's manufacturer or with simple tools, such as screwdrivers and wrenches, so as to create a flat, floor level, surface extending from the forwardmost point of installation of those seats to the rear of the automobile's interior; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For non-passenger automobiles manufactured in model year 2008 and beyond, for vehicles equipped with at least 3 rows of designated seating positions as standard equipment, permit expanded use of the automobile for cargo-carrying purposes or other nonpassenger-carrying purposes through the removal or stowing of foldable or pivoting seats so as to create a flat, leveled cargo surface extending from the forwardmost point of installation of those seats to the rear of the automobile's interior.
</P>
<P>(b) An automobile capable of off-highway operation, as indicated by the fact that it:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Has 4-wheel drive; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Is rated at more than 6,000 pounds gross vehicle weight; and
</P>
<P>(2) Has at least four of the following characteristics calculated when the automobile is at curb weight, on a level surface, with the front wheels parallel to the automobile's longitudinal centerline, and the tires inflated to the manufacturer's recommended pressure—
</P>
<P>(i) Approach angle of not less than 28 degrees.
</P>
<P>(ii) Breakover angle of not less than 14 degrees.
</P>
<P>(iii) Departure angle of not less than 20 degrees.
</P>
<P>(iv) Running clearance of not less than 20 centimeters.
</P>
<P>(v) Front and rear axle clearances of not less than 18 centimeters each.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Sec. 9, Pub. L. 89-670, 80 Stat. 981 (49 U.S.C. 1657); sec. 301, Pub. L. 94-163, 89 Stat. 901 (15 U.S.C. 2002); delegation of authority at 41 FR 25015, June 22, 1976)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 14449, Mar. 30, 2009, as amended at 89 FR 52945, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 523.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.9.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 523.6   Heavy-duty vehicle.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A heavy-duty vehicle is any commercial medium- or heavy-duty on-highway vehicle or a work truck, as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901(a)(7) and (19). For the purpose of this section, heavy-duty vehicles are divided into four regulatory categories as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans;
</P>
<P>(2) Heavy-duty vocational vehicles;
</P>
<P>(3) Truck tractors with a GVWR above 26,000 pounds; and
</P>
<P>(4) Heavy-duty trailers.
</P>
<P>(b) The heavy-duty vehicle classification does not include vehicles excluded as specified in 49 CFR 535.3.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 74237, Oct. 25, 2016, as amended at 89 FR 52945, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 523.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.9.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 523.7   Heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans are pickup trucks and vans with a gross vehicle weight rating between 8,501 pounds and 14,000 pounds (Class 2b through 3 vehicles) manufactured as complete vehicles by a single or final stage manufacturer or manufactured as incomplete vehicles as designated by a manufacturer. See references in 40 CFR 86.1801-12, 40 CFR 86.1819-17, 40 CFR 1037.150, and 49 CFR 535.5(a).
</P>
<P>(b) Heavy duty vehicles above 14,000 pounds GVWR may be optionally certified as heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans and comply with fuel consumption standards in 49 CFR 535.5(a), if properly included in a test group with similar vehicles at or below 14,000 pounds GVWR. Fuel consumption standards apply to these vehicles as if they were Class 3 heavy-duty vehicles. The work factor for these vehicles may not be greater than the largest work factor that applies for vehicles in the test group that are at or below 14,000 pounds GVWR (see 40 CFR 86.1819-14).
</P>
<P>(c) Incomplete heavy-duty vehicles at or below 14,000 pounds GVWR may be optionally certified as heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans and comply with to the fuel consumption standards in 49 CFR 535.5(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 74237, Oct. 25, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 523.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.9.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 523.8   Heavy-duty vocational vehicle.</HEAD>
<P>Heavy-duty vocational vehicles are vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) above 8,500 pounds excluding:
</P>
<P>(a) Heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans defined in § 523.7;
</P>
<P>(b) Medium-duty passenger vehicles; and
</P>
<P>(c) Truck tractors, except vocational tractors, with a GVWR above 26,000 pounds;
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 57491, Sept. 15, 2011, as amended at 89 FR 52945, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 523.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.9.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 523.9   Truck tractors.</HEAD>
<P>Truck tractors for the purpose of this part are considered as any truck tractor as defined in 49 CFR part 571 having a GVWR above 26,000 pounds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 57492, Sept. 15, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 523.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.9.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 523.10   Heavy-duty trailers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A trailer means a motor vehicle with or without motive power, designed for carrying cargo and for being drawn by another motor vehicle as defined in 49 CFR 571.3. For the purpose of this part, heavy-duty trailers include only those trailers designed to be drawn by a truck tractor excluding non-box trailers other than flatbed trailer, tanker trailers and container chassis and those that are coupled to vehicles exclusively by pintle hooks or hitches instead of a fifth wheel. Heavy-duty trailers may be divided into different types and categories as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Box vans are trailers with enclosed cargo space that is permanently attached to the chassis, with fixed sides, nose, and roof. Tank trailers are not box vans.
</P>
<P>(2) Box van with front-mounted HVAC systems are refrigerated vans. Note that this includes systems that provide cooling, heating, or both. All other box vans are dry vans.
</P>
<P>(3) Trailers that are not box vans are non-box trailers. Note that the standards for non-box trailers in 49 CFR 535.5(e)(2) apply only to flatbed trailers, tank trailers, and container chassis.
</P>
<P>(4) Box van with a length greater than 50 feet are long box vans. Other box vans are short box vans.
</P>
<P>(5) The following types of equipment are not trailers:
</P>
<P>(i) Containers that are not permanently mounted on chassis.
</P>
<P>(ii) Dollies used to connect tandem trailers.
</P>
<P>(iii) Equipment that serves similar purposes but are not intended to be pulled by a tractor.
</P>
<P>(b) Heavy-duty trailers do not include trailers excluded in 49 CFR 535.3.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 74237, Oct. 25, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="525" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 525—EXEMPTIONS FROM AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 2002; 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 38376, July 28, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 525.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.10.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 525.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes procedures under section 502(c) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. 2002) for the submission and disposition of petitions filed by low volume manufacturers of passenger automobiles to exempt them from the average fuel economy standards for passenger automobiles and to establish alternative average fuel economy standards for those manufacturers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 525.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.10.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 525.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to provide content and format requirements for low volume manufacturers of passenger automobiles which desire to petition the Administrator for exemption from applicable average fuel economy standards and for establishment of appropriate alternative average fuel economy standards and to give interested persons an opportunity to present data, views and arguments on those petitions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 525.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.10.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 525.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to passenger automobile manufacturers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 525.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.10.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 525.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory terms.</I> (1) The terms <I>fuel,</I> <I>manufacture,</I> <I>manufacturer,</I> and <I>model year,</I> are used as defined in section 501 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) The terms <I>average fuel economy, fuel economy,</I> and <I>model type</I> are used as defined in 40 CFR 600.002-77.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>automobile</I> means a vehicle determined by the Administrator under 49 CFR part 523 to be an automobile.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>passenger automobile</I> means an automobile determined by the Administrator under 49 CFR part 523 to be a passenger automobile.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>customs territory of the United States</I> is used as defined in 19 U.S.C. 1202.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other terms.</I> (1) The term <I>base level</I> and <I>vehicle configuration</I> are used as defined in 40 CFR 600.002-77.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>vehicle curb weight</I> is used as defined in 40 CFR 85.002.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>interior volume index</I> is used as defined in 40 CFR 600.315-77.
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>frontal area</I> is used as defined in 40 CFR 86.129-79.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>basic engine</I> is used as defined in 40 CFR 600.002-77(a)(21).
</P>
<P>(6) The term <I>designated seating position</I> is defined in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P>(7) As used in this part, unless otherwise required by the context:
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act (Pub. L. 92-513), as amended by the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (Pub. L. 94-163);
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration;
</P>
<P><I>Affected model year</I> means a model year for which an exemption and alternative average fuel economy standard are requested under this part;
</P>
<P><I>Production mix</I> means the number of passenger automobiles, and their percentage of the petitioner's annual total production of passenger automobiles, in each vehicle configuration which a petitioner plans to manufacture in a model year; and
</P>
<P><I>Total drive ratio</I> means the ratio of an automobile's engine rotational speed (in revolutions per minute) to the automobile's forward speed (in miles per hour).
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Sec. 301, Pub. L. 94-163, 89 Stat. 871 (15 U.S.C. 2002); delegation of authority at 41 FR 25015, June 22, 1976; sec. 9, Pub. L. 89-670, 80 Stat. 981 (49 U.S.C. 1657))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 38376, July 28, 1977, as amended at 44 FR 55579, Sept. 27, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 525.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.10.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 525.5   Limitation on eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>Any manufacturer that manufactures (whether or not in the customs territory of the United States) 10,000 or more passenger automobiles in the second model year preceding an affected model year or in the affected model year is ineligible for an exemption for that affected model year.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 525.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.10.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 525.6   Requirements for petition.</HEAD>
<P>Each petition filed under this part must—
</P>
<P>(a) Identify the model year or years for which exemption is requested;
</P>
<P>(b) Be submitted not later than 24 months before the beginning of the affected model year, unless good cause for later submission is shown;
</P>
<P>(c) Be submitted in three copies to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Washington, DC 20590;
</P>
<P>(d) Be written in the English language;
</P>
<P>(e) State the full name, address, and title of the official responsible for preparing the petition, and the name and address of the manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(f) Set forth in full data, views and arguments of the petitioner supporting the exemption and alternative average fuel economy standard requested by the petitioner, including the information and data specified by § 525.7 and the calculations and analyses used to develop that information and data. No documents may be incorporated by reference in a petition unless the documents are submitted with the petition;
</P>
<P>(g) Specify and segregate any part of the information and data submitted under this part that the petitioner wishes to have withheld from public disclosure in accordance with part 512 of this chapter.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Sec. 301, Pub. L. 94-163, 89 Stat. 871 (15 U.S.C. 2002); delegation of authority at 41 FR 25015, June 22, 1976; sec. 9, Pub. L. 89-670, 80 Stat. 981 (49 U.S.C. 1657))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 38376, July 28, 1977, as amended at 44 FR 55579, Sept. 27, 1979; 46 FR 2063, Jan. 8, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 525.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.10.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 525.7   Basis for petition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The petitioner shall include the information specified in paragraphs (b) through (h) in its petition.
</P>
<P>(b) Whether the petitioner controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another manufacturer of passenger automobiles, and if so, the nature of that control relationship, and the total number of passenger automobiles manufactured by such other manufacturer or manufacturers.
</P>
<P>(c) The total number of passenger automobiles manufactured or likely to be manufactured (whether or not in the customs territory of the United States) by the petitioner in the second model year immediately preceding each affected model year.
</P>
<P>(d) For each affected model year, the petitioner's projections of the most fuel efficient production mix of vehicle configurations and base levels of its passenger automobiles which the petitioner could sell in that model year, and a discussion demonstrating that these projections are reasonable. The discussion shall include information showing that the projections are consistent with—
</P>
<P>(1) The petitioner's annual total production and production mix of passenger automobiles manufactured or likely to be manufactured in each of the four model years immediately preceding that affected model year;
</P>
<P>(2) Its passenger automobile production capacity for that affected model year;
</P>
<P>(3) Its efforts to comply with that average fuel economy standard; and
</P>
<P>(4) Anticipated consumer demand in the United States for passenger automobiles during that affected model year.
</P>
<P>(e) For each affected model year, a description of the following features of each vehicle configuration of the petitioner's passenger automobiles to be manufactured in that affected model year;
</P>
<P>(1) Maximum overall body width, overall length, and overall height, determined in accordance with Motor Vehicle Dimensions SAE J1100a (report of Human Engineering Committee, approved September 1973, as revised September 1975);
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicle curb weight;
</P>
<P>(3) Number of designated seating positions and interior volume index;
</P>
<P>(4) Basic engine, displacement, and SAE rated net power, kilowatts;
</P>
<P>(5) Fuel metering system, including the number of carburetor barrels, if applicable;
</P>
<P>(6) Drive train configuration and total drive ratio;
</P>
<P>(7) Emission control system;
</P>
<P>(8) Dynamometer road load setting, determined in accordance with 40 CFR part 86, and the method used to determine that setting, including information indicating whether the road load setting was adjusted to account for the presence of air conditioning and whether the setting was based on the use of radial ply tires; and
</P>
<P>(9) Use of synthetic lubricants, low viscosity lubricants, or lubricants with additives that affect friction characteristics in the crankcase, differential, and transmission of the vehicles tested under the requirements of 40 CFR parts 86 and 600. With respect to automobiles which will use these lubricants, indicate which one will be used and explain why that type was chosen. With respect to automobiles which will not use these lubricants, explain the reasons for not so doing.
</P>
<P>(f) For each affected model year, a fuel economy value for each vehicle configuration specified in 40 CFR 600.506(a)(2), base level, and model type of the petitioner's passenger automobiles to be manufactured in that affected model year calculated in accordance with subpart C of 40 CFR part 600 and based on tests or analyses comparable to those prescribed or permitted under 40 CFR part 600 and a description of the test procedures or analytical methods.
</P>
<P>(g) For each affected model year, an average fuel economy figure for the petitioner's passenger automobiles to be manufactured in that affected model year calculated in accordance with 40 CFR 600.510(e) and based upon the fuel economy values provided under paragraph (f) of this section and upon the petitioner's production mix projected under paragraph (d) of this section for the affected model year.
</P>
<P>(h) Information demonstrating that the average fuel economy figure provided for each affected model year under paragraph (g) of this section is the maximum feasible average fuel economy achievable by the petitioner for that model year, including—
</P>
<P>(1) For each affected model year and each of the two model years immediately following the first affected model year, a description of the technological means selected by the petitioner for improving the average fuel economy of its automobiles to be manufactured in that model year.
</P>
<P>(2) A chronological description of the petitioner's past and planned efforts to implement the means described under paragraph (h)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the effect of other Federal motor vehicle standards on the fuel economy of the petitioner's automobiles.
</P>
<P>(4) For each affected model year, a discussion of the alternative and additional means considered but not selected by the petitioner that would have enabled its passenger automobiles to achieve a higher average fuel economy than is achievable with the means described under paragraph (h)(1) of this section. This discussion must include an explanation of the reasons the petitioner had for rejecting these additional and alternative means.
</P>
<P>(5) In the case of a petitioner which plans to increase the average fuel economy of its passenger automobiles to be manufactured in either of the two model years immediately following the first affected model year, an explanation of the petitioner's reasons for not making those increases in that affected model year.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Sec. 301, Pub. L. 94-163, 89 Stat. 871 (15 U.S.C. 2002); delegation of authority at 41 FR 25015, June 22, 1976; sec. 9, Pub. L. 89-670, 80 Stat. 981 (49 U.S.C. 1657))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 38376, July 28, 1977, as amended at 44 FR 55579, Sept. 27, 1979; 58 FR 18029, Apr. 7, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 525.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.10.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 525.8   Processing of petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a petition is found not to contain the information required by this part, the petition is informed about the areas of insufficiency and advised that the petition will not receive further consideration until the required information is submitted.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator may request the petitioner to provide information in addition to that required by this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator publishes a proposed decision in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> The proposed decision indicates the proposed grant of the petition and establishment of an alternative average fuel economy standard, or the proposed denial of the petition, specifies the reasons for the proposal and invites written public comment on the proposal.
</P>
<P>(d) Any interested person may, upon written request to the Administrator not later than 15 days after the publication of a notice under paragraph (c) of this section, meet informally with an appropriate official of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to discuss the petition or notice.
</P>
<P>(e) After the conclusion of the period for public comment on the proposal, the Administrator publishes a final decision in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> The final decision is based on the petition, written public comments, and other available information. The final decision sets forth the grant of the exemption and establishes an alternative average fuel economy standard or the denial of the petition, and the reasons for the decision.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Sec. 301, Pub. L. 94-163, 89 Stat. 871 (15 U.S.C. 2002); delegation of authority at 41 FR 25015, June 22, 1976); sec. 9, Pub. L. 89-670, 80 Stat. 981 (49 U.S.C. 1657))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 38376, July 28, 1977, as amended at 44 FR 55579, Sept. 27, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 525.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.10.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 525.9   Duration of exemption.</HEAD>
<P>An exemption may be granted under this part for not more than three model years.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 525.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.10.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 525.10   Renewal of exemption.</HEAD>
<P>A manufacturer exempted under this part may request renewal of its exemption by submitting a petition meeting the requirements of §§ 525.6 and 525.7.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 525.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.10.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 525.11   Termination of exemption; amendment of alternative average fuel economy standard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any exemption granted under this part for an affected model year does not apply to a manufacturer that is ineligible under § 525.5 for an exemption in that model year.
</P>
<P>(b) The administrator may initiate rulemaking either on his own motion or on petition by an interested person to terminate an exemption granted under this part or to amend an alternative average fuel economy standard established under this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Any interested persons may petition the Administrator to terminate an exemption granted under this part or to amend an alternative average fuel economy standard established under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 525.12" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.10.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 525.12   Public inspection of information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), any person may inspect available information relevant to a petition under this part, including the petition and any supporting data, memoranda of informal meetings with the petitioner or any other interested persons, and the notices regarding the petition, in the Docket Section of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. Any person may obtain copies of the information available for inspection under this paragraph in accordance with part 7 of the regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation (49 CFR part 7).
</P>
<P>(b) Except for the release of confidential information authorized by section 505 of the Act and part 512 of this chapter, information made available for public inspection does not include information for which confidentiality is requested under § 525.6(g) and is granted in accordance with part 512 and sections 502 and 505 of the Act and section 552(b) of title 5 of the U.S.C.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 2063, Jan. 8, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="526" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 526—PETITIONS AND PLANS FOR RELIEF UNDER THE AUTOMOBILE FUEL EFFICIENCY ACT OF 1980
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>15 U.S.C. 2002 and 2003; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 7248, Feb. 18, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 526.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.11.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 526.1   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> These regulations apply to petitions and plans submitted under the Automobile Fuel Efficiency Act of 1980, Pub. L. 96-425, as codified in Title V of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, 15 U.S.C. 2001 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Address.</I> Each petition and plan submitted under the applicable provisions of sections 502 and 503 of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act must be addressed to the Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Authority and scope of relief.</I> Each petition or plan must specify the specific provision of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act under which relief is being sought. The petition or plan must also specify the model years for which relief is being sought.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 7248, Feb. 18, 1982, as amended at 59 FR 25576, May 17, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 526.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.11.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 526.2   U.S. production by foreign manufacturer.</HEAD>
<P>Each petition filed under section 503(b)(3) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) For each model type (as defined by the Environmental Protection Agency in 40 CFR part 600) planned by the petitioner to be sold in the United States (regardless of place of manufacture), and for each model year beginning with the year before the first one for which relief is sought by the petition through the last year covered by the petition, the following information based on the petitioner's current product plan and the assumption that the petition will be granted:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the model type, including car line designation, engine displacement and type, transmission type, and average fuel economy;
</P>
<P>(2) U.S. sales projected for the model type;
</P>
<P>(3) The average percentage of the cost to the manufacturer of the model type which is attributable to value added in the United States or Canada, determined in accordance with 40 CFR 600.511-80, and the total manufacturing cost per vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of model types not offered for sale in the United States before the first year for which relief is sought in the petition or other model types for which expansions in production capacity are planned during the years covered by the petition, information (including any marketing surveys) indicating from where the additional sales will be captured. If sales are projected to be captured from U.S. manufacturers, the petition must provide an estimate of the employment impact on those manufacturers of the lost sales and the gain in employment for the petitioner and its U.S. suppliers.
</P>
<P>(b) The total number of persons employed in the United States by the petitioner, excluding non-motor vehicle industry related employees, for each model year covered by the petition and for the model year immediately prior to those years.
</P>
<P>(c) A description of how the petitioner's responses to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section would differ if the petition were denied.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 7248, Feb. 18, 1982, as amended at 59 FR 25576, May 17, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 526.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.11.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 526.3   Transfer of vehicle from non-domestic to domestic fleet.</HEAD>
<P>Each plan submitted under section 503(b)(4) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) For each model year for which relief is sought in the plan and for each model type of automobile sought to be included by the submitter in its domestic fleet under the plan (i.e., those with at least 50 percent but less than 75 percent U.S. or Canadian value added), provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the model type, including engine type and displacement, transmission class, car line designation, and fuel economy;
</P>
<P>(2) The projected U.S. sales of the model type;
</P>
<P>(3) The average total manufacturing cost per vehicle for the model type;
</P>
<P>(4) The percentage of the cost to the manufacturer attributable to value added in the United States or Canada for the model type:
</P>
<P>(b) For each year covered by the plan, a list of individual product actions (e.g., change from imported engine to domestically manufactured engine) which will increase the domestic content of the affected vehicles. For each action, provide the model year in which the action will take effect, a description of the nature of the action, and the percentage change in domestic content resulting from the action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 7248, Feb. 18, 1982, as amended at 59 FR 25576, May 17, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 526.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.11.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 526.4   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 526.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.11.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 526.5   Earning offsetting monetary credits in future model years.</HEAD>
<P>Each plan submitted under section 502(l) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) Projected average fuel economy and production levels for the class of automobiles which may fail to comply with a fuel economy standard and for any other classes of automobiles from which credits may be transferred, for the current model year and for each model year thereafter ending with the last year covered by the plan.
</P>
<P>(b) A list and full description of each planned product action (e.g., new model, mix change) which will affect the average fuel economy of the class of automobiles subject to the credit earning plan, for each model year beginning with the current model year and ending with the last year covered by the credit earning plan.
</P>
<P>(c) The portion of the petitioner's fleet affected by each product action (e.g., all K-cars with 6-cylinder engines) and the number of affected vehicles.
</P>
<P>(d) The fuel economy effect of each product action specified under paragraph (b) of this section per affected vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 7248, Feb. 18, 1982, as amended at 59 FR 25576, May 17, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="529" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 529—MANUFACTURERS OF MULTISTAGE AUTOMOBILES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 301, Pub. L. 94-163, 80 Stat. 901 (15 U.S.C. 2001); delegation of authority at 41 FR 25015, June 22, 1976.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 38372, July 28, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 529.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.12.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 529.1   Scope and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part determines, in cases where more than one person is the manufacturer of an automobile, which person is to be treated as the manufacturer for purposes of compliance with Title V of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. 2001 <I>et seq.</I>) and rules issued thereunder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 529.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.12.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 529.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to incomplete automobile manufacturers, intermediate manufacturers, and final-stage manufacturers of automobiles that are manufactured in two or more stages.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 529.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.12.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 529.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory terms.</I> (1) The term <I>automobile</I> is used as defined in section 501 of the Act and in accordance with the determinations in 49 CFR part 523.
</P>
<P>(2) The terms <I>manufacture, manufacturer,</I> and <I>fuel economy</I> are used as defined in section 501 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other terms.</I> (1) <I>Act</I> means the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act (Pub. L. 92-513), as amended by the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (Pub. L. 94-163).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Completed automobile</I> means an automobile that requires no further manufacturing operations to perform its intended function, other than the addition of readily attachable components, such as mirrors or tire and rim assemblies, or minor finishing operations such as painting.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Curb weight</I> is defined the same as <I>vehicle curb weight</I> in 40 CFR part 86.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Final-stage manufacturer</I> means a person who performs such manufacturing operations on an incomplete automobile that it becomes a completed automobile.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Frontal area</I> is used as defined in 40 CFR 86.079-2.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Incomplete automobile</I> means an assemblage consisting, as a minimum, of frame and chassis structure, power train, steering system, suspension system, and braking system to the extent that those systems are to be part of the completed automobile, that requires further manufacturing operations, other than the addition of readily attachable components, such as mirrors or tire and rim assemblies, or minor finishing operations such as painting, to become a completed automobile.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Incomplete automobile manufacturer</I> means a person who manufactures an incomplete automobile by assembling components none of which, taken separately, constitute a complete automobile.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Intermediate manufacturer</I> means a person, other than the incomplete automobile manufacturer or the final-stage manufacturer, who performs manufacturing operations on an incomplete automobile.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 38372, July 28, 1977, as amended at 42 FR 39983, Aug. 8, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 529.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.12.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 529.4   Requirements for incomplete automobile manufacturers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, §§ 529.5 and 529.6, each incomplete automobile manufacturer is considered, with respect to multistage automobiles incorporating its incomplete automobiles, the manufacturer of the multistage automobiles for purposes of the requirements of Title V and rules issued thereunder.
</P>
<P>(b) Each incomplete automobile manufacturer shall furnish with each of its incomplete automobiles, when it is delivered to the subsequent manufacturer, (1) a document that contains the following information—
</P>
<P>(i) Name and mailing address of the incomplete automobile manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(ii) Month and year during which the incomplete automobile manufacturer performed its last manufacturing operation on the incomplete automobile.
</P>
<P>(iii) Identification of the incomplete automobile or group of incomplete automobiles to which the document applies. The identification may be by serial number or otherwise, but it must be sufficient to enable a subsequent manufacturer to ascertain positively that the document applies to a particular incomplete automobile even if the document is not attached to that automobile.
</P>
<P>(iv) Fuel economy values determined by the incomplete automobile manufacturer for the automobile in accordance with 40 CFR part 600 and a statement that a fuel economy label containing those values has been prepared in accordance with Environmental Protection Agency regulation by the manufacturer identified in the document.
</P>
<P>(v) Maximum curb weight that may not be exceeded by a subsequent manufacturer without invalidating the fuel economy values determined by the incomplete automobile manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(vi) Maximum frontal area that may not be exceeded by a subsequent manufacturer without invalidating the fuel economy values determined by the incomplete automobile manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(vii) Whether the fuel economy values have been computed with the road load horsepower set to take into account the presence of air conditioning.
</P>
<P>(2) A fuel economy label conforming with 40 CFR part 600.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The incomplete automobile manufacturer shall either attach the document specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section to the incomplete automobile in such a manner that it will not be inadvertently detached or send that document directly to the subsequent manufacturer to which that automobile is delivered.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) If the incomplete automobile manufacturer places the portion of the body including the windshield and front seat side windows on the incomplete automobile, that manufacturer shall attach the fuel economy label specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section to that automobile in accordance with 40 CFR part 600. If the incomplete automobile manufacturer does not place that portion of the body on the incomplete automobile, that manufacturer shall send that label directly to the subsequent manufacturer to which that automobile is delivered.
</P>
<P>(ii) Upon request by an intermediate or final-stage manufacturer for a copy of a fuel economy label that is required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section to have been prepared by the incomplete automobile manufacturer for one of its incomplete automobiles, identified by the requesting manufacturer in the same fashion as in the document specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the incomplete automobile manufacturer shall send that manufacturer a copy of the label.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 529.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.12.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 529.5   Requirements for intermediate manufacturers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section and in § 529.6, each intermediate manufacturer whose manufacturing operations on an incomplete automobile cause it to exceed the maximum curb weight or maximum frontal area set forth in the document furnished it by the incomplete automobile manufacturer under § 529.4(c)(1) or by a previous intermediate manufacturer under paragraph (b) of this section, as appropriate, is considered the manufacturer of the multistage automobile manufactured from that automobile for the purpose of the requirements of Title V and rules issued thereunder, other than that in part 537, Fuel Economy Reports.
</P>
<P>(b) Each intermediate manufacturer of an incomplete automobile shall furnish, in the manner specified in § 529.4(c), to the subsequent manufacturer of that automobile the document required by § 529.4(b) regarding that automobile. If any of the changes in the automobile made by the intermediate manufacturer affect the validity of the fuel economy values or other statement in the document or any addendum attached to the document by a previous manufacturer of the automobile, the intermediate manufacturer shall furnish an addendum to the document that contains its name and mailing address and an indication of all changes that should be made in the document to reflect changes that it made in the automobile.
</P>
<P>(c) Each intermediate manufacturer that is required by paragraph (b) of this section to furnish an addendum to a document required by § 529.4(b) shall, within 10 days after completing its manufacturing operations, send a copy of the document and addendum to the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency and to the manufacturer previously considered under this part to be the manufacturer of the automobile.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) If the intermediate manufacturer's manufacturing operations on an incomplete automobile cause it to exceed the maximum curb weight or maximum frontal area set forth in the document furnished it by the incomplete automobile manufacturer under § 529.4(c)(1) or a previous intermediate manufacturer under paragraph (b) of this section, as appropriate, that manufacturer shall prepare a new fuel economy label for that automobile in accordance with 40 CFR part 600.
</P>
<P>(2) If neither the intermediate manufacturer of an incomplete automobile nor any previous manufacturer of that automobile has placed the portion of the body including the windshield and front seat side windows on that automobile, the intermediate manufacturer shall send the fuel economy label furnished it by the incomplete automobile manufacturer under § 529.4(c)(2)(i) or a previous intermediate manufacturer under paragraph (d)(2) of this section or prepared by it under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, as appropriate, directly to the subsequent manufacturer to which that automobile is delivered.
</P>
<P>(3) If the intermediate manufacturer places the portion of the body including the windshield and front seat side windows on the incomplete automobile, that manufacturer shall attach the fuel economy label furnished it under § 529.4(c)(i) or paragraph (d)(2) of this section or the fuel economy label prepared by it under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, as appropriate, to that automobile in accordance with 40 CFR part 600.
</P>
<P>(4) The intermediate manufacturer shall attach to the incomplete automobile in accordance with 40 CFR part 600 a fuel economy label identical to the label that is required under this part to have been prepared by the manufacturer considered under this part to be the manufacturer of that automobile if:
</P>
<P>(i) The portion of the body including the windshield and front seat side windows was added to the incomplete automobile by a previous manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The intermediate manufacturer's manufacturing operations do not cause that automobile to exceed either of the maxima specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) That label is not on that automobile when received by the intermediate manufacturer or is removed from that automobile while it is in the possession of that manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(5) Upon request by a subsequent intermediate manufacturer or by a final-stage manufacturer for a copy of a fuel economy label prepared by the intermediate manufacturer under paragraph (d)(1) of this section for one of its incomplete automobiles, identified by the requesting manufacturer in the same fashion as in the document specified in § 529.4(b)(1), the intermediate manufacturer shall send that manufacturer a copy of that label.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 529.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.12.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 529.6   Requirements for final-stage manufacturers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each final-stage manufacturer whose manufacturing operations on an incomplete automobile cause the completed automobile to exceed the maximum curb weight or maximum frontal area set forth in the document specified in § 529.4(b) and furnished it by the incomplete automobile manufacturer under § 529.4(c)(1) or by the last intermediate manufacturer under § 529.5(b), as appropriate, is considered the manufacturer of the completed automobile for the purpose of the requirements of Title V and rules issued thereunder, other than those in part 537, Fuel Economy Reports.
</P>
<P>(b) Each final-stage manufacturer that becomes the manufacturer of a multistage automobile under paragraph (a) of this section shall, within 10 days after completing its manufacturing operations on that automobile, send written notification of its exceeding the curb weight or frontal area maximum to the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency and to the manufacturer previously considered under this part to be the manufacturer of the automobile.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) If the final-stage manufacturer becomes the manufacturer of a multistage automobile under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, that manufacturer shall prepare a new fuel economy label for that automobile in accordance with 40 CFR part 600.
</P>
<P>(2) If the final-stage manufacturer places the portion of the body including the windshield and front seat side windows on the incomplete automobile, that manufacturer shall attach the fuel economy label furnished by the incomplete automobile manufacturer under § 529.4(c)(2) or by the last intermediate manufacturer under § 529.5(d)(2) or the fuel economy label prepared by the final-stage manufacturer under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, as appropriate, to that automobile in accordance with 40 CFR part 600.
</P>
<P>(3) The final-stage manufacturer shall attach to the completed automobile in accordance with 40 CFR part 600 a fuel economy label identical to the label that is required under this part to have been prepared by the manufacturer considered under this part to be the manufacturer of that automobile if:
</P>
<P>(i) The portion of the body including the windshield and front seat side windows was added to the completed automobile by a previous manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The final-stage manufacturer's manufacturing operations do not cause that automobile to exceed either of the maxima specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) That fuel economy label is not on that automobile when received by that manufacturer or is removed from that automobile while it is in the possession of that manufacturer.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="531" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 531—PASSENGER AUTOMOBILE AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 32902, delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>87 FR 26070, May 2, 2022, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 531.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.13.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 531.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes average fuel economy standards pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 32902 for passenger automobiles.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 52945, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 531.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.13.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 531.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to increase the fuel economy of passenger automobiles by establishing minimum levels of average fuel economy for those vehicles.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 531.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.13.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 531.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to manufacturers of passenger automobiles.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 531.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.13.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 531.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory terms.</I> (1) The terms <I>average fuel economy, manufacture, manufacturer,</I> and <I>model year</I> are used as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901.
</P>
<P>(2) The terms <I>automobile</I> and <I>passenger automobile</I> are used as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901 and in accordance with the determination in part 523 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other terms.</I> As used in this part, unless otherwise required by the context—
</P>
<P>(1) The term <I>domestically manufactured passenger automobile</I> means the vehicle is deemed to be manufactured domestically under 49 U.S.C. 32904(b)(3) and 40 CFR 600.511-08.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 52945, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 531.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.13.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 531.5   Fuel economy standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, each manufacturer of passenger automobiles shall comply with the fleet average fuel economy standards in table 1 to this paragraph (a), expressed in miles per gallon, in the model year specified as applicable:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Average fuel economy standard (miles per gallon)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1979</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1981</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1983</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1984</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1986</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1987</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1988</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1989</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1990-2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, for model year 2011, a manufacturer's passenger automobile fleet shall comply with the fleet average fuel economy level calculated for that model year according to figure 1 and the appropriate values in table 2 to this paragraph (b).
</P>
<TCAP>Figure 1 to Paragraph (b)
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er24jn24.281.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>N</I> is the total number (sum) of passenger automobiles produced by a manufacturer;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>N</I><E T="52">i</E> is the number (sum) of the <I>ith</I> passenger automobile model produced by the manufacturer; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>T</I><E T="52">i</E> is the fuel economy target of the <I>ith</I> model passenger automobile, which is determined according to the following formula, rounded to the nearest hundredth:</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<img src="/graphics/er24jn24.282.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Parameters <I>a, b, c,</I> and <I>d</I> are defined in table 2 to this paragraph (b);
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>e</I> = 2.718; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>x</I> = footprint (in square feet, rounded to the nearest tenth) of the vehicle model.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)— Parameters for the Passenger Automobile Fuel Economy Targets
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Parameters
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">a
<br/>(mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">b
<br/>(mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">c
<br/>(gal/mi/ft2)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d
<br/>(gal/mi)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2011</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">31.20</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">24.00</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">51.41</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.91</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, for model years 2012-2031, a manufacturer's passenger automobile fleet shall comply with the fleet average fuel economy level calculated for that model year according to this figure 2 and the appropriate values in this table 3 to this paragraph (c).
</P>
<TCAP>Figure 2 to Paragraph (c)
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er24jn24.283.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>CAFE</I><E T="54">required</E> is the fleet average fuel economy standard for a given fleet (domestic passenger automobiles or import passenger automobiles);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Subscript <I>i</I> is a designation of multiple groups of automobiles, where each group's designation, <I>i.e., i</I> = 1, 2, 3, etc., represents automobiles that share a unique model type and footprint within the applicable fleet, either domestic passenger automobiles or import passenger automobiles;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Production</I><E T="54">i</E> is the number of passenger automobiles produced for sale in the United States within each <I>ith</I> designation, <I>i.e.,</I> which share the same model type and footprint;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>TARGET</I><E T="54">i</E> is the fuel economy target in miles per gallon (mpg) applicable to the footprint of passenger automobiles within each <I>ith</I> designation, <I>i.e.,</I> which share the same model type and footprint, calculated according to figure 3 to this paragraph (c) and rounded to the nearest hundredth of a mpg, <I>i.e.,</I> 35.455 = 35.46 mpg, and the summations in the numerator and denominator are both performed over all models in the fleet in question.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<TCAP>Figure 3 to Paragraph (c)
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er24jn24.284.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>TARGET</I> is the fuel economy target (in mpg) applicable to vehicles of a given footprint (<I>FOOTPRINT,</I> in square feet);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Parameters <I>a, b, c,</I> and <I>d</I> are defined in table 3 to this paragraph (c); and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>The <I>MIN</I> and <I>MAX</I> functions take the minimum and maximum, respectively, of the included values.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 to Paragraph (<E T="01">c</E>)—Parameters for the Passenger Automobile Fuel Economy Targets, MYs 2012-2031
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Parameters
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">a
<br/>(mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">b
<br/>(mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">c
<br/>(gal/mi/ft2)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d
<br/>(gal/mi)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005308</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.006057
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005308</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.005410
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005308</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.004725
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005308</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.003719
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.09</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005308</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.002573
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2017</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.001896
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45.21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004954</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.001811
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2019</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.07</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004783</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.001729
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48.74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004603</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.001643
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000453</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00162
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000447</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00159
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000440</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00157
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2024</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55.44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000405</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00144
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2025</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000372</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2026</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66.95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.09</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000335</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00120
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2027</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00032841</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00117220
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2028</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00032184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00114876
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2029</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00031541</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00112579
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2030</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72.59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00030910</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00110327
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2031</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74.07</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00030292</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00108120</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, each manufacturer, other than manufacturers subject to standards in paragraph (e) of this section, shall also meet the minimum fleet standard for domestically manufactured passenger automobiles expressed in table 4 to this paragraph (d):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4 to Paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>)—Minimum Fuel Economy Standards for Domestically Manufactured Passenger Automobiles, MYs 2011-2031
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>standard
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2017</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2019</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2024</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2025</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2026</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2027</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2028</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2029</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2030</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2031</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58.7</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) The following manufacturers shall comply with the standards indicated in paragraphs (e)(1) through (15) of this section for the specified model years:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Avanti Motor Corporation.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 5 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(1)—Average Fuel Economy Standards
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Miles per gallon
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1979</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1981</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1983</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1984</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.9</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) <I>Rolls-Royce Motors, Inc.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 6 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(2)—Average Fuel Economy Standards
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Miles per gallon
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1979</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1981</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1983</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1984</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1986</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1987</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1988</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1989</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1990</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1991</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1992</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.3</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) <I>Checker Motors Corporation.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 7 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(3)—Average Fuel Economy Standards
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Miles per gallon
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1979</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1981</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.4</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(4) <I>Aston Martin Lagonda Limited.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 8 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(4)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Miles per
<br/>gallon)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1979</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1981</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1983</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1984</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2017</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2019</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.9</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(5) <I>Excalibur Automobile Corporation.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 9 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(5)—Average Fuel Economy Standards
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Miles per
<br/>gallon
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1979</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1981</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1983</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1984</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.6</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(6) <I>Lotus Cars Ltd.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 10 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(6)—Average Fuel Economy Standards
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Miles per
<br/>gallon
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.3</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(7) <I>Officine Alfieri Maserati, S.p.A.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 11 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(7)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Miles per
<br/>gallon
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1979</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1984</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.8</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(8) <I>Lamborghini of North America.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 12 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(8)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Miles per
<br/>gallon
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1983</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1984</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.7</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(9) <I>LondonCoach Co., Inc.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 13 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(9)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Miles per
<br/>gallon
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1986</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1987</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.0</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(10) <I>Automobili Lamborghini S.p.A./Vector Aeromotive Corporation.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 14 § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(10)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Miles per
<br/>gallon
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(11) <I>Dutcher Motors, Inc.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 15 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(11)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Miles per
<br/>gallon
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1986</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1987</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1988</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1992</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(12) <I>MedNet, Inc.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 16 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(12)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Average
<br/>fuel
<br/>economy
<br/>standard
<br/>(miles per
<br/>gallon)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(13) <I>Vector Aeromotive Corporation.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 17 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(13)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Miles per
<br/>gallon
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.1</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(14) <I>Qvale Automotive Group Srl.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 18 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(14)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Miles per
<br/>gallon
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.0</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(15) <I>Spyker Automobielen B.V.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 19 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(15)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Miles per
<br/>gallon)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.7</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(16) <I>Ferrari.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 20 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(16)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Miles per
<br/>gallon)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2017</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.1</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(17) <I>Koenigsegg.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 21 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(17)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Miles per
<br/>gallon)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2019</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.9</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(18) <I>McLaren.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 22 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(18)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Miles per
<br/>gallon)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2017</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2019</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.7</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(19) <I>Mobility Ventures.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 23 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(19)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Miles per
<br/>gallon)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.1</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(20) <I>Pagani.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 24 to § 531.5(<E T="01">e</E>)(20)—Average Fuel Economy Standard
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(Miles per
<br/>gallon)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2017</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2019</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 26070, May 2, 2022, as amended at 89 FR 12756, Feb. 20, 2024; 89 FR 52945, June 24, 2024; 89 FR 60833, July 29, 2024]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 531.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.13.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 531.6   Measurement and calculation procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The fleet average fuel economy performance of all passenger automobiles that are manufactured by a manufacturer in a model year shall be determined in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under 49 U.S.C. 32904 and set forth in 40 CFR part 600.
</P>
<P>(b) For model years 2017 through 2031, a manufacturer is eligible to increase the fuel economy performance of passenger cars in accordance with procedures established by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) set forth in 40 CFR part 600, subpart F, including adjustments to fuel economy for fuel consumption improvements related to air conditioning (AC) efficiency and off-cycle technologies. Starting in model year 2027, fuel economy increases for fuel consumption improvement values under 40 CFR 86.1868-12 and 40 CFR 86.1869-12 only apply for vehicles propelled by internal combustion engines. Manufacturers must provide reporting on these technologies as specified in § 537.7 of this chapter by the required deadlines.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Efficient AC technologies.</I> A manufacturer may increase its fleet average fuel economy performance through the use of technologies that improve the efficiency of AC systems pursuant to the requirements in 40 CFR 86.1868-12. Fuel consumption improvement values resulting from the use of those AC systems must be determined in accordance with 40 CFR 600.510-12(c)(3)(i).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Off-cycle technologies on EPA's predefined list.</I> A manufacturer may increase its fleet average fuel economy performance through the use of off-cycle technologies pursuant to the requirements in 40 CFR 86.1869-12 for predefined off-cycle technologies in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869-12(b). The fuel consumption improvement is determined in accordance with 40 CFR 600.510-12(c)(3)(ii).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Off-cycle technologies using 5-cycle testing.</I> Through model year 2026, a manufacturer may increase its fleet average fuel economy performance through the use of off-cycle technologies tested using the EPA's 5-cycle methodology in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869-12(c). The fuel consumption improvement is determined in accordance with 40 CFR 600.510-12(c)(3)(ii).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Off-cycle technologies using the alternative EPA-approved methodology.</I> Through model year 2026, a manufacturer may seek to increase its fuel economy performance through use of an off-cycle technology requiring an application request made to the EPA in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869-12(d).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Eligibility under the Corporate Average Fuel Economy (CAFE) program requires compliance with paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) through (C) of this section.</I> Paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A), (B) and (D) of this section apply starting in model year 2024. Paragraph (b)(4)(i)(E) of this section applies starting in model year 2025.
</P>
<P>(A) A manufacturer seeking to increase its fuel economy performance using the alternative methodology for an off-cycle technology, should submit a detailed analytical plan to EPA prior to the applicable model year. The detailed analytical plan may include information, such as planned test procedure and model types for demonstration. The plan will be approved or denied in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869.12(d).
</P>
<P>(B) A manufacturer seeking to increase its CAFE program fuel economy performance using the alternative methodology for an off-cycle technology must submit an official credit application to EPA and obtain approval in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869.12(e) prior to September of the given model year.
</P>
<P>(C) A manufacturer's plans, applications and requests approved by the EPA must be made in consultation with NHTSA. To expedite NHTSA's consultation with the EPA, a manufacturer must concurrently submit its application to NHTSA if the manufacturer is seeking off-cycle fuel economy improvement values under the CAFE program for those technologies. For off-cycle technologies that are covered under 40 CFR 86.1869-12(d), NHTSA will consult with the EPA regarding NHTSA's evaluation of the specific off-cycle technology to ensure its impact on fuel economy and the suitability of using the off-cycle technology to adjust the fuel economy performance.
</P>
<P>(D) A manufacturer may request an extension from NHTSA for more time to obtain an EPA approval. Manufacturers should submit their requests 30 days before the deadlines in paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) through (C) of this section. Requests should be submitted to NHTSA's Director of the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance at <I>cafe@dot.gov</I>.
</P>
<P>(E) For MYs 2025 and 2026, a manufacturer must respond within 60-days to any requests from EPA or NHTSA for additional information or clarifications to submissions provided pursuant to paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) and (B) of this section. Failure to respond within 60 days may result in denial of the manufacturer's request to increase its fuel economy performance through use of an off-cycle technology requests made to the EPA in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869-12(d).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Review and approval process.</I> NHTSA will provide its views on the suitability of the technology for that purpose to the EPA. NHTSA's evaluation and review will consider:
</P>
<P>(A) Whether the technology has a direct impact upon improving fuel economy performance;
</P>
<P>(B) Whether the technology is related to crash-avoidance technologies, safety critical systems or systems affecting safety-critical functions, or technologies designed for the purpose of reducing the frequency of vehicle crashes;
</P>
<P>(C) Information from any assessments conducted by the EPA related to the application, the technology and/or related technologies; and
</P>
<P>(D) Any other relevant factors.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Safety.</I> (A) Technologies found to be defective or non-compliant, subject to recall pursuant to part 573 of this chapter, Defect and Noncompliance Responsibility and Reports, due to a risk to motor vehicle safety, will have the values of approved off-cycle credits removed from the manufacturer's credit balance or adjusted to the population of vehicles the manufacturer remedies as required by 49 U.S.C. chapter 301. NHTSA will consult with the manufacturer to determine the amount of the adjustment.
</P>
<P>(B) Approval granted for innovative and off-cycle technology credits under NHTSA's fuel efficiency program does not affect or relieve the obligation to comply with the Vehicle Safety Act (49 U.S.C. chapter 301), including the “make inoperative” prohibition (49 U.S.C. 30122), and all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSSs) issued thereunder (part 571 of this chapter). In order to generate off-cycle or innovative technology credits manufacturers must state—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) That each vehicle equipped with the technology for which they are seeking credits will comply with all applicable FMVSS(s); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Whether or not the technology has a fail-safe provision. If no fail-safe provision exists, the manufacturer must explain why not and whether a failure of the innovative technology would affect the safety of the vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 26070, May 2, 2022, as amended at 89 FR 52948, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.13.0.1.7.11" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 531—Example of Calculating Compliance Under § 531.5(c)
</HEAD>
<P>Assume a hypothetical manufacturer (Manufacturer X) produces a fleet of domestic passenger automobiles in MY 2012 as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Appendix A—Table I
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Model type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Actual
<br/>measured fuel
<br/>economy
<br/>(mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Volume
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Group
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Carline name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Basic engine
<br/>(L)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Transmission
<br/>class
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC A FWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-door sedan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC A FWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">M6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-door sedan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC A FWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-door wagon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC A AWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-door wagon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC A AWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">M6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-door hatchback</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC B RWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-door wagon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC B RWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-door sedan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC C AWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-door sedan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC C FWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">M6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-door coupe</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27,500
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note to Table I to this appendix:</E> Manufacturer X's required fleet average fuel economy standard level would first be calculated by determining the fuel economy targets applicable to each unique model type and footprint combination for model type groups 1-9 as illustrated in Table II to this appendix.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Manufacturer X calculates a fuel economy target standard for each unique model type and footprint combination.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Appendix A—Table II
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Model type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Base tire size
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Wheelbase
<br/>(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Track width F&amp;R
<br/>average
<br/>(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Footprint
<br/>(ft
<sup>2</sup>)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Volume
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Fuel economy target standard
<br/>(mpg)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Group
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Carline name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Basic
<br/>engine (L)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Transmission class
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC A FWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-door sedan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">205/75R14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC A FWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">M6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-door sedan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">215/70R15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC A FWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-door wagon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">215/70R15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.08
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC A AWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-door wagon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235/60R15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.95
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC A AWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">M6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-door hatchback</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">225/65R16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.81
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC B RWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-door wagon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">265/55R18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC B RWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-door sedan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235/65R17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC C AWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-door sedan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">265/55R18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PC C FWD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">M6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2-door coupe</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">225/65R16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">111.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27,500
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note to Table II to this appendix:</E> With the appropriate fuel economy targets determined for each unique model type and footprint combination, Manufacturer X's required fleet average fuel economy standard would be calculated as illustrated in Figure 1 to this appendix.</P></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er02my22.261.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er02my22.262.gif"/>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to Figure 2 to this appendix:</HED>
<P>Since the actual fleet average fuel economy performance of Manufacturer X's fleet is 32.0 mpg, as compared to its required fleet fuel economy standard of 31.6 mpg, Manufacturer X complied with the CAFE standard for MY 2012 as set forth in § 531.5(c).</P></NOTE>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="533" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 533—LIGHT TRUCK FUEL ECONOMY STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 32902; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>87 FR 26076, May 2, 2022, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 533.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.14.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 533.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes average fuel economy standards pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 32902 for light trucks.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 52949, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 533.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.14.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 533.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to increase the fuel economy of light trucks by establishing minimum levels of average fuel economy for those vehicles.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 533.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.14.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 533.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to manufacturers of light trucks.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 533.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.14.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 533.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory terms.</I> (1) The terms <I>average fuel economy, average fuel economy standard, fuel economy, import, manufacture, manufacturer,</I> and <I>model year</I> are used as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>automobile</I> is used as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901 and in accordance with the determinations in part 523 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other terms.</I> As used in this part, unless otherwise required by the context—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Light truck</I> is used in accordance with the determinations in part 523 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Captive import</I> means with respect to a light truck, one which is not domestically manufactured, as defined in section 502(b)(2)(E) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, but which is imported in the 1980 model year or thereafter by a manufacturer whose principal place of business is in the United States.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>4-wheel drive, general utility vehicle</I> means a 4-wheel drive, general purpose automobile capable of off-highway operation that has a wheelbase of not more than 280 centimeters, and that has a body shape similar to 1977 Jeep CJ-5 or CJ-7, or the 1977 Toyota Land Cruiser.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Basic engine</I> means a unique combination of manufacturer, engine displacement, number of cylinders, fuel system (as distinguished by number of carburetor barrels or use of fuel injection), and catalyst usage.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Limited product line light truck</I> means a light truck manufactured by a manufacturer whose light truck fleet is powered exclusively by basic engines which are not also used in passenger automobiles.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 52949, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 533.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.14.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 533.5   Requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer of light trucks shall comply with the following fleet average fuel economy standards, expressed in miles per gallon, in the model year (MY) specified as applicable:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 533.5(<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">2-wheel drive light trucks
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">4-wheel drive light trucks
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Limited product line light trucks
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Captive
<br/>imports
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Captive
<br/>imports
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1979</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1981</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to § 533.5(<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Combined standard
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">2-wheel drive light trucks
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">4-wheel drive light trucks
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Captive
<br/>imports
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Others
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Captive
<br/>imports
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Others
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Captive
<br/>imports
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Others
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1983</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1984</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1986</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1987</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1988</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1989</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1990</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1991</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.1</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 to § 533.5(<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Combined standard
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Captive
<br/>imports
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1992</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.6</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4 to § 533.5(<E T="01">a</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Standard
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er02my22.263.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>N</I> is the total number (sum) of light trucks produced by a manufacturer;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>N</I><E T="52">i</E> is the number (sum) of the <I>ith</I> light truck model type produced by a manufacturer; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>T</I><E T="52">i</E> is the fuel economy target of the <I>ith</I> light truck model type, which is determined according to the following formula, rounded to the nearest hundredth:</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<img src="/graphics/er02my22.264.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Parameters <I>a, b, c,</I> and <I>d</I> are defined in Table 5 to this paragraph (a);
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>e</I> = 2.718; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>x</I> = footprint (in square feet, rounded to the nearest tenth) of the model type.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 5 to § 533.5(<E T="01">a</E>)—Parameters for the Light Truck Fuel Economy Targets for MYs 2008-2011
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Parameters
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">a</E>
<br/>(mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">b</E>
<br/>(mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">c</E>
<br/>(gal/mi/ft
<sup>2</sup>)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">d</E>
<br/>(gal/mi)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.07</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.81
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48.49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.28</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er02my22.265.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>CAFE</I><E T="52">required</E> is the fleet average fuel economy standard for a given light truck fleet;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Subscript <I>i</I> is a designation of multiple groups of light trucks, where each group's designation, <I>i.e.,</I> i = 1, 2, 3, etc., represents light trucks that share a unique model type and footprint within the applicable fleet;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>Production</I><E T="52">i</E> is the number of light trucks produced for sale in the United States within each <E T="52">ith</E> designation, <I>i.e.,</I> which share the same model type and footprint; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>TARGET</I><E T="52">i</E> is the fuel economy target in miles per gallon (mpg) applicable to the footprint of light trucks within each <I>ith</I> designation, <I>i.e.,</I> which share the same model type and footprint, calculated according to either Figure 3 or 4 to this paragraph (a), as appropriate, and rounded to the nearest hundredth of a mpg, <I>i.e.,</I> 35.455 = 35.46 mpg, and the summations in the numerator and denominator are both performed over all models in the fleet in question.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<img src="/graphics/er02my22.266.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>TARGET</I> is the fuel economy target (in mpg) applicable to vehicles of a given footprint (<I>FOOTPRINT,</I> in square feet);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Parameters <I>a, b, c,</I> and d are defined in Table 6 to this paragraph (a); and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>The <I>MIN</I> and <I>MAX</I> functions take the minimum and maximum, respectively, of the included values.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 6 to § 533.5(<E T="01">a</E>)—Parameters for the Light Truck Fuel Economy Targets for MYs 2012-2016
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Parameters
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">a</E>
<br/>(mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">b</E>
<br/>(mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">c</E>
<br/>(gal/mi/ft
<sup>2</sup>)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">d</E>
<br/>(gal/mi)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004546</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.014900
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004546</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.013968
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004546</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.013225
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004546</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.011920
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004546</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.010413</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er02my22.267.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>TARGET</I> is the fuel economy target (in mpg) applicable to vehicles of a given footprint (<I>FOOTPRINT,</I> in square feet);
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Parameters <I>a, b, c, d, e, f, g,</I> and <I>h</I> are defined in Table 7 to this paragraph (a); and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>The <I>MIN</I> and <I>MAX</I> functions take the minimum and maximum, respectively, of the included values.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 7 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)-Parameters for the Light Truck Fuel Economy Targets for MYs 2017-2031
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="8" scope="col">Parameters
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">a
<br/>(mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">b
<br/>(mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">c
<br/>(gal/mi/ft2)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d
<br/>(gal/mi)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">e
<br/>(mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">f
<br/>(mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">g
<br/>(gal/mi/ft2)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">h
<br/>(gal/mi)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2017</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.09</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005484</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.005097</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.09</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004546</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.009851
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005358</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.004797</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004546</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.009682
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2019</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005265</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.004623</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004546</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.009603
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005140</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.004494</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004546</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.009603
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000506</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00443</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000499</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00436</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000491</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00429</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2024</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44.48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000452</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00395</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2025</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48.35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.07</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000416</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00364</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2026</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.000374</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00327</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2027</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00037418</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00327158</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2028</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00037418</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00327158</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2029</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00036670</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00320615</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2030</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00035936</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00314202</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2031</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00035218</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00307918</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b)(1) For model year 1979, each manufacturer may:
</P>
<P>(i) Combine its 2- and 4-wheel drive light trucks and comply with the average fuel economy standard in paragraph (a) of this section for 2-wheel drive light trucks; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Comply separately with the two standards specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) For model year 1979, the standard specified in paragraph (a) of this section for 4-wheel drive light trucks applies only to 4-wheel drive general utility vehicles. All other 4-wheel drive light trucks in that model year shall be included in the 2-wheel drive category for compliance purposes.
</P>
<P>(c) For model years 1980 and 1981, manufacturers of limited product line light trucks may:
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the separate standard for limited product line light trucks in Table 1 to paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Comply with the other standards specified in paragraph (a) of this section, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(d) For model years 1982-91, each manufacturer may:
</P>
<P>(1) Combine its 2- and 4-wheel drive light trucks (segregating captive import and other light trucks) and comply with the combined average fuel economy standard specified in paragraph (a) of this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) Comply separately with the 2-wheel drive standards and the 4-wheel drive standards (segregating captive import and other light trucks) specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) For model year 1992, each manufacturer shall comply with the average fuel economy standard specified in paragraph (a) of this section (segregating captive import and other light trucks).
</P>
<P>(f) For each model year 1996 and thereafter, each manufacturer shall combine its captive imports with its other light trucks and comply with the fleet average fuel economy standard in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) For model years 2008-2010, at a manufacturer's option, a manufacturer's light truck fleet may comply with the fuel economy standard calculated for each model year according to Figure 1 to paragraph (a) of this section and the appropriate values in Table 5 to paragraph (a) of this section, with said option being irrevocably chosen for that model year and reported as specified in § 537.8 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(h) For model year 2011, a manufacturer's light truck fleet shall comply with the fleet average fuel economy standard calculated for that model year according to Figure 1 to paragraph (a) of this section and the appropriate values in Table 5 to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) For model years 2012-2016, a manufacturer's light truck fleet shall comply with the fleet average fuel economy standard calculated for that model year according to Figures 2 and 3 to paragraph (a) of this section and the appropriate values in Table 6 to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(j) For model years 2017-2031, a manufacturer's light truck fleet shall comply with the fleet average fuel economy standard calculated for that model year according to figures 2 and 4 to paragraph (a) of this section and the appropriate values in table 7 to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 26076, May 2, 2022, as amended at 89 FR 52949, June 24, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 533.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.14.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 533.6   Measurement and calculation procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any reference to a class of light trucks manufactured by a manufacturer shall be deemed—
</P>
<P>(1) To include all light trucks in that class manufactured by persons who control, are controlled by, or are under common control with, such manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(2) To include only light trucks which qualify as non-passenger vehicles in accordance with § 523.5 of this chapter based upon the production measurements of the vehicles as sold to dealerships; and
</P>
<P>(3) To exclude all light trucks in that class manufactured (within the meaning of paragraph (a)(1) of this section) during a model year by such manufacturer which are exported prior to the expiration of 30 days following the end of such model year.
</P>
<P>(b) The fleet average fuel economy performance of all light trucks that are manufactured by a manufacturer in a model year shall be determined in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under 49 U.S.C. 32904 and set forth in 40 CFR part 600.
</P>
<P>(c) For model years 2017 through 2031, a manufacturer is eligible to increase the fuel economy performance of light trucks in accordance with procedures established by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) set forth in 40 CFR part 600, subpart F, including adjustments to fuel economy for fuel consumption improvements related to air conditioning (AC) efficiency, off-cycle technologies, and hybridization and other performance-based technologies for full-size pickup trucks that meet the requirements specified in 40 CFR 86.1803. Starting in model year 2027, fuel economy increases for fuel consumption improvement values under 40 CFR 86.1868-12 and 40 CFR 86.1869-12 only apply for vehicles propelled by internal combustion engines. Manufacturers must provide reporting on these technologies as specified in § 537.7 of this chapter by the required deadlines.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Efficient AC technologies.</I> A manufacturer may seek to increase its fleet average fuel economy performance through the use of technologies that improve the efficiency of AC systems pursuant to the requirements in 40 CFR 86.1868-12. Fuel consumption improvement values resulting from the use of those AC systems must be determined in accordance with 40 CFR 600.510-12(c)(3)(i).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Incentives for advanced full-size light-duty pickup trucks.</I> For model year 2023 and 2024, the eligibility of a manufacturer to increase its fuel economy using hybridized and other performance-based technologies for full-size pickup trucks must follow 40 CFR 86.1870-12 and the fuel consumption improvement of these full-size pickup truck technologies must be determined in accordance with 40 CFR 600.510-12(c)(3)(iii). Manufacturers may also combine incentives for full size pickups and dedicated alternative fueled vehicles when calculating fuel economy performance values in 40 CFR 600.510-12.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Off-cycle technologies on EPA's predefined list.</I> A manufacturer may seek to increase its fleet average fuel economy performance through the use of off-cycle technologies pursuant to the requirements in 40 CFR 86.1869-12 for predefined off-cycle technologies in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869-12(b). The fuel consumption improvement is determined in accordance with 40 CFR 600.510-12(c)(3)(ii).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Off-cycle technologies using 5-cycle testing.</I> Through model year 2026, a manufacturer may only increase its fleet average fuel economy performance through the use of off-cycle technologies tested using the EPA's 5-cycle methodology in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869-12(c). The fuel consumption improvement is determined in accordance with 40 CFR 600.510-12(c)(3)(ii).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Off-cycle technologies using the alternative EPA-approved methodology.</I> Through model year 2026, a manufacturer may seek to increase its fuel economy performance through the use of an off-cycle technology requiring an application request made to the EPA in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869-12(d).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Eligibility under the Corporate Average Fuel Economy (CAFE) program requires compliance with paragraphs (c)(5)(i)(A) through (C) of this section.</I> Paragraphs (c)(5)(i)(A), (B) and (D) of this section apply starting in model year 2024. Paragraph (b)(5)(i)(E) of this section applies starting in model year 2025.
</P>
<P>(A) A manufacturer seeking to increase its fuel economy performance using the alternative methodology for an off-cycle technology, should submit a detailed analytical plan to EPA prior to the applicable model year. The detailed analytical plan may include information such as, planned test procedure and model types for demonstration. The plan will be approved or denied in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869-12(d).
</P>
<P>(B) A manufacturer seeking to increase its fuel economy performance using the alternative methodology for an off-cycle technology must submit an official credit application to EPA and obtain approval in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869-12(e) prior to September of the given model year.
</P>
<P>(C) A manufacturer's plans, applications and requests approved by the EPA must be made in consultation with NHTSA. To expedite NHTSA's consultation with the EPA, a manufacturer must concurrently submit its application to NHTSA if the manufacturer is seeking off-cycle fuel economy improvement values under the CAFE program for those technologies. For off-cycle technologies that are covered under 40 CFR 86.1869-12(d), NHTSA will consult with the EPA regarding NHTSA's evaluation of the specific off-cycle technology to ensure its impact on fuel economy and the suitability of using the off-cycle technology to adjust the fuel economy performance.
</P>
<P>(D) A manufacturer may request an extension from NHTSA for more time to obtain an EPA approval. Manufacturers should submit their requests 30 days before the deadlines above. Requests should be submitted to NHTSA's Director of the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance at <I>cafe@dot.gov</I>.
</P>
<P>(E) For MYs 2025 and 2026, a manufacturer must respond within 60-days to any requests from EPA or NHTSA for additional information or clarifications to submissions provided pursuant to paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) and (B) of this section. Failure to respond within 60 days may result in denial of the manufacturer's request to increase its fuel economy performance through use of an off-cycle technology requests made to the EPA in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869-12(d).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Review and approval process.</I> NHTSA will provide its views on the suitability of the technology for that purpose to the EPA. NHTSA's evaluation and review will consider:
</P>
<P>(A) Whether the technology has a direct impact upon improving fuel economy performance;
</P>
<P>(B) Whether the technology is related to crash-avoidance technologies, safety critical systems or systems affecting safety-critical functions, or technologies designed for the purpose of reducing the frequency of vehicle crashes;
</P>
<P>(C) Information from any assessments conducted by the EPA related to the application, the technology and/or related technologies; and
</P>
<P>(D) Any other relevant factors.
</P>
<P>(E) NHTSA will collaborate to host annual meetings with EPA at least once by July 30th before the model year begins to provide general guidance to the industry on past off-cycle approvals.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Safety.</I> (A) Technologies found to be defective or non-compliant, subject to recall pursuant to part 573 of this chapter, Defect and Noncompliance Responsibility and Reports, due to a risk to motor vehicle safety, will have the values of approved off-cycle credits removed from the manufacturer's credit balance or adjusted to the population of vehicles the manufacturer remedies as required by 49 U.S.C. chapter 301. NHTSA will consult with the manufacturer to determine the amount of the adjustment.
</P>
<P>(B) Approval granted for innovative and off-cycle technology credits under NHTSA's fuel efficiency program does not affect or relieve the obligation to comply with the Vehicle Safety Act (49 U.S.C. chapter 301), including the “make inoperative” prohibition (49 U.S.C. 30122), and all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards issued thereunder (FMVSSs) (part 571 of this chapter). In order to generate off-cycle or innovative technology credits manufacturers must state—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) That each vehicle equipped with the technology for which they are seeking credits will comply with all applicable FMVSS(s); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Whether or not the technology has a fail-safe provision. If no fail-safe provision exists, the manufacturer must explain why not and whether a failure of the innovative technology would affect the safety of the vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 26076, May 2, 2022, as amended at 89 FR 52949, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.14.0.1.7.12" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 533—Example of Calculating Compliance Under § 533.5(i)
</HEAD>
<P>Assume a hypothetical manufacturer (Manufacturer X) produces a fleet of light trucks in MY 2012 as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Appendix A—Table I
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Model type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Actual measured fuel economy (mpg)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Volume
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Group
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Carline name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Basic engine
<br/>(L)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Transmission class
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup A 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reg cab, MB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup B 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">M5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reg cab, MB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup C 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reg cab, LB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup C 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">M5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ext cab, MB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup C 4WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crew cab, SB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup D 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crew cab, SB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup E 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ext cab, LB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup E 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crew cab, MB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup F 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reg cab, LB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,600
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup F 4WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ext cab, MB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup F 4WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crew cab, SB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,700
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note to Table I to this appendix:</E> Manufacturer X's required fleet average fuel economy standard level would first be calculated by determining the fuel economy targets applicable to each unique model type and footprint combination for model type groups 1-11 as illustrated in Table II to this appendix.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Manufacturer X calculates a fuel economy target standard for each unique model type and footprint combination.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Appendix A—Table II
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Model type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Base tire
<br/>size
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Wheelbase (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Track
<br/>width F&amp;R
<br/>average
<br/>(inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Footprint (ft
<sup>2</sup>)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Volume
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Fuel economy target standard (mpg)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Group
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Carline name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Basic
<br/>engine (L)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Transmission class
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup A 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reg cab, MB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235/75R15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup B 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">M5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reg cab, MB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235/75R15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup C 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reg cab, LB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">255/70R17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup C 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">M5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ext cab, MB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">255/70R17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup C 4WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crew cab, SB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275/70R17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup D 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crew cab, SB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">255/70R17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup E 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ext cab, LB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">255/70R17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.79
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup E 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crew cab, MB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">285/70R17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup F 2WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reg cab, LB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">255/70R17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup F 4WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ext cab, MB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275/70R17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pickup F 4WD</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crew cab, SB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">285/70R17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">72.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,700</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note to Table II to this appendix:</E> With the appropriate fuel economy targets determined for each unique model type and footprint combination, Manufacturer X's required fleet average fuel economy standard would be calculated as illustrated in Figure 1 to this appendix:</P></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er02my22.268.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er02my22.269.gif"/>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to Figure 2 to this appendix:</HED>
<P>Since the actual fleet average fuel economy performance of Manufacturer X's fleet is 23.3 mpg, as compared to its required fleet fuel economy standard of 23.7 mpg, Manufacturer X did not comply with the CAFE standard for MY 2012 as set forth in § 533.5(i).</P></NOTE>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="534" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 534—RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF MANUFACTURERS IN THE CONTEXT OF CHANGES IN CORPORATE RELATIONSHIPS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 32901; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>69 FR 77671, Dec. 28, 2004, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 534.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.15.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 534.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part defines the rights and responsibilities of manufacturers in the context of changes in corporate relationships for purposes of the fuel economy and fuel consumption programs established by 49 U.S.C. chapter 329.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 57492, Sept. 15, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 534.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.15.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 534.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to manufacturers of passenger automobiles, light trucks, heavy-duty vehicles and the engines manufactured for use in heavy-duty vehicles as defined in 49 CFR part 523.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 57492, Sept. 15, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 534.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.15.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 534.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory definitions and terms.</I> All terms used in 49 U.S.C. Chapter 329 are used according to their statutory meaning.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this part—
</P>
<P>“Control relationship” means the relationship that exists between manufacturers that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with, one or more other manufacturers.
</P>
<P>“Predecessor” means a manufacturer whose rights have been vested in and whose burdens have been assumed by another manufacturer.
</P>
<P>“Successor” means a manufacturer that has become vested with the rights and assumed the burdens of another manufacturer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 534.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.15.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 534.4   Successors and predecessors.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of the fuel economy and fuel consumption programs, “manufacturer” includes “predecessors” and “successors” to the extent specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(a) Successors are responsible for any civil penalties that arise out of fuel economy and fuel consumption shortfalls incurred and not satisfied by predecessors.
</P>
<P>(b) If one manufacturer has become the successor of another manufacturer during a model year, all of the vehicles or engines produced by those manufacturers during the model year are treated as though they were manufactured by the same manufacturer. A manufacturer is considered to have become the successor of another manufacturer during a model year if it is the successor on September 30 of the corresponding calendar year and was not the successor for the preceding model year.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) For passenger automobiles and light trucks, fuel economy credits earned by a predecessor before or during model year 2007 may be used by a successor, subject to the availability of credits and the general three-year restriction on carrying credits forward and the general three-year restriction on carrying credits backward. Fuel economy credits earned by a predecessor after model year 2007 may be used by a successor, subject to the availability of credits and the general five-year restriction on carrying credits forward and the general three-year restriction on carrying credits backward.
</P>
<P>(2) For heavy-duty vehicles and heavy-duty vehicle engines, available fuel consumption credits earned by a predecessor after model year 2015, and in model years 2013, 2014 and 2015 if a manufacturer voluntarily complies in those model years, may be used by a successor, subject to the availability of credits and the general five-year restriction on carrying credits forward and the general three year restriction on carrying credits backward.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) For passenger automobiles and light trucks, fuel economy credits earned by a successor before or during model year 2007 may be used to offset a predecessor's shortfall, subject to the availability of credits and the general three-year restriction on carrying credits forward and the general three-year restriction on carrying credits backward. Credits earned by a successor after model year 2007 may be used to offset a predecessor's shortfall, subject to the availability of credits and the general five-year restriction on carrying credits forward and the general three-year restriction on carrying credits backward.
</P>
<P>(2) For heavy-duty vehicles and heavy-duty vehicle engines, available credits earned by a successor after model year 2015, and in model years 2013, 2014 and 2015, if a manufacturer voluntarily complies in those model years, may be used by a predecessor subject to the availability of credits and the general five-year restriction on carrying credits forward and the general three year restriction on carrying credits backward.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 57492, Sept. 15, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 534.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.15.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 534.5   Manufacturers within control relationships.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a civil penalty arises out of a fuel economy or fuel consumption shortfall incurred by a group of manufacturers within a control relationship, each manufacturer within that group is jointly and severally liable for the civil penalty.
</P>
<P>(b) A manufacturer is considered to be within a control relationship for an entire model year if and only if it is within that relationship on September 30 of the calendar year in which the model year ends.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) For passenger automobiles and light trucks, fuel economy credits of a manufacturer within a control relationship may be used by the group of manufacturers within the control relationship to offset shortfalls, subject to the agreement of the other manufacturers, the availability of the credits, and the general three year restriction on carrying credits forward or backward prior to or during model year 2007, or the general five year restriction on carrying credits forward and the general three-year restriction on carrying credits backward after model year 2007.
</P>
<P>(2) For heavy-duty vehicles and heavy-duty engines, credits of a manufacturer within a control relationship may be used by the group of manufacturers within the control relationship to offset shortfalls, subject to the agreement of the other manufacturers, the availability of the credits, the general 5-year restriction on carrying credits forward, and the general three year restriction on offsetting past credit shortfalls as specified in the requirements of 49 CFR 535.7.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) For passenger automobiles and light trucks, if a manufacturer within a group of manufacturers is sold or otherwise spun off so that it is no longer within that control relationship, the manufacturer may use credits that were earned by the group of manufacturers within the control relationship while the manufacturer was within that relationship, subject to the agreement of the other manufacturers, the availability of the credits, and the general three-year restriction on carrying credits forward or backward prior to or during model year 2007, or the general five-year restriction on carrying credits forward and the general three-year restriction on carrying credits backward after model year 2007.
</P>
<P>(2) For heavy-duty vehicles and heavy-duty vehicle engines, if a manufacturer within a group of manufacturers is sold or otherwise spun off so that it is no longer within that control relationship, the manufacturer may use credits that were earned by the group of manufacturers within the control relationship while the manufacturer was within that relationship, subject to the agreement of the other manufacturers, the availability of the credits, the general 5-year restriction on carrying credits forward, and the general three year restriction on offsetting past credit shortfalls as specified in the requirements of 49 CFR 535.7.
</P>
<P>(e) Agreements among manufacturers in a control relationship related to the allocation of credits or liabilities addressed by this section shall be filed with the agency within 60 days of the end of each model year in the same form as specified in section 534.6. The manufacturers may seek confidential treatment for information provided in the certified report in accordance with 49 CFR part 512.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 77671, Dec. 28, 2004, as amended at 74 FR 14452, Mar. 30, 2009; 76 FR 57492, Sept. 15, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 534.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.15.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 534.6   Reporting corporate transactions.</HEAD>
<P>Manufacturers who have entered into written contracts transferring rights and responsibilities such that a different manufacturer owns the controlling stock or exerts control over the design, production or sale of automobiles or heavy-duty vehicles to which Corporate Average Fuel Economy or Fuel Consumption standards apply shall report the contract to the agency as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturers must file a certified report with the agency affirmatively stating that the contract transfers rights and responsibilities between them such that one manufacturer has assumed a controlling stock ownership or control over the design, production or sale of vehicles. The report must also specify the first full model year to which the transaction will apply.
</P>
<P>(b) Each report shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Identify each manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(2) State the full name, title, and address of the official responsible for preparing the report;
</P>
<P>(3) Identify the production year being reported on;
</P>
<P>(4) Be written in the English language; and
</P>
<P>(5) Be submitted to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(c) The manufacturers may seek confidential treatment for information provided in the certified report in accordance with 49 CFR part 512.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 57493, Sept. 15, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 534.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.15.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 534.7   Situations not directly addressed by this part.</HEAD>
<P>To the extent that this part does not directly address an issue concerning the rights and responsibilities of manufacturers in the context of a change in corporate relationships, the agency will make determinations based on interpretation of the statute and the principles reflected in the part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 534.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.15.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 534.8   Shared corporate relationships.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Vehicles and engines built by multiple manufacturers can share responsibility for complying with fuel consumption standards in 49 CFR part 535, by following the EPA requirements in 40 CFR 1037.620 and by sending a joint agreement between the parties to EPA and NHTSA before submitting any certificates of conformity for the applicable vehicles or engines in accordance with 40 CFR part 1036, subpart C, and 40 CFR part 1037, subpart C.
</P>
<P>(1) Each joint agreement must—
</P>
<P>(i) Define how each manufacturer shares responsibility for the planned vehicles or engines.
</P>
<P>(ii) Specify which manufacturer(s) will be responsible for the EPA certificates of conformity;
</P>
<P>(iii) Describe the planned vehicles and engines in terms of the model types, production volumes, and model years (if known);
</P>
<P>(iv) Describe which manufacturer(s) have engineering and design control and sale distribution ownership over the vehicles and/or engines; and
</P>
<P>(v) Include signatures from all parties involved in the shared corporate relationship.
</P>
<P>(2) After defining the shared relationship between the manufacturers, any contractual changes must be notified to EPA and NHTSA before the next model year's production of the applicable vehicles or engines begins.
</P>
<P>(3) Multiple manufacturers must designate the same shared responsibility for complying with fuel consumption standards as selected for GHG standards unless otherwise allowed by EPA and NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(b) NHTSA and EPA reserve the right to reject the joint agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 74237, Oct. 25, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="535" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 535—MEDIUM- AND HEAVY-DUTY VEHICLE FUEL EFFICIENCY PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 32902<I>;</I> delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 74238, Oct. 25, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 535.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.16.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 535.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes fuel consumption standards pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 32902(k) for work trucks and commercial medium- and heavy-duty on-highway vehicles (hereafter referenced as heavy-duty vehicles), and engines manufactured for sale in the United States. This part establishes a credit program that manufacturers may use to comply with standards and requirements for manufacturers to provide reports to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration regarding their efforts to reduce the fuel consumption of heavy-duty vehicles and engines.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 18819, Mar. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 535.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.16.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 535.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to reduce the fuel consumption of new heavy-duty vehicles and engines by establishing maximum levels for fuel consumption standards while providing a flexible credit program to assist manufacturers in complying with standards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 535.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.16.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 535.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to manufacturers that produce complete and incomplete heavy-duty vehicles as defined in 49 CFR part 523, and to the manufacturers of all heavy-duty engines manufactured for use in the applicable vehicles for each given model year.
</P>
<P>(b) This part also applies to alterers, final stage manufacturers, and intermediate manufacturers producing vehicles and engines or assembling motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment under special conditions. Manufacturers comply with this part by following the special conditions in 40 CFR 1037.620, 1037.621, and 1037.622 in which EPA allows manufacturer to:
</P>
<P>(1) Share responsibility for the vehicles they produce. Manufacturers sharing responsibility for complying with emissions and fuel consumption standards must submit to the agencies a joint agreement as specified in 49 CFR 534.8(a);
</P>
<P>(2) Have certificate holders sell or ship vehicles that are missing certain emission-related components to be installed by secondary vehicle manufacturers;
</P>
<P>(3) Ship partially complete vehicles to secondary manufacturers;
</P>
<P>(4) Build electric vehicles; and
</P>
<P>(5) Build alternative fueled vehicles from all types of heavy duty engine conversions. The conversion manufacturer must:
</P>
<P>(i) Install alternative fuel conversion systems into vehicles acquired from vehicle manufacturers prior to first retail sale or prior to the vehicle's introduction into interstate commerce.
</P>
<P>(ii) Be designated by the vehicle manufacturer and EPA to be the certificate holder.
</P>
<P>(iii) Omit alternative fueled vehicles from compliance with vehicle fuel consumption standards, if—
</P>
<P>(A) Excluded from EPA emissions standards; and
</P>
<P>(B) A reasonable technical basis exist that the modified vehicle continues to meet emissions and fuel consumption vehicle standards.
</P>
<P>(c) Vehicle and engine manufacturers that must comply with this part include manufacturers required to have approved certificates of conformity from EPA as specified in subparts C in 40 CFR parts 1036 and 1037.
</P>
<P>(d) The following heavy-duty vehicles and engines are excluded from the requirements of this part:
</P>
<P>(1) Vehicles and engines manufactured prior to January 1, 2014, unless certified early under NHTSA's voluntary provisions in § 535.5.
</P>
<P>(2) Medium-duty passenger vehicles and other vehicles subject to the light-duty corporate average fuel economy standards in 49 CFR parts 531 and 533.
</P>
<P>(3) Recreational vehicles, including motor homes manufactured before January 1, 2021, except those produced by manufacturers voluntarily complying with NHTSA's early vocational standards for model years 2013 through 2020.
</P>
<P>(4) Aircraft vehicles meeting the definition of “motor vehicle”. For example, this would include certain convertible aircraft that can be adjusted to operate on public roads.
</P>
<P>(5) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(6) Engines installed in heavy-duty vehicles that are not used to propel vehicles. Note, this includes engines used to indirectly propel vehicles (such as electrical generator engines that power to batteries for propulsion).
</P>
<P>(7) The provisions of this part do not apply to engines that are not internal combustion engines. For example, the provisions of this part do not apply to fuel cells. Note that gas turbine engines are internal combustion engines.
</P>
<P>(e) The following heavy-duty vehicles and engines are exempted from the requirements of this part:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Off-road vehicles.</I> Vocational vehicles intended for off-road use are exempt with or without request, subject to the provisions of § 535.5(b)(9).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Small business manufacturers.</I> (i) For Phase 1, small business manufacturers are exempted from the vehicle and engine standards of § 535.5 but must comply with the reporting requirements of § 535.8(g).
</P>
<P>(ii) For Phase 2, fuel consumption standards apply on a delayed schedule for manufacturers meeting the small business criteria specified in 13 CFR 121.201 and in 40 CFR 86.1819-14(k)(5), 1036.150, and 1037.150.
</P>
<P>(A) Qualifying manufacturers of truck tractors, vocational vehicles, heavy duty pickups and vans, and engines are not subject to the fuel consumption standards for vehicles built before January 1, 2022, and engines (such as those engines built by small alternative fuel engine converters) with a date of manufacturer on or after November 14, 2011, and before January 1, 2022. Qualifying manufacturers may choose to voluntarily comply early.
</P>
<P>(B) Small manufacturers that certify their entire U.S.-directed production volume to the Phase 1 standards for calendar year 2021 may certify to the Phase 1 standards for model year 2022 (instead of the otherwise applicable Phase 2 standards).
</P>
<P>(iii) Small business manufacturers producing vehicles and engines that run on any fuel other than gasoline, E85, or diesel fuel meeting the criteria specified in 13 CFR 121.201 and in 40 CFR 86.1819-14(k)(5), 1036.150, and 1037.150 may delay complying with every new mandatory standard under this part by one model year.
</P>
<P>(3) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Engines for specialty vehicles.</I> Engines certified to the alternative standards specified in 40 CFR 86.007-11 and 86.008-10 for use in specialty vehicles as described in 40 CFR 1037.605. Compliance with the vehicle provisions in 40 CFR 1037.605 satisfies compliance for NHTSA under this part.
</P>
<P>(f) For model year 2021 and later, vocational vehicle manufacturers building custom chassis vehicles (<I>e.g.</I> emergency vehicles) may be exempted from standards in § 535.5(b)(4) and may comply with alternative fuel consumption standards as specified in § 535.5(b)(6). Manufacturers complying with alternative fuel consumption standards in § 535.5(b)(6) are restricted in using fuel consumption credits as specified in § 535.7(c).
</P>
<P>(g) The fuel consumption standards in some cases apply differently for spark-ignition and compression-ignition engines or vehicles as specified in 40 CFR parts 1036 and 1037. Engine requirements are similarly differentiated by engine type and by primary intended service class, as described in 40 CFR 1036.140.
</P>
<P>(h) NHTSA may exclude or exempt vehicles and engines under special conditions allowed by EPA in accordance with 40 CFR parts 85, 86, 1036, 1037, 1039, and 1068. Manufacturers should consult the agencies if uncertain how to apply any EPA provision under the NHTSA fuel consumption program. It is recommend that manufacturers seek clarification before producing a vehicle. Upon notification by EPA of a fraudulent use of an exemption, NHTSA reserves that right to suspend or revoke any exemption or exclusion.
</P>
<P>(i) In cases where there are differences between the application of this part and the corresponding EPA program regarding whether a vehicle is regulated or not (such as due to differences in applicability resulting from differing agency definitions, etc.), manufacturers should contact the agencies to identify these vehicles and assess the applicability of the agencies' standards. The agencies will provide guidance on how the vehicles can comply. Manufacturers are required to identify these vehicles in their final reports submitted in accordance with § 535.8.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 74238, Oct. 25, 2016, as amended at 89 FR 18819, Mar. 15, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 535.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.16.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 535.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The terms <I>manufacture</I>, <I>manufacturer</I>, <I>commercial medium-duty on highway vehicle</I>, <I>commercial heavy-duty on highway vehicle</I>, <I>fuel</I>, and <I>work truck</I> are used as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901. See 49 CFR 523.2 for general definitions related to NHTSA's fuel efficiency programs.
</P>
<P><I>Adjustable parameter</I> means any device, system, or element of design that someone can adjust (including those which are difficult to access) and that, if adjusted, may affect measured or modeled emissions (as applicable). In some cases, this may exclude a parameter that is difficult to access if it cannot be adjusted to affect emissions without significantly degrading engine performance, or if it will not be adjusted in a way that affects emissions during in-use operation. (See 40 CFR 1065.1001 and 40 CFR 1068.50).
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Advanced technology</I> means specific vehicle technology for which manufacturers may earn special credits under §§ 535.6 and 535.7 (<I>e.g.,</I> hybrids with powertrain designs that include energy storage systems, vehicles with waste heat recovery, electric vehicles, and fuel cell vehicles).
</P>
<P><I>Alterer</I> means a manufacturer that modifies an altered vehicle as defined in 49 CFR 567.3
</P>
<P><I>Alternative fuel conversion</I> has the meaning given for clean alternative fuel conversion in 40 CFR 85.502
</P>
<P><I>A to B testing</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Automated manual transmission</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Automatic tire inflation system</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Automatic transmission (AT)</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Auxiliary power unit</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Averaging set</I> means, a set of engines or vehicles in which fuel consumption credits may be exchanged. Credits generated by one engine or vehicle family may only be used by other respective engine or vehicle families in the same averaging set as specified in § 535.7. Note that an averaging set may comprise more than one regulatory subcategory. The averaging sets for this HD program are defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans.
</P>
<P>(2) Light heavy-duty (LHD) vehicles.
</P>
<P>(3) Medium heavy-duty (MHD) vehicles.
</P>
<P>(4) Heavy heavy-duty (HHD) vehicles.
</P>
<P>(5) Light heavy-duty engines subject to compression-ignition standards.
</P>
<P>(6) Medium heavy-duty engines subject to compression-ignition standards.
</P>
<P>(7) Heavy heavy-duty engines subject to compression-ignition standards.
</P>
<P>(8) Engines subject to spark-ignition standards.
</P>
<P>(9) Vehicle types certifying to optional custom chassis standards as specified in § 535.5(b)(6) form separate averaging sets for each vehicle type as specified in § 535.7(c).
</P>
<P><I>Axle ratio or Drive axle ratio, ka</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Basic vehicle frontal area</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Cab-complete vehicle</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 523.2.
</P>
<P><I>Carryover</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Certificate holder</I> means the manufacturer who holds the certificate of conformity for the vehicle or engine and that assigns the model year based on the date when its manufacturing operations are completed relative to its annual model year period.
</P>
<P><I>Certificate of Conformity</I> means an approval document granted by EPA to a manufacturer that submits an application for a vehicle or engine emissions family in 40 CFR 1036.205 and 1037.205. A certificate of conformity is valid from the indicated effective date until December 31 of the model year for which it is issued. The certificate must be renewed annually for any vehicle a manufacturer continues to produce.
</P>
<P><I>Certification</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Chassis-cab</I> means the incomplete part of a vehicle that includes a frame, a completed occupant compartment and that requires only the addition of cargo-carrying, work-performing, or load- bearing components to perform its intended functions.
</P>
<P><I>Chief Counsel</I> means the NHTSA Chief Counsel, or his or her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Class</I> means relating to GVWR classes for vehicles, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Class 2b vehicles</I> are vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) ranging from 8,501 to 10,000 pounds.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Class 3 through Class 8 vehicles</I> are vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,001 pounds or more as defined in 49 CFR 565.15.
</P>
<P><I>Complete sister vehicle</I> is a complete vehicle of the same configuration as a cab-complete vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Complete vehicle</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR part 523.
</P>
<P><I>Compression-ignition (CI)</I> means relating to a type of reciprocating, internal-combustion engine, such as a diesel engine, that is not a spark-ignition engine. Note, in accordance with 40 CFR 1036.1, gas turbine engines and other engines not meeting the definition of compression-ignition are deemed to be compression-ignition engines for complying with fuel consumption standards.
</P>
<P><I>Configuration</I> means a subclassification within a test group for passenger cars, light trucks and medium-duty passenger vehicles and heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans which is based on basic engine, engine code, transmission type and gear ratios, and final drive ratio.
</P>
<P><I>Container chassis trailer</I> has the same meaning as container chassis in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Curb weight</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 86.1803.
</P>
<P><I>Custom chassis vehicle</I> means a vocational vehicle that is a motor home, school bus, refuse hauler, concrete mixer, emergency vehicle, mixed-use vehicle or other buses that are not school buses or motor coaches. These vehicle types are defined in 49 CFR 523.3. A “mixed-use vehicle” is one that meets at least one of the criteria specified in 40 CFR 1037.631(a)(1) or at least one of the criteria in 40 CFR 1037.631(a)(2), but not both.
</P>
<P><I>Date of manufacture</I> means the date on which the certifying vehicle manufacturer completes its manufacturing operations, except as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Where the certificate holder is an engine manufacturer that does not manufacture the complete or incomplete vehicle, the date of manufacture of the vehicle is based on the date assembly of the vehicle is completed.
</P>
<P>(2) EPA and NHTSA may approve an alternate date of manufacture based on the date on which the certifying (or primary) vehicle manufacturer completes assembly at the place of main assembly, consistent with the provisions of 40 CFR 1037.601 and 49 CFR 567.4.
</P>
<P>(3) A vehicle manufacturer that completes assembly of a vehicle at two or more facilities may ask to use as the month and year of manufacture, for that vehicle, the month and year in which manufacturing is completed at the place of main assembly, consistent with provisions of 49 CFR 567.4, as the model year. Note that such staged assembly is subject to the provisions of 40 CFR 1068.260(c). NHTSA's allowance of this provision is effective when EPA approves the manufacturer's certificates of conformity for these vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Day cab</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Defeat device</I> means, consistent with 40 CFR 86.004-2, an auxiliary emission control device (AECD) that reduces the effectiveness of the emission control system under conditions which may reasonably be expected to be encountered in normal vehicle operation and use, unless:
</P>
<P>(1) Such conditions are substantially included in the applicable Federal emission test procedure for heavy-duty vehicles and heavy-duty engines described in subpart N of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) The need for the AECD is justified in terms of protecting the vehicle against damage or accident;
</P>
<P>(3) The AECD does not go beyond the requirements of engine starting; or
</P>
<P>(4) The AECD applies only for engines that will be installed in emergency vehicles, and the need is justified in terms of preventing the engine from losing speed, torque, or power due abnormal conditions of the emission control system, or in terms of preventing such abnormal conditions from occurring, during operation related to emergency response. Examples of such abnormal conditions may include excessive exhaust backpressure from an overloaded particulate trap, and running out of diesel exhaust fluid for engines that rely on urea-based selective catalytic reduction.
</P>
<P><I>Drayage tractor</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Dual-clutch transmission (DCT)</I> means a transmission has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Dual-fuel</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Electric vehicle</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency vehicle</I> means a vehicle that meets one of the criteria in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Engine configuration</I> means a unique combination of engine hardware and calibration (related to the emission standards) within an engine family, which would include hybrid components for engines certified as hybrid engines and hybrid powertrains. Engines within a single engine configuration differ only with respect to normal production variability or factors unrelated to compliance with emission standards. (See 40 CFR 1036.801).
</P>
<P><I>Engine family</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1036.230. Manufacturers designate families in accordance with EPA provisions and may not choose different families between the NHTSA and EPA programs.
</P>
<P><I>Engine identification number</I> means a unique specification (for example, a model number/serial number combination) that allows someone to distinguish a particular engine from other similar engines. (See the definition of <I>identification number</I> in 40 CFR 1036.801).
</P>
<P><I>Excluded</I> means a vehicle or engine manufacturer or component is not required to comply with any aspects with the NHTSA fuel consumption program.
</P>
<P><I>Exempted</I> means a vehicle or engine manufacturer or component is not required to comply with certain provisions of the NHTSA fuel consumption program.
</P>
<P><I>Family certification level (FCL)</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1036.801.
</P>
<P><I>Family emission limit (FEL)</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Final drive ratio</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Final-stage manufacturer</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 567.3 and includes secondary vehicle manufacturers as defined in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Flatbed trailer</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Fleet</I> in this part means all the heavy-duty vehicles or engines within each of the regulatory sub- categories that are manufactured by a manufacturer in a particular model year and that are subject to fuel consumption standards under § 535.5.
</P>
<P><I>Fleet average fuel consumption</I> is the calculated average fuel consumption performance value for a manufacturer's fleet derived from the production weighted fuel consumption values of the unique vehicle configurations within each vehicle model type that makes up that manufacturer's vehicle fleet in a given model year. In this part, the fleet average fuel consumption value is determined for each manufacturer's fleet of heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans.
</P>
<P><I>Fleet average fuel consumption standard</I> is the actual average fuel consumption standard for a manufacturer's fleet derived from the production weighted fuel consumption standards of each unique vehicle configuration, based on payload, tow capacity and drive configuration (2, 4 or all-wheel drive), of the model types that makes up that manufacturer's vehicle fleet in a given model year. In this part, the fleet average fuel consumption standard is determined for each manufacturer's fleet of heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans.
</P>
<P><I>Flexible-fuel</I> means relating to an engine designed for operation on any mixture of two or more different types of fuels. (See 40 CFR 1036.801).
</P>
<P><I>Fuel cell</I> means an electrochemical cell that produces electricity via the non-combustion reaction of a consumable fuel, typically hydrogen.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel cell electric vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle propelled solely by an electric motor where energy for the motor is supplied by a fuel cell.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel efficiency</I> means the amount of work performed for each gallon of fuel consumed.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel type</I> means a general category of fuels such as diesel fuel, gasoline, or natural gas. There can be multiple grades within a single fuel type, such as premium gasoline, regular gasoline, or gasoline with 10 percent ethanol. (See 40 CFR 1037.801).
</P>
<P><I>Gaseous fuel</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Gear ratio</I> or <I>Transmission gear ratio,</I> kg, means the dimensionless number representing the angular speed of the transmission's input shaft divided by the angular speed of the transmission's output shaft when the transmission is operating in a specific gear. (See 40 CFR 1037.801).
</P>
<P><I>Good engineering judgment</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1068.30. See 40 CFR 1068.5 for the administrative process used to evaluate good engineering judgment.
</P>
<P><I>Greenhouse gas Emissions Model (GEM)</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Gross axle weight rating (GAWR)</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P><I>Gross combination weight rating (GCWR)</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P><I>Gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR)</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P><I>Heavy-duty engine</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR part 523.2.
</P>
<P><I>Heavy-duty off-road vehicle</I> means a heavy-duty vocational vehicle or vocational tractor that is intended for off-road use.
</P>
<P><I>Heavy-duty vehicle</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR part 523.
</P>
<P><I>Heavy-haul tractor</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Heavy heavy-duty (HHD) vehicle</I> has the meaning given in vehicle service class.
</P>
<P><I>Hybrid</I> or <I>Hybrid vehicle</I> means a vehicle that includes energy storage features (other than a conventional battery system or conventional flywheel) in addition to an internal combustion engine or other engine using consumable chemical fuel. Supplemental electrical batteries and hydraulic accumulators are examples of hybrid energy storage systems. Note that certain provisions in this part treat hybrid vehicles that include regenerative braking different than those that do not include regenerative braking.
</P>
<P><I>Hybrid engine</I> means a hybrid system with features for storing and recovering energy that are integral to the engine or are otherwise upstream of the vehicle's transmission other than a conventional battery system or conventional flywheel. Supplemental electrical batteries and hydraulic accumulators are examples of hybrid energy storage systems. Examples of hybrids that could be considered hybrid engines are P0, P1, and P2 hybrids where hybrid features are connected to the front end of the engine, at the crankshaft, or connected between the clutch and the transmission where the clutch upstream of the hybrid feature is in addition to the transmission clutch(s), respectively. Note other examples of systems that qualify as hybrid engines are systems that recover kinetic energy and use it to power an electric heater in the aftertreatment. (See 40 CFR 1036.801).
</P>
<P><I>Hybrid powertrain</I> means a powertrain that includes energy storage features other than a conventional battery system or conventional flywheel. Supplemental electrical batteries and hydraulic accumulators are examples of hybrid energy storage systems. Note other examples of systems that qualify as hybrid powertrains are systems that recover kinetic energy and use it to power an electric heater in the aftertreatment. (See 40 CFR 1037.801).
</P>
<P><I>Idle operation</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Incomplete vehicle</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR part 523. For the purpose of this regulation, a manufacturer may request EPA and NHTSA to allow the certification of a vehicle as an incomplete vehicle if it manufactures the engine and sells the unassembled chassis components, provided it does not produce and sell the body components necessary to complete the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Innovative technology</I> means technology certified under § 535.7 and by EPA under 40 CFR 86.1819-14(d)(13), 1036.610, and 1037.610 in the Phase 1 program.
</P>
<P><I>Intermediate manufacturer</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 567.3.
</P>
<P><I>Light heavy-duty (LHD) vehicle</I> has the meaning given in vehicle service class.
</P>
<P><I>Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1036.801.
</P>
<P><I>Low rolling resistance tire</I> means a tire on a vocational vehicle with a tire rolling resistance level (TRRL) of 7.7 kg/metric ton or lower, a steer tire on a tractor with a TRRL of 7.7 kg/metric ton or lower, or a drive tire on a tractor with a TRRL of 8.1 kg/metric ton or lower.
</P>
<P><I>Manual transmission (MT)</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Medium heavy-duty (MHD) vehicle</I> has the meaning given in vehicle service class.
</P>
<P><I>Model type</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 600.002.
</P>
<P><I>Model year</I> means one of the following for compliance with this part. Note that manufacturers may have other model year designations for the same vehicle for compliance with other requirements or for other purposes:
</P>
<P>(1) For tractors and vocational vehicles with a date of manufacture on or after January 1, 2021, the vehicle's <I>model year</I> is the calendar year corresponding to the date of manufacture; however, the vehicle's model year may be designated to be the year before the calendar year corresponding to the date of manufacture if the engine's model year is also from an earlier year. Note that paragraph (2) of this definition limits the extent to which vehicle manufacturers may install engines built in earlier calendar years. Note that 40 CFR 1037.601(a)(2) limits the extent to which vehicle manufacturers may install engines built in earlier calendar years.
</P>
<P>(2) For Phase 1 tractors and vocational vehicles with a date of manufacture before January 1, 2021, <I>model year</I> means the manufacturer's annual new model production period, except as restricted under this definition. It must include January 1 of the calendar year for which the model year is named, may not begin before January 2 of the previous calendar year, and it must end by December 31 of the named calendar year. The model year may be set to match the calendar year corresponding to the date of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(i) The manufacturer who holds the certificate of conformity for the vehicle must assign the model year based on the date when its manufacturing operations are completed relative to its annual model year period. In unusual circumstances where completion of your assembly is delayed, we may allow you to assign a model year one year earlier, provided it does not affect which regulatory requirements will apply.
</P>
<P>(ii) Unless a vehicle is being shipped to a secondary manufacturer that will hold the certificate of conformity, the model year must be assigned prior to introduction of the vehicle into U.S. commerce. The certifying manufacturer must re-designate the model year if it does not complete its manufacturing operations within the originally identified model year. A vehicle introduced into U.S. commerce without a model year is deemed to have a model year equal to the calendar year of its introduction into U.S. commerce unless the certifying manufacturer assigns a later date.
</P>
<P>(3) For engines, <I>model year</I> means the manufacturer's annual new model production period, except as restricted under this definition. It must include January 1 of the calendar year for which the model year is named, may not begin before January 2 of the previous calendar year, and it must end by December 31 of the named calendar year. Manufacturers may not adjust model years to circumvent or delay compliance with emission standards or to avoid the obligation to certify annually.
</P>
<P><I>Motor Vehicle</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 523.2.
</P>
<P><I>Multi-purpose</I> means relating to the Multi-Purpose duty cycle as specified in 40 CFR 1037.510. (See 40 CFR 1037.801).
</P>
<P><I>Natural gas</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1036.801. Vehicles that use a pilot-ignited natural gas engine (which uses a small diesel fuel ignition system), are still considered natural gas vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>NHTSA Enforcement</I> means the NHTSA Associate Administrator for Enforcement, or his or her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Neutral coasting</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Neutral idle</I> means a vehicle technology that automatically puts the transmission in neutral when the vehicle is stopped, as described in 40 CFR 1037.660(a). (See 40 CFR 1037.801).
</P>
<P><I>Off-cycle technology</I> means technology certified under § 535.7 and by EPA under 40 CFR 86.1819-14(d)(13), 1036.610, and 1037.610 in the Phase 2 program.
</P>
<P><I>Party</I> means the person alleged to have committed a violation of § 535.9, and includes manufacturers of vehicles and manufacturers of engines.
</P>
<P><I>Payload</I> means in this part the resultant of subtracting the curb weight from the gross vehicle weight rating.
</P>
<P><I>Percent (%)</I> means a representation of exactly 0.01. Numbers expressed as percentages in this part (such as a tolerance of ±2%) have infinite precision, so 2% and 2.000000000% have the same meaning. This means that where we specify some percentage of a total value, the calculated value has the same number of significant digits as the total value. For example, 2% of a span value where the span value is 101.3302 is 2.026604. (See 40 CFR 1037.801 and 40 CFR 1065.1001.
</P>
<P><I>Petroleum</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Phase 1</I> means the joint NHTSA and EPA program established in 2011 for fuel efficiency standards and greenhouse gas emissions standards regulating medium- and heavy-duty engines and vehicles. See § 535.5 for the specific model years that standards apply to vehicles and engines.
</P>
<P><I>Phase 2</I> means the joint NHTSA and EPA program established in 2016 for fuel efficiency standards and greenhouse gas emissions standards regulating medium- and heavy-duty vehicles and engines. See § 535.5 for the specific model years that standards apply to vehicles and engines.
</P>
<P><I>Pickup truck</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR part 523.
</P>
<P><I>Placed into service</I> means put into initial use for its intended purpose, excluding incidental use by the manufacturer or a dealer. (See 40 CFR 1037.801).
</P>
<P><I>Plug-in hybrid electric vehicle (PHEV)</I> means a hybrid electric vehicle that has the capability to charge the battery or batteries used for vehicle propulsion from an off-vehicle electric source, such that the off-vehicle source cannot be connected to the vehicle while the vehicle is in motion.
</P>
<P><I>Power take-off (PTO)</I> means a secondary engine shaft or other system on a vehicle that provides substantial auxiliary power for purposes unrelated to vehicle propulsion or normal vehicle accessories such as air conditioning, power steering, and basic electrical accessories. A typical PTO uses a secondary shaft on the engine to transmit power to a hydraulic pump that powers auxiliary equipment such as a boom on a bucket truck.
</P>
<P><I>Powertrain family</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.231. Manufacturers choosing to perform powertrain testing as specified in 40 CFR 1037.550, divide product lines into powertrain families that are expected to have similar fuel consumptions and CO<E T="52">2</E> emission characteristics throughout the useful life.
</P>
<P><I>Preliminary approval</I> means approval granted by an authorized EPA representative prior to submission of an application for certification, consistent with the provisions of 40 CFR 1037.210. For requirements involving NHTSA, EPA will ensure decisions are jointly made and will convey the decision to the manufacturer.
</P>
<P><I>Primary intended service class</I> has the same meaning for engines as specified in 40 CFR 1036.140. Manufacturers must identify a single primary intended service class for each engine family that best describes vehicles for which it designs and markets the engine, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Divide compression-ignition engines into primary intended service classes based on the following engine and vehicle characteristics:
</P>
<P>(i) Light heavy-duty “LHD” engines usually are not designed for rebuild and do not have cylinder liners. Vehicle body types in this group might include any heavy-duty vehicle built from a light-duty truck chassis, van trucks, multi-stop vans, and some straight trucks with a single rear axle. Typical applications will include personal transportation, light-load commercial delivery, passenger service, agriculture, and construction. The GVWR of these vehicles is normally below 19,500 pounds.
</P>
<P>(ii) Medium heavy-duty “MHD” engines may be designed for rebuild and may have cylinder liners. Vehicle body types in this group will typically include school buses, straight trucks with single rear axles, city tractors, and a variety of special purpose vehicles such as small dump trucks, and refuse trucks. Typical applications will include commercial short haul and intra-city delivery and pickup. Engines in this group are normally used in vehicles whose GVWR ranges from 19,500 to 33,000 pounds.
</P>
<P>(iii) Heavy heavy-duty “HHD” engines are designed for multiple rebuilds and have cylinder liners. Vehicles in this group are normally tractors, trucks, straight trucks with dual rear axles, and buses used in inter-city, long-haul applications. These vehicles normally exceed 33,000 pounds GVWR.
</P>
<P>(2) Divide spark-ignition engines into primary intended service classes as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Spark-ignition engines that are best characterized by paragraph (1)(i) or (ii) of this section are in a separate “spark-ignition” primary intended service class.
</P>
<P>(ii) Spark-ignition engines that are best characterized by paragraph (1)(iii) of this section share a primary intended service class with compression-ignition heavy heavy-duty engines. Gasoline-fueled engines are presumed not to be characterized by paragraph (1)(iii) of this section; for example, vehicle manufacturers may install some number of gasoline-fueled engines in Class 8 trucks without causing the engine manufacturer to consider those to be heavy heavy-duty engines.
</P>
<P>(iii) References to “spark-ignition standards” in this part relate only to the spark-ignition engines identified in paragraph (2)(i) of this definition. References to “compression-ignition standards” in this part relate to compression-ignition engines, to spark-ignition engines optionally certified to standards that apply to compression-ignition engines, and to all engines identified under paragraph (2)(ii) of this definition as heavy heavy-duty engines.
</P>
<P><I>Rechargeable Energy Storage System (RESS)</I> means the component(s) of a hybrid engine or vehicle that store recovered energy for later use, such as the battery system in an electric hybrid vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Refuse hauler</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Regional</I> has the meaning relating to the Regional duty cycle as specified in 40 CFR 1037.510.
</P>
<P><I>Regulatory category</I> means each of the four types of heavy-duty vehicles defined in 49 CFR 523.6 and the heavy-duty engines used in these heavy-duty vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Regulatory subcategory</I> means the sub-groups in each regulatory category to which mandatory fuel consumption standards and requirements apply as specified in 40 CFR 1036.230 and 1037.230 and are defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Heavy-duty pick-up trucks and vans.
</P>
<P>(2) Vocational vehicle subcategories have 18 separate vehicle service classes as shown in paragraphs (2)(i) and (ii) of this definition and include vocational tractors. Paragraph (2)(i) of this definition includes vehicles complying with Phase 1 standards. Phase 2 vehicles are included in paragraph (2)(ii) of this definition which have separate subcategories to account for engine characteristics, GVWR, and the selection of duty cycle for vocational vehicles as specified in 40 CFR 1037.510; vehicles may additionally fall into one of the subcategories defined by the custom-chassis standards in § 535.5(b)(6) and 40 CFR 1037.105(h). Manufacturers using the alternate standards in § 535.5(b)(6) and 40 CFR 1037.105(h) should treat each vehicle type as a separate vehicle subcategory.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Phase 1 Vocational Vehicle Subcategories.</I> (A) Vocational LHD vehicles.
</P>
<P>(B) Vocational MHD vehicles.
</P>
<P>(C) Vocational HHD vehicles.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Phase 2 vocational vehicle subcategories.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Engine type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational LHD vehicles
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational MHD vehicles
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational HHD vehicles
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Urban</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Urban</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Urban.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Multi-Purpose</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Multi-Purpose</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Multi-Purpose.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regional.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Urban</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Urban</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Multi-Purpose</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Multi-Purpose</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) Tractor subcategories are shown in paragraph (3)(i) of this definition for Phase 1 and 2. Paragraph (3)(i) includes 10 separate subcategories for tractors complying with Phase 1 and 2 standards. The heavy-haul tractor subcategory only applies for Phase 2.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Phase 1 and 2 truck tractor subcategories.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class 7
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class 8 day cabs
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class 8 sleeper cabs
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Low-roof tractors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Low-roof day cab tractors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Low-roof sleeper cab tractors.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mid-roof tractors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mid-roof day cab tractors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mid-roof sleeper cab tractors.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High-roof tractors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">High-roof day cab Tractors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">High-roof sleeper cab tractors.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N/A</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2">Heavy-haul tractors (applies only to Phase 2 program).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(5) Engine subcategories are shown for each primary intended service class in paragraph (5)(i) of this definition. Paragraph (5)(i) includes 6 separate subcategories for engines which are the same for Phase 1 and 2 standards.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Engine subcategories.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">LHD engines
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">MHD engines
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">HHD engines
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CI engines for vocational vehicles</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CI engines for vocational vehicles</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CI engines for vocational vehicles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CI engines for truck Tractors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CI engines for truck tractors.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">All spark-ignition engines</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P><I>Relating to</I> as used in this section means relating to something in a specific, direct manner. This expression is used in this section only to define terms as adjectives and not to broaden the meaning of the terms. (See 40 CFR 1037.801).
</P>
<P><I>Revoke</I> has the same meaning given in 40 CFR 1068.30.
</P>
<P><I>Roof height</I> means the maximum height of a vehicle (rounded to the nearest inch), excluding narrow accessories such as exhaust pipes and antennas, but including any wide accessories such as roof fairings. Measure roof height of the vehicle configured to have its maximum height that will occur during actual use, with properly inflated tires and no driver, passengers, or cargo onboard. Determine the base roof height on fully inflated tires having a static loaded radius equal to the arithmetic mean of the largest and smallest static loaded radius of tires a manufacturer offers or a standard tire EPA approves. If a vehicle is equipped with an adjustable roof fairing, measure the roof height with the fairing in its lowest setting. Once the maximum height is determined, roof heights are divided into the following categories:
</P>
<P>(1) Low-roof means a vehicle with a roof height of 120 inches or less.
</P>
<P>(2) Mid-roof means a vehicle with a roof height between 121 and 147 inches.
</P>
<P>(3) High-roof means a vehicle with a roof height of 148 inches or more.
</P>
<P><I>Round</I> means to apply the rounding convention specified in 40 CFR 1065.20(e), unless otherwise specified. (See 40 CFR 1065.1001).
</P>
<P><I>Secondary vehicle manufacturer</I> has the same meaning as final-stage manufacturer in 49 CFR part 567.
</P>
<P><I>Service class group</I> means a group of engine and vehicle averaging sets defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Spark-ignition engines, light heavy-duty compression-ignition engines, light heavy-duty vocational vehicles and heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans.
</P>
<P>(2) Medium heavy-duty compression-ignition engines and medium heavy-duty vocational vehicles and tractors.
</P>
<P>(3) Heavy heavy-duty compression-ignition engines and heavy heavy-duty vocational vehicles and tractors.
</P>
<P><I>Sleeper cab</I> means a type of truck cab that has a compartment behind the driver's seat intended to be used by the driver for sleeping. This includes both cabs accessible from the driver's compartment and those accessible from outside the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Small business manufacturer</I> means a manufacturer meeting the criteria specified in 13 CFR 121.201. For manufacturers owned by a parent company, the employee and revenue limits apply to the total number employees and total revenue of the parent company and all its subsidiaries.
</P>
<P><I>Spark-ignition (SI)</I> means relating to a gasoline-fueled engine or any other type of engine with a spark plug (or other sparking device) and with operating characteristics significantly similar to the theoretical Otto combustion cycle. Spark-ignition engines usually use a throttle to regulate intake air flow to control power during normal operation. Note that some spark-ignition engines are subject to requirements that apply for compression-ignition engines as described in 40 CFR 1036.140.
</P>
<P><I>Standard payload</I> means the payload assumed for each vehicle, in tons, for modeling and calculating emission credits, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For vocational vehicles:
</P>
<P>(i) 2.85 tons for light heavy-duty vehicles.
</P>
<P>(ii) 5.6 tons for medium heavy-duty vehicles.
</P>
<P>(iii) 7.5 tons for heavy heavy-duty vocational vehicles.
</P>
<P>(2) For tractors:
</P>
<P>(i) 12.5 tons for Class 7.
</P>
<P>(ii) 19 tons for Class 8.
</P>
<P>(iii) 43 tons for heavy-haul tractors.
</P>
<P><I>Standard trailer</I> means a trailer that meets the applicable criteria found in 40 CFR 1037.501(g). (See 40 CFR 1037.801).
</P>
<P><I>Stop-start</I> means a vehicle technology that automatically turns the engine off when the vehicle is stopped, as described in 40 CFR 1037.660(a). (See the definition for <I>stop-start</I> in 40 CFR 1037.801)
</P>
<P><I>Subconfiguration</I> means a unique combination within a vehicle configuration of equivalent test weight, road-load horsepower, and any other operational characteristics or parameters that EPA determines may significantly affect CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions within a vehicle configuration as defined in 40 CFR 600.002.
</P>
<P><I>Tank trailer</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Test group</I> means the multiple vehicle lines and model types that share critical emissions and fuel consumption related features and that are certified as a group by a common certificate of conformity issued by EPA and is used collectively with other test groups within an averaging set or regulatory subcategory and is used by NHTSA for determining the fleet average fuel consumption.
</P>
<P><I>The agencies</I> means the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)</I> has the meaning given in section S3 of 49 CFR 571.138.
</P>
<P><I>Tire rolling resistance level (TRRL)</I> means a value with units of kg/metric ton that represents that rolling resistance of a tire configuration. TRRLs are used as inputs to the GEM model under 40 CFR 1037.520. Note that a manufacturer may assign a value higher than a measured rolling resistance of a tire configuration.
</P>
<P><I>Towing capacity</I> in this part is equal to the resultant of subtracting the gross vehicle weight rating from the gross combined weight rating.
</P>
<P><I>Trade</I> means to exchange fuel consumption credits, either as a buyer or a seller.
</P>
<P><I>U.S.-directed production volume</I> means the number of vehicle units, subject to the requirements of this part, produced by a manufacturer for which the manufacturer has a reasonable assurance that sale was or will be made to ultimate purchasers in the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Useful life</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1036.801 and 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle configuration</I> means a unique combination of vehicle hardware and calibration (related to measured or modeled emissions) within a vehicle family as specified in 40 CFR 1037.801. Vehicles with hardware or software differences, but that have no hardware or software differences related to measured or modeled emissions or fuel consumption can be included in the same vehicle configuration. Note that vehicles with hardware or software differences related to measured or modeled emissions or fuel consumption are considered to be different configurations even if they have the same GEM inputs and FEL. Vehicles within a vehicle configuration differ only with respect to normal production variability or factors unrelated to measured or modeled emissions and fuel consumption for EPA and NHTSA.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle family</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.230. Manufacturers designate families in accordance with EPA provisions and may not choose different families between the NHTSA and EPA programs. If a manufacturer is certifying vehicles within a vehicle family to more than one FEL, it must subdivide its greenhouse gas and fuel consumption vehicle families into subfamilies that include vehicles with identical FELs. Note that a manufacturer may add subfamilies at any time during the model year.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle identification number</I> has the meaning given in 49 CFR 565.12 for <I>VIN.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle service class</I> means classes of vehicles, generally based on a vehicle's weight class, that are used for purposes of determining applicable requirements. The <I>vehicle service classes</I> defined here for use in this part align with the <I>vehicle service classes</I> specified in 40 CFR 1037.140(g). Fuel consumption standards and other provisions of this part apply to specific vehicle service classes for tractors and vocational vehicles as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Phase 1 and Phase 2 tractors are divided based on GVWR into Class 7 tractors and Class 8 tractors. Where provisions apply to both tractors and vocational vehicles, Class 7 tractors are considered medium heavy-duty “MHD” vehicles and Class 8 tractors are considered heavy heavy-duty “HHD” vehicles. This paragraph applies for both hybrid and non-hybrid vehicles.
</P>
<P>(2) Phase 1 vocational vehicles are divided based on GVWR. Light heavy-duty “LHD” vehicles includes Class 2b through Class 5 vehicles; medium heavy-duty “MHD” vehicles includes Class 6 and Class 7 vehicles; and heavy heavy-duty “HHD” vehicles includes Class 8 vehicles.
</P>
<P>(3) Phase 2 vocational vehicles with spark-ignition engines are divided based on GVWR. Light heavy-duty “LHD” vehicles includes Class 2b through Class 5 vehicles, and medium heavy-duty “MHD” vehicles includes Class 6 through Class 8 vehicles.
</P>
<P>(4) Phase 2 vocational vehicles with compression-ignition engines are divided as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Class 2b through Class 5 vehicles are considered light heavy-duty “LHD” vehicles.
</P>
<P>(ii) Class 6 through 8 vehicles are considered heavy heavy-duty “HHD” vehicles if the installed engine's primary intended service class is heavy heavy-duty (see 40 CFR 1036.140), except that Class 8 hybrid vehicles are considered heavy heavy-duty “HHD” vehicles regardless of the engine's primary intended service class. All other Class 6 through Class 8 vehicles are considered medium heavy-duty “MHD” vehicles.
</P>
<P>(5) Heavy-duty vehicles with no installed propulsion engine, such as electric vehicles, are divided as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Class 2b through Class 5 vehicles are considered light heavy-duty “LHD” vehicles.
</P>
<P>(ii) Class 6 and 7 vehicles are considered medium heavy-duty “MHD” vehicles.
</P>
<P>(iii) Class 8 vehicles are considered heavy heavy-duty “HHD” vehicles.
</P>
<P>(6) In certain circumstances, manufacturers may certify vehicles to standards that apply for a different vehicle service class such as allowed in § 535.5(b)(6) and (c)(7). If manufacturers optionally certify vehicles to different standards, those vehicles are subject to all the regulatory requirements as if the standards were mandatory.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle subfamily or subfamily</I> means a subset of a vehicle family including vehicles subject to the same FEL(s).
</P>
<P><I>Vocational tractor</I> has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1037.801.
</P>
<P><I>Zero emissions vehicle</I> means an electric vehicle or a fuel cell vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 18819, Mar. 15, 2024, as amended at 89 FR 52950, June 24, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 535.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.16.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 535.5   Standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans.</I> Each manufacturer's fleet of heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans shall comply with the fuel consumption standards in this paragraph (a) expressed in gallons per 100 miles. Each vehicle must be manufactured to comply for its full useful life. For the Phase 1 program, if the manufacturer's fleet includes conventional vehicles (gasoline, diesel and alternative fueled vehicles) and advanced technology vehicles (hybrids with powertrain designs that include energy storage systems, vehicles with waste heat recovery, electric vehicles and fuel cell vehicles), it may divide its fleet into two separate fleets each with its own separate fleet average fuel consumption standard which the manufacturer must comply with the requirements of this paragraph (a). For Phase 2, manufacturers may calculate their fleet average fuel consumption standard for a conventional fleet and multiple advanced technology vehicle fleets. Advanced technology vehicle fleets should be separated into plug-in hybrid electric vehicles, electric vehicles, and fuel cell vehicles. The standards in this paragraph (a) correspond to EPA requirements specified in 40 CFR 86.1819-14. When applying the fuel consumption standards in this paragraph (a), manufacturers must use the same options they use to comply with EPA in 40 CFR part 86, subpart S in terms of grouping vehicles and/or engines for purposes of determining applicable standards and determining compliance (<I>i.e.,</I> the vehicles and/or engines and must be grouped in the same way for purposes of this paragraph (a) as they are grouped for compliance with EPA's requirements in 40 CFR part 86, subpart S). Engines that are installed in vehicles that are subject to the standards in this paragraph are not subject to the standards in paragraph (d) of this section and may not optionally comply with paragraph (d).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Mandatory standards.</I> For model years 2016 and later, each manufacturer must comply with the fleet average standard derived from the unique subconfiguration target standards (or groups of subconfigurations approved by EPA in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1819) of the model types that make up the manufacturer's fleet in a given model year. Each subconfiguration has a unique attribute-based target standard, defined by each group of vehicles having the same payload, towing capacity and whether the vehicles are equipped with a 2-wheel or 4-wheel drive configuration. Phase 1 target standards apply for model years 2016 through 2020. Phase 2 target standards apply for model years 2021 through 2029. NHTSA's Phase 3 HDPUV target standards apply for model year 2030 and later.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Subconfiguration target standards.</I> (i) Two alternatives exist for determining the subconfiguration target standards for Phase 1. For each alternative, separate standards exist for compression-ignition and spark-ignition vehicles:
</P>
<P>(A) The first alternative allows manufacturers to determine a fixed fuel consumption standard that is constant over the model years; and
</P>
<P>(B) The second alternative allows manufacturers to determine standards that are phased-in gradually each year.
</P>
<P>(ii) Calculate the subconfiguration target standards as specified in this paragraph (a)(2)(ii), using the appropriate coefficients from table 1 to paragraph (a)(2)(ii), choosing between the alternatives in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section. For electric or fuel cell heavy-duty vehicles, use compression-ignition vehicle coefficients “c” and “d” and for hybrid (including plug-in hybrid), dedicated and dual-fueled vehicles, use coefficients “c” and “d” appropriate for the engine type used. Round each standard to the nearest 0.001 gallons per 100 miles and specify all weights in pounds rounded to the nearest pound. Calculate the subconfiguration target standards using equation: 1 to this paragraph (a)(2)(ii).
</P>
<HD3>Equation 1 to Paragraph (a)(2)(ii)
</HD3>
<FP-2>Subconfiguration Target Standard (gallons per 100 miles) = [c × (WF)] + d
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>WF = Work Factor = [0.75 × (Payload Capacity + Xwd)] + [0.25 × Towing Capacity]
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Xwd = 4wd Adjustment = 500 lbs. if the vehicle group is equipped with 4wd and all-wheel drive, otherwise equals 0 lbs. for 2wd.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Payload Capacity = GVWR (lbs.) − Curb Weight (lbs.) (for each vehicle group) Towing Capacity = GCWR (lbs.) − GVWR (lbs.) (for each vehicle group)</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(2)(<E T="01">ii</E>)—Coefficients for Mandatory Subconfiguration Target Standards
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year(s)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">c
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Phase 1 Alternative 1—Fixed Target Standards</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Compression Ignition (CI) Vehicle Coefficients</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016 to 2018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004322</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.330
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2019 to 2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004086</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.143
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">SI Vehicle Coefficients</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016 to 2017</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.961
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2018 to 2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004086</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.143
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Phase 1 Alternative 2—Phased-in Target Standards</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">CI Vehicle Coefficients</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004519</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.477
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2017</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004371</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.369
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2018 to 2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004086</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.143
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">SI Vehicle Coefficients</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005277</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.073
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2017</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005176</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.983
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2018 to 2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004951</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.815
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Phase 2—Fixed Target Standards</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">CI Vehicle Coefficients</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0003988</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.065
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0003880</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.986
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0003792</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.917
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2024</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0003694</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.839
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2025</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0003605</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.770
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2026</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0003507</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.701
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2027 to 2029</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0003418</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.633
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2030</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00030762</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.370
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2031</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00027686</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.133
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2032</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00024917</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.919
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2033</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00022924</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.766
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2034</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00021090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.625
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2035</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00019403</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.495
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">SI Vehicle Coefficients</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004827</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.725
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004703</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.623
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004591</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.533
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2024</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.443
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2025</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004366</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.364
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2026</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004253</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.274
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2027 to 2029</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004152</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.196
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2030</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00037368</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.876
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2031</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00033631</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.589
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2032</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00030268</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.330
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2033</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00027847</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.143
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2034</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00025619</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.972
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2035</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00023569</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.814</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) <I>Fleet average fuel consumption standard.</I> (i) For the Phase 1 program, calculate each manufacturer's fleet average fuel consumption standard for a conventional fleet and a combined advanced technology fleet separately based on the subconfiguration target standards specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, weighted to production volumes and averaged using the following equation combining all the applicable vehicles in a manufacturer's U.S.-directed fleet (compression-ignition, spark-ignition and advanced technology vehicles) for a given model year, rounded to the nearest 0.001 gallons per 100 miles:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er25oc16.306.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>Subconfiguration Target Standard<E T="54">i</E> = fuel consumption standard for each group of vehicles with same payload, towing capacity and drive configuration (gallons per 100 miles).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Volume<E T="54">i</E> = production volume of each unique subconfiguration of a model type based upon payload, towing capacity and drive configuration.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(A) A manufacturer may group together subconfigurations that have the same test weight (ETW), GVWR, and GCWR. Calculate work factor and target value assuming a curb weight equal to two times ETW minus GVWR.
</P>
<P>(B) A manufacturer may group together other subconfigurations if it uses the lowest target value calculated for any of the subconfigurations.
</P>
<P>(ii) For Phase 1, manufacturers must select an alternative for subconfiguration target standards at the same time they submit the model year 2016 pre-model year Report, specified in § 535.8. Once selected, the decision cannot be reversed and the manufacturer must continue to comply with the same alternative for subsequent model years.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Voluntary standards.</I> (i) Manufacturers may choose voluntarily to comply early with fuel consumption standards for model years 2013 through 2015, as determined in paragraphs (a)(4)(iii) and (iv) of this section, for example, in order to begin accumulating credits through over-compliance with the applicable standard. A manufacturer choosing early compliance must comply with all the vehicles and engines it manufactures in each regulatory category for a given model year.
</P>
<P>(ii) A manufacturer must declare its intent to voluntarily comply with fuel consumption standards at the same time it submits a Pre-Model Report, prior to the compliance model year beginning as specified in § 535.8; and, once selected, the decision cannot be reversed and the manufacturer must continue to comply for each subsequent model year for all the vehicles and engines it manufactures in each regulatory category for a given model year.
</P>
<P>(iii) Calculate separate subconfiguration target standards for compression-ignition and spark-ignition vehicles for model years 2013 through 2015 using the equation in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, substituting the appropriate values for the coefficients in the following table as appropriate:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 7—Coefficients for Voluntary Subconfiguration Target Standards
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model Year(s)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">c
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">d
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">CI Vehicle Coefficients</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2013 and 14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004695</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.615
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0004656</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.595
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">SI Vehicle Coefficients</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2013 and 14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005424</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.175
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0005390</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.152</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(iv) Calculate the fleet average fuel consumption standards for model years 2013 through 2015 using the equation in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Exclusion of vehicles not certified as complete vehicles.</I> The vehicle standards in paragraph (a) of this section do not apply for vehicles that are chassis-certified with respect to EPA's criteria pollutant test procedure in 40 CFR part 86, subpart S. Any chassis-certified vehicles must comply with the vehicle standards and requirements of paragraph (b) of this section and the engine standards of paragraph (d) of this section for engines used in these vehicles. A vehicle manufacturer choosing to comply with this paragraph and that is not the engine manufacturer is required to notify the engine manufacturers that their engines are subject to paragraph (d) of this section and that it intends to use their engines in excluded vehicles.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Optional certification under this section.</I> Manufacturers may certify certain complete or cab-complete vehicles to the fuel consumption standards of this section. All vehicles optionally certified under this paragraph (6) are deemed to be subject to the fuel consumption standards of this section given the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(i) For fuel consumption compliance, manufacturers may certify any complete or cab-complete spark-ignition vehicles above 14,000 pounds GVWR and at or below 26,000 pounds GVWR to the fuel consumption standards of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Manufacturers may apply the provisions of this section to cab-complete vehicles based on a complete sister vehicle. In unusual circumstances, manufacturers may ask the agencies to apply these provisions to Class 2b or Class 3 incomplete vehicles that do not meet the definition of cab-complete.
</P>
<P>(A) Except as specified in paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this section, for purposes of this section, a complete sister vehicle is a complete vehicle of the same vehicle configuration as the cab-complete vehicle. A manufacturer may not apply the provisions of this paragraph (6) to any vehicle configuration that has a four-wheel rear axle if the complete sister vehicle has a two-wheel rear axle.
</P>
<P>(B) Calculate the target value for the fleet-average fuel consumption standard under paragraph (a)(3) of this section based on the work factor value that applies for the complete sister vehicle.
</P>
<P>(C) Test these cab-complete vehicles using the same equivalent test weight and other dynamometer settings that apply for the complete vehicle from which you used the work factor value (the complete sister vehicle). For fuel consumption certification, manufacturers may submit the test data from that complete sister vehicle instead of performing the test on the cab-complete vehicle.
</P>
<P>(D) Manufacturers are not required to produce the complete sister vehicle for sale to use the provisions of this paragraph (a)(6)(ii). This means the complete sister vehicle may be a carryover vehicle from a prior model year or a vehicle created solely for the purpose of testing.
</P>
<P>(iii) For fuel consumption purposes, if a cab-complete vehicle is not of the same vehicle configuration as a complete sister vehicle due only to certain factors unrelated to coastdown performance, manufacturers may use the road-load coefficients from the complete sister vehicle for certification testing of the cab-complete vehicle, but it may not use fuel consumption data from the complete sister vehicle for certifying the cab-complete vehicle.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Loose engines.</I> For model year 2023 and earlier spark-ignition engines with identical hardware compared with engines used in vehicles certified to the standards of this section, where such engines are sold as loose engines or as engines installed in incomplete vehicles that are not cab-complete vehicles. Manufacturers may certify such engines to the standards of this section, subject to the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(i) For 2020 and earlier model years, the maximum allowable U.S.-directed production volume of engines manufacturers may sell under this paragraph (7) in any given model year is ten percent of the total U.S-directed production volume of engines of that design that the manufacturer produces for heavy-duty applications for that model year, including engines it produces for complete vehicles, cab-complete vehicles, and other incomplete vehicles. The total number of engines a manufacturer may certify under this paragraph (7), of all engine designs, may not exceed 15,000 in any model year. Engines produced in excess of either of these limits are not covered by your certificate. For example, a manufacturer produces 80,000 complete model year 2017 Class 2b pickup trucks with a certain engine and 10,000 incomplete model year 2017 Class 3 vehicles with that same engine, and the manufacturer did not apply the provisions of this paragraph (a)(7) to any other engine designs, it may produce up to 10,000 engines of that design for sale as loose engines under this paragraph (a)(7). If a manufacturer produced 11,000 engines of that design for sale as loose engines, the last 1,000 of them that it produced in that model year 2017 would be considered uncertified.
</P>
<P>(ii) For model years 2021 through 2023, the U.S.-directed production volume of engines manufacturers sell under this paragraph (a)(7) in any given model year may not exceed 10,000 units. This paragraph (a)(7) does not apply for engines certified to the standards of paragraph (d) of this section and 40 CFR 1036.108.
</P>
<P>(iii) Vehicles using engines certified under this paragraph (a)(7) are subject to the fuel consumption and emission standards of paragraph (b) of this section and 40 CFR 1037.105 and engine standards in 40 CFR 1036.150(j).
</P>
<P>(iv) For certification purposes, engines are deemed to have a fuel consumption target values and test result equal to the fuel consumption target value and test result for the complete vehicle in the applicable test group with the highest equivalent test weight, except as specified in paragraph (a)(7)(iv)(B) of this section. Manufacturers use these values to calculate target values and the fleet-average fuel consumption rate. Where there are multiple complete vehicles with the same highest equivalent test weight, select the fuel consumption target value and test result as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) If one or more of the fuel consumption test results exceed the applicable target value, use the fuel consumption target value and test result of the vehicle that exceeds its target value by the greatest amount.
</P>
<P>(B) If none of the fuel consumption test results exceed the applicable target value, select the highest target value and set the test result equal to it. This means that the manufacturer may not generate fuel consumption credits from vehicles certified under this paragraph (a)(7).
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Alternative fuel vehicle conversions.</I> Alternative fuel vehicle conversions may demonstrate compliance with the standards of this part or other alternative compliance approaches allowed by EPA in 40 CFR 85.525.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Advanced, innovative, and off-cycle technologies.</I> For vehicles subject to Phase 1 standards, manufacturers may generate separate credit allowances for advanced and innovative technologies as specified in § 535.7(f)(1) and (2). For vehicles subject to Phase 2 standards, manufacturers may generate separate credits allowance for off-cycle technologies in accordance with § 535.7(f)(2) through model year 2029. Separate credit allowances for advanced technology vehicles cannot be generated; instead, manufacturers may use the credit specified in § 535.7(f)(1)(ii) through model year 2027.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Useful life.</I> The following useful life values apply for the standards of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) 120,000 miles or 10 years, whichever comes first, for Class 2b through Class 3 heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans certified to Phase 1 standards.
</P>
<P>(ii) 150,000 miles or 15 years, whichever comes first, for Class 2b through Class 3 heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans certified to Phase 2 standards.
</P>
<P>(iii) For Phase 1 credits that you calculate based on a useful life of 120,000 miles, multiply any banked credits that you carry forward for use into the Phase 2 program by 1.25. For Phase 1 credit deficits that you generate based on a useful life of 120,000 miles multiply the credit deficit by 1.25 if offsetting the shortfall with Phase 2 credits.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Compliance with standards.</I> A manufacturer complies with the standards of this part as described in § 535.10.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Heavy-duty vocational vehicles.</I> Each manufacturer building complete or incomplete heavy-duty vocational vehicles shall comply with the fuel consumption standards in this paragraph (b) expressed in gallons per 1,000 ton-miles. When applying the fuel consumption standards in this paragraph (b), manufacturers must use the same options they use to comply with EPA in 40 CFR 1037.105 in terms of grouping vehicles and/or engines for purposes of determining applicable standards and determining compliance (<I>i.e.,</I> the vehicles and/or engines and must be grouped in the same way for purposes of this paragraph (b) as they are grouped for compliance with EPA's requirements in 40 CFR 1037.105). Engines used in heavy-duty vocational vehicles shall comply with the standards in paragraph (d) of this section. Each vehicle must be manufactured to comply for its full useful life. Standards apply to the vehicle subfamilies based upon the vehicle service classes within each of the vocational vehicle regulatory subcategories in accordance with § 535.4 and based upon the applicable modeling and testing specified in § 535.6. Determine the duty cycles that apply to vocational vehicles according to 40 CFR 1037.140 and 1037.150(z).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Mandatory standards.</I> Heavy-duty vocational vehicle subfamilies produced for Phase 1 must comply with the fuel consumption standards in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. For Phase 2, each vehicle manufacturer of heavy-duty vocational vehicle subfamilies must comply with the fuel consumption standards in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) For model years 2016 to 2020, the heavy-duty vocational vehicle category is subdivided by GVWR into three regulatory subcategories as defined in § 535.4, each with its own assigned standard.
</P>
<P>(ii) For model years 2021 and later, the heavy-duty vocational vehicle category is subdivided into 15 regulatory subcategories depending upon whether vehicles are equipped with a compression or spark-ignition engine, as defined in § 535.4. Standards also differ based upon vehicle service class and intended vehicle duty cycles. See 40 CFR 1037.140 and 1037.150(z).
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of certifying vehicles to fuel consumption standards, manufacturers must divide their product lines in each regulatory subcategory into vehicle families that have similar emissions and fuel consumption features, as specified by EPA in 40 CFR 1037.230. These families will be subject to the applicable standards. Each vehicle family is limited to a single model year.
</P>
<P>(A) Vocational vehicles including custom chassis vehicles must use qualified automatic tire inflation systems or tire pressure monitoring systems for wheels on all axles.
</P>
<P>(B) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Voluntary compliance.</I> (i) For model years 2013 through 2015, a manufacturer may choose voluntarily to comply early with the fuel consumption standards provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. For example, a manufacturer may choose to comply early in order to begin accumulating credits through over-compliance with the applicable standards. A manufacturer choosing early compliance must comply with all the vehicles and engines it manufacturers in each regulatory category for a given model year.
</P>
<P>(ii) A manufacturer must declare its intent to voluntarily comply with fuel consumption standards and identify its plans to comply before it submits its first application for a certificate of conformity for the respective model year as specified in § 535.8; and, once selected, the decision cannot be reversed and the manufacturer must continue to comply for each subsequent model year for all the vehicles and engines it manufacturers in each regulatory category for a given model year.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Regulatory subcategory standards for model years 2013 to 2020.</I> The mandatory and voluntary fuel consumption standards for heavy-duty vocational vehicles are given in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 8—Phase 1 Vocational Vehicle Fuel Consumption Standards
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Gallons per 1000 ton-miles]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regulatory subcategories
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational
<br/>LHD vehicles
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational
<br/>MHD vehicles
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational
<br/>HHD vehicles
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Model Years 2013 to 2016 Voluntary Standards</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Standard</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.1139</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.9862</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.2004
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Model Years 2017 to 2020 Mandatory Standards</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Standard</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.6405</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.1022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.8075</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(4) <I>Regulatory subcategory standards for model years 2021 and later.</I> The mandatory fuel consumption standards for heavy-duty vocational vehicles are given in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 9 to Paragraph <E T="01">(b)(4)</E>—Phase 2 Vocational Vehicle Fuel Consumption Standards
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Gallons per 1,000 ton-miles]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Model Years 2021 through 2023 Standards for CI Vehicles</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Duty cycle</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">LHD vocational
<br/>vehicles</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">MHD vocational
<br/>vehicles</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Vocational HHD
<br/>vehicles
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Urban</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.6503</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.0766</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.2554
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Multi-Purpose</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.6405</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.0314</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.6385
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.5501</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.9862</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.1375
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Model Years 2021 through 2023 Standards for SI Vehicles</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Duty cycle</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">LHD vocational
<br/>vehicles</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">MHD and HHD
<br/>vocational vehicles</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Urban</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.8735</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.9078</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Multi-Purpose</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45.7972</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.9695</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.6955</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.3687</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Model Years 2024 through 2026 Standards for CI Vehicles</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Duty cycle</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Vocational LHD vehicles</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Vocational MHD
<br/>vehicles</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Vocational HHD
<br/>vehicles
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Urban</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.8193</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.6208</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.7996
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Multi-Purpose</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.7917</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.1650</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.7721
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.0766</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.7092</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.0570
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Model Years 2024 through 2026 Standards for SI Vehicles</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Duty cycle</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Vocational LHD vehicles</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Vocational MHD and HHD vehicles</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Urban</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48.6103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.8824</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Multi-Purpose</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.3217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.3942</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.4577</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.2435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Model Years 2027 and later Standards for CI Vehicles</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Duty cycle</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Vocational LHD vehicles</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Vocational MHD
<br/>vehicles</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Vocational HHD
<br/>vehicles
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Urban</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.0511</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.3438</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.4244
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Multi-Purpose</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.4165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.0845</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.5933
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.5855</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.4145</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.5658
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Model Years 2027 and later Standards for SI Vehicles</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Duty cycle</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Vocational LHD
<br/>vehicles</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Vocational MHD and
<br/>HHD vehicles</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Urban</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46.4724</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.4196</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Multi-Purpose</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.8589</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.1564</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Regional</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.8951</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.7934</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(5) <I>Subfamily standards.</I> Manufacturers may specify a family emission limit (FEL) in terms of fuel consumption for each vehicle subfamily. The FEL may not be less than the result of fuel consumption modeling from 40 CFR 1037.520. The FELs is the fuel consumption standards for the vehicle subfamily instead of the standards specified in paragraph (b)(3) and (4) of this section and can be used for calculating fuel consumption credits in accordance with § 535.7.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Alternate standards for custom chassis vehicles for model years 2021 and later.</I> Manufacturers may elect to certify certain vocational vehicles to the alternate standards for custom chassis vehicles specified in this paragraph (b)(6) instead of the standards specified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section. Note that, although these standards were established for custom chassis vehicles, manufacturers may apply these provisions to any qualifying vehicle even though these standards were established for custom chassis vehicles. For example, large diversified vehicle manufacturers may certify vehicles to the refuse hauler standards of this section as long as the manufacturer ensures that those vehicles qualify as refuse haulers when placed into service. GEM simulates vehicle operation for each type of vehicle based on an assigned vehicle service class, independent of the vehicle's actual characteristics, as shown in Table 10 of this section; however, standards apply for the vehicle's useful life based on its actual characteristics as specified in paragraph (b)(10) of this section. Vehicles certified to these alternative standards must use engines certified to requirements under paragraph (d) of this section and 40 CFR part 1036 for the appropriate model year, except that motor homes and emergency vehicles may use engines certified with the loose-engine provisions of paragraph (a)(7) of this section and 40 CFR 1037.150(m). This also applies for vehicles meeting standards under paragraphs (b)(6)(iv) through (vi) of this section. The fuel consumption standards for custom chassis vehicles are given in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 10—Phase 2 Custom Chassis Fuel Consumption Standards
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Gallon per 1,000 ton-mile]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vehicle type 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Assigned vehicle service class
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">MY 2021
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">MY 2027
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coach Bus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HHD Vehicle</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.6287</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.1375
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Motor Home</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MDH Vehicle</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.3969</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.2004
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">School Bus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MHD Vehicle</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.5855</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.6208
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other bus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HHD Vehicle</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.4695</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.0943
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Refuse hauler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HHD Vehicle</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.7466</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.2731
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Concrete mixer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HHD Vehicle</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.3360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.0413
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mixed-use vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HHD Vehicle</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.3360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.0413
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Emergency Vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HHD Vehicle</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.8271</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.3360
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Vehicle types are generally defined in § 535.3. “Other bus” includes any bus that is not a school bus or a coach bus. A “mixed-use vehicle” is one that meets at least one of the criteria specified in 40 CFR 1037.631(a)(1) or at least one of the criteria in 40 CFR 1037.631(a)(2), but not both.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(i) Manufacturers may generate or use fuel consumption credits for averaging to demonstrate compliance with the alternative standards as described in § 535.7(c). This requires that manufacturers specify a Family Emission Limit (FEL) for fuel consumption for each vehicle subfamily. The FEL may not be less than the result of emission modeling as described in this paragraph (b). These FELs serve as the fuel consumption standards for the vehicle subfamily instead of the standards specified in this paragraph (b)(6). Manufacturers may only use fuel consumption credits for vehicles certified to the optional standards in this paragraph (b)(6) as specified in § 535.7(c)(6) through (8) and you may not bank or trade fuel consumption credits from any vehicles certified under this paragraph (b)(6).
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of this paragraph (b)(6), each separate vehicle type identified in Table 10 of this section is in a separate averaging set.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of emission and fuel consumption modeling under 40 CFR 1037.520, consider motor homes and coach buses to be subject to the Regional duty cycle, and consider all other vehicles to be subject to the Urban duty cycle.
</P>
<P>(iv) Emergency vehicles are deemed to comply with the standards of this paragraph (6) if manufacturers use tires with TRRL at or below 8.4 kg/ton (8.7 g/ton for model years 2021 through 2026).
</P>
<P>(v) Concrete mixers are deemed to comply with the standards of this paragraph (6) if manufacturers use tires with TRRL at or below 7.1 kg/ton (7.6 g/ton for model years 2021 through 2026).
</P>
<P>(vi) Motor homes are deemed to comply with the standards of this paragraph (b)(6) if manufacturers use the following technologies:
</P>
<P>(A) Tires with TRRL at or below 6.0 kg/ton (6.7 g/ton for model years 2021 through 2026).
</P>
<P>(B) Automatic tire inflation systems or tire pressure monitoring systems with wheels on all axles.
</P>
<P>(C) Tire pressure monitoring systems must use low pressure warning and malfunction telltales in clear view of the driver as specified in S4.3 and S4.4 of 49 CFR 571.138.
</P>
<P>(vii) Small business manufacturers using the alternative standards for custom chassis vehicles under this paragraph (b)(6) may use fuel consumption credits subject to the unique provisions in § 535.7(a)(9).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Advanced, innovative and off-cycle technologies.</I> For vocational vehicles subfamilies subject to Phase 1 standards, manufacturers must create separate vehicle subfamilies for vehicles that contain advanced or innovative technologies and group those vehicles together in a vehicle subfamily if they use the same advanced or innovative technologies. Manufacturers may generate s separate credit allowances for advanced and innovative technologies as specified in § 535.7(f)(1) and (2). For vehicles subfamilies subject to Phase 2 standards, manufacturers may generate separate credit allowances for off-cycle technologies in accordance with § 535.7(f)(2). Separate credit allowances for advanced technology vehicles cannot be generated but instead manufacturers may use the credit multipliers specified in § 535.7(f)(1)(iv) through model year 2026.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Certifying across service classes.</I> A manufacturer may optionally certify a vocational vehicle subfamilies to the standards and useful life applicable to a heavier vehicle service class (such as MHD vocational vehicles instead of LHD vocational vehicles). Provisions related to generating fuel consumption credits apply as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) If a manufacturer certifies all its vehicles from a given vehicle service class in a given model year to the standards and useful life that applies for a heavier vehicle service class, it may generate credits as appropriate for the heavier service class.
</P>
<P>(ii) Class 8 hybrid vehicles with light or medium heavy-duty engines may be certified to compression-ignition standards for the Heavy HDV service class. A manufacturer may generate and use credits as allowed for the Heavy HDV service class.
</P>
<P>(iii) Except as specified in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) and (ii) of this section, a manufacturer may not generate credits with the vehicle. If you include lighter vehicles in a subfamily of heavier vehicles with an FEL below the standard, exclude the production volume of lighter vehicles from the credit calculation. Conversely, if a manufacturer includes lighter vehicles in a subfamily with an FEL above the standard, it must include the production volume of lighter vehicles in the credit calculation.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Off-road exemptions.</I> This section provides an exemption for heavy-duty vocational vehicle subfamilies, including vocational tractors that are intended to be used extensively in off-road environments such as forests, oil fields, and construction sites from the fuel consumption standards in this paragraph (b). Vehicle exempted by this part do not comply with vehicle standards in this paragraph (b), but the engines in these vehicles must meet the engine requirements of paragraph (d) of this section. Note that manufacturers may not include these exempted vehicles in any credit calculations under this part.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Qualifying criteria.</I> Vocational vehicles with a date of manufacture before January 1, 2021 automatically qualify for an exemption under this paragraph (b)(9) if the tires installed on the vehicle have a maximum speed rating at or below 55 miles per hour. Vocational vehicles intended for off-road use are exempt without request, subject to the provisions of this section, if they are primarily designed to perform work off-road (such as in oil fields, mining, forests, or construction sites), and they meet at least one of the criteria of paragraph (b)(9)(i)(A) of this section and at least one of the criteria of paragraph (b)(9)(i)(B) of this section. See paragraph (b)(6) of this section for alternate standards that apply for vehicles meeting only one of these sets of criteria.
</P>
<P>(A) The vehicle must have affixed components designed to work inherently in an off-road environment (such as hazardous material equipment or off-road drill equipment) or be designed to operate at low speeds such that it is unsuitable for normal highway operation.
</P>
<P>(B) The vehicle must meet one of the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Have an axle that has a gross axle weight rating (GAWR) at or above 29,000 pounds.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Have a speed attainable in 2.0 miles of not more than 33 mi/hr.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Have a speed attainable in 2.0 miles of not more than 45 mi/hr, an unloaded vehicle weight that is not less than 95 percent of its gross vehicle weight rating, and no capacity to carry occupants other than the driver and operating crew.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Have a maximum speed at or below 54 mi/hr. A manufacturer may consider the vehicle to be appropriately speed-limited if engine speed at 54 mi/hr is at or above 95 percent of the engine's maximum test speed in the highest available gear. A manufacturer may alternatively limit vehicle speed by programming the engine or vehicle's electronic control module in a way that is tamper-resistant.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Tractors.</I> The provisions of this section may apply for tractors only if each tractor qualifies as a vocational tractor under paragraph (c)(9) of this section or is granted approval for the exemption as specified in paragraph (b)(9)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Preliminary approval before certification.</I> If a manufacturers has unusual circumstances where it may be questionable whether its vehicles qualify for the off-road exemption of this part, the manufacturer may send the agencies information before finishing its application for certification (see 40 CFR 1037.205) for the applicable vehicles and ask for a preliminary informal approval. The agencies will review the request and make an appropriate determination in accordance with 40 CFR 1037.210. The agencies will generally not reverse a decision where they have given a manufacturer preliminary approval, unless the agencies find new information supporting a different decision. However, the agencies will normally not grant relief in cases where the vehicle manufacturer has credits or can otherwise comply with the applicable standards.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Recordkeeping and reporting.</I> (A) A manufacturers must keep records to document that its exempted vehicle configurations meet all applicable requirements of this section. Keep these records for at least eight years after you stop producing the exempted vehicle model. The agencies may review these records at any time.
</P>
<P>(B) A manufacturers must also keep records of the individual exempted vehicles you produce, including the vehicle identification number and a description of the vehicle configuration.
</P>
<P>(C) Within 90 days after the end of each model year, manufacturers must send to EPA a report as specified in § 535.8(g)(7) and EPA will make the report available to NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Compliance.</I> (A) Manufacturers producing vehicles meeting the off-road exemption criteria in paragraph (b)(9)(i) of this section or that are granted a preliminary approval comply with the standards of this part.
</P>
<P>(B) In situations where a manufacturer would normally ask for a preliminary approval subject to paragraph (b)(9)(iii) of this section but introduces its vehicle into U.S. commerce without seeking approval first from the agencies, those vehicles violate compliance with the fuel consumption standards of this part and the EPA provisions under 40 CFR 1068.101(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(C) If at any time, the agencies find new information that contradicts a manufacturer's use of the off-road exemption of this part, the manufacturers vehicles will be determined to be non-compliant with the regulations of this part and the manufacturer may be liable for civil penalties.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Useful life.</I> The following useful life values apply for the standards of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) 110,000 miles or 10 years, whichever comes first, for vocational LHD vehicles certified to Phase 1 standards.
</P>
<P>(ii) 150,000 miles or 15 years, whichever comes first, for vocational LHD vehicles certified to Phase 2 standards.
</P>
<P>(iii) 185,000 miles or 10 years, whichever comes first, for vocational MHD vehicles for Phase 1 and 2.
</P>
<P>(iv) 435,000 miles or 10 years, whichever comes first, for vocational HHD vehicles for Phase 1 and 2.
</P>
<P>(v) For Phase 1 credits calculated based on a useful life of 110,000 miles, multiply any banked credits carried forward for use into the Phase 2 program by 1.36. For Phase 1 credit deficits generated based on a useful life of 110,000 miles multiply the credit deficit by 1.36, if offsetting the shortfall with Phase 2 credits.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Recreational vehicles.</I> Recreational vehicles manufactured after model year 2020 must comply with the fuel consumption standards of this section. Manufacturers producing these vehicles may also certify to fuel consumption standards from 2014 through model year 2020. Manufacturers may earn credits retroactively for early compliance with fuel consumption standards. Once selected, a manufacturer cannot reverse the decision and the manufacturer must continue to comply for each subsequent model year for all the vehicles it manufacturers in each regulatory subcategory for a given model year.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Loose engines.</I> Manufacturers may certify certain spark-ignition engines along with chassis-certified heavy-duty vehicles where there are identical engines used in those vehicles as described in 40 CFR 86.1819(k)(8) and 40 CFR 1037.150(m). Vehicles in which those engines are installed are subject to standards under this part.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Compliance with Standards.</I> A manufacturer complies with the standards of this part as described in § 535.10.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Truck tractors.</I> Each manufacturer building truck tractors, except vocational tractors or vehicle constructed in accordance with 49 CFR 571.7(e), with a GVWR above 26,000 pounds shall comply with the fuel consumption standards in this paragraph (c) expressed in gallons per 1,000 ton-miles. When applying the fuel consumption standards in this paragraph (c), manufacturers must use the same options they use to comply with EPA in 40 CFR 1037.106 in terms of grouping vehicles and/or engines for purposes of determining applicable standards and determining compliance (<I>i.e.,</I> the vehicles and/or engines and must be grouped in the same way for purposes of this paragraph (c) as they are grouped for compliance with EPA's requirements in 40 CFR 1037.106). Engines used in heavy-duty truck tractors vehicles shall comply with the standards in paragraph (d) of this section. Each vehicle must be manufactured to comply for its full useful life. Standards apply to the vehicle subfamilies within each of the tractor vehicle regulatory subcategories in accordance with § 535.4 and 40 CFR 1037.230 and based upon the applicable modeling and testing specified in § 535.6. Determine the vehicles in each regulatory subcategory in accordance with 40 CFR 1037.140.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Mandatory standards.</I> For model years 2016 and later, each manufacturer's truck tractor subfamilies must comply with the fuel consumption standards in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) Based on the roof height and the design of the cab, the truck tractor category is divided into subcategories as described in § 535.4. The standards that apply to each regulatory subcategory are shown in paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section, each with its own assigned standard.
</P>
<P>(ii) For purposes of certifying vehicles to fuel consumption standards, manufacturers must divide their product lines in each regulatory subcategory into vehicles subfamilies that have similar emissions and fuel consumption features, as specified by EPA in 40 CFR 1037.230, and these subfamilies will be subject to the applicable standards. Each vehicle subfamily is limited to a single model year.
</P>
<P>(iii) Standards for truck tractor engines are given in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Voluntary compliance.</I> (i) For model years 2013 through 2015, a manufacturer may choose voluntarily to comply early with the fuel consumption standards provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. For example, a manufacturer may choose to comply early in order to begin accumulating credits through over-compliance with the applicable standards. A manufacturer choosing early compliance must comply with all the vehicles and engines it manufacturers in each regulatory category for a given model year.
</P>
<P>(ii) A manufacturer must declare its intent to voluntarily comply with fuel consumption standards and identify its plans to comply before it submits its first application for a certificate of conformity for the respective model year as specified in § 535.8; and, once selected, the decision cannot be reversed and the manufacturer must continue to comply for each subsequent model year for all the vehicles and engines it manufacturers in each regulatory category for a given model year.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Regulatory subcategory standards.</I> The fuel consumption standards for truck tractors, except for vocational tractors, are given in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 11—Truck Tractor Fuel Consumption Standards
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Gallons per 1,000 ton-miles]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Regulatory subcategories
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Day cab
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Sleeper cab
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Heavy-Haul
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class 7
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class 8
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class 8
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Phase 1—Model Years 2013 to 2015 Voluntary Standards</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Low Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.5108</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.9568</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6798
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mid Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.6896</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.6444</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.4656
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.1807</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0373</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.3674
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Phase 1—Model Year 2016 Mandatory Standard</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Low Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.5108</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.9568</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6798</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mid Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.6896</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.6444</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.4656
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.1807</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0373</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.3674
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Phase 1—Model Years 2017 to 2020 Mandatory Standards</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Low Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.2161</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.8585</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.4833</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mid Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.2967</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4479</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1709
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.7878</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.7426</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0727
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Phase 2—Model Years 2021 to 2023 Mandatory Standards</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Low Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.36346</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.90766</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.10216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.14735
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mid Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.11984</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.38900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.66208
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.14931</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.40864</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.43615
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Phase 2—Model Years 2024 to 2026 Mandatory Standards</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Low Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.80354</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.48527</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.67976</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.93124
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mid Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.52063</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.94695</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.22004
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.47151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.89784</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.94499
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Phase 2—Model Years 2027 and later Mandatory Standards</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Low Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.44990</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.21022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.29666</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.74460
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mid Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.15717</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.66208</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.83694
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High Roof</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.82318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.43615</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.31631</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(4) <I>Subfamily standards.</I> Manufacturers may generate or use fuel consumption credits for averaging, banking, and trading as described in § 535.7(c). This requires that manufacturers calculate a credit quantity if they specify a Family Emission Limit (FEL) that is different than the standard specified in this section. The FEL may not be less than the result of emission and fuel consumption modeling from 40 CFR 1037.520. These FELs serve as the emission standards for the specific vehicle subfamily instead of the standards specified in paragraph (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Alternate standards for tractors at or above 120,000 pounds GCWR.</I> Manufacturers may certify tractors at or above 120,000 pounds GCWR to the following fuel consumption standards in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 12 to Paragraph <E T="01">(c)(5)</E>—Alternate Fuel Consumption Standards for Tractors Above 120,000 Pounds GCWR for 2021 MY and Later
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Gallons per 1,000 ton-miles]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regulatory subcategory
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model years 2021 through 2023
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model years 2024 through 2026
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model years 2027 and later
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Heavy Class 8 Low-Roof Day Cab</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.25540</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.99018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.80354
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Heavy Class 8 Low-Roof Sleeper Cab</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.62672</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.37132</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.16503
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Heavy Class 8 Mid-Roof Day Cab</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.46169</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.18664</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.99018
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Heavy Class 8 Mid-Roof Sleeper Cab</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.87230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.60707</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.39096
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Heavy Class 8 High-Roof Day Cab</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.35363</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.04912</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.77407
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Heavy Class 8 High-Roof Sleeper Cab</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.62672</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.34185</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.02750</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(6) <I>Advanced, innovative and off-cycle technologies.</I> For tractors subject to Phase 1 standards, manufacturers must create separate vehicle subfamilies for vehicles that contain advanced or innovative technologies and group those vehicles together in a vehicle subfamilies if they use the same advanced or innovative technologies. Manufacturers may generate separate credit allowances for advanced and innovative technologies as specified in § 535.7(f)(1) and (2). For vehicles subject to Phase 2 standards, manufacturers may generate separate credits allowance for off-cycle technologies in accordance with § 535.7(f)(2). Separate credit allowances for advanced technology vehicles cannot be generated but instead manufacturers may use the credit multipliers specified in § 535.7(f)(1)(iv) through model year 2026.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Certifying across service classes.</I> Manufacturers may certify Class 7 tractors to Class 8 tractors standards as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) A manufacturer may optionally certify 4x2 tractors with heavy heavy-duty engines to the standards and useful life for Class 8 tractors, with no restriction on generating or using fuel consumption credits within the Class 8 averaging set.
</P>
<P>(ii) A manufacturer may optionally certify a Class 7 tractor to the standards and useful life applicable to Class 8 tractors. Credit provisions apply as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) If a manufacturer certifies all of its Class 7 tractors to Class 8 standards, it may use these Heavy HDV credits without restriction.
</P>
<P>(B) This paragraph (c)(7)(ii)(B) applies if a manufacturer certifies some Class 7 tractors to Class 8 standards under this paragraph (c)(7)(ii) but not all of them. If a manufacturer includes Class 7 tractors in a subfamily of Class 8 tractors with an FEL below the standard, exclude the production volume of Class 7 tractors from the credit calculation. Conversely, if a manufacturer includes Class 7 tractors in a subfamily of Class 8 tractors with an FEL above the standard, it must include the production volume of Class 7 tractors in the credit calculation.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Expanded families.</I> Manufacturers may combine dissimilar vehicles into a single vehicle subfamilies for applying standards and for testing in special circumstances as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For a Phase 1 vehicle model that straddles a roof-height, cab type, or GVWR division, manufacturers can include all the vehicles in the same vehicle family if it certifies the vehicle family to the more stringent standard. For roof height, the manufacturer must certify to the taller roof standard. For cab-type and GVWR, the manufacturers must certify to the numerically lower standard.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a Phase 2 vehicle model that includes a range of GVWR values that straddle weight classes, manufacturers may include all the vehicles in the same vehicle family if it certifies the vehicle family to the numerically lower fuel consumption standard from the affected service classes. Vehicles that are optionally certified to a more stringent standard under this paragraph are subject to useful-life and all other provisions corresponding to the weight class with the numerically lower fuel consumption standard. For a Phase 2 tractor model that includes a range of roof heights that straddle subcategories, a manufacturer may include all the vehicles in the same vehicle family if it certifies the vehicle family to the appropriate subcategory as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) A manufacturer may certify mid-roof tractors as high-roof tractors, but it may not certify high-roof tractors as mid-roof tractors.
</P>
<P>(B) For tractor families straddling the low-roof/mid-roof division, a manufacturer may certify the family based on the primary roof-height as long as no more than 10 percent of the tractors are certified to the otherwise inapplicable subcategory. For example, if 95 percent of the tractors in the family are less than 120 inches tall, and the other 5 percent are 122 inches tall, a manufacturer may certify the tractors as a single family in the low-roof subcategory.
</P>
<P>(C) Determine the appropriate aerodynamic bin number based on the actual roof height if the C<E T="52">d</E>A value is measured. However, use the GEM input for the bin based on the standards to which the manufacturer certifies. For example, of a manufacturer certifies as mid roof tractors some low-roof tractors with a measured C<E T="52">d</E>A value of 4.2 m
<SU>2</SU>, it qualifies as Bin IV; and must input into GEM the mid-roof Bin IV value of 5.85 m
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Vocational tractors.</I> Tractors meeting the definition of vocational tractors in 49 CFR 523.2 must comply with requirements for heavy-duty vocational vehicles specified in paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section. For Phase 1, Class 7 and Class 8 tractors certified or exempted as vocational tractors are limited in production to no more than 21,000 vehicles in any three consecutive model years. If a manufacturer is determined as not applying this allowance in good faith by EPA in its applications for certification in accordance with 40 CFR 1037.205 and 1037.610, a manufacturer must comply with the tractor fuel consumption standards in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. No production limit applies for vocational tractors subject to Phase 2 standards.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Small business manufacturers converting to mid roof or high roof configurations.</I> Small manufacturers are to allowed convert low and mid roof tractors to high roof configurations without recertification, provided it is for the purpose of building a custom sleeper tractor or conversion to a natural gas tractor as specified in 40 CFR 1037.150(r).
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Useful life.</I> The following useful life values apply for the standards of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) 185,000 miles or 10 years, whichever comes first, for vehicles at or below 33,000 pounds GVWR.
</P>
<P>(ii) 435,000 miles or 10 years, whichever comes first, for vehicles above 33,000 pounds GVWR.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Conversion to high-roof configurations.</I> Secondary vehicle manufacturers that qualify as small manufacturers may convert low- and mid-roof tractors to high-roof configurations without recertification for the purpose of building a custom sleeper tractor or converting it to run on natural gas, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The original low- or mid-roof tractor must be covered by a valid certificate of conformity by EPA.
</P>
<P>(ii) The modifications may not increase the frontal area of the tractor beyond the frontal area of the equivalent high-roof tractor with the corresponding standard trailer. If a manufacturer cannot use the original manufacturer's roof fairing for the high-roof tractor, use good engineering judgment to achieve similar or better aerodynamic performance.
</P>
<P>(iii) The agencies may require that these manufacturers submit annual production reports as described in § 535.8 and 40 CFR 1037.250 indicating the original roof height for requalified vehicles.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Compliance with standards.</I> A manufacturer complies with the standards of this part as described in § 535.10.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Heavy-duty engines.</I> Each manufacturer of heavy-duty engines shall comply with the fuel consumption standards in this paragraph (d) of this section expressed in gallons per 100 horsepower-hour. When applying the fuel consumption standards in this paragraph (d), manufacturers must use the same options they use to comply with EPA in 40 CFR 1036.108 in terms of grouping engines for purposes of determining applicable standards and determining compliance (<I>i.e.,</I> the engines must be grouped in the same way for part 535.5(d) purposes as they are grouped for compliance with EPA's requirements in 40 CFR 1036.108). Each engine must be manufactured to comply for its full useful life, expressed in service miles, operating hours, or calendar years, whatever comes first. The provisions of this part apply to all new 2014 model year and later heavy-duty engines fueled by conventional and alternative fuels and manufactured for use in heavy-duty tractors or vocational vehicles. Standards apply to the engine and powertrain families and sub-families based upon the primary intended service classes within each of the engine regulatory subcategories as described in § 535.4 and based upon the applicable modeling and testing specified in § 535.6.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Mandatory standards.</I> Manufacturers of heavy-duty engine families shall comply with the mandatory fuel consumption standards in paragraphs (d)(3) through (6) of this section for model years 2017 and later for compression-ignition engines and for model years 2016 and later for spark-ignition engines.
</P>
<P>(i) The heavy-duty engine regulatory category is divided into six regulatory subcategories, five compression-ignition subcategories and one spark-ignition subcategory, as shown in Table 14 of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Separate standards exist for engine families manufactured for use in heavy-duty vocational vehicles and in truck tractors.
</P>
<P>(iii) For purposes of certifying engines to fuel consumption standards, manufacturers must divide their product lines in each regulatory subcategory into engine families. Fuel consumption standards apply each model year to the same engine families used to comply with EPAstandards in 40 CFR 1036.108 and 40 CFR 1037.230. An engine family is designated under the EPA program based upon testing specified in 40 CFR part 1036, subpart F, and the engine family's primary intended service class. Each engine family manufactured for use in a heavy-duty tractor or vocational vehicle must be certified to the primary intended service class that it is designed for in accordance with 40 CFR 1036.108 and 1036.140.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Voluntary compliance.</I> (i) For model years 2013 through 2016 for compression-ignition engine families, and for model year 2015 for spark-ignition engine families, a manufacturer may choose voluntarily to comply with the fuel consumption standards provided in paragraphs (d)(3) through (5) of this section. For example, a manufacturer may choose to comply early in order to begin accumulating credits through over-compliance with the applicable standards. A manufacturer choosing early compliance must comply with all the vehicles and engines it manufacturers in each regulatory category for a given model year except in model year 2013 the manufacturer may comply with individual engine families as specified in 40 CFR 1036.150(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(ii) A manufacturer must declare its intent to voluntarily comply with fuel consumption standards and identify its plans to comply before it submits its first application for a certificate of conformity for the respective model year as specified in § 535.8; and, once selected, the decision cannot be reversed and the manufacturer must continue to comply for each subsequent model year for all the vehicles and engines it manufacturers in each regulatory category for a given model year.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Regulatory subcategory standards.</I> The primary fuel consumption standards for heavy-duty engine families are given in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 13 to Paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>)(3)—Primary Heavy-Duty Engine Fuel Consumption Standards
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Gallons per 100 hp-hr]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="7" scope="col">Phase 1—Voluntary Standards
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regulatory subcategory
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CI LHD engines and all other
<br/>engines
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">CI MHD engines and all other engines
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">HHD CI engines and all other engines
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SI engines
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tractor
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tractor
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">All
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0552
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2013 through 2016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8939</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8939</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.9312</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.5697</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.666</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="7" scope="col">Phase 1—Mandatory Standards
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regulatory subcategory
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CI LHD engines and all other
<br/>engines
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">CI MHD engines and all other engines
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">CI HHD engines and all other engines
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SI engines
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tractor
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tractor
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">All
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0552
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2017 through 2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.6582</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.6582</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.7839</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4519</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5187</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0552</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="7" scope="col">Phase 2—Mandatory Standards
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regulatory subcategory
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CI LHD engines and all other
<br/>engines
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">CI MHD engines and all other engines
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">CI HHD engines and all other engines
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SI engines (except HHD engines)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tractor
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vocational
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tractor
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">All
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2021 through 2023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.5305</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.3536</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.6464</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0393</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3910</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0552
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2024 through 2026</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4519</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2849</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5285</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.9705</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2829</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0552
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2027 and Later</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4224</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2554</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.4892</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.9411</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.2436</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0552</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(4) <I>Alternate subcategory standards.</I> The alternative fuel consumption standards for heavy-duty compression-ignition engine families are as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Manufacturers entering the voluntary program in model years 2014 through 2016, may choose to certify compression-ignition engine families unable to meet standards provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this section to the alternative fuel consumption standards of this paragraph (d)(4).
</P>
<P>(ii) Manufacturers may not certify engines to these alternate standards if they are part of an averaging set in which they carry a balance of banked credits. For purposes of this section, manufacturers are deemed to carry credits in an averaging set if they carry credits from advance technology that are allowed to be used in that averaging set in accordance with § 535.7(d)(12).
</P>
<P>(iii) The emission standards of this section are determined as specified by EPA in 40 CFR 1036.620(a) through (c) and should be converted to equivalent fuel consumption values.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Alternate phase-in standards.</I> Manufacturers have the option to comply with EPA emissions standards for compression-ignition engine families using an alternative phase-in schedule that correlates with EPA's OBD standards. If a manufacturer chooses to use the alternative phase-in schedule for meeting EPA standards and optionally chooses to comply early with the NHTSA fuel consumption program, it must use the same phase-in schedule beginning in model year 2013 for fuel consumption standards and must remain in the program for each model year thereafter until model year 2020. The fuel consumption standard for each model year of the alternative phase-in schedule is provided in Table 15 of this section. Note that engine families certified to these standards are not eligible for early credits under § 535.7.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 14—Phase 1 Alternative Phase-In CI Engine Fuel Consumption Standards
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Gallons per 100 hp-hr]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tractors
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">LHD engines
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">MHD engines
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">HHD engines
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Model Years 2013 to 2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0295</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.7642
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Model Years 2016 to 2020 †</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.7839</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5187
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vocational</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">LHD engines</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">MHD engines</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">HHD engines
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Model Years 2013 to 2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0707</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0707</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.6680
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Model Years 2016 to 2020 †</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.6582</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.6582</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.4519
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">† <E T="02">Note:</E> These alternate standards for 2016 and later are the same as the otherwise applicable standards for 2017 through 2020.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(6) <I>Alternative fuel conversions.</I> Engines that have been converted to operate on alternative fuels may demonstrate compliance with the standards of this part or other alternative compliance approaches allowed by EPA in 40 CFR 85.525.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Optional certification under this section.</I> Manufacturers certifying spark-ignition engines to the compression-ignition standards for EPA must treat those engines as compression-ignition engines for all the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Advanced, innovative and off-cycle technologies.</I> For engines subject to Phase 1 standards, manufacturers must create separate engine families for engines that contain advanced or innovative technologies and group those engines together in an engine family if they use the same advanced or innovative technologies. Manufacturers may generate separate credit allowances for advanced and innovative technologies as specified in § 535.7(f)(1) and (2). For engines subject to Phase 2 standards, manufacturers may generate separate credits allowance for off-cycle technologies in accordance with § 535.7(f)(2). Credit incentives for advanced technology engines do not apply during the Phase 2 period.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Useful life.</I> The exhaust emission standards of this section apply for the full useful life, expressed in service miles, operating hours, or calendar years, whichever comes first. The following useful life values apply for the standards of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) 120,000 miles or 11 years, whichever comes first, for CI and SI LHD engines certified to Phase 1 standards.
</P>
<P>(ii) 150,000 miles or 15 years, whichever comes first, for CI and SI LHD and spark-ignition engines certified to Phase 2 standards.
</P>
<P>(iii) 185,000 miles or 10 years, whichever comes first, for CI MHD engines certified to Phase 1 and for Phase 2.
</P>
<P>(iv) 435,000 miles or 10 years, whichever comes first, for CI HHD engines certified to Phase 1 and for Phase 2.
</P>
<P>(v) For Phase 1 credits that manufacturers calculate based on a useful life of 110,000 miles, multiply any banked credits that it carries forward for use into the Phase 2 program by 1.36. For Phase 1 credit deficits that manufacturers generate based on a useful life of 110,000 miles multiply the credit deficit by 1.36, if offsetting the shortfall with Phase 2 credits.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Loose engines.</I> This paragraph (10) describes alternate emission and fuel consumption standards for loose engines certified under. The standards of this paragraph (d) and 1036.108 do not apply for loose engines certified under paragraph (a) of this section and 40 CFR 86.1819-14(k)(8). The standards in 40 CFR 1036.150(j) apply for the emissions and equivalent fuel consumption measured with the engine installed in a complete vehicle consistent with the provisions of 40 CFR 86.1819-14(k)(8)(vi).
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Alternate transition option for Phase 2 engine standards.</I> (i) Manufacturers may optionally elect to comply with the model year 2021 primary (Phase 2) vocational vehicle and tractor engine standards in paragraph (d)(3) of this section beginning in model year 2020 (<I>e.g.</I> comply with the more stringent standards one year early). The model year 2021 standard would apply to these manufacturers for model years 2020 through 2023. Manufacturers that voluntarily certify their engines to model year 2021 standards early would then be eligible for less stringent engine tractor standards in model years 2024 through 2026, as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) 5.3241 gallons per 100 hp-hr for MHD vocational vehicle engines.
</P>
<P>(B) 4.5874 gallons per 100 hp-hr for MHD tractor engines.
</P>
<P>(C) 5.0098 gallons per 100 hp-hr for HHD vocational vehicle engines.
</P>
<P>(D) 4.3418 gallons per 100 hp-hr for HHD tractor engines.
</P>
<P>(ii) The primary standard in paragraph (d)(3) applies for all manufacturers in model year 2027 and later years.
</P>
<P>(iii) Manufacturers may apply these provisions separately for medium heavy-duty engines and heavy heavy-duty engines. This election applies to all engines in each segment. For example, if a manufacturer elects this alternate option for its medium heavy-duty engines, all of the manufacturer's medium heavy-duty vocational and tractor engines must comply. Engine fuel consumption credits generated under § 535.7(d) for manufacturers complying early with the model year 2021 standards follow the temporary extended credit life allowance in § 535.7(d)(9).
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Compliance with Standards.</I> A manufacturer complies with the standards of this part as described in § 535.10.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 74238, Oct. 25, 2016, as amended at 89 FR 18825, Mar. 15, 2024; 89 FR 52951, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 535.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.16.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 535.6   Measurement and calculation procedures.</HEAD>
<P>This part describes the measurement and calculation procedures manufacturers use to determine annual fuel consumption performance results. Manufacturers use the fuel consumption results determined in this part for calculating credit balances specified in § 535.7 and then determine whether they comply with standards as specified in § 535.10. Manufacturers must use EPA emissions test results for deriving NHTSA's fuel consumption performance rates. Consequently, manufacturers conducting testing for certification or annual demonstration testing and providing CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions data to EPA must also provide equivalent fuel consumption results to NHTSA for all values. NHTSA and EPA reserve the right to verify separately or in coordination the results of any testing and measurement established by manufacturers in complying with the provisions of this program and as specified in 40 CFR 1037.301 and § 535.9. Any carry over data from the Phase 1 program may be carried into the Phase 2 only with approval from EPA and by using good engineering judgment considering differences in testing protocols between test procedures.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans.</I> This section describes the method for determining the fuel consumption performance rates for test groups and for fleets of complete heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans each model year. The NHTSA heavy-duty pickup truck and van fuel consumption performance rates correspond to the same requirements for EPA as specified in 40 CFR 86.1819-14.
</P>
<P>(1) For the Phase 1 program, if the manufacturer's fleet includes conventional vehicles (gasoline, diesel and alternative fueled vehicles) and advanced technology vehicles (hybrids with powertrain designs that include energy storage systems, vehicles with waste heat recovery, electric vehicles and fuel cell vehicles), it may divide its fleet into two separate fleets each with its own separate fleet average fuel consumption performance rate. For Phase 2 and later, manufacturers may calculate their fleet average fuel consumption rates for a conventional fleet and separate advanced technology vehicle fleets. Advanced technology vehicle fleets should be separated into plug-in hybrid electric vehicles, electric vehicles and fuel cell vehicles.
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicles in each fleet should be selected and divided into test groups or subconfigurations according to EPA in 40 CFR 86.1819-14(d).
</P>
<P>(3) Use the EPA CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions test results for each test group, in grams per mile, for the selected vehicles.
</P>
<P>(i) Use CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions test results for vehicles fueled by conventional and alternative fuels, including dedicated and dual-fueled (multi-fuel and flexible-fuel) vehicles using each fuel type as specified in 40 CFR 86.1819-14(d)(10).
</P>
<P>(ii) Use CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions test results for dual-fueled vehicles using a weighted average of the manufacturer's emission results as specified in 40 CFR 600.510-12(k) for light-duty trucks.
</P>
<P>(iii) All electric vehicles are deemed to have zero emissions of CO<E T="52">2</E>, CH<E T="52">4</E>, and N<E T="52">2</E>O. No emission testing is required for such electric vehicles. Assign the fuel consumption test group result to a value of zero gallons per 100 miles in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iv) Use CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions test results for cab-complete and incomplete vehicles based upon the applicable complete sister vehicles as determined in 40 CFR 1819-14(j)(2).
</P>
<P>(v) Use CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions test results for loose engines using applicable complete vehicles as determined in 40 CFR 86.1819-14(k)(8).
</P>
<P>(vi) Manufacturers can choose to analytically derive CO<E T="52">2</E> emission rates (ADCs) for test groups or subconfigurations. Use ADCs for test groups or subconfigurations in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1819-14 (d) and (g).
</P>
<P>(4) Calculate equivalent fuel consumption results for all test groups, in gallons per 100 miles, from CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions test group results, in grams per miles, and round to the nearest 0.001 gallon per 100 miles.
</P>
<P>(i) Calculate the equivalent fuel consumption test group results as follows for compression-ignition vehicles and alternative fuel compression-ignition vehicles. CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions test group result (grams per mile)/10,180 grams per gallon of diesel fuel) × (10
<SU>2</SU>) = Fuel consumption test group result (gallons per 100 mile).
</P>
<P>(ii) Calculate the equivalent fuel consumption test group results as follows for spark-ignition vehicles and alternative fuel spark-ignition vehicles. CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions test group result (grams per mile)/((8,887 grams per gallon of gasoline fuel) × (10<E T="51">−2</E>)) = Fuel consumption test group result (gallons per 100 mile).
</P>
<P>(5) Calculate the fleet average fuel consumption result, in gallons per 100 miles, from the equivalent fuel consumption test group results and round the fuel consumption result to the nearest 0.001 gallon per 100 miles. Calculate the fleet average fuel consumption result using the following equation.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er25oc16.307.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>Fuel Consumption Test Group Result<E T="52">i</E> = fuel consumption performance for each test group as defined in 49 CFR 523.4.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Volume<E T="52">i</E> = production volume of each test group.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(6) Compare the fleet average fuel consumption standard to the fleet average fuel consumption performance. The fleet average fuel consumption performance must be less than or equal to the fleet fuel consumption standard to comply with standards in § 535.5(a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Heavy-duty vocational vehicles and tractors.</I> This section describes the method for determining the fuel consumption performance rates for vehicle families of heavy-duty vocational vehicles and tractors. The NHTSA heavy-duty vocational vehicle and tractor fuel consumption performance rates correspond to the same requirements for EPA as specified in 40 CFR 1037, subpart F.
</P>
<P>(1) Select vehicles and vehicle family configurations as specified in 40 CFR 1037.150 and 1037.230 for vehicles that make up each of the manufacturer's regulatory subcategories of vocational vehicles and tractors. For the Phase 2 program, select powertrain, axle and transmission families in accordance with 40 CFR 1037.231 and 1037.232.
</P>
<P>(2) Follow the EPA testing requirements in 40 CFR 1037.230 and 1037.501 to derive inputs for the Greenhouse gas Emissions Model (GEM).
</P>
<P>(3) Enter inputs into GEM, in accordance with 40 CFR 1037.520, to derive the emissions and fuel consumption performance results for all vehicles (conventional, alternative fueled and advanced technology vehicles).
</P>
<P>(4) For Phase 1 and 2, all of the following GEM inputs apply for vocational vehicles and other tractor regulatory subcategories, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Model year and regulatory subcategory (see § 535.3 and 40 CFR 1037.230).
</P>
<P>(ii) Coefficient of aerodynamic drag (C<E T="52">d</E>A) or drag area, as described in 40 CFR 1037.520(b), 1037.525, 1037.527, and 1037.528. Alternatively, manufacturers may use C<E T="52">d</E>A values as specified in 40 CFR 1037.530, 1037.532, or 1037.534 if used for determining CO<E T="52">2</E> compliance for EPA. Manufacturers must use the same compliance approach for determining C<E T="52">d</E>A values in GEM for the NHTSA and EPA programs.
</P>
<P>(iii) Steer and drive tire rolling resistance, as described in 40 CFR 1037.520(c).
</P>
<P>(iv) Vehicle speed limit, as described in 40 CFR 1037.520(d) (tractors only).
</P>
<P>(v) Vehicle weight reduction, as described in 40 CFR 1037.520(e) (tractors only for Phase 1).
</P>
<P>(vi) Automatic engine shutdown systems, as described in 40 CFR 1037.660 (only for Phase 1 Class 8 sleeper cabs). For Phase 1, enter a GEM input value of 5.0 g/ton-mile, or an adjusted value as specified in 40 CFR 1037.660.
</P>
<P>(5) For Phase 2 vehicles, the GEM inputs described in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) through (v) of this section continue to apply. Note that the provisions related to vehicle speed limiters and automatic engine shutdown systems are available for vocational vehicles in Phase 2. The additional GEM inputs that apply for vocational vehicles and other tractor regulatory subcategories for demonstrating compliance with Phase 2 standards are as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Engine characteristics.</I> Enter information from the engine manufacturer to describe the installed engine and its operating parameters as described in 40 CFR 1036.503 and 1037.520(f).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Vehicle information.</I> Enter information in accordance with 40 CFR 1037.520(g) for the vehicle and its operating parameters including:
</P>
<P>(A) Transmission make, model and type;
</P>
<P>(B) Drive axle configuration;
</P>
<P>(C) Drive axle ratio, <I>k</I><E T="52">a</E>;
</P>
<P>(D) GEM inputs associated with powertrain testing include powertrain family, transmission calibration identifier, test data from 40 CFR 1037.550, and the powertrain test configuration (dynamometer connected to transmission output or wheel hub).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Idle-reduction technologies.</I> Identify whether the manufacturer's vehicle has qualifying idle-reduction technologies, subject to the qualifying criteria in 40 and 1037.660 and enter values for stop start and neutral idle technologies as specified in 40 CFR 1037.520(h).
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Axle and transmission efficiency.</I> Manufacturers may use axle efficiency maps as described in 40 CFR 1037.560 and transmission efficiency maps as described in 40 CFR 1037.565 to replace the default values in GEM.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Additional reduction technologies.</I> Enter input values in GEM as follows to characterize the percentage CO<E T="52">2</E> emission reduction corresponding to certain technologies and vehicle configurations, or enter 0 as specified in 40 CFR 1037.520(j):
</P>
<P>(A) Intelligent controls
</P>
<P>(B) Accessory load
</P>
<P>(C) Tire-pressure systems
</P>
<P>(D) Extended-idle reduction
</P>
<P>(E) Additional GEM inputs may apply as follows:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Enter 1.7 and 0.9, respectively, for school buses and coach buses that have at least seven available forward gears.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the agencies approve an off-cycle technology under § 535.7(f) and 40 CFR 1037.610 in the form of an improvement factor, enter the improvement factor expressed as a percentage reduction in CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions. (Note: In the case of approved off-cycle technologies whose benefit is quantified as a g/ton-mile credit, apply the credit to the GEM result, not as a GEM input value.)
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Manufacturers may use values to characterize torque converters as inputs to GEM as specified in the procedure defined in 40 CFR 1037.570.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Vocational vehicle manufacturers may optionally use values for neutral coasting in GEM as specified in 40 CFR 1037.520.
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Vehicles with hybrid power take-off (PTO).</I> For vocational vehicles, determine the delta PTO emission result of the manufacturer's engine and hybrid power take-off system as described in 40 CFR 1037.540.
</P>
<P>(vii) <I>Aerodynamic improvements for vocational vehicles.</I> For vocational vehicles certified using the Regional duty cycle, enter <I>ΔC</I><E T="52">d</E><I>A</I> values to account for using rear fairings and a reduced minimum frontal area as specified in 40 CFR 1037.520(m) and 1037.527.
</P>
<P>(viii) <I>Alternate fuels.</I> For fuels other than those identified in GEM, perform the simulation by identifying the vehicle as being diesel-fueled if the engine is subject to the compression-ignition standard, or as being gasoline-fueled if the engine is subject to the spark-ignition standards. Correct the engine or powertrain fuel map for mass-specific net energy content as described in 40 CFR 1036.535(b).
</P>
<P>(ix) <I>Custom chassis vehicles.</I> A simplified versions of GEM applies for custom chassis vehicle subject § 535.5(b)(6) in accordance with 40 CFR 1037.520(a)(2)(ii).
</P>
<P>(6) In unusual circumstances, manufacturers may ask EPA to use weighted average results of multiple GEM runs to represent special technologies for which no single GEM run can accurately reflect.
</P>
<P>(7) From the GEM results, select the CO<E T="52">2</E> family emissions level (FEL) and equivalent fuel consumption values for vocational vehicle and tractor families in each regulatory subcategory for each model year. Equivalent fuel consumption FELs are derived in GEM and expressed to the nearest 0.0001 gallons per 1000 ton-mile. For families containing multiple subfamilies, identify the FELs for each subfamily.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Heavy-duty engines.</I> This section describes the method for determining equivalent fuel consumption family certification level (FCL) values for engine and powertrain families and subfamilies of heavy-duty truck tractors and vocational vehicles. The NHTSA heavy-duty engine fuel consumption FCLs are determined from the EPA FCLs tested in accordance with 40 CFR part 1036, subpart F. Each engine and powertrain family must use the same primary intended service class as designated for EPA in accordance with 40 CFR 1036.140.
</P>
<P>(1) Manufacturers must select emission-data engines representing the tested configuration of each engine family specified in 40 CFR 1036.501 for engines in heavy-duty truck tractors and vocational vehicles that make up each of the manufacturer's regulatory subcategories.
</P>
<P>(2) Standards in § 535.5(d) apply to the CO2 emissions rates for each emissions-data engine in an engine or powertrain family or sub-family subject to the procedures and equipment specified in 40 CFR part 1036, subpart F. Determine equivalent fuel consumptions rates using CO2 emissions rates in grams per hp-hr measured to at least one more decimal place than that of the applicable EPA standard in 40 CFR 1036.108.
</P>
<P>(i) Use the CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions test results for engines running on each fuel type for conventional, dedicated, multi-fueled (dual-fuel, and flexible-fuel) engines as specified in 40 CFR part 1036, subpart F.
</P>
<P>(ii) Use the CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions result for multi-fueled engines using the same weighted fuel mixture emission results as specified in 40 CFR 1036.235 and 40 CFR part 1036, subpart F.
</P>
<P>(iii) Use the CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions test results for hybrid engines as described in 40 CFR 1036.525.
</P>
<P>(iv) All electric vehicles are deemed to have zero emissions of CO<E T="52">2</E> and zero fuel consumption. No emission or fuel consumption testing is required for such electric vehicles.
</P>
<P>(3) For medium HD and heavy HD engines certified as tractor and other long-haul engine families, use the CO2 emissions test results from the steady-state duty cycle, which is referred to as the Supplemental Emission Test (SET), as specified in 40 CFR 1036.510 for each model year; for medium HD and heavy HD engines certified as tractor and vocational engine families, use the CO2 test results from the transient duty cycle, which is referred to as the Federal Test Procedure (FTP) duty cycle, as specified in 40 CFR 1036.512 for each model year; for all other engines (including those certifying to SI standards) use the CO2 emissions test results from the appropriate duty cycle, as specified in 40 CFR 1036.501 for each model year.
</P>
<P>(i) If a manufacturer certifies an engine family for use both as a vocational engine and as a tractor engine, the manufacturer must split the family into two separate subfamilies in accordance with 40 CFR 1036.230. The manufacturer may assign the numbers and configurations of engines within the respective subfamilies at any time prior to the submission of the end-of-year report required by 40 CFR 1036.730 and § 535.8. The manufacturer must track into which type of vehicle each engine is installed, although EPA may allow the manufacturer to use statistical methods to determine this for a fraction of its engines.
</P>
<P>(ii) The following engines are excluded from the engine and powertrain families and subfamilies used to determine fuel consumption FCL values and the benefit for these engines is determined as an advanced technology credit under the ABT provisions provided in § 535.7(e); these provisions apply only for the Phase 1 program:
</P>
<P>(A) Engines certified as hybrid engines or power packs.
</P>
<P>(B) Engines certified as hybrid engines designed with PTO capability and that are sold with the engine coupled to a transmission.
</P>
<P>(C) Engines with Rankine cycle waste heat recovery.
</P>
<P>(4) Manufacturers generating CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions rates to demonstrate compliance to EPA vehicle standards for model years 2021 and later, using engine fuel maps determined in accordance with 40 CFR 1036.535 and 1036.540 or engine powertrain results configuration, must use the same compliance pathway and model years for certifying under the NHTSA program. Manufacturers may omit providing equivalent fuel consumption FCLs under this section if all of its engines will be installed in vehicles that are certified based on powertrain testing as described in 40 CFR 1037.550.
</P>
<P>(5) Calculate equivalent fuel consumption values from the emissions CO<E T="52">2</E> FCLs levels for certified engines, in gallons per 100 hp-hr and round each fuel consumption value to the nearest 0.0001 gallon per 100 hp-hr.
</P>
<P>(i) Calculate equivalent fuel consumption FCL values for compression-ignition engines and alternative fuel compression-ignition engines. CO<E T="52">2</E> FCL value (grams per hp-hr)/10,180 grams per gallon of diesel fuel) × (10
<SU>2</SU>) = Fuel consumption FCL value (gallons per 100 hp-hr).
</P>
<P>(ii) Calculate equivalent fuel consumption FCL values for spark-ignition engines and alternative fuel spark-ignition engines. CO<E T="52">2</E> FCL value (grams per hp-hr)/((8,887 grams per gallon of gasoline fuel) × (10<E T="51">−2</E>)) = Fuel consumption FCL value (gallons per 100 hp-hr).
</P>
<P>(iii) Manufacturers may carryover fuel consumption data from a previous model year if allowed to carry over emissions data for EPA in accordance with 40 CFR 1036.235.
</P>
<P>(iv) If a manufacturer uses an alternate test procedure under 40 CFR 1065.10 and subsequently the data is rejected by EPA, NHTSA will also reject the data.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 74238, Oct. 25, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 25274, Apr. 30, 2020; 89 FR 18828, Mar. 15, 2024; 89 FR 52952, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 535.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.16.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 535.7   Averaging, banking, and trading (ABT) credit program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> After the end of each model year, manufacturers must comply with the fuel consumption standards in § 535.5 for averaging, banking and trading credits. Manufacturers comply with standards if the sum of averaged, banked and traded credits generate a “zero” credit balance or a credit surplus within an averaging set of vehicles or engines. Manufacturers fail to comply with standards if the sum of the credit flexibilities generate a credit deficit (or shortfall) in an averaging set. Credit shortfalls must be offset by banked or traded credits within three model years after the shortfall is incurred. These processes are hereafter referenced as the NHTSA ABT credit program. The following provisions apply to all fuel consumption credits.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Credits (or fuel consumption credits (FCCs)).</I> Credits in this part mean a calculated weighted value representing the difference between the fuel consumption performance and the standard of a vehicle or engine family or fleet within a particular averaging set. Positive credits represent cases where a vehicle or engine family or fleets perform better than the applicable standard (the fuel consumption performance is less than the standard) whereas negative credits represent underperforming cases. The value of a credit is calculated according to paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section. FCCs are only considered earned or useable for averaging, banking or trading after EPA and NHTSA have verified the information in a manufacturer's final reports required in § 535.8. Types of FCCs include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Conventional credits.</I> Credits generated by vehicle or engine families or fleets containing conventional vehicles (<I>i.e.,</I> gasoline, diesel and alternative fueled vehicles).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Early credits.</I> Credits generated by vehicle or engine families or fleets produced for model year 2013. Early credits are multiplied by an incentive factor of 1.5 times.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Advanced technology credits.</I> Credits generated by vehicle or engine families or subconfigurations containing vehicles with advanced technologies (<I>i.e.,</I> hybrids with regenerative braking, vehicles equipped with Rankine-cycle engines, electric and fuel cell vehicles) as described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section.


</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Innovative and off-cycle technology credits.</I> Credits can be generated by vehicle or engine families or subconfigurations having fuel consumption reductions resulting from technologies not reflected in the GEM simulation tool or in the Federal Test Procedure (FTP) chassis dynamometer and that were not in common use with heavy-duty vehicles or engines before model year 2010 that are not reflected in the specified test procedure. Manufacturers should prove that these technologies were not in common use in heavy-duty vehicles or engines before model year 2010 by demonstrating factors such as the penetration rates of the technology in the market. NHTSA will not approve any request if it determines that these technologies do not qualify. The approach for determining innovative and off-cycle technology credits under this fuel consumption program is described in paragraph (f)(2) of this section and by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under 40 CFR 86.1819-14(d)(13), 1036.610, and 1037.610. Starting in model year 2030, manufacturers certifying vehicles under § 535.5(a) may not earn off-cycle technology credits under 40 CFR 86.1819-14(d)(13).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Averaging.</I> Averaging is the summing of a manufacturer's positive and negative FCCs for engines or vehicle families or fleets within an averaging set. The principle averaging sets are defined in § 535.4.
</P>
<P>(i) A credit surplus occurs when the net sum of the manufacturer's generated credits for engines or vehicle families or fleets within an averaging set is positive (a zero credit balance is when the sum equals zero).
</P>
<P>(ii) A credit deficit occurs when the net sum of the manufacturer's generated credits for engines or vehicle families or fleets within an averaging set is negative.
</P>
<P>(iii) Positive credits, other than advanced technology credits in Phase 1, generated and calculated within an averaging set may only be used to offset negative credits within the same averaging set.
</P>
<P>(iv) Manufacturers may certify one or more vehicle families (or subfamilies) to an FEL above the applicable fuel consumption standard, subject to any applicable FEL caps and other provisions allowed by EPA in 40 CFR parts 1036 and 1037, if the manufacturer shows in its application for certification to EPA that its projected balance of all FCC transactions in that model year is greater than or equal to zero or that a negative balance is allowed by EPA under 40 CFR 1036.745 and 1037.745.
</P>
<P>(v) If a manufacturer certifies a vehicle family to an FEL that exceeds the otherwise applicable standard, it must obtain enough FCC to offset the vehicle family's deficit by the due date of its final report required in § 535.8. The emission credits used to address the deficit may come from other vehicle families that generate FCCs in the same model year (or from the next three subsequent model years), from banked FCCs from previous model years, or from FCCs generated in the same or previous model years that it obtained through trading.
</P>
<P>(vi) Manufacturers may certify a vehicle or engine family using an FEL (as described in § 535.6) below the fuel consumption standard (as described in § 535.5) and choose not to generate conventional fuel consumption credits for that family. Manufacturers do not need to calculate fuel consumption credits for those families and do not need to submit or keep the associated records described in § 535.8 for these families. Manufacturers participating in NHTSA's FCC program must provide reports as specified in § 535.8.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Banking.</I> Banking is the retention of surplus FCC in an averaging set by the manufacturer for use in future model years for the purpose of averaging or trading.
</P>
<P>(i) Surplus credits may be banked by the manufacturer for use in future model years, or traded, given the restriction that the credits have an expiration date of five model years after the year in which the credits are generated. For example, banked credits earned in model year 2014 may be utilized through model year 2019. Surplus credits will become banked credits unless a manufacturer contacts NHTSA to expire its credits.
</P>
<P>(ii) Surplus credits become earned or usable banked FCCs when the manufacturer's final report is approved by both agencies. However, the agencies may revoke these FCCs at any time if they are unable to verify them after reviewing the manufacturer's reports or auditing its records.
</P>
<P>(iii) Banked FCC retain the designation from the averaging set and model year in which they were generated.
</P>
<P>(iv) Banked credits retain the designation of the averaging set in which they were generated.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Trading.</I> Trading is a transaction that transfers banked family regulatory subcategory or averaging set fuel consumption credits. Tractor, vocational vehicle and engine manufacturers may trade credits generated for vehicle or engine families or subfamilies while manufacturers of heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans certified as complete vehicles may trade credit credits generated for averaging sets. A manufacturer may use traded FCCs for averaging, banking, or further trading transactions.
</P>
<P>(i) Manufacturers may only trade banked credits to other manufacturers to use for compliance with fuel consumption standards. Traded FCCs, other than advanced technology credits earned in Phase 1, may be used only within the averaging set in which they were generated. Manufacturers may only trade credits to other entities for the purpose of expiring credits.
</P>
<P>(ii) Advanced technology credits earned in Phase 1 can be traded across different averaging sets.
</P>
<P>(iii) The agencies may revoke traded FCCs at any time if they are unable to verify them after reviewing the manufacturer's reports or auditing its records.
</P>
<P>(iv) If a negative FCC balance results from a transaction, both the buyer and seller are liable, except in cases the agencies deem to involve fraud. See § 535.9 for cases involving fraud. EPA also may void the certificates of all vehicle families participating in a trade that results in a manufacturer having a negative balance of emission credits. See 40 CFR 1037.745.
</P>
<P>(v) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(vi) Manufacturers with deficits or projecting deficits before or during a production model year may not trade credits until its available credits exceed the deficit. Manufacturers with a deficit may not trade credits if the deadline to offset that credit deficit has passed.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Credit deficit (or credit shortfall).</I> A credit shortfall or deficit occurs when the sum of the manufacturer's generated credits for engines or vehicle families or fleets within an averaging set is negative. Credit shortfalls must be offset by an available credit surplus within three model years after the shortfall was incurred. If the shortfall cannot be offset, the manufacturer is liable for civil penalties as discussed in § 535.9.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>FCC credit plan.</I> (i) Each model year manufacturers submit credit plan in their certificates of conformity as required in 40 CFR 1036.725(b)(2) and 40 CFR 1037.725(b)(2). The plan is required to contain equivalent fuel consumption information in accordance § 535.8(c). The plan must include:
</P>
<P>(A) Detailed calculations of projected emission and fuel consumption credits (positive or negative) based on projected U.S.-directed production volumes. The agencies may require a manufacturer to include similar calculations from its other engine or vehicle families to project its net credit balances for the model year. If a manufacturer projects negative emission and/or fuel consumption credits for a family, it must state the source of positive emission and/or fuel consumption credits it expects to use to offset the negative credits demonstrating how it plans to resolve any credit deficits that might occur for a model year within a period of up to three model years after that deficit has occurred.
</P>
<P>(B) Actual emissions and fuel consumption credit balances, credit transactions, and credit trades.
</P>
<P>(ii) Manufacturers are required to provide updated credit plans after receiving their final verified reports from EPA and NHTSA after the end of each model year.
</P>
<P>(iii) The agencies may determine that a manufacturer's plan is unreasonable or unrealistic based on a consideration of past and projected use of specific technologies, the historical sales mix of its vehicle models, subsequent failure to follow any submitted plans, and limited expected access to traded credits.
</P>
<P>(iv) The agencies may also consider the plan unreasonable if the manufacturer's credit deficit increases from one model year to the next. The agencies may require that the manufacturers must send interim reports describing its progress toward resolving its credit deficit over the course of a model year.
</P>
<P>(v) If NHTSA determines that a manufacturers plan is unreasonable or unrealistic, the manufacturer is deemed as not comply with fuel consumption standards as specified in § 535.10(c) and the manufacturer may be liable for civil penalties.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Revoked credits.</I> NHTSA may revoke fuel consumption credits if unable to verify any information after auditing reports or records or conducting confirmatory testing. In the cases where EPA revokes emissions CO<E T="52">2</E> credits, NHTSA will revoke the equivalent amount of fuel consumption credits.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Transition to Phase 2 standards.</I> The following provisions allow for enhanced use of fuel consumption credits from Phase 1 tractors and vocational vehicles for meeting the Phase 2 standards:
</P>
<P>(i) Fuel consumption credits a manufacturer generates for light and medium heavy-duty vocational vehicles in model years 2018 through 2021 may be used through model year 2027, instead of being limited to a five-year credit life as specified in this part. Fuel consumption credits that small manufacturers generate for heavy heavy-duty vocational vehicles in model years 2018 through may be used through model year 2027, instead of being limited to a five-year credit life as specified in this part. Fuel consumption credits that a small manufacturer generates for vocational vehicles in model year 2022 that are certified to Phase 1 standards as permitted under § 535.3(e)(2)(ii)(B) may be used through model year 2027.
</P>
<P>(ii) The manufacturer may use the off-cycle provisions of paragraph (f) of this section to apply technologies to Phase 1 vehicles as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) A manufacturer may apply an improvement factor of 0.988 for tractors and vocational vehicles with automatic tire inflation systems on all axles.
</P>
<P>(B) For vocational vehicles with automatic engine shutdown systems that conform with 40 CFR 1037.660, a manufacturer may apply an improvement factor of 0.95.
</P>
<P>(C) For vocational vehicles with stop-start systems that conform with 40 CFR 1037.660, a manufacturer may apply an improvement factor of 0.92.
</P>
<P>(D) For vocational vehicles with neutral-idle systems conforming with 40 CFR 1037.660, manufacturers may apply an improvement factor of 0.98. Manufacturers may adjust this improvement factor if we approve a partial reduction under 40 CFR 1037.660(a)(2); for example, if the manufacturer's design reduces fuel consumption by half as much as shifting to neutral, it may apply an improvement factor of 0.99.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Credits for small business manufacturers.</I> Small manufacturers may generate fuel consumption credits for natural gas-fueled vocational vehicles as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Small manufacturers may certify their vehicles instead of relying on the exemption of § 535.3.
</P>
<P>(ii) Use Phase 1 GEM to determine a fuel consumption level for vehicle, then multiply this value by the engine's FCL for fuel consumption and divide by the engine's applicable fuel consumption standard.
</P>
<P>(iii) Use the value determined in paragraph (ii) in the credit equation specified in part (c) of this section in place of the term (Std − FEL).
</P>
<P>(iv) The following provisions apply uniquely to small businesses under the custom-chassis standards of § 535.5(b)(6):
</P>
<P>(A) Manufacturers may use fuel consumption credits generated under paragraph (c) of this section, including banked or traded credits from any averaging set. Such credits remain subject to other limitations that apply under this part.
</P>
<P>(B) Manufacturers may produce up to 200 drayage tractors in a given model year to the standards described in § 535.5(b)(6) for “other buses”. Treat these drayage tractors as being in their own averaging set. This limit applies with respect to vehicles produced by manufacturers within a control relationship as defined § 534.3.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Certifying non-gasoline engines.</I> A manufacturer producing non-gasoline engines complying with model year 2021 or later medium heavy-duty spark-ignition standards may not generate fuel consumption credits. Only manufacturers producing gasoline engines certifying to spark-ignition standards can generate fuel consumption credits under paragraph (d) of this part.
</P>
<P>(11) Fuel consumption credits may not be generated more than once. This means that fuel consumption credits may only be generated once for a given engine or vehicle and fuel consumption credits may not be generated for both a given engine and the vehicle in which the engine is installed. For example, if a manufacturer generates fuel consumption credits for a given hybrid vehicle under this part, no one may generate fuel consumption credits for the associated hybrid engine. This provision, however, does not prevent manufacturers from generating fuel consumption credits for engines that are identical to the given engine in the example if those engines are installed in vehicles for which fuel consumption credits are not generated. This provision does not impact any adjustment factor or multiplier that is applied to the fuel consumption credits as specified or permitted by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>ABT provisions for heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans.</I> (1) Calculate fuel consumption credits in a model year for one fleet of conventional heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans and if designated by the manufacturer another consisting of advance technology vehicles for the averaging set as defined in § 535.4. Calculate credits for each fleet separately using the following equation:
</P>
<FP-2>Total MY Fleet FCC (gallons) =(Std−Act) × (Volume) × (UL) × (10
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Std = Fleet average fuel consumption standard (gal/100 mile).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Act = Fleet average actual fuel consumption value (gal/100 mile).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Volume = the total U.S.-directed production of vehicles in the regulatory subcategory.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>UL = the useful life for the regulatory subcategory. The useful life value for heavy- pickup trucks and vans manufactured for model years 2013 through 2020 is equal to the 120,000 miles. The useful life for model years 2021 and later is equal to 150,000 miles.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Adjust the fuel consumption performance of subconfigurations with advanced technology for determining the fleet average actual fuel consumption value as specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section and 40 CFR 86.1819-14(d)(6)(iii). Advanced technology vehicles can be separated in a different fleet for the purpose of applying credit incentives as described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Adjust the fuel consumption performance for subconfigurations with innovative technology. A manufacturer is eligible to increase the fuel consumption performance of heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans in accordance with procedures established by EPA set forth in 40 CFR part 600. The eligibility of a manufacturer to increase its fuel consumption performance through use of an off-cycle technology requires an application request made to EPA and NHTSA in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869-12 and an approval granted by the agencies. For off-cycle technologies that are covered under 40 CFR 86.1869-12, NHTSA will collaborate with EPA regarding NHTSA's evaluation of the specific off-cycle technology to ensure its impact on fuel consumption and the suitability of using the off-cycle technology to adjust fuel consumption performance. NHTSA will provide its views on the suitability of the technology for that purpose to EPA. NHTSA will apply the criteria in section (f) of this section in granting or denying off-cycle requests.
</P>
<P>(4) Fuel consumption credits may be generated for vehicles certified in model year 2013 to the model year 2014 standards in § 535.5(a). If a manufacturer chooses to generate CO<E T="52">2</E> emission credits under EPA's provisions in 40 CFR part 86, it may also voluntarily generate early credits under the NHTSA fuel consumption program. To do so, a manufacturer must certify its entire U.S.-directed production volume of vehicles in its fleet. The same production volume restrictions specified in 40 CFR 1037.150(a)(2) relating to when test groups are certified apply to the NHTSA early credit provisions. Credits are calculated as specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section relative to the fleet standard that would apply for model year 2014 using the model year 2013 production volumes. Surplus credits generated under this paragraph (b)(4) are available for banking or trading. Credit deficits for an averaging set prior to model year 2014 do not carry over to model year 2014. These credits may be used to show compliance with the standards of this part for 2014 and later model years. Once a manufacturer opts into the NHTSA program they must stay in the program for all of the optional model years and remain standardized with the same implementation approach being followed to meet the EPA CO<E T="52">2</E> emission program.
</P>
<P>(5) Calculate the averaging set credit value by summing together the fleet credits for conventional and advanced technology vehicles including any adjustments for innovative technologies. Manufacturers may sum conventional and innovative technology credits before adding any advanced technology credits in each averaging set.
</P>
<P>(6) For credits that manufacturers calculate based on a useful life of 120,000 miles, multiply any banked credits carried forward for use in model year 2021 and later by 1.25. For credit deficits that a manufacturer calculates based on a useful life of 120,000 miles and that it offsets with credits originally earned in model year 2021 and later, it multiplies the credit deficit by 1.25.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>ABT provisions for vocational vehicles and tractors.</I> (1) Calculate the fuel consumption credits in a model year for each participating family or subfamily consisting of conventional vehicles in each averaging set (as defined in § 535.4) using the equation in this section. Each designated vehicle family or subfamily has a “family emissions limit” (FEL) that is compared to the associated regulatory subcategory standard. An FEL that falls below the regulatory subcategory standard creates “positive credits,” while fuel consumption level of a family group above the standard creates a “negative credits.” The value of credits generated for each family or subfamily in a model year is calculated as follows and must be rounded to nearest whole number:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Vehicle Family FCC (gallons) =(Std−FEL) × (Payload) × (Volume) × (UL) × (10
<SU>3</SU>)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Std = the standard for the respective vehicle family regulatory subcategory (gal/1,000 ton-mile).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>FEL = family emissions limit for the vehicle family (gal/1,000 ton-mile).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Payload = the prescribed payload in tons for each regulatory subcategory as shown in the following table:</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph <E T="01">(c)(1)</E> Introductory Text
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regulatory subcategory
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Payload
<br/>(tons)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vocational LHD Vehicles</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vocational MHD Vehicles</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vocational HHD Vehicles</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MDH MHD Tractors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">HHD Tractors, other than heavy-haul Tractors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Heavy-haul Tractors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Volume = the number of U.S.-directed production volume of vehicles in the corresponding vehicle family.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>UL = the useful life for the regulatory subcategory (miles) as shown in the following table:</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to Paragraph <E T="01">(c)(1)</E> Introductory Text
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regulatory subcategory
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">UL
<br/>(miles)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">LHD Vehicles</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110,000 (Phase 1);150,000 (Phase 2).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vocational MHD Vehicles and tractors at or below 33,000 pounds GVWR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vocational HHD Vehicles and tractors at or above 33,000 pounds GVWR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">435,000.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(i) Calculate the value of credits generated in a model year for each family or subfamily consisting of vehicles with advanced technology vehicles in each averaging set using the equation above and the guidelines provided in paragraph (f)(1) of this section. Manufacturers may generate credits for advanced technology vehicles using incentives specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Calculate the value of credits generated in a model year for each family or subfamily consisting of vehicles with off-cycle technology vehicles in each averaging set using the equation above and the guidelines provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Manufacturers must sum all negative and positive credits for each vehicle family within each applicable averaging set to obtain the total credit balance for the model year before rounding. The sum of fuel consumptions credits must be rounded to the nearest gallon. Calculate the total credits generated in a model year for each averaging set using the following equation:
</P>
<FP-2>Total averaging set MY credits = Σ Vehicle family credits within each averaging set
</FP-2>
<P>(3) Manufacturers can sum conventional and innovative technology credits before adding any advanced technology credits in each averaging set.
</P>
<P>(4) If a manufacturer chooses to generate CO<E T="52">2</E> emission credits under EPA provisions of 40 CFR 1037.150(a), it may also voluntarily generate early credits under the NHTSA fuel consumption program as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Fuel consumption credits may be generated for vehicles certified in model year 2013 to the model year 2014 standards in § 535.5(b) and (c). To do so, a manufacturer must certify its entire U.S.-directed production volume of vehicles. The same production volume restrictions specified in 40 CFR 1037.150(a)(1) relating to when test groups are certified apply to the NHTSA early credit provisions. Credits are calculated as specified in paragraph (c)(11) of this section relative to the standards that would apply for model year 2014. Surplus credits generated under this paragraph (c)(4) may be increased by a factor of 1.5 for determining total available credits for banking or trading. For example, if a manufacturer has 10 gallons of surplus credits for model year 2013, it may bank 15 gallons of credits. Credit deficits for an averaging set prior to model year 2014 do not carry over to model year 2014. These credits may be used to show compliance with the standards of this part for 2014 and later model years. Once a manufacturer opts into the NHTSA program they must stay in the program for all of the optional model years and remain standardized with the same implementation approach being followed to meet the EPA CO<E T="52">2</E> emission program.
</P>
<P>(ii) A tractor manufacturer may generate fuel consumption credits for the number of additional SmartWay designated tractors (relative to its MY 2012 production), provided that credits are not generated for those vehicles under paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section. Calculate credits for each regulatory sub-category relative to the standard that would apply in model year 2014 using the equations in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Use a production volume equal to the number of verified model year 2013 SmartWay tractors minus the number of verified model year 2012 SmartWay tractors. A manufacturer may bank credits equal to the surplus credits generated under this paragraph multiplied by 1.50. A manufacturer's 2012 and 2013 model years must be equivalent in length. Once a manufacturer opts into the NHTSA program they must stay in the program for all of the optional model years and remain standardized with the same implementation approach being followed to meet the EPA CO<E T="52">2</E> emission program.
</P>
<P>(5) If a manufacturer generates credits from vehicles certified for advanced technology in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section, a multiplier of 1.5 can be used, but this multiplier cannot be used on the same credits for which the early credit multiplier is used.
</P>
<P>(6) For model years 2012 and later, manufacturers may generate or use fuel consumption credits for averaging to demonstrate compliance with the alternative standards as described in § 535.5(b)(6) of this part. Manufacturers can specify a Family Emission Limit (FEL) for fuel consumption for each vehicle subfamily. The FEL may not be less than the result of emissions and fuel consumption modeling as described in 40 CFR 1037.520 and § 535.6. These FELs serve as the fuel consumption standards for the vehicle subfamily instead of the standards specified in this § 535.5(b)(6). Manufacturers may not use averaging for motor homes, coach buses, emergency vehicles or concrete mixers meeting standards under § 535.5(b)(5).
</P>
<P>(7) Manufacturers may not use averaging for vehicles meeting standards § 535.5(b)(6)(iv) through (vi), and manufacturers may not use fuel consumption credits for banking or trading for any vehicles certified under § 535.5(b)(6).
</P>
<P>(8) Manufacturers certifying any vehicles under § 535.5(b)(6) must consider each separate vehicle type (or group of vehicle types) as a separate averaging set.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>ABT provisions for heavy-duty engines.</I> (1) Calculate the fuel consumption credits in a model year for each participating family or subfamily consisting of engines in each averaging set (as defined in § 535.4) using the equation in this section. Each designated engine family has a “family certification level” (FCL) which is compared to the associated regulatory subcategory standard. A FCL that falls below the regulatory subcategory standard creates “positive credits,” while fuel consumption level of a family group above the standard creates a “credit shortfall.” The value of credits generated in a model year for each engine family or subfamily is calculated as follows and must be rounded to nearest whole number:
</P>
<FP-2>Engine Family FCC (gallons) = (Std−FCL) × (CF) ×(Volume) × (UL) × (10
<SU>2</SU>)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Std = the standard for the respective engine regulatory subcategory (gal/100 hp-hr).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>FCL = family certification level for the engine family (gal/100 hp-hr).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>CF= a transient cycle conversion factor in hp-hr/mile which is the integrated total cycle horsepower-hour divided by the equivalent mileage of the applicable test cycle. For engines subject to spark-ignition heavy-duty standards, the equivalent mileage is 6.3 miles. For engines subject to compression-ignition heavy-duty standards, the equivalent mileage is 6.5 miles.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Volume = the number of engines in the corresponding engine family.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>UL = the useful life of the given engine family (miles) as shown in the following table:</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 to Paragraph (<E T="01">d</E>)(1) Introductory Text
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regulatory Subcategory
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">UL
<br/>(miles)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SI and CI LHD Engines</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">120,000 (Phase 1); 150,000 (Phase 2).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CI MHD Engines</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">185,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CI HHD Engines</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">435,000.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(i) Calculate the value of credits generated in a model year for each family or subfamily consisting of engines with advanced technology vehicles in each averaging set using the equation above and the guidelines provided in paragraph (f)(1) of this section. Manufacturers may generate credits for advanced technology vehicles using incentives specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Calculate the value of credits generated in a model year for each family or subfamily consisting of engines with off-cycle technology vehicles in each averaging set using the equation above and the guidelines provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Manufacturers shall sum all negative and positive credits for each engine family within the applicable averaging set to obtain the total credit balance for the model year before rounding. The sum of fuel consumptions credits should be rounded to the nearest gallon.
</P>
<P>Calculate the total credits generated in a model year for each averaging set using the following equation:
</P>
<FP-2>Total averaging set MY credits = Σ Engine family credits within each averaging set
</FP-2>
<P>(3) The provisions of this section apply to manufacturers utilizing the compression-ignition engine voluntary alternate standard provisions specified in § 535.5(d)(4) as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Manufacturers may not certify engines to the alternate standards if they are part of an averaging set in which they carry a balance of banked credits. For purposes of this section, manufacturers are deemed to carry credits in an averaging set if they carry credits from advance technology that are allowed to be used in that averaging set.
</P>
<P>(ii) Manufacturers may not bank fuel consumption credits for any engine family in the same averaging set and model year in which it certifies engines to the alternate standards. This means a manufacturer may not bank advanced technology credits in a model year it certifies any engines to the alternate standards.
</P>
<P>(iii) Note that the provisions of paragraph (d)(10) of this section apply with respect to credit deficits generated while utilizing alternate standards.
</P>
<P>(4) Where a manufacturer has chosen to comply with the EPA alternative compression-ignition engine phase-in standard provisions in 40 CFR 1036.150(e), and has optionally decided to follow the same path under the NHTSA fuel consumption program, it must certify all of its model year 2013 compression-ignition engines within a given averaging set to the applicable alternative standards in § 535.5(d)(5). Engines certified to these standards are not eligible for early credits under paragraph (d)(14) of this section. Credits are calculated using the same equation provided in paragraph (d)(11) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) If a manufacturer chooses to generate early CO<E T="52">2</E> emission credits under EPA provisions of 40 CFR 1036.150, it may also voluntarily generate early credits under the NHTSA fuel consumption program. Fuel consumption credits may be generated for engines certified in model year 2013 (2015 for spark-ignition engines) to the standards in § 535.5(d). To do so, a manufacturer must certify its entire U.S.-directed production volume of engines except as specified in 40 CFR 1036.150(a)(2). Credits are calculated as specified in paragraph (d)(11) of this section relative to the standards that would apply for model year 2014 (2016 for spark-ignition engines). Surplus credits generated under this paragraph (d)(3) may be increased by a factor of 1.5 for determining total available credits for banking or trading. For example, if a manufacturer has 10 gallons of surplus credits for model year 2013, it may bank 15 gallons of credits. Credit deficits for an averaging set prior to model year 2014 (2016 for spark-ignition engines) do not carry over to model year 2014 (2016 for spark-ignition engines). These credits may be used to show compliance with the standards of this part for 2014 and later model years. Once a manufacturer opts into the NHTSA program they must stay in the program for all of the optional model years and remain standardized with the same implementation approach being followed to meet the EPA CO<E T="52">2</E> emission program.
</P>
<P>(6) Manufacturers may generate fuel consumption credits from an engine family subject to spark-ignition standards for exchanging with other engine families only if the engines in the family are gasoline-fueled.
</P>
<P>(7) Engine credits generated for compression-ignition engines in model year 2020 and earlier may be used in model year 2021 and later as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) For credit-generating engines certified to the tractor engine standards in § 535.5(d), you may use credits calculated relative to the tractor engine standards.
</P>
<P>(ii) For credit-generating engines certified to the vocational engine standards in § 535.5(d), you may use credits calculated relative to the following family certification levels (FCLs):
</P>
<P>(A) Medium Heavy-Duty Engines = 5.4813 gallons/100 hp-hr
</P>
<P>(B) Heavy Heavy-Duty Engines = 5.1572 gallons/100 hp-hr
</P>
<P>(C) To transfer Phase 1 credits for use in the Phase 2 fuel consumption program, manufacturers must recalculate credit values for the Phase 1 model years by substituting the FCLs in paragraph (d)(1) of this section with the those in paragraphs (d)(7)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8) Engine families manufacturers certify with a nonconformance penalty under 40 CFR part 86, subpart L, and may not generate fuel consumption credits.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Alternate transition option for Phase 2 engine standards.</I> The following provisions allow for enhanced generation and use of fuel consumption credits for manufacturers complying with engines standards in accordance with § 535.7(d)(11):
</P>
<P>(i) If a manufacturer is eligible to certify all of its model year 2020 engines within the averaging set to the tractor and vocational vehicle engine standards in § 535.5(d)(11) and the requirements applicable to model year 2021 engines, the banked and traded fuel consumption credits generated for model year 2018 through 2024 engines may be used through model year 2030 as specified in paragraph (d)(9)(ii) of this section or through a five-year credit life, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(ii) Banked and traded fuel consumption credits generated under this paragraph (d)(9) for model year 2018 through 2024 engines may be used through model year 2030 with the extended credit life values shown in the table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Credit life
<br/>for transition
<br/>option for
<br/>phase 2
<br/>engine standards
<br/>(years)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2019</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2024</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2025 and later</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Additional credit provisions</I>—(1) <I>Advanced technology credits.</I> (i) For the Phase 1 program, manufacturers of heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans, vocational vehicles, tractors and the associated engines showing improvements in CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions and fuel consumption using hybrid vehicles with regenerative braking, vehicles equipped with Rankine-cycle engines, electric vehicles and fuel cell vehicles are eligible for advanced technology credits. Manufacturers shall use sound engineering judgment to determine the performance of the vehicle or engine with advanced technology. Advanced technology credits for vehicles or engines complying with Phase 1 standards may be increased by a 1.5 multiplier. Manufacturers may not apply this multiplier in addition to any early-credit multipliers. The maximum amount of credits a manufacturer may bring into the service class group that contains the heavy-duty pickup and van averaging set is 5.89 · 10
<SU>6</SU> gallons (for advanced technology credits based upon compression-ignition engines) or 6.76 · 10
<SU>6</SU> gallons (for advanced technology credits based upon spark-ignition engines) per model year as specified in 40 CFR part 86 for heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans, 40 CFR 1036.740 for engines and 40 CFR 1037.740 for tractors and vocational vehicles. The specified limit does not cap the amount of advanced technology credits that can be used across averaging sets within the same service class group. Advanced technology credits can be used to offset negative credits in the same averaging set or other averaging sets. A manufacturer must first apply advanced technology credits to any deficits in the same averaging set before applying them to other averaging.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans.</I> For advanced technology systems (hybrid vehicles with regenerative braking, vehicles equipped with Rankine-cycle engines and fuel cell vehicles), calculate fleet-average performance rates consistent with good engineering judgment and the provisions of 40 CFR 86.1819-14 and 86.1865.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Tractors and vocational vehicles.</I> For advanced technology system (hybrid vehicles with regenerative braking, vehicles equipped with Rankine-cycle engines and fuel cell vehicles), calculate the advanced technology credits as follows:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Measure the effectiveness of the advanced system by conducting A to B testing a vehicle equipped with the advanced system and an equivalent conventional system in accordance with 40 CFR 1037.615.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For purposes of this paragraph (f), a conventional vehicle is considered to be equivalent if it has the same footprint, intended vehicle service class, aerodynamic drag, and other relevant factors not directly related to the advanced system powertrain. If there is no equivalent vehicle, the manufacturer may create and test a prototype equivalent vehicle. The conventional vehicle is considered Vehicle A, and the advanced technology vehicle is considered Vehicle B.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The benefit associated with the advanced system for fuel consumption is determined from the weighted fuel consumption results from the chassis tests of each vehicle using the following equation:
</P>
<FP-2>Benefit (gallon/1000 ton mile) = Improvement Factor × GEM Fuel Consumption Result__B
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>Improvement Factor = (Fuel Consumption__A−Fuel Consumption__B)/(Fuel Consumption__A).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Fuel Consumption Rates A and B are the gallons per 1000 ton-mile of the conventional and advanced vehicles, respectively as measured under the test procedures specified by EPA. GEM Fuel Consumption Result B is the estimated gallons per 1000 ton-mile rate resulting from emission modeling of the advanced vehicle as specified in 40 CFR 1037.520 and § 535.6(b).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Calculate the benefit in credits using the equation in paragraph (c) of this section and replacing the term (Std-FEL) with the benefit.
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) For electric vehicles calculate the fuel consumption credits using an FEL of 0 g/1000 ton-mile.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Heavy-duty engines.</I> This section specifies how to generate advanced technology-specific fuel consumption credits for hybrid powertrains that include energy storage systems and regenerative braking (including regenerative engine braking) and for engines that include Rankine-cycle (or other bottoming cycle) exhaust energy recovery systems.
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Pre-transmission hybrid powertrains are those engine systems that include features that recover and store energy during engine motoring operation but not from the vehicle wheels. These powertrains are tested using the hybrid engine test procedures of 40 CFR part 1065 or using the post-transmission test procedures.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Post-transmission hybrid powertrains are those powertrains that include features that recover and store energy from braking at the vehicle wheels. These powertrains are tested by simulating the chassis test procedure applicable for hybrid vehicles under 40 CFR 1037.550.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Test engines that include Rankine-cycle exhaust energy recovery systems according to the test procedures specified in 40 CFR part 1036, subpart F, unless EPA approves the manufacturer's alternate procedures.
</P>
<P>(D) <I>Credit calculation.</I> Calculate credits as specified in paragraph (c) of this section. Credits generated from engines and powertrains certified under this section may be used in other averaging sets as described in 40 CFR 1036.740(d).
</P>
<P>(ii) There are no separate credit allowances for advanced technology vehicles in the Phase 2 program. Instead, through model year 2027, vehicle families containing plug-in battery electric hybrids, all-electric, and fuel cell vehicles certifying to Phase 2 vocational and tractor standards may multiply credits by a multiplier of:
</P>
<P>(A) 3.5 times for plug-in hybrid electric vehicles;
</P>
<P>(B) 4.5 times for all-electric vehicles; and
</P>
<P>(C) 5.5 times for fuel cell vehicles.
</P>
<P>(D) Incentivized credits for vehicles equipped with advanced technologies maintain the same credit flexibilities and restrictions as conventional credits specified in paragraph (a) of this section during the Phase 2 program.
</P>
<P>(E) For vocational vehicles and tractors subject to Phase 2 standards, create separate vehicle families if there is a credit multiplier for advanced technology; group those vehicles together in a vehicle family if they use the same multiplier.
</P>
<P>(F) For Phase 2 plug-in hybrid electric vehicles and for fuel cells powered by any fuel other than hydrogen, calculate fuel consumption credits using an FEL based on equivalent emission measurements from powertrain testing. Phase 2 advanced-technology credits do not apply for hybrid vehicles that have no plug-in capability.
</P>
<P>(G) Advanced technology credits increased with a multiplier in Phase 2, in accordance with § 535.7(f)(1)(ii), cannot be used across averaging sets.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Innovative and off-cycle technology credits.</I> This provision allows fuel saving innovative and off-cycle engine and vehicle technologies to generate fuel consumption credits (FCCs) comparable to CO
<SU>2</SU> emission credits consistent with the provisions of 40 CFR 86.1819-14(d)(13) (for heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans), 40 CFR 1036.610 (for engines), and 40 CFR 1037.610 (for vocational vehicles and tractors). Heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans may only generate FCCs through model year 2029.
</P>
<P>(i) For model years 2013 through 2020, manufacturers may generate innovative technology credits for introducing technologies that were not in-common use for heavy-duty tractor, vocational vehicles or engines before model year 2010 and that are not reflected in the EPA specified test procedures. Upon identification and joint approval with EPA, NHTSA will allow equivalent fuel consumption credits into its program to those allowed by EPA for manufacturers seeking to obtain innovative technology credits in a given model year. Such credits must remain within the same regulatory subcategory in which the credits were generated. NHTSA will adopt fuel consumption credits depending upon whether—
</P>
<P>(A) The technology has a direct impact upon reducing fuel consumption performance; and
</P>
<P>(B) The manufacturer has provided sufficient information to make sound engineering judgments on the impact of the technology in reducing fuel consumption performance.
</P>
<P>(ii) For model years 2021 and later, or for model years 2021 through 2029, for heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans manufacturers may generate off-cycle technology credits for introducing technologies that are not reflected in the EPA specified test procedures. Upon identification and joint approval with EPA, NHTSA will allow equivalent FCCs into its program to those allowed by EPA for manufacturers seeking to obtain innovative technology credits in a given model year. Such credits must remain within the same regulatory subcategory in which the credits were generated. NHTSA will adopt FCCs depending upon whether—
</P>
<P>(A) The technology meets paragraphs (f)(2)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) For heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans, manufacturers using the 5-cycle test to quantify the benefit of a technology are not required to obtain approval from the agencies to generate results.
</P>
<P>(iii) The following provisions apply to all innovative and off-cycle technologies:
</P>
<P>(A) Technologies found to be defective, or identified as a part of NHTSA's safety defects program, and technologies that are not performing as intended will have the values of approved off-cycle credits removed from the manufacturer's credit balance.
</P>
<P>(B) Approval granted for innovative and off-cycle technology credits under NHTSA's fuel efficiency program does not affect or relieve the obligation to comply with the Vehicle Safety Act (49 U.S.C. Chapter 301), including the “make inoperative” prohibition (49 U.S.C. 30122), and all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards issued thereunder (FMVSSs) (49 CFR part 571). In order to generate off-cycle or innovative technology credits manufacturers must state—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) That each vehicle equipped with the technology for which they are seeking credits will comply with all applicable FMVSS(s); and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Whether or not the technology has a fail-safe provision. If no fail-safe provision exists, the manufacturer must explain why not and whether a failure of the innovative technology would affect the safety of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(C) Manufacturers requesting approval for innovative technology credits are required to provide documentation in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1869-12, 1036.610, and 1037.610.
</P>
<P>(D) Credits will be accepted on a one-for-one basis expressed in terms of gallons in comparison to those approved by EPA.
</P>
<P>(E) For the heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans, the average fuel consumption will be calculated as a separate credit amount (rounded to the nearest whole number) using the following equation:
</P>
<FP-2>Off-cycle FC credits = (CO<E T="52">2</E> Credit/CF) × Production × VLM
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>CO<E T="52">2</E> Credits = the credit value in grams per mile determined in 40 CFR 86.1869-12(c)(3), (d)(1), (d)(2) or (d)(3).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>CF = conversion factor, which for spark-ignition engines is 8,887 and for compression-ignition engines is 10,180.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Production = the total production volume for the applicable category of vehicles
</FP-2>
<FP-2>VLM = vehicle lifetime miles, which for 2b-3 vehicles shall be 150,000 for the Phase 2 program.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>The term (CO<E T="52">2</E> Credit/CF) should be rounded to the nearest 0.0001</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(F) NHTSA will not approve innovative technology credits for technology that is related to crash-avoidance technologies, safety critical systems or systems affecting safety-critical functions, or technologies designed for the purpose of reducing the frequency of vehicle crashes.
</P>
<P>(iv) Manufacturers normally may not calculate off-cycle credits or improvement factors under this section for technologies represented by GEM, but the agencies may allow a manufacturer to do so by averaging multiple GEM runs for special technologies for which a single GEM run cannot accurately reflect in-use performance. For example, if a manufacturer use an idle-reduction technology that is effective 80 percent of the time, the agencies may allow a manufacturer to run GEM with the technology active and with it inactive, and then apply an 80% weighting factor to calculate the off-cycle credit or improvement factor. A may need to perform testing to establish proper weighting factors or otherwise quantify the benefits of the special technologies.
</P>
<P>(v) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Carry-over Approval.</I> Manufacturers may carry-over these credits into future model years as described below:
</P>
<P>(A) For model years before 2021, manufacturers may continue to use an approved improvement factor or credit for any appropriate engine or vehicle family in future model years through 2020.
</P>
<P>(B) For model years 2021 and later, or for model years 2021 through 2029 for heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans, manufacturers may not rely on an approval for model years before 2021. Manufacturers must separately request the agencies' approval before applying an improvement factor or credit under this section for 2021 and later engines and vehicle, even if the agencies approve the improvement factor or credit for similar engine and vehicle models before model year 2021.
</P>
<P>(C) The following restrictions also apply to manufacturers seeking to continue to carryover the improvement factor (not the credit value) if—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The FEL is generated by GEM or 5-cycle testing;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The technology is not changed or paired with any other off-cycle technology;
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The improvement factor only applies to approved vehicle or engine families;
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The agencies do not expect the technology to be incorporated into GEM at any point during the Phase 2 program; and
</P>
<P>(D) The documentation to carryover credits that would primarily justify the difference in fuel efficiency between real world and compliance protocols is the same for both Phase 1 and Phase 2 compliance protocols. The agencies must approve the justification. If the agencies do not approve the justification, the manufacturer must recertify.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 74238, Oct. 25, 2016, as amended at 85 FR 25274, Apr. 30, 2020; 89 FR 18829, Mar. 15, 2024; 89 FR 52952, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 535.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.16.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 535.8   Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> Manufacturers producing heavy-duty vehicles and engines applicable to fuel consumption standards in § 535.5, for each given model year, must submit the required information as specified in paragraphs (b) through (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) The information required by this part must be submitted by the deadlines specified in this section and must be based upon all the information and data available to the manufacturer 30 days before submitting information.
</P>
<P>(2) Manufacturers must submit information electronically through the EPA database system as the single point of entry for all information required for this national program and both agencies will have access to the information. In special circumstances, data may not be able to be received electronically (<I>i.e.,</I> during database system development work). The agencies will inform manufacturer of the alternatives can be used for submitting information. The format for the required information will be specified by EPA in coordination with NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(3) Manufacturers providing incomplete reports missing any of the required information or providing untimely reports are considered as not complying with standards (<I>i.e.,</I> if good-faith estimates of U.S.-directed production volumes for EPA certificates of conformity are not provided) and are liable to pay civil penalties in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 32912.
</P>
<P>(4) Manufacturers certifying a vehicle or engine family using an FEL or FCL below the applicable fuel consumption standard as described in § 535.5 may choose not to generate fuel consumption credits for that family. In which case, the manufacturer is not required to submit reporting or keep the associated records described in this part for that family.
</P>
<P>(5) Manufacturers must use good engineering judgment and provide comparable fuel consumption information to that of the information or data provided to EPA under 40 CFR 86.1865, 1036.250, 1036.730, 1036.825 1037.250, 1037.730, and 1037.825.
</P>
<P>(6) Any information that must be sent directly to NHTSA. In instances in which EPA has not created an electronic pathway to receive the information, the information should be sent through an electronic portal identified by NHTSA or through the NHTSA CAFE database (<I>i.e.,</I> information on fuel consumption credit transactions). If hardcopy documents must be sent, the information should be sent to the Associate Administrator of Enforcement at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, NVS-200, Office W45-306, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pre-model year reports.</I> Manufacturers producing heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans must submit reports in advance of the model year providing early estimates demonstrating how their fleet(s) would comply with GHG emissions and fuel consumption standards. Note, the agencies understand that early model year reports contain estimates that may change over the course of a model year and that compliance information manufacturers submit prior to the beginning of a new model year may not represent the final compliance outcome. The agencies view the necessity for requiring early model reports as a manufacturer's good faith projection for demonstrating compliance with emission and fuel consumption standards.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Report deadlines.</I> For model years 2013 and later, manufacturer of heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans complying with voluntary and mandatory standards must submit a pre-model year report for the given model year as early as the date of the manufacturer's annual certification preview meeting with EPA and NHTSA, or prior to submitting its first application for a certificate of conformity to EPA in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1819-14(d). For example, a manufacturer choosing to comply in model year 2014 could submit its pre-model year report during its precertification meeting which could occur before January 2, 2013, or could provide its pre-model year report any time prior to submitting its first application for certification for the given model year.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contents.</I> Each pre-model year report must be submitted including the following information for each model year.
</P>
<P>(i) A list of each unique subconfiguration in the manufacturer's fleet describing the make and model designations, attribute based-values (<I>i.e.,</I> GVWR, GCWR, Curb Weight and drive configurations) and standards;
</P>
<P>(ii) The emission and fuel consumption fleet average standard derived from the unique vehicle configurations;
</P>
<P>(iii) The estimated vehicle configuration, test group and fleet production volumes;
</P>
<P>(iv) The expected emissions and fuel consumption test group results and fleet average performance;
</P>
<P>(v) If complying with MY 2013 fuel consumption standards, a statement must be provided declaring that the manufacturer is voluntarily choosing to comply early with the EPA and NHTSA programs. The manufacturers must also acknowledge that once selected, the decision cannot be reversed and the manufacturer will continue to comply with the fuel consumption standards for subsequent model years for all the vehicles it manufacturers in each regulatory category for a given model year;
</P>
<P>(vi) If complying with MYs 2014, 2015 or 2016 fuel consumption standards, a statement must be provided declaring whether the manufacturer will use fixed or increasing standards in accordance with § 535.5(a). The manufacturer must also acknowledge that once selected, the decision cannot be reversed and the manufacturer must continue to comply with the same alternative for subsequent model years for all the vehicles it manufacturers in each regulatory category for a given model year;
</P>
<P>(vii) If complying with MYs 2014 or 2015 fuel consumption standards, a statement must be provided declaring that the manufacturer is voluntarily choosing to comply with NHTSA's voluntary fuel consumption standards in accordance with § 535.5(a)(4). The manufacturers must also acknowledge that once selected, the decision cannot be reversed and the manufacturer will continue to comply with the fuel consumption standards for subsequent model years for all the vehicles it manufacturers in each regulatory category for a given model year;
</P>
<P>(viii) The list of Class 2b and 3 incomplete vehicles (cab-complete or chassis complete vehicles) and the method used to certify these vehicles as complete pickups and vans identifying the most similar complete sister- or other complete vehicles used to derive the target standards and performance test results;
</P>
<P>(ix) The list of Class 4 and 5 incomplete and complete vehicles and the method use to certify these vehicles as complete pickups and vans identifying the most similar complete or sister vehicles used to derive the target standards and performance test results;
</P>
<P>(x) List of loose engines included in the heavy-duty pickup and van category and the list of vehicles used to derive target standards and performance test results;
</P>
<P>(xi) Copy of any notices a vehicle manufacturer sends to the engine manufacturer to notify the engine manufacturers that their engines are subject to emissions and fuel consumption standards and that it intends to use their engines in excluded vehicles;
</P>
<P>(xii) A fuel consumption credit plan as specified § 535.7(a) identifying the manufacturers estimated credit balances, planned credit flexibilities (<I>i.e.,</I> credit balances, planned credit trading, innovative, advanced and early credits and etc.) and if needed a credit deficit plan demonstrating how it plans to resolve any credit deficits that might occur for a model year within a period of up to three model years after that deficit has occurred; and
</P>
<P>(xiii) The supplemental information specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>NHTSA may also ask a manufacturer to provide additional information if necessary to verify compliance with the fuel consumption requirements of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(c) <I>Applications for certificate of conformity.</I> Manufacturers producing vocational vehicles, tractors and heavy-duty engines are required to submit applications for certificates of conformity to EPA in accordance with 40 CFR 1036.205 and 1037.205 in advance of introducing vehicles for commercial sale. Applications contain early model year information demonstrating how manufacturers plan to comply with GHG emissions. For model years 2013 and later, manufacturers of vocational vehicles, tractors and engine complying with NHTSA's voluntary and mandatory standards must submit applications for certificates of conformity in accordance through the EPA database including both GHG emissions and fuel consumption information for each given model year.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Submission deadlines.</I> Applications are primarily submitted in advance of the given model year to EPA but cannot be submitted any later than December 31 of the given model year.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contents.</I> Each application for certificates of conformity submitted to EPA must include the following equivalent fuel consumption.
</P>
<P>(i) Equivalent fuel consumption values for emissions CO<E T="52">2</E> FCLs values used to certify each engine family in accordance with 40 CFR 1036.205(e). This provision applies only to manufacturers producing heavy-duty engines.
</P>
<P>(ii) Equivalent fuel consumption values for emission CO<E T="52">2</E> data engines used to comply with emission standards in 40 CFR 1036.108. This provision applies only to manufacturers producing heavy-duty engines.
</P>
<P>(iii) Equivalent fuel consumption values for emissions CO<E T="52">2</E> FELs values used to certify each vehicle families or subfamilies in accordance with 40 CFR 1037.205(k). This provision applies only to manufacturers producing vocational vehicles and tractors.
</P>
<P>(iv) Report modeling results for ten configurations in terms of CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions and equivalent fuel consumption results in accordance with 40 CFR 1037.205(o). Include modeling inputs and detailed descriptions of how they were derived. This provision applies only to manufacturers producing vocational vehicles and tractors.
</P>
<P>(v) Credit plans including the fuel consumption credit plan described in § 535.7(a).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Additional supplemental information.</I> Manufacturers are required to submit additional information as specified in paragraph (h) of this section for the NHTSA program before or at the same time it submits its first application for a certificate of conformity to EPA. Under limited conditions, NHTSA may also ask a manufacturer to provide additional information directly to the Administrator if necessary to verify the fuel consumption requirements of this regulation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>End of the Year (EOY) and Final reports.</I> Heavy-duty vehicle and engine manufacturers participating in the ABT program are required to submit EOY and final reports containing information for NHTSA as specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section and in accordance with 40 CFR 86.1865, 1036.730, and 1037.730. Only manufacturers without credit deficits may decide not to participate in the ABT or may waive the requirement to send an EOY report. The EOY and final reports are used to review a manufacturer's preliminary or final compliance information and to identify manufacturers that might have a credit deficit for the given model year. For model years 2013 and later, heavy-duty vehicle and engine manufacturers complying with NHTSA's voluntary and mandatory standards must submit EOY and final reports through the EPA database including both GHG emissions and fuel consumption information for each given model year.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Report deadlines.</I> (i) For model year 2013 and later, heavy-duty vehicle and engine manufacturers complying with NHTSA voluntary and mandatory standards must submit EOY reports through the EPA database including both GHG emissions and fuel consumption information within 90 days after the end of the given model year and no later than March 31 of the next calendar year.
</P>
<P>(ii) For model year 2013 and later, heavy-duty vehicle and engine manufacturers complying with NHTSA voluntary and mandatory standards must submit final reports through the EPA database including both GHG emissions and fuel consumption information within 270 days after the end of the given model year and no later than September 30 of the next calendar year.
</P>
<P>(iii) A manufacturer may ask NHTSA and EPA to extend the deadline of a final report by up to 30 days. A manufacturer unable to provide, and requesting to omit an emissions rate or fuel consumption value from a final report must obtain approval from the agencies prior to the submission deadline of its final report.
</P>
<P>(iv) If a manufacturer expects differences in the information reported between the EOY and the final year report specified in 40 CFR 1036.730 and 1037.730, it must provide the most up-to-date fuel consumption projections in its final report and identify the information as preliminary.
</P>
<P>(v) If the manufacturer cannot provide any of the required fuel consumption information, it must state the specific reason for the insufficiency and identify the additional testing needed or explain what analytical methods are believed by the manufacturer will be necessary to eliminate the insufficiency and certify that the results will be available for the final report.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Contents.</I> Each EOY and final report must be submitted including the following fuel consumption information for each model year. EOY reports contain preliminary final estimates and final reports must include the manufacturer's final compliance information.
</P>
<P>(i) Engine and vehicle family designations and averaging sets.
</P>
<P>(ii) Engine and vehicle regulatory subcategory and fuel consumption standards including any alternative standards used.
</P>
<P>(iii) Engine and vehicle family FCLs and FELs in terms of fuel consumption.
</P>
<P>(iv) Production volumes for engines and vehicles.
</P>
<P>(v) A summary as specified in paragraph (g)(7) of this section describing the vocational vehicles and vocational tractors that were exempted as heavy-duty off-road vehicles. This applies to manufacturers participating and not participating in the ABT program.
</P>
<P>(vi) A summary describing any advanced or innovative technology engines or vehicles including alternative fueled vehicles that were produced for the model year identifying the approaches used to determinate compliance and the production volumes.
</P>
<P>(vii) A list of each unique subconfiguration included in a manufacturer's fleet of heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans identifying the attribute based-values (GVWR, GCWR, Curb Weight, and drive configurations) and standards. This provision applies only to manufacturers producing heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans.
</P>
<P>(viii) The fuel consumption fleet average standard derived from the unique vehicle configurations. This provision applies only to manufacturers producing heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans.
</P>
<P>(ix) The subconfiguration and test group production volumes. This provision applies only to manufacturers producing heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans.
</P>
<P>(x) The fuel consumption test group results and fleet average performance. This provision applies only to manufacturers producing heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans.
</P>
<P>(xi) Manufacturers may correct errors in EOY and final reports as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Manufacturers may correct any errors in their end-of-year report when preparing the final report, as long as manufacturers send us the final report by the time it is due.
</P>
<P>(B) If manufacturers or the agencies determine within 270 days after the end of the model year that errors mistakenly decreased he manufacturer's balance of fuel consumption credits, manufacturers may correct the errors and recalculate the balance of its fuel consumption credits. Manufacturers may not make any corrections for errors that are determined more than 270 days after the end of the model year. If manufacturers report a negative balance of fuel consumption credits, NHTSA may disallow corrections under this paragraph (d)(2)(xi)(B).
</P>
<P>(C) If manufacturers or the agencies determine any time that errors mistakenly increased its balance of fuel consumption credits, manufacturers must correct the errors and recalculate the balance of fuel consumption credits.
</P>
<P>(xii) Under limited conditions, NHTSA may also ask a manufacturer to provide additional information directly to the Administrator if necessary to verify the fuel consumption requirements of this regulation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Amendments to applications for certification.</I> At any time, a manufacturer modifies an application for certification in accordance with 40 CFR 1036.225 and 1037.225, it must submit GHG emissions changes with equivalent fuel consumption values for the information required in paragraphs (b) through (e) and (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Confidential information.</I> Manufacturers must submit a request for confidentiality with each electronic submission specifying any part of the for information or data in a report that it believes should be withheld from <I>public</I> disclosure as trade secret or other confidential business information. Information submitted to EPA should follow EPA guidelines for treatment of confidentiality. Requests for confidential treatment for information submitted to NHTSA must be filed in accordance with the requirements of 49 CFR part 512, including submission of a request for confidential treatment and the information for which confidential treatment is requested as specified by part 512. For any information or data requested by the manufacturer to be withheld under 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4) and 49 U.S.C. 32910(c), the manufacturer shall present arguments and provide evidence in its request for confidentiality demonstrating that—
</P>
<P>(1) The item is within the scope of 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4) and 49 U.S.C. 32910(c);
</P>
<P>(2) The disclosure of the information at issue would cause significant competitive damage;
</P>
<P>(3) The period during which the item must be withheld to avoid that damage; and
</P>
<P>(4) How earlier disclosure would result in that damage.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Additional required information.</I> The following additional information is required to be submitted through the EPA database. NHTSA reserves the right to ask a manufacturer to provide additional information if necessary to verify the fuel consumption requirements of this regulation.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Small businesses.</I> For model years 2013 through 2020, vehicles and engines produced by small business manufacturers meeting the criteria in 13 CFR 121.201 are exempted from the requirements of this part. Qualifying small business manufacturers must notify EPA and NHTSA Administrators before importing or introducing into U.S. commerce exempted vehicles or engines. This notification must include a description of the manufacturer's qualification as a small business under 13 CFR 121.201. Manufacturers must submit this notification to EPA, and EPA will provide the notification to NHTSA. The agencies may review a manufacturer's qualification as a small business manufacturer under 13 CFR 121.201.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Emergency vehicles.</I> For model years 2021 and later, emergency vehicles produced by heavy-duty pickup truck and van manufacturers are exempted except those produced by manufacturers voluntarily complying with standards in § 535.5(a). Manufacturers must notify the agencies in writing if using the provisions in § 535.5(a) to produce exempted emergency vehicles in a given model year, either in the report specified in 40 CFR 86.1865 or in a separate submission.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Early introduction.</I> The provision applies to manufacturers seeking to comply early with the NHTSA's fuel consumption program prior to model year 2014. The manufacturer must send the request to EPA before submitting its first application for a certificate of conformity.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>NHTSA voluntary compliance model years.</I> Manufacturers must submit a statement declaring whether the manufacturer chooses to comply voluntarily with NHTSA's fuel consumption standards for model years 2014 through 2015. The manufacturers must acknowledge that once selected, the decision cannot be reversed and the manufacturer will continue to comply with the fuel consumption standards for subsequent model years. The manufacturer must send the statement to EPA before submitting its first application for a certificate of conformity.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Alternative engine standards.</I> Manufacturers choosing to comply with the alternative engine standards must notify EPA and NHTSA of their choice and include in that notification a demonstration that it has exhausted all available credits and credit opportunities. The manufacturer must send the statement to EPA before submitting its EOY report.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Alternate phase-in.</I> Manufacturers choosing to comply with the alternative engine phase-in must notify EPA and NHTSA of their choice. The manufacturer must send the statement to EPA before submitting its first application for a certificate of conformity.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Off-road exclusion (tractors and vocational vehicles only).</I> (i) Tractors and vocational vehicles primarily designed to perform work in off-road environments such as forests, oil fields, and construction sites may be exempted without request from the requirements of this regulation as specified in 49 CFR 523.2 and § 535.5(b). Within 90 days after the end of each model year, manufacturers must send EPA and NHTSA through the EPA database a report with the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) A description of each excluded vehicle configuration, including an explanation of why it qualifies for this exclusion.
</P>
<P>(B) The number of vehicles excluded for each vehicle configuration.
</P>
<P>(ii) A manufacturer having an off-road vehicle failing to meet the criteria under the agencies' off-road exclusions will be allowed to request an exclusion of such a vehicle from EPA and NHTSA. The approval will be granted through the certification process for the vehicle family and will be done in collaboration between EPA and NHTSA in accordance with the provisions in 40 CFR 1037.150, 1037.210, and 1037.631.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Vocational tractors.</I> Tractors intended to be used as vocational tractors may comply with vocational vehicle standards in § 535.5(b). Manufacturers classifying tractors as vocational tractors must provide a description of how they meet the qualifications in their applications for certificates of conformity as specified in 40 CFR 1037.205.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Approval of alternate methods to determine drag coefficients (tractors only).</I> Manufacturers seeking to use alternative methods to determine aerodynamic drag coefficients must provide a request and gain approval by EPA in accordance with 40 CFR 1037.525. The manufacturer must send the request to EPA before submitting its first application for a certificate of conformity.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Innovative and off-cycle technology credits.</I> Manufacturers pursuing innovative and off-cycle technology credits must submit information to the agencies and may be subject to a public evaluation process in which the public would have opportunity for comment if the manufacturer is not using a test procedure in accordance with 40 CFR 1037.610(c). Whether the approach involves on-road testing, modeling, or some other analytical approach, the manufacturer would be required to present a final methodology to EPA and NHTSA. EPA and NHTSA would approve the methodology and credits only if certain criteria were met. Baseline emissions and fuel consumption and control emissions and fuel consumption would need to be clearly demonstrated over a wide range of real world driving conditions and over a sufficient number of vehicles to address issues of uncertainty with the data. Data would need to be on a vehicle model-specific basis unless a manufacturer demonstrated model-specific data was not necessary. The agencies may publish a notice of availability in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notifying the public of a manufacturer's proposed alternative off-cycle credit calculation methodology and provide opportunity for comment. Any notice will include details regarding the methodology, but not include any Confidential Business Information.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Credit trades.</I> If a manufacturer trades fuel consumption credits, it must send EPA and NHTSA a fuel consumption credit plan as specified in § 535.7(a) and provide the following additional information:
</P>
<P>(i) As the seller, the manufacturer must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The corporate names of the buyer and any brokers.
</P>
<P>(B) A copy of any contracts related to the trade.
</P>
<P>(C) The averaging set corresponding to the engine and powertrain families and subfamilies that generated fuel consumption credits for the trade, including the number of fuel consumption credits from each averaging set.
</P>
<P>(ii) As the buyer, the manufacturer or entity must include the following information in its report:
</P>
<P>(A) The corporate names of the seller and any brokers.
</P>
<P>(B) A copy of any contracts related to the trade.
</P>
<P>(C) How the manufacturer or entity intends to use the fuel consumption credits, including the number of fuel consumption credits it intends to apply for each averaging set.
</P>
<P>(D) A copy of the contract with signatures from both the buyer and the seller.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Production reports.</I> Within 90 days after the end of the model year and no later than March 31st, manufacturers participating and not-participating in the ABT program must send to EPA and NHTSA a report including the total U.S.-directed production volume of vehicles it produced in each vehicle and engine family during the model year (based on information available at the time of the report) as required by 40 CFR 1036.250 and 1037.250. Each manufacturer shall report by vehicle or engine identification number and by configuration and identify the subfamily identifier. Report uncertified vehicles sold to secondary vehicle manufacturers. Small business manufacturers may omit reporting. Identify any differences between volumes included for EPA but excluded for NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Transition to engine-based model years.</I> The following provisions apply for production and ABT reports during the transition to engine-based model year determinations for tractors and vocational vehicles in 2020 and 2021:
</P>
<P>(i) If a manufacturer installs model year 2020 or earlier engines in the manufacturer's vehicles in calendar year 2020, include all those Phase 1 vehicles in its production and ABT reports related to model year 2020 compliance, although the agencies may require the manufacturer to identify these separately from vehicles produced in calendar year 2019.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a manufacturer installs model year 2020 engines in its vehicles in calendar year 2021, submit production and ABT reports for those Phase 1 vehicles separate from the reports it submits for Phase 2 vehicles with model year 2021 engines.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Public information.</I> Based upon information submitted by manufacturers and EPA, NHTSA will publish fuel consumption standards and performance results.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Information received from EPA.</I> NHTSA will receive information from EPA as specified in 40 CFR 1036.755 and 1037.755. The knowing and willful submission of false, fictitious or fraudulent information under this part will subject a manufacturer to the civil and criminal penalties of 18 U.S.C. 1001.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> NHTSA has the same recordkeeping requirements as the EPA, specified in 40 CFR 86.1865-12(k), 1036.250, 1036.735, 1036.825, 1037.250, 1037.735, and 1037.825. The agencies each reserve the right to request information contained in reports separately.
</P>
<P>(1) Manufacturers must organize and maintain records for NHTSA as described in this section. NHTSA in conjunction or separately from EPA may review a manufacturers records at any time.
</P>
<P>(2) Keep the records required by this section for at least eight years after the due date for the end-of-year report. Manufacturers may not use fuel consumption credits for any engines if it does not keep all the records required under this section. Manufacturers must therefore keep these records to continue to bank valid credits. Store these records in any electronic format and on any media, as long as the manufacturer can promptly send the agencies organized records in English if the agencies ask for them. Manufacturers must keep these records readily available. NHTSA may review them at any time.
</P>
<P>(3) Keep a copy of the reports required in § 535.8 and 40 CFR 1036.725,1036.730, 1037.725 and 1037.730.
</P>
<P>(4) Keep records of the vehicles and engine identification number (usually the serial number) for each vehicle and engine produced that generates or uses fuel consumption credits under the ABT program. Manufacturers may identify these numbers as a range. If manufacturers change the FEL after the start of production, identify the date started using each FEL/FCL and the range of vehicles or engine identification numbers associated with each FEL/FCL. Manufacturers must also identify the purchaser and destination for each vehicle and engine produced to the extent this information is available.
</P>
<P>(5) The agencies may require manufacturers to keep additional records or to send relevant information not required by this section in accordance with each agency's authority.
</P>
<P>(6) If collected separately and NHTSA finds that information is provided fraudulent or grossly negligent or otherwise provided in bad faith, the manufacturer may be liable to civil penalties in accordance with each agency's authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 74238, Oct. 25, 2016, as amended at 89 FR 18831, Mar. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 535.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.16.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 535.9   Enforcement approach.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Compliance.</I> (1) Each year NHTSA will assess compliance with fuel consumption standards as specified in § 535.10.
</P>
<P>(i) NHTSA may conduct audits or confirmatory testing on any configuration prior to first sale throughout a given model year or after the model year in order to validate data received from manufacturers and will discuss any potential issues with EPA and the manufacturer. NHTSA may perform confirmatory testing. Any such testing would be performed as specified in EPA's regulations at 40 CFR part 1037. Audits may periodically be performed to confirm manufacturers' credit balances, or other credit transactions or other information submitted to EPA and NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(ii) NHTSA may also conduct field inspections either at manufacturing plants or at new vehicle dealerships to validate data received from manufacturers. Field inspections will be carried out in order to validate the condition of vehicles, engines or technology prior to first commercial sale to verify each component's certified configuration as initially built. NHTSA reserves the right to conduct inspections at other locations but will target only those components for which a violation would apply to OEMs and not the fleets or vehicle owners. Compliance inspections could be carried out through a number of approaches including during safety inspections or during compliance safety testing.
</P>
<P>(iii) NHTSA will conduct audits and inspections in the same manner and, when possible, in conjunction with EPA. NHTSA will also attempt to coordinate inspections with EPA and share results.
</P>
<P>(iv) Documents collected under NHTSA safety authority may be used to support fuel efficiency audits and inspections.
</P>
<P>(v) NHTSA may require a manufacturer to perform selective enforcement audits with respect to any GEM inputs in its application for certification or in the end of the year ABT final reports. Any required selective enforcement audits would be required to be conducted in a manner consistent with EPA's corresponding provisions at 40 CFR 1037.301, 1037.305, and 1037.320.
</P>
<P>(2) At the end of each model year NHTSA will confirm a manufacturer's fleet or family performance values against the applicable standards and, if a manufacturer uses a credit flexibility, the amount of credits in each averaging set. The averaging set balance is based upon the engines or vehicles performance above or below the applicable regulatory subcategory standards in each respective averaging set and any credits that are traded into or out of an averaging set during the model year.
</P>
<P>(i) If the balance is positive, the manufacturer is designated as having a credit surplus.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the balance is negative, the manufacturer is designated as having a credit deficit.
</P>
<P>(iii) NHTSA will provide notification to each manufacturer confirming its credit balance(s) after the end of each model year directly or through EPA.
</P>
<P>(3) Manufacturer are required to confirm the negative balance and submit a fuel consumption credit plan as specified in § 535.7(a) along with supporting documentation indicating how it will allocate existing credits or earn (providing information on future vehicles, engines or technologies), and/or acquire credits, or else be liable for a civil penalty as determined in paragraph (b) of this section. The manufacturer must submit the information within 60 days of receiving agency notification.
</P>
<P>(4) Credit shortfall within an averaging set may be carried forward only three years, and if not offset by earned or traded credits, the manufacturer may be liable for a civil penalty as described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Credit allocation plans received from a manufacturer will be reviewed and approved by NHTSA. NHTSA will approve a credit allocation plan unless it determines that the proposed credits are unavailable or that it is unlikely that the plan will result in the manufacturer earning or acquiring sufficient credits to offset the subject credit shortfall. In the case where a manufacturer submits a plan to acquire future model year credits earned by another manufacturer, NHTSA will require a signed agreement by both manufacturers to initiate a review of the plan. If a plan is approved, NHTSA will revise the respective manufacturer's credit account accordingly by identifying which existing or traded credits are being used to address the credit shortfall, or by identifying the manufacturer's plan to earn future credits for addressing the respective credit shortfall. If a plan is rejected, NHTSA will notify the respective manufacturer and request a revised plan. The manufacturer must submit a revised plan within 14 days of receiving agency notification. The agency will provide a manufacturer one opportunity to submit a revised credit allocation plan before it initiates civil penalty proceedings.
</P>
<P>(6) For purposes of this regulation, NHTSA will treat the use of future credits for compliance, as through a credit allocation plan, as a deferral of civil penalties for non-compliance with an applicable fuel consumption standard.
</P>
<P>(7) If NHTSA receives and approves a manufacturer's credit allocation plan to earn future credits within the following three model years in order to comply with regulatory obligations, NHTSA will defer levying civil penalties for non-compliance until the date(s) when the manufacturer's approved plan indicates that credits will be earned or acquired to achieve compliance, and upon receiving confirmed CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions and fuel consumption data from EPA. If the manufacturer fails to acquire or earn sufficient credits by the plan dates, NHTSA will initiate civil penalty proceedings.
</P>
<P>(8) In the event that NHTSA fails to receive or is unable to approve a plan for a non-compliant manufacturer due to insufficiency or untimeliness, NHTSA may initiate civil penalty proceedings.
</P>
<P>(9) In the event that a manufacturer fails to report accurate fuel consumption data for vehicles or engines covered under this rule, noncompliance will be assumed until corrected by submission of the required data, and NHTSA may initiate civil penalty proceedings.
</P>
<P>(10) If EPA suspends or revoke a certificate of conformity as specified in 40 CFR 1036.255 or 1037.255, and a manufacturer is unable to take a corrective action allowed by EPA, noncompliance will be assumed, and NHTSA may initiate civil penalty proceedings or revoke fuel consumption credits.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Civil penalties</I>—(1) <I>Generally.</I> NHTSA may assess a civil penalty for any violation of this part under 49 U.S.C. 32902(k). This section states the procedures for assessing civil penalties for violations of § 535.3(h). The provisions of 5 U.S.C. 554, 556, and 557 do not apply to any proceedings conducted pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Initial determination of noncompliance.</I> An action for civil penalties is commenced by the execution of a Notice of Violation. A determination by NHTSA's Office of Enforcement of noncompliance with applicable fuel consumption standards utilizing the certified and reported CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions and fuel consumption data provided by the Environmental Protection Agency as described in this part, and after considering all the flexibilities available under § 535.7, underlies a Notice of Violation. If NHTSA Enforcement determines that a manufacturer's averaging set of vehicles or engines fails to comply with the applicable fuel consumption standard(s) by generating a credit shortfall, the incomplete vehicle, complete vehicle or engine manufacturer, as relevant, shall be subject to a civil penalty.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Numbers of violations and maximum civil penalties.</I> Any violation shall constitute a separate violation with respect to each vehicle or engine within the applicable regulatory averaging set. The maximum civil penalty is not more than $37,500.00 per vehicle or engine. The maximum civil penalty under this section for a related series of violations shall be determined by multiplying $37,500.00 times the vehicle or engine production volume for the model year in question within the regulatory averaging set. NHTSA may adjust this civil penalty amount to account for inflation.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Factors for determining penalty amount.</I> In determining the amount of any civil penalty proposed to be assessed or assessed under this section, NHTSA shall take into account the gravity of the violation, the size of the violator's business, the violator's history of compliance with applicable fuel consumption standards, the actual fuel consumption performance related to the applicable standards, the estimated cost to comply with the regulation and applicable standards, the quantity of vehicles or engines not complying, and the effect of the penalty on the violator's ability to continue in business. The “estimated cost to comply with the regulation and applicable standards,” will be used to ensure that penalties for non-compliance will not be less than the cost of compliance.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>NHTSA enforcement report of determination of non-compliance.</I> (i) If NHTSA Enforcement determines that a violation has occurred, NHTSA Enforcement may prepare a report and send the report to the NHTSA Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(ii) The NHTSA Chief Counsel will review the report prepared by NHTSA Enforcement to determine if there is sufficient information to establish a likely violation.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the Chief Counsel determines that a violation has likely occurred, the Chief Counsel may issue a Notice of Violation to the party.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the Chief Counsel issues a Notice of Violation, he or she will prepare a case file with recommended actions. A record of any prior violations by the same party shall be forwarded with the case file.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Notice of violation.</I> (i) The Notice of Violation will contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The name and address of the party;
</P>
<P>(B) The alleged violation(s) and the applicable fuel consumption standard(s) violated;
</P>
<P>(C) The amount of the proposed penalty and basis for that amount;
</P>
<P>(D) The place to which, and the manner in which, payment is to be made;
</P>
<P>(E) A statement that the party may decline the Notice of Violation and that if the Notice of Violation is declined within 30 days of the date shown on the Notice of Violation, the party has the right to a hearing, if requested within 30 days of the date shown on the Notice of Violation, prior to a final assessment of a penalty by a Hearing Officer; and
</P>
<P>(F) A statement that failure to either pay the proposed penalty or to decline the Notice of Violation and request a hearing within 30 days of the date shown on the Notice of Violation will result in a finding of violation by default and that NHTSA will proceed with the civil penalty in the amount proposed on the Notice of Violation without processing the violation under the hearing procedures set forth in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Notice of Violation may be delivered to the party by—
</P>
<P>(A) Mailing to the party (certified mail is not required);
</P>
<P>(B) Use of an overnight or express courier service; or
</P>
<P>(C) Facsimile transmission or electronic mail (with or without attachments) to the party or an employee of the party.
</P>
<P>(iii) At any time after the Notice of Violation is issued, NHTSA and the party may agree to reach a compromise on the payment amount.
</P>
<P>(iv) Once a penalty amount is paid in full, a finding of “resolved with payment” will be entered into the case file.
</P>
<P>(v) If the party agrees to pay the proposed penalty, but has not made payment within 30 days of the date shown on the Notice of Violation, NHTSA will enter a finding of violation by default in the matter and NHTSA will proceed with the civil penalty in the amount proposed on the Notice of Violation without processing the violation under the hearing procedures set forth in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(vi) If within 30 days of the date shown on the Notice of Violation a party fails to pay the proposed penalty on the Notice of Violation, and fails to request a hearing, then NHTSA will enter a finding of violation by default in the case file, and will assess the civil penalty in the amount set forth on the Notice of Violation without processing the violation under the hearing procedures set forth in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(vii) NHTSA's order assessing the civil penalty following a party's default is a final agency action.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Hearing Officer.</I> (i) If a party timely requests a hearing after receiving a Notice of Violation, a Hearing Officer shall hear the case.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Hearing Officer will be appointed by the NHTSA Administrator, and is solely responsible for the case referred to him or her. The Hearing Officer shall have no other responsibility, direct or supervisory, for the investigation of cases referred for the assessment of civil penalties. The Hearing Officer shall have no duties related to the light-duty fuel economy or medium- and heavy-duty fuel efficiency programs.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Hearing Officer decides each case on the basis of the information before him or her.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Initiation of action before the Hearing Officer.</I> (i) After the Hearing Officer receives the case file from the Chief Counsel, the Hearing Officer notifies the party in writing of—
</P>
<P>(A) The date, time, and location of the hearing and whether the hearing will be conducted telephonically or at the DOT Headquarters building in Washington, DC;
</P>
<P>(B) The right to be represented at all stages of the proceeding by counsel as set forth in paragraph (b)(9) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(C) The right to a free copy of all written evidence in the case file.
</P>
<P>(ii) On the request of a party, or at the Hearing Officer's direction, multiple proceedings may be consolidated if at any time it appears that such consolidation is necessary or desirable.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Counsel.</I> A party has the right to be represented at all stages of the proceeding by counsel. A party electing to be represented by counsel must notify the Hearing Officer of this election in writing, after which point the Hearing Officer will direct all further communications to that counsel. A party represented by counsel bears all of its own attorneys' fees and costs.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Hearing location and costs.</I> (i) Unless the party requests a hearing at which the party appears before the Hearing Officer in Washington, DC, the hearing may be held telephonically. In Washington, DC, the hearing is held at the headquarters of the U.S. Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Hearing Officer may transfer a case to another Hearing Officer at a party's request or at the Hearing Officer's direction.
</P>
<P>(iii) A party is responsible for all fees and costs (including attorneys' fees and costs, and costs that may be associated with travel or accommodations) associated with attending a hearing.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Hearing procedures.</I> (i) There is no right to discovery in any proceedings conducted pursuant to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(ii) The material in the case file pertinent to the issues to be determined by the Hearing Officer is presented by the Chief Counsel or his or her designee.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Chief Counsel may supplement the case file with information prior to the hearing. A copy of such information will be provided to the party no later than three business days before the hearing.
</P>
<P>(iv) At the close of the Chief Counsel's presentation of evidence, the party has the right to examine respond to and rebut material in the case file and other information presented by the Chief Counsel. In the case of witness testimony, both parties have the right of cross-examination.
</P>
<P>(v) In receiving evidence, the Hearing Officer is not bound by strict rules of evidence. In evaluating the evidence presented, the Hearing Officer must give due consideration to the reliability and relevance of each item of evidence.
</P>
<P>(vi) At the close of the party's presentation of evidence, the Hearing Officer may allow the introduction of rebuttal evidence that may be presented by the Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(vii) The Hearing Officer may allow the party to respond to any rebuttal evidence submitted.
</P>
<P>(viii) After the evidence in the case has been presented, the Chief Counsel and the party may present arguments on the issues in the case. The party may also request an opportunity to submit a written statement for consideration by the Hearing Officer and for further review. If granted, the Hearing Officer shall allow a reasonable time for submission of the statement and shall specify the date by which it must be received. If the statement is not received within the time prescribed, or within the limits of any extension of time granted by the Hearing Officer, it need not be considered by the Hearing Officer.
</P>
<P>(ix) A verbatim transcript of the hearing will not normally be prepared. A party may, solely at its own expense, cause a verbatim transcript to be made. If a verbatim transcript is made, the party shall submit two copies to the Hearing Officer not later than 15 days after the hearing. The Hearing Officer shall include such transcript in the record.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Determination of violations and assessment of civil penalties.</I> (i) Not later than 30 days following the close of the hearing, the Hearing Officer shall issue a written decision on the Notice of Violation, based on the hearing record. This may be extended by the Hearing officer if the submissions by the Chief Counsel or the party are voluminous. The decision shall address each alleged violation, and may do so collectively. For each alleged violation, the decision shall find a violation or no violation and provide a basis for the finding. The decision shall set forth the basis for the Hearing Officer's assessment of a civil penalty, or decision not to assess a civil penalty. In determining the amount of the civil penalty, the gravity of the violation, the size of the violator's business, the violator's history of compliance with applicable fuel consumption standards, the actual fuel consumption performance related to the applicable standard, the estimated cost to comply with the regulation and applicable standard, the quantity of vehicles or engines not complying, and the effect of the penalty on the violator's ability to continue in business. The assessment of a civil penalty by the Hearing Officer shall be set forth in an accompanying final order. The Hearing Officer's written final order is a final agency action.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Hearing Officer assesses civil penalties in excess of $1,000,000, the Hearing Officer's decision shall contain a statement advising the party of the right to an administrative appeal to the Administrator within a specified period of time. The party is advised that failure to submit an appeal within the prescribed time will bar its consideration and that failure to appeal on the basis of a particular issue will constitute a waiver of that issue in its appeal before the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(iii) The filing of a timely and complete appeal to the Administrator of a Hearing Officer's order assessing a civil penalty shall suspend the operation of the Hearing Officer's penalty, which shall no longer be a final agency action.
</P>
<P>(iv) There shall be no administrative appeals of civil penalties assessed by a Hearing Officer of less than $1,000,000.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Appeals of civil penalties in excess of $1,000,000.</I> (i) A party may appeal the Hearing Officer's order assessing civil penalties over $1,000,000 to the Administrator within 21 days of the date of the issuance of the Hearing Officer's order.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Administrator will review the decision of the Hearing Officer de novo, and may affirm the decision of the hearing officer and assess a civil penalty, or
</P>
<P>(iii) The Administrator may—
</P>
<P>(A) Modify a civil penalty;
</P>
<P>(B) Rescind the Notice of Violation; or
</P>
<P>(C) Remand the case back to the Hearing Officer for new or additional proceedings.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the absence of a remand, the decision of the Administrator in an appeal is a final agency action.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Collection of assessed or compromised civil penalties.</I> (i) Payment of a civil penalty, whether assessed or compromised, shall be made by check, postal money order, or electronic transfer of funds, as provided in instructions by the agency. A payment of civil penalties shall not be considered a request for a hearing.
</P>
<P>(ii) The party must remit payment of any assessed civil penalty to NHTSA within 30 days after receipt of the Hearing Officer's order assessing civil penalties, or, in the case of an appeal to the Administrator, within 30 days after receipt of the Administrator's decision on the appeal.
</P>
<P>(iii) The party must remit payment of any compromised civil penalty to NHTSA on the date and under such terms and conditions as agreed to by the party and NHTSA. Failure to pay may result in NHTSA entering a finding of violation by default and assessing a civil penalty in the amount proposed in the Notice of Violation without processing the violation under the hearing procedures set forth in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Changes in corporate ownership and control.</I> Manufacturers must inform NHTSA of corporate relationship changes to ensure that credit accounts are identified correctly and credits are assigned and allocated properly.
</P>
<P>(1) In general, if two manufacturers merge in any way, they must inform NHTSA how they plan to merge their credit accounts. NHTSA will subsequently assess corporate fuel consumption and compliance status of the merged fleet instead of the original separate fleets.
</P>
<P>(2) If a manufacturer divides or divests itself of a portion of its automobile manufacturing business, it must inform NHTSA how it plans to divide the manufacturer's credit holdings into two or more accounts. NHTSA will subsequently distribute holdings as directed by the manufacturer, subject to provision for reasonably anticipated compliance obligations.
</P>
<P>(3) If a manufacturer is a successor to another manufacturer's business, it must inform NHTSA how it plans to allocate credits and resolve liabilities per 49 CFR part 534.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 74238, Oct. 25, 2016, as amended at 89 FR 18831, Mar. 15, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 535.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.16.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 535.10   How do manufacturers comply with fuel consumption standards?</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Pre-certification process.</I> (1) Regulated manufacturers determine eligibility to use exemptions or exclusions in accordance with § 535.3.
</P>
<P>(2) Manufacturers may seek preliminary approvals as specified in 40 CFR 1036.210 and 40 CFR 1037.210 from EPA and NHTSA, if needed. Manufacturers may request to schedule pre-certification meetings with EPA and NHTSA prior to submitting approval requests for certificates of conformity to address any joint compliance issues and gain informal feedback from the agencies.
</P>
<P>(3) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) In circumstances in which EPA provides multiple compliance approaches manufacturers must choose the same compliance path to comply with NHTSA's fuel consumption standards that they choose to comply with EPA's greenhouse gas emission standards.
</P>
<P>(5) Manufacturers may not introduce new vehicles into commerce without a certificate of conformity from EPA. Manufacturers must attest to several compliance standards in order to obtain a certificate of conformity. This includes stating comparable fuel consumption results for all required CO<E T="52">2</E> emissions rates. Manufacturers not completing these steps do not comply with the NHTSA fuel consumption standards.
</P>
<P>(6) Manufacturers apply the fuel consumption standards specified in § 535.5 to vehicles, engines and components that represent production units and components for vehicle and engine families, subfamilies and configurations consistent with the EPA specifications in 40 CFR 86.1819, 1036.230, and 1037.230. Vehicles required to meet the fuel consumption standards of this part must also comply with the following additional requirements, consistent with CFR 1037.115(a) and (d):
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Adjustable parameters.</I> Vehicles that have adjustable parameters must meet all the requirements of this part for any adjustment in the practically adjustable range. We may require that you set adjustable parameters to any specification within the practically adjustable range during any testing. See 40 CFR 1068.50 for general provisions related to adjustable parameters. You must ensure safe vehicle operation throughout the practically adjustable range of each adjustable parameter, including consideration of production tolerances. Note that adjustable roof fairings and trailer rear fairings are deemed not to be adjustable parameters.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Defeat devices.</I> Consistent with 40 CFR 1068.101, the use of defeat devices is prohibited.
</P>
<P>(7) Only certain vehicles and engines are allowed to comply differently between the NHTSA and EPA programs as detailed in this section. These vehicles and engines must be identified by manufacturers in the ABT and production reports required in § 535.8.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Model year compliance.</I> Manufacturers are required to conduct testing to demonstrate compliance with CO<E T="52">2</E> exhaust emissions standards in accordance with EPA's provisions in 40 CFR part 600, subpart B, 40 CFR 1036, subpart F, 40 CFR part 1037, subpart R, and 40 CFR part 1066. Manufacturers determine equivalent fuel consumption performance values for CO<E T="52">2</E> results as specified in § 535.6 and demonstrate compliance by comparing equivalent results to the applicable fuel consumption standards in § 535.5.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>End-of-the-year process.</I> Manufacturers comply with fuel consumption standards after the end of each model year, if—
</P>
<P>(1) For heavy-duty pickup trucks and vans, the manufacturer's fleet average performance, as determined in § 535.6, is less than the fleet average standard; or
</P>
<P>(2) For truck tractors, vocational vehicles, and engines the manufacturer's fuel consumption performance for each vehicle or engine family (or subfamily), as determined in § 535.6, is lower than the applicable regulatory subcategory standards in § 535.5.
</P>
<P>(3) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(4) NHTSA will use the EPA final verified values as specified in 40 CFR 86.1819, 40 CFR 1036.755, and 1037.755 for making final determinations on whether vehicles and engines comply with fuel consumption standards.
</P>
<P>(5) A manufacturer fails to comply with fuel consumption standards if its final reports are not provided in accordance with § 535.8 and 40 CFR 86.1865, 1036.730, and 1037.730. Manufacturers not providing complete or accurate final reports or any plans by the required deadlines do not comply with fuel consumption standards. A manufacturer that is unable to provide any emissions results along with comparable fuel consumption values must obtain permission for EPA to exclude the results prior to the deadline for submitting final reports.
</P>
<P>(6) A manufacturer that would otherwise fail to directly comply with fuel consumption standards as described in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section may use one or more of the credit flexibilities provided under the NHTSA averaging, banking and trading program, as specified in § 535.7, but must offset all credit deficits in its averaging sets to achieve compliance.
</P>
<P>(7) A manufacturer failing to comply with the provisions specified in this part may be liable to pay civil penalties in accordance with § 535.9.
</P>
<P>(8) A manufacturer may also be liable to pay civil penalties if found by EPA or NHTSA to have provided false information as identified through NHTSA or EPA enforcement audits or new vehicle verification testing as specified in § 535.9 and 40 CFR parts 86, 1036, and 1037.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 74238, Oct. 25, 2016, as amended at 89 FR 18831, Mar. 15, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="536" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 536—TRANSFER AND TRADING OF FUEL ECONOMY CREDITS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 32903; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>87 FR 26082, May 2, 2022, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 536.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.17.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 536.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes regulations governing the use and application of corporate average fuel economy (CAFE) credits up to three model years before and five model years after the model year in which the credit was earned. It also specifies requirements for manufacturers wishing to transfer fuel economy credits between their fleets and for manufacturers and other persons wishing to trade fuel economy credits to achieve compliance with prescribed fuel economy standards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 536.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.17.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 536.2   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all credits earned (and transferable and tradable) for exceeding applicable average fuel economy standards in a given model year for domestically manufactured passenger cars, imported passenger cars, and light trucks.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 536.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.17.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 536.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory terms.</I> All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901(a) are used pursuant to their statutory meaning.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other terms.</I> (1) <I>Above standard fuel economy</I> means, with respect to a compliance category, that the automobiles manufactured by a manufacturer in that compliance category in a particular model year have greater average fuel economy (calculated in a manner that reflects the incentives for alternative fuel automobiles per 49 U.S.C. 32905) than that manufacturer's fuel economy standard for that compliance category and model year.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Adjustment factor</I> means a factor used to adjust the value of a traded or transferred credit for compliance purposes to ensure that the compliance value of the credit when used reflects the total volume of oil saved when the credit was earned.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Below standard fuel economy</I> means, with respect to a compliance category, that the automobiles manufactured by a manufacturer in that compliance category in a particular model year have lower average fuel economy (calculated in a manner that reflects the incentives for alternative fuel automobiles per 49 U.S.C. 32905) than that manufacturer's fuel economy standard for that compliance category and model year.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Compliance</I> means a manufacturer achieves compliance in a particular compliance category when:
</P>
<P>(i) The average fuel economy of the vehicles in that category exceed or meet the fuel economy standard for that category; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The average fuel economy of the vehicles in that category do not meet the fuel economy standard for that category, but the manufacturer proffers a sufficient number of valid credits, adjusted for total oil savings, to cover the gap between the average fuel economy of the vehicles in that category and the required average fuel economy. A manufacturer achieves compliance for its fleet if the conditions in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section or this paragraph (b)(4)(ii) are simultaneously met for all compliance categories.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Compliance category</I> means any of three categories of automobiles subject to Federal fuel economy regulations in this chapter. The three compliance categories recognized by 49 U.S.C. 32903(g)(6) are domestically manufactured passenger automobiles, imported passenger automobiles, and non-passenger automobiles (“light trucks”).
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Credit holder (or holder)</I> means a legal person that has valid possession of credits, either because they are a manufacturer who has earned credits by exceeding an applicable fuel economy standard in this chapter, or because they are a designated recipient who has received credits from another holder. Credit holders need not be manufacturers, although all manufacturers may be credit holders.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Credits (or fuel economy credits)</I> means an earned or purchased allowance recognizing that the average fuel economy of a particular manufacturer's vehicles within a particular compliance category and model year exceeds that manufacturer's fuel economy standard for that compliance category and model year. One credit is equal to 
<FR>1/10</FR> of a mile per gallon above the fuel economy standard per one vehicle within a compliance category. Credits are denominated according to model year in which they are earned (vintage), originating manufacturer, and compliance category.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Expiry date</I> means the model year after which fuel economy credits may no longer be used to achieve compliance with fuel economy regulations in this chapter. Expiry dates are calculated in terms of model years: For example, if a manufacturer earns credits for model year 2011, these credits may be used for compliance in model years 2008-2016.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Fleet</I> means all automobiles that are manufactured by a manufacturer in a particular model year and are subject to fuel economy standards under parts 531 and 533 of this chapter. For the purposes of this part, a manufacturer's fleet means all domestically manufactured and imported passenger automobiles and non-passenger automobiles (“light trucks”). “Work trucks” and medium and heavy trucks are not included in this definition for purposes of this part.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Light truck</I> means the same as “non-passenger automobile,” as that term is defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901(a)(17), and as “light truck,” as that term is defined at § 523.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Originating manufacturer</I> means the manufacturer that originally earned a particular credit. Each credit earned will be identified with the name of the originating manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Trade</I> means the receipt by the National Highway Traffic Administration (NHTSA) of an instruction from a credit holder to place one of its credits in the account of another credit holder. A credit that has been traded can be identified because the originating manufacturer will be a different party than the current credit holder. Traded credits are moved from one credit holder to the recipient credit holder within the same compliance category for which the credits were originally earned. If a credit has been traded to another credit holder and is subsequently traded back to the originating manufacturer, it will be deemed not to have been traded for compliance purposes.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Transfer</I> means the application by a manufacturer of credits earned by that manufacturer in one compliance category or credits acquired be trade (and originally earned by another manufacturer in that category) to achieve compliance with fuel economy standards with respect to a different compliance category. For example, a manufacturer may purchase light truck credits from another manufacturer, and transfer them to achieve compliance in the manufacturer's domestically manufactured passenger car fleet. Subject to the credit transfer limitations of 49 U.S.C. 32903(g)(3), credits can also be transferred across compliance categories and banked or saved in that category to be carried forward or backwards later to address a credit shortfall.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Vintage</I> means, with respect to a credit, the model year in which the credit was earned.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 536.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.17.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 536.4   Credits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Type and vintage.</I> All credits are identified and distinguished in the accounts by originating manufacturer, compliance category, and model year of origin (vintage).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application of credits.</I> All credits earned and applied are calculated, per 49 U.S.C. 32903(c), in tenths of a mile per gallon by which the average fuel economy of vehicles in a particular compliance category manufactured by a manufacturer in the model year in which the credits are earned exceeds the applicable average fuel economy standard, multiplied by the number of vehicles sold in that compliance category. However, credits that have been traded between credit holders or transferred between compliance categories are valued for compliance purposes using the adjustment factor specified in paragraph (c) of this section, pursuant to the “total oil savings” requirement of 49 U.S.C. 32903(f)(1).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Adjustment factor.</I> When traded or transferred and used, fuel economy credits are adjusted to ensure fuel oil savings is preserved. For traded credits, the user (or buyer) must multiply the calculated adjustment factor by the number of shortfall credits it plans to offset in order to determine the number of equivalent credits to acquire from the earner (or seller). For transferred credits, the user of credits must multiply the calculated adjustment factor by the number of shortfall credits it plans to offset in order to determine the number of equivalent credits to transfer from the compliance category holding the available credits. The adjustment factor is calculated according to the following formula in figure 1 to this paragraph (c):
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er02my22.270.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>A</I> = Adjustment factor applied to traded and transferred credits. The quotient shall be rounded to 4 decimal places;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>VMTe</I> = Lifetime vehicle miles traveled as provided in the following Table 1 to this paragraph (c) for the model year and compliance category in which the credit was earned;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>VMTu</I> = Lifetime vehicle miles traveled as provided in the following Table 1 to this paragraph (c) for the model year and compliance category in which the credit is used for compliance;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>MPGse</I> = Required fuel economy standard for the originating (earning) manufacturer, compliance category, and model year in which the credit was earned;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>MPGae</I> = Actual fuel economy for the originating manufacturer, compliance category, and model year in which the credit was earned;
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>MPGsu</I> = Required fuel economy standard for the user (buying) manufacturer, compliance category, and model year in which the credit is used for compliance; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>MPGau</I> = Actual fuel economy for the user manufacturer, compliance category, and model year in which the credit is used for compliance.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 536.4(<E T="01">c</E>)—Lifetime Vehicle Miles Traveled
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Model year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Lifetime vehicle miles traveled
<br/>(VMT)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2012
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2013
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2014
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2015
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2016
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2017-2031
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passenger Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">177,238</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">177,366</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">178,652</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180,497</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">182,134</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">195,264
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light Trucks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">208,471</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">208,537</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">209,974</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">212,040</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">213,954</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">225,865</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 26082, May 2, 2022, as amended at 89 FR 52953, June 24, 2024]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 536.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.17.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 536.5   Trading infrastructure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Accounts.</I> NHTSA maintains “accounts” for each credit holder. The account consists of a balance of credits in each compliance category and vintage held by the holder.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Who may hold credits.</I> Every manufacturer subject to fuel economy standards under part 531 or 533 of this chapter is automatically an account holder. If the manufacturer earns credits pursuant to this part, or receives credits from another party, so that the manufacturer's account has a non-zero balance, then the manufacturer is also a credit holder. Any party designated as a recipient of credits by a current credit holder will receive an account from NHTSA and become a credit holder, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) A designated recipient must provide name, address, contacting information, and a valid taxpayer identification number or Social Security number;
</P>
<P>(2) NHTSA does not grant a request to open a new account by any party other than a party designated as a recipient of credits by a credit holder; and
</P>
<P>(3) NHTSA maintains accounts with zero balances for a period of time, but reserves the right to close accounts that have had zero balances for more than one year.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Automatic debits and credits of accounts.</I> (1) To carry credits forward, backward, transfer credits, or trade credits into other credit accounts, a manufacturer or credit holder must submit a credit instruction to NHTSA. A credit instruction must detail and include:
</P>
<P>(i) The credit holder(s) involved in the transaction.
</P>
<P>(ii) The originating credits described by the amount of the credits, compliance category and the vintage of the credits.
</P>
<P>(iii) The recipient credit account(s) for banking or applying the originating credits described by the compliance category(ies), model year(s), and if applicable the adjusted credit amount(s) and adjustment factor(s).
</P>
<P>(iv) For trades, a contract authorizing the trade signed by the manufacturers or credit holders or by managers legally authorized to obligate the sale and purchase of the traded credits.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon receipt of a credit instruction from an existing credit holder, NHTSA verifies the presence of sufficient credits in the account(s) of the credit holder(s) involved as applicable and notifies the credit holder(s) that the credits will be debited from and/or credited to the accounts involved, as specified in the credit instruction. NHTSA determines if the credits can be debited or credited based upon the amount of available credits, accurate application of any adjustment factors and the credit requirements prescribed by this part that are applicable at the time the transaction is requested.
</P>
<P>(3) After notifying the credit holder(s), all accounts involved are either credited or debited, as appropriate, in line with the credit instruction. Traded credits identified by a specific compliance category are deposited into the recipient's account in that same compliance category and model year. If a recipient of credits as identified in a credit instruction is not a current account holder, NHTSA establishes the credit recipient's account, subject to the conditions described in paragraph (b) of this section, and adds the credits to the newly-opened account.
</P>
<P>(4) NHTSA will automatically delete unused credits from holders' accounts when those credits reach their expiry date.
</P>
<P>(5) Starting January 1, 2022, all parties trading credits must also provide NHTSA the price paid for the credits including a description of any other monetary or non-monetary terms affecting the price of the traded credits, such as any technology exchanged or shared in exchange for the credits, any other non-monetary payment for the credits, or any other agreements related to the trade.
</P>
<P>(6) Starting September 1, 2022, manufacturers or credit holders issuing credit instructions or providing credit allocation plans as specified in paragraph (d) of this section, must use and submit the NHTSA Credit Template fillable form (Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Control No. 2127-0019, NHTSA Form 1475). In the case of a trade, manufacturers or credit holders buying traded credits must use the credit transactions template to submit trade instructions to NHTSA. Manufacturers or credit holders selling credits are not required to submit trade instructions. The NHTSA Credit Template must be signed by managers legally authorized to obligate the sale and/or purchase of the traded credits from both parties to the trade. The NHTSA Credit Template signed by both parties to the trade serves as an acknowledgement that the parties have agreed to trade a certain amount of credits, and does not dictate terms, conditions, or other business obligations of the parties.
</P>
<P>(7) NHTSA will consider claims that information submitted to the agency under this section is entitled to confidential treatment under 5 U.S.C. 552(b) and under the provisions of part 512 of this chapter if the information is submitted in accordance with the procedures of part 512. The NHTSA Credit Template is available for download on the CAFE Public Information Center website. Manufacturers must submit the cost information to NHTSA in a PDF document along with the Credit Template through the CAFE email, <I>cafe@dot.gov</I>. NHTSA reserves the right to request additional information from the parties regarding the terms of the trade.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compliance.</I> (1) NHTSA assesses compliance with fuel economy standards each year, utilizing the certified and reported CAFE data provided by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for enforcement of the CAFE program pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 32904(e). Credit values are calculated based on the CAFE data from the EPA. If a particular compliance category within a manufacturer's fleet has above standard fuel economy, NHTSA adds credits to the manufacturer's account for that compliance category and vintage in the appropriate amount by which the manufacturer has exceeded the applicable standard.
</P>
<P>(2) If a manufacturer's vehicles in a particular compliance category have below standard fuel economy, NHTSA will provide written notification to the manufacturer that it has failed to meet a particular fleet target standard. The manufacturer will be required to confirm the shortfall and must either: submit a plan indicating how it will allocate existing credits or earn, transfer and/or acquire credits; or pay the appropriate civil penalty. The manufacturer must submit a plan or payment within 60 days of receiving agency notification.
</P>
<P>(3) Credits used to offset shortfalls are subject to the three- and five-year limitations as described in § 536.6.
</P>
<P>(4) Transferred credits are subject to the limitations specified by 49 U.S.C. 32903(g)(3) and this part.
</P>
<P>(5) The value, when used for compliance, of any credits received via trade or transfer is adjusted, using the adjustment factor described in § 536.4(c), pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 32903(f)(1).
</P>
<P>(6) Credit allocation plans received from a manufacturer will be reviewed and approved by NHTSA. Starting in model year 2022, credit holders must use the NHTSA Credit Template (OMB Control No. 2127-0019, NHTSA Forms 1475) to record the credit transactions. The template is a fillable form that has an option for recording and calculating credit transactions for credit allocation plans. The template calculates the required adjustments to the credits. The credit allocation plan and the completed transaction templates must be submitted to NHTSA. NHTSA will approve the credit allocation plan unless it finds that the proposed credits are unavailable or that it is unlikely that the plan will result in the manufacturer earning sufficient credits to offset the subject credit shortfall. If the plan is approved, NHTSA will revise the respective manufacturer's credit account accordingly. If the plan is rejected, NHTSA will notify the respective manufacturer and request a revised plan or payment of the appropriate fine.
</P>
<P>(e) Reporting. (1) NHTSA periodically publishes the names and credit holdings of all credit holders. NHTSA does not publish individual transactions, nor respond to individual requests for updated balances from any party other than the account holder.
</P>
<P>(2) NHTSA issues an annual credit status letter to each party that is a credit holder at that time. The letter to a credit holder includes a credit accounting record that identifies the credit status of the credit holder including any activity (earned, expired, transferred, traded, carry-forward and carry-back credit transactions/allocations) that took place during the identified activity period.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 536.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.17.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 536.6   Treatment of credits earned prior to model year 2011.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Credits earned in a compliance category before model year 2008 may be applied by the manufacturer that earned them to carryback plans for that compliance category approved up to three model years prior to the year in which the credits were earned, or may be applied to compliance in that compliance category for up to three model years after the year in which the credits were earned.
</P>
<P>(b) Credits earned in a compliance category during and after model year 2008 may be applied by the manufacturer that earned them to carryback plans for that compliance category approved up to three years prior to the year in which the credits were earned, or may be held or applied for up to five model years after the year in which the credits were earned.
</P>
<P>(c) Credits earned in a compliance category prior to model year 2011 may not be transferred or traded.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 536.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.17.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 536.7   Treatment of carryback credits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Carryback credits earned in a compliance category in any model year may be used in carryback plans approved by NHTSA, pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 32903(b), for up to three model years prior to the year in which the credit was earned.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this part, NHTSA will treat the use of future credits for compliance, as through a carryback plan, as a deferral of penalties for non-compliance with an applicable fuel economy standard.
</P>
<P>(c) If NHTSA receives and approves a manufacturer's carryback plan to earn future credits within the following three model years in order to comply with current regulatory obligations, NHTSA will defer levying fines for non-compliance until the date(s) when the manufacturer's approved plan indicates that credits will be earned or acquired to achieve compliance, and upon receiving confirmed CAFE data from EPA. If the manufacturer fails to acquire or earn sufficient credits by the plan dates, NHTSA will initiate compliance proceedings.
</P>
<P>(d) In the event that NHTSA fails to receive or approve a plan for a non-compliant manufacturer, NHTSA will levy fines pursuant to statute. If within three years, the non-compliant manufacturer earns or acquires additional credits to reduce or eliminate the non-compliance, NHTSA will reduce any fines owed, or repay fines to the extent that credits received reduce the non-compliance.
</P>
<P>(e) No credits from any source (earned, transferred and/or traded) will be accepted in lieu of compliance if those credits are not identified as originating within one of the three model years after the model year of the confirmed shortfall.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 536.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.17.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 536.8   Conditions for trading of credits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Trading of credits.</I> If a credit holder wishes to trade credits to another party, the current credit holder and the receiving party must jointly issue an instruction to NHTSA, identifying the quantity, vintage, compliance category, and originator of the credits to be traded. If the recipient is not a current account holder, the recipient must provide sufficient information for NHTSA to establish an account for the recipient. Once an account has been established or identified for the recipient, NHTSA completes the trade by debiting the transferor's account and crediting the recipient's account. NHTSA will track the quantity, vintage, compliance category, and originator of all credits held or traded by all account-holders.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Trading between and within compliance categories.</I> For credits earned in model year 2011 or thereafter, and used to satisfy compliance obligations for model year 2011 or thereafter:
</P>
<P>(1) Manufacturers may use credits originally earned by another manufacturer in a particular compliance category to satisfy compliance obligations within the same compliance category.
</P>
<P>(2) Once a manufacturer acquires by trade credits originally earned by another manufacturer in a particular compliance category, the manufacturer may transfer the credits to satisfy its compliance obligations in a different compliance category, but only to the extent that the CAFE increase attributable to the transferred credits does not exceed the limits in 49 U.S.C. 32903(g)(3). For any compliance category, the sum of a manufacturer's transferred credits earned by that manufacturer and transferred credits obtained by that manufacturer through trade must not exceed that limit.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Changes in corporate ownership and control.</I> Manufacturers must inform NHTSA of corporate relationship changes to ensure that credit accounts are identified correctly and credits are assigned and allocated properly.
</P>
<P>(1) In general, if two manufacturers merge in any way, they must inform NHTSA how they plan to merge their credit accounts. NHTSA will subsequently assess corporate fuel economy and compliance status of the merged fleet instead of the original separate fleets.
</P>
<P>(2) If a manufacturer divides or divests itself of a portion of its automobile manufacturing business, it must inform NHTSA how it plans to divide the manufacturer's credit holdings into two or more accounts. NHTSA will subsequently distribute holdings as directed by the manufacturer, subject to provision for reasonably anticipated compliance obligations.
</P>
<P>(3) If a manufacturer is a successor to another manufacturer's business, it must inform NHTSA how it plans to allocate credits and resolve liabilities per part 534 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>No short or forward sales.</I> NHTSA will not honor any instructions to trade or transfer more credits than are currently held in any account. NHTSA will not honor instructions to trade or transfer credits from any future vintage (<I>i.e.,</I> credits not yet earned). NHTSA will not participate in or facilitate contingent trades.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Cancellation of credits.</I> A credit holder may instruct NHTSA to cancel its currently held credits, specifying the originating manufacturer, vintage, and compliance category of the credits to be cancelled. These credits will be permanently null and void; NHTSA will remove the specific credits from the credit holder's account, and will not reissue them to any other party.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Errors or fraud in earning credits.</I> If NHTSA determines that a manufacturer has been credited, through error or fraud, with earning credits, NHTSA will cancel those credits if possible. If the manufacturer credited with having earned those credits has already traded them when the error or fraud is discovered, NHTSA will hold the receiving manufacturer responsible for returning the same or equivalent credits to NHTSA for cancellation.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Error or fraud in trading.</I> In general, all trades are final and irrevocable once executed, and may only be reversed by a new, mutually-agreed transaction. If NHTSA executes an erroneous instruction to trade credits from one holder to another through error or fraud, NHTSA will reverse the transaction if possible. If those credits have been traded away, the recipient holder is responsible for obtaining the same or equivalent credits for return to the previous holder.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 536.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.17.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 536.9   Use of credits with regard to the domestically manufactured passenger automobile minimum standard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer is responsible for compliance with both the minimum standard and the attribute-based standard set out in the chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) In any particular model year, the domestically manufactured passenger automobile compliance category credit excess or shortfall is determined by comparing the actual CAFE value against either the required standard value or the minimum standard value, whichever is larger.
</P>
<P>(c) Transferred or traded credits may not be used, pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 32903(g)(4) and (f)(2), to meet the domestically manufactured passenger automobile minimum standard specified in 49 U.S.C. 32902(b)(4) and in 49 CFR 531.5(d).
</P>
<P>(d) If a manufacturer's average fuel economy level for domestically manufactured passenger automobiles is lower than the attribute-based standard, but higher than the minimum standard, then the manufacturer may achieve compliance with the attribute-based standard by applying credits.
</P>
<P>(e) If a manufacturer's average fuel economy level for domestically manufactured passenger automobiles is lower than the minimum standard, then the difference between the minimum standard and the manufacturer's actual fuel economy level may only be relieved by the use of credits earned by that manufacturer within the domestic passenger car compliance category which have not been transferred or traded. If the manufacturer does not have available earned credits to offset a credit shortage below the minimum standard then the manufacturer can submit a carry-back plan that indicates sufficient future credits will be earned in its domestic passenger car compliance category or will be subject to penalties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 536.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.17.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 536.10   Treatment of dual-fuel and alternative fuel vehicles—consistency with 49 CFR part 538.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Statutory alternative fuel and dual-fuel vehicle fuel economy calculations are treated as a change in the underlying fuel economy of the vehicle for purposes of this part, not as a credit that may be transferred or traded. Improvements in alternative fuel or dual fuel vehicle fuel economy as calculated pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 32905 and limited by 49 U.S.C. 32906 are therefore attributable only to the particular compliance category and model year to which the alternative or dual-fuel vehicle belongs.
</P>
<P>(b) If a manufacturer's calculated fuel economy for a particular compliance category, including any statutorily-required calculations for alternative fuel and dual fuel vehicles, is higher or lower than the applicable fuel economy standard, manufacturers will earn credits or must apply credits or pay civil penalties equal to the difference between the calculated fuel economy level in that compliance category and the applicable standard. Credits earned are the same as any other credits, and may be held, transferred, or traded by the manufacturer subject to the limitations of the statute and this part.
</P>
<P>(c) For model years up to and including MY 2019, if a manufacturer builds enough dual fuel vehicles (except plug-in hybrid electric vehicles) to improve the calculated fuel economy in a particular compliance category by more than the limits set forth in 49 U.S.C. 32906(a), the improvement in fuel economy for compliance purposes is restricted to the statutory limit. Manufacturers may not earn credits nor reduce the application of credits or fines for calculated improvements in fuel economy based on dual fuel vehicles beyond the statutory limit.
</P>
<P>(d) For model years 2020 and beyond, a manufacturer must calculate the fuel economy of dual fueled vehicles in accordance with 40 CFR 600.510-12(c).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="537" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 537—AUTOMOTIVE FUEL ECONOMY REPORTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 32907; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>87 FR 26087, May 2, 2022, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 537.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.18.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 537.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes requirements for automobile manufacturers to submit reports to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration regarding their efforts to improve automotive fuel economy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 537.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.18.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 537.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to obtain information to aid the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in evaluating automobile manufacturers' plans for complying with average fuel economy standards and in preparing an annual review of the average fuel economy standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 52953, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 537.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.18.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 537.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to automobile manufacturers, except for manufacturers subject to an alternate fuel economy standard under 49 U.S.C. 32902(d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 52953, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 537.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.18.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 537.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory terms.</I> (1) The terms <I>average fuel economy standard, fuel, manufacture,</I> and <I>model year</I> are used as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901.
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>manufacturer</I> is used as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901 and in accordance with part 529 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) The terms <I>average fuel economy, fuel economy,</I> and <I>model type</I> are used as defined in subpart A of 40 CFR part 600.
</P>
<P>(4) The terms <I>automobile, automobile capable of off-highway operation,</I> and <I>passenger automobile</I> are used as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901 and in accordance with the determinations in part 523 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other terms.</I> (1) The term <I>loaded vehicle weight</I> is used as defined in subpart A of 40 CFR part 86.
</P>
<P>(2) The terms <I>axle ratio, base level, body style, car line, combined fuel economy, engine code, equivalent test weight, gross vehicle weight, inertia weight, transmission class,</I> and <I>vehicle configuration</I> are used as defined in subpart A of 40 CFR part 600.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>light truck</I> is used as defined in part 523 of this chapter and in accordance with determinations in that part.
</P>
<P>(4) The terms <I>approach angle, axle clearance, brakeover angle, cargo carrying volume, departure angle, passenger carrying volume, running clearance,</I> and <I>temporary living quarters</I> are used as defined in part 523 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) The term <I>incomplete automobile manufacturer</I> is used as defined in part 529 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(6) As used in this part, unless otherwise required by the context:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration or the Administrator's delegate.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Current model year</I> means:
</P>
<P>(A) In the case of a pre-model year report, the full model year immediately following the period during which that report is required by § 537.5(b) to be submitted.
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of a mid-model year report, the model year during which that report is required by § 537.5(b) to be submitted.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Average</I> means a production-weighted harmonic average.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Total drive ratio</I> means the ratio of an automobile's engine rotational speed (in revolutions per minute) to the automobile's forward speed (in miles per hour).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 52953, June 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 537.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.18.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 537.5   General requirements for reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each current model year, each manufacturer shall submit a pre-model year report, a mid-model year report, and, as required by § 537.8, supplementary reports.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The pre-model year report required by this part for each current model year must be submitted during the month of December (<I>e.g.,</I> the pre-model year report for the 1983 model year must be submitted during December 1982).
</P>
<P>(2) The mid-model year report required by this part for each current model year must be submitted during the month of July (<I>e.g.,</I> the mid-model year report for the 1983 model year must be submitted during July 1983).
</P>
<P>(3) Each supplementary report must be submitted in accordance with § 537.8(c).
</P>
<P>(c) Each report required by this part must:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the report as a pre-model year report, mid-model year report, or supplementary report as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify the manufacturer submitting the report;
</P>
<P>(3) State the full name, title, and address of the official responsible for preparing the report;
</P>
<P>(4) Be submitted electronically to <I>cafe@dot.gov</I>. For each report, manufacturers should submit a confidential version and a non-confidential (<I>i.e.,</I> redacted) version. The confidential report should be accompanied by a request letter that contains supporting information, pursuant to § 512.8 of this chapter. Your request must also include a certificate, pursuant to § 512.4(b) of this chapter and part 512, appendix A, of this chapter. The word “CONFIDENTIAL” must appear on the top of each page containing information claimed to be confidential. If an entire page is claimed to be confidential, the submitter must indicate clearly that the entire page is claimed to be confidential. If the information for which confidentiality is being requested is contained within a page, the submitter shall enclose each item of information that is claimed to be confidential within brackets: “[ ].” Confidential portions of electronic files submitted in other than their original format must be marked “Confidential Business Information” or “Entire Page Confidential Business Information” at the top of each page. If only a portion of a page is claimed to be confidential, that portion shall be designated by brackets. Files submitted in their original format that cannot be marked as described above must, to the extent practicable, identify confidential information by alternative markings using existing attributes within the file or means that are accessible through use of the file's associated program. A representative from NHTSA's Office of Chief Counsel, as designated by NHTSA, should be copied on any submissions with confidential business information;
</P>
<P>(5) Identify the current model year;
</P>
<P>(6) Be written in the English language; and
</P>
<P>(7)(i) Specify any part of the information or data in the report that the manufacturer believes should be withheld from public disclosure as trade secret or other confidential business information.
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to each item of information or data requested by the manufacturer to be withheld under 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4) and 15 U.S.C. 2005(d)(1), the manufacturer shall:
</P>
<P>(A) Show that the item is within the scope of sections 552(b)(4) and 2005(d)(1);
</P>
<P>(B) Show that disclosure of the item would result in significant competitive damage;
</P>
<P>(C) Specify the period during which the item must be withheld to avoid that damage; and
</P>
<P>(D) Show that earlier disclosure would result in that damage.
</P>
<P>(d) Beginning with model year 2023, each manufacturer shall generate reports required by this part using the NHTSA CAFE Projections Reporting Template (Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Control No. 2127-0019, NHTSA Form 1474). The template is a fillable form.
</P>
<P>(1) Manufacturers must select the option to identify the report as a pre-model year report, mid-model year report, or supplementary report as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) Manufacturers must complete all required information for the manufacturer and for all vehicles produced for the current model year required to comply with corporate average fuel economy (CAFE) standards. The manufacturer must identify the manufacturer submitting the report, including the full name, title, and address of the official responsible for preparing the report and a point of contact to answer questions concerning the report.
</P>
<P>(3) Manufacturers must use the template to generate confidential and non-confidential reports for all the domestic and import passenger cars and light truck fleet produced by the manufacturer for the current model year. Manufacturers must submit a request for confidentiality in accordance with part 512 of this chapter to withhold projected production sales volume estimates from public disclosure. If the request is granted, NHTSA will withhold the projected production sales volume estimates from public disclose until all the vehicles produced by the manufacturer have been made available for sale (usually one year after the current model year).
</P>
<P>(4) Manufacturers must submit confidential reports and requests for confidentiality to NHTSA on CD-ROM in accordance with § 537.12. Email copies of non-confidential (<I>i.e.,</I> redacted) reports to NHTSA's secure email address: <I>cafe@dot.gov</I>. Requests for confidentiality must be submitted in a PDF or MS Word format. Submit 2 copies of the CD-ROM to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, and submit emailed reports electronically to the following secure email address: <I>cafe@dot.gov</I>.
</P>
<P>(5) Manufacturers can withhold information on projected production sales volumes under 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4) and 15 U.S.C. 2005(d)(1). In accordance, the manufacturer must:
</P>
<P>(i) Show that the item is within the scope of sections 552(b)(4) and 2005(d)(1);
</P>
<P>(ii) Show that disclosure of the item would result in significant competitive damage;
</P>
<P>(iii) Specify the period during which the item must be withheld to avoid that damage; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Show that earlier disclosure would result in that damage.
</P>
<P>(e) Each report required by this part must be based upon all information and data available to the manufacturer 30 days before the report is submitted to the Administrator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 537.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.18.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 537.6   General content of reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pre-model year and mid-model year reports. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each pre-model year report and the mid-model year report for each model year must contain the information required by § 537.7(a).
</P>
<P>(b) Supplementary report. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each supplementary report for each model year must contain the information required by § 537.7(a)(1) and (2), as appropriate for the vehicle fleets produced by the manufacturer, in accordance with § 537.8(b)(1) through (4) as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) Exceptions. The pre-model year report, mid-model year report, and supplementary report(s) submitted by an incomplete automobile manufacturer for any model year are not required to contain the information specified in § 537.7(c)(4)(xv) through (xviii) and (c)(5). The information provided by the incomplete automobile manufacturer under § 537.7(c) shall be according to base level instead of model type or carline.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 537.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.18.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 537.7   Pre-model year and mid-model year reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Report submission requirements.</I> (1) Manufacturers must provide a report with the information required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section for each domestic and import passenger automobile fleet, as specified in part 531 of this chapter, for the current model year.
</P>
<P>(2) Manufacturers must provide a report with the information required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section for each light truck fleet, as specified in part 533 of this chapter, for the current model year.
</P>
<P>(3) For model year 2023 and later, for passenger cars specified in part 531 and light trucks specified in part 533 of this chapter, manufacturers must provide the information for pre-model and mid-model year reports in accordance with the NHTSA CAFE Projections Reporting Template (OMB Control No. 2127-0019, NHTSA Form 1474). The required reporting template can be downloaded from NHTSA's website.
</P>
<P>(i) Manufacturers are only required to provide the actual information on vehicles and technologies in production at the time the pre- and mid-model year reports are required. Otherwise, manufacturers must provide reasonable estimates or updated estimates where possible for pre-and mid-model year reports.
</P>
<P>(ii) Manufacturers should attempt not to omit data which should only be the done for products pending production and with unknown information at the time CAFE reports are prepared.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Projected average and required fuel economy.</I> (1) Manufacturers must state the projected average fuel economy for the manufacturer's automobiles determined in accordance with § 537.9 and based upon the fuel economy values and projected sales figures provided under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Manufacturers must state the projected final average fuel economy that the manufacturer anticipates having if changes implemented during the model year will cause that average to be different from the average fuel economy projected under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Manufacturers must state the projected required fuel economy for the manufacturer's passenger automobiles and light trucks determined in accordance with §§ 531.5(c) and 533.5 of this chapter and based upon the projected sales figures provided under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. For each unique model type and footprint combination of the manufacturer's automobiles, the manufacturer must provide the information specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section in tabular form. The manufacturer must list the model types in order of increasing average inertia weight from top to bottom down the left side of the table and list the information categories in the order specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section from left to right across the top of the table. Other formats, such as those accepted by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), which contain all the information in a readily identifiable format are also acceptable. For model year 2023 and later, for each unique model type and footprint combination of the manufacturer's automobiles, the manufacturer must provide the information specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section in accordance with the CAFE Projections Reporting Template (OMB Control No. 2127-0019, NHTSA Form 1474).
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of passenger automobiles, manufacturers must report the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Beginning model year 2013, base tire as defined in § 523.2 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) Beginning model year 2013, front axle, rear axle, and average track width as defined in § 523.2 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(C) Beginning model year 2013, wheelbase as defined in § 523.2 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(D) Beginning model year 2013, footprint as defined in § 523.2 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(E) The fuel economy target value for each unique model type and footprint entry listed in accordance with the equation provided in part 531 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of light trucks, manufacturers must report the following:
</P>
<P>(A) Beginning model year 2013, base tire as defined in § 523.2 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) Beginning model year 2013, front axle, rear axle, and average track width as defined in § 523.2 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(C) Beginning model year 2013, wheelbase as defined in § 523.2 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(D) Beginning model year 2013, footprint as defined in § 523.2 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(E) The fuel economy target value for each unique model type and footprint entry listed in accordance with the equation provided in part 533 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Manufacturers must state the projected final required fuel economy that the manufacturer anticipates having if changes implemented during the model year will cause the targets to be different from the target fuel economy projected under paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Manufacturers must state whether the manufacturer believes that the projections it provides under paragraphs (b)(2) and (4) of this section, or if it does not provide an average or target under paragraphs (b)(2) and (4), the projections it provides under paragraphs (b)(1) and (3) of this section, sufficiently represent the manufacturer's average and target fuel economy for the current model year for purposes of the Act. In the case of a manufacturer that believes that the projections are not sufficiently representative for the purpose of determining the projected average fuel economy for the manufacturer's automobiles, the manufacturers must state the specific nature of any reason for the insufficiency and the specific additional testing or derivation of fuel economy values by analytical methods believed by the manufacturer necessary to eliminate the insufficiency and any plans of the manufacturer to undertake that testing or derivation voluntarily and submit the resulting data to the EPA under 40 CFR 600.509-12.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Model type and configuration fuel economy and technical information.</I> (1) For each model type of the manufacturer's automobiles, the manufacturers must provide the information specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section in tabular form. List the model types in order of increasing average inertia weight from top to bottom down the left side of the table and list the information categories in the order specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section from left to right across the top of the table. For model year 2023 and later, CAFE reports required by this part, shall for each model type of the manufacturer's automobiles, provide the information in specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section in accordance with the NHTSA CAFE Projections Reporting Template (OMB Control No. 2127-0019, NHTSA Form 1474) and list the model types in order of increasing average inertia weight from top to bottom.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Combined fuel economy; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Projected sales for the current model year and total sales of all model types.
</P>
<P>(3) For pre-model year reports only through model year 2022, for each vehicle configuration whose fuel economy was used to calculate the fuel economy values for a model type under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, manufacturers must provide the information specified in paragraph (c)(4) of this section in accordance with the NHTSA CAFE Projections Reporting Template (OMB Control No. 2127-0019, NHTSA Form 1474).
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Loaded vehicle weight;
</P>
<P>(ii) Equivalent test weight;
</P>
<P>(iii) Engine displacement, liters;
</P>
<P>(iv) Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) net rated power, kilowatts;
</P>
<P>(v) SAE net horsepower;
</P>
<P>(vi) Engine code;
</P>
<P>(vii) Fuel system (number of carburetor barrels or, if fuel injection is used, so indicate);
</P>
<P>(viii) Emission control system;
</P>
<P>(ix) Transmission class;
</P>
<P>(x) Number of forward speeds;
</P>
<P>(xi) Existence of overdrive (indicate yes or no);
</P>
<P>(xii) Total drive ratio (N/V);
</P>
<P>(xiii) Axle ratio;
</P>
<P>(xiv) Combined fuel economy;
</P>
<P>(xv) Projected sales for the current model year;
</P>
<P>(xvi)(A) In the case of passenger automobiles:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Interior volume index, determined in accordance with subpart D of 40 CFR part 600; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Body style;
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of light trucks:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Passenger-carrying volume; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Cargo-carrying volume;
</P>
<P>(xvii) Frontal area;
</P>
<P>(xviii) Road load power at 50 miles per hour, if determined by the manufacturer for purposes other than compliance with this part to differ from the road load setting prescribed in 40 CFR 86.177-11(d); and
</P>
<P>(xix) Optional equipment that the manufacturer is required under 40 CFR parts 86 and 600 to have actually installed on the vehicle configuration, or the weight of which must be included in the curb weight computation for the vehicle configuration, for fuel economy testing purposes.
</P>
<P>(5) For each model type of automobile which is classified as a non-passenger vehicle (light truck) under part 523 of this chapter, manufacturers must provide the following data:
</P>
<P>(i) For an automobile designed to perform at least one of the following functions in accordance with § 523.5(a) of this chapter, indicate (by “yes” or “no” for each function) whether the vehicle can:
</P>
<P>(A) Transport more than 10 persons (if yes, provide actual designated seating positions);
</P>
<P>(B) Provide temporary living quarters (if yes, provide applicable conveniences as defined in § 523.2 of this chapter);
</P>
<P>(C) Transport property on an open bed (if yes, provide bed size width and length);
</P>
<P>(D) Provide, as sold to the first retail purchaser, greater cargo-carrying than passenger-carrying volume, such as in a cargo van and quantify the value which should be the difference between the values provided in paragraphs (c)(4)(xvi)(B)(1) and (2) of this section; if a vehicle is sold with a second-row seat, its cargo-carrying volume is determined with that seat installed, regardless of whether the manufacturer has described that seat as optional; or
</P>
<P>(E) Permit expanded use of the automobile for cargo-carrying purposes or other non-passenger-carrying purposes through:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) For non-passenger automobiles manufactured prior to model year 2012, the removal of seats by means of uninstalling by the automobile's manufacturer or by uninstalling with simple tools, such as screwdrivers and wrenches, so as to create a flat, floor level, surface extending from the forward-most point of installation of those seats to the rear of the automobile's interior; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For non-passenger automobiles manufactured in model year 2008 and beyond, for vehicles equipped with at least 3 rows of designated seating positions as standard equipment, permit expanded use of the automobile for cargo-carrying purposes or other nonpassenger-carrying purposes through the removal or stowing of foldable or pivoting seats so as to create a flat, leveled cargo surface extending from the forward-most point of installation of those seats to the rear of the automobile's interior.
</P>
<P>(ii) For an automobile capable of off-highway operation, identify which of the features in paragraphs (c)(5)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section qualify the vehicle as off-road in accordance with § 523.5(b) of this chapter and quantify the values of each feature:
</P>
<P>(A) 4-wheel drive; or
</P>
<P>(B) A rating of more than 6,000 pounds gross vehicle weight; and
</P>
<P>(C) Has at least four of the following characteristics calculated when the automobile is at curb weight, on a level surface, with the front wheels parallel to the automobile's longitudinal centerline, and the tires inflated to the manufacturer's recommended pressure. The exact value of each feature should be quantified:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Approach angle of not less than 28 degrees.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Breakover angle of not less than 14 degrees.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Departure angle of not less than 20 degrees.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Running clearance of not less than 20 centimeters.
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Front and rear axle clearances of not less than 18 centimeters each.
</P>
<P>(6) Manufacturers must determine the fuel economy values provided under paragraphs (c)(2) and (4) of this section in accordance with § 537.9.
</P>
<P>(7) Manufacturers must identify any air-conditioning (AC), off-cycle and full-size pick-up truck technologies used each model year to calculate the average fuel economy specified in 40 CFR 600.510-12.
</P>
<P>(i) Provide a list of each air conditioning (AC) efficiency improvement technology utilized in your fleet(s) of vehicles for each model year for which the manufacturer qualifies for fuel consumption improvement values under 49 CFR 531.6 or 533.6. For each technology identify vehicles by make and model types that have the technology, which compliance category those vehicles belong to and the number of vehicles for each model equipped with the technology. For each compliance category (domestic passenger car, import passenger car, and light truck), report the AC fuel consumption improvement value in gallons/mile in accordance with the equation specified in 40 CFI00.510-12(c)(3)(i).
</P>
<P>(ii) Manufacturers must provide a list of off-cycle efficiency improvement technologies utilized in its fleet(s) of vehicles for each model year that is pending or approved by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for which the manufacturer qualifies for fuel consumption improvement values under 49 CFR 531.6 or 533.6. For each technology, manufacturers must identify vehicles by make and model types that have the technology, which compliance category those vehicles belong to, the number of vehicles for each model equipped with the technology, and the associated off-cycle credits (grams/mile) available for each technology. For each compliance category (domestic passenger car, import passenger car, and light truck), manufacturers must calculate the fleet off-cycle fuel consumption improvement value in gallons/mile in accordance with the equation specified in 40 CFR 600.510-12(c)(3)(ii).
</P>
<P>(iii) For model years up to 2024, manufacturers must provide a list of full-size pickup trucks in its fleet that meet the mild and strong hybrid vehicle definitions. For each mild and strong hybrid type, manufacturers must identify vehicles by make and model types that have the technology, the number of vehicles produced for each model equipped with the technology, the total number of full-size pickup trucks produced with and without the technology, the calculated percentage of hybrid vehicles relative to the total number of vehicles produced, and the associated full-size pickup truck credits (grams/mile) available for each technology. For the light truck compliance category, manufacturers must calculate the fleet pickup truck fuel consumption improvement value in gallons/mile in accordance with the equation specified in 40 CFR 600.510-12(c)(3)(iii).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 26087, May 2, 2022, as amended at 89 FR 52954, June 24, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 537.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.18.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 537.8   Supplementary reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each manufacturer whose most recently submitted mid-model year report contained an average fuel economy projection under § 537.7(b)(2) or, if no average fuel economy was projected under that section, under § 537.7(b)(1), that was not less than the applicable average fuel economy standard in this chapter and who now projects an average fuel economy which is less than the applicable standard in this chapter shall file a supplementary report containing the information specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each manufacturer that determines that its average fuel economy for the current model year as projected under § 537.7(b)(2) or, if no average fuel economy was projected under § 537.7(b)(2), as projected under § 537.7(b)(1), is less representative than the manufacturer previously reported it to be under § 537.7(b)(3), this section, or both, shall file a supplementary report containing the information specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) For model years through 2022, each manufacturer whose mid-model year report omits any of the information specified in § 537.7(b) or (c) shall file a supplementary report containing the information specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Starting model year 2023, each manufacturer whose mid-model year report omits any of the information shall resubmit the information with other information required in accordance with the NHTSA CAFE Projections Reporting Template (OMB Control No. 2127-0019, NHTSA Form 1474).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The supplementary report required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section must contain:
</P>
<P>(i) Such revisions of and additions to the information previously submitted by the manufacturer under this part regarding the automobiles whose projected average fuel economy has decreased as specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section as are necessary—
</P>
<P>(A) To reflect the change and its cause; and
</P>
<P>(B) To indicate a new projected average fuel economy based upon these additional measures.
</P>
<P>(ii) An explanation of the cause of the decrease in average fuel economy that led to the manufacturer's having to submit the supplementary report required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The supplementary report required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section must contain:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement of the specific nature of and reason for the insufficiency in the representativeness of the projected average fuel economy;
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of specific additional testing or derivation of fuel economy values by analytical methods believed by the manufacturer necessary to eliminate the insufficiency; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of any plans of the manufacturer to undertake that testing or derivation voluntarily and submit the resulting data to the Environmental Protection Agency under 40 CFR 600.509-12.
</P>
<P>(3) The supplementary report required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section must contain:
</P>
<P>(i) All of the information omitted from the mid-model year report under § 537.6(c)(2); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Such revisions of and additions to the information submitted by the manufacturer in its mid-model year report regarding the automobiles produced during the current model year as are necessary to reflect the information provided under paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The supplementary report required by paragraph (a)(4) of this section must contain:
</P>
<P>(i) All information omitted from the mid-model year reports under § 537.6(c)(2); and
</P>
<P>(ii) Such revisions of and additions to the information submitted by the manufacturer in its pre-model or mid-model year reports regarding the automobiles produced during the current model year as are necessary to reflect the information provided under paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Each report required by paragraph (a)(1), (2), (3), or (4) of this section must be submitted in accordance with § 537.5(c) not more than 45 days after the date on which the manufacturer determined, or could have determined with reasonable diligence, that the report was required.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) A supplementary report is not required to be submitted by the manufacturer under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to information submitted under this part before the most recent mid-model year report submitted by the manufacturer under this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) When the date specified in paragraph (c) of this section occurs after the day by which the pre-model year report for the model year immediately following the current model year must be submitted by the manufacturer under this part.
</P>
<P>(e) For model years 2008, 2009, and 2010, each manufacturer of light trucks, as that term is defined in § 523.5 of this chapter, shall submit a report, not later than 45 days following the end of the model year, indicating whether the manufacturer is opting to comply with § 533.5(f) or (g) of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 537.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.18.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 537.9   Determination of fuel economy values and average fuel economy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Vehicle subconfiguration fuel economy values.</I> (1) For each vehicle subconfiguration for which a fuel economy value is required under paragraph (c) of this section and has been determined and approved under 40 CFR part 600, the manufacturer shall submit that fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(2) For each vehicle subconfiguration specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section for which a fuel economy value approved under 40 CFR part 600, does not exist, but for which a fuel economy value determined under 40 CFR part 600 exists, the manufacturer shall submit that fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(3) For each vehicle subconfiguration specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section for which a fuel economy value has been neither determined nor approved under 40 CFR part 600, the manufacturer shall submit a fuel economy value based on tests or analyses comparable to those prescribed or permitted under 40 CFR part 600 and a description of the test procedures or analytical methods used.
</P>
<P>(4) For each vehicle configuration for which a fuel economy value is required under paragraph (c) of this section and has been determined and approved under 40 CFR part 600, the manufacturer shall submit that fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Base level and model type fuel economy values.</I> For each base level and model type, the manufacturer shall submit a fuel economy value based on the values submitted under paragraph (a) of this section and calculated in the same manner as base level and model type fuel economy values are calculated for use under subpart F of 40 CFR part 600.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Average fuel economy.</I> Average fuel economy must be based upon fuel economy values calculated under paragraph (b) of this section for each model type and must be calculated in accordance with subpart F of 40 CFR part 600, except that fuel economy values for running changes and for new base levels are required only for those changes made or base levels added before the average fuel economy is required to be submitted under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 537.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.18.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 537.10   Incorporation by reference by manufacturers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A manufacturer may incorporate by reference in a report required by this part any document other than a report, petition, or application, or portion thereof submitted to any Federal department or agency more than two model years before the current model year.
</P>
<P>(b) A manufacturer that incorporates by references a document not previously submitted to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration shall append that document to the report.
</P>
<P>(c) A manufacturer that incorporates by reference a document shall clearly identify the document and, in the case of a document previously submitted to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, indicate the date on which and the person by whom the document was submitted to this agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 537.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.18.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 537.11   Public inspection of information.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 537.12, any person may inspect the information and data submitted by a manufacturer under this part in the docket section of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. Any person may obtain copies of the information available for inspection under this section in accordance with the regulations of the Secretary of Transportation in part 7 of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 537.12" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.18.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 537.12   Confidential information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Treatment of confidential information.</I> Information made available under § 537.11 for public inspection does not include information for which confidentiality is requested under § 537.5(c)(7), is granted in accordance with section 505 of the Act and 5 U.S.C. 552(b) and is not subsequently released under paragraph (c) of this section in accordance with section 505 of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Denial of confidential treatment.</I> When the Administrator denies a manufacturer's request under § 537.5(c)(7) for confidential treatment of information, the Administrator gives the manufacturer written notice of the denial and reasons for it. Public disclosure of the information is not made until after the ten-day period immediately following the giving of the notice.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Release of confidential information.</I> After giving written notice to a manufacturer and allowing ten days, when feasible, for the manufacturer to respond, the Administrator may make available for public inspection any information submitted under this part that is relevant to a proceeding under the Act, including information that was granted confidential treatment by the Administrator pursuant to a request by the manufacturer under § 537.5(c)(7).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="538" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 538—MANUFACTURING INCENTIVES FOR ALTERNATIVE FUEL VEHICLES 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 32901, 32905, and 32906; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>61 FR 14511, Apr. 2, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 538.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.19.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 538.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes minimum driving range criteria to aid in identifying passenger automobiles that are dual-fueled automobiles. It also establishes gallon equivalent measurements for gaseous fuels other than natural gas.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 25728, May 7, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 538.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.19.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 538.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to specify one of the criteria in 49 U.S.C. chapter 329 “Automobile Fuel Economy” for identifying dual-fueled passenger automobiles that are manufactured in model years 1993 through 2019. The fuel economy of a qualifying vehicle is calculated in a special manner so as to encourage its production as a way of facilitating a manufacturer's compliance with the Corporate Average Fuel Economy standards set forth in part 531 of this chapter. The purpose is also to establish gallon equivalent measurements for gaseous fuels other than natural gas.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 25728, May 7, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 538.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.19.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 538.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to manufacturers of automobiles. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 538.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.19.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 538.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory terms.</I> (1) The terms <I>alternative fuel, alternative fueled automobile,</I> and <I>dual fueled automobile,</I> are used as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901(a). 
</P>
<P>(2) The terms <I>automobile</I> and <I>passenger automobile,</I> are used as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901(a), and in accordance with the determinations in part 523 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>manufacturer</I> is used as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901(a)(13), and in accordance with part 529 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(4) The term <I>model year</I> is used as defined in 49 U.S.C. 32901(a)(15). 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Other terms. The terms <I>average fuel economy, fuel economy,</I> and <I>model type</I> are used as defined in subpart A of 40 CFR part 600. 
</P>
<P>(2) The term <I>EPA</I> means the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 538.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.19.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 538.5   Minimum driving range.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The minimum driving range that a passenger automobile must have in order to be treated as a dual fueled automobile pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 32901(c) is 200 miles when operating on its nominal useable fuel tank capacity of the alternative fuel, except when the alternative fuel is electricity or compressed natural gas. Beginning model year 2016, a natural gas passenger automobile must have a minimum driving range of 150 miles when operating on its nominal useable fuel tank capacity of the alternative fuel to be treated as a dual fueled automobile, pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 32901(c)(2).
</P>
<P>(b) The minimum driving range that a passenger automobile using electricity as an alternative fuel must have in order to be treated as a dual fueled automobile pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 32901(c) is 7.5 miles on its nominal storage capacity of electricity when operated on the EPA urban test cycle and 10.2 miles on its nominal storage capacity of electricity when operated on the EPA highway test cycle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 74274, Oct. 25, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 538.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.19.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 538.6   Measurement of driving range.</HEAD>
<P>The driving range of a passenger automobile model type not using electricity as an alternative fuel is determined by multiplying the combined EPA urban/highway fuel economy rating when operating on the alternative fuel, by the nominal usable fuel tank capacity (in gallons), of the fuel tank containing the alternative fuel. The combined EPA urban/highway fuel economy rating is the value determined by the procedures established by the Administrator of the EPA under 49 U.S.C. 32904 and set forth in 40 CFR part 600. The driving range of a passenger automobile model type using electricity as an alternative fuel is determined by operating the vehicle in the electric-only mode of operation through the EPA urban cycle on its nominal storage capacity of electricity and the EPA highway cycle on its nominal storage capacity of electricity. Passenger automobile types using electricity as an alternative fuel that have completed the EPA urban cycle after recharging and the EPA highway cycle after recharging shall be deemed to have met the minimum range requirement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 66069, Dec. 1, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 538.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.19.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 538.7   Petitions for reduction of minimum driving range.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A manufacturer of a model type of passenger automobile capable of operating on both electricity and either gasoline or diesel fuel may petition for a reduced minimum driving range for that model type in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be addressed to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(2) Be submitted not later than the beginning of the first model year in which the petitioner seeks to have the model type treated as an electric dual fueled automobile.
</P>
<P>(3) Be written in the English language.
</P>
<P>(4) State the full name, address, and title of the official responsible for preparing the petition, and the name and address of the petitioner.
</P>
<P>(5) Set forth in full data, views, and arguments of the petitioner, including the information and data specified in paragraph (c) of this section, and the calculations and analyses used to develop that information and data. No documents may be incorporated by reference in a petition unless the documents are submitted with the petition.
</P>
<P>(6) Specify and segregate any part of the information and data submitted under this section that the petitioner wishes to have withheld from public disclosure in accordance with part 512 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Each petitioner shall include the following information in its petition:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the model type or types for which a lower driving range is sought under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) For each model type identified in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The driving range sought for that model type.
</P>
<P>(ii) The number of years for which that driving range is sought.
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of the model type, including car line designation, engine displacement and type, electric storage capacity, transmission type, and average fuel economy when operating on:
</P>
<P>(A) Electricity; and
</P>
<P>(B) Gasoline or diesel fuel.
</P>
<P>(iv) An explanation of why the petitioner cannot modify the model type so as to meet the generally applicable minimum range, including the steps taken by the petitioner to improve the minimum range of the vehicle, as well as additional steps that are technologically feasible, but have not been taken. The costs to the petitioner of taking these additional steps shall be included.
</P>
<P>(3) A discussion of why granting the petition would be consistent with the following factors:
</P>
<P>(i) The purposes of 49 U.S.C. chapter 329, including encouraging the development and widespread use of electricity as a transportation fuel by consumers, and the production of passenger automobiles capable of being operated on both electricity and gasoline/diesel fuel;
</P>
<P>(ii) Consumer acceptability;
</P>
<P>(iii) Economic practicability;
</P>
<P>(iv) Technology;
</P>
<P>(v) Environmental impact;
</P>
<P>(vi) Safety;
</P>
<P>(vii) Driveability; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Performance.
</P>
<P>(d) If a petition is found not to contain the information required by this section, the petitioner is informed about the areas of insufficiency and advised that the petition will not receive further consideration until the required information is received.
</P>
<P>(e) The Administrator may request the petitioner to provide information in addition to that required by this section.
</P>
<P>(f) The Administrator publishes in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a notice of receipt for each petition containing the information required by this section. Any interested person may submit written comments regarding the petition.
</P>
<P>(g) In reaching a determination on a petition submitted under this section, the Administrator takes into account:
</P>
<P>(1) The purposes of 49 U.S.C. chapter 329, including encouraging the development and widespread use of alternative fuels as transportation fuels by consumers, and the production of alternative fuel powered motor vehicles;
</P>
<P>(2) Consumer acceptability;
</P>
<P>(3) Economic practicability;
</P>
<P>(4) Technology;
</P>
<P>(5) Environmental impact;
</P>
<P>(6) Safety;
</P>
<P>(7) Driveability; and
</P>
<P>(8) Performance.
</P>
<P>(h) If the Administrator grants the petition, the petitioner is notified in writing, specifying the reduced minimum driving range, and specifying the model years for which the reduced driving range applies. The Administrator also publishes a notice of the grant of the petition in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the reasons for the grant.
</P>
<P>(i) If the Administrator denies the petition, the petitioner is notified in writing. The Administrator also publishes a notice of the denial of the petition in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the reasons for the denial.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 66069, Dec. 1, 1998, as amended at 75 FR 25728, May 7, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 538.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.19.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 538.8   Gallon Equivalents for Gaseous Fuels.</HEAD>
<P>The gallon equivalent of gaseous fuels, for purposes of calculations made under 49 U.S.C. 32905, are listed in Table I: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Gallon Equivalent Measurements for Gaseous Fuels per 100 Standard Cubic Feet 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fuel
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gallon equivalent measurement
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Compressed Natural Gas</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.823
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liquefied Natural Gas</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.823
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Liquefied Petroleum Gas (Grade HD-5)*</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.726
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hydrogen</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.259
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hythane (Hy5)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.741 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">* Per gallon unit of measure.</P></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 538.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.19.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 538.9   Dual fuel vehicle incentive.</HEAD>
<P>The application of 49 U.S.C. 32905(b) and (d) to qualifying dual fuel vehicles is extended to the 2005, 2006, 2007, and 2008 model years.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 7703, Feb. 19, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="541" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 541—FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE THEFT PREVENTION STANDARD
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 33101, 33102, 33103, 33104, 33105 and 33106; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>50 FR 43190, Oct. 24, 1985, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 541.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.20.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 541.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This standard specifies performance requirements for identifying numbers or symbols to be placed on major parts of certain passenger motor vehicles.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 541.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.20.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 541.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this standard is to reduce the incidence of motor vehicle thefts by facilitating the tracing and recovery of parts from stolen vehicles.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 541.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.20.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 541.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) and (c) of this section, this standard applies to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Passenger motor vehicle parts identified in § 541.5(a) that are present in:
</P>
<P>(i) Passenger cars; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Multipurpose passenger vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating of 6,000 pounds or less; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Light-duty trucks with a gross vehicle weight rating of 6,000 pounds or less, that NHTSA has determined to be high theft in accordance with 49 CFR 542.1; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Light duty trucks with a gross vehicle weight rating of 6,000 pounds or less, that NHTSA has determined to be subject to the requirements of this section in accordance with 49 CFR 542.2.
</P>
<P>(2) Replacement passenger motor vehicle parts identified in § 541.5(a) for vehicles listed in paragraphs (1)(i) to (iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exclusions.</I> This standard does not apply to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Passenger motor vehicle parts identified in § 541.5(a) that are present in vehicles manufactured by a motor vehicle manufacturer that manufactures fewer than 5,000 vehicles for sale in the United States each year.
</P>
<P>(2) Passenger motor vehicle parts identified in § 541.5(a) that are present in a line with an annual production of not more than 3,500 vehicles.
</P>
<P>(3) Passenger motor vehicle parts identified in § 541.5(a) that are present in light-duty trucks with a gross vehicle weight rating of 6,000 pounds or less, that NHTSA has determined to be subject to the requirements of this section in accordance with 49 CFR 542.2, if the vehicle line with which these light-duty trucks share majority of major interchangeable parts is exempt from parts marking requirements pursuant to part 543.
</P>
<P>(c) For vehicles listed in subparagraphs (1)(i) to (iv) of this section that are (1) not subject to the requirements of this standard until September 1, 2006, and (2) manufactured between September 1, 2006 and August 31, 2007; a manufacturer needs to meet the requirements of this part only for lines representing at least 50% of a manufacturer's total production of these vehicles.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28851, May 19, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 541.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.20.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 541.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory terms.</I> All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. chapter 331 are used in accordance with their statutory meanings unless otherwise defined in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other definitions.</I> (1) <I>Interior surface</I> means, with respect to a vehicle part, a surface that is not directly exposed to sun and precipitation.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Light-duty truck (LDT)</I> means a motor vehicle, with motive power, except a trailer, designed primarily for the transportation of property or special purpose equipment, that is rated at 6,000 pounds gross vehicle weight or less.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Line</I> means a name which a manufacturer applies to a group of motor vehicles of the same make which have the same body or chassis, or otherwise are similar in construction or design. A “line” may, for example, include 2-door, 4-door, station wagon, and hatchback vehicles of the same make.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>1990/91 median theft rate</I> means 3.5826 thefts per thousand vehicles produced.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Multipurpose passenger vehicle (MPV)</I> means a passenger motor vehicle which is constructed either on a truck chassis or with special features for occasional off-road operation and which is rated at 6,000 pounds gross vehicle weight or less.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Passenger car</I> is used as defined in § 571.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>VIN</I> means the vehicle identification number required by part 565 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 64168, Dec. 13, 1994, as amended at 61 FR 29033, June 7, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 541.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.20.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 541.5   Requirements for passenger motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each passenger motor vehicle subject to this standard must have an identifying number affixed or inscribed on each of the parts specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(18) inclusive, if the part is present on the passenger motor vehicle. In the case of passenger motor vehicles not originally manufactured to comply with applicable U.S. vehicle safety and bumper standards, each such motor vehicle subject to this standard must have an identifying number inscribed in a manner which conforms to paragraph (d)(2) of this section, on each of the parts specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(18), inclusive, if the part is present on the motor vehicle.
</P>
<FP-1>(1) Engine.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(2) Transmission.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(3) Right front fender.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(4) Left front fender.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(5) Hood.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(6) Right front door.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(7) Left front door.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(8) Right rear door.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(9) Left rear door.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(10) Sliding or cargo door(s).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(11) Front bumper.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(12) Rear bumper.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(13) Right rear quarter panel (passenger cars).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(14) Left rear quarter panel (passenger cars).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(15) Right-side assembly (MPVs).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(16) Left-side assembly (MPVs).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(17) Pickup box, and/or cargo box (LDTs).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(18) Rear door(s) (both doors in case of double doors), decklid, tailgate, or hatchback (whichever is present).
</FP-1>
<P>(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section, the number required to be inscribed or affixed by paragraph (a) shall be the VIN of the passenger motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) In place of the VIN, manufacturers who were marking engines and/or transmissions with a VIN derivative consisting of at least the last eight characters of the VIN on October 24, 1984, may continue to mark engines and/or transmissions with such VIN derivative.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of passenger motor vehicles not originally manufactured to comply with U.S. vehicle safety and bumper standards, the number required to be inscribed by paragraph (a) of this section shall be the original vehicle identification number assigned to the motor vehicle by its original manufacturer in the country where the motor vehicle was originally produced or assembled.
</P>
<P>(c) The characteristics of the number required to be affixed or inscribed by paragraph (a) of this section shall satisfy the size and style requirements set forth for vehicle certification labels in § 567.4(g) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) The number required by paragraph (a) of this section must be affixed by means that comply with paragraph (d)(1) of this section or inscribed by means that comply with paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Labels.</I> (i) The number must be printed indelibly on a label, and the label must be permanently affixed to the passenger motor vehicle's part.
</P>
<P>(ii) The number must be placed on each part specified in paragraph (a) of this section in a location such that the number is, if practicable, on an interior surface of the part as installed on the vehicle and in a location where it:
</P>
<P>(A) Will not be damaged by the use of any tools necessary to install, adjust, or remove the part and any adjoining parts, or any portions thereof;
</P>
<P>(B) Is on a portion of the part not likely to be damaged in a collision; and
</P>
<P>(C) Will not be damaged or obscured during normal dealer preparation operations (including rustproofing and undercoating).
</P>
<P>(iii) The number must be placed on each part specified in paragraph (a) of this section in a location that is visible without further disassembly once the part has been removed from the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(iv) The number must be placed entirely within the target area specified by the original manufacturer for that part, pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, on each part specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) Removal of the label must—
</P>
<P>(A) Cause the label to self-destruct by tearing or rendering the number on the label illegible, and
</P>
<P>(B) Discernibly alter the appearance of that area of the part where the label was affixed by leaving residual parts of the label or adhesive in that area, so that investigators will have evidence that a label was originally present.
</P>
<P>(vi) Alteration of the number on the label must leave traces of the original number or otherwise visibly alter the appearance of the label material.
</P>
<P>(vii) The label and the number shall be resistant to counterfeiting.
</P>
<P>(viii) The logo or some other unique identifier of the vehicle manufacturer must be placed in the material of the label in a manner such that alteration or removal of the logo visibly alters the appearance of the label.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Other means of identification.</I> (i) Removal or alteration of any portion of the number must visibly alter the appearance of the section of the vehicle part on which the identification is marked.
</P>
<P>(ii) The number must be placed on each part specified in paragraph (a) of this section in a location that is visible without further disassembly once the part has been removed from the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(iii) The number must be placed entirely within the target area specified by the original manufacturer for that part, pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, on each part specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Target areas.</I> (1) Each manufacturer that is the original producer who installs or assembles the covered major parts on a line shall designate a target area for the identifying numbers to be marked on each part specified in paragraph (a) of this section for each of its lines subject to this standard. The target area shall not exceed 50 percent of the surface area on the surface of the part on which the target area is located.
</P>
<P>(2) Each manufacturer subject to paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall, not later than 30 days before the line is introduced into commerce, inform NHTSA in writing of the target areas designated for each line subject to this standard. In those instances where a manufacturer has submitted this target area information to NHTSA with a request for confidential treatment pursuant to 49 CFR part 512, the manufacturer must also submit a complete copy of the target area information within seven (7) days after the information becomes public, or the new line is released for sale to the public, whichever comes first. The information must be submitted to: Docket Management, Room W12-140, West Building, Ground Floor, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 by any of the following methods. In all cases, the docket number for the submission, (Docket No. NHTSA-2009-0069) must be cited.
</P>
<P>(i) Electronic submission to the Federal eRulemaking Portal: <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I> Follow the instructions for submitting information.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>By U.S. Mail:</I> Docket Management Facility: U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building, Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, D.C. 20590.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Hand delivery or by courier:</I> 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building, Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. <I>Telephone:</I> 1-800-647-5527.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>By Fax transmission:</I> (202) 493-2251.
</P>
<P>(3) The target areas designated by the original vehicle manufacturer for a part on a line shall be maintained for the duration of the production of such line, unless a restyling of the part makes it no longer practicable to mark the part within the original target area. If there is such a restyling, the original vehicle manufacturer shall inform NHTSA of that fact and the new target area, in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 64168, Dec. 13, 1994, as amended at 69 FR 17967, Apr. 6, 2004; 76 FR 24403, May 2, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 541.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.20.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 541.6   Requirements for replacement parts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each replacement part for a part specified in § 541.5(a) must have the registered trademark of the manufacturer of the replacement part, or some other unique identifier if the manufacturer does not have a registered trademark, and the letter “R” affixed or inscribed on such replacement part by means that comply with § 541.5(d), except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section. In the case of replacement parts subject to the marking requirements of this section, which were not originally manufactured for sale in the United States, the importer of the part shall inscribe its registered trademark, or some other unique identifier if the importer does not have a registered trademark, and the letter “R” on the part by means that comply with § 541.5(d)(2), except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A replacement part subject to paragraph (a) of this section shall not be marked pursuant to § 541.5.
</P>
<P>(c) The trademark and the letter “R” required by paragraph (a) of this section must be at least one centimeter high.
</P>
<P>(d) The trademark and the letter “R” required by paragraph (a) of this section must be placed entirely within the target area specified by the vehicle manufacturer, pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Target areas.</I> (1) Each manufacturer that is the original producer or assembler of the vehicle for which the replacement part is designed shall designate a target area for the identifying symbols to be marked on each replacement part subject to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. Such target areas shall not exceed 25 percent of the surface area of the surface on which the replacement part marking will appear.
</P>
<P>(2) The boundaries of the target area designated under paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall be at least 10 centimeters at all points from the nearest boundaries of the target area designated for that part under § 541.5(e) of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) Each manufacturer subject to paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall inform NHTSA in writing of the target areas designated for each replacement part subject to paragraph (a) of this section, at the same time as it informs the agency of the target area designated for the original equipment parts of the line, pursuant to § 541.5(e)(2) of this part. In those instances where a manufacturer has submitted this target area information to NHTSA with a request for confidential treatment under 49 CFR part 512, the manufacturer shall also submit a complete copy of the target area information within seven (7) days after the information has become public or the new line has been released for sale to the public, whichever comes first. The information should be submitted to: Docket Management, Room W12-140, Ground Floor, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 by any of the following methods. In all cases, the docket number for the submission, (Docket No. NHTSA-2009-0069) must be cited.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Electronic submission to the Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</I> Follow the instructions for submitting information.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>By U.S. Mail:</I> Docket Management Facility: U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building, Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Hand delivery or by courier:</I> 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E., West Building, Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. <I>Telephone:</I> 1-800-647-5527.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>By Fax transmission:</I> (202) 493-2251.
</P>
<P>(4) The target area designated by the original vehicle manufacturer for the parts subject to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall be maintained for the duration of the production of such replacement part, unless a restyling of the part makes it no longer practicable to mark the part within the original target area. If there is such a restyling, the original vehicle manufacturer shall inform NHTSA of that fact and the new target area, in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Each replacement part must bear the symbol “DOT” in letters at least one centimeter high within 5 centimeters of the trademark and of the letter “R”, and entirely within the target area specified under paragraph (d) of this section. The symbol “DOT” constitutes the manufacturer's certification that the replacement part conforms to the applicable theft prevention standard, and shall be inscribed or affixed by means that comply with paragraph (a) of this section. In the case of replacement parts subject to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, which were not originally manufactured for sale in the United States, the importer shall inscribe the “DOT” symbol before the part is imported into the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 43190, Oct. 24, 1985, as amended at 76 FR 24403, May 2, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.20.0.1.7.13" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 541 [Reserved]



</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.20.0.1.7.14" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A-I to Part 541—Lines With Antitheft Devices Which Are Exempted From the Parts-Marking Requirements of This Standard Pursuant to 49 CFR Part 543



</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Manufacturer
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subject lines
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MINI, MINI Countryman (MPV), X1 (MPV), X2 (MPV), X3 (MPV), X4 (MPV), X5 (MPV), Z4, 2 Series, 3 Series, 4 Series, 5 Series, 6 Series, 7 Series, 8 Series.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CHRYSLER</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">300, Dodge Charger, Dodge Challenger, Dodge Dart, Dodge Journey, Fiat 500, Fiat 124 Spider, Jeep Cherokee, Jeep Compass, Jeep Grand Cherokee (MPV), Jeep Gladiator, Jeep Wrangler/Wrangler JK,
<sup>2</sup> Jeep Wrangler JL.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FORD MOTOR CO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bronco Sport,
<sup>1</sup> C-Max, EcoSport, Edge, Escape, Explorer, Fiesta, Focus, Fusion, Lincoln Corsair, Lincoln MKC, Lincoln MKX, Lincoln Nautilus, Mustang.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">GENERAL MOTORS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Buick Encore, Buick Verano, Cadillac ATS, Cadillac CTS, Cadillac XTS, Cadillac XT4, Chevrolet Bolt, Chevrolet Camaro, Chevrolet Corvette, Chevrolet Cruze, Chevrolet Equinox, Chevrolet Impala/Monte Carlo, Chevrolet Sonic, Chevrolet Spark, Chevrolet Trailblazer,
<sup>1</sup> Chevrolet Volt, GMC Terrain.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">HONDA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accord, Acura TLX, Acura MDX, Civic, CR-V, HR-V,
<sup>1</sup> Passport, Pilot.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">HYUNDAI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Genesis G70, Genesis G80,
<sup>3</sup> IONIQ, Sonata/Hybrid.
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">JAGUAR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F-Type, XE, XF, XJ, Land Rover Discovery Sport, Land Rover E-Pace, Land Rover F-Pace, Land Rover I-Pace,
<sup>1</sup> Land Rover Range Rover Evoque, Land Rover Velar.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">KIA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Niro, Stinger.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MASERATI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ghibli, Levante (SUV), Quattroporte.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MAZDA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2, 3, 6, CX-3, CX-5, CX-9, CX-30,
<sup>1</sup> MX-5 Miata.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MERCEDES-BENZ</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">smart Line Chassis, smart USA fortwo.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SL-Line Chassis (SL-Class), (the models within this line are): SL400/SL450, SL550, SL 63/AMG, SL 65/AMG.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SLK-Line Chassis (SLK-Class/SLC-Class) (the models within this line are): SLK 250, SLK 300, SLK 350, SLK 55 AMG, SLC 300 AMG, SLC 43.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S-Line Chassis (S/CL/S-Coupe Class/S-Class Cabriolet/Mercedes Maybach) (the models within this line are): S400 Hybrid, S550, S600, S63 AMG, S65 AMG, Mercedes-Maybach S560, Mercedes-Maybach S650, CL550, CL600, CL63 AMG, CL65 AMG.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NGCC Chassis Line (CLA/GLA/B-Class/A-Class) (the models within this line are): A220, B250e, CLA250, CLA45 AMG, GLA250, GLA45 AMG.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C-Line Chassis (C-Class/CLK/GLK-Class/GLC-Class) (the models within this line are): C63 AMG, C240, C250, C300, C350, CLK 350, CLK 550, CLK 63AMG, GLK250, GLK350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E-Line Chassis (E-Class/CLS Class) (the models within this line are): E55, E63 AMG, E350 BLUETEC, E320/E320DT CDi, E350/E500/E550, E400 HYBRID, CLS400, CLS500/550, CLS55 AMG, CLS63 AMG.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MITSUBISHI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Eclipse Cross, Outlander, Outlander Sport, Mirage.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NISSAN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Altima, Leaf, Maxima, Murano, NV200 Taxi, Pathfinder, Rogue, Kicks, Sentra, Infiniti Q70, Infiniti Q50/60, Infiniti QX50,
<sup>5</sup> Infiniti QX60, Versa.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PORSCHE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">911, Boxster/Cayman, Macan, Panamera, Taycan.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SUBARU</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ascent, Forester, Impreza, Legacy, Outback, WRX, XV Crosstrek/Crosstrek.
<sup>4</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TESLA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Model 3, Model S, Model X, Model Y.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TOYOTA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Avalon, Camry, Corolla, C-HR, Highlander, Lexus ES, Lexus GS, Lexus LS, Lexus NX, Lexus RX, Prius, RAV4, Sienna, Venza.
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">VOLKSWAGEN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Atlas, Beetle, ID.4,
<sup>1</sup> Jetta, Passat, Tiguan, Golf/Golf Sport wagen/eGolf/Alltrack, Audi A3, Audi A4, Audi A4Allroad MPV, Audi A6, Audi A8, Audi Q3, Audi Q5, Audi TT.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">VOLVO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S60.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Granted an exemption from the parts-marking requirements beginning with MY 2021.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Jeep Wrangler (2009-2019) nameplate changed to Jeep Wrangler JK, JK discontinued after MY 2018
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Hyundai discontinued use of its parts-marking exemption for the Genesis vehicle line beginning with the 2010 model year, line was reintroduced as the Genesis G80.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Subaru XV Crosstrek nameplate changed to Crosstrek beginning with MY 2016.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> Nissan's QX50 was granted an exemption for MY 2019 and added the QX55 SUV model to its line starting with MY 2021.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 77227, Nov. 9, 2023]





</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.20.0.1.7.15" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A-II to Part 541 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.20.0.1.7.16" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 541—Light Duty Truck Lines With Theft Rates Below the 1990/91 Median Theft Rate, Subject to the Requirements of This Standard 
</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Manufacturer 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subject lines 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">None</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 17967, Apr. 6, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.20.0.1.7.17" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 541—Criteria for Selecting Light Duty Truck Lines Likely To Have High Theft Rates
</HEAD>
<HD2>Scope
</HD2>
<P>These criteria specify the factors the Administrator will take into account in determining whether a new line is likely to have a high theft rate, and, therefore, whether such line will be subject to the requirements of this theft prevention standard.
</P>
<HD2>Purpose
</HD2>
<P>The purpose of these criteria is to enable the Administrator to select, by agreement with the manufacturer, if possible, those new lines which are likely to have high theft rates.
</P>
<HD2>Application
</HD2>
<P>These criteria apply to lines of passenger motor vehicles initially introduced into commerce on or after September 1, 2006.
</P>
<HD2>Methodology 
</HD2>
<P>These criteria will be applied to each line initially introduced into commerce on or after September 1, 2006. The likely theft rate for such lines will be determined in relation to the national median theft rate for 1990 and 1991. If the line is determined to be likely to have a theft rate above the national median, the Administrator will select such line for coverage under this theft prevention standard. 
</P>
<HD2>Criteria
</HD2>
<P>1. Retail price of the vehicle line.
</P>
<P>2. Vehicle image or marketing strategy.
</P>
<P>3. Vehicle lines with which the new line is intended to compete, and the theft rates of such lines.
</P>
<P>4. Vehicle line(s), if any, which the new line is intended to replace, and the theft rate(s) of such line(s).
</P>
<P>5. Presence or absence of any new theft prevention devices or systems.
</P>
<P>6. Preliminary theft rate for the line, if it can be determined on the basis of currently available data.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 43190, Oct. 24, 1985, as amended at 69 FR 17967, Apr. 6, 2004; 69 FR 34613, June 22, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="542" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 542—PROCEDURES FOR SELECTING LIGHT DUTY TRUCK LINES TO BE COVERED BY THE THEFT PREVENTION STANDARD
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 33101, 33102, 33103, 33104, 33105; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>59 FR 21672, Apr. 26, 1994, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 542.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.21.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 542.1   Procedures for selecting new light duty truck lines that are likely to have high or low theft rates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Scope. This section sets forth the procedures for motor vehicle manufacturers and NHTSA to follow in the determination of whether any new light duty truck line is likely to have a theft rate above or below the 1990/91 median theft rate. 
</P>
<P>(b) Application. These procedures apply to each manufacturer that plans to introduce a new light duty truck line into commerce in the United States on or after September 1, 2006, and to each of those new lines.
</P>
<P>(c) Procedures. (1) Each manufacturer shall use the criteria in appendix C of part 541 of this chapter to evaluate each new light duty truck line and to conclude whether the new line is likely to have a theft rate above or below the 1990/91 median theft rate. 
</P>
<P>(2) For each new light duty truck line, the manufacturer shall submit its evaluations and conclusions made under paragraph (c) of this section, together with the underlying factual information, to NHTSA not less than 15 months before the date of introduction. The manufacturer may request a meeting with the agency during this period to further explain the bases for its evaluations and conclusions. 
</P>
<P>(3) Within 90 days after its receipt of the manufacturer's submission under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the agency independently evaluates the new light duty truck line using the criteria in appendix C of part 541 of this chapter and, on a preliminary basis, determines whether the new line should or should not be subject to § 541.2 of this chapter. NHTSA informs the manufacturer by letter of the agency's evaluations and determinations, together with the factual information considered by the agency in making them. 
</P>
<P>(4) The manufacturer may request the agency to reconsider any of its preliminary determinations made under paragraph (c)(3) of this section. The manufacturer shall submit its request to the agency within 30 days of its receipt of the letter under paragraph (c)(3) of this section. The request shall include the facts and arguments underlying the manufacturer's objections to the agency's preliminary determinations. During this 30-day period, the manufacturer may also request a meeting with the agency to discuss those objections. 
</P>
<P>(5) Each of the agency's preliminary determinations under paragraph (c)(3) of this section shall become final 45 days after the agency sends the letter specified in paragraph (c)(3) of this section unless a request for reconsideration has been received in accordance with paragraph (c)(4) of this section. If such a request has been received, the agency makes its final determinations within 60 days of its receipt of the request. NHTSA informs the manufacturer by letter of those determinations and its response to the request for reconsideration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 17967, Apr. 6, 2004; 69 FR 34613, June 22, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 542.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.21.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 542.2   Procedures for selecting low theft light duty truck lines with a majority of major parts interchangeable with those of a passenger motor vehicle line.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Scope. This section sets forth the procedures for motor vehicle manufacturers and NHTSA to follow in the determination of whether any light duty truck lines that have or are likely to have a low theft rate have major parts interchangeable with a majority of the covered major parts of a passenger motor vehicle line. 
</P>
<P>(b) Application. These procedures apply to: 
</P>
<P>(1) Each manufacturer that produces—
</P>
<P>(i) At least one passenger motor vehicle line identified in 49 CFR 541.3(a)(1) and (2) that has been or will be introduced into commerce in the United States, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) At least one light duty truck line that has been or will be introduced into commerce in the United States and that the manufacturer identifies as likely to have a theft rate below the median theft rate; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Each of those likely sub-median theft rate light duty truck lines. 
</P>
<P>(c) Procedures. (1) For each light duty truck line that a manufacturer identifies under appendix C of part 541 of this chapter as having or likely to have a theft rate below the median rate, the manufacturer identifies how many and which of the major parts of that line will be interchangeable with the covered major parts of any of its passenger motor vehicle lines. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the manufacturer concludes that a light duty truck line that has or is likely to have a theft rate below the median theft rate has major parts that are interchangeable with a majority of the covered major parts of a passenger motor vehicle line, the manufacturer determines whether all the vehicles of those lines with sub-median or likely sub-median theft rates will account for more than 90 percent of the total annual production of all of the manufacturer's lines with those interchangeable parts. 
</P>
<P>(3) The manufacturer submits its evaluations and conclusions made under paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, together with the underlying factual information, to NHTSA not less than 15 months before the date of introduction. During this period, the manufacturer may request a meeting with the agency to further explain the bases for its evaluations and conclusions. 
</P>
<P>(4) Within 90 days after its receipt of the manufacturer's submission under paragraph (c)(3) of this section, NHTSA considers that submission, if any, and independently makes, on a preliminary basis, the determinations of those light duty truck lines with sub-median or likely sub-median theft rates which should or should not be subject to § 541.5 of this chapter. NHTSA informs the manufacturer by letter of the agency's preliminary determinations, together with the factual information considered by the agency in making them. 
</P>
<P>(5) The manufacturer may request the agency to reconsider any of its preliminary determinations made under paragraph (c)(4) of this section. The manufacturer must submit its request to the agency within 30 days of its receipt of the letter under paragraph (c)(4) of this section informing it of the agency's evaluations and preliminary determinations. The request must include the facts and arguments underlying the manufacturer's objections to the agency's preliminary determinations. During this 30-day period, the manufacturer may also request a meeting with the agency to discuss those objections. 
</P>
<P>(6) Each of the agency's preliminary determinations made under paragraph (c)(4) of this section becomes final 45 days after the agency sends the letter specified in that paragraph unless a request for reconsideration has been received in accordance with paragraph (c)(5) of this section. If such a request has been received, the agency makes its final determinations within 60 days of its receipt of the request. NHTSA informs the manufacturer by letter of those determinations and its response to the request for reconsideration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 17968, Apr. 6, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="543" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 543—EXEMPTION FROM VEHICLE THEFT PREVENTION STANDARD
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 33101, 33102, 33103, 33104 and 33105; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 33829, Sept. 8, 1987, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 543.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.22.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 543.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes procedures under section 605 of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act (15 U.S.C. 2025) for filing and processing petitions to exempt lines of passenger motor vehicles from part 541 of this chapter, and procedures for terminating or modifying an exemption.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 543.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.22.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 543.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to specify the content and format of petitions which may be filed by manufacturers of passenger motor vehicles to obtain an exemption from the parts-marking requirements of the vehicle theft prevention standard for passenger motor vehicle lines which include, as standard equipment, an antitheft device if the agency concludes that the device is likely to be as effective in reducing and deterring motor vehicle theft as compliance with the parts-marking requirements. This part also provides the procedures that the agency will follow in processing those petitions and in terminating or modifying exemptions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 543.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.22.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 543.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to manufacturers of vehicles subject to the requirements of part 541 of this chapter, and to any interested person who seeks to have NHTSA terminate an exemption.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28851, May 19, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 543.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.22.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 543.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory terms.</I> All terms defined in sections 2, 601, and 605 of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act are used in accordance with their statutory meanings unless otherwise defined in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other definitions.</I> 
</P>
<P><I>Accessory mode</I> means the ignition switch setting in which certain electrical systems (such as the radio and power windows) can be operated without the operation of the vehicle's propulsion engine.
</P>
<P><I>Immobilizer</I> means a device that, when activated, is intended to prevent a motor vehicle from being powered by its own propulsion system.
</P>
<P><I>Line</I> or <I>car line</I> means a name which a manufacturer applies to a group of motor vehicles of the same make which have the same body or chassis, or otherwise are similar in construction or design. A “line” may, for example, include 2-door, 4-door, station wagon, and hatchback vehicles of the same make.
</P>
<P><I>NHTSA</I> means the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 33829, Sept. 8, 1987, as amended at 81 FR 66841, Sept. 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 543.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.22.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 543.5   Petition: General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each model year, a manufacturer may petition NHTSA for an exemption of one car line from the requirements of part 541 of this chapter. However, for car lines not subject to the requirements of part 541 of this chapter until September 1, 2006, a manufacturer may not petition NHTSA for an exemption for model years before model year 2006.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition filed under this part for an exemption must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be written in the English language;
</P>
<P>(2) Be submitted in three copies to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(3) State the full name and address of the petitioner, the nature of its organization (individual, partnership, corporation, etc.), and the name of the State or country under the laws of which it is organized;
</P>
<P>(4) Be submitted at least 8 months before the commencement of production of the lines specified under paragraph (5) of § 543.5(b) for the first model year in which the petitioner wishes those lines to be exempted, and identify that model year;
</P>
<P>(5) Identify the passenger motor vehicle line or lines for which exemption is sought;
</P>
<P>(6) Identify whether the exemption is sought under § 543.6 or § 543.7.
</P>
<P>(7) If the exemption is sought under § 543.6, set forth in full the data, views, and arguments of the petitioner supporting the exemption, including the information specified in that section.
</P>
<P>(8) If the exemption is sought under § 543.7, submission of the information required in that section.
</P>
<P>(9) Specify and segregate any part of the information or data submitted that the petitioner requests be withheld from public disclosure in accordance with part 512, <I>Confidential Business Information,</I> of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 33829, Sept. 8, 1987, as amended at 59 FR 10758, Mar. 8, 1994; 70 FR 28851, May 19, 2005; 81 FR 66841, Sept. 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 543.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.22.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 543.6   Petition: Specific content requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each petition for exemption filed under this part must include:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that an antitheft device will be installed as standard equipment on all vehicles in the line for which an exemption is sought;
</P>
<P>(2) A list naming each component in the antitheft system, and a diagram showing the location of each of those components within the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(3) A discussion that explains the means and process by which the device is activated and functions, including any aspect of the device designed to—
</P>
<P>(i) Facilitate or encourage its activation by motorists,
</P>
<P>(ii) Attract attention to the efforts of an unauthorized person to enter or move a vehicle by means other than a key,
</P>
<P>(iii) Prevent defeating or circumventing the device by an unauthorized person attempting to enter a vehicle by means other than a key,
</P>
<P>(iv) Prevent the operation of a vehicle which an unauthorized person has entered using means other than a key, and
</P>
<P>(v) Ensure the reliability and durability of the device;
</P>
<P>(4) The reasons for the petitioner's belief that the antitheft device will be effective in reducing and deterring motor vehicle theft, including any theft data and other data that are available to the petitioner and form a basis for that belief;
</P>
<P>(5) The reasons for the petitioner's belief that the agency should determine that the antitheft device is likely to be as effective as compliance with the parts-marking requirements of part 541 in reducing and deterring motor vehicle theft, including any statistical data that are available to the petitioner and form a basis for petitioner's belief that a line of passenger motor vehicles equipped with the antitheft device is likely to have a theft rate equal to or less than that of passenger motor vehicles of the same, or a similar, line which have parts marked in compliance with part 541.
</P>
<P>(b) Any petitioner submitting data under paragraph (a) (4) or (5) of this section shall submit an explanation of its belief that the data are sufficiently representative and reliable to warrant NHTSA's reliance upon them.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 33829, Sept. 8, 1987, as amended at 59 FR 10758, Mar. 8, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 543.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.22.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 543.7   Petitions based on performance criteria.</HEAD>
<P>A petition submitted under this section must include:
</P>
<P>(a) A statement that the entire line of vehicles is equipped with an immobilizer, as standard equipment, that meets one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The performance criteria (subsections 8 through 21) of C.R.C, c. 1038.114, <I>Theft Protection and Rollaway Prevention (in effect March 30, 2011),</I> as excerpted in appendix A of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) National Standard of Canada CAN/ULC-S338-98, <I>Automobile Theft Deterrent Equipment and Systems: Electronic Immobilization</I> (May 1998);
</P>
<P>(3) United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UN/ECE) Regulation No. 97 (ECE R97), <I>Uniform Provisions Concerning Approval of Vehicle Alarm System (VAS) and Motor Vehicles with Regard to Their Alarm System (AS)</I> in effect August 8, 2007; or
</P>
<P>(4) UN/ECE Regulation No. 116 (ECE R116), <I>Uniform Technical Prescriptions Concerning the Protection of Motor Vehicles Against Unauthorized Use</I> in effect on February 10, 2009.
</P>
<P>(b) Compliance documentation kept to demonstrate the basis for certification with the performance criteria specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) A statement that the immobilizer device is durable and reliable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 66841, Sept. 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 543.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.22.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 543.8   Processing an exemption petition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) NHTSA processes any complete petition. If a manufacturer submits a petition that does not contain all the information required by this part, NHTSA informs the manufacturer of the areas of insufficiency and advises the manufacturer that the agency does not process the petition until it receives the required information.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency grants a petition for an exemption from the parts-marking requirements of part 541 either in whole or in part, if it determines that, based upon substantial evidence, the standard equipment antitheft device is likely to be as effective in reducing and deterring motor vehicle theft as compliance with the parts-marking requirements of part 541.
</P>
<P>(c) The agency issues its decision either to grant or deny an exemption petition not later than 120 days after the date on which a complete petition is filed.
</P>
<P>(d) Any exemption granted under this part applies only to the vehicle line or lines that are the subject of the grant, and are equipped with the antitheft device on which the line's exemption was based.
</P>
<P>(e) An exemption granted under this part is effective for the model year beginning after the model year in which NHTSA issue the notice of exemption, unless the notice of exemption specifies a later model year.
</P>
<P>(f) If the petition is sought under § 543.6, NHTSA publishes a notice of its decision to grant or deny an exemption petition in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and notifies the petitioner in writing of the agency's decision.
</P>
<P>(g) If the petition is sought under § 543.7, NHTSA notifies the petitioner in writing of the agency's decision to grant or deny an exemption petition.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 33829, Sept. 8, 1987. Redesignated and amended at 81 FR 66841, Sept. 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 543.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.22.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 543.9   Duration of exemption.</HEAD>
<P>Each exemption under this part continues in effect unless it is modified or terminated under § 543.10, or the manufacturer ceases production of the exempted line.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 66841, Sept. 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 543.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.22.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 543.10   Terminating or modifying an exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On its own initiative or in response to a petition, NHTSA may commence a proceeding to terminate or modify any exemption granted under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Any interested person may petition the agency to commence a proceeding to terminate or modify an exemption.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) In a petition to terminate an exemption, the petitioner must:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify the vehicle line or lines that are the subject of the exemption;
</P>
<P>(ii) State the reasons for petitioner's belief that the standard equipment antitheft device installed under the exemption is not as effective as compliance with the parts-marking requirements of part 541 in reducing and deterring motor vehicle theft;
</P>
<P>(iii) Comply with § 543.5, paragraphs (b) (1) through (3) and (7).
</P>
<P>(2) In a petition to modify an exemption, the petitioner must:
</P>
<P>(i) Identify the vehicle line or lines that are the subject of the exemption;
</P>
<P>(ii) Request permission to use an antitheft device similar to, but different from the standard equipment antitheft device which is installed under the exemption;
</P>
<P>(iii) Comply with § 543.5, paragraphs (b) (1) through (3) and (7); and
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide the same information for the modified device that is required under § 543.6 for a new device, except that the information specified by § 543.6(a)(3) need by provided only to the extent that the modified device differs from the standard equipment antitheft device installed under the exemption.
</P>
<P>(d) NHTSA processes any complete petition. If a person submits a petition under this section that does not contain all the information required by it, NHTSA informs the manufacturer of the areas of insufficiency and advises the manufacturer that the agency does not process the petition until it receives the required information.
</P>
<P>(e) If NHTSA denies a petition requesting a proceeding to terminate or modify an exemption, the agency notifies the petitioner by letter.
</P>
<P>(f) If NHTSA commences a termination proceeding on its own initiative or in response to a petition, the agency provides the manufacturer of the exempted line with a copy of the petition, if any, a written statement of NHTSA's reasons for commencing the proceeding, and an opportunity to present its written views.
</P>
<P>(g)(1) The agency terminates an exemption if it determines that the antitheft device installed under the exemption has not been as effective as parts-marking in reducing and deterring motor vehicle theft.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section, a decision to terminate an exemption under this section takes effect on the later of the following dates:
</P>
<P>(i) The last day of the model year in which NHTSA issues the termination decision, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Six months after the manufacturer receives written notice of the termination.
</P>
<P>(3) If a manufacturer shows good cause why terminating its exemption effective on a date later than the one specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section is consistent with the public interest and the purposes of the Act, the agency may set such later date.
</P>
<P>(h)(1) The agency modifies an exemption if it determines, based on substantial evidence, that the modified antitheft device described in the petition is likely to be as effective in reducing and deterring motor vehicle theft as compliance with the parts-marking requirements of part 541.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(2)(ii) of this section, a decision to modify an exemption under this section takes effect on the first day of the model year following the model year in which NHTSA issued the modification decision.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a manufacturer shows good cause why modifying its exemption effective on a date earlier than the one specified in paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this section is consistent with the public interest and the purposes of the Act, the agency may set such earlier date.
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(j) NHTSA publishes notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of any agency decision terminating or modifying an exemption, and notifies the affected manufacturer in writing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 33829, Sept. 8, 1987. Redesignated at 81 FR 66841, Sept. 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.22.0.1.11.18" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 543—Performance Criteria (Subsections 8 Through 21) of C.R.C, c. 1038.114 (in Effect March 30, 2011)
</HEAD>
<P>In order to be eligible for an exemption under § 543.7(a)(1), the entire vehicle line must be equipped with an immobilizer meeting the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) Subject to paragraph (2) of this appendix, an immobilization system shall arm automatically within a period of not more than 1 minute after the disarming device is removed from the vehicle, if the vehicle remains in a mode of operation other than accessory mode or on throughout that period.
</P>
<P>(2) If the disarming device is a keypad or biometric identifier, the immobilization system shall arm automatically within a period of not more than 1 minute after the motors used for the vehicle's propulsion are turned off, if the vehicle remains in a mode of operation other than accessory mode or on throughout that period.
</P>
<P>(3) The immobilization system shall arm automatically not later than 2 minutes after the immobilization system is disarmed, unless:
</P>
<P>(i) Action is taken for starting one or more motors used for the vehicle's propulsion;
</P>
<P>(ii) Disarming requires an action to be taken on the engine start control or electric motor start control, the engine stop control or electric motor stop control, or the ignition switch; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Disarming occurs automatically by the presence of a disarming device and the device is inside the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) If armed, the immobilization system shall prevent the vehicle from moving more than 3 meters (9.8 feet) under its own power by inhibiting the operation of at least one electronic control unit and shall not have any impact on the vehicle's brake system except that it may prevent regenerative braking and the release of the parking brake.
</P>
<P>(5) During the disarming process, a code shall be sent to the inhibited electronic control unit in order to allow the vehicle to move under its own power.
</P>
<P>(6) It shall not be possible to disarm the immobilization system by interrupting its normal operating voltage.
</P>
<P>(7) When the normal starting procedure requires that the disarming device mechanically latch into a receptacle and the device is physically separate from the ignition switch key, one or more motors used for the vehicle's propulsion shall start only after the device is removed from that receptacle.
</P>
<P>(8)(i) The immobilization system shall have a minimum capacity of 50,000 code variants, shall not be disarmed by a code that can disarm all other immobilization systems of the same make and model; and
</P>
<P>(ii) subject to paragraph (9) of this appendix, it shall not have the capacity to process more than 5,000 codes within 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(9) If an immobilization system uses rolling or encrypted codes, it may conform to the following criteria instead of the criteria set out in paragraph (8)(ii) of this appendix:
</P>
<P>(i) The probability of obtaining the correct code within 24 hours shall not exceed 4 per cent; and
</P>
<P>(ii) It shall not be possible to disarm the system by re-transmitting in any sequence the previous 5 codes generated by the system.
</P>
<P>(10) The immobilization system shall be designed so that, when tested as installed in the vehicle neither the replacement of an original immobilization system component with a manufacturer's replacement component nor the addition of a manufacturer's component can be completed without the use of software; and it is not possible for the vehicle to move under its own power for at least 5 minutes after the beginning of the replacement or addition of a component referred to in this paragraph (1).
</P>
<P>(11) The immobilization system's conformity to paragraph (10) of this appendix shall be demonstrated by testing that is carried out without damaging the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(12) Paragraph (10)(i) of this appendix does not apply to the addition of a disarming device that requires the use of another disarming device that is validated by the immobilization system.
</P>
<P>(13) The immobilization system shall be designed so that it can neither be bypassed nor rendered ineffective in a manner that would allow a vehicle to move under its own power, or be disarmed, using one or more of the tools and equipment listed in paragraph (14) of this appendix;
</P>
<P>(i) Within a period of less than 5 minutes, when tested as installed in the vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Within a period of less than 2.5 minutes, when bench-tested outside the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(14) During a test referred to in paragraph (13) of this appendix, only the following tools or equipment may be used: Scissors, wire strippers, wire cutters and electrical wires, a hammer, a slide hammer, a chisel, a punch, a wrench, a screwdriver, pliers, steel rods and spikes, a hacksaw, a battery operated drill, a battery operated angle grinder; and a battery operated jigsaw.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>C.R.C, c. 1038.114, Theft Protection and Rollaway Prevention (in effect March 30, 2011). See: SOR/2011-69 March, 2011 “Regulations Amending the Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations (Theft Prevention and Rollaway Prevention—Standard 114)” 2011-03-30 Canada Gazette Part II, Vol 145, No. 7.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 66841, Sept. 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="545" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 545—FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE THEFT PREVENTION STANDARD PHASE-IN AND SMALL-VOLUME LINE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 33101, 33102, 33103, 33104, 33105; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 28851, May 19, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 545.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.23.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 545.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes requirements for manufacturers of motor vehicles to respond to NHTSA inquiries, to submit reports, and to maintain records related to the reports, concerning the number of vehicles that meet the requirements of 49 CFR part 541, and the number of vehicles that are excluded from the requirements of 49 CFR part 541 pursuant to 49 CFR 541.3(b)(2).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 46176, Aug. 17, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 545.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.23.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 545.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of these requirements is to assist the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in determining whether a manufacturer has complied with the requirements of 49 CFR 541.5.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 545.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.23.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 545.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to manufacturers of motor vehicles.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 545.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.23.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 545.4   Response to inquiries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At any time prior to August 31, 2007, each manufacturer must, upon request from the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, provide information identifying the vehicles (by make, model, and vehicle identification number) that have been certified as complying with the requirements of 49 CFR part 541. The manufacturers designation of a vehicle as a certified vehicle is irrevocable.
</P>
<P>(b) At any time prior to August 31, 2007, each manufacturer must, upon request from the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, provide information identifying the vehicles (by make, model, and vehicle identification number) that are excluded from the requirements of 49 CFR part 541 pursuant to 49 CFR 541.3(b)(2).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28851, May 19, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 46176, Aug. 17, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 545.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.23.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 545.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Production year</I> means the 12-month period between September 1 of 2006 and August 31, 2007, inclusive.
</P>
<P><I>Small-volume line</I> means a line with an annual production of not more than 3,500 vehicles.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 545.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.23.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 545.6   Reporting requirements for vehicles listed in § 541.3(a)(1).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General reporting requirements.</I> Within 60 days after the end of the production year ending August 31, 2007, each manufacturer shall submit a report to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration concerning its compliance with 49 CFR part 541 for vehicles listed in § 541.3(a)(1) that were manufactured between September 1, 2006 and August 31, 2007. Each report must—
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(2) State the full name, title, and address of the official responsible for preparing the report;
</P>
<P>(3) Identify the production year being reported on;
</P>
<P>(4) Contain a statement regarding whether or not the manufacturer complied with the requirements of 49 CFR part 541 for the period covered by the report, and the basis for that statement;
</P>
<P>(5) Provide the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(6) Be written in the English language; and
</P>
<P>(7) Be submitted to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Room, 400 7th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Report content</I>—(1) <I>Basis for Statement of Compliance.</I> Each manufacturer shall provide the number of motor vehicles listed in § 541.3(a)(1) that were manufactured between September 1, 2006 and August 31, 2007 (excluding those motor vehicles that were subject to the requirements of 49 CFR part 541 before September 1, 2006).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Production.</I> Each manufacturer shall provide (1) the number of motor vehicles manufactured between September 1, 2006 and August 31, 2007 (excluding those motor vehicles that were subject to the requirements of 49 CFR part 541 before September 1, 2006), that meet the requirements of 49 CFR 541.5; and (2) the number of motor vehicles manufactured between September 1, 2006 and August 31, 2007 (excluding those motor vehicles that were subject to the requirements of 49 CFR part 541 before September 1, 2006), that are exempt from 49 CFR part 541 pursuant to 49 CFR part 543.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Statement regarding compliance.</I> Each manufacturer must provide a statement regarding whether or not the manufacturer complied with 49 CFR 541.5 requirements as applicable to the period covered by the report, and the basis for that statement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28851, May 19, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 46176, Aug. 17, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 545.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.23.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 545.7   Reporting requirements for vehicles listed in § 541.3(b)(2).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General reporting requirements.</I> Within 60 days after the end of the production year ending August 31, 2007, each manufacturer must submit a report to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration concerning small-volume lines that were manufactured between September 1, 2006 and August 31, 2007. Each report must—
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(2) State the full name, title, and address of the official responsible for preparing the report;
</P>
<P>(3) Identify the production year being reported on;
</P>
<P>(4) Provide the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(5) Be written in the English language; and
</P>
<P>(6) Be submitted to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Room, 400 7th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Report content.</I> Within 60 days after the end of the production year ending August 31, 2007, each manufacturer shall provide: (1) The name of each small-volume line the manufacturer produces; (2) the number of motor vehicles in each small-volume line the manufacturer produced.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 28851, May 19, 2005, as amended at 72 FR 46176, Aug. 17, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 545.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.23.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 545.8   Records.</HEAD>
<P>Each manufacturer shall maintain records of the Vehicle Identification Number for each vehicle for which information is reported under §§ 545.6(b)(2) and 545.7(b)(2) until December 31, 2008.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 545.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.23.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 545.9   Petition to extend period to file report.</HEAD>
<P>A manufacturer may petition for extension of time to submit a report under this part. A petition will be granted only if the petitioner shows good cause for the extension and if the extension is consistent with the public interest. The petition must be received not later than 15 days before expiration of the time stated in § 545.5(a). The filing of a petition does not automatically extend the time for filing a report. The petition must be submitted to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 7th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="551" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 551—PROCEDURAL RULES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 110(e), 119, 80 Stat. 719, 728 (15 U.S.C. 1399, 1407); 23 U.S.C. 315, 401-404; delegation of authority, 31 FR 13952, 32 FR 5606.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>33 FR 19700, Dec. 25, 1968, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 35 FR 5118, Mar. 26, 1970.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.1.4.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part contains rules of procedure generally applicable to the transaction of official business under the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966, the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, and the Highway Safety Act of 1966. These rules apply in addition to the rules governing specific proceedings. In case of inconsistency with these general rules, the specific rules prevail.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19700, Dec. 25, 1968. Redesignated at 35 FR 5118, Mar. 26, 1970, and amended at 38 FR 20086, July 27, 1973]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Submittals in Writing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.31" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.3.4.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.31   Form of communications.</HEAD>
<P>Any communication in writing relating to official business (including formal documents) shall be on opaque and durable paper not larger than 9 by 14 inches in size. Tables, charts, or originals of other documents that are attached to communications shall be folded to this size, if possible. The left margin of communications shall be at least 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide, and if a communication is bound, it shall be bound on the left side. All copies submitted shall be legible.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.33" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.3.4.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.33   Address of communications.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise specified, communications shall be addressed to the Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590. Communications may not be addressed to a staff member's private address.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 1147, Jan. 23, 1971; 38 FR 20086, July 27, 1973]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.35" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.3.4.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.35   Subscription of communications.</HEAD>
<P>Each communication shall be signed in ink and shall disclose the full legal name and the address of the person signing it and, if he is an agent, of his principal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.37" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.3.4.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.37   Language of communications.</HEAD>
<P>Communications and attachments thereto shall be in English. Any matter written in a foreign language will be considered only if accompanied by a translation into English. A translation shall bear a certificate by the translator certifying that he is qualified to make the translation; that the translation is complete except as otherwise clearly indicated; and that it is accurate to the best of the translator's knowledge and belief. The translator shall sign the certificate in ink and state his full legal name, occupation, and address.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Service of Process on Foreign Manufacturers and Importers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 45567, Aug. 8, 2005, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 30164.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV7 N="4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.4" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Designation of an Agent for Service of Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.45" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.4.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.45   What is the purpose of this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this subpart is to establish a procedure for foreign manufacturers, assemblers and importers of motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment to designate an agent in the United States on whom service of administrative or judicial notices or processes may be made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.46" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.4.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.46   Who must comply with this subpart and when?</HEAD>
<P>(a) All foreign manufacturers, assemblers, and importers of motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment (hereinafter referred to as “foreign manufacturers”) must comply with this subpart before offering a motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment for importation into the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless and until a foreign manufacturer appoints an agent in accordance with the requirements of this subpart, it may not import motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment into the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.47" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.4.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.47   Who may serve as an agent for a foreign manufacturer?</HEAD>
<P>Only an individual, a domestic firm or a domestic corporation that is a permanent resident of the United States may serve as an agent under this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.48" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.4.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.48   May an official of a foreign manufacturer serve as its agent?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Generally no; an agent must be a permanent resident of the United States. Typically officials of foreign manufacturers and importers are not United States residents.
</P>
<P>(b) Occasionally an official of a foreign manufacturer also serves as an official of a domestic firm or corporation or is a permanent resident of the United States. In such cases, the official may serve as agent and sign the designation documents both on behalf of the foreign manufacturer and as agent. However, the foreign manufacturer must submit to NHTSA, along with the designation documents, a letter explaining that the individual signing the designation is both an official of the foreign manufacturer with authority to appoint an agent and a permanent resident of the United States or official of a domestic firm or corporation. If NHTSA does not receive an explanatory letter at the same time it receives the designation, the agency will deem the designation insufficient under this subpart and reject the submission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.49" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.4.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.49   May a foreign manufacturer replace its agent?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Yes, a foreign manufacturer may replace its agent in the same way it originally designated the agent. It must submit designation documents that meet the form and content requirements identified in the following section of this subpart. Until NHTSA receives designation documents meeting those requirements or a letter withdrawing an existing designation, the individual or domestic corporation originally designated will continue to serve as its agent for service of process.
</P>
<P>(b) A foreign manufacturer that has withdrawn but not replaced its agent may not continue to import motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment into the United States. In order to do so, it must appoint a new agent in accordance with the requirements of this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.50" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.4.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.50   May more than one foreign manufacturer designate the same person as agent?</HEAD>
<P>Yes, any number of foreign manufacturers separately may designate the same person as agent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.51" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.4.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.51   May an agent assign performance of its functions to another individual or entity?</HEAD>
<P>No, an agent may not assign performance of its functions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.52" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.4.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.52   How long will a foreign manufacturer's designation of agent remain in effect?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A designation of agent remains in effect until replaced or withdrawn by a foreign manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(b) A foreign manufacturer that has withdrawn but not replaced its agent may not continue to import motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment into the United States. In order to do so, it must appoint a new agent in accordance with the requirements of this subpart.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Form and Contents of Designation</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.53" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.53   What is the required format for a designation?</HEAD>
<P>(a) All documents submitted under this subpart must be:
</P>
<P>(1) Original documents;
</P>
<P>(2) Written in English; and
</P>
<P>(3) Signed in ink.
</P>
<P>(b) For each signature, the document must indicate in English:
</P>
<P>(1) The date of signature; and
</P>
<P>(2) The name and title of the individual who signed the document.
</P>
<P>(c) As long as documents submitted by a foreign manufacturer and its agent contain all required information (identified in §§ 551.54, 551.55 and 551.56 below), there is no mandatory format for the designation
</P>
<P>(d) NHTSA encourages foreign manufacturers to use the suggested designation form set forth in the appendix to this subpart. If completed and executed properly by both a foreign manufacturer and its agent, this form will comply fully with the requirements of §§ 551.53 through 551.65.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.54" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.54   What are the required contents for a designation?</HEAD>
<P>The suggested designation form set forth in the Appendix, if completed and signed properly by a foreign manufacturer and its agent, contains all of the information necessary to create a valid designation under this subpart. Specifically, a valid designation must contain:
</P>
<P>(a) A Designation by Foreign Manufacturer; and
</P>
<P>(b) An Acceptance by Agent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.55" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.55   What information must a Designation by Foreign Manufacturer contain?</HEAD>
<P>A Designation by Foreign Manufacturer must contain:
</P>
<P>(a) A statement that the designation is in valid form and binding on the foreign manufacturer under the laws, corporate bylaws or other requirements governing the making of designations at the place and time where it is made;
</P>
<P>(b) The full legal name, principal place of business and mailing address of the foreign manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(c) All trade or brand names, marks, logos or other designations of origin under which the foreign manufacturer's products will be sold; and
</P>
<P>(d) The signature in ink, and the name and title of the official or employee signing the designation on behalf of the foreign manufacturer, who must have authority to appoint an agent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.56" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.56   What information must an Acceptance by Agent contain?</HEAD>
<P>An Acceptance by Agent must contain:
</P>
<P>(a) The full legal name, mailing address and telephone number of the agent;
</P>
<P>(b) A statement that the agent accepts the designation and understands that (s)he may not assign performance of the agent's functions under the designation to another person or entity, and that the designation shall remain in effect until it is withdrawn or replaced by the foreign manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(c) The signature in ink of the agent, or an official or employee of the domestic firm or corporation serving as the agent, who must authority to sign for the firm or corporation; and
</P>
<P>(d) The name and title of the individual signing the acceptance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.57" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.57   Who may sign the Designation by Foreign Manufacturer?</HEAD>
<P>Only an official or employee of the foreign manufacturer with authority to appoint an agent may sign the Designation by Foreign Manufacturer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.58" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.58   Who may sign the Acceptance by Agent?</HEAD>
<P>Only the agent, in the case of an individual, or an official or employee, in the case of a domestic firm or corporation serving as the agent with authority to sign for that firm of corporation, may sign the Acceptance of Agent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.59" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.59   May the same individual sign both the Designation by Foreign Manufacturer and Acceptance by Agent?</HEAD>
<P>(a) Generally no; the Designation by Manufacturer must be signed by an official or employee of the foreign manufacturer and the Acceptance by Agent must be signed by the foreign manufacturer's agent, in the case of an individual, or by an official or employee, in the case of a domestic firm or corporation serving as its agent.
</P>
<P>(b) Occasionally an official of a foreign manufacturer also serves as an official of a domestic firm or corporation or is a permanent resident of the United States. In such cases, the official may serve as agent and sign the designation documents both on behalf of the foreign manufacturer and as agent. However, the foreign manufacturer must submit to NHTSA, along with the designation documents, a letter explaining that the individual signing the designation is both an official of the foreign manufacturer with authority to appoint an agent and a permanent resident of the United States or official of a domestic firm or corporation. If NHTSA does not receive an explanatory letter at the same time it receives the designation, the agency will deem the designation insufficient under this subpart and reject the submission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.60" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.60   When must the Designation by Foreign Manufacturer be signed?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The foreign manufacturer must sign the Designation by Foreign Manufacturer on or before the date that the agent signs the Acceptance by Agent. It is not possible for an individual or entity to accept a designation as agent until on or after the date on which a foreign manufacturer makes the designation.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Designation by Foreign Manufacturer is dated after the Acceptance by Agent, NHTSA will deem the designation insufficient under this subpart and reject the submission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.61" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.61   When must the Acceptance by Agent be signed?</HEAD>
<P>(a) The agent, in the case of an individual, or an employee or official, in the case of a domestic firm or corporation serving as agent, must sign the Acceptance by Agent on or after the date that the manufacturer signs the Designation by Foreign Manufacturer. It is not possible for an individual or entity to accept a designation as agent until on or after the date on which the foreign manufacturer makes the designation.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Acceptance by Agent is dated before the Designation by Foreign Manufacturer, NHTSA will deem the designation insufficient under this subpart and reject the submission.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.62" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.62   Where should a foreign manufacturer mail the designation?</HEAD>
<P>Foreign manufacturers must mail their designations to the Office of the Executive Secretariat, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Room 5221, 400 Seventh Street, SW, Washington, DC 20590. No other NHTSA office is authorized to accept designation documents. To avoid delays, the agency suggests using express mail services.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.63" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.63   May a foreign manufacturer submit a designation by email or facsimile?</HEAD>
<P>No, the statute requires designation documents submitted by foreign manufacturers to contain original ink signatures. NHTSA will reject designation documents submitted via email or facsimile, as they do not satisfy this requirement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.64" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.64   What if designation documents submitted by a foreign manufacturer do not comply with this subpart?</HEAD>
<P>Designations of agent are binding on the foreign manufacturer even when their form and contents do not comply with this subpart, unless rejected by the agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.65" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.5.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.65   What if a foreign manufacturer changes its name, address or product names or marks?</HEAD>
<P>(a) A foreign manufacturer must provide written notice to NHTSA of any changes in its name, address or marks, trade names, or other designations of origin appearing on its products.
</P>
<P>(b) Foreign manufacturers should mail notices to the Office of the Executive Secretariat, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Room 5221, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. To avoid delays, the agency suggests using express mail services.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.6" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Method of Service of Process</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.66" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.6.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.66   What is the legal effect of service of process on an agent?</HEAD>
<P>Service on an agent of administrative or judicial notices or process is deemed to be service on a manufacturer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.67" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.6.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.67   Where and how may an agent be served?</HEAD>
<P>An agent may be served at the agent's office or usual place of residence, by registered or certified mail addressed to the agent with return receipt requested, or by any other manner authorized by law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 551.68" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.24.4.6.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 551.68   What if an agent cannot be served?</HEAD>
<P>If an agent cannot be served because the agent cannot be located, has ceased to exist or does not receive correctly addressed mail, service may be made by posting the notice or process in the Office of the Secretary of Transportation.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er08au05.043.gif"/>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="552" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 552—PETITIONS FOR RULEMAKING, DEFECT, AND NONCOMPLIANCE ORDERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 30111, 30118, 30162; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>40 FR 42014, Sept. 10, 1975, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes procedures for the submission and disposition of petitions filed by interested persons pursuant to 49 U.S.C. Chapters 301, 305, 321, 323, 325, 327, 329 and 331 to initiate rulemaking or to make a decision that a motor vehicle or item of replacement equipment does not comply with an applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standard or contains a defect which relates to motor vehicle safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 17267, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to enable the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to identify and respond on a timely basis to petitions for rulemaking or defect or noncompliance decisions, and to inform the public of the procedures following in response to such petitions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 17267, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.3   General.</HEAD>
<P>Any interested person may file with the Administrator a petition requesting him:
</P>
<P>(a) To commence a proceeding respecting the issuance, amendment or revocation of a motor vehicle safety standard, or
</P>
<P>(b) To commence a proceeding to decide whether to issue an order concerning the notification and remedy of a failure of a motor vehicle or item of replacement equipment to comply with an applicable motor vehicle safety standard or a defect in such vehicle or equipment that relates to motor vehicle safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 17267, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.4   Requirements for petition.</HEAD>
<P>A petition filed under this part should be addressed and submitted to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street, S.W., Washington, DC 20590. Each petition filed under this part must:
</P>
<P>(a) Be written in the English language;
</P>
<P>(b) Have, preceding its text, a heading that includes the word “Petition”;
</P>
<P>(c) Set forth facts which it is claimed establish that an order is necessary;
</P>
<P>(d) Set forth a brief description of the substance of the order which it is claimed should be issued; and
</P>
<P>(e) Contain the name and address of the petitioner.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.5   Improperly filed petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A petition that is not addressed as specified in § 552.4, but that meets the other requirements of that section, will be treated as a properly filed petition, received as of the time it is discovered and identified.
</P>
<P>(b) A document that fails to conform to one or more of the requirements of § 552.4(a) through (e) will not be treated as a petition under this part. Such a document will be treated according to the existing correspondence or other appropriate procedures of the NHTSA, and any suggestions contained in it will be considered at the discretion of the Administrator or his delegate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.6   Technical review.</HEAD>
<P>The appropriate Associate Administrator conducts a technical review of the petition. The technical review may consist of an analysis of the material submitted, together with information already in the possession of the agency. It may also include the collection of additional information, or a public meeting in accordance with § 552.7.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 17267, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.7   Public meeting.</HEAD>
<P>If the Associate Administrator decides that a public meeting on the subject of the petition would contribute to the determination whether to commence a proceeding, he issues a notice of public meeting for publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> to advise interested persons of the time, place, and subject matter of the public meeting and invite their participation. Interested persons may submit their views and evidence through oral or written presentations, or both. There is no cross examination of witnesses. A transcript of the meeting is kept and exhibits may be accepted as part of the transcript. Sections 556 and 557 of title 5, U.S.C., do not apply to meetings held under this part. The Chief Counsel designates a member of his staff to serve as legal officer at the meeting.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.8   Notification of agency action on the petition.</HEAD>
<P>After considering the technical review conducted under § 552.6, and taking into account appropriate factors, which may include, among others, allocation of agency resources, agency priorities and the likelihood of success in litigation which might arise from the order, the Administrator will grant or deny the petition. NHTSA will notify the petitioner of the decision to grant or deny the petition within 120 days after its receipt of the petition.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 17267, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.9   Grant of petition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a petition for rulemaking with respect to a motor vehicle safety standard is granted, a rulemaking proceeding is promptly commenced in accordance with applicable NHTSA and statutory procedures. The granting of such a petition and the commencement of a rulemaking proceeding does not signify, however, that the rule in question will be issued. A decision as to the issuance of the rule is made on the basis of all available information developed in the course of the rulemaking proceeding, in accordance with statutory criteria.
</P>
<P>(b) If a petition with respect to a noncompliance or a defect is granted, a proceeding to determine the existence of the noncompliance or defect is promptly commenced by the initiation of an investigation by the Office of Standards Enforcement or the Office of Defects Investigation, as appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.1.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.10   Denial of petition.</HEAD>
<P>If a petition is denied, a <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice of the denial is issued within 45 days of the denial, setting forth the reasons for denial of the petition.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Petitions for Expedited Rulemaking To Establish Dynamic Automatic Suppression System Test Procedures for Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 208, Occupant Crash Protection</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 30744, May 12, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 552.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.11   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart establishes procedures for the submission and disposition of petitions filed by interested parties to initiate rulemaking to add a test procedure to 49 CFR 571.208, S28.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.12" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.12   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this subpart, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Dynamic automatic suppression system (DASS)</I> means a portion of an air bag system that automatically controls whether or not the air bag deploys during a crash by:
</P>
<P>(1) Sensing the location of an occupant, moving or still, in relation to the air bag;
</P>
<P>(2) Interpreting the occupant characteristics and location information to determine whether or not the air bag should deploy; and
</P>
<P>(3) Activating or suppressing the air bag system based on the interpretation of characteristics and occupant location information.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Automatic suppression zone (ASZ)</I> means a three-dimensional zone adjacent to the air bag cover, specified by the vehicle manufacturer, where air bag deployment will be suppressed by the DASS if a vehicle occupant enters the zone under specified conditions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Standard No. 208</I> means 49 CFR 571.208.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.13" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.13   Form of petition.</HEAD>
<P>Each petition filed under this subpart shall—
</P>
<P>(a) Be submitted to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street, S.W., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) Be written in the English language.
</P>
<P>(c) State the name and address of the petitioner.
</P>
<P>(d) Set forth in full the data, views and arguments of the petitioner supporting the requested test procedure, including all of the content information specified by § 552.14. Any documents incorporated by reference in the procedure shall be submitted with the petition.
</P>
<P>(e) Specify and segregate any part of the information and data submitted that the petitioner wishes to have withheld from public disclosure in accordance with part 512 of this chapter including, if requested, the name and address of the petitioner.
</P>
<P>(f) Not request confidential treatment for the requested test procedure and, to the extent confidential treatment is requested concerning a particular DASS or data and analysis submitted in support of the petition, provide a general non-confidential description of the operation of the DASS and of the data and analysis supporting the petition. 
</P>
<P>(g) Set forth a requested effective date and be submitted at least nine months before that date. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.14" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.14   Content of petition.</HEAD>
<P>The petitioner shall provide the following information: 
</P>
<P>(a) A set of proposed test procedures for S28.1, S28.2, S28.3, and S28.4 of Standard No. 208 which the petitioner believes are appropriate for assessing a particular DASS. 
</P>
<P>(1) For S28.1 of Standard No. 208, the petitioner shall specify at least one specific position for the Part 572, subpart O 5th percentile female dummy that is: 
</P>
<P>(i) Outside but adjacent to the ASZ, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Representative of an unbelted occupant position that is likely to occur during a frontal crash. 
</P>
<P>(2) For S28.2 of Standard No. 208, the petitioner shall specify at least one specific position for the Part 572 Subpart P 3-year-old child dummy and at least one specific position for the Part 572 Subpart N 6-year-old child dummy that are:
</P>
<P>(i) Outside but adjacent to the ASZ, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Representative of unbelted occupant positions that are likely to occur during a frontal crash where pre-crash braking occurs. 
</P>
<P>(3) For S28.3 of Standard No. 208, the petitioner shall specify a procedure which tests the operation of the DASS by moving a test device toward the driver air bag in a manner that simulates the motion of an unbelted occupant during pre-crash braking or other pre-crash maneuver. The petitioner shall include a complete description, including drawings and instrumentation, of the test device employed in the proposed test. The petitioner shall include in the procedure a means for determining whether the driver air bag was suppressed before any portion of the specified test device entered the ASZ during the test. The procedure shall also include a means of determining when the specified test device occupies the ASZ. 
</P>
<P>(4) For S28.4 of Standard No. 208, the petitioner shall specify a procedure which tests the operation of the DASS by moving a test device toward the passenger air bag in a manner that simulates the motion of an unbelted occupant during pre-crash braking or other pre-crash maneuver. The petitioner shall include a complete description, including drawings and instrumentation, of the test device employed in the proposed test. The petitioner shall include in the procedure a means for determining whether the passenger air bag was suppressed before any portion of the specified test device entered the ASZ during the test. The procedure shall also include a means of determining when the specified test device occupies the ASZ. 
</P>
<P>(b) A complete description and explanation of the particular DASS that the petitioner believes will be appropriately assessed by the recommended test procedures. This shall include: 
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the logic used by the DASS in determining whether to suppress the air bag or allow it to deploy. Such description shall include flow charts or similar materials outlining the operation of the system logic, the system reaction time, the time duration used to evaluate whether the air bag should be suppressed or deployed, changes, if any, in system performance based on the size of an occupant and vehicle speed, and a description of the size and shape of the zone where under similar circumstances and conditions the DASS may either allow or suppress deployment. Such description shall also address whether and how the DASS discriminates between an occupant's torso or head entering the ASZ as compared to an occupant's hand or arm, and whether and how the DASS discriminates between an occupant entering the ASZ and an inanimate object such as a newspaper or ball entering the ASZ. 
</P>
<P>(2) Detailed specifications for the size and shape of the ASZ, including whether the suppression zone is designed to change size or shape depending on the vehicle speed, occupant size, or other factors. 
</P>
<P>(c) Analysis and data supporting the appropriateness, repeatability, reproducibility and practicability of each of the proposed test procedures. 
</P>
<P>(1) For the procedures proposed for inclusion in S28.1 and S28.2 of Standard No. 208, the petitioner shall provide the basis for the proposed dummy positions, including but not limited to, why the positions are representative of what is likely to occur in real world crashes. 
</P>
<P>(2) For the procedures proposed for inclusion in S28.3 and S28.4 of Standard No. 208, the petitioner shall provide: 
</P>
<P>(i) A complete explanation of the means used in the proposed test to ascertain whether the air bag is suppressed or activated during the test. 
</P>
<P>(ii) A complete description of the means used to evaluate the ability of the DASS to detect and respond to an occupant moving toward an air bag, including the method used to move a test device toward an air bag at speeds representative of occupant movement during pre-crash braking or other pre-crash maneuver. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The procedure used for locating the test device inside a test vehicle in preparation for testing, including an accounting of the reference points used to specify such location. 
</P>
<P>(iv) An explanation of the methods used to measure the amount of time needed by a suppression system to suppress an air bag once a suppression triggering event occurs.
</P>
<P>(v) High speed film or video of at least two tests of the DASS using the proposed test procedure.
</P>
<P>(vi) Data generated from not less than two tests of the DASS using the proposed test procedure, including an account of the data streams monitored during testing and complete samples of these data streams from not less than two tests performed under the proposed procedure. 
</P>
<P>(d) Analysis concerning the variety of potential DASS designs for which the requested test procedure is appropriate; e.g., whether the test procedures are appropriate only for the specific DASS design contemplated by the petitioner, for all DASS designs incorporating the same technologies, or for all DASS designs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 552.15" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.25.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 552.15   Processing of petition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) NHTSA will process any petition that contains the information specified by this subpart. If a petition fails to provide any of the information, NHTSA will not process the petition but will advise the petitioner of the information that shall be provided if the agency is to process the petition. The agency will seek to notify the petitioner of any such deficiency within 30 days after receipt of the petition. 
</P>
<P>(b) At any time during the agency's consideration of a petition submitted under this part, the Administrator may request the petitioner to provide additional supporting information and data and/or provide a demonstration of any of the requested test procedures. The agency will seek to make any such request within 60 days after receipt of the petition. Such demonstration may be at either an agency designated facility or one chosen by the petitioner, provided that, in either case, the facility shall be located in North America. If such a request is not honored to the satisfaction of the agency, the petition will not receive further consideration until the requested information is submitted.
</P>
<P>(c) The agency will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> either a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking proposing adoption of the requested test procedures, possibly with changes and/or additions, or a notice denying the petition. The agency will seek to issue either notice within 120 days after receipt of a complete petition. However, this time period may be extended by any time period during which the agency is awaiting additional information it requests from the petitioner or is awaiting a requested demonstration. The agency contemplates a 30 to 60 day comment period for any Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, and will endeavor to issue a final rule within 60 days thereafter.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="553" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 553—RULEMAKING PROCEDURES 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30103, 30122, 30124, 30125, 30127, 30146, 30162, 32303, 32502, 32504, 32505, 32705, 32901, 32902, 33102, 33103, and 33107; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>60 FR 62222, Dec. 5, 1995, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes rulemaking procedures that apply to the issuance, amendment, and revocation of rules pursuant to Title 49, Subtitle VI of the United States Code (49 U.S.C. 30101, <I>et seq.</I>). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration or a person to whom he has delegated final authority in the matter concerned. 
</P>
<P><I>Rule</I> includes any order, regulation, or Federal motor vehicle safety standard issued under Title 49. 
</P>
<P><I>Title 49</I> means 49 U.S.C. 30101, <I>et seq.</I> 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.5   Regulatory docket.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Information and data deemed relevant by the Administrator relating to rulemaking actions, including notices of proposed rulemaking; comments received in response to notices; petitions for rulemaking and reconsideration; denials of petitions for rulemaking and reconsideration; records of additional rulemaking proceedings under § 553.25; and final rules are maintained in the Docket Room, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any person may examine any docketed material at the Docket Room at any time during regular business hours after the docket is established, except material ordered withheld from the public under applicable provisions of Title 49 and section 552(b) of title 5 of the U.S.C., and may obtain a copy of it upon payment of a fee. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.7   Records.</HEAD>
<P>Records of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration relating to rulemaking proceedings are available for inspection as provided in section 552(b) of title 5 of the U.S.C. and part 7 of the regulations of the Secretary of Transportation (part 7 of this title). 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Procedures for Adoption of Rules</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.11   Initiation of rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may initiate rulemaking either on his own motion or on petition by any interested person after a determination in accordance with Part 552 of this title that grant of the petition is advisable. The Administrator may, in his discretion, also consider the recommendations of other agencies of the United States. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.13" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.13   Notice of proposed rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the Administrator, for good cause, finds that notice is impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest, and incorporates that finding and a brief statement of the reasons for it in the rule, a notice of proposed rulemaking is issued and interested persons are invited to participate in the rulemaking proceedings under applicable provisions of Title 49. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.14" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.14   Direct final rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>If the Administrator, for good cause, finds that notice is unnecessary, and incorporates that finding and a brief statement of the reasons for it in the rule, a direct final rule may be issued according to the following procedures.
</P>
<P>(a) Rules that the Administrator judges to be non-controversial and unlikely to result in adverse public comment may be published as direct final rules. These may include rules that:
</P>
<P>(1) Are non-substantive amendments, such as clarifications or corrections, to an existing rule;
</P>
<P>(2) Update existing forms or rules, such as incorporations by reference of the latest technical standards where the standards have not been changed in a complex or controversial way;
</P>
<P>(3) Affect NHTSA's internal procedures, such as filing requirements and rules governing inspection and copying of documents;
</P>
<P>(4) Are minor substantive rules or changes to existing rules on which the agency does not expect adverse comment.
</P>
<P>(b) The <E T="04">Federal Register</E> document will state that any adverse comment must be received in writing by NHTSA within the specified time after the date of publication of the direct final rule and that, if no written adverse comment is received in that period, the rule will become effective a specified number of days (no less than 45) after the date of publication of the direct final rule. NHTSA will provide a minimum comment period of 30 days.
</P>
<P>(c) If no written adverse comment is received by NHTSA within the specified time after the date of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> NHTSA will publish a document in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> indicating that no adverse comment was received and confirming that the rule will become effective on the date that was indicated in the direct final rule.
</P>
<P>(d) If NHTSA receives any written adverse comment within the specified time after publication of the direct final rule in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> the agency will either publish a document withdrawing the direct final rule before it becomes effective and may issue an NPRM or proceed by any other means permitted under the Administrative Procedure Act, consistent with procedures at 49 CFR 5.13(l).
</P>
<P>(e) An “adverse” comment, for the purpose of this subpart, means any comment that NHTSA determines is critical of any provision of the rule, suggests that the rule should not be adopted, or suggests a change that should be made in the rule. A comment suggesting that the policy or requirements of the rule should or should not also be extended to other Departmental programs outside the scope of the rule is not adverse.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 36492, June 25, 2015, as amended at 84 FR 71733, Dec. 27, 2019; 86 FR 17296, Apr. 2, 2021; 91 FR 22454, Apr. 27, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.15" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.15   Contents of notices of proposed rulemaking and direct final rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each notice of proposed rulemaking, and each direct final rule, is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> unless all persons subject to it are named and are personally served with a copy of it.
</P>
<P>(b) Each notice, whether published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or personally served, includes 
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the time, place, and nature of the rulemaking proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) A reference to the authority under which it is issued; 
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the subjects and issues involved or the substance and terms of the rule.
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the time within which written comments must be submitted; and 
</P>
<P>(5) A statement of how and to what extent interested persons may participate in the proceedings. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 62222, Dec. 5, 1995, as amended at 80 FR 36492, June 25, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.17" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.17   Participation of interested persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interested person may participate in rulemaking proceeding by submitting comments in writing containing information, views or arguments. 
</P>
<P>(b) In his discretion, the Administrator may invite any interested person to participate in the rulemaking procedures described in § 553.25. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.19" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.19   Petitions for extension of time to comment.</HEAD>
<P>A petition for extension of the time to submit comments must be received not later than 15 days before expiration of the time stated in the notice. The petitions must be submitted to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 Seventh Street SW, Washington, DC, 20590. It is requested, but not required, that 10 copies be submitted. The filing of the petition does not automatically extend the time for petitioner's comments. Such a petition is granted only if the petitioner shows good cause for the extension, and if the extension is consistent with the public interest. If an extension is granted, it is granted to all persons, and it is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.21" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.21   Contents of written comments.</HEAD>
<P>All written comments shall be in English. Unless otherwise specified in a notice requesting comments, comments may not exceed 15 pages in length, but necessary attachments may be appended to the submission without regard to the 15-page limit. Any interested person shall submit as a part of his written comments all material that he considers relevant to any statement of fact made by him. Incorporation by reference should be avoided. However, if incorporation by reference is necessary, the incorporated material shall be identified with respect to document and page. It is requested, but not required, that 10 copies and attachments, if any, be submitted. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.23" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.23   Consideration of comments received.</HEAD>
<P>All timely comments are considered before final action is taken on a rulemaking proposal or direct final rule. Late filed comments will be considered to the extent practicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 36492, June 25, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.25" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.25   Additional rulemaking proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may initiate any further rulemaking proceedings that he finds necessary or desirable. For example, interested persons may be invited to make oral arguments, to participate in conferences between the Administrator or his representative and interested persons at which minutes of the conference are kept, to appear at informal hearings presided over by officials designated by the Administrator, at which a transcript or minutes are kept, or participate in any other proceeding to assure informed administrative action and to protect the public interest. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.27" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.27   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Sections 556 and 557 of title 5, United States Code, do not apply to hearings held under this part. Unless otherwise specified, hearings held under this part are informal, nonadversary, fact-finding proceedings, at which there are no formal pleadings or adverse parties. Any rule issued in a case in which an informal hearing is held is not necessarily based exclusively on the record of the hearing. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator designates a representative to conduct any hearing held under this part. The Chief Counsel designates a member of his staff to serve as legal officer at the hearing. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.29" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.29   Adoption of final rules.</HEAD>
<P>Final rules are prepared by representatives of the office concerned and the Office of the Chief Counsel. The rule is then submitted to the Administrator for its consideration. If the Administrator adopts the rule, it is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> unless all persons subject to it are named and are personally served with a copy of it. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 553.31-553.33" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 553.31-553.33   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.35" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.35   Petitions for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interested person may petition the Administrator for reconsideration of any rule issued under this part. The petition shall be submitted to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street, SW, Washington, DC, 20590. It is requested, but not required, that 10 copies be submitted. The petition must be received not later than 45 days after publication of the rule in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Petitions filed after that time will be considered as petitions filed under Part 552 of this chapter. The petition must contain a brief statement of the complaint and an explanation as to why compliance with the rule is not practicable, is unreasonable, or is not in the public interest. Unless otherwise specified in the final rule, the statement and explanation together may not exceed 15 pages in length, but necessary attachments may be appended to the submission without regard to the 15-page limit. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the petitioner requests the consideration of additional facts, he must state the reason they were not presented to the Administrator within the prescribed time. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator does not consider repetitious petitions. 
</P>
<P>(d) Unless the Administrator otherwise provides, the filing of a petition under this section does not stay the effectiveness of the rule. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.37" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.37   Proceedings on petitions for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may grant or deny, in whole or in part, any petition for reconsideration without further proceedings. In the event he determines to reconsider any rule, he may issue a final decision on reconsideration without further proceedings, or he may provide such opportunity to submit comment or information and data as he deems appropriate. Whenever the Administrator determines that a petition should be granted or denied, he prepares a notice of the grant or denial of a petition for reconsideration, for issuance to the petitioner, and issues it to the petitioner. The Administrator may consolidate petitions relating to the same rule. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 553.39" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.2.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 553.39   Effect of petition for reconsideration on time for seeking judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>The filing of a timely petition for reconsideration of any rule issued under this part postpones the expiration of the statutory period in which to seek judicial review of that rule only as to the petitioner, and not as to other interested persons. For the petitioner, the period for seeking judicial review will commence at the time the agency takes final action upon the petition for reconsideration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 63651, Dec. 12, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.4.7.1.19" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 553—Statement of Policy: Action on Petitions for Reconsideration
</HEAD>
<P>It is the policy of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to issue notice of the action taken on a petition for reconsideration within 90 days after the closing date for receipt of such petitions, unless it is found impracticable to take action within that time. In cases where it is so found and the delay beyond that period is expected to be substantial, notice of that fact, and the date by which it is expected that action will be taken, will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.4.7.1.20" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 553—Statement of Policy: Rulemakings Involving the Assessment of the Functional Equivalence of Safety Standards
</HEAD>
<P>(a) Based on a comparison of the performance of vehicles or equipment, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) may tentatively determine that a foreign motor vehicle safety standard is better than or at least functionally equivalent to a Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS), either on its own motion or in connection with a petition for rulemaking by any interested party under 49 CFR Part 552. Such determinations will be made in accordance with the process described in the flowchart in Figure 1 of this Appendix.
</P>
<P>(b) Under the process, if NHTSA decides that there is reason to believe that a foreign standard is better than or at least functionally equivalent to a FMVSS in accordance with the process, it will commence a rulemaking proceeding that may lead to the issuance of a proposal to add the foreign standard as an alternative compliance option to the FMVSS, to harmonize the FMVSS with the foreign standard or to upgrade the FMVSS to the level of the foreign standard, as appropriate. Such a proposal will request comment on the agency's tentative determination regarding relative benefits and functional equivalence as well as the proposed amendment. Final determinations regarding these matters will also be made in accordance with the analytical criteria in the flowchart.
</P>
<P>(c) As used in this appendix, the term “standard” refers to mandatory requirements and thus has the same meaning given the term “technical regulation” in Annex 1 to the World Trade Organization Technical Barriers to Trade Agreement.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13my98.017.gif"/>
<HD1>Explanation of Flowchart
</HD1>
<HD2>A. Ultimate Goal
</HD2>
<P>The ultimate goal in comparing standards is to assess the real world safety performance of the covered vehicles or equipment. Particularly in the case of crashworthiness standards, the most reliable basis for making that assessment is fatality and injury data directly drawn from actual crashes. Accordingly, NHTSA will make appropriate efforts to ensure the availability of such data regarding crashes in the U.S.
</P>
<HD2>B. Guiding Principles
</HD2>
<HD3>Best Practices
</HD3>
<P>NHTSA pursues a “best practices” policy in comparing U.S. and foreign safety standards, i.e., NHTSA will propose to upgrade its standards if it tentatively concludes that a Country B standard offers greater benefits than the counterpart FMVSS, and if upgrading appears appropriate, considering the incremental costs and benefits and applicable statutory criteria. (For a discussion of another type of rulemaking proposal that may be considered in these circumstances, see the paragraph below on comparisons that indicate that a foreign standard's safety benefits are greater than those of the counterpart FMVSS.)
</P>
<HD3>Conservatism
</HD3>
<P>1. NHTSA places priority on preserving the safety benefits of the FMVSSs.
</P>
<P>2. NHTSA can best preserve those benefits by being conservative in reaching any conclusion that a Country B standard is better than or at least functionally equivalent to the counterpart FMVSS. One reason for conservatism is that differences from vehicle model to vehicle model and manufacturer to manufacturer in margins of compliance may confound efforts to assess the relative benefits of two standards. Further, there may be circumstantial differences, such as special environmental conditions, driver demographics, driver behavior, occupant behavior (e.g., level of safety belt use), road conditions, size distribution of vehicle fleet (e.g., proportion of big versus small vehicles and disparity between extremes), that could influence real world safety benefits. These differences may result in a particular standard having a safety record in a foreign country that would not necessarily be repeated in the United States.
</P>
<HD3>Best Available Evidence
</HD3>
<P>1. NHTSA will base its comparison of standards on the best available evidence. If available, estimates of real world safety benefits based on fatality and injury data directly drawn from actual crashes are the best evidence. If such data are not available, then estimates based on other information, such as compliance test data, may be used, although increased caution needs to be exercised in making judgment based on those estimates. If sufficient crash data regarding real world safety benefits are available, and a comparison of those benefits shows that the Country B standard is less beneficial than the counterpart Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS), NHTSA would avoid wasting resources making comparisons on the basis of less probative types of evidence.
</P>
<P>2. The types of benefits examined in comparing two standards might differ depending on whether the standards are crash avoidance standards or crashworthiness standards. Translating differences in performance (an input measure) into numbers of crashes or numbers of deaths and injuries (output measures) is more difficult in the case of crash avoidance standards. As a result, while the relative benefits of two crashworthiness standards would typically be assessed in terms of their impacts on deaths and injuries in crashes, the relative merits of two different crash avoidance standards might well be assessed in terms of their impact on vehicle or equipment performance.
</P>
<HD3>Sufficiency of Evidence
</HD3>
<P>1. Many types of data are available for a comparison of two standards. Often there is an abundance of one type of data and little or no data from other sources. If insufficient data are available, and such data either cannot be generated through engineering analysis (e.g., real world safety benefits estimates), or conducting additional research and development is not cost effective, then NHTSA will stop consideration of such data and consider the other available data instead.
</P>
<P>2. The essentially horizontal, left-to-right path through the flowchart is intended to illustrate the sources of data that will be considered and provide a rough idea of the priority they will receive. Each step branches independently to the tentative determination of relative benefits and functional equivalency by its “yes” path. This may seem to preclude later steps once any “yes” path is encountered. In practice, however, all data sources will be considered to the extent that they are available before a final determination regarding these matters is made.
</P>
<HD3>Reciprocity
</HD3>
<P>1. NHTSA will take steps to encourage reciprocity by other countries in the making of functional equivalence determinations.
</P>
<P>2. When NHTSA's comparison of standards indicates that one of the FMVSSs has benefits equal to or greater than the counterpart Country B standard, NHTSA may forward the results of that comparison to Country B and request that consideration be given by Country B to determining that the FMVSS is better than or at least functionally equivalent to the counterpart Country B standard, and to subsequently amending its standard accordingly.
</P>
<HD2>C. Agency Decisions in Which Flowchart Is Used
</HD2>
<P>This flowchart guides agency decisions in connection with a rulemaking proceeding that involves the issue of relative benefits and functional equivalence.
</P>
<P>1. <I>Decision whether to grant a rulemaking petition.</I> If the agency receives a petition for rulemaking based on a claim that one of Country B's standards is better than or at least functionally equivalent to one of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSSs), the agency will consider the merits of the petition in accordance with 49 CFR Part 552, Petitions for rulemaking, defect, and noncompliance orders, and with the functional equivalence process set forth in the flowchart. If it appears that there is reason to believe that Country B's standard provides safety benefits are greater than or at least equal to those of the FMVSS, the agency will likely grant the petition and commence a rulemaking proceeding.
</P>
<P>The agency emphasizes that its priority with respect to international harmonization is identifying and adopting those foreign safety standards that represent best practices. Accordingly, if resource limitations make it necessary to choose between competing petitions in granting or processing them, the agency would give priority to petitions asking the agency to upgrade one of its standards to the level of a superior foreign standard over petitions simply asking the agency to add a compliance alternative.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Decision whether to issue a notice of proposed rulemaking.</I> If NHTSA grants the petition, it will proceed, as in any other rulemaking regarding the FMVSSs, to determine whether amending an FMVSS would be appropriate under the applicable statutory criteria in chapter 301 of title 49, U.S.C. Following the process set forth in the flowchart, the agency will use data submitted by the petitioner, supplemented by data from other sources, to compare performance and tentatively determine whether Country B's standard specified in the petition is better than or at least functionally equivalent to the FMVSS specified in the petition.
</P>
<P>This comparison could have a variety of possible outcomes:
</P>
<P>a. <I>The comparison may indicate that the foreign standard's safety benefits are less than those of the counterpart FMVSS.</I> If NHTSA determines that the foreign standard results in fewer safety benefits than the counterpart FMVSS, it will terminate the rulemaking proceeding.
</P>
<P>b. <I>The comparison may indicate that the foreign standard's safety benefits are approximately equal to those of the counterpart FMVSS.</I> If the agency tentatively determines that the safety benefits of a foreign standard are approximately equal to those of a FMVSS, it will take one of two steps in most instances. One possibility is that it will develop a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) proposing to amend the FMVSS by adding the foreign standard as an alternative to the existing requirements of the FMVSS. The other possibility is that the agency will develop an NPRM proposing to harmonize the FMVSS with the foreign standard. This second approach would enable NHTSA to maintain a single set of requirements and test procedures in its standard, thereby minimizing any drain on its enforcement resources. An additional possibility that might be considered in some instances would be “qualified functional equivalence.” Under this third approach, the agency would regard Country B's standard to be functionally equivalent if it is supplemented by a specified requirement in the counterpart FMVSS.
</P>
<P>c. <I>The comparison may indicate that the foreign standard's safety benefits are greater than those of the counterpart FMVSS.</I> If NHTSA tentatively determines that the foreign standard results in greater safety benefits than the counterpart FMVSS, and if upgrading is appropriate, based on the incremental benefits and costs and applicable statutory criteria, the agency issues an NPRM proposing to upgrade the FMVSS to the level of Country B's std. If upgrading is not appropriate, NHTSA considers issuing an NPRM proposing to add the requirements of Country B's std to the FMVSS as an alternative compliance option. The proposal to add the compliance option would set forth the basis for the agency's conclusion that upgrading the FMVSS is inappropriate.
</P>
<FP>If NHTSA issues an NPRM, it would request comment on the tentative determination and the proposed amendment.
</FP>
<P>3. <I>Decision whether to issue a final rule.</I> Any final decision to make a determination regarding relative benefits and functional equivalency and to amend the FMVSS will be made in accordance with the process in the flowchart and applicable law and only after careful consideration and analysis of the public comments.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 26514, May 13, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.26.4.7.1.21" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 553—Statement of Policy: Implementation of the United Nations/Economic Commission for Europe (UN/ECE) 1998 Agreement on Global Technical Regulations—Agency Policy Goals and Public Participation
</HEAD>
<HD1>I. Agency Policy Goals for the 1998 Global Agreement and International Motor Vehicle Safety Harmonization
</HD1>
<HD2>A. Paramount Policy Goal Under the 1998 Global Agreement 
</HD2>
<P>Continuously improve safety and seek high levels of safety, particularly by developing and adopting new global technical regulations reflecting consideration of current and anticipated technology and safety problems. 
</P>
<HD2>B. Other Policy Goals
</HD2>
<P>1. Adopt and maintain U.S. standards that fully meet the need in the U.S. for vehicle safety.
</P>
<P>2. Harmonize U.S. standards with those of other countries or regions, particularly by raising U.S. standards at least to the level of the best practices in those other safety standards.
</P>
<P>3. Enhance regulatory effectiveness through regulatory cooperation with other countries and regions, thereby providing greater safety protection with available government resources. 
</P>
<HD1>II. Public Participation and the Establishing of Global Technical Regulations for Motor Vehicle Safety, Theft, and Energy Efficiency 
</HD1>
<HD2>A. Summary of the Process Under the 1998 Global Agreement for Establishing Global Technical Regulations 
</HD2>
<HD3>1. Proposal Stage 
</HD3>
<P>A Contracting Party submits a proposal for either a harmonized or new global technical regulation to the Executive Committee of the 1998 Global Agreement (<I>i.e.,</I> the Contracting Parties to the Agreement). If appropriate, the Committee then refers the proposal to a working party of experts to develop the technical elements of the regulation. 
</P>
<HD3>2. Recommendation Stage 
</HD3>
<P>When a working party of experts recommends a harmonized or new global technical regulation, it sends a report and the recommended regulation to the Executive Committee. The Committee then determines whether the recommendations are adequate and considers the establishment of the recommended regulation. 
</P>
<HD3>3. Establishment Stage 
</HD3>
<P>If the Executive Committee reaches consensus in favor of that recommended global technical regulation, the global technical regulation is established in the Global Registry.
</P>
<HD2>B. Notice of Annual Work Program of WP.29 
</HD2>
<P>Each year, NHTSA will publish a notice concerning the motor vehicle safety, theft, and energy efficiency aspects of the annual program of work for the UN/ECE's World Forum for Harmonization of Vehicle Regulations (WP.29). Each notice will include: 
</P>
<P>1. A calendar of scheduled meetings of WP.29 participants and working parties of experts, and meetings of the Executive Committee; and 
</P>
<P>2. A list of the global technical regulations that: 
</P>
<P>a. Have been proposed and referred to a working party of experts, or 
</P>
<P>b. Have been recommended by a working party of experts.
</P>
<FP>Periodically, the notice will also include a request for public comments on the subjects for which global technical regulations should be established under the 1998 Global Agreement. The agency will publish a subsequent notice identifying the priorities on which NHTSA will focus in the future under the 1998 Global Agreement. 
</FP>
<HD2>C. Public Meetings 
</HD2>
<P>NHTSA will hold periodic public meetings on its activities under the 1998 Global Agreement. If the extent of recent and anticipated significant developments concerning those activities so warrant, NHTSA will hold a public meeting within the 60-day period before each of the three sessions of WP.29 held annually. At each of these public meetings, NHTSA will: 
</P>
<P>1. Brief the public on the significant developments that occurred at the session of WP.29, the meetings of the working parties of experts and the meetings of the Executive Committee since the previous public meeting; 
</P>
<P>2. Based on the availability of provisional agendas, inform the public about the significant issues to be addressed at upcoming session of WP.29 and meetings of the working parties of experts and any votes scheduled at the next session of the Executive Committee on recommended global technical regulations; and 
</P>
<P>3. Invite public comment and questions concerning those past developments and upcoming issues and votes and the general positions that the U.S. could take regarding those votes, and concerning any other significant developments and upcoming matters relating to pending proposed or recommended global technical regulations.
</P>
<FP>Appropriate agency officials will participate in the public meetings. These public meetings may be held separately from or in conjunction with the agency's quarterly meetings on its vehicle rulemaking and research and development programs. The agency may hold additional public meetings. 
</FP>
<HD2>D. Notices Concerning Individual Global Technical Regulations 
</HD2>
<HD3>1. Notice Requesting Written Comment on Proposed Global Technical Regulations 
</HD3>
<P>a. <I>Proposals by the U.S.</I> (See Figure 1.) 
</P>
<P>Before submitting a draft U.S. proposal for a global technical regulation to WP.29, NHTSA will publish a notice requesting public comments on the draft proposed global technical regulation. In the case of a draft proposal for a harmonized global technical regulation, the notice will compare that regulation with any existing, comparable U.S. standard, including the relative impacts of the regulation and standard. In the case of a draft proposal for a new global technical regulation, the notice will generally discuss the problem addressed by the proposal, the rationale for the proposed approach for addressing the problem, and the impacts of the proposal. NHTSA will consider the public comments and, as it deems appropriate, revise the proposal and any of its supporting documentation and then submit the proposal to WP.29.
</P>
<P>b. <I>Proposals by a Contracting Party other than the U.S.</I> (See Figure 2.)
</P>
<P>After a proposal by a Contracting Party other than the U.S. has been referred to a working party of experts and has been made available in English by WP.29, NHTSA will make the draft proposal available in the DOT docket (<I>http://dms.dot.gov/</I>). The agency will then publish a notice requesting public comment on the draft proposal and will consider the comments in developing a U.S. position on the proposal. 
</P>
<HD3>2. Notice Requesting Written Comment on Recommended Global Technical Regulations
</HD3>
<P>If a working party of experts recommends a global technical regulation and sends a report and the recommended regulation to the Executive Committee, NHTSA will make an English language version of the report and the regulation available in the DOT docket (<I>http://dms.dot.gov/</I>) after they are made available by WP.29. The agency will publish a notice requesting public comment on the report and regulation. Before participating in a vote of the Executive Committee regarding the establishment of the regulation, the agency will consider the comments and develop a U.S. position on the recommended technical regulation. 
</P>
<HD3>3. Notice Requesting Written Comment on Established Global Technical Regulations 
</HD3>
<P>If a global technical regulation is established in the Global Registry by a consensus vote of the Executive Committee, and if the U.S. voted for establishment, NHTSA will publish a notice requesting public comment on adopting the regulation as a U.S. standard. Any decision by NHTSA whether to issue a final rule adopting the regulation or to issue a notice terminating consideration of that regulation will be made in accordance with applicable U.S. law and only after careful consideration and analysis of public comments.
</P>
<HD2>E. Availability of Documents 
</HD2>
<P>As we obtain English versions of key documents relating to motor vehicle safety, theft or energy conservation that are generated under the 1998 Agreement (e.g., proposals referred to a working party of experts, and reports and recommendations issued by a working party), we will place them in the internet-accessible DOT docket (<I>http://dms.dot.gov/</I>). Within the limits of available resources, we will also place the documents on an international activities page that will be included in our Website (<I>http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov/cars/rules/international/index.html</I>).
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er23au00.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23au00.001.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 51245, Aug. 23, 2000]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="554" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.27" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 554—STANDARDS ENFORCEMENT AND DEFECTS INVESTIGATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 30102-103, 30111-112, 30117-121, 30162, 30165-67; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 10797, Feb. 19, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 554.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.27.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 554.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes procedures for enforcing Federal motor vehicle safety standards and associated regulations, investigating possible safety-related defects, and making non-compliance and defect determinations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 554.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.27.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 554.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to inform interested persons of the procedures followed by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in order more fairly and effectively to implement 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 17267, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 554.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.27.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 554.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to actions, investigations, and defect and noncompliance decisions of the National Highway traffic Safety Administration under 49 U.S.C. 30116, 30117, 30118, 30120 and 30165.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 17267, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 554.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.27.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 554.4   Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance.</HEAD>
<P>The Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, investigates compliance with Federal motor vehicle safety standards and associated regulations, and to this end may:
</P>
<P>(a) Verify that manufacturers certify compliance with all applicable safety standards;
</P>
<P>(b) Collect field reports from all sources;
</P>
<P>(c) Inspect manufacturers' certification test data and other supporting evidence, including dealer communications;
</P>
<P>(d) Inspect vehicles and equipment already in use or new vehicles and equipment at any stage of the manufacturing, distribution and sales chain;
</P>
<P>(e) Conduct selective compliance tests; and
</P>
<P>(f) Utilize other means necessary to conduct investigations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 554.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.27.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 554.5   Office of Defects Investigation.</HEAD>
<P>The Office of Defects Investigation conducts investigations to implement the provisions of the Act concerning the identification and correction of safety-related defects in motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment. It elicits from every available source and evaluates on a continuing basis any information suggesting the existence of a safety-related defect.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 554.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.27.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 554.6   Opening an investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A compliance or defect investigation is opened either on the motion of the Administrator or his delegate or on the granting of a petition of an interested party under part 552 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) A manufacturer is notified immediately by telephone of any compliance test failure in order to enable the manufacturer to begin his own investigation. Notification is sent by mail at the beginning of any defect or noncompliance investigation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 554.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.27.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 554.7   Investigation priorities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Compliance investigation priorities are reviewed annually and are set according to the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) Prior compliance test data;
</P>
<P>(2) Accident data;
</P>
<P>(3) Engineering analysis of vehicle and equipment designs;
</P>
<P>(4) Consumer complaints; and
</P>
<P>(5) Market share.
</P>
<P>(b) Defects inputs are reviewed periodically by an appropriate panel of engineers in consultation with the Office of Chief Counsel to determine whether a formal investigation should be opened by the Office of Defects Investigation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 554.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.27.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 554.8   Monthly reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Compliance.</I> A monthly compliance report is issued which lists investigations opened, closed, and pending during that month, identifies compliance test reports accepted, and indicates how individual reports may be obtained.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Defects.</I> A monthly defects report is issued which lists investigations opened, closed, pending, and suspended during that month. An investigation may be designated “suspended” where the information available is insufficient to warrant further investigation. Suspended cases are automatically closed 60 days after appearing in a monthly report unless new information is received which justifies a different disposition.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 554.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.27.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 554.9   Availability of files.</HEAD>
<P>All files of closed or suspended investigations are available for public inspection in the NHTSA Technical Reference Library. Communications between the agency and a manufacturer with respect to ongoing investigations are also available. Such files and communications may contain material which is considered confidential but has been determined to be necessary to the subject proceeding. Material which is considered confidential but has not been determined to be necessary to the subject proceeding will not be disclosed. Reproduction of entire public files or of individual documents can be arranged.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 554.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.27.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 554.10   Initial determinations and public meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An initial decision of failure to comply with safety standards or of a safety-related defect is made by the Administrator or his delegate based on the completed investigative file compiled by the appropriate office.
</P>
<P>(b) The decision is communicated to the manufacturer in a letter which makes available all information on which the decision is based. The letter advises the manufacturer of his right to present information, views, and arguments to establish that there is no defect or failure to comply or that the alleged defect does not affect motor vehicle safety. The letter also specifies the time and place of a public meeting for the presentation of arguments or sets a date by which written comments must be submitted. Submission of all information, whether at a public meeting or in written form, is normally scheduled about 30 days after the initial decision. The deadline for submission of information can be extended for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(c) Public notice of an initial decision is made in a <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice that—
</P>
<P>(1) Identifies the motor vehicle or item of equipment and its manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(2) Summarizes the information on which the decision is based.
</P>
<P>(3) Gives the location of all information available for public examination; and
</P>
<P>(4) States the time and place of a public meeting or the deadline for written submission in which the manufacturer and interested persons may present information, views, and arguments respecting the decision.
</P>
<P>(d) A transcript of the public meeting is kept and exhibits may be offered. There is no cross-examination of witnesses.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 10797, Feb. 19, 1980, as amended at 60 FR 17267, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 554.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.27.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 554.11   Final decisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator bases his final decision on the completed investigative file and on information, views, and arguments submitted at the public meeting.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Administrator decides that a failure to comply or a safety-related defect exists, he orders the manufacturer to furnish the notification specified in 49 U.S.C. 30118 and 30119 and to remedy the defect or failure to comply.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator closes an investigation following an initial determination, without making a final determination that a failure to comply or a safety-related defect exists, he or she will so notify the manufacturer and publish a notice of that closing in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(d) A statement of the Administrator's final decision and the reasons for it appears in each completed public file.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 17268, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="555" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 555—TEMPORARY EXEMPTION FROM MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND BUMPER STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 30113, 32502, Pub. L. 105-277; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>38 FR 2694, Jan. 29, 1973, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes requirements for the temporary exemption by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) of certain motor vehicles from compliance with one or more Federal motor vehicle safety standards in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 30113, and of certain passenger motor vehicles from compliance with all or part of a Federal bumper standard in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 32502.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 2861, Jan. 19, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to provide a means by which manufacturers of motor vehicles may obtain temporary exemptions from Federal motor vehicle safety standards on the basis of substantial economic hardship, facilitation of the development of new motor vehicle safety or low-emission engine features, or existence of an equivalent overall level of motor vehicle safety.
</P>
<P>(b) The purpose of this part is also to provide a means by which manufacturers of passenger motor vehicles may obtain a temporary exemption from compliance with all or part of a Federal bumper standard issued under part 581 of this chapter on a basis similar to that provided for exemptions from the Federal motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 2694, Jan. 29, 1973, as amended at 64 FR 2861, Jan. 19, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to manufacturers of motor vehicles and passenger motor vehicles.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 2861, Jan. 19, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the National Highway Traffic Safety Administrator or his delegate.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger motor vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle with motive power designed to carry not more than 12 individuals, but does not include a truck not designed primarily to carry its operator or passengers, or a motorcycle.
</P>
<P><I>United States</I> means the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, the Virgin Islands, the Canal Zone, and American Samoa.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 2694, Jan. 29, 1973, as amended at 64 FR 2861, Jan. 19, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.5   Application for exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A manufacturer of motor vehicles or passenger motor vehicles may apply to NHTSA for a temporary exemption from any Federal motor vehicle safety or bumper standard or for a renewal of any exemption on the bases of substantial economic hardship, making easier the development or field evaluation of new motor vehicle safety or impact protection, or low-emission vehicle features, or that compliance with a standard would prevent it from selling a vehicle with an overall level of safety or impact protection at least equal to that of nonexempted vehicles.
</P>
<P>(b) Each application filed under this part for an exemption or its renewal must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be written in the English language;
</P>
<P>(2) Be submitted in three copies to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Washington, DC 20590;
</P>
<P>(3) State the full name and address of the applicant, the nature of its organization (individual, partnership, corporation, etc.) and the name of the State or country under the laws of which it is organized;
</P>
<P>(4) State the number and title, and the text or substance of the standard or portion thereof from which the temporary exemption is sought, and the length of time desired for such exemption;
</P>
<P>(5) Set forth the basis for the application and the information required by § 555.6(a), (b), (c), or (d) as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(6) Specify any part of the information and data submitted which petitioner requests be withheld from public disclosure in accordance with part 512 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(i) The information and data which petitioner requests be withheld from public disclosure must be submitted in accordance with § 512.4 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) The petitioner's request for withholding from public disclosure must be accompanied by a certification in support as set forth in appendix A to part 512 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) Set forth the reasons why the granting of the exemption would be in the public interest, and, as applicable, consistent with the objectives of 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301 or Chapter 325.
</P>
<P>(c) The knowing and willful submission of false, fictitious or fraudulent information will subject the petitioner to the civil and criminal penalties of 18 U.S.C. 1001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 2694, Jan. 29, 1973, as amended at 39 FR 5489, Feb. 13, 1974; 46 FR 2063, Jan. 8, 1981; 63 FR 44173, Aug. 18, 1998; 64 FR 2861, Jan. 19, 1999; 70 FR 7429, Feb. 14, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.6   Basis for application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the basis of the application is that compliance with the standard would cause substantial economic hardship to a manufacturer that has tried to comply with the standard in good faith, the applicant shall provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Engineering and financial information demonstrating in detail how compliance or failure to obtain an exemption would cause substantial economic hardship, including—
</P>
<P>(i) A list or description of each item of motor vehicle equipment that would have to be modified in order to achieve compliance;
</P>
<P>(ii) The itemized estimated cost to modify each such item of motor vehicle equipment if compliance were to be achieved—
</P>
<P>(A) As soon as possible,
</P>
<P>(B) At the end of a 1-year exemption period (if the petition is for 1 year or more),
</P>
<P>(C) At the end of a 2-year exemption period (if the petition is for 2 years or more),
</P>
<P>(D) At the end of a 3-year exemption period (if the petition is for 3 years),
</P>
<P>(iii) The estimated price increase per vehicle to balance the total costs incurred pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section and a statement of the anticipated effect of each such price increase;
</P>
<P>(iv) Corporate balance sheets and income statements for the three fiscal years immediately preceding the filing of the application;
</P>
<P>(v) Projected balance sheet and income statement for the fiscal year following a denial of the application; and
</P>
<P>(vi) A discussion of any other hardships (e.g., loss of market, difficulty of obtaining goods and services for compliance) that the petitioner desires the agency to consider.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of its efforts to comply with the standards, including—
</P>
<P>(i) A chronological analysis of such efforts showing its relationship to the rule making history of the standard from which exemption is sought;
</P>
<P>(ii) A discussion of alternate means of compliance considered and the reasons for rejection of each;
</P>
<P>(iii) A discussion of any other factors (e.g., the resources available to the petitioner, inability to procure goods and services necessary for compliance following a timely request) that the petitioner desires the NHTSA to consider in deciding whether the petitioner tried in good faith to comply with the standard;
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of the steps to be taken, while the exemption is in effect, and the estimated date by which full compliance will be achieved either by design changes or termination of production of nonconforming vehicles; and
</P>
<P>(v) The total number of motor vehicles produced by or on behalf of the petitioner in the 12-month period prior to filing the petition, and the inclusive dates of the period. (49 U.S.C. 30113(d) limits eligibility for exemption on the basis of economic hardship to manufacturers whose total motor vehicle production in the year preceding the filing of their applications does not exceed 10,000.)
</P>
<P>(b) If the basis of the application is that the exemption would make easier the development or field evaluation of a new motor vehicle safety or impact protection features providing a safety or impact protection level at least equal to that of the standard, the applicant shall provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the safety or impact protection features, and research, development, and testing documentation establishing the innovational nature of such features.
</P>
<P>(2) An analysis establishing that the level of safety or impact protection of the feature is equivalent to or exceeds the level of safety or impact protection established in the standard from which exemption is sought, including—
</P>
<P>(i) A detailed description of how a vehicle equipped with the safety or impact protection feature differs from one that complies with the standard;
</P>
<P>(ii) If applicant is presently manufacturing a vehicle conforming to the standard, the results of tests conducted to substantiate certification to the standard; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The results of tests conducted on the safety or impact protection features that demonstrates performance which meets or exceeds the requirements of the standard.
</P>
<P>(3) Substantiation that a temporary exemption would facilitate the development or field evaluation of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) A statement whether, at the end of the exemption period, the manufacturer intends to conform to the standard, apply for a further exemption, or petition for rulemaking to amend the standard to incorporate the safety or impact protection features.
</P>
<P>(5) A statement that not more than 2,500 exempted vehicles will be sold in the United States in any 12-month period for which an exemption may be granted pursuant to this paragraph. An application for renewal of such an exemption shall also include the total number of exempted vehicles sold in the United States under the existing exemption.
</P>
<P>(c) If the basis of the application is that the exemption would make the development or field evaluation of a low-emission vehicle easier and would not unreasonably lower the safety or impact protection level of that vehicle, the applicant shall provide—
</P>
<P>(1) Substantiation that the vehicle is a low-emission vehicle as defined by 49 U.S.C. 30113(a).
</P>
<P>(2) Research, development, and testing documentation establishing that a temporary exemption would not unreasonably degrade the safety or impact protection of the vehicle, including—
</P>
<P>(i) A detailed description of how the motor vehicle equipped with the low-emission engine would, if exempted, differ from one that complies with the standard;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the applicant is presently manufacturing a vehicle conforming to the standard, the results of tests conducted to substantiate certification to the standard;
</P>
<P>(iii) The results of any tests conducted on the vehicle that demonstrate its failure to meet the standard, expressed as comparative performance levels; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Reasons why the failure to meet the standard does not unreasonably degrade the safety or impact protection of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) Substantiation that a temporary exemption would facilitate the development or field evaluation of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) A statement whether, at the end of the exemption period, the manufacturer intends to conform with the standard.
</P>
<P>(5) A statement that not more than 2,500 exempted vehicles will be sold in the United States in any 12-month period for which an exemption may be granted pursuant to this paragraph. An application for renewal of an exemption shall also include the total number of exempted vehicles sold in the United States under the existing exemption.
</P>
<P>(d) If the basis of the application is that the applicant is otherwise unable to sell a vehicle whose overall level of safety or impact protection is at least equal to that of a nonexempted vehicle, the applicant shall provide—
</P>
<P>(1) A detailed analysis of how the vehicle provides the overall level of safety or impact protection at least equal to that of nonexempted vehicles, including—
</P>
<P>(i) A detailed description of how the motor vehicle, if exempted, differs from one that conforms to the standard;
</P>
<P>(ii) A detailed description of any safety or impact protection features that the vehicle offers as standard equipment that are not required by the Federal motor vehicle safety or bumper standards;
</P>
<P>(iii) The results of any tests conducted on the vehicle demonstrating that it fails to meet the standard, expressed as comparative performance levels;
</P>
<P>(iv) The results of any tests conducted on the vehicle demonstrating that its overall level of safety or impact protection exceeds that which is achieved by conformity to the standards.
</P>
<P>(v) Other arguments that the overall level of safety or impact protection of the vehicle is at least equal to that of nonexempted vehicles.
</P>
<P>(2) Substantiation that compliance would prevent the sale of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) A statement whether, at the end of the exemption period, the manufacturer intends to comply with the standard.
</P>
<P>(4) A statement that not more than 2,500 exempted vehicles will be sold in the United States in any 12-month period for which an exemption may be granted pursuant to this paragraph. An application for renewal of any exemption shall also include the total number of exempted vehicles sold in the United States under the existing exemption.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 2694, Jan. 29, 1973, as amended at 39 FR 5489, Feb. 13, 1974; 63 FR 44173, Aug. 18, 1998; 64 FR 2861, Jan. 19, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.7   Processing of applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The agency publishes a notice of the application in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> affording opportunity for comment.
</P>
<P>(b) No public hearing, argument, or other formal proceeding is held directly on an application filed under this part before its disposition under this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Any interested person may, upon written request, appear informally before an appropriate official of the NHTSA to discuss an application for exemption or the action taken in response to a petition.
</P>
<P>(d) If the Administrator determines that the application does not contain adequate justification, he denies it and notifies the petitioner in writing. He also publishes in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a notice of the denial and the reasons for it.
</P>
<P>(e) If the Administrator determines that the application contains adequate justification, he grants it, and notifies the petitioner in writing. He also publishes in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a notice of the grant and the reasons for it.
</P>
<P>(f) Unless a later effective date is specified in the notice of the grant, a temporary exemption is effective upon publication of the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and exempts vehicles manufactured on and after the effective date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 2694, Jan. 29, 1973, as amended at 39 FR 5489, Feb. 13, 1974; 39 FR 37988, Oct. 25, 1974; 64 FR 2861, 2862, Jan. 19, 1999; 83 FR 66160, Dec. 26, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.8   Termination of temporary exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A temporary exemption from a standard granted on the basis of substantial economic hardship terminates according to its terms but not later than 3 years after the date of issuance unless terminated sooner pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A temporary exemption from a standard granted on a basis other than substantial economic hardship terminates according to its terms but not later than 2 years after the date of issuance unless terminated sooner pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Any interested person may petition for the termination or modification of an exemption granted under this part. The petition will be processed in accordance with the procedures of part 552 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator terminates or modifies a temporary exemption if he determines that—
</P>
<P>(1) The temporary exemption is no longer consistent with the public interest and the objectives of the Act; or
</P>
<P>(2) The temporary exemption was granted on the basis of false, fraudulent, or misleading representations or information.
</P>
<P>(e) If an application for renewal of a temporary exemption that meets the requirements of § 555.5 has been filed not later than 60 days before the termination date of an exemption, the exemption does not terminate until the Administrator grants or denies the application for renewal.
</P>
<P>(f) The Administrator publishes in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a notice of:
</P>
<P>(1) An application for termination or modification of an exemption and the action taken in response to it; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any termination or modification of an exemption pursuant to the Administrator's own motion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 2694, Jan. 29, 1973, as amended at 39 FR 37989, Oct. 25, 1974; 40 FR 42015, Sept. 10, 1975; 64 FR 2861, Jan. 19, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.9   Temporary exemption labels.</HEAD>
<P>A manufacturer of an exempted vehicle shall—
</P>
<P>(a) Submit to the Administrator, within 30 days after receiving notification of the grant of an exemption, a sample of the certification label required by part 567 of this chapter and paragraph (c) of this section;
</P>
<P>(b) Affix securely to the windshield or side window of each exempted vehicle a label in the English language containing the statement required by paragraph (c)(1) or (2) of this section, and with the words “Shown above” omitted.
</P>
<P>(c) Meet all applicable requirements of part 567 of this chapter, except that—
</P>
<P>(1) The statement required by § 567.4(g)(5) of this chapter shall end with the phrase “except for Standards Nos. [listing the standards by number and title for which an exemption has been granted] exempted pursuant to NHTSA Exemption No. ________________.”
</P>
<P>(2) Instead of the statement required by § 567.5(c)(7)(iii), the following statement shall appear:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY (AND BUMPER) STANDARDS IN EFFECT IN [Month, Year] EXCEPT FOR STANDARD NOS. [Listing the standards by number and title for which an exemption has been granted] EXEMPTED PURSUANT TO NHTSA EXEMPTION NO. ____________.</P></EXTRACT>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Secs. 114, 119, Pub. L. 89-563, 80 Stat. 718 (15 U.S.C. 1403, 1408); sec. 3, Pub. L. 92-548, 86 Stat. 1159 (15 U.S.C. 1410); secs. 102, 105, Pub. L. 92-513, 86 Stat. 947 (15 U.S.C. 1912, 1915); delegations of authority at 49 CFR 1.50 and 501.8)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 2694, Jan. 29, 1973, as amended at 50 FR 10772, Mar. 18, 1985; 60 FR 1750, Jan. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.1.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.10   Availability for public inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Information relevant to an application under this part, including the application and supporting data, memoranda of informal meetings with the applicant or any other interested person, and the grant or denial of the application, is available for public inspection, except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, in Room PL-401 (Docket Management), 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. Copies of available information may be obtained, as provided in part 7 of the regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation (49 CFR part 7).
</P>
<P>(b) Except for the release of confidential information authorized by part 512 of this chapter, information made available for inspection under paragraph (a) shall not include materials not relevant to the petition for which confidentiality is requested and granted in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 30166 and 30167 and section 552(b) of title 5 of the U.S.C.).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 2694, Jan. 29, 1973, as amended at 46 FR 2064, Jan. 8, 1981; 48 FR 44081, Sept. 27, 1983; 63 FR 44173, Aug. 18, 1998; 64 FR 2862, Jan. 19, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Vehicles Built in Two or More Stages and Altered Vehicles</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 7429, Feb. 14, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 555.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.11   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to alterers and manufacturers of motor vehicles built in two or more stages to which one or more standards are applicable. No manufacturer or alterer that produces or alters a total exceeding 10,000 motor vehicles annually shall be eligible for a temporary exemption under this subpart. Any exemption granted under this subpart shall be limited, per manufacturer, to 2,500 vehicles to be sold in the United States in any 12 consecutive month period. Incomplete vehicle manufacturers and intermediate manufacturers that do not intend to certify the vehicles in accordance with 49 CFR 567.5(f) or (g), and instead furnish Incomplete Vehicle Documents to final-stage manufacturers in accordance with 49 CFR 568.4 or 49 CFR 568.5, are not eligible for temporary exemptions under this subpart. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 28196, May 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.12" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.12   Petition for exemption.</HEAD>
<P>An alterer; an incomplete vehicle manufacturer intending to certify the vehicle in accordance with 49 CFR 567.5(f); an intermediate manufacturer intending to certify the vehicle in accordance with 49 CFR 567.5(g); a final-stage manufacturer; or an industry trade association representing a group of alterers, incomplete vehicle manufacturers, intermediate manufacturers and/or final-stage manufacturers may seek, as to any vehicle configuration altered and/or built in two or more stages, a temporary exemption or a renewal of a temporary exemption from any performance requirement for which a Federal motor vehicle safety standard specifies the use of a dynamic test procedure to determine compliance. Each petition for an exemption under this section must be submitted to NHTSA and must:
</P>
<P>(a) Be written in the English language;
</P>
<P>(b) Be submitted in three copies to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh St., SW., Washington, DC 20590;
</P>
<P>(c) State the full name and address of the applicant, the nature of its organization (e.g., individual, partnership, corporation, or trade association), the name of the State or country under the laws of which it is organized, and the name of each alterer, incomplete vehicle manufacturer, intermediate manufacturer and/or final-stage manufacturer for which the exemption is sought;
</P>
<P>(d) State the number, title, paragraph designation, and the text or substance of the portion(s) of the standard(s) from which the exemption is sought;
</P>
<P>(e) Describe by type and use each vehicle configuration (or range of vehicle configurations) for which the exemption is sought;
</P>
<P>(f) State the estimated number of units of each vehicle configuration to be produced annually by each of the manufacturer(s) for whom the exemption is sought;
</P>
<P>(g) Specify any part of the information and data submitted that the petitioner requests be withheld from public disclosure in accordance with part 512 of this chapter, as provided by § 555.5(b)(6).
</P>
<P>(1) The information and data which petitioner requests be withheld from public disclosure must be submitted in accordance with § 512.4 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The petitioner's request for withholding from public disclosure must be accompanied by a certification in support as set forth in appendix A to part 512 of this chapter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 28196, May 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.13" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.13   Basis for petition.</HEAD>
<P>The petition shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Discuss any factors (e.g., demand for the vehicle configuration, loss of market, difficulty in procuring goods and services necessary to conduct dynamic tests) that the applicant desires NHTSA to consider in deciding whether to grant the application based on economic hardship.
</P>
<P>(b) Explain the grounds on which the applicant asserts that the application of the dynamic test requirements of the standard(s) in question to the vehicles covered by the application would cause substantial economic hardship to each of the manufacturers on whose behalf the application is filed, providing a complete financial statement for each manufacturer and a complete description of each manufacturer's good faith efforts to comply with the standards, including a discussion of:
</P>
<P>(1) The extent that no Type (1) or Type (2) statement with respect to such standard is available in the incomplete vehicle document furnished, per part 568 of this chapter, by the incomplete vehicle manufacturer or by a prior intermediate-stage manufacturer or why, if one is available, it cannot be followed;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the incomplete vehicle to be used to manufacture the vehicle(s) subject to the petition. This description must identify the manufacturer of the incomplete vehicle, state the incomplete vehicle's GVWR, and provide other available specifications;
</P>
<P>(3) The availability of alternative incomplete vehicles, including incomplete vehicles of different size, GVWR, and number of axles, from the same and other incomplete vehicle manufacturers, that could allow the petitioner to rely on Incomplete Vehicle Documents when certifying the completed vehicle, instead of petitioning under this subpart;
</P>
<P>(4) The existence, or lack thereof, of generic or cooperative testing that would provide a basis for demonstrating compliance with the standard(s); and
</P>
<P>(c) Explain why the requested temporary exemption would not unreasonably degrade safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 28196, May 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.14" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.14   Processing of petitions.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator shall notify the petitioner whether the petition is complete within 30 days of receipt. The Administrator shall attempt to approve or deny any complete petition submitted under this subpart within 120 days after the agency acknowledges that the application is complete. Upon good cause shown, the Administrator may review a petition on an expedited basis.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.15" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.15   Time period for exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to § 555.16, each temporary exemption granted by the Administrator under this subpart shall be in effect for a period of three years from the effective date. The Administrator shall identify each exemption by a unique number.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.16" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.16   Renewal of exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>An alterer, intermediate or final-stage manufacturer or a trade association representing a group of alterers or, intermediate and/or final-stage manufacturers may apply for a renewal of a temporary exemption. Any such renewal petition shall be filed at least 60 days prior to the termination date of the existing exemption and shall include all the information required in an initial petition. If a petition for renewal of a temporary exemption that meets the requirements of this subpart has been filed not later than 60 days before the termination date of an exemption, the exemption does not terminate until the Administrator grants or denies the petition for renewal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.17" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.17   Termination of temporary exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may terminate or modify a temporary exemption if (s)he determines that:
</P>
<P>(a) The temporary exemption was granted on the basis of false, fraudulent, or misleading representations or information; or
</P>
<P>(b) The temporary exemption is no longer consistent with the public interest and the objectives of the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 555.18" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.28.2.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 555.18   Temporary exemption labels.</HEAD>
<P>An alterer or final-stage manufacturer of a vehicle that is covered by one or more exemptions issued under this sub-part shall affix a label that meets meet all the requirements of 49 CFR 555.9.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="556" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.29" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 556—EXEMPTION FOR INCONSEQUENTIAL DEFECT OR NONCOMPLIANCE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 157, Pub. L. 93-492, 88 Stat. 1470 (15 U.S.C. 1417); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 7145, Feb. 7, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 556.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.29.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 556.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part sets forth procedures, pursuant to section 157 of the Act, for exempting manufacturers of motor vehicles and replacement equipment from the Act's notice and remedy requirements when a defect or noncompliance is determined to be inconsequential as it relates to motor vehicle safety.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 556.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.29.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 556.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to enable manufacturers of motor vehicles and replacement equipment to petition the NHTSA for exemption from the notification and remedy requirements of the Act due to the inconsequentiality of the defect or noncompliance as it relates to motor vehicle safety, and to give all interested persons an opportunity for presentation of data, views, and arguments on the issues of inconsequentiality.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 556.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.29.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 556.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to manufacturers of motor vehicles and replacement equipment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 556.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.29.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 556.4   Petition for exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A manufacturer who has determined the existence, in a motor vehicle or item of replacement equipment that he produces, of a defect related to motor vehicle safety or a noncompliance with an applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standard, or who has received notice of an initial determination by the NHTSA of the existence of a defect related to motor vehicle safety or a noncompliance, may petition for exemption from the Act's notification and remedy requirements on the grounds that the defect or noncompliance is inconsequential as it relates to motor vehicle safety.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition submitted under this part shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Be written in the English language;
</P>
<P>(2) Be submitted in three copies to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Washington, DC 20590;
</P>
<P>(3) State the full name and address of the applicant, the nature of its organization (e.g., individual, partnership, or corporation) and the name of the State or country under the laws of which it is organized.
</P>
<P>(4) Describe the motor vehicle or item of replacement equipment, including the number involved and the period of production, and the defect or noncompliance concerning which an exemption is sought; and
</P>
<P>(5) Set forth all data, views, and arguments of the petitioner supporting his petition.
</P>
<P>(6) Be accompanied by three copies of the report the manufacturer has submitted, or is submitting, to NHTSA in accordance with part 573 of this chapter, relating to its determination of the existence of safety related defect or noncompliance with an applicable safety standard that is the subject of the petition.
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of defects related to motor vehicle safety or noncompliances determined to exist by a manufacturer, petitions under this part must be submitted not later than 30 days after such determination. In the case of defects related to motor vehicle safety or noncompliances initially determined to exist by the NHTSA, petitions must be submitted not later than 30 days after notification of the determination has been received by the manufacturer. Such a petition will not constitute a concession by the manufacturer of, nor will it be considered relevant to, the existence of a defect related to motor vehicle safety or a nonconformity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 7145, Feb. 7, 1977, as amended at 56 FR 66376, Dec. 23, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 556.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.29.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 556.5   Processing of petition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The NHTSA publishes a notice of each petition in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Such notice includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A brief summary of the petition;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the availability of the petition and other relevant information for public inspection; and
</P>
<P>(3)(i) In the case of a defect related to motor vehicle safety or a noncompliance determined to exist by the manufacturer, an invitation to interested persons to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the petition, and, upon request by the petitioner or interested persons, a statement of the time and place of a public meeting at which such materials may be presented orally if any person so desires.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a defect related to motor vehicle safety or a noncompliance initially determined to exist by the NHTSA, an invitation to interested persons to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the petition or to submit such data, views, and arguments orally at the meeting held pursuant to section 152(a) of the Act following the initial determination, or at a separate meeting if deemed appropriate by the agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 556.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.29.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 556.6   Meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At a meeting held under this part, any interested person may make oral (as well as written) presentations of data, views, and arguments on the question whether the defect or noncompliance described in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice is inconsequential as it relates to motor vehicle safety.
</P>
<P>(b) Sections 556 and 557 of Title 5, U.S.C., do not apply to any meeting held under this part. Unless otherwise specified, any meeting held under this part is an informal, nonadversary, fact-finding proceeding, at which there are no formal pleadings or adverse parties. A decision to grant or deny a petition, after a meeting on such petition, is not necessarily based exclusively on the record of the meeting.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator designates a representative to conduct any meeting held under this part. The Chief Counsel designates a member of his staff to serve as legal officer at the meeting. A transcript of the proceeding is kept and exhibits may be kept as part of the transcript.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 556.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.29.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 556.7   Disposition of petition.</HEAD>
<P>Notice of either a grant or denial of a petition for exemption from the notice and remedy requirements of the Act based upon the inconsequentiality of a defect or noncompliance is issued to the petitioner and published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> The effect of a grant of a petition is to relieve the manufacturer from any further responsibility to provide notice and remedy of the defect or noncompliance. The effect of a denial is to continue in force, as against a manufacturer, all duties contained in the Act relating to notice and remedy of the defect or noncompliance. Any interested person may appeal the grant or denial of a petition by submitting written data, views, or arguments to the Administrator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 556.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.29.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 556.8   Rescission of decision.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may rescind a grant or denial of an exemption issued under this part any time after the receipt of new data and notice and opportunity for comment thereon, in accordance with §§ 556.5 and 556.7.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 556.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.29.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 556.9   Public inspection of relevant information.</HEAD>
<P>Information relevant to a petition under this part, including the petition and supporting data, memoranda of informal meetings with the petitioner or any other interested person concerning the petition, and the notice granting or denying the petition, are available for public inspection in the Docket Section, Room 5109, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. Copies of available information may be obtained in accordance with part 7 of the regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation (49 CFR part 7).
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Sec. 104, Pub. L. 93-492, 88 Stat. 1470 (15 U.S.C. 1417))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 7145, Feb. 7, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 44081, Sept. 27, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="557" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.30" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 557—PETITIONS FOR HEARINGS ON NOTIFICATION AND REMEDY OF DEFECTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 9, Pub. L. 89-670, 80 Stat. 931 (49 U.S.C. 1657); sec. 103, 119, Pub. L. 89-563, 80 Stat. 718 (15 U.S.C. 1392, 1407); sec. 156, Pub. L. 93-492, 88 Stat. 1470 (15 U.S.C 1416); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 56812, Dec. 30, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 557.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.30.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 557.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes procedures under section 156 of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966, as amended (88 Stat. 1470, 15 U.S.C. 1416), for the submission and disposition of petitions filed by interested persons for hearings on the question of whether a manufacturer has reasonably met his obligation to notify owners, purchasers, and dealers of a safety-related defect or failure to comply with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard, or to remedy such defect or failure to comply. This part also establishes procedures for holding a hearing on these questions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 557.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.30.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 557.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to enable the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to identify and respond on a timely basis to petitions for hearings on whether a manufacturer has reasonably met his obligation to notify or remedy, and to establish the procedures for such hearings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 557.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.30.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 557.3   General.</HEAD>
<P>Any interested person may file with the Administrator a petition requesting him to hold a hearing on—
</P>
<P>(a) Whether a manufacturer has reasonably met his obligation to notify owners, purchasers, and dealers of a safety-related defect in any motor vehicle or item of replacement equipment manufactured by him;
</P>
<P>(b) Whether a manufacturer has reasonably met his obligation to notify owners, purchasers, and dealers of a failure to comply with an applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standard in any motor vehicle or item of replacement equipment manufactured by him;
</P>
<P>(c) Whether the manufacturer has reasonably met his obligation to remedy a safety-related defect in any motor vehicle or item of replacement equipment manufactured by him; or
</P>
<P>(d) Whether the manufacturer has reasonably met his obligation to remedy a failure to comply with an applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standard in any motor vehicle or item of replacement equipment manufactured by him.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 557.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.30.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 557.4   Requirements for petition.</HEAD>
<P>A petition filed under this part should be addressed and submitted to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. Each petition filed under this part must—
</P>
<P>(a) Be written in the English or Spanish language;
</P>
<P>(b) Have, preceding its text, the word “Petition”;
</P>
<P>(c) Contain a brief statement concerning the alleged failure of a manufacturer to meet reasonably his obligation to notify or remedy;
</P>
<P>(d) Contain a brief summary of the data, views, or arguments that the petitioner wishes to present in a hearing on whether or not a manufacturer has reasonably met his obligations to notify or remedy;
</P>
<P>(e) Specifically request a hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 557.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.30.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 557.5   Improperly filed petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A petition that is not addressed as specified in § 557.4, but that meets the other requirements of that section, will be treated as a properly filed petition, received as of the time it is discovered and identified.
</P>
<P>(b) A document that fails to conform to one or more of the requirements of § 557.4(a) (1) through (5) will not be treated as a petition under this part. Such a document will be treated according to the existing correspondence and other procedures of the NHTSA, and any information contained in it will be considered at the discretion of the Administrator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 557.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.30.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 557.6   Determination whether to hold a public hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator considers the following factors in determining whether to hold a hearing:
</P>
<P>(1) The nature of the complaint;
</P>
<P>(2) The seriousness of the alleged breach of obligation to remedy;
</P>
<P>(3) The existence of similar complaints;
</P>
<P>(4) The ability of the NHTSA to resolve the problem without holding a hearing; and
</P>
<P>(5) Other pertinent matters.
</P>
<P>(b) If, after considering the above factors, the Administrator determines that a hearing should be held, the petition is granted. If it is determined that a hearing should not be held, the petition is denied. In either case, the petitioner is notified of the grant or denial not more than 60 days after receipt of the petition by the NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(c) If a petition submitted under this part is denied, a <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice of the denial is issued within 45 days of the denial, setting forth the reasons for it.
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator may conduct a hearing under this part on his own motion.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 557.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.30.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 557.7   Public hearing.</HEAD>
<P>If the Administrator decides that a public hearing under this part is necessary, he issues a notice of public hearing in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> to advise interested persons of the time, place, and subject matter of the public hearing and invite their participation. Interested persons may submit their views through oral or written presentation, or both. There is no cross-examination of witnesses. A transcript of the hearing is kept and exhibits may be accepted as part of the transcript. Sections 556 and 557 of title 5, U.S.C., do not apply to hearings held under this part. When appropriate, the Chief Counsel designates a member of his staff to serve as legal officer at the hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 557.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.30.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 557.8   Determination of manufacturer's obligation.</HEAD>
<P>If the Administrator determines, on the basis of the information presented at a hearing or any other information that is available to him, that the manufacturer has not reasonably met his obligation to notify owners, dealers, and purchasers of a safety-related defect or failure to comply with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard or to remedy such defect or failure to comply, he orders the manufacturer to take specified action to comply with his obligation, consistent with the authority granted the Administrator by the Act.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="561" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.31" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 561—DOCUMENTATION FOR ELECTRIC-POWERED VEHICLES


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117, and 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 104350, Dec. 20, 2024, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 561.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.31.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 561.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part specifies requirements for the submission of standardized emergency response guides (ERGs) and rescue sheets for electric-powered vehicles. It also specifies requirements for other documentation, to be submitted to NHTSA upon request, addressing low temperature operation safety, warning in the event of malfunction of vehicle controls managing Rechargeable Electrical Energy Storage System (REESS) operations, warning in the case of a thermal event in the REESS, and safety risk mitigation for thermal runaway and propagation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 561.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.31.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 561.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to ensure emergency response information is readily available for first and second responders regarding the safe handling of electric-powered vehicles and to ensure vehicle occupants are alerted to potentially hazardous conditions. The other documentation requirements are to ensure vehicle manufacturers identify and address safety risks associated with the electric propulsion system in addition to the requirements of part 571 of this chapter.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 561.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.31.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 561.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses that use electrical propulsion components with working voltages greater than 60 volts direct current (VDC) or 30 volts alternating current (VAC), and whose speed attainable over a distance of 1.6 km on a paved level surface is more than 40 km/h.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Rescue sheets and emergency response guides requirements.</I> Vehicles manufactured on or after December 22, 2025, are subject to § 561.6.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Documentation requirements.</I> (1) Vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kilograms (kg) or less manufactured on or after September 1, 2027, are subject to §§ 561.7 through 561.10.
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating over 4,536 kilograms (kg) manufactured on or after September 1, 2028, are subject to §§ 561.7 through 561.10.
</P>
<P>(3) The requirements §§ 561.7 through 561.10 do not apply to small-volume manufacturers, final-stage manufacturers, and alterers of vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating under 4,536 kilograms (kg) until one year after the date specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The requirements §§ 561.7 through 561.10 do not apply to small-volume manufacturers, final-stage manufacturers, and alterers of vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating over 4,536 kilograms (kg) until one year after the date specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 561.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.31.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 561.4   Matter incorporated by reference.</HEAD>
<P>The material listed in this section is incorporated by reference into this section with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 522(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved incorporation by reference (IBR) material is available for inspection at the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Contact NHTSA at: 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590; (202) 366-2588; <I>www.nhtsa.gov/about-nhtsa/electronic-reading-room.</I> For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit <I>www.archives.gov/contact.</I> The material may be obtained from the following paragraphs of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) International Organization for Standardization (ISO), 1, ch. de la Voie-Creuse, CP 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland; phone: + 41 22 749 01 11; fax: + 41 22 733 34 30; website: <I>www.iso.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ISO 17840-1:2022(E), <I>Road vehicles—Information for first and second responders—Part 1: Rescue sheet for passenger cars and light commercial vehicles,</I> Second Edition, February 2022, into § 561.6.
</P>
<P>(2) ISO 17840-2:2019(E), <I>Road vehicles—Information for first and second responders—Part 2: Rescue sheet for buses, coaches and heavy commercial vehicles,</I> First edition, April 2019, into § 561.6.
</P>
<P>(3) ISO 17840-3:2019(E), <I>Road vehicles—Information for first and second responders—Part 3: Emergency response guide template,</I> First Edition, April 2019, into § 561.6.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 561.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.31.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 561.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory definitions.</I> All terms defined in section 30102 of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act (49 U.S.C. chapter 301, <I>et seq.</I>) are used in their statutory meaning.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motor vehicle safety standard definitions.</I> All terms defined in 49 CFR part 571 are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other definitions</I>—
</P>
<P><I>Emergency response guide</I> means a document containing in-depth vehicle-specific information related to fire, submersion, leakage of fluids, towing, and storage of vehicles for first and second responders.
</P>
<P><I>First responder</I> means a person with specialized training such as a law enforcement officer, paramedic, emergency medical technician, and/or firefighter.
</P>
<P><I>Rescue sheet</I> means an abbreviated version of an emergency response guide that gives quick information about a vehicle's construction, intended for use by first and second responders at the scene of a crash.
</P>
<P><I>Second responder</I> means a worker who supports first responders by cleaning up a site, towing vehicles, and/or supporting services after an event requiring first responders.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 561.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.31.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 561.6   Rescue sheets and emergency response guides.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Rescue sheets.</I> Prior to first vehicle sale or lease, vehicle manufacturers shall submit rescue sheets to NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(1) For vehicles with a GVWR less than or equal to 4,536 kg to which the requirement applies, submitted rescue sheets shall follow the layout and format in ISO-17840-1:2022(E) (incorporated by reference; see § 561.4).
</P>
<P>(2) For vehicles with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg to which the standard applies, the submitted rescue sheets shall follow the layout and format in ISO-17840-2:2019(E) (incorporated by reference; see § 561.4).
</P>
<P>(3) The rescue sheets shall provide information for first responders to extricate occupants.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Emergency response guides (ERGs).</I> Prior to first vehicle sale or lease, vehicle manufacturers shall submit emergency response guides to NHTSA in accordance with the template layout and format in ISO-17840-3:2019(E) (incorporated by reference; see § 561.4). vehicles to which this requirement applies.
</P>
<P>(1) The ERGs shall provide in-depth information linked and aligned to the corresponding rescue sheet to support the quick and safe action of first responders and second responders.
</P>
<P>(2) The ERGs shall provide in-depth information related to electric vehicle fire, submersion, leakage of fluids, towing, transportation, and storage.
</P>
<P>(3) The ERGs shall provide information to assist first responders in extricating occupants.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 561.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.31.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 561.7   Documentation for low temperature operation safety.</HEAD>
<P>At NHTSA's request, each manufacturer shall submit documentation that includes the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The make, model, model year, and production dates of the vehicles to which the submitted documentation applies.
</P>
<P>(b) The lower temperature boundary for safe REESS operation in all vehicle operating modes.
</P>
<P>(c) A description and explanation of charge and discharge rates at the manufacturer specified lower temperature boundary for safe REESS operation.
</P>
<P>(d) A description of the method used to detect REESS temperature.
</P>
<P>(e) A system diagram with key components and subsystems involved in maintaining safe REESS charging and discharging operation for temperatures at or below the manufacturer specified lower temperature boundary for safe REESS operation.
</P>
<P>(f) A description of how the vehicle controls, ancillary equipment, and design features were validated and verified for maintaining safe REESS operations at or below the manufacturer specified lower temperature boundary for safe REESS operation.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Overall evaluation</I>: A description of the final manufacturer review/audit process and results of any final review or audit evaluating the technical content and the completeness and verity of paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 561.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.31.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 561.8   Documentation of a visual warning for malfunction of vehicle controls that manage REESS operation.</HEAD>
<P>At NHTSA's request, each manufacturer shall submit documentation that includes the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The make, model, model year, and production dates of the vehicles to which the submitted documentation applies.
</P>
<P>(b) A system diagram that identifies all the vehicle controls that manage REESS operation. The diagram must identify what components are used to generate a visual warning indicating malfunction of vehicle controls to conduct one or more basic REESS operations.
</P>
<P>(c) A written explanation describing the basic operation of the vehicle controls that manage REESS operation. The explanation must identify the components of the vehicle control system, provide description of their functions and capability to manage the REESS, and provide a logic diagram and description of conditions that would lead to triggering the telltale activation.
</P>
<P>(d) Validation results from tests to confirm the display of a visual warning in the presence of a malfunction of the vehicle controls which manage safe operation of the REESS.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Overall evaluation:</I> A description of the final manufacturer review/audit process and results of the final review or audit which evaluated the technical content and the completeness and verity of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 561.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.31.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 561.9   Documentation of an audio-visual warning for a thermal event in the REESS.</HEAD>
<P>At NHTSA's request, each manufacturer shall submit documentation that includes the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The make, model, model year, and production dates of the vehicles to which the submitted documentation applies.
</P>
<P>(b) A system diagram of the thermal event warning system.
</P>
<P>(c) A written explanation describing the basic operation of the thermal event warning system. The explanation must identify the components of the thermal event warning system, provide descriptions of their functions and capability, and provide a logic diagram and description of conditions that would lead to triggering the warning activation.
</P>
<P>(d) Validation results from tests to confirm the activation of an audio-visual warning in the case of a thermal event in the REESS.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Overall evaluation:</I> A description of the final manufacturer review/audit process and results of the final review or audit which evaluated the technical content and the completeness and verity of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 561.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.31.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 561.10   Documentation for single cell thermal runaway and propagation safety risk mitigation.</HEAD>
<P>The vehicle manufacturer shall make available to NHTSA, upon request, documentation demonstrating how the vehicle and its REESS are designed to mitigate the safety risks associated with thermal propagation resulting from a single cell thermal runaway due to an internal short within the cell. The documentation shall demonstrate thermal propagation safety risk mitigation for the vehicle in external charging mode, active driving possible mode, and parking mode. The documentation shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Vehicle information.</I> This part of the documentation shall identify the make, model, model year, and production dates of the vehicles to which the submitted documentation applies.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Part I: System analysis.</I> This part of the documentation shall identify the conditions which could lead to single-cell thermal runaway due to an internal short-circuit in different vehicle operational modes and allocate applicable functional units, components, and subsystems to each identified condition. This part shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A system diagram and a description of all relevant physical systems and components of the REESS, including information about the cell type and electrical configuration, cell chemistry, electrical capacity, voltage, current limits during charging and discharging, and thermal limits of the components that are critical for thermal propagation safety.
</P>
<P>(2) A system diagram, operational description of sensors, components, functional units relevant to single-cell thermal runaway due to internal short-circuit and thermal propagation, and the interrelationship among the identified sensors, components, and functional units;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of conditions under which a single-cell thermal runaway and propagation event due to an internal short-circuit could occur;
</P>
<P>(4) A description of how the identified conditions were allocated to each identified component, functional unit, and subsystem;
</P>
<P>(5) A description of the process used to review the identified conditions and their allocation to the identified sensors, components, and functional units, for completeness and validity; and
</P>
<P>(6) A description of the warning or notification system before the thermal runaway occurs, including a description of the detection technology and mitigation strategies, if any.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Part II: Safety risk assessment and mitigation process.</I> This part of the documentation shall identify thermal propagation safety risk mitigation strategies for identified conditions leading to single cell thermal runaway in Part I and include:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the safety risks and safety risk mitigation strategies, and how these were identified, and
</P>
<P>(2) A description of how each risk mitigation strategy manages, mitigates, or prevents the identified safety risks.
</P>
<P>(3) Safety risk mitigation strategies identified should include those that mitigate the risk of single cell thermal runaway due to an internal short and mitigate the occurrence of thermal propagation due to single-cell thermal runaway resulting from an internal short-circuit within the cell.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Part III: Verification and validation of risk mitigation strategies.</I> This part of the documentation pertains to verification that the manufacturer identified safety risks and considered safety risk mitigation strategies and shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of how each risk mitigation strategy was verified and validated for effectiveness,
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the verification and validation results for each risk mitigation strategy, and
</P>
<P>(3) A description of and results from the vehicle level assessment.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Part IV: Overall evaluation of risk mitigation.</I> This part of the documentation summarizes the vehicle design and manufacturing strategies and their validation to mitigate the safety risks associated with thermal propagation due to single cell thermal runaway resulting from internal short within a cell. This part shall include a description of the final manufacturer review/audit process and results of the final review or audit evaluating the technical content and the completeness and verity of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 561.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.31.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 561.11   Record retention.</HEAD>
<P>Each applicable manufacturer shall maintain the information specified in §§ 561.7 through 561.10 for the documentation requirements for a period of five years from the date of manufacture.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="562" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.32" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 562—LIGHTING AND MARKING OF AGRICULTURAL EQUIPMENT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 31601, Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405; 49 U.S.C. 30111 note; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 40533, June 22, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 562.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.32.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 562.1   Scope and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes minimum lighting and marking standards for new agricultural equipment as required by the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (Sec. 31601, Pub. L. 112-141).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 562.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.32.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 562.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Agricultural equipment</I> has the meaning given the term “agricultural field equipment” in the ANSI/ASAE 390.4 JAN2005, “Definitions and Classifications of Agricultural Field Equipment” (incorporated by reference, see <I>§ 562.11).</I>
</P>
<P><I>Public road</I> means any road or street under the jurisdiction of and maintained by a public authority and open to public travel.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 562.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.32.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 562.5   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This standard applies to new agricultural equipment that may be operated on a public road.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 562.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.32.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 562.7   Lighting and marking requirements for new agricultural equipment.</HEAD>
<P>New agricultural equipment that may be operated on a public road must meet the lighting and marking standards set forth in ANSI/ASAE 279.14 JUL2008, “Lighting and Marking of Agricultural Equipment on Highways” (incorporated by reference, see § 562.11).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 562.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.32.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 562.9   Compliance not affected by addition of certain materials and equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Successor standards.</I> Equipping new agricultural equipment that may be operated on a public road with lighting and marking materials and equipment that comply with a revision of ANSI/ASAE Standard 279 adopted after the version cited in § 562.7 does not affect compliance with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Additional materials and equipment.</I> Equipping new agricultural equipment that may be operated on a public road with lighting and marking materials and equipment that are in addition to the minimum requirements specified in § 562.7 does not affect compliance with the requirements of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 562.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.32.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 562.11   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may inspect approved material at the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590 or at the National Archives and Records Administration. For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) American Society of Agricultural and Biological Engineers (ASABE) 2950 Niles Road, St. Joseph, Michigan 49085-9659, (269) 429-0300. <I>http://www.asabe.org/publications/publications/standards.aspx.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ANSI/ASABE 279.14 JUL2008, “Lighting and Marking of Agricultural Equipment on Highways,” approved August 2008, into § 562.7.
</P>
<P>(2) ANSI/ASAE 390.4 JAN2005, “Definitions and Classifications of Agricultural Field Equipment,” approved February 2005, into § 562.3.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="563" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.33" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 563—EVENT DATA RECORDERS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30101, 30111, 30115, 30117, 30166, 30168; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>71 FR 51043, Aug. 28, 2006, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 563.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.33.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 563.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part specifies uniform, national requirements for vehicles equipped with event data recorders (EDRs) concerning the collection, storage, and retrievability of onboard motor vehicle crash event data. It also specifies requirements for vehicle manufacturers to make tools and/or methods commercially available so that crash investigators and researchers are able to retrieve data from EDRs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 563.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.33.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 563.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to help ensure that EDRs record, in a readily usable manner, data valuable for effective crash investigations and for analysis of safety equipment performance (e.g., advanced restraint systems). These data will help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and will lead to safer vehicle designs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 563.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.33.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 563.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to the following vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2012, if they are equipped with an event data recorder: passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 3,855 kg (8,500 pounds) or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kg (5,500 pounds) or less, except for walk-in van-type trucks or vehicles designed to be sold exclusively to the U.S. Postal Service. This part also applies to manufacturers of those vehicles. However, vehicles manufactured before September 1, 2013 that are manufactured in two or more stages or that are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) after having been previously certified to the Federal motor vehicle safety standards in accordance with part 567 of this chapter need not meet the requirements of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 2179, Jan. 14, 2008]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 563.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.33.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 563.4   Certification for Phase-in.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Vehicle certification information.</I> At any time during the production years ending August 31, 2029, August 31, 2030, August 31, 2031, and August 31, 2032, each manufacturer shall, upon request from the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, provide information identifying the vehicles (by make, model and vehicle identification number) that have been equipped with EDRs meeting the requirements of § 563.7(a) and (b). The manufacturer's designation of a vehicle as equipped with an EDR meeting these requirements is irrevocable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I> For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under § 563.4(a), a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A vehicle which is imported shall be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(2) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer which markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Attributability by express written contract of vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I> A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under § 563.4(b).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Average annual production.</I> For the purposes of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under § 563.4(a), only count vehicles to which this regulation is applicable as specified § 563.3 and are equipped with an EDR.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 28440, May 18, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 563.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.33.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 563.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Motor vehicle safety standard definitions.</I> Unless otherwise indicated, all terms that are used in this part and are defined in the Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, part 571 of this subchapter, are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>ABS activity</I> means the anti-lock brake system (ABS) is actively controlling the vehicle's brakes.
</P>
<P><I>Air bag warning lamp status</I> means whether the warning lamp required by FMVSS No. 208 is on or off.
</P>
<P><I>Capture</I> means the process of buffering EDR data in a temporary, volatile storage medium where it is continuously updated at regular time intervals.
</P>
<P><I>Delta-V, lateral</I> means the cumulative change in velocity, as recorded by the EDR of the vehicle, along the lateral axis, starting from crash time zero and ending at 0.25 seconds, recorded every 0.01 seconds.
</P>
<P><I>Delta-V, longitudinal</I> means the cumulative change in velocity, as recorded by the EDR of the vehicle, along the longitudinal axis, starting from crash time zero and ending at 0.25 seconds, recorded every 0.01 seconds.
</P>
<P><I>Deployment time, frontal air bag</I> means (for both driver and right front passenger) the elapsed time from crash time zero to the deployment command, or for multi-staged air bag systems, the deployment command for the first stage.
</P>
<P><I>Disposal</I> means the deployment command of the second (or higher, if present) stage of a frontal air bag for the purpose of disposing the propellant from the air bag device.
</P>
<P><I>End of event time</I> means the moment at which the resultant cumulative delta-V within a 20 ms time period becomes 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph) or less, or the moment at which the crash detection algorithm of the air bag control unit resets.
</P>
<P><I>Engine RPM</I> means
</P>
<P>(1) For vehicles powered by internal combustion engines, the number of revolutions per minute of the main crankshaft of the vehicle's engine; and
</P>
<P>(2) For vehicles not entirely powered by internal combustion engines, the number of revolutions per minute of the motor shaft at the point at which it enters the vehicle transmission gearbox.
</P>
<P><I>Engine throttle, percent full</I> means the driver-requested acceleration as measured by the throttle position sensor on the accelerator pedal compared to the fully-depressed position.
</P>
<P><I>Event</I> means a crash or other physical occurrence that causes the trigger threshold to be met or exceeded, or any non-reversible deployable restraint to be deployed, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P><I>Event data recorder (EDR)</I> means a device or function in a vehicle that records the vehicle's dynamic time-series data during the time period just prior to a crash event (e.g., vehicle speed vs. time) or during a crash event (e.g., delta-V vs. time), intended for retrieval after the crash event. For the purposes of this definition, the event data do not include audio and video data.
</P>
<P><I>Frontal air bag</I> means an inflatable restraint system that requires no action by vehicle occupants and is used to meet the applicable frontal crash protection requirements of FMVSS No. 208.
</P>
<P><I>Ignition cycle, crash</I> means the number (count) of power cycles applied to the recording device at the time when the crash event occurred since the first use of the EDR.
</P>
<P><I>Ignition cycle download</I> means the number (count) of power cycles applied to the recording device at the time when the data was downloaded since the first use of the EDR.
</P>
<P><I>Lateral acceleration</I> means the component of the vector acceleration of a point in the vehicle in the y-direction. The lateral acceleration is positive from left to right, from the perspective of the driver when seated in the vehicle facing the direction of forward vehicle travel.
</P>
<P><I>Limited-line manufacturer</I> means a manufacturer that sells three or fewer carlines, as that term is defined in 49 CFR 583.4, in the United States during a production year.
</P>
<P><I>Longitudinal acceleration</I> means the component of the vector acceleration of a point in the vehicle in the x-direction. The longitudinal acceleration is positive in the direction of forward vehicle travel.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum delta-V, lateral</I> means the maximum value of the cumulative change in velocity, as recorded by the EDR, of the vehicle along the lateral axis, starting from crash time zero and ending at 0.3 seconds.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum delta-V, longitudinal</I> means the maximum value of the cumulative change in velocity, as recorded by the EDR, of the vehicle along the longitudinal axis, starting from crash time zero and ending at 0.3 seconds.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum delta-V, resultant</I> means the time-correlated maximum value of the cumulative change in velocity, as recorded by the EDR or processed during data download, along the vector-added longitudinal and lateral axes.
</P>
<P><I>Multi-event crash</I> means the occurrence of 2 events, the first and last of which begin not more than 5 seconds apart.
</P>
<P><I>Non-volatile memory</I> means the memory reserved for maintaining recorded EDR data in a semi-permanent fashion. Data recorded in non-volatile memory is retained after loss of power and can be retrieved with EDR data extraction tools and methods.
</P>
<P><I>Normal acceleration</I> means the component of the vector acceleration of a point in the vehicle in the z-direction. The normal acceleration is positive in a downward direction and is zero when the accelerometer is at rest.
</P>
<P><I>Occupant position classification</I> means the classification indicating that the seating posture of a front outboard occupant (both driver and right front passenger) is determined as being out-of-position.
</P>
<P><I>Occupant size classification</I> means, for the right front passenger, the classification of the occupant as a child (as defined in 49 CFR part 572, subpart N or smaller) or not as an adult (as defined in 49 CFR part 572, subpart O), and for the driver, the classification of the driver as being a 5th percentile female (as defined in 49 CFR Part 572, subpart O) or larger.
</P>
<P><I>Pretensioner</I> means a device that is activated by a vehicle's crash sensing system and removes slack from a vehicle safety belt system.
</P>
<P><I>Record</I> means the process of saving captured EDR data into a non-volatile device for subsequent retrieval.
</P>
<P><I>Safety belt status</I> means the feedback from the safety system that is used to determine that an occupant's safety belt (for both driver and right front passenger) is fastened or unfastened.
</P>
<P><I>Seat track position switch, foremost, status</I> means the status of the switch that is installed to detect whether the seat is moved to a forward position.
</P>
<P><I>Service brake, on or off</I> means the status of the device that is installed in or connected to the brake pedal system to detect whether the pedal was pressed. The device can include the brake pedal switch or other driver-operated service brake control.
</P>
<P><I>Side air bag</I> means any inflatable occupant restraint device that is mounted to the seat or side structure of the vehicle interior, and that is designed to deploy in a side impact crash to help mitigate occupant injury and/or ejection.
</P>
<P><I>Side curtain/tube air bag</I> means any inflatable occupant restraint device that is mounted to the side structure of the vehicle interior, and that is designed to deploy in a side impact crash or rollover and to help mitigate occupant injury and/or ejection.
</P>
<P><I>Small-volume manufacturer</I> means an original vehicle manufacturer that produces or assembles fewer than 5,000 vehicles annually for sale in the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Speed, vehicle indicated</I> means the vehicle speed indicated by a manufacturer-designated subsystem designed to indicate the vehicle's ground travel speed during vehicle operation.
</P>
<P><I>Stability control</I> means any device that complies with FMVSS No. 126, “Electronic stability control systems.”
</P>
<P><I>Steering input</I> means the angular displacement of the steering wheel measured from the straight-ahead position (position corresponding to zero average steer angle of a pair of steered wheels).
</P>
<P><I>Suppression switch status</I> means the status of the switch indicating whether an air bag suppression system is on or off.
</P>
<P><I>Time from event 1 to 2</I> means the elapsed time from time zero of the first event to time zero of the second event.
</P>
<P><I>Time, maximum delta-V, lateral</I> means the time from crash time zero to the point where the maximum value of the cumulative change in velocity is found, as recorded by the EDR, along the lateral axis.
</P>
<P><I>Time, maximum delta-V, longitudinal</I> means the time from crash time zero to the point where the maximum value of the cumulative change in velocity is found, as recorded by the EDR, along the longitudinal axis.
</P>
<P><I>Time, maximum delta-V, resultant</I> means the time from crash time zero to the point where the maximum delta-V resultant occurs, as recorded by the EDR or processed during data download.
</P>
<P><I>Time to deploy, pretensioner</I> means the elapsed time from crash time zero to the deployment command for the safety belt pretensioner (for both driver and right front passenger).
</P>
<P><I>Time to deploy, side air bag/curtain</I> means the elapsed time from crash time zero to the deployment command for a side air bag or a side curtain/tube air bag (for both driver and right front passenger).
</P>
<P><I>Time to first stage</I> means the elapsed time between time zero and the time when the first stage of a frontal air bag is commanded to fire.
</P>
<P><I>Time to n
<SU>th</SU> stage</I> means the elapsed time from crash time zero to the deployment command for the nth stage of a frontal air bag (for both driver and right front passenger).
</P>
<P><I>Time zero</I> means whichever of the following occurs first:
</P>
<P>(1) For systems with “wake-up” air bag control systems, the time at which the occupant restraint control algorithm is activated; or
</P>
<P>(2) For continuously running algorithms,
</P>
<P>(i) The first point in the interval where a longitudinal cumulative delta-V of over 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph) is reached within a 20 ms time period; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For vehicles that record “delta-V, lateral,” the first point in the interval where a lateral cumulative delta-V of over 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph) is reached within a 5 ms time period; or
</P>
<P>(3) Deployment of a non-reversible deployable restraint.
</P>
<P><I>Trigger threshold</I> means a change in vehicle velocity, in the longitudinal direction, that equals or exceeds 8 km/h within a 150 ms interval. For vehicles that record “delta-V, lateral,” trigger threshold means a change in vehicle velocity in either the longitudinal or lateral direction that equals or exceeds 8 km/h within a 150 ms interval.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle roll angle</I> means the angle between the vehicle's y-axis and the ground plane.
</P>
<P><I>Volatile memory</I> means the memory reserved for buffering of captured EDR data. The memory is not capable of retaining data in a semi-permanent fashion. Data captured in volatile memory is continuously overwritten and is not retained in the event of a power loss or retrievable with EDR data extraction tools.
</P>
<P><I>X-direction</I> means in the direction of the vehicle's X-axis, which is parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline. The X-direction is positive in the direction of forward vehicle travel.
</P>
<P><I>Y-direction</I> means in the direction of the vehicle's Y-axis, which is perpendicular to its X-axis and in the same horizontal plane as that axis. The Y-direction is positive from left to right, from the perspective of the driver when seated in the vehicle facing the direction of forward vehicle travel.
</P>
<P><I>Z-direction</I> means in the direction of the vehicle's Z-axis, which is perpendicular to the X- and Y-axes. The Z-direction is positive in a downward direction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 2180, Jan. 14, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 47486, Aug. 5, 2011; 89 FR 102832, Dec. 18, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 563.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.33.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 563.6   Requirements for vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>Each vehicle equipped with an EDR must meet the requirements specified in § 563.7 for data elements, § 563.8 for data format, § 563.9 for data capture, § 563.10 for crash test performance and survivability, and § 563.11 for information in owner's manual. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 563.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.33.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 563.7   Data elements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Data elements required for all vehicles.</I> Each vehicle equipped with an EDR must record all of the data elements listed in table I to § 563.7(a), during the interval/time and at the sample rate specified in that table.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I to § 563.7(<E T="01">a</E>)—Data Elements Required for All Vehicles Equipped With an EDR
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data element
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Recording interval/time 
<sup>1</sup>
<br/>(relative to time zero)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data
<br/>sample rate
<br/>(samples
<br/>per second)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Delta-V, longitudinal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 250 ms or 0 to End of Event Time plus 30 ms, whichever is shorter</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum delta-V, longitudinal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-300 ms or 0 to End of Event Time plus 30 ms, whichever is shorter</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Time, maximum delta-V</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-300 ms or 0 to End of Event Time plus 30 ms, whichever is shorter</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Speed, vehicle indicated</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20 to 0 sec 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>4</sup> 10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Engine throttle, % full (or accelerator pedal, % full)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20 to 0 sec 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>4</sup> 10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Service brake, on/off</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20 to 0 sec 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>4</sup> 10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ignition cycle, crash</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−1.0 sec</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ignition cycle, download</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At time of download 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Safety belt status, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−1.0 sec</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag warning lamp, on/off 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−1.0 sec</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag deployment, time to deploy, in the case of a single stage air bag, or time to first stage deployment, in the case of a multi-stage air bag, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Event</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag deployment, time to deploy, in the case of a single stage air bag, or time to first stage deployment, in the case of a multi-stage air bag, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Event</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Multi-event, number of event</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Event</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Time from event 1 to 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As needed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Complete file recorded (yes, no)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Following other data</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Pre-crash data and crash data are asynchronous. The sample time accuracy requirement for pre-crash time is −0.1 to 1.0 sec (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> T = −1 would need to occur between −1.1 and 0 seconds.)
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> The frontal air bag warning lamp is the readiness indicator specified in S4.5.2 of FMVSS No. 208 and may also illuminate to indicate a malfunction in another part of the deployable restraint system.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> The ignition cycle at the time of download is not required to be recorded at the time of the crash, but shall be reported during the download process.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> Except as provided in the following phase-in, for vehicles equipped with an EDR manufactured before September 1, 2031, the required recording interval is −5.0 to 0 sec relative to time zero and the required data sample rate is 2 samples per second. For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2028 but before August 31, 2029, 25 percent of each manufacturer's vehicle production equipped with an EDR must have the recording interval and data sample rate displayed in this table. For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2029 but before August 31, 2030, 50 percent of each manufacturer's vehicle production equipped with an EDR must have the recording interval and data sample rate displayed in this table. For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2030 but before August 31, 2031, 75 percent of each manufacturer's vehicle production equipped with an EDR must have the recording interval and data sample rate displayed in this table. For vehicles equipped with an EDR manufactured before September 1, 2032 by a small-volume manufacturer or limited-line manufacturer, the required recording interval is −5.0 to 0 sec relative to time zero and the required data sample rate is 2 samples per second. For vehicles equipped with an EDR manufactured before September 1, 2033 by manufacturers producing altered vehicles or vehicles in two or more stages, the required recording interval is −5.0 to 0 sec relative to time zero and the required data sample rate is 2 samples per second.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Data elements required for vehicles under specified conditions.</I> Each vehicle equipped with an EDR must record each of the data elements listed in column 1 of table II to § 563.7(b) for which the vehicle meets the condition specified in column 2 of that table, during the interval/time and at the sample rate specified in that table.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II to § 563.7(<E T="01">b</E>)—Data Elements Required for Vehicles Under Specified Minimum Conditions
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data element name
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Condition for
<br/>requirement
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Recording interval/time 
<sup>1</sup>
<br/>(relative to time zero)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data
<br/>sample rate
<br/>(per second)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lateral acceleration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Longitudinal acceleration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Normal acceleration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Delta-V, lateral</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-250 ms or 0 to End of Event Time plus 30 ms, whichever is shorter</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum delta-V, lateral</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-300 ms or 0 to End of Event Time plus 30 ms, whichever is shorter</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Time maximum delta-V, lateral</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-300 ms or 0 to End of Event Time plus 30 ms, whichever is shorter</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Time for maximum delta-V, resultant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-300 ms or 0 to End of Event Time plus 30 ms, whichever is shorter</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Engine rpm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20 to 0 sec 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>5</sup> 10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vehicle roll angle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−1.0 up to 5.0 sec 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ABS activity (engaged, non-engaged)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20 to 0 sec 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>5</sup> 10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stability control (on, off, or engaged)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20 to 0 sec 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>5</sup> 10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Steering input</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−20 to 0 sec 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>5</sup> 10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Safety belt status, right front passenger (buckled, not buckled)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−1.0 sec</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag suppression switch status, right front passenger (on, off, or auto)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−1.0 sec</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag deployment, time to nth stage, driver 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If equipped with a driver's frontal air bag with a multi-stage inflator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Event</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag deployment, time to nth stage, right front passenger 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If equipped with a right front passenger's frontal air bag with a multi-stage inflator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Event</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag deployment, nth stage disposal, driver, Y/N (whether the nth stage deployment was for occupant restraint or propellant disposal purposes)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Event</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag deployment, nth stage disposal, right front passenger, Y/N (whether the nth stage deployment was for occupant restraint or propellant disposal purposes)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Event</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side air bag deployment, time to deploy, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Event</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side air bag deployment, time to deploy, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Event</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side curtain/tube air bag deployment, time to deploy, driver side</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Event</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side curtain/tube air bag deployment, time to deploy, right side</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Event</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pretensioner deployment, time to fire, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Event</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pretensioner deployment, time to fire, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Event</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Seat track position switch, foremost, status, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">-1.0 sec</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Seat track position switch, foremost, status, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">-1.0 sec</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Occupant size classification, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">-1.0 sec</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Occupant size classification, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">-1.0 sec</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Occupant position classification, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">-1.0 sec</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Occupant position classification, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">-1.0 sec</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Pre-crash data and crash data are asynchronous. The sample time accuracy requirement for pre-crash time is −0.1 to 1.0 sec (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> T = −1 would need to occur between −1.1 and 0 seconds.)
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> “If recorded” means if the data is recorded in non-volatile memory for the purpose of subsequent downloading.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> “vehicle roll angle” may be recorded in any time duration; −1.0 sec to 5.0 sec is suggested.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> List this element n—1 times, once for each stage of a multi-stage air bag system.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> Except as provided in the following phase-in, for vehicles equipped with an EDR manufactured before September 1, 2031, the required recording interval is −5.0 to 0 sec relative to time zero and the required data sample rate is 2 samples per second. For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2028 but before August 31, 2029, 25 percent of each manufacturer's vehicle production equipped with an EDR must have the recording interval and data sample rate displayed in this table. For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2029 but before August 31, 2030, 50 percent of each manufacturer's vehicle production equipped with an EDR must have the recording interval and data sample rate displayed in this table. For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2030 but before August 31, 2031, 75 percent of each manufacturer's vehicle production equipped with an EDR must have the recording interval and data sample rate displayed in this table. For vehicles equipped with an EDR manufactured before September 1, 2032 by a small-volume manufacturer or limited-line manufacturer, the required recording interval is −5.0 to 0 sec relative to time zero and the required data sample rate is 2 samples per second. For vehicles equipped with an EDR manufactured before September 1, 2033 by manufacturers producing altered vehicles or vehicles in two or more stages, the required recording interval is −5.0 to 0 sec relative to time zero and the required data sample rate is 2 samples per second.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 102832, Dec. 18, 2024, as amended at 91 FR 28440, May 18, 2026]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 563.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.33.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 563.8   Data format.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The data elements listed in Tables I and II, as applicable, must be reported in accordance with the range, accuracy, and resolution specified in Table III. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table III—Reported Data Element Format
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data element
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum range
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Accuracy 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Resolution
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lateral acceleration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At option of manufacturer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At option of manufacturer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At option of manufacturer.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Longitudinal acceleration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At option of manufacturer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At option of manufacturer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At option of manufacturer.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Normal Acceleration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At option of manufacturer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At option of manufacturer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At option of manufacturer.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Longitudinal delta-V</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−100 km/h to + 100 km/h</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±10%</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 km/h.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lateral delta-V</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−100 km/h to + 100 km/h</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±10%</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 km/h.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum delta-V, longitudinal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−100 km/h to + 100 km/h</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±10%</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 km/h.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum delta-V, lateral</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−100 km/h to + 100 km/h</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±10%</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 km/h.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Time, maximum delta-V, longitudinal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-300 ms, or 0−End of Event Time plus 30 ms, whichever is shorter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±3 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 ms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Time, maximum delta-V, lateral</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-300 ms, or 0−End of Event Time plus 30 ms, whichever is shorter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±3 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 ms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Time, maximum delta-V, resultant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-300 ms, or 0−End of Event Time plus 30 ms, whichever is shorter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±3 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 ms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vehicle Roll Angle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−1080 deg to + 1080 deg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±10%</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10 deg.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Speed, vehicle indicated</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 km/h to 200 km/h</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±1 km/h</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 km/h.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Engine throttle, percent full (accelerator pedal percent full)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 100%</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±5%</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1%.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Engine rpm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 10,000 rpm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±100 rpm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 rpm.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Service brake</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On or Off</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On or Off.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ABS activity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On or Off</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On or Off.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stability control</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On, Off, or Engaged</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On, Off, or Engaged.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Steering input</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−250 deg CW to + 250 deg CCW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±5%</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±1%.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ignition cycle, crash</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 60,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±1 cycle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 cycle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ignition cycle, download</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 60,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±1 cycle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 cycle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Safety belt status, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On or Off</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On or Off.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Safety belt status, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On or Off</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On or Off.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag warning lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On or Off</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On or Off.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag suppression switch status, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On, Off, or Auto</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On, Off, or Auto.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag deployment, time to deploy/first stage, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 250 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±2ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 ms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag deployment, time to deploy/first stage, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 250 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±2 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 ms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag deployment, time to nth stage, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 250 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±2 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 ms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag deployment, time to nth stage, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 250 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±2 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 ms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag deployment, nth stage disposal, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Frontal air bag deployment, nth stage disposal, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side air bag deployment, time to deploy, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 250 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±2 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 ms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side air bag deployment, time to deploy, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 250 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±2 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 ms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side curtain/tube air bag deployment, time to deploy, driver side</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 250 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±2 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 ms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side curtain/tube air bag deployment, time to deploy, right side</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 250 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±2 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 ms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pretensioner deployment, time to fire, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 250 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±2 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 ms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pretensioner deployment, time to fire, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 250 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">±2 ms</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 ms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Seat track position switch, foremost, status, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Seat track position switch, foremost, status, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Occupant size classification, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5th percentile female or larger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Occupant size classification, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Child</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Occupant position classification, driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Out of position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Occupant position classification, right front passenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Out of position</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Multi-event, number of event</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 or 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 or 2.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Time from event 1 to 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 to 5.0 sec</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 sec</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1 sec.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Complete file recorded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes or No.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Accuracy requirement only applies within the range of the physical sensor. For vehicles manufactured after September 1, 2014, if measurements captured by a sensor exceed the design range of the sensor, the reported element must indicate when the measurement first exceeded the design range of the sensor.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Acceleration Time-History data and format: the longitudinal, lateral, and normal acceleration time-history data, as applicable, must be filtered either during the recording phase or during the data downloading phase to include:
</P>
<P>(1) The Time Step (TS) that is the inverse of the sampling frequency of the acceleration data and which has units of seconds;
</P>
<P>(2) The number of the first point (NFP), which is an integer that when multiplied by the TS equals the time relative to time zero of the first acceleration data point;
</P>
<P>(3) The number of the last point (NLP), which is an integer that when multiplied by the TS equals the time relative to time zero of the last acceleration data point; and
</P>
<P>(4) NLP—NFP + 1 acceleration values sequentially beginning with the acceleration at time NFP * TS and continue sampling the acceleration at TS increments in time until the time NLP * TS is reached.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 2183, Jan. 14, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 47488, Aug. 5, 2011; 77 FR 47556, Aug. 9, 2012; 77 FR 59566, Sept. 28, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 563.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.33.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 563.9   Data capture.</HEAD>
<P>The EDR must capture and record the data elements for events in accordance with the following conditions and circumstances:
</P>
<P>(a) In a frontal air bag deployment crash, capture and record the current deployment data. In a side or side curtain/tube air bag deployment crash, where lateral delta-V is recorded by the EDR, capture and record the current deployment data. The memory for the air bag deployment event must be locked to prevent any future overwriting of the data.
</P>
<P>(b) In an event that does not meet the criteria in § 563.9(a), capture and record the current event data, up to two events, subject to the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) If an EDR non-volatile memory buffer void of previous-event data is available, the current event data is recorded in the buffer.
</P>
<P>(2) If an EDR non-volatile memory buffer void of previous-event data is not available, the manufacturer may choose to either overwrite any previous event data that does not deploy an air bag with the current event data, or to not record the current event data.
</P>
<P>(3) EDR buffers containing previous frontal, side, or side curtain/tube air bag deployment-event data must not be overwritten by the current event data.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 47489, Aug. 5, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 563.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.33.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 563.10   Crash test performance and survivability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each vehicle subject to the requirements of S5, S14.5, S15, or S17 of 49 CFR 571.208, <I>Occupant crash protection,</I> must comply with the requirements in subpart (c) of this section when tested according to S8, S16, and S18 of 49 CFR 571.208.
</P>
<P>(b) Each vehicle subject to the requirements of 49 CFR 571.214, <I>Side impact protection,</I> that meets a trigger threshold or has a frontal air bag deployment, must comply with the requirements of subpart (c) of this section when tested according to the conditions specified in 49 CFR 571.214 for a moving deformable barrier test.
</P>
<P>(c) The data elements required by § 563.7, except for the “Engine throttle, percent full,” “engine RPM,” and “service brake, on/off,” must be recorded in the format specified by § 563.8, exist at the completion of the crash test, and be retrievable by the methodology specified by the vehicle manufacturer under § 563.12 for not less than 10 days after the test, and the complete data recorded element must read “yes” after the test. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 563.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.33.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 563.11   Information in owner's manual.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The owner's manual in each vehicle covered under this regulation must provide the following statement in English:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
</P>
<P>• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
</P>
<P>• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
</P>
<P>• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
</P>
<P>• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
</P>
<P>These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
</P>
<P>To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The owner's manual may include additional information about the form, function, and capabilities of the EDR, in supplement to the required statement in § 563.11(a).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 563.12" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.33.0.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 563.12   Data retrieval tools.</HEAD>
<P>Each manufacturer of a motor vehicle equipped with an EDR shall ensure by licensing agreement or other means that a tool(s) is commercially available that is capable of accessing and retrieving the data stored in the EDR that are required by this part. The tool(s) shall be commercially available not later than 90 days after the first sale of the motor vehicle for purposes other than resale.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="564" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.34" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 564—REPLACEABLE LIGHT SOURCE AND SEALED BEAM HEADLAMP INFORMATION 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117, 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>72 FR 68266, Dec. 4, 2007, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 564.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.34.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 564.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part requires the submission of dimensional, electrical specification, and marking/designation information as specified in Appendices A and B of this part, for original equipment replaceable light sources used in motor vehicle headlighting systems. This part also serves as a repository for design information as specified in appendix C of this part, for original equipment and replacement standardized sealed beam units used in motor vehicle headlighting systems.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 564.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.34.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 564.2   Purposes.</HEAD>
<P>The purposes of this part are achieved through its Appendices:
</P>
<P>(a) The purposes of appendix A of this part are to ensure:
</P>
<P>(1) The availability to replacement light source manufacturers of the manufacturing specifications of original equipment light sources so that replacement light sources are interchangeable with original equipment light sources and provide equivalent performance, and
</P>
<P>(2) That redesigned or newly developed light sources are designated as distinct, different, and noninterchangeable with previously existing light sources.
</P>
<P>(b) The purposes of appendix B of this part are to ensure:
</P>
<P>(1) That original equipment light sources are replaceable and that replacement light sources provide equivalent performance, and
</P>
<P>(2) That redesigned or newly developed light sources are designated as distinct, different, and noninterchangeable with previously existing light sources.
</P>
<P>(c) The purpose of appendix C of this part is to ensure the availability to original equipment and replacement sealed beam headlamp manufacturers of the manufacturing specifications of standardized sealed beam headlamp units used on motor vehicles so that all sealed beam headlamp units of a specific type are interchangeable with all other units of that same type and provide equivalent performance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 564.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.34.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 564.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to replaceable light sources used as original equipment, and standardized sealed beam headlamp units used as original equipment and replacement equipment in motor vehicle headlighting systems.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 564.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.34.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 564.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms defined in the Act and the regulations and standards issued under its authority are used as defined therein.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 564.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.34.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 564.5   Information filing; agency processing of filings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer of a motor vehicle, original equipment headlamp, or original equipment headlamp replaceable light source, which intends to manufacture a replaceable light source as original equipment or to incorporate a replaceable light source in its headlamps or motor vehicles, shall furnish the information specified in appendix A. If the rated laboratory life of the light source is not less than 2,000 hours, the manufacturer shall furnish the information specified in either appendix A or appendix B of this part. Information shall be furnished to: Associate Administrator for Rulemaking, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building, Washington, DC 20590 Attention: Part 564-Replaceable Light Source Information (unless the Agency has already filed such information in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397).
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer shall submit such information not later than 60 days before it intends to begin manufacture of the replaceable light source to which the information applies, or to incorporate the light source into a headlamp, or to incorporate the light source into a motor vehicle of its manufacture. Each submission shall consist of one original set of information and ten legible reproduced copies, all on 8
<FR>1/2</FR> by 11-inch paper.
</P>
<P>(c) The Associate Administrator promptly reviews each submission and informs the manufacturer not later than 30 days after its receipt whether the submission has been accepted. Upon acceptance, the Associate Administrator files the information in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397. The Associate Administrator does not accept any submission that does not contain all the information specified in appendix A or appendix B of this part, or whose accompanying information indicates that any new light source which is the subject of a submission is interchangeable with any replaceable light source for which the agency has previously filed information in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397.
</P>
<P>(d) A manufacturer may request modification of a light source for which information has previously been filed in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397, and the submission shall be processed in the manner provided by § 564.5(c). A request for modification shall contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) All the information specified in appendix A or appendix B of this part that is relevant to the modification requested,
</P>
<P>(2) The reason for the requested modification,
</P>
<P>(3) A statement that the use of the light source as modified will not create a noncompliance with any requirement of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 108 (49 CFR 571.108) when used to replace an unmodified light source in a headlamp certified by its manufacturer as conforming to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards, together with reasons in support of the statement; and
</P>
<P>(4) Information demonstrating that the modification would not adversely affect interchangeability with the original light source.
</P>
<P>After review of the request for modification, the Associate Administrator may seek further information either from the manufacturer or through a notice published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> requesting comment on whether a modified light source incorporating the changes requested will create a noncompliance with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 108 when substituted for an unmodified light source. If the Associate Administrator seeks public comment on a submission (s)he shall publish a notice stating whether (s)he has accepted or rejected the submission. If a submission is accepted, the Associate Administrator files the information in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397. If a submission is rejected, a manufacturer may submit information with respect to it, as provides in paragraph 564.5(a), for consideration as a new light source after such changes as will insure that it is not interchangeable with the light source for which modification was originally requested.
</P>
<P>(e) Information submitted under this section is made available by NHTSA for public inspection as soon as practicable after its receipt, but not later than the date on which a vehicle equipped with a new or revised replaceable light source is offered for sale.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.34.0.7.6.22" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 564—Information to be Submitted for Replaceable Light Sources 
</HEAD>
<HD2>I. Filament or Discharge Arc Position Dimensions and Tolerances Using Either Direct Filament or Discharge Arc Dimensions or the Three Dimensional Filament or Discharge Arc Tolerance Box
</HD2>
<P>A. Lower beam filament dimensions or filament tolerance box dimensions and relation of these to the bulb base reference plane and centerline.
</P>
<P>1. Axial location of the filament centerline or the filament tolerance box relative to the bulb base reference plane.
</P>
<P>2. Vertical location of the filament centerline or the filament tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
</P>
<P>3. Transverse location of the filament centerline or the filament tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
</P>
<P>4. Filament tolerance box dimensions, if used.
</P>
<P>B. Upper beam filament dimensions or the filament tolerance box dimensions, and relation of these to the bulb base reference plane and centerline.
</P>
<P>1. Axial location of the filament centerline or the filament tolerance box relative to the bulb base reference plane.
</P>
<P>2. Vertical location of the filament centerline or the filament tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
</P>
<P>3. Transverse location of the filament centerline or the filament tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
</P>
<P>4. Filament tolerance box dimensions, if used.
</P>
<P>C. If the replaceable light source has both a lower beam and an upper beam filament, the dimensional relationship between the two filament centerlines or the filament tolerance boxes may be provided instead of referencing the upper beam filament centerline or filament tolerance box to the bulb base centerline or reference plane.
</P>
<P>D. For a light source using excited gas mixtures as a filament, necessary fiducial information and specifications including electrode position dimensions and tolerance information that provide similar location and characteristics information required by paragraphs A, B, and C of this section I for light sources using a resistive type filament.
</P>
<HD2>II. Dimensions Pertaining to Filament Capsule and Capsule Supports
</HD2>
<P>A. Maximum length from bulb base reference plane to tip of filament capsule.
</P>
<P>B. Maximum radial distances from bulb base centerline to periphery of filament capsule and/or supports.
</P>
<P>C. Location of black cap relative to low beam filament centerline, filament tolerance box or other to-be-specified reference.
</P>
<P>D. Size, length, shape, or other pertinent features and dimensions for providing undistorted walls for the filament capsule.
</P>
<HD2>III. Bulb Base Interchangeability Dimensions and Tolerance
</HD2>
<P>A. Angular locations, diameters, key/keyway sizes, and any other interchangeability dimensions for indexing the bulb base in the bulb holder.
</P>
<P>B. Diameter, width, depth, and surface finish of seal groove, surface, or other pertinent sealing features.
</P>
<P>C. Diameter of the bulb base at the interface of the base and its perpendicular reference surface.
</P>
<P>D. Dimensions of features related to retention of the bulb base in the bulb holder such as tabs, keys, keyways, surfaces, etc.
</P>
<HD2>IV. Bulb Holder Interchangeability Dimensions and Tolerance
</HD2>
<P>A. Mating angular locations, diameters, key/keyway sizes, and any other interchangeability dimensions for indexing the bulb base in the bulb holder.
</P>
<P>B. Mating diameter, width, depth, and surface finish of seal groove, surface, or other pertinent sealing features.
</P>
<P>C. Mating diameter of the bulb holder at the interface of the bulb base aperture and its perpendicular reference surface.
</P>
<P>D. Mating dimensions of features related to retention of the bulb base in the bulb holder such as tabs, keys, keyways, surfaces, etc.
</P>
<HD2>V. Wiring Harness Connector to Bulb Base Interchangeability Dimensions and Tolerances
</HD2>
<P>A. Maximum depth of harness connector insertion into bulb base.
</P>
<P>B. Location of electrical pins in bulb base.
</P>
<P>C. Dimensions of electrical pins in bulb base—length, diameter, width, thickness and etc.
</P>
<P>D. Fit of harness connector into bulb base providing all necessary dimensions, key/keyway controls, and dimensions, tapers etc.
</P>
<P>E. Dimensions and location of locking features for wiring harness connector to bulb base.
</P>
<P>F. Identification of upper beam, lower beam, and common terminals.
</P>
<HD2>VI. Seal Specifications (if Replaceable Light Source is Intended to be of a Sealed Base Design)
</HD2>
<P>A. Type.
</P>
<P>B. Material.
</P>
<P>C. Dimensions.
</P>
<HD2>VII. Electrical Specifications for Each Filament at 12.8 Volts
</HD2>
<P>A. Maximum power (in watts).
</P>
<P>B. Luminous Flux with tolerance (in lumens) with black cap if so equipped, measured in accordance with the document: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America, LM-45; IES Approved Method for Electrical and Photometric Measurements of General Service Incandescent Filament Lamps (April 1980). This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be obtained from the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America, 345 East 47th St., New York, NY 10017. Copies may be inspected at the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Technical Information Services, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, Washington, DC 20590, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I> 
</P>
<HD2>VIII. Bulb Markings/Designation—ANSI NUMBER, ECE IDENTIFIER, MANUFACTURER'S PART NUMBER, INDIVIDUALLY OR IN ANY COMBINATION 
</HD2>
<HD2>IX. All Other Information, Dimensions or Performance Specifications Necessary for Interchangeability, Replaceability, or System Test Purposes not Listed in Sections I Through VIII
</HD2>
<P>IF A BALLAST IS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION, A COMPLETE LISTING OF THE REQUIREMENTS AND PARAMETERS BETWEEN THE LIGHT SOURCE AND BALLAST, AND BALLAST AND THE VEHICLE SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.34.0.7.6.23" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 564—Information to be Submitted for Long Life Replaceable Light Sources of Limited Definition 
</HEAD>
<HD2>I. Filament or Discharge Arc Position Dimensions and Tolerances Using Either Direct Filament or Discharge Arc Dimensions or the Three Dimensional Filament Discharge Arc Tolerance Box
</HD2>
<P>A. Lower beam filament or discharge arc dimensions or filament or discharge arc tolerance box dimensions and relation of these to the bulb base reference plane and centerline.
</P>
<P>1. Axial location of the filament or discharge arc centerline or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb base reference plane.
</P>
<P>2. Vertical location of the filament or discharge arc centerline or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
</P>
<P>3. Transverse location of the filament or discharge arc centerline or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
</P>
<P>4. Filament or discharge arc tolerance box dimensions, if used.
</P>
<P>B. Upper beam filament or discharge arc dimensions or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box dimensions and relation of these to the bulb base reference plane and centerline.
</P>
<P>1. Axial location of the filament or discharge arc centerline or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb base reference plane.
</P>
<P>2. Vertical location of the filament or discharge arc centerline or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
</P>
<P>3. Transverse location of the filament or discharge arc centerline or the filament or discharge arc tolerance box relative to the bulb base centerline.
</P>
<P>4. Filament or discharge arc tolerance box dimensions, if used.
</P>
<P>C. If the replaceable light source has both a lower beam and upper beam filament or discharge arc, the dimensional relationship between the two filament or discharge arc centerlines or the filament or discharge arc tolerance boxes may be provided instead of referencing the upper beam filament or discharge arc centerline or filament or discharge arc tolerance box to the bulb base centerline or reference plane.
</P>
<P>D. For a light source using excited gas mixtures as a filament, necessary fiducial information and specifications including electrode position dimensions, and tolerance information that provide similar location and characteristics information required by paragraphs A, B, and C of this section I for light sources using a resistive type filament.
</P>
<HD2>II. Bulb Base Interchangeability Dimensions and Tolerance
</HD2>
<P>A. Angular locations, diameters, key/keyway sizes, and any other interchangeability dimensions for indexing the bulb base in the bulb holder.
</P>
<P>B. Diameter, width, depth, and surface finish of seal groove, surface, or other pertinent sealing features.
</P>
<P>C. Diameter of the bulb base at the interface of the base and its perpendicular reference surface.
</P>
<P>D. Dimensions of features related to retention of the bulb base in the bulb holder such as tabs, keys, keyways, surface, etc.
</P>
<HD2>III. Bulb Holder Interchangeability Dimensions and Tolerances
</HD2>
<P>A. Mating angular locations, diameters, key/keyway sizes, any other interchangeability dimensions for indexing the bulb base in the bulb holder.
</P>
<P>B. Mating diameter, width, depth, and surface, or other pertinent sealing features.
</P>
<P>C. Mating diameter of the bulb holder at the interface of the bulb base aperture and its perpendicular reference surface.
</P>
<P>D. Mating dimensions of features related to retention of the bulb base in the bulb holder such as tabs, keys, keyways, surface, or any other characteristics necessary for mating dimensions.
</P>
<HD2>IV. Electrical Specifications for Each Light Source That Operates With a Ballast and Rated Life of the Light Source/Ballast Combination
</HD2>
<P>A. Maximum power (in watts).
</P>
<P>B. Luminous Flux (in lumens).
</P>
<P>C. Rated laboratory life of the light source/ballast combination (not less than 2,000 hours).
</P>
<HD2>V. Applicable to Light Sources That Operate With a Source Voltage Other Than 12.8 Volts Direct Current, and When a Proprietary Ballast Must Be Used With the Light Source
</HD2>
<P>A. Manufacturer's part number for the ballast.
</P>
<P>B. Any other characteristics necessary for system operation.
</P>
<HD2>VI. Bulb Markings/Designation—ANSI NUMBER, ECE IDENTIFIER, MANUFACTURER'S PART NUMBER, INDIVIDUAL OR IN ANY COMBINATION
</HD2>
<HD2>VII. All Other Identification, Dimensions or Performance Specifications Necessary for Replaceability or Systems Test Not Listed in Sections I Through VI


</HD2>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.34.0.7.6.24" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 564—Information Applicable to Standardized Sealed Beam Headlamp Units
</HEAD>
<HD2>I. Dimensional Information Specific to a Type of Standardized Sealed Beam Unit.
</HD2>
<P>A. Dimensions marked “I”, indicating interchangeability, for which conformance is mandatory.
</P>
<P>B. All other dimensions which are for design purposes.
</P>
<HD2>II. Dimensional Information Applicable to the Use of Nonadjustable Headlamp Aiming Device Locating Plates
</HD2>
<HD2>III. Dimensional Information Applicable to Mounting Features, Including Mounting Rings and Lamp Bodies, Specific to a Type of Standardized Sealed Beam Unit
</HD2>
<P>A. Dimensions marked “I”, indicating interchangeability, for which conformance is mandatory.
</P>
<P>B. All other dimensions which are for design purposes.
</P>
<HD3>Incorporated Figures [References from 49 CFR 571.108, Oct. 1, 2006]
</HD3>
<FP-1>LF Headlamp Dimensional Information [Figure 11]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>UF Headlamp Dimensional Information [Figure 12]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>LF/UF Mounting Features [Figure 13]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>LF/UF Mounting Ring [Figure 14]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Type G &amp; H Headlamp Dimensional Information [Figure 18]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Type G &amp; H Headlamp Mounting Information [Figure 21]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Type 1A1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 11]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Type 2A1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 10]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Type 2B1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 13]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Type 1C1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 7]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Type 2C1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 8]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Type 2D1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 5]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Type 2E1 Headlamp Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 15]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Types 1A1, 2A1, and 2E1 Headlamp Mounting Ring/Lamp Body Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 12]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Type 2B1 Headlamp Mounting Ring/Lamp Body Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 14]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Types 1C1and 2C1 Headlamp Mounting Ring/Lamp Body Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 9]
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Type 2D1 Headlamp Mounting Ring/Lamp Body Dimensional Information [SAE J1383 APR85, Figure 6]


</FP-1>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="565" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 565—VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) REQUIREMENTS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30114, 30115, 30117, 30141, 30146, 30166, and 30168; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 23379, Apr. 30, 2008, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Applicability of Subparts</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part specifies the format, content and physical requirements for a vehicle identification number (VIN) system and its installation to simplify vehicle identification information retrieval and to increase the accuracy and efficiency of vehicle recall campaigns.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.2   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, subpart B of this part 565 applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, trailers (including trailer kits), incomplete vehicles, low speed vehicles, and motorcycles manufactured on or after October 27, 2008 whose VINs have a letter “A” or “B” in the 10th position, and to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, trailers (including trailer kits), incomplete vehicles, low speed vehicles, and motorcycles manufactured on or after April 30, 2009. Vehicles imported into the United States under 49 CFR 591.5(f), other than by the corporation responsible for the assembly of that vehicle or a subsidiary of such a corporation, are excluded from requirements of §§ 565.13(b), 565.13(c), 565.13(g), 565.13(h), 565.14 and 565.15.
</P>
<P>(2) All motor vehicles identified as model year 2009 or earlier vehicles by their manufacturer must comply with subpart C of this part 565.
</P>
<P>(b) Subpart B of this part 565 applies to vehicles manufactured on or after April 30, 2008 and before April 30, 2009, whose vehicle identification number (VIN) does not have a letter “A” or “B” in the 10th position of the VIN and that are not identified as model year 2009 or earlier vehicles by their manufacturer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 28370, May 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—VIN Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.10   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part specifies the format, content and physical requirements for a vehicle identification number (VIN) system and its installation to simplify vehicle identification information retrieval and to increase the accuracy and efficiency of vehicle recall campaigns.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.11" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.11   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>See subpart A of this part 565 regarding the general applicability of this subpart. This part applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, trailers (including trailer kits), incomplete vehicles, low speed vehicles, and motorcycles manufactured on or after October 27, 2008 whose VINs have a letter “A” or “B” in the 10th position, and to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, trailers (including trailer kits), incomplete vehicles, low speed vehicles, and motorcycles manufactured on or after April 30 2009 that are not identified by their manufacturer as model year 2009 or earlier vehicles. Vehicles imported into the United States under 49 CFR 591.5(f), other than by the corporation responsible for the assembly of that vehicle or a subsidiary of such a corporation, are excluded from requirements of §§ 565.13(b), 565.13(c), 565.13(g), 565.13(h), 565.14 and § 565.15.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 23379, Apr. 30, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 28371, May 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.12" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.12   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Definitions.</I> Unless otherwise indicated, all terms used in this part that are defined in 49 CFR 571.3 are used as defined in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other definitions.</I> As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Body type</I> means the general configuration or shape of a vehicle distinguished by such characteristics as the number of doors or windows, cargo carrying features and the roofline (<I>e.g.,</I> sedan, fastback, hatchback).
</P>
<P><I>Check digit</I> means a single number or the letter X used to verify the accuracy of the transcription of the vehicle identification number.
</P>
<P><I>Engine type</I> means a power source with defined characteristics such as fuel utilized, number of cylinders, displacement, and net brake horsepower. The specific manufacturer and make shall be represented if the engine powers a passenger car or a multipurpose passenger vehicle, or truck with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less.
</P>
<P><I>High-volume manufacturer,</I> for purposes of this part, means a manufacturer of 1,000 or more vehicles of a given type each year.
</P>
<P><I>Incomplete vehicle</I> means an assemblage consisting, as a minimum, of frame and chassis structure, power train, steering system, suspension system and braking system, to the extent that those systems are to be part of the completed vehicle, that requires further manufacturing operations, other than the addition of readily attachable components, such as mirrors, or tire and rim assemblies, or minor finishing operations such as painting, to become a completed vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Line</I> means a name that a manufacturer applies to a family of vehicles within a make which have a degree of commonality in construction, such as body, chassis or cab type.
</P>
<P><I>Low-volume manufacturer,</I> for purposes of this part, means a manufacturer of fewer than 1,000 vehicles of a given type each year.
</P>
<P><I>Make</I> means a name that a manufacturer applies to a group of vehicles or engines.
</P>
<P><I>Manufacturer</I> means a person—
</P>
<P>(1) Manufacturing or assembling motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment; or
</P>
<P>(2) Importing motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment for resale.
</P>
<P><I>Manufacturer identifier</I> means the first three digits of a VIN of a vehicle manufactured by a high-volume manufacturer, and the first three digits of a VIN and the twelfth through fourteenth digits of a VIN of a vehicle manufactured by a low-volume manufacturer.
</P>
<P><I>Model</I> means a name that a manufacturer applies to a family of vehicles of the same type, make, line, series and body type.
</P>
<P><I>Model year</I> means the year used to designate a discrete vehicle model, irrespective of the calendar year in which the vehicle was actually produced, provided that the production period does not exceed 24 months.
</P>
<P><I>Original model year of a replicated vehicle</I> means the stated model year of a vehicle that has been replicated pursuant to 49 CFR part 586.
</P>
<P><I>Plant of manufacture</I> means the plant where the manufacturer affixes the VIN.
</P>
<P><I>Replica motor vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle meeting the definition of replica motor vehicle in 49 CFR part 586.
</P>
<P><I>Replica model year</I> means the calendar year in which a replica motor vehicle was manufactured.
</P>
<P><I>Series</I> means a name that a manufacturer applies to a subdivision of a “line” denoting price, size or weight identification and that is used by the manufacturer for marketing purposes.
</P>
<P><I>Trailer kit</I> means a trailer that is fabricated and delivered in complete but unassembled form and that is designed to be assembled without special machinery or tools.
</P>
<P><I>Type</I> means a class of vehicle distinguished by common traits, including design and purpose. Passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, trailers, incomplete vehicles, low speed vehicles, and motorcycles are separate types.
</P>
<P><I>VIN</I> means a series of Arabic numbers and Roman letters that is assigned to a motor vehicle for identification purposes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 13231, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.13" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.13   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each vehicle manufactured in one stage shall have a VIN that is assigned by the manufacturer. Each vehicle manufactured in more than one stage shall have a VIN assigned by the incomplete vehicle manufacturer. Vehicle alterers, as specified in 49 CFR 567.7, shall utilize the VIN assigned by the original manufacturer of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) Each VIN shall consist of seventeen (17) characters.
</P>
<P>(c) A check digit shall be part of each VIN. The check digit shall appear in position nine (9) of the VIN, on the vehicle and on any transfer documents containing the VIN prepared by the manufacturer to be given to the first owner for purposes other than resale.
</P>
<P>(d) The VINs of any two vehicles subject to the Federal motor vehicle safety standards and manufactured within a 60-year period beginning with the 1980 model year shall not be identical.
</P>
<P>(e) The VIN of each vehicle shall appear clearly and indelibly upon either a part of the vehicle, other than the glazing, that is not designed to be removed except for repair or upon a separate plate or label that is permanently affixed to such a part.
</P>
<P>(f) The VIN for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, low speed vehicles, and trucks of 4536 kg or less GVWR shall be located inside the passenger compartment. It shall be readable, without moving any part of the vehicle, through the vehicle glazing under daylight lighting conditions by an observer having 20/20 vision (Snellen) whose eye-point is located outside the vehicle adjacent to the left windshield pillar. Each character in the VIN subject to this paragraph shall have a minimum height of 4 mm.
</P>
<P>(g) Each character in each VIN shall be one of the letters in the set: [ABCDEFGHJKLMNPRSTUVWXYZ] or a numeral in the set: [0123456789] assigned according to the method given in § 565.15.
</P>
<P>(h) All spaces provided for in the VIN must be occupied by a character specified in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) The type face utilized for each VIN shall consist of capital, sanserif characters.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 23379, Apr. 30, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 67977, Dec. 22, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.14" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.14   Motor vehicles imported into the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Importers shall utilize the VIN assigned by the original manufacturer of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) All passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, low speed vehicles and trucks of 4536 kg or less GVWR certified by a Registered Importer under 49 CFR part 592 whose VINs do not comply with part 565.13 and 565.14 shall have a plate or label that contains the following statement, in characters that have a minimum height of 4 mm and the identification number assigned by the vehicle's original manufacturer inserted in the blank: SUBSTITUTE FOR U.S. VIN: __________ SEE 49 CFR PART 565. The plate or label shall conform to § 565.13 (h) and (i). The plate or label shall be permanently affixed inside the passenger compartment. The plate or label shall be readable, without moving any part of the vehicle, through the vehicle glazing under daylight conditions by an observer having 20/20 vision (Snellen) whose eye-point is located outside the vehicle adjacent to the left windshield pillar. It shall be located in such a manner as not to cover, obscure, or overlay any part of any identification number affixed by the original manufacturer. Motor vehicles conforming to Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 115 are exempt from this paragraph.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.15" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.15   Content requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The first section shall consist of three characters that occupy positions one through three (1-3) in the VIN. This section shall uniquely identify the manufacturer and type of the motor vehicle if the manufacturer is a high-volume manufacturer. If the manufacturer is a low-volume manufacturer, positions one through three (1-3) along with positions twelve through fourteen (12-14) in the VIN shall uniquely identify the manufacturer and type of the motor vehicle. These characters are assigned in accordance with § 565.16(a). A “9” shall be placed in the third position of the VIN if the manufacturer identifier is six characters. A “9” in the third position always indicates the presence of a six-character manufacturer identifier. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration offers access to manufacturer identifier assignments via its search engine at the following Internet Web site: <I>http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov/cars/rules/manufacture.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) The second section shall consist of five characters, which occupy positions four through eight (4-8) in the VIN. This section shall uniquely identify the attributes of the vehicle as specified in Table I. For passenger cars, and for multipurpose passenger vehicles and trucks with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4536 kg (10,000 lb) or less, the fourth character (position 7) of this section shall be alphabetic. The characters utilized and their placement within the section may be determined by the manufacturer, but the specified attributes must be decipherable with information supplied by the manufacturer in accordance with § 565.16(c). In submitting the required information to NHTSA relating gross vehicle weight rating, the designations in Table II shall be used. The use of these designations within the VIN itself is not required. Tables I and II follow:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Type of Vehicle and Information Decipherable
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Passenger car:</E> Make, line, series, body type, engine type, and all restraint devices and their location.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Multipurpose passenger vehicle:</E> Make, line, series, body type, engine type, gross vehicle weight rating, and for multipurpose passenger vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 4536kg (10,000 lb) or less all restraint devices and their location.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Truck:</E> Make, model or line, series, chassis, cab type, engine type, brake system, gross vehicle weight rating, and for trucks with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 4536 kg (10,000 lb) or less all restraint devices and their location.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Bus:</E> Make, model or line, series, body type, engine type, and brake system.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Trailer, including trailer kits and incomplete trailer:</E> Make, type of trailer, body type, length and axle configuration.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Motorcycle:</E> Make, type of motorcycle, line, engine type, and net brake horsepower.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Incomplete vehicle other than a trailer:</E> Make, model or line, series, cab type, engine type, and brake system.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Low speed vehicle:</E> Make, engine type, brake system, restraint system type, body type, and gross vehicle weight rating.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Replica motor vehicle:</E> The make, model, and model year of the original replicated vehicle; and the information listed in this table for the vehicle's type classification (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> if the replica meets the definition for passenger car in 49 CFR 571.3, the following information is required: make, line, series, body type, engine type, and all restraint devices and their locations).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Note to Table I:</E> Engine net brake horsepower when encoded in the VIN shall differ by no more than 10 percent from the actual net brake horsepower; shall in the case of motorcycle with an actual net brake horsepower of 2 or less, be not more than 2; and shall be greater than 2 in the case of a motorcycle with an actual brake horsepower greater than 2.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II—Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Classes
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class A—Not greater than 1360 kg. (3,000 lbs.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class B—Greater than 1360 kg. to 1814 kg. (3,001-4,000 lbs.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class C—Greater than 1814 kg. to 2268 kg. (4,001-5,000 lbs.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class D—Greater than 2268 kg. to 2722 kg. (5,001-6,000 lbs.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class E—Greater than 2722 kg. to 3175 kg. (6,001-7,000 lbs.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class F—Greater than 3175 kg. to 3629 kg. (7,001-8,000 lbs.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class G—Greater than 3629 kg. to 4082 kg. (8,001-9,000 lbs.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class H—Greater than 4082 kg. to 4536 kg. (9,001-10,000 lbs.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 3—Greater than 4536 kg. to 6350 kg. (10,001-14,000 lbs.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 4—Greater than 6350 kg. to 7257 kg. (14,001-16,000 lbs.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 5—Greater than 7257 kg. to 8845 kg. (16,001-19,500 lbs.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 6—Greater than 8845 kg. to 11793 kg. (19,501-26,000 lbs.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 7—Greater than 11793 kg. to 14968 kg.(26,001-33,000 lbs.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 8—Greater than 14968 kg. (33,001 lbs. and over)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) The third section shall consist of one character, which occupies position nine (9) in the VIN. This section shall be the check digit whose purpose is to provide a means for verifying the accuracy of any VIN transcription. After all other characters in VIN have been determined by the manufacturer, the check digit shall be calculated by carrying out the mathematical computation specified in paragraphs (c) (1) through (4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) Assign to each number in the VIN its actual mathematical value and assign to each letter the value specified for it in Table III, as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table III—Assigned Values
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A = 1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B = 2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C = 3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D = 4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E = 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F = 6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G = 7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H = 8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">J = 1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K = 2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">L = 3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">M = 4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N = 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">P = 7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">R = 9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">S = 2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T = 3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U = 4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">V = 5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W = 6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">X = 7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y = 8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Z = 9</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Multiply the assigned value for each character in the VIN by the position weight factor specified in Table IV, as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table IV—VIN Position and Weight Factor
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1st</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2d</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3d</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(check digit)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) Add the resulting products and divide the total by 11.
</P>
<P>(4) The check digit is based on either the Fractional Remainder or the Decimal Equivalent Remainder as reflected in Table V. All Decimal Equivalent Remainders in Table V are rounded to the nearest thousandth. The check digit, zero through nine (0-9) or the letter “X” shall appear in VIN position nine (9).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table V—Ninth Position Check Digit Values 
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Rounded to the nearest thousandth]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fractional Remainder</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1/11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2/11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3/11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4/11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5/11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6/11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7/11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8/11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9/11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10/11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Decimal Equivalent Remainder</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.091</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.182</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.273</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.364</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.455</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.545</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.634</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.727</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.818</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.909
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Check Digit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(5) A sample check digit calculation is shown in Table VI as follows:

</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table VI—Calculation of a Check Digit
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vin Position</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sample VIN</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">H</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">H</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Assigned Value</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Weight Factor</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Multiply Assigned value times weight factor</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Add products: 8 + 49 + 24 + 5 + 32 + 15 + 18 + 80 + 0 + 45 + 56 + 7 + 6 + 40 + 12 + 12 + 2 = 411.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Divide by 11: 411/11 = 37 4/11 or 37.3636.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">If the fourth digit is 5 or greater, round up. If the fourth digit is 4 or smaller, round down.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">In the example above, the remainder is 4/11 or 0.364 when rounded up.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Looking up the remainder in Table V—Ninth Position Check Digit Values indicates that “4” is the check digit to be inserted in position nine (9) of the VIN for this sample digit calculation.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) The fourth section shall consist of eight characters, which occupy positions ten through seventeen (10-17) of the VIN. The last five (5) characters of this section shall be numeric for passenger cars and for multipurpose passenger vehicles and trucks with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4536 kg. (10,000 lbs.) or less, and the last four (4) characters shall be numeric for all other vehicles.
</P>
<P>(1) The first character of the fourth section shall represent the vehicle model year. The year shall be designated as indicated in Table VII as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table VII—Year Codes for VIN
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Year
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Code
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">E
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">F
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">G
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2017</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">H
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2018</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">J
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2019</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">K
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2020</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">L
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2021</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">M
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">P
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2024</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">R
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2025</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2026</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2027</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">V
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2028</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">W
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2029</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2030</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Y
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2031</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2032</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2033</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2034</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2035</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2036</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2037</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2038</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2039</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Note to Table VII: For passenger cars, and for multipurpose passenger vehicles and trucks with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4536 kg (10,000 lb) or less, if position 7 is numeric, the Model Year in position 10 of the VIN refers to a year in the range 1980-2009. If position 7 is alphabetic, the Model Year in Position 10 of the VIN refers to a year in the range 2010-2039.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The second character of the fourth section shall represent the plant of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(3) The third through the eighth characters of the fourth section (positions 12 through 17) shall represent the number sequentially assigned by the manufacturer in the production process if the manufacturer is a high-volume manufacturer. If a manufacturer is a low-volume manufacturer, the third, fourth, and fifth characters of the fourth section (positions 12, 13, and 14), combined with the three characters of the first section (positions 1, 2, and 3), shall uniquely identify the manufacturer and type of the motor vehicle and the sixth, seventh, and eighth characters of the fourth section (positions 15, 16, and 17) shall represent the number sequentially assigned by the manufacturer in the production process.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 23379, Apr. 30, 2008, as amended at 87 FR 13232, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.16" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.16   Reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>The information collection requirements contained in this part have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 <I>et seq</I>) and have been assigned OMB Control Number 2127-0510.
</P>
<P>(a) The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) has contracted with the SAE International to coordinate the assignment of manufacturer identifiers to manufacturers in the United States. Manufacturer identifiers will be supplied by SAE at no charge. All requests for assignments of manufacturer identifiers should be forwarded directly to: SAE International, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, Pennsylvania, 15096, Attention: WMI Coordinator (telephone: 724-776-4841). Any requests for identifiers submitted to NHTSA will be forwarded to SAE. Manufacturers may request a specific identifier or may request only assignment of an identifier(s). SAE will review requests for specific identifiers to determine that they do not conflict with an identifier already assigned or block of identifiers already reserved. SAE will confirm the assignments in writing to the requester. Once confirmed by SAE, the identifier need not be resubmitted to NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(b) Manufacturers of vehicles subject to this part shall submit, either directly or through an agent, the unique identifier for each make and type of vehicle it manufactures at least 60 days before affixing the first VIN using the identifier. Manufacturers whose unique identifier appears in the fourth section of the VIN shall also submit the three characters of the first section that constitutes a part of their identifier.
</P>
<P>(c) Manufacturers of vehicles subject to the requirements of this part shall submit to NHTSA the information necessary to decipher the characters contained in its VINs. Amendments to this information shall be submitted to the agency for VINs containing an amended coding. The agency will not routinely provide written approvals of these submissions, but will contact the manufacturer should any corrections to these submissions be necessary.
</P>
<P>(d) The information required under paragraph (c) of this section shall be submitted at least 60 days prior to offering for sale the first vehicle identified by a VIN containing that information, or if information concerning vehicle characteristics sufficient to specify the VIN code is unavailable to the manufacturer by that date, then within one week after that information first becomes available. The information shall be addressed to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE, Washington, DC 20590, Attention: VIN Coordinator.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Alternative VIN Requirements In Effect for Limited Period</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.20" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.20   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part specifies the format, content and physical requirements for a vehicle identification number (VIN) system and its installation to simplify vehicle identification information retrieval and to increase the accuracy and efficiency of vehicle recall campaigns.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.21" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.21   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>See subpart A of this part 565 regarding the applicability of this subpart. This part applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, trailers (including trailer kits), incomplete vehicles, and motorcycles. Vehicles imported into the United States under 49 CFR 591.5(f), other than by the corporation responsible for the assembly of that vehicle or a subsidiary of such a corporation, are excluded from requirements of § 565.23(b), §§ 565.23(c), 565.23(g), 565.23(h), 565.24 and 565.25.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 23379, Apr. 30, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 28371, May 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.22" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.22   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Definitions.</I> Unless otherwise indicated, all terms used in this part that are defined in 49 CFR 571.3 are used as defined in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Body type</I> means the general configuration or shape of a vehicle distinguished by such characteristics as the number of doors or windows, cargo-carrying features and the roofline (<I>e.g.</I>, sedan, fastback, hatchback).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Check digit</I> means a single number or the letter X used to verify the accuracy of the transcription of the vehicle identification number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Engine type</I> means a power source with defined characteristics such as fuel utilized, number of cylinders, displacement, and net brake horsepower. The specific manufacturer and make shall be represented if the engine powers a passenger car or a multipurpose passenger vehicle, or truck with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4536 kg. (10,000 lbs.) or less.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Incomplete vehicle</I> means an assemblage consisting, as a minimum, of frame and chassis structure, power train, steering system, suspension system and braking system, to the extent that those systems are to be part of the completed vehicle, that requires further manufacturing operations, other than the addition of readily attachable components, such as mirrors or tire and rim assemblies, or minor finishing operations such as painting, to become a completed vehicle.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Line</I> means a name that a manufacturer applies to a family of vehicles within a make which have a degree of commonality in construction, such as body, chassis or cab type.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Make</I> means a name that a manufacturer applies to a group of vehicles or engines.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Manufacturer</I> means a person—
</P>
<P>(1) Manufacturing or assembling motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment; or
</P>
<P>(2) Importing motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment for resale.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Model</I> means a name that a manufacturer applies to a family of vehicles of the same type, make, line, series and body type.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Model Year</I> means the year used to designate a discrete vehicle model, irrespective of the calendar year in which the vehicle was actually produced, provided that the production period does not exceed 24 months.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Plant of manufacture</I> means the plant where the manufacturer affixes the VIN.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Series</I> means a name that a manufacturer applies to a subdivision of a “line” denoting price, size or weight identification and that is used by the manufacturer for marketing purposes.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Trailer kit</I> means a trailer that is fabricated and delivered in complete but unassembled form and that is designed to be assembled without special machinery or tools.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Type</I> means a class of vehicle distinguished by common traits, including design and purpose. Passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, trailers, incomplete vehicles and motorcycles are separate types.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>VIN</I> means a series of Arabic numbers and Roman letters that is assigned to a motor vehicle for identification purposes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.23" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.23   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each vehicle manufactured in one stage shall have a VIN that is assigned by the manufacturer. Each vehicle manufactured in more than one stage shall have a VIN assigned by the incomplete vehicle manufacturer. Vehicle alterers, as specified in 49 CFR 567.7, shall utilize the VIN assigned by the original manufacturer of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) Each VIN shall consist of seventeen (17) characters.
</P>
<P>(c) A check digit shall be part of each VIN. The check digit shall appear in position nine (9) of the VIN, on the vehicle and on any transfer documents containing the VIN prepared by the manufacturer to be given to the first owner for purposes other than resale.
</P>
<P>(d) The VINs of any two vehicles manufactured within a 30-year period shall not be identical.
</P>
<P>(e) The VIN of each vehicle shall appear clearly and indelibly upon either a part of the vehicle, other than the glazing, that is not designed to be removed except for repair or upon a separate plate or label that is permanently affixed to such a part.
</P>
<P>(f) The VIN for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles and trucks of 4536 kg or less GVWR shall be located inside the passenger compartment. It shall be readable, without moving any part of the vehicle, through the vehicle glazing under daylight lighting conditions by an observer having 20/20 vision (Snellen) whose eye-point is located outside the vehicle adjacent to the left windshield pillar. Each character in the VIN subject to this paragraph shall have a minimum height of 4 mm.
</P>
<P>(g) Each character in each VIN shall be one of the letters in the set: [ABCDEFGHJKLMNPRSTUVWXYZ] or a numeral in the set: [0123456789] assigned according to the method given in § 565.25.
</P>
<P>(h) All spaces provided for in the VIN must be occupied by a character specified in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) The type face utilized for each VIN shall consist of capital, sanserif characters.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 23379, Apr. 30, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 67977, Dec. 22, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.24" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.3.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.24   Motor vehicles imported into the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Importers shall utilize the VIN assigned by the original manufacturer of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) A passenger car certified by a Registered Importer under 49 CFR part 592 shall have a plate or label that contains the following statement, in characters with a minimum height of 4 mm, with the identification number assigned by the original manufacturer provided in the blank: SUBSTITUTE FOR U.S. VIN:______SEE PART 565. The plate or label shall conform to § 565.23 (h) and (i). The plate or label shall be permanently affixed inside the passenger compartment. The plate or label shall be readable, without moving any part of the vehicle, through the vehicle glazing under daylight lighting conditions by an observer having 20/20 vision (Snellen) whose eye-point is located outside the vehicle adjacent to the left windshield pillar. It shall be located in such a manner as not to cover, obscure, or overlay any part of any identification number affixed by the original manufacturer. Passenger cars conforming to Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 115 are exempt from this paragraph.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.25" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.3.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.25   Content requirements.</HEAD>
<P>The VIN shall consist of four sections of characters which shall be grouped accordingly:
</P>
<P>(a) The first section shall consist of three characters that occupy positions one through three (1-3) in the VIN. This section shall uniquely identify the manufacturer, make and type of the motor vehicle if its manufacturer produces 500 or more motor vehicles of its type annually. If the manufacturer produces less than 500 motor vehicles of its type annually, these characters along with the third, fourth and fifth characters of the fourth section shall uniquely identify the manufacturer, make and type of the motor vehicle. These characters are assigned in accordance with § 565.26(a).
</P>
<P>(b) The second section shall consist of five characters, which occupy positions four through eight (4-8) in the VIN. This section shall uniquely identify the attributes of the vehicle as specified in Table VIII. For passenger cars, and for multipurpose passenger vehicles and trucks with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4536 kg (10,000 lb) or less, the first and second characters shall be alphabetic and the third and fourth characters shall be numeric. The fifth character may be either alphabetic or numeric. The characters utilized and their placement within the section may be determined by the manufacturer, but the specified attributes must be decipherable with information supplied by the manufacturer in accordance with § 565.26(c). In submitting the required information to NHTSA relating to gross vehicle weight rating, the designations in Table IX shall be used. The use of these designations within the VIN itself is not required. Tables VIII and IX follow:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table VIII—Type of Vehicle and Information Decipherable 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Passenger car:</E> Line, series, body type, engine type and restraint system type.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Multipurpose passenger vehicle:</E> Line, series, body type, engine type, gross vehicle weight rating.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Truck:</E> Model or line, series, chassis, cab type, engine type, brake system and gross vehicle weight rating.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Bus:</E> Model or line, series, body type, engine type, and brake system.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Trailer, including trailer kits and incomplete trailer:</E> Type of trailer, body type, length and axle configuration.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Motorcycle:</E> Type of motorcycle, line, engine type, and net brake horsepower.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="03">Incomplete Vehicle other than a trailer:</E> Model or line, series, cab type, engine type and brake system.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Note to Table VIII: Engine net brake horsepower when encoded in the VIN shall differ by no more than 10 percent from the actual net brake horsepower; shall in the case of motorcycle with an actual net brake horsepower of 2 or less, be not more than 2; and shall be greater than 2 in the case of a motorcycle with an actual brake horsepower greater than 2.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table IX—Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Classes 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class A—Not greater than 1360 kg. (3,000 lbs.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class B—Greater than 1360 kg. to 1814 kg. (3,001-4,000 lbs.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class C—Greater than 1814 kg. to 2268 kg. (4,001-5,000 lbs.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class D—Greater than 2268 kg. to 2722 kg. (5,001-6,000 lbs.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class E—Greater than 2722 kg. to 3175 kg. (6,001-7,000 lbs.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class F—Greater than 3175 kg. to 3629 kg. (7,001-8,000 lbs.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class G—Greater than 3629 kg. to 4082 kg. (8,001-9,000 lbs.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class H—Greater than 4082 kg. to 4536 kg. (9,001-10,000 lbs.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 3—Greater than 4536 kg. to 6350 kg. (10,001-14,000 lbs.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 4—Greater than 6350 kg. to 7257 kg. (14,001-16,000 lbs.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 5—Greater than 7257 kg. to 8845 kg. (16,001-19,500 lbs.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 6—Greater than 8845 kg. to 11793 kg. (19,501-26,000 lbs.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 7—Greater than 11793 kg. to 14968 kg.(26,001-33,000 lbs.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Class 8—Greater than 14968 kg. (33,001 lbs. and over).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) The third section shall consist of one character, which occupies position nine (9) in the VIN. This section shall be the check digit whose purpose is to provide a means for verifying the accuracy of any VIN transcription. After all other characters in VIN have been determined by the manufacturer, the check digit shall be calculated by carrying out the mathematical computation specified in paragraphs (c) (1) through (4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) Assign to each number in the VIN its actual mathematical value and assign to each letter the value specified for it in Table X, as follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table X—Assigned Values 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A = 1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B = 2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C = 3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D = 4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E = 5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F = 6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G = 7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H = 8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">J = 1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">K = 2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">L = 3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">M = 4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">N = 5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">P = 7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">R = 9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">S = 2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">T = 3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">U = 4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">V = 5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">W = 6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">X = 7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Y = 8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Z = 9</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) Multiply the assigned value for each character in the VIN by the position weight factor specified in Table XI, as follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table XI—VIN Position and Weight Factor 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1st</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2d</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3d</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(check digit) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17th</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) Add the resulting products and divide the total by 11.
</P>
<P>(4) The numerical remainder is the check digit. If the remainder is 10 the letter “X” shall be used to designate the check digit. The correct numeric remainder, zero through nine (0-9) or the letter “X,” shall appear in VIN position nine (9).
</P>
<P>(5) A sample check digit calculation is shown in Table XII as follows: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table XII—Calculation of a Check Digit 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">VIN Position 12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sample VIN</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">H</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">H</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">...</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Assigned Value</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">...</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Weight Factor</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Multiply Assigned value times</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Add products: 8 + 49 + 24 + 5 + 32 + 15 + 18 + 80 + 0 + 45 + 56 + 7 + 6 + 40 + 12 + 12 + 2 = 411.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Divide by 11: 411/11 = 37 4/11.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">The remainder is 4; this is the check digit to be inserted in position nine (9) of the VIN.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) The fourth section shall consist of eight characters, which occupy positions ten through seventeen (10-17) of the VIN. The last five (5) characters of this section shall be numeric for passenger cars and for multipurpose passenger vehicles and trucks with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4536 kg. (10,000 lbs.) or less, and the last four (4) characters shall be numeric for all other vehicles.
</P>
<P>(1) The first character of the fourth section shall represent the vehicle model year. The year shall be designated as indicated in Table XIII as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table XIII—Year Codes for VIN
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Year 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Code 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1981</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">C 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1983</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">D 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1984</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">E 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">F 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1986</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">G 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1987</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">H 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1988</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">J 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1989</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">K 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1990</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">L 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1991</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">M 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1992</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">P 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">R 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">T 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">V 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">W 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Y 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">A 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">B 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">C 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">D</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The second character of the fourth section shall represent the plant of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(3) The third through the eighth characters of the fourth section shall represent the number sequentially assigned by the manufacturer in the production process if the manufacturer produces 500 or more vehicles of its type annually. If the manufacturer produces less than 500 motor vehicles of its type annually, the third, fourth and fifth characters of the fourth section, combined with the three characters of the first section, shall uniquely identify the manufacturer, make and type of the motor vehicle and the sixth, seventh, and eighth characters of the fourth section shall represent the number sequentially assigned by the manufacturer in the production process.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 565.26" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.35.3.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 565.26   Reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>The information collection requirements contained in this part have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 <I>et seq.</I>) and have been assigned OMB Control Number 2127-0510.
</P>
<P>(a) The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) has contracted with the SAE International (SAE) to coordinate the assignment of manufacturer identifiers. Manufacturer identifiers will be supplied by SAE at no charge. All requests for assignments of manufacturer identifiers should be forwarded directly to: SAE International, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, Pennsylvania 15096, Attention: WMI Coordinator. Any requests for identifiers submitted to NHTSA will be forwarded to SAE. Manufacturers may request a specific identifier or may request only assignment of an identifier(s). SAE will review requests for specific identifiers to determine that they do not conflict with an identifier already assigned or block of identifiers already reserved. SAE will confirm the assignments in writing to the requester. Once confirmed by SAE, the identifier need not be resubmitted to NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(b) Manufacturers of vehicles subject to this part shall submit, either directly or through an agent, the unique identifier for each make and type of vehicle it manufactures at least 60 days before affixing the first VIN using the identifier. Manufacturers whose unique identifier appears in the fourth section of the VIN shall also submit the three characters of the first section that constitutes a part of their identifier.
</P>
<P>(c) Manufacturers of vehicles subject to the requirements of this part shall submit to NHTSA the information necessary to decipher the characters contained in its VINs. Amendments to this information shall be submitted to the agency for VINs containing an amended coding. The agency will not routinely provide written approvals of these submissions, but will contact the manufacturer should any corrections to these submissions be necessary.
</P>
<P>(d) The information required under paragraph (c) of this section shall be submitted at least 60 days prior to offering for sale the first vehicle identified by a VIN containing that information, or if information concerning vehicle characteristics sufficient to specify the VIN code is unavailable to the manufacturer by that date, then within one week after that information first becomes available. The information shall be submitted to <I>https://vpic.nhtsa.dot.gov/</I> or to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, ATTN: VIN Coordinator, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. Manufacturers of replica motor vehicles shall furnish the information by using the portal at <I>https://vpic.nhtsa.dot.gov/.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 7248, Feb. 18, 1982, as amended at 87 FR 13232, Mar. 9, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="566" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.36" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 566—MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act (49 U.S.C. 30114(b), 30166) and Sec. 24405(a) of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (Pub. L. 114-94); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 566.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.36.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 566.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part requires manufacturers of motor vehicles, and of motor vehicle equipment to which a motor vehicle safety standard applies, to submit identifying information and a description of the items they produce.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 20978, Nov. 2, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 566.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.36.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 566.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to facilitate the regulation of manufacturers under the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act, and to aid in establishing a code numbering system for all regulated manufacturers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 20978, Nov. 2, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 566.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.36.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 566.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all manufacturers of motor vehicles, and to manufacturers of motor vehicle equipment, other than tires, to which a motor vehicle safety standard applies (hereafter referred to as “covered equipment”).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 22063, Nov. 19, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 566.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.36.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 566.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms defined in the Act and the rules and standards issued under its authority are used as defined therein. Specifically, <I>incomplete vehicle, intermediate manufacturer,</I> and <I>final-stage manufacturer</I> are used as defined in Part 568—Vehicles Manufactured in Two or More Stages.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: 15 U.S.C. 1392, 1397)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 1364, Jan. 28, 1972]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 566.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.36.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 566.5   Requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Each manufacturer of a motor vehicle (other than a replica motor vehicle), and each manufacturer of covered equipment, shall furnish the information specified in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section to <I>https://vpic.nhtsa.dot.gov/</I> or to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. Manufacturers of replica motor vehicles shall furnish the information by using the portal at <I>https://vpic.nhtsa.dot.gov/</I>.
</P>
<P>(a) Full individual, partnership, or corporate name of the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(b) Residence address of the manufacturer and State of incorporation if applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) Description of each type of motor vehicle or of covered equipment manufactured by the manufacturer, including, for motor vehicles, the approximate ranges of gross vehicle weight ratings for each type.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as noted below, the description may be of general types, such as “passenger cars” or “brake fluid.”
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and trailers, the description shall be specific enough also to indicate the types of use for which the vehicles are intended, such as “tank trailer,” “motor home,” or “cargo van.”
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of motor vehicles produced in two or more stages, if the manufacturer is an incomplete vehicle manufacturer, the description shall so state and include a description indicating the stage of completion of the vehicle and, where known, the types of use for which the vehicle is intended.
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of replica motor vehicles, the manufacturer shall include, in the description of each type of motor vehicle it manufactures, a designation that the vehicle is a replica motor vehicle.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>“Incomplete vehicle manufacturer—Chassis-cab intended for completion as van-type truck.”</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<FP>If the manufacturer is an intermediate manufacturer, or a final stage manufacturer, the description shall so state and include a brief description of the work performed.
</FP>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>“Multipurpose passenger vehicles: Motor homes with GVWR from 8,000 to 12,000 pounds. Final-stage manufacturer—add body to bare chassis.”</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: 15 U.S.C. 1392, 1397)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 20978, Nov. 2, 1971, as amended at 37 FR 1364, Jan. 28, 1972; 87 FR 13232, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 566.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.36.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 566.6   Submittal of information.</HEAD>
<P>Each manufacturer required to submit information under § 566.5 shall submit the information not later than February 1, 1972. After that date, each person who begins to manufacture a type of motor vehicle or covered equipment for which he has not submitted the required information shall submit the information specified in paragraphs (a) through (c) of § 566.5 not later than 30 days after he begins manufacture. Each manufacturer who has submitted required information shall keep his entry current, accurate and complete by submitting revised information not later than 30 days after the relevant changes in his business occur.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 20978, Nov. 2, 1971, as amended at 53 FR 20119, June 2, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="567" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.37" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 567—CERTIFICATION 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30114, 30115, 30117, 30166, 32504, 33101-33104, 33108 and 33109; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 7430, Feb. 14, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 567.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.37.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 567.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to specify the content and location of, and other requirements for, the certification label to be affixed to motor vehicles as required by the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act, as amended (the Vehicle Safety Act) (49 U.S.C. 30114 and 30115) and the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, as amended (the Cost Savings Act) (49 U.S.C. 30254 and 33109), to address certification-related duties and liabilities, and to provide the consumer with information to assist them in determining which of the Federal motor vehicle safety standards (part 571 of this chapter), bumper standards (part 581 of this chapter), and Federal theft prevention standards (part 541 of this chapter), are applicable to the vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 13232, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 567.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.37.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 567.2   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to manufacturers including alterers of motor vehicles to which one or more standards are applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of imported motor vehicles that do not have the label required by 49 CFR 567.4, Registered Importers of vehicles admitted into the United States under 49 U.S.C. 30141-30147 and 49 CFR part 591 must affix a label as required by 49 CFR 567.4, after the vehicle has been brought into conformity with the applicable Safety, Bumper and Theft Prevention Standards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 567.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.37.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 567.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms that are defined in the Act and the rules and standards issued under its authority are used as defined therein. The term “bumper” has the meaning assigned to it in Title I of the Cost Savings Act and the rules and standards issued under its authority.
</P>
<P><I>Addendum</I> means the document described in § 568.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Altered vehicle</I> means a completed vehicle previously certified in accordance with § 567.4 or § 567.5 that has been altered other than by the addition, substitution, or removal of readily attachable components, such as mirrors or tire and rim assemblies, or by minor finishing operations such as painting, before the first purchase of the vehicle other than for resale, in such a manner as may affect the conformity of the vehicle with one or more Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard(s) or the validity of the vehicle's stated weight ratings or vehicle type classification.
</P>
<P><I>Alterer</I> means a person who alters by addition, substitution, or removal of components (other than readily attachable components) a certified vehicle before the first purchase of the vehicle other than for resale.
</P>
<P><I>Chassis-cab</I> means an incomplete vehicle, with a completed occupant compartment, that requires only the addition of cargo-carrying, work-performing, or load-bearing components to perform its intended functions.
</P>
<P><I>Completed vehicle</I> means a vehicle that requires no further manufacturing operations to perform its intended function.
</P>
<P><I>Final-stage manufacturer</I> means a person who performs such manufacturing operations on an incomplete vehicle that it becomes a completed vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Incomplete trailer</I> means a vehicle that is capable of being drawn and that consists, at a minimum, of a chassis (including the frame) structure and suspension system but needs further manufacturing operations performed on it to become a completed vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Incomplete vehicle</I> means
</P>
<P>(1) An assemblage consisting, at a minimum, of chassis (including the frame) structure, power train, steering system, suspension system, and braking system, in the state that those systems are to be part of the completed vehicle, but requires further manufacturing operations to become a completed vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(2) An incomplete trailer.
</P>
<P><I>Incomplete vehicle document</I> or <I>IVD</I> means the document described in 49 CFR 568.4(a) and (b).
</P>
<P><I>Incomplete vehicle manufacturer</I> means a person who manufactures an incomplete vehicle by assembling components none of which, taken separately, constitute an incomplete vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Intermediate manufacturer</I> means a person, other than the incomplete vehicle manufacturer or the final-stage manufacturer, who performs manufacturing operations on a vehicle manufactured in two or more stages.
</P>
<P><I>Replica motor vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle meeting the definition of replica motor vehicle in 49 CFR part 586.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 7430, Feb. 14, 2005, as amended at 87 FR 13232, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 567.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.37.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 567.4   Requirements for manufacturers of motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer of motor vehicles (except replica motor vehicles and vehicles manufactured in two or more stages) shall affix to each vehicle a label, of the type and in the manner described below, containing the statements specified in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The label shall be riveted or permanently affixed in such a manner that it cannot be removed without destroying or defacing it.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for trailers and motorcycles, the label shall be affixed to either the hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position, or if none of these locations is practicable, to the left side of the instrument panel. If that location is also not practicable, the label shall be affixed to the inward-facing surface of the door next to the driver's seating position. If none of the preceding locations is practicable, notification of that fact, together with drawings or photographs showing a suggested alternate location in the same general area, shall be submitted for approval to the Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Washington, D.C. 20590. The location of the label shall be such that it is easily readable without moving any part of the vehicle except an outer door.
</P>
<P>(d) The label for trailers shall be affixed to a location on the forward half of the left side, such that it is easily readable from outside the vehicle without moving any part of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(e) The label for motorcycles shall be affixed to a permanent member of the vehicle as close as is practicable to the intersection of the steering post with the handle bars, in a location such that it is easily readable without moving any part of the vehicle except the steering system.
</P>
<P>(f) The lettering on the label shall be of a color that contrasts with the background of the label.
</P>
<P>(g) The label shall contain the following statements, in the English language, lettered in block capitals and numerals not less than three thirty-seconds of an inch high, in the order shown:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of manufacturer: Except as provided in paragraphs (g)(1)(i), (ii) and (iii) of this section, the full corporate or individual name of the actual assembler of the vehicle shall be spelled out, except that such abbreviations as “Co.” or “Inc.” and their foreign equivalents, and the first and middle initials of individuals, may be used. The name of the manufacturer shall be preceded by the words “Manufactured By” or “Mfd By.” In the case of imported vehicles to which the label required by this section is affixed by the Registered Importer, the name of the Registered Importer shall also be placed on the label in the manner described in this paragraph, directly below the name of the actual assembler.
</P>
<P>(i) If a vehicle is assembled by a corporation that is controlled by another corporation that assumes responsibility for conformity with the standards, the name of the controlling corporation may be used.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a vehicle is fabricated and delivered in complete but unassembled form, such that it is designed to be assembled without special machinery or tools, the fabricator of the vehicle may affix the label and name itself as the manufacturer for the purposes of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a trailer is sold by a person who is not its manufacturer, but who is engaged in the manufacture of trailers and assumes legal responsibility for all duties and liabilities imposed by the Act with respect to that trailer, the name of that person may appear on the label as the manufacturer. In such a case the name shall be preceded by the words “Responsible Manufacturer” or “Resp Mfr.”
</P>
<P>(2) Month and year of manufacture: This shall be the time during which work was completed at the place of main assembly of the vehicle. It may be spelled out, as “June 2000”, or expressed in numerals, as “6/00”.
</P>
<P>(3) “Gross Vehicle Weight Rating” or “GVWR” followed by the appropriate value in pounds, which shall not be less than the sum of the unloaded vehicle weight, rated cargo load, and 150 pounds times the number of the vehicle's designated seating positions. However, for school buses the minimum occupant weight allowance shall be 120 pounds per passenger and 150 pounds for the driver.
</P>
<P>(4) “Gross Axle Weight Rating” or “GAWR,” followed by the appropriate value in pounds, for each axle, identified in order from front to rear (e.g., front, first intermediate, second intermediate, rear). The ratings for any consecutive axles having identical gross axle weight ratings when equipped with tires having the same tire size designation may, at the option of the manufacturer, be stated as a single value, with the label indicating to which axles the ratings apply.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples of combined ratings:</HED><PSPACE>GAWR:
</PSPACE><P>(a) All axles—2,400 kg (5,290 lb) with LT245/75R16(E) tires.
</P><P>(b) Front—5,215 kg (11,500 lb) with 295/75R22.5(G) tires.
</P><P>First intermediate to rear—9,070 kg (20,000 lb) with 295/75R22.5(G) tires.</P></EXAMPLE>
<P>(5) One of the following statements, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) For passenger cars, the statement: “This vehicle conforms to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety, bumper, and theft prevention standards in effect on the date of manufacture shown above.” The expression “U.S.” or “U.S.A.” may be inserted before the word “Federal”.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of multipurpose passenger vehicles (MPVs) and trucks with a GVWR of 6,000 pounds or less, the statement: “This vehicle conforms to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and theft prevention standards in effect on the date of manufacture shown above.” The expression “U.S.” or “U.S.A.” may be inserted before the (word “Federal”).
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of multipurpose passenger vehicles (MPVs) and trucks with a GVWR of over 6,000 pounds, the statement: “This vehicle conforms to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards in effect on the date of manufacture shown above.” The expression “U.S.” or “U.S.A.” may be inserted before the word “Federal”.
</P>
<P>(iv) For all other vehicles, the statement: “This vehicle conforms to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards in effect on the date of manufacture shown above.” The expression “U.S.” or “U.S.A.” may be inserted before the word “Federal”.
</P>
<P>(6) Vehicle identification number.
</P>
<P>(7) The type classification of the vehicle as defined in § 571.3 of this chapter (e.g., truck, MPV, bus, trailer).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Multiple GVWR-GAWR ratings.</I> (1) (For passenger cars only) In cases in which different tire sizes are offered as a customer option, a manufacturer may at its option list more than one set of values for GVWR and GAWR, to meet the requirements of paragraphs (g) (3) and (4) of this section. If the label shows more than one set of weight rating values, each value shall be followed by the phrase “with __tires,” inserting the proper tire size designations. A manufacturer may, at its option, list one or more tire sizes where only one set of weight ratings is provided.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>Passenger Car
</PSPACE><P>GVWR: 4,400 lb with P195/65R15 tires; 4,800 lb with P205/75R15 tires.
</P><P>GAWR: Front—2,000 lb with P195/65R15 tires at 24 psi; 2,200 lb with P205/75R15 tires at 24 psi. Rear—2,400 lb with P195/65R15 tires at 28 psi; 2,600 lb with P205/75R15 tires at 28 psi.</P></EXAMPLE>
<P>(2) (For multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, trailers, and motorcycles) The manufacturer may, at its option, list more than one GVWR-GAWR-tire-rim combination on the label, as long as the listing contains the tire-rim combination installed as original equipment on the vehicle by the manufacturer and conforms in content and format to the requirements for tire-rim-inflation information set forth in Standard Nos. 110, 120, 129 and 139 (§§ 571.110, 571.120, 571.129 and 571.139 of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(3) At the option of the manufacturer, additional GVWR-GAWR ratings for operation of the vehicle at reduced speeds may be listed at the bottom of the certification label following any information that is required to be listed.
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(j) A manufacturer may, at its option, provide information concerning which tables in the document that accompanies the vehicle pursuant to § 575.6(a) of this chapter apply to the vehicle. This information may not precede or interrupt the information required by paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(k) In the case of passenger cars imported into the United States under 49 CFR 591.5(f) to which the label required by this section has not been affixed by the original assembler of the passenger car, a label meeting the requirements of this paragraph shall be affixed before the vehicle is imported into the United States, if the car is from a line listed in appendix A of 49 CFR part 541. This label shall be in addition to, and not in place of, the label required by paragraphs (a) through (j), inclusive, of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) The label shall be riveted or permanently affixed in such a manner that it cannot be removed without destroying or defacing it.
</P>
<P>(2) The label shall be affixed to either the hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position, or, if none of these locations is practicable, to the left side of the instrument panel. If that location is also not practicable, the label shall be affixed to the inward-facing surface of the door next to the driver's seating position. The location of the label shall be such that it is easily readable without moving any part of the vehicle except an outer door.
</P>
<P>(3) The lettering on the label shall be of a color that contrasts with the background of the label.
</P>
<P>(4) The label shall contain the following statements, in the English language, lettered in block capitals and numerals not less than three thirty-seconds of an inch high, in the order shown:
</P>
<P>(i) Model year (if applicable) or year of manufacture and line of the vehicle, as reported by the manufacturer that produced or assembled the vehicle. “Model year” is used as defined in § 593.4 of this chapter. “Line” is used as defined in § 541.4 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Name of the importer. The full corporate or individual name of the importer of the vehicle shall be spelled out, except that such abbreviations as “Co.” or “Inc.” and their foreign equivalents and the middle initial of individuals, may be used. The name of the importer shall be preceded by the words “Imported By”.
</P>
<P>(iii) The statement: “This vehicle conforms to the applicable Federal motor vehicle theft prevention standard in effect on the date of manufacture.”
</P>
<P>(l)(1) In the case of a passenger car imported into the United States under 49 CFR 591.5(f) which does not have a vehicle identification number that complies with 49 CFR 565.4 (b), (c), and (g) at the time of importation, the Registered Importer shall permanently affix a label to the vehicle in such a manner that, unless the label is riveted, it cannot be removed without being destroyed or defaced. The label shall be in addition to the label required by paragraph (a) of this section, and shall be affixed to the vehicle in a location specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The label shall contain the following statement, in the English language, lettered in block capitals and numerals not less than 4 mm high, with the location on the vehicle of the original manufacturer's identification number provided in the blank: ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER'S IDENTIFICATION NUMBER SUBSTITUTING FOR U.S. VIN IS LOCATED ______.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 7430, Feb. 14, 2005, as amended at 76 FR 53078, Aug. 25, 2011; 77 FR 71717, Dec. 4, 2012; 87 FR 13232, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 567.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.37.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 567.5   Requirements for manufacturers of vehicles manufactured in two or more stages.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Location of information labels for incomplete vehicles.</I> Each incomplete vehicle manufacturer or intermediate vehicle manufacturer shall permanently affix a label to each incomplete vehicle, in the location and form specified in § 567.4, and in a manner that does not obscure other labels. If the locations specified in 49 CFR 567.4(c) are not practicable, the label may be provided as part of the IVD package so that it can be permanently affixed in the acceptable locations provided for in that subsection when the vehicle is sufficiently manufactured to allow placement in accordance therewith.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Incomplete vehicle manufacturers.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section and notwithstanding the certification of a final-stage manufacturer under 49 CFR 567.5(d)(2)(v), each manufacturer of an incomplete vehicle assumes legal responsibility for all certification-related duties and liabilities under the Vehicle Safety Act with respect to:
</P>
<P>(i) Components and systems it installs or supplies for installation on the incomplete vehicle, unless changed by a subsequent manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The vehicle as further manufactured or completed by an intermediate or final-stage manufacturer, to the extent that the vehicle is completed in accordance with the IVD; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The accuracy of the information contained in the IVD.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, each incomplete vehicle manufacturer shall affix an information label to each incomplete vehicle that contains the following statements:
</P>
<P>(i) Name of incomplete vehicle manufacturer preceded by the words “incomplete vehicle MANUFACTURED BY” or “incomplete vehicle MFD BY”.
</P>
<P>(ii) Month and year of manufacture of the incomplete vehicle. This may be spelled out, as in “JUNE 2000”, or expressed in numerals, as in “6/00”. No preface is required.
</P>
<P>(iii) “Gross Vehicle Weight Rating” or “GVWR” followed by the appropriate value in kilograms and (pounds), which shall not be less than the sum of the unloaded vehicle weight, rated cargo load, and 150 pounds times the number of the vehicle's designated seating positions, if known. However, for school buses the minimum occupant weight allowance shall be 120 pounds per passenger and 150 pounds for the driver.
</P>
<P>(iv) “Gross Axle Weight Rating” or “GAWR,” followed by the appropriate value in kilograms and (pounds) for each axle, identified in order from front to rear (e.g., front, first intermediate, second intermediate, rear). The ratings for any consecutive axles having identical gross axle weight ratings when equipped with tires having the same tire size designation may be stated as a single value, with the label indicating to which axles the ratings apply.
</P>
<P>(v) Vehicle Identification Number.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Intermediate manufacturers.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section and notwithstanding the certification of a final-stage manufacturer under § 567.5(d)(2)(v), each intermediate manufacturer of a vehicle manufactured in two or more stages assumes legal responsibility for all certification-related duties and liabilities under the Vehicle Safety Act with respect to:
</P>
<P>(i) Components and systems it installs or supplies for installation on the incomplete vehicle, unless changed by a subsequent manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(ii) The vehicle as further manufactured or completed by an intermediate or final-stage manufacturer, to the extent that the vehicle is completed in accordance with the addendum to the IVD furnished by the intermediate vehicle manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any work done by the intermediate manufacturer on the incomplete vehicle that was not performed in accordance with the IVD or an addendum of a prior intermediate manufacturer; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The accuracy of the information in any addendum to the IVD furnished by the intermediate vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section, each intermediate manufacturer of an incomplete vehicle shall affix an information label, in a manner that does not obscure the labels applied by previous stage manufacturers, to each incomplete vehicle, which contains the following statements:
</P>
<P>(i) Name of intermediate manufacturer, preceded by the words “INTERMEDIATE MANUFACTURE BY” or “INTERMEDIATE MFR”.
</P>
<P>(ii) Month and year in which the intermediate manufacturer performed its last manufacturing operation on the incomplete vehicle. This may be spelled out, as “JUNE 2000”, or expressed as numerals, as “6/00”. No preface is required.
</P>
<P>(iii) “Gross Vehicle Weight Rating” or “GVWR”, followed by the appropriate value in kilograms and (pounds), if different from that identified by the incomplete vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(iv) “Gross Axle Weight Rating” or “GAWR” followed by the appropriate value in kilograms and (pounds), if different from that identified by the incomplete vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(v) Vehicle identification number.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Final-stage manufacturers.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section, each final-stage manufacturer of a vehicle manufactured in two or more stages assumes legal responsibility for all certification-related duties and liabilities under the Vehicle Safety Act, except to the extent that the incomplete vehicle manufacturer or an intermediate manufacturer has provided equipment subject to a safety standard or expressly assumed responsibility for standards related to systems and components it supplied and except to the extent that the final-stage manufacturer completed the vehicle in accordance with the prior manufacturers' IVD or any addendum furnished pursuant to 49 CFR part 568, as to the Federal motor vehicle safety standards fully addressed therein.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section, each final-stage manufacturer shall affix a certification label to each vehicle, in a manner that does not obscure the labels applied by previous stage manufacturers, and that contains the following statements:
</P>
<P>(i) Name of final-stage manufacturer, preceded by the words “MANUFACTURED BY” or “MFD BY”.
</P>
<P>(ii) Month and year in which final-stage manufacture is completed. This may be spelled out, as in “JUNE 2000”, or expressed in numerals, as in “6/00”. No preface is required.
</P>
<P>(iii) “Gross Vehicle Weight Rating” or “GVWR” followed by the appropriate value in kilograms and (pounds), which shall not be less than the sum of the unloaded vehicle weight, rated cargo load, and 150 pounds times the number of the vehicle's designated seating positions. However, for school buses the minimum occupant weight allowance shall be 120 pounds per passenger and 150 pounds for the driver.
</P>
<P>(iv) “GROSS AXLE WEIGHT RATING” or “GAWR”, followed by the appropriate value in kilograms and (pounds) for each axle, identified in order from front to rear (<I>e.g.</I>, front, first intermediate, second intermediate, rear). The ratings for any consecutive axles having identical gross axle weight ratings when equipped with tires having the same tire size designation may be stated as a single value, with the label indicating to which axles the ratings apply.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples of combined ratings:</HED><PSPACE>(a) All axles—2,400 kg (5,290 lb) with LT245/75R16(E) tires;
</PSPACE><P>(b) Front—5,215 kg (11,500 lb) with 295/75R22.5(G) tires;
</P><P>(c) First intermediate to rear—9,070 kg (20,000 lb) with 295/75R22.5(G) tires.</P></EXAMPLE>
<P>(v)(A) One of the following alternative certification statements:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) “This vehicle conforms to all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, [and Bumper and Theft Prevention Standards, if applicable] in effect in (month, year).”
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) “This vehicle has been completed in accordance with the prior manufacturers' IVD, where applicable. This vehicle conforms to all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, [and Bumper and Theft Prevention Standards, if applicable] in effect in (month, year).”
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) “This vehicle has been completed in accordance with the prior manufacturers' IVD, where applicable, except for [insert FMVSS(s)]. This vehicle conforms to all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, [and Bumper and Theft Prevention Standards if applicable] in effect in (month, year).”
</P>
<P>(B) The date shown in the statement required in paragraph (d)(2)(v)(A) of this section shall not be earlier than the manufacturing date provided by the incomplete or intermediate stage manufacturer and not later than the date of completion of the final-stage manufacture.
</P>
<P>(C) Notwithstanding the certification statements in paragraph (d)(2)(v)(A) of this section, the legal responsibilities and liabilities for certification under the Vehicle Safety Act shall be allocated among the vehicle manufacturers as provided in 567.5(b)(1), (c)(1), and (d)(1), and 49 CFR 568.4(a)(9).
</P>
<P>(vi) Vehicle identification number.
</P>
<P>(vii) The type classification of the vehicle as defined in 49 CFR 571.3 (<I>e.g.</I>, truck, MPV, bus, trailer).
</P>
<P>(e) More than one set of figures for GVWR and GAWR, and one or more tire sizes, may be listed in satisfaction of the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)(iii) and (iv) of this section, as provided in § 567.4(h).
</P>
<P>(f) If an incomplete vehicle manufacturer assumes legal responsibility for all duties and liabilities for certification under the Vehicle Safety Act, with respect to the vehicle as finally manufactured, the incomplete vehicle manufacturer shall ensure that a label is affixed to the final vehicle in conformity with paragraph (d) of this section, except that the name of the incomplete vehicle manufacturer shall appear instead of the name of the final-stage manufacturer after the words “MANUFACTURED BY” or “MFD BY” required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) If an intermediate manufacturer of a vehicle assumes legal responsibility for all duties and liabilities for certification under the Vehicle Safety Act, with respect to the vehicle as finally manufactured, the intermediate manufacturer shall ensure that a label is affixed to the final vehicle in conformity with paragraph (d) of this section, except that the name of the intermediate manufacturer shall appear instead of the name of the final-stage manufacturer after the words “MANUFACTURED BY” or “MFD BY” required by paragraph (f) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 567.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.37.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 567.6   Requirements for persons who do not alter certified vehicles or do so with readily attachable components.</HEAD>
<P>A person who does not alter a motor vehicle or who alters such a vehicle only by the addition, substitution, or removal of readily attachable components such as mirrors or tires and rim assemblies, or minor finishing operations such as painting, in such a manner that the vehicle's stated weight ratings are still valid, need not affix a label to the vehicle, but shall allow a manufacturer's label that conforms to the requirements of this part to remain affixed to the vehicle. If such a person is a distributor of the motor vehicle, allowing the manufacturer's label to remain affixed to the vehicle shall satisfy the distributor's certification requirements under the Vehicle Safety Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 567.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.37.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 567.7   Requirements for persons who alter certified vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With respect to the vehicle alterations it performs, an alterer:
</P>
<P>(1) Has a duty to determine continued conformity of the altered vehicle with applicable Federal motor vehicle safety, Bumper, and Theft Prevention standards, and
</P>
<P>(2) Assumes legal responsibility for all duties and liabilities for certification under the Vehicle Safety Act.
</P>
<P>(b) The vehicle manufacturer's certification label and any information labels shall remain affixed to the vehicle and the alterer shall affix to the vehicle an additional label in the manner and location specified in § 567.4, in a manner that does not obscure any previously applied labels, and containing the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The statement: “This vehicle was altered by (individual or corporate name) in (month and year in which alterations were completed) and as altered it conforms to all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety, Bumper and Theft Prevention Standards affected by the alteration and in effect in (month, year).” The second date shall be no earlier than the date of manufacture of the certified vehicle (as specified on the certification label), and no later than the date alterations were completed.
</P>
<P>(2) If the gross vehicle weight rating or any of the gross axle weight ratings of the vehicle as altered are different from those shown on the original certification label, the modified values shall be provided in the form specified in § 567.4(g)(3) and (4).
</P>
<P>(3) If the vehicle as altered has a different type classification from that shown on the original certification label, the type as modified shall be provided.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 567.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.37.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 567.8   Requirements for manufacturers of replica motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer of a replica motor vehicle shall affix to each vehicle a label, of the type and in the manner described below, containing the statements specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The label shall be riveted or permanently affixed in such a manner that it cannot be removed without destroying or defacing it.
</P>
<P>(c) The label shall be affixed to either the hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position, or if none of these locations is practicable, to the left side of the instrument panel. If that location is also not practicable, the label shall be affixed to the inward-facing surface of the door next to the driver's seating position. If none of the preceding locations is practicable, notification of that fact, together with drawings or photographs showing a suggested alternate location in the same general area, shall be submitted for approval to the Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. The location of the label shall be such that it is easily readable without moving any part of the vehicle except an outer door.
</P>
<P>(d) The lettering on the label shall be of a color that contrasts with the background of the label.
</P>
<P>(e) The label shall contain the following information and statements, in the English language, lettered in block capitals and numerals not less than three thirty-seconds of an inch high, in the order shown:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of manufacturer: Except as provided in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, the full corporate or individual name of the actual assembler of the vehicle shall be spelled out, except that such abbreviations as “Co.” or “Inc.” and their foreign equivalents, and the first and middle initials of individuals, may be used. The name of the manufacturer shall be preceded by the words “Manufactured By” or “Mfd By.”
</P>
<P>(2) Month and year of manufacture: This shall be the time during which work was completed at the place of main assembly of the vehicle. It may be spelled out, as “June 2000,” or expressed in numerals, as “6/00.”
</P>
<P>(3) “Gross Vehicle Weight Rating” or “GVWR” followed by the appropriate value in pounds, which shall not be less than the sum of the unloaded vehicle weight, rated cargo load, and 150 pounds times the number of the vehicle's designated seating positions.
</P>
<P>(4) “Gross Axle Weight Rating” or “GAWR,” followed by the appropriate value in pounds, for each axle, identified in order from front to rear (<I>e.g.,</I> front, first intermediate, second intermediate, rear). The ratings for any consecutive axles having identical gross axle weight ratings when equipped with tires having the same tire size designation may, at the option of the manufacturer, be stated as a single value, with the label indicating to which axles the ratings apply.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Examples of combined ratings: GAWR:</I>
</P>
<P>(A) All axles—2,400 kg (5,290 lb.) with LT245/75R16(E) tires.
</P>
<P>(B) Front—5,215 kg (11,500 lb.) with 295/75R22.5(G) tires.
</P>
<P>(C) First intermediate to rear—9,070 kg (20,000 lb.) with 295/75R22.5(G) tires.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(5) The following statement: “This vehicle is a replica motor vehicle that replicates a [insert make and model of the replicated motor vehicle] originally manufactured in model year [insert year].”
</P>
<P>(6) Either:
</P>
<P>(i) The statement: “This replica motor vehicle is exempt from the following Federal motor vehicle safety, theft prevention, and bumper standards in effect on [insert the date of manufacture of the replica motor vehicle] for [insert replica's type of motor vehicle (<I>e.g.,</I> passenger cars)]: [insert a list of all standards from which the vehicle exempt pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30114(b)].” (The expression “U.S.” or “U.S.A.” may be inserted before the word “Federal.”); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The statement: “This replica motor vehicle is exempt from the Federal motor vehicle safety, theft prevention, and bumper standards in effect on [insert the date of manufacture of the replica motor vehicle] for [insert replica's type of motor vehicle (<I>e.g.,</I> passenger cars)] that are listed on the label found in [insert location of label listing standards from which the vehicle is exempt under 49 U.S.C. 30114(b)]”; and
</P>
<P>(7) Vehicle identification number.
</P>
<P>(f) If the label required under paragraph (a) includes the statement found in paragraph (e)(6)(ii) of this section, the manufacturer must affix to the replica motor vehicle a second label that meets the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) The label shall be riveted or permanently affixed to the vehicle in such a manner that it cannot be removed without destroying or defacing it;
</P>
<P>(2) The label shall be affixed to the location identified in paragraph (e)(6)(ii).
</P>
<P>(3) The lettering on the label shall be of a color that contrasts with the background of the label.
</P>
<P>(4) The label shall contain the following statements, in the English language, lettered in block capitals and numerals not less than three thirty-seconds of an inch high: “This replica motor vehicle is exempt from the following Federal motor vehicle safety, theft prevention, and bumper standards in effect on [insert the date of manufacture of the replica motor vehicle] for [insert replica's type of motor vehicle (<I>e.g.,</I> passenger cars)]: [insert a list of all standards for which the vehicle is exempt pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30114(b)].”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 13232, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="568" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.38" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 568—VEHICLES MANUFACTURED IN TWO OR MORE STAGES—ALL INCOMPLETE, INTERMEDIATE AND FINAL-STAGE MANUFACTURERS OF VEHICLES MANUFACTURED IN TWO OR MORE STAGES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 30111, 30115, 30117, 30166 delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 7434, Feb. 14, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 568.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.38.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 568.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to prescribe the method by which manufacturers of vehicles manufactured in two or more stages shall ensure conformity of those vehicles with the Federal motor vehicle safety standards (“standards”) and other regulations issued under the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. § 30115) and the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. 32504 and 33108(c)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 568.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.38.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 568.2   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to incomplete vehicle manufacturers, intermediate manufacturers, and final-stage manufacturers of vehicles manufactured in two or more stages.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 568.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.38.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 568.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms that are defined in the Act and the rules and standards issued under its authority are used as defined therein. The term “bumper” has the meaning assigned to it in Title I of the Cost Savings Act and the rules and standards issued under its authority. The definitions contained in 49 CFR part 567 apply to this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 568.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.38.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 568.4   Requirements for incomplete vehicle manufacturers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The incomplete vehicle manufacturer shall furnish for each incomplete vehicle, at or before the time of delivery, an incomplete vehicle document (“IVD”) that contains the following statements, in the order shown, and all other information required by this part to be included therein:
</P>
<P>(1) Name and mailing address of the incomplete vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(2) Month and year during which the incomplete vehicle manufacturer performed its last manufacturing operation on the incomplete vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) Identification of the incomplete vehicle(s) to which the document applies. The identification shall be by vehicle identification number (VIN) or groups of VINs to permit a person to ascertain positively that a document applies to a particular incomplete vehicle after the document has been removed from the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) Gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of the completed vehicle for which the incomplete vehicle is intended.
</P>
<P>(5) Gross axle weight rating (GAWR) for each axle of the completed vehicle for which the incomplete vehicle is intended, listed and identified in order from front to rear (<I>e.g.</I>, front, first intermediate, second intermediate, rear). The ratings for any consecutive axles having identical gross axle weight ratings when equipped with tires having the same tire size designation may, at the option of the incomplete vehicle manufacturer, be stated as a single value, with the label indicating to which axles the ratings apply.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples of combined ratings:</HED><PSPACE>(a) All axles—2,400 kg (5,290 lb) with LT245/75R16(E) tires;
</PSPACE><P>(b) Front—5,215 kg (11,500 lb) with 295/75R22.5(G) tires.
</P><P>(c) First intermediate to rear—9,070 kg (20,000 lb) with 295/75R22.5(G) tires.</P></EXAMPLE>
<P>(6) Listing of the vehicle types as defined in 49 CFR 571.3 (<I>e.g.</I>, truck, MPV, bus, trailer) into which the incomplete vehicle may appropriately be manufactured.
</P>
<P>(7) Listing, by number, of each standard, in effect at the time of manufacture of the incomplete vehicle, that applies to any of the vehicle types listed in paragraph (a)(6) of this section, followed in each case by one of the following three types of statement, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) Type 1—A statement that the vehicle when completed will conform to the standard if no alterations are made in identified components of the incomplete vehicle.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>104-This vehicle when completed will conform to FMVSS No. 104, Windshield Wiping and Washing Systems, if no alterations are made in the windshield wiper components.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(ii) Type 2—A statement of specific conditions of final manufacture under which the manufacturer specifies that the completed vehicle will conform to the standard.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>121—This vehicle when completed will conform to FMVSS No. 121, Air Brake Systems, if it does not exceed any of the gross axle weight ratings, if the center of gravity at GVWR is not higher than nine feet above the ground, and if no alterations are made in any brake system component.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(iii) Type 3—A statement that conformity with the standard cannot be determined based upon the components supplied on the incomplete vehicle, and that the incomplete vehicle manufacturer makes no representation as to conformity with the standard.
</P>
<P>(8) Each document shall contain a table of contents or chart summarizing all the standards applicable to the vehicle pursuant to 49 CFR 568.4(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(9) A certification that the statements contained in the incomplete vehicle document are accurate as of the date of manufacture of the incomplete vehicle and can be used and relied on by any intermediate and/or final-stage manufacturer as a basis for certification.
</P>
<P>(b) To the extent the IVD expressly incorporates by reference body builder or other design and engineering guidance (Reference Material), the incomplete vehicle manufacturer shall make such Reference Material readily available to subsequent manufacturers. Reference Materials incorporated by reference in the IVD shall be deemed to be part of the IVD.
</P>
<P>(c) The IVD shall be attached to the incomplete vehicle in such a manner that it will not be inadvertently detached, or alternatively, it may be sent directly to a final-stage manufacturer, intermediate manufacturer or purchaser for purposes other than resale to whom the incomplete vehicle is delivered. The Reference Material in paragraph (b) of this section need not be attached to each vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 7434, Feb. 14, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 28197, May 15, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 568.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.38.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 568.5   Requirements for intermediate manufacturers.</HEAD>
<P>Each intermediate manufacturer of a vehicle manufactured in two or more stages shall furnish to the final-stage manufacturer the document required by 49 CFR 568.4 in the manner specified in that section. If any of the changes in the vehicle made by the intermediate manufacturer affects the validity of the statements in the IVD, that manufacturer shall furnish an addendum to the IVD that contains its name and mailing address and an indication of all changes that should be made in the IVD to reflect changes that it made to the vehicle. The addendum shall contain a certification by the intermediate manufacturer that the statements contained in the addendum are accurate as of the date of manufacture by the intermediate manufacturer and can be used and relied on by any subsequent intermediate manufacturer(s) and the final-stage manufacturer as a basis for certification.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 568.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.38.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 568.6   Requirements for final-stage manufacturers.</HEAD>
<P>Each final-stage manufacturer shall complete the vehicle in such a manner that it conforms to the applicable standards in effect on the date selected by the final-stage manufacturer, including the date of manufacture of the incomplete vehicle, the date of final completion, or a date between those two dates. This requirement shall, however, be superseded by any conflicting provisions of a standard that applies by its terms to vehicles manufactured in two or more stages.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 568.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.38.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 568.7   Requirements for manufacturers who assume legal responsibility for a vehicle.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an incomplete vehicle manufacturer assumes legal responsibility for all duties and liabilities imposed on manufacturers by the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. chapter 301) (hereafter referred to as the Act), with respect to a vehicle as finally manufactured, the requirements of §§ 568.4, 568.5 and 568.6 do not apply to that vehicle. In such a case, the incomplete vehicle manufacturer shall ensure that a label is affixed to the final vehicle in conformity with 49 CFR 567.5(f).
</P>
<P>(b) If an intermediate manufacturer of a vehicle assumes legal responsibility for all duties and liabilities imposed on manufacturers by the Vehicle Safety Act, with respect to the vehicle as finally manufactured, §§ 568.5 and 568.6 do not apply to that vehicle. In such a case, the intermediate manufacturer shall ensure that a label is affixed to the final vehicle in conformity with 49 CFR 567.5(g). The assumption of responsibility by an intermediate manufacturer does not, however, change the requirements for incomplete vehicle manufacturers in § 568.4.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="569" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.39" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 569—REGROOVED TIRES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 119, 204, 80 Stat. 728, 729 (15 U.S.C. 1407, 1424); and Secretary's delegation of authority, 49 CFR 1.4(c).


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 569.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.39.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 569.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part sets forth the conditions under which regrooved and regroovable tires manufactured or regrooved after the effective date of the regulation may be sold, offered for sale, introduced for sale or delivered for introduction into interstate commerce.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 21613, Apr. 28, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 569.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.39.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 569.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Statutory definitions. All terms used in this part that are defined in section 102 of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 (15 U.S.C. 1391) are used as defined in the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) Motor Vehicle Safety Standard definitions. Unless otherwise indicated, all terms used in this part that are defined in the Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, part 571, of this subchapter (hereinafter “The Standards”), are used as defined therein without regard to the applicability of a standard in which a definition is contained.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Regroovable tire</I> means a tire, either original tread or retread, designed and constructed with sufficient tread material to permit renewal of the tread pattern or the generation of a new tread pattern in a manner which conforms to this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Regrooved tire</I> means a tire, either original tread or retread, on which the tread pattern has been renewed or a new tread has been produced by cutting into the tread of a worn tire to a depth equal to or deeper than the molded original groove depth.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[34 FR 1150, Jan. 24, 1969. Redesignated at 35 FR 5118, Mar. 26, 1970]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 569.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.39.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 569.5   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to all motor vehicle regrooved or regroovable tires manufactured or regrooved after the effective date of the regulation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Export.</I> This part does not apply to regrooved or regroovable tires intended solely for export and so labeled or tagged.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[34 FR 1150, Jan. 24, 1969. Redesignated at 35 FR 5118, Mar. 26, 1970]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 569.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.39.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 569.7   Requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Regrooved tires.</I> (1) Except as permitted by paragraph (a)(2) of this section, no person shall sell, offer for sale, or introduce or deliver for introduction into interstate commerce regrooved tires produced by removing rubber from the surface of a worn tire tread to generate a new tread pattern. Any person who regrooves tires and leases them to owners or operators of motor vehicles and any person who regrooves his own tires for use on motor vehicles is considered to be a person delivering for introduction into interstate commerce within the meaning of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) A regrooved tire may be sold, offered for sale, or introduced for sale or delivered for introduction into interstate commerce only if it conforms to each of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The tire being regrooved shall be a regroovable tire;
</P>
<P>(ii) After regrooving, cord material below the grooves shall have a protective covering of tread material at least 
<FR>3/32</FR>-inch thick;
</P>
<P>(iii) After regrooving, the new grooves generated into the tread material and any residual original molded tread groove which is at or below the new regrooved depth shall have a minimum of 90 linear inches of tread edges per linear foot of the circumference;
</P>
<P>(iv) After regrooving, the new groove width generated into the tread material shall be a minimum of 
<FR>3/16</FR>-inch and a maximum of 
<FR>5/16</FR>-inch;
</P>
<P>(v) After regrooving, all new grooves cut into the tread shall provide unobstructed fluid escape passages; and
</P>
<P>(vi) After regrooving, the tire shall not contain any of the following defects, as determined by a visual examination of the tire either mounted on the rim, or dismounted, whichever is applicable:
</P>
<P>(A) Cracking which extends to the fabric,
</P>
<P>(B) Groove cracks or wear extending to the fabric, or
</P>
<P>(C) Evidence of ply, tread, or sidewall separation;
</P>
<P>(vii) If the tire is siped by cutting the tread surface without removing rubber, the tire cord material shall not be damaged as a result of the siping process, and no sipe shall be deeper than the original or retread groove depth.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Siped regroovable tires.</I> No person shall sell, offer for sale, or introduce for sale or deliver for introduction into interstate commerce a regroovable tire that has been siped by cutting the tread surface without removing rubber if the tire cord material is damaged as a result of the siping process, or if the tire is siped deeper than the original or retread groove depth.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 15039, Apr. 30, 1974, as amended at 42 FR 21613, Apr. 28, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 569.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.39.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 569.9   Labeling of regroovable tires.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Regroovable tires.</I> After August 30, 1969, each tire designed and constructed for regrooving shall be labeled on both sidewalls with the word “Regroovable” molded on or into the tire in raised or recessed letters 0.025 to 0.040 inch. The word “Regroovable” shall be in letters 0.38 to 0.50 inch in height and not less than 4 inches and not more than 6 inches in length. The lettering shall be located in the sidewall of the tire between the maximum section width and the bead in an area which will not be obstructed by the rim flange.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[34 FR 1150, Jan. 24, 1969; 34 FR 1830, Feb. 7, 1969]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="570" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 570—VEHICLE IN USE INSPECTION STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 103, 108, 119, Pub. L. 89-563, 80 Stat. 718 (15 U.S.C. 1392, 1397, 1407); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Vehicles With GVWR of 10,000 Pounds or Less</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>38 FR 23950, Sept. 5, 1973, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 570.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part specifies standards and procedures for inspection of hydraulic service brake systems, steering and suspension systems, and tire and wheel assemblies of motor vehicles in use.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.2" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to establish criteria for the inspection of motor vehicles by State inspection systems, in order to reduce death and injuries attributable to failure or inadequate performance of motor vehicle systems.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part does not in itself impose requirements on any person. It is intended to be implemented by States through the highway safety program standards issued under the Highway Safety Act (23 U.S.C. 402) with respect to inspection of motor vehicles with gross vehicle weight rating of 10,000 pounds or less, except motorcycles or trailers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise indicated, all terms used in this part that are defined in 49 CFR part 571, Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, are used as defined in that part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.5   Service brake system.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise noted, the force to be applied during inspection procedures to power-assisted and full-power brake systems is 25 lb, and to all other systems, 50 lb.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Failure indicator.</I> The brake system failure indicator lamp, if part of a vehicle's original equipment, shall be operable. (This lamp is required by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 105, 49 CFR 571.105, on every new passenger car manufactured on or after January 1, 1968, and on other types of motor vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1975.)
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition to start, or verify lamp operation by other means indicated by the vehicle manufacturer that the brake system failure indicator lamp is operable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake system integrity.</I> The brake system shall demonstrate integrity as indicated by no perceptible decrease in pedal height under a 125 pound force applied to the brake pedal or by no illumination of the brake system failure indicator lamp. The brake system shall withstand the application of force to the pedal without failure of any line or other part.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedures.</I> With the engine running on vehicles equipped with power brake systems, and the ignition turned to “on” in other vehicles, apply a force of 125 pounds to the brake pedal and hold for 10 seconds. Note any decrease in pedal height, and whether the lamp illuminates.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Brake pedal reserve.</I> When the brake pedal is fully depressed, the distance that the pedal has traveled from its free position shall be not greater than 80 percent of the total distance from its free position to the floorboard or other object that restricts pedal travel.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Measure the distance (A) from the free pedal position to the floorboard or other object that restricts brake pedal travel. Depress the brake pedal, and with the force applied measure the distance (B) from the depressed pedal position to the floorboard or other object that restricts pedal travel.
</P>
<FP>Determine the percentage as
</FP>
<FP-2>[(A−B)/A] × 100.
</FP-2>
<FP>The engine must be operating when power-assisted brakes are checked. The pedal reserve check is not required for vehicles equipped with full power (central hydraulic) brake systems, or to vehicles with brake systems designed to operate with greater than 80 percent pedal travel.
</FP>
<P>(d) <I>Service brake performance.</I> Compliance with one of the following performance criteria will satisfy the requirements of this section. Verify that tire inflation pressure is within the limits recommended by vehicle manufacturer before conducting either of the following tests.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Roller-type or drive-on platform tests.</I> The force applied by the brake on a front wheel or a rear wheel shall not differ by more than 20 percent from the force applied by the brake on the other front wheel or the other rear wheel respectively.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> The vehicle shall be tested on a drive-on platform, or a roller-type brake analyzer with the capability of measuring equalization. The test shall be conducted in accordance with the test equipment manufacturer's specifications. Note the left to right brake force variance.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Road test.</I> The service brake system shall stop the vehicle in a distance of 25 feet or less from a speed of 20 miles per hour without leaving a 12-foot-wide lane.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> The road test shall be conducted on a level (not to exceed plus or minus one percent grade) dry, smooth, hard-surfaced road that is free from loose material, oil, or grease. The service brakes shall be applied at a vehicle speed of 20 miles per hour and the vehicle shall be brought to a stop as specified. Measure the distance required to stop.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Brake hoses and assemblies.</I> Brake hoses shall not be mounted so as to contact the vehicle body or chassis. Hoses shall not be cracked, chafed, or flattened. Protective devices, such as “rub rings,” shall not be considered part of the hose or tubing.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually, inspecting front brake hoses through all wheel positions from full left to full right for conditions indicated.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>To inspect for paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) of this section, remove at a minimum one front wheel and one rear wheel.</P></NOTE>
<P>(f) <I>Disc and drum condition.</I> If the drum is embossed with a maximum safe diameter dimension or the rotor is embossed with a minimum safety thickness dimension, the drum or disc shall be within the appropriate specifications. These dimensions will be found on motor vehicles manufactured since January 1, 1971, and may be found on vehicles manufactured for several years prior to that time. If the drums and discs are not embossed, the drums and discs shall be within the manufacturer's specifications.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for condition indicated, measuring as necessary.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Friction materials.</I> On each brake the thickness of the lining or pad shall not be less than one thirty-second of an inch over the rivet heads, or the brake shoe on bonded linings or pads. Brake linings and pads shall not have cracks or breaks that extend to rivet holes except minor cracks that do not impair attachment. Drum brake linings shall be securely attached to brake shoes. Disc brake pads shall be securely attached to shoe plates.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for conditions indicated, and measure height of rubbing surface of lining over rivet heads. Measure bonded lining thickness over shoe surface at the thinnest point on the lining or pad.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Structural and mechanical parts.</I> Backing plates and caliper assemblies shall not be deformed or cracked. System parts shall not be broken, misaligned, missing, binding, or show evidence of severe wear. Automatic adjusters and other parts shall be assembled and installed correctly.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for conditions indicated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 23950, Sept. 5, 1973; 38 FR 25685, Sept. 14, 1973, as amended at 39 FR 12868, Apr. 9, 1974; 39 FR 17321, May 15, 1974]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.6" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.6   Brake power unit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Vacuum hoses shall not be collapsed, abraded, broken, improperly mounted, or audibly leaking. With residual vacuum exhausted and a constant 25 pound force on the brake pedal, the pedal shall fall slightly when the engine is started, demonstrating integrity of the power assist system. This test is not applicable to vehicles equipped with full power brake system as the service brake performance test shall be considered adequate test of system performance.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> With engine running, examine hoses visually and aurally for conditions indicated. Stop engine and apply service brakes several times to destroy vacuum in system. Depress brake pedal with 25 pounds of force and while maintaining that force, start the engine. If brake pedal does not fall slightly under force when the engine starts, there is a malfunction in the power assist system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.7   Steering systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>System play.</I> Lash or free play in the steering system shall not exceed values shown in Table 1.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> With the engine on and the wheels in the straight ahead position, turn the steering wheel in one direction until there is a perceptible movement of a front wheel. If a point on the steering wheel rim moves more than the value shown in Table 1 before perceptible return movement of the wheel under observation, there is excessive lash or free play in the steering system.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Steering System Free Play Values
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Steering wheel diameter (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lash (inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>3/4</fr></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Linkage play.</I> Free play in the steering linkage shall not exceed one-quarter of an inch.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Elevate the front end of the vehicle to load the ball joints. Insure that wheel bearings are correctly adjusted. Grasp the front and rear of a tire and attempt to turn the tire and wheel assembly left and right. If the free movement at the front or rear tread of the tire exceeds one-quarter inch there is excessive steering linkage play.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Free turning.</I> Steering wheels shall turn freely through the limit of travel in both directions.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Turn off steering wheel through the limit of travel in both directions. Feel for binding or jamming in the steering gear mechanism.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Alignment.</I> Toe-in and toe-out measurements shall not be greater than 1.5 times the value listed in the vehicle manufacturer's service specification for alignment setting.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Verify that toe-in or toe-out is not greater than 1.5 times the values listed in the vehicle manufacturer's service specification for alignment settings as measured by a bar-type scuff gauge or other toe-in measuring device. Values to convert toe-in readings in inches to scuff gauge readings in ft/mi side-slip for different wheel sizes are provided in Table I. Tire diameters used in computing scuff gauge readings are based on the average maximum tire dimensions of grown tires in service for typical wheel and tire assemblies.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Toe-in Settings From Vehicle MFR's Service Specifications
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Wheel size (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Nominal tire diameter (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="9" scope="col">Readings in feet per mile sideslip
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>1/16</fr> in
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>1/8</fr> in
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>3/16</fr> in
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>1/4</fr> in
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>5/16</fr> in
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>3/8</fr> in
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>7/16</fr> in
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>1/2</fr> in
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>9/16</fr> in
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">87.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">112.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">83.7</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) <I>Power steering system.</I> The power steering system shall not have cracked or slipping belts, or insufficient fluid in the reservoir.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine fluid reservoir and pump belts for conditions indicated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 23950, Sept. 5, 1973, as amended at 39 FR 12868, Apr. 9, 1974]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.8   Suspension systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Suspension condition.</I> Ball joint seals shall not be cut or cracked. Structural parts shall not be bent or damaged. Stabilizer bars shall be connected. Springs shall not be broken, or extended above the vehicle manufacturer's design height. Spacers, if installed, shall be installed on both front springs, both rear springs, or on all four springs. Shock absorber mountings, shackles, and U-bolts shall be securely attached. Rubber bushings shall not be cracked, extruded out from or missing from suspension joints. Radius rods shall not be missing or damaged.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine front and rear end suspension parts for conditions indicated.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Shock absorber condition.</I> There shall be no oil on the shock absorber housing attributable to leakage by the seal, and the vehicle shall not continue free rocking motion for more than two cycles.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine shock absorbers for oil leaking from within, then with vehicle on a level surface, push down on one end of vehicle and release. Note number of cycles of free rocking motion. Repeat procedure at other end of vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 23950, Sept. 5, 1973, as amended at 44 FR 68470, Nov. 29, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.9   Tires.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Tread depth.</I> The tread on each tire shall be not less than two thirty-seconds of an inch deep.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Passenger car tires have tread depth indicators that become exposed when tread depth is less than two thirty-seconds of an inch. Inspect for indicators in any two adjacent major grooves at three locations spaced approximately equally around the outside of the tire. For vehicles other than passenger cars, it may be necessary to measure tread depth with a tread gauge.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type.</I> Vehicle shall be equipped with tires on the same axle that are matched in tire size designation, construction, and profile.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedures.</I> Examine visually. A major mismatch in tire size designation, construction, and profile between tires on the same axle, or a major deviation from the size as recommended by the manufacturer (e.g., as indicated on the glove box placard on 1968 and later passenger cars) are causes for rejection.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General condition.</I> Tires shall be free from chunking, bumps, knots, or bulges evidencing cord, ply, or tread separation from the casing or other adjacent materials.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for conditions indicated.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Damage.</I> Tire cords or belting materials shall not be exposed, either to the naked eye or when cuts or abrasions on the tire are probed.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedures.</I> Examine visually for conditions indicated, using a blunt instrument if necessary to probe cuts or abrasions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 23950, Sept. 5, 1973, as amended at 39 FR 12868, Apr. 9, 1974; 39 FR 19781, June 4, 1974]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.1.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.10   Wheel assemblies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Wheel integrity.</I> A tire rim, wheel disc, or spider shall have no visible cracks, elongated bolt holes, or indication of repair by welding.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for conditions indicated.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Deformation.</I> The lateral and radial runout of each rim bead area shall not exceed one-eighth of an inch of total indicated runout.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Using a runout indicator gauge, and a suitable stand, measure lateral and radial runout of rim bead through one full wheel revolution and note runout in excess of one-eighth of an inch.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Mounting.</I> All wheel nuts and bolts shall be in place and tight.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Check wheel retention for conditions indicated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 23950, Sept. 5, 1973, as amended at 39 FR 12868, Apr. 9, 1974]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Vehicles With GVWR of More Than 10,000 Pounds</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>39 FR 26027, July 16, 1974, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 570.51" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.51   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part specifies standards and procedures for the inspection of brake, steering and suspension systems, and tire and wheel assemblies, of motor vehicles in use with a gross vehicle weight rating of more than 10,000 pounds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.52" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.52   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to establish criteria for the inspection of motor vehicles through State inspection programs, in order to reduce deaths and injuries attributable to failure or inadequate performance of the motor vehicle systems covered by this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.53" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.53   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part does not in itself impose requirements on any person. It is intended to be implemented by States through the highway safety program standards issued under the Highway Safety Act (23 U.S.C. 402) with respect to inspection of motor vehicles with gross vehicle weight rating greater than 10,000 pounds, except mobile structure trailers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 28980, Aug. 13, 1974]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.54" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.54   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise indicated, all terms used in this part that are defined in part 571 of this chapter, Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, are used as defined in that part.
</P>
<P><I>Air-over-hydraulic brake subsystem</I> means a subsystem of the air brake that uses compressed air to transmit a force from the driver control to a hydraulic brake system to actuate the service brakes.
</P>
<P><I>Electric brake system</I> means a system that uses electric current to actuate the service brake.
</P>
<P><I>Vacuum brake system</I> means a system that uses a vacuum and atmospheric pressure for transmitting a force from the driver control to the service brake, but does not include a system that uses vacuum only to assist the driver in applying muscular force to hydraulic or mechanical components.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.55" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.55   Hydraulic brake system.</HEAD>
<P>The following requirements apply to vehicles with hydraulic brake systems.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Brake system failure indicator.</I> The hydraulic brake system failure indicator lamp, if part of a vehicle's original equipment, shall be operable.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition to start to verify that the brake system failure indicator lamp is operable, or verify by other means recommended by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake system integrity.</I> The hydraulic brake system shall demonstrate integrity as indicated by no perceptible decrease in pedal height under a 125-pound force applied to the brake pedal and by no illumination of the brake system failure indicator lamp. The brake system shall withstand the application of force to the pedal without failure of any tube, hose or other part.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> With the engine running in vehicles equipped with power brake systems and the ignition turned to “on” in other vehicles, apply a force of 125 pounds to the brake pedal and hold for 10 seconds. Note any additional decrease in pedal height after the initial decrease, and whether the brake system failure indicator lamp illuminates.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Brake pedal reserve.</I> When the brake pedal is depressed with a force of 50 pounds, the distance that the pedal has traveled from its free position shall be not greater than 80 percent of the total distance from its free position to the floorboard or other object that restricts pedal travel. The brake pedal reserve test is not required for vehicles with brake systems designed by the original vehicle, manufacturer to operate with greater than 80 percent pedal travel.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Measure the distance (i) from the free pedal position to the floor board or other object that restricts brake pedal travel. Depress the brake pedal, and with the force applied measure the distance (ii) from the depressed pedal position to the floor board or other object that restricts pedal travel. Determine the pedal travel percentage as
</P>
<FP-2>[(A − B) / A] × 100
</FP-2>
<FP>The engine must be operating when power-assisted brakes are checked.
</FP>
<P>(d) <I>Brake hoses, master cylinder, tubes and tube assemblies.</I> Hydraulic brake hoses shall not be mounted so as to contact the vehicle body or chassis. Hoses shall not be cracked, chafed, or flattened. Brake tubes shall not be flattened or restricted. Brake hoses and tubes shall be attached or supported to prevent damage by vibration or abrasion. Master cylinder shall not show signs of leakage. Hose or tube protective rings or devices shall not be considered part of the hose or tubing.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually brake master cylinder, hoses and tubes, including front brake hoses, through all wheel positions from full left turn to full right turn for conditions indicated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 26027, July 16, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 5160, Feb. 4, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.56" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.56   Vacuum brake assist unit and vacuum brake system.</HEAD>
<P>The following requirements apply to vehicles with vacuum brake assist units and vacuum brake systems.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Vacuum brake assist unit integrity.</I> The vacuum brake assist unit shall demonstrate integrity as indicated by a decrease in pedal height when the engine is started and a constant 50-pound force is maintained on the pedal.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Stop the engine and apply service brake several times to destroy vacuum in system. Depress the brake pedal with 50 pounds of force and while maintaining that force, start the engine. If the brake pedal does not move slightly under force when the engine starts, there is a malfunction in the power assist unit.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Low-vacuum indicator.</I> If the vehicle has a low-vacuum indicator, the indicator activation level shall not be less than 8 inches of mercury.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Run the engine to evacuate the system fully. Shut off the engine and slowly reduce the vacuum in the system by moderate brake applications until the vehicle vacuum gauge reads 8 inches of mercury. Observe the functioning of the low-vacuum indicator.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Vacuum brake system integrity.</I> (1) The vacuum brake system shall demonstrate integrity by meeting the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The vacuum brake system shall provide vacuum reserve to permit one service brake application with a brake pedal force of 50 pounds after the engine is turned off without actuating the low vacuum indicator.
</P>
<P>(ii) Trailer vacuum brakes shall operate in conjunction with the truck or truck tractor brake pedal.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> (i) Check the trailer vacuum system by coupling trailer(s) to truck or truck tractor and opening trailer shutoff valves. Start the engine and after allowing approximately 1 minute to build up the vacuum, apply and release the brake pedal. In the case of trailer brakes equipped with brake chamber rods, observe the chamber rod movement. Run the engine to re-establish maximum vacuum, then shut off the engine and apply the brakes with a 50-pound force on the brake pedal. Note the brake application and check for low-vacuum indicator activation.
</P>
<P>(ii) For a combination vehicle equipped with breakaway protection and no reservoir on the towing vehicle supply line, close the supply line shutoff valve and disconnect the supply line. Apply a 50-pound force to the brake pedal on the towing vehicle and release. Trailer brakes should remain in the applied position.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Vacuum system hoses, tubes and connections.</I> Vacuum hoses, tubes and connections shall be in place and properly supported. Vacuum hoses shall not be collapsed, cracked or abraded.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> With the engine running, examine hoses and tubes for the conditions indicated and note broken or missing clamps.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.57" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.57   Air brake system and air-over-hydraulic brake subsystem.</HEAD>
<P>The following requirements apply to vehicles with air brake and air-over-hydraulic brake systems. Trailer(s) must be coupled to a truck or truck-tractor for the purpose of this inspection, except as noted.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Air brake system integrity.</I> The air brake system shall demonstrate integrity by meeting the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) With the vehicle in a stationary position, compressed air reserve shall be sufficient to permit one full service brake application, after the engine is stopped and with the system fully charged, without lowering reservoir pressure more than 20 percent below the initial reading.
</P>
<P>(2) The air brake system compressor shall increase the air pressure in the reservoir(s) from the level developed after the test prescribed in § 570.57(a)(1) to the initial pressure noted before the full brake application, with the engine running at the manufacturer's maximum recommended number of revolutions per minute with the compressor governor in the cut-off position, in not more than 30 seconds for vehicles manufactured prior to March 1, 1975. For vehicles, manufactured on or after March 1, 1975, the time allowed for air pressure buildup shall not exceed 45 seconds.
</P>
<P>(3) The warning device (visual or audible) connected to the brake system air pressure source shall be activated when air pressure is lowered to an activating level that is not less than 50 psi. For vehicles manufactured to conform to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 121, the low-pressure indicator shall be activated when air pressure is lowered to an activating level that is not less than 60 psi.
</P>
<P>(4) The governor cut-in pressure shall be not lower than 80 psi, and the cut-out pressure shall be not higher than 135 psi, unless other values are recommended by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(5) Air brake pressure shall not drop more than 2 psi in 1 minute for single vehicles or more than 3 psi in 1 minute for combination vehicles, with the engine stopped and service brakes released. There may be an additional 1 psi drop per minute for each additional towed vehicle.
</P>
<P>(6) With the reservoir(s) fully charged, air pressure shall not drop more than 3 psi in 1 minute for single vehicles or more than 4 psi in 1 minute for combination vehicles, with the engine stopped and service brakes fully applied. There may be an additional 1 psi drop per minute for each additional towed vehicle.
</P>
<P>(7) The compressor drive belt shall not be badly worn or frayed and belt-tension shall be sufficient to prevent slippage.
</P>
<FP><I>Inspection procedure.</I> With the air system charged, open the drain cocks in the service and supply reservoir on the truck or truck-tractor. Note the pressure at which the visual or audible warning device connected to the low-pressure indicator is activated. Close the drain cocks, and, with the trailer(s) uncoupled, check air pressure buildup at the manufacturer's recommended engine speed. Observe the time required to raise the air pressure from 85 to 100 psi. Continue running the engine until the governor cuts out and note the pressure. Reduce engine speed to idle, couple the trailer(s), if applicable, and make a series of brake applications. Note the pressure at which the governor cuts in. Increased engine speed to fast idle and charge the system to its governed pressure. Stop the engine and record the pressure drop in psi per minute with brakes released and with brakes fully applied.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Air brake system hoses, tubes and connections.</I> Air system tubes, hoses and connections shall not be restricted, cracked or improperly supported, and the air hose shall not be abraded.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Stop the engine and examine air hoses, tubes and connections visually for conditions specified.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Air-over-hydraulic brake subsystem integrity.</I> The air-over-hydraulic brake subsystem shall demonstrate integrity by meeting the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The air brake system compressor shall increase the air pressure in the reservoir(s) from the level developed after the test prescribed in § 570.57(a)(1) to the initial pressure noted before the full brake application, with the engine running at the manufacturer's recommended number of revolutions per minute and the compressor governor in the cut-out position, in not more than 30 seconds for vehicles manufactured prior to March 1, 1975. For vehicles manufactured on or after March 1, 1975, the time for air pressure build up shall not exceed 45 seconds.
</P>
<P>(2) The warning device (visual or audible) connected to the brake system air pressure source shall be activated when the air pressure is lowered to not less than 50 psi.
</P>
<P>(3) The governor cut-in pressure shall be not lower than 80 psi, and the cut-out pressure shall not be higher than 135 psi, unless other values are recommended by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(4) Air brake pressure shall not drop more than 2 psi in 1 minute for single vehicles or more than 3 psi in 1 minute for combination vehicles, with the engine stopped and service brakes released. Allow a 1-psi drop per minute for each additional towed vehicle.
</P>
<P>(5) With the reservoir(s) fully charged, air pressure shall not drop more than 3 psi in 1 minute for single vehicles or more than 4 psi in 1 minute for combination vehicles, with the engine stopped and service brakes fully applied. Allow a 1-psi pressure drop in 1 minute for each additional towed vehicle.
</P>
<P>(6) The compressor drive belt shall not be badly worn or frayed and belt tension shall be sufficient to prevent slippage.
</P>
<FP><I>Inspection procedure.</I> With the air system charged, open the drain cocks in the service and supply reservoir on the truck or truck-tractor. Note the pressure at which the visual or audible warning device connected to the low pressure indicator is activated. Close the drain cocks and, with the trailers uncoupled, check air pressure buildup at the manufacturer's recommended engine speed. Observe the time required to raise the air pressure from 85 to 100 psi. Continue running the engine until the governor cuts out and note the pressure. Reduce engine speed to idle, couple trailers, and make a series of brake applications. Note the pressure at which the governor cuts in. Increase engine speed to fast idle and charge the system to its governed pressure. Stop the engine and record the pressure drop in psi per minute with brakes released and with brakes fully applied.
</FP>
<P>(d) <I>Air-over-hydraulic brake subsystem hoses, master cylinder, tubes and connections.</I> System tubes, hoses and connections shall not be cracked or improperly supported, the air and hydraulic hoses shall not be abraded and the master cylinder shall not show signs of leakage.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Stop the engine and examine air and hydraulic brake hoses, brake master cylinder, tubes and connections visually for conditions specified.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 26027, July 16, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 5160, Feb. 4, 1975; 41 FR 13924, Apr. 1, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.58" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.58   Electric brake system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Electric brake system integrity.</I> The average brake amperage value shall be not more than 20 percent above, and not less than 30 percent below, the brake manufacturer's maximum current rating. In progressing from zero to maximum, the ammeter indication shall show no fluctuation evidencing a short circuit or other interruption of current.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Insert a low range (0 to 25 amperes for most 2- and 4-brake systems and 0 to 40 amperes for a 6-brake system) d.c. ammeter into the brake circuit between the controller and the brakes. With the controller in the “off” position, the ammeter should read zero. Gradually apply the controller to the “full on” position for a brief period (not to exceed 1 minute) and observe the maximum ammeter reading. Gradually return the controller to “full off” and observe return to zero amperes. Divide the maximum ammeter reading by the number of brakes and determine the brake amperage value.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electric brake wiring condition.</I> Electric brake wiring shall not be frayed. Wiring clips or brackets shall not be broken or missing. Terminal connections shall be clean. Conductor wire gauge shall not be below the brake manufacturer's minimum recommendation.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for conditions specified.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.59" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.59   Service brake system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Service brake performance.</I> Compliance with any one of the following performance criteria will satisfy the requirements of this section. Verify that tire inflation pressure is within the limits recommended by the vehicle manufacturer before conducting either of the following tests.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Roller-type or drive-on platform tests.</I> The force applied by the brake on a front wheel or a rear wheel shall not differ by more than 25 percent from the force applied by the brake on the other front wheel or the other rear wheel respectively.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> The vehicle shall be tested on a drive-on platform, or a roller-type brake analyzer with the capability of measuring equalization. The test shall be conducted in accordance with the test equipment manufacturer's specifications. Note the brake force variance.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Road test.</I> The service brake system shall stop single unit vehicles, except truck-tractors, in a distance of not more than 35 feet, or combination vehicles and truck-tractors in a distance of not more than 40 feet, from a speed of 20 mph, without leaving a 12-foot-wide lane.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> The road test shall be conducted on a level (not to exceed plus or minus 1 percent grade), dry, smooth, hard-surfaced road that is free from loose material, oil or grease. The service brakes shall be applied at a vehicle speed of 20 mph and the vehicle shall be brought to a stop as specified. Measure the distance required to stop.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Inspect for paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section on vehicles equipped with brake inspection ports or access openings, and when removal of wheel is not required.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Disc and drum condition.</I> If the drum is embossed with a maximum safe diameter dimension or the rotor is embossed with a minimum safe thickness dimension, the drum or disc shall be within the appropriate specifications. These dimensions will generally be found on motor vehicles manufactured since January 1, 1971, and may be found on vehicles manufactured for several years prior to that time. If the drums and discs are not embossed, they shall be within the manufacturer's specifications.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for the condition indicated, measuring as necessary.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Friction materials.</I> On each brake, the thickness of the lining or pad shall not be less than one thirty-second of an inch over the fastener, or one-sixteenth of an inch over the brake shoe on bonded linings or pads. Brake linings and pads shall not have cracks or breaks that extend to rivet holes except minor cracks that do not impair attachment. The wire in wire-backed lining shall not be visible on the friction surface. Drum brake linings shall be securely attached to brake shoes. Disc brake pads shall be securely attached to shoe plates.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for the conditions indicated, and measure the height of the rubbing surface of the lining over the fastener heads. Measure bonded lining thickness over the surface at the thinnest point on the lining or pad.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Structural and mechanical parts.</I> Backing plates, brake spiders and caliper assemblies shall not be deformed or cracked. System parts shall not be broken, misaligned, missing, binding, or show evidence of severe wear. Automatic adjusters and other parts shall be assembled and installed correctly.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for conditions indicated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.60" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.60   Steering system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>System play.</I> Lash or free play in the steering system shall not exceed the values shown in Table 2.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> With the engine on and the steering axle wheels in the straight ahead position, turn the steering wheel in one direction until there is a perceptible movement of the wheel. If a point on the steering wheel rim moves more than the value shown in Table 1 before perceptible return movement of the wheel under observation, there is excessive lash or free play in the steering system.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Steering Wheel Free Play Values
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Steering wheel diameter (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lash (inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/2</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>3/4</fr></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Linkage play.</I> Free play in the steering linkage shall not exceed the values shown in Table 3.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Elevate the front end of the vehicle to load the ball joints, if the vehicle is so equipped. Insure that wheel bearings are correctly adjusted. Grasp the front and rear of a tire and attempt to turn the tire and wheel assemble left and right. If the free movement at the front or rear tread of the tire exceeds the applicable value shown in Table 3, there is excessive steering linkage play.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Front Wheel Steering Linkage Free Play
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Nominal bead diameter or rim size (inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Play (inches)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16.01 through 18.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18.01 or more</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Free turning.</I> Steering wheels shall turn freely through the limit of travel in both directions.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> With the engine running on a vehicle with power steering, or the steerable wheels elevated on a vehicle without power steering, turn the steering wheel through the limit of travel in both directions. Feel for binding or jamming in the steering gear mechanism.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Alignment.</I> Toe-in or toe-out condition shall not be greater than 1.5 times the values listed in the vehicle manufacturer's service specification for alignment setting.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Drive the vehicle over a sideslip indicator or measure with a tread gauge, and verify that the toe-in or toe-out is not greater than 1.5 times the values listed in the vehicle manufacturer's service specification.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Power steering system.</I> The power steering system shall not have cracked, frayed or slipping belts, chafed or abrated hoses, show signs of leakage or have insufficient fluid in the reservoir.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine fluid reservoir, hoses and pump belts for the conditions indicated.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Inspection of the suspension system must not precede the service brake performance test.</P></NOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.61" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.61   Suspension system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Suspension condition.</I> Ball joint seals shall not be cut or cracked, other than superficial surface cracks. Ball joints and kingpins shall not be bent or damaged. Stabilizer bars shall be connected. Springs shall not be broken and coil springs shall not be extended by spacers. Shock absorber mountings, shackles, and U-bolts shall be securely attached. Rubber bushings shall not be cracked, extruded out from or missing from suspension joints. Radius rods shall not be missing or damaged.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine front and rear end suspension parts for the conditions indicated.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Shock absorber condition.</I> There shall be no oil on the shock absorber housings attributable to leakage by the seal.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine shock absorbers for oil leakage from within.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.62" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.62   Tires.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Tread depth.</I> The tread shall be not less than four thirty-seconds of an inch deep on each front tire of any vehicle other than a trailer and not less than two thirty-seconds of an inch on all other tires.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> For tires with treadwear indicators, check for indicators in any two adjacent major grooves at three locations spaced approximately 120° apart around the circumference of the tire. For tires without treadwear indicators, measure the tread depth with a suitable gauge or scale in two adjacent major grooves at 3 locations spaced approximately 120° apart around the circumference of the tire at the area of greatest wear.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type.</I> Vehicles should be equipped with tires on the same axle that are matched in construction and tire size designation, and dual tires shall be matched for overall diameter within one-half inch.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually. A mismatch in size and construction between tires on the same axle, or a major deviation from the size recommended by the vehicle or tire manufacturer, is a cause for rejection. On a dual-tire arrangement the diameter of one of the duals must be within one-half inch of the other as measured by a gauge block inserted between the tire and a caliper.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General condition.</I> Tires shall be free from chunking, bumps, knots, or bulges evidencing cord, ply or tread separation from the casing.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for the conditions indicated.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Damage.</I> Tire cords or belting materials shall not be exposed, either to the naked eye or when cuts on the tire are probed. Reinforcement repairs to the cord body are allowable on tires other than front-mounted tires.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for the conditions indicated, using a blunt instrument if necessary to probe cuts and abrasions.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Special purpose tires.</I> Tires marked “Not For Highway Use” or “Farm Use Only” or other such restrictions shall not be used on any motor vehicles operating on public highways.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for tires labeled with specific restrictions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 570.63" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.40.2.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 570.63   Wheel assemblies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Wheel integrity.</I> A tire rim, wheel disc or spider shall have no visible cracks, elongated bolt holes, or indications of in-service repair by welding.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for the conditions indicated.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cast wheels.</I> Cast wheels shall not be cracked or show evidence of excessive wear in the clamp area.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Examine visually for the conditions indicated.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Mounting.</I> All wheel nuts shall be in place and tight.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inspection procedure.</I> Check wheel retention for the conditions indicated.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="571" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 571—FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117, and 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 571 appear at 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.1" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part contains the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards for motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment established under section 103 of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 (80 Stat. 718).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19703, Dec. 25, 1968. Redesignated at 35 FR 5118, Mar. 26, 1970]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.3" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory definitions.</I> All terms defined in section 102 of the Act are used in their statutory meaning.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other definitions.</I> As used in this chapter—
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 (80 Stat. 718).
</P>
<P><I>Approved,</I> unless used with reference to another person, means approved by the Secretary.
</P>
<P><I>Boat trailer</I> means a trailer designed with cradle-type mountings to transport a boat and configured to permit launching of the boat from the rear of the trailer.
</P>
<P><I>Bus</I> means a motor vehicle with motive power, except a trailer, designed for carrying more than 10 persons.
</P>
<P><I>Curb weight</I> means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment; maximum capacity of engine fuel, oil, and coolant; and, if so equipped, air conditioning and additional weight optional engine.
</P>
<P><I>Designated seating capacity</I> means the number of designated seating positions provided.
</P>
<P><I>Designated seating position</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) For vehicles manufactured prior to September 1, 2011, any plan view location capable of accommodating a person at least as large as a 5th percentile adult female, if the overall seat configuration and design and vehicle design is such that the position is likely to be used as a seating position while the vehicle is in motion, except for auxiliary seating accommodations such as temporary or folding jump seats. Any bench or split-bench seat in a passenger car, truck or multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR less than 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds), having greater than 127 centimeters (50 inches) of hip room (measured in accordance with Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Recommended Practice J1100a, revised September 1975, “Motor Vehicle Dimensions” (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), shall have not less than three designated seating positions, unless the seat design or vehicle design is such that the center position cannot be used for seating. For the sole purpose of determining the classification of any vehicle sold or introduced into interstate commerce for purposes that include carrying students to and from school or related events, any location in such vehicle intended for securement of an occupied wheelchair during vehicle operation shall be regarded as four designated seating positions.
</P>
<P>(2) For vehicles manufactured on and after September 1, 2011, <I>designated seating position</I> means a seat location that has a seating surface width, as described in § 571.10(c) of this part, of at least 330 mm (13 inches). The number of designated seating positions at a seat location is determined according to the procedure set forth in § 571.10(b) of this part. However, for trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating greater than 10,000 lbs, police vehicles as defined in S7 of FMVSS No. 208, firefighting vehicles, ambulances, and motor homes, a seating location that is labeled in accordance with S4.4 of FMVSS No. 207 will not be considered a designated seating position. For the sole purpose of determining the classification of any vehicle sold or introduced into interstate commerce for purposes that include carrying students to and from school or related events, any location in such a vehicle intended for securement of an occupied wheelchair during vehicle operation is regarded as four designated seating positions.
</P>
<P><I>Driver</I> means the occupant of a motor vehicle seated immediately behind the steering control system.
</P>
<P><I>Driver air bag</I> means the air bag installed for the protection of the occupant of the driver's designated seating position.
</P>
<P><I>Driver dummy</I> means the test dummy positioned in the driver's designated seating position.
</P>
<P><I>Driver's designated seating position</I> means a designated seating position providing immediate access to manually operated driving controls. As used in this part, the terms “driver's seating position” and “driver's seat” shall have the same meaning as “driver's designated seating position.”
</P>
<P><I>Emergency brake</I> means a mechanism designed to stop a motor vehicle after a failure of the service brake system.
</P>
<P><I>5th percentile adult female</I> means a person possessing the dimensions and weight of the 5th percentile adult female specified for the total age group in “Weight, Height, and Selected Body Dimensions of Adults: United States—1960-1962,” first published as Public Health Service Publication No. 1000 Series 11-No. 8, June 1965 and republished as DHEW Publication No. (HRA) 76-1074 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P><I>Firefighting vehicle</I> means a vehicle designed exclusively for the purpose of fighting fires.
</P>
<P><I>Fixed collision barrier</I> means a flat, vertical, unyielding surface with the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) The surface is sufficiently large that when struck by a tested vehicle, no portion of the vehicle projects or passes beyond the surface.
</P>
<P>(2) The approach is a horizontal surface that is large enough for the vehicle to attain a stable attitude during its approach to the barrier, and that does not restrict vehicle motion during impact.
</P>
<P>(3) When struck by a vehicle, the surface and its supporting structure absorb no significant portion of the vehicle's kinetic energy, so that a performance requirement described in terms of impact with a fixed collision barrier must be met no matter how small an amount of energy is absorbed by the barrier.
</P>
<P><I>Forward control</I> means a configuration in which more than half of the engine length is rearward of the foremost point of the windshield base and the steering wheel hub is in the forward quarter of the vehicle length.
</P>
<P><I>Full trailer</I> means a trailer, except a pole trailer, that is equipped with two or more axles that support the entire weight of the trailer.
</P>
<P><I>Gross axle weight rating</I> or <I>GAWR</I> means the value specified by the vehicle manufacturer as the load-carrying capacity of a single axle system, as measured at the tire-ground interfaces.
</P>
<P><I>Gross combination weight rating</I> or <I>GCWR</I> means the value specified by the manufacturer as the loaded weight of a combination vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Gross vehicle weight rating</I> or <I>GVWR</I> means the value specified by the manufacturer as the loaded weight of a single vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>H-Point</I> means the pivot center of the torso and thigh on the three-dimensional device used in defining and measuring vehicle seating accommodation, as defined in Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Recommended Practice J1100, revised February 2001, “Motor Vehicle Dimensions” (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P><I>Head impact area</I> means all nonglazed surfaces of the interior of a vehicle that are statically contactable by a 6.5-inch diameter spherical head form of a measuring device having a pivot point to “top-of-head” dimension infinitely adjustable from 29 to 33 inches in accordance with the following procedure, or its graphic equivalent:
</P>
<P>(a) At each designated seating position, place the pivot point of the measuring device—
</P>
<P>(1) For seats that are adjustable fore and aft, at—
</P>
<P>(i) The seating reference point; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A point 5 inches horizontally forward of the seating reference point and vertically above the seating reference point an amount equal to the rise which results from a 5-inch forward adjustment of the seat or 0.75 inch; and
</P>
<P>(2) For seats that are not adjustable fore and aft, at the seating reference point.
</P>
<P>(b) With the pivot point to “top-of-head” dimension at each value allowed by the device and the interior dimensions of the vehicle, determine all contact points above the lower windshield glass line and forward of the seating reference point.
</P>
<P>(c) With the head form at each contact point, and with the device in a vertical position if no contact points exists for a particular adjusted length, pivot the measuring device forward and downward through all arcs in vertical planes to 90° each side of the vertical longitudinal plane through the seating reference point, until the head form contacts an interior surface or until it is tangent to a horizontal plane 1 inch above the seating reference point, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P><I>Interior compartment door</I> means any door in the interior of the vehicle installed by the manufacturer as a cover for storage space normally used for personal effects.
</P>
<P><I>Longitudinal</I> or <I>longitudinally</I> means parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Low-speed vehicle (LSV)</I> means a motor vehicle,
</P>
<P>(1) That is 4-wheeled,
</P>
<P>(2) Whose speed attainable in 1.6 km (1 mile) is more than 32 kilometers per hour (20 miles per hour) and not more than 40 kilometers per hour (25 miles per hour) on a paved level surface, and
</P>
<P>(3) Whose GVWR is less than 1,361 kilograms (3,000 pounds).
</P>
<P><I>Manually operated driving controls</I> means a system of controls:
</P>
<P>(i) That are used by an occupant for real-time, sustained, manual manipulation of the motor vehicle's heading (steering) and/or speed (accelerator and brake); and
</P>
<P>(ii) That is positioned such that they can be used by an occupant, regardless of whether the occupant is actively using the system to manipulate the vehicle's motion.
</P>
<P><I>Motorcycle</I> means a motor vehicle with motive power having a seat or saddle for the use of the rider and designed to travel on not more than three wheels in contact with the ground.
</P>
<P><I>Motor-driven cycle</I> means a motorcycle with a motor that produces 5-brake horsepower or less.
</P>
<P><I>Motor home</I> means a multipurpose passenger vehicle with motive power that is designed to provide temporary residential accommodations, as evidenced by the presence of at least four of the following facilities: Cooking; refrigeration or ice box; self-contained toilet; heating and/or air conditioning; a potable water supply system including a faucet and a sink; and a separate 110-125 volt electrical power supply and/or propane.
</P>
<P><I>Multifunction school activity bus</I> (MFSAB) means a school bus whose purposes do not include transporting students to and from home or school bus stops.
</P>
<P><I>Multipurpose passenger vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle with motive power, except a low-speed vehicle or trailer, designed to carry 10 persons or less which is constructed either on a truck chassis or with special features for occasional off-road operation.
</P>
<P><I>Open-body type vehicle</I> means a vehicle having no occupant compartment top or an occupant compartment top that can be installed or removed by the user at his convenience.
</P>
<P><I>Outboard designated seating position</I> means a designated seating position where a longitudinal vertical plane tangent to the outboard side of the seat cushion is less than 12 inches from the innermost point on the inside surface of the vehicle at a height between the design H-point and the shoulder reference point (as shown in fig. 1 of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 210) and longitudinally between the front and rear edges of the seat cushion. As used in this part, the terms “outboard seating position” and “outboard seat” shall have the same meaning as “outboard designated seating position.”
</P>
<P><I>Overall vehicle width</I> means the nominal design dimension of the widest part of the vehicle, exclusive of signal lamps, marker lamps, outside rearview mirrors, flexible fender extensions, and mud flaps, determined with doors and windows closed and the wheels in the straight-ahead position.
</P>
<P><I>Parking brake</I> means a mechanism designed to prevent the movement of a stationary motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger car</I> means a motor vehicle with motive power, except a low-speed vehicle, multipurpose passenger vehicle, motorcycle, or trailer, designed for carrying 10 persons or less.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger seating position</I> means any designated seating position other than the driver's designated seating position, except as noted below. As used in this part, the term “passenger seat” shall have the same meaning as “passenger seating position.” As used in this part, “passenger seating position” includes what was a “driver's designated seating position” prior to stowing of the present manually operated driving controls.
</P>
<P><I>Pelvic impact area</I> means that area of the door or body side panel adjacent to any outboard designated seating position which is bounded by horizontal planes 7 inches above and 4 inches below the seating reference point and vertical transverse planes 8 inches forward and 2 inches rearward of the seating reference point.
</P>
<P><I>Pole trailer</I> means a motor vehicle without motive power designed to be drawn by another motor vehicle and attached to the towing vehicle by means of a reach or pole, or by being boomed or otherwise secured to the towing vehicle, for transporting long or irregularly shaped loads such as poles, pipes, or structural members capable generally of sustaining themselves as beams between the supporting connections.
</P>
<P><I>Recreation vehicle trailer</I> means a trailer, except a trailer designed primarily to transport cargo, designed to be drawn by a vehicle with motive power by means of a bumper, frame or fifth wheel hitch and designed to provide temporary residential accommodations, as evidenced by the presence of at least four of the following facilities: cooking; refrigeration or ice box; self-contained toilet; heating and/or air conditioning; a potable water supply system including a faucet and a sink; and a separate 110-125 volt electrical power supply and/or propane. “Recreation vehicle trailer” includes trailers used for personal purposes, commonly known as “sport utility RVs” or “toy haulers,” which usually have spacious rather than incidental living quarters and provide a cargo area for smaller items for personal use such as motorcycles, mountain bikes, all terrain vehicles (ATVs), snowmobiles, canoes or other types of recreational gear.
</P>
<P><I>Row</I> means a set of one or more seats whose seat outlines do not overlap with the seat outline of any other seats, when all seats are adjusted to their rearmost normal riding or driving position, when viewed from the side.
</P>
<P><I>School bus</I> means a bus that is sold, or introduced in interstate commerce, for purposes that include carrying students to and from school or related events, but does not include a bus designed and sold for operation as a common carrier in urban transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Seat outline</I> means the outer limits of a seat projected laterally onto a vertical longitudinal vehicle plane.
</P>
<P><I>Seating reference point</I> (SgRP) means the unique design H-point, as defined in Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Recommended Practice J1100, revised June 1984, “Motor Vehicle Dimensions” (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), which:
</P>
<P>(1) Establishes the rearmost normal design driving or riding position of each designated seating position, which includes consideration of all modes of adjustment, horizontal, vertical, and tilt, in a vehicle;
</P>
<P>(2) Has X, Y, and Z coordinates, as defined in Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Recommended Practice J1100, revised June 1984, “Motor Vehicle Dimensions” (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), established relative to the designed vehicle structure;
</P>
<P>(3) Simulates the position of the pivot center of the human torso and thigh; and
</P>
<P>(4) Is the reference point employed to position the two-dimensional drafting template with the 95th percentile leg described in Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J826, revised May 1987, “Devices for Use in Defining and Measuring Vehicle Seating Accommodation” (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), or, if the drafting template with the 95th percentile leg cannot be positioned in the seating position, is located with the seat in its most rearward adjustment position.
</P>
<P><I>Semitrailer</I> means a trailer, except a pole trailer, so constructed that a substantial part of its weight rests upon or is carried by another motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Service brake</I> means the primary mechanism designed to stop a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Speed attainable in 1 mile</I> means the speed attainable by accelerating at maximum rate from a standing start for 1 mile, on a level surface.
</P>
<P><I>Speed attainable in 2 miles</I> means the speed attainable by accelerating at maximum rate from a standing start for 2 miles, on a level surface.
</P>
<P><I>Steering control system</I> means the manually operated driving control used to control the vehicle heading and its associated trim hardware, including any portion of a steering column assembly that provides energy absorption upon impact. As used in this part, the term “steering wheel” and “steering control” shall have the same meaning as “steering control system.”
</P>
<P><I>Torso line</I> means the line connecting the “H” point and the shoulder reference point as defined in Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J787b, revised September 1966, “Motor Vehicle Seat Belt Anchorage” (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P><I>Trailer</I> means a motor vehicle with or without motive power, designed for carrying persons or property and for being drawn by another motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Trailer converter dolly</I> means a trailer chassis equipped with one or more axles, a lower half of a fifth wheel and a drawbar.
</P>
<P><I>Truck</I> means a motor vehicle with motive power, except a trailer, designed primarily for the transportation of property or special purpose equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Truck tractor</I> means a truck designed primarily for drawing other motor vehicles and not so constructed as to carry a load other than a part of the weight of the vehicle and the load so drawn.
</P>
<P><I>Unloaded vehicle weight</I> means the weight of a vehicle with maximum capacity of all fluids necessary for operation of the vehicle, but without cargo, occupants, or accessories that are ordinarily removed from the vehicle when they are not in use.
</P>
<P><I>95th percentile adult male</I> means a person possessing the dimensions and weight of the 95th percentile adult male specified “Weight, Height, and Selected Body Dimensions of Adults: United States—1960-1962,” first published as Public Health Service Publication No. 1000 Series 11-No. 8, June 1965 and republished as DHEW Publication No. (HRA) 76-1074 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle fuel tank capacity</I> means the tank's unusable capacity (i.e., the volume of fuel left at the bottom of the tank when the vehicle's fuel pump can no longer draw fuel from the tank) plus its usable capacity (i.e., the volume of fuel that can be pumped into the tank through the filler pipe with the vehicle on a level surface and with the unusable capacity already in the tank). The term does not include the vapor volume of the tank (i.e., the space above the fuel tank filler neck) nor the volume of the fuel tank filler neck.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19703, Dec. 25, 1968. Redesignated at 35 FR 5118, Mar. 26, 1970]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.4" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.4   Explanation of usage.</HEAD>
<P>The word <I>any,</I> used in connection with a range of values or set of items in the requirements, conditions, and procedures of the standards or regulations in this chapter, means generally the totality of the items or values, any one of which may be selected by the Administration for testing, except where clearly specified otherwise.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>“The vehicle shall meet the requirements of S4.1 when tested at any point between 18 and 22 inches above the ground.” This means that the vehicle must be capable of meeting the specified requirements at every point between 18 and 22 inches above the ground. The test in question for a given vehicle may call for a single test (a single impact, for example), but the vehicle must meet the requirement at whatever point the Administration selects, within the specified range.
</PSPACE><P>“Each tire shall be capable of meeting the requirements of this standard when mounted on any rim specified by the manufacturer as suitable for use with that tire.” This means that, where the manufacturer specifies more than one rim as suitable for use with a tire, the tire must meet the requirements with whatever rim the Administration selects from the specified group.
</P><P>“Any one of the items listed below may, at the option of the manufacturer, be substituted for the hardware specified in S4.1.” Here the wording clearly indicates that the selection of items is at the manufacturer's option.</P></EXAMPLE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 2511, Feb. 5, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.5" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.5   Matter incorporated by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) must publish a document in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the material must be available to the public. All approved incorporation by reference (IBR) material is available for inspection at NHTSA and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Contact NHTSA at: NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, (202) 366-2588, website: <I>https://www.nhtsa.gov/about-nhtsa/electronic-reading-room</I>. For information on the availability of this material at NARA, email: <I>fr.inspection@nara.gov,</I> or go to: <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html</I>. The material may be obtained from the sources in the following paragraphs of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (AATCC), 1 Davis Dr., P.O. Box 12215, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709. Web site: <I>https://www.aatcc.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) AATCC Test Method 30-1981, “Fungicides, Evaluation on Textiles: Mildew and Rot Resistance of Textiles,” into § 571.209.
</P>
<P>(2) AATCC Gray Scale for Evaluating Change in Color into §§ 571.209; 571.213.
</P>
<P>(3) AATCC Evaluation Procedure (EP) 1-2007, Gray Scale for Color Change, reaffirmed 2007; into § 571.213b.
</P>
<P>(c) American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 1899 L St., NW., 11th floor, Washington, DC 20036. Telephone: (202) 293-8020; Fax: (202) 293-9287; Web site: <I>https://www.ansi.org.</I> Copies of ANSI/RESNA Standard WC/Vol.1-1998 Section 13 may also be obtained from Rehabilitation Engineering and Assistive Technology Society of North America (RESNA), 1700 North Moore St., Suite 1540, Arlington, VA 22209-1903. Telephone: (703) 524-6686; Web site <I>https://www.resna.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ANSI S1.11-2004, “Specification for Octave-Band and Fractional-Octave-Band Analog and Digital Filters,” approved February 19, 2004, into § 571.141.
</P>
<P>(2) ANSI/SAE Z26.1-1996, “American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials for Glazing Motor Vehicles and Motor Vehicle Equipment Operating on Land Highways-Safety Standard,” approved August 11, 1997, into § 571.205.
</P>
<P>(3) ANSI/RESNA Standard WC/Vol. 1-1998, Section 13, “Wheelchairs: Determination of Coefficient of Friction of Test Surfaces,” into § 571.403.


</P>
<P>(d) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959. Telephone: (610) 832-9500; Fax (610) 832-9555; Web site: <I>https://www.astm.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) 1985 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol. 05.04, “Test Methods for Rating Motor, Diesel, Aviation Fuels, A2. Reference Materials and Blending Accessories, (“ASTM Motor Fuels section”),” A2.3.2, A2.3.3, and A2.7, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(2) ASTM B117-64, “Standard Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing,” revised 1964, into § 571.125.
</P>
<P>(3) ASTM B117-73 (Reapproved 1979), “Standard Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing,” approved March 29, 1973, into §§ 571.108; 571.209.
</P>
<P>(4) ASTM B117-97, “Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus,” approved April 10, 1997, into § 571.403.
</P>
<P>(5) ASTM B117-03, “Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus,” approved October 1, 2003, into §§ 571.106; 571.111.
</P>
<P>(6) ASTM B456-79, “Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium,” approved January 26, 1979, into § 571.209.
</P>
<P>(7) ASTM B456-95, “Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium,” approved October 10, 1995, into § 571.403.
</P>
<P>(8) ASTM C150-56, “Standard Specification for Portland Cement,” approved 1956, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(9) ASTM C150-77, “Standard Specification for Portland Cement,” approved February 26, 1977, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(10) ASTM D362-84, “Standard Specification for Industrial Grade Toluene,” approved March 30, 1984, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(11) ASTM D445-65, “Standard Method of Test for Viscosity of Transparent and Opaque Liquids (Kinematic and Dynamic Viscosities),” approved August 31, 1965, into § 571.116.
</P>
<P>(12) ASTM D471-98, “Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Effect of Liquids,” approved November 10, 1998, into § 571.106.
</P>
<P>(13) ASTM D484-71, “Standard Specification for Hydrocarbon Drycleaning Solvents,” effective September 15, 1971, into § 571.301.
</P>
<P>(14) ASTM D756-78, “Standard Practice for Determination of Weight and Shape Changes of Plastics under Accelerated Service Conditions,” approved July 28, 1978, into § 571.209.
</P>
<P>(15) ASTM D1003-92, “Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of Transparent Plastics,” approved October 15, 1992, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(16) ASTM D1056-07, <I>Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials-Sponge or Expanded Rubber,</I> approved March 1, 2007; into §§ 571.213; 571.213b.
</P>
<P>(17) ASTM D1121-67, “Standard Method of Test for Reserve Alkalinity of Engine Antifreezes and Antirusts,” accepted June 12, 1967, into § 571.116.
</P>
<P>(18) ASTM D1123-59, “Standard Method of Test for Water in Concentrated Engine Antifreezes by the Iodine Reagent Method,” revised 1959, into § 571.116.
</P>
<P>(19) ASTM D1193-70, “Standard Specification for Reagent Water,” effective October 2, 1970, into § 571.116.
</P>
<P>(20) ASTM D1193-06 (Reapproved 2018), <I>Standard Specification for Reagent Water,</I> approved March 15, 2018, into § 571.308.
</P>
<P>(21) ASTM D1415-68, “Standard Method of Test for International Hardness of Vulcanized Natural and Synthetic Rubbers,” accepted February 14, 1968, into § 571.116.
</P>
<P>(22) ASTM D2515-66, “Standard Specification for Kinematic Glass Viscometers,” adopted 1966, into § 571.116.
</P>
<P>(23) ASTM D3574-11, <I>Standard Test Methods for Flexible Cellular Materials—Slab, Bonded, and Molded Urethane Foams,</I> approved December 1, 2011; into § 571.213b.
</P>
<P>(24) ASTM D4329-99, “Standard Practice for Fluorescent UV Exposure of Plastics,” approved January 10, 1999, into § 571.106.
</P>
<P>(25) ASTM D4956-90, “Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control,” approved October 26, 1990, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(26) ASTM E1-68, “Standard Specifications for ASTM Thermometers” (including tentative revisions), accepted September 13, 1968, into § 571.116.
</P>
<P>(27) ASTM E4-79, “Standard Methods of Load Verification of Testing Machines,” approved June 11, 1979, into § 571.209.
</P>
<P>(28) ASTM E4-03, “Standard Practices for Force Verification of Testing Machines,” approved August 10, 2003, into § 571.106.
</P>
<P>(29) ASTM E8-89, “Standard Test Methods of Tension Testing of Metallic Materials,” approved May 15, 1989, into § 571.221.
</P>
<P>(30) ASTM E77-66, “Standard Method for Inspection, Test, and Standardization of Etched-Stem Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers,” revised 1966, into § 571.116.
</P>
<P>(31) ASTM E274-65T, “Tentative Method of Test for Skid Resistance of Pavements Using a Two-Wheel Trailer,” issued 1965, into §§ 571.208; 571.301.
</P>
<P>(32) ASTM E274-70, “Standard Method of Test for Skid Resistance of Paved Surfaces Using a Full-Scale Tire,” revised July 1974, into §§ 571.105; 571.122a.
</P>
<P>(33) ASTM E298-68, “Standard Methods for Assay of Organic Peroxides,” effective September 13, 1968, into § 571.116.
</P>
<P>(34) ASTM E308-66, “Standard Practice for Spectrophotometry and Description of Color in CIE 1931 System,” reapproved 1981, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(35) ASTM E1337-19, “Standard Test Method for Determining Longitudinal Peak Braking Coefficient (PBC) of Paved Surfaces Using Standard Reference Test Tire,” approved December 1, 2019, into §§ 571.105; 571.121; 571.122; 571.126; 571.127; 571.135; 571.136; 571.500.
</P>
<P>(36) ASTM F1805-20, “Standard Test Method for Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight Line on Snow- and Ice-Covered Surfaces,” approved May 1, 2020; into § 571.139.
</P>
<P>(37) ASTM G23-81, “Standard Practice for Generating Light-Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-Arc Type) With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials,” approved March 26, 1981, into § 571.209.
</P>
<P>(38) ASTM G151-97, “Standard Practice for Exposing Nonmetallic Materials in Accelerated Test Devices that Use Laboratory Light Sources,” approved July 10, 1997, into § 571.106.
</P>
<P>(39) ASTM G154-00, “Standard Practice for Operating Fluorescent Light Apparatus for UV Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials,” approved February 10, 2000, into § 571.106.
</P>
<P>(e) Department of Defense, DODSSP Standardization Document Order Desk, 700 Robbins Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19111-5098. Web site: <I>https://dodssp.daps.dla.mil/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) MIL-S-13192, “Military Specification, Shoes, Men's, Dress, Oxford,” October 30, 1976, into § 571.214.
</P>
<P>(2) MIL-S-13192P, “Military Specification, Shoes, Men's, Dress, Oxford,” 1988, including Amendment 1, October 14, 1994, into § 571.208.
</P>
<P>(3) MIL-S-21711E, “Military Specification, Shoes, Women's,” 3 December 1982, including Amendment 2, October 14, 1994, into §§ 571.208; 571.214.
</P>
<P>(f) General Services Administration (GSA), Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. Telephone: (202) 512-1800; Web site: <I>https://www.gsa.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) GSA Federal Specification L-S-300, “Sheeting and Tape, Reflective; Nonexposed Lens, Adhesive Backing,” September 7, 1965, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(g) Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES), 120 Wall St., 7th Floor, New York, NY 10005-4001. Telephone: (212) 248-5000; Web site: <I>https://www.iesna.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) IES LM 45, “IES Approved Method for Electrical and Photometric Measurements of General Service Incandescent Filament Lamps,” approved April 1980, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(h) International Commission on Illumination (CIE), CIE Central Bureau, Kegelgasse 27, A-1030 Vienna, Austria. <I>https://www.cie.co.at.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram, developed 1931, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(i) International Organization for Standardization (ISO), 1, ch. de la Voie-Creuse, CP 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland. Telephone: + 41 22 749 01 11. Fax: + 41 22 733 34 30. Web site: <I>https://www.iso.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ISO 6270-2:2017(E), <I>Paints and Varnishes—Determination of Resistance to Humidity—Part 2: Condensation (In-Cabinet Exposure with Heated Water Reservoir),</I> Second edition, November 2017, into § 571.308.
</P>
<P>(2) ISO 7117:1995(E), “Motorcycles—Measurement of maximum speed,” Second edition, March 1, 1995, into § 571.122.
</P>
<P>(3) ISO 10844:1994(E) “Acoustics—Test Surface for Road Vehicle Noise Measurements,” First edition, 1994-09-01, into § 571.141.
</P>
<P>(4) ISO 10844: 2011(E) “Acoustics—Specification of test tracks for measuring noise emitted by road vehicles and their tyres,” Second edition, 2011-02-01 into § 571.141.
</P>
<P>(5) ISO 10844: 2014(E) “Acoustics—Specification of test tracks for measuring noise emitted by road vehicles and their tyres,” Third edition, 2014-05-15 into § 571.141.
</P>
<P>(j) National Center for Health Statistics, Centers for Disease Control (CDC), National Division for Health Statistics, Division of Data Services, Hyattsville, MD 20782. Telephone: 1 (800) 232-4636. Web site: <I>https://www.cdc.gov/nchs.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) DHEW Publication No. (HRA) 76-1074, “Weight, Height, and Selected Body Dimensions of Adults: United States—1960-1962,” first published as Public Health Service Publication No. 1000 Series 11-No. 8, June 1965, into § 571.3.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(k) National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590. Web site: <I>https://www.nhtsa.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Drawing Package, “NHTSA Standard Seat Assembly; FMVSS No. 213, No. NHTSA-213-2003,” (consisting of drawings and a bill of materials), June 3, 2003, into § 571.213.
</P>
<P>(2) Drawing Package, SAS-100-1000, Standard Seat Belt Assembly with Addendum A, Seat Base Weldment (consisting of drawings and a bill of materials), October 23, 1998, into § 571.213.
</P>
<P>(3) “Parts List; Ejection Mitigation Headform Drawing Package,” December 2010, into § 571.226.
</P>
<P>(4) “Parts List and Drawings; Ejection Mitigation Headform Drawing Package” December 2010, into § 571.226.
</P>
<P>(5) “Parts List and Drawings, NHTSA Standard Seat Assembly; FMVSS No. 213a—Side impact No. NHTSA-213a-2021, CHILD SIDE IMPACT SLED” dated December 2021; into § 571.213a.
</P>
<P>(6) NHTSA Standard Seat Assembly; FMVSS No. 213, No. NHTSA-213-2021, <I>Parts List and Drawings, NHTSA Standard Seat Assembly; FMVSS No. 213, No. NHTSA-213-2021, Child Frontal Impact Sled,</I> March 2023; into § 571.213b.
</P>
<P>(7) Drawing No. 210-5000-1 (L), -2(R), Leg Assembly, <I>Parts List and Drawings, Subpart P Hybrid III 3-year-old child crash test dummy, (H-III3C, Alpha version),</I> September 2001, Drawing No. 210-5000-1(L), -2(R), Leg Assembly; into § 571.213b.
</P>
<P>(8) “Drawing Package for the Force Application Device 1 (FAD1),” April 9, 2024, into § 571.210.
</P>
<P>(9) “Drawing Package for the Force Application Device 2 (FAD2),” April 9, 2024, into § 571.210.
</P>
<P>(10) Drawing Package, <I>Anchorage Depth Tool,</I> dated April 2020; approved for § 571.225.
</P>
<P>(11) Drawing Package, <I>Clearance Angle Tool,</I> dated April 2020; approved for § 571.225.
</P>
<P>(l) SAE International, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096. Telephone: (724) 776-4841; Web site: <I>https://www.sae.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) SAE Recommended Practice J100-1995, “Class ‘A’ Vehicle Glazing Shade Bands,” revised June 1995, into § 571.205.
</P>
<P>(2) SAE Recommended Practice J211a, “Instrumentation for Impact Tests,” revised December 1971, into § 571.222.
</P>
<P>(3) SAE Recommended Practice J211, <I>Instrumentation for Impact Tests,</I> revised June 1980; into § 571.218.
</P>
<P>(4) SAE Recommended Practice J211/1, <I>Instrumentation for Impact Tests—Part 1—Electronic Instrumentation;</I> revised March 1995; §§ 571.202a; 571.208; 571.213; 571.213a; 571.213b; 571.218; 571.403.
</P>
<P>(5) SAE Recommended Practice J211-1 DEC2003, “Instrumentation for Impact Test—Part 1—Electronic Instrumentation,” revised December 2003, into §§ 571.206; 571.209.
</P>
<P>(6) SAE Recommended Practice J227a, “Electric Vehicle Test Procedure,” revised February 1976, into §§ 571.105; 571.135.
</P>
<P>(7) SAE Standard J527a, “Brazed Double Wall Low Carbon Steel Tubing,” revised May 1967, into § 571.116.
</P>
<P>(8) SAE Recommended Practice J567b, “Bulb Sockets,” revised April 1964, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(9) SAE Recommended Practice J573d, “Lamp Bulbs and Sealed Units,” revised December 1968, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(10) SAE Recommended Practice J575-1983, “Tests for Motor Vehicle Lighting Devices and Components,” revised July 1983, into § 571.131.
</P>
<P>(11) SAE Recommended Practice J578, “Color Specification,” revised May 1988, into § 571.131.
</P>
<P>(12) SAE Recommended Practice J578-1995, “Color Specification,” revised June 1995, into § 571.403.
</P>
<P>(13) SAE Recommended Practice J592 JUN92, “Clearance, Side Marker, and Identification Lamps,” revised June 1992, into § 571.121.
</P>
<P>(14) SAE Recommended Practice J592e-1972, “Clearance, Side Marker, and Identification Lamps,” revised July 1972, into § 571.121.
</P>
<P>(15) SAE Recommended Practice J602-1963, “Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units,” reaffirmed August 1963, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(16) SAE Recommended Practice J602-1980, “Headlamp Aiming Device for Mechanically Aimable Sealed Beam Headlamp Units,” revised October 1980, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(17) SAE Recommended Practice J673, “Automotive Safety Glasses,” revised April 1993, into § 571.205.
</P>
<P>(18) SAE Recommended Practice J726 SEP79, “Air Cleaner Test Code,” revised April 1979, into § 571.209.
</P>
<P>(19) SAE Recommended Practice J759 JAN95, “Lighting Identification Code,” revised January 1995, into § 571.121.
</P>
<P>(20) SAE Standard J787b, “Motor Vehicle Seat Belt Anchorage,” revised September 1966, into § 571.3.
</P>
<P>(21) SAE Recommended Practice J800c, “Motor Vehicle Seat Belt Assembly Installations,” revised November 1973, into § 571.209.
</P>
<P>(22) SAE Standard J826-1980, “Devices for Use in Defining and Measuring Vehicle Seating Accommodation,” revised April 1980, into §§ 571.208; 571.214.
</P>
<P>(23) SAE Standard J826 MAY87, “Devices for Use in Defining and Measuring Vehicle Seating Accommodation,” revised May 1987, into §§ 571.3; 571.210.
</P>
<P>(24) SAE Standard J826-1992, “Devices for Use in Defining and Measuring Vehicle Seating Accommodation,” revised June 1992, into § 571.225.
</P>
<P>(25) SAE Standard J826 JUL95, “Devices for Use in Defining and Measuring Vehicle Seating Accommodation,” revised July 1995, into §§ 571.10; 571.111; 571.202; 571.202a; 571.216a.
</P>
<P>(26) SAE Recommended Practice J839b, “Passenger Car Side Door Latch Systems,” revised May 1965, into § 571.201.
</P>
<P>(27) SAE Recommended Practice J839-1991, “Passenger Car Side Door Latch Systems,” revised June 1991, into § 571.206.
</P>
<P>(28) SAE Recommended Practice J902, “Passenger Car Windshield Defrosting Systems,” revised August 1964, into § 571.103.
</P>
<P>(29) SAE Recommended Practice J902a, “Passenger Car Windshield Defrosting Systems,” revised March 1967 (Editorial change June 1967), into § 571.103.
</P>
<P>(30) SAE Recommended Practice J903a, “Passenger Car Windshield Wiper Systems,” revised May 1966, into § 571.104.
</P>
<P>(31) SAE Recommended Practice J921, “Instrument Panel Laboratory Impact Test Procedure,” approved June 1965, into § 571.201.
</P>
<P>(32) SAE Recommended Practice J941, “Passenger Car Driver's Eye Range,” approved November 1965, into § 571.104.
</P>
<P>(33) SAE Recommended Practice J941b, “Motor Vehicle Driver's Eye Range,” revised February 1969, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(34) SAE Recommended Practice J942, “Passenger Car Windshield Washer Systems,” approved November 1965, into § 571.104.
</P>
<P>(35) SAE Recommended Practice J944 JUN80, “Steering Control System—Passenger Car—Laboratory Test Procedure,” revised June 1980, into § 571.203.
</P>
<P>(36) SAE Standard J964 OCT84, “Test Procedure for Determining Reflectivity of Rear View Mirrors,” reaffirmed October 1984, into § 571.111.
</P>
<P>(37) SAE Recommended Practice J972, “Moving Rigid Barrier Collision Tests,” revised May 2000, into § 571.105.
</P>
<P>(38) SAE Recommended Practice J977, “Instrumentation for Laboratory Impact Tests,” approved November 1966, into § 571.201.
</P>
<P>(39) SAE Recommended Practice J1100a, “Motor Vehicle Dimensions,” revised September 1975, into § 571.3.
</P>
<P>(40) SAE Recommended Practice J1100 JUN84, “Motor Vehicle Dimensions,” revised June 1984, into §§ 571.3; 571.210.
</P>
<P>(41) SAE Recommended Practice J1100-1993, “Motor Vehicle Dimensions,” revised June 1993, into § 571.225.
</P>
<P>(42) SAE Recommended Practice J1100, “Motor Vehicle Dimensions,” revised February 2001, into § 571.3.
</P>
<P>(43) SAE Recommended Practice J1133, “School Bus Stop Arm,” revised April 1984, into § 571.131.
</P>
<P>(44) SAE Standard J1703b, “Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid,” revised July 1970, into § 571.116.
</P>
<P>(45) SAE Standard J1703 NOV83, “Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid,” revised November 1983, into § 571.116.
</P>
<P>(46) SAE RM-66-04, “Compatibility Fluid,” Appendix B to SAE Standard J1703 JAN95, “Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid,” revised January 1995, into §§ 571.106; 571.116.
</P>
<P>(47) SAE Recommended Practice J2009, “Discharge Forward Lighting Systems,” revised February 1993, into § 571.108.
</P>
<P>(48) SAE J2400, “Human Factors in Forward Collision Warning Systems: Operating Characteristics and User Interface Requirements,” August 2003 into § 571.127.
</P>
<P>(49) SAE Standard J2889-1, “Measurement of Minimum Noise Emitted by Road Vehicles,” December 2014 into § 571.141.
</P>
<P>(50) SAE Aerospace-Automotive Drawing Standards, issued September 1963, into §§ 571.104; 571.202.
</P>
<P>(m) United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), United Nations, Conference Services Division, Distribution and Sales Section, Office C.115-1, Palais des Nations, CH-1211, Geneva 10, Switzerland. Web site: <I>www.unece.org/trans/main/wp29/wp29regs.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) UNECE Regulation 17 “Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles with Regard to the Seats, their Anchorages and Any Head Restraints”: ECE 17 Rev. 1/Add. 16/Rev. 4 (July 31, 2002), into § 571.202.
</P>
<P>(2) UNECE Regulation 48 “Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles With Regard to the Installation of Lighting and Light-Signaling Devices,” E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505, Rev.1/Add.47/Rev.1/Corr.2 (February 26, 1996), into § 571.108.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 752, Jan. 6, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 11647, Feb. 27, 2012; 77 FR 51671, Aug. 24, 2012; 78 FR 21852, Apr. 12, 2013; 79 FR 19243, Apr. 7, 2014; 80 FR 36100, June 23, 2015; 81 FR 90514, Dec. 14, 2016; 87 FR 34808, June 8, 2022; 87 FR 39309, Aug. 1, 2022; 88 FR 84586, Dec. 5, 2023; 89 FR 39779, May 9, 2024; 89 FR 76271, Sept. 17, 2024; 90 FR 1341, Jan. 7, 2025; 90 FR 6277, Jan. 17, 2025; 91 FR 33091, June 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.7" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.7   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, each standard set forth in subpart B of this part applies according to its terms to all motor vehicles or items of motor vehicle equipment the manufacture of which is completed on or after the effective date of the standard.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Military vehicles.</I> No standard applies to a vehicle or item of equipment manufactured for, and sold directly to, the Armed Forces of the United States in conformity with contractual specifications.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Export.</I> No standard applies to a vehicle or item of equipment in the circumstances provided in section 108(b)(5) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 1397 (b)(5)).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Combining new and used components.</I> When a new cab is used in the assembly of a truck, the truck will be considered newly manufactured for purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, the application of the requirements of this chapter, and the Act, unless the engine, transmission, and drive axle(s) (as a minimum) of the assembled vehicle are not new, and at least two of these components were taken from the same vehicle.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Combining new and used components in trailer manufacture.</I> When new materials are used in the assembly of a trailer, the trailer will be considered newly manufactured for purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, the application of the requirements of this chapter, and the Act, unless, at a minimum, the trailer running gear assembly (axle(s), wheels, braking and suspension) is not new, and was taken from an existing trailer—
</P>
<P>(1) Whose identity is continued in the reassembled vehicle with respect to the Vehicle Identification Number; and
</P>
<P>(2) That is owned or leased by the user of the reassembled vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19703, Dec. 25, 1968. Redesignated at 35 FR 5118, Mar. 26, 1970, and amended at 36 FR 7855, Apr. 27, 1971; 38 FR 12808, May 16, 1973; 40 FR 49341, Oct. 22, 1975; 41 FR 27074, July 1, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.8" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.8   Effective date.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Firefighting vehicles.</I> Notwithstanding the effective date provisions of the motor vehicle safety standards in this part, the effective date of any standard or amendment of a standard issued after September 1, 1971, to which firefighting vehicles must conform shall be, with respect to such vehicles, either 2 years after the date on which such standard or amendment is published in the rules and regulations section of the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> or the effective date specified in the notice, whichever is later, except as such standard or amendment may otherwise specifically provide with respect to firefighting vehicles.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Vehicles built in two or more stages vehicles and altered vehicles.</I> Unless Congress directs or the agency expressly determines that this paragraph does not apply, the date for manufacturer certification of compliance with any standard, or amendment to a standard, that is issued on or after September 1, 2006 is, insofar as its application to intermediate and final-stage manufacturers and alterers is concerned, one year after the last applicable date for manufacturer certification of compliance. Nothing in this provision shall be construed as prohibiting earlier compliance with the standard or amendment or as precluding NHTSA from extending a compliance effective date for intermediate and final-stage manufacturers and alterers by more than one year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 7435, Feb. 14, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.9" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.9   Separability.</HEAD>
<P>If any standard established in this part or its application to any person or circumstance is held invalid, the remainder of the part and the application of that standard to other persons or circumstances is not affected thereby.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[33 FR 19705, Dec. 25, 1968. Redesignated at 35 FR 5118, Mar. 26, 1970]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.10" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.10   Designation of seating positions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Application.</I> This section applies to passenger cars, trucks, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and buses manufactured on or after September 1, 2010. However, paragraph (b) of this section does not apply to trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating greater than 10,000 lbs, school buses, police vehicles as defined in S7 of Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208), firefighting vehicles, ambulances, or motor homes. To determine the number of passenger seating positions in school buses, see S4.1 of Standard No. 222 (49 CFR 571.222).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Number of designated seating positions.</I> The formula for calculating the number of designated seating positions (N) for any seat location with a seating surface width greater than 330 mm (13 inches) is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For seat locations with a seating surface width, as described in paragraph (c), of less than 1400 mm (55.2 inches): N = The greater of 1 or [seating surface width (in mm)/350] rounded down to the nearest whole number;
</P>
<P>(2) For seat locations with a seating surface width, as described in paragraph (c), greater than or equal to 1400 mm (55.2 inches): N = No less than [seating surface width (in mm)/450] rounded down to the nearest whole number.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Seating surface measurement.</I> (1) As used in this section, “seating surface” only includes the seat cushion and soft trim and excludes unpadded trim components such as a decorative seat shield, seat adjusters, or adjuster covers. As used in paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this section, “outboard” and “inboard” are determined with respect to the measurement zone established in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section. As used in this section, “seating surface width” is the maximum horizontal width of a seating surface determined by the following procedure:
</P>
<P>(i) Establish a measurement zone bounded by two vertical planes oriented perpendicular to the direction the seat is facing. One is located 150 mm (5.9 inches) behind the front leading surface of the seat and the other is located 250 mm (9.8 inches) behind the front leading surface of the seat. A measurement location within this zone is any vertical plane parallel to the planes establishing the boundary of the zone.
</P>
<P>(ii) For each measurement location within the zone, establish vertical reference planes parallel to the direction the seat faces that intersect the most outboard point on each side of the seating surface at that measurement location. If outboard interior trim contacts the top surface of the seat cushion, establish another vertical plane parallel to the direction the seat faces that intersects the most inboard point of contact between outboard interior trim and the top surface of the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(iii) For measurement within the zone, measure horizontally between and perpendicular to the most inboard vertical reference planes established in (ii), as shown in Figure 1 (provided for illustration purposes).
</P>
<P>(2) Adjacent seating surfaces are considered to form a single, continuous seating surface whose overall width is measured as specified in (c)(1) of this section, unless
</P>
<P>(i) The seating surfaces are separated by:
</P>
<P>(A) A fixed trimmed surface whose top surface is unpadded and that has a width not less than 140 mm (5.5 inches), as measured in each transverse vertical plane within that measurement zone, or
</P>
<P>(B) A void whose cross section in each transverse vertical plane within that measurement zone is a rectangle that is not less than 140 mm (5.5 inches) wide and not less than 140 mm (5.5 inches) deep. The top edge of the cross section in any such plane is congruent with the transverse horizontal line that intersects the lowest point on the portion of the top profile of the seating surfaces that lie within that plane, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Interior trim interrupts the measurement of the nominal hip room between adjacent seating surfaces, measured laterally along the “X” plane through the H-point. For purposes of this paragraph, the H-point is located using the SAE three-dimensional H-point machine per Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Surface Vehicle Standard J826, revised July 1995, “Devices for Use in Defining and Measuring Vehicle Seating Accommodation” (incorporated by reference, see section 571.5) with the legs and leg weights removed, or
</P>
<P>(iii) The seating surfaces are adjacent outboard seats, and the lateral distance between any point on the seat cushion of one seat and any point on the seat cushion of the other seat is not less than 140 mm (5.5 inches).
</P>
<P>(3) Folding, removable, and adjustable seats are measured in the configuration that results in the single largest maximum seating surface width.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er15no13.003.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 58897, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 68190, Dec. 23, 2009; 78 FR 68756, Nov. 15, 2013; 79 FR 57830, Sept. 26, 2014]



</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>36 FR 22902, Dec. 2, 1971, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 571.101" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.101   Standard No. 101; Controls and displays.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies performance requirements for location, identification, color, and illumination of motor vehicle controls, telltales and indicators.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to ensure the accessibility, visibility and recognition of motor vehicle controls, telltales and indicators, and to facilitate the proper selection of controls under daylight and nighttime conditions, in order to reduce the safety hazards caused by the diversion of the driver's attention from the driving task, and by mistakes in selecting controls.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>Adjacent, with respect to a control, telltale or indicator, and its identifier means:
</P>
<P>(a) The identifier is in close proximity to the control, telltale or indicator; and
</P>
<P>(b) No other control, telltale, indicator, identifier or source of illumination appears between the identifier and the telltale, indicator, or control that the identifier identifies.
</P>
<P><I>Common space</I> means an area on which more than one telltale, indicator, identifier, or other message may be displayed, but not simultaneously.
</P>
<P><I>Control</I> means the hand-operated part of a device that enables the driver to change the state or functioning of the vehicle or a vehicle subsystem.
</P>
<P><I>Indicator</I> means a device that shows the magnitude of the physical characteristics that the instrument is designed to sense.
</P>
<P><I>Identifier</I> means a symbol, word, or words used to identify a control, telltale, or indicator.
</P>
<P><I>Multi-function control</I> means a control through which the driver may select, and affect the operation of, more than one vehicle function.
</P>
<P><I>Multi-task display</I> means a display on which more than one message can be shown simultaneously.
</P>
<P><I>Telltale</I> means an optical signal that, when illuminated, indicates the actuation of a device, a correct or improper functioning or condition, or a failure to function.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> Each passenger car, multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck and bus that is fitted with a control, a telltale or an indicator listed in Table 1 or Table 2 must meet the requirements of this standard for the location, identification, color, and illumination of that control, telltale or indicator. However, the requirements for telltales and indicators do not apply to vehicles with GVWRs of 4,536 kg or greater if these specified vehicles are manufactured before September 1, 2013.
</P>
<P>S5.1 Location
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 The controls listed in Table 1 and in Table 2 must be located so they are operable by the driver under the conditions of S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 The telltales and indicators listed in Table 1 and Table 2 and their identification must be located so that, when activated, they are visible to a driver under the conditions of S5.6.1 and S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 Except as provided in S5.1.4, the identification for controls, telltales and indicators must be placed on or adjacent to the telltale, indicator or control that it identifies.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 The requirement of S5.1.3 does not apply to a multi-function control, provided the multi-function control is associated with a multi-task display that:
</P>
<P>(a) Is visible to the driver under the conditions of S5.6.1 and S5.6.2,
</P>
<P>(b) Identifies the multi-function control with which it is associated graphically or using words,
</P>
<P>(c) For multi-task displays with layers, identifies on the top-most layer each system for which control is possible from the associated multi-function control, including systems not otherwise regulated by this standard. Subfunctions of the available systems need not be shown on the top-most layer of the multi-task display, and
</P>
<P>(d) Identifies the controls of Table 1 and Table 2 with the identification specified in those tables or otherwise required by this standard, whenever those are the active functions of the multi-function control. For lower levels of multi-task displays with layers, identification is permitted but not required for systems not otherwise regulated by this standard.
</P>
<P>(e) Does not display telltales listed in Table 1 or Table 2.
</P>
<P>S5.2 Identification
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 Except for the Low Tire Pressure Telltale, each control, telltale and indicator that is listed in column 1 of Table 1 or Table 2 must be identified by the symbol specified for it in column 2 or the word or abbreviation specified for it in column 3 of Table 1 or Table 2. If a symbol is used, each symbol provided pursuant to this paragraph must be substantially similar in form to the symbol as it appears in Table 1 or Table 2. If a symbol is used, each symbol provided pursuant to this paragraph must have the proportional dimensional characteristics of the symbol as it appears in Table 1 or Table 2. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale (either the display identifying which tire has low pressure or the display which does not identify which tire has low pressure) shall be identified by the appropriate symbol designated in column 4, or both the symbol in column 4 and the words in column 3. No identification is required for any horn (<I>i.e.,</I> audible warning signal) that is activated by a lanyard or by the driver pressing on the center of the face plane of the steering wheel hub; or for a turn signal control that is operated in a plane essentially parallel to the face plane of the steering wheel in its normal driving position and which is located on the left side of the steering column so that it is the control on that side of the column nearest to the steering wheel face plane. However, if identification is provided for a horn control in the center of the face plane of the steering wheel hub, the identifier must meet Table 2 requirements for the horn.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 Any symbol, word, or abbreviation not shown in Table 1 or Table 2 may be used to identify a control, a telltale or an indicator that is not listed in those tables.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 Supplementary symbols, words, or abbreviations may be used at the manufacturer's discretion in conjunction with any symbol, word, or abbreviation specified in Table 1 or Table 2.
</P>
<P>S5.2.4 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.2.5 A single symbol, word, or abbreviation may be used to identify any combination of the control, indicator, and telltale for the same function.
</P>
<P>S5.2.6 Except as provided in S5.2.7, all identifications of telltales, indicators and controls listed in Table 1 or Table 2 must appear to the driver to be perceptually upright. A rotating control that has an “off” position shall appear to the driver perceptually upright when the rotating control is in the “off” position.
</P>
<P>S5.2.7 The identification of the following items need not appear to the driver to be perceptually upright:
</P>
<P>(a) A horn control;
</P>
<P>(b) Any control, telltale or indicator located on the steering wheel, when the steering wheel is positioned for the motor vehicle to travel in a direction other than straight forward; and
</P>
<P>(c) Any rotating control that does not have an “off” position.
</P>
<P>S5.2.8 Each control for an automatic vehicle speed system (cruise control) and each control for heating and air conditioning systems must have identification provided for each function of each such system.
</P>
<P>S5.2.9 Each control that regulates a system function over a continuous range must have identification provided for the limits of the adjustment range of that function. If color coding is used to identify the limits of the adjustment range of a temperature function, the hot limit must be identified by the color red and the cold limit by the color blue. If the status or limit of a function is shown by a display not adjacent to the control for that function, both the control (unless it is a multi-function control complying with S5.1.4) and the display must be independently identified as to the function of the control, in compliance with S5.2.1, on or adjacent to the control and on or adjacent to the display.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1.</HED><PSPACE>A slide lever controls the temperature of the air in the vehicle heating system over a continuous range, from no heat to maximum heat. Since the control regulates a single function over a quantitative range, only the extreme positions require identification.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2.</HED><PSPACE>A switch has three positions, for heat, defrost, and air conditioning. Since each position regulates a different function, each position must be identified.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>S5.3 Illumination
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 Timing of illumination
</P>
<P>(a) Except as provided in S5.3.1(c), the identifications of controls for which the word “Yes” is specified in column 5 of Table 1 must be capable of being illuminated whenever the headlamps are activated. This requirement does not apply to a control located on the floor, floor console, steering wheel, steering column, or in the area of windshield header, or to a control for a heating and air-conditioning system that does not direct air upon the windshield.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in S5.3.1(c), the indicators and their identifications for which the word “Yes” is specified in column 5 of Table 1 must be illuminated whenever the vehicle's propulsion system and headlamps are activated.
</P>
<P>(c) The indicators, their identifications and the identifications of controls need not be illuminated when the headlamps are being flashed or operated as daytime running lamps.
</P>
<P>(d) At the manufacturer's option, any control, indicator, or their identifications may be capable of being illuminated at any time.
</P>
<P>(e) A telltale must not emit light except when identifying the malfunction or vehicle condition it is designed to indicate, or during a bulb check.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 Brightness of illumination of controls and indicators
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.1 Means must be provided for illuminating the indicators, identifications of indicators and identifications of controls listed in Table 1 to make them visible to the driver under daylight and nighttime driving conditions.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.2 The means of providing the visibility required by S5.3.2.1:
</P>
<P>(a) Must be adjustable to provide at least two levels of brightness;
</P>
<P>(b) At a level of brightness other than the highest level, the identification of controls and indicators must be barely discernible to the driver who has adapted to dark ambient roadway condition; 
</P>
<P>(c) May be operable manually or automatically; and
</P>
<P>(d) May have levels of brightness, other than the two required visible levels of brightness, at which those items and identification are not visible.
</P>
<P>(1) If the level of brightness is adjusted by automatic means to a point where those items or their identification are not visible to the driver, means shall be provided to enable the driver to restore visibility.
</P>
<P>S5.3.3 Brightness of telltale illumination
</P>
<P>(a) Means must be provided for illuminating telltales and their identification sufficiently to make them visible to the driver under daylight and nighttime driving conditions.
</P>
<P>(b) The means for providing the required visibility may be adjustable manually or automatically, except that the telltales and identification for brakes, highbeams, turn signals, and safety belts may not be adjustable under any driving condition to a level that is invisible.
</P>
<P>S5.3.4 <I>Brightness of interior lamps.</I> (a) Any source of illumination within the passenger compartment which is forward of a transverse vertical plane 110 mm rearward of the manikin “H” point with the driver's seat in its rearmost driving position, which is not used for the controls and displays regulated by this standard, which is not a telltale, and which is capable of being illuminated while the vehicle is in motion, shall have either:
</P>
<P>(1) Light intensity which is manually or automatically adjustable to provide at least two levels of brightness;
</P>
<P>(2) A single intensity that is barely discernible to a driver who has adapted to dark ambient roadway conditions;or
</P>
<P>(3) A means of being turned off.
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of S5.3.4 does not apply to buses that are normally operated with the passenger compartment illuminated.
</P>
<P>S5.3.5 The provisions of S5.3.4 do not apply to buses that are normally operated with the passenger compartment illuminated.
</P>
<P>S5.4 Color
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 The light of each telltale listed in Table 1 must be of the color specified for that telltale in column 6 of that table.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 Any indicator or telltale not listed in Table 1 and any identification of that indicator or telltale must not be a color that masks the driver's ability to recognize any telltale, control, or indicator listed in Table 1.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3 Each identifier used for the identification of a telltale, control or indicator must be in a color that stands out clearly against the background. However, this requirement does not apply to an identifier for a horn control in the center of the face plane of the steering wheel hub. For vehicles with a GVWR of under 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds), the compliance date for this provision is September 1, 2011. For vehicles with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) or over, the compliance date for this provision is September 1, 2013.
</P>
<P>S5.5 Common space for displaying multiple messages
</P>
<P>S5.5.1 A common space may be used to show messages from any sources, subject to the requirements in S5.5.2 through S5.5.6.
</P>
<P>S5.5.2 The telltales for any brake system malfunction required by Table 1 to be red, air bag malfunction, low tire pressure, electronic stability control malfunction (as of September 1, 2011), passenger air bag off, high beam, turn signal, and seat belt must not be shown in the same common space.
</P>
<P>S5.5.3 The telltales and indicators that are listed in Table 1 and are shown in the common space must illuminate at the initiation of any underlying condition.
</P>
<P>S5.5.4 Except as provided in S5.5.5, when the underlying conditions exist for actuation of two or more telltales, the messages must be either:
</P>
<P>(a) Repeated automatically in sequence, or
</P>
<P>(b) Indicated by visible means and capable of being selected for viewing by the driver under the conditions of S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>S5.5.5 In the case of the telltale for a brake system malfunction, air bag malfunction, side air bag malfunction, low tire pressure, electronic stability control malfunction (as of September 1, 2011), passenger air bag off, high beam, turn signal, or seat belt that is designed to display in a common space, that telltale must displace any other symbol or message in that common space while the underlying condition for the telltale's activation exists.
</P>
<P>S5.5.6(a) Except as provided in S5.5.6(b) and (c), messages displayed in a common space may be cancelable automatically or by the driver.
</P>
<P>(b) Telltales for high beams, turn signal, low tire pressure, and passenger air bag off, and telltales for which the color red is required in table 1 to this section must not be cancelable while the underlying condition for their activation exists.
</P>
<P>(c) Telltales for the seat belts must not be cancelable by the driver before the minimum durations are satisfied but may be cancellable automatically as specified in FMVSS No. 208 (§ 571.208).
</P>
<P>S5.6 Conditions
</P>
<P>S5.6.1 The driver has adapted to the ambient light roadway conditions.
</P>
<P>S5.6.2 The driver is restrained by the seat belts installed in accordance with 49 CFR 571.208 and adjusted in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<TCAP>Table 1 to § 571.101
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er03ja25.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03ja25.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03ja25.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03ja25.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03ja25.005.gif"/>
<TCAP>Table 2 to § 571.101
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er03ja25.006.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 48305, Aug. 17, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 27971, May 15, 2006; 72 FR 17305, Apr. 6, 2007; 73 FR 54537, Sept. 22, 2008; 74 FR 40764, Aug. 13, 2009; 80 FR 36100, June 23, 2015; 80 FR 54734, Sept. 11, 2015; 90 FR 459, Jan. 3, 2025]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.102" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.102   Standard No. 102; Transmission shift position sequence, starter interlock, and transmission braking effect.</HEAD>
<P>S1. Purpose and scope. This standard specifies the requirements for the transmission shift position sequence, a starter interlock, and for a braking effect of automatic transmissions, to reduce the likelihood of shifting errors, to prevent starter engagement by the driver when the transmission is in any drive position, and to provide supplemental braking at speeds below 40 kilometers per hour (25 miles per hour).
</P>
<P>S2. Application. This standard applies to passenger cars, multi-purpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses.
</P>
<P>S3. Requirements.
</P>
<P>S3.1 Automatic transmissions.
</P>
<P>S3.1.1 Location of transmission shift positions on passenger cars. A neutral position shall be located between forward drive and reverse drive positions.
</P>
<P>S3.1.1.1 Transmission shift levers. If a steering-column-mounted transmission shift lever is used, movement from neutral position to forward drive position shall be clockwise. If the transmission shift lever sequence includes a park position, it shall be located at the end, adjacent to the reverse drive position.
</P>
<P>S3.1.2 Transmission braking effect. In vehicles having more than one forward transmission gear ratio, one forward drive position shall provide a greater degree of engine braking than the highest speed transmission ratio at vehicle speeds below 40 kilometers per hour (25 miles per hour).
</P>
<P>S3.1.3 Starter interlock. Except as provided in S3.1.3.1 through S3.1.3.3, the engine starter shall be inoperative when the transmission shift position is in a forward or reverse drive position.
</P>
<P>S3.1.3.1 After the driver has activated the vehicle's propulsion system:
</P>
<P>(a) The engine may stop and restart automatically when the transmission shift position is in any forward drive gear;
</P>
<P>(b) The engine may not automatically stop when the transmission is in reverse gear; and
</P>
<P>(c) The engine may automatically restart in reverse gear only if the vehicle satisfies (1) and (2):
</P>
<P>(1) When the engine is automatically stopped in a forward drive shift position and the driver selects Reverse, the engine restarts immediately whenever the service brake is applied.
</P>
<P>(2) When the engine is automatically stopped in a forward drive shift position and the driver selects Reverse, the engine does not start automatically if the service brake is not applied.
</P>
<P>S3.1.3.2 Notwithstanding S3.1.3.1, the engine may stop and start at any time after the driver has activated the vehicle's propulsion system if the vehicle can meet the requirements specified in paragraphs (a) and (b):
</P>
<P>(a) For passenger cars, multi-purpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses with a GVWR less than or equal to 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds), the vehicle's propulsion system can propel the vehicle in the normal travel mode in all forward and reverse drive gears without the engine operating. For passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds), the vehicle's propulsion system can propel the vehicle in the normal travel mode in Reverse and at least one forward drive gear without the engine operating.
</P>
<P>(b) If the engine automatically starts while the vehicle is traveling at a steady speed and steady accelerator control setting, the engine does not cause the vehicle to accelerate.
</P>
<P>S3.1.3.3 If the transmission shift position is in Park, automatically stopping or restarting the engine shall not take the transmission out of Park.
</P>
<P>S3.1.4 Identification of shift positions and of shift position sequence.
</P>
<P>S3.1.4.1 Except as specified in S3.1.4.3, if the transmission shift position sequence includes a park position, identification of shift positions, including the positions in relation to each other and the position selected, shall be displayed in view of the driver whenever any of the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(a) The ignition is in a position where the transmission can be shifted; or
</P>
<P>(b) The transmission is not in park.
</P>
<P>S3.1.4.2 Except as specified in S3.1.4.3, if the transmission shift position sequence does not include a park position, identification of shift positions, including the positions in relation to each other and the position selected, shall be displayed in view of the driver whenever the ignition is in a position in which the engine is capable of operation.
</P>
<P>S3.1.4.3 Such information need not be displayed when the ignition is in a position that is used only to start the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S3.1.4.4 All of the information required to be displayed by S3.1.4.1 or S3.1.4.2 shall be displayed in view of the driver in a single location. At the option of the manufacturer, redundant displays providing some or all of the information may be provided.
</P>
<P>S3.2 Manual transmissions. Identification of the shift lever pattern of manual transmissions, except three forward speed manual transmissions having the standard “H” pattern, shall be displayed in view of the driver at all times when a driver is present in the driver's seating position.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 38051, July 1, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 75965, Dec. 22, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.103" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.103   Standard No. 103; Windshield defrosting and defogging systems.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for windshield defrosting and defogging systems.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions. Road load</I> means the power output required to move a given motor vehicle at curb weight plus 180 kilograms on level, clean, dry, smooth portland cement concrete pavement (or other surface with equivalent coefficient of surface friction) at a specified speed through still air at 20 degrees Celsius, and standard barometric pressure (101.3 kilopascals) and includes driveline friction, rolling friction, and air resistance.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I> (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each passenger car shall meet the requirements specified in S4.1, S4.2, and S4.3, and each multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, and bus shall meet the requirements specified in § 4.1.
</P>
<P>(b) Each passenger car, multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, and bus manufactured for sale in the noncontinental United States may, at the option of the manufacturer, have a windshield defogging system which operates either by applying heat to the windshield or by dehumidifying the air inside the passenger compartment of the vehicle, in lieu of meeting the requirements specified by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>S4.1 Each vehicle shall have a windshield defrosting and defogging system.
</P>
<P>S4.2 Each passenger car windshield defrosting and defogging system shall meet the requirements of section 3 of SAE Recommended Practice J902 (1964) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) when tested in accordance with S4.3, except that “the critical area” specified in paragraph 3.1 of SAE Recommended Practice J902 (1964) shall be that established as Area C in accordance with Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 104, “Windshield Wiping and Washing Systems,” and “the entire windshield” specified in paragraph 3.3 of SAE Recommended Practice J902 (1964) shall be that established as Area A in accordance with § 571.104.
</P>
<P>S4.3 <I>Demonstration procedure.</I> The passenger car windshield defrosting and defogging system shall be tested in accordance with the portions of paragraphs 4.1 through 4.4.7 of SAE Recommended Practice J902 (1964) or SAE Recommended Practice J902a (1967) (both incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) applicable to that system, except that—
</P>
<P>(a) During the first 5 minutes of the test:
</P>
<P>(1) For a passenger car equipped with a heating system other than a heat exchanger type that uses the engine's coolant as a means to supply the heat to the heat exchanger, the warm-up procedure is that specified by the vehicle's manufacturer for cold weather starting, except that connection to a power or heat source external to the vehicle is not permitted.
</P>
<P>(2) For all other passenger cars, the warm-up procedure may be that recommended by the vehicle's manufacturer for cold weather starting.
</P>
<P>(b) During the last 35 minutes of the test period (or the entire test period if the 5-minute warm-up procedure specified in paragraph (a) of this section is not used),
</P>
<P>(1) For a passenger car equipped with a heating system other than a heat exchanger type that uses the engine's coolant as a means to supply the heat to the heat exchanger, the procedure shall be that specified by the vehicle's manufacturer for cold weather starting, except that connection to a power or heat source external to the vehicle is not permitted.
</P>
<P>(2) For all other passenger cars, either—
</P>
<P>(i) The engine speed shall not exceed 1,500 r.p.m. in neutral gear; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The engine speed and load shall not exceed the speed and load at 40 kilometers per hour in the manufacturer's recommended gear with road load;
</P>
<P>(c) A room air change of 90 times per hour is not required;
</P>
<P>(d) The windshield wipers may be used during the test if they are operated without manual assist;
</P>
<P>(e) One or two windows may be open a total of 25 millimeters;
</P>
<P>(f) The defroster blower may be turned on at any time; and
</P>
<P>(g) The wind velocity is at any level from 0 to 3 kilometers per hour.
</P>
<P>(h) The test chamber temperature and the wind velocity shall be measured, after the engine has been started, at the forwardmost point of the vehicle or a point 914 millimeters from the base of the windshield, whichever is farther forward, at a level halfway between the top and bottom of the windshield on the vehicle centerline.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 22902, Dec. 2, 1971, as amended at 40 FR 12992, Mar. 24, 1975; 40 FR 32336, Aug. 1, 1975; 50 FR 48775, Nov. 27, 1985; 59 FR 11006, Mar. 9, 1994; 60 FR 13642, Mar. 14, 1995; 77 FR 755, Jan. 6, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.104" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.104   Standard No. 104; Windshield wiping and washing systems.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for windshield wiping and washing systems.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions.</I> The term <I>seating reference point</I> is substituted for the terms <I>manikin H point, manikin H point with seat in rearmost position</I> and <I>H point</I> wherever any of these terms appear in any SAE Standard or SAE Recommended Practice referred to in this standard.
</P>
<P><I>Daylight opening</I> means the maximum unobstructed opening through the glazing surface, as defined in paragraph 2.3.12 of section E, “Ground Vehicle Practice,” of SAE Aerospace-Automotive Drawing Standards (1963) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P><I>Glazing surface reference line</I> means the line resulting from the intersection of the glazing surface and a horizontal plane 635 millimeters above the seating reference point, as shown in Figure 1 of SAE Recommended Practice J903a (1966) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P><I>Overall width</I> means the maximum overall body width dimension “W116”, as defined in section E, “Ground Vehicle Practice,” of SAE Aerospace-Automotive Drawing Standards (1963) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P><I>Plan view reference line</I> means—
</P>
<P>(a) For vehicles with bench-type seats, a line parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline outboard of the steering wheel centerline 0.15 times the difference between one-half of the shoulder room dimension and the steering wheel centerline-to-car-centerline dimension as shown in Figure 2 of SAE Recommended Practice J903a (1966) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5); or
</P>
<P>(b) For vehicles with individual-type seats, either—
</P>
<P>(i) A line parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline which passes through the center of the driver's designated seating position; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A line parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline located so that the geometric center of the 95 percent eye range contour is positioned on the longitudinal centerline of the driver's designated seating position.
</P>
<P><I>Shoulder room dimension</I> means the front shoulder room dimension “W3” as defined in section E, “Ground Vehicle Practice,” of SAE Aerospace-Automotive Drawing Standards (1963) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P><I>95 percent eye range contour</I> means the 95th percentile tangential cutoff specified in SAE Recommended Practice J941 (1965) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>Windshield wiping system.</I> Each vehicle shall have a power-driven windshield wiping system that meets the requirements of S4.1.1.
</P>
<P>S4.1.1 <I>Frequency.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.1.1 Each windshield wiping system shall have at least two frequencies or speeds.
</P>
<P>S4.1.1.2 One frequency or speed shall be at least 45 cycles per minute regardless of engine load and engine speed.
</P>
<P>S4.1.1.3 Regardless of engine speed and engine load, the highest and one lower frequency or speed shall differ by at least 15 cycles per minute. Such lower frequency or speed shall be at least 20 cycles per minute regardless of engine speed and engine load.
</P>
<P>S4.1.1.4 Compliance with subparagraphs S4.1.1.2 and S4.1.1.3 may be demonstrated by testing under the conditions specified in sections 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 of SAE Recommended Practice J903a (1966) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S4.1.2 <I>Wiped area.</I> When tested wet in accordance with SAE Recommended Practice J903a (1966) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), each passenger car windshield wiping system shall wipe the percentage of Areas A, B, and C of the windshield (established in accordance with S4.1.2.1) that (1) is specified in column 2 of the applicable table following subparagraph S4.1.2.1 and (2) is within the area bounded by a perimeter line on the glazing surface 25 millimeters from the edge of the daylight opening.
</P>
<P>S4.1.2.1 Areas A, B, and C shall be established as shown in Figures 1 and 2 of SAE Recommended Practice J903a (1966) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) using the angles specified in Columns 3 through 6 of Table I, II, III, or IV, as applicable.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Passenger Cars of Less Than 1520 Millimeters in Overall Width
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column 1—Area
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column 2—Minimum percent to be wiped
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Angles in degrees
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 3—Left
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 4—Right
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 5—Up
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 6—Down
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II—Passenger Cars of 1520 or More But Less Than 1630 Millimeters in Overall Width
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column 1—Area
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column 2—Minimum percent to be wiped
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Angles in degrees
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 3—Left
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 4—Right
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 5—Up
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 6—Down
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table III—Passenger Cars of 1630 or More But Less Than 1730 Millimeters in Overall Width
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column 1—Area
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column 2—Minimum percent to be wiped
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Angles in degrees
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 3—Left
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 4—Right
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 5—Up
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 6—Down
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table IV—Passenger Cars of 1730 or More Millimeters in Overall Width
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column 1—Area
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column 2—Minimum percent to be wiped
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Angles in degrees
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 3—Left
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 4—Right
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 5—Up
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 6—Down
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S4.2 <I>Windshield washing system.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.1 Each passenger car shall have a windshield washing system that meets the requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J942 (1965) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), except that the reference to “the effective wipe pattern defined in SAE J903, paragraph 3.1.2” in paragraph 3.1 of SAE Recommended Practice J942 (1965) shall be deleted and “the areas established in accordance with subparagraph S4.1.2.1 of Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 104” shall be inserted in lieu thereof.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2 Each multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, and bus shall have a windshield washing system that meets the requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J942 (1965) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), except that the reference to “the effective wipe pattern defined in SAE J903, paragraph 3.1.2” in paragraph 3.1 of SAE Recommended Practice J942 (1965) shall be deleted and “the pattern designed by the manufacturer for the windshield wiping system on the exterior surface of the windshield glazing” shall be inserted in lieu thereof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 22902, Dec. 2, 1971, as amended at 58 FR 13023, Mar. 9, 1993; 60 FR 13643, Mar. 14, 1995; 63 FR 51000, Sept. 24, 1998; 77 FR 755, Jan. 6, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.105" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.105   Standard No. 105; Hydraulic and electric brake systems.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for hydraulic and electric service brake systems, and associated parking brake systems.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to insure safe braking performance under normal and emergency conditions.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to multi-purpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR greater than 3,500 kilograms (7,716 pounds) that are equipped with hydraulic or electric brake systems.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I> 
</P>
<P><I>Antilock brake system</I> or <I>ABS</I> means a portion of a service brake system that automatically controls the degree of rotational wheel slip during braking by:
</P>
<P>(1) Sensing the rate of angular rotation of the wheels;
</P>
<P>(2) Transmitting signals regarding the rate of wheel angular rotation to one or more controlling devices which interpret those signals and generate responsive controlling output signals; and
</P>
<P>(3) Transmitting those controlling signals to one or more modulators which adjust brake actuating forces in response to those signals.
</P>
<P><I>Backup system</I> means a portion of a service brake system, such as a pump, that automatically supplies energy, in the event of a primary brake power source failure.
</P>
<P><I>Brake power assist unit</I> means a device installed in a hydraulic brake system that reduces the operator effort required to actuate the system, and that if inoperative does not prevent the operator from braking the vehicle by a continued application of muscular force on the service brake control.
</P>
<P><I>Brake power unit</I> means a device installed in a brake system that provides the energy required to actuate the brakes, either directly or indirectly through an auxiliary device, with the operator action consisting only of modulating the energy application level.
</P>
<P><I>Directly Controlled Wheel</I> means a wheel for which the degree of rotational wheel slip is sensed, either at that wheel or on the axle shaft for that wheel and corresponding signals are transmitted to one or more modulators that adjust the brake actuating forces at that wheel. Each modulator may also adjust the brake actuating forces at other wheels that are on the same axle or in the same axle set in response to the same signal or signals. 
</P>
<P><I>Electric vehicle</I> or <I>EV</I> means a motor vehicle that is powered by an electric motor drawing current from rechargeable storage batteries, fuel cells, or other portable sources of electrical current, and which may include a non-electrical source of power designed to charge batteries and components thereof. 
</P>
<P><I>Electrically-actuated service brakes</I> means service brakes that utilize electrical energy to actuate the foundation brakes.
</P>
<P>Full brake application means a brake application in which the force on the brake pedal reaches 150 pounds within 0.3 seconds from the point of application of force to the brake control.
</P>
<P><I>Hydraulic brake system</I> means a system that uses hydraulic fluid as a medium for transmitting force from a service brake control to the service brake, and that may incorporate a brake power assist unit, or a brake power unit.
</P>
<P><I>Indirectly Controlled Wheel</I> means a wheel at which the degree of rotational wheel slip is not sensed, but at which the modulator of an antilock braking system adjusts its brake actuating forces in response to signals from one or more sensed wheels.
</P>
<P><I>Initial brake temperature</I> means the average temperature of the service brakes on the hottest axle of the vehicle 0.2 mi before any brake application.
</P>
<P><I>Lightly loaded vehicle weight</I> means:
</P>
<P>(a) For vehicles with a GVWR of 10,000 lbs. or less, unloaded vehicle weight plus 400 lbs. (including driver and instrumentation);
</P>
<P>(b) For vehicles with a GVWR greater than 10,000 lbs., unloaded vehicle weight plus 500 lbs. (including driver and instrumentation).
</P>
<P>Maximum drive-through speed means the highest possible constant speed at which the vehicle can be driven through 200 feet of a 500-foot radius curve arc without leaving the 12-foot lane.
</P>
<P><I>Parking mechanism</I> means a component or subsystem of the drive train that locks the drive train when the transmission control is placed in a parking or other gear position and the ignition key is removed.
</P>
<P><I>Peak friction coefficient</I> or <I>PFC</I> means the ratio of the maximum value of braking test wheel longitudinal force to the simultaneous vertical force occurring prior to wheel lockup, as the braking torque is progressively increased.
</P>
<P><I>Pressure component</I> means a brake system component that contains the brake system fluid and controls or senses the fluid pressure.
</P>
<P><I>Regenerative braking system</I> or <I>RBS</I> means an electrical energy system that is installed in an EV for recovering or dissipating kinetic energy, and which uses the propulsion motor(s) as a retarder for partial braking of the EV while returning electrical energy to the propulsion batteries or dissipating electrical energy.
</P>
<P><I>Skid number</I> means the frictional resistance of a pavement measured in accordance with ASTM E274-70 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) at 40 mph, omitting water delivery as specified in paragraphs 7.1 and 7.2 of that method.
</P>
<P><I>Snub</I> means the braking deceleration of a vehicle from a higher reference speed to a lower reference speed that is greater than zero.
</P>
<P><I>Spike stop</I> means a stop resulting from the application of 200 lbs of force on the service brake control in 0.08 s.
</P>
<P><I>Split service brake system</I> means a brake system consisting of two or more subsystems actuated by a single control, designed so that a single failure in any subsystem (such as a leakage-type failure of a pressure component of a hydraulic subsystem except structural failure of a housing that is common to two or more subsystems, or an electrical failure in an electric subsystem) does not impair the operation of any other subsystem.
</P>
<P><I>Stopping distance</I> means the distance traveled by a vehicle from the point of application of force to the brake control to the point at which the vehicle reaches a full stop.
</P>
<P><I>Tandem axle</I> means a group of two or more axles placed in close arrangement one behind the other with the center lines of adjacent axles not more than 72 inches apart.
</P>
<P><I>Variable proportioning brake system</I> means a system that automatically adjusts the braking force at the axles to compensate for vehicle static axle loading and/or dynamic weight transfer between axles during deceleration.
</P>
<P><I>Wheel lockup</I> means 100 percent wheel slip.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Service brake systems.</I> Each vehicle must be equipped with a service brake system acting on all wheels. Wear of the service brake must be compensated for by means of a system of automatic adjustment. Each passenger car and each multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, and bus with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less must be capable of meeting the requirements of S5.1.1 through S5.1.6 under the conditions prescribed in S6, when tested according to the procedures and in the sequence set forth in S7. Each school bus with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds must be capable of meeting the requirements of S5.1.1 through S5.1.5, and S5.1.7 under the conditions specified in S6, when tested according to the procedures and in the sequence set forth in S7. Each multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck and bus (other than a school bus) with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds must be capable of meeting the requirements of S5.1.1, S5.1.2, S5.1.3, and S5.1.7 under the conditions specified in S6, when tested according to the procedures and in the sequence set forth in S7. Except as noted in S5.1.1.2 and S5.1.1.4, if a vehicle is incapable of attaining a speed specified in S5.1.1, S5.1.2, S5.1.3, or S5.1.6, its service brakes must be capable of stopping the vehicle from the multiple of 5 mph that is 4 to 8 mph less than the speed attainable in 2 miles, within distances that do not exceed the corresponding distances specified in Table II. If a vehicle is incapable of attaining a speed specified in S5.1.4 in the time or distance interval set forth, it must be tested at the highest speed attainable in the time or distance interval specified.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Stopping distance.</I> (a) The service brakes shall be capable of stopping each vehicle with a GVWR of less than 8,000 pounds, and each school bus with a GVWR between 8,000 pounds and 10,000 pounds in four effectiveness tests within the distances and from the speeds specified in S5.1.1.1, S5.1.1.2, S5.1.1.3, and S5.1.1.4.
</P>
<P>(b) The service brakes shall be capable of stopping each vehicle with a GVWR of between 8,000 pounds and 10,000 pounds, other than a school bus, in three effectiveness tests within the distances and from the speeds specified in S5.1.1.1, S5.1.1.2, and S5.1.1.4.
</P>
<P>(c) The service brakes shall be capable of stopping each vehicle with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds in two effectiveness tests within the distances and from the speeds specified in S5.1.1.2 and S5.1.1.3. Each school bus with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds manufactured after January 12, 1996 and before March 1, 1999 and which is equipped with an antilock brake system may comply with paragraph S5.1.1.2 and S5.5.1 rather than the first effectiveness test, as specified in S5.1.1.1. Each school bus with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds manufactured on or after March 1, 1999 shall be capable of meeting the requirements of S5.1.1 through S5.1.5, under the conditions prescribed in S6, when tested according to the procedures and in the sequence set forth in S7. 
</P>
<P>S5.1.1.1 In the first (preburnished) effectiveness test, the vehicle shall be capable of stopping from 30 mph and 60 mph within the corresponding distances specified in column I of table II.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1.2 In the second effectiveness test, each vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less and each school bus with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds shall be capable of stopping from 30 mph and 60 mph, and each vehicle with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds (other than a school bus) shall be capable of stopping from 60 mph, within the corresponding distances specified in Column II of Table II. If the speed attainable in 2 miles is not less than 84 mph, a passenger car or other vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less shall also be capable of stopping from 80 mph within the corresponding distances specified in Column II of Table II.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1.3 In the third effectiveness test the vehicle shall be capable of stopping at lightly loaded vehicle weight from 60 mph within the corresponding distance specified in column III of table II.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1.4 In the fourth effectiveness test, a vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less shall be capable of stopping from 30 and 60 mph within the corresponding distances specified in column I of table II. If the speed attainable in 2 miles is not less than 84 mph, a passenger car, or other vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 lbs., or less, shall also be capable of stopping from 80 mph within the corresponding distance specified in column I of table II.
</P>
<P>If the speed attainable in 2 miles is not less than 99 mph, a passenger car shall, in addition, be capable of stopping from the applicable speed indicated below, within the corresponding distance specified in column I of table II.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Speed attainable in 2 miles (mph)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Required to stop from (mph)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Not less than 99 but less than 104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">104 or more</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>For an EV, the speed attainable in 2 miles is determined with the propulsion batteries at a state of charge of not less than 95 percent at the beginning of the run.
</FP>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Partial failure.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.1 In vehicles manufactured with a split service brake system, in the event of a rupture or leakage type of failure in a single subsystem, other than a structural failure of a housing that is common to two or more subsystems, the remaining portion(s) of the service brake system shall continue to operate and shall be capable of stopping a vehicle from 60 mph within the corresponding distance specified in column IV of table II.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.2 In vehicles not manufactured with a split service brake system, in the event of any one rupture or leakage type of failure in any component of the service brake system the vehicle shall, by operation of the service brake control, be capable of stopping 10 times consecutively from 60 mph within the corresponding distance specified in column IV of table II.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.3 For a vehicle manufactured with a service brake system in which the brake signal is transmitted electrically between the brake pedal and some or all of the foundation brakes, regardless of the means of actuation of the foundation brakes, the vehicle shall be capable of stopping from 60 mph within the corresponding distance specified in Column IV of Table II with any single failure in any circuit that electrically transmits the brake signal, and with all other systems intact.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.4 For an EV manufactured with a service brake system that incorporates RBS, the vehicle shall be capable of stopping from 60 mph within the corresponding distance specified in Column IV of Table II with any single failure in the RBS, and with all other systems intact.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 <I>Inoperative brake power assist unit or brake power unit.</I> A vehicle equipped with one or more brake power assist units shall meet the requirements of either S5.1.3.1, S5.1.3.2, or S5.1.3.4 (chosen at the option of the manufacturer), and a vehicle equipped with one or more brake power units shall meet the requirements of either S5.1.3.1, S5.1.3.3, or S5.1.3.4 (chosen at the option of the manufacturer).
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.1 The service brakes on a vehicle equipped with one or more brake power assist units or brake power units, with one such unit inoperative and depleted of all reserve capability, shall be capable of stopping a vehicle from 60 mph within the corresponding distance specified in column IV of table II.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.2 <I>Brake power assist units.</I> The service brakes on a vehicle equipped with one or more brake power assist units, with one such unit inoperative, shall be capable of stopping a vehicle from 60 mph:
</P>
<P>(a) In six consecutive stops at an average deceleration for each stop that is not lower than that specified in column I of table III, when the inoperative unit is not initially depleted of all reserve capability; and
</P>
<P>(b) In a final stop, at an average deceleration that is not lower than 7 FPSPS for passenger cars (equivalent stopping distance 554 feet) or 6 FPSPS for vehicles other than passenger cars (equivalent stopping distance 646 feet), as applicable, when the inoperative unit is depleted of all reserve capacity.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.3 <I>Brake power units.</I> The service brakes of a vehicle equipped with one or more brake power units with an accumulator-type reserve system, with any one failure in any one unit shall be capable of stopping the vehicle from 60 mph—
</P>
<P>(a) In 10 consecutive stops at an average deceleration for each stop that is not lower than that specified in column II of table III, when the unit is not initially depleted of all reserve capability; and
</P>
<P>(b) In a final stop, at an average deceleration that is not lower than 7 FPSPS for passenger cars (equivalent stopping distance 554 feet) or 6 FPSPS for vehicles other than passenger cars (equivalent stopping distance 646 feet), as applicable, when the inoperative unit is depleted of all reserve capacity.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.4 <I>Brake power assist and brake power units.</I> The service brakes of a vehicle equipped with one or more brake power assist units or brake power units with a backup system, with one brake power assist unit or brake power unit inoperative and depleted of all reserve capability and with only the backup system operating in the failed subsystem, shall be capable of stopping the vehicle from 60 mph in 15 consecutive stops at an average deceleration for each stop that is not lower than 12 fpsps (equivalent stopping distance 323 feet).
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.5 <I>Electric brakes.</I> Each vehicle with electrically-actuated service brakes (brake power unit) shall comply with the requirements of S5.1.3.1 with any single electrical failure in the electrically-actuated service brakes and all other systems intact.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 <I>Fade and recovery.</I> The service brakes shall be capable of stopping each vehicle in two fade and recovery tests as specified below.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4.1 The control force used for the baseline check stops or snubs shall be not less than 10 pounds, nor more than 60 pounds, except that the control force for a vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or more may be between 10 pounds and 90 pounds.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4.2 (a) Each vehicle with GVWR of 10,000 lbs or less shall be capable of making 5 fade stops (10 fade stops on the second test) from 60 mph at a deceleration not lower than 15 fpsps for each stop, followed by 5 fade stops at the maximum deceleration attainable from 5 to 15 fpsps.
</P>
<P>(b) Each vehicle with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds shall be capable of making 10 fade snubs (20 fade snubs on the second test) from 40 mph to 20 mph at 10 fpsps for each snub.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4.3 (a) Each vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less shall be capable of making five recovery stops from 30 mph at 10 fpsps for each stop, with a control force application that falls within the following maximum and minimum limits:
</P>
<P>(1) A maximum for the first four recovery stops of 150 pounds, and for the fifth stop, of 20 pounds more than the average control force for the baseline check; and
</P>
<P>(2) A minimum of—
</P>
<P>(A) The average control force for the baseline check minus 10 pounds, or
</P>
<P>(B) The average control force for the baseline check times 0.60,
</P>
<FP>whichever is lower (but in no case lower than 5 pounds).
</FP>
<P>(b) Each vehicle with a GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds shall be capable of making five recovery snubs from 40 mph to 20 mph at 10 fpsps for each snub, with a control force application that falls within the following maximum and minimum limits:
</P>
<P>(1) A maximum for the first four recovery snubs of 150 pounds, and for the fifth snub, of 20 pounds more than the average control force for the baseline check (but in no case more than 100 pounds); and
</P>
<P>(2) A minimum of—
</P>
<P>(A) The average control force for the baseline check minus 10 pounds, or
</P>
<P>(B) The average control force for the baseline check times 0.60,
</P>
<FP>whichever is lower (but in no case lower than 5 pounds).
</FP>
<P>S5.1.5 <I>Water recovery.</I> The service brakes shall be capable of stopping each vehicle in a water recovery test, as specified below.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5.1 The control force used for the baseline check stops or snubs shall be not less than 10 pounds, nor more than 60 pounds, except that the control force for a vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or more may be between 10 and 90 pounds.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5.2(a) After being driven for 2 minutes at a speed of 5 mph in any combination of forward and reverse directions through a trough having a water dept of 6 inches, each vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less shall be capable of making five recovery stops from 30 mph at ten fpsps for each stop with a control force application that falls within the following maximum and minimum limits:
</P>
<P>(1) A maximum for the first four recovery stops of 150 pounds, and for the fifth stop, of 45 pounds more than the average control force for the baseline check (but in no case more than 90 pounds, except that the maximum control force for the fifth stop in the case of a vehicle manufactured before September 1, 1976, shall be not more than plus 60 pounds of the average control force for the baseline check (but in no case more than 110 pounds).
</P>
<P>(2) A minimum of—
</P>
<P>(A) The average control force for the baseline check minus 10 pounds, or
</P>
<P>(B) The average control force for the baseline check times 0.60,
</P>
<FP>whichever is lower (but in no case lower than 5 pounds).
</FP>
<P>(b) After being driven for 2 minutes at a speed of 5 mph in any combination of forward and reverse directions through a trough having a water depth of 6 inches, each vehicle with a GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds shall be capable of making five recovery stops from 30 mph at 10 fpsps for each stop with a control force application that falls within the following maximum and minimum limits:
</P>
<P>(1) A maximum for the first four recovery stops of 150 pounds, and for the fifth stop, of 60 pounds more than the average control force for the baseline check (but in no case more than 110 pounds); and
</P>
<P>(2) A minimum of—
</P>
<P>(A) The average control force for the baseline check minus 10 pounds, or
</P>
<P>(B) The average control force for the baseline check times 0.60,
</P>
<FP>whichever is lower (but in no case lower than 5 pounds).
</FP>
<P>S5.1.6 <I>Spike stops.</I> Each vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 lbs. or less shall be capable of making 10 spike stops from 30 mph, followed by 6 effectiveness (check) stops from 60 mph, at least one of which shall be within a corresponding stopping distance specified in column I of table II.
</P>
<P>S5.1.7 Stability and control during braking. When stopped four consecutive times under the conditions specified in S6, each vehicle with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds manufactured on or after July 1, 2005 and each vehicle with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds manufactured in two or more stages on or after July 1, 2006 shall stop from 30 mph or 75 percent of the maximum drive-through speed, whichever is less, at least three times within the 12-foot lane, without any part of the vehicle leaving the roadway. Stop the vehicle with the vehicle at its lightly loaded vehicle weight, or at the manufacturer's option, at its lightly loaded vehicle weight plus not more than an additional 1000 pounds for a roll bar structure on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Parking Brake System.</I> Each vehicle shall be manufactured with a parking brake system of a friction type with a solely mechanical means to retain engagement, which shall under the conditions of S6, when tested according to the procedures specified in S7, meet the requirements specified in S5.2.1, S5.2.2, or S5.2.3 as appropriate, with the system engaged—
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of a vehicle with a GVWR of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) or less, with a force applied to the control not to exceed 125 pounds for a foot-operated system and 90 pounds for a hand-operated system; and
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a vehicle with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds), with a force applied to the control not to exceed 150 pounds for a foot-operated system and 125 pounds for a hand-operated system.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1. Except as provided in § 5.2.2, the parking brake system on a passenger car and on a school bus with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less shall be capable of holding the vehicle stationary (to the limit of traction on the braked wheels) for 5 minutes in both a forward and reverse direction on a 30 percent grade.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 A vehicle of a type described in S5.2.1 at the option of the manufacturer may meet the requirements of S5.2.2.1, S5.2.2.2, and S5.2.2.3 instead of the requirements of S5.2.1 if:
</P>
<P>(a) The vehicle has a transmission or transmission control which incorporates a parking mechanism, and
</P>
<P>(b) The parking mechanism must be engaged before the ignition key can be removed.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.1 The vehicle's parking brake and parking mechanism, when both are engaged, shall be capable of holding the vehicle stationary (to the limit of traction of the braked wheels) for 5 minutes, in both forward and reverse directions, on a 30 percent grade.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.2 The vehicle's parking brake, with the parking mechanism not engaged, shall be capable of holding the vehicle stationary for 5 minutes, in both forward and reverse directions, on a 20 percent grade.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.3 With the parking mechanism engaged and the parking brake not engaged, the parking mechanism shall not disengage or fracture in a manner permitting vehicle movement, when the vehicle is impacted at each end, on a level surface, by a barrier moving at 2
<FR>1/2</FR> mph.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 (a) The parking brake system on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck or bus (other than a school bus) with a GVWR of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) or less shall be capable of holding the vehicle stationary for 5 minutes, in both forward and reverse directions, on a 20 percent grade.
</P>
<P>(b) The parking brake system on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus (including a school bus) with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) shall be capable of holding the vehicle stationary for 5 minutes, in both forward and reverse directions, on a 20 percent grade.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Brake system indicator lamp.</I> Each vehicle shall have a brake system indicator lamp or lamps, mounted in front of and in clear view of the driver, which meet the requirements of S5.3.1 through S5.3.5. A vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less may have a single common indicator lamp. A vehicle with a GVWR of greater than 10,000 pounds may have an indicator lamp which is common for gross loss of pressure, drop in the level of brake fluid, or application of the parking brake, but shall have a separate indicator lamp for antilock brake system malfunction. However, the options provided in S5.3.1(a) shall not apply to a vehicle manufactured without a split service brake system; such a vehicle shall, to meet the requirements of S5.3.1(a), be equipped with a malfunction indicator that activates under the conditions specified in S5.3.1(a)(4). This warning indicator shall, instead of meeting the requirements of S5.3.2 through S5.3.5, activate (while the vehicle remains capable of meeting the requirements of S5.1.2.2 and the ignition switch is in the “on” position) a continuous or intermittent audible signal and a flashing warning light, displaying the words “STOP-BRAKE FAILURE” in block capital letters not less than one-quarter of an inch in height.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 An indicator lamp shall be activated when the ignition (start) switch is in the “on” (“run”) position and whenever any of the conditions (a) or (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g) occur:
</P>
<P>(a) A gross loss of pressure (such as caused by rupture of a brake line but not by a structural failure of a housing that is common to two or more subsystems) due to one of the following conditions (chosen at the option of the manufacturer):
</P>
<P>(1) Before or upon application of a differential pressure of not more than 225 lb/in
<SU>2</SU> between the active and failed brake system measured at a master cylinder outlet or a slave cylinder outlet.
</P>
<P>(2) Before or upon application of 50 pounds of control force upon a fully manual service brake.
</P>
<P>(3) Before or upon application of 25 pounds of control force upon a service brake with a brake power assist unit.
</P>
<P>(4) When the supply pressure in a brake power unit drops to a level not less than one-half of the normal system pressure.
</P>
<P>(b) A drop in the level of brake fluid in any master cylinder reservoir compartment to less than the recommended safe level specified by the manufacturer or to one-fourth of the fluid capacity of that reservoir compartment, whichever is greater.
</P>
<P>(c) A malfunction that affects the generation or transmission of response or control signals in an antilock brake system, or a total functional electrical failure in a variable proportioning brake system.
</P>
<P>(d) Application of the parking brake.
</P>
<P>(e) For a vehicle with electrically-actuated service brakes, failure of the source of electric power to the brakes, or diminution of state of charge of the batteries to less than a level specified by the manufacturer for the purpose of warning a driver of degraded brake performance.
</P>
<P>(f) For a vehicle with electric transmission of the service brake control signal, failure of a brake control circuit.
</P>
<P>(g) For an EV with RBS that is part of the service brake system, failure of the RBS.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, all indicator lamps shall be activated as a check of lamp function either when the ignition (start) switch is turned to the “on” (run) position when the engine is not running, or when the ignition (start) switch is in a position between “on” (run) and “start” that is designated by the manufacturer as a check position.
</P>
<P>(b) The indicator lamps need not be activated when a starter interlock is in operation.
</P>
<P>S5.3.3 (a) Each indicator lamp activated due to a condition specified in S5.3.1 shall remain activated as long as the malfunction exists, whenever the ignition (start) switch is in the “on” (run) position, whether or not the engine is running.
</P>
<P>(b) For vehicles manufactured on and after September 1, 1999 with GVWRs greater than 10,000 lbs, each message about the existence of a malfunction, as described in S5.3.1(c), shall be stored in the antilock brake system after the ignition switch is turned to the “off” position and the indicator lamp shall be automatically reactivated when the ignition switch is again turned to the “on” position. The indicator lamp shall also be activated as a check of lamp function whenever the ignition is turned to the “on” (run) position. The indicator lamp shall be deactivated at the end of the check of lamp function unless there is a malfunction or a message about a malfunction that existed when the key switch was last turned to the “off” position.
</P>
<P>S5.3.4 When an indicator lamp is activated it may be steady burning or flashing.
</P>
<P>S5.3.5 (a) Each indicator lamp shall display word, words or abbreviation, in accordance with the requirements of Standard No. 101 (49 CFR 571.101) and/or this section, which shall have letters not less than 
<FR>1/8</FR>-inch high and be legible to the driver in daylight when lighted. Words in addition to those required by Standard No. 101 and/or this section and symbols may be provided for purposes of clarity.
</P>
<P>(b) If a single common indicator is used, the lamp shall display the word “Brake”. The letters and background of a single common indicator shall be of contrasting colors, one of which is red.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) If separate indicators are used for one or more of the conditions described in S5.3.1(a) through S5.3.1(g) of this standard, the indicator display shall include the word “Brake” and appropriate additional labeling, except as provided in (c)(1) (A) through (D) of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(A) If a separate indicator lamp is provided for gross loss of pressure, the words “Brake Pressure” shall be used for S5.3.1(a).
</P>
<P>(B) If a separate indicator lamp is provided for low brake fluid, the words “Brake Fluid” shall be used for S5.3.1(b), except for vehicles using hydraulic system mineral oil.
</P>
<P>(C) If a separate indicator lamp is provided for an anti-lock system, the single word “Antilock” or “Anti-lock”, or the abbreviation “ABS”, may be used for S5.3.1(c).
</P>
<P>(D) If a separate indicator lamp is provided for application of the parking brake, the single word “Park” may be used for S5.3.1(d).
</P>
<P>(E) If a separate indicator is used for the regenerative brake system, the symbol “RBS” may be used. RBS failure may also be indicated by a lamp displaying the symbol “ABS/RBS.” 
</P>
<P>(2) Except for a separate indicator lamp for an anti-lock system, a regenerative system, or an indicator for both anti-lock and regenerative system, the letters and background of each separate indicator lamp shall be of contrasting colors, one of which is red. The letters and background of a separate lamp for an anti-lock system, a regenerative system, or a lamp displaying both an anti-lock and a regenerative system shall be of contrasting colors, one of which is yellow.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Reservoirs.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 <I>Master cylinder reservoirs.</I> A master cylinder shall have a reservoir compartment for each service brake subsystem serviced by the master cylinder. Loss of fluid from one compartment shall not result in a complete loss of brake fluid from another compartment.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 <I>Reservoir capacity.</I> Reservoirs, whether for master cylinders or other type systems, shall have a total minimum capacity equivalent to the fluid displacement resulting when all the wheel cylinders or caliper pistons serviced by the reservoirs move from a new lining, fully retracted position (as adjusted initially to the manufacturer's recommended setting) to a fully worn, fully applied position, as determined in accordance with S7.18(c) of this standard. Reservoirs shall have completely separate compartments for each subsystem except that in reservoir systems utilizing a portion of the reservoir for a common supply to two or more subsystems, individual partial compartments shall each have a minimum volume of fluid equal to at least the volume displaced by the master cylinder piston servicing the subsystem, during a full stroke of the piston. Each brake power unit reservoir servicing only the brake system shall have a minimum capacity equivalent to the fluid displacement required to charge the system piston(s) or accumulator(s) to normal operating pressure plus the displacement resulting when all the wheel cylinders or caliper pistons serviced by the reservoir or accumulator(s) move from a new lining fully retracted position (as adjusted initially to the manufacturer's recommended setting) to a fully worn, fully applied position.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3 <I>Reservoir labeling</I>—Each vehicle equipped with hydraulic brakes shall have a brake fluid warning statement that reads as follows, in letters at least one-eighth of an inch high: “WARNING, Clean filler cap before removing. Use only ______ fluid from a sealed container.” (Inserting the recommended type of brake fluid as specified in 49 CFR 571.116, e.g., “DOT 3”). The lettering shall be— 
</P>
<P>(a) Permanently affixed, engraved, or embossed;
</P>
<P>(b) Located so as to be visible by direct view, either on or within 4 inches of the brake fluid reservoir filler plug or cap; and
</P>
<P>(c) Of a color that contrasts with its background, if it is not engraved or embossed.
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Antilock and variable proportioning brake systems.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.5.1 Each vehicle with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, except for any vehicle with a speed attainable in 2 miles of not more than 33 mph, shall be equipped with an antilock brake system that directly controls the wheels of at least one front axle and the wheels of at least one rear axle of the vehicle. On each vehicle with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds but not greater than 19,500 pounds and motor homes with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds but not greater than 22,500 pounds manufactured before March 1, 2001, the antilock brake system may also directly control the wheels of the rear drive axle by means of a single sensor in the driveline. Wheels on other axles of the vehicle may be indirectly controlled by the antilock brake system.
</P>
<P>S5.5.2 In the event of any failure (structural or functional) in an antilock or variable proportioning brake system, the vehicle shall be capable of meeting the stopping distance requirements specified in S5.1.2 for service brake system partial failure. For an EV that is equipped with both ABS and RBS that is part of the service brake system, the ABS must control the RBS.
</P>
<P>S5.6 <I>Brake system integrity.</I> Each vehicle shall be capable of completing all performance requirements of S5 without—
</P>
<P>(a) Detachment or fracture of any component of the braking system, such as brake springs and brake shoe or disc pad facing, other than minor cracks that do not impair attachment of the friction facing. All mechanical components of the braking system shall be intact and functional. Friction facing tearout (complete detachment of lining) shall not exceed 10 percent of the lining on any single frictional element.
</P>
<P>(b) Any visible brake fluid or lubricant on the friction surface of the brake, or leakage at the master cylinder or brake power unit reservoir cover, seal and filler openings.
</P>
<P>S6 <I>Test conditions.</I> The performance requirements of S5 shall be met under the following conditions. Where a range of conditions is specified, the vehicle shall be capable of meeting the requirements at all points within the range. Compliance of vehicles manufactured in two or more stages may, at the option of the final-stage manufacturer, be demonstrated to comply with this standard by adherence to the instructions of the incomplete manufacturer provided with the vehicle in accordance with § 568.4(a)(7)(ii) and § 568.5 of title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Vehicle weight.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 Other than tests specified at lightly loaded vehicle weight in S7.5(a), S7.7, S7.8, and S7.9, the vehicle is loaded to its GVWR such that the weight on each axle as measured at the tire-ground interface is in proportion to its GAWR, except that each fuel tank is filled to any level from 100 percent of capacity (corresponding to full GVWR) to 75 percent. However, if the weight on any axle of a vehicle at lightly loaded vehicle weight exceeds the axle's proportional share of the gross vehicle weight rating, the load required to reach GVWR is placed so that the weight on that axle remains the same as a lightly loaded vehicle weight.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 For applicable tests specified in S7.5(a), S7.7, S7.8, and S7.9, vehicle weight is lightly loaded vehicle weight, with the added weight, except for the roll bar structure allowed for trucks and buses with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, distributed in the front passenger seat area in passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, and in the area adjacent to the driver's seat in buses.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Electric vehicles and electric brakes.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 The state of charge of the propulsion batteries is determined in accordance with SAE Recommended Practice J227a (1976) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The applicable sections of SAE J227a (1976) are 3.2.1 through 3.2.4, 3.3.1 through 3.3.2.2, 3.4.1 and 3.4.2, 4.2.1, 5.2, 5.2.1, and 5.3.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 At the beginning of the first effectiveness test specified in S7.3, and at the beginning of each burnishing procedure, each EV's propulsion battery is at the maximum state of charge recommended by the manufacturer, as stated in the vehicle operator's manual or on a label that is permanently attached to the vehicle, or, if the manufacturer has made no recommendation, at a state of charge of not less than 95 percent. If a battery is replaced rather than recharged, the replacement battery is to be charged and measured for state of charge in accordance with these procedures. During each burnish procedure, each propulsion battery is restored to the recommended state of charge or a state of charge of not less than 95 percent after each increment of 40 burnish stops until each burnish procedure is complete. The batteries may be charged at a more frequent interval if, during a particular 40-stop increment, the EV is incapable of achieving the initial burnish test speed. During each burnish procedure, the propulsion batteries may be charged by an external means or replaced by batteries that are charged to the state of charge recommended by the manufacturer or a state of charge of not less than 95 percent. For EVs having a manual control for setting the level of regenerative braking, the manual control, at the beginning of each burnish procedure, is set to provide maximum regenerative braking throughout the burnish.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 At the beginning of each performance test in the test sequence (S7,3, S7.5, S7.7 through S7.11, and S7.13 through S7.19 of this standard), unless otherwise specified, each propulsion battery of an EV is at the maximum state of charge recommended by the manufacturer, as stated in the vehicle operator's manual or on a label that is permanently attached to the vehicle, or, if the manufacturer has made no recommendation, at a state of charge of not less than 95 percent. If batteries are replaced rather than recharged, each replacement battery shall be charged and measured for state of charge in accordance with these procedures. No further charging of any propulsion battery occurs during any of the performance tests in the test sequence of this standard. If the propulsion batteries are depleted during a test sequence such that the vehicle reaches automatic shut-down, will not accelerate, or the low state of charge warning lamp is illuminated, the vehicle is to be accelerated to brake test speed by auxiliary means.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4 (a) For an EV equipped with RBS, the RBS is considered to be part of the service brake system if it is automatically controlled by an application of the service brake control, if there is no means provided for the driver to disconnect or otherwise deactivate it, and if it is activated in all transmission positions, including neutral. The RBS is operational during all burnishes and all tests, except for the test of a failed RBS.
</P>
<P>(b) For an EV equipped with an RBS that is not part of the service brake system, the RBS is operational and set to produce the maximum regenerative braking effect during the burnishes, and is disabled during the test procedures. If the vehicle is equipped with a neutral gear that automatically disables the RBS, the test procedures which are designated to be conducted in gear may be conducted in neutral. 
</P>
<P>S6.2.5 For tests conducted “in neutral,” the operator of an EV with no “neutral” position (or other means such as a clutch for disconnecting the drive train from the propulsion motor(s)) does not apply any electromotive force to the propulsion motor(s). Any electromotive force that is applied to the propulsion motor(s) automatically remains in effect unless otherwise specified by the test procedure. 
</P>
<P>S6.2.6 A vehicle equipped with electrically-actuated service brakes also performs the following test series. Conduct 10 stopping tests from a speed of 100 kph or the maximum vehicle speed, whichever is less. At least two of the 10 stopping distances must be less than or equal to 70 meters. The vehicle is loaded to GVWR for these tests and the transmission is in the neutral position when the service brake control is actuated and throughout the remainder of the test. The battery or batteries providing power to those electrically-actuated brakes, at the beginning of each test, shall be in a depleted state of charge for conditions (a), (b), or (c) of this paragraph as appropriate. An auxiliary means may be used to accelerate an EV to test speed. 
</P>
<P>(a) For an EV equipped with electrically-actuated service brakes deriving power from the propulsion batteries, and with automatic shut-down capability of the propulsion motor(s), the propulsion batteries are at not more than five percent above the EV actual automatic shut-down critical value. The critical value is determined by measuring the state-of-charge of each propulsion battery at the instant that automatic shut-down occurs and averaging the states-of-charge recorded. 
</P>
<P>(b) For an EV equipped with electrically-actuated service brakes deriving power from the propulsion batteries, and with no automatic shut-down capability of the propulsion motor(s), the propulsion batteries are at an average of not more than five percent above the actual state of charge at which the brake failure warning signal, required by S5.3.1(e) of this standard, is illuminated. 
</P>
<P>(c) For a vehicle which has an auxiliary battery (or batteries) that provides electrical energy to operate the electrically-actuated service brakes, the auxiliary battery(batteries) is (are) at (at an average of) not more than five percent above the actual state of charge at which the brake failure warning signal, required by S5.3.1(e) of this standard, is illuminated. 
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Tire inflation pressure.</I> Tire inflation pressure is the pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer for the GVWR of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Transmission selector control.</I> For S7.3, S7.5, S7.8, S7.15, S7.17, S7.11.1.2, S7.11.2.2, S7.11.3.2, and as required for S7.13, the transmission selector control is in neutral for all decelerations. For all other tests during all decelerations, the transmission selector is in the control position, other than overdrive, recommended by the manufacturer for driving on a level surface at the applicable test speed. To avoid engine stall during tests required to be run in gear a manual transmission may be shifted to neutral (or the clutch disengaged) when the vehicle speed decreases to 20 mph.
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>Engine.</I> Engine idle speed and ignition timing settings are according to the manufacturer's recommendations. If the vehicle is equipped with an adjustable engine speed governor, it is adjusted according to the manufacturer's recommendation.
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Vehicle openings.</I> All vehicle openings (doors, windows, hood, trunk, convertible top, cargo doors, etc.) are closed except as required for instrumentation purposes.
</P>
<P>S6.7 <I>Ambient temperature.</I> The ambient temperature is any temperature between 32 °F. and 100 °F.
</P>
<P>S6.8 <I>Wind velocity.</I> The wind velocity is zero.
</P>
<P>S6.9 <I>Road surface.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.9.1 For vehicles with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, road tests are conducted on a 12-foot-wide, level roadway, having a skid number of 81. Burnish stops are conducted on any surface. The parking brake test surface is clean, dry, smooth, Portland cement concrete.
</P>
<P>S6.9.2(a) For vehicles with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, road tests (excluding stability and control during braking tests) are conducted on a 12-foot-wide, level roadway, having a peak friction coefficient of 1.02 when measured using an ASTM F2493 standard reference test tire, in accordance with ASTM E1337-19 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), at a speed of 40 mph, without water delivery. Burnish stops are conducted on any surface. The parking brake test surface is clean, dry, smooth, Portland cement concrete.
</P>
<P>(b) For vehicles with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, stability and control during braking tests are conducted on a 500-foot-radius curved roadway with a wet level surface having a peak friction coefficient of 0.55 when measured on a straight or curved section of the curved roadway using an ASTM F2493 standard reference tire, in accordance with ASTM E1337-19 at a speed of 40 mph, with water delivery.
</P>
<P>S6.10 <I>Vehicle position and wheel lockup restrictions.</I> The vehicle is aligned in the center of the roadway at the start of each brake application. Stops, other than spike stops, are made without any part of the vehicle leaving the roadway.
</P>
<P>S6.10.1 For vehicles with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, stops are made with wheel lockup permitted only as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) At vehicle speeds above 10 mph, there may be controlled wheel lockup on an antilock-equipped axle, and lockup of not more than one wheel per vehicle, uncontrolled by an antilock system. (Dual wheels on one side of an axle are considered a single wheel.)
</P>
<P>(b) At vehicle speeds of 10 mph or less, any wheel may lock up for any duration.
</P>
<P>(c) Unlimited wheel lockup is allowed during spike stops (but not spike check stops), partial failure stops, and inoperative brake power or power assist unit stops.
</P>
<P>S6.10.2 For vehicles with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, stops are made with wheel lockup permitted only as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) At vehicle speeds above 20 mph, any wheel on a nonsteerable axle other than the two rearmost nonliftable, nonsteerable axles may lock up for any duration. The wheels on the two rearmost nonliftable, nonsteerable axles may lock up according to (b).
</P>
<P>(b) At vehicle speeds above 20 mph, one wheel on any axle or two wheels on any tandem may lock up for any duration.
</P>
<P>(c) At vehicle speeds above 20 mph, any wheel not permitted to lock in (a) or (b) may lock up repeatedly, with each lockup occurring for a duration of one second or less.
</P>
<P>(d) At vehicle speeds of 20 mph or less, any wheel may lock up for any duration.
</P>
<P>(e) Unlimited wheel lockup is allowed during partial failure stops, and inoperative brake power or power assist stops.
</P>
<P>S6.11 <I>Thermocouples.</I> The brake temperature is measured by plug-type thermocouples installed in the approximate center of the facing length and width of the most heavily loaded shoe or disc pad, one per brake, as shown in figure 1. A second thermocouple may be installed at the beginning of the test sequence if the lining wear is expected to reach a point causing the first thermocouple to contact the metal rubbing surface of a drum or rotor. For centergrooved shoes or pads, thermocouples are installed within one-eighth of an inch to one-quarter inch of the groove and as close to the center as possible.
</P>
<P>S6.12 <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Unless otherwise specified the brake temperature is 150 °F. to 200 °F.
</P>
<P>S6.13 <I>Control forces.</I> Unless otherwise specified, the force applied to a brake control is not less than 15 lb and not more than 150 lb.
</P>
<P>S6.14 Special drive conditions. A vehicle with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds equipped with an interlocking axle system or a front wheel drive system that is engaged and disengaged by the driver is tested with the system disengaged.
</P>
<P>S6.15 Selection of compliance options. Where manufacturer options are specified, the manufacturer shall select the option by the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for the vehicle. Each manufacturer shall, upon request from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, provide information regarding which of the compliance options it has selected for a particular vehicle or make/model.
</P>
<P>S7. Test procedure and sequence. Each vehicle shall be capable of meeting all the applicable requirements of S5 when tested according to the procedures and sequence set forth below, without replacing any brake system part or making any adjustments to the brake system other than as permitted in the burnish and reburnish procedures and in S7.9 and S7.10. (For vehicles only having to meet the requirements of S5.1.1, S5.1.2, S5.1.3, and S5.1.7 in section S5.1, the applicable test procedures and sequence are S7.1, S7.2, S7.4, S7.5(b), S7.5(a), S7.8, S7.9, S7.10, and S7.18. However, at the option of the manufacturer, the following test procedure and sequence may be conducted: S7.1, S7.2, S7.3, S7.4, S7.5(b), S7.6, S7.7, S7.5(a), S7.8, S7.9, S7.10, and S7.18. The choice of this option must not be construed as adding to the requirements specified in S5.1.2 and S5.1.3.) Automatic adjusters must remain activated at all times. A vehicle shall be deemed to comply with the stopping distance requirements of S5.1 if at least one of the stops at each speed and load specified in each of S7.3, S7.5(b), S7.8, S7.9, S7.10, S7.15 and S7.17 (check stops) is made within a stopping distance that does not exceed the corresponding distance specified in Table II. When the transmission selector control is required to be in neutral for a deceleration, a stop or snub must be obtained by the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(a) Exceed the test speed by 4 to 8 mph;
</P>
<P>(b) Close the throttle and coast in gear to approximately 2 mph above the test speed;
</P>
<P>(c) Shift to neutral; and
</P>
<P>(d) When the test speed is reached, apply the service brakes.
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Brake warming.</I> If the initial brake temperature for the first stop in a test procedure (other than S7.7 and S7.16) has not been reached, heat the brakes to the initial brake temperature by making not more than 10 snubs from not more than 40 to 10 mph, at a deceleration not greater than 10 fpsps.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Pretest instrumentation check.</I> Conduct a general check of instrumentation by making not more than 10 stops from a speed of not more than 30 mph, or 10 snubs from a speed of not more than 40 to 10 mph, at a deceleration of not more than 10 fpsps. If instrument repair, replacement, or adjustment is necessary, make not more than 10 additional stops or snubs after such repair, replacement, or adjustment.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Service brake system—first</I> (<I>preburnish</I>) <I>effectiveness test.</I> Make six stops from 30 mph. Then make six stops from 60 mph.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Service brake system—burnish procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.4.1 <I>Vehicles with GVWR of 10,000 lb or less.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.4.1.1 <I>Burnish.</I> Burnish the brakes by making 200 stops from 40 mph at 12 fpsps (the 150 lb control force limit does not apply here). The interval from the start of one service brake application to the start of the next shall be either the time necessary to reduce the initial brake temperature to between 230 °F. and 270 °F., or the distance of 1 mile, whichever occurs first. Accelerate to 40 mph after each stop and maintain that speed until making the next stop.
</P>
<P>S7.4.1.2 <I>Brake adjustment—post burnish.</I> After burnishing, adjust the brakes in accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendations.
</P>
<P>S7.4.2 <I>Vehicles with GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.4.2.1 <I>Burnish.</I> Vehicles are burnished according to the following procedures. Make 500 snubs between 40 mph and 20 mph at a deceleration rate of 10 f.p.s.p.s. Except where an adjustment is specified, after each brake application accelerate to 40 mph and maintain that speed until making the next brake application at a point 1 mile from the initial point of the previous brake application. If the vehicle cannot attain a speed of 40 mph in 1 mph, continue to accelerate until the vehicle reaches 40 mph or until the vehicle has traveled 1.5 miles from the initial point of the previous brake application, whichever occurs first. The brakes shall be adjusted three times during the burnish procedure, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, after 125, 250, and 375 snubs. 
</P>
<P>S7.4.2.2 <I>Brake adjustment—post burnish.</I> After burnishing, adjust the brakes in accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendations.
</P>
<P>S7.5 (a) Stability and control during braking (vehicles with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds). Make four stops in the lightly-loaded weight condition specified in S5.1.7. Use a full brake application for the duration of the stop, with the clutch pedal depressed or the transmission selector control in the neutral position, for the duration of each stop.
</P>
<P>(b) Service brake system—second effectiveness test. For vehicles with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, or any school bus, make six stops from 30 mph. Then, for any vehicle, make six stops from 60 mph. Then, for a vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, make four stops from 80 mph if the speed attainable in 2 miles is not less than 84 mph.
</P>
<P>S7.6 <I>First reburnish.</I> Repeat S7.4, except make 35 burnish stops or snubs. In the case of vehicles burnished in accordance with S7.4.2.1(a) of this section, reburnish the vehicle by making 35 snubs from 60 to 20 mph, but if the hottest brake temperature reaches 500 °F ±50 °F, make the remainder of the brake applications from the highest snub condition listed in Table IV that will maintain the hottest brake temperature at 500 °F ±50 °F. If at a snub condition of 40 to 20 mph, the temperature of the hottest brake exceeds 550 °F, make the remainder of the 35 brake applications from the snub condition without regard to brake temperature.
</P>
<P>S7.7 <I>Parking brake test.</I> The parking brake tests for any vehicle on different grades, in different directions, and for different loads may be conducted in any order. The force required for actuation of a hand-operated brake system shall be measured at the center of the hand grip area or at a distance of 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches from the end of the actuation lever, as illustrated in Figure II.
</P>
<P>S7.7.1 <I>Test procedure for requirements of S5.2.1 and S5.2.3.</I> 
</P>
<P>S7.7.1.1 Condition the parking brake friction elements so that the temperature at the beginning of the test is at any level not more than 150 °F. (when the temperature of components on both ends of an axle are averaged).
</P>
<P>S7.7.1.2 Drive the vehicle, loaded to GVWR, onto the specified grade with the longitudinal axis of the vehicle in the direction of the slope of the grade, stop the vehicle and hold it stationary by application of the service brake control, and place the transmission in neutral.
</P>
<P>S7.7.1.3 With the vehicle held stationary by means of the service brake control, apply the parking brake by a single application of the force specified in (a), (b), or (c) of this paragraph, except that a series of applications to achieve the specified force may be made in the case of a parking brake system design that does not allow the application of the specified force in a single application: 
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of a passenger car or other vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 lbs. or less, not more than 125 pounds for a foot-operated system, and not more than 90 pounds for a hand-operated system; and
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a vehicle with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) not more than 150 pounds for a foot-operated system, and not more than 125 pounds for a hand-operated system.
</P>
<P>(c) For a vehicle using an electrically-activated parking brake, apply the parking brake by activating the parking brake control. 
</P>
<P>S7.7.1.4 Following the application of the parking brake in accordance with S7.7.1.3, release all force on the service brake control and commence the measurement of time if the vehicle remains stationary. If the vehicle does not remain stationary, reapplication of the service brake to hold the vehicle stationary, with reapplication of a force to the parking brake control at the level specified in S7.7.1.3 (a) or (b) as appropriate for the vehicle being tested (without release of the ratcheting or other holding mechanism of the parking brake) may be used twice to attain a stationary position.
</P>
<P>S7.7.1.5 Following observation of the vehicle in a stationary condition for the specified time in one direction, repeat the same test procedure with the vehicle orientation in the opposite direction on the specified grade.
</P>
<P>S7.7.1.6 Check the operation of the parking brake application indicator required by S5.3.1(d).
</P>
<P>S7.7.2 <I>Test procedure for requirements of S5.2.2</I> (a) Check that transmission must be placed in park position to release key;
</P>
<P>(b) Test as in S7.7.1, except in addition place the transmission control to engage the parking mechanism; and
</P>
<P>(c) Test as in S7.7.1 except on a 20 percent grade, with the parking mechanism not engaged.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3 <I>Lightly loaded vehicle.</I> Repeat S7.7.1 or S7.7.2 as applicable except with the vehicle at lightly loaded vehicles weight or at manufacturer's option, for a vehicle with GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, at lightly loaded vehicle weight plus not more than an additional 1,000 pounds for a roll bar structure on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S7.7.4 <I>Non-service brake type parking brake systems.</I> For vehicles with parking brake systems not utilizing the service brake friction elements, burnish the friction elements of such systems prior to parking brake tests according to the manufacturer's published recommendations as furnished to the purchaser. If no recommendations are furnished, run the vehicle in an unburnished condition.
</P>
<P>S7.8 <I>Service brake system test—lightly loaded vehicle (third effectiveness) test.</I> Make six stops from 60 mph with vehicle at lightly vehicle weight, or at the manufacturer's option for a vehicle with GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, at lightly loaded vehicle weight plus not more than an additional 1,000 pounds for a roll bar structure on the vehicle. (This test is not applicable to a vehicle which has a GVWR of not less than 7,716 pounds and not greater than 10,000 pounds and is not a school bus.)
</P>
<P>S7.9 <I>Service brake system test—partial failure.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.9.1 With the vehicle at lightly loaded vehicle weight or at the manufacturer's option for a vehicle with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, at lightly loaded vehicle weight plus not more than an additional 1,000 pounds for a roll bar structure on the vehicle, alter the service brake system to produce any one rupture or leakage type of failure, other than a structural failure of a housing that is common to two or more subsystems. Determine the control force, pressure level, or fluid level (as appropriate for the indicator being tested) necessary to activate the brake system indicator lamp. Make four stops if the vehicle is equipped with a split service brake system, or 10 stops if the vehicle is not so equipped, each from 60 mph, by a continuous application of the service brake control. Restore the service brake system to normal at completion of this test.
</P>
<P>S7.9.2 Repeat S7.9.1 for each of the other subsystems.
</P>
<P>S7.9.3 Repeat S7.9.1 and S7.9.2 with vehicle at GVWR. Restore the service brake system to normal at completion of this test.
</P>
<P>S7.9.4 (For vehicles with antilock and/or variable proportioning brake systems.) With vehicle at GVWR, disconnect functional power source, or otherwise render antilock system inoperative. Disconnect variable proportioning brake system. Make four stops, each from 60 mph. If more than one antilock or variable proportioning brake subsystem is provided, disconnect or render one subsystem inoperative and run as above. Restore system to normal at completion of this test. Repeat for each subsystem provided.
</P>
<P>Determine whether the brake system indicator lamp is activated when the electrical power source to the antilock or variable proportioning unit is disconnected.
</P>
<P>S7.9.5 For a vehicle in which the brake signal is transmitted electrically between the brake pedal and some or all of the foundation brakes, regardless of the means of actuation of the foundation brakes, the tests in S7.9.1 through S7.9.3 of this standard are conducted by inducing any single failure in any circuit that electrically transmits the brake signal, and all other systems intact. Determine whether the brake system indicator lamp is activated when the failure is induced. 
</P>
<P>S7.9.6 For an EV with RBS that is part of the service brake system, the tests specified in S7.9.1 through S7.9.3 are conducted with the RBS disconnected and all other systems intact. Determine whether the brake system indicator lamp is activated when the RBS is disconnected. 
</P>
<P>S7.10 <I>Service brake system—inoperative brake power unit or brake power assist unit test.</I> (For vehicles equipped with brake power unit or brake power assist unit.)
</P>
<P>S7.10.1 <I>Regular procedure.</I> (This test need not be run if the option in S7.10.2 is selected.) On vehicles with brake power assist units, render the brake power assist unit inoperative, or one of the brake power assist unit subsystems if two or more subsystems are provided, by disconnecting the relevant power supply. Exhaust any residual brake power reserve capability of the disconnected system. On vehicles with brake power units, disconnect the primary source of power. Make four stops, each from 60 mph by a continuous application of the service brake control. Restore the system to normal at completion of this test. For vehicles equipped with more than one brake power unit or brake power assist unit, conduct tests of each in turn.
</P>
<P>S7.10.2 <I>Optional Procedures.</I> On vehicles with brake power assist units, the unit is charged to maximum prior to start of test. (Engine may be run up in speed, then throttle closed quickly to attain maximum charge on vacuum assist units.) Brake power units shall also be charged to maximum accumulator pressure prior to start of test. No recharging is allowed after start of test.
</P>
<P>(a) (For vehicles with brake power assist units.) Disconnect the primary source of power. Make six stops each from 60 mph, to achieve the average deceleration for each stop as specified in table III. Apply the brake control as quickly as possible. Maintain control force until vehicle has stopped.
</P>
<FP>At the completion of the stops specified above, deplete the system of any residual brake power reserve capability. Make one stop from 60 mph at an average deceleration of not lower than 7 fpsps for passenger cars (equivalent stopping distance 554 feet), or 6 fpsps for vehicles other than passenger cars (equivalent stopping distance 646 feet) and determine whether the control force exceeds 150 pounds.
</FP>
<P>(b) (For vehicles with brake power units with accumulator type systems.) Test as in S7.10.2(a), except make 10 stops instead of 6 and, at the completion of the 10 stops, deplete the failed element of the brake power unit of any residual brake power reserve capability before making the final stop.
</P>
<P>(c) (For vehicles with brake power assist or brake power units with backup systems.) If the brake power or brake power assist unit operates in conjunction with a backup system and the backup system is activated automatically in the event of a primary power failure, the backup system is operative during this test. Disconnect the primary source of power of one subsystem. Make 15 stops, each from 60 mph, with the backup system activated for the failed subsystem, to achieve an average deceleration of 12 fpsps for each stop.
</P>
<P>(d) Restore systems to normal at completion of these tests. For vehicles equipped with more than one brakepower assist or brakepower unit, conduct tests of each in turn.
</P>
<P>S7.10.3 <I>Electric brakes.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) For vehicles with electrically-actuated service brakes, the tests in S7.10.1 or S7.10.2 are conducted with any single electrical failure in the electric brake system instead of the brake power or brake power assist systems, and all other systems intact. 
</P>
<P>(b) For EVs with RBS that is part of the service brake system, the tests in S7.10.1 or S7.10.2 are conducted with the RBS discontinued and all other systems intact. 
</P>
<P>S7.11 <I>Service brake system—first fade and recovery test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.11.1 <I>Baseline check stops or snubs.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.11.1.1 <I>Vehicles with GVWR of 10,000 lb or less.</I> Make three stops from 30 mph at 10 fpsps for each stop. Control force readings may be terminated when vehicle speed falls to 5 mph. Average the maximum brake control force required for the three stops.
</P>
<P>S7.11.1.2 <I>Vehicles with GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds.</I> With transmission in neutral (or declutched), make three snubs from 40 to 20 mph at 10 fpsps for each snub. Average the maximum brake control force required for the three snubs.
</P>
<P>S7.11.2 <I>Fade stops or snubs.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.11.2.1 <I>Vehicles with GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less.</I> Make 5 stops from 60 mph at 15 fpsps followed by 5 stops at the maximum attainable deceleration between 5 and 15 fpsps for each stop. Establish an initial brake temperature before the first brake application of 130° to 150 °F. Initial brake temperatures before brake applications for subsequent stops are those occurring at the distance intervals. Attain the required deceleration within 1 second and, as a minimum, maintain it for the remainder of the stopping time. Control force readings may be terminated when vehicle speed falls to 5 mph. Leave an interval of 0.4 mi between the start of brake applications. Accelerate immediately to the initial test speed after each stop. Drive 1 mi at 30 mph after the last fade stop, and immediately follow the recovery procedure specified in S7.11.3.1.
</P>
<P>S7.11.2.2 <I>Vehicles with GVWR greater than 10,000 lb.</I> With transmission in neutral (or declutched) make 10 snubs from 40 to 20 mph at 10 fpsps for each snub. Establish an initial brake temperature before the first brake application of 130 °F. to 150 °F. Initial brake temperatures before brake application for subsequent snubs are those occurring in the time intervals specified below. Attain the required deceleration within 1 s and maintain it for the remainder of the snubbing time. Leave an interval of 30 s between snubs (start of brake application to start of brake application). Accelerate immediately to the initial test speed after each snub. Drive for 1.5 mi at 40 mph after the last snub and immediately follow the recovery procedure specified in S7.11.3.2.
</P>
<P>S7.11.3 <I>Recovery stops or snubs.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.11.3.1 <I>Vehicles with GVWR of 10,000 lb or less.</I> Make five stops from 30 mph at 10 fpsps for each stop. Control force readings may be terminated when vehicle speed falls to 5 mph. Allow a braking distance interval of 1 mi. Immediately after each stop accelerate at maximum rate to 30 mph and maintain that speed until making the next stop. Record the maximum control force for each stop.
</P>
<P>S7.11.3.2 <I>Vehicles with GVWR greater than 10,000 lb.</I> With transmission in neutral (or declutched) make five snubs from 40 to 20 mph at 10 fpsps for each snub. After each snub, accelerate at maximum rate to 40 mph and maintain that speed until making the next brake application at a point 1.5 mi from the point of the previous brake application. Record the maximum control force for each snub.
</P>
<P>S7.12 <I>Service brake system—second reburnish.</I> Repeat S7.6.
</P>
<P>S7.13 <I>Service brake system—second fade and recovery test.</I> Repeat S7.11 except in S7.11.2 run 15 fade stops or 20 snubs instead of 10.
</P>
<P>S7.14 <I>Third reburnish.</I> Repeat S7.6.
</P>
<P>S7.15 <I>Service brake system—fourth effectiveness test.</I> Repeat S7.5. Then (for passenger cars) make four stops from either 95 mph if the speed attainable in 2 mi is 99 to (but not including) 104 mph, or 100 mph if the speed attainable in 2 mi is 104 mph or greater.
</P>
<P>S7.16 <I>Service brake system—water recovery test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.16.1 <I>Baseline check stop.</I> Make three stops from 30 mph at 10 fpsps for each stop. Control force readings may be terminated when vehicle speed falls to 5 mph. Average the maximum brake control force required for the three stops.
</P>
<P>S7.16.2 <I>Wet brake recovery stops.</I> With the brakes fully released at all times, drive the vehicle for 2 min at a speed of 5 mph in any combination of forward and reverse directions, through a trough having a water depth of 6 in. After leaving the trough, immediately accelerate at a maximum rate to 30 mph without a brake application. Immediately upon reaching that speed make five stops, each from 30 mph at 10 fpsps for each stop. After each stop (except the last), accelerate the vehicle immediately at a maximum rate to a speed of 30 mph and begin the next stop.
</P>
<P>S7.17 <I>Spike stops.</I> Make 10 successive spike stops from 30 mph with the transmission in neutral, with no reverse stops. Make spike stops by applying a control force of 200 lb while recording control force versus time. Maintain control force until vehicle has stopped. At completion of 10 spike stops, make six effectiveness stops from 60 mph.
</P>
<P>S7.18 <I>Final inspection.</I> Inspect—
</P>
<P>(a) The service brake system for detachment or fracture of any components, such as brake springs and brake shoes or disc pad facing.
</P>
<P>(b) The friction surface of the brake, the master cylinder or brake power unit reservoir cover and seal and filler openings, for leakage of brake fluid or lubricant.
</P>
<P>(c) The master cylinder or brake power unit reservoir for compliance with the volume and labeling requirements of S5.4.2 and S5.4.3. In determining the fully applied worn condition assume that the lining is worn to: (1) Rivet or bolt heads on riveted or bolted linings, or (2) within one thirty-seconds of an inch of shoe or pad mounting surface on bonded linings, or (3) the limit recommended by the manufacturer, whichever is larger relative to the total possible shoe or pad movement. Drums or rotors are assumed to be at nominal design drum diameter or rotor thickness. Linings are assumed adjusted for normal operating clearance in the released position.
</P>
<P>(d) The brake system indicator light(s), for compliance with operation in various key positions, lens color, labeling, and location, in accordance with S5.3.
</P>
<P>S7.19 <I>Moving barrier test.</I> (Only for vehicles that have been tested according to S7.7.2.) Load the vehicle to GVWR, release parking brake, and place the transmission selector control to engage the parking mechanism. With a moving barrier as described in paragraph 4.3 of SAE Recommended Practice J972 (2000) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), impact the vehicle from the front at 2
<FR>1/2</FR> mph. Keep the longitudinal axis of the barrier parallel with the longitudinal axis of the vehicle. Repeat the test, impacting the vehicle from the rear.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The vehicle used for this test need not be the same vehicle that has been used for the braking tests.</P></NOTE>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.004.gif"/>
<BCAP><E T="15">Figure 1—Typical Plug Thermocouple Installations</E></BCAP>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The second thermocouple shall be installed at .080 inch depth within 1 inch circumferentially of the thermocouple installed at .040 inch depth.</P></NOTE>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.005.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Brake Test Procedure Sequence and Requirements 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Sequence 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Test load 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Test procedure 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Requirements 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Light 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">GVWR 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Instrumentation check</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. First (preburnish) effectiveness test</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.1.1.1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Burnish procedure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Second effectiveness test</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.5(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.1.1.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. First reburnish</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Parking brake</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7. Stability and control during braking (braking-in-a-curve test)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.5(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.1.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8. Third effectiveness (lightly loaded vehicle)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.1.1.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9. Partial failure</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.1.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10. Inoperative brake power and power assist units</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.1.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11. First fade and recovery</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.1.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12. Second reburnish</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13. Second fade and recovery</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.1.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14. Third reburnish</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15. Fourth effectiveness</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.1.1.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16. Water recovery</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.1.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17. Spike stops</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.1.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18. Final inspection</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19. Moving barrier test</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.2.2.3</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er07se99.007.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table III—Inoperative Brake Power Assist and Brake Power Units
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Stop No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Average deceleration, FPSPS
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Equivalent stopping distance, feet
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Column 1—brake power assist
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Column 2—brake power unit
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Column 3—brake power assist
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Column 4—brake power unit
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(a)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(b) and (c)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(a)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(b) and (c)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(a)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(b) and (c)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(a)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(b) and (c)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">277</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">242</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">298
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">323</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">323</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">298</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">352
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">388</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">388</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">323</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">388
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">431</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">456</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">352</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">409
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">484</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">517</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">388</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">431
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">517</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">580</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">409</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">456
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 7.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 6.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">554</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">646</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">431</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">484
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">456</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">517
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">484</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">554
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">517</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">596
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 7.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 6.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">554</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">646
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Depleted. (a) Passenger cars; (b) vehicles other than passenger cars with GVWR of 10,000 lbs or less; (c) vehicles with GVWR greater than 10,000 lbs; NA = Not applicable.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 29696, July 19, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.105, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.106" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.106   Standard No. 106; Brake hoses.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies labeling and performance requirements for motor vehicle brake hose, brake hose assemblies, and brake hose end fittings.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries occurring as a result of brake system failure from pressure or vacuum loss due to hose or hose assembly rupture.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, trailers, and motorcycles, and to hydraulic, air, and vacuum brake hose, brake hose assemblies, and brake hose end fittings for use in those vehicles.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Armor</I> means protective material installed on a brake hose to increase the resistance of the hose or hose assembly to abrasion or impact damage.
</P>
<P><I>Brake hose</I> means a flexible conduit, other than a vacuum tubing connector, manufactured for use in a brake system to transmit or contain the fluid pressure or vacuum used to apply force to a vehicle's brakes. For hose, a dimensional description such as “
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch hose” refers to the nominal inside diameter. For tubing, a dimensional description such as “
<FR>1/4</FR>-in tubing” refers to the nominal outside diameter.
</P>
<P><I>Brake hose assembly</I> means a brake hose, with or without armor, equipped with end fittings for use in a brake system, but does not include an air or vacuum assembly prepared by the owner or operator of a used vehicle, by his employee, or by a repair facility, for installation in that used vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Brake hose end fitting</I> means a coupler, other than a clamp, designed for attachment to the end of a brake hose.
</P>
<P><I>Free length</I> means the linear measurement of hose exposed between the end fittings of a hose assembly in a straight position.
</P>
<P><I>Permanently attached end fitting</I> means an end fitting that is attached by deformation of the fitting about the hose by crimping or swaging, or an end fitting that is attached by use of a sacrificial sleeve or ferrule that requires replacement each time a hose assembly is rebuilt.
</P>
<P><I>Preformed</I> means a brake hose that is manufactured with permanent bends and is shaped to fit a specific vehicle without further bending.
</P>
<P><I>Rupture</I> means any failure that results in separation of a brake hose from its end fitting or in leakage.
</P>
<P><I>Vacuum tubing connector</I> means a flexible conduit of vacuum that (i) connects metal tubing to metal tubing in a brake system, (ii) is attached without end fittings, and (iii) when installed, has an unsupported length less than the total length of those portions that cover the metal tubing.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements—hydraulic brake hose, brake hose assemblies, and brake hose end fittings.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Construction.</I> (a) Each hydraulic brake hose assembly shall have permanently attached brake hose end fittings which are attached by deformation of the fitting about the hose by crimping or swaging. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each hydraulic brake hose assembly that is equipped with a permanent supplemental support integrally attached to the assembly and is manufactured as a replacement for use on a vehicle not equipped, as an integral part of the vehicle's original design, with a means of attaching the support to the vehicle shall be equipped with a bracket that is integrally attached to the supplemental support and that adapts the vehicle to properly accept this type of brake hose assembly. 
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Labeling.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 Each hydraulic brake hose, except hose sold as part of a motor vehicle, shall have at least two clearly identifiable stripes of at least one-sixteenth of an inch in width, placed on opposite sides of the brake hose parallel to its longitudinal axis. One stripe may be interrupted by the information required by S5.2.2, and the other stripe may be interrupted by additional information at the manufacturer's option. However, hydraulic brake hose manufactured for use only in an assembly whose end fittings prevent its installation in a twisted orientation in either side of the vehicle, need not meet the requirements of S5.2.1.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 Each hydraulic brake hose shall be labeled, or cut from bulk hose that is labeled, at intervals of not more than 6 inches, measured from the end of one legend to the beginning of the next, in block capital letters and numerals at least one-eighth of an inch high, with the information listed in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section. The information need not be present on hose that is sold as part of a brake hose assembly or a motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(a) The symbol DOT, constituting a certification by the hose manufacturer that the hose conforms to all applicable motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(b) A designation that identifies the manufacturer of the hose, which shall be filed in writing with: Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, Equipment Division NVS-222, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh St. SW., Washington, DC 20590. The marking may consist of a designation other than block capital letters required by S5.2.2.
</P>
<P>(c) The month, day, and year, or the month and year, of manufacture, expressed in numerals. For example, 10/1/96 means October 1, 1996.
</P>
<P>(d) The nominal inside diameter of the hose expressed in inches or fractions of inches, or in millimeters followed by the abbreviation “mm.”
</P>
<P>(e) Either “HR” to indicate that the hose is regular expansion hydraulic hose or “HL” to indicate that the hose is low expansion hydraulic hose.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 <I>Package labeling for brake hose assemblies designed to be used with a supplemental support.</I> (a) Each hydraulic brake hose assembly that is equipped with a permanent supplemental support integrally attached to the assembly and is manufactured as a replacement assembly for a vehicle equipped, as an integral part of the vehicle's original design, with a means of attaching the support to the vehicle shall be sold in a package that is marked or labeled as follows: “FOR USE ON [<I>insert Manufacturer, Model Name</I>] ONLY”; 
</P>
<P>(b) Each hydraulic brake hose assembly that is equipped with a permanent supplemental support integrally attached to the assembly and is manufactured as a replacement for use on a vehicle not equipped, as an integral part of the vehicle's original design, with a means of attaching the support to the vehicle shall comply with paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) Be sold in a package that is marked or labeled as follows: “FOR USE ONLY WITH A SUPPLEMENTAL SUPPORT.” 
</P>
<P>(2) Be accompanied by clear, detailed instructions explaining the proper installation of the brake hose and the supplemental support bracket to the vehicle and the consequences of not attaching the supplemental support bracket to the vehicle. The instructions shall be printed on or included in the package specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>S5.2.4 Each hydraulic brake hose assembly, except those sold as part of a motor vehicle, shall be labeled by means of a band around the brake hose assembly as specified in this paragraph or, at the option of the manufacturer, by means of labeling as specified in S5.2.4.1. The band may at the manufacturer's option be attached so as to move freely along the length of the assembly, as long as it is retained by the end fittings. The band shall be etched, embossed, or stamped in block capital letters, numerals or symbols at least one-eighth of an inch high, with the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The symbol DOT constituting certification by the hose assembler that the hose assembly conforms to all applicable motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(b) A designation that identifies the manufacturer of the hose assembly, which shall be filed in writing with: Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, Equipment Division NVS-222, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh St. SW., Washington, DC 20590. The designation may consist of block capital letters, numerals or a symbol.
</P>
<P>S5.2.4.1 At least one end fitting of a hydraulic brake hose assembly shall be etched, stamped or embossed with a designation at least one-sixteenth of an inch high that identifies the manufacturer of the hose assembly and is filed in accordance with S5.2.4(b).
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Test requirements.</I> A hydraulic brake hose assembly or appropriate part thereof shall be capable of meeting any of the requirements set forth under this heading, when tested under the conditions of S13 and the applicable procedures of S6. However, a particular hose assembly or appropriate part thereof need not meet further requirements after having been subjected to and having met the constriction requirement (S5.3.1) and any one of the requirements specified in S5.3.2 through S5.3.13. 
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 <I>Constriction.</I> Except for that part of an end fitting which does not contain hose, every inside diameter of any section of a hydraulic brake hose assembly shall be not less than 64 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the brake hose (S6.12).
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 <I>Expansion and burst strength.</I> The maximum expansion of a hydraulic brake hose assembly at 1,000 psi, 1,500 psi and 2,900 psi shall not exceed the values specified in Table I (S6.1), except that a brake hose larger than 
<FR>3/16</FR> inch or 5 mm is not subject to the 2,900 psi expansion test requirements. The hydraulic brake hose assembly shall then withstand water pressure of 4,000 psi for 2 minutes without rupture, and then shall not rupture at less than 7,000 psi for a 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch, 3 mm, or smaller diameter hose, or at less than 5,000 psi for a hose with a diameter larger than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch or 3 mm (S6.2). 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Maximum Expansion of Free Length Brake Hose, CC/FT
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Hydraulic brake hose, inside diameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Test pressure
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">1,000 psi
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">1,500 psi
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">2,900 psi
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regular
<br/>expansion
<br/>hose
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Low
<br/>expansion
<br/>hose
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Low
<br/>expansion
<br/>hose
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regular
<br/>expansion
<br/>hose
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Regular
<br/>expansion
<br/>hose
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Low
<br/>expansion
<br/>hose
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/8</fr> inch, or 3mm, or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.79</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">&gt;
<fr>1/8</fr> inch or 3mm, to 
<fr>3/16</fr> inch or 5 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">&gt;
<fr>3/16</fr> inch or 5 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.3.3 <I>Whip resistance.</I> A hydraulic brake hose assembly shall not rupture when run continuously on a flexing machine for 35 hours (S6.3).
</P>
<P>S5.3.4 <I>Tensile strength.</I> A hydraulic brake hose assembly shall withstand a pull of 325 pounds without separation of the hose from its end fittings during a slow pull test, and shall withstand a pull of 370 pounds without separation of the hose from its end fittings during a fast pull test (S6.4).
</P>
<P>S5.3.5 <I>Water absorption and burst strength.</I> A hydraulic brake hose assembly, after immersion in water for 70 hours (S6.5), shall withstand water pressure of 4,000 psi for 2 minutes, and then shall not rupture at less than 5,000 psi (S6.2).
</P>
<P>S5.3.6 <I>Water absorption and tensile strength.</I> A hydraulic brake hose assembly, after immersion in water for 70 hours (S6.5), shall withstand a pull of 325 pounds without separation of the hose from its end fittings during a slow pull test, and shall withstand a pull of 370 pounds without separation of the hose from its end fittings during a fast pull test (S6.4).
</P>
<P>S5.3.7 <I>Water absorption and whip resistance.</I> A hydraulic brake hose assembly, after immersion in water for 70 hours (S6.5), shall not rupture when run continuously on a flexing machine for 35 hours (S6.3).
</P>
<P>S5.3.8 <I>Low-temperature resistance.</I> A hydraulic brake hose conditioned at a temperature between minus 49 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 45 degrees Celsius) and minus 54 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 48 degrees Celsius) for 70 hours shall not show cracks visible without magnification when bent around a cylinder as specified in S6.6 (S6.6).
</P>
<P>S5.3.9 <I>Brake fluid compatibility, constriction, and burst strength.</I> Except for brake hose assemblies designed for use with mineral or petroleum-based brake fluids, a hydraulic brake hose assembly shall meet the constriction requirement of S5.3.1 after having been subjected to a temperature of 248 degrees Fahrenheit (120 degrees Celsius) for 70 hours while filled with SAE RM-66-04 “Compatibility Fluid,” as described in Appendix B of SAE Standard J1703 JAN95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). It shall then withstand water pressure of 4,000 psi for 2 minutes and thereafter shall not rupture at less than 5,000 psi (S6.2 except all sizes of hose are tested at 5,000 psi).
</P>
<P>S5.3.10 <I>Ozone resistance.</I> A hydraulic brake hose shall not show cracks visible under 7-power magnification after exposure to ozone for 70 hours at 104 °F. (S6.8).
</P>
<P>S5.3.11 <I>Dynamic ozone test.</I> A hydraulic brake hose shall not show cracks visible without magnification after having been subjected to a 48-hour dynamic ozone test (S6.9).
</P>
<P>S5.3.12 <I>High temperature impulse test.</I> A brake hose assembly tested under the conditions in S6.10:
</P>
<P>(a) Shall withstand pressure cycling for 150 cycles, at 295 degrees Fahrenheit (146 degrees Celsius) without leakage;
</P>
<P>(b) Shall not rupture during a 2-minute, 4,000 psi pressure hold test, and;
</P>
<P>(c) Shall not burst at a pressure less than 5,000 psi.
</P>
<P>S5.3.13 <I>End fitting corrosion resistance.</I> After 24 hours of exposure to salt spray, a hydraulic brake hose end fitting shall show no base metal corrosion on the end fitting surface except where crimping or the application of labeling information has caused displacement of the protective coating (S6.11).
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test procedures—Hydraulic brake hose, brake hose assemblies, and brake hose end fittings.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1. <I>Expansion test.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 <I>Apparatus.</I> Utilize a test apparatus (as shown in Figure 1) which consists of:
</P>
<P>(a) Source for required fluid pressure;
</P>
<P>(b) Test fluid of water without any additives and free of gases;
</P>
<P>(c) Reservoir for test fluid;
</P>
<P>(d) Pressure gauges;
</P>
<P>(e) Brake hose end fittings in which to mount the hose vertically; and
</P>
<P>(f) Graduate burette with 0.05 cc increments.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.006.gif"/>
<BCAP><E T="15">Fig. 1—Expansion Test Apparatus</E></BCAP>
<P>S6.1.2 <I>Preparation.</I> (a) Measure the free length of the hose assembly.
</P>
<P>(b) Mount the hose so that it is in a vertical straight position without tension when pressure is applied.
</P>
<P>(c) Fill the hose with test fluid and bleed all gases from the system.
</P>
<P>(d) Close the valve to the burette and apply 1,500 psi for 10 seconds; then release pressure.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3 <I>Calculation of expansion at 1,000 and 1,500 psi.</I> (a) Adjust the fluid level in the burette to zero.
</P>
<P>(b) Close the valve to the burette, apply pressure at the rate of 15,000 psi per minute, and seal 1,000 psi in the hose (1,500 psi in the second series, and 2,900 psi in the third series).
</P>
<P>(c) After 3 seconds open the valve to the burette for 10 seconds and allow the fluid in the expanded hose to rise into the burette.
</P>
<P>(d) Repeat the procedure in steps (b) and (c) twice. Measure the amount of test fluid which has accumulated in the burette as a result of the three applications of pressure.
</P>
<P>(e) Calculate the volumetric expansion per foot by dividing the total accumulated test fluid by 3 and further dividing by the free length of the hose in feet.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Burst strength test.</I> (a) Connect the brake hose to a pressure system and fill it completely with water, allowing all gases to escape.
</P>
<P>(b) Apply water pressure of 4,000 psi at a rate of 15,000 psi per minute.
</P>
<P>(c) After 2 minutes at 4,000 psi, increase the pressure at the rate of 15,000 psi per minute until the pressure exceeds 5,000 psi for a brake hose larger than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch or 3 mm diameter, or until the pressure exceeds 7,000 psi for a brake hose of 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch, 3 mm, or smaller diameter. 
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Whip resistance test.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.1 <I>Apparatus.</I> Utilize test apparatus that is dynamically balanced and includes:
</P>
<P>(a) A movable header consisting of a horizontal bar equipped with capped end fittings and mounted through bearings at each end to points 4 inches from the center of two vertically rotating disks whose edges are in the same vertical plane;
</P>
<P>(b) An adjustable stationary header parallel to the movable header in the same horizontal plane as the centers of the disks, and fitted with open end fittings;
</P>
<P>(c) An elapsed time indicator; and
</P>
<P>(d) A source of water pressure connected to the open end fittings.
</P>
<P>S6.3.2 <I>Preparation.</I> (a) Except for the supplemental support specified in S6.3.2(d), remove all external appendages including, but not limited to, hose armor, chafing collars, mounting brackets, date band and spring guards. 
</P>
<P>(b) Measure the hose free length.
</P>
<P>(c) Mount the hose in the whip test machine, introducing slack as specified in Table II for the size hose tested, measuring the projected length parallel to the axis of the rotating disks. The manufacturer may, at his option, adapt the fitting attachment points to permit mounting hose assemblies equipped with angled or other special fittings in the same orientation as hose assemblies equipped with straight fittings.
</P>
<P>(d) In the case of a brake hose assembly equipped with a permanent supplemental support integrally attached to the assembly, the assembly may be mounted using the supplemental support and associated means of simulating its attachment to the vehicle. Mount the supplemental support in the same vertical and horizontal planes as the stationary header end of the whip test fixture described in S6.3.1(b). Mount or attach the supplemental support so that it is positioned in accordance with the recommendation of the assembly manufacturer for attaching the supplemental support on a vehicle. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II—Hose Lengths
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Free length between end fittings, inches
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Slack, inches
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>1/8</fr> inch or 3 mm hose or less
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">More than 
<fr>1/8</fr> inch or 3 mm hose
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8 to 15
<fr>1/2</fr>, inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.750</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 to 15
<fr>1/2</fr>, inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 15
<fr>1/2</fr> to 19 inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 19 to 24, inclusive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.750</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S6.3.3 <I>Operation.</I> (a) Apply 235 psi water pressure and bleed all gases from the system.
</P>
<P>(b) Drive the movable head at 800 rpm.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Tensile strength test.</I> Utilize a tension testing machine conforming to the requirements of ASTM E4-03 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) and provided with a recording device to measure the force applied.
</P>
<P>S6.4.1 <I>Preparation.</I> Mount the hose assembly to ensure straight, evenly distributed machine pull.
</P>
<P>S6.4.2 <I>Operation.</I> (a) Conduct the slow pull test by applying tension at a rate of 1 inch per minute travel of the moving head until separation occurs.
</P>
<P>(b) Conduct the fast pull test by applying tension at a rate of 2 inches per minute travel of the moving head until separation occurs.
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>Water absorption sequence tests.</I> (a) Prepare three brake hose assemblies and measure the free length of the hose assemblies.
</P>
<P>(b) Immerse the brake hose assemblies in distilled water at 185 degrees Fahrenheit (85 degrees Celsius) for 70 hours. Remove the brake hose assemblies from the water and condition in air at room temperature for 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>(c) Conduct the tests in S6.2, S6.3, and S6.4, using a different hose for each sequence.
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Low temperature resistance test.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.6.1 <I>Preparation.</I> (a) Remove hose armor, if any, and condition the hose in a straight position in air at a temperature between minus 49 degrees Fahrenheit and minus 54 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 45 degrees Celsius and minus 48 degrees Celsius) for 70 hours.
</P>
<P>(b) Condition a cylinder in air at a temperature between minus 49 degrees Fahrenheit and minus 54 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 45 degrees Celsius and minus 48 degrees Celsius) for 70 hours, using a cylinder of 2
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in diameter for tests of hose less than 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch or 3mm, 3 inches in diameter for tests of 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch or 3 mm hose, 3
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in diameter for tests of 
<FR>3/16</FR> to 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch hose or 4 mm to 6 mm hose, and 4 inches in diameter for tests of hose greater than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch or 6 mm in diameter.
</P>
<P>S6.6.2 <I>Flexibility testing.</I> Bend the conditioned hose 180 degrees around the conditioned cylinder at a steady rate in a period of 3 to 5 seconds. Examine without magnification for cracks.
</P>
<P>S6.7 <I>Brake fluid compatibility test.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.7.1 <I>Preparation.</I> (a) Attach a hose assembly below a 1-pint reservoir filled with 100 ml. of SAE RM-66-04 Compatibility Fluid as shown in Figure 2. 
</P>
<P>(b) Fill the hose assembly with brake fluid, seal the lower end, and place the test assembly in an oven in a vertical position.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.007.gif"/>
<P>S6.7.2 <I>Oven treatment.</I> (a) Condition the hose assembly at 200 °F. for 70 hours.
</P>
<P>(b) Cool the hose assembly at room temperature for 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>(c) Drain the brake hose assembly, immediately determine that every inside diameter of any section of the hose assembly, except for that part of an end fitting which does not contain hose, is not less than 64 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the hose, and conduct the test specified in S6.2.
</P>
<P>S6.8 <I>Ozone resistance test.</I> Utilize a cylinder with a diameter eight times the nominal outside diameter of the brake hose excluding armor.
</P>
<P>S6.8.1 <I>Preparation.</I> After removing any armor, bind a hydraulic brake hose 360° around the cylinder. In the case of hose shorter than the circumference of the cylinder, bend the hose so that as much of its length as possible is in contact.
</P>
<P>S6.8.2 <I>Exposure to ozone.</I> (a) Condition the hose on the cylinder in air at room temperature for 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(b) Immediately thereafter, condition the hose on the cylinder for 70 hours in an exposure chamber having an ambient air temperature of 104 degrees Fahrenheit (40 degrees Celsius) during the test and containing air mixed with ozone in the proportion of 100 parts of ozone per 100 million parts of air by volume.
</P>
<P>(c) Examine the hose for cracks under 7-power magnification, ignoring areas immediately adjacent to or within the area covered by binding.
</P>
<P>S6.9 <I>Dynamic ozone test.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.9.1 <I>Apparatus.</I> Utilize a test apparatus shown in Figure 3 which is constructed so that:
</P>
<P>(a) It has a fixed pin with a vertical orientation over which one end of the brake hose is installed.
</P>
<P>(b) It has a movable pin that is oriented 30 degrees from vertical, with the top of the movable pin angled towards the fixed pin. The moveable pin maintains its orientation to the fixed pin throughout its travel in the horizontal plane. The other end of the brake hose is installed on the movable pin. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er20de04.004.gif"/>
<P>S6.9.2 <I>Preparation.</I> (a) Precondition the hose assembly by laying it on a flat surface in an unstressed condition, at room temperature, for 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(b) Cut the brake hose assembly to a length of 8.6 inches (218 mm), such that no end fittings remain on the cut hose.
</P>
<P>(c) Mount the brake hose onto the test fixture by fully inserting the fixture pins into each end of the hose. Secure the hose to the fixture pins using a band clamp at each end of the hose.
</P>
<P>(d) Place the test fixture into an ozone chamber
</P>
<P>(e) Stabilize the atmosphere in the ozone chamber so that the ambient temperature is 104 °F (40 degrees Celsius) and the air mixture contains air mixed with ozone in the proportion of 100 parts of ozone per 100 million parts of air by volume. This atmosphere is to remain stable throughout the remainder of the test.
</P>
<P>(f) Begin cycling the movable pin at a rate of 0.3 Hz. Continue the cycling for 48 hours.
</P>
<P>(g) At the completion of 48 hours of cycling, remove the test fixture from the ozone chamber. Without removing the hose from the test fixture, visually examine the hose for cracks without magnification, ignoring areas immediately adjacent to or within the area covered by the band clamps. Examine the hose with the movable pin at any point along its travel.
</P>
<P>S6.10 <I>High temperature impulse test.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.10.1 <I>Apparatus.</I> (a) A pressure cycling machine to which one end of the brake hose assembly can be attached, with the entire hose assembly installed vertically inside of a circulating air oven. The machine shall be capable of increasing the pressure in the hose from zero psi to 1600 psi, and decreasing the pressure in the hose from 1600 psi to zero psi, within 2 seconds.
</P>
<P>(b) A circulating air oven that can reach a temperature of 295 degrees Fahrenheit (146 degrees Celsius) within 30 minutes, and that can maintain a constant 295 degrees F (146 degrees Celsius) thereafter, with the brake hose assembly inside of the oven and attached to the pressure cycling machine.
</P>
<P>(c) A burst test apparatus to conduct testing specified in S6.2
</P>
<P>S6.10.2 <I>Preparation.</I> (a) Connect one end of the hose assembly to the pressure cycling machine and plug the other end of the hose. Fill the pressure cycling machine and hose assembly with SAE RM-66-04 “Compatibility Fluid,” as described in Appendix B of SAE Standard J1703 JAN95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) and bleed all gases from the system.
</P>
<P>(b) Place the brake hose assembly inside of the circulating air oven in a vertical position. Increase the oven temperature to 295 degrees F (146 degrees Celsius) and maintain this temperature throughout the pressure cycling test.
</P>
<P>(c) During each pressure cycle, the pressure in the hose is increased from zero psi to 1600 psi and held constant for 1 minute, then the pressure is decreased from 1600 psi to zero psi and held constant for 1 minute. Perform 150 pressure cycles on the brake hose assembly.
</P>
<P>(d) Remove the brake hose assembly from the oven, disconnect it from the pressure cycling machine, and drain the fluid from the hose. Cool the brake hose assembly at room temperature for 45 minutes.
</P>
<P>(e) Wipe the brake hose using acetone to remove residual Compatibility Fluid. Conduct the burst strength test in S6.2, except all sizes of hose are tested at 5,000 psi.
</P>
<P>S6.11 <I>End fitting corrosion test.</I> Utilize the apparatus described in ASTM B117-03 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S6.11.1 <I>Construction. Construct the salt spray chamber so that:</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The construction material does not affect the corrosiveness of the fog.
</P>
<P>(b) The hose assembly is supported or suspended 30 degrees from the vertical and parallel to the principal direction of the horizontal flow of fog through the chamber.
</P>
<P>(c) The hose assembly does not contact any metallic material or any material capable of acting as a wick
</P>
<P>(d) Condensation which falls from the assembly does not return to the solution reservoir for respraying.
</P>
<P>(e) Condensation from any source does not fall on the brake hose assemblies or the solution collectors.
</P>
<P>(f) Spray from the nozzles is not directed onto the hose assembly.
</P>
<P>S6.11.2 <I>Preparation.</I> (a) Plug each end of the hose assembly.
</P>
<P>(b) Mix a salt solution five parts by weight of sodium chloride to 95 parts of distilled water, using sodium chloride substantially free of nickel and copper, and containing on a dry basis not more than 0.1 percent of sodium iodide and not more than 0.3 percent total impurities. Ensure that the solution is free of suspended solids before the solution is atomized.
</P>
<P>(c) After atomization at 95 degrees Fahrenheit (35 degrees Celsius), ensure that the collected solution is in the PH range of 6.5 to 7.2. Make the PH measurements at 77 degrees Fahrenheit (28 degrees Celsius).
</P>
<P>(d) Maintain a compressed air supply to the nozzle or nozzles free of oil and dirt and between 10 and 25 psi.
</P>
<P>S6.11.3 <I>Operation.</I> Subject the brake hose assembly to the salt spray continuously for 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(a) Regulate the mixture so that each collector will collect from 1 to 2 milliliters of solution per hour for each 80 square centimeters of horizontal collecting area.
</P>
<P>(b) Maintain exposure zone temperature at 95 degrees Fahrenheit (35 degrees Celsius).
</P>
<P>(c) Upon completion, remove the salt deposit from the surface of the hose by washing gently or dipping in clean running water not warmer than 100 degrees Fahrenheit (38 degrees Celsius) and then drying immediately.
</P>
<P>S6.12 <I>Constriction test.</I> Brake hose constriction test requirements shall be met using at least one of the methods specified in S6.12.1, S6.12.2, or S6.12.3.
</P>
<P>S6.12.1 <I>Plug gauge.</I> (a) Utilize a plug gauge as shown in Figure 4. Diameter “A” is equal to 64 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the hydraulic brake hose being tested.
</P>
<P>(b) Brake hose assemblies that are to be used for additional testing have constriction testing only at each end fitting. Other brake hose assemblies may be cut into 3-inch lengths to permit constriction testing of the entire assembly. Hose assemblies with end fittings that do not permit entry of the gauge (<I>e.g.</I>, restrictive orifice or banjo fitting) are cut 3 inches from the point at which the hose terminates in the end fitting and then tested from the cut end.
</P>
<P>(c) Hold the brake hose in a straight position and vertical orientation.
</P>
<P>(d) Place the spherical end of the plug gauge just inside the hose or end fitting. If the spherical end will not enter the hose or end fitting using no more force than gravity acting on the plug gauge, this constitutes failure of the constriction test.
</P>
<P>(e) Release the plug gauge. Within 3 seconds, the plug gauge shall fall under the force of gravity alone up to the handle of the gauge. If the plug gauge does not fully enter the hose up to the handle of the gauge within three seconds, this constitutes failure of the constriction test.
</P>
<P>S6.12.2 <I>Extended plug gauge.</I> (a) The test in 6.12.1 may be conducted with an extended plug gauge to enable testing of the entire brake hose from one end fitting, without cutting the brake hose. The extended plug gauge weight and spherical diameter specifications are as shown in Figure 4, but the handle portion of the gauge may be deleted and the gauge length may be greater than 3 inches.
</P>
<P>(b) The required performance of the extended plug gauge in S6.12.1(e) is that after the plug gauge is released, the extended plug gauge shall fall under the force of gravity alone at an average rate of 1 inch per second until the spherical diameter of the extended gauge passes through all portions of the brake hose assembly containing hose. If the extended plug gauge does not pass through all portions of the brake hose assembly containing hose at an average rate of 1 inch per second, this constitutes failure of the constriction test. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er20de04.005.gif"/>
<P>S6.12.3 <I>Drop ball test.</I> (a) Utilize a rigid spherical ball with a diameter equal to 64 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the hydraulic brake hose being tested. The weight of the spherical ball shall not exceed 2 ounces (57 grams).
</P>
<P>(b) Hold the brake hose in a straight position and vertical orientation.
</P>
<P>(c) Hold the ball just above the end fitting.
</P>
<P>(d) Release the ball. The ball shall fall under the force of gravity alone completely through all portions of the brake hose assembly containing hose, at an average rate of 1 inch per second. Failure of the ball to pass completely through all portions of the brake hose assembly containing hose, at an average rate of 1 inch per second, constitutes failure of the constriction test.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Requirements—Air brake hose, brake hose assemblies, and brake hose end fittings.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Construction.</I> Each air brake hose assembly shall be equipped with permanently attached brake hose end fittings or reusable brake hose end fittings. Each air brake hose constructed of synthetic or natural elastomeric rubber shall conform to the dimensional requirements specified in Table III, except for brake hose manufactured in metric sizes.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Labeling</I>
</P>
<P>S7.2.1 <I>Hose.</I> Each air brake hose shall be labeled, or cut from bulk hose that is labeled, at intervals of not more than 6 inches, measured from the end of one legend to the beginning of the next, in block capital letters and numerals at least one-eighth of an inch high, with the information listed in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section. The information need not be present on hose that is sold as part of a brake hose assembly or a motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(a) The symbol DOT, constituting a certification by the hose manufacturer that the hose conforms to all applicable motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(b) A designation that identifies the manufacturer of the hose, which shall be filed in writing with: Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, Equipment Division NVS-222, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh St. SW., Washington, DC 20590. The designation may consist of block capital letters, numerals, or a symbol.
</P>
<P>(c) The month, day, and year, or the month and year, of manufacture, expressed in numerals. For example, 10/1/96 means October 1, 1996.
</P>
<P>(d) The nominal inside diameter of the hose expressed in inches or fractions of inches or in millimeters. The abbreviation “mm” shall follow hose sizes that are expressed in millimeters. (Examples: 
<FR>3/8</FR>, 
<FR>1/2</FR> (
<FR>1/2</FR>SP in the case of 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch special air brake hose), 4mm, 6mm.)
</P>
<P>(e) The type designation corresponding to the brake hose dimensions in Table III. Type A shall be labeled with the letter “A”, Type AI shall be labeled with the letters “AI”, and type AII shall be labeled with the letters “AII”. Metric air brake hose shall be labeled with the letter “A.”
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table III—Air Brake Hose Dimensions—Inside Diameter (ID) and Outside Diameter (OD) Dimensions in Inches (Millimeters)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Type A—Hose Size—Nominal Inside Diameter
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>5/16</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>3/8</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>7/16</fr>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>1/2</fr> SP 
<sup>(1)</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>5/8</fr>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Min. I.D.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.227
<br/>(5.8)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.289
<br/>(7.3)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.352
<br/>(8.9)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.407
<br/>(10.3)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.469
<br/>(11.9)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.594
<br/>(15.1)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Max. I.D.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.273
<br/>(6.9)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.335
<br/>(8.5)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.398
<br/>(10.1)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.469
<br/>(11.9)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.531
<br/>(13.5)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.656
<br/>(16.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Min. O.D.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.594
<br/>(15.1)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.656
<br/>(16.7)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.719
<br/>(18.3)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.781
<br/>(19.8)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.844
<br/>(21.4)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.031
<br/>(26.2)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Max. O.D.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.656
<br/>(16.7)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.719
<br/>(18.3)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.781
<br/>(19.8)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.843
<br/>(21.4)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.906
<br/>(23.0)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.094
<br/>(27.8)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="6">Type AI 
<sup>(2)</sup>—Hose Size—Nominal Inside Diameter
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/16</fr></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>13/32</fr></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Min. I.D.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.188
<br/>(4.8)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.250
<br/>(6.4)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.312
<br/>(7.9)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.406
<br/>(10.3)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.500
<br/>(12.7)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.625
<br/>(15.9)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Max. I.D.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.214
<br/>(5.4)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.281
<br/>(7.1)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.343
<br/>(8.7)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.437
<br/>(11.1)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.539
<br/>(13.7)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.667
<br/>(16.9)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Min. O.D.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.472
<br/>(12.0)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.535
<br/>(13.6)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.598
<br/>(15.1)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.714
<br/>(18.1)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.808
<br/>(20.5)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.933
<br/>(23.7)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Max. O.D.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.510
<br/>(13.0)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.573
<br/>(14.6)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.636
<br/>(16.2)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.760
<br/>(19.3)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.854
<br/>(21.7)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.979
<br/>(24.9)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="6">Type AII 
<sup>(2)</sup>—Hose Size—Nominal Inside Diameter
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/16</fr></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>13/32</fr></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Min. I.D.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.188
<br/>(4.8)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.250
<br/>(6.4)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.312
<br/>(7.9)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.406
<br/>(10.3)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.500
<br/>(12.7)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.625
<br/>(15.9)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Max. I.D.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.214
<br/>(5.4)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.281
<br/>(7.1)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.343
<br/>(8.7)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.437
<br/>(11.1)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.539
<br/>(13.7)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.667
<br/>(16.9)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Min. O.D.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.500
<br/>(12.7)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.562
<br/>(14.3)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.656
<br/>(16.7)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.742
<br/>(18.8)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.898
<br/>(22.8)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.054
<br/>(26.8)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Max. O.D.</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.539
<br/>(13.7)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.602
<br/>(15.3)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.695
<br/>(17.7)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.789
<br/>(20.1)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">0.945
<br/>(24.0)</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1.101
<br/>(27.9)
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(1)</sup> Notes: Type A, sizes 
<fr>3/8</fr>, 
<fr>7/16</fr>, and 
<fr>1/2</fr> Special can be assembled with reusable end fittings. All sizes can be assembled using permanently-attached (crimped) end fittings.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(2)</sup> Types AI and AII, all sizes, can be assembled with reusable or permanently-attached (crimped) end fittings.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>S7.2.2 <I>End fittings.</I> Except for an end fitting that is attached by deformation of the fitting about a hose by crimping or swaging, at least one component of each air brake hose fitting shall be etched, embossed, or stamped in block capital letters and numerals at least one-sixteenth of an inch high with the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The symbol DOT, constituting a certification by the manufacturer of that component that the component conforms to all applicable motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(b) A designation that identifies the manufacturer of that component of the fitting, which shall be filed in writing with: Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, Equipment Division NVS-222, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh St. S.W., Washington, DC 20590. The designation may consist of block capital letters, numerals, or a symbol.
</P>
<P>(c) The letter “A” shall indicate intended use in air brake systems. In the case of an end fitting intended for use in a reusable assembly with brake hose subject to Table III, “AI” or “AII” shall indicate use with Type I or Type II hose, respectively.
</P>
<P>(d) The nominal inside diameter of the hose to which the fitting is properly attached expressed in inches or fractions of inches or in millimeters. (See examples in S7.2.1 (d).) The abbreviation “mm” shall follow hose sizes that are expressed in millimeters.
</P>
<P>S7.2.3 <I>Assemblies.</I> Each air brake hose assembly made with end fittings that are attached by crimping or swaging, except those sold as part of a motor vehicle, shall be labeled by means of a band around the brake hose assembly as specified in this paragraph or, at the option of the manufacturer, by means of labeling as specified in S7.2.3.1. The band may at the manufacturer's option be attached so as to move freely along the length of the assembly, as long as it is retained by the end fittings. The band shall be etched, embossed, or stamped in block capital letters, numerals or symbols at least one-eighth of an inch high, with the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The symbol DOT, constituting certification by the hose assembler that the hose assembly conforms to all applicable motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(b) A designation that identifies the manufacturer of the hose assembly, which shall be filed in writing with: Office of Crash Avoidance Standards, Vehicle Dynamics Division, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590. The designation may consist of block capital letters, numerals or a symbol.
</P>
<P>S7.2.3.1 At least one end fitting of an air brake hose assembly made with end fittings that are attached by crimping or swaging shall be etched, stamped or embossed with a designation at least one-sixteenth of an inch high that identifies the manufacturer of the hose assembly and is filed in accordance with S7.2.3(b).
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Test requirements.</I> Each air brake hose assembly or appropriate part thereof shall be capable of meeting any of the requirements set forth under this heading, when tested under the conditions of S13 and the applicable procedures of S8. However, a particular hose assembly or appropriate part thereof need not meet further requirements after having met the constriction requirement (S7.3.1) and then having been subjected to any one of the requirements specified in S7.3.2 through S7.3.13.
</P>
<P>S7.3.1 <I>Constriction.</I> Every inside diameter of any section of an air brake hose assembly shall not be less than 66 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the brake hose. (S8.14)
</P>
<P>S7.3.2 <I>High temperature resistance.</I> An air brake hose shall not show external or internal cracks, charring, or disintegration visible without magnification when straightened after being bent for 70 hours at 212 degrees Fahrenheit (100 degrees Celsius) over a small test cylinder having the radius specified in Table IV for the size of hose tested. (S8.1)
</P>
<P>S7.3.3 <I>Low temperature resistance.</I> The inside and outside surfaces of an air brake hose shall not show cracks as a result of conditioning at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) for 70 hours when bent around a large test cylinder having the radius specified in Table IV for the size of hose tested (S8.2).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table IV—Air Brake Hose Diameters and Test Cylinder Radii 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nominal hose inside diameter, inches 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>13/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr>, 
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/8</fr> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nominal hose inside diameter, millimeters 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4, 5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Small test cylinder, radius in inches (millimeters) 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1 (25)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr> (38)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr> (45)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr> (45)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>7/8</fr> (48)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 (51)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/2</fr> (64) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Large test cylinder, radius in inches (millimeters) 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2 (51)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/2</fr> (64)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3 (76)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
<fr>1/2</fr> (89)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
<fr>1/2</fr> (89)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4 (102)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
<fr>1/2</fr> (114) 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Notes:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> These sizes are listed to provide test cylinder radii for brake hoses manufactured in these sizes. They do not represent conversions. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Small test cylinders are used for the high temperature resistance test. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Large test cylinders are used for the low temperature resistance, ozone resistance, and adhesion of wire-reinforced hose tests.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>S7.3.4 <I>Oil resistance.</I> After immersion in ASTM No. 3 oil for 70 hours at 212 °F. the volume of a specimen prepared from the inner tube and cover of an air brake hose shall not increase more than 100 percent (S8.3).
</P>
<P>S7.3.5 <I>Ozone resistance.</I> An air brake hose assembly shall not show cracks visible under 7-power magnification after exposure to ozone for 70 hours at 104 degrees Fahrenheit (40 degrees Celsius) when bent around a test cylinder of the radius specified in Table IV for the size of hose tested (S8.4).
</P>
<P>S7.3.6 <I>Length change.</I> An air brake hose shall not contract in length more than 7 percent nor elongate more than 5 percent when subjected to air pressure of 200 psi (S8.5).
</P>
<P>S7.3.7 <I>Adhesion.</I> (a) Except for hose reinforced by wire, an air brake hose shall withstand a tensile force of 8 pounds per inch of length before separation of adjacent layers (S8.6).
</P>
<P>(b) An air brake hose reinforced by wire shall permit a steel ball to roll freely along the entire length of the inside of the hose when the hose is subjected to a vacuum of 25 inches of Hg and bent around a test cylinder (S8.13).
</P>
<P>S7.3.8 <I>Flex strength and air pressure leakage.</I> An air brake hose assembly of the length specified in the table accompanying Figure 5, when subjected to a flex test and internal pressure cycling, shall be capable of having its internal pressure increased from zero to 140 psi within 2 minutes with pressurized air supplied through an orifice (S8.7).
</P>
<P>S7.3.9 <I>Corrosion resistance and burst strength.</I> An air brake hose assembly exposed to salt spray shall not rupture when exposed to hydrostatic pressure of 900 psi (S8.8).
</P>
<P>S7.3.10 <I>Tensile strength.</I> An air brake hose assembly designed for use between a frame and axle or between a towed and towing vehicle shall withstand, without separation of the hose from its end fittings, a pull of 250 pounds if it is 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch, 6 mm, or less in nominal inside diameter, or a pull of 325 pounds if it is larger than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch or 6 mm in nominal inside diameter. An air brake hose assembly designed for use in any other application shall withstand, without separation of the hose from its end fittings, a pull of 50 pounds if it is 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch, 6 mm, or less in nominal inside diameter, 150 pounds if it is larger than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch or 6 mm and equal to or smaller than 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch or 12 mm in nominal inside diameter, or 325 pounds if it is larger than 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch or 12 mm in nominal inside diameter (S8.9).
</P>
<P>S7.3.11 <I>Water absorption and tensile strength.</I> After immersion in distilled water for 70 hours, an air brake hose assembly designed for use between a frame and axle or between a towed and a towing vehicle shall withstand, without separation of the hose from its end fittings, a pull of 250 pounds if it is 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch or less or 6 mm or less in nominal inside diameter, or a pull of 325 pounds if it is larger than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch or 6 mm in nominal inside diameter. After immersion in distilled water for 70 hours, an air brake hose assembly designed for use in any other application shall withstand, without separation of the hose from its end fittings, a pull of 50 pounds if it is 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch or 6 mm or less in nominal inside diameter, 150 pounds if it is larger than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch or 6 mm and equal to or smaller than 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch or 12 mm in nominal inside diameter, or 325 pounds if it is larger than 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch or 12 mm in nominal inside diameter. (S8.10) 
</P>
<P>S7.3.12 <I>Zinc chloride resistance.</I> The outer cover of an air brake hose shall not show cracks visible under 7-power magnification after immersion in a 50 percent zinc chloride aqueous solution for 200 hours (S8.11).
</P>
<P>S7.3.13 <I>End fitting corrosion resistance.</I> After 24 hours of exposure to salt spray, air brake hose end fittings shall show no base metal corrosion on the end fitting surface except where crimping or the application of labeling information causes a displacement of the protective coating.
</P>
<P>S8. <I>Test procedures—Air brake hose, brake hose assemblies, and brake hose end fittings.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>High temperature resistance test.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Utilize a small test cylinder with a radius specified in Table IV for the size of hose tested.
</P>
<P>(b) Bind the hose around the cylinder and condition it in an air oven for 70 hours at 212 degrees Fahrenheit (100 degrees Celsius).
</P>
<P>(c) Cool the hose to room temperature, remove it from the cylinder and straighten it.
</P>
<P>(d) Without magnification, examine the hose externally and cut the hose lengthwise and examine the inner tube.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Low temperature resistance test.</I> (a) Utilize a large test cylinder with a radius specified in Table IV for the size of hose tested.
</P>
<P>(b) Condition the cylinder and the brake hose, in a straight position, in a cold box at minus 40 °F. for 70 hours.
</P>
<P>(c) With the hose and cylinder at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius), bend the hose 180 degrees around the cylinder at a steady rate in a period of 3 to 5 seconds. Remove the hose from the test cylinder and visibly examine the exterior of the hose for cracks without magnification.
</P>
<P>(d) Allow the hose to warm at room temperature for 2 hours. All reusable end fittings are removed from the hose. All permanently-attached end fittings are cut away from the hose. Cut through one wall of the hose longitudinally along its entire length. Unfold the hose to permit examination of the interior surface. Visibly examine the interior of the hose for cracks without magnification. 
</P>
<P>S8.3 <I>Oil resistance test.</I> Utilize three test specimens and average the results.
</P>
<P>S8.3.1 <I>Preparation.</I> Fashion a test specimen by cutting a rectangular block 2 inches long and not less than one-third of an inch in width, having a thickness of not more than one-sixteenth inch, from the brake hose and buff the specimen on both faces to ensure smooth surfaces.
</P>
<P>S8.3.2 <I>Measurement.</I> (a) Weigh each specimen to the nearest milligram in air (W1) and in distilled water (W2) at room temperature. If wetting is necessary to remove air bubbles, dip the specimen in acetone and thoroughly rinse it with distilled water.
</P>
<P>(b) Immerse each specimen in ASTM IRM 903 oil for 70 hours at 212 degrees Fahrenheit (100 degrees Celsius) and then cool in ASTM IRM 903 oil at room temperature for 30 to 60 minutes. 
</P>
<P>(c) Dip the specimen quickly in acetone and blot it lightly with filter paper.
</P>
<P>(d) Weigh each specimen in a tared weighing bottle (W3) and in distilled water (W4) within five minutes of removal from the cooling liquid.
</P>
<P>(e) Calculate the percentage increase in volume follows:
</P>
<FP>Percent of increase=
</FP>
<FP-2>[(W<E T="52">3</E>−W<E T="52">4</E>)−(W<E T="52">1</E>−W<E T="52">2</E>)]/(W<E T="52">1</E>−W<E T="52">2</E>) × 100
</FP-2>
<P>S8.4 <I>Ozone resistance test.</I> Conduct the test specified in S6.8, using air brake hose, except use the large test cylinder specified in Table IV for the size of hose tested. 
</P>
<P>S8.5 <I>Length change test.</I> (a) Position a test hose in a straight, horizontal position, and apply air pressure of 10 psi thereto.
</P>
<P>(b) Measure the hose to determine original free length.
</P>
<P>(c) Without releasing the 10 psi, raise the air pressure to the test hose to 200 psi.
</P>
<P>(d) Measure the hose under 200 psi to determine final free length. An elongation or contraction is an increase or decrease, respectively, in the final free length from the original free length of the hose.
</P>
<P>S8.6 <I>Adhesion test for air brake hose not reinforced by wire.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.6.1 <I>Apparatus.</I> A tension testing machine that is power-driven and that applies a constant rate of extension is used for measuring the force required to separate the layers of the test specimen. The apparatus is constructed so that:
</P>
<P>(a) The recording head includes a freely rotating form with an outside diameter substantially the same as the inside diameter of the hose specimen to be placed on it.
</P>
<P>(b) The freely rotating form is mounted so that its axis of rotation is in the plane of the ply being separated from the specimen and so that the applied force is perpendicular to the tangent of the specimen circumference at the line of separation.
</P>
<P>(c) The rate of travel of the power-actuated grip is a uniform one inch per minute and the capacity of the machine is such that maximum applied tension during the test is not more than 85 percent nor less than 15 percent of the machine's rated capacity.
</P>
<P>(d) The machine produces a chart with separation as one coordinate and applied tension as the other.
</P>
<P>S8.6.2 <I>Preparation.</I> (a) Cut a test specimen of 1 inch or more in length from the hose to be tested and cut the layer to be tested of that test specimen longitudinally along its entire length to the level of contact with the adjacent layer.
</P>
<P>(b) Peel the layer to be tested from the adjacent layer to create a flap large enough to permit attachment of the power-actuated clamp of the apparatus.
</P>
<P>(c) Mount the test specimen on the freely rotating form with the separated layer attached to the power-actuated clamp.
</P>
<P>S8.6.3 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S8.6.4 <I>Calculations.</I> (a) The adhesion value shall be the minimum force recorded on the chart excluding that portion of the chart which corresponds to the initial and final 20 percent portion along the displacement axis.
</P>
<P>(b) Express the force in pounds per inch of length.
</P>
<P>S8.7 <I>Flex strength and air pressure test.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.7.1 <I>Apparatus.</I> A flex testing machine with a fixed hose assembly attachment point and a movable hose assembly attachment point, which meets the dimensional requirements of Figure 5 for the size of hose being tested. The attachment points connect to the end fittings on the hose assembly without leakage and, after the hose assembly has been installed for the flex test, are restrained from rotation. The movable end has a linear travel of 6 inches and a cycle rate of 100 cycles per minute. The machine is capable of increasing the air pressure in the hose assembly from zero to 150 psi within 2 seconds, and decreasing the air pressure in the hose assembly from 150 to zero psi within 2 seconds.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er20de04.006.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table Accompanying Figure 5—Dimensions in Inches (Millimeters)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Free hose length
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Nominal hose inside diameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="8" scope="col">Dimensions
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Position “1”
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Position “2”
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">R 
<sup>(1)</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">A
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">B
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">R 
<sup>(1)</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.00 (254)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr>, 
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00
<br/>(76)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.75
<br/>(70)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.75
<br/>(95)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.40
<br/>(34)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00
<br/>(76)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.75
<br/>(70)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.75
<br/>(95)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.20
<br/>(30)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11.00 (279)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/16</fr>, 
<fr>3/8</fr>, 
<fr>13/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00
<br/>(76)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.50
<br/>(89)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.50
<br/>(114)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.70
<br/>(43)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00
<br/>(76)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.50
<br/>(89)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.50
<br/>(114)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.30
<br/>(33)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14.00 (355)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/16</fr>, 
<fr>1/2</fr>, 
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00
<br/>(76)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00
<br/>(102)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.00
<br/>(127)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.20
<br/>(56)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00
<br/>(76)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00
<br/>(102)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.00
<br/>(127)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.80
<br/>(46)
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note (1):</E> This is an approximate average radius.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>S8.7.2 <I>Preparation.</I> (a) Lay the hose material on a flat surface in an unstressed condition. Apply a permanent marking line along the centerline of the hose on the uppermost surface.
</P>
<P>(b) Prepare the hose assembly with a free length as shown in the table accompanying Figure 5. The end fittings shall be attached according to the end fitting manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) Plug the ends of the hose assembly and conduct the salt spray test in S6.11 using an air brake hose assembly. Remove the plugs from the end fittings.
</P>
<P>(d) Within 168 hours of completion of the salt spray test, expose the hose assembly to an air temperature of 212 degrees Fahrenheit (100 degrees Celsius) for 70 hours, with the hose in a straight position. Remove the hose and cool it at room temperature for 2 hours. Within 166 hours, subject the hose to the flexure test in S8.7.2(e).
</P>
<P>(e) Install the hose assembly on the flex testing machine as follows. With the movable hose attachment point at the mid point of its travel, attach one end of the hose to the movable attachment point with the marked line on the hose in the uppermost position. Attach the other end of the hose to the fixed attachment point allowing the hose to follow its natural curvature.
</P>
<P>(f) Cycle the air pressure in the hose by increasing the pressure in the hose from zero psi to 150 psi and holding constant for one minute, then decreasing the pressure from 150 psi to zero psi and holding constant for one minute. Continue the pressure cycling for the duration of the flex testing. Begin the flex testing by cycling the movable attachment point through 6 inches of travel at a rate of 100 cycles per minute. Stop the flex testing and pressure cycling after one million flex cycles have been completed.
</P>
<P>(g) Install an orifice with a hole diameter of 0.0625 inches and a thickness of 0.032 inches in the air pressure supply line to the hose assembly. Provide a gauge or other means to measure air pressure in the hose assembly. Regulate the supply air pressure to the orifice to 150 psi.
</P>
<P>(h) Apply 150 psi air pressure to the orifice. After 2 minutes have elapsed, measure the air pressure in the brake hose assembly, while pressurized air continues to be supplied through the orifice.
</P>
<P>S8.8 <I>Corrosion resistance and burst strength test.</I> (a) Conduct the test specified in S6.11 using an air brake hose assembly. Remove the plugs from the ends of the hose assembly.
</P>
<P>(b) Fill the hose assembly with water, allowing all gases to escape. Apply water pressure at a uniform rate of increase of approximately 1,000 psi per minute until the hose ruptures.
</P>
<P>S8.9 <I>Tensile strength test.</I> Utilize a tension testing machine conforming to the requirements of ASTM E4-03 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) and provided with a recording device to measure the force applied.
</P>
<P>(a) Attach an air brake hose assembly to the testing machine to permit straight, even, machine pull on the hose. Use adapters to mount hose assemblies equipped with angled end fittings so that the hose is in a straight position when installed on the machine.
</P>
<P>(b) Apply tension at a rate of 1 inch per minute travel of the moving head until separation occurs.
</P>
<P>S8.10 <I>Water Absorption and tensile strength test.</I> Immerse an air brake hose assembly in distilled water at room temperature for 70 hours. Thirty minutes after removal from the water, conduct the test specified in S8.9.
</P>
<P>S8.11 <I>Zinc chloride resistance test.</I> Immerse an air brake hose in a 50 percent zinc chloride aqueous solution at room temperature for 200 hours. Remove it from the solution and examine it under 7-power magnification for cracks.
</P>
<P>S8.12 <I>End fitting corrosion resistance test.</I> Conduct the test specified in S6.11 using an air brake hose assembly.
</P>
<P>S8.13 <I>Adhesion test for air brake hose reinforced by wire.</I> (a) Place a steel ball with a diameter equal to 73 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the hose being tested inside of the hose. Plug one end of the hose. Attach the other end of the hose to a source of vacuum.
</P>
<P>(b) Subject the hose to a vacuum of 25 inches of Hg for five minutes. With the vacuum still applied to the hose, bend the hose 180 degrees around a large test cylinder with a radius specified in Table IV for the size of hose tested. At the location of this bend, bend the hose 180 degrees around the test cylinder in the opposite direction.
</P>
<P>(c) With the vacuum still applied to the hose, return the hose to a straight position. Attempt to roll the ball inside the hose using gravity from one end of the hose to the other end.
</P>
<P>S8.14 <I>Constriction test.</I> Perform the constriction test in S6.12 using an air brake hose, except that the spherical diameter “A” of the plug gauge in Figure 4, or the diameter of the rigid spherical ball in S6.12.3(a), shall be 66 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the air brake hose being tested.
</P>
<P>S9. <I>Requirements—vacuum brake hose, brake hose assemblies, and brake hose end fittings.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1 <I>Labeling.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1.1 <I>Hose.</I> Each vacuum brake hose shall be labeled, or cut from bulk hose that is labeled, at intervals of not more than 6 inches, measured from the end of one legend to the beginning of the next, in block capital letters and numerals at least one-eighth of an inch high, with the information listed in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section. The information need not be present on hose that is sold as part of a brake hose assembly or a motor vehicle. (a) The symbol DOT, constituting a certification by the hose manufacturer that the hose conforms to all applicable motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(b) A designation that identifies the manufacturer of the hose, which shall be filed in writing with: Office of Crash Avoidance Standards, Vehicle Dynamics Division, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. The designation may consist of block capital letters, numerals or a symbol.
</P>
<P>(c) The month, day, and year, or the month and year, of manufacture, expressed in numerals. For example, 10/1/96 means October 1, 1996.
</P>
<P>(d) The nominal inside diameter of the hose expressed in inches or fractions of inches or in millimeters, or the nominal outside diameter of plastic tubing expressed in inches or fractions of inches or in millimeters followed by the letters OD. The abbreviation “mm” shall follow hose sizes that are expressed in millimeters. (Example of inside diameter: 
<FR>7/32</FR>, 
<FR>1/4</FR>, 4 mm. Example of outside diameter: 
<FR>1/4</FR> OD, 12 mm OD.)
</P>
<P>(e) The letters “VL” or “VH” shall indicate that the component is a light-duty vacuum brake hose or heavy-duty vacuum brake hose, respectively.
</P>
<P>S9.1.2 <I>End fittings.</I> Except for an end fitting that is attached by heat shrinking or by interference fit with plastic vacuum hose or that is attached by deformation of the fitting about a hose by crimping or swaging, at least one component of each vacuum brake hose fitting shall be etched, embossed, or stamped in block capital letters and numerals at least one-sixteenth of an inch high with the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The symbol DOT, constituting a certification by the manufacturer of that component that the component conforms to all applicable motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(b) A designation that identifies the manufacturer of that component of the fitting, which shall be filed in writing with: Office of Crash Avoidance Standards, Vehicle Dynamics Division, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. The designation may consist of block capital letters, numerals or a symbol.
</P>
<P>(c) The letters “VL” or “VH” shall indicate that the end fitting is intended for use in a light-duty or heavy-duty vacuum brake system, respectively.
</P>
<P>(d) The nominal inside diameter of the hose to which the fitting is properly attached expressed in inches or fractions of inches or in millimeters, or the outside diameter of the plastic tubing to which the fitting is properly attached expressed in inches or fraction of inches or in millimeters followed by the letter OD (See examples in S9.1.1(d)). The abbreviation “mm” shall follow hose sizes that are expressed in millimeters.
</P>
<P>S9.1.3 <I>Assemblies.</I> Each vacuum brake hose assembly made with end fittings that are attached by crimping or swaging and each plastic tube assembly made with end fittings that are attached by heat shrinking or dimensional interference fit, except those sold as part of a motor vehicle, shall be labeled by means of a band around the brake hose assembly as specified in this paragraph or, at the option of the manufacturer, by means of labeling as specified in S9.1.3.1. The band may at the manufacturer's option be attached so as to move freely along the length of the assembly, as long as it is retained by the end fittings. The band shall be etched, embossed, or stamped in block capital letters, numerals or symbols at least one-eighth of an inch high, with the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The symbol DOT, constituting certification by the hose assembler that the hose assembly conforms to all applicable motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(b) A designation that identifies the manufacturer of the hose assembly, which shall be filed in writing with: Office of Crash Avoidance Standards, Vehicle Dynamics Division, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590. The designation may consist of block capital letters, numerals or a symbol.
</P>
<P>S9.1.3.1 At least one end fitting of a vacuum brake hose assembly made with end fittings that are attached by crimping or swaging, or of a plastic tubing assembly made with end fittings that are attached by heat shrinking or dimensional interference fit shall be etched, stamped or embossed with a designation at least one-sixteenth of an inch high that identifies the manufacturer of the hose assembly and is filed in accordance with S9.1.3(b).
</P>
<P>S9.2 <I>Test requirements.</I> Each vacuum brake hose assembly or appropriate part thereof shall be capable of meeting any of the requirements set forth under this heading, when tested under the conditions of S13 and the applicable procedures of S10. However, a particular hose assembly or appropriate part thereof need not meet further requirements after having met the constriction requirement (S9.2.1) and then having been subjected to any one of the requirements specified in S9.2.2 through S9.2.10.
</P>
<P>S9.2.1 <I>Constriction.</I> Except for that part of an end fitting which does not contain hose, every inside diameter of any section of a vacuum brake hose assembly shall not be less than 75 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the hose if for heavy duty, or 70 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the hose if for light duty (S10.11).
</P>
<P>S9.2.2 <I>High temperature resistance.</I> A vacuum brake hose tested under the conditions specified in S10.1:
</P>
<P>(a) Shall not have collapse of the outside diameter exceeding 10 percent of the initial outside diameter for a heavy-duty vacuum brake hose, or exceeding 15 percent of the initial outside diameter for a light-duty vacuum brake hose;
</P>
<P>(b) Shall not show external cracks, charring, or disintegration visible without magnification, and;
</P>
<P>(c) Shall not leak when subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test.
</P>
<P>S9.2.3 <I>Low temperature resistance.</I> A vacuum brake hose tested under the conditions specified in S10.2 shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Not show cracks visible without magnification after conditioning at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) for 70 hours when bent around a cylinder having the radius specified in Table V for the size hose tested; and
</P>
<P>(b) Not leak when subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test (S10.1(e)).
</P>
<P>S9.2.4 <I>Ozone resistance.</I> A vacuum brake hose shall not show cracks visible under 7-power magnification after exposure to ozone for 70 hours (S10.3).
</P>
<P>S9.2.5 <I>Burst strength.</I> A vacuum brake hose shall not rupture under hydrostatic pressure of 350 psi (S10.4).
</P>
<P>S9.2.6 <I>Vacuum.</I> The collapse of the outside diameter of a vacuum brake hose under internal vacuum of 26 inches of Hg. for five minutes shall not exceed one-sixteenth of an inch (S10.5).
</P>
<P>S9.2.7 <I>Bend.</I> The collapse of the outside diameter of a vacuum brake hose, other than a preformed vacuum brake hose, at the middle point of the test length when bent until the ends touch shall not exceed the values given in Table V for the size of hose tested (S10.6).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table V—Vacuum Brake Hose Test Requirements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Hose inside diameter*
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">High temperature resistance
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Low temperature resistance
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Bend
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Deformation—collapsed inside diameter (dimension D), inches
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Inches 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Millimeters
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Hose length, inches
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Radius of cylinder, inches
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Hose length, inches
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Radius of cylinder, inches
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Hose length, inches
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum collapse of outside diameter, inches
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>7/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>11/64</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/64</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>9/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>12/64</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>4/64</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>11/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>13/64</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/64</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/32</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>17/64</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/64</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>15/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>17/64</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/64</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/32</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>7/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>9/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">*These sizes are listed to provide test values for brake hoses manufactured in these sizes. They do not represent conversions.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>S9.2.8 <I>Swell and adhesion.</I> Following exposure to Reference Fuel B (as described in ASTM D471-98 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5)), every inside diameter of any section of a vacuum brake hose shall not be less than 75 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the hose if for heavy duty, or 70 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the hose if for light duty. The vacuum brake hose shall show no leakage in a vacuum test of 26 inches of Hg for 10 minutes. A vacuum hose that is constructed of two or more layers shall withstand a force of 6 pounds per inch of length before separation of adjacent layers. (S10.7).
</P>
<P>S9.2.9 <I>Deformation.</I> A vacuum brake hose shall return to 90 percent of its original outside diameter within 60 seconds after five applications of force as specified in S10.8, except that a wire-reinforced hose need only return to 85 percent of its original outside diameter. In the case of a heavy duty hose, the first application of force shall not exceed a peak value of 70 pounds, and the fifth application of force shall reach a peak value of at least 40 pounds. In the case of light duty hose the first application of force shall not exceed a peak value of 50 pounds, and the fifth application of force shall reach a peak value of at least 20 pounds (S10.9).
</P>
<P>S9.2.10 <I>End fitting corrosion resistance.</I> After 24 hours of exposure to salt spray, vacuum brake hose end fittings shall show no base metal corrosion of the end fitting surface except where crimping or the application of labeling information has caused displacement of the protective coating. (S10.10). 
</P>
<P>S10. <I>Test procedures—Vacuum brake hose, brake hose assemblies, and brake hose end fittings.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.1 <I>High temperature resistance test.</I> (a) Measure the initial outside diameter of the hose.
</P>
<P>(b) Subject the hose to an internal vacuum of 26 inches of Hg at an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius) for a period of 96 hours. Remove the hose to room temperature and atmospheric pressure.
</P>
<P>(c) Within 5 minutes of completion of the conditioning in S10.1(b), measure the outside diameter at the point of greatest collapse and calculate the percentage collapse based on the initial outside diameter.
</P>
<P>(d) Cool the hose at room temperature for 5 hours. Bend the hose around a mandrel with a diameter equal to five times the initial outside diameter of the hose. Examine the exterior of the hose for cracks, charring, or disintegration visible without magnification. Remove the hose from the mandrel.
</P>
<P>(e) Fill the hose assembly with water, allowing all gases to escape. Apply water pressure in the hose of 175 psi within 10 seconds. Maintain an internal hydrostatic pressure of 175 psi for one minute and examine the hose for visible leakage.
</P>
<P>S10.2 <I>Low temperature resistance test.</I> (a) Conduct the test specified in S8.2(a) through (c) using vacuum brake hose with the cylinder radius specified in Table V for the size of hose tested.
</P>
<P>(b) Remove the hose from the test cylinder, warm the hose at room temperature for 5 hours, and conduct the hydrostatic pressure test in S10.1(e). 
</P>
<P>S10.3 <I>Ozone resistance test.</I> Conduct the test specified in S6.8 using vacuum brake hose.
</P>
<P>S10.4 <I>Burst strength test.</I> Conduct the test specified in S8.8 using vacuum brake hose.
</P>
<P>S10.5 <I>Vacuum test.</I> Utilize a 12-inch vacuum brake hose assembly sealed at one end. (a) Measure the hose outside diameter.
</P>
<P>(b) Attach the hose to a source of vacuum and subject it to a vacuum of 26 inches of Hg for 5 minutes.
</P>
<P>(c) Measure the hose to determine the minimum outside diameter while the hose is still subject to vacuum.
</P>
<P>S10.6 <I>Bend test.</I> (a) Bend a vacuum brake hose, of the length prescribed in Table V, in the direction of its normal curvature until the ends just touch as shown in Figure 6. 
</P>
<P>(b) Measure the outside diameter of the specimen at point A before and after bending.
</P>
<P>(c) The difference between the two measurements is the collapse of the hose outside diameter on bending.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.008.gif"/>
<BCAP><E T="15">Fig. 6—Bend Test of Vacuum Brake Hose.</E></BCAP>
<P>S10.7 <I>Swell and adhesion test.</I> (a) Fill a specimen of vacuum brake hose 12 inches long with ASTM Reference Fuel B as described in ASTM D471-98 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(b) Maintain reference fuel in the hose under atmospheric pressure at room temperature for 48 hours.
</P>
<P>(c) Remove fuel and conduct the constriction test in S10.11.
</P>
<P>(d) Attach the hose to a source of vacuum and subject it to a vacuum of 26 inches of Hg for 10 minutes. Remove the hose from the vacuum source.
</P>
<P>(e) For a vacuum brake hose constructed of two or more layers, conduct the test specified in S8.6 using the vacuum brake hose.
</P>
<P>S10.8 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S10.9 <I>Deformation test.</I> Table VI specifies the test specimen dimensions.
</P>
<P>S10.9.1 <I>Apparatus.</I> Utilize a compression device, equipped to measure force of at least 100 pounds, and feeler gages of sufficient length to be passed completely through the test specimen.
</P>
<P>S10.9.2 <I>Operation.</I> (a) Position the test specimen longitudinally in the compression device with the fabric laps not in the line of the applied pressure.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table VI—Dimensions of Test Specimen and Feeler Gage For Deformation Test
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Hose inside diameter *
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Specimen dimensions (see Fig. 7)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Feeler gage dimensions
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">in.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mm
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Depth (inch)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Length (inch)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Width (inch)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Thickness (inch)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>7/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/64</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/64</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>9/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>11/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/64</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/64</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/32</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>7/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/64</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/64</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>15/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/64</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/64</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/8</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/8</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/32</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/32</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/16</fr>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>1/4</fr>
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">*These sizes are listed to provide test values for brake hoses manufactured in these sizes. They do not represent conversions.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Apply gradually increasing force to the test specimen to compress its inside diameter to that specified in Table VI (dimension D of Figure 7) for the size of hose tested. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.009.gif"/>
<BCAP><E T="15">Fig. 7—Deformed Specimen of Vacuum Brake Hose</E></BCAP>
<P>(c) After 5 seconds release the force and record the peak load applied.
</P>
<P>(d) Repeat the procedure four times permitting a 10-second recovery period between load applications.
</P>
<P>S10.10 <I>End fitting corrosion resistance test.</I> Conduct the test specified in S6.11 using a vacuum brake hose assembly.
</P>
<P>S10.11 <I>Constriction test.</I> Perform the constriction test in S6.12 using a vacuum brake hose, except that the spherical diameter “A” of the plug gauge in Figure 4, or the diameter of the rigid spherical ball in S6.12.3(a), shall be 75 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the vacuum brake hose if it is heavy duty, or 70 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the vacuum brake hose if it is light duty.
</P>
<P>S11. <I>Requirements—Plastic air brake tubing, plastic air brake tubing assemblies, and plastic air brake tubing end fittings.</I>
</P>
<P>11.1 <I>Construction.</I> Each plastic air brake tubing assembly shall be equipped with permanently attached end fittings or reusable end fittings. Plastic air brake tubing shall conform to the dimensional requirements specified in Table VII. (S12.1)
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table VII—Plastic Air Brake Tubing Dimensions 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Nominal tubing outside diameter 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Maximum outside diameter
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Minimum outside diameter 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Nominal inside diameter 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Nominal wall thickness 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Wall thickness tolerance 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mm 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">inches 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mm 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">inches 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mm 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">inches 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mm 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">inches 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mm 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">inches 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/8</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.128</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.122</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.079</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.003 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/32</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.159</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.153</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.092</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.81</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.032</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.003 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/16</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.190</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.184</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.97</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.117</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.035</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.003 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/4</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.253</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.247</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.170</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.040</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.08</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.003 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/16</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.316</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.82</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.308</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.232</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.040</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.004 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/8</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.379</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.371</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.251</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.062</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.004 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.83</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.505</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.495</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.376</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.062</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.004 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/8</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.630</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.620</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.441</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.092</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.005 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.755</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.745</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.566</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.092</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.005 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.232</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.157</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.039</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.004 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.319</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.311</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.236</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.039</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.004 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.399</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.389</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.276</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.059</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.004 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.478</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.467</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.354</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.059</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.004 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.635</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.625</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.472</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.079</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.005</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S11.2 <I>Labeling.</I>
</P>
<P>S11.2.1 <I>Plastic air brake tubing.</I> Plastic air brake tubing shall be labeled, or cut from bulk tubing that is labeled, at intervals of not more than 6 inches, measured from the end of one legend to the beginning of the next, in block capital letters and numerals at least one-eighth of an inch high, with the information listed in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section. The information need not be present on tubing that is sold as part of a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(a) The symbol DOT, constituting a certification by the hose manufacturer that the hose conforms to all applicable motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(b) A designation that identifies the manufacturer of the tubing, which shall be filed in writing with: Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, Equipment Division NVS-222, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh St. SW., Washington, DC 20590. The designation may consist of block capital letters, numerals, or a symbol.
</P>
<P>(c) The month, day, and year, or the month and year, of manufacture, expressed in numerals. For example, 10/1/96 means October 1, 1996.
</P>
<P>(d) The nominal outside diameter expressed in inches or fractions of inches or in millimeters followed by the letters OD. The abbreviation “mm” shall follow tubing sizes that are expressed in millimeters. (Examples: 
<FR>3/8</FR> OD, 6 mm OD.)
</P>
<P>(e) The letter “A” shall indicate intended use in air brake systems.
</P>
<P>S11.2.2 <I>End fittings.</I> Except for an end fitting that is attached by deformation of the fitting about the tubing by crimping or swaging, at least one component of each plastic air brake tubing end fitting shall be etched, embossed, or stamped in block capital letters and numerals at least one-sixteenth of an inch high with the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The symbol DOT, constituting a certification by the manufacturer that the end fitting conforms to all applicable motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(b) A designation that identifies the manufacturer of the end fitting, which shall be filed in writing with: Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, Equipment Division NVS-222, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh St. SW., Washington, DC 20590. The designation may consist of block capital letters, numerals, or a symbol.
</P>
<P>(c) The letter “A” shall indicate intended use in air brake systems.
</P>
<P>(d) The nominal outside diameter of the plastic tubing to which the fitting is properly attached expressed in inches or fractions of inches or in millimeters followed by the letters OD. The abbreviation “mm” shall follow tubing sizes that are expressed in millimeters. (Examples: 
<FR>3/8</FR> OD, 6 mm OD)
</P>
<P>S11.2.3. <I>Assemblies.</I> Each plastic air brake tubing assembly made with end fittings that are attached by crimping or swaging, except those sold as part of a motor vehicle, shall be labeled by means of a band around the brake tubing assembly as specified in this paragraph or, at the option of the manufacturer, by means of labeling as specified in S11.2.3.1. The band may at the manufacturer's option be attached so as to move freely along the length of the assembly, as long as it is retained by the end fittings. The band shall be etched, embossed, or stamped in block capital letters, numerals or symbols at least one-eighth of an inch high, with the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The symbol DOT, constituting certification by the tubing assembler that the tubing assembly conforms to all applicable motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(b) A designation that identifies the manufacturer of the hose assembly, which shall be filed in writing with: Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, Equipment Division NVS-222, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh St. SW., Washington, DC 20590. The designation may consist of block capital letters, numerals, or a symbol.
</P>
<P>S11.2.3.1 At least one end fitting of a plastic air brake tubing assembly made with end fittings that are attached by crimping or swaging shall be etched, stamped, or embossed with a designation at least one-sixteenth of an inch high that identifies the manufacturer of the tubing assembly and is filed in accordance with S11.2.3(b).
</P>
<P>S11.3 <I>Test requirements.</I> Each plastic air brake tubing assembly or appropriate part thereof shall be capable of meeting any of the requirements set forth under this heading, when tested under the conditions of S13 and the applicable procedures of S12. However, a particular tubing assembly or appropriate part thereof need not meet further requirements after having met the constriction requirement (S11.3.1) and then having been subjected to any one of the requirements specified in S11.3.2 through S11.3.24. Unless otherwise specified, testing is conducted on a sample of tubing 12 inches in length.
</P>
<P>S11.3.1 <I>Constriction.</I> Every inside diameter of any section of a plastic air brake tubing assembly shall not be less than 66 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the brake tubing. (S12.2)
</P>
<P>S11.3.2 <I>High temperature conditioning and dimensional stability.</I> Plastic air brake tubing shall conform to the dimensions in Table VII after conditioning in air at 230 degrees Fahrenheit (110 degrees Celsius) for four hours. (S12.3)
</P>
<P>S11.3.3 <I>Boiling water conditioning and dimensional stability.</I> Plastic air brake tubing shall conform to the dimensions in Table VII after conditioning in boiling water for two hours. (S12.4)
</P>
<P>S11.3.4 <I>Burst Strength.</I> Plastic air brake tubing shall not rupture when subjected to the burst strength pressure in Table VIII for the size of tubing being tested. (S12.5)
</P>
<P>S11.3.5 <I>Moisture absorption and burst strength.</I> Plastic air brake tubing shall not rupture when subjected to 80 percent of the burst strength pressure in Table VIII, after the tubing has been dried in an oven and then conditioned in a 100 percent relative humidity atmosphere at 75 degrees Fahrenheit (24 degrees Celsius) for 100 hours. (S12.6) 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table VIII—Plastic Air Brake Tubing Mechanical Properties 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Nominal tubing OD 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Burst strength pressure 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Supported bend radius 
<sup>1</sup> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Unsupported bend radius 
<sup>2</sup> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Conditioned tensile load 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">kPa 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Psi 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mm 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">inches 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mm 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">inches 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">N 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">lbf 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/8</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/32</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">178</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/16</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">222</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/4</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">222</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/16</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">334</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/8</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9700</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">667</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">950</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">890</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/8</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1446</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">88.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1557</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">222</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">334</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">667</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">890</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">875</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">69.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">76.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1446</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Notes:</E> (1) Supported bend radius for tests specifying cylinders around which the tubing is bent. (2) Unsupported bend radius for the collapse resistance test in which the tubing is not supported by a cylinder during bending.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>S11.3.6 <I>Ultraviolet light resistance.</I> Plastic air brake tubing shall not rupture when subjected to 80 percent of the burst strength pressure in Table VIII for the size of tubing being tested, after being exposed to ultraviolet light for 300 hours and then impacted with a one pound weight dropped from a height of 12 inches. (S12.7)
</P>
<P>S11.3.7 <I>Low temperature flexibility.</I> The outer surface of plastic air brake tubing shall not show cracks visible without magnification as a result of conditioning in air at 230 degrees Fahrenheit (110 degrees Celsius) for 24 hours, and then conditioning in air at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) for four hours, and then bending the tubing 180 degrees around a test cylinder having a radius equal to six times the nominal outside diameter of the tubing. (S12.8) 
</P>
<P>S11.3.8 <I>High temperature flexibility.</I> Plastic air brake tubing shall not rupture or burst when subjected to 80 percent of the burst strength pressure in Table VIII for the size of tubing being tested, after the tubing has been:
</P>
<P>(a) Conditioned in air at 230 degrees Fahrenheit (110 degrees Celsius) for 72 hours while bent 180 degrees around a cylinder having a radius equal to the supported bend radius in Table VIII for the size of tubing being tested; and
</P>
<P>(b) Cooled to room temperature while remaining on the cylinder, then straightened; and
</P>
<P>(c) Bent 180 degrees around the cylinder in the opposite direction of the first bending. (S12.9)
</P>
<P>S11.3.9 <I>High temperature resistance.</I> Plastic air brake tubing shall not rupture or burst when subjected to 80 percent of the burst strength pressure in Table VIII for the size of tubing being tested, after the tubing has been conditioned in air at 230 degrees Fahrenheit (110 degrees Celsius) for 72 hours. (S12.10)
</P>
<P>S11.3.10 <I>High temperature conditioning, low temperature impact resistance.</I> Plastic air brake tubing shall not rupture or burst when subjected to 80 percent of the burst strength pressure in Table VIII for the size of tubing being tested, after the tubing has been conditioned in air at 230 degrees Fahrenheit (110 degrees Celsius) for 24 hours, then conditioned in air at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) for 4 hours and impacted with a one pound weight dropped from a height of 12 inches. (S12.11)
</P>
<P>S11.3.11 <I>Boiling water conditioning, low temperature impact resistance.</I> Plastic air brake tubing shall not rupture when subjected to 80 percent of the burst strength pressure in Table VIII for the size of tubing being tested, after the tubing has been conditioned in boiling water for two hours, then conditioned in air at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) for 4 hours, and then impacted with a one pound weight dropped from a height of 12 inches. (S12.12)
</P>
<P>S11.3.12 <I>Zinc chloride resistance.</I> The outer surface of plastic air brake tubing shall not show cracks visible under 7-power magnification after immersion in a 50 percent zinc chloride aqueous solution for 200 hours while bent around a cylinder having a radius equal to the supported bend radius in Table VIII for the size of tubing tested. (S12.13)
</P>
<P>S11.3.13 <I>Methyl alcohol resistance.</I> The outer surface of plastic air brake tubing shall not show cracks visible under 7-power magnification after immersion in a 95 percent methyl alcohol aqueous solution for 200 hours while bent around a cylinder having a radius equal to the supported bend radius in Table VIII for the size of tubing tested. (S12.14)
</P>
<P>S11.3.14 <I>High temperature conditioning and collapse resistance.</I> The collapse of the outside diameter of plastic air brake tubing shall not exceed twenty percent of the original outside diameter when bent 180 degrees on a holding fixture to the unsupported bend radius specified in Table VIII and conditioned in air at 200 degrees Fahrenheit (93 degrees Celsius) for 24 hours. (S12.15)
</P>
<P>S11.3.15 <I>Ozone resistance.</I> The outer surface of plastic air brake tubing shall not show cracks visible under 7-power magnification after exposure to ozone for 70 hours at 104 degrees Fahrenheit (40 degrees Celsius). (S12.16)
</P>
<P>S11.3.16 <I>Oil resistance.</I> Plastic air brake tubing shall not rupture when subjected to 80 percent of the burst strength pressure in Table VIII for the size of tubing being tested, after the tubing has been conditioned in ASTM IRM 903 oil at 212 degrees Fahrenheit (100 degrees Celsius) for 70 hours. (S12.17)
</P>
<P>S11.3.17 <I>Tensile strength.</I> A plastic air brake tubing assembly designed for use between frame and axle or between a towed and a towing vehicle shall withstand, without separation of the tubing from its end fittings, a pull of 250 pounds if it is 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch, 10 mm, or less in nominal outside diameter, or a pull of 325 pounds if it is larger than 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch or 10 mm in nominal outside diameter. A plastic air brake tubing assembly designed for use in any other application shall withstand, without separation of the hose from its end fittings, a pull of 35 pounds if it is 
<FR>1/8</FR> inch, 3 mm, or less in nominal outside diameter, 40 pounds if it is 
<FR>5/32</FR> inch or 4 mm in nominal outside diameter, 50 pounds if it is 
<FR>3/16</FR> to 
<FR>3/8</FR> inch or 5 mm to 10 mm in nominal outside diameter, 150 pounds if it is 
<FR>1/2</FR> to 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch or 11 mm to 16 mm in nominal outside diameter, or 325 pounds if it is larger than 
<FR>5/8</FR> inch or 16 mm in nominal outside diameter. (S12.18)
</P>
<P>S11.3.18 <I>Boiling water conditioning and tensile strength.</I> A plastic air brake tubing assembly when subjected to a tensile pull test shall either elongate 50 percent or withstand the conditioned tensile load in Table VIII without separation from its end fittings, with one end of the assembly conditioned in boiling water for 5 minutes. (S12.19)
</P>
<P>S11.3.19 <I>Thermal conditioning and tensile strength.</I> A plastic air brake tubing assembly when subjected to a tensile pull test shall either elongate 50 percent or withstand the conditioned tensile load in Table VIII without separation from its end fittings after the assembly has been subjected to four cycles of conditioning in air at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) for thirty minutes, normalizing at room temperature, conditioning in boiling water for 15 minutes, and normalizing at room temperature. (S12.20)
</P>
<P>S11.3.20 <I>Vibration resistance.</I> A plastic air brake tubing assembly with an internal air pressure of 120 psig shall not rupture or leak more than 50 cm
<SU>3</SU> per minute at a temperature of minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) and 25 cm
<SU>3</SU> per minute at a temperature of 75 degrees Fahrenheit (24 degrees Celsius), after the assembly has been subjected to 1,000,000 cycles of vibration testing with one end of the assembly fixed and the other end stroked 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch at 600 cycles per minute. In addition, end fittings that use a threaded retention nut shall retain at least 20 percent of the original retention nut tightening torque upon completion of the vibration testing. The vibration test shall be conducted in an environmental chamber and the air temperature shall be cycled between minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) and 220 degrees Fahrenheit (104 degrees Celsius) during the test. (S12.21)
</P>
<P>S11.3.21 <I>End fitting retention.</I> The end fittings of a plastic air brake tubing assembly shall not rupture when the assembly is filled with water and pressurized to the burst strength pressure in Table VIII. (S12.22)
</P>
<P>S11.3.22 <I>Thermal conditioning and end fitting retention.</I> The end fittings of a plastic air brake tubing assembly shall not rupture when the tubing assembly is filled with ASTM IRM 903 oil and:
</P>
<P>(a) Conditioning in air at 200 degrees Fahrenheit (93 degrees Celsius) for 24 hours with atmospheric pressure inside the tubing assembly; and
</P>
<P>(b) Increasing the pressure inside the tubing assembly to 450 psi, and holding this pressure for five minutes while maintaining an air temperature of 200 degrees Fahrenheit (93 degrees Celsius); and
</P>
<P>(c) Reducing the pressure inside the tubing assembly to atmospheric and permitting the tubing assembly to cool at 75 degrees Fahrenheit (24 degrees Celsius) for 1 hour; and
</P>
<P>(d) Conditioning the tubing assembly in air at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) for 24 hours with atmospheric pressure inside the tubing assembly; and 
</P>
<P>(e) Increasing the pressure inside the tubing assembly to 450 psi, and holding this pressure for five minutes while maintaining an air temperature of minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius). (S12.23)
</P>
<P>S11.3.23 <I>End fitting serviceability.</I> A plastic air brake end fitting that uses a threaded retention nut shall not rupture or leak more than 25 cm
<SU>3</SU> per minute when pressurized to 120 psi after five assembly cycles. (S12.24)
</P>
<P>S11.3.24 <I>End fitting corrosion resistance.</I> After 24 hours of exposure to salt spray, air brake hose end fittings shall show no base metal corrosion on the end fitting surface except where crimping or the application of labeling information causes a displacement of the protective coating. (S12.25)
</P>
<P>S12. <I>Test procedures—Plastic air brake tubing, plastic air brake tubing assemblies, plastic air brake tubing end fittings.</I>
</P>
<P>S12.1 <I>Air brake tubing dimensions.</I> Measure the tubing dimensions including wall thickness, inside diameter, and outside diameter, using appropriate metrology apparatus such as micrometers, dial indicators and gauges, or optical comparators. To account for slight out-of-round conditions, diameter measurements may be calculated using the average of the major and minor diameters.
</P>
<P>S12.2 <I>Constriction test.</I> Perform the constriction test in S6.12 using an air brake tubing assembly, except that the spherical diameter “A” of the plug gauge in Figure 4, or the diameter of the rigid spherical ball in S6.12.3(a), shall be 66 percent of the nominal inside diameter of the tubing as specified in Table VII.
</P>
<P>S12.3 <I>High temperature conditioning and dimensional stability test.</I> (a) Condition the tubing at 230 degrees Fahrenheit (110 degrees Celsius) for 4 hours in an air oven.
</P>
<P>(b) Remove the tubing from the oven and allow to cool at room temperature for 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>(c) Measure the dimensions of the tubing using the procedure in S12.1.
</P>
<P>S12.4 <I>Boiling water conditioning and dimensional stability test.</I> (a) Utilize a container constructed of a non-reactive material large enough so that the tubing to be tested does not touch any surface of the container. Fill container with distilled water.
</P>
<P>(b) Slip the tubing over a stainless steel wire for positioning it in the pot.
</P>
<P>(c) Bring the water to a boil. Place the tubing in the water and position it so that it does not touch the container. Boil the tubing for two hours. Replenish the water as necessary, adding it slowly so that the water in the pot boils continuously.
</P>
<P>(d) Remove the tubing from the water and allow to cool at room temperature for 30 minutes. Wipe off any water that remains on the tubing.
</P>
<P>(e) Measure the dimensions of the tubing using the procedure in S12.1.
</P>
<P>S12.5 <I>Burst strength test.</I> (a) Utilize an air brake tubing assembly or prepare a 12 inch length of tubing and install end fittings according to the end fitting manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>(b) Plug one end of the assembly, fill it with water, and connect the other end to a source of water pressure. Bleed any air from the assembly and water pressure system.
</P>
<P>(c) Increase the water pressure inside the tubing assembly at a rate of 3,000 psi per minute to the burst strength pressure for the size of tubing being tested as specified in Table VIII.
</P>
<P>S12.6 <I>Moisture absorption and burst strength.</I> (a) Prepare a sample of tubing twelve inches in length.
</P>
<P>(b) Condition the tubing at 230 degrees Fahrenheit (110 degrees Celsius) for 24 hours in an air oven. Remove the tubing from the oven and within 30 seconds, and weigh it to establish the initial weight. The weight shall be measured with a resolution of 0.01 gram; if the scale has a higher resolution, then values of 0.005 gram and above shall be rounded to the nearest 0.01 gram and values below 0.005 gram shall be truncated.
</P>
<P>(c) Place the tubing in an environmental chamber and condition it for 100 hours at 100 percent relative humidity and a temperature of 75 degrees Fahrenheit (24 degrees Celsius).
</P>
<P>(d) Remove the tubing from the chamber and within a period of 5 minutes, remove all surface moisture from the tubing using cloth and weigh the tubing to establish the conditioned weight. Weight shall be measured to the nearest 0.01 gram as in S12.6(b).
</P>
<P>(e) Calculate percentage of moisture absorption as follows:
</P>
<FP>([Conditioned Weight—Initial Weight] ÷ [Initial Weight]) × 100
</FP>
<P>(f) Install end fittings according to the end fitting manufacturers instructions.
</P>
<P>(g) Conduct the burst strength test in S12.5 except use 80 percent of the burst strength pressure for the size of tubing being tested as specified in Table VIII.
</P>
<P>S12.7 <I>Ultraviolet light resistance test.</I> (a) <I>Apparatus.</I> An accelerated weathering test machine for ultraviolet light conditioning of plastic air brake tubing. The machine shall be equipped with fluorescent UVA-340 light bulbs and automatic irradiance control. Also utilize an impact test apparatus as shown in Figure 8.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test standards.</I> The testing is in accordance with ASTM G154-00, ASTM G151-97, and ASTM D4329-99 (all incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Preparation.</I> (1) Utilize a 12 inch length of plastic air brake tubing. Mask 1 inch of each end of the tubing where end fittings will be attached using opaque tape.
</P>
<P>(2) Attach the tubing to the test rack of the machine, securing it at the ends along the masked sections. Wipe the outside surface of the tubing with acetone to remove any surface contaminants. Place the tubing and rack in the accelerated weathering test machine so that the center of the tubing assembly is approximately in the center of the UV light exposure area of the test machine. (If multiple plastic brake tubing assemblies are tested, then their position in the machine should be rotated according to ASTM D4329-99 S7.4.1, except the rotation shall be each 96 hours instead of weekly.) The distance from the light bulb to the tubing shall be approximately 2 inches. Set the UV irradiance to 0.85 watts per square meter at 340 nm and maintain this level during the testing. Maintain a temperature inside the test chamber of 113 degrees Fahrenheit (45 degrees Celsius), and use only atmospheric humidity. Expose the tubing at this UV irradiance level for 300 hours continuously. Remove the tubing from the test chamber.
</P>
<P>(3) Place the tubing inside the impact test apparatus, and drop the impacter onto the tubing from a height of 12 inches. 
</P>
<P>(4) Remove the masking material from the ends of the tubing. Install end fittings according to the end fitting manufacturer's instructions. Conduct the burst strength test in S12.5 except use 80 percent of the burst strength pressure for the size of tubing being tested as specified in Table VIII. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er20de04.007.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table Accompanying Figure 8 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Nominal tubing outside diameter 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Hole diameter “D” 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">mm 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Inches 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/8</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.156 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/32</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.187 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/16</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.218 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/4</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.281 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/16</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.343 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/8</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.406 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>1/2</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.531 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>5/8</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.656 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<fr>3/4</fr> inch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.800 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.268
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.346
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.425
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.504
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 mm</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.661</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S12.8 <I>Low temperature flexibility test.</I> (a) Utilize a cylinder having a radius of six times the nominal outside diameter of the tubing.
</P>
<P>(b) Condition the tubing in an air oven at 230 degrees Fahrenheit (110 degrees Celsius) for 24 hours. Remove from the oven and cool at room temperature for 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>(c) Condition the cylinder and the tubing in an environmental chamber at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) for four hours.
</P>
<P>(d) With the tubing and test cylinder at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius), bend the tubing 180 degrees around the cylinder at a steady rate in a period of 4 to 8 seconds.
</P>
<P>S12.9 <I>High temperature flexibility test.</I> (a) Utilize a cylinder having a radius equal to the supported bend radius in Table VIII for the size of tubing being tested. 
</P>
<P>(b) Bend the tubing 180 degrees around the cylinder and hold in place with a clamp or other suitable support, applying only enough force on the tubing to hold it in position.
</P>
<P>(c) Condition the tubing and cylinder in an air oven at 230 degrees Fahrenheit (110 degrees Celsius) for 72 hours. Remove the tubing and cylinder from the oven and cool at room temperature for two hours.
</P>
<P>(d) Remove the clamps or supports from the tubing and straighten the tubing at a steady rate in a period of 4 to 8 seconds.
</P>
<P>(e) Rebend the tubing 180 degrees around the cylinder, at the same point but in the opposite direction of the bending in S12.9(b), at a steady rate in a period of 4 to 8 seconds.
</P>
<P>(f) Conduct the burst strength test in S12.5 except use 80 percent of the burst strength pressure for the size of tubing being tested as specified in Table VIII.
</P>
<P>S12.10 <I>High temperature resistance test.</I> Condition the tubing in an air oven at 230 degrees Fahrenheit (110 degrees Celsius) for 72 hours. Remove the tubing and allow to cool at room temperature for 30 minutes. Conduct the burst strength test in S12.5 except use 80 percent of the burst strength pressure for the size of tubing being tested as specified in Table VIII.
</P>
<P>S12.11 <I>High temperature conditioning, low temperature impact resistance test.</I> (a) <I>Apparatus.</I> Utilize an impact test apparatus as shown in Figure 8.
</P>
<P>(b) Condition the tubing in an air oven at 230 degrees Fahrenheit (110 degrees Celsius) for 72 hours. Remove the tubing and allow to cool at room temperature for 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>(c) Condition the tubing and the impact test apparatus in an environmental chamber at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) for 4 hours.
</P>
<P>(d) With the tubing and impact test apparatus at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius), place the tubing inside the apparatus and drop the impacter onto the tubing from a height of 12 inches. Remove the tubing from the chamber and allow to warm at room temperature for one hour.
</P>
<P>(e) Conduct the burst strength test in S12.5 except use 80 percent of the burst strength pressure for the size of tubing being tested as specified in Table VIII.
</P>
<P>S12.12 <I>Boiling water conditioning, low temperature impact resistance test.</I> (a) <I>Apparatus.</I> Utilize an impact test apparatus as shown in Figure 8.
</P>
<P>(b) Condition the tubing in boiling water using the test in S12.4 (a) through (d), except that the length of tubing shall be 12 inches.
</P>
<P>(c) Condition the tubing and the impact test apparatus in an environmental chamber at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) for 4 hours.
</P>
<P>(d) With the tubing and impact test apparatus at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius), place the tubing inside the apparatus and drop the impacter onto the tubing from a height of 12 inches. Remove the tubing from the chamber and allow to warm at room temperature for one hour.
</P>
<P>(e) Conduct the burst strength test in S12.5 except use 80 percent of the burst strength pressure for the size of tubing being tested as specified in Table VIII.
</P>
<P>S12.13 <I>Zinc chloride resistance test.</I> (a) Utilize a cylinder having a radius equal to the supported bend radius in Table VIII for the size of tubing being tested. The cylinder is constructed of a non-reactive material or coated to prevent chemical reaction with zinc chloride. The length of the tubing sample is long enough so that its ends will not be submerged during the immersion in zinc chloride, or the ends of the tubing are plugged to keep the zinc chloride from entering the tubing.
</P>
<P>(b) Bend the tubing 180 degrees around the cylinder and hold in place with a clamp or other suitable support constructed of non-reactive materials, applying only enough force on the tubing to hold it in position.
</P>
<P>(c) Immerse the tubing and cylinder in a 50 percent zinc chloride aqueous solution at room temperature for 200 hours.
</P>
<P>(d) Remove the tubing and cylinder from the solution. While still on the test cylinder, inspect the tubing under 7-power magnification for cracks.
</P>
<P>S12.14 <I>Methyl alcohol resistance.</I> (a) Utilize a cylinder having a radius equal to the supported bend radius in Table VIII for the size of tubing being tested. The cylinder is constructed of a non-reactive material or coated to prevent chemical reaction with methyl alcohol.
</P>
<P>(b) Bend the tubing 180 degrees around the cylinder and hold in place with a clamp or other suitable support constructed of non-reactive materials, applying only enough force on the tubing to hold it in position. The ends of the tubing may be shortened so that they will be fully submerged in the methyl alcohol.
</P>
<P>(c) Immerse the tubing and cylinder in a 95 percent methyl alcohol aqueous solution at room temperature for 200 hours.
</P>
<P>(d) Remove the tubing and cylinder from the solution. While still on the test cylinder, inspect the tubing under 7-power magnification for cracks.
</P>
<P>S12.15 <I>High temperature conditioning and collapse resistance test.</I> (a) <I>Apparatus.</I> A holding device consisting of two vertical pins affixed to a flat, horizontal plate. Each pin projects 1 inch above the top surface of the plate. The diameter of each pin is approximately equal to the inside diameter of the tubing being tested. Using the unsupported bend radius for the size of tubing being tested from Table VIII, the distance between the pin centerlines is equal to: 
</P>
<FP-2>[2 × unsupported bend radius] + [nominal OD of tubing] 
</FP-2>
<P>(b) <I>Preparation.</I> (1) Use the unsupported bend radius for the size of tubing being tested from Table VIII and cut the tubing to the following length: 
</P>
<FP-2>[3.14 × [unsupported bend radius]] + [10 × [nominal tubing OD]] + 2 inches 
</FP-2>
<P>or 
</P>
<FP-2>[3.14 × [unsupported bend radius]] + [10 × [nominal tubing OD]] + 50 mm 
</FP-2>
<P>(2) Place a reference mark at the center of the sample. At this mark, measure the initial outside diameter of the tubing. If the tubing is slightly out-of-round, use the elliptical minor diameter as the initial outside diameter.
</P>
<P>(3) Install the tubing completely over the pins of the holding device so that the tubing is bent 180 degrees. If the tubing has a natural curvature, the tubing shall be bent in the direction of the natural curvature.
</P>
<P>(4) Condition the holding device and tubing in an air oven at 200 degrees Fahrenheit (93 degrees Celsius) for 24 hours. Remove the holding device and tubing and allow to cool at room temperature for thirty minutes.
</P>
<P>(5) With the tubing still mounted to the holding device, measure the elliptical minor diameter of the tubing at the reference mark to determine the final outside diameter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Calculation.</I> Calculate the percentage collapse of the outside diameter of the tubing as follows: ([Initial Outside Diameter—Final Outside Diameter] ÷ [Initial Outside Diameter]) × 100
</P>
<P>S12.16 <I>Ozone resistance test.</I> Conduct the test specified in S6.8 using plastic air brake tubing.
</P>
<P>S12.17 <I>Oil resistance test.</I> (a) Utilize a plastic air brake tubing assembly or prepare a 12 inch length of tubing and install end fittings according to the end fitting manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>(b) Immerse the tubing in ASTM IRM 903 oil at 212 degrees Fahrenheit (100 degrees Celsius) for 70 hours. Remove and allow to cool at room temperature for 30 minutes. Wipe any excess oil from the tubing assembly. 
</P>
<P>(c) Conduct the burst strength test in S12.5 except use 80 percent of the burst strength pressure for the size of tubing being tested as specified in Table VIII and, at the manufacturer's option, oil may be used as the test medium instead of water.
</P>
<P>S12.18 <I>Tensile strength test.</I> Conduct the test in S8.9 using a plastic air brake tubing assembly or an assembly prepared from a 12 inch length of air brake tubing with end fittings installed according to the end fitting manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>S12.19 <I>Boiling water conditioning and tensile strength.</I> (a) <I>Apparatus.</I> Use a tension testing machine as specified in S8.9. The lower attachment point of the machine is equipped with a heated, open-top container that is water tight. The inside of the container (lower attachment point) and upper attachment point of the machine have provisions to quickly attach a brake hose assembly for tensile testing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preparation.</I> Prepare an air brake tubing assembly with a free length of 6 inches (six inches of exposed tubing between the end fittings), with the end fittings installed in accordance with the end fitting manufacturer's instructions. If necessary install adapters on the end fittings to permit quick attachment to the machine, to keep water from entering the tubing assembly, and to ensure that the tubing assembly is in a straight position when installed on the machine. Fill the container with distilled water such that the lower 4 inches of exposed tubing will be submerged when the brake tubing assembly is installed on the machine. Heat the water until it boils. Then quickly install the plastic air brake tubing assembly on the machine with the lower end of the tubing assembly in the boiling water. After the water has boiled continuously for 5 minutes, apply tension to the tubing assembly at a rate of 1 inch per minute travel of the moving head until either the conditioned tensile load in Table VIII for the size of tubing being tested is reached or the free length of the tubing assembly reaches 9 inches, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>S12.20 <I>Thermal conditioning and tensile strength</I>—(a) <I>Apparatus.</I> Use a tension testing machine as specified in S8.9.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preparation.</I> Prepare an air brake tubing assembly with a free length of 6 inches (six inches of exposed tubing between the end fittings), with the end fittings installed in accordance with the end fitting manufacturer's instructions. If necessary install adapters on the end fittings to permit attachment to the machine, to keep water from entering the tubing assembly, and/or to ensure that the tubing assembly is in a straight position when installed on the machine. Subject the tubing assembly to four complete cycles of the following sequence:
</P>
<P>(1) Condition the tubing assembly in an environmental chamber at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) for 30 minutes. Remove from the chamber and allow to warm at room temperature for 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>(2) Condition the tubing assembly by submerging it in boiling water for 15 minutes. Remove and allow to cool at room temperature for 30 minutes. Install the tubing assembly on the tension testing machine and apply tension to the tubing assembly at a rate of one inch per minute travel of the moving head until either the conditioned tensile load in Table VIII for the size of tubing being tested is reached or the free length of the tubing assembly reaches 9 inches, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>S12.21 <I>Vibration resistance test.</I> (a) <I>Apparatus.</I> A vibration testing machine that supports a brake tubing assembly by its end fittings in approximately a straight line and includes the following features:
</P>
<P>(1) One tubing assembly attachment point is fixed and the other moves in a plane perpendicular to a line projected between the attachment points. The movable attachment point moves in a linear direction and travels 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch total and at its midpoint of travel falls on a line projected between the attachment points. The movable attachment point has a cycle rate of 600 cycles per minute.
</P>
<P>(2) The distance between the attachment points is adjustable to compensate for varying lengths of brake tubing assemblies.
</P>
<P>(3) The actuating mechanism for the movable attachment point is balanced to prevent introduction of machine vibration into the brake tubing assembly.
</P>
<P>(4) The machine has a compressed air supply system that pressurizes the air brake tubing assembly through one fitting while the other fitting is plugged. The machine's compressed air supply system includes a pressure gauge or monitoring system and an air flow meter.
</P>
<P>(5) The machine is constructed so that an air brake tubing assembly mounted on it can be conditioned in an environmental test chamber.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preparation.</I> (1) Prepare an air brake tubing assembly with a free length of 18 inches (18 inches of exposed tubing between the end fittings), with the end fittings installed in accordance with the end fitting manufacturer's instructions. Record the initial tightening torque for an end fitting that uses a threaded retaining nut.
</P>
<P>(2) Install the air brake tubing assembly on the vibration testing machine and, with the movable attachment point at the midpoint of its travel, adjust the distance between the attachment points so that they are 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch closer together than the distance at which the tubing assembly is taut.
</P>
<P>(3) With the tubing assembly inside the environmental chamber, apply compressed air to the tubing assembly at a regulated pressure of 120 psi and maintain the supply of air to the tubing assembly for the duration of the test. Set the temperature of the environmental chamber to 220 degrees Fahrenheit (104 degrees Celsius) and initiate cycling of the movable attachment point. After 250,000 cycles, set the temperature of the environmental chamber to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius). After 500,000 cycles, set the temperature of the environmental chamber to 220 degrees Fahrenheit (104 degrees Celsius). After 750,000 cycles, set the temperature of the environmental chamber to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius). Measure the air flow rate just prior to 1,000,000 cycles and if the compressed air flow rate supplied to the air brake tubing assembly exceeds 50 cubic centimeters per minute this constitutes failure of the test. Stop the cycling at 1,000,000 cycles and set the environmental chamber temperature to 75 degrees Fahrenheit (24 degrees Celsius), while air pressure is still supplied to the air brake tubing assembly. After one hour, measure the compressed air flow rate supplied to the air brake tubing assembly and if the rate exceeds 25 cubic centimeters per minute this constitutes failure of the test.
</P>
<P>(4) For end fittings that use a threaded retaining nut, apply 20 percent of the original tightening torque as recorded in S12.21(b)(1). If the retention nut visibly moves, this constitutes a failure of the test.
</P>
<P>S12.22 <I>End fitting retention test.</I> (a) Utilize an air brake tubing assembly or prepare a 12 inch length of tubing and install end fittings according to the end fitting manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>(b) Plug one end of the assembly, fill it with water, and connect the other end to a source of water pressure. Bleed any air from the assembly and water pressure system.
</P>
<P>(c) Increase the pressure inside the tubing assembly at a rate of 3,000 psi per minute to 50 percent of the burst strength pressure for the size of tubing being tested as specified in Table VIII. Hold the pressure constant for 30 seconds.
</P>
<P>(d) Increase the pressure inside the tubing assembly at a rate of 3,000 psi per minute to the burst strength pressure for the size of tubing being tested as specified in Table VIII.
</P>
<P>S12.23 <I>Thermal conditioning and end fitting retention test</I>—(a) <I>Apparatus.</I> A source of hydraulic pressure that includes a pressure gauge or monitoring system, uses ASTM IRM 903 oil, and is constructed so that an air brake tubing assembly mounted to it can be conditioned in an environmental test chamber.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preparation.</I> Utilize an air brake tubing assembly or prepare a 12 inch length of tubing and install end fittings according to the end fitting manufacturer's instructions. Attach one end of the assembly to the hydraulic pressure supply and plug the other end of the assembly, fill the assembly with ASTM IRM 903 oil and bleed any air from the assembly, and place the tubing assembly inside an environmental chamber. Conduct the following tests:
</P>
<P>(1) With atmospheric pressure applied to the oil inside the tubing assembly, set the environmental chamber temperature to 200 degrees Fahrenheit (93 degrees Celsius) and condition the tubing assembly for 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(2) With the temperature maintained at 200 degrees Fahrenheit (93 degrees Celsius), increase the oil pressure inside the tubing assembly at a rate of 3,000 psi per minute to 450 psi, and hold this pressure for 5 minutes.
</P>
<P>(3) Decrease the oil pressure inside the tubing assembly at a rate of 3,000 psi per minute to atmospheric pressure and set the temperature of the environmental chamber to 75 degrees Fahrenheit (24 degrees Celsius). Condition the tubing assembly at this temperature for 1 hour.
</P>
<P>(4) Set the temperature of the environmental chamber to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius) and condition the tubing assembly for 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(5) With the temperature maintained at minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 40 degrees Celsius), increase the hydraulic pressure inside the tubing assembly at a rate of 3,000 psi per minute to 450 psi, and hold this pressure for 5 minutes.
</P>
<P>S12.24 <I>End fitting serviceability</I>—(a) <I>Apparatus.</I> A source of air pressure that includes a pressure gauge or monitoring system and is equipped with a mass air flow meter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preparation.</I> Prepare a 12-inch length of tubing and plug one end. Assemble the end fitting with the threaded retention nut on the other end of the tubing according to the end fitting manufacturer's instructions, then disassemble the fitting. Repeat the assembly and disassembly sequence three more times, and then reassemble the end fitting (five total assembly steps).
</P>
<P>(c) Attach the end fitting with the threaded retention nut to the source of air pressure. Pressurize the tubing at a rate of 3,000 psi per minute to a pressure of 120 psi. If the end fitting leaks, measure and record the leakage rate using the mass air flow meter.
</P>
<P>S12.25 <I>End fitting corrosion resistance.</I> Utilize an air brake tubing assembly or prepare a 12-inch length of tubing and install end fittings according to the end fitting manufacturer's instructions. Conduct the test specified in S6.11 using a plastic air brake tubing assembly.
</P>
<P>S13. <I>Test Conditions.</I> Each hose assembly or appropriate part thereof shall be able to meet the requirements of S5, S7, S9, and S11, under the following conditions.
</P>
<P>S13.1 The temperature of the testing room is 75 degrees Fahrenheit (24 degrees Celsius).
</P>
<P>S13.2 The brake hoses and brake hose assemblies are at least 24 hours old, and unused.
</P>
<P>S13.3 Specified test pressures are gauge pressures (psig).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 31303, Nov. 13, 1973]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.106, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.107" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.107   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.108" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.108   Standard No. 108; Lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment.</HEAD>
<P>S1 <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for original and replacement lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment.
</P>
<P>S2 <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce traffic accidents and deaths and injuries resulting from traffic accidents, by providing adequate illumination of the roadway, and by enhancing the conspicuity of motor vehicles on the public roads so that their presence is perceived and their signals understood, both in daylight and in darkness or other conditions of reduced visibility.
</P>
<P>S3 <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to:
</P>
<P>S3.1 Passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, trailers (except pole trailers and trailer converter dollies), and motorcycles;
</P>
<P>S3.2 Retroreflective sheeting and reflex reflectors manufactured to conform to S8.2 of this standard; and
</P>
<P>S3.3 Lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment for replacement of like equipment on vehicles to which this standard applies.
</P>
<P>S4 <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Adaptive driving beam</I> means a long-range light beam for forward visibility, which automatically modifies portions of the projected light to reduce glare to traffic participants on an ongoing, dynamic basis.
</P>
<P><I>Aiming plane</I> means a plane defined by the surface of the three aiming pads on the lens.
</P>
<P><I>Aiming reference plane</I> means a plane which is perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and tangent to the forwardmost aiming pad on the headlamp.
</P>
<P><I>Aiming screws</I> are the horizontal and vertical adjusting screws with self-locking features used to aim and retain a headlamp unit in the proper position.
</P>
<P><I>Axis of reference</I> means the characteristic axis of the lamp for use as the direction of reference (H = 0°, V = 0°) for angles of field for photometric measurements and for installing the lamp on the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Backup lamp</I> means a lamp or lamps which illuminate the road to the rear of a vehicle and provide a warning signal to pedestrians and other drivers when the vehicle is backing up or is about to back up.
</P>
<P><I>Beam contributor</I> means an indivisible optical assembly including a lens, reflector, and light source, that is part of an integral beam headlighting system and contributes only a portion of a headlamp beam.
</P>
<P><I>Cargo lamp</I> is a lamp that is mounted on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus for the purpose of providing illumination to load or unload cargo.
</P>
<P><I>Clearance lamps</I> are lamps which show to the front or rear of the vehicle, mounted on the permanent structure of the vehicle as near as practicable to the upper left and right extreme edges to indicate the overall width and height of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Coated materials</I> means a material which has a coating applied to the surface of the finished sample to impart some protective properties. Coating identification means a mark of the manufacturer's name, formulation designation number, and recommendations for application.
</P>
<P><I>Color</I> Fundamental definitions of color are expressed by Chromaticity Coordinates according to the CIE 1931 Standard Colorimetric System, as described in the CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P><I>Color bleeding</I> means the migration of color out of a plastic part onto the surrounding surface.
</P>
<P><I>Combination clearance and side marker lamps</I> are single lamps which simultaneously fulfill the requirements of clearance and side marker lamps.
</P>
<P><I>Combination headlamp</I> means a headlamp that is a combination of two different headlamp types chosen from a type F sealed beam headlamp, an integral beam headlamp, or a replaceable bulb headlamp.
</P>
<P><I>Cracking</I> means a separation of adjacent sections of a plastic material with penetration into the specimen.
</P>
<P><I>Crazing</I> means a network of apparent fine cracks on or beneath the surface of materials.
</P>
<P><I>Cutoff</I> means a generally horizontal, visual/optical aiming cue in the lower beam that marks a separation between areas of higher and lower luminance.
</P>
<P><I>Daytime running lamps (DRLs)</I> are steady burning lamps that are used to improve the conspicuity of a vehicle from the front and front sides when the regular headlamps are not required for driving.
</P>
<P><I>Delamination</I> means a separation of the layers of a material including coatings.
</P>
<P><I>Design voltage</I> means the voltage used for design purposes.
</P>
<P><I>Direct reading indicator</I> means a device that is mounted in its entirety on a headlamp or headlamp aiming or headlamp mounting equipment, is part of a VHAD, and provides information about headlamp aim in an analog or digital format.
</P>
<P><I>Effective light-emitting surface</I> means that portion of a lamp that directs light to the photometric test pattern, and does not include transparent lenses, mounting hole bosses, reflex reflector area, beads or rims that may glow or produce small areas of increased intensity as a result of uncontrolled light from an area of 
<FR>1/2</FR>° radius around a test point.
</P>
<P><I>Effective projected luminous lens area</I> means the area of the orthogonal projection of the effective light-emitting surface of a lamp on a plane perpendicular to a defined direction relative to the axis of reference. Unless otherwise specified, the direction is coincident with the axis of reference.
</P>
<P><I>Exposed</I> means material used in lenses or optical devices exposed to direct sunlight as installed on the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Filament</I> means that part of the light source or light emitting element(s), such as a resistive element, the excited portion of a specific mixture of gases under pressure, or any part of other energy conversion sources, that generates radiant energy which can be seen.
</P>
<P><I>Flash</I> means a cycle of activation and deactivation of a lamp by automatic means continuing until stopped either automatically or manually.
</P>
<P><I>Fully opened</I> means the position of the headlamp concealment device in which the headlamp is in the design open operating position.
</P>
<P><I>H-V axis</I> means the line from the center of the principal filament of a lamp to the intersection of the horizontal (H) and vertical (V) lines of a photometric test screen.
</P>
<P><I>Haze</I> means the cloudy or turbid appearance of an otherwise transparent specimen caused by light scattered from within the specimen or from its surface.
</P>
<P><I>Headlamp</I> means a lighting device providing an upper and/or a lower beam used for providing illumination forward of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Headlamp concealment device</I> means a device, with its operating system and components, that provides concealment of the headlamp when it is not in use, including a movable headlamp cover and a headlamp that displaces for concealment purposes.
</P>
<P><I>Headlamp mechanical axis</I> means the line formed by the intersection of a horizontal and a vertical plane through the light source parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle. If the mechanical axis of the headlamp is not at the geometric center of the lens, then the location will be indicated by the manufacturer on the headlamp.
</P>
<P><I>Headlamp test fixture</I> means a device designed to support a headlamp or headlamp assembly in the test position specified in the laboratory tests and whose mounting hardware and components are those necessary to operate the headlamp as installed in a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Headlighting system midpoint</I> means the intersection of a horizontal plane through the test vehicle's headlamp light sources, a vertical plane through the test vehicle's headlamp light sources and a vertical plane through the test vehicle's centerline.
</P>
<P><I>High-mounted stop lamp</I> means a lamp mounted high and possibly forward of the tail, stop, and rear turn signal lamps intended to give a steady stop warning through intervening vehicles to operators of following vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Identification lamps</I> are lamps used in groups of three, in a horizontal row, which show to the front or rear or both, having lamp centers spaced not less than [6 in] 15.2 mm nor more than [12 in] 30.4 mm apart, mounted on the permanent structure as near as practicable to the vertical centerline and the top of the vehicle to identify certain types of vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Integral beam headlamp</I> means a headlamp (other than a standardized sealed beam headlamp designed to conform to paragraph S10.13 or a replaceable bulb headlamp designed to conform to paragraph S10.15) comprising an integral and indivisible optical assembly including lens, reflector, and light source, except that a headlamp conforming to paragraph S10.18.8 or paragraph S10.18.9 may have a lens designed to be replaceable.
</P>
<P><I>License plate lamp</I> means a lamp used to illuminate the license plate on the rear of a vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Lower beam</I> means a beam intended to illuminate the road and its environs ahead of the vehicle when meeting or closely following another vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Material</I> means the type and grade of plastics, composition, and manufacturer's designation number and color.
</P>
<P><I>Mechanically aimable headlamp</I> means a headlamp having three pads on the lens, forming an aiming plane used for laboratory photometric testing and for adjusting and inspecting the aim of the headlamp when installed on the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Motor driven cycle</I> means every motorcycle, including every motor scooter, with a motor which produces not more than 5 horsepower, and every bicycle with motor attached.
</P>
<P><I>Motorcycle or motor driven cycle headlamp</I> means a major lighting device used to produce general illumination ahead of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Mounting ring</I> means the adjustable ring upon which a sealed beam unit is mounted.
</P>
<P><I>Mounting ring (type F sealed beam)</I> means the adjustable ring upon which a sealed beam unit is mounted and which forces the sealed beam unit to seat against the aiming ring when assembled into a sealed beam assembly.
</P>
<P><I>Multiple compartment lamp</I> means a device which gives its indication by two or more separately lighted areas which are joined by one or more common parts, such as a housing or lens.
</P>
<P><I>Multiple lamp arrangement</I> means an array of two or more separate lamps on each side of the vehicle which operate together to give a signal.
</P>
<P><I>Optically combined</I> means a lamp having a single or two filament light source or two or more separate light sources that operate in different ways, and has its optically functional lens area wholly or partially common to two or more lamp functions.
</P>
<P><I>Overall width</I> means the nominal design dimension of the widest part of the vehicle, exclusive of signal lamps, marker lamps, outside rearview mirrors, flexible fender extensions, mud flaps, and outside door handles determined with doors and windows closed, and the wheels in the straight-ahead position. Running boards may also be excluded from the determination of overall width if they do not extend beyond the width as determined by the other items excluded by this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Parking lamps</I> are lamps on both the left and right of the vehicle which show to the front and are intended to mark the vehicle when parked or serve as a reserve front position indicating system in the event of headlamp failure.
</P>
<P><I>Protected</I> means material used in inner lenses for optical devices where such lenses are protected from exposure to the sun by an outer lens made of materials meeting the requirements for exposed plastics.
</P>
<P><I>Rated voltage</I> means the nominal circuit or vehicle electrical system voltage classification.
</P>
<P><I>Reflex reflectors</I> are devices used on vehicles to give an indication to approaching drivers using reflected light from the lamps of the approaching vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Remote reading indicator</I> means a device that is not mounted in its entirety on a headlamp or headlamp aiming or headlamp mounting equipment, but otherwise meets the definition of a direct reading indicator.
</P>
<P><I>Replaceable bulb headlamp</I> means a headlamp comprising a bonded lens and reflector assembly and one or two replaceable light sources, except that a headlamp conforming to paragraph S10.18.8 or paragraph S10.18.9 may have a lens designed to be replaceable.
</P>
<P><I>Replaceable light source</I> means an assembly of a capsule, base, and terminals that is designed to conform to the requirements of appendix A or appendix B of 49 CFR part 564 <I>Replaceable Light Source Information</I> of this Chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Retaining ring</I> means the clamping ring that holds a sealed beam unit against a mounting ring.
</P>
<P><I>Retaining ring (type F sealed beam)</I> means the clamping ring that holds a sealed beam unit against a mounting ring, and that provides an interface between the unit's aiming/seating pads and the headlamp aimer adapter (locating plate).
</P>
<P><I>School bus signal lamps</I> are alternately flashing lamps mounted horizontally both front and rear, intended to identify a vehicle as a school bus and to inform other users of the highway that such vehicle is stopped on the highway to take on or discharge school children.
</P>
<P><I>Sealed beam headlamp</I> means an integral and indivisible optical assembly including the light source with “SEALED BEAM” molded in the lens.
</P>
<P><I>Sealed beam headlamp assembly</I> means a major lighting assembly which includes one or more sealed beam units used to provide general illumination ahead of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Seasoning</I> means the process of energizing the filament of a headlamp at design voltage for a period of time equal to 1% of design life, or other equivalent method.
</P>
<P><I>Semiautomatic headlamp beam switching device</I> is one which provides either automatic or manual control of beam switching at the option of the driver. When the control is automatic the headlamp beams switch automatically. When the control is manual, the driver may obtain either the lower beam or the upper beam manually regardless of the conditions ahead of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Side marker lamps</I> are lamps which show to the side of the vehicle, mounted on the permanent structure of the vehicle as near as practicable to the front and rear edges to indicate the overall length of the vehicle. Additional lamps may also be mounted at intermediate locations on the sides of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Stop lamps</I> are lamps giving a steady light to the rear of a vehicle to indicate a vehicle is stopping or diminishing speed by braking.
</P>
<P><I>Taillamps</I> are steady burning low intensity lamps used to designate the rear of a vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Test voltage</I> means the specified voltage and tolerance to be used when conducting a test.
</P>
<P><I>Transition zone</I> means the portion of an adaptive driving beam that occurs between an area of reduced intensity and an area of unreduced intensity.
</P>
<P><I>Turn signal lamps</I> are the signaling element of a turn signal system which indicates the intention to turn or change direction by giving a flashing light on the side toward which the turn will be made.
</P>
<P><I>Turn signal flasher</I> means a device which causes a turn signal lamp to flash as long as it is turned on.
</P>
<P><I>Turn signal operating unit</I> means an operating unit that is part of a turn signal system by which the operator of a vehicle causes the signal units to function.
</P>
<P><I>Upper beam</I> means a beam intended primarily for distance illumination and for use when not meeting or closely following other vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle headlamp aiming device or VHAD</I> means motor vehicle equipment, installed either on a vehicle or headlamp, which is used for determining the horizontal or vertical aim, or both the vertical and horizontal aim of the headlamp.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher</I> means a device which, as long as it is turned on, causes all the required turn signal lamps to flash.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit</I> means a driver controlled device which causes all required turn signal lamps to flash simultaneously to indicate to approaching drivers the presence of a vehicular hazard.
</P>
<P><I>Visually/optically aimable headlamp</I> means a headlamp which is designed to be visually/optically aimable in accordance with the requirements of paragraph S10.18.9 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5 <I>References to SAE publications.</I> Each required lamp, reflective device, and item of associated equipment must be designed to conform to the requirements of applicable SAE publications as referenced and subreferenced in this standard. The words “it is recommended that,” “recommendations,” or “should be” appearing in any SAE publication referenced or subreferenced in this standard must be read as setting forth mandatory requirements.
</P>
<P>S6 <I>Vehicle requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Required lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment by vehicle type.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 <I>Quantity.</I> Except as provided in succeeding paragraphs of this S6.1.1 each vehicle must be equipped with at least the number of lamps, reflective devices, and items of associated equipment specified for that vehicle type and size in Table I and Section 6.6, designed to conform to the requirements of this standard. Multiple license plate lamps and backup lamps may be used to fulfill photometric requirements for those functions.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.1 <I>Conspicuity systems.</I> Each trailer of 2032 mm or more in overall width, and with a GVWR over 10,000 lbs., except a trailer designed exclusively for living or office use, and each truck tractor must be equipped with retroreflective sheeting, reflex reflectors, or a combination of retroreflective sheeting and reflex reflectors as specified in S8.2.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.2 <I>High-mounted stop lamps.</I> Each multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, and bus required by this standard to be equipped with a high-mounted stop lamp, whose vertical centerline, when the vehicle is viewed from the rear, is not located on a fixed body panel but separates one or two moveable body sections, such as doors, which lacks sufficient space to install a single high-mounted stop lamp on the centerline above such body sections, must have two high-mounted stop lamps identical in size and shape.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.2.1 The two lamps must be located at the same height, with one vertical edge of each lamp on the vertical edge of the body section nearest the vehicle centerline.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.3 <I>Truck tractor rear turn signal lamps.</I> A truck tractor need not be equipped with turn signal lamps mounted on the rear if the turn signal lamps installed at or near the front are of double face construction and are located such that they meet the photometric requirements for double faced turn signal lamps specified in Footnote 6 of Table VII.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.3.1 The flashing signal from a double faced signal lamp must not be obliterated when subjected to external light rays from either in front or behind, at any and all angles.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.4 <I>Daytime running lamps.</I> Any pair of lamps on the front of a passenger car, multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus, whether or not required by this standard, other than parking lamps or fog lamps, may be wired to be automatically activated, as determined by the manufacturer of the vehicle, in a steady burning state as daytime running lamps (DRLs) in accordance with S7.10.5.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 <I>Color.</I> The color in all lamps and reflective devices to which this standard applies must be as specified in Table I. The color identified as amber is identical to the color identified as yellow.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.1 Each lamp, reflective device, and item of associated equipment must be securely mounted on a rigid part of the vehicle, other than glazing, that is not designed to be removed except for repair, within the mounting location and height limits as specified in Table I, and in a location where it complies with all applicable photometric requirements, effective projected luminous lens area requirements, and visibility requirements with all obstructions considered.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.2 When multiple lamp arrangements for rear turn signal lamps, stop lamps, or taillamps are used, with only a portion of the lamps installed on a fixed part of the vehicle, the lamp or lamps that are installed to the non-fixed part of the vehicle will be considered auxiliary lamps.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.3 <I>License plate lamp.</I> The license plate lamp or lamps installed on vehicles other than motorcycles and motor driven cycles must be mounted so as to illuminate the license plate without obstruction from any designed feature unless the lamp or lamps is (are) designed to comply with all the photometric requirements with these obstructions considered.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.4 <I>High-mounted stop lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.4.1 <I>Interior mounting.</I> A high-mounted stop lamp mounted inside the vehicle must have means provided to minimize reflections from the light of the lamp upon the rear window glazing that might be visible to the driver when viewed directly, or indirectly in the rearview mirror.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.4.2 <I>Accessibility.</I> Each high-mounted stop lamp must provide access for convenient replacement of bulbs without special tools.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.5 <I>Headlamp beam mounting.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.5.1 <I>Vertical headlamp arrangement.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.5.1.1 Where multiple headlamps with single light sources are installed in a vertical orientation the lower beam must be provided by the uppermost headlamp.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.5.1.2 Where headlamps with two vertically oriented light sources are installed the lower beam must be provided by the uppermost light source or by all light sources.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.5.2 <I>Horizontal headlamp arrangement.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.5.2.1 Where multiple headlamps with single light sources are installed in a horizontal orientation the lower beam must be provided by the most outboard headlamp.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.5.2.2 Where headlamps with two horizontally oriented light sources are installed the lower beam must be provided by the outboard light source or by all light sources.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.6 <I>Auxiliary lamps mounted near identification lamps.</I> Each auxiliary lamp must be located at least twice the distance from any required identification lamp as the distance between two adjacent required identification lamps.
</P>
<P>S6.1.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> The mounting height of each lamp and reflective device must be measured from the center of the item, as mounted on the vehicle at curb weight, to the road surface.
</P>
<P>S6.1.4.1 <I>High-mounted stop lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.4.1.1 A high-mounted stop lamp mounted below the rear window must have no lens portion lower than 153 mm [6 in] below the lower edge of the rear glazing on convertibles, or 77 mm [3 in] on other passenger cars.
</P>
<P>S6.1.5 <I>Activation.</I> Each lamp must be activated as specified, in the combinations specified, and in response to the inputs specified in Table I and Table II.
</P>
<P>S6.1.5.1 <I>Hazard warning signal.</I> In all passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses, the activation of the vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit must cause to flash simultaneously sufficient turn signal lamps to meet, as a minimum, the turn signal photometric requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.1.5.2 <I>Simultaneous beam activation.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.5.2.1 On any vehicle to which this standard applies where the headlighting system is designed to conform to the photometric requirements of UB1 of Table XVIII and LB1M or LB1V of Table XIX-a, the lamps marked “L” or “LF” may remain permanently activated when the lamps marked “U” or “UF” are activated.
</P>
<P>S6.1.5.2.2 On any vehicle to which this standard applies where an integral beam headlighting system is designed to conform to the photometric requirements of UB6 of Table XVIII and LB5M of Table XIX-b or LB4V of Table XIX-c, the lower beam headlamps must remain permanently activated when the upper beam headlamps are activated.
</P>
<P>S6.1.5.2.3 On any vehicle to which this section applies where the headlighting system is designed to conform to the photometric requirements of UB2 of Table XVIII and LB2M or LB2V of Table XIX-a, a lower beam light source may remain permanently activated when an upper beam light source is activated if the lower beam light source contributes to the upper beam photometric compliance of the headlighting system.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Impairment.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 No additional lamp, reflective device, or other motor vehicle equipment is permitted to be installed that impairs the effectiveness of lighting equipment required by this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 If any required lamp or reflective device is obstructed by motor vehicle equipment (e.g., mirrors, snow plows, wrecker booms, backhoes, winches, etc.) including dealer installed equipment, and cannot meet the applicable photometry and visibility requirements, the vehicle must be equipped with an additional lamp or device of the same type which meet all applicable requirements of this standard, including photometry and visibility.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 <I>Headlamp obstructions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.3.1 When activated in the steady burning state, headlamps (excluding headlamps mounted on motorcycles) must not have any styling ornament or other feature, such as a translucent cover or grill, in front of the lens
</P>
<P>S6.2.3.2 Headlamp wipers may be used in front of the lens provided that the headlamp system is designed to conform with all applicable photometric requirements with the wiper stopped in any position in front of the lens.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Equipment combinations.</I> Two or more lamps, reflective devices, or items of associated equipment may be combined if the requirements for each lamp, reflective device, and item of associated equipment are met with the following exceptions:
</P>
<P>S6.3.1 No high-mounted stop lamp is permitted to be combined with any other lamp or reflective device, other than with a cargo lamp.
</P>
<P>S6.3.2 No high-mounted stop lamp is permitted to be optically combined with any cargo lamp.
</P>
<P>S6.3.3 No clearance lamp is permitted to be optically combined with any taillamp.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Lens area, visibility and school bus signal lamp aiming.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.1 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> Each turn signal lamp, stop lamp, high-mounted stop lamp, and school bus signal lamp must meet the applicable effective projected luminous lens area requirement specified in Tables IV-a, IV-b, and IV-c.
</P>
<P>S6.4.2 <I>Visibility.</I> Each backup lamp, single or combination of dual high-mounted stop lamp(s), and school bus signal lamp must meet the applicable visibility requirement specified in Table V-a.
</P>
<P>S6.4.3 <I>Visibility options.</I> A manufacturer must certify compliance of each lamp function to one of the following visibility requirement options, and it may not thereafter choose a different option for that vehicle:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Lens area option.</I> When a vehicle is equipped with any lamp listed in Table V-b each such lamp must provide not less than 1250 sq mm of unobstructed effective projected luminous lens area in any direction throughout the pattern defined by the corner points specified in Table V-b for each such lamp; or
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Luminous intensity option.</I> When a vehicle is equipped with any lamp listed in Table V-c each such lamp must provide a luminous intensity of not less than that specified in Table V-c in any direction throughout the pattern defined by the corner points specified in Table V-c for each such lamp when measured in accordance with the photometry test requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.4.4 <I>Legacy visibility alternative.</I> As an alternative to S6.4.3, each passenger car and motorcycle, and each multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, trailer, and bus that is of less than 2032 mm overall width, that is manufactured on or before September 1, 2011, and each multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, trailer, and bus that is of 2032 mm or more overall width, that is manufactured on or before September 1, 2014, must have each lamp located so that it meets the visibility requirements specified in Table V-d.
</P>
<P>S6.4.5 <I>School bus signal lamp aiming.</I> Each school bus signal lamp must be mounted on the vehicle with its aiming plane vertical and normal to the vehicle longitudinal axis. Aim tolerance must be no more than 5 in vertically and 10 in horizontally at 25 ft from the lamp. If the lamps are aimed or inspected by use of SAE Recommended Practice J602-1963 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), the graduation settings for aim must be 2° D and 0° sideways for aiming and the limits must be 3° U to 7° D and from 10° R to 10° L for inspection.
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>Marking.</I> A summary of the marking requirements of this standard and their location in the standard is contained in Table III.
</P>
<P>S6.5.1 <I>DOT marking.</I> The lens of each original equipment and replacement headlamp, and of each original equipment and replacement beam contributor, and each replacement headlamp lens for an integral beam or replaceable bulb headlamp, must be marked with the symbol “DOT” either horizontally or vertically to indicate certification under 49 U.S.C. 30115.
</P>
<P>S6.5.1.1 The DOT marking requirements for conspicuity materials are specified in S8.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.5.1.2 Each original equipment or replacement lamp or reflective device specified in Table I, except for a headlamp, or an item of associated equipment specified in S9 may be marked with the symbol “DOT” which constitutes a certification that it conforms to the requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.5.2 <I>DRL marking.</I> Each original equipment and replacement lamp used as a daytime running lamp (DRL), unless optically combined with a headlamp, must be permanently marked “DRL” on its lens in letters not less than 3 mm high.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3 <I>Headlamp markings.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.1 <I>Trademark.</I> The lens of each original and replacement equipment headlamp, and of each original and replacement equipment beam contributor must be marked with the name and/or trademark registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office of the manufacturer of such headlamp or beam contributor, of its importer, or any manufacturer of a vehicle equipped with such headlamp or beam contributor. Nothing in this standard authorizes the marking of any such name and/or trademark by one who is not the owner, unless the owner has consented to it.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.2 <I>Voltage and trade number.</I> Each original and replacement equipment headlamp, and each original and replacement equipment beam contributor must be marked with its voltage and with its part or trade number.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.3 <I>Sealed beam headlamp markings.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.3.1 Each sealed beam headlamp lens must be molded with “sealed beam” and the appropriate designation code as shown in Table II in characters no less than 6.35 mm in size.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.3.2 The face of any character molded on the surface of the lens must not be raised more than 0.5 mm above the lens surface.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.3.3 Type 1C1, 2C1, and 2D1 headlamps must have no raised markings on the outside surface of the lens between the diameters of 40 mm and 90 mm about the lens center.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.3.4 Type 1A1, 2A1, 2B1, and 2E1 headlamps must have no raised markings on the outside surface of the lens within a diameter of 70 mm about the lens center.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.3.5 Type LF, UF, 1G1, 2G1, and 2H1 headlamps must have no raised markings on the outside surface of the lens within a diameter of 35 mm about the lens center.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.3.6 A Type 1C1 replacement headlamp may be marked “1” rather than “1C1”. A Type 2C1 replacement headlamp may be marked “2” rather than “2C1”. A Type 2D1 replacement headlamp may be marked “TOP” or “2” rather than “2D1”.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.4 <I>Replaceable bulb headlamp markings.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.4.1 The lens of each replaceable bulb headlamp must bear permanent marking in front of each replaceable light source with which it is equipped that states either: The HB Type, if the light source conforms to S11 of this standard for filament light sources, or the bulb marking/designation provided in compliance with Section VIII of appendix A of 49 CFR Part 564 (if the light source conforms to S11 of this standard for discharge light sources).
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.4.1.1 No marking need be provided if the only replaceable light source in the headlamp is type HB1.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.5 <I>Additional headlamp markings.</I> Additional marking requirements for headlamps are found in, S10.14.4, S10.15.4, S10.17.2, S10.18.5, S10.18.7, and S10.18.9 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.6 Each replacement headlamp lens must also be marked with the manufacturer and the part or trade number of the headlamp for which it is intended, and with the name and/or trademark of the lens manufacturer or importer that is registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Nothing in this standard authorizes the marking of any such name and/or trademark by one who is not the owner, unless the owner has consented to it.
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Associated equipment.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.6.1 All vehicles to which this standard applies, except trailers, must be equipped with a turn signal operating unit, a turn signal flasher, a turn signal pilot indicator, a headlamp beam switching device, and an upper beam headlamp indicator meeting the requirements of S9.
</P>
<P>S6.6.2 All vehicles to which this standard applies except trailers and motorcycles must be equipped with a vehicular hazard warning operating unit, a vehicular hazard warning signal flasher, and a vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator meeting the requirements of S9.
</P>
<P>S6.6.3 <I>License plate holder.</I> Each rear license plate holder must be designed and constructed to provide a substantial plane surface on which to mount the plate.
</P>
<P>S6.6.3.1 For motor vehicles on which the license plate is designed to be mounted on the vehicle such that the upper edge of the license plate is 1.2 m or less from the ground, the plane of the license plate mounting surface and the plane on which the vehicle stands must be perpendicular within 30° upward (an installed plate will face above the horizon) and 15° downward (an installed plate will face below the horizon).
</P>
<P>S6.6.3.2 For motor vehicles on which the license plate is designed to be mounted on the vehicle such that the upper edge of the license plate is more than 1.2m from the ground, the plane of the license plate mounting surface and the plane on which the vehicle stands must be perpendicular within ±15°.
</P>
<P>S6.7 <I>Replacement equipment.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.7.1 <I>General.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.7.1.1 Each replacement lamp, reflective device, or item of associated equipment, including a combination lamp, must:
</P>
<P>(a) Be designed to conform to meet all requirements specified in this standard for that type of lamp, reflective device, or other item of equipment (in the case of a combination lamp, it must meet these requirements for each function); and
</P>
<P>(b) Include all of the functions of the lamp, reflective device, or item of associated equipment, including a combination lamp, it is designed to replace or is capable of replacing (other than functions not required by this standard).
</P>
<P>S6.7.1.2 Each replacement lamp, reflective device, or item of associated equipment, including a combination lamp, which is designed or recommended for particular vehicle models must be designed so that it does not take the vehicle out of compliance with this standard when the individual device is installed on the vehicle. Except as provided in S6.7.1.3, the determination of whether a vehicle would be taken out of compliance with this standard when an individual device is installed on the vehicle is made without regard to whether additional devices, including separate lamps or reflective devices sold together with the device, would also be installed.
</P>
<P>S6.7.1.3 In the case of a lamp or other device that is used on each side of the vehicle in pairs, the determination (for the purposes of S6.7.1.2) of whether a vehicle would be taken out of compliance with this standard when an individual device is installed on the vehicle is made assuming that the other matched paired device would be installed on the other side of the vehicle, whether or not the matched paired devices are sold together. This provision does not limit the responsibilities of manufacturers, distributors, dealers or motor vehicle repair businesses under 49 U.S.C. 30122, <I>Making safety devices and elements inoperative.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.7.2 <I>Version of this standard.</I> The requirements of S6.7.1 must be met, at the option of the manufacturer, using either the current version of this standard or the standard in effect at the time of manufacture of the original equipment being replaced.
</P>
<P>S7 <I>Signal lamp requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Turn signal lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.1 <I>Front turn signal lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.1 <I>Number.</I> See Tables I-a and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.2 <I>Color of light.</I> See Tables I-a and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.3 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Tables I-a and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> See Tables I-a and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.5 <I>Activation.</I> See Tables I-a and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> See Table IV-a.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.7 <I>Visibility.</I> See S6.4.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.8 <I>Indicator.</I> See S9.3.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.9 <I>Markings.</I> See S6.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.10.1 Each front turn signal lamp must also be designed to comply with any additional photometry requirements based on its installed spacing to other lamps as specified by this section. Where more than one spacing relationship exists for a turn signal lamp the requirement must be the one that specifies the highest luminous intensity multiplier of Tables VI-a and VI-b.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.10.2 <I>Spacing measurement for non-reflector lamps.</I> For any front turn signal lamp that does not employ a reflector to meet photometric requirements, the spacing must be measured from the light source of the turn signal lamp to the lighted edge of any lower beam headlamp, or any lamp such as an auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog lamp used to supplement the lower beam headlamp.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.10.3 <I>Spacing measurement for lamps with reflectors.</I> For any front turn signal lamp which employs a reflector, such as a parabolic reflector, to meet photometric requirements, the spacing must be measured from the geometric centroid of the turn signal lamp effective projected luminous lens area to the lighted edge of any lower beam headlamp, or any lamp such as an auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog lamp used to supplement the lower beam headlamp.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.10.4 <I>Spacing based photometric multipliers.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) where the spacing measurement of S7.1.1.10.2 or S7.1.1.10.3 between a turn signal lamp and the lighted edge of any lower beam headlamp is less than 100 mm the photometric multiplier must be 2.5.
</P>
<P>(b) where the spacing measurement of S7.1.1.10.2 or S7.1.1.10.3 between a turn signal lamp and the lighted edge of any lamp such as an auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog lamp used to supplement the lower beam headlamp is at least 75 mm but less than 100 mm the photometric multiplier of Table VI must be 1.5.
</P>
<P>(c) where the spacing measurement of S7.1.1.10.2 or S7.1.1.10.3 between a turn signal lamp and the lighted edge of any lamp such as an auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog lamp used to supplement the lower beam headlamp is at least 60 mm but less than 75 mm the photometric multiplier must be 2.0.
</P>
<P>(d) where the spacing measurement of S7.1.1.10.2 or S7.1.1.10.3 between a turn signal lamp and the lighted edge of any lamp such as an auxiliary lower beam headlamp or fog lamp used to supplement the lower beam headlamp is less than 60 mm the photometric multiplier must be 2.5.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.11 <I>Multiple compartment lamps and multiple</I> <I>lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.11.1 A multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps may be used to meet the photometric requirements of a front turn signal lamp provided the requirements of S6.1.3.2 are met.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.11.2 If a multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps are used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance between adjacent light sources does not exceed 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements and does not exceed 410 mm for three compartments or lamp arrangements, then the combination of the compartments or lamps must be used to meet the photometric requirements for the corresponding number of lighted sections specified in Tables VI-a or VI-b.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.11.3 If the distance between adjacent light sources exceeds the previously stated dimensions, each compartment or lamp must comply with the photometric requirements for one lighted section specified in Tables VI-a or VI-b
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.11.4 <I>Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall width.</I> Multiple compartment front turn signal lamps installed on multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses 2032 mm or more in overall width require measurement of the photometrics for the entire lamp and not for individual compartments.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.12 <I>Ratio to parking lamps and clearance lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.12.1 When a parking lamp, or a clearance lamp on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, trailer, or bus of 2032 mm or more in overall width, is combined with a front turn signal lamp, the luminous intensity of the front turn signal lamp at each identified test point must not be less than the luminous intensity of the parking lamp or clearance lamp at that same test point times the multiplier shown for that test point in Tables VI-a or VI-b.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.12.2 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement is used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance between the optical axes for both the parking lamp and turn signal lamp is within 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements or 410 mm for three compartment or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be computed with all compartments or lamps lighted.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.12.3 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement is used and the distance between optical axes for one of the functions exceeds 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements or 410 mm for three compartments or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be computed for only those compartments or lamps where the parking lamp and turn signal lamp are optically combined.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.12.4 Where the clearance lamp is combined with the turn signal lamp, and the maximum luminous intensity of the clearance lamp is located below horizontal and within an area generated by a 1.0 degree radius around a test point, the ratio for the test point may be computed using the lowest value of the clearance lamp luminous intensity within the generated area.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.13.1 When tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1, each front turn signal lamp must be designed to conform to the base photometry requirements plus any applicable multipliers as shown in Tables VI-a and VI-b for the number of lamp compartments or individual lamps and the type of vehicle it is installed on.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.13.2 As an alternative to S7.1.1.13.1, a front turn signal lamp installed on a motorcycle may be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XIII-a when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.14 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each front turn signal lamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2 <I>Rear turn signal lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.1 <I>Number.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.2 <I>Color of light.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.3 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c and S6.1.3.2.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.5 <I>Activation.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> See Table IV-a.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.7 <I>Visibility.</I> See S6.4.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.8 <I>Indicator.</I> See S9.3.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.9 <I>Markings.</I> See S6.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.11.1 A multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps may be used to meet the photometric requirements of a rear turn signal lamp provided the requirements of S6.1.3.2 are met
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.11.2 If a multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps are used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance between adjacent light sources does not exceed 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements and does not exceed 410 mm for three compartment or lamp arrangements, then the combination of the compartments or lamps must be used to meet the photometric requirements for the corresponding number of lighted sections specified in Table VII.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.11.3 If the distance between adjacent light sources exceeds the previously stated dimensions, each compartment or lamp must comply with the photometric requirements for one lighted section specified in Table VII.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.11.4 <I>Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall width.</I> Multiple compartment rear turn signal lamps installed on multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses 2032 mm or more in overall width require measurement of the photometrics for the entire lamp and not for individual compartments.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.12 <I>Ratio to taillamps and clearance lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.12.1 When a taillamp, or a clearance lamp on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, trailer, or bus of 2032 mm or more in overall width, is combined with a rear turn signal lamp, the luminous intensity of the rear turn signal lamp at each identified test point must not be less than the luminous intensity of the taillamp or clearance lamp at that same test point times the multiplier shown for that test point in Table VII.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.12.2 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement is used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance between the optical axes for both the taillamp and turn signal lamp is within 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangement or 410 mm for three compartments or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be computed with all compartments or lamps lighted.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.12.3 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement is used and the distance between optical axes for one of the functions exceeds 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements or 410 mm for three compartment or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be computed for only those compartments or lamps where the taillamp and turn signal lamp are optically combined.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.12.4 Where the taillamp or clearance lamp is combined with the turn signal lamp, and the maximum luminous intensity of the taillamp or clearance lamp is located below horizontal and within an area generated by a 0.5 ° radius around a test point for a taillamp on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, or by a 1.0 ° radius around a test point for a taillamp or clearance lamp on a vehicle 2032 mm or more in overall width, the ratio for the test point may be computed using the lowest value of the taillamp or clearance lamp luminous intensity within the generated area.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.13.1 Each rear turn signal lamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table VII, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1, for the number of lamp compartments or individual lamps, the type of vehicle it is installed on, and the lamp color as specified by this section.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.13.2 As an alternative to S7.1.2.13.1, a rear turn signal lamp installed on a motorcycle may be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XIII-a when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.14 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each rear turn signal lamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S7.1.3 <I>Combined lamp bulb indexing.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.3.1 Each turn signal lamp optically combined with a taillamp or a parking lamp, or clearance lamp where installed on a vehicle 2032 mm or more in overall width, where a two-filament bulb is used must have a bulb with an indexing base and a socket designed so that bulbs with non-indexing bases cannot be used.
</P>
<P>S7.1.3.2 Removable sockets must have an indexing feature so that they cannot be re-inserted into lamp housings in random positions, unless the lamp will perform its intended function with random light source orientation.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Taillamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.2.1 <I>Number.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.2.2 <I>Color of light.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.2.3 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c and S6.1.3.2.
</P>
<P>S7.2.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.2.5 <I>Activation.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.2.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.2.7 <I>Visibility.</I> See S6.4.
</P>
<P>S7.2.8 <I>Indicator.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.2.9 <I>Markings.</I> See S6.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S7.2.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.2.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.2.11.1 A multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps may be used to meet the photometric requirements of a taillamp provided the requirements of S6.1.3.2 are met.
</P>
<P>S7.2.11.2 If a multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps are used and the distance between the optical axes does not exceed 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements and does not exceed 410 mm for three compartment or lamp arrangements, then the combination of the compartments or lamps must be used to meet the photometric requirements for the corresponding number of lighted sections specified in Table VIII.
</P>
<P>S7.2.11.3 If the distance between optical axes exceeds the previously stated dimensions, each compartment or lamp must comply with the photometric requirements for one lighted section specified in Table VIII.
</P>
<P>S7.2.11.4 <I>Taillamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall width.</I> A maximum of two taillamps and/or two compartments per side may be mounted closer together than 560 mm providing that each compartment and/or lamp meets the single lighted section photometric requirements specified in Table VIII. Each lamp and/or compartment utilized in this manner must meet the single lighted section requirements for all functions for which it is designed.
</P>
<P>S7.2.12 <I>Ratio.</I> See S7.1.2.12 for rear turn signal lamps and S7.3.12 for stop lamps.
</P>
<P>S7.2.13 <I>Photometry.</I> Each taillamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table VIII, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1, for the number of lamp compartments or individual lamps and the type of vehicle it is installed on.
</P>
<P>S7.2.14 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each taillamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Stop lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.3.1 <I>Number.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.3.2 <I>Color of light.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.3.3 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c and S6.1.3.2.
</P>
<P>S7.3.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.3.5 <I>Activation.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.3.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> See Table IV-a.
</P>
<P>S7.3.7 <I>Visibility.</I> See S6.4.
</P>
<P>S7.3.8 <I>Indicator.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.3.9 <I>Markings.</I> See S6.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S7.3.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.3.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.3.11.1 A multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps may be used to meet the photometric requirements of a stop lamp provided the requirements of S6.1.3.2 are met.
</P>
<P>S7.3.11.2 If a multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps are used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance between adjacent light sources does not exceed 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements and does not exceed 410 mm for three compartment or lamp arrangements, then the combination of the compartments or lamps must be used to meet the photometric requirements for the corresponding number of lighted sections specified in Table IX.
</P>
<P>S7.3.11.3 If the distance between adjacent light sources exceeds the previously stated dimensions, each compartment or lamp must comply with the photometric requirements for one lighted section specified in Table IX.
</P>
<P>S7.3.11.4 <I>Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall width.</I> Multiple compartment stop lamps installed on multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses 2032 mm or more in overall width require measurement of the photometrics for the entire lamp and not for individual compartments.
</P>
<P>S7.3.12 <I>Ratio to taillamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.3.12.1 When a taillamp is combined with a stop lamp, the luminous intensity of the stop lamp at each identified test point must not be less than the luminous intensity of the taillamp at that same test point times the multiplier shown for that test point in Table IX.
</P>
<P>S7.3.12.2 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement is used on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, and the distance between the optical axes for both the taillamp and stop lamp is within 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements or 410 mm for three compartment or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be computed with all compartments or lamps lighted.
</P>
<P>S7.3.12.3 If a multiple compartment or multiple lamp arrangement is used and the distance between optical axes for one of the functions exceeds 560 mm for two compartment or lamp arrangements or 410 mm for three compartments or lamp arrangements, then the ratio must be computed for only those compartments or lamps where the taillamp and stop lamp are optically combined.
</P>
<P>S7.3.12.4 Where the taillamp is combined with the stop lamp, and the maximum luminous intensity of the taillamp is located below horizontal and within an area generated by a 0.5 ° radius around a test point for a taillamp on a passenger car or on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus, or trailer of less than 2032 mm in overall width, or by a 1.0 ° radius around a test point for a taillamp on a vehicle 2032 mm or more in overall width, the ratio for the test point may be computed using the lowest value of the taillamp luminous intensity within the generated area.
</P>
<P>S7.3.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.3.13.1 Each stop lamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table IX, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1, for the number of lamp compartments or individual lamps and the type of vehicle it is installed on.
</P>
<P>S7.3.13.2 A stop lamp installed on a motor driven cycle may be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XIII-b when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1.
</P>
<P>S7.3.14 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each stop lamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S7.3.15 <I>Combined lamp bulb indexing.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.3.15.1 Each stop lamp optically combined with a taillamp where a two-filament bulb is used must have a bulb with an indexing base and a socket designed so that bulbs with non-indexing bases cannot be used.
</P>
<P>S7.3.15.2 Removable sockets must have an indexing feature so that they cannot be re-inserted into lamp housings in random positions, unless the lamp will perform its intended function with random light source orientation.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Side marker lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.4.1 <I>Number.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.4.2 <I>Color of light.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.4.3 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.4.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.4.5 <I>Activation.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.4.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.4.7 <I>Visibility.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.4.8 <I>Indicator.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.4.9 <I>Markings.</I> See S6.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S7.4.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.4.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.4.12 <I>Ratio.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.4.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.4.13.1 Each side marker lamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table X, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1, for the lamp color as specified by this section.
</P>
<P>S7.4.13.2 <I>Inboard photometry.</I> For each motor vehicle less than 30 feet in overall length, the minimum photometric intensity requirements for a side marker lamp may be met for all inboard test points at a distance of 15 feet from the vehicle and on a vertical plane that is perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and located midway between the front and rear side marker lamps.
</P>
<P>S7.4.14 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each side marker lamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S7.5 <I>Clearance and identification lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.5.1 <I>Number.</I> See Tables I-a and I-b.
</P>
<P>S7.5.2 <I>Color of light.</I> See Tables I-a and I-b.
</P>
<P>S7.5.3 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Tables I-a and I-b.
</P>
<P>S7.5.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> See Tables I-a and I-b.
</P>
<P>S7.5.5 <I>Activation.</I> See Tables I-a and I-b.
</P>
<P>S7.5.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.5.7 <I>Visibility.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.5.8 <I>Indicator.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.5.9 <I>Markings.</I> See S6.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S7.5.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.5.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.5.12 <I>Ratio.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.5.12.1 <I>Clearance lamps.</I> See S7.1.1.12 for front turn signal lamps and S7.1.2.12 for rear turn signal lamps.
</P>
<P>S7.5.12.2 <I>Identification lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.5.13 <I>Photometry.</I> Each clearance or identification lamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XI, for the applicable lamp color, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1.
</P>
<P>S7.5.14 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each clearance and identification must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S7.6 <I>Backup lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.6.1 <I>Number.</I> See Table I-a and S6.1.1.
</P>
<P>S7.6.2 <I>Color of light.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.6.2.1 See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.6.2.2 A backup lamp may project incidental red, yellow, or white light through reflectors or lenses that are adjacent, close to, or a part of the lamp assembly.
</P>
<P>S7.6.3 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.6.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.6.5 <I>Activation.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.6.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.6.7 <I>Visibility.</I> See Table V-a.
</P>
<P>S7.6.8 <I>Indicator.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.6.9 <I>Markings.</I> See. S6.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S7.6.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.6.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.6.12 <I>Ratio.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.6.13 <I>Photometry.</I> Each backup lamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XII, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1, as specified by this section.
</P>
<P>S7.6.14 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each backup lamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S7.7 <I>License plate lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.7.1 <I>Number.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c and S6.1.1.
</P>
<P>S7.7.2 <I>Color of light.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.7.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.7.5 <I>Activation.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S7.7.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.7.7 <I>Visibility.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.7.8 <I>Indicator.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.7.9 <I>Markings.</I> See. S6.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S7.7.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.7.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.7.12 <I>Ratio.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.7.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.7.13.1 Each license plate lamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of this section when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.2.
</P>
<P>S7.7.13.2 An illumination value of no less than 8 lx [0.75 fc] must be met at each test station target location shown in Figure 19.
</P>
<P>S7.7.13.3 The ratio of the average of the two highest illumination values divided by the average of the two lowest illumination values must not exceed 20:1 for vehicles other than motorcycles and motor driven cycles.
</P>
<P>S7.7.13.4 The ratio of the highest illumination value divided by the average of the two lowest illumination values must not exceed 15:1 for motorcycles and motor driven cycles.
</P>
<P>S7.7.14 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each license plate lamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S7.7.15 <I>Installation.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.7.15.1 Each license plate lamp installed on a vehicle other than a motorcycle or motor driven cycle must be of such size and design as to provide illumination on all parts of a 150 mm by 300 mm test plate.
</P>
<P>S7.7.15.2 Each license plate lamp installed on a motorcycle or motor driven cycle must be of such size and design as to provide illumination on all parts of a 100 mm by 175 mm test plate.
</P>
<P>S7.7.15.3 The light rays must reach all portions of an imaginary plate of the same size at least 25 mm ahead of the actual plate measured perpendicular to the plane of the plate.
</P>
<P>S7.7.15.4 <I>Incident light from single lamp.</I> When a single lamp as shown in Figure 20 is used to illuminate the license plate, the lamp and license plate holder must bear such relation to each other that at no point on the plate must the incident light make an angle of less than 8° to the plane of the plate, this angle being measured from the edge of the light emitting surface of the lamp farthest from the surface of the plate.
</P>
<P>S7.7.15.5 <I>Incident light from multiple lamps.</I> When two or more lamps as shown in Figure 20 are used to illuminate the license plate, the minimum 8° incident light angle must apply only to that portion of the plate which the particular lamp is designed to illuminate. The angle must be measured in the same manner as S7.7.15.4.
</P>
<P>S7.8 <I>Parking lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.8.1 <I>Number.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.8.2 <I>Color of light.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.8.3 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.8.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.8.5 <I>Activation.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.8.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.8.7 <I>Visibility.</I> See S6.4.
</P>
<P>S7.8.8 <I>Indicator.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.8.9 <I>Markings.</I> See. S6.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S7.8.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.8.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.8.12 <I>Ratio.</I> See S7.1.1.12 for front turn signal lamps.
</P>
<P>S7.8.13 <I>Photometry.</I> Each parking lamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XIV, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1, as specified by this section.
</P>
<P>S7.8.14 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each parking lamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S7.9 <I>High-mounted stop lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.9.1 <I>Number.</I> See Table I-a and S6.1.1.2.
</P>
<P>S7.9.2 <I>Color of light.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.9.3 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.9.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> See Table I-a and S6.1.4.1.
</P>
<P>S7.9.5 <I>Activation.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.9.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> See Table IV-b.
</P>
<P>S7.9.7 <I>Visibility.</I> See Table V-a.
</P>
<P>S7.9.8 <I>Indicator.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.9.9 <I>Markings.</I> See. S6.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S7.9.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.9.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.9.12 <I>Ratio.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.9.13 <I>Photometry.</I> Each high-mounted stop lamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XV, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1, as specified by this section.
</P>
<P>S7.9.14 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.9.14.1 Each high-mounted stop lamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S7.9.14.2 Each high-mounted stop lamp that is not mounted inside the vehicle must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5.
</P>
<P>S7.10 <I>Daytime running lamps (DRLs).</I>
</P>
<P>S7.10.1 <I>Number.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.10.2 <I>Color of light.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.10.3 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.10.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> See Table I-a. and S7.10.13(b).
</P>
<P>S7.10.5 <I>Activation.</I> See Table I-a. and S7.10.10.1(c).
</P>
<P>S7.10.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.10.7 <I>Visibility.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.10.8 <I>Indicator.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.10.9 <I>Markings.</I> See S6.5.
</P>
<P>S7.10.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.10.10.1 <I>Spacing to turn signal lamps.</I> Each DRL not optically combined with a turn signal lamp must be located on the vehicle so that the distance from its lighted edge to the optical center of the nearest turn signal lamp is not less than 100 mm unless,
</P>
<P>(a) The luminous intensity of the DRL is not more than 2,600 cd at any location in the beam and the turn signal lamp meets 2.5 times the base front turn signal photometric requirements, or
</P>
<P>(b) The DRL is optically combined with a lower beam headlamp and the turn signal lamp meets 2.5 times the base front turn signal photometric requirements, or
</P>
<P>(c) The DRL is deactivated when the turn signal or hazard warning signal lamp is activated.
</P>
<P>S7.10.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.10.12 <I>Ratio.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.10.13 <I>Photometry.</I> Each DRL must have a luminous intensity not less than 500 cd at test point H-V, nor more than 3,000 cd at any location in the beam when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.4 as specified by this section, unless it is:
</P>
<P>(a) A lower beam headlamp intended to operate as a DRL at full voltage, or a voltage lower than used to operate it as a lower beam headlamp, or
</P>
<P>(b) An upper beam headlamp intended to operate as a DRL, whose luminous intensity at test point H-V is not more than 7,000 cd, and whose mounting height is not higher than 864 mm.
</P>
<P>S7.10.14 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each DRL that is not combined with another required lamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S7.11 <I>School bus signal lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.11.1 <I>Number.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.11.2 <I>Color of light.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.11.3 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.11.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.11.5 <I>Activation.</I> See Table I-a.
</P>
<P>S7.11.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> See Table IV-c.
</P>
<P>S7.11.7 <I>Visibility.</I> See Table V-a.
</P>
<P>S7.11.8 <I>Indicator.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.11.9 <I>Markings.</I> See. S6.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S7.11.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.11.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.11.12 <I>Ratio.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S7.11.13 <I>Photometry.</I> Each school bus signal lamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVII, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.1, for the lamp color as specified by this section.
</P>
<P>S7.11.14 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each school bus signal lamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S8 <I>Reflective device requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Reflex reflectors.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1.1 <I>Number.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S8.1.2 <I>Color.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S8.1.3 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S8.1.4 <I>Mounting height.</I> See Tables I-a, I-b, and I-c.
</P>
<P>S8.1.5 <I>Activation.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S8.1.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S8.1.7 <I>Visibility.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S8.1.8 <I>Indicator.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S8.1.9 <I>Markings.</I> See. S6.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S8.1.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps or reflective devices.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S8.1.11 <I>Photometry.</I> Each reflex reflector must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVI-a when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.3 for the reflex reflector color as specified by this section.
</P>
<P>S8.1.12 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each reflex reflector must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, and the color test and plastic optical material test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S8.1.1P3 <I>Alternative side reflex reflector material.</I> Reflective material conforming to GSA Federal Specification L-S-300 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), may be used for side reflex reflectors if this material as used on the vehicle, meets the performance requirements of Table XVI-a.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Conspicuity systems.</I> The requirement for conspicuity systems may be met with retroreflective sheeting, conspicuity reflex reflectors, or a combination of retroreflective sheeting and conspicuity reflex reflectors.
</P>
<P>S8.2.1 <I>Retroreflective sheeting.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.2.1.1 Retroreflective sheeting must consist of a smooth, flat, transparent exterior film with retroreflective elements embedded or suspended beneath the film so as to form a non-exposed retroreflective optical system.
</P>
<P>S8.2.1.2 <I>Retroreflective sheeting material.</I> Retroreflective sheeting must meet the requirements, except photometry, of ASTM D 4956-90 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) for Type V Sheeting. Sheeting of Grade DOT-C2 of no less than 50 mm wide, Grade DOT-C3 of no less than 75 mm wide, or Grade DOT-C4 of no less than 100 mm wide may be used.
</P>
<P>S8.2.1.3 <I>Certification marking.</I> The letters DOT-C2, DOT-C3, or DOT-C4, as appropriate, constituting a certification that the retroreflective sheeting conforms to the requirements of this standard, must appear at least once on the exposed surface of each white or red segment of retroreflective sheeting, and at least once every 300 mm on retroreflective sheeting that is white only. The characters must be not less than 3 mm high, and must be permanently stamped, etched, molded, or printed in indelible ink.
</P>
<P>S8.2.1.4 <I>Application pattern.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.2.1.4.1 <I>Alternating red and white materials.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.2.1.4.1.1 As shown in Figures 12-1 and 12-2, where alternating material is installed, except for a segment that is trimmed to clear obstructions, or lengthened to provide red sheeting near red lamps, alternating material must be installed with each white and red segment having a length of 300 ±150 mm.
</P>
<P>S8.2.1.4.1.2 Neither white nor red sheeting must represent more than two thirds the aggregate of any continuous strip marking the width of a trailer, or any continuous or broken strip marking its length.
</P>
<P>S8.2.1.5 <I>Application location.</I> Conspicuity systems need not be installed, as illustrated in Figure 12-2, on discontinuous surfaces such as outside ribs, stake post pickets on platform trailers, and external protruding beams, or to items of equipment such as door hinges and lamp bodies on trailers and body joints, stiffening beads, drip rails, and rolled surfaces on truck tractors.
</P>
<P>S8.2.1.6 <I>Application spacing.</I> As illustrated in Figure 12-2, the edge of any white sheeting must not be located closer than 75 mm to the edge of the luminous lens area of any red or amber lamp that is required by this standard. The edge of any red sheeting must not be located closer than 75 mm to the edge of the luminous lens area of any amber lamp that is required by this standard.
</P>
<P>S8.2.1.7 <I>Photometry.</I> Each retroreflective sheeting must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVI-c when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.3 for the color and grade as specified by this section.
</P>
<P>S8.2.2 <I>Conspicuity reflex reflectors.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.2.2.1 <I>Certification marking.</I> The exposed surface of each conspicuity reflex reflector must be marked with the letters DOT-C which constitutes a certification that the reflector conforms to the conspicuity reflex reflector requirements of this standard. The certification must be not less than 3 mm high, and must be permanently stamped, etched, molded, or printed in indelible ink.
</P>
<P>S8.2.2.2 <I>Application pattern.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.2.2.2.1 <I>Alternating red and white materials.</I> Conspicuity reflex reflectors must be installed in a repetitive pattern of two or three white reflectors alternating with two or three red reflectors, with the center of each reflector not more than 100 mm from the center of each adjacent reflector.
</P>
<P>S8.2.2.2.2 <I>White material.</I> White conspicuity reflex reflectors must be installed with the center of each reflector not more than 100 mm from the center of each adjacent reflector. 
</P>
<P>S8.2.2.3 <I>Photometry.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.2.2.3.1 Each red conspicuity reflex reflector must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVI-a for a red reflex reflector and Table XVI-b for a red conspicuity reflex reflector when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.3 as specified by this section.
</P>
<P>S8.2.2.3.2 Each white conspicuity reflex reflector installed in only a horizontal orientation must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVI-a for a white reflex reflector and Table XVI-b for a white horizontal conspicuity reflex reflector when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.3 as specified by this section.
</P>
<P>S8.2.2.3.3 Each white conspicuity reflex reflector installed in a vertical orientation must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVI-a for a white reflex reflector, and Table XVI-b for a white horizontal conspicuity reflex reflector and a white vertical conspicuity reflex reflector when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.3 as specified by this section.
</P>
<P>S8.2.3 <I>Conspicuity system installation on trailers.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.2.3.1 <I>Trailer rear.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.2.3.1.1 <I>Element 1—alternating red and white materials.</I> As shown in Figure 11, a strip of sheeting or conspicuity reflex reflectors, as horizontal as practicable, must be applied across the full width of the trailer, as close to the extreme edges as practicable, and as close as practicable to not less than 375 mm and not more than 1525 mm above the road surface at the strip centerline with the trailer at curb weight.
</P>
<P>S8.2.3.1.2 <I>Element 2—white.</I> (not required for container chassis or for platform trailers without bulkheads).
</P>
<P>S8.2.3.1.2.1 As shown in Figure 11, two pairs of strips of sheeting or conspicuity reflex reflectors, each pair consisting of strips 300 mm long of Grade DOT-C2, DOT-C3, or DOT-C4, must be applied horizontally and vertically to the right and left upper contours of the body, as viewed from the rear, as close to the top of the trailer and as far apart as practicable.
</P>
<P>S8.2.3.1.2.2 If the perimeter of the body, as viewed from the rear, is other than rectangular, the strips may be applied along the perimeter, as close as practicable to the uppermost and outermost areas of the rear of the body on the left and right sides.
</P>
<P>S8.2.3.1.3 <I>Element 3—alternating red and white materials.</I> (not required for trailers without underride protection devices).
</P>
<P>S8.2.3.1.3.1 As shown in Figure 11, a strip of Grade DOT-C2 sheeting no less than 38 mm wide or reflectors must be applied across the full width of the horizontal member of the rear underride protection device.
</P>
<P>S8.2.3.2 <I>Trailer side—alternating red and white materials.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.2.3.2.1 As shown in Figure 11, a strip of sheeting or conspicuity reflex reflectors must be applied to each side, as horizontal as practicable, originating and terminating as close to the front and rear as practicable, as close as practicable to not less than 375 mm and not more than 1525 mm above the road surface at the strip centerline at curb weight, except that at the location chosen the strip must not be obscured in whole or in part by other motor vehicle equipment or trailer cargo.
</P>
<P>S8.2.3.2.2 The strip need not be continuous as long as not less than half the length of the trailer is covered and the spaces are distributed as evenly as practicable.
</P>
<P>S8.2.3.2.3 If necessary to clear rivet heads or other similar obstructions, Grade DOT-C2 sheeting may be separated into two 25 mm wide strips of the same length and color, separated by a space of not more than 25 mm and used in place of the retroreflective sheeting that would otherwise be applied.
</P>
<P>S8.2.4 <I>Conspicuity system installation on truck tractors.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.2.4.1 <I>Element 1—alternating red and white materials.</I> As shown in Figure 13, two strips of sheeting or conspicuity reflex reflectors, each not less than 600 mm long, located as close as practicable to the edges of the rear fenders, mudflaps, or the mudflap support brackets, must be applied to mark the width of the truck tractor.
</P>
<P>S8.2.4.1.1 The strips must be mounted as horizontal as practicable, in a vertical plane facing the rear, on the rear fenders, on the mudflap support brackets, on plates attached to the mudflap support brackets, or on the mudflaps.
</P>
<P>S8.2.4.1.2 Strips on mudflaps must be mounted not lower than 300 mm below the upper horizontal edge of the mudflap. If the vehicle is certified with temporary mudflap support brackets, the strips must be mounted on the mudflaps or on plates transferable to permanent mudflap support brackets.
</P>
<P>S8.2.4.1.3 For a truck tractor without mudflaps, the strips may be mounted outboard of the frame on brackets behind the rear axle or on brackets ahead of the rear axle and above the top of the rear tires at unladen vehicle height, or they may be mounted directly or indirectly to the back of the cab as close to the outer edges as practicable, above the top of the tires, and not more than 1525 mm above the road surface at unladen vehicle height.
</P>
<P>S8.2.4.1.4 If the strips are mounted on the back of the cab, no more than 25% of their cumulative area may be obscured by vehicle equipment as determined in a rear orthogonal view.
</P>
<P>S8.2.4.2 <I>Element 2—white.</I> As shown in Figure 13, two pairs of strips of sheeting or conspicuity reflex reflectors, each pair consisting of strips 300 mm long, must be applied horizontally and vertically as practicable to the right and left upper contours of the cab, as close to the top of the cab and as far apart as practicable.
</P>
<P>S8.2.4.2.1 No more than 25% of their cumulative area may be obscured by vehicle equipment as determined in a rear orthogonal view.
</P>
<P>S8.2.4.2.2 If one pair must be relocated to avoid obscuration by vehicle equipment, the other pair may be relocated in order to be mounted symmetrically.
</P>
<P>S8.2.4.2.3 If the rear window is so large as to occupy all the practicable space, the material may be attached to the edge of the window itself.
</P>
<P>S9 <I>Associated equipment requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1 <I>Turn signal operating unit.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1.1 The turn signal operating unit installed on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses less than 2032 mm in overall width must be self-canceling by steering wheel rotation and capable of cancellation by a manually operated control.
</P>
<P>S9.1.2 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each turn signal operating unit must be designed to conform to all applicable performance requirements of S14.9.
</P>
<P>S9.2 <I>Turn signal flasher.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.2.1 The means of producing the turn signal pilot indicator signal may be incorporated in the flasher. A means of producing an audible signal may be incorporated in the flasher.
</P>
<P>S9.2.2 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each turn signal flasher must be designed to conform to all applicable performance requirements of S14.9.
</P>
<P>S9.3 <I>Turn signal pilot indicator.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.3.1 Each vehicle equipped with a turn signal operating unit where any turn signal lamp is not visible to the driver must also have an illuminated pilot indicator to provide a clear and unmistakable indication that the turn signal system is activated.
</P>
<P>S9.3.2 The indicator must consist of one or more lights flashing at the same frequency as the turn signal lamps.
</P>
<P>S9.3.3 The indicator must function satisfactorily under all test conditions imposed on the turn signal flasher in S14.9.
</P>
<P>S9.3.4 <I>Indicator size and color.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.3.4.1 If the indicator is located inside the vehicle it must emit a green colored light and have a minimum area equivalent to a 
<FR>3/16</FR> in diameter circle.
</P>
<P>S9.3.4.2 If the indicator is located outside of the vehicle it must emit a yellow light and have a minimum projected illuminated area of 0.1 sq in.
</P>
<P>S9.3.5 The minimum required illuminated area of the indicator must be visible to any tangent on the 95th eyellipse as defined in SAE Recommended Practice J941b (1969) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), with the steering wheel turned to a straight ahead driving position and in the design location for an adjustable wheel or column.
</P>
<P>S9.3.6 <I>Turn signal lamp failure.</I> Failure of one or more turn signal lamps such that the minimum photometric performance specified in Tables VI or VII is not being met must be indicated by the turn signal pilot indicator by a “steady on”, “steady off”, or by a significant change in the flashing rate, except when a variable-load turn signal flasher is used on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus 2032 mm or more in overall width, on a truck that is capable of accommodating a slide in camper, or on any vehicle equipped to tow trailers.
</P>
<P>S9.4 <I>Headlamp beam switching device.</I> Each vehicle must have a means of switching between lower and upper beams designed and located so that it may be operated conveniently by a simple movement of the driver's hand or foot. The switch must have no dead point and, except as provided by S6.1.5.2, the lower and upper beams must not be energized simultaneously except momentarily for temporary signaling purposes or during switching between beams.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1 <I>Semiautomatic headlamp beam switching devices.</I> As an alternative to S9.4, a vehicle may also be equipped with a semiautomatic means of switching beams that complies with 9.4.1.1 though S9.4.1.4 and either 9.4.1.5 (Option 1) or 9.4.1.6 (Option 2).
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.1 <I>Operating instructions.</I> Each semiautomatic headlamp switching device must include operating instructions to permit a driver to operate the device correctly, including: How to turn the automatic control on and off; how to adjust the sensitivity control (for Option 1 and if provided for Option 2); and any other specific instructions applicable to the device.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.2 <I>Manual override.</I> The device must include a means convenient to the driver for switching the beam from the one provided.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.3 <I>Fail safe operation.</I> A failure of the automatic control portion of the device must not result in the loss of manual operation and control of the upper and lower beams.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.4 <I>Automatic dimming indicator.</I> There must be a convenient means of informing the driver when the device is controlling the headlamps automatically. For headlighting systems certified to Option 1, the device shall not affect the function of the upper beam indicator light.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.5—<I>Option 1 (Semiautomatic headlamp beam switching devices other than Adaptive Driving Beam systems).</I>
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.5.1 <I>Lens accessibility.</I> The device lens must be accessible for cleaning while the device is installed on a vehicle.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.5.2 <I>Mounting height.</I> The center of the device lens must be mounted no less than 24 inches above the road surface.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.5.3 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each semiautomatic headlamp beam switching device must be designed to conform to all applicable performance requirements of S14.9.3.11.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.6—<I>Option 2 (Adaptive Driving Beam systems).</I>
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.6.1 The system must be capable of detecting system malfunctions (including but not limited to sensor obstruction).
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.6.2 If the system detects a malfunction that prevents the system from operating in automatic mode safely and in conformance with these requirements, the headlighting system must operate in manual mode until the malfunction is corrected and must provide the driver with a visible warning that the malfunction exists.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.6.3 When operating in manual mode, the system must provide only switching between lower and upper beams as provided in S9.4.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.6.4 When operating in automatic mode, the system must only switch between lower, upper, and adaptive driving beams. The adaptive driving beams must be designed to conform to the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.6.4.1 The adaptive driving beams must consist only of area(s) of reduced intensity, area(s) of unreduced intensity, and transition zone(s).
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.6.4.2 The adaptive driving beams must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XXI when tested according to S14.9.3.12, and, for replaceable bulb headlighting systems, when using any replaceable light source designated for use in the system.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.6.4.3 In an area of reduced intensity, the adaptive driving beams must be designed to conform to the photometric intensity requirements of Table XIX as specified in Table II for the specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.5, and, for replaceable bulb headlighting systems, when using any replaceable light source designated for use in the system.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.6.4.4 In an area of unreduced intensity, the adaptive driving beams must be designed to conform to the photometric intensity requirements of Table XVIII as specified in Table II for the specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.5, and, for replaceable bulb headlighting systems, when using any replaceable light source designated for use in the system.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.6.4.5 A transition zone not to exceed 1.0 degree in either the horizontal or vertical direction is permitted between an area of reduced intensity and an area of unreduced intensity. The Table XVIII and Table XIX photometric intensity requirements do not apply in a transition zone, except that the maximum at H-V in Table XVIII as specified in Table II for the specific headlamp unit and aiming method may not be exceeded at any point in a transition zone.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.6.4.6 For vehicle speeds below 32 kph (20 mph), the system must provide only lower beams (unless manually overridden according to S9.4.1.2).
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.6.4.7 The adaptive driving beams must not be energized simultaneously with the lower or upper beams except as provided in Table II.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.6.5 The adaptive driving beams may be provided by any combination of headlamps or light sources, provided parking lamps are installed. If parking lamps meeting the requirements of this standard are not required according to Table I and are not installed, the adaptive driving beams may be provided using any combination of headlamps but must include the outermost installed headlamps to show the overall width of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S9.5 <I>Upper beam headlamp indicator.</I> Each vehicle must have a means for indicating to the driver when the upper beams of the headlighting system are activated. The upper beam headlamp indicator is not required to be activated when an Adaptive Driving Beam system is operating in automatic mode.
</P>
<P>S9.5.1 <I>Indicator size and location.</I> The upper beam headlamp indicator must have a minimum area equivalent to that of a 
<FR>3/16</FR> in diameter circle, and be plainly visible to drivers of all heights under normal driving conditions when headlamps are required.
</P>
<P>S9.6 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.6.1 The unit may be an independent device or it may be combined with the turn signal operating unit. If combined with the turn signal operating unit, the actuating motion of the hazard function must differ from the actuating motion of the turn signal function.
</P>
<P>S9.6.2 <I>Operating unit switch.</I> The unit must operate independently of the ignition or equivalent switch. If the actuation of the hazard function requires the operation of more than one switch, a means must be provided for actuating all switches simultaneously by a single driver action.
</P>
<P>S9.6.3 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit must be designed to conform to all applicable performance requirements of S14.9.
</P>
<P>S9.7 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.7.1 The means of producing the hazard warning signal pilot indicator signal may be incorporated in the flasher. A means of producing an audible signal may be incorporated in the flasher.
</P>
<P>S9.7.2 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each vehicular hazard warning signal flasher must be designed to conform to all applicable performance requirements of S14.9.
</P>
<P>S9.8 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.8.1 In vehicles equipped with right hand and left hand turn signal pilot indicators, both pilot indicators and /or a separate pilot indicator must flash simultaneously while the vehicle hazard warning signal operating unit is turned on.
</P>
<P>S9.8.2 In vehicles equipped with a single turn signal pilot indicator, a separate vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator must flash and the turn signal pilot indicator may flash while the vehicle hazard warning signal operating unit is turned on.
</P>
<P>S9.8.3 The indicator must function satisfactorily under all test conditions imposed on the vehicular hazard warning signal flasher in S14.9.
</P>
<P>S9.8.4 <I>Indicator size and color.</I> If the vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator is not combined with the turn signal pilot indicator, it must emit a red color and have a minimum area equivalent to a 0.5 in diameter circle.
</P>
<P>S10 <I>Headlighting system requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.1 <I>Vehicle headlighting systems.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.1.1 Each passenger car, multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck and bus must be equipped with a headlighting system conforming to the requirements of Table II and this standard.
</P>
<P>S10.1.2 Each motorcycle must be equipped with a headlighting system conforming to S10.17 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S10.2 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S10.3 <I>Number. See Tables I-a and I-c.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.4 <I>Color of light.</I> See Tables I-a and I-c.
</P>
<P>S10.5 <I>Mounting location.</I> See Tables I-a and I-c and S6.1.3.5.
</P>
<P>S10.6 <I>Mounting height.</I> See Tables I-a and I-c.
</P>
<P>S10.7 <I>Activation.</I> See Tables I-a and I-c, Table II, and S6.1.5.
</P>
<P>S10.8 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S10.9 <I>Visibility.</I> No requirement.
</P>
<P>S10.10 <I>Indicator.</I> See S9.5.
</P>
<P>S10.11 <I>Markings.</I> See S6.5.
</P>
<P>S10.12 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I> See S6.1.3.5.
</P>
<P>S10.13 <I>Sealed beam headlighting systems.</I> All sealed beam headlighting systems must be of a type designated in Table II-a. Each sealed beam headlamp must be designed to conform to the specifications furnished with respect to it pursuant to appendix C of part 564 of this chapter and Table II-a of this standard. The dimensions applicable to the design of a specific type are those identified with an “I” for interchangeability specified on the applicable drawing(s) filed in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397.
</P>
<P>S10.13.1 <I>Installation.</I> A sealed beam headlighting system must consist of the correct number of designated headlamp units as specified for the applicable system in Table II-a. The units must have their beams activated as specified in Table II-a. A system must provide in total not more than two upper beams and two lower beams.
</P>
<P>S10.13.2 <I>Simultaneous aim.</I> Type F sealed beam headlamps may be mounted on common or parallel seating and aiming planes to permit simultaneous aiming of both headlamps provided that there is no provision for adjustment between the common or parallel aiming and seating planes of the two lamps. When tested with any conforming Type UF and LF headlamps in accordance with S14.2.5, the assembly (consisting of the Type UF and LF headlamps, mounting rings, the aiming/seating rings, and aim adjustment mechanism) must be designed to conform to the applicable photometric requirements.
</P>
<P>S10.13.3 <I>Photometry.</I> Each sealed beam headlamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVIII for upper beam and Table XIX for lower beam as specified in Table II-a for the specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.5.
</P>
<P>S10.13.4 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.13.4.1 Each sealed beam headlamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the corrosion test, vibration test, inward force test (for lamps which are externally aimed only), torque deflection test (for lamps which are externally aimed only), headlamp connector test, headlamp wattage test, and aiming adjustment tests of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.13.4.2 Each sealed beam headlamp except a Type G or Type H must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the retaining ring test of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.13.4.3 Each sealed beam headlamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the color test of S14.4. Each sealed beam headlamp that does not incorporate a glass lens must be designed to conform to the plastic optical materials test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S10.14 <I>Integral beam headlighting systems.</I> All integral beam headlighting systems must be of a type designated in Table II-c.
</P>
<P>S10.14.1 Installation. An integral beam headlighting system must consist of the correct number of designated headlamp units as specified for the applicable system in Table II-c. The units must have their upper and lower beams activated as specified in Table II-c, and their adaptive driving beams (if so equipped) activated as specified in S9.4.1.6.5. A system must provide in total not more than two upper beams, two lower beams, and, optionally, two adaptive driving beams.
</P>
<P>S10.14.2 <I>Aimability.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.14.2.1 A system that incorporates any headlamp or beam contributor that does not have a VHAD as an integral and indivisible part of the headlamp or beam contributor must be designed so that the applicable photometric requirements are met when any correctly aimed and photometrically conforming headlamp or beam contributor is removed from its mounting and aiming mechanism, and is replaced without reaim by any conforming headlamp or beam contributor of the same type.
</P>
<P>S10.14.2.2 A system that incorporates more than one beam contributor providing a lower beam, and/or more than one beam contributor providing an upper beam, shall be designed to conform to the on-vehicle aiming requirements specified in S10.18.8.
</P>
<P>S10.14.3 <I>Simultaneous aim.</I> An integral beam headlighting system consisting of four individual headlamps or beam contributors may have the headlamp units mounted in an assembly to permit simultaneous aiming of the beam(s) contributors, providing that with any complying contributor the assembly complete with all lamps meets the applicable photometric requirements when tested in accordance with S14.2.5.
</P>
<P>S10.14.4 <I>Markings.</I> An integral beam headlamp with a single light source providing the lower beam must have its lens permanently marked with “L”. An integral beam headlamp with a single light source providing the upper beam must have its lens permanently marked with “U”.
</P>
<P>S10.14.5 <I>Additional light sources.</I> An integral beam headlamp may incorporate light sources that are used for purposes other than headlighting and are capable of being replaced.
</P>
<P>S10.14.6 <I>Photometry.</I> Each integral beam headlamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVIII for upper beam and Table XIX for lower beam as specified in Table II-c for the specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.5.
</P>
<P>S10.14.7 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.14.7.1 Each integral beam headlamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the corrosion test, temperature cycle test, vibration test, inward force test (for lamps which are externally aimed only), headlamp connector test, and aiming adjustment tests of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.14.7.2 Each integral beam headlamp that is not designed to conform to the performance requirements of the sealing test of S14.6 must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the connector-corrosion test, dust test, and humidity test of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.14.7.3 Each integral beam headlamp except those with a glass lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the abrasion test of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.14.7.4 Each integral beam headlamp except those with a nonreplaceable glass lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the chemical resistance test of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.14.7.5 Each integral beam headlamp except those with a glass lens and a non-plastic reflector must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the internal heat test of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.14.7.6 Each integral beam headlamp incorporating a replaceable lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the chemical resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps test and the corrosion resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps test of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.14.7.7 Each integral beam headlamp capable of being mechanically aimed by externally applied headlamp aiming devices specified in SAE Recommended Practice J602-1980 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the torque deflection test of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.14.7.8 Each integral beam headlamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the color test of S14.4. Each integral beam headlamp that does not incorporate a glass lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the plastic optical materials test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S10.15 <I>Replaceable bulb headlighting systems.</I> All replaceable bulb headlighting systems must be of a type designated in Table II-d.
</P>
<P>S10.15.1 <I>Installation.</I> A replaceable bulb headlighting system must consist of either two or four headlamps as specified for the applicable system in Table II-d. The headlamps must have their upper and lower beams activated as specified in Table II-d, and their adaptive driving beams (if so equipped) activated as specified in S9.4.1.6.5. A system must provide in total not more than two upper beams, two lower beams, and, optionally, two adaptive driving beams, and must incorporate not more than two replaceable light sources in each headlamp.
</P>
<P>S10.15.2 <I>Aiming restrictions.</I> Each replaceable bulb headlamp designed to conform to the external aiming requirements of S10.18.7 must have no mechanism that allows adjustment of an individual light source, or if there are two light sources, independent adjustments of each reflector.
</P>
<P>S10.15.3 <I>Replacement lens reflector units.</I> Each lens reflector unit manufactured as replacement equipment must be designed to conform to applicable photometry requirements when any replaceable light source designated for such a unit is inserted in it.
</P>
<P>S10.15.4 <I>Markings.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.15.4.1 A replaceable bulb headlamp in a four headlamp system providing lower beam must have its lens permanently marked with “L”. A replaceable bulb headlamp in a four headlamp system providing upper beam must have its lens permanently marked with “U”.
</P>
<P>S10.15.4.1.1 No such markings are required if the light sources in the headlamp are any combination of dual filament light sources other than HB2.
</P>
<P>S10.15.5 <I>Additional light sources.</I> A replaceable bulb headlamp may incorporate replaceable light sources that are used for purposes other than headlighting.
</P>
<P>S10.15.6 <I>Photometry.</I> Each replaceable bulb headlamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVIII for upper beam and Table XIX for lower beam as specified in Table II-d for the specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.5 using any replaceable light source designated for use in the system under test.
</P>
<P>S10.15.7 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.15.7.1 Each replaceable bulb headlamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the corrosion test, corrosion-connector test, dust test, temperature cycle test, humidity test, vibration test, inward force test (for lamps which are externally aimed only), headlamp connector test, and aiming adjustment tests of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.15.7.2 Each replaceable bulb headlamp except those with a glass lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the abrasion test of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.15.7.3 Each replaceable bulb headlamp except those with a nonreplaceable glass lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the chemical resistance test of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.15.7.4 Each replaceable bulb headlamp except those with a glass lens and a non-plastic reflector must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the internal heat test of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.15.7.5 Each replaceable bulb headlamp incorporating a replaceable lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the chemical resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps test and the corrosion resistance of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps test of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.15.7.6 Each replaceable bulb headlamp capable of being mechanically aimed by externally applied headlamp aiming devices specified in SAE Recommended Practice J602-1980 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the torque deflection test of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.15.7.7 Each replaceable bulb headlamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the color test of S14.4. Each replaceable bulb headlamp that does not incorporate a glass lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the plastic optical materials test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S10.16 <I>Combination headlighting systems.</I> All combination headlighting systems must be of a type designated in Table II-b.
</P>
<P>S10.16.1 <I>Installation.</I> A combination headlighting system must consist of the correct number of designated headlamp units as specified for the applicable system in Table II-b. The units must have their upper and lower beams activated as specified in Table II-b, and their adaptive driving beams (if so equipped) activated as specified in S9.4.1.6.5. A system must provide in total not more than two upper beams, two lower beams, and, optionally, two adaptive driving beams. When installed on a motor vehicle, the headlamps (or parts thereof) that provide the lower beam must be of the same type and provide a symmetrical effective projected luminous lens area when illuminated.
</P>
<P>S10.16.2 <I>Photometry.</I> Each combination headlamp must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XVIII for upper beam and Table XIX for lower beam as specified in Table II-b for the specific headlamp unit and aiming method, when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.5.
</P>
<P>S10.16.3 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.16.3.1 Any component headlamp of a combination headlighting system that is a Type F sealed beam headlamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of S10.13.4.
</P>
<P>S10.16.3.2 Any component headlamp of a combination headlighting system that is an integral beam headlamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of S10.14.7.
</P>
<P>S10.16.3.3 Any component headlamp of a combination headlighting system that is a replaceable bulb headlamp must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of S10.15.7.
</P>
<P>S10.17 <I>Motorcycle headlighting systems.</I> A motorcycle headlighting system may consist of:
</P>
<P>(a) One half of any headlighting system of Table II which provides both a full upper beam and full lower beam, and is designed to conform to the requirements for that headlamp type. Where more than one lamp must be used, the lamps shall be mounted vertically, with the lower beam as high as practicable, or
</P>
<P>(b) A headlighting system designed to conform to the requirements of paragraphs S10.17.1 through S10.17.5.
</P>
<P>S10.17.1 <I>Installation.</I> The headlighting system installed on a motorcycle must consist of one of the system types specified in this paragraph, and must be located on the front.
</P>
<P>S10.17.1.1 <I>Single headlamp.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.17.1.1.1 If the system consists of a single headlamp, it must be mounted on the vertical centerline of the motorcycle.
</P>
<P>S10.17.1.1.2 If the headlamp contains more than one light source, each light source must be mounted on the vertical centerline with the upper beam no higher than the lower beam, or horizontally disposed about the vertical centerline and mounted at the same height.
</P>
<P>S10.17.1.1.3 If the light sources are horizontally disposed about the vertical centerline, the distance between the closest edges of the effective projected luminous lens area in front of the light sources must not be greater than 200 mm.
</P>
<P>S10.17.1.2 <I>Two headlamps with both beams.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.17.1.2.1 If the system consists of two headlamps, each of which provides both an upper and lower beam, the headlamps must be mounted either at the same height and symmetrically disposed about the vertical centerline or mounted on the vertical centerline.
</P>
<P>S10.17.1.2.2 If the headlamps are horizontally disposed about the vertical centerline, the distance between the closest edges of their effective projected luminous lens areas must not be greater than 200 mm.
</P>
<P>S10.17.1.3 <I>Two headlamps, upper beam and lower beam.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.17.1.3.1 If the system consists of two headlamps, one of which provides an upper beam and one of which provides the lower beam, the headlamps must be located on the vertical centerline with the upper beam no higher than the lower beam, or horizontally disposed about the vertical centerline and mounted at the same height.
</P>
<P>S10.17.1.3.2 If the headlamps are horizontally disposed about the vertical centerline, the distance between the closest edges of their effective projected luminous lens areas must not be greater than 200 mm.
</P>
<P>S10.17.2 <I>Motorcycle replaceable bulb headlamp marking.</I> Each replaceable bulb headlamp that is designed to conform to S10.17(b) and that is equipped with a light source other than a replaceable light source meeting the requirements of S11, must have the word “motorcycle” permanently marked on the lens in characters not less than 3 mm in height.
</P>
<P>S10.17.3 <I>Photometry.</I> Each motorcycle headlamp that is not designed to conform to S10.17(a), must be designed to conform to the photometry requirements of Table XX when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.5.
</P>
<P>S10.17.4 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each motorcycle headlamp that is not designed to conform to S10.17(a) must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the vibration test, moisture test, dust test, and corrosion test of S14.5, the out of focus test of S14.3, the color test of S14.4, and each motorcycle headlamp that does not incorporate a glass lens must be designed to conform to the performance requirements of the plastic optical materials test of S14.4.
</P>
<P>S10.17.5 <I>Motorcycle headlamp modulation system.</I> A headlamp on a motorcycle may be activated to modulate either the upper beam or the lower beam from its maximum intensity to a lesser intensity, provided that:
</P>
<P>S10.17.5.1 <I>Modulation.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The rate of modulation must be 240 ±40 cycles per minute.
</P>
<P>(b) The headlamp must be operated at maximum power for 50 to 70 percent of each cycle.
</P>
<P>(c) The lowest intensity at any test point must be not less than 17 percent of the maximum intensity measured at the same point.
</P>
<P>(d) The modulator switch must be wired in the power lead of the beam filament being modulated and not in the ground side of the circuit.
</P>
<P>(e) Means must be provided so that both the lower beam and upper beam remain operable in the event of a modulator failure.
</P>
<P>(f) The system must include a sensor mounted with the axis of its sensing element perpendicular to a horizontal plane. Headlamp modulation must cease whenever the level of light emitted by a tungsten filament light operating at 3000° Kelvin is either less than 270 lux of direct light for upward pointing sensors or less than 60 lux of reflected light for downward pointing sensors. The light is measured by a silicon cell type light meter that is located at the sensor and pointing in the same direction as the sensor. A Kodak Gray Card (Kodak R-27) is placed at ground level to simulate the road surface in testing downward pointing sensors.
</P>
<P>(g) When tested in accordance with the test profile shown in Figure 9, the voltage drop across the modulator when the lamp is on at all test conditions for 12 volt systems and 6 volt systems must not be greater than 0.45 volt. The modulator must meet all the provisions of the standard after completion of the test profile shown in Figure 9.
</P>
<P>(h) Means must be provided so that both the lower and upper beam function at design voltage when the headlamp control switch is in either the lower or upper beam position when the modulator is off.
</P>
<P>S10.17.5.2 <I>Replacement modulators.</I> Each modulator not intended as original equipment, or its container, must be labeled with the maximum wattage, and the minimum wattage appropriate for its use.
</P>
<P>S10.17.5.2.1 <I>Replacement performance.</I> Each modulator, not intended as original equipment, must comply with S10.17.5.1 (a) through (g) when connected to a headlamp of the maximum rated power and a headlamp of the minimum rated power, and must provide means so that the modulated beam functions at design voltage when the modulator is off.
</P>
<P>S10.17.5.2.2 <I>Replacement instructions.</I> Instructions, with a diagram, must be provided for mounting the light sensor including location on the motorcycle, distance above the road surface, and orientation with respect to the light.
</P>
<P>S10.18 <I>Headlamp aimability performance requirements</I> (<I>except for motorcycles</I>)
</P>
<P>S10.18.1 <I>Headlamp mounting and aiming.</I> Except as provided in this paragraph, each headlamp must be installed on a motor vehicle with a mounting and aiming mechanism that permits aim inspection and adjustment of both vertical and horizontal aim, and is accessible for those purposes without removal of any vehicle parts, except for protective covers removable without the use of tools.
</P>
<P>S10.18.1.1 The axis of the light beams must be adjustable to the left, right, up, or down from the designed setting, the amount of adjustability to be determined by practical operating conditions and the type of equipment.
</P>
<P>S10.18.1.2 The adjustments must be conveniently made by one person with tools ordinarily available. When the headlamps are secured, the aim will not be disturbed under ordinary conditions of service.
</P>
<P>S10.18.2 <I>Headlamp aiming systems.</I> When a headlamp system is installed on a motor vehicle, it must be aimable with at least one of the following: An externally applied aiming device, as specified in S10.18.7; an on-vehicle headlamp aiming device installed by the vehicle or lamp manufacturer, as specified in S10.18.8; or by visual/optical means, as specified in S10.18.9.
</P>
<P>S10.18.3 <I>Aim adjustment interaction.</I> When installed on the vehicle, adjustment of one aim axis through its full on-vehicle range must not cause the aim of the other axis to deviate more than ±0.76°. If the performance specified is not achievable, the requirements of S10.18.3.1 apply, except that if the aiming mechanism is not a VHAD, the requirements specific to VHADs are not applicable, and the instruction must be specific to the aiming mechanism installed.
</P>
<P>S10.18.3.1 Should the mechanism not meet the requirements of S10.18.3, a cautionary label must be placed adjacent to the mechanism stating the caution and including either the reason for the caution or the corrective action necessary. Each such label must also refer the reader to the vehicle operator's manual for complete instructions. Each such vehicle must be equipped with an operator's manual containing the complete instructions appropriate for the mechanism installed.
</P>
<P>S10.18.4 <I>Horizontal adjustment-visually aimed headlamp.</I> A visually/optically aimable headlamp that has a lower beam must not have a horizontal adjustment mechanism unless such mechanism meets the requirements of this standard for on vehicle aiming as specified in S10.18.8. 
</P>
<P>S10.18.5 <I>Optical axis marking.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.18.5.1 <I>Optical axis marking-vehicle.</I> Each motor vehicle must be equipped with headlamps or beam contributors which have a mark or markings that are visible from the front of the headlamp when installed on the vehicle to identify the optical axis of the headlamp to assure proper horizontal and vertical alignment of the aiming screen or optical aiming equipment. The manufacturer is free to choose the design of the mark or markings. The mark or markings may be on the interior or exterior of the lens or indicated by a mark or central structure on the interior or exterior of the headlamp.
</P>
<P>S10.18.5.2 <I>Optical axis marking-lamp.</I> Each headlamp or beam contributor that is not visually/optically aimable in accordance with S10.18.9 of this standard must be equipped with fiducial marks, aiming pads, or similar references of sufficient detail and accuracy, for determination of an appropriate vehicle plane to be used with the photometric procedures of S14.2.5 for correct alignment with the photometer axis when being tested for photometric compliance, and to serve for the aiming reference when the headlamp or beam contributor is installed on a motor vehicle. The fiducial marks, aiming pads, or similar references are protrusions, bubble vials, holes, indentations, ridges, scribed lines, or other readily identifiable marks established and described by the vehicle or headlamp manufacturer.
</P>
<P>S10.18.5.3 <I>Optical axis marking-visual/optical aim headlamp.</I> There must be a mark or markings identifying the optical axis of the headlamp visible from the front of the headlamp when installed on the vehicle, to assure proper horizontal and vertical alignment of the aiming screen or optical aiming equipment with the headlamp being aimed. The manufacturer is free to choose the design of the mark or markings. The mark or markings may be on the interior or exterior of the lens or indicated by a mark or central structure on the interior or exterior of the headlamp.
</P>
<P>S10.18.6 <I>Moveable reflectors.</I> Each headlamp aimed by moving the reflector relative to the lens and headlamp housing, or vice versa, must conform with the photometric requirements applicable to it when tested according to the procedure of S14.2.5 with the lens at any position relative to the reflector within the full range of vertical pitch on the vehicle on which the headlamp system is installed and a horizontal range of ±2.5°. Additionally it must comply with the aiming adjustment requirements of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S10.18.7 <I>External aiming.</I> Each headlighting system that is capable of being mechanically aimed by externally applied headlamp aiming devices must be mechanically aimable using the equipment specified in SAE Recommended Practice J602-1980 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), without the removal of any ornamental trim rings, covers, wipers or other vehicle parts.
</P>
<P>S10.18.7.1 <I>Headlamp aiming device locating plates.</I> Each headlighting system which is designed to use the Headlamp Aiming Device Locating Plates with adjustable legs for the 100 × 165 mm unit and the 142 × 200 mm unit, and which has adjustable length legs, must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>S10.18.7.1.1 The lens must have three aiming pads which meet the requirements of Figure 4, <I>Dimensional Specifications for Location of Aiming Pads on Replaceable Bulb Headlamp Units.</I> The aiming pads need not be centered at the geometric center of the lens, or on the optical axis. Except as provided in S10.18.7.1.2, a whole number, which represents the distance in tenths of an inch (i.e. 0.3 inch = 3) from the aiming reference plane to the respective aiming pads which are not in contact with that plane, must be inscribed adjacent to each respective aiming pad on the lens. The height of these numbers must be not less than .157 inch (4 mm). If there is interference between the plane and the area of the lens between the aiming pads, the whole number represents the distance to a secondary plane. The secondary plane must be located parallel to the aiming reference plane and as close to the lens as possible without causing interference.
</P>
<P>S10.18.7.1.2 If the most forward aiming pad is the lower inboard aiming pad, then the dimensions may be placed anywhere on the lens. The dimension for the outboard aiming pad (Dimension F in Figure 4) must be followed by the letter “H” and the dimension for the center aiming pad must be followed by the letter “V.” The dimensions must be expressed in tenths of an inch.
</P>
<P>S10.18.7.2 <I>Nonadjustable headlamp aiming device locating plates.</I> Each headlamp may be designed to use the nonadjustable Headlamp Aiming Device Locating Plate for the 100 × 165 mm unit, the 142 × 200 mm unit, the 146 mm diameter unit, or the 178 mm diameter unit of SAE Recommended Practice J602-1980 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), or the 92 × 150 mm Type F unit, and incorporate lens-mounted aiming pads as specified for those units pursuant to Appendix C of part 564 of this chapter. If so designed, no additional lens marking is necessary to designate the type of plate or dimensions.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8 <I>On-vehicle aiming.</I> Each headlighting system that is capable of being aimed by equipment installed on the vehicle must include a Vehicle Headlamp Aiming Device (VHAD) that conforms to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.1 <I>Aim.</I> The VHAD must provide for headlamp aim inspection and adjustment in both the vertical and horizontal axes.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.1.1 <I>Vertical aim.</I> The VHAD must include the necessary references and scales relative to the horizontal plane to assure correct vertical aim for photometry and aiming purposes. An off vehicle measurement of the angle of the plane of the ground is permitted. In addition, an equal number of graduations from the “0” position representing angular changes in the axis in the upward and downward directions must be provided.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.1.1.1 Each graduation must represent a change in the vertical position of the mechanical axis not larger than 0.19° (1 in at 25 ft) to provide for variations in aim at least 1.2° above and below the horizontal, and have an accuracy relative to the zero mark of less than 0.1°.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.1.1.2 The VHAD must be marked to indicate headlamp aim movement in the upward and downward directions.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.1.1.3 Each graduation must indicate a linear movement of the scale indicator of not less than 0.05 in (1.27 mm) if a direct reading analog indicator is used. If a remote reading indicator is provided, it must represent the actual aim movement in a clear, understandable format.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.1.1.4 The vertical indicator must perform through a minimum range of ±1.2°.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.1.1.5 Means must be provided in the VHAD for compensating for deviations in floor slope less than 1.2° from the horizontal that would affect the correct positioning of the headlamp for vertical aim.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.1.1.6 The graduations must be legible under an illumination level not greater than 30 foot candles, measured at the top of the graduation, by an observer having 20/20 vision (Snellen), and must permit aim adjustment to within 0.19° (1 in at 25 ft).
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.1.2 <I>Horizontal aim.</I> The VHAD must include references and scales relative to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle necessary to assure correct horizontal aim for photometry and aiming purposes. A “0” mark must be used to indicate alignment of the headlamps relative to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle. In addition, an equal number of graduations from the “0” position representing equal angular changes in the axis relative to the vehicle axis must be provided. If the horizontal VHAD is part of an adaptive driving beam system, S10.18.8.1.2.1 through S10.18.8.1.2.4 are not required.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.1.2.1 Each graduation must represent a change in the horizontal position of the mechanical axis not greater than 0.38° (2 in at 25 ft) to provide for variations in aim at least 0.76° (4 in at 25 ft) to the left and right of the longitudinal axis of the vehicle, and must have an accuracy relative to the zero mark of less than 0.1°.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.1.2.2 The VHAD must be marked to indicate headlamp aim movement in the left and right directions.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.1.2.3 The graduations must be legible under an illumination level not greater than 30 foot candles, measured at the top of the graduation, by an observer having 20/20 vision (Snellen), and must permit aim adjustment to within 0.38° (2 in at 25 ft).
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.1.2.4 The horizontal indicator must perform through a minimum range of ±0.76° (4 in at 25 ft); however, the indicator itself must be capable of recalibration over a movement of ±2.5° relative to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle to accommodate any adjustment necessary for recalibrating the indicator after vehicle repair from accident damage.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.2 <I>Aiming instructions.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.2.1 Instructions must be provided either on a label permanently affixed to the vehicle adjacent to the VHAD, or in the operator's manual, advising the vehicle owner what to do if the headlighting system requires aiming using the VHAD.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.2.2 Should a remote indicator or a remote indicator and adjuster be provided, the instructions must be placed in the operator's manual, and may also be placed on a label adjacent to the VHAD.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.3 <I>Permanent calibration.</I> Each headlamp equipped with a VHAD must be manufactured with its calibration permanently fixed by its manufacturer. Calibration in this case means the process of accurately aligning the geometry of the VHAD devices with the beam pattern for the purposes of compliance with the standard.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.4 <I>Replacement units.</I> When tested according to the procedure of S14.2.5 with any replacement headlamp unit(s) or light sources intended for use in the system under test, the VHAD and headlighting system must be designed to conform to the photometric performance requirements applicable for the system under test.
</P>
<P>S10.18.8.5 <I>Physical tests.</I> Each VHAD must be designed to conform with the performance requirements of S14.8.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9 <I>Visual/optical aiming.</I> Each visually/optically aimable headlamp must be designed to conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.1 <I>Vertical aim, lower beam.</I> Each lower beam headlamp must have a cutoff in the beam pattern. It may be either on the left side or the right side of the optical axis, but once chosen for a particular headlamp system's design, the side chosen for the cutoff must not be changed for any headlamps intended to be used as replacements for those system's headlamps.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.1.1 <I>Vertical position of the cutoff.</I> The headlamp must be aimed vertically so that the cutoff is on the left side, at 0.4° down from the H-H line, or on the right side, at the H-H line.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.1.2 <I>Vertical gradient.</I> The gradient of the cutoff measured at either 2.5° L or 2.0° R must be not less than 0.13 based on the procedure of S10.18.9.1.5.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.1.3 <I>Horizontal position of the cutoff.</I> The width must be not less than 2°, with not less than 2° of its actual width centered at either 2.5° L, or 2.0° R.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.1.4 <I>Maximum inclination of the cutoff.</I> The vertical location of the highest gradient at the ends of the minimum width must be within ±0.2° of the vertical location of the maximum gradient measured at the appropriate vertical line (at either 2.5° L for a left side cutoff, or 2.0° R for a right side cutoff).
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.1.5 <I>Measuring the cutoff parameter.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.1.5.1 The headlamp is mounted on a headlamp test fixture which simulates its actual design location on any vehicle for which the headlamp is intended. The fixture, with the headlamp installed, is attached to the goniometer table in such a way that the fixture alignment axes are coincident with the goniometer axes. The headlamp is energized at the specified test voltage. The cutoff parameter must be measured at a distance of 10 m from a photosensor with a 10 mm diameter.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.1.5.2 The headlamp beam pattern is aimed with the cutoff at the H-H axis. There is no adjustment, shimming, or modification of the horizontal axis of the headlamp or test fixture, unless the headlamp is equipped with a VHAD. In this case the VHAD is adjusted to zero.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.1.5.3 A vertical scan of the beam pattern is conducted for a headlamp with a left side gradient by aligning the goniometer on a vertical line at 2.5° L and scanning from 1.5° U to 1.5° D. For a headlamp with a right side gradient, a vertical scan of the beam pattern is conducted by aligning the goniometer on a vertical line at 2.0° R and scanning from 1.5° U to 1.5° D.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.1.5.4 Determine the maximum gradient within the range of the scan by using the formula: G = log E(a)−logE(a + 0.1), where “G” is the gradient, “E” is illumination and “a” is vertical angular position. The maximum value of the gradient “G” determines the vertical angular location of the cutoff. Perform vertical scans at 1.0° L and R of the measurement point of the maximum gradient to determine the inclination.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.2 <I>Horizontal aim, lower beam.</I> There is no adjustment of horizontal aim unless the headlamp is equipped with a horizontal VHAD. If the headlamp has a VHAD, it is set to zero.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.3 <I>Vertical aim, upper beam.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.3.1 If the upper beam is combined in a headlamp with a lower beam, the vertical aim of the upper beam must not be changed from the aim set using the procedures of S10.18.9.1 and S10.18.9.2 used for the lower beam.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.3.2 If the upper beam is not combined in a headlamp with a lower beam, the vertical aim of the upper beam is adjusted so that the maximum beam intensity is located on the H-H axis.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.4 <I>Horizontal aim, upper beam.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.4.1 If the upper beam is combined in a headlamp with a lower beam, the horizontal aim of the upper beam must not be changed from the aim set using the procedures of S10.18.9.1 and S10.18.9.2 used for the lower beam.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.4.2 If the upper beam is not combined in a headlamp with the lower beam and has fixed horizontal aim or has a horizontal VHAD, then the headlamp is mounted on a headlamp test fixture which simulates its actual design location on any vehicle for which the headlamp is intended. The fixture, with the headlamp installed, is attached to the goniometer table in such a way that the fixture alignment axes are coincident with the goniometer axes. The headlamp must be energized at 12.8 ±0.20 mV. There is no adjustment, shimming, or modification of the horizontal axis of the headlamp or test fixture, unless the headlamp is equipped with a VHAD. In this case the VHAD is adjusted to zero.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.4.3 If the upper beam is not combined in a headlamp with a lower beam, and it does not have a VHAD, the horizontal aim of the upper beam is adjusted so that the maximum beam intensity is located on the V-V axis.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.5 <I>Photometry.</I> When tested according to the procedure of S14.2.5, a visually/optically aimable headlamp must be designed to conform to the lower beam requirements of columns; LB1V or LB2V of Table XIX-a, or LB3V of Table XIX-b, or LB4V of Table XIX-c.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.6 <I>Visual/optical aiming identification marking.</I> Each letter used in marking according to this paragraph must be not less than 3 mm high.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.6.1 The lens of a lower beam headlamp must be marked “VOL” if the headlamp is intended to be visually/optically aimed using the left side of the lower beam pattern. The lens of a lower beam headlamp must be marked “VOR” if the headlamp is intended to be visually/optically aimed using the right side of the lower beam pattern. The lens of a headlamp that is solely an upper beam headlamp and intended to be visually/optically aimed using the upper beam must be marked “VO”.
</P>
<P>S10.18.9.6.2 The lens of each sealed beam or integral beam headlamp must be marked “VOR” if the headlamp is of a type that was manufactured before May 1, 1997, and if such headlamp type has been redesigned since then to be visually/optically aimable.
</P>
<P>S11 <I>Replaceable light source requirements.</I> Each replaceable light source must be designed to conform to the dimensions and electrical specifications furnished with respect to it pursuant to part 564 of this chapter, on file in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397, and must conform to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>S11.1 <I>Markings.</I> If other than an HB Type, the light source must be marked with the bulb marking designation specified for it in compliance with appendix A or appendix B of part 564 of this chapter. The base of each HB Type must be marked with its HB Type designation. Each replaceable light source must also be marked with the symbol DOT and with a name or trademark in accordance with S6.5.
</P>
<P>S11.2 <I>Ballast markings.</I> If a ballast is required for operation, each ballast must bear the following permanent markings:
</P>
<P>(a) Name or logo of ballast manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(b) Ballast part number or unique identification;
</P>
<P>(c) Part number or other unique identification of the light source for which the ballast is designed;
</P>
<P>(d) Rated laboratory life of the light source/ballast combination, if the information for the light source has been filed in appendix B of part 564 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(e) A warning that ballast output voltage presents the potential for severe electrical shock that could lead to permanent injury or death;
</P>
<P>(f) Ballast output power in watts and output voltage in rms volts AC or DC; and
</P>
<P>(g) The symbol ‘DOT’.
</P>
<P>S11.3 <I>Gas discharge laboratory life.</I> For light sources that use excited gas mixtures as a filament or discharge arc, the “rated laboratory life” is determined in accordance with sections 4.3 and 4.9 of SAE Recommended Practice J2009 FEB93, Forward Discharge Lighting Systems (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title).
</P>
<P>S11.4 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</P>
<P>S11.4.1 Each replaceable light source must be designed to conform with the performance requirements of the deflection test and pressure test requirements of S14.7.
</P>
<P>S11.4.2 Replaceable light sources must be designed to conform with the requirements of section VII of appendix A of part 564 of this chapter, or section IV of appendix B of part 564 of this chapter, for maximum power and luminous flux when test by the procedure of S14.7.3.
</P>
<P>S12 <I>Headlamp concealment device requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S12.1 While the headlamp is illuminated, its fully opened headlamp concealment device must remain fully opened should any loss of power to or within the headlamp concealment device occur.
</P>
<P>S12.2 Whenever any malfunction occurs in a component that controls or conducts power for the actuation of the concealment device, each closed headlamp concealment device must be capable of being fully opened by a means not requiring the use of any tools. Thereafter, the headlamp concealment device must remain fully opened until intentionally closed.
</P>
<P>S12.3 Except for malfunctions covered by S12.2, each headlamp concealment device must be capable of being fully opened and the headlamps illuminated by actuation of a single switch, lever, or similar mechanism, including a mechanism that is automatically actuated by a change in ambient light conditions.
</P>
<P>S12.4 Each headlamp concealment device must be installed so that the headlamp may be mounted, aimed, and adjusted without removing any component of the device, other than components of the headlamp assembly.
</P>
<P>S12.5 Except for cases of malfunction covered by S12.2, each headlamp concealment device must, within an ambient temperature range of −20 °F to + 120 °F, be capable of being fully opened in not more than 3 seconds after the actuation of a driver-operated control.
</P>
<P>S12.6 As an alternative to complying with the requirements of S12.1 through S12.5, a vehicle with headlamps incorporating VHAD or visual/optical aiming in accordance with this standard may meet the requirements for <I>Concealable lamps</I> in paragraph 5.14 of UNECE Regulation 48 page 17 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), in the English language version.
</P>
<P>S12.7 <I>Certification election.</I> Manufacturers of vehicles with headlamps incorporating VHAD or visual/optical aiming must elect to certify to S12.1 through S12.5 or to S12.6 prior to, or at the time of certification of the vehicle, pursuant to 49 CFR Part 567. The selection is irrevocable.
</P>
<P>S13 <I>Replaceable headlamp lens requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S13.1 A replacement lens for a replaceable bulb headlamp or integral beam headlamp that is not required to have a bonded lens must be provided with a replacement seal in a package that includes instructions for the removal and replacement of the lens, the cleaning of the reflector, and the sealing of the replacement lens to the reflector assembly.
</P>
<P>S13.2 Each replacement headlamp lens with seal, when installed according to the lens manufacturer's instructions on an integral beam or replaceable bulb headlamp, must not cause the headlamp to fail to comply with any of the requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P>S14 <I>Physical and photometry test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.1 <I>General test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.1.1 Each lamp, reflective device, item of conspicuity treatment, and item of associated equipment required or permitted by this standard must be designed to conform to all applicable physical test performance requirements specified for it.
</P>
<P>S14.1.2 <I>Plastic optical materials.</I> All plastic materials used for optical parts such as lenses and reflectors on lamps or reflective devices required or allowed by this standard must conform to the material test requirements of S14.4.2.
</P>
<P>S14.1.3 All coatings used on optical materials must have added to their formulations an optical brightener, whose presence is detectable by ultraviolet light, to aid in testing for their presence. Other equivalent industry accepted methods may be used as an alternative.
</P>
<P>S14.1.4 <I>Samples.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.1.4.1 Samples submitted for laboratory test must be new, unused, manufactured from production tooling and assembled by production processes, and representative of the devices as regularly manufactured and marketed.
</P>
<P>S14.1.4.2 Each test sample must include not only the device but also accessory equipment necessary to operate in its intended manner. Where necessary a mounting bracket shall be provided so that the device may be rigidly bolted in its operating position on the various test equipment.
</P>
<P>S14.1.4.3 Dust and photometric tests may be made on a second set of mounted samples, if desired, to expedite completion of the tests.
</P>
<P>S14.1.5 <I>Laboratory facilities.</I> The laboratory must be equipped to test the sample in accordance with the requirements of the specific device.
</P>
<P>S14.2 <I>Photometric test procedures.</I> Each lamp and reflective device required or permitted by this standard must be designed to conform to the applicable photometric requirements.
</P>
<P>S14.2.1 <I>Photometry measurements for all lamps except license plate lamps, headlamps, and DRLs.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.1.1 <I>Mounting.</I> Photometry measurements are made with the sample lamp mounted in its normal operating position.
</P>
<P>S14.2.1.2 <I>School bus signal lamp aiming.</I> A school bus signal lamp must be aimed with its aiming plane normal to the photometer axis and may be reaimed for photometry by ±
<FR>1/2</FR>° vertically and ±1° horizontally.
</P>
<P>S14.2.1.3 <I>Measurement distance.</I> Photometric measurements are made at a distance between the light source and the point of measurement of at least 1.2 m for side marker lamps, clearance lamps, identification lamps, and parking lamps, and at least 3 m for turn signal lamps, stop lamps, taillamps, backup lamps, and school bus signal lamps.
</P>
<P>S14.2.1.4 <I>Location of test points.</I> Test point location must comply with the following nomenclature:
</P>
<P>(a) The line formed by the intersection of a vertical plane through the light source of the lamp and normal to the test screen is designated “V”.
</P>
<P>(b) The line formed by the intersection of a horizontal plane through the light source and normal to the test screen is designated “H”.
</P>
<P>(c) The point of intersection of these two lines is designated “H-V”.
</P>
<P>(d) Other test points on the test screen are measured in terms of angles from the H and V lines.
</P>
<P>(e) Angles to the right (R) and to the left (L) are regarded as being to the right and left of the V line when the observer stands behind the lamp and looks in the direction of its light beam when it is properly aimed for photometry. Similarly, the upward angles designated as U and the downward angles designated as D, refer to light directed at angles above and below the H line, respectively.
</P>
<P>S14.2.1.5 <I>Multiple compartment and multiple lamp photometry of turn signal lamps, stop lamps, and taillamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.1.5.1 When compartments of lamps or arrangements of multiple lamps are photometered together, the H-V axis intersects the midpoint between the optical axes.
</P>
<P>S14.2.1.5.2 Luminous intensity measurements of multiple compartment lamps or multiple lamp arrangements are made either by:
</P>
<P>(a) Measuring all compartments together, provided that a line from the optical axis of each compartment or lamp to the center of the photometer sensing device does not make an angle more than 0.6° with the H-V axis, or
</P>
<P>(b) Measuring each compartment or lamp separately by aligning its optical axis with the photometer and adding the value at each test point.
</P>
<P>S14.2.1.5.3 Multiple compartment turn signal lamps or stop lamps or multiple lamp arrangements of these lamps installed on multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, trailers, or buses 2032 mm or more in overall width must use the method of S14.2.1.5.2(b) only.
</P>
<P>S14.2.1.6 <I>Bulbs.</I> Except for a lamp having a sealed-in bulb, a lamp must meet the applicable requirements of this standard when tested with a bulb whose filament is positioned within ±.010 in of the nominal design position specified in SAE Recommended Practice J573d (1968) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) or specified by the bulb manufacturer and operated at the bulb's rated mean spherical candela.
</P>
<P>S14.2.1.6.1 Each lamp designed to use a type of bulb that has not been assigned a mean spherical candela rating by its manufacturer and is not listed in SAE Recommended Practice J573d (1968) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), must meet the applicable requirements of this standard when used with any bulb of the type specified by the lamp manufacturer, operated at the bulb's design voltage. A lamp that contains a sealed-in bulb must meet these requirements with the bulb operated at the bulb's design voltage.
</P>
<P>S14.2.1.6.2 A bulb that is not listed in SAE Recommended Practice J573d (1968) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) is not required to use a socket that conforms to the requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J567b (1964) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S14.2.2 <I>License plate lamp photometry.</I> Photometry compliance of license plate lamps is determined by measurement of the illumination falling upon test stations located on a test plate.
</P>
<P>S14.2.2.1 <I>Illumination surface.</I> All illumination measurements are made on a rectangular test plate of clean, white blotting paper mounted on the license plate holder in the position normally taken by the license plate. The face of the test plate must be 1.5 mm from the face of the license plate holder.
</P>
<P>S14.2.2.2 <I>Test stations.</I> Test stations must be located on the face of the test plate as shown in Figure 19 according to the type of vehicle on which the license plate lamps are installed.
</P>
<P>S14.2.2.3 Bulb requirements of S14.2.1.6 apply to license plate lamp photometry.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3 <I>Reflex reflector and retroreflective sheeting photometry.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.1 <I>Mounting.</I> Each reflex reflector is mounted for photometry with the center of the reflex area at the center of goniometer rotation and at the same horizontal level as the source of illumination.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.2 <I>Illumination source.</I> The source of illumination is a lamp with a 50 mm effective diameter and with a filament operating at 2856 °K.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.3 <I>Measurement distance.</I> The test distance is 30.5 m [100ft].
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.4 <I>Test setup</I> The observation point is located directly above the source of illumination. The H-V axis of reflex reflectors is taken as parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle for rear reflectors and perpendicular to a vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle for side reflectors.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.5 <I>Photodetector.</I> The photodetector has an opening of not more than 13 mm vertically and 25 mm horizontally.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.6 <I>Photometry surface.</I> Reflex reflectors may have any linear or area dimensions but must have no more than 7740 sq mm projected area contained within a 254 mm diameter circle exposed for photometry.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.7 <I>Procedure.</I> Photometric measurements of reflex reflectors and retroreflective sheeting must be made at various observation and entrance angles as shown in Table XVI.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.7.1 The observation angle is the angle formed by a line from the observation point to the center of the reflector and a second line from the center of the reflector to the source of illumination.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.7.2 The entrance angle is the angle between the axis of the reflex reflector and a line from the center of the reflector to the source of illumination.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.7.3 The entrance angle is designated left, right, up, and down in accordance with the position of the source of illumination with respect to the axis of the reflex reflector as viewed from behind the reflector.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.7.4 Measurements are made of the luminous intensity which the reflex reflector is projecting toward the observation point and the illumination on the reflex reflector from the source of illumination.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.8 <I>Measurements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.8.1 <I>Reflex reflectors.</I> The required measurement for reflex reflectors at each test point as shown in Table XVI is the quotient of the projected luminous intensity divided by the illumination expressed as millicandela per lux or candela per footcandle.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.8.2 <I>Retroreflective sheeting.</I> The required measurement for retroreflective sheeting reflectors at each test point as shown in Table XVI is candela per lux per square meter of area.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.8.3 <I>Reflex reflector photometry measurement adjustments.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.8.3.1 Reflex reflectors, which do not have a fixed rotational position on the vehicle, are rotated about their axis through 360° to find the minimum photometric value which must be reported for each test point. If the output falls below the minimum requirement at any test point, the reflector is rotated ±5° about its axis from the angle where the minimum output occurred, and the maximum value within this angle is reported as a tolerance value.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.8.3.2 Reflex reflectors, which by their design or construction, permit mounting on a vehicle in a fixed rotational position, are tested in this position. A visual locator, such as the word TOP is not considered adequate to establish a fixed rotational position on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S14.2.3.8.3.3 If uncolored reflections from the front surface interfere with photometric readings at any test point, additional readings are taken 1° above, below, right, and left of the test point, and the lowest of these readings and its location is reported provided the minimum test point requirement for the test point is met.
</P>
<P>S14.2.4 <I>Daytime running lamp (DRL) photometry measurements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.4.1 Each DRL is tested to the procedure of S14.2.5 when a test voltage of 12.8 v ±20 mv is applied to the input terminals of the lamp switch module or voltage-reducing equipment, whichever is closer to the electrical source on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S14.2.4.2 The test distance from the lamp to the photometer is not less than 18.3 m if the lamp is optically combined with a headlamp, or is a separate lamp, and not less than 3 m if the lamp is optically combined with a lamp, other than a headlamp, that is required by this standard.
</P>
<P>S14.2.4.3 Except for a lamp having a sealed-in bulb, a lamp must meet the applicable requirements of this standard when tested with a bulb whose filament is positioned within ±.010 in. of the nominal design position specified in SAE J573d, Lamp bulbs and Sealed Units, December 1968, (incorporated by reference, paragraph S5.2 of this section) or specified by the bulb manufacturer.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5 <I>Headlamp photometry measurements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.1 <I>Mounting.</I> Photometry measurements at the applicable test points are made with the sample headlamp mounted in its normal operating position.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.2 Test points in the area from 10° U to 90° U must be measured from the normally exposed surface of the lens face.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.3 <I>Measurement distance.</I> Photometric measurements are made at a distance between the light source and the photometer sensor of at least 18.3 m.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.4 <I>Seasoning and test voltage.</I> All sealed beam headlamps, integral beam headlamps, beam contributors, and replaceable light sources are seasoned at design voltage for 1% of its average design life or 10 hours, whichever is less prior to a photometry test. A headlamp is tested at 12.8 v. ±20 mv, D.C. as measured at the terminals of the lamp.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5 <I>Aiming.</I> Each headlamp is aimed prior to a photometry test in accordance with the procedure appropriate to its aiming system. A 
<FR>1/4</FR>° reaim is permitted in any direction at any test point to allow for variations in readings between laboratories for all headlamps except a Type F upper beam unit not equipped with a VHAD.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.1 <I>Mechanically aimable headlamps using an external aimer.</I> The headlamp is aimed mechanically with the aiming plane at the design angle(s) to the photometer axis and the mechanical axis of the headlamp on the photometer axis.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.2 <I>Mechanically aimable headlamps equipped with a VHAD.</I> The headlamp is aimed mechanically using the VHAD in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as provided with the vehicle on which the headlamp is intended to be used.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.3 <I>Visually aimable lower beam headlamps-vertical aim.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.3.1 A VOL cutoff headlamp must have the location of the cutoff maximum gradient, as determined by the method of this standard, positioned at 0.4° down from the H-H line.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.3.2 A VOR cutoff headlamp must have the location of the cutoff maximum gradient, as determined by the method of this standard, positioned at the H-H line.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.4 <I>Visually aimable lower beam headlamps-horizontal aim.</I> There must be no adjustment of horizontal aim unless the headlamp is equipped with a horizontal VHAD. If the headlamp has a VHAD, it must be set to zero.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.5 <I>Visually aimable upper beam headlamps-vertical aim.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.5.1 A headlamp whose upper beam is combined with a lower beam must not have its vertical aim changed from that set for the lower beam.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.5.2 A headlamp whose upper beam is not combined with a lower beam must have its maximum beam intensity positioned on the H-H axis.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.6 <I>Visually aimable upper beam headlamps-horizontal aim.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.6.1 A headlamp whose upper beam is combined with a lower beam must not have its horizontal aim changed from that set for the lower beam.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.6.2 A headlamp whose upper beam is not combined with a lower beam and has a fixed horizontal aim or has a horizontal VHAD must be mounted in its normal operating position on a goniometer such that the mounting fixture alignment axes are coincident with the goniometer axes and must be energized at 12.8 v ±20 mv. There must be no adjustment, shimming, or modification of the horizontal axis of the headlamp or test fixture, unless the headlamp is equipped with a VHAD, in which case the VHAD must be adjusted to zero.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.6.3 A headlamp whose upper beam is not combined with a lower beam and is not equipped with a horizontal VHAD, the horizontal aim must be adjusted so that the maximum beam intensity is positioned on the V-V axis.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.7 <I>Simultaneous aim Type F sealed beam headlamps and beam contributor integral beam headlamps.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.7.1 A headlamp system permitted to use simultaneous aim of lower beams and upper beams must be aimed mechanically for lower beam photometry by centering the lower beam unit or the geometric center of all lower beam contributors on the photometer axis and aligning the aiming plane, aiming reference plane, or other appropriate vertical plane defined by the manufacturer perpendicular to the photometer axis.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.7.2 The headlamp must be aimed for upper beam photometry by moving the assembly in a plane parallel to the established lower beam aiming plane until the upper beam unit or the geometric center of all upper beam contributors is centered in the photometric axis.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.8 <I>Motorcycle headlamp-upper beam headlamps designed to comply with Table XX.</I> The upper beam of a multiple beam headlamp designed to comply with the requirements of Table XX must be aimed photoelectrically so that the center of the zone of highest intensity falls 0.4° vertically below the lamp axis and is centered laterally. The center of the zone of highest intensity must be established by the intersection of a horizontal plane passing through the point of maximum intensity, and the vertical plane established by balancing the photometric values at 3°L and 3°R.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.5.9 <I>Motorcycle headlamp-lower beam headlamps designed to comply with Table XX.</I> The beam from a single beam headlamp designed to comply with the requirements of Table XX must be aimed straight ahead with the top of the beam aimed vertically to obtain 2000 cd at H-V.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.6 <I>Positioner.</I> The goniometer configuration, used to position the sample headlamp when making photometric measurements at specific angular test points, is horizontal rotation over elevation. The vertical axis of the goniometer must correspond to the design position vertical axis of the sample headlamp which is vertical and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.7 <I>Photometer.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.7.1 The photometer must be capable of measuring the luminous intensity of the sample headlamp throughout its illumination range.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.7.2 <I>Sensor.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.7.2.1 The maximum effective area of the photometric sensor must fit within a circle whose diameter is equal to 0.009 times the actual test distance from the light source of the sample headlamp to the sensor.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.7.2.2 The sensor effective area is defined as the actual area of intercepted light striking the detector surface of the photometer. Sensor systems incorporating lens(es) that change the diameter of the intercepted light beam before it reaches the actual detector surface, the maximum size requirements must apply to the total area of the light actually intercepted by the lens surface.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.7.2.3 The sensor must be capable of intercepting all direct illumination from the largest illuminated dimension of the sample lamp at the test distance.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.7.3 The color response of the photometer must be corrected to that of the 1931 CIE Standard Observer (2-degree) Photopic Response Curve, as shown in the CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.8 <I>Location of test points.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.8.1 Test point positions are defined by the positioner. The following nomenclature applies:
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.8.1.1 The letters “V” and “H” designate the vertical and horizontal planes intersecting both the headlamp light source and the photometer axis. “H-V” designates the zero test point angle at the intersection of the H and V planes. This intersection is parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.8.1.2 The letters “U”, “D”, “L”, and “R”, indicating up, down, left and right, respectively, designate the angular position from the H and V planes to the photometer as viewed from the headlamp.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.8.1.3 Horizontal angles designated L and R are defined as the plan view angle between the vertical plane and the projection of the light ray from the headlamp onto the horizontal plane.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.8.1.4 Vertical angles designated U and D are defined as the true angle between the horizontal plane and the light ray from the headlamp.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.9 <I>Beam contributor photometry measurements.</I> In a headlighting system where there is more than one beam contributor providing a lower beam, and/or more than one beam contributor providing an upper beam, each beam contributor must be designed to meet only the applicable photometric performance requirements based upon the following mathematical expression: conforming test point value = 2(test point value)/total number of lower or upper beam contributors for the vehicle, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.10 <I>Moveable reflector aimed headlamp photometry measurements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.10.1 A headlamp aimed by moving the reflector relative to the lens and headlamp housing, or vice versa, must conform to the photometry requirements applicable to it with the lens at any position relative to the reflector.
</P>
<P>S14.2.5.10.2 These positions include not less than the full range of vertical pitch of the vehicle on which the headlamp is installed and not less than ±2.5° from the nominal horizontal aim position for the vehicle on which the headlamp is installed unless the headlamp is visually/optically aimed with a fixed horizontal aim.
</P>
<P>S14.3 <I>Motorcycle headlamp out of focus test procedure and performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.3.1 <I>Procedure.</I> The sample device must be tested for photometry using bulbs having each of four out-of-focus filament positions. Where conventional bulbs with two pin bayonet bases are used, tests must be made with the light source 0.060 in. above, below, ahead, and behind the designated position. If prefocused bulbs are used, the limiting positions at which tests are made must be 0.020 in. above, below, ahead, and behind the designated position. The sample device may be reaimed for each of the out-of-focus positions of the light source.
</P>
<P>S14.3.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The minimum photometric values for the out-of-design position must be 80% of the in-design position.
</P>
<P>S14.4 <I>General test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.4.1 <I>Color test.</I> The requirement applies to the overall effective color of light emitted by the device and not to the color of the light from a small area of the lens. It does not apply to any pilot, indicator, or tell-tale lights. The color of the sample device must comply when tested by either the Visual Method or the Tristimulus Method.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.1 <I>Samples.</I> A test sample for a reflex reflector may be either the reflex reflector or a disc of the same material, technique of fabrication, and dye formulation as the reflex reflector. If a disc is used, the thickness must be twice the thickness of the reflector as measured from the face of the lens to the apexes of the reflecting elements.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.2 <I>General procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.2.1 The device must be operated at design voltage.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.2.2 Components (bulbs, caps, lenses, and the like) must be tested in a fixture or manner simulating the intended application.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.2.3 The lamp shall be allowed to reach operating temperature before measurements are made.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.2.4 The entire light emitting surface of the sample must be visible from any point on the entrance window of the test instrument.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.2.5 The distance between the test instrument and the sample must be large enough so that further increases in distance will not affect the results.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.3 <I>Visual method.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.3.1 <I>Visual method procedure.</I> The color of light from the sample device must be compared visually with the color of the light from a standard. The standard may consist of a filter or limit glass. In the case of white, CIE Source A is used only as a color reference. The chromaticity coordinates of the color standards must be as close as possible to the limits listed. The color of the standard filters is determined spectro-photometrically.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.3.2 <I>Visual method performance requirements.</I> The color must comply with the applicable requirement.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.3.2.1 <I>Red.</I> Red is not acceptable if it is less saturated (paler), yellower, or bluer than the limit standards.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.3.2.2 <I>Yellow (Amber).</I> Yellow is not acceptable if it is less saturated (paler), greener, or redder than the limit standards.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.3.2.3 <I>White.</I> White is not acceptable if its color differs materially from that of CIE Source A.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.3.2.4 Green. Green is not acceptable if it is less saturated (paler), yellower, or bluer than the limit standards.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.3.2.5 Blue. Blue is not acceptable if it is less saturated (paler), greener, or redder than the limit standards.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.4 <I>Tristimulus method.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.4.1 <I>Tristimulus method procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.4.1.1 The color of light from the H-V point of a sample device must be measured by photoelectric receivers with spectral responses that approximate CIE standard spectral tristimulus valves.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.4.1.2 A sphere may be used to integrate light from a colored source provided that the color shift that results from the spectral selectivity of the sphere paint be corrected by the use of a filter, correction factor, or an appropriate calibration.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.4.1.3 Where the sample device does not have uniform spectral characteristics in all useful directions, color measurements must be made at as many directions of view as are required to evaluate the color for those directions that apply to the end use of the device.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.4.2 <I>Tristimulus method performance requirements.</I> The color must comply with the applicable requirement.
</P>
<P>S14.4.1.4.2.1 <I>Red.</I> The color of light emitted must fall within the following boundaries:
</P>
<FP-2>y = 0.33 (yellow boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>y = 0.98 − x (purple boundary)
</FP-2>
<P>S14.4.1.4.2.2 <I>Yellow (Amber).</I> The color of light emitted must fall within the following boundaries:
</P>
<FP-2>y = 0.39 (red boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>y = 0.79 − 0.67x (white boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>y = x − 0.12 (green boundary)
</FP-2>
<P>S14.4.1.4.2.3 <I>White (achromatic).</I> The color of light emitted must fall within the following boundaries:
</P>
<FP-2>x = 0.31 (blue boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>y = 0.44 (green boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>x = 0.50 (yellow boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>y = 0.15 + 0.64x (green boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>y = 0.38 (red boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>y = 0.05 + 0.75x (purple boundary)
</FP-2>
<P>S14.4.1.4.2.4 Green. The color of light emitted must fall within the following boundaries:
</P>
<FP-2>y = 0.73 − 0.73x (yellow boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>x = 0.63y − 0.04 (white boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>y = 0.50 − 0.50x (blue boundary)
</FP-2>
<P>S14.4.1.4.2.5 Restricted Blue. The color of light emitted must fall within the following boundaries:
</P>
<FP-2>y = 0.07 + 0.81x (green boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>x = 0.40 − y (white boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>x = 0.13 + 0.60y (violet boundary)
</FP-2>
<P>S14.4.1.4.2.6 Signal Blue. The color of light emitted must fall within the following boundaries:
</P>
<FP-2>y = 0.32 (green boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>x = 0.16 (white boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>x = 0.40 − y (white boundary)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>x = 0.13 + 0.60y (violet boundary)
</FP-2>
<P>S14.4.2 <I>Plastic optical materials tests.</I> Accelerated weathering procedures are not permitted.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.1.1 Samples of materials shall be injection molded into polished metal molds to produce test specimens with two flat and parallel faces. Alternative techniques may be used to produce equivalent specimens.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.1.2 Test specimens shape may vary, but each exposed surface must contain a minimum uninterrupted area of 32 sq cm.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.1.3 Samples must be furnished in thicknesses of 1.6 ±0.25 mm, 2.3 ±0.25 mm, 3.2 ±0.25 mm, and 6.4 ±0.25 mm.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.1.4 All samples must conform to the applicable color test requirement of this standard prior to testing.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.1.5 A control sample, kept properly protected from influences which may change its appearance and properties of each thickness, must be retained.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.2 <I>Outdoor exposure test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.2.1 Outdoor exposure tests of 3 years in duration must be made on samples of all materials, including coated and uncoated versions, used for optical parts of devices covered by this standard. Tests are to be conducted in Florida and Arizona.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.2.2 Concentrations of polymer components and additives used in plastic materials may be changed without outdoor exposure testing provided the changes are within the limits of composition represented by higher and lower concentrations of these polymer components and additives previously tested to this section and found to meet its requirements.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.2.3 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.2.3.1 One sample of each thickness of each material must be mounted at each exposure site so that at least a minimum uninterrupted area of 32 sq cm of the exposed upper surface of the sample is at an angle of 45° to the horizontal facing south. The sample must be mounted in the open no closer than 30 cm (11.8 in) to its background.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.2.3.2 During the exposure time the samples must be cleaned once every three months by washing with mild soap or detergent and water, and then rinsing with distilled water. Rubbing must be avoided.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.2.4 <I>Performance requirements.</I> Plastic lenses, other than those incorporating reflex reflectors, used for inner lenses or those covered by another material and not exposed directly to sunlight must meet the optical material test requirements when covered by the outer lens or other material.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.2.4.1 After completion of the outdoor exposure test the haze and loss of surface luster as measured by ASTM D1003-92 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) must not be greater than:
</P>
<P>(a) 30% for materials used for outer lenses, other than those incorporating reflex reflectors;
</P>
<P>(b) 7% for materials used for reflex reflectors and lenses used in front of reflex reflectors.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.2.4.2 After completion of the outdoor exposure test materials used for headlamp lenses must show no deterioration.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.2.4.3 After completion of the outdoor exposure test all materials, when compared with the unexposed control samples, must not show physical changes affecting performance such as color bleeding, delamination, crazing, or cracking. Additionally materials used for reflex reflectors and lenses used in front of reflex reflectors must not show surface deterioration or dimensional changes.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.2.4.4 After completion of the outdoor exposure test all materials, when compared with the unexposed control samples, must not have their luminous transmittance changed by more than 25% when tested in accordance with ASTM E308-66 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) using CIE Illuminant A (2856K).
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.2.4.5 After completion of the outdoor exposure test all materials must conform to the color test of this standard in the range of thickness stated by the material manufacturer.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.3 <I>Heat test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.3.1 <I>Procedure.</I> Two samples of each thickness of each material must be supported at the bottom, with at least 51 mm of the sample above the support, in the vertical position in such a manner that, on each side, the minimum uninterrupted area of exposed surface is not less than 3225 sq mm. The samples are placed in a circulating air oven at 79 ±3 °C for two hours.
</P>
<P>S14.4.2.3.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the heat exposure and cooling to room ambient temperature, a test specimen must show no change in shape and general appearance discernable to the naked eye when compared with an unexposed specimen and continue to conform to the applicable color test requirement of this standard.
</P>
<P>S14.5 <I>Signal lamp and reflective device physical test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.5.1 <I>Vibration test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.5.1.1 <I>Procedure.</I> The sample device, as mounted on the support supplied, must be bolted to the anvil end of the table of the vibration test machine of Figure 21 and vibrated approximately 750 cpm through a distance of 
<FR>1/8</FR> in. The table must be spring mounted at one end and fitted with steel calks on the underside of the other end. The calks are to make contact with the steel anvil once during each cycle at the completion of the fall. The rack must be operated under a spring tension of 60 to 70 lb. The test must be continued for 1 hour.
</P>
<P>S14.5.1.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the vibration test a device showing evidence of material physical weakness, lens or reflector rotation, displacement or rupture of parts except bulb failures, must be considered to have failed, providing that the rotation of lens or reflector must not be considered as a failure when tests show compliance with specifications despite such rotation.
</P>
<P>S14.5.2 <I>Moisture test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.5.2.1 <I>Procedure.</I> The sample device must be mounted in its normal operating position with all drain holes open and subjected to a precipitation of 0.1 in of water per minute, delivered at an angle of 45° from a nozzle with a solid cone spray. During the test the device must revolve about its vertical axis at a rate of 4 rpm for a period of 12 hours followed by a one hour drain period where the device does not rotate and the spray stops. After completion of the moisture test the device must be examined for moisture accumulation.
</P>
<P>S14.5.2.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> Accumulation of moisture in excess of 2 cc or any visible moisture in a sealed reflex unit must constitute a failure.
</P>
<P>S14.5.3 <I>Dust test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.5.3.1 <I>Samples.</I> A sealed unit is not required to meet the requirements of this test.
</P>
<P>S14.5.3.2 <I>Procedure.</I> The sample device with any drain hole closed must be mounted in its normal operating position, at least 6 in from the wall in a cubical box with inside measurements of 3 ft on each side containing 10 lb of fine powered cement in accordance with ASTM C150-56 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). At intervals of 15 minutes during a test period of 5 hours, the dust must be agitated by compressed air or fan blower by projecting blasts of air for a 2 second period in a downward direction into the dust in such a way that the dust is completely and uniformly diffused throughout the entire cube and allowed to settle. After the completion of the dust test the exterior surface of the device must be cleaned.
</P>
<P>S14.5.3.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> If after a photometry test the maximum photometric intensity of the device is not more than 10% less than the maximum photometric intensity of the same device after being cleaned both inside and outside, the device is considered to have met the requirements of the dust test.
</P>
<P>S14.5.4 <I>Corrosion test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.5.4.1 <I>Procedure.</I> The sample device must be subjected to a salt spray (fog) test in accordance with the latest version of ASTM B117-73 (Reapproved 1979) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), for a period of 50 hours, consisting of two periods of 24 hour exposure followed by a 1 hr drying time.
</P>
<P>S14.5.4.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After the completion of the corrosion test there must be no evidence of excessive corrosion which would affect the proper function of the device.
</P>
<P>S14.6 <I>Headlamp physical test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.1 <I>Abrasion test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.1.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.1.1.1 <I>Abrading pad.</I> A new, unused abrading pad constructed of 0000 steel wool not less than 2.5 ±.1 cm wide, rubber cemented to a rigid base shaped to the same vertical contour of the lens, is used for each test. The abrading pad support is equal in size to the pad and the center of the support surface is within ±2 mm of parallel to the lens surface. The “grain” of the pad is oriented perpendicular to the direction of motion. The density of the pad is such that when the pad is resting unweighted on the lens, the base of the pad is no closer than 3.2 mm to the lens at its closest point.
</P>
<P>S14.6.1.1.2 <I>Abrading pad alignment.</I> A sample headlamp is mounted in the abrasion test fixture of Figure 5 with the lens facing upward. When mounted on its support and resting on the lens of the test headlamp, the abrading pad is then weighted such that a pad pressure of 14 ±1 KPa. exists at the center and perpendicular to the face of the lens.
</P>
<P>S14.6.1.1.3 <I>Abrasion test procedure.</I> The pad is cycled back and forth (1 cycle) for 11 cycles at 4 ±0.8 in (10 ±2 cm) per second over at least 80% of the lens surface, including all the area between the upper and lower aiming pads, but not including lens trim rings and edges. A pivot must be used if it is required to follow the contour of the lens.
</P>
<P>S14.6.1.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the abrasion test the sample headlamp must meet the requirements of the applicable photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A 
<FR>1/4</FR>° reaim is permitted in any direction at any test point.
</P>
<P>S14.6.2 <I>Chemical resistance test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.2.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.2.1.1 <I>Test fluids.</I> The five test fluids used in the chemical resistance test include:
</P>
<P>(a) ASTM Reference Fuel C, which is composed of Isooctane 50% volume and Toluene 50% volume. Isooctane must conform to A2.7 in the ASTM Motor Fuels section (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), and Toluene must conform to ASTM D362-84 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). ASTM Reference Fuel C must be used as specified in: Paragraph A2.3.2 and A2.3.3 of the ASTM Motor Fuels section (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5); and OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910.106—Handling Storage and Use of Flammable Combustible Liquids;
</P>
<P>(b) Tar remover (consisting by volume of 45% xylene and 55% petroleum base mineral spirits);
</P>
<P>(c) Power steering fluid (as specified by the vehicle manufacturer for use in the motor vehicle on which the headlamp is intended to be installed);
</P>
<P>(d) Windshield washer fluid consisting of 0.5% monoethanolamine with the remainder 50% concentration of methanol/distilled water by volume; and
</P>
<P>(e) Antifreeze (50% concentration of ethylene glycol/distilled water by volume).
</P>
<P>S14.6.2.1.2 <I>Fluid application.</I> The entire exterior lens surface of the sample headlamp mounted in the headlamp test fixture and top surface of the lens-reflector joint is wiped once to the left and once to the right with a 6 inch square soft cotton cloth (with pressure equally applied) which has been saturated once in a container with 2 ounces of five different test fluids listed above. The lamp is wiped within 5 seconds after removal of the cloth from the test fluid. A new lamp sample may be used with each fluid.
</P>
<P>S14.6.2.1.3 <I>Test duration.</I> After the headlamp sample has been wiped with the test fluid, it must be stored in its designed operating attitude for 48 hours at a temperature of 23 °C ±4 °C and a relative humidity of 30% ±10%. At the end of the 48-hour period, the headlamp is wiped clean with a soft dry cotton cloth and visually inspected.
</P>
<P>S14.6.2.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the chemical resistance test, the sample headlamp must have no surface deterioration, coating delamination, fractures, deterioration of bonding or sealing materials, color bleeding, or color pickup visible without magnification and the headlamp must meet the requirements of the applicable photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A 
<FR>1/4</FR>° reaim is permitted in any direction at any test point.
</P>
<P>S14.6.3 <I>Corrosion test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.3.1 <I>Procedure.</I> A sample headlamp, mounted on a headlamp test fixture in designed operating position and including all accessory equipment necessary to operate in its normal manner, is subjected to a salt spray (fog) test in accordance with ASTM B117-73 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), for 50 total hours, consisting of two periods of 24 hours exposure followed by a 1 hour drying period. If a portion of the device is completely protected in service, that portion is covered to prevent salt fog entry during exposure. After removal from the salt spray and the final 1 hour drying period the sample headlamp is examined for corrosion that affects any other applicable tests contained in S14.6. If such corrosion is found, the affected test(s) must be performed on the corrosion sample and the results recorded.
</P>
<P>S14.6.3.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the corrosion test, the sample headlamp must not have any observed corrosion which would result in the failure of any other applicable tests contained in S14.6 and no corrosion of the headlamp mounting and aiming mechanism that would result in the failure of the aiming adjustment tests, inward force test, or torque deflection test of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S14.6.4 <I>Corrosion-connector test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.4.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.4.1.1 A headlamp connector test must be performed on each filament circuit of the sample headlamp prior to the test in S14.6.4.1.2 according to Figure 4 and S14.6.15. The power source is set to provide 12.8 volts and the resistance must be set to produce 10 amperes.
</P>
<P>S14.6.4.1.2 The headlamp, with connector attached to the terminals, unfixtured and in its designed operating attitude with all drain holes, breathing devices or other designed openings in their normal operating positions, is subjected to a salt spray (fog) test in accordance with ASTM B117-73 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), for 240 hours, consisting of ten successive 24-hour periods.
</P>
<P>S14.6.4.1.3 During each period, the headlamp is mounted in the middle of the chamber and exposed for 23 hours to the salt spray. The spray is not activated during the 24th hour. The bulb is removed from the headlamp and from the test chamber during the one hour of salt spray deactivation and reinserted for the start of the next test period, at the end of the first and last three 23-hour periods of salt spray exposure, and at the end of any two of the fourth through seventh 23-hour periods of salt-spray exposure.
</P>
<P>S14.6.4.1.4 The test chamber is closed at all times except for a maximum of 2 minutes which is allowed for removal or replacement of a bulb during each period.
</P>
<P>S14.6.4.1.5 After the ten periods, the lens-reflector unit without the bulb must be immersed in deionized water for 5 minutes, then secured and allowed to dry by natural convection only.
</P>
<P>S14.6.4.1.6 Using the voltage, resistance and pre-test set up of S14.6.4.1.1 the current in each filament circuit must be measured after the test conducted in S14.6.4.1.2.
</P>
<P>S14.6.4.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.4.2.1 After the completion of the corrosion-connector test, the sample headlamp must show no evidence of external or internal corrosion or rust visible without magnification.
</P>
<P>S14.6.4.2.2 Loss of adhesion of any applied coating must not occur more than 3.2 mm from any sharp edge on the inside or out.
</P>
<P>S14.6.4.2.3 Corrosion may occur on terminals only if the test current produced during the test of S14.6.4.1.6 is not less than 9.7 amperes.
</P>
<P>S14.6.5 <I>Dust test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.5.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.5.1.1 A sample headlamp, mounted on a headlamp test fixture, with all drain holes, breathing devices or other designed openings in their normal operating positions, is positioned within a cubical box, with inside measurements of 900 mm on each side or larger if required for adequate wall clearance (<I>i.e.</I>, a distance of at least 150 mm between the headlamp and any wall of the box).
</P>
<P>S14.6.5.1.2 The box contains 4.5 kg of fine powdered cement which conforms to the ASTM C150-77 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). Every 15 minutes, the cement is agitated by compressed air or fan blower(s) by projecting blasts of air for a two-second period in a downward direction so that the cement is diffused as uniformly as possible throughout the entire box.
</P>
<P>S14.6.5.1.3 This test is continued for five hours after which the exterior surfaces of the headlamp are wiped clean.
</P>
<P>S14.6.5.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the dust test, the sample headlamp must meet the requirements of the applicable photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A 
<FR>1/4</FR>° reaim is permitted in any direction at any test point.
</P>
<P>S14.6.6 <I>Temperature cycle test and internal heat test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.1 <I>Samples.</I> A sample headlamp with one or more replaceable light sources is tested according to the procedures of this section for a temperature cycle test and an internal heat test. The same sample headlamp is used in the temperature cycle test and then in the internal heat test.
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.2 <I>General procedure.</I> 
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.2.1 Tests are made with all filaments lighted at design voltage that are intended to be used simultaneously in the headlamp and which in combination draw the highest total wattage. These include but are not limited to filaments used for turn signal lamps, fog lamps, parking lamps, and headlamp lower beams lighted with upper beams when the wiring harness is so connected on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.2.2 If a turn signal is included in the headlamp assembly, it is operated at 90 flashes a minute with a 75% ±2% current “on time.”
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.2.3 If the lamp produces both the upper and lower beam, it is tested in both the upper beam mode and the lower beam mode under the conditions above described, except for a headlamp with a single type HB1 or type HB2 light source.
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.3 <I>Temperature cycle test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.3.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.3.1.1 A sample headlamp, mounted on a headlamp test fixture, is subjected to 10 complete consecutive cycles having the thermal cycle profile shown in Figure 6.
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.3.1.2 During the hot cycle, the lamp, is energized commencing at point “A” of Figure 6 and de-energized at point “B.”
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.3.1.3 Separate or single test chambers may be used to generate the environment of Figure 6.
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.3.1.4 All drain holes, breathing devices or other openings or vents of the headlamps are set in their normal operating positions.
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.3.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the temperature cycle test, the sample headlamp must:
</P>
<P>(a) show no evidence of delamination, fractures, entry of moisture, or deterioration of bonding material, color bleeding, warp or deformation visible without magnification;
</P>
<P>(b) show no lens warpage greater than 3 mm when measured parallel to the optical axis at the point of intersection of the axis of each light source with the exterior surface of the lens; and
</P>
<P>(c) meet the requirements of the applicable photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A 
<FR>1/4</FR>° reaim is permitted in any direction at any test point.
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.4 <I>Internal heat test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.4.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.4.1.1 A sample headlamp lens surface that would normally be exposed to road dirt is uniformly sprayed with any appropriate mixture of dust and water or other materials to reduce the photometric output at the H-V test point of the upper beam (or the 
<FR>1/2</FR>°D-1
<FR>1/2</FR>°R test point of the lower beam as applicable) to 25% ±2% of the output originally measured in the applicable photometric compliance test.
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.4.1.2 A headlamp with a single type HB1 or type HB2 light source is tested on the upper beam only.
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.4.1.3 Such reduction is determined under the same conditions as that of the original photometric measurement.
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.4.1.4 After the photometric output of the lamp has been reduced as specified above, the sample lamp and its mounting hardware must be mounted in an environmental chamber in a manner similar to that indicated in Figure 7 “Dirt/Ambient Test Setup.”
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.4.1.5 The headlamp is soaked for one hour at a temperature of 35° + 4° − 0 °C) and then the lamp is energized according to the procedure of this section for one hour in a still air condition, allowing the temperature to rise from the soak temperature.
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.4.1.6 At the end of one hour the sample lamp is returned to a room ambient temperature of 23° + 4° − 0 °C and a relative humidity of 30% ±10% and allowed to stabilize to the room ambient temperature. The lens is then cleaned.
</P>
<P>S14.6.6.4.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the temperature cycle test and meeting its requirements, and completion of the internal heat test, the sample headlamp must:
</P>
<P>(a) have no lens warpage greater than 3 mm when measured parallel to the optical axis at the point of intersection of the axis of each light source with the exterior surface of the lens, and
</P>
<P>(b) meet the requirements of the applicable photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A 
<FR>1/4</FR>° reaim is permitted in any direction at any test point.
</P>
<P>S14.6.7 <I>Humidity test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.7.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.7.1.1 The test fixture consists of a horizontal steel plate to which three threaded steel or aluminum rods of 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch diameter are screwed vertically behind the headlamp.
</P>
<P>S14.6.7.1.2 The sample headlamp assembly is clamped to the vertical rods, which are behind the headlamp. All attachments to the headlamp assembly are made behind the lens and vents or openings, and are not within 2 inches laterally of a vent inlet or outlet.
</P>
<P>S14.6.7.1.3 The mounted headlamp assembly is oriented in its design operating position, and is placed in a controlled environment at a temperature of 100° + 7°−0 °F (38° + 4°−0 °C) with a relative humidity of not less than 90%. All drain holes, breathing devices, and other openings are set in their normal operation positions for all phases of the humidity test.
</P>
<P>S14.6.7.1.4 The headlamp is subjected to 24 consecutive 3-hour test cycles. In each cycle, the headlamp is energized for 1 hour at design voltage with the highest combination of filament wattages that are intended to be used, and then de-energized for 2 hours. If the headlamp incorporates a turn signal then the turn signal flashes at 90 flashes per minute with a 75% ±2% current “on-time.”
</P>
<P>S14.6.7.1.5 Within 3 minutes after the completion of the 24th cycle, the air flow test will begin. The following procedure shall occur: the mounted assembly is removed, placed in an insulating box and covered with foam material so that there is no visible air space around the assembly; the box is closed, taken to the air flow test chamber, and placed within it. Inside the chamber, the assembly with respect to the air flow, is oriented in its design operating position. The assembly is positioned in the chamber so that the center of the lens is in the center of the opening of the air flow entry duct during the test. The headlamp has at least 3 inches clearance on all sides, and at least 4 inches to the entry and exit ducts at the closest points. If vent tubes are used which extend below the lamp body, the 3 inches are measured from the bottom of the vent tube or its protection. The temperature of the chamber is 73° + 7° − 0 °F (23° + 4° − 0 °C) with a relative humidity of 30% + 10% − 0%. The headlamp is not energized.
</P>
<P>S14.6.7.1.6 Before the test specified in paragraph S14.6.7.1.7 of this section, the uniformity of the air flow in the empty test chamber at a plane 4 inches downstream of the air entry duct is measured over a 4 inch square grid. The uniformity of air flow at each grid point is ±10% of the average air flow specified in paragraph S14.6.7.1.7 of this section.
</P>
<P>S14.6.7.1.7 The mounted assembly in the chamber is exposed, for one hour, to an average air flow of 330 + 0 −30 ft/min as measured with an air velocity measuring probe having an accuracy of ±3% in the 330 ft/min range. The average air flow is the average of the velocity recorded at six points around the perimeter of the lens. The six points are determined as follows: At the center of the lens, construct a horizontal plane. The first two points are located in the plane, 1 inch outward from the intersection of the plane and each edge of the lens. Then, trisect the distance between these two points and construct longitudinal vertical planes at the two intermediate locations formed by the trisection. The four remaining points are located in the vertical planes, one inch above the top edge of the lens, and one inch below the bottom edge of the lens.
</P>
<P>S14.6.7.1.8 After one hour, the headlamp is removed and inspected for moisture.
</P>
<P>S14.6.7.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the humidity test, the sample headlamp must show no evidence of interior delamination or moisture, fogging or condensation visible without magnification.
</P>
<P>S14.6.8 <I>Vibration test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.8.1 <I>Samples.</I> The mounting bracket with a sample headlamp installed must not have a resonant frequency in the 10-55 Hz. range.
</P>
<P>S14.6.8.2 <I>Procedure.</I> The mounted sample headlamp is bolted to the anvil end of the table of the vibration test machine of Figure 21 and vibrated 750 cpm through a distance of 
<FR>1/8</FR> in. The table is spring mounted at one end and fitted with steel calks on the underside of the other end. The table is of sufficient size to completely contain the test fixture base with no overhang. The calks are to make contact with the steel anvil once during each cycle at the completion of the fall. The rack is operated under a spring tension of 60 to 70 lb. The vibration is applied in the vertical axis of the headlamp as mounted on the vehicle. Bulb filaments are not energized during the test. The test is continued for 1 hour.
</P>
<P>S14.6.8.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the vibration test, there must be no evidence of loose or broken parts, other than filaments, visible without magnification.
</P>
<P>S14.6.9 <I>Sealing test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.9.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.9.1.1 An unfixtured sample headlamp in its design mounting position is placed in water at a temperature of 176° ±5 °F (80° ±3 °C) for one hour. The headlamp is energized in its highest wattage mode, with the test voltage at 12.8 ±0.1 V during immersion.
</P>
<P>S14.6.9.1.2 The lamp is then de-energized and immediately submerged in its design mounting position into water at 32° + 5° −0 °F (0° + 3° −0 °C). The water is in a pressurized vessel, and the pressure is increased to 10 psi (70 kPa), upon placing the lamp in the water. The lamp must remain in the pressurized vessel for a period of thirty minutes.
</P>
<P>S14.6.9.1.3 This entire procedure is repeated for four cycles.
</P>
<P>S14.6.9.1.4 Then the lamp is inspected for any signs of water on its interior. During the high temperature portion of the cycles, the lamp is observed for signs of air escaping from its interior.
</P>
<P>S14.6.9.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the sealing test, a sample headlamp confirmed to be sealed need not meet the corrosion test, dust test, or humidity test of this Section. If any water is on the interior or air escapes, the lamp is not a sealed lamp.
</P>
<P>S14.6.10 <I>Chemical resistance test of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.10.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.10.1.1 <I>Test fluids.</I> The three test fluids used in the chemical resistance test include;
</P>
<P>(a) Tar remover (consisting by volume of 45% xylene and 55% petroleum base mineral spirits);
</P>
<P>(b) Mineral spirits; and
</P>
<P>(c) Fluids other than water contained in the manufacturer's instructions for cleaning the reflector.
</P>
<P>S14.6.10.1.2 <I>Fluid application.</I> With a sample headlamp in the headlamp test fixture and the lens removed, the entire surface of the reflector that receives light from a headlamp light source is wiped once to the left and once to the right with a 6-inch square soft cotton cloth (with pressure equally applied) which has been saturated once in a container with 2 ounces of one of the test fluids listed in S14.6.10.1.1. The lamp is wiped within 5 seconds after removal of the cloth from the test fluid.
</P>
<P>S14.6.10.1.3 <I>Test duration.</I> After the headlamp has been wiped with the test fluid, it is stored in its designed operating attitude for 48 hours at a temperature of 73° ±7 °F (23° ±4 °C) and a relative humidity of 30% ±10%. At the end of the 48-hour period, the headlamp is wiped clean with a soft dry cotton cloth and visually inspected.
</P>
<P>S14.6.10.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the chemical resistance test, the sample headlamp must have no surface deterioration, coating delamination, fractures, deterioration of bonding or sealing materials, color bleeding or color pickup visible without magnification and the headlamp must meet the requirements of the applicable photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A 
<FR>1/4</FR>° re-aim is permitted in any direction at any test point.
</P>
<P>S14.6.11 <I>Corrosion resistance test of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.11.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.11.1.1 A sample headlamp with the lens removed, unfixtured and in its designed operating attitude with all drain holes, breathing devices or other designed openings in their normal operating positions, must be subjected to a salt spray (fog) test in accordance with ASTM B117-73, <I>Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing</I> (incorporated by reference, see 571.108 S5.2 of this title), for 24 hours, while mounted in the middle of the chamber.
</P>
<P>S14.6.11.1.2 Afterwards, the headlamp must be stored in its designed operating attitude for 48 hours at a temperature of 73° ±7 °F (23° ±4 °C) and a relative humidity of 30% ±10% and allowed to dry by natural convection only. At the end of the 48-hour period, the reflector must be cleaned according to the instructions supplied with the headlamp manufacturer's replacement lens, and inspected. The lens and seal must then be attached according to these instructions and the headlamp tested for photometric performance.
</P>
<P>S14.6.11.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After the completion of the corrosion test, the sample headlamp must show no evidence of corrosion or rust visible without magnification on any part of the headlamp reflector that receives light from a headlamp light source, on any metal light or heat shield assembly, or on a metal reflector of any other lamp. The sample headlamp with the replacement lens installed must meet the requirements of the applicable photometry tests of Table XIX and Table XVIII. A 
<FR>1/4</FR>° re-aim is permitted in any direction at any test point.
</P>
<P>S14.6.12 <I>Inward force test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.12.1 <I>Procedure.</I> A sample headlamp mechanism, including the aiming adjusters, must be subjected to an inward force of 222 N directed normal to the headlamp aiming plane and symmetrically about the center of the headlamp lens face.
</P>
<P>S14.6.12.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After the completion of the inward force test, a sample headlamp must not permanently recede by more than 2.5 mm. The aim of the headlamp must not permanently deviate by more than 3.2 mm at a distance of 7.6 m. The aim of any headlamp that is capable of being mechanically aimed by externally applied aiming devices must not change by more than 0.30°.
</P>
<P>S14.6.13 <I>Torque deflection test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.13.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.13.1.1 The sample headlamp assembly is mounted in designed vehicle position and set at nominal aim (H = 0, V = 0).
</P>
<P>S14.6.13.1.2 A sealed beam headlamp, except Type G and Type H, is removed from its mounting and replaced by the applicable deflectometer. (Type C and Type D-Figure 18, Type A and Type E-Figure 16, Type B-Figure 17, and Type F-Figure 14). 
</P>
<P>S14.6.13.1.3 Sealed beam headlamps Type G and Type H have the adapter of Figure 15 and the deflectometer of Figure 14 attached to the headlamp.
</P>
<P>S14.6.13.1.4 A torque of 2.25 Nm must be applied to the headlamp assembly through the deflectometer and a reading on the thumbwheel is taken. The torque must be removed and a second reading on the thumbwheel is taken.
</P>
<P>S14.6.13.1.5 Headlamps other than sealed beam headlamps must have the downward force used to create the torque applied parallel to the aiming reference plane, through the aiming pads, and displaced forward using a lever arm such that the force is applied on an axis that is perpendicular to the aiming reference plane and originates at the center of the aiming pad pattern (see Figure 3).
</P>
<P>S14.6.13.1.6 For headlamps using the aiming pad locations of Group I, the distance between the point of application of force and the aiming reference plane is not less than 168.3 mm plus the distance from the aiming reference plane to the secondary plane, if used.
</P>
<P>S14.6.13.1.7 For headlamps using the aiming pad locations of Group II, the distance between the point of application of force and the aiming reference plane is not less than 167.9 mm plus the distance to the secondary plane, if used.
</P>
<P>S14.6.13.1.8 For headlamps using the nonadjustable Headlamp Aiming Device Locating Plates for the 146 mm diameter, the 176 mm diameter, and the 92x150 mm sealed beam, the distance between the point of application of force and the aiming plane is not, respectively, less than 177.4 mm, 176.2 mm, and 193.7 mm.
</P>
<P>S14.6.13.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The aim of each sample headlamp must not deviate more than 0.30° when the downward torque is removed.
</P>
<P>S14.6.14 <I>Retaining ring test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.14.1 <I>Procedure.</I> A sample headlamp with the minimum flange thickness of: Type A-31.5 mm, Type B-10.1 mm, Type C-11.8 mm, Type D-11.8 mm, Type E-31.5 mm, and Type F-8.6 mm, is secured between the appropriate mounting ring and retaining ring (mounting ring and aiming ring for Type F).
</P>
<P>S14.6.14.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The sample headlamp when secured per the procedure must be held tight enough that it will not rattle.
</P>
<P>S14.6.15 <I>Headlamp connector test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.15.1 <I>Procedure.</I> A sample headlamp connected into the test circuit of Figure 4 has the power supply adjusted until 10 amperes DC are flowing through the circuit. The test is repeated for each filament circuit of the headlamp.
</P>
<P>S14.6.15.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The voltage drop, as measured in the test circuit of Figure 4, must not exceed 40 mv DC in any applicable filament circuit of the sample headlamp.
</P>
<P>S14.6.16 <I>Headlamp wattage test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.16.1 <I>Procedure.</I> A sample headlamp that has been seasoned is energized so as to have 12.8v ±20 mv DC applied across each filament circuit and the current flowing in each circuit is measured.
</P>
<P>S14.6.16.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The wattage of each filament circuit of the sample headlamp must not exceed the applicable value for that type of headlamp as shown in Table II.
</P>
<P>S14.6.17 <I>Aiming adjustment test-laboratory.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.17.1 <I>Procedure.</I> A sample headlamp is mounted in design position at nominal (H = 0, V = 0) aim with an accurate measuring device such as a spot projector or other equally accurate means attached. The headlamp is adjusted to the extremes of travel in each horizontal and vertical direction.
</P>
<P>S14.6.17.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> Visually aimed lower beam headlamps without a VHAD are required not to have a horizontal adjustment mechanism and horizontal aim range requirements do not apply.
</P>
<P>S14.6.17.2.1 A sample sealed beam headlamp, other than a Type F, tested per the procedure must provide a minimum of ±4.0° adjustment range in both the vertical and horizontal planes and if equipped with independent vertical and horizontal aiming screws, the adjustment must be such that neither the vertical nor horizontal aim must deviate more than 100 mm from horizontal or vertical planes, respectively, at a distance of 7.6 m through an angle of ±4.0°.
</P>
<P>S14.6.17.2.2 A sample Type F sealed beam, integral beam, replaceable bulb, or combination headlamp tested per the procedure must provide a minimum of ±4.0° adjustment range in the vertical plane and ±2.5° in the horizontal plane and if equipped with independent vertical and horizontal aiming screws, the adjustment must be such that neither the vertical nor horizontal aim must deviate more than 100 mm from horizontal or vertical planes, respectively, at a distance of 7.6 m through an angle of ±2.5° and ±4.0°, respectively.
</P>
<P>S14.6.17.2.3 A sample headlamp that is aimed by moving the reflector relative to the lens and headlamp housing, and vice versa must provide a minimum adjustment range in the vertical plane not less than the full range of the pitch on the vehicle on which it is installed and ±2.5° in the horizontal plane.
</P>
<P>S14.6.18 <I>Aiming adjustment test-on vehicle.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.18.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.18.1.1 A sample headlamp is mounted on the vehicle at nominal (H = 0, V = 0) aim with an accurate measuring device such as a spot projector or other equally accurate means attached.
</P>
<P>S14.6.18.1.2 The installed range of static pitch angle is, at a minimum, determined from unloaded vehicle weight to gross vehicle weight rating, and incorporates pitch angle effects from maximum trailer or trunk loadings, the full range of tire intermix sizes and suspensions recommended and/or installed by the vehicle manufacturer, and the anticipated effects of variable passenger loading.
</P>
<P>S14.6.18.1.3 The headlamp is adjusted to the extremes of travel in each horizontal and vertical direction.
</P>
<P>S14.6.18.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.18.2.1 A sample headlamp tested per the procedure must provide a minimum vertical adjustment range not less than the full range of pitch of the vehicle on which it is installed.
</P>
<P>S14.6.18.2.2 The vertical aim mechanism must be continuously variable over the full range.
</P>
<P>S14.6.18.2.3 The adjustment of one aim axis through its full on-vehicle range must not cause the aim of the other axis to deviate more than ±0.76°. If this performance is not achievable, the requirements of S10.18.3.1 apply, except that if the aiming mechanism is not a VHAD, the requirements specific to VHADs are not applicable, and the instruction must be specific to the aiming mechanism installed.
</P>
<P>S14.7 <I>Replaceable light source physical test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.7.1 <I>Deflection test for replaceable light sources.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.7.1.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.7.1.1.1 With the sample light source rigidly mounted in a fixture in a manner indicated in Figure 8, a force 4.0 ±0.1 pounds (17.8 ±0.4N) is applied at a distance “A” from the reference plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the glass capsule and parallel to the smallest dimension of the pressed glass capsule seal. 
</P>
<P>S14.7.1.1.2 The force is applied (using a rod with a hard rubber tip with a minimum spherical radius of .039 in [1 mm]) radially to the surface of the glass capsule in four locations in a plane parallel to the reference plane and spaced at a distance “A” from that plane. These force applications are spaced 90° apart starting at the point perpendicular to the smallest dimension of the pressed seal of the glass capsule.
</P>
<P>S14.7.1.1.3. The bulb deflection is measured at the glass capsule surface at 180° opposite to the force application. Distance “A” for a replaceable light source other than an HB Type is the dimension provided in accordance with appendix A of part 564 of this chapter, section I.A.1 if the light source has a lower beam filament, or as specified in section I.B.1 if the light source has only an upper beam filament.
</P>
<P>S14.7.1.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the deflection test, a sample light source must have no permanent deflection of the glass envelope exceeding 0.13 mm in the direction of applied force.
</P>
<P>S14.7.2 <I>Pressure test for replaceable light sources.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.7.2.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.7.2.1.1 The capsule, lead wires and/or terminals, and seal on each sample Type HB1, Type HB3, Type HB4, and Type HB5 light source, and on any other replaceable light source which uses a seal, is installed in a pressure chamber as shown in Figure 10 so as to provide an airtight seal. The diameter of the aperture in Figure 10 on a replaceable light source (other than an HB Type) must be that dimension furnished for such light source in compliance with appendix A or appendix B of part 564 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>S14.7.2.1.2 The light source is immersed in water for one minute while inserted in a cylindrical aperture specified for the light source, and subjected to an air pressure of 70 KPa (10 psig) on the glass capsule side.
</P>
<P>S14.7.2.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the pressure test, the sample light source with an airtight seal on the low pressure (connector side) must show no evidence of air bubbles on that side.
</P>
<P>S14.7.3 <I>Replaceable light source power and flux measurement procedure.</I> The measurement of maximum power and luminous flux that is submitted in compliance with section VII of appendix A of part 564 of this chapter, or section IV of appendix B of part 564 of this chapter, is made in accordance with this paragraph.
</P>
<P>S14.7.3.1 <I>Seasoning.</I> The filament or discharge arc is seasoned before measurement of either maximum power and luminous flux.
</P>
<P>S14.7.3.1.1 <I>Resistive filament source.</I> Seasoning of a light source with a resistive element type filament is made in accordance with this S14.2.5.4 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S14.7.3.1.2 <I>Discharge source.</I> For a light source using excited gas mixtures as a filament or discharge arc, seasoning of the light source system, including any ballast required for its operation, is made in accordance with section 4.0 of SAE Recommended Practice J2009 (1993) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S14.7.3.2 <I>Test voltage.</I> Measurements are made with a direct current test voltage of 12.8 v regulated within one quarter of one percent.
</P>
<P>S14.7.3.3 <I>Luminous flux measurement.</I> The measurement of luminous flux is made in accordance with IES LM 45 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S14.7.3.3.1 <I>Resistive filament light source setup.</I> Luminous flux measurements are made with the black cap installed on Type HB1, Type HB2, Type HB4, and Type HB5, and on any other replaceable light source so designed; and is with the electrical conductor and light source base shrouded with an opaque white cover, except for the portion normally located within the interior of the lamp housing. The measurement of luminous flux for the Types HB3 and HB4 is made with the base covered with a white cover as shown in the drawings for Types HB3 and HB4 filed in Docket No. NHTSA 98-3397. The white covers are used to eliminate the likelihood of incorrect lumen measurement that will occur should the reflectance of the light source base and electrical connector be low.
</P>
<P>S14.7.3.3.2 <I>Discharge light source setup.</I> With the test voltage applied to the ballast input terminals, the measurement of luminous flux is made with the black cap installed, if so designed, and is made with an opaque white colored cover, except for the portion normally located within the interior of the lamp housing.
</P>
<P>S14.8 <I>Vehicle headlamp aiming devices (VHAD) physical test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.8.1 <I>Samples.</I> The same VHAD and associated headlamp(s) or headlamp assembly must be rigidly mounted in a headlamp test fixture with the aiming plane horizontal and vertical and with the scale on the device set at 0.
</P>
<P>S14.8.2 <I>Scale graduation test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.8.2.1 <I>Procedure.</I> Check each graduation on the horizontal and vertical aim scales.
</P>
<P>S14.8.2.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> Scale graduation from correct aim must not exceed ±0.2° horizontally and ±0.1° vertically.
</P>
<P>S14.8.3 <I>Cold scale graduation test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.8.3.1 <I>Procedure.</I> The VHAD and an unlighted headlamp assembly must then be stabilized at −7° ±3 °C in a circulating air environmental test chamber for a 30 minute temperature soak.
</P>
<P>S14.8.3.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of a 30 minute temperature soak the variation from correct aim shown by the sample VHAD must not exceed ±0.2° horizontally and ±0.1° vertically.
</P>
<P>S14.8.4 <I>Hot scale graduation test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.8.4.1 <I>Procedure.</I> The VHAD and the headlamp assembly with its highest wattage filament, or combination of filaments intended to be used simultaneously, energized at its design voltage, is then stabilized at 38° ±3 °C in a circulating air environmental test chamber for a 30 minute temperature soak.
</P>
<P>S14.8.4.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of a 30 minute temperature soak the variation from correct aim shown by the sample VHAD must not exceed ±0.2° horizontally and ±0.1° vertically.
</P>
<P>S14.8.5 <I>Thermal cycle test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.8.5.1 <I>Procedure.</I> The VHAD and an unlighted headlamp assembly are then placed in a circulating air environmental test chamber and exposed to a temperature of 60° ±3 °C for 24 hours, followed by a temperature of −40° ±3 °C for 24 hours, and are then permitted to return to room temperature.
</P>
<P>S14.8.5.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the thermal cycle test the variation from correct aim shown by the sample VHAD must not exceed ±0.2° horizontally and ±0.1° vertically and the VHAD and headlamp assembly must show no damage which would impair its ability to perform as specified in this standard.
</P>
<P>S14.8.6 <I>Corrosion test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.8.6.1 <I>Procedure.</I> The VHAD and headlamp assembly are then tested according to the headlamp corrosion test of S14.6.3.
</P>
<P>S14.8.6.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> After completion of the corrosion test the sample VHAD and headlamp must not have any observed corrosion that would result in the failure of any other applicable tests contained in this section.
</P>
<P>S14.8.7 <I>Photometry test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.8.7.1 <I>Procedure.</I> The VHAD and headlamp assembly are then tested for photometric compliance according to the procedure of S14.2.5 and for replacement units per S10.18.8.4.
</P>
<P>S14.8.7.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The sample headlamp must comply with the applicable photometric requirements of Table XIX and Table XVIII and with replacement units installed per S10.18.8.4.
</P>
<P>S14.9 <I>Associated equipment physical test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.1 <I>Turn signal operating unit durability test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.1.1 <I>Power supply specifications.</I> During the test, the unit is operated at 6.4 volts for 6 volt systems or 12.8 volts for 12 volt systems from a power supply meeting the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) An output current that is at least 10 times the load current;
</P>
<P>(b) Voltage regulation that allows a voltage change of less than 5%;
</P>
<P>(c) Ripple voltage of not more than 5%;
</P>
<P>(d) A response time of not more than 25 milliseconds rise time from 0 to rated current at rated voltage in a pure resistance circuit; and
</P>
<P>(e) An output impedance of not more than 0.005 ohms dc.
</P>
<P>S14.9.1.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.1.2.1 The sample unit is operated with the maximum bulb load it will experience on the vehicle on which it will be installed. Bulbs that fail during the test are replaced. The turn signal flasher is not to be included in the test circuit. When the unit includes a self-canceling means, the test equipment is arranged so that the unit will be turned “off” in its normal operating manner.
</P>
<P>S14.9.1.2.2 The test is conducted at a rate not to exceed 15 complete cycles per minute. One complete cycle consists of the following sequence: Off, left turn, off, right turn, and return to off.
</P>
<P>S14.9.1.2.3 The voltage drop from the input terminal of the device to each lamp output terminal, including 3 in of 16 or 18 gage wire, is measured at the start of the test, at intervals of not more than 25,000 cycles during the test, and at the completion of the test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.1.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.1.3.1 A turn signal operating unit is considered to have met the requirements of the durability test if it remains operational after completing at least 100,000 cycles, and the voltage drop between the input contact and any output contact, including required length of wire, does not exceed 0.25 volts.
</P>
<P>S14.9.1.3.2 A turn signal operating unit is considered to have met the requirements of the durability test if it remains operational after completing at least 175,000 cycles for a unit installed on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus 2032 mm or more in overall width, and the voltage drop between the input contact and any output contact, including required length of wire, does not exceed 0.25 volts.
</P>
<P>S14.9.1.3.3 If stop signals also operate through the turn signal operating unit, the voltage drop of any additional switch contacts must meet the same requirements as the turn signal contacts.
</P>
<P>S14.9.2 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit durability test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.2.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.2.1.1 The sample unit is operated at its rated voltage with the maximum bulb load it will experience on the vehicle on which it will be installed. Bulbs that fail during the test are replaced. The hazard warning signal flasher is not to be included in the test circuit.
</P>
<P>S14.9.2.1.2 The unit is turned “on” and “off” in its normal operating manner at a rate not to exceed 15 complete cycles per minute. One complete cycle consists of the sequence: Off, on, and return to off. The test consists of 10,000 cycles at an ambient temperature of 75° ±10 °F followed by 1 hour constant “on” at the same temperature.
</P>
<P>S14.9.2.1.3 The voltage drop from the input terminal of the device to each lamp output terminal, including 3 in of 16 or 18 gage wire, is measured at the start of the test and at the completion of the test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.2.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> A hazard warning signal operating unit is considered to have met the requirements of the durability test if it remains operational after completing 10,000 cycles and the 1 hour constant “on” and the voltage drop between the input contact and any output contact, including required length of wire, does not exceed 0.3 volts for either 6.4 or 12.8 line voltage both at the start and completion of the test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3 <I>Turn signal flasher and vehicular hazard warning signal flasher tests.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.1 <I>Standard test circuit.</I> All turn signal flasher and vehicular hazard warning signal flasher tests use the standard test circuit of Figure 22.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.1.1 <I>Test circuit setup.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.1.1.1 The effective series resistance in the total circuit between the power supply and the bulb sockets (excluding the flasher and bulb load(s) using shorting bars) is 0.10 ±0.01 ohm.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.1.1.2 The circuit resistance at A-B of Figure 22 is measured with flasher and bulb load(s) each shorted out with an effective shunt resistance not to exceed 0.005 ohms.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.1.1.3 The voltage to the bulbs at C-D of Figure 22 is adjusted to 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) with the flasher shorted out by an effective shunt resistance not to exceed 0.005 ohms. The load current is adjusted by simultaneously adjusting trimmer resistors, R.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.1.1.4 For testing fixed-load flashers at other required voltages, adjust the power supply to provide required voltages, at the required temperatures, at C-D of Figure 22, without readjustment of trimming resistors, R.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.1.1.5 For variable-load flashers, the circuit is first adjusted for 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) at C-D of Figure 22, with the minimum required load, and the power supply is adjusted to provide other required test voltages, at required temperatures, at C-D of Figure 22, without readjustment of trimming resistors, R (each such required voltage being set with the minimum required load in place). The required voltage tests with the maximum load are conducted without readjusting each corresponding power supply voltage, previously set with minimum bulb load.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.1.1.6 A suitable high impedance measuring device connected to points X-Y in Figure 22 is used for measuring flash rate, percent current “on” time, and voltage drop across the flasher. The measurement of these quantities does not affect the circuit.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.2 <I>Power supply specifications.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.2.1 <I>Starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent current “on” time tests.</I> The power supply used in the standard test circuit for conducting the starting time, the voltage drop, and the flash rate and percent current “on” time tests must comply with the following specifications:
</P>
<P>(a) Must not generate any adverse transients not present in motor vehicles;
</P>
<P>(b) Be capable of supplying 11-16 vdc for 12 volt flashers and 5-9 vdc for 6 volt flashers to the input terminals of the standard test circuit;
</P>
<P>(c) Be capable of supplying required design current(s) continuously and inrush currents as required by the design bulb load complement;
</P>
<P>(d) Be capable of supplying an output voltage that does not deviate more than 2% with changes in the static load from 0 to maximum (not including inrush current) nor for static input line voltage variations;
</P>
<P>(e) Be capable of supplying an output voltage that does not deviate more than 1.0 vdc from 0 to maximum load (including inrush current) and must recover 63% of its maximum excursion within 100 µsec; and
</P>
<P>(f) Have a ripple voltage of 75mv, peak to peak.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.2.2 <I>Durability tests.</I> The power supply used in the standard test circuit for conducting durability tests must comply with the following specifications:
</P>
<P>(a) Must not generate any adverse transients not present in motor vehicles;
</P>
<P>(b) Be capable of supplying 13 vdc and 14 vdc for 12 volt flashers and 6.5 vdc and 7 vdc for 6 volt flashers to the input terminals of the standard test circuit;
</P>
<P>(c) Be capable of supplying a continuous output current of the design load for one flasher times the number of flashers and inrush currents as required by the design bulb load complement;
</P>
<P>(d) Be capable of supplying an output voltage that does not deviate more than 2% with changes in the static load from 0 to maximum (not including inrush current) and means must be provided to compensate for static input line voltage variations;
</P>
<P>(e) Be capable of supplying an output voltage that does not deviate more than 1.0 vdc from 0 to maximum load (including inrush current) and must recover 63% of its maximum excursion within 5 µsec; and
</P>
<P>(f) Have a ripple voltage of 300 mv, peak to peak.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.3 <I>Turn signal flasher starting time test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.3.1 <I>Samples.</I> Twenty sample flashers chosen from random from fifty representative samples are subjected to a starting time test using the standard test circuit.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.3.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.3.2.1 The test is conducted in an ambient temperature of 75 ±10 °F with the design load (variable load flashers are tested with their minimum and their maximum design load) connected and the power source for the test circuit adjusted to apply design voltage at the bulbs.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.3.2.2 The time measurement starts when the voltage is initially applied. Compliance is based on an average of three starts for each sample separated by a cooling interval of 5 minutes.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.3.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The requirements of the starting time test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) A flasher having normally closed contacts must open (turn off) within 1.0 second for a device designed to operate two signal lamps, or within 1.25 seconds for a device designed to operate more than two lamps, or
</P>
<P>(b) A flasher having normally open contacts must complete the first cycle (close the contacts and then open the contacts) within 1.5 seconds.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.4 <I>Turn signal flasher voltage drop test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.4.1 <I>Samples.</I> The same twenty sample flashers used in the starting time test are subjected to a voltage drop test using the standard test circuit.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.4.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.4.2.1 The test is conducted in an ambient temperature of 75 ±10 °F with the design load (variable load flashers are tested with their maximum design load) connected and the power source for the standard test circuit adjusted to apply 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts at the bulbs according to the flasher rating.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.4.2.2 The voltage drop is measured between the input and load terminals of the flasher during the “on” period after the flashers have completed at least five consecutive cycles.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.4.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The requirements of the voltage drop test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples comply with the lowest voltage drop across any flasher not exceeding 0.80 volt.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.5 <I>Turn signal flasher flash rate and percent current “on” time test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.5.1 <I>Samples.</I> The same twenty sample flashers used in the voltage drop test are subjected to a flash rate and percent of current “on” time test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.5.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.5.2.1 The test is conducted using the standard test circuit with the design load (variable load flashers are tested with their minimum and their maximum design load) connected and design voltage applied to the bulbs.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.5.2.2 Compliance is determined using the following combinations of ambient temperature and bulb voltage:
</P>
<P>(a) 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) and 75° ±10 °F,
</P>
<P>(b) 12.0 volts (or 6.0 volts) and 0° ±5 °F,
</P>
<P>(c) 15.0 volts (or 7.5 volts) and 0° ±5 °F,
</P>
<P>(d) 11.0 volts (or 5.5 volts) and 125° ±5 °F, and
</P>
<P>(e) 14.0 volts (or 7.0 volts) and 125° ±5 °F.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.5.2.3 Flash rate and percent current “on” time are measured after the flashers have completed five consecutive cycles and are determined by an average of at least three consecutive cycles.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.5.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The requirements of the flash rate and percent current “on” time test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The performance of a normally closed type flasher must be within the unshaded portion of the polygon shown in Figure 2, or
</P>
<P>(b) The performance of a normally open type flasher must be within the entire rectangle including the shaded areas shown in Figure 2.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.6 <I>Turn signal flasher durability test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.6.1 <I>Samples.</I> Twenty sample flashers chosen from random from the thirty samples not used in the previous tests are subjected to a durability test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.6.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.6.2.1 Conformance of the samples to the starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent of current “on” time tests (limited to the 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts and 75° ±10 °F test condition only) is established.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.6.2.2 The test is conducted on each sample with the design load (variable load flashers are tested with their maximum design load) connected and 14 volts or 7.0 volts, according to the flasher rating, applied to the input terminals of the standard test circuit.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.6.2.3 The test cycle consists of 15 seconds on followed by 15 seconds off for a total time of 200 hours in an ambient temperature of 75° ±10 °F.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.6.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The requirements of the durability test are considered to have been met if, after completion, 17 of 20 samples comply with the performance requirements of the starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent of current “on” time tests (limited to the 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts and 75° ±10 °F test condition only) when tested in the standard test circuit with design load and 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) applied to the bulbs.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.7 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher starting time test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.7.1 <I>Samples.</I> Twenty sample flashers chosen from random from fifty representative samples are subjected to a starting time test using the standard test circuit.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.7.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.7.2.1 The test is conducted test in an ambient temperature of 75° ±10 °F with the minimum and maximum load connected and the power source for the test circuit adjusted to apply design voltage at the bulbs. 
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.7.2.2 The time measurement starts when the voltage is initially applied.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.7.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The requirements of the starting time test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) A flasher having normally closed contacts must open (turn off) within 1.5 seconds after the voltage is applied, or
</P>
<P>(b) A flasher having normally open contacts must complete the first cycle (close the contacts and then open the contacts) within 1.5 seconds after the voltage is applied.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.8 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher voltage drop test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.8.1 <I>Samples.</I> The same twenty sample flashers used in the starting time test are subjected to a voltage drop test using the standard test circuit.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.8.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.8.2.1 The test is conducted in an ambient temperature of 75° ±10 °F with the maximum design load connected and the power source for the test circuit adjusted to apply design voltage at the bulbs.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.8.2.2 The voltage drop is measured between the input and load terminals of the flasher during the “on” period after the flashers have completed at least five consecutive cycles.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.8.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The requirements of the voltage drop test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples comply with the lowest voltage drop across any flasher must not exceed 0.8 volt.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.9 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher flash rate and percent “on” time test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.9.1 <I>Samples.</I> The same twenty sample flashers used in the voltage drop test are subjected to a flash rate and percent of current “on” time test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.9.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.9.2.1 The test is conducted using the standard test circuit by and applying loads of from two signal lamps to the maximum design loading including pilot indicator.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.9.2.2 Compliance is determined using the following combinations of ambient temperature and bulb voltage:
</P>
<P>(a) 12.8 volts (or 6.4 volts) and 75° ±10 °F,
</P>
<P>(b) 11.0 volts (or 5.5 volts) and 125° ±5 °F,
</P>
<P>(c) 11.0 volts (or 5.5 volts) and 0° ±5 °F,
</P>
<P>(d) 13.0 volts (or 6.5 volts) and 125° ±5 °F, and
</P>
<P>(e) 13.0 volts (or 6.5 volts) and 0° ±5 °F.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.9.2.3 Flash rate and percent current “on” time are measured after the flashers have completed five consecutive cycles and are determined by an average of at least three consecutive cycles.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.9.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The requirements of the flash rate and percent current “on” time test are considered to have been met if 17 of 20 samples comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The performance of a normally closed type flasher must be within the unshaded portion of the polygon shown in Figure 2, or
</P>
<P>(b) The performance of a normally open type flasher must be within the entire rectangle including the shaded areas shown in Figure 2.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.10 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher durability test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.10.1 <I>Samples.</I> Twenty sample flashers chosen from random from the thirty samples not used in the previous tests are subjected to a durability test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.10.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.10.2.1 Conformance of the samples to the starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent of current “on” time tests (limited to the 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts and 75° ±10 °F test condition only) is established.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.10.2.2 The test is conducted on each sample with the maximum design load connected and 13.0 volts (or 6.5 volts) applied to the input terminals of the standard test circuit.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.10.2.3 The flasher is subjected to continuous flashing for a total time of 36 hours in an ambient temperature of 75° ±10 °F.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.10.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The requirements of the durability test are considered to have been met if, after completion, 17 of 20 samples comply with the performance requirements of the starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent of current “on” time tests (limited to the 12.8 volts or 6.4 volts and 75° ±10 °F test condition only) when tested in the standard test circuit with the power source adjusted to provide design voltage to the bulbs and with a minimum load of two signal lamp bulbs and the maximum design load, including pilot lamps, as specified by the manufacturer at an ambient temperature of 75° ±10 °F.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11 <I>Semiautomatic headlamp beam switching device tests.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.1 <I>Test conditions.</I> All tests are conducted with 13 volts input to the device unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.2 <I>Sensitivity test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.2.1 <I>Samples.</I> The sample device is mounted in and operated in the laboratory in the same environment as that encountered on the vehicle, that is tinted glass, grille work, etc.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.2.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.2.2.1 The sample device is adjusted for sensitivity in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. It is exposed to a light source capable of providing a variable intensity of at least 1.5 cd to 150 cd at 100 feet from the sample device.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.2.2.2 The device is switched to the lower beam mode in accordance with the “dim” limits specified and switched back to the upper beam mode in accordance with the “hold” limits specified for the specified test positions.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.2.2.3 To provide more complete information on sensitivity throughout the required vertical and horizontal angles, a set of constant footcandle curves are made at “dim” sensitivities of 17, 25, and 100 cd at 100 ft.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.2.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.2.3.1 <I>Operating limits.</I> 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test position
<br/>(degrees) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dim
<br/>(cd at 100 ft) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Hold
<br/>(cd at 100 ft) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H  V</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adjust to 15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 min to 3.75 max.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H  2L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 min. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H  4L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">40 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 min. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H  6L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">75 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 min. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H  2R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 min. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H  5R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150 max to 40 min</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 min.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1D  V</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 min.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1U  V</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 max</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 min.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S14.9.3.11.2.3.2 There must be no sensitivity voids shown in the constant footcandle curves within the area limited by the test positions.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.3 <I>Voltage regulation test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.3.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.3.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.3.1.2 The “dim” sensitivity is measured at the H-V test position at 11 volts input to the device and at 15 volts input to the device.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.3.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The device must switch to the lower beam mode at between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft) with the input voltage at 11 volts and at 15 volts.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.4 <I>Manual override test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.4.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.4.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.4.1.2 The device is exposed to a test light that causes it to switch to the lower beam mode.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.4.1.3 The manufacturer's instructions are followed to cause the device to override the test light and switch to upper beam.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.4.1.4 In a similar manner, the test light is extinguished to cause the device to switch to the upper beam mode.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.4.1.5 Again the manufacturer's instructions are followed to cause the device to switch to lower beam.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.4.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The device, when operated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, must switch to the opposite beam with the test light energized and with the test light extinguished.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.5 <I>Warmup test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.5.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.5.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted so that it complies with the sensitivity test and the test lamp extinguished.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.5.1.2 The test lamp will then be energized at a level of 25 (cd at 100 ft) at the H-V position of the device and the time for the device to switch to lower beam is measured.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.5.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> If the warmup time of the device exceeds 10 seconds it shall maintain the headlamps on lower beam during warmup.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.6 <I>Temperature test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.6.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.6.1.1 The sample device is exposed for 1 hour in a temperature corresponding to that at the device mounting location.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.6.1.2 For a device mounted in the passenger compartment or the engine compartment, the temperature is 210 °F, mounted elsewhere, the temperature is 150 °F.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.6.1.3 After this exposure the H-V “dim” sensitivity of the sample device is measured over the temperature range of −30 °F to + 100 °F.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.6.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The device must switch to the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft) over the temperature range of −30 °F to + 100 °F.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.7 <I>Dust test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.7.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.7.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.7.1.2 The device is then subjected to the dust test of S14.5.3.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.7.1.3 At the conclusion of the dust exposure the lens of the device must be wiped clean and the H-V “dim” sensitivity of the sample device is measured.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.7.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The device must switch to the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft).
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.8 <I>Corrosion test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.8.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.8.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.8.1.2 All system components located outside the passenger compartment must be subjected to the corrosion test of S14.5.4 with the device not operating.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.8.1.3 Water is not permitted to accumulate on any connector socket.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.8.1.4 At the conclusion of the test the H-V “dim” sensitivity of the sample device must be measured.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.8.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The sample device must switch to the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft).
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.9 <I>Vibration test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.9.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.9.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted so that it complies with the sensitivity test and the mechanical aim of the photounit determined.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.9.1.2 The sample device must be mounted in proper vehicle position and subjected to vibration of 5g constant acceleration for 
<FR>1/2</FR> hour in each of three directions: vertical; horizontal and parallel to the vehicle longitudinal axis; and horizontal and normal to the vehicle longitudinal axis.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.9.1.3 The vibration frequency must be varied from 30 to 200 and back to 30 cycles per second over a period of approximately 1 minute.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.9.1.4 The device must be operating during the test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.9.1.5 At the conclusion of the test the H-V “dim” sensitivity of the sample device and the mechanical aim of the photounit must be measured.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.9.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.9.2.1 The sample device must switch to the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft).
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.9.2.2 The mechanical aim of the device photounit must not have changed by more than 0.25° from the initial value.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.10 <I>Sunlight test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.10.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.10.1.1 The sample device must be exposed for 1 hour in bright noonday sunlight (5000 fc minimum illumination with a clear sky) with the photounit aimed as it would be in service and facing an unobstructed portion of the horizon in the direction of the sun.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.10.1.2 The device must then be rested for 1 hour in normal room light at room temperature and the H-V “dim” sensitivity of the sample device is measured.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.10.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The sample device must switch to the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft).
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.11 <I>Durability test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.11.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.11.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.11.1.2 The device photounit operated at a 13.0 input voltage on a cycle of 90 minutes on and 30 minutes off must be activated by a 60 cd light source at 100 ft, or equivalent, which is cycled on and off 4 times per minute for a period of 200 hours.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.11.1.3 The device must then rest for 2 hours in a lighted area of 50 to 150 fc after which the H-V “dim” sensitivity must be measured.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.11.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The sample device must switch to the lower beam mode between 8 (cd at 100 ft) and 25 (cd at 100 ft).
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.12 <I>Return to upper beam test.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.12.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.12.1.1 The sensitivity of the sample device is adjusted so that it complies with the sensitivity test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.12.1.2 The lens of the photounit must be exposed to light of 100 fc for 10 seconds.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.11.12.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> The sample device must switch to upper beam mode within 2 seconds after the 100 fc light is extinguished. 
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12 <I>Test for compliance with adaptive driving beam photometry requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.1 <I>Test scenarios.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.1.1 Any of the scenarios specified in Table XXII and Figures 27, 28, 29, and 30 may be tested. Where a range of values is specified, the vehicle shall be able to meet the requirements at all values within the range.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.1.2 Any speed that conforms to the speeds specified for that test scenario will be selected for the test vehicle. The vehicle will achieve and maintain this speed ± 0.45 m/s (1 mph) prior to reaching, and then throughout, the measurement distance range specified for that scenario. Once the test speed is achieved and maintained, no sudden steering inputs, acceleration, braking, or anything that causes a change in vehicle pitch that affects the results of the test shall occur.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.1.3 For test scenarios involving curves, any radius within the allowable range specified for that test scenario may be selected. The curve shall nominally consist of a constant radius path and be referenced to the headlighting system midpoint. The actual path of the test vehicle shall not deviate from the nominal path by more than ± 0.5 m throughout the measurement distance range.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.1.4 The test vehicle shall be driven within the lane and will not change lanes.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.1.5 The measurement distance is the linear distance measured from the headlighting system midpoint to the most forward point of the relevant photometric receptor head mounted on the test fixture.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.1.6 The illuminance values for each photometer, the instantaneous pitch of the test vehicle, and the measurement distance shall be recorded and synchronized throughout the measurement distance range specified for that scenario.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.2 <I>Compliance criteria.</I> The maximum calculated illuminance for each measurement distance interval specified in Table XXI that is applicable to the scenario being tested, as determined according to S14.9.3.12.2.1, shall not exceed the applicable maximum illuminance listed in Table XXI.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.2.1 The maximum calculated illuminance for each measurement distance interval specified in Table XXI that is applicable to the scenario being tested will be the highest illuminance recorded in that distance interval, excluding any illuminance value(s) that meet any of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) A single illuminance value exceeding the applicable maximum illuminance in Table XXI (<I>i.e.,</I> the illuminance value is not immediately preceded or followed by an illuminance value exceeding the applicable maximum illuminance); or
</P>
<P>(b) consecutive illuminance values occurring over a span of no more than 0.1 seconds exceeding the applicable maximum illuminance in Table XXI; or
</P>
<P>(c) any illuminance values collected while the vehicle pitch exceeds the average pitch recorded throughout the entire measurement distance range specified for that scenario in Table XXII by more than 0.3 degrees.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.3 <I>Stimulus test fixtures.</I> Testing shall be conducted using the stimulus test fixtures specified in this section and Figures 23 through 26.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.3.1 <I>Headlamps.</I> The headlamps specified in Fig. 23 (Opposite Direction Car/Truck) shall be a right- and left-hand 2018 Ford F-150 Halogen headlamp (part # KL3Z13008C KL3Z13008D) using any replaceable light source designated for use in the system and, separately, a right- and left-hand 2018 Toyota Camry LED headlamp (part # 8111006C40/8115006C40). The headlamps specified in Fig. 25 (Opposite Direction Motorcycle) shall be a 5.75-inch round headlamp kit from a 2018 Harley Davidson Sportster (part #68297-05B) using an HB2 replaceable light source. Each headlamp shall energize the lower beam only, powered at 12.8 volts DC ± 500 mV when measured at the lamp terminals, and shall have been energized for a minimum of 5 minutes before each test trial. The measurement locations specified in Figures 23 and 25 shall be measured to the optical axis marking of the headlamps.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.3.2 <I>Taillamps.</I> The taillamps specified in Fig. 24 (Same Direction Car/Truck) shall be a right and left-hand 2018 Ford F-150 incandescent rear combination lamp (part # JL3Z13405H/JL3Z13404H) and, separately, a right and left-hand 2018 Toyota Camry rear combination lamp (part # 81550-06730/81560-06730). The taillamps specified in Fig. 26 (Same Direction Motorcycle) shall be a 2018 Harley Davidson Roadster layback LED taillamp assembly (part #67800355). The taillamps shall be powered at 12.8 volts DC ± 500 mV when measured at the lamp terminals and shall have been energized for a minimum of 5 minutes before each test trial. The measurement locations specified in Figures 24 and 26 shall be measured to the center of the taillamp.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.3.3 <I>Photometers.</I> Photometers must be capable of a minimum measurement unit of 0.01 lux. The color response of the photometer must be corrected to that of the 1931 CIE Standard Observer (2-degree) Photopic Response Curve, as shown in the CIE 1931 Chromaticity Diagram (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), with a cosine correction characteristic within 3%. The photometer lenses on the test fixture shall be clean and free from dirt and debris, and the photometers will be zero-calibrated for each test to account for ambient light. The illuminance values from the photometers shall be collected at a rate of at least 100 Hz and a maximum 25-degree angle of incidence.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.3.4 The projection of the fixture lamp's optical axis onto the road surface shall be parallel to a tangent of the road edge at the location of the photometer.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.3.5 The test fixture shall be centered in the lane.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.4 <I>Test vehicle preparation.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.4.1 Tires on the test vehicle shall be inflated to the manufacturer's recommended cold inflation pressure ± 7 kPa (1 psi). If more than one recommendation is provided, the tires are inflated to the cold inflation pressure ± 7 kPa (1 psi) that corresponds to the lowest loaded condition listed.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.4.2 Before initiating testing, if the test vehicle is equipped with a fuel tank it shall be filled to approximately 100% of capacity with the appropriate fuel and maintained to at least 75% capacity throughout the testing.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.4.3 Headlamps on the test vehicle shall be aimed according to the vehicle manufacturer's instructions. The test vehicle shall be loaded within ± 5 kg of the total vehicle weight during track testing prior to aiming the adaptive driving beam headlamps.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.4.4 The adaptive driving beam system shall be adjusted according to the manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.4.5 To the extent practicable, adaptive driving beam system sensors and the windshield on the test vehicle (if an adaptive driving beam system sensor is behind the windshield) shall be clean and free of dirt and debris.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.4.6 The headlamp lenses of the test vehicle shall be clean and free from dirt and debris.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.4.7 The adaptive driving beam system shall be activated according to the manufacturer's instructions and all other independently controlled lamps, such as fog lamps, shall be turned off.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.5 <I>Test road</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.5.1 The test road shall have a longitudinal grade (slope) that does not exceed 2%.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.5.2 The lane width shall be any width from 3.05 m (10 ft) to 3.66 m (12 ft).
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.5.3 The lanes shall be adjacent to one another.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.5.4 The tests are conducted on a uniform, solid-paved surface.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.5.5 The test road surface may be concrete or asphalt and shall not be bright white.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.5.6 The test road surface may have pavement markings but shall be free of retroreflective material or elements that affect the outcome of the test.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.6 <I>Other test parameters and conditions</I>
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.6.1 Testing shall be conducted on dry pavement and with no precipitation.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.6.2 Testing shall be conducted when the ambient illumination at the test road as recorded by the photometers is at or below 0.2 lux.
</P>
<P>S14.9.3.12.6.3 Photometer data signals shall be passed through a low-pass filter with a cutoff frequency of 35 Hz.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I-<E T="01">a</E>—Required Lamps and Reflective Devices
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lighting
<br/>device
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number and color
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mounting
<br/>location
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mounting height
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Device activation
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">All Passenger Cars, Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Trucks, and Buses</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lower Beam Headlamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">White, of a headlighting system listed in Table II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the front, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 55.9 cm nor more than 137.2 cm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The wiring harness or connector assembly of each headlighting system must be designed so that only those light sources intended for meeting lower beam photometrics are energized when the beam selector switch is in the lower beam position, and that only those light sources intended for meeting upper beam photometrics are energized when the beam selector switch is in the upper beam position, except for certain systems listed in Table II and semiautomatic headlamp beam switching devices certified to S9.4.1.6.
<br/>Steady burning, except that may be flashed for signaling purposes or (for semiautomatic headlamp beam switching devices certified to S9.4.1.6) vary in intensity for adaptive driving beam functionality.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Upper Beam Headlamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">White, of a headlighting system listed in Table II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the front, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 22 inches (55.9 cm) nor more than 54 inches (137.2 cm)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Turn Signal Lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At or near the front, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 83 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flash when the turn signal flasher is actuated by the turn signal operating unit.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber or red Truck tractor exception, see S6.1.1.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Taillamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 72 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning. Must be activated when the headlamps are activated in a steady burning state or the parking lamps on passenger cars and MPVs, trucks, and buses less than 80 inches in overall width are activated.
<br/>May be activated when the headlamps are activated at less than full intensity as Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stop Lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 72 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
<br/>Must be activated upon application of the service brakes. When optically combined with a turn signal lamp, the circuit must be such that the stop signal cannot be activated if the turn signal lamp is flashing.
<br/>May also be activated by a device designed to retard the motion of the vehicle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side Marker Lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side as far to the front as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning except may be flashed for signaling purposes. Must be activated when the headlamps are activated in a steady burning state or the parking lamps on passenger cars and MPVs, trucks, and buses less than 80 inches in overall width are activated.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red (not required on truck tractor).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side as far to the rear as practicable
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reflex Reflectors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side as far to the front as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 60 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red (not required on truck tractor).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side as far to the rear as practicable
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable
<br/>On a truck tractor may be mounted on the back of the cab not less than 4 inches above the height of the rear tires.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Backup Lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 White Additional lamps permitted to meet requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
<br/>Must be activated when the ignition switch is energized and reverse gear is engaged.
<br/>Must not be energized when the vehicle is in forward motion.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">License Plate Lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 White Additional lamps permitted to meet requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear to illuminate license plate from top or sides</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
<br/>Must be activated when the headlamps are activated in a steady burning state or when the parking lamps on passenger cars and MPVs, trucks, and buses less than 80 inches in overall width are activated.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Additional Lamps Required on All Passenger Cars, and on Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Trucks, and Buses, Less Than 2032 MM in Overall Width</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Parking lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber or white</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the front, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 72 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
<br/>Must be activated when the headlamps are activated in a steady burning state.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Additional Lamp(s) Required on All Passenger Cars, and on Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Trucks, and Buses, Less Than 2032 MM in Overall Width and With a GVWR of 10,000 Lbs or Less</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High mounted stop lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 Red, or 2 red where exceptions apply. See Section 6.1.1.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear including glazing, with the lamp center on the vertical centerline as viewed from the rear</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 34 inches except for passenger cars. See Section 6.1.4.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
<br/>Must only be activated upon application of the service brakes or may be activated by a device designed to retard the motion of the vehicle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Additional Lamps and Reflective Devices Required on All Passenger Cars, Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Trucks, and Buses, 30 Feet or Longer</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Intermediate side marker lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side located at or near the midpoint between the front and rear side marker lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning except may be flashed for signaling purposes.
<br/>Must be activated when the headlamps are activated in a steady burning state or when the parking lamps on passenger cars and MPVs, trucks, and buses less than 80 inches in overall width are activated.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Intermediate side reflex reflectors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side located at or near the midpoint between the front and rear side reflex reflectors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 60 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Additional Lamps Required on All Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Trucks, and Buses, 2032 MM or More in Overall Width</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearance lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the front to indicate the overall width of the vehicle, or width of cab on truck tractor, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline
<br/>May be located at a location other than the front if necessary to indicate the overall width of the vehicle, or for protection from damage during normal operation of the vehicle.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As near the top as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red
<br/>(not required on truck tractor)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear to indicate the overall width of the vehicle, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline
<br/>May be located at a location other than the rear if necessary to indicate the overall width of the vehicle, or for protection from damage during normal operation of the vehicle.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As near the top as practicable, except where the rear identification lamps are mounted at the extreme height of the vehicle.
<br/>Practicability of locating lamps on the vehicle header is presumed when the header extends at least 25 mm (1 inch) above the rear doors.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Identification lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the front, at the same height, as close as practicable to the vertical centerline, with lamp centers spaced not less than 6 inches or more than 12 inches apart</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As near the top of the vehicle or top of the cab as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 Red (not required on truck tractor)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear, at the same height, as close as practicable to the vertical centerline, with lamp centers spaced not less than 6 inches or more than 12 inches apart</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As near the top as practicable
<br/>Practicability of locating lamps on the vehicle header is presumed when the header extends at least 25 mm (1 inch) above the rear doors.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Additional Lamps Required on All School Buses Except Multifunction School Activity Buses</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signal warning lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red plus 2 amber optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the front of the cab as far apart as practicable, but in no case shall the spacing between lamps be less than 40 inches
<br/>Amber lamps, when installed, at the same height as and just inboard of the red lamp.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As high as practicable but at least above the windshield</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flashing alternately between 60 to 120 cycles per minute, with an activation period sufficient to allow the lamp to reach full brightness, when actuated by a manual switch.
<br/>Amber lamps, when installed, may only be activated by manual or foot operation, and must be automatically deactivated and the red lamps must be automatically activated when the bus entrance door is opened.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red plus 2 amber optional</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear cab as far apart as practicable, but in no case shall the spacing between lamps be less than 40 inches
<br/>Amber lamps, when installed, at the same height as and just inboard of the red lamp.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As high as practicable but at least above the top of any side window opening</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flashing alternately between 60 to 120 cycles per minute, with an activation period sufficient to allow the lamp to reach full brightness, when actuated by a manual switch.
<br/>Amber lamps, when installed, may only be activated by manual or foot operation, and must be automatically deactivated and the red lamps must be automatically activated when the bus entrance door is opened.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Daytime Running Lamps Permitted But Not Required on Passenger Cars, Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV), Trucks, and Buses</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Daytime running lamp (DRL)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 identically colored either white, white to yellow, white to selective yellow, selective yellow, or yellow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the front, symmetrically disposed about the vertical centerline if not a pair of lamps required by this standard or if not optically combined with a pair of lamps required by this standard</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not more than 1.067 meters above the road surface if not a pair of lamps required by this standard or if not optically combined with a pair of lamps required by this standard
<br/>See S7.10.13(b) for additional height limitation.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
<br/>Automatically activated as determined by the vehicle manufacturer and automatically deactivated when the headlamp control is in any “on” position.
<br/>Each DRL optically combined with a turn signal lamp must be automatically deactivated as a DRL when the turn signal lamp or hazard warning lamp is activated, and automatically reactivated as a DRL when the turn signal lamp or hazard warning lamp is deactivated.
<br/>See S7.10.10.1(c) for additional activation requirements when mounted close to, or combined with, a turn signal lamp.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I-<E T="01">b</E>—Required Lamps and Reflective Devices
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lighting device
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number and color
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mounting location
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mounting height
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Device activation
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">ALL TRAILERS</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Turn Signal Lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red or amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 83 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flash when the turn signal flasher is actuated by the turn signal operating unit.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Taillamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red or 1 red on trailers less than 30 inches wide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable. When a single lamp is installed it must be mounted at or near the vertical centerline</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 72 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stop Lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red, or 1 red on trailers less than 30 inches wide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable. When a single lamp is installed it must be mounted at or near the vertical centerline</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 72 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
<br/>Must be activated upon application of the service brakes.
<br/>When optically combined with a turn signal lamp, the circuit must be such that the stop signal cannot be activated if the turn signal lamp is flashing. May also be activated by a device designed to retard the motion of the vehicle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side Marker Lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber
<br/>None required on trailers less than 1829 mm [6 ft] in overall length including the trailer tongue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side as far to the front as practicable exclusive of the trailer tongue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning except may be flashed for signaling purposes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side as far to the rear as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches. Not more than 60 inches on trailers 2032 mm or more in overall width
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reflex Reflectors. A trailer equipped with a conspicuity treatment in conformance with S8.2 of this standard need not be equipped with reflex reflectors if the conspicuity material is placed at the locations of the required reflex reflectors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber
<br/>None required on trailers less than 1829 mm [6 ft] in overall length including the trailer tongue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side as far to the front as practicable exclusive of the trailer tongue</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 60 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side as far to the rear as practicable
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red or 1 red on trailers less than 30 inches wide</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable
<br/>When a single reflector is installed it must be mounted at or near the vertical centerline.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">License Plate Lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 White
<br/>Additional lamps permitted to meet requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear to illuminate license plate from top or sides</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Additional Lamps and Reflective Devices Required on all Trailers 30 Feet or Longer</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Intermediate side marker lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side located at or near the midpoint between the front and rear side marker lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning except may be flashed for signaling purposes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Intermediate side reflex reflectors
<br/>A trailer equipped with a conspicuity treatment in conformance with S8.2 of this standard need not be equipped with reflex reflectors if the conspicuity material is placed at the locations of the required reflex reflectors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side located at or near the midpoint between the front and rear side reflex reflectors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 60 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">Additional Lamps Required on all Trailers 2032 MM or More in Overall Width</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearance lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the front to indicate the overall width of the vehicle, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline
<br/>May be located at a location other than the front if necessary to indicate the overall width of the vehicle, or for protection from damage during normal operation of the vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As near the top as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear to indicate the overall width of the vehicle, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline
<br/>May be located at a location other than the rear if necessary to indicate the overall width of the vehicle, or for protection from damage during normal operation of the vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As near the top as practicable, except where the rear identification lamps are mounted at the extreme height of the vehicle. Practicability of locating lamps on the vehicle header is presumed when the header extends at least 25 mm (1 inch) above the rear doors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber to front and red to rear</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On a boat trailer the requirement for front and rear clearance lamps may be met by installation at or near the midpoint on each side of a dual facing lamp so as to indicate the extreme width. May be located at a location other than the front and the rear if necessary to indicate the overall width of the vehicle, or for protection from damage during normal operation of the vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As near the top as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Identification lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear, at the same height, as close as practicable to the vertical centerline, with lamp centers spaced not less than 6 inches or more than 12 inches apart</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">As near the top as practicable
<br/>Practicability of locating lamps on the vehicle header is presumed when the header extends at least 25 mm (1 inch) above the rear doors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I-<E T="01">c</E>—Required Lamps and Reflective Devices
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lighting device
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number and color
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mounting location
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Mounting height
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Device activation
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="5" scope="row"><E T="02">All Motorcycles</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lower Beam Headlamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">White, of a headlighting system listed in S10.17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the front, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable. See additional requirements in S10.17.1.1, S10.17.1.2, and S10.17.1.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 22 inches (55.9 cm) nor more than 54 inches (137.2 cm)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The wiring harness or connector assembly of each headlighting system must be designed so that only those light sources intended for meeting lower beam photometrics are energized when the beam selector switch is in the lower beam position, and that only those light sources intended for meeting upper beam photometrics are energized when the beam selector switch is in the upper beam position, except for certain systems listed in Table II and semiautomatic headlamp beam switching devices certified to S9.4.1.6.
<br/>Steady burning, except that may be flashed for signaling purposes or (for semiautomatic headlamp beam switching devices certified to S9.4.1.6) vary in intensity for adaptive driving beam functionality.
<br/>The upper beam or the lower beam, but not both, may be wired to modulate from a higher intensity to a lower intensity in accordance with S10.17.5.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Upper Beam Headlamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">White, of a headlighting system listed in S10.17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the front, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, as far apart as practicable. See additional requirements in S10.17.1.1, S10.17.1.2, and S10.17.1.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 55.9 cm nor more than 137.2 cm
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The upper beam or the lower beam, but not both, may be wired to modulate from a higher intensity to a lower intensity in accordance with S10.17.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Turn Signal Lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber. None required on a motor driven cycle whose speed attainable in 1 mile is 30 mph or less</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At or near the front, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, and having a minimum horizontal separation distance (centerline of lamps) of 16 inches. Minimum edge to edge separation distance between a turn signal lamp and headlamp is 4 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 83 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flash when the turn signal flasher is actuated by the turn signal operating unit.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber or red. None required on a motor driven cycle whose speed attainable in 1 mile is 30 mph or less</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">At or near the rear, at the same height, symmetrically about the vertical centerline, and having a minimum horizontal separation distance (centerline to centerline of lamps) of 9 inches
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum edge to edge separation distance between the turn signal lamp and the taillamp or stop lamp is 4 inches, when a single stop and taillamp is installed on the vertical centerline and the turn signal lamps are red
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Taillamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear, on the vertical centerline except that if two are used, they must be symmetrically disposed about the vertical centerline</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 72 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Must be activated when the headlamps are activated in a steady burning state.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stop Lamps</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear, on the vertical centerline except that if two are used, they must be symmetrically disposed about the vertical centerline</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 72 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Must be activated upon application of the service brakes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">When optically combined with a turn signal lamp, the circuit must be such that the stop signal cannot be activated if the turn signal lamp is flashing. May also be activated by a device designed to retard the motion of the vehicle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reflex Reflectors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Amber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side as far to the front as practicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not less than 15 inches, nor more than 60 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On each side as far to the rear as practicable
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear, on the vertical centerline except that, if two are used on the rear, they must be symmetrically disposed about the vertical centerline
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">License Plate Lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 White</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">On the rear to illuminate license plate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steady burning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Additional lamps permitted to meet requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Must be activated when the headlamps are activated in a steady burning state.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.000.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II-<E T="01">b</E>—Headlighting Systems—Combination 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">System designation 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">System composition 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Photometry requirements reference 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Table XVIII 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Tables XIX-a, XIX-b, XIX-c 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Upper beam mechanical and visual aim
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lower beam mech aim 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lower beam visual aim 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 LAMP SYSTEM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A COMBINATION OF TWO DIFFERENT HEADLAMPS CHOSEN FROM; TYPE F, AN INTEGRAL BEAM HEADLAMP, OR A REPLACEABLE BULB HEADLAMP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UB2 
<sup>(1)</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB2M 
<sup>(1)</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB2V 
<sup>(1)</sup> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 LAMP SYSTEM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ANY COMBINATION OF FOUR DIFFERENT HEADLAMPS CHOSEN FROM; TYPE F, AN INTEGRAL BEAM HEADLAMP 
<sup>(3)</sup>, OR A REPLACEABLE BULB HEADLAMP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UB1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB1M 
<sup>(2)</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB1V 
<sup>(2)</sup> 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(1)</sup> Headlamps designed to conform to the photometry requirements of UB2 and LB2M or LB2V may allow the lower beam light source(s) to remain activated when an upper beam light source is activated if the lower beam light source(s) contribute to upper beam photometric compliance.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(2)</sup> Lower beams may remain activated when upper beams are activated.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(3)</sup> Beam contributor photometric allocation formula of S14.2.5.9 may apply.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II-<E T="01">c</E>—Headlighting Systems—Integral Beams 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">System designation 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Beam composition 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Photometry requirements reference 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Table XVIII 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Tables XIX-a, XIX-b, XIX-c 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Upper beam mechanical and visual aim
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lower beam mech aim 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lower beam visual aim 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 LAMP SYSTEM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UPPER BEAM &amp; LOWER BEAM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UB2 
<sup>(1)</sup> OR UB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB2M 
<sup>(1)</sup> OR LB3M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB2V 
<sup>(1)</sup> OR LB3V 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 LAMP SYSTEM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UPPER BEAM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UB4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N.A.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N.A. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UPPER BEAM &amp; LOWER BEAM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UB5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB4M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB2V 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 LAMP SYSTEM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UPPER BEAM (U)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UB1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N.A.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N.A. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LOWER BEAM (L)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N.A. 
<sup>(2)</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB1M 
<sup>(2)</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB1V 
<sup>(2)</sup> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 LAMP SYSTEM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UPPER BEAM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UB6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N.A.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N.A. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LOWER BEAM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N.A. 
<sup>(3)</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB5M 
<sup>(3)</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB4V 
<sup>(3)</sup> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BEAM CONTRIBUTOR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UPPER BEAM &amp; LOWER BEAM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UB1 
<sup>(4)</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB1M 
<sup>(2)(4)</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB1V 
<sup>(2)(4)</sup> 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(1)</sup> Headlamps designed to conform to the photometry requirements of UB2 and LB2M or LB2V may allow the lower beam light source(s) to remain activated when an upper beam light source is activated if the lower beam light source(s) contribute to upper beam photometric compliance.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(2)</sup> Lower beams may remain activated when upper beams are activated.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(3)</sup> Lower beams must remain activated when upper beams are activated.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(4)</sup> Beam contributor photometric allocation formula of S14.2.5.9 applies.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II-<E T="01">d</E>—Headlighting Systems—Replaceable Bulb 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">System designation 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Light source composition
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Photometry requirements reference 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Table XVIII 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Tables XIX-a, XIX-b, XIX-c 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Upper beam mechanical and visual aim
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lower beam mech aim 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lower beam visual aim 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 LAMP SYSTEM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ANY DUAL FILAMENT TYPE, OTHER THAN HB2, USED ALONE OR WITH ANOTHER DUAL FILAMENT TYPE OTHER THAN HB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UB2 
<sup>(1)</sup> OR UB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB2M 
<sup>(1)</sup> OR LB3M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB2V 
<sup>(1)</sup> OR LB3V 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 LAMP SYSTEM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HB2 OR ANY SINGLE FILAMENT TYPE USED ALONE OR WITH ANY OTHER SINGLE OR DUAL FILAMENT TYPE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UB2 
<sup>(1)</sup> OR UB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB2M 
<sup>(1)</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB2V 
<sup>(1)</sup> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 LAMP SYSTEM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ANY DUAL FILAMENT TYPE, OTHER THAN HB2, USED ALONE OR WITH ANOTHER DUAL FILAMENT TYPE OTHER THAN HB2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UB1 
<sup>(2)</sup> OR UB3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB1M 
<sup>(2)</sup> OR LB3M</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB1V 
<sup>(2)</sup> OR LB3V 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 LAMP SYSTEM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">HB2 OR ANY SINGLE FILAMENT TYPE USED ALONE OR WITH ANY OTHER SINGLE OR DUAL FILAMENT TYPE. (U &amp; L)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">UB1 
<sup>(2)</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB1M 
<sup>(2)</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LB1V 
<sup>(2)</sup> 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(1)</sup> Headlamps designed to conform to the photometry requirements of UB2 and LB2M or LB2V may allow the lower beam light source(s) to remain activated when an upper beam light source is activated if the lower beam light source(s) contribute to upper beam photometric compliance.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(2)</sup> Lower beams may remain activated when upper beams are activated.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table III—Marking Requirements Location
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lamp, reflective device, or other
<br/>component
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Marking
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Marking location
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Requirement
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">HEADLAMPS, BEAM CONTRIBUTORS, OR HEADLAMP REPLACEABLE LENS
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“DOT”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lens</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.5.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Optical axis marking</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S10.18.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Manufacturer name and/or trademark</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lens</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.5.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Voltage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.5.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Part number or trade number</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.5.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">HEADLAMP REPLACEABLE LENS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Manufacturer identification</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lens</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.5.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Headlamp identification
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">REPLACEABLE BULB HEADLAMPS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“U” or “L” (4 lamp system)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lens</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S10.15.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Replaceable bulb type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lens</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.5.3.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SEALED BEAM HEADLAMPS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“sealed beam”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lens</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.5.3.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type designation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.5.3.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">INTEGRAL BEAM HEADLAMPS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“U” or “L” (4 lamp system)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lens</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S10.14.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MOTORCYCLE REPLACEABLE BULB HEADLAMPS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“motorcycle”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lens</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S10.17.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">VISUALLY/OPTICALLY AIMED HEADLAMPS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“VOR” or “VOL” or “VO”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lens</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S10.18.9.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">EXTERNALLY AIMED HEADLAMPS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aim pad location &amp; “H” or “V“</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lens</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S10.18.7.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">VEHICLE HEADLAMP AIMING DEVICES (VHAD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aiming scale(s)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S10.18.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> (HEADLAMP) REPLACEABLE LIGHT SOURCES</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“DOT”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S11.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Replaceable light source designation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See requirement
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Manufacturer name and/or trademark</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See requirement
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">REPLACEABLE LIGHT SOURCE BALLASTS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Manufacturer name or logo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S11.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Part number
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Light source identification
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rated laboratory life
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">High voltage warning
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Output in watts and volts
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“DOT”
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">LAMPS (OTHER THAN HEADLAMPS), REFLECTIVE DEVICES, AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“DOT”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">See requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.5.1.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS (DRL)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“DRL”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lens</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.5.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CONSPICUITY REFLEX REFLECTORS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“DOT-C”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exposed surface</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S8.2.2.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“DOT-C2” or “DOT-C3” or “DOT-C4”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exposed surface</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S8.2.1.3</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table IV-<E T="01">a</E>—Effective Projected Luminous Lens Area Requirements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Lighting device
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, trailers, and buses of less than 2032 mm in overall width
<br/>minimum effective projected luminous lens area
<br/>(sq mm)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, trailers, and buses 2032 mm or more in overall width
<br/>minimum effective projected luminous lens area each lamp
<br/>(sq mm)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Motorcycles
<br/>minimum effective projected luminous lens area (sq mm)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Single compartment lamp
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Multiple compartment lamp or multiple lamps
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Each compartment or lamp
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Combined compartments or lamps
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Each compartment or lamp
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Single or combined compartments or lamps
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Front turn signal lamp</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2258
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rear turn signal lamp</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2258
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stop lamp</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>1</sup> 5000
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> A motor driven cycle whose speed attainable in 1 mile is 30 mph or less may be equipped with a stop lamp whose minimum effective projected luminous lens area is not less than 2258 sq mm.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table IV-<E T="01">b</E>—Effective Projected Luminous Lens Area Requirements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lighting device
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses of less than 2032 mm in overall width and with a GVWR of 10,000 lbs or less using a single lamp minimum effective projected luminous lens area (sq mm)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses of less than 2032 mm in overall width and with a GVWR of 10,000 lbs or less using dual lamps of identical size and shape minimum effective projected luminous lens area each lamp (sq mm)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High-mounted stop lamp</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2903</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1452</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table IV-<E T="01">c</E>—Effective Projected Luminous Lens Area Requirements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lighting device
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">School bus
<br/>minimum effective projected luminous lens area each lamp (sq mm)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">School bus signal lamp</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">12,258</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table V-<E T="01">a</E>—Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lighting device
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Required visibility
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Backup lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lamps must be mounted so that the optical center of at least one lamp is visible from any eye point elevation from at least 1828 mm (6 ft) to 610 mm (2 ft) above the horizontal plane on which the vehicle is standing; and from any position in the area, rearward of a vertical plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle, 914 mm (3 ft), to the rear of the vehicle and extending 914 mm (3 ft) beyond each side of the vehicle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High-mounted stop lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signal must be visible to the rear through a horizontal angle from 45° to the left to 45° to the right of the longitudinal axis of the vehicle. (Single lamp or two lamps together where required by S6.1.1.2 of this standard).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">School bus signal lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signal of front lamps to the front and rear lamps to the rear must be unobstructed within area bounded by 5° up to 10° down and 30° left to 30° right.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table V-<E T="01">b</E>—Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices—Lens Area Visibility Option
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lighting device</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4">Corner points
<sup>1 2</sup></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Required visibility 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2">Motorcycle</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2">All other
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Turn signal lamp 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-20° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unobstructed minimum
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-20° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> effective projected
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stop lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° RIGHT 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° LEFT 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> luminous lens area
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° RIGHT 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° LEFT 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> of 1,250 sq mm in any
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Taillamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° RIGHT 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° LEFT 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> direction throughout
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° RIGHT 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° LEFT 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> the pattern defined by
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Parking lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No Requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No Requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> the specified corner
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No Requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No Requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> points.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> IB indicates an inboard direction (toward the vehicle's longitudinal centerline) and OB indicates an outboard direction.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Where a lamp is mounted with its axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface, the vertical test point angles located below the horizontal plane subject to visibility requirements may be reduced to 5° down.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Where more than one lamp or optical area is lighted at the front on each side of a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, trailer, or bus, of 2032 mm or more overall width, only one such area need comply.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> If a multiple lamp arrangement is used for a motorcycle stop lamp, the inboard angle for each lamp shall be 10 degrees.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> If a multiple lamp arrangement is used for a motorcycle tail lamp, the inboard angle for each lamp shall be 45 degrees.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table V-<E T="01">c</E>—Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices—Luminous Intensity Visibility Option
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lighting device</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4">Corner points 
<sup>1 2</sup></TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">Required visibility Minimum luminous intensity in any direction throughout the pattern defined by the specified corner points.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2">Motorcycle</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2">All Other</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Candela
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Turn signal lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-20° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-80° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-80° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 0.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-20° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-80° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-80° OB
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stop lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° RIGHT 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° LEFT 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 0.3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° RIGHT 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° LEFT 
<sup>4</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° OB
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Taillamp 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-80° RIGHT 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-80° LEFT 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-80° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-80° RIGHT 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-80° LEFT 
<sup>5</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-80° OB
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Parking lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No Requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No Requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° UP-80° OB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No Requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No Requirement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-45° IB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15° DOWN-80° OB
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> IB indicates an inboard direction (toward the vehicle's longitudinal centerline) and OB indicates an outboard direction.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Where a lamp is mounted with its axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface, the vertical test point angles located below the horizontal plane subject to visibility requirements may be reduced to 5° down
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Inboard and outboard corner points are 80° for a single taillamp installed on a motorcycle
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>4</sup> If a multiple lamp arrangement is used for a motorcycle stop lamp, the inboard angle for each lamp shall be 10 degrees.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>5</sup> If a multiple lamp arrangement is used for a motorcycle tail lamp, the inboard angle for each lamp shall be 45 degrees.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table V-<E T="01">d</E>—Visibility Requirements of Installed Lighting Devices (Legacy Visibility Alternative)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">Lighting device</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Required visibility 
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Turn signal lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, motorcycles, and trailers of less than 2032 mm overall width</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unobstructed minimum effective projected luminous lens area of 1250 sq mm through horizontal angle of H-V to H-45° OB.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, and trailers of 2032 mm or more overall width</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unobstructed minimum effective projected luminous lens area of 1300 sq mm through horizontal angle of H-V to H-45° OB. Where more than one lamp or optical area is lighted on each side of the vehicle, only one such area on each side need comply.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">Stop lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unobstructed minimum effective projected luminous lens area of 1250 sq mm through horizontal angle of H-45° IB to H-45° OB. Where more than one lamp or optical area is lighted on each side of the vehicle, only one such area on each side need comply.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">Taillamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unobstructed minimum effective projected luminous lens area of 2 sq in through horizontal angle of H-45° IB to H-45° OB. Where more than one lamp or optical area is lighted on each side of the vehicle, only one such area on each side need comply.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> IB indicates an inboard direction (toward the vehicle's longitudinal centerline) and OB indicates an outboard direction.</P></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08au11.161.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08au11.162.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08au11.163.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table X—Side Marker Lamp Photometry Requirements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test point
<br/>(degrees) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum photometric intensity (cd) 
<sup>(2)</sup>
<br/>red lamps
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum photometric intensity (cd) 
<sup>(2)</sup>
<br/>amber lamps
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10U:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">45L 
<sup>(1)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">V</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">45R 
<sup>(1)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">45L 
<sup>(1)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">V</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">45R 
<sup>(1)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10D: 
<sup>(3)</sup> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">45L 
<sup>(1)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">V</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">45R 
<sup>(1)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(1)</sup> Where a side marker lamp installed on a motor vehicle less than 30 feet in overall length has the lateral angle nearest the other required side marker lamp on the same side of the vehicle reduced from 45° by design as specified by S7.4.13.2, the photometric intensity measurement may be met at the lesser angle.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(2)</sup> The photometric intensity values between test points must not be less than the lower specified minimum value of the two closest adjacent test points on a horizontal or vertical line. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(3)</sup> Where side marker lamps are mounted with their axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface, photometry requirements below 5° down may be met at 5° down rather than at the specified required downward angle.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table XI—Clearance and Identification Lamps Photometry Requirements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test point
<br/>(degrees) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum photometric intensity (cd) 
<sup>(2)</sup>
<br/>red lamps 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum photometric intensity (cd) 
<sup>(2)</sup>
<br/>amber lamps
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10U:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">45L 
<sup>(4)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">V</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">45R 
<sup>(4)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">45L 
<sup>(4)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">V</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">45R 
<sup>(4)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10D: 
<sup>(1)</sup> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">45L 
<sup>(4)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">V</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">45R 
<sup>(4)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.62 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum photometric intensity 
<sup>(3)</sup> (cd) red lamps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(1)</sup> Where clearance lamps or identification lamps are mounted with their axis of reference less than 750mm above the road surface, photometry requirements below 5° down may be met at 5° down rather than at the specified required downward angle. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(2)</sup> The photometric intensity values between test points must not be less than the lower specified minimum value of the two closest adjacent test points on a horizontal or vertical line. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(3)</sup> When optically combined with a stop lamp or turn signal lamp, this maximum applies on or above the horizontal. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(4)</sup> Where clearance lamps are installed at locations other than on the front and rear due to the necessity to indicate the overall width of the vehicle, or for protection from damage during normal operation of the vehicle, they need not meet the photometric intensity requirement at any test point that is 45° inboard.</P></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er08au11.164.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08au11.165.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08au11.166.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table XVI-<E T="01">a</E>—Reflex Reflector Photometry Requirements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Observation angle
<br/>(degrees) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Entrance angle
<br/>(degrees) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Minimum performance 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Red reflectors 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Amber reflectors
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">White reflectors 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(cd/incident ft-c)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(mcd/lux) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(cd/incident ft-c) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(mcd/lux)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(cd/incident ft-c) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(mcd/lux) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1050</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1680 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10U</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">280</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">700</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1120 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10D 
<sup>(1)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">280</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">700</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1120 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">560 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">560 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.07</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.175</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10U</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10D 
<sup>(1)</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.075</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.075</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(1)</sup> Where reflex reflectors are mounted with their axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface, photometry requirements below 5° down may be met at 5° down rather than at the required specified downward angle.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table XVI-<E T="01">b</E>—Additional Photometry Requirements for Conspicuity Reflex Reflectors
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Observation angle
<br/>(degrees) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Entrance angle
<br/>(degrees)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Minimum performance 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Red
<br/>(mcd/lux) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">White horizontal orientation
<br/>(mcd/lux)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">White vertical orientation
<br/>(mcd/lux) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1680 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20L TO 20R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">560 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30L TO 30R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45L TO 45R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10U TO 10D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table XVI-<E T="01">c</E>—Retroreflective Sheeting Photometry Requirements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="4" scope="col">Observation angle
<br/>(degrees) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="4" scope="col">Entrance angle
<br/>(degrees)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Minimum performance 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Grade dot-C2 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Grade dot-C3 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Grade dot-C4 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">White 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Red
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">White 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Red
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">White 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Red
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(cd/lux/sq m)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(cd/lux/sq m)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(cd/lux/sq m)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(cd/lux/sq m)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(cd/lux/sq m)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(cd/lux/sq m)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table XVII—School Bus Signal Lamp Photometry Requirements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test point
<br/>(degrees) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum photometric intensity (cd) 
<sup>(2)</sup> red lamps 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum photometric intensity (cd) amber lamps 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5U:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">20L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">V</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">20R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">30L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">20L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">450 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">V</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1500 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1250 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1000 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">20R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">450 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">30R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5D:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">30L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">20L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1125 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">V</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1125 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1125 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">750 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">20R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">30R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10D: 
<sup>(1)</sup>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">V</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5R</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(1)</sup> Where school bus signal lamps are mounted with their axis of reference less than 750 mm above the road surface, photometry requirements below 5° down may be met at 5° down rather than at the specified required downward angle. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(2)</sup> The photometric intensity values between test points must not be less than the lower specified minimum value of the two closest adjacent test points on a horizontal or vertical line.</P></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08au11.167.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08au11.168.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08au11.169.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.016.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table XXI—Adaptive Driving Beam Photometry Requirements <E T="01">(1)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Measurement distance interval
<br/>(m)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum illuminance
<br/>Opposite direction
<br/>(lux)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum illuminance same direction
<br/>(lux)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than or equal to 15.0 and less than 30.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than or equal to 30.0 and less than 60.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than or equal to 60.0 and less than 120.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than or equal to 120.0 and less than or equal to 220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>(1)</sup> For purposes of determining conformance with these specifications, an observed value or a calculated value shall be rounded to the nearest 0.1 lux, in accordance with the rounding method of ASTM Practice E29 Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine Conformance with Specifications.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table XXII—Adaptive Driving Beam System Test Matrix
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Scenario No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test vehicle speed
<br/>(kph)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Orientation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Radius of curve
<br/>(m.)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Curve direction
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Superelevation
<br/>(%)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Measurement distance range
<br/>(m)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96.6-112.7 [60-70 mph]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Opposite Direction</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Straight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater than or equal to 15 and less than or equal to 220.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.2-48.3 [25-30 mph]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Opposite Direction</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85-115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Left</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater than or equal to 15 and less than 60.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64.4-72.4 [40-45 mph]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Opposite Direction</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">210-250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Left</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater than or equal to 15 and less than or equal to 150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80.5-88.5 [50-55 mph]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Opposite Direction</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">335-400</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Left</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater than or equal to 15 and less than or equal to 220.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64.4-72.4 [40-45 mph]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Opposite Direction</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">210-250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Right</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater than or equal to 15 and less than or equal to 50.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80.5-88.5 [50-55 mph]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Opposite Direction</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">335-400</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Right</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater than or equal to 15 and less than or equal to 70.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96.6-112.7 [60-70 mph]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Same Direction</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Straight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater than or equal to 15 and less than or equal to 100.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64.4-72.4 [40-45 mph]</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Same Direction</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">210-250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Left</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater than or equal to 15 and less than or equal to 100.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.019.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.020.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.021.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.022.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.023.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.024.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.025.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.026.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.027.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.028.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.029.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.030.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.031.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.032.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.033.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.034.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.035.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.036.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.037.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.038.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.039.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er22fe22.045.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er22fe22.046.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er22fe22.047.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er22fe22.048.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er22fe22.049.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er22fe22.050.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er22fe22.051.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er22fe22.052.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 68269, Dec. 4, 2007, as amended at 76 FR 23510, Apr. 27, 2011; 76 FR 48023, Aug. 8, 2011; 77 FR 757, Jan. 6, 2012; 77 FR 71720, Dec. 4, 2012; 80 FR 78669, Dec. 17, 2015; 81 FR 6458, Feb. 8, 2016; 87 FR 10021, Feb. 22, 2022]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.109" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.109   Standard No. 109; New pneumatic tires for vehicles manufactured from 1949 to 1975, bias ply tires, and T-type spare tires.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies tire dimensions and laboratory test requirements for bead unseating resistance, strength, endurance, and high speed performance; defines tire load ratings; and specifies labeling requirements for passenger car tires.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to new pneumatic radial tires for use on passenger cars manufactured from 1949 through 1975, new pneumatic bias ply tires, and T-type spare tires. However, it does not apply to any tire that has been so altered so as to render impossible its use, or its repair for use, as motor vehicle equipment.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Bead</I> means that part of the tire made of steel wires, wrapped or reinforced by ply cords, that is shaped to fit the rim.
</P>
<P><I>Bead separation</I> means a breakdown of bond between components in the bead area.
</P>
<P><I>Bias ply tire</I> means a pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at alternate angles substantially less than 90° to the centerline of the tread.
</P>
<P><I>Carcass</I> means the tire structure, except tread and sidewall rubber.
</P>
<P><I>Chunking</I> means the breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall.
</P>
<P><I>Cord</I> means the strands forming the plies in the tire.
</P>
<P><I>Cord separation</I> means cords parting away from adjacent rubber compounds.
</P>
<P><I>Cracking</I> means any parting within the tread, sidewall, or innerliner of the tire extending to cord material.
</P>
<P><I>Groove</I> means the space between two adjacent tread ribs.
</P>
<P><I>Innerliner</I> means the layer(s) forming the inside surface of a tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium within the tire.
</P>
<P><I>Innerliner separation</I> means the parting of the innerliner from cord material in the carcass.
</P>
<P><I>Load rating</I> means the maximum load a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum permissible inflation pressure</I> means the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum load rating</I> means the load rating at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
</P>
<P><I>Open splice</I> means any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or innerliner that extends to cord material.
</P>
<P><I>Overall width</I> means the linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including elevations due to labeling, decorations, or protective bands or ribs.
</P>
<P><I>Ply</I> means a layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
</P>
<P><I>Ply separation</I> means a parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies.
</P>
<P><I>Pneumatic tire</I> means a mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, which, when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.
</P>
<P><I>Radial ply tire</I> means a pneumatic tire in which the ply cords which extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90° to the centerline of the tread.
</P>
<P><I>Rim</I> means a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated.
</P>
<P><I>Section width</I> means the linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands.
</P>
<P><I>Sidewall</I> means that portion of a tire between the tread and the bead.
</P>
<P><I>Sidewall separation</I> means the parting of the rubber compound from the cord material in the sidewall.
</P>
<P><I>Test rim</I> means, with reference to a tire to be tested, any rim that is listed as appropriate for use with that tire in accordance with S4.4. For purposes of this section and § 571.110, each rim listing shall include dimensional specifications and a diagram of the rim.
</P>
<P><I>Tread</I> means that portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
</P>
<P><I>Tread rib</I> means a tread section running circumferentially around a tire.
</P>
<P><I>Tread separation</I> means pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>Size and construction.</I> Each tire shall be designed to fit each rim specified for its size designation in each reference cited in the definition of <I>test rim</I> in S3.
</P>
<P>S4.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.1 <I>General.</I> Each tire shall conform to each of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) It shall meet the requirements specified in S4.2.2 for its tire size designation, type, and maximum permissible inflation pressure.
</P>
<P>(b) Its maximum permissible inflation pressure shall be either 32, 36, 40, or 60 psi, or 240, 280, 300, 340, or 350 kPa.
</P>
<P>(c) Its load rating shall be that specified in a submission made by an individual manufacturer, pursuant to S4.4.1(a), or in one of the publications described in S4.4.1(b) for its size designation, type and each appropriate inflation pressure. If the maximum load rating for a particular tire size is shown in more than one of the publications described in S4.4.1(b), each tire of that size designation shall have a maximum load rating that is not less than the published maximum load rating, or if there are differing maximum load ratings for the same tire size designation, not less than the lowest published maximum load rating.
</P>
<P>(d) It shall incorporate a tread wear indicator that will provide a visual indication that the tire has worn to a tread depth of 1.6 mm (
<FR>1/16</FR> inch).
</P>
<P>(e) It shall, before being subjected to either the endurance test procedure specified in S5.4 or the high speed performance procedure specified in S5.5, exhibit no visual evidence of tread, sidewall, ply, cord, innerliner, or bead separation, chunking, broken cords, cracking, or open splices.
</P>
<P>(f) It shall meet the requirements of S4.2.2.5 and S4.2.2.6 when tested on a test wheel described in S5.4.2.1 either alone or simultaneously with up to 5 other tires.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2 <I>Test requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.1 <I>Test sample.</I> For each test sample use:
</P>
<P>(a) One tire for physical dimensions, resistance to bead unseating, and strength, in sequence;
</P>
<P>(b) Another tire for tire endurance; and
</P>
<P>(c) A third tire for high speed performance.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.2 <I>Physical dimensions.</I> The actual section width and overall width for each tire measured in accordance with S5.1, shall not exceed the section width specified in a submission made by an individual manufacturer, pursuant to S4.4.1(a) or in one of the publications described in S4.4.1(b) for its size designation and type by more than:
</P>
<P>(a) (For tires with a maximum permissible inflation pressure of 32, 36, or 40 psi) 7 percent, or
</P>
<P>(b) (For tires with a maximum permissible inflation pressure of 240, 280, 300, 340 or 350 kPa, or 60 psi) 7 percent or 10 mm (0.4 inches), whichever is larger.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.3 <I>Tubeless tire resistance to bead unseating.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.3.1 When a tubeless tire that has a maximum inflation pressure other than 420 kPa (60 psi) is tested in accordance with S5.2, the applied force required to unseat the tire bead at the point of contact shall be not less than:
</P>
<P>(a) 6,670 N (1,500 pounds) for tires with a designated section width of less than 160 mm (6 inches);
</P>
<P>(b) 8,890 N (2,000 pounds) for tires with a designated section width of 160 mm (6 inches) or more but less than 205 mm (8 inches);
</P>
<P>(c) 11,120 N (2,500 pounds) for tires with a designated section width of 205 mm (8 inches) or more, using the section width specified in a submission made by an individual manufacturer, pursuant to S4.4.1(a), or in one of the publications described in S4.4.1(b) for the applicable tire size designation and type.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.3.2 When a tire that has a maximum inflation pressure of 420 kPa (60 psi) is tested in accordance with S5.2, the applied force required to unseat the bead at the point of contact shall be not less than:
</P>
<P>(a) 6,670 N (1,500 pounds) for tires with a maximum load rating of less than 399 kg (880 pounds);
</P>
<P>(b) 8,890 N (2,000 pounds) for tires with a maximum load rating of 399 kg (880 pounds) or more but less than 635 kg (1,400 pounds);
</P>
<P>(c) 11,120 N (2,500 pounds) for tires with a maximum load rating of 635 kg (1,400 pounds) or more, using the maximum load rating marked on the sidewall of the tire.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.4 <I>Tire strength.</I> Each tire shall meet the requirements for minimum breaking energy specified in Table 1 when tested in accordance with S5.3.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.5 <I>Tire endurance.</I> When the tire has been subjected to the laboratory endurance test specified in S5.4, using a test rim that undergoes no permanent deformation and allows no loss of air through the portion that it comprises of the tire-rim pressure chamber:
</P>
<P>(a) There shall be no visual evidence of tread, sidewall, ply, cord, innerliner, or bead separation, chunking, broken cords, cracking, or open splices.
</P>
<P>(b) The tire pressure at the end of the test shall be not less than the initial pressures specified in S5.4.1.1.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.6 <I>High speed performance.</I> When the tire has been subjected to the laboratory high speed performance test specified in S5.5, using a test rim that undergoes no permanent deformation and allows no loss of air through the portion that it comprises of the tire-rim pressure chamber, the tire shall meet the requirements set forth in S4.2.2.5 (a) and (b).
</P>
<P><I>S4.3 Labeling Requirements.</I> Except as provided in S4.3.1 and S4.3.2 of this standard, each tire, except for those certified to comply with S5.5 of § 571.139, shall have permanently molded into or onto both sidewalls, in letters and numerals not less than 0.078 inches high, the information shown in paragraphs S4.3 (a) through (g) of this standard. On at least one sidewall, the information shall be positioned in an area between the maximum section width and bead of the tire, unless the maximum section width of the tire falls between the bead and one-fourth of the distance from the bead to the shoulder of the tire. For tires where the maximum section width falls in that area, locate all required labeling between the bead and a point one-half the distance from the bead to the shoulder of the tire. However, in no case shall the information be positioned on the tire so that it is obstructed by the flange or any rim designated for use with that tire in Standards Nos. 109 and 110 (Sec. 571.109 and Sec. 571.110 of this part).
</P>
<P>(a) One size designation, except that equivalent inch and metric size designations may be used;
</P>
<P>(b) Maximum permissible inflation pressure;
</P>
<P>(c) Maximum load rating;
</P>
<P>(d) The generic name of each cord material used in the plies (both sidewall and tread area) of the tire;
</P>
<P>(e) Actual number of plies in the sidewall, and the actual number of plies in the tread area if different;
</P>
<P>(f) The words “tubeless” or “tube type” as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(g) The word “radial” if the tire is a radial ply tire.
</P>
<P>S4.3.1 Each tire shall be labeled with the symbol DOT in the manner specified in part 574 of this chapter, which shall constitute a certification that the tire conforms to applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>S4.3.2 Each tire shall be labeled with the name of the manufacturer, or brand name and number assigned to the manufacturer in the manner specified in part 574.
</P>
<P>S4.3.3 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S4.3.4 If the maximum inflation pressure of a tire is 240, 280, 300, 340, or 350 kPa, then:
</P>
<P>(a) Each marking of that inflation pressure pursuant to S4.3(b) shall be followed in parenthesis by the equivalent inflation pressure in psi, rounded to the next higher whole number; and
</P>
<P>(b) Each marking of the tire's maximum load rating pursuant to S4.3(c) in kilograms shall be followed in parenthesis by the equivalent load rating in pounds, rounded to the nearest whole number.
</P>
<P>S4.3.5 If the maximum inflation pressure of a tire is 420 kPa (60 psi), the tire shall have permanently molded into or onto both sidewalls, in letters and numerals not less than 12.7 mm (
<FR>1/2</FR> inch), the words “Inflate to 420 kPa (60 psi)”. On both sidewalls, the words shall be positioned in an area between the tire shoulder and the bead of the tire. However, in no case shall the words be positioned on the tire so that they are obstructed by the flange of any rim designated for use with that tire in this standard or in Standard No. 110 (§ 571.110 of this part).
</P>
<P>S4.4 <I>Tire and rim matching information.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.4.1 Each manufacturer of tires not certified to comply with S4 of § 571.139 shall ensure that a listing of the rims that may be used with each tire that he produces is provided to the public. A listing compiled in accordance with paragraph (a) of S4.4.1 of this standard need not include dimensional specifications or diagram of a rim if the rim's dimensional specifications and diagram are contained in each listing published in accordance with paragraph (b) of S4.4.1 of this standard. The listing shall be in one of the following forms:
</P>
<P>(a) Listed by manufacturer name or brand name in a document furnished to dealers of the manufacturer's tires, to any person upon request, and in duplicate to the Docket Section (No: NHTSA-2009-0117), National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, West Building, 1200 New Jersey Ave SE., Washington, DC 20590; or
</P>
<P>(b) Contained in publications, current at the date of manufacture of the tire or any later date, of at least one of the following organizations:
</P>
<FP-1>Tire and Rim Association
</FP-1>
<FP-1>The European Tyre and Rim Technical Organization
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Japan Automobile Tyre Manufacturers Association, Inc.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tyre and Rim Association of Australia
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Associacao Latino Americana de Pneus e Aros (Brazil)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>South African Bureau of Standards
</FP-1>
<P>S4.4.2 Information contained in any publication specified in S4.4.1(b) of this standard which lists general categories of tires and rims by size designation, type of construction and/or intended use, shall be considered to be manufacturer's information pursuant to S4.4.1 of this standard for the listed tires and rims, unless the publication itself or specific information provided according to S4.4.1(a) of this standard indicates otherwise.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Test procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Physical Dimensions.</I> Determine tire physical dimensions under uniform ambient conditions as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Mount the tire on a test rim having the test rim width specified in a submission made by an individual manufacturer, pursuant to S4.4.1(a), or in one of the publications described in S4.4.1(b) for that tire size designation and inflate it to the applicable pressure specified in Table II.
</P>
<P>(b) Condition it at ambient room temperature for at least 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(c) Readjust pressure to that specified in (a).
</P>
<P>(d) Caliper the section width and overall width at six points approximately equally spaced around the tire circumference.
</P>
<P>(e) Record the average of these measurements as the section width and overall width, respectively.
</P>
<P>(f) Determine tire outer diameter by measuring the maximum circumference of the tire and dividing this dimension by pi (3.14).
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Tubeless tire bead unseating resistance.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Preparation of tire-wheel assembly.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.1 Wash the tire, dry it at the beads, and mount it without lubrication or adhesives on a clean, painted test rim.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.2 Inflate it to the applicable pressure specified in Table II at ambient room temperature.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.3 Mount the wheel and tire in a fixture shown in Figure 1, and force the bead unseating block shown in Figure 2 or Figure 2A against the tire sidewall as required by the geometry of the fixture. However, in testing a tire that has an inflation pressure of 60 psi, only use the bead unseating block described in Figure 2A.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.1 Apply a load through the block to the tire's outer sidewall at the distance specified in Figure 1 for the applicable wheel size at a rate of 50 mm (2 inches) per minute, with the load arm substantially parallel to the tire and rim assembly at the time of engagement.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.2 Increase the load until the bead unseats or the applicable value specified in S4.2.2.3 is reached.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.3 Repeat the test at least four places equally spaced around the tire circumference.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Tire strength.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 <I>Preparation of tire.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1.1 Mount the tire on a test rim and inflate it to the applicable pressure specified in Table II.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1.2 Condition it at room temperature for at least 3 hours; and
</P>
<P>S5.3.1.3 Readjust its pressure to that specified in S5.3.1.1.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 <I>Test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.1 Force a 19 mm (
<FR>3/4</FR> inch) diameter cylindrical steel plunger with a hemispherical end perpendicularly into the tread rib as near to the centerline as possible, avoiding penetration into the tread groove, at the rate of 50 mm (2 inches) per minute.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.2 Record the force and penetration at five test points equally spaced around the circumference of the tire. If the tire fails to break before the plunger is stopped by reaching the rim, record the force and penetration as the rim is reached and use these values in S5.3.2.3.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.3 Compute the breaking energy for each test point by means of one of the two following formulas:
</P>
<FP-2>W=[(F × P)/2] × 10<E T="51">×3</E> (joules)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where
</FP>
<FP-2>W = Energy, in joules;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>F = Force, Newtons; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Penetration, mm; or</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<FP-2>W=[(F × P)/2]
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where
</FP>
<FP-2>W = Energy, inch-pounds;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>F = Force, pounds; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Penetration, inches.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>S5.3.2.4 Determine the breaking energy value for the tire by computing the average of the five values obtained in accordance with S5.3.2.3.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Tire endurance.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 <I>Preparation of tire.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.1 Mount a new tire on a test rim and inflate it to the applicable pressure specified in Table II.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.2 Condition the tire assembly to 38° ±3 °C (100° ±5 °F) for at least three hours.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.3 Readjust tire pressure to that specified in S5.4.1.1 immediately before testing.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 <I>Test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.1 Mount the tire and wheel assembly on a test axle and press it against a flat-faced steel test wheel 1708 mm (67.23 inches) in diameter and at least as wide as the section width of the tire to be tested or an approved equivalent test wheel, with the applicable test load specified in the table in S5.4.2.3 for the tire's size designation, type and maximum permissible inflation pressure.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.2 During the test, the air surrounding the test area shall be 38° ±3 °C (100° ±5 °F).
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.3 Conduct the test at 80 kilometers per hour (km/h)(50 miles per hour) in accordance with the following schedule without pressure adjustment or other interruptions:
</P>
<P>The loads for the following periods are the specified percentage of the maximum load rating marked on the tire sidewall:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Percent
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4 hours</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 hours</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24 hours</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.4.2.4 Immediately after running the tire the required time, measure its inflation pressure. Allow the tire to cool for one hour. Then deflate the tire, remove it from the test rim, and inspect it for the conditions specified in S4.2.2.5(a).
</P>
<P>S5.5 High speed performance.
</P>
<P>S5.5.1 After preparing the tire in accordance with S5.4.1, mount the tire and wheel assembly in accordance with S5.4.2.1, and press it against the test wheel with a load of 88 percent of the tire's maximum load rating as marked on the tire sidewall.
</P>
<P>S5.5.2 Break in the tire by running it for 2 hours at 80 km/h (50 mph).
</P>
<P>S5.5.3 Allow to cool to 38° ±3 °C (100° ±5 °F) and readjust the inflation pressure to the applicable pressure specified in Table II.
</P>
<P>S5.5.4 Without readjusting inflation pressure, test at 121 km/h (75 mph) for 30 minutes, 129 km/h (80 mph) for 30 minutes, and 137 km/h (85 mph) for 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>S5.5.5 Immediately after running the tire the required time, measure its inflation pressure. Allow the tire to cool for one hour. Then deflate the tire, remove it from the test rim, and inspect it for the conditions specified in S4.2.2.5(a).
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Nonconforming tires.</I> No tire that is designed for use on passenger cars and manufactured on or after October 1, 1972, but does not conform to all the requirements of this standard, shall be sold, offered for sale, introduced or delivered for introduction into interstate commerce, or imported into the United States, for any purpose.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er27my98.013.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Figures for FMVSS No. 109 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Wheel size 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Dimension “A” for tires with maximum inflation pressure 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other than 60 psi (in) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other than 420 kPa 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">60 psi (in) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">420 kPa 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">345</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">330</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">305 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">18</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">318</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">290 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">269 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">292</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">251 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">279</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">239 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">267</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">226 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">254</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">213 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">229</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">216</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">216</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">340</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">229</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">345</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">365</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">248</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">370</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">254</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">390</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">279</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">415</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11.50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">292</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er27my98.014.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27my98.015.gif"/>
<HD1>Appendix A—Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109
</HD1>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The following tables list tire sizes and tire constructions with proper load and inflation values. The tables group tires of related constructions and load/inflation values. Persons requesting the addition of new tire sizes to the tables or the addition of tables for new tire constructions may, when the additions requested are compatible with existent groupings, or when adequate justification for new tables exists, submit five (5) copies of information and data supporting the request to the Vehicle Dynamics Division, Office of Crash Avoidance Standards, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>The information should contain the following:
</P>
<P>1. The tire size designation, and a statement either that the tire is an addition to a category of tires listed in the tables or that it is in a new category for which a table has not been deloped.
</P>
<P>2. The tire dimensions, including aspect ratio, size factor, section width, overall width, and test rim size.
</P>
<P>3. The load-inflation schedule of the tire.
</P>
<P>4. A statement as to whether the tire size designation and load inflation schedule has been coordinated with the Tire and Rim Association, the European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation, the Japan Automobile Tire Manufacturers' Association, Inc., the Deutsche Industrie Norm, the British Standards Institution, the Scandinavian Tire and Rim Organization, and the Tyre and Rim Association of Australia.
</P>
<P>5. Copies of test data sheets showing test conditions, results and conclusions obtained for individual tests specified in § 571.109.
</P>
<P>6. Justification for the additional tire sizes.</P></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I-A—For Bias Ply Tires With Designated Section Width of 152 mm (6 Inches) and Above
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cord material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">32 psi
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">36 psi
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">40 psi
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">240 kPa
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">280 kPa
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">300 kPa
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">340 kPa
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rayon:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(in-lbs)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,650</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,574</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,650</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,650</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(joules)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">186</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">291</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">373</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">186</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">373</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">186</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">373
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nylon or polyester:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(in-lbs)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(joules)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">294</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">441</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">588</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">294</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">588</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">294</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">588</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I-B—For Bias Ply Tires With Designated Section Width Below 152 mm (6 Inches)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cord material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">32 psi
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">36 psi
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">40 psi
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">240 kPa
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">280 kPa
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">300 kPa
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">340 kPA
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rayon:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(in-lbs)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,875</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(joules)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">282</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">282</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">282
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nylon or polyester:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(in-lbs)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,950</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,925</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,950</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,950</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,900
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(joules)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">330</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">441</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">441</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">441</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I-C—For Radial Ply Tires
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Size designation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="8" scope="col">Maximum permissible inflation
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">PSI
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">kPa
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">32
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">36
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">40
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">240
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">280
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">300
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">340
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">350
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Below 160 mm:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(in-lbs)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,950</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,925</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,950</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,950</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,950
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(joules)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">330</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">441</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">441</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">441</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">160 mm or above:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(in-lbs)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,600
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(joules)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">294</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">441</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">588</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">294</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">588</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">294</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">588</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">294</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I-D—For Tires With 420 kPa (60 psi) Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure and Maximum Load Rating 399 kg (880 lb) and Above
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cord material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Inch-pounds joules (J)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rayon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,650 inch pounds 186 joules (J).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nylon or Polyester</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2,600 inch pounds 294 joules (J).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I-E—For Tires With 420 kPa (60 psi) Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure and Maximum Load Rating Below 399 kg (880 lb)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cord material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Inch-pounds joules (J)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rayon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,000 inch pounds 113 joules (J).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nylon or Polyester</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1,950 inch pounds 220 joules (J).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II—Test Inflation Pressures
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Maximum permissible inflation pressure to be used for the following test]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Test type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">psi
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">kPa
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">32
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">36
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">40
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">60
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">240
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">280
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">300
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">340
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">350
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Physical dimensions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bead unseating, tire strength, and tire endurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">High speed performance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">260</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">260</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Appendix to § 571.109
</HD1>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Persons requesting the addition of new tire sizes not included in S4.4.1(b) organizations may, upon approval, submit five (5) copies of information and data supporting the request to the Vehicle Dynamics Division, Office of Crash Avoidance Standards, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, West Building, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>The information should contain the following:
</P>
<P>1. The tire size designation, and a statement either that the tire is an addition to a category of tires listed in the tables or that it is in a new category for which a table has not been developed.
</P>
<P>2. The tire dimensions, including aspect ratio, size factor, section width, overall width, and test rim size.
</P>
<P>3. The load-inflation schedule of the tire.
</P>
<P>4. A statement as to whether the tire size designation and load inflation schedule has been coordinated with the Tire and Rim Association, the European Tyre and Rim Technical Organization, the Japan Automobile Tyre Manufacturers Association, Inc., the Tyre and Rim Association of Australia, the Associacao Latino Americana de Pneus e Aros (Brazil), or the South African Bureau of Standards.
</P>
<P>5. Copies of test data sheets showing test conditions, results and conclusions obtained for individual tests specified in § 571.109.
</P>
<P>6. Justification for the additional tire sizes.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 30235, Nov. 1, 1973]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.109, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.110" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.110   Tire selection and rims and motor home/recreation vehicle trailer load carrying capacity information for motor vehicles with a GVWR of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) or less.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for tire selection to prevent tire overloading and for motor home/recreation vehicle trailer load carrying capacity information.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to motor vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) or less, except for motorcycles, and to non-pneumatic spare tire assemblies for those vehicles.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Accessory weight</I> means the combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be replaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power windows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items are available as factory-installed equipment (whether installed or not).
</P>
<P><I>Curb weight</I> means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, air conditioning and additional weight optional engine.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum loaded vehicle weight</I> means the sum of—
</P>
<P>(a) Curb weight;
</P>
<P>(b) Accessory weight;
</P>
<P>(c) Vehicle capacity weight; and
</P>
<P>(d) Production options weight.
</P>
<P><I>Light truck (LT) tire</I> means a tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Non-pneumatic rim</I> is used as defined in § 571.129.
</P>
<P><I>Non-pneumatic spare tire assembly</I> means a non-pneumatic tire assembly intended for temporary use in place of one of the pneumatic tires and rims that are fitted to a passenger car in compliance with the requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P><I>Non-pneumatic tire</I> and <I>non-pneumatic tire assembly</I> are used as defined in § 571.129.
</P>
<P><I>Normal occupant weight</I> means 68 kilograms times the number of occupants specified in the second column of Table I.
</P>
<P><I>Occupant distribution</I> means distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table I.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger car tire</I> means a tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less.
</P>
<P><I>Production options weight</I> means the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of those standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
</P>
<P><I>Rim</I> is used as defined in § 571.109.
</P>
<P><I>Rim diameter</I> means nominal diameter of the bead seat. 
</P>
<P><I>Rim size designation</I> means rim diameter and width. 
</P>
<P><I>Rim type designation</I> means the industry of manufacturer's designation for a rim by style or code. 
</P>
<P><I>Rim width</I> means nominal distance between rim flanges. 
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle capacity weight</I> means the rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms times the vehicle's designated seating capacity.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle maximum load on the tire</I> means that load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle normal load on the tire</I> means that load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight (distributed in accordance with Table I) and dividing by 2.
</P>
<P><I>Wheel center member</I> is used as defined in § 571.129.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>General</I> (a) Subject to the exceptions set forth in S4.1(b), vehicles shall be equipped with tires that meet the requirements of § 571.139.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding the requirement in S4.1(a),
</P>
<P>(1) Passenger cars may be equipped with pneumatic T-type temporary spare tire assemblies that meet the requirements of § 571.109 or non-pneumatic spare tire assemblies that meet the requirements of § 571.129 and S6 and S8 of this standard. Passenger cars equipped with a non-pneumatic spare tire assembly shall also meet the requirements of S4.3(e), S5, and S7 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(2) Trailers may be equipped with ST tires, FI tires, or tires with a rim diameter code of 12 or below that meet the requirements of § 571.119.
</P>
<P>S4.2 <I>Tire load limits.</I>
</P>
<P><I>S4.2.1 Tire load limits for passenger cars.</I> 
</P>
<P>S4.2.1.1 The vehicle maximum load on the tire shall not be greater than the applicable maximum load rating as marked on the sidewall of the tire. 
</P>
<P>S4.2.1.2 The vehicle normal load on the tire shall not be greater than 94 percent of the load rating at the vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold inflation pressure for that tire. 
</P>
<P><I>S4.2.2 Tire load limits for multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, and trailers.</I> 
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.1 Except as provided in S4.2.2.2, the sum of the maximum load ratings of the tires fitted to an axle shall not be less than the GAWR of the axle system as specified on the vehicle's certification label required by 49 CFR part 567. If the certification label shows more than one GAWR for the axle system, the sum shall be not less than the GAWR corresponding to the size designation of the tires fitted to the axle. 
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.2 When passenger car tires are installed on an MPV, truck, bus, or trailer, each tire's load rating is reduced by dividing it by 1.10 before determining, under S4.2.2.1, the sum of the maximum load ratings of the tires fitted to an axle.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.3 (a) For vehicles, except trailers with no designated seating positions, equipped with passenger car tires, the vehicle normal load on the tire shall be no greater than 94 percent of the derated load rating at the vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold inflation pressure for that tire.
</P>
<P>(b) For vehicles, except trailers with no designated seating positions, equipped with LT tires, the vehicle normal load on the tire shall be no greater than 94 percent of the load rating at the vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold inflation pressure for that tire.
</P>
<P>S4.3 <I>Placard.</I> Each vehicle, except for a trailer or incomplete vehicle, shall show the information specified in S4.3 (a) through (g), and may show, at the manufacturer's option, the information specified in S4.3 (h) and (i), on a placard permanently affixed to the driver's side B-pillar. In each vehicle without a driver's side B-pillar and with two doors on the driver's side of the vehicle opening in opposite directions, the placard shall be affixed on the forward edge of the rear side door. If the above locations do not permit the affixing of a placard that is legible, visible and prominent, the placard shall be permanently affixed to the rear edge of the driver's side door. If this location does not permit the affixing of a placard that is legible, visible and prominent, the placard shall be affixed to the inward facing surface of the vehicle next to the driver's seating position. This information shall be in the English language and conform in color and format, not including the border surrounding the entire placard, as shown in the example set forth in Figure 1 in this standard. At the manufacturer's option, the information specified in S4.3 (c), (d), and, as appropriate, (h) and (i) may be shown, alternatively to being shown on the placard, on a tire inflation pressure label which must conform in color and format, not including the border surrounding the entire label, as shown in the example set forth in Figure 2 in this standard. The label shall be permanently affixed and proximate to the placard required by this paragraph. The information specified in S4.3 (e) shall be shown on both the vehicle placard and on the tire inflation pressure label (if such a label is affixed to provide the information specified in S4.3 (c), (d), and, as appropriate, (h) and (i)) may be shown in the format and color scheme set forth in Figures 1 and 2. If the vehicle is a motor home and is equipped with a propane supply, the weight of full propane tanks must be included in the vehicle's unloaded vehicle weight. If the vehicle is a motor home and is equipped with an on-board potable water supply, the weight of such on-board water must be treated as cargo.
</P>
<P>(a) Vehicle capacity weight expressed as “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX pounds”;
</P>
<P>(b) Designated seated capacity (expressed in terms of total number of occupants and number of occupants for each front and rear seat location);
</P>
<P>(c) Vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold tire inflation pressure for front, rear and spare tires, subject to the limitations of S4.3.4. For full size spare tires, the statement “see above” may, at the manufacturer's option replace manufacturer's recommended cold tire inflation pressure. If no spare tire is provided, the word “none” must replace the manufacturer's recommended cold tire inflation pressure.
</P>
<P>(d) Tire size designation, indicated by the headings “size” or “original tire size” or “original size,” and “spare tire” or “spare,” for the tires installed at the time of the first purchase for purposes other than resale. For full size spare tires, the statement “see above” may, at the manufacturer's option replace the tire size designation. If no spare tire is provided, the word “none” must replace the tire size designation; 
</P>
<P>(e) On the vehicle placard, “Tire and Loading Information and, on the tire inflation pressure label, “Tire Information”;
</P>
<P>(f) “See Owner's Manual for Additional Information”;
</P>
<P>(g) For a vehicle equipped with a non-pneumatic spare tire assembly, the tire identification code with which that assembly is labeled pursuant to the requirements of S4.3(a) of 571.129, New Non-Pneumatic Tires for Passenger Cars;
</P>
<P>(h) At the manufacturer's option, identifying information provided in any alphanumeric and or barcode form, located vertically, along the right edge or the left edge of the placard or the label, or horizontally, along the bottom edge of the placard or the label; and
</P>
<P>(i) At the manufacturer's option, the load range identification symbol, load index, and speed rating, located immediately to the right of the tire size designation listed in accordance with S4.3(d) above. 
</P>
<P>S4.3.1 <I>Requirements for vehicles manufactured in two or more stages.</I> A placard or placard and label shall be affixed to the completed vehicle by the final-stage manufacturer in accordance with S4.3 and with the vehicle capacity weight and seating designations as finally manufactured. 
</P>
<P>S4.3.2 <I>Requirements for altered vehicles.</I> Except as provided in S10, a new placard or placard and label shall be affixed, so as to obscure the original placard, to an altered vehicle that has previously been certified in accordance with § 567.4 or § 567.5, other than by the addition, substitution, or removal of readily attachable components such as mirrors or tire and rim assemblies, or minor finishing operations such as painting, or who alters the vehicle in such a manner that its stated weight ratings are no longer valid, before the first purchase of the vehicle in good faith for purposes other than resale, containing accurate information for the altered vehicle, in accordance with S4.3. 
</P>
<P>S4.3.3 <I>Additional labeling information for vehicles other than passenger cars.</I> Each vehicle shall show the size designation and, if applicable, the type designation of rims (not necessarily those on the vehicle) appropriate for the tire appropriate for use on that vehicle, including the tire installed as original equipment on the vehicle by the vehicle manufacturer, after each GAWR listed on the certification label required by § 567.4 or § 567.5 of this chapter. This information shall be in the English language, lettered in block capitals and numerals not less than 2.4 millimeters high and in the following format:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>Truck Example—Suitable Tire-Rim Choice
</HD3>
<P>GVWR: 2,441 kilograms (5381 pounds).
</P>
<P>GAWR: Front—1,299 kilograms (2,864 pounds) with P265/70R16 tires, 16 × 8.0 rims at 248 kPa (36 psi) cold single.
</P>
<P>GAWR: Rear—1,299 kilograms (2,864 pounds) with P265/70R16 tires, 16 × 8.00 rims, at 248 kPa (36 psi) cold single.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>S4.3.4 No inflation pressure other than the maximum permissible inflation pressure may be shown on the placard and, if any, tire inflation pressure label unless—
</P>
<P>(a) It is less than the maximum permissible inflation pressure; 
</P>
<P>(b) It is appropriate for the load limits as calculated in accordance with S4.2; and 
</P>
<P>(c) The tire load rating specified in a submission by an individual manufacturer, pursuant to S4.1.1(a) of § 571.139 or contained in one of the publications described in S4.1.1(b) of § 571.139, for the tire size at that inflation pressure is not less than the vehicle maximum load and the vehicle normal load on the tire for those vehicle loading conditions. 
</P>
<P>S4.3.5 <I>Requirements for trailers.</I> Each trailer, except for an incomplete vehicle, must show the information specified in S4.3 (c) through (g), and may show the information specified in S4.3 (h) and (i), on a placard permanently affixed proximate to the certification label specified in 49 CFR part 567. Additionally, each trailer must on its placard contain a cargo capacity statement expressed as “The weight of cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX pounds” in the same location on the placard specified for the “vehicle capacity weight” statement required by this standard. At the manufacturer's option, the information specified in S4.3 (c), (d), (h) and (i) may be shown, alternatively, on a tire inflation pressure label, and conform in color and format, not including the border surrounding the entire label, as specified in the example set forth in Figure 2 in this standard. The label shall be permanently affixed and proximate to the placard required by this paragraph. The information specified in S4.3 (e) shall be shown on both the vehicle placard and on the tire inflation pressure label (if such a label is affixed to provide the information specified in S4.3 (c), (d), (h) and (i)) in the format and color scheme set forth in Figures 1 and 2. If the vehicle is a recreation vehicle trailer and is equipped with a propane supply, the weight of full propane tanks must be included in the vehicle's unloaded vehicle weight. If the vehicle is a recreation vehicle trailer and is equipped with an on-board potable water supply, the weight of such on-board water must be treated as cargo.
</P>
<P>S4.4 <I>Rims.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.4.1 <I>Requirements.</I> Each rim shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Be constructed to the dimensions of a rim that is listed by the manufacturer of the tires as suitable for use with those tires, in accordance with S4 of § 571.139. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except for trailers, in the event of rapid loss of inflation pressure with the vehicle traveling in a straight line at a speed of 97 km/h (60 mph), retain the deflated tire until the vehicle can be stopped with a controlled braking application.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Occupant Loading and Distribution for Vehicle Normal Load for Various Designated Seating Capacities 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Designated seating capacity, number of occupants 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vehicle normal load, number of occupants 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Occupant distribution in a normally loaded vehicle 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2 through 4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in front. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5 through 10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in front, 1 in second seat. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 through 15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in front, 1 in second seat, 1 in third seat, 1 in fourth seat. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 through 22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 in front, 2 in second seat, 2 in third seat, 1 in fourth seat.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S4.4.2. <I>Rim markings for vehicles other than passenger cars.</I> Each rim or, at the option of the manufacturer in the case of a single-piece wheel, each wheel disc shall be marked with the information listed in S4.4.2 (a) through (e), in lettering not less than 3 millimeters in height, impressed to a depth or, at the option of the manufacturer, embossed to a height of not less than 0.125 millimeters. The information listed in S4.4.2 (a) through (c) shall appear on the outward side. In the case of rims of multi piece construction, the information listed in S4.4.2 (a) through (e) shall appear on the rim base and the information listed in S4.4.2 (b) and (d) shall also appear on each other part of the rim. 
</P>
<P>(a) A designation that indicates the source of the rim's published nominal dimensions, as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) “T” indicates The Tire and Rim Association. 
</P>
<P>(2) “E” indicates The European Tyre and Rim Technical Organization. 
</P>
<P>(3) “J” indicates Japan Automobile Tire Manufacturers” Association, Inc. 
</P>
<P>(4) “L” indicates ABPA (Brazil), a.k.a. Associacao Latino Americana De Pneus E Aros. 
</P>
<P>(5) “F” indicates Tire and Rim Engineering Data Committee of South Africa (Tredco). 
</P>
<P>(6) “S” indicates Scandinavian Tire and Rim Organization (STRO). 
</P>
<P>(7) “A” indicates The Tyre and Rim Association of Australia. 
</P>
<P>(8) “I” indicates Indian Tyre Technical Advisory Committee (ITTAC). 
</P>
<P>(9) “R” indicates Argentine Institute of Rationalization of Materials, a.k.a. Instituto Argentino de Racionalización de Materiales, (ARAM). 
</P>
<P>(10) “N” indicates an independent listing pursuant to S4.1 of § 571.139 or S5.1(a) of § 571.119. 
</P>
<P>(b) The rim size designation, and in case of multipiece rims, the rim type designation. For example: 20 × 5.50, or 20 × 5.5. 
</P>
<P>(c) The symbol DOT, constituting a certification by the manufacturer of the rim that the rim complies with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards. 
</P>
<P>(d) A designation that identifies the manufacturer of the rim by name, trademark, or symbol. 
</P>
<P>(e) The month, day and year or the month and year of manufacture, expressed either numerically or by use of a symbol, at the option of the manufacturer. For example: “September 4, 2001” may be expressed numerically as: “90401”, “904, 01” or “01, 904”; “September 2001” may be expressed as: “901”, “9, 01” or “01, 9”. 
</P>
<P>(1) Any manufacturer that elects to express the date of manufacture by means of a symbol shall notify NHTSA in writing of the full names and addresses of all manufacturers and brand name owners utilizing that symbol and the name and address of the trademark owner of that symbol, if any. The notification shall describe in narrative form and in detail how the month, day, and year or the month and year are depicted by the symbol. Such description shall include an actual size graphic depiction of the symbol, showing and/or explaining the interrelationship of the component parts of the symbol as they will appear on the rim or single piece wheel disc, including dimensional specifications, and where the symbol will be located on the rim or single piece wheel disc. The notification shall be received by NHTSA not less than 60 calendar days before the first use of the symbol. The notification shall be mailed to National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, West Building, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590. All information provided to NHTSA under this paragraph will be placed in the public docket.
</P>
<P>(2) Each manufacturer of wheels shall provide an explanation of its date of manufacture symbol to any person upon request. 
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Load Limits for Non-Pneumatic Spare Tires.</I> The highest vehicle maximum load on the tire for the vehicle shall not be greater than the load rating for the non-pneumatic spare tire.
</P>
<P>S6 <I>Labeling Requirements for Non-Pneumatic Spare Tires or Tire Assemblies.</I> Each non-pneumatic tire or, in the case of a non-pneumatic tire assembly in which the non-pneumatic tire is an integral part of the assembly, each non-pneumatic tire assembly shall include, in letters or numerals not less than 4 millimeters high, the information specified in paragraphs S6 (a) and (b). The information shall be permanently molded, stamped, or otherwise permanently marked into or onto the non-pneumatic tire or non-pneumatic tire assembly, or shall appear on a label that is permanently attached to the tire or tire assembly. If a label is used, it shall be subsurface printed, made of material that is resistant to fade, heat, moisture and abrasion, and attached in such a manner that it cannot be removed without destroying or defacing the label on the non-pneumatic tire or tire assembly. The information specified in paragraphs S6 (a) and (b) shall appear on both sides of the non-pneumatic tire or tire assembly, except, in the case of a non-pneumatic tire assembly which has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle, in which case the information specified in paragraphs S6 (a) and (b) shall only be required on the outward facing side. The information shall be positioned on the tire or tire assembly such that it is not placed on the tread or the outermost edge of the tire and is not obstructed by any portion of any non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member designated for use with that tire in this standard or in Standard No. 129.
</P>
<P>(a) FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY; and
</P>
<P>(b) MAXIMUM 80 KM/H (50 M.P.H.).
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Requirements for Passenger Cars Equipped with Non-Pneumatic Spare Tire Assemblies</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Vehicle Placarding Requirements.</I> A placard, permanently affixed to the inside of the vehicle trunk or an equally accessible location adjacent to the non-pneumatic spare tire assembly, shall display the information set forth in S6 in block capitals and numerals not less than 6 millimeters high preceded by the words “IMPORTANT—USE OF SPARE TIRE” in letters not less than 9 millimeters high.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Supplementary Information.</I> The owner's manual of the passenger car shall contain, in writing in the English language and in not less than 10 point type, the following information under the heading “IMPORTANT—USE OF SPARE TIRE”:
</P>
<P>(a) A statement indicating the information related to appropriate use for the non-pneumatic spare tire including at a minimum the information set forth in S6 (a) and (b) and either the information set forth in S4.3(g) or a statement that the information set forth in S4.3(g) is located on the vehicle placard and on the non-pneumatic tire; 
</P>
<P>(b) An instruction to drive carefully when the non-pneumatic spare tire is in use, and to install the proper pneumatic tire and rim at the first reasonable opportunity; and
</P>
<P>(c) A statement that operation of the passenger car is not recommended with more than one non-pneumatic spare tire in use at the same time.
</P>
<P>S8. <I>Non-Pneumatic Rims and Wheel Center Members</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Non-Pneumatic Rim Requirements.</I> Each non-pneumatic rim that is part of a separable non-pneumatic spare tire assembly shall be constructed to the dimensions of a non-pneumatic rim that is listed pursuant to S4.4 of § 571.129 for use with the non-pneumatic tire, designated by its non-pneumatic tire identification code, with which the vehicle is equipped.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Wheel Center Member Requirements.</I> Each wheel center member that is part of a separable non-pneumatic spare tire assembly shall be constructed to the dimensions of a wheel center member that is listed pursuant to S4.4 of § 571.129 for use with the non-pneumatic tire, designated by its non-pneumatic tire identification code, with which the vehicle is equipped.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er22mr05.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er22mr05.001.gif"/>
<P>S9. Each motor home and recreation vehicle (RV) trailer must meet the applicable requirements in S9.
</P>
<P>S9.1 On motor homes, the sum of the gross axle weight ratings (GAWR) of all axles on the vehicle must not be less than the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR).
</P>
<P>S9.2 On RV trailers, the sum of the GAWRs of all axles on the vehicle plus the vehicle manufacturer's recommended tongue weight must not be less than the GVWR. If tongue weight is specified as a range, the minimum value must be used.
</P>
<P>S9.3 Each motor home and RV trailer single stage or final stage manufacturer must affix either a motor home occupant and cargo carrying capacity (OCCC) label (Figure 3) or a RV trailer cargo carrying capacity (CCC) label (Figure 4) to its vehicles that meets the following criteria:
</P>
<P>S9.3.1 The RV load carrying capacity labels (Figures 3 and 4) and the RV supplemental labels (Figures 5 and 6) required by S9.3.3(b) must be legible, visible, moisture resistant, presented in the English language, have a minimum print size of 2.4 millimeters (3/32 inches) high and be printed in black print on a yellow background.
</P>
<P>S9.3.2 The weight value for load carrying capacity on the RV load carrying capacity labels (Figures 3 and 4) must be displayed to the nearest kilogram with conversion to the nearest pound and must be such that the vehicle does not exceed its GVWR when loaded with the stated load carrying capacity. The UVW and the GVWR used to determine the RV's load carrying capacity must reflect the weights and design of the motor home or RV trailer as configured for delivery to the dealer/service facility. If applicable, the weight of full propane tanks must be included in the RV's UVW and the weight of on-board potable water must be treated as cargo.
</P>
<P>S9.3.3 An RV load carrying capacity label (Figures 3 or 4) must be:
</P>
<P>(a) Permanently affixed and must be visibly located on the interior of the forward-most exterior passenger door on the right side of the vehicle or; at the option of the manufacturer,
</P>
<P>(b) A temporary version of the RV load carrying capacity label (Figures 3 or 4) must be visibly located on the interior of the forward-most exterior passenger door on the right side of the vehicle. A permanent motor home or RV trailer supplemental label (Figures 5 or 6) must be permanently affixed within 25 millimeters of the placard specified in S4.3 for motor homes and S4.3.5 for RV trailers.
</P>
<P>S9.3.4 Permanent and temporary motor home OCCC labels must contain the following information in accordance with Figure 3:
</P>
<P>(a) The statement: “MOTOR HOME OCCUPANT AND CARGO CARRYING CAPACITY” in block letters.
</P>
<P>(b) The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
</P>
<P>(c) The statement “THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED: XXX kg or XXX lbs” in block letters with appropriate values included.
</P>
<P>(d) The statement “Safety belt equipped seating capacity: XXX” with the appropriate value included. This is the total number of safety belt equipped seating positions.
</P>
<P>(e) The statement “CAUTION: A full load of water equals XXX kg or XXX lbs of cargo @ 1 kg/L (8.3 lb/gal) and the tongue weight of a towed trailer counts as cargo” with appropriate values included.
</P>
<P>S9.3.5 Permanent and temporary RV trailer CCC labels must contain the following information in accordance with Figure 4:
</P>
<P>(a) The statement: “RECREATION VEHICLE TRAILER CARGO CARRYING CAPACITY” in block letters.
</P>
<P>(b) The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
</P>
<P>(c) The statement “THE WEIGHT OF CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED: XXX kg or XXX lbs” in block letters with appropriate values included.
</P>
<P>(d) The statement “CAUTION: A full load of water equals XXX kg or XXX lbs of cargo @ 1 kg/L (8.3 lb/gal)” with appropriate values included.
</P>
<P>S9.3.6 For RVs, the vehicle capacity weight values and the seating capacity values (motor homes only) on the placard required by S4.3 or S4.3.5 must agree with the load carrying capacity weight values and the safety belt equipped seating capacity (motor homes only) on the RV load carrying capacity labels (Figures 3 and 4).
</P>
<P>S9.3.7 The permanent motor home supplemental label must contain the following information in accordance with Figure 5:
</P>
<P>(a) The statement “CAUTION: A full load of water equals XXX kg or XXX lbs of cargo @ 1 kg/L (8.3 lb/gal) and the tongue weight of a towed trailer counts as cargo” with appropriate values included.
</P>
<P>S9.3.8 The permanent RV trailer supplemental label must contain the following information in accordance with Figure 6:
</P>
<P>(a) The statement “CAUTION: A full load of water equals XXX kg or XXX lbs of cargo @ 1 kg/L (8.3 lb/gal)” with appropriate values included.
</P>
<P>S10. <I>Weight added to vehicles between final vehicle certification and first retail sale of the vehicle.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.1 If weight exceeding the lesser of 1.5 percent of GVWR or 45.4 kg (100 pounds) is added to a vehicle between final vehicle certification and first retail sale of the vehicle, the vehicle capacity weight values on the placard required by S4.3 or S4.3.5 and the load carrying capacity weight values on the RV load carrying capacity labels (Figures 3 and 4) required by S9.3 must be corrected using one or a combination of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(a) Permanently affix load carrying capacity modification labels (Figure 7), which display the amount the load carrying capacity is reduced to the nearest kilogram with conversion to the nearest pound, within 25 millimeters of the original, permanent RV load carrying capacity label (Figure 3 or 4) and the original placard (Figure 1). The load carrying capacity modification labels must be legible, visible, permanent, moisture resistant, presented in the English language, have a minimum print size of 2.4 millimeters (3/32 inches) high and be printed in black print on a yellow background, or
</P>
<P>(b) If the manufacturer selects S9.3.3(b), apply a temporary version of the load carrying capacity modification label (Figure 7) within 25 millimeters of the original, temporary RV load carrying capacity label (Figure 3 or 4) on the interior of the forward-most exterior passenger door on the right side of the vehicle, in addition to applying a permanent version of the same label within 25 mm of the placard required by S4.3 or S4.3.5. Both temporary and permanent versions of the load carrying capacity modification label (Figure 7) may be printed without values and values may be legibly applied to the label with a black, fine point, indelible marker. The label must contain the statements “CAUTION—LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY REDUCED” in block letters and “Modifications to this vehicle have reduced the original load carrying capacity by XXX kg or XXX lbs” in accordance with Figure 7. If two load carrying capacity modification labels are required (one permanent and one temporary), the weight values on each must agree, or
</P>
<P>(c) Modify the original, permanent RV load carrying capacity labels (Figures 3 and 4) and the placard (Figure 1) with correct vehicle capacity weight values. If the manufacturer selects S9.3.3(b), the temporary RV load carrying capacity labels (Figures 3 and 4) must also be modified with correct vehicle capacity weight values. Modification of labels requires a machine printed overlay with printed corrected values or blanks for corrected values that may be entered with a black, fine-point, indelible marker. Crossing out old values and entering corrected values on the original label is not permissible, or
</P>
<P>(d) Replace the original, permanent RV load carrying capacity labels (Figures 3 and 4) and the placard (Figure 1) with the same labels/placard containing correct vehicle capacity weight values. If the manufacturer selects S9.3.3(b), the temporary RV load carrying capacity labels (Figures 3 and 4) must also be replaced with the same labels containing correct vehicle capacity weight values.
</P>
<P>S10.2 Corrected load carrying capacity weight values or the weight amount the load carrying capacity is reduced, must reflect the total weight added between final vehicle certification and first retail sale and must be accurate within one percent of the actual added weight. No action is required if the weight of the vehicle is reduced between final vehicle certification and first retail sale.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.043.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 22902, Dec. 2, 1971]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.110, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.111" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.111   Standard No. 111; Rear visibility.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for rear visibility devices and systems.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the number of deaths and injuries that occur when the driver of a motor vehicle does not have a clear and reasonably unobstructed view to the rear.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, school buses, motorcycles and low-speed vehicles.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Backing event</I> means an amount of time which starts when the vehicle's direction selector is placed in reverse, and ends at the manufacturer's choosing, when the vehicle forward motion reaches:
</P>
<P>(a) a speed of 10 mph,
</P>
<P>(b) a distance of 10 meters traveled, or
</P>
<P>(c) a continuous duration of 10 seconds.
</P>
<P><I>Convex mirror</I> means a mirror having a curved reflective surface whose shape is the same as that of the exterior surface of a section of a sphere.
</P>
<P><I>Effective mirror surface</I> means the portions of a mirror that reflect images, excluding the mirror rim or mounting brackets.
</P>
<P><I>Environmental test fixture</I> means a device designed to support the external components of the rear visibility system for testing purposes, using any factory seal which would be used during normal vehicle operation, in a manner that simulates the on-vehicle component orientation during normal vehicle operation, and prevents the exposure of any test conditions to portions of the external component which are not exposed to the outside of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>External component</I> means any part of the rear visibility system which is exposed to the outside of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Key</I> means a physical device or an electronic code which, when inserted into the starting system (by physical or electronic means), enables the vehicle operator to activate the engine or motor.
</P>
<P><I>Limited line manufacturer</I> means a manufacturer that sells three or fewer carlines, as that term is defined in 49 CFR 583.4, in the United States during a production year, as that term is defined in S15.
</P>
<P><I>Rearview image</I> means a visual image, detected by means of a single source, of the area directly behind a vehicle that is provided in a single location to the vehicle operator and by means of indirect vision.
</P>
<P><I>Rear visibility system</I> means the set of devices or components which together perform the function of producing the rearview image as required under this standard.
</P>
<P><I>Small manufacturer</I> means an original vehicle manufacturer that produces or assembles fewer than 5,000 vehicles annually for sale in the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Starting system</I> means the vehicle system used in conjunction with the key to activate the engine or motor.
</P>
<P><I>Unit magnification mirror</I> means a plane or flat mirror with a reflective surface through which the angular height and width of the image of an object is equal to the angular height and width of the object when viewed directly at the same distance except for flaws that do not exceed normal manufacturing tolerances. For the purposes of this regulation a prismatic day-night adjustment rearview mirror one of whose positions provides unit magnification is considered a unit magnification mirror.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements for passenger cars.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Inside rearview mirror.</I> Each passenger car shall have an inside rearview mirror of unit magnification.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Field of view.</I> Except as provided in S5.3, the mirror shall provide a field of view with an included horizontal angle measured from the projected eye point of at least 20 degrees, and a sufficient vertical angle to provide a view of a level road surface extending to the horizon beginning at a point not greater than 61 m to the rear of the vehicle when the vehicle is occupied by the driver and four passengers or the designated occupant capacity, if less, based on an average occupant weight of 68 kg. The line of sight may be partially obscured by seated occupants or by head restraints. The location of the driver's eye reference points shall be those established in Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 104 (§ 571.104) or a nominal location appropriate for any 95th percentile male driver.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Mounting.</I> The mirror mounting shall provide a stable support for the mirror, and shall provide for mirror adjustment by tilting in both the horizontal and vertical directions. If the mirror is in the head impact area, the mounting shall deflect, collapse or break away without leaving sharp edges when the reflective surface of the mirror is subjected to a force of 400 N in any forward direction that is not more than 45° from the forward longitudinal direction.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Outside rearview mirror—driver's side.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Field of view.</I> Each passenger car shall have an outside mirror of unit magnification. The mirror shall provide the driver a view of a level road surface extending to the horizon from a line, perpendicular to a longitudinal plane tangent to the driver's side of the vehicle at the widest point, extending 2.4 m out from the tangent plane 10.7 m behind the driver's eyes, with the seat in the rearmost position. The line of sight may be partially obscured by rear body or fender contours. The location of the driver's eye reference points shall be those established in Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 104 (§ 571.104) or a nominal location appropriate for any 95th percentile male driver.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Mounting.</I> The mirror mounting shall provide a stable support for the mirror, and neither the mirror nor the mounting shall protrude farther than the widest part of the vehicle body except to the extent necessary to produce a field of view meeting or exceeding the requirements of S5.2.1. The mirror shall not be obscured by the unwiped portion of the windshield, and shall be adjustable by tilting in both horizontal and vertical directions from the driver's seated position. The mirror and mounting shall be free of sharp points or edges that could contribute to pedestrian injury.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Outside rearview mirror passenger's side.</I> Each passenger car whose inside rearview mirror does not meet the field of view requirements of S5.1.1 shall have an outside mirror of unit magnification or a convex mirror installed on the passenger's side. The mirror mounting shall provide a stable support and be free of sharp points or edges that could contribute to pedestrian injury. The mirror need not be adjustable from the driver's seat but shall be capable of adjustment by tilting in both horizontal and vertical directions.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Convex mirror requirements.</I> Each motor vehicle using a convex mirror to meet the requirements of S5.3 shall comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 When each convex mirror is tested in accordance with the procedures specified in S12. of this standard, none of the radii of curvature readings shall deviate from the average radius of curvature by more than plus or minus 12.5 percent.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 Each convex mirror shall have permanently and indelibly marked at the lower edge of the mirror's reflective surface, in letters not less than 4.8 mm nor more than 6.4 mm high the words “Objects in Mirror Are Closer Than They Appear.”
</P>
<P>S5.4.3 The average radius of curvature of each such mirror, as determined by using the procedure in S12., shall be not less than 889 mm and not more than 1,651 mm.
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Rear visibility.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Phase-in period requirements.</I> For passenger cars with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less manufactured on or after May 1, 2016, but not later than April 30, 2018, a percentage of each manufacturer's production, as specified in S15, shall display a rearview image meeting the requirements of S5.5.1.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Final requirements.</I> Each passenger car with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less manufactured on or after May 1, 2018, shall display a rearview image meeting the requirements of S5.5.1 through S5.5.7.
</P>
<P>S5.5.1 <I>Field of view.</I> When tested in accordance with the procedures in S14.1, the rearview image shall include:
</P>
<P>(a) A minimum of a 150-mm wide portion along the circumference of each test object located at positions F and G specified in S14.1.4; and
</P>
<P>(b) The full width and height of each test object located at positions A through E specified in S14.1.4.
</P>
<P>S5.5.2 <I>Size.</I> When the rearview image is measured in accordance with the procedures in S14.1, the calculated visual angle subtended by the horizontal width of
</P>
<P>(a) All three test objects located at positions A, B, and C specified in S14.1.4 shall average not less than 5 minutes of arc; and
</P>
<P>(b) Each individual test object (A, B, and C) shall not be less than 3 minutes of arc.
</P>
<P>S5.5.3 <I>Response time.</I> The rearview image meeting the requirements of S5.5.1 and S5.5.2, when tested in accordance with S14.2, shall be displayed within 2.0 seconds of the start of a backing event.
</P>
<P>S5.5.4 <I>Linger time.</I> The rearview image meeting the requirements of S5.5.1 and S5.5.2 shall not be displayed after the backing event has ended.
</P>
<P>S5.5.5 <I>Deactivation.</I> The rearview image meeting the requirements of S5.5.1 and S5.5.2 shall remain visible during the backing event until either, the driver modifies the view, or the vehicle direction selector is removed from the reverse position.
</P>
<P>S5.5.6 <I>Default view.</I> The rear visibility system must default to the rearview image meeting the requirements of S5.5.1 and S5.5.2 at the beginning of each backing event regardless of any modifications to the field of view the driver has previously selected.
</P>
<P>S5.5.7 <I>Durability.</I> The rear visibility system shall meet the field of view and image size requirements of S5.5.1 and S5.5.2 after each durability test specified in S14.3.1, S14.3.2, and S14.3.3.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Requirements for multipurpose passenger vehicles, low-speed vehicles, trucks, buses, and school buses with GVWR of 4,536 kg or less.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 Each multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck and bus, other than a school bus, with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less shall have either—
</P>
<P>(a) Mirrors that conform to the requirements of S5.; or
</P>
<P>(b) Outside mirrors of unit magnification, each with not less than 126 cm
<SU>2</SU> of reflective surface, installed with stable supports on both sides of the vehicle, located so as to provide the driver a view to the rear along both sides of the vehicle, and adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical directions to view the rearward scene.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Rear visibility.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Phase-in period requirements.</I> For multipurpose passenger vehicles, low-speed vehicles, trucks, buses, and school buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less manufactured on or after May 1, 2016, but not later than April 30, 2018, a percentage of each manufacturer's production, as specified in S15, shall display a rearview image meeting the requirements of S6.2.1.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Final requirements.</I> Each multipurpose passenger vehicle, low-speed vehicle, truck, bus, and school bus with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less manufactured on or after May 1, 2018, shall display a rearview image meeting the requirements of S6.2.1 through S6.2.7.
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 <I>Field of view.</I> When tested in accordance with the procedures in S14.1, the rearview image shall include:
</P>
<P>(a) A minimum of a 150-mm wide portion along the circumference of each test object located at positions F and G specified in S14.1.4; and
</P>
<P>(b) The full width and height of each test object located at positions A through E specified in S14.1.4.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 <I>Size.</I> When the rearview image is measured in accordance with the procedures in S14.1, the calculated visual angle subtended by the horizontal width of
</P>
<P>(a) All three test objects located at positions A, B, and C specified in S14.1.4 shall average not less than 5 minutes of arc; and
</P>
<P>(b) Each individual test object (A, B, and C) shall not be less than 3 minutes of arc.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 <I>Response time.</I> The rearview image meeting the requirements of S6.2.1 and S6.2.2, when tested in accordance with S14.2, shall be displayed within 2.0 seconds of the start of a backing event.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4 <I>Linger time.</I> The rearview image meeting the requirements of S6.2.1 and S6.2.2 shall not be displayed after the backing event has ended.
</P>
<P>S6.2.5 <I>Deactivation.</I> The rearview image meeting the requirements of S6.2.1 and S6.2.2 shall remain visible during the backing event until either, the driver modifies the view, or the vehicle direction selector is removed from the reverse position.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6 <I>Default view.</I> The rear visibility system must default to the rearview image meeting the requirements of S6.2.1 and S6.2.2 at the beginning of each backing event regardless of any modifications to the field of view the driver has previously selected.
</P>
<P>S6.2.7 <I>Durability.</I> The rear visibility system shall meet the field of view and image size requirements of S6.2.1 and S6.2.2 after each durability test specified in S14.3.1, S14.3.2, and S14.3.3.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Requirements for multipurpose passenger vehicles and trucks with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kg and less than 11,340 kg and buses, other than school buses, with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kg.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1 Each multipurpose passenger vehicle and truck with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kg and less than 11,340 kg and each bus, other than a school bus, with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kg shall have outside mirrors of unit magnification, each with not less than 323 cm
<SU>2</SU> of reflective surface, installed with stable supports on both sides of the vehicle. The mirrors shall be located so as to provide the driver a view to the rear along both sides of the vehicle and shall be adjustable both in the horizontal and vertical directions to view the rearward scene.
</P>
<P>S8. <I>Requirements for multipurpose passenger vehicles and trucks with a GVWR of 11,340 kg or more.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1 Each multipurpose passenger vehicle and truck with a GVWR of 11,340 kg or more shall have outside mirrors of unit magnification, each with not less than 323 cm
<SU>2</SU> of reflective surface, installed with stable supports on both sides of the vehicle. The mirrors shall be located so as to provide the driver a view to the rear along both sides of the vehicle and shall be adjustable both in the horizontal and vertical directions to view the rearward scene.
</P>
<P>S9. <I>Requirements for School Buses.</I> When a school bus is tested in accordance with the procedures of S13, it shall meet the requirements of S9.1 through S9.4.
</P>
<P>S9.1 Outside Rearview Mirrors. Each school bus shall have two outside rearview mirror systems: System A and System B.
</P>
<P>S9.2. System A shall be located with stable supports so that the portion of the system on the bus's left side, and the portion on its right side, each:
</P>
<P>(a) Includes at least one mirror of unit magnification with not less than 323 cm
<SU>2</SU> of reflective surface; and
</P>
<P>(b) Includes one or more mirrors which together provide, at the driver's eye location, a view of:
</P>
<P>(1) For the mirror system on the right side of the bus, the entire top surface of cylinder N in Figure 2, and that area of the ground which extends rearward from cylinder N to a point not less than 61 meters from the mirror surface.
</P>
<P>(2) For the mirror system on the left side of the bus, the entire top surface of cylinder M in Figure 2, and that area of the ground which extends rearward from cylinder M to a point not less than 61 meters from the mirror surface.
</P>
<P>S9.3(a) For each of the cylinders A through P whose entire top surface is not directly visible from the driver's eye location, System B shall provide, at that location:
</P>
<P>(1) A view of the entire top surface of that cylinder.
</P>
<P>(2) A view of the ground that overlaps with the view of the ground provided by System A.
</P>
<P>(b) Each mirror installed in compliance with S9.3(a) shall meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Each mirror shall have a projected area of at least 258 cm
<SU>2</SU>, as measured on a plane at a right angle to the mirror's axis.
</P>
<P>(2) Each mirror shall be located such that the distance from the center point of the eye location of a 25th percentile adult female seated in the driver's seat to the center of the mirror shall be at least 95 cm.
</P>
<P>(3) Each mirror shall have no discontinuities in the slope of the surface of the mirror.
</P>
<P>(4) Each mirror shall be installed with a stable support.
</P>
<P>(c) Each school bus which has a mirror installed in compliance with S9.3(a) that has an average radius of curvature of less than 889 mm, as determined under S12, shall have a label visible to the seated driver. The label shall be printed in a type face and color that are clear and conspicuous. The label shall state the following:
</P>
<FP>“USE CROSS VIEW MIRRORS TO VIEW PEDESTRIANS WHILE BUS IS STOPPED. DO NOT USE THESE MIRRORS TO VIEW TRAFFIC WHILE BUS IS MOVING. IMAGES IN SUCH MIRRORS DO NOT ACCURATELY SHOW ANOTHER VEHICLE'S LOCATION.”
</FP>
<P>S9.4(a) Each image required by S9.3(a)(1) to be visible at the driver's eye location shall be separated from the edge of the effective mirror surface of the mirror providing that image by a distance of not less than 3 minutes of arc.
</P>
<P>(b) The image required by S9.3(a)(1) of cylinder P shall meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The angular size of the shortest dimension of that cylinder's image shall be not less than 3 minutes of arc; and
</P>
<P>(2) The angular size of the longest dimension of that cylinder's image shall be not less than 9 minutes of arc.
</P>
<P>S10. <I>Requirements for motorcycles.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.1 Each motorcycle shall have either a mirror of unit magnification with not less than 8065 mm
<SU>2</SU> of reflective surface, or a convex mirror with not less than 6450 mm
<SU>2</SU> of reflective surface and an average radius of curvature not less than 508 mm and not greater than 1524 mm, installed with a stable support, and mounted so that the horizontal center of the reflective surface is at least 279 mm outward of the longitudinal centerline of the motorcycle. The mirror shall be adjustable by tilting in both the horizontal and vertical directions.
</P>
<P>S11. <I>Mirror Construction.</I> The average reflectance of any mirror required by this standard shall be determined in accordance with SAE Standard J964 OCT84 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). All single reflectance mirrors shall have an average reflectance of at least 35 percent. If a mirror is capable of multiple reflectance levels, the minimum reflectance level in the day mode shall be at least 35 percent and the minimum reflectance level in the night mode shall be at least 4 percent. A multiple reflectance mirror shall either be equipped with a means for the driver to adjust the mirror to a reflectance level of at least 35 percent in the event of electrical failure, or achieve such reflectance level automatically in the event of electrical failure.
</P>
<P>S12. <I>Determination of radius of curvature.</I>
</P>
<P>S12.1 To determine the average radius of curvature of a convex mirror, use a 3-point linear spherometer, which meets the requirements of S12.2, at the 10 test positions shown in Figure 1 and record the readings for each position.
</P>
<P>S12.2 The 3-point linear spherometer has two outer fixed legs 38 mm apart and one inner movable leg at the midpoint. The spherometer has a dial indicator with a scale that can be read accurately to .0025 mm, with the zero reading being a flat surface.
</P>
<P>S12.3 The 10 test positions on the image display consist of two positions at right angles to each other at each of five locations as shown in Figure 1. The locations are at the center of the mirror, at the left and right ends of a horizontal line that bisects the mirror and at the top and bottom ends of a vertical line that bisects the mirror. None of the readings are within a 6.4 mm border on the edge of the image display.
</P>
<P>S12.4 At each position, the spherometer is held perpendicular to the convex mirror-surface and a record is made of the reading on the dial indicator to the nearest .0025 mm.
</P>
<P>S12.5 Convert the dial reading data for each of the 10 test positions to radius of curvature calculations using Table I. Consider the change as linear for dial readings that fall between two numbers in Table I.
</P>
<P>S12.6 Calculate the average radius of curvature by adding all 10 radius of curvature calculations and dividing by ten.
</P>
<P>S12.7 Determine the numerical difference between the average radius of curvature and each of the 10 individual radius of curvature calculations determined in S12.5.
</P>
<P>S12.8 Calculate the greatest percentage deviation by dividing the greatest numerical difference determined in S12.7 by the average radius of curvature and multiply by 100.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er24se98.034.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Conversion Table From Spherometer Dial Reading to Radius of Curvature
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Dial reading
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Radius of curvature
<br/>(Inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Radius of curvature
<br/>(mm)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00330</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2164.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2042.92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00374</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1910.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00402</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1778.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00416</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1717.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00432</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1653.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1587.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00468</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1526.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00476</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1501.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00484</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1475.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00492</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1452.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00502</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1422.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00512</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1394.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00522</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1369.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00536</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1333.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00544</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1313.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00554</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1290.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00566</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1262.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00580</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1231.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00592</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1206.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00606</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1178.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00622</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1148.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00636</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1122.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00654</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1092.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00668</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1069.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00686</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1041.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00694</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1028.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00720</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">993.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00740</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">965.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00760</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">939.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00780</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">916.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00802</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">891.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00822</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">868.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00850</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">840.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00878</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">812.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00906</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">787.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00922</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">774.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00938</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">762.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00960</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">744.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.00980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">729.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">711.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01022</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">698.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01042</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">685.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01060</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">673.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01080</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">660.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">642.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">632.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01170</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">609.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">594.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">576.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01280</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">558.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01310</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">546.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">525.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">510.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01430</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01480</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">482.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01540</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">464.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01570</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">454.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01610</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">444.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01650</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">434.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01700</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">421.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01750</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">408.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">396.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01860</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">383.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01910</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">373.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.01980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">360.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02040</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">340.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02160</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">330.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">317.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02340</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">304.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">292.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02560</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">279.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02680</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">266.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02810</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">254.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.02960</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">241.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">228.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">.03310</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">215.9</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S13. <I>School bus mirror test procedures.</I> The requirements of S9.1 through S9.4 shall be met when the vehicle is tested in accordance with the following conditions.
</P>
<P>S13.1 The cylinders shall be a color which provides a high contrast with the surface on which the bus is parked.
</P>
<P>S13.2 The cylinders are 0.3048 m high and 0.3048 m in diameter, except for cylinder P which is 0.9144 m high and 0.3048 m in diameter.
</P>
<P>S13.3 Place cylinders at locations as specified in S13.3(a) through S13.3(g) and illustrated in Figure 2. Measure the distances shown in Figure 2 from a cylinder to another object from the center of the cylinder as viewed from above.
</P>
<P>(a) Place cylinders G, H, and I so that they are tangent to a transverse vertical plane tangent to the forward-most surface of the bus's front bumper. Place cylinders D, E, F so that their centers are located in a transverse vertical plane that is 1.8288 meters (6 feet) forward of a transverse vertical plane passing through the centers of cylinders G, H, and I. Place cylinders A, B, and C so that their centers are located in a transverse vertical plane that is 3.6576 meters (12 feet) forward of the transverse vertical plane passing through the centers of cylinders G, H, and I.
</P>
<P>(b) Place cylinders B, E, and H so that their centers are in a longitudinal vertical plane that passes through the bus's longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>(c) Place cylinders A, D, and G so that their centers are in a longitudinal vertical plane that is tangent to the most outboard edge of the left side of the bus's front bumper.
</P>
<P>(d) Place cylinders C, F, and I so that their centers are in a longitudinal vertical plane that is tangent to the most outboard edge of the right side of the bus's front bumper.
</P>
<P>(e) Place cylinder J so that its center is in a longitudinal vertical plane 0.3048 meters (1 foot) to the left of the longitudinal vertical plane passing through the centers of cylinders A, D, and G, and is in the transverse vertical plane that passes through the centerline of the bus's front axle.
</P>
<P>(f) Place cylinder K so that its center is in a longitudinal vertical plane 0.3048 meters (1 foot) to the right of the longitudinal vertical plane passing through the centers of cylinders C, F, and I, and is in the transverse vertical plane that passes through the centerline of the bus's front axle.
</P>
<P>(g) Place cylinders L, M, N, O, and P so that their centers are in the transverse vertical plane that passes through the centerline of the bus's rear axle. Place cylinder L so that its center is in a longitudinal vertical plane that is 1.8288 meters (6 feet) to the left of the longitudinal vertical plane tangent to the bus's most outboard left surface (excluding the mirror system). Place cylinder M so that its center is in a longitudinal vertical plane that is 0.3048 meters (1 foot) to the left of the longitudinal vertical plane tangent to the left side of the bus. Place cylinder N so that its center is in a longitudinal vertical plane that is 0.3048 meters (1 foot) to the right of the longitudinal vertical plane tangent to the right side of the bus. Place cylinder O so that its center is in a longitudinal vertical plane that is 1.8288 meters (6 feet) to the right of the longitudinal vertical plane tangent to the right side of the bus. Place cylinder P so that its center is in a longitudinal vertical plane that is 3.6576 meters (12 feet) to the right of the longitudinal vertical plane tangent to the right side of the bus.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er27my98.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.041.gif"/>
<P>S13.4 The driver's eye location is the eye location of a 25th percentile adult female, when seated in the driver's seat as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) The center point of the driver's eye location is the point located 68.58 centimeters (27 inches) vertically above the intersection of the seat cushion and the seat back at the longitudinal centerline of the seat.
</P>
<P>(b) Adjust the driver's seat to the midway point between the forward-most and rear-most positions, and if separately adjustable in the vertical direction, adjust to the lowest position. If an adjustment position does not exist at the midway point, use the closest adjustment position to the rear of the midpoint. If a seat back is adjustable, adjust the seat back angle to the manufacturer's nominal design riding position in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
</P>
<P>S13.5 Adjustable mirrors are adjusted before the test in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Such mirrors are not moved or readjusted at any time during the test.
</P>
<P>13.6 Place a 35 mm or larger format camera, or video camera, so that its image plane is located at the center point of the driver's eye location or at any single point within a semicircular area established by a 15.24 centimeter (6 inch) radius parallel to and forward of the center point (see figure 3). With the camera at any single location on or within that semicircle look through the camera and the windows of the bus and determine whether the entire top surface of each cylinder is directly visible.
</P>
<P>S13.7 For each cylinder whose entire top surface is determined under paragraph 13.4 of this section not to be directly visible at the driver's eye location,
</P>
<P>(a) Place a comparison chart (see figure 4) above the mirror that provides the fullest view of the cylinder in situations where a cylinder is partially visible through more than one mirror.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.042.gif"/>
<P>The width of the bars in Figure 4 indicating three minutes of arc and nine minutes of arc are derived from the following formula:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>For 3 minutes of arc:
</P>
<FP-2>X = D × 0.000873,
</FP-2>
<P>Where:
</P>
<FP-2>X = the width of a line, in the unit of measurement D, representing 3 minutes of arc;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = distance from center point of driver's eye location to the center of the mirror's surface; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>0.000873 = tangent of 3 minutes of arc.
</FP-2>
<P>For 9 minutes of arc:
</P>
<FP-2>X = D × 0.002618,
</FP-2>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>X = the width of a line, in the unit of measurement D, representing 9 minutes of arc;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = distance from center point of driver's eye location to the center of the mirror's surface; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>0.002618 = tangent of 9 minutes of arc.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) Photograph each cylinder through the mirror(s) that provides a view of the cylinder. Photograph each cylinder with the camera located so that the view through its film or image plane is located at any single location within the semicircle established under 13.4, [POINT A,B,C, OR D] ensuring that the image of the mirror and comparison chart fill the camera's view finder to the extent possible.
</P>
<P>13.8 Make all observations and take all photographs with the service/entry door in the closed position and the stop signal arm(s) in the fully retracted position.
</P>
<P>S14. <I>Rear visibility test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.1 <I>Field of view and image size test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.1.1 <I>Lighting.</I> The ambient illumination conditions in which testing is conducted consists of light that is evenly distributed from above and is at an intensity of between 7,000 lux and 10,000 lux, as measured at the center of the exterior surface of the vehicle's roof.
</P>
<P>S14.1.2 <I>Vehicle conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.1.2.1 <I>Tires.</I> The vehicle's tires are set to the vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold inflation pressure.
</P>
<P>S14.1.2.2 <I>Fuel tank loading.</I> The fuel tank is full.
</P>
<P>S14.1.2.3 <I>Vehicle load.</I> The vehicle is loaded to simulate the weight of the driver and four passengers or the designated occupant capacity, if less. The weight of each occupant is represented by 45 kg resting on the seat pan and 23 kg resting on the vehicle floorboard placed in the driver's designated seating position and any other available designated seating position.
</P>
<P>S14.1.2.4 <I>Rear hatch and trunk lids.</I> If the vehicle is equipped with rear hatches or trunk lids, they are closed and latched in their normal vehicle operating condition.
</P>
<P>S14.1.2.5 <I>Driver's seat positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.1.2.5.1 Adjust the driver's seat to the midpoint of the longitudinal adjustment range. If the seat cannot be adjusted to the midpoint of the longitudinal adjustment range, the closest adjustment position to the rear of the midpoint shall be used.
</P>
<P>S14.1.2.5.2 Adjust the driver's seat to the lowest point of all vertical adjustment ranges present.
</P>
<P>S14.1.2.5.3 Using the three dimensional SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin, adjust the driver's seat back angle at the vertical portion of the H-point machine's torso weight hanger to 25 degrees. If this adjustment setting is not available, adjust the seat-back angle to the positional detent setting closest to 25 degrees in the direction of the manufacturer's nominal design riding position.
</P>
<P>S14.1.3 <I>Test object.</I> Each test object is a right circular cylinder that is 0.8 m high and 0.3 m in external diameter. There are seven test objects, designated A through G, and they are marked as follows.
</P>
<P>(a) Test objects A, B, C, D, and E are marked with a horizontal band encompassing the uppermost 150 mm of the side of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(b) Test objects F and G are marked on the side with a solid vertical stripe of 150 mm width extending from the top to the bottom of each cylinder.
</P>
<P>(c) Both the horizontal band and vertical stripe shall be of a color that contrasts with both the rest of the cylinder and the test surface.
</P>
<P>S14.1.4 <I>Test object locations and orientation.</I> Place the test objects at locations specified in S14.1.4(a)-(f) and illustrated in Figure 5. Measure the distances shown in Figure 5 from a test object to another test object or other object from the cylindrical center (axis) of the test object as viewed from above. Each test object is oriented so that its axis is vertical.
</P>
<P>(a) Place test objects F and G so that their centers are in a transverse vertical plane that is 0.3 m to the rear of a transverse vertical plane tangent to the rearmost surface of the rear bumper.
</P>
<P>(b) Place test objects D and E so that their centers are in a transverse vertical plane that is 3.05 m to the rear of a transverse vertical plane tangent to the rearmost surface of the rear bumper.
</P>
<P>(c) Place test objects A, B and C so that their centers are in a transverse vertical plane that is 6.1 m to the rear of a transverse vertical plane tangent to the rearmost surface of the rear bumper.
</P>
<P>(d) Place test object B so that its center is in a longitudinal vertical plane passing through the vehicle's longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>(e) Place test objects C, E, and G so that their centers are in a longitudinal vertical plane located 1.52 m, measured laterally and horizontally, to the right of the vehicle longitudinal center line.
</P>
<P>(f) Place test objects A, D, and F so that their centers are in a longitudinal vertical plane located 1.52 m, measured laterally and horizontally, to the left of the vehicle longitudinal center line.
</P>
<P>S14.1.5 <I>Test reference point.</I> Obtain the test reference point using the following procedure.
</P>
<P>(a) Locate the center of the forward-looking eye midpoint (M<E T="52">f</E>) illustrated in Figure 6 so that it is 635 mm vertically above the H point (H) and 96 mm aft of the H point.
</P>
<P>(b) Locate the head/neck joint center (J) illustrated in Figure 6 so that it is 100 mm rearward of M<E T="52">f</E> and 588 mm vertically above the H point.
</P>
<P>(c) Draw an imaginary horizontal line between M<E T="52">f</E> and a point vertically above J, defined as J<E T="52">2</E>.
</P>
<P>(d) Rotate the imaginary line about J<E T="52">2</E> in the direction of the rearview image until the straight-line distance between M<E T="52">f</E> and the center of the display used to present the rearview image required in this standard reaches the shortest possible value.
</P>
<P>(e) Define this new, rotated location of M<E T="52">f</E> to be M<E T="52">r</E> (eye midpoint rotated).
</P>
<P>S14.1.6 <I>Display adjustment.</I> If the display is mounted with a rotational adjustment mechanism, adjust the display such that the surface of the display is normal to the imaginary line traveling through M<E T="52">r</E> and J<E T="52">2</E> or as near to normal as the display adjustment will allow.
</P>
<P>S14.1.7 <I>Steering wheel adjustment.</I> The steering wheel is adjusted to the position where the longitudinal centerline of all vehicle tires are parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle. If no such position exists, adjust the steering wheel to the position where the longitudinal centerline of all vehicle tires are closest to parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S14.1.8 <I>Measurement procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Locate a 35 mm or larger format still camera, video camera, or digital equivalent such that the center of the camera's image plane is located at M<E T="52">r</E> and the camera lens is directed at the center of the display's rearview image.
</P>
<P>(b) Affix a ruler at the base of the rearview image in an orientation perpendicular with a test object cylinder centerline. If the vehicle head restraints obstruct the camera's view of the display, they may be adjusted or removed.
</P>
<P>(c) Photograph the image of the visual display with the ruler included in the frame and the rearview image displayed.
</P>
<P>S14.1.8.1 <I>Extract photographic data.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Using the photograph, measure the apparent length, of a 50 mm delineated section of the in-photo ruler, along the ruler's edge, closest to the rearview image and at a point near the horizontal center of the rearview image.
</P>
<P>(b) Using the photograph, measure the horizontal width of the colored band at the upper portion of each of the three test objects located at positions A, B, and C in Figure 5.
</P>
<P>(c) Define the measured horizontal widths of the colored bands of the three test objects as <I>d</I><E T="54">a</E>, <I>d</I><E T="54">b</E>, and <I>d</I><E T="54">c</E>.
</P>
<P>S14.1.8.2 <I>Obtain scaling factor.</I> Using the apparent length of the 50 mm portion of the ruler as it appears in the photograph, divide this apparent length by 50 mm to obtain a scaling factor. Define this scaling factor as <I>s</I><E T="54">scale</E>.
</P>
<P>S14.1.8.3 <I>Determine viewing distance.</I> Determine the actual distance from the rotated eye midpoint location (M<E T="52">r</E>) to the center of the rearview image. Define this viewing distance as <I>a</I><E T="54">eye</E>.
</P>
<P>S14.1.8.4 <I>Calculate visual angle subtended by test objects.</I> Use the following equation to calculate the subtended visual angles:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er07ap14.006.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>where <I>i</I> can take on the value of either <I>test object A, B,</I> or <I>C,</I> and arcsine is calculated in units of degrees.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>S14.2 <I>Image response time test procedure.</I> The temperature inside the vehicle during this test is any temperature between 15 °C and 25 °C. Immediately prior to commencing the actions listed in subparagraphs (a)-(c) of this paragraph, all components of the rear visibility system are in a powered off state. Then:
</P>
<P>(a) Open the driver's door to any width,
</P>
<P>(b) Close the driver's door
</P>
<P>(c) Activate the starting system using the key, and
</P>
<P>(d) Select the vehicle's reverse direction at any time not less than 4.0 seconds and not more than 6.0 seconds after the driver's door is opened. The driver door is open when the edge of the driver's door opposite of the door's hinge is no longer flush with the exterior body panel.
</P>
<P>S14.3 <I>Durability test procedures.</I> For the durability tests specified in S14.3.1, S14.3.2, and S14.3.3, the external components are mounted on an environmental test fixture.
</P>
<P>S14.3.1 <I>Corrosion test procedure.</I> The external components are subjected to two 24-hour corrosion test cycles. In each corrosion test cycle, the external components are subjected to a salt spray (fog) test in accordance with ASTM B117-03 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) for a period of 24 hours. Allow 1 hour to elapse without spray between the two test cycles.
</P>
<P>S14.3.2 <I>Humidity exposure test procedure.</I> The external components are subjected to 24 consecutive 3-hour humidity test cycles. In each humidity test cycle, external components are subjected to a temperature of 100° + 7°−0 °F (38° + 4°−0 °C) with a relative humidity of not less than 90% for a period of 2 hours. After a period not to exceed 5 minutes, the external components are subjected to a temperature of 32° + 5° −0 °F (0° + 3° −0 °C) and a humidity of not more than 30% ±10% for 1 hour. Allow no more than 5 minutes to elapse between each test cycle.
</P>
<P>S14.3.3 <I>Temperature exposure test procedure.</I> The external components are subjected to 4 consecutive 2-hour temperature test cycles. In each temperature test cycle, the external components are first subjected to a temperature of 176° ±5 °F (80° ±3 °C) for a period of one hour. After a period not to exceed 5 minutes, the external components are subjected to a temperature of 32° + 5° −0 °F (0° + 3° −0 °C) for 1 hour. Allow no more than 5 minutes to elapse between each test cycle.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er07ap14.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er07ap14.003.gif"/>
<P>S15 <I>Rear visibility phase-in schedule.</I> For the purposes of the requirements in S15.1 through S15.7, production year means the 12-month period between May 1 of one year and April 30 of the following year, inclusive.
</P>
<P>S15.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after May 1, 2016 and before May 1, 2018.</I> At any time during or after the production years ending April 30, 2017 and April 30, 2018, each manufacturer shall, upon request from the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, provide information identifying the vehicles (by make, model and vehicle identification number) that have been certified as complying with S5.5.1 or S6.2.1 of this standard. The manufacturer's designation of a vehicle as a certified vehicle is irrevocable.
</P>
<P>S15.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after May 1, 2016 and before May 1, 2017.</I> Except as provided in S15.4, for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, and low-speed vehicles with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less, manufactured by a manufacturer on or after May 1, 2016, and before May 1, 2017, the number of such vehicles complying with S5.5.1 or S6.2.1 shall be not less than 10 percent of the manufacturer's—
</P>
<P>(a) Production of such vehicles during that period; or
</P>
<P>(b) Average annual production of such vehicles manufactured in the three previous production years.
</P>
<P>S15.3 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after May 1, 2017 and before May 1, 2018.</I> Except as provided in S15.4, for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, and low-speed vehicles with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less, manufactured by a manufacturer on or after May 1, 2017, and before May 1, 2018, the number of such vehicles complying with S5.5.1 or S6.2.1 shall be not less than 40 percent of the manufacturer's—
</P>
<P>(a) Production of such vehicles during that period; or
</P>
<P>(b) Average annual production of such vehicles manufactured in the three previous production years.
</P>
<P>S15.4 <I>Exclusions from phase-in.</I> The following vehicles shall not be subject to the requirements in S15.1 through S15.3 but shall achieve full compliance with this standard at the end of the phase-in period in accordance with S5.5(b) and S6.2(b):
</P>
<P>(a) Vehicles that are manufactured by small manufacturers or by limited line manufacturers.
</P>
<P>(b) Vehicles that are altered (within the meaning of <I>49 CFR 567.7</I>) before May 1, 2017, after having been previously certified in accordance with part 567 of this chapter, and vehicles manufactured in two or more stages before May 1, 2018.
</P>
<P>S15.5 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I> For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S15.1 through S15.3, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S15.6—
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle that is imported shall be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S15.6 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S15.5.
</P>
<P>S15.7 <I>Calculation of complying vehicles.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For the purposes of calculating the vehicles complying with S15.2, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it is manufactured on or after May 1, 2016 but before May 1, 2017.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of complying with S15.3, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it is manufactured on or after May 1, 2017 but before May 1, 2018 and,
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer, each vehicle that is excluded from having to meet the applicable requirement is not counted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 36025, Aug. 26, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 56813, Dec. 30, 1976; 47 FR 38700, Sept. 2, 1982; 48 FR 38844, Aug. 26, 1983; 48 FR 40262, Sept. 6, 1983; 56 FR 58516, Nov. 20, 1991; 57 FR 57015, Dec. 2, 1992; 58 FR 60402, Nov. 16, 1993; 60 FR 15692, Mar. 27, 1995; 63 FR 28929, May 27, 1998; 63 FR 51000, Sept. 24, 1998; 69 FR 18497, Apr. 8, 2004; 77 FR 758, Jan. 6, 2012; 79 FR 19243, Apr. 7, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.112" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.112   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.113" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.113   Standard No. 113; Hood latch system.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard establishes the requirement for providing a hood latch system or hood latch systems.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions. Hood</I> means any exterior movable body panel forward of the windshield that is used to cover an engine, luggage, storage, or battery compartment.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 Each hood must be provided with a hood latch system.
</P>
<P>S4.2 A front opening hood which, in any open position, partially or completely obstructs a driver's forward view through the windshield must be provided with a second latch position on the hood latch system or with a second hood latch system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.114" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.114   Standard No. 114; Theft protection and rollaway prevention.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies vehicle performance requirements intended to reduce the incidence of crashes resulting from theft and accidental rollaway of motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to decrease the likelihood that a vehicle is stolen, or accidentally set in motion.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to all passenger cars, and to trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) or less. However, it does not apply to walk-in van-type vehicles. Additionally, paragraph S5.3 of this standard applies to all motor vehicles, except trailers and motorcycles, with a GVWR of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) or less.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Combination</I> means a variation of the key that permits the starting system of a particular vehicle to be operated.
</P>
<P><I>Key</I> means a physical device or an electronic code which, when inserted into the starting system (by physical or electronic means), enables the vehicle operator to activate the engine or motor.
</P>
<P><I>Open-body type vehicle</I> means a vehicle having no occupant compartment doors or vehicle having readily detachable occupant compartment doors.
</P>
<P><I>Starting system</I> means the vehicle system used in conjunction with the key to activate the engine or motor.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle type</I>, as used in S5.1.2, refers to passenger car, truck, or multipurpose passenger vehicle, as those terms are defined in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P>S5 <I>Requirements.</I> Each vehicle subject to this standard must meet the requirements of S5.1, S5.2, and S5.3. Open-body type vehicles are not required to comply with S5.1.3.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Theft protection.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 Each vehicle must have a starting system which, whenever the key is removed from the starting system prevents:
</P>
<P>(a) The normal activation of the vehicle's engine or motor; and
</P>
<P>(b) Either steering, or forward self-mobility, of the vehicle, or both.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 For each vehicle type manufactured by a manufacturer, the manufacturer must provide at least 1,000 unique key combinations, or a number equal to the total number of the vehicles of that type manufactured by the manufacturer, whichever is less. The same combinations may be used for more than one vehicle type.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 Except as specified below, an audible warning to the vehicle operator must be activated whenever the key is in the starting system and the door located closest to the driver's designated seating position is opened. An audible warning to the vehicle operator need not activate:
</P>
<P>(a) After the key has been inserted into the starting system, and before the driver takes further action; or
</P>
<P>(b) If the key is in the starting system in a manner or position that allows the engine or motor to be started or to continue operating; or
</P>
<P>(c) For mechanical keys and starting systems, after the key has been withdrawn to a position from which it may not be turned.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 If a vehicle is equipped with a transmission with a “park” position, the means for deactivating the vehicle's engine or motor must not activate any device installed pursuant to S5.1.1(b), unless the transmission is locked in the “park” position.
</P>
<P>S5.2 Rollaway prevention in vehicles equipped with transmissions with a “park” position.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 Except as specified in S5.2.3, the starting system required by S5.1 must prevent key removal when tested according to the procedures in S6, unless the transmission or gear selection control is locked in “park” or becomes locked in “park” as a direct result of key removal.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 Except as specified in S5.2.4, the vehicle must be designed such that the transmission or gear selection control cannot move from the “park” position, unless the key is in the starting system.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 <I>Key removal override option.</I> At the option of the manufacturer, the key may be removed from the starting system without the transmission or gear selection control in the “park” position under one of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) In the event of electrical failure, including battery discharge, the vehicle may permit key removal from the starting system without the transmission or gear selection control locked in the “park” position; or
</P>
<P>(b) Provided that steering or self-mobility is prevented, the vehicle may have a device by which the user can remove the key from the starting system without the transmission or gear selection control locked in “park.” This device must require:
</P>
<P>(i) The use of a tool, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Simultaneous activation of the device and removal of the key; or
</P>
<P>(c) Provided that steering or self-mobility is prevented, the vehicle may have a device by which the user can remove the key from the starting system without the transmission or gear selection control locked in “park.” This device must be covered by an opaque surface which, when installed:
</P>
<P>(i) Prevents sight of and use of the device, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Can be removed only by using a screwdriver or other tool.
</P>
<P>S5.2.4 <I>Gear selection control override option.</I> The vehicle may have a device by which the user can move the gear selection control from “park” after the key has been removed from the starting system. This device must be operable by one of the three options below:
</P>
<P>(a) By use of the key; or
</P>
<P>(b) By a means other than the key, provided steering or forward self-mobility is prevented when the key is removed from the starting system. Such a means must require:
</P>
<P>(i) The use of a tool, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Simultaneous activation of this means and movement of the gear selection control from “park;” or
</P>
<P>(c) By a means other than the key, provided steering or forward self-mobility is prevented when the key is removed from the starting system. This device must be covered by an opaque surface which, when installed:
</P>
<P>(i) Prevents sight of and use of the device, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Can be removed only by using a screwdriver or other tool.
</P>
<P>S5.2.5 When tested in accordance with S6.2.2, each vehicle must not move more than 150 mm on a 10 percent grade when the gear selection control is locked in “park.”
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Brake transmission shift interlock.</I> Each motor vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 2010 with a GVWR of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) or less with an automatic transmission that includes a “park” position shall be equipped with a system that requires the service brake to be depressed before the transmission can be shifted out of “park.” This system shall function in any starting system key position in which the transmission can be shifted out of “park.” This section does not apply to trailers or motorcycles.
</P>
<P>S6. Compliance test procedure for vehicles with transmissions with a “park” position.
</P>
<P>S6.1 Test conditions.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 The vehicle shall be tested at curb weight plus 91 kg (including the driver).
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 Except where specified otherwise, the test surface shall be level.
</P>
<P>S6.2 Test procedure.
</P>
<P>S6.2.1
</P>
<P>(a) Activate the starting system using the key.
</P>
<P>(b) Move the gear selection control to any gear selection position or any other position where it will remain without assistance, including a position between any detent positions, except for the “park” position.
</P>
<P>(c) Attempt to remove the key in each gear selection position.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2
</P>
<P>(a) Drive the vehicle forward up a 10 percent grade and stop it with the service brakes.
</P>
<P>(b) Apply the parking brake (if present).
</P>
<P>(c) Move the gear selection control to “park.”
</P>
<P>(d) Note the vehicle position.
</P>
<P>(e) Release the parking brake. Release the service brakes.
</P>
<P>(f) Remove the key.
</P>
<P>(g) Verify that the gear selection control or transmission is locked in “park.”
</P>
<P>(h) Verify that the vehicle, at rest, has moved no more than 150 mm from the position noted prior to release of the brakes.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3
</P>
<P>(a) Drive the vehicle forward down a 10 percent grade and stop it with the service brakes.
</P>
<P>(b) Apply the parking brake (if present).
</P>
<P>(c) Move the gear selection control to “park.”
</P>
<P>(d) Note the vehicle position.
</P>
<P>(e) Release the parking brake. Release the service brakes.
</P>
<P>(f) Remove the key.
</P>
<P>(g) Verify that the gear selection control or transmission is locked in “park.”
</P>
<P>(h) Verify that the vehicle, at rest, has moved no more than 150 mm from the position noted prior to release of the brakes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 17755, Apr. 7, 2006, as amended at 75 FR 15624, Mar. 30, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.115" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.115   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.116" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.116   Standard No. 116; Motor vehicle brake fluids.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for fluids for use in hydraulic brake systems of motor vehicles, containers for these fluids, and labeling of the containers.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce failures in the hydraulic braking systems of motor vehicles which may occur because of the manufacture or use of improper or contaminated fluid.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to all fluid for use in hydraulic brake systems of motor vehicles. In addition, S5.3 applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, trailers, and motorcycles.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Blister</I> means a cavity or sac on the surface of a brake cup.
</P>
<P><I>Brake fluid</I> means a liquid designed for use in a motor vehicle hydraulic brake system in which it will contact elastomeric components made of styrene and butadiene rubber (SBR), ethylene and propylene rubber (EPR), polychloroprene (CR) brake hose inner tube stock or natural rubber (NR).
</P>
<P><I>Chipping</I> means a condition in which small pieces are missing from the outer surface of a brake cup.
</P>
<P><I>Duplicate samples</I> means two samples of brake fluid taken from a single packaged lot and tested simultaneously.
</P>
<P><I>Hydraulic system mineral oil</I> means a mineral-oil-based fluid designed for use in motor vehicle hydraulic brake systems in which the fluid is not in contact with components made of SBR, EPR or NR.
</P>
<P><I>Packager</I> means any person who fills containers with brake fluid that are subsequently distributed for retail sale.
</P>
<P><I>Packaged lot</I> is that quantity of brake fluid shipped by the manufacturer to the packager in a single container, or that quantity of brake fluid manufactured by a single plant run of 24 hours or less, through the same processing equipment and with no change in ingredients.
</P>
<P><I>Scuffing</I> means a visible erosion of a portion of the outer surface of a brake cup.
</P>
<P>A <I>silicone base brake fluid</I> (SBBF) is a brake fluid which consists of not less than 70 percent by weight of a diorgano polysiloxane.
</P>
<P><I>Sloughing</I> means degradation of a brake cup as evidenced by the presence of carbon black loosely held on the brake cup surface, such that a visible black streak is produced when the cup, with a 500 ±10 gram deadweight on it, is drawn base down over a sheet of white bond paper placed on a firm flat surface.
</P>
<P><I>Stickiness</I> means a condition on the surface of a brake cup such that fibers will be pulled from a wad of U.S.P. absorbent cotton when it is drawn across the surface.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> This section specifies performance requirements for DOT 3, DOT 4 and DOT 5 brake fluids; requirements for brake fluid certification; and requirements for container sealing, labeling and color coding for brake fluids and hydraulic system mineral oils. Where a range of tolerances is specified, the brake fluid shall meet the requirements at all points within the range.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Brake fluid.</I> When tested in accordance with S6, brake fluids shall meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Equilibrium reflux boiling point</I> (<I>ERBP</I>). When brake fluid is tested according to S6.1, the ERBP shall not be less than the following value for the grade indicated:
</P>
<P>(a) DOT 3: 205 °C. (401 °F.).
</P>
<P>(b) DOT 4: 230 °C. (446 °F.).
</P>
<P>(c) DOT 5: 260 °C. (500 °F.).
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Wet ERBP.</I> When brake fluid is tested according to S6.2, the wet ERBP shall not be less than the following value for the grade indicated:
</P>
<P>(a) DOT 3: 140 °C. (284 °F.).
</P>
<P>(b) DOT 4: 155 °C. (311 °F.).
</P>
<P>(c) DOT 5: 1 180 °C. (356 °F.).
</P>
<P>S5.1.3. <I>Kinematic viscosities.</I> When brake fluid is tested according to S6.3, the kinematic viscosities in square millimeters per second at stated temperatures shall be neither less than 1.5 mm
<SU>2</SU>/s at 100 °C. (212 °F.) nor more than the following maximum value for the grade indicated:
</P>
<P>(a) DOT 3: 1,500 mm
<SU>2</SU>/s at minus 40 °C. (minus 40 °F.).
</P>
<P>(b) DOT 4: 1,800 mm
<SU>2</SU>/s at minus 40 °C. (minus 40 °F.).
</P>
<P>(c) DOT 5: 900 mm
<SU>2</SU>/s at minus 40 °C. (minus 40 °F.).
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 <I>pH value.</I> When brake fluid, except DOT 5 SBBF, is tested according to S6.4, the pH value shall not be less than 7.0 nor more than 11.5.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5 <I>Brake fluid stability.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.5.1 <I>High-temperature stability.</I> When brake fluid is tested according to S6.5.3 the ERBP shall not change by more than 3 °C. (5.4 °F.) plus 0.05° for each degree that the ERBP of the fluid exceeds 225 °C. (437 °F.).
</P>
<P>S5.1.5.2 <I>Chemical stability.</I> When brake fluid, except DOT 5 SBBF, is tested according to S6.5.4, the change in temperature of the refluxing fluid mixture shall not exceed 3.0 °C (5.4 °F.) plus 0.05° for each degree that the ERBP of the fluid exceeds 225 °C (437 °F.).
</P>
<P>S5.1.6 <I>Corrosion.</I> When brake fluid is tested according to S6.6—
</P>
<P>(a) The metal test strips shall not show weight changes exceeding the limits stated in Table I.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test strip material
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum permissible weight change, mg./sq. cm. of surface
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Steel, tinned iron, cast iron</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aluminum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brass, copper</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.4</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Excluding the area of contact (13 ±1 mm. (
<FR>1/2</FR> ±
<FR>1/32</FR> inch) measured from the bolt hole end of the test strip), the metal test strips shall not show pitting or etching to an extent discernible without magnification;
</P>
<P>(c) The water-wet brake fluid at the end of the test shall show no jelling at 23 ±5 °C (73.4 ±9 °F.);
</P>
<P>(d) No crystalline deposit shall form and adhere to either the glass jar walls or the surface of the metal strips;
</P>
<P>(e) At the end of the test, sedimentation of the water-wet brake fluid shall not exceed 0.10 percent by volume;
</P>
<P>(f) The pH value of water-wet brake fluid, except DOT 5 SBBF, at the end of the test shall not be less than 7.0 nor more than 11.5;
</P>
<P>(g) The cups at the end of the test shall show no disintegration, as evidenced by blisters or sloughing;
</P>
<P>(h) The hardness of the cup shall not decrease by more than 15 International Rubber Hardness Degrees (IRHD); and
</P>
<P>(i) The base diameter of the cups shall not increase by more than 1.4 mm. (0.055 inch).
</P>
<P>S5.1.7 <I>Fluidity and appearance at low temperature.</I> When brake fluid is tested according to S6.7, at the storage temperature and for the storage times given in Table II—
</P>
<P>(a) The fluid shall show no sludging, sedimentation, crystallization, or stratification;
</P>
<P>(b) Upon inversion of the sample bottle, the time required for the air bubble to travel to the top of the fluid shall not exceed the bubble flow times shown in Table II; and
</P>
<P>(c) On warming to room temperature, the fluid shall resume the appearance and fluidity that it had before chilling.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II—Fluidity and Appearance at Low Temperatures
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Storage temperature
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Storage time (hours)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum bubble flow time (seconds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minus 40 ±2 °C. (minus 40 ±3.6 °F.)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144 ±4.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minus 50 ±2 °C. (minus 58 ±3.6 °F.)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6 ±0.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.1.8 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.1.9 <I>Water tolerance.</I> (a) <I>At low temperature.</I> When brake fluid is tested according to S6.9.3(a)—
</P>
<P>(1) The fluid shall show no sludging, sedimentation, crystallization, or stratification;
</P>
<P>(2) Upon inversion of the centrifuge tube, the air bubble shall travel to the top of the fluid in not more than 10 seconds;
</P>
<P>(3) If cloudiness has developed, the wet fluid shall regain its original clarity and fluidity when warmed to room temperature; and
</P>
<P>(b) <I>At 60</I> °<I>C. (140</I> °<I>F.).</I> When brake fluid is tested according to S6.9.3(b)—
</P>
<P>(1) The fluid shall show no stratification; and
</P>
<P>(2) Sedimentation shall not exceed 0.15 percent by volume after centrifuging.
</P>
<P>S5.1.10 <I>Compatibility.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>At low temperature.</I> When brake fluid is tested according to S6.10.3(a), the test specimen shall show no sludging, sedimentation, or crystallization. In addition, fluids, except DOT 5 SBBF, shall show no stratification.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>At 60 °C.</I> (<I>140 °F.</I>). When brake fluid is tested according to S6.10.3(b)—
</P>
<P>(1) Sedimentation shall not exceed 0.05 percent by volume after centrifuging; and
</P>
<P>(2) Fluids, except DOT 5 SBBF, shall show no stratification.
</P>
<P>S5.1.11 <I>Resistance to oxidation.</I> When brake fluid is tested according to S6.11—
</P>
<P>(a) The metal test strips outside the areas in contact with the tinfoil shall not show pitting or etching to an extent discernible without magnification;
</P>
<P>(b) No more than a trace of gum shall be deposited on the test strips outside the areas in contact with the tinfoil;
</P>
<P>(c) The aluminum strips shall not change in weight by more than 0.05 mg./sq. cm.; and
</P>
<P>(d) The cast iron strips shall not change in weight by more than 0.3 mg./sq. cm.
</P>
<P>S5.1.12 <I>Effects on cups.</I> When brake cups are subjected to brake fluid in accordance with S6.12—
</P>
<P>(a) The increase in the diameter of the base of the cups shall be not less than 0.15 mm. (0.006 inch) or more than 1.40 mm. (0.055 inch);
</P>
<P>(b) The decrease in hardness of the cups shall be not more than 10 IRHD at 70 °C. (158 °F.) or more than 15 IRHD at 120 °C. (248 °F.), and there shall be no increase in hardness of the cups; and
</P>
<P>(c) The cups shall show no disintegration as evidenced by stickiness, blisters, or sloughing.
</P>
<P>S5.1.13 <I>Stroking properties.</I> When brake fluid is tested according to S6.13—
</P>
<P>(a) Metal parts of the test system shall show no pitting or etching to an extent discernible without magnification;
</P>
<P>(b) The change in diameter of any cylinder or piston shall not exceed 0.13 mm. (0.005 inch);
</P>
<P>(c) The average decrease in hardness of seven of the eight cups tested (six wheel cylinder and one master cylinder primary) shall not exceed 15 IRHD. Not more than one of the seven cups shall have a decrease in hardness greater than 17 IRHD;
</P>
<P>(d) None of the eight cups shall be in an unsatisfactory operating condition as evidenced by stickiness, scuffing, blisters, cracking, chipping, or other change in shape from its original appearance;
</P>
<P>(e) None of the eight cups shall show an increase in base diameter greater than 0.90 mm (0.035 inch);
</P>
<P>(f) The average lip diameter set of the eight cups shall not be greater than 65 percent.
</P>
<P>(g) During any period of 24,000 strokes, the volume loss of fluid shall not exceed 36 milliliters;
</P>
<P>(h) The cylinder pistons shall not freeze or function improperly throughout the test;
</P>
<P>(i) The total loss of fluid during the 100 strokes at the end of the test shall not exceed 36 milliliters;
</P>
<P>(j) The fluid at the end of the test shall show no formation of gels;
</P>
<P>(k) At the end of the test the amount of sediment shall not exceed 1.5 percent by volume; and
</P>
<P>(l) Brake cylinders shall be free of deposits that are abrasive or that cannot be removed when rubbed moderately with a nonabrasive cloth wetted with ethanol.
</P>
<P>S5.1.14 <I>Fluid color.</I> Brake fluid and hydraulic system mineral oil shall be of the color indicated:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>DOT 3, DOT 4, and DOT 5.1 non-SBBF—colorless to amber.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>DOT 5 SBBF—purple.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydraulic system mineral oil—green.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>S5.2 <I>Packaging and labeling requirements for motor vehicle brake fluids.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Container sealing.</I> Each brake fluid or hydraulic system mineral oil container with a capacity of 177 mL or more shall be provided with a resealable closure that has an inner seal impervious to the packaged brake fluid. The container closure shall include a tamper-proof feature that will either be destroyed or substantially altered when the container closure is initially opened.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Certification, marking, and labeling.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.1 Each manufacturer of a DOT grade brake fluid shall furnish to each packager, distributor, or dealer to whom he delivers brake fluid, the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) A serial number identifying the production lot and the date of manufacture of the brake fluid.
</P>
<P>(b) The grade (DOT 3, DOT 4, DOT 5) of the brake fluid. If DOT 5 grade brake fluid , it shall be further distinguished as “DOT 5 SILICONE BASE” or “DOT 5.1 NON-SILICONE BASE.”
</P>
<P>(c) The minimum wet boiling point in Fahrenheit of the brake fluid.
</P>
<P>(d) Certification that the brake fluid conforms to § 571.116.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.2 Each packager of brake fluid shall furnish the information specified in paragraphs (a) through (g) of this S5.2.2.2 by clearly marking it on each brake fluid container or on a label (labels) permanently affixed to the container, in any location except a removable part such as a lid. After being subjected to the operations and conditions specified in S6.14, the information required by this section shall be legible to an observer having corrected visual acuity of 20/40 (Snellen ratio) at a distance of 305 mm, and any label affixed to the container in compliance with this section shall not be removable without its being destroyed or defaced.
</P>
<P>(a) Certification that the brake fluid conforms to § 571.116.
</P>
<P>(b) The name of the packager of the brake fluid, which may be in code form.
</P>
<P>(c) The name and complete mailing address of the distributor.
</P>
<P>(d) A serial number identifying the packaged lot and date of packaging.
</P>
<P>(e) Designation of the contents as “DOT—MOTOR VEHICLE BRAKE FLUID” (Fill in DOT 3, DOT 4, DOT 5 SILICONE BASE, or DOT 5.1 NON-SILICONE BASE as applicable).
</P>
<P>(f) The minimum wet boiling point in Fahrenheit of the DOT brake fluid in the container.
</P>
<P>(g) The following safety warnings in capital and lower case letters as indicated:
</P>
<P>(1) FOLLOW VEHICLE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS WHEN ADDING BRAKE FLUID.
</P>
<P>(2) KEEP BRAKE FLUID CLEAN AND DRY. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake failure or costly repairs.
</P>
<P>(3) STORE BRAKE FLUID ONLY IN ITS ORIGINAL CONTAINER. KEEP CONTAINER CLEAN AND TIGHTLY CLOSED TO PREVENT ABSORPTION OF MOISTURE.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>CAUTION:</I> DO NOT REFILL CONTAINER, AND DO NOT USE FOR OTHER LIQUIDS. (Not required for containers with a capacity in excess of 19 L.)
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.3 Each packager of hydraulic system mineral oil shall furnish the information specified in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this S5.2.2.3 by clearly marking it on each brake fluid container or on a label (labels) permanently affixed to the container, in any location except a removable part such as a lid. After being subjected to the operations and conditions specified in S6.14, the information required by this section shall be legible to an observer having corrected visual acuity of 20/40 (Snellen ratio) at a distance of 305 mm and any label affixed to the container in compliance with this section shall not be removable without its being destroyed or defaced.
</P>
<P>(a) The name of the packager of the hydraulic system mineral oil, which may be in code form.
</P>
<P>(b) The name and complete mailing address of the distributor.
</P>
<P>(c) A serial number identifying the packaged lot and date of packaging.
</P>
<P>(d) Designation of the contents as “HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MINERAL OIL” in capital letters at least 3 mm high.
</P>
<P>(e) The following safety warnings in capital and lower case letters as indicated:
</P>
<P>(1) FOLLOW VEHICLE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS WHEN ADDING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MINERAL OIL.
</P>
<P>(2) Hydraulic System Mineral Oil is NOT COMPATIBLE with the rubber components of brake systems designed for use with DOT brake fluids.
</P>
<P>(3) KEEP HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MINERAL OIL CLEAN. Contamination with dust or other materials may result in brake failure or costly repair.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>CAUTION:</I> STORE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MINERAL OIL ONLY IN ITS ORIGINAL CONTAINER. KEEP CONTAINER CLEAN AND TIGHTLY CLOSED. DO NOT REFILL CONTAINER OR USE OTHER LIQUIDS. (The last sentence is not required for containers with a capacity in excess of 19 L.)
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.4 If a container for brake fluid or hydraulic system mineral oil is not normally visible but designed to be protected by an outer container or carton during use, the outer container or carton rather than the inner container shall meet the labeling requirements of S5.2.2.2 or S5.2.2.3, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Motor vehicle requirement.</I> Each passenger car, multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus, trailer, and motorcycle that has a hydraulic brake system shall be equipped with fluid that has been manufactured and packaged in conformity with the requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Equilibrium reflux boiling point.</I> Determine the ERBP of a brake fluid by running duplicate samples according to the following procedure and averaging the results.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 <I>Summary of procedure.</I> Sixty milliliters (ml.) of brake fluid are boiled under specified equilibrium conditions (reflux) at atmospheric pressure in a 100-ml. flask. The average temperature of the boiling fluid at the end of the reflux period, corrected for variations in barometric pressure if necessary, is the ERBP.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 <I>Apparatus.</I> (See Figure 1) The test apparatus shall consist of—
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Flask.</I> (See Figure 2) A 100-ml. round-bottom, short-neck heat-resistant glass flask having a neck with a 
<FR>19/38</FR> standard taper, female ground-glass joint and a side-entering tube, with an outside diameter of 10 millimeters (mm.), which centers the thermometer bulb in the flask 6.5 mm. from the bottom;
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Condenser.</I> A water-cooled, reflux, glass-tube type, condenser having a jacket 200 mm. in length, the bottom end of which has a 
<FR>19/38</FR> standard-taper, drip-tip, male ground-glass joint;
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Boiling stones.</I> Three clean, unused silicon carbide grains (approximately 2 mm. (0.08 inch) in diameter, grit No. 8);
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Thermometer.</I> Standardized calibrated partial immersion (76 mm.), solid stem, thermometers conforming to the requirements for an ASTM 2C or 2F, and an ASTM 3C or 3F thermometer; and
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Heat source.</I> Variable autotransformer-controlled heating mantle designed to fit the flask, or an electric heater with rheostat heat control.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.043.gif"/>
<BCAP><E T="15">Fig. 1—Boiling Point Test Apparatus</E></BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.044.gif"/>
<BCAP><E T="15">Fig. 2—Detail of 100 ml Short-Neck Flask</E></BCAP>
<P>S6.1.3 <I>Preparation of apparatus.</I> (a) Thoroughly clean and dry all glassware.
</P>
<P>(b) Insert thermometer through the side tube until the tip of the bulb is 6.5 mm. (
<FR>1/4</FR> inch) from the bottom center of the flask. Seal with a short piece of natural rubber, EPDM, SBR, or butyl tubing.
</P>
<P>(c) Place 60 ±1 ml. of brake fluid and the silicon carbide grains into the flask.
</P>
<P>(d) Attach the flask to the condenser. When using a heating mantle, place the mantle under the flask and support it with a ring-clamp and laboratory-type stand, holding the entire assembly in place by a clamp. When using a rheostat-controlled heater, center a standard porcelain or hard asbestos refractory, having a diameter opening 32 to 38 mm., over the heating element and mount the flask so that direct heat is applied only through the opening in the refractory. Place the assembly in an area free from drafts or other types of sudden temperature changes. Connect the cooling water inlet and outlet tubes to the condenser. Turn on the cooling water. The water supply temperature shall not exceed 28 °C. (82.4 °F.) and the temperature rise through the condenser shall not exceed 2 °C. (3.6 °F.).
</P>
<P>S6.1.4 <I>Procedure.</I> Apply heat to the flask so that within 10 ±2 minutes the fluid is refluxing in excess of 1 drop per second. The reflux rate shall not exceed 5 drops per second at any time. Immediately adjust the heating rate to obtain an equilibrium reflux rate of 1 to 2 drops per second over the next 5 ±2 minutes. Maintain this rate for an additional 2 minutes, taking four temperature readings at 30-second intervals. Record the average of these as the observed ERBP. If no reflux is evident when the fluid temperature reaches 260 °C (500 °F), discontinue heating and report ERBP as in excess of 260 °C (500 °F).
</P>
<P>S6.1.5 <I>Calculation.</I> (a) <I>Thermometer inaccuracy.</I> Correct the observed ERBP by applying any correction factor obtained in standardizing the thermometer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Variation from standard barometric pressure.</I> Apply the factor shown in Table III to calculate the barometric pressure correction to the ERBP.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table III—Correction for Barometric Pressure
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Observed ERBP corrected for thermometer inaccuracy
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Correction per 1 mm difference in pressure 
<sup>a</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">°C.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(°F.)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100 °C. (212 °F.) to 190 °C. (374 °F.)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.039</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(0.07)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Over 190 °C. (374 °F.)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(0.08)
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>a</sup> To be added in case barometric pressure is below 760 mm.; to be subtracted in case barometric pressure is above 670 mm.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) If the two corrected observed ERBP's agree within 2 °C. (4 °C. for brake fluids having an ERBP over 230 °C./446 °F.) average the duplicate runs as the ERBP; otherwise, repeat the entire test, averaging the four corrected observed values to determine the original ERBP.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Wet ERBP.</I> Determine the wet ERBP of a brake fluid by running duplicate samples according to the following procedure.
</P>
<P>S6.2.1. <I>Summary of procedure.</I> A 350 ml. sample of the brake fluid is humidified under controlled conditions; 350 ml. of SAE triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, brake fluid grade, referee material (TEGME) as described in appendix E of SAE Standard J1703 NOV83 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), is used to establish the end point for humidification. After humidification, the water content and ERBP of the brake fluid are determined.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 <I>Apparatus for humidification.</I> (See Figure 3).
</P>
<P>Test apparatus shall consist of—
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Glass jars.</I> Four SAE RM-49 corrosion test jars or equivalent screwtop, straight-sided, round glass jars each having a capacity of about 475 ml. and approximate inner dimensions of 100 mm. in height by 75 mm. in diameter, with matching lids having new, clean inserts providing water-vapor-proof seals;
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Desiccator and cover.</I> Two bowl-form glass desiccators, 250-mm. inside diameter, having matching tubulated covers fitted with No. 8 rubber stoppers; and
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Desiccator plate.</I> Two 230-mm. diameter, perforated porcelain desiccator plates, without feet, glazed on one side.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 <I>Reagents and materials.</I> (a) Distilled water, see S7.1.
</P>
<P>(b) SAE TEGME referee material (see appendix E of SAE Standard J1703 NOV83 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5)).
</P>
<P>S6.2.4 <I>Preparation of apparatus.</I> Lubricate the ground-glass joint of the desiccator. Pour 450 ±10 ml. of distilled water into each desiccator and insert perforated porcelain desiccator plates. Place the desiccators in an oven with temperature controlled at 50 ±1 °C. (122 ±1.8 °F.) throughout the humidification procedure.
</P>
<P>S6.2.5 <I>Procedure.</I> Pour 350 ±5 ml. of brake fluid into an open corrosion test jar. Prepare in the same manner a duplicate test fluid sample and two duplicate specimens of the SAE TEGME referee material (350 ±5 ml. of TEGME in each jar). The water content of the SAE TEGME fluid is adjusted to 0.50 ±0.05 percent by weight at the start of the test in accordance with S7.2. Place one sample each of the test brake fluid and the prepared TEGME sample into the same desiccator. Repeat for the second sample of test brake fluid and TEGME in a second desiccator. Place the desiccators in the 50 °C. (122 °F.) controlled oven and replace desiccator covers. At intervals, during oven humidification, remove the rubber stoppers in the tops of desiccators. Using a long needled hypodermic syringe, take a sample of not more than 2 ml. from each TEGME sample and determine its water content. Remove no more than 10 ml. of fluid from each SAE TEGME sample during the humidification procedure. When the water content of the SAE fluid reaches 3.70 ±0.05 percent by weight (average of the duplicates). remove the two test fluid specimens from their desiccators and promptly cap each jar tightly. Allow the sealed jars to cool for 60 to 90 minutes at 23° ±5 °C. (73.4° ±9 °F.). Measure the water contents of the test fluid specimens in accordance with S7.2 and determine their ERBP's in accordance with S6.1. If the two ERBPs agree within 4 °C. (8 °F.), average them to determine the wet ERBP; otherwise repeat and average the four individual ERBPs as the wet ERBP of the brake fluid.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.045.gif"/>
<P>S6.3 <I>Kinematic viscosities.</I> Determine the kinematic viscosity of a brake fluid in mm
<SU>2</SU>/s by the following procedure. Run duplicate samples at each of the specified temperatures, making two timed runs on each sample.
</P>
<P>S6.3.1 <I>Summary of the procedure.</I> The time is measured for a fixed volume of the brake fluid to flow through a calibrated glass capillary viscometer under an accurately reproducible head and at a closely controlled temperature. The kinematic viscosity is then calculated from the measured flow time and the calibration constant of the viscometer.
</P>
<P>S6.3.2 <I>Apparatus.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Viscometers.</I> Calibrated glass capillary-type viscometers, ASTM D2515-66 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), measuring viscosity within the precision limits of S6.4.7. Use Cannon-Fenske Routine or other modified Ostwald viscometers at ambient temperatures and above.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Viscometer holders and frames.</I> Mount a viscometer in the constant-temperature bath so that the mounting tube is held within 1° of the vertical.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Viscometer bath.</I> A transparent liquid bath of sufficient depth such that at no time during the measurement will any portion of the sample in the viscometer be less than 2 cm. below the surface or less than 2 cm. above the bottom. The bath shall be cylindrical in shape, with turbulent agitation sufficient to meet the temperature control requirements. For measurements within 15° to 100 °C. (60° to 212 °F.) the temperature of the bath medium shall not vary by more than 0.01 °C. (0.02 °F.) over the length of the viscometers, or between the positions of the viscometers, or at the locations of the thermometers. Outside this range, the variation shall not exceed 0.03 °C. (0.05 °F.).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Thermometers.</I> Liquid-in-Glass Kinematic Viscosity Test Thermometers, covering the range of test temperatures indicated in Table IV and conforming to ASTM E1-68 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), and in the IP requirements for IP Standard Thermometers. Use two standardized thermometers in the bath.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table IV—Kinematic Viscosity Thermometers
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Temperature range
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">For tests at
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Subdivisions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Thermometer number
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">°C.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">°F.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">°C.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">°F.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">°C.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">°F.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ASTM
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">IP
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minus 55.3 to minus 52.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 67.5 to minus 62.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 55</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74 F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">69 F. or C.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minus 41.4 to minus 38.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 42.5 to minus 37.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minus 40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">73 F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">68 F. or C.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">98.6 to 101.4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">207.5 to 212.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 F</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32 F. or C.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) <I>Timing device.</I> Stop watch or other timing device graduated in divisions representing not more than 0.2 second, with an accuracy of at least ±0.05 percent when tested over intervals of 15 minutes. Electrical timing devices may be used when the current frequency is controlled to an accuracy of 0.01 percent or better.
</P>
<P>S6.3.3 <I>Standardization.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Viscometers.</I> Use viscometers calibrated in accordance with appendix 1 of ASTM D445-65 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The calibration constant, <I>C,</I> is dependent upon the gravitational acceleration at the place of calibration. This must, therefore, be supplied by the standardization laboratory together with the instrument constant. Where the acceleration of gravity, <I>g,</I> in the two locations differs by more than 0.1 percent, correct the calibration constant as follows:
</P>
<FP-2><I>C</I><E T="52">2</E> = (<I>g</I><E T="52">2</E>/<I>g</I><E T="52">1</E>) × <I>C</I><E T="52">1</E>
</FP-2>
<FP>where the subscripts 1 and 2 indicate respectively the standardization laboratory and the testing laboratory.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Thermometers.</I> Check liquid-in-glass thermometers to the nearest 0.01 °C. (0.02 °F.) by direct comparison with a standardized thermometer. Kinematic Viscosity Test Thermometers shall be standardized at “total immersion.” The ice point of standardized thermometers shall be determined before use and the official corrections shall be adjusted to conform to the changes in ice points. (See ASTM E77-66 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5)).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Timers.</I> Time signals are broadcast by the National Bureau of Standards, Station WWV, Washington, DC at 2.5, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, and 35 Mc/sec (MHz). Time signals are also broadcast by Station CHU from Ottawa, Canada, at 3.330, 7.335, and 14.670 Mc/sec, and Station MSF at Rugby, United Kingdom, at 2.5, 5, and 10 Mc/sec.
</P>
<P>S6.3.4 <I>Procedure.</I> (a) Set and maintain the bath at the appropriate test temperature (see S5.1.3) within the limits specified in S6.3.2(c). Apply the necessary corrections, if any, to all thermometer readings.
</P>
<P>(b) Select a clean, dry, calibrated viscometer giving a flow time not less than its specified minimum, or 200 seconds, whichever is the greater.
</P>
<P>(c) Charge the viscometer in the manner used when the instrument was calibrated. Do not filter or dry the brake fluid, but protect it from contamination by dirt and moisture during filling and measurements.
</P>
<P>(1) Charge the suspended level viscometers by tilting about 30° from the vertical and pouring sufficient brake fluid through the fill tube into the lower reservoir so that when the viscometer is returned to vertical position the meniscus is between the fill marks. For measurements below 0 °C. (32 °F.), before placing the filled viscometer into the constant temperature bath, draw the sample into the working capillary and timing bulb and insert small rubber stoppers to suspend the fluid in this position, to prevent accumulation of water condensate on the walls of the critical portions of the viscometer. Alternatively, fit loosely packed drying tubes into the open ends of the viscometer to prevent water condensation, but do not restrict the flow of the sample under test by the pressures created in the instrument.
</P>
<P>(2) If a Cannon-Fenske Routine viscometer is used, charge by inverting and immersing the smaller arm into the brake fluid and applying vacuum to the larger arm. Fill the tube to the upper timing mark, and return the viscometer to an upright position.
</P>
<P>(d) Mount the viscometer in the bath in a true vertical position (see S6.3.2(b)).
</P>
<P>(e) The viscometer shall remain in the bath until it reaches the test temperature.
</P>
<P>(f) At temperatures below 0 °C. (32 °F.) conduct an untimed preliminary run by allowing the brake fluid to drain through the capillary into the lower reservoir after the test temperature has been established.
</P>
<P>(g) Adjust the head level of the brake fluid to a position in the capillary arm about 5 mm. above the first timing mark.
</P>
<P>(h) With brake fluid flowing freely measure to within 0.2 second the time required for the meniscus to pass from the first timing mark to the second. If this flow time is less than the minimum specified for the viscometer, or 200 seconds, whichever is greater, repeat using a viscometer with a capillary of smaller diameter.
</P>
<P>(i) Repeat S6.3.4 (g) and (h). If the two timed runs do not agree within 0.2 percent, reject and repeat using a fresh sample of brake fluid.
</P>
<P>S6.3.5 <I>Cleaning the viscometers.</I> (a) Periodically clean the instrument with chromic acid to remove organic deposits. Rinse thoroughly with distilled water and acetone, and dry with clean dry air.
</P>
<P>(b) Between successive samples rinse the viscometer with ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 fluids) followed by an acetone or ether rinse. Pass a slow stream of filtered dry air through the viscometer until the last trace of solvent is removed.
</P>
<P>S6.3.6 <I>Calculation.</I> (a) The following viscometers have a fixed volume charged at ambient temperature, and as a consequence <I>C</I> varies with test temperature: Cannon-Fenske Routine, Pinkevitch, Cannon-Manning Semi-Micro, and Cannon Fenske Opaque. To calculate C at test temperatures other than the calibration temperature for these viscometers, see ASTM D2515-66 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) or follow instructions given on the manufacturer's certificate of calibration.
</P>
<P>(b) Average the four timed runs on the duplicate samples to determine the kinematic viscosities.
</P>
<P>S6.3.7 <I>Precision</I> (<I>at 95 percent confidence level</I>).
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Repeatability.</I> If results on duplicate samples by the same operator differ by more than 1 percent of their mean, repeat the tests.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>pH value.</I> Determine the pH value of a brake fluid by running one sample according to the following procedure.
</P>
<P>S6.4.1 <I>Summary of the procedure.</I> Brake fluid is diluted with an equal volume of an ethanol-water solution. The pH of the resultant mixture is measured with a prescribed pH meter assembly at 23 °C. (73.4 °F.).
</P>
<P>S6.4.2 <I>Apparatus.</I> The pH assembly consists of the pH meter, glass electrode, and calomel electrode, as specified in Appendices A1.1, A1.2, and A1.3 of ASTM D1121-67 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The glass electrode is a full range type (pH 0-14), with low sodium error.
</P>
<P>S6.4.3 <I>Reagents.</I> Reagent grade chemicals conforming to the specifications of the Committee on Analytical Reagents of the American Chemical Society.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Distilled water.</I> Distilled water (S7.1) shall be boiled for about 15 minutes to remove carbon dioxide, and protected with a soda-lime tube or its equivalent while cooling and in storage. (Take precautions to prevent contamination by the materials used for protection against carbon dioxide.) The pH of the boiled distilled water shall be between 6.2 and 7.2 at 25 °C. (77 °F.).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standard buffer solutions.</I> Prepare buffer solutions for calibrating the pH meter and electrode pair from salts sold specifically for use, either singly or in combination, as pH standards. Dry salts for 1 hour at 110 °C. (230 °F.) before use except for borax which shall be used as the decahydrate. Store solutions with pH less than 9.5 in bottles of chemically resistant glass or polyethylene. Store the alkaline phosphate solution in a glass bottle coated inside with paraffin. Do not use a standard with an age exceeding three months.
</P>
<P>(1) Potassium hydrogen phthalate buffer solution (0.05 M, pH = 4.01 at 25 °C. (77 °F.)). Dissolve 10.21 g. of potassium hydrogen phthalate (KHC<E T="52">8</E> H<E T="52">4</E> O<E T="52">4</E>) in distilled water. Dilute to 1 liter.
</P>
<P>(2) Neutral phosphate buffer solution (0.025 M with respect to each phosphate salt, pH = 6.86 at 25 °C. (77 °F.)). Dissolve 3.40 g. of potassium dihydrogen phosphate (KH<E T="52">2</E> PO<E T="52">4</E>) and 3.55 g. of anhydrous disodium hydrogen phosphate (Na<E T="52">2</E> HPO<E T="52">4</E>) in distilled water.
</P>
<P>(3) Borax buffer solution (0.01 M, pH = 9.18 at 25 °C. (77 °F.)). Dissolve 3.81 g. of disodium tetraborate decahydrate (Na<E T="52">2</E> B<E T="52">4</E> O<E T="52">7</E>°10H<E T="52">2</E>O) in distilled water, and dilute to 1 liter. Stopper the bottle except when actually in use.
</P>
<P>(4) Alkaline phosphate buffer solution (0.01 M trisodium phosphate, pH = 11.72 at 25 °C. (77 °F.)). Dissolve 1.42 g. of anhydrous disodium hydrogen phosphate (Na<E T="52">2</E> HPO<E T="52">4</E>) in 100 ml. of a 0.1 M carbonate-free solution of sodium hydroxide. Dilute to 1 liter with distilled water.
</P>
<P>(5) Potassium chloride electrolyte. Prepare a saturated solution of potassium chloride (KCl) in distilled water.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Ethanol-water mixture.</I> To 80 parts by volume of ethanol (S7.3) add 20 parts by volume of distilled water. Adjust the pH of the mixture to 7 ±0.1 using 0.1 N sodium hydroxide (NaOH) solution. If more than 4 ml. of NaOH solution per liter of mixture is required for neutralization, discard the mixture.
</P>
<P>S6.4.4 <I>Preparation of electrode system.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Maintenance of electrodes.</I> Clean the glass electrode before using by immersing in cold chromic-acid cleaning solution. Drain the calomel electrode and fill with KCl electrolyte, keeping level above that of the mixture at all times. When not in use, immerse the lower halves of the electrodes in distilled water, and do not immerse in the mixture for any appreciable period of time between determinations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Preparation of electrodes.</I> Condition new glass electrodes and those that have been stored dry as recommended by the manufacturer. Before and after using, wipe the glass electrode thoroughly with a clean cloth, or a soft absorbent tissue, and rinse with distilled water. Before each pH determination, soak the prepared electrode in distilled water for at least 2 minutes. Immediately before use, remove any excess water from the tips of the electrode.
</P>
<P>S6.4.5 <I>Standardization of the pH assembly and testing of the electrodes.</I> (a) Immediately before use, standardize the pH assembly with a standard buffer solution. Then use a second standard buffer solution to check the linearity of the response of the electrodes at different pH values, and to detect a faulty glass electrode or incorrect temperature compensation. The two buffer solutions bracket the anticipated pH value of the test brake fluid.
</P>
<P>(b) Allow instrument to warm up, and adjust according to the manufacturer's instructions. Immerse the tips of the electrodes in a standard buffer solution and allow the temperature of the buffer solution and the electrodes to equalize. Set the temperature knob at the temperature of the buffer solution. Adjust the standardization or asymmetry potential control until the meter registers a scale reading, in pH units, equal to the known pH of the standardizing buffer solution.
</P>
<P>(c) Rinse the electrodes with distilled water and remove excess water from the tips. Immerse the electrodes in a second standard buffer solution. The reading of the meter shall agree with the known pH of the second standard buffer solution within ±0.05 unit without changing the setting of the standardization of asymmetry potential control.
</P>
<P>(d) A faulty electrode is indicated by failure to obtain a correct value for the pH of the second standard buffer solution after the meter has been standardized with the first.
</P>
<P>S6.4.6 <I>Procedure.</I> To 50 ±1 ml. of the test brake fluid add 50 ±1 ml. of the ethanol-water (S6.4.3(c)) and mix thoroughly. Immerse the electrodes in the mixture. Allow the system to come to equilibrium, readjust the temperature compensation if necessary, and take the pH reading.
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>Fluid stability.</I> Evaluate the heat and chemical stability of a brake fluid by the following procedure, running duplicate samples for each test and averaging the results.
</P>
<P>S6.5.1 <I>Summary of the procedure.</I> The degradation of the brake fluid at elevated temperature, alone or in a mixture with a reference fluid, is evaluated by determining the change in boiling point after a period of heating under reflux conditions.
</P>
<P>S6.5.2 <I>Apparatus.</I> Use the apparatus and preparation specified in S6.1.2 and S6.1.3.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3 <I>High temperature stability.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.1 <I>Procedure.</I> (a) Heat a new 60 ±1 ml. sample of the brake fluid to 185° ±2 °C. (365° ±3.6 °F.). Hold at this temperature for 120 ±5 minutes. Bring to a reflux rate in excess of 1 drop per second within 5 minutes. The reflux rate should not exceed 5 drops per second at any time. Over the next 5 ±2 minutes adjust the heating rate to obtain an equilibrium reflux rate of 1 to 2 drops per second. Maintain this rate for an additional 2 minutes, taking four temperature readings at 30-second intervals. Average these as the observed ERBP. If no reflux is evident when the fluid temperature reaches 260 °C. (500 °F), discontinue heating and report ERBP as in excess of 260 °C. (500 °F.).
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.2 <I>Calculation.</I> Correct the observed ERBP for thermometer and barometric pressure factors according to S6.1.5 (a) and (b). Average the corrected ERBP's of the duplicate samples. The difference between this average and the original ERBP obtained in S6.1 is the change in ERBP of the fluid.
</P>
<P>S6.5.4 <I>Chemical stability.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.5.4.1 <I>Materials.</I> SAE RM-66-04 Compatibility Fluid as described in appendix B of SAE Standard J1703 JAN95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S6.5.4.2 <I>Procedure.</I> (a) Mix 30 ±1 ml. of the brake fluid with 30 ±1 ml. of SAE RM-66-04 Compatibility Fluid in a boiling point flask (S6.1.2(a)). Determine the initial ERBP of the mixture by applying heat to the flask so that the fluid is refluxing in 10 ±2 minutes at a rate in excess of 1 drop per second, but not more than 5 drops per second. Note the maximum fluid temperature observed during the first minute after the fluid begins refluxing at a rate in excess of 1 drop per second. Over the next 15 ±1 minutes, adjust and maintain the reflux rate at 1 to 2 drops per second. Maintain this rate for an additional 2 minutes, recording the average value of four temperature readings taken at 30 second intervals as the final ERBP.
</P>
<P>(b) Thermometer and barometric corrections are not required.
</P>
<P>S6.5.4.3 <I>Calculation.</I> The difference between the initial ERBP and the final average temperature is the change in temperature of the refluxing mixture. Average the results of the duplicates to the nearest 0.5 °C (1.0 °F).
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Corrosion.</I> Evaluate the corrosiveness of a brake fluid by running duplicate samples according to the following procedure.
</P>
<P>S6.6.1 <I>Summary of the procedure.</I> Six specified metal corrosion test strips are polished, cleaned, and weighed, then assembled as described. Assembly is placed on a standard wheel cylinder cup in a corrosion test jar, immersed in the water-wet brake fluid, capped and placed in an oven at 100 °C. (212 °F.) for 120 hours. Upon removal and cooling, the strips, fluid, and cups are examined and tested.
</P>
<P>S6.6.2 <I>Equipment.</I> (a) <I>Balance.</I> An analytical balance having a minimum capacity of 50 grams and capable of weighing to the nearest 0.1 mg.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Desiccators.</I> Desiccators containing silica gel or other suitable desiccant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Oven.</I> Gravity convection oven capable of maintaining the desired set point within 2 °C. (3.6 °F.).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Micrometer.</I> A machinist's micrometer 25 to 50 mm. (1 to 2 inches) capacity, or an optical comparator, capable of measuring the diameter of the SBR wheel cylinder (WC) cups to the nearest 0.02 mm. (0.001 inch).
</P>
<P>S6.6.3 <I>Materials.</I> (a) <I>Corrosion test strips.</I> Two sets of strips from each of the metals listed in Appendix C of SAE Standard J1703b (1970) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). Each strip shall be approximately 8 cm. long, 1.3 cm. wide, not more than 0.6 cm. thick, and have a surface area of 25 ±5 sq. cm. and a hole 4 to 5 mm. (0.16 to 0.20 inch) in diameter on the centerline about 6 mm. from one end. The hole shall be clean and free from burrs. Tinned iron strips shall be unused. Other strips, if used, shall not be employed if they cannot be polished to a high finish.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>SBR cups.</I> Two unused standard SAE SBR wheel cylinder (WC) cups, as specified in S7.6.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Corrosion test jars and lids.</I> Two screw-top straight-sided round glass jars, each having a capacity of approximately 475 ml. and inner dimensions of approximately 100 mm. in height and 75 mm. in diameter, and a tinned steel lid (no insert or organic coating) vented with a hole 0.8 ±0.1 mm. (0.031 ±0.004 inch) in diameter (No. 68 drill).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Machine screws and nuts.</I> Clean, rust and oil-free, uncoated mild steel round or fillister head machine screws, size 6 or 8-32 UNC-Class 2A, five-eighths or three-fourths inch long (or equivalent metric sizes), and matching uncoated nuts.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Supplies for polishing strips.</I> Waterproof silicon carbide paper, grit No. 320A and grit 1200; lint-free polishing cloth.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Distilled water</I> as specified in S7.1.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Ethanol</I> as specified in S7.3.
</P>
<P>(h) Isopropanol as specified in S7.7.
</P>
<P>S6.6.4 <I>Preparation.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Corrosion test strips.</I> Except for the tinned iron strips, abrade corrosion test strips on all surface areas with 320A silicon carbide paper wet with ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 SBBF fluids) until all surface scratches, cuts and pits visible to an observer having corrected visual acuity of 20/40 (Snellen ratio) at a distance of 300 mm (11.8 inches) are removed. Use a new piece of paper for each different type of metal. Except for the tinned iron strips, further abrade the test strips on all surface areas with 1200 silicon carbide paper wet with ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 SBBF fluids), again using a new piece of paper for each different type of metal. Handle the strips with forceps after polishing. Weigh and record the weight of each strip to the nearest 0.1 mg. Assemble the strips on a clean dry machine screw, with matching plain nut, in the order of tinned iron, steel, aluminum, cast iron, brass, and copper. Bend the strips, other than the cast iron, so that there is a separation of 3 ±
<FR>1/2</FR> mm. (
<FR>1/8</FR> ±
<FR>1/64</FR> inch) between adjacent strips for a distance of about 5 cm. (2 inches) from the free end of the strips. (See Figure 4.) Tighten the screw on each test strip assembly so that the strips are in electrolytic contact, and can be lifted by either of the outer strips (tinned iron or copper) without any of the strips moving relative to the others when held horizontally. Immerse the strip assemblies in 90 percent ethyl alcohol. Dry with dried filtered compressed air, then desiccate at least 1 hour before use.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.046.gif"/>
<BCAP><E T="15">Fig. 4—Corrosion Strip Assembly</E></BCAP>
<P>(b) <I>SBR WC cups.</I> Measure the base diameters of the two standard SBR cups, using an optical comparator or micrometer, to the nearest 0.02 mm. (0.001 inch) along the centerline of the SAE and rubber-type identifications and at right angles to this centerline. Take the measurements at least 0.4 mm. (0.015 inch) above the bottom edge and parallel to the base of the cup. Discard any cup if the two measured diameters differ by more than 0.08 mm. (0.003 inch). Average the two readings on each cup. Determine the hardness of the cups according to S7.4.
</P>
<P>S6.6.5 <I>Procedure.</I> Rinse the cups in ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 SBBF fluids) for not more than 30 seconds and wipe dry with a clean lint-free cloth. Place one cup with lip edge facing up, in each jar. Insert a metal strip assembly inside each cup with the fastened end down and the free end extending upward. (See Figure 5.) When testing brake fluids, except DOT 5 SBBF, mix 760 ml. of brake fluid with 40 ml. of distilled water. When testing DOT 5 SBBF's, humidify 800 ml. of brake fluid in accordance with S6.2, eliminating determination of the ERBP. Using this water-wet mixture, cover each strip assembly to a minimum depth of 10 mm. above the tops of the strips. Tighten the lids and place the jars for 120 ±2 hours in an oven maintained at 100° ±2 °C. (212° ±3.6 °F.). Allow the jars to cool at 23° ±5 °C. (73.4° ±9 °F.) for 60 to 90 minutes. Immediately remove the strips from the jars using forceps, agitating the strip assembly in the fluid to remove loose adhering sediment. Examine the test strips and jars for adhering crystalline deposits. Disassemble the metal strips, and remove adhering fluid by flushing with water; clean each strip by wiping with a clean cloth wetted with ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 fluids). Examine the strips for evidence of corrosion and pitting. Disregard staining or discoloration. Place the strips in a desiccator containing silica gel or other suitable desiccant, maintained at 23° ±5 °C. (73.4° ±9 °F.), for at least 1 hour. Weigh each strip to the nearest 0.1 mg. Determine the change in weight of each metal strip. Average the results for the two strips of each type of metal. Immediately following the cooling period, remove the cups from the jars with forceps. Remove loose adhering sediment by agitation of the cups in the mixture. Rinse the cups in ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 fluids) and air-dry. Examine the cups for evidence of sloughing, blisters, and other forms of disintegration. Measure the base diameter and hardness of each cup within 15 minutes after removal from the mixture. Examine the mixture for gelling. Agitate the mixture to suspend and uniformly disperse sediment. From each jar, transfer a 100 ml. portion of the mixture to an ASTM cone-shaped centrifuge tube. Determine the percent sediment after centrifuging as described in S7.5. Measure the pH value of the corrosion text fluid according to S6.4.6. Measure the pH value of the test mixture according to S6.4.6.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.047.gif"/>
<BCAP><E T="15">Fig. 5—Corrosion Test Apparatus</E></BCAP>
<P>S6.6.6 <I>Calculation.</I> (a) Measure the area of each type of test strip to the nearest square centimeter. Divide the average change in mass for each type by the area of that type.
</P>
<P>(b) Note other data and evaluations indicating compliance with S5.1.6. In the event of a marginal pass on inspection by attributes, or of a failure in one of the duplicates, run another set of duplicate samples. Both repeat samples shall meet all requirements of S5.1.6.
</P>
<P>S6.7 <I>Fluidity and appearance at low temperatures.</I> Determine the fluidity and appearance of a sample of brake fluid at each of two selected temperatures by the following procedure.
</P>
<P>S6.7.1 <I>Summary of procedure.</I> Brake fluid is chilled to expected minimum exposure temperatures and observed for clarity, gellation, sediment, separation of components, excessive viscosity or thixotropy.
</P>
<P>S6.7.2 <I>Apparatus.</I> (a) <I>Oil sample bottle.</I> Two clear flint glass 4-ounce bottles made especially for sampling oil and other liquids, with a capacity of approximately 125 ml., an outside diameter of 37 ±0.05 mm. and an overall height of 165 ±2.5 mm.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cold chamber.</I> An air bath cold chamber capable of maintaining storage temperatures down to minus 55 °C. (minus 67 °F.) with an accuracy of ±2 °C. (3.6 °F.).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Timing device.</I> A timing device in accordance with S6.3.2(e).
</P>
<P>S6.7.3 <I>Procedure.</I> (a) Place 100 ±1 ml. of brake fluid at room temperature in an oil sample bottle. Stopper the bottle with an unused cork and place in the cold chamber at the higher storage temperature specified in Table II (S5.1.7(c)). After 144 ±4 hours remove the bottle from the chamber, quickly wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth, saturated with ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 fluids) or acetone. Examine the fluid for evidence of sludging, sedimentation, crystallization, or stratification. Invert the bottle and determine the number of seconds required for the air bubble to travel to the top of the fluid. Let sample warm to room temperature and examine.
</P>
<P>(b) Repeat S6.7.3(a), substituting the lower cold chamber temperature specified in Table II, and a storage period of 6 hours ±12 minutes.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Test specimens from either storage temperature may be used for the other only after warming up to room temperature.</P></NOTE>
<P>S6.8 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S6.9 <I>Water tolerance.</I> Evaluate the water tolerance characteristics of a brake fluid by running one test specimen according to the following procedure.
</P>
<P>S6.9.1 <I>Summary of the procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>Brake fluid, except DOT 5 SBBF, is diluted with 3.5 percent water (DOT 5 SBBF is humidified), then stored at minus 40 °C. (minus 40 °F.) for 120 hours. The cold, water-wet fluid is first examined for clarity, stratification, and sedimentation, then placed in an oven at 60 °C. (140 °F.) for 24 hours. On removal, it is again examined for stratification, and the volume percent of sediment determined by centrifuging.
</P>
<P>S6.9.2 <I>Apparatus.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Centrifuge tube.</I> See S7.5.1(a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Centrifuge.</I> See S7.5.1(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cold chamber.</I> See S6.7.2(b).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Oven.</I> Gravity or forced convection oven.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Timing device.</I> See S6.3.2(e).
</P>
<P>S6.9.3 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>At low temperature.</I> Humidify 100 ±1 ml. of DOT 5 SBBF brake fluid in accordance with S6.2 eliminating determination of the ERBP. When testing brake fluids except DOT 5 SBBF, mix 3.5 ±0.1 ml. of distilled water with 100 ±1 ml. of the brake fluid; pour into a centrifuge tube. Stopper the tube with a clean cork and place in the cold chamber maintained at minus 40 ±2 °C. (minus 40 ±3.6 °F.). After 120 hours ±2 hours remove the tube, quickly wipe with clean lint-free cloth saturated with ethanol or acetone and examine the fluid for evidence of sludging, sedimentation, crystallization, or stratification. Invert the tube and determine the number of seconds required for the air bubble to travel to the top of the fluid. (The air bubble is considered to have reached the top of the fluid when the top of the bubble reaches the 2 ml. graduation of the centrifuge tube.) If the wet fluid has become cloudy, warm to 23 ±5 °C. (73.4 ±9 °F.) and note appearance and fluidity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>At 60 °C.</I> (<I>140 °F.</I>). Place tube and brake fluid from S6.9.3(a) in an oven maintained at 60° ±2 °C. (140° ±3.6 °F.) for 24 ±2 hours. Remove the tube and immediately examine the contents for evidence of stratification. Determine the percent sediment by centrifuging as described in S7.5.
</P>
<P>S6.10 <I>Compatibility.</I> The compatibility of a brake fluid with other brake fluids shall be evaluated by running one test sample according to the following procedure.
</P>
<P>S6.10.1 <I>Summary of the procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>Brake fluid is mixed with an equal volume of SAE RM-66-04 Compatibility Fluid, then tested in the same way as for water tolerance (S6.9) except that the bubble flow time is not measured. This test is an indication of the compatibility of the test fluid with other motor vehicle brake fluids at both high and low temperatures.
</P>
<P>S6.10.2 <I>Apparatus and materials.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Centrifuge tube.</I> See S7.5.1(a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Centrifuge.</I> See S7.5.1(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cold Chamber.</I> See S6.7.2(b)
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Oven.</I> See S6.9.2(d)
</P>
<P>(e) <I>SAE RM-66-04 Compatibility Fluid.</I> As described in appendix B of SAE Standard J1703 JAN95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S6.10.3 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>At low temperature.</I>
</P>
<P>Mix 50 ±0.5 mL of brake fluid with 50 ±0.5 mL of SAE RM-66-04 Compatibility Fluid. Pour this mixture into a centrifuge tube and stopper with a clean dry cork. Place tube in the cold chamber maintained at minus 40° ±2 °C. (minus 40° ±4 °F). After 24 ±2 hours, remove tube, quickly wipe with a clean lint-free cloth saturated with ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 fluids) or acetone. Examine the test specimen for evidence of slugging, sedimentation, or crystallization. Test fluids, except DOT 5 SBBF, shall be examined for stratification.
</P>
<P>S6.11 <I>Resistance to oxidation.</I> The stability of a brake fluid under oxidative conditions shall be evaluated by running duplicate samples according to the following procedure.
</P>
<P>S6.11.1 <I>Summary of procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>Brake fluids, except DOT 5 SBBF, are activated with a mixture of approximately 0.2 percent benzoyl peroxide and 5 percent water. DOT 5 SBBF is humidified in accordance with S6.2 eliminating determination of the ERBP, and then approximately 0.2 percent benzoyl peroxide is added. A corrosion test strip assembly consisting of cast iron and an aluminum strip separated by tinfoil squares at each end is then rested on a piece of SBR WC cup positioned so that the test strip is half immersed in the fluid and oven aged at 70 °C. (158 °F.) for 168 hours. At the end of this period, the metal strips are examined for pitting, etching, and loss of mass.
</P>
<P>S6.11.2 <I>Equipment.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Balance.</I> See S6.6.2(a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Desiccators.</I> See S6.6.2(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Oven.</I> See S6.6.2(c).
</P>
<P>(d) Three glass test tubes approximately 22 mm. outside diameter by 175 mm. in length.
</P>
<P>S6.11.3 <I>Reagents and materials.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Benzoyl peroxide, reagent grade, 96 percent.</I> (Benzoyl peroxide that is brownish, or dusty, or has less than 90 percent purity, must be discarded.) Reagent strength may be evaluated by ASTM E298-68 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Corrosion test strips.</I> Two sets of cast iron and aluminum metal test strips as described in appendix C of SAE Standard J1703b (1970) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Tinfoil.</I> Four unused pieces of tinfoil approximately 12 mm. (
<FR>1/2</FR> inch) square and between 0.02 and 0.06 mm. (0.0008 and 0.0024 inch) in thickness. The foil shall be at least 99.9 percent tin and contain not more than 0.025 percent lead.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>SBR cups.</I> Two unused, approximately one-eighth sections of a standard SAE SBR WC cup (as described in S7.6).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Machine screw and nut.</I> Two clean oil-free, No. 6 or 8-32 × 
<FR>3/8</FR>− or 
<FR>1/2</FR>-inch long (or equivalent metric size), round or fillister head, uncoated mild steel machine screws, with matching plain nuts.
</P>
<P>S6.11.4 <I>Preparation.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Corrosion test strips.</I> Prepare two sets of aluminum and cast iron test strips according to S6.6.4(a) except for assembly. Weigh each strip to the nearest 0.1 mg. and assemble a strip of each metal on a machine screw, separating the strips at each end with a piece of tinfoil. Tighten the nut enough to hold both pieces of foil firmly in place.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test mixture.</I> Place 30 ±1 ml. of the brake fluid under test in a 22 by 175 mm. test tube. For all fluids except DOT 5 SBBF, add 0.060 ±.002 grams of benzoyl peroxide, and 1.50 ±0.05 ml. of distilled water. For DOT 5 SBBF, use test fluid humidified in accordance with S6.2, and add only the benzoyl peroxide. Stopper the tube loosely with a clean dry cork, shake, and place in an oven for 2 hours at 70° ±2 °C. (158° ±3.6 °F.). Shake every 15 minutes to effect solution of the peroxide, but do not wet cork. Remove the tube from the oven and allow to cool to 23° ±5 °C. (73.4° ±9 °F.) Begin testing according to paragraph S6.11.5 not later than 24 hours after removal of tube from oven.
</P>
<P>S6.11.5 <I>Procedure.</I> Place a one-eighth SBR cup section in the bottom of each tube. Add 10 ml. of prepared test mixture to each test tube. Place a metal-strip assembly in each, the end of the strip without the screw resting on the rubber, and the solution covering about one-half the length of the strips. Stopper the tubes with clean dry corks and store upright for 70 ±2 hours at 23° ±5 °C. (73.4° ±9 °F.). Loosen the corks and place the tubes for 168 ±2 hours in an oven maintained at 70° ±2 °C. (158° ±3.6 °F.). Afterwards remove and disassemble strips. Examine the strips and note any gum deposits. Wipe the strips with a clean cloth wet with ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 fluids) and note any pitting, etching or roughening of surface disregarding stain or discoloration. Place the strips in a desiccator over silica gel or other suitable desiccant, at 23° ±5 °C. (73.4° ±9 °F.) for at least 1 hour. Again weigh each strip to the nearest 0.1 mg.
</P>
<P>S6.11.6 <I>Calculation.</I> Determine corrosion loss by dividing the change in mass of each metal strip by the total surface area of each strip measured in square millimeters (mm
<SU>2</SU>), to the nearest square millimeter (mm
<SU>2</SU>). Average the results for the two strips of each type of metal, rounding to the nearest 0.05 mg. per 100 square millimeter (mm
<SU>2</SU>). If only one of the duplicates fails for any reason, run a second set of duplicate samples. Both repeat samples shall meet all requirements of S5.1.11.
</P>
<P>S6.12 <I>Effect on SBR cups.</I> The effects of a brake fluid in swelling, softening, and otherwise affecting standard SBR WC cups shall be evaluated by the following procedure.
</P>
<P>S6.12.1 <I>Summary of the procedure.</I> Four standard SAE SBR WC cups are measured and their hardnesses determined. The cups, two to a jar, are immersed in the test brake fluid. One jar is heated for 70 hours at 70 °C. (158 °F), and the other for 70 hours at 120 °C (248 °F). Afterwards, the cups are washed, examined for disintegration, remeasured and their hardnesses redetermined.
</P>
<P>S6.12.2 <I>Equipment and supplies.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Oven.</I> See S6.6.2(c).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Glass jars and lids.</I> Two screw-top, straight-sided round glass jars, each having a capacity of approximately 250 ml. and inner dimensions of approximately 125 mm. in height and 50 mm. in diameter, and a tinned steel lid (no insert or organic coating).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>SBR cups.</I> See S7.6.
</P>
<P>S6.12.3 <I>Preparation.</I> Measure the base diameters of the SBR cups as described in S6.6.4(b), and the hardness of each as described in S7.4.
</P>
<P>S6.12.4 <I>Procedure.</I> Wash the cups in 90 percent ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 fluids) (see S7.3), for not longer than 30 seconds and quickly dry with a clean, lint-free cloth. Using forceps, place two cups into each of the two jars; add 75 ml. of brake fluid to each jar and cap tightly. Place one jar in an oven held at 70° ±2 °C. (158 ±3.6 °F.) for 70 ±2 hours. Place the other jar in an oven held at 120° ±2 °C. (248° ±3.6 °F.) for 70 ±2 hours. Allow each jar to cool for 60 to 90 minutes at 23° ±5 °C. (73.4° ±9 °F.). Remove cups, wash with ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 fluids) for not longer than 30 seconds, and quickly dry. Examine the cups for disintegration as evidenced by stickiness, blisters, or sloughing. Measure the base diameter and hardness of each cup within 15 minutes after removal from the fluid.
</P>
<P>S6.12.5 <I>Calculation.</I> (a) Calculate the change in base diameter for each cup. If the two values, at each temperature, do not differ by more than 0.10 mm. (0.004 inch) average them to the nearest 0.02 mm. (0.001 inch). If the two values differ by more than 0.10 mm., repeat the test at the appropriate temperature and average the four values as the change in base diameter.
</P>
<P>(b) Calculate the change in hardness for each cup. The average of the two values for each pair is the change in hardness.
</P>
<P>(c) Note disintegration as evidenced by stickiness, blisters, or sloughing.
</P>
<P>S6.13 <I>Stroking properties.</I> Evaluate the lubricating properties, component compatibility, resistance to leakage, and related qualities of a brake fluid by running one sample according to the following procedures.
</P>
<P>S6.13.1 <I>Summary of the procedure.</I> Brake fluid is stroked under controlled conditions at an elevated temperature in a simulated motor vehicle hydraulic braking system consisting of three slave wheel cylinders and an actuating master cylinder connected by steel tubing. Referee standard parts are used. All parts are carefully cleaned, examined, and certain measurements made immediately prior to assembly for test. During the test, temperature, rate of pressure rise, maximum pressure, and rate of stroking are specified and controlled. The system is examined periodically during stroking to assure that excessive leakage of fluid is not occurring. Afterwards, the system is torn down. Metal parts and SBR cups are examined and remeasured. The brake fluid and any resultant sludge and debris are collected, examined, and tested.
</P>
<P>S6.13.2 <I>Apparatus and equipment.</I>
</P>
<P>Either the drum and shoe type of stroking apparatus (see Figure 1 of SAE Standard J1703b (1970) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5)), except using only three sets of drum and shoe assemblies, or the stroking fixture type apparatus as shown in Figure 2 of SAE Standard J1703 NOV83 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) with the components arranged as shown in Figure 1 of SAE Standard J1703 NOV83. The following components are required.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Brake assemblies.</I> With the drum and shoe apparatus: three drum and shoe assembly units (SAE RM-29a) consisting of three forward brake shoes and three reverse brake shoes with linings and three front wheel brake drum assemblies with assembly component parts. With stroking fixture type apparatus: three fixture units including appropriate adapter mounting plates to hold brake wheel cylinder assemblies.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Braking pressure actuation mechanism.</I> An actuating mechanism for applying a force to the master cylinder pushrod without side thrust. The amount of force applied by the actuating mechanism shall be adjustable and capable of applying sufficient thrust to the master cylinder to create a pressure of at least 6895 kPa (1,000 p.s.i.) in the simulated brake system. A hydraulic gage or pressure recorder, having a range of at least 0 to 6895 kPa (0 to 1,000 p.s.i), shall be installed between the master cylinder and the brake assemblies and shall be provided with a shutoff valve and with a bleeding valve for removing air from the connecting tubing. The actuating mechanism shall be designed to permit adjustable stroking rates of approximately 1,000 strokes per hour. Use a mechanical or electrical counter to record the total number of strokes.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Heated air bath cabinet.</I> An insulated cabinet or oven having sufficient capacity to house the three mounted brake assemblies or stroking fixture assemblies, master cylinder, and necessary connections. A thermostatically controlled heating system is required to maintain a temperature of 70° ±5 °C (158° ±9 °F) or 120° ±5 °C (248° ±9 °F). Heaters shall be shielded to prevent direct radiation to wheel or master cylinder.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Master cylinder</I> (<I>MC</I>) <I>assembly</I> (<I>SAE RM-15a</I>). One cast iron housing hydraulic brake system cylinder having a diameter of approximately 28 mm. (1
<FR>1/8</FR> inch) and fitted for a filler cap and standpipe (see S6.13.2(e)). The MC piston shall be made from SAE CA360 copperbase alloy (half hard). A new MC assembly is required for each test.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Filler cap and standpipe.</I> MC filler cap provided with a glass or uncoated steel standpipe. Standpipe must provide adequate volume for thermal expansion, yet permit measurement and adjustment of the fluid level in the system to ±3 ml. Cap and standpipe may be cleaned and reused.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Wheel cylinder (WC) assemblies (SAE RM-14a).</I> Three unused cast iron housing straight bore hydraulic brake WC assemblies having diameters of approximately 28 mm (1
<FR>1/8</FR> inch) for each test. Pistons shall be made from unanodized SAE AA 2024 aluminum alloy.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Micrometer.</I> Same as S6.6.2(d).
</P>
<P>S6.13.3 <I>Materials.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Standard SBR brake cups.</I> Six standard SAE SBR wheel cylinder test cups, one primary MC test cup, and one secondary MC test cup, all as described in S7.6, for each test.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Steel tubing.</I> Double wall steel tubing meeting SAE Standard J527a (1967) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). A complete replacement of tubing is essential when visual inspection indicates any corrosion or deposits on inner surface of tubing. Tubing from master cylinder to one wheel cylinder shall be replaced for each test (minimum length .9 m.) Uniformity in tubing size is required between master cylinder and wheel cylinder. The standard master cylinder has two outlets for tubing, both of which must be used.
</P>
<P>S6.13.4 <I>Preparation of test apparatus.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Wheel cylinder assemblies.</I> Use unused wheel cylinder assemblies. Disassemble cylinders and discard cups. Clean all metal parts with ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 fluids). Inspect the working surfaces of all metal parts for scoring, galling, or pitting and cylinder bore roughness, and discard all defective parts. Remove any stains on cylinder walls with crocus cloth and ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 fluids). If stains cannot be removed, discard the cylinder. Measure the internal diameter of each cylinder at a location approximately 19 mm. (0.75 inch) from each end of the cylinder bore, taking measurements in line with the hydraulic inlet opening and at right angles to this centerline. Discard the cylinder if any of these four readings exceeds the maximum or minimum limits of 28.66 to 28.60 mm. (1.128 to 1.126 inch). Measure the outside diameter of each piston at two points approximately 90° apart. Discard any piston if either reading exceeds the maximum or minimum limits of 28.55 to 28.52 mm. (1.124 to 1.123 inch). Select parts to insure that the clearance between each piston and mating cylinder is within 0.08 to 0.13 mm. (0.003 to 0.005 inch). Use unused SBR cups. To remove dirt and debris, rinse the cups in 90 percent ethyl alcohol for not more than 30 seconds and wipe dry with a clean lint-free cloth. Discard any cups showing defects such as cuts, molding flaws, or blisters. Measure the lip and base diameters of all cups with an optical comparator or micrometer to the nearest 0.02 mm. (0.001 inch) along the centerline of the SAE and rubber-type identifications and at right angles to this centerline. Determine base diameter measurements at least 0.4 mm. (0.015 inch) above the bottom edge and parallel to the base of the cup. Discard any cup if the two measured lip or base diameters differ by more than 0.08 mm. (0.003 inch). Average the lip and base diameters of each cup. Determine the hardness of all cups according to S7.4. Dip the rubber and metal parts of wheel cylinders, except housing and rubber boots, in the fluid to be tested and install them in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Manually stroke the cylinders to insure that they operate easily. Install cylinders in the simulated brake system.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Master cylinder assembly.</I> Use an unused master cylinder and unused standard SBR primary and secondary MC cups which have been inspected, measured and cleaned in the manner specified in S6.13.4(a), omitting hardness of the secondary MC cup. However, prior to determining the lip and base diameters of the secondary cup, dip the cup in test brake fluid, assemble on the MC piston, and maintain the assembly in a vertical position at 23° ±5 °C. (73.4° ±9 °F.) for at least 12 hours. Inspect the relief and supply ports of the master cylinder; discard the cylinder if ports have burrs or wire edges. Measure the internal diameter of the cylinder at two locations (approximately midway between the relief and supply ports and approximately 19 mm. (0.75 inch) beyond the relief port toward the bottom or discharge end of the bore), taking measurements at each location on the vertical and horizontal centerline of the bore. Discard the cylinder if any reading exceeds the maximum or minimum limits of 28.65 to 28.57 mm. (1.128 to 1.125 inch). Measure the outside diameter of each end of the master cylinder piston at two points approximately 90° apart. Discard the piston if any of these four readings exceed the maximum or minimum limits of 28.55 to 28.52 mm. (1.124 to 1.123 inch). Dip the rubber and metal parts of the master cylinder, except the housing and push rod-boot assembly, in the brake fluid and install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Manually stroke the master cylinder to insure that it operates easily. Install the master cylinder in the simulated brake system.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Assembly and adjustment of test apparatus.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) When using a shoe and drum type apparatus, adjust the brake shoe toe clearances to 1.0 ±0.1 mm (0.040 ±0.004 inch). Fill the system with brake fluid, bleeding all wheel cylinders and the pressure gage to remove entrapped air. Operate the actuator manually to apply a pressure greater than the required operating pressure and inspect the system for leaks. Adjust the actuator and/or pressure relief valve to obtain a pressure of 6895 kPa ±345 kPa (1,000 ±50 p.s.i.). A smooth pressure stroke pattern is required when using a shoe and drum type apparatus. The pressure is relatively low during the first part of the stroke and then builds up smoothly to the maximum stroking pressure at the end of the stroke, to permit the primary cup to pass the compensating hole at a relatively low pressure. Using stroking fixtures, adjust the actuator and/or pressure relief valve to obtain a pressure of 6895 kPa ±345 kPa (1,000 ±50 p.s.i.).
</P>
<P>(2) Adjust the stroking rate to 1,000 ±100 strokes per hour. Record the fluid level in the master cylinder standpipe.
</P>
<P>S6.13.5 <I>Procedure.</I> Operate the system for 16,000 ±1,000 cycles at 23° ±5 °C. (73.4° ±9 °F.). Repair any leakage, readjust the brake shoe clearances, and add fluid to the master cylinder standpipe to bring to the level originally recorded, if necessary. Start the test again and raise the temperature of the cabinet within 6 ±2 hours to 120° ±5 °C. (248° ±9 °F.). During the test observe operation of wheel cylinders for improper functioning and record the amount of fluid required to replenish any loss, at intervals of 24,000 strokes. Stop the test at the end of 85,000 total recorded strokes. These totals shall include the number of strokes during operation at 23° ±5 °C. (73.4° ±9 °F.) and the number of strokes required to bring the system to the operating temperature. Allow equipment to cool to room temperature. Examine the wheel cylinders for leakage. Stroke the assembly an additional 100 strokes, examine wheel cylinders for leakage and record volume loss of fluid. Within 16 hours after stopping the test, remove the master and wheel cylinders from the system, retaining the fluid in the cylinders by immediately capping or plugging the ports. Disassemble the cylinders, collecting the fluid from the master cylinder and wheel cylinders in a glass jar. When collecting the stroked fluid, remove all residue which has deposited on rubber and metal internal parts by rinsing and agitating such parts in the stroked fluid and using a soft brush to assure that all loose adhering sediment is collected. Clean SBR cups in ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 fluids) and dry. Inspect the cups for stickiness, scuffing, blistering, cracking, chipping, and change in shape from original appearance. Within 1 hour after disassembly, measure the lip and base diameters of each cylinder cup by the procedures specified in S6.13.4 (a) and (b) with the exception that lip or base diameters of cups may now differ by more than 0.08 mm. (0.003 inch). Determine the hardness of each cup according to S7.4. Note any sludge or gel present in the test fluid. Within 1 hour after draining the cylinders, agitate the fluid in a glass jar to suspend and uniformly disperse sediment and transfer a 100 ml. portion of this fluid to a centrifuge tube and determine percent sediment as described in S7.5. Allow the tube and fluid to stand for 24 hours, recentrifuge and record any additional sediment recovered. Inspect cylinder parts, note any gumming or any pitting on pistons and cylinder walls. Disregard staining or discoloration. Rub any deposits adhering to cylinder walls with a clean soft cloth wetted with ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 fluids) to determine abrasiveness and removability. Clean cylinder parts in ethanol (isopropanol when testing DOT 5 fluids) and dry. Measure and record diameters of pistons and cylinders according to S6.13.4(a) and (b). Repeat the test if mechanical failure occurs that may affect the evaluation of the brake fluid.
</P>
<P>S6.13.6 <I>Calculation.</I> (a) Calculate the changes in diameters of cylinders and pistons (see S5.1.13(b)).
</P>
<P>(b) Calculate the average decrease in hardness of the seven cups tested, as well as the individual values (see S5.1.13(c)).
</P>
<P>(c) Calculate the increases in base diameters of the eight cups (see S5.1.13(e)).
</P>
<P>(d) Calculate the lip diameter interference set for each of the eight cups by the following formula and average the eight values (see S5.1.13(f)).
</P>
<FP-2>[(<I>D</I><E T="52">1</E>−<I>D</I><E T="52">2</E>)/(<I>D</I><E T="52">1</E>−<I>D</I><E T="52">3</E>)] × 100 = percentage Lip Diameter Interference Set
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>where:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>D</I><E T="52">1</E> = Original lip diameter.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>D</I><E T="52">2</E> = Final lip diameter.
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>D</I><E T="52">3</E> = Original cylinder bore diameter.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>S6.14 <I>Container information.</I> Each container with information marked directly on the container surface or on a label (labels) affixed to the container pursuant to S5.2.2.2 or S5.2.2.3 is subjected to the following procedure:
</P>
<P>(a) If the container has a label affixed to it, make a single vertical cut all the way through the label with the container in the vertical position.
</P>
<P>(b) Immerse the container in the same brake fluid or hydraulic system mineral oil contained therein for 15 minutes at room temperature (23 ±5 °C; 73.4 ±9 °F).
</P>
<P>(c) Within 5 minutes after removing the container from the fluid or oil, remove excess liquid from the surface of the container by wiping with a clean dry cloth.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Auxiliary test methods and reagent standards.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Distilled water.</I> Nonreferee reagent water as specified in ASTM D1193-70 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) or water of equal purity.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Water content of motor vehicle brake fluids.</I> Use analytical methods based on ASTM D1123-59 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) for determining the water content of brake fluids, or other methods of analysis yielding comparable results. To be acceptable for use, such other method must measure the weight of water added to samples of the SAE RM-66-04 (see Appendix A of SAE Standard J1703 NOV83 (incorporated by reference in § 571.5)) and TEGME Compatibility Fluids (see Appendix B of SAE Standard J1703 JAN95 (incorporated by reference in § 571.5)) within ±15 percent of the water added for additions up to 0.8 percent by weight, and within ±5 percent of the water added for additions greater than 0.8 percent by weight. The SAE RM-66-04 Compatibility Fluid used to prepare the samples must have an original ERBP of not less than 205 °C (401 °F) when tested in accordance with S6.1. The SAE TEGME fluid used to prepare the samples must have an original ERBP of not less than 240 °C (464 °F) when tested in accordance with S6.1.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Ethanol.</I> 95 percent (190 proof) ethyl alcohol, USP or ACS, or Formula 3-A Specially Denatured Alcohol of the same concentration (as specified at 27 CFR 21.35). For pretest washings of equipment, use approximately 90 percent ethyl alcohol, obtained by adding 5 parts of distilled water to 95 parts of ethanol.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Measuring the hardness of SBR brake cups.</I> Hardness measurements on SBR wheel cylinder cups and master cylinder primary cups shall be made by using the following apparatus and the following procedure.
</P>
<P>S7.4.1 <I>Apparatus.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Anvil.</I> A rubber anvil having a flat circular top 20 ±1 mm. (
<FR>13/16</FR> ±
<FR>1/16</FR> inch) in diameter, a thickness of at least 9 mm. (
<FR>3/8</FR> inch) and a hardness within 5 IRHDs of the SBR test cup.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hardness tester.</I> A hardness tester meeting the requirements for the standard instrument as described in ASTM D1415-68 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) and graduated directly in IRHD units.
</P>
<P>S7.4.2 <I>Procedure.</I> Make hardness measurements at 23° ±2 °C. (73.4° ±4 °F.). Equilibrate the tester and anvils at this temperature prior to use. Center brake cups lip side down on an anvil of appropriate hardness. Following the manufacturer's operating instructions for the hardness tester, make one measurement at each of four points 6 mm from the center of the cup and spaced 90° apart. Average the four values, and round off to the nearest IRHD.
</P>
<P>S7.5 <I>Sediment by centrifuging.</I> The amount of sediment in the test fluid shall be determined by the following procedure.
</P>
<P>S7.5.1 <I>Apparatus.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Centrifuge tube.</I> Cone-shaped centrifuge tubes conforming to the dimensions given in Figure 6, and made of thoroughly annealed glass. The graduations shall be numbered as shown in Figure 6, and shall be clear and distinct. Scale-error tolerances and smallest graduations between various calibration marks are given in Table V and apply to calibrations made with air-free water at 20 °C. (68 °F.).
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.048.gif"/>
<BCAP><E T="15">Fig. 6—ASTM 8-in. Centrifuge Tube</E></BCAP>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table V—Calibration Tolerances for 8-Inch Centrifuge Tube
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Range, ml
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Subdivision, ml
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Volume tolerance, ml
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0 to 0.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">±0.02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Above 0.1 to 0.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">±0.03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Above 0.3 to 0.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">±0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Above 0.5 to 1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">±0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Above 1 to 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">±0.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Above 2 to 3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">±0.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Above 3 to 5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">±0.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Above 5 to 10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">±0.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Above 10 to 25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">±1.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Above 25 to 100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">±1.00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Centrifuge.</I> A centrifuge capable of whirling two or more filled centrifuge tubes at a speed which can be controlled to give a relative centrifugal force (r.c.f.) between 600 and 700 at the tip of the tubes. The revolving head, trunnion rings, and trunnion cups, including the rubber cushion, shall withstand the maximum centrifugal force capable of being delivered by the power source. The trunnion cups and cushions shall firmly support the tubes when the centrifuge is in motion. Calculate the speed of the rotating head using this equation:
</P>
<FP-2>r.p.m. = 265[√25.4 × r.c.f./d]
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>r.c.f. = Relative centrifugal force, and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d = Diameter of swing, in millimeters, measured between tips of opposing tubes when in rotating position.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>Table VI shows the relationship between diameter, swing, relative centrifugal force (r.c.f.), and revolutions per minute.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table VI—Rotation Speeds for Centrifuges of Various Diameters
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Diameter of swing in millimeters 
<sup>a</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">r.p.m. at 600 r.c.f
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">r.p.m. at 700 r.c.f.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">483</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1490</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1610
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">508</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1570
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">533</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1420</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1530
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">559</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1390</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1500
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>a</sup> Measured in millimeters between tips of opposite tubes when in rotating position.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>S7.5.2 <I>Procedure.</I> Balance the corked centrifuge tubes with their respective trunnion cups in pairs by weight on a scale, according to the centrifuge manufacturer's instructions, and place them on opposite sides of the centrifuge head. Use a dummy assembly when one sample is tested. Then whirl them for 10 minutes, at a rate sufficient to produce a r.c.f. between 600 and 700 at the tips of the whirling tubes. Repeat until the volume of sediment in each tube remains constant for three consecutive readings.
</P>
<P>S7.5.3 <I>Calculation.</I> Read the volume of the solid sediment at the bottom of the centrifuge tube and report the percent sediment by volume. Where replicate determinations are specified, report the average value.
</P>
<P>S7.6 <I>Standard styrene-butadiene rubber</I> (<I>SBR</I>) <I>brake cups.</I> SBR brake cups for testing motor vehicle brake fluids shall be manufactured using the following formulation:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Formulation of Rubber Compound
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Ingredient
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Parts by weight
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SBR type 1503 
<sup>a</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Oil furnace black (NBS 378)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Zinc oxide (NBS 370)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sulfur (NBS 371)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stearic Acid (NBS 372)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">n-tertiary butyl-2-benzothiazole sulfenamide (NBS 384)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Symmetrical dibetanaphthyl-p-phenylenediamine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dicumyl peroxide (40 percent on precipitated CaCO<E T="52">3</E>) 
<sup>b</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">   Total</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">153.25
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>a</sup> Philprene 1503 has been found suitable.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>b</sup> Use only within 90 days of manufacture and store at temperature below 27 °C. (80 °F.).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note:</E> The ingredients labeled (NBS) must have properties identical with those supplied by the National Bureau of Standards.</P></DIV></DIV>
<FP>Compounding, vulcanization, physical properties, size of the finished cups, and other details shall be as specified in appendix B of SAE Standard J1703b (1970) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The cups shall be used in testing brake fluids either within 6 months from date of manufacture when stored at room temperature below 30 °C. (86 °F.) or within 36 months from date of manufacture when stored at temperatures below minus 15 °C. (+5 °F.). After removal of cups from refrigeration they shall be conditioned base down on a flat surface for at least 12 hours at room temperature in order to allow cups to reach their true configuration before measurement.
</FP>
<P>S7.7 <I>Isopropanol.</I> ACS or reagent grade.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 22902, Dec. 2, 1971]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.116, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.117" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.117   Standard No. 117; Retreaded pneumatic tires.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies performance, labeling, and certification requirements for retreaded pneumatic passenger car tires.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to require retreaded pneumatic passenger car tires to meet safety criteria similar to those for new pneumatic passenger car tires.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to retreaded pneumatic tires for use on passenger cars manufactured after 1948.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>Casing</I> means a used tire to which additional tread may be attached for the purpose of retreading.
</P>
<P><I>Retreaded</I> means manufactured by a process in which a tread is attached to a casing.
</P>
<P>S4.2 All terms defined in §§ 571.109 and 571.110 are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Retreaded tires.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 Except as specified in S5.1.3, each retreaded tire, when mounted on a test rim of the width specified for the tire's size designation in appendix A of § 571.109 shall comply with the following requirements of § 571.109:
</P>
<P>(a) S4.1 (Size and construction).
</P>
<P>(b) S4.2.1 (General).
</P>
<P>(c) S4.2.2.3 (Tubeless tire resistance to bead unseating).
</P>
<P>(d) S4.2.2.4 (Tire strength).
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 Except as specified in S5.1.3, each retreaded tire, when mounted on a test rim of the width specified for the tire's size designation in appendix A of § 571.109, shall comply with the requirements of S4.2.2.2 of § 571.109, except that the tire's section width shall not be more than 110 percent of the section width specified, and the tire's size factor shall be at least 97 percent of the size factor specified, in appendix A of § 571.109 for the tire's size designation.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 Each retreaded tire shall be capable of meeting the requirements of S5.1.1 and S5.1.2 when mounted on any rim in accordance with those sections.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 No retreaded tire shall have a size designation, recommended maximum load rating, or maximum permissible inflation pressure that is greater than that originally specified on the casing pursuant to S4.3 of § 571.109, or specified for the casing in Table I.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Casings.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 No retreaded tire shall be manufactured with a casing—
</P>
<P>(a) On which bead wire or cord fabric is exposed before processing.
</P>
<P>(b) On which any cord fabric is exposed during processing, except that cord fabric that is located at a splice, i.e., where two or more segments of the same ply overlap, or cord fabric that is part of the belt material, may be exposed but shall not be penetrated or removed to any extent whatsoever.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 No retreaded tire shall be manufactured with a casing—
</P>
<P>(a) From which a belt or ply, or part thereof, is removed during processing; or
</P>
<P>(b) On which a belt or ply, or part thereof, is added or replaced during processing.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 Each retreaded tire shall be manufactured with a casing that bears, permanently molded at the time of its original manufacture into or onto the tire sidewall, each of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The symbol DOT;
</P>
<P>(b) The size of the tire; and
</P>
<P>(c) The actual number of plies or ply rating.
</P>
<P>S5.2.4 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Certification and labeling.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 Each manufacturer of a retreaded tire shall certify that its product complies with this standard pursuant to Section 30115 of Title 49, United States Code, by labeling the tire with the symbol DOT in the location specified in section 574.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>S6.2 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S6.3. <I>Labeling.</I> Each retreaded tire shall comply, according to the phase-in schedule specified in S7 of this standard, with the requirements of S5.5 and S5.5.1 of § 571.139.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Phase-In Schedule for labeling</I> 
</P>
<P>S7.1. <I>Tires retreaded on or after September 1, 2005 and before September 1, 2006.</I> For tires manufactured on or after September 1, 2005 and before September 1, 2006, the number of tires complying with S6.3 of this standard must be equal to not less than 40% of the retreader's production during that period.
</P>
<P>S7.2. <I>Tires retreaded on or after September 1, 2006 and before September 1, 2007.</I> For tires manufactured on or after September 1, 2006 and before September 1, 2007, the number of tires complying with S6.3 of this standard must be equal to not less than 70% of the retreader's production during that period.
</P>
<P>S7.3. <I>Tires retreaded on or after September 1, 2007.</I> Each tire must comply with S6.3 of this standard.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 5952, Mar. 23, 1972, as amended at 37 FR 11775, June 14, 1972; 38 FR 2982, Jan. 31, 1973; 38 FR 6999, Mar. 15, 1973; 38 FR 9688, Apr. 19, 1973; 39 FR 1443, Jan. 9, 1974; 39 FR 3553, Jan. 28, 1974; 39 FR 36016, Oct. 7, 1974; 39 FR 39884, Nov. 12, 1974; 61 FR 29494, June 11, 1996; 63 FR 28920, May 27, 1998; 67 FR 69627, Nov. 18, 2002; 69 FR 31319, June 3, 2004]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For an interpretation of § 571.117, see 38 FR 10940, May 3, 1973.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.118" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.118   Standard No. 118; Power-operated window, partition, and roof panel systems.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for power operated window, partition, and roof panel systems to minimize the likelihood of death or injury from their accidental operation.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kilograms or less. This standard's inadvertent actuation performance requirements of S6(a) need not be met for vehicles manufactured before October 1, 2008. The standard's pull-to-close switch operability requirements of S6(c) need not be met for vehicles manufactured before October 1, 2010.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions.</I> 
</P>
<P><I>Infrared reflectance</I> means the ratio of the intensity of infrared light reflected and scattered by a flat sample of the test rod material to the intensity of infrared light reflected and scattered by a mirror that reflects 99.99 percent of the infrared radiation incident on its surface as measured by the apparatus show in Figure 2.
</P>
<P><I>Power operated roof panel systems</I> mean moveable panels in the vehicle roof which close by vehicle supplied power either by a sliding or hinged motion, and do not include convertible top systems.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Operating requirements.</I> Except as provided in S5, power operated window, partition, or roof panel systems may be closed only in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(a) When the key that controls activation of the vehicle's engine is in the “ON”, “START”, or “ACCESSORY” position;
</P>
<P>(b) By muscular force unassisted by vehicle supplied power;
</P>
<P>(c) Upon continuous activation by a locking system on the exterior of the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(d) Upon continuous activation of a remote actuation device, provided that the remote actuation device shall be incapable of closing the power window, partition or roof panel from a distance of more than 6 meters from the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(e) During the interval between the time the locking device which controls the activation of the vehicle's engine is turned off and the opening of either of a two-door vehicle's doors or, in the case of a vehicle with more than two doors, the opening of either of its front doors;
</P>
<P>(f) If the window, partition, or roof panel is in a static position before starting to close and in that position creates an opening so small that a 4 mm diameter semi-rigid cylindrical rod cannot be placed through the opening at any location around its edge in the manner described in S5(b); or
</P>
<P>(g) Upon continuous activation of a remote actuation device, provided that the remote actuation device shall be incapable of closing the power window, partition or roof panel if the device and the vehicle are separated by an opaque surface and provided that the remote actuation device shall be incapable of closing the power window, partition or roof panel from a distance of more than 11 meters from the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Automatic reversal systems.</I> A power-operated window, partition, or roof panel system that is capable of closing or of being closed under any circumstances other than those specified in S4 shall meet the requirements of S5.1, S5.2, and, if applicable, S5.3.
</P>
<P>S5.1. While closing, the power-operated window, partition, or roof panel shall stop and reverse direction either before contacting a test rod with properties described in S8.2 or S8.3, or before exerting a squeezing force of 100 newtons (N) or more on a semi-rigid cylindrical test rod with the properties described in S8.1, when such test rod is placed through the window, partition, or roof panel opening at any location in the manner described in the applicable test under S7.
</P>
<P>S5.2. Upon reversal, the power-operated window, partition, or roof panel system must open to one of the following positions, at the manufacturer's option:
</P>
<P>(a) A position that is at least as open as the position at the time closing was initiated;
</P>
<P>(b) A position that is not less than 125 millimeters (mm) more open than the position at the time the window reversed direction; or
</P>
<P>(c) A position that permits a semi-rigid cylindrical rod that is 200 mm in diameter to be placed through the opening at the same location as the rod described in S7.1 or S7.2(b).
</P>
<P>S5.3. If a vehicle uses proximity detection by infrared reflection to stop and reverse a power-operated window, partition, or roof panel, the infrared source shall project infrared light at a wavelength of not less than 850 nm and not more than 1050 nm. The system shall meet the requirements in S5.1 and S5.2 in all ambient light conditions from total darkness to 64,500 lux (6,000 foot candles) incandescent light intensity.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Actuation Devices.</I> Except as provided in paragraph S6(b), actuation devices in the occupant compartments of vehicles used to close power-operated windows, partitions, and roof panels must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) An actuation device must not cause a window, partition, or roof panel to begin to close from any open position when tested as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Using a stainless steel sphere having a surface finish between 8 and 4 micro inches and a radius of 20 mm ±0.2 mm, place the surface of the sphere against any portion of the actuation device.
</P>
<P>(2) Apply a force not to exceed 135 Newtons (30 pounds) through the geometric center of the sphere. This force may be applied at any angle with respect to the actuation device.
</P>
<P>(3) For actuation devices that cannot be contacted by the sphere specified in S6(a)(1) prior to the application of force, apply a force up to the level specified in S6(a)(2) at any angle in an attempt to make contact with the actuation device. The sphere is directionally applied in such a manner that, if unimpeded, it would make contact with the actuation device.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirement in S6(a) does not apply to either—
</P>
<P>(1) actuation devices that are mounted in a vehicle's roof, headliner, or overhead console that can close power-operated windows, partitions, or roof panels only by continuous rather than momentary switch actuation, or
</P>
<P>(2) actuation devices for closing power-operated windows, partitions, or roof panels which comply with paragraph S5.
</P>
<P>(c) Any actuation device for closing a power-operated window must operate by pulling away from the surface in the vehicle on which the device is mounted. An actuation device for closing a power-operated window must operate only when pulled vertically up (if mounted on the top of a horizontal surface), or out (if mounted on a vertical surface), or down (if mounted on the underside of an overhead surface), or in a direction perpendicular to the surrounding surface if mounted in a sloped orientation, in order to cause the window to move in the closing direction.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1. <I>Test procedure for testing power-operated window, partition, or roof panel systems designed to detect obstructions by physical contact or by light beam interruption:</I> Place the test rod of the type specified in S8.1 or S8.2, as appropriate, through the window, partition, or roof panel opening from the inside of the vehicle such that the cylindrical surface of the rod contacts any part of the structure with which the window, partition, or roof panel mates. Typical placements of test rods are illustrated in Figure 1. Attempt to close the power window, partition, or roof panel by operating the actuation device provided in the vehicle for that purpose.
</P>
<P>S7.2. <I>Test procedure for testing power-operated window, partition, or roof panel systems designed to detect the proximity of obstructions using infrared reflectance:</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Place the vehicle under incandescent lighting that projects 64,500 lux (6,000 foot candles) onto the infrared sensor. The light is projected onto the infrared sensor by aiming the optical axis of a light source outside the vehicle as perpendicular as possible to the lens of the infrared sensor. The intensity of light is measured perpendicular to the plane of the lens of the infrared sensor, as close as possible to the center of the lens of the infrared sensor.
</P>
<P>(b) Place a test rod of the type specified in S8.3 in the window, partition, or roof panel opening, with the window, partition, or roof panel in any position. While keeping the rod stationary, attempt to close the window, partition, or roof panel by operating the actuation device provided in the vehicle for that purpose. Remove the test rod. Fully open the window, partition, or roof panel, and then begin to close it. While the window, partition, or roof panel is closing, move a test rod so that it approaches and ultimately extends through (if necessary) the window, partition, or roof panel opening, or its frame, in any orientation from the interior of the vehicle. For power partitions that have occupant compartment space on both sides of the partition, move the test rod into the partition opening from either side of the partition.
</P>
<P>(c) Repeat the steps in S7.2(a) and (b) with other ambient light conditions within the range specified in S5.3.
</P>
<P>S8. <I>Test rods.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1. <I>Rods for testing systems designed to detect obstructions by physical contact:</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Each test rod is of cylindrical shape with any diameter in the range from 4 mm to 200 mm and is of sufficient length that it can be hand-held during the test specified in S7 with only the test rod making any contact with any part of the window, partition, or roof panel or mating surfaces of the window, partition, or roof panel.
</P>
<P>(b) Each test rod has a force-deflection ratio of not less than 65 N/mm for rods 25 mm or smaller in diameter, and not less than 20 N/mm for rods larger than 25 mm in diameter.
</P>
<P>S8.2. <I>Rods for testing systems designed to detect obstructions by light beam interruption:</I> Each test rod has the shape and dimensions specified in S8.1 and is, in addition, opaque to infrared, visible, and ultraviolet light.
</P>
<P>S8.3. <I>Rods for testing systems designed to detect the proximity of obstructions using infrared reflection:</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Each rod is constructed so that its surface has an infrared reflectance of not more than 1.0 percent when measured by the apparatus in Figure 2, in accordance with the procedure in S9.
</P>
<P>(b) Each rod has the shape and dimensions specified in Figure 3.
</P>
<P>S9. <I>Procedure for measuring infrared reflectance of test rod surface material.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The infrared reflectance of the rod surface material is measured using a flat sample and an infrared light source and sensor operating at a wavelength of 950 ±100 nm.
</P>
<P>(b) The intensity of incident infrared light is determined using a reference mirror of nominally 100 percent reflectance mounted in place of the sample in the test apparatus in Figure 2.
</P>
<P>(c) Infrared reflectance measurements of each sample of test rod surface material and of the reference mirror are corrected to remove the contribution of infrared light reflected and scattered by the sample holder and other parts of the apparatus before computation of the infrared reflectance ratio.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.050.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15se04.020.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15se04.021.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 15294, Apr. 16, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 23963, June 5, 1992; 57 FR 28012, June 23, 1992; 58 FR 16785, Mar. 31, 1993; 60 FR 13644, Mar. 14, 1995; 69 FR 55531, 55544, Sept. 15, 2004; 71 FR 18683, Apr. 12, 2006; 71 FR 25285, Apr. 28, 2006; 73 FR 38339, July 7, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.119" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.119   Standard No. 119; New pneumatic tires for motor vehicles with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds), specialty tires, and tires for motorcycles.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes performance and marking requirements for tires for use on motor vehicles with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds), specialty tires, and tires for motorcycles.
</P>
<P><I>S2. Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to provide safe operational performance levels for tires used on motor vehicles with a GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds, trailers, and motorcycles, and to place sufficient information on the tires to permit their proper selection and use. 
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to:
</P>
<P>(a) New pneumatic tires for use on motor vehicles with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) manufactured after 1948;
</P>
<P>(b) New pneumatic light truck tires with a tread depth of 
<FR>18/32</FR> inch or greater, for use on motor vehicles with a GVWR of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) or less manufactured after 1948;
</P>
<P>(c) Tires for use on special-use trailers (ST, FI and 8-12 rim or lower diameter code); and
</P>
<P>(d) Tires for use on motorcycles manufactured after 1948.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I> All terms defined in the Act and the rules and standards issued under its authority are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P><I>Light truck tire</I> means a tire designated by its manuafacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Model rim assembly</I> means a test device that (a) includes a rim which conforms to the published dimensions of a commercially available rim, (b) includes an air valve assembly when used for testing tubeless tires or an innertube and flap (as required) when used for testing tubetype tires, and (c) undergoes no permanent rim deformation and allows no loss of air through the portion that it comprises of the tire-rim pressure chamber when a tire is properly mounted on the assembly and subjected to the requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Tire and rim matching information.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 Each manufacturer of tires shall ensure that a listing of the rims that may be used with each tire that he produces is provided to the public. For purposes of this section each rim listing shall include dimensional specifications and a diagram of the rim. However a listing compiled in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section need not include dimensional specifications or a diagram of a rim if the rim's dimensional specifications and diagram are contained in each listing published in accordance with paragraph (b) of this standard. The listing shall be in one of the following forms:
</P>
<P>(a) Listed by manufacturer name or brand name in a document furnished to dealers of the manufacturer's tires, to any person upon request, and in duplicate to: Docket Section, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590; or
</P>
<P>(b) Contained in publications, current at the date of manufacture of the tire or any later date, of at least one of the following organizations:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>The Tire and Rim Association
</FP-1>
<FP-1>The European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Japan Automobile Tire Manufacturers' Association, Inc.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Deutsche Industrie Norm
</FP-1>
<FP-1>British Standards Institution
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Scandinavian Tire and Rim Organization
</FP-1>
<FP-1>The Tyre and Rim Association of Australia</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>S5.2 Information contained in a publication specified in S5.1(b) which lists general categories of tires and rims by size designation, type of construction, and/or intended use, shall be considered to be manufacturer's information pursuant to S5.1 for the listed tires, unless the publication itself or specific information provided according to S5.1(a) indicates otherwise.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Requirements.</I> Each tire shall be capable of meeting any of the applicable requirements set forth below, when mounted on a model rim assembly corresponding to any rim designated by the tire manufacturer for use with the tire in accordance with S5. However, a particular tire need not meet further requirements after having been subjected to and met the endurance test (S6.1), strength test (S6.2), or high speed performance test (S6.3).
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Endurance.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 Prior to testing in accordance with the procedures of S7.2, a tire shall exhibit no visual evidence of tread, sidewall, ply, cord, innerliner, or bead separation, chunking, broken cords, cracking, or open splices.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 When tested in accordance with the procedures of S7.2:
</P>
<P>(a) There shall be no visual evidence of tread, sidewall, ply, cord, innerliner, or bead separation, chunking, broken cords, cracking, or open splices.
</P>
<P>(b) The tire pressure at the end of the test shall be not less than the initial pressure specified in S7.2(a).
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Strength.</I> When tested in accordance with the procedures of S7.3 a tire's average breaking energy value shall be not less than the value specified in Table II for that tire's size and load range.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>High speed performance.</I> When tested in accordance with the procedures of S7.4, a tire shall meet the requirements set forth in S6.1.1 and S6.1.2(a) and (b). However, this requirement applies only to motorcycle tires and to non-speed-restricted tires of nominal rim diameter code 14.5 or less marked load range A, B, C, or D.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Treadwear indicators.</I> Except as specified in this paragraph, each tire shall have at least six treadwear indicators spaced approximately equally around the circumference of the tire that enable a person inspecting the tire to determine visually whether the tire has worn to a tread depth of 1.6 mm (one-sixteenth of an inch). Tires with a rim diameter code of 12 or smaller shall have at least three such treadwear indicators. Motorcycle tires shall have at least three such indicators which permit visual determination that the tire has worn to a tread depth of 0.8 mm (one-thirty-second of an inch).
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>Tire markings.</I> Except as specified in this paragraph, each tire shall be marked on each sidewall with the information specified in paragraphs (a) through (j) of this section. The markings shall be placed between the maximum section width (exclusive of sidewall decorations or curb ribs) and the bead on at least one sidewall, unless the maximum section width of the tire is located in an area which is not more than one-fourth of the distance from the bead to the shoulder of the tire. If the maximum section width falls within that area, the markings shall appear between the bead and a point one-half the distance from the bead to the shoulder of the tire, on at least one sidewall. The markings shall be in letters and numerals not less than 2 mm (0.078 inch) high and raised above or sunk below the tire surface not less that 0.4 mm (0.015 inch), except that the marking depth shall be not less than 0.25mm (0.010 inch) in the case of motorcycle tires. The tire identification and the DOT symbol labeling shall comply with part 574 of this chapter. Markings may appear on only one sidewall and the entire sidewall area may be used in the case of motorcycle tires and recreational, boat, baggage, and special trailer tires.
</P>
<P>(a) The symbol DOT, which shall constitute a certification that the tire conforms to applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards. This symbol may be marked on only one sidewall.
</P>
<P>(b) The tire identification number required by part 574 of this chapter. This number may be marked on only one sidewall.
</P>
<P>(c) The tire size designation as listed in the documents and publications designated in S5.1.
</P>
<P>(d) The maximum load rating and corresponding inflation pressure of the tire, shown as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>(Mark on tires rated for single and dual load): Max load single ____kg (____lb) at ____kPa (____psi) cold. Max load dual ____kg (____lb) at ____kPa (____psi) cold.
</P>
<P>(Mark on tires rated only for single load): Max load ____kg (____lb) at ____kPa (____psi) cold.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) The speed restriction of the tire, if 90 km/h (55 mph) or less, shown as follows:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Max speed ____km/h (____mph).</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) The actual number of plies and the composition of the ply cord material in the sidewall and, if different, in the tread area;
</P>
<P>(g) The words “tubeless” or “tube type” as applicable.
</P>
<P>(h) The word “regroovable” if the tire is designed for regrooving.
</P>
<P>(i) The word “radial” if a radial tire.
</P>
<P>(j) The letter designating the tire load range.
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Maximum load rating.</I> If the maximum load rating for a particular tire size is shown in one or more of the publications described in S5.1(b), each tire of that size designation shall have a maximum load rating that is not less than the published maximum load rating, or if there are differing published ratings for the same tire size designation, not less than the lowest published maximum load rating for the size designation.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>General conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.1 The tests are performed using an appropriate new tube, tube valve and flap assembly (as required) that allows no loss of air for testing of tube-type tires under S7.2, S7.3, and S7.4, and tubeless tires under S7.3.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2 The tire must be capable of meeting the requirements of S7.2 and S7.4 when conditioned to a temperature of 35 °C (95 °F) for 3 hours before the test is conducted, and with an ambient temperature maintained at 35 °C (95 °F) during all phases of testing. The tire must be capable of meeting the requirements of S7.3 when conditioned at a temperature of 21 °C (70 °F) for 3 hours before the test is conducted.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Endurance.</I> (a) Mount the tire on a model rim assembly and inflate it to the inflation pressure corresponding to the maximum load rating marked on the tire. Use a single maximum load value when the tire is marked with both single and dual maximum load.
</P>
<P>(b) After conditioning the tire-rim assembly in accordance with S7.1.2, adjust the tire pressure to that specified in (a) immediately before mounting the tire rim assembly.
</P>
<P>(c) Mount the tire-rim assembly on an axle and press it against a flat-faced steel test wheel that is 1708 mm (67.23 inches) in diameter and at least as wide as the tread of the tire.
</P>
<P>(d) Apply the test load and rotate the test wheel as indicated in Table III for the type of tire tested conducting each successive phase of the test without interruption.
</P>
<P>(e) Immediately after running the tire the required time, measure the tire inflation pressure. Remove the tire from the model rim assembly, and inspect the tire.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Strength.</I> (a) Mount the tire on a model rim assembly and inflate it to the pressure corresponding to the maximum load, or maximum dual load where there is both a single and dual load marked on the tire. If the tire is tubeless, a tube may be inserted to prevent loss of air during the test in the event of puncture.
</P>
<P>(b) After conditioning the tire-rim assembly in accordance with S7.1.2, adjust the tire pressure to that specified in (a).
</P>
<P>(c) Force a cylindrical steel plunger, with a hemispherical end and of the diameter specified in Table I for the tire size, perpendicularly into a raised tread element as near as possible to the centerline of the tread, at a rate of 50 mm (2 inches) per minute, until the tire breaks or the plunger is stopped by the rim.
</P>
<P>(d) Record the force and the distance of penetration just before the tire breaks, or if it fails to break, just before the plunger is stopped by the rim.
</P>
<P>(e) Repeat the plunger application at 72° intervals around the circumference of the tire, until five measurements are made. However, in the case of tires of 12 inch rim diameter code or smaller, repeat the plunger application at 120° intervals around the circumference of the tire, until three measurements are made.
</P>
<P>(f) Compute the breaking energy for each test point by one of the two following formulas:
</P>
<P>(1) W = [(F × P)/2] × 10<E T="51">−3</E>
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>W = Breaking energy in joules (J),
</FP-2>
<FP-2>F = Force in newtons (N), and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Penetration in millimeters (mm), </FP-2></EXTRACT>
<FP-1>or;
</FP-1>
<P>(2) W = (F × P)/2
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>W = Breaking energy in inch-pounds (in-lb),
</FP-2>
<FP-2>F = Force in pounds (lb), and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Penetration in inches (in).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) Determine the average breaking energy value for the tire by computing the average of the values obtained in accordance with paragraph (f).
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>High speed performance.</I> (a) Perform steps (a) through (c) of S7.2.
</P>
<P>(b) Apply a force of 88 percent of the maximum load rating marked on the tire (use single maximum load value when the tire is marked with both single and dual maximum loads), and rotate the test wheel at 250 rpm for 2 hours.
</P>
<P>(c) Remove the load, allow the tire to cool to 35 °C (95 °F), and then adjust the pressure to that marked on the tire for single tire use.
</P>
<P>(d) Reapply the same load, and without interruption or readjustment of inflation pressure, rotate the test wheel at 375 rpm for 30 minutes, then at 400 rpm for 30 minutes, and then at 425 rpm for 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>(e) Immediately after running the tire the required time, measure the tire inflation pressure. Remove the tire from the model rim assembly, and inspect the tire.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Strength Test Plunger Diameter 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Tire type 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Plunger diameter 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(mm) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(inches) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light truck</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Motorcycle</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>5/16</fr> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">≤12 rim diameter code (except motorcycle)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tubeless:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">≤17.5 rim diameter code</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<fr>3/4</fr> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">&gt;17.5 rim diameter code, load range F or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">&gt;17.5 rim diameter code, load range over F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tube-type:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load range F or less</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/4</fr> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load range over F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
<fr>1/2</fr></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II—Minimum Static Breaking Energy
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Joules (J) and Inch-Pounds (in-lb)]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tire characteristic
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Motorcycle
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">All 12 rim
<br/>diameter code or
<br/>smaller except
<br/>motorcycle
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Light Truck greater than 12 rim diameter code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="10" scope="col">Tires other than light truck, motorcycle, 12 rim diameter code or smaller
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Plunger diameter
<br/>(mm and inches)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">7.94 mm
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>5/16</fr>″
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">19.05 mm
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>3/4</fr>″
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">19.05 mm
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>3/4</fr>″
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Tube type greater than 12 rim
<br/>diameter code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Tubeless 17.5 rim diameter code or smaller
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Tubeless greater than 17.5 rim
<br/>diameter code
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Breaking Energy
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">J
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">in-lb
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">J
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">in-lb
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">J
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">in-lb
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">31.75 mm
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1 
<fr>1/4</fr>″
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">38.10 mm
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1 
<fr>1/2</fr>″
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">19.05 mm
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<fr>3/4</fr>″
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">31.75 mm
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1 
<fr>1/4</fr>″
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">38.10 mm
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1 
<fr>1/2</fr>″
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">J
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">in-lb
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">J
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">in-lb
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">J
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">in-lb
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">J
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">in-lb
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">J
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">in-lb


</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Load Range:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">225</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">225</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">B</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">293</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">293</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">361</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">768</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">361</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">576</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">271</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">514</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,550</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">892</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7,900</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">514</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4,550</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">734</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">338</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">576</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,412</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">576</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">971</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8,600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">F</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">406</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">644</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,700</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,785</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15,800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">644</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5,700</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,412</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">G</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">711</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,282</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20,200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">711</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,694</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15,000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">H</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">768</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,598</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">768</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">J</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,824</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,203</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19,500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">L</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,050</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">M</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">N</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,389</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note:</E> For rayon cord tires, applicable energy values are 60 percent of those in table.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table III—Endurance Test Schedule
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Load range
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Test wheel speed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Test load: Percent of maximum load
<br/>rating
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Total test
<br/>revolution
<br/>(thousands)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">km/h
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">r/m
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Step I
<br/>(7 hours)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Step II
<br/>(16 hours)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Step III
<br/>(24 hours)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Speed-restricted service:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">90 km/h (55 mph)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">352.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">80 km/h (50 mph)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C, D
<br/>E, F, G, H, J, L, M, N</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48
<br/>32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150
<br/>100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75
<br/>66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97
<br/>84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">114
<br/>101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">423.0
<br/>282.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">56 km/h (35 mph)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">211.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Motorcycle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>a</sup>100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>b</sup>108</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">117</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">510.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">All other</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A, B, C, D
<br/>E
<br/>F
<br/>G
<br/>H, J, L, M, N</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80
<br/>64
<br/>64
<br/>56
<br/>48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250
<br/>200
<br/>200
<br/>175
<br/>150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>a</sup>75
<br/>70
<br/>66
<br/>66
<br/>66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>b</sup>97
<br/>88
<br/>84
<br/>84
<br/>84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">114
<br/>106
<br/>101
<br/>101
<br/>101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">510.0
<br/>564.0
<br/>564.0
<br/>493.5
<br/>423.0
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>a</sup> 4 hours for tire sizes subject to high speed requirements S6.3.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>b</sup> 6 hours for tire sizes subject to high speed requirements S6.3.</P></DIV></DIV>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Secs. 113, 201, 80 Stat. 718 (15 U.S.C. 1402, 1421); secs. 103, 112, 119, 201, 203, Pub. L. 89-563, 80 Stat. 718 (15 U.S.C. 1392, 1401, 1421, 1423); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 31301, Nov. 13, 1973]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.119, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.120" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.120   Tire selection and rims and motor home/recreation vehicle trailer load carrying capacity information for motor vehicles with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds).</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies tire and rim selection requirements, rim marking requirements and motor home/recreation vehicle trailer load carrying capacity information.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to provide safe operational performance by ensuring that vehicles to which it applies are equipped with tires of adequate size and load rating and with rims of appropriate size and type designation, and by ensuring that consumers are informed of motor home/recreation vehicle trailer load carrying capacity.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to motor vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of more than 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds and motorcycles, to rims for use on those vehicles, and to non-pneumatic spare tire assemblies for use on those vehicles. 
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I> All terms defined in the Act and the rules and standards issued under its authority are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P><I>Rim base</I> means the portion of a rim remaining after removal of all split or continuous rim flanges, side rings, and locking rings that can be detached from the rim.
</P>
<P><I>Rim size designation</I> means rim diameter and width.
</P>
<P><I>Rim diameter</I> means nominal diameter of the bead seat.
</P>
<P><I>Rim width</I> means nominal distance between rim flanges.
</P>
<P><I>Rim type designation</I> means the industry or manufacturer's designation for a rim by style or code.
</P>
<P><I>Weather side</I> means the surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Tire and rim selection.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 Except as specified in S5.1.3, each vehicle equipped with pneumatic tires for highway service shall be equipped with tires that meet the requirements of § 571.109, § 571.119 or § 571.139, and rims that are listed by the manufacturer of the tires as suitable for use with those tires, in accordance with S4.4 of § 571.109 or S5.1 of § 571.119, as applicable, except that vehicles may be equipped with a non-pneumatic spare tire assembly that meets the requirements of § 571.129, New non-pneumatic tires for passenger cars, and S8 of this standard. Vehicles equipped with such an assembly shall meet the requirements of S5.3.3, S7, and S9 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 Except in the case of a vehicle which has a speed attainable in 3.2 kilometers of 80 kilometers per hour or less, the sum of the maximum load ratings of the tires fitted to an axle shall be not less than the gross axle weight rating (GAWR) of the axle system as specified on the vehicle's certification label required by 49 CFR part 567. Except in the case of a vehicle which has a speed attainable in 2 miles of 50 mph or less, the sum of the maximum load ratings of the tires fitted to an axle shall be not less than the gross axle weight rating (GAWR) of the axle system as specified on the vehicle's certification label required by 49 CFR part 567. If the certification label shows more than one GAWR for the axle system, the sum shall be not less than the GAWR corresponding to the size designation of the tires fitted to the axle. If the size designation of the tires fitted to the axle does not appear on the certification label, the sum shall be not less than the lowest GAWR appearing on the label. When a passenger car tire is installed on a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, bus, or trailer, the tire's load rating shall be reduced by dividing by 1.10 before calculating the sum (i.e., the sum of the load ratings of the tires on each axle, when the tires' load carrying capacity at the recommended tire cold inflation pressure is reduced by dividing by 1.10, must be appropriate for the GAWR).
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 In place of tires that meet the requirements of Standard No. 119, a truck, bus, or trailer may at the request of a purchaser be equipped at the place of manufacture of the vehicle with retreaded or used tires owned or leased by the purchaser, if the sum of the maximum load ratings meets the requirements of S5.1.2. Used tires employed under this provision must have been originally manufactured to comply with Standard No. 119, as evidenced by the DOT symbol.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Rim marking.</I> Each rim or, at the option of the manufacturer in the case of a single-piece wheel, wheel disc shall be marked with the information listed in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this paragraph, in lettering not less than 3 millimeters high, impressed to a depth or, at the option of the manufacturer, embossed to a height of not less than 0.125 millimeters. The information listed in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this paragraph shall appear on the weather side. In the case of rims of multi piece construction, the information listed in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this paragraph shall appear on the rim base and the information listed in paragraphs (b) and (d) of this paragraph shall also appear on each other part of the rim.
</P>
<P>(a) A designation which indicates the source of the rim's published nominal dimensions, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) “T” indicates The Tire and Rim Association.
</P>
<P>(2) “E” indicates The European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation
</P>
<P>(3) “J” indicates Japan Automobile Tire Manufacturers' Association, Inc.
</P>
<P>(4) “D” indicates Deutsche Industrie Norm.
</P>
<P>(5) “B” indicates British Standards Institution.
</P>
<P>(6) “S” indicates Scandinavian Tire and Rim Organization.
</P>
<P>(7) “A” indicates The Tyre and Rim Association of Australia.
</P>
<P>(8) “N” indicates an independent listing pursuant to S4.4.1(a) of Standard No. 109 or S5.1(a) of Standard No. 119.
</P>
<P>(b) The rim size designation, and in case of multipiece rims, the rim type designation. For example: 20 × 5.50, or 20 × 5.5.
</P>
<P>(c) The symbol DOT, constituting a certification by the manufacturer of the rim that the rim complies with all applicable motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(d) A designation that identifies the manufacturer of the rim by name, trademark, or symbol.
</P>
<P>(e) The month, day and year or the month and year of manufacture, expressed either numerically or by use of a symbol, at the option of the manufacturer. For example:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>“September 4, 1976” may be expressed numerically as:
</P>
<FP>90476, 904, or 76
</FP>
<FP>    76  904
</FP>
<P>“September 1976” may be expressed as:
</P>
<FP>976,  9, or 76
</FP>
<FP>    76  9</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(1) Any manufacturer that elects to express the date of manufacture by means of a symbol shall notify NHTSA in writing of the full names and addresses of all manufacturers and brand name owners utilizing that symbol and the name and address of the trademark owner of that symbol, if any. The notification shall describe in narrative form and in detail how the month, day, and year or the month and year are depicted by the symbol. Such description shall include an actual size graphic depiction of the symbol, showing and/or explaining the interrelationship of the component parts of the symbol as they will appear on the rim or single piece wheel disc, including dimensional specifications, and where the symbol will be located on the rim or single piece wheel disc. The notification shall be received by NHTSA at least 60 calendar days prior to first use of the symbol. The notification shall be mailed to the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590. All information provided to NHTSA under this paragraph will be placed in the public docket.
</P>
<P>(2) Each manufacturer of wheels shall provide an explanation of its date of manufacture symbol to any person upon request.
</P>
<P>S5.3 Each vehicle shall show the information specified in S5.3.1 and S5.3.2 and, in the case of a vehicle equipped with a non-pneumatic spare tire, the information specified in S5.3.3, in the English language, lettered in block capitals and numerals not less than 2.4 millimeters high and in the format set forth following this paragraph. This information shall appear either— 
</P>
<P>(a) After each GAWR listed on the certification label required by § 567.4 or § 567.5 of this chapter; or at the option of the manufacturer, 
</P>
<P>(b) On the tire information label affixed to the vehicle in the manner, location, and form described in § 567.4 (b) through (f) of this chapter as appropriate of each GVWR-GAWR combination listed on the certification label. 
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 <I>Tires.</I> The size designation (not necessarily for the tires on the vehicle) and the recommended cold inflation pressure for those tires such that the sum of the load ratings of the tires on each axle (when the tires' load carrying capacity at the specified pressure is reduced by dividing by 1.10, in the case of a tire subject to FMVSS No. 109) is appropriate for the GAWR as calculated in accordance with S5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2. <I>Rims.</I> The size designation and, if applicable, the type designation of Rims (not necessarily those on the vehicle) appropriate for those tires.
</P>
<HD1>TRUCK EXAMPLE—SUITABLE TIRE-RIM CHOICE
</HD1>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>GVWR: 7,840 KG (17,289 LB)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>GAWR: FRONT—2,850 KG (6,280 LB) WITH 7.50-20(D) TIRES, 20 × 6.00 RIMS AT 520 KPA (75 PSI) COLD SINGLE
</FP-1>
<FP-1>GAWR: REAR—4,990 KG (11,000 LB) WITH 7.50-20(D) TIRES, 20 × 6.00 RIMS, AT 450 KPA (65 PSI) COLD DUAL
</FP-1>
<FP-1>GVWR: 13,280 KG (29,279 LB)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>GAWR: FRONT—4,826 KG (10,640 LB) WITH 10.00-20(F) TIRES, 20 × 7.50 RIMS, AT 620 KPA (90 PSI) COLD SINGLE
</FP-1>
<FP-1>GAWR: REAR—8,454 KG (18,639 LB) WITH 10.00-20(F) TIRES, 20 × 2.70 RIMS, AT 550 KPA (80 PSI) COLD DUAL</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>S5.3.3 The non-pneumatic tire identification code, with which that assembly is labeled pursuant to S4.3(a) of § 571.129.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Load Limits for Non-Pneumatic Spare Tires.</I> The highest vehicle maximum load on the tire for the vehicle shall not be greater than the load rating for the non-pneumatic spare tire.
</P>
<P>S7 <I>Labeling Requirements for Non-Pneumatic Spare Tires or Tire Assemblies.</I> Each non-pneumatic tire or, in the case of a non-pneumatic tire assembly in which the non-pneumatic tire is an integral part of the assembly, each non-pneumatic tire assembly shall include, in letters or numerals not less than 4 millimeters high, the information specified in paragraphs S7 (a) and (b). The information shall be permanently molded, stamped, or otherwise permanently marked into or onto the non-pneumatic tire or non-pneumatic tire assembly, or shall appear on a label that is permanently attached to the tire or tire assembly. If a label is used, it shall be subsurface printed, made of material that is resistant to fade, heat, moisture and abrasion, and attached in such a manner that it cannot be removed without destroying or defacing the label on the non-pneumatic tire or tire assembly. The information specified in paragraphs S7 (a) and (b) shall appear on both sides of the non-pneumatic tire or tire assembly, except, in the case of a non-pneumatic tire assembly which has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle, in which case the information specified in paragraphs S7 (a) and (b) shall only be required on the outward facing side. The information shall be positioned on the tire or tire assembly such that it is not placed on the tread or the outermost edge of the tire and is not obstructed by any portion of any non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member designated for use with that tire in this standard or in Standard No. 129.
</P>
<P>(a) FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY; and
</P>
<P>(b) MAXIMUM 80 KM/H (50 M.P.H.).
</P>
<P>S8. <I>Requirements for Vehicles Equipped with Non-Pneumatic Spare Tire Assemblies</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Vehicle Placarding Requirements.</I> A placard, permanently affixed to the inside of the spare tire stowage area or equally accessible location adjacent to the non-pneumatic spare tire assembly, shall display the information set forth in S7 in block capitals and numerals not less than 6 millimeters high preceded by the words “IMPORTANT—USE OF SPARE TIRE” in letters not less than 9 millimeters high.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Supplementary Information.</I> The owner's manual of the vehicle shall contain, in writing in the English language and in not less than 10 point type, the following information under the heading “IMPORTANT—USE OF SPARE TIRE”:
</P>
<P>(a) A statement indicating the information related to appropriate use for the non-pneumatic spare tire including at a minimum the information set forth in S8 (a) and (b) and either the information set forth in S5.3.6 or a statement that the information set forth in S5.3.6 is located on the vehicle placard and on the non-pneumatic tire;
</P>
<P>(b) An instruction to drive carefully when the non-pneumatic spare tire is in use, and to install the proper pneumatic tire and rim at the first reasonable opportunity; and
</P>
<P>(c) A statement that operation of the vehicle is not recommended with more than one non-pneumatic spare tire in use at the same time.
</P>
<P>S9 <I>Non-Pneumatic Rims and Wheel Center Members</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1 <I>Non-Pneumatic Rim Requirements.</I> Each non-pneumatic rim that is part of a separable non-pneumatic spare tire assembly shall be constructed to the dimensions of a non-pneumatic rim that is listed pursuant to S4.4 of § 571.129 for use with the non-pneumatic tire, designated by its non-pneumatic tire identification code, with which the vehicle is equipped.
</P>
<P>S9.2 <I>Wheel Center Member Requirements.</I> Each wheel center member that is part of a separable non-pneumatic spare tire assembly shall be constructed to the dimensions of a wheel center member that is listed pursuant to S4.4 of § 571.129 for use with the non-pneumatic tire, designated by its non-pneumatic tire identification code, with which the vehicle is equipped.
</P>
<P>S10. Each motor home and recreation vehicle (RV) trailer must meet the applicable requirements in S10.
</P>
<P>S10.1 On motor homes, the sum of the gross axle weight ratings (GAWR) of all axles on the vehicle must not be less than the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR).
</P>
<P>S10.2 On RV trailers, the sum of the GAWRs of all axles on the vehicle plus the vehicle manufacturer's recommended tongue weight must not be less than the GVWR. If tongue weight is specified as a range, the minimum value must be used.
</P>
<P>S10.3 The tires on each motor home and RV trailer at first retail sale must be the same size as the tire size on the labeling required by S5.3.
</P>
<P>S10.4 Each motor home and RV trailer single stage or final stage manufacturer must affix either a motor home occupant and cargo carrying capacity (OCCC) label (Figure 1) or a RV trailer cargo carrying capacity (CCC) label (Figure 2) to its vehicles that meets the following criteria:
</P>
<P>S10.4.1 The RV load carrying capacity labels (Figures 1 and 2) must be legible, visible, moisture resistant, presented in the English language, have a minimum print size of 2.4 millimeters (
<FR>3/32</FR> inches) high and be printed in black print on a yellow background.
</P>
<P>S10.4.2 The weight value for load carrying capacity on the RV load carrying capacity labels (Figures 1 and 2) must be displayed to the nearest kilogram with conversion to the nearest pound and must be such that the vehicle's weight does not exceed its GVWR when loaded with the stated load carrying capacity. The UVW and the GVWR used to determine the RV's load carrying capacity must reflect the weights and design of the motor home or RV trailer as configured for delivery to the dealer/service facility. If applicable, the weight of full propane tanks must be included in the RV's UVW and the weight of on-board potable water must be treated as cargo.
</P>
<P>S10.4.3 The RV load carrying capacity labels (Figures 1 and 2) must be:
</P>
<P>(a) Permanently affixed and must be visibly located on the interior of the forward-most exterior passenger door on the right side of the vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(b) If a permanent RV load carrying capacity label (Figure 1 or 2) is affixed in the location specified at S5.3(b), a temporary version of the RV load carrying capacity label (Figure 1 or 2) may be visibly located on the interior of the forward-most exterior passenger door on the right side of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S10.4.4 Permanent and temporary motor home OCCC labels must contain the following information in accordance with Figure 1:
</P>
<P>(a) The statement: “MOTOR HOME OCCUPANT AND CARGO CARRYING CAPACITY” in block letters.
</P>
<P>(b) The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
</P>
<P>(c) The statement “THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED: XXX kg or XXX lbs” in block letters with appropriate values included.
</P>
<P>(d) The statement “Safety belt equipped seating capacity: XXX” with the appropriate value included. This is the total number of safety belt equipped seating positions.
</P>
<P>(e) The statement: “CAUTION: A full load of water equals XXX kg or XXX lbs of cargo @ 1 kg/L (8.3 lb/gal) and the tongue weight of a towed trailer counts as cargo” with appropriate values included.
</P>
<P>S10.4.5 Permanent and temporary RV trailer CCC labels must contain the following information in accordance with Figure 2:
</P>
<P>(a) The statement: “RECREATION VEHICLE TRAILER CARGO CARRYING CAPACITY” in block letters.
</P>
<P>(b) The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
</P>
<P>(c) The statement: “THE WEIGHT OF CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED: XXX kg or XXX lbs” in block letters with appropriate values included. 
</P>
<P>(d) The statement: “CAUTION: A full load of water equals XXX kg or XXX lbs of cargo @ 1 kg/L (8.3 lb/gal)” with appropriate values included.
</P>
<P>S10.5 <I>Weight added to motor homes and RV trailers between final vehicle certification and first retail sale of the vehicle.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.5.1 If weight exceeding 45.4 kg (100 pounds) is added to a motor home or RV trailer between final vehicle certification and first retail sale of the vehicle, the load carrying capacity values on the RV load carrying capacity labels (Figures 1 and 2) required by S10.4 must be corrected using one or a combination of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(a) Permanently affix the load carrying capacity modification label (Figure 3) which displays the amount the load carrying capacity is reduced to the nearest kilogram with conversion to the nearest pound, within 25 millimeters of the original, permanent RV load carrying capacity label (Figure 1 or 2). The load carrying capacity modification label must be legible, visible, permanent, moisture resistant, presented in the English language, have a minimum print size of 2.4 millimeters (3/32 inches) high and be printed in black print on a yellow background. If the manufacturer selects S10.4.3(b), apply a temporary version of the load carrying capacity modification label (Figure 3) within 25 millimeters of the original, temporary RV load carrying capacity label (Figure 1 or 2) on the interior of the forward-most exterior passenger door on the right side of the vehicle. Both temporary and permanent versions of the load carrying capacity modification label (Figure 3) may be printed without values and values may be legibly applied to the label with a black, fine point, indelible marker. The label must contain the statements “CAUTION—LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY REDUCED” in block letters and “Modifications to this vehicle have reduced the original load carrying capacity by XXX kg or XXX lbs” in accordance with Figure 3 with appropriate values in place of XXX. If two load carrying capacity modification labels are required (one permanent and one temporary), the weight values on each must agree, or
</P>
<P>(b) Modify the original permanent RV load carrying capacity label (Figure 1 or 2) with correct load carrying capacity weight values. If the manufacturer selects S10.4.3(b), the temporary RV load carrying capacity label (Figure 1 or 2) must also be modified with correct load carrying capacity weight values. Modification of labels requires a machine printed overlay with printed corrected values or blanks for corrected values that may be entered with a black, fine-point, indelible marker. Crossing out old values and entering corrected values on the original label is not permissible, or
</P>
<P>(c) Replace the original, permanent RV load carrying capacity label (Figure 1 or 2) with the same label containing correct load carrying capacity weight values. If the manufacturer selects S10.4.3(b), the temporary RV load carrying capacity label (Figure 1 or 2) must also be replaced with the same label containing correct load carrying capacity weight values.
</P>
<P>S10.5.2 Corrected load carrying capacity weight values or the weight amount the load carrying capacity is reduced, must reflect the total weight added between final vehicle certification and first retail sale and must be accurate within one percent of the actual added weight. No re-labeling is required if the weight of the vehicle is reduced between final vehicle certification and the first retail sale.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er04de07.044.gif"/>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Secs. 102, 119, and 202, Pub. L. 89-563, 80 Stat. 718 (15 U.S.C. 1392, 1407, and 1422); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 7144, Feb. 7, 1977]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.120, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.121" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.121   Standard No. 121; Air brake systems.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes performance and equipment requirements for braking systems on vehicles equipped with air brake systems.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to insure safe braking performance under normal and emergency conditions.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to trucks, buses, and trailers equipped with air brake systems. However, it does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(a) Any trailer that has a width of more than 102.36 inches with extendable equipment in the fully retracted position and is equipped with two short track axles in a line across the width of the trailer.
</P>
<P>(b) Any vehicle equipped with an axle that has a gross axle weight rating (GAWR) of 29,000 pounds or more;
</P>
<P>(c) Any truck or bus that has a speed attainable in 2 miles of not more than 33 mph;
</P>
<P>(d) Any truck that has a speed attainable in 2 miles of not more than 45 mph, an unloaded vehicle weight that is not less than 95 percent of its gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR), and no capacity to carry occupants other than the driver and operating crew;
</P>
<P>(e) Any trailer that has a GVWR of more than 120,000 pounds and whose body conforms to that described in the definition of heavy hauler trailer set forth in S4;
</P>
<P>(f) Any trailer that has an unloaded vehicle weight which is not less than 95 percent of its GVWR; and
</P>
<P>(g) Any load divider dolly.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Agricultural commodity trailer</I> means a trailer that is designed to transport bulk agricultural commodities in off-road harvesting sites and to a processing plant or storage location, as evidenced by skeletal construction that accommodates harvest containers, a maximum length of 28 feet, and an arrangement of air control lines and reservoirs that minimizes damage in field operations.
</P>
<P><I>Air brake system</I> means a system that uses air as a medium for transmitting pressure or force from the driver control to the service brake, including an air-over-hydraulic brake subsystem, but does not include a system that uses compressed air or vacuum only to assist the driver in applying muscular force to hydraulic or mechanical components.
</P>
<P><I>Air-over-hydraulic brake subsystem</I> means a subsystem of the air brake system that uses compressed air to transmit a force from the driver control to a hydraulic brake system to actuate the service brakes.
</P>
<P><I>Antilock brake system</I> or <I>ABS</I> means a portion of a service brake system that automatically controls the degree of rotational wheel slip during braking by:
</P>
<P>(1) Sensing the rate of angular rotation of the wheels;
</P>
<P>(2) Transmitting signals regarding the rate of wheel angular rotation to one or more controlling devices which interpret those signals and generate responsive controlling output signals; and
</P>
<P>(3) Transmitting those controlling signals to one or more modulators which adjust brake actuating forces in response to those signals.
</P>
<P><I>Auto transporter</I> means a truck and a trailer designed for use in combination to transport motor vehicles, in that the towing vehicle is designed to carry cargo at a location other than the fifth wheel and to load this cargo only by means of the towed vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Common diaphragm</I> means a single brake chamber diaphragm which is a component of the parking, emergency, and service brake systems.
</P>
<P><I>Container chassis trailer</I> means a semitrailer of skeleton construction limited to a bottom frame, one or more axles, specially built and fitted with locking devices for the transport of intermodal shipping containers, so that when the chassis and container are assembled, the units serve the same function as an over the road trailer.
</P>
<P><I>Directly controlled wheel</I> means a wheel for which the degree of rotational wheel slip is sensed, either at that wheel or on the axle shaft for that wheel and corresponding signals are transmitted to one or more modulators that adjust the brake actuating forces at that wheel. Each modulator may also adjust the brake actuating forces at other wheels that are on the same axle or in the same axle set in response to the same signal or signals.
</P>
<P><I>Effective projected luminous lens area</I> means that area of the projection on a plane perpendicular to the lamp axis of that portion of the light-emitting surface that directs light to the photometric test pattern, and does not include mounting hole bosses, reflex reflector area, beads or rims that may glow or produce small areas of increased intensity as a result of uncontrolled light from small areas (
<FR>1/2</FR> degree radius around the test point).
</P>
<P><I>Full-treadle brake application</I> means a brake application in which the treadle valve pressure in any of the valve's output circuits reaches 85 pounds per square inch (psi) within 0.2 seconds after the application is initiated, or in which maximum treadle travel is achieved within 0.2 seconds after the application is initiated.
</P>
<P><I>Heavy hauler trailer</I> means a trailer which has one or more of the following characteristics, but which is not a container chassis trailer:
</P>
<P>(1) Its brake lines are designed to adapt to separation or extension of the vehicle frame; or
</P>
<P>(2) Its body consists only of a platform whose primary cargo-carrying surface is not more than 40 inches above the ground in an unloaded condition, except that it may include sides that are designed to be easily removable and a permanent “front end structure” as that term is used in § 393.106 of this title.
</P>
<P><I>Independently controlled wheel</I> means a directly controlled wheel for which the modulator does not adjust the brake actuating forces at any other wheel on the same axle.
</P>
<P><I>Indirectly controlled wheel</I> means a wheel at which the degree of rotational wheel slip is not sensed, but at which the modulator of an antilock braking system adjusts its brake actuating forces in response to signals from one or more sensed wheel(s).
</P>
<P><I>Initial brake temperature</I> means the average temperature of the service brakes on the hottest axle of the vehicle 0.2 mile before any brake application in the case of road tests, or 18 seconds before any brake application in the case of dynamometer testing.
</P>
<P><I>Intermodal shipping container</I> means a reusable, transportable enclosure that is especially designed with integral locking devices for securing the container to the trailer to facilitate the efficient and bulk shipping and transfer of goods by, or between various modes of transport, such as highway, rail, sea and air.
</P>
<P><I>Load divider dolly</I> means a trailer composed of a trailer chassis and one or more axles, with no solid bed, body, or container attached, and which is designed exclusively to support a portion of the load on a trailer or truck excluded from all the requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum drive-through speed</I> means the highest possible constant speed at which the vehicle can be driven through 200 feet of a 500-foot radius curve arc without leaving the 12-foot lane.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum treadle travel</I> means the distance that the treadle moves from its position when no force is applied to its position when the treadle reaches a full stop.
</P>
<P><I>Peak friction coefficient</I> or <I>PFC</I> means the ratio of the maximum value of braking test wheel longitudinal force to the simultaneous vertical force occurring prior to wheel lockup, as the braking torque is progressively increased.
</P>
<P><I>Pulpwood trailer</I> means a trailer that is designed exclusively for harvesting logs or pulpwood and constructed with a skeletal frame with no means for attachment of a solid bed, body, or container, and with an arrangement of air control lines and reservoirs designed to minimize damage in off-road operations.
</P>
<P><I>Tandem axle</I> means a group or set of two or more axles placed in a close arrangement, one behind the other, with the centerlines of adjacent axles not more than 72 inches apart. 
</P>
<P><I>Straddle trailer</I> means a trailer that is designed to transport bulk agricultural commodities from the harvesting location as evidenced by a framework that is driven over the cargo and lifting arms that suspend the cargo for transit.
</P>
<P><I>Wheel lockup</I> means 100 percent wheel slip.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the following requirements under the conditions specified in S6. However, at the option of the manufacturer, the following vehicles may meet the stopping distance requirements specified in Table IIa instead of Table II: Three-axle tractors with a front axle that has a GAWR of 14,600 pounds or less, and with two rear drive axles that have a combined GAWR of 45,000 pounds or less, that are manufactured before August 1, 2011; and all other tractors that are manufactured before August 1, 2013.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Required equipment for trucks and buses.</I> Each truck and bus shall have the following equipment:
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Air compressor.</I> An air compressor of sufficient capacity to increase air pressure in the supply and service reservoirs from 85 psi to 100 psi when the engine is operating at the vehicle manufacturer's maximum recommended r.p.m. within a time, in seconds, determined by the quotient (Actual reservoir capacity × 25)/Required reservoir capacity.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1.1 <I>Air compressor cut-in pressure.</I> The air compressor governor cut-in pressure for each bus shall be 85 p.s.i. or greater. The air compressor governor cut-in pressure for each truck shall be 100 p.s.i. or greater.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Reservoirs.</I> One or more service reservoir systems, from which air is delivered to the brake chambers, and either an automatic condensate drain valve for each service reservoir or a supply reservoir between the service reservoir system and the source of air pressure.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.1 The combined volume of all service reservoirs and supply reservoirs shall be at least 12 times the combined volume of all service brake chambers. For each brake chamber type having a full stroke at least as great as the first number in Column 1 of Table V, but no more than the second number in Column 1 of Table V, the volume of each brake chamber for purposes of calculating the required combined service and supply reservoir volume shall be either that specified in Column 2 of Table V or the actual volume of the brake chamber at maximum travel of the brake piston or pushrod, whichever is lower. The volume of a brake chamber not listed in Table V is the volume of the brake chamber at maximum travel of the brake piston or pushrod. The reservoirs of the truck portion of an auto transporter need not meet this requirement for reservoir volume.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.2 Each reservoir shall be capable of withstanding an internal hydrostatic pressure of five times the compressor cutout pressure or 500 psi, whichever is greater, for 10 minutes.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.3 Each service reservoir system shall be protected against loss of air pressure due to failure or leakage in the system between the service reservoir and the source of air pressure, by check valves or equivalent devices whose proper functioning can be checked without disconnecting any air line or fitting.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.4 Each reservoir shall have a condensate drain valve that can be manually operated.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 <I>Towing vehicle protection system.</I> If the vehicle is intended to tow another vehicle equipped with air brakes, a system to protect the air pressure in the towing vehicle from the effects of a loss of air pressure in the towed vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 <I>Pressure gauge.</I> A pressure gauge in each service brake system, readily visible to a person seated in the normal driving position, that indicates the service reservoir system air pressure. The accuracy of the gauge shall be within plus or minus 7 percent of the compressor cut-out pressure.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5 <I>Warning signal.</I> A signal, other than a pressure gauge, that gives a continuous warning to a person in the normal driving position when the ignition is in the “on” (“run”) position and the air pressure in the service reservoir system is below 60 psi. The signal shall be either visible within the driver's forward field of view, or both audible and visible.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6 <I>Antilock brake system.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.1(a) Each single-unit vehicle manufactured on or after March 1, 1998, shall be equipped with an antilock brake system that directly controls the wheels of at least one front axle and the wheels of at least one rear axle of the vehicle. Wheels on other axles of the vehicle may be indirectly controlled by the antilock brake system.
</P>
<P>(b) Each truck tractor manufactured on or after March 1, 1997, shall be equipped with an antilock brake system that directly controls the wheels of at least one front axle and the wheels of at least one rear axle of the vehicle, with the wheels of at least one axle being independently controlled. Wheels on other axles of the vehicle may be indirectly controlled by the antilock brake system. A truck tractor shall have no more than three wheels controlled by one modulator.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.2 <I>Antilock malfunction signal and circuit.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Each truck tractor manufactured on or after March 1, 1997, and each single unit vehicle manufactured on or after March 1, 1998, shall be equipped with an indicator lamp, mounted in front of and in clear view of the driver, which is activated whenever there is a malfunction that affects the generation or transmission of response or control signals in the vehicle's antilock brake system. The indicator lamp shall remain activated as long as such a malfunction exists, whenever the ignition (start) switch is in the “on” (“run”) position, whether or not the engine is running. Each message about the existence of such a malfunction shall be stored in the antilock brake system after the ignition switch is turned to the “off” position and automatically reactivated when the ignition switch is again turned to the “on” (“run”) position. The indicator lamp shall also be activated as a check of lamp function whenever the ignition is turned to the “on” (“run”) position. The indicator lamp shall be deactivated at the end of the check of lamp function unless there is a malfunction or a message about a malfunction that existed when the key switch was last turned to the “off” position.
</P>
<P>(b) Each truck tractor manufactured on or after March 1, 2001, and each single unit vehicle manufactured on or after March 1, 2001, that is equipped to tow another air-braked vehicle, shall be equipped with an electrical circuit that is capable of transmitting a malfunction signal from the antilock brake system(s) on one or more towed vehicle(s) (e.g., trailer(s) and dolly(ies)) to the trailer ABS malfunction lamp in the cab of the towing vehicle, and shall have the means for connection of this electrical circuit to the towed vehicle. Each such truck tractor and single unit vehicle shall also be equipped with an indicator lamp, separate from the lamp required in S5.1.6.2(a), mounted in front of and in clear view of the driver, which is activated whenever the malfunction signal circuit described above receives a signal indicating an ABS malfunction on one or more towed vehicle(s). The indicator lamp shall remain activated as long as an ABS malfunction signal from one or more towed vehicle(s) is present, whenever the ignition (start) switch is in the “on” (“run”) position, whether or not the engine is running. The indicator lamp shall also be activated as a check of lamp function whenever the ignition is turned to the “on” (“run”) position. The indicator lamp shall be deactivated at the end of the check of lamp function unless a trailer ABS malfunction signal is present.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.3 <I>Antilock power circuit for towed vehicles.</I> Each truck tractor manufactured on or after March 1, 1997, and each single unit vehicle manufactured on or after March 1, 1998, that is equipped to tow another air-braked vehicle shall be equipped with one or more electrical circuits that provide continuous power to the antilock system on the towed vehicle or vehicles whenever the ignition (start) switch is in the “on” (“run”) position. Such a circuit shall be adequate to enable the antilock system on each towed vehicle to be fully operable.
</P>
<P>S5.1.7 <I>Service brake stop lamp switch.</I> A switch that lights the stop lamps when the service brake control is statically depressed to a point that produces a pressure of 6 psi or less in the service brake chambers.
</P>
<P>S5.1.8 <I>Brake distribution and automatic adjustment.</I> Each vehicle shall be equipped with a service brake system acting on all wheels.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Brake adjuster.</I> Wear of the service brakes shall be compensated for by means of a system of automatic adjustment. When inspected pursuant to S5.9, the adjustment of the service brakes shall be within the limits recommended by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake indicator.</I> For each brake equipped with an external automatic adjustment mechanism and having an exposed pushrod, the condition of service brake under-adjustment shall be displayed by a brake adjustment indicator that is discernible when viewed with 20/40 vision from a location adjacent to or underneath the vehicle, when inspected pursuant to S5.9.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Required equipment for trailers.</I> Each trailer shall have the following equipment:
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Reservoirs.</I> One or more reservoirs to which the air is delivered from the towing vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.1 The total volume of each service reservoir shall be at least eight times the combined volume of all service brake chambers serviced by that reservoir. For each brake chamber type having a full stroke at least as great as the first number in Column 1 of Table V, but no more than the second number in column 1, the volume of each brake chamber for purposes of calculating the required total service reservoir volume shall be either the number specified in Column 2 of Table V or the actual volume of the brake chamber at maximum travel of the brake piston or pushrod, whichever is lower. The volume of a brake chamber not listed in Table V is the volume of the brake chamber at maximum travel of the brake piston or pushrod. The reservoirs on a heavy hauler trailer and the trailer portion of an auto transporter need not meet this requirement for reservoir volume.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.2 Each reservoir shall be capable of withstanding an internal hydrostatic pressure of 500 psi for 10 minutes.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.3 Each reservoir shall have a condensate drain valve that can be manually operated.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.4 Each service reservoir shall be protected against loss of air pressure due to failure or leakage in the system between the service reservoir and its source of air pressure by check valves or equivalent devices.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Brake distribution and automatic adjustment.</I> Each vehicle shall be equipped with a service brake system acting on all wheels.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Brake adjuster.</I> Wear of the service brakes shall be compensated for by means of a system of automatic adjustment. When inspected pursuant to S5.9, the adjustment of the service brakes shall be within the limits recommended by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Brake indicator.</I> For each brake equipped with an external automatic adjustment mechanism and having an exposed pushrod, the condition of service brake under-adjustment shall be displayed by a brake adjustment indicator in a manner that is discernible when viewed with 20/40 vision from a location adjacent to or underneath the vehicle, when inspected pursuant to S5.9.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 <I>Antilock brake system.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.3.1(a) Each semitrailer (including a trailer converter dolly) manufactured on or after March 1, 1998, shall be equipped with an antilock brake system that directly controls the wheels of at least one axle of the vehicle. Wheels on other axles of the vehicle may be indirectly controlled by the antilock brake system.
</P>
<P>(b) Each full trailer manufactured on or after March 1, 1998, shall be equipped with an antilock brake system that directly controls the wheels of at least one front axle of the vehicle and at least one rear axle of the vehicle. Wheels on other axles of the vehicle may be indirectly controlled by the antilock brake system.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3.2 <I>Antilock malfunction signal.</I> Each trailer (including a trailer converter dolly) manufactured on or after March 1, 2001, that is equipped with an antilock brake system shall be equipped with an electrical circuit that is capable of signaling a malfunction in the trailer's antilock brake system, and shall have the means for connection of this antilock brake system malfunction signal circuit to the towing vehicle. The electrical circuit need not be separate or dedicated exclusively to this malfunction signaling function. The signal shall be present whenever there is a malfunction that affects the generation or transmission of response or control signals in the trailer's antilock brake system. The signal shall remain present as long as the malfunction exists, whenever power is supplied to the antilock brake system. Each message about the existence of such a malfunction shall be stored in the antilock brake system whenever power is no longer supplied to the system, and the malfunction signal shall be automatically reactivated whenever power is again supplied to the trailer's antilock brake system. In addition, each trailer manufactured on or after March 1, 2001, that is designed to tow other air-brake equipped trailers shall be capable of transmitting a malfunction signal from the antilock brake systems of additional trailers it tows to the vehicle towing it.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3.3 <I>Antilock malfunction indicator.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) In addition to the requirements of S5.2.3.2, each trailer and trailer converter dolly shall be equipped with an external antilock malfunction indicator lamp that meets the requirements of S5.2.3.3 (b) through (d).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The lamp shall be designed to conform to the performance requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J592 JUN92 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), or SAE Recommended Practice J592e (1972) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), for combination, clearance, and side marker lamps, which are marked with a “PC” or “P2” on the lens or housing, in accordance with SAE Recommended Practice J759 JAN95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(2) The color of the lamp shall be yellow.
</P>
<P>(3) The letters “ABS” shall be permanently molded, stamped, or otherwise marked or labeled in letters not less than 10 mm (0.4 inches) high on the lamp lens or its housing to identify the function of the lamp. Alternatively, the letters “ABS” may be painted on the trailer body or dolly or a plaque with the letters “ABS” may be affixed to the trailer body or converter dolly; the letters “ABS” shall be not less than 25 mm (1 inch) high. A portion of one of the letters in the alternative identification shall be not more than 150 mm (5.9 inches) from the edge of the lamp lens.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Location requirements.</I> (1) Each trailer that is not a trailer converter dolly shall be equipped with a lamp mounted on a permanent structure on the left side of the trailer as viewed from the rear, no closer than 150 mm (5.9 inches), and no farther than 600 mm (23.6 inches) from the red rear side marker lamp, when measured between the closest edge of the effective projected luminous lens area of each lamp.
</P>
<P>(2) Each trailer converter dolly shall be equipped with a lamp mounted on a permanent structure of the dolly so that the lamp is not less than 375 mm (14.8 inches) above the road surface when measured from the center of the lamp with the dolly at curb weight. When a person, standing 3 meters (9.8 feet) from the lamp, views the lamp from a perspective perpendicular to the vehicle's centerline, no portion of the lamp shall be obscured by any structure on the dolly.
</P>
<P>(3) Each trailer that is not a trailer converter dolly and on which the malfunction indicator lamp cannot be placed within the location specified in S5.2.3.3(c)(1) shall be equipped with a lamp mounted on a permanent structure on the left side of the trailer as viewed from the rear, near the red rear side marker lamp or on the front face of the left rear fender of a trailer equipped with fenders.
</P>
<P>(d) The lamp shall be illuminated whenever power is supplied to the antilock brake system and there is a malfunction that affects the generation or transmission of response or control signals in the trailer's antilock brake system. The lamp shall remain illuminated as long as such a malfunction exists and power is supplied to the antilock brake system. Each message about the existence of such a malfunction shall be stored in the antilock brake system whenever power is no longer supplied to the system. The lamp shall be automatically reactivated when power is again supplied to the trailer's antilock brake system. The lamp shall also be activated as a check of lamp function whenever power is first supplied to the antilock brake system and the vehicle is stationary. The lamp shall be deactivated at the end of the check of lamp function, unless there is a malfunction or a message about a malfunction that existed when power was last supplied to the antilock brake system.
</P>
<P>S5.3 Service brakes—road tests. The service brake system on each truck tractor shall, under the conditions of S6, meet the requirements of S5.3.1, S5.3.3, S5.3.4, and S5.3.6, when tested without adjustments other than those specified in this standard. The service brake system on each bus and truck (other than a truck tractor shall) manufactured before July 1, 2005 and each bus and truck (other than a truck tractor) manufactured in two or more stages shall, under the conditions of S6, meet the requirements of S5.3.1, S5.3.3, and S5.3.4 when tested without adjustments other than those specified in this standard. The service brake system on each bus and truck (other than a truck tractor) manufactured on or after July 1, 2005 and each bus and truck (other than a truck tractor) manufactured in two or more stages on or after July 1, 2006 shall, under the conditions of S6, meet the requirements of S5.3.1, S5.3.3, S5.3.4, and S5.3.6, when tested without adjustments other than those specified in this standard. The service brake system on each trailer shall, under the conditions of S6, meet the requirements of S5.3.3, S5.3.4, and S5.3.5 when tested without adjustments other than those specified in this standard. However, a heavy hauler trailer and the truck and trailer portions of an auto transporter need not met the requirements of S5.3.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 <I>Stopping distance—trucks and buses.</I> When stopped six times for each combination of vehicle type, weight, and speed specified in S5.3.1.1, in the sequence specified in Table I, each truck tractor manufactured on or after March 1, 1997, and each single unit vehicle manufactured on or after March 1, 1998, shall stop at least once in not more than the distance specified in Table II, measured from the point at which movement of the service brake control begins, without any part of the vehicle leaving the roadway, and with wheel lockup permitted only as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) At vehicle speeds above 20 mph, any wheel on a nonsteerable axle other than the two rearmost nonliftable, nonsteerable axles may lock up, for any duration. The wheels on the two rearmost nonliftable, nonsteerable axles may lock up according to S5.3.1(b).
</P>
<P>(b) At vehicle speeds above 20 mph, one wheel on any axle or two wheels on any tandem may lock up for any duration.
</P>
<P>(c) At vehicle speeds above 20 mph, any wheel not permitted to lock in S5.3.1 (a) or (b) may lock up repeatedly, with each lockup occurring for a duration of one second or less.
</P>
<P>(d) At vehicle speeds of 20 mph or less, any wheel may lock up for any duration.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1.1 Stop the vehicle from 60 mph on a surface with a peak friction coefficient of 1.02 with the vehicle loaded as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Loaded to its GVWR so that the load on each axle, measured at the tire-ground interface, is most nearly proportional to the axles' respective GAWRs, without exceeding the GAWR of any axle. 
</P>
<P>(b) In the truck tractor only configuration plus up to 500 lbs. or, at the manufacturer's option, at its unloaded weight plus up to 500 lbs. (including driver and instrumentation) and plus not more than an additional 1,000 lbs. for a roll bar structure on the vehicle, and 
</P>
<P>(c) At its unloaded vehicle weight (except for truck tractors) plus up to 500 lbs. (including driver and instrumentation) or, at the manufacturer's option, at its unloaded weight plus up to 500 lbs. (including driver and instrumentation) plus not more than an additional 1,000 lbs. for a roll bar structure on the vehicle. If the speed attainable in two miles is less than 60 mph, the vehicle shall stop from a speed in Table II that is four to eight mph less than the speed attainable in two miles. 
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.3.3 <I>Brake actuation time.</I> Each service brake system shall meet the requirements of S5.3.3.1 (a) and (b).
</P>
<P>S5.3.3.1(a) With an initial service reservoir system air pressure of 100 psi, the air pressure in each brake chamber shall, when measured from the first movement of the service brake control, reach 60 psi in not more than 0.45 second in the case of trucks and buses, 0.50 second in the case of trailers, other than trailer converter dollies, designed to tow another vehicle equipped with air brakes, 0.55 second in the case of trailer converter dollies, and 0.60 second in the case of trailers other than trailers designed to tow another vehicle equipped with air brakes. A vehicle designed to tow another vehicle equipped with air brakes shall meet the above actuation time requirement with a 50-cubic-inch test reservoir connected to the control line output coupling. A trailer, including a trailer converter dolly, shall meet the above actuation time requirement with its control line input coupling connected to the test rig shown in Figure 1.
</P>
<P>(b) For a vehicle that is designed to tow another vehicle equipped with air brakes, the pressure in the 50-cubic-inch test reservoir referred to in S5.3.3.1(a) shall, when measured from the first movement of the service brake control, reach 60 psi not later than the time the fastest brake chamber on the vehicle reaches 60 psi or, at the option of the manufacturer, in not more than 0.35 second in the case of trucks and buses, 0.55 second in the case of trailer converter dollies, and 0.50 second in the case of trailers other than trailer converter dollies.
</P>
<P>S5.3.4 <I>Brake release time.</I> Each service brake system shall meet the requirements of S5.3.4.1 (a) and (b).
</P>
<P>S5.3.4.1(a) With an initial service brake chamber air pressure of 95 psi, the air pressure in each brake chamber shall, when measured from the first movement of the service brake control, fall to 5 psi in not more than 0.55 second in the case of trucks and buses; 1.00 second in the case of trailers, other than trailer converter dollies, designed to tow another vehicle equipped with air brakes; 1.10 seconds in the case of trailer converter dollies; and 1.20 seconds in the case of trailers other than trailers designed to tow another vehicle equipped with air brakes. A vehicle designated to tow another vehicle equipped with air brakes shall meet the above release time requirement with a 50-cubic-inch test reservoir connected to the control line output coupling. A trailer, including a trailer converter dolly, shall meet the above release time requirement with its control line input coupling connected to the test rig shown in Figure 1.
</P>
<P>(b) For vehicles designed to tow another vehicle equipped with air brakes, the pressure in the 50-cubic-inch test reservoir referred to in S5.3.4.1(a) shall, when measured from the first movement of the service brake control, fall to 5 psi in not more than 0.75 seconds in the case of trucks and buses, 1.10 seconds in the case of trailer converter dollies, and 1.00 seconds in the case of trailers other than trailer converter dollies.
</P>
<P>S5.3.5 <I>Control signal pressure differential—converter dollies and trailers designed to tow another vehicle equipped with air brakes.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For a trailer designed to tow another vehicle equipped with air brakes, the pressure differential between the control line input coupling and a 50-cubic-inch test reservoir attached to the control line output coupling shall not exceed the values specified in S5.3.5(a) (1), (2), and (3) under the conditions specified in S5.3.5(b) (1) through (4):
</P>
<P>(1) 1 psi at all input pressures equal to or greater than 5 psi, but not greater than 20 psi;
</P>
<P>(2) 2 psi at all input pressures equal to or greater than 20 psi but not greater than 40 psi; and
</P>
<P>(3) Not more than a 5-percent differential at any input pressure equal to or greater than 40 psi.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements in S5.3.5(a) shall be met—
</P>
<P>(1) When the pressure at the input coupling is steady, increasing or decreasing;
</P>
<P>(2) When air is applied to or released from the control line input coupling using the trailer test rig shown in Figure 1;
</P>
<P>(3) With a fixed orifice consisting of a 0.0180 inch diameter hole (no. 77 drill bit) in a 0.032 inch thick disc installed in the control line between the trailer test rig coupling and the vehicle's control line input coupling; and
</P>
<P>(4) Operating the trailer test rig in the same manner and under the same conditions as it is operated during testing to measure brake actuation and release times, as specified in S5.3.3 and S5.3.4, except for the installation of the orifice in the control line to restrict airflow rate.
</P>
<P>S5.3.6 Stability and control during braking—trucks and buses. When stopped four consecutive times for each combination of weight, speed, and road conditions specified in S5.3.6.1 and S5.3.6.2, each truck tractor shall stop at least three times within the 12-foot lane, without any part of the vehicle leaving the roadway. When stopped four consecutive times for each combination of weight, speed, and road conditions specified in S5.3.6.1 and S5.3.6.2, each bus and truck (other than a truck tractor) manufactured on or after July 1, 2005, and each bus and truck (other than a truck tractor) manufactured in two or more stages on or after July 1, 2006, shall stop at least three times within the 12-foot lane, without any part of the vehicle leaving the roadway.
</P>
<P>S5.3.6.1 Using a full-treadle brake application for the duration of the stop, stop the vehicle from 30 mph or 75 percent of the maximum drive-through speed, whichever is less, on a 500-foot radius curved roadway with a wet level surface having a peak friction coefficient of 0.55 when measured on a straight or curved section of the curved roadway using an ASTM F2493 standard reference tire, in accordance with ASTM E1337-19 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), at a speed of 40 mph, with water delivery.
</P>
<P>S5.3.6.2 Stop the vehicle, with the vehicle:
</P>
<P>(a) Loaded to its GVWR, for a truck tractor, and
</P>
<P>(b) At its unloaded weight plus up to 500 pounds (including driver and instrumentation), or at the manufacturer's option, at its unloaded weight plus up to 500 pounds (including driver and instrumentation) and plus not more than an additional 1000 pounds for a roll bar structure on the vehicle, for a truck, bus, or truck tractor.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Service brake system—dynamometer tests.</I> When tested without prior road testing, under the conditions of S6.2, each brake assembly shall meet the requirements of S5.4.1, S5.4.2, and S5.4.3 when tested in sequence and without adjustments other than those specified in the standard. For purposes of the requirements of S5.4.2 and S5.4.3, an average deceleration rate is the change in velocity divided by the deceleration time measured from the onset of deceleration.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 <I>Brake retardation force.</I> The sum of the retardation forces exerted by the brakes on each vehicle designed to be towed by another vehicle equipped with air brakes shall be such that the quotient sum of the brake retardation forces / sum of GAWR's relative to brake chamber air pressure, and shall have values not less than those shown in Column 1 of Table III. Retardation force shall be determined as follows:
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.1 After burnishing the brake pursuant to S6.2.6, retain the brake assembly on the inertia dynamometer. With an initial brake temperature between 125 °F. and 200 °F., conduct a stop from 50 m.p.h., maintaining brake chamber air pressure at a constant 20 psi. Measure the average torque exerted by the brake from the time the specified air pressure is reached until the brake stops and divide by the static loaded tire radius specified by the tire manufacturer to determine the retardation force. Repeat the procedure six times, increasing the brake chamber air pressure by 10 psi each time. After each stop, rotate the brake drum or disc until the temperature of the brake falls to between 125 °F. and 200 °F. 
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 <I>Brake power.</I> When mounted on an inertia dynamometer, each brake shall be capable of making 10 consecutive decelerations at an average rate of 9 f.p.s.p.s. from 50 m.p.h. to 15 m.p.h., at equal intervals of 72 seconds, and shall be capable of decelerating to a stop from 20 m.p.h. at an average deceleration rate of 14 f.p.s.p.s. 1 minute after the 10th deceleration. The series of decelerations shall be conducted as follows:
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.1 With an initial brake temperature between 150 °F. and 200 °F. for the first brake application, and the drum or disc rotating at a speed equivalent to 50 m.p.h., apply the brake and decelerate at an average deceleration rate of 9 f.p.s.p.s. to 15 m.p.h. Upon reaching 15 m.p.h., accelerate to 50 m.p.h. and apply the brake for a second time 72 seconds after the start of the first application. Repeat the cycle until 10 decelerations have been made. The service line air pressure shall not exceed 100 psi during any deceleration.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.2 One minute after the end of the last deceleration required by S5.4.2.1 and with the drum or disc rotating at a speed of 20 m.p.h., decelerate to a stop at an average deceleration rate of 14 f.p.s.p.s.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3 <I>Brake recovery.</I> Except as provided in S5.4.3(a) and (b), starting two minutes after completing the tests required by S5.4.2, a vehicle's brake shall be capable of making 20 consecutive stops from 30 mph at an average deceleration rate of 12 f.p.s.p.s., at equal intervals of one minute measured from the start of each brake application. The service line air pressure needed to attain a rate of 12 f.p.s.p.s. shall be not more than 85 lb/in
<SU>2</SU>, and not less than 20lb/in
<SU>2</SU> for a brake not subject to the control of an antilock system, or 12 lb/in
<SU>2</SU> for a brake subject to the control of an antilock system.
</P>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding S5.4.3, neither front axle brake of a truck-tractor is subject to the requirements set forth in S5.4.3.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding S5.4.3, neither front axle brake of a bus or a truck other than a truck-tractor is subject to the requirement set forth in S5.4.3 prohibiting the service line air pressure from being less than 20 lb/in
<SU>2</SU> for a brake not subject to the control of an antilock system or 12 lb/in
<SU>2</SU> for a brake subject to the control of an antilock system.
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Antilock system.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.5.1 <I>Antilock system malfunction.</I> On a truck tractor manufactured on or after March 1, 1997, that is equipped with an antilock brake system and a single unit vehicle manufactured on or after March 1, 1998, that is equipped with an antilock brake system, a malfunction that affects the generation or transmission of response or control signals of any part of the antilock system shall not increase the actuation and release times of the service brakes.
</P>
<P>S5.5.2 <I>Antilock system power—trailers.</I> On a trailer (including a trailer converter dolly) manufactured on or after March 1, 1998, that is equipped with an antilock system that requires electrical power for operation, the power shall be obtained from the towing vehicle through one or more electrical circuits which provide continuous power whenever the powered vehicle's ignition (start) switch is in the “on” (“run”) position. The antilock system shall automatically receive power from the stoplamp circuit, if the primary circuit or circuits are not functioning. Each trailer (including a trailer converter dolly) manufactured on or after March 1, 1998, that is equipped to tow another air-braked vehicle shall be equipped with one or more circuits which provide continuous power to the antilock system on the vehicle(s) it tows. Such circuits shall be adequate to enable the antilock system on each towed vehicle to be fully operable.
</P>
<P>S5.6 <I>Parking brakes.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Except as provided in S5.6(b) and S5.6(c), each vehicle other than a trailer converter dolly shall have a parking brake system that under the conditions of S6.1 meets the requirements of:
</P>
<P>(1) S5.6.1 or S5.6.2, at the manufacturer's option, and
</P>
<P>(2) S5.6.3, S5.6.4, S5.6.5, and S5.6.6.
</P>
<P>(b) At the option of the manufacturer, for vehicles equipped with brake systems which incorporate a common diaphragm, the performance requirements specified in S5.6(a) which must be met with any single leakage-type failure in a common diaphragm may instead be met with the level of leakage-type failure determined in S5.6.7. The election of this option does not affect the performance requirements specified in S5.6(a) which apply with single leakage-type failures other than failures in a common diaphragm.
</P>
<P>(c) At the option of the manufacturer, the trailer portion of any agricultural commodity trailer, heavy hauler trailer, or pulpwood trailer may meet the requirements of § 393.43 of this title instead of the requirements of S5.6(a).
</P>
<P>S5.6.1 <I>Static retardation force.</I> With all other brakes made inoperative, during a static drawbar pull in a forward or rearward direction, the static retardation force produced by the application of the parking brakes shall be:
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of a vehicle other than a truck-tractor that is equipped with more than two axles, such that the quotient static retardation force/GAWR is not less than 0.28 for any axle other than a steerable front axle; and
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a truck-tractor that is equipped with more than two axles, such that the quotient static retardation force/GVWR is not less than 0.14.
</P>
<P>S5.6.2 <I>Grade holding.</I> With all parking brakes applied, the vehicle shall remain stationary facing uphill and facing downhill on a smooth, dry portland cement concrete roadway with a 20-percent grade, both 
</P>
<P>(a) When loaded to its GVWR, and 
</P>
<P>(b) At its unloaded vehicle weight plus 1500 pounds (including driver and instrumentation and roll bar). 
</P>
<P>S5.6.3 <I>Application and holding.</I> Each parking brake system shall meet the requirements of S5.6.3.1 through S5.6.3.4.
</P>
<P>S5.6.3.1 The parking brake system shall be capable of achieving the minimum performance specified either in S5.6.1 or S5.6.2 with any single leakage-type failure, in any other brake system, of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid (excluding failure of a component of a brake chamber housing but including failure of any brake chamber diaphragm that is part of any other brake system including a diaphragm which is common to the parking brake system and any other brake system), when the pressures in the vehicle's parking brake chambers are at the levels determined in S5.6.3.4.
</P>
<P>S5.6.3.2 A mechanical means shall be provided that, after a parking brake application is made with the pressures in the vehicle's parking brake chambers at the levels determined in S5.6.3.4, and all air and fluid pressures in the vehicle's braking systems are then bled down to zero, and without using electrical power, holds the parking brake application with sufficient parking retardation force to meet the minimum performance specified in S5.6.3.1 and in either S5.6.1 or S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>S5.6.3.3 For trucks and buses, with an initial reservoir system pressure of 100 psi and, if designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, with a 50 cubic inch test reservoir connected to the supply line coupling, no later than three seconds from the time of actuation of the parking brake control, the mechanical means referred to in S5.6.3.2 shall be actuated. For trailers, with the supply line initially pressurized to 100 psi using the supply line portion of the trailer test rig (Figure 1) and, if designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, with a 50 cubic inch test reservoir connected to the rear supply line coupling, no later than three seconds from the time venting to the atmosphere of the front supply line coupling is initiated, the mechanical means referred to in S5.6.3.2 shall be actuated. This requirement shall be met for trucks, buses and trailers both with and without any single leakage-type failure, in any other brake system, of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid (consistent with the parenthetical phrase specified in S5.6.3.1).
</P>
<P>S5.6.3.4 The parking brake chamber pressures for S5.6.3.1 and S5.6.3.2 are determined as follows. For trucks and buses, with an initial reservoir system pressure of 100 psi and, if designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, with a 50 cubic inch test reservoir connected to the supply line coupling, any single leakage type failure, in any other brake system, of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid (consistent with the parenthetical phrase specified in S5.6.3.1), is introduced in the brake system. The parking brake control is actuated and the pressures in the vehicle's parking brake chambers are measured three seconds after that actuation is initiated. For trailers, with the supply line initially pressurized to 100 psi using the supply line portion of the trailer test rig (Figure 1) and, if designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, with a 50 cubic inch test reservoir connected to the rear supply line coupling, any single leakage type failure, in any other brake system, of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid (consistent with the parenthetical phrase specified in S5.6.3.1), is introduced in the brake system. The front supply line coupling is vented to the atmosphere and the pressures in the vehicle's parking brake chambers are measured three seconds after that venting is initiated.
</P>
<P>S5.6.4 <I>Parking brake control—trucks and buses.</I> The parking brake control shall be separate from the service brake control. It shall be operable by a person seated in the normal driving position. The control shall be identified in a manner that specifies the method of control operation. The parking brake control shall control the parking brakes of the vehicle and of any air braked vehicle that it is designed to tow.
</P>
<P>S5.6.5 <I>Release Performance.</I> Each parking brake system shall meet the requirements specified in S5.6.5.1 through S5.6.5.4.
</P>
<P>S5.6.5.1 For trucks and buses, with initial conditions as specified in S5.6.5.2, at all times after an application actuation of the parking brake control, and with any subsequent level of pressure, or combination of levels of pressure, in the reservoirs of any of the vehicle's brake systems, no reduction in parking brake retardation force shall result from a release actuation of the parking brake control unless the parking brakes are capable, after such release, of being reapplied at a level meeting the minimum performance specified either in S5.6.1 or S5.6.2. This requirement shall be met both with and without the engine on, and with and without single leakage-type failure, in any other brake system, of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid (consistent with the parenthetical phrase specified in S5.6.3.1).
</P>
<P>S5.6.5.2 The initial conditions for S5.6.5.1 are as follows: The reservoir system pressure is 100 psi. If the vehicle is designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, a 50 cubic inch test reservoir is connected to the supply line coupling.
</P>
<P>S5.6.5.3 For trailers, with initial conditions as specified in S5.6.5.4, at all times after actuation of the parking brakes by venting the front supply line coupling to the atmosphere, and with any subsequent level of pressure, or combination of levels of pressure, in the reservoirs of any of the vehicle's brake systems, the parking brakes shall not be releasable by repressurizing the supply line using the supply line portion of the trailer test rig (Figure 1) to any pressure above 70 psi, unless the parking brakes are capable, after such release, of reapplication by subsequent venting of the front supply line coupling to the atmosphere, at a level meeting the minimum performance specified either in S5.6.1 or S5.6.2. This requirement shall be met both with and without any single leakage-type failure, in any other brake system, of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid (consistent with the parenthetical phrase specified in S5.6.3.1).
</P>
<P>S5.6.5.4 The initial conditions for S5.6.5.3 are as follows: The reservoir system and supply line are pressurized to 100 psi, using the supply line portion of the trailer test rig (Figure 1). If the vehicle is designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, a 50 cubic inch test reservoir is connected to the rear supply line coupling.
</P>
<P>S5.6.6 <I>Accumulation of actuation energy.</I> Each parking brake system shall meet the requirements specified in S5.6.6.1 through S5.6.6.6.
</P>
<P>S5.6.6.1 For trucks and buses, with initial conditions as specified in S5.6.6.2, the parking brake system shall be capable of meeting the minimum performance specified either in S5.6.1 or S5.6.2, with any single leakage-type failure, in any other brake system, of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid (consistent with the parenthetical phrase specified in S5.6.3.1) at the conclusion of the test sequence specified in S5.6.6.3.
</P>
<P>S5.6.6.2 The initial conditions for S5.6.6.1 are as follows: The engine is on. The reservoir system pressure is 100 psi. If the vehicle is designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, a 50 cubic inch test reservoir is connected to the supply line coupling.
</P>
<P>S5.6.6.3 The test sequence for S5.6.6.1 is as follows: The engine is turned off. Any single leakage type failure, in any other brake system, of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid (consistent with the parenthetical phrase specified in S5.6.3.1), is then introduced in the brake system. An application actuation of the parking brake control is then made. Thirty seconds after such actuation, a release actuation of the parking brake control is made. Thirty seconds after the release actuation, a final application actuation of the parking brake control is made.
</P>
<P>S5.6.6.4 For trailers, with initial conditions as specified in S5.6.6.5, the parking brake system shall be capable of meeting the minimum performance specified either in S5.6.1 or S5.6.2, with any single leakage-type failure, in any other brake system, of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid (consistent with the parenthetical phrase specified in S5.6.3.1), at the conclusion of the test sequence specified in S5.6.6.6.
</P>
<P>S5.6.6.5 The initial conditions for S5.6.6.4 are as follows: The reservoir system and supply line are pressurized to 100 psi, using the supply line portion of the trailer test rig (Figure 1). If the vehicle is designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, a 50 cubic inch test reservoir is connected to the rear supply line coupling.
</P>
<P>S5.6.6.6 The test sequence for S5.6.6.4 is as follows. Any single leakage type failure, in any other brake system, of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid (consistent with the parenthetical phrase specified in S5.6.3.1), is introduced in the brake system. The front supply line coupling is vented to the atmosphere. Thirty seconds after the initiation of such venting, the supply line is repressurized with the trailer test rig (Figure 1). Thirty seconds after the initiation of such repressurizing of the supply line, the front supply line is vented to the atmosphere. This procedure is conducted either by connection and disconnection of the supply line coupling or by use of a valve installed in the supply line portion of the trailer test rig near the supply line coupling.
</P>
<P>S5.6.7 <I>Maximum level of common diaphragm leakage-type failure/ Equivalent level of leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm.</I> In the case of vehicles for which the option in S5.6(b) has been elected, determine the maximum level of common diaphragm leakage-type failure (or equivalent level of leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm) according to the procedures set forth in S5.6.7.1 through S5.6.7.2.3.
</P>
<P>S5.6.7.1 <I>Trucks and buses.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.6.7.1.1 According to the following procedure, determine the threshold level of common diaphragm leakage-type failure (or equivalent level of leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm) at which the vehicle's parking brakes become unreleasable. With an initial reservoir system pressure of 100 psi, the engine turned off, no application of any of the vehicle's brakes, and, if the vehicle is designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, a 50 cubic inch test reservoir connected to the supply line coupling, introduce a leakage-type failure of the common diaphragm (or equivalent leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm). Apply the parking brakes by making an application actuation of the parking brake control. Reduce the pressures in all of the vehicle's reservoirs to zero, turn on the engine and allow it to idle, and allow the pressures in the vehicle's reservoirs to rise until they stabilize or until the compressor shut-off point is reached. At that time, make a release actuation of the parking brake control, and determine whether all of the mechanical means referred to in S5.6.3.2 continue to be actuated and hold the parking brake applications with sufficient parking retardation force to meet the minimum performance specified in either S5.6.1 or S5.6.2. Repeat this procedure with progressively decreasing or increasing levels (whichever is applicable) of leakage-type diaphragm failures or equivalent leakages, to determine the minimum level of common diaphragm leakage-type failure (or equivalent level of leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm) at which all of the mechanical means referred to in S5.6.3.2 continue to be actuated and hold the parking brake applications with sufficient parking retardation forces to meet the minimum performance specified in either S5.6.1 or S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>S5.6.7.1.2 At the level of common diaphragm leakage-type failure (or equivalent level of leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm) determined in S5.6.7.1.1, and using the following procedure, determine the threshold maximum reservoir rate (in psi per minute). With an initial reservoir system pressure of 100 psi, the engine turned off, no application of any of the vehicle's brakes and, if the vehicle is designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, a 50 cubic inch test reservoir connected to the supply line coupling, make an application actuation of the parking brake control. Determine the maximum reservoir leakage rate (in psi per minute), which is the maximum rate of decrease in air pressure of any of the vehicle's reservoirs that results after that parking brake application.
</P>
<P>S5.6.7.1.3 Using the following procedure, introduce a leakage-type failure of the common diaphragm (or equivalent leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm) that results in a maximum reservoir leakage rate that is three times the threshold maximum reservoir leakage rate determined in S5.6.7.1.2. With an initial reservoir system pressure of 100 psi, the engine turned off, no application of any of the vehicle's brakes and, if the vehicle is designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, a 50 cubic inch test reservoir connected to the supply line coupling, make an application actuation of the parking brake control. Determine the maximum reservoir leakage rate (in psi per minute), which is the maximum rate of decrease in air pressure of any of the vehicle's reservoirs that results after that parking brake application. The level of common diaphragm leakage-type failure (or equivalent level of leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm) associated with this reservoir leakage rate is the level that is to be used under the option set forth in S5.6(b).
</P>
<P>S5.6.7.2 <I>Trailers.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.6.7.2.1 According to the following procedure, determine the threshold level of common diaphragm leakage-type failure (or equivalent level of leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm) at which the vehicle's parking brakes become unreleasable. With an initial reservoir system and supply line pressure of 100 psi, no application of any of the vehicle's brakes, and, if the vehicle is designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, a 50 cubic inch test reservoir connected to the supply line coupling, introduce a leakage-type failure of the common diaphragm (or equivalent leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm). Make a parking brake application by venting the front supply line coupling to the atmosphere, and reduce the pressures in all of the vehicle's reservoirs to zero. Pressurize the supply line by connecting the trailer's front supply line coupling to the supply line portion of the trailer test rig (Figure 1) with the regulator of the trailer test rig set at 100 psi, and determine whether all of the mechanical means referred to in S5.6.3.2 continue to be actuated and hold the parking brake applications with sufficient parking retardation forces to meet the minimum performance specified in either S5.6.1 or S5.6.2. Repeat this procedure with progressively decreasing or increasing levels (whichever is applicable) of leakage-type diaphragm failures or equivalent leakages, to determine the minimum level of common diaphragm leakage-type failure (or equivalent level of leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm) at which all of the mechanical means referred to in S5.6.3.2 continue to be actuated and hold the parking brake applications with sufficient parking retardation forces to meet the minimum performance specified in either S5.6.1 or S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>S5.6.7.2.2 At the level of common diaphragm leakage-type failure (or equivalent level of leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm) determined in S5.6.7.2.1, and using the following procedure, determine the threshold maximum reservoir leakage rate (in psi per minute). With an initial reservoir system and supply line pressure of 100 psi, no application of any of the vehicle's brakes and, if the vehicle is designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, a 50 cubic inch test reservoir connected to the rear supply line coupling, make a parking brake application by venting the front supply line coupling to the atmosphere. Determine the maximum reservoir leakage rate (in psi per minute), which is the maximum rate of decrease in air pressure of any of the vehicle's reservoirs that results after that parking brake application.
</P>
<P>S5.6.7.2.3 Using the following procedure, a leakage-type failure of the common diaphragm (or equivalent leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm) that results in a maximum reservoir leakage rate that is three times the threshold maximum reservoir leakage rate determined in S5.6.7.2.2. With an initial reservoir system and supply line pressure of 100 psi, no application of any of the vehicle's brakes and, if the vehicle is designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, a 50 cubic inch test reservoir connected to the rear supply line coupling, make a parking brake application by venting the front supply line coupling to the atmosphere. Determine the maximum reservoir leakage rate (in psi per minute), which is the maximum rate of decrease in air pressure of any of the vehicle's reservoirs that results after that parking brake application. The level of common diaphragm leakage-type failure (or equivalent level of leakage from the air chamber containing that diaphragm) associated with this reservoir leakage rate is the level that is to be used under the option set forth in S5.6(b).
</P>
<P>S5.7 <I>Emergency brake system for trucks and buses.</I> Each vehicle shall be equipped with an emergency brake system which, under the conditions of S6.1, conforms to the requirements of S5.7.1 through S5.7.3. However, the truck portion of an auto transporter need not meet the road test requirements of S5.7.1 and S5.7.3.
</P>
<P>S5.7.1 <I>Emergency brake system performance.</I> When stopped six times for each combination of weight and speed specified in S5.3.1.1, except for a loaded truck tractor with an unbraked control trailer, on a road surface having a PFC of 1.02, with a single failure in the service brake system of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid (except failure of a common valve, manifold, brake fluid housing, or brake chamber housing), the vehicle shall stop at least once in not more than the distance specified in Column 5 of Table II, measured from the point at which movement of the service brake control begins, except that a truck-tractor tested at its unloaded vehicle weight plus up to 1,500 pounds shall stop at least once in not more than the distance specified in Column 6 of Table II. The stop shall be made without any part of the vehicle leaving the roadway, and with unlimited wheel lockup permitted at any speed.
</P>
<P>S5.7.2 <I>Emergency brake system operation.</I> The emergency brake system shall be applied and released, and be capable of modulation, by means of the service brake control.
</P>
<P>S5.7.3 <I>Towing vehicle emergency brake requirements.</I> In addition to meeting the other requirements of S5.7, a vehicle designed to tow another vehicle equipped with air brakes shall—
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of a truck-tractor in the unloaded condition and a single unit truck which is capable of towing an airbrake equipped vehicle and is loaded to GVWR, be capable of meeting the requirements of S5.7.1 by operation of the service brake control only, with the trailer air supply line and air control line from the towing vehicle vented to the atmosphere in accordance with S6.1.14;
</P>
<P>(b) Be capable of modulating the air in the supply or control line to the trailer by means of the service brake control with a single failure in the towing vehicle service brake system as specified in S5.7.1. 
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.8 <I>Emergency brakes for trailers.</I> Each trailer shall meet the requirements of S5.8.1 through S5.8.3.
</P>
<P>S5.8.1 <I>Emergency braking capability.</I> Each trailer other than a trailer converter dolly shall have a parking brake system that conforms to S5.6 and that applies with the force specified in S5.6.1 or S5.6.2 when the air pressure in the supply line is at atmospheric pressure. A trailer converter dolly shall have, at the manufacturer's option—
</P>
<P>(a) A parking brake system that conforms to S5.6 and that applies with the force specified in S5.6.1 or S5.6.2 when the air pressure in the supply line is at atmospheric pressure, or
</P>
<P>(b) An emergency system that automatically applies the service brakes when the service reservoir is at any pressure above 20 lb/in
<SU>2</SU> and the supply line is at atmospheric pressure. However, any agricultural commodity trailer, heavy hauler trailer, or pulpwood trailer shall meet the requirements of S5.8.1 or, at the option of the manufacturer, the requirements of § 393.43 of this title.
</P>
<P>S5.8.2 <I>Supply line pressure retention.</I> Any single leakage type failure in the service brake system (except for a failure of the supply line, a valve directly connected to the supply line or a component of a brake chamber housing) shall not result in the pressure in the supply line falling below 70 psi, measured at the forward trailer supply coupling. A trailer shall meet the above supply line pressure retention requirement with its brake system connected to the trailer test rig shown in Figure 1, with the reservoirs of the trailer and test rig initially pressurized to 100 psi and the regulator of the trailer test rig set at 100 psi; except that a trailer equipped with an air-applied, mechanically-held parking brake system and not designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, at the manufacturer's option, may meet the requirements of S5.8.4 rather than those of S5.8.2 and S5.8.3.
</P>
<P>S5.8.3 <I>Automatic application of parking brakes.</I> With an initial reservoir system pressure of 100 psi and initial supply line pressure of 100 psi, and if designed to tow a vehicle equipped with air brakes, with a 50 cubic inch test reservoir connected to the rear supply line coupling, and with any subsequent single leakage type failure in any other brake system, of a part designed to contain compressed air or brake fluid (consistent with the parenthetical phrase specified in S5.6.3.1), whenever the air pressure in the supply line is 70 psi or higher, the parking brakes shall not provide any brake retardation as a result of complete or partial automatic application of the parking brakes.
</P>
<P>S5.8.4 <I>Automatic application of air-applied, mechanically held parking brakes.</I> With its brake system connected to the supply line portion of the trailer test rig (Figure 1) and the regulator of the trailer test rig set at 100 psi, and with any single leakage type failure in the service brake system (except for a failure of the supply line, a valve directly connected to the supply line or a component of a brake chamber, but including failure of any common diaphragm), the parking brakes shall not provide any brake retardation as a result of complete or partial automatic application of the parking brakes.
</P>
<P>S5.9 <I>Final inspection.</I> Inspect the service brake system for the condition of adjustment and for the brake indicator display in accordance with S5.1.8 and S5.2.2.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Conditions.</I> The requirements of S5 shall be met by a vehicle when it is tested according to the conditions set in this S6, without replacing any brake system part or making any adjustments to the brake system except as specified. Unless otherwise specified, where a range of conditions is specified, the vehicle must be capable of meeting the requirements at all points within the range. On vehicles equipped with automatic brake adjusters, the automatic brake adjusters must remain activated at all times. Compliance of vehicles manufactured in two or more stages may, at the option of the final-stage manufacturer, be demonstrated to comply with this standard by adherence to the instructions of the incomplete vehicle manufacturer provided with the vehicle in accordance with § 568.4(a)(7)(ii) and § 568.5 of title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Road test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 Except as otherwise specified, the vehicle is loaded to its GVWR, distributed proportionally to its GAWRs. During the burnish procedure specified in S6.1.8, truck tractors shall be loaded to their GVWR, by coupling them to an unbraked flatbed semitrailer, which semitrailer shall be loaded so that the weight of the tractor-trailer combination equals the GVWR of the truck tractor. The load on the unbraked flatbed semitrailer shall be located so that the truck tractor's wheels do not lock during burnish.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 The inflation pressure is as specified by the vehicle manufacturer for the GVWR.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3 Unless otherwise specified, the transmission selector control is in neutral or the clutch is disengaged during all decelerations and during static parking brake tests.
</P>
<P>S6.1.4 All vehicle openings (doors, windows, hood, trunk, cargo doors, etc.) are in a closed position except as required for instrumentation purposes.
</P>
<P>S6.1.5 The ambient temperature is between 32 °F. and 100 °F.
</P>
<P>S6.1.6 The wind velocity is zero.
</P>
<P>S6.1.7 Unless otherwise specified, stopping tests are conducted on a 12-foot wide level, straight roadway having a peak friction coefficient of 1.02. For road tests in S5.3, the vehicle is aligned in the center of the roadway at the beginning of a stop. Peak friction coefficient is measured using an ASTM F2493 standard reference test tire in accordance with ASTM E1337-19 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), at a speed of 40 mph, without water delivery for the surface with PFC of 1.02, and with water delivery for the surface with PFC of 0.55.
</P>
<P>S6.1.8 For vehicles with parking brake systems not utilizing the service brake friction elements, burnish the friction elements of such systems prior to the parking brake test according to the manufacturer's recommendations. For vehicles with parking brake systems utilizing the service brake friction elements, burnish the brakes as follows: With the transmission in the highest gear appropriate for a speed of 40 mph, make 500 snubs between 40 mph and 20 mph at a deceleration rate of 10 f.p.s.p.s., or at the vehicle's maximum deceleration rate if less than 10 f.p.s.p.s. Except where an adjustment is specified, after each brake application accelerate to 40 mph and maintain that speed until making the next brake application at a point 1 mile from the initial point of the previous brake application. If the vehicle cannot attain a speed of 40 mph in 1 mile, continue to accelerate until the vehicle reaches 40 mph or until the vehicle has traveled 1.5 miles from the initial point of the previous brake application, whichever occurs first. Any automatic pressure limiting valve is in use to limit pressure as designed. The brakes may be adjusted up to three times during the burnish procedure, at intervals specified by the vehicle manufacturer, and may be adjusted at the conclusion of the burnishing, in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's recommendation. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.9 Static parking brake tests for a semitrailer are conducted with the front-end supported by an unbraked dolly. The weight of the dolly is included as part of the trailer load.
</P>
<P>S6.1.10 In a test other than a static parking test, a truck tractor is tested at its GVWR by coupling it to an unbraked flatbed semi-trailer (hereafter, control trailer) as specified in S6.1.10.2 to S6.1.10.4.
</P>
<P>S6.1.10.1 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S6.1.10.2 The center of gravity height of the ballast on the loaded control trailer shall be less than 24 inches above the top of the tractor's fifth wheel.
</P>
<P>S6.1.10.3 The control trailer has a single axle with a GAWR of 18,000 pounds and a length, measured from the transverse centerline of the axle to the centerline of the kingpin, of 258 ±6 inches.
</P>
<P>S6.1.10.4 The control trailer is loaded so that its axle is loaded at 4,500 pounds and the tractor is loaded to its GVWR, loaded above the kingpin only, with the tractor's fifth wheel adjusted so that the load on each axle measured at the tire-ground interface is most nearly proportional to the axles' respective GAWRs, without exceeding the GAWR of the tractor's axle or axles or control trailer's axle.
</P>
<P>S6.1.11 <I>Special drive conditions.</I> A vehicle equipped with an interlocking axle system or a front wheel drive system that is engaged and disengaged by the driver is tested with the system disengaged.
</P>
<P>S6.1.12 <I>Liftable axles.</I> A vehicle with a liftable axle is tested at GVWR with the liftable axle down and at unloaded vehicle weight with the liftable axle up.
</P>
<P>S6.1.13 <I>Trailer test rig.</I> 
</P>
<P>The trailer test rig shown in Figure 1 is calibrated in accordance with the calibration curves shown in Figure 3. For the requirements of S5.3.3.1 and S5.3.4.1, the pressure in the trailer test rig reservoir is initially set at 100 psi for actuation tests and 95 psi for release tests. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.14 In testing the emergency braking system of towing vehicles under S5.7.3(a), the hose(s) is vented to the atmosphere at any time not less than 1 second and not more than 1 minute before the emergency stop begins, while the vehicle is moving at the speed from which the stop is to be made and any manual control for the towing vehicle protection system is in the position to supply air and brake control signals to the vehicle being towed. No brake application is made from the time the line(s) is vented until the emergency stop begins and no manual operation of the parking brake system or towing vehicle protection system occurs from the time the line(s) is vented until the stop is completed. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.15 <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Unless otherwise specified, the initial brake temperature is not less than 150 °F and not more than 200 °F.
</P>
<P>S6.1.16 <I>Thermocouples.</I> 
</P>
<P>The brake temperature is measured by plug-type thermocouples installed in the approximate center of the facing length and width of the most heavily loaded shoe or disc pad, one per brake, as shown in Figure 2. A second thermocouple may be installed at the beginning of the test sequence if the lining wear is expected to reach a point causing the first thermocouple to contact the rubbing surface of a drum or rotor. The second thermocouple shall be installed at a depth of .080 inch and located within 1 inch circumferentially of the thermocouple installed at .040 inch depth. For centergrooved shoes or pads, thermocouples are installed within one-eighth of an inch to one-quarter of an inch of the groove and as close to the center as possible. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.17 Selection of compliance options. Where manufacturer options are specified, the manufacturer shall select the option by the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for the vehicle. Each manufacturer shall, upon request from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, provide information regarding which of the compliance options it has selected for a particular vehicle or make/model.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Dynamometer test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 The dynamometer inertia for each wheel is equivalent to the load on the wheel with the axle loaded to its GAWR. For a vehicle having additional GAWRs specified for operation at reduced speeds, the GAWR used is that specified for a speed of 50 mph, or, at the option of the manufacturer, any speed greater than 50 mph.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 The ambient temperature is between 75 °F. and 100 °F.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 Air at ambient temperature is directed uniformly and continuously over the brake drum or disc at a velocity of 2,200 feet per minute.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4 The temperature of each brake is measured by a single plug-type thermocouple installed in the center of the lining surface of the most heavily loaded shoe or pad as shown in Figure 2. The thermocouple is outside any center groove.
</P>
<P>S6.2.5 The rate of brake drum or disc rotation on a dynamometer corresponding to the rate of rotation on a vehicle at a given speed is calculated by assuming a tire radius equal to the static loaded radius specified by the tire manufacturer. 
</P>
<P>S6.2.6 Brakes are burnished before testing as follows: place the brake assembly on an inertia dynamometer and adjust the brake as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer. Make 200 stops from 40 mph at a deceleration of 10 f.p.s.p.s., with an initial brake temperature on each stop of not less than 315 °F and not more than 385 °F. Make 200 additional stops from 40 mph at a deceleration of 10 f.p.s.p.s. with an initial brake temperature on each stop of not less than 450 °F and not more than 550 °F. The brakes may be adjusted up to three times during the burnish procedure, at intervals specified by the vehicle manufacturer, and may be adjusted at the conclusion of the burnishing, in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's recommendation.
</P>
<P>S6.2.7 The brake temperature is increased to a specified level by conducting one or more stops from 40 m.p.h. at a deceleration of 10 f.p.s.p.s. The brake temperature is decreased to a specified level by rotating the drum or disc at a constant 30 m.p.h.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.051.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.053.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.054.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Stopping Sequence
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Truck tractors
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Single unit
<br/>trucks and
<br/>buses
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Burnish (S6.1.8)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stability and Control at GVWR (S5.3.6)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stability and Control at LLVW (S5.3.6)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manual Adjustment of Brakes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60 mph Service Brake Stops at GVWR (S5.3.1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60 mph Emergency Service Brake Stops at GVWR (S5.7.1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Parking Brake Test at GVWR (S5.6)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Manual Adjustment of Brakes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60 mph Service Brake Stops at LLVW (S5.3.1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60 mph Emergency Service Brake Stops at LLVW (S5.7.1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Parking Brake Test at LLVW (S5.6)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Final Inspection</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II—Stopping Distance in Feet
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Vehicle speed in
<br/>miles per hour
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="6" scope="col">Service brake
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Emergency brake
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(4)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(5)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(6)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(7)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(8)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">170</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">186
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">114</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">225</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">114</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">108</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">288</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">158</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">175</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">175</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">189</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">358</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">409
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">195</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">176</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">233</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">166</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">504
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">236</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">281</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">199</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">520</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">608
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">280</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">310</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">310</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">335</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">613</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">720
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note:</E>
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(1) Loaded and Unloaded Buses.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(2) Loaded Single-Unit Trucks.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(3) Loaded Tractors with Two Axles; or with Three Axles and a GVWR of 70,000 lbs. or less; or with Four or More Axles and a GVWR of 85,000 lbs. or less. Tested with an Unbraked Control Trailer.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(4) Loaded Tractors with Three Axles and a GVWR greater than 70,000 lbs.; or with Four or More Axles and a GVWR greater than 85,000 lbs. Tested with an Unbraked Control Trailer.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(5) Unloaded Single-Unit Trucks.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(6) Unloaded Tractors (Bobtail).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(7) All Vehicles except Tractors, Loaded and Unloaded.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">(8) Unloaded Tractors (Bobtail).</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table IIa—Stopping Distance in Feet: Optional Requirements for: (1) Three-Axle Tractors With a Front Axle That Has a GAWR of 14,600 Pounds or Less, and With Two Rear Drive Axles That Have a Combined GAWR of 45,000 Pounds or Less, Manufactured Before August 1, 2011; and (2) All Other Tractors Manufactured Before August 1, 2013
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Vehicle speed in miles per hour
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Service brake
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Emergency brake
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(1)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(2)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(3)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(4)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(5)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(6)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">170</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">186
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">114</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">225</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">125</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">149</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">158</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">288</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">158</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">175</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">189</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">358</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">409
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">195</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">233</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">247</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">435</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">504
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">236</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">261</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">281</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">299</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">520</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">608
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">280</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">310</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">335</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">355</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">613</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">720
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="02">Note:</E> (1) Loaded and unloaded buses; (2) Loaded single unit trucks; (3) Unloaded truck tractors and single unit trucks; (4) Loaded truck tractors tested with an unbraked control trailer; (5) All vehicles except truck tractors; (6) Unloaded truck tractors.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table III—Brake Retardation Force 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 1 brake retardation force/GAWR 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 2
<br/>brake
<br/>chamber
<br/>pressure, PSI 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">70 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD1>Table IV [Reserved]

</HD1>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table V—Brake Chamber Rated Volumes 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Brake Chamber type
<br/>(nominal area of piston or diaphragm in square inches) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 1 full stroke
<br/>(inches) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 2
<br/>rated volume
<br/>(cubic inches) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Type 9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.75/2.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Type 12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.75/2.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Type 14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.25/2.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Type 16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.25/2.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Type 18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.25/2.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Type 20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.25/2.70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Type 24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.50/3.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">67 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Type 30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.50/3.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">89 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Type 36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.00/3.60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 27290, May 31, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 49695, Sept. 23, 1996; 61 FR 60636, Nov. 29, 1996; 63 FR 7727, Feb. 17, 1998; 66 FR 64158, Dec. 12, 2001; 67 FR 36820, May 28, 2002; 68 FR 47497, Aug. 11, 2003; 74 FR 9176, Mar. 3, 2009; 74 FR 42785, Aug. 25, 2009; 75 FR 15620, Mar. 30, 2010; 76 FR 44833, July 27, 2011; 77 FR 759, Jan. 6, 2012; 78 FR 9628, Feb. 11, 2013; 78 FR 21853, Apr. 12, 2013; 87 FR 34808, June 8, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.122" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.122   Standard No. 122; Motorcycle brake systems.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for motorcycle service brake systems and, where applicable, associated parking brake systems.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of the standard is to ensure safe motorcycle braking performance under normal and emergency riding conditions.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to category 3-1 motorcycles, category 3-2 motorcycles, category 3-3 motorcycles, and category 3-4 motorcycles manufactured on and after September 1, 2014. This standard applies to category 3-5 motorcycles manufactured on and after September 1, 2015. At the manufacturer's option, any motorcycle manufactured on or after October 23, 2012 may comply with this standard.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Antilock brake system</I> or <I>ABS</I> means a system which senses wheel slip and automatically modulates the pressure producing the braking forces at the wheel(s) to limit the degree of wheel slip.
</P>
<P><I>Baseline test</I> means a stop or a series of stops carried out in order to confirm the performance of the brake prior to subjecting it to a further test such as the heating procedure or wet brake stop.
</P>
<P><I>Brake</I> means those parts of the brake system where the forces opposing the movement of the motorcycle are developed.
</P>
<P><I>Brake system</I> means the combination of parts consisting of the control, the brake, and the components that provide the functional link between the control and the brake, but excluding the engine, whose function it is to progressively reduce the speed of a moving motorcycle, bring it to a halt, and keep it stationary when halted.
</P>
<P><I>Category 3-1 motorcycle</I> means a two-wheeled motorcycle with an engine cylinder capacity in the case of a thermic engine not exceeding 50 cubic centimeters (cm
<SU>3</SU>) and whatever the means of propulsion a maximum design speed not exceeding 50 kilometers per hour (km/h).
</P>
<P><I>Category 3-2 motorcycle</I> means a three-wheeled motorcycle of any wheel arrangement with an engine cylinder capacity in the case of a thermic engine not exceeding 50 cm
<SU>3</SU> and whatever the means of propulsion a maximum design speed not exceeding 50 km/h.
</P>
<P><I>Category 3-3 motorcycle</I> means a two-wheeled motorcycle with an engine cylinder capacity in the case of a thermic engine exceeding 50 cm
<SU>3</SU> or whatever the means of propulsion a maximum design speed exceeding 50 km/h.
</P>
<P><I>Category 3-4 motorcycle</I> means a motorcycle manufactured with three wheels asymmetrically arranged in relation to the longitudinal median plane with an engine cylinder capacity in the case of a thermic engine exceeding 50 cm
<SU>3</SU> or whatever the means of propulsion a maximum design speed exceeding 50 km/h. (This category definition is intended to include motorcycles with sidecars.)
</P>
<P><I>Category 3-5 motorcycle</I> means a motorcycle manufactured with three wheels symmetrically arranged in relation to the longitudinal median plane with an engine cylinder capacity in the case of a thermic engine exceeding 50 cm
<SU>3</SU> or whatever the means of propulsion a maximum design speed exceeding 50 km/h.
</P>
<P><I>Combined brake system</I> or <I>CBS</I> means:
</P>
<P>(a) For motorcycle categories 3-1 and 3-3: a service brake system where at least two brakes on different wheels are actuated by the operation of a single control.
</P>
<P>(b) For motorcycle categories 3-2 and 3-5: a service brake system where the brakes on all wheels are actuated by the operation of a single control.
</P>
<P>(c) For motorcycle category 3-4: a service brake system where the brakes on at least the front and rear wheels are actuated by the operation of a single control. (If the rear wheel and the asymmetrical wheel are braked by the same brake system, this is regarded as the rear brake.)
</P>
<P><I>Control</I> means the part actuated directly by the rider in order to supply and regulate the energy required for braking the motorcycle.
</P>
<P><I>Driver mass</I> means the nominal mass of a driver that equals 75 kg (68 kg occupant mass plus 7kg of luggage mass).
</P>
<P><I>Engine disconnected</I> means when the engine is no longer internally connected to the driving wheel(s), i.e., the clutch is disengaged and/or the transmission is in neutral.
</P>
<P><I>Gross vehicle mass</I> means the maximum mass of the fully laden solo vehicle, based on its construction and design performances, as declared by the manufacturer.
</P>
<P><I>Initial brake temperature</I> means the temperature of the hottest brake before any brake application.
</P>
<P><I>Laden</I> means the gross vehicle mass.
</P>
<P><I>Lightly loaded</I> means mass in running order plus 15 kg for test equipment, or the laden condition, whichever is less. In the case of ABS tests on a low friction surface (paragraphs S6.9.4 to S6.9.7), the mass for test equipment is increased to 30 kg to account for outriggers.
</P>
<P><I>Mass in running order</I> means the sum of unladen vehicle mass and driver mass.
</P>
<P><I>Peak braking coefficient</I> or <I>PBC</I> means the measure of tire-to-road surface friction based on the maximum deceleration of a rolling tire.
</P>
<P><I>Power-assisted braking system</I> means a brake system in which the energy necessary to produce the braking force is supplied by the physical effort of the rider assisted by one or more energy supplying devices, for example vacuum assisted (with vacuum booster).
</P>
<P><I>Secondary brake system</I> means the second service brake system on a motorcycle equipped with a combined brake system.
</P>
<P><I>Service brake system</I> means a brake system which is used for slowing the motorcycle when in motion.
</P>
<P><I>Sidecar</I> means a one-wheeled vehicle that is attached to the side of a motorcycle.
</P>
<P><I>Single brake system</I> means a brake system which acts on only one axle.
</P>
<P><I>Split service brake system</I> or <I>SSBS</I> means a brake system that operates the brakes on all wheels, consisting of two or more subsystems actuated by a single control designed so that a single failure in any subsystem (such as a leakage type failure of a hydraulic subsystem) does not impair the operation of any other subsystem.
</P>
<P><I>Stopping distance</I> means the distance traveled by the motorcycle from the point the rider begins to actuate the brake control to the point at which the motorcycle reaches full stop. For tests where simultaneous actuation of two controls is specified, the distance traveled is taken from the point the first control is actuated.
</P>
<P><I>Test speed</I> means the motorcycle speed measured the moment the rider begins to actuate the brake control. For tests where simultaneous actuation of two controls is specified, the motorcycle speed is taken from the moment the first control is actuated.
</P>
<P><I>Unladen vehicle mass</I> means the nominal mass of a complete vehicle as determined by the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(a) Mass of the vehicle with bodywork and all factory fitted equipment, electrical and auxiliary equipment for normal operation of vehicle, including liquids, tools, fire extinguisher, standard spare parts, chocks and spare wheel, if fitted.
</P>
<P>(b) The fuel tanks filled to at least 90 percent of rated capacity and the other liquid containing systems (except those for used water) to 100 percent of the capacity specified by the manufacturer.
</P>
<P><I>Vmax</I> means either the speed attainable by accelerating at a maximum rate from a standing start for a distance of 1.6 km on a level surface, with the vehicle lightly loaded, or the speed measured in accordance with International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 7117:1995(E) (incorporated by reference; see § 571.5).
</P>
<P><I>Wheel lock</I> means the condition that occurs when there is 100 percent wheel slip.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>General requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Brake system requirements.</I> Each motorcycle shall meet each of the test requirements specified for a motorcycle of its category and for those brake features on the motorcycle.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Service brake system control operation.</I> Each motorcycle shall have a configuration that enables a rider to actuate the service brake system control while seated in the normal driving position and with both hands on the steering control.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Secondary brake system control operation.</I> Each motorcycle shall have a configuration that enables a rider to actuate the secondary brake system control while seated in the normal driving position and with at least one hand on the steering control.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 <I>Parking brake system.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) If a parking brake system is fitted, it shall hold the motorcycle stationary on the slope prescribed in S6.8.2. The parking brake system shall:
</P>
<P>(1) have a control which is separate from the service brake system controls; and
</P>
<P>(2) be held in the locked position by solely mechanical means.
</P>
<P>(b) Each motorcycle equipped with a parking brake shall have a configuration that enables a rider to be able to actuate the parking brake system while seated in the normal driving position.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 <I>Two-wheeled motorcycles of categories 3-1 and 3-3.</I> Each category 3-1 and 3-3 two-wheeled motorcycle shall be equipped with either two separate service brake systems, or a split service brake system, with at least one brake operating on the front wheel and at least one brake operating on the rear wheel.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5 <I>Three-wheeled motorcycles of category 3-4.</I> Each category 3-4 motorcycle shall comply with the brake system requirements in S5.1.4. A brake on the asymmetric wheel (with respect to the longitudinal axis) is not required.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6 <I>Three-wheeled motorcycles of category 3-2.</I> Each category 3-2 motorcycle shall be equipped with a parking brake system plus one of the following service brake systems:
</P>
<P>(a) Two separate service brake systems, except CBS, which, when applied together, operate the brakes on all wheels; or
</P>
<P>(b) A split service brake system; or
</P>
<P>(c) A CBS that operates the brake on all wheels and a secondary brake system which may be the parking brake system.
</P>
<P>S5.1.7 <I>Three-wheeled motorcycles of categories 3-5.</I> Each category 3-5 motorcycle shall be equipped with:
</P>
<P>(a) A parking brake system; and
</P>
<P>(b) A foot actuated service brake system which operates the brakes on all wheels by way of either:
</P>
<P>(1) A split service brake system; or
</P>
<P>(2) A CBS and a secondary brake system, which may be the parking brake system.
</P>
<P>S5.1.8 <I>Two separate service brake systems.</I> For motorcycles where two separate service brake systems are installed, the systems may share a common brake, if a failure in one system does not affect the performance of the other.
</P>
<P>S5.1.9 <I>Hydraulic service brake system.</I> For motorcycles that use hydraulic fluid for brake force transmission, the master cylinder shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Have a sealed, covered, separate reservoir for each brake system; and
</P>
<P>(b) Have a minimum reservoir capacity equivalent to 1.5 times the total fluid displacement required to satisfy the new to fully worn lining condition with the worst case brake adjustment conditions; and
</P>
<P>(c) Have a reservoir where the fluid level is visible for checking without removal of the cover.
</P>
<P>(d) Have a brake fluid warning statement that reads as follows, in letters at least 3/32 of an inch high: <I>Warning: Clean filler cap before removing. Use only ________ fluid from a sealed container</I> (inserting the recommended type of brake fluid as specified in accordance with 49 CFR 571.116, e.g., “DOT 3”). The lettering shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) Permanently affixed, engraved, or embossed;
</P>
<P>(2) Located so as to be visible by direct view, either on or within 4 inches of the brake-fluid reservoir filler plug or cap; and
</P>
<P>(3) Of a color that contrasts with its background, if it is not engraved or embossed.
</P>
<P>S5.1.10 <I>Warning lamps.</I> All warning lamps shall be mounted in the rider's view.
</P>
<P>S5.1.10.1 <I>Split service brake system warning lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Each motorcycle that is equipped with a split service brake system shall be fitted with a red warning lamp, which shall be activated:
</P>
<P>(1) When there is a hydraulic failure on the application of a force of ≤90 N on the control; or
</P>
<P>(2) Without actuation of the brake control, when the brake fluid level in the master cylinder reservoir falls below the greater of:
</P>
<P>(i) That which is specified by the manufacturer; or
</P>
<P>(ii) That which is less than or equal to half of the fluid reservoir capacity.
</P>
<P>(b) To permit function checking, the warning lamp shall be illuminated by the activation of the ignition switch and shall be extinguished when the check has been completed. The warning lamp shall remain on while a failure condition exists whenever the ignition switch is in the “on” position.
</P>
<P>(c) Each indicator lamp shall have the legend “Brake Failure” on or adjacent to it in letters not less than 3/32 of an inch high that shall be legible to the driver in daylight when lighted.
</P>
<P>S5.1.10.2 <I>Antilock brake system warning lamps.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Each motorcycle equipped with an ABS system shall be fitted with a yellow warning lamp. The lamp shall be activated whenever there is a malfunction that affects the generation or transmission of signals in the motorcycle's ABS system.
</P>
<P>(b) To permit function checking, the warning lamp shall be illuminated by the activation of the ignition switch and extinguished when the check has been completed. The warning lamp shall remain on while a failure condition exists whenever the ignition switch is in the “on” position.
</P>
<P>(c) The warning lamp shall be labeled in accordance with the specifications in Table 3 of Standard No. 123 (49 CFR 571.123) for “ABS Malfunction” (Item No. 13).
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Durability.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Compensation for wear.</I> Wear of the brakes shall be compensated for by means of a system of automatic or manual adjustment.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Notice of wear.</I> The friction material thickness shall either be visible without disassembly, or where the friction material is not visible, wear shall be assessed by means of a device designed for that purpose.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 <I>Testing.</I> During all the tests in this standard and on their completion, there shall be no friction material detachment and no leakage of brake fluid.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Measurement of dynamic performance.</I> There are two ways in which brake system performance is measured. The particular method to be used is specified in the respective tests in S6.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 <I>Stopping distance.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Based on the basic equations of motion:
</P>
<FP-2>S = 0.1 · V + (X) · V
<SU>2</SU>,
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S = stopping distance in meters
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V = initial vehicle speed in km/h
</FP-2>
<FP-2>X = a variable based on the requirement for each test</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) To calculate the corrected stopping distance using the actual vehicle test speed, the following formula is used:
</P>
<FP-2>Ss = 0.1·Vs + (Sa−0.1·Va) · Vs
<SU>2</SU>/Va
<SU>2</SU>,
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>Ss = corrected stopping distance in meters
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Vs = specified vehicle test speed in km/h
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Sa = actual stopping distance in meters
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Va = actual vehicle test speed in km/h</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to S5.3.1(<E T="01">b</E>):</HED>
<P>This equation is only valid when the actual test speed (Va) is within ±5 km/h of the specified test speed (Vs).</P></NOTE>
<P>S5.3.2 <I>Continuous deceleration recording.</I> The other method used to measure performance is the continuous recording of the vehicle instantaneous deceleration from the moment a force is applied to the brake control until the end of the stop.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test conditions, procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>General.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 <I>Test surfaces.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.1 <I>High friction surface.</I> A high friction surface is used for all dynamic brake tests excluding the ABS tests where a low-friction surface is specified. The high-friction surface test area is a clean, dry and level surface, with a gradient of ≤1 percent. The high-friction surface has a peak braking coefficient (PBC) of 1.02.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.2 <I>Low-friction surface.</I> A low-friction surface is used for ABS tests where a low-friction surface is specified. The low-friction surface test area is a clean and level surface, which may be wet or dry, with a gradient of ≤1 percent. The low-friction surface has a PBC of ≤0.50.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.3 <I>Measurement of PBC.</I> The PBC is measured using the ASTM F2493 standard reference test tire, in accordance with ASTM E1337-19, at a speed of 64 km/h (incorporated by reference; see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.4 <I>Parking brake system tests.</I> The specified test slope has a clean and dry surface that does not deform under the weight of the motorcycle.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.5 <I>Test lane width.</I> For two-wheeled motorcycles (motorcycle categories 3-1 and 3-3) the test lane width is 2.5 meters. For three-wheeled motorcycles (motorcycle categories 3-2, 3-4 and 3-5) the test lane width is 2.5 meters plus the vehicle width.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 <I>Ambient temperature.</I> The ambient temperature is between 4 °C and 45 °C.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3 <I>Wind speed.</I> The wind speed is not more than 5 meters per second (m/s).
</P>
<P>S6.1.4 <I>Test speed tolerance.</I> The test speed tolerance is ±5 km/h. In the event of the actual test speed deviating from the specified test speed (but within the ±5 km/h tolerance), the actual stopping distance is corrected using the formula in S5.3.1(b).
</P>
<P>S6.1.5 <I>Automatic transmission.</I> Motorcycles with automatic transmission shall meet all test requirements—whether they are for “engine connected” or “engine disconnected.” If an automatic transmission has a neutral position, the neutral position is selected for tests where “engine disconnected” is specified.
</P>
<P>S6.1.6 <I>Vehicle position and wheel lock.</I> The vehicle is positioned in the center of the test lane for the beginning of each stop. Stops are made without the vehicle wheels passing outside the applicable test lane and without wheel lock.
</P>
<P>S6.1.7 <I>Test sequence.</I> Test sequence is as specified in Table 1.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Preparation.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 <I>Engine idle speed.</I> The engine idle speed is set to the manufacturer's specification.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 <I>Tire pressures.</I> The tires are inflated to the manufacturer's specification for the vehicle loading condition for the test.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 <I>Control application points and direction.</I> For a hand control lever, the input force (F) is applied on the control lever's forward surface perpendicular to the axis of the lever fulcrum and its outermost point on the plane along which the control lever rotates (see Figure 1). The input force is applied to a point located 50 millimeters (mm) from the outermost point of the control lever, measured along the axis between the central axis of the fulcrum of the lever and its outermost point. For a foot control pedal, the input force is applied to the center of, and at right angles to, the control pedal.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4 <I>Brake temperature measurement.</I> The brake temperature is measured on the approximate center of the facing length and width of the most heavily loaded shoe or disc pad, one per brake, using a plug-type thermocouple that is embedded in the friction material, as shown in Figure 2.
</P>
<P>S6.2.5 <I>Burnishing procedure.</I> The vehicle brakes are burnished prior to evaluating performance.
</P>
<P>S6.2.5.1 <I>Vehicle condition.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Vehicle lightly loaded.
</P>
<P>(b) Engine disconnected.
</P>
<P>S6.2.5.2 <I>Conditions and procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Initial brake temperature before each brake application is ≤100 °C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test speed.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Initial speed: 50 km/h or 0.8 Vmax, whichever is lower.
</P>
<P>(2) Final speed = 5 to 10 km/h.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Brake application.</I> Each service brake system control actuated separately.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Vehicle deceleration.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Single front brake system only:
</P>
<P>(i) 3.0-3.5 meters per second squared (m/s
<SU>2</SU>) for motorcycle categories 3-3 and 3-4
</P>
<P>(ii) 1.5-2.0 m/s
<SU>2</SU> for motorcycle categories 3-1 and 3-2
</P>
<P>(2) Single rear brake system only: 1.5-2.0 m/s
<SU>2</SU>
</P>
<P>(3) CBS or split service brake system, and category 3-5: 3.5-4.0 m/s
<SU>2</SU>
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Number of decelerations.</I> There shall be 100 decelerations per brake system.
</P>
<P>(f) For the first stop, accelerate the vehicle to the initial speed and then actuate the brake control under the conditions specified until the final speed is reached. Then reaccelerate to the initial speed and maintain that speed until the brake temperature falls to the specified initial value. When these conditions are met, reapply the brake as specified. Repeat this procedure for the number of specified decelerations. After burnishing, adjust the brakes in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Dry stop test—single brake control actuated.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.1 <I>Vehicle condition.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The test is applicable to all motorcycle categories.
</P>
<P>(b) Laden. For vehicles fitted with CBS and split service brake system, the vehicle is tested in the lightly loaded condition in addition to the laden condition.
</P>
<P>(c) Engine disconnected.
</P>
<P>S6.3.2 <I>Test conditions and procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Initial brake temperature is ≥55 °C and ≤100 °C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test speed.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Motorcycle categories 3-1 and 3-2: 40 km/h or 0.9 Vmax, whichever is lower.
</P>
<P>(2) Motorcycle categories 3-3, 3-4 and 3-5: 60 km/h or 0.9 Vmax, whichever is lower.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Brake application.</I> Each service brake system control actuated separately.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Brake actuation force.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Hand control: ≤200 N.
</P>
<P>(2) Foot control:
</P>
<P>(i) ≤350 N for motorcycle categories 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, and 3-4.
</P>
<P>(ii) ≤500 N for motorcycle category 3-5.
</P>
<P>(e) Number of stops: until the vehicle meets the performance requirements, with a maximum of 6 stops.
</P>
<P>(f) For each stop, accelerate the vehicle to the test speed and then actuate the brake control under the conditions specified in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>S6.3.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When the brakes are tested in accordance with the test procedure set out in paragraph S6.3.2., the stopping distance shall be as specified in column 2 of Table 2.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Dry stop test—all service brake controls actuated.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.1 <I>Vehicle condition.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The test is applicable to motorcycle categories 3-3, 3-4 and 3-5.
</P>
<P>(b) Lightly loaded.
</P>
<P>(c) Engine disconnected.
</P>
<P>S6.4.2 <I>Test conditions and procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Initial brake temperature is ≥55 °C and ≤100 °C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test speed.</I> Test speed is 100 km/h or 0.9 Vmax, whichever is lower.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Brake application.</I> Simultaneous actuation of both service brake system controls, if so equipped, or of the single service brake system control in the case of a service brake system that operates on all wheels.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Brake actuation force.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Hand control: ≤250 N.
</P>
<P>(2) Foot control:
</P>
<P>(i) ≤400 N for motorcycle categories 3-3 and 3-4.
</P>
<P>(ii) ≤500 N for motorcycle category 3-5.
</P>
<P>(e) Number of stops: until the vehicle meets the performance requirements, with a maximum of 6 stops.
</P>
<P>(f) For each stop, accelerate the vehicle to the test speed and then actuate the brake control under the conditions specified in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>S6.4.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When the brakes are tested in accordance with the test procedure set out in paragraph S6.4.2., the stopping distance (S) shall be S ≤0.0060 V
<SU>2</SU> (where V is the specified test speed in km/h and S is the required stopping distance in meters).
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>High speed test.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.5.1 <I>Vehicle condition.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The test is applicable to motorcycle categories 3-3, 3-4 and 3-5.
</P>
<P>(b) Test is not required for vehicles with Vmax ≤125 km/h.
</P>
<P>(c) Lightly loaded.
</P>
<P>(d) Engine connected (clutch engaged) with the transmission in the highest gear.
</P>
<P>S6.5.2 <I>Test conditions and procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Initial brake temperature is ≥55 °C and ≤100 °C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test speed.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Test speed is 0.8 Vmax for motorcycles with Vmax &gt;125 km/h and &lt;200 km/h.
</P>
<P>(2) Test speed is 160 km/h for motorcycles with Vmax ≥200 km/h.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Brake application.</I> Simultaneous actuation of both service brake system controls, if so equipped, or of the single service brake system control in the case of a service brake system that operates on all wheels.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Brake actuation force.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Hand control: ≤200 N.
</P>
<P>(2) Foot control:
</P>
<P>(i) ≤350 N for motorcycle categories 3-3 and 3-4.
</P>
<P>(ii) ≤500 N for motorcycle category 3-5.
</P>
<P>(e) Number of stops: until the vehicle meets the performance requirements, with a maximum of 6 stops.
</P>
<P>(f) For each stop, accelerate the vehicle to the test speed and then actuate the brake control(s) under the conditions specified in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When the brakes are tested in accordance with the test procedure set out in paragraph S6.5.2, the stopping distance (S) shall be ≤0.1 V + 0.0067 V
<SU>2</SU> (where V is the specified test speed in km/h and S is the required stopping distance in meters).
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Wet brake test.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.6.1 <I>General information.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The test is comprised of two parts that are carried out consecutively for each brake system:
</P>
<P>(1) A baseline test based on the dry stop test—single brake control actuated (S6.3).
</P>
<P>(2) A single wet brake stop using the same test parameters as in (1), but with the brake(s) being continuously sprayed with water while the test is conducted in order to measure the brakes' performance in wet conditions.
</P>
<P>(b) The test is not applicable to parking brake systems unless it is the secondary brake.
</P>
<P>(c) Drum brakes or fully enclosed disc brakes are excluded from this test unless ventilation or open inspection ports are present.
</P>
<P>(d) This test requires the vehicle to be fitted with instrumentation that gives a continuous recording of brake control force and vehicle deceleration.
</P>
<P>S6.6.2 <I>Vehicle condition.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The test is applicable to all motorcycle categories.
</P>
<P>(b) Laden. For vehicles fitted with CBS and split service brake system, the vehicle is tested in the lightly loaded condition in addition to the laden condition.
</P>
<P>(c) Engine disconnected.
</P>
<P>(d) Each brake is fitted with water spray equipment as shown in Figure 3.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Disc brakes—sketch of water spray equipment.</I> The disc brake water spray equipment is installed as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Water is sprayed onto each brake with a flow rate of 15 liters/hr. The water is equally distributed on each side of the rotor.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the surface of the rotor has any shielding, the spray is applied 45° prior to the shield.
</P>
<P>(iii) If it is not possible to locate the spray in the position shown on the sketch, or if the spray coincides with a brake ventilation hole or similar, the spray nozzle may be advanced by an additional 90° maximum from the edge of the pad, using the same radius.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Drum brakes with ventilation and open inspection ports.</I> The water spray equipment is installed as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Water is sprayed equally onto both sides of the drum brake assembly (on the stationary back plate and on the rotating drum) with a flow rate of 15 liters/hr.
</P>
<P>(ii) The spray nozzles are positioned two thirds of the distance from the outer circumference of the rotating drum to the wheel hub center.
</P>
<P>(iii) The nozzle position is &gt;15° from the edge of any opening in the drum back plate.
</P>
<P>S6.6.3 <I>Baseline test—test conditions and procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The test in paragraph S6.3 (dry stop test—single brake control actuated) is carried out for each brake system but with the brake control force that results in a vehicle deceleration of 2.5-3.0 m/s
<SU>2</SU>, and the following is determined:
</P>
<P>(1) The average brake control force measured when the vehicle is traveling between 80 percent and 10 percent of the specified test speed.
</P>
<P>(2) The average vehicle deceleration in the period 0.5 to 1.0 seconds after the point of actuation of the brake control.
</P>
<P>(3) The maximum vehicle deceleration during the complete stop but excluding the final 0.5 seconds.
</P>
<P>(b) Conduct 3 baseline stops and average the values obtained in (1), (2), and (3).
</P>
<P>S6.6.4 <I>Wet brake test—test conditions and procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The vehicle is ridden at the test speed used in the baseline test set out in S6.6.3 with the water spray equipment operating on the brake(s) to be tested and with no application of the brake system.
</P>
<P>(b) After a distance of ≥500 m, apply the average brake control force determined in the baseline test for the brake system being tested.
</P>
<P>(c) Measure the average vehicle deceleration in the period 0.5 to 1.0 seconds after the point of actuation of the brake control.
</P>
<P>(d) Measure the maximum vehicle deceleration during the complete stop but excluding the final 0.5 seconds.
</P>
<P>S6.6.5 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When the brakes are tested in accordance with the test procedure set out in paragraph S6.6.4, the wet brake deceleration performance shall be:
</P>
<P>(a) The value measured in paragraph S6.6.4(c) shall be ≥60 percent of the average deceleration values recorded in the baseline test in paragraph S6.6.3(a)(2), i.e., in the period 0.5 to 1.0 seconds after the point of actuation of the brake control; and
</P>
<P>(b) The value measured in S6.6.4(d) shall be ≤120 percent of the average deceleration values recorded in the baseline test S6.6.3(a)(3), i.e., during the complete stop but excluding the final 0.5 seconds.
</P>
<P>S6.7 <I>Heat fade test.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.7.1 <I>General information.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The test comprises three parts that are carried out consecutively for each brake system:
</P>
<P>(1) A baseline test using the dry stop test—single brake control actuated (S6.3).
</P>
<P>(2) A heating procedure which consists of a series of repeated stops in order to heat the brake(s).
</P>
<P>(3) A hot brake stop using the dry stop test—single brake control actuated (S6.3), to measure the brake's performance after the heating procedure.
</P>
<P>(b) The test is applicable to motorcycle categories 3-3, 3-4 and 3-5.
</P>
<P>(c) The test is not applicable to parking brake systems and secondary service brake systems.
</P>
<P>(d) All stops are carried out with the motorcycle laden.
</P>
<P>(e) The heating procedure requires the motorcycle to be fitted with instrumentation that gives a continuous recording of brake control force and vehicle deceleration.
</P>
<P>S6.7.2 <I>Baseline test.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.7.2.1 <I>Vehicle condition—baseline test.</I> Engine disconnected.
</P>
<P>S6.7.2.2 <I>Test conditions and procedure—baseline test.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Initial brake temperature is ≥55 °C and ≤100 °C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test speed.</I> Test speed is 60 km/h or 0.9 Vmax, whichever is the lower.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Brake application.</I> Each service brake system control is actuated separately.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Brake actuation force.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Hand control: ≤200 N.
</P>
<P>(2) Foot control:
</P>
<P>(i) ≤350 N for motorcycle categories 3-3 and 3-4.
</P>
<P>(ii) ≤500 N for motorcycle category 3-5.
</P>
<P>(e) Accelerate the vehicle to the test speed, actuate the brake control under the conditions specified and record the control force required to achieve the vehicle braking performance specified in the table to S6.3.3 (Table 2).
</P>
<P>S6.7.3 <I>Heating procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.7.3.1 <I>Vehicle condition—heating procedure.</I> Engine transmission:
</P>
<P>(a) From the specified test speed to 50 per cent specified test speed: connected, with the highest appropriate gear selected such that the engine speed remains above the manufacturer's specified idle speed.
</P>
<P>(b) From 50 per cent specified test speed to standstill: disconnected.
</P>
<P>S6.7.3.2 <I>Test conditions and procedure—heating procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Initial brake temperature is (prior to first stop only) ≥55 °C and ≤100 °C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test speed.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Single brake system, front wheel braking only: 100 km/h or 0.7 Vmax, whichever is the lower.
</P>
<P>(2) Single brake system, rear wheel braking only: 80 km/h or 0.7 Vmax, whichever is the lower.
</P>
<P>(3) CBS or split service brake system: 100 km/h or 0.7 Vmax, whichever is the lower.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Brake application.</I> Each service brake system control actuated separately.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Brake actuation force.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) For the first stop: The constant control force that achieves a vehicle deceleration rate of 3.0—3.5 m/s
<SU>2</SU> while the vehicle is decelerating between 80 percent and 10 percent of the specified speed.
</P>
<P>(2) For the remaining stops:
</P>
<P>(i) The same constant brake control force as used for the first stop.
</P>
<P>(ii) Number of stops: 10.
</P>
<P>(iii) Interval between stops: 1000 m.
</P>
<P>(e) Carry out a stop to the conditions specified in this paragraph and then immediately use maximum acceleration to reach the specified speed and maintain that speed until the next stop is made.
</P>
<P>S6.7.4 <I>Hot brake stop—test conditions and procedure.</I> Perform a single stop under the conditions used in the baseline test (S6.7.2) for the brake system that has been heated during the procedure in accordance with S6.7.3. This stop is carried out within one minute of the completion of the procedure set out in S6.7.3 with a brake control application force less than or equal to the force used during the test set out in S6.7.2.
</P>
<P>S6.7.5 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When the brakes are tested in accordance with the test procedure set out in S6.7.4, the stopping distance S<E T="52">2</E> shall be ≤1.67 S<E T="52">1</E>−0.67 × 0.1V,
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>S<E T="52">1</E> = corrected stopping distance in meters achieved in the baseline test set out in S6.7.2.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S<E T="52">2</E> = corrected stopping distance in meters achieved in the hot brake stop set out in S6.7.4.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V = specified test speed in km/h.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>S6.8 <I>Parking brake system test—for motorcycles with parking brakes.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.8.1 <I>Vehicle condition.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The test is applicable to motorcycle categories 3-2, 3-4 and 3-5.
</P>
<P>(b) Laden.
</P>
<P>(c) Engine disconnected.
</P>
<P>S6.8.2 <I>Test conditions and procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Initial brake temperature is ≤100 °C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test surface gradient.</I> Test surface gradient is equal to 18 percent.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Brake actuation force.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Hand control: ≤400 N.
</P>
<P>(2) Foot control: ≤500 N.
</P>
<P>(d) For the first part of the test, park the vehicle on the test surface gradient facing up the slope by applying the parking brake system under the conditions specified in this paragraph. If the vehicle remains stationary, start the measurement of the test period.
</P>
<P>(e) The vehicle must remain stationary to the limits of traction of the braked wheels.
</P>
<P>(f) On completion of the test with vehicle facing up the gradient, repeat the same test procedure with the vehicle facing down the gradient.
</P>
<P>S6.8.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When tested in accordance with the test procedure set out in S6.8.2, the parking brake system shall hold the vehicle stationary for 5 minutes when the vehicle is both facing up and facing down the gradient.
</P>
<P>S6.9 <I>ABS tests.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.9.1 <I>General.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The tests are only applicable to the ABS fitted on motorcycle categories 3-1 and 3-3.
</P>
<P>(b) The tests are to confirm the performance of brake systems equipped with ABS and their performance in the event of ABS electrical failure.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fully cycling</I> means that the anti-lock system is repeatedly modulating the brake force to prevent the directly controlled wheels from locking.
</P>
<P>(d) Wheel-lock is allowed as long as the stability of the vehicle is not affected to the extent that it requires the operator to release the control or causes a vehicle wheel to pass outside the test lane.
</P>
<P>(e) The test series comprises the individual tests in Table 3, which may be carried out in any order.
</P>
<P>S6.9.2 <I>Vehicle condition.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Lightly loaded.
</P>
<P>(b) Engine disconnected.
</P>
<P>S6.9.3 <I>Stops on a high friction surface.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.9.3.1 <I>Test conditions and procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Initial brake temperature is ≥55 °C and ≤100 °C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test speed.</I> Test speed is 60 km/h or 0.9 Vmax, whichever is lower.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Brake application.</I> Simultaneous actuation of both service brake system controls, if so equipped, or of the single service brake control in the case of a service brake system that operates on all wheels.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Brake actuation force.</I> The force applied is that which is necessary to ensure that the ABS will cycle fully throughout each stop, down to 10 km/h.
</P>
<P>(e) If one wheel is not equipped with ABS, the control for the service brake on that wheel is actuated with a force that is lower than the force that will cause the wheel to lock.
</P>
<P>(f) Number of stops: until the vehicle meets the performance requirements, with a maximum of 6 stops.
</P>
<P>(g) For each stop, accelerate the vehicle to the test speed and then actuate the brake control under the conditions specified in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>S6.9.3.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When the brakes are tested in accordance with the test procedures referred to in S6.9.3.1:
</P>
<P>(a) The stopping distance (S) shall be ≤0.0063 V
<SU>2</SU> (where V is the specified test speed in km/h and S is the required stopping distance in meters); and
</P>
<P>(b) there shall be no wheel lock beyond that allowed for in paragraph S6.9.1(d), and the vehicle wheels shall stay within the test lane.
</P>
<P>S6.9.4 <I>Stops on a low friction surface.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.9.4.1 <I>Test conditions and procedure.</I> As set out in S6.9.3.1, but using the low friction surface instead of the high friction one.
</P>
<P>S6.9.4.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When the brakes are tested in accordance with the test procedures set out in S6.9.4.1:
</P>
<P>(a) the stopping distance (S) shall be ≤0.0056 V
<SU>2</SU>/P (where V is the specified test speed in km/h, P is the peak braking coefficient and S is the required stopping distance in meters); and
</P>
<P>(b) there shall be no wheel lock beyond that allowed for in paragraph S6.9.1(d), and the vehicle wheels shall stay within the test lane.
</P>
<P>S6.9.5 <I>Wheel lock checks on high and low friction surfaces.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.9.5.1 <I>Test conditions and procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Test surfaces.</I> High friction or low friction surface, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Initial brake temperature is ≥55 °C and ≤100 °C.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test speed.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) On the high friction surface: 80 km/h or 0.8 Vmax, whichever is lower.
</P>
<P>(2) On the low friction surface: 60 km/h or 0.8 Vmax, whichever is lower.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Brake application.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Each service brake system control actuated separately.
</P>
<P>(2) Where ABS is fitted to both brake systems, simultaneous actuation of both brake controls in addition to (1).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Brake actuation force.</I> The force applied is that which is necessary to ensure that the ABS will cycle fully throughout each stop, down to 10 km/h.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Brake application rate.</I> The brake control actuation force is applied in 0.2-0.5 seconds.
</P>
<P>(g) Number of stops: until the vehicle meets the performance requirements, with a maximum of 3 stops.
</P>
<P>(h) For each stop, accelerate the vehicle to the test speed and then actuate the brake control under the conditions specified in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>S6.9.5.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When the brakes are tested in accordance with the test procedures set out in S6.9.5.1, there shall be no wheel lock beyond that allowed for in paragraph S6.9.1(d), and the vehicle wheels shall stay within the test lane.
</P>
<P>S6.9.6 <I>Wheel lock check—high to low friction surface transition.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.9.6.1 <I>Test conditions and procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Test surfaces.</I> A high friction surface immediately followed by a low friction surface.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Initial brake temperature is ≥55 °C and ≤100 °C.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test speed.</I> The speed that will result in 50 km/h or 0.5 Vmax, whichever is the lower, at the point where the vehicle passes from the high friction to the low friction surface.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Brake application.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Each service brake system control actuated separately.
</P>
<P>(2) Where ABS is fitted to both brake systems, simultaneous actuation of both brake controls in addition to (1).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Brake actuation force.</I> The force applied is that which is necessary to ensure that the ABS will cycle fully throughout each stop, down to 10 km/h.
</P>
<P>(f) Number of stops: until the vehicle meets the performance requirements, with a maximum of 3 stops.
</P>
<P>(g) For each stop, accelerate the vehicle to the test speed and then actuate the brake control before the vehicle reaches the transition from one friction surface to the other.
</P>
<P>S6.9.6.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When the brakes are tested in accordance with the test procedures set out in S6.9.6.1, there shall be no wheel lock beyond that allowed for in paragraph S6.9.1(d), and the vehicle wheels shall stay within the test lane.
</P>
<P>S6.9.7 <I>Wheel lock check—low to high friction surface transition.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.9.7.1 <I>Test conditions and procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Test surfaces.</I> A low friction surface immediately followed by a high friction surface with a PBC ≥0.90.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Initial brake temperature is ≥55 °C and ≤100 °C.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test speed.</I> The speed that will result in 50 km/h or 0.5 Vmax, whichever is the lower, at the point where the vehicle passes from the low friction to the high friction surface.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Brake application.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Each service brake system control applied separately.
</P>
<P>(2) Where ABS is fitted to both brake systems, simultaneous application of both brake controls in addition to (1).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Brake actuation force.</I> The force applied is that which is necessary to ensure that the ABS will cycle fully throughout each stop, down to 10 km/h.
</P>
<P>(f) Number of stops: until the vehicle meets the performance requirements, with a maximum of 3 stops.
</P>
<P>(g) For each stop, accelerate the vehicle to the test speed and then actuate the brake control before the vehicle reaches the transition from one friction surface to the other.
</P>
<P>(h) Record the vehicle's continuous deceleration.
</P>
<P>S6.9.7.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When the brakes are tested in accordance with the test procedures set out in S6.9.7.1:
</P>
<P>(a) There shall be no wheel lock beyond that allowed for in paragraph S6.9.1(d), and the vehicle wheels shall stay within the test lane, and
</P>
<P>(b) within 1 second of the rear wheel passing the transition point between the low and high friction surfaces, the vehicle deceleration shall increase.
</P>
<P>S6.9.8 <I>Stops with an ABS electrical failure.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.9.8.1 <I>Test conditions and procedure.</I> With the ABS electrical system disabled, carry out the test set out in S6.3 (dry stop test—single brake control actuated) applying the conditions relevant to the brake system and vehicle being tested.
</P>
<P>S6.9.8.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When the brakes are tested in accordance with the test procedure set out in S6.9.8.1:
</P>
<P>(a) The system shall comply with the failure warning requirements of S5.1.10.2; and
</P>
<P>(b) the minimum requirements for stopping distance shall be as specified in column 2 under the heading “Single brake system, rear wheel(s) braking only” in Table 2.
</P>
<P>S6.10 <I>Partial failure test—for split service brake systems.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.10.1 <I>General information.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The test is only applicable to vehicles that are equipped with split service brake systems.
</P>
<P>(b) The test is to confirm the performance of the remaining subsystem in the event of a hydraulic system leakage failure.
</P>
<P>S6.10.2 <I>Vehicle condition.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The test is applicable to motorcycle categories 3-3, 3-4 and 3-5.
</P>
<P>(b) Lightly loaded.
</P>
<P>(c) Engine disconnected.
</P>
<P>S6.10.3 <I>Test conditions and procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Initial brake temperature.</I> Initial brake temperature is ≥55 °C and ≤100 °C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test speed.</I> Test speed is 50 km/h and 100 km/h or 0.8 Vmax, whichever is lower.
</P>
<P>(c) Brake actuation force.
</P>
<P>(1) Hand control: ≤250 N.
</P>
<P>(2) Foot control: ≤400 N.
</P>
<P>(d) Number of stops: until the vehicle meets the performance requirements, with a maximum of 6 stops for each test speed.
</P>
<P>(e) Alter the service brake system to induce a complete loss of braking in any one subsystem. Then, for each stop, accelerate the vehicle to the test speed and then actuate the brake control under the conditions specified in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(f) Repeat the test for each subsystem.
</P>
<P>S6.10.4 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When the brakes are tested in accordance with the test procedure set out in S6.10.3:
</P>
<P>(a) the system shall comply with the failure warning requirements set out in paragraph S5.1.10.1; and
</P>
<P>(b) the stopping distance (S) shall be ≤0.1 V + 0.0117 V
<SU>2</SU> (where V is the specified test speed in km/h and S is the required stopping distance in meters).
</P>
<P>S6.11 <I>Power-assisted braking system failure test.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.11.1 <I>General information.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The test is not conducted when the vehicle is equipped with another separate service brake system.
</P>
<P>(b) The test is to confirm the performance of the service brake system in the event of failure of the power assistance.
</P>
<P>S6.11.2 <I>Test conditions and procedure.</I> Carry out the test set out in S6.3.3 (dry stop test—single brake control actuated) for each service brake system with the power assistance disabled.
</P>
<P>S6.11.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I> When the brakes are tested in accordance with the test procedure set out in S6.11.2, the stopping distance shall be as specified in column 2 of Table 4. Note that if the power assistance may be activated by more than one control, the above performance shall be achieved when each control is actuated separately.
</P>
<HD1>Tables and Figures to § 571.122
</HD1>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Test Sequence
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test order
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Paragraph
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Dry stop—single brake control actuated</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Dry stop—all service brake controls actuated</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. High speed</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Wet brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. If fitted:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">6.1. Parking brake system</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">6.2. ABS</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">6.3. Partial failure, for split service brake systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">6.4. Power-assisted braking system failure</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Heat fade</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.7</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Performance Requirements, Dry Stop Test—Single Brake Control Actuated
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 2
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Motorcycle
<br/>category
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Stopping Distance(s)
<br/>(where V is the specified test speed in km/h and S is the required stopping distance in meters)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Single brake system, front wheel(s) braking only</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0111 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0143 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0087 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0105 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Single brake system, rear wheel(s) braking only</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0143 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0143 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0133 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0105 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Vehicles with CBS or split service brake systems: For laden and lightly loaded conditions</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-1 and 3-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0087 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0076 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0071 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0077 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Vehicles with CBS—secondary service brake system</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">ALL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0154 V. 
<sup>2</sup></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—ABS Tests
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ABS Tests
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Paragraph
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">a. Stops on a high friction surface—as specified in S6.1.1.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.9.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">b. Stops on a low friction surface—as specified in S6.1.1.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.9.4 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">c. Wheel lock checks on high and low friction surfaces</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.9.5 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">d. Wheel lock check—high to low friction surface transition</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.9.6 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">e. Wheel lock check—low to high friction surface transition</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.9.7 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">f. Stops with an ABS electrical failure</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.9.8</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4—Performance Requirements, Power-Assisted Braking System Failure Test
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Column 2
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vehicle category
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Stopping Distance(s)
<br/>(where V is the specified test speed in km/h and S is the required stopping distance in meters)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Single brake system</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0143 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0143 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0133 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0105 V 
<sup>2</sup>.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">Vehicles with CBS or split service brake systems</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">All</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S ≤0.1 V + 0.0154 V. 
<sup>2</sup></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er24au12.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er24au12.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er24au12.002.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 51671, Aug. 24, 2012, as amended at 86 FR 1298, Jan. 8, 2021; 87 FR 34810, June 8, 2022]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.122a" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.122a   Standard No. 122; Motorcycle brake systems.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies performance requirements for motorcycle brake systems.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of the standard is to insure safe motorcycle braking performance under normal and emergency conditions.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to motorcycles. However, this standard does not apply to motorcycles certified to comply with § 571.122.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Braking interval</I> means the distance measured from the start of one brake application to the start of the next brake application.
</P>
<P><I>Initial brake temperature</I> means the temperature of the hottest service brake of the vehicle 0.2 mile before any brake application.
</P>
<P><I>Skid number</I> means the frictional resistance of a pavement measured in accordance with ASTM E274-70 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) at 40 mph, omitting water delivery as specified in paragraphs 7.1 and 7.2 of that method.
</P>
<P><I>Stopping distance</I> means the distance traveled by a vehicle from the start of the brake application to the point where the vehicle stops.
</P>
<P><I>Split service brake system</I> means a brake system consisting of two or more subsystems actuated by a single control designed so that a leakage-type failure of a pressure component in a single subsystem (except structural failure of a housing that is common to all subsystems) shall not impair the operation of the other subsystem(s).
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> Each motorcycle shall meet the following requirements under the conditions specified in S6, when tested according to the procedures and in the sequence specified in S7. Corresponding test procedures of S7 are indicated in parentheses. If a motorcycle is incapable of attaining a specified speed, its service brakes shall be capable of stopping the vehicle from the multiple of 5 m.p.h. that is 4 m.p.h. to 8 m.p.h. less than the speed attainable in 1 mile, within stopping distances that do not exceed the stopping distances specified in Table 1.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Required equipment—split service brake system.</I> Each motorcycle shall have either a split service brake system or two independently actuated service brake systems.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Mechanical service brake system.</I> Failure of any component in a mechanical service brake system shall not result in a loss of braking ability in the other service brake system on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Hydraulic service brake system.</I> A leakage failure in a hydraulic service brake system shall not result in a loss of braking ability in the other service brake system on the vehicle. Each motorcycle equipped with a hydraulic brake system shall have the equipment specified in S5.1.2.1 and S5.1.2.2.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.1 <I>Master cylinder reservoirs.</I> Each master cylinder shall have a separate reservoir for each brake circuit, with each reservoir filler opening having its own cover, seal, and cover retention device. Each reservoir shall have a minimum capacity equivalent to one and one-half times the total fluid displacement resulting when all the wheel cylinders or caliper pistons serviced by the reservoir move from a new lining, fully retracted position to a fully worn, fully applied position. Where adjustment is a factor, the worst condition of adjustment shall be used for this measurement.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.2 <I>Reservoir labeling.</I> Each motorcycle shall have a brake fluid warning statement that reads as follows, in letters at least three thirty-seconds of an inch high:
</P>
<P>Warning: Clean filler cap before removing. Use only ______ fluid from a sealed container. (Inserting the recommended type of brake fluid as specified in 49 CFR 571.116, e.g., DOT 3.)
</P>
<P>The lettering shall be:
</P>
<P>(a) Permanently affixed, engraved, or embossed;
</P>
<P>(b) Located so as to be visible by direct view, either on or within 4 inches of the brake-fluid reservoir filler plug or cap; and
</P>
<P>(c) Of a color that contrasts with its background, if it is not engraved or embossed.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 <I>Split service brake system.</I> In addition to the equipment required by S5.1.2 each motorcycle equipped with a split service brake system shall have a failure indicator lamp as specified in S5.1.3.1.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.1 <I>Failure indicator lamp.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) One or more electrically operated service brake system failure indicator lamps that is mounted in front of and in clear view of the driver, and that is activated—
</P>
<P>(1) In the event of pressure failure in any part of the service brake system, other than a structural failure of either a brake master cylinder body in a split integral body type master cylinder system or a service brake system failure indicator body, before or upon application of not more than 20 pounds of pedal force upon the service brake.
</P>
<P>(2) Without the application of pedal force, when the level of brake fluid in a master cylinder reservoir drops to less than the recommended safe level specified by the manufacturer or to less than one-half the fluid reservoir capacity, whichever is the greater.
</P>
<P>(b) All failure indicator lamps shall be activated when the ignition switch is turned from the “off” to the “on” or to the “start” position.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for the momentary activation required by S5.1.3.1(b), each indicator lamp, once activated, shall remain activated as long as the condition exists, whenever the ignition switch is in the “on” position. An indicator lamp activated when the ignition is turned to the “start” position shall be deactivated upon return of the switch to the “on” position unless a failure exists in the service brake system.
</P>
<P>(d) Each indicator lamp shall have a red lens with the legend “Brake Failure” on or adjacent to it in letters not less than three thirty-seconds of an inch high that shall be legible to the driver in daylight when lighted.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 <I>Parking brake.</I> Each three-wheeled motorcycle shall be equipped with a parking brake of a friction type with a solely mechanical means to retain engagement.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5 <I>Other requirements.</I> The brake system shall be installed so that the lining thickness of drum brake shoes may be visually inspected, either directly or by use of a mirror without removing the drums, and so that disc brake friction lining thickness may be visually inspected without removing the pads.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Service brake system—first (preburnish) effectiveness.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Service brake system.</I> The service brakes shall be capable of stopping the motorcycle from 30 m.p.h. and 60 m.p.h. within stopping distances which do not exceed the stopping distances specified in Column I of Table I (S7.3.1).
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Partial service brake system.</I> Each independently actuated service brake system on each motorcycle shall be capable of stopping the motorcycle from 30 m.p.h. and 60 m.p.h. within stopping distances which do not exceed the stopping distances specified in Column II of Table I (S7.3.2).
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Service brake system—second effectiveness.</I> The service brakes shall be capable of stopping the motorcycle from 30 m.p.h., 60 m.p.h., 80 m.p.h., and the multiple of 5 m.p.h. that is 4 m.p.h. to 8 m.p.h. less than the speed attainable in 1 mile if this speed is 95 m.p.h. or greater, within stopping distances that do not exceed the stopping distances specified in Column III of Table I (S7.5).
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Service brake system—fade and recovery.</I> These requirements do not apply to a motor-driven cycle whose speed attainable in 1 mile is 30 m.p.h. or less.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 <I>Baseline check—minimum and maximum pedal forces.</I> The pedal and lever forces used in establishing the fade baseline check average shall be within the limits specified in S6.10 (S7.6.1).
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 <I>Fade.</I> Each motorcycle shall be capable of making 10 fade stops from 60 m.p.h. at not less than 15 f.p.s.p.s. for each stop (S7.6.2).
</P>
<P>S5.4.3 <I>Fade recovery.</I> Each motorcycle shall be capable of making five recovery stops with a pedal force that does not exceed 400 Newtons (90 pounds), and a hand lever force that does not exceed 245 Newtons (55 pounds) for any of the first four recovery stops and that for the fifth recovery stop, is within, plus 89 Newtons (20 pounds) and minus 44 Newtons (10 pounds) of the fade test baseline check average force (S7.6.3), but not less than 0 Newtons (0 pounds).
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Service brake system—final effectiveness.</I> These requirements do not apply to a motor-driven cycle whose speed attainable in 1 mile is 30 mph or less.
</P>
<P>S5.5.1 <I>Service brake system.</I> The service brakes shall be capable of stopping the motorcycle in a manner that complies with S5.3 (S7.8.1).
</P>
<P>S5.5.2 <I>Hydraulic service brake system—partial failure.</I> In the event of a pressure component leakage failure, other than a structural failure of either a brake master cylinder body in a split integral body type master cylinder system or a service brake system failure indicator body, the remaining portion of the service brake system shall continue to operate and shall be capable of stopping the motorcycle from 30 m.p.h. and 60 m.p.h. within stopping distances that do not exceed the stopping distances specified in Column IV of Table I (S7.8.2).
</P>
<P>S5.6 <I>Parking brake system.</I> The parking brake system shall be capable of holding the motorcycle stationary (to the limits of traction of the braked wheels), for 5 minutes, in both forward and reverse directions, on a 30 percent grade, with an applied force of not more than 90 pounds for a foot-operated system and 55 pounds for a hand-operated system (S7.9).
</P>
<P>S5.7 <I>Service brake system—water recovery.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.7.1 <I>Baseline check.</I> The pedal and lever forces used in establishing the water recovery baseline check average shall be within the limits specified in S6.10 (S7.10.1).
</P>
<P>S5.7.2 <I>Water recovery test.</I> Each motorcycle shall be capable of making five recovery stops with a pedal force that does not exceed 400 Newtons (90 pounds), and hand lever force that does not exceed 245 Newtons (55 pounds), for any of the first four recovery stops, and that for the fifth recovery stop, is within, plus 89 Newtons (20 pounds) and minus 44 Newtons (10 pounds) of the water recovery baseline check average force (S7.10.2), but not less than 0 Newtons (0 pounds).
</P>
<P>S5.8 <I>Service brake system design durability.</I> Each motorcycle shall be capable of completing all braking requirements of S5 without detachment of brake linings from the shoes or pad, detachment or fracture of any brake system components, or leakage of fluid or lubricant at the wheel cylinder, and master cylinder reservoir cover, seal, or retention device (S7.11).
</P>
<P>S6 <I>Test conditions.</I> The requirements of S5 shall be met under the following conditions. Where a range of conditions is specified, the motorcycle shall be capable of meeting the requirements at all points within the range.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Vehicle weight.</I> Motorcycle weight is unloaded vehicle weight plus 200 pounds (including driver and instrumentation), with the added weight distributed in the saddle or carrier if so equipped.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Tire inflation pressure.</I> Tire inflation pressure is the pressure recommended by the manufacturer for the vehicle weight specified in paragraph S6.1.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Transmission.</I> Unless otherwise specified, all stops are made with the clutch disengaged.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Engine.</I> Engine idle speed and ignition timing settings are according to the manufacturer's recommendations. If the vehicle is equipped with an adjustable engine speed governor, it is adjusted according to the manufacturer's recommendation.
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>Ambient temperature.</I> The ambient temperature is between 32 °F. and 100 °F.
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Wind velocity.</I> The wind velocity is zero.
</P>
<P>S6.7 <I>Road surface.</I> Road tests are conducted on level roadway having a skid number of 81. The roadway is 8 feet wide for two-wheeled motorcycles, and overall vehicle width plus 5 feet for three-wheeled motorcycles. The parking brake test surface is clean, dry, smooth portland cement concrete.
</P>
<P>S6.8 <I>Vehicle position.</I> The motorcycle is aligned in the center of the roadway at the start of each brake application. Stops are made without any part of the motorcycle leaving the roadway and without lockup of any wheel.
</P>
<P>S6.9 <I>Thermocouples.</I> The brake temperature is measured by plug-type thermocouples installed in the approximate center of the facing length and width of the most heavily loaded shoe or disc pad, one per brake, as shown in Figure 1.
</P>
<P>S6.10 <I>Brake actuation forces.</I> Except for the requirements of the fifth recovery stop in S5.4.3 and S5.7.2 (S7.6.3 and S7.10.2), the hand lever force is not less than 10 Newtons (2.3 pounds) and not more than 245 Newtons (55 pounds) and the foot pedal force is not less than 25 Newtons (5.6 pounds) and not more than 400 Newtons (90 pounds). The point of initial application of the lever forces is 1.2 inches from the end of the brake lever grip. The direction of the force is perpendicular to the handle grip on the plane along which the brake lever rotates, and the point of application of the pedal force is the center of the foot contact pad of the brake pedal. The direction of the force is perpendicular to the foot contact pad on the plane along which the brake pedal rotates, as shown in Figure 2.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test procedures and sequence.</I> Each motorcycle shall be capable of meeting all the requirements of this standard when tested according to the procedures and in the sequence set forth below without replacing any brake system part, or making any adjustments to the brake system other than as permitted in S7.4. A motorcycle shall be deemed to comply with S5.2, S5.3 and S5.5 if at least one of the stops specified in S7.3, S7.5 and S7.8 is made within the stopping distances specified in Table I.
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Braking warming.</I> If the initial brake temperature for the first stop in a test procedure (other than S7.10) has not been reached, heat the brakes to the initial brake temperature by making up to 10 stops from 30 m.p.h. at a deceleration of not more than 10 f.p.s.p.s. On independently operated brake systems, the coldest brake shall be within 10 °F. of the hottest brake.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Pretest instrumentation check.</I> Conduct a general check of test instrumentation by making not more than 10 stops from a speed of not more than 30 m.p.h. at a deceleration of not more than 10 f.p.s.p.s. If test instrument repair, replacement, or adjustment is necessary, make not more than 10 additional stops after such repair, replacement or adjustment.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Service brake system—first</I> (<I>preburnished</I>) <I>effectiveness test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.3.1 <I>Service brake system.</I> Make six stops from 30 m.p.h. and then six stops from 60 m.p.h. with an initial brake temperature between 130 °F. and 150 °F.
</P>
<P>S7.3.2 <I>Partial service brake system.</I> For a motorcycle with two independently actuated service brake systems, repeat S7.3.1 using each service brake system individually.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Service brake system—burnish procedure.</I> Burnish the brakes by making 200 stops from 30 m.p.h. at 12 f.p.s.p.s. The braking interval shall be either the distance necessary to reduce the initial brake temperature to between 130 °F. and 150 °F. or 1 mile, whichever occurs first. Accelerate at maximum rate to 30 m.p.h. immediately after each stop and maintain that speed until making the next stop. After burnishing adjust the brakes in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation.
</P>
<P>S7.5 <I>Service brake system—second effectiveness test.</I> Repeat S7.3.1. Then, make four stops from 80 m.p.h. and four stops from the multiple of 5 m.p.h. that is 4 m.p.h. to 8 m.p.h. less than the speed attainable in 1 mile if that speed is 95 m.p.h. or greater.
</P>
<P>S7.6 <I>Service brake system—fade and recovery test.</I> These requirements do not apply to a motor-driven cycle whose speed attainable in 1 mile is 30 m.p.h. or less.
</P>
<P>S7.6.1 <I>Baseline check stops.</I> Make three stops from 30 m.p.h. at 10 to 11 f.p.s.p.s. for each stop. Compute the average of the maximum brake pedal forces and the maximum brake lever forces required for the three stops.
</P>
<P>S7.6.2 <I>Fade stops.</I> Make 10 stops from 60 m.p.h. at not less than 15 f.p.s.p.s. for each stop. The initial brake temperature before the first brake application shall be between 130 °F. and 150 °F. Initial brake temperatures before brake applications for subsequent stops shall be those occurring at the distance intervals. Attain the required deceleration as quickly as possible and maintain at least this rate for not less than three-fourths of the total stopping distance for each stop. The interval between the starts of service brake applications shall be 0.4 mile. Drive 1 mile at 30 m.p.h. after the last fade stop and immediately conduct the recovery test specified in S7.6.3.
</P>
<P>S7.6.3 <I>Recovery test.</I> Make five stops from 30 m.p.h. at 10 to 11 f.p.s.p.s. for each stop. The braking interval shall not be more than 1 mile. Immediately after each stop accelerate at maximum rate to 30 m.p.h. and maintain that speed until making the next stop.
</P>
<P>S7.7 <I>Service brake system—reburnish.</I> Repeat S7.4 except make 35 burnish stops instead of 200 stops. Brakes may be adjusted after reburnish if no tools are used. These requirements do not apply to a motor-driven cycle whose speed attainable in 1 mile is 30 m.p.h. or less.
</P>
<P>S7.8 <I>Service brake system—final effectiveness test.</I> These requirements do not apply to a motor-driven cycle whose speed attainable in 1 mile is 30 m.p.h. or less.
</P>
<P>S7.8.1 <I>Service brake system.</I> Repeat S7.5 including S7.3.1.
</P>
<P>S7.8.2 <I>Partial service brake system test.</I> Alter the service brake system on three-wheeled motorcycles to induce a complete loss of braking in any one subsystem. Determine the line pressure or pedal force necessary to cause the brake system failure indicator to operate. Make six stops from 30 m.p.h. and then six stops from 60 m.p.h. with an initial brake temperature between 130 °F. and 150 °F. Repeat for each subsystem. Determine that the brake failure indicator is operating when the master cylinder fluid level is less than the level specified in S5.1.3.1(a)(2), and that it complies with S5.1.3.1(c). Check for proper operation with each reservoir in turn at a low level. Restore the service brake system to normal at completion of this test.
</P>
<P>S7.9 <I>Parking brake test.</I> Starting with an initial brake temperature of not more than 150 °F., drive the motorcycle downhill on the 30 percent grade with the longitudinal axis of the motorcycle in the direction of the grade. Apply the service brakes with a force not exceeding 90 pounds to stop the motorcycle and place the transmission in neutral. Apply the parking brake by exerting a force not exceeding those specified in S5.6. Release the service brake and allow the motorcycle to remain at rest (to the limit of traction of the braked wheels) for 5 minutes. Repeat the test with the motorcycle parked in the reversed (uphill) position on the grade.
</P>
<P>S7.10 <I>Service brake system—water recovery test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.10.1 <I>Baseline check stops.</I> Make three stops from 30 m.p.h. at 10 to 11 f.p.s.p.s. for each stop. Compute the average of the maximum brake pedal forces and of the maximum brake lever forces required for the three stops.
</P>
<P>S7.10.2 <I>Wet brake recovery stops.</I> Completely immerse the rear brake assembly of the motorcycle in water for 2 minutes with the brake fully released. Next completely immerse the front brake assembly of the motorcycle in water for 2 minutes with the brake fully released. Perform the entire wetting procedure in not more than 7 minutes. Immediately after removal of the front brake from water, accelerate at a maximum rate to 30 mi/h without a brake application. Immediately upon reaching that speed make five stops, each from 30 mi/h at 10 to 11 ft/s
<SU>2</SU> for each stop. After each stop (except the last) accelerate the motorcycle immediately at a maximum rate to 30 mi/h and begin the next stop.
</P>
<P>S7.11 <I>Final inspection.</I> Upon completion of all the tests inspect the brake system in an assembled condition, for compliance with the brake lining inspection requirements. Disassemble all brakes and inspect:
</P>
<P>(a) The entire brake system for detachment or fracture of any component.
</P>
<P>(b) Brake linings for detachment from the shoe or pad.
</P>
<P>(c) Wheel cylinder, master cylinder, and axle seals for fluid or lubricant leakage.
</P>
<P>(d) Master cylinder for reservoir capacity and retention device.
</P>
<P>(e) Master cylinder label for compliance with S5.1.2.2.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Stopping Distances for Effectiveness, Fade and Partial System Tests
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Vehicle test speed, m.p.h.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Stopping distance, feet—Effectiveness tests
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Preburnish effectiveness total system (S5.2.1)—I
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Preburnish effectiveness partial mechanical systems (S5.2.2)—II
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Effectiveness total system (S5.4) (SS5.7.1)—III
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Effectiveness partial hydraulic systems (S5.7.2)—IV
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">84</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">97
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">132
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">273</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">218
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">337</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">128</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">264
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">181</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">407</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">155</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">326
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">484</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">185</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">388
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">217</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">455
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">264</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">527
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">303</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">606
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">345</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">689
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">389</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">778
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">484</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">872
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">540</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">971
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">598</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1076
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">659</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1188
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">723</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1302
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">115</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">791</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1423
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">120</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">861</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1549</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table II—Brake Test Sequence and Requirements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Sequence L.C.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test procedure
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Requirements
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Instrumentation check</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. First (Preburnish) effectiveness test:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(a) Service brake system</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.3.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.2.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(b) Partial service brake system</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.3.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.2.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Burnish procedure</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Second effectiveness test</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. First fade and recovery test</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Reburnish</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7. Final effectiveness test:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(a) Service brake system</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.8.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.5.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(b) Partial service brake system</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.8.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.5.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8. Parking brake test (three-wheeled motorcycles only)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9. Water recovery test</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10. Design durability</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S5.8</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.059.gif"/>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Delegation of authority at 38 FR 12147; secs. 102, 103, 119, Pub. L. 89-563, 80 Stat. 718 (15 U.S.C. 1391, 1392, 1407); delegations of authority at 49 CFR 1.50 and 49 CFR 501.8)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 5034, Mar. 9, 1972, as amended at 37 FR 11974, June 16, 1972; 38 FR 14753, June 5, 1973; 39 FR 32914, Sept. 12, 1974; 39 FR 43075, Dec. 10, 1974; 41 FR 24593, June 17, 1976; 43 FR 9606, Mar. 9, 1978; 43 FR 46548, Oct. 10, 1978; 66 FR 42617, Aug. 14, 2001; 77 FR 760, Jan. 6, 2012. Redesignated and amended at 77 FR 51671, Aug. 24, 2012]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.123" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.123   Standard No. 123; Motorcycle controls and displays.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for the location, operation, identification, and illumination of motorcycle controls and displays, and requirements for motorcycle stands and footrests.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to minimize accidents caused by operator error in responding to the motoring environment, by standardizing certain motorcycle controls and displays.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to motorcycles equipped with handlebars, except for motorcycles that are designed, and sold exclusively for use by law enforcement agencies.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions. Clockwise</I> and <I>counterclockwise</I> mean opposing directions of rotation around the following axes, as applicable. 
</P>
<P>(a) The operational axis of the ignition control, viewed from in front of the ignition lock opening;
</P>
<P>(b) The axis of the right handlebar on which the twist-grip throttle is located, viewed from the end of that handlebar;
</P>
<P>(c) The axis perpendicular to the center of the speedometer, viewed from the operator's normal eye position.
</P>
<P><I>Scooter</I> means a motorcycle that:
</P>
<P>(1) Has a platform for the operator's feet or has integrated footrests, and
</P>
<P>(2) Has a step-through architecture, meaning that the part of the vehicle forward of the operator's seat and between the legs of an operator seated in the riding position, is lower in height than the operator's seat.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1. Each motorcycle shall be equipped with a supplemental engine stop control, located and operable as specified in Table 1.
</P>
<P>S5.2 Each motorcycle to which this standard applies shall meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Control location and operation.</I> If any item of equipment listed in Table 1, Column 1, is provided, the control for such item shall be located as specified in Column 2, and operable as specified in Column 3. Each control located on a right handlebar shall be operable by the operator's right hand throughout its full range without removal of the operator's right hand from the throttle. Each control located on a left handlebar shall be operable by the operator's left hand throughout its full range without removal of the operator's left hand from the handgrip. If a motorcycle with an automatic clutch other than a scooter is equipped with a supplemental rear brake control, the control shall be located on the left handlebar. If a scooter with an automatic clutch is equipped with a supplemental rear brake control, the control shall be on the right side and operable by the operator's right foot. A supplemental control shall provide brake actuation identical to that provided by the required control of Table 1, Item 11, of this Standard. If a motorcycle is equipped with self-proportioning or antilock braking devices utilizing a single control for front and rear brakes, the control shall be located and operable in the same manner as a rear brake control, as specified in Table 1, Item 11, and in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Display illumination and operation.</I> If an item of equipment listed in Table 2, Column 1, is provided, the display for such item shall be visible to a seated operator under daylight conditions, shall illuminate as specified in Column 2, and shall operate as specified in Column 3.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 <I>Control and display identification.</I> If an item of equipment in Table 3, Column 1, is provided, the item and its operational function shall be identified by:
</P>
<P>(a) A symbol substantially in the form shown in Column 3; or
</P>
<P>(b) Wording shown in both Column 2 and Column 4; or
</P>
<P>(c) A symbol substantially in the form shown in Column 3 and wording shown in both Column 2 and Column 4.
</P>
<P>(d) The abbreviations “M.P.H.”, “km/h”, “r/min”, “Hi”, “Lo”, “L”, “R”, and “Res” appearing in Column 2 and Column 4 may be spelled in full. Symbols and words may be provided for equipment items where none are shown in Column 2, Column 3, and Column 4. Any identification provided shall be placed on or adjacent to the control or display position, and shall appear upright to the operator.
</P>
<P>S5.2.4 <I>Stands.</I> A stand shall fold rearward and upward if it contacts the ground when the motorcycle is moving forward.
</P>
<P>S5.2.5 <I>Footrests.</I> Footrests shall be provided for each designated seating position. Each footrests for a passenger other than an operator shall fold rearward and upward when not in use.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er30au05.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30au05.001.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Motorcycle Display Illumination and Operation Requirements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Display—Column 1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Illumination—Column 2
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Operation—Column 3
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Speedometer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The display is illuminated whenever the headlamp is activated.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Neutral indication</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Green display lamp</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The display lamp illuminates when the gear selector is in neutral position.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/er08ja21.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08ja21.014.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 7207, Apr. 12, 1972, as amended at 37 FR 17475, Aug. 29, 1972; 39 FR 32915, Sept. 12, 1974; 48 FR 42819, Sept. 20, 1983; 49 FR 35381, Sept. 7, 1984; 49 FR 35504, Sept. 10, 1984; 56 FR 61387, Dec. 3, 1991; 63 FR 28933, May 27, 1998; 63 FR 51001, Sept. 24, 1998; 70 FR 51295, Aug. 30, 2005; 86 FR 1298, Jan. 8, 2020]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.124" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.124   Standard No. 124; Accelerator control systems.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes requirements for the return of a vehicle's throttle to the idle position when the driver removes the actuating force from the accelerator control, or in the event of a severance or disconnection in the accelerator control system.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries resulting from engine overspeed caused by malfunctions in the accelerator control system.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multi-purpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>Driver-operated accelerator control system</I> means all vehicle components, except the fuel metering device, that regulate engine speed in direct response to movement of the driver-operated control and that return the throttle to the idle position upon release of the actuating force.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel metering device</I> means the carburetor, or in the case of certain engines the fuel injector, fuel distributor or fuel injection pump.
</P>
<P><I>Throttle</I> means the component of the fuel metering device that connects to the driver-operated accelerator control system and that by input from the driver-operated accelerator control system controls the engine speed.
</P>
<P><I>Idle position</I> means the position of the throttle at which it first comes in contact with an engine idle speed control appropriate for existing conditions according to the manufacturers' recommendations. These conditions include, but are not limited to, engine speed adjustments for cold engine, air conditioning, and emission control, and the use of throttle setting devices.
</P>
<P><I>Ambient temperature</I> means the surrounding air temperature, at a distance such that it is not significantly affected by heat from the vehicle under test.
</P>
<P>S4.2 In the case of vehicles powered by electric motors, the words <I>throttle</I> and <I>idle</I> refer to the motor speed controller and motor shutdown, respectively.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> The vehicle shall meet the following requirements when the engine is running under any load condition, and at any ambient temperature between −40 degrees Celsius and + 52 degrees Celsius after 12 hours of conditioning at any temperature within that range.
</P>
<P>S5.1 There shall be at least two sources of energy capable of returning the throttle to the idle position within the time limit specified by S5.3 from any accelerator position or speed whenever the driver removes the opposing actuating force. In the event of failure of one source of energy by a single severance or disconnection, the throttle shall return to the idle position within the time limits specified by S5.3, from any accelerator position or speed whenever the driver removes the opposing actuating force.
</P>
<P>S5.2 The throttle shall return to the idle position from any accelerator position or any speed of which the engine is capable whenever any one component of the accelerator control system is disconnected or severed at a single point. The return to idle shall occur within the time limit specified by S5.3, measured either from the time of severance or disconnection or from the first removal of the opposing actuating force by the driver.
</P>
<P>S5.3 Except as provided below, maximum time to return to idle position shall be 1 second for vehicles of 4536 kilograms or less GVWR, and 2 seconds for vehicles of more than 4536 kilograms GVWR. Maximum time to return to idle position shall be 3 seconds for any vehicle that is exposed to ambient air at −18 degrees Celsius to −40 degrees Celsius during the test or for any portion of the 12-hour conditioning period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 2980, Jan. 31, 1973, as amended at 60 FR 13645, Mar. 14, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.125" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.125   Standard No. 125; Warning devices.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes requirements for devices, without self-contained energy sources, that are designed to be carried in motor vehicles and used to warn approaching traffic of the presence of a stopped vehicle, except for devices designed to be permanently affixed to the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries due to rear end collisions between moving traffic and disabled vehicles.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to devices, without self-contained energy sources, that are designed to be carried in buses and trucks that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) greater than 10,000 pounds. These devices are used to warn approaching traffic of the presence of a stopped vehicle, except for devices designed to be permanently affixed to the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions. Entrance angle</I> means the angle having as its sides the line through the center, and normal to the face, of the object to be tested, and the line from the center of the object to the center of the source of illumination (Figure 2).
</P>
<P><I>Fluorescent</I> means the property of emitting visible light due to the absorption of radiation of a shorter wavelength which may be outside the visible spectrum.
</P>
<P><I>Observation angle</I> means the angle having as its sides the line from the observation point to the center of the object to be tested and the line from the center of that object to the center of the source of illumination (Figure 2).
</P>
<P><I>Reflex reflective</I> means reflective of light in directions close to the direction of incident light, over a wide range of variations in the direction of incident light.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Equipment.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 Reflex reflective material and fluorescent material that meet the requirements of this standard shall be affixed to both faces of the warning device. Alternatively, a dual purpose orange fluorescent and red reflective material that meets the requirements of this standard (hereafter referred to as “dual purpose material”) may be affixed to both faces in places of the reflective and fluorescent materials.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 Each warning device shall be protected from damage and deterioration—
</P>
<P>(a) By enclosure in an opaque protective reusable container, except that two or three warning devices intended to be sold for use as a set with a single vehicle may be enclosed in a single container; or
</P>
<P>(b) By secure attachment to any light-tight, enclosed, and easily accessible compartment of a new motor vehicle with which it is supplied by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 The warning device shall be designed to be erected, and replaced in its container, without the use of tools.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 The warning device shall be permanently and legibly marked with:
</P>
<P>(a) Name of manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(b) Month and year of manufacture, which may be expressed numerically, as “6/72”; and
</P>
<P>(c) The symbol DOT, or the statement that the warning device complies with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5 Each warning device shall have instructions for its erection and display.
</P>
<P>(a) The instructions shall be either indelibly printed on the warning device or attached in such a manner that they cannot be easily removed.
</P>
<P>(b) Instructions for each warning device shall include a recommendation that the driver activate the vehicular hazard warning signal lamps before leaving the vehicle to erect the warning device.
</P>
<P>(c) Instructions shall include the illustration depicted in Figure 3 indicating recommended positioning.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Configuration.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 When the warning device is erected on level ground:
</P>
<P>(a) Part of the warning device shall form an equilateral triangle that stands in a plane not more than 10° from the vertical, with the lower edge of the base of the triangle horizontal and not less than 1 inch above the ground.
</P>
<P>(b) None of the required portion of the reflective material and fluorescent material shall be obscured by any other part of the warning device except for any portion of the material over which it is necessary to provide fasteners, pivoting beads or other means to allow collapsibility or support of the device. In any event, sufficient reflective and fluorescent material shall be used on the triangle to meet the requirements of S5.4 and S5.5.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 Each of the three sides of the triangular portion of the warning device shall not be less than 17 and not more than 22 inches long, and not less than 2 and not more than 3 inches wide (Figure 1).
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 Each face of the triangular portion of the warning device shall have an outer border of red reflex reflective material of uniform width and not less than 0.75 and not more than 1.75 inches wide, and an inner border of orange fluorescent material of uniform width and not less than 1.25 and not more than 1.30 inches wide (Figure 1). However, this requirement shall not apply if the dual purpose material is used.
</P>
<P>S5.2.4 Each vertex of the triangular portion of the warning device shall have a radius of not less than 0.25 inch and not more than 0.50 inch.
</P>
<P>S5.2.5 All edges shall be rounded or chamfered, as necessary, to reduce the possibility of cutting or harm to the user.
</P>
<P>S5.2.6 The device shall consist entirely of the triangular portion and attachments necessary for its support and enclosure, without additional visible shapes or attachments.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Color.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 The color of the red reflex reflective material on the warning device shall have the following characteristics, both before and after the warning device has been conditioned in accordance with S6.1, when the source of illumination is a lamp with a tungsten filament operating at 2856° Kelvin color temperature. Expressed in terms of the International Commission on Illumination (CIE) 1931 standard colorimetric observer system (CIE chromaticity diagram, Figure 4), the chromaticity coordinates of the red reflex reflective material shall lie within the region bounded by the spectrum locus and the lines on the diagram defined by the following equations:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Boundary
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Equations
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yellow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">y = 0.33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">White</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">x + y = 0.98</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.3.2 The color of the orange fluorescent material on the warning device shall have the following characteristics, both before and after the warning device has been conditioned in accordance with S6.1, when the source of illumination is a 150-watt high pressure xenon compact arc lamp. Expressed in terms of the International Commission on Illumination (CIE) 1931 standard colorimetric observer system, the chromaticity coordinates of the orange fluorescent material shall lie within the region bounded by the spectrum locus and the lines on the diagram defined by the following equations:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Boundary
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Equations
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yellow</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">y = 0.49x + 0.17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">White</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">x + y = 0.93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Red</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">y = 0.35</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>The 150-watt high pressure xenon compact arc lamp shall illuminate the sample using the unmodified spectrum at an angle of incidence of 45° and an angle of observation of 90°. If dual purpose material is being tested, it shall be illuminated by a 150-watt high pressure xenon compact arc lamp, whose light is diffused by an integrating sphere.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Reflectivity.</I> When the red reflex reflective material on the warning device is tested in accordance with S6.2, both before and after the warning device has been conditioned in accordance with S6.1, its total candlepower per incident foot candle shall be not less than the values specified in Table I for each of the listed entrance angles.
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Luminance.</I> When the orange fluorescent material on the warning device is tested in accordance with S6.3, both before and after the warning device has been conditioned in accordance with S6.1, it shall have a minimum relative luminance of 25 percent of a flat magnesium oxide surface and a minimum product of that relative luminance and width in inches of 44.
</P>
<P>S5.6 <I>Stability.</I> When the warning device is erected on a horizontal brushed concrete surface both with and against the brush marks and subjected to a horizontal wind of 40 miles per hour in any direction for 3 minutes—
</P>
<P>(a) No part of it shall slide more than 3 inches from its initial position;
</P>
<P>(b) Its triangular portion shall not tilt to a position that is more than 10° from the vertical; and
</P>
<P>(c) Its triangular position shall not turn through a horizontal angle of more than 10° in either direction from the initial position.
</P>
<P>S5.7 <I>Durability.</I> When the warning device is conditioned in accordance with S6.1, no part of the warning device shall become warped or separated from the rest of the warning device.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test Procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 Submit the warning device to the following conditioning sequence, returning the device after each step in the sequence to ambient air at 68 °F. for at least 2 hours.
</P>
<P>(a) Minus 40 °F. for 16 hours in a circulating air chamber using ambient air which would have not less than 30 percent and not more than 70 percent relative humidity at 70 °F.;
</P>
<P>(b) 150 °F. for 16 hours in a circulating air oven using ambient air which would have not less than 30 percent and not more than 70 percent relative humidity at 70 °F.;
</P>
<P>(c) 100 °F. and 90 percent relative humidity for 16 hours;
</P>
<P>(d) Salt spray (fog) test in accordance with ASTM B117-64 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), except that the test shall be for 4 hours rather than 40 hours; and
</P>
<P>(e) Immersion for 2 hours in water at a temperature of 100 °F.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Reflectivity Test.</I> Test the red reflex reflective materials as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Unless dual purpose material is used, prevent the orange fluorescent material from affecting the photometric measurement of the reflectivity of the red reflex reflective material, either by separation or masking.
</P>
<P>(b) Use a lamp with a tungsten filament operating at 2856° Kelvin color temperature as the source of illumination.
</P>
<P>(c) Place the source of illumination 100 feet from the red reflex reflective material (Figure 2).
</P>
<P>(d) Place the observation point directly above the source of illumination (Figure 2).
</P>
<P>(e) Calculate the total candlepower per incident foot candle of the red reflex reflective material at each of the entrance and observation angles specified in Table 1.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Luminance Test.</I> Test the orange fluorescent material as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Unless dual purpose material is used, prevent the red reflex reflective material from affecting the photometric measurement of the luminance of the orange fluorescent material.
</P>
<P>(b) Using a 150-watt high pressure xenon compact arc lamp as the light source, illuminate the test sample at an angle of incidence of 45° and an angle of observation of 90°. If dual purpose material is being tested, illuminate the sample diffusely through an integrating sphere.
</P>
<P>(c) Measure the luminance of the material at a perpendicular viewing angle, with no ray of the viewing beam more than 5° from the perpendicular to the specimen.
</P>
<P>(d) Repeat the procedure for a flat magnesium oxide surface, and compute the quotient (percentage) of the luminance of the material relative to that of the magnesium oxide surface.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.061.gif"/>
<BCAP><E T="15">Fig. 1—Dimensions of Warning Device (Inches)</E></BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.062.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.063.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 28636, Aug. 9, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 4, Jan. 2, 1975; 59 FR 49591, Sept. 29, 1994; 77 FR 760, Jan. 6, 2012]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.126" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.126   Standard No. 126; Electronic stability control systems for light vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes performance and equipment requirements for electronic stability control (ESC) systems.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the number of deaths and injuries that result from crashes in which the driver loses directional control of the vehicle, including those resulting in vehicle rollover.
</P>
<P>S3 <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) or less, according to the phase-in schedule specified in S8 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Ackerman Steer Angle</I> means the angle whose tangent is the wheelbase divided by the radius of the turn at a very low speed.
</P>
<P><I>Drive configuration</I> means the driver-selected, or default, condition for distributing power from the engine to the drive wheels (examples include, but are not limited to, 2-wheel drive, front-wheel drive, rear-wheel drive, all-wheel drive, 4-wheel drive high gear with locked differential, and 4-wheel drive low gear).
</P>
<P><I>Electronic stability control system</I> or <I>ESC system</I> means a system that has all of the following attributes:
</P>
<P>(1) That augments vehicle directional stability by applying and adjusting the vehicle brake torques individually to induce a correcting yaw moment to a vehicle;
</P>
<P>(2) That is computer-controlled with the computer using a closed-loop algorithm to limit vehicle oversteer and to limit vehicle understeer;
</P>
<P>(3) That has a means to determine the vehicle's yaw rate and to estimate its side slip or side slip derivative with respect to time;
</P>
<P>(4) That has a means to monitor driver steering inputs;
</P>
<P>(5) That has an algorithm to determine the need, and a means to modify engine torque, as necessary, to assist the driver in maintaining control of the vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(6) That is operational over the full speed range of the vehicle (except at vehicle speeds less than 20 km/h (12.4 mph), when being driven in reverse, or during system initialization).
</P>
<P><I>Lateral acceleration</I> means the component of the vector acceleration of a point in the vehicle perpendicular to the vehicle's x-axis (longitudinal) and parallel to the road plane.
</P>
<P><I>Low-range four-wheel drive configuration</I> means a drive configuration that has the effect of locking the drive gears at the front and rear axles together and providing an additional gear reduction between the engine speed and vehicle speed of at least 2.0.
</P>
<P><I>Mode</I> means an ESC performance algorithm, whether driver-selected or not (examples include, but are not limited to, standard (default) mode, performance mode, snow or slippery road mode, or Off mode).
</P>
<P><I>Oversteer</I> means a condition in which the vehicle's yaw rate is greater than the yaw rate that would occur at the vehicle's speed as a result of the Ackerman Steer Angle.
</P>
<P><I>Side slip</I> or <I>side slip angle</I> means the arctangent of the lateral velocity of the center of gravity of the vehicle divided by the longitudinal velocity of the center of gravity.
</P>
<P><I>Understeer</I> means a condition in which the vehicle's yaw rate is less than the yaw rate that would occur at the vehicle's speed as a result of the Ackerman Steer Angle.
</P>
<P><I>Yaw rate</I> means the rate of change of the vehicle's heading angle measured in degrees/second of rotation about a vertical axis through the vehicle's center of gravity.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> Subject to the phase-in set forth in S8, each vehicle must be equipped with an ESC system that meets the requirements specified in S5 under the test conditions specified in S6 and the test procedures specified in S7 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Required Equipment.</I> Vehicles to which this standard applies must be equipped with an electronic stability control system that:
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 Is capable of applying brake torques individually to all four wheels and has a control algorithm that utilizes this capability.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 Is operational during all phases of driving including acceleration, coasting, and deceleration (including braking), except when the driver has disabled ESC, the vehicle speed is below 20 km/h (12.4 mph), the vehicle is being driven in reverse, or during system initialization 
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 Remains capable of activation even if the antilock brake system or traction control system is also activated.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Performance Requirements.</I> During each test performed under the test conditions of S6 and the test procedure of S7.9, the vehicle with the ESC system engaged must satisfy the stability criteria of S5.2.1 and S5.2.2, and it must satisfy the responsiveness criterion of S5.2.3 during each of those tests conducted with a commanded steering wheel angle of 5A or greater, where A is the steering wheel angle computed in S7.6.1.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 The yaw rate measured one second after completion of the sine with dwell steering input (time T<E T="52">0</E> + 1 in Figure 1) must not exceed 35 percent of the first peak value of yaw rate recorded after the steering wheel angle changes sign (between first and second peaks) (å<E T="54">Peak</E> in Figure 1) during the same test run, and
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 The yaw rate measured 1.75 seconds after completion of the sine with dwell steering input must not exceed 20 percent of the first peak value of yaw rate recorded after the steering wheel angle changes sign (between first and second peaks) during the same test run.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 The lateral displacement of the vehicle center of gravity with respect to its initial straight path must be at least 1.83 m (6 feet) for vehicles with a GVWR of 3,500kg (7,716 lb) or less, and 1.52 m (5 feet) for vehicles with a GVWR greater than 3,500 kg (7,716 lb) when computed 1.07 seconds after the Beginning of Steer (BOS). BOS is defined in S7.11.6.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3.1 The computation of lateral displacement is performed using double integration with respect to time of the measurement of lateral acceleration at the vehicle center of gravity, as expressed by the formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="20" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er06ap07.008.gif"/></MATH>
<P>S5.2.3.2 Time t = 0 for the integration operation is the instant of steering initiation, known as the Beginning of Steer (BOS). BOS is defined in S7.11.6.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>ESC Malfunction.</I> The vehicle must be equipped with a telltale that provides a warning to the driver of the occurrence of one or more malfunctions that affect the generation or transmission of control or response signals in the vehicle's electronic stability control system. When tested according to S7.10, the ESC malfunction telltale:
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 As of September 1, 2011, must be mounted inside the occupant compartment in front of and in clear view of the driver;
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 As of September 1, 2011, must be identified by the symbol shown for “ESC Malfunction Telltale” or the specified words or abbreviations listed in Table 1 of Standard No. 101 (49 CFR 571.101);
</P>
<P>S5.3.3 As of September 1, 2011, except as provided in paragraphs S5.3.4, S5.3.5, S5.3.8, and S5.3.10, the ESC malfunction telltale must illuminate only when a malfunction(s) of the ESC system exists and must remain continuously illuminated under the conditions specified in S5.3 for as long as the malfunction(s) exists (unless the “ESC malfunction” and “ESC Off” telltales are combined in a two-part telltale and the “ESC Off” telltale is illuminated), whenever the ignition locking system is in the “On” (“Run”) position; and 
</P>
<P>S5.3.4 As of September 1, 2011, except as provided in paragraph S5.3.5, each ESC malfunction telltale must be activated as a check of lamp function either when the ignition locking system is turned to the “On” (“Run”) position when the engine is not running, or when the ignition locking system is in a position between “On” (“Run”) and “Start” that is designated by the manufacturer as a check position.
</P>
<P>S5.3.5 The ESC malfunction telltale need not be activated when a starter interlock is in operation.
</P>
<P>S5.3.6 The requirement S5.3.4 does not apply to telltales shown in a common space.
</P>
<P>S5.3.7 The ESC malfunction telltale must extinguish at the next ignition cycle after the malfunction has been corrected.
</P>
<P>S5.3.8 The manufacturer may use the ESC malfunction telltale in a flashing mode to indicate ESC operation.
</P>
<P>S5.3.9 Prior to September 1, 2011, a disconnection of the power to the ESC electronic control unit may be indicated by the ABS malfunction telltale instead of the ESC malfunction telltale.
</P>
<P>S5.3.10 Manufacturers may use the ESC malfunction telltale in a steady-burning mode to indicate malfunctions of ESC-related systems and functions including traction control, trailer stability assist, corner brake control, and other similar functions that use throttle and/or individual wheel torque control to operate and share common components with the ESC system, and may use the ESC malfunction telltale in a flashing mode to indicate operation of these ESC-related systems.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>ESC Off and Other System Controls.</I> The manufacturer may include an “ESC Off” control whose only purpose is to place the ESC system in a mode or modes in which it will no longer satisfy the performance requirements of S5.2.1, S5.2.2, and S5.2.3. An “ESC Off” control may be combined with other controls in a multi-function control. Manufacturers may also provide controls for other systems that have an ancillary effect upon ESC operation. Controls of either kind that place the ESC system in a mode in which it will no longer satisfy the performance requirements of S5.2.1, S5.2.2, and S5.2.3 are permitted, provided that:
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 The vehicle's ESC system must always return to the manufacturer's original default ESC mode that satisfies the requirements of S5.1 and S5.2 at the initiation of each new ignition cycle, regardless of what ESC mode the driver had previously selected, unless (a) the vehicle is in a low-range four-wheel drive configuration selected by the driver on the previous ignition cycle that is designed for low-speed, off-road driving, or (b) the vehicle is in a four-wheel drive configuration selected by the driver on the previous ignition cycle that is designed for operation at higher speeds on snow-, sand-, or dirt-packed roads and that has the effect of locking the drive gears at the front and rear axles together, provided that the vehicle meets the stability performance requirements of S5.2.1 and S5.2.2 in this mode.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 In addition to the requirements of S5.4.1, if the vehicle's ESC system has more than one ESC mode that satisfies the requirements of S5.1 and S5.2 within the drive configuration selected for the previous ignition cycle, the system must return to the manufacturer's original default ESC mode.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3 As of September 1, 2011, a control whose only purpose is to place the ESC system in a mode or modes in which it will no longer satisfy the performance requirements of S5.2.1, S5.2.2, and S5.2.3 must be identified by the symbol shown for “ESC Off” in Table 1 of Standard No. 101 (49 CFR 571.101), or the text, “ESC Off” as listed under “Word(s) or Abbreviations” in Table 1 of Standard No. 101 (49 CFR 571.101).
</P>
<P>S5.4.4 A control for another system that has the ancillary effect of placing the ESC system in a mode in which it no longer satisfies the performance requirements of S5.2.1, S5.2.2, and S5.2.3 need not be identified by the “ESC Off” identifiers in Table 1 of Standard No. 101 (49 CFR 571.101), but the ESC status must be identified by the “ESC Off” telltale in accordance with S5.5, as of September 1, 2011, except if the vehicle is in a 4-wheel drive high gear configuration that has the effect of locking the drive gears at the front and rear axles together provided the vehicle meets the stability performance criteria of S5.2.1 and S5.2.2.
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>ESC Off Telltale</I>
</P>
<P>S5.5.1 Except as provided in S5.5.10, the vehicle manufacturer must provide a telltale indicating that the vehicle has been put into a mode that renders it unable to satisfy the requirements of S5.2.1, S5.2.2 and S5.2.3, if such a mode is provided.
</P>
<P>S5.5.2 As of September 1, 2011, the “ESC Off” telltale must be identified by the symbol shown for “ESC Off” in Table 1 of Standard No. 101 (49 CFR 571.101) or the text, “ESC Off” as listed under “Word(s) or Abbreviations” in Table 1 of Standard No. 101 (49 CFR 571.101).
</P>
<P>S5.5.3 As of September 1, 2011, the “ESC Off” telltale must be mounted inside the occupant compartment in front of and in clear view of the driver.
</P>
<P>S5.5.4 Except as provided in paragraph S5.4.4, the “ESC Off” telltale must remain continuously illuminated for as long as the ESC is in a mode that renders it unable to satisfy the requirements of S5.2.1, S5.2.2, and S5.2.3, and
</P>
<P>S5.5.5 Notwithstanding S5.3.1(e) of 49 CFR 571.101, the vehicle manufacturer may use the “ESC Off” telltale to indicate an ESC level of function other than the fully functional default mode even if the vehicle would meet S5.2.1, S5.2.2 and S5.2.3 at that level of ESC function.
</P>
<P>S5.5.6 As of September 1, 2011, except as provided in paragraph S5.5.7 and S5.5.8, each “ESC Off” telltale must be activated as a check of lamp function either when the ignition locking system is turned to the “On” (“Run”) position when the engine is not running, or when the ignition locking system is in a position between “On” (“Run”) and “Start” that is designated by the manufacturer as a check position.
</P>
<P>S5.5.7 The “ESC Off” telltale need not be activated when a starter interlock is in operation.
</P>
<P>S5.5.8 The requirement S5.5.6 does not apply to telltales shown in a common space.
</P>
<P>S5.5.9 The “ESC Off” telltale must extinguish after the ESC system has been returned to its fully functional default mode.
</P>
<P>S5.5.10 The “ESC Off” telltale need not illuminate when the vehicle is in a 4-wheel drive high gear locked differential configuration that has the effect of locking the drive gears at the front and rear axles together provided the vehicle meets the stability performance requirements of S5.2.1 and S5.2.2.
</P>
<P>S5.6 <I>ESC System Technical Documentation.</I> To ensure a vehicle is equipped with an ESC system that meets the definition of “ESC System” in S4, the vehicle manufacturer must make available to the agency, upon request, the following documentation:
</P>
<P>S5.6.1 A system diagram that identifies all ESC system hardware. The diagram must identify what components are used to generate brake torques at each wheel, determine vehicle yaw rate, estimated side slip or the side slip derivative and driver steering inputs.
</P>
<P>S5.6.2 A written explanation describing the ESC system basic operational characteristics. This explanation must include a discussion on the system's capability to apply brake torques at each wheel and how the system modifies engine torque during ESC system activation. The explanation must also identify the vehicle speed range and the driving phases (acceleration, deceleration, coasting, during activation of the ABS or traction control) under which the ESC system can activate.
</P>
<P>S5.6.3 A logic diagram that supports the explanation provided in S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>S5.6.4 Specifically for mitigating vehicle understeer, a discussion of the pertinent inputs to the computer or calculations within the computer and how its algorithm uses that information and controls ESC system hardware to limit vehicle understeer.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test Conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Ambient conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 The ambient temperature is between 7 °C (45 °F) and 40 °C (104 °F).
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 The maximum wind speed is no greater than 10 m/s (22 mph) for passenger cars and 5 m/s (11 mph) for multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Road test surface.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 The tests are conducted on a dry, uniform, solid-paved surface. Surfaces with irregularities and undulations, such as dips and large cracks, are unsuitable.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 The road test surface must produce a peak friction coefficient (PFC) of 1.02 when measured using an ASTM F2493 standard reference test tire, in accordance with ASTM E1337-19 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) at a speed of 64.4 km/h (40 mph), without water delivery.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 The test surface has a consistent slope between level and 1%.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Vehicle conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.1 The ESC system is enabled for all testing, except when it is turned off directly or by simulating a malfunction in accordance with S7.3 and S7.10, respectively. The ESC system shall be initialized as follows: Place the vehicle in a forward gear and obtain a vehicle speed of 48 ±8 km/h (30 ±5 mph). Drive the vehicle for at least two minutes including at least one left and one right turning maneuver and at least one application of the service brake.
</P>
<P>S6.3.2 <I>Test Weight.</I> The vehicle is loaded with the fuel tank filled to at least 75 percent of capacity, and total interior load of 168 kg (370 lbs) comprised of the test driver, approximately 59 kg (130 lbs) of test equipment (automated steering machine, data acquisition system and the power supply for the steering machine), and ballast as required by differences in the weight of test drivers and test equipment. Where required, ballast shall be placed on the floor behind the passenger front seat or if necessary in the front passenger foot well area. All ballast shall be secured in a way that prevents it from becoming dislodged during test conduct.
</P>
<P>S6.3.3 <I>Tires.</I> The vehicle is tested with the tires installed on the vehicle at time of initial vehicle sale. The tires are inflated to the vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold tire inflation pressure(s) specified on the vehicle's placard or the tire inflation pressure label. Tubes may be installed to prevent tire de-beading.
</P>
<P>S6.3.4 <I>Outriggers.</I> Outriggers are used for testing trucks, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and buses. Vehicles with a baseline weight less than 1,588 kg (3,500 lbs) are equipped with “light” outriggers. Vehicles with a baseline weight equal to or greater than 1,588 kg (3,500 lbs) and less than 2,722 kg (6,000 lbs) are equipped with “standard” outriggers. Vehicles with a baseline weight equal to or greater than 2,722 kg (6,000 lbs) are equipped with “heavy” outriggers. A vehicle's baseline weight is the weight of the vehicle delivered from the dealer, fully fueled, with a 73 kg (160 lb) driver. Light outriggers are designed with a maximum weight of 27 kg (59.5 lb) and a maximum roll moment of inertia of 27 kg-m
<SU>2</SU> (19.9 ft-lb-sec
<SU>2</SU>). Standard outriggers are designed with a maximum weight of 32 kg (70 lb) and a maximum roll moment of inertia of 35.9 kg-m
<SU>2</SU> (26.5 ft-lb-sec
<SU>2</SU>). Heavy outriggers are designed with a maximum weight of 39 kg (86 lb) and a maximum roll moment of inertia of 40.7 kg-m
<SU>2</SU> (30.0 ft-lb-sec
<SU>2</SU>).
</P>
<P>S6.3.5 <I>Automated steering machine.</I> A steering machine programmed to execute the required steering pattern must be used in S7.5.2, S7.5.3, S7.6 and S7.9. The steering machine shall be capable of supplying steering torques between 40 to 60 Nm (29.5 to 44.3 lb-ft). The steering machine must be able to apply these torques when operating with steering wheel velocities up to 1200 degrees per second.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1 Inflate the vehicles' tires to the cold tire inflation pressure(s) provided on the vehicle's placard or the tire inflation pressure label.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Telltale bulb check.</I> With the vehicle stationary and the ignition locking system in the “Lock” or “Off” position, activate the ignition locking system to the “On” (“Run”) position or, where applicable, the appropriate position for the lamp check. The ESC malfunction telltale must be activated as a check of lamp function, as specified in S5.3.4, and if equipped, the “ESC Off” telltale must also be activated as a check of lamp function, as specified in S5.5.6. The telltale bulb check is not required for a telltale shown in a common space as specified in S5.3.6 and S5.5.8.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>“ESC Off” control check.</I> For vehicles equipped with an “ESC Off” control, with the vehicle stationary and the ignition locking system in the “Lock” or “Off” position, activate the ignition locking system to the “On” (“Run”) position. Activate the “ESC Off” control and verify that the “ESC Off” telltale is illuminated, as specified in S5.5.4. Turn the ignition locking system to the “Lock” or “Off” position. Again, activate the ignition locking system to the “On” (“Run”) position and verify that the “ESC Off” telltale has extinguished indicating that the ESC system has been reactivated as specified in S5.4.1.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Brake Conditioning.</I> Condition the vehicle brakes as follows:
</P>
<P>S7.4.1 Ten stops are performed from a speed of 56 km/h (35 mph), with an average deceleration of approximately 0.5 g.
</P>
<P>S7.4.2 Immediately following the series of 56 km/h (35 mph) stops, three additional stops are performed from 72 km/h (45 mph).
</P>
<P>S7.4.3 When executing the stops in S7.4.2, sufficient force is applied to the brake pedal to activate the vehicle's antilock brake system (ABS) for a majority of each braking event.
</P>
<P>S7.4.4 Following completion of the final stop in S7.4.2, the vehicle is driven at a speed of 72 km/h (45 mph) for five minutes to cool the brakes.
</P>
<P>S7.5 <I>Tire Conditioning.</I> Condition the tires using the following procedure to wear away mold sheen and achieve operating temperature immediately before beginning the test runs of S7.6 and S7.9.
</P>
<P>S7.5.1 The test vehicle is driven around a circle 30 meters (100 feet) in diameter at a speed that produces a lateral acceleration of approximately 0.5 to 0.6 g for three clockwise laps followed by three counterclockwise laps.
</P>
<P>S7.5.2 Using a sinusoidal steering pattern at a frequency of 1 Hz, a peak steering wheel angle amplitude corresponding to a peak lateral acceleration of 0.5-0.6 g, and a vehicle speed of 56 km/h (35 mph), the vehicle is driven through four passes performing 10 cycles of sinusoidal steering during each pass.
</P>
<P>S7.5.3 The steering wheel angle amplitude of the final cycle of the final pass is twice that of the other cycles. The maximum time permitted between all laps and passes is five minutes.
</P>
<P>S7.6 <I>Slowly Increasing Steer Test.</I> The vehicle is subjected to two series of runs of the Slowly Increasing Steer Test using a constant vehicle speed of 80 ±2 km/h (50 ±1 mph) and a steering pattern that increases by 13.5 degrees per second until a lateral acceleration of approximately 0.5 g is obtained. Three repetitions are performed for each test series. One series uses counterclockwise steering, and the other series uses clockwise steering. The maximum time permitted between each test run is five minutes.
</P>
<P>S7.6.1 From the Slowly Increasing Steer tests, the quantity “A” is determined. “A” is the steering wheel angle in degrees that produces a steady state lateral acceleration (corrected using the methods specified in S7.11.3) of 0.3 g for the test vehicle. Utilizing linear regression, A is calculated, to the nearest 0.1 degrees, from each of the six Slowly Increasing Steer tests. The absolute value of the six A's calculated is averaged and rounded to the nearest 0.1 degrees to produce the final quantity, A, used below.
</P>
<P>S7.7 After the quantity A has been determined, without replacing the tires, the tire conditioning procedure described in S7.5 is performed immediately prior to conducting the Sine with Dwell Test of S7.9. Initiation of the first Sine with Dwell test series shall begin within two hours after completion of the Slowly Increasing Steer tests of S7.6.
</P>
<P>S7.8 Check that the ESC system is enabled by ensuring that the ESC malfunction and “ESC Off” (if provided) telltales are not illuminated.
</P>
<P>S7.9 <I>Sine with Dwell Test of Oversteer Intervention and Responsiveness.</I> The vehicle is subjected to two series of test runs using a steering pattern of a sine wave at 0.7 Hz frequency with a 500 ms delay beginning at the second peak amplitude as shown in Figure 2 (the Sine with Dwell tests). One series uses counterclockwise steering for the first half cycle, and the other series uses clockwise steering for the first half cycle. The vehicle is provided a cool-down period between each test run of 90 seconds to five minutes, with the vehicle stationary.
</P>
<P>S7.9.1 The steering motion is initiated with the vehicle coasting in high gear at 80 ±2 km/h (50 ±1 mph).
</P>
<P>S7.9.2 In each series of test runs, the steering amplitude is increased from run to run, by 0.5A, provided that no such run will result in a steering amplitude greater than that of the final run specified in S7.9.4.
</P>
<P>S7.9.3 The steering amplitude for the initial run of each series is 1.5A where A is the steering wheel angle determined in S7.6.1.
</P>
<P>S7.9.4 The steering amplitude of the final run in each series is the greater of 6.5A or 270 degrees, provided the calculated magnitude of 6.5A is less than or equal to 300 degrees. If any 0.5A increment, up to 6.5A, is greater than 300 degrees, the steering amplitude of the final run shall be 300 degrees.
</P>
<P>S7.9.5 Upon completion of the two series of test runs, post processing of yaw rate and lateral acceleration data is done as specified in S7.11.
</P>
<P>S7.10 <I>ESC Malfunction Detection.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.10.1 Simulate one or more ESC malfunction(s) by disconnecting the power source to any ESC component, or disconnecting any electrical connection between ESC components (with the vehicle power off). When simulating an ESC malfunction, the electrical connections for the telltale lamp(s) are not to be disconnected.
</P>
<P>S7.10.2 With the vehicle initially stationary and the ignition locking system in the “Lock” or “Off” position, activate the ignition locking system to the “Start” position and start the engine. Place the vehicle in a forward gear and obtain a vehicle speed of 48 ±8 km/h (30 ±5 mph). Drive the vehicle for at least two minutes including at least one left and one right turning maneuver and at least one application of the service brake. Verify that within two minutes after obtaining this vehicle speed the ESC malfunction indicator illuminates in accordance with S5.3.
</P>
<P>S7.10.3 As of September 1, 2011, stop the vehicle, deactivate the ignition locking system to the “Off” or “Lock” position. After a five-minute period, activate the vehicle's ignition locking system to the “Start” position and start the engine. Verify that the ESC malfunction indicator again illuminates to signal a malfunction and remains illuminated as long as the engine is running or until the fault is corrected.
</P>
<P>S7.10.4 Deactivate the ignition locking system to the “Off” or “Lock” position. Restore the ESC system to normal operation, activate the ignition system to the “Start” position and start the engine. Place the vehicle in a forward gear and obtain a vehicle speed of 48 ±8 km/h (30 ±5 mph). Drive the vehicle for at least two minutes including at least one left and one right turning maneuver and at least one application of the service brake. Verify that within two minutes after obtaining this vehicle speed that the ESC malfunction indicator has extinguished.
</P>
<P>S7.11 <I>Post Data Processing—Calculations for Performance Metrics.</I> Yaw rate and lateral displacement measurements and calculations must be processed utilizing the following techniques:
</P>
<P>S7.11.1 Raw steering wheel angle data is filtered with a 12-pole phaseless Butterworth filter and a cutoff frequency of 10Hz. The filtered data is then zeroed to remove sensor offset utilizing static pretest data.
</P>
<P>S7.11.2 Raw yaw rate data is filtered with a 12-pole phaseless Butterworth filter and a cutoff frequency of 6Hz. The filtered data is then zeroed to remove sensor offset utilizing static pretest data.
</P>
<P>S7.11.3 Raw lateral acceleration data is filtered with a 12-pole phaseless Butterworth filter and a cutoff frequency of 6Hz. The filtered data is then zeroed to remove sensor offset utilizing static pretest data. The lateral acceleration data at the vehicle center of gravity is determined by removing the effects caused by vehicle body roll and by correcting for sensor placement via use of coordinate transformation. For data collection, the lateral accelerometer shall be located as close as possible to the position of the vehicle's longitudinal and lateral centers of gravity.
</P>
<P>S7.11.4 Steering wheel velocity is determined by differentiating the filtered steering wheel angle data. The steering wheel velocity data is then filtered with a moving 0.1 second running average filter.
</P>
<P>S7.11.5 Lateral acceleration, yaw rate and steering wheel angle data channels are zeroed utilizing a defined “zeroing range.” The methods used to establish the zeroing range are defined in S7.11.5.1 and S7.11.5.2.
</P>
<P>S7.11.5.1 Using the steering wheel rate data calculated using the methods described in S7.11.4, the first instant steering wheel rate exceeds 75 deg/sec is identified. From this point, steering wheel rate must remain greater than 75 deg/sec for at least 200 ms. If the second condition is not met, the next instant steering wheel rate exceeds 75 deg/sec is identified and the 200 ms validity check applied. This iterative process continues until both conditions are ultimately satisfied.
</P>
<P>S7.11.5.2 The “zeroing range” is defined as the 1.0 second time period prior to the instant the steering wheel rate exceeds 75 deg/sec (<I>i.e.</I>, the instant the steering wheel velocity exceeds 75 deg/sec defines the end of the “zeroing range”).
</P>
<P>S7.11.6 The Beginning of Steer (BOS) is defined as the first instance filtered and zeroed steering wheel angle data reaches −5 degrees (when the initial steering input is counterclockwise) or + 5 degrees (when the initial steering input is clockwise) after time defining the end of the “zeroing range.” The value for time at the BOS is interpolated.
</P>
<P>S7.11.7 The Completion of Steer (COS) is defined as the time the steering wheel angle returns to zero at the completion of the Sine with Dwell steering maneuver. The value for time at the zero degree steering wheel angle is interpolated.
</P>
<P>S7.11.8 The second peak yaw rate is defined as the first local yaw rate peak produced by the reversal of the steering wheel. The yaw rates at 1.000 and 1.750 seconds after COS are determined by interpolation.
</P>
<P>S7.11.9 Determine lateral velocity by integrating corrected, filtered and zeroed lateral acceleration data. Zero lateral velocity at BOS event. Determine lateral displacement by integrating zeroed lateral velocity. Zero lateral displacement at BOS event. Lateral displacement at 1.07 seconds from BOS event is determined by interpolation.
</P>
<P>S8. Phase-in schedule.
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2008, and before September 1, 2009.</I> For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2008, and before September 1, 2009, the number of vehicles complying with this standard must not be less than 55 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2005, and before September 1, 2008; or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2008, and before September 1, 2009.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2010.</I> For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2010, the number of vehicles complying with this standard must not be less than 75 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2006, and before September 1, 2009; or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2010.
</P>
<P>S8.3 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2010, and before September 1, 2011.</I> For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2010, and before September 1, 2011, the number of vehicles complying with this standard must not be less than 95 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2007, and before September 1, 2010; or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2010, and before September 1, 2011.
</P>
<P>S8.4 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2011.</I> All vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2011 must comply with this standard.
</P>
<P>S8.5 <I>Calculation of complying vehicles.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For purposes of complying with S8.1, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it is certified as complying with this standard and is manufactured on or after June 5, 2007, but before September 1, 2009.
</P>
<P>(b) For purpose of complying with S8.2, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Is certified as complying with this standard and is manufactured on or after June 5, 2007, but before September 1, 2010; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not counted toward compliance with S8.1; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is manufactured on or after September 1, 2009, but before September 1, 2010.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of complying with S8.3, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Is certified as complying with this standard and is manufactured on or after June 5, 2007, but before September 1, 2011; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not counted toward compliance with S8.1 or S8.2; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is manufactured on or after September 1, 2010, but before September 1, 2011.
</P>
<P>S8.6 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.6.1 For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S8.1 through S8.4, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer must be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S8.6.2:
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle that is imported must be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, must be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S8.6.2 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer must be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR Part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S8.6.1.
</P>
<P>S8.7 <I>Small volume manufacturers.</I>
</P>
<P>Vehicles manufactured during any of the three years of the September 1, 2008 through August 31, 2011 phase-in by a manufacturer that produces fewer than 5,000 vehicles for sale in the United States during that year are not subject to the requirements of S8.1, S8.2, S8.3, and S8.5.
</P>
<P>S8.8 <I>Final-stage manufacturers and alterers.</I>
</P>
<P>Vehicles that are manufactured in two or more stages or that are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) after having previously been certified in accordance with part 567 of this chapter are not subject to the requirements of S8.1 through S8.5. Instead, all vehicles produced by these manufacturers on or after September 1, 2012 must comply with this standard. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er06ap07.006.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 17310, Apr. 6, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 34410, June 22, 2007; 73 FR 54542, Sept. 22, 2008; 76 FR 55833, Sept. 9, 2011; 77 FR 760, Jan. 6, 2012; 87 FR 34810, June 8, 2022]





</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.127" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.127   Standard No. 127; Automatic emergency braking systems for light vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes performance requirements for automatic emergency braking (AEB) systems for light vehicles.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the number of deaths and injuries that result from crashes in which drivers do not apply the brakes or fail to apply sufficient braking power to avoid or mitigate a crash.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars and to multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) or less.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Adaptive cruise control system</I> is an automatic speed control system that allows the equipped vehicle to follow a lead vehicle at a pre-selected gap by controlling the engine, power train, and service brakes.
</P>
<P><I>Ambient illumination</I> is the illumination as measured at the test surface, not including any illumination provided by the subject vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Automatic emergency braking</I> (<I>AEB) system</I> is a system that detects an imminent collision with vehicles, objects, and road users in or near the path of a vehicle and automatically controls the vehicle's service brakes to avoid or mitigate the collision.
</P>
<P><I>Brake pedal application onset</I> is when 11 N of force has been applied to the brake pedal.
</P>
<P><I>Forward collision warning</I> is an auditory and visual warning provided to the vehicle operator by the AEB system that is designed to induce immediate forward crash avoidance response by the vehicle operator.
</P>
<P><I>Forward collision warning onset</I> is the first moment in time when a forward collision warning is provided.
</P>
<P><I>Headway</I> is the distance between the subject vehicle's frontmost plane normal to its centerline and as applicable: the vehicle test device's rearmost plane normal to its centerline; a parallel contact plane (to the subject vehicle's frontmost plane) on the pedestrian test mannequin; and the leading edge of the steel trench plate.
</P>
<P><I>Lead vehicle</I> is a vehicle test device facing the same direction and preceding a subject vehicle within the same travel lane.
</P>
<P><I>Lead vehicle braking onset</I> is the point at which the lead vehicle achieves a deceleration of 0.05 g due to brake application.
</P>
<P><I>Pedestrian test mannequin</I> is a device used during AEB testing, when approaching pedestrians, meeting the specifications of subpart B of 49 CFR part 596.
</P>
<P><I>Small-volume manufacturer</I> means an original vehicle manufacturer that produces or assembles fewer than 5,000 vehicles annually for sale in the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Steel trench plate</I> is a rectangular steel plate often used in road construction to temporarily cover sections of pavement unsafe to drive over directly.
</P>
<P><I>Subject vehicle</I> is the vehicle under examination for compliance with this standard.
</P>
<P><I>Travel path</I> is the path projected onto the road surface of a point located at the intersection of the subject vehicle's frontmost vertical plane and longitudinal vertical center plane, as the subject vehicle travels forward.
</P>
<P><I>Subject vehicle braking onset</I> is the point at which the subject vehicle achieves a deceleration of 0.15 g due to the automatic control of the service brakes.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle test device</I> is a device meeting the specifications set forth in subpart C of 49 CFR part 596.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Except as provided in S5(b), vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2029 must meet the requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of S5(a) do not apply to small-volume manufacturers, final-stage manufacturers, and alterers until one year after the dates specified in S5(a).
</P>
<P>S5.1. <I>Requirements when approaching a lead vehicle.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1. <I>Forward collision warning.</I> A vehicle is required to have a forward collision warning system, as defined in S4 that provides an auditory and visual signal to the driver of an impending collision with a lead vehicle. The system must operate under the conditions specified in S6 when traveling at any forward speed that is greater than 10 km/h (6.2 mph) and less than 145 km/h (90.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Auditory signal.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The auditory signal must have a high fundamental frequency of at least 800 Hz.
</P>
<P>(2) The auditory signal must have a tempo in the range of 6-12 pulses per second and a duty cycle in the range of 0.25-0.95.
</P>
<P>(3) The auditory signal as measured adjacent to a 50th percentile male driver's right ear (tragion) must have an intensity of 15-30 dB above the average noise level inside the vehicle when measured over a 5-second period under the range of test conditions specified in S6, at 100 km/h, with all vehicle openings closed, and all subject vehicle audio and sound-producing systems or functions that are not necessary for performing tests pursuant to the conditions in S6 and the procedures in S7, S8, S9 of this standard set to off.
</P>
<P>(4) In-vehicle audio that is not related to a crash avoidance system warning must be muted, or reduced in volume during presentation of the FCW auditory signal to within 5 dB of the average noise level inside the vehicle (as measured in S5.1.1(a)(3)), for the duration of the first between-pulse period of the FCW auditory signal under the range of test conditions specified in S6, at 100 km/h, with all vehicle openings closed, and all subject vehicle audio and sound-producing systems or functions that are not necessary for performing tests pursuant to the conditions in S6 and the procedures in S7, S8, S9 of this standard set to off.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Visual signal.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The visual signal symbol must be located within an ellipse that extends ±18 degrees vertically and ±10 degrees horizontally of the driver forward line of sight based on the forward-looking eye midpoint (M<E T="52">f</E>) as described in S14 of 49 CFR 571.111.
</P>
<P>(2) The visual signal must include the crash pictorial symbol in SAE J2400, 4.1.16, incorporated by reference (see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(3) The visual signal symbol must be red in color and steady burning.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2. <I>Automatic emergency braking.</I> A vehicle is required to have an automatic emergency braking system, as defined in S4, that applies the service brakes automatically when a collision with a lead vehicle is imminent. The system must operate under the conditions specified in S6 when the vehicle is traveling at any forward speed that is greater than 10 km/h (6.2 mph) and less than 145 km/h (90.1 mph).
</P>
<P>S5.1.3. Performance test requirements. The vehicle must provide a forward collision warning and subsequently apply the service brakes automatically such that the subject vehicle does not collide with the lead vehicle when tested using the procedures in S7 under the conditions specified in S6. The forward collision warning is not required if adaptive cruise control is engaged.
</P>
<P>S5.2. <I>Requirements when approaching pedestrians.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1. <I>Forward collision warning.</I> A vehicle is required to have a forward collision warning system, as defined in S4, that provides an auditory and visual signal to the driver of an impending collision with a pedestrian. The system must operate under the conditions specified in S6 when the vehicle is traveling at any forward speed that is greater than 10 km/h (6.2 mph) and less than 73 km/h (45.3 mph). The forward collision warning system must meet the auditory signal and visual signal requirements specified in S5.1.1.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2. <I>Automatic emergency braking.</I> A vehicle is required to have an automatic emergency braking system, as defined in S4, that applies the service brakes automatically when a collision with a pedestrian is imminent when the vehicle is under the conditions specified in S6 and is traveling at any forward speed that is greater than 10 km/h (6.2 mph) and less than 73 km/h (45.3 mph).
</P>
<P>S5.2.3. <I>Performance test requirements.</I> The vehicle must provide a forward collision warning and apply the brakes automatically such that the subject vehicle does not collide with the pedestrian test mannequin when tested using the procedures in S8 under the conditions specified in S6.
</P>
<P>S5.3. <I>False activation.</I> The vehicle must not automatically apply braking that results in peak additional deceleration that exceeds what manual braking would produce by 0.25 g or greater, when tested using the procedures in S9 under the conditions specified in S6.
</P>
<P>S5.4. <I>Malfunction detection and controls.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 The system must continuously detect system malfunctions, including performance degradation caused solely by sensor obstructions. If the system detects a malfunction, or if the system adjusts its performance such that it will not meet the requirements specified in S5.1, S5.2, or S5.3, the system must provide the vehicle operator with a telltale notification.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 Except as provided in S5.4.2.1 and S5.4.2.2, the manufacturer must not provide a control that will place the AEB system in a mode or modes in which it will no longer satisfy the performance requirements of S5.1, S5.2, and S5.3.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.1 The manufacturer may provide a control to allow AEB deactivation that is securely activated, provided the manufacturer enables such activation exclusively in a vehicle owned by a law enforcement agency.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.2 The manufacturer may allow AEB deactivation to occur during low-range four-wheel drive configurations, when the driver selects “tow mode,” or when another vehicle system is activated that will have a negative ancillary impact on AEB operation.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3 The vehicle's AEB system must always return to the manufacturer's original default AEB mode that satisfies the requirements of S5.1, S5.2, and S5.3 at the initiation of each new ignition cycle, unless the vehicle is in a low-range four-wheel drive configuration selected by the driver on the previous ignition cycle designed for low-speed, off-road driving.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1. <I>Environmental conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1. <I>Temperature.</I> The ambient temperature is any temperature between 0 °C and 40 °C.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2. <I>Wind.</I> The maximum wind speed is no greater than 10 m/s (22 mph) during lead vehicle avoidance tests and 6.7 m/s (15 mph) during pedestrian avoidance tests.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3. <I>Ambient lighting.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Daylight testing.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The ambient illumination on the test surface is any level at or above 2,000 lux.
</P>
<P>(2) Testing is not performed while driving toward or away from the sun such that the horizontal angle between the sun and a vertical plane containing the centerline of the subject vehicle is less than 25 degrees and the solar elevation angle is less than 15 degrees.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dark testing.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The ambient illumination on the test surface is any level at or below 0.2 lux.
</P>
<P>(2) Testing is performed under any lunar phase.
</P>
<P>(3) Testing is not performed while driving toward the moon such that the horizontal angle between the moon and a vertical plane containing the centerline of the subject vehicle is less than 25 degrees and the lunar elevation angle is less than 15 degrees.
</P>
<P>S6.1.4. <I>Precipitation.</I> Testing is not conducted during periods of precipitation or when visibility is affected by fog, smoke, ash, or other particulate.
</P>
<P>S6.2. <I>Road conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1. <I>Test Track surface and construction.</I> The tests are conducted on a dry, uniform, solid-paved surface. Surfaces with debris, irregularities, or undulations, such as loose pavement, large cracks, or dips may not be used.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2. <I>Surface friction.</I> The road test surface produces a peak friction coefficient (PFC) of 1.02 when measured using an ASTM F2493 standard reference test tire, in accordance with ASTM E1337-19 (incorporated by reference, see §  571.5), at a speed of 64 km/h (40 mph), without water delivery.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3. <I>Slope.</I> The test surface has any consistent slope between 0 percent and 1 percent.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4. <I>Markings.</I> The road surface within 2 m of the intended travel path is marked with zero, one, or two lines of any configuration or color. If one line is used, it is straight. If two lines are used, they are straight, parallel to each other, and at any distance from 2.7 m to 4.5 m apart.
</P>
<P>S6.2.5. <I>Obstructions.</I> Testing is conducted such that the vehicle does not travel beneath any overhead structures, including but not limited to overhead signs, bridges, or gantries. No vehicles, obstructions, or stationary objects are within 7.4 m of either side of the intended travel path except as specified.
</P>
<P>S6.3. <I>Subject vehicle conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.1. <I>Malfunction notification.</I> Testing is not conducted while the AEB malfunction telltale specified in S5.4 is illuminated.
</P>
<P>S6.3.2. <I>Sensor obstruction.</I> All sensors used by the system and any part of the vehicle immediately ahead of the sensors, such as plastic trim, the windshield, etc., are free of debris or obstructions.
</P>
<P>S6.3.3. <I>Tires.</I> The vehicle is equipped with the original tires present at the time of initial sale. The tires are inflated to the vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold tire inflation pressure(s) specified on the vehicle's placard or the tire inflation pressure label.
</P>
<P>S6.3.4. <I>Brake burnish.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Vehicles subject to § 571.105 are burnished in accordance with S7.4 of § 571.105.
</P>
<P>(b) Vehicles subject to § 571.135 are burnished in accordance with S7.1 of § 571.135.
</P>
<P>S6.3.5. <I>Brake temperature.</I> The average temperature of the service brakes on the hottest axle of the vehicle during testing, measured according to S6.4.1 of § 571.135, is between 65 °C and 100 °C prior to braking.
</P>
<P>S6.3.6. <I>Fluids.</I> All non-consumable fluids for the vehicle are at 100 percent capacity. All consumable fluids are at any level from 5 to 100 percent capacity.
</P>
<P>S6.3.7. <I>Propulsion battery charge.</I> The propulsion batteries are charged at any level from 5 to 100 percent capacity.
</P>
<P>S6.3.8. <I>Cruise control.</I> Cruise control, including adaptive cruise control, is configured under any available setting.
</P>
<P>S6.3.9. <I>Adjustable forward collision warning.</I> Forward collision warning is configured in any operator-configurable setting.
</P>
<P>S6.3.10. <I>Engine braking.</I> A vehicle equipped with an engine braking system that is engaged and disengaged by the operator is tested with the system in any selectable configuration.
</P>
<P>S6.3.11. <I>Regenerative braking.</I> Regenerative braking is configured under any available setting.
</P>
<P>S6.3.12. <I>Headlamps.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Daylight testing is conducted with the headlamp control in any selectable position.
</P>
<P>(b) Darkness testing is conducted with the vehicle's lower beams active and separately with the vehicle's upper beams active.
</P>
<P>(c) Prior to performing darkness testing, headlamps are aimed according to the vehicle manufacturer's instructions. The weight of the loaded vehicle at the time of headlamp aiming is within 10 kg of the weight of the loaded vehicle during testing.
</P>
<P>S6.3.13. <I>Subject vehicle loading.</I> The vehicle load, which is the sum of any vehicle occupants and any test equipment and instrumentation, does not exceed 277 kg. The load does not cause the vehicle to exceed its GVWR or any axle to exceed its GAWR.
</P>
<P>S6.3.14. <I>AEB system initialization.</I> The vehicle is driven at a speed of 10 km/h or higher for at least one minute prior to testing, and subsequently the starting system is not cycled off prior to testing.
</P>
<P>S6.4. <I>Equipment and test devices.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.1. The vehicle test device is specified in 49 CFR part 596, subpart C. Local fluttering of the lead vehicle's external surfaces does not exceed 10 mm perpendicularly from the reference surface, and distortion of the lead vehicle's overall shape does not exceed 25 mm in any direction.
</P>
<P>S6.4.2. Adult pedestrian test mannequin is specified in 49 CFR part 596, subpart B.
</P>
<P>S6.4.3. Child pedestrian test mannequin is specified in 49 CFR part 596, subpart B.
</P>
<P>S6.4.4. The steel trench plate used for the false activation test has the dimensions 2.4 m x 3.7 m x 25 mm and is made of ASTM A36 steel. Any metallic fasteners used to secure the steel trench plate are flush with the top surface of the steel trench plate.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Testing when approaching a lead vehicle.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1. <I>Setup.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The testing area is set up in accordance with figure 2 to this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Testing is conducted during daylight.
</P>
<P>(c) For reference, table 1 to S7.1 specifies the subject vehicle speed (V<E T="52">SV</E>), lead vehicle speed (V<E T="52">LV</E>), headway, and lead vehicle deceleration for each test that may be conducted.
</P>
<P>(d) The intended travel path of the vehicle is a straight line toward the lead vehicle from the location corresponding to a headway of L<E T="52">0</E>.
</P>
<P>(e) If the road surface is marked with a single or double lane line, the intended travel path is parallel to and 1.8 m from the inside of the closest line. If the road surface is marked with two lane lines bordering the lane, the intended travel path is centered between the two lines.
</P>
<P>(f) For each test run conducted, the subject vehicle speed (V<E T="52">SV</E>), lead vehicle speed (V<E T="52">LV</E>), headway, and lead vehicle deceleration will be selected from the ranges specified in table 1 to S7.1.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to S7.1—Test Parameters When Approaching a Lead Vehicle
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Speed (km/h)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Headway (m)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Lead vehicle decel (g)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Manual brake application
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">V<E T="0732">SV</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">V<E T="0732">LV</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stopped Lead Vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 10-80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 70-100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Slower-Moving Lead Vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 40-80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 70-100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">—</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Decelerating Lead Vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 12-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 0.3-0.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 12-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 0.3-0.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 12-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 0.3-0.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 12-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 0.3-0.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S7.2. <I>Headway calculation.</I> For each test run conducted under S7.3 and S7.4, the headway (<I>L</I><E T="54">0</E>), in meters, providing 5.0 seconds time to collision (<I>TTC</I>) is calculated. <I>L</I><E T="54">0</E> is determined with the following equation where <I>V</I><E T="54">SV</E> is the speed of the subject vehicle in m/s and <I>V</I><E T="54">LV</E> is the speed of the lead vehicle in m/s:
</P>
<HD3>Equation 1 to S7.2
</HD3>
<FP-2><I>L</I><E T="54">0</E> = TTC<E T="52">0</E> × (<I>V</I><E T="54">SV</E> − <I>V</I><E T="54">LV</E>)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>TTC<E T="52">0</E> = 5.0
</FP-2>
<P>S7.3. <I>Stopped lead vehicle.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.3.1. <I>Test parameters.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For testing with no subject vehicle manual brake application, the subject vehicle test speed is any speed between 10 km/h and 80 km/h, and the lead vehicle speed is 0 km/h.
</P>
<P>(b) For testing with manual brake application of the subject vehicle, the subject vehicle test speed is any speed between 70 km/h and 100 km/h, and the lead vehicle speed is 0 km/h.
</P>
<P>S7.3.2. <I>Test conduct prior to forward collision warning onset.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The lead vehicle is placed stationary with its longitudinal centerline coincident to the intended travel path.
</P>
<P>(b) Before the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle is driven at any speed, in any direction, on any road surface, for any amount of time.
</P>
<P>(c) The subject vehicle approaches the rear of the lead vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle speed is maintained within 1.6 km/h of the test speed with minimal and smooth accelerator pedal inputs.
</P>
<P>(e) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle heading is maintained with minimal steering input such that the travel path does not deviate more than 0.3 m laterally from the intended travel path and the subject vehicle's yaw rate does not exceed ±1.0 deg/s.
</P>
<P>S7.3.3. <I>Test conduct after forward collision warning onset.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The accelerator pedal is released at any rate such that it is fully released within 500 ms. This action is omitted for vehicles tested with cruise control active.
</P>
<P>(b) For testing conducted with manual brake application, the service brakes are applied as specified in S10. The onset of brake pedal application occurs 1.0 ± 0.1 second after forward collision warning onset.
</P>
<P>(c) For testing conducted without manual brake application, no manual brake application is made until the test completion criteria of S7.3.4 are satisfied.
</P>
<P>S7.3.4. <I>Test completion criteria.</I> The test run is complete when the subject vehicle comes to a complete stop without making contact with the lead vehicle or when the subject vehicle makes contact with the lead vehicle.
</P>
<P>S7.4. <I>Slower-moving lead vehicle.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.4.1. <I>Test parameters.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For testing with no subject vehicle manual brake application, the subject vehicle test speed is any speed between 40 km/h and 80 km/h, and the lead vehicle speed is 20 km/h.
</P>
<P>(b) For testing with manual brake application of the subject vehicle, the subject vehicle test speed is any speed between 70 km/h and 100 km/h, and the lead vehicle speed is 20 km/h.
</P>
<P>S7.4.2. <I>Test conduct prior to forward collision warning onset.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The lead vehicle is propelled forward in a manner such that the longitudinal center plane of the lead vehicle does not deviate laterally more than 0.3m from the intended travel path.
</P>
<P>(b) The subject vehicle approaches the lead vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) Before the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle is driven at any speed, in any direction, on any road surface, for any amount of time.
</P>
<P>(d) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle and lead vehicle speed is maintained within 1.6 km/h of the test speed with minimal and smooth accelerator pedal inputs.
</P>
<P>(e) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle and lead vehicle headings are be maintained with minimal steering input such that the subject vehicle's travel path does not deviate more than 0.3 m laterally from the centerline of the lead vehicle, and the yaw rate of the subject vehicle does not exceed ±1.0 deg/s prior to the forward collision warning onset.
</P>
<P>S7.4.3. <I>Test conduct after forward collision warning onset.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The subject vehicle's accelerator pedal is released at any rate such that it is fully released within 500 ms. This action is omitted for vehicles tested with cruise control active.
</P>
<P>(b) For testing conducted with manual braking application, the service brakes are applied as specified in S10. The onset of brake pedal application is 1.0 ±0.1 second after the forward collision warning onset.
</P>
<P>(c) For testing conducted without manual braking application, no manual brake application is made until the test completion criteria of S7.4.4 are satisfied.
</P>
<P>S7.4.4. <I>Test completion criteria.</I> The test run is complete when the subject vehicle speed is less than or equal to the lead vehicle speed without making contact with the lead vehicle or when the subject vehicle makes contact with the lead vehicle.
</P>
<P>S7.5. <I>Decelerating lead vehicle.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.5.1. <I>Test parameters.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The subject vehicle test speed is 50 km/h or 80 km/h, and the lead vehicle speed is identical to the subject vehicle test speed.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S7.5.2. <I>Test conduct prior to lead vehicle braking onset.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Before the 3 seconds prior to lead vehicle braking onset, the subject vehicle is be driven at any speed, in any direction, on any road surface, for any amount of time.
</P>
<P>(b) Between 3 seconds prior to lead vehicle braking onset and lead vehicle braking onset:
</P>
<P>(1) The lead vehicle is propelled forward in a manner such that the longitudinal center plane of the vehicle does not deviate laterally more than 0.3 m from the intended travel path.
</P>
<P>(2) The subject vehicle follows the lead vehicle at a headway of any distance between 12 m and 40 m.
</P>
<P>(3) The subject vehicle's speed is maintained within 1.6 km/h of the test speed with minimal and smooth accelerator pedal inputs prior to forward collision warning onset.
</P>
<P>(4) The lead vehicle's speed is maintained within 1.6 km/h.
</P>
<P>(5) The subject vehicle and lead vehicle headings are maintained with minimal steering input such that their travel paths do not deviate more than 0.3 m laterally from the centerline of the lead vehicle, and the yaw rate of the subject vehicle does not exceed ±1.0 deg/s until onset of forward collision warning.
</P>
<P>S7.5.3. <I>Test conduct following lead vehicle braking onset.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The lead vehicle is decelerated to a stop with a targeted average deceleration of any value between 0.3g and 0.5g. The targeted deceleration magnitude is achieved within 1.5 seconds of lead vehicle braking onset and is maintained until 250 ms prior to coming to a stop.
</P>
<P>(b) After forward collision warning onset, the subject vehicle's accelerator pedal is released at any rate such that it is fully released within 500 ms. This action is omitted for vehicles with cruise control active.
</P>
<P>(c) For testing conducted with manual braking application, the service brakes are applied as specified in S10. The brake pedal application onset occurs 1.0 ± 0.1 second after the forward collision warning onset.
</P>
<P>(d) For testing conducted without manual braking application, no manual brake application is made until the test completion criteria of S7.5.4 are satisfied.
</P>
<P>S7.5.4. <I>Test completion criteria.</I> The test run is complete when the subject vehicle comes to a complete stop without making contact with the lead vehicle or when the subject vehicle makes contact with the lead vehicle.
</P>
<P>S8. <I>Testing when approaching a pedestrian.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1. <I>Setup.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1.1. <I>General.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For reference, table 2 to S8.1.1 specifies the pedestrian test mannequin direction of travel, overlap, obstruction condition and speed (V<E T="52">P</E>), the subject vehicle speed (V<E T="52">SV</E>), and the lighting condition for each test that may be conducted.
</P>
<P>(b) The intended travel path of the vehicle is a straight line originating at the location corresponding to a headway of L<E T="52">0</E>.
</P>
<P>(c) If the road surface is marked with a single or double lane line, the intended travel path is parallel to and 1.8 m from the inside of the closest line. If the road surface is marked with two lane lines bordering the lane, the intended travel path is centered between the two lines.
</P>
<P>(d) For each test run conducted, the subject vehicle speed (V<E T="52">SV</E>) will be selected from the range specified in table 2 to S8.1.1.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to S8.1.1—Test Parameters When Approaching a Pedestrian
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Direction
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Overlap
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Obstructed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Speed (km/h)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Lighting condition
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">V<E T="0732">SV</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">V<E T="0732">P</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pedestrian Crossing Road</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Right</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 10-60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Daylight
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Right</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 10-60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Daylight
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lower Beams
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upper Beams
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Left</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 10-60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Daylight
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Right</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 10-50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Daylight
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stationary Pedestrian</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Right</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 10-55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Daylight
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lower Beams
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upper Beams
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pedestrian Moving Along the Path</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Right
<br/></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
<br/></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">No
<br/></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any 10-65
<br/></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
<br/></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Daylight
<br/>Lower Beams
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upper Beams</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S8.1.2. <I>Overlap.</I> As depicted in figure 1 to this section, overlap describes the location of the point on the front of the subject vehicle that would make contact with a pedestrian if no braking occurred. Overlap is the percentage of the subject vehicle's overall width that the pedestrian test mannequin traverses. It is measured from the right or the left, depending on the side of the subject vehicle where the pedestrian test mannequin originates. For each test run, the actual overlap will be within 0.15 m of the specified overlap.
</P>
<P>S8.1.3. <I>Pedestrian test mannequin.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For testing where the pedestrian test mannequin is secured to a moving apparatus, the pedestrian test mannequin is secured so that it faces the direction of motion. The pedestrian test mannequin leg articulation starts on apparatus movement and stops when the apparatus stops.
</P>
<P>(b) For testing where the pedestrian test mannequin is stationary, the pedestrian test mannequin faces away from the subject vehicle, and the pedestrian test mannequin legs remain still.
</P>
<P>S8.2. <I>Headway calculation.</I> For each test run conducted under S8.3, S8.4, and S8.5, the headway (<I>L</I><E T="52">0</E>), in meters, providing 4.0 seconds time to collision (<I>TTC</I>) is calculated. <I>L</I><E T="52">0</E> is determined with the following equation where <I>V</I><E T="52">SV</E> is the speed of the subject vehicle in m/s and <I>V</I><E T="52">P-y</E> is the component of speed of the pedestrian test mannequin in m/s in the direction of the intended travel path:
</P>
<HD3>Equation 2 to S8.2
</HD3>
<FP-2><I>L</I><E T="54">0</E> = TTC<E T="52">0</E> × (<I>V</I><E T="54">SV</E> − <I>V</I><E T="54">P-y</E>)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>TTC<E T="52">0</E> = 4.0
</FP-2>
<P>S8.3. <I>Pedestrian crossing road.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.3.1. <I>Test parameters and setup (unobstructed from right).</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The testing area is set up in accordance with figure 3 to this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Testing is conducted in the daylight or darkness conditions, except that testing with the pedestrian at the 25 percent overlap is only conducted in daylight conditions.
</P>
<P>(c) Testing is conducted using the adult pedestrian test mannequin.
</P>
<P>(d) The movement of the pedestrian test mannequin is perpendicular to the subject vehicle's intended travel path.
</P>
<P>(e) The pedestrian test mannequin is set up 4.0 ± 0.1 m to the right of the intended travel path.
</P>
<P>(f) The intended overlap is 25 percent from the right or 50 percent.
</P>
<P>(g) The subject vehicle test speed is any speed between 10 km/h and 60 km/h.
</P>
<P>(h) The pedestrian test mannequin speed is 5 km/h.
</P>
<P>S8.3.2 <I>Test parameters and setup (unobstructed from left).</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The testing area is set up in accordance with figure 4 to this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Testing is conducted in the daylight condition.
</P>
<P>(c) Testing is conducted using the adult pedestrian mannequin.
</P>
<P>(d) The movement of the pedestrian test mannequin is perpendicular to the intended travel path.
</P>
<P>(e) The pedestrian test mannequin is set up 6.0 ± 0.1 m to the left of the intended travel path.
</P>
<P>(f) The intended overlap is 50 percent.
</P>
<P>(g) The subject vehicle test speed is any speed between 10 km/h and 60 km/h.
</P>
<P>(h) The pedestrian test mannequin speed is 8 km/h.
</P>
<P>S8.3.3. <I>Test parameters and setup (obstructed).</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The testing area is set up in accordance with figure 5 to this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Testing is conducted in the daylight condition.
</P>
<P>(c) Testing is conducted using the child pedestrian test mannequin.
</P>
<P>(d) The movement of the pedestrian test mannequin is perpendicular to the intended travel path.
</P>
<P>(e) The pedestrian test mannequin is set up 4.0 ± 0.1 m to the right of the intended travel path.
</P>
<P>(f) The intended overlap is 50 percent.
</P>
<P>(g) Two vehicle test devices are secured in stationary positions parallel to the intended travel path. The two vehicle test devices face the same direction as the intended travel path. One vehicle test device is directly behind the other separated by 1.0 ± 0.1 m. The frontmost plane of the vehicle test device furthermost from the subject vehicle is located 1.0 ± 0.1 m from the parallel contact plane (to the subject vehicle's frontmost plane) on the pedestrian test mannequin. The left side of each vehicle test device is no less than 2.2 m to the right of the vertical plane through the intended travel path. The left side of each vehicle test device is no less than 1.15 m to the right of the vertical plane parallel to the plane through the intended travel path tangent to the 0 percent overlap point.
</P>
<P>(h) The subject vehicle test speed is any speed between 10 km/h and 50 km/h.
</P>
<P>(i) The pedestrian test mannequin speed is 5 km/h.
</P>
<P>S8.3.4. <I>Test conduct prior to forward collision warning or subject vehicle braking onset.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Before the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle is driven at any speed, in any direction, on any road surface, for any amount of time.
</P>
<P>(b) The subject vehicle approaches the crossing path of the pedestrian test mannequin.
</P>
<P>(c) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle speed is maintained within 1.6 km/h of the test speed with minimal and smooth accelerator pedal inputs.
</P>
<P>(d) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle heading is maintained with minimal steering inputs such that the subject vehicle's travel path does not deviate more than 0.3 m laterally from the intended travel path, and the yaw rate of the subject vehicle does not exceed ±1.0 deg/s prior to any automated braking onset.
</P>
<P>(e) The pedestrian test mannequin apparatus is triggered at a time such that the pedestrian test mannequin meets the intended overlap, subject to the criteria in S8.1.2. The pedestrian test mannequin achieves its intended speed within 1.5 m after the apparatus begins to move and maintains its intended speed within 0.4 km/h until the test completion criteria of S8.3.6 are satisfied.
</P>
<P>S8.3.5. <I>Test conduct after either forward collision warning or subject vehicle braking onset.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) After forward collision warning or subject vehicle braking onset, the subject vehicle's accelerator pedal is released at any rate such that it is fully released within 500 ms. This action is omitted for vehicles with cruise control active.
</P>
<P>(b) No manual brake application is made until the test completion criteria of S8.3.6 are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(c) The pedestrian mannequin continues to move until the completion criteria of S8.3.6 are satisfied.
</P>
<P>S8.3.6. <I>Test completion criteria.</I> The test run is complete when the subject vehicle comes to a complete stop without making contact with the pedestrian test mannequin, when the pedestrian test mannequin is no longer in the path of the subject vehicle, or when the subject vehicle makes contact with the pedestrian test mannequin.
</P>
<P>S8.4. <I>Stationary pedestrian.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.4.1. <I>Test parameters and setup.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The testing area is set up in accordance with figure 6 to this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Testing is conducted in the daylight or darkness conditions.
</P>
<P>(c) Testing is conducted using the adult pedestrian test mannequin.
</P>
<P>(d) The pedestrian mannequin is set up at the 25 percent right overlap position facing away from the approaching vehicle.
</P>
<P>(e) The subject vehicle test speed is any speed between 10 km/h and 55 km/h.
</P>
<P>(f) The pedestrian mannequin is stationary.
</P>
<P>S8.4.2. <I>Test conduct prior to forward collision warning or subject vehicle braking onset.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Before the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle is driven at any speed, in any direction, on any road surface, for any amount of time.
</P>
<P>(b) The subject vehicle approaches the pedestrian test mannequin.
</P>
<P>(c) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle speed is maintained within 1.6 km/h of the test speed with minimal and smooth accelerator pedal inputs.
</P>
<P>(d) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle heading is maintained with minimal steering inputs such that the subject vehicle's travel path does not deviate more than 0.3 m laterally from the intended travel path, and the yaw rate of the subject vehicle does not exceed ±1.0 deg/s prior to any automated braking onset.
</P>
<P>S8.4.3. <I>Test conduct after either forward collision warning or subject vehicle braking onset.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) After forward collision warning or subject vehicle braking onset, the subject vehicle's accelerator pedal is released at any rate such that it is fully released within 500 ms. This action is omitted with vehicles with cruise control active.
</P>
<P>(b) No manual brake application is made until the test completion criteria of S8.4.4 are satisfied.
</P>
<P>S8.4.4. <I>Test completion criteria.</I> The test run is complete when the subject vehicle comes to a complete stop without making contact with the pedestrian test mannequin, or when the subject vehicle makes contact with the pedestrian test mannequin.
</P>
<P>S8.5. <I>Pedestrian moving along the path.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.5.1. <I>Test parameters and setup.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The testing area is set up in accordance with figure 7 to this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Testing is conducted in the daylight or darkness conditions.
</P>
<P>(c) Testing is conducted using the adult pedestrian test mannequin.
</P>
<P>(d) The movement of the pedestrian test mannequin is parallel to and in the same direction as the subject vehicle.
</P>
<P>(e) The pedestrian test mannequin is set up in the 25 percent right offset position.
</P>
<P>(f) The subject vehicle test speed is any speed between 10 km/h and 65 km/h.
</P>
<P>(g) The pedestrian test mannequin speed is 5 km/h.
</P>
<P>S8.5.2. <I>Test conduct prior to forward collision warning or subject vehicle braking onset.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Before the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle is driven at any speed, in any direction, on any road surface, for any amount of time.
</P>
<P>(b) The subject vehicle approaches the pedestrian test mannequin.
</P>
<P>(c) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle speed is maintained within 1.6 km/h of the test speed with minimal and smooth accelerator pedal inputs.
</P>
<P>(d) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle heading is maintained with minimal steering inputs such that the travel path does not deviate more than 0.3 m laterally from the intended travel path, and the yaw rate of the subject vehicle does not exceed ±1.0 deg/s prior to any automated braking onset.
</P>
<P>(e) The pedestrian test mannequin apparatus is triggered any time after the distance between the front plane of the subject vehicle and a parallel contact plane on the pedestrian test mannequin corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>. The pedestrian test mannequin achieves its intended speed within 1.5 m after the apparatus begins to move and maintains its intended speed within 0.4 km/h until the test completion criteria of S8.5.4 are satisfied.
</P>
<P>S8.5.3. <I>Test conduct after either forward collision warning or subject vehicle braking onset.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) After forward collision warning or subject vehicle braking onset, the subject vehicle's accelerator pedal is released at any rate such that it is fully released within 500 ms. This action is omitted for vehicles with cruise control active.
</P>
<P>(b) No manual brake application is made until the test completion criteria of S8.5.4 are satisfied.
</P>
<P>S8.5.4. <I>Test completion criteria.</I> The test run is complete when the subject vehicle slows to speed below the pedestrian test mannequin travel speed without making contact with the pedestrian test mannequin or when the subject vehicle makes contact with the pedestrian test mannequin.
</P>
<P>S9. <I>False AEB activation.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1. <I>Headway calculation.</I> For each test run to be conducted under S9.2 and S9.3, the headway (<I>L</I><E T="54">0,</E><I> L</I><E T="54">2.1,</E><I> L</I><E T="54">1.1</E>), in meters, providing 5.0 seconds, 2.1 seconds, and 1.1 seconds time to collision (TTC) is calculated. <I>L</I><E T="52">0</E>, <I>L</I><E T="54">2.1</E>, and <I>L</I><E T="54">1.1</E> are determined with the following equation where <I>V</I><E T="52">SV</E> is the speed of the subject vehicle in m/s:
</P>
<HD3>Equation 3 to S9.1
</HD3>
<FP-2><I>L</I><E T="52">X</E> = TTC<E T="52">X</E> × (<I>V</I><E T="52">SV</E>)
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>TTC</I><E T="52">0</E> = <I>5.0</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>TTC</I><E T="52">2.1</E> = <I>2.1</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2><I>TTC</I><E T="52">1.1</E> = <I>1.1</I>
</FP-2>
<P>S9.2. <I>Steel trench plate.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.2.1. <I>Test parameters and setup.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The testing area is set up in accordance with figure 8 to this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The steel trench plate is secured flat on the test surface so that its longest side is parallel to the vehicle's intended travel path and horizontally centered on the vehicle's intended travel path.
</P>
<P>(c) The subject vehicle test speed is 80 km/h.
</P>
<P>(d) Testing is conducted with manual brake application and without manual brake application.
</P>
<P>(e) Testing is conducted during daylight.
</P>
<P>S9.2.2. <I>Test conduct.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Before the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle is driven at any speed, in any direction, on any road surface, for any amount of time.
</P>
<P>(b) The subject vehicle approaches the steel trench plate.
</P>
<P>(c) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle speed is maintained within 1.6 km/h of the test speed with minimal and smooth accelerator pedal inputs.
</P>
<P>(d) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle heading is maintained with minimal steering input such that the travel path does not deviate more than 0.3 m laterally from the intended travel path, and the yaw rate of the subject vehicle does not exceed ±1.0 deg/s.
</P>
<P>(e) If forward collision warning occurs, the subject vehicle's accelerator pedal is released at any rate such that it is fully released within 500 ms. This action is omitted for vehicles with cruise control active.
</P>
<P>(f) For tests where no manual brake application occurs, manual braking is not applied until the test completion criteria of S9.2.3 are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(g) For tests where manual brake application occurs, the subject vehicle's accelerator pedal, if not already released, is released when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">2.1</E> at any rate such that it is fully released within 500 ms.
</P>
<P>(h) For tests where manual brake application occurs, the service brakes are applied as specified in S10. The brake application pedal onset occurs at headway L<E T="52">1.1</E>.
</P>
<P>S9.2.3. <I>Test completion criteria.</I> The test run is complete when the subject vehicle comes to a stop prior to crossing over the leading edge of the steel trench plate or when the subject vehicle crosses over the leading edge of the steel trench plate.
</P>
<P>S9.3. <I>Pass-through.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.3.1. <I>Test parameters and setup.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The testing area is set up in accordance with figure 9 to this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Two vehicle test devices are secured in a stationary position parallel to one another with a lateral distance of 4.5 m ±0.1 m between the vehicles' closest front wheels. The centerline between the two vehicles is parallel to the intended travel path.
</P>
<P>(c) The subject vehicle test speed is 80 km/h.
</P>
<P>(d) Testing is conducted with manual brake application and without manual brake application.
</P>
<P>(e) Testing is conducted during daylight.
</P>
<P>S9.3.2. <I>Test conduct.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Before the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle is driven at any speed, in any direction, on any road surface, for any amount of time.
</P>
<P>(b) The subject vehicle approaches the gap between the two vehicle test devices.
</P>
<P>(c) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle speed is maintained within 1.6 km/h with minimal and smooth accelerator pedal inputs.
</P>
<P>(d) Beginning when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">0</E>, the subject vehicle heading is maintained with minimal steering input such that the travel path does not deviate more than 0.3 m laterally from the intended travel path, and the yaw rate of the subject vehicle does not exceed ±1.0 deg/s.
</P>
<P>(e) If forward collision warning occurs, the subject vehicle's accelerator pedal is released at any rate such that it is fully released within 500 ms.
</P>
<P>(f) For tests where no manual brake application occurs, manual braking is not applied until the test completion criteria of S9.3.3 are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(g) For tests where manual brake application occurs, the subject vehicle's accelerator pedal, if not already released, is released when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">2.1</E> at any rate such that it is fully released within 500 ms.
</P>
<P>(h) For tests where manual brake application occurs, the service brakes are applied as specified in S10. The brake application onset occurs when the headway corresponds to L<E T="52">1.1</E>.
</P>
<P>S9.3.3. <I>Test completion criteria.</I> The test run is complete when the subject vehicle comes to a stop prior to its rearmost point passing the vertical plane connecting the forwardmost point of the vehicle test devices or when the rearmost point of the subject vehicle passes the vertical plane connecting the forwardmost point of the vehicle test devices.
</P>
<P>S10. <I>Subject vehicle brake application procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.1. The procedure begins with the subject vehicle brake pedal in its natural resting position with no preload or position offset.
</P>
<P>S10.2. At the option of the manufacturer, either displacement feedback, hybrid feedback, or force feedback control is used.
</P>
<P>S10.3. <I>Displacement feedback procedure.</I> For displacement feedback, the commanded brake pedal position is the brake pedal position that results in a mean deceleration of 0.4 g in the absence of AEB system activation.
</P>
<P>(a) The mean deceleration is the deceleration over the time from the brake pedal achieving the commanded position to 250 ms before the vehicle comes to a stop.
</P>
<P>(b) The pedal displacement controller displaces the brake pedal at a rate of 254 mm/s ±25.4 mm/s to the commanded brake pedal position.
</P>
<P>(c) The pedal displacement controller may overshoot the commanded position by any amount up to 20 percent. If such an overshoot occurs, it is corrected within 250 ms from when the commanded position is first achieved.
</P>
<P>(d) The achieved brake pedal position is any position within 10 percent of the commanded position from 250 ms after the commanded brake pedal position is first achieved to the end of the test.
</P>
<P>S10.4. <I>Hybrid brake pedal feedback procedure.</I> For hybrid brake pedal feedback, the commanded brake pedal application is the brake pedal position and a subsequent commanded brake pedal force that results in a mean deceleration of 0.4 g in the absence of AEB system activation.
</P>
<P>(a) The mean deceleration is the deceleration over the time from the brake pedal achieving the commanded position to 250 ms before the vehicle comes to a stop.
</P>
<P>(b) The hybrid controller displaces the brake pedal at a rate of 254 mm/s ±25.4 mm/s to the commanded pedal position.
</P>
<P>(c) The hybrid controller may overshoot the commanded position by any amount up to 20 percent. If such an overshoot occurs, it is corrected within 250 ms from then the commanded position is first achieved.
</P>
<P>(d) The hybrid controller begins to control the force applied to the brake pedal and stops controlling pedal displacement within 100 ms after the commanded brake pedal displacement occurs.
</P>
<P>(e) The hybrid controller applies a pedal force of at least 11.1 N from the onset of the brake application until the end of the test.
</P>
<P>(f) The average pedal force is maintained within 10 percent of the commanded brake pedal force from 350 ms after commended pedal displacement occurs until test completion.
</P>
<P>S10.5. <I>Force feedback procedure.</I> For force feedback, the commanded brake pedal application is the brake pedal force that results in a mean deceleration of 0.4 g in the absence of AEB system activation.
</P>
<P>(a) The mean deceleration is the deceleration over the time from when the commanded brake pedal force is first achieved to 250 ms before the vehicle comes to a stop.
</P>
<P>(b) The force controller achieves the commanded brake pedal force within 250 ms. The application rate is unrestricted.
</P>
<P>(c) The force controller may overshoot the commanded force by any amount up to 20 percent. If such an overshoot occurs, it is corrected within 250 ms from when the commanded force is first achieved.
</P>
<P>(d) The force controller applies a pedal force of at least 11.1 N from the onset of the brake application until the end of the test.
</P>
<P>(e) The average pedal force is maintained within 10 percent of the commanded brake pedal force from 250 ms after commended pedal force occurs until test completion.
</P>
<TCAP>Figure 1 to § 571.127—Percentage Overlap Nomenclature
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er09my24.030.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 2 to § 571.127—Setup for Lead Vehicle Automatic Emergency Braking
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er09my24.031.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 3 to § 571.127—Setup for Pedestrian, Crossing Path, Right
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er09my24.032.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 4 to § 571.127—Setup for Pedestrian, Crossing Path, Left
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er09my24.033.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 5 to § 571.127—Setup for Pedestrian, Obstructed
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er09my24.034.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 6 to § 571.127—Setup for Pedestrian Along-Path Stationary
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er09my24.035.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 7 to § 571.127—Setup for Pedestrian Along-Path Moving
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er09my24.036.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 8 to § 571.127—Steel Trench Plate
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er09my24.037.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 9 to § 571.127—Pass-through
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er09my24.038.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 39779, May 9, 2024, as amended at 89 FR 93220, Nov. 26, 2024; 89 FR 99732, Dec. 11, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.128" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.128   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.129" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.129   Standard No. 129; New non-pneumatic tires for passenger cars.</HEAD>
<P>S1 <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies tire dimensions and laboratory test requirements for lateral strength, strength, endurance, and high speed performance; defines the tire load rating; and specifies labeling requirements for non-pneumatic spare tires.
</P>
<P>S2 <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to new temporary spare non-pneumatic tires for use on passenger cars.
</P>
<P>S3 <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Carcass</I> means the tire structure except for the tread which provides the major portion of the tire's capability to deflect in response to the vertical loads and tractive forces that the tire transmits from the roadway to the non-pneumatic rim, the wheel center member, or the vehicle and which attaches to the vehicle or attaches, either integrally or separably, to the wheel center member or non-pneumatic rim.
</P>
<P><I>Carcass separation</I> means the pulling away of the carcass from the non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member.
</P>
<P><I>Chunking</I> means the breaking away of pieces of the carcass or tread.
</P>
<P><I>Cracking</I> means any parting within the carcass, tread, or any components that connect the tire to the non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member and, if the non-pneumatic tire is integral with the non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member, any parting within the non-pneumatic rim, or wheel center member.
</P>
<P><I>Load rating</I> means the maximum load a tire is rated to carry.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum tire width</I> means the greater of either the linear distance between the exterior edges of the carcass or the linear distance between the exterior edges of the tread, both being measured parallel to the rolling axis of the tire.
</P>
<P><I>Non-pneumatic rim</I> means a mechanical device which, when a non-pneumatic tire assembly incorporates a wheel, supports the tire, and attaches, either integrally or separably, to the wheel center member and upon which the tire is attached.
</P>
<P><I>Non-pneumatic test rim</I> means with reference to a tire to be tested, any non-pneumatic rim that is listed as appropriate for use with that tire in accordance with S4.4.
</P>
<P><I>Non-pneumatic tire</I> means a mechanical device which transmits, either directly or through a wheel or wheel center member, the vertical load and tractive forces from the roadway to the vehicle, generates the tractive forces that provide the directional control of the vehicle and does not rely on the containment of any gas or fluid for providing those functions.
</P>
<P><I>Non-pneumatic tire assembly</I> means a non-pneumatic tire, alone or in combination with a wheel or wheel center member, which can be mounted on a vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Non-pneumatic tire identification code</I> means an alphanumeric code that is assigned by the manufacturer to identify the tire with regard to its size, application to a specific non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member or application to a specific vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Test wheel center member</I> means with reference to a tire to be tested, any wheel center member that is listed as appropriate for use with that tire in accordance with S4.4.
</P>
<P><I>Tread</I> means that portion of the tire that comes in contact with the road.
</P>
<P><I>Tread separation</I> means pulling away of the tread from the carcass.
</P>
<P><I>Wheel</I> means a mechanical device which consists of a non-pneumatic rim and wheel center member and which, in the case of a non-pneumatic tire assembly incorporating a wheel, provides the connection between the tire and the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Wheel center member</I> means, in the case of a non-pneumatic tire assembly incorporating a wheel, a mechanical device which attaches, either integrally or separably, to the non-pneumatic rim and provides the connection between the non-pneumatic rim and the vehicle; or in the case of a non-pneumatic tire assembly not incorporating a wheel, a mechanical device which attaches, either integrally or separably, to the non-pneumatic tire and provides the connection between the tire and the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S4 <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>Size and Construction.</I> Each tire shall be designed to fit each non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member specified for its non-pneumatic tire identification code designation in a listing in accordance with section S4.4.
</P>
<P>S4.2 <I>Performance Requirements</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.1 <I>General.</I> Each tire shall conform to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Its load rating shall be that specified in a submission made by a manufacturer, pursuant to S4.4(a), or in one of the publications described in S4.4(b) for its non-pneumatic tire identification code designation.
</P>
<P>(b) It shall incorporate a tread wear indicator that will provide a visual indication that the tire has worn to a tread depth of 
<FR>1/16</FR> inch.
</P>
<P>(c) It shall, before being subjected to either the endurance test procedure specified in S5.4 or the high speed performance procedure specified in S5.5, exhibit no visual evidence of tread or carcass separation, chunking or cracking.
</P>
<P>(d) It shall meet the requirements of S4.2.2.5 and S4.2.2.6 when tested on a test wheel described in S5.4.2.1 either alone or simultaneously with up to 5 tires.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2 <I>Test Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S.4.2.2.1 <I>Test Sample.</I> For each test sample use:
</P>
<P>(a) One tire for physical dimensions, lateral strength, and strength in sequence;
</P>
<P>(b) A second tire for tire endurance; and
</P>
<P>(c) A third tire for high speed performance.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.2 <I>Physical Dimensions.</I> For a non-pneumatic tire assembly in which the tire is separable from the non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member, the dimensions, measured in accordance with S5.1, for that portion of the tire that attaches to that non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member shall satisfy the dimensional specifications contained in the submission made by an individual manufacturer, pursuant to S4.4(a), or in one of the publications described in S4.4(b) for that tire's non-pneumatic tire identification code designation.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.3 <I>Lateral Strength.</I> There shall be no visual evidence of tread or carcass separation, cracking or chunking, when a tire is tested in accordance with S5.2 to a load of:
</P>
<P>(a) 1,500 pounds for tires with a load rating less than 880 pounds;
</P>
<P>(b) 2,000 pounds for tires with a load rating of 880 pounds or more but less than 1,400 pounds.
</P>
<P>(c) 2,500 pounds for tires with a load rating of 1,400 pounds or more, using the load rating marked on the tire or tire assembly.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.4 <I>Tire Strength.</I> There shall be no visual evidence of tread carcass separation, cracking or chunking, when a tire is tested in accordance with S5.3 to a minimum energy level of:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Load rating
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum energy level
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Below 880 pounds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1950 inch pounds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">880 pounds and above</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2600 inch pounds.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S4.2.2.5 <I>Tire Endurance.</I> When the tire has been subjected to the laboratory endurance test specified in S5.4, using, if applicable, a non-pneumatic test rim or test wheel center member that undergoes no permanent deformation, there shall be no visual evidence of tread or carcass separation, cracking or chunking. In the case of a non-pneumatic tire assembly in which the non-pneumatic tire is an integral part of the assembly, the assembly shall undergo no permanent deformation with the exception of wear of the tread.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.6 <I>High Speed Performance.</I> When the tire has been subjected to the laboratory high speed performance test specified in S5.5, using if applicable, a non-pneumatic test rim or test wheel center member that undergoes no permanent deformation, there shall be no visual evidence of tread or carcass separation, cracking or chunking. In the case of a non-pneumatic tire assembly in which the non-pneumatic tire is an integral part of the assembly, the assembly shall undergo no permanent deformation with the exception of wear of the tread.
</P>
<P>S4.3 <I>Labeling requirements.</I> Each new non-pneumatic tire shall comply, according to the phase-in schedule specified in S7 of this standard, with the requirements of S5.5 and S5.5.1 of § 571.139.
</P>
<P>S4.4 <I>Non-Pneumatic Tire Identification Code and Non-Pneumatic Rim/Wheel Center Member Matching Information.</I> For purposes of this standard, S8 of 49 CFR 571.110 and S10 of 49 CFR 571.120, each manufacturer of a non-pneumatic tire that is not an integral part of a non-pneumatic tire assembly shall ensure that it provides a listing to the public for each non-pneumatic tire that it produces. The listing shall include the non-pneumatic tire identification code, tire load rating, dimensional specifications and a diagram of the portion of the tire that attaches to the non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member, and a list of the non-pneumatic rims or wheel center members that may be used with that tire. For each non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member included in such a listing, the information provided shall include a size and type designation for the non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member, and dimensional specifications and a diagram of the non-pneumatic rim or portion of the wheel center member that attaches to the tire. A listing compiled in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section need not include dimensional specifications or a diagram of the non-pneumatic rim or portion of the wheel center member that attaches to the tire if the non-pneumatic rim's or portion of the wheel center member's dimensional specifications and diagram are contained in each listing published in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section. The listing shall be in one of the following forms:
</P>
<P>(a) Listed by manufacturer name or brand name in a document furnished to dealers of the manufacturer's tires or, in the case of non-pneumatic tires supplied only as a temporary spare tire on a vehicle, in a document furnished to dealers of vehicles equipped with the tires, to any person upon request, and in duplicate to the Office of Vehicle Safety Standards, Crash Avoidance Division, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590; or
</P>
<P>(b) Contained in publications, current at the date of manufacture of the tire or any later date, of at least one of the following organizations:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>The Tire and Rim Association
</FP-1>
<FP-1>The European Tyre and Rim Technical Organization
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Japan Automobile Tire Manufacturers' Association, Inc.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Deutche Industrie Norm
</FP-1>
<FP-1>British Standards Institute
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Scandinavian Tire and Rim Organization
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tyre and Rim Association of Australia</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>S5. <I>Test Procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Physical Dimensions.</I> After conditioning the tire at room temperature for at least 24 hours, using equipment with minimum measurement capabilities of one-half the smallest tolerance specified in the listing contained in the submission made by a manufacturer pursuant to S4.4(a), or in one of the publications described in S4.4(b) for that tire's non-pneumatic tire identification code designation, measure the portion of the tire that attaches to the non-pneumatic rim or the wheel center member. For any inner diameter dimensional specifications, or other dimensional specifications that are uniform or uniformly spaced around some circumference of the tire, these measurements shall be taken at least six points around the tire, or, if specified, at the points specified in the listing contained in the submission made by an individual manufacturer, pursuant to S4.4(a), or in one of the publications described in S4.4(b) for that tire's non-pneumatic tire identification code designation.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Lateral Strength.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Preparation of the tire.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.1 If applicable, mount a new tire on a non-pneumatic test rim or test wheel center member.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.2 Mount the tire assembly in a fixture as shown in Figure 1 with the surface of the tire assembly that would face outward when mounted on a vehicle facing toward the lateral strength test block shown in Figure 2 and force the lateral strength test block against the tire.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Test Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.1 Apply a load through the block to the tire at a rate of 2 inches per minute, with the load arm parallel to the tire assembly at the time of engagement and the first point of contact with the test block being the test block centerline shown in Figure 2, at the following distances, B, in sequence, as shown in Figure 1:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>B = A—1 inch
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B = A—2 inches
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B = A—3 inches
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B = A—4 inches
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B = A—5 inches, and
</FP-1>
<FP-1>B = A—6 inches.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP>However, if at any time during the conduct of the test, the test block comes in contact with the non-pneumatic test rim or test wheel center member, the test shall be suspended and no further testing at smaller values of the distance B shall be conducted. When tested to the above procedure, satisfying the requirements of S4.2.2.3 for all values of B greater than that for which contact between the non-pneumatic test rim or test wheel center member and the test block is made, shall constitute compliance to the requirements set forth in S4.2.2.3.
</FP>
<P>S5.3 <I>Tire Strength.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 <I>Preparation of the Tire.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1.1 If applicable, mount the tire on a non-pneumatic test rim or test wheel center member.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1.2 Condition the tire assembly at room temperature for at least three hours.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 <I>Test Procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.1 Force the test cleat, as defined in S5.3.2.2, with its length axis (see S5.3.2.2(a)) parallel to the rolling axis of the non-pneumatic tire assembly, and its height axis (see S5.3.2.2(c)), coinciding with a radius of the non-pneumatic tire assembly, into the tread of the tire at five test points equally spaced around the circumference of the tire. At each test point, the test cleat is forced into the tire at a rate of two inches per minute until the applicable minimum energy level, as shown in S4.2.2.4, calculated using the formula contained in S5.3.2.3, is reached.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.2 The test cleat is made of steel and has the following dimensions;
</P>
<P>(a) Minimum length of one inch greater than the maximum tire width of the tire,
</P>
<P>(b) Width of one-half inch with the surface which contacts the tire's tread having one-quarter inch radius, and
</P>
<P>(c) Minimum height of one inch greater than the difference between the unloaded radius of the non-pneumatic tire assembly and the maximum radius of the non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member, if used with the non-pneumatic tire assembly being tested.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.3 The energy level is calculated by the following formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="26" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.066.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>where
</FP>
<FP-2>E = Energy level, inch-pounds;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>F = Force, pounds; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = Penetration, inches</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>S5.4 <I>Tire Endurance.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 <I>Preparation of the tire.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.1 If applicable, mount a new tire on a non-pneumatic test rim or test wheel center member.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.2 Condition the tire assembly to 100 ±5 °F. for at least three hours.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 <I>Test Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.1 Mount the tire assembly on a test axle and press it against a flat-faced steel test wheel 67.23 inches in diameter and at least as wide as the maximum tire width of the tire to be tested or an approved equivalent test wheel, with the applicable test load specified in the table in S5.4.2.3 for the tire's non-pneumatic tire identification code designation.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.2 During the test, the air surrounding the test area shall be 100 ±5 °F.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.3 Conduct the test at 50 miles per hour (m.p.h.) in accordance with the following schedule without interruption: The loads for the following periods are the specified percentage of the load rating marked on the tire or tire assembly:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FRP>Percent
</FRP>
<LDRWK>
<FL-2>4 hours </FL-2>
<LDRFIG>85
</LDRFIG>
<FL-2>86 hours </FL-2>
<LDRFIG>90
</LDRFIG>
<FL-2>24 hours </FL-2>
<LDRFIG>100</LDRFIG></LDRWK></EXTRACT>
<P>S5.4.2.4 Immediately after running the tire the required time, allow the tire to cool for one hour, then, if applicable, detach it from the non-pneumatic test rim or test wheel center member, and inspect it for the conditions specified in S4.2.2.5.
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>High Speed Endurance.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.5.1 After preparing the tire in accordance with S5.4.1, if applicable, mount the tire assembly in accordance with S5.4.2.1, and press it against the test wheel with a load of 88 percent of the tire's load rating as marked on the tire or tire assembly.
</P>
<P>S5.5.2 Break in the tire by running it for 2 hours at 50 m.p.h.
</P>
<P>S5.5.3 Allow to cool to 100 ±5 °F.
</P>
<P>S5.5.4 Test at 75 m.p.h. for 30 minutes, 80 m.p.h. for 30 minutes and 85 m.p.h. for 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>S5.5.5 Immediately after running the tire for the required time, allow the tire to cool for one hour, then, if applicable, detach it from the non-pneumatic test rim or test wheel center member, and inspect it for the conditions specified in S4.2.2.6.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Nonconforming tires.</I> Any non-pneumatic tire that is designed for use on passenger cars that does not conform to all the requirements of this standard, shall not be sold, offered for sale, introduced or delivered for introduction into interstate commerce, or imported into the United States, for any purpose.
</P>
<P>S7 <I>Phase-In Schedule for labeling requirements.</I> 
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Tires manufactured on or after September 1, 2005 and before September 1, 2006.</I> For tires manufactured on or after September 1, 2005 and before September 1, 2006, the number of tires complying with S4.3 of this standard must be equal to not less than 40% of the manufacturer's production during that period.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Tires manufactured on or after September 1, 2006 and before September 1, 2007.</I> For tires manufactured on or after September 1, 2006 and before September 1, 2007, the number of tires complying with S4.3 of this standard must be equal to not less than 70% of the manufacturer's production during that period.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Tires manufactured on or after September 1, 2007.</I> Each tire must comply with S6.3 of this standard.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.067.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.068.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 29590, July 20, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 19312, Apr. 26, 1991; 67 FR 69627, Nov. 18, 2002; 69 FR 31319, June 3, 2004]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.131" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.131   Standard No. 131; School bus pedestrian safety devices.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes requirements for devices that can be installed on school buses to improve the safety of pedestrians in the vicinity of stopped school buses.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries by minimizing the likelihood of vehicles passing a stopped school bus and striking pedestrians in the vicinity of the bus.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to school buses other than multifunction school activity buses.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Stop signal arm</I> means a device that can be extended outward from the side of a school bus to provide a signal to other motorists not to pass the bus because it has stopped to load or discharge passengers.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> Each school bus shall be equipped with a stop signal arm meeting the requirements of S5.1 through S5.5 as depicted in Figure 1.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.069.gif"/>
<P>S5.1 The stop signal arm shall be a regular octagon which is at least 450 mm × 450 mm (17.72 inches × 17.72 inches) in diameter.
</P>
<P>S5.2 The stop signal arm shall be red on both sides, except as provided in S5.2.1 and S5.2.2, and S5.2.3.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 The stop signal arm shall have a white border at least 12 mm (0.47 inches) wide on both sides, except as provided in S5.2.3. Mounting brackets, clips, bolts, or other components necessary to the mechanical or electrical operation of the stop signal arm may not obscure more than 15 percent of the border on each side of the stop arm. The portion of the border that may be obscured is in addition to that portion which may be obscured by the two red lamps specified in S5.3.2.
</P>
<P>S.5.2.2 The stop signal arm shall have the word “STOP” displayed in white upper-case letters on both sides, except as provided in S5.2.3. The letters shall be at least 150 mm (5.9 inches) in height. The letters shall have a stroke width of at least 20 mm (0.79 inches), except as provided in S.5.3.1.1.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 When two stop signal arms are installed on a school bus, the rearmost stop signal arm shall not contain any lettering, symbols, or markings on the forward side.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Conspicuity.</I> The stop signal arm shall comply with either S5.3.1 or S5.3.2, or both.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 Except as provided in S5.3.1.1, S5.3.1.2, or S5.3.1.3, the entire surface of both sides of each stop signal arm shall be reflectorized with Type III retroreflectorized material that meets the minimum specific intensity requirements of S6.1 and Table I.
</P>
<P>S.5.3.1.1 The legend of the retroreflective stop arm may be illuminated in a manner such that light is emitted from the surface of each letter or from the area immediately surrounding each letter. Only red lamps may be used. They shall form the complete shape of each letter of the legend, and shall be affixed to all letters (or to the areas immediately surrounding all letters) in the legend. The shape of each letter shall remain constant and, if the lamps are contained within each letter, the net stroke width (stroke width minus the width of the lamp(s)) of each letter of the legend, specified in S5.2.2, shall not be less than 15 mm (0.59 inch). When the stop arm is extended, the lamps shall flash at the rate specified in S6.2.2, with a current “on” time specified in S6.2.2.1. All lamps shall be positioned in one of the two following ways:
</P>
<P>(1) centered within the stroke of each letter of the legend, or
</P>
<P>(2) outlining each letter of the legend.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1.2 Nonreflectorized mounting brackets, clips, bolts, or other components necessary to the mechanical or electrical operation of the stop signal arm shall not obscure more than 7.5 percent of the total surface area of either side of the stop signal arm.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1.3 When two stop signal arms are installed on a school bus, the forward side of the rearmost stop signal arm shall not be reflectorized.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 Each side of the stop signal arm shall have at least two red lamps that meet the requirements of S6.2. The lamps shall be centered on the vertical centerline of the stop arm. One of the lamps shall be located at the extreme top of the stop arm and the other at its extreme bottom.
</P>
<P>S5.4 The stop signal arm shall be installed on the left side of the bus.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 The stop signal arm shall be located such that, when in the extended position:
</P>
<P>(a) The stop signal arm is perpendicular to the side of the bus, plus or minus five degrees;
</P>
<P>(b) The top edge of the stop signal arm is parallel to and not more than 6 inches from a horizontal plane tangent to the lower edge of the frame of the passenger window immediately behind the driver's window; and
</P>
<P>(c) The vertical centerline of the stop signal arm is not less than 9 inches away from the side of the school bus.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 A second stop signal arm may be installed on a school bus. That stop signal arm shall comply with S5.4 and S5.4.1.
</P>
<P>S5.5 The stop signal arm shall be automatically extended in such a manner that it complies with S5.4.1, at a minimum whenever the red signal lamps required by S5.1.4 of Standard No. 108 are activated; except that a device may be installed that prevents the automatic extension of a stop signal arm. The mechanism for activating the device shall be within the reach of the driver. While the device is activated, a continuous or intermittent signal audible to the driver shall sound. The audible signal may be equipped with a timing device requiring the signal to sound for at least 60 seconds. If a timing device is used, it shall automatically recycle every time the service entry door is opened while the engine is running and the manual override is engaged.
</P>
<P>S6 <I>Test Procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Reflectivity Test.</I> When tested under the conditions specified in S6.2 (b), (c), and (d) of Federal motor vehicle safety standard 125, Warning Devices, (49 CFR 571.125), the retroreflective materials shall meet the criteria specified in table 1.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Minimum Specific Intensity per Unit Area (SIA)
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">(Candelas per Footcandle per Square Foot)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Observation Angle (°)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Entrance Angle (°)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">White
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Red
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row">Type III Retroreflective Element Material
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row">A—Glass Bead Retroreflective Element Material
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row">B—Prismatic Retroreflective Element Material
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> + 30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S6.2 <I>Lighting Tests.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 <I>Color.</I> The procedure shall be done in accordance with SAE Recommended Practice J578-1988 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). When visually compared to the light emitted from a filter/source with a combination of chromaticity coordinates as explained in SAE Recommended Practice J578-1988 within specific boundaries [y = 0.33 (yellow boundary) and y = 0.98— × (purple boundary)] the color of light emitted from the test object shall not be less saturated (paler), yellower, or purpler. The test object shall be placed perpendicular to the light source to simulate lamps on stop signal arms. In making visual comparisons, the light from the test object shall light one portion of a comparison field and the light from the filter/source standard shall light an adjacent area. To make a valid visual comparison, the two fields to be viewed shall be of near equal luminance.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2. <I>Flash rate.</I> The lamps on each side of the stop signal arm, when operated at the manufacturer's design load, shall flash alternately at a rate of 60 to 120 flashes per minute.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2.1 Lamps, except those subject to S6.2.2.2, shall have a current “on” time of 30 to 75 percent of the total flash cycle. The total current “on” time for the two terminals shall be between 90 and 110 percent of the total flash cycle.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2.2 Xenon short-arc gaseous discharge lamps shall have an “off” time before each flash of at least 50 percent of the total flash cycle.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 <I>Vibration, Moisture, Dust, Corrosion, Photometry, and Warpage Tests.</I> The procedure shall be done in accordance with SAE Recommended Practice J575-1983 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) and SAE Recommended Practice J1133 (1984) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). Lamps and lighting components shall meet the criteria for vibration, moisture, dust, corrosion, photometry, and warpage in SAE Recommended Practice J575-1983 and SAE Recommended Practice J1133 (1984) under the test conditions specified herein.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 20370, May 3, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 40134, Sept. 2, 1992; 59 FR 26761, May 24, 1994; 63 FR 29143, May 28, 1998; 68 FR 44901, July 31, 2003; 77 FR 760, Jan. 6, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.135" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.135   Standard No. 135; Light vehicle brake systems.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for service brake and associated parking brake systems.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to ensure safe braking performance under normal and emergency driving conditions.
</P>
<P>S3. Application. This standard applies to passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 2000 and to multi-purpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 3,500 kilograms (7,716 pounds) or less, manufactured on or after September 1, 2002. In addition, at the option of the manufacturer, passenger cars manufactured before September 1, 2000, and multi-purpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses with a GVWR of 3,500 kilograms (7,716 pounds) or less, manufactured before September 1, 2002, may meet the requirements of this standard instead of Federal Motor Vehicle No. 105, Hydraulic Brake Systems.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Adhesion utilization curves</I> means curves showing, for specified load conditions, the adhesion utilized by each axle of a vehicle plotted against the braking ratio of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Antilock brake system</I> or <I>ABS</I> means a portion of a service brake system that automatically controls the degree of rotational wheel slip during braking by:
</P>
<P>(1) Sensing the rate of angular rotation of the wheels;
</P>
<P>(2) Transmitting signals regarding the rate of wheel angular rotation to one or more controlling devices which interpret those signals and generate responsive controlling output signals; and
</P>
<P>(3) Transmitting those controlling signals to one or more modulator devices which adjust brake actuating forces in response to those signals.
</P>
<P><I>Backup system</I> means a portion of a service brake system, such as a pump, that automatically supplies energy in the event of a primary brake power source failure.
</P>
<P><I>Brake factor</I> means the slope of the linear least squares regression equation best representing the measured torque output of a brake as a function of the measured applied line pressure during a given brake application for which no wheel lockup occurs.
</P>
<P><I>Brake hold-off pressure</I> means the maximum applied line pressure for which no brake torque is developed, as predicted by the pressure axis intercept of the linear least squares regression equation best representing the measured torque output of a brake as a function of the measured applied line pressure during a given brake application.
</P>
<P><I>Brake power assist unit</I> means a device installed in a hydraulic brake system that reduces the amount of muscular force that a driver must apply to actuate the system, and that, if inoperative, does not prevent the driver from braking the vehicle by a continued application of muscular force on the service brake control.
</P>
<P><I>Brake power unit</I> means a device installed in a brake system that provides the energy required to actuate the brakes, either directly or indirectly through an auxiliary device, with driver action consisting only of modulating the energy application level.
</P>
<P><I>Braking ratio</I> means the deceleration of the vehicle divided by the gravitational acceleration constant.
</P>
<P><I>Electric vehicle</I> or <I>EV</I> means a motor vehicle that is powered by an electric motor drawing current from rechargeable storage batteries, fuel cells, or other portable sources of electrical current, and which may include a non-electrical source of power designed to charge batteries and components thereof.
</P>
<P><I>Electrically-actuated service brakes</I> means service brakes that utilize electrical energy to actuate the foundation brakes.
</P>
<P><I>Functional failure</I> means a failure of a component (either electrical or mechanical in nature) which renders the system totally or partially inoperative yet the structural integrity of the system is maintained.
</P>
<P><I>Hydraulic brake system</I> means a system that uses hydraulic fluid as a medium for transmitting force from a service brake control to the service brake and that may incorporate a brake power assist unit, or a brake power unit.
</P>
<P><I>Initial brake temperature</I> or <I>IBT</I> means the average temperature of the service brakes on the hottest axle of the vehicle 0.32 km (0.2 miles) before any brake application.
</P>
<P><I>Lightly loaded vehicle weight</I> or <I>LLVW</I> means unloaded vehicle weight plus the weight of a mass of 180 kg (396 pounds), including driver and instrumentation.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum speed</I> of a vehicle or <I>VMax</I> means the highest speed attainable by accelerating at a maximum rate from a standing start for a distance of 3.2 km (2 miles) on a level surface, with the vehicle at its lightly loaded vehicle weight, and, if an EV, with the propulsion batteries at a state of charge of not less than 95 percent at the beginning of the run.
</P>
<P><I>Objective brake factor</I> means the arithmetic average of all the brake factors measured over the twenty brake applications defined in S7.4, for all wheel positions having a given brake configuration.
</P>
<P><I>Peak friction coefficient</I> or <I>PFC</I> means the ratio of the maximum value of braking test wheel longitudinal force to the simultaneous vertical force occurring prior to wheel lockup, as the braking torque is progressively increased.
</P>
<P><I>Pressure component</I> means a brake system component that contains the brake system fluid and controls or senses the fluid pressure.
</P>
<P><I>Regenerative braking system</I> or <I>RBS</I> means an electrical energy system that is installed in an EV for recovering or dissipating kinetic energy, and which uses the propulsion motor(s) as a retarder for partial braking of the EV while returning electrical energy to the propulsion battery(s) or dissipating electrical energy.
</P>
<P><I>Snub</I> means the braking deceleration of a vehicle from a higher reference speed to a lower reference speed that is greater than zero.
</P>
<P><I>Split service brake system</I> means a brake system consisting of two or more subsystems actuated by a single control, designed so that a single failure in any subsystem (such as a leakage-type failure of a pressure component of a hydraulic subsystem except structural failure of a housing that is common to two or more subsystems, or an electrical failure in an electric subsystem) does not impair the operation of any other subsystem.
</P>
<P><I>Stopping distance</I> means the distance traveled by a vehicle from the point of application of force to the brake control to the point at which the vehicle reaches a full stop.
</P>
<P><I>Variable brake proportioning system</I> means a system that has one or more proportioning devices which automatically change the brake pressure ratio between any two or more wheels to compensate for changes in wheel loading due to static load changes and/or dynamic weight transfer, or due to deceleration.
</P>
<P><I>Wheel lockup</I> means 100 percent wheel slip.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Equipment requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1. <I>Service brake system.</I> Each vehicle shall be equipped with a service brake system acting on all wheels.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1. <I>Wear adjustment.</I> Wear of the service brakes shall be compensated for by means of a system of automatic adjustment.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2. <I>Wear status.</I> The wear condition of all service brakes shall be indicated by either:
</P>
<P>(a) Acoustic or optical devices warning the driver at his or her driving position when lining replacement is necessary, or
</P>
<P>(b) A means of visually checking the degree of brake lining wear, from the outside or underside of the vehicle, utilizing only the tools or equipment normally supplied with the vehicle. The removal of wheels is permitted for this purpose.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 <I>Regenerative braking system.</I> (a) For an EV equipped with RBS, the RBS is considered to be part of the service brake system if it is automatically activated by an application of the service brake control, if there is no means provided for the driver to disconnect or otherwise deactivate it, and if it is activated in all transmission positions, including neutral.
</P>
<P>(b) For an EV that is equipped with both ABS and RBS that is part of the service brake system, the ABS must control the RBS.
</P>
<P>S5.2. <I>Parking brake system.</I> Each vehicle shall be equipped with a parking brake system of a friction type with solely mechanical means to retain engagement.
</P>
<P>S5.3. <I>Controls.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1. The service brakes shall be activated by means of a foot control. The control of the parking brake shall be independent of the service brake control, and may be either a hand or foot control.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2. For vehicles equipped with ABS, a control to manually disable the ABS, either fully or partially, is prohibited.
</P>
<P>S5.4. <I>Reservoirs.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1. <I>Master cylinder reservoirs.</I> A master cylinder shall have a reservoir compartment for each service brake subsystem serviced by the master cylinder. Loss of fluid from one compartment shall not result in a complete loss of brake fluid from another compartment.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2. <I>Reservoir capacity.</I> Reservoirs, whether for master cylinders or other type systems, shall have a total minimum capacity equivalent to the fluid displacement resulting when all the wheel cylinders or caliper pistons serviced by the reservoirs move from a new lining, fully retracted position (as adjusted initially to the manufacturer's recommended setting) to a fully worn, fully applied position, as determined in accordance with S7.17(c) of this standard. Reservoirs shall have completely separate compartments for each subsystem except that in reservoir systems utilizing a portion of the reservoir for a common supply to two or more subsystems, individual partial compartments shall each have a minimum volume of fluid equal to at least the volume displaced by the master cylinder piston servicing the subsystem, during a full stroke of the piston. Each brake power unit reservoir servicing only the brake system shall have a minimum capacity equivalent to the fluid displacement required to charge the system piston(s) or accumulator(s) to normal operating pressure plus the displacement resulting when all the wheel cylinders or caliper pistons serviced by the reservoir or accumulator(s) move from a new lining, fully retracted position (as adjusted initially to the manufacturer's recommended setting) to a fully worn, fully applied position.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3. <I>Reservoir labeling.</I> Each vehicle equipped with hydraulic brakes shall have a brake fluid warning statement that reads as follows, in letters at least 3.2 mm (
<FR>1/8</FR> inch) high: “WARNING: Clean filler cap before removing. Use only ______ fluid from a sealed container.” (Inserting the recommended type of brake fluid as specified in 49 CFR 571.116, <I>e.g.,</I> “DOT 3.”) The lettering shall be:
</P>
<P>(a) Permanently affixed, engraved or embossed;
</P>
<P>(b) Located so as to be visible by direct view, either on or within 100 mm (3.94 inches) of the brake fluid reservoir filler plug or cap; and
</P>
<P>(c) Of a color that contrasts with its background, if it is not engraved or embossed.
</P>
<P>S5.4.4. <I>Fluid level indication.</I> Brake fluid reservoirs shall be so constructed that the level of fluid can be checked without need for the reservoir to be opened. This requirement is deemed to have been met if the vehicle is equipped with a transparent brake fluid reservoir or a brake fluid level indicator meeting the requirements of S5.5.1(a)(1).
</P>
<P>S5.5. <I>Brake system warning indicator.</I> Each vehicle shall have one or more visual brake system warning indicators, mounted in front of and in clear view of the driver, which meet the requirements of S5.5.1 through S5.5.5. In addition, a vehicle manufactured without a split service brake system shall be equipped with an audible warning signal that activates under the conditions specified in S5.5.1(a).
</P>
<P>S5.5.1. <I>Activation.</I> An indicator shall be activated when the ignition (start) switch is in the “on” (“run”) position and whenever any of conditions (a) through (g) occur:
</P>
<P>(a) A gross loss of fluid or fluid pressure (such as caused by rupture of a brake line but not by a structural failure of a housing that is common to two or more subsystems) as indicated by one of the following conditions (chosen at the option of the manufacturer):
</P>
<P>(1) A drop in the level of the brake fluid in any master cylinder reservoir compartment to less than the recommended safe level specified by the manufacturer or to one-fourth of the fluid capacity of that reservoir compartment, whichever is greater.
</P>
<P>(2) For vehicles equipped with a split service brake system, a differential pressure of 1.5 MPa (218 psi) between the intact and failed brake subsystems measured at a master cylinder outlet or a slave cylinder outlet.
</P>
<P>(3) A drop in the supply pressure in a brake power unit to one-half of the normal system pressure.
</P>
<P>(b) Any electrical functional failure in an antilock or variable brake proportioning system.
</P>
<P>(c) Application of the parking brake.
</P>
<P>(d) Brake lining wear-out, if the manufacturer has elected to use an electrical device to provide an optical warning to meet the requirements of S5.1.2(a).
</P>
<P>(e) For a vehicle with electrically-actuated service brakes, failure of the source of electric power to those brakes, or diminution of state of charge of the batteries to less than a level specified by the manufacturer for the purpose of warning a driver of degraded brake performance.
</P>
<P>(f) For a vehicle with electric transmission of the service brake control signal, failure of a brake control circuit.
</P>
<P>(g) For an EV with a regenerative braking system that is part of the service brake system, failure of the RBS. 
</P>
<P>S5.5.2. <I>Function check.</I> (a) All indicators shall be activated as a check function by either:
</P>
<P>(1) Automatic activation when the ignition (start) switch is turned to the “on” (“run”) position when the engine is not running, or when the ignition (“start”) switch is in a position between “on” (“run”) and “start” that is designated by the manufacturer as a check position, or
</P>
<P>(2) A single manual action by the driver, such as momentary activation of a test button or switch mounted on the instrument panel in front of and in clear view of the driver, or, in the case of an indicator for application of the parking brake, by applying the parking brake when the ignition is in the “on” (“run”) position.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a vehicle that has an interlock device that prevents the engine from being started under one or more conditions, check functions meeting the requirements of S5.5.2(a) need not be operational under any condition in which the engine cannot be started.
</P>
<P>(c) The manufacturer shall explain the brake check function test procedure in the owner's manual.
</P>
<P>S5.5.3. <I>Duration.</I> Each indicator activated due to a condition specified in S5.5.1 shall remain activated as long as the condition exists, whenever the ignition (“start”) switch is in the “on” (“run”) position, whether or not the engine is running.
</P>
<P>S5.5.4. <I>Function.</I> When a visual warning indicator is activated, it may be continuous or flashing, except that the visual warning indicator on a vehicle not equipped with a split service brake system shall be flashing. The audible warning required for a vehicle manufactured without a split service brake system may be continuous or intermittent.
</P>
<P>S5.5.5. <I>Labeling.</I> (a) Each visual indicator shall display a word or words in accordance with the requirements of Standard No. 101 (49 CFR 571.101) and this section, which shall be legible to the driver under all daytime and nighttime conditions when activated. Unless otherwise specified, the words shall have letters not less than 3.2 mm (
<FR>1/8</FR> inch) high and the letters and background shall be of contrasting colors, one of which is red. Words or symbols in addition to those required by Standard No. 101 and this section may be provided for purposes of clarity.
</P>
<P>(b) Vehicles manufactured with a split service brake system may use a common brake warning indicator to indicate two or more of the functions described in S5.5.1(a) through S5.5.1(g). If a common indicator is used, it shall display the word “Brake.”
</P>
<P>(c) A vehicle manufactured without a split service brake system shall use a separate indicator to indicate the failure condition in S5.5.1(a). This indicator shall display the words “STOP—BRAKE FAILURE” in block capital letters not less than 6.4 mm (
<FR>1/4</FR> inch) in height.
</P>
<P>(d) If separate indicators are used for one or more of the conditions described in S5.5.1(a) through S5.5.1(g), the indicators shall display the following wording:
</P>
<P>(1) If a separate indicator is provided for the low brake fluid condition in S5.5.1(a)(1), the words “Brake Fluid” shall be used except for vehicles using hydraulic system mineral oil.
</P>
<P>(2) If a separate indicator is provided for the gross loss of pressure condition in S5.5.1(a)(2), the words “Brake Pressure” shall be used.
</P>
<P>(3) If a separate indicator is provided for the condition specified in S5.5.1(b), the letters and background shall be of contrasting colors, one of which is yellow. The indicator shall be labeled with the words “Antilock” or “Anti-lock” or “ABS”; or “Brake Proportioning,” in accordance with Table 1 of Standard No. 101.
</P>
<P>(4) If a separate indicator is provided for application of the parking brake as specified for S5.5.1(c), the single word “Park” or the words “Parking Brake” may be used.
</P>
<P>(5) If a separate indicator is provided to indicate brake lining wear-out as specified in S5.5.1(d), the words “Brake Wear” shall be used.
</P>
<P>(6) If a separate indicator is provided for the condition specified in S5.5.1(g), the letters and background shall be of contrasting colors, one of which is yellow. The indicator shall be labeled with the symbol “RBS.” RBS failure in a system that is part of the service brake system may also be indicated by a yellow lamp that also indicates “ABS” failure and displays the symbol “ABS/RBS.” 
</P>
<P>(7) If a separate indicator is provided for any other function, the display shall include the word “Brake” and the appropriate additional labeling. 
</P>
<P>S5.6. <I>Brake system integrity.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the complete performance requirements of this standard without:
</P>
<P>(a) Detachment or fracture of any component of the braking system, such as brake springs and brake shoes or disc pad facings other than minor cracks that do not impair attachment of the friction facings. All mechanical components of the braking system shall be intact and functional. Friction facing tearout (complete detachment of lining) shall not exceed 10 percent of the lining on any single frictional element.
</P>
<P>(b) Any visible brake fluid or lubricant on the friction surface of the brake, or leakage at the master cylinder or brake power unit reservoir cover, seal, and filler openings.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>General test conditions.</I> Each vehicle must meet the performance requirements specified in S7 under the following test conditions and in accordance with the test procedures and test sequence specified. Where a range of conditions is specified, the vehicle must meet the requirements at all points within the range.
</P>
<P>S6.1. <I>Ambient conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1. <I>Ambient temperature.</I> The ambient temperature is any temperature between 0 °C (32 °F) and 40 °C (104 °F).
</P>
<P>S6.1.2. <I>Wind speed.</I> The wind speed is not greater than 5 m/s (11.2 mph).
</P>
<P>S6.2. <I>Road test surface.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1. <I>Pavement friction.</I> Unless otherwise specified, the road test surface produces a peak friction coefficient (PFC) of 1.02 when measured using an ASTM F2493 standard reference test tire, in accordance with ASTM E1337-19 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), at a speed of 64.4 km/h (40 mph), without water delivery.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2. <I>Gradient.</I> Except for the parking brake gradient holding test, the test surface has no more than a 1% gradient in the direction of testing and no more than a 2% gradient perpendicular to the direction of testing.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3. <I>Lane width.</I> Road tests are conducted on a test lane 3.5 m (11.5 ft) wide.
</P>
<P>S6.3. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.1. <I>Vehicle weight.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.1.1. For the tests at GVWR, the vehicle is loaded to its GVWR such that the weight on each axle as measured at the tire-ground interface is in proportion to its GAWR, with the fuel tank filled to 100% of capacity. However, if the weight on any axle of a vehicle at LLVW exceeds the axle's proportional share of the GVWR, the load required to reach GVWR is placed so that the weight on that axle remains the same as at LLVW.
</P>
<P>S6.3.1.2. For the test at LLVW, the vehicle is loaded to its LLVW such that the added weight is distributed in the front passenger seat area.
</P>
<P>S6.3.2. <I>Fuel tank loading.</I> The fuel tank is filled to 100% of capacity at the beginning of testing and may not be less than 75% of capacity during any part of the testing.
</P>
<P>S6.3.3. <I>Lining preparation.</I> At the beginning of preparation for the road tests, the brakes of the vehicle are in the same condition as when the vehicle was manufactured. No burnishing or other special preparation is allowed, unless all vehicles sold to the public are similarly prepared as a part of the manufacturing process.
</P>
<P>S6.3.4. <I>Adjustments and repairs.</I> These requirements must be met without replacing any brake system parts or making any adjustments to the brake system except as specified in this standard. Where brake adjustments are specified (S7.1.3), adjust the brakes, including the parking brakes, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. No brake adjustments are allowed during or between subsequent tests in the test sequence.
</P>
<P>S6.3.5. <I>Automatic brake adjusters.</I> Automatic adjusters are operational throughout the entire test sequence. They may be adjusted either manually or by other means, as recommended by the manufacturer, only prior to the beginning of the road test sequence.
</P>
<P>S6.3.6. <I>Antilock brake system (ABS).</I> If a car is equipped with an ABS, the ABS is fully operational for all tests, except where specified in the following sections.
</P>
<P>S6.3.7. <I>Variable brake proportioning valve.</I> If a car is equipped with a variable brake proportioning system, the proportioning valve is fully operational for all tests except the test for failed variable brake proportioning system.
</P>
<P>S6.3.8. <I>Tire inflation pressure.</I> Tires are inflated to the pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer for the GVWR of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S6.3.9. <I>Engine.</I> Engine idle speed and ignition timing are set according to the manufacturer's recommendations. If the vehicle is equipped with an adjustable engine speed governor, it is adjusted according to the manufacturer's recommendations.
</P>
<P>S6.3.10. <I>Vehicle openings.</I> All vehicle openings (doors, windows, hood, trunk, convertible top, cargo doors, etc.) are closed except as required for instrumentation purposes.
</P>
<P>S6.3.11 <I>State of charge of batteries for EVs.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.11.1 The state of charge of the propulsion batteries is determined in accordance with SAE Recommended Practice J227a (1976) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The applicable sections of J227a (1976) are 3.2.1 through 3.2.4, 3.3.1 through 3.3.2.2, 3.4.1 and 3.4.2, 4.2.1, 5.2, 5.2.1 and 5.3.
</P>
<P>S6.3.11.2 At the beginning of the burnish procedure (S7.1 of this standard) in the test sequence, each propulsion battery is at the maximum state of charge recommended by the manufacturer, as stated in the vehicle operator's manual or on a label that is permanently attached to the vehicle, of, if the manufacturer has made no recommendation, not less than 95 percent. During the 200-stop burnish procedure, the propulsion batteries are restored to the maximum state of charge determined as above, after each increment of 40 burnish stops until the burnish procedure is complete. The batteries may be charged at a more frequent interval during a particular 40-stop increment only if the EV is incapable of achieving the initial burnish test speed during that increment. During the burnish procedure, the propulsion batteries may be charged by external means or replaced by batteries that are at a state of charge of not less than 95 percent. For an EV having a manual control for setting the level of regenerative braking, the manual control, at the beginning of the burnish procedure, is set to provide maximum regenerative braking throughout the burnish.
</P>
<P>S6.3.11.3 At the beginning of each performance test in the test sequence (S7.2 through S7.17 of this standard), unless otherwise specified, an EV's propulsion batteries are at the state of charge recommended by the manufacturer, as stated in the vehicle operator's manual or on a label that is permanently attached to the vehicle, or, if the manufacturer has made no recommendation, at a state of charge of not less than 95 percent. No further charging of any propulsion battery occurs during any of the performance tests in the test sequence of this standard. If the propulsion batteries are depleted during a test sequence such that the vehicle reaches automatic shut-down, will not accelerate, or the low state of charge brake warning lamp is illuminated, the vehicle is to be accelerated to brake test speed by auxiliary means. If a battery is replaced rather than recharged, the replacement battery shall be charged and measured for state of charge in accordance with these procedures.
</P>
<P>S6.3.12 <I>State of charge of batteries for electrically-actuated service brakes.</I> A vehicle equipped with electrically-actuated service brakes also performs the following test series. Conduct 10 stopping tests from a speed of 100 kph or the maximum vehicle speed, whichever is less. At least two of the 10 stopping distances must be less than or equal to 70 meters. The vehicle is loaded to GVWR and the transmission is in the neutral position when the service brake control is actuated and throughout the remainder of the test. Each battery providing power to the electrically-actuated service brakes, shall be in a depleted state of charge for conditions (a), (b), or (c) of this paragraph as appropriate. An auxiliary means may be used to accelerate an EV to test speed.
</P>
<P>(a) For an EV equipped with electrically-actuated service brakes deriving power from the propulsion batteries and with automatic shut-down capability of the propulsion motor(s), the propulsion batteries are at not more than five percent above the EV actual automatic shut-down critical value. The critical value is determined by measuring the state-of-charge of each propulsion battery at the instant that automatic shut-down occurs.
</P>
<P>(b) For an EV equipped with electrically-actuated service brakes deriving power from the propulsion batteries and with no automatic shut-down capability of the propulsion motor(s), the propulsion batteries are at an average of not more than five percent above the actual state of charge at which the brake failure warning signal, required by S5.5.1(e) of this standard, is illuminated.
</P>
<P>(c) For a vehicle which has one or more auxiliary batteries that provides electrical energy to operate the electrically-actuated service brakes, each auxiliary battery is at not more than five percent above the actual state of charge at which the brake failure warning signal, required by S5.5.1(e) of this standard, is illuminated.
</P>
<P>S6.3.13 <I>Electric vehicles.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.13.1 (a) For an EV equipped with an RBS that is part of the service brake system, the RBS is operational during the burnish and all tests, except for the test of a failed RBS.
</P>
<P>(b) For an EV equipped with an RBS that is not part of the service brake system, the RBS is operational and set to produce the maximum regenerative braking effect during the burnish, and is disabled during the test procedures. If the vehicle is equipped with a neutral gear that automatically disables the RBS, the test procedures which are designated to be conducted in gear may be conducted in neutral.
</P>
<P>S6.3.13.2 For tests conducted “in neutral”, the operator of an EV with no “neutral” position (or other means such as a clutch for disconnecting the drive train from the propulsion motor(s)) does not apply any electromotive force to the propulsion motor(s). Any electromotive force that is applied to the propulsion motor(s) automatically remains in effect unless otherwise specified by the test procedure.
</P>
<P>S6.4. <I>Instrumentation.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.1. <I>Brake temperature measurement.</I> The brake temperature is measured by plug-type thermocouples installed in the approximate center of the facing length and width of the most heavily loaded shoe or disc pad, one per brake, as shown in Figure 1. A second thermocouple may be installed at the beginning of the test sequence if the lining wear is expected to reach a point causing the first thermocouple to contact the metal rubbing surface of a drum or rotor. For center-grooved shoes or pads, thermocouples are installed within 3 mm (.12 in) to 6 mm (.24 in) of the groove and as close to the center as possible.
</P>
<P>S6.4.2. <I>Brake line pressure measurement for the torque wheel test.</I> The vehicle shall be fitted with pressure transducers in each hydraulic circuit. On hydraulically proportioned circuits, the pressure transducer shall be downstream of the operative proportioning valve.
</P>
<P>S6.4.3. <I>Brake torque measurement for the torque wheel test.</I> The vehicle shall be fitted with torque wheels at each wheel position, including slip ring assemblies and wheel speed indicators to permit wheel lock to be detected.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.070.gif"/>
<P>S6.5. <I>Procedural conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.5.1. <I>Brake control.</I> All service brake system performance requirements, including the partial system requirements of S7.7, S7.10 and S7.11, must be met solely by use of the service brake control.
</P>
<P>S6.5.2. <I>Test speeds.</I> If a vehicle is incapable of attaining the specified normal test speed, it is tested at a speed that is a multiple of 5 km/h (3.1 mph) that is 4 to 8 km/h (2.5 to 5.0 mph) less than its maximum speed and its performance must be within a stopping distance given by the formula provided for the specific requirement.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3. <I>Stopping distance.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.1. The braking performance of a vehicle is determined by measuring the stopping distance from a given initial speed.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.2. Unless otherwise specified, the vehicle is stopped in the shortest distance achievable (best effort) on all stops. Where more than one stop is required for a given set of test conditions, a vehicle is deemed to comply with the corresponding stopping distance requirements if at least one of the stops is made within the prescribed distance.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3.3. In the stopping distance formulas given for each applicable test (such as S≤0.10V + 0.0060V
<SU>2</SU>), S is the maximum stopping distance in meters, and V is the test speed in km/h.
</P>
<P>S6.5.4. <I>Vehicle position and attitude.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.5.4.1. The vehicle is aligned in the center of the lane at the start of each brake application. Steering corrections are permitted during each stop.
</P>
<P>S6.5.4.2. Stops are made without any part of the vehicle leaving the lane and without rotation of the vehicle about its vertical axis of more than ±15° from the center line of the test lane at any time during any stop.
</P>
<P>S6.5.5. <I>Transmission selector control.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.5.5.1. For tests in neutral, a stop or snub is made in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(a) Exceed the test speed by 6 to 12 km/h (3.7 to 7.5 mph);
</P>
<P>(b) Close the throttle and coast in gear to approximately 3 km/h (1.9 mph) above the test speed;
</P>
<P>(c) Shift to neutral; and
</P>
<P>(d) When the test speed is reached, apply the brakes.
</P>
<P>S6.5.5.2. For tests in gear, a stop or snub is made in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(a) With the transmission selector in the control position recommended by the manufacturer for driving on a level surface at the applicable test speed, exceed the test speed by 6 to 12 km/h (3.7 to 7.5 mph);
</P>
<P>(b) Close the throttle and coast in gear; and
</P>
<P>(c) When the test speed is reached apply the brakes.
</P>
<P>(d) To avoid engine stall, a manual transmission may be shifted to neutral (or the clutch disengaged) when the vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (18.6 mph).
</P>
<P>S6.5.6. <I>Initial brake temperature (IBT).</I> If the lower limit of the specified IBT for the first stop in a test sequence (other than a parking brake grade holding test) has not been reached, the brakes are heated to the IBT by making one or more brake applications from a speed of 50 km/h (31.1 mph), at a deceleration rate not greater than 3 m/s
<SU>2</SU> (9.8 fps
<SU>2</SU>).
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Road test procedures and performance requirements.</I> Each vehicle shall meet all the applicable requirements of this section, when tested according to the conditions and procedures set forth below and in S6, in the sequence specified in Table 1:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Road Test Sequence
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Testing order
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Section No.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vehicle loaded to GVWR:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">1 Burnish</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">2 Wheel lock sequence</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vehicle loaded to LLVW:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">3 Wheel lock sequence</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">4 ABS performance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">5 Torque wheel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vehicle loaded to GVWR:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">6 Torque wheel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">7 Cold effectiveness</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">8 High speed effectiveness</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">9 Stops with engine off</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vehicle loaded to LLVW:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">10 Cold effectiveness</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">11 High speed effectiveness</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">12 Failed antilock</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">13 Failed proportioning valve</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">14 Hydraulic circuit failure</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vehicle loaded to GVWR:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">15 Hydraulic circuit failure</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">16 Failed antilock</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">17 Failed proportioning valve</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">18 Power brake unit failure</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">19 Parking brake</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">20 Heating Snubs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">21 Hot Performance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">22 Brake cooling</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">23 Recovery Performance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">24 Final Inspection</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">S7.17</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S7.1. <I>Burnish.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.1. <I>General information.</I> Any pretest instrumentation checks are conducted as part of the burnish procedure, including any necessary rechecks after instrumentation repair, replacement or adjustment. Instrumentation check test conditions must be in accordance with the burnish test procedure specified in S7.1.2 and S7.1.3.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: GVWR only.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In gear.
</P>
<P>S7.1.3. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> The road test surface conditions specified in S6.2 do not apply to the burnish procedure.
</P>
<P>(a) IBT: ≤100 °C (212 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) Test speed: 80 km/h (49.7 mph).
</P>
<P>(c) Pedal force: Adjust as necessary to maintain specified constant deceleration rate.
</P>
<P>(d) Deceleration rate: Maintain a constant deceleration rate of 3.0 m/s
<SU>2</SU> (9.8 fps
<SU>2</SU>).
</P>
<P>(e) Wheel lockup: No lockup of any wheel allowed for longer than 0.1 seconds at speeds greater than 15 km/h (9.3 mph).
</P>
<P>(f) Number of runs: 200 stops.
</P>
<P>(g) Interval between runs: The interval from the start of one service brake application to the start of the next is either the time necessary to reduce the IBT to 100 °C (212 °F) or less, or the distance of 2 km (1.24 miles), whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(h) Accelerate to 80 km/h (49.7 mph) after each stop and maintain that speed until making the next stop.
</P>
<P>(i) After burnishing, adjust the brakes as specified in S6.3.4.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Wheel lockup sequence.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.2.1 <I>General information.</I> (a) The purpose of this test is to ensure that lockup of both front wheels occurs either simultaneously with, or at a lower deceleration rate than, the lockup of both rear wheels, when tested on road surfaces affording adhesion such that wheel lockup of the first axle occurs at a braking ratio of between 0.15 and 0.80, inclusive.
</P>
<P>(b) This test is for vehicles without antilock brake systems.
</P>
<P>(c) This wheel lock sequence test is to be used as a screening test to evaluate a vehicle's axle lockup sequence and to determine whether the torque wheel test in S7.4 must be conducted.
</P>
<P>(d) For this test, a simultaneous lockup of the front and rear wheels refers to the conditions when the time interval between the first occurrence of lockup of the last (second) wheel on the rear axle and the first occurrence of lockup of the last (second) wheel on the front axle is ≤0.1 second for vehicle speeds &gt;15 km/h (9.3 mph).
</P>
<P>(e) A front or rear axle lockup is defined as the point in time when the last (second) wheel on an axle locks up.
</P>
<P>(f) Vehicles that lock their front axle simultaneously or at lower deceleration rates than their rear axle need not be tested to the torque wheel procedure.
</P>
<P>(g) Vehicles which lock their rear axle at deceleration rates lower than the front axle shall also be tested in accordance with the torque wheel procedure in S7.4.
</P>
<P>(h) Any determination of noncompliance for failing adhesion utilization requirements shall be based on torque wheel test results.
</P>
<P>S7.2.2 <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: GVWR and LLVW.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In neutral.
</P>
<P>S7.2.3. <I>Test Conditions and Procedures.</I> (a) IBT: ≤65 °C (149 °F), ≤100 °C (212 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) Test speed: 65 km/h (40.4 mph) for a braking ratio ≤0.50; 100 km/h (62.1 mph) for a braking ratio &gt;0.50.
</P>
<P>(c) Pedal force:
</P>
<P>(1) Pedal force is applied and controlled by the vehicle driver or by a mechanical brake pedal actuator.
</P>
<P>(2) Pedal force is increased at a linear rate such that the first axle lockup occurs no less than one-half (0.5) second and no more than one and one-half (1.5) seconds after the initial application of the pedal.
</P>
<P>(3) The pedal is released when the second axle locks, or when the pedal force reaches 1kN (225 lbs), or 0.1 seconds after first axle lockup, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(d) Wheel lockup: Only wheel lockups above a vehicle speed of 15 km/h (9.3 mph) are considered in determining the results of this test.
</P>
<P>(e) Test surfaces: This test is conducted, for each loading condition, on two different test surfaces that will result in a braking ratio of between 0.15 and 0.80, inclusive. NHTSA reserves the right to choose the test surfaces to be used based on adhesion utilization curves or any other method of determining “worst case” conditions.
</P>
<P>(f) The data recording equipment shall have a minimum sampling rate of 40 Hz.
</P>
<P>(g) Data to be recorded. The following information must be automatically recorded in phase continuously throughout each test run such that values of the variables can be cross referenced in real time.
</P>
<P>(1) Vehicle speed.
</P>
<P>(2) Brake pedal force.
</P>
<P>(3) Angular velocity at each wheel.
</P>
<P>(4) Actual instantaneous vehicle deceleration or the deceleration calculated by differentiation of the vehicle speed.
</P>
<P>(h) Speed channel filtration. For analog instrumentation, the speed channel shall be filtered by using a low-pass filter having a cut-off frequency of less than one fourth the sampling rate.
</P>
<P>(i) Test procedure. For each test surface, three runs meeting the pedal force application and time for wheel lockup requirements shall be made. Up to a total of six runs will be allowed to obtain three valid runs. Only the first three valid runs obtained shall be used for data analysis purposes.
</P>
<P>S7.2.4. <I>Performance requirements.</I> (a) In order to pass this test a vehicle shall be capable of meeting the test requirements on all test surfaces that will result in a braking ratio of between 0.15 and 0.80, inclusive.
</P>
<P>(b) If all three valid runs on each surface result in the front axle locking before or simultaneously with the rear axle, or the front axle locks up with only one or no wheels locking on the rear axle, the torque wheel procedure need not be run, and the vehicle is considered to meet the adhesion utilization requirements of this Standard. This performance requirement shall be met for all vehicle braking ratios between 0.15 and 0.80.
</P>
<P>(c) If any one of the three valid runs on any surface results in the rear axle locking before the front axle or the rear axle locks up with only one or no wheels locking on the front axle the torque wheel procedure shall be performed. This performance requirement shall be met for all vehicle braking ratios between 0.15 and 0.80.
</P>
<P>(d) If any one of the three valid runs on any surface results in neither axle locking (i.e., only one or no wheels locked on each axle) before a pedal force of 1kN (225 lbs) is reached, the vehicle shall be tested to the torque wheel procedure.
</P>
<P>(e) If the conditions listed in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section occur, vehicle compliance shall be determined from the results of a torquesults of a torque wheel test performed in accordance with S7.4.
</P>
<P>(f) An EV with RBS that is part of the service brake system shall meet the performance requirements over the entire normal operating range of the RBS.
</P>
<P>S7.3. <I>ABS performance.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S7.4. <I>Adhesion utilization (Torque Wheel Method).</I>
</P>
<P>S7.4.1. <I>General information.</I> This test is for vehicles without any ABS. The purpose of the test is to determine the adhesion utilization of a vehicle.
</P>
<P>S7.4.2. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: GVWR and LLVW.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In neutral.
</P>
<P>(c) Tires: For this test, a separate set of tires, identical to those used for all other tests under Section 7.0, may be used.
</P>
<P>S7.4.3. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> (a) IBT: ≤65 °C (149 °F), ≤100 °C (212 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) Test speeds: 100 km/h (62.1 mph), and 50 km/h (31.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(c) Pedal force: Pedal force is increased at a linear rate between 100 and 150 N/sec (22.5 and 33.7 lbs/sec) for the 100 km/h test speed, or between 100 and 200 N/sec (22.5 and 45.0 lbs/sec) for the 50 km/h test speed, until the first axle locks or until a pedal force of 1 kN (225 lbs) is reached, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(d) Cooling: Between brake applications, the vehicle is driven at speeds up to 100 km/h (62.1 mph) until the IBT specified in S7.4.3(a) is reached.
</P>
<P>(e) Number of runs: With the vehicle at LLVW, run five stops from a speed of 100 km/h (62.1 mph) and five stops from a speed of 50 km/h (31.1 mph), while alternating between the two test speeds after each stop. With the vehicle at GVWR, repeat the five stops at each test speed while alternating between the two test speeds.
</P>
<P>(f) Test surface: PFC of at least 1.02.
</P>
<P>(g) Data to be recorded. The following information must be automatically recorded in phase continuously throughout each test run such that values of the variables can be cross referenced in real time:
</P>
<P>(1) Vehicle speed.
</P>
<P>(2) Brake pedal force.
</P>
<P>(3) Angular velocity at each wheel.
</P>
<P>(4) Brake torque at each wheel.
</P>
<P>(5) Hydraulic brake line pressure in each brake circuit. Hydraulically proportioned circuits shall be fitted with transducers on at least one front wheel and one rear wheel downstream of the operative proportioning or pressure limiting valve(s).
</P>
<P>(6) Vehicle deceleration.
</P>
<P>(h) Sample rate: All data acquisition and recording equipment shall support a minimum sample rate of 40 Hz on all channels.
</P>
<P>(i) Determination of front versus rear brake pressure. Determine the front versus rear brake pressure relationship over the entire range of line pressures. Unless the vehicle has a variable brake proportioning system, this determination is made by static test. If the vehicle has a variable brake proportioning system, dynamic tests are run with the vehicle both empty and loaded. 15 snubs from 50 km/h (31.1 mph) are made for each of the two load conditions, using the same initial conditions specified in this section.
</P>
<P>S7.4.4. <I>Data reduction.</I> (a) The data from each brake application under S7.4.3 is filtered using a five-point, on-center moving average for each data channel.
</P>
<P>(b) For each brake application under S7.4.3 determine the slope (brake factor) and pressure axis intercept (brake hold-off pressure) of the linear least squares equation best describing the measured torque output at each braked wheel as a function of measured line pressure applied at the same wheel. Only torque output values obtained from data collected when the vehicle deceleration is within the range of 0.15g to 0.80g are used in the regression analysis.
</P>
<P>(c) Average the results of paragraph (b) of this section to calculate the average brake factor and brake hold-off pressure for all brake applications for the front axle.
</P>
<P>(d) Average the results of paragraph (b) of this section to calculate the average brake factor and brake hold-off pressure for all brake applications for the rear axle.
</P>
<P>(e) Using the relationship between front and rear brake line pressure determined in S7.4.3(i) and the tire rolling radius, calculate the braking force at each axle as a function of front brake line pressure.
</P>
<P>(f) Calculate the braking ratio of the vehicle as a function of the front brake line pressure using the following equation:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="24" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.071.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>z = braking ratio at a given front line pressure;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">1</E>, T<E T="52">2</E> = Braking forces at the front and rear axles, respectively, corresponding to the same front brake line pressure, and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = total vehicle weight.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) Calculate the adhesion utilized at each axle as a function of braking ratio using the following equations:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="65" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02fe95.014.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>f<E T="52">i</E> = adhesion utilized by axle i
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">i</E> = braking force at axle i (from (e))
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">i</E> = static weight on axle i
</FP-2>
<FP-2>i = 1 for the front axle, or 2 for the rear axle
</FP-2>
<FP-2>z = braking ratio (from (f))
</FP-2>
<FP-2>h = height of center of gravity of the vehicle
</FP-2>
<FP-2>P = total vehicle weight
</FP-2>
<FP-2>E = wheelbase</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(h) Plot f<E T="52">1</E> and f<E T="52">2</E> obtained in (g) as a function of z, for both GVWR and LLVW load conditions. These are the adhesion utilization curves for the vehicle, which are compared to the performance requirements in S7.4.5. shown graphically in Figure 2:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.072.gif"/>
<P>S7.4.5. <I>Performance requirements.</I> For all braking ratios between 0.15 and 0.80, each adhesion utilization curve for a rear axle shall be situated below a line defined by z = 0.9k where z is the braking ratio and k is the PFC.
</P>
<P>S7.4.5.1 An EV with RBS that is part of the service brake system shall meet the performance requirement over the entire normal operating range of the RBS.
</P>
<P>S7.5. <I>Cold effectiveness.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.5.1. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: GVWR and LLVW.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In neutral.
</P>
<P>S7.5.2. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> (a) IBT: ≤65 °C (149 °F), ≤100 °C (212 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) Test speed: 100 km/h (62.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(c) Pedal force: ≤65N (14.6 lbs), ≤500N (112.4 lbs).
</P>
<P>(d) Wheel lockup: No lockup of any wheel for longer than 0.1 seconds allowed at speeds greater than 15 km/h (9.3 mph).
</P>
<P>(e) Number of runs: 6 stops.
</P>
<P>(f) Test surface: PFC of 1.02.
</P>
<P>(g) For each stop, bring the vehicle to test speed and then stop the vehicle in the shortest possible distance under the specified conditions.
</P>
<P>S7.5.3. <I>Performance requirements.</I> (a) Stopping distance for 100 km/h test speed: ≤70m (230 ft).
</P>
<P>(b) Stopping distance for reduced test speed: S≤0.10V + 0.0060V
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>S7.6. <I>High speed effectiveness.</I> This test is not run if vehicle maximum speed is less than or equal to 125 km/h (77.7 mph).
</P>
<P>S7.6.1. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: GVWR and LLVW.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In gear.
</P>
<P>S7.6.2. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> (a) IBT: ≤65 °C (149 °F), ≤100 °C (212 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) Test speed: 80% of vehicle maximum speed if 125 km/h (77.7 mph) &lt;vehicle maximum speed &lt;200 km/h (124.3 mph), or 160 km/h (99.4 mph) if vehicle maximum speed ≤200 km/h (124.3 mph).
</P>
<P>(c) Pedal force: ≤65N (14.6 lbs), ≤500N (112.4 lbs).
</P>
<P>(d) Wheel lockup: No lockup of any wheel for longer than 0.1 seconds allowed at speeds greater than 15 km/h (9.3 mph).
</P>
<P>(e) Number of runs: 6 stops.
</P>
<P>(f) Test surface: PFC of 1.02.
</P>
<P>S7.6.3. <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>Stopping distance: S≤0.10V + 0.0067V
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>S7.7. <I>Stops with Engine Off.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.7.1. <I>General information.</I> This test is for vehicles equipped with one or more brake power units or brake power assist units. This test is also for EVs.
</P>
<P>S7.7.2. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: GVWR only.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In neutral.
</P>
<P>(c) Vehicle engine: Off (not running).
</P>
<P>(d) Ignition key position: May be returned to “on” position after turning engine off, or a device may be used to “kill” the engine while leaving the ignition key in the “on” position.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> (a) IBT: ≤65 °C (149 °F), ≤100 °C (212 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) Test speed: 100 km/h (62.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(c) Pedal force: ≤65N (14.6 lbs), ≤500N (112.4 lbs).
</P>
<P>(d) Wheel lockup: No lockup of any wheel allowed for longer than 0.1 seconds at speeds greater than 15 km/h (9.3 mph).
</P>
<P>(e) Number of runs: 6 stops.
</P>
<P>(f) Test surface: PFC of 1.02.
</P>
<P>(g) All system reservoirs (brake power and/or assist units) are fully charged and the vehicle's engine is off (not running) at the beginning of each stop.
</P>
<P>(h) For an EV, this test is conducted with no electrical power supplied to the vehicle's propulsion motor(s), but with the RBS and brake power or power assist still operating, unless cutting off the supply of electrical power to the propulsion motor(s) also disables those systems. 
</P>
<P>S7.7.4. <I>Performance requirements.</I> (a) Stopping distance for 100 km/h test speed: ≤70m (230 ft.)
</P>
<P>(b) Stopping distance for reduced test speed: S ≤0.10V + 0.0060V
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>S7.8. <I>Antilock functional failure.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.8.1. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle loading: LLVW and GVWR.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In neutral.
</P>
<P>S7.8.2. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> (a) IBT: ≤65 °C (149 °F), ≤100 °C (212 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) Test speed: 100 km/h (62.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(c) Pedal force: ≤65 N (14.6 lbs), ≤500 N (112.4 lbs).
</P>
<P>(d) Wheel lockup: No lockup of any wheel for more than 0.1 seconds allowed at speeds greater than 15 km/h (9.3 mph).
</P>
<P>(e) Number of runs: 6 stops.
</P>
<P>(f) Test surface: PFC of 1.02.
</P>
<P>(g) Functional failure simulation:
</P>
<P>(1) Disconnect the functional power source, or any other electrical connector that creates a functional failure.
</P>
<P>(2) Determine whether the brake system indicator is activated when any electrical functional failure of the antilock system is created.
</P>
<P>(3) Restore the system to normal at the completion of this test.
</P>
<P>(h) If more than one antilock brake subsystem is provided, repeat test for each subsystem.
</P>
<P>S7.8.3. <I>Performance requirements.</I> For service brakes on a vehicle equipped with one or more antilock systems, in the event of any single functional failure in any such system, the service brake system shall continue to operate and shall stop the vehicle as specified in S7.8.3(a) or S7.8.3(b). 
</P>
<P>(a) Stopping distance for 100 km/h test speed: ≤85 m (279 ft).
</P>
<P>(b) Stopping distance for reduced test speed: S ≤0.10V + 0.0075V
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>S7.9. <I>Variable brake proportioning system functional failure.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.9.1. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: LLVW and GVWR.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In neutral.
</P>
<P>S7.9.2. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> (a) IBT: ≤65 °C (149 °F), ≤100 °C (212 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) Test speed: 100 km/h (62.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(c) Pedal force: ≤65 N (14.6 lbs), ≤500 N (112.4 lbs).
</P>
<P>(d) Wheel lockup: No lockup of any wheel for longer than 0.1 seconds allowed at speeds greater than 15 km/h (9.3 mph).
</P>
<P>(e) Number of runs: 6 stops.
</P>
<P>(f) Test surface: PFC of 1.02.
</P>
<P>(g) Functional failure simulation:
</P>
<P>(1) Disconnect the functional power source or mechanical linkage to render the variable brake proportioning system inoperative.
</P>
<P>(2) If the system utilizes electrical components, determine whether the brake system indicator is activated when any electrical functional failure of the variable proportioning system is created.
</P>
<P>(3) Restore the system to normal at the completion of this test.
</P>
<P>(h) If more than one variable brake proportioning subsystem is provided, repeat the test for each subsystem.
</P>
<P>S7.9.3. <I>Performance requirements.</I> The service brakes on a vehicle equipped with one or more variable brake proportioning systems, in the event of any single functional failure in any such system, shall continue to operate and shall stop the vehicle as specified in S7.9.3(a) or S7.9.3(b).
</P>
<P>(a) Stopping distance for 100 km/h test speed: ≤110 m (361 ft).
</P>
<P>(b) Stopping distance for reduced test speed: S ≤0.10V + 0.0100V
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>S7.10. <I>Hydraulic circuit failure.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.10.1. <I>General information.</I> This test is for vehicles manufactured with or without a split service brake system.
</P>
<P>S7.10.2. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: LLVW and GVWR.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In neutral.
</P>
<P>S7.10.3. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> (a) IBT: ≤65 °C (149 °F), ≤100 °C (212 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) Test speed: 100 km/h (62.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(c) Pedal force: ≤65N (14.6 lbs), ≤500 N (112.4 lbs).
</P>
<P>(d) Wheel lockup: No lockup of any wheel for longer than 0.1 seconds allowed at speeds greater than 15 km/h (9.3 mph).
</P>
<P>(e) Test surface: PFC of 1.02.
</P>
<P>(f) Alter the service brake system to produce any single failure. For a hydraulic circuit, this may be any single rupture or leakage type failure, other than a structural failure of a housing that is common to two or more subsystems. For a vehicle in which the brake signal is transmitted electrically between the brake pedal and some or all of the foundation brakes, regardless of the means of actuation of the foundation brakes, this may be any single failure in any circuit that electrically transmits the brake signal. For an EV with RBS that is part of the service brake system, this may be any single failure in the RBS.
</P>
<P>(g) Determine the control force pressure level or fluid level (as appropriate for the indicator being tested) necessary to activate the brake warning indicator.
</P>
<P>(h) Number of runs: After the brake warning indicator has been activated, make the following stops depending on the type of brake system:
</P>
<P>(1) 4 stops for a split service brake system.
</P>
<P>(2) 10 consecutive stops for a non-split service brake system.
</P>
<P>(i) Each stop is made by a continuous application of the service brake control.
</P>
<P>(j) Restore the service brake system to normal at the completion of this test.
</P>
<P>(k) Repeat the entire sequence for each of the other subsystems.
</P>
<P>S7.10.4 <I>Performance requirements.</I> For vehicles manufactured with a split service brake system, in the event of any failure in a single subsystem, as specified in S7.10.3(f) of this standard, and after activation of the brake system indicator as specified in S5.5.1, the remaining portions of the service brake system shall continue to operate and shall stop the vehicle as specified in S7.10.4(a) or S7.10.4(b). For vehicles not manufactured with a split service brake system, in the event of any failure in any component of the service brake system, as specified in S7.10.3(f), and after activation of the brake system indicator as specified in S5.5.1 of this standard, the vehicle shall, by operation of the service brake control, stop 10 times consecutively as specified in S7.10.4(a) or S7.10.4(b).
</P>
<P>(a) Stopping distance from 100 km/h test speed: ≤168 m (551 ft).
</P>
<P>(b) Stopping distance for reduced test speed: S ≤0.10V + 0.0158V
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>S7.11. <I>Brake power unit or brake power assist unit inoperative (System depleted).</I>
</P>
<P>S7.11.1. <I>General information.</I> This test is for vehicles equipped with one or more brake power units or brake power assist units.
</P>
<P>S7.11.2. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: GVWR only.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In neutral.
</P>
<P>S7.11.3. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> (a) IBT: ≤65 °C (149 °F), ≤100 °C (212 °F).
</P>
<P>(b) Test speed: 100 km/h (62.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(c) Pedal force: ≤65 N (14.6 lbs), ≤500 N (112.4 lbs).
</P>
<P>(d) Wheel lockup: No lockup of any wheel for longer than 0.1 seconds allowed at speeds greater than 15 km/h (9.3 mph).
</P>
<P>(e) Number of runs: 6 stops.
</P>
<P>(f) Test surface: PFC of 1.02.
</P>
<P>(g) Disconnect the primary source of power for one brake power assist unit or brake power unit, or one of the brake power unit or brake power assist unit subsystems if two or more subsystems are provided.
</P>
<P>(h) If the brake power unit or power assist unit operates in conjunction with a backup system and the backup system is automatically activated in the event of a primary power service failure, the backup system is operative during this test.
</P>
<P>(i) Exhaust any residual brake power reserve capability of the disconnected system.
</P>
<P>(j) Make each of the 6 stops by a continuous application of the service brake control.
</P>
<P>(k) Restore the system to normal at completion of this test.
</P>
<P>(l) For vehicles equipped with more than one brake power unit or brake power assist unit, conduct tests for each in turn.
</P>
<P>(m) For vehicles with electrically-actuated service brakes (brake power unit), this test is conducted with any single electrical failure in the electrically-actuated service brakes instead of a failure of any other brake power or brake power assist unit, and all other systems intact.
</P>
<P>S7.11.4. <I>Performance requirements.</I> The service brakes on a vehicle equipped with one or more brake power assist units or brake power units, with one such unit inoperative and depleted of all reserve capability, shall stop the vehicle as specified in S7.11.4(a) or S7.11.4(b).
</P>
<P>(a) Stopping distance from 100 km/h test speed: ≤168 m (551 ft).
</P>
<P>(b) Stopping distance for reduced test speed: S ≤0.10V + 0.0158V
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>S7.12. <I>Parking brake.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.12.1. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: GVWR only.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In neutral.
</P>
<P>(c) Parking brake burnish:
</P>
<P>(1) For vehicles with parking brake systems not utilizing the service friction elements, the friction elements of such a system are burnished prior to the parking brake test according to the published recommendations furnished to the purchaser by the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(2) If no recommendations are furnished, the vehicle's parking brake system is tested in an unburnished condition.
</P>
<P>(d) Parking brake applications: 1 application and up to 2 reapplications, if necessary.
</P>
<P>S7.12.2. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) IBT:
</P>
<P>(1) Parking brake systems utilizing service brake friction materials shall be tested with the IBT ≤100 °C (212 °F) and shall have no additional burnishing or artificial heating prior to the start of the parking brake test.
</P>
<P>(2) Parking brake systems utilizing non-service brake friction materials shall be tested with the friction materials at ambient temperature at the start of the test. The friction materials shall have no additional burnishing or artificial heating prior to or during the parking brake test.
</P>
<P>(b) Parking brake control force: Hand control ≤400 N (89.9 lbs); foot control ≤500 N (112.4 lbs).
</P>
<P>(c) Hand force measurement locations: The force required for actuation of a hand-operated brake system is measured at the center of the hand grip area or at a distance of 40 mm (1.57 in) from the end of the actuation lever as illustrated in Figure 3.
</P>
<P>(d) Parking brake applications: 1 application and up to 2 reapplications, if necessary.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.073.gif"/>
<P>(e) Test surface gradient: 20% grade.
</P>
<P>(f) Drive the vehicle onto the grade with the longitudinal axis of the vehicle in the direction of the slope of the grade.
</P>
<P>(g) Stop the vehicle and hold it stationary by applying the service brake control and place the transmission in neutral.
</P>
<P>(h) With the service brake applied sufficiently to just keep the vehicle from rolling, apply the parking brake as specified in S7.12.2(i) or S7.12.2(j).
</P>
<P>(i) For a vehicle equipped with mechanically-applied parking brakes, make a single application of the parking brake control with a force not exceeding the limits specified in S7.12.2(b). For a vehicle using an electrically-activated parking brake, apply the parking brake by activating the parking brake control.
</P>
<P>(j) In the case of a parking brake system that does not allow application of the specified force in a single application, a series of applications may be made to achieve the specified force.
</P>
<P>(k) Following the application of the parking brakes, release all force on the service brake control and, if the vehicle remains stationary, start the measurement of time.
</P>
<P>(l) If the vehicle does not remain stationary, reapplication of a force to the parking brake control at the level specified in S7.12.2(b) as appropriate for the vehicle being tested (without release of the ratcheting or other holding mechanism of the parking brake) is used up to two times to attain a stationary position.
</P>
<P>(m) Verify the operation of the parking brake application indicator.
</P>
<P>(n) Following observation of the vehicle in a stationary condition for the specified time in one direction, repeat the same test procedure with the vehicle orientation in the opposite direction on the same grade.
</P>
<P>S7.12.3. <I>Performance requirement.</I> The parking brake system shall hold the vehicle stationary for 5 minutes in both a forward and reverse direction on the grade.
</P>
<P>S7.13. <I>Heating Snubs.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.13.1. <I>General information.</I> The purpose of the snubs is to heat up the brakes in preparation for the hot performance test which follows immediately.
</P>
<P>S7.13.2. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: GVWR only.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In gear.
</P>
<P>S7.13.3. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> (a) IBT:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish an IBT before the first brake application (snub) of ≤55 °C (131 °F), ≤65 °C (149 °F).
</P>
<P>(2) IBT before subsequent snubs are those occurring at the distance intervals.
</P>
<P>(b) Number of snubs: 15.
</P>
<P>(c) Test speeds: The initial speed for each snub is 120 km/h (74.6 mph) or 80% of Vmax, whichever is slower. Each snub is terminated at one-half the initial speed.
</P>
<P>(d) Deceleration rate:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain a constant deceleration rate of 3.0 m/s
<SU>2</SU> (9.8 fps
<SU>2</SU>).
</P>
<P>(2) Attain the specified deceleration within one second and maintain it for the remainder of the snub.
</P>
<P>(e) Pedal force: Adjust as necessary to maintain the specified constant deceleration rate.
</P>
<P>(f) Time interval: Maintain an interval of 45 seconds between the start of brake applications (snubs).
</P>
<P>(g) Accelerate as rapidly as possible to the initial test speed immediately after each snub.
</P>
<P>(h) Immediately after the 15th snub, accelerate to 100 km/h (62.1 mph) and commence the hot performance test.
</P>
<P>S7.14. <I>Hot performance.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.14.1. <I>General information.</I> The hot performance test is conducted immediately after completion of the 15th heating snub.
</P>
<P>S7.14.2. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: GVWR only.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In neutral.
</P>
<P>S7.14.3. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> (a) IBT: Temperature achieved at completion of heating snubs.
</P>
<P>(b) Test speed: 100 km/h (62.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(c) Pedal force:
</P>
<P>(1) The first stop is done with an average pedal force not greater than the average pedal force recorded during the shortest GVWR cold effectiveness stop.
</P>
<P>(2) The second stop is done with a pedal force not greater than 500 N (112.4 lbs).
</P>
<P>(d) Wheel lockup: No lockup of any wheel for longer than 0.1 seconds allowed at speeds greater than 15 km/h (9.3 mph).
</P>
<P>(e) Number of runs: 2 stops.
</P>
<P>(f) Immediately after the 15th heating snub, accelerate to 100 km/h (62.1 mph) and commence the first stop of the hot performance test.
</P>
<P>(g) If the vehicle is incapable of attaining 100 km/h, it is tested at the same speed used for the GVWR cold effectiveness test.
</P>
<P>(h) Immediately after completion of the first hot performance stop, accelerate as rapidly as possible to the specified test speed and conduct the second hot performance stop.
</P>
<P>(i) Immediately after completion of the second hot performance stop, drive 1.5 km (0.93 mi) at 50 km/h (31.1 mph) before the first cooling stop.
</P>
<P>S7.14.4. <I>Performance requirements.</I> (a) For the first hot stop, the stopping distance must be less than or equal to a calculated distance which is based on 60 percent of the deceleration actually achieved on the shortest GVWR cold effectiveness stop. The following equations shall be used in calculating the performance requirement:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="73" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02fe95.015.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>d<E T="52">c</E> = the average deceleration actually achieved during the shortest cold effectiveness stop at GVWR (m/s
<SU>2</SU>),
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S<E T="52">c</E> = actual stopping distance measured on the shortest cold effectiveness stop at GVWR (m), and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V = cold effectiveness test speed (km/h).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) In addition to the requirement in S7.14.4(a), the stopping distance for at least one of the two hot stops must be S ≤89 m (292 ft) from a test speed of 100 km/h (62.1 mph) or, for reduced test speed, S ≤0.10V + 0.0079V
<SU>2</SU>. The results of the second stop may not be used to meet the requirements of S7.14.4(a).
</P>
<P>S7.15. <I>Brake cooling stops.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.15.1. <I>General information.</I> The cooling stops are conducted immediately after completion of the hot performance test.
</P>
<P>S7.15.2. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: GVWR only.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In gear.
</P>
<P>S7.15.3. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> (a) IBT: Temperature achieved at completion of hot performance.
</P>
<P>(b) Test speed: 50 km/h (31.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(c) Pedal force: Adjust as necessary to maintain specified constant deceleration rate.
</P>
<P>(d) Deceleration rate: Maintain a constant deceleration rate of 3.0 m/s
<SU>2</SU> (9.8 fps
<SU>2</SU>).
</P>
<P>(e) Wheel lockup: No lockup of any wheel for longer than 0.1 seconds allowed at speeds greater than 15
</P>
<FP>km/h (9.3 mph).
</FP>
<P>(f) Number of runs: 4 stops.
</P>
<P>(g) Immediately after the hot performance stops drive 1.5 km (0.93 mi) at 50 km/h (31.1 mph) before the first cooling stop.
</P>
<P>(h) For the first through the third cooling stops:
</P>
<P>(1) After each stop, immediately accelerate at the maximum rate to 50 km/h (31.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(2) Maintain that speed until beginning the next stop at a distance of 1.5 km (0.93 mi) from the beginning of the previous stop.
</P>
<P>(i) For the fourth cooling stop:
</P>
<P>(1) Immediately after the fourth stop, accelerate at the maximum rate to 100 km/h (62.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(2) Maintain that speed until beginning the recovery performance stops at a distance of 1.5 km (0.93 mi) after the beginning of the fourth cooling stop.
</P>
<P>S7.16. <I>Recovery performance.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.16.1. <I>General information.</I> The recovery performance test is conducted immediately after completion of the brake cooling stops.
</P>
<P>S7.16.2. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> (a) Vehicle load: GVWR only.
</P>
<P>(b) Transmission position: In neutral.
</P>
<P>S7.16.3. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> (a) IBT: Temperature achieved at completion of cooling stops.
</P>
<P>(b) Test speed: 100 km/h (62.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(c) Pedal force: The average pedal force shall not be greater than the average pedal force recorded during the shortest GVWR cold effectiveness stop.
</P>
<P>(d) Wheel lockup: No lockup of any wheel for longer than 0.1 seconds allowed at speeds greater than 15 km/h (9.3 mph).
</P>
<P>(e) Number of runs: 2 stops.
</P>
<P>(f) Immediately after the fourth cooling stop, accelerate at the maximum rate to 100 km/h (62.1 mph).
</P>
<P>(g) Maintain that speed until beginning the first recovery performance stop at a distance of 1.5 km (0.93 mi) after the beginning of the fourth cooling stop.
</P>
<P>(h) If the vehicle is incapable of attaining 100 km/h, it is tested at the same speed used for the GVWR cold effectiveness test.
</P>
<P>(i) Immediately after completion of the first recovery performance stop accelerate as rapidly as possible to the specified test speed and conduct the second recovery performance stop.
</P>
<P>S7.16.4. <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>The stopping distance, S, for at least one of the two stops must be within the following limits:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="33" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er02fe95.016.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>where d<E T="52">c</E> and V are defined in S7.14.4(a).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>S7.17. <I>Final Inspection.</I> Inspect:
</P>
<P>(a) The service brake system for detachment or fracture of any components, such as brake springs and brake shoes or disc pad facings.
</P>
<P>(b) The friction surface of the brake, the master cylinder or brake power unit reservoir cover, and seal and filler openings, for leakage of brake fluid or lubricant.
</P>
<P>(c) The master cylinder or brake power unit reservoir for compliance with the volume and labeling requirements of S5.4.2 and S5.4.3. In determining the fully applied worn condition, assume that the lining is worn to (1) rivet or bolt heads on riveted or bolted linings or (2) within 0.8 mm (1/32 inch) of shoe or pad mounting surface on bonded linings or (3) the limit recommended by the manufacturer, whichever is larger relative to the total possible shoe or pad movement. Drums or rotors are assumed to be at nominal design drum diameter or rotor thickness. Linings are assumed adjusted for normal operating clearance in the released position.
</P>
<P>(d) The brake system indicators, for compliance with operation in various key positions, lens color, labeling, and location, in accordance with S5.5.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 6434, Feb. 2, 1995, as amended at 60 FR 37847, July 24, 1995; 60 FR 44548, Aug. 28, 1995; 62 FR 46917, Sept. 5, 1997; 62 FR 51070, Sept. 30, 1997; 65 FR 6332, Feb. 9, 2000; 70 FR 37713, June 30, 2005; 77 FR 760, Jan. 6, 2012; 86 FR 1300, Jan. 8, 2021; 87 FR 34810, June 8, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.136" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.136   Standard No. 136; Electronic stability control systems for heavy vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>S1 <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes performance and equipment requirements for electronic stability control (ESC) systems on heavy vehicles.
</P>
<P>S2 <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce crashes caused by rollover or by directional loss-of-control.
</P>
<P>S3 <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to the following vehicles:
</P>
<P>S3.1 Truck tractors with a gross vehicle weight rating of greater than 11,793 kilograms (26,000 pounds). However, it does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(a) Any truck tractor equipped with an axle that has a gross axle weight rating of 13,154 kilograms (29,000 pounds) or more;
</P>
<P>(b) Any truck tractor that has a speed attainable in 3.2 km (2 miles) of not more than 53 km/h (33 mph); and
</P>
<P>(c) Any truck tractor that has a speed attainable in 3.2 km (2 miles) of not more than 72 km/h (45 mph), an unloaded vehicle weight that is not less than 95 percent of its gross vehicle weight rating, and no capacity to carry occupants other than the driver and operating crew.
</P>
<P>S3.2 Buses with a gross vehicle weight rating of greater than 11,793 kilograms (26,000 pounds). However, it does not apply to
</P>
<P>(a) School buses;
</P>
<P>(b) Perimeter-seating buses;
</P>
<P>(c) Transit buses;
</P>
<P>(d) Any bus equipped with an axle that has a gross axle weight rating of 13,154 kilograms (29,000 pounds) or more; and
</P>
<P>(e) Any bus that has a speed attainable in 3.2 km (2 miles) of not more than 53 km/h (33 mph.)
</P>
<P>S4 <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Ackerman Steer Angle</I> means the angle whose tangent is the wheelbase divided by the radius of the turn at a very low speed.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic stability control system</I> or <I>ESC system</I> means a system that has all of the following attributes:
</P>
<P>(1) It augments vehicle directional stability by having the means to apply and adjust the vehicle brake torques individually at each wheel position on at least one front and at least one rear axle of the truck tractor or bus to induce correcting yaw moment to limit vehicle oversteer and to limit vehicle understeer;
</P>
<P>(2) It enhances rollover stability by having the means to apply and adjust the vehicle brake torques individually at each wheel position on at least one front and at least one rear axle of the truck tractor or bus to reduce lateral acceleration of a vehicle;
</P>
<P>(3) It is computer-controlled with the computer using a closed-loop algorithm to induce correcting yaw moment and enhance rollover stability;
</P>
<P>(4) It has a means to determine the vehicle's lateral acceleration;
</P>
<P>(5) It has a means to determine the vehicle's yaw rate and to estimate its side slip or side slip derivative with respect to time;
</P>
<P>(6) It has a means to estimate vehicle mass or, if applicable, combination vehicle mass;
</P>
<P>(7) It has a means to monitor driver steering inputs;
</P>
<P>(8) It has a means to modify engine torque, as necessary, to assist the driver in maintaining control of the vehicle and/or combination vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(9) When installed on a truck tractor, it has the means to provide brake pressure to automatically apply and modulate the brake torques of a towed trailer.
</P>
<P><I>ESC service brake application</I> means the time when the ESC system applies a service brake pressure at any wheel for a continuous duration of at least 0.5 second of at least 34 kPa (5 psi) for air-braked systems and at least 172 kPa (25 psi) for hydraulic-braked systems.
</P>
<P><I>Initial brake temperature</I> means the average temperature of the service brakes on the hottest axle of the vehicle immediately before any stability control system test maneuver is executed.
</P>
<P><I>Lateral acceleration</I> means the component of the vector acceleration of a point in the vehicle perpendicular to the vehicle x-axis (longitudinal) and parallel to the road plane.
</P>
<P><I>Oversteer</I> means a condition in which the vehicle's yaw rate is greater than the yaw rate that would occur at the vehicle's speed as result of the Ackerman Steer Angle.
</P>
<P><I>Over-the-road bus</I> means a bus characterized by an elevated passenger deck located over a baggage compartment, except a school bus.
</P>
<P><I>Peak friction coefficient</I> or <I>PFC</I> means the ratio of the maximum value of braking test wheel longitudinal force to the simultaneous vertical force occurring prior to wheel lockup, as the braking torque is progressively increased.
</P>
<P><I>Perimeter-seating bus</I> means a bus with 7 or fewer designated seating positions rearward of the driver's seating position that are forward-facing or can convert to forward-facing without the use of tools and is not an over-the-road bus.
</P>
<P><I>Side slip or side slip angle</I> means the arctangent of the lateral velocity of the center of gravity of the vehicle divided by the longitudinal velocity of the center of gravity.
</P>
<P><I>Snub</I> means the braking deceleration of a vehicle from a higher speed to a lower speed that is greater than zero.
</P>
<P><I>Stop-request system</I> means a vehicle-integrated system for passenger use to signal to a vehicle operator that they are requesting a stop.
</P>
<P><I>Tandem axle</I> means a group or set of two or more axles placed in close arrangement, one behind the other, with the centerlines of adjacent axles not more than 72 inches apart.
</P>
<P><I>Transit bus</I> means a bus that is equipped with a stop-request system sold for public transportation provided by, or on behalf of, a State or local government and that is not an over-the-road bus.
</P>
<P><I>Understeer</I> means a condition in which the vehicle's yaw rate is less than the yaw rate that would occur at the vehicle's speed as result of the Ackerman Steer Angle.
</P>
<P><I>Wheelbase</I> means the longitudinal distance between the center of the front axle and the center of the rear axle. For vehicles with tandem axles, the center of the axle is the midpoint between the centers of the most forward and most rearward tandem axles, measured when all liftable axles are in the lowered position.
</P>
<P><I>Yaw Rate</I> means the rate of change of the vehicle's heading angle measure in degrees per second of rotation about a vertical axis through the vehicle's center of gravity.
</P>
<P>S5 <I>Requirements.</I> Each vehicle must be equipped with an ESC system that meets the requirements specified in S5 under the test conditions specified in S6 and the test procedures specified in S7 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Required Equipment.</I> Each vehicle to which this standard applies must be equipped with an electronic stability control system, as defined in S4.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>System Operational Capabilities.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 The ESC system must be operational over the full speed range of the vehicle except at vehicle speeds less than 20 km/h (12.4 mph), when being driven in reverse, or during system initialization.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 The ESC must remain capable of activation even if the antilock brake system or traction control is also activated.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Performance Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 <I>Lane Keeping During Reference Speed Determination.</I> During each series of four consecutive test runs conducted at the same entrance speed as part of the test procedure to determine the Preliminary Reference Speed and the Reference Speed (see S7.7.1), the wheels of the truck tractor or bus must remain within the lane between the start gate (0 degrees of radius arc angle) and the end gate (120 degrees of radius arc angle) during at least two of the four test runs.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 <I>Engine Torque Reduction.</I> During each series of four consecutive test runs for the determination of engine torque reduction (see S7.7.2), the vehicle must satisfy the criteria of S5.3.2.1 and S5.3.2.2 during at least two of the four test runs.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.1 The ESC system must reduce the driver-requested engine torque by at least 10 percent for a minimum continuous duration of 0.5 second during the time period from 1.5 seconds after the vehicle crosses the start gate (0 degree of radius arc angle) to when it crosses the end gate (120 degrees of radius arc angle).
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.2 The wheels of the truck tractor or bus must remain within the lane between the start gate (0 degrees of radius arc angle) and the end gate (120 degrees of radius arc angle).
</P>
<P>S5.3.3 <I>Roll Stability Control Test.</I> During each series of eight consecutive test runs for the determination of roll stability control (see S7.7.3) conducted at the same entrance speed, the vehicle must satisfy the criteria of S5.3.3.1, S5.3.3.2, S5.3.3.3, and S5.3.3.4 during at least six of the eight consecutive test runs.
</P>
<P>S5.3.3.1 The vehicle speed measured at 3.0 seconds after vehicle crosses the start gate (0 degrees of radius arc angle) must not exceed 47 km/h (29 mph).
</P>
<P>S5.3.3.2 The vehicle speed measured at 4.0 seconds after vehicle crosses the start gate (0 degrees of radius arc angle) must not exceed 45 km/h (28 mph).
</P>
<P>S5.3.3.3 The wheels of the truck tractor or bus must remain within the lane between the start gate (0 degrees of radius arc angle) and the end gate (120 degrees of radius arc angle).
</P>
<P>S5.3.3.4 There must be ESC service brake activation.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>ESC Malfunction Detection.</I> Each vehicle must be equipped with an indicator lamp, mounted in front of and in clear view of the driver, which is activated whenever there is a malfunction that affects the generation or transmission of control or response signals in the vehicle's electronic stability control system.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 Except as provided in S5.4.3 and S5.4.6, the ESC malfunction telltale must illuminate only when a malfunction exists and must remain continuously illuminated for as long as the malfunction exists, whenever the ignition locking system is in the “On” (“Run”) position.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 The ESC malfunction telltale must be identified by the symbol shown for “Electronic Stability Control System Malfunction” or the specified words or abbreviations listed in Table 1 of Standard No. 101 (§ 571.101).
</P>
<P>S5.4.3 The ESC malfunction telltale must be activated as a check-of-lamp function either when the ignition locking system is turned to the “On” (“Run”) position when the engine is not running, or when the ignition locking system is in a position between the “On” (“Run”) and “Start” that is designated by the manufacturer as a check-light position.
</P>
<P>S5.4.4 The ESC malfunction telltale need not be activated when a starter interlock is in operation.
</P>
<P>S5.4.5 The ESC malfunction telltale lamp must extinguish at the next ignition cycle after the malfunction has been corrected.
</P>
<P>S5.4.6 The manufacturer may use the ESC malfunction telltale in a flashing mode to indicate ESC operation.
</P>
<P>S6 <I>Test Conditions.</I> The requirements of S5 must be met by a vehicle when it is tested according to the conditions set forth in the S6, without replacing any brake system part or making any adjustments to the ESC system except as specified. On vehicles equipped with automatic brake adjusters, the automatic brake adjusters will remain activated at all times.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Ambient Conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 The ambient temperature is any temperature between 2 °C (35 °F) and 40 °C (104 °F).
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 The maximum wind speed is no greater than 5 m/s (11 mph).
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Road Test Surface.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 The tests are conducted on a dry, uniform, solid-paved surface. Surfaces with irregularities and undulations, such as dips and large cracks, are unsuitable.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 The road test surface produces a peak friction coefficient (PFC) of 1.02 when measured using an ASTM F2493 standard reference test tire, in accordance with ASTM E1337-19, at a speed of 64.4 km/h (40 mph), without water delivery (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 The test surface has a consistent slope between 0% and 1%.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4 <I>J-Turn Test Maneuver Test Course.</I> The test course for the J-Turn test maneuver is used for the Reference Speed Test in S7.7.1, the Engine Torque Reduction Test in S7.7.2, and the Roll Stability Control Test in S7.7.3.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4.1 The test course consists of a straight entrance lane with a length of 22.9 meters (75 feet) tangentially connected to a curved lane section with a radius of 45.7 meters (150 feet) measured from the center of the lane.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4.2 For truck tractors, the lane width of the test course is 3.7 meters (12 feet). At the manufacturer's option, for truck tractors with a wheelbase equal to or greater than 7112 mm (280 inches) the lane width of the test course is 3.7 meters (12 feet) for the straight section and is 4.3 meters (14 feet) for the curved section. For buses, the lane width of the test course is 3.7 meters (12 feet) for the straight section and is 4.3 meters (14 feet) for the curved section.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4.3 The start gate is the tangent point on the radius (the intersection of the straight lane and the curved lane sections) and is designated as zero degrees of radius of arc angle. The end gate is the point on the radius that is 120 degrees of radius arc angle measured from the tangent point.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4.4 Figure 1 shows the test course with the curved lane section configured in the counter-clockwise steering direction relative to the entrance lane. The course is also arranged with the curved lane section configured in the clockwise steering direction relative to the entrance lane. The cones depicted in Figure 1 defining the lane width are positioned solely for illustrative purposes.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er23jn15.017.gif"/>
<P>S6.3 <I>Vehicle Conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.1 The ESC system is enabled for all testing, except for the ESC malfunction test (see S7.8).
</P>
<P>S6.3.2 All vehicle openings (doors, windows, hood, trunk, cargo doors, etc.) are in a closed position except as required for instrumentation purposes.
</P>
<P>S6.3.3 <I>Test Weight.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.3.1 <I>Truck Tractors.</I> A truck tractor is loaded to its GVWR by coupling it to a control trailer (see S6.3.5). The tractor is loaded with the test driver, test instrumentation, and an anti-jackknife system (see S6.3.8).
</P>
<P>S6.3.3.2 <I>Buses.</I> A bus is loaded with ballast (weight) to its GVWR to simulate a multi-passenger and baggage configuration. For this configuration the bus is loaded with test driver, test instrumentation, outriggers (see S6.3.6), ballast, and a simulated occupant in each of the vehicle's designated seating positions. The simulated occupant loads are attained by securing 68 kilograms (150 pounds) of ballast in each of the test vehicle's designated seating positions. If the simulated occupant loads result in the bus being loaded to less than its GVWR, additional ballast is added to the bus in the following manner until the bus is loaded to its GVWR without exceeding any axle's GAWR: First, ballast is added to the lowest baggage compartment; second, ballast is added to the floor of the passenger compartment. If the simulated occupant loads result in the GAWR of any axle being exceeded or the GVWR of the bus being exceeded, simulated occupant loads are removed until the vehicle's GVWR and all axles' GAWR are no longer exceeded.
</P>
<P>S6.3.4 <I>Transmission and Brake Controls.</I> The transmission selector control is in a forward gear during all maneuvers. A vehicle equipped with an engine braking system that is engaged and disengaged by the driver is tested with the system disengaged.
</P>
<P>S6.3.5 <I>Control Trailer.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.5.1 The control trailer is an unbraked, flatbed semi-trailer that has a single axle with a GAWR of 8,165 kg (18,000 lb.). The control trailer has a length of at least 6,400 mm (252 inches), but no more than 7,010 mm (276 inches), when measured from the transverse centerline of the axle to the centerline of the kingpin (the point where the trailer attaches to the truck tractor). At the manufacturer's option, truck tractors with four or more axles may use a control trailer with a length of more than 7,010 mm (276 inches), but no more than 13,208 mm (520 inches) when measured from the transverse centerline of the axle to the centerline of the kingpin.
</P>
<P>S6.3.5.2 The location of the center of gravity of the ballast on the control trailer is directly above the kingpin. The height of the center of gravity of the ballast on the control trailer is less than 610 mm (24 inches) above the top of the tractor's fifth-wheel hitch (the area where the truck tractor attaches to the trailer).
</P>
<P>S6.3.5.3 The control trailer is equipped with outriggers (see S6.3.6).
</P>
<P>S6.3.5.4 A truck tractor is loaded to its GVWR by placing ballast (weight) on the control trailer which loads the tractor's non-steer axles. The control trailer is loaded with ballast without exceeding the GAWR of the trailer axle. If the tractor's fifth-wheel hitch position is adjustable, the fifth-wheel hitch is adjusted to proportionally distribute the load on each of the tractor's axle(s), according to each axle's GAWR, without exceeding the GAWR of any axle(s). If the fifth-wheel hitch position cannot be adjusted to prevent the load from exceeding the GAWR of the tractor's axle(s), the ballast is reduced until the axle load is equal to or less than the GAWR of the tractor's rear axle(s), maintaining load proportioning as close as possible to specified proportioning.
</P>
<P>S6.3.6 <I>Outriggers.</I> Outriggers are used for testing each vehicle. The outriggers are designed with a maximum weight of 1,134 kg (2,500 lb.), excluding mounting fixtures.
</P>
<P>S6.3.7 <I>Tires.</I> The tires are inflated to the vehicle manufacturer's specified pressure for the GVWR of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S6.3.8 <I>Truck Tractor Anti-Jackknife System.</I> A truck tractor is equipped with an anti-jackknife system that allows a minimum articulation angle of 30 degrees between the tractor and the control trailer.
</P>
<P>S6.3.9 <I>Special Drive Conditions.</I> A vehicle equipped with an interlocking axle system or a front wheel drive system that is engaged and disengaged by the driver is tested with the system disengaged.
</P>
<P>S6.3.10 <I>Liftable Axles.</I> A vehicle with one or more liftable axles is tested with the liftable axles down.
</P>
<P>S6.3.11 <I>Initial Brake Temperature.</I> The initial brake temperature of the hottest brake for any performance test is between 66 °C (150 °F) and 204 °C (400 °F).
</P>
<P>S6.3.12 <I>Thermocouples.</I> The brake temperature is measured by plug-type thermocouples installed in the approximate center of the facing length and width of the most heavily loaded shoe or disc pad, one per brake. A second thermocouple may be installed at the beginning of the test sequence if the lining wear is expected to reach a point causing the first thermocouple to contact the rubbing surface of a drum or rotor. The second thermocouple is installed at a depth of 0.080 inch and located within 1.0 inch circumferentially of the thermocouple installed at 0.040 inch depth. For center-grooved shoes or pads, thermocouples are installed within 0.125 inch to 0.250 inch of the groove and as close to the center as possible.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Selection of Compliance Options.</I> Where manufacturer options are specified, the manufacturer must select the option by the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for the vehicle. Each manufacturer shall, upon request from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, provide information regarding which of the compliance options it has selected for a particular vehicle or make/model.
</P>
<P>S7 <I>Test Procedure.</I> S7.1 <I>Tire Inflation.</I> Inflate the vehicle's tires as specified in S6.3.7.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Telltale Lamp Check.</I> With the vehicle stationary and the ignition locking system in the “Lock” or “Off” position, activate the ignition locking system to the “On” (“Run”) position or, where applicable, the appropriate position for the lamp check. The ESC system must perform a check-of-lamp function for the ESC malfunction telltale, as specified in S5.4.3.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Tire Conditioning.</I> Condition the tires to wear away mold sheen and achieve operating temperature immediately before beginning the J-Turn test runs. The test vehicle is driven around a circle 150 feet (46 meters) in radius at a speed that produces a lateral acceleration of approximately 0.1g for two clockwise laps followed by two counterclockwise laps.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Brake Conditioning and Temperature.</I> Conditioning and warm-up of the vehicle brakes are completed before and monitored during the execution of the J-Turn test maneuver.
</P>
<P>S7.4.1 <I>Brake Conditioning.</I> Condition the brakes in accordance with S7.4.1.1 and S7.4.1.2.
</P>
<P>S7.4.1.1 Prior to executing the J-Turn test maneuver, the vehicle's brakes are burnished as follows: With the transmission in the highest gear appropriate for a speed of 64 km/h (40 mph), make 500 snubs between 64 km/h (40 mph) and 32 km/h (20 mph) at a deceleration rate of 0.3g, or at the vehicle's maximum deceleration rate if less than 0.3g. After each brake application accelerate to 64 km/h (40 mph) and maintain that speed until making the next brake application at a point 1.6 km (1.0 mile) from the initial point of the previous brake application. If the vehicle cannot attain a speed of 64 km/h (40 mph) in 1.6 km (1.0 mile), continue to accelerate until the vehicle reaches 64 km/h (40 mph) or until the vehicle has traveled 2.4 km (1.5 miles) from the initial point of the previous brake application, whichever occurs first. The brakes may be adjusted up to three times during the burnish procedure, at intervals specified by the vehicle manufacturer, and may be adjusted at the conclusion of the burnishing, in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's recommendation.
</P>
<P>S7.4.1.2 Prior to executing the performance tests in S7.7, the brakes are conditioned using 40 brake application snubs from a speed of 64 km/h (40 mph) to a speed of 32 km/h (20 mph), with a target deceleration of approximately 0.3g. After each brake application, accelerate to 64 km/h (40 mph) and maintain that speed until making the next brake application at a point 1.6 km (1.0 mile) from the initial point of the previous brake application.
</P>
<P>S7.4.2 <I>Brake Temperature.</I> Prior to testing or any time during testing, if the hottest brake temperature is above 204 °C (400 °F) a cool down period is performed until the hottest brake temperature is measured within the range of 66 °C-204 °C (150 °F-400 °F). Prior to testing or any time during testing, if the hottest brake temperature is below 66 °C (150 °F) individual brake stops are repeated to increase any one brake temperature to within the target temperature range of 66 °C-204 °C (150 °F-400 °F) before a test maneuver is performed.
</P>
<P>S7.5 <I>Mass Estimation Cycle.</I> Perform the mass estimation procedure for the ESC system according to the manufacturer's instructions. This procedure will be repeated if an ignition cycle occurs or is needed at any time between the initiation and completion of S7.7.
</P>
<P>S7.6 <I>ESC System Malfunction Check.</I> Check that the ESC system is enabled by ensuring that the ESC malfunction telltale is not illuminated.
</P>
<P>S7.7 <I>J-Turn Test Maneuver.</I> The truck tractor or bus is subjected to multiple series of test runs using the J-Turn test maneuver. The truck tractor or bus travels through the course by driving down the entrance lane, crossing the start gate at the designated entrance speed, turning through the curved lane section, and crossing the end gate, while the driver attempts to keep all of the wheels of the truck tractor or bus within the lane.
</P>
<P>S7.7.1 <I>Reference Speed Test.</I> The vehicle is subjected to J-Turn test maneuvers to determine the Reference Speed for each steering direction. The Reference Speeds are used in S7.7.2 and S7.7.3.
</P>
<P>S7.7.1.1 <I>Preliminary Reference Speed Determination.</I> The vehicle is subjected to two series of test runs using the J-Turn test maneuver at increasing entrance speeds. One series uses clockwise steering, and the other series uses counterclockwise steering. The entrance speed of a test run is the 0.5 second average of the raw speed data prior to any ESC system activation of the service brakes and rounded to the nearest 1.0 mph. During each test run, the driver attempts to maintain the selected entrance speed throughout the J-Turn test maneuver. For the first test run of each series, the entrance speed is 32 km/h ±1.6 km/h (20 mph ±1.0 mph) and is incremented 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph) for each subsequent test run until ESC service brake application occurs or any of the truck tractor's or bus's wheels departs the lane. The vehicle entrance speed at which ESC service brake application occurs is the Preliminary Reference Speed. The Preliminary Reference Speed is determined for each direction: Clockwise steering and counter-clockwise steering. During any test run, if any of the wheels of the truck tractor or bus depart the lane at any point within the first 120 degrees of radius arc angle, the test run is repeated at the same entrance speed. If any of the wheels of the truck tractor or bus depart the lane again, then four consecutive test runs are repeated at the same entrance speed (±1.6 km/h (±1.0 mph)).
</P>
<P>S7.7.1.2 <I>Reference Speed Determination.</I> Using the Preliminary Reference Speed determined in S7.7.1.1, perform two series of test runs using the J-Turn test maneuver to determine the Reference Speed. The first series consists of four consecutive test runs performed using counter-clockwise steering. The second series consists of four consecutive test runs performed using clockwise steering. During each test run, the driver attempts to maintain a speed equal to the Preliminary Reference Speed throughout the J-Turn test maneuver. The Reference Speed is the minimum entrance speed at which ESC service brake application occurs for at least two of four consecutive test runs of each series conducted at the same entrance speed (within ±1.6 km/h (±1.0 mph)). The Reference Speed is determined for each direction: clockwise steering and counter-clockwise steering. If ESC service brake application does not occur during at least two test runs of either series, the Preliminary Reference Speed is increased by 1.6 km/h (1.0 mph), and the procedure in this section is repeated.
</P>
<P>S7.7.2 <I>Engine Torque Reduction Test.</I> The vehicle is subjected to two series of test runs using the J-Turn test maneuver at an entrance speed equal to the Reference Speed determined in S7.7.1.2. One series uses clockwise steering, and the other series uses counter-clockwise steering. Each series consists of four test runs with the vehicle at an entrance speed equal to the Reference Speed and the driver fully depressing the accelerator pedal from the time when the vehicle crosses the start gate until the vehicle reaches the end gate. ESC engine torque reduction is confirmed by comparing the engine torque output and driver requested torque data collected from the vehicle communication network or CAN bus. During the initial stages of each maneuver the two torque signals with respect to time will parallel each other. Upon ESC engine torque reduction, the two signals will diverge when the ESC system causes a commanded engine torque reduction and the driver depresses the accelerator pedal attempting to accelerate the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S7.7.2.1 Perform two series of test runs using the J-Turn test maneuver at the Reference Speed determined in S7.7.1.2 (±1.6 km/h (±1.0 mph)). The first series consists of four consecutive test runs performed using counter-clockwise steering. The second series consists of four consecutive test runs performed using clockwise steering. During each test run, the driver fully depresses the accelerator pedal from the time when the vehicle crosses the start gate until the vehicle reaches the end gate.
</P>
<P>S7.7.2.2 During each of the engine torque reduction test runs, verify the commanded engine torque and the driver requested torque signals diverge according to the criteria specified in S5.3.2.1.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3 <I>Roll Stability Control Test.</I> The vehicle is subjected to multiple series of test runs using the J-Turn test maneuver in both the clockwise and the counter-clockwise direction.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3.1 Before each test run, the brake temperatures are monitored and the hottest brake is confirmed to be between 66 °C (150 °F) and 204 °C (400 °F). If the hottest brake temperature is not between 66 °C (150 °F) and 204 °C (400 °F), the brake temperature is adjusted in accordance with S7.4.2.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3.2 During each test run, the driver will release the accelerator pedal after the ESC system has slowed vehicle by more than 4.8 km/h (3.0 mph) below the entrance speed.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3.3 The maximum test speed is the greater of 130 percent of the Reference Speed (see S7.7.1.2) or 48 km/h (30 mph). The maximum test speed is determined for each direction: clockwise steering and counter-clockwise steering.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3.4 For each series of Roll Stability Control test runs, the vehicle will perform eight consecutive test runs at the same entrance speed, which is any speed between 48 km/h (30 mph) and the maximum test speed determined according to S7.7.3.3.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3.5 Upon completion of testing, post processing is done as specified in S7.9.
</P>
<P>S7.8 <I>ESC Malfunction Detection.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.8.1 Simulate one or more ESC malfunction(s) by disconnecting the power source to any ESC component, or disconnecting any electrical connection between ESC components (with the vehicle power off). When simulating an ESC malfunction, the electrical connections for the telltale lamp(s) are not disconnected.
</P>
<P>S7.8.2 With the vehicle initially stationary and the ignition locking system in the “Lock” or “Off” position, activate the ignition locking system to the “Start” position and start the engine. Place the vehicle in a forward gear and accelerate to 48 ±8 km/h (30 ±5 mph). Drive the vehicle for at least two minutes including at least one left and one right turning maneuver and at least one service brake application. Verify that, within two minutes of attaining this speed, the ESC malfunction indicator illuminates in accordance with S5.4.
</P>
<P>S7.8.3 Stop the vehicle, deactivate the ignition locking system to the “Off” or “Lock” position. After a five-minute period, activate the vehicle's ignition locking system to the “Start” position and start the engine. Verify that the ESC malfunction indicator again illuminates to signal a malfunction and remains illuminated as long as the engine is running until the fault is corrected.
</P>
<P>S7.8.4 Deactivate the ignition locking system to the “Off” or “Lock” position. Restore the ESC system to normal operation, activate the ignition system to the “Start” position and start the engine. Verify that the telltale has extinguished.
</P>
<P>S7.9 <I>Post Data Processing.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.9.1 Raw vehicle speed data is filtered with a 0.1 second running average filter.
</P>
<P>S7.9.2 The torque data collected from the vehicle communication network or CAN bus as a digital signal does not get filtered. The torque data collected from the vehicle communication network or CAN bus as an analog signal is filtered with a 0.1-second running average.
</P>
<P>S7.9.3 The activation point of the ESC engine torque reduction is the point where the measured driver demanded torque and the engine torque first begin to deviate from one another (engine torque decreases while the driver requested torque increases) during the Engine Torque Reduction Test. The torque values are obtained directly from the vehicle communication network or CAN bus. Torque values used to determine the activation point of the ESC engine torque reduction are interpolated.
</P>
<P>S7.9.4 The time measurement for the J-Turn test maneuver is referenced to “time zero”, which is defined as the instant the center of the front tires of the vehicle reach the start gate, the line within the lane at zero degrees of radius arc angle. The completion of the maneuver occurs at the instant the center of the front tires of the vehicle reach the end gate, which is the line within the lane at 120 degrees of radius arc angle.
</P>
<P>S7.9.5 Raw service brake pressure measurements are zeroed (calibrated). Zeroed brake pressure data are filtered with 0.1 second running average filters. Zeroed and filtered brake pressure data are dynamically offset corrected using a defined “zeroed range”. The “zeroing range” is defined as the 0.5 second time period prior to “time zero” defined in S7.9.4.
</P>
<P>S8 <I>Compliance Dates.</I> Vehicles that are subject to this standard must meet the requirements of this standard according to the implementation schedule set forth in S8.
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Buses.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1.1 All buses with a gross vehicle weight rating of greater than 14,969 kilograms (33,000 pounds) manufactured on or after June 24, 2018 must comply with this standard.
</P>
<P>S8.1.2 All buses manufactured on or after August 1, 2019 must comply with this standard.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Trucks.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.2.1 All three-axle truck tractors with a front axle that has a GAWR of 6,622 kilograms (14,600 pounds) or less and with two rear drive axles that have a combined GAWR of 20,412 kilograms (45,000 pounds) or less manufactured on or after August 1, 2017 must comply with this standard.
</P>
<P>S8.2.2 All truck tractors manufactured on or after August 1, 2019 must comply with this standard.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 36105, June 23, 2015, as amended at 82 FR 50092, Oct. 30, 2017; 87 FR 34810, June 8, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.138" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.138   Standard No. 138; Tire pressure monitoring systems.</HEAD>
<P>S1 <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard specifies performance requirements for tire pressure monitoring systems (TPMSs) to warn drivers of significant under-inflation of tires and the resulting safety problems.
</P>
<P>S2 <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses that have a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) or less, except those vehicles with dual wheels on an axle, according to the phase-in schedule specified in S7 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S3 <I>Definitions.</I> The following definitions apply to this standard:
</P>
<P><I>Lightly loaded vehicle weight</I> means unloaded vehicle weight plus the weight of a mass of 180 kg (396 pounds), including test driver and instrumentation.
</P>
<P><I>Tire pressure monitoring system</I> means a system that detects when one or more of a vehicle's tires is significantly under-inflated and illuminates a low tire pressure warning telltale.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle Placard</I> and <I>Tire inflation pressure label</I> mean the sources of information for the vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold tire inflation pressure pursuant to § 571.110 of this Part.
</P>
<P>S4 <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>General.</I> To the extent provided in S7, each vehicle must be equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system that meets the requirements specified in S4 under the test conditions specified in S5 and the test procedures specified in S6 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2 <I>TPMS detection requirements.</I> The tire pressure monitoring system must:
</P>
<P>(a) Illuminate a low tire pressure warning telltale not more than 20 minutes after the inflation pressure in one or more of the vehicle's tires, up to a total of four tires, is equal to or less than either the pressure 25 percent below the vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold inflation pressure, or the pressure specified in the 3rd column of Table 1 of this standard for the corresponding type of tire, whichever is higher;
</P>
<P>(b) Continue to illuminate the low tire pressure warning telltale as long as the pressure in any of the vehicle's tires is equal to or less than the pressure specified in S4.2(a), and the ignition locking system is in the “On” (“Run”) position, whether or not the engine is running, or until manually reset in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>S4.3 <I>Low tire pressure warning telltale.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.3.1 Each tire pressure monitoring system must include a low tire pressure warning telltale that:
</P>
<P>(a) Is mounted inside the occupant compartment in front of and in clear view of the driver;
</P>
<P>(b) Is identified by one of the symbols shown for the “Low Tire Pressure” Telltale in Table 1 of Standard No. 101 (49 CFR 571.101); and
</P>
<P>(c) Is illuminated under the conditions specified in S4.2.
</P>
<P>S4.3.2 In the case of a telltale that identifies which tire(s) is (are) under-inflated, each tire in the symbol for that telltale must illuminate when the tire it represents is under-inflated to the extent specified in S4.2.
</P>
<P>S4.3.3 (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each low tire pressure warning telltale must illuminate as a check of lamp function either when the ignition locking system is activated to the “On” (“Run”) position when the engine is not running, or when the ignition locking system is in a position between “On” (“Run”) and “Start” that is designated by the manufacturer as a check position.
</P>
<P>(b) The low tire pressure warning telltale need not illuminate when a starter interlock is in operation.
</P>
<P>S4.4 <I>TPMS malfunction.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The vehicle shall be equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system that includes a telltale that provides a warning to the driver not more than 20 minutes after the occurrence of a malfunction that affects the generation or transmission of control or response signals in the vehicle's tire pressure monitoring system. The vehicle's TPMS malfunction indicator shall meet the requirements of either S4.4(b) or S4.4(c).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dedicated TPMS malfunction telltale.</I> The vehicle meets the requirements of S4.4(a) when equipped with a dedicated TPMS malfunction telltale that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is mounted inside the occupant compartment in front of and in clear view of the driver;
</P>
<P>(2) Is identified by the word “TPMS” as described under the “Tire Pressure Monitoring System Malfunction” Telltale in Table 1 of Standard No. 101 (49 CFR 571.101);
</P>
<P>(3) Continues to illuminate the TPMS malfunction telltale under the conditions specified in S4.4(a) for as long as the malfunction exists, whenever the ignition locking system is in the “On” (“Run”) position; and
</P>
<P>(4) (i) Except as provided in paragraph (ii), each dedicated TPMS malfunction telltale must be activated as a check of lamp function either when the ignition locking system is activated to the “On” (“Run”) position when the engine is not running, or when the ignition locking system is in a position between “On” (“Run”) and “Start” that is designated by the manufacturer as a check position.
</P>
<P>(ii) The dedicated TPMS malfunction telltale need not be activated when a starter interlock is in operation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Combination low tire pressure/TPMS malfunction telltale.</I> The vehicle meets the requirements of S4.4(a) when equipped with a combined Low Tire Pressure/TPMS malfunction telltale that:
</P>
<P>(1) Meets the requirements of S4.2 and S4.3; and
</P>
<P>(2) Flashes for a period of at least 60 seconds but no longer than 90 seconds upon detection of any condition specified in S4.4(a) after the ignition locking system is activated to the “On” (“Run”) position. After each period of prescribed flashing, the telltale must remain continuously illuminated as long as a malfunction exists and the ignition locking system is in the “On” (“Run”) position. This flashing and illumination sequence must be repeated each time the ignition locking system is placed in the “On” (“Run”) position until the situation causing the malfunction has been corrected. Multiple malfunctions occurring during any ignition cycle may, but are not required to, reinitiate the prescribed flashing sequence.
</P>
<P>S4.5 <I>Written instructions.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Beginning on September 1, 2006, the owner's manual in each vehicle certified as complying with S4 must provide an image of the Low Tire Pressure Telltale symbol (and an image of the TPMS Malfunction Telltale warning (“TPMS”), if a dedicated telltale is utilized for this function) with the following statement in English:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
</P>
<P>As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
</P>
<P>Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
</P>
<P>[The following paragraph is required for all vehicles certified to the standard starting on September 1, 2007 and for vehicles voluntarily equipped with a compliant TPMS MIL before that time.] Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. [For vehicles with a dedicated MIL telltale, add the following statement: The TPMS malfunction indicator is provided by a separate telltale, which displays the symbol “TPMS” when illuminated.] [For vehicles with a combined low tire pressure/MIL telltale, add the following statement: The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.] When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The owner's manual may include additional information about the time for the TPMS telltale(s) to extinguish once the low tire pressure condition or the malfunction is corrected. It may also include additional information about the significance of the low tire pressure warning telltale illuminating, a description of corrective action to be undertaken, whether the tire pressure monitoring system functions with the vehicle's spare tire (if provided), and how to use a reset button, if one is provided.
</P>
<P>(c) If a vehicle does not come with an owner's manual, the required information shall be provided in writing to the first purchaser of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5 <I>Test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Ambient temperature.</I> The ambient temperature is between 0 °C (32 °F) and 40 °C (104 °F).
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Road test surface.</I> Compliance testing is conducted on any portion of the Southern Loop of the Treadwear Test Course defined in appendix A and Figure 2 of section 575.104 of this chapter. The road surface is dry during testing.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Vehicle conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 <I>Test weight.</I> The vehicle may be tested at any weight between its lightly loaded vehicle weight and its gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) without exceeding any of its gross axle weight ratings.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 <I>Vehicle speed.</I> The vehicle's TPMS is calibrated and tested at speeds between 50 km/h (31.1 mph) and 100 km/h (62.2 mph). For vehicles equipped with cruise control, cruise control is not to be engaged during testing.
</P>
<P>S5.3.3 <I>Rim position.</I> The vehicle rims may be positioned at any wheel position, consistent with any related instructions or limitations in the vehicle owner's manual.
</P>
<P>S5.3.4 <I>Stationary location.</I> The vehicle's tires are shaded from direct sun when the vehicle is parked.
</P>
<P>S5.3.5 <I>Brake pedal application.</I> Driving time shall not accumulate during service brake application.
</P>
<P>S5.3.6 <I>Range of conditions or test parameters.</I> Whenever a range of conditions or test parameters is specified in this standard, the vehicle must meet applicable requirements when tested at any point within the range.
</P>
<P>S5.3.7 <I>Tires.</I> The vehicle is tested with the tires installed on the vehicle at the time of initial vehicle sale, excluding the spare tire (if provided). However, the spare tire may be utilized for TPMS malfunction testing purposes.
</P>
<P>S6 <I>Test procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Inflate the vehicle's tires to the cold tire inflation pressure(s) provided on the vehicle placard or the tire inflation pressure label.
</P>
<P>(b) With the vehicle stationary and the ignition locking system in the “Lock” or “Off” position, activate the ignition locking system to the “On” (“Run”) position or, where applicable, the appropriate position for the lamp check. The tire pressure monitoring system must perform a check of lamp function for the low tire pressure telltale as specified in paragraph S4.3.3 of this standard. If the vehicle is equipped with a separate TPMS malfunction telltale, the tire pressure monitoring system also must perform a check of lamp function as specified in paragraph S4.4(b)(4) of this standard.
</P>
<P>(c) If applicable, set or reset the tire pressure monitoring system in accordance with the instructions in the vehicle owner's manual.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>System calibration/learning phase.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Drive the vehicle for up to 15 minutes of cumulative time (not necessarily continuously) along any portion of the test course.
</P>
<P>(2) Reverse direction on the course and drive the vehicle for an additional period of time for a total cumulative time of 20 minutes (including the time in S6(d)(1), and not necessarily continuously).
</P>
<P>(e) Stop the vehicle and deflate any combination of one to four tires until the deflated tire(s) is (are) at 7 kPa (1 psi) below the inflation pressure at which the tire pressure monitoring system is required to illuminate the low tire pressure warning telltale.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>System detection phase.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Within 5 minutes of reducing the inflation pressure in the tire(s), drive the vehicle for up to 10-15 minutes of cumulative time (not necessarily continuously) along any portion of the test course.
</P>
<P>(2) Reverse direction on the course and drive the vehicle for an additional period of time for a total cumulative time of 20 minutes (including the time in S6(f)(1), and not necessarily continuously).
</P>
<P>(3) The sum of the total cumulative drive time under paragraphs S6(f)(1) and (2) shall be the lesser of 20 minutes or the time at which the low tire pressure telltale illuminates.
</P>
<P>(4) If the low tire pressure telltale did not illuminate, discontinue the test.
</P>
<P>(g) If the low tire pressure telltale illuminated during the procedure in paragraph S6(f), deactivate the ignition locking system to the “Off” or “Lock” position. After a 5-minute period, activate the vehicle's ignition locking system to the “On” (“Run”) position. The telltale must illuminate and remain illuminated as long as the ignition locking system is in the “On” (“Run”) position.
</P>
<P>(h) Keep the vehicle stationary for a period of up to one hour with the engine off.
</P>
<P>(i) Inflate all of the vehicle's tires to the same inflation pressure used in paragraph S6(a). If the vehicle's tire pressure monitoring system has a manual reset feature, reset the system in accordance with the instructions specified in the vehicle owner's manual. Determine whether the telltale has extinguished. If necessary, drive the vehicle until the telltale has been extinguished.
</P>
<P>(j) The test may be repeated, using the test procedures in paragraphs S6(a)-(b) and S6(d)-(i), with any one, two, three, or four of the tires on the vehicle under-inflated.
</P>
<P>(k) Simulate one TPMS malfunction by disconnecting the power source to any TPMS component, disconnecting any electrical connection between TPMS components, or installing a tire or wheel on the vehicle that is incompatible with the TPMS. When simulating a TPMS malfunction, the electrical connections for the telltale lamps are not to be disconnected.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>TPMS malfunction detection.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Drive the vehicle for up to 15 minutes of cumulative time (not necessarily continuously) along any portion of the test course.
</P>
<P>(2) Reverse direction on the course and drive the vehicle for an additional period of time for a total cumulative time of 20 minutes (including the time in S6(l)(1), and not necessarily continuously).
</P>
<P>(3) The sum of the total cumulative drive time under paragraphs S6(l)(1) and (2) shall be the lesser of 20 minutes or the time at which the TPMS malfunction telltale illuminates.
</P>
<P>(4) If the TPMS malfunction indicator did not illuminate in accordance with paragraph S4.4, as required, discontinue the test.
</P>
<P>(m) If the TPMS malfunction indicator illuminated during the procedure in paragraph S6(l), deactivate the ignition locking system to the “Off” or “Lock” position. After a 5-minute period, activate the vehicle's ignition locking system to the “On” (“Run”) position. The TPMS malfunction indicator must again signal a malfunction and remain illuminated as long as the ignition locking system is in the “On” (“Run”) position.
</P>
<P>(n) Restore the TPMS to normal operation. If necessary, drive the vehicle until the telltale has extinguished.
</P>
<P>(o) The test may be repeated using the test procedures in paragraphs S6(k)-(n), with each such test limited to simulation of a single malfunction.
</P>
<P>S7 <I>Phase-in schedule.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after October 5, 2005, and before September 1, 2006.</I> For vehicles manufactured on or after October 5, 2005, and before September 1, 2006, the number of vehicles complying with this standard (except for the provisions of S4.4 unless the manufacturer elects to also certify to those provisions) must not be less than 20 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2002, and before October 5, 2005; or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after October 5, 2005, and before September 1, 2006.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2006, and before September 1, 2007.</I> For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2006, and before September 1, 2007, the number of vehicles complying with this standard (except for the provisions of S4.4 unless the manufacturer elects to also certify to those provisions) must not be less than 70 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2003, and before September 1, 2006; or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2006, and before September 1, 2007.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2007.</I> Except as provided in S7.7, all vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2007 must comply with all requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Calculation of complying vehicles.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Carry-Forward Credits.</I> For purposes of complying with S7.1, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it is certified as complying with this standard and is manufactured on or after April 8, 2005, but before September 1, 2006.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of complying with S7.2, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it:
</P>
<P>(1) (i) Is certified as complying with this standard and is manufactured on or after April 8, 2005, but before September 1, 2007; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not counted toward compliance with S7.1; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is manufactured on or after September 1, 2006, but before September 1, 2007.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Carry-Backward Credits.</I> At the vehicle manufacturer's option, for purposes of complying with S7.1, a manufacturer may count a vehicle it plans to manufacture and to certify as complying with this standard that will be produced on or after September 1, 2006 but before September 1, 2007. However, a vehicle counted toward compliance with S7.1 may not be counted toward compliance with S7.2. If the vehicle manufacturer decides to exercise the option for carry-backward credits, the manufacturer must indicate this in its report for the production period corresponding to S7.1 filed pursuant to 49 CFR 585.66. The vehicles are counted in fulfillment of the requirements of S7.1, subject to actually being produced in compliance with this standard during the specified time period and not being counted toward the requirements of S7.2.
</P>
<P>S7.5 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.5.1 For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S7.1 through S7.3, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer must be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S7.5.2:
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle that is imported must be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, must be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S7.5.2 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer must be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S7.5.1.
</P>
<P>S7.6 <I>Small volume manufacturers.</I> Vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer that produces fewer than 5,000 vehicles for sale in the United States during the period of September 1, 2005 to August 31, 2006, or the period from September 1, 2006 to August 31, 2007, are not subject to the corresponding requirements of S7.1, S7.2, and S7.4.
</P>
<P>S7.7 <I>Final-stage manufacturers and alterers.</I> Vehicles that are manufactured in two or more stages or that are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) after having previously been certified in accordance with part 567 of this chapter are not subject to the requirements of S7.1 through S7.4. Instead, vehicles that are manufactured in two or more stages or that are altered must comply with this standard beginning on September 1, 2008.

 
</P>
<HD1>Tables to § 571.138

 
</HD1>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Low Tire Pressure Warning Telltale—Minimum Activation Pressure 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Column 1—tire type 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Column 2—maximum or rated inflation pressure 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Column 3—minimum
<br/>activation pressure 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(kPa) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(psi) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(kPa) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(psi) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">P-metric—Standard Load</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240,
<br/>300, or
<br/>350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35,
<br/>44, or
<br/>51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140
<br/>140
<br/>140</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
<br/>20
<br/>20 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">P-metric—Extra Load</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">280 or
<br/>340</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41 or
<br/>49</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160
<br/>160</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23
<br/>23 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Load Range C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Load Range D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">450</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Load Range E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 18187, Apr. 8, 2005, as amended at 70 FR 53100, Sept. 7, 2005; 72 FR 38025, July 12, 2007]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.139" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.139   Standard No. 139; New pneumatic radial tires for light vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope and purpose.</I> This standard specifies tire dimensions, test requirements, labeling requirements, and defines tire load ratings. 
</P>
<P>S2 <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to new pneumatic radial tires for use on motor vehicles (other than motorcycles and low speed vehicles) that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less and that were manufactured after 1975. This standard does not apply to special tires (ST) for trailers in highway service, tires for use on farm implements (FI) in agricultural service with intermittent highway use, tires with rim diameters of 12 inches and below, T-type temporary use spare tires with radial construction, and light truck tires with a tread depth of 18/32 inch or greater.
</P>
<P>S3 <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Bead</I> means the part of the tire that is made of steel wires, wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is shaped to fit the rim.
</P>
<P><I>Bead separation</I> means a breakdown of the bond between components in the bead.
</P>
<P><I>Bias ply tire</I> means a pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at alternate angles substantially less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
</P>
<P><I>Carcass</I> means the tire structure, except tread and sidewall rubber which, when inflated, bears the load.
</P>
<P><I>Chunking</I> means the breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall.
</P>
<P><I>Cord</I> means the strands forming the plies in the tire.
</P>
<P><I>Cord separation</I> means the parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds.
</P>
<P><I>Cracking</I> means any parting within the tread, sidewall, or inner liner of the tire extending to cord material.
</P>
<P><I>Extra load tire</I> means a tire designed to operate at higher loads and higher inflation pressure than the corresponding standard tire.
</P>
<P><I>Groove</I> means the space between two adjacent tread ribs.
</P>
<P><I>Innerliner</I> means the layer(s) forming the inside surface of a tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium within the tire.
</P>
<P><I>Innerliner separation</I> means the parting of the innerliner from cord material in the carcass.
</P>
<P><I>Light truck (LT) tire</I> means a tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Load rating</I> means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum load rating</I> means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum permissible inflation pressure</I> means the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated.
</P>
<P><I>Measuring rim</I> means the rim on which a tire is fitted for physical dimension requirements.
</P>
<P><I>Open splice</I> means any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or innerliner that extends to cord material.
</P>
<P><I>Outer diameter</I> means the overall diameter of an inflated new tire.
</P>
<P><I>Overall width</I> means the linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including elevations due to labeling, decorations, or protective bands or ribs.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger car tire</I> means a tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less.
</P>
<P><I>Ply</I> means a layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
</P>
<P><I>Ply separation</I> means a parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies.
</P>
<P><I>Pneumatic tire</I> means a mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.
</P>
<P><I>Radial ply tire</I> means a pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
</P>
<P><I>Reinforced tire</I> means a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire.
</P>
<P><I>Rim</I> means a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated.
</P>
<P><I>Section width</I> means the linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands.
</P>
<P><I>Sidewall</I> means that portion of a tire between the tread and bead.
</P>
<P><I>Sidewall separation</I> means the parting of the rubber compound from the cord material in the sidewall.
</P>
<P><I>Snow tire</I> means a tire that attains a traction index equal to or greater than 112, compared to the ASTM F2493 standard reference test tire when using the snow traction test on the medium pack snow surface as described in ASTM F1805-20 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), and that is marked with an Alpine Symbol specified in S5.5(i) on at least one sidewall.
</P>
<P><I>Test rim</I> means the rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and may be any rim listed as appropriate for use with that tire.
</P>
<P><I>Tread</I> means that portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
</P>
<P><I>Tread rib</I> means a tread section running circumferentially around a tire.
</P>
<P><I>Tread separation</I> means pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass.
</P>
<P><I>Treadwear indicators (TWI)</I> means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
</P>
<P><I>Wheel-holding fixture</I> means the fixture used to hold the wheel and tire assembly securely during testing.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Tire and rim matching information.</I> 
</P>
<P>S4.1. Each manufacturer of tires must ensure that a listing of the rims that may be used with each tire that it produces is provided to the public in accordance with S4.1.1 and S4.1.2. 
</P>
<P>S4.1.1 Each rim listing for a tire must include dimensional specifications and a diagram of the rim and must be in one of the following forms: 
</P>
<P>(a) Listed by manufacturer name or brand name in a document furnished to dealers of the manufacturer's tires, to any person upon request, and in duplicate to the Docket Section (No. NHTSA-2009-0117), National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, West Building, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590; or
</P>
<P>(b) Contained in publications, current at the date of manufacture of the tire or any later date, of at least one of the following organizations: 
</P>
<P>(1) The Tire and Rim Association. 
</P>
<P>(2) The European Tyre and Rim Technical Organization. 
</P>
<P>(3) Japan Automobile Tire Manufacturers' Association, Inc. 
</P>
<P>(4) Tyre &amp; Rim Association of Australia. 
</P>
<P>(5) Associacao Latino Americana de Pneus e Aros (Brazil). 
</P>
<P>(6) South African Bureau of Standards. 
</P>
<P>S4.1.2 A listing compiled in accordance with paragraph (a) of S4.1.1 need not include dimensional specifications or a diagram of a rim whose dimensional specifications and diagram are contained in a listing published in accordance with paragraph (b) of S4.1.1. 
</P>
<P>S4.2. Information contained in a publication specified in S4.1.1(b) that lists general categories of tires and rims by size designation, type of construction, and/or intended use, is considered to be manufacturer's information required by S4.1 for the listed tires, unless the publication itself or specific information provided according to S4.1(a) indicates otherwise. 
</P>
<P>S5. General requirements
</P>
<P>S5.1. <I>Size and construction.</I> Each tire shall fit each rim specified for its size designation in accordance with S4.1. 
</P>
<P>S5.2. <I>Performance requirements.</I> Each tire shall conform to each of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) It shall meet the requirements specified in S6 for its tire size designation, type, and maximum permissible inflation pressure. 
</P>
<P>(b) It shall meet each of the applicable requirements set forth in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this S5.2, when mounted on a model rim assembly corresponding to any rim designated by the tire manufacturer for use with the tire in accordance with S4. 
</P>
<P>(c) Its maximum permissible inflation pressure shall be 240, 280, 300, 340, or 350 kPa.
</P>
<P>(d) Its load rating shall be that specified either in a submission made by an individual manufacturer, pursuant to S4, or in one of the publications described in S4 for its size designation, type and each appropriate inflation pressure. If the maximum load rating for a particular tire size is shown in more than one of the publications described in S4, each tire of that size designation shall have a maximum load rating that is not less than the published maximum load rating, or if there are differing maximum load ratings for the same tire size designation, not less then the lowest published maximum load rating.
</P>
<P>S5.3. <I>Test sample.</I> For the tests specified in S6, use:
</P>
<P>(a) One tire for high speed; 
</P>
<P>(b) Another tire for endurance and low inflation pressure performance; and 
</P>
<P>(c) A third tire for physical dimensions, resistance to bead unseating, and strength, in sequence. 
</P>
<P>S5.4. <I>Treadwear indicators.</I> Except in the case of tires with a 12-inch or smaller rim diameter, each tire shall have not less than six treadwear indicators spaced approximately equally around the circumference of the tire that enable a person inspecting the tire to determine visually whether the tire has worn to a tread depth of one sixteenth of an inch. Tires with 12-inch or smaller rim diameter shall have not less than three such treadwear indicators. 
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Tire markings.</I> Except as specified in paragraphs (a) through (i) of S5.5, each tire must be marked on each sidewall with the information specified in S5.5(a) through (d) and on one sidewall with the information specified in S5.5(e) through (i) according to the phase-in schedule specified in S7 of this standard. The markings must be placed between the maximum section width and the bead on at least one sidewall, unless the maximum section width of the tire is located in an area that is not more than one-fourth of the distance from the bead to the shoulder of the tire. If the maximum section width falls within that area, those markings must appear between the bead and a point one-half the distance from the bead to the shoulder of the tire, on at least one sidewall. The markings must be in letters and numerals not less than 0.078 inches high and raised above or sunk below the tire surface not less than 0.015 inches.
</P>
<P>(a) The symbol DOT, which constitutes a certification that the tire conforms to applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards;
</P>
<P>(b) The tire size designation as listed in the documents and publications specified in S4.1.1 of this standard;
</P>
<P>(c) The maximum permissible inflation pressure, subject to the limitations of S5.5.4 through S5.5.6 of this standard;
</P>
<P>(d) The maximum load rating and for LT tires, the letter designating the tire load range;
</P>
<P>(e) The generic name of each cord material used in the plies (both sidewall and tread area) of the tire;
</P>
<P>(f) The actual number of plies in the sidewall, and the actual number of plies in the tread area, if different;
</P>
<P>(g) The term “tubeless” or “tube type,” as applicable;
</P>
<P>(h) The word “radial,” if the tire is a radial ply tire; and
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Alpine Symbol.</I> A tire meeting the definition of a snow tire as defined in paragraph S3 may, at the option of the manufacturer, show the pictograph of a mountain with a snowflake as shown below. If the manufacturer chooses to mark the snow tire with the alpine symbol, the mountain profile must have a minimum base of 15 mm and a minimum height of 15 mm, and must contain three peaks with the middle peak being the tallest. Inside the mountain, there must be a six-sided snowflake having a minimum height of one-half the tallest peak.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er28no08.009.gif"/>
<P>S5.5.1 <I>Tire identification number.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Tires manufactured before September 1, 2009.</I> Each tire must be labeled with the tire identification number required by 49 CFR part 574 on a sidewall of the tire. Except for retreaded tires, either the tire identification number or a partial tire identification number, containing all characters in the tire identification number, except for the date code and, at the discretion of the manufacturer, any optional code, must be labeled on the other sidewall of the tire.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Tires manufactured on or after September 1, 2009.</I> Each tire must be labeled with the tire identification number required by 49 CFR part 574 on the intended outboard sidewall of the tire. Except for retreaded tires, either the tire identification number or a partial tire identification number, containing all characters in the tire identification number, except for the date code and, at the discretion of the manufacturer, any optional code, must be labeled on the other sidewall of the tire. Except for retreaded tires, if a tire does not have an intended outboard sidewall, the tire must be labeled with the tire identification number required by 49 CFR part 574 on one sidewall and with either the tire identification number or a partial tire identification number, containing all characters in the tire identification number except for the date code and, at the discretion of the manufacturer, any optional code, on the other sidewall.
</P>
<P>S5.5.2 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.5.3 Each tire must be labeled with the name of the manufacturer, or brand name and number assigned to the manufacturer in the manner specified in 49 CFR part 574. 
</P>
<P>S5.5.4 For passenger car tires, if the maximum inflation pressure of a tire is 240, 280, 300, 340, or 350 kPa, then:
</P>
<P>(a) Each marking of that inflation pressure pursuant to S5.5(c) must be followed in parenthesis by the equivalent psi, rounded to the next higher whole number; and
</P>
<P>(b) Each marking of the tire's maximum load rating pursuant to S5.5(d) in kilograms must be followed in parenthesis by the equivalent load rating in pounds, rounded to the nearest whole number.
</P>
<P>S5.5.5 If the maximum inflation pressure of a tire is 420 kPa (60 psi), the tire must have permanently molded into or onto both sidewalls, in letters and numerals not less than 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch high, the words “Inflate to 60 psi” or “Inflate to 420 kPa (60 psi).” On both sidewalls, the words must be positioned in an area between the tire shoulder and the bead of the tire. However, the words must be also positioned on the tire so that they are not obstructed by the flange of any rim designated for use with that tire in this standard or in Standard No. 110 (§ 571.110 of this part). 
</P>
<P>S5.5.6 For LT tires, the maximum permissible inflation pressure shown must be the inflation pressure that corresponds to the maximum load of the tire for the tire size as specified in one of the publications described in S4.1.1.(b) of § 571.139. At the manufacturer's option, the shown inflation pressure may be as much as 10 psi (69 kPa) greater than the inflation pressure corresponding to the specified maximum load. 
</P>
<P><I>S6. Test procedures, conditions and performance requirements.</I> Each tire shall meet all of the applicable requirements of this section when tested according to the conditions and procedures set forth in S5 and S6.1 through S6.7. 
</P>
<P>S6.1. Tire dimensions 
</P>
<P><I>S6.1.1 Test conditions and procedures.</I> 
</P>
<P><I>S6.1.1.1 Tire Preparation.</I> 
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.1.1 Mount the tire on the measuring rim specified by the tire manufacturer or in one of the publications listed in S4.1.1 
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.1.2 For passenger car tires, inflate to the pressure specified in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Inflation pressure (kPa) 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Standard 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Reinforced 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S6.1.1.1.3 In the case of a LT tire, inflate it to the pressure at maximum load as labeled on sidewall. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.1.4 Condition the assembly at an ambient room temperature of 20 °C to 30 °C for not less than 24 hours.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.1.5 Readjust the tire pressure to that specified in S6.1.1.1.2.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.2 <I>Test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.2.1 Measure the section width and overall width by caliper at six points approximately equally spaced around the circumference of the tire, avoiding measurement of the additional thickness of the special protective ribs or bands. The average of the measurements so obtained are taken as the section width and overall width, respectively. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.2.2 Determine the outer diameter by measuring the maximum circumference of the tire and dividing the figure so obtained by Pi (3.14). 
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 <I>Performance Requirements.</I> The actual section width and overall width for each tire measured in accordance with S6.1.1.2 shall not exceed the section width specified in a submission made by an individual manufacturer, pursuant to S4.1.1(a) or in one of the publications described in S4.1.1(b) for its size designation and type by more than:
</P>
<P>(a) (For tires with a maximum permissible inflation pressure of 32, 36, or 40 psi) 7 percent, or
</P>
<P>(b) (For tires with a maximum permissible inflation pressure of 240, 280, 300, 340 or 350 kPa) 7 percent or 10 mm (0.4 inches), whichever is larger.
</P>
<P>S6.2 High Speed Performance 
</P>
<P><I>S6.2.1 Test conditions and procedures.</I> 
</P>
<P><I>S6.2.1.1 Preparation of tire.</I> 
</P>
<P>S6.2.1.1.1 Mount the tire on a test rim and inflate it to the pressure specified for the tire in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tire application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test
<br/>pressure
<br/>(kPa)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passenger car tires:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Standard load</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Extra load</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">260
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light truck tires with a nominal cross section ≤295 mm (11.5 inches):
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">320
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">410
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light truck tires with a nominal cross section &gt;295 mm (11.5 inches)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">230
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">320
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">410</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S6.2.1.1.2 Condition the assembly at 32 to 38 °C for not less than 3 hours.
</P>
<P>S6.2.1.1.3 Before or after mounting the assembly on a test axle, readjust the tire pressure to that specified in S6.2.1.1.1. 
</P>
<P><I>S6.2.1.2 Test procedure.</I> 
</P>
<P>S6.2.1.2.1 Press the assembly against the outer face of a test drum with a diameter of 1.70 m ±1%. 
</P>
<P>S6.2.1.2.2 Apply to the test axle a load equal to 85% of the tire's maximum load carrying capacity. 
</P>
<P>S6.2.1.2.3 Break-in the tire by running it for 2 hours at 80 km/h. 
</P>
<P>S6.2.1.2.4 Allow tire to cool to 38 °C and readjust inflation pressure to applicable pressure in 6.2.1.1.1 immediately before the test. 
</P>
<P>S6.2.1.2.5 Throughout the test, the inflation pressure is not corrected and the test load is maintained at the value applied in S6.2.1.2.2. 
</P>
<P>S6.2.1.2.6 During the test, the ambient temperature, measured at a distance of not less than 150 mm and not more than 1 m from the tire, is maintained at not less than 32 °C or more than 38 °C.
</P>
<P>S6.2.1.2.7 The test is conducted, continuously and uninterrupted, for ninety minutes through three thirty-minute consecutive test stages at the following speeds: 140, 150, and 160 km/h. 
</P>
<P>S6.2.1.2.8 Allow the tire to cool for between 15 minutes and 25 minutes. Measure its inflation pressure. Then, deflate the tire, remove it from the test rim, and inspect it for the conditions specified in S6.2.2(a).
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 Performance requirements. When the tire is tested in accordance with S6.2.1:
</P>
<P>(a) There shall be no visual evidence of tread, sidewall, ply, cord, innerliner, belt or bead separation, chunking, open splices, cracking, or broken cords.
</P>
<P>(b) The tire pressure, when measured at any time between 15 minutes and 25 minutes after the end of the test, shall not be less than 95% of the initial pressure specified in S6.2.1.1.1.
</P>
<P>S6.3 Tire Endurance 
</P>
<P><I>S6.3.1 Test conditions and procedures.</I> 
</P>
<P><I>S6.3.1.1 Preparation of Tire.</I> 
</P>
<P>S6.3.1.1.1 Mount the tire on a test rim and inflate it to the pressure specified for the tire in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tire application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test
<br/>pressure
<br/>(kPa)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passenger car tires:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Standard load</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Extra load</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light truck tires with a nominal cross section ≤295 mm (11.5 inches)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">260
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">340
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">410
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light truck tires with a nominal cross section &gt;295 mm (11.5 inches)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">190
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">260
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">340</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S6.3.1.1.2 Condition the assembly at 32 to 38 °C for not less than 3 hours.
</P>
<P>S6.3.1.1.3 Readjust the pressure to the value specified in S6.3.1.1.1 immediately before testing. 
</P>
<P><I>S6.3.1.2 Test Procedure.</I> 
</P>
<P>S6.3.1.2.1 Mount the assembly on a test axle and press it against the outer face of a smooth wheel having a diameter of 1.70 m ±1%. 
</P>
<P>S6.3.1.2.2 During the test, the ambient temperature, at a distance of not less than 150 mm and not more than 1 m from the tire, is maintained at not less than 32 °C or more than 38 °C.
</P>
<P>S6.3.1.2.3 Conduct the test, without interruptions, at the test speed of not less than 120 km/h with loads and test periods not less than those shown in the following table. For snow tires, conduct the test at not less than 110 km/h.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test period 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Duration (hours) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Load as a percentage of tire maximum load rating 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S6.3.1.2.4 Throughout the test, the inflation pressure is not corrected and the test loads are maintained at the value corresponding to each test period, as shown in the table in S6.3.1.2.3. 
</P>
<P>S6.3.1.2.5 Allow the tire to cool for between 15 minutes and 25 minutes after running the tire for the time specified in the table in S6.3.1.2.3, measure its inflation pressure. Inspect the tire externally on the test rim for the conditions specified in S6.3.2(a).
</P>
<P>S6.3.2 Performance requirements. When the tire is tested in accordance with S6.3.1:
</P>
<P>(a) There shall be no visual evidence of tread, sidewall, ply, cord, belt or bead separation, chunking, open splices, cracking or broken cords.
</P>
<P>(b) The tire pressure, when measured at any time between 15 minutes and 25 minutes after the end of the test, shall not be less than 95% of the initial pressure specified in S6.3.1.1.1.
</P>
<P>S6.4 Low Inflation Pressure Performance 
</P>
<P><I>S6.4.1 Test conditions and procedures.</I> 
</P>
<P><I>S6.4.1.1 Preparation of tire.</I> 
</P>
<P>S6.4.1.1.1 This test is conducted following completion of the tire endurance test using the same tire and rim assembly tested in accordance with S6.3 with the tire deflated to the following appropriate pressure:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Tire application
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test
<br/>pressure
<br/>(kPa)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Passenger car tires
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Standard load</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Extra load</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">160
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light truck tires with a nominal cross section ≤295 mm (11.5 inches)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">260
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">320
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Light truck tires with a nominal cross section &gt;295 mm (11.5 inches)
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range C</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">200
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Load Range E</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">260</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S6.4.1.1.2 After the tire is deflated to the appropriate test pressure in S6.4.1.1.1 at the completion of the endurance test, condition the assembly at 32 to 38 °C for not less than 2 hours.
</P>
<P>S6.4.1.1.3 Before or after mounting the assembly on a test axle, readjust the tire pressure to that specified in S6.4.1.1.1. 
</P>
<P><I>S6.4.1.2 Test procedure.</I> 
</P>
<P>S6.4.1.2.1 The test is conducted for ninety minutes at the end of the test specified in S6.3, continuous and uninterrupted, at a speed of 120 km/h (75 mph). For snow tires, conduct the test at not less than 110 km/h.
</P>
<P>S6.4.1.2.2 Press the assembly against the outer face of a test drum with a diameter of 1.70 m + 1%. 
</P>
<P>S6.4.1.2.3 Apply to the test axle a load equal to 100% of the tire's maximum load carrying capacity. 
</P>
<P>S6.4.1.2.4 Throughout the test, the inflation pressure is not corrected and the test load is maintained at the initial level. 
</P>
<P>S6.4.1.2.5 During the test, the ambient temperature, at a distance of not less than 150 mm and not more than 1 m from the tire, is maintained at not less than 32 °C or more than 38 °C.
</P>
<P>S6.4.1.2.6 Allow the tire to cool for between 15 minutes and 25 minutes. Measure its inflation pressure. Then, deflate the tire, remove it from the test rim, and inspect it for the conditions specified in S6.4.2(a).
</P>
<P>S6.4.2 Performance requirements. When the tire is tested in accordance with S6.4.1:
</P>
<P>(a) There shall be no visual evidence of tread, sidewall, ply, cord, innerliner, belt or bead separation, chunking, open splices, cracking, or broken cords, and
</P>
<P>(b) The tire pressure, when measured at any time between 15 minutes and 25 minutes after the end of the test, shall not be less than 95% of the initial pressure specified in S6.4.1.1.1.
</P>
<P><I>S6.5 Tire strength.</I> 
</P>
<P>S6.5.1 <I>Tire strength for passenger car tires.</I> Each tire shall comply with the requirements of S5.3 of § 571.109.
</P>
<P><I>S6.5.2 Tire strength for LT tires.</I> Each tire shall comply with the requirements of S7.3 of § 571.119. 
</P>
<P><I>S6.6 Tubeless tire bead unseating resistance.</I> Each tire shall comply with the requirements of S5.2 of § 571.109. For light truck tires, the maximum permissible inflation pressure to be used for the bead unseating test is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Load Range C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">260 kPa.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Load Range D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">340 kPa.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Load Range E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">410 kPa.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>For light truck tires with a nominal cross section greater than 295 mm (11.5 inches), the maximum permissible inflation pressure to be used for the bead unseating test is as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Load Range C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">190 kPa.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Load Range D</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">260 kPa.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Load Range E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">340 kPa.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S7. <I>Phase-in schedule for tire markings.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Tires manufactured on or after September 1, 2005 and before September 1, 2006.</I> For tires manufactured on or after September 1, 2005 and before September 1, 2006, the number of tires complying with S4, S5.5, S5.5.1, S5.5.2, S5.5.3, S5.5.4, S5.5.5, and S5.5.6 of this standard must be equal to not less than 40% of the manufacturer's production during that period.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Tires manufactured on or after September 1, 2006 and before September 1, 2007.</I> For tires manufactured on or after September 1, 2006 and before September 1, 2007, the number of tires complying with S4, S5.5, S5.5.1, S5.5.2, S5.5.3, S5.5.4, S5.5.5, and S5.5.6 of this standard must be equal to not less than 70% of the manufacturer's production during that period.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Tires manufactured on or after September 1, 2007.</I> Each tire must comply with S4, S5.5, S5.5.1, S5.5.2, S5.5.3, S5.5.4, S5.5.5, and S5.5.6 of this standard.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 69627, Nov. 18, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 38150, June 26, 2003; 69 FR 31319, June 3, 2004; 71 FR 886, Jan. 6, 2006; 72 FR 49211, Aug. 28, 2007; 73 FR 72358, Nov. 28, 2008; 77 FR 760, Jan. 6, 2012; 86 FR 48545, Aug. 31, 2021; 87 FR 34810, June 8, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.141" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.141   Standard No. 141; Minimum Sound Requirements for Hybrid and Electric Vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes performance requirements for pedestrian alert sounds for motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the number of injuries that result from electric and hybrid vehicle crashes with pedestrians by providing a sound level and sound characteristics necessary for these vehicles to be detected and recognized by pedestrians.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to—
</P>
<P>(a) Electric vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 4,536 Kg or less that are passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, or buses;
</P>
<P>(b) Hybrid vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 4,536 Kg or less that are passenger cars, multi-purpose passenger vehicles, trucks, or buses; and
</P>
<P>(c) Electric vehicles and hybrid vehicles that are low speed vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>S4. Definitions. Band</I> or <I>one-third octave band</I> means one of thirteen one-third octave bands having nominal center frequencies ranging from 315 to 5000Hz. These are Bands 25 through 37 as defined in Table A1, Mid-band Frequencies for One-Third-Octave-Band and Octave-Band Filters in the Audio Range, of ANSI S1.11-2004: “Specification for Octave-Band and Fractional-Octave-Band Analog and Digital Filters” (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P><I>Band sum</I> means the combination of Sound Pressure Levels (SPLs) from selected bands that produce an SPL representing the sound in all of these bands. Band sum is calculated with the following equation:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er14de16.018.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>SPL<E T="52">i</E> is the sound pressure level in each selected band.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P><I>Electric vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle with an electric motor as its sole means of propulsion.
</P>
<P><I>Front plane</I> of the vehicle means a vertical plane tangent to the leading edge of the vehicle during forward operation.
</P>
<P><I>Hybrid vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle which has more than one means of propulsion for which the vehicle's propulsion system can propel the vehicle in the normal travel mode in at least one forward drive gear or reverse without the internal combustion engine operating.
</P>
<P><I>Rear plane</I> means a vertical plane tangent to the leading edge of the rear of the vehicle during operation in reverse.
</P>
<P><I>Trim level</I> is defined to mean a subset of vehicles within the same model designation with the same body type and which are alike in their general level of standard equipment, such as a “base” trim level of a vehicle model. Vehicles with only minor trim differences that are unlikely to affect vehicle-emitted sound are not considered different for the purposes of this safety standard.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> Subject to the phase-in set forth in S9 of this standard, each hybrid and electric vehicle must meet the requirements specified in either S5.1 or S5.2. subject to the requirements in S5.3. Each vehicle must also meet the requirements in S5.4 and S5.5.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Performance requirements for four-band alert sounds.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Stationary.</I> When stationary the vehicle must satisfy S5.1.1.1 and S5.1.1.2 whenever the vehicle's propulsion system is activated and:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a vehicle with an automatic transmission, the vehicle's gear selector is in Neutral or any gear position other than Park that provides forward vehicle propulsion;
</P>
<P>(iii) in the case of a vehicle with a manual transmission, the vehicle's parking brake is released and the gear selector is not in Reverse.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1.1 For <I>detection,</I> the vehicle must emit a sound having at least the A-weighted sound pressure level according to Table 1 in each of four non-adjacent bands spanning no fewer than 9 of the 13 bands from 315 to 5000 Hz.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1.2 For <I>directivity,</I> the vehicle must emit a sound measured at the microphone on the line CC' having at least the A-weighted sound pressure level according to Table 1 in each of four non-adjacent bands spanning no fewer than 9 of the 13 bands from 315 to 5000Hz.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—One-Third Octave Band Min. SPL Requirements for Sound When Stationary and Constant Speeds Less Than 10km/h
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">One-third octave band center frequency, Hz
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Min SPL,
<br/>A-weighted dB
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">630</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Reverse.</I> For vehicles capable of rearward self-propulsion, whenever the vehicle's gear selector is in the Reverse position, the vehicle must emit a sound having at least the A-weighted sound pressure level according to Table 2 in each of four non-adjacent bands spanning no fewer than 9 of the 13 bands from 315 to 5000Hz.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—One-Third Octave Band Min. SPL Requirements for Sound while in Reverse
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">One-third octave band center frequency, Hz
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Min SPL,
<br/>A-weighted dB
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">630</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.1.3 <I>Constant pass-by speeds greater than 0 km/h but less than 20 km/h.</I> When at a constant speed greater than 0 km/h but less than 20 km/h the vehicle must emit a sound having at least the A-weighted sound pressure level according to Table 1 or Table 3 as applicable based upon vehicle test speed in each of four non-adjacent bands spanning no fewer than 9 of the 13 bands from 315 to 5000 Hz.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—One-Third Octave Band Min. SPL Requirements for Constant Pass-by Speeds Greater Than or Equal to 10 km/h but Less Than 20 km/h
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">One-third octave band center frequency, Hz
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Min SPL,
<br/>A-weighted dB
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">630</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.1.4 <I>Constant pass-by speeds greater than or equal to 20km/h but less than 30 km/h.</I> When at a constant speed equal to or greater than 20 km/h but less than 30 km/h the vehicle must emit a sound having at least the A-weighted sound pressure level according to Table 4 in each of four non-adjacent bands spanning no fewer than 9 of the 13 bands from 315 to 5000 Hz.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4—One-Third Octave Band Min. SPL Requirements for Constant Pass-by Speeds Greater Than or Equal to 20 km/h but Less Than 30 km/h
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">One-third octave band center frequency, Hz
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Min SPL,
<br/>A-weighted dB
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">630</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.1.5 <I>Constant 30km/h pass-by.</I> When at a constant speed of 30-32 km/h the vehicle must emit a sound having at least the A-weighted sound pressure level according to Table 5 in each of four non-adjacent bands spanning no fewer than 9 of the 13 bands from 315 to 5000 Hz.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 5—One-Third Octave Band Min. SPL Requirements for 30-32 km/h Pass-By
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">One-third octave band center frequency, Hz
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Min SPL,
<br/>A-weighted dB
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">315</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">630</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">800</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.2 <I>Performance requirements for two-band alert sounds.</I> When operating under the vehicle speed conditions specified in Table 6, the vehicle must emit sound having two non-adjacent one-third octave bands from 315 to 3150 Hz each having at least the A-weighted sound pressure level according to the minimum SPL requirements in Table 6 and spanning no fewer than three one-third octave bands from 315 to 3150 Hz. One of the two bands meeting the minimum requirements in Table 6 shall be the band that has the highest SPL of the 315 to 800 Hz bands and the second band shall be the band meeting the minimum requirements in Table 6 that has the highest SPL of the 1000 to 3150 Hz bands. The two bands used to meet the two-band minimum requirements must also meet the band sum requirements as specified in Table 6.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 6—One-Third Octave Band Minimum Requirements for Two-Band Alert
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Vehicle speed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">A-weighted SPL, dB(A)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum in
<br/>each band
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Band sum
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reverse</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stationary and up to but not including 10 km/h</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 km/h up to but not including 20 km/h</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 km/h up to but not including 30 km/h</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30 km/h</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.2.1 When tested according to the test procedure in S7.1 the vehicle must emit a sound measured at the microphone on the line CC' having at least two non-adjacent octave bands from 315 to 3150 Hz each having at least the A-weighted sound pressure level, indicated in the “Minimum in Each Band” column in Table 6 for the “Stationary up to but not including 10 km/h” condition. The two bands used to meet the two-band minimum requirements must also meet the Band Sum as specified in Table 6.
</P>
<P>S5.3 If a hybrid vehicle to which this standard applies is evaluated for compliance with requirements in S5.1.1 through S5.1.5 or S5.2 (Stationary, Reverse, Pass-by at 10 km/h, 20 km/h, and 30 km/h, respectively), and during testing to any one of those requirements the vehicle is measured for ten consecutive times without recording a valid measurement, or for a total of 20 times without recording four valid measurements because the vehicle's ICE remains active for the entire duration of a measurement or the vehicle's ICE activates intermittently during every measurement, the vehicle is exempted from meeting the specific requirement that was under evaluation at the time the ICE interfered in the prescribed manner.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Relative volume change to signify acceleration and deceleration.</I> The sound produced by the vehicle in accordance with paragraph S5 shall change in volume, as calculated in S7.6, from one critical operating condition to the next in accordance with the requirements in Table 7.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 7—Minimum Relative Volume Change Requirements
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Critical operating speed intervals
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Minimum
<br/>relative
<br/>volume
<br/>change,
<br/>dB
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Between:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Stationary and 10 km/h</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10 km/h and 20 km/h</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">20 km/h and 30 km/h</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.5 <I>Sameness requirement</I>
</P>
<P>S5.5.1 Any two vehicles of the same make, model, model year, body type, and trim level (as those terms are defined in 49 CFR 565.12 or in section S4 of this safety standard) to which this safety standard applies shall be designed to have the same pedestrian alert sound when operating under the same test conditions and at the same speed including any test conditions and speeds for which an alert sound is required in Section S5 of this safety standard.
</P>
<P>S5.5.2 For the purposes of this requirement, the pedestrian alert sound of vehicles which meet the applicable requirements in S5.1 through S5.4 of this standard are deemed to be the same if the digital source of the sound, if any, is the same and if the algorithms that either generate the sound directly or process the digital source to generate the sound are the same.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test Conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Weather conditions.</I> The ambient conditions specified by this section will be met at all times during the tests described in S7. Conditions will be measured with the accuracy required in S6.3.3 at the microphone height specified in S6.4 ±0.02 m.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 The ambient temperature will be between 5 °C (41 °F) and 40 °C (104 °F).
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 The maximum wind speed at the microphone height is no greater than 5 m/s (11 mph), including gusts.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3 No precipitation and the test surface is dry.
</P>
<P>S6.1.4 <I>Background noise level.</I> The background noise level will be measured and reported as specified in S6.7, <I>Ambient correction.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Test surface.</I> Test surface will meet the requirements of ISO 10844:1994, ISO 10844:2011, or ISO 10844:2014 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Instrumentation.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.1 <I>Acoustical measurement.</I> Instruments for acoustical measurement will meet the requirements of S5.1 of SAE J2889-1 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S6.3.2 <I>Vehicle speed measurement.</I> Instruments used to measure vehicle speed during the constant speed pass-by tests in S7 of this standard will be capable of either continuous measurement of speed within ±0.5 km/h over the entire measurement zone specified in S6.4 or independent measurements of speed within ±0.2 km/h at the beginning and end of the measurement zone specified in S6.4.
</P>
<P>S6.3.3 <I>Meteorological instrumentation.</I> Instruments used to measure ambient conditions at the test site will meet the requirements of S5.3 of SAE J2889-1 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Test site.</I> The test site will be established per the requirements of 6.1 of SAE J2889-1 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), including Figure 1, “Test Site Dimensions” with the definitions of the abbreviations in Figure 1 as given in Table 1of SAE J2889-1 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). Microphone positions will meet the requirements of 7.1.1 of SAE J2889-1 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>Test set up for directivity measurement</I> will be as per S6.4 with the addition of one microphone meeting the requirements of S6.3.1 placed on the line CC', 2m forward of the line PP' at a height of 1.2m above ground level.
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Vehicle condition</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The vehicle's doors are shut and locked and windows are shut.
</P>
<P>(b) All accessory equipment (air conditioner, wipers, heat, HVAC fan, audio/video systems, etc.) that can be shut down, will be off. Propulsion battery cooling fans and pumps and other components of the vehicle's propulsion battery thermal management system are not considered accessory equipment. During night time testing test vehicle headlights may be activated.
</P>
<P>(c) Vehicle's electric propulsion batteries, if any, are charged according to the requirements of S7.1.2.2 of SAE J2889-1 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). If propulsion batteries must be recharged during testing to ensure internal combustion engine does not activate, manufacturer instructions will be followed.
</P>
<P>(d) Vehicle test weight, including the driver and instrumentation, will be evenly distributed between the left and right side of the vehicle and will not exceed the vehicle's GVWR or GAWR:
</P>
<P>(1) For passenger cars, and MPVs, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) or less, the vehicle test weight is the unloaded vehicle weight plus 180 kg (396 pounds);
</P>
<P>(2) For LSVs, the test weight is the unloaded vehicle weight plus 78 kg (170 pounds).
</P>
<P>(e) Tires will be free of all debris and each tire's cold tire inflation pressure set to:
</P>
<P>(1) For passenger cars, and MPVs, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) or less, the inflation pressure specified on the vehicle placard in FMVSS No. 110;
</P>
<P>(2) For LSVs, the inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer for GVWR; if none is specified, the maximum inflation pressure listed on the sidewall of the tires.
</P>
<P>(f) Tires are conditioned by driving the test vehicle around a circle 30 meters (100 feet) in diameter at a speed that produces a lateral acceleration of 0.5 to 0.6 g for three clockwise laps followed by three counterclockwise laps;
</P>
<P>S6.7 <I>Ambient correction.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.7.1 Measure the ambient noise for at least 30 seconds immediately before and after each series of vehicle tests. A series is a test condition, <I>i.e.</I> stationary, reverse, 10 km/h pass-by test, 20 km/h pass-by test, or 30 km/h pass-by test. Ambient noise data files will be collected from each microphone required by the test procedures in S7.
</P>
<P>S6.7.2 For each microphone, determine the minimum A-weighted overall ambient SPL during the 60 seconds (or more) of recorded ambient noise consisting of at least 30 seconds recorded immediately before and at least 30 seconds immediately after each test series.
</P>
<P>S6.7.3 For each microphone, compute an ambient level for each of the 13 one-third octave bands using the time that is associated with the minimum A-weighted overall ambient identified in S6.7.2 of this section.
</P>
<P>S6.7.4 To correct overall SPL values for ambient noise, calculate the difference, for each microphone, between the measured overall SPL values for a test vehicle obtained in sections S7.1.4(b) and S7.3.4(b) and the minimum overall ambient SPL values determined in S6.7.2, above. Using Table 8, determine a correction factor for each microphone. Subtract the correction factor from the overall SPL value measured under sections S7.1.4(b) and S7.3.4(b) to calculate the corrected overall SPL value. Any test for which the minimum overall SPL of the ambient is within 3 dB of the uncorrected overall SPL of the vehicle is invalid and not analyzed further.
</P>
<P>S6.7.5 To correct one-third octave band sound levels for ambient noise, calculate the difference, for each microphone, between the uncorrected level for a one-third octave band (obtained in sections S7.1.5(b), S7.1.6(b) and S7.3.5(b)) and the minimum ambient level in the same one-third octave band as determined in S6.7.3. Use Table 9 to determine if a correction is required for each microphone and one-third octave band. If a correction is required, subtract the appropriate correction factor in Table 9 from the uncorrected one-third octave band sound level to calculate the corrected level for each one-third octave band. If the level of any ambient one-third octave band is within 3 dB of the corresponding uncorrected one-third octave band level, then that one-third octave band is invalid and not analyzed further.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 8—Overall SPL Corrections for Ambient Noise
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Difference between vehicle measurement and ambient noise level
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Correction
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 10 dB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 dB.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 8 dB but less than or equal to 10 dB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5 dB.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 6 dB but less than or equal to 8 dB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 dB.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 4.5 dB but less than or equal to 6 dB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 dB.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 3 dB but less than or equal to 4.5 dB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 dB.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than or equal to 3 dB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Invalid test run.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 9—1/3 Octave Band Corrections for Ambient Noise
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Difference between vehicle 1/3 octave band sound pressure level
<br/>and ambient noise level
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Correction
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 6 dB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 dB.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 4.5 dB but less than or equal to 6 dB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5 dB.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Greater than 3 dB but less than or equal to 4.5 dB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5 dB.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than or equal to 3 dB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Specific 1/3 octave band is not useable.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S7. Test Procedure.
</P>
<P>S7.1 Stationary vehicle in forward gear.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1 Execute stationary tests and collect acoustic sound files.
</P>
<P>(a) Position the vehicle with the front plane at the line PP', the vehicle centerline on the line CC' and the starting system deactivated. For vehicle equipped with a Park position, place the vehicle's gear selector in “Park” and engage the parking brake. For vehicles not equipped with a Park position, place the vehicle's gear selector in “Neutral” and engage the parking brake. Activate the starting system to energize the vehicle's propulsion system.
</P>
<P>(b) For vehicles equipped with a Park position for the gear selector, after activating the starting system to energize the vehicle's propulsion system, apply and maintain a full application of the service brake, disengage the vehicle parking brake and then place the vehicle's gear selector in “Drive,” or any forward gear. For vehicles not equipped with a Park position for the gear selector, after activating the starting system to energize the vehicle's propulsion system, apply and maintain a full application of the service brake, disengage the vehicle parking brake, disengage the manual clutch (fully depress and hold the clutch pedal), and place the vehicle's gear selector in any forward gear.
</P>
<P>(c) Execute multiple tests to acquire at least four valid tests within 2 dBA overall SPL in accordance with S7.1.2 and S7.1.3. For each test, measure the sound emitted by the stationary test vehicle for a duration of 10 seconds.
</P>
<P>(d) During each test a left (driver's side), a right (passenger side), and a front-center acoustic file will be recorded.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2. Eliminate invalid tests.
</P>
<P>(a) Determine validity of sound files collected during S7.1.1 tests. Measurements that contain any distinct, transient, loud sounds (<I>e.g.,</I> chirping birds, overhead planes, trains, car doors being slammed, etc.) are considered invalid. Measurements that contain sounds emitted by any vehicle system that is automatically activated and constantly engaged during the entire 10 second performance test are considered valid. Measurements that contain sound emitted by any vehicle system that is automatically activated and intermittently engaged at any time during the stationary performance test, are considered invalid. Additionally, when testing a hybrid vehicle with an internal combustion engine, measurements that include sound emitted by the ICE either intermittently or continuously are considered invalid. A valid test requires a valid left side, a valid right side, and a valid front-center acoustic sound file.
</P>
<P>(b) Sequentially number all tests which are deemed valid based upon the chronological order in which they were conducted. Acoustic files will be identified with a test sequence number and their association with the left side, right side, or front center microphone.
</P>
<P>S7.1.3 Identify first four valid tests within 2dBA.
</P>
<P>(a) For each valid test sound file identified in S7.1.2, determine a maximum overall SPL value, in decibels. Each SPL value will be reported to the nearest tenth of a decibel.
</P>
<P>(b) Compare the first four left-side SPL values from S7.1.3(a) of this paragraph, and determine the range by taking the difference between the largest and smallest of the four values. In the same manner, determine the range of SPL values for the first four right-side and the first four front-center sound files. If the range for the left side, right side, and front-center are all less than or equal to 2.0 dB, then the twelve sound files associated with the first four valid tests will be used for the one-third octave band evaluations in S7.1.5. and S7.1.6. If the range of the SPL values for the left side are not within 2 dBA, or for the right side are not within 2 dBA, or for the front-center of the vehicle are not within 2 dBA, an iterative process will be used to consider sound files from additional sequential tests until the range for all three microphone locations are within 2 dBA for the same sequence number recordings for all three locations.
</P>
<P>S7.1.4 Compare the average overall SPL for the left and right side of the test vehicle to determine which is lower.
</P>
<P>(a) Document the maximum overall SPL values in each of the eight acoustic data files (four left side files and four right side files) identified in S7.1.3.
</P>
<P>(b) Correct each of the eight SPL values from S7.1.4(a) according to S6.7 using the ambient sound level recorded during the test. The results will be reported to the nearest tenth of a decibel.
</P>
<P>(c) Calculate a left-side average and a right-side average from the ambient-corrected overall SPL values from S71.4(b), and determine the lower of the two sides. The result will be reported to the nearest tenth of a decibel.
</P>
<P>(d) If the left-side value from S7.1.4(c) is the lower one, then the left side acoustic data will be further evaluated for compliance at the one-third octave band levels in accordance with S7.1.5. If the left-side value from S7.1.4(c) is not the lower one, the right-side acoustic data will be further evaluated for compliance at the one-third octave band level in accordance with S7.1.5.
</P>
<P>S7.1.5 Select one-third octave bands to be used for evaluating compliance with detection requirements for a stationary vehicle.
</P>
<P>(a) For each of the four left-side or right-side acoustic files, which ever was selected in S7.1.4, determine the sound pressure level in each one-third octave band from 315 Hz up to and including 5000 Hz.
</P>
<P>(b) Correct the one-third octave band levels in all four sound files to adjust for the ambient sound level recorded during the test according to paragraph S6.7.
</P>
<P>(c) For each one-third octave band, average the corrected levels from the four sound files. The results will be reported to the nearest tenth of a decibel.
</P>
<P>(d) For alerts designed to meet the four-band requirements of S5.1 of this standard:
</P>
<P>(i) Select any four one-third octave bands that are non-adjacent to each other and that span a range of at least nine one-third octave bands in the range of 315 Hz up to and including 5000 Hz to evaluate according to paragraph S7.1.5(d)(ii). This step will be repeated until compliance is established or it is determined that no combination meeting this selection criterion can satisfy paragraph S7.1.5(d)(ii).
</P>
<P>(ii) Compare the average corrected sound pressure level from S7.1.5(c) in each of the four one-third octave bands selected in paragraph S7.1.5(d)(i) to the required minimum level of the corresponding one-third octave band specified in paragraph S5.1.1, Table 1, to determine compliance.
</P>
<P>(e) For alerts designed to meet the two-band requirements of S5.2 of this standard:
</P>
<P>(i) Select the two one-third octave bands, one below 1000 Hz and one at or above 1000 Hz, having the largest A-weighted SPL values within the range of 315 Hz up to 3150 Hz and that are non-adjacent to each other to evaluate according to S7.1.5(e)(ii), below. In the event that the pair of bands with the largest SPL values are the 800 Hz and 1000 Hz bands, then select both of the following pairs to evaluate according S7.1.5(e)(ii): The 800 Hz band along with the band having the second-largest A-weighted SPL value from the 1000 Hz and above bands; and, the 1000 Hz band along with the band having the second-largest A-weighted SPL value from the 800 Hz and below bands. At least one of the band pairs selected as specified in this paragraph shall meet the minimum requirements when evaluated according to S7.1.5(e)(ii).
</P>
<P>(ii) Compare the average corrected sound pressure level from S7.1.5(c) in each of the two one-third octave bands selected in paragraph S7.1.5(e)(i) to the required minimum level of the corresponding one-third octave band specified in paragraph S5.2, Table 6. Also, compare the band sum of the two bands to the required minimum band sum in Table 6.
</P>
<P>S7.1.6 Select one-third octave bands to be used for evaluating compliance with directivity requirements for a stationary vehicle.
</P>
<P>(a) Determine the one-third octave band levels associated with the four front center sound files selected in S7.1.3.
</P>
<P>(b) The identified one-third octave band levels in each of the four sound files will be corrected for the measured ambient levels as specified in paragraph S6.7.
</P>
<P>(c) The four corrected sound pressure level values calculated from each of the four sound files in each one-third octave band will be averaged together to get the average corrected sound pressure level in each one-third octave band.
</P>
<P>(d) For alerts designed to meet the four-band requirements of S5.1 of this standard:
</P>
<P>(i) Select any four one-third octave bands that are non-adjacent to each other and that span a range of at least nine one-third octave bands in the range of 315 Hz up to and including 5000 Hz to evaluate according to paragraph S7.1.6(d)(ii). This step will be repeated until compliance is established or it is determined that no combination meeting this selection criterion can satisfy paragraph S7.1.6(d)(ii).
</P>
<P>(ii) Compare the average corrected sound pressure level from S7.1.6(c) in each of the four one-third octave bands selected in paragraph S7.1.6(d)(i) to the required minimum level of the corresponding one-third octave band specified in paragraph S5.1.1, Table 1, to determine compliance.
</P>
<P>(e) For alerts designed to meet the two-band requirements of S5.2 of this standard:
</P>
<P>(i) Select the two one-third octave bands, one below 1000 Hz and one at or above 1000 Hz, having the largest A-weighted SPL values within the range of 315 Hz up to 3150 Hz and that are non-adjacent to each other to evaluate according to S7.1.6(e)(ii), below. In the event that the pair of bands with the largest SPL values are the 800 Hz and 1000 Hz bands, then select both of the following pairs to evaluate according S7.1.6(e)(ii): The 800 Hz band along with the band having the second-largest A-weighted SPL value from the 1000 Hz and above bands; and, the 1000 Hz band along with the band having the second-largest A-weighted SPL value from the 800 Hz and below bands. At least one of the band pairs selected as specified in this paragraph shall meet the minimum requirements when evaluated according to S7.1.6(e)(ii), below.
</P>
<P>(ii) Compare the average corrected sound pressure level from S7.1.6(c) in each of the two one-third octave bands selected in paragraph S7.1.6(e)(i) to the required minimum level of the corresponding one-third octave band specified in paragraph S5.2, Table 6. Also, compare the band sum of the two bands to the required minimum band sum in Table 6.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Stationary vehicle in reverse gear.</I> Test the vehicle per S7.1.1 through S7.1.5 except that the rear plane of the vehicle is placed on the PP' line, no center microphone is used, and the vehicle's transmission gear selector is placed in the `Reverse' position. The minimum sound level requirements for the Reverse test condition are contained in S5.1.2, Table 2, for four-band compliance and in S5.2, Table 6, for two-band compliance.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Constant speed pass-by tests at speeds greater than 0 km/h but less than 20 km/h.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.3.1 Execute pass-by tests at 11km/h (±1 km/h) and collect acoustic sound files.
</P>
<P>(a) For each test, measure the sound emitted by the test vehicle while at a constant speed of 11km/h (± 1km/h) throughout the measurement zone specified in S6.4 between lines AA' and PP'. Execute multiple test runs at 11km/h (±1km/h) to acquire at least four valid tests within 2dBA in accordance with S7.3.2 and S7.3.3.
</P>
<P>(b) During each test, record a left (driver's side) and a right (passenger side) acoustic sound file.
</P>
<P>S7.3.2 Eliminate invalid tests and acoustic sound files
</P>
<P>(a) Determine validity of sound files collected during S7.3.1 tests. Measurements that contain any distinct, transient, background sounds (<I>e.g.,</I> chirping birds, overhead planes, car doors being slammed, etc.) are considered invalid. Measurements that contain sounds emitted by any vehicle system that is automatically activated and constantly engaged during the entire performance test are considered valid. Measurements that contain sound emitted by any vehicle system that is automatically activated, and intermittently engaged at any time during the performance test, are considered invalid. Additionally, when testing a hybrid vehicle with an internal combustion engine that runs intermittently during a specific test, measurements that contain sound emitted by the ICE are considered invalid. A valid test requires both a valid left side and a valid right side acoustic sound file.
</P>
<P>(b) Tests which are deemed valid will be numbered sequentially based upon the chronological order in which they were collected. Sound files will retain their test sequence number and their association with the left side or right side microphone.
</P>
<P>S7.3.3 Identify “first four valid tests within 2 dBA”.
</P>
<P>(a) For each valid test sound file identified in S7.3.2, determine a maximum overall SPL value, in decibels. The SPL value will be reported to the nearest tenth of a decibel.
</P>
<P>(b) Compare the first four left side maximum overall SPL values. Of the four SPL values calculate the difference between the largest and smallest maximum SPL values. The same process will be used to determine the difference between the largest and smallest maximum SPL values for the first four right side maximum SPL values. If the difference values on the left and right sides of the test vehicle are both less than or equal to 2.0 dB, then the eight sound files associated with the first four valid tests will be used for the final one-third octave band evaluation in accordance with S7.3.4. and S7.3.5. If the first four test sound files on each side of the vehicle are not within 2 dBA, an iterative process will be used to consider sound files from additional sequential tests until the range for both microphone locations are within 2 dBA for the same sequence number recordings for both locations.
</P>
<P>S7.3.4 Determine average overall SPL value on each side (left and right) of test vehicle.
</P>
<P>(a) Document the maximum overall SPL value in decibels for each of the eight acoustic sound data files (four left-side files and four right-side files) identified in S7.3.3.
</P>
<P>(b) Each of the eight acoustic sound data file maximum overall SPL values will be corrected for the recorded ambient conditions as specified in paragraph S6.7. The test results will be reported to the nearest tenth of a decibel.
</P>
<P>(c) Calculate the average of the four overall ambient-corrected SPL values on each side of the vehicle to derive one corrected maximum overall SPL value for each side of the vehicle. The result will be reported to the nearest tenth of a decibel.
</P>
<P>(d) The side of the vehicle with the lowest average corrected maximum overall SPL value will be the side of the vehicle that is further evaluated for compliance at the one-third octave band levels in accordance with S7.3.5.
</P>
<P>S7.3.5 Select one-third octave bands to be used for evaluating compliance with the constant speed pass-by requirements.
</P>
<P>(a) The side of the vehicle selected in S7.3.4 will have four associated individual acoustic sound data files. Each sound file shall be broken down into its one-third octave band levels.
</P>
<P>(b) The identified octave band levels in each of the four sound files will be corrected for the measured ambient levels as specified in paragraph S6.7.
</P>
<P>(c) The four corrected sound pressure level values calculated from each of the four sound files in each one-third octave band will be averaged together to get the average corrected sound pressure level in each one-third octave band.
</P>
<P>(d) For alerts designed to meet the four-band requirements of S5.1 of this standard:
</P>
<P>(i) Select any four one-third octave bands that are non-adjacent to each other and that span a range of at least nine one-third octave bands in the range of 315 Hz up to and including 5000 Hz to evaluate according to paragraph S7.3.5(d)(ii). This step will be repeated until compliance is established or it is determined that no combination meeting this selection criterion can satisfy paragraph S7.3.5(d)(ii).
</P>
<P>(ii) Compare the average corrected sound pressure level from S7.3.5(c) in each of the four one-third octave bands selected in paragraph S7.3.5(d)(i) to the required minimum level of the corresponding one-third octave band specified in paragraph S5.1.3, Table 3, to determine compliance.
</P>
<P>(e) For alerts designed to meet the two-band requirements of S5.2 of this standard:
</P>
<P>(i) Select the two one-third octave bands, one below 1000 Hz and one at or above 1000 Hz, having the largest A-weighted SPL values within the range of 315 Hz up to 3150 Hz and that are non-adjacent to each other to evaluate according to S7.3.5(e)(ii), below. In the event that the pair of bands with the largest SPL values are the 800 Hz and 1000 Hz bands, then select both of the following pairs to evaluate according S7.3.5(e)(ii): The 800 Hz band along with the band having the second-largest A-weighted SPL value from the 1000 Hz and above bands; and, the 1000 Hz band along with the band having the second-largest A-weighted SPL value from the 800 Hz and below bands. At least one of the band pairs selected as specified in this paragraph shall meet the minimum requirements when evaluated according to S7.3.5(e)(ii), below.
</P>
<P>(ii) Compare the average corrected sound pressure level from S7.3.5(c) in each of the two one-third octave bands selected in paragraph S7.3.5(e)(i) to the required minimum level of the corresponding one-third octave band specified in paragraph S5.2, Table 6. Also, compare the band sum of the two bands to the required minimum band sum in Table 6.
</P>
<P>S7.3.6 The procedures in S7.3.1 through S7.3.5 may be repeated for any pass-by test speed greater than 0 km/h and less than 20 km/h. For test speeds greater than 0 km/h and less than 10 km/h, the minimum sound level requirements are contained in S5.1.1, Table 1, for four-band compliance and in S5.2, Table 6, for two-band compliance. For test speeds greater than or equal to 10 km/h and less than 20 km/h, the minimum sound level requirements are contained in S5.1.3, Table 3, for 4-band compliance and in S5.2, Table 6, for 2-band compliance.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Pass-by tests at speeds greater than or equal to 20 km/h and less than 30 km/h.</I> Repeat the procedures of S7.3 at 21 km/h ± 1 km/h. The procedures in S7.3 also may be repeated for any pass-by test speed greater than 20 km/h and less than 30 km/h. For this range of test speeds, the minimum sound level requirements are contained in S5.1.4, Table 4, for four-band compliance and in S5.2, Table 6, for two-band compliance.
</P>
<P>S7.5 <I>Pass-by tests at 30 km/h.</I> Repeat the procedures of S7.3 at 31 km/h ± 1 km/h. For this test speed, the minimum sound level requirements are contained in S5.1.5, Table 5, for four-band compliance and in S5.2, Table 6, for two-band compliance.
</P>
<P>S7.6 <I>Relative volume change.</I> The valid test run data selected for each critical operating scenario in S7.1 (S7.1.5(c)), S7.3 (S7.3.5(c)), S7.4 and S7.5 will be used to derive relative volume change as required in S5.4 as follows:
</P>
<P>S7.6.1 Calculate the average sound pressure level for each of the 13 one-third octave bands (315 Hz to 5000 Hz) using the four valid test runs identified for each critical operating scenario from S7.1.3 and S7.3.3 (stationary, 10 km/h (11±1km/h), 20 km/h (21±1km/h), and 30 km/h (31±1km/h)).
</P>
<P>S7.6.2 For each critical operating scenario, normalize the levels of the 13 one-third octave bands by subtracting the corresponding minimum SPL values specified in Table 1 for the stationary operating condition from each of the one-third octave band averages calculated in S7.6.1.
</P>
<P>S7.6.3 Calculate the NORMALIZED BAND SUM for each critical operating scenario (stationary, 10 km/h (11±1km/h), 20 km/h (21±1km/h), and 30 km/h (31±1km/h)) as follows:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er14de16.019.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2><I>i</I> represents the 13 one-third octave bands and <I>Normalized Band Level</I><E T="54">i</E> is the normalized one-third octave band value derived in S7.6.2.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>S7.6.4 Calculate the relative volume change between critical operating scenarios (stationary to 10km/h; 10km/h to 20 km/h; 20km/h to 30 km/h) by subtracting the NORMALIZED BAND SUM of the lower speed operating scenario from the NORMALIZED BAND SUM of the next higher speed operating scenario. <I>For example, the relative volume change between 10 km/h (11±1km/h) and 20 km/h (21±1km/h) would be the</I> NORMALIZED BAND SUM <I>level at 21±1km/h minus the</I> NORMALIZED BAND SUM <I>level at 11±1km/h.</I>
</P>
<P>S8 <I>Prohibition on altering the sound of a vehicle subject to this standard.</I> No entity subject to the authority of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration may:
</P>
<P>(a) Disable, alter, replace, or modify any element of a vehicle installed as original equipment for purposes of complying with this Standard, except in connection with a repair of a vehicle malfunction or to remedy a defect or non-compliance; or
</P>
<P>(b) Provide any person with any mechanism, equipment, process, or device intended to disable, alter, replace, or modify the sound emitting capability of a vehicle subject to this standard, except in connection with a repair of vehicle malfunction or to remedy a defect or non-compliance.
</P>
<P>S9 <I>Phase-in schedule.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1 <I>Hybrid and Electric Vehicles manufactured on or after March 1, 2020, and before February 28, 2021.</I> For hybrid and electric vehicles to which this standard applies manufactured on and after March 1, 2020, and before March 1, 2021, except vehicles produced by small volume manufacturers, the quantity of hybrid and electric vehicles complying with this safety standard shall be not less than 50 percent of one or both of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) A manufacturer's average annual production of hybrid and electric vehicles on and after September 1, 2016, and before September 1, 2019;
</P>
<P>(b) A manufacturer's total production of hybrid and electric vehicles on and after March 1, 2020, and before March 1, 2021.
</P>
<P>S9.2 <I>Hybrid and Electric Vehicles manufactured on or after March 1, 2021.</I> All hybrid and electric vehicles to which this standard applies manufactured on or after March 1, 2021, shall comply with this safety standard.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 90514, Dec. 14, 2016, as amended at 83 FR 8196, Feb. 26, 2018; 85 FR 54280, Sept. 1, 2020; 87 FR 41625, July 13, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.201" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.201   Standard No. 201; Occupant protection in interior impact.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements to afford impact protection for occupants. 
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars and to multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks designed to carry at least one person, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kilograms or less, except that the requirements of S6 do not apply to buses with a GVWR of more than 3,860 kilograms.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions.</I> 
</P>
<P><I>A-pillar</I> means any pillar that is entirely forward of a transverse vertical plane passing through the seating reference point of the driver's designated seating position or, if there is no driver's designated seating position, any pillar that is entirely forward of a transverse vertical plane passing through the seating reference point of the rearmost designated seating position in the front row of seats.
</P>
<P><I>Ambulance</I> means a motor vehicle designed exclusively for the purpose of emergency medical care, as evidenced by the presence of a passenger compartment to accommodate emergency medical personnel, one or more patients on litters or cots, and equipment and supplies for emergency care at a location or during transport. 
</P>
<P><I>B-pillar</I> means the forwardmost pillar on each side of the vehicle that is, in whole or in part, rearward of a transverse vertical plane passing through the seating reference point of the driver's designated seating position or, if there is no driver's designated seating position, the forwardmost pillar on each side of the vehicle that is, in whole or in part, rearward of a transverse vertical plane passing through the seating reference point of the rearmost designated seating position in the front row of seats, unless:
</P>
<P>(1) There is only one pillar rearward of that plane and it is also a rearmost pillar; or
</P>
<P>(2) There is a door frame rearward of the A-pillar and forward of any other pillar or rearmost pillar.
</P>
<P><I>Brace</I> means a fixed diagonal structural member in an open body vehicle that is used to brace the roll-bar and that connects the roll-bar to the main body of the vehicle structure. 
</P>
<P><I>Convertible</I> means a vehicle whose A-pillars are not joined with the B-pillars (or rearmost pillars) by a fixed, rigid structural member. 
</P>
<P><I>Convertible roof frame</I> means the frame of a convertible roof. 
</P>
<P><I>Convertible roof linkage mechanism</I> means any anchorage, fastener, or device necessary to deploy a convertible roof frame. 
</P>
<P><I>Daylight opening</I> means, for openings on the side of the vehicle, other than a door opening, the locus of all points where a horizontal line, perpendicular to the vehicle longitudinal centerline, is tangent to the periphery of the opening. For openings on the front and rear of the vehicle, other than a door opening, <I>daylight opening</I> means the locus of all points where a horizontal line, parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline, is tangent to the periphery of the opening. If the horizontal line is tangent to the periphery at more than one point at any location, the most inboard point is used to determine the daylight opening. 
</P>
<P><I>Door frame</I> means the rearmost perimeter structure, including trim but excluding glass, of the forward door and the forwardmost perimeter structure, including trim but excluding glass, of the rear door of a pair of adjacent side doors that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Have opposing hinges; 
</P>
<P>(2) Latch together without engaging or contacting an intervening pillar; 
</P>
<P>(3) Are forward of any pillar other than the A-pillar on the same side of the vehicle; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Are rearward of the A-pillar. 
</P>
<P><I>Door opening</I> means, for door openings on the side of the vehicle, the locus of all points where a horizontal line, perpendicular to the vehicle longitudinal centerline, is tangent to the periphery of the side door opening. For door openings on the back end of the vehicle, <I>door opening</I> means the locus of all points where a horizontal line, parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline, is tangent to the periphery of the back door opening. If the horizontal line is tangent to the periphery at more than one point at any location, the most inboard point is the door opening. 
</P>
<P><I>Dynamically deployed upper interior head protection system</I> means a protective device or devices which are integrated into a vehicle and which, when activated by an impact, provide, through means requiring no action from occupants, protection against head impacts with upper interior structures and components of the vehicle in crashes.
</P>
<P><I>Forehead impact zone</I> means the part of the free motion headform surface area that is determined in accordance with the procedure set forth in S8.10. 
</P>
<P><I>Free motion headform</I> means a test device which conforms to the specifications of part 572, subpart L of this chapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Interior rear quarter panel</I> means a vehicle interior component located between the rear edge of the side door frame, the front edge of the rearmost seat back, and the daylight opening. 
</P>
<P><I>Mid-sagittal plane of a dummy</I> means a longitudinal vertical plane passing through the seating reference point of a designated seating position. 
</P>
<P><I>Other door frame</I> means the rearmost perimeter structure, including trim but excluding glass, of the forward door and the forwardmost perimeter structure, including trim but excluding glass, of the rear door of a pair of adjacent side doors that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Have opposing hinges; 
</P>
<P>(2) Latch together without engaging or contacting an intervening pillar; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Are rearward of the B-pillar. 
</P>
<P><I>Other pillar</I> means any pillar which is not an A-pillar, a B-pillar, or a rearmost pillar. 
</P>
<P><I>Pillar</I> means any structure, excluding glazing and the vertical portion of door window frames, but including accompanying moldings, attached components such as safety belt anchorages and coat hooks, which:
</P>
<P>(1) If there is a driver's designated seating position, supports either a roof or any other structure (such as a roll-bar) that is above the driver's head, or if there is no driver's designated seating position, supports either a roof or any other structure (such as a roll-bar) that is above the occupant in the rearmost designated seating position in the front row of seats, or
</P>
<P>(2) Is located along the side edge of a window.
</P>
<P><I>Roll-bar</I> means a fixed overhead structural member, including its vertical support structure, that extends from the left to the right side of the passenger compartment of any open body vehicles and convertibles. It does not include a header. 
</P>
<P><I>Seat belt anchorage</I> means any component involved in transferring seat belt loads to the vehicle structure, including, but not limited to, the attachment hardware, but excluding webbing or straps, seat frames, seat pedestals, and the vehicle structure itself, whose failure causes separation of the belt from the vehicle structure. 
</P>
<P><I>Seat belt mounting structure</I> means:
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle body or frame component, including trim, that incorporates an upper seat belt anchorage conforming to the requirements of S4.2.1 and S4.3.2 of 49 CFR 571.210, that is located rearward of the rearmost outboard designated seating position, and that extends above a horizontal plane 660 mm above the seating reference point (SgRP) of that seating position; and
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle body or frame component, including trim, that incorporates an upper seat belt anchorage conforming to the requirements of S4.2.1 and S4.3.2 of 49 CFR 571.210, that is located forward of the rearmost outboard designated seating position, and that extends above a horizontal plane 460 mm above the SgRP of that seating position located rearward of the anchorage.
</P>
<P>(c) The seat belt mounting structure is not a pillar, roll bar, brace or stiffener, side rail, seat, interior rear quarter panel, or part of the roof. 
</P>
<P><I>Sliding door track</I> means a track structure along the upper edge of a side door opening that secures the door in the closed position and guides the door when moving to and from the open position. 
</P>
<P><I>Stiffener</I> means a fixed overhead structural member that connects one roll-bar to another roll-bar or to a header of any open body vehicle or convertible. 
</P>
<P><I>Upper roof</I> means the area of the vehicle interior that is determined in accordance with the procedure set forth in S8.15. 
</P>
<P><I>Windshield trim</I> means molding of any material between the windshield glazing and the exterior roof surface, including material that covers a part of either the windshield glazing or exterior roof surface. 
</P>
<P>S4 <I>Requirements</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 Except as provided in S4.2, each vehicle shall comply with either: 
</P>
<P>(a) The requirements specified in S5, or,
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements specified in S5 and S6. 
</P>
<P>S4.2 Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1998 shall comply with the requirements of S5 and S6. 
</P>
<P>S5 <I>Requirements for instrument panels, seat backs, interior compartment doors, sun visors, and armrests.</I> Each vehicle shall comply with the requirements specified in S5.1 through S5.5.2. 
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Instrument panels.</I> Except as provided in S5.1.1, when that area of the instrument panel that is within the head impact area is impacted in accordance with S5.1.2 by a 6.8 kilogram, 165 mm diameter head form at—
</P>
<P>(a) A relative velocity of 24 kilometers per hour for all vehicles except those specified in paragraph (b) of this section,
</P>
<P>(b) A relative velocity of 19 kilometers per hour for vehicles that meet the occupant crash protection requirements of S5.1 of 49 CFR 571.208 by means of inflatable restraint systems and meet the requirements of S4.1.5.1(a)(3) by means of a Type 2 seat belt assembly at any front passenger designated seating position, the deceleration of the head form shall not exceed 80 g continuously for more than 3 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 The requirements of S5.1 do not apply to: 
</P>
<P>(a) Console assemblies;
</P>
<P>(b) Areas less than 125 mm inboard from the juncture of the instrument panel attachment to the body side inner structure;
</P>
<P>(c) Areas closer to the windshield juncture than those statically contactable by the head form with the windshield in place;
</P>
<P>(d) If the steering control is present, areas outboard of any point of tangency on the instrument panel of a 165 mm diameter head form tangent to and inboard of a vertical longitudinal plane tangent to the inboard edge of the steering control; or
</P>
<P>(e) Areas below any point at which a vertical line is tangent to the rearmost surface of the panel. 
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Demonstration procedures.</I> Tests shall be performed as described in SAE Recommended Practice J921 (1965) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), using the specified instrumentation or instrumentation that meets the performance requirements specified in SAE Recommended Practice J977 (1966) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), except that:
</P>
<P>(a) The origin of the line tangent to the instrument panel surface shall be a point on a transverse horizontal line through a point 125 mm horizontally forward of the seating reference point of any front outboard passenger designated seating position, displaced vertically an amount equal to the rise which results from a 125 mm forward adjustment of the seat or 19 mm; and
</P>
<P>(b) Direction of impact shall be either: 
</P>
<P>(1) In a vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal axis; or 
</P>
<P>(2) In a plane normal to the surface at the point of contact. 
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Seat Backs.</I> Except as provided in S5.2.1, when that area of the seat back that is within the head impact area is impacted in accordance with S5.2.2 by a 6.8 kilogram, 165 mm diameter head form at a relative velocity of 24 kilometers per hour, the deceleration of the head form shall not exceed 80g continuously for more than 3 milliseconds. 
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 The requirements of S5.2 do not apply to seats installed in school buses which comply with the requirements of Standard No. 222, <I>School Bus Passenger Seating and Occupant Protection</I> (49 CFR 571.222) or to rearmost side-facing, back-to-back, folding auxiliary jump, and temporary seats. 
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Demonstration procedures.</I> Tests shall be performed as described in SAE Recommended Practice J921 (1965) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), using the specified instrumentation or instrumentation that meets the performance requirements specified in SAE Recommended Practice J977 (1966) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), except that:
</P>
<P>(a) The origin of the line tangent to the uppermost seat back frame component shall be a point on a transverse horizontal line through the seating reference point of the right rear designated seating position, with adjustable forward seats in their rearmost design driving position and reclinable forward seat backs in their nominal design driving position;
</P>
<P>(b) Direction of impact shall be either: 
</P>
<P>(1) In a vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal axis; or 
</P>
<P>(2) In a plane normal to the surface at the point of contact. 
</P>
<P>(c) For seats without head restraints installed, tests shall be performed for each individual split or bucket seat back at points within 100 mm left and right of its centerline, and for each bench seat back between points 100 mm outboard of the centerline of each outboard designated seating position;
</P>
<P>(d) For seats having head restraints installed, each test shall be conducted with the head restraints in place at its lowest adjusted position, at a point on the head restraint centerline; and 
</P>
<P>(e) For a seat that is installed in more than one body style, tests conducted at the fore and aft extremes identified by application of subparagraph (a) shall be deemed to have demonstrated all intermediate conditions. 
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Interior compartment doors.</I> Each interior compartment door assembly located in an instrument panel, console assembly, seat back, or side panel adjacent to a designated seating position shall remain closed when tested in accordance with either S5.3.1(a) and S5.3.1(b) or S5.3.1(a) and S5.3.1(c). Additionally, any interior compartment door located in an instrument panel or seat back shall remain closed when the instrument panel or seat back is tested in accordance with S5.1 and S5.2. All interior compartment door assemblies with a locking device must be tested with the locking device in an unlocked position. 
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 <I>Demonstration procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Subject the interior compartment door latch system to an inertia load of 10g in a horizontal transverse direction and an inertia load of 10g in a vertical direction in accordance with the procedure described in section 5 of SAE Recommended Practice J839b (1965) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), or an approved equivalent.
</P>
<P>(b) Impact the vehicle perpendicularly into a fixed collision barrier at a forward longitudinal velocity of 48 kilometers per hour.
</P>
<P>(c) Subject the interior compartment door latch system to a horizontal inertia load of 30g in a longitudinal direction in accordance with the procedure described in section 5 of SAE Recommended Practice J839b (1965) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), or an approved equivalent.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Sun visors.</I> 
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 A sun visor that is constructed of or covered with energy-absorbing material shall be provided for each front outboard designated seating position. 
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 Each sun visor mounting shall present no rigid material edge radius of less than 3.2 mm that is statically contactable by a spherical 165 mm diameter head form. 
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Armrests.</I> 
</P>
<P>S5.5.1 <I>General.</I> Each installed armrest shall conform to at least one of the following: 
</P>
<P>(a) It shall be constructed with energy-absorbing material and shall deflect or collapse laterally at least 50 mm without permitting contact with any underlying rigid material. 
</P>
<P>(b) It shall be constructed with energy-absorbing material that deflects or collapses to within 32 mm of a rigid test panel surface without permitting contact with any rigid material. Any rigid material between 13 and 32 mm from the panel surface shall have a minimum vertical height of not less than 25 mm. 
</P>
<P>(c) Along not less than 50 continuous mm of its length, the armrest shall, when measured vertically in side elevation, provide at least 50 mm of coverage within the pelvic impact area. 
</P>
<P>S5.5.2 <I>Folding armrests.</I> Each armrest that folds into the seat back or between two seat backs shall either: 
</P>
<P>(a) Meet the requirements of S5.5.1; or 
</P>
<P>(b) Be constructed of or covered with energy-absorbing material. 
</P>
<P>S6 <I>Requirements for upper interior components.</I> 
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1998.</I> Except as provided in S6.3 and S6.1.4, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1998 and before September 1, 2002, a percentage of the manufacturer's production, as specified in S6.1.1, S6.1.2, or S6.1.3 shall conform, at the manufacturer's option, to either S6.1(a) or S6.1(b). For vehicles manufactured by final stage manufacturers on or after September 1, 1998 and before September 1, 2006, a percentage of the manufacturer's production as specified in S6.1.4 shall, except as provided in S6.3, conform, to either S6.1(a) or S6.1(b). The manufacturer shall select the option by the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(a) When tested under the conditions of S8, comply with the requirements specified in S7 at the target locations specified in S10 when impacted by the free motion headform specified in S8.9 at any speed up to and including 24 km/h (15 mph). The requirements do not apply to any target that cannot be located using the procedures of S10.
</P>
<P>(b) When equipped with a dynamically deployed upper interior head protection system and tested under the conditions of S8, comply with the requirements specified in S7 at the target locations specified in S10 as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Targets that are not located over any point inside the area measured along the contour of the vehicle surface within 50 mm (2.0 inch) of the periphery of the stowed system projected perpendicularly onto the vehicle interior surface, including mounting and inflation components but exclusive of any cover or covers, shall be impacted by the free motion headform specified in S8.9 at any speed up to and including 24 km/h (15 mph). The requirements do not apply to any targets that can not be located by using the procedures of S10.
</P>
<P>(2) Targets that are over any point inside the area measured along the contour of the vehicle interior within 50 mm (2.0 inch) of the periphery of the stowed system projected perpendicularly onto the vehicle interior surface, including mounting and inflation components but exclusive of any cover or covers, when the dynamically deployed upper interior head protection system is not deployed, shall be impacted by the free motion headform specified in S8.9 at any speed up to and including 19 km/h (12 mph) with the system undeployed. The requirements do not apply to any target that can not be located using the procedures of S10.
</P>
<P>(3) Each vehicle shall, when equipped with a dummy test device specified in Part 572, subpart M, and tested as specified in S8.16 through S8.28, comply with the requirements specified in S7 when crashed into a fixed, rigid pole of 254 mm in diameter, at any velocity between 24 kilometers per hour (15 mph) and 29 kilometers per hour (18 mph).
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 <I>Phase-in Schedule #1</I> 
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1998 and before September 1, 1999.</I> Subject to S6.1.5(a), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 1998 and before September 1, 1999, the amount of vehicles complying with S7 shall be not less than 10 percent of: 
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1996 and before September 1, 1999, or 
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 1998 and before September 1, 1999. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1999 and before September 1, 2000.</I> Subject to S6.1.5(b), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 1999 and before September 1, 2000, the amount of vehicles complying with S7 shall be not less than 25 percent of: 
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1997 and before September 1, 2000, or 
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 1999 and before September 1, 2000. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.3 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2000 and before September 1, 2001.</I> Subject to S6.1.5(c), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2000 and before September 1, 2001, the amount of vehicles complying with S7 shall be not less than 40 percent of: 
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1998 and before September 1, 2001, or 
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2000 and before September 1, 2001. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.4 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2001 and before September 1, 2002.</I> Subject to S6.1.5(d), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2001 and before September 1, 2002, the amount of vehicles complying with S7 shall be not less than 70 percent of: 
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1999 and before September 1, 2002, or 
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2001 and before September 1, 2002. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 <I>Phase-in Schedule #2</I> 
</P>
<P>S6.1.2.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1998 and before September 1, 1999.</I> Subject to S6.1.5(a), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 1998 and before September 1, 1999, the amount of vehicles complying with S7 shall be not less than seven percent of: 
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1996 and before September 1, 1999, or 
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 1998 and before September 1, 1999. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.2.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1999 and before September 1, 2000.</I> Subject to S6.1.5(b), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 1999 and before September 1, 2000, the amount of vehicles complying with S7 shall be not less than 31 percent of: 
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1997 and before September 1, 2000, or 
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 1999 and before September 1, 2000. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.2.3 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2000 and before September 1, 2001.</I> Subject to S6.1.5(c), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2000 and before September 1, 2001, the amount of vehicles complying with S7 shall be not less than 40 percent of: 
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1998 and before September 1, 2001, or 
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2000 and before September 1, 2001. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.2.4 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2001 and before September 1, 2002.</I> Subject to S6.1.5(d), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2001 and before September 1, 2002, the amount of vehicles complying with S7 shall be not less than 70 percent of: 
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1999 and before September 1, 2002, or 
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2001 and before September 1, 2002. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.3 <I>Phase-in Schedule #3</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.1 Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1998 and before September 1, 1999 are not required to comply with the requirements specified in S7. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.3.2 Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1999 shall comply with the requirements specified in S7. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.4 <I>Phase-in Schedule #4</I> A final stage manufacturer or alterer may, at its option, comply with the requirements set forth in S6.1.4.1 and S6.1.4.2.
</P>
<P>S6.1.4.1 Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1998 and before September 1, 2009 are not required to comply with the requirements specified in S7.
</P>
<P>S6.1.4.2 Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2009 shall comply with the requirements specified in S7.
</P>
<P>S6.1.5 <I>Calculation of complying vehicles.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) For the purposes of complying with S6.1.1.1 or S6.1.2.1, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it is manufactured on or after May 8, 1997, but before September 1, 1999. 
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of complying with S6.1.1.2 or S6.1.2.2, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after May 8, 1997, but before September 1, 2000, and 
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S6.1.1.1 or S6.1.2.1, as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of complying with S6.1.1.3 or S6.1.2.3, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after May 8, 1997, but before September 1, 2001, and 
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S6.1.1.1, S6.1.1.2, S6.1.2.1, or S6.1.2.2, as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(d) For the purposes of complying with S6.1.1.4 or S6.1.2.4, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after May 8, 1997, but before September 1, 2002, and 
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S6.1.1.1, S6.1.1.2, S6.1.1.3, S6.1.2.1, S6.1.2.2, or S6.1.2.3, as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.6 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I> 
</P>
<P>S6.1.6.1 For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S6.1.1 through S6.1.4, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S6.1.6.2. 
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle which is imported shall be attributed to the importer. 
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer which markets the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.6.2 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer must be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S6.1.6.1.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2002 and vehicles built in two or more stages manufactured after September 1, 2006.</I> Except as provided in S6.1.4 and S6.3, vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2002 shall, when tested under the conditions of S8, conform, at the manufacturer's option, to either S6.2(a) or S6.2(b). Vehicles manufactured by final stage manufacturers on or after September 1, 2006 shall, except as provided in S6.3, when tested under the conditions of S8, conform, at the manufacturer's option, to either S6.2(a) or S6.2(b). The manufacturer shall select the option by the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(a) When tested under the conditions of S8, comply with the requirements specified in S7 at the target locations specified in S10 when impacted by the free motion headform specified in S8.9 at any speed up to and including 24 km/h (15 mph). The requirements do not apply to any target that cannot be located using the procedures of S10.
</P>
<P>(b) When equipped with a dynamically deployed upper interior head protection system and tested under the conditions of S8, comply with the requirements specified in S7 at the target locations specified in S10 as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Targets that are not located over any point inside the area measured along the contour of the vehicle surface within 50 mm (2.0 inch) of the periphery of the stowed system projected perpendicularly onto the vehicle interior surface, including mounting and inflation components but exclusive of any cover or covers, shall be impacted by the free motion headform specified in S8.9 at any speed up to and including 24 km/h (15 mph). The requirements do not apply to any targets that cannot be located by using the procedures of S10.
</P>
<P>(2) Targets that are over any point inside the area measured along the contour of the vehicle interior within 50 mm (2.0 inch) of the periphery of the stowed system projected perpendicularly onto the vehicle interior surface, including mounting and inflation components but exclusive of any cover or covers, when the dynamically deployed upper interior head protection system is not deployed, shall be impacted by the free motion headform specified in S8.9 at any speed up to and including 19 km/h (12 mph) with the system undeployed. The requirements do not apply to any target that cannot be located using the procedures of S10.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided in S6.2(b)(4), each vehicle shall, when equipped with a dummy test device specified in 49 CFR part 572, subpart M, and tested as specified in S8.16 through S8.28, comply with the requirements specified in S7 when crashed into a fixed, rigid pole of 254 mm in diameter, at any velocity between 24 kilometers per hour (15 mph) and 29 kilometers per hour (18 mph).
</P>
<P>(4) Vehicles certified as complying with the vehicle-to-pole requirements of S9 of 49 CFR 571.214, <I>Side Impact Protection,</I> need not comply with the pole test requirements specified in S6.2(b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>S6.3 A vehicle need not meet the requirements of S6.1 through S6.2 for: 
</P>
<P>(a) Any target located on a convertible roof frame or a convertible roof linkage mechanism. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any target located rearward of a vertical plane 600 mm behind the seating reference point of the rearmost designated seating position. For altered vehicles and vehicles built in two or more stages, including ambulances and motor homes, any target located rearward of a vertical plane 300 mm behind the seating reference point of the driver's designated seating position or the rearmost designated seating position in the front row of seats, if there is no driver's designated seating position (tests for altered vehicles and vehicles built in two or more stages do not include, within the time period for measuring HIC(d), any free motion headform contact with components rearward of this plane). If an altered vehicle or vehicle built in two or more stages is equipped with a transverse vertical partition positioned between the seating reference point of the driver's designated seating position and a vertical plane 300 mm behind the seating reference point of the driver's designated seating position, any target located rearward of the vertical partition is excluded.
</P>
<P>(c) Any target in a vehicle manufactured in two or more stages that is delivered to a final stage manufacturer without an occupant compartment. Note: Motor homes, ambulances, and other vehicles manufactured using a chassis cab, a cut-away van, or any other incomplete vehicle delivered to a final stage manufacturer with a furnished front compartment are not excluded under this S6.3(c).
</P>
<P>(d) Any target in a walk-in van-type vehicles. 
</P>
<P>(e) Any target located on the seat belt mounting structures, door frames and other door frames before December 1, 2005. 
</P>
<P>S7 <I>Performance Criterion.</I> The HIC(d) shall not exceed 1000 when calculated in accordance with the following formula:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er04au98.002.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where the term <I>a</I> is the resultant head acceleration expressed as a multiple of <I>g</I> (the acceleration of gravity), and t1 and t2 are any two points in time during the impact which are separated by not more than a 36 millisecond time interval.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(a) For the free motion headform; HIC(d) = 0.75446 (free motion headform HIC) + 166.4.
</P>
<P>(b) For the part 572, subpart M, anthropomorphic test dummy; HIC(d) = HIC.
</P>
<P>S8 <I>Target location and test conditions.</I> The vehicle shall be tested and the targets specified in S10 located under the following conditions. 
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Vehicle test attitude.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) The vehicle is supported off its suspension at an attitude determined in accordance with S8.1(b). 
</P>
<P>(b) Directly above each wheel opening, determine the vertical distance between a level surface and a standard reference point on the test vehicle's body under the conditions of S8.1(b)(1) through S8.1(b)(3). 
</P>
<P>(1) The vehicle is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight, plus its rated cargo and luggage capacity or 136 kg, whichever is less, secured in the luggage area. The load placed in the cargo area is centered over the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(2) The vehicle is filled to 100 percent of all fluid capacities. 
</P>
<P>(3) All tires are inflated to the manufacturer's specifications listed on the vehicle's tire placard. 
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Windows and Sunroofs.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) Movable vehicle windows are placed in the fully open position. 
</P>
<P>(b) For testing, any window on the opposite side of the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle from the target to be impacted may be removed. 
</P>
<P>(c) For testing, movable sunroofs are placed in the fully open position. 
</P>
<P>S8.3 <I>Convertible tops.</I> The top, if any, of convertibles and open-body type vehicles is in the closed passenger compartment configuration. 
</P>
<P>S8.4 <I>Doors.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) Except as provided in S8.4(b) or S8.4(c), doors, including any rear hatchback or tailgate, are fully closed and latched but not locked. 
</P>
<P>(b) During testing, any side door on the opposite side of the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle from the target to be impacted may be open or removed. 
</P>
<P>(c) During testing, any rear hatchback or tailgate may be open or removed for testing any target except targets on the rear header, rearmost pillars, or the rearmost other side rail on either side of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>S8.5 <I>Sun visors.</I> Each sun visor shall be placed in any position where one side of the visor is in contact with the vehicle interior surface (windshield, side rail, front header, roof, etc.). 
</P>
<P>S8.6 <I>Steering control and seats.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) During targeting, the steering control and seats may be placed in any position intended for use while the vehicle is in motion.
</P>
<P>(b) During testing, the steering control and seats may be removed from the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S8.7 <I>Seat belt anchorages.</I> If a target is on a seat belt anchorage, and if the seat belt anchorage is adjustable, tests are conducted with the anchorage adjusted to a point midway between the two extreme adjustment positions. If the anchorage has distinct adjustment positions, none of which is midway between the two extreme positions, tests are conducted with the anchorage adjusted to the nearest position above the midpoint of the two extreme positions. 
</P>
<P>S8.8 <I>Temperature and humidity.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) The ambient temperature is between 19 degrees C. and 26 degrees C., at any relative humidity between 10 percent and 70 percent. 
</P>
<P>(b) Tests are not conducted unless the headform specified in S8.9 is exposed to the conditions specified in S8.8(a) for a period not less than four hours. 
</P>
<P>S8.9 <I>Headform.</I> The headform used for testing conforms to the specifications of part 572, subpart L of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>S8.10 <I>Forehead impact zone.</I> The forehead impact zone of the headform is determined according to the procedure specified in (a) through (f). 
</P>
<P>(a) Position the headform so that the baseplate of the skull is horizontal. The midsagittal plane of the headform is designated as Plane S. 
</P>
<P>(b) From the center of the threaded hole on top of the headform, draw a 69 mm line forward toward the forehead, coincident with Plane S, along the contour of the outer skin of the headform. The front end of the line is designated as Point P. From Point P, draw a 100 mm line forward toward the forehead, coincident with Plane S, along the contour of the outer skin of the headform. The front end of the line is designated as Point O. 
</P>
<P>(c) Draw a 125 mm line which is coincident with a horizontal plane along the contour of the outer skin of the forehead from left to right through Point O so that the line is bisected at Point O. The end of the line on the left side of the headform is designated as Point a and the end on the right as Point b. 
</P>
<P>(d) Draw another 125 mm line which is coincident with a vertical plane along the contour of the outer skin of the forehead through Point P so that the line is bisected at Point P. The end of the line on the left side of the headform is designated as Point c and the end on the right as Point d. 
</P>
<P>(e) Draw a line from Point a to Point c along the contour of the outer skin of the headform using a flexible steel tape. Using the same method, draw a line from Point b to Point d. 
</P>
<P>(f) The forehead impact zone is the surface area on the FMH forehead bounded by lines a-O-b and c-P-d, and a-c and b-d. 
</P>
<P>S8.11 <I>Target circle.</I> The area of the vehicle to be impacted by the headform is marked with a solid circle 12.7 mm in diameter, centered on the targets specified in S10, using any transferable opaque coloring medium. 
</P>
<P>S8.12 <I>Location of head center of gravity.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Location of head center of gravity for front outboard designated seating positions (CG-F).</I> For determination of head center of gravity, all directions are in reference to the seat orientation. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Location of rearmost CG-F (CG-F2).</I> For front outboard designated seating positions, the head center of gravity with the seat in its rearmost normal design driving or riding position (CG-F2) is located 160 mm rearward and 660 mm upward from the seating reference point.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Location of forwardmost CG-F (CG-F1).</I> For front outboard designated seating positions, the head center of gravity with the seat in its forwardmost adjustment position (CG-F1) is located horizontally forward of CG-F2 by the distance equal to the fore-aft distance of the seat track. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Location of head center of gravity for rear outboard designated seating positions (CG-R).</I> For rear outboard designated seating positions, the head center of gravity (CG-R) is located 160 mm rearward, relative to the seat orientation, and 660 mm upward from the seating reference point. 
</P>
<P>S8.13 <I>Impact configuration.</I> 
</P>
<P>S8.13.1 The headform is launched from any location inside the vehicle which meets the conditions of S8.13.4. At the time of launch, the midsagittal plane of the headform is vertical and the headform is upright. 
</P>
<P>S8.13.2 The headform travels freely through the air, along a velocity vector that is perpendicular to the headform's skull cap plate, not less than 25 mm before making any contact with the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>S8.13.3 At the time of initial contact between the headform and the vehicle interior surface, some portion of the forehead impact zone of the headform must contact some portion of the target circle.
</P>
<P>S8.13.4 <I>Approach angles.</I> The headform launching angle is as specified in Table 1. For components for which Table 1 specifies a range of angles, the headform launching angle is within the limits determined using the procedures specified in S8.13.4.1 and S8.13.4.2, and within the range specified in Table 1, using the orthogonal reference system specified in S9.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Approach Angle Limits (in Degrees) 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Target component 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Horizontal Angle 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Vertical angle 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Front Header</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">180</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rear Header</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 or 360</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Left Side Rail</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Right Side Rail</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Left Sliding Door Track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Right Sliding Door Track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Left A-Pillar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">195-255</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Right A-Pillar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105-165</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−5-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Left B-Pillar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">195-345</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Right B-Pillar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15-165</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Left Door Frame</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">195-345</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Right Door Frame</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15-165</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Left Pillars</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Right Pillars</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Left Door Frame</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Right Door Frame</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Left Rearmost Pillar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">270-345</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Right Rearmost Pillar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15-90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Upper Roof</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Overhead Rollbar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0 or 180</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Brace or Stiffener</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">90 or 270</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Left Seat Belt Mounting Structure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">195-345</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Right Seat Belt Mounting Structure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15-165</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−10-50 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Seat Belt Anchorages</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Any</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0-50</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S8.13.4.1 <I>Horizontal Approach Angles for Headform Impacts.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Left A-Pillar Horizontal Approach Angles.</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-F1 for the left seat and the right A-pillar. The maximum horizontal approach angle for the left A-pillar equals 360 degrees minus the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle, measured counterclockwise. 
</P>
<P>(2) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-F2 for the left seat and the left A-pillar. The minimum horizontal approach angle for the left A-pillar impact equals the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle, measured counterclockwise. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Right A-Pillar Horizontal Approach Angles.</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-F1 for the right seat and the left A-pillar. The minimum horizontal approach angle for the right A-pillar equals 360 degrees minus the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle, measured counterclockwise. 
</P>
<P>(2) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-F2 for the right seat and the right A-pillar. The maximum horizontal approach angle for the right A-pillar impact equals the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle measured counterclockwise. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Left B-Pillar Horizontal Approach Angles.</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-F2 for the left seat and the left B-pillar. The maximum horizontal approach angle for the left B-pillar equals the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle measured counterclockwise, or 270 degrees, whichever is greater. 
</P>
<P>(2) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-R for the left seat and the left B-pillar. The minimum horizontal approach angle for the left B-pillar equals the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle measured counterclockwise. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Right B-Pillar Horizontal Approach Angles.</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-F2 for the right seat and the right B-pillar. The minimum horizontal approach angle for the right B-pillar equals the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle measured counterclockwise, or 90 degrees, whichever is less. 
</P>
<P>(2) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-R for the right seat and the right B-pillar. The maximum horizontal approach angle for the right B-pillar equals the angle between that line and the X-axis of the vehicle measured counterclockwise. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Left door frame horizontal approach angles.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-F2 for the left seat and the left door frame. The maximum horizontal approach angle for the left door frame equals the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle measured counterclockwise, or 270 degrees, whichever is greater. 
</P>
<P>(2) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-R for the left seat and the left door frame. The minimum horizontal approach angle for the left door frame equals the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle measured counterclockwise. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Right door frame horizontal approach angles.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-F2 for the right seat and the right door frame. The minimum horizontal approach angle for the right door frame equals the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle measured counterclockwise, or 90 degrees, whichever is less. 
</P>
<P>(2) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-R for the right seat and the right door frame. The maximum horizontal approach angle for the right door frame equals the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle measured counterclockwise 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Left seat belt mounting structure horizontal approach angles.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-F2 for the left seat and the left seat belt mounting structure. If the seat belt mounting structure is below a horizontal plane passing through CG-F2 for the left seat, locate the point 200 mm directly below CG-F2 and locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between that point and the left seat belt mounting structure. The maximum horizontal approach angle for the left seat belt mounting structure equals the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle measured counterclockwise, or 270 degrees, whichever is greater. 
</P>
<P>(2) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-R for the left seat and the left seat belt mounting structure. If the seat belt mounting structure is below a horizontal plane passing through CG-R for the left seat, locate the point 200 mm directly below CG-R and locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between that point and the left seat belt mounting structure. The minimum horizontal approach angle for the left seat belt mounting structure equals the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle measured counterclockwise. If the CG-R does not exist, or is forward of the seat belt mounting structure, the maximum horizontal approach angle is 270 degrees. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Right seat belt mounting structure horizontal approach angles.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-F2 for the right seat and the right seat belt mounting structure. If the seat belt mounting structure is below a horizontal plane passing through CG-F2 for the right seat, locate the point 200 mm directly below that CG-F2 and locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between that point and the right seat belt mounting structure. The minimum horizontal approach angle for the right seat belt mounting structure equals the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle measured counterclockwise, or 90 degrees, whichever is less. 
</P>
<P>(2) Locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between CG-R for the right seat and the right seat belt mounting structure. If the seat belt mounting structure is below a horizontal plane passing through CG-R, locate the point 200 mm directly below CG-R and locate a line formed by the shortest horizontal distance between that point and the right seat belt mounting structure. The maximum horizontal approach angle for the right seat belt mounting structure equals the angle formed by that line and the X-axis of the vehicle measured counterclockwise. If the CG-R does not exist, or is forward of the seat belt mounting structure, the maximum horizontal approach angle is 90 degrees. 
</P>
<P>S8.13.4.2 <I>Vertical Approach Angles</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) Position the forehead impact zone in contact with the selected target at the prescribed horizontal approach angle. If a range of horizontal approach angles is prescribed, position the forehead impact zone in contact with the selected target at any horizontal approach angle within the range which may be used for testing. 
</P>
<P>(b) Keeping the forehead impact zone in contact with the target, rotate the FMH upward until the lip, chin or other part of the FMH contacts the component or other portion of the vehicle interior. 
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in S8.13.4.2(b)(2), keeping the forehead impact zone in contact with the target, rotate the FMH downward by 5 degrees for each target to determine the maximum vertical angle. 
</P>
<P>(2) For all pillars, except A-pillars, and all door frames and seat belt mounting structures, keeping the forehead impact zone in contact with the target, rotate the FMH downward by 10 degrees for each target to determine the maximum vertical angle. 
</P>
<P>S8.14 <I>Multiple impacts.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle being tested may be impacted multiple times, subject to the limitations in S8.14(b), (c), (d) and (e). 
</P>
<P>(b) As measured as provided in S8.14(d), impacts within 300 mm of each other may not occur less than 30 minutes apart. 
</P>
<P>(c) As measured as provided in S8.14(d), no impact may occur within 150 mm of any other impact. 
</P>
<P>(d) For S8.14(b) and S8.14(c), the distance between impacts is the distance between the center of the target circle specified in S8.11 for each impact, measured along the vehicle interior. 
</P>
<P>(e) No impact may occur within the “exclusion zone” of any pillar target specified in S10.1 through S10.4, door frame target specified in S10.14 and S10.15, upper roof target specified in S10.9, or seat belt mounting structure target specified in S10.16. The “exclusion zone” is determined according to the procedure in S8.14(f) through S8.14(k). 
</P>
<P>(f) Locate the point, Point X, at the center of the target circle specified in S8.11 for the tested target. 
</P>
<P>(g) Determine two spheres centered on Point X. Radii of these spheres are 150 mm and 200 mm, respectively. 
</P>
<P>(h) Locate a horizontal plane passing through Point X. Determine the intersection points, if they exist, of the small sphere surface, the horizontal plane, and the vehicle interior surface. Relative to Point X, the point on the left is Point L and the point on the right is Point R. 
</P>
<P>(i) Locate a vertical plane, Plane Z, passing through Point X and coincident (within ±5°) with the horizontal approach angle used or intended for use in testing the target centered on Point X. 
</P>
<P>(j) If either Point L or Point R does not exist, extend Line LX and/or Line RX, as appropriate, perpendicular to Plane Z beyond Point X by 150 mm. The end of the line is designated as Point L or Point R, as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(k) Locate a vertical plane, Plane ZL, passing through Point L and parallel to Plane Z. Locate another vertical plane, Plane ZR, passing through Point R and parallel to Plane Z. The “exclusion zone” is the vehicle interior surface area between Plane ZL and Plane ZR below the upper boundary of the smaller sphere and above the lower boundary of the larger sphere. Points on the intersection of the vehicle interior surface and the large sphere below the target, the small sphere above the target, Plane ZL and Plane ZR are not included in the “exclusion zone.” 
</P>
<P>S8.15 <I>Upper Roof.</I> The upper roof of a vehicle is determined according to the procedure specified in S8.15 (a) through (h). 
</P>
<P>(a) Locate the transverse vertical plane A at the forwardmost point where it contacts the interior roof (including trim) at the vehicle centerline. 
</P>
<P>(b) Locate the transverse vertical plane B at the rearmost point where it contacts the interior roof (including trim) at the vehicle centerline. 
</P>
<P>(c) Measure the horizontal distance (D1) between Plane A and Plane B. 
</P>
<P>(d) Locate the vertical longitudinal plane C at the leftmost point at which a vertical transverse plane, located 300 mm rearward of the A-pillar reference point described in S10.1(a), contacts the interior roof (including trim). 
</P>
<P>(e) Locate the vertical longitudinal plane D at the rightmost point at which a vertical transverse plane, located 300 mm rearward of the A-pillar reference point described in S10.1(a), contacts the interior roof (including trim). 
</P>
<P>(f) Measure the horizontal distance (D2) between Plane C and Plane D. 
</P>
<P>(g) Locate a point (Point M) on the interior roof surface, midway between Plane A and Plane B along the vehicle longitudinal centerline. 
</P>
<P>(h) The upper roof zone is the area of the vehicle upper interior surface bounded by the four planes described in S8.15(h)(1) and S8.15(h)(2): 
</P>
<P>(1) A transverse vertical plane E located at a distance of (.35 D1) forward of Point M and a transverse vertical plane F located at a distance of (.35 D1) rearward of Point M, measured horizontally. 
</P>
<P>(2) A longitudinal vertical plane G located at a distance of (.35 D2) to the left of Point M and a longitudinal vertical plane H located at a distance of (.35 D2) to the right of Point M, measured horizontally. 
</P>
<P>S8.16 <I>Test weight—vehicle to pole test.</I> Each vehicle shall be loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight, plus 136 kilograms (300 pounds) or its rated cargo and luggage capacity (whichever is less), secured in the luggage or load-carrying area, plus the weight of the necessary anthropomorphic test dummy. Any added test equipment shall be located away from impact areas in secure places in the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S8.17 <I>Vehicle test attitude—vehicle to pole test.</I> Determine the distance between a level surface and a standard reference point on the test vehicle's body, directly above each wheel opening, when the vehicle is in its “as delivered” condition. The “as delivered” condition is the vehicle as received at the test site, filled to 100 percent of all fluid capacities and with all tires inflated to the manufacturer's specifications listed on the vehicle's tire placard. Determine the distance between the same level surface and the same standard reference points in the vehicle's “fully loaded condition.” The “fully loaded condition” is the test vehicle loaded in accordance with S8.16. The load placed in the cargo area shall be centered over the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle. The pretest vehicle attitude shall be the same as either the “as delivered” or “fully loaded” attitude or is between the “as delivered” attitude and the “fully loaded” attitude. If the test configuration requires that the vehicle be elevated off the ground, the pretest vehicle attitude must be maintained.
</P>
<P>S8.18 <I>Adjustable seats—vehicle to pole test.</I> Initially, adjustable seats shall be adjusted as specified in S8.3.2.1 of Standard 214 (49 CFR 571.214).
</P>
<P>S8.19 <I>Adjustable seat back placement—vehicle to pole test.</I> Initially, position adjustable seat backs in the manner specified in S8.3.2.2 of Standard 214 (49 CFR 571.214).
</P>
<P>S8.20 <I>Adjustable steering controls—vehicle to pole test.</I> Adjustable steering controls shall be adjusted so that the steering control hub is at the geometric center of the locus it describes when it is moved through its full range of driving positions.
</P>
<P>S8.21 <I>Windows and sunroof—vehicle to pole test.</I> Movable windows and vents shall be placed in the fully open position. Any sunroof shall be placed in the fully closed position.
</P>
<P>S8.22 <I>Convertible tops—vehicle to pole test.</I> The top, if any, of convertibles and open-body type vehicles shall be in the closed passenger compartment configuration.
</P>
<P>S8.23 <I>Doors—vehicle to pole test.</I> Doors, including any rear hatchback or tailgate, shall be fully closed and latched but not locked.
</P>
<P>S8.24 <I>Impact reference line—vehicle to pole test.</I> On the striking side of the vehicle, place an impact reference line at the intersection of the vehicle exterior and a transverse vertical plane passing through the center of gravity of the head of the dummy seated in accordance with S8.28, in any front outboard designated seating position.
</P>
<P>S8.25 <I>Rigid Pole—vehicle to pole test.</I> The rigid pole is a vertical metal structure beginning no more than 102 millimeters (4 inches) above the lowest point of the tires on the striking side of the test vehicle when the vehicle is loaded as specified in S8.16 and extending above the highest point of the roof of the test vehicle. The pole is 254 mm ±3 mm (10 inches) in diameter and set off from any mounting surface, such as a barrier or other structure, so that the test vehicle will not contact such a mount or support at any time within 100 milliseconds of the initiation of vehicle to pole contact.
</P>
<P>S8.26 <I>Impact configuration—vehicle to pole test.</I> The rigid pole shall be stationary. The test vehicle shall be propelled sideways so that its line of forward motion forms an angle of 90 degrees (±3 degrees) with the vehicle's longitudinal center line. The impact reference line shall be aligned with the center line of the rigid pole so that, when the vehicle-to-pole contact occurs, the center line of the pole contacts the vehicle area bounded by two transverse vertical planes 38 mm (1.5 inches) forward and aft of the impact reference line.
</P>
<P>S8.27 <I>Anthropomorphic test dummy—vehicle to pole test.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.27.1 The anthropomorphic test dummy used for evaluation of a vehicle's head impact protection shall conform to the requirements of subpart M of part 572 of this chapter (49 CFR part 572, subpart M). In a test in which the test vehicle is striking its left side, the dummy is to be configured and instrumented to strike on its left side, in accordance with subpart M of part 572. In a test in which the test vehicle is striking its right side, the dummy is to be configured and instrumented to strike its right side, in accordance with subpart M of part 572.
</P>
<P>S8.27.2 The part 572, subpart M, test dummy specified is clothed in form fitting cotton stretch garments with short sleeves and midcalf length pants. Each foot of the test dummy is equipped with a size 11EEE shoe, which meets the configuration size, sole, and heel thickness specifications of MIL-S-13192 (1976) and weighs 0.57 ±0.09 kilograms (1.25 ±0.2 pounds).
</P>
<P>S8.27.3 Limb joints shall be set at between 1 and 2 g's. Leg joints are adjusted with the torso in the supine position.
</P>
<P>S8.27.4 The stabilized temperature of the test dummy at the time of the side impact test shall be at any temperature between 20.6 degrees C. and 22.2 degrees C.
</P>
<P>S8.27.5 The acceleration data from the accelerometers installed inside the skull cavity of the test dummy are processed according to the practices set forth in SAE Recommended Practice J211, March 1995, “Instrumentation for Impact Tests,” Class 1000.
</P>
<P>S8.28 <I>Positioning procedure for the Part 572 Subpart M test dummy—vehicle to pole test.</I> The part 572, subpart M, test dummy is initially positioned in the front outboard seating position on the struck side of the vehicle in accordance with the provisions of S12.1 of Standard 214 (49 CFR 571.214), and the vehicle seat is positioned as specified in S8.3.2.1 and S8.3.2.2 of that standard. The position of the dummy is then measured as follows. Locate the horizontal plane passing through the dummy head center of gravity. Identify the rearmost point on the dummy head in that plane. Construct a line in the plane that contains the rearward point of the front door daylight opening and is perpendicular to the longitudinal vehicle centerline. Measure the longitudinal distance between the rearmost point on the dummy head and this line. If this distance is less than 50 mm (2 inches) or the point is not forward of the line, then the seat and/or dummy positions is adjusted as follows. First, the seat back angle is adjusted, a maximum of 5 degrees, until a 50 mm (2 inches) distance is achieved. If this is not sufficient to produce the 50 mm (2 inches) distance, the seat is moved forward until the 50 mm (2 inches) distance is achieved or until the knees of the dummy contact the dashboard or knee bolster, whichever comes first. If the required distance cannot be achieved through movement of the seat, the seat back angle is adjusted even further forward until the 50 mm (2 inches) distance is obtained or until the seat back is in its fully upright locking position.
</P>
<P>S9. <I>Orthogonal Reference System.</I> The approach angles specified in S8.13.4 are determined using the reference system specified in S9.1 through S9.4. 
</P>
<P>S9.1 An orthogonal reference system consisting of a longitudinal X axis and a transverse Y axis in the same horizontal plane and a vertical Z axis through the intersection of X and Y is used to define the horizontal direction of approach of the headform. The X-Z plane is the vertical longitudinal zero plane and is parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle. The X-Y plane is the horizontal zero plane parallel to the ground. The Y-Z plane is the vertical transverse zero plane that is perpendicular to the X-Y and X-Z planes. The X coordinate is negative forward of the Y-Z plane and positive to the rear. The Y coordinate is negative to the left of the X-Z plane and positive to the right. The Z coordinate is negative below the X-Y plane and positive above it. (See Figure 1.)
</P>
<P>S9.2 The origin of the reference system is the center of gravity of the headform at the time immediately prior to launch for each test. 
</P>
<P>S9.3 The horizontal approach angle is the angle between the X axis and the headform impact velocity vector projected onto the horizontal zero plane, measured in the horizontal zero plane in the counter-clockwise direction. A 0 degree horizontal vector and a 360 degree horizontal vector point in the positive X direction; a 90 degree horizontal vector points in the positive Y direction; a 180 degree horizontal vector points in the negative X direction; and a 270 horizontal degree vector points in the negative Y direction. (See Figure 2.)
</P>
<P>S9.4 The vertical approach angle is the angle between the horizontal plane and the velocity vector, measured in the midsagittal plane of the headform. A 0 degree vertical vector in Table I coincides with the horizontal plane and a vertical vector of greater than 0 degrees in Table I makes an upward angle of the same number of degrees with that plane. 
</P>
<P>S10 <I>Target Locations.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) The target locations specified in S10.1 through S10.16 are located on both sides of the vehicle and, except as specified in S10(b), are determined using the procedures specified in those paragraphs. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except as specified in S10(c), if there is no combination of horizontal and vertical angles specified in S8.13.4 at which the forehead impact zone of the free motion headform can contact one of the targets located using the procedures in S10.1 through S10.16, the center of that target is moved to any location within a sphere with a radius of 25 mm, centered on the center of the original target, which the forehead impact zone can contact at one or more combination of angles. 
</P>
<P>(c) If there is no point within the sphere specified in S10(b) which the forehead impact zone of the free motion headform can contact at one or more combination of horizontal and vertical angles specified in S8.13.4, the radius of the sphere is increased by 25 mm increments until the sphere contains at least one point that can be contacted at one or more combination of angles. 
</P>
<P>S10.1 <I>A-pillar targets</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>A-pillar reference point and target AP1.</I> On the vehicle exterior, locate a transverse vertical plane (Plane 1) which contacts the rearmost point of the windshield trim. The intersection of Plane 1 and the vehicle exterior surface is Line 1. Measuring along the vehicle exterior surface, locate a point (Point 1) on Line 1 that is 125 mm inboard of the intersection of Line 1 and a vertical plane tangent to the vehicle at the outboardmost point on Line 1 with the vehicle side door open. Measuring along the vehicle exterior surface in a longitudinal vertical plane (Plane 2) passing through Point 1, locate a point (Point 2) 50 mm rearward of Point 1. Locate the A-pillar reference point (Point APR) at the intersection of the interior roof surface and a line that is perpendicular to the vehicle exterior surface at Point 2. Target AP1 is located at point APR. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Target AP2.</I> Locate the horizontal plane (Plane 3) which intersects point APR. Locate the horizontal plane (Plane 4) which is 88 mm below Plane 3. Target AP2 is the point in Plane 4 and on the A-pillar which is closest to CG-F2 for the nearest seating position. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Target AP3.</I> Locate the horizontal plane (Plane 5) containing the highest point at the intersection of the dashboard and the A-pillar. Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 6) half-way between Plane 3 and Plane 5. Target AP3 is the point on Plane 6 and the A-pillar which is closest to CG-F1 for the nearest seating position. 
</P>
<P>S10.2 <I>B-pillar targets.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>B-pillar reference point and target BP1.</I> Locate the point (Point 3) on the vehicle interior at the intersection of the horizontal plane passing through the highest point of the forwardmost door opening and the centerline of the width of the B-pillar, as viewed laterally. Locate a transverse vertical plane (Plane 7) which passes through Point 3. Locate the point (Point 4) at the intersection of the interior roof surface, Plane 7, and the plane, described in S8.15(h), defining the nearest edge of the upper roof. The B-pillar reference point (Point BPR) is the point located at the middle of the line from Point 3 to Point 4 in Plane 7, measured along the vehicle interior surface. Target BP1 is located at Point BPR. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Target BP2.</I> If a seat belt anchorage is located on the B-pillar, Target BP2 is located at any point on the anchorage. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Target BP3.</I> Target BP3 is located in accordance with this paragraph. Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 8) which intersects Point BPR. Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 9) which passes through the lowest point of the daylight opening forward of the pillar. Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 10) half-way between Plane 8 and Plane 9. Target BP3 is the point located in Plane 10 and on the interior surface of the B-pillar, which is closest to CG-F(2) for the nearest seating position. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Target BP4.</I> Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 11) half-way between Plane 9 and Plane 10. Target BP4 is the point located in Plane 11 and on the interior surface of the B-pillar which is closest to CG-R for the nearest seating position. 
</P>
<P>S10.3 <I>Other pillar targets.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Target OP1.</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in S10.3(a)(2), target OP1 is located in accordance with this paragraph. Locate the point (Point 5), on the vehicle interior, at the intersection of the horizontal plane through the highest point of the highest adjacent door opening or daylight opening (if no adjacent door opening) and the centerline of the width of the other pillar, as viewed laterally. Locate a transverse vertical plane (Plane 12) passing through Point 5. Locate the point (Point 6) at the intersection of the interior roof surface, Plane 12 and the plane, described in S8.15(h), defining the nearest edge of the upper roof. The other pillar reference point (Point OPR) is the point located at the middle of the line between Point 5 and Point 6 in Plane 12, measured along the vehicle interior surface. Target OP1 is located at Point OPR. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a seat belt anchorage is located on the pillar, Target OP1 is any point on the anchorage. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Target OP2.</I> Locate the horizontal plane (Plane 13) intersecting Point OPR. Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 14) passing through the lowest point of the daylight opening forward of the pillar. Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 15) half-way between Plane 13 and Plane 14. Target OP2 is the point located on the interior surface of the pillar at the intersection of Plane 15 and the centerline of the width of the pillar, as viewed laterally. 
</P>
<P>S10.4 <I>Rearmost pillar targets</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Rearmost pillar reference point and target RP1.</I> Locate the point (Point 7) at the corner of the upper roof nearest to the pillar. The distance between Point M, as described in S8.15(g), and Point 7, as measured along the vehicle interior surface, is D. Extend the line from Point M to Point 7 along the vehicle interior surface in the same vertical plane by (3*D/7) beyond Point 7 or until the edge of a daylight opening, whichever comes first, to locate Point 8. The rearmost pillar reference point (Point RPR) is at the midpoint of the line between Point 7 and Point 8, measured along the vehicle interior. Target RP1 is located at Point RPR. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Target RP2.</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in S10.4(b)(2), target RP2 is located in accordance with this paragraph. Locate the horizontal plane (Plane 16) through Point RPR. Locate the horizontal plane (Plane 17) 150 mm below Plane 16. Target RP2 is located in Plane 17 and on the pillar at the location closest to CG-R for the nearest designated seating position. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a seat belt anchorage is located on the pillar, Target RP2 is any point on the anchorage. 
</P>
<P>S10.5 <I>Front header targets.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Target FH1.</I> Locate the contour line (Line 2) on the vehicle interior trim which passes through the APR and is parallel to the contour line (Line 3) at the upper edge of the windshield on the vehicle interior. Locate the point (Point 9) on Line 2 that is 125 mm inboard of the APR, measured along that line. Locate a longitudinal vertical plane (Plane 18) that passes through Point 9. Target FH1 is located at the intersection of Plane 18 and the upper vehicle interior, halfway between a transverse vertical plane (Plane 19) through Point 9 and a transverse vertical plane (Plane 20) through the intersection of Plane 18 and Line 3. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Target FH2.</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in S10.5(b)(2), target FH2 is located in accordance with this paragraph. Locate a point (Point 10) 275 mm inboard of Point APR, along Line 2. Locate a longitudinal vertical plane (Plane 21) that passes through Point 10. Target FH2 is located at the intersection of Plane 21 and the upper vehicle interior, halfway between a transverse vertical plane (Plane 22) through Point 10 and a transverse vertical plane (Plane 23) through the intersection of Plane 21 and Line 3. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a sun roof opening is located forward of the front edge of the upper roof and intersects the mid-sagittal plane of a dummy seated in either front outboard seating position, target FH2 is the nearest point that is forward of a transverse vertical plane (Plane 24) through CG-F(2) and on the intersection of the mid-sagittal plane and the interior sunroof opening. 
</P>
<P>S10.6 <I>Targets on the side rail between the A-pillar and the B-pillar or rearmost pillar in vehicles with only two pillars on each side of the vehicle.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Target SR1.</I> Locate a transverse vertical plane (Plane 25) 150 mm rearward of Point APR. Locate the point (Point 11) at the intersection of Plane 25 and the upper edge of the forwardmost door opening. Locate the point (Point 12) at the intersection of the interior roof surface, Plane 25 and the plane, described in S8.15(h), defining the nearest edge of the upper roof. Target SR1 is located at the middle of the line between Point 11 and Point 12 in Plane 25, measured along the vehicle interior. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Target SR2.</I> Locate a transverse vertical plane (Plane 26) 300 mm rearward of the APR or 300 mm forward of the BPR (or the RPR in vehicles with no B-pillar). Locate the point (Point 13) at the intersection of Plane 26 and the upper edge of the forwardmost door opening. Locate the point (Point 14) at the intersection of the interior roof surface, Plane 26 and the plane, described in S8.15(h), defining the nearest edge of the upper roof. Target SR2 is located at the middle of the line between Point 13 and Point 14 in Plane 26, measured along the vehicle interior. 
</P>
<P>S10.7 <I>Other side rail target (target SR3).</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) Except as provided in S10.7(b), target SR3 is located in accordance with this paragraph. Locate a transverse vertical plane (Plane 27) 150 mm rearward of either Point BPR or Point OPR. Locate the point (Point 15) as provided in either S10.7(a)(1) or S10.7(a)(2), as appropriate. Locate the point (Point 16) at the intersection of the interior roof surface, Plane 27 and the plane, described in S8.15(h), defining the nearest edge of the upper roof. Target SR3 is located at the middle of the line between Point 15 and Point 16 in Plane 27, measured along the vehicle interior surface. 
</P>
<P>(1) If Plane 27 intersects a door or daylight opening, the Point 15 is located at the intersection of Plane 27 and the upper edge of the door opening or daylight opening. 
</P>
<P>(2) If Plane 27 does not intersect a door or daylight opening, the Point 15 is located on the vehicle interior at the intersection of Plane 27 and the horizontal plane through the highest point of the door or daylight opening nearest Plane 27. If the adjacent door(s) or daylight opening(s) are equidistant to Plane 27, Point 15 is located on the vehicle interior at the intersection of Plane 27 and either horizontal plane through the highest point of each door or daylight opening. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in S10.7(c), if a grab handle is located on the side rail, target SR3 is located at any point on the anchorage of the grab-handle. Folding grab-handles are in their stowed position for testing. 
</P>
<P>(c) If a seat belt anchorage is located on the side rail, target SR3 is located at any point on the anchorage. 
</P>
<P>S10.8 <I>Rear header target (target RH).</I> Locate the point (Point 17) at the intersection of the surface of the upper vehicle interior, the mid-sagittal plane (Plane 28) of the outboard rearmost dummy and the plane, described in S8.15(h), defining the rear edge of the upper roof. Locate the point (Point 18) as provided in S10.8(a) or S10.8(b), as appropriate. Except as provided in S10.8(c), Target RH is located at the mid-point of the line that is between Point 17 and Point 18 and is in Plane 28, as measured along the surface of the vehicle interior. 
</P>
<P>(a) If Plane 28 intersects a rear door opening or daylight opening, then Point 18 is located at the intersection of Plane 28 and the upper edge of the door opening or the daylight opening (if no door opening). 
</P>
<P>(b) If Plane 28 does not intersect a rear door opening or daylight opening, then Point 18 is located on the vehicle interior at the intersection of Plane 28 and a horizontal plane through the highest point of the door or daylight opening nearest to Plane 28. If the adjacent door(s) or daylight opening(s) are equidistant to Plane 28, Point 18 is located on the vehicle interior at the intersection of Plane 28 and either horizontal plane through the highest point of each door or daylight opening. 
</P>
<P>(c) If Target RH is more than 112 mm from Point 18 on the line that is between Point 17 and Point 18 and is in Plane 28, as measured along the surface of the vehicle interior, then Target RH is the point on that line which is 112 mm from Point 18. 
</P>
<P>S10.9 <I>Upper roof target (target UR).</I> Target UR is any point on the upper roof. 
</P>
<P>S10.10 <I>Sliding door track target (target SD).</I> Locate the transverse vertical plane (Plane 29) passing through the middle of the widest opening of the sliding door, measured horizontally and parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline. Locate the point (Point 19) at the intersection of the surface of the upper vehicle interior, Plane 29 and the plane, described in S8.15(h), defining the nearest edge of the upper roof. Locate the point (Point 20) at the intersection of Plane 29 and the upper edge of the sliding door opening. Target SD is located at the middle of the line between Point 19 and Point 20 in Plane 29, measured along the vehicle interior. 
</P>
<P>S10.11 <I>Roll-bar targets.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Target RB1.</I> Locate a longitudinal vertical plane (Plane 30) at the mid-sagittal plane of a dummy seated in any outboard designated seating position. Target RB1 is located on the roll-bar and in Plane 30 at the location closest to either CG-F2 or CG-R, as appropriate, for the same dummy. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Target RB2.</I> If a seat belt anchorage is located on the roll-bar, Target RB2 is any point on the anchorage. 
</P>
<P>S10.12 <I>Stiffener targets.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Target ST1.</I> Locate a transverse vertical plane (Plane 31) containing either CG-F2 or CG-R, as appropriate, for any outboard designated seating position. Target ST1 is located on the stiffener and in Plane 31 at the location closest to either CG-F2 or CG-R, as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Target ST2.</I> If a seat belt anchorage is located on the stiffener, Target ST2 is any point on the anchorage. 
</P>
<P>S10.13 <I>Brace target (target BT)</I> Target BT is any point on the width of the brace as viewed laterally from inside the passenger compartment.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er08ap97.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er08ap97.009.gif"/>
<P>S10.14 <I>Door frame targets.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Target DF 1.</I> Locate the point (Point 21) on the vehicle interior at the intersection of the horizontal plane passing through the highest point of the forward door opening and a transverse vertical plane (Plane 32 ) tangent to the rearmost edge of the forward door, as viewed laterally with the adjacent door open. Locate the point (Point 22) at the intersection of the interior roof surface, Plane 32, and the plane, described in S8.15(h), defining the nearest edge of the upper roof. The door frame reference point (Point DFR) is the point located at the middle of the line from Point 21 to Point 22 in Plane 32, measured along the vehicle interior surface. Target DF1 is located at Point DFR. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Target DF2.</I> If a seat belt anchorage is located on the door frame, Target DF2 is located at any point on the anchorage. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Target DF3.</I> Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 33) which intersects Point DFR. Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 34) that passes through the lowest point of the adjacent daylight opening forward of the door frame. Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 35) half-way between Plane 33 and Plane 34. Target DF3 is the point located in Plane 35 and on the interior surface of the door frame, which is closest to CG-F2 for the nearest seating position. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Target DF4.</I> Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 36) half-way between Plane 34 and Plane 35. Target DF4 is the point located in Plane 36 and on the interior surface of the door frame that is closest to CG-R for the nearest seating position. 
</P>
<P>S10.15 <I>Other door frame targets.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Target OD1.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in S10.15(a)(2), target OD1 is located in accordance with this paragraph. Locate the point (Point 23) on the vehicle interior, at the intersection of the horizontal plane through the highest point of the highest adjacent door opening or daylight opening (if there is no adjacent door opening) and the center line of the width of the other door frame, as viewed laterally with the doors in the closed position. Locate a transverse vertical plane (Plane 37) passing through Point 23. Locate the point (Point 24) at the intersection of the interior roof surface, Plane 37 and the plane, described in S8.15(h), defining the nearest edge of the upper roof. The other door frame reference point (Point ODR) is the point located at the middle of the line between Point 23 and Point 24 in Plane 37, measured along the vehicle interior surface. Target OD1 is located at Point ODR. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a seat belt anchorage is located on the door frame, Target OD1 is any point on the anchorage. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Target OD2.</I> Locate the horizontal plane (Plane 38) intersecting Point ODR. Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 39) passing through the lowest point of the daylight opening forward of the door frame. Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 40) half-way between Plane 38 and Plane 39. Target OD2 is the point located on the interior surface of the door frame at the intersection of Plane 40 and the center line of the width of the door frames, as viewed laterally, with the doors in the closed position. 
</P>
<P>S10.16 <I>Seat belt mounting structure targets.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Target SB1.</I> Target SB1 is located at any point on the seat belt anchorage mounted on the seat belt mounting structure. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Target SB2.</I> Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 41), containing either CG-F2 or CG-R, as appropriate, for any outboard designated seating position whose seating reference point, SgRP, is forward of and closest to, the vertical center line of the width of the seat belt mounting structure as viewed laterally. Target SB2 is located on the seat belt mounting structure and in Plane 41 at the location closest to either CG-F2 or CG-R, as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Target SB3.</I> Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 42), containing CG-R for any outboard designated seating position rearward of the forwardmost designated seating position or positions whose seating reference point, SgRP, is rearward of and closest to, the vertical center line of the width of the seat belt mounting structure, as viewed laterally. Locate a horizontal plane (Plane 43) 200 mm below Plane 42. Target SB3 is located on the seat belt mounting structure and in Plane 43 at the location closest to CG-R, as appropriate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 16725, Apr. 8, 1997]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.201, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.202" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.202   Standard No. 202; Head restraints; Applicable at the manufacturers option until September 1, 2009.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for head restraints to reduce the frequency and severity of neck injury in rear-end and other collisions.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, and to multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less, manufactured before September 1, 2009. Until September 1, 2009, manufacturers may comply with the standard in this § 571.202, with the European regulations referenced in S4.3 of this § 571.202, or with the standard in § 571.202a. For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2009 and before September 1, 2010, manufacturers may comply with the standard in this § 571.202 or with the European regulations referenced in S4.3 of this § 571.202, instead of the standard in § 571.202a, only to the extent consistent with phase-in specified in § 571.202a.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions.</I> 
</P>
<P><I>Head restraint</I> means a device that limits rearward displacement of a seated occupant's head relative to the occupant's torso. 
</P>
<P><I>Height</I> means, when used in reference to a head restraint, the distance from the H-point, measured parallel to the torso reference line defined by the three dimensional SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin, to a plane normal to the torso reference line.
</P>
<P><I>Top of the head restraint</I> means the point on the head restraint with the greatest height. 
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 Each passenger car, and multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck and bus with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less, must comply with, at the manufacturer's option, S4.2, S4.4 or S4.5 of this section.
</P>
<P>S4.2 Except for school buses, a head restraint that conforms to either S4.2 (a) or (b) of this section must be provided at each outboard front designated seating position. For school buses, a head restraint that conforms to either S4.2 (a) or (b) of this section must be provided at the driver's seating position. 
</P>
<P>(a) When tested in accordance with S5.1 of this section, limit rearward angular displacement of the head reference line to 45 degrees from the torso reference line; or 
</P>
<P>(b) When adjusted to its fully extended design position, conform to each of the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) When measured parallel to the torso line, the top of the head restraint must not be less than 700 mm above the seating reference point; 
</P>
<P>(2) When measured either 64 mm below the top of the head restraint or 635 mm above the seating reference point, the lateral width of the head restraint must be not less than: 
</P>
<P>(i) 254 mm for use with bench-type seats; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) 170 mm for use with individual seats; 
</P>
<P>(3) When tested in accordance with S5.2 of this section, any portion of the head form in contact with the head restraint must not be displaced to more than 102 mm perpendicularly rearward of the displaced extended torso reference line during the application of the load specified in S5.2 (c) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(4) When tested in accordance with S5.2 of this section, the head restraint must withstand an increasing load until one of the following occurs: 
</P>
<P>(i) Failure of the seat or seat back; or, 
</P>
<P>(ii) Application of a load of 890N. 
</P>
<P>S4.3 [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>S4.4. Except for school buses, a head restraint that conforms to S4.4 (a) and (b) of this section must be provided at each outboard front designated seating position. For school buses, a head restraint that conforms to S4.4 (a) and (b) of this section must be provided at the driver's seating position. 
</P>
<P>(a) The head restraint must comply with Paragraphs 5.1.1, 5.1.3, 5.3.1, 5.5 through 5.13, 6.1.1, 6.1.3, and 6.4 through 6.8 of the English language version of the UNECE Regulation 17 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(b) The head restraint must meet the width requirements specified in S4.2(b)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>S4.5 Except for school buses, head restraints that conform to the requirements of § 571.202a must be provided at each front outboard designated seating position. If a rear head restraint (as defined in § 571.202a) is provided at a rear outboard designated seating position, it must conform to the requirements of § 571.202a applicable to rear head restraints. For school buses, a head restraint that conforms to the requirements of § 571.202a must be installed at the driver's seating position. 
</P>
<P>S4.6 Where manufacturer options are specified in this section or § 571.202a, the manufacturer must select an option by the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for that vehicle. The manufacturer may select different compliance options for different designated seating positions to which the requirements of this section are applicable. Each manufacturer must, upon request from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, provide information regarding which of the compliance options it has selected for a particular vehicle or make/model. 
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Demonstration procedures.</I> 
</P>
<P>S5.1 Compliance with S4.2(a) of this section is demonstrated in accordance with the following with the head restraint in its fully extended design position: 
</P>
<P>(a) On the exterior profile of the head and torso of a dummy having the weight and seated height of a 95th percentile adult male with an approved representation of a human, articulated neck structure, or an approved equivalent test device, establish reference lines by the following method:
</P>
<P>(1) Position the dummy's back on a horizontal flat surface with the lumbar joints in a straight line.
</P>
<P>(2) Rotate the head of the dummy rearward until the back of the head contacts the flat horizontal surface specified in S5.1(a)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) Position the SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) two-dimensional manikin's back against the flat surface specified in S5.1(a)(1) of this section, alongside the dummy with the H-point of the manikin aligned with the H-point of the dummy.
</P>
<P>(4) Establish the torso line of the manikin as defined in SAE Aerospace-Automotive Drawing Standards (1963) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), sec. 2.3.6, P.E1.01.
</P>
<P>(5) Establish the dummy torso reference line by superimposing the torso line of the manikin on the torso of the dummy.
</P>
<P>(6) Establish the head reference line by extending the dummy torso reference line onto the head.
</P>
<P>(b) At each designated seating position having a head restraint, place the dummy, snugly restrained by Type 2 seat belt, in the manufacturer's recommended design seating position. 
</P>
<P>(c) During forward acceleration applied to the structure supporting the seat as described in this paragraph, measure the maximum rearward angular displacement between the dummy torso reference line and head reference line. When graphically depicted, the magnitude of the acceleration curve shall not be less than that of a half-sine wave having the amplitude of 78 m/s
<SU>2</SU> and a duration of 80 milliseconds and not more than that of a half-sine wave curve having an amplitude of 94 m/s
<SU>2</SU> and a duration of 96 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>S5.2 Compliance with S4.2(b) of this section is demonstrated in accordance with the following with the head restraint in its fully extended design position: 
</P>
<P>(a) Place a test device, having the back plan dimensions and torso line (centerline of the head room probe in full back position), of the three dimensional SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin, at the manufacturer's recommended design seated position.
</P>
<P>(b) Establish the displaced torso reference line by applying a rearward moment of 373 Nm about the seating reference point to the seat back through the test device back pan specified in S5.2(a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) After removing the back pan, using a 165 mm diameter spherical head form or cylindrical head form having a 165 mm diameter in plan view and a 152 mm height in profile view, apply, perpendicular to the displaced torso reference line, a rearward initial load 64 mm below the top of the head restraint that will produce a 373 Nm moment about the seating reference point.
</P>
<P>(d) Gradually increase this initial load to 890 N or until the seat or seat back fails, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 22902, Dec. 2, 1971, as amended at 54 FR 39187, Sept. 25, 1989; 61 FR 27025, May 30, 1996; 63 FR 28935, May 27, 1998; 69 FR 74883, Dec. 14, 2005; 72 FR 25514, May 4, 2007; 77 FR 761, Jan. 6, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.202a" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.202a   Standard No. 202a; Head restraints; Mandatory applicability begins on September 1, 2009.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for head restraints to reduce the frequency and severity of neck injury in rear-end and other collisions.
</P>
<P>S2 <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, and to multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less, manufactured on or after September 1, 2009. However, the standard's requirements for rear head restraints do not apply to vehicles manufactured before September 1, 2010, and, for vehicles manufactured between September 1, 2010 and August 31, 2011, the requirements for rear head restraints apply only to the extent provided in S7. Until September 1, 2009, manufacturers may comply with the standard in this § 571.202a, with the standard in § 571.202, or with the European regulations referenced in S4.3(a) of § 571.202. For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2009 and before September 1, 2010, manufacturers may comply with the standard in § 571.202 or with the European regulations referenced in S4.3(a) of § 571.202, instead of the standard in this § 571.202a, only to the extent consistent with the phase-in specified in this § 571.202a.
</P>
<P>S3. Definitions.
</P>
<P><I>Backset</I> means the minimum horizontal distance between the rear of a representation of the head of a seated 50th percentile male occupant and the head restraint, as measured by the head restraint measurement device.
</P>
<P><I>Head restraint</I> means a device that limits rearward displacement of a seated occupant's head relative to the occupant's torso.
</P>
<P><I>Head restraint measurement device (HRMD)</I> means the three dimensional SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin with a head form attached, representing the head position of a seated 50th percentile male, with sliding scale at the back of the head for the purpose of measuring backset. The head form is designed by and available from the ICBC, 151 West Esplanade, North Vancouver, BC V7M 3H9, Canada (<I>www.icbc.com</I>).
</P>
<P><I>Height</I> means, when used in reference to a head restraint, the distance from the H-point, measured parallel to the torso reference line defined by the three dimensional SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin, to a plane normal to the torso reference line.
</P>
<P><I>Intended for occupant use</I> means, when used in reference to the adjustment of a seat, positions other than that intended solely for the purpose of allowing ease of ingress and egress of occupants and access to cargo storage areas of a vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Rear head restraint</I> means, at any rear outboard designated seating position, a rear seat back, or any independently adjustable seat component attached to or adjacent to a seat back, that has a height equal to or greater than 700 mm, in any position of backset and height adjustment, as measured in accordance with S5.1.1.
</P>
<P><I>Top of the head restraint</I> means the point on the head restraint with the greatest height.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I> Except as provided in S4.4, S4.2.1(a)(2) and S4.2.1(b)(2) of this section, each vehicle must comply with S4.1 of this section with the seat adjusted as intended for occupant use. Whenever a range of measurements is specified, the head restraint must meet the requirement at any position of adjustment within the specified range.
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>Performance levels.</I> In each vehicle other than a school bus, a head restraint that conforms to either S4.2 or S4.3 of this section must be provided at each front outboard designated seating position. In each equipped with rear outboard head restraints, the rear head restraint must conform to either S4.2 or S4.3 of this section. In each school bus, a head restraint that conforms to either S4.2 or S4.3 of this section must be provided for the driver's seating position. At each designated seating position incapable of seating a 50th percentile male Hybrid III test dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subpart E, the applicable head restraint must conform to S4.2 of this section.
</P>
<P>S4.2 <I>Dimensional and static performance.</I> Each head restraint located in the front outboard designated seating position and each head restraint located in the rear outboard designated seating position must conform to paragraphs S4.2.1 through S4.2.7 of this section. Compliance is determined for the height requirements of S4.2.1 and the backset requirements of S4.2.3 of this section by taking the arithmetic average of three measurements.
</P>
<P>S4.2.1 <I>Minimum height.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Front outboard designated seating positions.</I> (1) Except as provided in S4.2.1(a)(2) of this section, when measured in accordance with S5.2.1(a)(1) of this section, the top of a head restraint located in a front outboard designated seating position must have a height not less than 800 mm in at least one position of adjustment.
</P>
<P>(2) Exception. The requirements of S4.2.1(a)(1) do not apply if the interior surface of the vehicle at the roofline physically prevents a head restraint, located in the front outboard designated seating position, from attaining the required height. In those instances in which this head restraint cannot attain the required height, when measured in accordance with S5.2.1(a)(2), the maximum vertical distance between the top of the head restraint and the interior surface of the vehicle at the roofline must not exceed 50 mm for convertibles and 25 mm for all other vehicles. Notwithstanding this exception, when measured in accordance with S5.2.1(a)(2), the top of a head restraint located in a front outboard designated seating position must have a height not less than 700 mm in the lowest position of adjustment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>All outboard designated seating positions equipped with head restraints.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in S4.2.1(b)(2) of this section, when measured in accordance with S5.2.1(b)(1) of this section, the top of a head restraint located in an outboard designated seating position must have a height not less than 750 mm in any position of adjustment.
</P>
<P>(2) Exception. The requirements of S4.2.1(b)(1) do not apply if the interior surface of the vehicle at the roofline or the interior surface of the backlight physically prevent a head restraint, located in the rear outboard designated seating position, from attaining the required height. In those instances in which this head restraint cannot attain the required height, when measured in accordance with S5.2.1(b)(2), the maximum vertical distance between the top of the head restraint and the interior surface of the vehicle at the roofline or the interior surface of the backlight must not exceed 50 mm for convertibles and 25 mm for all other vehicles.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2 <I>Width.</I> When measured in accordance with S5.2.2 of this section, 65 ±3 mm below the top of the head restraint, the lateral width of a head restraint must be not less than 170 mm, except the lateral width of the head restraint for front outboard designated seating positions in a vehicle with a front center designated seating position, must be not less than 254 mm.
</P>
<P>S4.2.3 <I>Front Outboard Designated Seating Position Backset.</I> When measured in accordance with S5.2.3 of this section, the backset must not be more than 55 mm, when the seat is adjusted in accordance with S5.1. For adjustable restraints, the requirements of this section must be met with the top of the head restraint in any height position of adjustment between 750 mm and 800 mm, inclusive. If the top of the head restraint, in its lowest position of adjustment, is above 800 mm, the requirements of this section must be met at that position. If the head restraint position is independent of the seat back inclination position, the head restraint must not be adjusted such that backset is more than 55 mm when the seat back inclination is positioned closer to vertical than the position specified in S5.1.
</P>
<P>S4.2.4 <I>Gaps.</I>
</P>
<P>All head restraints must meet limits for gaps in the head restraint specified in S4.2.4.1. For gaps between the seat and head restraint, adjustable head restraints must meet either the limits specified in S4.2.4.1 or S4.2.4.2.
</P>
<P>S4.2.4.1 <I>Gaps within the head restraint and between the head restraint and seat using a 165 mm sphere.</I> When measured in accordance with S5.2.4.1 of this section using the head form specified in that paragraph, there must not be any gap greater than 60 mm within or between the anterior surface of the head restraint and anterior surface of the seat, with the head restraint adjusted to its lowest height position and any backset position, except as allowed by S4.4.
</P>
<P>S4.2.4.2 <I>Gaps between the head restraint and seat using a 25 mm cylinder.</I> The following option is only available to head restraints that can move with respect to the seat. When measured in accordance with S5.2.4.2 of this section using the 25 mm cylinder specified in that paragraph, there must not be any gap greater than 25 mm between the anterior surface of the head restraint and anterior surface of the seat, with the head restraint adjusted to its lowest height position and any backset position, except as allowed by S4.4.
</P>
<P>S4.2.5 <I>Energy absorption.</I> When the anterior surface of the head restraint is impacted in accordance with S5.2.5 of this section by the head form specified in that paragraph at any velocity up to and including 24.1 km/h, the deceleration of the head form must not exceed 785 m/s
<SU>2</SU> (80 g) continuously for more than 3 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>S4.2.6 <I>Height retention.</I> When tested in accordance with S5.2.6 of this section, the cylindrical test device specified in S5.2.6(b) must return to within 13 mm of its initial reference position after application of at least a 500 N load and subsequent reduction of the load to 50 N ±1 N. During application of the initial 50 N reference load, as specified in S5.2.6(b)(2) of this section, the cylindrical test device must not move downward more than 25 mm.
</P>
<P>S4.2.7 <I>Backset retention, displacement, and strength.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Backset retention and displacement.</I> When tested in accordance with S5.2.7 of this section, the described head form must:
</P>
<P>(1) Not be displaced more than 25 mm during the application of the initial reference moment of 37 ±0.7 Nm;
</P>
<P>(2) Not be displaced more than 102 mm perpendicularly and posterior of the displaced extended torso reference line during the application of a 373 ±7.5 Nm moment about the H-point; and
</P>
<P>(3) Return to within 13 mm of its initial reference position after the application of a 373 ±7.5 Nm moment about the H-point and reduction of the moment to 37 ±0.7 Nm.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Strength.</I> When the head restraint is tested in accordance with S5.2.7(b) of this section with the test device specified in that paragraph, the load applied to the head restraint must reach 890 N and remain at 890 N for a period of 5 seconds.
</P>
<P>S4.3 <I>Dynamic performance and width.</I> At each forward-facing outboard designated seating position equipped with a head restraint, the head restraint adjusted midway between the lowest and the highest position of adjustment, and at any position of backset adjustment, must conform to the following:
</P>
<P>S4.3.1 <I>Injury criteria.</I> When tested in accordance with S5.3 of this section, during a forward acceleration of the dynamic test platform described in S5.3.1, the head restraint must:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Angular rotation.</I> Limit posterior angular rotation between the head and torso of the 50th percentile male Hybrid III test dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subpart E, fitted with sensors to measure rotation between the head and torso, to 12 degrees for the dummy in all outboard designated seating positions;
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Head injury criteria.</I> Limit the maximum HIC<E T="52">15</E> value to 500. HIC<E T="52">15</E> is calculated as follows—
</P>
<P>For any two points in time, t<E T="52">1</E> and t<E T="52">2</E>, during the event which are separated by not more than a 15 millisecond time interval and where t<E T="52">1</E> is less than t<E T="52">2</E>, the head injury criterion (HIC<E T="52">15</E>) is determined using the resultant head acceleration at the center of gravity of the dummy head, a <E T="52">r</E>, expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity) and is calculated using the expression:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="39" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er04my07.164.gif"/></MATH>
<P>4.3.2 <I>Width.</I> The head restraint must have the lateral width specified in S4.2.2 of this section.
</P>
<P>S4.4 <I>Folding or retracting rear head restraints non-use positions.</I> A rear head restraint may be adjusted to a position at which its height does not comply with the requirements of S4.2.1 of this section. However, in any such position, the head restraint must meet either S4.4(a), (b) or (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) The head restraint must automatically return to a position in which its minimum height is not less than that specified in S4.2.1(b) of this section when a test dummy representing a 5th percentile female Hybrid III test dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subpart O is positioned according to S5.4(a); or
</P>
<P>(b) The head restraint must, when tested in accordance with S5.4(b) of this section, be capable of manually rotating forward or rearward by not less than 60 degrees from any position of adjustment in which its minimum height is not less than that specified in S4.2.1(b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The head restraint must, when tested in accordance with S5.4(b) of this section, cause the torso reference line angle to be at least 10 degrees closer to vertical than when the head restraint is in any position of adjustment in which its height is not less than that specified in S4.2.1(b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>S4.5 <I>Removability of head restraints.</I> The head restraint must not be removable without a deliberate action distinct from any act necessary for upward adjustment.
</P>
<P>S4.6 <I>Compliance option selection.</I> Where manufacturer options are specified in this section, the manufacturer must select an option by the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for that vehicle. The manufacturer may select different compliance options for different designated seating positions to which the requirements of this section are applicable. Each manufacturer must, upon request from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, provide information regarding which of the compliance options it has selected for a particular vehicle or make/model.
</P>
<P>S4.7 Information in owner's manual.
</P>
<P>S4.7.1 The owner's manual for each vehicle must emphasize that all occupants, including the driver, should not operate a vehicle or sit in a vehicle's seat until the head restraints are placed in their proper positions in order to minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash.
</P>
<P>S4.7.2 The owner's manual for each vehicle must—
</P>
<P>(a) Include an accurate description of the vehicle's head restraint system in an easily understandable format. The owner's manual must clearly identify which seats are equipped with head restraints;
</P>
<P>(b) If the head restraints are removable, the owner's manual must provide instructions on how to remove the head restraint by a deliberate action distinct from any act necessary for upward adjustment, and how to reinstall head restraints;
</P>
<P>(c) Warn that all head restraints must be reinstalled to properly protect vehicle occupants.
</P>
<P>(d) Describe in an easily understandable format the adjustment of the head restraints and/or seat back to achieve appropriate head restraint position relative to the occupant's head. This discussion must include, at a minimum, accurate information on the following topics:
</P>
<P>(1) A presentation and explanation of the main components of the vehicle's head restraints.
</P>
<P>(2) The basic requirements for proper head restraint operation, including an explanation of the actions that may affect the proper functioning of the head restraints.
</P>
<P>(3) The basic requirements for proper positioning of a head restraint in relation to an occupant's head position, including information regarding the proper positioning of the center of gravity of an occupant's head or some other anatomical landmark in relation to the head restraint.
</P>
<P>S5 <I>Procedures.</I> Demonstrate compliance with S4.2 through S4.4 of this section as follows. The positions of seat adjustment specified in S5 and S5.1 are conditions to be met concurrently and are not a sequential list of adjustments. Any adjustable lumbar support is adjusted to its most posterior nominal design position. If the seat cushion adjusts independently of the seat back, position the seat cushion such that the highest H-point position is achieved with respect to the seat back, as measured by SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin, with leg length specified in S10.4.2.1 of § 571.208 of this Part. If the specified position of the H-point can be achieved with a range of seat cushion inclination angles, adjust the seat inclination such that the most forward part of the seat cushion is at its lowest position with respect to the most rearward part. All tests specified by this standard are conducted with the ambient temperature between 18 degrees C. and 28 degrees C.
</P>
<P>S5.1 Except as specified in S5.2.3 and S5.3 of this section, if the seat back is adjustable, it is set at an initial inclination position closest to the manufacturer's design seat back angle, as measured by SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin. If there is more than one inclination position closest to the design angle, set the seat back inclination to the position closest to and rearward of the design angle.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Procedure for determining presence of head restraints in rear outboard seats.</I> Measure the height of the top of a rear seat back or the top of any independently adjustable seat component attached to or adjacent to the rear seat back in its highest position of adjustment using the scale incorporated into the SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin or an equivalent scale, which is positioned laterally within 15 mm of the centerline of the rear seat back or any independently adjustable seat component attached to or adjacent to the rear seat back.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Dimensional and static performance procedures.</I> Demonstrate compliance with S4.2 of this section in accordance with S5.2.1 through S5.2.7 of this section. Position the SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin according to the seating procedure found in SAE Standard J826 JUL95.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Procedure for height measurement.</I> Demonstrate compliance with S4.2.1 of this section in accordance with S5.2.1 (a) and (b) of this section, using the headroom probe scale incorporated into the SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin with the appropriate offset for the H-point position or an equivalent scale, which is positioned laterally within 15 mm of the head restraint centerline. If the head restraint position is independent of the seat back inclination position, compliance is determined at a seat back inclination position closest to the design seat back angle, and each seat back inclination position less than the design seat back angle.
</P>
<P>(a)(1) For head restraints in front outboard designated seating positions, adjust the top of the head restraint to the highest position and measure the height.
</P>
<P>(2) For head restraints located in the front outboard designated seating positions that are prevented by the interior surface of the vehicle at the roofline from meeting the required height as specified in S4.2.1(a)(1), measure the clearance between the top of the head restraint and the interior surface of the vehicle at the roofline, with the seat adjusted to its lowest vertical position intended for occupant use, by attempting to pass a 25 mm sphere between them. Adjust the top of the head restraint to the lowest position and measure the height.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) For head restraints in all outboard designated seating positions equipped with head restraints, adjust the top of the head restraint to the lowest position other than allowed by S4.4 and measure the height.
</P>
<P>(2) For head restraints located in rear outboard designated seating positions that are prevented by the interior surface of the vehicle at the roofline or the interior surface of the rear backlight from meeting the required height as specified in S4.2.1(b)(1), measure the clearance between the top of the head restraint or the seat back and the interior surface of the vehicle at the roofline or the interior surface of the rear backlight, with the seat adjusted to its lowest vertical position intended for occupant use, by attempting to pass a 25 mm sphere between them.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Procedure for width measurement.</I> Demonstrate compliance with S4.2.2 of this section using calipers to measure the maximum dimension perpendicular to the vehicle vertical longitudinal plane of the intersection of the head restraint with a plane that is normal to the torso reference line of SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin and 65 ±3 mm below the top of the head restraint.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 <I>Procedure for backset measurement.</I> Demonstrate compliance with S4.2.3 of this section using the HRMD positioned laterally within 15 mm of the head restraint centerline. Adjust the front head restraint so that its top is at any height between and inclusive of 750 mm and 800 mm and its backset is in the maximum position other than allowed by S4.4. If the lowest position of adjustment is above 800 mm, adjust the head restraint to that position. If the head restraint position is independent of the seat back inclination position, compliance is determined at each seat back inclination position closest to and less than the design seat back angle.
</P>
<P>S5.2.4 <I>Procedures for gap measurement.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.4.1 Procedure using a 165 mm sphere.
</P>
<P>Demonstrate compliance with S4.2.4.1 of this section in accordance with the procedures of S5.2.4.1 (a) through (c) of this section, with the head restraint adjusted to its lowest height position and any backset position, except as allowed by S4.4.
</P>
<P>(a) The area of measurement is anywhere on the anterior surface of the head restraint or seat with a height greater than 540 mm and within the following distances from the centerline of the seat—
</P>
<P>(1) 127 mm for seats required to have 254 mm minimum head restraint width; and
</P>
<P>(2) 85 mm for seats required to have a 170 mm head restraint width.
</P>
<P>(b) Applying a load of no more than 5 N against the area of measurement specified in subparagraph (a), place a 165 ±2 mm diameter spherical head form against any gap such that at least two points of contact are made within the area. The surface roughness of the head form is less than 1.6 µm, root mean square.
</P>
<P>(c) Determine the gap dimension by measuring the vertical straight line distance between the inner edges of the two furthest contact points, as shown in Figures 2, 3 and 4.
</P>
<P>S5.2.4.2 Procedure using a 25 mm cylinder.
</P>
<P>Demonstrate compliance with S4.2.4.2 of this section in accordance with the procedures of S5.2.4.2 (a) through (c) of this section, with the head restraint adjusted to its lowest height position and any backset position, except as allowed by S4.4.
</P>
<P>(a) The area of measurement is between the anterior surface of the head restraint and seat with a height greater than 540 mm and within the following distances from the centerline of the seat—
</P>
<P>(1) 127 mm for seats required to have 254 mm minimum head restraint width; and
</P>
<P>(2) 85 mm for seats required to have a 170 mm head restraint width.
</P>
<P>(b) Orient a 25 ±1 mm diameter cylinder such that its long axis is perpendicular to the seat back angle and in a vertical longitudinal vehicle plane. Applying a load of no more than 5 N along the axis of the cylinder, place the cylinder against any gap within the area of measurement specified in subparagraph (a). The surface roughness of the cylinder is less than 1.6 µm, root mean square.
</P>
<P>(c) Determine if at least 125 mm of the cylinder can completely pass through the gap. If 125 mm or more of the cylinder can completely pass through the gap, the gap is not in compliance.
</P>
<P>S5.2.5 <I>Procedures for energy absorption.</I> Demonstrate compliance with S4.2.5 of this section in accordance with S5.2.5 (a) through (e) of this section, with adjustable head restraints in any height and backset position of adjustment.
</P>
<P>(a) Use an impactor with a semispherical head form with a 165 ±2 mm diameter and a surface roughness of less than 1.6 µm, root mean square. The head form and associated base have a combined mass of 6.8 ±0.05 kg.
</P>
<P>(b) Instrument the impactor with an acceleration sensing device whose output is recorded in a data channel that conforms to the requirements for a 600 Hz channel class as specified in SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 MAR95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The axis of the acceleration-sensing device coincides with the geometric center of the head form and the direction of impact.
</P>
<P>(c) Propel the impactor toward the head restraint. At the time of launch, the longitudinal axis of the impactor is within 2 degrees of being horizontal and parallel to the vehicle longitudinal axis. The direction of travel is posteriorly.
</P>
<P>(d) Constrain the movement of the head form so that it travels linearly along the path described in S5.2.5(c) of this section for not less than 25 mm before making contact with the head restraint.
</P>
<P>(e) Impact the anterior surface of the seat or head restraint at any point with a height greater than 635 mm and within a distance of the head restraint vertical centerline of 70 mm.
</P>
<P>S5.2.6 <I>Procedures for height retention.</I> Demonstrate compliance with S4.2.6 of this section in accordance with S5.2.6(a) through (e) of this section. For head restraints that move with respect to the seat when occupant loading is applied to the seat back, S5.2.6(a) through (e) may be performed with the head restraint fixed in a position corresponding to the position when the seat is unoccupied.
</P>
<P>(a) Adjust the adjustable head restraint so that its top is at any of the following height positions at any backset position—
</P>
<P>(1) For front outboard designated seating positions—
</P>
<P>(i) The highest position; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Not less than, but closest to 800 mm; and
</P>
<P>(2) For rear outboard designated seating positions equipped with head restraints—
</P>
<P>(i) The highest position; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Not less than, but closest to 750 mm.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Orient a cylindrical test device having a 165 ±2 mm diameter in plan view (perpendicular to the axis of revolution), and a 152 mm length in profile (through the axis of revolution) with a surface roughness of less than 1.6 µm, root mean square, such that the axis of the revolution is horizontal and in the longitudinal vertical plane through the longitudinal centerline of the head restraint. Position the midpoint of the bottom surface of the cylinder in contact with the head restraint.
</P>
<P>(2) Establish initial reference position by applying a vertical downward load of 50 ±1 N at the rate of 250 ±50 N/minute. Determine the reference position after 5.5 ±0.5 seconds at this load.
</P>
<P>(c) Increase the load at the rate of 250 ±50 N/minute to at least 500 N and maintain this load for 5.5 ±0.5 seconds.
</P>
<P>(d) Reduce the load at the rate of 250 ±50 N/minute until the load is completely removed. Maintain this condition for two minutes ±5 seconds.
</P>
<P>(e) Increase the load at the rate of 250 ±50 N/minute to 50 ±1 N and, after 5.5 ±0.5 seconds at this load, determine the position of the cylindrical device with respect to its initial reference position.
</P>
<P>S5.2.7 <I>Procedures for backset retention, displacement, and strength.</I> Demonstrate compliance with S4.2.7 of this section in accordance with S5.2.7(a) and (b) of this section. The load vectors that generate moment on the head restraint are initially contained in a vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Backset retention and displacement.</I> For head restraints that move with respect to the seat when occupant loading is applied to the seat back, S5.2.7(a)(1) through (8) may be performed with the head restraint fixed in a position corresponding to the position when the seat is unoccupied. This fixation is applied to the member(s) that first transmit(s) the seat back loading from the occupant to the head restraint.
</P>
<P>(1) Adjust the head restraint so that its top is at a height closest to and not less than:
</P>
<P>(i) 800 mm for front outboard designated seating positions (or the highest position of adjustment for head restraints subject to S4.2.1(a)(2)); and
</P>
<P>(ii) 750 mm for rear outboard designated seating positions equipped with head restraints (or the highest position of adjustment for rear head restraints subject to S4.2.1(b)(2)).
</P>
<P>(2) Adjust the head restraint to any backset position.
</P>
<P>(3) In the seat, place a test device having the back pan dimensions and torso reference line (vertical center line), when viewed laterally, with the head room probe in the full back position, of the three dimensional SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin;
</P>
<P>(4) Establish the displaced torso reference line by creating a posterior moment of 373 ±7.5 Nm about the H-point by applying a force to the seat back through the back pan at the rate of 187 ±37 Nm/minute. The initial location on the back pan of the moment generating force vector has a height of 290 mm ±13 mm. Apply the force vector normal to the torso reference line and maintain it within 2 degrees of a vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline. Constrain the back pan to rotate about the H-point. Rotate the force vector direction with the back pan.
</P>
<P>(5) Maintain the position of the back pan as established in S5.2.7(a)(4) of this section. Using a 165 ±2 mm diameter spherical head form with a surface roughness of less than 1.6 µm, root mean square, establish the head form initial reference position by aligning the centerline of the head form perpendicular to the displaced torso reference line, on the seat centerline, and at a height 65 ±3 mm below the top of the head restraint. Apply a posterior initial load that will produce a 37 ±0.7 Nm moment about the H-point. After maintaining this moment for 5.5 ±0.5 seconds, measure the posterior displacement of the head form during the application of the load.
</P>
<P>(6) Increase the initial load at the rate of 187 ±37 Nm/minute until a 373 ±7.5 Nm moment about the H-point is produced. Maintain the load level producing that moment for 5.5 ±0.5 seconds and then measure the posterior displacement of the head form relative to the displaced torso reference line.
</P>
<P>(7) Reduce the load at the rate of 187 ±37 Nm/minute until it is completely removed. Maintain this condition for two minutes ±5 seconds.
</P>
<P>(8) Increase the load at the rate of 187 ±37 Nm/minute until a 37 ±0.7 Nm moment about the H-point is produced. After maintaining the load level producing that moment for 5.5 ±0.5 seconds, measure the posterior displacement of the head form position with respect to its initial reference position; and
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Strength.</I> Increase the load specified in S5.2.7(a)(7) of this section at the rate of 250 ±50 N/minute to at least 890 N and maintain this load level for 5.5 ±0.5 seconds.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Procedures for dynamic performance.</I> Demonstrate compliance with S4.3 of this section in accordance with S5.3.1 though S5.3.9 of this section with a 50th percentile male Hybrid III test dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572 subpart E, fitted with sensors to measure head to torso rotation. The dummy with all sensors is to continue to meet all specifications in 49 CFR part 572 subpart E. The restraint is positioned midway between the lowest and the highest position of adjustment, and at any position of backset.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 Mount the vehicle on a dynamic test platform at the vehicle altitude set forth in S13.3 of § 571.208 of this part, so that the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle is parallel to the direction of the test platform travel and so that movement between the base of the vehicle and the test platform is prevented. Instrument the platform with an accelerometer and data processing system. Position the accelerometer sensitive axis parallel to the direction of test platform travel.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 Remove the tires, wheels, fluids, and all unsecured components. Remove or rigidly secure the engine, transmission, axles, exhaust, vehicle frame and any other vehicle component necessary to assure that all points on the acceleration vs. time plot measured by an accelerometer on the dynamic test platform fall within the corridor described in Figure 1 and Table 1.
</P>
<P>S5.3.3 Place any moveable windows in the fully open position.
</P>
<P>S5.3.4 <I>Seat Adjustment.</I> The following seat adjustments specify conditions to be met concurrently and are not a sequential list of adjustments. At each outboard designated seating position, using any control that primarily moves the entire seat vertically, place the seat in the lowest position. Using any control that primarily moves the entire seat in the fore and aft directions, place the seat midway between the forwardmost and rearmost position. If an adjustment position does not exist midway between the forwardmost and rearmost positions, the closest adjustment position to the rear of the midpoint is used. Adjust the seat cushion and seat back as required by S5 of this section. If the seat back is adjustable, it is set at an inclination position closest to 25 degrees from the vertical, as measured by SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin. If there is more than one inclination position closest to 25 degrees from the vertical, set the seat back inclination to the position closest to and rearward of 25 degrees. If the head restraint is adjustable, adjust the top of the head restraint to a position midway between the lowest position of adjustment and the highest position of adjustment. If an adjustment position midway between the lowest and the highest position does not exist, adjust the head restraint to a position below and nearest to midway between the lowest position of adjustment and the highest position of adjustment.
</P>
<P>S5.3.5 <I>Seat Belt Adjustment.</I> Prior to placing the Type 2 seat belt around the test dummy, fully extend the webbing from the seat belt retractor(s) and release it three times to remove slack. If an adjustable seat belt D-ring anchorage exists, place it in the adjustment position closest to the mid-position. If an adjustment position does not exist midway between the highest and lowest position, the closest adjustment position above the midpoint is used.
</P>
<P>S5.3.6 Dress and adjust each test dummy as specified in S8.1.8.2 through S8.1.8.3 of § 571.208 of this part. The stabilized test temperature of the test dummy is at any temperature level between 69 degrees F and 72 degrees F, inclusive.
</P>
<P>S5.3.7 <I>Test dummy positioning procedure.</I> Place a test dummy at each outboard designated seating position equipped with a head restraint.
</P>
<P>S5.3.7.1 <I>Head.</I> The transverse instrumentation platform of the head is level within 
<FR>1/2</FR> degree. To level the head of the test dummy, the following sequence is followed. First, adjust the position of the H-point within the limits set forth in S10.4.2.1 of § 571.208 to level the transverse instrumentation platform of the head of the test dummy. If the transverse instrumentation platform of the head is still not level, then adjust the pelvic angle of the test dummy. If the transverse instrumentation platform of the head is still not level, then adjust the neck bracket of the dummy the minimum amount necessary from the non-adjusted “0” setting to ensure that the transverse instrumentation platform of the head is horizontal within 
<FR>1/2</FR> degree. The test dummy remains within the limits specified in S10.4.2.1 of § 571.208 after any adjustment of the neck bracket.
</P>
<P>S5.3.7.2 <I>Upper arms and hands.</I> Position each test dummy as specified in S10.2 and S10.3 of § 571.208 of this part.
</P>
<P>S5.3.7.3 <I>Torso.</I> Position each test dummy as specified in S10.4.1.1, S10.4.1.2, and S10.4.2.1 of § 571.208 of this Part, except that the midsagittal plane of the dummy is aligned within 15 mm of the head restraint centerline. If the midsagittal plane of the dummy cannot be aligned within 15 mm of the head restraint centerline then align the midsagittal plane of the dummy as close as possible to the head restraint centerline.
</P>
<P>S5.3.7.4 <I>Legs.</I> Position each test dummy as specified in S10.5 of § 571.208 of this part, except that final adjustment to accommodate placement of the feet in accordance with S5.3.7.5 of this section is permitted.
</P>
<P>S5.3.7.5 <I>Feet.</I> Position each test dummy as specified in S10.6 of § 571.208 of this part, except that for rear outboard designated seating positions the feet of the test dummy are placed flat on the floorpan and beneath the front seat as far forward as possible without front seat interference. For rear outboard designated seating positions, if necessary, the distance between the knees can be changed in order to place the feet beneath the seat.
</P>
<P>S5.3.8 Accelerate the dynamic test platform to 17.3 ±0.6 km/h. All of the points on the acceleration vs. time curve fall within the corridor described in Figure 1 and Table 1 when filtered to channel class 60, as specified in the SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 MAR95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). Measure the maximum posterior angular displacement.
</P>
<P>S5.3.9 Calculate the angular displacement from the output of instrumentation placed in the torso and head of the test dummy and an algorithm capable of determining the relative angular displacement to within one degree and conforming to the requirements of a 600 Hz channel class, as specified in SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 MAR95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). No data generated after 200 ms from the beginning of the forward acceleration are used in determining angular displacement of the head with respect to the torso.
</P>
<P>S5.3.10 Calculate the HIC<E T="52">15</E> from the output of instrumentation placed in the head of the test dummy, using the equation in S4.3.1(b) of this section and conforming to the requirements for a 1000 Hz channel class as specified in SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 MAR95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). No data generated after 200 ms from the beginning of the forward acceleration are used in determining HIC.
</P>
<P>S5.4 Procedures for folding or retracting head restraints for unoccupied rear outboard designated seating positions.
</P>
<P>(a) Demonstrate compliance with S4.4 (a) of this section, using a 5th percentile female Hybrid III test dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subpart O, in accordance with the following procedure—
</P>
<P>(1) Position the test dummy in the seat such that the dummy's midsaggital plane is aligned within the 15 mm of the head restraint centerline and is parallel to a vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>(2) Hold the dummy's thighs down and push rearward on the upper torso to maximize the dummy's pelvic angle.
</P>
<P>(3) Place the legs as close as possible to 90 degrees to the thighs. Push rearward on the dummy's knees to force the pelvis into the seat so there is no gap between the pelvis and the seat back or until contact occurs between the back of the dummy's calves and the front of the seat cushion such that the angle between the dummy's thighs and legs begins to change.
</P>
<P>(4) Note the position of the head restraint. Remove the dummy from the seat. If the head restraint returns to a retracted position upon removal of the dummy, manually place it in the noted position. Determine compliance with the height requirements of S4.2.1 of this section by using the test procedures of S5.2.1 of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Demonstrate compliance with S4.4 (b) of this section in accordance with the following procedure:
</P>
<P>(1) Place the rear head restraint in any position meeting the requirements of S4.2 of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Strike a line on the head restraint. Measure the angle or range of angles of the head restraint reference line as projected onto a vertical longitudinal vehicle plane. Alternatively, measure the torso reference line angle with the SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin;
</P>
<P>(3) Fold or retract the head restraint to a position in which its minimum height is less than that specified in S4.2.1 (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(4) Determine the minimum change in the head restraint reference line angle as projected onto a vertical longitudinal vehicle plane from the angle or range of angles measured in 5.4(b)(2). Alternatively, determine the change in the torso reference line angle with the SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) manikin.
</P>
<P>S6 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2010 (Phase-in of § 571.202a).</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For vehicles manufactured for sale in the United States on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2010, a percentage of the manufacturer's production, as specified in S6.1, shall meet the requirements specified in this § 571.202a without regard to any option to comply with the standard in § 571.202 or with the European regulations referenced in S4.3(a) of § 571.202. So long as this percentage requirement is met, a vehicle may comply with the standard in this § 571.202a, with the standard in § 571.202, or with the European regulations referenced in S4.3(a) of § 571.202.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding S6(a), vehicles that are manufactured in two or more stages or that are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) after having previously been certified in accordance with part 567 of this chapter may comply with the standard in this § 571.202a, with the standard in § 571.202, or with the European regulations referenced in S4.3(a) of § 571.202.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Phase-in percentage.</I> For vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2010, the amount of vehicles complying with S6(a) shall be not less than 80 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) If the manufacturer has manufactured vehicles for sale in the United States during both of the two production years prior to September 1, 2009, the manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2007, and before September 1, 2010, or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2010.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S6.1, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S6.2.2.
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle that is imported shall be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S6.2.1.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2010, and before September 1, 2011 (Phase-in of rear seat requirements of § 571.202a).</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For vehicles manufactured for sale in the United States on or after September 1, 2010, and before September 1, 2011 a percentage of the manufacturer's production of vehicles equipped with rear outboard head restraints, as specified in S7.1, shall meet the requirements specified in this § 571.202a for rear head restraints.
</P>
<P>(b) Vehicles that are manufactured in two or more stages or that are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) after having previously been certified in accordance with part 567 of this chapter are not subject to the requirement specified in S7(a).
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Phase-in percentage.</I> For vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2010, and before September 1, 2011, the amount of vehicles equipped with rear outboard head restraints complying with S7(a) shall be not less than 80 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) If the manufacturer has manufactured vehicles for sale in the United States during both of the two production years prior to September 1, 2010, the manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles equipped with rear outboard head restraints manufactured on or after September 1, 2008, and before September 1, 2011, or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production of vehicles equipped with rear outboard head restraints on or after September 1, 2010, and before September 1, 2011.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.2.1 For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S7.1, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S7.2.2.
</P>
<P>S7.2.2 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S7.2.1.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er04my07.159.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04my07.160.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04my07.161.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04my07.162.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er04my07.163.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 25514, May 4, 2007, as amended at 75 FR 67246, Nov. 2, 2010; 77 FR 761, Jan. 6, 2012]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.203" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.203   Standard No. 203; Impact protection for the driver from the steering control system.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for steering control systems that will minimize chest, neck, and facial injuries to the driver as a result of impact.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars and to multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kg or less. However, it does not apply to vehicles that conform to the frontal barrier crash requirements (S5.1) of Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208) by means of other than seat belt assemblies. It also does not apply to walk-in vans or vehicles without a steering control.
</P>
<P>S3. [Reserved]</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I> Each passenger car and each multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck and bus with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kg or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1981 shall meet the requirements of S5.1 and S5.2.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Impact protection requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 Except as provided in this paragraph, the steering control system of any vehicle to which this standard applies shall be impacted in accordance with S5.1(a).
</P>
<P>(a) When the steering control system is impacted by a body block in accordance with SAE Recommended Practice J944 JUN80 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), at a relative velocity of 24 km/h, the impact force developed on the chest of the body block transmitted to the steering control system shall not exceed 11,120 N, except for intervals whose cumulative duration is not more than 3 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.2 The steering control system shall be so constructed that no components or attachments, including horn actuating mechanisms and trim hardware, can catch the driver's clothing or jewelry during normal driving maneuvers.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The term jewelry refers to watches, rings, and bracelets without loosely attached or dangling members.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 22902, Dec. 2, 1971, as amended at 44 FR 68475, Nov. 29, 1979; 47 FR 47842, Oct. 28, 1982; 58 FR 26527, May 4, 1993; 58 FR 63304, Dec. 1, 1993; 63 FR 28935, May 27, 1998; 63 FR 51003, Sept. 24, 1998; 76 FR 762, Jan. 6, 2012; 87 FR 18588, Mar. 30, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.204" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.204   Standard No. 204; Steering control rearward displacement.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements limiting the rearward displacement of the steering control into the passenger compartment to reduce the likelihood of chest, neck, or head injury.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars and to multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses. However, it does not apply to vehicles certified to S14 of Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208). It also does not apply to walk-in vans or vehicles without steering controls.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Steering column</I> means a structural housing that surrounds a steering shaft.
</P>
<P><I>Steering shaft</I> means a component that transmits steering torque from the steering wheel to the steering gear.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I> When a passenger car or a truck, bus or multipurpose passenger vehicle with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kg or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kg or less is tested under the conditions of S5 in a 48 km/h perpendicular impact into a fixed collision barrier, the upper end of the steering column and shaft in the vehicle shall not be displaced more than 127 mm in a horizontal rearward direction parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle. The amount of displacement shall be measured relative to an undisturbed point on the vehicle and shall represent the maximum dynamic movement of the upper end of the steering column and shaft during the crash test.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Test conditions.</I> The requirements of S4 shall be met when the vehicle is tested in accordance with the following conditions.
</P>
<P>S5.1 The vehicle, including test devices and instrumentation, is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight.
</P>
<P>S5.2 Adjustable steering controls are adjusted so that a tilting steering wheel hub is at the geometric center of the locus it describes when it is moved through its full range of driving positions. A telescoping steering control is set at the adjustment position midway between the forwardmost and rearwardmost position.
</P>
<P>S5.3 Convertibles and open-body type vehicles have the top, if any, in place in the closed passenger compartment configuration.
</P>
<P>S5.4 Doors are fully closed and latched but not locked.
</P>
<P>S5.5 The fuel tank is filled to any level from 90 to 95 percent of capacity.
</P>
<P>S5.6 The parking brake is disengaged and the transmission is in neutral.
</P>
<P>S5.7 Tires are inflated to the vehicle manufacturer's specifications.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 44897, Nov. 23, 1987, as amended at 63 FR 28935, May 27, 1998; 63 FR 51003, Sept. 24, 1998; 87 FR 18588, Mar. 30, 2022; 91 FR 33119, June 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.205" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.205   Standard No. 205, Glazing materials.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for glazing materials for use in motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce injuries resulting from impact to glazing surfaces, to ensure a necessary degree of transparency in motor vehicle windows for driver visibility, and to minimize the possibility of occupants being thrown through the vehicle windows in collisions.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks designed to carry at least one person, buses, motorcycles, slide-in campers, pickup covers designed to carry persons while in motion and low speed vehicles, and to glazing materials for use in those vehicles.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I> 
</P>
<P><I>Bullet resistant shield</I> means a shield or barrier that is installed completely inside a motor vehicle behind and separate from glazing materials that independently comply with the requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P><I>Camper</I> means a structure designed to be mounted in the cargo area of a truck, or attached to an incomplete vehicle with motive power, for the purpose of providing shelter for persons.
</P>
<P><I>Glass-plastic glazing material</I> means a laminate of one or more layers of glass and one or more layers of plastic in which a plastic surface of the glazing faces inward when the glazing is installed in a vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Pickup cover</I> means a camper having a roof and sides but without a floor, designed to be mounted on and removable from the cargo area of a truck by the user.
</P>
<P><I>Prime glazing manufacturer</I> means a manufacturer that fabricates, laminates, or tempers glazing materials. 
</P>
<P><I>Slide-in camper</I> means a camper having a roof, floor, and sides, designed to be mounted on and removable from the cargo area of a truck by the user.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 Glazing materials for use in motor vehicles must conform to ANSI/SAE Z26.1-1996 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), unless this standard provides otherwise. SAE Recommended Practice J673 (1993) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) is referenced in ANSI/SAE Z26.1-1996.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Multipurpose passenger vehicles.</I> Except as otherwise specifically provided by this standard, glazing for use in multipurpose passenger vehicles shall conform to the requirements for glazing for use in trucks as specified in ANSI/SAE Z26.1-1996 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Aftermarket replacement glazing.</I> Glazing intended for aftermarket replacement is required to meet the requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 <I>Location of arrow within “AS” markings.</I> In ANSI/SAE Z26.1-1996 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) Section 7. “Marking of Safety Glazing Materials,” on page 33, in the right column, in the first complete sentence, the example markings “AS↓1”, “AS↓14” and “AS↑2” are corrected to read “A↓S1”, “A↓S14” and “A↑S2”. Note that the arrow indicating the portion of the material that complies with Test 2 is placed with its base adjacent to a horizontal line.
</P>
<P>S5.2 Each of the test specimens described in ANSI/SAE Z26.1-1996 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) Section 5.7 (fracture test) must meet the fracture test requirements of that section when tested in accordance with the test procedure set forth in that section.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Shade Bands.</I> Shade band areas for windshields shall comply with the requirements of either S5.3.1 or S5.3.2.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 Shade bands for windshields shall comply with SAE Recommended Practice J100 (1995) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 Except as provided in S5.3.2.1, the lower boundary of shade bands for windshields shall be a plane inclined upwards from the X axis of the vehicle at 7 degrees, passing through point V<E T="52">1</E>, and parallel to the Y axis. The coordinate system and point V<E T="52">1</E> shall be as specified in Annexes 18 and 19 of European Commission for Europe (ECE) Regulation No. 43 Revision 2—Amendment 1.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.1 In the area 300 mm wide centered on the intersection of the windshield surface and longitudinal vertical median plane of the vehicle, the lower boundary of shade bands for windshields shall be a plane inclined upwards from the X axis of the vehicle at 3 degrees, passing through point V<E T="52">1</E>, and parallel to the Y axis.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Low speed vehicles.</I> Windshields of low speed vehicles must meet the ANSI/SAE Z26.1-1996 specifications for either AS-1 or AS-4 glazing. 
</P>
<P>S5.5 Item 4A Glazing. Item 4A glazing may be used in all areas in which Item 4 safety glazing may be used, and also for side windows rearward of the “C” pillar. I.e., Item 4A glazing may be used under Item 4A paragraph (b) of ANSI/SAE Z26.1-1996 only in side windows rearward of the “C” pillar.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Certification and marking.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 A prime glazing material manufacturer must certify, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 30115, each piece of glazing material to which this standard applies that is designed— 
</P>
<P>(a) As a component of any specific motor vehicle or camper; or 
</P>
<P>(b) To be cut into components for use in motor vehicles or items of motor vehicle equipment. 
</P>
<P>S6.2 A prime glazing manufacturer certifies its glazing by adding to the marks required by section 7 of ANSI/SAE Z26.1-1996, in letters and numerals of the same size, the symbol “DOT” and a manufacturer's code mark that NHTSA assigns to the manufacturer. NHTSA will assign a code mark to a manufacturer after the manufacturer submits a written request to the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. The request must include the company name, address, and a statement from the manufacturer certifying its status as a prime glazing manufacturer as defined in S4. 
</P>
<P>S6.3 A manufacturer or distributor who cuts a section of glazing material to which this standard applies, for use in a motor vehicle or camper, must— 
</P>
<P>(a) Mark that material in accordance with section 7 of ANSI/SAE Z26.1-1996; and 
</P>
<P>(b) Certify that its product complies with this standard in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 30115.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 12239, June 21, 1972]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.205, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.206" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.206   Standard No. 206; Door locks and door retention components.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope and Purpose.</I> This standard specifies requirements for vehicle door locks and door retention components, including latches, hinges, and other supporting means, to minimize the likelihood of occupants being ejected from a vehicle as a result of impact.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks designed to carry at least one person, and buses with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 4,536 kg or less.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Auxiliary Door Latch</I> is a latch equipped with a fully latched position, with or without a secondary latched position, and fitted to a door or door system equipped with a primary door latch system.
</P>
<P><I>Auxiliary Door Latch System</I> consists of door latches and strikers other than those associated with the primary door latch system.
</P>
<P><I>Back Door</I> is a door or door system on the back end of a motor vehicle through which passengers can enter or depart the vehicle or cargo can be loaded or unloaded. It does not include:
</P>
<P>(a) A trunk lid; or
</P>
<P>(b) A door or window composed entirely of glazing material and whose latches and/or hinge systems are attached directly to the glazing material.
</P>
<P><I>Body Member</I> is that portion of the hinge normally affixed to the body structure.
</P>
<P><I>Door Closure Warning System</I> is a system that will activate a visual signal when a door latch system is not in its fully latched position and the vehicle ignition is activated.
</P>
<P><I>Door Hinge System</I> is one or more hinges used to support a door.
</P>
<P><I>Door Latch System</I> consists of latches and strikers installed on a door system.
</P>
<P><I>Door Member</I> is that portion of the hinge normally affixed to the door structure and constituting the swinging member.
</P>
<P><I>Door System</I> is the door, latch, striker, hinges, sliding track combinations and other door retention components on a door and its surrounding doorframe. The door system of a double door includes both doors.
</P>
<P><I>Double Door</I> is a system of two doors where the front door or wing door opens first and connects to the rear door or bolted door, which opens second.
</P>
<P><I>Folding Door</I> is a movable barrier, which will close off an entranceway to a bus, multipurpose passenger vehicle or truck, consisting of two or more hinge panels that swing, slide, or rotate; does not have a striker and latch assembly.
</P>
<P><I>Fork-bolt</I> is the part of the latch that engages and retains the striker when in a latched position.
</P>
<P><I>Fork-bolt Opening Direction</I> is the direction opposite to that in which the striker enters the latch to engage the fork-bolt.
</P>
<P><I>Fully Latched Position</I> is the coupling condition of the latch that retains the door in a completely closed position.
</P>
<P><I>Hinge</I> is a device system used to position the door relative to the body structure and control the path of the door swing for passenger ingress and egress.
</P>
<P><I>Hinge Pin</I> is that portion of the hinge normally interconnecting the body and door members and establishing the swing axis.
</P>
<P><I>Latch</I> is a device employed to maintain the door in a closed position relative to the vehicle body with provisions for deliberate release (or operation).
</P>
<P><I>Primary Door Latch</I> is a latch equipped with both a fully latched position and a secondary latched position and is designated as a “primary door latch” by the manufacturer.
</P>
<P><I>Primary Door Latch System</I> consists of a primary door latch(s) and a striker(s).
</P>
<P><I>Secondary Latched Position</I> refers to the coupling condition of the latch that retains the door in a partially closed position.
</P>
<P><I>Side Front Door</I> is a door that, in a side view, has 50 percent or more of its opening area forward of the rearmost point on the driver's seat back, when the seat back is adjusted to its most vertical and rearward position. For vehicles without a driver's designated seating position it is a door that in a side view, has 50 percent or more of its opening area forward of the rearmost point on the most rearward passenger's seat back in the front row of seats, when the seat backs are adjusted to their most vertical and rearward position.
</P>
<P><I>Side Rear Door</I> is a door that, in a side view, has 50 percent or more of its opening area to the rear of the rearmost point on the driver's seat back, when the driver's seat is adjusted to its most vertical and rearward position. For vehicles without a driver's designated seating position it is a door that in a side view, has 50 percent or more of its opening area rear of the rearmost point on the most rearward passenger's seat back in the front row of seats, when the seat backs are adjusted to their most vertical and rearward position.
</P>
<P><I>Striker</I> is a device with which the latch engages to maintain the door in the fully latched or secondary latched position.
</P>
<P><I>Trunk Lid</I> is a movable body panel that provides access from outside the vehicle to a space wholly partitioned from the occupant compartment by a permanently attached partition or fixed or fold-down seat back.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I> The requirements apply to all side and back doors, that lead directly into a compartment that contains one or more seating accommodations and the associated door components, except for those on folding doors, roll-up doors, detachable doors, bus doors used only for emergency egress purposes and labeled accordingly and on bus doors to accommodate a permanently attached wheelchair lift system that when the device is in the retracted position, the lift platform retracts to a vertical orientation parallel to and in close proximity with the interior surface of the lift door and in that position, the platform completely covers the doorway opening, has fixed attachments to the vehicle and provides a barricade to the doorway. The bus wheelchair lift door must be linked to an alarm system consisting of either a flashing visible signal located in the driver's compartment or an alarm audible to the driver that is activated when the door is not fully closed and the vehicle ignition is activated.
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>Hinged Doors</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.1 <I>Primary and Auxiliary Door Latch Systems.</I> Each hinged door system shall be equipped with at least one primary door latch system. By the time a vehicle is certified a manufacturer shall designate the door latch system(s) that is the “primary door latch system(s).” Upon certification, a manufacturer may not thereafter alter the designation of a primary door latch system. Each manufacturer shall, upon request from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, provide information regarding such designation.
</P>
<P>S4.1.1.1 <I>Load Test One.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Each primary door latch system and auxiliary door latch system, when in the fully latched position, shall not separate when a load of 11,000 N is applied in the direction perpendicular to the face of the latch such that the latch and the striker anchorage are not compressed against each other, when tested in accordance with S5.1.1.1.
</P>
<P>(b) When in the secondary latched position, the primary door latch system shall not separate when a load of 4,500 N is applied in the same direction specified in paragraph (a) of this section when tested in accordance with S5.1.1.1.
</P>
<P>S4.1.1.2 <I>Load Test Two.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Each primary door latch system and auxiliary door latch system, when in the fully latched position, shall not separate when a load of 9,000 N is applied in the fork-bolt opening direction and parallel to the face of the latch, when tested in accordance with S5.1.1.2.
</P>
<P>(b) When in the secondary latched position, the primary door latch system shall not separate when a load of 4,500 N is applied in the same direction specified in paragraph (a) of this section when tested in accordance with S5.1.1.2.
</P>
<P>S4.1.1.3 <I>Load Test Three.</I> (Applicable only to back doors that open in a vertical direction). Each primary door latch system on back doors, when in the fully latched position, shall not separate when a load of 9,000 N is applied in a direction orthogonal to the directions specified in S4.1.1.1 and S4.1.1.2 when tested in accordance with S5.1.1.3.
</P>
<P>S4.1.1.4 <I>Inertial Load.</I> Each primary door latch system and auxiliary door latch system shall meet either the dynamic requirements specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of S4.1.1.4 or the calculation of inertial load resistance specified in paragraph (c) of S4.1.1.4.
</P>
<P>(a) Each primary door latch and auxiliary door latch on each hinged door shall not disengage from the fully latched position when an inertia load is applied to the door latch system, including the latch and its activation device, in the directions parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal and transverse axes with the locking device disengaged, when tested as specified in S5.1.1.4(b).
</P>
<P>(b) Each primary door latch and auxiliary door latch on each hinged back door shall also not disengage from the fully latched position when an inertia load is applied to the door latch system, including the latch and its activation device, in the direction parallel to the vehicle's vertical axis with the locking device disengaged, when tested as specified in S5.1.1.4(b).
</P>
<P>(c) Each component or subassembly is calculated for its minimum inertial load resistance in a particular direction. The combined resistance to the unlatching operation must assure that the door latch system, when properly assembled in the vehicle door, will remain latched when subjected to an inertial load of 30 g in the vehicle directions specified in paragraph (a) of this section or paragraph (b) of this section, as applicable, when calculated in accordance with S5.1.1.4 (a).
</P>
<P>S4.1.2 <I>Door Hinges.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.2.1 When tested in accordance with S5.1.2, each door hinge system shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Support the door,
</P>
<P>(b) Not separate when a longitudinal load of 11,000 N is applied,
</P>
<P>(c) Not separate when a transverse load of 9,000 N is applied, and
</P>
<P>(d) For back doors,
</P>
<P>(1) Not separate when a load of 11,000 N is applied perpendicular to the hinge face plate (longitudinal load test) such that the hinge plates are not compressed against each other (Load Test One).
</P>
<P>(2) Not separate when a load of 9,000 N is applied perpendicular to the axis of the hinge pin and parallel to the hinge face plate (transverse load test) such that the hinge plates are not compressed against each other (Load Test Two).
</P>
<P>(3) Not separate when a load of 9,000 N is applied in the direction of the axis of the hinge pin (Load Test Three—only for back doors that open in a vertical direction).
</P>
<P>S4.1.2.2 If a single hinge within the hinge system is tested instead of the entire hinge system, the hinge must bear a load proportional to the total number of hinges in the hinge system. (For example, an individual hinge in a two-hinge system must be capable of withstanding 50% of the load requirements of the total system.)
</P>
<P>S4.1.2.3 On side doors with rear mounted hinges that can be operated independently of other doors,
</P>
<P>(a) The interior door handle shall be inoperative when the speed of the vehicle is greater than or equal to 4 km/h, and
</P>
<P>(b) A door closure warning system shall be provided for those doors. The door closure warning system shall be located where it can be clearly seen by the driver.
</P>
<P>S4.2 <I>Sliding Side Doors.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.1 <I>Latch System.</I> Each sliding door system shall be equipped with either:
</P>
<P>(a) At least one primary door latch system, or
</P>
<P>(b) A door latch system with a fully latched position and a door closure warning system. The door closure warning system shall be located where it can be clearly seen by the driver. Upon certification a manufacturer may not thereafter alter the designation of a primary latch. Each manufacturer shall, upon request from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, provide information regarding such designation.
</P>
<P>S4.2.1.1 <I>Load Test One.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) At least one door latch system, when in the fully latched position, shall not separate when a load of 11,000 N is applied in the direction perpendicular to the face of the latch such that the latch and the striker anchorage are not compressed against each other, when tested in accordance with S5.2.1.1.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a primary door latch system, when in the secondary latched position, the door latch system shall not separate when a load of 4,500 N is applied in the same direction specified in paragraph (a) of this section when tested in accordance with S5.2.1.1.
</P>
<P>S4.2.1.2 <I>Load Test Two.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) At least one door latch system, when in the fully latched position, shall not separate when a load of 9,000 N is applied in the fork-bolt opening direction and parallel to the face of the latch when tested in accordance with S5.2.1.2.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a primary door latch system, when in the secondary latched position, the door latch system shall not separate when a load of 4,500 N is applied in the same direction specified in paragraph (a) of this section when tested in accordance with S5.2.1.2.
</P>
<P>S4.2.1.3 <I>Inertial Load.</I> Each door latch system certified as meeting the requirements of S4.2.1.1 and S4.2.1.2 shall meet either the dynamic requirements specified in paragraph (a) of this section or the calculation of inertial load resistance specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) The door latch system shall not disengage from the fully latched position when an inertial load is applied to the door latch system, including the latch and its activation mechanism, in the directions parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal and transversal axes with the locking mechanism disengaged, and when tested in accordance with S5.1.1.4(b).
</P>
<P>(b) The minimum inertial load resistance can be calculated for each component or subassembly. Their combined resistance to the unlatching operation must assure that the door latch system, when properly assembled in the vehicle door, will remain latched when subjected to an inertia load of 30 g in the vehicle directions specified in paragraph (a) of this section, when calculated in accordance with S5.1.1.4(a).
</P>
<P>S4.2.2 <I>Door System.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.1 The track and slide combination or other supporting means for each sliding door, while in the closed fully latched position, shall not separate from the door frame when a total force of 18,000 N along the vehicle transverse axis is applied to the door as specified in S5.2.2.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.2 When a sliding door system is tested in accordance with S5.2.2, the following conditions shall not occur:
</P>
<P>(a) A separation which permits a sphere with a diameter of 100 mm to pass unobstructed between the exterior of the vehicle to the interior of the vehicle, while the required force is maintained as shown in Figure 1.
</P>
<P>(b) Either force application device reaches a total displacement of 300 mm.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2.3 This S4.2.2 applies to vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2010.
</P>
<P>S4.3 <I>Door Locks.</I> Each door shall be equipped with at least one locking device which, when engaged, shall prevent operation of the exterior door handle or other exterior latch release control and which has an operating means and a lock release/engagement device located within the interior of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S4.3.1 <I>Rear side doors.</I> Each rear side door shall be equipped with at least one locking device which has a lock release/engagement mechanism located within the interior of the vehicle and readily accessible to the driver of the vehicle or an occupant seated adjacent to the door, and which, when engaged, prevents operation of the interior door handle or other interior latch release control and requires separate actions to unlock the door and operate the interior door handle or other interior latch release control.
</P>
<P>S4.3.2 <I>Back doors.</I> Each back door equipped with an interior door handle or other interior latch release control, shall be equipped with at least one locking device that meets the requirements of S4.3.1.
</P>
<P>S5 <I>Test Procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Hinged Doors.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Primary and Auxiliary Door Latches.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1.1 <I>Load Test One Force Application.</I> The test procedures for S4.1.1.1 and S4.2.1.1 are as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Fully latched position.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Attach the test fixture shown in Figure 2 to the mounting provisions of the latch and striker. Align the direction of engagement parallel to the linkage of the fixture. Mount the fixture with latch and striker in the fully latched position in the test machine so as to apply a load perpendicular to the face of the latch.
</P>
<P>(2) Locate weights so as to apply a 900 N load tending to separate the latch and striker in the direction of the latch opening.
</P>
<P>(3) Apply the test load, in the direction specified in S4.1.1.1 and Figure 5, at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Record the maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Secondary Latched Position.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Attach the test fixture shown in Figure 2 to the mounting provisions of the latch and striker. Align the direction of engagement parallel to the linkage of the fixture. Mount the fixture with latch and striker in the secondary position in the test machine so as to apply a load perpendicular to the face of the latch.
</P>
<P>(2) Locate weights so as to apply a 900 N load tending to separate the latch and striker in the direction of the latch opening.
</P>
<P>(3) Apply the test load, in the direction specified in S4.1.1.1 and Figure 5, at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Record maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>(4) The test plate to which the door latch is mounted will have a striker cut-out configuration similar to the environment in which the door latch will be mounted on normal vehicle doors.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1.2 <I>Load Test Two Force Application.</I> The test procedures for S4.1.1.2 and S4.2.1.2 are as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Fully Latched Position.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Adapt the test fixture shown in Figure 3 to the mounting provisions of the latch and striker. Mount the fixture with latch and striker in the fully latched position in the test machine so to apply a load in the direction of latch opening.
</P>
<P>(2) Apply the test load, in the direction specified in S4.1.1.2 and Figure 5, at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Record the maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Secondary Latched Position.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Adapt the test fixture shown in Figure 3 to the mounting provisions of the latch and striker. Mount the fixture with latch and striker in the secondary latched position in the test machine so as to apply a load in the direction of latch opening.
</P>
<P>(2) Apply the test load, in the direction specified in S4.1.1.2 and Figure 5, at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Record the maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1.3 <I>Load Test Three Force Application.</I> The test procedures for S4.1.1.3 are as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Adapt the test fixture shown in Figure 4 to the mounting provisions of the latch and striker. Mount the fixture with latch and striker in the fully latched position in the test machine so as to apply a load in the direction specified in S4.1.1.3 and Figure 5.
</P>
<P>(b) Apply the test load, in the direction specified in S4.1.1.3 and Figure 5, at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Record the maximum load required.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1.4 <I>Inertial Force Application.</I> The test procedures for S4.1.1.4 and S4.2.1.3 are as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Calculation.</I> The calculation is performed in accordance with paragraph 6 of SAE Recommended Practice J839 (1991) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Dynamic Test.</I> The dynamic inertial force application is tested according to the setup specified in paragraph (1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Test Setup and Directions for Full Vehicle Test.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) Test Setup.
</P>
<P>(A) Rigidly secure the full vehicle to an acceleration device that, when accelerated together, will assure that all points on the crash pulse curve are within the corridor defined in Table 1 and Figure 6.
</P>
<P>(B) Install the equipment used to record door opening (doors may be tethered to avoid damaging the recording equipment).
</P>
<P>(C) Close the door(s) to be tested and ensure that the door latch(es) is in the fully-latched position, that the door(s) is unlocked, and that all windows, if provided, on the door(s) are closed.
</P>
<P>(ii) Test Directions. (See Figure 7)
</P>
<P>(A) Longitudinal Setup 1. Orient the vehicle so that its longitudinal axis is aligned with the axis of the acceleration device, simulating a frontal impact.
</P>
<P>(B) Longitudinal Setup 2. Orient the vehicle so that its longitudinal axis is aligned with the axis of the acceleration device, simulating a rear impact.
</P>
<P>(C) Transverse Setup 1. Orient the vehicle so that its transverse axis is aligned with the axis of the acceleration device, simulating a left-side impact.
</P>
<P>(D) Transverse Setup 2. (Only for vehicles having different door arrangements on each side.) Orient the vehicle so that its transverse axis is aligned with the axis of the acceleration device, simulating a side impact in the direction opposite to that described in b(1)(ii)(C) of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Test Setup and Directions for Door Test.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) Test Setup.
</P>
<P>(A) Mount the door assemblies, consisting of at least the door latch(es), exterior door handle(s) with mechanical latch operation, interior door opening lever(s), and locking device(s), either separately or combined to a test fixture. Each door and striker is mounted to the test fixture to correspond to its orientation on the vehicle and to the directions specified in b(1)(ii) of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(B) Mount the test fixture to the acceleration device, and install the equipment used to record door opening.
</P>
<P>(C) Ensure that the door latch is in the fully-latched position, that the door is unlocked (doors may be tethered to avoid damaging the recording equipment), and that any windows, if provided, are closed.
</P>
<P>(ii) Test Directions. (See Figure 7)
</P>
<P>(A) Longitudinal Setup 1. Orient the door subsystem(s) on the acceleration device in the direction of a frontal impact.
</P>
<P>(B) Longitudinal Setup 2. Orient the door subsystem(s) on the acceleration device in the direction of a rear impact.
</P>
<P>(C) Transverse Setup 1. Orient the door subsystem(s) on the acceleration device in the direction of a driver-side impact.
</P>
<P>(D) Transverse Setup 2. Orient the door subsystem(s) on the acceleration device in the direction opposite to that described in (b)(2)(ii)(C) of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(E) Vertical Setup 1 (applicable only to back doors that open in a vertical direction). Orient the door subsystem(s) on the acceleration device so that its vertical axis (when mounted in the vehicle) is aligned with the axis of the acceleration device, simulating a rollover impact where the force is applied in the direction from the top to the bottom of the door (when mounted in a vehicle).
</P>
<P>(F) Vertical Setup 2 (applicable only to back doors that open in a vertical direction). Orient the door subsystem(s) on the acceleration device so that its vertical axis (when mounted in the vehicle) is aligned with the axis of the acceleration device, simulating a rollover impact where the force is applied in the direction opposite to that described in (b)(2)(ii)(E) of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Test Operation.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The acceleration device platform shall be instrumented with an accelerometer and data processing system that conforms to the requirements specified in SAE Recommended Practice J211-1 DEC2003 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) Channel Class 60. The accelerometer sensitive axis is parallel to the direction of test platform travel.
</P>
<P>(ii) Maintaining a minimum acceleration level of 30 g for a period of at least 30 ms, while keeping the recorded acceleration within the pulse corridor defined in Table 1 and Figure 6, accelerate the acceleration device in the following directions:
</P>
<P>(A) For Full Vehicle Tests, in the directions specified in S5.1.1.4(b)(1)(ii)(A) through S5.1.1.4(b)(1)(ii)(D).
</P>
<P>(B) For Door Tests, in the directions specified in S5.1.1.4(b)(2)(ii)(A) through S5.1.1.4(b)(2)(ii)(F).
</P>
<P>(iii) Check recording device for door opening and/or closure during the test.
</P>
<P>(iv) If at any point in time, the pulse exceeds 36 g and the test specifications are met, the test shall be considered valid.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Door Hinges.</I> The test procedures for S4.1.2 are as follows:
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.1 Multiple Hinge Evaluation;
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.1 Multiple Hinge Evaluation;
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.1.1 <I>Longitudinal Load Test.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Attach the test fixture illustrated in Figure 8 to the mounting provisions of the hinge system. Hinge attitude is configured to simulate vehicle position (door fully closed) relative to the hinge centerline. For test purposes, the distance between the extreme end of one hinge in the system to the extreme end of another hinge in the system is to be set at 406 mm ±4 mm. The load is to be applied equidistant between the linear center of the engaged portions of the hinge pins and through the centerline of the hinge pin in the longitudinal vehicle direction (see Figure 8).
</P>
<P>(b) Apply the test load at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Record maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.1.2 <I>Transverse Load Test</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Attach the test fixture shown in Figure 8 to the mounting provisions of the hinge system. Hinge attitude is configured to simulate vehicle position (door fully closed) relative to the hinge centerline. For test purposes, the distance between the extreme end of one hinge in the system to the extreme opposite end of another hinge in the system is to be set at 406 mm ±4 mm. The load is to be applied equidistant between the linear center of the engaged portions of the hinge pins and through the centerline of the hinge pin in the transverse vehicle direction (see Figure 8).
</P>
<P>(b) Apply the test load at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Record maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.2 <I>Back Door Hinge Load Test</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Load Test One
</P>
<P>(1) Attach the test fixture illustrated in Figure 8 to the mounting provisions of the hinge system. Hinge attitude is configured to simulate vehicle position (door fully closed) relative to the hinge centerline. For test purposes, the distance between the extreme end of one hinge system in the system to the extreme opposite end of another hinge system is to be set at 406 ±4 mm. The load is to be applied equidistant between the linear center of the engaged portions of the hinge pins and through the centerline of the hinge pin, and as specified in S4.1.2.1(d)(1). (See Figure 9).
</P>
<P>(2) Apply the test load at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Failure consists of a separation of either hinge. Record the maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>(b) Load Test Two
</P>
<P>(1) Attach the test fixture illustrated in Figure 8 to the mounting provisions of the hinge system. Hinge attitude is configured to simulate vehicle position (door fully closed) relative to the hinge centerline. For test purposes, the distance between the extreme end of one hinge system in the system to the extreme opposite end of another hinge system is to be set at 406 ±4 mm. The load is to be applied equidistant between the linear center of the engaged portions of the hinge pins and through the centerline of the hinge pin, and as specified in S4.1.2.1(d)(2). (See Figure 9).
</P>
<P>(2) Apply the test load at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Failure consists of a separation of either hinge. Record the maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>(c) Load Test Three
</P>
<P>(1) Attach the test fixture illustrated in Figure 8 to the mounting provisions of the hinge system. Hinge attitude is configured to simulate vehicle position (door fully closed) relative to the hinge centerline. For test purposes, the distance between the extreme end of one hinge system in the system to the extreme opposite end of another hinge system is to be set at 406 ±4 mm. The load is to be applied through the centerline of the hinge pin, and as specified in S4.1.2.1(d)(3). (See Figure 9).
</P>
<P>(2) Apply the test load at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Failure consists of a separation of either hinge. Record the maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.3 <I>Single Hinge Evaluation.</I> Individual hinges of a hinge system are tested in accordance with the procedures below:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Longitudinal Load.</I> Attach the test fixture illustrated in Figure 8 to the mounting provisions of the hinge. Hinge attitude is configured to simulate the vehicle position (door fully closed) relative to the hinge centerline. For test purposes, the load is to be applied equidistant between the linear center of the engaged portions of the hinge pin and through the centerline of the hinge pin in the longitudinal vehicle direction. Apply the test load at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Failure consists of a separation of either hinge. Record maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transverse Load.</I> Attach the test fixture illustrated in Figure 8 to the mounting provisions of the hinge. Hinge attitude is configured to simulate the vehicle position (door fully closed) relative to the hinge centerline. For test purposes, the load is to be applied equidistant between the linear center of the engaged portions of the hinge pin and through the centerline of the hinge pin in the transverse vehicle direction. Apply the test load at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Failure consists of a separation of either hinge. Record maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Back Door Hinge Load Tests.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Load Test One. Attach the test fixture illustrated in Figure 8 to the mounting provisions of the hinge. Hinge attitude is configured to simulate the vehicle position (door fully closed) relative to the hinge centerline. For test purposes, the load is to be applied equidistant between the linear center of the engaged portions of the hinge pin and through the centerline of the hinge pin, and as specified in S4.1.2.1(d)(1). (See Figure 9). Apply the test load at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Failure consists of a separation of either hinge. Record maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>(2) Load Test Two. Attach the test fixture illustrated in Figure 8 to the mounting provisions of the hinge. Hinge attitude is configured to simulate the vehicle position (door fully closed) relative to the hinge centerline. For test purposes, the load is to be applied equidistant between the linear center of the engaged portions of the hinge pin and through the centerline of the hinge pin, and as specified in S4.1.2.1(d)(2). (See Figure 9). Apply the test load at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Failure consists of a separation of either hinge. Record maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>(3) Load Test Three. Attach the test fixture illustrated in Figure 8 to the mounting provisions of the hinge. Hinge attitude is configured to simulate the vehicle position (door fully closed) relative to the hinge centerline. For test purposes, the load is to be applied through the centerline of the hinge pin, and as specified in S4.1.2.1(d)(3). (See Figure 9). Apply the test load at a rate not to exceed 5 mm/min until the required load has been achieved. Failure consists of a separation of either hinge. Record maximum load achieved.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.4 For piano-type hinges, the hinge spacing requirements are not applicable and arrangement of the test fixture is altered so that the test forces are applied to the complete hinge.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Sliding Side Doors.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Door Latches.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.1 <I>Load Test One Force Application.</I> The requirements of S4.2.1.1 are tested in accordance with the procedures specified in S5.1.1.1.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.2 <I>Load Test Two Force Application.</I> The requirements of S4.2.1.2 are tested in accordance with the procedures specified in S5.1.1.2.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.3 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.4 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Door System.</I> The test procedures for S4.2.2 are as follows:
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.1 Tests are conducted using a full vehicle with the sliding door and its retention components.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.1 Tests are conducted using a full vehicle with the sliding door and its retention components.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.2 The test is conducted using two force application devices capable of applying the outward transverse forces specified in S5.2.2.4. The test setup is shown in Figure 10. The force application system shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Two force application plates, (b) Two force application devices capable of applying the outward transverse load requirements for a minimum displacement of 300 mm.
</P>
<P>(c) Two load cells of sufficient capacity to measure the applied loads specified in S5.2.2.4.
</P>
<P>(d) Two linear displacement measurement devices required for measuring force application device displacement during the test.
</P>
<P>(e) Equipment to measure for a 100 mm separation as specified in S4.2.2.2(a), while respecting all relevant safety and health requirements.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.3 <I>Test Setup.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Remove all interior trim and decorative components from the sliding door assembly.
</P>
<P>(b) Remove seats and any interior components that may interfere with the mounting and operation of the test equipment and all pillar trim and any non-structural components that overlap the door and cause improper placement of the force application plates.
</P>
<P>(c) Each force application device and associated support structure is rigidly fixed on a horizontal surface on the vehicle floor, while applying the loads.
</P>
<P>(d) Determine the forward and aft edge of the sliding door, or its adjoining vehicle structure, that contains a latch/striker.
</P>
<P>(e) Close the sliding door, ensuring that all door retention components are fully engaged.
</P>
<P>(f) For any tested door edge that contains one latch/striker, the following set-up procedures are used:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The force application plate is 150 mm in length, 50 mm in width, and at least 15 mm in thickness. The plate edges are rounded to a radius of 6 mm ±1 mm.
</P>
<P>(ii) The plates are fixed perpendicular to the force application devices and move in the transverse direction. For alignment purposes, each plate is attached to the application device in a manner that allows for rotation about the vehicle's y-axis. In this manner, the face of each plate remains parallel to the vertical plane which passes through the vehicle's longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>(2) Place the force application device and force application plate against the door so that the applied force is perpendicular to the vertical longitudinal plane that passes through the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and vertically centered on the door-mounted portion of the latch/striker.
</P>
<P>(3) The force application plate is positioned such that the long edge of the plate is as close to the interior edge of the door as possible, but not such that the forward edge of forward plate and the rear edge of the rear plate are more than 12.5 mm from the respective interior edges.
</P>
<P>(g) For any tested door edge that contains more than one latch/striker, the following setup procedures are used:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The force application plate is 300 mm in length, 50 mm in width, and at least 15 mm in thickness. The plate edges are rounded to a radius of 6 mm ±1 mm.
</P>
<P>(ii) The plates are fixed perpendicular to the force application devices and move in the transverse direction. For alignment purposes, each plate is attached to the application device in a manner that allows for rotation about the vehicle's y-axis. In this manner, the face of each plate remains parallel to the vertical plane which passes through the vehicle's longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>(2) Place the force application device and force application plate against the door so that the applied force is perpendicular to the vertical longitudinal plane that passes through the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and vertically centered on a point mid-way between the outermost edges of the latch/striker assemblies.
</P>
<P>(3) The force application plate is positioned such that the long edge of the plate is as close to the interior edge of the door as possible, but not such that the forward edge of forward plate and the rear edge of the rear plate are more than 12.5 mm from the respective interior edges.
</P>
<P>(h) For any tested door edge that does not contain at least one latch/striker, the following set-up procedures are used:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The force application plate is 300 mm in length, 50 mm in width, and at least 15 mm in thickness. The plate edges are rounded to a radius of 6 mm ±1 mm.
</P>
<P>(ii) The plates are fixed perpendicular to the force application devices and move in the transverse direction. For alignment purposes, each plate is attached to the application device in a manner that allows for rotation about the vehicle's y-axis. In this manner, the face of each plate remains parallel to the vertical plane which passes through the vehicle's longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>(2) Place the force application device and force application plate against the door so that the applied force is perpendicular to the vertical longitudinal plane that passes through the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and vertically centered on a point mid-way along the length of the door edge ensuring that the loading device avoids contact with the window glazing.
</P>
<P>(3) The force application plate is positioned such that the long edge of the plate is as close to the interior edge of the door as possible, but not such that the forward edge of forward plate and the rear edge of the rear plate are more than 12.5 mm from the respective interior edges.
</P>
<P>(i) The door is unlocked. No extra fixtures or components may be welded or affixed to the sliding door or any of its components.
</P>
<P>(j) Place the load application structure so that the force application plates are in contact with the interior of the sliding door.
</P>
<P>(k) Apply a preload of 500 N to each actuator and “zero” the displacement measuring device.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.4 <I>Test Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Increase the force on each force application device as linearly as practicable until a force of 9,000 N is achieved on each force application device in not less than 90 seconds and not more than 120 seconds, or until either force application device reaches a total displacement of 300 mm.
</P>
<P>(b) If one of the force application devices reaches the target force of 9,000 N prior to the other, maintain the 9,000 N force with that force application device until the second force application device reaches the 9,000 N force.
</P>
<P>(c) Once both force application devices have achieved 9,000 N each hold the resulting load.
</P>
<P>(d) Maintain each force application device load as specified in paragraph (c) and within 30 seconds measure the separation between the exterior edge of the doorframe and the interior of the door along the perimeter of the door.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Sliding Side Doors.</I> Compliance with S4.3 shall be demonstrated by applying an outward transverse load of 8,900 Newtons (2,000 pounds) to the load-bearing members at the opposite edges of the door (17,800 Newtons (4,000 pounds) total). The demonstration may be performed either in the vehicle or with the door retention components in a bench test fixture.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ep06fe07.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ep06fe07.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ep06fe07.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ep06fe07.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ep06fe07.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ep06fe07.011.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ep06fe07.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19fe10.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ep06fe07.014.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ep06fe07.015.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ep06fe07.016.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 22902, Dec. 2, 1971, as amended at 37 FR 284, Jan. 8, 1972; 50 FR 12031, Mar. 27, 1985; 60 FR 13646, Mar. 14, 1995; 60 FR 50134, Sept. 28, 1995; 61 FR 39907, July 31, 1996; 72 FR 5399, June 27, 2007; 74 FR 35135, July 20, 2009; 74 FR 37176, July 28, 2009; 75 FR 7382, Feb. 19, 2010; 77 FR 764, Jan. 6, 2012; 87 FR 18588, Mar. 30, 2022; 91 FR 33084, June 3, 2026]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.207" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.207   Standard No. 207; Seating systems.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard establishes requirements for seats, their attachment assemblies, and their installation to minimize the possibility of their failure by forces acting on them as a result of vehicle impact.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks designed to carry at least one person, and buses.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions. Occupant seat</I> means a seat that provides at least one designated seating position.
</P>
<P><I>Seat adjuster</I> means the part of the seat that provides forward and rearward positioning of the seat bench and back, and/or rotation around a vertical axis, including any fixed portion, such as a seat track. In the case of a seat equipped with seat adjusters at different levels, the term means the uppermost seat adjuster.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>Driver's seat.</I> Each vehicle with manually operated driving controls shall have a driver's designated seating position.
</P>
<P>S4.2. <I>General performance requirements.</I> When tested in accordance with S5, each occupant seat shall withstand the following forces, in newtons, except for: a side-facing seat; a passenger seat on a bus other than a school bus; and, a passenger seat on a school bus with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds).
</P>
<P>(a) In any position to which it can be adjusted—20 times the mass of the seat in kilograms multiplied by 9.8 applied in a forward longitudinal direction;
</P>
<P>(b) In any position to which it can be adjusted—20 times the mass of the seat in kilograms multiplied by 9.8 applied in a rearward longitudinal direction;
</P>
<P>(c) For a seat belt assembly attached to the seat—the force specified in paragraph (a), if it is a forward facing seat, or paragraph (b), if it is a rearward facing seat, in each case applied simultaneously with the forces imposed on the seat by the seat belt assembly when it is loaded in accordance with S4.2 of § 571.210; and
</P>
<P>(d) In its rearmost position—a force that produces a 373 newton meters moment about the seating reference point for each designated seating position that the seat provides, applied to the upper cross-member of the seat back or the upper seat back, in a rearward longitudinal direction for forward-facing seats and in a forward longitudinal direction for rearward-facing seats.
</P>
<P>S4.2.1 <I>Seat adjustment.</I> Except for vertical movement of nonlocking suspension type occupant seats in trucks or buses, each seat shall remain in its adjusted position when tested in accordance with the test procedures specified in S5.
</P>
<P>S4.3. <I>Restraining device for hinged or folding seats or seat backs.</I> Except for a passenger seat in a bus or a seat having a back that is adjustable only for the comfort of its occupants, a hinged or folding occupant seat or occupant seat back shall—
</P>
<P>(a) Be equipped with a self-locking device for restraining the hinged or folding seat or seat back, and
</P>
<P>(b) If there are any designated seating positions or auxiliary seating accommodations behind the seat, either immediately to the rear or to the sides, be equipped with a control for releasing that restraining device.
</P>
<P>S4.3.1 <I>Accessibility of release control.</I> If there is a designated seating position immediately behind a seat equipped with a restraining device, the control for releasing the device shall be readily accessible to the occupant of the seat equipped with the device and, if access to the control is required in order to exit from the vehicle, to the occupant of the designated seating position immediately behind the seat.
</P>
<P>S4.3.2 <I>Performance of restraining device.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.3.2.1 <I>Static force.</I> (a) Once engaged, the restraining device for a forward-facing seat shall not release or fail when a forward longitudinal force, in newtons, equal to 20 times the mass of the hinged or folding portion of the seat in kilograms multiplied by 9.8 is applied through the center of gravity of that portion of the seat.
</P>
<P>(b) Once engaged, the restraining device for a rearward-facing seat shall not release or fail when a rearward longitudinal force, in newtons, equal to 8 times the mass of the hinged or folding portion of the seat in kilograms multiplied by 9.8 is applied through the center of gravity of that portion of the seat.
</P>
<P>S4.3.2.2 <I>Acceleration.</I> Once engaged, the restraining device shall not release or fail when the device is subjected to an acceleration of 20 g., in the longitudinal direction opposite to that in which the seat folds.
</P>
<P>S4.4 <I>Labeling.</I> Seats not designated for occupancy while the vehicle is in motion shall be conspicuously labeled to that effect.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Test procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 Apply the forces specified in S4.2(a) and S4.2(b) as follows:
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>For a seat whose seat back and seat bench are attached to the vehicle by the same attachments.</I> (a) For a seat whose seat back and seat bench are attached to the vehicle by the same attachments and whose height is adjustable, the loads are applied when the seat is in its highest adjustment position in accordance with the procedure or procedures specified in S5.1.1(a)(1), S5.1.1(a)(2), or S5.1.1(a)(3), as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(1) For a seat whose center of gravity is in a horizontal plane that is above the seat adjuster or that passes through any part of the adjuster, use, at the manufacturer's option, either S5.1.1(b) or, if physically possible, S5.1.1(c).
</P>
<P>(2) For a seat specified in S5.1.1(a)(1) for which it is not physically possible to follow the procedure in S5.1.1(c), use S5.1.1(b).
</P>
<P>(3) For a seat whose center of gravity is in a horizontal plane that is below the seat adjuster, use S5.1.1(c).
</P>
<P>(4) For all other seats whose seat back and seat bench are attached to the vehicle by the same attachments, use S5.1.1(b).
</P>
<P>(b) Secure a strut on each side of the seat from a point on the outside of the seat frame in the horizontal plane of the seat's center of gravity to a point on the frame as far forward as possible of the seat anchorages. Between the upper ends of the struts attach a rigid cross-member, in front of the seat back frame for rearward loading and behind the seat back frame for forward loading. Apply the force specified by S4.2(a) or S4.2(b) horizontally through the rigid cross-member as shown in Figure 1.
</P>
<P>(c) Find “cg<E T="52">1</E>,” the center of gravity of the portion of the seat that is above the lowest surface of the seat adjuster. On each side of the seat, secure a strut from a point on the outside of the seat frame in the horizontal plane of cg<E T="52">1</E> to a point on the frame as far forward as possible of the seat adjusted position. Between the upper ends of the struts attach a rigid cross-member, in front of the seat back frame for rearward loading and behind the seat back frame for forward loading. Find “cg<E T="52">2</E>,” the center of gravity of the portion of the seat that is below the seat adjuster. Apply a force horizontally through cg<E T="52">1</E> equal to 20 times the weight of the portion of the seat represented by cg<E T="52">1</E>, and simultaneously apply a force horizontally through cg<E T="52">2</E> equal to 20 times the weight of the portion of the seat represented by cg<E T="52">2</E>.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 If the seat back and the seat bench are attached to the vehicle by different attachments, attach to each component a fixture capable of transmitting a force to that component. Apply forces, in newtons, equal to 20 times the mass of the seat back in kilograms multiplied by 9.8 m/s
<SU>2</SU> horizontally through the center of gravity of the seat back, as shown in Figure 2 and apply forces, in newtons, equal to 20 times the mass of the seat bench in kilograms multiplied by 9.8 m/s
<SU>2</SU> horizontally through the center of gravity of the seat bench, as shown in Figure 3.
</P>
<P>S5.2 Develop the moment specified in S4.2(d) as shown in Figure 4.
</P>
<P>S5.3 Apply the forces specified in S4.3.2.1(a) and (b) to a hinged or folding seat as shown in Figure 1 and to a hinged or folding seat back as shown in Figure 5.
</P>
<P>S5.4 Determine the center of gravity of a seat or seat component with all cushions and upholstery in place and with the head restraint in its fully extended design position.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.078.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.079.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.080.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.081.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 22902, Dec. 2, 1971, as amended at 52 FR 7868, Mar. 13, 1987; 53 FR 30434, Aug. 12, 1988; 59 FR 37167, July 21, 1994; 60 FR 13647, Mar. 14, 1995; 63 FR 28935, May 27, 1998; 73 FR 62779, Oct. 21, 2008; 87 FR 18588, Mar. 30, 2022; 91 FR 33101, June 3, 2026]





</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.208" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.208   Standard No. 208; Occupant crash protection.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies performance requirements for the protection of vehicle occupants in crashes.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the number of deaths of vehicle occupants, and the severity of injuries, by specifying vehicle crashworthiness requirements in terms of forces and accelerations measured on anthropomorphic dummies in test crashes, and by specifying equipment requirements for active and passive restraint systems.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> (a) This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks designed to carry at least one person, and buses. In addition, S9, <I>Pressure vessels and explosive devices,</I> applies to vessels designed to contain a pressurized fluid or gas, and to explosive devices, for use in the above types of motor vehicles as part of a system designed to provide protection to occupants in the event of a crash.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding any language to the contrary, any vehicle manufactured after March 19, 1997, and before September 1, 2006, that is subject to a dynamic crash test requirement conducted with unbelted dummies may meet the requirements specified in S5.1.2(a)(1), S5.1.2(a)(2), or S13 instead of the applicable unbelted requirement, unless the vehicle is certified to meet the requirements specified in S14.5, S15, S17, S19, S21, S23, and S25. 
</P>
<P>(c) For vehicles which are certified to meet the requirements specified in S13 instead of the otherwise applicable dynamic crash test requirement conducted with unbelted dummies, compliance with S13 shall, for purposes of Standards No. 201, 203 and 209, be deemed as compliance with the unbelted frontal barrier requirements of S5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>General requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>Passenger cars.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.1 <I>Passenger cars manufactured from January 1, 1972, to August 31, 1973.</I> Each passenger car manufactured from January 1, 1972, to August 31, 1973, inclusive, shall meet the requirements of S4.1.1.1, S4.1.1.2, or S4.1.1.3. A protection system that meets the requirements of S4.1.1.1, or S4.1.1.2 may be installed at one or more designated seating positions of a vehicle that otherwise meets the requirements of S4.1.1.3.
</P>
<P>S4.1.1.1 <I>First option—complete passive protection system.</I> The vehicle shall meet the crash protection requirements of S5. by means that require no action by vehicle occupants.
</P>
<P>S4.1.1.2 <I>Second option—lap belt protection system with belt warning.</I> The vehicle shall—
</P>
<P>(a) At each designated seating position have a Type 1 seatbelt assembly or a Type 2 seatbelt assembly with a detachable upper torso portion that conforms to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard;
</P>
<P>(b) At each front outboard designated seating position, have a seat belt warning system that conforms to S7.3; and
</P>
<P>(c) Meet the frontal crash protection requirements of S5.1, in a perpendicular impact, with respect to anthropomorphic test devices in each front outboard designated seating position restrained only by Type 1 seat belt assemblies.
</P>
<P>S4.1.1.3 <I>Third option—lap and shoulder belt protection system with belt warning.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.1.3.1 Except for convertibles and open-body vehicles, the vehicle shall—
</P>
<P>(a) At each front outboard designated seating position have a Type 2 seatbelt assembly that conforms to § 571.209 and S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard, with either an integral or detachable upper torso portion, and a seatbelt warning system that conforms to S7.3;
</P>
<P>(b) At each designated seating position other than the front outboard positions, have a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to § 571.209 and to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard; and
</P>
<P>(c) When it perpendicularly impacts a fixed collision barrier, while moving longitudinally forward at any speed up to and including 30 m.p.h., under the test conditions of S8.1 with anthropomorphic test devices at each front outboard position restrained by Type 2 seatbelt assemblies, experience no complete separation of any load-bearing element of a seatbelt assembly or anchorage.
</P>
<P>S4.1.1.3.2 Convertibles and open-body type vehicles shall at each designated seating position have a Type 1 or Type 2 seatbelt assembly that conforms to § 571.209 and to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard, and at each front outboard designated seating position have a seatbelt warning system that conforms to S7.3.
</P>
<P>S4.1.2 <I>Passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1973, and before September 1, 1986.</I> Each passenger car manufactured on or after September 1, 1973, and before September 1, 1986, shall meet the requirements of S4.1.2.1, S4.1.2.2 or S4.1.2.3. A protection system that meets the requirements of S4.1.2.1 or S4.1.2.2 may be installed at one or more designated seating positions of a vehicle that otherwise meets the requirements of S4.1.2.3.
</P>
<P>S4.1.2.1 <I>First option—frontal/angular automatic protection system.</I> The vehicle shall:
</P>
<P>(a) At each front outboard designated seating position meet the frontal crash protection requirements of S5.1 by means that require no action by vehicle occupants;
</P>
<P>(b) At the front center designated seating position and at each rear designated seating position have a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Standard No. 209 and to S7.1 and S7.2; and
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Either.</I> (1) Meet the lateral crash protection requirements of S5.2 and the rollover crash protection requirements of S5.3 by means that require no action by vehicle occupants; or
</P>
<P>(2) At each front outboard designated seating position have a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Standard No. 209 and S7.1 through S7.3, and that meets the requirements of S5.1 with front test dummies as required by S5.1, restrained by the Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly (or the pelvic portion of any Type 2 seat belt assembly which has a detachable upper torso belt) in addition to the means that require no action by the vehicle occupant.
</P>
<P>S4.1.2.2 <I>Second option—head-on automatic protection system.</I> The vehicle shall—
</P>
<P>(a) At each designated seating position have a Type 1 seat belt assembly or Type 2 seat belt assembly with a detachable upper torso portion that conforms to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(b) At each front outboard designated seating position, meet the frontal crash protection requirements of S5.1, in a perpendicular impact, by means that require no action by vehicle occupants;
</P>
<P>(c) At each front outboard designated seating position, meet the frontal crash protection requirements of S5.1, in a perpendicular impact, with a test device restrained by a Type 1 seat belt assembly; and
</P>
<P>(d) At each front outboard designated seating position, have a seat belt warning system that conforms to S7.3.
</P>
<P>S4.1.2.3 <I>Third option—lap and shoulder belt protection system with belt warning.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.2.3.1 Except for convertibles and open-body vehicles, the vehicle shall—
</P>
<P>(a) At each front outboard designated seating position have a seat belt assembly that conforms to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard, and a seat belt warning system that conforms to S7.3. The belt assembly shall be either a Type 2 seat belt assembly with a nondetachable shoulder belt that conforms to Standard No. 209 (§ 571.209), or a Type 1 seat belt assembly such that with a test device restrained by the assembly the vehicle meets the frontal crash protection requirements of S5.1 in a perpendicular impact.
</P>
<P>(b) At any center front designated seating position, have a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Standard No. 209 (§ 571.209) and to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard, and a seat belt warning system that conforms to S7.3; and
</P>
<P>(c) At each other designated seating position, have a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Standard No. 209 (§ 571.209) and S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.2.3.2 Convertibles and open-body type vehicles shall at each designated seating position have a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Standard No. 209 (§ 571.209) and to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard, and at each front designated seating position have a seat belt warning system that conforms to S7.3.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3 <I>Passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1986, and before September 1, 1989.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.1 <I>Passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1986, and before September 1, 1987.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.1.1 Subject to S4.1.3.1.2 and S4.1.3.4, each passenger car manufactured on or after September 1, 1986, and before September 1, 1987, shall comply with the requirements of S4.1.2.1, S4.1.2.2 or S4.1.2.3. A vehicle shall not be deemed to be in noncompliance with this standard if its manufacturer establishes that it did not have reason to know in the exercise of due care that such vehicle is not in conformity with the requirement of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.1.2 Subject to S4.1.3.4 and S4.1.5, the amount of passenger cars, specified in S4.1.3.1.1 complying with the requirements of S4.1.2.1 shall be not less than 10 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The average annual production of passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1983, and before September 1, 1986, by each manufacturer, or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's annual production of passenger cars during the period specified in S4.1.3.1.1.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.1.3 A manufacturer may exclude convertibles which do not comply with the requirements of S4.1.2.1, when it is calculating its average annual production under S4.1.3.1.2(a) or its annual production under S4.1.3.1.2(b).
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.2 <I>Passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1987, and before September 1, 1988.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.2.1 Subject to S4.1.3.2.2 and S4.1.3.4, each passenger car manufactured on or after September 1, 1987, and before September 1, 1988, shall comply with the requirements of S4.1.2.1, S4.1.2.2 or S4.1.2.3. A vehicle shall not be deemed to be in noncompliance with this standard if its manufacturer establishes that it did not have reason to know in the exercise of due care that such vehicle is not in conformity with the requirement of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.2.2 Subject to S4.1.3.4 and S4.1.5, the amount of passenger cars specified in S4.1.3.2.1 complying with the requirements of S4.1.2.1. shall be not less than 25 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The average annual production of passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1984, and before September 1, 1987, by each manufacturer, or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's annual production of passenger cars during the period specified in S4.1.3.2.1.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.2.3 A manufacturer may exclude convertibles which do not comply with the requirements of S4.1.2.1, when it is calculating its average annual production under S4.1.3.2.2(a) or its annual production under S4.1.3.2.2(b).
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.3 <I>Passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1988, and before September 1, 1989.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.3.1 Subject to S4.1.3.3.2 and S4.1.3.4, each passenger car manufactured on or after September 1, 1988, and before September 1, 1989, shall comply with the requirements of S4.1.2.1, S4.1.2.2 or S4.1.2.3. A vehicle shall not be deemed to be in noncompliance with this standard if its manufacturer establishes that it did not have reason to know in the exercise of due care that such vehicle is not in conformity with the requirement of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.3.2 Subject to S4.1.3.4 and S4.1.5, the amount of passenger cars specified in S4.1.3.3.1 complying with the requirements of S4.1.2.1 shall be not less than 40 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The average annual production of passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1985, and before September 1, 1988, by each manufacturer or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's annual production of passenger cars during the period specified in S4.1.3.3.1.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.3.3 A manufacturer may exclude convertibles which do not comply with the requirements of S4.1.2.1, when it is calculating its average annual production under S4.1.3.3.2(a) or its annual production under S4.1.3.3.2(b).
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.4 <I>Calculation of complying passenger cars.</I> (a) For the purposes of calculating the numbers of cars manufactured under S4.1.3.1.2, S4.1.3.2.2, or S4.1.3.3.2 to comply with S4.1.2.1:
</P>
<P>(1) Each car whose driver's seating position complies with the requirements of S4.1.2.1(a) by means not including any type of seat belt and whose front right seating position will comply with the requirements of S4.1.2.1(a) by any means is counted as 1.5 vehicles, and
</P>
<P>(2) Each car whose driver's seating position complies with the requirements of S4.1.2.1(a) by means not including any type of seat belt and whose right front seat seating position is equipped with a manual Type 2 seat belt is counted as one vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of complying with S4.1.3.1.2, a passenger car may be counted if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after September 1, 1985, but before September 1, 1986, and
</P>
<P>(2) Complies with S4.1.2.1.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of complying with S4.1.3.2.2, a passenger car may be counted if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after September 1, 1985, but before September 1, 1987,
</P>
<P>(2) Complies with S4.1.2.1, and
</P>
<P>(3) Is not counted toward compliance with S4.1.3.1.2
</P>
<P>(d) For the purposes of complying with S4.1.3.3.2, a passenger car may be counted if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after September 1, 1985, but before September 1, 1988,
</P>
<P>(2) Complies with S4.1.2.1, and
</P>
<P>(3) Is not counted toward compliance with S4.1.3.1.2 or S4.1.3.2.2.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.5 <I>Passenger cars produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.5.1 For the purposes of calculating average annual production of passenger cars for each manufacturer and the amount of passenger cars manufactured by each manufacturer under S4.1.3.1.2, S4.1.3.2.2 or S4.1.3.3.2, a passenger car produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S4.1.3.5.2:
</P>
<P>(a) A passenger car which is imported shall be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A passenger car manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer which markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.5.2 A passenger car produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S4.1.3.5.1.
</P>
<P>S4.1.4 Passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1989, but before September 1, 1996.
</P>
<P>S4.1.4.1 Except as provided in S4.1.4.2, each passenger car manufactured on or after September 1, 1989 shall comply with the requirements of S4.1.2.1. Any passenger car manufactured on or after September 1, 1989 and before September 1, 1993 whose driver's designated seating position complies with the requirements of S4.1.2.1(a) by means not including any type of seat belt and whose right front designated seating position is equipped with a manual Type 2 seat belt so that the seating position complies with the occupant crash protection requirements of S5.1, with the Type 2 seat belt assembly adjusted in accordance with S7.4.2, shall be counted as a vehicle complying with S4.1.2.1. A vehicle shall not be deemed to be in noncompliance with this standard if its manufacturer establishes that it did not know in the exercise of due care that such vehicle is not in conformity with this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.4.2 (a) Each passenger car, other than a convertible, manufactured before December 11, 1989 may be equipped with, and each passenger car, other than a convertible, manufactured on or after December 11, 1989 and before September 1, 1990 shall be equipped with a Type 2 seat belt assembly at every forward-facing rear outboard designated seating position. Type 2 seat belt assemblies installed pursuant to this provision shall comply with Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209) and with S7.1.1 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in S4.1.4.2.1 and S4.1.4.2.2, each passenger car, other than a convertible, manufactured on or after September 1, 1990 and each convertible passenger car manufactured on or after September 1, 1991 shall be equipped with an integral Type 2 seat belt assembly at every forward-facing rear outboard designated seating position. Type 2 seat belt assemblies installed in compliance with this requirement shall comply with Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209) and with S7.1 an S7.2 of this standard. If a Type 2 seat belt assembly installed in compliance with this requirement incorporates any webbing tension-relieving device, the vehicle owner's manual shall include the information specified in S7.4.2(b) of this standard for the tension relieving device, and the vehicle shall comply with S7.4.2(c) of this standard.
</P>
<P>(c) As used in this section, “rear outboard designated seating position” means any “outboard designated seating position” (as that term is defined at 49 CFR 571.3) that is rearward of the front seat(s), except any designated seating position adjacent to a walkway that is located between the seat and the near side of the vehicle and is designed to allow access to more rearward seating positions.
</P>
<P>S4.1.4.2.1 Any rear outboard designated seating position with a seat that can be adjusted to be forward-facing and to face some other direction shall either:
</P>
<P>(i) Meet the requirements of S4.1.4.2 with the seat in any position in which it can be occupied while the vehicle is in motion; or
</P>
<P>(ii) When the seat is in its forward-facing position, have a Type 2 seat belt assembly with an upper torso restraint that conforms to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard and that adjusts by means of an emergency locking retractor that conforms with Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209), which upper torso restraint may be detachable at the buckle, and, when the seat is in any position in which it can be occupied while the vehicle is in motion, have a Type 1 seat belt or the pelvic portion of a Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.4.2.2 Any rear outboard designated seating position on a readily removable seat (that is, a seat designed to be easily removed and replaced by means installed by the manufacturer for that purpose) in a vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 1992 shall meet the requirements of S4.1.4.2 and may use an upper torso belt that detaches at either its upper or lower anchorage points, but <I>not</I> both anchorage points, to meet those requirements. The means for detaching the upper torso belt may use a pushbutton action.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5 <I>Passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1996.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.1 <I>Frontal/angular automatic protection system.</I> (a) Each passenger car manufactured on or after September 1, 1996 shall:
</P>
<P>(1) At each front outboard designated seating position meet the frontal crash protection requirements of S5.1 by means that require no action by vehicle occupants;
</P>
<P>(2) At any front designated seating positions that are not “outboard designated seating positions,” as that term is defined at 49 CFR 571.3, and at any rear designated seating positions that are not “rear outboard designated seating positions,” as that term is defined at S4.1.4.2(c) of this standard, have a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Standard No. 209 and S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard; and
</P>
<P>(3) At each front designated seating position that is an “outboard designated seating position,” as that term is defined at 49 CFR 571.3, and at each forward-facing rear designated seating position that is a “rear outboard designated seating positions,” as that term is defined at S4.1.4.2(c) of this standard, have a Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Standard No. 209 and S7.1 through S7.3 of this standard, and, in the case of the Type 2 seat belt assemblies installed at the front outboard designated seating positions, meet the frontal crash protection requirements with the appropriate anthropomorphic test dummy restrained by the Type 2 seat belt assembly in addition to the means that requires no action by the vehicle occupant.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of sections S4.1.5 through S4.1.5.3 and S4.2.6 through S4.2.6.2 of this standard, an <I>inflatable restraint system</I> means an air bag that is activated in a crash.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.2 <I>Passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1996 and before September 1, 1997.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.2.1 The amount of passenger cars complying with the requirement of S4.1.5.1(a)(1) by means of an inflatable restraint system at the driver's and right front passenger's position shall be not less than 95 percent of the manufacturer's total production of passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1996, and before September 1, 1997. A vehicle shall not be deemed to be in noncompliance with this standard if its manufacturer establishes that it did not have reason to know in the exercise of due care that such vehicle is not in conformity with the requirement of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.2.2 <I>Passenger cars produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.2.2.1 For the purpose of calculating the production of passenger cars by each manufacturer during the period specified in S4.1.5.2, a passenger car produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S4.1.5.2.2.2:
</P>
<P>(a) A passenger car that is imported into the United States shall be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A passenger car manufactured within the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.2.2.2 A passenger car produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers, as specified in an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration pursuant to part 585 of this chapter, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle otherwise would be attributed, pursuant to S4.1.5.2.2.1.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.3 <I>Passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1997.</I> Each passenger car manufactured on or after September 1, 1997 shall comply with the requirement of S4.1.5.1(a)(1) by means of an inflatable restraint system at the driver's and right front passenger's position. A vehicle shall not be deemed to be in noncompliance with this standard if its manufacturer establishes that it did not have reason to know in the exercise of due care that such vehicle is not in conformity with the requirement of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.4 <I>Passenger cars certified to S14.</I> Each passenger car certified to S14 shall, at each front outboard designated seating position, meet the applicable frontal crash protection requirements of S5.1.2(b) by means of an inflatable restraint system that requires no action by vehicle occupants.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.5 <I>Passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 2007.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.5.1 Except as provided in S4.1.5.5.2, each passenger car shall have a Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Standard No. 209 and to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard at each rear designated seating position, except that side-facing designated seating positions shall have a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Standard No. 209 and to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.5.2 Any inboard designated seating position on a seat for which the entire seat back can be folded (including the head restraints and any other part of the vehicle attached to the seat back) such that no part of the seat back extends above a horizontal plane located 250 mm above the highest SRP located on the seat may meet the requirements of S4.1.5.5.1 by use of a belt incorporating a release mechanism that detaches both the lap and shoulder portion at either the upper or lower anchorage point, but not both. The means of detachment shall be a key or key-like object.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.6 <I>Inboard designated seating positions in passenger cars without manually operated driving controls.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.6.1 <I>For vehicles specified in S4.1.5.6 with no outboard designated seating positions and with a single front inboard designated seating position, the vehicle shall at that position meet the requirements of S4.1.5.6.3 and S4.1.5.6.4.</I> The above specified vehicles with multiple front inboard designated seating position shall at one inboard position meet the requirements S4.1.5.6.3 and S4.1.5.6.4 and at all other inboard positions meet the requirements of S4.1.5.6.6.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.6.2 <I>For vehicles specified in S4.1.5.6 with only one outboard designated seating position and a single front inboard designated seating position, the vehicle shall at that position meet the requirements of S4.1.5.6.3 and S4.1.5.6.4.</I> The above specified vehicles with multiple front inboard designated seating position shall at one inboard position meet the requirements of S4.1.5.6.3 and S4.1.5.6.4 and at all other inboard positions meet the requirements of S4.1.5.6.5.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.6.3 As specified in S4.1.5.6.1 and S4.1.5.6.2, the vehicles shall meet the frontal crash protection requirements of S5.1.2(b) as specified for front outboard passenger designated seating positions by means of an inflatable restraint system that requires no action by vehicle occupants and the requirements of S14, as specified for front outboard passenger designated seating positions.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.6.4 As specified in S4.1.5.6.1 and S4.1.5.6.2, the designated seating positions have a Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Standard No. 209 and S7.1 through S7.3 of this standard, as specified for front outboard passenger designated seating positions.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.6.5 As specified in S4.1.5.6.1 and S4.1.5.6.2, as appropriate, have a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Standard No. 209 and S7.1 through S7.3 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.6.6 As specified in S4.1.5.6.1 and S4.1.5.6.2, as appropriate, have a Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to Standard No. 209 and S7.1 through S7.3 of this standard, as specified for front outboard passenger designated seating positions.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.7.<I>Seat belt warnings for passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 2028.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.7.1 Any front outboard designated seating position and any front inboard designated seating position for which a seat belt warning is required in S4.1.5.6 shall comply with S7.5 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.5.7.2. All rear designated seating positions, except in law enforcement vehicles, shall comply with S7.5 of this standard .
</P>
<P>S4.2 <I>Trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less.</I> As used in this section, <I>vehicles manufactured for operation by persons with disabilities</I> means vehicles that incorporate a level change device (<I>e.g.,</I> a wheelchair lift or a ramp) for onloading or offloading an occupant in a wheelchair, an interior element of design intended to provide the vertical clearance necessary to permit a person in a wheelchair to move between the lift or ramp and the driver's position or to occupy that position, and either an adaptive control or special driver's seating accommodation to enable persons who have limited use of their arms or legs to operate a vehicle. For purposes of this definition, special driver's seating accommodations include a driver's seat easily removable with means installed for that purpose or with simple tools, or a driver's seat with extended adjustment capability to allow a person to easily transfer from a wheelchair to the driver's seat.
</P>
<P>S4.2.1 <I>Trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, manufactured on or after January 1, 1976 and before September 1, 1991.</I> Each truck and multipurpose passenger vehicle, with a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,000 pounds or less, manufactured before September 1, 1991, shall meet the requirements of S4.1.2.1, or at the option of the manufacturer, S4.1.2.2 or S4.1.2.3 (as specified for passenger cars), except that forward control vehicles manufactured prior to September 1, 1981, convertibles, open-body type vehicles, walk-in van-type trucks, motor homes, vehicles designed to be exclusively sold to the U.S. Postal Service, and vehicles carrying chassis-mount campers may instead meet the requirements of S4.2.1.1 or S4.2.1.2.
</P>
<P>S4.2.1.1 <I>First option—complete automatic protection system.</I> The vehicle shall meet the crash protection requirements of S5 by means that require no action by vehicle occupants.
</P>
<P>S4.2.1.2 <I>Second option—belt system.</I> The vehicle shall have seat belt assemblies that conform to Standard 209 (49 CFR 571.209) installed as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) A Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly shall be installed for each designated seating position in convertibles, open-body type vehicles, and walk-in van-type trucks.
</P>
<P>(b) In vehicles manufactured for operation by persons with disabilities, a Type 2 or Type 2A seat belt assembly shall be installed for the driver's seating position, a Type 2 seat belt assembly shall be installed for each other outboard designated seating position that includes the windshield header within the head impact area, and a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly shall be installed for each other designated seating position.
</P>
<P>(c) In all vehicles except those for which requirements are specified in S4.2.1.2 (a) or (b), a Type 2 seat belt assembly shall be installed for each outboard designated seating position that includes the windshield header within the head impact area, and a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly shall be installed for each other designated seating position.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2 <I>Trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less, manufactured on or after September 1, 1991 and before September 1, 1997.</I> Except as provided in S4.2.4, each truck and multipurpose passenger vehicle, with a gross vehicle weight rating of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less, manufactured on or after September 1, 1991 and before September 1, 1997, shall meet the requirements of S4.1.2.1, or at the option of the manufacturer, S4.1.2.2 or S4.1.2.3 (as specified for passenger cars), except that convertibles, open-body type vehicles, walk-in van-type trucks, motor homes, vehicles designed to be exclusively sold to the U.S. Postal Service, vehicles carrying chassis-mount campers, and vehicles manufactured for operation by persons with disabilities may instead meet the requirements of S4.2.1.1 or S4.2.1.2. Each Type 2 seat belt assembly installed in a front outboard designated seating position in accordance with S4.1.2.3 shall meet the requirements of S4.6.
</P>
<P>S4.2.3 <I>Trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1991 with either a GVWR or more than 8,500 pounds but not greater than 10,000 pounds or with an unloaded vehicle weight greater than 5,500 pounds and a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less.</I> Except as provided in S4.2.4, each truck and multipurpose passenger vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 1991, that has either a gross vehicle weight rating which is greater than 8,500 pounds, but not greater than 10,000 pounds, or has an unloaded vehicle weight greater than 5,500 pounds and a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, shall meet the requirements of S4.1.2.1, or at the option of the manufacturer, S4.1.2.2 or S4.1.2.3 (as specified for passenger cars), except that convertibles, open-body type vehicles, walk-in van-type trucks, motor homes, vehicles designed to be exclusively sold to the U.S. Postal Service, and vehicles carrying chassis-mount campers may instead meet the requirements of S4.2.1.1 or S4.2.1.2.
</P>
<P>S4.2.4 <I>Rear outboard seating positions in trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1991 with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less.</I> Except as provided in S4.2.4.2 and S4.2.4.3, each truck and each multipurpose passenger vehicle, other than a motor home, manufactured on or after September 1, 1991 that has a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,000 pounds or less shall be equipped with an integral Type 2 seat belt assembly at every forward-facing rear outboard designated seating position. Type 2 seat belt assemblies installed in compliance with this requirement shall comply with Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209) and with S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard. If a Type 2 seat belt assembly installed in compliance with this requirement incorporates any webbing tension-relieving device, the vehicle owner's manual shall include the information specified in S7.4.2(b) of this standard for the tension relieving device, and the vehicle shall comply with S7.4.2(c) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2.4.1 As used in this section—
</P>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rear outboard designated seating position</I> means any “outboard designated seating position” (as that term is defined at 49 CFR 571.3) that is rearward of the front seat(s), except any designated seating positions adjacent to a walkway located between the seat and the side of the vehicle, which walkway is designed to allow access to more rearward seating positions.
</P>
<P>S4.2.4.2 Any rear outboard designated seating position with a seat that can be adjusted to be forward-facing and to face some other direction shall either:
</P>
<P>(i) Meet the requirements of S4.2.4 with the seat in any position in which it can be occupied while the vehicle is in motion; or
</P>
<P>(ii) When the seat is in its forward-facing position, have a Type 2 seat belt assembly with an upper torso restraint that conforms to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard and that adjusts by means of an emergency locking retractor that conforms with Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209), which upper torso restraint may be detachable at the buckle, and, when the seat is in any position in which it can be occupied while the vehicle is in motion, have a Type 1 seat belt or the pelvic portion of a Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2.4.3 Any rear outboard designated seating position on a readily removable seat (that is, a seat designed to be easily removed and replaced by means installed by the manufacturer for that purpose) in a vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 1992 shall meet the requirements of S4.2.4 and may use an upper torso belt that detaches at either its upper or lower anchorage point, but not both anchorage points, to meet those requirements. The means for detaching the upper torso belt may use a pushbutton action.
</P>
<P>S4.2.5 <I>Trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1994, and before September 1, 1997.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.1 <I>Trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1994, and before September 1, 1995.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.1.1 Subject to S4.2.5.1.2 and S4.2.5.5 and except as provided in S4.2.4, each truck, bus and multipurpose passenger vehicle, other than walk-in van-type trucks, vehicles designed to be exclusively sold to the U.S. Postal Service, and vehicles manufactured for operation by persons with disabilities, with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less that is manufactured on or after September 1, 1994 and before September 1, 1995, shall comply with the requirements of S4.1.2.1, S4.1.2.2, or S4.1.2.3 (as specified for passenger cars). A vehicle shall not be deemed to be in noncompliance with this standard if its manufacturer establishes that it did not have reason to know in the exercise of due care that such vehicle is not in conformity with the requirement of standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.1.2 Subject to S4.2.5.5, the amount of trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles specified in S4.2.5.1.1 complying with S4.1.2.1 (as specified for passenger cars) shall be not less than 20 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The average annual production of trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1991, and before September 1, 1994, by each manufacturer that produced such vehicles during each of those annual production periods, or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's total production of trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less during the period specified in S4.2.5.1.1.
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.2 <I>Trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1995 and before September 1, 1996.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.2.1 Subject to S4.2.5.2.2 and S4.2.5.5 and except as provided in S4.2.4, each truck, bus, and multipurpose passenger vehicle, other than walk-in van-type trucks, vehicles designed to be exclusively sold to the U.S. Postal Service, and vehicles manufactured for operation by persons with disabilities, with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less that is manufactured on or after September 1, 1995 and before September 1, 1996, shall comply with the requirements of S4.1.2.1, S4.1.2.2, or S4.1.2.3 (as specified for passenger cars). A vehicle shall not be deemed to be in noncompliance with this standard if its manufacturer establishes that it did not have reason to know in the exercise of due care that such vehicle is not in conformity with the requirement of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.2.2 Subject to S4.2.5.5, the amount of trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles specified in S4.2.5.2.1 complying with S4.1.2.1 (as specified for passenger cars) shall be not less than 50 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The average annual production of trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1992, and before September 1, 1995, by each manufacturer that produced such vehicles during each of those annual production periods, or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's total production of trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less during the period specified in S4.2.5.2.1.
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.3 <I>Trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1996 and before September 1, 1997.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.3.1 Subject to S4.2.5.3.2 and S4.2.5.5 and except as provided in S4.2.4, each truck, bus, and multipurpose passenger vehicle, other than walk-in van-type trucks, vehicles designed to be exclusively sold to the U.S. Postal Service, and vehicles manufactured for operation by persons with disabilities, with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less that is manufactured on or after September 1, 1996 and before September 1, 1997, shall comply with the requirements of S4.1.2.1, S4.1.2.2, or S4.1.2.3 (as specified for passenger cars). A vehicle shall not be deemed to be in noncompliance with this standard if its manufacturer establishes that it did not have reason to know in the exercise of due care that such vehicle is not in conformity with the requirement of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.3.2 Subject to S4.2.5.5, the amount of trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles specified in S4.2.5.3.1 complying with S4.1.2.1 (as specified for passenger cars) shall be not less than 90 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The average annual production of trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1993, and before September 1, 1996, by each manufacturer that produced such vehicles during each of those annual production periods, or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's total production of trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less during the period specified in S4.2.5.3.1.
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.4 <I>Alternative phase-in schedule.</I> A manufacturer may, at its option, comply with the requirements of this section instead of complying with the requirements set forth in S4.2.5.1, S4.2.5.2, and S4.2.5.3.
</P>
<P>(a) Except as provided in S4.2.4, each truck, bus, and multipurpose passenger vehicle, other than walk-in van-type trucks, vehicles designed to be exclusively sold to the U.S. Postal Service, and vehicles manufactured for operation by persons with disabilities, with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less that is manufactured on or after September 1, 1994 and before September 1, 1995 shall comply with the requirements of S4.1.2.1, S4.1.2.2, or S4.1.2.3 (as specified for passenger cars).
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in S4.2.4, each truck, bus, and multipurpose passenger vehicle, other than walk-in van-tape trucks, vehicles designed to be exclusively sold to the U.S. Postal Service, and vehicles manufactured for operation by persons with disabilities, with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less that is manufactured on or after September 1, 1995 shall comply with the requirements of S4.1.2.1 (as specified for passenger cars) of this standard. A vehicle shall not be deemed to be in noncompliance with this standard if its manufacturer establishes that it did not have reason to know in the exercise of due care that such vehicle is not in conformity with the requirement of this standard.
</P>
<P>(c) Each truck, bus, and multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1995, but before September 1, 1998, whose driver's seating position complies with the requirements of S4.1.2.1(a) of this standard by means not including any type of seat belt and whose right front passenger seating position is equipped with a manual Type 2 seat belt that complies with S5.1 of this standard, with the seat belt assembly adjusted in accordance with S7.4.2, shall be counted as a vehicle complying with S4.1.2.1.
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.5 <I>Calculation of complying trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For the purposes of the calculations required in S4.2.5.1.2, S4.2.5.2.2, and S4.2.5.3.2 of the number of trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less that comply with S4.1.2.1 (as specified for passenger cars):
</P>
<P>(1) Each truck, bus, and multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less whose driver's seating position complies with the requirements of S4.1.2.1(a) by means not including any type of seat belt and whose front right seating position complies with the requirements of S4.1.2.1(a) by any means is counted as 1.5 vehicles, and
</P>
<P>(2) Each truck, bus, and multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less whose driver's seating position complies with the requirements of S4.1.2.1(a) by means not including any type of seat belt and whose right front passenger seating position is equipped with a manual Type 2 seat belt that complies with S5.1 of this standard, with the seat belt assembly adjusted in accordance with S7.4.2, is counted as one vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) Each truck, bus, and multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less that is manufactured in two or more stages or that is altered (within the meaning of § 567.7 of this chapter) after having previously been certified in accordance with part 567 of this chapter is not subject to the requirements of S4.2.5.1.2, S4.2.5.2.2, and S4.2.5.3.2. Such vehicles may be excluded from all calculations of compliance with S4.2.5.1.2, S4.2.5.2.2, and S4.2.5.3.2.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of complying with S4.2.5.1.2, a truck, bus, or multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less may be counted if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after September 1, 1992, but before September 1, 1994, and
</P>
<P>(2) Is certified as complying with S4.1.2.1 (as specified for passenger cars).
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of complying with S4.2.5.2.2, a truck, bus, or multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less may be counted if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after September 1, 1992, but before September 1, 1995,
</P>
<P>(2) Is certified as complying with S4.1.2.1 (as specified for passenger cars), and
</P>
<P>(3) Is not counted toward compliance with S4.2.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purposes of complying with S4.2.5.3.2, a truck, bus, or multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less may be counted if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after September 1, 1992, but before September 1, 1996,
</P>
<P>(2) Is certified as complying with S4.1.2.1 (as specified for passenger cars), and
</P>
<P>(3) Is not counted toward compliance with S4.2.5.1.2 or S4.2.5.2.2.
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.6 <I>Trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.6.1 For the purposes of calculating average annual production for each manufacturer and the amount of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S4.2.5.1.2, S4.2.5.2.2, or S4.2.5.3.2, a truck, bus, or multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S4.2.5.6.2:
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle that is imported shall be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle that is manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S4.2.5.6.2 A truck, bus, or multipurpose passenger vehicle with, GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified in an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S4.2.5.6.1 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2.6 <I>Trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1997.</I> Each truck, bus, and multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less, which is manufactured on or after September 1, 1997, shall comply with the requirements of S4.1.5.1 of this standard (as specified for passenger cars), except that walk-in van-type trucks and vehicles designed to be sold exclusively to the U.S. Postal Service may meet the requirements of S4.2.1.1 or S4.2.1.2 of this standard instead of the requirements of S4.1.5.1.
</P>
<P>S4.2.6.1 <I>Trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1997 and before September 1, 1998.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.6.1.1 The amount of trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles complying with the requirements of S4.1.5.1(a)(1) of this standard by means of an inflatable restraint system shall be not less than 80 percent of the manufacturer's total combined production of subject vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1997 and before September 1, 1998. Each truck, bus, or multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1997 and before September 1, 1998, whose driver's seating position complies with S4.1.5.1(a)(1) by means of an inflatable restraint system and whose right front passenger seating position is equipped with a manual Type 2 seat belt assembly that complies with S5.1 of this standard, with the seat belt assembly adjusted in accordance with S7.4.2 of this standard, shall be counted as a vehicle complying with S4.1.5.1(a)(1) by means of an inflatable restraint system. A vehicle shall not be deemed to be in noncompliance with this standard if its manufacturer establishes that it did not have reason to know in the exercise of due care that such vehicle is not in conformity with the requirement of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2.6.1.2 <I>Trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.6.1.2.1 For the purpose of calculating the production by each manufacturer during the period specified in S4.2.6.1.1, a truck, bus, or multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S4.2.6.1.2.2:
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle that is imported into the United States shall be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured within the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S4.2.6.1.2.2 A truck, bus, or multipurpose passenger vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers, as specified in an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration pursuant to part 585 of this chapter, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle otherwise would be attributed, pursuant to S4.2.6.1.2.1.
</P>
<P>S4.2.6.2 <I>Trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1998.</I> Each truck, bus, or multipurpose vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1998 shall comply with the requirement of S4.1.5.1(a)(1) by means of an inflatable restraint system at the driver's and right front passenger's position. A vehicle shall not be deemed to be in noncompliance with this standard if its manufacturer establishes that it did not have reason to know in the exercise of due care that such vehicle is not in conformity with the requirement of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2.6.3 <I>Trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles certified to S14.</I> Each truck, bus, or multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 3,855 kg (8,500 lb) or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kg (5,500 lb) or less certified to S14 shall, at each front outboard designated seating position, meet the applicable frontal crash protection requirements of S5.1.2(b) by means of an inflatable restraint system that requires no action by vehicle occupants.
</P>
<P>S4.2.6.4 <I>Inboard designated seating positions in trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles without manually operated driving controls and with a single or multiple front inboard designated seating position and no outboard seating positions and with a GVWR of 3,855 kg (8,500 lb) or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kg (5,500 lb) or less.</I> The above specified vehicles shall meet the requirements of S4.1.5.6 as specified for passenger cars.
</P>
<P>S4.2.7 <I>Rear seating positions in trucks, and multipurpose passenger vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2007 with a GVWR of 10,000 lbs. (4,536 kg) or less.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.7.1 Except as provided in S4.2.7.2, S4.2.7.3, S4.2.7.4, S4.2.7.5, and S4.2.7.6, each truck and each multipurpose passenger vehicle, other than a motor home, a walk-in van-type truck, or a vehicle designed to be sold exclusively to the U.S. Postal Service with a GVWR of 10,000 lbs. (4,536 kg) or less, or a vehicle carrying chassis-mount camper with a gross vehicle weight rating of 8,500-10,000 lbs. (3,855-4,536 kg), shall be equipped with a Type 2 seat belt assembly at every rear designated seating position other than a side-facing position, except that Type 2 seat belt assemblies installed in compliance with this requirement shall conform to Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209) and with S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard. If a Type 2 seat belt assembly installed in conformity to this requirement incorporates any webbing tension-relieving device, the vehicle owner's manual shall include the information specified in S7.4.2(b) of this standard for the tension relieving device, and the vehicle shall conform to S7.4.2(c) of this standard. Side-facing designated seating positions shall be equipped, at the manufacturer's option, with a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms with S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2.7.2 Any rear designated seating position with a seat that can be adjusted to be forward-or rear-facing and to face some other direction shall either:
</P>
<P>(a) Meet the requirements of S4.2.7.1 with the seat in any position in which it can be occupied while the vehicle is in motion; or
</P>
<P>(b) When the seat is in its forward-facing and/or rear-facing position or within ±30 degrees of either position, have a Type 2 seat belt assembly with an upper torso restraint that conforms to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard and that adjusts by means of an emergency locking retractor that conforms to Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209), which upper torso restraint may be detachable at either the buckle or the upper anchorage, but not both, and, when the seat is in any other position in which it can be occupied while the vehicle is in motion, have a Type 1 seat belt or the pelvic portion of a Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2.7.3 Any rear designated seating position on a readily removable seat (i.e., a seat designed to be easily removed and replaced by means installed by the manufacturer for that purpose) may meet the requirements of S4.2.7.1 by use of a belt incorporating a release mechanism that detaches both the lap and shoulder portion at either the upper or lower anchorage point, but not both. The means of detachment shall be a key or key-like object.
</P>
<P>S4.2.7.4 Any inboard designated seating position on a seat for which the entire seat back can be folded such that no part of the seat back extends above a horizontal plane located 250 mm above the highest SRP located on the seat may meet the requirements of S4.2.7.1 by use of a belt incorporating a release mechanism that detaches both the lap and shoulder portion at either the upper or lower anchorage point, but not both. The means of detachment shall be a key or key-like object.
</P>
<P>S4.2.7.5 Any rear designated seating position adjacent to a walkway located between the seat and the side of the vehicle, which walkway is designed to allow access to more rearward designated seating positions may meet the requirements of S4.2.7.1 by use of a belt incorporating a release mechanism that detaches both the lap and shoulder portion at either the upper or lower anchorage point, but not both. The means of detachment shall be a key or key-like object.
</P>
<P>S4.2.7.6 Any rear side-facing designated seating position shall have a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard.




</P>
<P>S4.2.8<I>Seat belt warnings for trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2028 with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less.</I>


</P>
<P>S4.2.8.1. Any front outboard designated seating position certified to a compliance option requiring a seat belt and any front inboard designated seating position for which a seat belt warning is required by S4.2.6.4 shall comply with S7.5 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2.8.2. All rear designated seating positions certified to a compliance option requiring a seat belt, except for ambulances, as defined by FMVSS No. 201 (§ 571.201), and law enforcement vehicles, shall comply with S7.5 of this standard.




</P>
<P>S4.3 <I>Trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles, with GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.3.1 <I>Trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds, manufactured in or after January 1, 1972 and before September 1, 1990.</I> Each truck and multipurpose passenger vehicle with a gross vehicle weight rating of more than 10,000 pounds, manufactured on or after January 1, 1972 and before September 1, 1990, shall meet the requirements of S4.3.1.1 or S4.3.1.2. A protection system that meets the requirements of S4.3.1.1 may be installed at one or more designated seating positions of a vehicle that otherwise meets the requirements of S4.3.1.2.
</P>
<P>S4.3.1.1 <I>First option—complete passenger protection system.</I> The vehicle shall meet the crash protection requirements of S5 by means that require no action by vehicle occupants.
</P>
<P>S4.3.1.2 <I>Second option—belt system.</I> The vehicle shall, at each designated seating position, have either a Type 1 or a Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to S571.209.
</P>
<P>S4.3.2 <I>Trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds, manufactured on or after September 1, 1990.</I> Each truck and multipurpose passenger vehicle with a gross vehicle weight rating of more than 10,000 pounds, manufactured on or after September 1, 1990, shall meet the requirements of S4.3.2.1 or S4.3.2.2. A protection system that meets the requirements of S4.3.2.1 may be installed at one or more designated seating positions of a vehicle that otherwise meets the requirements of S4.3.2.2.
</P>
<P>S4.3.2.1 <I>First option—complete passenger protection system.</I> The vehicle shall meet the crash protection requirements of S5 by means that require no action by vehicle occupants.
</P>
<P>S4.3.2.2 <I>Second option—belt system.</I> The vehicle shall, at each designated seating position, have either a Type 1 or a Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to § 571.209 of this part and S7.2 of this Standard. A Type 1 belt assembly or the pelvic portion of a dual retractor Type 2 belt assembly installed at a front outboard seating position shall include either an emergency locking retractor or an automatic locking retractor. If a seat belt assembly installed at a front outboard seating position includes an automatic locking retractor for the lap belt or the lap belt portion, that seat belt assembly shall comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) An automatic locking retractor used at a front outboard seating position that has some type of suspension system for the seat shall be attached to the seat structure that moves as the suspension system functions.
</P>
<P>(b) The lap belt or lap belt portion of a seat belt assembly equipped with an automatic locking retractor that is installed at a front outboard seating position must allow at least 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch, but less than 3 inches, of webbing movement before retracting webbing to the next locking position.
</P>
<P>(c) Compliance with S4.3.2.2(b) of this standard is determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The seat belt assembly is buckled and the retractor end of the seat belt assembly is anchored to a horizontal surface. The webbing for the lap belt or lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly is extended to 75 percent of its length and the retractor is locked after the initial adjustment.
</P>
<P>(2) A load of 20 pounds is applied to the free end of the lap belt or the lap belt portion of the belt assembly (i.e., the end that is not anchored to the horizontal surface) in the direction away from the retractor. The position of the free end of the belt assembly is recorded.
</P>
<P>(3) Within a 30 second period, the 20 pound load is slowly decreased, until the retractor moves to the next locking position. The position of the free end of the belt assembly is recorded again.
</P>
<P>(4) The difference between the two positions recorded for the free end of the belt assembly shall be at least 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch but less than 3 inches.
</P>
<P>S4.4 Buses manufactured on or after November 28, 2016.
</P>
<P>S4.4.1 <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of S4.4, the following definitions apply:</P>
<P><I>Over-the-road bus</I> means a bus characterized by an elevated passenger deck located over a baggage compartment, except a school bus.
</P>
<P><I>Perimeter-seating bus</I> means a bus, which is not an over-the-road bus, that has 7 or fewer designated seating positions that are forward-facing or can convert to forward-facing without the use of tools, and are rearward of the driver's designated seating position or rearward of the outboard designated seating position(s) in the front row of seats, if there is no driver's designated seating position.
</P>
<P><I>Prison bus</I> means a bus manufactured for the purpose of transporting persons subject to involuntary restraint or confinement and has design features consistent with that purpose.
</P>
<P><I>Stop-request system</I> means a vehicle-integrated system for passenger use to signal to a vehicle operator that they are requesting a stop.
</P>
<P><I>Transit bus</I> means a bus that is equipped with a stop-request system sold for public transportation provided by, or on behalf of, a State or local government and that is not an over-the-road bus.
</P>
<P>S4.4.2 <I>Buses with a GVWR of 3,855 kg (8,500 lb) or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kg (5,500 lb) or less.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.4.2.1 Each bus with a GVWR of 3,855 kg (8,500 lb) or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kg (5,500 lb) or less, except a school bus, shall comply with the requirements of S4.2.6 of this standard for front seating positions and with the requirements of S4.4.3.1 of this standard for all rear seating positions.
</P>
<P>S4.4.2.2 Each school bus with a GVWR of 3,855 kg (8,500 lb) or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kg (5,500 lb) or less shall comply with the requirements of S4.2.6 of this standard for front seating positions and with the requirements of S4.4.3.2 of this standard for all rear seating positions.
</P>
<P>S4.4.3 <I>Buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.4.3.1 Except as provided in S4.4.3.1.1, S4.4.3.1.2, S4.4.3.1.3, S4.4.3.1.4 and S4.4.3.1.5, each bus with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less, except a school bus or an over-the-road bus, shall be equipped with a Type 2 seat belt assembly at every designated seating position other than a side-facing position. Type 2 seat belt assemblies installed in compliance with this requirement shall conform to Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209) and with S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard. If a Type 2 seat belt assembly installed in compliance with this requirement incorporates a webbing tension relieving device, the vehicle owner's manual shall include the information specified in S7.4.2(b) of this standard for the tension relieving device, and the vehicle shall conform to S7.4.2(c) of this standard. Side-facing designated seating positions shall be equipped, at the manufacturer's option, with a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly.
</P>
<P>S4.4.3.1.1 Any rear designated seating position with a seat that can be adjusted to be forward- or rear-facing and to face some other direction shall either:
</P>
<P>(a) Meet the requirements of S4.4.3.1 with the seat in any position in which it can be occupied while the vehicle is in motion, or meet S4.4.3.1.1(b)(1) and S4.4.3.1.1(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) When the seat is in its forward-facing and/or rear-facing position, or within ±30 degrees of either position, have a Type 2 seat belt assembly with an upper torso restraint that
</P>
<P>(i) Conforms to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard,
</P>
<P>(ii) Adjusts by means of an emergency locking retractor conforming to Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209), and
</P>
<P>(iii) May be detachable at the buckle or upper anchorage, but not both.
</P>
<P>(2) When the seat is in any position in which it can be occupied while the vehicle is in motion, have a Type 1 seat belt or the pelvic portion of a Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.4.3.1.2 Any rear designated seating position on a readily removable seat (that is, a seat designed to be easily removed and replaced by means installed by the manufacturer for that purpose) may meet the requirements of S4.4.3.1 by use of a belt incorporating a release mechanism that detaches both the lap and shoulder portion at either the upper or lower anchorage point, but not both. The means of detachment shall be a key or key-like object.
</P>
<P>S4.4.3.1.3 Any inboard designated seating position on a seat for which the entire seat back can be folded such that no part of the seat back extends above a horizontal plane located 250 mm above the highest SRP located on the seat may meet the requirements of S4.4.3.1 by use of a belt incorporating a release mechanism that detaches both the lap and shoulder portion at either the upper or lower anchorage point, but not both. The means of detachment shall be a key or key-like object.
</P>
<P>S4.4.3.1.4 Any rear designated seating position adjacent to a walkway located between the seat, which walkway is designed to allow access to more rearward designated seating positions, and not adjacent to the side of the vehicle may meet the requirements of S4.4.3.1 by use of a belt incorporating a release mechanism that detaches both the lap and shoulder portion at either the upper or lower anchorage point, but not both. The means of detachment shall be a key or key-like object.
</P>
<P>S4.4.3.1.5 Any rear side-facing designated seating position shall be equipped with a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.4.3.2 Each school bus with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) or less shall comply with the requirements of S4.4.3.2.1 and S4.4.3.2.2.
</P>
<P>S4.4.3.2.1 The driver's designated seating position and any outboard designated seating position not rearward of the driver's seating position shall be equipped with a Type 2 seat belt assembly. For a school bus without a driver's designated seating position, the outboard designated seating positions in the front row of seats shall be equipped with Type 2 seat belt assemblies. The seat belt assembly shall comply with Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209) and with S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard. The lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly shall include either an emergency locking retractor or an automatic locking retractor. An automatic locking retractor shall not retract webbing to the next locking position until at least 
<FR>3/4</FR> inch of webbing has moved into the retractor. In determining whether an automatic locking retractor complies with this requirement, the webbing is extended to 75 percent of its length and the retractor is locked after the initial adjustment. If the seat belt assembly installed in compliance with this requirement incorporates any webbing tension-relieving device, the vehicle owner's manual shall include the information specified in S7.4.2(b) of this standard for the tension-relieving device, and the vehicle shall comply with S7.4.2(c) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.4.3.2.2 Passenger seating positions, other than those specified in S4.4.3.2.1, shall be equipped with Type 2 seat belt assemblies that comply with the requirements of S7.1.1.5, S7.1.5 and S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.4.3.3 Each over-the-road-bus with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less shall meet the requirements of S4.4.5.1 (as specified for buses with a GVWR or more than 11,793 kg (26,000 lb)).
</P>
<P>S4.4.3.4<I>Seat belt warnings for buses manufactured on or after September 1, 2028 with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.4.3.4.1 All front outboard designated seating positions and any front inboard designated seating position for which a seat belt warning is required by S4.2.6.4 shall comply with S7.5 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.4.3.4.2 All rear designated seating positions certified to a compliance option requiring a seat belt, except for school buses and law enforcement vehicles, shall comply with S7.5 of this standard.






</P>
<P>S4.4.4 <I>Buses with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) but not greater than 11,793 kg (26,000 lb).</I>
</P>
<P>S4.4.4.1 Each bus with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) but not greater than 11,793 kg (26,000 lb), except a school bus or an over-the-road bus, shall meet the requirements of S4.4.4.1.1 or S4.4.4.1.2.
</P>
<P>S4.4.4.1.1 <I>First option—complete passenger protection system—driver only.</I> The vehicle shall meet the crash protection requirements of S5, with respect to an anthropomorphic test dummy in the driver's designated seating position, by means that require no action by vehicle occupants.
</P>
<P>S4.4.4.1.2 <I>Second option—belt system.</I> The vehicle shall, at the driver's designated seating position and all designated seating positions in the front row of seats, if there is no driver's designated seating position, be equipped with either a Type 1 or a Type 2 seat belt assembly that conforms to § 571.209 of this part and S7.2 of this Standard. A Type 1 belt assembly or the pelvic portion of a dual retractor Type 2 belt assembly installed at these seating positions shall include either an emergency locking retractor or an automatic locking retractor. If a seat belt assembly includes an automatic locking retractor for the lap belt or the lap belt portion, that seat belt assembly shall comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) An automatic locking retractor used at a driver's seating position that has some type of suspension system for the seat shall be attached to the seat structure that moves as the suspension system functions.
</P>
<P>(b) The lap belt or lap belt portion of a seat belt assembly equipped with an automatic locking retractor that is installed at the driver's seating position must allow at least 
<FR>3/4</FR>; inch, but less than 3 inches, of webbing movement before retracting webbing to the next locking position.
</P>
<P>(c) Compliance with S4.4.4.2.1(b) of this standard is determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The seat belt assembly is buckled and the retractor end of the seat belt assembly is anchored to a horizontal surface. The webbing for the lap belt or lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly is extended to 75 percent of its length and the retractor is locked after the initial adjustment.
</P>
<P>(2) A load of 20 pounds is applied to the free end of the lap belt or the lap belt portion of the belt assembly (i.e., the end that is not anchored to the horizontal surface) in the direction away from the retractor. The position of the free end of the belt assembly is recorded.
</P>
<P>(3) Within a 30 second period, the 20 pound load is slowly decreased, until the retractor moves to the next locking position. The position of the free end of the belt assembly is recorded again.
</P>
<P>(4) The difference between the two positions recorded for the free end of the belt assembly shall be at least 
<FR>3/4</FR>; inch but less than 3 inches.
</P>
<P>S4.4.4.2 Each school bus with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) but not greater than 11,793 kg (26,000 lb) shall be equipped with a Type 2 seat belt assembly at the driver's designated seating position. The seat belt assembly shall comply with Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209) and with S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard. If a seat belt assembly installed in compliance with this requirement includes an automatic locking retractor for the lap belt portion, that seat belt assembly shall comply with paragraphs (a) through (c) of S4.4.4.1.2 of this standard. If a seat belt assembly installed in compliance with this requirement incorporates any webbing tension-relieving device, the vehicle owner's manual shall include the information specified in S7.4.2(b) of this standard for the tension-relieving device, and the vehicle shall comply with S7.4.2(c) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.4.4.3 Each over-the-road-bus with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) but not greater than 11,793 kg (26,000 lb) shall meet the requirements of S4.4.5.1 (as specified for buses with a GVWR or more than 11,793 kg (26,000 lb)).
</P>
<P>S4.4.5 <I>Buses with a GVWR of more than 11,793 kg (26,000 lb).</I>
</P>
<P>S4.4.5.1 Each bus with a GVWR of more than 11,793 kg (26,000 lb), except a perimeter-seating bus, transit bus, or school bus, shall comply with the requirements of S4.4.5.1.1 and S4.4.5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S4.4.5.1.1 The driver's designated seating position and any outboard designated seating position not rearward of the driver's seating position shall be equipped with a Type 2 seat belt assembly. The seat belt assembly shall comply with Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209) and with S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard. For a bus without a driver's designated seating position, any outboard designated seating position in the front row of seats, shall be equipped with Type 2 seat belt assemblies. If a seat belt assembly installed in compliance with this requirement includes an automatic locking retractor for the lap belt portion, that seat belt assembly shall comply with paragraphs (a) through (c) of S4.4.4.1.2 of this standard. If a seat belt assembly installed in compliance with this requirement incorporates any webbing tension-relieving device, the vehicle owner's manual shall include the information specified in S7.4.2(b) of this standard for the tension-relieving device, and the vehicle shall comply with S7.4.2(c) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.4.5.1.2 Passenger seating positions, other than those specified in S4.4.5.1.1 and seating positions on prison buses rearward of the driver's seating position, shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Other than for over-the-road buses:
</P>
<P>(i) Be equipped with a Type 2 seat belt assembly at any seating position that is not a side-facing position;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be equipped with a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly at any seating position that is a side-facing position;
</P>
<P>(c) For over-the-road buses, be equipped with a Type 2 seat belt assembly;
</P>
<P>(d) Have the seat belt assembly attached to the seat structure at any seating position that has another seating position, wheelchair position, or side emergency door behind it; and
</P>
<P>(e) Comply with the requirements of S7.1.1.5, S7.1.1.6, S7.1.3, and S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.4.5.2 Each perimeter-seating bus and transit bus with a GVWR of more than 11,793 kg (26,000 lb) shall meet the requirements of S4.4.4.1.1 or S4.4.4.1.2 (as specified for buses with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) but not greater than 11,793 kg (26,000 lb)).
</P>
<P>S4.4.5.3 Each school bus with a GVWR of more than 11,793 kg (26,000 lb) shall be equipped with a Type 2 seat belt assembly at the driver's designated seating position. The seat belt assembly shall comply with Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209) and with S7.1 and S7.2 of this standard. If a seat belt assembly installed in compliance with this requirement includes an automatic locking retractor for the lap belt portion, that seat belt assembly shall comply with paragraphs (a) through (c) of S4.4.4.1.2 of this standard. If a seat belt assembly installed in compliance with this requirement incorporates any webbing tension-relieving device, the vehicle owner's manual shall include the information specified in S7.4.2(b) of this standard for the tension-relieving device, and the vehicle shall comply with S7.4.2(c) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.5 <I>Other general requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.5.1 <I>Labeling and owner's manual information.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Air bag maintenance or replacement information.</I> If the vehicle manufacturer recommends periodic maintenance or replacement of an inflatable restraint system, as that term is defined in S4.1.5.1(b) of this standard, installed in a vehicle, that vehicle shall be labeled with the recommended schedule for maintenance or replacement. The schedule shall be specified by month and year, or in terms of vehicle mileage, or by intervals measured from the date appearing on the vehicle certification label provided pursuant to 49 CFR part 567. The label shall be permanently affixed to the vehicle within the passenger compartment and lettered in English in block capital and numerals not less than three thirty-seconds of an inch high. This label may be combined with the label required by S4.5.1(b) of this standard to appear on the sun visor. If some regular maintenance or replacement of the inflatable restraint system(s) in a vehicle is recommended by the vehicle manufacturer, the owner's manual shall also set forth the recommended schedule for maintenance or replacement. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sun visor air bag warning label.</I> (1) Except as provided in S4.5.1(b)(2), each vehicle shall have a label permanently affixed to either side of the sun visor, at the manufacturer's option, at each front outboard seating position that is equipped with an inflatable restraint. The label shall conform in content to the label shown in either Figure 6a or 6b of this standard, as appropriate, and shall comply with the requirements of S4.5.1(b)(1)(i) through S4.5.1(b)(1)(iv). 
</P>
<P>(i) The heading area shall be yellow with the word “WARNING” and the alert symbol in black. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The message area shall be white with black text. The message area shall be no less than 30 cm
<SU>2</SU> (4.7 in
<SU>2</SU>). 
</P>
<P>(iii) The pictogram shall be black with a red circle and slash on a white background. The pictogram shall be no less than 30 mm (1.2 in) in diameter. 
</P>
<P>(iv) If the vehicle does not have a back seat, the label shown in Figure 6a or 6b may be modified by omitting the statements: “The BACK SEAT is the SAFEST place for children.” 
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicles certified to meet the requirements specified in S19, S21, or S23 before September 1, 2003 shall have a label permanently affixed to either side of the sun visor, at the manufacturer's option, at each front outboard seating position that is equipped with an inflatable restraint. The label shall conform in content to the label shown either in Figure 8 or Figure 11 of this standard, at the manufacturer's option, and shall comply with the requirements of S4.5.1(b)(2)(i) through S4.5.1(b)(2)(iv). 
</P>
<P>(i) The heading area shall be yellow with the word “WARNING” and the alert symbol in black. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The message area shall be white with black text. The message area shall be no less than 30 cm
<SU>2</SU> (4.7 in
<SU>2</SU>). 
</P>
<P>(iii) The pictogram shall be black on a white background. The pictogram shall be no less than 30 mm (1.2 in) in length. 
</P>
<P>(iv) If the vehicle does not have a back seat, the label shown in the figure may be modified by omitting the statement: “The BACK SEAT is the SAFEST place for CHILDREN.” 
</P>
<P>(v) If the vehicle does not have a back seat or the back seat is too small to accommodate a rear-facing child restraint consistent with S4.5.4.1, the label shown in the figure may be modified by omitting the statement: “Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front.” 
</P>
<P>(3) Vehicles certified to meet the requirements specified in S19, S21, or S23 on or after September 1, 2003 shall have a label permanently affixed to either side of the sun visor, at the manufacturer's option, at each front outboard seating position that is equipped with an inflatable restraint. The label shall conform in content to the label shown in Figure 11 of this standard and shall comply with the requirements of S4.5.1(b)(3)(i) through S4.5.1(b)(3)(iv). 
</P>
<P>(i) The heading area shall be yellow with the word “WARNING” and the alert symbol in black. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The message area shall be white with black text. The message area shall be no less than 30 cm
<SU>2</SU> (4.7 in
<SU>2</SU>). 
</P>
<P>(iii) The pictogram shall be black on a white background. The pictogram shall be no less than 30 mm (1.2 in) in length. 
</P>
<P>(iv) If the vehicle does not have a back seat, the label shown in the figure may be modified by omitting the statement: “The BACK SEAT is the SAFEST place for CHILDREN.” 
</P>
<P>(v) If the vehicle does not have a back seat or the back seat is too small to accommodate a rear-facing child restraint consistent with S4.5.4.1, the label shown in the figure may be modified by omitting the statement: “Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front.” 
</P>
<P>(4) Design-specific information. 
</P>
<P>(i) A manufacturer may request in writing that the Administrator authorize additional design-specific information to be placed on the air bag sun visor label for vehicles certified to meet the requirements specified in S19, S21, or S23. The label shall conform in content to the label shown in Figure 11 of this standard and shall comply with the requirements of S4.5.1(b)(3)(i) through S4.5.1(b)(3)(iv), except that the label may contain additional, design-specific information, if authorized by the Administrator. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The request must meet the following criteria: 
</P>
<P>(A) The request must provide a mock-up of the label with the specific language or pictogram the manufacturer requests permission to add to the label. 
</P>
<P>(B) The additional information conveyed by the requested label must be specific to the design or technology of the air bag system in the vehicle and not applicable to all or most air bag systems. 
</P>
<P>(C) The additional information conveyed by the requested label must address a situation in which foreseeable occupant behavior can affect air bag performance. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The Administrator shall authorize or reject a request by a manufacturer submitted under S4.5.1(b)(4)(i) on the basis of whether the additional information could result in information overload or would otherwise make the label confusing or misleading. No determination will be made as to whether, in light of the above criteria, the particular information best prevents information overload or whether the information best addresses a particular air bag risk. Moreover, the Administrator will not verify or vouch for the accuracy of the information. 
</P>
<P>(5) Limitations on additional labels. 
</P>
<P>(i) Except for the information on an air bag maintenance label placed on the sun visor pursuant to S4.5.1(a) of this standard, or on a utility vehicle warning label placed on the sun visor that conforms in content, form, and sequence to the label shown in Figure 1 of 49 CFR 575.105, no other information shall appear on the same side of the sun visor to which the sun visor air bag warning label is affixed. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Except for the information in an air bag alert label placed on the sun visor pursuant to S4.5.1(c) of this standard, or on a utility vehicle warning label placed on the sun visor that conforms in content, form, and sequence to the label shown in Figure 1 of 49 CFR 575.105, no other information about air bags or the need to wear seat belts shall appear anywhere on the sun visor. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Air bag alert label.</I> If the label required by S4.5.1(b) is not visible when the sun visor is in the stowed position, an air bag alert label shall be permanently affixed to that visor so that the label is visible when the visor is in that position. The label shall conform in content to the sun visor label shown in Figure 6(c) of this standard, and shall comply with the requirements of S4.5.1(c)(1) through S4.5.1(c)(3). 
</P>
<P>(1) The message area shall be black with yellow text. The message area shall be no less than 20 square cm. 
</P>
<P>(2) The pictogram shall be black with a red circle and slash on a white background. The pictogram shall be no less than 20 mm in diameter. 
</P>
<P>(3) If a vehicle does not have an inflatable restraint at any front seating position other than that for the driver's designated seating position, the pictogram may be omitted from the label shown in Figure 6c.
</P>
<P>(d) At the option of the manufacturer, the requirements in S4.5.1(b) and S4.5.1(c) for labels that are permanently affixed to specified parts of the vehicle may instead be met by permanent marking or molding of the required information.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Label on the dashboard.</I> (1) Except as provided in S4.5.1(e)(2) or S4.5.1(e)(3), each vehicle that is equipped with an inflatable restraint for the passenger position shall have a label attached to a location on the dashboard or the steering control hub that is clearly visible from all front seating positions. The label need not be permanently affixed to the vehicle. This label shall conform in content to the label shown in Figure 7 of this standard, and shall comply with the requirements of S4.5.1(e)(1)(i) through S4.5.1(e)(1)(iii).
</P>
<P>(i) The heading area shall be yellow with the word “WARNING” and the alert symbol in black. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The message area shall be white with black text. The message area shall be no less than 30 cm
<SU>2</SU> (4.7 in
<SU>2</SU>). 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the vehicle does not have a back seat, the label shown in Figure 7 may be modified by omitting the statement: “The back seat is the safest place for children 12 and under.” 
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicles certified to meet the requirements specified in S19, S21, and S23 before December 1, 2003, that are equipped with an inflatable restraint for the passenger position shall have a label attached to a location on the dashboard or the steering control hub that is clearly visible from all front seating positions. The label need not be permanently affixed to the vehicle. This label shall conform in content to the label shown in either Figure 9 or Figure 12 of this standard, at manufacturer's option, and shall comply with the requirements of S4.5.1(e)(2)(i) through S4.5.1(e)(2)(iv).
</P>
<P>(i) The heading area shall be yellow with black text. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The message area shall be white with black text. The message area shall be no less than 30 cm
<SU>2</SU> (4.7 in
<SU>2</SU>). 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the vehicle does not have a back seat, the labels shown in Figures 9 and 12 may be modified by omitting the statement: “The back seat is the safest place for children.” 
</P>
<P>(iv) If the vehicle does not have a back seat or the back seat is too small to accommodate a rear-facing child restraint consistent with S4.5.4.1, the label shown in Figure 12 may be modified by omitting the statement: “Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front.” 
</P>
<P>(3) Vehicles certified to meet the requirements specified in S19, S21, and S23 on or after December 1, 2003, that are equipped with an inflatable restraint for the passenger position shall have a label attached to a location on the dashboard or the steering control hub that is clearly visible from all front seating positions. The label need not be permanently affixed to the vehicle. This label shall conform in content to the label shown in Figure 12 of this standard and shall comply with the requirements of S4.5.1(e)(3)(i) through S4.5.1(e)(3)(iv).
</P>
<P>(i) The heading area shall be yellow with black text. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The message area shall be white with black text. The message area shall be no less than 30 cm
<SU>2</SU> (4.7 in
<SU>2</SU>). 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the vehicle does not have a back seat, the label shown in Figure 12 may be modified by omitting the statement: “The back seat is the safest place for children.” 
</P>
<P>(iv) If the vehicle does not have a back seat or the back seat is too small to accommodate a rear-facing child restraint consistent with S4.5.4.1, the label shown in Figure 12 may be modified by omitting the statement: “Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front.” 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Information to appear in owner's manual.</I> (1) The owner's manual for any vehicle equipped with an inflatable restraint system shall include an accurate description of the vehicle's air bag system in an easily understandable format. The owner's manual shall include a statement to the effect that the vehicle is equipped with an air bag and lap/shoulder belt at both front outboard seating positions, and that the air bag is a supplemental restraint at those seating positions. The information shall emphasize that all occupants should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash. The owner's manual shall also provide any necessary precautions regarding the proper positioning of occupants, including children, at seating positions equipped with air bags to ensure maximum safety protection for those occupants. The owner's manual shall also explain that no objects should be placed over or near the air bag on the instrument panel, because any such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bag to inflate.
</P>
<P>(2) For any vehicle certified to meet the requirements specified in S14.5, S15, S17, S19, S21, S23, and S25, the manufacturer shall also include in the vehicle owner's manual a discussion of the advanced passenger air bag system installed in the vehicle. The discussion shall explain the proper functioning of the advanced air bag system and shall provide a summary of the actions that may affect the proper functioning of the system. The discussion shall include, at a minimum, accurate information on the following topics:
</P>
<P>(i) A presentation and explanation of the main components of the advanced passenger air bag system.
</P>
<P>(ii) An explanation of how the components function together as part of the advanced passenger air bag system.
</P>
<P>(iii) The basic requirements for proper operation, including an explanation of the actions that may affect the proper functioning of the system.
</P>
<P>(iv) For vehicles certified to meet the requirements of S19.2, S21.2 or S23.2, a complete description of the passenger air bag suppression system installed in the vehicle, including a discussion of any suppression zone.
</P>
<P>(v) An explanation of the interaction of the advanced passenger air bag system with other vehicle components, such as seat belts, seats or other components.
</P>
<P>(vi) A summary of the expected outcomes when child restraint systems, children and small teenagers or adults are both properly and improperly positioned in the passenger seat, including cautionary advice against improper placement of child restraint systems.
</P>
<P>(vii) For vehicles certified to meet the requirements of S19.2, S21.2 or S23.2, a discussion of the telltale light, specifying its location in the vehicle and explaining when the light is illuminated.
</P>
<P>(viii) Information on how to contact the vehicle manufacturer concerning modifications for persons with disabilities that may affect the advanced air bag system.
</P>
<P>(3) The owner's manual (which includes information provided by the vehicle manufacturer to the consumer, whether in digital or printed form) for any vehicle equipped with a seat belt warning system must include an accurate description of the system features and warning signals, including the location and format of the visual warnings, in an easily understandable format. The description shall include information on when the different features of the warning system will activate and how to interpret the visual warnings. For vehicles with any rear designated seating position that is a readily-removable seat (a seat designed to be easily removed and replaced by means installed by the manufacturer for that purpose) equipped with manual electrical connections that are utilized by the rear seat belt warning system, the owner's manual must include a description of the purpose of the connection, instructions on how to achieve a proper connection, and a description of how not achieving a proper connection may affect the proper functioning of the system.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Additional labels placed elsewhere in the vehicle interior.</I> The language on additional air bag warning labels placed elsewhere in the vehicle interior shall not cause confusion or contradiction of any of the statements required in the air bag sun visor label, and shall be expressed in symbols, words and abbreviations required by this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.5.2 <I>Readiness indicator.</I> An occupant protection system that deploys in the event of a crash shall have a monitoring system with a readiness indicator. The indicator shall monitor its own readiness and shall be clearly visible from the driver's designated seating position. If the vehicle is equipped with a single readiness indicator for both a driver and passenger air bag, and if the vehicle is equipped with an on-off switch permitted by S4.5.4 of this standard, the readiness indicator shall monitor the readiness of the driver air bag when the passenger air bag has been deactivated by means of the on-off switch, and shall not illuminate solely because the passenger air bag has been deactivated by the manual on-off switch. A list of the elements of the system being monitored by the indicator shall be included with the information furnished in accordance with S4.5.1 but need not be included on the label. 
</P>
<P>S4.5.3 <I>Automatic belts.</I> Except as provided in S4.5.3.1, a seat belt assembly that requires no action by vehicle occupants (hereinafter referred to as an “automatic belt”) may be used to meet the crash protection requirements of any option under S4. and in place of any seat belt assembly otherwise required by that option.
</P>
<P>S4.5.3.1. An automatic belt that provides only pelvic restraint may not be used pursuant to S4.5.3 to meet the requirements of an option that requires a Type 2 seat belt assembly. An automatic belt may not be used pursuant to S4.5.3 to meet the requirements of S4.1.5.1(a)(3) for a Type 2 seat belt assembly at any seating position equipped with an inflatable restraint system pursuant to S4.1.5.2, S4.1.5.3, S4.2.6.1, or S4.2.6.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.5.3.2 An automatic belt, furnished pursuant to S4.5.3, that provides both pelvic and upper torso restraint may have either a detachable or nondetachable upper torso portion, notwithstanding provisions of the option under which it is furnished.
</P>
<P>S4.5.3.3 An automatic belt furnished pursuant to S4.5.3 shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Conform to S7.1 and have a single emergency release mechanism whose components are readily accessible to a seated occupant.
</P>
<P>(b) Conform to the seat belt warning system requirements of S7.3 or S7.5 of this standard, as applicable.
</P>
<P>S4.5.3.4 An automatic belt furnished pursuant to S4.5.3 that is not required to meet the perpendicular frontal crash protection requirements of S5.1 shall conform to the webbing, attachment hardware, and assembly performance requirements of Standard No. 209.
</P>
<P>S4.5.3.5 A replacement automatic belt shall meet the requirements of S4.1(k) of Standard No. 209.
</P>
<P>S4.5.4 <I>Passenger air bag manual cut-off device.</I> Passenger cars, trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles manufactured before September 1, 2012 may be equipped with a device that deactivates the air bag installed at the right front outboard seating position in the vehicle, if all the conditions in S4.5.4.1 through S4.5.4.4 are satisfied.
</P>
<P>S4.5.4.1 The vehicle complies with either S4.5.4.1(a) or S4.5.4.1(b).
</P>
<P>(a) The vehicle has no forward-facing designated seating positions to the rear of the front seating positions.
</P>
<P>(b) With the seats and seat backs adjusted as specified in S8.1.2 and S8.1.3, the distance, measured along a longitudinal horizontal line tangent to the highest point of the rear seat bottom in the longitudinal vertical plane described in either S4.5.4.1(b)(1) or S4.5.4.1(b)(2), between the rearward surface of the front seat back and the forward surface of the rear seat back is less than 720 millimeters.
</P>
<P>(1) In a vehicle equipped with front bucket seats, the vertical plane at the centerline of the driver's seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(2) In a vehicle equipped with front bench seating, the vertical plane which passes through the center of the steering wheel rim.
</P>
<P>S4.5.4.2 The device is operable by means of the ignition key for the vehicle. The device shall be separate from the ignition switch for the vehicle, so that the driver must take some action with the ignition key other than inserting it or turning it in the ignition switch to deactivate the passenger air bag. Once deactivated, the passenger air bag shall remain deactivated until it is reactivated by means of the device.
</P>
<P>S4.5.4.3 A telltale light in the interior of the vehicle shall be illuminated whenever the passenger air bag is turned off by means of the on-off switch. The telltale shall be clearly visible to occupants of all front seating positions. “Clearly visible” means within the normal range of vision throughout normal driving operations. The telltale:
</P>
<P>(a) Shall be yellow;
</P>
<P>(b) Shall have the identifying words “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” or “PASS AIR BAG OFF” on the telltale or within 25 millimeters of the telltale; 
</P>
<P>(c) Shall remain illuminated for the entire time that the air bag is “off”;
</P>
<P>(d) Shall not be illuminated at any time when the air bag is “on”; and,
</P>
<P>(e) Shall not be combined with the readiness indicator required by S4.5.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.5.4.4 The vehicle owner's manual shall provide, in a readily understandable format: 
</P>
<P>(a) Complete instructions on the operation of the on-off switch; 
</P>
<P>(b) A statement that the on-off switch should only be used when a member of a passenger risk group identified in the request form in appendix B to part 595 of this chapter is occupying the right front passenger seating position; and,
</P>
<P>(c) A warning about the safety consequences of using the on-off switch at other times. 
</P>
<P>S4.5.5 <I>Rear seat belt requirements for passenger cars and for trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lbs.) or less.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.5.5.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2005 and before September 1, 2007.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For vehicles manufactured for sale in the United States on or after September 1, 2005, and before September 1, 2007, a percentage of the manufacturer's production as specified in S4.5.5.2, shall meet the requirements specified in either S4.1.5.5 for complying passenger cars, S4.2.7 for complying trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles, or S4.4.3.1 for complying buses.
</P>
<P>(b) A manufacturer that sells two or fewer carlines, as that term is defined at 49 CFR 583.4, in the United States may, at the option of the manufacturer, meet the requirements of this paragraph, instead of paragraph (a) of this section. Each vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 2006, and before September 1, 2007, shall meet the requirements specified in S4.1.5.5 for complying passenger cars, S4.2.7 for complying trucks &amp; multipurpose passenger vehicles, and S4.4.3.1 for complying buses. Credits for vehicles manufactured before September 1, 2006 are not to be applied to the requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(c) Vehicles that are manufactured in two or more stages or that are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) after having previously been certified in accordance with part 567 of this chapter are not subject to the requirements of S4.5.5.1.
</P>
<P>(d) Vehicles that are manufactured by a manufacturer that produces fewer than 5,000 vehicles annually for sale in the United States are not subject to the requirements of S4.5.5.1.
</P>
<P>S4.5.5.2 <I>Phase-in schedule.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2005, and before September 1, 2006. Subject to S4.5.5.3(a), for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2005, and before September 1, 2006, the amount of vehicles complying with S4.1.5.5 for complying passenger cars, S4.2.7 for complying trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles, or S4.4.3.1 for complying buses shall be not less than 50 percent of:
</P>
<P>(1) If the manufacturer has manufactured vehicles for sale in the United States during both of the two production years immediately prior to September 1, 2005, the manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2003, and before September 1, 2006, or
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2005, and before September 1, 2006.
</P>
<P>(b) Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2006, and before September 1, 2007. Subject to S4.5.5.3(b), for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2006, and before September 1, 2007, the amount of vehicles complying with S4.1.5.5 for complying passenger cars, S4.2.7 for complying trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles, or S4.4.3.1 for complying buses shall be not less than 80 percent of:
</P>
<P>(1) If the manufacturer has manufactured vehicles for sale in the United States during both of the two production years immediately prior to September 1, 2006, the manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2004, and before September 1, 2007, or
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2006, and before September 1, 2007.
</P>
<P>S4.5.5.3 <I>Calculation of complying vehicles.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For the purposes of complying with S4.5.5.2(a), a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it is manufactured on or after February 7, 2005, but before September 1, 2006.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of complying with S4.5.5.2(b), a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after February 7, 2005, but before September 1, 2007, and
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S4.5.5.2(a).
</P>
<P>S4.5.5.4 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S4.5.5.2, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) A vehicle that is imported shall be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(2) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>S4.6 <I>Dynamic testing of manual belt systems.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.6.1 Each truck and multipurpose passenger vehicle with a GVWR of 8,500 pounds or less and an unloaded weight of less than 5,500 pounds that is manufactured on or after September 1, 1991, and is equipped with a Type 2 seat belt assembly at a front outboard designated seating position pursuant to S4.1.2.3 shall meet the frontal crash protection requirements of S5.1 at those designated seating positions with a test dummy restrained by a Type 2 seat belt assembly that has been adjusted in accordance with S7.4.2. A vehicle shall not be deemed to be in noncompliance with this standard if its manufacturer establishes that it did not have reason to know in the exercise of due care that such vehicle is not in conformity with the requirement of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.6.2 Any manual seat belt assembly subject to the requirements of S5.1 of this standard by virtue of any provision of this standard other than S4.1.2.1(c)(2) does not have to meet the requirements of S4.2(a)-(f) and S4.4 of Standard No. 209 (§ 571.209).
</P>
<P>S4.6.3 Any manual seat belt assembly subject to the requirements of S5.1 of this standard by virtue of S4.1.2.1(c)(2) does not have to meet the elongation requirements of S4.2(c), S4.4(a)(2), S4.4(b)(4), and S4.4(b)(5) of Standard No. 209 (§ 571.209).
</P>
<P>S4.7 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S4.8 <I>Selection of compliance options.</I> Where manufacturer options are specified, the manufacturer shall select the option by the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for the vehicle. Each manufacturer shall, upon request from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, provide information regarding which of the compliance options it has selected for a particular vehicle or make/model. 
</P>
<P>S4.9 <I>Values and tolerances.</I> Wherever a range of values or tolerances are specified, requirements shall be met at all values within the range of values or tolerances. With respect to the positioning of anthropomorphic dummies, torso and spine angle tolerances shall be ±2 degrees unless otherwise stated, and leg, thigh, foot, and arm angle tolerances shall be ±5 degrees unless otherwise stated. 
</P>
<P>S4.10 <I>Metric values.</I> Specifications and requirements are given in metric units with English units provided for reference. The metric values are controlling. 
</P>
<P>S4.11 <I>Test duration for purpose of measuring injury criteria.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) For all barrier crashes, the injury criteria specified in this standard shall be met when calculated based on data recorded for 300 milliseconds after the vehicle strikes the barrier. 
</P>
<P>(b) For the 3-year-old and 6-year-old child dummy low risk deployment tests, the injury criteria specified in this standard shall be met when calculated on data recorded for 100 milliseconds after the initial deployment of the air bag. 
</P>
<P>(c) For 12-month-old infant dummy low risk deployment tests, the injury criteria specified in the standard shall be met when calculated on data recorded for 125 milliseconds after the initiation of the final stage of air bag deployment designed to deploy in any full frontal rigid barrier crash up to 64 km/h (40 mph). 
</P>
<P>(d) For driver dummy low risk deployment tests, the injury criteria shall be met when calculated based on data recorded for 125 milliseconds after the initiation of the final stage of air bag deployment designed to deploy in any full frontal rigid barrier crash up to 26 km/h (16 mph).
</P>
<P>(e) The requirements for dummy containment shall continue until both the vehicle and the dummies have ceased moving. 
</P>
<P>S4.12 <I>Suppression systems that do not detect dummies.</I> For vehicles with occupant sensing systems that recognize humans and not dummies, such that the air bag or bags would not function in crash tests, the manufacturer shall provide NHTSA with information and equipment necessary to circumvent the suppression system for the crash test such that the restraint system operates as if 5th percentile adult female humans and 50th percentile adult male humans are seated in the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>S4.13 <I>Data channels.</I> For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2001, all data channels used in injury criteria calculations shall be filtered using a phaseless digital filter, such as the Butterworth four-pole phaseless digital filter specified in appendix C of SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 MAR95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S5 <I>Occupant crash protection requirements for the 50th percentile adult male dummy.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Frontal barrier crash test.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Belted test.</I> (a) <I>Vehicles not certified to S14.</I> Impact a vehicle traveling longitudinally forward at any speed, up to and including 48 km/h (30 mph), into a fixed rigid barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, and at any angle up to 30 degrees in either direction from the perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, under the applicable conditions of S8 and S10. The test dummy specified in S8.1.8 placed in each front outboard designated seating position shall meet the injury criteria of S6.1, S6.2(a), S6.3, S6.4(a), and S6.5 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Vehicles certified to S14</I>—(1) <I>Vehicles certified to S14.1 or S14.2.</I> Impact a vehicle traveling longitudinally forward at any speed, up to and including 48 km/h (30 mph), into a fixed rigid barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle under the applicable conditions of S8 and S10. The test dummy specified in S8.1.8 placed in each front outboard designated seating position shall meet the injury criteria of S6.1, S6.2(b), S6.3, S6.4(b), S6.5, and S6.6 of this standard. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vehicles certified to S14.3 or S14.4.</I> Impact a vehicle traveling longitudinally forward at any speed, up to and including 56 km/h (35 mph), into a fixed rigid barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle under the applicable conditions of S8 and S10. The test dummy specified in S8.1.8 placed in each front outboard designated seating position shall meet the injury criteria of S6.1, S6.2(b), S6.3, S6.4(b), S6.5, and S6.6 of this standard. 
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Unbelted test.</I> (a) <I>Vehicles not certified to the requirements of S13 or S14.</I> At the manufacturer's option, either one of the following unbelted tests shall be met: 
</P>
<P>(1) Impact a vehicle traveling longitudinally forward at any speed up to and including 48 km/h (30 mph), into a fixed rigid barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, and at any angle up to 30 degrees in either direction from the perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, under the applicable conditions of S8 and S10, excluding S10.7, S10.8, and S10.9. The test dummy specified in S8.1.8 placed in each front outboard designated seating position shall meet the injury criteria of S6.1, S6.2(a), S6.3, S6.4(a), and S6.5 of this standard. 
</P>
<P>(2) Impact a vehicle traveling longitudinally forward at any speed between 32 km/h (20 mph) and 40 km/h (25 mph), inclusive, into a fixed rigid barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, and at any angle up to 30 degrees in either direction from the perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, under the applicable conditions of S8 and S10, excluding S10.7, S10.8, and S10.9. The test dummy specified in S8.1.8 placed in each front outboard designated seating position shall meet the injury criteria of S6.1, S6.2(b), S6.3, S6.4(b), S6.5, and S6.6 of this standard. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Vehicles certified to the requirements of S14.</I> Impact a vehicle traveling longitudinally forward at any speed between 32 km/h (20 mph) and 40 km/h (25 mph), inclusive, into a fixed rigid barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, and at any angle up to 30 degrees in either direction from the perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, under the applicable conditions of S8 and S10, excluding S10.7, S10.8, and S10.9. The test dummy specified in S8.1.8 placed in each front outboard designated seating position shall meet the injury criteria of S6.1, S6.2(b), S6.3, S6.4(b), S6.5, and S6.6 of this standard. 
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Lateral moving barrier crash test.</I> Impact a vehicle laterally on either side by a barrier moving at 20 mph under the applicable conditions of S8. The test dummy specified in S8.1.8 positioned in the front outboard designated seating position adjacent to the impacted side shall meet the injury criteria of S6.2 and S6.3 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Rollover.</I> Subject a vehicle to a rollover test in either lateral direction at 30 mph under the applicable conditions of S8 of this standard with a test dummy specified in S8.1.8 placed in the front outboard designated seating position on the vehicle's lower side as mounted on the test platform. The test dummy shall meet the injury criteria of S6.1 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6 <I>Injury criteria for the part 572, subpart E, Hybrid III test dummy.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 All portions of the test dummy shall be contained within the outer surfaces of the vehicle passenger compartment.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Head injury criteria.</I> (a)(1) For any two points in time, t<E T="52">1</E> and t<E T="52">2</E>, during the event which are separated by not more than a 36 millisecond time interval and where t<E T="52">1</E> is less than t<E T="52">2</E>, the head injury criterion (HIC<E T="52">36</E>) shall be determined using the resultant head acceleration at the center of gravity of the dummy head, a<E T="52">r</E>, expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity) and shall be calculated using the expression: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="33" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er12my00.003.gif"/></MATH>
<P>(2) The maximum calculated HIC<E T="52">36</E> value shall not exceed 1,000. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) For any two points in time, t<E T="52">1</E> and t<E T="52">2</E>, during the event which are separated by not more than a 15 millisecond time interval and where t<E T="52">1</E> is less than t<E T="52">2</E>, the head injury criterion (HIC<E T="52">15</E>) shall be determined using the resultant head acceleration at the center of gravity of the dummy head, a<E T="52">r</E>, expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity) and shall be calculated using the expression: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="33" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er12my00.004.gif"/></MATH>
<P>(2) The maximum calculated HIC<E T="52">15</E> value shall not exceed 700.
</P>
<P>S6.3 The resultant acceleration calculated from the output of the thoracic instrumentation shown in drawing 78051.218, revision R incorporated by reference in part 572, subpart E of this chapter shall not exceed 60 g's, except for intervals whose cumulative duration is not more than 3 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Chest deflection.</I> (a) Compressive deflection of the sternum relative to the spine shall not exceed 76 mm (3.0 in). 
</P>
<P>(b) Compressive deflection of the sternum relative to the spine shall not exceed 63 mm (2.5 in).
</P>
<P>S6.5 The force transmitted axially through each upper leg shall not exceed 2250 pounds.
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Neck injury.</I> When measuring neck injury, each of the following injury criteria shall be met.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Nij.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The shear force (Fx), axial force (Fz), and bending moment (My) shall be measured by the dummy upper neck load cell for the duration of the crash event as specified in S4.11. Shear force, axial force, and bending moment shall be filtered for Nij purposes at SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 MAR95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) Channel Frequency Class 600.
</P>
<P>(2) During the event, the axial force (Fz) can be either in tension or compression while the occipital condyle bending moment (Mocy) can be in either flexion or extension. This results in four possible loading conditions for Nij: tension-extension (Nte), tension-flexion (Ntf), compression-extension (Nce), or compression-flexion (Ncf).
</P>
<P>(3) When calculating Nij using equation S6.6(a)(4), the critical values, Fzc and Myc, are: 
</P>
<P>(i) Fzc = 6806 N (1530 lbf) when Fz is in tension
</P>
<P>(ii) Fzc = 6160 N (1385 lbf) when Fz is in compression
</P>
<P>(iii) Myc = 310 Nm (229 lbf-ft) when a flexion moment exists at the occipital condyle
</P>
<P>(iv) Myc = 135 Nm (100 lbf-ft) when an extension moment exists at the occipital condyle. 
</P>
<P>(4) At each point in time, only one of the four loading conditions occurs and the Nij value corresponding to that loading condition is computed and the three remaining loading modes shall be considered a value of zero. The expression for calculating each Nij loading condition is given by: 
</P>
<FP-2>Nij = (Fz/Fzc) + (Mocy/Myc)
</FP-2>
<P>(5) None of the four Nij values shall exceed 1.0 at any time during the event.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Peak tension.</I> Tension force (Fz), measured at the upper neck load cell, shall not exceed 4170 N (937 lbf) at any time.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Peak compression.</I> Compression force (Fz), measured at the upper neck load cell, shall not exceed 4000 N (899 lbf) at any time.
</P>
<P>S6.7 Unless otherwise indicated, instrumentation for data acquisition, data channel frequency class, and moment calculations are the same as given for the 49 CFR Part 572, Subpart E Hybrid III test dummy.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Seat belt assembly requirements.</I> As used in this section, a law enforcement vehicle means any vehicle manufactured primarily for use by the United States or by a State or local government for police or other law enforcement purposes.
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Adjustment.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.1 Except as specified in S7.1.1.1 and S7.1.1.2, the lap belt of any seat belt assembly furnished in accordance with S4.1.2 shall adjust by means of any emergency-locking or automatic-locking retractor that conforms to § 571.209 to fit persons whose dimensions range from those of a 50th percentile 6-year-old child to those of a 95th percentile adult male and the upper torso restraint shall adjust by means of an emergency-locking retractor or a manual adjusting device that conforms to § 571.209 to fit persons whose dimensions range from those of a 5th percentile adult female to those of a 95th percentile adult male, with the seat in any position, the seat back in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position, and any adjustable anchorages adjusted to the manufacturer's nominal design position for a 50th percentile adult male occupant. However, an upper torso restraint furnished in accordance with S4.1.2.3.1(a) shall adjust by means of an emergency-locking retractor that conforms to § 571.209.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.1 A seat belt assembly installed at the driver's seating position shall adjust to fit persons whose dimensions range from those of a 5th-percentile adult female to those of a 95th-percentile adult male.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.2 (a) A seat belt assembly installed in a motor vehicle other than a forward control vehicle at any designated seating position other than the outboard positions of the front and second seats shall adjust either by a retractor as specified in S7.1.1 or by a manual adjusting device that conforms to § 571.209.
</P>
<P>(b) A seat belt assembly installed in a forward control vehicle at any designated seating position other than the front outboard seating positions shall adjust either by a retractor as specified in S7.1.1 or by a manual adjusting device that conforms to § 571.209.
</P>
<P>(c) A seat belt assembly installed in a forward-facing rear outboard seating position in a law enforcement vehicle shall adjust either by a retractor as specified in S7.1.1 or by a manual adjusting device that conforms to § 571.209.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.3 A Type 1 lap belt or the lap belt portion of any Type 2 seat belt assembly installed at any forward-facing outboard designated seating position of a vehicle with a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,000 pounds or less to comply with a requirement of this standard, except walk-in van-type vehicles and school buses, and except in rear seating positions in law enforcement vehicles, shall meet the requirements of S7.1 by means of an emergency locking retractor that conforms to Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209).
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.4 Notwithstanding the other provisions of S7.1—S7.1.1.3, emergency-locking retractors on belt assemblies located in positions other than front outboard designated seating postions may be equipped with a manual webbing adjustment device capable of causing the retractor that adjusts the lap belt to lock when the belt is buckled.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.5 Passenger cars, and trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less manufactured on or after September 1, 1995 and buses with a GVWR of more than 11,793 kg (26,000 pounds) manufactured on or after November 28, 2016, except a perimeter-seating bus, prison bus, school bus, or transit bus, shall meet the requirements of S7.1.1.5(a), S7.1.1.5(b) and S7.1.1.5(c).
</P>
<P>(a) Each designated seating position, except the driver's designated seating position, and except any right front seating position that is equipped with an automatic belt, that is in any motor vehicle, except walk-in van-type vehicles and vehicles manufactured to be sold exclusively to the U.S. Postal Service, and that is forward-facing or can be adjusted to be forward-facing, shall have a seat belt assembly whose lap belt portion is lockable so that the seat belt assembly can be used to tightly secure a child restraint system. The means provided to lock the lap belt or lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly shall not consist of any device that must be attached by the vehicle user to the seat belt webbing, retractor, or any other part of the vehicle. Additionally, the means provided to lock the lap belt or lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly shall not require any inverting, twisting or otherwise deforming of the belt webbing.
</P>
<P>(b) If the means provided pursuant to S7.1.1.5(a) to lock the lap belt or lap belt portion of any seat belt assembly makes it necessary for the vehicle user to take some action to activate the locking feature, the vehicle owner's manual shall include a description in words and/or diagrams describing how to activate the locking feature so that the seat belt assembly can tightly secure a child restraint system and how to deactivate the locking feature to remove the child restraint system.
</P>
<P>(c) Except for seat belt assemblies that have no retractor or that are equipped with an automatic locking retractor, compliance with S7.1.1.5(a) is demonstrated by the following procedure:
</P>
<P>(1) With the seat in any adjustment position, buckle the seat belt assembly. Complete any procedures recommended in the vehicle owner's manual, pursuant to S7.1.1.5(b), to activate any locking feature for the seat belt assembly.
</P>
<P>(2) Locate a reference point A on the safety belt buckle. Locate a reference point B on the attachment hardware or retractor assembly at the other end of the lap belt or lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly. Adjust the lap belt or lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly pursuant to S7.1.1.5(c)(1) as necessary so that the webbing between points A and B is at the maximum length allowed by the belt system. Measure and record the distance between points A and B along the longitudinal centerline of the webbing for the lap belt or lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly.
</P>
<P>(3) Readjust the belt system so that the webbing between points A and B is at any length that is 5 inches or more shorter than the maximum length of the webbing.
</P>
<P>(4) Apply a pre-load of 10 pounds, using the webbing tension pull device described in Figure 5 of this standard, to the lap belt or lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly in a vertical plane parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the seating reference point of the designated seating position whose belt system is being tested. Apply the pre-load in a horizontal direction toward the front of the vehicle with a force application angle of not less than 5 degrees nor more than 15 degrees above the horizontal. Measure and record the length of belt between points A and B along the longitudinal centerline of the webbing for the lap belt or lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly while the pre-load is being applied.
</P>
<P>(5) Apply a load of 50 pounds, using the webbing tension pull device described in Figure 5 of this standard, to the lap belt or lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly in a vertical plane parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the seating reference point of the designated seating position whose belt system is being tested. The load is applied in a horizontal direction toward the front of the vehicle with a force application angle of not less than 5 degrees nor more than 15 degrees above the horizontal at an onset rate of not more than 50 pounds per second. Attain the 50 pound load in not more than 5 seconds. If webbing sensitive emergency locking retroactive are installed as part of the lap belt assembly or lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly, apply the load at a rate less than the threshold value for lock-up specified by the manufacturer. Maintain the 50 pound load for at least 5 seconds before the measurements specified in S7.1.1.5(c)(6) are obtained and recorded.
</P>
<P>(6) Measure and record the length of belt between points A and B along the longitudinal centerline of the webbing for the lap belt or lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly.
</P>
<P>(7) The difference between the measurements recorded under S7.1.1.5(c) (6) and (4) shall not exceed 2 inches.
</P>
<P>(8) The difference between the measurements recorded under S7.1.1.5(c) (6) and (2) shall be 3 inches or more.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1.6 <I>Passenger seats, other than any outboard designated seating position not rearward of the driver's seating position, in buses with a GVWR of more than 11,793 kg (26,000 lb) manufactured on or after</I> November 28, 2016<I>.</I> The lap belt of any seat belt assembly on any passenger seat in each bus with a GVWR of more than 11,793 kg (26,000 lb), except a perimeter-seating bus, prison bus, school bus, or transit bus, shall adjust by means of any emergency-locking retractor that conforms to 49 CFR 571.209 to fit persons whose dimensions range from those of a 50th percentile 6-year-old child to those of a 95th percentile adult male and the upper torso restraint shall adjust by means of an emergency-locking retractor that conforms to 49 CFR 571.209 to fit persons whose dimensions range from those of a 5th percentile adult female to those of a 95th percentile adult male, with the seat in any position, the seat back in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position, and any adjustable anchorages adjusted to the manufacturer's nominal design position for a 50th percentile adult male occupant.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2 Except as provided in S7.1.2.1, S7.1.2.2, and S7.1.2.3, for each Type 2 seat belt assembly which is required by Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208), the upper anchorage, or the lower anchorage nearest the intersection of the torso belt and the lap belt, shall include a movable component which has a minimum of two adjustment positions. The distance between the geometric center of the movable component at the two extreme adjustment positions shall be not less than five centimeters, measured linearly. If the component required by this paragraph must be manually moved between adjustment positions, information shall be provided in the owner's manual to explain how to adjust the seat belt and warn that misadjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.1 As an alternative to meeting the requirement of S7.1.2, a Type 2 seat belt assembly shall provide a means of automatically moving the webbing in relation to either the upper anchorage, or the lower anchorage nearest the intersection of the torso belt and the lap belt. The distance between the midpoint of the webbing at the contact point of the webbing and the anchorage at the extreme adjustment positions shall be not less than five centimeters, measured linearly.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.2 The requirements of S7.1.2 do not apply the anchorages of a Type 2 seat belt assembly installed:
</P>
<P>(a) At a seat which is adjustable fore and aft while the vehicle is in motion and whose seat frame above the fore-and-aft adjuster is part of each of the assembly's seat belt anchorages, as defined in S3 of Standard No. 210 (49 CFR 571.210).
</P>
<P>(b) At a seat that is not adjustable fore and aft while the vehicle is in motion.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.3 The requirements of S7.1.2 do not apply to any truck with a gross vehicle weight rating of more than 8,500 pounds manufactured before January 1, 1998.
</P>
<P>S7.1.3 The intersection of the upper torso belt with the lap belt in any Type 2 seat belt assembly furnished in accordance with S4.1.1 or S4.1.2, with the upper torso manual adjusting device, if provided, adjusted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, shall be at least 6 inches from the front vertical centerline of a 50th-percentile adult male occupant, measured along the centerline of the lap belt, with the seat in its rearmost and lowest adjustable position and with the seat back in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position.
</P>
<P>S7.1.4 The weights and dimensions of the vehicle occupants referred to in this standard are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">50th-percentile
<br/>6-year-old child 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">50th-percentile
<br/>10-year-old child 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5th-percentile adult female 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">50th-percentile adult male 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">95th-percentile adult male 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Weight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47.3 pounds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">82.1 pounds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">102 pounds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">164 pounds ±3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">215 pounds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Erect sitting height</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25.4 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">28.9 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30.9 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35.7 inches ±.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">38 inches.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hip breadth (sitting)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.1 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">12.8 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14.7 inches ±.7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">16.5 inches.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hip circumference (sitting)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">23.9 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">27.4 inches (standing)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36.4 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47.2 inches.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Waist circumference (sitting)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20.8 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">25.7 inches (standing)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">23.6 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32 inches ±.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">42.5 inches.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chest depth</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.0 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.5 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.3 inches ±.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.5 inches
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chest circumference:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(nipple)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30.5 inches 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(upper)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26.3 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29.8 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">37.4 inches ±.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">44.5 inches
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(lower)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26.6 inches</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S7.1.5 <I>School bus bench seats.</I> The seat belt assemblies on school bus bench seats will operate by means of any emergency-locking retractor that conforms to 49 CFR 571.209 to restrain persons whose dimensions range from those of a 50th percentile 6-year-old child to those of a 50th percentile 10-year-old, for small occupant seating positions, as defined in 49 CFR 571.222, and to those of a 50th percentile adult male for all other seating positions. The seat back may be in any position.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Latch mechanism.</I> Except as provided in S7.2(e), each seat belt assembly installed in any vehicle shall have a latch mechanism that complies with the requirements specified in S7.2(a) through (d).
</P>
<P>(a) The components of the latch mechanism shall be accessible to a seated occupant in both the stowed and operational positions;
</P>
<P>(b) The latch mechanism shall release both the upper torso restraint and the lap belt simultaneously, if the assembly has a lap belt and an upper torso restraint that require unlatching for release of the occupant;
</P>
<P>(c) The latch mechanism shall release at a single point; and;
</P>
<P>(d) The latch mechanism shall release by a pushbutton action.
</P>
<P>(e) The requirements of S7.2 do not apply to any automatic belt assembly. The requirements specified in S7.2(a) through (c) do not apply to any safety belt assembly installed at a forward-facing rear outboard seating position in a law enforcement vehicle.
</P>
<P>S7.3 (a) A seat belt assembly provided at the driver's seating position shall be equipped with a warning system that, at the option of the manufacturer, either—
</P>
<P>(1) Activates a continuous or intermittent audible signal for a period of not less than 4 seconds and not more than 8 seconds and that activates a continuous or flashing warning light visible to the driver displaying the identifying symbol for the seat belt telltale shown in Table 2 of FMVSS 101 or, at the option of the manufacturer if permitted by FMVSS 101, displaying the words “Fasten Seat Belts” or “Fasten Belts”, for not less than 60 seconds (beginning when the vehicle ignition switch is moved to the “on” or the “start” position) when condition (b) exists simultaneously with condition (c), or that
</P>
<P>(2) Activates, for a period of not less than 4 seconds and not more than 8 seconds (beginning when the vehicle ignition switch is moved to the “on” or the “start” position), a continuous or flashing warning light visible to the driver, displaying the identifying symbol of the seat belt telltale shown in Table 2 of FMVSS 101 or, at the option of the manufacturer if permitted by FMVSS 101, displaying the words “Fasten Seat Belts” or “Fasten Belts”, when condition (b) exists, and a continuous or intermittent audible signal when condition (b) exists simultaneously with condition (c).
</P>
<P>(b) The vehicle's ignition switch is moved to the “on” position or to the “start” position.
</P>
<P>(c) The driver's lap belt is not in use, as determined, at the option of the manufacturer, either by the belt latch mechanism not being fastened, or by the belt not being extended at least 4 inches from its stowed position.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Seat belt comfort and convenience.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Automatic seat belts.</I> Automatic seat belts installed in any vehicle, other than walk-in van-type vehicles, which has a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,000 pounds or less, and which is manufactured on or after September 1, 1986, shall meet the requirements of S7.4.1, S7.4.2, and S7.4.3.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Manual seat belts.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Vehicles manufactured after September 1, 1986.</I> Manual seat belts installed in any vehicle, other than manual Type 2 belt systems installed in the front outboard seating positions in passenger cars or manual belts in walk-in van-type vehicles, which have a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,000 pounds or less, shall meet the requirements of S7.4.3, S7.4.4, S7.4.5, and S7.4.6.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vehicles manufactured after September 1, 1989.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) If the automatic restraint requirement of S4.1.4 is rescinded pursuant to S4.1.5, then manual seat belts installed in a passenger car shall meet the requirements of S7.1.1.3(a), S7.4.2, S7.4.3, S7.4.4, S7.4.5, and S7.4.6.
</P>
<P>(ii) Manual seat belts installed in a bus, multipurpose passenger vehicle and truck with a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,000 pounds or less, except for walk-in van-type vehicles, shall meet the requirements of S7.4.3, S7.4.4, S7.4.5, and S7.4.6.
</P>
<P>S7.4.1 <I>Convenience hooks.</I> Any manual convenience hook or other device that is provided to stow seat belt webbing to facilitate entering or exiting the vehicle shall automatically release the webbing when the automatic belt system is otherwise operational and shall remain in the released mode for as long as (a) exists simultaneously with (b), or, at the manufacturer's option, for as long as (a) exists simultaneously with (c)—
</P>
<P>(a) The vehicle ignition switch is moved to the “on” or “start” position;
</P>
<P>(b) The vehicle's drive train is engaged;
</P>
<P>(c) The vehicle's parking brake is in the released mode (nonengaged).
</P>
<P>S7.4.2 <I>Webbing tension-relieving device.</I> Each vehicle with an automatic seat belt assembly or with a Type 2 manual seat belt assembly that must meet the occupant crash protection requirements of S5.1 of this standard installed at a front outboard designated seating position, and each vehicle with a Type 2 manual seat belt assembly installed at a rear outboard designated seating position in compliance with a requirement of this standard, that has either automatic or manual tension-relieving devices permitting the introduction of slack in the webbing of the shoulder belt (e.g., “comfort clips” or “window-shade” devices) shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Comply with the requirements of S5.1 with the shoulder belt webbing adjusted to introduce the maximum amount of slack recommended by the vehicle manufacturer pursuant to S7.4.2(b).
</P>
<P>(b) Have a section in the vehicle owner's manual that explains how the tension-relieving device works and specifies the maximum amount of slack (in inches) recommended by the vehicle manufacturer to be introduced into the shoulder belt under normal use conditions. The explanation shall also warn that introducing slack beyond the amount specified by the manufacturer could significantly reduce the effectiveness of the shoulder belt in a crash; and
</P>
<P>(c) Have, except for open-body vehicles with no doors, an automatic means to cancel any shoulder belt slack introduced into the belt system by a tension-relieving device. In the case of an automatic safety belt system, cancellation of the tension-relieving device shall occur each time the adjacent vehicle door is opened. In the case of a manual seat belt required to meet S5.1, cancellation of the tension-relieving device shall occur, at the manufacturer's option, either each time the adjacent door is opened or each time the latchplate is released from the buckle. In the case of a Type 2 manual seat belt assembly installed at a rear outboard designated seating position, cancellation of the tension-relieving device shall occur, at the manufacturer's option either each time the door designed to allow the occupant of that seating position entry and egress of the vehicle is opened or each time the latchplate is released from the buckle. In the case of open-body vehicles with no doors, cancellation of the tension-relieving device may be done by a manual means.
</P>
<P>S7.4.3 <I>Belt contact force.</I> Except for manual or automatic seat belt assemblies that incorporate a webbing tension-relieving device, the upper torso webbing of any seat belt assembly shall not exert more than 0.7 pounds of contact force when measured normal to and one inch from the chest of an anthropomorphic test dummy, positioned in accordance with S10 of this standard in the seating position for which that seat belt assembly is provided, at the point where the centerline of the torso belt crosses the midsagittal line on the dummy's chest.
</P>
<P>S7.4.4 <I>Latchplate access.</I> Any seat belt assembly latchplate that is located outboard of a front outboard seating position in accordance with S4.1.2 shall also be located within the outboard reach envelope of either the outboard arm or the inboard arm described in S10.7 and Figure 3 of this standard, when the latchplate is in its normal stowed position and any adjustable anchorages are adjusted to the manufacturer's nominal design position for a 50th percentile adult male occupant. There shall be sufficient clearance between the vehicle seat and the side of the vehicle interior to allow the test block defined in Figure 4 of this standard unhindered transit to the latchplate or buckle.
</P>
<P>S7.4.5 <I>Retraction.</I> When tested under the conditions of S8.1.2 and S8.1.3, with anthropomorphic dummies whose arms have been removed and which are positioned in accordance with S10 of this standard in the front outboard seating positions and restrained by the belt systems for those positions, the torso and lap belt webbing of any of those seat belt systems shall automatically retract to a stowed position either when the adjacent vehicle door is in the open position and the seat belt latchplate is released, or, at the option of the manufacturer, when the latchplate is released. That stowed position shall prevent any part of the webbing or hardware from being pinched when the adjacent vehicle door is closed. A belt system with a tension-relieving device in an open-bodied vehicle with no doors shall fully retract when the tension-relieving device is deactivated. For the purposes of these retraction requirements, outboard armrests, which are capable of being stowed, on vehicle seats shall be placed in their stowed position.
</P>
<P>S7.4.6 <I>Seat belt guides and hardware.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.4.6.1 (a) Any manual seat belt assembly whose webbing is designed to pass through the seat cushion or between the seat cushion and seat back shall be designed to maintain one of the following three seat belt parts (the seat belt latchplate, the buckle, or the seat belt webbing) on top of or above the seat cushion under normal conditions (i.e., conditions other than when belt hardware is intentionally pushed behind the seat by a vehicle occupant). In addition, the remaining two seat belt parts must be accessible under normal conditions.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of S7.4.6.1(a) do not apply to: (1) seats whose seat cushions are movable so that the seat back serves a function other than seating, (2) seats which are removable, or (3) seats which are movable so that the space formerly occupied by the seat can be used for a secondary function.
</P>
<P>S7.4.6.2 The buckle and latchplate of a manual seat belt assembly subject to S7.4.6.1 shall not pass through the guides or conduits provided for in S7.4.6.1 and fall behind the seat when the events listed below occur in the order specified: (a) The belt is completely retracted or, if the belt is nonretractable, the belt is unlatched; (b) the seat is moved to any position to which it is designed to be adjusted; and (c) the seat back, if foldable, is folded forward as far as possible and then moved backward into position. The inboard receptacle end of a seat belt assembly installed at a front outboard designated seating position shall be accessible with the center arm rest in any position to which it can be adjusted (without having to move the armrest).
</P>
<P>S7.5 <I>Seat belt warning systems for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2028 provided in accordance with the requirements S4.1.5.7, S4.2.8, and S4.4.3.4 of this standard.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions for S7.5.</I> (1) A manual seat belt is <I>not in use</I> when the seat belt latch mechanism is not fastened. A seat belt is <I>in use</I> when the seat belt latch mechanism is fastened. An automatic seat belt is <I>not in use</I> when the seat belt latch mechanism is not fastened or, if the automatic belt is non-detachable, the emergency release mechanism is in the released position. If the automatic seat belt is motorized, whether the seat belt is in use is determined when the seat belt webbing is in its locked protective mode at the anchorage point.
</P>
<P>(2) A <I>warning cycle for an intermittent audible warning</I> consists of period(s) when the warning is active at the chime frequency or continuously, and of inactive period(s). A warning cycle begins with an active period and is 30 seconds in duration.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Chime frequency</I> means the repetition rate for an intermittent audible warning when the warning is active.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Duty cycle</I> means the total amount of time an intermittent audible warning is active during a warning cycle at the chime frequency or continuously, divided by the total warning cycle duration (30 seconds).
</P>
<P>(5) A <I>readily-removable seat</I> means a seat designed to be easily removed and replaced by means installed by the manufacturer for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Seat centerline</I> means the line formed by the intersection of the seating surface and the vertical plane that passes through the “seating reference point” (as defined at 49 CFR 571.3) and is parallel to the direction that the seat faces.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Front seat belt warning system.</I> A driver's designated seating position and any front outboard passenger designating seating position must be equipped with an audio-visual seat belt warning meeting the requirements of S7.5(b)(1) through (4) when tested in accordance with S7.5(d).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Visual warning.</I> (i) A visual warning must activate and remain active whenever the ignition switch is in the “on” or “start” position (or the propulsion system is activated), the seat is occupied, and the seat belt is not in use.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Vehicles with a driver's designated seating position.</I> The visual warning for the driver's seat belt and the visual warning for the front outboard passenger seat belt must be visible from the driver's seat. If the vehicle has a mode of driverless operation, the visual warning for the front outboard passenger seat belt must also be visible from the front outboard passenger seat.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Vehicles without a driver's designated seating position.</I> The visual warning for each outboard passenger designated seating position must be visible from each outboard passenger designated seating position.
</P>
<P>(iv) The visual warning may be continuous or intermittent and must display the identifying symbol or the words specified in table 2 of FMVSS No. 101 (§ 571.101).
</P>
<P>(v) For a visual warning associated with multiple front outboard seats, the visual warning must use supplementary symbols, words, or abbreviations to indicate the seating positions for which the warnings are intended.
</P>
<P>(vi) The visual warning must not be overridden by other warnings.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Audible warning—first phase.</I> (i) An audible warning must activate when the ignition switch is placed in the “on” or “start” position (or upon manual activation of the propulsion system, but prior to the vehicle being placed in “possible active driving mode” as defined by FMVSS No. 305 (§ 571.305)), the seat is occupied, and the seat belt is not in use.
</P>
<P>(ii) The audible warning must continue for at least 30 seconds, until the seat belt that triggered the warning is in use, until the seat is no longer occupied, or until the second-phase warning activates. The audible warning may be paused during the activation of another audible safety warning that is designed to alert the driver to take immediate action, but the seat belt audible warning must be resumed for the remainder of the required duration after the other audible warning deactivates.


</P>
<P>(iii) The audible warning may be continuous or intermittent. If intermittent, inactive periods longer than 3 seconds will not be counted toward the total duration of the audible warning, and there must be no inactive periods greater than 10 seconds. The same audible warning may be used for all front and rear seats.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Audible warning—second phase.</I> (i) The audible warning must activate and remain active when the vehicle speed is equal to or greater than 10 km/h (6.2 mph), the seat is occupied, and the seat belt is not in use. The audible warning may be paused during the activation of another audible safety warning that is designed to alert the driver to take immediate action, but the seat belt audible warning must be resumed after the other audible warning deactivates.
</P>
<P>(ii) The audible warning may be continuous or intermittent. If intermittent, the audible warning when active must be continuous or have a chime frequency of at least 0.5 Hz and a duty cycle of at least 0.2. The same audible warning may be used for all front and rear seats.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Cancellation.</I> The warning must not be able to be canceled or deactivated.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Rear passenger seat belt warning system.</I> All rear designated seating positions must be equipped with a warning system meeting the requirements of S7.5(c)(1) through (7) when tested in accordance with S7.5(d).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Start-of-trip warning.</I> A visual warning indicating how many or which rear seat belts are in use and/or not in use must activate when the ignition switch is placed in the “on” or “start” position (or upon manual activation of the propulsion system, but prior to the vehicle being placed in “possible active driving mode” as defined by FMVSS No. 305 (§ 571.305)) and continue for at least 60 seconds.
</P>
<P>(i) No visual warning is required for:
</P>
<P>(A) an unoccupied seat if the system is able to determine whether or not a seat is occupied;
</P>
<P>(B) a seat belt that is in use in a system designed to indicate to the driver how many or which rear seat belts are not in use; and
</P>
<P>(C) a seat belt that is not in use in a system designed to indicate to the driver how many or which rear seat belts are in use.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Change-of-status warning.</I> An audio-visual warning indicating how many or which rear seat belts have undergone a change of status from in use to not in use must activate when the status of any rear seat belt changes from in use to not in use and the vehicle is in either forward or reverse drive mode, unless any rear door is open. The warning must continue for at least 30 seconds, until the seat belt that triggered the warning is in use, until the vehicle is stopped and no longer in forward or reverse drive mode, or until any rear door is opened. The warning may deactivate if the system is able to determine that the number of seat belts in use is restored and all the doors remained closed, or if the system is able to determine that the seating position that triggered the warning is no longer occupied.


</P>
<P>(3) <I>Additional visual warning requirements.</I> (i) The warning may be continuous or intermittent and may consist of text, symbols, and/or numbers.
</P>
<P>(ii) The warning must be visible from the driver's seat.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the warning is designed to indicate how many or which rear seat belts are in use, the color of the symbols or numbers indicating seat belts in use must be green. If the warning is designed to indicate to the driver how many or which rear seat belts are not in use, the color of the symbols or numbers indicating seat belts not in use must be red.
</P>
<P>(iv) The change-of-status warning may use the same visual warning as the start of trip warning, provided that the color of an illuminated symbol or number<I>,</I> used to indicate to the driver how many or which rear seat belts have undergone a change of status from in use to not in use is red.
</P>
<P>(v) The warning must not be overridden by other visual warnings for the required duration.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Audible warning requirements.</I> (i) The audible warning may be continuous or intermittent. If intermittent, inactive periods longer than 3 seconds will not be counted toward the total duration of the warning, and there must be no inactive periods greater than 10 seconds.
</P>
<P>(ii) The audible warning may be paused during the activation of another audible safety warning that is designed to alert the driver to take immediate action, but the seat belt audible warning must be resumed for the remainder of the required duration after the other audible warning deactivates.
</P>
<P>(iii) The same audible warning may be used for all front and rear seats.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Cancellation.</I> The warning must not be able to be canceled or deactivated.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Seat electrical connection requirements.</I> Any rear designated seating position consisting of a readily-removable seat that is equipped with electrical connections utilized by the rear seat belt warning system must either—
</P>
<P>(i) Automatically connect the electrical connections when the seat is put in place; or
</P>
<P>(ii) If a manual electrical connection is required, the connectors must be readily accessible.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Electrical connection warning signal.</I> Vehicles that provide a visual warning designed to indicate to the driver how many or which rear seat belts are not in use and are equipped with any readily removable rear seats must, when the ignition switch is placed in the “on” or “start” position (or upon manual activation of the propulsion system, but prior to the vehicle being placed in “possible active driving mode” as defined by FMVSS No. 305 (§ 571.305)) provide a visual warning visible from the driver's seat if a seat has been installed and a proper electrical connection has not been made. The visual warning may be intermittent but must remain active until all rear seat electrical connections are properly made.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Test procedures.</I> (1) <I>Occupied designated seating positions.</I> If testing with a designated seating position occupied, the following apply, at the option of the manufacturer:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Front outboard seating positions.</I> (A) Seat the 5th percentile female test dummy described in part 572, subpart O of this chapter, as well as any larger dummy described in part 572 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(B) Seat any human occupant that weighs 46.7 kg (103 lb) or more and is 139.7 cm (55 inches) tall or taller.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Driver's seating position.</I> (A) Seat the 5th percentile female test dummy described in part 572, subpart O of this chapter, as well as any larger dummy described in part 572 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(B) Seat any human occupant that weighs 46.7 kg (103 lb) or more and is 139.7 cm (55 inches) tall or taller; or
</P>
<P>(C) The seat may be considered occupied when the ignition switch is in the “on” or “start” position (or the propulsion system is activated).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Rear seating positions.</I> (A) Seat the 6-year-old child dummy described in part 572, subpart N of this chapter, as well as any larger dummy described in part 572 of this chapter; or
</P>
<P>(B) Seat any human occupant that weighs 21 kg (46.5 lb) or more and is 114 cm (45 inches) tall or taller.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Compliance option selection.</I> The manufacturer shall select a compliance option by the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for the vehicle. Each manufacturer shall provide information to NHTSA regarding which of the compliance options it has selected for a particular vehicle or make/model upon request.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Seating procedures</I>—(i) <I>Seat adjustment.</I> If adjustable, the seat back shall be placed in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position, with any other seat adjustments in any position, and any adjustable seat belt anchorages in any position.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Test dummy.</I> Seat the test dummy such that the midsagittal plane of the dummy is vertical and within ±10 mm of the seat centerline, with the torso and pelvis in contact with the seat back. The dummy may be clothed in any manner.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Human occupant.</I> The occupant shall assume, to the extent possible, the final physical position specified for the test dummy. The occupant may be clothed in any manner.
</P>
<P>(3) Verify that the seat belt warnings function as specified in S7.5(b) and (c) for any combination of seat belt use (at any seating position), seat occupancy (at any seating position), removable seat electrical connection status (connected or not connected, for any removable seat), vehicle speed, and door status (open or closed, for any door), except that the door shall not be opened when the vehicle is in motion.
</P>
<P>S8. <I>Test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>General conditions.</I> The following conditions apply to the frontal, lateral, and rollover tests. Except for S8.1.1(d), the following conditions apply to the alternative unbelted sled test set forth in S13 from March 19, 1997 until September 1, 2001. 
</P>
<P>S8.1.1 Except as provided in paragraph (c) of S8.1.1, the vehicle, including test devices and instrumentation, is loaded as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Passenger cars.</I> A passenger car is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, secured in the luggage area, plus the weight of the necessary anthropomorphic test devices.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses.</I> A multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus 300 pounds or its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, whichever is less, secured in the load carrying area and distributed as nearly as possible in proportion to its gross axle weight ratings, plus the weight of the necessary anthropomorphic test devices. For the purposes of § 8.1.1, unloaded vehicle weight does not include the weight of work-performing accessories. Vehicles are tested to a maximum unloaded vehicle weight of 5,500 pounds.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fuel system capacity.</I> With the test vehicle on a level surface, pump the fuel from the vehicle's fuel tank and then operate the engine until it stops. Then, add Stoddard solvent to the test vehicle's fuel tank in an amount which is equal to not less than 92 and not more than 94 percent of the fuel tank's usable capacity stated by the vehicle's manufacturer. In addition, add the amount of Stoddard solvent needed to fill the entire fuel system from the fuel tank through the engine's induction system.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Vehicle test attitude.</I> Determine the distance between a level surface and a standard reference point on the test vehicle's body, directly above each wheel opening, when the vehicle is in its “as delivered” condition. The “as delivered” condition is the vehicle as received at the test site, with 100 percent of all fluid capacities and all tires inflated to the manufacturer's specifications as listed on the vehicle's tire placard. Determine the distance between the same level surface and the same standard reference points in the vehicle's “fully loaded condition.” The “fully loaded condition” is the test vehicle loaded in accordance with S8.1.1 (a) or (b), as applicable. The load placed in the cargo area shall be center over the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle. The pretest vehicle attitude shall be equal to either the as delivered or fully loaded attitude or between the as delivered attitude and the fully loaded attitude.
</P>
<P>S8.1.2 Adjustable seats are in the adjustment position midway between the forwardmost and rearmost positions, and if separately adjustable in a vertical direction, are at the lowest position. If an adjustment position does not exist midway between the forwardmost and rearmost positions, the closest adjustment position to the rear of the midpoint is used.
</P>
<P>S8.1.3 Place adjustable seat backs in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position in the manner specified by the manufacturer. Place any adjustable anchorages at the manufacturer's nominal design position for a 50th percentile adult male occupant. Place each adjustable head restraint in its highest adjustment position. Adjustable lumbar supports are positioned so that the lumbar support is in its lowest adjustment position.
</P>
<P>S8.1.4 Adjustable steering controls are adjusted so that the steering control hub is at the geometric center of the locus it describes when it is moved through its full range of driving positions.
</P>
<P>S8.1.5 Movable vehicle windows and vents are placed in the fully closed position, unless the vehicle manufacturer chooses to specify a different adjustment position prior to the time it certifies the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>S8.1.6 Convertibles and open-body type vehicles have the top, if any, in place in the closed passenger compartment configuration.
</P>
<P>S8.1.7 Doors are fully closed and latched but not locked.
</P>
<P>S8.1.8 <I>Anthropomorphic test dummies.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1.8.1 The anthropomorphic test dummies used for evaluation of occupant protection systems manufactured pursuant to applicable portions of S4.1.2, S4.1.3, and S4.1.4 of this standard shall conform to the requirements of subpart E of part 572 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>S8.1.8.2 Each test dummy is clothed in a form fitting cotton stretch short sleeve shirt with above-the-elbow sleeves and above-the-knee length pants. The weight of the shirt or pants shall not exceed 0.25 pounds each. Each foot of the test dummy is equipped with a size 11XW shoe which meets the configuration size, sole, and heel thickness specifications of MIL-S-13192P (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) change “P” and whose weight is 1.25 ±0.2 pounds.
</P>
<P>S8.1.8.3 Limb joints are set at 1g, barely restraining the weight of the limb when extended horizontally. Leg joints are adjusted with the torso in the supine position.
</P>
<P>S8.1.8.4 Instrumentation does not affect the motion of the dummies during impact or rollover.
</P>
<P>S8.1.8.5 The stabilized test temperature of the test dummy is at any temperature level between 69 degrees F and 72 degrees F, inclusive.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Lateral moving barrier crash test conditions.</I> The following conditions apply to the lateral moving barrier crash test.
</P>
<P>S8.2.1 The moving barrier, including the impact surface, supporting structure, and carriage, weighs 4,000 pounds.
</P>
<P>S8.2.2 The impact surface of the barrier is a vertical, rigid, flat rectangle, 78 inches wide and 60 inches high, perpendicular to its direction of movement, with its lower edge horizontal and 5 inches above the ground surface.
</P>
<P>S8.2.3 During the entire impact sequence the barrier undergoes no significant amount of dynamic or static deformation, and absorbs no significant portion of the energy resulting from the impact, except for energy that results in translational rebound movement of the barrier.
</P>
<P>S8.2.4 During the entire impact sequence the barrier is guided so that it travels in a straight line, with no significant lateral, vertical or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>S8.2.5 The concrete surface upon which the vehicle is tested is level, rigid and of uniform construction, with a skid number of 75 when measured in accordance with ASTM E274-65T (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) at 40 m.p.h., omitting water delivery as specified in paragraph 7.1 of that method.
</P>
<P>S8.2.6 The tested vehicle's brakes are disengaged and the transmission is in neutral.
</P>
<P>S8.2.7 The barrier and the test vehicle are positioned so that at impact—
</P>
<P>(a) The vehicle is at rest in its normal attitude;
</P>
<P>(b) The barrier is traveling in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle at 20 m.p.h.; and
</P>
<P>(c) A vertical plane through the geometric center of the barrier impact surface and perpendicular to that surface passes through the driver's seating position seating reference point in the tested vehicle.
</P>
<P>S8.3 <I>Rollover test conditions.</I> The following conditions apply to the rollover test.
</P>
<P>S8.3.1 The tested vehicle's brakes are disengaged and the transmission is in neutral.
</P>
<P>S8.3.2 The concrete surface on which the test is conducted is level, rigid, of uniform construction, and of a sufficient size that the vehicle remains on it throughout the entire rollover cycle. It has a skid number of 75 when measured in accordance with ASTM E274-65T (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) at 40 m.p.h. omitting water delivery as specified in paragraph 7.1 of that method.
</P>
<P>S8.3.3 The vehicle is placed on a device, similar to that illustrated in Figure 2, having a platform in the form of a flat, rigid plane at an angle of 23° from the horizontal. At the lower edge of the platform is an unyielding flange, perpendicular to the platform with a height of 4 inches and a length sufficient to hold in place the tires that rest against it. The intersection of the inner face of the flange with the upper face of the platform is 9 inches above the rollover surface. No other restraints are used to hold the vehicle in position during the deceleration of the platform and the departure of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S8.3.4 With the vehicle on the test platform, the test devices remain as nearly as possible in the posture specified in S8.1.
</P>
<P>S8.3.5 Before the deceleration pulse, the platform is moving horizontally, and perpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle, at a constant speed of 30 m.p.h. for a sufficient period of time for the vehicle to become motionless relative to the platform.
</P>
<P>S8.3.6 The platform is decelerated from 30 to 0 m.p.h. in a distance of not more than 3 feet, without change of direction and without transverse or rotational movement during the deceleration of the platform and the departure of the vehicle. The deceleration rate is at least 20g for a minimum of 0.04 seconds.
</P>
<P>S8.4 <I>Frontal test condition.</I> If the vehicle is equipped with a cutoff device permitted by S4.5.4 of this standard, the device is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S9. <I>Pressure vessels and explosive devices.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1 <I>Pressure vessels.</I> A pressure vessel that is continuously pressurized shall conform to the requirements of §§ 178.65(a), 178.65(c)(2), 178.65(d), 178.65(e)(1), and 178.65(e)(2) of this title; and to the pressure relief device requirements of §§ 173.301(a)(2), 173.301(a)(3) and 173.301(f) of this title. It shall not leak or evidence visible distortion when tested in accordance with § 178.65(f)(1) of this title and shall not fail in any of the ways enumerated in § 178.65(f)(2) of this title when hydrostatically tested to destruction. It shall not crack when flattened in accordance with § 178.65(g) of this title to the limit specified in § 178.65(g)(4) of this title.
</P>
<P>S9.2 <I>Explosive devices.</I> An explosive device shall not exhibit any of the characteristics prohibited by § 173.54 of this title. All explosive material shall be enclosed in a structure that is capable of containing the explosive energy without sudden release of pressure except through overpressure relief devices or parts designed to release the pressure during actuation.
</P>
<P>S10. <I>Test dummy positioning procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.1 <I>Head.</I> The transverse instrumentation platform of the head shall be level within 
<FR>1/2</FR> degree. To level the head of the test dummy, the following sequences must be followed. First, adjust the position of the H point within the limits set forth in S10.4.2.1 to level the transverse instrumentation platform of the head of the test dummy. If the transverse instrumentation platform of the head is still not level, then adjust the pelvic angle of the test dummy within the limits specified in S10.4.2.2 of this standard. If the transverse instrumentation platform of the head is still not level, then adjust the neck bracket of the dummy the minimum amount necessary from the non-adjusted “0” setting to ensure that the transverse instrumentation platform of the head is horizontal within 
<FR>1/2</FR> degree. The test dummy shall remain within the limits specified in S10.4.2.1 and S10.4.2.2. after any adjustment of the neck bracket.
</P>
<P>S10.2 <I>Upper Arms.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.2.1 The driver dummy's upper arms shall be adjacent to the torso with the centerlines as close to a vertical plane as possible.
</P>
<P>S10.2.2 Any front outboard passenger dummy's upper arms shall be in contact with the seat back and the sides of the torso.
</P>
<P>S10.3 <I>Hands.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.3.1 The palms of the driver dummy shall be in contact with the outer part of the steering control rim at the rim's horizontal centerline. The thumbs shall be over the steering control rim and shall be lightly taped to the steering control rim so that if the hand of the test dummy is pushed upward by a force of not less than 2 pounds and not more than 5 pounds, the tape shall release the hand from the steering control rim.
</P>
<P>S10.3.2 The palms of any passenger test dummy shall be in contact with the outside of the thigh. The little finger shall be in contact with the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>S10.4 <I>Torso.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.4.1 <I>Upper Torso.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.4.1.1 In vehicles equipped with bench seats, the upper torso of the driver and front outboard passenger dummies shall rest against the seat back. The midsagittal plane of the driver dummy shall be vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and pass through the center of rotation of the steering control. The midsagittal plane of any passenger dummy shall be vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline and the same distance from the vehicle's longitudinal centerline as the midsagittal plane of the driver dummy, if there is a driver's seating position. If there is no driver's seating position, the midsagittal plane of any front outboard passenger dummy shall be vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and pass through the seating reference point of the seat that it occupies.
</P>
<P>S10.4.1.2 In vehicles equipped with bucket seats, the upper torso of the driver and passenger dummies shall rest against the seat back. The midsagittal plane of the driver and any front outboard passenger dummy shall be vertical and shall coincide with the longitudinal centerline of the bucket seat.
</P>
<P>S10.4.2  <I>Lower Torso.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.4.2.1 <I>H-point.</I> The H-points of the driver and any front outboard passenger test dummies shall coincide within 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch in the vertical dimension and 
<FR>1/2</FR> inch in the horizontal dimension of a point 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch below the position of the H-point determined by using the equipment and procedures specified in SAE Standard J826-1980 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), except that the length of the lower leg and thigh segments of the H-point machine shall be adjusted to 16.3 and 15.8 inches, respectively, instead of the 50th percentile values specified in Table 1 of SAE Standard J826-1980.
</P>
<P>S10.4.2.2 <I>Pelvic angle.</I> As determined using the pelvic angle gage (GM drawing 78051-532, incorporated by reference in part 572, subpart E of this chapter) which is inserted into the H-point gaging hole of the dummy, the angle measured from the horizontal on the three inch flat surface of the gage shall be 22
<FR>1/2</FR> degrees plus or minus 2
<FR>1/2</FR> degrees.
</P>
<P>S10.5 <I>Legs.</I> The upper legs of the driver and any front outboard passenger test dummies shall rest against the seat cushion to the extent permitted by placement of the feet. The initial distance between the outboard knee clevis flange surfaces shall be 10.6 inches. To the extent practicable, the left leg of the driver dummy and both legs of any front outboard passenger dummy shall be in vertical longitudinal planes. To the extent practicable, the right leg of the driver dummy shall be in a vertical plane. Final adjustment to accommodate the placement of feet in accordance with S10.6 for various passenger compartment configurations is permitted.
</P>
<P>S10.6 <I>Feet.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.6.1 <I>Driver dummy position.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.6.1.1 If the vehicle has an adjustable accelerator pedal, adjust it to the full forward position. Rest the right foot of the test dummy on the undepressed accelerator pedal with the rearmost point of the heel on the floor pan in the plane of the pedal. If the foot cannot be placed on the accelerator pedal, set it initially perpendicular to the lower leg and then place it as far forward as possible in the direction of the pedal centerline with the rearmost point of the heel resting on the floor pan. If the vehicle has an adjustable accelerator pedal and the right foot is not touching the accelerator pedal when positioned as above, move the pedal rearward until it touches the right foot. If the accelerator pedal still does not touch the foot in the full rearward position, leave the pedal in that position.
</P>
<P>S10.6.1.2 Place the left foot on the toeboard with the rearmost point of the heel resting on the floor pan as close as possible to the point of intersection of the planes described by the toeboard and the floor pan and not on the wheelwell projection. If the foot cannot be positioned on the toeboard, set it initially perpendicular to the lower leg and place it as far forward as possible with the heel resting on the floor pan. If necessary to avoid contact with the vehicle's brake or clutch pedal, rotate the test dummy's left foot about the lower leg. If there is still pedal interference, rotate the left leg outboard about the hip the minimum distance necessary to avoid the pedal interference. For vehicles with a foot rest that does not elevate the left foot above the level of the right foot, place the left foot on the foot rest so that the upper and lower leg centerlines fall in a vertical plane.
</P>
<P>S10.6.2 Front outboard <I>passenger dummy position.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.6.2.1 <I>Vehicles with a flat floor pan/toeboard.</I> Place the right and left feet on the vehicle's toeboard with the heels resting on the floor pan as close as possible to the intersection point with the toeboard. If the feet cannot be placed flat on the toeboard, set them perpendicular to the lower leg centerlines and place them as far forward as possible with the heels resting on the floor pan.
</P>
<P>S10.6.2.2 <I>Vehicles with wheelhouse projections in passenger compartment.</I> Place the right and left feet in the well of the floor pan/toeboard and not on the wheelhouse projection. If the feet cannot be placed flat on the toeboard, initially set them perpendicular to the lower leg centerlines and then place them as far forward as possible with the heels resting on the floor pan.
</P>
<P>S10.7 <I>Test dummy positioning for latchplate access.</I> The reach envelopes specified in S7.4.4 of this standard are obtained by positioning a test dummy in the driver's or front outboard passenger seating position and adjusting that seating position to its forwardmost adjustment position. Attach the lines for the inboard and outboard arms to the test dummy as described in Figure 3 of this standard. Extend each line backward and outboard to generate the compliance arcs of the outboard reach envelope of the test dummy's arms.
</P>
<P>S10.8 <I>Test dummy positioning for belt contact force.</I> To determine compliance with S7.4.3 of this standard, position the test dummy in the vehicle in accordance with S10.1 through S10.6 of this standard and adjust the seating position in accordance with S8.1.2 and S8.1.3 of this standard. Pull the belt webbing three inches from the test dummy's chest and release until the webbing is within one inch of the test dummy's chest and measure the belt contact force.
</P>
<P>S10.9 <I>Manual belt adjustment for dynamic testing.</I> With the test dummy positioned in accordance with S10.1 through S10.6 of this standard and the seating position adjusted in accordance with S8.1.2 and S8.1.3 of this standard, place the Type 2 manual belt around the test dummy and fasten the latch. Remove all slack from the lap belt portion. Pull the upper torso webbing out of the retractor and allow it to retract; repeat this four times. Apply a 2 to 4 pound tension load to the lap belt. If the belt system is equipped with a tension-relieving device, introduce the maximum amount of slack into the upper torso belt that is recommended by the vehicle manufacturer in the vehicle's owner's manual. If the belt system is not equipped with a tension-relieving device, allow the excess webbing in the upper torso belt to be retracted by the retractive force of the retractor.
</P>
<P>S11. [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S12. <I>Temporary Exemption from Requirement for Inflatable Restraint System.</I>
</P>
<P>S12.1 <I>Scope.</I> This section establishes procedures for filing and processing applications for temporary exemption from the requirements in this standard that vehicles be equipped with inflatable restraint systems.
</P>
<P>S12.2 <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Line</I> means a name that a manufacturer applies to a group of motor vehicles of the same make which have the same body or chassis, or otherwise are similar in construction or design. A <I>line</I> may, for example, include 2-door, 4-door, station wagon, and hatchback vehicles of the same make.
</P>
<P>S12.3 <I>Standard of review.</I> In order to receive a temporary exemption from the inflatable restraint requirement, a vehicle manufacturer must demonstrate in its application that there has been a disruption in the supply of one or more inflatable restraint system components, or a disruption in the use and installation by the manufacturer of any such component due to unavoidable events not under the control of the manufacturer, which will prevent a manufacturer from meeting its anticipated production volume of vehicles with inflatable restraint systems.
</P>
<P>S12.4 <I>Exemption applications—General requirements.</I> Each application for a temporary exemption from the inflatable restraint requirements must—
</P>
<P>(a) Be written in the English language;
</P>
<P>(b) Be submitted in three copies to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590;
</P>
<P>(c) State the full name and address of the manufacturer, the nature of its organization (individual, partnership, corporation, etc.), and the name of the State or country under the laws of which it is organized;
</P>
<P>(d) Identify the motor vehicle line or lines for which the temporary exemption is being sought;
</P>
<P>(e) Set forth in full the data, views, and arguments of the manufacturer that would support granting the temporary exemption, including the specific information required by S12.5; and
</P>
<P>(f) Specify and segregate any part of the information and data submitted in the application that should be withheld from public disclosure in accordance with part 512 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>S12.5 <I>Exemption applications—Specific content requirements.</I> Each application for a temporary exemption from the inflatable restraint requirement must include:
</P>
<P>(a) A clear and specific identification of any component in the inflatable restraint system that has become unavailable due to circumstances beyond the manufacturer's control, and a diagram showing the location of such component within the restraint system and within the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(b) A clear and specific explanation of the cause or causes of the disruption in the supply of the component, and a showing that such disruption is beyond the control of the manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(c) An estimate of the length of time that will be needed to correct the disruption and again incorporate the subject components into current production, or an explanation of why it is not possible to provide such an estimate;
</P>
<P>(d) A complete statement of the bases for the manufacturer's belief that NHTSA should grant a temporary exemption in response to this application;
</P>
<P>(e) An unconditional statement by the manufacturer that it will recall every vehicle for which a temporary exemption is requested in the application, to install all missing inflatable restraint systems;
</P>
<P>(f) A plan setting forth steps the manufacturer will take to ensure that as many exempted vehicles as possible will be returned for installation of missing inflatable restraint systems;
</P>
<P>(g) A proposed reasonable period of time after the disruption in the supply of inflatable restraint system components is corrected that the manufacturer estimates will ensure a sufficient quantity of components for both anticipated production and retrofit of those vehicles for which a temporary exemption is requested in the application, so that the vehicle manufacturer can recall those vehicles for which a temporary exemption is requested and install inflatable restraint systems in them, together with a demonstration of why the manufacturer believes this proposed period of time is reasonable for completing this recall, or an explanation of why it is not possible to provide such an estimate;
</P>
<P>(h) A proposed date for termination of the exemption;
</P>
<P>(i) A proposed date by which all exempted vehicles will have been recalled and had inflatable restraints installed (assuming owners returned their vehicles in a timely matter in response to a first notice by the manufacturer), or an explanation of why it is not possible to provide such an estimate.
</P>
<P>S12.6 <I>Processing an application for a temporary exemption.</I> (a) NHTSA will process any application for temporary exemption that contains the information specified in S12.4 and S12.5. If an application fails to provide the information specified in S12.4 and S12.5, NHTSA will not process the application, but will advise the manufacturer of the information that must be provided if the agency is to process the application.
</P>
<P>(b) Notice of each application for temporary exemption shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(c) NHTSA will issue its decision to grant or deny the requested temporary exemption not later than 15 days after the agency receives a complete petition, as defined in paragraph (a). However, a failure to issue a decision within this time does not result in a grant of the petition.
</P>
<P>(d) Notice of each decision to grant or deny a temporary exemption, and the reasons for granting or denying it, will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(e) The Administrator may attach such conditions as he or she deems appropriate to a temporary exemption, including but not limited to requiring manufacturers to provide progress reports at specified times (including, as appropriate and to the extent possible, estimate of dates and times concerning when a supply disruption will be corrected and when recall will take place) and requiring manufacturers to take specific steps to ensure that as many exempted vehicles as possible will be returned for installation of missing inflatable restraint systems.
</P>
<P>(f) Unless a later effective date is specified in a notice announcing an agency decision to grant a temporary exemption, a temporary exemption from the inflatable restraint requirement will become effective upon the date the decision is issued.
</P>
<P>S12.7 <I>Labels and written notice announcing temporary exemption.</I>
</P>
<P>S12.7.1 It shall be a condition of every temporary exemption from the inflatable restraint requirement that the manufacturer of exempted vehicles comply with the provisions of S12.7.2 and S12.7.3.
</P>
<P>S12.7.2 (a) The manufacturer of any vehicle granted a temporary exemption from the inflatable restraint requirement shall affix a label within the passenger compartment of such vehicle. The label shall set forth the following information in block capital letters and numerals not less than three thirty-seconds of an inch high:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>THIS VEHICLE DOES NOT CONTAIN AN AIR BAG IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARD FOR OCCUPANT CRASH PROTECTION. IT WAS EXEMPTED PURSUANT TO NHTSA EXEMPTION NO. (insert number assigned by NHTSA).</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) This label shall not be removed until after the vehicle manufacturer has recalled the vehicle and installed an inflatable restraint system at those seating positions for which it was granted an exemption.
</P>
<P>S12.7.3 The manufacturer of any vehicle that is delivered without an inflatable restraint system, pursuant to a temporary exemption granted under this section, shall, at the time of delivery of the vehicle, provide a written notice to the dealer to whom the vehicle is delivered. The manufacturer shall also provide a written notice by registered mail to the first purchaser of the vehicle for purposes other than resale, within two weeks after purchase. Unless otherwise provided for by the Administrator in the exemption, such notice shall provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) This vehicle does not conform to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 208, because it is not equipped with an inflatable restraint at (insert the affected seating positions).
</P>
<P>(b) The vehicle was allowed to be sold pursuant to NHTSA Exemption No. (insert appropriate exemption number).
</P>
<P>(c) The reason this vehicle was exempted from the requirement for an inflatable restraint was because of factors beyond the manufacturer's control.
</P>
<P>(d) The manufacturer will recall this vehicle not later than (insert the time set forth in the exemption) and install the missing inflatable restraint at no charge.
</P>
<P>(e) If the reader has any questions or would like some further information, he or she may contact the manufacturer at (insert an address and telephone number).
</P>
<P>S13 <I>Alternative unbelted test available, under S3(b) of this standard, for certain vehicles manufactured before September 1, 2006.</I> 
</P>
<P>S13.1 <I>Instrumentation for Impact Test—Part 1—Electronic Instrumentation.</I> Under the applicable conditions of S8, mount the vehicle on a dynamic test platform at the vehicle attitude set forth in S13.3, so that the longitudinal center line of the vehicle is parallel to the direction of the test platform travel and so that movement between the base of the vehicle and the test platform is prevented. The test platform is instrumented with an accelerometer and data processing system having a frequency response of 60 channel class as specified in SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 MAR95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The accelerometer sensitive axis is parallel to the direction of test platform travel. The test is conducted at a velocity change approximating 48 km/h (30 mph) with acceleration of the test platform such that all points on the crash pulse curve within the corridor identified in Figure 6 are covered. An inflatable restraint is to be activated at 20 ms ±2 ms from the time that 0.5 g is measured on the dynamic test platform. The test dummy specified in S8.1.8, placed in each front outboard designated seating position as specified in S10, excluding S10.7, S10.8, and S10.9, shall meet the injury criteria of S6.1, S6.2(a), S6.3, S6.4(a), S6.5, and S13.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S13.2 <I>Neck injury criteria.</I> A vehicle certified to this alternative test requirement shall, in addition to meeting the criteria specified in S13.1, meet the following injury criteria for the neck, measured with the six axis load cell (ref. Denton drawing C-1709) that is mounted between the bottom of the skull and the top of the neck as shown in Drawing 78051-218, in the unbelted sled test: 
</P>
<P>(a) Flexion Bending Moment (calculated at the occipital condyle)—190 Nm. SAE Class 600. 
</P>
<P>(b) Extension Bending Moment (calculated at the occipital condyle)—57 Nm. SAE Class 600. 
</P>
<P>(c) Axial Tension—3300 peak N. SAE Class 1000. 
</P>
<P>(d) Axial Compression—4000 peak N. SAE Class 1000. 
</P>
<P>(e) Fore-and-Aft Shear—3100 peak N. SAE Class 1000. 
</P>
<P>S13.3 <I>Vehicle test attitude.</I> When the vehicle is in its “as delivered” condition, measure the angle between the left side door sill and the horizontal. Mark where the angle is taken on the door sill. The “as delivered” condition is the vehicle as received at the test site, with 100 percent of all fluid capacities and all tires inflated to the manufacturer's specifications as listed on the vehicle's tire placard. When the vehicle is in its “fully loaded” condition, measure the angle between the left side door sill and the horizontal, at the same place the “as delivered” angle was measured. The “fully loaded” condition is the test vehicle loaded in accordance with S8.1.1(a) or (b) of Standard No. 208, as applicable. The load placed in the cargo area shall be centered over the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle. The pretest door sill angle, when the vehicle is on the sled, (measured at the same location as the as delivered and fully loaded condition) shall be equal to or between the as delivered and fully loaded door sill angle measurements.
</P>
<P>S13.4 <I>Tires and wheels.</I> Remove the tires and wheels. 
</P>
<P>S13.5. <I>Vehicle Securing.</I> The engine, transmissions, axles, exhaust, vehicle frame, and vehicle body may be rigidly secured to the vehicle and/or the sled, and fluids, batteries and unsecured components may be removed, in order to assure that all points on the crash pulse curve are within the corridor defined in Figure 6.
</P>
<P>S14 <I>Advanced air bag requirements for passenger cars and for trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 3,855 kg (8500 pounds) or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kg (5500 pounds) or less, except for walk-in van-type trucks or vehicles designed to be sold exclusively to the U.S. Postal Service.</I> 
</P>
<P>S14.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2003, and before September 1, 2006.</I> (a) For vehicles manufactured for sale in the United States on or after September 1, 2003, and before September 1, 2006, a percentage of the manufacturer's production, as specified in S14.1.1, shall meet the requirements specified in S14.5.1(a), S14.5.2, S15.1, S15.2, S17, S19, S21, S23, and S25 (in addition to the other requirements specified in this standard).
</P>
<P>(b) Manufacturers that sell three or fewer carlines, as that term is defined at 49 CFR 585.4, in the United States may, at the option of the manufacturer, meet the requirements of this paragraph instead of paragraph (a) of this section. At least 95 percent of the vehicles manufactured by the manufacturer on or after September 1, 2005 and before September 1, 2006 shall meet the requirements specified in S14.5.1(a), S14.5.2, S15.1, S15.2, S17, S19, S21, S23, and S25 (in addition to the other requirements specified in this standard).
</P>
<P>(c) Vehicles that are manufactured in two or more stages or that are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) after having previously been certified in accordance with part 567 of this chapter are not subject to the requirements of S14.1. 
</P>
<P>(d) Vehicles that are manufactured by an original vehicle manufacturer that produces or assembles fewer than 5,000 vehicles annually for sale in the United States are not subject to the requirements of S14.1.
</P>
<P>S14.1.1 <I>Phase-in schedule.</I> 
</P>
<P>S14.1.1.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2003, and before September 1, 2004.</I> Subject to S14.1.2(a), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2003, and before September 1, 2004, the amount of vehicles complying with S14.5.1(a), S14.5.2, S15.1, S15.2, S17, S19, S21, S23, and S25, shall be not less than 20 percent of: 
</P>
<P>(a) If the manufacturer has manufactured vehicles for sale in the United States during both of the two production years prior to September 1, 2003, the manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2001, and before September 1, 2004, or 
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2003, and before September 1, 2004. 
</P>
<P>S14.1.1.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2004, and before September 1, 2005.</I> Subject to S14.1.2(b), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2004, and before September 1, 2005, the amount of vehicles complying with S14.5.1(a), S14.5.2, S15.1, S15.2, S17, S19, S21, S23, and S25 shall be not less than 65 percent of: 
</P>
<P>(a) If the manufacturer has manufactured vehicles for sale in the United States during both of the two production years prior to September 1, 2004, the manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2002, and before September 1, 2005, or 
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2004, and before September 1, 2005. 
</P>
<P>S14.1.1.3 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2005, and before September 1, 2006.</I> Subject to S14.1.2(c), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2005, and before September 1, 2006, the amount of vehicles complying with S14.5.1(a), S14.5.2, S15.1, S15.2, S17, S19, S21, S23, and S25 shall be 100 percent of the manufacturer's production during that period. 
</P>
<P>S14.1.2 Calculation of complying vehicles.
</P>
<P>(a) For the purposes of complying with S14.1.1.1, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it is manufactured on or after June 12, 2000, but before September 1, 2004. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of complying with S14.1.1.2, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after June 12, 2000, but before September 1, 2005, and 
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S14.1.1.1. 
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of complying with S14.1.1.3, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after June 12, 2000, but before September 1, 2006, and (2) Is not counted toward compliance with S14.1.1.1 or S14.1.1.2. 
</P>
<P>S14.1.3 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I> 
</P>
<P>S14.1.3.1 For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S14.1.1, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S14.1.3.2. 
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle that is imported shall be attributed to the importer. 
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>S14.1.3.2 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S14.1.3.1. 
</P>
<P>S14.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2006.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the requirements specified in S14.5.1(a), S14.5.2, S15.1, S15.2, S17, S19, S21, S23, and S25 (in addition to the other requirements specified in this standard). 
</P>
<P>S14.3 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2007, and before September 1, 2010.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For vehicles manufactured for sale in the United States on or after September 1, 2007, and before September 1, 2010, a percentage of the manufacturer's production, as specified in S14.3.1, shall meet the requirements specified in S14.5.1(b) (in addition to the other requirements of this standard).
</P>
<P>(b) Manufacturers that sell two or fewer carlines, as that term is defined at 49 CFR 583.4, in the United States may, at the option of the manufacturer, meet the requirements of this paragraph instead of paragraph (a) of this section. Each vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 2008, and before September 1, 2010, shall meet the requirements specified in S14.5.1(b) (in addition to the other requirements specified in this standard).
</P>
<P>(c) Vehicles that are manufactured in two or more stages or that are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) after having been previously certified in accordance with part 567 of this chapter are not subject to the requirements of S14.3.
</P>
<P>(d) Vehicles that are manufactured by an original vehicle manufacturer that produces or assembles fewer than 5,000 vehicles annually for sale in the United States are not subject to the requirements of S14.3.
</P>
<P>S14.3.1 <I>Phase-in schedule.</I> 
</P>
<P>S14.3.1.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2007, and before September 1, 2008.</I> Subject to S14.3.2(a), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2007, and before September 1, 2008, the amount of vehicles complying with S14.5.1(b), S14.5.2, S15.1, S15.2, S17, S19, S21, S23, and S25, shall be not less than 35 percent of: 
</P>
<P>(a) If the manufacturer has manufactured vehicles for sale in the United States during both of the two production years prior to September 1, 2007, the manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2005, and before September 1, 2008, or 
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2007, and before September 1, 2008. 
</P>
<P>S14.3.1.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2008, and before September 1, 2009.</I> Subject to S14.3.2(b), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2008, and before September 1, 2009, the amount of vehicles complying with S14.5.1(b), S14.5.2, S15.1, S15.2, S17, S19, S21, S23, and S25 shall be not less than 65 percent of: 
</P>
<P>(a) If the manufacturer has manufactured vehicles for sale in the United States during both of the two production years prior to September 1, 2008, the manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2006 and before September 1, 2009, or 
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2008, and before September 1, 2009. 
</P>
<P>S14.3.1.3 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2010.</I> Subject to S14.3.2(c), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2010, the amount of vehicles complying with S14.5.1(b), S14.5.2, S15.1, S15.2, S17, S19, S21, S23, and S25 shall be 100 percent of the manufacturer's production during that period. 
</P>
<P>S14.3.2 <I>Calculation of complying vehicles.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) For the purposes of complying with S14.3.1.1, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it is manufactured on or after September 1, 2006, but before September 1, 2008. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of complying with S14.3.1.2, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after September 1, 2006, but before September 1, 2009, and 
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S14.3.1.1. 
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of complying with S14.3.1.3, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after September 1, 2006, but before September 1, 2010, and 
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S14.3.1.1 or S14.3.1.2. 
</P>
<P>S14.3.3 <I> Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I> 
</P>
<P>S14.3.3.1 For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S14.3.1, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S14.3.3.2. 
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle that is imported shall be attributed to the importer. 
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>S14.3.3.2 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S14.3.3.1. 
</P>
<P>S14.4 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2010.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the requirements specified in S14.5.1(b), S14.5.2, S15.1, S15.2, S17, S19, S21, S23, and S25 (in addition to the other requirements specified in this standard). 
</P>
<P>S14.5 <I>Barrier test requirements using 50th percentile adult male dummies.</I> 
</P>
<P>S14.5.1 <I>Rigid barrier belted test.</I> (a) Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S14.1 or S14.2 shall, at each front outboard designated seating position, meet the injury criteria specified in S6.1, S6.2(b), S6.3, S6.4(b), S6.5, and S6.6 when tested under S5.1.1(b)(1). 
</P>
<P>(b) Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S14.3 or S14.4 shall, at each front outboard designated seating position, meet the injury criteria specified in S6.1, S6.2(b), S6.3, S6.4(b), S6.5, and S6.6 when tested under S5.1.1(b)(2). 
</P>
<P>S14.5.2 <I>Rigid barrier unbelted test.</I> Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S14 shall, at each front outboard designated seating position, meet the injury criteria specified in S6.1, S6.2(b), S6.3, S6.4(b), S6.5, and S6.6 when tested under S5.1.2(b). 
</P>
<P>S14.6 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2012 (Phase-in of higher maximum speed (56 km/h (35 mph)) belted test requirement using 5th percentile adult female dummies).</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For vehicles manufactured for sale in the United States on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2012, a percentage of the manufacturer's production, as specified in S14.6.1, shall meet the requirements specified in S15.1(b) (in addition to the other requirements specified in this standard).
</P>
<P>(b) Manufacturers that sell two or fewer carlines, as that term is defined at 49 CFR 583.4, in the United States may, at the option of the manufacturer, meet the requirements of this paragraph instead of paragraph (a) of this section. Each vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 2010, and before September 1, 2012, shall meet the requirements specified in S15.1(b) (in addition to the other requirements specified in this standard).
</P>
<P>(c) Vehicles that are manufactured in two or more stages or that are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) after having previously been certified in accordance with part 567 of this chapter are not subject to the requirements of S14.6.
</P>
<P>(d) Vehicles that are manufactured by an original vehicle manufacturer that produces or assembles fewer than 5,000 vehicles annually for sale in the United States are not subject to the requirements of S14.6.
</P>
<P>S14.6.1 <I>Phase-in schedule.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.1.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2010.</I> Subject to S14.6.2(a), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2010, the amount of vehicles complying with S15.1(b) shall be not less than 35 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) If the manufacturer has manufactured vehicles for sale in the United States during both of the two production years prior to September 1, 2009, the manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2007, and before September 1, 2010, or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2010.
</P>
<P>S14.6.1.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2010, and before September 1, 2011.</I> Subject to S14.6.2(b), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2010, and before September 1, 2011, the amount of vehicles complying with S15.1(b) shall be not less than 65 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) If the manufacturer has manufactured vehicles for sale in the United States during both of the two production years prior to September 1, 2010, the manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2008 and before September 1, 2011, or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2010, and before September 1, 2011.
</P>
<P>S14.6.1.3 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2011, and before September 1, 2012.</I> Subject to S14.6.2(c), for vehicles manufactured by a manufacturer on or after September 1, 2011, and before September 1, 2012, the amount of vehicles complying with S15.1(b) shall be 100 percent of the manufacturer's production during that period.
</P>
<P>S14.6.2 <I>Calculation of complying vehicles.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For the purposes of complying with S14.6.1.1, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it is manufactured on or after September 1, 2008, but before September 1, 2010.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of complying with S14.6.1.2, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after September 1, 2008, but before September 1, 2011, and
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S14.6.1.1.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of complying with S14.6.1.3, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after September 1, 2008, but before September 1, 2012, and
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S14.6.1.1 or S14.6.1.2.
</P>
<P>S14.6.3 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S14.6.3.1 For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S14.6.1, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S14.6.3.2.
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle that is imported shall be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S14.6.3.2 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S14.6.3.1.
</P>
<P>S14.7 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2012. (Higher maximum speed (56km/h (35 mph)) belted test requirement using 5th percentile adult female dummies</I>). Each vehicle shall meet the requirements specified in S15.1(b) (in addition to the other requirements specified in this standard). However, vehicles that are manufactured in two or more stages or that are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) after having been previously certified in accordance with part 567 of this chapter may comply with the requirements specified in S15.1(a) instead of S15.1(b), if they are manufactured before September 1, 2013.
</P>
<P>S14.8 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2025, and before September 1, 2026.</I> Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2025, and before September 1, 2026, shall comply with S14.8.1 through S14.8.4 of this standard. At any time during the production year ending August 31, 2026, each manufacturer shall, upon request from the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, provide information identifying the vehicles by make, model and vehicle identification number that have been certified as complying with S19, S21, and S23 of this standard (in addition to the other requirements specified in this standard) when using the child restraint systems specified in appendix A-1 of this standard. The manufacturer's designation of a vehicle as meeting the requirements when using the child restraint systems in appendix A-1 of this standard is irrevocable.
</P>
<P>S14.8.1 Subject to S14.8.2 of this standard, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2025, the number of vehicles certified as complying with S19, S21, and S23 of this standard when using the child restraint systems specified in appendix A-1 of this standard shall be not less than 40 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles subject to S19, S21, and S23 of this standard manufactured on or after September 1, 2022, and before September 1, 2025; or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production of vehicles subject to S19, S21, and S23 of this standard manufactured on or after September 1, 2025, and before September 1, 2026.
</P>
<P>S14.8.2 For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S14.8.1 of this standard, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as provided in S14.8.2(a) through (c) of this standard, subject to S14.8.3 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle which is imported shall be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer which markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S14.8.2(a) or (b) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S14.8.3 For the purposes of calculating average annual production of vehicle for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles by each manufacturer under S14.8.1 of this standard, each vehicle that is excluded from the requirement to test with child restraints listed in appendix A or A-1 of this standard is not counted.
</P>
<P>S14.8.4 Until September 1, 2027, vehicles manufactured by a final-stage manufacturer or alterer may certify compliance with S19, S21, and S23 of this standard when using the child restraint systems specified in appendix A. Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2027, by these manufacturers must be certified as complying with S19, S21, and S23 when using the child restraint systems specified in appendix A-1 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S14.8.5 Until September 1, 2027, manufacturers selling fewer than 5,000 vehicles per year in the U.S. may certify their vehicles as complying with S19, S21, and S23 of this standard when using the child restraint systems specified in appendix A. Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2027, by these manufacturers must be certified as complying with S19, S21, and S23 when using the child restraint systems specified in appendix A-1 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S15 <I>Rigid barrier test requirements using 5th percentile adult female dummies.</I> 
</P>
<P>S15.1 <I>Belted Test.</I> (a) Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S14.1 or S14.2 shall, at each front outboard designated seating position, meet the injury criteria specified in S15.3 when tested under S16.1(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(b) Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S14.6 or S14.7 shall, at each front outboard designated seating position, meet the injury criteria specified in S15.3 when tested under S16.1(a)(2).
</P>
<P>S15.2 <I>Unbelted test.</I> Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S14 shall, at each front outboard designated seating position, meet the injury criteria specified in S15.3 of this standard when the vehicle is crash tested in accordance with the procedures specified in S16.1(b) of this standard with the anthropomorphic test devices unbelted. 
</P>
<P>S15.3 <I>Injury criteria for the 49 CFR part 572, subpart O Hybrid III 5th percentile female test dummy.</I> 
</P>
<P>S15.3.1 All portions of the test dummy shall be contained within the outer surfaces of the vehicle passenger compartment. 
</P>
<P>S15.3.2 <I>Head injury criteria.</I> (a) For any two points in time, t<E T="52">1</E> and t<E T="52">2</E>, during the event which are separated by not more than a 15 millisecond time interval and where t<E T="52">1</E> is less than t<E T="52">2</E>, the head injury criterion (HIC<E T="52">15</E>) shall be determined using the resultant head acceleration at the center of gravity of the dummy head, a<E T="52">r</E>, expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity) and shall be calculated using the expression: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="33" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er12my00.005.gif"/></MATH>
<P>(b) The maximum calculated HIC<E T="52">15</E> value shall not exceed 700. 
</P>
<P>S15.3.3 The resultant acceleration calculated from the output of the thoracic instrumentation shall not exceed 60 g's, except for intervals whose cumulative duration is not more than 3 milliseconds. 
</P>
<P>S15.3.4 Compression deflection of the sternum relative to the spine, as determined by instrumentation, shown shall not exceed 52 mm (2.0 in). 
</P>
<P>S15.3.5 The force transmitted axially through each femur shall not exceed 6805 N (1530 lb). 
</P>
<P>S15.3.6 <I>Neck injury.</I> When measuring neck injury, each of the following injury criteria shall be met.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Nij.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The shear force (Fx), axial force (Fz), and bending moment (My) shall be measured by the dummy upper neck load cell for the duration of the crash event as specified in S4.11. Shear force, axial force, and bending moment shall be filtered for Nij purposes at SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 MAR95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) Channel Frequency Class 600.
</P>
<P>(2) During the event, the axial force (Fz) can be either in tension or compression while the occipital condyle bending moment (Mocy) can be in either flexion or extension. This results in four possible loading conditions for Nij: Tension-extension (Nte), tension-flexion (Ntf), compression-extension (Nce), or compression-flexion (Ncf).
</P>
<P>(3) When calculating Nij using equation S15.3.6(a)(4), the critical values, Fzc and Myc, are: 
</P>
<P>(i) Fzc = 4287 N (964 lbf) when Fz is in tension
</P>
<P>(ii) Fzc = 3880 N (872 lbf) when Fz is in compression
</P>
<P>(iii) Myc = 155 Nm (114 lbf-ft) when a flexion moment exists at the occipital condyle
</P>
<P>(iv) Myc = 67 Nm (49 lbf-ft) when an extension moment exists at the occipital condyle.
</P>
<P>(4) At each point in time, only one of the four loading conditions occurs and the Nij value corresponding to that loading condition is computed and the three remaining loading modes shall be considered a value of zero. The expression for calculating each Nij loading condition is given by:
</P>
<FP-2>Nij = (Fz/Fzc) + (Mocy/Myc)
</FP-2>
<P>(5) None of the four Nij values shall exceed 1.0 at any time during the event.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Peak tension.</I> Tension force (Fz), measured at the upper neck load cell, shall not exceed 2620 N (589 lbf) at any time.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Peak compression.</I> Compression force (Fz), measured at the upper neck load cell, shall not exceed 2520 N (566 lbf) at any time.
</P>
<P>S15.3.7 Unless otherwise indicated, instrumentation for data acquisition, data channel frequency class, and moment calculations are the same as given for the 49 CFR part 572, subpart O Hybrid III 5th percentile female test dummy.
</P>
<P>S16. <I>Test procedures for rigid barrier test requirements using 5th percentile adult female dummies.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.1 <I>General provisions.</I> Crash testing to determine compliance with the requirements of S15 of this standard is conducted as specified in the following paragraphs (a) and (b).
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Belted test</I>—(1) <I>Vehicles certified to S14.1 or S14.2.</I> Place a 49 CFR Part 572 Subpart O 5th percentile adult female test dummy at each front outboard seating position of a vehicle, in accordance with the procedures specified in S16.3 of this standard. Impact the vehicle traveling longitudinally forward at any speed, up to and including 48 km/h (30 mph), into a fixed rigid barrier that is perpendicular within a tolerance of ±5 degrees to the line of travel of the vehicle under the applicable conditions of S16.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Vehicles certified to S14.6 or S14.7.</I> Place a 49 CFR Part 572 Subpart O 5th percentile adult female test dummy at each front outboard seating position of a vehicle, in accordance with the procedures specified in S16.3 of this standard. Impact the vehicle traveling longitudinally forward at any speed, up to and including 56km/h (35 mph), into a fixed rigid barrier that is perpendicular within a tolerance of ±5 degrees to the line of travel of the vehicle under the applicable conditions of S16.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Unbelted test.</I> Place a 49 CFR Part 572 Subpart O 5th percentile adult female test dummy at each front outboard seating position of a vehicle, in accordance with the procedures specified in S16.3 of this standard, except S16.3.5. Impact the vehicle traveling longitudinally forward at any speed, from 32 km/h (20 mph) to 40 km/h (25 mph), inclusive, into a fixed rigid barrier that is perpendicular within a tolerance of ±5 degrees to the line of travel of the vehicle under the applicable conditions of S16.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S16.2 <I>Test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.2.1 The vehicle, including test devices and instrumentation, is loaded as in S8.1.1.
</P>
<P>S16.2.2 Movable vehicle windows and vents are placed in the fully closed position, unless the vehicle manufacturer chooses to specify a different adjustment position prior to the time the vehicle is certified.
</P>
<P>S16.2.3 Convertibles and open-body type vehicles have the top, if any, in place in the closed passenger compartment configuration.
</P>
<P>S16.2.4 Doors are fully closed and latched but not locked.
</P>
<P>S16.2.5 The dummy is clothed in form fitting cotton stretch garments with short sleeves and above the knee length pants. A size 7
<FR>1/2</FR> W shoe which meets the configuration and size specifications of MIL-S-21711E (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) or its equivalent is placed on each foot of the test dummy.
</P>
<P>S16.2.6 Limb joints are set at one g, barely restraining the weight of the limb when extended horizontally. Leg joints are adjusted with the torso in the supine position.
</P>
<P>S16.2.7 Instrumentation shall not affect the motion of dummies during impact.
</P>
<P>S16.2.8 The stabilized temperature of the dummy is at any level between 20.6 °C and 22.2 °C (69 °F to 72 °F).
</P>
<P>S16.2.9 <I>Steering control adjustment.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.2.9.1 Adjust a tiltable steering control, if possible, so that the steering control hub is at the geometric center of its full range of driving positions.
</P>
<P>S16.2.9.2 If there is no setting detent at the mid-position, lower the steering control to the detent just below the mid-position.
</P>
<P>S16.2.9.3 If the steering column is telescoping, place the steering column in the mid-position. If there is no mid-position, move the steering control rearward one position from the mid-position.
</P>
<P>S16.2.10 <I>Front seat set-up.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.2.10.1 <I>Lumbar support adjustment.</I> Position adjustable lumbar supports so that the lumbar support is in its lowest, retracted or deflated adjustment position.
</P>
<P>S16.2.10.2 <I>Other seat adjustments.</I> Position any adjustable parts of the seat that provide additional support so that they are in the lowest or most open adjustment position. Position any adjustable head restraint in the lowest and most forward position.
</P>
<P>S16.2.10.3 <I>Seat position adjustment.</I> If the front right outboard passenger seat does not adjust independently of the front left outboard seat, the front left outboard seat shall control the final position of the front right outboard passenger seat. If an inboard passenger seat does not adjust independently of an outboard seat, the outboard seat shall control the final position of the inboard passenger seat.
</P>
<P>S16.2.10.3.1 Using only the controls that primarily move the seat and seat cushion independent of the seat back in the fore and aft directions, move the seat cushion reference point (SCRP) to the rearmost position. Using any part of any control, other than those just used, determine the full range of angles of the seat cushion reference line and set the seat cushion reference line to the middle of the range. Using any part of any control other than those that primarily move the seat or seat cushion fore and aft, while maintaining the seat cushion reference line angle, place the SCRP to its lowest position.
</P>
<P>S16.2.10.3.2 Using only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft, move the SCRP to the full forward position.
</P>
<P>S16.2.10.3.3 If the seat or seat cushion height is adjustable, other than by the controls that primarily move the seat or seat cushion fore and aft, determine the maximum and minimum heights of the SCRP, while maintaining, as closely as possible, the angle determined in S16.2.10.3.1. Set the SCRP at the midpoint height with the seat cushion reference line angle set as closely as possible to the angle determined in S16.2.10.3.1. Mark location of the seat for future reference.
</P>
<P>S16.3 <I>Dummy seating positioning procedures.</I> The 49 CFR Part 572 Subpart O 5th percentile adult female test dummy is positioned as follows:
</P>
<P>S16.3.1 <I>General provisions and definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.1 All angles are measured with respect to the horizontal plane unless otherwise stated.
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.2 The dummy's neck bracket is adjusted to align the zero degree index marks.
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.3 The term “midsagittal plane” refers to the vertical plane that separates the dummy into equal left and right halves.
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.4 The term “vertical longitudinal plane” refers to a vertical plane parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.5 The term “vertical plane” refers to a vertical plane, not necessarily parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.6 The term “transverse instrumentation platform” refers to the transverse instrumentation surface inside the dummy's skull casting to which the neck load cell mounts. This surface is perpendicular to the skull cap's machined inferior-superior mounting surface.
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.7 The term “thigh” refers to the femur between, but not including, the knee and the pelvis.
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.8 The term “leg” refers to the lower part of the entire leg, including the knee.
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.9 The term “foot” refers to the foot, including the ankle.
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.10 The longitudinal centerline of a bucket seat cushion is defined by a vertical plane that passes through the SgRP and is parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.11 For leg and thigh angles, use the following references:
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.11.1 <I>Thigh</I>—a straight line on the thigh skin between the center of the 1/2-13 UNC-2B tapped hole in the upper leg femur clamp (see drawings 880105-504 (left thigh) and 880105-505 (right thigh), upper leg femur clamp) and the knee pivot shoulder bolt (part 880105-527 in drawing 880105-528R &amp; 528L, sliding knee assembly without potentiometer).
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.11.2 <I>Leg</I>—a straight line on the leg skin between the center of the ankle shell (parts 880105-609 &amp; 633 in drawing 880105-660, ankle assembly) and the knee pivot shoulder bolt (part 880105-527 in drawing 880105-528R &amp; 528L, sliding knee assembly without potentiometer).
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.12 The term “seat cushion reference point” (SCRP) means a point placed on the outboard side of the seat cushion at a horizontal distance between 150 mm (5.9 in) and 250 mm (9.8 in) from the front edge of the seat used as a guide in positioning the seat.
</P>
<P>S16.3.1.13 The term “seat cushion reference line” means a line on the side of the seat cushion, passing through the seat cushion reference point, whose projection in the vehicle vertical longitudinal plane is straight and has a known angle with respect to the horizontal.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2 <I>Driver dummy positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.1 <I>Driver torso/head/seat back angle positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.1.1 With the seat in the position determined in S16.2.10.3.3, use only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft to place the seat in the rearmost position. If the seat cushion reference line angle automatically changes as the seat is moved from the full forward position, maintain, as closely as possible, the seat cushion reference line angle determined in S16.2.10.3.1, for the final forward position when measuring the pelvic angle as specified in S16.3.2.1.11. The seat cushion reference angle position may be achieved through the use of any seat or seat cushion adjustments other than that which primarily moves the seat or seat cushion fore-aft.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.1.2 Fully recline the seat back, if adjustable. Install the dummy into the driver's seat, such that when the legs are positioned 120 degrees to the thighs, the calves of the legs are not touching the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.1.3 <I>Bucket seats.</I> Place the dummy on the seat cushion so that its midsagittal plane is vertical and coincides with the vertical longitudinal plane through the center of the seat cushion, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.1.4 <I>Bench seats.</I> Position the midsagittal plane of the dummy vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline and aligned within ±10 mm (±0.4 in) of the center of the steering control.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.1.5 Hold the dummy's thighs down and push rearward on the upper torso to maximize the dummy's pelvic angle.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.1.6 Place the legs at 120 degrees to the thighs. Set the initial transverse distance between the longitudinal centerlines at the front of the dummy's knees at 160 to 170 mm (6.3 to 6.7 in), with the thighs and legs of the dummy in vertical planes. Push rearward on the dummy's knees to force the pelvis into the seat so there is no gap between the pelvis and the seat back or until contact occurs between the back of the dummy's calves and the front of the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.1.7 Gently rock the upper torso laterally in a side to side motion three times through a ±5 degree arc (approximately 51 mm (2 in) side to side).
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.1.8 If needed, extend the legs slightly so that the feet are not in contact with the floor pan. Let the thighs rest on the seat cushion to the extent permitted by the foot movement. Keeping the leg and the thigh in a vertical plane, place the foot in the vertical longitudinal plane that passes through the centerline of the accelerator pedal. Rotate the left thigh outboard about the hip until the center of the knee is the same distance from the midsagittal plane of the dummy as the right knee ±5 mm (±0.2 in). Using only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft, attempt to return the seat to the full forward position. If either of the dummy's legs first contacts the steering control, then adjust the steering control, if adjustable, upward until contact with the steering control is avoided. If the steering control is not adjustable, separate the knees enough to avoid steering control contact. Proceed with moving the seat forward until either the leg contacts the vehicle interior or the seat reaches the full forward position. (The right foot may contact and depress the accelerator and/or change the angle of the foot with respect to the leg during seat movement.) If necessary to avoid contact with the vehicles brake or clutch pedal, rotate the test dummy's left foot about the leg. If there is still interference, rotate the left thigh outboard about the hip the minimum distance necessary to avoid pedal interference. If a dummy leg contacts the vehicle interior before the full forward position is attained, position the seat at the next detent where there is no contact. If the seat is a power seat, move the seat fore and aft to avoid contact while assuring that there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) distance between the vehicle interior and the point on the dummy that would first contact the vehicle interior. If the steering control was moved, return it to the position described in S16.2.9. If the steering control contacts the dummy's leg(s) prior to attaining this position, adjust it to the next higher detent, or if infinitely adjustable, until there is 5 mm (0.2 in) clearance between the control and the dummy's leg(s).
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.1.9 For vehicles without adjustable seat backs, adjust the lower neck bracket to level the head as much as possible. For vehicles with adjustable seat backs, while holding the thighs in place, rotate the seat back forward until the transverse instrumentation platform of the head is level to within ±0.5 degree, making sure that the pelvis does not interfere with the seat bight. Inspect the abdomen to ensure that it is properly installed. If the torso contacts the steering control, adjust the steering control in the following order until there is no contact: Telescoping adjustment, lowering adjustment, raising adjustment. If the vehicle has no adjustments, or contact with the steering control cannot be eliminated by adjustment, position the seat at the next detent where there is no contact with the steering control as adjusted in S16.2.9. If the seat is a power seat, position the seat to avoid contact while assuring that there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) distance between the steering control as adjusted in S16.2.9 and the point of contact on the dummy.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.1.10 If it is not possible to achieve the head level within ±0.5 degrees, minimize the angle.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.1.11 Measure and set the dummy's pelvic angle using the pelvic angle gauge (drawing TE-2504, incorporated by reference in 49 CFR part 572, subpart O of this chapter). The angle shall be set to 20.0 degrees ±2.5 degrees. If this is not possible, adjust the pelvic angle as close to 20.0 degrees as possible while keeping the transverse instrumentation platform of the head as level as possible by adjustments specified in S16.3.2.1.9 and S16.3.2.1.10.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.1.12 If the dummy is contacting the vehicle interior after these adjustments, using only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft, move the seat rearward until there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) between the contact point of the dummy and the interior of the vehicle or if it has a manual seat adjustment, to the next rearward detent position. If after these adjustments, the dummy contact point is more than 5 mm (0.2 in) from the vehicle interior and the seat is still not in its forwardmost position, move the seat forward until the contact point is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) from the vehicle interior, or if it has a manual seat adjustment, move the seat to the closest detent position that causes no contact, or until the seat reaches its forwardmost position, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.2 <I>Driver foot positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.2.1 If the vehicle has an adjustable accelerator pedal, adjust it to the full forward position. If the heel of the right foot can contact the floor pan, follow the positioning procedure in (a). If not, follow the positioning procedure in (b).
</P>
<P>(a) Rest the right foot of the test dummy on the undepressed accelerator pedal with the rearmost point of the heel on the floor pan in the plane of the pedal. If the foot cannot be placed on the accelerator pedal, set it initially perpendicular to the leg and then place it as far forward as possible in the direction of the pedal centerline with the rearmost point of the heel resting on the floor pan. If the vehicle has an adjustable accelerator pedal and the right foot is not touching the accelerator pedal when positioned as above, move the pedal rearward until it touches the right foot. If the accelerator pedal in the full rearward position still does not touch the foot, leave the pedal in that position. Extend the foot and lower leg by decreasing the knee flexion angle until any part of the foot contacts the undepressed accelerator pedal. If the foot does not contact the pedal, place the highest part of the foot at the same height as the highest part of the pedal.
</P>
<P>(b) Extend the foot and lower leg by decreasing the knee flexion angle until any part of the foot contacts the undepressed accelerator pedal or the highest part of the foot is at the same height as the highest part of the pedal. If the vehicle has an adjustable accelerator pedal and the right foot is not touching the accelerator pedal when positioned as above, move the pedal rearward until it touches the right foot.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.2.2 If the ball of the right foot does not contact the pedal, increase the ankle plantar flexion angle such that the toe of the foot contacts or is as close as possible to contact with the undepressed accelerator pedal.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.2.3 If, in its final position, the heel is off of the vehicle floor, a spacer block must be used under the heel to support the final foot position (see figure 13). The surface of the block in contact with the heel must have an inclination of 30 degrees, measured from the horizontal, with the highest surface towards the rear of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.2.4 Place the left foot on the toe-board with the rearmost point of the heel resting on the floor pan as close as possible to the point of intersection of the planes described by the toe-board and floor pan.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.2.5 If the left foot cannot be positioned on the toe board, place the foot perpendicular to the lower leg centerline as far forward as possible with the heel resting on the floor pan.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.2.6 If the left foot does not contact the floor pan, place the foot parallel to the floor and place the lower leg as perpendicular to the thigh as possible.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.2.7 When positioning the test dummy under S16.3.2.2.4, S16.3.2.2.5, and S16.2.2.6, avoid contact between the left foot of the test dummy and the vehicle's brake pedal, clutch pedal, wheel well projection, and foot rest. To avoid this contact, use the three foot position adjustments listed in paragraphs (a) through (c). The adjustment options are listed in priority order, with each subsequent option incorporating the previous. In making each adjustment, move the foot the minimum distance necessary to avoid contact. If it is not possible to avoid all prohibited foot contact, give priority to avoiding brake or clutch pedal contact.
</P>
<P>(a) Rotate (abduction/adduction) the test dummy's left foot about the lower leg,
</P>
<P>(b) Plantar flex the foot,
</P>
<P>(c) Rotate the left leg about the hip in either an outboard or inboard direction.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.3 <I>Driver arm/hand positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.3.1 Place the dummy's upper arms adjacent to the torso with the arm centerlines as close to a vertical longitudinal plane as possible.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.3.2 Place the palms of the dummy in contact with the outer part of the steering control rim at its horizontal centerline with the thumbs over the steering control rim.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.3.3 If it is not possible to position the thumbs inside the steering control rim at its horizontal centerline, then position them above and as close to the horizontal centerline of the steering control rim as possible.
</P>
<P>S16.3.2.3.4 Lightly tape the hands to the steering control rim so that if the hand of the test dummy is pushed upward by a force of not less than 9 N (2 lb) and not more than 22 N (5 lb), the tape releases the hand from the steering control rim.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3 Front outboard <I>passenger dummy positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.1 Front outboard <I>passenger torso/head/seat back angle positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.1.1 With the seat at the mid-height in the full forward position determined in S16.2.10.3.3, use only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft to place the seat in the rearmost position, without adjusting independent height controls. If the seat cushion reference line angle automatically changes as the seat is moved from the full forward position, maintain as closely as possible the seat cushion reference line angle in S16.2.10.3.1, for the final forward position when measuring the pelvic angle as specified in S16.3.3.1.11. The seat cushion reference line angle position may be achieved through the use of any seat or seat cushion adjustments other than that which primarily moves the seat or seat cushion fore-aft.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.1.2 Fully recline the seat back, if adjustable. Install the dummy into any front outboard passenger seat, such that when the legs are 120 degrees to the thighs, the calves of the legs are not touching the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.1.3 <I>Bucket seats.</I> Place the dummy on the seat cushion so that its midsagittal plane is vertical and coincides with the vertical longitudinal plane through the center of the seat cushion, within ±10 mm (±0.4 mm).
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.1.4 <I>Bench seats.</I> Position the midsagittal plane of the dummy vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline and the same distance from the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), as the midsagittal plane of the driver dummy, if there is a driver's seating position. Otherwise, the midsagittal plane of any front outboard passenger dummy shall be vertical, parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and pass, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), through the seating reference point of the seat that it occupies.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.1.5 Hold the dummy's thighs down and push rearward on the upper torso to maximize the dummy's pelvic angle.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.1.6 Place the legs at 120 degrees to the thighs. Set the initial transverse distance between the longitudinal centerlines at the front of the dummy's knees at 160 to 170 mm (6.3 to 6.7 in), with the thighs and legs of the dummy in vertical planes. Push rearward on the dummy's knees to force the pelvis into the seat so there is no gap between the pelvis and the seat back or until contact occurs between the back of the dummy's calves and the front of the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.1.7 Gently rock the upper torso laterally side to side three times through a ±5 degree arc (approximately 51 mm (2 in) side to side).
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.1.8 If needed, extend the legs slightly so that the feet are not in contact with the floor pan. Let the thighs rest on the seat cushion to the extent permitted by the foot movement. With the feet perpendicular to the legs, place the heels on the floor pan. If a heel will not contact the floor pan, place it as close to the floor pan as possible. Using only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft, attempt to return the seat to the full forward position. If a dummy leg contacts the vehicle interior before the full forward position is attained, position the seat at the next detent where there is no contact. If the seats are power seats, position the seat to avoid contact while assuring that there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) distance between the vehicle interior and the point on the dummy that would first contact the vehicle interior.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.1.9 For vehicles without adjustable seat backs, adjust the lower neck bracket to level the head as much as possible. For vehicles with adjustable seat backs, while holding the thighs in place, rotate the seat back forward until the transverse instrumentation platform of the head is level to within ±0.5 degrees, making sure that the pelvis does not interfere with the seat bight. Inspect the abdomen to insure that it is properly installed.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.1.10 If it is not possible to orient the head level within ±0.5 degrees, minimize the angle.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.1.11 Measure and set the dummy's pelvic angle using the pelvic angle gauge (drawing TE-2504, incorporated by reference in 49 CFR Part 572, Subpart O, of this chapter). The angle shall be set to 20.0 degrees ±2.5 degrees. If this is not possible, adjust the pelvic angle as close to 20.0 degrees as possible while keeping the transverse instrumentation platform of the head as level as possible, as specified in S16.3.3.1.9 and S16.3.3.1.10.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.1.12 If the dummy is contacting the vehicle interior after these adjustments, using only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft, move the seat rearward until there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) between the contact point of the dummy and the interior of the vehicle or if it has a manual seat adjustment, to the next rearward detent position. If after these adjustments, the dummy contact point is more than 5 mm (0.2 in) from the vehicle interior and the seat is still not in its forwardmost position, move the seat forward until the contact point is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) from the vehicle interior, or if it has a manual seat adjustment, move the seat to the closest detent position that causes no contact, or until the seat reaches its forwardmost position, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.2 Front outboard <I>passenger foot positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.2.1 Place the passenger's feet flat on the toe board.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.2.2 If the feet cannot be placed flat on the toe board, set them perpendicular to the leg centerlines and place them as far forward as possible with the heels resting on the floor pan. If either foot does not contact the floor pan, place the foot parallel to the floor pan and place the lower leg as perpendicular to the thigh as possible.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.3 Front outboard <I>passenger arm/hand positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.3.1 Place the dummy's upper arms in contact with the seat back and the torso.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.3.2 Place the palms of the dummy in contact with the outside of the thighs.
</P>
<P>S16.3.3.3.3 Place the little fingers in contact with the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>S16.3.4 <I>Driver and front outboard passenger adjustable head restraints.</I>
</P>
<P>S16.3.4.1 If the head restraint has an automatic adjustment, leave it where the system positions the restraint after the dummy is placed in the seat.
</P>
<P>S16.3.4.2 Adjust each head restraint to its lowest position.
</P>
<P>S16.3.4.3 Measure the vertical distance from the top most point of the head restraint to the bottom most point. Locate a horizontal plane through the midpoint of this distance. Adjust each head restraint vertically so that this horizontal plane is aligned with the center of gravity (CG) of the dummy head.
</P>
<P>S16.3.4.3 If the above position is not attainable, move the vertical center of the head restraint to the closest detent below the center of the head CG.
</P>
<P>S16.3.4.4 If the head restraint has a fore and aft adjustment, place the restraint in the forwardmost position or until contact with the head is made, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>S16.3.5 <I>Driver and front outboard passenger manual belt adjustment (for tests conducted with a belted dummy)</I>
</P>
<P>S16.3.5.1 If an adjustable seat belt D-ring anchorage exists, place it in the manufacturer's design position for a 5th percentile adult female with the seat in the position specified in S16.2.10.3.
</P>
<P>S16.3.5.2 Place the Type 2 manual belt around the test dummy and fasten the latch.
</P>
<P>S16.3.5.3 Ensure that the dummy's head remains as level as possible, as specified in S16.3.2.1.9 and S16.3.2.1.10 and S16.3.3.1.9 and S16.3.3.1.10.
</P>
<P>S16.3.5.4 Remove all slack from the lap belt. Pull the upper torso webbing out of the retractor and allow it to retract; repeat this operation four times. Apply a 9 N (2 lbf) to 18 N (4 lbf) tension load to the lap belt. If the belt system is equipped with a tension-relieving device, introduce the maximum amount of slack into the upper torso belt that is recommended by the manufacturer. If the belt system is not equipped with a tension-relieving device, allow the excess webbing in the shoulder belt to be retracted by the retractive force of the retractor.
</P>
<P>S17 <I>Offset frontal deformable barrier requirements using 5th percentile adult female test dummies.</I> Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S14 shall, at each front outboard designated seating position, meet the injury criteria specified in S15.3 of this standard when the vehicle is crash tested in accordance with the procedures specified in S18 of this standard with the anthropomorphic test devices restrained by a Type 2 seat belt assembly. 
</P>
<P>S18 <I>Test procedure for offset frontal deformable barrier requirements using 5th percentile adult female dummies.</I>
</P>
<P>S18.1 <I>General provisions.</I> Place a 49 CFR Part 572 Subpart O 5th percentile adult female test dummy at each front outboard seating position of a vehicle, in accordance with the procedures specified in S16.3 of this standard. Impact the vehicle traveling longitudinally forward at any speed, up to and including 40 km/h (25 mph), into a fixed offset deformable barrier under the conditions and procedures specified in S18.2 of this standard, impacting only the left side of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S18.2 <I>Test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S18.2.1 <I>Offset frontal deformable barrier.</I> The offset frontal deformable barrier shall conform to the specifications set forth in Subpart C of part 587 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>S18.2.2 <I>General test conditions.</I> All of the test conditions specified in S16.2 of this standard apply.
</P>
<P>S18.2.3 <I>Dummy seating procedures.</I> Position the anthropomorphic test dummies as specified in S16.3 of this standard. 
</P>
<P>S18.2.4 <I>Impact configuration.</I> The test vehicle shall impact the barrier with the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle parallel to the line of travel and perpendicular to the barrier face within a tolerance of ±5 degrees. The test vehicle shall be aligned so that the vehicle strikes the barrier with 40 percent overlap on the left side of the vehicle, with the vehicle's front engaging the barrier face such that the vehicle's longitudinal centerline is offset outboard of the edge of the barrier face by 10 percent of the vehicle's width ±50 mm (2.0 in) as illustrated in Figure 10. The vehicle width is defined as the maximum dimension measured across the widest part of the vehicle, including bumpers and molding but excluding such components as exterior mirrors, flexible mud flaps, marker lamps, and dual rear wheel configurations. 
</P>
<P>S19 <I>Requirements to provide protection for infants in rear facing and convertible child restraints and car beds.</I>
</P>
<P>S19.1 Each vehicle certified as complying with S14 shall, at the option of the manufacturer, meet the requirements specified in S19.2 or S19.3, under the test procedures specified in S20.
</P>
<P>S19.2 <I>Option 1—Automatic suppression feature.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the requirements specified in S19.2.1 through S19.2.3.
</P>
<P>S19.2.1 The vehicle shall be equipped with an automatic suppression feature for any front outboard passenger air bag which results in deactivation of the air bag during each of the static tests specified in S20.2 (using the 49 CFR part 572 Subpart R 12-month-old CRABI child dummy in any of the child restraints identified in sections B and C of appendix A or A-1 of this standard, as appropriate and the 49 CFR part 572 subpart K Newborn Infant dummy in any of the car beds identified in section A of appendix A or A-1, as appropriate), and activation of the air bag system during each of the static tests specified in S20.3 (using the 49 CFR part 572 Subpart O 5th percentile adult female dummy).
</P>
<P>S19.2.2 The vehicle shall be equipped with telltales for each front outboard passenger seat which emit light whenever the associated front outboard passenger air bag system is deactivated and does not emit light whenever the associated front outboard passenger air bag system is activated, except that the telltale(s) need not illuminate when the associated front outboard passenger seat is unoccupied. For telltales associated with multiple front outboard passenger seats, it shall be clearly recognizable to a driver and any front outboard passenger the seat with which seat each telltale is associated. Each telltale:
</P>
<P>(a) Shall emit yellow light; 
</P>
<P>(b) Shall have the identifying words “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” or “PASS AIR BAG OFF” on the telltale or within 25 mm (1.0 in) of the telltale; and 
</P>
<P>(c) Shall not be combined with the readiness indicator required by S4.5.2 of this standard. 
</P>
<P>(d) Shall be located within the interior of the vehicle and forward of and above the design H-point of both the driver's and any front outboard passenger's seat in their forwardmost seating positions and shall not be located on or adjacent to a surface that can be used for temporary or permanent storage of objects that could obscure the telltale from either the driver's or any-front outboard passenger's view, or located where the telltale would be obscured from the driver's view or the adjacent front outboard passenger's view if a rear-facing child restraint listed in appendix A or A-1, as appropriate, is installed in any-front outboard passenger's seat.
</P>
<P>(e) Shall be visible and recognizable to a driver and any front outboard passenger during night and day when the occupants have adapted to the ambient light roadway conditions.
</P>
<P>(f) Telltales need not be visible or recognizable when not activated. 
</P>
<P>(g) Means shall be provided for making telltales visible and recognizable to the driver and any front outboard passenger under all driving conditions. The means for providing the required visibility may be adjustable manually or automatically, except that the telltales may not be adjustable under any driving conditions to a level that they become invisible or not recognizable to the driver and any front outboard passenger.
</P>
<P>(h) The telltale must not emit light except when any passenger air bag is turned off or during a bulb check upon vehicle starting.
</P>
<P>S19.2.3 The vehicle shall be equipped with a mechanism that indicates whether the air bag system is suppressed, regardless of whether any front outboard passenger seat is occupied. The mechanism need not be located in the occupant compartment unless it is the telltale described in S19.2.2.
</P>
<P>S19.3 <I>Option 2—Low risk deployment.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the injury criteria specified in S19.4 of this standard when any front outboard passenger air bag is deployed in accordance with the procedures specified in S20.4.
</P>
<P>S19.4 <I>Injury criteria for the 49 CFR part 572, Subpart R 12-month-old CRABI test dummy.</I>
</P>
<P>S19.4.1 All portions of the test dummy and child restraint shall be contained within the outer surfaces of the vehicle passenger compartment.
</P>
<P>S19.4.2 Head injury criteria.
</P>
<P>(a) For any two points in time, t<E T="52">1</E> and t<E T="52">2</E>, during the event which are separated by not more than a 15 millisecond time interval and where t<E T="52">1</E> is less than t<E T="52">2</E>, the head injury criterion (HIC<E T="52">15</E>) shall be determined using the resultant head acceleration at the center of gravity of the dummy head, a<E T="52">r</E>, expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity) and shall be calculated using the expression:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="35" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er18de01.000.gif"/></MATH>
<P>(b) The maximum calculated HIC<E T="52">15</E> value shall not exceed 390.
</P>
<P>S19.4.3 The resultant acceleration calculated from the output of the thoracic instrumentation shall not exceed 50 g's, except for intervals whose cumulative duration is not more than 3 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>S19.4.4 <I>Neck injury.</I> When measuring neck injury, each of the following injury criteria shall be met.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Nij.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The shear force (Fx), axial force (Fz), and bending moment (My) shall be measured by the dummy upper neck load cell for the duration of the crash event as specified in S4.11. Shear force, axial force, and bending moment shall be filtered for Nij purposes at SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 MAR95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) Channel Frequency Class 600.
</P>
<P>(2) During the event, the axial force (Fz) can be either in tension or compression while the occipital condyle bending moment (Mocy) can be in either flexion or extension. This results in four possible loading conditions for Nij: tension-extension (Nte), tension-flexion (Ntf), compression-extension (Nce), or compression-flexion (Ncf).
</P>
<P>(3) When calculating Nij using equation S19.4.4(a)(4), the critical values, Fzc and Myc, are:
</P>
<P>(i) Fzc = 1460 N (328 lbf) when Fz is in tension
</P>
<P>(ii) Fzc = 1460 N (328 lbf) when Fz is in compression
</P>
<P>(iii) Myc = 43 Nm (32 lbf-ft) when a flexion moment exists at the occipital condyle
</P>
<P>(iv) Myc = 17 Nm (13 lbf-ft) when an extension moment exists at the occipital condyle. 
</P>
<P>(4) At each point in time, only one of the four loading conditions occurs and the Nij value corresponding to that loading condition is computed and the three remaining loading modes shall be considered a value of zero. The expression for calculating each Nij loading condition is given by: 
</P>
<FP-2>Nij ' (Fz / Fzc) + (Mocy / Myc) 
</FP-2>
<P>(5) None of the four Nij values shall exceed 1.0 at any time during the event.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Peak tension.</I> Tension force (Fz), measured at the upper neck load cell, shall not exceed 780 N (175 lbf) at any time.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Peak compression.</I> Compression force (Fz), measured at the upper neck load cell, shall not exceed 960 N (216 lbf) at any time.
</P>
<P>S19.4.5 Unless otherwise indicated, instrumentation for data acquisition, data channel frequency class, and moment calculations are the same as given for the 49 CFR part 572 Subpart R 12-month-old CRABI test dummy.
</P>
<P>S20 <I>Test procedure for S19.</I>
</P>
<P>S20.1 <I>General provisions.</I>
</P>
<P>S20.1.1 Tests specifying the use of a car bed, a rear facing child restraint, or a convertible child restraint may be conducted using any such restraint listed in sections A, B, and C, respectively, of appendix A or A-1 of this standard, as appropriate. The car bed, rear facing child restraint, or convertible child restraint may be unused or have been previously used only for automatic suppression tests. If it has been used, there shall not be any visible damage prior to the test.
</P>
<P>S20.1.2 Unless otherwise specified, each vehicle certified to this option shall comply in tests conducted with any front outboard passenger seating position, if adjustable fore and aft, at full rearward, middle, and full forward positions. If the child restraint or dummy contacts the vehicle interior, move the seat rearward to the next detent that provides clearance, or if the seat is a power seat, using only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft, move the seat rearward while assuring that there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) clearance between the dummy or child restraint and the vehicle interior.
</P>
<P>S20.1.3 If the car bed, rear facing child restraint, or convertible child restraint is equipped with a handle, the vehicle shall comply in tests conducted with the handle at both the child restraint manufacturer's recommended position for use in vehicles and in the upright position.
</P>
<P>S20.1.4 If the car bed, rear facing child restraint, or convertible child restraint is equipped with a sunshield, the vehicle shall comply in tests conducted with the sunshield both fully open and fully closed.
</P>
<P>S20.1.5 The vehicle shall comply in tests with the car bed, rear facing child restraint, or convertible child restraint uncovered and in tests with a towel or blanket weighing up to 1.0 kg (2.2 lb) placed on or over the restraint in any of the following positions:
</P>
<P>(a) with the blanket covering the top and sides of the restraint, and
</P>
<P>(b) with the blanket placed from the top of the vehicle's seat back to the forwardmost edge of the restraint.
</P>
<P>S20.1.6 Except as otherwise specified, if the car bed, rear facing child restraint, or convertible child restraint has an anchorage system as specified in S5.9 of FMVSS No. 213 and is tested in a vehicle with a front outboard passenger vehicle seat that has an anchorage system as specified in FMVSS No. 225, the vehicle shall comply in the belted tests with the restraint anchorage system attached to the vehicle seat anchorage system and the vehicle seat belt unattached. It shall also comply in the belted test requirements with the restraint anchorage system unattached to the vehicle seat anchorage system and the vehicle seat belt attached. The vehicle shall comply in the unbelted tests with the restraint anchorage system unattached to the vehicle seat anchorage system.
</P>
<P>S20.1.7 If the car bed, rear facing child restraint, or convertible child restraint comes equipped with a detachable base, the vehicle shall comply in tests conducted with the detachable base attached to the child restraint and with the detachable base unattached to the child restraint.
</P>
<P>S20.1.8 Do not attach any tethers.
</P>
<P>S20.1.9 <I>Seat set-up.</I> Unless otherwise stated.
</P>
<P>S20.1.9.1 <I>Lumbar support adjustment.</I> Position adjustable lumbar supports so that the lumbar support is in its lowest, retracted or deflated adjustment position.
</P>
<P>S20.1.9.2 <I>Other seat adjustments.</I> Position any adjustable parts of the seat that provide additional support so that they are in the lowest or most open adjustment position.
</P>
<P>S20.1.9.3 Set the seat and seat cushion in the position determined in S16.2.10.3.1.
</P>
<P>S20.1.9.4 Using only the control that primarily moves the seat in the fore and aft direction, determine the full rearward, middle, and full forward positions of the SCRP. Using any part of any seat or seat cushion adjustments, other than that which primarily moves the seat or seat cushion fore-aft, determine the SCRP mid-point height for each of the three fore-aft test positions, while maintaining, as closely as possible, the seat cushion reference line middle angle determined in S16.2.10.3.1.
</P>
<P>S20.1.9.5 The seat back angle, if adjustable, is set at the manufacturer's nominal design seat back angle for a 50th percentile adult male as specified in S8.1.3.
</P>
<P>S20.1.9.6 If adjustable, set the head restraint at the full down and full forward position.
</P>
<P>S20.1.10 The longitudinal centerline of a bucket seat cushion is defined by a vertical plane that passes through the SgRP and is parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S20.2 <I>Static tests of automatic suppression feature which shall result in deactivation of any front outboard passenger air bag, associated with that designated seating position.</I> Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S19.2 shall meet the following test requirements.
</P>
<P>S20.2.1 <I>Belted rear facing and convertible child restraints.</I>
</P>
<P>S20.2.1.1 The vehicle shall comply in tests using any child restraint specified in section B and section C of appendix A or A-1 of this standard, as appropriate, installed in the front outboard passenger vehicle seat in the following orientations:
</P>
<P>(a) With the section B and section C child restraints facing rearward as appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(b) With the section C child restraints facing forward.
</P>
<P>S20.2.1.2 The vehicle shall comply with the child restraint attached to the vehicle in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(a) Using the vehicle safety belts as specified in S20.2.1.5; and
</P>
<P>(b) If the child restraint is certified to S5.9 of § 571.213, and the vehicle seat has an anchorage system as specified in § 571.225, using only the mechanism provided by the child restraint manufacturer for attachment to the lower anchorages as specified in S20.2.1.6.
</P>
<P>S20.2.1.3 Locate a vertical plane through the longitudinal centerline of the child restraint. This will be referred to as “Plane A.”
</P>
<P>S20.2.1.4 For bucket seats, “Plane B” refers to a vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline through the longitudinal centerline of any front outboard passenger vehicle seat cushion. For bench seats in vehicles with manually operated driving controls, “Plane B” refers to a vertical plane through any front outboard passenger vehicle seat parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline the same distance from the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle as the center of the steering control. For bench seats in vehicles without manually operated driving controls, “Plane B” refers to the vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline, through any front outboard passenger seat's SgRP.
</P>
<P>S20.2.1.5 <I>Installation with vehicle safety belts.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Place any adjustable seat belt anchorages at the vehicle manufacturer's nominal design position for a 50th percentile adult male occupant.
</P>
<P>(b) Without attaching the child restraint anchorage system components specified in S5.9 of § 571.213 to a vehicle child restraint anchorage system specified in § 571.225, align the child restraint system facing rearward or forward, depending on the orientation being tested, such that Plane A is aligned with Plane B.
</P>
<P>(c) While maintaining the child restraint positions achieved in S20.2.1.5(b), secure the child restraint by following, to the extent possible, the child restraint manufacturer's directions regarding proper installation of the restraint for the orientation being tested. Cinch the vehicle belts to any tension from zero up to 134 N to secure the child restraint. Measure belt tension in a flat, straight section of the lap belt between the child restraint belt path and the contact point with the belt anchor or vehicle seat, on the side away from the buckle (to avoid interference from the shoulder portion of the belt).
</P>
<P>(d) Position the 49 CFR part 572 subpart R 12-month-old CRABI dummy in the child restraint by following, to the extent possible, the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint for seating infants.
</P>
<P>(e) Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and close all vehicle doors. Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S20.2.1.6 <I>Installation using the lower anchor bars and the child restraint manufacturer provided attachment mechanism.</I>
</P>
<P>S20.2.1.6.1 If the attachment mechanism provided by the manufacturer incorporates a strap(s), use the following procedure:
</P>
<P>(a) Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat facing rearward or forward, depending on the orientation being tested, with Plane A of the child restraint aligned within ±10 mm with a longitudinal vertical plane passing though a point midway between the centers of the two lower anchor bars.
</P>
<P>(b) Position any adjustments on the child restraint, to the extent possible according to the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) Connect the lower anchor straps of the restraint to the lower anchor bars of the seat and remove the slack, but do not apply any load using these straps.
</P>
<P>(d) Move the child restraint rearward until it contacts the seat back.
</P>
<P>(e) Use the loading device equipped with the loading foot shown in Figure A1 and position it as shown in Figure A2 of appendix A and appendix A-1 of this section. The 15±3 degree angle of the loading device illustrated in Figure A2 is determined with an initial preload of 75±25N.
</P>
<P>(f) Over a period of 90±30 seconds, increase the load to 875N±25 N.
</P>
<P>(g) After achieving the 875 N load in step (f) of this section, hold the bar length at present position and allow the load to settle for 60 seconds.
</P>
<P>(h) Following the one-minute settling period specified in step (g) of this section, increase the load to 875±25 N such that the 875±25 N load is achieved within 10 seconds of the settling period.
</P>
<P>(i) Hold the bar length at present position and allow the load to settle for 120 seconds after achieving the load in step (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(j) Following the settling period specified in step (i) of this section, increase the load to 875±25 N such that the 875±25 N load is achieved within 10 seconds of the settling period.
</P>
<P>(k) Observe the settling of the load and tighten the lower anchor straps when the load is 850±5N or 180 seconds has elapsed since achieving the 875±25 N load in step (f) of this section, whichever comes first. Tighten the lower anchor straps at the same time such that the load is reduced 15±10 N and the change occurs within 2 seconds.
</P>
<P>(l) Remove the loading device and position the 49 CFR part 572 subpart R 12-month-old CRABI dummy in the child restraint by following, to the extent possible, the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint for seating infants.
</P>
<P>(m) Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and close all vehicle doors. Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S20.2.1.6.2 If the mechanism provided by the manufacturer does not incorporate a strap(s), use the following procedure:
</P>
<P>(a) Place the vehicle seat in the rearmost and mid-height position.
</P>
<P>(b) Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat facing rearward or forward, depending on the orientation being tested, with Plane A of the child restraint aligned within ±10 mm with a longitudinal vertical plane passing though a point midway between the centers of the two lower anchor bars.
</P>
<P>(c) Position any adjustments on the child restraint, to the extent possible, according to the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>(d) Connect the lower anchor attachments to the lower anchor bars following, to the extent possible, the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>(e) Move the child restraint rearward until it contacts the seat back.
</P>
<P>(f) If the child restraint does not use a linear sliding or ratcheting mechanism that requires the application of force to securely install the child restraint, follow, to the extent possible, the CRS manufacturer's instructions for installing the child restraint onto the seat. Do not load the seat as provided in S20.2.1.6.2(g).
</P>
<P>(g) If the child restraint uses a linear sliding or ratcheting mechanism that requires the application of force to securely install the child restraint, within 25±5 seconds, apply a 475±25N force, that has no lateral component, aligned angularly ±10 degrees with a parallel plane located within ±100 mm of the plane formed by the linear mechanism. Release the force.
</P>
<P>(h) Position the 49 CFR part 572 subpart R 12-month-old CRABI dummy in the child restraint by following, to the extent possible, the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint for seating infants.
</P>
<P>(i) Move the vehicle seat to the seat position being tested (full rear, mid, full forward).
</P>
<P>(j) Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and close all vehicle doors. Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S20.2.2 <I>Unbelted rear facing and convertible child restraints.</I>
</P>
<P>S20.2.2.1 The vehicle shall comply in tests using any child restraint specified in section B and section C of appendix A or A-1 of this standard, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>S20.2.2.2 Locate a vertical plane through the longitudinal centerline of the child restraint. This will be referred to as “Plane A”.
</P>
<P>S20.2.2.3 For bucket seats, “Plane B” refers to a vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline through the longitudinal centerline of any front outboard passenger vehicle seat cushion. For bench seats in vehicles with manually operated driving controls, “Plane B” refers to a vertical plane through any front outboard passenger seat parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline the same distance from the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle as the center of the steering control. For bench seats in vehicles without manually operated driving controls, “Plane B” refers to the vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline, through any front outboard passenger seat's SgRP.
</P>
<P>S20.2.2.4 <I>Facing rear.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Align the child restraint system facing rearward such that Plane A is aligned with Plane B and the child restraint is in contact with the seat back.
</P>
<P>(b) Position the 49 CFR part 572 subpart R 12-month-old CRABI dummy in the child restraint by following, to the extent possible, the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint for seating infants.
</P>
<P>(c) Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and close all vehicle doors. Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S20.2.2.5 <I>Facing forward.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Align the child restraint system facing forward such that Plane A is aligned with Plane B and the child restraint is in contact with the seat back.
</P>
<P>(b) Position the 49 CFR part 572 subpart R 12-month-old CRABI dummy in the child restraint by following, to the extent possible, the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint for seating infants.
</P>
<P>(c) Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and close all vehicle doors. Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S20.2.3 <I>Tests with a belted car bed.</I>
</P>
<P>S20.2.3.1 The vehicle shall comply in tests using any car bed specified in section A of appendix A or A-1 of this standard, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>S20.2.3.2 (a) Install the car bed following, to the extent possible, the car bed manufacturer's directions regarding proper installation of the car bed. If the seat belt cannot be secured around the car bed, move the seat rearward to the next detent that allows the belt to be secured around the car bed, or if the seat is a power seat, using only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft, move the seat rearward the minimum distance necessary for the seat belt to be secured around the car bed.
</P>
<P>(b) Place any adjustable seat belt anchorages at the vehicle manufacturer's nominal design position for a 50th percentile adult male occupant. Cinch the vehicle belts to secure the car bed.
</P>
<P>(c) Position the 49 CFR part 572 subpart K Newborn Infant dummy in the car bed by following, to the extent possible, the car bed manufacturer's instructions provided with the car bed for positioning infants.
</P>
<P>(d) Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and close all vehicle doors. Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S20.3 <I>Static tests of automatic suppression feature which shall result in activation of any front outboard passenger air bag system.</I>
</P>
<P>S20.3.1 Each vehicle certified to this option shall comply in tests conducted with any front outboard passenger seating position, if adjustable fore and aft, at the mid-height, in the full rearward and middle positions determined in S20.1.9.4, and the forward position determined in S16.3.3.1.8.
</P>
<P>S20.3.2 Place a 49 CFR part 572 subpart O 5th percentile adult female test dummy at any front outboard passenger seating position of the vehicle, in accordance with procedures specified in S16.3.3 of this standard, except as specified in S20.3.1, subject to the fore-aft seat positions in S20.3.1. Do not fasten the seat belt.
</P>
<P>S20.3.3 Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and then close all vehicle doors.
</P>
<P>S20.3.4 Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag system is activated.
</P>
<P>S20.4 <I>Low risk deployment test.</I> Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S19.3 shall meet the following test requirements.
</P>
<P>S20.4.1 Position any front outboard passenger vehicle seat at the mid-height in the full forward position determined in S20.1.9.4, and adjust the seat back (if adjustable independent of the seat) to the nominal design position for a 50th percentile adult male as specified in S8.1.3. Position adjustable lumbar supports so that the lumbar support is in its lowest, retracted or deflated adjustment position. Position any adjustable parts of the seat that provide additional support so that they are in the lowest or most open adjustment position. If adjustable, set the head restraint at the full down and most forward position. If the child restraint or dummy contacts the vehicle interior, do the following: Using only the control that primarily moves the seat in the fore and aft direction, move the seat rearward to the next detent that provides clearance; or if the seat is a power seat, move the seat rearward while assuring that there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) clearance.
</P>
<P>S20.4.2 The vehicle shall comply in tests using any child restraint specified in section B and section C of appendix A or A-1 of this standard, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>S20.4.3 Locate a vertical plane through the longitudinal centerline of the child restraint. This will be referred to as “Plane A”.
</P>
<P>S20.4.4 For bucket seats, “Plane B” refers to a vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline through the longitudinal centerline of any front outboard passenger seat cushion. For bench seats in vehicles with manually operated driving controls, “Plane B” refers to a vertical plane through any front outboard passenger seat parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline that is the same distance from the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle as the center of the steering control. For bench seats in vehicles without manually operated driving controls, “Plane B” refers to the vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline, through any front outboard passenger seat's SgRP.
</P>
<P>S20.4.5 Align the child restraint system facing rearward such that Plane A is aligned with Plane B.
</P>
<P>S20.4.6 If the child restraint is certified to S5.9 of § 571.213, and the vehicle seat has an anchorage system as specified in § 571.225, attach the child restraint to the vehicle seat anchorage as specified in S20.2.1.6. Do not attach the top tether of the child restraint system. Do not attach the vehicle safety belt.
</P>
<P>S20.4.7 While maintaining the child restraint position achieved in S20.4.5, secure the child restraint by following, to the extent possible, the child restraint manufacturer's directions regarding proper installation of the restraint in the rear facing mode. Place any adjustable seat belt anchorages at the manufacturer's nominal design position for a 50th percentile adult male occupant. Cinch the vehicle belts to any tension from zero up to 134 N (30 lb) to secure the child restraint. Measure belt tension in a flat, straight section of the lap belt between the child restraint belt path and the contact point with the belt anchor or vehicle seat, on the side away from the buckle (to avoid interference from the shoulder portion of the belt).
</P>
<P>S20.4.8 Position the 49 CFR part 572 subpart R 12-month-old CRABI dummy in the child restraint by following, to the extent possible, the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint for seating infants.
</P>
<P>S20.4.9 Deploy any front outboard passenger frontal air bag system. If the air bag system contains a multistage inflator, the vehicle shall be able to comply at any stage or combination of stages or time delay between successive stages that could occur in the presence of an infant in a rear facing child restraint and a 49 CFR part 572, subpart R 12-month-old CRABI dummy positioned according to S20.4, and also with the seat at the mid-height, in the middle and full rearward positions determined in S20.1.9.4, in a rigid barrier crash test at speeds up to 64 km/h (40 mph).
</P>
<P>S21 <I>Requirements using 3-year-old child dummies.</I>
</P>
<P>S21.1 Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S14 shall, at the option of the manufacturer, meet the requirements specified in S21.2, S21.3, S21.4 or S21.5, under the test procedures specified in S22 or S28, as applicable.
</P>
<P>S21.2 <I>Option 1—Automatic suppression feature.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the requirements specified in S21.2.1 through S21.2.3.
</P>
<P>S21.2.1 The vehicle shall be equipped with an automatic suppression feature for any front outboard passenger air bag which results in deactivation of the air bag during each of the static tests specified in S22.2 (using the 49 CFR part 572 subpart P 3-year-old child dummy and, as applicable, any child restraint specified in section C and section D of appendix A or A-1 of this standard, as appropriate), and activation of the air bag system during each of the static tests specified in S22.3 (using the 49 CFR part 572 subpart O 5th percentile adult female dummy).
</P>
<P>S21.2.2 The vehicle shall be equipped with a telltale light meeting the requirements specified in S19.2.2.
</P>
<P>S21.2.3 The vehicle shall be equipped with a mechanism that indicates whether the air bag is suppressed, regardless of whether any front outboard passenger seat is occupied. The mechanism need not be located in the occupant compartment unless it is the telltale described in S21.2.2.
</P>
<P>S21.3 <I>Option 2—Dynamic automatic suppression system that suppresses the air bag when an occupant is out of position.</I> (This option is available under the conditions set forth in S27.1.) The vehicle shall be equipped with a dynamic automatic suppression system for any front outboard passenger air bag system which meets the requirements specified in S27.
</P>
<P>S21.4 <I>Option 3—Low risk deployment.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the injury criteria specified in S21.5 of this standard when any front outboard passenger air bag is deployed in accordance with both of the low risk deployment test procedures specified in S22.4.
</P>
<P>S21.5 <I>Injury criteria for the 49 CFR part 572, subpart P 3-year-old child test dummy.</I>
</P>
<P>S21.5.1 All portions of the test dummy shall be contained within the outer surfaces of the vehicle passenger compartment.
</P>
<P>S21.5.2 <I>Head injury criteria.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For any two points in time, t<E T="52">1</E> and t<E T="52">2</E>, during the event which are separated by not more than a 15 millisecond time interval and where t<E T="52">1</E> is less than t<E T="52">2</E>, the head injury criterion (HIC<E T="52">15</E>) shall be determined using the resultant head acceleration at the center of gravity of the dummy head, a<E T="52">r</E>, expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity) and shall be calculated using the expression:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="35" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er18de01.001.gif"/></MATH>
<P>(b) The maximum calculated HIC<E T="52">15</E> value shall not exceed 570.
</P>
<P>S21.5.3 The resultant acceleration calculated from the output of the thoracic instrumentation shall not exceed 55 g's, except for intervals whose cumulative duration is not more than 3 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>S21.5.4 Compression deflection of the sternum relative to the spine, as determined by instrumentation, shall not exceed 34 millimeters (1.3 in).
</P>
<P>S21.5.5 <I>Neck injury.</I> When measuring neck injury, each of the following injury criteria shall be met.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Nij.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The shear force (Fx), axial force (Fz), and bending moment (My) shall be measured by the dummy upper neck load cell for the duration of the crash event as specified in S4.11. Shear force, axial force, and bending moment shall be filtered for Nij purposes at SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 MAR95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) Channel Frequency Class 600.
</P>
<P>(2) During the event, the axial force (Fz) can be either in tension or compression while the occipital condyle bending moment (Mocy) can be in either flexion or extension. This results in four possible loading conditions for Nij: Tension-extension (Nte), tension-flexion (Ntf), compression-extension (Nce), or compression-flexion (Ncf).
</P>
<P>(3) When calculating Nij using equation S21.5.5(a)(4), the critical values, Fzc and Myc, are:
</P>
<P>(i) Fzc = 2120 N (477 lbf) when Fz is in tension
</P>
<P>(ii) Fzc = 2120 N (477 lbf) when Fz is in compression
</P>
<P>(iii) Myc = 68 Nm (50 lbf-ft) when a flexion moment exists at the occipital condyle
</P>
<P>(iv) Myc = 27 Nm (20 lbf-ft) when an extension moment exists at the occipital condyle.
</P>
<P>(4) At each point in time, only one of the four loading conditions occurs and the Nij value corresponding to that loading condition is computed and the three remaining loading modes shall be considered a value of zero. The expression for calculating each Nij loading condition is given by:
</P>
<FP-2>Nij = (Fz / Fzc) + (Mocy / Myc)
</FP-2>
<P>(5) None of the four Nij values shall exceed 1.0 at any time during the event.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Peak tension.</I> Tension force (Fz), measured at the upper neck load cell, shall not exceed 1130 N (254 lbf) at any time.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Peak compression.</I> Compression force (Fz), measured at the upper neck load cell, shall not exceed 1380 N (310 lbf) at any time.
</P>
<P>S21.5.6 Unless otherwise indicated, instrumentation for data acquisition, data channel frequency class, and moment calculations are the same as given in 49 CFR part 572 subpart P 3-year-old child test dummy.
</P>
<P>S22 <I>Test procedure for S21.</I>
</P>
<P>S22.1 <I>General provisions and definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>S22.1.1 Tests specifying the use of a forward facing child restraint, including a booster seat where applicable, may be conducted using any such restraint listed in section C and section D of appendix A or A-1 of this standard, as appropriate. The child restraint may be unused or have been previously used only for automatic suppression tests. If it has been used, there shall not be any visible damage prior to the test. Booster seats are to be used in the manner appropriate for a 3-year-old child of the same height and weight as the 3-year-old child dummy.
</P>
<P>S22.1.2 Unless otherwise specified, each vehicle certified to this option shall comply in tests conducted with any front outboard passenger seating position at the mid-height, in the full rearward, middle, and the full forward positions determined in S22.1.7.4. If the dummy contacts the vehicle interior, using only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft, move the seat rearward to the next detent that provides clearance. If the seat is a power seat, move the seat rearward while assuring that there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) clearance.
</P>
<P>S22.1.3 Except as otherwise specified, if the child restraint has an anchorage system as specified in S5.9 of FMVSS No. 213 and is tested in a vehicle with any front outboard passenger vehicle seat that has an anchorage system as specified in FMVSS No. 225, the vehicle shall comply with the belted test conditions with the restraint anchorage system attached to the vehicle seat anchorage system and the vehicle seat belt unattached. It shall also comply with the belted test conditions with the restraint anchorage system unattached to the vehicle seat anchorage system and the vehicle seat belt attached.
</P>
<P>S22.1.4 Do not attach any tethers.
</P>
<P>S22.1.5 The definitions provided in S16.3.1 through S16.3.10 apply to the tests specified in S22.
</P>
<P>S22.1.6 For leg and thigh angles use the following references:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Thigh</I>—a straight line on the thigh skin between the center of the 
<FR>5/16</FR> × 
<FR>1/2</FR> in. screw (part 9001024, item 10 in drawing 210-0000 sheet 2 of 7, complete assembly (HYB III 3 YR OLD)) and the knee bolt (part 210-5301 in drawing 210-5000-1 &amp; -1, leg assembly).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Leg</I>—a straight line on the leg skin between the center of the ankle bolt (part 210-5701 in drawing 210-5000-1 &amp; -2, leg assembly) and the knee bolt (part 210-5301 in drawing 210-5000-1 &amp; -2, leg assembly).
</P>
<P>S22.1.7 <I>Seat set-up.</I> Unless otherwise stated, 
</P>
<P>S22.1.7.1 <I>Lumbar support adjustment.</I> Position adjustable lumbar supports so that the lumbar support is in its lowest, retracted or deflated adjustment position.
</P>
<P>S22.1.7.2 <I>Other seat adjustments.</I> Position any adjustable parts of the seat that provide additional support so that they are in the lowest or most open adjustment position.
</P>
<P>S22.1.7.3 Set the seat and seat cushion in the position determined in S16.2.10.3.1.
</P>
<P>S22.1.7.4 Using only the control that primarily moves the seat in the fore and aft direction, determine the full rearward, middle, and full forward positions of the SCRP. Using any part of any seat or seat cushion adjustments other than that which primarily moves the seat or seat cushion fore-aft, determine the SCRP mid-point height for each of the three fore-aft test positions, while maintaining, as closely as possible, the seat cushion reference line angle determined in S16.2.10.3.1.
</P>
<P>S22.1.7.5 The seat back angle, if adjustable, is set at the manufacturer's nominal design seat back angle for a 50th percentile adult male as specified in S8.1.3.
</P>
<P>S22.1.7.6 If adjustable, set the head restraint at the full down and full forward position.
</P>
<P>S22.2 <I>Static tests of automatic suppression feature which shall result in deactivation of any front outboard passenger air bag, associated with that designated seating position.</I> Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S21.2 shall meet the following test requirements:
</P>
<P>22.2.1 <I>Belted test with forward facing or booster seat child restraint</I>
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.1 Install the restraint in any front outboard passenger vehicle seat in accordance, to the extent possible, with the child restraint manufacturer's instructions provided with the seat for use by children with the same height and weight as the 3-year-old child dummy.
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.2 Locate a vertical plane through the longitudinal centerline of the child restraint. This will be referred to as “Plane A”.
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.3 For bucket seats, “Plane B” refers to a vertical longitudinal plane through the longitudinal centerline of the seat cushion of any front outboard passenger vehicle seat. For bench seats in vehicles with manually operated driving controls, “Plane B” refers to a vertical plane through any front outboard passenger vehicle seat parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline the same distance from the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle as the center of the steering control. For bench seats in vehicles without manually operated driving controls, “Plane B” refers to the vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline, through any front outboard passenger seat's SgRP.
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.4 The vehicle shall comply with the child restraint belted to the vehicle in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(a) Using the vehicle safety belts as specified in S22.2.1.5 with section C and section D child restraints of appendix A or A-1, as appropriate, of this section designed to be secured to the vehicle seat even when empty; and
</P>
<P>(b) If the child restraint is certified to S5.9 of § 571.213, and the vehicle seat has an anchorage system as specified in § 571.225, using only the mechanism provided by the child restraint manufacturer for attachment to the lower anchorage as specified in S22.2.1.6.
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.5 <I>Installation with vehicle safety belts.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Place any adjustable safety belt anchorages at the vehicle manufacturer's nominal design position for a 50th percentile adult male occupant.
</P>
<P>(b) Without attaching the child restraint anchorage system components specified in S5.9 of § 571.213 to a vehicle child restraint anchorage system specified in § 571.225, align the child restraint system facing forward, such that Plane A is aligned with Plane B.
</P>
<P>(c) While maintaining the child restraint positions achieved in S22.2.1.5(b), secure the child restraint by following, to the extent possible, the child restraint manufacturer's directions regarding proper installation of the restraint. Cinch the vehicle belts to any tension from zero up to 134 N to secure the child restraint. Measure belt tension in a flat, straight section of the lap belt between the child restraint belt path and the contact point with the belt anchor or vehicle seat, on the side away from the buckle (to avoid interference from the shoulder portion of the belt).
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.6 <I>Installation using the lower anchor bars and the attachment mechanism provided by the child restraint manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.6.1 If the mechanism provided by the manufacturer incorporates a strap(s), use the following procedure.
</P>
<P>(a) Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat facing forward, with Plane A of the child restraint aligned within ±10 mm with a longitudinal vertical plane passing through a point midway between the centers of the two lower anchor bars.
</P>
<P>(b) Position any adjustments on the child restraint, to the extent possible, according to the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>(c) Connect the lower anchor straps to the lower anchor bars and remove most of the slack, but do not apply any load using these straps.
</P>
<P>(d) Move the child restraint rearward until it contacts the seat back.
</P>
<P>(e) Do not attach any top tethers.
</P>
<P>(f) Use the loading device equipped with the loading foot shown in Figure A1 and position it as shown in Figure A2 of appendix A and appendix A-1 of this standard. The 15±3 degree angle of the loading device is determined with an initial preload of 75±25 N.
</P>
<P>(g) Over a period of 90±30 seconds, increase the load to 875±25 N.
</P>
<P>(h) After achieving the 875 N load in step (g) of this section, hold the bar length at the present position and allow the load to settle for 60 seconds.
</P>
<P>(i) Following the one-minute settling period specified in step (h) of this section, increase the load to 875±25 N such that the 875±25 N load is achieved within 10 seconds of the settling period.
</P>
<P>(j) Hold the bar length at present position and allow the load to settle for 120 seconds after achieving the load in step (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(k) Following the settling period specified in step (j) of this section, increase the load to 875±25 N such that the 875±25 N load is achieved within 10 seconds of the settling period.
</P>
<P>(l) Observe the settling of the load and tighten the lower anchor straps when the load is 850±5N or 180 seconds has elapsed since achieving the 875±25 N load in step (g) of this section, whichever comes first. Tighten the lower anchor straps at the same time such that the load is reduced 15±10 N and the change occurs within 2 seconds.
</P>
<P>(m) Remove the loading device.
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.6.2 If the mechanism provided by the manufacturer does not incorporate a strap(s), use the following procedure.
</P>
<P>(a) Place the vehicle seat in the rear-most and mid-height position.
</P>
<P>(b) Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat facing forward with Plane A of the child restraint aligned within ±10 mm with a longitudinal vertical plane passing through a point midway between the centers of the two lower anchor bars.
</P>
<P>(c) Position any adjustments on the child restraint, to the extent possible, according to the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>(d) Connect the lower anchor attachments to the lower anchor bars following, to the extent possible, the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>(e) Move the child restraint rearward until it contacts the seat back.
</P>
<P>(f) Do not attach any top tethers.
</P>
<P>(g) If the child restraint does not use a linear sliding or ratcheting mechanism that requires the application of force to securely install the child restraint, follow, to the extent possible, the manufacturer's instructions for installing the child restraint onto the seat. Do not load the seat as provided in S22.2.1.6.2(h).
</P>
<P>(h) If the child restraint uses a linear sliding or ratcheting mechanism that requires the application of force to securely install the child restraint, within 25±5 seconds, apply a 475±25N force, that has no lateral component, aligned angularly ±10 degrees with a parallel plane located within ±100 mm of the plane formed by the linear mechanism. Release the force.
</P>
<P>(i) Move the vehicle seat to the seat position being tested (full rear, mid, full forward).
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.7 <I>Forward facing child restraint.</I>
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.7.1 After installation of a forward facing child restraint, position the 49 CFR part 572 subpart P 3-year-old child dummy in the child restraint such that the dummy's lower torso is centered on the child restraint and the dummy's spine is against the seat back of the child restraint. Place the arms at the dummy's sides.
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.7.2 Attach all belts that come with the child restraint that are appropriate for a child of the same height and weight as the 3-year-old child dummy, if any, by following, to the extent possible, the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint for seating children.
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.7.3 Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and close all vehicle doors. Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.8 <I>Booster seat child restraint.</I>
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.8.1 After installation of a booster seat child restraint, position the 49 CFR part 572 subpart P 3-year-old child dummy in the booster seat such that the dummy's lower torso is centered on the booster seat cushion and the dummy's back is parallel to and in contact with the booster seat back or, if there is no booster seat back, the vehicle seat back. Place the arms at the dummy's sides.
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.8.2 If applicable, attach all belts that come with the child restraint that are appropriate for a child of the same height and weight as the 3-year-old child dummy, if any, by following, to the extent possible, the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint for seating children.
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.8.3 If applicable, place the Type 2 manual belt around the test dummy and fasten the latch. Remove all slack from the lap belt portion. Pull the upper torso webbing out of the retractor and allow it to retract; repeat this four times. Apply a 9 to 18 N (2 to 4 lb) tension load to the lap belt. Allow the excess webbing in the upper torso belt to be retracted by the retractive force of the retractor.
</P>
<P>S22.2.1.8.4 Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and then close all vehicle doors. Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S22.2.2 <I>Unbelted tests with dummies.</I> Place the 49 CFR part 572 subpart P 3-year-old child dummy on any front outboard passenger vehicle seat in any of the following positions (without using a child restraint or booster seat or the vehicle's seat belts):
</P>
<P>S22.2.2.1 <I>Sitting on seat with back against seat back.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Place the dummy on any front outboard passenger seat.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of vehicles equipped with bench seats and with manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of the dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline and the same distance from the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), as the center of the steering control. For bench seats in vehicles without manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of any front outboard dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in) of the seating reference point of the seat that it occupies. In the case of vehicles equipped with bucket seats, position the midsagittal plane of any front outboard dummy vertically such that it coincides with the longitudinal centerline of the seat cushion, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in). Position the torso of the dummy against the seat back. Position the dummy's thighs against the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(c) Allow the legs of the dummy to extend off the surface of the seat.
</P>
<P>(d) Rotate the dummy's upper arms down until they contact the seat back.
</P>
<P>(e) Rotate the dummy's lower arms until the dummy's hands contact the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(f) Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and then close all vehicle doors.
</P>
<P>(g) Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S22.2.2.2 <I>Sitting on seat with back against reclined seat back.</I> Repeat the test sequence in S22.2.2.1 with the seat back angle 25 degrees rearward of the manufacturer's nominal design position for the 50th percentile adult male. If the seat will not recline 25 degrees rearward of the nominal design position, use the closest position that does not exceed 25 degrees.
</P>
<P>S22.2.2.3 <I>Sitting on seat with back not against seat back.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Place the dummy on any front outboard passenger seat.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of vehicles equipped with bench seats and with manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of the dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline and the same distance from the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), as the center of the steering control. For bench seats in vehicles without manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of any front outboard dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in) of the seating reference point of the seat that it occupies. In the case of vehicles equipped with bucket seats, position the midsagittal plane of any front outboard dummy vertically such that it coincides with the longitudinal centerline of the seat cushion, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in). Position the dummy with the spine vertical so that the horizontal distance from the dummy's back to the seat back is no less than 25 mm (1.0 in) and no more than 150 mm (6.0 in), as measured along the dummy's midsagittal plane at the mid-sternum level. To keep the dummy in position, a material with a maximum breaking strength of 311 N (70 lb) may be used to hold the dummy.
</P>
<P>(c) Position the dummy's thighs against the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(d) Allow the legs of the dummy to extend off the surface of the seat.
</P>
<P>(e) Position the upper arms parallel to the spine and rotate the dummy's lower arms until the dummy's hands contact the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(f) Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and then close all vehicle doors.
</P>
<P>(g) Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S22.2.2.4 <I>Sitting on seat edge, spine vertical, hands by the dummy's sides.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of vehicles equipped with bench seats and with manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of the dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline and the same distance from the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), as the center of the steering control. For bench seats in vehicles without manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of any front outboard dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in) of the seating reference point of the seat that it occupies. In the case of vehicles equipped with bucket seats, position the midsagittal plane of any front outboard dummy vertically such that it coincides with the longitudinal centerline of the seat cushion, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
</P>
<P>(b) Position the dummy in the seated position forward in the seat such that the legs are vertical and the back of the legs rest against the front of the seat with the spine vertical. If the dummy's feet contact the floor pan, rotate the legs forward until the dummy is resting on the seat with the feet positioned flat on the floor pan and the dummy spine vertical. To keep the dummy in position, a material with a maximum breaking strength of 311 N (70 lb) may be used to hold the dummy.
</P>
<P>(c) Place the upper arms parallel to the spine.
</P>
<P>(d) Lower the dummy's lower arms such that they contact the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(e) Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and then close all vehicle doors.
</P>
<P>(f) Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S22.2.2.5 <I>Standing on seat, facing forward.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of vehicles equipped with bench seats and with manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of the dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline and the same distance from the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), as the center of the steering control rim. For bench seats in vehicles without manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of any front outboard dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in) of the seating reference point of the seat that it occupies. In the case of vehicles equipped with bucket seats, position the midsagittal plane of any front outboard dummy vertically such that it coincides with the longitudinal centerline of the seat cushion, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in). Position the dummy in a standing position on any front outboard passenger seat cushion facing the front of the vehicle while placing the heels of the dummy's feet in contact with the seat back.
</P>
<P>(b) Rest the dummy against the seat back, with the arms parallel to the spine.
</P>
<P>(c) If the head contacts the vehicle roof, recline the seat so that the head is no longer in contact with the vehicle roof, but allow no more than 5 mm (0.2 in) distance between the head and the roof. If the seat does not sufficiently recline to allow clearance, omit the test.
</P>
<P>(d) If necessary use a material with a maximum breaking strength of 311 N (70 lb) or spacer blocks to keep the dummy in position.
</P>
<P>(e) Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and then close all vehicle doors.
</P>
<P>(f) Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S22.2.2.6 <I>Kneeling on seat, facing forward.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of vehicles equipped with bench seats and manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of the dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline and the same distance from the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), as the center of the steering control. For bench seats in vehicles without manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of any front outboard dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in) of the seating reference point of the seat that it occupies. In the case of vehicles equipped with bucket seats, position the midsagittal plane of any front outboard dummy vertically such that it coincides with the longitudinal centerline of the seat cushion, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
</P>
<P>(b) Position the dummy in a kneeling position in any front outboard passenger vehicle seat with the dummy facing the front of the vehicle with its toes at the intersection of the seat back and seat cushion. Position the dummy so that the spine is vertical. Push down on the legs so that they contact the seat as much as possible and then release. Place the arms parallel to the spine.
</P>
<P>(c) If necessary use a material with a maximum breaking strength of 311 N (70 lb) or spacer blocks to keep the dummy in position.
</P>
<P>(d) Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and then close all vehicle doors.
</P>
<P>(e) Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S22.2.2.7 <I>Kneeling on seat, facing rearward.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of vehicles equipped with bench seats and manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of the dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline and the same distance from the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), as the center of the steering control. For bench seats in vehicles without manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of any front outboard dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in) of the seating reference point of the seat that it occupies. In the case of vehicles equipped with bucket seats, position the midsagittal plane of any front outboard dummy vertically such that it coincides with the longitudinal centerline of the seat cushion, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
</P>
<P>(b) Position the dummy in a kneeling position in any front outboard passenger vehicle seat with the dummy facing the rear of the vehicle. Position the dummy such that the dummy's head and torso are in contact with the seat back. Push down on the legs so that they contact the seat as much as possible and then release. Place the arms parallel to the spine.
</P>
<P>(c) Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and then close all vehicle doors.
</P>
<P>(d) Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S22.2.2.8 <I>Lying on seat.</I> This test is performed only in vehicles with 3 designated front seating positions.
</P>
<P>(a) Lay the dummy on any front outboard passenger vehicle seat such that the following criteria are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The midsagittal plane of the dummy is horizontal,
</P>
<P>(2) The dummy's spine is perpendicular to the vehicle's longitudinal axis,
</P>
<P>(3) The dummy's arms are parallel to its spine,
</P>
<P>(4) A plane passing through the two shoulder joints of the dummy is vertical,
</P>
<P>(5) The anterior of the dummy is facing the vehicle front,
</P>
<P>(6) The head of the dummy is positioned towards the nearest passenger door, and
</P>
<P>(7) The horizontal distance from the topmost point of the dummy's head to the vehicle door is 50 to 100 mm (2-4 in).
</P>
<P>(8) The dummy is as far back in the seat as possible.
</P>
<P>(b) Rotate the thighs as much as possible toward the chest of the dummy and rotate the legs as much as possible against the thighs.
</P>
<P>(c) Move the dummy's upper left arm parallel to the vehicle's transverse plane and the lower left arm 90 degrees to the upper arm. Rotate the lower left arm about the elbow joint and toward the dummy's head until movement is obstructed.
</P>
<P>(d) Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and then close all vehicle doors.
</P>
<P>(e) Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S22.3 <I>Static tests of automatic suppression feature which shall result in activation of any front outboard passenger air bag system.</I>
</P>
<P>S22.3.1 Each vehicle certified to this option shall comply in tests conducted with any front outboard passenger seating position at the mid-height, in the full rearward, and middle positions determined in S22.1.7.4, and the forward position determined in S16.3.3.1.8.
</P>
<P>S22.3.2 Place a 49 CFR part 572 subpart O 5th percentile adult female test dummy at any front outboard passenger seating position of the vehicle, in accordance with procedures specified in S16.3.3 of this standard, except as specified in S22.3.1. Do not fasten the seat belt.
</P>
<P>S22.3.3 Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and then close all vehicle doors.
</P>
<P>S22.3.4 Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag system is activated.
</P>
<P>S22.4 <I>Low risk deployment tests.</I>
</P>
<P>S22.4.1 Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S21.4 shall meet the following test requirements with the 49 CFR part 572, subpart P 3-year-old child dummy in both of the following positions: Position 1 (S22.4.2) and Position 2 (S22.4.3).
</P>
<P>S22.4.1.1 Locate and mark a point on the front of the dummy's chest jacket on the midsagittal plane that is 114 mm (4.5 in) ±3 mm (±0.1 in) along the surface of the skin from the top of the skin at the neck line. This is referred to as “Point 1.”
</P>
<P>S22.4.1.2 Mark a point on the instrument panel that is longitudinally and transversely, as measured along the surface of the instrument panel, within ±6 mm (±0.2 in) of the point that is defined by the intersection of the instrument panel and a line between the volumetric center of the smallest volume that can encompass the folded undeployed air bag and the volumetric center of the static fully inflated air bag.
</P>
<P>S22.4.1.3 Locate the vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline through the point located in S22.4.1.2. This is referred to as “Plane D.”
</P>
<P>S22.4.1.4 Locate the horizontal plane through the point located in S22.4.1.2. This is referred to as “Plane C.”
</P>
<P>S22.4.2 <I>Position 1 (chest on instrument panel).</I>
</P>
<P>S22.4.2.1 Set the seat and seat cushion in the positions determined in S16.2.10.3.1. If the seat back is adjustable independent of the seat, place the seat back at the manufacturer's nominal design seat back angle for a 50th percentile adult male as specified in S8.1.3. Position any adjustable parts of the seat that provide additional support so that they are in the lowest or most open adjustment position. If adjustable, set the head restraint in the lowest and most forward position.
</P>
<P>S22.4.2.2 Place the dummy in any front outboard passenger seat such that:
</P>
<P>S22.4.2.2.1 The midsagittal plane is coincident with Plane D within ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
</P>
<P>S22.4.2.2.2 The legs are initially vertical to the floor pan. The legs and thighs shall be adjusted to the extent necessary for the head/torso to contact the instrument panel as specified in S22.4.2.3.
</P>
<P>S22.4.2.2.3 The upper arms are parallel to the torso and the hands are in contact with the thighs.
</P>
<P>S22.4.2.3 Without changing the seat position and with the dummy's thorax instrument cavity rear face vertical, move the dummy forward until the dummy head/torso contacts the instrument panel. If the dummy loses contact with the seat cushion because of the forward movement, maintain the height of the dummy and the angle of the thigh with respect to the torso. Once contact is made, raise the dummy vertically until Point 1 lies in Plane C within ±10 mm (±0.4 in). If the dummy's head contacts the windshield and keeps Point 1 from reaching Plane C, lower the dummy until there is no more than 5 mm (0.2 in) clearance between the head and the windshield. (The dummy shall remain in contact with the instrument panel while being raised or lowered, which may change the dummy's fore-aft position.)
</P>
<P>S22.4.2.4 If possible, position the legs of the dummy so that the legs are vertical and the feet rest flat on the floor pan of the vehicle. If the positioning against the instrument panel does not allow the feet to be on the floor pan, the feet shall be parallel to the floor pan.
</P>
<P>S22.4.2.5 If necessary, material with a maximum breaking strength of 311 N (70 lb) and spacer blocks may be used to support the dummy in position. The material should support the torso rather than the head. Support the dummy so that there is minimum interference with the full rotational and translational freedom for the upper torso of the dummy and the material does not interfere with the air bag.
</P>
<P>S22.4.3 <I>Position 2 (head on instrument panel).</I>
</P>
<P>S22.4.3.1 Place any front outboard passenger seat at the mid-height, in full rearward seating position determined in S22.1.7.4. Place the seat back, if adjustable independent of the seat, at the manufacturer's nominal design seat back angle for a 50th percentile adult male as specified in S8.1.3. Position any adjustable parts of the seat that provide additional support so that they are in the lowest or most open adjustment position. If adjustable, set the head restraint in the lowest and most forward position.
</P>
<P>S22.4.3.2 Place the dummy in any front outboard passenger seat such that:
</P>
<P>S22.4.3.2.1 The midsagittal plane is coincident with Plane D within ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
</P>
<P>S22.4.3.2.2 The legs are vertical to the floor pan, the back of the legs are in contact with the seat cushion, and the dummy's thorax instrument cavity rear face is vertical. If it is not possible to position the dummy with the legs in the prescribed position, rotate the legs forward until the dummy is resting on the seat with the feet positioned flat on the floor pan, and the back of the legs are in contact with the front of the seat cushion. Set the transverse distance between the longitudinal centerlines at the front of the dummy's knees at 86 to 91 mm (3.4 to 3.6 in), with the thighs and the legs of the dummy in vertical planes.
</P>
<P>S22.4.3.2.3 The upper arms are parallel to the torso and the hands are in contact with the thighs.
</P>
<P>S22.4.3.3 Using only the control that primarily moves the seat in the fore and aft direction, move the seat forward, while maintaining the thorax instrument cavity rear face orientation until any part of the dummy contacts the vehicle's instrument panel.
</P>
<P>S22.4.3.4 If dummy contact has not been made with the vehicle's instrument panel at the full forward seating position of the seat, slide the dummy forward until contact is made. Maintain the thorax instrument cavity rear face vertical orientation. If the dummy loses contact with the seat, from that point forward, maintain the height of the dummy. Except as provided in S22.4.3.5, maintain the angle of the thigh with respect to the horizontal.
</P>
<P>S22.4.3.5 If head/torso contact with the instrument panel has not been made, maintain the angle of the thighs with respect to the horizontal while applying a force towards the front of the vehicle on the spine of the dummy between the shoulder joints, perpendicular to the thorax instrument cavity rear face, until the head or torso comes into contact with the vehicle's instrument panel or until a maximum force of 222 N (50 lb) is achieved. If the head/torso is still not in contact with the instrument panel, hold the femurs and release the 222 N (50 lb) force. While maintaining the relative angle between the torso and the femurs, roll the dummy forward on the seat cushion, without sliding, until head/torso contact with the instrument panel is achieved. If seat contact is lost prior to or during femur rotation out of the horizontal plane, constrain the dummy to rotate about the dummy H-point. If the dummy cannot be rolled forward on the seat due to contact of the dummy feet with the floor pan, extend the lower legs forward, at the knees, until floor pan contact is avoided.
</P>
<P>S22.4.3.6 If necessary, material with a maximum breaking strength of 311 N (70 lb) and spacer blocks may be used to support the dummy in position. The material should support the torso rather than the head. Support the dummy so that there is minimum interference with the full rotational and translational freedom for the upper torso of the dummy and the material does not interfere with the air bag.
</P>
<P>S22.4.4 Deploy any front outboard passenger frontal air bag system. If the frontal air bag system contains a multistage inflator, the vehicle shall be able to comply with the injury criteria at any stage or combination of stages or time delay between successive stages that could occur in a rigid barrier crash test at or below 26 km/h (16 mph), under the test procedure specified in S22.5.
</P>
<P>S22.5 <I>Test procedure for determining stages of air bag systems subject to low risk deployment (low speed crashes) test requirement.</I>
</P>
<P>S22.5.1 The test described in S22.5.2 shall be conducted with an unbelted 50th percentile adult male test dummy in the driver's seating position according to S8 as it applies to that seating position and an unbelted 5th percentile adult female test dummy either in any front outboard passenger vehicle seating position according to S16 as it applies to that seating position or at any fore-aft seat position on any passenger side.
</P>
<P>S22.5.2 Impact the vehicle traveling longitudinally forward at any speed, up to and including 26 km/h (16 mph) into a fixed rigid barrier that is perpendicular ±5 degrees to the line of travel of the vehicle under the applicable conditions of S8, S10, and S16 excluding S10.7, S10.8, S10.9, and S16.3.5.
</P>
<P>S22.5.3 Determine which inflation stage or combination of stages are fired and determine the time delay between successive stages. That stage or combination of stages, with time delay between successive stages, shall be used in deploying the air bag when conducting the low risk deployment tests described in S22.4, S24.4, and S26.
</P>
<P>S22.5.4 If the air bag does not deploy in the impact described in S22.5.2, the low risk deployment tests described in S22.4, S24.4, and S26 shall be conducted with all stages using the maximum time delay between stages.
</P>
<P>S23 <I>Requirements using 6-year-old child dummies.</I>
</P>
<P>S23.1 Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S14 shall, at the option of the manufacturer, meet the requirements specified in S23.2, S23.3, or S23.4, under the test procedures specified in S24 or S28, as applicable.
</P>
<P>S23.2 <I>Option 1—Automatic suppression feature.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the requirements specified in S23.2.1 through S23.2.3.
</P>
<P>S23.2.1 The vehicle shall be equipped with an automatic suppression feature for any front outboard passenger frontal air bag system which results in deactivation of the air bag during each of the static tests specified in S24.2 (using the 49 CFR part 572 subpart N 6-year-old child dummy in any of the child restraints specified in section D of appendix A or A-1 of this standard, as appropriate), and activation of the air bag system during each of the static tests specified in S24.3 (using the 49 CFR part 572 subpart O 5th percentile adult female dummy).
</P>
<P>S23.2.2 The vehicle shall be equipped with a telltale light meeting the requirements specified in S19.2.2.
</P>
<P>S23.2.3 The vehicle shall be equipped with a mechanism that indicates whether the air bag is suppressed, regardless of whether any front outboard passenger seat is occupied. The mechanism need not be located in the occupant compartment unless it is the telltale described in S23.2.2.
</P>
<P>S23.3 <I>Option 2—Dynamic automatic suppression system that suppresses the air bag when an occupant is out of position.</I> (This option is available under the conditions set forth in S27.1.) The vehicle shall be equipped with a dynamic automatic suppression system for any front outboard passenger frontal air bag system which meets the requirements specified in S27.
</P>
<P>S23.4 <I>Option 3—Low risk deployment.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the injury criteria specified in S23.5 of this standard when any front outboard passenger air bag is statically deployed in accordance with both of the low risk deployment test procedures specified in S24.4.
</P>
<P>S23.5 <I>Injury criteria for the 49 CFR part 572 subpart N 6-year-old child dummy.</I>
</P>
<P>S23.5.1 All portions of the test dummy shall be contained within the outer surfaces of the vehicle passenger compartment.
</P>
<P>S23.5.2 <I>Head injury criteria.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For any two points in time, t<E T="52">1</E> and t<E T="52">2</E>, during the event which are separated by not more than a 15 millisecond time interval and where t<E T="52">1</E> is less than t<E T="52">2</E>, the head injury criterion (HIC<E T="52">15</E>) shall be determined using the resultant head acceleration at the center of gravity of the dummy head, a<E T="52">r</E>, expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity) and shall be calculated using the expression:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="35" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er18de01.001.gif"/></MATH>
<P>(b) The maximum calculated HIC<E T="52">15</E> value shall not exceed 700.
</P>
<P>S23.5.3 The resultant acceleration calculated from the output of the thoracic instrumentation shall not exceed 60 g's, except for intervals whose cumulative duration is not more than 3 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>S23.5.4 Compression deflection of the sternum relative to the spine, as determined by instrumentation, shall not exceed 40 mm (l.6 in).
</P>
<P>S23.5.5 <I>Neck injury.</I> When measuring neck injury, each of the following injury criteria shall be met.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Nij.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The shear force (Fx), axial force (Fz), and bending moment (My) shall be measured by the dummy upper neck load cell for the duration of the crash event as specified in S4.11. Shear force, axial force, and bending moment shall be filtered for Nij purposes at SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 MAR95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) Channel Frequency Class 600.
</P>
<P>(2) During the event, the axial force (Fz) can be either in tension or compression while the occipital condyle bending moment (Mocy) can be in either flexion or extension. This results in four possible loading conditions for Nij: tension-extension (Nte), tension-flexion (Ntf), compression-extension (Nce), or compression-flexion (Ncf).
</P>
<P>(3) When calculating Nij using equation S23.5.5(a)(4), the critical values, Fzc and Myc, are: 
</P>
<P>(i) Fzc = 2800 N (629 lbf) when Fz is in tension
</P>
<P>(ii) Fzc = 2800 N (629 lbf) when Fz is in compression
</P>
<P>(iii) Myc = 93 Nm (69 lbf-ft) when a flexion moment exists at the occipital condyle
</P>
<P>(iv) Myc = 37 Nm (27 lbf-ft) when an extension moment exists at the occipital condyle.
</P>
<P>(4) At each point in time, only one of the four loading conditions occurs and the Nij value corresponding to that loading condition is computed and the three remaining loading modes shall be considered a value of zero. The expression for calculating each Nij loading condition is given by:
</P>
<FP-2>Nij = (Fz / Fzc) + (Mocy / Myc) 
</FP-2>
<P>(5) None of the four Nij values shall exceed 1.0 at any time during the event.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Peak tension.</I> Tension force (Fz), measured at the upper neck load cell, shall not exceed 1490 N (335 lbf) at any time.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Peak compression.</I> Compression force (Fz), measured at the upper neck load cell, shall not exceed 1820 N (409 lbf) at any time.
</P>
<P>S23.5.6 Unless otherwise indicated, instrumentation for data acquisition, data channel frequency class, and moment calculations are the same as given for the 49 CFR part 572 subpart N 6-year-old child test dummy.
</P>
<P>S24 <I>Test procedure for S23.</I>
</P>
<P>S24.1 <I>General provisions and definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>S24.1.1 Tests specifying the use of a booster seat may be conducted using any such restraint listed in section D of appendix A or A-1 of this standard, as appropriate. The booster seat may be unused or have been previously used only for automatic suppression tests. If it has been used, there shall not be any visible damage prior to the test. Booster seats are to be used in the manner appropriate for a 6-year-old child of the same height and weight as the 6-year-old child dummy.
</P>
<P>S24.1.2 Unless otherwise specified, each vehicle certified to this option shall comply in tests conducted with any front outboard passenger seating position at the mid-height, in the full rearward seat track position, the middle seat track position, and the full forward seat track position as determined in this section. Using only the control that primarily moves the seat in the fore and aft direction, determine the full rearward, middle, and full forward positions of the SCRP. Using any seat or seat cushion adjustments other than that which primarily moves the seat fore-aft, determine the SCRP mid-point height for each of the three fore-aft test positions, while maintaining as closely as possible, the seat cushion angle determined in S16.2.10.3.1. Set the seat back angle, if adjustable independent of the seat, at the manufacturer's nominal design seat back angle for a 50th percentile adult male as specified in S8.1.3. If the dummy contacts the vehicle interior, move the seat rearward to the next detent that provides clearance. If the seat is a power seat, move the seat rearward while assuring that there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) distance between the vehicle interior and the point on the dummy that would first contact the vehicle interior.
</P>
<P>S24.1.3 Except as otherwise specified, if the booster seat has an anchorage system as specified in S5.9 of FMVSS No. 213 and is used under this standard in testing a vehicle with any front outboard passenger vehicle seat that has an anchorage system as specified in FMVSS No. 225, the vehicle shall comply with the belted test conditions with the restraint anchorage system attached to the FMVSS No. 225 vehicle seat anchorage system and the vehicle seat belt unattached. It shall also comply with the belted test conditions with the restraint anchorage system unattached to the FMVSS No. 225 vehicle seat anchorage system and the vehicle seat belt attached. The vehicle shall comply with the unbelted test conditions with the restraint anchorage system unattached to the FMVSS No. 225 vehicle seat anchorage system.
</P>
<P>S24.1.4 Do not attach any tethers.
</P>
<P>S24.1.5 The definitions provided in S16.3.1 through S16.3.10 apply to the tests specified in S24.
</P>
<P>S24.1.6 For leg and thigh angles, use the following references:
</P>
<P>S24.1.6.1 <I>Thigh</I>—a straight line on the thigh skin between the center of the 5/16-18 UNC-2B threaded access hole in the upper leg clamp (drawing 127-4004, 6 YR H3—upper leg clamp) and the knee screw (part 9000248 in drawing 127-4000-1 &amp; -2, leg assembly).
</P>
<P>S24.1.6.2 <I>Leg</I>—a straight line on the leg skin between the center of the lower leg screw (part 9001170 in drawing 127-4000-1 &amp; -2, leg assembly) and the knee screw (part 9000248 in drawing 127-4000-1 &amp; -2, leg assembly).
</P>
<P>S24.2 <I>Static tests of automatic suppression feature which shall result in deactivation of any passenger air bag, associated with that designated seating position.</I> Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S23.2 of FMVSS No. 208 shall meet the following test requirements with the child restraint in any front outboard passenger vehicle seat under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) Using the vehicle safety belts as specified in S22.2.1.5 with section D child restraints designed to be secured to the vehicle seat even when empty;
</P>
<P>(b) If the child restraint is certified to S5.9 of § 571.213, and the vehicle seat has an anchorage system as specified in § 571.225, using only the mechanism provided by the child restraint manufacturer for attachment to the lower anchorage as specified in S22.2.1.6; and
</P>
<P>(c) Without securing the child restraint with either the vehicle safety belts or any mechanism provided with a child restraint certified to S5.9 of § 571.213.
</P>
<P>S24.2.1 Except as provided in S24.2.2, conduct all tests as specified in S22.2, except that the 49 CFR part 572 subpart N 6-year-old child dummy shall be used.
</P>
<P>S24.2.2 <I>Exceptions.</I> The tests specified in the following paragraphs of S22.2 need not be conducted: S22.2.1.7, S22.2.2.3, S22.2.2.5, S22.2.2.6, S22.2.2.7, and S22.2.2.8.
</P>
<P>S24.2.3 <I>Sitting back in the seat and leaning on any front outboard passenger door.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Place the dummy in the seated position in any front outboard passenger vehicle seat. For bucket seats, position the midsagittal plane of the dummy vertically such that it coincides with the longitudinal centerline of the seat cushion, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in). For bench seats in vehicles with manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of the dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline and the same distance from the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), as the center of rotation of the steering control. For bench seats in vehicles without manually operated driving controls, position the midsagittal plane of any front outboard dummy vertically and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in) of the seating reference point of the seat that it occupies.
</P>
<P>(b) Place the dummy's back against the seat back and rest the dummy's thighs on the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(c) Allow the legs and feet of the dummy to extend off the surface of the seat. If this positioning of the dummy's legs is prevented by contact with the instrument panel, using only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft, move the seat rearward to the next detent that provides clearance. If the seat is a power seat, move the seat rearward, while assuring that there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) distance between the vehicle interior and the part of the dummy that was in contact with the vehicle interior.
</P>
<P>(d) Rotate the dummy's upper arms toward the seat back until they make contact.
</P>
<P>(e) Rotate the dummy's lower arms down until they contact the seat.
</P>
<P>(f) Close the vehicle's passenger-side door and then start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system.
</P>
<P>(g) Push against the dummy's left shoulder to lean the dummy against the door; close all remaining doors.
</P>
<P>(h) Wait ten seconds, then check whether the air bag is deactivated.
</P>
<P>S24.3 <I>Static tests of automatic suppression feature which shall result in activation of any front outboard passenger air bag system.</I>
</P>
<P>S24.3.1 Each vehicle certified to this option shall comply in tests conducted with any front outboard passenger seating position at the mid-height, in the full rearward and middle positions determined in S24.1.2, and the forward position determined in S16.3.3.1.8.
</P>
<P>S24.3.2 Place a 49 CFR part 572 subpart O 5th percentile adult female test dummy at any front outboard passenger seating position of the vehicle, in accordance with procedures specified in S16.3.3 of this standard, except as specified in S24.3.1. Do not fasten the seat belt.
</P>
<P>S24.3.3 Start the vehicle engine or place the ignition in the “on” position, whichever will turn on the suppression system, and then close all vehicle doors.
</P>
<P>S24.3.4 Wait 10 seconds, then check whether the air bag system is activated.
</P>
<P>S24.4 <I>Low risk deployment tests.</I>
</P>
<P>S24.4.1 Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S23.4 shall meet the following test requirements with the 49 CFR part 572, subpart N 6-year-old child dummy in both of the following positions: Position 1 (S24.4.2) or Position 2 (S24.4.3).
</P>
<P>S24.4.1.1 Locate and mark a point on the front of the dummy's chest jacket on the midsagittal plane that is 139 mm (5.5 in) ±3 mm (±0.1in) along the surface of the skin from the top of the skin at the neckline. This is referred to as “Point 1.”
</P>
<P>S24.4.1.2 Mark a point on the instrument panel that is longitudinally and transversely, as measured along the surface of the instrument panel, within ±6 mm (±0.2 in) of the point that is defined by the intersection of the instrument panel and a line between the volumetric center of the smallest volume that can encompass the folded undeployed air bag and the volumetric center of the static fully inflated air bag.
</P>
<P>S22.4.1.3 Locate the vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline through the point located in S24.4.1.2. This is referred to as “Plane D.”
</P>
<P>S24.4.1.4 Locate the horizontal plane through the point located in S24.4.1.2. This is referred to as “Plane C.”
</P>
<P>S24.4.2 <I>Position 1 (chest on instrument panel).</I>
</P>
<P>S24.4.2.1 Set the seat and seat cushion in the positions determined in S16.2.10.3.1. If the seat back is adjustable independent of the seat, place the seat back at the manufacturer's nominal design seat back angle for a 50th percentile adult male as specified in S8.1.3. Position any adjustable parts of the seat that provide additional support so that they are in the lowest or most open adjustment position. If adjustable, set the head restraint in the lowest and most forward position.
</P>
<P>S24.4.2.2 Remove the legs of the dummy at the pelvic interface.
</P>
<P>S24.4.2.3 Place the dummy in any front outboard passenger seat such that:
</P>
<P>(a) The midsagittal plane is coincident with Plane D within ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
</P>
<P>(b) The upper arms are parallel to the torso and the hands are next to where the thighs would be.
</P>
<P>(c) Without changing the seat position and with the dummy's thorax instrument cavity rear face 6 degrees forward of the vertical, move the dummy forward until the dummy head/torso contacts the instrument panel. If the dummy loses contact with the seat cushion because of the forward movement, maintain the height of the dummy while moving the dummy forward. If the head contacts the windshield before head/torso contact with the instrument panel, maintain the thorax instrument cavity angle and move the dummy forward such that the head is following the angle of the windshield until there is head/torso contact with the instrument panel. Once contact is made, raise or lower the dummy vertically until Point 1 lies in Plane C within ±10 mm (±0.4 in). If the dummy's head contacts the windshield and keeps Point 1 from reaching Plane C, lower the dummy until there is no more than 5 mm (0.2 in) clearance between the head and the windshield. (The dummy shall remain in contact with the instrument panel while being raised or lowered which may change the dummy's fore-aft position.)
</P>
<P>S24.4.2.4 If necessary, material with a maximum breaking strength of 311 N (70 lb) and spacer blocks may be used to support the dummy in position. The material should support the torso rather than the head. Support the dummy so that there is minimum interference with the full rotational and translational freedom for the upper torso of the dummy and the material does not interfere with the air bag.
</P>
<P>S24.4.3 <I>Position 2 (head on instrument panel).</I>
</P>
<P>S24.4.3.1 Place any front outboard passenger seat at the mid-height full rearward seating position determined in S24.1.2. Place the seat back, if adjustable independent of the seat, at the manufacturer's nominal design seat back angle for a 50th percentile adult male as specified in S8.1.3. Position any adjustable parts of the seat that provide additional support so that they are in the lowest or most open adjustment position. Position an adjustable head restraint in the lowest and most forward position.
</P>
<P>S24.4.3.2 Place the dummy in any front outboard passenger seat such that:
</P>
<P>(a) The midsagittal plane is coincident with Plane D within ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
</P>
<P>(b) The legs are perpendicular to the floor pan, the back of the legs are in contact with the seat cushion, and the dummy's thorax instrument cavity rear face is 6 degrees forward of vertical. If it is not possible to position the dummy with the legs in the prescribed position, rotate the legs forward until the dummy is resting on the seat with the feet positioned flat on the floor pan and the back of the legs are in contact with the front of the seat cushion. Set the transverse distance between the longitudinal centerlines at the front of the dummy's knees at 112 to 117 mm (4.4 to 4.6 in), with the thighs and the legs of the dummy in vertical planes.
</P>
<P>(c) The upper arms are parallel to the torso and the hands are in contact with the thighs.
</P>
<P>S24.4.3.3 Using only the control that primarily moves the seat in the fore and aft direction, move the seat forward, while maintaining the thorax instrument cavity rear face orientation until any part of the dummy contacts the vehicle's instrument panel.
</P>
<P>S24.4.3.4 If dummy contact has not been made with the vehicle's instrument panel at the full forward seating position of the seat, slide the dummy forward on the seat until contact is made. Maintain the thorax instrument cavity rear face orientation. If the dummy loses contact with the seat, from that point forward maintain the height of the dummy. Except as provided in S24.4.3.5, maintain the angle of the thigh with respect to the horizontal.
</P>
<P>S24.4.3.5 If head/torso contact with the instrument panel has not been made, maintain the angle of the thighs with respect to the horizontal while applying a force towards the front of the vehicle on the spine of the dummy between the shoulder joints, perpendicular to the thorax instrument cavity rear face, until the head or torso comes into contact with the vehicle's instrument panel or until a maximum force of 222 N (50 lb) is achieved. If the head/torso is still not in contact with the instrument panel, hold the femurs and release the 222 N (50 lb) force. While maintaining the relative angle between the torso and the femurs, roll the dummy forward on the seat cushion, without sliding, until head/torso contact with the instrument panel is achieved. If seat contact is lost prior to or during femur rotation out of the horizontal plane, constrain the dummy to rotate about the dummy H-point. If the dummy cannot be rolled forward on the seat due to contact of the dummy feet with the floor pan, extend the lower legs forward, at the knees, until floor pan contact is avoided.
</P>
<P>S24.4.3.6 If necessary, material with a maximum breaking strength of 311 N (70 lb) and spacer blocks may be used to support the dummy in position. The material should support the torso rather than the head. Support the dummy so that there is minimum interference with the full rotational and translational freedom for the upper torso of the dummy and the material does not interfere with the air bag.
</P>
<P>S24.4.4 Deploy any front outboard passenger frontal air bag system. If the frontal air bag system contains a multistage inflator, the vehicle shall be able to comply with the injury criteria at any stage or combination of stages or time delay between successive stages that could occur in a rigid barrier crash test at or below 26 km/h (16 mph), under the test procedure specified in S22.5.
</P>
<P>S25 <I>Requirements using an out-of-position 5th percentile adult female dummy at the driver position.</I> 
</P>
<P>S25.1 Each vehicle certified as complying with S14 shall, at the option of the manufacturer, meet the requirements specified in S25.2 or S25.3 under the test procedures specified in S26 or S28, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>S25.2 <I>Option 1—Dynamic automatic suppression system that suppresses the air bag when the driver is out of position.</I> (This option is available under the conditions set forth in S27.1.) The vehicle shall be equipped with a dynamic automatic suppression system for the driver air bag which meets the requirements specified in S27.
</P>
<P>S25.3 <I>Option 2—Low risk deployment.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the injury criteria specified by S15.3 of this standard, except as modified in S25.4, when the driver air bag is statically deployed in accordance with both of the low risk deployment test procedures specified in S26.
</P>
<P>S25.4 <I>Neck injury criteria driver low risk deployment tests.</I> When measuring neck injury in low risk deployment tests for the driver position, each of the following neck injury criteria shall be met.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Nij.</I> 
</P>
<P>(1) The shear force (Fx), axial force (Fz), and bending moment (My) shall be measured by the dummy upper neck load cell for the duration of the crash event as specified in S4.11. Shear force, axial force, and bending moment shall be filtered for Nij purposes at SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 MAR95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) Channel Frequency Class 600.
</P>
<P>(2) During the event, the axial force (Fz) can be either in tension or compression while the occipital condyle bending moment (Mocy) can be in either flexion or extension. This results in four possible loading conditions for Nij: tension-extension (Nte), tension-flexion (Ntf), compression-extension (Nce), or compression-flexion (Ncf).
</P>
<P>(3) When calculating Nij using equation S25.4(a)(4), the critical values, Fzc and Myc, are:
</P>
<P>(i) Fzc = 3880 N (872 lbf) when Fz is in tension
</P>
<P>(ii) Fzc = 3880 N (872 lbf) when Fz is in compression
</P>
<P>(iii) Myc = 155 Nm (114 lbf-ft) when a flexion moment exists at the occipital condyle
</P>
<P>(iv) Myc = 61 Nm (45 lbf-ft) when an extension moment exists at the occipital condyle.
</P>
<P>(4) At each point in time, only one of the four loading conditions occurs and the Nij value corresponding to that loading condition is computed and the three remaining loading modes shall be considered a value of zero. The expression for calculating each Nij loading condition is given by:
</P>
<FP-2>Nij = (Fz / Fzc) + (Mocy / Myc)
</FP-2>
<P>(5) None of the four Nij values shall exceed 1.0 at any time during the event.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Peak tension.</I> Tension force (Fz), measured at the upper neck load cell, shall not exceed 2070 N (465 lbf) at any time.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Peak compression.</I> Compression force (Fz), measured at the upper neck load cell, shall not exceed 2520 N (566 lbf) at any time.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless otherwise indicated, instrumentation for data acquisition, data channel frequency class, and moment calculations are the same as given in 49 CFR part 572 subpart O 5th percentile female test dummy.
</P>
<P>S26 <I>Procedure for low risk deployment tests of driver air bag.</I> 
</P>
<P>S26.1 Each vehicle that is certified as complying with S25.3 shall meet the requirements of S25.3 and S25.4 with the 49 CFR part 572 subpart O 5th percentile adult female dummy in both of the following positions: Driver position 1 (S26.2) and Driver position 2 (S26.3).
</P>
<P>S26.2 <I>Driver position 1 (chin on module).</I> 
</P>
<P>S26.2.1 Adjust the steering controls so that the steering control hub is at the geometric center of the locus it describes when it is moved through its full range of driving positions. If there is no setting at the geometric center, position it one setting lower than the geometric center. Set the rotation of the steering control so that the vehicle wheels are pointed straight ahead.
</P>
<P>S26.2.2 Mark a point on the steering control cover that is longitudinally and transversely, as measured along the surface of the steering control cover, within ±6 mm (±0.2 in) of the point that is defined by the intersection of the steering control cover and a line between the volumetric center of the smallest volume that can encompass the folded undeployed air bag and the volumetric center of the static fully inflated air bag. Locate the vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline through the point located on the steering control cover. This is referred to as “Plane E.”
</P>
<P>S26.2.3 Place the seat and seat cushion in the position achieved in S16.2.10.3.1. If the seat or seat cushion is adjustable in the vertical direction by adjustments other than that which primarily moves the seat or seat cushion fore-aft, determine the maximum and minimum heights of the SCRP at this position, while maintaining the seat cushion reference line angle as closely as possible. Place the SCRP in the mid-height position. If the seat back is adjustable independent of the seat, place the seat back at the manufacturer's nominal design seat back angle for a 50th percentile adult male as specified in S8.1.3. Position any adjustable parts of the seat that provide additional support so that they are in the lowest or most open adjustment position. Position an adjustable head restraint in the lowest and most forward position.
</P>
<P>S26.2.4 Place the dummy in the driver's seat such that:
</P>
<P>S26.2.4.1 The midsagittal plane is coincident with Plane E within ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
</P>
<P>S26.2.4.2 The legs are perpendicular to the floor pan and the back of the legs are in contact with the seat cushion. The legs may be adjusted if necessary to achieve the final head position.
</P>
<P>S26.2.4.3 The dummy's thorax instrument cavity rear face is 6 degrees forward (toward the front of the vehicle) of the steering control angle (<I>i.e.,</I> if the steering control angle is 25 degrees from vertical, the thorax instrument cavity rear face angle is 31 degrees).
</P>
<P>S26.2.4.4 The initial transverse distance between the longitudinal centerlines at the front of the dummy's knees is 160 to 170 mm (6.3 to 6.7 in), with the thighs and legs of the dummy in vertical planes.
</P>
<P>S26.2.4.5 The upper arms are parallel to the torso and the hands are in contact with the thighs.
</P>
<P>S26.2.5 Maintaining the spine angle, slide the dummy forward until the head/torso contacts the steering control.
</P>
<P>S26.2.6 While maintaining the spine angle, adjust the height of the dummy so that the bottom of the chin is in the same horizontal plane as the highest point of the air bag module cover (dummy height can be adjusted using the seat height adjustments and/or spacer blocks). If the seat prevents the bottom of the chin from being in the same horizontal plane as the module cover, adjust the dummy height to as close to the prescribed position as possible. 
</P>
<P>S26.2.7 If necessary, material with a maximum breaking strength of 311 N (70 lb) and spacer blocks may be used to support the dummy in position. The material should support the torso rather than the head. Support the dummy so that there is minimum interference with the full rotational and translational freedom for the upper torso of the dummy and the material does not interfere with the air bag.
</P>
<P>S26.3 <I>Driver position 2 (chin on rim).</I> 
</P>
<P>S26.3.1 Place the seat and seat cushion in the position achieved in S16.2.10.3.1. If the seat or seat cushion is adjustable in the vertical direction by adjustments other than that which primarily moves the seat or seat cushion fore-aft, determine the maximum and minimum heights of the SCRP at this position, while maintaining the seat cushion reference line angle as closely as possible. Place the SCRP in the mid-height position. If the seat back is adjustable independent of the seat, place the seat back at the manufacturer's nominal design seat back angle for a 50th percentile adult male as specified in S8.1.3. Position any adjustable parts of the seat that provide additional support so that they are in the lowest or most open adjustment position. Position an adjustable head restraint in the lowest position.
</P>
<P>S26.3.2 Adjust the steering controls so that the steering control hub is at the geometric center of the locus it describes when it is moved through its full range of driving positions. If there is no setting at the geometric center, position it one setting lower than the geometric center. Set the rotation of the steering control so that the vehicle wheels are pointed straight ahead.
</P>
<P>S26.3.3 Mark a point on the steering control cover that is longitudinally and transversely, as measured along the surface of the steering control cover, within ±6 mm (±0.2 in) of the point that is defined by the intersection of the steering control cover and a line between the volumetric center of the smallest volume that can encompass the folded undeployed air bag and the volumetric center of the static fully inflated air bag. Locate the vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline through the point located on the steering control cover. This is referred to as “Plane E.”
</P>
<P>S26.3.4 Place the dummy in the driver's seat position such that:
</P>
<P>S26.3.4.1 The midsagittal plane is coincident with Plane E within ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
</P>
<P>S26.3.4.2 The legs are perpendicular to the floor pan and the back of the legs are in contact with the seat cushion. The legs may be adjusted if necessary to achieve the final head position.
</P>
<P>S26.3.4.3 The dummy's thorax instrument cavity rear face is 6 degrees forward (toward the front of the vehicle) of the steering control angle (<I>i.e.,</I> if the steering control angle is 25 degrees from vertical, the thorax instrument cavity rear face angle is 31 degrees).
</P>
<P>S26.3.4.4 The initial transverse distance between the longitudinal centerlines at the front of the dummy's knees is 160 to 170 mm (6.3 to 6.7 in), with the thighs and legs of the dummy in vertical planes.
</P>
<P>S26.3.4.5 The upper arms are parallel to the torso and the hands are in contact with the thighs.
</P>
<P>S26.3.5 Maintaining the spine angle, slide the dummy forward until the head/torso contacts the steering control.
</P>
<P>S26.3.6 While maintaining the spine angle, position the dummy so that a point on the chin 40 mm (1.6 in) ±3 mm (±0.1 in) below the center of the mouth (chin point) is, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), in contact with a point on the steering control rim surface closest to the dummy that is 10 mm (0.4 in) vertically below the highest point on the rim in Plane E. If the dummy's head contacts the vehicle windshield or upper interior before the prescribed position can be obtained, lower the dummy until there is no more than 5 mm (0.2 in) clearance between the vehicle's windshield or upper interior, as applicable.
</P>
<P>S26.3.7 If the steering control can be adjusted so that the chin point can be in contact with the rim of the uppermost portion of the steering control, adjust the steering control to that position. If the steering control contacts the dummy's leg(s) prior to attaining this position, adjust it to the next highest detent, or if infinitely adjustable, until there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) clearance between the control and the dummy's leg(s). Readjust the dummy's torso such that the thorax instrument cavity rear face is 6 degrees forward of the steering control angle. Position the dummy so that the chin point is in contact, or if contact is not achieved, as close as possible to contact with the rim of the uppermost portion of the steering control.
</P>
<P>S26.3.8 If necessary, material with a maximum breaking strength of 311 N (70 lb) and spacer blocks may be used to support the dummy in position. The material should support the torso rather than the head. Support the dummy so that there is minimum interference with the full rotational and translational freedom for the upper torso of the dummy and the material does not interfere with the air bag.
</P>
<P>S26.4 Deploy the driver frontal air bag system. If the frontal air bag system contains a multistage inflator, the vehicle shall be able to comply with the injury criteria at any stage or combination of stages or time delay between successive stages that could occur in a rigid barrier crash test at or below 26 km/h (16 mph), under the test procedure specified in S22.5.
</P>
<P>S27 <I>Option for dynamic automatic suppression system that suppresses the air bag when an occupant is out-of-position.</I>
</P>
<P>S27.1 <I>Availability of option.</I> This option is available for either air bag, singly or in conjunction, subject to the requirements of S27, if: 
</P>
<P>(a) A petition for rulemaking to establish dynamic automatic suppression system test procedures is submitted pursuant to subpart B of part 552 and a test procedure applicable to the vehicle is added to S28 pursuant to the procedures specified by that subpart, or
</P>
<P>(b) A test procedure applicable to the vehicle is otherwise added to S28. 
</P>
<P>S27.2 <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of S27 and S28, the following definitions apply: 
</P>
<P><I>Automatic suppression zone or ASZ</I> means a three-dimensional zone adjacent to the air bag cover, specified by the vehicle manufacturer, where the deployment of the air bag will be suppressed by the DASS if a vehicle occupant enters the zone under specified conditions. 
</P>
<P><I>Dynamic automatic suppression system or DASS</I> means a portion of an air bag system that automatically controls whether or not the air bag deploys during a crash by: 
</P>
<P>(1) Sensing the location of an occupant, moving or still, in relation to the air bag; 
</P>
<P>(2) Interpreting the occupant characteristics and location information to determine whether or not the air bag should deploy; and
</P>
<P>(3) Activating or suppressing the air bag system based on the interpretation of occupant characteristics and location information. 
</P>
<P>S27.3 <I>Requirements.</I> Each vehicle shall, at each applicable front outboard designated seating position, when tested under the conditions of S28 of this standard, comply with the requirements specified in S27.4 through S27.6. 
</P>
<P>S27.4 Each vehicle shall be equipped with a DASS. 
</P>
<P>S27.5 <I>Static test requirement (low risk deployment for occupants outside the ASZ).</I> 
</P>
<P>S27.5.1 <I>Driver (49 CFR part 572 subpart O 5th percentile female dummy).</I> Each vehicle shall meet the injury criteria specified in S15.3 of this standard when the driver air bag is deployed in accordance with the procedures specified in S28.1. 
</P>
<P>S27.5.2 Front outboard <I>passenger (49 CFR part 572 subpart P 3-year-old child dummy and 49 CFR part 572 subpart N 6-year-old child dummy).</I> Each vehicle shall meet the injury criteria specified in S21.5 and S23.5, as appropriate, when any front outboard passenger air bag is deployed in accordance with the procedures specified in S28.2.
</P>
<P>S27.6 <I>Dynamic test requirement (suppression of air bag for occupants inside the ASZ).</I> 
</P>
<P>S27.6.1 <I>Driver.</I> The DASS shall suppress the driver air bag before the head, neck, or torso of the specified test device enters the ASZ when the vehicle is tested under the procedures specified in S28.3. 
</P>
<P>S27.6.2 Front outboard <I>passenger.</I> The DASS shall suppress any front outboard passenger air bag before head, neck, or torso of the specified test device enters the ASZ when the vehicle is tested under the procedures specified in S28.4.
</P>
<P>S28 <I>Test procedure for S27 of this standard.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S28.1 <I>Driver suppression zone verification test (49 CFR part 572 Subpart O 5th percentile female dummy).</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S28.2 Front outboard <I>passenger suppression zone verification test (49 CFR part 572 subpart P 3-year-old child dummy and 49 CFR part 572 subpart N 6-year-old child dummies).</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S28.3 <I>Driver dynamic test procedure for DASS requirements.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S28.4 Front outboard <I>passenger dynamic test procedure for DASS requirements.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S29 <I>Manufacturer option to certify vehicles to certain static suppression test requirements using human beings rather than test dummies.</I>
</P>
<P>S29.1 At the option of the manufacturer, instead of using test dummies in conducting the tests for the following automatic suppression and occupant recognition parts of the low risk deployment test requirements, human beings may be used as specified. If human beings are used, they shall assume, to the extent possible, the final physical position specified for the corresponding dummies for each test.
</P>
<P>(a) If a manufacturer decides to certify a vehicle using a human being for a test of the passenger automatic suppression, it shall use humans for the entire series of tests, e.g., 3-year-old children for each test of the system involving 3-year-old test dummies. If a manufacturer decides to certify a vehicle using a test dummy for a test of the system, it shall use test dummies for the entire series of tests, e.g., a Hybrid III 3-year-old child dummy for each test of the system involving 3-year-old child test dummies.
</P>
<P>(b) For S19.2, instead of using the 49 CFR part 572 subpart R 12-month-old child dummy, a human child who weighs between 8.2 and 9.1 kg (18 and 20 lb), and who is between 61 and 66 cm (24 and 26 in) tall may be used.
</P>
<P>(c) For S19.2, instead of using the 49 CFR part 572 subpart K newborn infant dummy, a human child who weighs between 8.2 and 9.1 kg (18 and 20 lb), and who is between 61 and 66 cm (24 and 26 in) tall may be used.
</P>
<P>(d) For S21.2 and S21.5.1, instead of using the 49 CFR part 572 subpart P 3-year-old child dummy, a human child who weighs between 13.4 and 18 kg (29.5 and 39.5 lb), and who is between 89 and 99 cm (35 and 39 in) tall may be used.
</P>
<P>(e) For S23.2 and S23.5.1, instead of using the 49 CFR part 572 subpart N 6-year-old child dummy, a human child who weighs between 21 and 25.6 kg (46.5 and 56.5 lb), and who is between 114 and 124.5 cm (45 and 49 in) tall may be used.
</P>
<P>(f) For S19.2, S21.2, and S23.2, instead of using the 49 CFR part 572 subpart O 5th percentile adult female test dummy, a female who weighs between 46.7 and 51.25 kg (103 and 113 lb), and who is between 139.7 and 150 cm (55 and 59 in) tall may be used.
</P>
<P>S29.2 Human beings shall be dressed in a cotton T-shirt, full length cotton trousers, and sneakers. Specified weights and heights include clothing.
</P>
<P>S29.3 A manufacturer exercising this option shall upon request:
</P>
<P>(a) Provide NHTSA with a method to deactivate the air bag during compliance testing under S20.2, S20.3, S22.2, S22.3, S24.2, and S24.3, and identify any parts or equipment necessary for deactivation; such assurance may be made by removing the air bag; and
</P>
<P>(b) Provide NHTSA with a method to assure that the same test results would be obtained if the air bag were not deactivated.
</P>
<HD1>Figures to § 571.208 
</HD1>
<HD3>Figure 1. [Reserved]
</HD3>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.084.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.089.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.087.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.088.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er28de98.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er11jn03.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er11jn03.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27no96.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er11jn03.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er11jn03.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er11jn03.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er12my00.011.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06ja03.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er20au03.019.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19no03.000.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix A to § 571.208—Selection of Child Restraint Systems
</HD1>
<P>This appendix A applies to vehicles manufactured before September 1, 2025, and to not more than 60 percent of a manufacturer's vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2025, and before September 1, 2026, as specified in S14.8 of this standard. This appendix does not apply to vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2026.
</P>
<P>A. The following car bed, manufactured on or after the date listed, may be used by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to test the suppression system of a vehicle that has been certified as being in compliance with 49 CFR 571.208 S19:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Subpart A—Car Bed Child Restraints of Appendix A
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Manufactured on or after
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Angel Guard Angel Ride XX2403XXX</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>B. Any of the following rear-facing child restraint systems specified in the table in subpart B of this appendix, manufactured on or after the date listed, may be used by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to test the suppression or low risk deployment (LRD) system of a vehicle that has been certified as being in compliance with S19 of this standard. When the restraint system comes equipped with a removable base, the test may be run either with the base attached or without the base.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Subpart B—Rear-Facing Child Restraints of Appendix A
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Manufactured on or after
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Century Smart Fit 4543</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">December 1, 1999.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cosco Arriva 22-013 PAW and base 22-999 WHO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Evenflo Discovery Adjust Right 212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">December 1, 1999.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Graco Infant 8457</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">December 1, 1999.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Graco Snugride</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Peg Perego Primo Viaggio SIP IMUN00US</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>C. Any of the following forward-facing child restraint systems, and forward-facing child restraint systems that also convert to rear-facing, manufactured on or after the date listed, may be used by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to test the suppression or LRD system of a vehicle that has been certified as being in compliance with S19 or S21 of this standard. (Note: Any child restraint listed in this subpart that does not have manufacturer instructions for using it in a rear-facing position is excluded from use in testing in a belted rear-facing configuration under S20.2.1.1(a) and S20.4.2 of this standard):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Subpart C—Forward-Facing and Convertible Child Restraints of Appendix A
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Manufactured on or after
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Britax Roundabout E9L02xx</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Graco ComfortSport</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cosco Touriva 02519</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">December 1, 1999.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Evenflo Tribute V 379xxxx or Evenflo Tribute 381xxxx</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Evenflo Medallion 254</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">December 1, 1999.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cosco Summit Deluxe High Back Booster 22-262</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Evenflo Generations 352xxxx</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Graco Toddler SafeSeat Step 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Graco Platinum Cargo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cosco High Back Booster 22-209</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>D. Any of the following forward-facing child restraint systems and belt positioning seats, manufactured on or after the date listed, may be used by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration as test devices to test the suppression system of a vehicle that has been certified as being in compliance with S21 or S23 of this standard:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Subpart D—Forward-Facing Child Restraints and Belt Positioning Seats of Appendix A
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Manufactured on or after
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Britax Roadster 9004</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">December 1, 1999.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Graco Platinum Cargo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cosco High Back Booster 22-209</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Evenflo Right Fit 245</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">December 1, 1999.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Evenflo Generations 352xxxx</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cosco Summit Deluxe High Back Booster 22-262</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">September 25, 2007.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix A-1 to § 571.208—Selection of Child Restraint Systems
</HD1>
<P>This appendix A-1 applies to not less than 40 percent of a manufacturer's vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2025, and before September 1, 2026, as specified in S14.8 of this standard. This appendix applies to all vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2026.
</P>
<P>A. The following car bed, manufactured on or after [<I>Date of publication of final rule</I>], may be used by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to test the suppression system of a vehicle that has been certified as being in compliance with S19 of this standard:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Subpart A—Car Bed Child Restraints of Appendix A-1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Safety 1st Dreamride with LATCH #IC238xxx.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>B. Any of the following rear-facing child restraint systems specified in the table below, manufactured on or after August 22, 2024, may be used by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to test the suppression or low risk deployment (LRD) system of a vehicle that has been certified as being in compliance with S19 of this standard. When the restraint system comes equipped with a removable base, the test may be run either with the base attached or without the base.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Subpart B—Rear-Facing Child Restraints of Appendix A-1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Evenflo Litemax #305xxxxx.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chicco Keyfit 30 #04061472xxxxxx.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Doona Car Seat &amp; Stroller.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nuna Pipa RX with Pipa RELX base.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cybex Cloud Q with SensorSafe.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Evenflo NurtureMax #364xxxxx.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>C. Any of the following forward-facing child restraint systems, and forward-facing child restraint systems that also convert to rear-facing, manufactured on or after August 22, 2024, may be used by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to test the suppression or LRD system of a vehicle that has been certified as being in compliance with S19 or S21 of this standard. (<I>Note:</I> Any child restraint listed in this subpart that does not have manufacturer instructions for using it in a rear-facing position is excluded from use in testing in a belted rear-facing configuration under S20.2.1.1(a) and S20.4.2 of this standard):
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Subpart C—Forward-Facing and Convertible Child Restraints of Appendix A-1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Britax Poplar #E1C93xx.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cosco Scenera Next #CC123xxx.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Graco 4Ever DLX.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nuna Rava #CS05116CVR.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Graco Contender Slim.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cybex Eternis S with SensorSafe.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Safety 1st Grow and Go #CC138xxx.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Evenflo Chase Plus #307xxxxx.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cosco Finale #BC110xxx.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chicco MyFit #04079783—0070.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>D. Any of the following forward-facing child restraint systems and belt positioning seats, manufactured on or after August 22, 2024, may be used by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration as test devices to test the suppression system of a vehicle that has been certified as being in compliance with S21 or S23 of this standard:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Subpart D—Forward-Facing Child Restraints and Belt Positioning Seats of Appendix A-1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chicco MyFit #04079783—0070.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cybex Eternis S with SensorSafe.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Safety 1st Grow and Go #CC138xxx.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Evenflo Chase Plus #307xxxxx.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cosco Finale #BC110xxx.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cosco Rise #BC126xxx.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Graco TurboBooster Backless Booster Seat.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Britax Grow with You ClickTight #E1C19xx.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<TCAP>Figure A1 to Appendix A and Appendix A-1 to § 571.208: Loading Bar Foot Detail
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er22au24.002.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure A2 to Appendix A and Appendix A-1 to § 571.208: Loading Bar Installation
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er22au24.003.gif"/></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 22902, Dec. 2, 1971]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.208, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.209" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.209   Standard No. 209; Seat belt assemblies.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for seat belt assemblies.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to seat belt assemblies for use in passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions. Adjustment hardware</I> means any or all hardware designed for adjusting the size of a seat belt assembly to fit the user, including such hardware that may be integral with a buckle, attachment hardware, or retractor.
</P>
<P><I>Attachment hardware</I> means any or all hardware designed for securing the webbing of a seat belt assembly to a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Automatic-locking retractor</I> means a retractor incorporating adjustment hardware by means of a positive self-locking mechanism which is capable when locked of withstanding restraint forces.
</P>
<P><I>Buckle</I> means a quick release connector which fastens a person in a seat belt assembly.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency-locking retractor</I> means a retractor incorporating adjustment hardware by means of a locking mechanism that is activated by vehicle acceleration, webbing movement relative to the vehicle, or other automatic action during an emergency and is capable when locked of withstanding restraint forces.
</P>
<P><I>Hardware</I> means any metal or rigid plastic part of a seat belt assembly.
</P>
<P><I>Load-limiter</I> means a seat belt assembly component or feature that controls tension on the seat belt to modulate the forces that are imparted to occupants restrained by the belt assembly during a crash.
</P>
<P><I>Nonlocking retractor</I> means a retractor from which the webbing is extended to essentially its full length by a small external force, which provides no adjustment for assembly length, and which may or may not be capable of sustaining restraint forces at maximum webbing extension.
</P>
<P><I>Pelvic restraint</I> means a seat belt assembly or portion thereof intended to restrain movement of the pelvis.
</P>
<P><I>Retractor</I> means a device for storing part or all of the webbing in a seat belt assembly.
</P>
<P><I>Seat back retainer</I> means the portion of some seat belt assemblies designed to restrict forward movement of a seat back.
</P>
<P><I>Seat belt assembly</I> means any strap, webbing, or similar device designed to secure a person in a motor vehicle in order to mitigate the results of any accident, including all necessary buckles and other fasteners, and all hardware designed for installing such seat belt assembly in a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Strap</I> means a narrow nonwoven material used in a seat belt assembly in place of webbing.
</P>
<P><I>Type 1 seat belt assembly</I> is a lap belt for pelvic restraint.
</P>
<P><I>Type 2 seat belt assembly</I> is a combination of pelvic and upper torso restraints.
</P>
<P><I>Type 2a shoulder belt</I> is an upper torso restraint for use only in conjunction with a lap belt as a Type 2 seat belt assembly.
</P>
<P><I>Upper torso restraint</I> means a portion of a seat belt assembly intended to restrain movement of the chest and shoulder regions.
</P>
<P><I>Webbing</I> means a narrow fabric woven with continuous filling yarns and finished selvages.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 (a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Single occupancy.</I> A seat belt assembly shall be designed for use by one, and only one, person at any one time. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Upper torso restraint.</I> A Type 2 seat belt assembly shall provide upper torso restraint without shifting the pelvic restraint into the abdominal region. An upper torso restraint shall be designed to minimize vertical forces on the shoulders and spine. Hardware for upper torso restraint shall be so designed and located in the seat belt assembly that the possibility of injury to the occupant is minimized.
</P>
<P>A Type 2a shoulder belt shall comply with applicable requirements for a Type 2 seat belt assembly in S4.1 to S4.4, inclusive.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hardware.</I> All hardware parts which contact under normal usage a person, clothing, or webbing shall be free from burrs and sharp edges.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Release.</I> A Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly shall be provided with a buckle or buckles readily accessible to the occupant to permit his easy and rapid removal from the assembly. Buckle release mechanism shall be designed to minimize the possibility of accidental release. A buckle with release mechanism in the latched position shall have only one opening in which the tongue can be inserted on the end of the buckle designed to receive and latch the tongue.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Attachment hardware.</I> A seat belt assembly shall include all hardware necessary for installation in a motor vehicle in accordance with SAE Recommended Practice J800c (1973) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). However, seat belt assemblies designed for installation in motor vehicles equipped with seat belt assembly anchorages that do not require anchorage nuts, plates, or washers, need not have such hardware, but shall have 7/16-20 UNF-2A or 1/2-13 UNC-2A attachment bolts or equivalent metric hardware. The hardware shall be designed to prevent attachment bolts and other parts from becoming disengaged from the vehicle while in service. Reinforcing plates or washers furnished for universal floor, installations shall be of steel, free from burrs and sharp edges on the peripheral edges adjacent to the vehicle, at least 1.5 mm in thickness and at least 2580 mm
<SU>2</SU> in projected area. The distance between any edge of the plate and the edge of the bolt hole shall be at least 15 mm. Any corner shall be rounded to a radius of not less than 6 mm or cut so that no corner angle is less than 135° and no side is less than 6 mm in length.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Adjustment.</I> (1) A Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly shall be capable of adjustment to fit occupants whose dimensions and weight range from those of a 5th-percentile adult female to those of a 95th-percentile adult male. The seat belt assembly shall have either an automatic-locking retractor, an emergency-locking retractor, or an adjusting device that is within the reach of the occupant.
</P>
<P>(2) A Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly for use in a vehicle having seats that are adjustable shall conform to the requirements of S4.1(g)(1) regardless of seat position. However, if a seat has a back that is separately adjustable, the requirements of S4.1(g)(1) need be met only with the seat back in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position.
</P>
<P>(3) The adult occupants referred to in S4.1(g)(1) shall have the following measurements:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5th percentile adult female
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">95th percentile adult male
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Weight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">46.3 kg</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">97.5 kg.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Erect sitting height</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">785 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">965 mm.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hip breadth (sitting)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">325 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">419 mm.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hip circumference (sitting)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">925 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1199 mm.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Waist circumference (sitting)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">599 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1080 mm.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chest depth</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">190 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">267 mm.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chest circumference:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Nipple</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">775 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1130 mm.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Upper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">757 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1130 mm.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Lower</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">676 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1130 mm.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(h) <I>Webbing.</I> The ends of webbing in a seat belt assembly shall be protected or treated to prevent raveling. The end of webbing in a seat belt assembly having a metal-to-metal buckle that is used by the occupant to adjust the size of the assembly shall not pull out of the adjustment hardware at maximum size adjustment. Provision shall be made for essentially unimpeded movement of webbing routed between a seat back and seat cushion and attached to a retractor located behind the seat.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Strap.</I> A strap used in a seat belt assembly to sustain restraint forces shall comply with the requirements for webbing in S4.2, and if the strap is made from a rigid material, it shall comply with applicable requirements in S4.2, S4.3, and S4.4.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Marking.</I> Each seat belt assembly shall be permanently and legibly marked or labeled with year of manufacture, model, and name or trademark of manufacturer or distributor, or of importer if manufactured outside the United States. A model shall consist of a single combination of webbing having a specific type of fiber weave and construction, and hardware having a specific design. Webbings of various colors may be included under the same model, but webbing of each color shall comply with the requirements for webbing in S4.2.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Installation instructions.</I> A seat belt assembly, other than a seat belt assembly installed in a motor vehicle by an automobile manufacturer, shall be accompanied by an instruction sheet providing sufficient information for installing the assembly in a motor vehicle. The installation instructions shall state whether the assembly is for universal installation or for installation only in specifically stated motor vehicles, and shall include at least those items specified in SAE Recommended Practice J800c (1973) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). If the assembly is for use only in specifically stated motor vehicles, the assembly shall either be permanently and legibly marked or labeled with the following statement, or the instruction sheet shall include the following statement:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This seat belt assembly is for use only in [insert specific seating position(s), e.g., “front right”] in [insert specific vehicle make(s) and model(s)].</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(l) <I>Usage and maintenance instructions.</I> A seat belt assembly or retractor shall be accompanied by written instructions for the proper use of the assembly, stressing particularly the importance of wearing the assembly snugly and properly located on the body, and on the maintenance f the assembly and periodic inspection of all components. The instructions shall show the proper manner of threading webbing in the hardware of seat belt assemblies in which the webbing is not permanently fastened. Instructions for a nonlocking retractor shall include a caution that the webbing must be fully extended from the retractor during use of the seat belt assembly unless the retractor is attached to the free end of webbing which is not subjected to any tension during restraint of an occupant by the assembly. Instructions for Type 2a shoulder belt shall include a warning that the shoulder belt is not to be used without a lap belt.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Workmanship.</I> Seat belt assemblies shall have good workmanship in accordance with good commercial practice.
</P>
<P>S4.2 <I>Requirements for webbing.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Width.</I> The width of the webbing in a seat belt assembly shall be not less than 46 mm, except for portions that do not touch a 95th percentile adult male with the seat in any adjustment position and the seat back in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position when measured under the conditions prescribed in S5.1(a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Breaking strength.</I> The webbing in a seat belt assembly shall have not less than the following breaking strength when tested by the procedures specified in S5.1(b): Type 1 seat belt assembly—26,689 N; Type 2 seat belt assembly—22,241 N for webbing in pelvic restraint and 17,793 N for webbing in upper torso restraint.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Elongation.</I> Except as provided in S4.5, the webbing in a seat belt assembly shall not extend to more than the following elongation when subjected to the specified forces in accordance with the procedure specified in S5.1(c): Type 1 seat belt assembly—20 percent at 11,120 N; Type 2 seat belt assembly 30 percent at 11,120 N for webbing in pelvic restraint and 40 percent at 11,120 N for webbing in upper torso restraint.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Resistance to abrasion.</I> The webbing of a seat belt assembly, after being subjected to abrasion as specified in S5.1(d) or S5.3(c), shall have a breaking strength of not less than 75 percent of the breaking strength listed in S4.2(b) for that type of belt assembly.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Resistance to light.</I> The webbing in a seat belt assembly after exposure to the light of a carbon arc and tested by the procedure specified in S5.1(e) shall have a breaking strength not less than 60 percent of the strength before exposure to the carbon arc and shall have a color retention not less than No. 2 on the AATCC Gray Scale for Evaluating Change in Color (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Resistance to micro-organisms.</I> The webbing in a seat belt assembly after being subjected to micro-organisms and tested by the procedures specified in S5.1(f) shall have a breaking strength not less than 85 percent of the strength before subjection to micro-organisms.
</P>
<P>S4.3 <I>Requirements for hardware.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Corrosion resistance.</I> (1) Attachment hardware of a seat belt assembly after being subjected to the conditions specified in S5.2(a) shall be free of ferrous corrosion on significant surfaces except for permissible ferrous corrosion at peripheral edges or edges of holes on underfloor reinforcing plates and washers. Alternatively, such hardware at or near the floor shall be protected against corrosion by at least an electrodeposited coating of nickel, or copper and nickel with at least a service condition number of SC2, and other attachment hardware shall be protected by an electrodeposited coating of nickel, or copper and nickel with a service condition number of SC1, in accordance with ASTM B456-79 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), but such hardware shall not be racked for electroplating in locations subjected to maximum stress.
</P>
<P>(2) Surfaces of buckles, retractors and metallic parts, other than attachment hardware, of a seat belt assembly after subjection to the conditions specified in S5.2(a) shall be free of ferrous or nonferrous corrosion which may be transferred, either directly or by means of the webbing, to the occupant or his clothing when the assembly is worn. After test, buckles shall conform to applicable requirements in paragraphs (d) to (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Temperature resistance.</I> Plastic or other nonmetallic hardware parts of a seat belt assembly when subjected to the conditions specified in S5.2(b) shall not warp or otherwise deteriorate to cause the assembly to operate improperly or fail to comply with applicable requirements in this section and S4.4.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Attachment hardware.</I> (1) Eye bolts, shoulder bolts, or other bolt used to secure the pelvic restraint of seat belt assembly to a motor vehicle shall withstand a force of 40,034 N when tested by the procedure specified in S5.2(c)(1), except that attachment bolts of a seat belt assembly designed for installation in specific models of motor vehicles in which the ends of two or more seat belt assemblies cannot be attached to the vehicle by a single bolt shall have breaking strength of not less than 22,241 N.
</P>
<P>(2) Other attachment hardware designed to receive the ends of two seat belt assemblies shall withstand a tensile force of at least 26,689 N without fracture of a section when tested by the procedure specified in S5.2(c)(2).
</P>
<P>(3) A seat belt assembly having single attachment hooks of the quick-disconnect type for connecting webbing to an eye bolt shall be provided with a retaining latch or keeper which shall not move more than 2 mm in either the vertical or horizontal direction when tested by the procedure specified in S5.2(c)(3).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Buckle release.</I> (1) The buckle of a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly shall release when a force of not more than 133 N is applied.
</P>
<P>(2) A buckle designed for pushbutton application of buckle release force shall have a minimum area of 452 mm
<SU>2</SU> with a minimum linear dimension of 10 mm for applying the release force, or a buckle designed for lever application of buckle release force shall permit the insertion of a cylinder 10 mm in diameter and 38 mm in length to at least the midpoint of the cylinder along the cylinder's entire length in the actuation portion of the buckle release. A buckle having other design for release shall have adequate access for two or more fingers to actuate release.
</P>
<P>(3) The buckle of a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly shall not release under a compressive force of 1779 N applied as prescribed in paragraph S5.2(d)(3). The buckle shall be operable and shall meet the applicable requirement of paragraph S4.4 after the compressive force has been removed.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Adjustment force.</I> The force required to decrease the size of a seat belt assembly shall not exceed 49 N when measured by the procedure specified in S5.2(e).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Tilt-lock adjustment.</I> The buckle of a seat belt assembly having tilt-lock adjustment shall lock the webbing when tested by the procedure specified in S5.2(f) at an angle of not less than 30 degrees between the base of the buckle and the anchor webbing.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Buckle latch.</I> The buckle latch of a seat belt assembly when tested by the procedure specified in S5.2(g) shall not fail, nor gall or wear to an extent that normal latching and unlatching is impaired, and a metal-to-metal buckle shall separate when in any position of partial engagement by a force of not more than 22 N.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Nonlocking retractor.</I> The webbing of a seat belt assembly shall extend from a nonlocking retractor within 6 mm of maximum length when a tension is applied as prescribed in S5.2(h). A nonlocking retractor on upper torso restraint shall be attached to the nonadjustable end of the assembly, the reel of the retractor shall be easily visible to an occupant while wearing the assembly, and the maximum retraction force shall not exceed 5 N in any strap or webbing that contacts the shoulder when measured by the procedure specified in S5.2(h), unless the retractor is attached to the free end of webbing which is not subjected to any tension during restraint of an occupant by the assembly.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Automatic-locking retractor.</I> The webbing of a seat belt assembly equipped with an automatic locking retractor, when tested by the procedure specified in S5.2(i), shall not move more than 25 mm between locking positions of the retractor, and shall be retracted with a force under zero acceleration of not less than 3 N when attached to pelvic restraint, and not less that 2 N nor more than 5 N in any strap or webbing that contacts the shoulders of an occupant when the retractor is attached to upper torso restraint. An automatic locking retractor attached to upper torso restraint shall not increase the restraint on the occupant of the seat belt assembly during use in a vehicle traveling over rough roads as prescribed in S5.2(i).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Emergency-locking retractor.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>For seat belt assemblies manufactured before February 22, 2007.</I> Except for manufacturers that, at the manufacturer's option, voluntarily choose to comply with S4.3(j)(2) during this period (with said option irrevocably selected prior to, or at the time of, certification of the seat belt assembly), an emergency-locking retractor of a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly, when tested in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph S5.2(j)(1)—
</P>
<P>(i) Shall lock before the webbing extends 25 mm when the retractor is subjected to an acceleration of 7 m/s
<SU>2</SU> (0.7 g);
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall not lock, if the retractor is sensitive to webbing withdrawal, before the webbing extends 51 mm when the retractor is subjected to an acceleration of 3 m/s
<SU>2</SU> (0.3 g) or less;
</P>
<P>(iii) Shall not lock, if the retractor is sensitive to vehicle acceleration, when the retractor is rotated in any direction to any angle of 15° or less from its orientation in the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(iv) Shall exert a retractive force of at least 3 N under zero acceleration when attached only to the pelvic restraint;
</P>
<P>(v) Shall exert a retractive force of not less than 1 N and not more than 5 N under zero acceleration when attached only to an upper torso restraint;
</P>
<P>(vi) Shall exert a retractive force not less than 1 N and not more than 7 N under zero acceleration when attached to a strap or webbing that restrains both the upper torso and the pelvis.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>For seat belt assemblies manufactured on or after February 22, 2007 and for manufacturers opting for early compliance.</I> An emergency-locking retractor of a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly, when tested in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph S5.2(j)(2)—
</P>
<P>(i) Shall under zero acceleration loading—
</P>
<P>(A) Exert a retractive force of not less than 1 N and not more than 7 N when attached to a strap or webbing that restrains both the upper torso and the pelvis;
</P>
<P>(B) Exert a retractive force not less than 3 N when attached only to the pelvic restraint; and
</P>
<P>(C) Exert a retractive force of not less than 1 N and not more than 5 N when attached only to an upper torso restraint.
</P>
<P>(D) For a retractor sensitive to vehicle acceleration, lock when tilted at any angle greater than 45 degrees from the angle at which it is installed in the vehicle or meet the requirements of S4.3(j)(2)(ii).
</P>
<P>(E) For a retractor sensitive to vehicle acceleration, not lock when the retractor is rotated in any direction to any angle of 15 degrees or less from its orientation in the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall lock before the webbing payout exceeds the maximum limit of 25 mm when the retractor is subjected to an acceleration of 0.7 g under the applicable test conditions of S5.2(j)(2)(iii)(A) or (B). The retractor is determined to be locked when the webbing belt load tension is at least 35 N. 
</P>
<P>(iii) For a retractor sensitive to webbing withdrawal, shall not lock before the webbing payout extends to the minimum limit of 51 mm when the retractor is subjected to an acceleration no greater than 0.3 g under the test condition of S5.2(j)(2)(iii)(C). 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Performance of retractor.</I> A retractor used on a seat belt assembly after subjection to the tests specified in S5.2(k) shall comply with applicable requirements in paragraphs (h) to (j) of this section and S4.4, except that the retraction force shall be not less than 50 percent of its original retraction force.
</P>
<P>S4.4 <I>Requirements for assembly performance.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Type I seat belt assembly.</I> Except as provided in S4.5, the complete seat belt assembly including webbing, straps, buckles, adjustment and attachment hardware, and retractors shall comply with the following requirements when tested by the procedures specified in S5.3(a):
</P>
<P>(1) The assembly loop shall withstand a force of not less than 22,241 N; that is, each structural component of the assembly shall withstand a force of not less than 11,120 N.
</P>
<P>(2) The assembly loop shall extend not more than 7 inches or 178 mm when subjected to a force of 22,241 N; that is, the length of the assembly between anchorages shall not increase more than 356 mm.
</P>
<P>(3) Any webbing cut by the hardware during test shall have a breaking strength at the cut of not less than 18,683 N.
</P>
<P>(4) Complete fracture through any solid section of metal attachment hardware shall not occur during test.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type 2 seat belt assembly.</I> Except as provided in S4.5, the components of a Type 2 seat belt assembly including webbing, straps, buckles, adjustment and attachment hardware, and retractors shall comply with the following requirements when tested by the procedure specified in S5.3(b):
</P>
<P>(1) The structural components in the pelvic restraint shall withstand a force of not less than 11,120 N.
</P>
<P>(2) The structural components in the upper torso restraint shall withstand a force of not less than 6,672 N.
</P>
<P>(3) The structural components in the assembly that are common to pelvic and upper torso restraints shall withstand a force of not less than 13,345 N.
</P>
<P>(4) The length of the pelvic restraint between anchorages shall not increase more than 508 mm when subjected to a force of 11,120 N.
</P>
<P>(5) The length of the upper torso restraint between anchorages shall not increase more than 508 mm when subjected to a force of 6,672 N.
</P>
<P>(6) Any webbing cut by the hardware during test shall have a breaking strength of not less than 15,569 N at a cut in webbing of the pelvic restraint, or not less than 12,455 N at a cut in webbing of the upper torso restraint.
</P>
<P>(7) Complete fracture through any solid section of metal attachment hardware shall not occur during test.
</P>
<P>S4.5 <I>Load-limiter.</I> (a) A Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly that includes a load-limiter is not required to comply with the elongation requirements of S4.2(c), S4.4(a)(2), S4.4(b)(4) or S4.4(b)(5).
</P>
<P>(b) A seat belt assembly that includes a load limiter and that does not comply with the elongation requirements of this standard may be installed in motor vehicles at any designated seating position that is subject to the requirements of S5.1 of Standard No. 208 (§ 571.208).
</P>
<P>S4.6 <I>Manual belts subject to crash protection requirements of Standard No. 208.</I>
</P>
<P>(a)(1) A manual seat belt assembly, which is subject to the requirements of S5.1 of Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208) by virtue of any provision of Standard No. 208 other than S4.1.2.1(c)(2) of that standard, does not have to meet the requirements of S4.2(a)-(f) and S4.4 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(2) A manual seat belt assembly subject to the requirements of S5.1 of Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208) by virtue of S4.1.2.1(c)(2) of Standard No. 208 does not have to meet the elongation requirements of S4.2(c), S4.4(a)(2), S4.4(b)(4), and S4.4(b)(5) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Demonstration procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Webbing</I>—(a) <I>Width.</I> The width of webbing from three seat belt assemblies shall be measured after conditioning for at least 24 hours in an atmosphere having relative humidity between 48 and 67 percent and a temperature of 23° ±2 °C. The tension during measurement of width shall be not more than 22 N on webbing from a Type 1 seat belt assembly, and 9786 N ±450 N on webbing from a Type 2 seat belt assembly. The width of webbing from a Type 2 seat belt assembly may be measured during the breaking strength test described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Breaking strength.</I> Webbing from three seat belt assemblies shall be conditioned in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section and tested for breaking strength in a testing machine of capacity verified to have an error of not more than one percent in the range of the breaking strength of the webbing in accordance with ASTM E4-79 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The machine shall be equipped with split drum grips illustrated in Figure 1, having a diameter between 51 and 102 mm. The rate of grip separation shall be between 51 and 102 mm per minute. The distance between the centers of the grips at the start of the test shall be between 102 and 254 mm. After placing the specimen in the grips, the webbing shall be stretched continuously at a uniform rate to failure. Each value shall be not less than the applicable breaking strength requirement in S4.2(b), but the median value shall be used for determining the retention of breaking strength in paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Elongation.</I> Elongation shall be measured during the breaking strength test described in paragraph (b) of this section by the following procedure: A preload between 196 N and 245 N shall be placed on the webbing mounted in the grips of the testing machine and the needle points of an extensometer, in which the points remain parallel during test, are inserted in the center of the specimen. Initially the points shall be set at a known distance apart between 102 and 203 mm. When the force on the webbing reaches the value specified in S4.2(c), the increase in separation of the points of the extensometer shall be measured and the percent elongation shall be calculated to the nearest 0.5 percent. Each value shall be not more than the appropriate elongation requirement in S4.2(c).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Resistance to abrasion.</I> The webbing from three seat belt assemblies shall be tested for resistance to abrasion by rubbing over the hexagon bar prescribed in Figure 2 in the following manner: The webbing shall be mounted in the apparatus shown schematically in Figure 2. One end of the webbing (A) shall be attached to a mass (B) of 2.35 kg ±.05 kg, except that a mass of 1.5 kg ±.05 kg shall be used for webbing in pelvic and upper torso restraints of a belt assembly used in a child restraint system. The webbing shall be passed over the two new abrading edges of the hexagon bar (C) and the other end attached to an oscillating drum (D) which has a stroke of 330 mm. Suitable guides shall be used to prevent movement of the webbing along the axis of hexagonal bar C. Drum D shall be oscillated for 5,000 strokes or 2,500 cycles at a rate of 60 ±2 strokes per minute or 30 ±1 cycles per minute. The abraded webbing shall be conditioned as prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section and tested for breaking strength by the procedure described in paragraph (b) of this section. The median values for the breaking strengths determined on abraded and unabraded specimens shall be used to calculate the percentage of breaking strength retained.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Resistance to light.</I> Webbing at least 508 mm in length from three seat belt assemblies shall be suspended vertically on the inside of the specimen track in a Type E carbon-arc light exposure apparatus described in ASTM G23-81 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), except that the filter used for 100 percent polyester yarns shall be chemically strengthened soda-lime glass with a transmittance of less than 5 percent for wave lengths equal to or less than 305 nanometers and 90 percent or greater transmittance for wave lengths of 375 to 800 nanometers. The apparatus shall be operated without water spray at an air temperature of 60° ±2 °Celsius (°C) measured at a point 25 ±5 mm outside the specimen rack and midway in height. The temperature sensing element shall be shielded from radiation. The specimens shall be exposed to light from the carbon-arc for 100 hours and then conditioned as prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section. The colorfastness of the exposed and conditioned specimens shall be determined on the AATCC Gray Scale for Evaluating Change in Color (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The breaking strength of the specimens shall be determined by the procedure prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. The median values for the breaking strengths determined on exposed and unexposed specimens shall be used to calculate the percentage of breaking strength retained.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Resistance to micro-organisms.</I> Webbing at least 508 millimeters (mm) in length from three seat belt assemblies shall first be preconditioned in accordance with appendix A(1) and (2) of AATCC Test Method 30-1981 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), and then subjected to Test I, “Soil Burial Test” of that test method. After soil-burial for a period of 2 weeks, the specimen shall be washed in water, dried and conditioned as prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section. The breaking strengths of the specimens shall be determined by the procedure prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. The median values for the breaking strengths determined on exposed and unexposed specimens shall be used to calculate the percentage of breaking strength retained.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This test shall not be required on webbing made from material which is inherently resistant to micro-organisms.</P></NOTE>
<P>S5.2 <I>Hardware.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Corrosion resistance.</I> Three seat belt assemblies shall be tested in accordance with ASTM B117-73 (Reapproved 1979) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). Any surface coating or material not intended for permanent retention on the metal parts during service life shall be removed prior to preparation of the test specimens for testing. The period of test shall be 50 hours for all attachment hardware at or near the floor, consisting of two periods of 24 hours exposure to salt spray followed by 1 hour drying and 25 hours for all other hardware, consisting of one period of 24 hours exposure to salt spray followed by 1 hour drying. In the salt spray test chamber, the parts from the three assemblies shall be oriented differently, selecting those orientations most likely to develop corrosion on the larger areas. At the end of test, the seat belt assembly shall be washed thoroughly with water to remove the salt. After drying for at least 24 hours under standard laboratory conditions specified in S5.1(a) attachment hardware shall be examined for ferrous corrosion on significant surfaces, that is, all surfaces that can be contacted by a sphere 19 mm in diameter, and other hardware shall be examined for ferrous and nonferrous corrosion which may be transferred, either directly or by means of the webbing, to a person or his clothing during use of a seat belt assembly incorporating the hardware.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>When attachment and other hardware are permanently fastened, by sewing or other means, to the same piece of webbing, separate assemblies shall be used to test the two types of hardware. The test for corrosion resistance shall not be required for attachment hardware made from corrosion-resistant steel containing at least 11.5 percent chromium or for attachment hardware protected with an electrodeposited coating of nickel, or copper and nickel, as prescribed in S4.3(a). The assembly that has been used to test the corrosion resistance of the buckle shall be used to measure adjustment force, tilt-lock adjustment, and buckle latch in paragraphs (e), (f), and (g), respectively, of this section, assembly performance in S5.3 and buckle release force in paragraph (d) of this section.</P></NOTE>
<P>(b) <I>Temperature resistance.</I> Three seat belt assemblies having plastic or nonmetallic hardware or having retractors shall be subjected to the conditions prescribed in Procedure D of ASTM D756-78 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The dimension and weight measurement shall be omitted. Buckles shall be unlatched and retractors shall be fully retracted during conditioning. The hardware parts after conditioning shall be used for all applicable tests in S4.3 and S4.4.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Attachment hardware.</I> (1) Attachment bolts used to secure the pelvic restraint of a seat belt assembly to a motor vehicle shall be tested in a manner similar to that shown in Figure 3. The load shall be applied at an angle of 45° to the axis of the bolt through attachment hardware from the seat belt assembly, or through a special fixture which simulates the loading applied by the attachment hardware. The attachment hardware or simulated fixture shall be fastened by the bolt to the anchorage shown in Figure 3, which has a standard 
<FR>7/16</FR>-20UNF-2B or 
<FR>1/2</FR>-UNF-2B or metric equivalent threaded hole in a hardened steel plate at least 10 mm in thickness. The bolt shall be installed with two full threads exposed from the fully seated position. The appropriate force required by S4.3(c) shall be applied. A bolt from each of three seat belt assemblies shall be tested.
</P>
<P>(2) Attachment hardware, other than bolts, designed to receive the ends of two seat belt assemblies shall be subjected to a tensile force of 26,689 N in a manner simulating use. The hardware shall be examined for fracture after the force is released. Attachment hardware from three seat belt assemblies shall be tested.
</P>
<P>(3) Single attachment hook for connecting webbing to any eye bolt shall be tested in the following manner: The hook shall be held rigidly so that the retainer latch or keeper, with cotter pin or other locking device in place, is in a horizontal position as shown in Figure 4. A force of 667 N ±9 N shall be applied vertically as near as possible to the free end of the retainer latch, and the movement of the latch by this force at the point of application shall be measured. The vertical force shall be released, and a force of 667 N ±9 N shall be applied horizontally as near as possible to the free end of the retainer latch. The movement of the latch by this force at the point of load application shall be measured. Alternatively, the hook may be held in other positions, provided the forces are applied and the movements of the latch are measured at the points indicated in Figure 4. A single attachment hook from each of three seat belt assemblies shall be tested.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Buckle release.</I> (1) Three seat belt assemblies shall be tested to determine compliance with the maximum buckle release force requirements, following the assembly test in S5.3. After subjection to the force applicable for the assembly being tested, the force shall be reduced and maintained at 667 N on the assembly loop of a Type 1 seat belt assembly, 334 N on the components of a Type 2 seat belt assembly. The buckle release force shall be measured by applying a force on the buckle in a manner and direction typical of those which would be employed by a seat belt occupant. For push button-release buckles, the force shall be applied at least 3 mm from the edge of the push button access opening of the buckle in a direction that produces maximum releasing effect. For lever-release buckles, the force shall be applied on the centerline of the buckle lever or finger tab in a direction that produces maximum releasing effect.
</P>
<P>(2) The area for application of release force on pushbutton actuated buckle shall be measured to the nearest 30 mm
<SU>2</SU>. The cylinder specified in S4.3(d) shall be inserted in the actuation portion of a lever released buckle for determination of compliance with the requirement. A buckle with other release actuation shall be examined for access of release by fingers.
</P>
<P>(3) The buckle of a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly shall be subjected to a compressive force of 1779 N applied anywhere on a test line that is coincident with the center line of the belt extended through the buckle or on any line that extends over the center of the release mechanism and intersects the extended centerline of the belt at an angle of 60°. The load shall be applied by using a curved cylindrical bar having a cross section diameter of 19 mm and a radius of curvature of 152 mm, placed with its longitudinal center line along the test line and its center directly above the point or the buckle to which the load will be applied. The buckle shall be latched, and a tensile force of 334 N shall be applied to the connected webbing during the application of the compressive force. Buckles from three seat belt assemblies shall be tested to determine compliance with paragraph S4.3(d)(3).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Adjustment Force.</I> Three seat belt assemblies shall be tested for adjustment force on the webbing at the buckle, or other manual adjusting device normally used to adjust the size of the assembly. With no load on the anchor end, the webbing shall be drawn through the adjusting device at a rate of 508 mm ±50 mm per minute and the maximum force shall be measured to the nearest 1 N after the first 25 mm of webbing movement. The webbing shall be precycled 10 times prior to measurement.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Tilt-lock adjustment.</I> This test shall be made on buckles or other manual adjusting devices having tilt-lock adjustment normally used to adjust the size of the assembly. Three buckles or devices shall be tested. The base of the adjustment mechanism and the anchor end of the webbing shall be oriented in planes normal to each other. The webbing shall be drawn through the adjustment mechanism in a direction to increase belt length at a rate of 508 mm ±50 mm per minute while the plane of the base is slowly rotated in a direction to lock the webbing. Rotation shall be stopped when the webbing locks, but the pull on the webbing shall be continued until there is a resistance of at least 89 N. The locking angle between the anchor end of the webbing and the base of the adjustment mechanism shall be measured to the nearest degree. The webbing shall be precycled 10 times prior to measurement.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Buckle latch.</I> The buckles from three seat belt assemblies shall be opened fully and closed at least 10 times. Then the buckles shall be clamped or firmly held against a flat surface so as to permit normal movement of buckle part, but with the metal mating plate (metal-to-metal buckles) or of webbing end (metal-to-webbing buckles) withdrawn from the buckle. The release mechanism shall be moved 200 times through the maximum possible travel against its stop with a force of 133 N ±13 N at a rate not to exceed 30 cycles per minute. The buckle shall be examined to determine compliance with the performance requirements of S4.3(g). A metal-to-metal buckle shall be examined to determine whether partial engagement is possible by means of any technique representative of actual use. If partial engagement is possible, the maximum force of separation when in such partial engagement shall be determined.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Nonlocking retractor.</I> After the retractor is cycled 10 times by full extension and retraction of the webbing, the retractor and webbing shall be suspended vertically and a force of 18 N shall be applied to extend the webbing from the retractor. The force shall be reduced to 13 N when attached to a pelvic restraint, or to 5 N per strap or webbing that contacts the shoulder of an occupant when retractor is attached to an upper torso restraint. The residual extension of the webbing shall be measured by manual rotation of the retractor drum or by disengaging the retraction mechanism. Measurements shall be made on three retractors. The location of the retractor attached to upper torso restraint shall be examined for visibility of reel during use of seat belt assembly in a vehicle.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This test shall not be required on a nonlocking retractor attached to the free end of webbing which is not subjected to any tension during restraint of an occupant by the assembly.</P></NOTE>
<P>(i) <I>Automatic-locking retractor.</I> Three retractors shall be tested in a manner to permit the retraction force to be determined exclusive of the gravitational forces on hardware or webbing being retracted. The webbing shall be fully extended from the retractor. While the webbing is being retracted, the average force or retraction within plus or minus 51 mm of 75 percent extension (25 percent retraction) shall be determined and the webbing movement between adjacent locking segments shall be measured in the same region of extension. A seat belt assembly with automatic locking retractor in upper torso restraint shall be tested in a vehicle in a manner prescribed by the installation and usage instructions. The retraction force on the occupant of the seat belt assembly shall be determined before and after traveling for 10 minutes at a speed of 24 kilometers per hour (km/h) or more over a rough road (e.g., Belgian block road) where the occupant is subjected to displacement with respect to the vehicle in both horizontal and vertical directions. Measurements shall be made with the vehicle stopped and the occupant in the normal seated position.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Emergency-locking retractor.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>For seat belt assemblies manufactured before February 22, 2007.</I> Except for manufacturers that elect to comply with S4.3(j)(2) and the corresponding test procedures of S5.2(j)(2), a retractor shall be tested in a manner that permits the retraction force to be determined exclusive of the gravitational forces on hardware or webbing being retracted. The webbing shall be fully extended from the retractor, passing over or through any hardware or other material specified in the installation instructions. While the webbing is being retracted, the lowest force of retraction within ±51 mm of 75 percent extension shall be determined. A retractor that is sensitive to webbing withdrawal shall be subjected to an acceleration of 3 m/s
<SU>2</SU> (0.3 g) within a period of 50 milliseconds (ms) while the webbing is at 75 percent extension, to determine compliance with S4.3(j)(1)(ii). The retractor shall be subjected to an acceleration of 7 m/s
<SU>2</SU> (0.7 g) within a period of 50 ms, while the webbing is at 75 percent extension, and the webbing movement before locking shall be measured under the following conditions: For a retractor sensitive to webbing withdrawal, the retractor shall be accelerated in the direction of webbing retraction while the retractor drum's central axis is oriented horizontally and at angles of 45°, 90°, 135°, and 180° to the horizontal plane. For a retractor sensitive to vehicle acceleration, the retractor shall be:
</P>
<P>(i) Accelerated in the horizontal plane in two directions normal to each other, while the retractor drum's central axis is oriented at the angle at which it is installed in the vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Accelerated in three directions normal to each other while the retractor drum's central axis is oriented at angles of 45°, 90°, 135°, and 180° from the angle at which it is installed in the vehicle, unless the retractor locks by gravitational force when tilted in any direction to any angle greater than 45° from the angle at which it is installed in the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>For seat belt assemblies manufactured on or after February 22, 2007 and for manufacturers opting for early compliance.</I> A retractor shall be tested in a manner that permits the retraction force to be determined exclusive of the gravitational forces on the hardware or webbing being retracted.
</P>
<P>(i) Retraction force: The webbing shall be extended fully from the retractor, passing over and through any hardware or other material specified in the installation instructions. While the webbing is being retracted, measure the lowest force of retraction within ±51 mm of 75 percent extension.
</P>
<P>(ii) Gravitational locking: For a retractor sensitive to vehicle acceleration, rotate the retractor in any direction to an angle greater than 45 degrees from the angle at which it is installed in the vehicle. Apply a force to the webbing greater than the minimum force measured in S5.2(j)(2)(i) to determine compliance with S4.3(j)(2)(i)(D).
</P>
<P>(iii) Dynamic tests: Each acceleration pulse shall be recorded using an accelerometer having a full scale range of ±10 g and processed according to the practices set forth in SAE Recommended Practice J211-1 DEC2003 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) Channel Frequency Class 60. The webbing shall be positioned at 75 percent extension, and the displacement shall be measured using a displacement transducer. For tests specified in S5.2(j)(2)(iii)(A) and (B), the 0.7 g acceleration pulse shall be within the acceleration-time corridor shown in Figure 8 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(A) For a retractor sensitive to vehicle acceleration—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The retractor drum's central axis shall be oriented at the angle at which it is installed in the vehicle ±0.5 degrees. Accelerate the retractor in the horizontal plane in two directions normal to each other and measure the webbing payout; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the retractor does not meet the 45-degree tilt-lock requirement of S4.3(j)(2)(i)(D), accelerate the retractor in three directions normal to each other while the retractor drum's central axis is oriented at angles of 45, 90, 135, and 180 degrees from the angle at which it is installed in the vehicle and measure webbing payout.
</P>
<P>(B) For a retractor sensitive to webbing withdrawal—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The retractor drum's central axis shall be oriented horizontally ±0.5 degrees. Accelerate the retractor in the direction of webbing retraction and measure webbing payout; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The retractor drum's central axis is oriented at angles of 45, 90, 135, and 180 degrees to the horizontal plane. Accelerate the retractor in the direction of the webbing retraction and measure the webbing payout. 
</P>
<P>(C) A retractor that is sensitive to webbing withdrawal shall be subjected to an acceleration no greater than 0.3 g occurring within a period of the first 50 ms and sustaining an acceleration no greater than 0.3 g throughout the test, while the webbing is at 75 percent extension. Measure the webbing payout. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Performance of retractor.</I> After completion of the corrosion-resistance test described in paragraph (a) of this section, the webbing shall be fully extended and allowed to dry for at least 24 hours under standard laboratory conditions specified in S5.1(a). The retractor shall be examined for ferrous and nonferrous corrosion which may be transferred, either directly or by means of the webbing, to a person or his clothing during use of a seat belt assembly incorporating the retractor, and for ferrous corrosion on significant surfaces if the retractor is part of the attachment hardware. The webbing shall be withdrawn manually and allowed to retract for 25 cycles. The retractor shall be mounted in an apparatus capable of extending the webbing fully, applying a force of 89 N at full extension, and allowing the webbing to retract freely and completely. The webbing shall be withdrawn from the retractor and allowed to retract repeatedly in this apparatus until 2,500 cycles are completed. The retractor and webbing shall then be subjected to the temperature resistance test prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. The retractor shall be subjected to 2,500 additional cycles of webbing withdrawal and retraction. Then, the retractor and webbing shall be subjected to dust in a chamber similar to one illustrated in Figure 8 containing about 0.9 kg of coarse grade dust conforming to the specification given in SAE Recommended Practice J726 SEP79 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The dust shall be agitated every 20 minutes for 5 seconds by compressed air, free of oil and moisture, at a gage pressure of 550 ±55 kPa entering through an orifice 1.5 ±0.1 mm in diameter. The webbing shall be extended to the top of the chamber and kept extended at all times except that the webbing shall be subjected to 10 cycles of complete retraction and extension within 1 to 2 minutes after each agitation of the dust. At the end of 5 hours, the assembly shall be removed from the chamber. The webbing shall be fully withdrawn from the retractor manually and allowed to retract completely for 25 cycles. An automatic-locking retractor or a nonlocking retractor attached to pelvic restraint shall be subjected to 5,000 additional cycles of webbing withdrawal and retraction. An emergency locking retractor or a nonlocking retractor attached to upper torso restraint shall be subjected to 45,000 additional cycles of webbing withdrawal and retraction between 50 and 100 percent extension. The locking mechanism of an emergency locking retractor shall be actuated at least 10,000 times within 50 to 100 percent extension of webbing during the 50,000 cycles. At the end of test, compliance of the retractors with applicable requirements in S4.3 (h), (i), and (j) shall be determined. Three retractors shall be tested for performance.
</P>
<P>S5.3<I> Assembly performance—(a) Type 1 seat belt assembly.</I> Three complete seat belt assemblies, including webbing, straps, buckles, adjustment and attachment hardware, and retractors, arranged in the form of a loop as shown in Figure 5, shall be tested in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) The testing machine shall conform to the requirements specified in S5.1(b). A double-roller block shall be attached to one head of the testing machine. This block shall consist of two rollers 102 mm in diameter and sufficiently long so that no part of the seat belt assembly touches parts of the block other than the rollers during test. The rollers shall be mounted on antifriction bearings and spaced 305 mm between centers, and shall have sufficient capacity so that there is no brinelling, bending or other distortion of parts which may affect the results. An anchorage bar shall be fastened to the other head of the testing machine.
</P>
<P>(2) The attachment hardware furnished with the seat belt assembly shall be attached to the anchorage bar. The anchor points shall be spaced so that the webbing is parallel in the two sides of the loop. The attaching bolts shall be parallel to, or at an angle of 45° or 90° to the webbing, whichever results in an angle nearest to 90° between webbing and attachment hardware except that eye bolts shall be vertical, and attaching bolts or nonthreaded anchorages of a seat belt assembly designed for use in specific models of motor vehicles shall be installed to produce the maximum angle in use indicated by the installation instructions, utilizing special fixtures if necessary to simulate installation in the motor vehicle. Rigid adapters between anchorage bar and attachment hardware shall be used if necessary to locate and orient the adjustment hardware. The adapters shall have a flat support face perpendicular to the threaded hole for the attaching bolt and adequate in area to provide full support for the base of the attachment hardware connected to the webbing. If necessary, a washer shall be used under a swivel plate or other attachment hardware to prevent the webbing from being damaged as the attaching bolt is tightened.
</P>
<P>(3) The length of the assembly loop from attaching bolt to attaching bolt shall be adjusted to about 1295 mm, or as near thereto as possible. A force of 245 N shall be applied to the loop to remove any slack in webbing at hardware. The force shall be removed and the heads of the testing machine shall be adjusted for an assembly loop between 1220 and 1270 mm in length. The length of the assembly loop shall then be adjusted by applying a force between 89 and 98 N to the free end of the webbing at the buckle, or by the retraction force of an automatic-locking or emergency-locking retractor. A seat belt assembly that cannot be adjusted to this length shall be adjusted as closely as possible. An automatic-locking or emergency locking retractor when included in a seat belt assembly shall be locked at the start of the test with a tension on the webbing slightly in excess of the retractive force in order to keep the retractor locked. The buckle shall be in a location so that it does not touch the rollers during test, but to facilitate making the buckle release test in S5.2(d) the buckle should be between the rollers or near a roller in one leg.
</P>
<P>(4) The heads of the testing machine shall be separated at a rate between 51 and 102 mm per minute until a force of 22,241 ±222 N is applied to the assembly loop. The extension of the loop shall be determined from measurements of head separation before and after the force is applied. The force shall be decreased to 667 ±45 N and the buckle release force measured as prescribed in S5.2(d).
</P>
<P>(5) After the buckle is released, the webbing shall be examined for cutting by the hardware. If the yarns are partially or completely severed in a line for a distance of 10 percent or more of the webbing width, the cut webbing shall be tested for breaking strength as specified in S5.1(b) locating the cut in the free length between grips. If there is insufficient webbing on either side of the cut to make such a test for breaking strength, another seat belt assembly shall be used with the webbing repositioned in the hardware. A tensile force of 11,120 ±111 N shall be applied to the components or a force of 22,241 ±222 N shall be applied to the assembly loop. After the force is removed, the breaking strength of the cut webbing shall be determined as prescribed above.
</P>
<P>(6) If a Type 1 seat belt assembly includes an automatic-locking retractor or an emergency-locking retractor, the webbing and retractor shall be subjected to a tensile force of 11,120 ±111 N with the webbing fully extended from the retractor.
</P>
<P>(7) If a seat belt assembly has a buckle in which the tongue is capable of inverted insertion, one of the three assemblies shall be tested with the tongue inverted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type 2 seat belt assembly.</I> Components of three seat belt assemblies shall be tested in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) The pelvic restraint between anchorages shall be adjusted to a length between 1220 and 1270 mm, or as near this length as possible if the design of the pelvic restraint does not permit its adjustment to this length. An automatic-locking or emergency-locking retractor when included in a seat belt assembly shall be locked at the start of the test with a tension on the webbing slightly in excess of the retractive force in order to keep the retractor locked. The attachment hardware shall be oriented to the webbing as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section and illustrated in Figure 5. A tensile force 11,120 ±111 N shall be applied on the components in any convenient manner and the extension between anchorages under this force shall be measured. The force shall be reduced to 334 ±22 N and the buckle release force measured as prescribed in S5.2(d).
</P>
<P>(2) The components of the upper torso restraint shall be subjected to a tensile force of 6,672 ±67 N following the procedure prescribed above for testing pelvic restraint and the extension between anchorages under this force shall be measured. If the testing apparatus permits, the pelvic and upper torso restraints may be tested simultaneously. The force shall be reduced to 334 ±22 N and the buckle release force measured as prescribed in S5.2(d).
</P>
<P>(3) Any component of the seat belt assembly common to both pelvic and upper torso restraint shall be subjected to a tensile force of 13,344 ±134 N.
</P>
<P>(4) After the buckle is released in tests of pelvic and upper torso restraints, the webbing shall be examined for cutting by the hardware. If the yarns are partially or completely severed in a line for a distance of 10 percent or more of the webbing width, the cut webbing shall be tested for breaking strength as specified in S5.1(b) locating the cut in the free length between grips. If there is insufficient webbing on either side of the cut to make such a test for breaking strength, another seat belt assembly shall be used with the webbing repositioned in the hardware. The force applied shall be 11,120 ±111 N for components of pelvic restraint, and 6,672 ±67 N for components of upper torso restraint. After the force is removed, the breaking strength of the cut webbing shall be determined as prescribed above.
</P>
<P>(5) If a Type 2 seat belt assembly includes an automatic-locking retractor or an emergency-locking retractor the webbing and retractor shall be subjected to a tensile force of 11,120 ±111 N with the webbing fully extended from the retractor, or to a tensile force of 6,672 ±67 N with the webbing fully extended from the retractor if the design of the assembly permits only upper torso restraint forces on the retractor.
</P>
<P>(6) If a seat belt assembly has a buckle in which the tongue is capable of inverted insertion, one of the three assemblies shall be tested with the tongue inverted.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Resistance to buckle abrasion.</I> Seat belt assemblies shall be tested for resistance to abrasion by each buckle or manual adjusting device normally used to adjust the size of the assembly. The webbing of the assembly to be used in this test shall be exposed for 4 hours to an atmosphere having relative humidity of 65 per cent and temperature of 18 °C. The webbing shall be pulled back and forth through the buckle or manual adjusting device as shown schematically in Figure 7. The anchor end of the webbing (A) shall be attached to a mass (B) of 1.4 kg. The webbing shall pass through the buckle (C), and the other end (D) shall be attached to a reciprocating device so that the webbing forms an angle of 8° with the hinge stop (E). The reciprocating device shall be operated for 2,500 cycles at a rate of 18 cycles per minute with a stroke length of 203 mm. The abraded webbing shall be tested for breaking strength by the procedure described in paragraph S5.1(b).
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Tolerances on angles.</I> Unless a range of angles is specified or a tolerance is otherwise explicitly provided, all angles and orientations of seat belt assemblies and components specified in this standard shall have a tolerance of ±3 degrees. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.090.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.091.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.092.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.093.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er22au05.016.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 72139, Dec. 13, 1979]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.209, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.210" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.210   Standard No. 210; Seat belt assembly anchorages.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard establishes requirements for seat belt assembly anchorages to insure their proper location for effective occupant restraint and to reduce the likelihood of their failure.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, and school buses.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Actuator</I> means the device used to apply the load in performing testing.
</P>
<P><I>Bridged pull yoke</I> means the yoke that bridges the torso and pelvis on the FAD1 or FAD2 and is used for testing Type 1 seat belt assemblies.
</P>
<P><I>FAD</I> means the force application device, either the FAD1 or the FAD2, a one-piece device consisting of an upper torso portion and a pelvic portion hinged together.
</P>
<P><I>FAD1</I> means the larger version of the force application device specified in drawings NHTSA221-210-01, “Drawing Package for the Force Application Device 1 (FAD1),” April 9, 2024 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). FAD1 is depicted in figure 7 to this standard (figure provided for illustration purposes).
</P>
<P><I>FAD2</I> means the smaller version of the force application device specified in drawings NHTSA221-210-01J, “Drawing Package for the Force Application Device 2 (FAD2),” April 9, 2024 (incorporated by reference; see § 571.5). FAD2 is depicted in figure 8 to this standard (figure provided for illustration purposes).
</P>
<P><I>Midsagittal plane</I> means the vertical plane that separates the FAD into equal left and right halves. 
</P>
<P><I>School bus torso belt adjusted height</I> means the vertical height above the seating reference point (SgRP) of the horizontal plane containing a segment of the torso belt centerline located 25 mm to 75 mm forward of the torso belt height adjuster device, when the torso belt retractor is locked and the torso belt is pulled away from the seat back by applying a 20 N horizontal force in the forward direction through the webbing at a location 100 mm or more forward of the adjustment device as shown in Figure 5.
</P>
<P><I>School bus torso belt anchor point</I> means the midpoint of the torso belt width where the torso belt first contacts the uppermost torso belt anchorage. <I>Seat belt anchorage</I> means any component, other than the webbing or straps, involved in transferring seat belt loads to the vehicle structure, including, but not limited to, the attachment hardware, seat frames, seat pedestals, the vehicle structure itself, and any part of the vehicle whose failure causes separation of the belt from the vehicle structure.
</P>
<P><I>Seat reference plane</I> means the vertical plane that passes through the “seating reference point” (as defined at 49 CFR 571.3) and is parallel to the direction that the seat faces.
</P>
<P><I>Small occupant seating position</I> is as defined in 49 CFR 571.222.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>Type.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.1 Seat belt anchorages for a Type 1 or a Type 2 seat belt assembly shall be installed for each designated seating position for which a Type 1 or a Type 2 seat belt assembly is required by Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208). Seat belt anchorages for a Type 2 seat belt assembly shall be installed for each designated seating position for which a Type 2 seat belt assembly is required by Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208).
</P>
<P>S4.1.2 (a) Notwithstanding the requirement of S4.1.1, each vehicle that is equipped with an automatic restraint at the front right outboard designated seating position, which automatic restraint cannot be used for securing a child restraint system or cannot be adjusted by the vehicle owner to secure a child restraint system solely through the use of attachment hardware installed as an item of original equipment by the vehicle manufacturer, shall have, at the manufacturer's option, either anchorages for a Type 1 seat belt assembly installed at that position or a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly installed at that position. If a manufacturer elects to install anchorages for a Type 1 seat belt assembly to comply with this requirement, those anchorages shall consist of, at a minimum, holes threaded to accept bolts that comply with S4.1(f) of Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209).
</P>
<P>(b) The requirement in S4.1.1 of this standard that seat belt anchorages for a Type 1 or a Type 2 seat belt assembly shall be installed for certain designated seating positions does not apply to any such seating positions that are equipped with a seat belt assembly that meets the frontal crash protection requirements of S5.1 of Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208).
</P>
<P>S4.1.3 <I>School bus passenger seats.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.1 Seat belt anchorages for school bus passenger seats must be attached to the school bus seat structure, including seats with wheelchair positions or side emergency doors behind them. Seats with no other seats behind them, no wheelchair positions behind them and no side emergency door behind them are excluded from the requirement that the seat belt anchorages must be attached to the school bus seat structure. For school buses with a GVWR less than or equal to 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds), the seat belt shall be Type 2 as defined in S3. of FMVSS No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209). For school buses with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds), the seat belt shall be Type 1 or Type 2 as defined in S3. of FMVSS No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209).
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.2 Type 2 seat belt anchorages on school buses must meet the following location requirements.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.2 Type 2 seat belt anchorages on school buses must meet the following location requirements.
</P>
<P>(a) For a small occupant seating position of a flexible occupancy seat, as defined in 49 CFR 571.222, the school bus torso belt anchor point must be 400 mm or more vertically above the seating reference point (SgRP) or adjustable to 400 mm or more vertically above the SgRP. For all other seating positions, the school bus torso belt anchor point must be 520 mm or more vertically above the SgRP or adjustable to 520 mm or more vertically above the SgRP. The school bus torso belt adjusted height at each seating position shall be adjustable to no more than 280 mm vertically above the SgRP in the lowest position and no less than the required vertical height of the school bus torso belt anchor point for that seating position in the highest position. (<I>See</I> Figure 4.)
</P>
<P>(b) The minimum lateral distance between the vertical centerline of the bolt holes or the centroid of any other means of attachment to the structure specified in 4.1.3.1, simultaneously achievable by all seating positions, must be:
</P>
<P>(i) 280 mm for seating positions in a flexible occupancy seat in a maximum occupancy configuration, as defined in 49 CFR 571.222; and
</P>
<P>(ii) 330 mm for all other seating positions.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.3 School buses with a GVWR less than or equal to 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) must meet the requirements of S4.2.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.4 School buses with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds), with Type 1 seat belt anchorages, must meet the strength requirements specified in S4.2.1 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3.5 School buses with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds), with Type 2 seat belt anchorages, must meet the strength requirements specified in S4.2.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2 <I>Strength.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.1 <I>Seats with Type 1 or certain Type 2 seat belt assemblies.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For vehicles manufactured on or after September 17, 2024, and before September 1, 2027, except as provided in S4.2.5, the anchorages, attachment hardware, and attachment bolts for any of the following seat belt assemblies shall withstand a 22,241 N (5,000 pound) force when tested in accordance with, at the choice of the manufacturer, S5.1(a), (b), or (c):
</P>
<P>(1) Type 1 seat belt assembly; and
</P>
<P>(2) Lap belt portion of either a Type 2 or automatic seat belt assembly, if such seat belt assembly is equipped with a detachable upper torso belt.
</P>
<P>(b) For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2027, except as provided in S4.2.5, the anchorages, attachment hardware, and attachment bolts for any of the following seat belt assemblies shall withstand a 22,241 N (5,000 pound) force when tested in accordance with, at the choice of the manufacturer, S5.1(b) or (c):
</P>
<P>(1) Type 1 seat belt assembly; and
</P>
<P>(2) Lap belt portion of either a Type 2 or automatic seat belt assembly, if such seat belt assembly is equipped with a detachable upper torso belt.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2 <I>Seats with certain Type 2 or automatic seat belt assemblies.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For vehicles manufactured on or after September 17, 2024, and before September 1, 2027, except as provided in S4.2.5, the anchorages, attachment hardware, and attachment bolts for any of the following seat belt assemblies shall withstand a 13,345 N (3,000 pound) force applied to the lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly simultaneously with a 13,345 N (3,000 pound) force applied to the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt assembly, when tested in accordance with, at the choice of the manufacturer, S5.2(a), (b), or (c):
</P>
<P>(1) Type 2 and automatic seat belt assemblies that are installed to comply with Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208); and
</P>
<P>(2) Type 2 and automatic seat belt assemblies that are installed at a seating position required to have a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly by Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208).
</P>
<P>(b) For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2027, except as provided in S4.2.5, the anchorages, attachment hardware, and attachment bolts for any of the following seat belt assemblies shall withstand a 13,345 N (3,000 pound) force applied to the lap belt portion of the seat belt assembly simultaneously with a 13,345 N (3,000 pound) force applied to the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt assembly, when tested in accordance with, at the choice of the manufacturer, S5.2(b) or (c):
</P>
<P>(1) Type 2 and automatic seat belt assemblies that are installed to comply with Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208); and
</P>
<P>(2) Type 2 and automatic seat belt assemblies that are installed at a seating position required to have a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly by Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208).
</P>
<P>S4.2.3 Permanent deformation or rupture of a seat belt anchorage or its surrounding area is not considered to be a failure, if the required force is sustained for the specified time.
</P>
<P>S4.2.4 Anchorages, attachment hardware, and attachment bolts shall be tested by simultaneously loading them in accordance with the applicable procedures set forth in S5 of this standard if the anchorages are either:
</P>
<P>(a) For designated seating positions that are common to the same occupant seat and that face in the same direction, or
</P>
<P>(b) For laterally adjacent designated seating positions that are not common to the same occupant seat, but that face in the same direction, if the vertical centerline of the bolt hole for at least one of the anchorages for one of those designated seating positions is within 305 mm of the vertical center line of the bolt hole for an anchorage for one of the adjacent seating positions.
</P>
<P>S4.2.5 The attachment hardware of a seat belt assembly, which is subject to the requirements of S5.1 of Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208) by virtue of any provision of Standard No. 208 other than S4.1.2.1(c)(2) of that standard, does not have to meet the requirements of S4.2.1 and S4.2.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2.6 <I>Manufacturer's choice of compliance option.</I> The manufacturer shall select the compliance option by the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for the vehicle. Each manufacturer shall, upon the request from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, provide information regarding which of the compliance options it selected for a particular vehicle or make/model.
</P>
<P>S4.3 <I>Location.</I> As used in this section, “forward” means the direction in which the seat faces, and other directional references are to be interpreted accordingly. Anchorages for seat belt assemblies that meet the frontal crash protection requirements of S5.1 of Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208) are exempt from the location requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>S4.3.1 <I>Seat belt anchorages for Type 1 seat belt assemblies and the pelvic portion of Type 2 seat belt assemblies.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.3.1.1 In an installation in which the seat belt does not bear upon the seat frame:
</P>
<P>(a) If the seat is a nonadjustable seat, then a line from the seating reference point to the nearest contact point of the belt with the anchorage shall extend forward from the anchorage at an angle with the horizontal of not less than 30 degrees and not more than 75 degrees.
</P>
<P>(b) If the seat is an adjustable seat, then a line from a point 64 mm forward of and 10 mm above the seating reference point to the nearest contact point of the belt with the anchorage shall extend forward from the anchorage at an angle with the horizontal of not less than 30 degrees and not more than 75 degrees.
</P>
<P>S4.3.1.2 In an installation in which the belt bears upon the seat frame, the seat belt anchorage, if not on the seat structure, shall be aft of the rearmost belt contact point on the seat frame with the seat in the rearmost position. The line from the seating reference point to the nearest belt contact point on the seat frame, with the seat positioned at the seating reference point, shall extend forward from that contact point at an angle with the horizontal of not less than 30 degrees and not more than 75 degrees.
</P>
<P>S4.3.1.3 In an installation in which the seat belt attaches to the seat structure, the line from the seating reference point to the nearest contact point of the belt with the hardware attaching it to the seat structure shall extend forward from that contact point at an angle with the horizontal of not less than 30 degrees and not more than 75 degrees.
</P>
<P>S4.3.1.4 Anchorages for an individual seat belt assembly shall be located at least 165 mm apart laterally, measured between the vertical center line of the bolt holes or, for designs using other means of attachment to the vehicle structure, between the centroid of such means.
</P>
<P>S4.3.2 <I>Seat belt anchorages for the upper torso portion of Type 2 seat belt assemblies.</I> Adjust the seat to its full rearward and downward position and adjust the seat back to its most upright position. Except a small occupant seating position as defined in 49 CFR 571.222, with the seat and seat back so positioned, as specified by subsection (a) or (b) of this section, the upper end of the upper torso restraint shall be located within the acceptable range shown in Figure 1, with reference to a two-dimensional drafting template described in SAE Standard J826 MAY87 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The template's “H” point shall be at the design “H” point of the seat for its full rearward and full downward position, as defined in SAE Recommended Practice J1100 JUN84 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), and the template's torso line shall be at the same angle from the vertical as the seat back.
</P>
<P>(a) For fixed anchorages, compliance with this section shall be determined at the vertical centerline of the bolt holes or, for designs using another means of attachment to the vehicle structure, at the centroid of such means.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for seating positions on school bus bench seats, compliance with this section shall be determined with adjustable anchorages at the midpoint of the adjustment range of all adjustable positions. For seating positions on school bus bench seats, place adjustable anchorages and torso belt height adjusters in their uppermost position.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Test procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> Where a range of values is specified, the vehicle shall be able to meet the requirements at all points within the range. The anchorage shall be connected to material whose breaking strength is equal to or greater than the breaking strength of the webbing for the seat belt assembly installed as original equipment at that seating position. The geometry of the attachment duplicates the geometry, at the initiation of the test, of the attachment of the originally installed seat belt assembly.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Seat adjustment.</I> If adjustable, the seat shall be adjusted in the following way. Using any seat adjustment controls, place the seat and its components into the configurations and positions of the rearmost normal design driving or riding position consistent with the seating reference point (SgRP), where rearmost is in reference to the direction the seat is facing. The seat may face any direction in which it can be occupied while the vehicle is in motion.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Shoulder belt anchorage height adjustment.</I> The shoulder belt anchorage height adjustment (D-ring) may be set to any height.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Seats with Type 1 or certain Type 2 seat belt assemblies.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Apply a force of 22,241 N (5,000 pounds) in the direction in which the seat faces to a pelvic body block as described in figure 2A to this standard, in a plane parallel to the seat reference plane with an initial force application angle of not less than 5 degrees or more than 15 degrees above the horizontal. Apply the force at the onset rate of not more than 222,411 N (50,000 pounds) per second. Attain the 22,241 N (5,000 pound) force in not more than 30 seconds and maintain it for 10 seconds. At the manufacturer's option, the pelvic body block described in figure 2B to this standard may be substituted for the pelvic body block described in figure 2A to apply the specified force to the center set(s) of anchorages for any group of three or more sets of anchorages that are simultaneously loaded in accordance with S4.2.4.
</P>
<P>(b) Choose the FAD(s) in accordance with S5.4 and position the FAD(s) in accordance with S5.5. Apply a force of 22,241 N (5,000 pounds) to the actuator attachment point of the bridged pull yoke attached to the FAD1 or FAD2 in the direction in which the seat faces, in a plane parallel to the seat reference plane with an initial force application angle of not less than 5 degrees or more than 15 degrees above the horizontal. Apply the force at the onset rate of not more than 222,411 N (50,000 pounds) per second. Attain the 22,241 N (5,000 pound) force in not more than 30 seconds and maintain it for 10 seconds.
</P>
<P>(c) Apply a force of 22,241 N (5,000 pounds) in the direction in which the seat faces to a pelvic body block as described in figure 2A to this standard and positioned in accordance with S5.3.1, in a plane parallel to the seat reference plane with an initial force application angle of not less than 5 degrees or more than 15 degrees above the horizontal. Apply the force at the onset rate of not more than 222,411 N (50,000 pounds) per second. Attain the 22,241 N (5,000 pound) force in not more than 30 seconds and maintain it for 10 seconds. At the manufacturer's option, the pelvic body block described in figure 2B to this standard may be substituted for the pelvic body block described in figure 2A to apply the specified force to the center set(s) of anchorages for any group of three or more sets of anchorages that are simultaneously loaded in accordance with S4.2.4.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Seats with certain Type 2 or automatic seat belt assemblies.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Apply forces of 13,345 N (3,000 pounds) in the direction in which the seat faces simultaneously to a pelvic body block (as described in figure 2A to this standard) and an upper torso body block (as described in figure 3 to this standard) in a plane parallel to the seat reference plane with an initial force application angle of not less than 5 degrees or more than 15 degrees above the horizontal. Apply the forces at the onset rate of not more than 133,447 N (30,000 pounds) per second. Attain the 13,345 N (3,000 pound) force in not more than 30 seconds and maintain it for 10 seconds. At the manufacturer's option, the pelvic body block described in figure 2B to this standard may be substituted for the pelvic body block described in figure 2A to apply the specified force to the center set(s) of anchorages for any group of three or more sets of anchorages that are simultaneously loaded in accordance with S4.2.4.
</P>
<P>(b) Choose the FAD(s) in accordance with S5.4 and position the FAD(s) in accordance with S5.5. Apply forces of 13,345 N (3,000 pounds) in the direction in which the seat faces simultaneously, to the eye bolt attached to the pull bracket of the torso pull yoke on the FAD and the thru hole on the pelvis of the FAD in a plane parallel to the seat reference plane with an initial force application angle of not less than 5 degrees or more than 15 degrees above the horizontal. Apply the forces at the onset rate of not more than 133,447 N (30,000 pounds) per second. Attain the 13,345 N (3,000 pound) force in not more than 30 seconds and maintain it for 10 seconds.
</P>
<P>(c) Position a pelvic body block (as described in figure 2A to this standard) and an upper torso body block (as described in figure 3 to this standard) as described in S5.3. There shall be no contact between the pelvic and torso body blocks at the end of the preload force application (<I>i.e.,</I> before the test force is applied). Apply forces of 13,345 N (3,000 pounds) in the direction in which the seat faces simultaneously to the pelvic body block and the upper torso body block in a plane parallel to the seat reference plane with an initial force application angle of not less than 5 degrees or more than 15 degrees above the horizontal. Apply the forces at the onset rate of not more than 133,447 N (30,000 pounds) per second. Attain the 13,345 N (3,000 pound) force in not more than 30 seconds and maintain it for 10 seconds. At the manufacturer's option, the pelvic body block described in figure 2B to this standard may be substituted for the pelvic body block described in figure 2A to apply the specified force to the center set(s) of anchorages for any group of three or more sets of anchorages that are simultaneously loaded in accordance with S4.2.4.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Body Block Zones.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 <I>Pelvic Body Block Zone.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) With a 1,335 N (300 pound) force being applied to the pelvic body block in the direction in which the seat faces, the target depicted in figure 2A or figure 2B to this standard shall lie within the zone described in S5.3.1(a)(1) through (3) and in table 1 to this standard (and depicted in figure 6 to this standard):
</P>
<P>(1) At or rearward of the transverse vertical plane of the vehicle located 50 mm longitudinally forward of the SgRP and at or forward of the transverse vertical plane located 155 mm rearward of the SgRP.
</P>
<P>(2) At or below the horizontal plane located 210 mm above the SgRP and at or above the horizontal plane 65 mm above the SgRP.
</P>
<P>(3) At or rightward of the plane parallel to the seat reference plane and located 170 mm to the left of the SgRP and at or leftward of the plane parallel to the seat reference plane and located 170 mm to the right of the SgRP.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 <I>Torso Body Block Zone.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) With a 1,335 N (300 pound) force being applied to the torso body block in the direction in which the seat faces, the target depicted in figure 3 to this standard shall lie within the zones described in S5.3.2(a)(1) through (3) and in table 1 to this standard (and depicted in figure 6 to this standard):
</P>
<P>(1) At or rearward of the transverse vertical plane of the vehicle located 230 mm longitudinally forward of the SgRP and at or forward of the transverse vertical plane located 10 mm rearward of the SgRP.
</P>
<P>(2) At or below the horizontal plane located 425 mm above the SgRP and at or above the horizontal plane 180 mm above the SgRP.
</P>
<P>(3) At or rightward of the plane parallel to the seat reference plane and located 265 mm to the left of the SgRP and at or leftward of the plane parallel to the seat reference plane and located 265 mm to the right of the SgRP.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Choice of FAD.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) If testing in accordance with S4.2.4, position a FAD1 in accordance with S5.5 at each DSP being simultaneously tested. If there is contact between adjacent FAD1s when positioned as required by S5.5, or if adjacent FAD1s cannot be positioned as required by S5.5 due to contact with each other, then replace the FAD1(s) according to the following hierarchy.
</P>
<P>(1) For forward or rearward facing designated seating positions:
</P>
<P>(i) If contact occurs between a FAD1 in an inboard seat and a FAD1 in an outboard seat, replace the FAD1 in the inboard seat with a FAD2.
</P>
<P>(ii) If contact occurs between adjacent FAD1s in inboard seats, replace the FAD1 on the right-hand side (as viewed in the direction the seat is facing) with a FAD2. For multiple instances of contact between FAD1s, begin replacing FAD1s at the rightmost seating position.
</P>
<P>(iii) If contact occurs between an inboard FAD1 and an inboard FAD2, replace the FAD1 with a FAD2.
</P>
<P>(iv) If contact occurs between a FAD1 in an outboard seat and a FAD2 in an inboard seat, replace the FAD1 in the outboard seat with a FAD2.
</P>
<P>(2) For non-forward and non-rearward facing designated seating positions:
</P>
<P>(i) If contact occurs between adjacent FAD1s, replace the FAD1 on the right-hand side (as viewed in the direction the seat is facing) with a FAD2. If contact remains, replace the FAD1 on the left-hand side with a FAD2. For multiple instances of contact between FAD1s, begin replacing FAD1s at the rightmost seating position.
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>FAD Positioning Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Place the FAD1 or FAD2 on the seat such that the midsagittal plane is parallel to and within 10 mm of the seat reference plane, with the torso portion of the FAD contacting the seat back.
</P>
<P>(b) While keeping the midsagittal plane within 10 mm of the seat reference plane, move the pelvis portion of the FAD toward the seat back until it contacts the seat back.
</P>
<P>(c) If the torso is not in contact with the seat back, rotate the torso portion of the FAD while holding the pelvis in place until the back of the torso contacts the seat back.
</P>
<P>(d) Buckle and position the seat belt so that the lap belt secures the pelvis portion of the FAD and the shoulder belt secures the torso portion of the FAD.
</P>
<P>(e) Remove all slack from the seat belt.
</P>
<P>(f) If testing a Type 2 or Type 2A seat belt assembly, attach one actuator to the eye bolt attached to the pull bracket of the torso pull yoke on the FAD and one to the thru hole on the pelvis of the FAD. If testing a Type 1 seat belt assembly, attach the actuator to the actuator attachment point on the bridged pull yoke attached to the FAD.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.094.gif"/>
<P>S6. <I>Owner's Manual Information.</I> The owner's manual in each vehicle with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kg or less shall include:
</P>
<P>(a) A section explaining that all child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt. The section shall also explain that children could be endangered in a crash if their child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) In a vehicle with rear designated seating positions, a statement alerting vehicle owners that, according to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er17se24.013.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 2A to § 571.210—Body Block for Lap Belt Anchorage and Target Location</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er17se24.014.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 2B to § 571.210—Optional Body Block for Center Seating Positions Lap Belt Anchorage and Target Location</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er17se24.015.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 3 to § 571.210—Body Block for Combination Shoulder and Lap Belt Anchorage and Target Location</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er21oc08.058.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er29oc10.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er17se24.016.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 6 to § 571.210—Body Block Zones (provided for illustration purposes)</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er17se24.017.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 7 to § 571.210—FAD1 (provided for illustration purposes)</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er17se24.018.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 8 to § 571.210—FAD2 (provided for illustration purposes)</BCAP>
<P> 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 571.210-Coordinates of the Vertices From the S<E T="01">g</E>RP
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="6" scope="row">Coordinates of Zone Vertices from SgRP; [(X,Y,Z) in (mm) and <E T="03">(in)</E>]
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vertices of Torso Body Block Zone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">T1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(230, 265, −425)
<br/>(9.1, 10.4, −16.7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vertices of Pelvic Body Block Zone</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(50, 170, −210)
<br/>(2, 6.7, −8.3)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">T2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(230, −265, −425)
<br/>(9.1, −10.4, −16.7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(50, −170, −210)
<br/>(2, −6.7, −8.3)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">T3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(230, 265, −180)
<br/>(9.1, 10.4, −7.1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(50, 170, −65)
<br/>(2, 6.7, −2.6)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">T4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(230, −265, −180)
<br/>(9.1, −10.4, −7.1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(50, −170, −65)
<br/>(2, −6.7, −2.6)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">T5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(−10, 265, −425)
<br/>(−.4, 10.4, −16.7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(−155, 170, −210)
<br/>(−6.1, 6.7, −8.3)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">T6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(−10, −265, −425)
<br/>(−.4, −10.4, −16.7)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(−155, −170, −210)
<br/>(−6.1, −6.7, −8.3)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">T7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(−10, 265, −180)
<br/>(−.4, 10.4, −7.1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(−155, 170, −65)
<br/>(−6.1, 6.7, −2.6)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">T8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(−10, −265, −180)
<br/>(−.4, −10.4, −7.1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">P8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(−155, −170, −65)
<br/>(−6.1, −6.7, −2.6)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 22902, Dec. 2, 1971]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.210, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.211" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.211   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.212" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.212   Standard No. 212; Windshield mounting.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes windshield retention requirements for motor vehicles during crashes.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce crash injuries and fatalities by providing for retention of the vehicle windshield during a crash, thereby utilizing fully the penetration-resistance and injury-avoidance properties of the windshield glazing material and preventing the ejection of occupants from the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, and to multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks designed to carry at least one person, and buses having a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kilograms or less. However, it does not apply to forward control vehicles, walk-in van-type vehicles, or to open-body type vehicles with fold-down or removable windshields.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definition. Passive restraint system</I> means a system meeting the occupant crash protection requirements of S5. of Standard No. 208 by means that require no action by vehicle occupants.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> When the vehicle travelling longitudinally forward at any speed up to and including 48 kilometers per hour impacts a fixed collision barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, under the conditions of S6, the windshield mounting of the vehicle shall retain not less than the minimum portion of the windshield periphery specified in S5.1 and S5.2.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Vehicles equipped with passive restraints.</I> Vehicles equipped with passive restraint systems shall retain not less than 50 percent of the portion of the windshield periphery on each side of the vehicle longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Vehicles not equipped with passive restraints.</I> Vehicles not equipped with passive restraint systems shall retain not less than 75 percent of the windshield periphery.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test conditions.</I> The requirements of S5. shall be met under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>S6.1 The vehicle, including test devices and instrumentation, is loaded as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Except as specified in S6.2, a passenger car is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus its cargo and luggage capacity weight, secured in the luggage area, plus a 50th-percentile test dummy as specified in part 572 of this chapter at each front outboard designated seating position and at any other position whose protection system is required to be tested by a dummy under the provisions of Standard No. 208. Each dummy is restrained only by means that are installed for protection at its seating position.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as specified in S6.2, a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck or bus is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight, plus 136 kilograms or its rated cargo and luggage capacity, whichever is less, secured to the vehicle, plus a 50th-percentile test dummy as specified in part 572 of this chapter at each front outboard designated seating position and at any other position whose protection system is required to be tested by a dummy under the provisions of Standard No. 208. Each dummy is restrained only by means that are installed for protection at its seating position. The load is distributed so that the weight on each axle as measured at the tire-ground interface is in proportion to its GAWR. If the weight on any axle when the vehicle is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus dummy weight exceeds the axle's proportional share of the test weight, the remaining weight is placed so that the weight on that axle remains the same. For the purposes of this section, unloaded vehicle weight does not include the weight of work-performing accessories. Vehicles are tested to a maximum unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kilograms.
</P>
<P>S6.2 The fuel tank is filled to any level from 90 to 95 percent of capacity.
</P>
<P>S6.3 The parking brake is disengaged and the transmission is in neutral.
</P>
<P>S6.4 Tires are inflated to the vehicle manufacturer's specifications.
</P>
<P>S6.5 The windshield mounting material and all vehicle components in direct contact with the mounting material are at any temperature between −9 degrees Celsius and + 43 degrees Celsius.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 36494, Aug. 30, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 34289, July 5, 1977; 45 FR 22046, Apr. 3, 1980; 60 FR 13647, Mar. 14, 1995; 87 FR 18597, Mar. 30, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.213" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.213   Child restraint systems; Applicable unless a vehicle or child restraint system is certified to § 571.213b.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for child restraint systems used in motor vehicles and aircraft.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the number of children killed or injured in motor vehicle crashes and in aircraft.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses, and to child restraint systems for use in motor vehicles and aircraft, manufactured before December 5, 2026. FMVSS No. 213b applies to child restraint systems manufactured on or after December 5, 2026.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Add-on child restraint system</I> means any portable child restraint system.
</P>
<P><I>Backless child restraint system</I> means a child restraint, other than a belt-positioning seat, that consists of a seating platform that does not extend up to provide a cushion for the child's back or head and has a structural element designed to restrain forward motion of the child's torso in a forward impact.
</P>
<P><I>Belt-positioning seat</I> means a child restraint system that positions a child on a vehicle seat to improve the fit of a vehicle Type II belt system on the child and that lacks any component, such as a belt system or a structural element, designed to restrain forward movement of the child's torso in a forward impact.
</P>
<P><I>Booster seat</I> means either a backless child restraint system or a belt-positioning seat.
</P>
<P><I>Built-in child restraint system</I> means a child restraint system that is designed to be an integral part of and permanently installed in a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Car bed</I> means a child restraint system designed to restrain or position a child in the supine or prone position on a continuous flat surface.
</P>
<P><I>Child restraint anchorage system</I> is defined in S3 of FMVSS No. 225 (§ 571.225).
</P>
<P><I>Child restraint system</I> means any device, except Type I or Type II seat belts, designed for use in a motor vehicle or aircraft to restrain, seat, or position children who weigh 36 kilograms (kg) (80 lb) or less.
</P>
<P><I>Contactable surface</I> means any child restraint system surface (other than that of a belt, belt buckle, or belt adjustment hardware) that may contact any part of the head or torso of the appropriate test dummy, specified in S7, when a child restraint system is tested in accordance with S6.1.
</P>
<P><I>Factory-installed built-in child restraint system</I> means a built-in child restraint system that has been or will be permanently installed in a motor vehicle before that vehicle is certified as a completed or altered vehicle in accordance with part 567 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Harness</I> means a combination pelvic and upper torso child restraint system that consists primarily of flexible material, such as straps, webbing or similar material, and that does not include a rigid seating structure for the child. 
</P>
<P><I>Rear-facing child restraint system</I> means a child restraint system, except a car bed, that positions a child to face in the direction opposite to the normal direction of travel of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Representative aircraft passenger seat</I> means either a Federal Aviation Administration approved production aircraft passenger seat or a simulated aircraft passenger seat conforming to Figure 6.
</P>
<P><I>School bus child restraint system</I> means an add-on child restraint system (including a harness) manufactured and sold only for use on school bus seats, that has a label conforming with S5.3.1(b). (This definition applies to child restraint systems manufactured on or after June 30, 2025.)
</P>
<P><I>Seat orientation reference line</I> or <I>SORL</I> means the horizontal line through Point Z as illustrated in Figure 1A.
</P>
<P><I>Specific vehicle shell</I> means the actual vehicle model part into which the built-in child restraint system is or is intended to be fabricated, including the complete surroundings of the built-in system. If the built-in child restraint system is or is intended to be fabricated as part of any seat other than a front seat, these surroundings include the back of the seat in front, the interior rear side door panels and trim, the floor pan, adjacent pillars (e.g., the B and C pillars), and the ceiling. If the built-in system is or is intended to be fabricated as part of the front seat, these surroundings include the dashboard, the steering mechanism and its associated trim hardware, any levers and knobs installed on the floor or on a console, the interior front side door panels and trim, the front seat, the floor pan, the A pillars and the ceiling.
</P>
<P><I>Tether anchorage</I> is defined in S3 of FMVSS No. 225 (§ 571.225).
</P>
<P><I>Tether strap</I> is defined in S3 of FMVSS No. 225 (§ 571.225).
</P>
<P><I>Tether hook</I> is defined in S3 of FMVSS No. 225 (§ 571.225).
</P>
<P><I>Torso</I> means the portion of the body of a seated anthropomorphic test dummy, excluding the thighs, that lies between the top of the child restraint system seating surface and the top of the shoulders of the test dummy.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> (a) Each motor vehicle with a built-in child restraint system shall meet the requirements in this section when, as specified, tested in accordance with S6.1 and this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b) Each child restraint system manufactured for use in motor vehicles shall meet the requirements in this section when, as specified, tested in accordance with S6.1 and this paragraph. Each add-on system shall meet the requirements at each of the restraint's seat back angle adjustment positions and restraint belt routing positions, when the restraint is oriented in the direction recommended by the manufacturer (e.g., forward, rearward or laterally) pursuant to S5.6, and tested with the test dummy specified in S7.
</P>
<P>(c) Each child restraint system manufactured for use in aircraft shall meet the requirements in this section and the additional requirements in S8.
</P>
<P>(d) Each child restraint tested with a Part 572 Subpart S dummy need not meet S5.1.2 and S5.1.3.
</P>
<P>(e) Each child restraint system tested with a part 572 subpart T dummy need not meet S5.1.2.1(a).
</P>
<P>(f) Each child restraint system that is equipped with an internal harness or other internal components to restrain the child need not meet this standard when attached to the lower anchors of the child restraint anchorage system on the standard seat assembly if the sum of the weight of the child restraint system (in pounds) and the average weight of child represented by the test dummy used to test the child restraint in accordance with S7 of this standard, shown in the table below, exceeds 65 pounds. Such a child restraint must meet this standard when tested using its internal harness or components to restrain such a test dummy while installed using the standard seat belt assembly specified in S5.3.2 of this standard.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table to S5(<E T="01">f</E>)—Average Weight of Child Represented by Various Test Dummies
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test dummy
<br/>(specified in S7 of this standard)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Average weight of child represented by test dummy (pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CRABI 12-month-old infant dummy (49 CFR Part 572, Subpart R)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hybrid III 3-year-old dummy
<br/>(49 CFR Part 572, Subpart P)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hybrid III 6-year-old dummy 49 CFR Part 572, Subpart N)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hybrid III 6-year-old weighted child test dummy (49 CFR Part 572 Subpart S)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hybrid II 6-year-old dummy (49, CFR Part 572, Subpart I)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(g) Each add-on child restraint system manufactured for use in motor vehicles, that is recommended for children in a weight range that includes weights up to 18 kilograms (40 pounds), or for children in a height range that includes heights up to 1100 millimeters, shall meet the requirements in this standard and the additional side impact protection requirements in Standard No. 213a (§ 571.213a). Excepted from Standard No. 213a are harnesses and car beds.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Dynamic performance.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Child restraint system integrity.</I> When tested in accordance with S6.1, each child restraint system shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) Exhibit no complete separation of any load bearing structural element and no partial separation exposing either surfaces with a radius of less than 6 mm or surfaces with protrusions greater than 9 mm above the immediate adjacent surrounding contactable surface of any structural element of the system.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) If adjustable to different positions, remain in the same adjustment position during the testing that it was in immediately before the testing, except as otherwise specified in paragraph (b)(2).
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Subject to paragraph (b)(2)(ii), a rear-facing child restraint system may have a means for repositioning the seating surface of the system that allows the system's occupant to move from a reclined position to an upright position and back to a reclined position during testing.
</P>
<P>(ii) No opening that is exposed and is larger than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch before the testing shall become smaller during the testing as a result of the movement of the seating surface relative to the restraint system as a whole.
</P>
<P>(c) If a front facing child restraint system, not allow the angle between the system's back support surfaces for the child and the system's seating surface to be less than 45 degrees at the completion of the test.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Injury criteria.</I> When tested in accordance with S6.1 and with the test dummies specified in S7, each child restraint system manufactured before August 1, 2005, that, in accordance with S5.5.2, is recommended for use by children whose mass is more than 10 kg shall—
</P>
<P>(a) Limit the resultant acceleration at the location of the accelerometer mounted in the test dummy head as specified in part 572 such that the expression:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="39" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.097.gif"/></MATH>
<FP>shall not exceed 1,000, where a is the resultant acceleration expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity), and t<E T="52">1</E> and t<E T="52">2</E> are any two moments during the impacts.
</FP>
<P>(b) Limit the resultant acceleration at the location of the accelerometer mounted in the test dummy upper thorax as specified in part 572 to not more than 60 g's, except for intervals whose cumulative duration is not more than 3 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.1 When tested in accordance with S6.1 and with the test dummies specified in S7, each child restraint system manufactured on or after August 1, 2005 shall'
</P>
<P>(a) Limit the resultant acceleration at the location of the accelerometer mounted in the test dummy head such that, for any two points in time, t1 and t2, during the event which are separated by not more than a 36 millisecond time interval and where t1 is less than t2, the maximum calculated head injury criterion (HIC36) shall not exceed 1,000, determined using the resultant head acceleration at the center of gravity of the dummy head, ar, expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity), calculated using the expression:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="39" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er18jn03.018.gif"/></MATH>
<P>(b) The resultant acceleration calculated from the output of the thoracic instrumentation shall not exceed 60 g's, except for intervals whose cumulative duration is not more than 3 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.2 At the manufacturer's option (with said option irrevocably selected prior to, or at the time of, certification of the restraint), child restraint systems manufactured before August 1, 2005 may be tested to the requirements of S5 while using the test dummies specified in S7.1.2 of this standard according to the criteria for selecting test dummies specified in that paragraph. That paragraph specifies the dummies used to test child restraint systems manufactured on or after August 1, 2005. If a manufacturer selects the dummies specified in S7.1.2 to test its product, the injury criteria specified by S5.1.2.1 of this standard must be met. Child restraints manufactured on or after August 1, 2005 must be tested using the test dummies specified in S7.1.2.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 <I>Occupant excursion.</I> When tested in accordance with S6.1 and the requirements specified in this section, each child restraint system shall meet the applicable excursion limit requirements specified in S5.1.3.1-S5.1.3.3.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.1 <I>Child restraint systems other than rear-facing ones and car beds.</I> Each child restraint system, other than a rear-facing child restraint system or a car bed, shall retain the test dummy's torso within the system.
</P>
<P>(a) For each add-on child restraint system:
</P>
<P>(1) No portion of the test dummy's head shall pass through a vertical transverse plane that is 720 mm or 813 mm (as specified in the table in this S5.1.3.1) forward of point Z on the standard seat assembly, measured along the center SORL (as illustrated in figure 1B of this standard); and
</P>
<P>(2) Neither knee pivot point shall pass through a vertical transverse plane that is 915 mm forward of point Z on the standard seat assembly, measured along the center SORL.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to S5.1.3.1(<E T="01">a</E>)—Add-On Child Restraints that Can Be Used Forward-Facing Manufactured Before June 30, 2025
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">When this type of child restraint
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Is tested in accordance with—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">These excursion limits apply
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Explanatory note: in the test specified in 2nd column, the child restraint is attached to the test seat assembly in the manner described below, subject to certain conditions
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harnesses and restraints designed for use by children with physical disabilities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with lap belt; in addition, if a tether is provided, it is attached.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harnesses labeled per S5.3.1(b)(i) through S5.3.1(b)(iii) and Figure 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with seat back mount.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Belt-positioning seats</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(ii)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with lap and shoulder belt; no tether is attached.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">All other child restraints (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> other than harnesses, restraints designed for use by children with physical disabilities, harnesses manufactured exclusively for school buses, and belt-positioning seats)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(B)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with a lap belt, without a tether attached; and,
<br/>Attached to lower anchorages of a child restraint anchorage system; no tether is attached.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">All other child restraints (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> other than harnesses, restraints designed for use by children with physical disabilities, harnesses labeled per S5.3.1(b)(i) through S5.3.1(b)(iii) and Figure 12, and belt-positioning seats)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A), S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(C)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 720 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with a lap belt, with a tether attached; and,
<br/>Attached to lower anchorages of child restraint anchorage system, with a tether attached.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to S5.1.3.1(<E T="01">a</E>)—Add-On Child Restraints that Can Be Used Forward-Facing Manufactured After June 30, 2025
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">When this type of child restraint
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Is tested in accordance with—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">These excursion limits apply
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Explanatory note: in the test specified in 2nd column, the excursion requirement must be met when the child restraint system is attached to the test seat assembly in the manner described below, subject to certain conditions
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harnesses and restraints designed for use by children with physical disabilities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with lap and shoulder belt; in addition, if a tether is provided, it is attached.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">School bus child restraint systems</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with seat back mount, or, seat back, and, seat pan mounts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Booster seats</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(ii)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with lap and shoulder belt; no tether is attached.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Child restraints other than harnesses, restraints designed for use by children with physical disabilities, school bus child restraint systems, and booster seats</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(B)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with a lap belt; without a tether attached.
<br/>Attached to lower anchorages of child restraint anchorage system; with no tether attached.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Child restraints other than harnesses, restraints designed for use by children with physical disabilities, and school bus child restraint systems</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A), S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(C)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 720 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with a lap belt, with a tether attached.
<br/>Attached to lower anchorages of child restraint anchorage system, with a tether attached.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Child restraints equipped with a fixed or movable surface described in S5.2.2.2 that has belts that are not an integral part of that fixed or movable surface</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with lap belt, no tether is attached.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) In the case of a built-in child restraint system, neither knee pivot point shall, at any time during the dynamic test, pass through a vertical transverse plane that is 305 mm forward of the initial pre-test position of the respective knee pivot point, measured along a horizontal line that passes through the knee pivot point and is parallel to the vertical longitudinal plane that passes through the vehicle's longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.2 <I>Rear-facing child restraint systems.</I> In the case of each rear-facing child restraint system, all portions of the test dummy's torso shall be retained within the system and neither of the target points on either side of the dummy's head and on the transverse axis passing through the center of mass of the dummy's head and perpendicular to the head's midsagittal plane, shall pass through the transverse orthogonal planes whose intersection contains the forward-most and top-most points on the child restraint system surfaces (illustrated in Figure 1C).
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.3 <I>Car beds.</I> In the case of car beds, all portions of the test dummy's head and torso shall be retained within the confines of the car bed.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 <I>Back support angle.</I> When a rear-facing child restraint system is tested in accordance with S6.1, the angle between the system's back support surface for the child and the vertical shall not exceed 70 degrees.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Force distribution.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Minimum head support surface—child restraints other than car beds.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.1 Except as provided in S5.2.1.2, each child restraint system other than a car bed shall provide restraint against rearward movement of the head of the child (rearward in relation to the child) by means of a continuous seat back which is an integral part of the system and which—
</P>
<P>(a) Has a height, measured along the system seat back surface for the child in the vertical longitudinal plane passing through the longitudinal centerline of the child restraint systems from the lowest point on the system seating surface that is contacted by the buttocks of the seated dummy, as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table to S5.2.1.1(<E T="01">a</E>) 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Weight 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Height 
<sup>2</sup> (mm) 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Not more than 18 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 18 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">560 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> When a child restraint system is recommended under S5.5 for use by children of the above weights. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> The height of the portion of the system seat back providing head restraint shall not be less than the above.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Has a width of not less than 8 inches, measured in the horizontal plane at the height specified in paragraph (a) of this section. Except that a child restraint system with side supports extending at least 4 inches forward from the padded surface of the portion of the restraint system provided for support of the child's head may have a width of not less than 6 inches, measured in the horizontal plane at the height specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Limits the rearward rotation of the test dummy head so that the angle between the head and torso of the dummy specified in S7. when tested in accordance with S6.1 is not more than 45 degrees greater than the angle between the head and torso after the dummy has been placed in the system in accordance with S6.1.2.3 and before the system is tested in accordance with S6.1.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.2 The applicability of the requirements of S5.2.1.1 to a front-facing child restraint, and the conformance of any child restraint other than a car bed to those requirements, is determined using the largest of the test dummies specified in S7 for use in testing that restraint, provided that the 6-year-old dummy described in subpart I or subpart N of part 572 of this title and the 10-year-old dummy described in subpart T of part 572 of this title, are not used to determine the applicability of or compliance with S5.2.1.1. A front facing child restraint system is not required to comply with S5.2.1.1 if the target point on either side of the dummy's head is below a horizontal plane tangent to the top of— 
</P>
<P>(a) The standard seat assembly, in the case of an add-on child restraint system, when the dummy is positioned in the system and the system is installed on the assembly in accordance with S6.1.2.
</P>
<P>(b) The vehicle seat, in the case of a built-in child restraint system, when the system is activated and the dummy is positioned in the system in accordance with S6.1.2.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Torso impact protection.</I> Each child restraint system other than a car bed shall comply with the applicable requirements of S5.2.2.1 and S5.2.2.2.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.1(a) The system surface provided for the support of the child's back shall be flat or concave and have a continuous surface area of not less than 85 square inches.
</P>
<P>(b) Each system surface provided for support of the side of the child's torso shall be flat or concave and have a continuous surface of not less than 24 square inches for systems recommended for children weighing 20 pounds or more, or 48 square inches for systems recommended for children weighing less than 20 pounds.
</P>
<P>(c) Each horizontal cross section of each system surface designed to restrain forward movement of the child's torso shall be flat or concave and each vertical longitudinal cross section shall be flat or convex with a radius of curvature of the underlying structure of not less than 2 inches.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.2 Each forward-facing child restraint system shall have no fixed or movable surface—
</P>
<P>(a) Directly forward of the dummy and intersected by a horizontal line—
</P>
<P>(1) Parallel to the SORL, in the case of the add-on child restraint system, or
</P>
<P>(2) Parallel to a vertical plane through the longitudinal center line of the vehicle seat, in the case of a built-in child restraint system, and,
</P>
<P>(b) Passing through any portion of the dummy, except for surfaces which restrain the dummy when the system is tested in accordance with S6.1.2(a)(2), so that the child restraint system shall conform to the requirements of S5.1.2 and S5.1.3.1.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.2.4 <I>Protrusion limitation.</I> Any portion of a rigid structural component within or underlying a contactable surface, or any portion of a child restraint system surface that is subject to the requirements of S5.2.3 shall, with any padding or other flexible overlay material removed, have a height above any immediately adjacent restraint system surface of not more than 9 mm and no exposed edge with a radius of less than 6 mm.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Installation.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 Add-on child restraints shall meet either (a) or (b), as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(a) Except for components designed to attach to a child restraint anchorage system, each add-on child restraint system must not have any means designed for attaching the system to a vehicle seat cushion or vehicle seat back and any component (except belts) that is designed to be inserted between the vehicle seat cushion and vehicle seat back. 
</P>
<P>(b) School bus child restraint systems (including harnesses manufactured for use on school bus seats) must have a label that conforms in content to Figure 12 and to the requirements of S5.3.1(b)(1) through S5.3.1(b)(3) of this standard. The label must be permanently affixed to the part of the school bus child restraint system, that attaches the system to a vehicle seat back. 
</P>
<P>(1) The label must be plainly visible when installed and easily readable. 
</P>
<P>(2) The message area must be white with black text. The message area must be no less than 20 square centimeters. 
</P>
<P>(3) The pictogram shall be gray and black with a red circle and slash on a white background. The pictogram shall be no less than 20 mm in diameter. 
</P>
<P>(c) The provision that add-on child restraint systems shall meet the requirements of this standard when installed solely by a Type 1 belt applies to child restraint systems manufactured before September 1, 2029. Except for harnesses, the requirement sunsets for child restraint systems manufactured on or after September 1, 2029. For harnesses, the requirement does not sunset and continues to apply to harnesses manufactured on or after September 1, 2029.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 Each add-on child restraint system shall be capable of meeting the requirements of this standard when installed solely by each of the means indicated in the following table for the particular type of child restraint system: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table to S5.3.2 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Type of add-on child restraint system 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Means of installation 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type 1 seat belt assembly 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type 1 seat belt assembly plus a tether anchorage, if needed 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Child restraint anchorage system (effective September 1, 2002) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type II seat belt assembly 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Seat back mount 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harnesses labeled per S5.3.1(b)(1) through S5.3.1(b)(3) and Figure 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other harnesses</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Car beds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rear-facing restraints</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Belt-positioning seats</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">All other child restraints</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.3.2.1 School bus child restraint systems manufactured on or after June 30, 2025, shall be capable of meeting the requirements of this standard when installed by seat back mount, or, seat back mount and seat pan mount.
</P>
<P>S5.3.3 <I>Car beds.</I> Each car bed shall be designed to be installed on a vehicle seat so that the car bed's longitudinal axis is perpendicular to a vertical longitudinal plane through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Belts, belt buckles, and belt webbing.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.1 <I>Child restraint systems manufactured before September 1, 2007.</I> The webbing of belts provided with a child restraint system and used to attach the system to the vehicle or to restrain the child within the system shall—
</P>
<P>(a) After being subjected to abrasion as specified in S5.1(d) or S5.3(c) of FMVSS 209 (§ 571.209), have a breaking strength of not less than 75 percent of the strength of the unabraded webbing when tested in accordance with S5.1(b) of FMVSS 209. A mass of 2.35 ±.05 kg shall be used in the test procedure in S5.1(d) of FMVSS 209 for webbing, including webbing used to secure a child restraint system to the tether and lower anchorages of a child restraint anchorage system, except that a mass of 1.5 ±.05 kg shall be used for webbing in pelvic and upper torso restraints of a belt assembly used in a child restraint system. The mass is shown as (B) in Figure 2 of FMVSS 209.
</P>
<P>(b) Meet the requirements of S4.2 (e) and (f) of FMVSS No. 209 (§ 571.209); and
</P>
<P>(c) If contactable by the test dummy torso when the system is tested in accordance with S6.1, have a width of not less than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches when measured in accordance with S5.4.1.3.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.2 <I>Child restraint systems manufactured on or after September 1, 2007.</I> The webbing of belts provided with a child restraint system and used to attach the system to the vehicle or to restrain the child within the system shall—
</P>
<P>(a) Have a minimum breaking strength for new webbing of not less than 15,000 N in the case of webbing used to secure a child restraint system to the vehicle, including the tether and lower anchorages of a child restraint anchorage system, and not less than 11,000 N in the case of the webbing used to secure a child to a child restraint system when tested in accordance with S5.1 of FMVSS No. 209. Each value shall be not less than the 15,000 N and 11,000 N applicable breaking strength requirements, but the median value shall be used for determining the retention of breaking strength in paragraphs (b)(1), (c)(1), and (c)(2) of this section S5.4.1.2. “New webbing” means webbing that has not been exposed to abrasion, light or micro-organisms as specified elsewhere in this section.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) After being subjected to abrasion as specified in S5.1(d) or S5.3(c) of FMVSS 209 (§ 571.209), have a breaking strength of not less than 75 percent of the new webbing strength, when tested in accordance with S5.1(b) of FMVSS 209.
</P>
<P>(2) A mass of 2.35 ±.05 kg shall be used in the test procedure in S5.1(d) of FMVSS 209 for webbing, including webbing to secure a child restraint system to the tether and lower anchorages of a child restraint anchorage system, except that a mass of 1.5 ±.05 kg shall be used for webbing in pelvic and upper torso restraints of a belt assembly used in a child restraint system. The mass is shown as (B) in Figure 2 of FMVSS 209.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) After exposure to the light of a carbon arc and tested by the procedure specified in S5.1(e) of FMVSS 209 (§ 571.209), have a breaking strength of not less than 60 percent of the new webbing, and shall have a color retention not less than No. 2 on the AATCC Gray Scale for Evaluating Change in Color (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(2) After being subjected to micro-organisms and tested by the procedures specified in S5.1(f) of FMVSS 209 (§ 571.209), shall have a breaking strength not less than 85 percent of the new webbing.
</P>
<P>(d) If contactable by the test dummy torso when the system is tested in accordance with S6.1, have a width of not less than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches when measured in accordance with S5.4.1.3.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.3 <I>Width test procedure.</I> Condition the webbing for 24 hours in an atmosphere of any relative humidity between 48 and 67 percent, and any ambient temperature between 70° and 77 °F. Measure belt webbing width under a tension of 5 pounds applied lengthwise. 
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 <I>Belt buckles and belt adjustment hardware.</I> Each belt buckle and item of belt adjustment hardware used in a child restraint system shall conform to the requirements of S4.3(a) and S4.3(b) of FMVSS No. 209 (§ 571.209).
</P>
<P>S5.4.3 <I>Belt Restraint.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.1 <I>General.</I> Each belt that is part of a child restraint system and that is designed to restrain a child using the system shall be adjustable to snugly fit any child whose height and weight are within the ranges recommended in accordance with S5.5.2(f) and who is positioned in the system in accordance with the instructions required by S5.6.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.2 <I>Direct restraint.</I> Except for belt-positioning seats, each belt that is part of a child restraint system and that is designed to restrain a child using the system and to attach the system to the vehicle, and each Type I and lap portion of a Type II vehicle belt that is used to attach the system to the vehicle shall, when tested in accordance with S6.1, impose no loads on the child that result from the mass of the system, or—
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of an add-on child restraint system, from the mass of the seat back of the standard seat assembly specified in S6.1, or
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a built-in child restraint system, from the mass of any part of the vehicle into which the child restraint system is built.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.3 <I>Seating systems.</I> Except for child restraint systems subject to S5.4.3.4, each child restraint system that is designed for use by a child in a seated position and that has belts designed to restrain the child, shall, with the test dummy specified in S7 positioned in the system in accordance with S10 provide:
</P>
<P>(a) Upper torso restraint in the form of:
</P>
<P>(i) Belts passing over each shoulder of the child, or
</P>
<P>(ii) A fixed or movable surface that complies with S5.2.2.1(c), and
</P>
<P>(b) Lower torso restraint in the form of:
</P>
<P>(i) A lap belt assembly making an angle between 45° and 90° with the child restraint seating surface at the lap belt attachment points, or
</P>
<P>(ii) A fixed or movable surface that complies with S5.2.2.1(c), and
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of each seating system recommended for children whose masses are more than 10 kg, crotch restraint in the form of:
</P>
<P>(i) A crotch belt connectable to the lap belt or other device used to restrain the lower torso, or
</P>
<P>(ii) A fixed or movable surface that complies with S5.2.2.1(c).
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.4 <I>Harnesses.</I> Each child harness shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Provide upper torso restraint, including belts passing over each shoulder of the child;
</P>
<P>(b) Provide lower torso restraint by means of lap and crotch belt; and
</P>
<P>(c) Prevent a child of any height for which the restraint is recommended for use pursuant to S5.5.2(f) from standing upright on the vehicle seat when the child is placed in the device in accordance with the instructions required by S5.6.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.5 <I>Buckle release.</I> Any buckle in a child restraint system belt assembly designed to restrain a child using the system shall:
</P>
<P>(a) When tested in accordance with S6.2.1 prior to the dynamic test of S6.1, not release when a force of less than 40 newtons (N) is applied and shall release when a force of not more than 62 N is applied;
</P>
<P>(b) After the dynamic test of S6.1, when tested in accordance with the appropriate sections of S6.2, release when a force of not more than 71 N is applied, provided, however, that the conformance of any child restraint to this requirement is determined using the largest of the test dummies specified in S7 for use in testing that restraint when the restraint is facing forward, rearward, and/or laterally;
</P>
<P>(c) Meet the requirements of S4.3(d)(2) of FMVSS No. 209 (§ 571.209), except that the minimum surface area for child restraint buckles designed for push button application shall be 0.6 square inch;
</P>
<P>(d) Meet the requirements of S4.3(g) of FMVSS No. 209 (§ 571.209) when tested in accordance with S5.2(g) of FMVSS No. 209; and
</P>
<P>(e) Not release during the testing specified in S6.1.
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Labeling.</I> Any labels or written instructions provided in addition to those required by this section shall not obscure or confuse the meaning of the required information or be otherwise misleading to the consumer. Any labels or written instructions other than in the English language shall be an accurate translation of English labels or written instructions.
</P>
<P>S5.5.1 Each add-on child restraint system shall be permanently labeled with the information specified in S5.5.2 (a) through (m).
</P>
<P>S5.5.2 The information specified in paragraphs (a) through (m) of this section shall be stated in the English language and lettered in letters and numbers that are not smaller than 10 point type. Unless otherwise specified, the information shall be labeled on a white background with black text. Unless written in all capitals, the information shall be stated in sentence capitalization.
</P>
<P>(a) The model name or number of the system.
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's name. A distributor's name may be used instead if the distributor assumes responsibility for all duties and liabilities imposed on the manufacturer with respect to the system by the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act, as amended.
</P>
<P>(c) The statement: “Manufactured in ____,” inserting the month and year of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(d) The place of manufacture (city and State, or foreign country). However, if the manufacturer uses the name of the distributor, then it shall state the location (city and State, or foreign country) of the principal offices of the distributor.
</P>
<P>(e) The statement: “This child restraint system conforms to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards.”
</P>
<P>(f) For child restraint systems manufactured before June 30, 2025, paragraph (f)(1) of this section applies. For child restraint systems manufactured on or after June 30, 2025, paragraph (f)(2) of this section applies.
</P>
<P>(1) One of the following statements, as appropriate, inserting the manufacturer's recommendations for the maximum mass of children who can safely occupy the system, except that booster seats shall not be recommended for children whose masses are less than 13.6 kg. For child restraint systems that can only be used as belt-positioning seats, manufacturers must include the maximum and minimum recommended height, but may delete the reference to weight:
</P>
<P>(i) Use only with children who weigh __ pounds (__ kg) or less and whose height is (<I>insert values in English and metric units; use of word “mass” in label is optional</I>) or less; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Use only with children who weigh between __ and __ pounds (<I>insert appropriate English and metric values; use of word “mass” is optional</I>) and whose height is (<I>insert appropriate values in English and metric units</I>) or less and who are capable of sitting upright alone; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Use only with children who weigh between __ and __ pounds (<I>insert appropriate English and metric values; use of word “mass” is optional</I>) and whose height is (<I>insert appropriate values in English and metric units</I>) or less.
</P>
<P>(iv) Use only with children who weigh between __ and __ pounds (<I>insert appropriate English and metric values; use of word “mass” is optional</I>) and whose height is between __ and __ (<I>insert appropriate values in English and metric units</I>).
</P>
<P>(2) For child restraint systems manufactured on or after June 30, 2025: Statements or a combination of statements and pictograms specifying the manufacturer's recommendations for the mass and height ranges (in English and metric units) of children who can safely occupy the system in each applicable mode (rear-facing, forward facing, booster), except manufacturers shall not recommend forward-facing use for child restraint systems with internal harnesses for children of masses less than 12 kg (26.5 lb), and shall not recommend booster seats for children of masses less than 18 kg (40 lb).
</P>
<P>(g) The statements specified in paragraphs (1) and (2): 
</P>
<P>(1) A heading as specified in S5.5.2(k)(3)(i), with the statement “WARNING! DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY can occur,” capitalized as written and followed by bulleted statements in the following order:
</P>
<P>(i) As appropriate, the statements required by the following sections will be bulleted and placed after the statement required by 5.5.2(g)(1) in the following order: 5.5.2(k)(1), 5.5.2(h), 5.5.2(j), and 5.5.2(i). For child restraint systems manufactured on or after June 30, 2025, the statements required by 5.5.2(f) and 5.5.2(k)(2) need not be included.
</P>
<P>(ii) Secure this child restraint with the vehicle's child restraint anchorage system, if available, or with a vehicle belt. [For car beds, harnesses, and belt positioning seats, the first part of the statement regarding attachment by the child restraint anchorage system is optional.] [For belt-positioning seats, the second part of the statement regarding attachment by the vehicle belt does not apply.]
</P>
<P>(iii) Follow all instructions on this child restraint and in the written instructions located (<I>insert storage location on the restraint for the manufacturer's installation instruction booklet or sheet</I>). 
</P>
<P>(iv) Register your child restraint with the manufacturer. 
</P>
<P>(2) At the manufacturer's option, the phrase “DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY can occur” in the heading can be on either a white or yellow background.
</P>
<P>(3) More than one label may be used for the required bulleted statements. Multiple labels shall be placed one above the other unless that arrangement is precluded by insufficient space or shape of the child restraint. In that case, multiple labels shall be placed side by side. When using multiple labels, the mandated warnings must be in the correct order when read from top to bottom. If the labels are side-by-side, then the mandated warnings must appear top to bottom of the leftmost label, then top to bottom of the next label to its right, and so on. There shall be no intervening labels and the required heading shall only appear on the first label in the sequence.
</P>
<P>(h) In the case of each child restraint system that has belts designed to restrain children using them and which do not adjust automatically to fit the child: Snugly adjust the belts provided with this child restraint around your child. 
</P>
<P>(i)(1) For a booster seat that is recommended for use with either a vehicle's Type I or Type II seat belt assembly, one of the following statements, as appropriate: 
</P>
<P>(i) Use only the vehicle's lap and shoulder belt system when restraining the child in this booster seat; or, 
</P>
<P>(ii) Use only the vehicle's lap belt system, or the lap belt part of a lap/shoulder belt system with the shoulder belt placed behind the child, when restraining the child in this seat. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (i)(2)(ii) of this section, for a booster seat which is recommended for use with both a vehicle's Type I and Type II seat belt assemblies, the following statement: Use only the vehicle's lap belt system, or the lap belt part of a lap/shoulder belt system with the shoulder belt placed behind the child, when restraining the child with the (<I>insert description of the system element provided to restrain forward movement of the child's torso when used with a lap belt</I> (<I>e.g., shield</I>)), and only the vehicle's lap and shoulder belt system when using the booster without the (<I>insert above description</I>). 
</P>
<P>(ii) A booster seat which is recommended for use with both a vehicle's Type I and Type II seat belt assemblies is not subject to S5.5.2(i)(2)(i) if, when the booster is used with the shield or similar component, the booster will cause the shoulder belt to be located in a position other than in front of the child when the booster is installed. However, such a booster shall be labeled with a warning to use the booster with the vehicle's lap and shoulder belt system when using the booster without a shield.
</P>
<P>(j) In the case of each child restraint system equipped with a top anchorage strap, the statement: Secure the top anchorage strap provided with this child restraint. 
</P>
<P>(k) (1) In the case of each rear-facing child restraint system that is designed for infants only, the statement: Use only in a rear-facing position when using it in the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a child restraint system that is designed to be used rearward-facing for infants and forward-facing for older children, the statement: Use only in a rear-facing position when using it with an infant weighing less than (<I>insert a recommended weight that is not less than 20 pounds</I>). 
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided in (k)(4) of this section, each child restraint system that can be used in a rear-facing position shall have a label that conforms in content to Figure 10 and to the requirements of S5.5.2(k)(3)(i) through S5.5.2(k)(3)(iii) of this standard permanently affixed to the outer surface of the cushion or padding in or adjacent to the area where a child's head would rest, so that the label is plainly visible and easily readable. 
</P>
<P>(i) The heading area shall be yellow with the word “warning” and the alert symbol in black. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The message area shall be white with black text. The message area shall be no less than 30 square cm. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The pictogram shall be black with a red circle and slash on a white background. The pictogram shall be no less than 30 mm in diameter. 
</P>
<P>(4) If a child restraint system is equipped with a device that deactivates the passenger-side air bag in a vehicle when and only when the child restraint is installed in the vehicle and provides a signal, for at least 60 seconds after deactivation, that the air bag is deactivated, the label specified in Figure 10 may include the phrase “unless air bag is off” after “on front seat with air bag.” 
</P>
<P>(l) An installation diagram showing the child restraint system installed in: 
</P>
<P>(1) A seating position equipped with a continuous-loop lap/shoulder belt; 
</P>
<P>(2) A seating position equipped with only a lap belt, as specified in the manufacturer's instructions; and 
</P>
<P>(3) A seating position equipped with a child restraint anchorage system. For child restraint systems manufactured on or after February 27, 2015, the following paragraphs (l)(3)(i) and (ii) apply, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(i) If the child restraint system is designed to meet the requirements of this standard when installed by the child restraint anchorage system according to S5.3.2, and if the sum of the weight of the child restraint system and the maximum child weight recommended for the child restraint when used with the restraint's internal harness or components is greater than 65 lb when used forward-facing or rear-facing, include the following statement on this installation diagram: “Do not install by this method for a child weighing more than *.” At the manufacturer's option, “*” is the child weight limit in English units in accordance with S5.5.2(l)(3)(i)(A), (B) or (C). The corresponding child weight limit in metric units may also be included in the statement at the manufacturer's option.
</P>
<P>(A) For forward-facing and rear-facing child restraints, * is less than or equal to 65 minus child restraint weight (pounds).
</P>
<P>(B) For forward-facing child restraints, * is the child weight limit specified in the following table corresponding to the value CW, calculated as 65 minus child restraint weight (pounds).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table to S5.5.2<E T="01">(l)(3)(i)(B)</E>—Maximum Child Weight Limit for Lower Anchor Use for Forward-Facing Child Restraint System—Rounding
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CW = 65—child restaint weight (pounds)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Child weight limit “*” (pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 &lt; CW ≤ 25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25 &lt; CW ≤ 30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30 &lt; CW ≤ 35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35 &lt; CW ≤ 40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40 &lt; CW ≤ 45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45 &lt; CW ≤ 50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50 &lt; CW ≤ 55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">55 &lt; CW ≤ 60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(C) For rear-facing child restraints, * is the child weight limit specified in the following table corresponding to the value CW, calculated as 60 minus child restraint weight (pounds).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table to S5.5.2<E T="01">(l)(3)(i)(C)</E>—Maximum Child Weight Limit for Lower Anchor Use for Rear-Facing Child Restraint System—Rounding
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CW = 60—child restraint weight (pounds)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Child weight limit “*” (pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 &lt; CW ≤ 20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 &lt; CW ≤ 25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25 &lt; CW ≤ 30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30 &lt; CW ≤ 35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35 &lt; CW ≤ 40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40 &lt; CW ≤ 45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45 &lt; CW ≤ 50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50 &lt; CW ≤ 55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) For child restraints designed to meet the requirements of this standard when installed forward-facing and rear-facing by the child restraint anchorage system according to S5.3.2, the following applies:
</P>
<P>(A) If separate installation diagrams are provided for the child restraint installed forward-facing and rear-facing, S5.5.2(l)(3)(i) applies to each of the installation diagrams.
</P>
<P>(B) If only one installation diagram is provided and if a statement specifying a child weight limit is required in only rear-facing or forward-facing mode pursuant to S5.5.2(l)(3)(i), then the diagram shall depict installation in that mode along with the corresponding child weight limit in accordance with S5.5.2(l)(3)(i).
</P>
<P>(C) If a statement specifying a child weight limit is required for the child restraint installed forward-facing and rear-facing pursuant to S5.5.2(l)(3)(i) and only one installation diagram is provided, then the child weight limit shall be in accordance with S5.5.2(l)(3)(i)(A) or the lesser of the child weight limits described in S5.5.2(l)(3)(i)(B) and (C).
</P>
<P>(m) One of the following statements, inserting an address and a U.S. telephone number. If a manufacturer opts to provide a Web site on the registration card as permitted in Figure 9a of this section, the manufacturer must include the statement in part (ii):
</P>
<P>(i) “Child restraints could be recalled for safety reasons. You must register this restraint to be reached in a recall. Send your name, address, e-mail address if available (preceding four words are optional) and the restraint's model number and manufacturing date to (<I>insert address</I>) or call (<I>insert a U.S. telephone number</I>). For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>http://www.NHTSA.gov.</I>”
</P>
<P>(ii) “Child restraints could be recalled for safety reasons. You must register this restraint to be reached in a recall. Send your name, address, e-mail address if available [preceding four words are optional], and the restraint's model number and manufacturing date to (<I>insert address</I>) or call (<I>insert a U.S. telephone number</I>) or register online at (<I>insert Web site for electronic registration form</I>). For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>http://www.NHTSA.gov.</I>” 
</P>
<P>(n) Child restraint systems, other than belt-positioning seats, harnesses and backless child restraint systems, may be certified as complying with the provisions of S8. Child restraints that are so certified shall be labeled with the statement “This Restraint is Certified for Use in Motor Vehicles and Aircraft.” Belt-positioning seats, harnesses and backless child restraint systems shall be labeled with the statement “This Restraint is Not Certified for Use in Aircraft.” The statement required by this paragraph shall be in red lettering and shall be placed after the certification statement required by S5.5.2(e).
</P>
<P>S5.5.3 The information specified in S5.5.2(f) through (l) shall be located on the add-on child restraint system so that it is visible when the system is installed as specified in S5.6.1, except that for child restraints with a detachable base, the installation diagrams specified in S5.5.2(l) are required to be visible only when the base alone is installed.
</P>
<P>S5.5.4 (a) Each built-in child restraint system other than a factory-installed built-in restraint shall be permanently labeled with the information specified in S5.5.5 (a) through (l). The information specified in S5.5.5(a) through (j) and in S5.5.5(l) shall be visible when the system is activated for use.
</P>
<P>(b) Each factory-installed built-in child restraint shall be permanently labeled with the information specified in S5.5.5(f) through (j) and S5.5.5(l), so that the information is visible when the restraint is activated for use. The information shall also be included in the vehicle owner's manual.
</P>
<P>S5.5.5 The information specified in paragraphs (a) through (l) of this section that is required by S5.5.4 shall be in English and lettered in letters and numbers using a not smaller than 10 point type. Unless specified otherwise, the information shall be labeled on a white background with black text. Unless written in all capitals, the information shall be stated in sentence capitalization. 
</P>
<P>(a) The model name or number of the system.
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's name. A distributor's or dealer's name may be used instead if the distributor or dealer assumes responsibility for all duties and liabilities imposed on the manufacturer with respect to the system by the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act, as amended.
</P>
<P>(c) The statement: “Manufactured in ______,” inserting the month and year of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(d) The place of manufacture (city and State, or foreign country). However, if the manufacturer uses the name of the distributor or dealer, then it shall state the location (city and State, or foreign country) of the principal offices of the distributor or dealer.
</P>
<P>(e) The statement: “This child restraint system conforms to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards.”
</P>
<P>(f) One of the following statements, inserting the manufacturer's recommendations for the maximum mass of children who can safely occupy the system, except that booster seats shall not be recommended for children whose masses are less than 13.6 kg. For seats that can only be used as belt-positioning seats, manufacturers must include the maximum and minimum recommended height, but may delete the reference to weight:
</P>
<P>(1) Use only with children who weigh ____ pounds (____ kg) or less and whose height is (<I>insert values in English and metric units; use of word “mass” in label is optional</I>) or less; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Use only with children who weigh between ____ and ____ pounds (____ and ____ kg) and whose height is (<I>insert appropriate values in English and metric units; use of word “mass” in label is optional</I>) or less and who are capable of sitting upright alone; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Use only with children who weigh between ____ and ____ pounds (____ and ____ kg) and whose height is (<I>insert appropriate values in English and metric units; use of word “mass” in label is optional</I>) or less.
</P>
<P>(4) Use only with children who weigh between ____ and ____ pounds (<I>insert appropriate English and metric values; use of word “mass” is optional</I>) and whose height is between ____ and ____ (<I>insert appropriate values in English and metric units</I>).
</P>
<P>(g) The heading and statement specified in paragraph (1), and if appropriate, the statements in paragraph (2) and (3). If used, the statements in paragraphs (2) and (3) shall be bulleted and precede the bulleted statement required by paragraph (1) after the heading. 
</P>
<P>(1) A heading as specified in S5.5.2(k)(3)(i), with the statement “WARNING! DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY can occur,” capitalized as written and followed by the bulleted statement: Follow all instructions on the child restraint and in the vehicle's owner's manual. At the manufacturer's option, the phrase “DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY can occur” in the heading can be on either a white or yellow background.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of each built-in child restraint system which is not intended for use in motor vehicles in certain adjustment positions or under certain circumstances, an appropriate statement of the manufacturers restrictions regarding those positions or circumstances. 
</P>
<P>(3) As appropriate, the statements required by the following sections will be bulleted and placed after the statement required by 5.5.5(g)(1) in the following order: 5.5.5(g)(2), 5.5.5(f), S5.5.5(h) and S5.5.5(i). 
</P>
<P>(h) In the case of each built-in child restraint system that has belts designed to restrain children using them and which do not adjust automatically to fit the child: Snugly adjust the belts provided with this child restraint around your child. 
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of each built-in child restraint which can be used in a rear-facing position, the following statement: Place an infant in a rear-facing position in this child restraint.
</P>
<P>(j) A diagram or diagrams showing the fully activated child restraint system in infant and/or child configurations.
</P>
<P>(k) One of the following statements, inserting an address and a U.S. telephone number. If a manufacturer opts to provide a Web site on the registration card as permitted in Figure 9a of this section, the manufacturer must include the statement in part (ii):
</P>
<P>(i) “Child restraints could be recalled for safety reasons. You must register this restraint to be reached in a recall. Send your name, address, e-mail address if available (preceding four words are optional), and the restraint's model number and manufacturing date to (<I>insert address</I>) or call (<I>insert a U.S. telephone number</I>). For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>http://www.NHTSA.gov.</I>”
</P>
<P>(ii) “Child restraints could be recalled for safety reasons. You must register this restraint to be reached in a recall. Send your name, address, e-mail address if available (preceding four words are optional), and the restraint's model number and manufacturing date to (<I>insert address</I>) or call (<I>insert telephone number</I>) or register online at (<I>insert Web site for electronic registration form</I>). For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>http://www.NHTSA.gov.</I>” 
</P>
<P>(l) In the case of a built-in belt-positioning seat that uses either the vehicle's Type I or Type II belt systems or both, a statement describing the manufacturer's recommendations for the maximum height and weight of children who can safely occupy the system and how the booster should be used (e.g., with or without shield) with the different vehicle belt systems.
</P>
<P>S5.6 <I>Printed Instructions for Proper Use.</I> Any labels or written instructions provided in addition to those required by this section shall not obscure or confuse the meaning of the required information or be otherwise misleading to the consumer. Any labels or written instructions other than in the English language shall be an accurate translation of English labels or written instructions. Unless written in all capitals, the information required by S5.6.1 through S5.6.3 shall be stated in sentence capitalization.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1 <I>Add-on child restraint systems.</I> Each add-on child restraint system shall be accompanied by printed installation instructions in English that provide a step-by-step procedure, including diagrams, for installing the system in motor vehicles, securing the system in the vehicles, positioning a child in the system, and adjusting the system to fit the child. For each child restraint system that has components for attaching to a tether anchorage or a child restraint anchorage system, the installation instructions shall include a step-by-step procedure, including diagrams, for properly attaching to that anchorage or system.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.1 In a vehicle with rear designated seating positions, the instructions shall alert vehicle owners that, according to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.2 The instructions shall specify in general terms the types of vehicles, the types of seating positions, and the types of vehicle safety belts with which the add-on child restraint system can or cannot be used.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.3 The instructions shall explain the primary consequences of not following the warnings required to be labeled on the child restraint system in accordance with S5.5.2 (g) through (k).
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.4 The instructions for each car bed shall explain that the car bed should position in such a way that the child's head is near the center of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.5 The instructions shall state that add-on child restraint systems should be securely belted to the vehicle, even when they are not occupied, since in a crash an unsecured child restraint system may injure other occupants.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.6 Each add-on child restraint system shall have a location on the restraint for storing the manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.7 (a) For child restraint systems manufactured before June 30, 2025, one of the following statements, inserting an address and a U.S. telephone number. If a manufacturer opts to provide a website on the registration card as permitted in Figure 9a of this section, the manufacturer must include the statement in paragraph S5.6.1.7(a)(2):
</P>
<P>(1) “Child restraints could be recalled for safety reasons. You must register this restraint to be reached in a recall. Send your name, address, email address if available (preceding four words are optional), and the restraint's model number and manufacturing date to (<I>insert address</I>) or call (<I>insert a U.S. telephone number</I>). For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>www.NHTSA.gov.</I>”
</P>
<P>(2) “Child restraints could be recalled for safety reasons. You must register this restraint to be reached in a recall. Send your name, address, email address if available (preceding four words are optional), and the restraint's model number and manufacturing date to (<I>insert address</I>) or call (<I>insert telephone number</I>) or register online at (<I>insert website for electronic registration form</I>). For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>www.NHTSA.gov.</I>”
</P>
<P>(b) For child restraint systems manufactured on or after June 30, 2025, the child restraint system shall include statements informing the owner of the importance of registering the child restraint for recall purposes and instructing the owner how to register the child restraint at least by mail and by telephone, providing a U.S. telephone number. The following statement must also be provided: “For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>www.NHTSA.gov.”</I> 
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.8 In the case of each child restraint system that can be used in a position so that it is facing the rear of the vehicle, the instructions shall provide a warning against using rear-facing restraints at seating positions equipped with air bags, and shall explain the reasons for, and consequences of not following the warning. The instructions shall also include a statement that owners of vehicles with front passenger side air bags should refer to their vehicle owner's manual for child restraint installation instructions.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.9 In the case of each rear-facing child restraint system that has a means for repositioning the seating surface of the system that allows the system's occupant to move from a reclined position to an upright position during testing, the instructions shall include a warning against impeding the ability of the restraint to change adjustment position.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.10(a) For instructions for a booster seat that is recommended for use with either a vehicle's Type I or Type II seat belt assembly, one of the following statements, as appropriate, and the reasons for the statement: 
</P>
<P>(1) Warning! Use only the vehicle's lap and shoulder belt system when restraining the child in this booster seat; or, 
</P>
<P>(2) Warning! Use only the vehicle's lap belt system, or the lap belt part of a lap/shoulder belt system with the shoulder belt placed behind the child, when restraining the child in this seat. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Except as provided in S5.6.1.10(b)(2), the instructions for a booster seat that is recommended for use with both a vehicle's Type I and Type II seat belt assemblies shall include the following statement and the reasons therefor: Warning! Use only the vehicle's lap belt system, or the lap belt part of a lap/shoulder belt system with the shoulder belt placed behind the child, when restraining the child with the (<I>insert description of the system element provided to restrain forward movement of the child's torso when used with a lap belt (e.g., shield</I>)), and only the vehicle's lap and shoulder belt system when using this booster without the (<I>insert above description</I>). 
</P>
<P>(2) A booster seat which is recommended for use with both a vehicle's Type I and Type II seat belt assemblies is not subject to S5.6.1.10(b)(1) if, when the booster is used with the shield or similar component, the booster will cause the shoulder belt to be located in a position other than in front of the child when the booster is installed. However, the instructions for such a booster shall include a warning to use the booster with the vehicle's lap and shoulder belt system when using the booster without a shield.
</P>
<P>(c) The instructions for belt-positioning seats shall include the statement, “This restraint is not certified for aircraft use,” and the reasons for this statement.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.11 (a) For harnesses that are manufactured before June 30, 2025, for use on school bus seats, the instructions must include the following statement: “WARNING! This restraint must only be used on school bus seats. Entire seat directly behind must be unoccupied or have restrained occupants.” The labeling requirement refers to a restrained occupant as: an occupant restrained by any user appropriate vehicle restraint or child restraint system (<I>e.g.,</I> lap belt, lap and shoulder belt, booster, child seat, harness . . .).
</P>
<P>(b) For school bus child restraint systems manufactured on or after June 30, 2025, the instructions must include the following statement: “WARNING! This restraint must only be used on school bus seats. Entire seat directly behind must be unoccupied or have restrained occupants.” (The instruction's reference to a “restrained occupant” refers to an occupant restrained by any user-appropriate vehicle restraint or child restraint system (<I>e.g.,</I> lap belt, lap and shoulder belt, booster seat or other child restraint system.) 
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.12 (a) <I>Child restraint systems manufactured from February 27, 2014 to February 26, 2015.</I> The instructions for child restraint systems equipped with an internal harness to restrain the child and with components to attach to a child restraint anchorage system, and for which the combined weight of the child restraint system and the maximum recommended child weight for use with the internal harness exceeds 65 pounds, must include the following statement: “Do not use the lower anchors of the child restraint anchorage system (LATCH system) to attach this child restraint when restraining a child weighing more than “*” [*insert a recommended weight value in English and metric units such that the sum of the recommended weight value and the weight of the child restraint system does not exceed 65 pounds (29.5 kg)] with the internal harness of the child restraint.”
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Child restraint systems manufactured on or after February 27, 2015.</I> If the child restraint is designed to meet the requirements of this standard when installed by the child restraint anchorage system according to S5.3.2, the installation diagram showing the child restraint system installed using a child restraint anchorage system must meet the specifications in S5.5.2(l)(3).
</P>
<P>S5.6.2 <I>Built-in child restraint systems.</I> (a) Each built-in child restraint system shall be accompanied by printed instructions in English that provide a step-by-step procedure, including diagrams, for activating the restraint system, positioning a child in the system, adjusting the restraint and, if provided, the restraint harness to fit the child. The instructions for each built-in car bed shall explain that the child should be positioned in the bed in such a way that the child's head is near the center of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) Each motor vehicle equipped with a factory-installed built-in child restraint shall have the information specified in paragraph (a) of this section included in its vehicle owner's manual.
</P>
<P>S5.6.2.1 The instructions shall explain the primary consequences of not following the manufacturer's warnings for proper use of the child restraint system in accordance with S5.5.5 (f) through (i).
</P>
<P>S5.6.2.2 (a) For child restraint systems manufactured before June 30, 2025, the instructions for each built in child restraint system other than a factory-installed restraint, shall include one of the following statements, inserting an address and a U.S. telephone number. If a manufacturer opts to provide a website on the registration card as permitted in Figure 9a of this section, the manufacturer must include the statement in S5.6.2.2(a)(2):
</P>
<P>(1) “Child restraints could be recalled for safety reasons. You must register this restraint to be reached in a recall. Send your name, address, email address if available (preceding four words are optional), and the restraint's model number and manufacturing date to (<I>insert address</I>) or call (<I>insert a U.S. telephone number</I>). For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>www.NHTSA.gov.</I>”
</P>
<P>(2) “Child restraints could be recalled for safety reasons. You must register this restraint to be reached in a recall. Send your name, address, email address if available (preceding four words are optional), and the restraint's model number and manufacturing date to (<I>insert address</I>) or call (insert U.S. telephone number) or register online at (<I>insert website for electronic registration form</I>). For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>www.NHTSA.gov.</I>”
</P>
<P>(b) For child restraint systems manufactured on or after June 30, 2025, the instructions for each built-in child restraint system other than a factory-installed restraint shall include statements informing the owner of the importance of registering the child restraint for recall purposes and instructing the owner how to register the child restraint at least by mail and by telephone, providing a U.S. telephone number. The following statement must also be provided: “For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>www.NHTSA.gov.”</I> 
</P>
<P>S5.6.2.3. Each built-in child restraint system other than a factory-installed built-in restraint, shall have a location on the restraint for storing the instructions.
</P>
<P>S5.6.2.4 Each built-in child restraint system, other than a system that has been installed in a vehicle or a factory-installed built-in system that is designed for a specific vehicle model and seating position, shall be accompanied by instructions in English that provide a step-by-step procedure for installing the system in a motor vehicle. The instructions shall specify the types of vehicles and the seating positions into which the restraint can or cannot be installed. The instructions for each car bed shall explain that the bed should be installed so that the child's head will be near the center of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.6.2.5 In the case of a built-in belt-positioning seat that uses either the vehicle's Type I or Type II belt systems or both, the instructions shall include a statement describing the manufacturer's recommendations for the maximum height and weight of children who can safely occupy the system and how the booster must be used with the vehicle belt systems appropriate for the booster seat. The instructions shall explain the consequences of not following the directions. The instructions shall specify that, if the booster seat is recommended for use with only the lap-belt part of a Type II assembly, the shoulder belt portion of the assembly must be placed behind the child.
</P>
<P>S5.6.3 <I>Add-on and built-in child restraint systems.</I> In the case of each child restraint system that has belts designed to restrain children using them and which do not adjust automatically to fit the child, the printed instructions shall include the following statement: A snug strap should not allow any slack. It lies in a relatively straight line without sagging. It does not press on the child's flesh or push the child's body into an unnatural position.
</P>
<P>S5.7 <I>Flammability.</I> Each material used in a child restraint system shall conform to the requirements of S4 of FMVSS No. 302 (571.302). In the case of a built-in child restraint system, the requirements of S4 of FMVSS No. 302 shall be met in both the “in-use” and “stowed” positions.
</P>
<P>S5.8 Information requirements—attached registration form and electronic registration form.
</P>
<P>S5.8.1 <I>Attached registration form.</I> (a) For child restraint systems manufactured before June 30, 2025, each child restraint system, except a factory-installed built-in restraint system, shall have a registration form attached to any surface of the restraint that contacts the dummy when the dummy is positioned in the system in accordance with S6.1.2 of Standard 213.
</P>
<P>(b) Each attached form shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Consist of a postcard that is attached at a perforation to an informational card;
</P>
<P>(2) Conform in size, content and format to Figures 9a and 9b of this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) Have a thickness of at least 0.007 inches and not more than 0.0095 inches.
</P>
<P>(c) Each postcard shall provide the model name or number and date of manufacture (month, year) of the child restraint system to which the form is attached, shall contain space for the purchaser to record his or her name, mailing address, and at the manufacturer's option, e-mail address, shall be addressed to the manufacturer, and shall be postage paid. No other information shall appear on the postcard, except identifying information that distinguishes a particular child restraint system from other systems of that model name or number may be preprinted in the shaded area of the postcard, as shown in figure 9a.
</P>
<P>(d) Manufacturers may voluntarily provide a web address on the informational card enabling owners to register child restraints online, provided that the Web address is a direct link to the electronic registration form meeting the requirements of S5.8.2 of this section.
</P>
<P>S5.8.1.1 <I>Upgraded attached registration form.</I> For child restraint systems manufactured on or after June 30, 2025, each child restraint system, except a factory-installed built-in restraint system, shall have a registration form attached to any surface of the restraint that contacts the dummy when the dummy is positioned in the system in accordance with S6.1.2 of Standard 213. The form shall not have advertising or any information other than that related to registering the child restraint system.
</P>
<P>(a) Each attached registration form shall provide a mail-in postcard that conforms in size, and in basic content and format to the forms depicted in Figures 9a' and 9b' of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) The mail-in postcard shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Have a thickness of at least 0.007 inches and not more than 0.0095 inches;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be pre-printed with the information identifying the child restraint system for recall purposes, such as the model name or number and date of manufacture (month, year) of the child restraint system to which the form is attached;
</P>
<P>(iii) Contain space for the owner to record his or her name, mailing address, email address (optional), telephone number (optional), and other pertinent information;
</P>
<P>(iv) Be addressed to the manufacturer, and be postage paid.
</P>
<P>(v) Be detachable from the information card without the use of scissors or other tools.
</P>
<P>(c) The registration form attached to the child restraint system shall also provide an information card with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Informing the owner of the importance of registering the child restraint system; and,
</P>
<P>(2) Instructing the owner how to register the CRS.
</P>
<P>(3) Manufacturers must provide statements informing the purchaser that the registration card is pre-addressed and that postage has been paid.
</P>
<P>(4) Manufacturers may provide instructions to register the child restraint system electronically. If an electronic registration form is used or referenced, it must meet the requirements of S5.8.2 of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Manufacturers may optionally provide statements to the owner explaining that the registration card is not a warranty card, and that the information collected from the owner will not be used for marketing purposes.
</P>
<P>S5.8.2 <I>Electronic registration form.</I> (a) Each electronic registration form provided for child restraint systems manufactured before June 30, 2025, shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Contain the following statements at the top of the form:
</P>
<P>(i) “FOR YOUR CHILD'S CONTINUED SAFETY” (Displayed in bold type face, caps, and minimum 12 point type.)
</P>
<P>(ii) “Although child restraint systems undergo testing and evaluation, it is possible that a child restraint could be recalled.” (Displayed in bold typeface, caps and lower case, and minimum 12 point type.)
</P>
<P>(iii) “In case of a recall, we can reach you only if we have your name and address, so please fill in the registration form to be on our recall list.” (Displayed in bold typeface, caps and lower case, and minimum 12 point type.)
</P>
<P>(iv) “In order to properly register your child restraint system, you will need to provide the model number, serial number and date of manufacture. This information is printed on the registration card and can also be found on a white label located on the back of the child restraint system.” (Displayed in bold typeface, caps and lower case, and minimum 12 point type.)
</P>
<P>(v) “This registration is only applicable to child restraint systems purchased in the United States.” (Displayed in bold typeface, caps and lower case, and minimum 12 point type.)
</P>
<P>(2) Provide as required registration fields, space for the purchaser to record the model name or number and date of manufacture (month, year) of the child restraint system, and space for the purchaser to record his or her name and mailing address. At the manufacturer's option, a space is provided for the purchaser to record his or her e-mail address.
</P>
<P>(b) No other information shall appear on the electronic registration form, except for information identifying the manufacturer or a link to the manufacturer's home page, a field to confirm submission, and a prompt to indicate any incomplete or invalid fields prior to submission. Accessing the web page that contains the electronic registration form shall not cause additional screens or electronic banners to appear.
</P>
<P>(c) The electronic registration form shall be accessed directly by the web address that the manufacturer printed on the attached registration form. The form must appear on screen when the consumer has inputted the web address provided by the manufacturer, without any further keystrokes on the keyboard or clicks of the mouse.
</P>
<P>S5.8.2.1 <I>Upgraded electronic registration form.</I> (a) Each electronic registration form provided for child restraint systems manufactured on or after June 30, 2025, shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Contain statements at the top of the form:
</P>
<P>(i) Informing the owner of the importance of registering the CRS; and,
</P>
<P>(ii) Instructing the owner how to register the CRS.
</P>
<P>(2) Provide as required registration fields, space for the purchaser to record the model name or number and date of manufacture (month, year) of the child restraint system, and space for the purchaser to record his or her name and mailing address. At the manufacturer's option, a space is provided for the purchaser to optionally record his or her email address. At the manufacturer's option, a space is provided for the purchaser to optionally record his or her telephone number.
</P>
<P>(b) No advertising or other information shall appear on the electronic registration form. However, manufacturers may optionally provide a statement to the owner explaining that the registration is not a warranty card, and that the information collected from the owner will not be used for marketing purposes.
</P>
<P>(c) The electronic registration form may provide information identifying the manufacturer or a link to the manufacturer's home page, a field to confirm submission, and a prompt to indicate any incomplete or invalid fields prior to submission.
</P>
<P>(d) If a manufacturer printed the electronic address (in form of a website (printed URL)) on the attached registration form provided pursuant to S5.8.1, the electronic registration form shall be accessed directly by the electronic address. Accessing the electronic address (in form of a website (printed URL) that contains the electronic registration form shall not cause additional screens or electronic banners to appear. In addition to the electronic address in form of a website, manufacturers may include a code (such as a QR code or similar) to access the electronic address.
</P>
<P>S5.9 <I>Attachment to child restraint anchorage system.</I> (a) Each add-on child restraint system other than a car bed, harness and belt-positioning seat, shall have components permanently attached to the system that enable the restraint to be securely fastened to the lower anchorages of the child restraint anchorage system specified in Standard No. 225 (§ 571.225) and depicted in Drawing Package SAS-100-1000, Standard Seat Belt Assembly with Addendum A or in Drawing Package, “NHTSA Standard Seat Assembly; FMVSS No. 213, No. NHTSA-213-2003” (both incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The components must be attached by use of a tool, such as a screwdriver. In the case of rear-facing child restraints with detachable bases, only the base is required to have the components.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of each child restraint system that is manufactured on or after September 1, 1999 and that has components for attaching the system to a tether anchorage, those components shall include a tether hook that conforms to the configuration and geometry specified in Figure 11 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of each child restraint system that is manufactured on or after September 1, 1999 and that has components, including belt webbing, for attaching the system to a tether anchorage or to a child restraint anchorage system, the belt webbing shall be adjustable so that the child restraint can be tightly attached to the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) Beginning September 1, 1999, each child restraint system with components that enable the restraint to be securely fastened to the lower anchorages of a child restraint anchorage system, other than a system with hooks for attaching to the lower anchorages, shall provide either an indication when each attachment to the lower anchorages becomes fully latched or attached, or a visual indication that all attachments to the lower anchorages are fully latched or attached. Visual indications shall be detectable under normal daylight lighting conditions.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Dynamic systems test for child restraint systems.</I>
</P>
<P>The test conditions described in S6.1.1 apply to the dynamic systems test. The test procedure for the dynamic systems test is specified in S6.1.2. The test dummy specified in S7 is placed in the test specimen (child restraint), clothed as described in S9 and positioned according to S10.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 <I>Test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Test devices.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Add-on child restraints.
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(ii) The test device for add-on restraint systems manufactured on or after August 1, 2005 is a standard seat assembly consisting of a simulated vehicle bench seat, with three seating positions, which is depicted in Drawing Package, “NHTSA Standard Seat Assembly; FMVSS No. 213, No. NHTSA-213-2003,” (consisting of drawings and a bill of materials) dated June 3, 2003 (incorporated by reference; see § 571.5). The assembly is mounted on a dynamic test platform so that the center SORL of the seat is parallel to the direction of the test platform travel and so that movement between the base of the assembly and the platform is prevented.
</P>
<P>(2) The test device for built-in child restraint systems is either the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Specific vehicle shell.</I>
</P>
<P>(A) The specific vehicle shell, if selected for testing, is mounted on a dynamic test platform so that the longitudinal center line of the shell is parallel to the direction of the test platform travel and so that movement between the base of the shell and the platform is prevented. Adjustable seats are in the adjustment position midway between the forwardmost and rearmost positions, and if separately adjustable in a vertical direction, are at the lowest position. If an adjustment position does not exist midway between the forwardmost and rearmost position, the closest adjustment position to the rear of the midpoint is used. Adjustable seat backs are in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position. If such a position is not specified, the seat back is positioned so that the longitudinal center line of the child test dummy's neck is vertical, and if an instrumented test dummy is used, the accelerometer surfaces in the dummy's head and thorax, as positioned in the vehicle, are horizontal. If the vehicle seat is equipped with adjustable head restraints, each is adjusted to its highest adjustment position.
</P>
<P>(B) The platform is instrumented with an accelerometer and data processing system having a frequency response of 60 Hz channel frequency class as specified in SAE Recommended Practice J211/1, (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The accelerometer sensitive axis is parallel to the direction of test platform travel.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Specific vehicle.</I> For built-in child restraint systems, an alternate test device is the specific vehicle into which the built-in system is fabricated. The following test conditions apply to this alternate test device.
</P>
<P>(A) The vehicle is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, secured in the luggage area, plus the appropriate child test dummy and, at the vehicle manufacturer's option, an anthropomorphic test dummy which conforms to the requirements of subpart B or subpart E of part 572 of this title for a 50th percentile adult male dummy placed in the front outboard seating position. If the built-in child restraint system is installed at one of the seating positions otherwise requiring the placement of a part 572 test dummy, then in the frontal barrier crash specified in (c), the appropriate child test dummy shall be substituted for the part 572 adult dummy, but only at that seating position. The fuel tank is filled to any level from 90 to 95 percent of capacity.
</P>
<P>(B) Adjustable seats are in the adjustment position midway between the forward-most and rearmost positions, and if separately adjustable in a vehicle direction, are at the lowest position. If an adjustment position does not exist midway between the forward-most and rearmost positions, the closest adjustment position to the rear of the midpoint is used.
</P>
<P>(C) Adjustable seat backs are in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position. If a nominal position is not specified, the seat back is positioned so that the longitudinal center line of the child test dummy's neck is vertical, and if an anthropomorphic test dummy is used, the accelerometer surfaces in the test dummy's head and thorax, as positioned in the vehicle, are horizontal. If the vehicle is equipped with adjustable head restraints, each is adjusted to its highest adjustment position.
</P>
<P>(D) Movable vehicle windows and vents are, at the manufacturer's option, placed in the fully closed position.
</P>
<P>(E) Convertibles and open-body type vehicles have the top, if any, in place in the closed passenger compartment configuration.
</P>
<P>(F) Doors are fully closed and latched but not locked.
</P>
<P>(G) All instrumentation and data reduction are in conformance with SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 (1995), “Instrumentation for Impact Tests,” (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(b) The tests are frontal barrier impact simulations of the test platform or frontal barrier crashes of the specific vehicles as specified in S5.1 of § 571.208 and for:
</P>
<P>(1) Test Configuration I, are at a velocity change of 48 km/h with the acceleration of the test platform entirely within the curve shown in Figure 2 (for child restraints manufactured before August 1, 2005) or in Figure 2A (for child restraints manufactured on or after August 1, 2005), or for the specific vehicle test with the deceleration produced in a 48 km/h frontal barrier crash.
</P>
<P>(2) Test Configuration II, are set at a velocity change of 32 km/h with the acceleration of the test platform entirely within the curve shown in Figure 3, or for the specific vehicle test, with the deceleration produced in a 32 km/h frontal barrier crash.
</P>
<P>(c) As illustrated in Figures 1A and 1B of this standard, attached to the seat belt anchorage points provided on the standard seat assembly are Type 1 seat belt assemblies in the case of add-on child restraint systems other than belt-positioning seats, or Type 2 seat belt assemblies in the case of belt-positioning seats. These seat belt assemblies meet the requirements of Standard No. 209 (§ 571.209) and have webbing with a width of not more than 2 inches, and are attached to the anchorage points without the use of retractors or reels of any kind. As illustrated in Figures 1A” and 1B” of this standard, attached to the standard seat assembly is a child restraint anchorage system conforming to the specifications of Standard No. 225 (§ 571.225), in the case of add-on child restraint systems other than belt-positioning booster seats.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) When using the test dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subparts I and K, performance tests under S6.1 are conducted at any ambient temperature from 19 °C to 26 °C and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent.
</P>
<P>(2) When using the test dummies specified in 49 CFR part 572, subparts N, P, R or T, performance tests under S6.1 are conducted at any ambient temperature from 20.6 °C to 22.2 °C and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent.
</P>
<P>(e) In the case of add-on child restraint systems, the restraint shall meet the requirements of S5 at each of its seat back angle adjustment positions and restraint belt routing positions, when the restraint is oriented in the direction recommended by the manufacturer (e.g., forward, rearward or laterally) pursuant to S5.6, and tested with the test dummy specified in S7.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 <I>Dynamic test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Activate the built-in child restraint or attach the add-on child restraint to the seat assembly as described below:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Test configuration I.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Child restraints other than belt-positioning seats.</I> Attach the child restraint in any of the following manners specified in S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A) through (D), unless otherwise specified in this standard.
</P>
<P>(A) Install the child restraint system at the center seating position of the standard seat assembly, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided with the system pursuant to S5.6.1, except that the standard lap belt is used and, if provided, a tether strap may be used. For harnesses that bear the label shown in Figure 12 and that meet S5.3.1(b)(1) through S5.3.1(b)(3), attach the harness in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided with the system pursuant to S5.6.1, <I>i.e.</I>, the seat back mount is used. 
</P>
<P>(B) Except for a child harness, a school bus child restraint system, and a restraint designed for use by children with physical disabilities, install the child restraint system at the center seating position of the standard seat assembly as in S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A), except that no tether strap (or any other supplemental device) is used.
</P>
<P>(C) Install the child restraint system using the child restraint anchorage system at the center seating position of the standard seat assembly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided with the system pursuant to S5.6.1. The tether strap, if one is provided, is attached to the tether anchorage.
</P>
<P>(D) Install the child restraint system using only the lower anchorages of the child restraint anchorage system as in S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(C). No tether strap (or any other supplemental device) is used.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Belt-positioning seats.</I> A belt-positioning seat is attached to either outboard seating position of the standard seat assembly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided with the system pursuant to S5.6.1 using only the standard vehicle lap and shoulder belt and no tether (or any other supplemental device). Place the belt-positioning seat on the standard seat assembly such that the center plane of the belt-positioning seat is parallel and aligned to the center plane of the outboard seating positions on the standard seat assembly and the base of the belt-positioning seat is flat on the standard seat assembly cushion. Move the belt-positioning seat rearward on the standard seat assembly until some part of the belt-positioning seat touches the standard seat assembly back. Keep the belt-positioning seat and the seating position center plane aligned as much as possible. Apply 133 N (30 pounds) of force to the front of the belt-positioning seat rearward into the standard seat assembly and release.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of each built-in child restraint system, activate the restraint in the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided in accordance with S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Test configuration II.</I> (i) In the case of each add-on child restraint system which is equipped with a fixed or movable surface described in S5.2.2.2, or a backless child restraint system with a top anchorage strap, install the add-on child restraint system at the center seating position of the standard seat assembly using only the standard seat lap belt to secure the system to the standard seat.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of each built-in child restraint system which is equipped with a fixed or movable surface described in S5.2.2.2, or a built-in booster seat with a top anchorage strap, activate the system in the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided in accordance with S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>(b) Select any dummy specified in S7 for testing systems for use by children of the heights and weights for which the system is recommended in accordance with S5.5. The dummy is assembled, clothed and prepared as specified in S7 and S9 and Part 572 of this chapter, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) Place the dummy in the child restraint. Position it, and attach the child restraint belts, if appropriate, as specified in S10.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Belt adjustment.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Add-on systems other than belt-positioning seats.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) If appropriate, shoulder and pelvic belts that directly restrain the dummy shall be adjusted as follows: Tighten the belts until a 9 N force applied (as illustrated in figure 5) to the webbing at the top of each dummy shoulder and to the pelvic webbing 50 mm on either side of the torso midsagittal plane pulls the webbing 7 mm from the dummy.
</P>
<P>(ii) All Type I belt systems used to attach an add-on child restraint system to the standard seat assembly, and any provided additional anchorage belt (tether), are tightened to a tension of not less than 53.5 N and not more than 67 N, as measured by a load cell used on the webbing portion of the belt. All belt systems used to attach a harness that bears the label shown in Figure 12 and that meets S5.3.1(b)(i) through S5.3.1(b)(iii) are also tightened to a tension of not less than 53.5 N and not more than 67 N, by measurement means specified in this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(iii) When attaching a child restraint system to the tether anchorage and the child restraint anchorage system on the standard seat assembly, tighten all belt systems used to attach the restraint to the standard seat assembly to a tension of not less than 53.5 N and not more than 67 N, as measured by a load cell or other suitable means used on the webbing portion of the belt.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Add-on belt-positioning seats.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The lap portion of Type II belt systems used to restrain the dummy is tightened to a tension of not less than 9 N (2 pounds) and not more than 18 N (4 pounds).
</P>
<P>(ii) The shoulder portion of Type II belt systems used to restrain the dummy is tightened to a tension of not less than 9 N (2 pounds) and not more than 18 N (4 pounds).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Built-in child restraint systems.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The lap portion of Type II belt systems used to secure a dummy to the built-in child restraint system is tightened to a tension of not less than 53.5 N and not more than 67 N, as measured by a load cell used on the webbing portion of the belt.
</P>
<P>(ii) The shoulder portion of Type II belt systems used to secure a child is tightened to a tension of not less than 9 N and not more than 18 N, as measured by a load cell used on the webbing portion of the belt.
</P>
<P>(iii) If provided, and if appropriate to attach the child restraint belts under S10, shoulder (other than the shoulder portion of a Type II vehicle belt system) and pelvic belts that directly restrain the dummy shall be adjusted as follows: Tighten the belts until a 9 N force applied (as illustrated in figure 5) to the webbing at the top of each dummy shoulder and to the pelvic webbing 50 mm on either side of the torso midsagittal plane pulls the webbing 7 mm from the dummy.
</P>
<P>(e) Accelerate the test platform to simulate frontal impact in accordance with Test Configuration I or II, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(f) Determine conformance with the requirements in S5.1.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Buckle release test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>The belt assembly buckles used in any child restraint system shall be tested in accordance with S6.2.1 through S6.2.4 inclusive.
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 Before conducting the testing specified in S6.1, place the loaded buckle on a hard, flat, horizontal surface. Each belt end of the buckle shall be pre-loaded in the following manner. The anchor end of the buckle shall be loaded with a 9 N force in the direction away from the buckle. In the case of buckles designed to secure a single latch plate, the belt latch plate end of the buckle shall be pre-loaded with a 9 N force in the direction away from the buckle. In the case of buckles designed to secure two or more latch plates, the belt latch plate ends of the buckle shall be loaded equally so that the total load is 9 N, in the direction away from the buckle. For pushbutton-release buckles, the release force shall be applied by a conical surface (cone angle not exceeding 90 degrees). For pushbutton-release mechanisms with a fixed edge (referred to in Figure 7 as “hinged button”), the release force shall be applied at the centerline of the button, 3 mm away from the movable edge directly opposite the fixed edge, and in the direction that produces maximum releasing effect. For pushbutton-release mechanisms with no fixed edge (referred to in Figure 7 as “floating button”), the release force shall be applied at the center of the release mechanism in the direction that produces the maximum releasing effect. For all other buckle release mechanisms, the force shall be applied on the centerline of the buckle lever or finger tab in the direction that produces the maximum releasing effect. Measure the force required to release the buckle. Figure 7 illustrates the loading for the different buckles and the point where the release force should be applied, and Figure 8 illustrates the conical surface used to apply the release force to pushbutton-release buckles.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 After completion of the testing specified in S6.1 and before the buckle is unlatched, tie a self-adjusting sling to each wrist and ankle of the test dummy in the manner illustrated in Figure 4, without disturbing the belted dummy and the child restraint system.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 Pull the sling tied to the dummy restrained in the child restraint system and apply the following force: 50 N for a system tested with a newborn dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart K); 90 N for a system tested with a 12-month-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart R); 200 N for a system tested with a 3-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart P); 270 N for a system tested with a 6-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart N or I); 350 N for a system tested with a weighted 6-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart S); or 437 N for a system tested with a 10-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart T). The force is applied in the manner illustrated in Figure 4 and as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Add-on Child Restraints.</I> For an add-on child restraint other than a car bed, apply the specified force by pulling the sling horizontally and parallel to the SORL of the standard seat assembly. For a car bed, apply the force by pulling the sling vertically.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Built-in Child Restraints.</I> For a built-in child restraint other than a car bed, apply the force by pulling the sling parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle. In the case of a car bed, apply the force by pulling the sling vertically.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4 While applying the force specified in S6.2.3, and using the device shown in Figure 8 for pushbutton-release buckles, apply the release force in the manner and location specified in S6.2.1, for that type of buckle. Measure the force required to release the buckle.
</P>
<P>S6.3 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S7 <I>Test dummies.</I> (Subparts referenced in this section are of part 572 of this chapter.) S7.1 <I>Dummy selection.</I> Select any dummy specified in S7.1.1, S7.1.2 or S7.1.3, as appropriate, for testing systems for use by children of the height and mass for which the system is recommended in accordance with S5.5. A child restraint that meets the criteria in two or more of the following paragraphs in S7 may be tested with any of the test dummies specified in those paragraphs.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S7.1.2 Child restraints that are manufactured on or after August 1, 2005, are subject to the following provisions and S7.1.3. 
</P>
<P>(a) A child restraint that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 for use either by children in a specified mass range that includes any children having a mass of not greater than 5 kg, or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is not greater than 650 mm, is tested with a newborn test dummy conforming to part 572 subpart K.
</P>
<P>(b) A child restraint that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 for use either by children in a specified mass range that includes any children having a mass greater than 5 but not greater than 10 kg, or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is greater than 650 mm but not greater than 850 mm, is tested with a newborn test dummy conforming to part 572 subpart K, and a 12-month-old test dummy conforming to part 572 subpart R.
</P>
<P>(c) A child restraint that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 for use either by children in a specified mass range that includes any children having a mass greater than 10 kg but not greater than 18 kg, or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is greater than 850 mm but not greater than 1100 mm, is tested with a 12-month-old test dummy conforming to part 572 subpart R, and a 3-year-old test dummy conforming to part 572 subpart P and S7.2, provided, however, that the 12-month-old dummy is not used to test a booster seat.
</P>
<P>(d) A child restraint that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 for use either by children in a specified mass range that includes any children having a mass greater than 18 kg (40 lb) but not greater than 22.7 (50 lb), or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is greater than 1100 mm but not greater than 1250 mm is tested with a 49 CFR part 572, subpart N dummy (Hybrid III 6-year-old dummy).
</P>
<P>(e) A child restraint that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 for use either by children in a specified mass range that includes any children having a mass greater than 22.7 kg (50 lb) but not greater than 30 kg (65 lb) or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is greater than 1100 mm but not greater than 1250 mm is tested with a 49 CFR part 572, subpart N dummy (Hybrid III 6-year-old dummy) and with a part 572, subpart S dummy (Hybrid III 6-year-old weighted dummy).
</P>
<P>(f) A child restraint that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 for use either by children in a specified mass range that includes any children having a mass greater than 30 kg (65 lb) or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is greater than 1250 mm is tested with a 49 CFR part 572, subpart T dummy (Hybrid III 10-year-old dummy).
</P>
<P>S7.1.3 <I>Voluntary use of alternative dummies.</I> At the manufacturer's option (with said option irrevocably selected prior to, or at the time of, certification of the restraint), when this section specifies use of the 49 CFR part 572, subpart N (Hybrid III 6-year-old dummy) test dummy, the test dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subpart I (Hybrid II 6-year-old dummy) may be used in place of the subpart N test dummy.
</P>
<P>S8 <I>Requirements, test conditions, and procedures for child restraint systems manufactured for use in aircraft.</I> Each child restraint system manufactured for use in both motor vehicles and aircraft must comply with all of the applicable requirements specified in Section S5 and with the additional requirements specified in S8.1 and S8.2.
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Installation instructions.</I> Each child restraint system manufactured for use in aircraft shall be accompanied by printed instructions in English that provide a step-by-step procedure, including diagrams, for installing the system in aircraft passenger seats, securing a child in the system when it is installed in aircraft, and adjusting the system to fit the child.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Inversion test.</I> When tested in accordance with S8.2.1 through S8.2.5, each child restraint system manufactured for use in aircraft shall meet the requirements of S8.2.1 through S8.2.6. The manufacturer may, at its option, use any seat which is a representative aircraft passenger seat within the meaning of S4. Each system shall meet the requirements at each of the restraint's seat back angle adjustment positions and restraint belt routing positions, when the restraint is oriented in the direction recommended by the manufacturer (e.g., facing forward, rearward or laterally) pursuant to S8.1, and tested with the test dummy specified in S7. If the manufacturer recommendations do not include instructions for orienting the restraint in aircraft when the restraint seat back angle is adjusted to any position, position the restraint on the aircraft seat by following the instructions (provided in accordance with S5.6) for orienting the restraint in motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>S8.2.1 A standard seat assembly consisting of a representative aircraft passenger seat shall be positioned and adjusted so that its horizontal and vertical orientation and its seat back angle are the same as shown in Figure 6.
</P>
<P>S8.2.2 The child restraint system shall be attached to the representative aircraft passenger seat using, at the manufacturer's option, any Federal Aviation Administration approved aircraft safety belt, according to the restraint manufacturer's instructions for attaching the restraint to an aircraft seat. No supplementary anchorage belts or tether straps may be attached; however, Federal Aviation Administration approved safety belt extensions may be used.
</P>
<P>S8.2.3 In accordance with S10, place in the child restraint any dummy specified in S7 for testing systems for use by children of the heights and weights for which the system is recommended in accordance with S5.5 and S8.1.
</P>
<P>S8.2.4 If provided, shoulder and pelvic belts that directly restrain the dummy shall be adjusted in accordance with S6.1.2.
</P>
<P>S8.2.5 The combination of representative aircraft passenger seat, child restraint, and test dummy shall be rotated forward around a horizontal axis which is contained in the median transverse vertical plane of the seating surface portion of the aircraft seat and is located 25 mm below the bottom of the seat frame, at a speed of 35 to 45 degrees per second, to an angle of 180 degrees. The rotation shall be stopped when it reaches that angle and the seat shall be held in this position for three seconds. The child restraint shall not fall out of the aircraft safety belt nor shall the test dummy fall out of the child restraint at any time during the rotation or the three second period. The specified rate of rotation shall be attained in not less than one half second and not more than one second, and the rotating combination shall be brought to a stop in not less than one half second and not more than one second.
</P>
<P>S8.2.6 Repeat the procedures set forth in S8.2.1 through S8.2.4. The combination of the representative aircraft passenger seat, child restraint, and test dummy shall be rotated sideways around a horizontal axis which is contained in the median longitudinal vertical plane of the seating surface portion of the aircraft seat and is located 25 mm below the bottom of the seat frame, at a speed of 35 to 45 degrees per second, to an angle of 180 degrees. The rotation shall be stopped when it reaches that angle and the seat shall be held in this position for three seconds. The child restraint shall not fall out of the aircraft safety belt nor shall the test dummy fall out of the child restraint at any time during the rotation or the three second period. The specified rate of rotation shall be attained in not less than one half second and not more than one second, and the rotating combination shall be brought to a stop in not less than one half second and not more than one second.
</P>
<P>S9 <I>Dummy clothing and preparation.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1 <I>Type of clothing.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Newborn dummy.</I> When used in testing under this standard, the dummy is unclothed.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>12-month-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart R).</I> When used in testing under this standard, the dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subparts R, is clothed in a cotton-polyester based tight fitting sweat shirt with long sleeves and ankle long pants whose combined weight is not more than 0.25 kg.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hybrid II three-year-old and Hybrid II six-year-old dummies (49 CFR part 572, subparts C and I).</I> When used in testing under this standard, the dummies specified in 49 CFR part 572, subparts C and I, are clothed in thermal knit, waffle-weave polyester and cotton underwear or equivalent, a size 4 long-sleeved shirt (3-year-old dummy) or a size 5 long-sleeved shirt (6-year-old dummy) having a mass of 0.090 kg, a size 4 pair of long pants having a mass of 0.090 kg, and cut off just far enough above the knee to allow the knee target to be visible, and size 7M sneakers (3-year-old dummy) or size 12
<FR>1/2</FR>M sneakers (6-year-old dummy) with rubber toe caps, uppers of dacron and cotton or nylon and a total mass of 0.453 kg.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Hybrid III 3-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart P).</I> When used in testing under this standard, the dummy specified in 49 CFR Part 572, Subpart P, is clothed as specified in that subpart, except that the shoes are children's size 8 canvas oxford style sneakers weighing not more than 0.26 kg each.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Hybrid III 6-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart N) and Hybrid III 6-year-old weighted dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart S), and Hybrid III 10-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart T).</I> When used in testing under this standard, the dummies specified in 49 CFR part 572, subparts N and S, are clothed as specified in subpart N and with child or youth size 13 M sneakers weighing not more than 0.45 kg each. When used in testing under this standard, the dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subpart T, is clothed as specified in subpart T and with youth size 3 sneakers weighing not more than 0.6 kg each.
</P>
<P>S9.2 <I>Preparing clothing.</I> Clothing other than the shoes is machined-washed in 71 °C to 82 °C and machine-dried at 49 °C to 60 °C for 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>S9.3 <I>Preparing dummies.</I> (Subparts referenced in this section are of Part 572 of this chapter.)
</P>
<P>S9.3.1 When using the test dummies conforming to part 572 C, I, or K, prepare the dummies as specified in this paragraph. Before being used in testing under this standard, dummies must be conditioned at any ambient temperature from 19 ° C to 25.5 ° C and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent, for at least 4 hours.
</P>
<P>S9.3.2 When using the test dummies conforming to part 572 subparts N, P, R, S or T, prepare the dummies as specified in this paragraph. Before being used in testing under this standard, dummies must be conditioned at any ambient temperature from 20.6° to 22.2°C and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent, for at least 4 hours.
</P>
<P>S10 <I>Positioning the dummy and attaching the system belts.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.1 <I>Car beds.</I> Place the test dummy in the car bed in the supine position with its midsagittal plane perpendicular to the center SORL of the standard seat assembly, in the case of an add-on car bed, or perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in car bed. Position the dummy within the car bed in accordance with the instructions for child positioning that the bed manufacturer provided with the bed in accordance with S5.6.
</P>
<P>S10.2 <I>Restraints other than car beds.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.2.1 <I>Newborn dummy and 12-month-old dummy.</I> Position the test dummy according to the instructions for child positioning that the manufacturer provided with the system under S5.6.1 or S5.6.2, while conforming to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b)(1) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) When testing rear-facing child restraint systems, place the newborn, or 12-month-old dummy in the child restraint system so that the back of the dummy torso contacts the back support surface of the system. For a child restraint system which is equipped with a fixed or movable surface described in S5.2.2.2 which is being tested under the conditions of test configuration II, do not attach any of the child restraint belts unless they are an integral part of the fixed or movable surface. For all other child restraint systems and for a child restraint system with a fixed or movable surface which is being tested under the conditions of test configuration I, attach all appropriate child restraint belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2. Attach all appropriate vehicle belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2. Position each movable surface in accordance with the instructions that the manufacturer provided under S5.6.1 or S5.6.2. If the dummy's head does not remain in the proper position, tape it against the front of the seat back surface of the system by means of a single thickness of 6 mm-wide paper masking tape placed across the center of the dummy's face.
</P>
<P>(c)(1)(i) When testing forward-facing child restraint systems, extend the arms of the 12-month old test dummy as far as possible in the upward vertical direction. Extend the legs of the 12-month-old test dummy as far as possible in the forward horizontal direction, with the dummy feet perpendicular to the centerline of the lower legs. Using a flat square surface with an area of 2,580 square mm, apply a force of 178 N, perpendicular to:
</P>
<P>(A) The plane of the back of the standard seat assembly, in the case of an add-on system, or
</P>
<P>(B) The back of the vehicle seat in the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in system, first against the dummy crotch and then at the dummy thorax in the midsagittal plane of the dummy. For a child restraint system with a fixed or movable surface described in S5.2.2.2, which is being tested under the conditions of test configuration II, do not attach any of the child restraint belts unless they are an integral part of the fixed or movable surface. For all other child restraint systems and for a child restraint system with a fixed or movable surface which is being tested under the conditions of test configuration I, attach all appropriate child restraint belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2. Attach all appropriate vehicle belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2. Position each movable surface in accordance with the instructions that the manufacturer provided under S5.6.1 or S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>(ii) After the steps specified in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, rotate each dummy limb downwards in the plane parallel to the dummy's midsagittal plane until the limb contacts a surface of the child restraint system or the standard seat assembly, in the case of an add-on system, or the specific vehicle shell or specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in system, as appropriate. Position the limbs, if necessary, so that limb placement does not inhibit torso or head movement in tests conducted under S6.
</P>
<P>(2) When testing rear-facing child restraint systems, extend the dummy's arms vertically upwards and then rotate each arm downward toward the dummy's lower body until the arm contacts a surface of the child restraint system or the standard seat assembly in the case of an add-on child restraint system, or the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in child restraint system. Ensure that no arm is restrained from movement in other than the downward direction, by any part of the system or the belts used to anchor the system to the standard seat assembly, the specific shell, or the specific vehicle.
</P>
<P>S10.2.2 <I>Other dummies generally.</I> When using: (1) the Hybrid III 3-year-old (part 572, subpart P), Hybrid II 6-year-old (part 572, subpart I), and Hybrid III weighted 6-year-old (part 572, subpart S) in child restraint systems including belt-positioning seats; (2) the Hybrid III 6-year-old (part 572, subpart N) and the Hybrid III 10-year-old (part 572, subpart T) in child restraint systems other than belt-positioning seats, position the dummy in accordance with S5.6.1 or S5.6.2, while conforming to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Holding the test dummy torso upright until it contacts the system's design seating surface, place the test dummy in the seated position within the system with the midsagittal plane of the test dummy head—
</P>
<P>(1) Coincident with the center SORL of the standard seating assembly, in the case of the add-on child restraint system, or
</P>
<P>(2) Vertical and parallel to the longitudinal center line of the specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in child restraint system.
</P>
<P>(b) Extend the arms of the test dummy as far as possible in the upward vertical direction. Extend the legs of the dummy as far as possible in the forward horizontal direction, with the dummy feet perpendicular to the center line of the lower legs.
</P>
<P>(c) Using a flat square surface with an area of 2580 square millimeters, apply a force of 178 N, perpendicular to:
</P>
<P>(1) The plane of the back of the standard seat assembly, in the case of an add-on system, or
</P>
<P>(2) The back of the vehicle seat in the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in system, first against the dummy crotch and then at the dummy thorax in the midsagittal plane of the dummy. For a child restraint system with a fixed or movable surface described in S5.2.2.2, which is being tested under the conditions of test configuration II, do not attach any of the child restraint belts unless they are an integral part of the fixed or movable surface. For all other child restraint systems and for a child restraint system with a fixed or movable surface which is being tested under the conditions of test configuration I, attach all appropriate child restraint belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2. Attach all appropriate vehicle belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2. Position each movable surface in accordance with the instructions that the manufacturer provided under S5.6.1 or S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>(d) After the steps specified in paragraph (c) of this section, rotate each dummy limb downwards in the plane parallel to the dummy's midsagittal plane until the limb contacts a surface of the child restraint system or the standard seat assembly, in the case of an add-on system, or the specific vehicle shell or specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in system, as appropriate. Position the limbs, if necessary, so that limb placement does not inhibit torso or head movement in tests conducted under S6.
</P>
<P>S10.2.3 <I>Hybrid III 6-year-old in belt-positioning seats, Hybrid III weighted 6-year-old in belt-positioning seats, and Hybrid III 10-year-old in belt-positioning seats.</I> When using the Hybrid III 6-year-old (part 572, subpart N), the Hybrid III weighted 6-year-old (part 572, subpart S), or the Hybrid III 10-year-old (part 572, subpart T) in belt-positioning seats, position the dummy in accordance with S5.6.1 or S5.6.2, while conforming to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Prepare the dummy.</I> (1) When using the Hybrid III 10-year-old dummy, prepare the dummy according to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Set the dummy's neck angle at the SP-16 setting (“SP” means standard procedure), see Figure 14a.
</P>
<P>(ii) Set the dummy's lumbar angle at the SP-12 setting, see Figure 14b. This is done by aligning the notch on the lumbar adjustment bracket with the SP-12 notch on the lumbar attachment.
</P>
<P>(iii) Adjust the limb joints to 1-2 g while the torso is in the seated position.
</P>
<P>(iv) Apply double-sided tape to the surface of a lap shield, which is a piece of translucent silicone rubber 3 mm ±0.5 mm thick (50A durometer) cut to the dimensions specified in Figure 13. Place the lap shield on the pelvis of the dummy. Align the top of the lap shield with the superior anterior edge of the pelvis skin. Attach the lap shield to the dummy.
</P>
<P>(v) Apply double-sided tape to one side of a pelvis positioning pad, which is a 125 × 95 × 20 mm (±2 mm tolerance in each of the three dimensions) piece of closed cell (Type 2 according to ASTM D-1056-07) (incorporated by reference; see § 571.5) foam or rubber cut from material having the following specifications: compression resistance between 9 to 17 psi in a compression-deflection test specified in ASTM D-1056-07 (incorporated by reference; see § 571.5), and a density of 7 to 12.5 lb/ft
<SU>3</SU>. Center the long axis of the pad on the posterior of the pelvis with the top edge of the foam aligned with the superior edge of the pelvis skin. Attach the pelvis positioning pad to the dummy.
</P>
<P>(vi) Dress and prepare the dummy according to S9.
</P>
<P>(2) When using the Hybrid III 6-year-old dummy, prepare the dummy according to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) If necessary, adjust the limb joints to 1-2 g while the torso is in the seated position.
</P>
<P>(ii) Apply double-sided tape to the surface of a lap shield, which is a piece of translucent silicone rubber 3 mm thick ±0.5 mm thick (50A durometer) cut to the dimensions specified in Figure 13. Place the lap shield on the pelvis of the dummy. Align the top of the lap shield with the superior anterior edge of the pelvis skin. Attach the lap shield to the dummy.
</P>
<P>(iii) Dress and prepare the dummy according to S9.
</P>
<P>(b) Position the belt-positioning seat according to S6.1.2(a)(1)(ii).
</P>
<P>(c) Position the dummy in the belt-positioning seat.
</P>
<P>(1) Place the dummy on the seat cushion of the belt-positioning seat such that the plane of the posterior pelvis is parallel to the plane of the seat back of the belt-positioning seat, standard seat assembly or vehicle seat back, but not touching. Pick up and move the dummy rearward, maintaining the parallel planes, until the pelvis positioning pad, if used, or the pelvis or back of the dummy and the back of the belt-positioning seat or the back of the standard seat assembly, are in minimal contact.
</P>
<P>(2) Straighten and align the arm segments horizontally, then rotate the arms upward at the shoulder as far as possible without contacting the belt-positioning seat. Straighten and align the legs horizontally and extend the lower legs as far as possible in the forward horizontal direction, with the feet perpendicular to the centerline of the lower legs.
</P>
<P>(3) Using a flat square surface with an area of 2580 square millimeters, apply a force of 178 N (40 lb) first against the dummy crotch and then against the dummy thorax on the midsagittal plane of the dummy, perpendicular to:
</P>
<P>(i) The plane of the back of the belt-positioning seat, in the case of a belt-positioning seat with a back, or,
</P>
<P>(ii) The plane of the back of the standard seat assembly or vehicle seat, in the case of a backless belt-positioning seat or built-in booster.
</P>
<P>(4) Rotate the arms of the dummy down so that they are perpendicular to the torso.
</P>
<P>(5) Bend the knees until the back of the lower legs are in minimal contact with the belt-positioning seat, standard seat assembly or vehicle seat. Position the legs such that the outer edges of the knees are 180 ±10 mm apart for the Hybrid III 6-year-old dummy and 220 ±10 mm apart for the Hybrid III 10-year-old dummy. Position the feet such that the soles are perpendicular to the centerline of the lower legs. In the case of a belt-positioning seat with a back, adjust the dummy so that the shoulders are parallel to a line connecting the shoulder belt guides. This can be accomplished by leaning the torso such that the dummy's head and neck are centered on the backrest components of the belt-positioning seat. In case of a backless child restraint, adjust the dummy's torso so that the head is as close to laterally level as possible.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Apply the belt.</I> Attach the vehicle belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Dummy final positioning.</I> (1) Check the leg, feet, thorax and head positions and make any necessary adjustments to achieve the positions described in S10.2.3(c)(5). Position the legs, if necessary, so that the leg placement does not inhibit thorax movement in tests conducted under S6.
</P>
<P>(2) Rotate each dummy arm downwards in the plane parallel to the dummy's midsagittal plane until the arm contacts a surface of the child restraint system or the standard seat assembly, in the case of an add-on system, or the specific vehicle shell or specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in system, as appropriate. Position the arms, if necessary, so that the arm placement does not inhibit torso or head movement in tests conducted under S6.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er18jn03.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er05mr99.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31au99.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31au99.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.100.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.101.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18jn03.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.102.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.103.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.104.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.105.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.106.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.107.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er09se05.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.005.gif"/>
<BCAP><E T="15">Figure 9a-2 to § 571.213</E></BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er09se05.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.006.gif"/>
<BCAP><E T="15">Figure 9b-2 to § 571.213</E>
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er27no96.014.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er05mr99.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er09mr04.023.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27fe12.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27fe12.002.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 72147, Dec. 13, 1979]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.213, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.213a" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.213a   Standard No. 213a; Child restraint systems—side impact protection.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies side impact protection requirements for child restraint systems recommended for children in a weight range that includes weights up to 18 kilograms (40 pounds) or by children in a height range that includes heights up to 1100 millimeters (43 inches).
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the number of children killed or injured in motor vehicle side impacts. Each child restraint system subject to this standard shall also meet all applicable requirements in FMVSS No. 213 (§  571.213).
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to add-on child restraint systems that are either recommended for use by children in a weight range that includes weights up to 18 kilograms (40 pounds) <I>regardless of height,</I> or by children in a height range that includes heights up to 1100 millimeters <I>regardless of weight,</I> except for car beds and harnesses.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Add-on child restraint system</I> means any portable child restraint system.
</P>
<P><I>Belt-positioning seat</I> means a child restraint system that positions a child on a vehicle seat to improve the fit of a vehicle Type II belt system on the child and that lacks any component, such as a belt system or a structural element, designed to restrain forward movement of the child's torso in a forward impact.
</P>
<P><I>Car bed</I> means a child restraint system designed to restrain or position a child in the supine or prone position on a continuous flat surface.
</P>
<P><I>Child restraint anchorage system</I> is defined in S3 of FMVSS No. 225 (§  571.225).
</P>
<P><I>Child restraint system</I> is defined in S4 of FMVSS No. 213 (§  571.213).
</P>
<P><I>Contactable surface</I> means any child restraint system surface (other than that of a belt, belt buckle, or belt adjustment hardware) that may contact any part of the head or torso of the appropriate test dummy, specified in S7, when a child restraint system is tested in accordance with S6.1.
</P>
<P><I>Harness</I> means a combination pelvic and upper torso child restraint system that consists primarily of flexible material, such as straps, webbing or similar material, and that does not include a rigid seating structure for the child.
</P>
<P><I>Rear-facing child restraint system</I> means a child restraint system that positions a child to face in the direction opposite to the normal (forward) direction of travel of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Seat orientation reference line</I> or <I>SORL</I> means the horizontal line through Point Z as illustrated in Figure 1 to § 571.213a.
</P>
<P><I>Tether anchorage</I> is defined in S3 of FMVSS No. 225 (§  571.225).
</P>
<P><I>Tether strap</I> is defined in S3 of FMVSS No. 225 (§  571.225).
</P>
<P><I>Torso</I> means the portion of the body of a seated anthropomorphic test dummy, excluding the thighs, that lies between the top of the child restraint system seating surface and the top of the shoulders of the test dummy.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> (a) Each child restraint system subject to this section shall meet the requirements in this section when, as specified, tested in accordance with S6 and this paragraph. Each child restraint system shall meet the requirements when oriented in each direction recommended by the manufacturer (<I>i.e.,</I> forward, rearward), using any of the seat back angle adjustment positions and restraint belt routing positions designated for that direction, pursuant to S5.6 of FMVSS No. 213 (§  571.213), and tested with the test dummy specified in S7 of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each child restraint system subject to this section shall also meet all applicable requirements in FMVSS No. 213 (§  571.213).
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Dynamic performance.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Child restraint system integrity.</I> When tested in accordance with S6.1, each child restraint system shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) With any padding or other flexible overlay material removed, exhibit no complete separation of any load bearing structural element and no partial separation exposing either surfaces with a radius of less than 6 millimeters or surfaces with protrusions greater than 9 millimeters above the immediate adjacent surrounding contactable surface of any structural element of the child restraint system.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) If adjustable to different positions, remain in the same adjustment position during the testing that it was in immediately before the testing, except as otherwise specified in paragraph (b)(2).
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Subject to paragraph (b)(2)(ii), a rear-facing child restraint system may have a means for repositioning the seating surface of the system that allows the system's occupant to move from a reclined position to an upright position and back to a reclined position during testing.
</P>
<P>(ii) No opening that is exposed and is larger than 6 millimeters before the testing shall become smaller during the testing as a result of the movement of the seating surface relative to the child restraint system as a whole.
</P>
<P>(c) If a front facing child restraint system, not allow the angle between the system's back support surfaces for the child and the system's seating surface to be less than 45 degrees at the completion of the test.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Injury criteria.</I> When tested in accordance with S6.1 and with the test dummy specified in S7, each child restraint system that, in accordance with S5.5.2 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213), is recommended for use by children whose mass is more than 13.6 kilograms or whose height is more than 870 mm shall—
</P>
<P>(a) Limit the resultant acceleration at the location of the accelerometer mounted in the test dummy head as specified in Part 572 such that, for any two points in time, t1 and t2, during the event which are separated by not more than a 15 millisecond time interval and where t1 is less than t2, the maximum calculated head injury criterion (HIC) shall not exceed 570, determined using the resultant head acceleration at the center of gravity of the dummy head, a<E T="52">r</E>, expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity), calculated using the expression:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er30jn22.017.gif"/>
<P>(b) The maximum chest compression (or deflection) from the output of the thoracic InfraRed Telescoping Rod for Assessment of Chest Compression (IR-TRACC) shall not exceed 23 millimeters.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 <I>Occupant containment.</I> When tested in accordance with S6.1 and the requirements specified in this section, each child restraint system recommended for use by children in a specified mass range that includes any children having a mass greater than 5 kilograms but not greater than 13.6 kilograms (30 lb), shall retain the test dummy's head such that there is no direct contact of the head to any part of the side impact seat assembly described in S6.1.1(a).
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 <I>Protrusion limitation.</I> Any portion of a rigid structural component within or underlying a contactable surface shall, with any padding or other flexible overlay material removed, have a height above any immediately adjacent restraint system surface of not more than 9 millimeters and no exposed edge with a radius of less than 6 millimeters.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5 <I>Belt buckle release.</I> Any buckle in a child restraint system belt assembly designed to restrain a child using the system shall:
</P>
<P>(a) When tested in accordance with the appropriate sections of S6.2, after the dynamic test of S6.1, release when a force of not more than 71 Newtons is applied.
</P>
<P>(b) Not release during the testing specified in S6.1.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6 <I> Installation.</I> Each add-on child restraint system shall be capable of meeting the requirements of this standard when installed solely by each of the means indicated in the following table:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to S5.1.6
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Type of add-on child restraint system
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Means of installation
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type II seat belt
<br/>assembly
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type II seat belt
<br/>assembly plus a
<br/>tether if needed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lower anchorages of the child restraint
<br/>anchorage system
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lower anchorages of the child restraint
<br/>anchorage system
<br/>plus a tether
<br/>if needed
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rear-facing restraints</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Forward-facing restraints</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S6. <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Dynamic side impact test for child restraint systems.</I> The test conditions and test procedure for the dynamic side impact test are specified in S6.1.1 and S6.1.2, respectively.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 <I>Test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Test device.</I> (1) The test device is a SISA consisting of a sliding seat, with one seating position, and a simulated door assembly as described in “NHTSA Standard Seat Assembly; FMVSS No. 213a—Side impact No. NHTSA-213a-2021” (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The simulated door assembly is rigidly attached to the floor of the SISA and the sliding seat is mounted on rails to allow it to move relative to the floor of the SISA in the direction perpendicular to the SORL. The SISA is mounted on a dynamic test platform so that the SORL of the seat is 10 ±1 degrees from the perpendicular direction of the test platform travel.
</P>
<P>(2) As illustrated in the SISA drawing package, attached to the seat belt anchorage points provided on the SISA is a Type II seat belt assembly. These seat belt assemblies are certified to meet the requirements of Standard No. 209 (§ 571.209) and have webbing with a width of not more than 2 inches, and are attached to the anchorage points without the use of retractors or reels of any kind. As illustrated in the SISA drawing package, attached to the SISA is a child restraint anchorage system conforming to the specifications of Standard No. 225 (§  571.225).
</P>
<P>(b) Accelerate the test platform to achieve a relative velocity of 31.3 ± 0.64 km/h in the direction perpendicular to the SORL between the SISA sliding seat and the door assembly at the time they come in contact (time = T<E T="52">0</E>). The front face of the armrest on the door is 38 ± 6 millimeters from the edge of the seat towards the SORL at time = T<E T="52">0</E>. The test platform velocity in the direction perpendicular to the SORL during the time of interaction of the door with the child restraint system is no lower than 2.5 km/h less than its velocity at time = T<E T="52">0</E>.
</P>
<P>(c) The sliding seat acceleration perpendicular to the SORL is any pulse within the acceleration corridor shown in Figure 3 and the change in relative velocity perpendicular to the SORL between the SISA sliding seat and the door assembly is any velocity within the relative velocity corridor shown in Figure 4.
</P>
<P>(d) Performance tests under S6.1 are conducted at any ambient temperature from 20.6 °C to 22.2 °C and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent.
</P>
<P>(e) The child restraint shall meet the requirements of S5 when oriented in each direction recommended by the manufacturer (<I>i.e.,</I> forward, rearward), using any of the seat back angle adjustment positions and restraint belt routing positions designated for that direction, pursuant to S5.6 of FMVSS No. 213 (§  571.213), and tested with the test dummy specified in S7 of this section.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 <I>Dynamic test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The child restraint centerline is positioned 300 ± 2 millimeters from the SISA sliding seat edge (impact side). The child restraint system is attached in any of the following manners, at NHTSA's option.
</P>
<P>(1) Install the child restraint system using the child restraint anchorage system in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint system pursuant to S5.6 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213), except as provided in this paragraph. For forward-facing restraints, attach the tether strap, if provided, to the tether anchorage on the SISA. No supplemental device is used to install the child restraint system. Tighten belt systems of the lower anchorage attachments used to attach the restraint to the SISA sliding seat to any tension of not less than 53.5 Newtons and not more than 67 Newtons. Tighten the belt of the top tether attachment used to attach the restraint to the SISA sliding seat to any tension of not less than 45 Newtons and not more than 53.5 Newtons.
</P>
<P>(2) For forward-facing and rear-facing child restraint systems, install the child restraint system using the Type II belt system in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint system pursuant to S5.6 of Standard No. 213 (§ 571.213), except as provided in this paragraph. For forward-facing restraints, attach the top tether strap, if provided, to the top tether anchorage on the SISA. For all child restraints, no supplemental device to install the child restraint system is used. Tighten the Type II belt used to attach the restraint to the SISA sliding seat to any tension of not less than 53.5 Newtons and not more than 67 Newtons. Tighten the belt of the top tether attachment used to attach the forward-facing restraint to the SISA sliding seat to any tension of not less than 45 Newtons and not more than 53.5 Newtons. Rear-facing infant carriers with a detachable base shall only be tested using the base.
</P>
<P>(3) For rear-facing restraints, install the child restraint system using only the lower anchorages of the child restraint anchorage system in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child restraint system pursuant to S5.6 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213). No tether strap is used. No supplemental device is used to install the child restraint system. Tighten belt systems used to attach the restraint to the SISA-sliding seat to any tension of not less than 53.5 Newtons and not more than 67 Newtons. Rear-facing infant carriers with a detachable base shall only be tested using the base.
</P>
<P>(b) Select any dummy specified in S7 for testing child restraint systems for use by children of the heights or weights for which the system is recommended in accordance with S5.5 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213). The dummy is assembled, clothed and prepared as specified in S8 and part 572 of this chapter, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) The dummy is placed and positioned in the child restraint system as specified in S9. Attach the child restraint belts used to restrain the child within the system, if appropriate, as specified in S9.
</P>
<P>(d) Shoulder and pelvic belts that directly restrain the dummy are adjusted as follows: Tighten the belt system used to restrain the child within the child restraint system to any tension of not less than 9 Newtons and not more than 18 Newtons on the webbing at the top of each dummy shoulder and the pelvic region. Tighten the belt systems used to attach the restraint to the SISA sliding seat to any tension of not less than 53.5 Newtons and not more than 67 Newtons.
</P>
<P>(e) Accelerate the test platform in accordance with S6.1.1(b).
</P>
<P>(f) All instrumentation and data reduction is in conformance with SAE J211/1 (1995) (incorporated by reference, see §  571.5).
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Buckle release test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) After completion of the testing specified in S6.1 and before the buckle is unlatched, tie a self-adjusting sling to each wrist and ankle of the test dummy in the manner illustrated in Figure 4 to Standard No. 213 (§  571.213), without disturbing the belted dummy and the child restraint system.
</P>
<P>(b) Pull the sling that is tied to the dummy restrained in the child restraint system and apply the following force: 90 Newtons for a system tested with a 12-month-old dummy; 200 Newtons for a system tested with a 3-year-old dummy. For an add-on child restraint, the force is applied in the manner illustrated in Figure 4 to Standard No. 213 (§  571.213) and by pulling the sling horizontally and parallel to the SORL of the SISA.
</P>
<P>(c) While applying the force specified in S6.2(b), and using the device shown in Figure 8 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213) for pushbutton-release buckles, apply the release force in the manner and location specified in S6.2.1 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213), for that type of buckle. Measure the force required to release the buckle.
</P>
<P>S7 <I>Test dummies.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Dummy selection.</I> At NHTSA's option, any dummy specified in S7.1(a) or S7.1(b) may be selected for testing child restraint systems for use by children of the height or mass for which the system is recommended in accordance with S5.5 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213). A child restraint that meets the criteria in two or more of the following paragraphs may be tested with any of the test dummies specified in those paragraphs.
</P>
<P>(a) A child restraint that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213) for use either by children in a specified mass range that includes any children having a mass greater than 5 kilograms but not greater than 13.6 kilograms, or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is greater than 650 millimeters but not greater than 870 millimeters, is tested with a CRABI 12-month-old test dummy conforming to 49 CFR part 572 subpart R.
</P>
<P>(b) A child restraint that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213) for use either by children in a specified mass range that includes any children having a mass greater than 13.6 kilograms but not greater than 18 kilograms, or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is greater than 870 millimeters but not greater than 1100 millimeters, is tested with a 3-year-old test dummy (Q3s) conforming to 49 CFR part 572 subpart W.
</P>
<P>S8 <I>Dummy clothing and preparation.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Type of clothing.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>12-month-old dummy (CRABI) (49 CFR part 572, subpart R).</I> When used in testing under this standard, the dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subpart R, is clothed in a cotton-polyester based tight fitting sweat shirt with long sleeves and ankle long pants whose combined weight is not more than 0.25 kilograms.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>3-year-old side impact dummy (Q3s) (49 CFR part 572, subpart W).</I> When used in testing under this standard, the dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subpart W, is clothed as specified in that subpart, except without shoes.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Preparing dummies.</I> When using the Q3s dummy, install the IR-TRACC on the test impact side according to 49 CFR part 572, subpart W. Before being used in testing under this standard, test dummies must be conditioned at any ambient temperature from 20.6° to 22.2 °C and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent, for at least 4 hours.
</P>
<P>S9 <I>Positioning the dummy and attaching the belts used to restrain the child within the child restraint system and/or to attach the system to the SISA sliding seat.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1 <I>12-month-old dummy (CRABI) (49 CFR part 572, subpart R).</I> Position the test dummy according to the instructions for child positioning that the manufacturer provided with the child restraint system under S5.6.1 or S5.6.2 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213), while conforming to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) When testing rear-facing child restraint systems, place the 12-month-old dummy in the child restraint system so that the back of the dummy torso contacts the back support surface of the system. Attach all appropriate child restraint belts used to restrain the child within the child restraint system and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2 of this standard. Attach all appropriate belts used to attach the child restraint system to the SISA sliding seat and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2.
</P>
<P>(b) When testing forward-facing child restraint systems, extend the dummy's arms vertically upwards and then rotate each arm downward toward the dummy's lower body until the arm contacts a surface of the child restraint system or the SISA. Ensure that no arm is restrained from movement in other than the downward direction, by any part of the system or the belts used to anchor the system to the SISA sliding seat.
</P>
<P>(c) When testing forward-facing child restraint systems, extend the arms of the 12-month-old test dummy as far as possible in the upward vertical direction. Extend the legs of the test dummy as far as possible in the forward horizontal direction, with the dummy feet perpendicular to the centerline of the lower legs. Using a flat square surface with an area of 2,580 square mm, apply a force of 178 Newtons, perpendicular to the plane of the back of the standard seat assembly, first against the dummy crotch and then at the dummy thorax in the midsagittal plane of the dummy. Attach all appropriate child restraint belts used to restrain the child within the child restraint system and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2(d). Attach all appropriate belts used to attach the child restraint system (per S5.1.6) to the SISA sliding seat and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2.
</P>
<P>(d) After the steps specified in paragraph (c), rotate each dummy limb downwards in the plane parallel to the dummy's midsagittal plane until the limb contacts a surface of the child restraint system or the standard seat assembly. Position the limbs, if necessary, so that limb placement does not inhibit torso or head movement in tests conducted under S6.
</P>
<P>S9.2 <I>3-year-old side impact dummy (Q3s) (49 CFR part 572, subpart W) in forward-facing child restraints.</I> Position the test dummy according to the instructions for child positioning that the restraint manufacturer provided with the child restraint system in accordance with S5.6.1 or S5.6.2 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213), while conforming to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Holding the test dummy torso upright until it contacts the child restraint system's design seating surface, place the test dummy in the seated position within the child restraint system with the midsagittal plane of the test dummy head coincident with the center of the child restraint system.
</P>
<P>(b) Extend the arms of the test dummy as far as possible in the upward vertical direction. Extend the legs of the dummy as far as possible in the forward horizontal direction, with the dummy feet perpendicular to the center line of the lower legs.
</P>
<P>(c) For a child restraint system with a fixed or movable surface, position each movable surface in accordance with the instructions that the manufacturer provided under S5.6.1 or S5.6.2 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213). For forward-facing restraints, attach all appropriate child restraint belts used to restrain the child within the child restraint system and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2(d). Attach all appropriate belts or lower anchorage attachments used to attach the child restraint system to the SISA or to restrain the child and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2. For belt-positioning seats, attach all appropriate vehicle belts used to restrain the child within the child restraint system and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2(d).
</P>
<P>(d) After the steps specified in paragraph (c) of this section, rotate each of the dummy's legs downwards in the plane parallel to the dummy's midsagittal plane until the limb contacts a surface of the child restraint or the SISA. Rotate each of the dummy's arms downwards in the plane parallel to the dummy's midsagittal plane until the arm is engaged on the detent that positions the arm at a 25-degree angle with respect to the thorax. For child restraint systems with a fixed or movable surface that does not allow the dummy's arm to be positioned at a 25-degree angle, rotate each dummy arm downwards in the plane parallel to the dummy's midsagittal plane until the arm contacts a surface of the child restraint system or the standard seat assembly.
</P>
<P>S9.3 <I>3-year-old side impact dummy (Q3s) (49 CFR part 572, subpart W) in rear-facing child restraints.</I> Position the test dummy according to the instructions for child positioning that the restraint manufacturer provided with the child restraint system in accordance with S5.6.1 or S5.6.2 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213), while conforming to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Extend the arms of the test dummy as far as possible in the upward vertical direction. Extend the legs of the dummy as far as possible in the forward horizontal direction, with the dummy feet perpendicular to the center line of the lower legs.
</P>
<P>(b) Place the Q3s dummy in the child restraint system so that the back of the dummy torso contacts the back support surface of the system. Place the test dummy in the child restraint system with the midsagittal plane of the test dummy head coincident with the center of the child restraint system. Rotate each of the dummy's legs downwards in the plane parallel to the dummy's midsagittal plane until the leg or feet of the dummy contacts the seat back of the SISA or a surface of the child restraint system.
</P>
<P>(c) For a child restraint system with a fixed or movable surface, position each movable surface in accordance with the instructions that the manufacturer provided under S5.6.1 or S5.6.2 of Standard No. 213 (§  571.213). Attach all appropriate child restraint belts used to restrain a child within the child restraint system and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2(d). Attach all appropriate belts or lower anchorage attachments used to attach the child restraint system to the SISA and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2.
</P>
<P>(d) After the steps specified in paragraph (c) of this section, rotate each dummy arm downwards in the plane parallel to the dummy's midsagittal plane until the limb is positioned at a 25-degree angle with respect to the thorax. For child restraint systems with a fixed or movable surface that does not allow the dummy's arm to be positioned at a 25-degree angle, rotate each dummy arm downwards in the plane parallel to the dummy's midsagittal plane until the arm contacts a surface of the child restraint system or the standard seat assembly.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er30jn22.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30jn22.019.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30jn22.020.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30jn22.021.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30jn22.022.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30jn22.023.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30jn22.024.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30jn22.025.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30jn22.026.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 39310, June 30, 2022, as amended at 89 FR 81846, Oct. 9, 2024]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.213b" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.213b   Standard No. 213b; Child restraint systems; Mandatory applicability beginning December 5, 2026.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for child restraint systems used in motor vehicles and aircraft.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the number of children killed or injured in motor vehicle crashes and in aircraft.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses, and to child restraint systems for use in motor vehicles and aircraft, manufactured on or after December 5, 2026.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions</I>—
</P>
<P><I>Add-on child restraint system</I> means any portable child restraint system.
</P>
<P><I>Backless child restraint system</I> means a child restraint system, other than a belt-positioning seat, that consists of a seating platform that does not extend up to provide a cushion for the child's back or head and has a structural element designed to restrain forward motion of the child's torso in a forward impact.
</P>
<P><I>Belt-positioning seat</I> means a child restraint system that positions a child on a vehicle seat to improve the fit of a vehicle Type 2 belt system on the child and that lacks any component, such as a belt system or a structural element, designed to restrain forward movement of the child's torso in a forward impact.
</P>
<P><I>Booster seat</I> means either a backless child restraint system or a belt-positioning seat.
</P>
<P><I>Built-in child restraint system</I> means a child restraint system that is designed to be an integral part of and permanently installed in a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Car bed</I> means a child restraint system designed to restrain or position a child in the supine or prone position on a continuous flat surface.
</P>
<P><I>Child restraint anchorage system</I> is defined in S3 of FMVSS No. 225 (§ 571.225).
</P>
<P><I>Child restraint system</I> means any device, except Type 1 or Type 2 seat belts, designed for use in a motor vehicle or aircraft to restrain, seat, or position children who weigh 36 kilograms (kg) (80 lb) or less.
</P>
<P><I>Contactable surface</I> means any child restraint system surface (other than that of a belt, belt buckle, or belt adjustment hardware) that may contact any part of the head or torso of the appropriate test dummy, specified in S7, when a child restraint system is tested in accordance with S6.1.
</P>
<P><I>Factory-installed built-in child restraint system</I> means a built-in child restraint system that has been or will be permanently installed in a motor vehicle before that vehicle is certified as a completed or altered vehicle in accordance with part 567 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Harness</I> means a combination pelvic and upper torso child restraint system that consists primarily of flexible material, such as straps, webbing or similar material, and that does not include a rigid seating structure for the child.
</P>
<P><I>Rear-facing child restraint system</I> means a child restraint system, except a car bed, that positions a child to face in the direction opposite to the normal direction of travel of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Representative aircraft passenger seat</I> means either a Federal Aviation Administration approved production aircraft passenger seat or a simulated aircraft passenger seat conforming to Figure 6.
</P>
<P><I>School bus child restraint system</I> means an add-on child restraint system (including a harness) manufactured and sold only for use on school bus seats, that has a label conforming with S5.3.1(b).
</P>
<P><I>Seat orientation reference line</I> or <I>SORL</I> means the horizontal line through Point Z as illustrated in Figure 1A-1 and 1A-2.
</P>
<P><I>Specific vehicle shell</I> means the actual vehicle model part into which the built-in child restraint system is or is intended to be fabricated, including the complete surroundings of the built-in system. If the built-in child restraint system is or is intended to be fabricated as part of any seat other than a front seat, these surroundings include the back of the seat in front, the interior rear side door panels and trim, the floor pan, adjacent pillars (<I>e.g.,</I> the B and C pillars), and the ceiling. If the built-in system is or is intended to be fabricated as part of the front seat, these surroundings include the dashboard, the steering mechanism and its associated trim hardware, any levers and knobs installed on the floor or on a console, the interior front side door panels and trim, the front seat, the floor pan, the A pillars and the ceiling.
</P>
<P><I>Tether anchorage</I> is defined in S3 of FMVSS No. 225 (§ 571.225).
</P>
<P><I>Tether hook</I> is defined in S3 of FMVSS No. 225 (§ 571.225).
</P>
<P><I>Tether strap</I> is defined in S3 of FMVSS No. 225 (§ 571.225).
</P>
<P><I>Torso</I> means the portion of the body of a seated anthropomorphic test dummy, excluding the thighs, that lies between the top of the child restraint system seating surface and the top of the shoulders of the test dummy.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> (a) Each motor vehicle with a built-in child restraint system shall meet the requirements in this section when, as specified, tested in accordance with S6.1 and this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Each child restraint system manufactured for use in motor vehicles shall meet the requirements in this section when, as specified, tested in accordance with S6.1 and this paragraph. Each add-on system shall meet the requirements at each of the restraint's seat back angle adjustment positions and restraint belt routing positions, when the restraint is oriented in the direction recommended by the manufacturer (<I>e.g.,</I> forward, rearward or laterally) pursuant to S5.6, and tested with the test dummy specified in S7.
</P>
<P>(2) Each add-on child restraint system manufactured for use in motor vehicles, that is recommended for children in a weight range that includes weights less than 18 kilograms (40 pounds) regardless of height, or for children in a height range that includes heights less than 1100 millimeters (mm) regardless of weight, shall meet the requirements in this standard and the applicable side impact protection requirements in Standard No. 213a (§ 571.213a).
</P>
<P>(c) Each child restraint system manufactured for use in aircraft shall meet the requirements in this section and the additional requirements in S8.
</P>
<P>(d) Each child restraint system tested with a part 572 subpart S dummy need not meet S5.1.2 and S5.1.3.
</P>
<P>(e) Each child restraint system tested with a part 572 subpart T dummy need not meet S5.1.2.1(a).
</P>
<P>(f) Each child restraint system that is equipped with an internal harness or other internal components to restrain the child need not meet this standard when attached to the lower anchors of the child restraint anchorage system on the standard seat assembly if the sum of the weight of the child restraint system (in pounds) and the average weight of child represented by the test dummy used to test the child restraint system in accordance with S7 of this standard, shown in the table below, exceeds 65 pounds. Such a child restraint system must meet this standard when tested using its internal harness or components to restrain such a test dummy while installed using the means of installation specified in S5.3.2 of this standard.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to S5(<E T="01">f</E>)—Average Weight of Child Represented by Various Test Dummies
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test dummy
<br/>(specified in S7 of this standard)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Average weight of child represented by test dummy
<br/>(pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CRABI 12-month-old infant dummy (49 CFR Part 572, Subpart R)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hybrid III 3-year-old dummy (49 CFR Part 572, Subpart P)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hybrid III 6-year-old dummy (49 CFR Part 572, Subpart N)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hybrid III 6-year-old weighted dummy (49 CFR Part 572 Subpart S)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hybrid II 6-year-old dummy (49, CFR Part 572, Subpart I)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.1 <I>Dynamic performance.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Child restraint system integrity.</I> When tested in accordance with S6.1, each child restraint system shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) Exhibit no complete separation of any load bearing structural element and no partial separation exposing either surfaces with a radius of less than 6 mm or surfaces with protrusions greater than 9 mm above the immediate adjacent surrounding contactable surface of any structural element of the system.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) If adjustable to different positions, remain in the same adjustment position during the testing that it was in immediately before the testing, except as otherwise specified in paragraph (b)(2).
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Subject to paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, a rear-facing child restraint system may have a means for repositioning the seating surface of the system that allows the system's occupant to move from a reclined position to an upright position and back to a reclined position during testing.
</P>
<P>(ii) No opening that is exposed and is larger than 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch before the testing shall become smaller during the testing as a result of the movement of the seating surface relative to the restraint system as a whole.
</P>
<P>(c) If a front facing child restraint system, not allow the angle between the system's back support surfaces for the child and the system's seating surface to be less than 45 degrees at the completion of the test.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Injury criteria.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.1 When tested in accordance with S6.1 and with the test dummies specified in S7, each child restraint system shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Limit the resultant acceleration at the location of the accelerometer mounted in the test dummy head such that, for any two points in time, t1 and t2, during the event which are separated by not more than a 36 millisecond time interval and where t1 is less than t2, the maximum calculated head injury criterion (HIC36) shall not exceed 1,000, determined using the resultant head acceleration at the center of gravity of the dummy head, a, expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity), calculated using the expression below. The HIC calculation shall be calculated within the first 175 milliseconds of the sled acceleration that is within the acceleration corridor in Figure 2, when testing with the HIII-6YO dummy in a backless child restraint system.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.007.gif"/>
<P>(b) The resultant acceleration calculated from the output of the thoracic instrumentation shall not exceed 60 g's, except for intervals whose cumulative duration is not more than 3 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.2 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 <I>Occupant excursion.</I> When tested in accordance with S6.1 and the requirements specified in this section, each child restraint system shall meet the applicable excursion limit requirements specified in S5.1.3.1-S5.1.3.3.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.1 <I>Child restraint systems other than rear-facing ones and car beds.</I> Each child restraint system, other than a rear-facing child restraint system or a car bed, shall retain the test dummy's torso within the system.
</P>
<P>(a) For each add-on child restraint system:
</P>
<P>(1) No portion of the test dummy's head shall pass through a vertical transverse plane that is 720 mm or 813 mm (as specified in the table in this S5.1.3.1) forward of point Z on the standard seat assembly, measured along the center SORL (as illustrated in figure 1B-1 and 1B-2 of this standard); and
</P>
<P>(2) Neither knee pivot point shall pass through a vertical transverse plane that is 915 mm forward of point Z on the standard seat assembly, measured along the center SORL.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to S5.1.3.1(<E T="01">a</E>)—Add-On Child Restraints that Can Be Used Forward-Facing
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">When this type of child restraint system
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Is tested in accordance with—
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">These excursion
<br/>limits apply
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="02">Explanatory note:</E> in the test specified in 2nd column, the excursion requirement must be met when the child restraint system is attached to the test seat assembly in the manner described below, subject to certain conditions
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">All harnesses</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with lap belt; in addition, if a tether is provided, it is attached.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Restraints designed for use by children with physical disabilities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with lap and shoulder belt; in addition, if a tether is provided, it is attached.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">School bus child restraint systems</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with seat back mount, or seat back and seat pan mounts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Booster seats</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(ii)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with lap and shoulder belt; no tether is attached.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Child restraint systems other than harnesses, restraints designed for use by children with physical disabilities, school bus child restraint systems, and booster seats</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(B)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with a lap and shoulder belt; without a tether attached.
<br/>Attached to lower anchorages of child restraint anchorage system; without a tether attached.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Child restraint systems other than harnesses, restraints designed for use by children with physical disabilities, school bus child restraint systems</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A), S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(C)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 720 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with a lap and shoulder belt, with a tether attached.
<br/>Attached to lower anchorages of child restraint anchorage system, with a tether attached.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Child restraint systems equipped with a fixed or movable surface described in S5.2.2.2 that has belts that are not an integral part of that fixed or movable surface</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6.1.2(a)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head 813 mm; Knee 915 mm</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Attached with lap and shoulder belt or lower anchorages of child restraint anchorage system; no tether is attached.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) In the case of a built-in child restraint system, neither knee pivot point shall, at any time during the dynamic test, pass through a vertical transverse plane that is 305 mm forward of the initial pre-test position of the respective knee pivot point, measured along a horizontal line that passes through the knee pivot point and is parallel to the vertical longitudinal plane that passes through the vehicle's longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.2 <I>Rear-facing child restraint systems.</I> In the case of each rear-facing child restraint system, all portions of the test dummy's torso shall be retained within the system and neither of the target points on either side of the dummy's head and on the transverse axis passing through the center of mass of the dummy's head and perpendicular to the head's midsagittal plane, shall pass through the transverse orthogonal planes whose intersection contains the forward-most and top-most points on the child restraint system surfaces (illustrated in Figure 1C in this section).
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.3 <I>Car beds.</I> In the case of car beds, all portions of the test dummy's head and torso shall be retained within the confines of the car bed.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 <I>Back support angle.</I> When a rear-facing child restraint system is tested in accordance with S6.1, the angle between the system's back support surface for the child and the vertical shall not exceed 70 degrees.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Force distribution.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Minimum head support surface—child restraint systems other than car beds.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.1 Except as provided in S5.2.1.2, each child restraint system other than a car bed shall provide restraint against rearward movement of the head of the child (rearward in relation to the child) by means of a continuous seat back which is an integral part of the system and which—
</P>
<P>(a) Has a height, measured along the system seat back surface for the child in the vertical longitudinal plane passing through the longitudinal centerline of the child restraint systems from the lowest point on the system seating surface that is contacted by the buttocks of the seated dummy, as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 to S5.2.1.1<E T="01">(a)</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Weight 
<sup>1</sup>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Height 
<sup>2</sup>(mm)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Not more than 18 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 18 kg</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">560
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> When a child restraint system is recommended under S5.5 for use by children of the above weights.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> The height of the portion of the system seat back providing head restraint shall not be less than the above.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Has a width of not less than 8 inches, measured in the horizontal plane at the height specified in paragraph (a) of this section. Except that a child restraint system with side supports extending at least 4 inches forward from the padded surface of the portion of the restraint system provided for support of the child's head may have a width of not less than 6 inches, measured in the horizontal plane at the height specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Limits the rearward rotation of the test dummy head so that the angle between the head and torso of the dummy specified in S7 when tested in accordance with S6.1 is not more than 45 degrees greater than the angle between the head and torso after the dummy has been placed in the system in accordance with S6.1.2.3 and before the system is tested in accordance with S6.1.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.2 The applicability of the requirements of S5.2.1.1 to a front-facing child restraint system, and the conformance of any child restraint system other than a car bed to those requirements, is determined using the largest of the test dummies specified in S7 for use in testing that restraint, provided that the 6-year-old dummy described in subpart I or subpart N of part 572 of this title and the 10-year-old dummy described in subpart T of part 572 of this title, are not used to determine the applicability of or compliance with S5.2.1.1. A front facing child restraint system is not required to comply with S5.2.1.1 if the target point on either side of the dummy's head is below a horizontal plane tangent to the top of—
</P>
<P>(a) The standard seat assembly, in the case of an add-on child restraint system, when the dummy is positioned in the system and the system is installed on the assembly in accordance with S6.1.2.
</P>
<P>(b) The vehicle seat, in the case of a built-in child restraint system, when the system is activated and the dummy is positioned in the system in accordance with S6.1.2.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Torso impact protection.</I> Each child restraint system other than a car bed shall comply with the applicable requirements of S5.2.2.1 and S5.2.2.2.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.1 (a) The system surface provided for the support of the child's back shall be flat or concave and have a continuous surface area of not less than 85 square inches.
</P>
<P>(b) Each system surface provided for support of the side of the child's torso shall be flat or concave and have a continuous surface of not less than 24 square inches for systems recommended for children weighing 20 pounds or more, or 48 square inches for systems recommended for children weighing less than 20 pounds.
</P>
<P>(c) Each horizontal cross section of each system surface designed to restrain forward movement of the child's torso shall be flat or concave and each vertical longitudinal cross section shall be flat or convex with a radius of curvature of the underlying structure of not less than 2 inches.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.2 Each forward-facing child restraint system shall have no fixed or movable surface—
</P>
<P>(a) Directly forward of the dummy and intersected by a horizontal line—
</P>
<P>(1) Parallel to the SORL, in the case of the add-on child restraint system, or
</P>
<P>(2) Parallel to a vertical plane through the longitudinal center line of the vehicle seat, in the case of a built-in child restraint system, and,
</P>
<P>(b) Passing through any portion of the dummy, except for surfaces which restrain the dummy when the system is tested in accordance with S6.1.2(a)(2), so that the child restraint system shall conform to the requirements of S5.1.2 and S5.1.3.1.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.2.4 <I>Protrusion limitation.</I> Any portion of a rigid structural component within or underlying a contactable surface, or any portion of a child restraint system surface that is subject to the requirements of S5.2.3 shall, with any padding or other flexible overlay material removed, have a height above any immediately adjacent restraint system surface of not more than 9 mm and no exposed edge with a radius of less than 6 mm.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Installation.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 Add-on child restraint systems shall meet either (a) or (b), as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(a) Except for components designed to attach to a child restraint anchorage system, each add-on child restraint system must not have any means designed for attaching the system to a vehicle seat cushion or vehicle seat back and any component (except belts) that is designed to be inserted between the vehicle seat cushion and vehicle seat back.
</P>
<P>(b) School bus child restraint systems (including harnesses manufactured for use on school bus seats) must have a label that conforms in content to Figure 12 and to the requirements of S5.3.1(b)(1) through S5.3.1(b)(3) of this standard. The label must be permanently affixed to the part of the school bus child restraint system, that attaches the system to a vehicle seat back.
</P>
<P>(1) The label must be plainly visible when installed and easily readable.
</P>
<P>(2) The message area must be white with black text. The message area must be no less than 20 square centimeters.
</P>
<P>(3) The pictogram shall be gray and black with a red circle and slash on a white background. The pictogram shall be no less than 20 mm in diameter.
</P>
<P>(c) The provision that add-on child restraint systems shall meet the requirements of this standard when installed solely by a Type 1 belt applies to child restraint systems manufactured before September 1, 2029. Except for harnesses, the requirement sunsets for child restraint systems manufactured on or after September 1, 2029. For harnesses, the requirement does not sunset and continues to apply to harnesses manufactured on or after September 1, 2029.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 Each add-on child restraint system shall be capable of meeting the requirements of this standard when installed solely by each of the means indicated in the following table for the particular type of child restraint system:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4 to S5.3.2 Means of Installation for Child Restraint Systems
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type of add-on child restraint system
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type 1
<br/>seat belt
<br/>assembly
<br/>plus a tether
<br/>anchorage,
<br/>if needed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type 2
<br/>seat belt
<br/>assembly
<br/>plus a tether
<br/>anchorage,
<br/>if needed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type 2
<br/>seat belt
<br/>assembly
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lower
<br/>anchorages
<br/>of the child
<br/>restraint
<br/>anchorage
<br/>system
<br/>plus a tether,
<br/>if needed
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lower
<br/>anchorages
<br/>of the child
<br/>restraint
<br/>anchorage
<br/>system
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Seat back
<br/>mount, or,
<br/>seat back
<br/>mount, and,
<br/>seat pan mount
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">School bus child restraint systems</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harnesses</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Car beds</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rear-facing restraints</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Booster seats</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">All other child restraint systems</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.3.3 <I>Car beds.</I> Each car bed shall be designed to be installed on a vehicle seat so that the car bed's longitudinal axis is perpendicular to a vertical longitudinal plane through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Belts, belt buckles, and belt webbing.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.1 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.2 The webbing of belts provided with a child restraint system and used to attach the system to the vehicle or to restrain the child within the system shall—
</P>
<P>(a) Have a minimum breaking strength for new webbing of not less than 15,000 N in the case of webbing used to secure a child restraint system to the vehicle, including the tether and lower anchorages of a child restraint anchorage system, and not less than 11,000 N in the case of the webbing used to secure a child to a child restraint system when tested in accordance with S5.1 of FMVSS No. 209. Each value shall be not less than the 15,000 N and 11,000 N applicable breaking strength requirements, but the median value shall be used for determining the retention of breaking strength in paragraphs (b)(1) and (c)(1) and (2) of this section. “New webbing” means webbing that has not been exposed to abrasion, light or micro-organisms as specified elsewhere in this section.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) After being subjected to abrasion as specified in S5.1(d) or S5.3(c) of FMVSS 209 (§ 571.209), have a breaking strength of not less than 75 percent of the new webbing strength, when tested in accordance with S5.1(b) of FMVSS 209.
</P>
<P>(2) A mass of 2.35 ±.05 kg shall be used in the test procedure in S5.1(d) of FMVSS 209 for webbing, including webbing to secure a child restraint system to the tether and lower anchorages of a child restraint anchorage system, except that a mass of 1.5 ±.05 kg shall be used for webbing in pelvic and upper torso restraints of a belt assembly used in a child restraint system. The mass is shown as (B) in Figure 2 of FMVSS 209.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) After exposure to the light of a carbon arc and tested by the procedure specified in S5.1(e) of FMVSS 209 (§ 571.209), have a breaking strength of not less than 60 percent of the new webbing, and shall have a color retention not less than No. 2 on the AATCC Gray Scale for Color Change (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(2) After being subjected to micro-organisms and tested by the procedures specified in S5.1(f) of FMVSS 209 (§ 571.209), shall have a breaking strength not less than 85 percent of the new webbing.
</P>
<P>(d) If contactable by the test dummy torso when the system is tested in accordance with S6.1, have a width of not less than 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches when measured in accordance with S5.4.1.3.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.3 <I>Width test procedure.</I> Condition the webbing for 24 hours in an atmosphere of any relative humidity between 48 and 67 percent, and any ambient temperature between 70 and 77 °F. Measure belt webbing width under a tension of 5 pounds applied lengthwise.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 <I>Belt buckles and belt adjustment hardware.</I> Each belt buckle and item of belt adjustment hardware used in a child restraint system shall conform to the requirements of S4.3(a) and S4.3(b) of FMVSS No. 209 (§ 571.209).
</P>
<P>S5.4.3 <I>Belt Restraint.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.1 <I>General.</I> Each belt that is part of a child restraint system and that is designed to restrain a child using the system shall be adjustable to snugly fit any child whose height and weight are within the ranges recommended in accordance with S5.5.2(f) and who is positioned in the system in accordance with the instructions required by S5.6.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.2 <I>Direct restraint.</I> Except for belt-positioning seats, each belt that is part of a child restraint system and that is designed to restrain a child using the system and to attach the system to the vehicle, and each Type 1 and lap portion of a Type 2 vehicle belt that is used to attach the system to the vehicle shall, when tested in accordance with S6.1, impose no loads on the child that result from the mass of the system, or—
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of an add-on child restraint system, from the mass of the seat back of the standard seat assembly specified in S6.1, or
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a built-in child restraint system, from the mass of any part of the vehicle into which the child restraint system is built.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.3 <I>Seating systems.</I> Except for child restraint systems subject to S5.4.3.4, each child restraint system that is designed for use by a child in a seated position and that has belts designed to restrain the child, shall, with the test dummy specified in S7 positioned in the system in accordance with S10 provide:
</P>
<P>(a) Upper torso restraint in the form of:
</P>
<P>(i) Belts passing over each shoulder of the child, or
</P>
<P>(ii) A fixed or movable surface that complies with S5.2.2.1(c), and
</P>
<P>(b) Lower torso restraint in the form of:
</P>
<P>(i) A lap belt assembly making an angle between 45° and 90° with the child restraint system seating surface at the lap belt attachment points, or
</P>
<P>(ii) A fixed or movable surface that complies with S5.2.2.1(c), and
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of each seating system recommended for children whose masses are more than 10 kg, crotch restraint in the form of:
</P>
<P>(i) A crotch belt connectable to the lap belt or other device used to restrain the lower torso, or
</P>
<P>(ii) A fixed or movable surface that complies with S5.2.2.1(c).
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.4 <I>Harnesses.</I> Each child harness shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Provide upper torso restraint, including belts passing over each shoulder of the child;
</P>
<P>(b) Provide lower torso restraint by means of lap and crotch belt; and
</P>
<P>(c) Prevent a child of any height for which the restraint is recommended for use pursuant to S5.5.2(f) from standing upright on the vehicle seat when the child is placed in the device in accordance with the instructions required by S5.6.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.5 <I>Buckle release.</I> Any buckle in a child restraint system belt assembly designed to restrain a child using the system shall:
</P>
<P>(a) When tested in accordance with S6.2.1 prior to the dynamic test of S6.1, not release when a force of less than 40 newtons (N) is applied and shall release when a force of not more than 62 N is applied;
</P>
<P>(b) After the dynamic test of S6.1, when tested in accordance with the appropriate sections of S6.2, release when a force of not more than 71 N is applied, provided, however, that the conformance of any child restraint system to this requirement is determined using the largest of the test dummies specified in S7 for use in testing that restraint when the restraint is facing forward, rearward, and/or laterally;
</P>
<P>(c) Meet the requirements of S4.3(d)(2) of FMVSS No. 209 (§ 571.209), except that the minimum surface area for child restraint system buckles designed for push button application shall be 0.6 square inch;
</P>
<P>(d) Meet the requirements of S4.3(g) of FMVSS No. 209 (§ 571.209) when tested in accordance with S5.2(g) of FMVSS No. 209; and
</P>
<P>(e) Not release during the testing specified in S6.1.
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Labeling.</I> Any labels or written instructions provided in addition to those required by this section shall not obscure or confuse the meaning of the required information or be otherwise misleading to the consumer. Any labels or written instructions other than in the English language shall be an accurate translation of English labels or written instructions.
</P>
<P>S5.5.1 Each add-on child restraint system shall be permanently labeled with the information specified in S5.5.2(a) through (m).
</P>
<P>S5.5.2 The information specified in paragraphs (a) through (m) of this section shall be stated in the English language and lettered in letters and numbers that are not smaller than 10 point type. Unless otherwise specified, the information shall be labeled on a white background with black text. Unless written in all capitals, the information shall be stated in sentence capitalization.
</P>
<P>(a) The model name or number of the system.
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's name. A distributor's name may be used instead if the distributor assumes responsibility for all duties and liabilities imposed on the manufacturer with respect to the system by the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act, as amended.
</P>
<P>(c) The statement: “Manufactured in __,” inserting the month and year of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(d) The place of manufacture (city and State, or foreign country). However, if the manufacturer uses the name of the distributor, then it shall state the location (city and State, or foreign country) of the principal offices of the distributor.
</P>
<P>(e) The statement: “This child restraint system conforms to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards.”
</P>
<P>(f) Statements or a combination of statements and pictograms specifying the manufacturer's recommendations for the weight and height ranges (in English and metric units) of children who can safely occupy the system in each applicable mode (rear-facing, forward facing, booster), except manufacturers shall not recommend that child restraint systems with internal harnesses be used forward-facing with children of weights less than 12 kg (26.5 lb), and shall not recommend that booster seats be used by children of weights less than 18 kg (40 lb).
</P>
<P>(g) The statements specified in paragraphs (1) and (2):
</P>
<P>(1) A heading as specified in S5.5.2(k)(3)(i), with the statement “WARNING! DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY can occur,” capitalized as written and followed by bulleted statements in the following order:
</P>
<P>(i) As appropriate, the statements required by the following sections will be bulleted and placed after the statement required by 5.5.2(g)(1) in the following order: 5.5.2(k)(1), 5.5.2(h), 5.5.2(j), and 5.5.2(i).
</P>
<P>(ii) Secure this child restraint with the vehicle's child restraint anchorage system, if available, or with a vehicle belt. [For car beds, harnesses, and belt positioning seats, the first part of the statement regarding attachment by the child restraint anchorage system is optional.] [For belt-positioning seats, the second part of the statement regarding attachment by the vehicle belt does not apply.]
</P>
<P>(iii) Follow all instructions on this child restraint and in the written instructions located (<I>insert storage location on the restraint for the manufacturer's installation instruction booklet or sheet</I>).
</P>
<P>(iv) Register your child restraint with the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(2) At the manufacturer's option, the phrase “DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY can occur” in the heading can be on either a white or yellow background.
</P>
<P>(3) More than one label may be used for the required bulleted statements. Multiple labels shall be placed one above the other unless that arrangement is precluded by insufficient space or shape of the child restraint system. In that case, multiple labels shall be placed side by side. When using multiple labels, the mandated warnings must be in the correct order when read from top to bottom. If the labels are side-by-side, then the mandated warnings must appear top to bottom of the leftmost label, then top to bottom of the next label to its right, and so on. There shall be no intervening labels and the required heading shall only appear on the first label in the sequence.
</P>
<P>(h) In the case of each child restraint system that has belts designed to restrain children using them and which do not adjust automatically to fit the child: Snugly adjust the belts provided with this child restraint around your child.
</P>
<P>(i)(1) For a booster seat that is recommended for use with either a vehicle's Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly, one of the following statements, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) Use only the vehicle's lap and shoulder belt system when restraining the child in this booster seat; or,
</P>
<P>(ii) Use only the vehicle's lap belt system, or the lap belt part of a lap/shoulder belt system with the shoulder belt placed behind the child, when restraining the child in this seat.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (i)(2)(ii) of this section, for a booster seat which is recommended for use with both a vehicle's Type 1 and Type 2 seat belt assemblies, the following statement: Use only the vehicle's lap belt system, or the lap belt part of a lap/shoulder belt system with the shoulder belt placed behind the child, when restraining the child with the (<I>insert description of the system element provided to restrain forward movement of the child's torso when used with a lap belt</I> (<I>e.g., shield</I>)), and only the vehicle's lap and shoulder belt system when using the booster without the (<I>insert above description</I>).
</P>
<P>(ii) A booster seat which is recommended for use with both a vehicle's Type 1 and Type 2 seat belt assemblies is not subject to S5.5.2(i)(2)(i) if, when the booster is used with the shield or similar component, the booster will cause the shoulder belt to be located in a position other than in front of the child when the booster is installed. However, such a booster shall be labeled with a warning to use the booster with the vehicle's lap and shoulder belt system when using the booster without a shield.
</P>
<P>(j) In the case of each child restraint system equipped with a tether strap system the statement: Secure the tether strap provided with this child restraint. For child restraints manufactured before January 8, 2028, the statement may state: Secure the top anchorage strap provided with this child restraint.
</P>
<P>(k)(1) In the case of each rear-facing child restraint system that is designed for infants only, the statement: Use only in a rear-facing position when using it in the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided in (k)(4) of this section, each child restraint system that can be used in a rear-facing position shall have a label that conforms in content to Figure 10 and to the requirements of S5.5.2(k)(3)(i) through S5.5.2(k)(3)(iii) of this standard permanently affixed to the outer surface of the cushion or padding in or adjacent to the area where a child's head would rest, so that the label is plainly visible and easily readable.
</P>
<P>(i) The heading area shall be yellow with the word “warning” and the alert symbol in black.
</P>
<P>(ii) The message area shall be white with black text. The message area shall be no less than 30 square cm.
</P>
<P>(iii) The pictogram shall be black with a red circle and slash on a white background. The pictogram shall be no less than 30 mm in diameter.
</P>
<P>(4) If a child restraint system is equipped with a device that deactivates the passenger-side air bag in a vehicle when and only when the child restraint is installed in the vehicle and provides a signal, for at least 60 seconds after deactivation, that the air bag is deactivated, the label specified in Figure 10 may include the phrase “unless air bag is off” after “on front seat with air bag.”
</P>
<P>(l) An installation diagram showing the child restraint system installed in:
</P>
<P>(1) A seating position equipped with a continuous-loop lap/shoulder belt;
</P>
<P>(2) For child restraint systems manufactured before September 1, 2029, a seating position equipped with only a lap belt, as specified in the manufacturer's instructions; and
</P>
<P>(3) A seating position equipped with a child restraint anchorage system. For child restraint systems the following paragraphs (l)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section apply, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(i) If the child restraint system is designed to meet the requirements of this standard when installed by the child restraint anchorage system according to S5.3.2, and if the sum of the weight of the child restraint system and the maximum child weight recommended for the child restraint system when used with the restraint's internal harness or components is greater than 65 lb when used forward-facing or rear-facing, include the following statement on this installation diagram: “Do not install by this method for a child weighing more than *.” At the manufacturer's option, “*” is the child weight limit in English units in accordance with S5.5.2(l)(3)(i)(A), (B), or (C). The corresponding child weight limit in metric units may also be included in the statement at the manufacturer's option.
</P>
<P>(A) For forward-facing and rear-facing child restraint systems, * is less than or equal to 65 minus child restraint system weight (pounds).
</P>
<P>(B) For forward-facing child restraint systems, * is the child weight limit specified in the following table corresponding to the value CW, calculated as 65 minus child restraint system weight (pounds).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 5 to S5.5.2(<E T="01">l</E>)(3)(<E T="01">i</E>)(B)—Maximum Child Weight Limit for Lower Anchor Use for Forward-Facing Child Restraint System—Rounding
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CW = 65 − child restraint system weight
<br/>(pounds)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Child weight limit “*”
<br/>(pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 &lt; CW ≤ 25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25 &lt; CW ≤ 30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30 &lt; CW ≤ 35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35 &lt; CW ≤ 40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40 &lt; CW ≤ 45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45 &lt; CW ≤ 50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50 &lt; CW ≤ 55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">55 &lt; CW ≤ 60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(C) For rear-facing child restraint systems, * is the child weight limit specified in the following table corresponding to the value CW, calculated as 60 minus child restraint system weight (pounds).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 6 to S5.5.2(<E T="01">l</E>)(3)(<E T="01">i</E>)(C)—Maximum Child Weight Limit for Lower Anchor Use for Rear-Facing Child Restraint System—Rounding
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">CW = 60 − child restraint system weight
<br/>(pounds)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Child weight limit “*”
<br/>(pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15 &lt; CW ≤ 20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 &lt; CW ≤ 25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25 &lt; CW ≤ 30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30 &lt; CW ≤ 35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35 &lt; CW ≤ 40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40 &lt; CW ≤ 45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45 &lt; CW ≤ 50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50 &lt; CW ≤ 55</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(ii) For child restraint systems designed to meet the requirements of this standard when installed forward-facing and rear-facing using the child restraint anchorage system according to S5.3.2, the following applies:
</P>
<P>(A) If separate installation diagrams are provided for the child restraint system installed forward-facing and rear-facing, S5.5.2(l)(3)(i) applies to each of the installation diagrams.
</P>
<P>(B) If only one installation diagram is provided and if a statement specifying a child weight limit is required in only rear-facing or forward-facing mode pursuant to S5.5.2(l)(3)(i), then the diagram shall depict installation in that mode along with the corresponding child weight limit in accordance with S5.5.2(l)(3)(i).
</P>
<P>(C) If a statement specifying a child weight limit is required for the child restraint system installed forward-facing and rear-facing pursuant to S5.5.2(l)(3)(i) and only one installation diagram is provided, then the child weight limit shall be in accordance with S5.5.2(l)(3)(i)(A) or the lesser of the child weight limits described in S5.5.2(l)(3)(i)(B) and (C).
</P>
<P>(m) Statements informing the owner of the importance of registering the child restraint system for recall purposes and instructing the owner how to register the child restraint system at least by both mail and telephone, providing a U.S. telephone number. The following statement must also be provided: “For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>www.NHTSA.gov.</I>”
</P>
<P>(n) Child restraint systems, other than belt-positioning seats, harnesses and backless child restraint systems, may be certified as complying with the provisions of S8. Child restraint systems that are so certified shall be labeled with the statement “This Restraint is Certified for Use in Motor Vehicles and Aircraft.” Belt-positioning seats, harnesses and backless child restraint systems shall be labeled with the statement “This Restraint is Not Certified for Use in Aircraft.” The statement required by this paragraph shall be in red lettering and shall be placed after the certification statement required by S5.5.2(e).
</P>
<P>S5.5.3 The information specified in S5.5.2(f) through (l) shall be located on the add-on child restraint system so that it is visible when the system is installed as specified in S5.6.1, except that for child restraint systems with a detachable base, the installation diagrams specified in S5.5.2(l) are required to be visible only when the base alone is installed.
</P>
<P>S5.5.4 (a) Each built-in child restraint system other than a factory-installed built-in restraint shall be permanently labeled with the information specified in S5.5.5 (a) through (l). The information specified in S5.5.5(a) through (j) and in S5.5.5(l) shall be visible when the system is activated for use.
</P>
<P>(b) Each factory-installed built-in child restraint system shall be permanently labeled with the information specified in S5.5.5(f) through (j) and S5.5.5(l), so that the information is visible when the restraint is activated for use. The information shall also be included in the vehicle owner's manual.
</P>
<P>S5.5.5 The information specified in paragraphs (a) through (l) of this section that is required by S5.5.4 for the built-in child restraint systems shall be in English and lettered in letters and numbers using a not smaller than 10-point type. Unless specified otherwise, the information shall be labeled on a white background with black text. Unless written in all capitals, the information shall be stated in sentence capitalization.
</P>
<P>(a) The model name or number of the system.
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's name. A distributor's or dealer's name may be used instead if the distributor or dealer assumes responsibility for all duties and liabilities imposed on the manufacturer with respect to the system by the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act, as amended.
</P>
<P>(c) The statement: “Manufactured in ____,” inserting the month and year of manufacture.
</P>
<P>(d) The place of manufacture (city and State, or foreign country). However, if the manufacturer uses the name of the distributor or dealer, then it shall state the location (city and State, or foreign country) of the principal offices of the distributor or dealer.
</P>
<P>(e) The statement: “This child restraint system conforms to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards.”
</P>
<P>(f) Statements or a combination of statements and pictograms specifying the manufacturer's recommendations for the weight and height ranges (in English and metric units) of children who can safely occupy the system in each applicable mode (rear-facing, forward facing, booster), except manufacturers shall not recommend forward-facing child restraint systems with internal harnesses for children of weights less than 12 kg (26.5 lb), and shall not recommend booster seats for children of weights less than 18 kg (40 lb).
</P>
<P>(g) The heading and statement specified in paragraph (1), and if appropriate, the statements in paragraph (2) and (3). If used, the statements in paragraphs (2) and (3) shall be bulleted and precede the bulleted statement required by paragraph (1) after the heading.
</P>
<P>(1) A heading as specified in S5.5.2(k)(3)(i), with the statement “WARNING! DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY can occur,” capitalized as written and followed by the bulleted statement: Follow all instructions on the child restraint and in the vehicle's owner's manual. At the manufacturer's option, the phrase “DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY can occur” in the heading can be on either a white or yellow background.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of each built-in child restraint system which is not intended for use in motor vehicles in certain adjustment positions or under certain circumstances, an appropriate statement of the manufacturers restrictions regarding those positions or circumstances.
</P>
<P>(3) As appropriate, the statements required by the following sections will be bulleted and placed after the statement required by 5.5.5(g)(1) in the following order: 5.5.5(g)(2), 5.5.5(f), S5.5.5(h) and S5.5.5(i).
</P>
<P>(h) In the case of each built-in child restraint system that has belts designed to restrain children using them and which do not adjust automatically to fit the child: Snugly adjust the belts provided with this child restraint around your child.
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of each built-in child restraint which can be used in a rear-facing position, the following statement: Place an infant in a rear-facing position in this child restraint.
</P>
<P>(j) A diagram or diagrams showing the fully activated child restraint system in infant and/or child configurations.
</P>
<P>(k) One of the following statements, inserting an address and a U.S. telephone number. If a manufacturer opts to provide a website on the registration card as permitted in Figure 9a of this section, the manufacturer must include the statement in paragraph (k)(2) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) “Child restraints could be recalled for safety reasons. You must register this restraint to be reached in a recall. Send your name, address, email address if available (preceding four words are optional), and the restraint's model number and manufacturing date to (<I>insert address</I>) or call (<I>insert a U.S. telephone number</I>). For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>http://www.NHTSA.gov.</I>”
</P>
<P>(2) “Child restraints could be recalled for safety reasons. You must register this restraint to be reached in a recall. Send your name, address, email address if available (preceding four words are optional), and the restraint's model number and manufacturing date to (<I>insert address</I>) or call (<I>insert telephone number</I>) or register online at (<I>insert website for electronic registration form</I>). For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>http://www.NHTSA.gov.</I>”
</P>
<P>(l) In the case of a built-in belt-positioning seat that uses either the vehicle's Type 1 or Type 2 belt systems or both, a statement describing the manufacturer's recommendations for the maximum height and weight of children who can safely occupy the system and how the booster should be used (<I>e.g.,</I> with or without shield) with the different vehicle belt systems.
</P>
<P>S5.6 <I>Printed instructions for proper use.</I> Any labels or written instructions provided in addition to those required by this section shall not obscure or confuse the meaning of the required information or be otherwise misleading to the consumer. Any labels or written instructions other than in the English language shall be an accurate translation of English labels or written instructions. Unless written in all capitals, the information required by S5.6.1 through S5.6.3 shall be stated in sentence capitalization.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1 <I>Add-on child restraint systems.</I> Each add-on child restraint system shall be accompanied by printed installation instructions in English that provide a step-by-step procedure, including diagrams, for installing the system in motor vehicles, securing the system in the vehicles, positioning a child in the system, and adjusting the system to fit the child. For each child restraint system that has components for attaching to a tether anchorage or a child restraint anchorage system, the installation instructions shall include a step-by-step procedure, including diagrams, for properly attaching to that anchorage or system.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.1 In a vehicle with rear designated seating positions, the instructions shall alert vehicle owners that, according to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.2 The instructions shall specify in general terms the types of vehicles, the types of seating positions, and the types of vehicle seat belts with which the add-on child restraint system can or cannot be used.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.3 The instructions shall explain the primary consequences of not following the warnings required to be labeled on the child restraint system in accordance with S5.5.2(g) through (k).
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.4 The instructions for each car bed shall explain that the car bed should be positioned in such a way that the child's head is near the center of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.5 The instructions shall state that add-on child restraint systems should be securely belted to the vehicle, even when they are not occupied, since in a crash an unsecured child restraint system may injure other occupants.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.6 Each add-on child restraint system shall have a location on the restraint for storing the manufacturer's instructions.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.7 Child restraint systems shall include statements informing the owner of the importance of registering the child restraint system for recall purposes and instructing the owner how to register the child restraint system at least by mail and by telephone, providing a U.S. telephone number. The following statement must also be provided: “For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>www.NHTSA.gov.</I>”
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.8 In the case of each child restraint system that can be used in a position so that it is facing the rear of the vehicle, the instructions shall provide a warning against using restraints rear-facing at seating positions equipped with air bags, and shall explain the reasons for, and consequences of not following the warning. The instructions shall also include a statement that owners of vehicles with front passenger-side air bags should refer to their vehicle owner's manual for child restraint system installation instructions.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.9 In the case of each rear-facing child restraint system that has a means for repositioning the seating surface of the system that allows the system's occupant to move from a reclined position to an upright position during dynamic testing, the instructions shall include a warning against impeding the ability of the restraint to change adjustment position.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.10 (a) For instructions for a booster seat that is recommended for use with either a vehicle's Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly, one of the following statements, as appropriate, and the reasons for the statement:
</P>
<P>(1) Warning! Use only the vehicle's lap and shoulder belt system when restraining the child in this booster seat; or,
</P>
<P>(2) Warning! Use only the vehicle's lap belt system, or the lap belt part of a lap/shoulder belt system with the shoulder belt placed behind the child, when restraining the child in this seat.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Except as provided in S5.6.1.10(b)(2), the instructions for a booster seat that is recommended for use with both a vehicle's Type 1 and Type 2 seat belt assemblies shall include the following statement and the reasons therefor: Warning! Use only the vehicle's lap belt system, or the lap belt part of a lap/shoulder belt system with the shoulder belt placed behind the child, when restraining the child with the (<I>insert description of the system element provided to restrain forward movement of the child's torso when used with a lap belt</I> (<I>e.g., shield</I>)), and only the vehicle's lap and shoulder belt system when using this booster without the (<I>insert above description</I>).
</P>
<P>(2) A booster seat which is recommended for use with both a vehicle's Type 1 and Type 2 seat belt assemblies is not subject to S5.6.1.10(b)(1) if, when the booster is used with the shield or similar component, the booster will cause the shoulder belt to be located in a position other than in front of the child when the booster is installed. However, the instructions for such a booster shall include a warning to use the booster with the vehicle's lap and shoulder belt system when using the booster without a shield.
</P>
<P>(c) The instructions for belt-positioning seats shall include the statement, “This restraint is not certified for aircraft use,” and the reasons for this statement.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.11 For school bus child restraint systems, the instructions must include the following statement:
</P>
<P>“WARNING! This restraint must only be used on school bus seats. Entire seat directly behind must be unoccupied or have restrained occupants.” (The instruction's reference to a “restrained occupant” refers to an occupant restrained by any user-appropriate vehicle restraint or child restraint system (<I>e.g.,</I> lap belt, lap and shoulder belt, booster seat or other child restraint system.)
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.12 If the child restraint system is designed to meet the requirements of this standard when installed by the child restraint anchorage system according to S5.3.2, the installation diagram showing the child restraint system installed using a child restraint anchorage system must meet the specifications in S5.5.2(l)(3).
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.13 For child restraints manufactured on or after January 8, 2028, in the case of child restraint systems marked as specified in S5.9(a) and (b) of this standard, explain that the markings identify the lower anchor connectors and the tether anchor connector, respectively, and that the consumer should look for corresponding marks on the vehicle child restraint anchorage system to attach the appropriate connectors of the child restraint system.
</P>
<P>S5.6.1.14 For child restraints manufactured on or after January 8, 2028, use the following terms when referring to the different components of the child restraint anchorage system or for components of the child restraint system that are used to connect the child restraint system to the vehicle: “lower anchor” means the lower anchorage of the child restraint anchorage system in the vehicle, “tether anchor” means the top tether anchorage of the child restraint anchorage system in the vehicle, “lower anchor attachment” means the child restraint system or the detachable base's (in the case of a rear-facing child restraint with a detachable base) lower anchorage connector and the lower anchorage strap (for flexible lower anchorage attachments), “rigid lower anchor attachment” means the child restraint system or the detachable base's (in the case of a rear-facing child restraint with a detachable base) lower anchorage connector that is rigidly attached to the CRS and does not have a lower anchorage strap, and “tether” means the child restraints system's tether hook and tether strap.</P>
<P>S5.6.2 <I>Built-in child restraint systems.</I> (a) Each built-in child restraint system shall be accompanied by printed instructions in English that provide a step-by-step procedure, including diagrams, for activating the restraint system, positioning a child in the system, adjusting the restraint and, if provided, the restraint harness to fit the child. The instructions for each built-in car bed shall explain that the child should be positioned in the bed in such a way that the child's head is near the center of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) Each motor vehicle equipped with a factory-installed built-in child restraint system shall have the information specified in paragraph (a) of this section included in its vehicle owner's manual.
</P>
<P>S5.6.2.1 The instructions shall explain the primary consequences of not following the manufacturer's warnings for proper use of the child restraint system in accordance with S5.5.5(f) through (i).
</P>
<P>S5.6.2.2 The instructions for each built-in child restraint system other than a factory-installed restraint shall include statements informing the owner of the importance of registering the child restraint system for recall purposes and instructing the owner how to register the child restraint system at least by mail and by telephone, providing a U.S. telephone number. The following statement must also be provided: “For recall information, call the U.S. Government's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), or go to <I>www.NHTSA.gov.”</I>
</P>
<P>S5.6.2.3 Each built-in child restraint system other than a factory-installed built-in restraint, shall have a location on the restraint for storing the instructions.
</P>
<P>S5.6.2.4 Each built-in child restraint system, other than a system that has been installed in a vehicle or a factory-installed built-in system that is designed for a specific vehicle model and seating position, shall be accompanied by instructions in English that provide a step-by-step procedure for installing the system in a motor vehicle. The instructions shall specify the types of vehicles and the seating positions into which the restraint can or cannot be installed. The instructions for each car bed shall explain that the bed should be installed so that the child's head will be near the center of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.6.2.5 In the case of a built-in belt-positioning seat that uses either the vehicle's Type 1 or Type 2 belt systems or both, the instructions shall include a statement describing the manufacturer's recommendations for the maximum height and weight of children who can safely occupy the system and how the booster must be used with the vehicle belt systems appropriate for the booster seat. The instructions shall explain the consequences of not following the directions. The instructions shall specify that, if the booster seat is recommended for use with only the lap-belt part of a Type 2 assembly, the shoulder belt portion of the assembly must be placed behind the child.
</P>
<P>S5.6.3 <I>Add-on and built-in child restraint systems.</I> In the case of each child restraint system that has belts designed to restrain children using them and which do not adjust automatically to fit the child, the printed instructions shall include the following statement: A snug strap should not allow any slack. It lies in a relatively straight line without sagging. It does not press on the child's flesh or push the child's body into an unnatural position.
</P>
<P>S5.7 <I>Flammability.</I> Each material used in a child restraint system shall conform to the requirements of S4 of FMVSS No. 302 (571.302). In the case of a built-in child restraint system, the requirements of S4 of FMVSS No. 302 shall be met in both the “in-use” and “stowed” positions.
</P>
<P>S5.8 Information requirements—attached registration form and electronic registration form.
</P>
<P>S5.8.1 <I>Attached registration form.</I> (a) Each child restraint system, except a factory-installed built-in restraint system, shall have a registration form attached to any surface of the restraint that contacts the dummy when the dummy is positioned in the system in accordance with S6.1.2 of Standard 213. The form shall not have advertising or any information other than that related to registering the child restraint system.
</P>
<P>(b) Each attached registration form shall provide a mail-in postcard that conforms in size, and in basic content and format to the forms depicted in Figures 9a' and 9b' of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) The mail-in postcard shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Have a thickness of at least 0.007 inches and not more than 0.0095 inches;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be pre-printed with the information identifying the child restraint system for recall purposes, such as the model name or number and date of manufacture (month, year) of the child restraint system to which the form is attached;
</P>
<P>(iii) Contain space for the owner to record his or her name, mailing address, email address (optional), telephone number (optional) and other pertinent information;
</P>
<P>(iv) Be addressed to the manufacturer, and be postage paid.
</P>
<P>(v) Be detachable from the information card without the use of scissors or other tools.
</P>
<P>(c) The registration form attached to the child restraint system shall also provide an information card with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Informing the owner of the importance of registering the child restraint system; and,
</P>
<P>(2) Instructing the owner how to register the CRS.
</P>
<P>(3) Manufacturers must provide statements informing the purchaser that the registration card is pre-addressed and that postage has been paid.
</P>
<P>(4) Manufacturers may provide instructions to register the child restraint system electronically. If an electronic registration form is used or referenced, it must meet the requirements of S5.8.2 of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Manufacturers may optionally provide statements to the owner explaining that the registration card is not a warranty card, and that the information collected from the owner will not be used for marketing purposes.
</P>
<P>S5.8.2 <I>Electronic registration form.</I> (a) Each electronic registration form must meet the requirements of this S5.8.2. Each form shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Contain statements at the top of the form:
</P>
<P>(i) Informing the owner of the importance of registering the CRS; and,
</P>
<P>(ii) Instructing the owner how to register the CRS.
</P>
<P>(2) Provide as required registration fields, space for the purchaser to record the model name or number and date of manufacture (month, year) of the child restraint system, and space for the purchaser to record his or her name and mailing address. At the manufacturer's option, a space is provided for the purchaser to optionally record his or her email address. At the manufacturer's option, a space is provided for the purchaser to optionally record his or her telephone number.
</P>
<P>(b) No advertising or other information shall appear on the electronic registration form. However, manufacturers may optionally provide statements to the owner explaining that the registration is not for a warranty, and that the information collected from the owner will not be used for marketing purposes.
</P>
<P>(c) The electronic registration form may provide information identifying the manufacturer or a link to the manufacturer's home page, a field to confirm submission, and a prompt to indicate any incomplete or invalid fields prior to submission.
</P>
<P>(d) If a manufacturer printed the electronic address (in form of a website (printed URL)) on the attached registration form provided pursuant to S5.8.1, the electronic registration form shall be accessed directly by the electronic address. Accessing the electronic address (in form of a website (printed URL)) that contains the electronic registration form shall not cause additional screens or electronic banners to appear. In addition to the electronic address in the form of a website, manufacturers may include a code (such as QR code or similar) to access the electronic address.
</P>
<P>S5.9 <I>Attachment to child restraint anchorage system.</I> (a) Each add-on child restraint system other than a car bed, harness, or belt-positioning seat shall have components permanently attached to the system that enable the restraint to be securely fastened to the lower anchorages of the child restraint anchorage system specified in Standard No. 225 (§ 571.225) and depicted in NHTSA Standard Seat Assembly; FMVSS No. 213, No. NHTSA-213-2021, (March 2023) (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 571.5). The components must be attached to the add-on child restraint by use of a tool, such as a screwdriver. In the case of rear-facing child restraints with detachable bases, only the base is required to have the components. For child restraints manufactured on or after January 8, 2028, all components provided to attach the add-on child restraint or the detachable base (in the case of a rear-facing child restraint with a detachable base) to the lower anchorages of the child restraint anchorage system shall be permanently marked with the pictogram in figure 15 to this section.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of each child restraint system that has components for attaching the system to a tether anchorage, those components shall include a tether hook that conforms to the configuration and geometry specified in figure 11 to this section. For child restraints manufactured on or after January 8, 2028, the tether hook or the tether strap shall be permanently marked with either pictogram shown in figure 16 to this section. If the mark is on the tether strap or on a tag attached to the tether strap, the mark must be located within 25 mm of the tether hardware assembly (which consists of a tether hook and a webbing tightening mechanism designed to tighten or loosen the tether strap).
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of each child restraint system that has components, including belt webbing, for attaching the system to an anchorage of a child restraint anchorage system (lower anchorage or tether anchorage), the belt webbing shall be adjustable so that the child restraint can be tightly attached to the vehicle. For child restraints manufactured on or after January 8, 2025, the length of the tether hardware assembly, which consists of a tether hook and a mechanism designed to tighten and loosen the tether strap, shall not exceed 165 mm.
</P>
<P>(d) Each child restraint system with components that enable the restraint to be securely fastened to the lower anchorages of a child restraint anchorage system, other than a system with hooks for attaching to the lower anchorages, shall provide either an indication when each attachment to the lower anchorages becomes fully latched or attached, or a visual indication that all attachments to the lower anchorages are fully latched or attached. Visual indications shall be detectable under normal daylight lighting conditions.
</P>
<P>S6 <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Dynamic systems test for child restraint systems.</I>
</P>
<P>The test conditions described in S6.1.1 apply to the dynamic systems test. The test procedure for the dynamic systems test is specified in S6.1.2. The test dummy specified in S7 is placed in the test specimen (child restraint system), clothed as described in S9 and positioned according to S10.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 <I>Test conditions</I>—(a) <I>Test devices.</I> (1) Add-on child restraint systems. The test device for add-on child restraint systems is a standard seat assembly consisting of a simulated vehicle rear seat which is depicted in NHTSA Standard Seat Assembly; FMVSS No. 213, No. NHTSA-213-2021 (March 2023) (incorporated by reference; see § 571.5). The assembly is mounted on a dynamic test platform so that the center SORL of the seat is parallel to the direction of the test platform travel and so that movement between the base of the assembly and the platform is prevented. As illustrated in Figures 1A and 1B of this standard, attached to the seat belt anchorage points provided on the standard seat assembly is a Type 1 or a Type 2 seat belt assembly. The seat belt assembly meets the requirements of Standard No. 209 (§ 571.209) and has webbing with a width of not more than 2 inches, and are attached to the anchorage points without the use of retractors or reels of any kind. As illustrated in Figures 1A' and 1B' of this standard, attached to the standard seat assembly is a child restraint anchorage system conforming to the specifications of Standard No. 225 (§ 571.225). The indentation force deflection (IFD) characteristics of the seat pan cushion and seat back cushion are described in drawing numbers 3021-233 and 3021-248 in the NHTSA Standard Seat Assembly; FMVSS No. 213, No. NHTSA-213-2021, (March 2023) (incorporated by reference; see § 571.5); the IFD is measured on the full size cushion samples using the test methodology and apparatus described in ASTM Standard D3574-11 (incorporated by reference; see § 571.5) at 50% indentation.
</P>
<P>(2) The test device for built-in child restraint systems is either the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Specific vehicle shell.</I> (A) The specific vehicle shell, if selected for testing, is mounted on a dynamic test platform so that the longitudinal center line of the shell is parallel to the direction of the test platform travel and so that movement between the base of the shell and the platform is prevented. Adjustable seats are in the adjustment position midway between the forwardmost and rearmost positions, and if separately adjustable in a vertical direction, are at the lowest position. If an adjustment position does not exist midway between the forwardmost and rearmost position, the closest adjustment position to the rear of the midpoint is used. Adjustable seat backs are in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position. If such a position is not specified, the seat back is positioned so that the longitudinal center line of the child test dummy's neck is vertical, and if an instrumented test dummy is used, the accelerometer surfaces in the dummy's head and thorax, as positioned in the vehicle, are horizontal. If the vehicle seat is equipped with adjustable head restraints, each is adjusted to its highest adjustment position.
</P>
<P>(B) The platform is instrumented with an accelerometer and data processing system having a frequency response of 60 Hz channel frequency class as specified in SAE Recommended Practice J211/1, (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The accelerometer sensitive axis is parallel to the direction of test platform travel.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Specific vehicle.</I> For built-in child restraint systems, an alternate test device is the specific vehicle into which the built-in system is fabricated. The following test conditions apply to this alternate test device.
</P>
<P>(A) The vehicle is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, secured in the luggage area, plus the appropriate child test dummy and, at the vehicle manufacturer's option, an anthropomorphic test dummy which conforms to the requirements of subpart B or subpart E of part 572 of this title for a 50th percentile adult male dummy placed in the front outboard seating position. If the built-in child restraint system is installed at one of the seating positions otherwise requiring the placement of a part 572 test dummy, then in the frontal barrier crash specified in paragraph (c) of this section, the appropriate child test dummy shall be substituted for the part 572 adult dummy, but only at that seating position. The fuel tank is filled to any level from 90 to 95 percent of capacity.
</P>
<P>(B) Adjustable seats are in the adjustment position midway between the forward-most and rearmost positions, and if separately adjustable in a vehicle direction, are at the lowest position. If an adjustment position does not exist midway between the forward-most and rearmost positions, the closest adjustment position to the rear of the midpoint is used.
</P>
<P>(C) Adjustable seat backs are in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position. If a nominal position is not specified, the seat back is positioned so that the longitudinal center line of the child test dummy's neck is vertical, and if an anthropomorphic test dummy is used, the accelerometer surfaces in the test dummy's head and thorax, as positioned in the vehicle, are horizontal. If the vehicle is equipped with adjustable head restraints, each is adjusted to its highest adjustment position.
</P>
<P>(D) Movable vehicle windows and vents are, at the manufacturer's option, placed in the fully closed position.
</P>
<P>(E) Convertibles and open-body type vehicles have the top, if any, in place in the closed passenger compartment configuration.
</P>
<P>(F) Doors are fully closed and latched but not locked.
</P>
<P>(G) All instrumentation and data reduction are in conformance with SAE Recommended Practice J211/1, (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(b) The tests are frontal barrier impact simulations of the test platform or frontal barrier crashes of the specific vehicles as specified in S5.1 of § 571.208 and for:
</P>
<P>(1) Test Configuration I, are at a velocity change of 48 km/h with the acceleration of the test platform entirely within the curve shown in Figure 2, or for the specific vehicle test with the deceleration produced in a 48 km/h frontal barrier crash.
</P>
<P>(2) Test Configuration II, are set at a velocity change of 32 km/h with the acceleration of the test platform entirely within the curve shown in Figure 3, or for the specific vehicle test, with the deceleration produced in a 32 km/h frontal barrier crash.
</P>
<P>(c) As illustrated in Figures 1A and 1B of this standard, attached to the seat belt anchorage points provided on the standard seat assembly are Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assemblies. These seat belt assemblies meet the requirements of Standard No. 209 (§ 571.209) and have webbing with a width of not more than 2 inches, and are attached to the anchorage points without the use of retractors or reels of any kind. As illustrated in Figures 1A' and 1B' of this standard, attached to the standard seat assembly is a child restraint anchorage system conforming to the specifications of Standard No. 225 (§ 571.225).
</P>
<P>(d)(1) When using the test dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subparts I and K, performance tests under S6.1 are conducted at any ambient temperature from 19 °C to 26 °C and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent.
</P>
<P>(2) When using the test dummies specified in 49 CFR part 572, subpart N, P, R or T, performance tests under S6.1 are conducted at any ambient temperature from 20.6 °C to 22.2 °C and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent.
</P>
<P>(e) In the case of add-on child restraint systems, the restraint shall meet the requirements of S5 at each of its seat back angle adjustment positions and restraint belt routing positions, when the restraint is oriented in the direction recommended by the manufacturer (<I>e.g.,</I> forward, rearward or laterally) pursuant to S5.6, and tested with the test dummy specified in S7.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 <I>Dynamic test procedure.</I> (a) Activate the built-in child restraint system or attach the add-on child restraint system to the seat assembly in any of the following manners, at the agency's option.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Test configuration I.</I> (i) <I>Child restraint systems other than booster seats.</I> At the agency's option, attach the child restraint in any of the following manners specified in S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A) through (D), unless otherwise specified in this standard. The child restraint system must meet the requirements of the standard when attached in any of these manners, subject to S6.1.2.
</P>
<P>(A) Install the child restraint system on the standard seat assembly, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided with the system pursuant to S5.6.1, except that, at the agency's option, the standard lap belt is used or the lap and shoulder belt is used. If provided, a tether strap may be used, but only if the manufacturer's instructions instruct consumers to use it. Attach the school bus child restraint system in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided with the system pursuant to S5.6.1, <I>e.g.,</I> the seat back mount or seat back and seat pan mount are used.
</P>
<P>(B) Except for a child harness, a school bus child restraint system, and a restraint designed for use by children with physical disabilities, install the child restraint system on the standard seat assembly as in S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(A), except that no tether strap (or any other supplemental device) is used.
</P>
<P>(C) Install the child restraint system using the child restraint anchorage system on the standard seat assembly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided with the system pursuant to S5.6.1. The tether strap, if one is provided, is attached to the tether anchorage.
</P>
<P>(D) Install the child restraint system using only the lower anchorages of the child restraint anchorage system as in S6.1.2(a)(1)(i)(C). No tether strap (or any other supplemental device) is used.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Booster seats.</I> A booster seat is placed on the standard seat assembly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided with the system pursuant to S5.6.1. The booster seat is dynamically tested using only the standard vehicle lap and shoulder belt and no tether (or any other supplemental device). At NHTSA's option, the ATD Head Protection Device depicted in NHTSA Standard Seat Assembly; FMVSS No. 213, No. NHTSA-213-2021, (March 2023), (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) can be used when testing backless child restraint systems. Place the booster seat on the standard seat assembly such that the center plane of the booster seat is parallel and aligned to the center plane of the standard seat assembly and the base of the booster seat is flat on the standard seat assembly cushion. Move the booster seat rearward on the standard seat assembly until some part of the booster seat touches the standard seat assembly back. Keep the booster seat and the seating position center plane aligned as much as possible. Apply 133 N (30 pounds) of force to the front of the booster seat rearward into the standard seat assembly and release.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of each built-in child restraint system, activate the restraint in the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided in accordance with S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Test configuration II.</I> (i) In the case of each add-on child restraint system which is equipped with a fixed or movable surface described in S5.2.2.2, install the add-on child restraint system onto the standard seat assembly using only the standard seat lap belt or the lap and shoulder belt to secure the system to the standard seat, or at NHTSA's option, only the lower anchorages of the child restraint anchorage system. Do not attach the top tether.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of each built-in child restraint system which is equipped with a fixed or movable surface described in S5.2.2.2 that has belts that are not an integral part of that fixed or movable surface, activate the system in the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided in accordance with S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>(b) Select any dummy specified in S7 for testing systems for use by children of any height or any weight for which the system is recommended in accordance with S5.5. The dummy is assembled, clothed and prepared as specified in S7 and S9 and part 572 of this chapter, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) Place the dummy in the child restraint system. Position it, and attach the child restraint system belts, if appropriate, as specified in S10.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) The belts of add-on systems other than belt-positioning seats are adjusted as follows.
</P>
<P>(i) Shoulder and pelvic belts that directly restrain the dummy are adjusted as follows: Tighten the belt system used to restrain the child within the child restraint system to any tension of not less than 9 Newtons and not more than 18 Newtons on the webbing at the top of each dummy shoulder and the pelvic region.
</P>
<P>(ii) All Type 1 or Type 2 belt systems used to attach an add-on child restraint system to the standard seat assembly are tightened to any tension of not less than 53.5 N and not more than 67 N. Tighten any provided additional anchorage belt (top tether) to any tension of not less than 45 Newtons and not more than 53.5 Newtons. All belt systems used to attach a school bus child restraint system are also tightened to any tension of not less than 53.5 N and not more than 67 N.
</P>
<P>(iii) When using the child restraint anchorage system to attach the child restraint system to the standard seat assembly, tighten the belt systems of the lower anchorage attachments used to attach the restraint to the standard seat assembly to any tension of not less than 53.5 Newtons and not more than 67 Newtons and tighten the belt of the top tether attachment used to attach the restraint to the standard seat assembly to any tension of not less than 45 Newtons and not more than 53.5 Newtons.
</P>
<P>(2) The belts of add-on belt-positioning seats are adjusted as follows.
</P>
<P>(i) The lap portion of Type 2 belt systems used to restrain the dummy is tightened to a tension of not less than 9 N and not more than 18 N.
</P>
<P>(ii) The shoulder portion of Type 2 belt systems used to restrain the dummy is tightened to a tension of not less than 9 N and not more than 18 N.
</P>
<P>(3) The belts of built-in child restraint systems are adjusted as follows.
</P>
<P>(i) The lap portion of Type 2 belt systems used to restrain the dummy is tightened to a tension of not less than 9 N and not more than 18 N.
</P>
<P>(ii) The shoulder portion of Type 2 belt systems used to restrain the dummy is tightened to a tension of not less than 9 N and not more than 18 N.
</P>
<P>(iii) For built-in child restraint systems, if provided, shoulder and pelvic belts that directly restrain the dummy are adjusted as follows. Tighten the belt system used to restrain the child within the child restraint system to any tension of not less than 9 Newtons and not more than 18 Newtons on the webbing at the top of each dummy shoulder and the pelvic region.
</P>
<P>(e) Accelerate the test platform to simulate frontal impact in accordance with Test Configuration I or II, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(f) Determine conformance with the requirements in S5.1.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Buckle release test procedure.</I> The belt assembly buckles used in any child restraint system shall be tested in accordance with S6.2.1 through S6.2.4 inclusive.
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 Before conducting the testing specified in S6.1, place the loaded buckle on a hard, flat, horizontal surface. Each belt end of the buckle shall be pre-loaded in the following manner. The anchor end of the buckle shall be loaded with a 9 N force in the direction away from the buckle. In the case of buckles designed to secure a single latch plate, the belt latch plate end of the buckle shall be pre-loaded with a 9 N force in the direction away from the buckle. In the case of buckles designed to secure two or more latch plates, the belt latch plate ends of the buckle shall be loaded equally so that the total load is 9 N, in the direction away from the buckle. For pushbutton-release buckles, the release force shall be applied by a conical surface (cone angle not exceeding 90 degrees). For pushbutton-release mechanisms with a fixed edge (referred to in Figure 7 as “hinged button”), the release force shall be applied at the centerline of the button, 3 mm away from the movable edge directly opposite the fixed edge, and in the direction that produces maximum releasing effect. For pushbutton-release mechanisms with no fixed edge (referred to in Figure 7 as “floating button”), the release force shall be applied at the center of the release mechanism in the direction that produces the maximum releasing effect. For all other buckle release mechanisms, the force shall be applied on the centerline of the buckle lever or finger tab in the direction that produces the maximum releasing effect. Measure the force required to release the buckle. Figure 7 illustrates the loading for the different buckles and the point where the release force should be applied, and Figure 8 illustrates the conical surface used to apply the release force to pushbutton-release buckles.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 After completion of the testing specified in S6.1 and before the buckle is unlatched, tie a self-adjusting sling to each wrist and ankle of the test dummy in the manner illustrated in Figure 4, without disturbing the belted dummy and the child restraint system.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 Pull the sling tied to the dummy restrained in the child restraint system and apply the following force: 50 N for a system tested with a newborn dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart K); 90 N for a system tested with a 12-month-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart R); 200 N for a system tested with a 3-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart P); 270 N for a system tested with a 6-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart N or I); 350 N for a system tested with a weighted 6-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart S); or 437 N for a system tested with a 10-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart T). The force is applied in the manner illustrated in Figure 4 and as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Add-on child restraint systems.</I> For an add-on child restraint system other than a car bed, apply the specified force by pulling the sling horizontally and parallel to the SORL of the standard seat assembly. For a car bed, apply the force by pulling the sling vertically.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Built-in child restraint systems.</I> For a built-in child restraint systems other than a car bed, apply the force by pulling the sling parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle. In the case of a car bed, apply the force by pulling the sling vertically.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4 While applying the force specified in S6.2.3, and using the device shown in Figure 8 for pushbutton-release buckles, apply the release force in the manner and location specified in S6.2.1, for that type of buckle. Measure the force required to release the buckle.
</P>
<P>S6.3 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S7 <I>Test dummies.</I> (Subparts referenced in this section are of part 572 of this chapter.)
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Dummy selection.</I> Select any dummy specified in S7.1.1, S7.1.2 or S7.1.3, as appropriate, for testing systems for use by children of the height (regardless of weight) or weight (regardless of height) for which the system is recommended in accordance with S5.5. A child restraint system that meets the criteria in two or more of the following paragraphs in S7 may be tested with any of the test dummies specified in those paragraphs.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S7.1.2 Child restraints systems are subject to the following provisions and S7.1.3.
</P>
<P>(a) A child restraint system that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 for use either by children in a specified weight range that includes any children having a weight of not greater than 5 kg (11 lb) regardless of height, or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is not greater than 650 mm regardless of weight, is tested with a 49 CFR part 572 subpart K dummy (newborn infant dummy).
</P>
<P>(b) A child restraint system that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 for use either by children in a specified weight range that includes any children having a weight greater than 5 kg (11 lb) but not greater than 10 kg (22 lb) regardless of height, or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is greater than 650 mm but not greater than 750 mm regardless of weight, is tested with a 49 CFR part 572 subpart K dummy (newborn infant dummy), and a part 572 subpart R dummy (CRABI 12-month-old test dummy).
</P>
<P>(c) A child restraint system that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 for use either by children in a specified weight range that includes any children having a weight greater than 10 kg (22 lb) but not greater than 13.6 kg (30 lb) regardless of height, or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is greater than 750 mm but not greater than 870 mm regardless of weight, is tested with a part 572 subpart R dummy (CRABI 12-month-old test dummy), provided, however, that the CRABI 12-month-old dummy is not used to test a forward-facing child restraint system.
</P>
<P>(d) A child restraint system that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 for use either by children in a specified weight range that includes any children having a weight greater than 13.6 kg (30 lb) but not greater than 18 kg (40 lb) regardless of height, or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is greater than 870 mm but not greater than 1100 mm regardless of weight, is tested with a 49 CFR part 572, subpart P dummy (Hybrid III 3-year-old dummy).
</P>
<P>(e) A child restraint system that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 for use either by children in a specified weight range that includes any children having a weight greater than 18 kg (40 lb) but not greater than 22.7 kg (50 lb) regardless of height, or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is greater than 1100 mm but not greater than 1250 mm regardless of weight, is tested with a 49 CFR part 572, subpart N dummy (Hybrid III 6- year-old dummy).
</P>
<P>(f) A child restraint system that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 for use either by children in a specified weight range that includes any children having a weight greater than 22.7 kg (50 lb) but not greater than 30 kg (65 lb) regardless of height, or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is greater than 1100 mm but not greater than 1250 mm regardless of weight, is tested with a 49 CFR part 572, subpart N dummy (Hybrid III 6-year-old dummy) and with a part 572, subpart S dummy (Hybrid III 6-year-old weighted dummy).
</P>
<P>(g) A child restraint system that is recommended by its manufacturer in accordance with S5.5 for use either by children in a specified weight range that includes any children having a weight greater than 30 kg (65 lb) regardless of height, or by children in a specified height range that includes any children whose height is greater than 1250 mm regardless of weight, is tested with a 49 CFR part 572, subpart T dummy (Hybrid III 10-year-old dummy).
</P>
<P>S8 <I>Requirements, test conditions, and procedures for child restraint systems manufactured for use in aircraft.</I> Each child restraint system manufactured for use in both motor vehicles and aircraft must comply with all of the applicable requirements specified in Section S5 and with the additional requirements specified in S8.1 and S8.2.
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Installation instructions.</I> Each child restraint system manufactured for use in aircraft shall be accompanied by printed instructions in English that provide a step-by-step procedure, including diagrams, for installing the system in aircraft passenger seats, securing a child in the system when it is installed in aircraft, and adjusting the system to fit the child.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Inversion test.</I> When tested in accordance with S8.2.1 through S8.2.5, each child restraint system manufactured for use in aircraft shall meet the requirements of S8.2.1 through S8.2.6. The manufacturer may, at its option, use any seat which is a representative aircraft passenger seat within the meaning of S4. Each system shall meet the requirements at each of the restraint's seat back angle adjustment positions and restraint belt routing positions, when the restraint is oriented in the direction recommended by the manufacturer (<I>e.g.,</I> facing forward, rearward or laterally) pursuant to S8.1, and tested with the test dummy specified in S7. If the manufacturer recommendations do not include instructions for orienting the restraint in aircraft when the restraint seat back angle is adjusted to any position, position the restraint on the aircraft seat by following the instructions (provided in accordance with S5.6) for orienting the restraint in motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>S8.2.1 A standard seat assembly consisting of a representative aircraft passenger seat shall be positioned and adjusted so that its horizontal and vertical orientation and its seat back angle are the same as shown in Figure 6.
</P>
<P>S8.2.2 The child restraint system shall be attached to the representative aircraft passenger seat using, at the manufacturer's option, any Federal Aviation Administration approved aircraft safety belt, according to the restraint manufacturer's instructions for attaching the restraint to an aircraft seat. No supplementary anchorage belts or tether straps may be attached; however, Federal Aviation Administration approved safety belt extensions may be used.
</P>
<P>S8.2.3 In accordance with S10, place in the child restraint system any dummy specified in S7 for testing systems for use by children of the heights and weights for which the system is recommended in accordance with S5.5 and S8.1.
</P>
<P>S8.2.4 If provided, shoulder and pelvic belts that directly restrain the dummy shall be adjusted in accordance with S6.1.2.
</P>
<P>S8.2.5 The combination of representative aircraft passenger seat, child restraint system, and test dummy shall be rotated forward around a horizontal axis which is contained in the median transverse vertical plane of the seating surface portion of the aircraft seat and is located 25 mm below the bottom of the seat frame, at a speed of 35 to 45 degrees per second, to an angle of 180 degrees. The rotation shall be stopped when it reaches that angle and the seat shall be held in this position for three seconds. The child restraint system shall not fall out of the aircraft safety belt nor shall the test dummy fall out of the child restraint system at any time during the rotation or the three second period. The specified rate of rotation shall be attained in not less than one half second and not more than one second, and the rotating combination shall be brought to a stop in not less than one half second and not more than one second.
</P>
<P>S8.2.6 Repeat the procedures set forth in S8.2.1 through S8.2.4. The combination of the representative aircraft passenger seat, child restraint system, and test dummy shall be rotated sideways around a horizontal axis which is contained in the median longitudinal vertical plane of the seating surface portion of the aircraft seat and is located 25 mm below the bottom of the seat frame, at a speed of 35 to 45 degrees per second, to an angle of 180 degrees. The rotation shall be stopped when it reaches that angle and the seat shall be held in this position for three seconds. The child restraint system shall not fall out of the aircraft safety belt nor shall the test dummy fall out of the child restraint system at any time during the rotation or the three second period. The specified rate of rotation shall be attained in not less than one half second and not more than one second, and the rotating combination shall be brought to a stop in not less than one half second and not more than one second.
</P>
<P>S9 <I>Dummy clothing and preparation.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1 <I>Type of clothing.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Newborn dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart K).</I> When used in testing under this standard, the dummy is unclothed.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>12-month-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart R).</I> When used in testing under this standard, the dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subpart R, is clothed in a cotton-polyester based tight fitting sweatshirt with long sleeves and ankle long pants whose combined weight is not more than 0.25 kg.
</P>
<P>(d) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Hybrid III 3-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart P).</I> When used in testing under this standard, the dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subpart P, is clothed as specified in that subpart, except that the shoes are children's size 8 canvas oxford style sneakers weighing not more than 0.26 kg each.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Hybrid III 6-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart N) and Hybrid III 6-year-old weighted dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart S), and Hybrid III 10-year-old dummy (49 CFR part 572, subpart T).</I> When used in testing under this standard, the dummies specified in 49 CFR part 572, subparts N and S, are clothed as specified in subpart N and with child or youth size 13 M sneakers weighing not more than 0.45 kg each. When used in testing under this standard, the dummy specified in 49 CFR part 572, subpart T, is clothed as specified in subpart T and with youth size 3 sneakers weighing not more than 0.6 kg each.
</P>
<P>S9.2 <I>Preparing clothing.</I> Clothing other than the shoes is machined-washed in 71 °C to 82 °C and machine-dried at 49 °C to 60 °C for 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>S9.3 <I>Preparing dummies.</I> (Subparts referenced in this section are of part 572 of this chapter.)
</P>
<P>S9.3.1 When using the test dummy conforming to subpart K, prepare the dummy as specified in this paragraph. Before being used in testing under this standard, the dummy must be conditioned at any ambient temperature from 19 °C to 25.5 °C and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent, for at least 4 hours.
</P>
<P>S9.3.2 When using the test dummies conforming to subparts N, P, R, S or T, prepare the dummies as specified in this paragraph. Before being used in testing under this standard, dummies must be conditioned at any ambient temperature from 20.6° to 22.2 °C and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent, for at least 4 hours.
</P>
<P>S10 <I>Positioning the dummy and attaching the system belts.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.1 <I>Car beds.</I> Place the test dummy in the car bed in the supine position with its midsagittal plane perpendicular to the center SORL of the standard seat assembly, in the case of an add-on car bed, or perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in car bed. Position the dummy within the car bed in accordance with the instructions for child positioning that the bed manufacturer provided with the bed in accordance with S5.6.
</P>
<P>S10.2 <I>Restraints other than car beds.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.2.1 <I>Newborn dummy and 12-month-old dummy.</I> Position the test dummy according to the instructions for child positioning that the manufacturer provided with the system under S5.6.1 or S5.6.2, while conforming to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) When testing rear-facing child restraint systems, place the newborn, or 12-month-old dummy in the child restraint system so that the back of the dummy torso contacts the back support surface of the system. For a child restraint system which is equipped with a fixed or movable surface described in S5.2.2.2 which is being tested under the conditions of test configuration II, do not attach any of the child restraint system belts unless they are an integral part of the fixed or movable surface. For all other child restraint systems and for a child restraint system with a fixed or movable surface which is being tested under the conditions of test configuration I, attach all appropriate child restraint system belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2. Attach all appropriate vehicle belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2. Position each movable surface in accordance with the instructions that the manufacturer provided under S5.6.1 or S5.6.2. If the dummy's head does not remain in the proper position, tape it against the front of the seat back surface of the system by means of a single thickness of 6 mm-wide paper masking tape placed across the center of the dummy's face.
</P>
<P>(c) When testing rear-facing child restraint systems, extend the dummy's arms vertically upwards and then rotate each arm downward toward the dummy's lower body until the arm contacts a surface of the child restraint system or the standard seat assembly in the case of an add-on child restraint system, or the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in child restraint system. Ensure that no arm is restrained from movement in other than the downward direction, by any part of the system or the belts used to anchor the system to the standard seat assembly, the specific shell, or the specific vehicle.
</P>
<P>S10.2.2 <I>Other dummies generally.</I> When using: (1) the Hybrid III 3-year-old (part 572, subpart P), and Hybrid III weighted 6-year-old (part 572, subpart S) in child restraint systems including belt-positioning seats; (2) the Hybrid III 6-year-old (part 572, subpart N) and the Hybrid III 10-year-old (part 572, subpart T) in child restraint systems other than belt-positioning seats, position the dummy in accordance with S5.6.1 or S5.6.2, while conforming to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Holding the test dummy torso upright until it contacts the system's design seating surface, place the test dummy in the seated position within the system with the midsagittal plane of the test dummy head—
</P>
<P>(1) Coincident with the center SORL of the standard seating assembly, in the case of the add-on child restraint system, or
</P>
<P>(2) Vertical and parallel to the longitudinal center line of the specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in child restraint system.
</P>
<P>(b) Extend the arms of the test dummy as far as possible in the upward vertical direction. Extend the legs of the dummy as far as possible in the forward horizontal direction, with the dummy feet perpendicular to the center line of the lower legs.
</P>
<P>(c) Using a flat square surface with an area of 2580 square millimeters, apply a force of 178 N, perpendicular to:
</P>
<P>(1) The plane of the back of the standard seat assembly, in the case of an add-on system, or
</P>
<P>(2) The back of the vehicle seat in the specific vehicle shell or the specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in system, first against the dummy crotch and then at the dummy thorax in the midsagittal plane of the dummy. For a child restraint system with a fixed or movable surface described in S5.2.2.2, which is being tested under the conditions of test configuration II, do not attach any of the child restraint system belts unless they are an integral part of the fixed or movable surface. For all other child restraint systems and for a child restraint system with a fixed or movable surface which is being tested under the conditions of test configuration I, attach all appropriate child restraint system belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2. Attach all appropriate vehicle belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2. Position each movable surface in accordance with the instructions that the manufacturer provided under S5.6.1 or S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>(d) After the steps specified in paragraph (c) of this section, rotate each dummy limb downwards in the plane parallel to the dummy's midsagittal plane until the limb contacts a surface of the child restraint system or the standard seat assembly, in the case of an add-on system, or the specific vehicle shell or specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in system, as appropriate. Position the limbs, if necessary, so that limb placement does not inhibit torso or head movement in tests conducted under S6.
</P>
<P>(e) Additional provisions when using the Hybrid III 3-year-old (part 572, subpart P) dummy in a rear-facing child restraint system.
</P>
<P>(1) When using the Hybrid III 3-year-old dummy in a rear-facing child restraint system with an internal harness or other components to restrain the child, remove the knee stop screw (as shown in drawing 210-6516 of Drawing No. 210-5000-1 (L),-2(R), Leg Assembly in subpart P of part 572 of this chapter (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) from the right and left knee so as to let the knees hyperextend.
</P>
<P>(2) Place the subpart P dummy in the child restraint system being tested so that the back of the dummy torso contacts the back support surface of the system. For a child restraint system equipped with a fixed or movable surface described in S5.2.2.2 that is being tested under the conditions of test configuration II, do not attach any of the child restraint system belts unless they are an integral part of the fixed or movable surface. For all other child restraint systems and for a child restraint system with a fixed or movable surface that is being tested under the conditions of test configuration I, attach all appropriate child restraint system belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2. Attach all appropriate vehicle belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2. Position each movable surface in accordance with the instructions that the manufacturer provided under S5.6.1 or S5.6.2.
</P>
<P>S10.2.3 <I>Hybrid III 6-year-old in belt-positioning seats, Hybrid III weighted 6-year-old in belt-positioning seats, and Hybrid III 10-year-old in belt-positioning seats.</I> When using the Hybrid III 6-year-old (part 572, subpart N), the Hybrid III weighted 6-year-old (part 572, subpart S), or the Hybrid III 10-year-old (part 572, subpart T) in belt-positioning seats, position the dummy in accordance with S5.6.1 or S5.6.2, while conforming to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Prepare the dummy.</I> (1) When using the Hybrid III 10-year-old dummy, prepare the dummy according to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Set the dummy's neck angle at the SP-16 setting (“SP” means standard procedure), see Figure 14a.
</P>
<P>(ii) Set the dummy's lumbar angle at the SP-12 setting, see Figure 14b. This is done by aligning the notch on the lumbar adjustment bracket with the SP-12 notch on the lumbar attachment.
</P>
<P>(iii) Adjust the limb joints to 1-2 g while the torso is in the seated position.
</P>
<P>(iv) Apply double-sided tape to the surface of a lap shield, which is a piece of translucent silicone rubber 3 mm ±0.5 mm thick (50A durometer) cut to the dimensions specified in Figure 13 in this section. Place the lap shield on the pelvis of the dummy. Align the top of the lap shield with the superior anterior edge of the pelvis skin. Attach the lap shield to the dummy.
</P>
<P>(v) Apply double-sided tape to one side of a pelvis positioning pad, which is a 125 x 95 x 20 mm (±2 mm tolerance in each of the three dimensions) piece of closed cell (Type 2 according to ASTM D1056-07) (incorporated by reference; see § 571.5) foam or rubber cut from material having the following specifications: compression resistance between 9 to 17 psi in a compression-deflection test specified in ASTM D1056-07 (incorporated by reference; see § 571.5), and a density of 7 to 12.5 lb/ft
<SU>3</SU>. Center the long axis of the pad on the posterior of the pelvis with the top edge of the foam aligned with the superior edge of the pelvis skin. Attach the pelvis positioning pad to the dummy.
</P>
<P>(vi) Dress and prepare the dummy according to S9.
</P>
<P>(2) When using the Hybrid III 6-year-old dummy and the Hybrid III weighted 6-year-old dummy, prepare the dummy according to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) If necessary, adjust the limb joints to 1-2 g while the torso is in the seated position.
</P>
<P>(ii) Apply double-sided tape to the surface of a lap shield, which is a piece of translucent silicone rubber 3 mm thick ±0.5 mm thick (50A durometer) cut to the dimensions specified in Figure 13. Place the lap shield on the pelvis of the dummy. Align the top of the lap shield with the superior anterior edge of the pelvis skin. Attach the lap shield to the dummy.
</P>
<P>(iii) Dress and prepare the dummy according to S9.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Position the belt-positioning seat.</I> Position the belt-positioning seat according to S6.1.2(a)(1)(ii).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Position the dummy.</I> Position the dummy in the belt-positioning seat.
</P>
<P>(1) Place the dummy on the seat cushion of the belt-positioning seat such that the plane of the posterior pelvis is parallel to the plane of the seat back of the belt-positioning seat, standard seat assembly or vehicle seat back, but not touching. Pick up and move the dummy rearward, maintaining the parallel planes, until the pelvis positioning pad, if used, or the pelvis or back of the dummy and the back of the belt-positioning seat or the back of the standard seat assembly, are in minimal contact.
</P>
<P>(2) Straighten and align the arm segments horizontally, then rotate the arms upward at the shoulder as far as possible without contacting the belt-positioning seat. Straighten and align the legs horizontally and extend the lower legs as far as possible in the forward horizontal direction, with the feet perpendicular to the centerline of the lower legs.
</P>
<P>(3) Using a flat square surface with an area of 2580 square millimeters, apply a force of 178 N (40 lb) first against the dummy crotch and then against the dummy thorax on the midsagittal plane of the dummy, perpendicular to:
</P>
<P>(i) The plane of the back of the belt-positioning seat, in the case of a belt-positioning seat with a back, or,
</P>
<P>(ii) The plane of the back of the standard seat assembly or vehicle seat, in the case of a backless belt-positioning seat or built-in booster.
</P>
<P>(4) Rotate the arms of the dummy down so that they are perpendicular to the torso.
</P>
<P>(5) Bend the knees until the back of the lower legs are in minimal contact with the belt-positioning seat, standard seat assembly or vehicle seat. Position the legs such that the outer edges of the knees are 180 ±10 mm apart for the Hybrid III 6-year-old dummy and 220 ±10 mm apart for the Hybrid III 10-year-old dummy. Position the feet such that the soles are perpendicular to the centerline of the lower legs. In the case of a belt-positioning seat with a back, adjust the dummy so that the shoulders are parallel to a line connecting the shoulder belt guides. This can be accomplished by leaning the torso such that the dummy's head and neck are centered on the backrest components of the belt-positioning seat. In case of a backless child restraint system, adjust the dummy's torso so that the head is as close to laterally level as possible.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Apply the belt.</I> Attach the vehicle belts and tighten them as specified in S6.1.2.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Dummy final positioning.</I> (1) Check the leg, feet, thorax and head positions and make any necessary adjustments to achieve the positions described in S10.2.3(c)(5). Position the legs, if necessary, so that the leg placement does not inhibit thorax movement in tests conducted under S6.
</P>
<P>(2) Rotate each dummy arm downwards in the plane parallel to the dummy's midsagittal plane until the arm contacts a surface of the child restraint system or the standard seat assembly, in the case of an add-on system, or the specific vehicle shell or specific vehicle, in the case of a built-in system, as appropriate. Position the arms, if necessary, so that the arm placement does not inhibit torso or head movement in tests conducted under S6.
</P>
<P> 
</P>
<TCAP>Figure 1A-1 to § 571.213b—Seat Orientation Reference Line and Seat Belt Anchorage Point Locations on the Standard Seat Assembly
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.008.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 1A-2 to § 571.213b—Seat Orientation Reference Line and Location of the Lower Anchorages of the Child Restraint Anchorate System on the Standard Seat Assembly
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.009.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 1B-1 to § 571.213b—Location of Shoulder Belt Upper and Lower Guide Loops and Forward Excursion Limits on the Standard Seat Assembly
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.010.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 1B-2 to § 571.213b—Location of the Child Restraint Anchorages and Forward Excursion Limits on the Standard Seat Assembly
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.011.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 1C to § 571.213b—Rear-Facing Child Restraint Forward and Upper Head Excursion Limits
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.012.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 2 to § 571.213b
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.013.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 3 to § 571.213b
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.014.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 4 to § 571.213b—Buckle Release Test
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.015.gif"/>
<HD1>Figure 5 [Reserved]
</HD1>
<P> 



</P>
<TCAP>Figure 6 to § 571.213b—Simulated Aircraft Passenger Seat
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.016.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 7 to § 571.213b—Pre-Impact Buckle Release Force Test Set-up
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.017.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 8 to § 571.213b—Release Force Application Device-Push Button Release Buckles
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.018.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 9a to § 571.213b—Registration Form for Child Restraint Systems—Product Identification Number and Purchaser Information Side
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.019.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 9b to § 571.213b—Registration Form for Child Restraint Systems—Address Side
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.020.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 10 to § 571.213b—Label on Child Seat Where Child's Head Rests
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.021.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 11 to § 571.213b—Interface Profile of Tether Hook
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.022.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 12 to § 571.213b—Label on Harness Component That Attaches to School Bus Seat Back
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.023.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 13 to § 571.213b—Lap Shield
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.024.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 14a to § 571.213b—HIII-10C Dummy Neck Angle Setting is SP-16 Degrees
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.025.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 14b to § 571.213b—HIII-10C Dummy Lumbar Angle Setting is SP-12 Degrees
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er05de23.026.gif"/>
<TCAP>Figure 15 to § 571.213b—Lower Anchorage Connector Symbol
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja25.038.gif"/>
<P>Note 1 to Figure 15 to § 571.213b: Drawing not to scale.
</P>
<P>Note 2 to Figure 15 to § 571.213b: Symbol may be shown in mirror image.
</P>
<P>Note 3 to Figure 15 to § 571.213b: Color of the symbol is at the option of the manufacturer.





</P>
<TCAP>Figure 16 to § 571.213b—Tether Anchorage Connector Symbols
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja25.039.gif"/>
<P>Note 1 to Figure 16 to § 571.213b: Drawing not to scale.
</P>
<P>Note 2 to Figure 16 to § 571.213b: Symbol may be shown in mirror image.
</P>
<P>Note 3 to Figure 16 to § 571.213b: Color of the symbol is at the option of the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>Note 4 to Figure 16 to § 571.213b: Either symbol may be marked at the option of the manufacturer.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 84591, Dec. 5, 2023, as amended at 89 FR 81846, Oct. 9, 2024; 90 FR 1341, Jan. 7, 2025; 90 FR 11031, Mar. 3, 2025]





</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.214" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.214   Standard No. 214; Side impact protection.</HEAD>
<P>S1 <I>Scope and purpose.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies performance requirements for protection of occupants in side impacts.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the risk of serious and fatal injury to occupants of passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses in side impacts by specifying strength requirements for side doors, limiting the forces, deflections and accelerations measured on anthropomorphic dummies in test crashes, and by other means.
</P>
<P>S2 <I>Applicability.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, and to multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks designed to carry at least one person and buses with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 4,536 kilograms (kg) (10,000 pounds (lb)) or less, except for walk-in vans, or otherwise specified.


</P>
<P>S3 <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Contoured</I> means, with respect to a door, that the lower portion of its front or rear edge is curved upward, typically to conform to a wheel well.
</P>
<P><I>Double side doors</I> means a pair of hinged doors with the lock and latch mechanisms located where the door lips overlap.
</P>
<P><I>Limited line manufacturer</I> means a manufacturer that sells three or fewer carlines, as that term is defined in 49 CFR 583.4, in the United States during a production year.
</P>
<P><I>Lowered floor</I> means the replacement floor on a motor vehicle whose original floor has been removed, in part or in total, and replaced by a floor that is lower than the original floor.
</P>
<P><I>Modified roof</I> means the replacement roof on a motor vehicle whose original roof has been removed, in part or in total.
</P>
<P><I>Raised roof</I> means, with respect to a roof which includes an area that protrudes above the surrounding exterior roof structure, that protruding area of the roof.
</P>
<P><I>Walk-in van</I> means a special cargo/mail delivery vehicle that has only one designated seating position. That designated seating position must be forward facing and for use only by the driver. The vehicle usually has a thin and light sliding (or folding) side door for easy operation and a high roof clearance that a person of medium stature can enter the passenger compartment area in an up-right position.
</P>
<P>S4 <I>Requirements.</I> Subject to the exceptions of S5—
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Passenger cars.</I> Passenger cars must meet the requirements set forth in S6 (door crush resistance), S7 (moving deformable barrier test), and S9 (vehicle-to-pole test), subject to the phased-in application of S7 and S9.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses with a GVWR of 2,722 kg or less (6,000 lb or less).</I> Multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses with a GVWR of 2,722 kg or less (6,000 lb or less) must meet the requirements set forth in S6 (door crush resistance), S7 (moving deformable barrier test), and S9 (vehicle-to-pole test), subject to the phased-in application of S7 and S9.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses with a GVWR greater than 2,722 kg (6,000 lb).</I> Multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses with a GVWR greater than 2,722 kg (6,000 lb) must meet the requirements set forth in S6 (door crush resistance) and S9 (vehicle-to-pole test), subject to the phased-in application of S9.
</P>
<P>S5 <I>General exclusions.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Exclusions from S6 (door crush resistance).</I> A vehicle need not meet the requirements of S6 (door crush resistance) for—
</P>
<P>(1) Any side door located so that no point on a ten-inch horizontal longitudinal line passing through and bisected by the H-point of a manikin placed in any seat, with the seat adjusted to any position and the seat back adjusted as specified in S8.3, falls within the transverse, horizontal projection of the door's opening,
</P>
<P>(2) Any side door located so that no point on a ten-inch horizontal longitudinal line passing through and bisected by the H-point of a manikin placed in any seat recommended by the manufacturer for installation in a location for which seat anchorage hardware is provided, with the seat adjusted to any position and the seat back adjusted as specified in S8.3, falls within the transverse, horizontal projection of the door's opening,
</P>
<P>(3) Any side door located so that a portion of a seat, with the seat adjusted to any position and the seat back adjusted as specified in S8.3, falls within the transverse, horizontal projection of the door's opening, but a longitudinal vertical plane tangent to the outboard side of the seat cushion is more than 254 mm (10 inches) from the innermost point on the inside surface of the door at a height between the H-point and shoulder reference point (as shown in Figure 1 of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 210 (49 CFR 571.210)) and longitudinally between the front edge of the cushion with the seat adjusted to its forwardmost position and the rear edge of the cushion with the seat adjusted to its rearmost position.
</P>
<P>(4) Any side door that is designed to be easily attached to or removed (e.g., using simple hand tools such as pliers and/or a screwdriver) from a motor vehicle manufactured for operation without doors.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exclusions from S7 (moving deformable barrier test).</I> The following vehicles are excluded from S7 (moving deformable barrier test):
</P>
<P>(1) Motor homes, ambulances and other emergency rescue/medical vehicles (including vehicles with fire-fighting equipment), vehicles equipped with wheelchair lifts, and vehicles which have no doors or exclusively have doors that are designed to be easily attached or removed so the vehicle can be operated without doors.
</P>
<P>(2) Passenger cars with a wheelbase greater than 130 inches need not meet the requirements of S7 as applied to the rear seat.
</P>
<P>(3) Passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses need not meet the requirements of S7 (moving deformable barrier test) as applied to the rear seat for side-facing rear seats and for rear seating areas that are so small that a Part 572 Subpart V dummy representing a 5th percentile adult female cannot be accommodated according to the positioning procedure specified in S12.3.4 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(4) Multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses with a GVWR of more than 2,722 kg (6,000 lb) need not meet the requirements of S7 (moving deformable barrier test).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exclusions from S9 (vehicle-to-pole test).</I> The following vehicles are excluded from S9 (vehicle-to-pole test) (wholly or in limited part, as set forth below):
</P>
<P>(1) Motor homes;
</P>
<P>(2) Ambulances and other emergency rescue/medical vehicles (including vehicles with fire-fighting equipment) except police cars;
</P>
<P>(3) Vehicles with a lowered floor or raised or modified roof and vehicles that have had the original roof rails removed and not replaced;
</P>
<P>(4) Vehicles in which the seat for the driver or any front outboard passenger has been removed and wheelchair restraints installed in place of the seat are excluded from meeting the vehicle-to-pole test at that position; and
</P>
<P>(5) Vehicles that have no doors, or exclusively have doors that are designed to be easily attached or removed so that the vehicle can be operated without doors.
</P>
<P>S6 <I>Door Crush Resistance Requirements.</I> Except as provided in section S5, each vehicle shall be able to meet the requirements of either, at the manufacturer's option, S6.1 or S6.2, when any of its side doors that can be used for occupant egress is tested according to procedures described in S6.3 of this standard (49 CFR 571.214).
</P>
<P>S6.1 With any seats that may affect load upon or deflection of the side of the vehicle removed from the vehicle, each vehicle must be able to meet the requirements of S6.1.1 through S6.1.3.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 Initial crush resistance. The initial crush resistance shall not be less than 10,000 N (2,250 lb).
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 Intermediate crush resistance. The intermediate crush resistance shall not be less than 15,569 N (3,500 lb).
</P>
<P>S6.1.3 <I>Peak crush resistance.</I> The peak crush resistance shall not be less than two times the curb weight of the vehicle or 31,138 N (7,000 lb), whichever is less.
</P>
<P>S6.2 With seats installed in the vehicle, and located in any horizontal or vertical position to which they can be adjusted and at any seat back angle to which they can be adjusted, each vehicle must be able to meet the requirements of S6.2.1 through S6.2.3.
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 Initial crush resistance. The initial crush resistance shall not be less than 10,000 N (2,250 lb).
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 Intermediate crush resistance. The intermediate crush resistance shall not be less than 19,460 N (4,375 lb).
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 Peak crush resistance. The peak crush resistance shall not be less than three and one half times the curb weight of the vehicle or 53,378 N (12,000 lb), whichever is less.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Test procedures for door crush resistance.</I> The following procedures apply to determining compliance with S6.1 and S6.2 of S6, <I>Door crush resistance requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Place side windows in their uppermost position and all doors in locked position. Place the sill of the side of the vehicle opposite to the side being tested against a rigid unyielding vertical surface. Fix the vehicle rigidly in position by means of tiedown attachments located at or forward of the front wheel centerline and at or rearward of the rear wheel centerline.
</P>
<P>(b) Prepare a loading device consisting of a rigid steel cylinder or semi-cylinder 305 mm (12 inches) in diameter with an edge radius of 13 mm (
<FR>1/2</FR> inch). The length of the loading device shall be such that—
</P>
<P>(1) For doors with windows, the top surface of the loading device is at least 13 mm (
<FR>1/2</FR> inch) above the bottom edge of the door window opening but not of a length that will cause contact with any structure above the bottom edge of the door window opening during the test.
</P>
<P>(2) For doors without windows, the top surface of the loading device is at the same height above the ground as when the loading device is positioned in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section for purposes of testing a front door with windows on the same vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) Locate the loading device as shown in Figure 1 (side view) of this section so that—
</P>
<P>(1) Its longitudinal axis is vertical.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, its longitudinal axis is laterally opposite the midpoint of a horizontal line drawn across the outer surface of the door 127 mm (5 inches) above the lowest point of the door, exclusive of any decorative or protective molding that is not permanently affixed to the door panel.
</P>
<P>(i) For contoured doors on trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less, if the length of the horizontal line specified in this paragraph (c)(2) is not equal to or greater than 559 mm (22 inches), the line is moved vertically up the side of the door to the point at which the line is 559 mm (22 inches) long. The longitudinal axis of the loading device is then located laterally opposite the midpoint of that line.
</P>
<P>(ii) For double side doors on trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less, its longitudinal axis is laterally opposite the midpoint of a horizontal line drawn across the outer surface of the double door span, 127 mm (5 inches) above the lowest point on the doors, exclusive of any decorative or protective molding that is not permanently affixed to the door panel.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, its bottom surface is in the same horizontal plane as the horizontal line drawn across the outer surface of the door 127 mm (5 inches) above the lowest point of the door, exclusive of any decorative or protective molding that is not permanently affixed to the door panel.
</P>
<P>(i) For contoured doors on trucks, buses, and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less, its bottom surface is in the lowest horizontal plane such that every point on the lateral projection of the bottom surface of the device on the door is at least 127 mm (5 inches), horizontally and vertically, from any edge of the door panel, exclusive of any decorative or protective molding that is not permanently affixed to the door panel.
</P>
<P>(ii) For double side doors, its bottom surface is in the same horizontal plane as a horizontal line drawn across the outer surface of the double door span, 127 mm (5 inches) above the lowest point of the doors, exclusive of any decorative or protective molding that is not permanently affixed to the door panel.
</P>
<P>(d) Using the loading device, apply a load to the outer surface of the door in an inboard direction normal to a vertical plane along the vehicle's longitudinal centerline. Apply the load continuously such that the loading device travel rate does not exceed 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) per second until the loading device travels 457 mm (18 inches). Guide the loading device to prevent it from being rotated or displaced from its direction of travel. The test is completed within 120 seconds.
</P>
<P>(e) Record applied load versus displacement of the loading device, either continuously or in increments of not more than 25.4 mm (1 inch) or 91 kg (200 pounds) for the entire crush distance of 457 mm (18 inches).
</P>
<P>(f) Determine the initial crush resistance, intermediate crush resistance, and peak crush resistance as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) From the results recorded in paragraph (e) of this section, plot a curve of load versus displacement and obtain the integral of the applied load with respect to the crush distances specified in paragraphs (f)(2) and (3) of this section. These quantities, expressed in mm-kN (inch-pounds) and divided by the specified crush distances, represent the average forces in kN (pounds) required to deflect the door those distances.
</P>
<P>(2) The initial crush resistance is the average force required to deform the door over the initial 152 mm (6 inches) of crush.
</P>
<P>(3) The intermediate crush resistance is the average force required to deform the door over the initial 305 mm (12 inches) of crush.
</P>
<P>(4) The peak crush resistance is the largest force recorded over the entire 457 mm (18-inch) crush distance. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er11se07.000.gif"/>
<P>S7 <I>Moving Deformable Barrier (MDB) Requirements.</I> Except as provided in section S5, when tested under the conditions of S8 each vehicle shall meet S7.3 and the following requirements in a 53 ±1.0 km/h (33.5 mph) impact in which the vehicle is struck on either side by a moving deformable barrier.
</P>
<P>S7.1 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>MDB test with advanced test dummies.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.2.1 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) Place the Subpart U ES-2re 50th percentile male dummy in the front seat and the Subpart V SID-IIs 5th percentile female test dummy in the rear seat. The test dummies are placed and positioned in the front and rear outboard seating positions on the struck side of the vehicle, as specified in S11 and S12 of this standard (49 CFR 571.214).
</P>
<P>S7.2.2 Each vehicle must meet the requirements of S7.2.5 and S7.2.6, when tested with the test dummy specified in those sections. Place the Subpart U ES-2re 50th percentile male dummy in the front seat and the Subpart V SID-IIs 5th percentile female test dummy in the rear seat. The test dummies are placed and positioned in the front and rear outboard seating positions on the struck side of the vehicle, as specified in S11 and S12 of this standard (49 CFR 571.214).
</P>
<P>S7.2.3 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S7.2.4 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S7.2.5 <I>Dynamic performance requirements using the Part 572 Subpart U dummy (ES-2re 50th percentile male) dummy.</I> Use the 49 CFR Part 572 Subpart U ES-2re dummy specified in S11 with measurements in accordance with S11.5. The following criteria shall be met:
</P>
<P>(a) The HIC shall not exceed 1000 when calculated in accordance with the following formula: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="34" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er11se07.003.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where the term <I>a</I> is the resultant head acceleration at the center of gravity of the dummy head expressed as a multiple of <I>g</I> (the acceleration of gravity), and t1 and t2 are any two points in time during the impact which are separated by not more than a 36 millisecond time interval and where t1 is less than t2.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) Thorax. The deflection of any of the upper, middle, and lower ribs, shall not exceed 44 mm (1.73 inches).
</P>
<P>(c) Force measurements.
</P>
<P>(1) The sum of the front, middle and rear abdominal forces, shall not exceed 2,500 N (562 lb).
</P>
<P>(2) The pubic symphysis force shall not exceed 6,000 N (1,350 pounds).
</P>
<P>S7.2.6 <I>Dynamic performance requirements using the Part 572 Subpart V SID-IIs (5th percentile female) dummy.</I> Use the 49 CFR Part 572 Subpart V SID-IIs 5th percentile female dummy specified in S11 with measurements in accordance with S11.5. The following criteria shall be met:
</P>
<P>(a) The HIC shall not exceed 1000 when calculated in accordance with the following formula: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="34" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er11se07.004.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where the term <I>a</I> is the resultant head acceleration expressed as a multiple of <I>g</I> (the acceleration of gravity), and t1 and t2 are any two points in time during the impact which are separated by not more than a 36 millisecond time interval.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The resultant lower spine acceleration shall not exceed 82 g.
</P>
<P>(c) The sum of the acetabular and iliac pelvic forces shall not exceed 5,525 N.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Door opening.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Any side door that is struck by the moving deformable barrier shall not separate totally from the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) Any door (including a rear hatchback or tailgate) that is not struck by the moving deformable barrier shall meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The door shall not disengage from the latched position;
</P>
<P>(2) The latch shall not separate from the striker, and the hinge components shall not separate from each other or from their attachment to the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) Neither the latch nor the hinge systems of the door shall pull out of their anchorages.
</P>
<P>S8 <I>Test conditions for determining compliance with moving deformable barrier requirements.</I> General test conditions for determining compliance with the moving deformable barrier test are specified below. Additional specifications may also be found in S12 of this standard (49 CFR 571.214).
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Test weight.</I> Each vehicle is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight, plus 136 kg (300 pounds) or its rated cargo and luggage capacity (whichever is less), secured in the luggage or load-carrying area, plus the weight of the necessary anthropomorphic test dummies. Any added test equipment is located away from impact areas in secure places in the vehicle. The vehicle's fuel system is filled in accordance with the following procedure. With the test vehicle on a level surface, pump the fuel from the vehicle's fuel tank and then operate the engine until it stops. Then, add Stoddard solvent to the test vehicle's fuel tank in an amount that is equal to not less than 92 percent and not more than 94 percent of the fuel tank's usable capacity stated by the vehicle's manufacturer. In addition, add the amount of Stoddard solvent needed to fill the entire fuel system from the fuel tank through the engine's induction system.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Vehicle test attitude.</I> Determine the distance between a level surface and a standard reference point on the test vehicle's body, directly above each wheel opening, when the vehicle is in its fully loaded condition at the test site, with all tires inflated to the manufacturer's specifications listed on the vehicle's tire placard, and with the vehicle filled to 100 percent of all fluid capacities. The “fully loaded condition” is the test vehicle loaded in accordance with S8.1 of this standard (49 CFR 571.214). The load placed in the cargo area is centered over the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle. The pretest vehicle attitude is equal to the fully loaded attitude <I>±</I> 10 mm.
</P>
<P>S8.3 <I>Adjustable seats.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.3.1 <I>50th Percentile Male ES-2re Dummy (49 CFR Part 572 Subpart U) In Front Seats</I>
</P>
<P>S8.3.1.1 <I>Lumbar support adjustment.</I> Position adjustable lumbar supports so that the lumbar support is in its lowest, retracted or deflated adjustment position.
</P>
<P>S8.3.1.2 <I>Other seat adjustments.</I> Position any adjustable parts of the seat that provide additional support so that they are in the lowest or non-deployed adjustment position. Position any adjustable head restraint in the highest and most forward position. Place adjustable seat backs in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position in the manner specified by the manufacturer. If the position is not specified, set the seat back at the first detent rearward of 25° from the vertical.
</P>
<P>S8.3.1.3 <I>Seat position adjustment.</I> If the driver and any front outboard passenger seats do not adjust independently of each other, the struck side seat shall control the final position of the non-struck side seat. If the driver and any front outboard passenger seats adjust independently of each other, adjust both the struck and non-struck side seats in the manner specified in S8.3.1.
</P>
<P>S8.3.1.3.1 Using only the controls that primarily move the seat and seat cushion independent of the seat back in the fore and aft directions, move the seat cushion reference point (SCRP) to the rearmost position. Using any part of any control, other than those just used, determine the full range of angles of the seat cushion reference line and set the seat cushion reference line to the middle of the range. Using any part of any control other than those that primarily move the seat or seat cushion fore and aft, while maintaining the seat cushion reference line angle, place the SCRP to its lowest position.
</P>
<P>S8.3.1.3.2 Using only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft, move the seat cushion reference point to the mid travel position. If an adjustment position does not exist midway between the forwardmost and rearmost positions, the closest adjustment position to the rear of the midpoint is used.
</P>
<P>S8.3.1.3.3 If the seat or seat cushion height is adjustable, other than by the controls that primarily move the seat or seat cushion fore and aft, set the height of the seat cushion reference point to the minimum height, with the seat cushion reference line angle set as closely as possible to the angle determined in S8.3.1.3.1. Mark location of the seat for future reference.
</P>
<P>S8.3.2 <I> 50th Percentile Male SID Dummy (49 CFR Part 572 Subpart F) in Front and Rear Seats</I>
</P>
<P>S8.3.2.1 <I>Adjustable seats.</I> Adjustable seats are placed in the adjustment position midway between the forward most and rearmost positions, and if separately adjustable in a vertical direction, are at the lowest position. If an adjustment position does not exist midway between the forward most and rearmost positions, the closest adjustment position to the rear of the mid-point is used.
</P>
<P>S8.3.2.2 <I>Adjustable seat back placement.</I> Place adjustable seat backs in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position in the manner specified by the manufacturer. If the position is not specified, set the seat back at the first detent rearward of 25° from the vertical. Place each adjustable head restraint in its highest adjustment position. Position adjustable lumbar supports so that they are set in their released, i.e., full back position.
</P>
<P>S8.3.3 <I>5th Percentile Female Dummy in Second Row Seat.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.3.3.1 <I>Lumbar support adjustment.</I> Position adjustable lumbar supports so that the lumbar support is in its lowest, retracted or deflated adjustment position.
</P>
<P>S8.3.3.2 <I>Other seat adjustments.</I> Position any adjustable parts of the seat that provide additional support so that they are in the lowest or non-deployed adjustment position. Position any adjustable head restraint in the lowest and most forward in-use position. If it is possible to achieve a position lower than the effective detent range, the head restraint should be set to its lowest possible position. A non-use position as specified by S4.4 of FMVSS No. 202a, is excluded from being considered as the lowest possible position.
</P>
<P>S8.3.3.3 <I>Seat position adjustment.</I> Using only the controls that primarily move the seat and seat cushion independent of the seat back in the fore and aft directions, move the seat cushion reference point (SCRP) to the rearmost position. Using any part of any control, other than those just used, determine the full range of angles of the seat cushion reference line and set the seat cushion reference line to the middle of the range. Using any part of any control other than those that primarily move the seat or seat cushion fore and aft, while maintaining the seat cushion reference line angle, place the SCRP to its lowest position. Mark location of the seat for future reference. If the non-struck side seat adjusts independently of the struck side seat, adjust the seat in the manner specified in this section.
</P>
<P>S8.4 <I>Adjustable steering controls.</I> Adjustable steering controls are adjusted so that the steering control hub is at the geometric center of the locus it describes when it is moved through its full range of driving positions. If there is no setting detent in the mid-position, lower the steering control to the detent just below the mid-position. If the steering column is telescoping, place the steering column in the mid-position. If there is no mid-position, move the steering control rearward one position from the mid-position.
</P>
<P>S8.5 <I>Windows and sunroofs.</I> Movable vehicle windows and vents are placed in the fully closed position on the struck side of the vehicle. Any sunroof shall be placed in the fully closed position.
</P>
<P>S8.6 <I>Convertible tops.</I> Convertibles and open-body type vehicles have the top, if any, in place in the closed passenger compartment configuration.
</P>
<P>S8.7 <I>Doors.</I> Doors, including any rear hatchback or tailgate, are fully closed and latched but not locked.
</P>
<P>S8.8 <I>Transmission and brake engagement.</I> For a vehicle equipped with a manual transmission, the transmission is placed in second gear. For a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission, the transmission is placed in neutral. For all vehicles, the parking brake is engaged.
</P>
<P>S8.9 <I>Moving deformable barrier.</I> The moving deformable barrier conforms to the dimensions shown in Figure 2 and specified in 49 CFR Part 587.
</P>
<P>S8.10 <I>Impact configuration.</I> The test vehicle (vehicle A in Figure 3) is stationary. The line of forward motion of the moving deformable barrier (vehicle B in Figure 3) forms an angle of 63 degrees with the centerline of the test vehicle. The longitudinal centerline of the moving deformable barrier is perpendicular to the longitudinal centerline of the test vehicle when the barrier strikes the test vehicle. In a test in which the test vehicle is to be struck on its left (right) side: All wheels of the moving deformable barrier are positioned at an angle of 27 ±1 degrees to the right (left) of the centerline of the moving deformable barrier; and the left (right) forward edge of the moving deformable barrier is aligned so that a longitudinal plane tangent to that side passes through the impact reference line within a tolerance of ±51 mm (2 inches) when the barrier strikes the test vehicle.
</P>
<P>S8.11 <I>Impact reference line.</I> Place a vertical reference line at the location described below on the side of the vehicle that will be struck by the moving deformable barrier.
</P>
<P>S8.11.1 <I>Passenger cars.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For vehicles with a wheelbase of 2,896 mm (114 inches) or less, 940 mm (37 inches) forward of the center of the vehicle's wheelbase.
</P>
<P>(b) For vehicles with a wheelbase greater than 2,896 mm (114 inches), 508 mm (20 inches) rearward of the centerline of the vehicle's front axle.
</P>
<P>S8.11.2 <I>Multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For vehicles with a wheelbase of 2,489 mm (98 inches) or less, 305 mm (12 inches) rearward of the centerline of the vehicle's front axle, except as otherwise specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) For vehicles with a wheelbase of greater than 2,489 mm (98 inches) but not greater than 2,896 mm (114 inches), 940 mm (37 inches) forward of the center of the vehicle's wheelbase, except as otherwise specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) For vehicles with a wheelbase greater than 2,896 mm (114 inches), 508 mm (20 inches) rearward of the centerline of the vehicle's front axle, except as otherwise specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) At the manufacturer's option, for different wheelbase versions of the same model vehicle, the impact reference line may be located by the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Select the shortest wheelbase vehicle of the different wheelbase versions of the same model and locate on it the impact reference line at the location described in (a), (b) or (c) of this section, as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(2) Measure the distance between the seating reference point (SgRP) and the impact reference line;
</P>
<P>(3) Maintain the same distance between the SgRP and the impact reference line for the version being tested as that between the SgRP and the impact reference line for the shortest wheelbase version of the model.
</P>
<P>(e) For the compliance test, the impact reference line will be located using the procedure used by the manufacturer as the basis for its certification of compliance with the requirements of this standard. If the manufacturer did not use any of the procedures in this section, or does not specify a procedure when asked by the agency, the agency may locate the impact reference line using either procedure.
</P>
<P>S8.12 <I>Anthropomorphic test dummies.</I> The anthropomorphic test dummies used to evaluate a vehicle's performance in the moving deformable barrier test conform to the requirements of S11 and are positioned as described in S12 of this standard (49 CFR 571.214). 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er11se07.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er11se07.002.gif"/>
<P>S9. <I>Vehicle-To-Pole Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1 Except as provided in S5, when tested under the conditions of S10:
</P>
<P>S9.1.1 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S9.1.2 Each vehicle must meet the requirements of S9.2.1, S9.2.2 and S9.2.3, when tested under the conditions specified in S10 into a fixed, rigid pole of 254 mm (10 inches) in diameter, at any speed up to and including 32 km/h (20 mph).
</P>
<P>S9.2 <I>Requirements.</I> Each vehicle shall meet these vehicle-to-pole test requirements when tested under the conditions of S10 of this standard. At NHTSA's option, either the 50th percentile adult male test dummy (ES-2re dummy, 49 CFR Part 572 Subpart U) or the 5th percentile adult female test dummy (SID-IIs, 49 CFR Part 572 Subpart V) shall be used in the test. At NHTSA's option, either front outboard seating position shall be tested. The vehicle shall meet the specific requirements at all front outboard seating positions.
</P>
<P>S9.2.1 <I>Dynamic performance requirements using the Part 572 Subpart U (ES-2re 50th percentile male) dummy.</I> When using the ES-2re Part 572 Subpart U dummy, use the specifications of S11 of this standard (49 CFR 571.214). When using the dummy, the following performance requirements must be met using measurements in accordance with S11.5.
</P>
<P>(a) The HIC shall not exceed 1000 when calculated in accordance with the following formula: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er11se07.005.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where the term <I>a</I> is the resultant head acceleration at the center of gravity of the dummy head expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity), and t1 and t2 are any two points in time during the impact which are separated by not more than a 36 millisecond time interval and where t1 is less than t2.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) Thorax. The deflection of any of the upper, middle, and lower ribs, shall not exceed 44 mm (1.73 inches).
</P>
<P>(c) Force measurements.
</P>
<P>(1) The sum of the front, middle and rear abdominal forces, shall not exceed 2,500 N (562 pounds).
</P>
<P>(2) The pubic symphysis force shall not exceed 6,000 N (1,350 pounds).
</P>
<P>S9.2.2 <I>Dynamic performance requirements using the Part 572 Subpart V SID-IIs (5th percentile female) dummy.</I> When using the SID-IIs Part 572 Subpart V dummy, use the specifications of S11 of this standard (49 CFR 571.214). When using the dummy, the following performance requirements must be met.
</P>
<P>(a) The HIC shall not exceed 1000 when calculated in accordance with the following formula: 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er11se07.006.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where the term <I>a</I> is the resultant head acceleration at the center of gravity of the dummy head expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity), and t1 and t2 are any two points in time during the impact which are separated by not more than a 36 millisecond time interval and where t1 is less than t2.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) Resultant lower spine acceleration must not exceed 82 g.
</P>
<P>(c) The sum of the acetabular and iliac pelvic forces must not exceed 5,525 N.
</P>
<P>S9.2.3 <I>Door opening.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Any side door that is struck by the pole shall not separate totally from the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) Any door (including a rear hatchback or tailgate) that is not struck by the pole shall meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) The door shall not disengage from the latched position; and
</P>
<P>(2) The latch shall not separate from the striker, and the hinge components shall not separate from each other or from their attachment to the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) Neither the latch nor the hinge systems of the door shall pull out of their anchorages.
</P>
<P>S10. <I>General test conditions for determining compliance with vehicle-to-pole requirements.</I> General test conditions for determining compliance with the vehicle-to-pole test are specified below and in S12 of this standard (49 CFR 571.214).
</P>
<P>S10.1 <I>Test weight.</I> Each vehicle is loaded as specified in S8.1 of this standard (49 CFR 571.214).
</P>
<P>S10.2 <I>Vehicle test attitude.</I> When the vehicle is in its “as delivered,” “fully loaded” and “as tested” condition, locate the vehicle on a flat, horizontal surface to determine the vehicle attitude. Use the same level surface or reference plane and the same standard points on the test vehicle when determining the “as delivered,” “fully loaded” and “as tested” conditions. Measure the angles relative to a horizontal plane, front-to-rear and from left-to-right for the “as delivered,” “fully loaded,” and “as tested” conditions. The front-to-rear angle (pitch) is measured along a fixed reference on the left and right front occupant's door sills. Mark where the angles are taken on the door sills. The left to right angle (roll) is measured along a fixed reference point at the front and rear of the vehicle at the vehicle longitudinal center plane. Mark where the angles are measured. The “as delivered” condition is the vehicle as received at the test site, with 100 percent of all fluid capacities and all tires inflated to the manufacturer's specifications listed on the vehicle's tire placard. When the vehicle is in its “fully loaded” condition, measure the angle between the left front occupant's door sill and the horizontal, at the same place the “as delivered” angle was measured. The “fully loaded condition” is the test vehicle loaded in accordance with S8.1 of this standard (49 CFR 571.214). The load placed in the cargo area is centered over the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle. The vehicle “as tested” pitch and roll angles are between the “as delivered” and “fully loaded” condition, inclusive.
</P>
<P>S10.3 <I>Adjustable seats.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.3.1 <I>Driver and front outboard passenger seat set-up for 50th percentile male dummy.</I> The driver and front outboard passenger seats are set up as specified in S8.3.1 of this standard, 49 CFR 571.214.
</P>
<P>S10.3.2. <I>Driver and front outboard passenger seat set-up for 49 CFR part 572 Subpart V 5th percentile female dummy.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.3.2.1 <I>Lumbar support adjustment.</I> Position adjustable lumbar supports so that the lumbar support is in its lowest, retracted or deflated adjustment position.
</P>
<P>S10.3.2.2 <I>Other seat adjustments.</I> Position any adjustable parts of the seat that provide additional support so that they are in the lowest or non-deployed adjustment position. Position any adjustable head restraint in the lowest and most forward in-use position. If it is possible to achieve a position lower than the effective detent range, the head restraint should be set to its lowest possible position. A non-use position as specified by S4.4 of FMVSS No. 202a, is excluded from being considered as the lowest possible position.
</P>
<P>S10.3.2.3 <I>Seat position adjustment.</I> If the driver and any front outboard passenger seats do not adjust independently of each other, the struck side seat shall control the final position of the non-struck side seat. If the driver and any front outboard passenger seats adjust independently of each other, adjust both the struck and non-struck side seats in the manner specified in S10.3.2.
</P>
<P>S10.3.2.3.1 Using only the controls that primarily move the seat and seat cushion independent of the seat back in the fore and aft directions, move the seat cushion reference point (SCRP) to the rearmost position. Using any part of any control, other than those just used, determine the full range of angles of the seat cushion reference line and set the seat cushion reference line to the middle of the range. Using any part of any control other than those that primarily move the seat or seat cushion fore and aft, while maintaining the seat cushion reference line angle, place the SCRP to its lowest position.
</P>
<P>S10.3.2.3.2 Using only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft, move the seat reference point to the most forward position.
</P>
<P>S10.3.2.3.3 If the seat or seat cushion height is adjustable, other than by the controls that primarily move the seat or seat cushion fore and aft, set the seat reference point to the midpoint height, with the seat cushion reference line angle set as close as possible to the angle determined in S10.3.2.3.1. Mark location of the seat for future reference.
</P>
<P>S10.4 <I>Positioning dummies for the vehicle-to-pole test.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>50th percentile male test dummy (49 CFR Part 572 Subpart U ES-2re dummy).</I> The 50th percentile male test dummy is positioned in the front outboard seating position on the struck side of the vehicle in accordance with the provisions of S12.2 of this standard, 49 CFR 571.214.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>5th percentile female test dummy (49 CFR Part 572 Subpart V SID-IIs dummy).</I> The 5th percentile female test dummy is positioned in the front outboard seating positions on the struck side of the vehicle in accordance with the provisions of S12.3 of this standard, 49 CFR 571.214.
</P>
<P>S10.5 <I>Adjustable steering controls.</I> Adjustable steering controls are adjusted so that the steering control hub is at the geometric center of the locus it describes when it is moved through its full range of driving positions. If there is no setting detent in the mid-position, lower the steering control to the detent just below the mid-position. If the steering column is telescoping, place the steering column in the mid-position. If there is no mid-position, move the steering control rearward one position from the mid-position.
</P>
<P>S10.6 <I>Windows and sunroofs.</I> Movable vehicle windows and vents are placed in the fully closed position on the struck side of the vehicle. Any sunroof is placed in the fully closed position.
</P>
<P>S10.7 <I>Convertible tops.</I> Convertibles and open-body type vehicles have the top, if any, in place in the closed passenger compartment configuration.
</P>
<P>S10.8 <I>Doors.</I> Doors, including any rear hatchback or tailgate, are fully closed and latched but not locked.
</P>
<P>S10.9 <I>Transmission and brake engagement.</I> For a vehicle equipped with a manual transmission, the transmission is placed in second gear. For a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission, the transmission is placed in neutral. For all vehicles, the parking brake is engaged.
</P>
<P>S10.10 <I>Rigid pole.</I> The rigid pole is a vertical metal structure beginning no more than 102 millimeters (4 inches) above the lowest point of the tires on the striking side of the test vehicle when the vehicle is loaded as specified in S8.1 and extending above the highest point of the roof of the test vehicle. The pole is 254 mm (10 inches) ±6 mm (0.25 in) in diameter and set off from any mounting surface, such as a barrier or other structure, so that the test vehicle will not contact such a mount or support at any time within 100 milliseconds of the initiation of vehicle to pole contact.
</P>
<P>S10.11 <I>Impact reference line.</I> The impact reference line is located on the striking side of the vehicle at the intersection of the vehicle exterior and a vertical plane passing through the center of gravity of the head of the dummy seated in accordance with S12 in the front outboard designated seating position. The vertical plane forms an angle of 285 (or 75) degrees with the vehicle's longitudinal centerline for the right (or left) side impact test. The angle is measured counterclockwise from the vehicle's positive X-axis as defined in S10.13.
</P>
<P>S10.12 <I>Impact configuration.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.12.1 The rigid pole is stationary.
</P>
<P>S10.12.2 The test vehicle is propelled sideways so that its line of forward motion forms an angle of 285 (or 75) degrees (±3 degrees) for the right (or left) side impact with the vehicle's longitudinal centerline. The angle is measured counterclockwise from the vehicle's positive X-axis as defined in S10.13. The impact reference line is aligned with the center line of the rigid pole surface, as viewed in the direction of vehicle motion, so that, when the vehicle-to-pole contact occurs, the center line contacts the vehicle area bounded by two vertical planes parallel to and 38 mm (1.5 inches) forward and aft of the impact reference line.
</P>
<P>S10.13 <I>Vehicle reference coordinate system.</I> The vehicle reference coordinate system is an orthogonal coordinate system consisting of three axes, a longitudinal axis (X), a transverse axis (Y), and a vertical axis (Z). X and Y are in the same horizontal plane and Z passes through the intersection of X and Y. The origin of the system is at the center of gravity of the vehicle. The X-axis is parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle and is positive to the vehicle front end and negative to the rear end. The Y-axis is positive to the left side of the vehicle and negative to the right side. The Z-axis is positive above the X-Y plane and negative below it.
</P>
<P>S11 <I>Anthropomorphic test dummies.</I> The anthropomorphic test dummies used to evaluate a vehicle's performance in the moving deformable barrier and vehicle-to-pole tests are specified in 49 CFR part 572. In a test in which the test vehicle is to be struck on its left side, each dummy is to be configured and instrumented to be struck on its left side, in accordance with part 572. In a test in which the test vehicle is to be struck on its right side, each dummy is to be configured and instrumented to be struck on its right side, in accordance with part 572.
</P>
<P>S11.1 <I>Clothing.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>50th percentile male.</I> Each test dummy representing a 50th percentile male is clothed in formfitting cotton stretch garments with short sleeves and midcalf length pants. Each foot of the test dummy is equipped with a size 11EEE shoe, which meets the configuration size, sole, and heel thickness specifications of MIL-S-13192 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) and weighs 0.68 ±0.09 kilograms (1.25 ±0.2 lb).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>5th percentile female.</I> The 49 CFR Part 572 Subpart V test dummy representing a 5th percentile female is clothed in formfitting cotton stretch garments with short sleeves and about the knee length pants. Each foot has on a size 7.5W shoe that meets the configuration and size specifications of MIL-S-21711E (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) or its equivalent.
</P>
<P>S11.2 <I>Limb joints.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For the 50th percentile male dummy, set the limb joints at between 1 and 2 g. Adjust the leg joints with the torso in the supine position. Adjust the knee and ankle joints so that they just support the lower leg and the foot when extended horizontally (1 to 2 g adjustment).
</P>
<P>(b) For the 49 CFR Part 572 Subpart V 5th percentile female dummy, set the limb joints at slightly above 1 g, barely restraining the weight of the limb when extended horizontally. The force needed to move a limb segment does not exceed 2 g throughout the range of limb motion. Adjust the leg joints with the torso in the supine position.
</P>
<P>S11.3 The stabilized temperature of the test dummy at the time of the test is at any temperature between 20.6 degrees C and 22.2 degrees C.
</P>
<P>S11.4 <I>Acceleration data.</I> Accelerometers are installed on the head, rib, spine and pelvis components of various dummies as required to meet the injury criteria of the standard. Accelerations measured from different dummy components may use different filters and processing methods.


</P>
<P>S11.5 <I>Processing Data.</I>


</P>
<P>(a) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Subpart U (ES-2re 50th percentile male) test dummy.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The rib deflection data are filtered at channel frequency class 180 Hz. Abdominal and pubic force data are filtered at channel frequency class of 600 Hz.
</P>
<P>(2) The acceleration data from the accelerometers installed inside the skull cavity of the ES-2re test dummy are filtered at channel frequency class of 1000 Hz.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Subpart V (SID-IIs 5th percentile female) test dummy.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The acceleration data from the accelerometers installed inside the skull cavity of the SID-IIs test dummy are filtered at channel frequency class of 1000 Hz.
</P>
<P>(2) The acceleration data from the accelerometers installed on the lower spine of the SID-IIs test dummy are filtered at channel frequency class of 180 Hz.
</P>
<P>(3) The iliac and acetabular forces from load cells installed in the pelvis of the SID-IIs are filtered at channel frequency class of 600 Hz.
</P>
<P>S12 <I>Positioning procedures for the anthropomorphic test dummies.</I>
</P>
<P>S12.1 <I>50th percentile male test dummy—49 CFR part 572 subpart F (SID).</I> Position a correctly configured test dummy, conforming to the applicable requirements of part 572 Subpart F of this chapter, in the front outboard seating position on the side of the test vehicle to be struck by the moving deformable barrier and, if the vehicle has a second seat, position another conforming test dummy in the second seat outboard position on the same side of the vehicle, as specified in S12.1.3. Each test dummy is restrained using all available belt systems in all seating positions where such belt restraints are provided. Place any adjustable anchorages at the manufacturer's nominal design position for a 50th percentile adult male occupant. In addition, any folding armrest is retracted. Additional positioning procedures are specified below.
</P>
<P>S12.1.1 <I>Positioning a Part 572 Subpart F (SID) dummy in the driver's seating position.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Torso.</I> Hold the dummy's head in place and push laterally on the non-impacted side of the upper torso in a single stroke with a force of 66.7-89.0 N (15-20 lb) towards the impacted side.
</P>
<P>(1) For a bench seat. The upper torso of the test dummy rests against the seat back. The midsagittal plane of the test dummy is vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and passes through the center of the steering control.
</P>
<P>(2) For a bucket seat. The upper torso of the test dummy rests against the seat back. The midsagittal plane of the test dummy is vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and coincides with the longitudinal centerline of the bucket seat.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pelvis.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) H-point. The H-points of each test dummy coincide within 12.7 mm (
<FR>1/2</FR> inch) in the vertical dimension and 12.7 mm (
<FR>1/2</FR> inch) in the horizontal dimension of a point that is located 6.4 mm (
<FR>1/4</FR> inch) below the position of the H-point determined by using the equipment for the 50th percentile and procedures specified in SAE Standard J826-1980 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), except that Table 1 of SAE Standard J826-1980 is not applicable. The length of the lower leg and thigh segments of the H-point machine are adjusted to 414 and 401 mm (16.3 and 15.8 inches), respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) Pelvic angle. As determined using the pelvic angle gauge (GM drawing 78051-532 incorporated by reference in part 572, Subpart E of this chapter) which is inserted into the H-point gauging hole of the dummy, the angle of the plane of the surface on the lumbar-pelvic adaptor on which the lumbar spine attaches is 23 to 25 degrees from the horizontal, sloping upward toward the front of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Legs.</I> The upper legs of each test dummy rest against the seat cushion to the extent permitted by placement of the feet. The left knee of the dummy is positioned such that the distance from the outer surface of the knee pivot bolt to the dummy's midsagittal plane is 152.4 mm (6.0 inches). To the extent practicable, the left leg of the test dummy is in a vertical longitudinal plane.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Feet.</I> The right foot of the test dummy rests on the undepressed accelerator with the heel resting as far forward as possible on the floorpan. The left foot is set perpendicular to the lower leg with the heel resting on the floorpan in the same lateral line as the right heel.
</P>
<P>S12.1.2 <I>Positioning a Part 572 Subpart F (SID) dummy in any front outboard passenger seating position.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Torso.</I> Hold the dummy's head in place and push laterally on the non-impacted side of the upper torso in a single stroke with a force of 66.7-89.0 N (15-20 lb) towards the impacted side.
</P>
<P>(1) For a bench seat. The upper torso of the test dummy rests against the seat back. The midsagittal plane of the test dummy is vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline. For vehicles with manually operated driving controls the midsagittal plane of the test dummy is the same distance from the vehicle's longitudinal centerline as would be the midsagittal plane of a test dummy positioned in the driver's seating position under S12.1.1(a)(1). For vehicles without manually operated driving controls the midsagittal plane of the test dummy shall be vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and passes through any front outboard passenger seat's SgRP.
</P>
<P>(2) For a bucket seat. The upper torso of the test dummy rests against the seat back. The midsagittal plane of the test dummy is vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and coincides with the longitudinal centerline of the bucket seat.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pelvis.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) H-point. The H-points of each test dummy coincide within 12.7 mm (
<FR>1/2</FR> inch) in the vertical dimension and 12.7 mm (
<FR>1/2</FR> inch) in the horizontal dimension of a point that is located 6.4 mm (
<FR>1/4</FR> inch) below the position of the H-point determined by using the equipment for the 50th percentile and procedures specified in SAE Standard J826-1980 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), except that Table 1 of SAE J826-1980 is not applicable. The length of the lower leg and thigh segments of the H-point machine are adjusted to 414 and 401 mm (16.3 and 15.8 inches), respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) Pelvic angle. As determined using the pelvic angle gauge (GM drawing 78051-532 incorporated by reference in part 572, Subpart E of this chapter) which is inserted into the H-point gauging hole of the dummy, the angle of the plane of the surface on the lumbar-pelvic adaptor on which the lumbar spine attaches is 23 to 25 degrees from the horizontal, sloping upward toward the front of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Legs.</I> The upper legs of each test dummy rest against the seat cushion to the extent permitted by placement of the feet. The initial distance between the outboard knee clevis flange surfaces is 292 mm (11.5 inches). To the extent practicable, both legs of the test dummies in outboard passenger positions are in vertical longitudinal planes. Final adjustment to accommodate placement of feet in accordance with S12.1.2(d) for various passenger compartment configurations is permitted.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Feet.</I> The feet of the test dummy are placed on the vehicle's toeboard with the heels resting on the floorpan as close as possible to the intersection of the toeboard and floorpan. If the feet cannot be placed flat on the toeboard, they are set perpendicular to the lower legs and placed as far forward as possible so that the heels rest on the floorpan.
</P>
<P>S12.1.3 <I>Positioning a Part 572 Subpart F (SID) dummy in the rear outboard seating positions.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Torso.</I> Hold the dummy's head in place and push laterally on the non-impacted side of the upper torso in a single stroke with a force of 66.7-89.0 N (15-20 lb) towards the impacted side.
</P>
<P>(1) For a bench seat. The upper torso of the test dummy rests against the seat back. The midsagittal plane of the test dummy is vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and, if possible, the same distance from the vehicle's longitudinal centerline as the midsagittal plane of a test dummy positioned in the driver's seating position under S12.1.1(a)(1) or left front passenger seating positioned under S12.1.2(a)(1) in vehicles without manually operated driving controls. If it is not possible to position the test dummy so that its midsagittal plane is parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline and is at this distance from the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, the test dummy is positioned so that some portion of the test dummy just touches, at or above the seat level, the side surface of the vehicle, such as the upper quarter panel, an armrest, or any interior trim (<I>i.e.,</I> either the broad trim panel surface or a smaller, localized trim feature).
</P>
<P>(2) For a bucket or contoured seat. The upper torso of the test dummy rests against the seat back. The midsagittal plane of the test dummy is vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and coincides with the longitudinal centerline of the bucket or contoured seat.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pelvis.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) H-point. The H-points of each test dummy coincide within 12.7 mm (
<FR>1/2</FR> inch) in the vertical dimension and 12.7 mm (
<FR>1/2</FR> inch) in the horizontal dimension of a point that is located 6.4 mm (
<FR>1/4</FR> inch) below the position of the H-point determined by using the equipment for the 50th percentile and procedures specified in SAE Standard J826-1980 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), except that Table 1 of SAE J826-1980 is not applicable. The length of the lower leg and thigh segments of the H-point machine are adjusted to 414 and 401 mm (16.3 and 15.8 inches), respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) Pelvic angle. As determined using the pelvic angle gauge (GM drawing 78051-532 incorporated by reference in part 572, Subpart E of this chapter) which is inserted into the H-point gauging hole of the dummy, the angle of the plane of the surface on the lumbar-pelvic adaptor on which the lumbar spine attaches is 23 to 25 degrees from the horizontal, sloping upward toward the front of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Legs.</I> Rest the upper legs of each test dummy against the seat cushion to the extent permitted by placement of the feet. The initial distance between the outboard knee clevis flange surfaces is 292 mm (11.5 inches). To the extent practicable, both legs of the test dummies in outboard passenger positions are in vertical longitudinal planes. Final adjustment to accommodate placement of feet in accordance with S12.1.3(d) for various passenger compartment configurations is permitted.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Feet.</I> Place the feet of the test dummy flat on the floorpan and beneath the front seat as far as possible without front seat interference. If necessary, the distance between the knees may be changed in order to place the feet beneath the seat.
</P>
<P>S12.2 <I>50th percentile male test dummy—49 CFR Part 572 Subpart U (ES-2re).</I>
</P>
<P>S12.2.1 <I>Positioning an ES-2re dummy in all seating positions.</I> Position a correctly configured ES-2re test dummy, conforming to the applicable requirements of part 572 of this chapter, in the front outboard seating position on the side of the test vehicle to be struck by the moving deformable barrier or pole. Restrain the test dummy using all available belt systems in the seating positions where the belt restraints are provided. Place any adjustable anchorages at the manufacturer's nominal design position for a 50th percentile adult male occupant. Retract any folding armrest.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Upper torso.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The plane of symmetry of the dummy coincides with the vertical median plane of the specified seating position.
</P>
<P>(2) Bend the upper torso forward and then lay it back against the seat back. Set the shoulders of the dummy fully rearward.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pelvis.</I> Position the pelvis of the dummy according to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Position the pelvis of the dummy such that a lateral line passing through the dummy H-points is perpendicular to the longitudinal center plane of the seat. The line through the dummy H-points is horizontal with a maximum inclination of ±2 degrees. The dummy may be equipped with tilt sensors in the thorax and the pelvis. These instruments can help to obtain the desired position.
</P>
<P>(2) The correct position of the dummy pelvis may be checked relative to the H-point of the H-point Manikin by using the M3 holes in the H-point back plates at each side of the ES-2re pelvis. Position the dummy such that the M3 holes are located within a circle of radius 10 mm (0.39 in.) around the H-point of the H-point Manikin.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Arms.</I> Place the dummy's upper arms such that the angle between the projection of the arm centerline on the mid-sagittal plane of the dummy and the torso reference line is 40° ±5°. The torso reference line is defined as the thoracic spine centerline. The shoulder-arm joint allows for discrete arm positions at 0, 40, and 90 degree settings forward of the spine.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Legs and Feet.</I> Position the legs and feet of the dummy according to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) For the driver's seating position, without inducing pelvis or torso movement, place the right foot of the dummy on the un-pressed accelerator pedal with the heel resting as far forward as possible on the floor pan. Set the left foot perpendicular to the lower leg with the heel resting on the floor pan in the same lateral line as the right heel. Set the knees of the dummy such that their outside surfaces are 150 ±10 mm (5.9 ±0.4 inches) from the plane of symmetry of the dummy. If possible within these constraints, place the thighs of the dummy in contact with the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(2) For other seating positions, without inducing pelvis or torso movement, place the heels of the dummy as far forward as possible on the floor pan without compressing the seat cushion more than the compression due to the weight of the leg. Set the knees of the dummy such that their outside surfaces are 150 ±10 mm (5.9 ±0.4 inches) from the plane of symmetry of the dummy.
</P>
<P>S12.3 <I>5th percentile female test dummy—49 CFR Part 572 Subpart V (SID-IIs).</I> Position a correctly configured 5th percentile female Part 572 Subpart V (SID-IIs) test dummy, conforming to the applicable requirements of part 572 of this chapter, in the front outboard seating position on the side of the test vehicle to be struck by the pole and, for the moving deformable barrier, if the vehicle has a second seat, position a conforming test dummy in the second seat outboard position on the same side of the vehicle (side to be struck) as specified in S12.3.4. Retract any folding armrest. Additional procedures are specified below.
</P>
<P>S12.3.1 <I>General provisions and definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Measure all angles with respect to the horizontal plane unless otherwise stated.
</P>
<P>(b) Adjust the SID-IIs dummy's neck bracket to align the zero degree index marks.
</P>
<P>(c) Other seat adjustments. The longitudinal centerline of a bucket seat cushion passes through the SgRP and is parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Driver and any front outboard passenger dummy manual belt adjustment.</I> Use all available belt systems. Place adjustable belt anchorages at the nominal position for a 5th percentile adult female suggested by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The term “midsagittal plane” refers to the vertical plane that separates the dummy into equal left and right halves.
</P>
<P>(2) The term “vertical longitudinal plane” refers to a vertical plane parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>(3) The term “vertical plane” refers to a vertical plane, not necessarily parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>(4) The term “transverse instrumentation platform” refers to the transverse instrumentation surface inside the dummy's skull casting to which the neck load cell mounts. This surface is perpendicular to the skull cap's machined inferior-superior mounting surface.
</P>
<P>(5) The term “thigh” refers to the femur between, but not including, the knee and the pelvis.
</P>
<P>(6) The term “leg” refers to the lower part of the entire leg including the knee.
</P>
<P>(7) The term “foot” refers to the foot, including the ankle.
</P>
<P>(8) For leg and thigh angles, use the following references:
</P>
<P>(i) Thigh—a straight line on the thigh skin between the center of the 
<FR>1/2</FR>-13 UNC-2B tapped hole in the upper leg femur clamp and the knee pivot shoulder bolt.
</P>
<P>(ii) Leg—a straight line on the leg skin between the center of the ankle shell and the knee pivot shoulder bolt.
</P>
<P>(9) The term “seat cushion reference point” (SCRP) means a point placed on the outboard side of the seat cushion at a horizontal distance between 150 mm (5.9 in) and 250 mm (9.8 in) from the front edge of the seat used as a guide in positioning the seat.
</P>
<P>(10) The term “seat cushion reference line” means a line on the side of the seat cushion, passing through the seat cushion reference point, whose projection in the vehicle vertical longitudinal plane is straight and has a known angle with respect to the horizontal.
</P>
<P>S12.3.2 <I>5th percentile female driver dummy positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Driver torso/head/seat back angle positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) With the seat in the position determined in S10.3.2, use only the control that moves the seat fore and aft to place the seat in the rearmost position. If the seat cushion reference line angle automatically changes as the seat is moved from the full forward position, maintain, as closely as possible, the seat cushion reference line angle determined in S10.3.2.3.3, for the final forward position when measuring the pelvic angle as specified in S12.3.2(a)(11). The seat cushion reference line angle position may be achieved through the use of any seat or seat cushion adjustments other than that which primarily moves the seat or seat cushion fore-aft.
</P>
<P>(2) Fully recline the seat back, if adjustable. Install the dummy into the driver's seat, such that when the legs are positioned 120 degrees to the thighs, the calves of the legs are not touching the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(3) Bucket seats. Center the dummy on the seat cushion so that its midsagittal plane is vertical and passes through the SgRP within ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
</P>
<P>(4) Bench seats. Position the midsagittal plane of the dummy vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline and aligned within ±10 mm (±0.4 in) of the center of the steering control rim.
</P>
<P>(5) Hold the dummy's thighs down and push rearward on the upper torso to maximize the dummy's pelvic angle.
</P>
<P>(6) Place the legs at 120 degrees to the thighs. Set the initial transverse distance between the longitudinal centerlines at the front of the dummy's knees at 160 to 170 mm (6.3 to 6.7 in), with the thighs and legs of the dummy in vertical planes. Push rearward on the dummy's knees to force the pelvis into the seat so there is no gap between the pelvis and the seat back or until contact occurs between the back of the dummy's calves and the front of the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(7) Gently rock the upper torso relative to the lower torso laterally in a side to side motion three times through a ±5 degree arc (approximately 51 mm (2 in) side to side).
</P>
<P>(8) If needed, extend the legs slightly so that the feet are not in contact with the floor pan. Let the thighs rest on the seat cushion to the extent permitted by the foot movement. Keeping the leg and the thigh in a vertical plane, place the foot in the vertical longitudinal plane that passes through the centerline of the accelerator pedal. Rotate the left thigh outboard about the hip until the center of the knee is the same distance from the midsagittal plane of the dummy as the right knee ±5 mm (±0.2 in). Using only the control that moves the seat fore and aft, attempt to return the seat to the full forward position. If either of the dummy's legs first contacts the steering control, then adjust the steering control, if adjustable, upward until contact with the steering control is avoided. If the steering control is not adjustable, separate the knees enough to avoid steering control contact. Proceed with moving the seat forward until either the leg contacts the vehicle interior or the seat reaches the full forward position. (The right foot may contact and depress the accelerator and/or change the angle of the foot with respect to the leg during seat movement.) If necessary to avoid contact with the vehicle's brake or clutch pedal, rotate the test dummy's left foot about the leg. If there is still interference, rotate the left thigh outboard about the hip the minimum distance necessary to avoid pedal interference. If a dummy leg contacts the vehicle interior before the full forward position is attained, position the seat at the next detent where there is no contact. If the seat is a power seat, move the seat fore and aft to avoid contact while assuring that there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) distance between the vehicle interior and the point on the dummy that would first contact the vehicle interior. If the steering control was moved, return it to the position described in S10.5. If the steering control contacts the dummy's leg(s) prior to attaining this position, adjust it to the next higher detent, or if infinitely adjustable, until there is 5 mm (0.2 in) clearance between the control and the dummy's leg(s).
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Head leveling.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Vehicles with fixed seat backs.</I> Adjust the lower neck bracket to level the transverse instrumentation platform angle of the head to within ±0.5 degrees. If it is not possible to level the transverse instrumentation platform to within ±0.5 degrees, select the neck bracket adjustment position that minimizes the difference between the transverse instrumentation platform angle and level.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Vehicles with adjustable seat backs.</I> While holding the thighs in place, rotate the seat back forward until the transverse instrumentation platform angle of the head is level to within ±0.5 degrees, making sure that the pelvis does not interfere with the seat bight. (If the torso contacts the steering control, use S12.3.2(a)(10) before proceeding with the remaining portion of this paragraph.) If it is not possible to level the transverse instrumentation platform to within ±0.5 degrees, select the seat back adjustment position that minimizes the difference between the transverse instrumentation platform angle and level, then adjust the neck bracket to level the transverse instrumentation platform angle to within ±0.5 degrees if possible. If it is still not possible to level the transverse instrumentation platform to within ±0.5 degrees, select the neck bracket angle position that minimizes the difference between the transverse instrumentation platform angle and level.
</P>
<P>(10) If the torso contacts the steering control, adjust the steering control in the following order until there is no contact: Telescoping adjustment, lowering adjustment, raising adjustment. If the vehicle has no adjustments or contact with the steering control cannot be eliminated by adjustment, position the seat at the next detent where there is no contact with the steering control as adjusted in S10.5. If the seat is a power seat, position the seat to avoid contact while assuring that there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) distance between the steering control as adjusted in S10.5 and the point of contact on the dummy.
</P>
<P>(11) Measure and set the dummy's pelvic angle using the pelvic angle gage. The angle is set to 20.0 degrees ±2.5 degrees. If this is not possible, adjust the pelvic angle as close to 20.0 degrees as possible while keeping the transverse instrumentation platform of the head as level as possible by adjustments specified in S12.3.2(a)(9).
</P>
<P>(12) If the dummy is contacting the vehicle interior after these adjustments, move the seat rearward until there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) between the contact point of the dummy and the interior of the vehicle or if it has a manual seat adjustment, to the next rearward detent position. If after these adjustments, the dummy contact point is more than 5 mm (0.2 in) from the vehicle interior and the seat is still not in its forwardmost position, move the seat forward until the contact point is 5 mm (0.2 in) or less from the vehicle interior, or if it has a manual seat adjustment, move the seat to the closest detent position without making contact, or until the seat reaches its forwardmost position, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Driver foot positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) If the vehicle has an adjustable accelerator pedal, adjust it to the full forward position. If the heel of the right foot can contact the floor pan, follow the positioning procedure in S12.3.2(b)(1)(i). If not, follow the positioning procedure in S12.3.2(b)(1)(ii).
</P>
<P>(i) Rest the right foot of the test dummy on the un-depressed accelerator pedal with the rearmost point of the heel on the floor pan in the plane of the pedal. If the foot cannot be placed on the accelerator pedal, set it initially perpendicular to the leg and then place it as far forward as possible in the direction of the pedal centerline with the rearmost point of the heel resting on the floor pan. If the vehicle has an adjustable accelerator pedal and the right foot is not touching the accelerator pedal when positioned as above, move the pedal rearward until it touches the right foot. If the accelerator pedal in the full rearward position still does not touch the foot, leave the pedal in that position.
</P>
<P>(ii) Extend the foot and lower leg by decreasing the knee flexion angle until any part of the foot contacts the un-depressed accelerator pedal or the highest part of the foot is at the same height as the highest part of the pedal. If the vehicle has an adjustable accelerator pedal and the right foot is not touching the accelerator pedal when positioned as above, move the pedal rearward until it touches the right foot.
</P>
<P>(2) If the ball of the foot does not contact the pedal, increase the ankle plantar flexion angle such that the toe of the foot contacts or is as close as possible to contact with the un-depressed accelerator pedal.
</P>
<P>(3) If, in its final position, the heel is off of the vehicle floor, a spacer block is used under the heel to support the final foot position. The surface of the block in contact with the heel has an inclination of 30 degrees, measured from the horizontal, with the highest surface towards the rear of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) Place the left foot on the toe-board with the rearmost point of the heel resting on the floor pan as close as possible to the point of intersection of the planes described by the toe-board and floor pan, and not on or in contact with the vehicle's brake pedal, clutch pedal, wheel-well projection or foot rest, except as provided in S12.3.2(b)(6).
</P>
<P>(5) If the left foot cannot be positioned on the toe board, place the foot perpendicular to the lower leg centerline as far forward as possible with the heel resting on the floor pan.
</P>
<P>(6) If the left foot does not contact the floor pan, place the foot parallel to the floor and place the leg as perpendicular to the thigh as possible. If necessary to avoid contact with the vehicle's brake pedal, clutch pedal, wheel-well, or foot rest, use the three foot position adjustments listed in S12.3.2(b)(6)(i) through (iii). The adjustment options are listed in priority order, with each subsequent option incorporating the previous. In making each adjustment, move the foot the minimum distance necessary to avoid contact. If it is not possible to avoid all prohibited foot contact, priority is given to avoiding brake or clutch pedal contact:
</P>
<P>(i) Rotate (abduction/adduction) the test dummy's left foot about the lower leg;
</P>
<P>(ii) Planar flex the foot;
</P>
<P>(iii) Rotate the left leg outboard about the hip.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Driver arm/hand positioning.</I> Place the dummy's upper arm such that the angle between the projection of the arm centerline on the midsagittal plane of the dummy and the torso reference line is 45° ±5°. The torso reference line is defined as the thoracic spine centerline. The shoulder-arm joint allows for discrete arm positions at 0, ±45, ±90, ±135, and 180 degree settings where positive is forward of the spine.
</P>
<P>S12.3.3 <I>5th percentile female front passenger dummy positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Passenger torso/head/seat back angle positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) With the seat at the mid-height in the full-forward position determined in S10.3.2, use only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft to place the seat in the rearmost position, without adjusting independent height controls. If the seat cushion reference line angle automatically changes as the seat is moved from the full forward position, maintain, as closely as possible, the seat cushion reference line angle determined in S10.3.2.3.3, for the final forward position when measuring the pelvic angle as specified in S12.3.3(a)(11). The seat cushion reference line angle position may be achieved through the use of any seat or seat cushion adjustments other than that which primarily moves the seat or seat cushion fore-aft.
</P>
<P>(2) Fully recline the seat back, if adjustable. Place the dummy into any passenger seat, such that when the legs are positioned 120 degrees to the thighs, the calves of the legs are not touching the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(3) Bucket seats. Place the dummy on the seat cushion so that its midsagittal plane is vertical and passes through the SgRP within ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
</P>
<P>(4) Bench seats. Position the midsagittal plane of the dummy vertical and parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline and the same distance from the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), as the midsagittal plane of the driver dummy, if there is a driver's seating position. Otherwise, the midsagittal plane of any front outboard passenger dummy shall be vertical, parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centerline, and pass, within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), through the seating reference point of the seating that it occupies.
</P>
<P>(5) Hold the dummy's thighs down and push rearward on the upper torso to maximize the dummy's pelvic angle.
</P>
<P>(6) Place the legs at 120 degrees to the thighs. Set the initial transverse distance between the longitudinal centerlines at the front of the dummy's knees at 160 to 170 mm (6.3 to 6.7 in), with the thighs and legs of the dummy in vertical planes. Push rearward on the dummy's knees to force the pelvis into the seat so there is no gap between the pelvis and the seat back or until contact occurs between the back of the dummy's calves and the front of the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(7) Gently rock the upper torso relative to the lower torso laterally in a side to side motion three times through a ±5 degree arc (approximately 51 mm (2 in) side to side).
</P>
<P>(8) If needed, extend the legs slightly so that the feet are not in contact with the floor pan. Let the thighs rest on the seat cushion to the extent permitted by the foot movement. With the feet perpendicular to the legs, place the heels on the floor pan. If a heel will not contact the floor pan, place it as close to the floor pan as possible. Using only the control that primarily moves the seat fore and aft, attempt to return the seat to the full forward position. If a dummy leg contacts the vehicle interior before the full forward position is attained, position the seat at the next detent where there is no contact. If the seats are power seats, position the seat to avoid contact while assuring that there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) distance between the vehicle interior and the point on the dummy that would first contact the vehicle interior.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Head leveling.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Vehicles with fixed seat backs.</I> Adjust the lower neck bracket to level the transverse instrumentation platform angle of the head to within ±0.5 degrees. If it is not possible to level the transverse instrumentation platform to within ±0.5 degrees, select the neck bracket adjustment position that minimizes the difference between the transverse instrumentation platform angle and level.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Vehicles with adjustable seat backs.</I> While holding the thighs in place, rotate the seat back forward until the transverse instrumentation platform angle of the head is level to within ±0.5 degrees, making sure that the pelvis does not interfere with the seat bight. If it is not possible to level the transverse instrumentation platform to within ±0.5 degrees, select the seat back adjustment position that minimizes the difference between the transverse instrumentation platform angle and level, then adjust the neck bracket to level the transverse instrumentation platform angle to within ±0.5 degrees if possible. If it is still not possible to level the transverse instrumentation platform to within ±0.5 degrees, select the neck bracket angle position that minimizes the difference between the transverse instrumentation platform angle and level.
</P>
<P>(10) Measure and set the dummy's pelvic angle using the pelvic angle gage. The angle is set to 20.0 degrees ±2.5 degrees. If this is not possible, adjust the pelvic angle as close to 20.0 degrees as possible while keeping the transverse instrumentation platform of the head as level as possible by adjustments specified in S12.3.2(a)(9).
</P>
<P>(11) If the dummy is contacting the vehicle interior after these adjustments, move the seat rearward until there is a maximum of 5 mm (0.2 in) between the contact point of the dummy and the interior of the vehicle or if it has a manual seat adjustment, to the next rearward detent position. If after these adjustments, the dummy contact point is more than 5 mm (0.2 in) from the vehicle interior and the seat is still not in its forwardmost position, move the seat forward until the contact point is 5 mm (0.2 in) or less from the vehicle interior, or if it has a manual seat adjustment, move the seat to the closest detent position without making contact, or until the seat reaches its forwardmost position, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Passenger foot positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Place the front passenger's feet flat on the toe board.
</P>
<P>(2) If the feet cannot be placed flat on the toe board, set them perpendicular to the leg center lines and place them as far forward as possible with the heels resting on the floor pan.
</P>
<P>(3) If either foot does not contact the floor pan, place the foot parallel to the floor pan and place the lower leg as perpendicular to the thigh as possible.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Passenger arm/hand positioning.</I> Place the dummy's upper arm such that the angle between the projection of the arm centerline on the midsagittal plane of the dummy and the torso reference line is 45° ±5°. The torso reference line is defined as the thoracic spine centerline. The shoulder-arm joint allows for discrete arm positions at 0, ±45, ±90, ±135, and 180 degree settings where positive is forward of the spine.
</P>
<P>S12.3.4 <I>5th percentile female in rear outboard seating positions.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Set the rear outboard seat at the full rearward, full down position determined in S8.3.3.
</P>
<P>(b) Fully recline the seat back, if adjustable. Install the dummy into the passenger's seat, such that when the legs are 120 degrees to the thighs, the calves of the legs are not touching the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(c) Place the dummy on the seat cushion so that its midsagittal plane is vertical and coincides with the vertical longitudinal plane through the center of the seating position SgRP within ±10 mm (±0.4 in).
</P>
<P>(d) Hold the dummy's thighs down and push rearward on the upper torso to maximize the dummy's pelvic angle.
</P>
<P>(e) Place the legs at 120 degrees to the thighs. Set the initial transverse distance between the longitudinal centerlines at the front of the dummy's knees at 160 to 170 mm (6.3 to 6.7 in), with the thighs and legs of the dummy in vertical planes. Push rearward on the dummy's knees to force the pelvis into the seat so there is no gap between the pelvis and the seat back or until contact occurs between the back of the dummy's calves and the front of the seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(f) Gently rock the upper torso laterally side to side three times through a ±5 degree arc (approximately 51 mm (2 in) side to side).
</P>
<P>(g) If needed, extend the legs slightly so that the feet are not in contact with the floor pan. Let the thighs rest on the seat cushion to the extent permitted by the foot movement. With the feet perpendicular to the legs, place the heels on the floor pan. If a heel will not contact the floor pan, place it as close to the floor pan as possible.
</P>
<P>(h) Head leveling.
</P>
<P>(1) Vehicles with fixed seat backs. Adjust the lower neck bracket to level the transverse instrumentation platform angle of the head to within ±0.5 degrees. If it is not possible to level the transverse instrumentation platform to within ±0.5 degrees, select the neck bracket adjustment position that minimizes the difference between the transverse instrumentation platform angle and level.
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicles with adjustable seat backs. While holding the thighs in place, rotate the seat back forward until the transverse instrumentation platform angle of the head is level to within ±0.5 degrees, making sure that the pelvis does not interfere with the seat bight. If it is not possible to level the transverse instrumentation platform to within ±0.5 degrees, select the seat back adjustment position that minimizes the difference between the transverse instrumentation platform angle and level, then adjust the neck bracket to level the transverse instrumentation platform angle to within ±0.5 degrees if possible. If it is still not possible to level the transverse instrumentation platform to within ±0.5 degrees, select the neck bracket angle position that minimizes the difference between the transverse instrumentation platform angle and level.
</P>
<P>(i) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(j) Measure and set the dummy's pelvic angle using the pelvic angle gauge. The angle is set to 20.0 degrees ±2.5 degrees. If this is not possible, adjust the pelvic angle as close to 20.0 degrees as possible while keeping the transverse instrumentation platform of the head as level as possible, as specified in S12.3.4(h).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Passenger foot positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Place the rear seat passenger's feet flat on the floor pan and beneath the front seat as far as possible without front seat interference.
</P>
<P>(2) If either foot does not contact the floor pan, place the foot parallel to the floor and place the leg as perpendicular to the thigh as possible.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Passenger arm/hand positioning.</I> Place the rear dummy's upper arm such that the angle between the projection of the arm centerline on the midsagittal plane of the dummy and the torso reference line is 45° ±5°. The torso reference line is defined as the thoracic spine centerline. The shoulder-arm joint allows for discrete arm positions at 0, ±45, ±90, ±135, and 180 degree settings where positive is forward of the spine.


</P>
<P>S13.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2010 and before September 1, 2014.</I> At anytime during the production years ending August 31, 2011, August 31, 2012, August 31, 2013, and August 31, 2014, each manufacturer shall, upon request from the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, provide information identifying the vehicles (by make, model and vehicle identification number) that have been certified as complying with the moving deformable barrier test with advanced test dummies (S7.2), or the vehicles (by make, model and vehicle identification number) that have been certified as complying with the vehicle-to-pole test requirements (S9.1) of this standard. The manufacturer's designation of a vehicle as a certified vehicle meeting S7.2 or S9.1 is irrevocable.
</P>
<P>S13.1.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2010 and before September 1, 2011.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Subject to S13.4, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2010 and before September 1, 2011, the number of vehicles complying with S7.2 shall be not less than 20 percent of:
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured in the three previous production years; or
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's production in the current production year.
</P>
<P>(b) Subject to S13.4, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2010 and before September 1, 2011, the number of vehicles complying with S9.1 shall be not less than 20 percent of:
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured in the three previous production years; or
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's production in the current production year.
</P>
<P>S13.1.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2011 and before September 1, 2012.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Subject to S13.4, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2011 and before September 1, 2012, the number of vehicles complying with S7.2 shall be not less than 40 percent of:
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured in the three previous production years; or
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's production in the current production year.
</P>
<P>(b) Subject to S13.4, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2011 and before September 1, 2012, the number of vehicles complying with S9.1 shall be not less than 40 percent of:
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured in the three previous production years; or
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's production in the current production year.
</P>
<P>S13.1.3 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2012 and before September 1, 2013.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Subject to S13.4, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2012 and before September 1, 2013, the number of vehicles complying with S7.2 shall be not less than 60 percent of:
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured in the three previous production years; or
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's production in the current production year.
</P>
<P>(b) Subject to S13.4, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2012 and before September 1, 2013, the number of vehicles complying with S9.1 shall be not less than 60 percent of:
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured in the three previous production years; or
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's production in the current production year.
</P>
<P>S13.1.4 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2013 and before September 1, 2014.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Subject to S13.4, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2013 and before September 1, 2014, the number of vehicles complying with S7.2 shall be not less than 80 percent of:
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured in the three previous production years; or
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's production in the current production year.
</P>
<P>(b) Subject to S13.4, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2013 and before September 1, 2014, the number of vehicles complying with S9.1 shall be not less than 80 percent of:
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured in the three previous production years; or
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's production in the current production year.
</P>
<P>S13.2 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S13.2.1 For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S13.1.1 and S13.1.2, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S13.2.2.
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle that is imported shall be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S13.2.2 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S13.2.1.
</P>
<P>S13.3(a) For the purposes of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S13.1.1(a), S13.1.2(a), S13.1.3(a), and S13.1.4(a), do not count any vehicle that is excluded by Standard No. 214 from the moving deformable barrier test with the ES-2re or SID-IIs test dummies (S7.2).
</P>
<P>(b) For the purposes of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S13.1.1(b), S13.1.2(b), S13.1.3(b), and S13.1.4(b), do not count any vehicle that is excluded by Standard No. 214 from the vehicle-to-pole test (S9).
</P>
<P>S13.4 <I>Calculation of complying vehicles.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For the purposes of calculating the vehicles complying with S13.1.1, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it is manufactured on or after October 11, 2007 but before September 1, 2011.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of complying with S13.1.2, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it—
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after October 11, 2007 but before September 1, 2012 and,
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S13.1.1.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of complying with S13.1.3, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it—
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after October 11, 2007 but before September 1, 2013 and,
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S13.1.1 or S13.1.2.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of complying with S13.1.4, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it—
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after October 11, 2007 but before September 1, 2014 and,
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S13.1.1, S13.1.2, or S13.1.3.
</P>
<P>(e) For the purposes of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer, each vehicle that is excluded from having to meet the applicable requirement is not counted.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 51957, Sept. 11, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 32483, June 9, 2008; 75 FR 12139, Mar. 15, 2010; 77 FR 767, Jan. 6, 2012; 76 FR 52884, Aug. 24, 2011; 77 FR 70914, Nov. 28, 2012; 85 FR 85535, Dec. 29, 2020;   87 FR 39310, June 30, 2022; 87 FR 18597, Mar. 30, 2022; 91 FR 33115, June 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.215" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.215   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.216a" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.216a   Standard No. 216a; Roof crush resistance; Upgraded standard.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes strength requirements for the passenger compartment roof.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries due to the crushing of the roof into the occupant compartment in rollover crashes.
</P>
<P>S3 <I>Application and selection of compliance options.</I>
</P>
<P>S3.1 <I>Application.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) This standard applies to passenger cars, and to multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks designed to carry at least one person, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kilograms (10,000 pounds) or less, according to the implementation schedule specified in S8 and S9 of this section. However, it does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) School buses;
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicles that conform to the rollover test requirements (S5.3) of Standard No. 208 (§ 571.208) by means that require no action by vehicle occupants;
</P>
<P>(3) Convertibles, except for optional compliance with the standard as an alternative to the rollover test requirement (S5.3) of Standard No. 208; or
</P>
<P>(4) Trucks built in two or more stages with a GVWR greater than 2,722 kilograms (6,000 pounds) not built using a chassis cab or using an incomplete vehicle with a full exterior van body.
</P>
<P>(b) At the option of the manufacturer, vehicles within either of the following categories may comply with the roof crush requirements (S4) of Standard No. 220 (§ 571.220) instead of the requirements of this standard:
</P>
<P>(1) Vehicles built in two or more stages, other than vehicles built using a chassis cab;
</P>
<P>(2) Vehicles with a GVWR greater than 2,722 kilograms (6,000 pounds) that have an altered roof as defined by S4 of this section.
</P>
<P>S3.2 <I>Selection of compliance option.</I> Where manufacturer options are specified, the manufacturer shall select the option by the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for the vehicle. Each manufacturer shall, upon the request from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, provide information regarding which of the compliance options it selected for a particular vehicle or make/model.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Altered roof</I> means the replacement roof on a motor vehicle whose original roof has been removed, in part or in total, and replaced by a roof that is higher than the original roof. The replacement roof on a motor vehicle whose original roof has been replaced, in whole or in part, by a roof that consists of glazing materials, such as those in T-tops and sunroofs, and is located at the level of the original roof, is not considered to be an altered roof.
</P>
<P><I>Convertible</I> means a vehicle whose A-pillars are not joined with the B-pillars (or rearmost pillars) by a fixed, rigid structural member.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 When the test device described in S6 is used to apply a force to a vehicle's roof in accordance with S7, first to one side of the roof and then to the other side of the roof:
</P>
<P>(a) The lower surface of the test device must not move more than 127 millimeters, and
</P>
<P>(b) No load greater than 222 Newtons (50 pounds) may be applied to the head form specified in S5.2 of 49 CFR 571.201 located at the head position of a 50th percentile adult male in accordance with S7.2 of this section.
</P>
<P>S5.2 The maximum applied force to the vehicle's roof in Newtons is:
</P>
<P>(a) For vehicles with a GVWR of 2,722 kilograms (6,000 pounds) or less, any value up to and including 3.0 times the unloaded vehicle weight of the vehicle, measured in kilograms and multiplied by 9.8, and
</P>
<P>(b) For vehicles with a GVWR greater than 2,722 kilograms (6,000 pounds), any value up to and including 1.5 times the unloaded vehicle weight of the vehicle, measured in kilograms and multiplied by 9.8.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test device.</I> The test device is a rigid unyielding block whose lower surface is a flat rectangle measuring 762 millimeters by 1,829 millimeters.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test procedure.</I> Each vehicle must be capable of meeting the requirements of S5 when tested in accordance with the procedure in S7.1 through S7.6.
</P>
<P>S7.1 Support the vehicle off its suspension and rigidly secure the sills and the chassis frame (when applicable) of the vehicle on a rigid horizontal surface(s) at a longitudinal attitude of 0 degrees ±0.5 degrees. Measure the longitudinal vehicle attitude along both the left and right front sill. Determine the lateral vehicle attitude by measuring the vertical distance between a level surface and a standard reference point on the bottom of the left and right front side sills. The difference between the vertical distance measured on the left front side and the right front side sills is not more than ±10 mm. Close all windows, close and lock all doors, and close and secure any moveable roof panel, moveable shade, or removable roof structure in place over the occupant compartment. Remove roof racks or other non-structural components. For a vehicle built on a chassis-cab incomplete vehicle that has some portion of the added body structure above the height of the incomplete vehicle, remove the entire added body structure prior to testing (the vehicle's unloaded vehicle weight as specified in S5 includes the weight of the added body structure).
</P>
<P>S7.2 Adjust the seats in accordance with S8.3.1 of 49 CFR 571.214. Position the top center of the head form specified in S5.2 of 49 CFR 571.201 at the location of the top center of the Head Restraint Measurement Device (HRMD) specified in 49 CFR 571.202a, in the front outboard designated seating position on the side of the vehicle being tested as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Position the three dimensional manikin specified in SAE Standard J826 JUL95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), in accordance to the seating procedure specified in that document, except that the length of the lower leg and thigh segments of the H-point machine are adjusted to 414 and 401 millimeters, respectively, instead of the 50th percentile values specified in Table 1 of SAE J826 JUL95.
</P>
<P>(b) Remove four torso weights from the three-dimensional manikin specified in SAE J826 (July 1995) (two from the left side and two from the right side), replace with two HRMD torso weights (one on each side), and attach and level the HRMD head form.
</P>
<P>(c) Mark the location of the top center of the HRMD in three dimensional space to locate the top center of the head form specified in S5.2 of 49 CFR 571.201.
</P>
<P>S7.3 Orient the test device as shown in Figure 1 of this section, so that—
</P>
<P>(a) Its longitudinal axis is at a forward angle (in side view) of 5 degrees (±0.5 degrees) below the horizontal, and is parallel to the vertical plane through the vehicle's longitudinal centerline;
</P>
<P>(b) Its transverse axis is at an outboard angle, in the front view projection, of 25 degrees below the horizontal (±0.5 degrees).
</P>
<P>S7.4 Maintaining the orientation specified in S7.3 of this section—
</P>
<P>(a) Lower the test device until it initially makes contact with the roof of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) Position the test device so that—
</P>
<P>(1) The longitudinal centerline on its lower surface is within 10 mm of the initial point of contact, or on the center of the initial contact area, with the roof; and
</P>
<P>(2) The midpoint of the forward edge of the lower surface of the test device is within 10 mm of the transverse vertical plane 254 mm forward of the forwardmost point on the exterior surface of the roof, including windshield trim, that lies in the longitudinal vertical plane passing through the vehicle's longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>S7.5 Apply force so that the test device moves in a downward direction perpendicular to the lower surface of the test device at a rate of not more than 13 millimeters per second until reaching the force level specified in S5. Guide the test device so that throughout the test it moves, without rotation, in a straight line with its lower surface oriented as specified in S7.3(a) and S7.3(b). Complete the test within 120 seconds.
</P>
<P>S7.6 Repeat the test on the other side of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S8. <I>Phase-in schedule for vehicles with a GVWR of 2,722 kilograms (6,000 pounds) or less.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2012, and before September 1, 2013.</I> For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2012, and before September 1, 2013, the number of vehicles complying with this standard must not be less than 25 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2009, and before September 1, 2012; or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2012, and before September 1, 2013.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2013, and before September 1, 2014.</I> For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2013, and before September 1, 2014, the number of vehicles complying with this standard must not be less than 50 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2010, and before September 1, 2013; or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2013, and before September 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>S8.3 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2014, and before September 1, 2015.</I> For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2014, and before September 1, 2015, the number of vehicles complying with this standard must not be less than 75 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2011, and before September 1, 2014; or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2014, and before September 1, 2015.
</P>
<P>S8.4 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2015.</I> Except as provided in S8.8, each vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 2015 must comply with this standard.
</P>
<P>S8.5 <I>Calculation of complying vehicles.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For purpose of complying with S8.1, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it is certified as complying with this standard and is manufactured on or after September 1, 2012, but before September 1, 2013.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of complying with S8.2, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Is certified as complying with this standard and is manufactured on or after September 1, 2012, but before September 1, 2014; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S8.1.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of complying with S8.3, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Is certified as complying with this standard and is manufactured on or after September 1, 2012, but before September 1, 2015; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S8.1 or S8.2.
</P>
<P>S8.6 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.6.1 For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S8.1 through S8.3, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer must be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S8.6.2:
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle that is imported must be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, must be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S8.6.2 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer must be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR Part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S8.6.1.
</P>
<P>S8.7 <I>Small volume manufacturers.</I> Vehicles manufactured during any of the three years of the September 1, 2012 through August 31, 2015 phase-in by a manufacturer that produces fewer than 5,000 vehicles for sale in the United States during that year are not subject to the requirements of S8.1, S8.2, and S8.3.
</P>
<P>S8.8 <I>Final-stage manufacturers and alterers.</I>
</P>
<P>Vehicles that are manufactured in two or more stages or that are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) after having previously been certified in accordance with Part 567 of this chapter are not subject to the requirements of S8.1 through S8.3. Instead, all vehicles produced by these manufacturers on or after September 1, 2016 must comply with this standard.
</P>
<P>S9 <I>Vehicles with a GVWR above 2,722 kilograms (6,000 pounds).</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Except as provided in S9(b), each vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 2016 must comply with this standard.
</P>
<P>(b) Vehicles that are manufactured in two or more stages or that are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) after having previously been certified in accordance with part 567 of this chapter are not subject to the requirements of S8.1 through S8.3. Instead, all vehicles produced by these manufacturers on or after September 1, 2017 must comply with this standard.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er12my09.063.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 22384, May 12, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 17605, Apr. 7, 2010; 77 FR 768, Jan. 6, 2012; 87 FR 18599, Mar. 30, 2022; 91 FR 33081, June 3, 2026]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.217" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.217   Standard No. 217; Bus emergency exits and window retention and release.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes requirements for the retention of windows other than windshields in buses, and establishes operating forces, opening dimensions, and markings for bus emergency exits.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to minimize the likelihood of occupants being thrown from the bus and to provide a means of readily accessible emergency egress.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to buses, except buses manufactured for the purpose of transporting persons under physical restraint.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions. Adjacent seat</I> means a designated seating position located so that some portion of its occupant space is not more than 10 inches from an emergency exit, for a distance of at least 15 inches measured horizontally and parallel to the exit.
</P>
<P><I>Mid-point of the passenger compartment</I> means any point on a vertical transverse plane bisecting the vehicle longitudinal centerline that extends between the two vertical transverse planes which define the foremost and rearmost limits of the passenger compartment.
</P>
<P><I>Occupant space</I> means the space directly above the seat and footwell, bounded vertically by the ceiling and horizontally by the normally positioned seat back and the nearest obstruction of occupant motion in the direction the seat faces.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger compartment</I> means space within the school bus interior that is between a vertical transverse plane located 76 centimeters in front of the forwardmost passenger seating reference point and a vertical transverse plane tangent to the rear interior wall of the bus at the vehicle centerline.
</P>
<P><I>Post and roof bow panel space</I> means the area between two adjacent post and roof bows.
</P>
<P><I>Push-out window</I> means a vehicle window designed to open outward to provide for emergency egress.
</P>
<P><I>Sliding window</I> means a bus window designed to open by moving vertically or horizontally to provide emergency egress.
</P>
<P><I>Wheelchair</I> means a wheeled seat frame for the support and conveyance of a physically disabled person, comprising at least a frame, seat, and wheels. 
</P>
<P><I>Wheelchair securement anchorage</I> means the provision for transferring wheelchair securement device loads to the vehicle structure. 
</P>
<P><I>Wheelchair securement device</I> means a strap, webbing or other device used for securing a wheelchair to the school bus, including all necessary buckles and other fasteners. 
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Window retention.</I> Except as provided in S5.1.2, each piece of window glazing and each surrounding window frame when tested in accordance with the procedure in S5.1.1 under the conditions of S6.1 through S6.3, shall be retained by its surrounding structure in a manner that prevents the formation of any opening large enough to admit the passage of a 4-inch diameter sphere under a force, including the weight of the sphere, of 5 pounds until any one of the following events occurs:
</P>
<P>(a) A force of 1,200 pounds is reached.
</P>
<P>(b) At least 80 percent of the glazing thickness has developed cracks running from the load contact region to the periphery at two or more points, or shattering of the glazing occurs.
</P>
<P>(c) The inner surface of the glazing at the center of force application has moved relative to the window frame, along a line perpendicular to the undisturbed inner surface, a distance equal to one-half of the square root of the minimum surface dimension measured through the center of the area of the entire sheet of window glazing.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 An increasing force shall be applied to the window glazing through the head form specified in Figure 4, outward and perpendicular to the undisturbed inside surface at the center of the area of each sheet of window glazing, with a head form travel of 2 inches per minute.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 The requirements of this standard do not apply to a window whose minimum surface dimension measured through the center of its area is less than 8 inches.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Provision of emergency exits.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 Buses other than school buses shall meet the requirements of either S5.2.2 or S5.2.3. School buses shall meet the requirements of S5.2.3.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.1 A bus with GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds may satisfy the unobstructed openings requirement by providing at least one side door for each three passenger seating positions in the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Buses other than school buses.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.1 Buses other than school buses shall provide unobstructed openings for emergency exit which collectively amount, in total square centimeters, to at least 432 times the number of designated seating positions on the bus. At least 40 percent of the total required area of unobstructed openings, computed in the above manner, shall be provided on each side of a bus. However, in determining the total unobstructed openings provided by a bus, no emergency exit, regardless of its area, shall be credited with more than 3,458 square centimeters of the total area requirement.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.2 <I>Buses with GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds.</I> Buses with a GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds shall meet the unobstructed openings requirements in S5.2.2.1 by providing side exits and at least one rear exit that conforms to S5.3 through S5.5. The rear exit shall meet the requirements of S5.3 through S5.5 when the bus is upright and when the bus is overturned on either side, with the occupant standing facing the exit. When the bus configuration precludes installation of an accessible rear exit, a roof exit that meets the requirements of S5.3 through S5.5 when the bus is overturned on either side, with the occupant standing facing the exit, shall be provided in the rear half of the bus.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2.3 <I>Buses with GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less.</I> Buses other than school buses with GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less may meet the unobstructed openings requirement in S5.2.2.1 by providing:
</P>
<P>(a) Devices that meet the requirements of S5.3 through S5.5 without using remote controls or central power systems;
</P>
<P>(b) Windows that can be opened manually to a position that provides an opening large enough to admit unobstructed passage, keeping a major axis horizontal at all times, of an ellipsoid generated by rotating about its minor axis an ellipse having a major axis of 50 centimeters and a minor axis of 33 centimeters; or
</P>
<P>(c) Doors.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3.1. Each school bus shall be equipped with the exits specified in either S5.2.3.1(a) or S5.2.3.1(b), chosen at the option of the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(a) One rear emergency door that opens outward and is hinged on the right side (either side in the case of a bus with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less), and the additional exits, if any, specified by Table 1.
</P>
<P>(b) One emergency door on the vehicle's left side that is hinged on its forward side and meets the requirements of S5.2.3.2(a), and a push-out rear window that provides a minimum opening clearance 41 centimeters high and 122 centimeters wide and meets the requirements of S5.2.3.2(c), and the additional exits, if any, specified by Table 2.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Seating capacity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Additional exits required *
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">46-62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 left side exit door or 2 exit windows.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">63-70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 left side exit door or 2 exit windows, and 1 roof exit.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">71 and above</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 left side exit door or 2 exit windows, and 1 roof exit, and any combination of door, roof, or windows such that the total capacity credit specified in Table 3 for these exits, plus 70, is greater than the seating capacity of the bus.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">* Side emergency exit doors must meet the requirements of S5.2.3.2(a), emergency roof exits must meet the requirements of S5.2.3.2(b), emergency window exits must meet the requirements of S5.2.3.2(c).</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Seating capacity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Additional exits required *
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1-57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">None.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">58-74</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 right side exit door or 2 exit windows.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75-82</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 right side exit door or 2 exit windows, and 1 roof exit.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">83 and above</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 right side exit door or 2 windows, and 1 roof exit, and any combination of door, roof, or windows such that the total capacity credit specified in Table 3 for these exits plus 82 is greater than the capacity of the bus.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">* Side emergency exit doors must meet the requirements of S5.2.3.2(a), emergency roof exits must meet the requirements of S5.2.3.2(b), emergency window exits must meet the requirements of S5.2.3.2(c).</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Exit Type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Capacity Credit
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Side Door</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Window</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roof Exit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) The area of an opening equipped with a wheelchair lift may be credited toward the required additional exits if it meets the requirements of paragraphs (a) or (b) of S5.2.3.1 and if the lift folds or stows in such a manner that the area is available for use by persons not needing the lift. With the lift in the folded or stowed position, such opening is considered a side emergency exit door.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3.2 All emergency exits required by S5.2.3.1(a) and S5.2.3.1(b) shall meet the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Side emergency exit doors.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Each side emergency exit door shall be hinged on its forward side.
</P>
<P>(2) The first side emergency exit door installed pursuant to Table 1, shall be located on the left side of the bus and as near as practicable to the mid-point of the passenger compartment. A second side emergency exit door installed pursuant to Table 1 shall be located on the right side of the bus. In the case of a bus equipped with three side emergency door exits pursuant to Table 1, the third shall be located on the left side of the bus.
</P>
<P>(3) The first side emergency exit door installed pursuant to Table 2 shall be located on the right side of the bus. A second side emergency door exit installed pursuant to Table 2 shall be located on the left side of the bus. In the case of a bus equipped with three side emergency door exits pursuant to Table 2, the third shall be located on the right side of the bus.
</P>
<P>(4) No two side emergency exit doors shall be located, in whole or in part, within the same post and roof bow panel space.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Emergency roof exit.</I> (1) Each emergency roof exit shall be hinged on its forward side, and shall be operable from both inside and outside the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) In a bus equipped with a single emergency roof exit, the exit shall be located as near as practicable to the midpoint of the passenger compartment.
</P>
<P>(3) In a bus equipped with two emergency roof exits, one shall be located as near as practicable to a point equidistant between the midpoint of the passenger compartment and the foremost limit of the passenger compartment and the other shall be located as near as practicable to a point equidistant between the midpoint of the passenger compartment and the rearmost point of the passenger compartment.
</P>
<P>(4) In a bus equipped with three or more emergency roof exits, the roof exits shall be installed so that, to the extent practicable, the longitudinal distance between each pair of adjacent roof exits is the same and equal to the distance from the foremost point of the passenger compartment to the foremost roof exit and to the distance from the rearmost point of that compartment to the rearmost roof exit.
</P>
<P>(5) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(6) of this section, each emergency roof exit shall be installed with its longitudinal centerline coinciding with a longitudinal vertical plane passing through the longitudinal centerline of the school bus.
</P>
<P>(6) In a bus equipped with two or more emergency roof exits, for each roof exit offset from the longitudinal vertical plane specified in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, there shall be another roof exit offset from that plane an equal distance to the other side.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Emergency exit windows.</I> A bus equipped with emergency exit windows shall have an even number of such windows, not counting the push-out rear window required by S5.2.3.1(b). Any side emergency exit windows shall be evenly divided between the right and left sides of the bus. School buses shall not be equipped with horizontally-sliding emergency exit windows. Further, except for buses equipped with rear push-out emergency exit windows in accordance with S5.2.3.1(b), school buses shall not be equipped with both sliding and push-out emergency exit windows.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3.3 The engine starting system of a bus shall not operate if any emergency exit is locked from either inside or outside the bus. For purposes of this requirement, “locked” means that the release mechanism cannot be activated and the exit opened by a person at the exit without a special device such as a key or special information such as a combination.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Emergency exit release.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 Each emergency exit not required by S5.2.3 shall be releasable by operating one or two mechanisms located within the regions specified in Figure 1, Figure 2, or Figure 3. The lower edge of the region in Figure 1, and Region B in Figure 2, shall be located 13 centimeters above the adjacent seat, or 5 centimeters above the arm rest, if any, whichever is higher.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 (a) When tested under the conditions of S6, both before and after the window retention test required by S5.1, each emergency exit not required by S5.2.3 shall allow manual release of the exit by a single person, from inside the passenger compartment, using force applications each of which conforms, at the option of the manufacturer, either to S5.3.2.1(a) or S5.3.2.1(b).
</P>
<P>(b) Each exit described in S5.3.2(a) shall have no more than two release mechanisms. For exits with one release mechanism, the exit shall require two force applications to open the exit: One force application shall be applied to the mechanism and another force application shall be applied to open the exit. The force application for the release mechanism must differ by not less than 90 degrees and not more than 180 degrees from the direction of the initial motion to open the exit. For exits with two release mechanisms, there shall be a total of three force applications to open the exit: One force application shall be applied to each of the two mechanisms to release each mechanism, and another force shall be applied to open the exit. The force application for at least one of the release mechanisms must differ by not less than 90 degrees and not more than 180 degrees from the direction of the initial motion to open the exit. The force applications for the mechanism(s) must conform to either S5.3.2.1(a) or S5.3.2.1(b), as appropriate.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.1(a) <I>Low-force application.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Location: As shown in Figure 1 or Figure 3.
</P>
<P>(2) Type of motion: Rotary or straight.
</P>
<P>(3) Magnitude: Not more than 90 N.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>High-force application.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Location: As shown in Figure 2 or Figure 3.
</P>
<P>(2) Type of motion: Straight and perpendicular to the undisturbed exit surface.
</P>
<P>(3) Magnitude: Not more than 270 N.
</P>
<P>S5.3.3 <I>School bus emergency exit release.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.3.1 When tested under the conditions of S6., both before and after the window retention test required by S5.1, each school bus emergency exit door shall allow manual release of the door by a single person, from both inside and outside the passenger compartment, using a force application that conforms to S5.3.3.1 (a) through (c) of this section, except a school bus with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less is not required to conform to S5.3.3.1 (a). The release mechanism shall operate without the use of remote controls or tools, and notwithstanding any failure of the vehicle's power system. When the release mechanism is not in the position that causes an emergency exit door to be closed and the vehicle's ignition is in the “on” position, a continuous warning sound shall be audible at the driver's seating position and in the vicinity of the emergency exit door.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Location:</I> Within the high force access region shown in Figure 3A for a side emergency exit door, within the high force access region shown in both Figure 3D(1) and Figure 3D(2) for an interior release mechanism for a rear emergency exit door, and within the high force access region shown in Figure 3D(1) for an exterior release mechanism for a rear emergency exit door.
</P>
<P>(b) Type of motion: Upward from inside the bus and, at the discretion of the manufacturer, from outside the bus. Buses with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less shall provide interior release mechanisms that operate by either an upward or pull-type motion. The pull-type motion shall be used only when the release mechanism is recessed in such a manner that the handle, level, or other activating device, before being activated, does not protrude beyond the rim of the recessed receptacle.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Magnitude of force:</I> Not more than 178 newtons.
</P>
<P>S5.3.3.2 When tested under the conditions of S6., both before and after the window retention test required by S5.1, each school bus emergency exit window shall allow manual release of the exit by a single person, from inside the passenger compartment, using not more than two release mechanisms located in specified low-force or high-force regions (at the option of the manufacturer) with force applications and types of motions that conform to either S5.3.3.2 (a) or (b) of this section. In the case of windows with one release mechanism, the mechanism shall require two force applications to release the exit. In the case of windows with two release mechanisms, each mechanism shall require one application to release the exit. At least one of the force applications for each window shall differ from the direction of the initial motion to open the exit by no less than 90° and no more than 180°. Each release mechanism shall operate without the use of remote controls or tools, and notwithstanding any failure of the vehicle's power system. When a release mechanism is open and the vehicle's ignition is in the “on” position, a continuous warning shall be audible at the drivers seating position and in the vicinity of that emergency exit.
</P>
<P>(a) Emergency exit windows—Low-force application.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Location:</I> Within the low-force access regions shown in Figures 1 and 3 for an emergency exit window.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Type of motion:</I> Rotary or straight.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Magnitude:</I> Not more than 89 newtons.
</P>
<P>(b) Emergency exit windows—High-force application.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Location:</I> Within the high-force access regions shown in Figures 2 and 3 for an emergency exit window.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Type of motion:</I> Straight and perpendicular to the undisturbed exit surface.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Magnitude:</I> Not more than 178 newtons.
</P>
<P>S5.3.3.3 When tested under the conditions of S6., both before and after the window retention test required by S5.1, each school bus emergency roof exit shall allow manual release of the exit by a single person from both inside and outside the passenger compartment, using not more than two release mechanisms located at specified low-force or high-force regions (at the option of the manufacturer) with force applications and types of motions that conform either to S5.3.3.3 (a) or (b) of this section. In the case of roof exits with one release mechanism, the mechanism shall require two force applications to release the exit. In the case of roof exits with two release mechanisms, each mechanism shall require one application to release the exit. At least one of the force applications for each roof exit shall differ from the direction of the initial push-out motion of the exit by no less than 90° and no more than 180°.
</P>
<P>(a) Emergency roof exits—Low-force application.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Location:</I> Within the low force access regions shown in Figure 3B, in the case of buses whose roof exits are not offset from the plane specified in S5.2.3.2(b)(5). In the case of buses which have roof exits offset from the plane specified in S5.2.3.2(b)(5), the amount of offset shall be used to recalculate the dimensions in Figure 3B for the offset exits.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Type of motion:</I> Rotary or straight.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Magnitude:</I> Not more than 89 newtons.
</P>
<P>(b) Emergency roof exits—High-force application.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Location:</I> Within the high force access regions shown in Figure 3B, in the case of buses whose roof exits are not offset from the plane specified in S5.2.3.2(b)(5). In the case of buses which have roof exits offset from the plane specified in S5.2.3.2(b)(5), the amount of offset shall be used to recalculate the dimensions in Figure 3B for the offset exits.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Type of motion:</I> Straight and perpendicular to the undisturbed exit surface.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Magnitude:</I> Not more than 178 newtons.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Emergency exit opening.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 After the release mechanism has been operated, each emergency exit not required by S5.2.3 shall, under the conditions of S6., both before and after the window retention test required by S5.1, using the reach distances and corresponding force levels specified in S5.3.2, allow manual opening by a single occupant to a position that provides an opening large enough to admit unobstructed passage, keeping a major axis horizontal at all times, of an ellipsoid generated by rotating about its minor axis an ellipse having a major axis of 50 centimeters and a minor axis of 33 centimeters.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 <I>School bus emergency exit opening.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.1 <I>School buses with a GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Emergency exit doors.</I> After the release mechanism has been operated, each emergency exit door of a school bus shall, under the conditions of S6., before and after the window retention test required by S5.1, using the force levels specified in S5.3.3, be manually extendable by a single person to a position that permits:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of a rear emergency exit door, an opening large enough to permit unobstructed passage into the bus of a rectangular parallelepiped 1,145 millimeters (45 inches) high, 610 millimeters (24 inches) wide, and 305 millimeters (12 inches) deep, keeping the 1,145 millimeter (45 inch) dimension vertical, the 610 (24 inch) millimeter dimension parallel to the opening, and the lower surface in contact with the floor of the bus at all times, until the bottom edge of the rearmost surface of the parallelepiped is tangent to the plane of the door opening; and 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a side emergency exit door, an opening at least 114 centimeters high and 61 centimeters wide.
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, no portion of a seat or a restraining barrier shall be installed within the area bounded by the opening of a side emergency exit door, a vertical transverse plane tangent to the rearward edge of the door opening frame, a vertical transverse plane parallel to that plane at a distance of 30 centimeters forward of that plane, and a longitudinal vertical plane passing through the longitudinal centerline of the bus. (See Figure 5A).
</P>
<P>(ii) A seat bottom may be located within the area described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section if the seat bottom pivots and automatically assumes and retains a vertical position when not in use, so that no portion of the seat bottom is within the area described in paragraph (i) when the seat bottom is vertical. (See Figure 5B).
</P>
<P>(iii) No portion of a seat or restraining barrier located forward of the area described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section and between the door opening and a longitudinal vertical plane passing through the longitudinal centerline of the bus shall extend rearward of a vertical transverse plane tangent to the forwardmost portion of a latch mechanism on the door. (See Figures 5B and 5C.)
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Each emergency exit door of a school bus shall be equipped with a positive door opening device that, after the release mechanism has been operated, under the conditions of S6, before and after the window retention test required by S5.1—
</P>
<P>(A) Bears the weight of the door;
</P>
<P>(B) Keeps the door from closing past the point at which the door is perpendicular to the side of the bus body, regardless of the body's orientation; and
</P>
<P>(C) Provides a means for release or override.
</P>
<P>(ii) The positive door opening device shall perform the functions specified in paragraph (a)(3)(i) (A) and (B) of this section without the need for additional action beyond opening the door past the point at which the door is perpendicular to the side of the bus body.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Emergency roof exits.</I> After the release mechanism has been operated, each emergency roof exit of a school bus shall, under the conditions of S6, before and after the window retention test required by S5.1, using the force levels specified in S5.3.3, be manually extendable by a single person to a position that permits an opening at least 41 centimeters high and 41 centimeters wide.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Emergency exit windows.</I> After the release mechanism has been operated, each emergency exit window of a school bus shall, under the conditions of S6., both before and after the window retention test of S5.1, using force levels specified in S5.3.3.2, be manually extendable by a single occupant to a position that provides an opening large enough to admit unobstructed passage, keeping a major axis horizontal at all times, of an ellipsoid generated by rotating about its minor axis an ellipse having a major axis of 50 centimeters and a minor axis of 33 centimeters.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.2 <I>School buses with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less.</I> A school bus with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less shall conform to all the provisions of S5.4.2, except that the parallelepiped dimension for the opening of the rear emergency door or doors shall be 45 inches high, 22 inches wide, and six inches deep.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3 Restriction on wheelchair anchorage location. 
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.1 Except as provided in paragraph S5.4.3.2 of this section, no portion of a wheelchair securement anchorage shall be located in a school bus such that: 
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of side emergency exit doors, any portion of the wheelchair securement anchorage is within the space bounded by the interior side wall and emergency exit door opening, transverse vertical planes 305 mm (12 inches) forward and rearward of the center of any side emergency exit door restricted area, and a longitudinal vertical plane through the longitudinal centerline of the school bus, as shown in Figure 6A.
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of rear emergency exit doors in school buses, using the parallelepiped described in S5.4.2.1(a)(1) (for school buses with a GVWR greater than 10,000 lb) or S5.4.2.2 (for school buses with a GVWR of 10,000 lb or less), when the parallelepiped is positioned, as described in S5.4.2.1(a), flush with the floor and with the rear surface of the parallelepiped tangent to the opening of the rear emergency exit door, there must not be any portion of a wheelchair securement anchorage within the space occupied by the parallelepiped or within the downward vertical projection of the parallelepiped, as shown in Figure 6C.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.2 The restriction in S5.4.3.1(a) of this section does not apply to tracks or track-type devices that are used for mounting seats and/or for wheelchair securement devices.
</P>
<P>S5.4.4 <I>Protrusion Limit on Emergency Exit Window Latches and other related mechanisms.</I> For buses applicable under S3 of this standard, manufactured on or after October 30, 2027, any emergency exit window latch and other related release mechanisms shall not protrude more than 25 mm (1 inch) into the opening of the emergency exit window when that window is in the open position as described under S5.4.1 and S5.4.2. 
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Emergency exit identification.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.5.1 In buses other than school buses, and except for windows serving as emergency exits in accordance with S5.2.2.3(b) and doors in buses with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, each emergency exit door shall have the designation “Emergency Door” or “Emergency Exit,” and every other emergency exit shall have the designation “Emergency Exit” followed by concise operating instructions describing each motion necessary to unlatch and open the exit, located within 16 centimeters of the release mechanism.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>(1) Lift to Unlatch, Push to Open
</PSPACE><P>(2) Lift Handle and Push out to Open</P></EXAMPLE>
<FP>When a release mechanism is not located within an occupant space of an adjacent seat, a label meeting the requirements of S5.5.2 that indicates the location of the nearest release mechanism shall be placed within the occupant space.
</FP>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example:</HED><PSPACE>“Emergency Exit Instructions Located Next to Seat Ahead”</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>S5.5.2 <I>In buses other than school buses.</I> Except as provided in S5.5.2.1, each marking shall be legible, when the only source of light is the normal nighttime illumination of the bus interior, to occupants having corrected visual acuity of 20/40 (Snellen ratio) seated in the adjacent seat, seated in the seat directly adjoining the adjacent seat, and standing in the aisle location that is closest to that adjacent seat. The marking shall be legible from each of these locations when the other two corresponding locations are occupied.
</P>
<P>S5.5.2.1 If the exit has no adjacent seat, the marking must meet the legibility requirements of S5.5.2 for occupants standing in the aisle location nearest to the emergency exit, except for a roof exit, which must meet the legibility requirements for occupants positioned with their backs against the floor opposite the roof exit.
</P>
<P>S5.5.3 <I>School Bus.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Each school bus emergency exit provided in accordance with S5.2.3.1 shall have the designation “Emergency Door” or “Emergency Exit,” as appropriate, in letters at least 5 centimeters high, of a color that contrasts with its background. For emergency exit doors, the designation shall be located at the top of, or directly above, the emergency exit door on both the inside and outside surfaces of the bus. The designation for roof exits shall be located on an inside surface of the exit, or within 30 centimeters of the roof exit opening. For emergency window exits, the designation shall be located at the top of, or directly above, or at the bottom of the emergency window exit on both the inside and outside surfaces of the bus.
</P>
<P>(b) Concise operating instructions describing the motions necessary to unlatch and open the emergency exit shall be located within 15 centimeters of the release mechanism on the inside surface of the bus. These instructions shall be in letters at least 1 centimeter high and of a color that contrasts with its background.
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Examples:</HED><PSPACE>(1) Lift to Unlatch, Push to Open
</PSPACE><P>(2) Turn Handle, Push Out to Open</P></EXAMPLE>
<P>(c) Each opening for a required emergency exit shall be outlined around its outside perimeter with a retroreflective tape with a minimum width of 2.5 centimeters and either red, white, or yellow in color, that when tested under the conditions specified in S6.1 of Standard No. 131 (49 CFR 571.131), meets the criteria specified in Table 1 of that section.
</P>
<P>(d) On the inside surface of each school bus with one or more wheelchair anchorage positions, there shall be a label directly beneath or above each “Emergency Door” or “Emergency Exit” designation specified by paragraph (a) of S5.5.3 of this standard for an emergency exit door or window. The label shall state in letters at least 25 mm (one inch) high, the words “DO NOT BLOCK” in a color that contrasts with the background of the label.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 The vehicle is on a flat, horizontal surface.
</P>
<P>S6.2 The inside of the vehicle and the outside environment are kept at any temperature from 70° to 85 °Fahrenheit for 4 hours immediately preceding the tests, and during the tests.
</P>
<P>S6.3 For the window retention test, windows are installed, closed, and latched (where latches are provided) in the condition intended for normal bus operation.
</P>
<P>S6.4 For the emergency exit release and extension tests, windows are installed as in S6.3, seats, armrests, and interior objects near the windows are installed as for normal use, and seats are in the upright position.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.114.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.115.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.116.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au913c.117.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30mr12.000.gif"/>
<BCAP><E T="15">Figure 3 Low and High-Force Access Regions for Emergency Exits Without Adjacent Seats</E></BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er18ap18.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.119.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.120.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.121.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19ap02.000.gif"/>
<HD1>Figure 6B [Reserved]

</HD1>
<img src="/graphics/er19ap02.002.gif"/>
<HD1>Figure 6D [Reserved]

</HD1>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.122.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 9395, May 10, 1972]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.217, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.217a" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.217a   Standard No. 217a; Anti-ejection glazing for bus portals; Mandatory applicability beginning October 30, 2027.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes requirements to improve side and roof bus portals by way of glazing that is highly resistant to partial or complete occupant ejection in all types of crashes.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce death and injuries resulting from complete and partial ejections of bus occupants through side and roof portals during rollovers and other crashes.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Subject to S3(b) of this section, this standard applies to:
</P>
<P>(1) Over-the-road buses manufactured on or after October 30, 2027, and
</P>
<P>(2) Buses, other than over-the-road buses, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) greater than 11,793 kilograms (kg) manufactured on or after October 30, 2027.
</P>
<P>(b) This standard does not apply to school buses, transit buses, prison buses, and perimeter-seating buses.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>


</P>
<P><I>Daylight opening</I> means, for openings on the side of the vehicle (other than a door opening), the locus of all points where a horizontal line, perpendicular to the vehicle longitudinal centerline, is tangent to the periphery of the opening. For openings on the roof of the vehicle, daylight opening means the locus of all points where a vertical line is tangent to the periphery of the opening. The periphery includes surfaces 100 millimeters (mm) inboard of the inside surface of the window glazing and 25 mm outboard of the outside surface of the window glazing. The periphery excludes the following: Any flexible gasket material or weather stripping used to create a waterproof seal between the glazing and the vehicle interior; grab handles used to facilitate occupant egress and ingress; a restraining barrier; and any part of a seat. An example of a daylight opening periphery is provided in Figure 3 for illustrative purposes only.


</P>
<P><I>Latch attachment point</I> means the center point of the latch's interface connecting the window and the bus structure when the window is closed, and the latch is in the locked position.


</P>
<P><I>Over-the-road bus</I> means a bus characterized by an elevated passenger deck located over a baggage compartment.
</P>
<P><I>Perimeter-seating bus</I> means a bus with 7 or fewer designated seating positions rearward of the driver's seating position that are forward-facing or can convert to forward-facing without the use of tools.
</P>
<P><I>Portal</I> means an opening that could, in the event of a crash involving the vehicle, permit the partial or complete ejection of an occupant from the vehicle, including a young child.
</P>
<P><I>Prison bus</I> means a bus manufactured for the purpose of transporting persons subject to involuntary restraint or confinement and has design features consistent with that purpose.
</P>
<P><I>Stop-request system</I> means a vehicle-integrated system for passenger use to signal to a vehicle operator that they are requesting a stop.
</P>
<P><I>Transit bus</I> means a bus that is equipped with a stop-request system sold for public transportation provided by, or on behalf of, a Federal, State, or local government and that is not an over-the-road bus.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> When tested according to the procedures specified in S6 of this section and under the conditions specified in paragraph S7 of this section, each applicable bus shall meet the following requirements specified in this section. The requirements of this paragraph S5 do not apply to portals other than side and roof portals, and do not apply to a side or roof portal with a daylight opening whose minimum surface dimension measured through the center of its area is less than 279 mm.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Edge impact.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) When the ejection impactor described in S8 of this section contacts the target location specified in S6.1.1 of this section of each side or roof daylight opening of a vehicle at 21.6 km/h ± 0.4 km/h, no portion of the window (excluding glazing shards) may pass the ejection reference plane defined under the procedures of S6 of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each piece of window glazing and each surrounding window frame shall be retained by its surrounding structure in a manner that prevents the formation of any opening large enough to admit the complete passage of a 102 mm diameter sphere when a force of no more than 22 newtons (N) is applied with the sphere at any vector in a direction from the interior to the exterior of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Center impact.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) When the ejection impactor described in paragraph S8 of this section contacts the target location specified in paragraph S6.1.2 of this section of each side or roof daylight opening of a vehicle at 21.6 km/h ± 0.4 km/h, no portion of the window (excluding glazing shards) may pass the ejection reference plane defined under the procedures of paragraph S6.3 of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each piece of window glazing and each surrounding window frame shall be retained by its surrounding structure in a manner that prevents the formation of any opening large enough to admit the complete passage of a 102 mm diameter sphere when a force of no more than 22 N is applied with the sphere at any vector in a direction from the interior to the exterior of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Center impact to pre-broken glazing.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) When the ejection impactor described in S8 of this section contacts the target location specified in S6.1.3 of this section of each side or roof daylight opening of a vehicle at 21.6 km/h ± 0.4 km/h, no portion of the impactor may displace more than 175 mm past where the surface of the glazing had been in an unbroken condition.
</P>
<P>(b) Each piece of window glazing and each surrounding window frame shall be retained by its surrounding structure in a manner that prevents the formation of any opening large enough to admit the complete passage of a 102 mm diameter sphere when a force of no more than 22 N is applied with the sphere at any vector in a direction from the interior to the exterior of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Post-Impact Emergency Exit Release and Operability.</I> After the impacts described in paragraphs S5.1, S5.2, and S5.3 of this section, each emergency exit provided in accordance with Standard No. 217 (§ 571.217) shall be capable of releasing and opening according to the requirements specified in that standard.




</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Target locations.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 <I>Edge impact.</I> Position the impactor face on the glazing adjacent to a latch attachment point such that, when viewed perpendicular to the glazing surface, the center of the impactor face plate is as close as practicable to the center of the latch attachment point with the impactor face plate either horizontal or vertical, whichever orientation provides the shortest distance between the two centers, while maintaining at least a 25 mm ± 2 mm distance between the impactor face plate edge and the window frame. “Window frame” includes latches, handles, attachments, and any solid structures other than the glazing material or flexible gaskets. If the window does not have any latches (<I>e.g.,</I> it is fully rubber bonded or glued), position the impactor as follows:




</P>
<P>(a) For side windows, directly above the center of the lower window edge, with the impactor face plate either horizontal or vertical, whichever orientation provides the shortest distance between the two centers, with the bottom edge of the impactor face plate 25 mm ± 2 mm above the daylight opening periphery when viewed perpendicular to the glazing surface.
</P>
<P>(b) For roof glazing panels or roof windows, directly forward of the center of the rearmost window edge, with the impactor face plate either horizontal or vertical, whichever orientation provides the shortest distance between the two centers, with the rearmost edge of the impactor face plate 25 mm ± 2 mm forward of the daylight opening periphery when viewed perpendicular to the glazing surface.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 <I>Center impact.</I>
</P>
<P>Position the center of the impactor face, with the long axis of the impactor face plate either vertical or horizontal, at the center of the daylight opening area of the window with the glazing intact.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3 <I>Center impact to pre-broken glazing.</I>
</P>
<P>Position the center of the impactor face, with the long axis of the impactor face plate either vertical or horizontal, at the center of the daylight opening area of the window with the glazing pre-broken following the procedure in paragraphs S6.2.1 and S6.2.2 of this section.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Window glazing pre-breaking procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 Breakage pattern. Locate the geometric center of the daylight opening. Mark the surface of the window glazing in a horizontal and vertical grid of points separated by 75 mm ± 2 mm with one point coincident within ± 2 mm of the geometric center of the daylight opening (Figure 2).
</P>
<P>(a) If the window is a single-pane unit, then both the occupant space interior and outside exterior surfaces of the glass pane are marked with the 75 mm grid pre-break pattern. The patterns are offset diagonally from one another (the points on one surface of the glass pane are offset 37.5 mm ± 2 mm horizontally and 37.5 mm ± 2 mm vertically from the points on the contralateral surface of the glass pane).
</P>
<P>(b) If the window is an insulated unit or double-glazed window, then both the occupant space side of the interior pane and the outside of the exterior pane are marked with the 75 mm grid prebreak pattern.
</P>
<P>(1) If one of the glass panes is constructed of tempered or toughened glass, the insulated surface of the remaining glass pane (within the air gap) is marked with the 75 mm grid pre-break pattern. The patterns are offset diagonally from the remaining glass pane's contralateral surface.
</P>
<P>(2) If neither pane is tempered glass, then both the occupant space side of the interior pane and the outside of the exterior pane are marked with the 75 mm grid pre-break pattern. The patterns are not diagonally offset from one another. The insulated surfaces of the glass panes (within the air gap) are not marked.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 <I>Breakage method.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Use a 100 mm ± 10 mm × 100 mm ± 10 mm piece of rigid material as a reaction surface on the opposite side of the glazing to prevent to the extent possible the window surface from deforming by more than 10 mm when pressure is being applied by the staple gun.
</P>
<P>(b) Start with the inside surface of the window and forwardmost, lowest mark made as specified in S6.2.1 of this section. Use an electric staple gun without any staples to apply a load along a line of 12 to 14 mm onto the glazing. The applied force shall be 4,200 N ± 850 N. Apply the line load only once at each marked location, even if the glazing does not break or no perceptible mark or hole results.
</P>
<P>(c) Continue applying the line load with the electric staple gun by moving rearward in the grid until the end of a row is reached. Then move to the forwardmost mark on the next higher row and apply the line load. Continue in this pattern until the line load has been applied to all grid points on the inside surface of the glazing.
</P>
<P>(d) Repeat the process on the outside surface of the window.
</P>
<P>(e) If applying the line load causes the glazing to disintegrate, halt the breakage procedure and proceed with the next step in the compliance test.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Determination of ejection reference planes.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For side windows, the “ejection reference plane” is a vertical plane parallel to the longitudinal vertical center plane of the bus passing through a point located at a lateral distance of 102 mm from the lateral most point on the glazing and surrounding frame, with the window in the closed position.
</P>
<P>(b) For roof glazing panels/windows, the “ejection reference plane” is a horizontal plane passing through a point located at a vertical distance of 102 mm from the highest point on the glazing and surrounding frame, with the window/panel in the closed position.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test conditions.</I> During testing, the ambient temperature is between 18 degrees C. and 29 degrees C., at any relative humidity between 10 percent and 70 percent.
</P>
<P>S8. <I>Guided impactor.</I> The impactor test device has the dimensions shown in Figure 1 of this section. It has a total impactor mass of 26 kg ± 1.0 kg and a spring stiffness of 258 N/mm ± 39 N/mm. The impactor is propelled in the horizontal direction in impacts to the side daylight openings and is propelled vertically in impacts to the roof daylight openings.
</P>
<HD1>Figure 1 to 49 CFR 571.217a—Guided Impactor


</HD1>
<img src="/graphics/er15ja26.014.gif"/>
<HD1>Figure 2 to 49 CFR 571.217a—Glazing Break Pattern
</HD1>
<img src="/graphics/er15ja26.015.gif"/>
<HD1>Figure 3 to 49 CFR 571.217a—An Example of a Daylight Opening Periphery (for Illustrative Purposes Only)
</HD1>
<img src="/graphics/er15ja26.016.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 86282, Oct. 30, 2024, as amended at 91 FR 1715, Jan. 15, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.218" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.218   Standard No. 218; Motorcycle helmets.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes minimum performance requirements for helmets designed for use by motorcyclists and other motor vehicle users.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries to motorcyclists and other motor vehicle users resulting from head impacts.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to all helmets designed for use by motorcyclists and other motor vehicle users.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Basic plane</I> means a plane through the centers of the right and left external ear openings and the lower edge of the eye sockets (Figure 1) of a reference headform (Figure 2) or test headform.
</P>
<P><I>Discrete size</I> means a numerical value that corresponds to the diameter of an equivalent circle representing the helmet interior in inches (±0.25 inch) or to the circumference of the equivalent circle in centimeters (±0.64 centimeters).
</P>
<P><I>Helmet positioning index</I> means the distance in inches, as specified by the manufacturer, from the lowest point of the brow opening at the lateral midpoint of the helmet to the basic plane of a reference headform, when the helmet is firmly and properly positioned on the reference headform.
</P>
<P><I>Impact site</I> means the point on the helmet where the helmet shell first contacts the test anvil during the impact attenuation test.
</P>
<P><I>Midsagittal plane</I> means a longitudinal plane through the apex of a reference headform or test headform that is perpendicular to the basic plane (Figure 3).
</P>
<P><I>Reference headform</I> means a measuring device contoured to the dimensions of one of the three headforms described in Table 2 and Figures 5 through 8 with surface markings indicating the locations of the basic, mid-sagittal, and reference planes, and the centers of the external ear openings.
</P>
<P><I>Reference plane</I> means a plane above and parallel to the basic plane on a reference headform or test headform (Figure 2) at the distance indicated in Table 2.
</P>
<P><I>Retention system</I> means the complete assembly by which the helmet is retained in position on the head during use.
</P>
<P><I>Test headform</I> means a test device contoured to the dimensions of one of the three headforms described in Table 2 and Figures 5 through 8 with surface markings indicating the locations of the basic, mid-sagittal, and reference planes.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> Each helmet shall meet the requirements of S5.1, S5.2, and S5.3 when subjected to any conditioning procedure specified in S6.4, and tested in accordance with S7.1, S7.2, and S7.3.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Impact attenuation.</I> When an impact attenuation test is conducted in accordance with S7.1, all of the following requirements shall be met:
</P>
<P>(a) Peak accelerations shall not exceed 400g;
</P>
<P>(b) Accelerations in excess of 200g shall not exceed a cumulative duration of 2.0 milliseconds; and
</P>
<P>(c) Accelerations in excess of 150g shall not exceed a cumulative duration of 4.0 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Penetration.</I> When a penetration test is conducted in accordance with S7.2, the striker shall not contact the surface of the test headform.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Retention system.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 When tested in accordance with S7.3:
</P>
<P>(a) The retention system or its components shall attain the loads specified without separation; and
</P>
<P>(b) The adjustable portion of the retention system test device shall not move more than 1 inch (2.5 cm) measured between preliminary and test load positions.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 Where the retention system consists of components which can be independently fastened without securing the complete assembly, each such component shall independently meet the requirements of S5.3.1.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Configuration.</I> Each helmet shall have a protective surface of continuous contour at all points on or above the test line described in S6.2.3. The helmet shall provide peripheral vision clearance of at least 105° to each side of the mid-sagittal plane, when the helmet is adjusted as specified in S6.3. The vertex of these angles, shown in Figure 3, shall be at the point on the anterior surface of the reference headform at the intersection of the mid-sagittal and basic planes. The brow opening of the helmet shall be at least 1 inch (2.5 cm) above all points in the basic plane that are within the angles of peripheral vision (see Figure 3).
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Projections.</I> A helmet shall not have any rigid projections inside its shell. Rigid projections outside any helmet's shell shall be limited to those required for operation of essential accessories, and shall not protrude more than 0.20 inch (5 mm).
</P>
<P>S5.6 <I>Labeling.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.6.1 On a label or labels separate from the certification label required by S5.6.2, each helmet shall be labeled permanently and legibly, in a manner such that the label(s) can be read easily without removing padding or any other permanent part, with the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Manufacturer's name.
</P>
<P>(b) Discrete size.
</P>
<P>(c) Month and year of manufacture. This may be spelled out (for example, June 2010), or expressed in numerals (for example, 6/10).
</P>
<P>(d) Instructions to the purchaser as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) “Shell and liner constructed of (identify type(s) of materials).”
</P>
<P>(2) “Helmet can be seriously damaged by some common substances without damage being visible to the user. Apply only the following: (Recommended cleaning agents, paints, adhesives, etc., as appropriate).”
</P>
<P>(3) “Make no modifications. Fasten helmet securely. If helmet experiences a severe blow, return it to the manufacturer for inspection, or destroy it and replace it.”
</P>
<P>(4) Any additional relevant safety information should be applied at the time of purchase by means of an attached tag, brochure, or other suitable means.
</P>
<P>S5.6.2 Certification. Each helmet shall be labeled permanently and legibly with a label, constituting the manufacturer's certification that the helmet conforms to the applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards, that is separate from the label(s) used to comply with S5.6.1, and complies with paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) Content, format, and appearance. The label required by paragraph S5.6.2 shall have the following content, format, and appearance:
</P>
<P>(1) The symbol “DOT,” horizontally centered on the label, in letters not less than 0.38 inch (1.0 cm) high.
</P>
<P>(2) The term “FMVSS No. 218,” horizontally centered beneath the symbol DOT, in letters not less than 0.09 inches (0.23 cm) high.
</P>
<P>(3) The word “CERTIFIED,” horizontally centered beneath the term “FMVSS No. 218,” in letters not less than 0.09 inches (0.23 cm) high.
</P>
<P>(4) The precise model designation, horizontally centered above the symbol DOT, in letters and/or numerals not less than 0.09 inch (0.23 cm) high.
</P>
<P>(5) The manufacturer's name and/or brand, horizontally centered above the model designation, in letters and/or numerals not less than 0.09 inch (0.23 cm) high.
</P>
<P>(6) All symbols, letters and numerals shall be in a color that contrasts with the background of the label.
</P>
<P>(b) Other information. No information, other than the information specified in subparagraph (a), shall appear on the label.
</P>
<P>(c) Location. The label shall appear on the outer surface of the helmet and be placed so that it is centered laterally with the horizontal centerline of the DOT symbol located a minimum of 1 inch (2.5 cm) and a maximum of 3 inches (7.6 cm) from the bottom edge of the posterior portion of the helmet.
</P>
<P>S5.7 <I>Helmet positioning index.</I> Each manufacturer of helmets shall establish a positioning index for each helmet he manufactures. This index shall be furnished immediately to any person who requests the information, with respect to a helmet identified by manufacturer, model designation, and size.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Preliminary test procedures.</I> Before subjecting a helmet to the testing sequence specified in S7., prepare it according to the procedures in S6.1, S6.2, and S6.3.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Selection of appropriate headform.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 A helmet with a manufacturer's designated discrete size or size range which does not exceed 6
<FR>3/4</FR> (European size: 54) is tested on the small headform. A helmet with a manufacturer's designated discrete size or size range which exceeds 6
<FR>3/4</FR>, but does not exceed 7
<FR>1/2</FR> (European size: 60) is tested on the medium headform. A helmet with a manufacturer's designated discrete size or size range which exceeds 7
<FR>1/2</FR> is tested on the large headform.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 A helmet with a manufacturer's designated size range which includes sizes falling into two or all three size ranges described in S6.1.1 is tested on each headform specified for each size range.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Reference marking.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 Use a reference headform that is firmly seated with the basic and reference planes horizontal. Place the complete helmet to be tested on the appropriate reference headform, as specified in S6.1.1 and S6.1.2.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 Apply a 10-pound (4.5 kg) static vertical load through the helmet's apex. Center the helmet laterally and seat it firmly on the reference headform according to its helmet positioning index.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 Maintaining the load and position described in S6.2.2, draw a line (hereinafter referred to as “test line”) on the outer surface of the helmet coinciding with portions of the intersection of that service with the following planes, as shown in Figure 2:
</P>
<P>(a) A plane 1 inch (2.5 cm) above and parallel to the reference plane in the anterior portion of the reference headform;
</P>
<P>(b) A vertical transverse plane 2.5 inches (6.4 cm) behind the point on the anterior surface of the reference headform at the intersection of the mid-sagittal and reference planes;
</P>
<P>(c) The reference plane of the reference headform;
</P>
<P>(d) A vertical transverse plane 2.5 inches (6.4. cm) behind the center of the external ear opening in a side view; and
</P>
<P>(e) A plane 1 inch (2.5 cm) below and parallel to the reference plane in the posterior portion of the reference headform.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Helmet positioning.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.1 Before each test, fix the helmet on a test headform in the position that conforms to its helmet positioning index. Secure the helmet so that it does not shift position before impact or before application of force during testing.
</P>
<P>S6.3.2 In testing as specified in S7.1 and S7.2, place the retention system in a position such that it does not interfere with free fall, impact or penetration.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Conditioning.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.1 Immediately before conducting the testing sequence specified in S7, condition each test helmet in accordance with any one of the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Ambient conditions.</I> Expose to any temperature from 61 °F to and including 79 °F (from 16 °C to and including 26 °C) and any relative humidity from 30 to and including 70 percent for a minimum of 4 hours.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Low temperature.</I> Expose to any temperature from 5 °F to and including 23 °F (from −15 °C to and including −5 °C) for a minimum of 4 hours and no more than 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>High temperature.</I> Expose to any temperature from 113 °F to and including 131 °F (from 45 °C to and including 55 °C) for a minimum of 4 hours and no more than 24 hours.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Water immersion.</I> Immerse in water at any temperature from 61 °F to and including 79 °F (from 16 °C to and including 26 °C) for a minimum of 4 hours and no more than 24 hours.
</P>
<P>S6.4.2 If during testing, as specified in S7.1.3 and S7.2.3, a helmet is returned to the conditioning environment before the time out of that environment exceeds 4 minutes, the helmet is kept in the environment for a minimum of 3 minutes before resumption of testing with that helmet. If the time out of the environment exceeds 4 minutes, the helmet is returned to the environment for a minimum of 3 minutes for each minute or portion of a minute that the helmet remained out of the environment in excess of 4 minutes or for a maximum of 12 hours, whichever is less, before the resumption of testing with that helmet.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Impact attenuation test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.1 Impact attenuation is measured by determining acceleration imparted to an instrumented test headform on which a complete helmet is mounted as specified in S6.3, when it is dropped in guided free fall upon a fixed hemispherical anvil and a fixed flat steel anvil.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2 Each helmet is impacted at four sites with two successive impacts at each site. Two of these sites are impacted upon a flat steel anvil and two upon a hemispherical steel anvil as specified in S7.1.10 and S7.1.11. The impact sites are at any point on the area above the test line described in paragraph S6.2.3, and separated by a distance not less than one-sixth of the maximum circumference of the helmet in the test area. For each site, the location where the helmet first contacts the anvil on the second impact shall not be greater than 0.75 inch (1.9 cm) from the location where the helmet first contacts the anvil on the first impact.
</P>
<P>S7.1.3 Impact testing at each of the four sites, as specified in S7.1.2, shall start at two minutes, and be completed by four minutes, after removal of the helmet from the conditioning environment.
</P>
<P>S7.1.4 (a) The guided free fall drop height for the helmet and test headform combination onto the hemispherical anvil shall be such that the impact speed is any speed from 16.4 ft/s to and including 17.7 ft/s (from 5.0 m/s to and including 5.4 m/s).
</P>
<P>(b) The guided free fall drop height for the helmet and test headform combination onto the flat anvil shall be such that the impact speed is any speed from 19.0 ft/s to and including 20.3 ft/s (from 5.8 m/s to and including 6.2 m/s).
</P>
<P>S7.1.5 Test headforms for impact attenuation testing are constructed of magnesium alloy (K-1A), and exhibit no resonant frequencies below 2,000 Hz.
</P>
<P>S7.1.6 The monorail drop test system is used for impact attenuation testing.
</P>
<P>S7.1.7 The weight of the drop assembly, as specified in Table 1, is the combined weight of the test headform and the supporting assembly for the drop test. The weight of the supporting assembly is not less than 2.0 lbs. and not more than 2.4 lbs. (0.9 to 1.1 kg). The supporting assembly weight for the monorail system is the drop assembly weight minus the combined weight of the test headform, the headform's clamp down ring, and its tie down screws.
</P>
<P>S7.1.8 The center of gravity of the test headform is located at the center of the mounting ball on the supporting assembly and lies within a cone with its axis vertical and forming a 10° included angle with the vertex at the point of impact. The center of gravity of the drop assembly lies within the rectangular volume bounded by x = −0.25 inch (−0.64 cm), x = 0.85 inch (2.16 cm), y = 0.25 inch (0.64 cm), and y = −0.25 inch (−0.64 cm) with the origin located at the center of gravity of the test headform. The rectangular volume has no boundary along the z-axis. The x-y-z axes are mutually perpendicular and have positive or negative designations in accordance with the right-hand rule (See Figure 5). The origin of the coordinate axes also is located at the center of the mounting ball on the supporting assembly (See Figures 6, 7, and 8). The x-y-z axes of the test headform assembly on a monorail drop test equipment are oriented as follows: From the origin, the x-axis is horizontal with its positive direction going toward and passing through the vertical centerline of the monorail. The positive z-axis is downward. The y-axis also is horizontal and its direction can be decided by the z- and x-axes, using the right-hand rule.
</P>
<P>S7.1.9 The acceleration transducer is mounted at the center of gravity of the test headform with the sensitive axis aligned to within 5° of vertical when the test headform assembly is in the data impact position. The acceleration data channel complies with the SAE Recommended Practice J211/1, revised March 1995 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) requirements for channel class 1,000.”
</P>
<P>S7.1.10 The flat anvil is constructed of steel with a 5-inch (12.7 cm) minimum diameter impact face, and the hemispherical anvil is constructed of steel with a 1.9 inch (4.8 cm) radius impact face.
</P>
<P>S7.1.11 The rigid mount for both of the anvils consists of a solid mass of at least 300 pounds (136.1 kg), the outer surface of which consists of a steel plate with minimum thickness of 1 inch (2.5 cm) and minimum surface area of 1 ft 
<SU>2</SU> (929 cm
<SU>2</SU> ).
</P>
<P>S7.1.12 The drop system restricts side movement during the impact attenuation test so that the sum of the areas bounded by the acceleration-time response curves for both the x- and y-axes (horizontal axes) is less than five percent of the area bounded by the acceleration-time response curve for the vertical axis.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Penetration test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.2.1 The penetration test is conducted by dropping the penetration test striker in guided free fall, with its axis aligned vertically, onto the outer surface of the complete helmet, when mounted as specified in S6.3, at any point above the test line, described in S6.2.3, except on a fastener or other rigid projection.
</P>
<P>S7.2.2 Two penetration blows are applied at least 3 inches (7.6 cm) apart, and at least 3 inches (7.6 cm) from the centers of any impacts applied during the impact attenuation test.
</P>
<P>S7.2.3 The application of the two penetration blows, specified in S7.2.2, starts at two minutes and is completed by four minutes, after removal of the helmet from the conditioning environment.
</P>
<P>S7.2.4 The height of the guided free fall is 118.1 ±0.6 in (3 ±0.015 m), as measured from the striker point to the impact point on the outer surface of the test helmet.
</P>
<P>S7.2.5 The contactable surface of the penetration test headform is constructed of a metal or metallic alloy having a Brinell hardness number no greater than 55, which will permit ready detection should contact by the striker occur. The surface is refinished if necessary before each penetration test blow to permit detection of contact by the striker.
</P>
<P>S7.2.6 The weight of the penetration striker is not less than 6 pounds, 8 ounces and not more than 6 pounds, 12 ounces (2.95 to 3.06 kg).
</P>
<P>S7.2.7 The point of the striker has an included angle of 60 ±0.5°, a cone height of 1.5 ±0.015 in. (3.8 ±0.038 cm), a tip radius of 0.02 ±0.004 in. (0.5 ±0.1 mm), and a minimum hardness of 60 Rockwell, C-scale.
</P>
<P>S7.2.8 The rigid mount for the penetration test headform is as described in S7.1.11.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Retention system test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.3.1 The retention system test is conducted by applying a quasi-static tensile load at any rate from 0.4 to and including 1.2 inch/min (from 1.0 to and including 3.0 cm/min) to the retention assembly of a complete helmet, which is mounted, as described in S6.3, on a stationary test headform as shown in Figure 4, and by measuring the movement of the adjustable portion of the retention system test device under tension.
</P>
<P>S7.3.2 The retention system test device consists of both an adjustable loading mechanism by which a quasi-static tensile load is applied at any rate from 0.4 to and including 1.2 inch/min (from 1.0 to and including 3.0 cm/min) to the helmet retention assembly and a means for holding the test headform and helmet stationary. The retention assembly is fastened around two freely moving rollers, both of which have a 0.5 inch (1.3 cm) diameter and a 3 inch (7.6 cm) center-to-center separation, and which are mounted on the adjustable portion of the tensile loading device (Figure 4). The helmet is fixed on the test headform as necessary to ensure that it does not move during the application of the test loads to the retention assembly.
</P>
<P>S7.3.3 A 50-pound (22.7 kg) preliminary test load is applied to the retention assembly, normal to the basic plane of the test headform and symmetrical with respect to the center of the retention assembly for 30 seconds, and the maximum distance from the extremity of the adjustable portion of the retention system test device to the apex of the helmet is measured.
</P>
<P>S7.3.4 An additional 250-pound (113.4 kg) test load is applied to the retention assembly, in the same manner and at the same location as described in S7.3.3, for 120 seconds, and the maximum distance from the extremity of the adjustable portion of the retention system test device to the apex of the helmet is measured.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix to § 571.218</HD1></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Weight Ranges for Impact Attenuation Test Drop Assembly
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test headform size
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Weight range 
<sup>1</sup>—lb kg)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Small</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6-8.0 (3.4-3.6)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Medium</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10.8-11.2 (4.9-5.1)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Large</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">13.2-13.6 (6.0-6.2)
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Combined weight of instrumented test headform and supporting assembly for drop test.</P></DIV></DIV>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.123.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.124.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.125.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.126.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.127.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.128.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.129.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.130.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.131.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.132.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13my11.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13my11.001.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 22391, Aug. 20, 1973, as amended at 39 FR 3554, Jan. 28, 1974; 45 FR 15181, Mar. 10, 1980; 53 FR 11288, Apr. 6, 1988; 53 FR 12529, Apr. 15, 1988; 76 FR 28160, May 13, 2011; 77 FR 768, Jan. 6, 2012]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.219" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.219   Standard No. 219; Windshield zone intrusion.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies limits for the displacement into the windshield area of motor vehicle components during a crash.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce crash injuries and fatalities that result from occupants contacting vehicle components displaced near or through the windshield.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars and to multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks designed to carry at least one person, and buses of 4,536 kilograms or less gross vehicle weight rating. However, it does not apply to forward control vehicles, walk-in van-type vehicles, or to open-body-type vehicles with fold-down or removable windshields.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions. Daylight Opening</I> (DLO) means the maximum unobstructed opening through the glazing surface, including reveal or garnish moldings adjoining the surface, as measured parallel to the outer surface of the glazing material.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirement.</I> When the vehicle travelling longitudinally forward at any speed up to and including 48 km/h impacts a fixed collision barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, under the conditions of S7, no part of the vehicle outside the occupant compartment, except windshield molding and other components designed to be normally in contact with the windshield, shall penetrate the protected zone template, affixed according to S6, to a depth of more than 6 mm, and no such part of a vehicle shall penetrate the inner surface of that portion of the windshield, within the DLO, below the protected zone defined in S6.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Protected zone template.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 The lower edge of the protected zone is determined by the following procedure (See Figure 1).
</P>
<P>(a) Place a 165 mm diameter rigid sphere, with a mass of 6.8 kg in a position such that it simultaneously contacts the inner surface of the windshield glazing and the surface of the instrument panel, including padding. If any accessories or equipment such as the steering control system obstruct positioning of the sphere, remove them for the purposes of this procedure.
</P>
<P>(b) Draw the locus of points on the inner surface of the windshield contactable by the sphere across the width of the instrument panel. From the outermost contactable points, extend the locus line horizontally to the edges of the glazing material.
</P>
<P>(c) Draw a line on the inner surface of the windshield below and 13 mm distant from the locus line.
</P>
<P>(d) The lower edge of the protected zone is the longitudinal projection onto the outer surface of the windshield of the line determined in S6.1(c).
</P>
<P>S6.2 The protected zone is the space enclosed by the following surfaces, as shown in Figure 1:
</P>
<P>(a) The outer surface of the windshield in its precrash configuration.
</P>
<P>(b) The locus of points 76 mm outward along perpendiculars drawn to each point on the outer surface of the windshield.
</P>
<P>(c) The locus of lines forming a 45° angle with the outer surface of the windshield at each point along the top and side edges of the outer surface of the windshield and the lower edge of the protected zone determined in S6.1, in the plane perpendicular to the edge at that point.
</P>
<P>S6.3 A template is cut or formed from Styrofoam, type DB, cut cell, to the dimensions of the zone as determined in S6.2. The template is affixed to the windshield so that it delineates the protected zone and remains affixed throughout the crash test.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test conditions.</I> The requirement of S5. shall be met under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>S7.1 The protected zone template is affixed to the windshield in the manner described in S6.
</P>
<P>S7.2 The hood, hood latches, and any other hood retention components are engaged prior to the barrier crash.
</P>
<P>S7.3 Adjustable cowl tops or other adjustable panels in front of the windshield are in the position used under normal operating conditions when windshield wiping systems are not in use.
</P>
<P>S7.4 The parking brake is disengaged and the transmission is in neutral.
</P>
<P>S7.5 Tires are inflated to the vehicle manufacturer's specifications.
</P>
<P>S7.6 The fuel tank is filled to any level from 90 to 95 per cent of capacity.
</P>
<P>S7.7 The vehicle, including test devices and instrumentation, is loaded as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Except as specified in S7.6, a passenger car is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, secured in the luggage area, plus a 50th-percentile test dummy as specified in part 572 of this chapter at each front outboard designated seating position and at any other position whose protection system is required to be tested by a dummy under the provisions of Standard No. 208. Each dummy is restrained only by means that are installed for protection at its seating position.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as specified in S7.6, a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck or bus is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight, plus 136 kg or its rated cargo and luggage capacity, whichever is less, secured to the vehicle, plus a 50th-percentile test dummy as specified in part 572 of this chapter at each front outboard designated seating postion and at any other position whose protection system is required to be tested by a dummy under the provisions of Standard No. 208. Each dummy is restrained only by means that are installed for protection at its seating position. The load is distributed so that the mass on each axle as measured at the tire-ground interface is in proportion to its GAWR. If the mass on any axle when the vehicle is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus dummy mass exceeds the axle's proportional share of the test mass, the remaining mass is placed so that the mass on that axle remains the same. For the purposes of this section, unloaded vehicle weight does not include the mass of work-performing accessories. Vehicles are tested to a maximum unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kg.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er27my98.007.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 25462, June 16, 1975, as amended at 40 FR 53033, Nov. 14, 1975; 41 FR 54946, Dec. 16, 1976; 45 FR 22046, Apr. 3, 1980; 63 FR 28946, May 27, 1998; 87 FR 18599, Mar. 30, 2022]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.220" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.220   Standard No. 220; School bus rollover protection.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes performance requirements for school bus rollover protection.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the number of deaths and the severity of injuries that result from failure of the school bus body structure to withstand forces encountered in rollover crashes.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Applicability.</I> This standard applies to school buses.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I> When a force in Newtons equal to 1
<FR>1/2</FR> times the unloaded vehicle weight in kilograms multiplied by 9.8 m/sec
<SU>2</SU> is applied to the roof of the vehicle's body structure through a force application plate as specified in S5, Test procedures—
</P>
<P>(a) The downward vertical movement at any point on the application plate shall not exceed 130 mm and
</P>
<P>(b) Each emergency exit of the vehicle provided in accordance with Standard No. 217 (§ 571.217) shall be capable of opening as specified in that standard during the full application of the force and after release of the force, except that an emergency exit located in the roof of the vehicle is not required to be capable of being opened during the application of the force. A particular vehicle (i.e., test specimen) need not meet the emergency exit opening requirement after release of force if it is subjected to the emergency exit opening requirements during the full application of the force.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Test procedures.</I> Each vehicle shall be capable of meeting the requirements of S4. when tested in accordance with the procedures set forth below.
</P>
<P>S5.1 With any non-rigid chassis-to-body mounts replaced with equivalent rigid mounts, place the vehicle on a rigid horizontal surface so that the vehicle is entirely supported by means of the vehicle frame. If the vehicle is constructed without a frame, place the vehicle on its body sills. Remove any components which extend upward from the vehicle roof.
</P>
<P>S5.2 Use a flat, rigid, rectangular force application plate that is measured with respect to the vehicle roof longitudinal and lateral centerlines,
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of a vehicle with a GVWR of more than 4,536 kg, 305 mm shorter than the vehicle roof and 914 mm wide; and
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a vehicle with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less, 127 mm longer and 127 mm wider than the vehicle roof. For purposes of these measurements, the vehicle roof is that structure, seen in the top projected view, that coincides with the passenger and driver compartment of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.3 Position the force application plate on the vehicle roof so that its rigid surface is perpendicular to a vertical longitudinal plane and it contacts the roof at not less than two points, and so that, in the top projected view, its longitudinal centerline coincides with the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle, and its front and rear edges are an equal distance inside the front and rear edges of the vehicle roof at the centerline.
</P>
<P>S5.4 Apply an evenly-distributed vertical force in the downward direction to the force application plate at any rate not more than 13 mm per second, until a force of 2,224 N has been applied.
</P>
<P>S5.5 Apply additional vertical force in the downward direction to the force application plate at a rate of not more than 13 mm per second until the force specified in S4. has been applied, and maintain this application of force.
</P>
<P>S5.6 Measure the downward movement of any point on the force application plate which occurred during the application of force in accordance with S5.5.
</P>
<P>S5.7 To test the capability of the vehicle's emergency exits to open in accordance with S4.(b)—
</P>
<P>(a) In the case of testing under the full application of force, open the emergency exits as specified in S4.(b) while maintaining the force applied in accordance with S5.4 and S5.5; and
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of testing after the release of all force, release all downward force applied to the force application plate and open the emergency exits as specified in S4.(b).
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test conditions.</I> The following conditions apply to the requirements specified in S4.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Temperature.</I> The ambient temperature is any level between 0 °C and 32 °C.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Windows and doors.</I> Vehicle windows, doors, and emergency exits are in the fully-closed position, and latched but not locked.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3875, Jan. 27, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 36026, 36027, Aug. 26, 1976; 63 FR 28948, May 27, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.221" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.221   Standard No. 221; School bus body joint strength.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes requirements for the strength of the body panel joints in school bus bodies.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries resulting from the structural collapse of school bus bodies during crashes.
</P>
<P>S3. Application. This standard applies to school buses. 
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions. Body component</I> means a part of a bus body made from a single piece of homogeneous material or from a single piece of composite material such as plywood.
</P>
<P><I>Body panel</I> means a body component used on the exterior or interior surface to enclose the bus' occupant space.
</P>
<P><I>Body panel joint</I> means the area of contact or close proximity between the edges of a body panel and another body component, including but not limited to floor panels, and body panels made of composite materials such as plastic or plywood, excluding trim and decorative parts which do not contribute to the strength of the bus body, members such as rub rails which are entirely outside of body panels, ventilation panels, components provided for functional purposes, and engine access covers. 
</P>
<P><I>Bus body</I> means that portion of a bus that encloses the bus occupant space, including the floor, but excluding the bumpers and chassis frame and any structure forward of the passenger compartment. 
</P>
<P><I>Maintenance access panel</I> means a body panel which must be moved or removed to provide access to one or more serviceable component(s). 
</P>
<P><I>Passenger compartment</I> means space within the school bus interior that is between a vertical transverse plane located 762 mm in front of the forwardmost passenger seating reference point and including a vertical transverse plane tangent to the rear interior wall of the bus at the vehicle centerline. 
</P>
<P><I>Serviceable component</I> means any part of the bus, of either a mechanical or electrical nature, which is explicitly identified by the bus chassis and/or body manufacturer in the owner's manual or factory service manual as requiring routine maintenance actions at intervals of one year or less. Tubing, wires and harnesses are considered to be serviceable components only at their attachments. 
</P>
<P>S5 Requirements. 
</P>
<P>S5.1 Except as provided in S5.2, each body panel joint, including small, curved, and complex joints, when tested in accordance with the procedure of S6, shall hold the body panel to the member to which it is joined when subjected to a force of 60 percent of the tensile strength of the weakest joined body panel determined pursuant to S6.2. 
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 Body panels attached to each other shall have no unattached segment at the joint longer than 203 mm. 
</P>
<P>S5.2 Exclusions 
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 The requirements of S5.1 do not apply to—
</P>
<P>(a) Any interior maintenance access panel or joint which lies forward of the passenger compartment. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any interior maintenance access panel within the passenger compartment that does not exceed 305 mm when measured across any two points diametrically on opposite sides of the opening. 
</P>
<P>(c) Trim and decorative parts which do not contribute to the strength of the joint, support members such as rub rails which are entirely outside of body panels, doors and windows, ventilation panels, and engine access covers. 
</P>
<P>S6 Procedure 
</P>
<P>S6.1 Preparation of the test specimen. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 If a body panel joint is 203 mm or longer, cut a test specimen that consists of any 203 mm segment of the joint, together with a portion of the bus body whose dimensions are those specified in Figure 1, so that the specimen's centerline is perpendicular to the joint at the midpoint of the joint segment. Where the body panel joint is not fastened continuously, select the segment so that it does not bisect a spot weld or a discrete fastener. Support members which contribute to the strength of a body panel joint, such as rub rails on the outside of body panels or underlying structure attached to joint members, shall remain attached to the test specimen, except that material may be removed from the support members as necessary to clear the gripping areas of the joint members being tested. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 If a joint is less than 203 mm long, cut a test specimen with enough of the adjacent material to permit it to be held in the tension testing machine specified in S6.3. 
</P>
<P>S6.1.3 Prepare the test specimen in accordance with the preparation procedures specified in ASTM E8-89 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Determination of minimum allowable strength.</I> For purposes of determining the minimum allowable joint strength, determine the tensile strengths of the joined body components as follows: 
</P>
<P>(a) If the mechanical properties of a joint component material are specified in ASTM E8-89 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), the lowest value of that material's thickness and tensile strength per unit of area shown in that source shall be used.
</P>
<P>(b) If the mechanical properties of a material are not specified in ASTM E8-89 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), determine its tensile strength by cutting a sheet specimen from outside the joint region of the bus body in accordance with Figure 1 of ASTM E8-89, and by testing it in accordance with S6.3.
</P>
<P>(c) The cross sectional area of material removed to facilitate the installation of fasteners shall be subtracted from the cross-sectional area of the panel in the determination of the tensile strength of the weakest joined body panel.
</P>
<P>S6.3 Strength Test. 
</P>
<P>S6.3.1 The joint specimen is gripped on opposite sides of the joint in a tension testing machine in accordance with ASTM E8-89 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S6.3.2 Adjust the testing machine grips so that the applied force on the joint is at 90 degrees plus or minus 3 degrees from the joint centerline, as shown in Figure 1. 
</P>
<P>S6.3.3 A tensile force is applied to the specimen by separating the heads of the testing machine at any uniform rate not less than 3 mm and not more than 10 mm per minute until the specimen separates.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13de01.236.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3872, Jan. 27, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 36027, Aug. 26, 1976; 67 FR 64366, 64367, Dec. 13, 2002; 68 FR 6360, Feb. 7, 2003; 77 FR 768, Jan. 6, 2012]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.222" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.222   Standard No. 222; School bus passenger seating and crash protection.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes occupant protection requirements for school bus passenger seating and restraining barriers.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the number of deaths and the severity of injuries that result from the impact of school bus occupants against structures within the vehicle during crashes and sudden driving maneuvers.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to school buses.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I> Contactable surface means any surface within the zone specified in S5.3.1.1 that is contactable from any direction by the test device described in S6.6, except any surface on the front of a seat back or restraining barrier 76 mm or more below the top of the seat back or restraining barrier.
</P>
<P><I>Fixed occupancy seat</I> means a bench seat equipped with Type 2 seat belts that has a permanent configuration regarding the number of seating positions on the seat. The number of seating positions on the bench seat cannot be increased or decreased.
</P>
<P><I>Flexible occupancy seat</I> means a bench seat equipped with Type 2 seat belts that can be reconfigured so that the number of seating positions on the seat can change. The seat has a minimum occupancy configuration and maximum occupancy configuration, and the number of passengers capable of being carried in the minimum occupancy configuration must differ from the number of passengers capable of being carried in the maximum occupancy configuration.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum occupancy configuration</I> means, on a bench seat equipped with Type 2 seat belts, an arrangement whereby the lap belt portion of the Type 2 seat belts is such that the maximum number of occupants can be belted.
</P>
<P><I>Minimum occupancy configuration</I> means, on a bench seat equipped with Type 2 seat belts, an arrangement whereby the lap belt portion of the Type 2 seat belts is such that the minimum number of occupants can be belted.
</P>
<P><I>School bus passenger seat</I> means a seat in a school bus, other than the driver's seat.
</P>
<P><I>Seat bench width</I> means the maximum transverse width of the bench seat cushion.
</P>
<P><I>Small occupant seating position</I> means the center seating position on a flexible occupancy seat in a maximum occupancy configuration, if the torso belt portion of the Type 2 seat belt is intended to restrain occupants whose dimensions range from those of a 50th percentile 6 year-old child only to those of a 50th percentile 10 year-old child and the torso belt anchor point cannot achieve a minimum height of 520 mm above the seating reference point, as specified by S4.1.3.2(a) of 49 CFR 571.210.
</P>
<P><I>Wheelchair</I> means a wheeled seat frame for the support and conveyance of a physically disabled person, comprised of at least a frame, seat, and wheels.
</P>
<P><I>Wheelchair occupant restraint anchorage</I> means the provision for transferring wheelchair occupant restraint system loads to the vehicle structure.
</P>
<P><I>Wheelchair securement anchorage</I> means the provision for transferring wheelchair securement device loads to the vehicle structure.
</P>
<P><I>Wheelchair securement device</I> means a strap, webbing or other device used for securing a wheelchair to the school bus, including all necessary buckles and other fasteners.
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>Determination of the number of seating positions and seat belt positions</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The number of seating positions considered to be in a bench seat for vehicles manufactured before October 21, 2011 is expressed by the symbol W, and calculated as the seat bench width in millimeters divided by 381 and rounded to the nearest whole number.
</P>
<P>(b) The number of seating positions and the number of Type 1 seat belt positions considered to be in a bench seat for vehicles manufactured on or after October 21, 2011 is expressed by the symbol W, and calculated as the seat bench width in millimeters divided by 380 and rounded to the nearest whole number.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in S4.1(d), the number of Type 2 seat belt positions on a flexible occupancy seat in a minimum occupancy configuration or a fixed occupancy seat for vehicles manufactured on or after October 21, 2011 is expressed by the symbol Y, and calculated as the seat bench width in millimeters divided by 380 and rounded to the next lowest whole number. The minimum seat bench width for a seat equipped with a Type 2 seat belt is 380 mm. See Table 1 for an illustration.
</P>
<P>(d) A flexible occupancy seat meeting the requirements of S4.1(c) may also have a maximum occupancy configuration with Y + 1 Type 2 seat belt positions, if the minimum seat bench width for this configuration is Y + 1 times 330 mm. See Table 1 for an illustration.
</P>
<P>(e) A flexible occupancy seat equipped with Type 2 seat belts in a maximum occupancy configuration may have up to one single small occupant seating position.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Number of Seating Positions as a Function of Seat Bench Width 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Seating configuration 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Seat bench width (mm) 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">380-659 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">660-759 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">760-989 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">990-1139 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1140-1319 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Minimum or Fixed Occupancy</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum Occupancy</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">1</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">2</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell">3</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> 


</P>
<P>(a) <I>Large school buses.</I> Each school bus with a gross vehicle weight rating of more than 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) shall be capable of meeting any of the requirements set forth under this heading when tested under the conditions of S6 of this standard or § 571.210. However, a particular school bus passenger seat (<I>i.e.,</I> a test specimen) in that weight class need not meet further requirements after having met S5.1.2 and S5.1.5, or having been subjected to either S5.1.3, S5.1.4, S5.1.6 (if applicable), or S5.3. If S5.1.6.5.5(b) is applicable, a particular test specimen need only meet S5.1.6.5.5(b)(1) or (2) as part of meeting S5.1.6 in its entirety. Each vehicle with voluntarily installed Type 1 seat belts and seat belt anchorages at W seating positions in a bench seat, voluntarily installed Type 2 seat belts and seat belt anchorages at Y seat belt positions in a fixed occupancy seat, or voluntarily installed Type 2 seat belts and seat belt anchorages at Y and Y + 1 seat belt positions in a flexible occupancy seat, shall also meet the requirements of:
</P>
<P>(1) S4.4.3.2 of Standard No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208);
</P>
<P>(2) Standard No. 209 (49 CFR 571.209), as they apply to school buses; and,
</P>
<P>(3) Standard No. 210 (49 CFR 571.210) as it applies to school buses with a gross vehicle weight rating greater than 10,000 pounds.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Small school buses.</I> Each vehicle with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) or less shall be capable of meeting the following requirements at all seating positions:


</P>
<P>(1) The requirements of S4.4.3.2 of § 571.208 and the requirements of §§ 571.207, 571.209 and 571.210 as they apply to school buses with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kg or less; and,


</P>
<P>(2) The requirements of S5.1.2, S5.1.3, S5.1.4, S5.1.5, S5.1.6, S5.1.7, S5.3, S5.4 and S5.5 of this standard. However, the requirements of §§ 571.208 and 571.210 shall be met at Y seat belt positions in a fixed occupancy seat, and at Y and Y + 1 seat belt positions for a flexible occupancy seat. A particular school bus passenger seat (i.e. a test specimen) in that weight class need not meet further requirements after having met S5.1.2 and S5.1.5, or after having been subjected to either S5.1.3, S5.1.4, S5.1.6, or S5.3 of this standard or § 571.207, § 571.210 or § 571.225.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Seating requirements.</I> School bus passenger seats shall be forward facing.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Seat back height, position, and surface area.</I> Each school bus passenger seat must be equipped with a seat back that has a vertical height of at least 610 mm (24 inches) above the seating reference point. The minimum total width of the seat back at 610 mm (24 inches) above the seating reference point shall be 75 percent of the maximum width of the seat bench. Each school bus passenger seat must be equipped with a seat back that, in the front projected view, has front surface area above the horizontal plane that passes through the seating reference point, and below the horizontal plane 610 mm (24 inches) above the seating reference point, of not less than 90 percent of the seat bench width in millimeters multiplied by 610.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 <I>Seat performance forward.</I> When a school bus passenger seat that has another seat behind it is subjected to the application of force as specified in S5.1.3.1 and S5.1.3.2, and subsequently, the application of additional force to the seat back as specified in S5.1.3.3 and S5.1.3.4:
</P>
<P>(a) The seat back force/deflection curve shall fall within the zone specified in Figure 1;
</P>
<P>(b) Seat back deflection shall not exceed 356 mm; (for determination of (a) and (b) the force/deflection curve describes only the force applied through the upper loading bar, and only the forward travel of the pivot attachment point of the upper loading bar, measured from the point at which the initial application of 44 N of force is attained.)
</P>
<P>(c) The seat shall not deflect by an amount such that any part of the seat moves to within 102 mm of any part of another school bus passenger seat or restraining barrier in its originally installed position;
</P>
<P>(d) The seat shall not separate from the vehicle at any attachment point; and
</P>
<P>(e) Seat components shall not separate at any attachment point.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.1 Position the loading bar specified in S6.5 so that it is laterally centered behind the seat back with the bar's longitudinal axis in a transverse plane of the vehicle and in any horizontal plane between 102 mm above and 102 mm below the seating reference point of the school bus passenger seat behind the test specimen.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.2 Apply a force of 3,114W newtons horizontally in the forward direction through the loading bar at the pivot attachment point. Reach the specified load in not less than 5 nor more than 30 seconds.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.3 No sooner than 1.0 second after attaining the required force, reduce that force to 1,557W newtons and, while maintaining the pivot point position of the first loading bar at the position where the 1,557W newtons is attained, position a second loading bar described in S6.5 so that it is laterally centered behind the seat back with the bar's longitudinal axis in a transverse plane of the vehicle and in the horizontal plane 406 mm above the seating reference point of the school bus passenger seat behind the test specimen, and move the bar forward against the seat back until a force of 44 N has been applied.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.4 Apply additional force horizontally in the forward direction through the upper bar until 452W joules of energy have been absorbed in deflecting the seat back (or restraining barrier). Apply the additional load in not less than 5 seconds nor more than 30 seconds. Maintain the pivot attachment point in the maximum forward travel position for not less than 5 seconds nor more than 10 seconds and release the load in not less than 5 nor more than 30 seconds. (For the determination of S5.1.3.4 the force/deflection curve describes only the force applied through the upper loading bar, and the forward and rearward travel distance of the upper loading bar pivot attachment point measured from the position at which the initial application of 44 N of force is attained.)
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 <I>Seat performance rearward.</I> When a school bus passenger seat that has another seat behind it is subjected to the application of force as specified in S5.1.4.1 and S5.1.4.2:
</P>
<P>(a) Seat back force shall not exceed 9,786 N;
</P>
<P>(b) Seat back deflection shall not exceed 254 mm; (for determination of (a) and (b) the force/deflection curve describes only the force applied through the loading bar, and only the rearward travel of the pivot attachment point of the loading bar, measured from the point at which the initial application of 222 N is attained.
</P>
<P>(c) The seat shall not deflect by an amount such that any part of the seat moves to within 102 mm of any part of another passenger seat in its originally installed position;
</P>
<P>(d) The seat shall not separate from the vehicle at any attachment point; and
</P>
<P>(e) Seat components shall not separate at any attachment point.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4.1 Position the loading bar described in S6.5 so that it is laterally centered forward of the seat back with the bar's longitudinal axis in a transverse plane of the vehicle and in the horizontal plane 343 mm above the seating reference point of the test specimen, and move the loading bar rearward against the seat back until a force of 222 N has been applied.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4.2 Apply additional force horizontally rearward through the loading bar until 316W joules (J) of energy has been absorbed in deflecting the seat back. Apply the additional load in not less than 5 seconds nor more than 30 seconds. Maintain the pivot attachment point in the maximum rearward travel position for not less than 5 seconds nor more than 10 seconds and release the load in not less than 5 seconds nor more than 30 seconds. (For determination of S5.1.4.2 the force deflection curve describes the force applied through the loading bar and the rearward and forward travel distance of the loading bar pivot attachment point measured from the position at which the initial application of 222 N of force is attained.)
</P>
<P>S5.1.5 <I>Seat cushion latching and retention.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) School bus passenger seat cushions equipped with attachment devices that allow for the seat cushion to be removable without tools or to flip up must have a self-latching mechanism that latches when subjected to the conditions specified in S5.1.5.1. The seat cushion shall not separate from the seat at any attachment point when subjected to the conditions specified in S5.1.5.2 after being subjected to the conditions of S5.1.5.1.
</P>
<P>(b) School bus passenger seat cushions that are removable only with the use of tools shall not separate from the seat at any attachment point when subjected to the conditions of S5.1.5.2.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5.1 Release the seat cushion self-latching mechanism. Lift the seat cushion then place the seat cushion back in the down position without activating the self-latching mechanism, if possible. Apply a downward force of 216 N (48.4 pounds) to the center of the seat cushion. The downward force shall be applied in any period of not less than 1 and not more than 5 seconds, and maintained for 5 seconds.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5.2 Apply an upward force of 5 times the weight of the seat cushion to the center of the bottom of the seat cushion. The upward force shall be applied in any period of not less than 1 and not more than 5 seconds, and maintained for 5 seconds.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6 <I>Quasi-static test of compartmentalization and Type 2 seat belt performance.</I> This section applies to school buses with a gross vehicle weight rating expressed in the first column of Tables 2 through 4, and that are equipped with Type 2 seat belt assemblies.
</P>
<P>(a) Except as provided in S5.1.6(b), when tested under the conditions of S5.1.6.5.1 through S5.1.6.5.6, the criteria specified in S5.1.6.1 and S5.1.6.2 must be met.
</P>
<P>(b) A school bus passenger seat that does not have another seat behind it is not loaded with the upper and lower loading bars as specified in S5.1.6.5.2, S5.1.6.5.3, and S5.1.6.5.7 and is excluded from the requirements of S5.1.6.1(b).
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.1 <I>Displacement limits.</I> In Tables 2 and 3, AH is the height in millimeters of the school bus torso belt anchor point specified by S4.1.3.2(a) of Standard No. 210 (49 CFR 571.210) and Φ is the angle of the posterior surface of the seat back defined in S5.1.6.3 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(a) Any school bus torso belt anchor point, as defined in S3 of Standard No. 210, must not displace horizontally forward from its initial position (when Φ was determined) more than the value in millimeters calculated from the following expression in the second column of Table 2:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2—Torso Belt Anchor Point Displacement Limit 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gross vehicle weight rating 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Displacement limit in millimeters 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(AH + 100) (tanΦ + 0.242/cosΦ) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than or equal to 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(AH + 100) (tanΦ + 0.356/cosΦ)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) A point directly rearward of any school bus torso belt anchor point, as defined in S3 of Standard No. 210 (49 CFR 571.210) on the rear facing surface of the seat back, must not displace horizontally forward from its initial position (when Φ was determined) more than the value in millimeters calculated from the following expression in the second column of Table 3:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3—Seat Back Point Displacement Limit 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gross vehicle weight rating 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Displacement limit in millimeters 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(AH + 100) (tanΦ + 0.174/cosΦ) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than or equal to 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(AH + 100) (tanΦ + 0.259/cosΦ)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.1.6.2 <I>Slippage of device used to achieve torso belt adjusted height.</I> If the torso belt adjusted height, as defined in S3 of Standard No. 210 (49 CFR 571.210), is achieved without the use of an adjustable torso belt anchorage, the adjustment device must not slip more than 25 mm (1.0 inches) along the webbing or guide material upon which it moves for the purpose of adjusting the torso belt height.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.3 <I>Angle of the posterior surface of a seat back.</I> If the seat back inclination is adjustable, the seat back is placed in the manufacturer's normal design riding position. If such a position is not specified, the seat back is positioned so it is in the most upright position. Position the loading bar specified in S6.5 of this standard so that it is laterally centered behind the seat back with the bar's longitudinal axis in a transverse plane of the vehicle in a horizontal plane within ±6 mm (0.25 inches) of the horizontal plane passing through the seating reference point and move the bar forward against the seat back until a force of 44 N (10 pounds) has been applied. Position a second loading bar as described in S6.5 of this standard so that it is laterally centered behind the seat back with the bar's longitudinal axis in a transverse plane of the vehicle and in the horizontal plane 406 ±6 mm (16 ±0.25 inches) above the seating reference point, and move the bar forward against the seat back until a force of 44 N (10 pounds) has been applied. Determine the angle from vertical of a line in the longitudinal vehicle plane that passes through the geometric center of the cross-section of each cylinder, as shown in Figure 8. That angle is the angle of the posterior surface of the seat back.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.4 The seat back must absorb 452W joules of energy when subjected to the force specified in S5.1.6.5.7.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.5 <I>Quasi-static test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.5.1 Adjust the seat back as specified in S5.1.6.3. Place all torso anchor points in their highest position of adjustment. If the torso belt adjusted height, as defined in S3 of FMVSS No. 210, is achieved by a method other than an adjustable anchor point, initially place the torso belt adjusted height at its highest position. Then move the adjustment device 38 mm (1.5 inches) downward with respect to its webbing or guide material.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.5.2 Position the lower loading bar specified in S6.5 of this standard so that it is laterally centered behind the seat back with the bar's longitudinal axis in a transverse plane of the vehicle and in any horizontal plane between 102 mm (4 inches) above and 102 mm (4 inches) below the seating reference point of the school bus passenger seat behind the test specimen. Position the upper loading bar described in S6.5 so that it is laterally centered behind the seat back with the bar's longitudinal axis in a transverse plane of the vehicle and in the horizontal plane 406 mm (16 inches) above the seating reference point of the school bus passenger seat behind the test specimen.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.5.3 Apply a force of 3,114W N (700W pounds) horizontally in the forward direction through the lower loading bar specified at S6.5 at the pivot attachment point. Reach the specified load in not less than 5 and not more than 30 seconds. No sooner than 1.0 second after attaining the required force, reduce that force to 1,557W N (350W pounds) and maintain the pivot point position of the loading bar at the position where the 1,557W N (350W pounds) is attained until the completion of S5.1.6.5.7 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.5.4 Position the body block specified in Figure 3 of FMVSS No. 210 (49 CFR 571.210) under each torso belt (between the torso belt and the seat back) in the passenger seat and apply a preload force of 600 ±50 N (135 ±11 pounds) on each body block in a forward direction parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle pursuant to the specifications of Standard No. 210 (49 CFR 571.210). After preload application is complete, the origin of the 203 mm body block radius at any point across the 102 mm body block thickness shall lie within the zone defined by S5.1.6.5.4(a) and S5.1.6.5.4(b) as shown in Figure 9:
</P>
<P>(a) At or rearward of a transverse vertical plane of the vehicle located 100 mm longitudinally forward of the seating reference point.
</P>
<P>(b) Within 75 mm of the horizontal plane located midway between the horizontal plane passing through the school bus torso belt adjusted height, specified in S3 of Standard No. 210 (49 CFR 571.210), and the horizontal plane 100 mm below the seating reference point.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.5.5 <I>Load application.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Fixed Occupancy Seat.</I> For school buses with the gross vehicle weight rating listed in the first column of Table 4, if the expression in the second column is true, simultaneously apply the force listed in the third column to each body block.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4—Torso Body Block Forces for Fixed Occupancy Seats
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gross vehicle weight rating 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">True expression 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Applied force 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">((seat bench width in mm)—(380Y)) ≤25 mm (1 inch)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3,300 N (742 pounds).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">((seat bench width in mm)—(380Y)) &gt;25 mm (1 inch)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000 N (1,124 pounds).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than or equal to 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">((seat bench width in mm)—(380Y)) ≤25 mm (1 inch)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000 N (1,124 pounds).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than or equal to 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">((seat bench width in mm)—(380Y)) &gt;25 mm (1 inch)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7,500 N (1,686 pounds).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Flexible Occupancy Seat.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) For school buses with the gross vehicle weight rating listed in the first column of Table 5 and a bench seat in the maximum occupancy configuration for a flexible occupancy seat of Y + 1 seat belt positions as specified in S4.1(d), simultaneously apply the force listed in the second column of Table 5 to each body block.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 5—Torso Body Block Forces in Maximum Occupancy Configuration
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Gross vehicle weight rating 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Applied force 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">More than 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3,300 N (742 pounds).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Less than or equal to 4,536 kg (10,000 pounds)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5,000 N (1,124 pounds).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) For a flexible occupancy seat in the minimum occupant configuration, apply the forces to each body block as specified in S5.1.6.5.5(a).
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.5.6 Reach the specified load in not less than 5 and not more than 30 seconds. While maintaining the load, measure the school bus torso belt anchor point and seat back point horizontal displacement and then remove the body block.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6.5.7 Move the upper bar forward against the seat back until a force of 44 N has been applied. Apply an additional force horizontally in the forward direction through the upper bar until 452W joules of energy have been absorbed in deflecting the seat back. The maximum travel of the pivot attachment point for the upper loading bar shall not exceed 356 mm as measured from the position at which the initial application of 44 N of force is attained and the maximum load must stay below the upper boundary of the force/deflection zone in Figure 1. Apply the additional load in not less than 5 seconds and not more than 30 seconds. Maintain the pivot attachment point at the maximum forward travel position for not less than 5 seconds, and not more than 10 seconds and release the load in not less than 5 seconds and not more than 30 seconds. (For the determination of S5.1.6.5.7, the energy calculation describes only the force applied through the upper loading bar, and the forward and rearward travel distance of the upper loading bar pivot attachment point measured from the position at which the application in this section of 44 N of force is attained.)
</P>
<P>S5.1.7 <I>Buckle side length limit.</I> This section applies to rear passenger seats on school buses that are equipped with Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assemblies. All portions of the buckle/latchplate assembly must remain rearward of the limit plane defined in S5.1.7.1 when tested under the conditions of S5.1.7.2.
</P>
<P>S5.1.7.1 <I>Buckle/latchplate limit plane.</I> Establish a transverse limit plane 65 mm from the SgRP that is perpendicular to a transverse plane that passes through the SgRP at an angle of 50 degrees to the horizontal.
</P>
<P>S5.1.7.2 <I>Load application.</I> Insert the seat belt latchplate into the seat belt buckle. Apply a 20 N load to the buckle/latchplate assembly whose vector is in a vertical longitudinal plane. Apply the load along the centerline of the webbing attached to the latchplate at least 100mm from the nearest point on the latchplate. The load may be applied at any angle in the range of 30 to 75 degrees from horizontal.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Restraining barrier requirements.</I> Each vehicle shall be equipped with a restraining barrier forward of any designated seating position that does not have the rear surface of another school bus passenger seat within 610 mm of its seating reference point, measured along a horizontal longitudinal line through the seating reference point in the forward direction.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Barrier-seat separation.</I> The horizontal distance between the restraining barrier's rear surface and the seating reference point of the seat in front of which the barrier is required shall not be more than 610 mm measured along a horizontal longitudinal line through the seating reference point in the forward direction.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Barrier height, position, and rear surface area.</I> The position and rear surface area of the restraining barrier shall be such that, in a front projected view of the bus, each point of the barrier's perimeter coincides with or lies outside of the perimeter of the minimum seat back area required by S5.1.2 for the seat immediately rearward of the restraining barrier.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 <I>Barrier performance forward.</I> When force is applied to the restraining barrier in the same manner as specified in S5.1.3.1 through S5.1.3.4 for seating performance tests:
</P>
<P>(a) The restraining barrier force/deflection curve shall fall within the zone specified in Figure 1;
</P>
<P>(b) Restraining barrier deflection shall not exceed 356 mm; (for computation of (a) and (b) the force/deflection curve describes only the force applied through the upper loading bar, and only the forward travel of the pivot attachment point of the loading bar, measured from the point at which the initial application of 44 N of force is attained.)
</P>
<P>(c) Restraining barrier deflection shall not interfere with normal door operation;
</P>
<P>(d) The restraining barrier shall not separate from the vehicle at any attachment point; and
</P>
<P>(e) Restraining barrier components shall not separate at any attachment point.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Impact zone requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 <I>Head protection zone.</I> Any contactable surface of the vehicle within any zone specified in S5.3.1.1 shall meet the requirements of S5.3.1.2 and S5.3.1.3. However, a surface area that has been contacted pursuant to an impact test need not meet further requirements contained in S5.3.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1.1 The head protection zones in each vehicle are the spaces in front of each school bus passenger seat which are not occupied by bus sidewall, window, or door structure and which, in relation to that seat and its seating reference point, are enclosed by the following planes;
</P>
<P>(a) Horizontal planes 305 mm and 1016 mm above the seating reference point;
</P>
<P>(b) A vertical longitudinal plane tangent to the inboard (aisle side) edge of the seat; and
</P>
<P>(c) A vertical longitudinal plane 83 mm inboard of the outboard edge of the seat;
</P>
<P>(d) Vertical transverse planes through and 762 mm forward of the reference point.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1.2 <I>Head form impact requirement.</I> When any contactable surface of the vehicle within the zones specified in S5.3.1.1 is impacted from any direction at 6.7 m/s by the head form described in S6.6, the axial acceleration at the center of gravity of the head form shall be such that the expression
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er27my98.016.gif"/>
<FP>shall not exceed 1,000 where “a” is the axial acceleration expressed as a multiple of “<I>g</I>” (the acceleration due to gravity), and “t<E T="52">1</E>” and “t<E T="52">2</E>” are any two points in time during the impact.
</FP>
<P>S5.3.1.3 <I>Head form force distribution.</I> When any contactable surface of the vehicle within the zones specified in S5.3.1.1 is impacted from any direction at 6.7 m/s by the head form described in S6.6, the energy necessary to deflect the impacted material shall be not less than 4.5 joules before the force level on the head form exceeds 667 N. When any contactable surface within such zones is impacted by the head form from any direction at 1.5 m/s the contact area on the head form surface shall be not less than 1,935 mm
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 <I>Leg protection zone.</I> Any part of the seat backs or restraining barriers in the vehicle within any zone specified in S5.3.2.1 shall meet the requirements of S5.3.2.2.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.1 The leg protection zones of each vehicle are those parts of the school bus passenger seat backs and restraining barriers bounded by horizontal planes 305 mm above and 102 mm below the seating reference point of the school bus passenger seat immediately behind the seat back or restraining barrier.
</P>
<P>S5.3.2.2 When any point on the rear surface of that part of a seat back or restraining barrier within any zone specified in S5.3.2.1 is impacted from any direction at 4.9 m/s by the knee form specified in S6.7, the resisting force of the impacted material shall not exceed 2,669 N and the contact area on the knee form surface shall not be less than 1,935 mm
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>S5.4 Each school bus having one or more locations designed for carrying a person seated in a wheelchair shall comply with S5.4.1 through S5.4.4 at each such wheelchair location.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 <I>Wheelchair securement anchorages.</I> Each wheelchair location shall have not less than four wheelchair securement anchorages complying with S5.4.1.1 through S5.4.1.3.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.1 Each wheelchair securement anchorage shall have a wheelchair securement device complying with S5.4.2 attached to it.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.2 The wheelchair securement anchorages at each wheelchair location shall be situated so that—
</P>
<P>(a) A wheelchair can be secured in a forward-facing position.
</P>
<P>(b) The wheelchair can be secured by wheelchair securement devices at two locations in the front and two locations in the rear.
</P>
<P>(c) The front wheel of a three-wheeled wheelchair can be secured.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.3 Each wheelchair securement anchorage shall be capable of withstanding a force of 13,344 Newtons applied as specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section. When more than one securement device share a common anchorage, the anchorage shall be capable of withstanding a force of 13,344 Newtons multiplied by the number of securement devices sharing that anchorage.
</P>
<P>(a) The initial application force shall be applied at an angle of not less than 30 degrees, but not more than 60 degrees, measured from the horizontal. (See Figure 4.)
</P>
<P>(b) The horizontal projection of the force direction shall be within a horizontal arc of ±45 degrees relative to a longitudinal line which has its origin at the anchorage location and projects rearward for an anchorage whose wheelchair securement device is intended to secure the front of the wheelchair and forward for an anchorage whose wheelchair securement device is intended to secure the rear of the wheelchair. (See Figure 4.)
</P>
<P>(c) The force shall be applied at the onset rate of not more than 133,440 Newtons per second.
</P>
<P>(d) The 13,344 Newton force shall be attained in not more than 30 seconds, and shall be maintained for 10 seconds.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 <I>Wheelchair securement devices.</I> Each wheelchair securement device shall—
</P>
<P>(a) If incorporating webbing or a strap—
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the requirements for Type 1 safety belt systems in S4.2, S4.3, and S4.4(a) of FMVSS No. 209, <I>Seat Belt Assemblies</I>; and
</P>
<P>(2) Provide a means of adjustment to remove slack from the device.
</P>
<P>(b) If not incorporating webbing or a strap, limit movement of the wheelchair through either the equipment design or a means of adjustment.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3 <I>Wheelchair occupant restraint anchorages.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.1 Each wheelchair location shall have:
</P>
<P>(a) Not less than one anchorage for the upper end of the upper torso restraint; and
</P>
<P>(b) Not less than two floor anchorages for wheelchair occupant pelvic and upper torso restraint.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.2 Each wheelchair occupant restraint floor anchorage shall be capable of withstanding a force of 13,344 Newtons applied as specified in paragraphs (a) through (d). When more than one wheelchair occupant restraint share a common anchorage, the anchorage shall be capable of withstanding a force of 13,344 Newtons multiplied by the number of occupant restraints sharing that anchorage.
</P>
<P>(a) The initial application force shall be applied at an angle of not less than 45 degrees, but not more than 80 degrees, measured from the horizontal. (See Figure 5.)
</P>
<P>(b) The horizontal projection of the force direction shall be within a horizontal arc of ±45 degrees relative to a longitudinal line which has its origin at the anchorage and projects forward. (See Figure 5.)
</P>
<P>(c) The force shall be applied at an onset rate of not more than 133,440 Newtons per second.
</P>
<P>(d) The 13,344 Newton force shall be attained in not more than 30 seconds, and shall be maintained for 10 seconds.
</P>
<P>(e) When a wheelchair securement device and an occupant restraint share a common anchorage, including occupant restraint designs that attach the occupant restraint to the securement device or the wheelchair, the loads specified by S5.4.1.3 and S5.4.3.2 shall be applied simultaneously, under the conditions specified in S5.4.3.2 (a) and (b). (See Figure 6.)
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.3 Each anchorage for a wheelchair occupant upper torso restraint shall be capable of withstanding a force of 6,672 Newtons applied as specified in paragraphs (a) through (d).
</P>
<P>(a) The initial application force shall be applied at a vertical angle of not less than zero degrees, but not more than 40 degrees, below a horizontal plane which passes through the anchorage. (See Figure 7.)
</P>
<P>(b) The projection of the force direction onto the horizontal plane shall be within zero degrees and 45 degrees as measured from a longitudinal line with its origin at the anchorage and projecting forward. (See Figure 7.)
</P>
<P>(c) The force shall be applied at the onset rate of not more than 66,720 Newtons per second.
</P>
<P>(d) The 6,672 Newton force shall be attained in not more than 30 seconds, and shall be maintained for 10 seconds.
</P>
<P>S5.4.4 <I>Wheelchair occupant restraints.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Each wheelchair location shall have wheelchair occupant pelvic and upper torso restraints attached to the anchorages required by S5.4.3.
</P>
<P>(b) Each wheelchair occupant restraint shall comply with the requirements for Type 2 safety belt systems in S4.2, S4.3, and S4.4(b) of FMVSS No. 209, <I>Seat Belt Assemblies.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Labeling.</I> (a) A small occupant seating position must be permanently and legibly marked or labeled with the phrase: “Do Not Sit In Middle Seat If Over Age 10”. The phrase must be comprised of no more than two lines of text. The label must be placed on the torso belt portion of the Type 2 seat belt. It must be plainly visible and easily readable when the seat belt is in a stored position. The distance from the top edge of the top line of text to the bottom edge of the bottom line of text must be at least 35 mm. If the label is sewn on, it must be stitched around its entire perimeter.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test conditions.</I> The following conditions apply to the requirements specified in S5.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Test surface.</I> The bus is at rest on a level surface.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Tires.</I> Tires are inflated to the pressure specified by the manufacturer for the gross vehicle weight rating.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Temperature.</I> The ambient temperature is any level between 0 degrees C and 32 degrees C.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Seat back position.</I> If adjustable, a seat back is adjusted to its most upright position.
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>Loading bar.</I> The loading bar is a rigid cylinder with an outside diameter of 152 mm that has hemispherical ends with radii of 76 mm and with a surface roughness that does not exceed 1.6 µm, root mean square. The length of the loading bar is 102 mm less than the width of the seat back in each test. The stroking mechanism applies force through a pivot attachment at the center point of the loading bar which allows the loading bar to rotate in a horizontal plane 30 degrees in either direction from the transverse position.
</P>
<P>S6.5.1 A vertical or lateral force of 17,792 N applied externally through the pivot attachment point of the loading bar at any position reached during a test specified in this standard shall not deflect that point more than 25 mm.
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Head form.</I> The head form for the measurement of acceleration is a rigid surface comprised of two hemispherical shapes, with total equivalent mass of 5.2 kg. The first of the two hemispherical shapes has a diameter of 166 mm. The second of the two hemispherical shapes has a 50 mm diameter and is centered as shown in Figure 3 to protrude from the outer surface of the first hemispherical shape. The surface roughness of the hemispherical shapes does not exceed 1.6 µm, root mean square.
</P>
<P>S6.6.1 The direction of travel of the head form is coincidental with the straight line connecting the centerpoints of the two spherical outer surfaces which constitute the head form shape.
</P>
<P>S6.6.2 The head form is instrumented with an acceleration sensing device whose output is recorded in a data channel that conforms to the requirements for a 1,000 Hz channel class as specified in SAE Recommended Practice J211a (1971) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The head form exhibits no resonant frequency below three times the frequency of the channel class. The axis of the acceleration sensing device coincides with the straight line connecting the centerpoints of the two hemispherical outer surfaces which constitute the head form shape.
</P>
<P>S6.6.3 The head form is guided by a stroking device so that the direction of travel of the head form is not affected by impact with the surface being tested at the levels called for in the standard.
</P>
<P>S6.7 <I>Knee form.</I> The knee form for measurement of force is a rigid 76 millimeter-diameter cylinder, with an equivalent weight of 44 N that has one hemispherical end with a 38 mm radius forming a contact surface of the knee form. The hemispherical surface roughness does not exceed 1.6 µm, root mean square.
</P>
<P>S6.7.1 The direction of travel of the knee form is coincidental with the centerline of the rigid cylinder.
</P>
<P>S6.7.2 The knee form is instrumented with an acceleration sensing device whose output is recorded in a data channel that conforms to the requirements of a 600 Hz channel class as specified in SAE Recommended Practice J211a (1971) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The knee form exhibits no resonant frequency below three times the frequency of the channel class. The axis of the acceleration sensing device is aligned to measure acceleration along the centerline of the cylindrical knee form.
</P>
<P>S6.7.3 The knee form is guided by a stroking device so that the direction of travel of the knee form is not affected by impact with the surface being tested at the levels called for in the standard.
</P>
<P>S6.8 The head form, knee form, and contactable surfaces are clean and dry during impact testing.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er27my98.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27my98.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27my98.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.141.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.142.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.143.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.144.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21oc08.059.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21oc08.060.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 4018, Jan. 28, 1976]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.222, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.223" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.223   Standard No. 223; Rear impact guards.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for rear impact guards for trailers and semitrailers.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the number of deaths and serious injuries that occur when light duty vehicles collide with the rear end of trailers and semitrailers.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to rear impact guards for trailers and semitrailers subject to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 224, <I>Rear Impact Protection</I> (§ 571.224).
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>In this standard, directional terms such as <I>bottom, center, height, horizontal, longitudinal, transverse,</I> and <I>rear</I> refer to directions relative to the vehicle orientation when the guard is oriented as if it were installed on a vehicle according to the installation instructions in S5.5 of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Chassis</I> means the load supporting frame structure of a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Guard width</I> means the maximum horizontal guard dimension that is perpendicular to the longitudinal vertical plane passing through the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle when the guard is installed on the vehicle according to the installation instructions in S5.5 of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Ground clearance</I> means the vertical distance from the bottom edge of a horizontal member to the ground.
</P>
<P><I>Horizontal member</I> means the structural member of the guard that meets the configuration requirements of S5.1.1 through 5.1.3 of § 571.224, Rear Impact Protection, when the guard is installed on a vehicle according to the guard manufacturer's installation instructions.
</P>
<P><I>Hydraulic guard</I> means a guard designed to use fluid properties to provide resistance force to deformation.
</P>
<P><I>Load path</I> means a route of force transmission between the horizontal member and the chassis.
</P>
<P><I>Rear impact guard</I> means a device installed on or near the rear of a vehicle so that when the vehicle is struck from the rear, the device limits the distance that the striking vehicle's front end slides under the rear end of the impacted vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Rigid test fixture</I> means a supporting structure on which a rear impact guard can be mounted in the same manner it is mounted to a vehicle. The rigid test fixture is designed to resist the forces applied to the rear impact guard without significant deformation, such that a performance requirement of this standard must be met no matter how small an amount of energy is absorbed by the rigid test fixture.
</P>
<P>S5. Requirements.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Projected Vertical Height.</I> The horizontal member of each guard, when viewed from the rear as it would be installed on a trailer pursuant to the installation instructions or procedures required by S5.5 of this standard, shall have a vertical height of at least 100 mm at each point across the guard width, when projected horizontally on a transverse vertical plane. Those installation instructions or procedures shall specify that the guard is to be mounted so that all portions of the horizontal member necessary to achieve a 100 mm high projected vertical height are located not more than 305 mm forward of the vehicle's rear extremity, as defined in S4 of 49 CFR 571.224, Rear Impact Protection. See Figure 1 of this section.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Strength and Energy Absorption.</I> When tested under the procedures of S6 of this section, each guard shall comply with the strength requirements of S5.2.1 of this section at each test location and the energy absorption requirements of S5.2.2 of this section when a distributed load is applied uniformly across the horizontal member, as specified in S6.8 of this section. However, a particular guard (<I>i.e.,</I> test specimen) need not be tested at more than one location.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Guard Strength.</I> The guard must resist the force levels specified in S5.2.1(a) through (c) of this section without deflecting by more than 125 mm and without eliminating any load path that existed before the test was initiated.
</P>
<P>(a) A force of 50,000 N applied in accordance with S6.6 of this section at test location P1 on either the left or the right side of the guard as defined in S6.4(a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A force of 50,000 N applied in accordance with S6.6 of this section at test location P2 as defined in S6.4(b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) A uniform distributed force of at least 350,000 N applied across the horizontal member, as specified in S6.8 of this section and in accordance with S6.6 of this section.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Guard Energy Absorption.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) A guard, other than a hydraulic guard or one installed on a tanker trailer, when subjected to a uniform distributed load applied in accordance with S6.6(c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Shall absorb by plastic deformation at least 20,000 J of energy within the first 125 mm of deflection without eliminating any load path that existed before the test was initiated; and
</P>
<P>(2) Have a ground clearance not exceeding 560 mm, measured at each support to which the horizontal member is attached, as shown in Figure 4 of this section, after completion of the load application.
</P>
<P>(b) A guard, other than a hydraulic guard or one installed on a tanker trailer, that demonstrates resistance to a uniform distributed load greater than 700,000 N applied in accordance with S6.6(b) of this section, need not meet the energy absorption requirements of S5.2.2(a) of this section but must have a ground clearance not exceeding 560 mm at each vertical support to which the horizontal member is attached after completion of the 700,000 N load application.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Labeling.</I> Each guard shall be permanently labeled with the information specified in S5.3 (a) through (c) of this section. The information shall be in English and in letters that are at least 2.5 mm high. The label shall be placed on the forward or rearward facing surface of the horizontal member of the guard, provided that the label does not interfere with the retroreflective sheeting required by S5.7.1.4.1(c) of FMVSS No. 108 (49 CFR 571.108), and is readily accessible for visual inspection. 
</P>
<P>(a) The guard manufacturer's name and address.
</P>
<P>(b) The statement: “Manufactured in ________” (inserting the month and year of guard manufacture).
</P>
<P>(c) The letters “DOT”, constituting a certification by the guard manufacturer that the guard conforms to all requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Guard Attachment Hardware.</I> Each guard, other than a guard that is to be installed on a vehicle manufactured by the manufacturer of the guard, shall be accompanied by all attachment hardware necessary for installation of the guard on the chassis of the motor vehicle for which it is intended.
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Installation Instructions.</I> The manufacturer of rear impact guards for sale to vehicle manufacturers shall include with each guard printed instructions in English for installing the guard, as well as a diagram or schematic depicting proper guard installation. The manufacturer of a rear impact guard for one of its own vehicles shall prepare and keep a copy of installation procedures applicable to each vehicle/guard combination for a period of one year from the date of vehicle manufacture and provide them to NHTSA on request. The instructions or procedures shall specify:
</P>
<P>(a) Vehicles on which the guard can be installed. Vehicles may be designated by listing the make and model of the vehicles for which the guard is suitable, or by specifying the design elements that would make any vehicle an appropriate host for the particular guard (e.g., vehicles with frame rails of certain spacing and gauge of steel).
</P>
<P>(b) A description of the chassis surface to which the guard will be attached, including frame design types with dimensions, material thickness, and tire track width. This description shall be detailed enough to permit the agency to locate and duplicate the chassis surface during compliance testing.
</P>
<P>(c) An explanation of the method of attaching the guard to the chassis of each vehicle make and model listed or to the design elements specified in the instructions or procedures. The principal aspects of vehicle chassis configuration that are necessary to the proper functioning of the guard shall be specified including the maximum allowable vertical distance between the bottom edge of the horizontal member of the guard and the ground to ensure post-test ground clearance requirements are met. If the chassis strength is inadequate for the guard design, the instructions or procedures shall specify methods for adequately reinforcing the vehicle chassis. Procedures for properly installing any guard attachment hardware shall be provided.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Guard Test Procedures.</I> The procedures for determining compliance with S5.2 of this section are specified in S6.1 through S6.9 of this section.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Preparation of Hydraulic Guards.</I> For hydraulic guards, the horizontal member of the guard is deflected in a forward direction until the hydraulic unit(s) have reached the full extent of their designed travel or 610 mm, whichever occurs first. The hydraulic units are compressed before the application of force to the guard in accordance with S6.6 of this section and maintained in this condition throughout the testing under S6.6 of this section.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Guard Installation for Strength and Energy Absorption Tests.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The rear impact guard is attached to a test device.
</P>
<P>(b) The test device for the compliance test will be whichever of the following devices, if either was used, the manufacturer used as a basis for its certification of the guard in S5.3(c) of this section. If the manufacturer did not use one of these devices or does not specify a device when asked by the agency, the agency may choose either of the following devices—
</P>
<P>(1) A rigid test fixture. In the case of testing on a rigid test fixture NHTSA will consult the installation instructions or procedures to determine the surface or structure that the guard is supposed to be mounted to and mount it to the rigid test fixture in the same way.
</P>
<P>(2) A complete trailer for which installation of the guard is suitable, as provided in the manufacturer's installation instructions or procedures required by S5.5 of this section. The trailer chassis is secured so that it behaves essentially as a fixed object during the test, such that the test must be passed no matter how little it moves during the test.
</P>
<P>(c) The guard is attached in accordance with the instructions or procedures for guard attachment provided by the guard manufacturer for that guard as required by S5.5 of this section.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Point Load Force Application Device.</I> The force application device employed in S6.6 of this section consists of a rectangular solid made of rigid steel. The steel solid is 203 mm in height, 203 mm in width, and 25 mm in thickness. The 203 mm by 203 mm face of the block is used as the contact surface for application of the forces specified in S5.2.1(a) and (b) of this section. Each edge of the contact surface of the block has a radius of curvature of 5 mm plus or minus 1 mm.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Point Load Test Locations.</I> With the guard mounted to the rigid test fixture or to a complete trailer, determine the test locations P1 and P2 in accordance with the procedure set forth in S6.4(a) and (b) of this section. See Figure 1 of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) Point Load Test location P1 is the point on the rearmost surface of the horizontal member of the guard that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is located at a distance of 
<FR>3/8</FR> of the guard width from the vertical longitudinal plane passing through center of the guard;
</P>
<P>(2) Lies on either side of the center of the guard's horizontal member; and
</P>
<P>(3) Is 50 mm above the bottom of the guard.
</P>
<P>(b) Point Load Test location P2 is the point on the rearmost surface of the horizontal member of the guard that:
</P>
<P>(1) Lies in the longitudinal vertical plane passing through the center of the guard's horizontal member; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is 50 mm above the bottom of the guard.
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>Positioning of Force Application Device.</I> Before applying any force to the guard, locate the force application device specified in S6.3 of this section for the point load test location and that specified in S6.7 of this section for the uniform distributed load test location, such that:
</P>
<P>(a) The center point of the contact surface of the force application device is aligned with and touching the guard test location, as defined by the specifications of S6.4 of this section for the point load test locations, and S6.8 of this section for the uniform distributed load test location.
</P>
<P>(b) The longitudinal axis of the force application device passes through the test location and is perpendicular to the transverse vertical plane that is tangent to the rearmost surface of the guard's horizontal member.
</P>
<P>(c) If the guard is tested on a rigid test fixture, the vertical distance from the bottom edge of the horizontal member to the ground at the location of each support to which the horizontal member is attached, shall be measured.
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Force Application.</I> After the force application device has been positioned according to S6.5 of this section, at the point load test locations specified in S6.4 of this section or the uniform distributed load test location specified in S6.8 of this section, apply the loads specified in S5.2 of this section. Load application procedures are specified in S6.6(a) through (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) Using the force application device, apply force to the guard in a forward direction such that the displacement rate of the force application device is the rate, plus or minus 10 percent, designated by the guard manufacturer within the range of 2.0 cm per minute to 9.0 cm per minute. If the guard manufacturer does not designate a rate, any rate within that range may be chosen.
</P>
<P>(b) If conducting a strength test to satisfy the requirement of S5.2.1 or S5.2.2(b) of this section, the force is applied until the forces specified in S5.2.1 or S5.2.2(b) of this section have been exceeded, or until the displacement of the force application device has reached at least 125 mm whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(c) If conducting a test to be used for the calculation of energy absorption levels to satisfy the requirement of S5.2.2(a) of this section, apply a uniform distributed force to the guard until displacement of the force application device, specified in S6.7 of this section, has reached 125 mm. For calculation of guard energy absorption, the value of force is recorded at least ten times per 25 mm of displacement of the contact surface of the loading device. Reduce the force until the guard no longer offers resistance to the force application device. Produce a force vs. deflection diagram of the type shown in Figure 2 of this section using this information. Determine the energy absorbed by the guard by calculating the shaded area bounded by the curve in the force vs. deflection diagram and the abscissa (X-axis).
</P>
<P>(d) During each force application, the force application device is guided so that it does not rotate. At all times during the application of force, the location of the longitudinal axis of the force application device remains constant.
</P>
<P>S6.7 <I>Uniform Distributed Load Force Application Device.</I> The force application device to be employed in applying the uniform distributed load is to be unyielding, have a height of 203 mm, and have a width that exceeds the distance between the outside edges of the outermost supports to which the tested portion of the horizontal member is attached, as shown in Figure 3 of this section.
</P>
<P>S6.8 <I>Uniform Distributed Load Test Location.</I> With the guard mounted to the rigid test fixture or to a complete trailer, determine the test location in accordance with the following procedure. See Figure 3 of this section. Distributed Force Test location is the plane on the rearmost surface of the horizontal member of the guard that:
</P>
<P>(a) Is centered in the longitudinal vertical plane passing through the center of the guard's horizontal member; and
</P>
<P>(b) Is centered 50 mm above the bottom of the guard.
</P>
<P>S6.9 <I>Ground Clearance Measurement.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For the test device attached to a complete trailer as specified in S6.2 of this section, the ground clearance of the guard at the vertical supports to which the horizontal member is attached shall be measured after completion of the uniform distributed load test in accordance with S6.6(b) or S6.6(c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) For the test device attached to a rigid test fixture as specified in S6.2 of this section, the vertical distance from the ground to the bottom edge of the horizontal member at the vertical supports to which the horizontal member is attached shall be measured after completion of the uniform distributed load test in accordance with S6.6(b) or S6.6(c) of this section and subtracted from the corresponding ground clearance measured before the load application in accordance with S6.5(c) of this section. The difference in ground clearance before and after the load application is added to the allowable maximum vertical distance between the bottom edge of the horizontal member of the guard and the ground as specified in S5.5(c) of this section, to obtain the ground clearance after completion of the uniform distributed load test.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er15jy22.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15jy22.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15jy22.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15jy22.006.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 2030, Jan. 24, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 3662, Jan. 26, 1998; 69 FR 67662, Nov. 19, 2004; 87 FR 42366, July 15, 2022]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.224" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.64" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.224   Standard No. 224; Rear impact protection.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes requirements for the installation of rear impact guards on trailers and semitrailers with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 4,536 kg or more.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the number of deaths and serious injuries occurring when light duty vehicles impact the rear of trailers and semitrailers with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or more.
</P>
<P><I>S3. Application.</I> This standard applies to trailers and semitrailers with a GVWR of 4,356 kg or more. The standard does not apply to pole trailers, pulpwood trailers, low chassis vehicles, road construction controlled horizontal discharge trailers, special purpose vehicles, wheels back vehicles, or temporary living quarters as defined in 49 CFR 523.2.  If a cargo tank motor vehicle, as defined in 49 CFR 171.8, is certified to carry hazardous materials and has a rear bumper or rear end protection device conforming with 49 CFR part 178 located in the area of the horizontal member of the rear underride guard required by this standard, the guard need not comply with the energy absorption requirement (S5.2.2) of 49 CFR 571.223.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Chassis</I> means the load supporting frame structure of a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Horizontal member</I> means the structural member of the guard that meets the configuration requirements of S5.1 of this section when the guard is installed on the vehicle according to the installation instructions or procedures required by S5.5 of § 571.223, Rear Impact Guards.
</P>
<P><I>Low chassis vehicle</I> means a trailer or semitrailer having a chassis that extends behind the rearmost point of the rearmost tires and a lower rear surface that meets the configuration requirements of S5.1.1 through 5.1.3 of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Outer</I> or <I>Outboard</I> means away from the trailer centerline and toward the side extremities of the trailer.
</P>
<P><I>Pulpwood trailer</I> means a trailer that is designed exclusively for harvesting logs or pulpwood and constructed with a skeletal frame with no means for attachment of a solid bed, body, or container.
</P>
<P><I>Rear extremity</I> means the rearmost point on a trailer that is above a horizontal plane located above the ground clearance and below a horizontal plane located 1,900 mm above the ground when the trailer is configured as specified in S5.1 of this section and when the trailer's cargo doors, tailgate and other permanent structures are positioned as they normally are when the trailer is in motion, with non-structural protrusions excluded from the determination of the rearmost point, such as:
</P>
<P>(1) Tail lamps;
</P>
<P>(2) Rubber bumpers;
</P>
<P>(3) Hinges and latches; and
</P>
<P>(4) Flexible aerodynamic devices capable of being folded to within 305 mm from the transverse vertical plane tangent to the rear most surface of the horizontal member for vertical heights below 1,740 mm above ground and, when positioned as they normally are when the trailer is in motion, are located forward of the transverse plane that is tangent to the rear bottom edge of the horizontal member and intersecting a point located 1,210 mm rearward of the horizontal member and 1,740 mm above the ground.
</P>
<P><I>Road construction controlled horizontal discharge trailer</I> means a trailer or semitrailer that is equipped with a mechanical drive and a conveyor to deliver asphalt and other road building materials, in a controlled horizontal manner, into a lay down machine or paving equipment for road construction and paving operations.
</P>
<P><I>Rounded corner</I> means a guard's outermost end that curves upward or forward toward the front of the vehicle, or both.
</P>
<P><I>Side extremity</I> means the outermost point on a vehicle's side that is located above a horizontal plane 560 mm above the ground, below a horizontal plane located 190 cm above the ground, and between a transverse vertical plane tangent to the rear extremity of the vehicle and a transverse vertical plane located 305 mm forward of that plane when the vehicle is configured as specified in S5.1 of this section. Non-structural protrusions such as taillights, hinges, rubber bumpers, and latches are excluded from the determination of the outermost point.
</P>
<P><I>Special purpose vehicle</I> means a trailer or semitrailer that:
</P>
<P>(1) Has work performing equipment that, while the vehicle is in transit, resides in or moves through any portion of the space bounded:
</P>
<P>(i) Vertically from the ground to a horizontal plane 660 mm above the ground;
</P>
<P>(ii) Laterally the full width of the trailer, determined by the trailer's side extremities as defined in S4 of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iii) From the rear extremity of the trailer as defined in S4 of this section to a transverse vertical plane 305 mm forward of the rear extremity of the trailer; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is equipped with a loading platform that, while the vehicle is in transit, is completely stowed in the space bounded by a plane tangent to the underside of the vehicle, the ground, the rear extremity of the vehicle, and the rearmost axle, and that, when operated, deploys from its stowed position to the rear of the vehicle through any portion of the space described above.
</P>
<P><I>Wheels back vehicle</I> means a trailer or semitrailer whose rearmost axle is permanently fixed and is located such that the rearmost surface of tires of the size recommended by the vehicle manufacturer for the vehicle on that axle is not more than 305 mm forward of the transverse vertical plane tangent to the rear extremity of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Installation; vehicle configuration.</I> Each vehicle shall be equipped with a rear impact guard certified as meeting Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 223, <I>Rear Impact Guards</I> (§ 571.223). When the vehicle to which the guard is attached is resting on level ground, unloaded, with its full capacity of fuel, and with its tires inflated and air suspension, if so equipped, pressurized in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, the guard shall comply with the requirements of S5.1.1 through S5.1.3 of this section. See Figure 1 of this section.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Guard width.</I> The outermost surfaces of the horizontal member of the guard shall extend outboard to within 100 mm of the longitudinal vertical planes that are tangent to the side extremities of the vehicle, but shall not extend outboard of those planes. See Figure 1 of this section.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Guard height.</I> The vertical distance between the bottom edge of the horizontal member of the guard and the ground shall not exceed 560 mm at any point across the full width of the member. Notwithstanding this requirement, guards with rounded corners may curve upward within 255 mm of the longitudinal vertical planes that are tangent to the side extremities of the vehicle. See Figure 1 of this section.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 <I>Guard rear surface.</I> At any height 560 mm or more above the ground, the rearmost surface of the horizontal member of the guard shall be located as close as practical to a transverse vertical plane tangent to the rear extremity of the vehicle, but no more than 305 mm forward of that plane. Notwithstanding this requirement, the horizontal member may extend rearward of the plane, and guards with rounded corners may curve forward within 255 mm of the longitudinal vertical planes that are tangent to the side extremities of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Installation Requirements.</I> Guards shall be attached to the vehicle's chassis by the vehicle manufacturer in accordance with the installation instructions or procedures provided pursuant to S5.5 of Standard No. 223, <I>Rear Impact Guards</I> (§ 571.223). The vehicle must be of a type identified in the installation instructions as appropriate for the guard.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.147.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 2035, Jan. 24, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 3662, Jan. 26, 1998; 69 FR 64500, Nov. 5, 2004; 69 FR 67668, Nov. 19, 2004; 71 FR 9277, Feb. 23, 2006; 87 FR 42372, July 15, 2022]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.225" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.65" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.225   Standard No. 225; Child restraint anchorage systems.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard establishes requirements for child restraint anchorage systems to ensure their proper location and strength for the effective securing of child restraints, to reduce the likelihood of the anchorage systems' failure, and to increase the likelihood that child restraints are properly secured and thus more fully achieve their potential effectiveness in motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars; to trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 3,855 kilograms (8,500 pounds) or less; and to buses (including school buses) with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less. This standard does not apply to walk-in van-type vehicles, vehicles manufactured to be sold exclusively to the U.S. Postal Service, shuttle buses, and funeral coaches.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Child restraint anchorage</I> means any vehicle component, other than Type I or Type II seat belts, that is involved in transferring loads generated by a child restraint system to the vehicle structure.
</P>
<P><I>Child restraint anchorage system</I> means a vehicle system that is designed for attaching a child restraint system to a vehicle at a particular designated seating position, consisting of:
</P>
<P>(a) Two lower anchorages meeting the requirements of S9; and
</P>
<P>(b) A tether anchorage meeting the requirements of S6.
</P>
<P><I>Child restraint fixture (CRF)</I> means the fixture depicted in Figures 1 and 2 of this standard that simulates the dimensions of a child restraint system, and that is used to determine the space required by the child restraint system and the location and accessibility of the lower anchorages.
</P>
<P><I>Funeral coach</I> means a vehicle that contains only a front row of occupant seats, is designed exclusively for transporting a body and casket and that is equipped with features to secure a casket in place during operation of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Rear designated seating position</I> means any designated seating position (as that term is defined at § 571.3) that is rearward of the front seats(s).
</P>
<P><I>Seat bight</I> means the area close to and including the intersection of the surfaces of the vehicle seat cushion and the seat back.
</P>
<P><I>SFAD 1</I> means Static Force Application Device 1 shown in Figures 12 to 16 of this standard.
</P>
<P><I>SFAD 2</I> means Static Force Application Device 2 shown in Figures 17 and 18 of this standard.
</P>
<P><I>Shuttle bus</I> means a bus with only one row of forward-facing seating positions rearward of the driver's seat or, for a vehicle without manually operated controls, means a bus with only one row of forward-facing seating positions rearward of all front row passenger seats.
</P>
<P><I>Tether anchorage</I> means a user-ready, permanently installed vehicle system that transfers loads from a tether strap through the tether hook to the vehicle structure and that accepts a tether hook.
</P>
<P><I>Tether strap</I> means a strap that is secured to the rigid structure of the seat back of a child restraint system, and is connected to a tether hook that transfers the load from that system to the tether anchorage.
</P>
<P><I>Tether hook</I> means a device, illustrated in Figure 11 of Standard No. 213 (§ 571.213), used to attach a tether strap to a tether anchorage.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>General vehicle requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 Each tether anchorage and each child restraint anchorage system installed, either voluntarily or pursuant to this standard, in any new vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 1999, shall comply with the configuration, location, marking and strength requirements of this standard. The vehicle shall be delivered with written information, in English, on how to appropriately use those anchorages and systems.
</P>
<P>S4.2 Vehicles shall be equipped as specified in paragraphs S4.2(a) through (c), except as provided in S5 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(a) Each vehicle with three or more forward-facing rear designated seating positions shall be equipped as specified in S4.2(a)(1) and (2).
</P>
<P>(1) Each vehicle shall be equipped with a child restraint anchorage system conforming to the requirements of S6 and S9 of this standard at not fewer than two forward-facing rear designated seating positions. At least one of the child restraint anchorage systems shall be installed at a forward-facing seating position in the second row in each vehicle that has three or more rows, if such a forward-facing seating position is available in that row.
</P>
<P>(2) Each vehicle shall be equipped with a tether anchorage conforming to the requirements of S6 of this standard at a third forward-facing rear designated seating position. The tether anchorage of a child restraint anchorage system may count towards the third required tether anchorage. In each vehicle with a forward-facing rear designated seating position other than an outboard designated seating position, at least one tether anchorage (with or without the lower anchorages of a child restraint anchorage system) shall be at such a designated seating position.
</P>
<P>(b) Each vehicle with not more than two forward-facing rear designated seating positions shall be equipped with a child restraint anchorage system conforming to the requirements of S6 and S9 of this standard at each forward-facing rear designated seating position.
</P>
<P>(c) Each vehicle without any forward-facing rear designated seating position shall be equipped with a tether anchorage conforming to the requirements of S6 of this standard at each forward-facing front passenger designated seating position.
</P>
<P>S4.3 <I>Movable seats.</I> (a) A vehicle that is equipped with a forward-facing rear designated seating position that can be moved such that it is capable of being used at either an outboard or non-outboard forward-facing designated seating position shall be considered as having a forward-facing non-outboard designated seating position. Such a movable seat must be equipped with a tether anchorage that meets the requirements of S6 of this standard or a child restraint anchorage system that meets the requirements of S6 and S9 of this standard, if the vehicle does not have another forward-facing non-outboard designated seating position that is so equipped.
</P>
<P>(b) Tether and lower anchorages shall be available for use at all times, except when the seating position for which it is installed is not available for use because the vehicle seat has been removed or converted to an alternate use such as allowing for the carrying of cargo.
</P>
<P>S5 <I>General exceptions.</I> Vehicles manufactured before September 1, 2031, must meet the requirements of S5.1. Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2031, must meet the requirements of S5.2.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured before September 1, 2031.</I> (a) Convertibles and school buses are excluded from the requirements to be equipped with tether anchorages.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle may be equipped with a built-in child restraint system conforming to the requirements of Standard No. 213 (§ 571.213) or Standard No. 213b (§ 571.213b) as applicable, instead of one of the required tether anchorages or child restraint anchorage systems.
</P>
<P>(c) Vehicles with no air bag in front passenger designated position:
</P>
<P>(1) Each vehicle that does not have a rear designated seating position and does not have an air bag installed at front passenger designated seating positions pursuant to a temporary exemption granted by NHTSA under 49 CFR part 555, must have a child restraint anchorage system installed at a front passenger designated seating position. In the case of convertibles, the front designated passenger seating position need have only the two lower anchorages meeting the requirements of S9 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(2) Each vehicle that has a rear designated seating position and meets the conditions in S4.5.4.1(b) of Standard No. 208 (§ 571.208), and does not have an air bag installed at front passenger designated seating positions pursuant to a temporary exemption granted by NHTSA under 49 CFR part 555, must have a child restraint anchorage system installed at a front passenger designated seating position in place of one of the child restraint anchorage systems that is required for the rear seat. In the case of convertibles, the front designated passenger seating position need have only the two lower anchorages meeting the requirements of S9 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(d) A vehicle that does not have an air bag on-off switch meeting the requirements of S4.5.4 of Standard No. 208 (§ 571.208) shall not have any child restraint anchorage system installed at a front designated seating position.
</P>
<P>(e) A vehicle with a rear designated seating position for which interference with transmission and/or suspension components prevents the location of the lower bars of a child restraint anchorage system anywhere within the zone described by S9.2 of this standard is excluded from the requirement to provide a child restraint anchorage system at that position. However, except as provided elsewhere in this S5, such a vehicle must have a tether anchorage at a front passenger designated seating position.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2031.</I> (a) School buses are excluded from the requirements to be equipped with tether anchorages.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle may be equipped with a built-in child restraint system conforming to the requirements of Standard No. 213b (§ 571.213b) instead of one of the required tether anchorages or child restraint anchorage systems.
</P>
<P>(c) Vehicles with no air bag in front passenger designated position:
</P>
<P>(1) Each vehicle that does not have a rear designated seating position and does not have an air bag installed at front passenger designated seating positions pursuant to a temporary exemption granted by NHTSA under 49 CFR part 555 must have a child restraint anchorage system installed at a front passenger designated seating position.
</P>
<P>(2) Each vehicle that has a rear designated seating position and meets the conditions in S4.5.4.1(b) of Standard No. 208 (§ 571.208), and does not have an air bag installed at front passenger designated seating positions pursuant to a temporary exemption granted by NHTSA under 49 CFR part 555, must have a child restraint anchorage system installed at a front passenger designated seating position in place of one of the child restraint anchorage systems that is required for the rear seat.
</P>
<P>(d) A vehicle that does not have an air bag on-off switch meeting the requirements of S4.5.4 of Standard No. 208 (§ 571.208), shall not have any child restraint anchorage system installed at a front designated seating position.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Requirements for tether anchorages.</I> Vehicles subject to Standard No. 225 (this section) shall meet the tether anchorage requirements specified in S6.1, S6.2, and S6.4 according to the phase-in schedule specified in S13 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Configuration of the tether anchorage.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 Each tether anchorage shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Permit the attachment of a tether hook of a child restraint system meeting the configuration and geometry specified in figure 11 of Standard No. 213 (figure 11 to § 571.213);
</P>
<P>(b) Be accessible without the need for any tools other than a screwdriver or coin;
</P>
<P>(c) Once accessed, be ready for use without the need for any tools; and
</P>
<P>(d) Be sealed to prevent the entry of exhaust fumes into the passenger compartment.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 Each tether anchorage shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Consist of a rigid bar of any cross-section shape that permits the attachment of a tether hook (of a child restraint system) meeting the configuration and geometry specified in figure 11 of Standard No. 213 (figure 11 to § 571.213), except in buses with a GVWR less than or equal to 10,000 pounds and vehicles that use a routing device per S6.2.1.2;
</P>
<P>(b) Be accessible without the need for any tools and without folding the seat back (other than the head restraint) or removing carpet or other vehicle components (other than cargo covers) to access the anchorages. Individual tether anchorages may be covered with a cap, flap, or cover, provided that any cap, flap, or, cover is specifically designed to be opened, moved aside, or to otherwise give unobstructed access to the anchorage and is labeled with the symbol shown in figure 25 to this section;
</P>
<P>(c) Once accessed, be ready for use without the need for any tools; and
</P>
<P>(d) Be sealed to prevent the entry of exhaust fumes into the passenger compartment.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Location of the tether anchorage.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 Subject to S6.2.1.2, the part of each tether anchorage that attaches to a tether hook must be located within the shaded zone shown in figures 3 through 7 to this section of the designated seating position for which it is installed. The zone is defined with reference to the seating reference point (<I>see</I> § 571.3). (For purposes of the figures, “H Point” is defined to mean seating reference point.) A tether anchorage may be recessed in the seat back, provided that it is not in the strap wrap-around area at the top of the vehicle seat back. For the area under the vehicle seat, the forwardmost edge of the shaded zone is defined by the torso line reference plane.
</P>
<P>S6.2.1.1 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S6.2.1.2 In the case of a vehicle that—
</P>
<P>(a) Has a user-ready tether anchorage for which no part of the shaded zone shown in Figures 3 to 7 of this standard of the designated seating position for which the anchorage is installed is accessible without removing a seating component of the vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(b) Has a tether strap routing device that is—
</P>
<P>(1) Not less than 65 mm behind the torso line for that seating position, in the case of a flexible routing device or a deployable routing device, measured horizontally and in a vertical longitudinal plane; or
</P>
<P>(2) Not less than 100 mm behind the torso line for that seating position, in the case of a fixed rigid routing device, measured horizontally and in a vertical longitudinal plane, the part of that anchorage that attaches to a tether hook may, at the manufacturer's option (with said option selected prior to, or at the time of, certification of the vehicle) be located outside that zone.
</P>
<P>(c) The measurement of the location of the flexible or deployable routing device described in S6.2.1.2(b)(1) is made with SFAD 2 properly attached to the lower anchorages. A 40 mm wide nylon tether strap is routed through the routing device and attached to the tether anchorage in accordance with the written instructions required by S12 of this standard. The forwardmost contact point between the strap and the routing device must be within the stated limit when the tether strap is flat against the top surface of the SFAD and tensioned to 55 to 65 N. In seating positions without lower anchorages of a child restraint anchorage system, the SFAD 2 is held with its central lateral plane in the central vertical longitudinal plane of the seating position. The adjustable anchor attaching bars of the SFAD 2 are replaced by spacers that end flush with the back surface of the SFAD.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 Subject to S6.2.2.2, the part of each tether anchorage to which a tether hook attaches must be located within the shaded zone shown in figures 3 through 7 to this section of the designated seating position for which it is installed. The zone is defined with reference to the seating reference point (<I>see</I> § 571.3). (For purposes of the figures, “H Point” means seating reference point.) A tether anchorage may be recessed in the seat back, provided that it is not in the strap wrap-around area at the top of the vehicle seat back. For the area under the vehicle seat, the forwardmost edge of the shaded zone is defined by a vertical plane 120 mm rearward of the “H Point,” as shown in figure 3 to this section.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2.1 Subject to S6.2.2.2, for vehicles with adjustable or removable head restraints or no head restraints, the tether anchorage to which a tether hook attaches must be located outside the zone created by a 325 mm radius sphere with its center on the R-point and truncated horizontally at 230 mm below the sphere's center as shown in figures 8 and 9 to this section.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2.2 In the case of a vehicle that—
</P>
<P>(a) Has a user-ready tether anchorage for which no part of the shaded zone shown in figures 4 through 7 and 10 to this section of the designated seating position for which the anchorage is installed is accessible without the need for folding the seatback (other than the head restraint) or removing a seating component of the vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(b) Has a tether strap routing device that is—
</P>
<P>(1) Not less than 65 mm behind the torso line for that seating position, in the case of a flexible routing device or a deployable routing device, measured horizontally and in a vertical longitudinal plane; or
</P>
<P>(2) Not less than 100 mm behind the torso line for that seating position, in the case of a fixed rigid routing device, measured horizontally and in a vertical longitudinal plane, the part of that anchorage that attaches to a tether hook may, at the manufacturer's option (with said option selected prior to, or at the time of, certification of the vehicle) be located outside that zone.
</P>
<P>(c) The measurement of the location of the flexible or deployable routing device described in S6.2.2.2(b)(1) is made with SFAD 2 properly attached to the lower anchorages. A 40 mm wide nylon tether strap is routed through the routing device and attached to the tether anchorage in accordance with the written instructions required by S12 of this standard. The forwardmost contact point between the strap and the routing device must be within the stated limit when the tether strap is flat against the top surface of the SFAD and tensioned to 55 to 65 N. In seating positions without lower anchorages of a child restraint anchorage system, the SFAD 2 is held with its central lateral plane in the central vertical longitudinal plane of the seating position. The adjustable anchorage attaching bars of the SFAD 2 are replaced by spacers that end flush with the back surface of the SFAD 2.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Strength requirements for tether anchorages.</I> (a) When tested in accordance with S8, the tether anchorage must not separate completely from the vehicle seat or seat anchorage or the structure of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) Provisions for simultaneous and sequential testing:
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of vehicle seat assemblies equipped with more than one tether anchorage, the force referred to in this S6.3 may, at the agency's option, be applied simultaneously to each of those tether anchorages. However, that force may not be applied simultaneously to tether anchorages for any two adjacent seating positions whose midpoints are less than 400 mm apart, as measured in accordance with S6.3(b)(i) and (ii) and figure 20 to this section.
</P>
<P>(i) The midpoint of the seating position lies in the vertical longitudinal plane that is equidistant from vertical longitudinal planes through the geometric center of each of the two lower anchorages at the seating position. For those seating positions that do not provide lower anchorages, the midpoint of the seating position lies in the vertical longitudinal plane that passes through the SgRP of the seating position.
</P>
<P>(ii) Measure the distance between the vertical longitudinal planes passing through the midpoints of the adjacent seating positions, as measured along a line perpendicular to the planes.
</P>
<P>(2) A tether anchorage of a particular child restraint anchorage system will not be tested with the lower anchorages of that anchorage system if one or both of those lower anchorages have been previously tested under this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Marking and conspicuity requirements for tether anchorages.</I> Vehicles subject to Standard No. 225 (this section) shall meet S6.4 according to the phase-in schedule specified in S13 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(a) For each tether anchorage installed pursuant to S4 of this standard, there shall be a permanent marking that:
</P>
<P>(1) Consists of one of the pictograms shown in figure 25 to this section that is not less than 20 mm in height;
</P>
<P>(2) Except for vehicles that use a routing device per S6.2.2.2, the center of the pictogram in the longitudinal direction must be in the vertical longitudinal plane that passes through the center of the tether anchorage bar (± half of the tether anchorage length), as shown in figure 26 (Left) to this section; or the center of the pictogram in the lateral direction must be in the horizontal lateral plane that passes through the center of the tether anchorage bar (± half of the pictogram height), as shown in figure 26 (right) to this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The nearest edge of the marking shall be located not more than 100 mm away from the tether anchorage bar as shown in figure 27 to this section. No other attachment feature to secure occupant items (<I>i.e.,</I> cargo hooks or similar) shall be nearer to the marking than the distance from the marking to the tether anchorage. Vehicles with routing devices per S6.2.2.2 may use tags attached to the routing device.
</P>
<P>(b) The tether anchorage bar may be covered by a cap or cover that is removable without the use of any tool, provided that the cap or cover is permanently labeled with a marking meeting the requirements of S6.4(a)(1). If the cap or cover is permanently attached to the vehicle, the tether anchorage is not required to be separately marked. If the cap or cover is not permanently attached to the vehicle, the tether anchorage must also be marked with the symbol meeting S6.4(a)(1) through (3).
</P>
<P>(c) For vehicles that have a cargo cover that needs to be moved or removed to access the tether anchorages, the cargo cover must be permanently marked with the symbol meeting S6.4.1(a)(1) of this standard for each tether anchorage that is accessible under the cargo cover. Tether anchorages under the cargo cover must also be marked per S6.4(a).
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test conditions for testing tether anchorages.</I>
</P>
<P>The test conditions described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of S7 apply to the test procedures in S8.
</P>
<P>(a) Vehicle seats are adjusted to their full rearward and full downward position and the seat back is placed in its most upright position. When SFAD 2 is used in testing and cannot be attached to the lower anchorages with the seat back in this position, adjust the seat back as recommended by the manufacturer in its instructions for attaching child restraints. If no instructions are provided, adjust the seat back to the position that enables SFAD 2 to attach to the lower anchorages that is the closest to the most upright position.
</P>
<P>(b) Head restraints are adjusted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, provided pursuant to S12, as to how the head restraints should be adjusted when using the child restraint anchorage system. If instructions with regard to head restraint adjustment are not provided pursuant to S12, the head restraints are adjusted to any position.
</P>
<P>S8 <I>Test procedures.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the requirements of S6.3 when tested according to the following procedures. Where a range of values is specified, the vehicle shall be able to meet the requirements at all points within the range. For the testing specified in these procedures, the SFAD used in the test has a tether strap consisting of webbing material with an elongation limit of 4 percent at a tensile load of 65,000 N (14,612 lb). Pretension the tether strap with 53.5 N to 67 N of preload prior to the test. The strap is fitted at one end with a high strength steel tether hook for attachment to the tether anchorage. The tether hook meets the specifications in Standard No. 213 (49 CFR § 571.213) as to the configuration and geometry of tether hooks required by the standard. A steel cable is connected to the X point through which the test force is applied.
</P>
<P>S8.1 Apply the force specified in S6.3 as follows—
</P>
<P>(a) Use the following specified test device, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) SFAD 1, to test a tether anchorage at a designated seating position that does not have a child restraint anchorage system; or,
</P>
<P>(2) SFAD 2, to test a tether anchorage at a designated seating position that has a child restraint anchorage system.
</P>
<P>(b) Attach the SFAD 1 to the vehicle seat using the vehicle belts or the SFAD 2 to the lower anchorages of the child restraint anchorage system, as appropriate, and attach the test device to the tether anchorage, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions provided pursuant to S12 of this standard. For the testing specified in this procedure, if SFAD 1 cannot be attached using the vehicle belts because of the location of the vehicle belt buckle, the test device is attached by material whose breaking strength is equal to or greater than the breaking strength of the webbing for the seat belt assembly installed as original equipment at that seating position. The geometry of the attachment duplicates the geometry, at the pre-load point, of the attachment of the originally installed seat belt assembly. All belt systems (including the tether) used to attach the test device are tightened to a tension of not less than 53.5 N and not more than 67 N on the webbing portion of the belt. For SFAD 1, apply a rearward force of 135 N ±15 N, in a horizontal plane through point “X” of SFAD 1. While maintaining the force, tighten the vehicle seat belt to a tension of not less than 53.5 N and not more than 67 N measured at the lap portion of the seat belt and maintain the tension during the preload, lock the seat belt retractor, and tighten the tether belt strap to remove all slack. A rearward force of 135 N ±15 N is applied to the center of the lower front crossmember of SFAD 2 to press the device against the seat back as the fore-aft position of the rearward extensions of the SFAD is adjusted to remove any slack or tension.
</P>
<P>(c) Apply the force—
</P>
<P>(1) Initially, in a forward direction in a vertical longitudinal plane and through the Point X on the test device; and
</P>
<P>(2) Initially, along a line through the X point and at an angle of 10 ±5 degrees above the horizontal. Apply a preload force of 500 N to measure the angle; and then
</P>
<P>(3) Increase the pull force as linearly as practicable to a full force application of 15,000 N in not less than 24 seconds and not more than 30 seconds, and maintain at a 15,000 N level for 1 second.
</P>
<P>S8.2 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S9. <I>Requirements for the lower anchorages of the child restraint anchorage system.</I> Vehicles subject to Standard No. 225 (this section) shall meet the lower anchorage requirements specified in S9.2 and S9.5 according to the phase-in schedule specified in S13 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S9.1 <I>Configuration of the lower anchorages</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1.1 The lower anchorages shall consist of two bars that—
</P>
<P>(a) Are 6 mm ±.1 mm in diameter;
</P>
<P>(b) Are straight, horizontal and transverse;
</P>
<P>(c) As shown in Figure 21, are:
</P>
<P>(i) Not less than 25 mm in length, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Are not more than 60 mm in length between the anchor bar supports or other structural members of the vehicle that restrict lateral movement of the components of a child restraint that are designed to attach to the bars, measured in a vertical plane 7 mm rearward of the vertical plane that is tangent of the rearward face of the anchor bar.
</P>
<P>(d) The bars must not be capable of being stowable or foldable.
</P>
<P>(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) Are part of the vehicle, such that they can only be removed by use of a tool, such as a screwdriver or wrench; and 
</P>
<P>(g) Are rigidly attached to the vehicle such that they will not deform more than 5 mm when subjected to a 100 N force in any direction.
</P>
<P>S9.2 <I>Location of the lower anchorages.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.2.1 The anchorage bars are located at the vehicle seating position by using the CRF rearward extensions, with the CRF placed against or near the vehicle seat back. With the CRF attached to the anchorages and resting on the seat cushion, the bottom surface shall have attitude angles within the limits in the following table, angles measured relative to the vehicle horizontal, longitudinal and transverse reference planes.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table to S9.2.1 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pitch</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15° ±10° 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roll</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0° ±5° 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yaw</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0° ±10° 
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note"><E T="04">Note:</E> An explanation of the above angles is given in Figure 1.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>S9.2.2 With adjustable seats adjusted as described in S9.2.3, each lower anchorage bar shall be located so that a vertical transverse plane tangent to the front surface of the bar is:
</P>
<P>(a) Not more than 70 mm behind the corresponding point Z of the CRF, measured parallel to the bottom surface of the CRF and in a vertical longitudinal plane, while the CRF is pressed against the seat back by the rearward application of a horizontal force of 100 N at point A on the CRF; and
</P>
<P>(b) Not less than 120 mm behind the vehicle seating reference point, measured horizontally and in a vertical longitudinal plane.
</P>
<P>S9.2.3 Adjustable seats are adjusted as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Place adjustable seat backs in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position in the manner specified by the manufacturer; and
</P>
<P>(b) Place adjustable seats in the full rearward and full downward position.
</P>
<P>S9.2.4 The lower anchorages shall be located such that the lower anchorage depth tool depicted in Drawing Package, <I>Anchorage Depth Tool,</I> dated April 2020 (incorporated by reference; <I>see</I> § 571.5), measures an anchorage depth of 25 mm or less using the procedure in S11(c) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S9.2.5 The lower anchorages shall be located such that the tool depicted in Drawing Package, <I>Clearance Angle Tool,</I> dated April 2020 (incorporated by reference; <I>see</I> § 571.5), measures a clearance angle of at least 54 degrees using the procedure in S11(b) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S9.3 <I>Adequate fit of the lower anchorages.</I> Each vehicle and each child restraint anchorage system in that vehicle shall be designed such that the CRF can be placed inside the vehicle and attached to the lower anchorages of each child restraint anchorage system, with adjustable seats adjusted as described in S9.3(a) and (b).
</P>
<P>(a) Place adjustable seat backs in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position in the manner specified by the manufacturer; and
</P>
<P>(b) Place adjustable seats in the full rearward and full downward position.
</P>
<P>(c) To facilitate installation of the CRF in a vehicle seat, the side, back and top frames of the CRF may be removed for installation in the vehicle, as indicated in Figure 1A of this standard. If necessary, the height of the CRF may be 560 mm.
</P>
<P>S9.4 <I>Strength of the lower anchorages.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.4.1 When tested in accordance with S11, the lower anchorages shall not allow point X on SFAD 2 to be displaced horizontally more than the distances specified below, after preloading the device—
</P>
<P>(a) 175 mm, when a force of 11,000 N is applied in a forward direction in a vertical longitudinal plane; and
</P>
<P>(b) 150 mm, for lower anchorages when a force of 5,000 N is applied in a lateral direction in a vertical longitudinal plane that is 75 ±5 degrees to either side of a vertical longitudinal plane.
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.1 Forces described in S9.4.1(a), forward direction, shall be applied with an initial force application angle of 10 ±5 degrees above the horizontal. Forces described in S9.4.1(b), lateral direction, shall be applied horizontally (0 ±5 degrees).
</P>
<P>S9.4.1.2 The amount of displacement is measured relative to an undisturbed point on the vehicle body. 
</P>
<P>S9.4.2 <I>Provisions for simultaneous and sequential testing.</I> (a) In the case of vehicle seat assemblies equipped with more than one child restraint anchorage system, the lower anchorages may, at the agency's option, be tested simultaneously. However, forces may not be applied simultaneously for any two adjacent seating positions whose midpoints are less than 400 mm apart, as measured in accordance with S9.4.2(a)(1) and (2) and Figure 20. 
</P>
<P>(1) The midpoint of the seating position lies in the vertical longitudinal plane that is equidistant from vertical longitudinal planes through the geometric center of each of the two lower anchorages at the seating position. 
</P>
<P>(2) Measure the distance between the vertical longitudinal planes passing through the midpoints of the adjacent seating positions, as measured along a line perpendicular to the planes. 
</P>
<P>(b) The lower anchorages of a particular child restraint anchorage system will not be tested if one or both of the anchorages have been previously tested under this standard. 
</P>
<P>S9.5 <I>Marking and conspicuity requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.5.1 <I>Requirements for lower anchors.</I> Lower anchorages must meet the requirements in S9.5.1(a) or (b).
</P>
<P>(a) For each bar installed pursuant to S4, the vehicle shall be permanently marked with a circle:
</P>
<P>(1) That is not less than 13 mm in diameter;
</P>
<P>(2) That is either solid or open, with or without words, symbols, or pictograms, provided that if words, symbols or pictograms are used, their meaning is explained to the consumer in writing, such as in the vehicle's owner's manual; and
</P>
<P>(3) That is located such that its center is on each seat back between 50 and 100 mm above or on the seat cushion 100 ±25 mm forward of the intersection of the vertical transverse and horizontal longitudinal planes intersecting at the horizontal centerline of each lower anchorage, as illustrated in figure 22 to this section. The center of the circle must be in the vertical longitudinal plane that passes through the center of the bar (±25 mm).
</P>
<P>(4) The circle may be on a tag.
</P>
<P>(b) The vehicle shall be configured such that the following is visible: Each of the bars installed pursuant to S4, or a permanently attached guide device for each bar. The bar or guide device must be visible without the compression of the seat cushion or seat back, when the bar or device is viewed, in a vertical longitudinal plane passing through the center of the bar or guide device, along a line making an upward 30-degree angle with a horizontal plane. Seat backs are in the nominal design riding position. The bars may be covered by a removable cap or cover, provided that the cap or cover is permanently marked with words, symbols or pictograms whose meaning is explained to the consumer in written form as part of the owner's manual.
</P>
<P>S9.5.2 <I>Requirements for lower anchors.</I> Lower anchorages must meet the requirements in S9.5.2(a) and (b), as applicable.
</P>
<P>(a) For each bar installed pursuant to S4, the vehicle shall be permanently marked with a symbol that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is not less than 13 mm in diameter;
</P>
<P>(2) Contains the pictogram shown in figure 24 to this section; and
</P>
<P>(3) Is located such that its center is on each seat back between 50 and 100 mm above or on the seat cushion between 100 to −50 mm forward of the intersection of the vertical transverse and horizontal longitudinal planes intersecting at the horizontal centerline of each lower anchorage, as illustrated in figure 19 to this section. The center of the symbol must be in the vertical longitudinal plane that passes through the center of the bar (±25 mm).
</P>
<P>(4) The symbol may be on a tag.
</P>
<P>(b) The bars may be covered by a removable cap or cover, provided that the cap or cover is permanently marked with the pictogram shown in figure 24 to this section. If the cap or cover is permanently attached to the vehicle, the lower anchorage bars are not required to be separately marked with the pictogram. If the cap or cover is not permanently attached to the vehicle, the lower anchorage bars must also be marked with the symbol meeting S9.5.2(a)(1) through (4).
</P>
<P>S10. <I>Test conditions for testing the lower anchorages.</I> The test conditions described in this paragraph apply to the test procedures in S11.
</P>
<P>(a) Adjust vehicle seats to their full rearward and full downward position and place the seat backs in their most upright position. When SFAD 2 is used in testing and cannot be attached to the lower anchorages with the seat back in this position, adjust the seat back as recommended by the manufacturer in its instructions for attaching child restraints. If no instructions are provided, adjust the seat back to the position closest to the upright position that enables SFAD 2 to attach to the lower anchorages. 
</P>
<P>(b) Head restraints are adjusted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, provided pursuant to S12, as to how the head restraints should be adjusted when using the child restraint anchorage system. If instructions with regard to head restraint adjustment are not provided pursuant to S12, the head restraints are adjusted to any position.
</P>
<P>S11. <I>Test procedures.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the requirements of this standard when tested according to the following procedures. Where a range of values is specified, the vehicle shall be able to meet the requirements at all points within the range.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Strength requirements</I>—(1) <I>Forward force direction.</I> Place SFAD 2 in the vehicle seating position and attach it to the two lower anchorages of the child restraint anchorage system. Do not attach the tether anchorage. A rearward horizontal force of 135 ±15 N is applied to the center of the lower front crossbar of SFAD 2 to press the device against the seat back as the fore-aft position of the rearward extensions of the SFAD is adjusted to remove any slack or tension. Apply a preload force of 500 N horizontally and in the vertical centerline of the SFAD 2 at point X. Increase the pull force as linearly as practicable to a full force application of 11,000 N in not less than 24 seconds and not more than 30 seconds and maintain at an 11,000 N level for 1 second.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lateral force direction.</I> Place SFAD 2 in the vehicle seating position and attach it to the two lower anchorages of the child restraint anchorage system. Do not attach the tether anchorage. A rearward force of 135 ±15 N is applied to the center of the lower front crossbar of SFAD 2 to press the device against the seat back as the fore-aft position of the rearward extensions of the SFAD is adjusted to remove any slack or tension. Apply a preload force of 500 N horizontal and perpendicular to the longitudinal centerline of the SFAD 2 at point X of the test device. Increase the pull force as linearly as practicable to a full force application of 5,000 N in not less than 24 seconds and not more than 30 seconds and maintain at a 5,000 N level for 1 second.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Clearance angle.</I> The seat back angle, if adjustable, is set at the manufacturer's nominal design seat back angle. If the position is not specified, set the seat back at the first detent rearward of 25° from the vertical. Remove or open any lower anchorage cover, if present, to expose the lower anchorage. To measure clearance angle, attach the clearance angle tool to the lower anchorage and apply a vertical force of 67 N (15 lbf) to the tool. Measure the angle (with respect to the horizontal) of the tool while the force is being applied.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Anchorage depth.</I> The seat back angle, if adjustable, is set at the manufacturer's nominal design seat back angle. If the position is not specified, set the seat back at the first detent rearward of 25° from the vertical. To measure the anchorage depth, subtract 30 degrees from the measured seat pan angle to calculate the view angle. With the anchorage depth tool (<I>see</I> figure 28 to this section) on a flat surface, adjust the view bar to read the view angle. Slide the zeroing strip along the view bar so that it is barely touching the top of the depth tool hook. Move the view bar forward, so the end of the zeroing strip is aligned with the zero-scribe line. For hidden anchorages, slide the anchorage depth tool so that it reads 0 mm at the rear edge of the slider. For visible anchorages, align the depth gauge to 25 mm so that negative values can be read. Attach the depth tool centered to the lower anchorage. Adjust the depth tool base to be within ±2 degrees of the view angle (30 degrees minus seat pan angle) to set the tool-parallel to the seat pan angle. Move the entire slider bar forward until the zeroing strip contacts the vehicle seat back or any other vehicle part.
</P>
<P>S12. <I>Written instructions.</I> Vehicles subject to Standard No. 225 (this section) shall meet the written instruction requirements specified in either S12.1 or S12.2 according to the phase-in schedule specified in S13.
</P>
<P>S12.1 Written instructions shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Indicate which seating positions in the vehicle are equipped with tether anchorages and child restraint anchorage systems;
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of vehicles required to be marked as specified in paragraphs S4.1 and S9.5 of this standard, explain the meaning of markings provided to locate the lower anchorages of child restraint anchorage systems; and
</P>
<P>(c) Include instructions that provide a step-by-step procedure, including diagrams, for properly attaching a child restraint system's tether strap to the tether anchorages.
</P>
<P>S12.2 Written instructions shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Indicate which seating positions in the vehicle are equipped with tether anchorages and child restraint anchorage systems;
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of vehicles required to be marked as specified in paragraphs S4.1 and S9.5 of this standard, explain the meaning of markings provided to locate the lower anchorages of child restraint anchorage systems and the top tether anchorages;
</P>
<P>(c) Include instructions that provide a step-by-step procedure, including diagrams, for properly attaching a child restraint system's tether strap to the tether anchorages;
</P>
<P>(d) Include instructions on how to locate and access the tether anchorage and the lower anchorages; and
</P>
<P>(e) Use the following terms when referring to the different components of the child restraint anchorage system that are used to connect the child restraint system to the vehicle: “lower anchor” means the lower anchorage of the child restraint anchorage system in the vehicle, “tether anchor” means the top tether anchorage of the child restraint anchorage system in the vehicle, “lower anchor attachment” means the child restraint system or the detachable base's (in the case of a rear-facing child restraint with a detachable base) lower anchorage connector and the lower anchorage strap (for flexible lower anchorage attachments), “rigid lower anchor attachment” means the child restraint system or the detachable base's (in the case of a rear-facing child restraint with a detachable base) lower anchorage connector that is rigidly attached to the CRS or detachable base, respectively, and does not have a lower anchorage strap, and “tether” means the child restraints system's tether hook and tether strap.
</P>
<P>S13 <I>Phase-in schedule.</I> The S13 phase in schedule details when listed requirements become inactive and are replaced by newer requirements. Requirements in Standard No. 225 (this section) not listed in S13 shall be in effect before, during, and after the S13 phase-in.
</P>
<P>S13.1 <I>Vehicle certification information.</I> At any time during the production years ending August 31, 2029, and August 31, 2030, each manufacturer shall, upon request from the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, provide information identifying the vehicles (by make, model and vehicle identification number) that have been certified as complying with the child restraint anchorage usability requirements of this standard. Manufacturers shall specify the number of vehicles meeting each phase-in percentage. The manufacturer's designation of a vehicle as a certified vehicle is irrevocable.
</P>
<P>S13.1.1 <I>Pre phase-in.</I> Vehicles manufactured before September 1, 2028, are subject to S6.1.1, S6.2.1, S9.2.1, S9.2.2, S9.2.3, S9.5.1, and S12.1 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S13.1.2 <I>Phase-in year 1.</I> Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2028, and before September 1, 2029. The total number of individual vehicles complying with S6.1.2, S6.2.2, S6.4, S9.2 (except for S9.2.2(a)), S9.5.2, and S12.2 of this standard shall be not less than 20 percent of a vehicle manufacturer's total production for this time period. The remaining 80 percent of a vehicle manufacturer's total production are subject to S6.1.1, S6.2.1, S9.2.1, S9.2.2, S9.2.3, S9.5.1, and S12.1 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S13.1.3 <I>Phase-in year 2.</I> Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2029, and before September 1, 2030. The total number of individual vehicles complying with S6.1.2, S6.2.2, S6.4, S9.2 (except for S9.2.2(a)), S9.5.2, and S12.2 of this standard shall be not less than 50 percent of a vehicle manufacturer's total production for this time period. The remaining 50 percent of a vehicle manufacturer's total production are subject to S6.1.1, S6.2.1, S9.2.1, S9.2.2, S9.2.3, S9.5.1, and S12.1 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S13.1.4 <I>Phase-in year 3 and beyond.</I> Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2030. The total number of vehicles complying with S6.1.2, S6.2.2, S6.4, S9.2 (except for S9.2.2(a)), S9.5.2, and S12.2 shall be not less than 100 percent of a vehicle manufacturer's total production.
</P>
<P>S13.2 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S13.2.1 For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S13.1.1 through S13.1.4, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle which is imported shall be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer which markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S13.2.2 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturers so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S13.2.1.



</P>
<HD1>Figures to § 571.225

</HD1>
<img src="/graphics/er31au99.014.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31au99.015.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31au99.016.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31au99.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31au99.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31au99.019.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31au99.020.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31au99.021.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja25.040.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 8 to § 571.225. Side View of 325 mm Radius Sphere Zone From R-Point, Truncated at 230 mm Below the Center
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja25.041.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 9 to § 571.225. Three-Dimensional 325 mm Radius Sphere Zone From R-Point, Truncated Along the Lower Edge at 230 mm Below Its Center
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja25.042.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 10 to § 571.225—Side View. User Ready Tether Anchorage Location
</BCAP>
<HD1>Figure 11 to § 571.225 [Reserved]
</HD1>
<img src="/graphics/er05mr99.016.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er05mr99.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er05mr99.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31au99.026.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31au99.027.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27jn03.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31au99.029.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja25.043.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 19 to § 571.225. Placement of Symbol on the Seat Back and Seat Cushion of Vehicle
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er11au04.551.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er11au04.552.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er11au04.553.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja25.044.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 23 to § 571.225. Clearance Angle Tool
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja25.045.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 24 to § 571.225—Lower Anchorage Symbol
</BCAP>
<P>Note 1 to Figure 24 to § 571.225: Drawing not to scale.
</P>
<P>Note 2 to Figure 24 to § 71.225: Symbol may be shown in mirror image.
</P>
<P>Note 3 to Figure 24 to § 571.225: Color of the symbol at the option of the manufacturer.




</P>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja25.046.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 25 to § 571.225. Tether Anchorage Symbols
</BCAP>
<P>Note 1 to Figure 25 to § 571.225: Drawing not to scale.
</P>
<P>Note 2 to Figure 25 to § 571.225: Symbol may be shown in mirror image.
</P>
<P>Note 3 to Figure 25 to § 571.225: Color of the symbol at the option of the manufacturer.




</P>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja25.047.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 26 to § 571.225. Tether Anchorage Marking Location—Alignment (No Cover)
</BCAP>
<P>Note 1 to Figure 26 to § 571.225: (Tolerance of ± half of the anchorage length)/(Tolerance of ± half of the pictogram height).




</P>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja25.048.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 27 to § 571.225. Tether Anchorage Marking Location—Distance (No Cover)
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er07ja25.049.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 28 to § 571.225. Anchorage Depth Tool
</BCAP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 10823, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 47587, Aug. 31, 1999; 65 FR 46640, July 31, 2000; 68 FR 24667, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 38226, June 27, 2003; 69 FR 48823, Aug. 11, 2004; 69 FR 60565, Oct. 12, 2004; 69 FR 70915, Dec. 8, 2004; 77 FR 768, Jan. 6, 2012; 87 FR 18599, Mar. 30, 2022; 90 FR 1342, Jan. 7, 2025]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.226" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.66" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.226   Standard No. 226; Ejection Mitigation.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and Scope.</I> This standard establishes requirements for ejection mitigation systems to reduce the likelihood of complete and partial ejections of vehicle occupants through side windows during rollovers or side impact events.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, and to multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks designed to carry at least one person, and buses with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kg or less, except walk-in vans, modified roof vehicles, convertibles, and vehicles with no doors or with doors that are designed to be easily attached or removed so the vehicle can be operated without doors. Also excluded from this standard are law enforcement vehicles, correctional institution vehicles, taxis and limousines, if they have a fixed security partition separating the 1st and 2nd or 2nd and 3rd rows and if they are produced by more than one manufacturer or are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7).
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Ejection impactor</I> means a device specified in S7.1 of this standard that is a component of the ejection mitigation test device and is the moving mass that strikes the ejection mitigation countermeasure.
</P>
<P><I>Ejection impactor targeting point</I> means the intersection of the y-axis of the ejection headform and the outer surface of the ejection headform.
</P>
<P><I>Ejection mitigation countermeasure</I> means a device or devices, except seat belts, integrated into the vehicle that reduce the likelihood of occupant ejection through a side window opening, and that requires no action by the occupant for activation.
</P>
<P><I>Ejection propulsion mechanism</I> means a device that is a component of the ejection mitigation test device consisting of a mechanism capable of propelling the ejection impactor and constraining it to move along its axis or shaft.
</P>
<P><I>Limited-line manufacturer</I> means a manufacturer that sells three or fewer carlines, as that term is defined in 49 CFR 583.4, in the United States during a production year.
</P>
<P><I>Modified roof</I> means the replacement roof on a motor vehicle whose original roof has been removed, in part or in total, or a roof that has to be built over the occupant compartment in vehicles that did not have an original roof over the occupant compartment.
</P>
<P><I>Movable window</I> means a daylight opening composed of glazing designed to be moved with respect to the vehicle or frame while the vehicle is in motion.
</P>
<P><I>Side daylight opening</I> means, other than a door opening, the locus of all points where a horizontal line, perpendicular to the vehicle vertical longitudinal plane, is tangent to the periphery of the opening. The periphery includes surfaces 100 millimeters inboard of the inside surface of the window glazing and 25 mm outboard of the outside surface of the side glazing. The periphery excludes the following: any flexible gasket material or weather stripping used to create a waterproof seal between the glazing or door and the vehicle interior; grab handles used to facilitate occupant egress and ingress; and any part of a seat.
</P>
<P><I>Small manufacturer</I> means an original vehicle manufacturer that produces or assembles fewer than 5,000 vehicles annually for sale in the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Target</I> means the x-z plane projection of the ejection headform face as shown in Figure 1.
</P>
<P><I>Walk-in van</I> means a special cargo/mail delivery vehicle that only has a driver designated seating position. The vehicle has a sliding (or folding) side door and a roof clearance that enables a person of medium stature to enter the passenger compartment area in an up-right position.
</P>
<P><I>Zero displacement plane</I> means, a vertical plane parallel to the vehicle longitudinal centerline and tangent to the most outboard surface of the ejection headform when the headform is aligned with an impact target location and just touching the inside surface of a window covering the side daylight opening.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Phase-in, performance and other requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>Phase-in requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.1 Except as provided in S4.1.3 of this standard, a percentage of each manufacturer's vehicle production, as specified in S8 of this standard, manufactured on or after September 1, 2013 to August 31, 2017, shall meet the requirements of S4.2. Vehicles that are not subject to the phase-in may be certified as meeting the requirements specified in this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.1.2 Except as provided in S4.1.3 of this section, each vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 2017 must meet the requirements of S4.2 without use of advanced credits.
</P>
<P>S4.1.3 <I>Exceptions from the phase-in; special allowances.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Vehicles produced by a small manufacturer and by a limited line manufacturer are not subject to S4.1.1 of this standard, but are subject to S4.1.2.
</P>
<P>(b) Vehicles that are altered (within the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) before September 1, 2018, after having been previously certified in accordance with part 567 of this chapter, and vehicles manufactured in two or more stages before September 1, 2018, are not required to meet the requirements of S4.2. Vehicles that are altered on or after September 1, 2018, and vehicles that are manufactured in two or more stages on or after September 1, 2018, must meet the requirements of S4.2.
</P>
<P>S4.2 <I>Performance and other requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.2.1 When the ejection propulsion mechanism propels the ejection impactor into the impact target locations of each side daylight opening of a vehicle according to the test procedures specified in S5 of this standard, the most outboard surface of the ejection headform must not displace more than 100 millimeters beyond the zero displacement plane.
</P>
<P>S4.2.1.1 No vehicle shall use movable glazing as the sole means of meeting the displacement limit of S4.2.1.
</P>
<P>S4.2.1.2 Vehicles with an ejection mitigation countermeasure that deploys in the event of a rollover must deploy the countermeasure for the side daylight opening being tested according to the procedure specified in S5 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S4.2.1.3 If a side daylight opening contains no target locations, the impact test of S4.2.1 is not performed on that opening.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2 Vehicles that have an ejection mitigation countermeasure that deploys in the event of a rollover must have a monitoring system with a readiness indicator. The indicator shall monitor its own readiness and must be clearly visible from the driver's designated seating position. The same readiness indicator required by S4.5.2 of FMVSS No. 208 may be used to meet the requirement. A list of the elements of the system being monitored by the indicator shall be included with the information furnished in accordance with S4.2.3.
</P>
<P>S4.2.3 <I>Written information.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Vehicles with an ejection mitigation countermeasure that deploys in the event of a rollover must be described as such in the vehicle's owner manual or in other written information provided by the vehicle manufacturer to the consumer.
</P>
<P>(b) Vehicles that have an ejection mitigation countermeasure that deploys in the event of a rollover must include in written information a discussion of the readiness indicator required by S4.2.2, specifying a list of the elements of the system being monitored by the indicator, a discussion of the purpose and location of the telltale, and instructions to the consumer on the steps to take if the telltale is illuminated.
</P>
<P>S4.2.4 <I>Technical Documentation.</I> For vehicles that have an ejection mitigation countermeasure that deploys in the event of a rollover, the vehicle manufacturer must make available to the agency, upon request, the following information: A discussion of the sensor system used to deploy the countermeasure, including the pertinent inputs to the computer or calculations within the computer and how its algorithm uses that information to determine if the countermeasure should be deployed.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Test procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 Demonstrate compliance with S4.2 of this standard in accordance with the test procedures specified in this standard, under the conditions of S6, using the equipment described in S7. In the impact test described by these procedures, target locations are identified (S5.2) and the zero displacement plane location is determined (S5.3). The glazing is pre-broken, fully retracted or removed prior to the impact test (S5.4). The countermeasure is deployed, if applicable, and an ejection impactor (see S7.1) strikes the countermeasure at the impact target locations, at the specified speeds and times (S5.5). The lateral displacement of the ejection impactor beyond the zero displacement plane is measured.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Determination of impact target locations.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 <I>Boundary of target location.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.1 <I>Initial determination of offset line.</I> Determine the location of an offset-line within the side daylight opening by projecting each point of the side daylight opening laterally onto a vehicle vertical longitudinal plane. Move each point by 25±2 mm towards the center of the side daylight opening projection and perpendicular to a line tangent to the projection at that point, while maintaining the point on a vehicle vertical longitudinal plane.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1.2 <I>Rearmost limit of offset line.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Seats fixed in a forward facing direction.</I> Except as provided in S5.2.1.2(b), if an offset line extends rearward of a transverse vertical vehicle plane located behind the seating reference point at the distance specified in 5.2.1.2(a)(1) or (2), the transverse vertical vehicle plane defines the rearward edge of the offset line for the purposes of determining target locations.
</P>
<P>(1) For a vehicle with fewer than 3 rows—1,400 mm behind the rearmost SgRP.
</P>
<P>(2) For a vehicle with 3 or more rows—600 mm behind the 3rd row SgRP.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Seats not fixed in a forward facing direction.</I> When the last row seat adjacent to the opening, in the case of a vehicle with fewer than 3 rows, or the 3rd row seat adjacent to the opening, in the case of a vehicle with 3 or more rows, is not fixed in the forward facing direction, the offset line may extend farther rearward than specified in S5.2.1.2(a) under the following conditions. With the seat in any non-forward facing orientation, the seat back set at an inclination position closest to the manufacturer's design seat back angle, and all other seat adjustments at any possible position of adjustment, determine the location of a vertical transverse vehicle plane located behind the portion of the seat rearmost in the vehicle, at the distance specified in 5.2.1.2(b)(1) and (2). The boundary of target locations extends to this vertical plane if it is farther rearward than the plane determined in S5.2.1.2(a).
</P>
<P>(1) For a vehicle with fewer than 3 rows—1,400 mm behind the portion of the seat rearmost in the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(2) For a vehicle with 3 or more rows—600 mm behind the portion of the seat rearmost in the vehicle, for a seat in the 3rd row.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Vehicles with partitions or bulkheads.</I> If a vehicle has a fixed transverse partition or bulkhead behind which there are no designated seating positions, a vertical transverse vehicle plane 25 mm forward of the most forward portion of the partition or bulkhead defines the rearward edge of the offset line for the purposes of determining target locations when said plane is forward of the limiting plane defined in S5.2.1.2(a) or (b).
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 <I>Preliminary target locations.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) To identify the impact target locations, the following procedures are performed with the x and z axes of the target, shown in Figure 1 (provided for illustration purposes), aligned within ±1 degree of the vehicle longitudinal and vertical axes, respectively, and the target y axis pointing in the outboard direction.
</P>
<P>(b) Place targets at any location inside the offset-line where the target is tangent to within ±2 mm of the offset-line at just two or three points (see Figure 2) (figure provided for illustration purposes).
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 <I>Determination of primary target locations.</I> Divide the side daylight opening into four quadrants by passing a vertical line and a horizontal line, in a vehicle vertical longitudinal plane, through the geometric center of the side daylight opening.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3.1 <I>Front windows.</I> For any side daylight opening forward of the vehicle B-pillar, the primary quadrants are the forward-lower and rearward-upper.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3.2 <I>Rear windows.</I> For any side daylight opening rearward of the B-pillar, the primary quadrants are the forward-upper and rearward-lower.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3.3 If a primary quadrant contains only one target center, that target is the primary target for that quadrant (<I>see</I> Figure 3) (figure provided for illustration purposes). If there is more than one target center in a primary quadrant, the primary target for that quadrant is the lowest target in a lower quadrant and the highest target in an upper quadrant. If there is a primary quadrant that does not contain a target center, the target center closest to the primary quadrant outline is the primary target.
</P>
<P>S5.2.4 <I>Determination of secondary target locations.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.4.1 <I>Front windows.</I> Measure the horizontal distance between the centers of the primary targets. For a side daylight opening forward of the B-pillar, place one secondary target center rearward of the forward primary target by one-third of the horizontal distance between the primary target centers and tangent with upper portion of the offset-line. Place another secondary target center rearward of the forward primary target by two-thirds of the horizontal distance between the primary target centers and tangent with the lower portion of the offset-line (<I>see</I> figure 4) (figure provided for illustration purposes).
</P>
<P>S5.2.4.2 <I>Rear windows.</I> For side daylight openings rearward of the B-pillar, place one secondary target center rearward of the forward primary target by one-third of the horizontal distance between the primary target centers and tangent with lower portion of the offset-line. Place another secondary target center rearward of the forward primary target by two-thirds of the horizontal distance between the primary target centers and tangent with the upper portion of the offset-line (<I>see</I> Figure 4) (figure provided for illustration purposes).
</P>
<P>S5.2.5 <I>Target adjustment.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.5.1 <I>Target elimination and reconstitution.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.5.1.1 <I>Target elimination.</I> Determine the horizontal and vertical distance between the centers of the targets. If the minimum distance between the z axes of the targets is less than 135 mm and the minimum distance between the x axes of the targets is less than 170 mm, eliminate the targets in the order of priority given in steps 1 through 4 of Table 1 (see Figure 5, 5a and 5b) (figures provided for illustration purposes). In each case, both the z axes of the targets must be closer than 135 mm and x axes of the targets must be closer than 170 mm. If the minimum distance between the z axes of the targets is not less than 135 mm or the minimum distance between the x axes of the targets is not less than 170 mm, do not eliminate the target. Continue checking all the targets listed in steps 1 through 4 of Table 1.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1—Priority List of Target Distance To Be Checked Against Limits
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Step
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Measure distance from z axis to z axis and x axis to x axis for these targets
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Eliminate this target if distances between z axes of targets and x axes of targets are less than 135 mm and 170 mm, respectively
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upper Secondary to Lower Secondary</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upper Secondary.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upper Primary to Upper or Remaining Secondary</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upper or Remaining Secondary.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lower Primary to Lower or Remaining Secondary</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lower or Remaining Secondary.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upper Primary to Lower Primary</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Upper Primary.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.2.5.1.2 <I>Target reconstitution.</I> If after following the procedure given in S5.2.5.1.1, there are only two targets remaining, determine the absolute distance between the centers of these targets. If this distance is greater than or equal to 360 mm, place a target such that its center bisects a line connecting the centers of the remaining targets.
</P>
<P>S5.2.5.2 <I>Target reorientation—90 degree rotation.</I> If after following the procedure given in S5.2.5.1 there are less than four targets in a side daylight opening, repeat the procedure in 5.2 through 5.2.5.1.2, with a modification to S5.2 as follows. Reorient the target by rotating it 90 degrees about the y axis of the target such that the target positive z axis is aligned within ±1 degree of the vehicle longitudinal axis, pointing in the direction of the vehicle positive x axis (see Figures 5a and 5b) (figures provided for illustration purposes). If after performing the procedure in this section, the remaining targets exceed the number of targets determined with the original orientation of the target, the reoriented targets represent the final target locations for the side daylight opening.
</P>
<P>S5.2.5.3 <I>Target reorientation incremental rotation.</I> If after following the procedure given in S5.2.5.2 there are no targets in a side daylight opening, starting with the target in the position defined in S5.2.2(a), reorient the target by rotating it in 5 degree increments about the y axis of the target by rotating the target positive z axis toward the vehicle positive x axis. At each increment of rotation, attempt to fit the target within the offset line of the side daylight opening. At the first increment of rotation where the target will fit, place the target center as close as possible to the geometric center of the side daylight opening. If more than one position exists that is closest to the geometric center of the side daylight opening, select the lowest.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Determination of zero displacement plane.</I> The glazing covering the target location of the side daylight opening being tested is intact and in place in the case of fixed glazing and intact and fully closed in the case of movable glazing. With the ejection impactor targeting point aligned within ±2 mm of the center of any target location specified in S5.2, and with the ejection impactor on the inside of the vehicle, slowly move the impactor towards the window until contact is made with the interior of the glazing with no more than 20 N of pressure being applied to the window. The location of the most outboard surface of the headform establishes the zero displacement plane for this target location.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Window position and condition.</I>Subject to S5.5(b), prior to impact testing, the glazing covering the target location must be removed from the side daylight opening, fully retracted, or pre-broken according to the procedure in S5.4.1, at the vehicle manufacturer's option.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 <I>Window glazing pre-breaking procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.1 <I>Breakage pattern.</I> Locate the geometric center of the side daylight opening, established in S5.2.3 of this standard. Mark the outside surface of the window glazing in a horizontal and vertical grid of points separated by 75±2 mm with one point coincident within ±2 mm of the geometric center of the side daylight opening (see Figure 6) (figure provided for illustration purposes). Mark the inside surface of the window glazing in a horizontal and vertical grid of points separated by 75±2 mm with the entire grid horizontally offset by 37.5 ±2 mm from the grid of points on the outside of the glazing.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.2 <I>Breakage method.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Start with the inside surface of the window and forward-most, lowest mark made as specified in S5.4.1.1 of this standard. Use a center punch in this procedure. The punch tip has a 5 ±2 mm diameter prior to coming to a point. The spring is adjusted to require 150 ±25 N of force to activate the punch. Only once at each mark location, apply pressure to activate the spring in the center punch in a direction which is perpendicular to the tangent of the window surface at the point of contact, within ±10 degrees. Apply the pressure only once at each mark location, even if the glazing does not break or no hole results.
</P>
<P>(b) Use a 100 ±10 mm × 100 ±10 mm piece of plywood with a minimum thickness of 18 mm as a reaction surface on the opposite side of the glazing to prevent to the extent possible the window surface from deforming by more than 10 mm when pressure is being applied to the hole-punch.
</P>
<P>(c) Continue the procedure with the center punch by moving rearward in the grid until the end of a row is reached. When the end of a row is reached, move to the forward-most mark on the next higher row and continue the procedure. Continue in this pattern until the procedure is conducted at each marked location on the inside surface of the glazing.
</P>
<P>(d) Repeat the process on the outside surface of the window.
</P>
<P>(e) If punching a hole causes the glazing to disintegrate, halt the breakage procedure and proceed with the headform impact test.
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Impact speeds and time delays.</I> The ejection impactor speeds specified below must be achieved after propulsion has ceased.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Vehicles with or without an ejection mitigation countermeasure that deploys in a rollover.</I> For a vehicle with an ejection mitigation countermeasure that deploys in a rollover, using the ejection propulsion mechanism, propel the ejection impactor such that it first strikes the countermeasure, while aligned with any target location specified in S5.2 of this standard, 1.5 ±0.1 seconds after activation of the ejection mitigation countermeasure that deploys in the event of a rollover, and at a speed of 20 ±0.5 km/h. For a vehicle without an ejection mitigation countermeasure that deploys in a rollover, propel the ejection impactor at any time such that it first strikes the countermeasure, while aligned with any target location specified in S5.2 of this standard, at a speed of 20 ±0.5 km/h.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Vehicles with an ejection mitigation countermeasure that deploys in a rollover.</I> For a vehicle with an ejection mitigation countermeasure that deploys in a rollover, remove or fully retract any movable glazing from the side daylight opening. Using the ejection propulsion mechanism, propel the ejection impactor such that it first strikes the countermeasure, while aligned with any target location specified in S5.2 of this standard, 6.0 ±0.1 seconds after activation of an ejection mitigation countermeasure that deploys in the event of a rollover, and at a speed of 16 ±0.5 km/h.
</P>
<P>(c) An ejection mitigation countermeasure that deploys in the event of a rollover is described as such in the vehicle's owner manual or in other written information provided by the vehicle manufacturer to the consumer.
</P>
<P>S5.6 <I>Ejection impactor orientation.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.6.1 If the targets for the side daylight opening being impacted were determined by the procedure specified in S5.2.2 through S5.2.5.1 only, the ejection impactor orientation is as follows. At the time of launch of the ejection impactor the x, y and z axes of the ejection headform must be aligned within ±1 degree of the vehicle longitudinal, transverse and vertical axes, respectively.
</P>
<P>S5.6.2 If the targets for the side daylight opening being impacted were determined by the procedure specified in S5.2.5.2, the ejection impactor orientation is as follows. At the time of launch the ejection impactor is rotated by 90 degrees about the ejection headform y axis, from the orientation specified in S5.6.1, resulting in the headform positive z axis pointing in the direction of the vehicle positive x axis.
</P>
<P>S5.6.3 If the targets for the side daylight opening being impacted were determined by the procedure specified in S5.2.5.3, the ejection impactor orientation is as follows. At the time of launch the ejection impactor is rotated about the y axis of the ejection headform by rotating the headform positive z axis towards the vehicle positive x axis, in the increment determined to be necessary in S5.2.5.3 to fit the target within the side daylight opening.
</P>
<P>S5.6.4 After any test, extend the ejection impactor to the zero plane and determine that x, y and z axes of the ejection headform remain aligned within ±1 degree of its orientation at launch as specified in S5.6.1—5.6.3.
</P>
<P>S6 <I>General test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Vehicle test attitude.</I> The vehicle is supported off its suspension at an attitude determined in accordance with S6.1(a) through (f).
</P>
<P>(a) The vehicle is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight.
</P>
<P>(b) All tires are inflated to the manufacturer's specifications listed on the vehicle's tire placard.
</P>
<P>(c) Place vehicle on a level surface.
</P>
<P>(d) Pitch: Measure the sill angle of the left front door sill and mark where the angle is measured.
</P>
<P>(e) Roll: Mark a point on the vehicle body above the left and right front wheel wells. Determine the vertical height of these two points from the level surface.
</P>
<P>(f) Support the vehicle off its suspension such that the left front door sill angle is within ±1 degree of that measured at the marked area in S6.1(d) and the vertical height difference of the two points marked in S6.1(e) is within ±5 mm of the vertical height difference determined in S6.1(e).
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Doors.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Except as provided in S6.2(b) or S6.2(c), doors, including any rear hatchback or tailgate, are fully closed and latched but not locked.
</P>
<P>(b) During testing, any side door on the opposite side of the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle from the target to be impacted may be open or removed.
</P>
<P>(c) During testing, any rear hatchback or tailgate may be open or removed for testing any target.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Steering wheel, steering column, seats, grab handles, and exterior mirrors.</I> During targeting and testing, the steering wheel, steering column, seats, grab handles and exterior mirrors may be removed from the vehicle or adjusted to facilitate testing and/or provide an unobstructed path for headform travel through and beyond the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Other vehicle components and structures.</I> During targeting and testing, interior vehicle components and vehicle structures other than specified in S6.2 and S6.3 may be removed or adjusted to the extent necessary to allow positioning of the ejection propulsion mechanism and provide an unobstructed path for the headform travel through and beyond the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>Temperature and humidity.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) During testing, the ambient temperature is between 18 degrees C. and 29 degrees C., at any relative humidity between 10 percent and 70 percent.
</P>
<P>(b) The headform specified in S7.1.1 of this standard is exposed to the conditions specified in S6.5(a) for a continuous period not less than one hour, prior to the test.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Ejection mitigation test device specifications.</I> The ejection mitigation test device consists of an ejection impactor and ejection propulsion mechanism with the following specifications. The ability of a test device to meet these specifications may be determined outside of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Ejection impactor.</I> The ejection impactor consists of an ejection headform attached to a shaft. The ejection impactor has a mass of 18 kg ±0.05 kg. The shaft is parallel to the y axis of the headform.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1 <I>Ejection headform dimensions.</I> The ejection headform has the dimensions shown in Figure 1 and is depicted in the “Parts List; Ejection Mitigation Headform Drawing Package,” December 2010, and the “Parts List and Drawings; Ejection Mitigation Headform Drawing Package,” December 2010 (incorporated by reference; see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Static deflection.</I> The ejection impactor targeting point must not deflect more than 20 mm in the x-z plane when a 981 N ±5 N force is applied in a vehicle vertical longitudinal plane, through the y axis of the headform and no more than 5 mm rear of the posterior surface of the headform. The force is applied once in each of the following headform axes: + z, −z, + x, −x. The static deflection measurement is made with the ejection impactor extended 400 mm outboard of the theoretical point of impact with the countermeasure and attached to the ejection propulsion mechanism, including any support frame and anchors.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Frictional characteristics.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Measure the dynamic coefficient of friction of the ejection impactor and any associated bearings and bearing housing in a test ready orientation. Repeat the measurement in three more orientations with the ejection impactor and any associated bearings and bearing housing rotated 90, 180 and 270 degrees about the headform y axis. Perform the measurement five consecutive times at each orientation.
</P>
<P>(b) Measure the average force necessary to move the ejection impactor 200 mm rearward into the ejection propulsion mechanism at a rate of 50 (±13) mm per second, starting at a point 400 mm outboard of the theoretical point of impact with the countermeasure. Measure the force to an accuracy of ±5 N. The measurement excludes the force measured over the first 25 mm of travel and is recorded at a minimum frequency of 100 Hz. During the test a 100 kg ±0.5 kg mass is attached to the impactor with its center of gravity passing through the axis of motion of the impactor and no more than 5 mm rear of the posterior surface of the headform.
</P>
<P>(c) Take the five force level averages made at each impactor orientation in S7.3(a) and average them. Take the maximum of the force average values and divide by 9.81 times the combined mass of the ejection impactor and mass added in S7.3(b). The resulting value must not exceed 0.25.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Targeting accuracy.</I> Determine that the ejection mitigation test device can deliver the ejection impactor targeting point through a zone defined by a cylinder with a 20 mm diameter and 100 mm length, when the ejection impactor is moving at the speed specified in S5.5. The projection of the long axis of the cylinder is normal to the target and passes through the target center. The long axis of the cylinder is bisected by a vehicle vertical longitudinal plane passing through the theoretical point of impact with the countermeasure.
</P>
<P>S8 <I>Phase-in Schedule for Vehicle Certification.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2013 and before September 1, 2016.</I> At anytime during the production years ending August 31, 2014, August 31, 2015, and August 31, 2016, each manufacturer shall, upon request from the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, provide information identifying the vehicles (by make, model and vehicle identification number) that have been certified as complying with this standard. The manufacturer's designation of a vehicle as a certified vehicle is irrevocable.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2013 and before September 1, 2014.</I> Subject to S8.9, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2013 and before September 1, 2014, the number of vehicles complying with S4.2 shall be not less than 25 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured in the three previous production years; or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production in the current production year.
</P>
<P>S8.3 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2014 and before September 1, 2015.</I> Subject to S8.9, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2014 and before September 1, 2015, the number of vehicles complying with S4.2 shall be not less than 50 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured in the three previous production years; or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production in the current production year.
</P>
<P>S8.4 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2015 and before September 1, 2016.</I> Subject to S8.9, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2015 and before September 1, 2016, the number of vehicles complying with S4.2 shall be not less than 75 percent of:
</P>
<P>(a) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured in the three previous production years; or
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's production in the current production year.
</P>
<P>S8.5 <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2016 and before September 1, 2017.</I> Subject to S8.9, for vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2016 and before September 1, 2017, the number of vehicles complying with S4.2 shall be not less than 100 percent of the manufacturer's production in the current production year.
</P>
<P>8.6 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I> For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S8.1 through S8.4, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S8.7.
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle that is imported shall be attributed to the importer.
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, shall be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S8.7 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 585, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S8.5.
</P>
<P>S8.8 For the purposes of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S8, do not count any vehicle that is excluded by this standard from the requirements.
</P>
<P><I>S8.9 Calculation of complying vehicles.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For the purposes of calculating the vehicles complying with S8.2, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it is manufactured on or after March 1, 2011 but before September 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of complying with S8.3, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it—
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after March 1, 2011 but before September 1, 2015 and,
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S8.2.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of complying with S8.4, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it—
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after March 1, 2011 but before September 1, 2016 and,
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S8.2 or S8.3.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of complying with S8.5, a manufacturer may count a vehicle if it—
</P>
<P>(1) Is manufactured on or after March 1, 2011 but before September 1, 2017 and,
</P>
<P>(2) Is not counted toward compliance with S8.2, S8.3, or S8.4.
</P>
<P>(e) For the purposes of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer, each vehicle that is excluded from having to meet this standard is not counted.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er19ja11.025.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19ja11.026.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19ja11.027.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19ja11.028.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19ja11.029.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er09se13.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19ja11.030.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 3296, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 10524, Feb. 25, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 55165, Sept. 9, 2013; 85 FR 85535, Dec. 29, 2020; 87 FR 18599, Mar. 30, 2022]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.227" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.67" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.227   Standard No. 227; Bus rollover structural integrity.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard establishes performance requirements for bus rollover structural integrity.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce death and injuries resulting from the structural collapse of the bus body structure in rollover crashes and from partial and complete ejections through emergency exits opening in such crashes.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Subject to S3(b), this standard applies to:
</P>
<P>(1) Over-the-road buses; and
</P>
<P>(2) Buses that are not over-the-road buses, and that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) greater than 11,793 kilograms (26,000 pounds).
</P>
<P>(b) This standard does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) School buses, school bus derivative buses, transit buses, and prison buses; and
</P>
<P>(2) Buses with 7 or fewer designated seating positions rearward of the driver's seating position that are forward-facing or can convert to forward-facing without the use of tools.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Occupant compartment</I> means a space within the vehicle interior intended for driver and passenger use, excluding any space occupied by fixed appliances such as bars, kitchenettes, or toilets.
</P>
<P><I>Over-the-road</I> bus means a bus characterized by an elevated passenger deck located over a baggage compartment.
</P>
<P><I>Prison bus</I> means a bus manufactured for the purpose of transporting persons subject to involuntary restraint or confinement and has design features consistent with that purpose.
</P>
<P><I>School bus</I> is defined in § 571.3.
</P>
<P><I>School bus derivative bus</I> means a bus that meets Federal motor vehicle safety standards for school buses regarding emergency exits (§ 571.217), rollover protection (§ 571.220), bus body joint strength (§ 571.221), and fuel system integrity (§ 571.301).
</P>
<P><I>Stop-request system</I> means a vehicle-integrated system for passenger to use to signal to a vehicle operator that they are requesting a stop.
</P>
<P><I>Survival space</I> means all points within a three-dimensional space in the occupant compartment as defined within the following volume:
</P>
<P>(1) The front boundary of the survival space is a transverse vertical plane forward of the most forward seat (whether passenger, or driver seat) when the seat back is in the manufacturer's nominal design riding position. This transverse vertical plane is:
</P>
<P>(i) For a forward-facing seat, 600 millimeters (mm) in front of the forward most point on the longitudinal centerline of the front surface of the seat back when the seat is in its forward most position;
</P>
<P>(ii) For a rearward-facing seat, through the most forward point (relative to the vehicle) on the longitudinal centerline of the seat back when the seat is in its forward most position with respect to the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(iii) For a side-facing seat, through the most forward point (relative to the vehicle) on the seat, including the seat back, seat arm rest, and seat cushion.
</P>
<P>(2) The rear boundary of the survival space is the inside surface of the rear wall of the occupant compartment of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) The outer boundary of the survival space at any transverse cross section between, or at the front and rear boundaries, is defined on each side of the vehicle by the occupant compartment floor and the following three line segments (see Figure 1 of this section, provided for illustration purposes only):
</P>
<P>(i) Segment 1 extends vertically from the floor to an end point that is 500 mm above the floor and 150 mm inboard of the side wall.
</P>
<P>(ii) Segment 2 starts at the end point of Segment 1. The end point of Segment 2 is 750 mm vertically above and 250 mm horizontally inboard of the end point of Segment 1.
</P>
<P>(iii) Segment 3 is a horizontal line that starts at the end point of Segment 2 and ends at the vertical longitudinal center plane of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Transit bus</I> means a bus that is equipped with a stop-request system sold for public transportation provided by, or on behalf of, a Federal, State, or local government and that is not an over-the-road bus.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I> When tested under the conditions in S6 and the test procedures specified in S7, each bus shall meet the requirements in S5.1 and S5.2.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Survival space intrusion.</I> No part of the vehicle that is outside the survival space shall intrude into the survival space during the movement of the tilting platform or resulting from impact of the vehicle on the impact surface, except as provided below in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(a) Items separated from the vehicle and with a mass less than 60.0 grams that enter the survival space will not be considered for this evaluation of survival space intrusion.
</P>
<P>(b) Portions of a bus over which there is not a permanent roof, such as the upper level of an open-top double-decker bus, will not be considered for this evaluation.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Opening of Emergency exits.</I> Emergency exits shall not open during the movement of the tilting platform or resulting from impact of the vehicle on the impact surface.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Tilting platform.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 The tilting platform has a top surface that rests horizontally at its initial position and is of sufficient size to fully contact the bottom of the vehicle's tires, as shown in Figure 2 of this section (figure provided for illustration purposes only).
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 The top surface of the tilting platform, at its initial position, is 800 ± 20 millimeters (mm) above the impact surface specified in S6.1.6, as shown in Figures 1 and 2 of this section (figures provided for illustration purposes only).
</P>
<P>S6.1.3 The axis of rotation of the tilting platform is a maximum of a 100 mm horizontal distance from the edge of the impact surface closest to the platform and a maximum of 100 mm below the horizontal plane at the top surface of the tilting platform as shown in Figure 3 of this section (figure provided for illustration purposes only).
</P>
<P>S6.1.4 The tilting platform is equipped with rigid wheel supports on the top surface as illustrated in Figure 3 of this section (figure provided for illustration purposes only). At each vehicle axle, the wheel closest to the platform's axis of rotation is supported. The rigid wheel supports are positioned to make contact with the outboard tire sidewall of the supported wheels with the vehicle positioned as specified in S7(a) to prevent sliding of the vehicle during the test. Each rigid wheel support has the following dimensions:
</P>
<P>(a) The height above the top surface of the tilting platform is no greater than two-thirds of the vertical height of the adjacent tire's sidewall.
</P>
<P>(b) The width is a minimum of 19 mm.
</P>
<P>(c) The length is a minimum of 500 mm.
</P>
<P>(d) The top inboard edge has a radius of 10 mm.
</P>
<P>S6.1.5 While raising the platform, the tilting platform roll angle, measured at the outside of each wheel farthest from the pivot point, does not differ by more than one degree.
</P>
<P>S6.1.6 The impact surface is horizontal, uniform, dry, and smooth concrete. The impact surface covers an area that is large enough to ensure that the vehicle does not strike beyond the impact surface edges.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Vehicle preparation.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 The vehicle's tires are inflated to the manufacturer's recommended tire pressure.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 Test equipment may be attached securely to the bus structure such that the equipment does not break away from the bus structure from the time the tilting platform begins movement to after the vehicle comes to rest on the impact surface.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 Fixed seats may be removed or adjustable seats repositioned for the installation of test equipment in the survival space. Ballast of any weight up to the weight of the removed seat and 68 kg per designated seating position may be secured to the bus floor. The ballasts are not placed farther forward than the forward most point of the vehicle seat immediately in front of the removed seat, and the ballasts are not placed farther rearward than the rear most point of the vehicle seat immediately behind the removed seat.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4 The fuel tank is filled to any level from 90 to 95 percent of capacity. All other vehicle fluids are filled to any level from 90 to 95 percent of capacity. Fluids may be substituted if the weight of the original fluid is maintained.
</P>
<P>S6.2.5 <I>Ballasting.</I> The vehicle is loaded to any weight up to and including the GVWR. Up to 68 kilograms (150 pounds) of ballast is installed at all designated seating positions that are equipped with occupant restraints. The ballast is placed on the top of each seat cushion and attached securely to the seat frame such that it does not break away from the seat from the time the tilting platform begins movement to after the vehicle comes to rest on the impact surface.
</P>
<P>S7 <I>Rollover structural integrity test procedure.</I> Each vehicle shall meet the requirements of S5 when prepared as specified in S6.2 and tested in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraphs (a) through (f) of this S7.
</P>
<P>(a) Position the vehicle on the tilting platform as illustrated in the examples of Figures 2 and 3 of this section with its longitudinal centerline parallel to the tilt platform's axis of rotation, the right or left side facing the impact surface at NHTSA's option, and with the outboard tire sidewall at the widest axle within 100 mm of the axis of rotation. (Figures provided for illustration purposes only.)
</P>
<P>(b) Apply the vehicle parking brakes.
</P>
<P>(c) Attach a rigid wheel support to the tilting platform at each axle of the vehicle so that it contacts the outboard tire sidewall of the wheel closest to the impact surface.
</P>
<P>(d) Block the suspension system of the vehicle to be within ±25 mm of the normal riding attitude as loaded in S6.2.5.
</P>
<P>(e) Vehicle windows, doors, and emergency exits are fully closed and latched but not locked.
</P>
<P>(f) Tilt the vehicle at a rate not to exceed 5 degrees/second until it starts to rollover on its own.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er29de21.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er29de21.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er29de21.005.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 74302, Dec. 29, 2021, as amended at 88 FR 77532, Nov. 13, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.301" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.68" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.301   Standard No. 301; Fuel system integrity.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for the integrity of motor vehicle fuel systems.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries occurring from fires that result from fuel spillage during and after motor vehicle crashes, and resulting from ingestion of fuels during siphoning.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, and to multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses that have a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less and use fuel with a boiling point above 0 °C, and to school buses that have a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg and use fuel with a boiling point above 0 °C.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definition. Fuel spillage</I> means the fall, flow, or run of fuel from the vehicle but does not include wetness resulting from capillary action.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>General requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Passenger cars, and multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less.</I> Each passenger car and each multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, and bus with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less shall meet the requirements of S6.1 through S6.4. Each of these types of vehicles that is manufactured to use alcohol fuels shall also meet the requirements of S6.6.
</P>
<P>S5.2 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.3 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Schoolbuses with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds.</I> Each schoolbus with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds shall meet the requirements of S6.5. Each schoolbus with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds that is manufactured to use alcohol fuels shall meet the requirements of S6.6.
</P>
<P>S5.5 <I>Fuel spillage; Barrier crash.</I> Fuel spillage in any fixed or moving barrier crash test shall not exceed 28 g from impact until motion of the vehicle has ceased, and shall not exceed a total of 142 g in the 5-minute period following cessation of motion. For the subsequent 25-minute period, fuel spillage during any 1 minute interval shall not exceed 28 g.
</P>
<P>S5.6 <I>Fuel spillage; rollover.</I> Fuel spillage in any rollover test, from the onset of rotational motion, shall not exceed a total of 142 g for the first 5 minutes of testing at each successive 90° increment. For the remaining test period, at each increment of 90° fuel spillage during any 1 minute interval shall not exceed 28 g.
</P>
<P>S5.7. <I>Alcohol fuel vehicles.</I> Each vehicle manufactured to operate on an alcohol fuel (e.g., methanol, ethanol) or a fuel blend containing at least 20 percent alcohol fuel shall meet the requirements of S6.6.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test requirements.</I> Each vehicle with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less shall be capable of meeting the requirements of any applicable barrier crash test followed by a static rollover, without alteration of the vehicle during the test sequence. A particular vehicle need not meet further requirements after having been subjected to a single barrier crash test and a static rollover test. Where manufacturer options are specified in this standard, the manufacturer must select an option not later than the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for that vehicle. Each manufacturer must, upon request from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, provide information regarding which of the compliance options it has selected for a particular vehicle or make/model.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Frontal barrier crash.</I> When the vehicle travelling longitudinally forward at any speed up to and including 48 km/h impacts a fixed collision barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, or at any angle up to 30° in either direction from the perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, with 50th-percentile test dummies as specified in part 572 of this chapter at each front outboard designated seating position and at any other position whose protection system is required to be tested by a dummy under the provisions of Standard No. 208, under the applicable conditions of S7., fuel spillage shall not exceed the limits of S5.5.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Rear moving barrier crash.</I> When the vehicle is impacted from the rear by a moving deformable barrier 80 ± 1.0 km/h with a 70 percent overlap, with 50th percentile test dummies as specified in part 572 of this chapter at each front outboard designated seating position, under the applicable conditions of S7, fuel spillage must not exceed the limits of S5.5.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Side moving barrier crash.</I> When the vehicle is impacted laterally on either side by a moving deformable barrier at 53 ± 1.0 km/h with the appropriate 49 CFR part 572 test dummies specified in FMVSS No. 214 (§ 571.214) at positions required for testing by S7.2.2 of FMVSS No. 214, under the applicable conditions of S7 of this standard, fuel spillage shall not exceed the limits of S5.5 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Static rollover.</I> When the vehicle is rotated on its longitudinal axis to each successive increment of 90°, following an impact crash of S6.1, S6.2, or S6.3, fuel spillage shall not exceed the limits of S5.6.
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>Moving contoured barrier crash.</I> When the moving contoured barrier assembly traveling longitudinally forward at any speed up to and including 48 km/h impacts the test vehicle (school bus with a GVWR exceeding 4,536 kg) at any point and angle, under the applicable conditions of S7.1 and S7.5, fuel spillage shall not exceed the limits of S5.5.
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Anti-siphoning test for alcohol fuel vehicles.</I> Each vehicle shall have means that prevent any hose made of vinyl plastic or rubber, with a length of not less than 1200 millimeters (mm) and an outside diameter of not less than 5.2 mm, from contacting the level surface of the liquid fuel in the vehicle's fuel tank or fuel system, when the hose is inserted into the filler neck attached to the fuel tank with the fuel tank filled to any level from 90 to 95 percent of capacity.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test conditions.</I> The requirements of S5.1 through S5.6 and S6.1 through S6.5 shall be met under the following conditions. Where a range is specified, the vehicle must be capable of meeting the requirements at all points within the range.
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>General test conditions.</I> The following conditions apply to all tests.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1 The fuel tank is filled to any level from 90 to 95 percent of capacity with Stoddard solvent, having the physical and chemical properties of type 1 solvent, Table I of ASTM D484-71 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S7.1.2 The fuel system other than the fuel tank is filled with Stoddard solvent to its normal operating level.
</P>
<P>S7.1.3 In meeting the requirements of S6.1 through S6.3, if the vehicle has an electrically driven fuel pump that normally runs when the vehicle's electrical system is activated, it is operating at the time of the barrier crash.
</P>
<P>S7.1.4 The parking brake is disengaged and the transmission is in neutral, except that in meeting the requirements of S6.5 the parking brake is set.
</P>
<P>S7.1.5 Tires are inflated to manufacturer's specifications.
</P>
<P>S7.1.6 The vehicle, including test devices and instrumentation, is loaded as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Except as specified in S7.1.1, a passenger car is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, secured in the luggage area, plus the necessary test dummies as specified in S6., restrained only by means that are installed in the vehicle for protection at its seating position.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as specified in S7.1.1, a multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight, plus the necessary test dummies as specified in S6, plus 136 kg or its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, whichever is less, secured in the load carrying area and distributed as nearly as possible in proportion to its GAWR. For the purpose of this standard, unloaded vehicle weight does not include the weight of work-performing accessories. Each dummy is restrained only by means that are installed in the vehicle for protection at its seating position. 
</P>
<P>(c) Except as specified in S7.1.1, a school bus with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight, plus 54 kg of unsecured mass at each designated seating position.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Side moving barrier test conditions.</I> The side moving deformable barrier crash test conditions are those specified in S8 of FMVSS No. 214 (49 CFR 571.214).
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Rear moving barrier test conditions.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) The rear moving deformable barrier is the same as that shown in Figure 2 of FMVSS No. 214 (49 CFR 571.214) and specified in 49 CFR part 587, except as otherwise specified in paragraph S7.3. The barrier and test vehicle are positioned so that at impact— 


</P>
<P>(1) The vehicle is stationary; 
</P>
<P>(2) The deformable face of the barrier is mounted on the barrier 50 mm (2 inches) lower than the height from the ground specified in Figure 2 of Standard No. 214 (49 CFR 571.214) (All dimensions from the ground in Figure 2, Front View should be reduced by 50 mm (2 inches.)); 
</P>
<P>(3) The barrier is traveling 80 ±1.0 km/h; and 
</P>
<P>(4) The barrier impacts the test vehicle with the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle parallel to the line of travel and perpendicular to the barrier face within a tolerance of ±5 degrees. The test vehicle and barrier face are aligned so that the barrier strikes the rear of the vehicle with 70 percent overlap toward either side of the vehicle. So aligned, the barrier face fully engages one half of the rear of the vehicle and partially engages the other half. At impact, the vehicle's longitudinal centerline is located inboard either of the side edges of the barrier by a distance equal to 20 percent of the vehicle's width ±50 mm (<I>see</I> Figure 3). The vehicle's width is the maximum dimension measured across the widest part of the vehicle, including bumpers and molding, but excluding such components as exterior mirrors, flexible mud flaps, marker lamps, and dual rear wheel configurations. 
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Static rollover test conditions.</I> The vehicle is rotated about its longitudinal axis, with the axis kept horizontal, to each successive increment of 90°, 180°, and 270° at a uniform rate, with 90° of rotation taking place in any time interval from 1 to 3 minutes. After reaching each 90° increment the vehicle is held in that position for 5 minutes.
</P>
<P>S7.5 <I>Moving contoured barrier test conditions.</I> The following conditions apply to the moving contoured barrier crash test.
</P>
<P>S7.5.1 The moving barrier, which is mounted on a carriage as specified in Figure 1, is of rigid construction, symmetrical about a vertical longitudinal plane. The contoured impact surface, which is 629 mm high and 1,981 mm wide, conforms to the dimensions shown in Figure 2, and is attached to the carriage as shown in that figure. The ground clearance to the lower edge of the impact surface is 133 mm ±13 mm. The wheelbase is 3,048 mm ±50 mm.
</P>
<P>S7.5.2 The moving contoured barrier, including the impact surface, supporting structure, and carriage, has a mass of 1,814 kg ±23 kg with the mass distributed so that 408 kg ±11 kg is at each rear wheel and 499 kg ±11 kg is at each front wheel. The center of gravity is located 1,372 mm ±38 mm rearward of the front wheel axis, in the vertical longitudinal plane of symmetry, 401 mm ±13 mm above the ground.
</P>
<P>S7.5.3 The moving contoured barrier has a solid nonsteerable front axle and fixed rear axle attached directly to the frame rails with no spring or other type of suspension system on any wheel. (The moving barrier assembly is equipped with a braking device capable of stopping its motion.)
</P>
<P>S7.5.4 The concrete surface upon which the vehicle is tested is level, rigid, and of uniform construction, with a skid number of 75 when measured in accordance with ASTM E274-65T (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5) at 64 km/h, omitting water delivery as specified in paragraph 7.1 of that method.
</P>
<P>S7.5.5 The barrier assembly is released from the guidance mechanism immediately prior to impact with the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S7.6 The moving barrier assemblies specified in S7.2, S7.3 and S7.5 are equipped with P205/75R15 pneumatic tires inflated to 200 kPa ±21 kPa.


</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Rear impact test upgrade.</I> (a) <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2006 and before September 1, 2007.</I> For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2006, and before September 1, 2007, the number of vehicles complying with S6.2(b) of this standard must not be less than 40 percent of:
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2004, and before September 1, 2007; or
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2006, and before September 1, 2007.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2007 and before September 1, 2008.</I> For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2007 and before September 1, 2008, the number of vehicles complying with S6.2(b) of this standard must not be less than 70 percent of:
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer's average annual production of vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2005, and before September 1, 2008; or
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's production on or after September 1, 2007, and before September 1, 2008.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2008.</I> For vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2008, the number of vehicles complying with S6.2(b) of this standard must be 100 percent of the manufacturer's production during that period. 
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Vehicles manufactured in two or more stages.</I> A final stage manufacturer or alterer may, at its option, comply with the requirements set forth in S8.2.1 and S8.2.2. 
</P>
<P>S8.2.1 Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2006 and before September 1, 2009 are not required to comply with the requirements specified in S6.2(b) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S8.2.2 Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2009 must comply with the requirements specified in S6.2(b) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S8.3 <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.3.1 For the purpose of calculating average annual production of vehicles for each manufacturer and the number of vehicles manufactured by each manufacturer under S8.1, a vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer must be attributed to a single manufacturer as follows, subject to S8.3.2: 
</P>
<P>(a) A vehicle that is imported must be attributed to the importer. 
</P>
<P>(b) A vehicle manufactured in the United States by more than one manufacturer, one of which also markets the vehicle, must be attributed to the manufacturer that markets the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>S8.3.2 A vehicle produced by more than one manufacturer must be attributed to any one of the vehicle's manufacturers specified by an express written contract, reported to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 586, between the manufacturer so specified and the manufacturer to which the vehicle would otherwise be attributed under S8.3.1. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.148.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er29jy03.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er01de03.015.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 48353, Oct. 15, 1975]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 571.301, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.302" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.69" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.302   Standard No. 302; Flammability of interior materials.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies burn resistance requirements for materials used in the occupant compartments of motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce the deaths and injuries to motor vehicle occupants caused by vehicle fires, especially those originating in the interior of the vehicle from sources such as matches or cigarettes.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses.
</P>
<P>S3A. <I>Definitions. Occupant compartment air space</I> means the space within the occupant compartment that normally contains refreshable air.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 The portions described in S4.2 of the following components of vehicle occupant compartments shall meet the requirements of S4.3: Seat cushions, seat backs, seat belts, headlining, convertible tops, arm rests, all trim panels including door, front, rear, and side panels, compartment shelves, head restraints, floor coverings, sun visors, curtains, shades, wheel housing covers, engine compartment covers, mattress covers, and any other interior materials, including padding and crash-deployed elements, that are designed to absorb energy on contact by occupants in the event of a crash.
</P>
<P>S4.1.1 [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S4.2 Any portion of a single or composite material which is within 13 mm of the occupant compartment air space shall meet the requirements of S4.3.
</P>
<P>S4.2.1 Any material that does not adhere to other material(s) at every point of contact shall meet the requirements of S4.3 when tested separately.
</P>
<P>S4.2.2 Any material that adheres to other materials at every point of contact shall meet the requirements of S4.3 when tested as a composite with the other material(s).
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er27my98.011.gif"/>
<P>Material A has a non-adhering interface with material B and is tested separately. Part of material B is within 13 mm of the occupant compartment air space, and materials B and C adhere at every point of contact; therefore, B and C are tested as a composite. The cut is in material C as shown, to make a specimen 13 mm thick.
</P>
<P>S4.3(a) When tested in accordance with S5, material described in S4.1 and S4.2 shall not burn, nor transmit a flame front across its surface, at a rate of more than 102 mm per minute. The requirement concerning transmission of a flame front shall not apply to a surface created by cutting a test specimen for purposes of testing pursuant to S5.
</P>
<P>(b) If a material stops burning before it has burned for 60 seconds from the start of timing, and has not burned more than 51 mm from the point where the timing was started, it shall be considered to meet the burn-rate requirement of S4.3(a).
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 The test is conducted in a metal cabinet for protecting the test specimens from drafts. The interior of the cabinet is 381 mm long, 203 mm deep, and 356 mm high. It has a glass observation window in the front, a closable opening to permit insertion of the specimen holder, and a hole to accommodate tubing for a gas burner. For ventilation, it has a 13 mm clearance space around the top of the cabinet, ten holes in the base of the cabinet, each hole 19 mm in diameter and legs to elevate the bottom of the cabinet by 10 mm, all located as shown in Figure 1.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er24se98.036.gif"/>
<P>S5.1.2 Prior to testing, each specimen is conditioned for 24 hours at a temperature of 21 °C, and a relative humidity of 50 percent, and the test is conducted under those ambient conditions.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 The test specimen is inserted between two matching U-shaped frames of metal stock 25 mm wide and 10 mm high. The interior dimensions of the U-shaped frames are 51 mm wide by 330 mm long. A specimen that softens and bends at the flaming end so as to cause erratic burning is kept horizontal by supports consisting of thin, heat-resistant wires, spanning the width of the U-shaped frame under the specimen at 25 mm intervals. A device that may be used for supporting this type of material is an additional U-shaped frame, wider than the U-shaped frame containing the specimen, spanned by 10-mil wires of heat-resistant composition at 25 mm intervals, inserted over the bottom U-shaped frame.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 A bunsen burner with a tube of 10 mm inside diameter is used. The gas adjusting valve is set to provide a flame, with the tube vertical, of 38 mm in height. The air inlet to the burner is closed.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5 The gas supplied to the burner has a flame temperature equivalent to that of natural gas.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Preparation of specimens.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.2.1 Each specimen of material to be tested shall be a rectangle 102 mm wide by 356 mm long, wherever possible. The thickness of the specimen is that of the single or composite material used in the vehicle, except that if the material's thickness exceeds 13 mm, the specimen is cut down to that thickness measured from the surface of the specimen closest to the occupant compartment air space. Where it is not possible to obtain a flat specimen because of surface curvature, the specimen is cut to not more than 13 mm in thickness at any point. The maximum available length or width of a specimen is used where either dimension is less than 356 mm or 102 mm, respectively, unless surrogate testing is required under S4.1.1.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2 The specimen is produced by cutting the material in the direction that provides the most adverse test results. The specimen is oriented so that the surface closest to the occupant compartment air space faces downward on the test frame.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3 Material with a napped or tufted surface is placed on a flat surface and combed twice against the nap with a comb having seven to eight smooth, rounded teeth per 25 mm.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Mount the specimen so that both sides and one end are held by the U-shaped frame, and one end is even with the open end of the frame. Where the maximum available width of a specimen is not more than 51 mm, so that the sides of the specimen cannot be held in the U-shaped frame, place the specimen in position on wire supports as described in S5.1.3, with one end held by the closed end of the U-shaped frame.
</P>
<P>(b) Place the mounted specimen in a horizontal position, in the center of the cabinet.
</P>
<P>(c) With the flame adjusted according to S5.1.4, position the bunsen burner and specimen so that the center of the burner tip is 19 mm below the center of the bottom edge of the open end of the specimen.
</P>
<P>(d) Expose the specimen to the flame for 15 seconds.
</P>
<P>(e) Begin timing (without reference to the period of application of the burner flame) when the flame from the burning specimen reaches a point 38 mm from the open end of the specimen.
</P>
<P>(f) Measure the time that it takes the flame to progress to a point 38 mm from the clamped end of the specimen. If the flame does not reach the specified end point, time its progress to the point where flaming stops.
</P>
<P>(g) Calculate the burn rate from the formula:
</P>
<FP-2>B = 60 × (D/T)
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where: 
</FP>
<FP-2>B = Burn rate in millimeters per minute
</FP-2>
<FP-2>D = Length the flame travels in millimeters, and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>T = Time in seconds for the flame to travel D millimeters.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 22902, Dec. 2, 1971, as amended at 40 FR 14319, Mar. 31, 1975; 40 FR 42747, Sept. 16, 1975; 40 FR 56667, Dec. 4, 1975; 63 FR 28954, 28956, May 27, 1998; 63 FR 51003, Sept. 24, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.303" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.70" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.303   Standard No. 303; Fuel system integrity of compressed natural gas vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for the integrity of motor vehicle fuel systems using compressed natural gas (CNG), including the CNG fuel systems of bi-fuel, dedicated, and dual fuel CNG vehicles.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries occurring from fires that result from fuel leakage during and after motor vehicle crashes.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less and use CNG as a motor fuel. This standard also applies to school buses regardless of weight that use CNG as a motor fuel.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Bi-fuel CNG vehicle</I> means a vehicle equipped with two independent fuel systems, one of which is designed to supply CNG and the second to supply a fuel other than CNG.
</P>
<P><I>CNG fuel container</I> means a container designed to store CNG as motor fuel onboard a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>CNG fuel system</I> means all components used to store or supply CNG to a vehicle's engine.
</P>
<P><I>Dedicated CNG vehicle</I> means a vehicle equipped with one fuel system and designed to operate on CNG.
</P>
<P><I>Dual-fuel CNG vehicle</I> means a vehicle which is fueled by two fuels simultaneously, one of which is CNG and the second is a fuel other than CNG.
</P>
<P><I>High pressure portion of a fuel system</I> means all the components from and including each CNG fuel container up to, but not including, the first pressure regulator.
</P>
<P><I>Service pressure</I> means the internal pressure of a CNG fuel container when filled to design capacity with CNG at 20 °Celsius (68 °Fahrenheit).
</P>
<P>S5. <I>General requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Vehicle requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 Vehicles with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less. Each passenger car, multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, and bus with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less that uses CNG as a motor fuel shall meet the requirements of S6, except S6.4.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 School buses with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds. Each school bus with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds that uses CNG as a motor fuel shall meet the requirements of S6.4.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Fuel system pressure drop: barrier crash.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) For all vehicles, the pressure drop in the high pressure portion of the fuel system, expressed in kiloPascals (kPa), in any fixed or moving barrier crash from vehicle impact through the 60 minute period following cessation of motion shall not exceed:
</P>
<P>(1) 1062 kPa (154 psi), or
</P>
<P>(2) 895 (T/V<E T="52">FS</E>); whichever is higher
</P>
<FP>where T is the average temperature of the test gas in degrees Kelvin, stabilized to ambient temperature before testing, where average temperature (T) is calculated by measuring ambient temperature at the start of the test time and then every 15 minutes until the test time of 60 minutes is completed; the sum of the ambient temperatures is then divided by five to yield the average temperature (T); and where V<E T="52">FS</E> is the internal volume in liters of the fuel container and the fuel lines up to the first pressure regulator.
</FP>
<P>(b) For bi-fuel or dual fuel CNG vehicles, the test requirement in S5.2(a) shall apply to the CNG fuel system, and the test requirement of Standard No. 301 shall apply to the other fuel system, if that standard is applicable.
</P>
<P>S5.3 Each CNG vehicle shall be permanently labeled, near the vehicle refueling connection, with the information specified in S5.3.1 and S5.3.2 of this section. The information shall be visible to a person standing next to the vehicle during refueling, in English, and in letters and numbers that are not less than 4.76 mm (3/16 inch) high.
</P>
<P>S5.3.1 The statement: “Service pressure ______________________________ kPa (____________ psig).”
</P>
<P>S5.3.2 The statement “See instructions on fuel container for inspection and service life.”
</P>
<P>S5.4 When a motor vehicle is delivered to the first purchaser for purposes other than resale, the manufacturer shall provide the purchaser with a written statement of the information in S5.3.1 and S5.3.2 in the owner's manual, or, if there is no owner's manual, on a one-page document. The information shall be in English and in not less than 10 point type.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test requirements: fuel system integrity.</I> Each vehicle with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less shall meet the requirements of any applicable barrier crash test. A particular vehicle need not meet further requirements after having been subjected to a single barrier crash test.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Frontal barrier crash.</I> When the vehicle traveling longitudinally forward at any speed up to and including 30 mph impacts a fixed collision barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, or at any angle up to 30 degrees in either direction from the perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, with 50th percentile test dummies as specified in part 572 of this chapter at each front outboard designated seating position and at any other position whose protection system is required to be tested by a dummy under the provisions of Standard No. 208, under the applicable conditions of S7, the fuel pressure drop shall not exceed the limits of S5.2.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Rear moving barrier crash.</I> When the vehicle is impacted from the rear by a barrier moving at any speed up to and including 30 mph, with test dummies as specified in part 572 of this chapter at each front outboard designated seating position, under the applicable conditions of S7, the fuel pressure drop shall not exceed the limits of S5.2.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Lateral moving barrier crash.</I> When the vehicle is impacted laterally on either side by a barrier moving at any speed up to and including 20 mph with 50th percentile test dummies as specified in part 572 of this chapter at positions required for testing to Standard No. 208, under the applicable conditions of S7, the fuel pressure drop shall not exceed the limits of S5.2.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Moving contoured barrier crash.</I> When the moving contoured barrier assembly traveling longitudinally forward at any speed up to and including 30 mph impacts the test vehicle (schoolbus with a GVWR exceeding 10,000 pounds) at any point and angle, under the applicable conditions of S7, the fuel pressure drop shall not exceed the limits of S5.2.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test conditions.</I> The requirements of S5 and S6 shall be met under the following conditions. Where a range of conditions is specified, the vehicle must be capable of meeting the requirements at all points within the range.
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>General test conditions.</I> The following conditions apply to all tests.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1 Each fuel storage container is filled to 100 percent of service pressure with nitrogen, N<E T="52">2</E>. The gas pressure shall stabilize to ambient temperature before testing may be conducted.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2 After each fuel storage container is filled as specified in S7.1.1, the fuel system other than each fuel storage container is filled with nitrogen, N<E T="52">2</E>, to normal operating pressures. All manual shutoff valves are to be in the open position.
</P>
<P>S7.1.3 In meeting the requirements of S6.1 through S6.4, if the vehicle has an electrically driven fuel pump that normally runs when the vehicle's electrical system is activated, it is operating at the time of the barrier crash. If the vehicle has any high pressure electric shutoff valve that is normally open when the electrical system is activated, it is open at the time of the barrier crash. Furthermore, if any electric shutoff valve prevents sensing of system pressure by the pressure transducer when closed, it must be open for both the initial pressure measurement and the pressure measurement 60 minutes after the vehicle ceases motion from impact. Any valve shall be open for a period of one minute to equalize the system pressure.
</P>
<P>S7.1.4 The parking brake is disengaged and the transmission is in neutral, except that in meeting the requirements of S6.4, the parking brake is set.
</P>
<P>S7.1.5 Tires are inflated to manufacturer's specifications.
</P>
<P>S7.1.6 The vehicle, including test devices and instrumentation, is loaded as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) A passenger car, with its fuel system filled as specified in S7.1.1 and S7.1.2, is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, secured in the luggage area, plus the necessary test dummies as specified in S6, restrained only by means that are installed in the vehicle for protection at its seating position.
</P>
<P>(b) A multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, whose fuel system is filled as specified in S7.1.1 and S7.1.2, is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight, plus the necessary test dummies as specified in S6, plus 136.1 kilograms (kg.) (300 pounds (lb.)), or its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, whichever is less, secured to the vehicle and distributed so that the weight on each axle as measured at the tire-ground interface is in proportion to its GAWR. Each dummy shall be restrained only by means that are installed in the vehicle for protection at its seating position.
</P>
<P>(c) A schoolbus with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, whose fuel system is filled as specified in S7.1.1 and S7.1.2, is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight, plus 54.4 kg. (120 lb.) of unsecured weight at each designated seating position.
</P>
<P>S7.1.7 The ambient temperature is not to vary more than 5.6 °C (10 °F) during the course of the test.
</P>
<P>S7.1.8 The pressure drop measurement specified in S5.2 is to be made using a location on the high pressure side of the fuel system in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's recommendation.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Lateral moving barrier crash test conditions.</I> The lateral moving barrier crash test conditions are those specified in S8.2 of Standard No. 208, 49 CFR 571.208.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Rear moving barrier test conditions.</I> The rear moving barrier test conditions are those specified in S8.2 of Standard No. 208, 49 CFR 571.208, except for the positioning of the barrier and the vehicle. The barrier and test vehicle are positioned so that at impact—
</P>
<P>(a) The vehicle is at rest in its normal attitude;
</P>
<P>(b) The barrier is traveling at any speed up to and including 30 mph with its face perpendicular to the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(c) A vertical plane through the geometric center of the barrier impact surface and perpendicular to that surface coincides with the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Moving contoured barrier test conditions.</I> The moving contoured barrier crash test conditions are those specified in S7.5 of Standard No. 301, 49 CFR 571.301.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 19659, Apr. 25, 1994, as amended at 60 FR 2543, Jan. 10, 1995; 60 FR 57948, Nov. 24, 1995; 91 FR 33097, June 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.304" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.71" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.304   Standard No. 304; Compressed natural gas fuel container integrity.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for the integrity of compressed natural gas (CNG), motor vehicle fuel containers.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries occurring from fires that result from fuel leakage during and after motor vehicle crashes.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to each passenger car, multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, and bus that uses CNG as a motor fuel and to each container designed to store CNG as motor fuel on-board any motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Brazing</I> means a group of welding processes wherein coalescence is produced by heating to a suitable temperature above 800 °F and by using a nonferrous filler metal, having a melting point below that to the base metals. The filler metal is distributed between the closely fitted surfaces of the joint by capillary attraction.
</P>
<P><I>Burst pressure</I> means the highest internal pressure reached in a CNG fuel container during a burst test at a temperature of 21 °C (70 °F).
</P>
<P><I>CNG fuel container</I> means a container designed to store CNG as motor fuel on-board a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Fill pressure</I> means the internal pressure of a CNG fuel container attained at the time of filling. Fill pressure varies according to the gas temperature in the container which is dependent on the charging parameters and the ambient conditions.
</P>
<P><I>Full wrapped</I> means applying the reinforcement of a filament or resin system over the entire liner, including the domes.
</P>
<P><I>Hoop wrapped</I> means winding of filament in a substantially circumferential pattern over the cylindrical portion of the liner so that the filament does not transmit any significant stresses in a direction parallel to the cylinder longitudinal axis.
</P>
<P><I>Hydrostatic pressure</I> means the internal pressure to which a CNG fuel container is taken during testing set forth in S5.4.1.
</P>
<P><I>Liner</I> means the inner gas tight container or gas cylinder to which the overwrap is applied.
</P>
<P><I>Service pressure</I> means the internal settled pressure of a CNG fuel container at a uniform gas temperature of 21 °C (70 °F) and full gas content. It is the pressure for which the container has been constructed under normal conditions.
</P>
<P>S5 <I>Container and material requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Container designations.</I> Container designations are as follows:
</P>
<P>S5.1.1 <I>Type 1—Non-composite metallic container</I> means a metal container.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2 <I>Type 2—Composite metallic hoop wrapped container</I> means a metal liner reinforced with resin impregnated continuous filament that is “hoop wrapped.”
</P>
<P>S5.1.3 <I>Type 3—Composite metallic full wrapped container</I> means a metal liner reinforced with resin impregnated continuous filament that is “full wrapped.”
</P>
<P>S5.1.4 <I>Type 4—Composite non-metallic full wrapped container</I> means resin impregnated continuous filament with a non-metallic liner “full wrapped.”
</P>
<P>S6 <I>General requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1 Each passenger car, multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, and bus that uses CNG as a motor fuel shall be equipped with a CNG fuel container that meets the requirements of S7 through S7.4.
</P>
<P>S6.2 Each CNG fuel container shall meet the requirements of S7 through S7.4.
</P>
<P>S7 <I>Test requirements.</I> Each CNG fuel container shall meet the applicable requirements of S7 through S7.4.
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Pressure cycling test at ambient temperature.</I> Each CNG fuel container shall not leak when tested in accordance with S8.1.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Hydrostatic burst test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.2.1 Each Type 1 CNG fuel container shall not leak when subjected to burst pressure and tested in accordance with S8.2. Burst pressure shall not be less than 2.25 times the service pressure for non-welded containers and shall not be less than 3.5 times the service pressure for welded containers.
</P>
<P>S7.2.2 Each Type 2, Type 3, or Type 4 CNG fuel container shall not leak when subjected to burst pressure and tested in accordance with S8.2. Burst pressure shall be not less than 2.25 times the service pressure.
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Bonfire test.</I> Each CNG fuel container shall be equipped with a pressure relief device. Each CNG fuel container shall completely vent its contents through a pressure relief device or shall not burst while retaining its entire contents when tested in accordance with S8.3.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Labeling.</I> Each CNG fuel container shall be permanently labeled with the information specified in paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section. Any label affixed to the container in compliance with this section shall remain in place and be legible for the manufacturer's recommended service life of the container. The information shall be in English and in letters and numbers that are at least 6.35 mm (
<FR>1/4</FR> inch) high.
</P>
<P>(a) The statement: “If there is a question about the proper use, installation, or maintenance of this container, contact____________________,” inserting the <I>CNG fuel container manufacturer's name, address, and telephone number.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) The statement: “Manufactured in ____________,” inserting the month and year of manufacture of the CNG fuel container.
</P>
<P>(c) The statement: “Service pressure ____________ kPa, (____________ psig).”
</P>
<P>(d) The symbol DOT, constituting a certification by the CNG container manufacturer that the container complies with all requirements of this standard.
</P>
<P>(e) The container designation (e.g., Type 1, 2, 3, 4).
</P>
<P>(f) The statement: “CNG Only.”
</P>
<P>(g) The statement: “This container should be visually inspected for damage and deterioration after a motor vehicle accident or fire, and either (a) at least every 12 months when installed on a vehicle with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg, or (b) at least every 36 months or 36,000 miles, whichever comes first, when installed on a vehicle with a GVWR less than or equal to 4,536 kg.”
</P>
<P>(h) The statement: “Do Not Use After ____________” inserting the month and year that mark the end of the manufacturer's recommended service life for the container.
</P>
<P>S8 <I>Test conditions: fuel container integrity.</I>
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Pressure cycling test.</I> The requirements of S7.1 shall be met under the conditions of S8.1.1 through S8.1.4.
</P>
<P>S8.1.1 Hydrostatically pressurize the CNG container to the service pressure, then to not more than 10 percent of the service pressure, for 13,000 cycles.
</P>
<P>S8.1.2 After being pressurized as specified in S8.1.1, hydrostatically pressurize the CNG container to 125 percent of the service pressure, then to not more than 10 percent of the service pressure, for 5,000 cycles.
</P>
<P>S8.1.3 The cycling rate for S8.1.1 and S8.1.2 shall be any value up to and including 10 cycles per minute.
</P>
<P>S8.1.4 The cycling is conducted at ambient temperature.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Hydrostatic burst test.</I> The requirements of S7.2 shall be met under the conditions of S8.2.1 through S8.2.2.
</P>
<P>S8.2.1 Hydrostatically pressurize the CNG fuel container, as follows: The pressure is increased up to the minimum prescribed burst pressure determined in S7.2.1 or S7.2.2, and held constant at the minimum burst pressure for 10 seconds.
</P>
<P>S8.2.2 The pressurization rate throughout the test shall be any value up to and including 1,379 kPa (200 psi) per second.
</P>
<P>S8.3 <I>Bonfire test.</I> The requirements of S7.3 shall be met under the conditions of S8.3.1 through S8.3.7. 
</P>
<P>S8.3.1 Fill the CNG fuel container with compressed natural gas and test it at: 
</P>
<P>(a) 100 percent of service pressure; and
</P>
<P>(b) 25 percent of service pressure. 
</P>
<P>S8.3.2 <I>Container positioning.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) Position the CNG fuel container in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of S8.3.2. 
</P>
<P>(b) Position the CNG fuel container so that its longitudinal axis is horizontal and its bottom is 100 mm (4 inches) above the fire source. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Position a CNG fuel container that is 1.65 meters (65 inches) in length or less and is fitted with one pressure relief device so that the center of the container is over the center of the fire source. 
</P>
<P>(2) Position a CNG fuel container that is greater than 1.65 meters (65 inches) in length and is fitted with one pressure relief device at one end of the container so that the center of the fire source is 0.825 meters (32.5 inches) from the other end of the container, measured horizontally along a line parallel to the longitudinal axis of the container. 
</P>
<P>(3) Position a CNG fuel container that is fitted with pressure relief devices at more than one location along its length so that the portion of container over the center of the fire source is the portion midway between the two pressure relief devices that are separated by the greatest distance, measured horizontally along a line parallel to the longitudinal axis of the container. 
</P>
<P>(4) Test a CNG fuel container that is greater than 1.65 meters (65 inches) in length, is protected by thermal insulation, and does not have pressure relief devices, twice at 100 percent of service pressure. In one test, position the center of the container over the center of the fire source. In another test, position one end of the container so that the fire source is centered 0.825 meters (32.5 inches) from one end of the container, measured horizontally along a line parallel to the longitudinal axis of the container. 
</P>
<P>S8.3.3 <I>Number and placement of thermocouples.</I> To monitor flame temperature, place three thermocouples so that they are suspended 25 mm (one inch) below the bottom of the CNG fuel container. Position thermocouples so that they are equally spaced over the length of the fire source or length of the container, whichever is shorter. 
</P>
<P>S8.3.4 <I>Shielding.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) Use shielding to prevent the flame from directly contacting the CNG fuel container valves, fittings, or pressure relief devices. 
</P>
<P>(b) To provide the shielding, use steel with 0.6 mm (.025 in) minimum nominal thickness. 
</P>
<P>(c) Position the shielding so that it does not directly contact the CNG fuel container valves, fittings, or pressure relief devices. 
</P>
<P>S8.3.5 <I>Fire source.</I> Use a uniform fire source that is 1.65 meters long (65 inches). Beginning five minutes after the fire is ignited, maintain an average flame temperature of not less than 430 degrees Celsius (800 degrees Fahrenheit) as determined by the average of the two thermocouples recording the highest temperatures over a 60 second interval: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="35" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="2" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er30oc00.009.gif"/></MATH>
<P>If the pressure relief device releases before the end of the fifth minute after ignition, then the minimum temperature requirement does not apply. 
</P>
<P>S8.3.6 <I>Recording data.</I> Record time, temperature, and pressure readings at 30 second intervals, beginning when the fire is ignited and continuing until the pressure release device releases. 
</P>
<P>S8.3.7 <I>Duration of exposure to fire source.</I> The CNG fuel container is exposed to the fire source for 20 minutes after ignition or until the pressure release device releases, whichever period is shorter. 
</P>
<P>S8.3.8 <I>Number of tests per container.</I> A single CNG fuel container is not subjected to more than one bonfire test. 
</P>
<P>S8.3.9 <I>Wind velocity.</I> The average ambient wind velocity at the CNG fuel container during the period specified in S8.3.6 of this standard is not to exceed 2.24 meters/second (5 mph).
</P>
<P>S8.3.10 The average wind velocity at the container is any velocity up to and including 2.24 meters/second (5 mph).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 49021, Sept. 26, 1994; 59 FR 66776, Dec. 28, 1994; 60 FR 37843, July 24, 1995; 60 FR 57948, Nov. 24, 1995; 61 FR 19204, May 1, 1996; 61 FR 47089, Sept. 6, 1996; 63 FR 66765, Dec. 3, 1998; 65 FR 51772, Aug. 25, 2000; 65 FR 64626, Oct. 30, 2000; 87 FR 7964, Feb. 11, 2022; 91 FR 33108, June 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.305" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.72" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.305   Standard No. 305; electric-powered vehicles: electrolyte spillage and electrical shock protection; applicable unless a vehicle is certified to § 571.305a.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for limitation of electrolyte spillage and retention of electric energy storage/conversion devices during and after a crash, and protection from harmful electric shock during and after a crash and during normal vehicle operation.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries during and after a crash that occur because of electrolyte spillage from electric energy storage devices, intrusion of electric energy storage/conversion devices into the occupant compartment, and electrical shock, and to reduce deaths and injuries during normal vehicle operation that occur because of electric shock or driver error.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars, and to multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 4,536 kilograms (kg) or less, that use electrical propulsion components with working voltages greater than 60 volts direct current (VDC) or 30 volts alternating current (VAC), and whose speed attainable over a distance of 1.6 km on a paved level surface is more than 40 km/h, that are manufactured before September 1, 2027.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Automatic disconnect</I> means a device that when triggered, conductively separates a high voltage source from the electric power train or the rest of the electric power train.
</P>
<P><I>Charge connector</I> is a conductive device that, by insertion into a vehicle charge inlet, establishes an electrical connection of the vehicle to the external electric power supply for the purpose of transferring energy and exchanging information.
</P>
<P><I>Connector</I> means a device providing mechanical connection and disconnection of high voltage electrical conductors to a suitable mating component, including its housing.
</P>
<P><I>Direct contact</I> is the contact of persons with high voltage live parts.
</P>
<P><I>Electric energy storage device</I> means a high voltage source that stores energy for vehicle propulsion. This includes, but is not limited to, a high voltage battery or battery pack, rechargeable energy storage device, and capacitor module.
</P>
<P><I>Electric energy storage/conversion device</I> means a high voltage source that stores or converts energy for vehicle propulsion. This includes, but is not limited to, a high voltage battery or battery pack, fuel cell stack, rechargeable energy storage device, and capacitor module.
</P>
<P><I>Electric energy storage/conversion system</I> means an assembly of electrical components that stores or converts electrical energy for vehicle propulsion. This includes, but is not limited to, high voltage batteries or battery packs, fuel cell stacks, rechargeable energy storage systems, capacitor modules, inverters, interconnects, and venting systems.
</P>
<P><I>Electric power train</I> means an assembly of electrically connected components which includes, but is not limited to, electric energy storage/conversion systems and propulsion systems.
</P>
<P><I>Electrical chassis</I> means conductive parts of the vehicle whose electrical potential is taken as reference and which are: (1) conductively linked together, and (2) not high voltage sources during normal vehicle operation.
</P>
<P><I>Electrical isolation</I> of a high voltage source in the vehicle means the electrical resistance between the high voltage source and any of the vehicle's electrical chassis divided by the working voltage of the high voltage source.
</P>
<P><I>Electrical protection barrier</I> is the part providing protection against direct contact with high voltage live parts from any direction of access.
</P>
<P><I>Exposed conductive part</I> is the conductive part that can be touched under the provisions of the IPXXB protection degree and that is not normally energized, but that can become electrically energized under isolation fault conditions. This includes parts under a cover, if the cover can be removed without using tools.
</P>
<P><I>External electric power supply</I> is a power supply external to the vehicle that provides electric power to charge the electric energy storage device in the vehicle through the charge connector.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel cell system</I> is a system containing the fuel cell stack(s), air processing system, fuel flow control system, exhaust system, thermal management system, and water management system.
</P>
<P><I>High voltage live part</I> means a live part of a high voltage source.
</P>
<P><I>High voltage source</I> means any electric component which is contained in the electric power train or conductively connected to the electric power train and has a working voltage greater than 30 VAC or 60 VDC.
</P>
<P><I>Indirect contact</I> is the contact of persons with exposed conductive parts.
</P>
<P><I>Live part</I> is a conductive part of the vehicle that is electrically energized under normal vehicle operation.
</P>
<P><I>Luggage compartment</I> is the space in the vehicle for luggage accommodation, separated from the passenger compartment by the front or rear bulkhead and bounded by a roof, hood or trunk lid, floor, and side walls, as well as by electrical protection barriers provided for protecting the occupants from direct contact with high voltage live parts.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger compartment</I> is the space for occupant accommodation that is bounded by the roof, floor, side walls, doors, outside glazing, front bulkhead and rear bulkhead or rear gate, as well as electrical protection barriers provided for protecting the occupants from direct contact with high voltage live parts.
</P>
<P><I>Possible active driving mode</I> is the vehicle mode when application of pressure to the accelerator pedal (or activation of an equivalent control) or release of the brake system causes the electric power train to move the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Propulsion system</I> means an assembly of electric or electro-mechanical components or circuits that propel the vehicle using the energy that is supplied by a high voltage source. This includes, but is not limited to, electric motors, inverters/converters, and electronic controllers.
</P>
<P><I>Protection degree IPXXB</I> is protection from contact with high voltage live parts. It is tested by probing electrical protection barriers with the jointed test finger probe, IPXXB, in Figure 7b.
</P>
<P><I>Protection degree IPXXD</I> is protection from contact with high voltage live parts. It is tested by probing electrical protection barriers with the test wire probe, IPXXD, in Figure 7a.
</P>
<P><I>Service disconnect</I> is the device for deactivation of an electrical circuit when conducting checks and services of the vehicle electrical propulsion system.
</P>
<P><I>VAC</I> means volts of alternating current (AC) expressed using the root mean square value.
</P>
<P><I>VDC</I> means volts of direct current (DC).
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle charge inlet</I> is the device on the electric vehicle into which the charge connector is inserted for the purpose of transferring energy and exchanging information from an external electric power supply.
</P>
<P><I>Working Voltage</I> means the highest root mean square voltage of the voltage source, which may occur across its terminals or between its terminals and any conductive parts in open circuit conditions or under normal operating conditions.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>General requirements.</I> Each vehicle to which this standard applies, must meet the requirements in S5.1, S5.2, and S5.3 when tested according to S6 under the conditions of S7.
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Electrolyte spillage from propulsion batteries.</I> Not more than 5.0 liters of electrolyte from propulsion batteries shall spill outside the passenger compartment, and no visible trace of electrolyte shall spill into the passenger compartment. Spillage is measured from the time the vehicle ceases motion after a barrier impact test until 30 minutes thereafter, and throughout any static rollover after a barrier impact test. 
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Electric energy storage/conversion device retention.</I> During and after each test specified in S6 of this standard:
</P>
<P>(a) Electric energy storage/conversion devices shall remain attached to the vehicle by at least one component anchorage, bracket, or any structure that transfers loads from the device to the vehicle structure, and
</P>
<P>(b) Electric energy storage/conversion devices located outside the occupant compartment shall not enter the occupant compartment.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>Electrical safety.</I> After each test specified in S6 of this standard, each high voltage source in a vehicle must meet one of the following requirements: electrical isolation requirements of subparagraph (a), the voltage level requirements of subparagraph (b), or the physical barrier protection requirements of subparagraph (c).
</P>
<P>(a) The electrical isolation of the high voltage source, determined in accordance with the procedure specified in S7.6, must be greater than or equal to one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) 500 ohms/volt for an AC high voltage source; or
</P>
<P>(2) 100 ohms/volt for an AC high voltage source if it is conductively connected to a DC high voltage source, but only if the AC high voltage source meets the physical barrier protection requirements specified in S5.3(c)(1) and S5.3(c)(2); or
</P>
<P>(3) 100 ohms/volt for a DC high voltage source.
</P>
<P>(b) The voltages V1, V2, and Vb of the high voltage source, measured according to the procedure specified in S7.7, must be less than or equal to 30 VAC for AC components or 60 VDC for DC components.
</P>
<P>(c) Protection against electric shock by direct and indirect contact (physical barrier protection) shall be demonstrated by meeting the following three conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The high voltage source (AC or DC) meets the protection degree IPXXB when tested according to the procedure specified in S9.1 using the IPXXB test probe shown in Figures 7a and 7b;
</P>
<P>(2) The resistance between exposed conductive parts of the electrical protection barrier of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis is less than 0.1 ohms when tested according to the procedures specified in S9.2. In addition, the resistance between an exposed conductive part of the electrical protection barrier of the high voltage source and any other simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers within 2.5 meters of it must be less than 0.2 ohms when tested using the test procedures specified in S9.2; and
</P>
<P>(3) The voltage between exposed conductive parts of the electrical protection barrier of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis is less than or equal to 30 VAC or 60 VDC as measured in accordance with S9.3. In addition, the voltage between an exposed conductive part of the electrical protection barrier of the high voltage source and any other simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers within 2.5 meters of it must be less than or equal to 30 VAC or 60 VDC as measured in accordance with S9.3.
</P>
<P>S5.4 <I>Electrical safety during normal vehicle operation.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1 <I>Protection against direct contact.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.1 <I>Marking.</I> The symbol shown in Figure 6 shall be present on or near electric energy storage devices. The symbol in Figure 6 shall also be visible on electrical protection barriers which, when removed, expose live parts of high voltage sources. The symbol shall be yellow and the bordering and the arrow shall be black.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.1.1 The marking is not required for electrical protection barriers that cannot be physically accessed, opened, or removed without the use of tools. Markings are not required for electrical connectors or the vehicle charge inlet.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.2 <I>High voltage cables.</I> Cables for high voltage sources which are not located within electrical protection barriers shall be identified by having an outer covering with the color orange.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.3 <I>Service disconnect.</I> For a service disconnect which can be opened, disassembled, or removed without tools, protection degree IPXXB shall be provided when tested under procedures specified in S9.1 using the IPXXB test probe shown in Figures 7a and 7b.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.4 <I>Protection degree of high voltage live parts.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Protection degree IPXXD shall be provided for high voltage live parts inside the passenger or luggage compartment when tested according to the procedures specified in S9.1 using the IPXXD test probe shown in Figure 7a.
</P>
<P>(b) Protection degree IPXXB shall be provided for high voltage live parts in areas other than the passenger or luggage compartment when tested according to the procedures specified in S9.1 using the IPXXB test probe shown in Figures 7a and 7b.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.5 <I>Connectors.</I> All connectors shall provide direct contact protection by:
</P>
<P>(a) Meeting the requirements specified in S5.4.1.4 when the connector is connected to its corresponding mating component; and,
</P>
<P>(b) If a connector can be separated from its mating component without the use of a tool, meeting at least one of the following conditions from (b)(1), (2), or (3) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The connector meets the requirements of S5.4.1.4 when separated from its mating component;
</P>
<P>(2) The voltage of the live parts becomes less than or equal to 60 VDC or 30 VAC within one second after the connector is separated from its mating component; or,
</P>
<P>(3) The connector requires at least two distinct actions to separate from its mating component and there are other components that must be removed in order to separate the connector from its mating component and these other components cannot be removed without the use of tools.
</P>
<P>S5.4.1.6 <I>Vehicle charge inlet.</I> Direct contact protection for a vehicle charge inlet shall be provided by meeting the requirements specified in S5.4.1.4 when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle inlet and by meeting at least one of the requirements of subparagraphs (a) or (b).
</P>
<P>(a) The vehicle charge inlet meets the requirements of S5.4.1.4 when the charge connector is not connected to it; or
</P>
<P>(b) The voltage of the high voltage live parts becomes equal to or less than 60 VDC or equal to or less than 30 VAC within 1 second after the charge connector is separated from the vehicle charge inlet.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2 <I>Protection against indirect contact.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.1 The resistance between all exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers and the electrical chassis shall be less than 0.1 ohms when tested according to the procedures specified in S9.2.
</P>
<P>S5.4.2.2 The resistance between any two simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of the electrical protection barriers that are less than 2.5 meters from each other shall be less than 0.2 ohms when tested according to the procedures specified in S9.2.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3 <I>Electrical isolation.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.1 <I>Electrical isolation of AC and DC high voltage sources.</I> The electrical isolation of a high voltage source, determined in accordance with the procedure specified in S7.6 must be greater than or equal to one of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) 500 ohms/volt for an AC high voltage source;
</P>
<P>(b) 100 ohms/volt for an AC high voltage source if it is conductively connected to a DC high voltage source, but only if the AC high voltage source meets the requirements for protection against direct contact in S5.4.1.4 and the protection from indirect contact in S5.4.2; or
</P>
<P>(c) 100 ohms/volt for a DC high voltage source.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.2 <I>Exclusion of high voltage sources from electrical isolation requirements.</I> A high voltage source that is conductively connected to an electric component which is conductively connected to the electrical chassis and has a working voltage less than or equal to 60 VDC, is not required to meet the electrical isolation requirements in S5.4.3.1 if the voltage between the high voltage source and the electrical chassis is less than or equal to 30 VAC or 60 VDC.
</P>
<P>S5.4.3.3 <I>Electrical isolation of high voltage sources for charging the electric energy storage device.</I> For the vehicle charge inlet intended to be conductively connected to the AC external electric power supply, the electric isolation between the electrical chassis and the high voltage sources that are conductively connected to the vehicle charge inlet during charging of the electric energy storage device shall be greater than or equal to 500 ohms/volt when the charge connector is disconnected. The electrical isolation is measured at the high voltage live parts of the vehicle charge inlet and determined in accordance with the procedure specified in S7.6. During the measurement, the rechargeable electric energy storage system may be disconnected.
</P>
<P>S5.4.4 <I>Electrical isolation monitoring.</I> DC high voltage sources of vehicles with a fuel cell system shall be monitored by an electrical isolation monitoring system that displays a warning for loss of isolation when tested according to S8. The system must monitor its own readiness and the warning display must be visible to the driver seated in the driver's designated seating position.
</P>
<P>S5.4.5 <I>Electric shock protection during charging.</I> For motor vehicles with an electric energy storage device that can be charged through a conductive connection with a grounded external electric power supply, a device to enable conductive connection of the electrical chassis to the earth ground shall be provided. This device shall enable connection to the earth ground before exterior voltage is applied to the vehicle and retain the connection until after the exterior voltage is removed from the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S5.4.6 <I>Mitigating driver error.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.4.6.1 <I>Indicator of possible active driving mode.</I> At least a momentary indication shall be given to the driver each time the vehicle is first placed in possible active driving mode after manual activation of the propulsion system. This requirement does not apply under conditions where an internal combustion engine provides directly or indirectly the vehicle's propulsion power when the vehicle is first placed in a possible active driving mode after manual activation of the propulsion system.
</P>
<P>S5.4.6.2 <I>Indicator of possible active driving mode when leaving the vehicle.</I> When leaving the vehicle, the driver shall be informed by an audible or visual signal if the vehicle is still in the possible active driving mode.
</P>
<P>S5.4.6.3 <I>Prevent drive-away.</I> If the on-board electric energy storage device can be externally charged, vehicle movement of more than 150 mm by its own propulsion system shall not be possible as long as the charge connector of the external electric power supply is physically connected to the vehicle charge inlet in a manner that would permit charging of the electric energy storage device.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test requirements.</I> Each vehicle to which this standard applies, under the conditions of S7, must be capable of meeting the requirements of any applicable single barrier crash/static rollover test sequence, without alteration of the vehicle during the test sequence. A particular vehicle need not meet further test requirements after having been subjected to a single barrier crash/static rollover test sequence. 
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Frontal barrier crash.</I> The vehicle must meet the requirements of S5.1, S5.2 and S5.3 when it is traveling longitudinally forward at any speed, up to and including 48 km/h, and impacts a fixed collision barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, or at any angle up to 30 degrees in either direction from the perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Rear moving barrier impact.</I> The vehicle must meet the requirements of S5.1, S5.2, and S5.3 when it is impacted from the rear by a barrier that conforms to S7.3(b) of 571.301 of this chapter and that is moving at any speed up to and including 80 km/h (50 mph) with dummies in accordance with S6.2 of 571.301 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Side moving deformable barrier impact.</I> The vehicle must meet the requirements of S5.1, S5.2 and S5.3 when it is impacted from the side by a barrier that conforms to part 587 of this chapter that is moving at any speed up to and including 54 km/h, with the appropriate 49 CFR part 572 test dummies specified in 571.214 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Post-impact test static rollover.</I> The vehicle must meet the requirements of S5.1, S5.2, and S5.3, after being rotated on its longitudinal axis to each successive increment of 90 degrees after each impact test specified in S6.1, S6.2, and S6.3. 
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test conditions.</I> When the vehicle is tested according to S6, the requirements of S5.1 through S5.3 must be met under the conditions specified in S7.1 through S7.7. All measurements for calculating voltage(s) and electrical isolation are made after a minimum of 5 seconds after the vehicle comes to rest in tests specified in S6. Where a range is specified, the vehicle must be capable of meeting the requirements at all points within the range.
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Electric energy storage device state-of-charge.</I> The electric energy storage device shall be at the state-of-charge specified in either subparagraph (a), (b), or (c):
</P>
<P>(a) At the maximum state-of-charge in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's recommended charging procedures, as stated in the vehicle owner's manual or on a label that is permanently affixed to the vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(b) If the manufacturer has made no recommendation for charging procedures in the owner's manual or on a label permanently affixed to the vehicle, at a state-of-charge of not less than 95 percent of the maximum capacity of the electric energy storage device; or
</P>
<P>(c) If the electric energy storage device(s) is/are rechargeable only by an energy source on the vehicle, at any state-of-charge within the normal operating voltage defined by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> The switch or device that provides power from the electric energy storage/conversion system to the propulsion system is in the activated position or the ready-to-drive position.
</P>
<P>S7.2.1 The parking brake is disengaged and the transmission, if any, is in the neutral position. In a test conducted under S6.3, the parking brake is set. 
</P>
<P>S7.2.2 Tires are inflated to the manufacturer's specifications. 
</P>
<P>S7.2.3 The vehicle, including test devices and instrumentation, is loaded as follows: 
</P>
<P>(a) A passenger car is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, secured in the luggage area, plus the necessary test dummies as specified in S6, restrained only by means that are installed in the vehicle for protection at its seating position. 
</P>
<P>(b) A multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus with a GVWR of 4536 kg or less is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus the necessary dummies, as specified in S6, plus 136 kg or its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, whichever is less. Each dummy is restrained only by means that are installed in the vehicle for protection at its seating position. 
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Static rollover test conditions.</I> In addition to the conditions of S7.1 and S7.2, the conditions of S7.4 of Sec. 571.301 of this chapter apply to the conduct of static rollover tests specified in S6.4. 
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Rear moving barrier impact test conditions.</I> In addition to the conditions of S7.1 and S7.2, the conditions of S7.3(b) and S7.6 of 571.301 of this chapter apply to the conducting of the rear moving deformable barrier impact test specified in S6.2.
</P>
<P>S7.5 <I>Side moving deformable barrier impact test conditions.</I> In addition to the conditions of S7.1 and S7.2, the conditions of S8.9, S8.10, and S8.11 of 571.214 of this chapter apply to the conduct of the side moving deformable barrier impact test specified in S6.3.
</P>
<P>S7.6 <I>Electrical isolation test procedure.</I> In addition to the conditions of S7.1 and S7.2, the conditions in S7.6.1 through S7.6.7 apply to the measuring of electrical isolation specified in S5.3(a).
</P>
<P>S7.6.1 Prior to any barrier impact test, the energy storage/conversion system is connected to the vehicle's propulsion system, and the vehicle ignition is in the “on” (propulsion system energized) position. Bypass any devices or systems that do not allow the propulsion system to be energized at the time of impact when the vehicle ignition is on and the vehicle is in neutral. For a high voltage source that has an automatic disconnect that is physically contained within itself, the electrical isolation measurement after the test is made from the side of the automatic disconnect connected to the electric power train or to the rest of the electric power train if the high voltage source is a component contained in the power train. For a high voltage source that has an automatic disconnect that is not physically contained within itself, the electrical isolation measurement after the test is made from both the high voltage source side of the automatic disconnect and from the side of the automatic disconnect connected to the electric power train or to the rest of the electric power train if the high voltage source is a component contained in the power train.
</P>
<P>S7.6.2 The voltmeter used in this test has an internal resistance of at least 10 MΩ.
</P>
<P>S7.6.3 The voltage(s) is/are measured as shown in Figure 1 and the high voltage source voltage(s) (Vb) is/are recorded. Before any vehicle impact test, Vb is equal to or greater than the nominal operating voltage as specified by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>S7.6.4 The voltage V1 between the negative side of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis is measured as shown in Figure 2.
</P>
<P>S7.6.5 The voltage V2 between the positive side of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis is measured as shown in Figure 3.
</P>
<P>S7.6.6 If V1 is greater than or equal to V2, insert a known resistance (Ro) between the negative side of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis. With the Ro installed, measure the voltage (V1′) as shown in Figure 4 between the negative side of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis. Calculate the electrical isolation resistance (Ri) according to the formula shown. Divide Ri (in ohms) by the working voltage of the high voltage source (in volts) to obtain the electrical isolation (in ohms/volt).
</P>
<P>S7.6.7 If V2 is greater than V1, insert a known resistance (Ro) between the positive side of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis. With the Ro installed, measure the voltage (V2′) as shown in Figure 5 between the positive side of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis. Calculate the electrical isolation resistance (Ri) according to the formula shown. Divide Ri (in ohms) by the working voltage of the high voltage source (in volts) to obtain the electrical isolation (in ohms/volt).
</P>
<P>S7.7 <I>Voltage measurement.</I> For the purpose of determining the voltage level of the high voltage source specified in S5.3(b), voltage is measured as shown in Figure 1. Voltage Vb is measured across the two terminals of the voltage source. Voltages V1 and V2 are measured between the source and the electrical chassis. For a high voltage source that has an automatic disconnect that is physically contained within itself, the voltage measurement after the test is made from the side of the automatic disconnect connected to the electric power train or to the rest of the electric power train if the high voltage source is a component contained in the power train. For a high voltage source that has an automatic disconnect that is not physically contained within itself, the voltage measurement after the test is made from both the high voltage source side of the automatic disconnect and from the side of the automatic disconnect connected to the electric power train or to the rest of the electric power train if the high voltage source is a component contained in the power train.
</P>
<P>S8. <I>Test procedure for on-board electrical isolation monitoring system.</I> Prior to any impact test, the requirements of S5.4.4 for the on-board electrical isolation monitoring system shall be tested using the following procedure.
</P>
<P>(1) The electric energy storage device is at the state-of-charge specified in S7.1.
</P>
<P>(2) The switch or device that provides power from the electric energy storage/conversion system to the propulsion system is in the activated position or the ready-to-drive position.
</P>
<P>(3) Determine the isolation resistance, Ri, of the high voltage source with the electrical isolation monitoring system using the procedure outlined in S7.6.2 through S7.6.7.
</P>
<P>(4) Insert a resistor with resistance Ro equal to or greater than 1/(1/(95 times the working voltage of the high voltage source)−1/Ri) and less than 1/(1/(100 times the working voltage of the high voltage source)−1/Ri) between the positive terminal of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis.
</P>
<P>(5) The electrical isolation monitoring system indicator shall display a warning visible to the driver seated in the driver's designated seating position.
</P>
<P>S9 <I>Test methods for physical barrier protection from electric shock due to direct and indirect contact with high voltage sources.</I>
</P>
<P>S9.1 <I>Test method to evaluate protection from direct contact with high voltage sources.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Any parts surrounding the high voltage components are opened, disassembled, or removed without the use of tools.
</P>
<P>(b) The selected access probe is inserted into any gaps or openings of the electrical protection barrier with a test force of 10 N ± 1 N with the IPXXB probe or 1 to 2 N with the IPXXD probe. If the probe partly or fully penetrates into the electrical protection barrier, it is placed in every possible position to evaluate contact with high voltage live parts. If partial or full penetration into the electrical protection barrier occurs with the IPXXB probe, the IPXXB probe shall be placed as follows: starting from the straight position, both joints of the test finger are rotated progressively through an angle of up to 90 degrees with respect to the axis of the adjoining section of the test finger and are placed in every possible position.
</P>
<P>(c) A low voltage supply (of not less than 40 V and not more than 50 V) in series with a suitable lamp may be connected between the access probe and any high voltage live parts inside the electrical protection barrier to indicate whether high voltage live parts were contacted.
</P>
<P>(d) A mirror or fiberscope may be used to inspect whether the access probe touches high voltage live parts inside the electrical protection barrier.
</P>
<P>(e) Protection degree IPXXD or IPXXB is verified when the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(i) The access probe does not touch high voltage live parts. The IPXXB access probe may be manipulated as specified in S9.1(b) for evaluating contact with high voltage live parts. The methods specified in S9.1(c) or S9.1(d) may be used to aid the evaluation. If method S9.1(c) is used for verifying protection degree IPXXB or IPXXD, the lamp shall not light up.
</P>
<P>(ii) The stop face of the access probe does not fully penetrate into the electrical protection barrier.
</P>
<P>S9.2 <I>Test method to evaluate protection against indirect contact with high voltage sources.</I> At the option of the manufacturer, protection against indirect contact with high voltage sources shall be determined using the test method in subparagraph (a) or subparagraph (b).
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Test method using a resistance tester.</I> The resistance tester is connected to the measuring points (the electrical chassis and any exposed conductive part of electrical protection barriers or any two simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers that are less than 2.5 meters from each other), and the resistance is measured using a resistance tester that can supply current levels of at least 0.2 Amperes with a resolution of 0.01 ohms or less. The resistance between two exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers that are less than 2.5 meters from each other may be calculated using the separately measured resistances of the relevant parts of the electric path.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test method using a DC power supply, voltmeter and ammeter.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Connect the DC power supply, voltmeter and ammeter to the measuring points (the electrical chassis and any exposed conductive part or any two simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts that are less than 2.5 meters from each other) as shown in Figure 8.
</P>
<P>(2) Adjust the voltage of the DC power supply so that the current flow becomes more than 0.2 Amperes.
</P>
<P>(3) Measure the current I and the voltage V shown in Figure 8.
</P>
<P>(4) Calculate the resistance R according to the formula, R=V/I.
</P>
<P>(5) The resistance between two simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers that are less than 2.5 meters from each other may be calculated using the separately measured resistances of the relevant parts of the electric path.
</P>
<P>S9.3 <I>Test method to determine voltage between exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers and the electrical chassis and between exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Connect the voltmeter to the measuring points (exposed conductive part of an electrical protection barrier and the electrical chassis or any two simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers that are less than 2.5 meters from each other).
</P>
<P>(b) Measure the voltage.
</P>
<P>(c) The voltage between two simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers that are less than 2.5 meters from each other may be calculated using the separately measured voltages between the relevant electrical protection barriers and the electrical chassis.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er29jy11.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er29jy11.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er29jy11.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er29jy11.011.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er29jy11.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27se17.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27se17.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27se17.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27se17.009.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 57988, Sept. 27, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 60160, Dec. 3, 2001; 69 FR 51399, Aug. 19, 2004; 72 FR 51972, Sept. 11, 2007; 75 FR 12141, Mar. 15, 2010; 75 FR 33527, June 14, 2010; 76 FR 45448, July 29, 2011; 80 FR 2325, Jan. 16, 2015; 82 FR 44960, Sept. 27, 2017; 84 FR 44257, Aug. 23, 2019; 89 FR 104352, Dec. 20, 2024]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.305a" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.73" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.305a   Standard No. 305a; electric-powered vehicles: Electric powertrain integrity; mandatory applicability begins on September 1, 2027.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for protection from harmful electric shock, fire, explosion, and gas venting during normal vehicle operation and during and after a crash.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries during normal vehicle operations and during and after a crash that occur because of electrolyte leakage, intrusion of electric energy storage/conversion devices into the occupant compartment, electric shock, fire, explosion, and gas venting, including deaths and injuries due to driver error.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> (a) This standard applies to passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses that use electrical propulsion components with working voltages greater than 60 volts direct current (VDC) or 30 volts alternating current (VAC), and whose speed attainable over a distance of 1.6 km on a paved level surface is more than 40 km/h.
</P>
<P>(b) Mandatory applicability begins September 1, 2027, for vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating of 4,536 kilograms (kg) or less and September 1, 2028, for vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating over 4,536 kg. Small-volume manufacturers, final-stage manufacturers, and alterers are provided an additional year to comply with the requirements beyond the dates identified in this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Active driving possible mode</I> means the vehicle mode when application of pressure to the accelerator pedal (or activation of an equivalent control) or release of the brake system causes the electric power train to move the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Automatic disconnect</I> means a device that when triggered, conductively separates a high voltage source from the electric power train or the rest of the electric power train.
</P>
<P><I>Breakout harness</I> means connector wires that are connected for testing purposes to the REESS on the traction side of the automatic disconnect.
</P>
<P><I>Capacitor</I> means a device used to store electrical energy, consisting of one or more pairs of conductors separated by an insulator: x-capacitors are connected between electrical mains or neutral and y-capacitors are connected between a main to ground.
</P>
<P><I>Charge connector</I> is a conductive device that, by insertion into a vehicle charge inlet, establishes an electrical connection of the vehicle to an external electric power supply for the purpose of transferring energy.
</P>
<P><I>Chassis dynamometer</I> means a mechanical device that uses one or more fixed roller assemblies to simulate different road conditions within a controlled environment and is used for a wide variety of vehicle testing.
</P>
<P><I>Connector</I> means a device providing mechanical connection and disconnection of high voltage electrical conductors to a suitable mating component, including its housing.
</P>
<P><I>n C Rate</I> means the constant current of the REESS, which takes 1/n hours to charge or discharge the REESS between 0 and 100 percent state of charge.
</P>
<P><I>Direct contact</I> is the contact of any person or persons with high voltage live parts.
</P>
<P><I>Electric energy storage device</I> means a high voltage source that stores energy for vehicle propulsion. This includes, but is not limited to, a high voltage battery or battery pack, rechargeable energy storage device, and capacitor module.
</P>
<P><I>Electric energy storage/conversion device</I> means a high voltage source that stores or converts energy for vehicle propulsion. This includes, but is not limited to, a high voltage battery or battery pack, fuel cell stack, rechargeable energy storage device, and capacitor module.
</P>
<P><I>Electric energy storage/conversion system</I> means an assembly of electrical components that stores or converts electrical energy for vehicle propulsion. This includes, but is not limited to, high voltage batteries or battery packs, fuel cell stacks, rechargeable energy storage systems, capacitor modules, inverters, interconnects, and venting systems.
</P>
<P><I>Electric power train</I> means an assembly of electrically connected components which includes, but is not limited to, electric energy storage/conversion systems and propulsion systems.
</P>
<P><I>Electrical chassis</I> means conductive parts of the vehicle whose electrical potential is taken as reference and which are:
</P>
<P>(1) Conductively linked together, and
</P>
<P>(2) Not high voltage sources during normal vehicle operation.
</P>
<P><I>Electrical isolation</I> of a high voltage source in the vehicle means the electrical resistance between the high voltage source and any of the vehicle's electrical chassis divided by the working voltage of the high voltage source.
</P>
<P><I>Electrical protection barrier</I> is the part providing protection against direct contact with high voltage live parts from any direction of access.
</P>
<P><I>Electrolyte leakage</I> means the escape of liquid electrolyte from the REESS.
</P>
<P><I>Exposed conductive part</I> is a conductive part that can be touched under the provisions of the IPXXB protection degree and that is not normally energized, but that can become electrically energized under isolation fault conditions. This includes parts under a cover if the cover can be removed without using tools.
</P>
<P><I>External charging mode</I> means the vehicle mode when the REESS is charging with external electric power supply connected through the charge connector to the vehicle charge inlet.
</P>
<P><I>External electric power supply</I> is a power supply external to the vehicle that provides electric power to charge the electric energy storage device in the vehicle through the charge connector.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel cell system</I> is a system containing the fuel cell stack(s), air processing system, fuel flow control system, exhaust system, thermal management system, and water management system.
</P>
<P><I>High voltage live part</I> means a live part of a high voltage source.
</P>
<P><I>High voltage source</I> means any electric component which is contained in the electric power train or conductively connected to the electric power train and has a working voltage greater than 30 VAC or 60 VDC.
</P>
<P><I>Indirect contact</I> is the contact of any person or persons with exposed conductive parts.
</P>
<P><I>Live part</I> is a conductive part of the vehicle that is electrically energized under normal vehicle operation.
</P>
<P><I>Luggage compartment</I> is the space in the vehicle for luggage accommodation, separated from the passenger compartment by the front or rear bulkhead and bounded by a roof, hood or trunk lid, floor, and side walls, as well as by electrical protection barriers provided for protecting the occupants from direct contact with high voltage live parts.
</P>
<P><I>Normal vehicle operation</I> includes operating modes and conditions that can reasonably be encountered during typical operation of the vehicle, such as driving, parking, and standing in traffic, as well as charging using chargers that are compatible with the specific charging ports installed on the vehicle. It does not include conditions where the vehicle is damaged, either by a crash or road debris, subjected to fire or water submersion, or in a state where service and/or maintenance is needed or being performed.
</P>
<P><I>Parking mode</I> is the vehicle mode in which the vehicle power is turned off, the vehicle propulsion system and ancillary equipment such as the radio are not operational, and the vehicle is stationary.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger compartment</I> is the space for occupant accommodation that is bounded by the roof, floor, side walls, doors, outside glazing, front bulkhead and rear bulkhead or rear gate, as well as electrical protection barriers provided for protecting the occupants from direct contact with high voltage live parts.
</P>
<P><I>Propulsion system</I> means an assembly of electric or electro-mechanical components or circuits that propel the vehicle using the energy that is supplied by a high voltage source. This includes, but is not limited to, electric motors, inverters/converters, and electronic controllers.
</P>
<P><I>Protection degree IPXXB</I> is protection from contact with high voltage live parts. It is tested by probing electrical protection barriers with the jointed test finger probe, IPXXB, in figure 7b to this standard.
</P>
<P><I>Protection degree IPXXD</I> is protection from contact with high voltage live parts. It is tested by probing electrical protection barriers with the test wire probe, IPXXD, in figure 7a to this standard.
</P>
<P><I>Rechargeable Electrical Energy Storage System (REESS)</I> means the rechargeable electric energy storage system that provides electric energy for electrical propulsion.
</P>
<P><I>Rupture</I> means an opening through the casing of the REESS that would permit the IPXXB test probe to penetrate and contact live parts.
</P>
<P><I>Service disconnect</I> is the device for deactivation of an electrical circuit when conducting checks and services of the vehicle electrical propulsion system.
</P>
<P><I>State of charge (SOC)</I> means the available electrical charge in a REESS expressed as a percentage of the normal operating capacity specified by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P><I>Thermal event</I> means the condition when the temperature within the REESS is significantly higher than the maximum operating temperature.
</P>
<P><I>Thermal runaway</I> means an uncontrolled increase of cell temperature caused by exothermic reactions inside the cell.
</P>
<P><I>Thermal propagation</I> means the sequential occurrence of thermal runaway within a REESS triggered by thermal runaway of a cell in the REESS.
</P>
<P><I>VAC</I> means volts of alternating current (AC) expressed using the root mean square value.
</P>
<P><I>VDC</I> means volts of direct current (DC).
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle charge inlet</I> is the device on the electric vehicle into which the charge connector is inserted for the purpose of transferring energy and exchanging information from an external electric power supply.
</P>
<P><I>Venting</I> means the release of excessive internal pressure from cell or battery in a manner intended by design to preclude rupture or explosion.
</P>
<P><I>Working voltage</I> means the highest root mean square voltage of the voltage source, which may occur across its terminals or between its terminals and any conductive parts in open circuit conditions or under normal operating conditions.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>General requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1 <I>Vehicles of GVWR of 4,536 kilograms (kg) or less (light vehicles).</I> Each vehicle with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less shall meet the requirements set forth in S6 (normal vehicle operation safety), S8 (post-crash safety), S11 (vehicle controls managing REESS safe operations), S13 (warning in the case of thermal event in REESS), and S14 (water exposure safety) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5.2 <I>Vehicles with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg other than school buses (heavy vehicles other than school buses).</I> Each heavy vehicle with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg, other than school buses, shall meet the requirements set forth in S6 (normal vehicle operation safety), S11 (vehicle controls managing REESS safe operations), S13 (warning in the case of thermal event in REESS), and S14 (water exposure safety) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5.3 <I>School buses with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg.</I> Each school bus with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg shall meet the requirements set forth in S6 (normal vehicle operation safety), S8 (post-crash safety), S11 (vehicle controls managing REESS safe operations), S13 (warning in the case of thermal event in REESS), and S14 (water exposure safety) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Normal vehicle operation safety.</I> Each vehicle to which this standard applies must meet the requirements in S6.1 to S6.6 of this standard, when tested according to the relevant provisions in S7 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Protection against direct contact.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 <I>Marking.</I> The symbol shown in figure 6 to this standard shall be present on or near electric energy storage devices. The symbol in figure 6 shall also be visible on electrical protection barriers which, when removed, expose live parts of high voltage sources. The symbol shall be yellow and the bordering and the arrow shall be black.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1.1 The marking is not required for electrical protection barriers that cannot be physically accessed, opened, or removed without the use of tools. Markings are not required for electrical connectors or the vehicle charge inlet.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2 <I>High voltage cables.</I> Cables for high voltage sources which are not located within electrical protection barriers shall be identified by having an outer covering with the color orange.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3 <I>Service disconnect.</I> For a service disconnect which can be opened, disassembled, or removed without tools, protection degree IPXXB shall be provided when tested under procedures specified in S7.3.1 of this standard using the IPXXB test probe shown in figures 7a and 7b to this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.1.4 <I>Protection degree of high voltage live parts.</I> (a) Protection degree IPXXD shall be provided for high voltage live parts inside the passenger or luggage compartment when tested according to the procedures specified in S7.3.1 of this standard using the IPXXD test probe shown in figure 7a to this standard.
</P>
<P>(b) Protection degree IPXXB shall be provided for high voltage live parts in areas other than the passenger or luggage compartment when tested according to the procedures specified in S7.3.1 of this standard using the IPXXB test probe shown in figures 7a and 7b to this standard. High voltage live parts that are not energized except during charging of the REESS are excluded from protection degree IPXXB if they are located on the vehicle roof such that the wrap around distance from the instep of the vehicle, or the lowest step (if multiple steps are present) of the vehicle, to the high voltage source is at least 3 meters.
</P>
<P>S6.1.5 <I>Connectors.</I> All connectors shall provide direct contact protection by:
</P>
<P>(a) Meeting the requirements specified in S6.1.4 when the connector is connected to its corresponding mating component; and,
</P>
<P>(b) If a connector can be separated from its mating component without the use of a tool, meeting at least one of the following conditions from S6.1.5(b)(1), (2), or (3):
</P>
<P>(1) The connector meets the requirements of S6.1.4 when separated from its mating component;
</P>
<P>(2) The voltage of the live parts becomes less than or equal to 60 VDC or 30 VAC within one second after the connector is separated from its mating component; or
</P>
<P>(3) The connector requires at least two distinct actions to separate from its mating component and there are other components that must be removed in order to separate the connector from its mating component and these other components cannot be removed without the use of tools.
</P>
<P>S6.1.6 <I>Vehicle charge inlet.</I> Direct contact protection for a vehicle charge inlet shall be provided by meeting the requirements specified in S6.1.4 when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle inlet and by meeting at least one of the requirements of S6.1.6(a) or (b).
</P>
<P>(a) The vehicle charge inlet meets the requirements of S6.1.4 when the charge connector is not connected to it; or
</P>
<P>(b) The voltage of the high voltage live parts becomes equal to or less than 60 VDC or equal to or less than 30 VAC within 1 second after the charge connector is separated from the vehicle charge inlet.
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Protection against indirect contact.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 The resistance between all exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers and the electrical chassis shall be less than 0.1 ohms when tested according to the procedures specified in S7.3.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 The resistance between any two simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of the electrical protection barriers that are less than 2.5 meters from each other shall be less than 0.2 ohms when tested according to the procedures specified in S7.3.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Electrical isolation.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.1 <I>Electrical isolation of AC and DC high voltage sources.</I> The electrical isolation of a high voltage source, determined in accordance with the procedure specified in S7.2 of this standard, must be greater than or equal to one of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) 500 ohms/volt for an AC high voltage source;
</P>
<P>(b) 100 ohms/volt for an AC high voltage source if it is conductively connected to a DC high voltage source, but only if the AC high voltage source meets the requirements for protection against direct contact in S6.1.4 and the protection from indirect contact in S6.2; or
</P>
<P>(c) 100 ohms/volt for a DC high voltage source.
</P>
<P>S6.3.2 <I>Exclusion of high voltage sources from electrical isolation requirements.</I> A high voltage source that is conductively connected to an electric component which is conductively connected to the electrical chassis and has a working voltage less than or equal to 60 VDC, including a pulsating DC voltage source without a change in polarity, is not required to meet the electrical isolation requirements in S6.3.1 if the voltage between the high voltage source and the electrical chassis is less than or equal to 30 VAC or 60 VDC.
</P>
<P>S6.3.3 <I>Electrical isolation of high voltage sources for charging the electric energy storage device.</I> For the vehicle charge inlet intended to be conductively connected to the AC external electric power supply, the electric isolation between the electrical chassis and the high voltage sources that are conductively connected to the vehicle charge inlet during charging of the electric energy storage device shall be greater than or equal to 500 ohms/volt when the charge connector is disconnected. The electrical isolation is measured at the high voltage live parts of the vehicle charge inlet and determined in accordance with the procedure specified in S7.2 of this standard. During the measurement, the electric energy storage device may be disconnected.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Electrical isolation monitoring.</I> DC high voltage sources of vehicles with a fuel cell system shall be monitored by an electrical isolation monitoring system that displays a warning for loss of isolation when tested according to S7.4 of this standard. The system must monitor its own readiness and the visual warning display must be provided to the driver. For a vehicle with automated driving systems and without manually operated driving controls, the visual warning must be provided to all the front row occupants.
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>Electric shock protection during charging.</I> For motor vehicles with an electric energy storage device that can be charged through a conductive connection with a grounded external electric power supply, a device to enable conductive connection of the electrical chassis to the earth ground shall be provided. This device shall enable connection to the earth ground before exterior voltage is applied to the vehicle and retain the connection until after the exterior voltage is removed from the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Mitigating driver error.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.6.1 <I>Indicator of active driving possible mode.</I> At least a momentary indication shall be given to the driver each time the vehicle is first placed in active driving possible mode after manual activation of the propulsion system. This requirement does not apply under conditions where an internal combustion engine directly or indirectly provides the vehicle's propulsion power when the vehicle is first placed in the active driving possible mode after manual activation of the propulsion system.
</P>
<P>S6.6.2 <I>Indicator of active driving possible mode when leaving the vehicle.</I> When leaving the vehicle, the driver shall be informed by an auditory or visual signal if the vehicle is still in the active driving possible mode.
</P>
<P>S6.6.3 <I>Prevent drive-away.</I> If the on-board electric energy storage device can be externally charged, vehicle movement of more than 150 mm by its own propulsion system shall not be possible as long as the charge connector of the external electric power supply is physically connected to the vehicle charge inlet in a manner that would permit charging of the electric energy storage device.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Electrical safety test procedures for normal vehicle operation safety.</I> The following provisions specify the test procedures associated with the requirements of S6 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Voltage measurements.</I> For the purpose of determining the voltage level of the high voltage source, voltage is measured as shown in figure 1 to this standard using a voltmeter that has an internal resistance of at least 10 MΩ. All post-crash voltage measurements for determining electrical isolation of high voltage sources specified in S8.2(a) of this standard are made at least 10 seconds after impact. All post-crash voltage measurements for determining the voltage levels specified in S8.2(b) of this standard and the energy in capacitors specified in S8.2(d) of this standard are made between 10 to 60 seconds after impact.
</P>
<P>S7.1.1 For a high voltage source that has an automatic disconnect that is physically contained within itself, the voltage measurement after the test is made from the side of the automatic disconnect connected to the electric power train or to the rest of the electric power train if the high voltage source is a component contained in the power train. For a high voltage source that has an automatic disconnect that is not physically contained within itself, the voltage measurement after the test is made from both the high voltage source side of the automatic disconnect and from the side of the automatic disconnect connected to the electric power train or to the rest of the electric power train if the high voltage source is a component contained in the power train.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2 Voltage Vb is measured across the two terminals of the voltage source. Before a vehicle crash test, Vb is equal to or greater than the working voltage as specified by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>S7.1.3 Voltage V1 is measured between the negative side of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis as shown in figure 2 to this standard. Voltage V2 is measured between the positive side of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis as shown in figure 3 to this standard.
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Test method for determining electrical isolation.</I> Measure the voltages V1, V2, and Vb as shown in figure 1 to this standard in accordance with S7.1.
</P>
<P>S7.2.1 If V1 is greater than or equal to V2, insert a known resistance (Ro) between the negative side of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis. With the Ro installed, measure the voltage (V1') as shown in figure 4 to this standard between the negative side of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis. Calculate the electrical isolation resistance (Ri) according to the formula shown. Divide Ri (in ohms) by the working voltage of the high voltage source (in volts) to obtain the electrical isolation (in ohms/volt).
</P>
<P>S7.2.2 If V2 is greater than V1, insert a known resistance (Ro) between the positive side of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis. With the Ro installed, measure the voltage (V2') as shown in figure 5 to this standard between the positive side of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis. Calculate the electrical isolation resistance (Ri) according to the formula shown. Divide Ri (in ohms) by the working voltage of the high voltage source (in volts) to obtain the electrical isolation (in ohms/volt).
</P>
<P>S7.3 <I>Test methods for evaluating physical barrier protection.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.3.1 <I>Test method to evaluate protection from direct contact with high voltage sources.</I> (a) Any parts surrounding the high voltage components are opened, disassembled, or removed without the use of tools.
</P>
<P>(b) The selected access probe is inserted into any gaps or openings of the electrical protection barrier with a test force between 9 Newton to 11 Newton with the IPXXB probe or 1 Newton to 2 Newton with the IPXXD probe. If the probe partly or fully penetrates into the electrical protection barrier, it is placed in every possible position to evaluate contact with high voltage live parts. If partial or full penetration into the electrical protection barrier occurs with the IPXXB probe, the IPXXB probe shall be placed as follows: starting from the straight position, both joints of the test finger are rotated progressively through an angle of up to 90 degrees with respect to the axis of the adjoining section of the test finger and are placed in every possible position.
</P>
<P>(c) A low voltage supply (of not less than 40 V and not more than 50 V) in series with a suitable lamp may be connected between the access probe and any high voltage live parts inside the electrical protection barrier to indicate whether high voltage live parts were contacted.
</P>
<P>(d) A mirror or fiberscope may be used to inspect whether the access probe touches high voltage live parts inside the electrical protection barrier.
</P>
<P>(e) Protection degree IPXXD or IPXXB is verified when the following conditions are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The access probe does not touch high voltage live parts. The IPXXB access probe may be manipulated as specified in S7.3.1(b) for evaluating contact with high voltage live parts. The methods specified in S7.3.1(c) or S7.3.1(d) may be used to aid the evaluation. If method S7.3.1(c) is used for verifying protection degree IPXXB or IPXXD, the lamp shall not light up.
</P>
<P>(2) The stop face of the access probe does not fully penetrate into the electrical protection barrier.
</P>
<P>S7.3.2 <I>Test method to evaluate protection against indirect contact with high voltage sources.</I> Any parts surrounding the high voltage components are opened, disassembled, or removed without the use of tools. At the option of the manufacturer, protection against indirect contact with high voltage sources shall be determined using the test method in S7.3.2(a) or (b).
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Test method using a resistance tester.</I> The resistance tester is connected to the measuring points (the electrical chassis and any exposed conductive part of electrical protection barriers or any two simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers that are less than 2.5 meters from each other), and the resistance is measured using a resistance tester that can supply current levels of at least 0.2 Amperes with a resolution of 0.01 ohms or less. The resistance between two exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers that are less than 2.5 meters from each other may be calculated using the separately measured resistances of the relevant parts of the electric path.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test method using a DC power supply, voltmeter, and ammeter.</I> (1) Connect the DC power supply, voltmeter, and ammeter to the measuring points (the electrical chassis and any exposed conductive part or any two simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts that are less than 2.5 meters from each other) as shown in figure 8 to this standard.
</P>
<P>(2) Adjust the voltage of the DC power supply so that the current flow becomes more than 0.2 Amperes.
</P>
<P>(3) Measure the current I and the voltage V shown in figure 8 to this standard.
</P>
<P>(4) Calculate the resistance R according to the formula, R = V/I.
</P>
<P>(5) The resistance between two simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers that are less than 2.5 meters from each other may be calculated using the separately measured resistances of the relevant parts of the electric path.
</P>
<P>S7.3.3 <I>Test method to determine voltage between exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers and the electrical chassis and between exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers.</I> (a) Any parts surrounding the high voltage components are opened, disassembled, or removed without the use of tools.
</P>
<P>(b) Connect the voltmeter to the measuring points (exposed conductive part of an electrical protection barrier and the electrical chassis or any two simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers that are less than 2.5 meters from each other).
</P>
<P>(c) Measure the voltage.
</P>
<P>(d) The voltage between two simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers that are less than 2.5 meters from each other may be calculated using the separately measured voltages between the relevant electrical protection barriers and the electrical chassis.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Test method for evaluating on-board electrical isolation monitoring system.</I> Prior to any impact test, the requirements of S6.4 of this standard for the on-board electrical isolation monitoring system shall be tested using the following procedure.
</P>
<P>(a) The electric energy storage device is at the state of charge specified in S7.1.
</P>
<P>(b) The switch or device that provides power from the electric energy storage/conversion system to the propulsion system is in the activated position or the ready-to-drive position.
</P>
<P>(c) Determine the isolation resistance, Ri, of the high voltage source with the electrical isolation monitoring system using the procedure outlined in S7.2.
</P>
<P>(d) Insert a resistor with resistance Ro equal to or greater than 1/(1/(95 times the working voltage of the high voltage source)−1/Ri) and less than 1/(1/(100 times the working voltage of the high voltage source)−1/Ri) between the positive terminal of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis.
</P>
<P>(e) The electrical isolation monitoring system indicator shall provide a visual warning to the driver. For a vehicle with automated driving systems and without manually operated driving controls, the visual warning must be provided to all the front row occupants.
</P>
<P>S7.5 <I>Test method for determining post-crash energy in capacitors.</I> (a) Prior to the crash tests, the vehicle manufacturer must identify the capacitors, type of capacitors (x-capacitors and y-capacitors) and their respective capacitance (Cx and Cy<E T="52">1</E> and Cy<E T="52">2</E>) in the electric power train for which the low energy compliance option for post-crash electrical safety in S8.2(d) of this standard is applied.
</P>
<P>(b) Voltages Vb, V1, and V2 are measured across the capacitors in accordance with S7.1.
</P>
<P>(c) The total energy in a x-capacitor is equal to 0.5 × Cx × Vb
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>(d) The total energy in the y-capacitor Cy<E T="52">1</E> is equal to 0.5 × Cy<E T="52">1</E> × V1
<SU>2</SU> and the total energy in the y-capacitor Cy<E T="52">2</E> is equal to 0.5 × Cy<E T="52">2</E> × V2
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>S8. <I>Post-crash safety.</I> Each vehicle with a GVWR of 4,536 kg or less to which this standard applies must meet the requirements in S8.1, S8.2, S8.3, and S8.4 when tested according to S9 of this standard under the conditions of S10 of this standard. Each school bus with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg to which this standard applies must meet the requirements in S8.1, S8.2, S8.3, and S8.4 when tested according to S9.5 of this standard under the conditions of S10.
</P>
<P>S8.1 <I>Fire safety.</I> Starting from the time of impact and continuing until one hour after the completion of the sequence of tests specified in S9 of this standard, there shall be no evidence of fire or explosion in any part of the vehicle. The assessment of fire or explosion is verified by visual inspection without disassembly of the REESS or vehicle.
</P>
<P>S8.2 <I>Electrical safety.</I> After each test specified in S9 of this standard, each high voltage source in a vehicle must meet one of the following electrical safety requirements: electrical isolation requirements of S8.2(a), the voltage level requirements of S8.2 (b), or the physical barrier protection requirements of S8.2(c); or the high voltage capacitors in the electric power train must meet the low-energy requirements of S8.2(d).
</P>
<P>(a) The electrical isolation of the high voltage source, determined in accordance with the procedure specified in S7.2 of this standard, must be greater than or equal to one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) 500 ohms/volt for an AC high voltage source;
</P>
<P>(2) 100 ohms/volt for an AC high voltage source if it is conductively connected to a DC high voltage source, but only if the AC high voltage source meets the physical barrier protection requirements specified in S8.2(c)(1) and (2); or
</P>
<P>(3) 100 ohms/volt for a DC high voltage source.
</P>
<P>(b) The voltages V1, V2, and Vb of the high voltage source, measured according to the procedure specified in S7.1 of this standard, must be less than or equal to 30 VAC for AC components or 60 VDC for DC components.
</P>
<P>(c) Protection against electric shock by direct and indirect contact (physical barrier protection) shall be demonstrated by meeting the following three conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The high voltage source (AC or DC) meets the protection degree IPXXB when tested according to the procedure specified in S7.3.1 of this standard using the IPXXB test probe shown in figures 7a and 7b to this standard;
</P>
<P>(2) The resistance between exposed conductive parts of the electrical protection barrier of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis is less than 0.1 ohms when tested according to the procedures specified in S7.3.2 of this standard. In addition, the resistance between an exposed conductive part of the electrical protection barrier of the high voltage source and any other simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers within 2.5 meters of it must be less than 0.2 ohms when tested using the test procedures specified in S7.3.2 of this standard; and
</P>
<P>(3) The voltage between exposed conductive parts of the electrical protection barrier of the high voltage source and the electrical chassis is less than or equal to 30 VAC or 60 VDC as measured in accordance with S7.3.3 of this standard. In addition, the voltage between an exposed conductive part of the electrical protection barrier of the high voltage source and any other simultaneously reachable exposed conductive parts of electrical protection barriers within 2.5 meters of it must be less than or equal to 30 VAC or 60 VDC as measured in accordance with S7.3.3 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(d) The total energy of unidirectional single impulse currents from capacitors shall be less than 0.2 Joules when determined in accordance with the procedure specified in S7.5 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S8.3 <I>Electric energy storage/conversion device retention.</I> During and after each test specified in S9 of this standard:
</P>
<P>(a) Electric energy storage/conversion devices shall remain attached to the vehicle by at least one component anchorage, bracket, or any structure that transfers loads from the device to the vehicle structure, and
</P>
<P>(b) Electric energy storage/conversion devices located outside the occupant compartment shall not enter the occupant compartment.
</P>
<P>S8.4 <I>Electrolyte leakage from electric energy storage devices.</I> Not more than 5.0 liters of electrolyte shall leak from electric energy storage devices, and no visible trace of electrolyte shall leak into the passenger compartment. Leakage is measured from the time of the impact until 30 minutes thereafter, and throughout any static rollover after a barrier impact test, specified in S9 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S9. <I>Crash test specifications.</I> A test vehicle with a GVWR less than or equal to 4,536 kg, under the conditions of S10 of this standard, is subject to any one single barrier crash test of S9.1, S9.2, or S9.3, followed by the static rollover test of S9.4. A school bus with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg, under the conditions of S10, is subject to the contoured barrier crash test of S9.5. A particular vehicle need not meet further test requirements after having been subjected to a single barrier crash/static rollover test sequence.
</P>
<P>S9.1 <I>Frontal barrier crash.</I> The test vehicle, with test dummies in accordance with S6.1 of § 571.301, traveling longitudinally forward at any speed up to and including 48 km/h, impacts a fixed collision barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, or at an angle up to 30 degrees in either direction from the perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S9.2 <I>Rear moving barrier impact.</I> The test vehicle, with test dummies in accordance with S6.1 of § 571.301, is impacted from the rear by a barrier that conforms to S7.3(b) of § 571.301 and that is moving at any speed between 79 and 81 km/h.
</P>
<P>S9.3 <I>Side moving deformable barrier impact.</I> The test vehicle, with the appropriate 49 CFR part 572 test dummies specified in FMVSS No. 214 (§ 571.214) at positions required for testing by S7.2.2 of FMVSS No. 214, is impacted laterally on either side by a moving deformable barrier moving at any speed between 52.0 km/h and 54.0 km/h.
</P>
<P>S9.4 <I>Post-impact test static rollover.</I> After each crash test specified in S9.1, S9.2, and S9.3, without any alteration of the vehicle, the vehicle is rotated on its longitudinal axis to each successive increment of 90 degrees under the test conditions of S10.3 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S9.5 <I>Moving contoured barrier crash.</I> The test vehicle, under the conditions of S10.1 and S10.2 of this standard, is impacted at any point and at any angle by the moving contoured barrier assembly, specified in S7.5 and S7.6 in § 571.301, traveling longitudinally forward at any speed up to and including 48 km/h.
</P>
<P>S10. <I>Crash test conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S10.1 <I>State of charge.</I> The electric energy storage device(s) shall be at the state of charge specified in either S10.1(a), (b), or (c):
</P>
<P>(a) At the maximum state of charge in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's recommended charging procedures, as stated in the vehicle owner's manual or on a label that is permanently affixed to the vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(b) If the manufacturer has made no recommendation for charging procedures in the owner's manual or on a label permanently affixed to the vehicle, at a state of charge of not less than 95 percent of the maximum capacity of the electric energy storage device(s); or
</P>
<P>(c) If the electric energy storage device(s) is/are rechargeable only by an energy source on the vehicle, at any state of charge within the normal operating voltage defined by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>S10.2 <I>Vehicle conditions.</I> The switch or device that provides power from the electric energy storage/conversion system to the propulsion system is in the activated position or the ready-to-drive position. Bypass any devices or systems that do not allow the propulsion system to be energized at the time of impact when the vehicle ignition is on and the vehicle is in neutral.
</P>
<P>S10.2.1 The parking brake is disengaged and the vehicle drive system is in the neutral position. In a test conducted under S9.3 of this standard, the parking brake is set.
</P>
<P>S10.2.2 Tires are inflated to the manufacturer's specifications.
</P>
<P>S10.2.3 The vehicle, including test devices and instrumentation, is loaded as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) A passenger car is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, secured in the luggage compartment, plus the necessary test dummies as specified in S9 of this standard, restrained only by means that are installed in the vehicle for protection at its seating position.
</P>
<P>(b) A multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus, with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less, is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus the necessary dummies, as specified in S9 of this standard, plus 136 kg or its rated GVWR, whichever is less, secured in the load carrying area and distributed as nearly as possible in proportion to its GVWR. For the purpose of this standard, unloaded vehicle weight does not include the weight of work-performing accessories. Each dummy is restrained only by means that are installed in the vehicle for protection at its seating position.
</P>
<P>(c) A school bus with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight, plus 54 kg of unsecured mass at each designated seating position.
</P>
<P>S10.3 <I>Static rollover test conditions.</I> The vehicle is rotated about its longitudinal axis, with the axis kept horizontal, to each successive increment of 90°, 180°, and 270° at a uniform rate, with 90° of rotation taking place in any time interval from 1 to 3 minutes. After reaching each 90° increment the vehicle is held in that position for 5 minutes.
</P>
<P>S10.4 <I>Rear moving barrier impact test conditions.</I> The conditions of S7.3(b) and S7.6 of § 571.301 apply to the conducting of the rear moving deformable barrier impact test specified in S9.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S10.5 <I>Side moving deformable barrier impact test conditions.</I> The conditions of S8.9, S8.10, and S8.11 of § 571.214 apply to the conduct of the side moving deformable barrier impact test specified in S9.3 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S11. <I>Vehicle controls managing REESS safe operations.</I> Each vehicle to which the standard applies shall meet the requirements in S11.1, when tested according to S12 of this standard and the requirements in S11.2.
</P>
<P>S11.1 When tested in accordance with the overcharge test in S12.1, the over-discharge test in S12.2, the overcurrent test in S12.3, the high-temperature test in S12.4, and the short circuit test in accordance with S12.5 of this standard, each vehicle shall meet the following:
</P>
<P>(a) During the test, there shall be no evidence of electrolyte leakage, rupture, venting, fire, or explosion of the REESS as verified by visual inspection without disassembly of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) The isolation resistance of the high voltage sources measured after the test shall not be less than 100 ohms/volt when determined in accordance with S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S11.2 In the event of operational failure of the vehicle controls that manage safe operation of the REESS, the vehicle must provide a visual warning while in active driving possible mode. The warning system shall monitor its own readiness and the visual warning must be provided to the driver. For a vehicle with automated driving systems and without manually operated driving controls, the visual warning must be provided to all the front row occupants.
</P>
<P>S12. <I>Test methods for evaluating vehicle controls managing REESS safe operations.</I>
</P>
<P>S12.1 Overcharge test. The overcharge test is conducted at ambient temperatures between 10 °C and 30 °C, with the vehicle REESS initially set between 90 to 95 percent SOC. The following steps are conducted to evaluate the vehicle's overcharge protection controls:
</P>
<P>(a) A breakout harness is connected to the traction side of the REESS. The manufacturer must specify an appropriate location(s) and attachment point(s) to connect the breakout harness.
</P>
<P>(b) Temperature probes are connected to the REESS outer casing to monitor changes in REESS temperature. Temperature measurements may also be obtained through communication with the REESS control module.
</P>
<P>(c) The external charge/discharge equipment, with maximum voltage and current set at least 10 percent higher than the REESS voltage and current limits, is connected to the breakout harness.
</P>
<P>(d) The vehicle switch or device that provides power to the vehicle controls that manage REESS operations is set to the activated position.
</P>
<P>(e) The REESS is charged with the external charge/discharge equipment with the maximum charge current specified by the manufacturer. If the manufacturer does not specify an appropriate charge current, then a charge rate of 
<FR>1/3</FR>C is used.
</P>
<P>(f) Charging is continued until one of the following occurs:
</P>
<P>(1) The overcharge protection control terminates the charge current;
</P>
<P>(2) The REESS temperature is 10 °C above the manufacturer-specified maximum operating temperature of the REESS; or
</P>
<P>(3) 12 hours have passed since the start of charging the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(g) After the charge current is terminated, if charge and discharge are permitted by the vehicle controls, a standard cycle is performed in accordance with S12.6.
</P>
<P>(h) After the completion of the standard cycle, or if the standard cycle was not performed, after charging is terminated, the vehicle is observed for 1 hour for evidence of electrolyte leakage, rupture, venting, fire, or explosion of the REESS.
</P>
<P>(i) At the conclusion of the test, electrical isolation of the REESS is determined in accordance with S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S12.2 <I>Over-discharge test.</I> The over-discharge test is conducted at ambient temperatures between 10 °C and 30 °C, with the vehicle REESS initially set between 10 and 15 percent SOC. For a vehicle with on-board energy conversion systems such as an internal combustion engine or a fuel cell, the fuel supply is set to the minimum level where active driving possible mode is permitted. The following steps are conducted to evaluate the vehicle's over-discharge protection controls:
</P>
<P>(a) A breakout harness is connected to the traction side of the REESS. The manufacturer must specify an appropriate location(s) and attachment point(s) to connect the breakout harness.
</P>
<P>(b) Temperature probes are connected to the REESS outer casing to monitor changes in REESS temperature. Temperature measurements may also be obtained through communication with the REESS control module.
</P>
<P>(c) The external charge/discharge equipment, with maximum voltage and current set at least 10 percent higher than the REESS voltage and current limits, is connected to the breakout harness.
</P>
<P>(d) The vehicle switch or device that provides power from the REESS to the electric power train is set to the activated position or the active driving possible mode.
</P>
<P>(e) The REESS is discharged with the external charge/discharge equipment with the maximum discharge rate under normal operating conditions specified by the manufacturer. If the manufacturer does not specify an appropriate discharge rate, a power load of 1kW is used.
</P>
<P>(f) Discharging is continued until one of the following occurs:
</P>
<P>(1) The over-discharge protection control terminates the discharge current;
</P>
<P>(2) The temperature gradient of the REESS is less than 4 °C through 2 hours from the start of discharge; or
</P>
<P>(3) The vehicle is discharged to 25 percent of its working voltage level.
</P>
<P>(g) After the discharge current is terminated, a standard cycle is performed in accordance with S12.6, if charge and discharge are permitted by the vehicle controls.
</P>
<P>(h) After the completion of the standard cycle, or if the standard cycle was not performed, after discharging is terminated, the vehicle is observed for 1 hour for evidence of electrolyte leakage, rupture, venting, fire, or explosion of the REESS.
</P>
<P>(i) At the conclusion of the test, electrical isolation of the REESS is determined in accordance with S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S12.3 <I>Overcurrent test.</I> The overcurrent test is only conducted on vehicles that have the capability of charging by DC external electricity supply. The test is conducted at ambient temperatures between 10 °C and 30 °C, with the vehicle REESS initially set between 40 to 50 percent SOC. The following steps are conducted to evaluate the vehicle's over-current protection controls:
</P>
<P>(a) A breakout harness is connected to the traction side of the REESS. The manufacturer must specify an appropriate location(s) and attachment point(s) to connect the breakout harness.
</P>
<P>(b) Temperature probes are connected to the REESS outer casing to monitor changes in REESS temperature. Temperature measurements may also be obtained through communication with the REESS control module.
</P>
<P>(c) The external charge/discharge equipment, with maximum voltage and current set at least 10 percent higher than the REESS voltage and current limits, is connected to the breakout harness.
</P>
<P>(d) The vehicle switch or device that provides power to the vehicle controls that manage REESS operations is set to the activated position.
</P>
<P>(e) The REESS is charged with the external charge/discharge equipment with the maximum charge current specified by the manufacturer. If the manufacturer does not specify an appropriate charge current, then a charge rate of 
<FR>1/3</FR>C is used.
</P>
<P>(f) After charging is initiated, the overcurrent specified by the manufacturer is supplied over the course of 5 seconds from the maximum charge current level to the over-current level. If the vehicle manufacturer does not supply an overcurrent level, a 10 Ampere over-current is supplied over 5 seconds. If charging is not terminated, the over-current supply is increased in steps of 10 Amperes.
</P>
<P>(g) Charging at the over-current level is continued until one of the following occurs:
</P>
<P>(1) The over-current protection control terminates the charge current; or
</P>
<P>(2) The temperature gradient of the REESS is less than 4 °C through 2 hours from the first overcurrent input.
</P>
<P>(h) After the charge current is terminated, if charge and discharge are permitted by the vehicle controls, a standard cycle is performed in accordance with S12.6.
</P>
<P>(i) After the completion of the standard cycle or if the standard cycle was not performed, after charging is terminated, the vehicle is observed for 1 hour for evidence of electrolyte leakage, rupture, venting, fire, or explosion of the REESS.
</P>
<P>(j) At the conclusion of the test, electrical isolation of the REESS is determined in accordance with S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S12.4 <I>Over-temperature test.</I> The overtemperature test is conducted at ambient temperatures between 10 °C and 30 °C on a chassis-dynamometer with the vehicle REESS initially set between 90 to 95 percent SOC. For a vehicle with on-board energy conversion systems such as an internal combustion engine or a fuel cell, the fuel supply is set to allow operation for about one hour of driving. The following steps are conducted to evaluate the vehicle's high temperature protection controls:
</P>
<P>(a) The cooling system of the REESS is disabled using manufacturer supplied information. For an REESS that will not operate if the cooling system is disabled, the cooling operation is significantly reduced. If manufacturer does not supply information to disable or significantly reduce the cooling system, methods such as crimping the liquid cooling hose, removing refrigerant fluid, or blocking cabin air intakes for air cooled REESS are applied.
</P>
<P>(b) Temperature probes are connected to the REESS outer casing to monitor changes in REESS temperature. Temperature measurements may also be obtained through communication with the REESS control module.
</P>
<P>(c) The vehicle is installed on a chassis dynamometer and the vehicle switch or device that provides power from the REESS to the electric power train is set to the activated position or the active driving possible mode.
</P>
<P>(d) The vehicle is driven on the dynamometer using an appropriate vehicle manufacturer supplied drive profile and charging information for discharge and charge of the REESS to raise the REESS temperature to its upper boundary safe operating temperature within one hour. If an appropriate manufacturer-supplied drive profile is not available, the vehicle is repeatedly accelerated to 80 mph and then decelerated to 15 mph within 40 seconds. If the manufacturer does not supply a charge profile, then a charge rate greater than 
<FR>1/3</FR>C current is used.
</P>
<P>(e) The discharge/charge procedure on the chassis-dynamometer is continued until one of the following occurs:
</P>
<P>(1) The vehicle terminates the discharge/charge cycle;
</P>
<P>(2) The temperature gradient of the REESS is less than 4 °C through 2 hours from the start of the discharge/charge cycle; or
</P>
<P>(3) Three (3) hours have passed since the start of discharge/charge cycles.
</P>
<P>(f) After the discharge and charge procedure is terminated, if charge and discharge are permitted by the vehicle controls, a standard cycle is performed in accordance with S12.6.
</P>
<P>(g) After the completion of the standard cycle, or if the standard cycle is not performed, after the discharge and charge procedure is terminated, the vehicle is observed for 1 hour for evidence of electrolyte leakage, rupture, venting, fire, or explosion of the REESS.
</P>
<P>(h) At the conclusion of the test, electrical isolation of the REESS is determined in accordance with S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S12.5 <I>External short circuit test.</I> The short circuit test is conducted at ambient conditions with the vehicle REESS initially set between 90 to 95 percent SOC. The following steps are conducted to evaluate the vehicle's external short circuit protection controls:
</P>
<P>(a) A breakout harness is connected to the REESS. The manufacturer must specify an appropriate location(s) and attachment point(s) to connect the breakout harness.
</P>
<P>(b) Temperature probes are connected to the REESS outer casing to monitor changes in REESS temperature. Temperature measurements may also be obtained through communication with the REESS control module.
</P>
<P>(c) The vehicle switch or device that provides power to the vehicle controls that manage REESS operations is set to the activated position.
</P>
<P>(d) The short circuit contactor (with the contactors in open position) is connected to the breakout harnesses. The total resistance of the equipment to create the external short circuit (short circuit contactor and breakout harnesses) is verified to be between 2 to 5 milliohms.
</P>
<P>(e) The short circuit contactor is closed to initiate the short circuit.
</P>
<P>(f) The short circuit condition is continued until one of the following occurs:
</P>
<P>(1) Short circuit current is terminated; or
</P>
<P>(2) The temperature gradient of the REESS is less than 4 °C through 2 hours from the start of initiating the short circuit condition.
</P>
<P>(g) After the short circuit current is terminated, if charge and discharge are permitted by the vehicle controls, a standard cycle is performed in accordance with S12.6.
</P>
<P>(h) After the completion of the standard cycle, or if the standard cycle was not performed, after short circuit current is terminated, the vehicle is observed for 1 hour for evidence of electrolyte leakage, rupture, venting, fire, or explosion of the REESS.
</P>
<P>(i) At the conclusion of the test, electrical isolation of the REESS is determined in accordance with S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S12.6 <I>Standard cycle.</I> The standard cycle is conducted at ambient temperatures between 10 °C and 30 °C and starts with a standard discharge followed by a standard charge. The discharge and charge procedures would follow manufacturer supplied information. The charge procedure is initiated 15 minutes after discharge is terminated.
</P>
<P>(a) If the manufacturer does not provide a discharge procedure, the vehicle is discharged with 1C current until discharge is terminated by vehicle controls.
</P>
<P>(b) If the manufacturer does not provide a charge procedure, the vehicle is charged with 
<FR>1/3</FR>C current until terminated by vehicle controls.
</P>
<P>S13. <I>Warning in the case of thermal event in REESS.</I> The vehicle shall provide a warning to the driver in the case of a thermal event in the REESS when the vehicle is in active driving possible mode. The thermal event warning system must monitor its own readiness. The warning shall activate within three minutes of the onset of the thermal event. The warning shall consist of auditory and visual signals that remain active for at least 5 minutes. For a vehicle with automated driving systems and without manually operated driving controls, the visual warning must be provided to all the front row occupants.
</P>
<P>S14. <I>Water exposure safety.</I> Each vehicle to which the standard applies shall maintain electrical isolation as specified in S6.3.1 and S6.3.2 of this standard at these times:
</P>
<P>(a) Just after exposure to water in each of the two tests specified below and with the vehicle still wet; and
</P>
<P>(b) After a minimum of 24 hours after completing each of the tests specified in S14.1 and S14.2.
</P>
<P>S14.1 <I>Vehicle washing test.</I> The vehicle is sprayed from any direction with a stream of freshwater from a standard test nozzle shown in figure 9 to this standard that has a nozzle internal diameter of 6.3 millimeters, delivery rate of 11.9 to 13.2 liters/minute, and water pressure at the nozzle between 30 kPa to 35 kPa.
</P>
<P>(a) During the washing, the distance from the nozzle to the vehicle surface is 3.0 to 3.2 meters. The distance of the nozzle from the vehicle surface may be reduced, if necessary, to ensure the surface is wet when spraying upwards. The washing test duration per square meter of the vehicle surface area is 60 to 75 seconds, with a minimum total test duration of 3 minutes.
</P>
<P>(b) The vehicle external surface, including the vehicle sides, front, rear, top, and bottom is exposed to the water stream. Border lines on the vehicle such glass seals, outline of opening parts (doors, windows, vehicle inlet cover), outline of front grille, and seals of vehicle lamps are exposed to the water stream from any direction.
</P>
<P>(c) At the conclusion of the normal washing test, with the vehicle still wet, electrical isolation is determined in accordance with S7.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S14.2 <I>Driving through standing water test.</I> The vehicle is driven through a wade pool of at least 10 centimeters but not more than 15 centimeters depth of freshwater for a distance of 500 meters at a minimum speed of 12 mph (20 km/h) but not more than 15 mph (24 km/h).
</P>
<P>(a) If the wade pool is less than 500 m in length, then the vehicle shall be driven through it several times for a total distance of 500 m. The total time, including the period outside of the wade pool, shall be less than 10 minutes.
</P>
<P>(b) At the conclusion of the standing water test, with the vehicle still wet, electrical isolation is determined in accordance with S7.2 of this standard.

</P>
<HD1>Figures to FMVSS No. 305a
</HD1>
<img src="/graphics/er20de24.000.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 1. Voltage Measurements of the High Voltage Source
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er20de24.001.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 2. Measurement for V1 Voltage Between the Negative Side of the High Voltage Source and the Electrical Chassis
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er20de24.002.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 3. Measurement for V2 Voltage Between the Positive Side of the High Voltage Source and the Electrical Chassis
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er20de24.003.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 4. Measurement for V1' Voltage Across Resistor Between Negative Side of the High Voltage Source and Electrical Chassis
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er20de24.004.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 5. Measurement for V2' Voltage Across Resistor Between Positive Side of the High Voltage Source and Electrical Chassis
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er20de24.005.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 6. Marking of High Voltage Sources
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er20de24.006.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 7a. Access Probes for the Tests of Direct Contact Protection. Access Probe IPXXB (Top) and Access Probe IPXXD (Bottom)
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er20de24.007.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 7b. Jointed Test Finger IPXXB
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er20de24.008.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 8. Connection To Determine Resistance Between Exposed Conductive Parts of Electrical Protection Barrier and Electrical Chassis
</BCAP>
<img src="/graphics/er20de24.009.gif"/>
<BCAP>Figure 9. Standard Nozzle for IPX5 Water Exposure Test
</BCAP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 104352, Dec. 20, 2024, as amended at 91 FR 33115, June 3, 2026]





</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.307" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.74" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.307   Standard No. 307; Fuel system integrity of hydrogen vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for the integrity of motor vehicle hydrogen fuel systems.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries occurring from fires that result from hydrogen fuel leakage during vehicle operation and after motor vehicle crashes.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to each motor vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 2028, that uses compressed hydrogen gas as a fuel source to propel the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Check valve</I> means a valve that prevents reverse flow.
</P>
<P><I>Closure devices</I> mean the check valve(s), shut-off valve(s), and thermally-activated pressure relief device(s) that control the flow of hydrogen into and/or out of a CHSS.
</P>
<P><I>Container</I> means a pressure-bearing component of a compressed hydrogen storage system that stores a continuous volume of hydrogen fuel in a single chamber or in multiple permanently interconnected chambers.
</P>
<P><I>Container attachments</I> mean non-pressure bearing parts attached to the container that provide additional support and/or protection to the container and that may be removed only with the use of tools for the specific purpose of maintenance and/or inspection.
</P>
<P><I>Compressed hydrogen storage system (CHSS)</I> means a system that stores compressed hydrogen fuel for a hydrogen-fueled vehicle, composed of a container, container attachments (if any), and all closure devices required to isolate the stored hydrogen from the remainder of the fuel system and the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces</I> means the passenger compartment, luggage compartment, and space under the hood.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel cell system</I> means a system containing the fuel cell stack(s), air processing system, fuel flow control system, exhaust system, thermal management system, and water management system.
</P>
<P><I>Fueling receptacle</I> means the equipment to which a fueling station nozzle attaches to the vehicle and through which fuel is transferred to the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel lines</I> means all piping, tubing, joints, and any components such as flow controllers, valves, heat exchangers, and pressure regulators.
</P>
<P><I>Hydrogen concentration</I> means the percentage of the hydrogen molecules within the mixture of hydrogen and air (equivalent to the partial volume of hydrogen gas).
</P>
<P><I>Hydrogen fuel system</I> means the fueling receptacle, CHSS, fuel cell system or internal combustion engine, fuel lines, and exhaust systems.
</P>
<P><I>Luggage compartment</I> means the space in the vehicle for luggage, cargo, and/or goods accommodation, bounded by a roof, hood, floor, side walls being separated from the passenger compartment by the front bulkhead or the rear bulkhead.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP)</I> means the highest gauge pressure to which a component or system is permitted to operate under normal operating conditions.
</P>
<P><I>Nominal working pressure (NWP)</I> means the settled pressure of compressed gas in a container or CHSS fully fueled to 100 percent state of charge and at a uniform temperature of 15 °C.
</P>
<P><I>Normal milliliter</I> means a quantity of gas that occupies one milliliter of volume when its temperature is 0 °C and its pressure is 1 atmosphere.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger compartment</I> means the space for occupant accommodation that is bounded by the roof, floor, side walls, doors, outside glazing, front bulkhead, and rear bulkhead or rear gate.
</P>
<P><I>Pressure relief device (PRD)</I> means a device that, when activated under specified performance conditions, is used to release hydrogen from a pressurized system and thereby prevent failure of the system.
</P>
<P><I>Rechargeable electrical energy storage system (REESS)</I> means the rechargeable energy storage system that provides electric energy for electrical propulsion.
</P>
<P><I>Service door</I> means a door that allows for the entry and exit of vehicle occupants under normal operating conditions.
</P>
<P><I>Shut-off valve</I> means a valve between the container and the remainder of the hydrogen fuel system that must default to the “closed” position when unpowered.
</P>
<P><I>State of charge (SOC)</I> means the density ratio of hydrogen in the CHSS between the actual CHSS condition and that at NWP with the CHSS equilibrated to 15 °C, as expressed as a percentage using equation 1 to this section, where ρ is the density of hydrogen (g/L) at pressure (P) in MegaPascals (MPa) and temperature (T) in Celsius ( °C) as listed in table 1 to S4 or linearly interpolated therein:
</P>
<HD1>Equation 1 to § 571.307 S4
</HD1>
<img src="/graphics/er17ja25.000.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 571.307 S4
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Temperature


<br/>( °C)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="13" scope="col">Pressure


<br/>(MPa)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">10
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">20
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">30
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">35
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">40
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">50
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">60
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">65
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">70
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">75
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">80
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">87.5
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">−40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">−30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">−20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">−10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Thermally-activated pressure relief device (TPRD)</I> means a non-reclosing PRD that is activated by temperature to open and release hydrogen gas.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Hydrogen fuel system.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1. <I>Fuel system integrity during normal vehicle operations.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1. <I>Fueling receptacle requirements.</I> (a) A compressed hydrogen fueling receptacle shall prevent reverse flow to the atmosphere.
</P>
<P>(b) A label shall be affixed close to the fueling receptacle showing the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The statement, “Compressed hydrogen gas only.”
</P>
<P>(2) The statement, “Service pressure ______MPa (_____psig).”
</P>
<P>(3) The statement, “See instructions on fuel container(s) for inspection and service life.”
</P>
<P>(c) The fueling receptacle shall ensure positive locking of the fueling nozzle.
</P>
<P>(d) The fueling receptacle shall be protected from the ingress of dirt and water.
</P>
<P>(e) The fueling receptacle shall not be installed in enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2. <I>Hydrogen discharge systems.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.1. <I>Pressure relief systems.</I> (a) If present, the outlet of the vent line for hydrogen gas discharge from the TPRD(s) of the CHSS shall be protected from ingress of dirt and water.
</P>
<P>(b) The hydrogen gas discharge from TPRD(s) of the CHSS shall not impinge upon:
</P>
<P>(1) Enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces;
</P>
<P>(2) Any vehicle wheel housing;
</P>
<P>(3) Container(s);
</P>
<P>(4) REESS(s);
</P>
<P>(5) Any emergency exit(s) as identified in § 571.217 (FMVSS No. 217); nor
</P>
<P>(6) Any service door(s).
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.2. <I>Vehicle exhaust system.</I> When tested in accordance with S6.5 of this standard, the hydrogen concentration at the vehicle exhaust system's point of discharge shall not:
</P>
<P>(a) Exceed an average of 4.0 percent by volume during any moving three-second time interval; nor
</P>
<P>(b) Exceed 8.0 percent by volume at any time.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3. <I>Protection against flammable conditions.</I> (a) When tested in accordance with S6.4.1 of this standard, a warning in accordance with S5.1.6 shall be provided within 10 seconds of the application of the first test gas. When tested in accordance with S6.4.1, the main shut-off valve shall close within 10 seconds of the application of the second test gas.
</P>
<P>(b) When tested in accordance with S6.4.2 of this standard, the hydrogen concentration in the enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces shall be less than 3.0 percent.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4. <I>Fuel system leakage.</I> When tested in accordance with S6.6 of this standard, the hydrogen fuel system downstream of the shut-off valve(s) shall not exhibit observable leakage.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5 <I>Tell-tale warning.</I> A warning shall be given to the driver, or to all front seat occupants for vehicles without a driver's designated seating position, by a visual signal or display text with the following properties:
</P>
<P>(a) Visible to the driver while seated in the driver's designated seating position or visible to all front seat occupants of vehicles without a driver's designated seating position;
</P>
<P>(b) Yellow in color if the warning system malfunctions;
</P>
<P>(c) Red in color if hydrogen concentration in enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces exceeds 3.0 percent by volume;
</P>
<P>(d) When illuminated, shall be visible to the driver (or to all front seat occupants in vehicles without a driver's designated seating position) under both daylight and nighttime driving conditions; and
</P>
<P>(e) Remains illuminated when hydrogen concentration in any of the vehicle's enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces exceeds 3.0 percent by volume or when the warning system malfunctions, and the ignition locking system is in the “On” (“Run”) position or the propulsion system is activated.
</P>
<P>S5.2. <I>Post-crash fuel system integrity.</I> Each vehicle with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 4,536 kg or less to which this standard applies must meet the requirements in S5.2.1 through S5.2.4 when tested according to S6 under the conditions of S7. Each school bus with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg to which this standard applies must meet the requirements in S5.2.1 through S5.2.4 when tested according to S6 under the conditions of S7 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5.2.1. <I>Fuel leakage limit.</I> If hydrogen gas is used for testing, the volumetric flow of hydrogen gas leakage shall not exceed an average of 118 normal liters per minute for the time interval, Δt, as determined in accordance with S6.2.1 of this standard. If helium is used for testing, the volumetric flow of helium leakage shall not exceed an average of 88.5 normal litres per minute for the time interval, Δt, as determined in accordance with S6.2.2 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5.2.2. <I>Concentration limit in enclosed spaces.</I> The vehicle shall meet at least one of the requirements in S5.2.2(a), (b), or (c).
</P>
<P>(a) Hydrogen gas leakage shall not result in a hydrogen concentration in the air greater than 4.0 percent by volume in enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces for 60 minutes after impact when tested in accordance with S6.3 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(b) Helium gas leakage shall not result in a helium concentration in the air greater than 3.0 percent by volume in enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces for 60 minutes after impact when tested in accordance with S6.3 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(c) The shut-off valve of the CHSS shall close within 5 seconds of the crash.
</P>
<P>S5.2.3. <I>Container displacement.</I> The container(s) shall remain attached to the vehicle by at least one component anchorage, bracket, or any structure that transfers loads from the container to the vehicle structure.
</P>
<P>S5.2.4. <I>Fire.</I> There shall be no fire in or around the vehicle for the duration of the test.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1. <I>Vehicle Crash Tests.</I> A test vehicle with a GVWR less than or equal to 4,536 kg, under the conditions of S7 of this standard, is subject to any one single barrier crash test of S6.1.1, S6.1.2, and S6.1.3. A school bus with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg, under the conditions of S7, is subject to the contoured barrier crash test of S6.1.4. A particular vehicle need not meet further test requirements after having been subjected and evaluated to a single barrier crash test.
</P>
<P>S6.1.1. <I>Frontal barrier crash.</I> The test vehicle, with test dummies in accordance with S6.1 of 571.301 of this chapter, traveling longitudinally forward at any speed up to and including 48.0 km/h, impacts a fixed collision barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, or at an angle up to 30 degrees in either direction from the perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2. <I>Rear moving barrier impact.</I> The test vehicle, with test dummies in accordance with S6.1 of § 571.301, is impacted from the rear by a barrier that conforms to S7.3(b) of § 571.301 and that is moving at any speed up to and including 80.0 km/h.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3. <I>Side moving deformable barrier impact.</I> The test vehicle, with the appropriate 49 CFR part 572 test dummies specified in FMVSS No. 214 (§ 571.214) at positions required for testing by S7.2.2 of FMVSS No. 214, is impacted laterally on either side by a moving deformable barrier moving at any speed between 52.0 km/h and 54.0 km/h.
</P>
<P>S6.1.4. <I>Moving contoured barrier crash.</I> The test vehicle is impacted at any point and at any angle by the moving contoured barrier assembly, specified in S7.5 and S7.6 in § 571.301, traveling longitudinally forward at any speed up to and including 48.0 km/h.
</P>
<P>S6.2. <I>Post-crash CHSS leak test.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1. <I>Post-crash leak test for CHSS filled with compressed hydrogen.</I> (a) The hydrogen gas pressure, P<E T="52">0</E> (MPa), and temperature, T<E T="52">0</E> ( °C), shall be measured immediately before the impact. The hydrogen gas pressure P<E T="52">f</E> (MPa) and temperature, T<E T="52">f</E> ( °C) shall also be measured immediately after a time interval Δt (in minutes) after impact. The time interval, Δt, starting from the time of impact, shall be the greater of S6.2.1(a)(1) or (2):
</P>
<P>(1) 60 minutes; or
</P>
<P>(2) The time interval calculated with equation 2 to this section, where R<E T="52">s</E> = P<E T="52">s</E>/NWP, P<E T="52">s</E> is the pressure range of the pressure sensor (MPa), NWP is the Nominal Working Pressure (MPa), and V<E T="52">CHSS</E> is the volume of the CHSS (L):
</P>
<HD1>Equation 2 to § 571.307 S6.2.1(a)(2)
</HD1>
<FP-2>Δt = V<E T="52">CHSS</E> × NWP/1000 × ((-0.027 × NWP + 4) × R<E T="52">s</E> −0.21) − 1.7 × R<E T="52">s</E>
</FP-2>
<P>(b) The initial mass of hydrogen M<E T="52">0</E> (g) in the CHSS shall be calculated from equations 3 through 5 to this section:
</P>
<HD1>Equation 3 to § 571.307 S6.2.1(b)
</HD1>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">0</E>' = P<E T="52">0</E> × 288/(273 + T<E T="52">0</E>)
</FP-2>
<HD1>Equation 4 to § 571.307 S6.2.1(b)
</HD1>
<FP-2>ρ<E T="52">0</E>' = -0.0027 × (P<E T="52">0</E>')
<SU>2</SU> + 0.75 × P<E T="52">0</E>' + 1.07
</FP-2>
<HD1>Equation 5 to § 571.307 S6.2.1(b)
</HD1>
<FP-2>M<E T="52">0</E> = ρ<E T="52">0</E>' × V<E T="52">CHSS</E>
</FP-2>
<P>(c) The final mass of hydrogen in the CHSS, M<E T="52">f</E> (in grams), at the end of the time interval, Δt, shall be calculated from equations 6 through 8 to this section, where P<E T="52">f</E> is the measured final pressure (MPa) at the end of the time interval, and T<E T="52">f</E> ( °C) is the measured final temperature:
</P>
<HD1>Equation 6 to § 571.307 S6.2.1(c)
</HD1>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">f</E>' = P<E T="52">f</E> × 288/(273 + T<E T="52">f</E>)
</FP-2>
<HD1>Equation 7 to § 571.307 S6.2.1(c)
</HD1>
<FP-2>ρ<E T="52">f</E>' = -0.0027 × (P<E T="52">f</E>')
<SU>2</SU> + 0.75 × P<E T="52">f</E>' + 1.07
</FP-2>
<HD1>Equation 8 to § 571.307 S6.2.1(c)
</HD1>
<FP-2>M<E T="52">f</E> = ρ<E T="52">f</E>' × V<E T="52">CHSS</E>
</FP-2>
<P>(d) The average hydrogen flow rate over the time interval shall be calculated from equation 9 to this section, where V<E T="52">H2</E> is the average volumetric flow rate (normal millilitres per min) over the time interval:
</P>
<HD1>Equation 9 to § 571.307 S6.2.1(d)
</HD1>
<FP-2>V<E T="52">H2</E> = (M<E T="52">f</E>−M<E T="52">0</E>)/Δt × 22.41/2.016 × (P<E T="52">target</E>/P<E T="52">0</E>)
</FP-2>
<P>S6.2.2 <I>Post-crash leak test for CHSS filled with compressed helium.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The helium pressure, P<E T="52">0</E> (MPa), and temperature, T<E T="52">0</E> ( °C), shall be measured immediately before the impact and again immediately after a time interval starting from the time of impact. The time interval, Δt (min), shall be the greater of the values in S6.2.2(a)(1) or (2):
</P>
<P>(1) 60 minutes; or
</P>
<P>(2) The time interval calculated with equation 10 to this section, where R<E T="52">s</E> = P<E T="52">s</E>/NWP, P<E T="52">s</E> is the pressure range of the pressure sensor (MPa), NWP is the Nominal Working Pressure (MPa), and V<E T="52">CHSS</E> is the volume of the CHSS (L):
</P>
<HD1>Equation 10 to § 571.307 S6.2.2(a)(2)
</HD1>
<FP-2>Δt = V<E T="52">CHSS</E> × NWP/1000 × (−0.028 × NWP + 5.5) × R<E T="52">s</E>−0.3)−2.6 × R<E T="52">s</E>
</FP-2>
<P>(b) The initial mass of helium M<E T="52">0</E> (g) in the CHSS shall be calculated from equations 11 through 13 to this section:
</P>
<HD1>Equation 11 to § 571.307 S6.2.2(b)
</HD1>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">0</E>' = P<E T="52">0</E> × 288/(273 + T<E T="52">0</E>)
</FP-2>
<HD1>Equation 12 to § 571.307 S6.2.2(b)
</HD1>
<FP-2>ρ<E T="52">0</E>' = −0.0043 × (P<E T="52">0</E>')
<SU>2</SU> + 1.53 × P<E T="52">0</E>' + 1.49
</FP-2>
<HD1>Equation 13 to § 571.307 S6.2.2(b)
</HD1>
<FP-2>M<E T="52">0</E> = ρ<E T="52">0</E>' × V<E T="52">CHSS</E>
</FP-2>
<P>(c) The final mass of helium M<E T="52">f</E> (g) in the CHSS at the end of the time interval, Δt (min), shall be calculated from equations 14 through 16 to this section, where P<E T="52">f</E> is the measured final pressure (MPa) at the end of the time interval, and T<E T="52">f</E> ( °C) is the measured final temperature:
</P>
<HD1>Equation 14 to § 571.307 S6.2.2(c)
</HD1>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">f</E>' = P<E T="52">f</E> × 288/(273 + T<E T="52">f</E>)
</FP-2>
<HD1>Equation 15 to § 571.307 S6.2.2(c)
</HD1>
<P>ρ<E T="52">f</E>' = −0.0043 × (P<E T="52">f</E>')
<SU>2</SU> + 1.53 × P<E T="52">f</E>' + 1.49
</P>
<HD1>Equation 16 to § 571.307 S6.2.2(c)
</HD1>
<FP-2>M<E T="52">f</E> = ρ<E T="52">f</E>' × V<E T="52">CHSS</E>
</FP-2>
<P>(d) The average helium flow rate over the time interval shall be calculated from equation 17 to this section, where V<E T="52">He</E> is the average volumetric flow rate (normal millilitres per min) of helium over the time interval:
</P>
<HD1>Equation 17 to § 571.307 S6.2.2(d)
</HD1>
<FP-2>V<E T="52">He</E> = (M<E T="52">f</E>−M<E T="52">0</E>)/Δt × 22.41/4.003 × (P<E T="52">target</E>/P<E T="52">0</E>)
</FP-2>
<P>S6.3. <I>Post-crash concentration test for enclosed spaces.</I> (a) Sensors shall measure either the accumulation of hydrogen or helium gas, as appropriate, or the reduction in oxygen.
</P>
<P>(b) Sensors shall have an accuracy of at least 5 percent at 4.0 percent hydrogen or 3.0 percent helium by volume in air, and a full-scale measurement capability of at least 25 percent above these criteria. The sensor shall be capable of a 90 percent response to a full-scale change in concentration within 10 seconds.
</P>
<P>(c) Prior to the crash impact, the sensors shall be located in the passenger and luggage compartments of the vehicle as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) At any interior point at any distance between 240 mm and 260 mm of the headliner above the driver's seat or near the top center of the passenger compartment.
</P>
<P>(2) At any interior point at any distance between 240 mm and 260 mm of the floor in front of the rear (or rear most) seat in the passenger compartment.
</P>
<P>(3) At any interior point at any distance between 90 mm and 110 mm below the top of luggage compartment(s).
</P>
<P>(d) The sensors shall be securely mounted on the vehicle structure or seats and protected from debris, air bag exhaust gas and projectiles.
</P>
<P>(e) The vehicle shall be located either indoors or in an area outdoors protected from direct and indirect wind.
</P>
<P>(f) Post-crash data collection in enclosed spaces shall commence from the time of impact. Data from the sensors shall be collected at least every 5 seconds and continue for a period of 60 minutes after the impact.
</P>
<P>(g) The data shall be compiled into a three-data-point rolling average prior to evaluating the applicable concentration limit in accordance with S5.2.2(a) or (b) of this standard.
</P>
<P>S6.4. <I>Test procedure for protection against flammable conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.1. <I>Test for hydrogen gas leakage detectors.</I> (a) The vehicle propulsion system shall be operated for at least five minutes prior to testing and shall continue to operate throughout the test.
</P>
<P>(b) Two mixtures of air and hydrogen gas shall be used in the test: The first test gas has any hydrogen concentration between 3.0 and 4.0 percent by volume in air to verify function of the warning, and the second test gas has any hydrogen concentration between 4.0 and 6.0 percent by volume in air to verify function of the shut-down.
</P>
<P>(c) The test shall be conducted without influence of wind.
</P>
<P>(d) A vehicle hydrogen leakage detector located in the enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces is enclosed with a cover and a test gas induction hose is attached to the hydrogen gas leakage detector.
</P>
<P>(e) The hydrogen gas leakage detector is exposed to continuous flow of the first test gas specified in S.6.4.1(b) until the warning turns on.
</P>
<P>(f) Then the hydrogen gas leakage detector is exposed to continuous flow of the second test gas specified in S.6.4.1(b) until the main shut-off valve closes to isolate the CHSS. The test is completed when the shut-off valve closes.
</P>
<P>S6.4.2. <I>Test for integrity of enclosed spaces and detection systems.</I> (a) The test shall be conducted without influence of wind.
</P>
<P>(b) Prior to the test, the vehicle is prepared to simulate remotely controllable hydrogen releases from the fuel system or from an external fuel supply. The number, location, and flow capacity of the release points downstream of the shut-off valve are defined by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(c) A hydrogen concentration detector shall be installed in any enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces where hydrogen may accumulate from the simulated hydrogen release.
</P>
<P>(d) Vehicle doors, windows and other covers are closed.
</P>
<P>(e) The vehicle propulsion system shall be operated for at least five minutes and shall continue to operate throughout the remainder of the test.
</P>
<P>(f) A leak shall be simulated using the remote controllable function.
</P>
<P>(g) The hydrogen concentration is measured continuously until the end of the test.
</P>
<P>(h) The test is completed 5 minutes after initiating the simulated leak or when the hydrogen concentration does not change for 3 minutes, whichever is longer.
</P>
<P>S6.5. <I>Test for the vehicle exhaust system.</I> (a) The vehicle propulsion system shall be operated for at least five minutes prior to testing and shall continue to operate throughout the test, except for times when the propulsion system becomes deactivated by the steps taken during S6.5(c).
</P>
<P>(b) The measuring section of the measuring device shall be placed along the centerline of the exhaust gas flow within 100 mm of where the exhaust is released to the atmosphere.
</P>
<P>(c) The exhaust hydrogen concentration shall be continuously measured during the following steps:
</P>
<P>(1) The fuel cell system shall be shut down.
</P>
<P>(2) The fuel cell system shall be immediately restarted.
</P>
<P>(3) After one minute, the vehicle shall be set to the “off” position and measurement continues until the until the vehicle shutdown is complete.
</P>
<P>(d) The measurement device shall have a resolution time of less than 300 milliseconds;
</P>
<P>(e) The measurement device shall have a measurement response time (t<E T="52">0</E>−t<E T="52">90</E>) of less than 2 seconds, where t<E T="52">0</E> is the moment of hydrogen concentration switching, and t<E T="52">90</E> is the time when 90 percent of the final indication is reached and shall have a resolution time of less than 300 milliseconds (sampling rate of greater than 3.33 Hz).
</P>
<P>S6.6. <I>Test for fuel system leakage.</I> The vehicle CHSS shall be filled with hydrogen to any pressure between 90 percent NWP and 100 percent NWP for the duration of the test for fuel system leakage.
</P>
<P>(a) The vehicle propulsion system shall be operated for at least five minutes prior to testing and shall continue to operate throughout the test.
</P>
<P>(b) Hydrogen leakage shall be evaluated at accessible sections of the hydrogen fuel system downstream of the shut-off valve(s) using a leak detecting liquid. Hydrogen gas leak detection shall be performed immediately after applying the liquid.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test conditions.</I> The requirements of S5.2 shall be met under the following conditions. Where a range of conditions is specified, the vehicle must be capable of meeting the requirements at all points within the range.
</P>
<P>(a) Prior to conducting the crash test, instrumentation is installed in the CHSS to perform the required pressure and temperature measurements if the vehicle does not already have instrumentation with the required accuracy.
</P>
<P>(b) The CHSS is then purged, if necessary, following vehicle manufacturer directions before filling the CHSS with compressed hydrogen or helium gas, as specified by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(c) The target fill pressure P<E T="52">target</E> shall be calculated from equation 18 to this section, where NWP is in MPa, T<E T="52">o</E> is the ambient temperature in °C to which the CHSS is expected to settle, and P<E T="52">target</E> is the target fill pressure in MPa after the temperature settles:
</P>
<HD1>Equation 18 to § 571.307 S7
</HD1>
<FP-2>P<E T="52">target</E> = NWP × (273 + T<E T="52">o</E>)/288
</FP-2>
<P>(d) The container(s) shall be filled to any pressure between 95.0 percent and 100.0 percent of the calculated target fill pressure.
</P>
<P>(e) After fueling, the vehicle shall be maintained at rest for any duration between 2.0 and 3.0 hours before conducting a crash test in accordance with S6.1 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(f) The CHSS shut-off valve(s) and any other shut-off valves located in the fuel system downstream hydrogen gas piping shall be in normal driving condition immediately prior to the impact.
</P>
<P>(g) The parking brake is disengaged and the transmission is in neutral prior to the crash test.
</P>
<P>(h) Tires are inflated to manufacturer's specifications.
</P>
<P>(i) The vehicle, including test devices and instrumentation, is loaded as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A passenger car, with its fuel system filled as specified in S7(d), is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight plus its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, secured in the luggage area, plus the necessary test dummies as specified in S6, restrained only by means that are installed in the vehicle for protection at its seating position(s).
</P>
<P>(2) A multipurpose passenger vehicle, truck, or bus with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, whose fuel system is filled as specified in S7(d), is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight, plus the necessary test dummies as specified in S6 of this standard, plus 136.1 kg, or its rated cargo and luggage capacity weight, whichever is less, secured to the vehicle and distributed so that the weight on each axle as measured at the tire-ground interface is in proportion to its gross axle weight rating (GAWR). Each dummy shall be restrained only by means that are installed in the vehicle for protection at its seating position(s).
</P>
<P>(3) A school bus with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, whose fuel system is filled as specified in S7(d), is loaded to its unloaded vehicle weight, plus 54.4 kg of unsecured weight at each designated seating position.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 6277, Jan. 17, 2025, as amended at 91 FR 33115, June 3, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.308" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.75" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.308   Standard No. 308; Compressed hydrogen storage system integrity.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for compressed hydrogen storage systems used in motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to reduce deaths and injuries occurring from fires that result from hydrogen fuel leakage during vehicle operation and to reduce deaths and injuries occurring from explosions resulting from the burst of pressurized hydrogen containers.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to each motor vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 2028, that is equipped with compressed hydrogen gas as a fuel source to propel the vehicle. The standard does not apply to vehicles that are only equipped with cryo-compressed hydrogen storage systems and/or solid-state hydrogen storage system to propel the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>BP</I><E T="52">O</E> means the vehicle manufacturer-supplied median burst pressure for a batch of new containers.
</P>
<P><I>Burst</I> means to break apart or to break open.
</P>
<P><I>Burst pressure</I> means the highest pressure achieved for a container tested in accordance with S6.2.2.1 of this standard.
</P>
<P><I>Check valve</I> means a valve that prevents reverse flow.
</P>
<P><I>Closure devices</I> mean the check valve(s), shut-off valve(s), and thermally-activated pressure relief device(s) that control the flow of hydrogen into and/or out of a CHSS.
</P>
<P><I>Container</I> means a pressure-bearing component of a compressed hydrogen storage system that stores a continuous volume of hydrogen fuel in a single chamber or in multiple permanently interconnected chambers.
</P>
<P><I>Container attachments</I> mean non-pressure bearing parts attached to the container that provide additional support and/or protection to the container and that may be removed only with the use of tools for the specific purpose of maintenance and/or inspection.
</P>
<P><I>Compressed hydrogen storage system (CHSS)</I> means a system that stores compressed hydrogen fuel for a hydrogen-fueled vehicle, composed of a container, container attachments (if any), and all closure devices required to isolate the stored hydrogen from the remainder of the fuel system and the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Cryo-compressed hydrogen storage system</I> means a system that stores hydrogen by compressing it to high pressure while simultaneously cooling it to very low temperatures, allowing for a higher density of hydrogen storage compared to standard compressed hydrogen systems.
</P>
<P><I>Hydrogen fuel system</I> means the fueling receptacle, CHSS, fuel cell system or internal combustion engine, fuel lines, and exhaust systems.
</P>
<P><I>Nominal working pressure (NWP)</I> means the settled pressure of compressed gas in a container or CHSS fully fueled to 100 percent state of charge and at a uniform temperature of 15 °C.
</P>
<P><I>Normal milliliter</I> means a quantity of gas that occupies one milliliter of volume when its temperature is 0 °C and its pressure is 1 atmosphere.
</P>
<P><I>Pressure relief device (PRD)</I> means a device that, when activated under specified performance conditions, is used to release hydrogen from a pressurized system and thereby prevent failure of the system.
</P>
<P><I>Service life (of a container)</I> means the time frame during which service (usage) is authorized by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P><I>Shut-off valve</I> means a valve between the container and the remainder of the hydrogen fuel system that must default to the “closed” position when unpowered.
</P>
<P><I>Solid-state hydrogen storage system</I> means a system that stores hydrogen at ambient temperatures and low pressures within solid materials that can either physically absorb the hydrogen gas or chemically combine with it.
</P>
<P><I>State of charge (SOC)</I> means the density ratio of hydrogen in the CHSS between the actual CHSS condition and that at NWP with the CHSS equilibrated to 15 °C, as expressed as a percentage using the equation 1 to this section, where ρ is the density of hydrogen (g/L) at pressure (P) in MegaPascals (MPa) and temperature (T) in Celsius ( °C) as listed below in Table 1 or linearly interpolated therein:
</P>
<HD1>Equation 1 to § 571.308 S4
</HD1>
<img src="/graphics/er17ja25.001.gif"/>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 571.308 S4
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Temperature


<br/>( °C)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="13" scope="col">Pressure


<br/>(MPa)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">1
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">10
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">20
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">30
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">35
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">40
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">50
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">60
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">65
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">70
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">75
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">80
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">87.5
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">−40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">−30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">−20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">−10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">47.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">85</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40.2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P><I>Thermally-activated pressure relief device (TPRD)</I> means a non-reclosing PRD that is activated by temperature to open and release hydrogen gas.
</P>
<P><I>TPRD sense point</I> means instrumentation that detects elevated temperature for the purpose of activating a TPRD.
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1. <I>Requirements for the CHSS.</I> Each vehicle CHSS shall include the following functions: shut-off valve, check valve, and TPRD. Each vehicle CHSS shall have a NWP of 70 MPa or less. Each vehicle container, closure device, and CHSS shall meet the applicable performance test requirements listed in table 2 to this section.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to § 571.308 S5.1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Requirement section
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Test article
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">S5.1.1. <E T="03">Tests for baseline metrics</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Container.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">S5.1.2. <E T="03">Test for performance durability</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Container.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">S5.1.3. <E T="03">Test for expected on-road performance</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CHSS.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">S5.1.4. <E T="03">Test for service terminating performance in fire</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CHSS.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">S5.1.5. <E T="03">Tests for performance durability of closure devices</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Closure devices.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.1.1. <I>Tests for baseline metrics.</I>
</P>
<P>S5.1.1.1. <I>Baseline initial burst pressure.</I> The vehicle manufacturer shall immediately and irrevocably specify upon request, in writing and within 15 business days: whether the primary constituent of the container is glass fiber composite. When a new container with its container attachments (if any) is tested in accordance with S6.2.2.1 of this standard, both of the following requirements shall be met:
</P>
<P>(a) The burst pressure of the container shall not be less than 2 times NWP.
</P>
<P>(b) The burst pressure of the container having glass-fiber composite as a primary constituent shall not be less than 3.5 times NWP.
</P>
<P>S5.1.1.2. <I>Baseline initial pressure cycle test.</I> When a new container with its container attachments (if any) is hydraulically pressure cycled in accordance with S6.2.2.2 of this standard to any pressure between 125.0 percent NWP and 130.0 percent NWP,
</P>
<P>(a) Containers for vehicles with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less
</P>
<P>(1) Shall not leak nor burst for at least 7,500 cycles, and
</P>
<P>(2) Thereafter shall not burst for an additional 14,500 cycles. If a leak occurs while conducting the test as specified in S5.1.1.2(a)(2), the test is stopped and not considered a failure.
</P>
<P>(b) Containers for vehicles with a GVWR of over 10,000 pounds
</P>
<P>(1) Shall not leak nor burst for at least 11,000 cycles, and
</P>
<P>(2) Thereafter shall not burst for an additional 11,000 cycles. If a leak occurs while conducting the test as specified in S5.1.1.2(b)(2), the test is stopped and not considered a failure.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2. <I>Test for performance durability.</I> A new container shall not leak nor burst when subjected to the sequence of tests in S5.1.2.1 through S5.1.2.6. Immediately following S5.1.2.6, and without depressurizing the container, the container is subjected to a burst test in accordance with S6.2.2.1(c) and (d) of this standard. The burst pressure of the container at the end of the sequence of tests in this section shall not be less than 0.8 times the BP<E T="52">O</E> value specified by the vehicle manufacturer. The sequence of tests and the burst pressure test are illustrated in figure 1 to S5.1.2. The vehicle manufacturer shall immediately and irrevocably specify upon request, in writing and within 15 business days: the BP<E T="52">O</E> of the container.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.1. <I>Drop test.</I> The container with its container attachments (if any) is dropped once in accordance with S6.2.3.2 of this standard in any one of the four orientations specified in that section. Any container with damage from the drop test that prevents further testing of the container in accordance with S6.2.3.4 of this standard shall be considered to have failed to meet the test for performance durability requirements. In the case of an asymmetric container, the vehicle manufacturer shall immediately and irrevocably specify upon request, in writing, and within 15 business days: the center of gravity of the container.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.2. <I>Surface damage test.</I> The container, except if an all-metal container, is subjected to the surface damage test in accordance with the S6.2.3.3 of this standard. Container attachments designed to be removed shall be removed and container attachments that are not designed to be removed shall remain in place. Container attachments that are removed shall not be reinstalled for the remainder of S5.1.2; container attachments that are not removed shall remain in place for the remainder of S5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.3. <I>Chemical exposure and ambient-temperature pressure cycling test.</I> The container is exposed to chemicals in accordance with S6.2.3.4 and then hydraulically pressure cycled in accordance with S6.2.3.4 of this standard for 60 percent of the number of cycles as specified in S5.1.1.2(a)(1) or (b)(1) as applicable. For all but the last 10 of these cycles, the cycling pressure shall be any pressure between 125.0 percent NWP and 130.0 percent NWP. For the last 10 cycles, the pressure shall be any pressure between 150.0 percent NWP and 155.0 percent NWP.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.4. <I>High temperature static pressure test.</I> The container is pressurized to any pressure between (or equal to) 125 percent NWP and 130 percent NWP and held at that pressure no less than 1,000 and no more than 1,050 hours in accordance with S6.2.3.5 of this standard and with the temperature surrounding the container at any temperature between 85.0 °C and 90.0 °C.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.5. <I>Extreme temperature pressure cycling test.</I> The container is pressure cycled in accordance with S6.2.3.6 for 40 percent of the number of cycles specified in S5.1.1.2(a)(1) or (b)(1) as applicable. The pressure for the first half of these cycles equals any pressure between 80.0 percent NWP and 85.0 percent NWP with the temperature surrounding the container equal to any temperature between −45.0 °C and −40.0 °C. The pressure for the next half of these cycles equals any pressure between 125.0 percent NWP and 130.0 percent NWP and the temperature surrounding the container equal to any temperature between 85.0 °C and 90.0 °C and the relative humidity surrounding the container not less than 80 percent.
</P>
<P>S5.1.2.6. <I>Residual pressure test.</I> The container is hydraulically pressurized in accordance with S6.2.3.1 of this standard to a pressure between 180.0 percent NWP and 185.0 percent NWP and held for any duration between 240 to 245 seconds.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er17ja25.002.gif"/>
<HD1>Figure 1 to § 571.308 S5.1.2. Performance Durability Test; (for Illustration Purposes Only)
</HD1>
<P>S5.1.3. <I>Test for expected on-road performance.</I> When subjected to the sequence of tests in S5.1.3.1, the CHSS shall meet the permeation and leak requirements specified in S5.1.3.2 and shall not burst. Thereafter, the container of the CHSS shall not burst when subjected to a residual pressure test in accordance with S5.1.3.3. Immediately following the test specified in S5.1.3.3, and without depressurizing the container, the container of the CHSS is subjected to a burst test in accordance with S6.2.2.1(c) and (d) of this standard. The burst pressure of the container at the end of the sequence of tests in this section shall not be less than 0.8 times the BP<E T="52">O</E> specified by the vehicle manufacturer under S5.1.2.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.1. <I>Ambient and extreme temperature gas pressure cycling test.</I> The CHSS is pressure cycled using hydrogen gas for 500 cycles under any temperature and pressure condition for the number of cycles as specified in table 3 to S5.1.3.1, and in accordance with the S6.2.4.1 of this standard test procedure. A static gas pressure leak/permeation test performed in accordance with S5.1.3.2 is conducted after the first 250 pressure cycles and after the remaining 250 pressure cycles.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 3 to § 571.308 S5.1.3.1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">Number of cycles</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">Ambient conditions</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">Initial system</E>


<br/><E T="03">equilibration</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">Fuel delivery temperature</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">Cycle initial and final pressure</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">Cycle peak</E>


<br/><E T="03">pressure</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−30.0 °C to −25.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−30.0 °C to −25.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">15.0 °C to 25.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 MPa to 2.0 MPa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0% SOC to 105.0% SOC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−30.0 °C to −25.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−30.0 °C to −25.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−40.0 °C to −33.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 MPa to 2.0 MPa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0% SOC to 105.0% SOC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−30.0 °C to −25.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">not appliable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−40.0 °C to −33.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 MPa to 2.0 MPa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0% SOC to 105.0% SOC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50.0 °C to 55.0 °C, 80% to 100% relative humidity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50 °C to 55 °C, 80% to 100% relative humidity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−40.0 °C to −33.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 MPa to 2.0 MPa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0% SOC to 105.0% SOC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50.0 °C to 55.0 °C, 80% to 100% relative humidity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">not appliable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−40.0 °C to −33.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 MPa to 2.0 MPa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0% SOC to 105.0% SOC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 °C to 35.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">not appliable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−40.0 °C to −33.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 MPa to 2.0 MPa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0% SOC to 105.0% SOC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Extreme temperature static gas pressure leak/permeation test S5.1.3.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55.0 °C to 60.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55.0 °C to 60.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">not appliable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">not appliable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0% SOC to 105.0% SOC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">50.0 °C to 55.0 °C, 80% to 100% relative humidity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">not appliable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−40.0 °C to −33.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 MPa to 2.0 MPa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0% SOC to 105.0% SOC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−30.0 °C to −25.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">not appliable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−40.0 °C to −33.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 MPa to 2.0 MPa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0% SOC to 105.0% SOC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 °C to 35.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">not appliable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−40.0 °C to −33.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 MPa to 2.0 MPa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0% SOC to 105.0% SOC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Extreme temperature static gas pressure leak/permeation test S5.1.3.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55.0 °C to 60.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55.0 °C to 60.0 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">not appliable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">not appliable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100.0% SOC to 105.0% SOC.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S5.1.3.2. <I>Extreme temperature static gas pressure leak/permeation test.</I> When tested in accordance with S6.2.4.2 of this standard after each group of 250 pneumatic pressure cycles in S5.1.3.1, the CHSS shall not discharge hydrogen more than 46 millilitres per hour (mL/h) for each litre of CHSS water capacity.
</P>
<P>S5.1.3.3. <I>Residual pressure test.</I> The container of the CHSS is hydraulically pressurized in accordance with S6.2.3.1 to any pressure between 1.800 times NWP and 1.850 times NWP and held at that pressure for any duration between 240 to 245 seconds.
</P>
<P>S5.1.4. <I>Test for service terminating performance in fire.</I> When the CHSS is exposed to the two-stage localized or engulfing fire test in accordance with S6.2.5 of this standard, the container shall not burst. The pressure inside the CHSS shall fall to 1 MPa or less within the test time limit specified in S6.2.5.3(o) of this standard. Any leakage or venting, other than that through TPRD outlet(s), shall not result in jet flames greater than 0.5 m in length. If venting occurs though the TPRD, the venting shall be continuous.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5. <I>Tests for performance durability of closure devices.</I> All tests are performed at ambient temperature of 5 °C to 35 °C unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5.1. <I>TPRD requirements.</I> The TPRD shall not activate at any point during the test procedures specified in S6.2.6.1.1, S6.2.6.1.3, S6.2.6.1.4, S6.2.6.1.5, S6.2.6.1.6, S6.2.6.1.7, and S6.2.6.1.8 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(a) A TPRD subjected to pressure cycling in accordance with S6.2.6.1.1 of this standard shall be sequentially tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8, S6.2.6.1.9, and S6.2.6.1.10 of this standard;
</P>
<P>(1) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8, the TPRD shall not exhibit leakage greater than 10 normal milliliters per minute (NmL/hour).
</P>
<P>(2) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.9 of this standard, the TPRD shall activate within no more than 2 minutes of the average activation time of three new TPRDs tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.9;
</P>
<P>(3) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.10 of this standard, the TPRD shall have a flow rate of at least 90 percent of the highest baseline flow rate established in accordance with S6.2.6.1.10;
</P>
<P>(b)(1) A TPRD shall activate in less than ten hours when tested at the vehicle manufacturer's specified activation temperature in accordance with S6.2.6.1.2 of this standard;
</P>
<P>(2) When tested at the accelerated life temperature in accordance with S6.2.6.1.2 of this standard, a TPRD shall not activate in less than 500 hours and shall not exhibit leakage greater than 10 NmL/hour when tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8 of this standard;
</P>
<P>(c) A TPRD subjected to temperature cycling testing in accordance with S6.2.6.1.3 of this standard shall be sequentially tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8(a)(3), S6.2.6.1.9, and S6.2.6.1.10 of this standard;
</P>
<P>(1) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8(a)(3) of this standard, the TPRD shall not exhibit leakage greater than 10 NmL/hour;
</P>
<P>(2) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.9 of this standard, the TPRD shall activate within no more than 2 minutes of the average activation time of three new TPRDs tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.9;
</P>
<P>(3) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.10 of this standard, the TPRD shall have a flow rate of at least 90 percent of the highest baseline flow rate established in accordance with S6.2.6.1.10;
</P>
<P>(d) A TPRD subjected to salt corrosion resistance testing in accordance with S6.2.6.1.4 of this standard shall be sequentially tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8, S6.2.6.1.9, and S6.2.6.1.10 of this standard;
</P>
<P>(1) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8 of this standard, the TPRD shall not exhibit leakage greater than 10 NmL/hour;
</P>
<P>(2) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.9 of this standard, the TPRD shall activate within no more than 2 minutes of the average activation time of three new TPRDs tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.9;
</P>
<P>(3) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.10 of this standard, the TPRD shall have a flow rate of at least 90 percent of the highest baseline flow rate established in accordance with S6.2.6.1.10;
</P>
<P>(e) A TPRD subjected to vehicle environment testing in accordance with S6.2.6.1.5 of this standard shall not show signs of cracking, softening, or swelling, and thereafter shall be sequentially tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8, S6.2.6.1.9, and S6.2.6.1.10 of this standard. Cosmetic changes such as pitting or staining are not considered failures.
</P>
<P>(1) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8 of this standard, the TPRD shall not exhibit leakage greater than 10 NmL/hour.
</P>
<P>(2) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.9 of this standard, the TPRD shall activate within no more than 2 minutes of the average activation time of three new TPRDs tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.9,
</P>
<P>(3) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.10 of this standard, the TPRD shall have a flow rate of at least 90 percent of the highest baseline flow rate established in accordance with S6.2.6.1.10;
</P>
<P>(f) A TPRD subjected to stress corrosion cracking testing in accordance with S6.2.6.1.6 of this standard shall not exhibit visible cracking or delaminating;
</P>
<P>(g) A TPRD shall be subjected to drop and vibration testing in accordance with S6.2.6.1.7 of this standard. If the TPRD progresses beyond S6.2.6.1.7(c) to complete testing under S6.2.6.1.7(d), it shall then be sequentially tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8, S6.2.6.1.9, and S6.2.6.1.10 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(1) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8 of this standard, the TPRD shall not exhibit leakage greater than 10 NmL/hour.
</P>
<P>(2) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.9 of this standard, the TPRD shall activate within no more than 2 minutes of the average activation time of three new TPRDs tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.9,
</P>
<P>(3) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.10 of this standard, the TPRD shall have a flow rate of at least 90 percent of the highest baseline flow rate established in accordance with S6.2.6.1.10;
</P>
<P>(h) One new TPRD subjected to leak testing in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8 of this standard shall not exhibit leakage greater than 10 NmL/hour;
</P>
<P>(i) Three new TPRDs are subjected to a bench top activation test in accordance with S6.2.6.1.9 of this standard. The maximum difference in the activation time between any two of the three TPRDs shall be 2 minutes or less.
</P>
<P>S5.1.5.2. <I>Check valve and shut-off valve requirements.</I> This section applies to both check valves and shut-off valves.
</P>
<P>(a) A valve subjected to hydrostatic strength testing in accordance with S6.2.6.2.1 of this standard shall not leak to an extent that prevents continued pressurization in accordance with S6.2.6.2.1(c) nor burst at less than 250 percent NWP;
</P>
<P>(b) A valve subjected to leak testing in accordance with S6.2.6.2.2 of this standard shall not exhibit leakage greater than 10 NmL/hour;
</P>
<P>(c)(1) A check valve shall meet the requirements when tested sequentially as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The check valve shall reseat and prevent reverse flow after each cycle when subjected to 13,500 pressure cycles in accordance with S6.2.6.2.3 of this standard to any pressure between 100.0 and 105.0 percent NWP and at any temperature between 5.0 °C and 35.0 °C;
</P>
<P>(ii) The same check valve shall reseat and prevent reverse flow after each cycle when subjected to 750 pressure cycles in accordance with S6.2.6.2.3 of this standard to any pressure between 125.0 and 130.0 percent NWP and at any temperature between 85.0 °C and 90.0 °C;
</P>
<P>(iii) The same check valve shall reseat and prevent reverse flow after each cycle when subjected to 750 pressure cycles in accordance with S6.2.6.2.3 of this standard to any pressure between 80.0 and 85.0 percent NWP and at any temperature between −45.0 °C and −40.0 °C;
</P>
<P>(iv) The same check valve shall be subjected to chatter flow testing in accordance with S6.2.6.2.4 of this standard;
</P>
<P>(v) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.2.2 of this standard, the same check valve shall not exhibit leakage greater than 10 NmL/hour;
</P>
<P>(vi) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.2.1 of this standard, the same check valve shall not leak to an extent that prevents continued pressurization in accordance with S6.2.6.2.1(c), nor burst at less than 250 percent NWP, nor burst at less than 80 percent of the burst pressure of the new unit tested in accordance with S5.1.5.2(a) unless the burst pressure of the valve exceeds 400 percent NWP.
</P>
<P>(2) A shut-off valve shall meet the requirements when tested sequentially as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The shut-off valve shall be subjected to 45,000 pressure cycles in accordance with S6.2.6.2.3 to any pressure between 100.0 and 105.0 percent NWP and at any temperature between 5.0 °C and 35.0 °C;
</P>
<P>(ii) The same shut-off valve shall be subjected to 2,500 pressure cycles in accordance with S6.2.6.2.3 of this standard to any pressure between 125.0 and 130.0 percent NWP and at any temperature between 85.0 °C and 90.0 °C;
</P>
<P>(iii) The same shut-off valve shall be subjected to 2,500 pressure cycles in accordance with S6.2.6.2.3 of this standard to any pressure between 80.0 and 85.0 percent NWP and at any temperature between −45.0 °C and −40.0 °C;
</P>
<P>(iv) The same shut-off valve shall be subjected to chatter flow testing in accordance with S6.2.6.2.4 of this standard;
</P>
<P>(v) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.2.2 of this standard, the same shut-off valve shall not exhibit leakage greater than 10 NmL/hour;
</P>
<P>(vi) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.2.1 of this standard, the same shut-off valve shall not leak to an extent that prevents continued pressurization in accordance with S6.2.6.2.1(c), nor burst at less than 250 percent NWP, nor burst at less than 80 percent of the burst pressure of the new unit tested in accordance with S5.1.5.2(a) unless the burst pressure of the valve exceeds 400 percent NWP.
</P>
<P>(d) A valve subjected to salt corrosion resistance testing in accordance with S6.2.6.1.4 of this standard shall be tested sequentially in accordance with S6.2.6.2.2 followed by S6.2.6.2.1 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(1) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.2.2 of this standard, the valve shall not exhibit leakage greater than 10 NmL/hour;
</P>
<P>(2) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.2.1 of this standard, the valve shall not leak to an extent that prevents continued pressurization in accordance with S6.2.6.2.1(c), nor burst at less than 250 percent NWP, nor burst at less than 80 percent of the burst pressure of the new unit tested in accordance with S5.1.5.2(a) unless the burst pressure of the valve exceeds 400 percent NWP.
</P>
<P>(e) A valve subjected to vehicle environment testing in accordance with S6.2.6.1.5 of this standard shall not show signs of cracking, softening, or swelling and shall be tested sequentially in accordance with S6.2.6.2.2 followed by S6.2.6.2.1 of this standard. Cosmetic changes such as pitting or staining are not considered failures.
</P>
<P>(1) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.2.2 of this standard, the valve shall not exhibit leakage greater than 10 NmL/hour;
</P>
<P>(2) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.2.1 of this standard, the valve shall not leak to an extent that prevents continued pressurization in accordance with S6.2.6.2.1(c), nor burst at less than 250 percent NWP, nor burst at less than 80 percent of the burst pressure of the new unit tested in accordance with S5.1.5.2(a) unless the burst pressure of the valve exceeds 400 percent NWP;
</P>
<P>(f) A shut-off valve shall have a minimum resistance of 240 kΩ between the power conductor and the valve casing, and shall not exhibit open valve, smoke, fire, melting, or leakage greater than 10 NmL/hour when subjected to electrical testing in accordance with S6.2.6.2.5 followed by leak testing in accordance with S6.2.6.2.2 of this standard;
</P>
<P>(g) A valve subjected to vibration testing in accordance with S6.2.6.2.6 of this standard shall be tested sequentially in accordance with S6.2.6.2.2 followed by S6.2.6.2.1 of this standard.
</P>
<P>(1) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.2.2 of this standard, the valve shall not exhibit leakage greater than 10 NmL/hour;
</P>
<P>(2) When tested in accordance with S6.2.6.2.1 of this standard, the valve shall not leak to an extent that prevents continued pressurization in accordance with S6.2.6.2.1(c), nor burst at less than 250 percent NWP, nor burst at less than 80 percent of the burst pressure of the new unit tested in accordance with S5.1.5.2(a) unless the burst pressure of the valve exceeds 400 percent NWP.
</P>
<P>(h) A valve shall not exhibit visible cracking or delaminating when subjected to stress corrosion cracking testing in accordance with S6.2.6.1.6 of this standard.
</P>
<P>S5.1.6. <I>Labeling.</I> Each vehicle container shall be permanently labeled with the information specified in paragraphs S5.1.6(a) through (g). Any label affixed to the container in compliance with this section shall remain in place and be legible for the vehicle manufacturer's recommended service life of the container. The information shall be in English and in letters and numbers that are at least 6.35 millimeters (
<FR>1/4</FR> inch) high.
</P>
<P>(a) The statement: “If there is a question about the proper use, installation, or maintenance of this compressed hydrogen storage system, contact ______,” inserting the vehicle manufacturer's name, address, and telephone number. The name provided shall be consistent with the vehicle manufacturer's filing in accordance with 49 CFR part 566.
</P>
<P>(b) The container serial number.
</P>
<P>(c) The statement: “Manufactured in ______,” inserting the month and year of manufacture of the container.
</P>
<P>(d) The statement “Nominal Working Pressure ______MPa (_____psig),” Inserting the nominal working pressure which shall be no greater than 70 MPa.
</P>
<P>(e) The statement “Compressed Hydrogen Gas Only.”
</P>
<P>(f) The statement: “Do Not Use After ______,” inserting the month and year that mark the end of the vehicle manufacturer's recommended service life for the container.
</P>
<P>(g) The statement: “This container should be visually inspected for damage and deterioration after a motor vehicle accident or fire, and either: (i) at least every 12 months when installed on a vehicle with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg, or (ii) at least every 36 months or 36,000 miles, whichever comes first, when installed on a vehicle with a GVWR less than or equal to 4,536 kg.”
</P>
<P>S6. <I>Test procedures.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1. [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S6.2. <I>Test procedures for compressed hydrogen storage.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1. Unless otherwise specified, data sampling for pressure cycling under S6.2 shall be at least 1 Hz.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2. <I>Test procedures for baseline performance metrics.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.2.1. <I>Burst test.</I> (a) The container is filled with a hydraulic fluid.
</P>
<P>(b) The container, the surrounding environment, and the hydraulic fluid are at any temperature between 5.0 °C and 35.0 °C.
</P>
<P>(c) The rate of pressurization shall be less than or equal to 1.4 MPa per second for pressures higher than 1.50 times NWP. If the rate exceeds 0.35 MPa per second at pressures higher than 1.50 times NWP, then the container is placed in series between the pressure source and the pressure measurement device.
</P>
<P>(d) The container is hydraulically pressurized until burst and the burst pressure of the container is recorded.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2.2. <I>Pressure cycling test.</I> (a) The container is filled with a hydraulic fluid.
</P>
<P>(b) The container surface, or the surface of the container attachments if present, the environment surrounding the container, and the hydraulic fluid are at any temperature between 5.0 °C and 35.0 °C at the start of testing and maintained at the specified temperature for the duration of the testing.
</P>
<P>(c) The container is pressure cycled at any pressure between 1.0 MPa and 2.0 MPa up to the pressure specified in the respective section of S5. The cycling rate shall be any rate up to 10 cycles per minute.
</P>
<P>(d) The temperature of the hydraulic fluid entering the container is maintained and monitored at any temperature between 5.0 °C and 35.0 °C.
</P>
<P>(e) The vehicle manufacturer may specify a hydraulic pressure cycle profile within the specifications of S6.2.2.2(c). Vehicle manufacturers shall submit this profile to NHTSA immediately and irrevocably, upon request, in writing, and within 15 business days; otherwise, NHTSA shall determine the profile. At NHTSA's option, NHTSA shall cycle the container within 10 percent of the vehicle manufacturer's specified cycling profile.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3. <I>Performance durability test.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.3.1. <I>Residual pressure test.</I> The container is pressurized smoothly and continually with hydraulic fluid or hydrogen gas as specified until the pressure level is reached and held for the specified time.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3.2. <I>Drop impact test.</I> The container is drop tested without internal pressurization or attached valves. The surface onto which the container is dropped shall be a smooth, horizontal, uniform, dry, concrete pad or other flooring type with equivalent hardness. No attempt shall be made to prevent the container from bouncing or falling over during a drop test, except for the vertical drop test, during which the test article shall be prevented from falling over. The container shall be dropped in any one of the following four orientations described below and illustrated in figure 2 to S6.2.3.2.
</P>
<P>(a) From a position within 5° of horizontal with the lowest point of the container at any height between 1.800 meters and 1.820 meters above the surface onto which it is dropped. In the case of a non-axisymmetric container, the largest projection area of the container shall be oriented downward and aligned horizontally;
</P>
<P>(b) From a position within 5° of vertical with the center of any shut-off valve interface location upward and with any potential energy of between 488 Joules and 538 Joules. If a drop energy of between 488 Joules and 538 Joules would result in the height of the lower end being more than 1.820 meters above the surface onto which it is dropped, the container shall be dropped from any height with the lower end between 1.800 meters and 1.820 meters above the surface onto which it is dropped. If a drop energy of between 488 Joules and 538 Joules would result in the height of the lower end being less than 0.100 meters above the surface onto which it is dropped, the container shall be dropped from any height with the lower end between 0.100 meters and 0.120 meters above the surface onto which it is dropped. In the case of a non-axisymmetric container, the center of any shut-off valve interface location and the container's center of gravity shall be aligned vertically, with the center of that shut-off valve interface location upward;
</P>
<P>(c) From a position within 5° of vertical with the center of any shut-off valve interface location downward with any potential energy of between 488 Joules and 538 Joules. If a potential energy of between 488 Joules and 538 Joules would result in the height of the lower end being more than 1.820 meters above the surface onto which it is dropped, the container shall be dropped from any height with the lower end between 1.800 meters and 1.820 meters above the surface onto which it is dropped. If a drop energy of between 488 Joules and 538 Joules would result in the height of the lower end being less than 0.100 meters above the surface onto which it is dropped, the container shall be dropped from any height with the lower end between 0.100 meters and 0.120 meters above the surface onto which it is dropped. In the case of a non-axisymmetric container, the center of any shut-off valve interface location and the container's center of gravity shall be aligned vertically, with the center of that shut-off valve interface location downward;
</P>
<P>(d) From any angle between 40° and 50° from the vertical orientation with the center of any shut-off valve interface location downward, and with the container center of gravity between 1.800 meters and 1.820 meters above the surface onto which it is dropped. However, if the lowest point of the container is closer to the ground than 0.60 meters, the drop angle shall be changed so that the lowest point of the container is between 0.60 meters and 0.62 meters above the ground and the center of gravity is between 1.800 meters and 1.820 meters above the surface onto which it is dropped. In the case of a non-axisymmetric container, the line passing through the center of any shut-off valve interface location and the container's center of gravity shall be at any angle between 40° and 50° from the vertical orientation. If this specification results in more than one possible container orientation, the drop shall be conducted from the orientation that results in the lowest positioning of the center of the shut-off valve interface location.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er17ja25.003.gif"/>
<HD1>Figure 2 to § 571.308 S6.2.3.2. The Four Drop Orientations; (for Illustration Purposes Only)
</HD1>
<P>S6.2.3.3. <I>Surface damage test.</I> The surface damage test consists of surface cut generation and pendulum impacts as described below.
</P>
<P>(a) Surface cut generation: Two longitudinal saw cuts are made at any location on the same side of the outer surface of the unpressurized container, as shown in Figure 3, or on the container attachments if present. The first cut is 0.75 millimeters to 1.25 millimeters deep and 200 millimeters to 205 millimeters long; the second cut, which is only required for containers affixed to the vehicle by compressing its composite surface, is 1.25 millimeters to 1.75 millimeters deep and 25 millimeters to 28 millimeters long.
</P>
<P>(b) Pendulum impacts: Mark the outer surface of the container, or the container attachments if present, with five separate, non-overlapping circles each having any linear diameter between 100.0 millimeters and 105.0 millimeters, as shown in Figure 3. The marks shall be located on the side opposite from the saw cuts, or located on a different chamber in the case of a container with more than one chamber. Within 30 minutes following preconditioning for any duration from 12 hours to 24 hours in an environmental chamber at any temperature between −45.0 °C and −40.0 °C, impact the center of each of the five areas with a pendulum having a pyramid with equilateral faces and square base, and the tip and edges being rounded to a radius of between 2.0 millimeters and 4.0 millimeters. The center of impact of the pendulum shall coincide with the center of gravity of the pyramid. The energy of the pendulum at the moment of impact with each of the five marked areas on the container is any energy between 30.0 Joules and 35.0 Joules. The container is secured in place during pendulum impacts and is not pressurized above 1 MPa.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er17ja25.004.gif"/>
<HD1>Figure 3 to § 571.308 S6.2.3.3. Locations of Surface Damage for S6.2.3.3(a) and Pendulum Impacts for S6.2.3.3(b); (for Illustration Purposes Only)
</HD1>
<P>S6.2.3.4. <I>Chemical exposure and ambient temperature pressure cycling test.</I> (a) Each of the 5 areas preconditioned by pendulum impact in S6.2.3.3(b) is exposed to any one of five solutions:
</P>
<P>(1) 19 to 21 percent by volume sulfuric acid in water;
</P>
<P>(2) 25 to 27 percent by weight sodium hydroxide in water;
</P>
<P>(3) 5 to 7 percent by volume methanol in gasoline;
</P>
<P>(4) 28 to 30 percent by weight ammonium nitrate in water; and
</P>
<P>(5) 50 to 52 percent by volume methyl alcohol in water.
</P>
<P>(b) The container is oriented with the fluid exposure areas on top. A pad of glass wool approximately 0.5 centimeters thick and 100 millimeters in diameter is placed on each of the five preconditioned areas. A sufficient amount of the test fluid is applied to the glass wool to ensure that the pad is wetted across its surface and through its thickness for the duration of the test. A plastic covering shall be applied over the glass wool to prevent evaporation.
</P>
<P>(c) The exposure of the container with the glass wool is maintained for at least 48 hours and no more than 60 hours with the container hydraulically pressurized to any pressure between 125.0 percent NWP and 130.0 percent NWP. During exposure, the temperature surrounding the container is maintained at any temperature between 5.0 °C and 35.0 °C.
</P>
<P>(d) Hydraulic pressure cycling is performed in accordance with S6.2.2.2 at any pressure within the specified ranges according to S5.1.2.3 for the specified number of cycles. The glass wool pads are removed and the container surface is rinsed with water after the cycles are complete.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3.5. <I>Static pressure test.</I> The container is hydraulically pressurized to the specified pressure in a temperature-controlled chamber. The temperature of the chamber and the container surface, or the surface of the container attachments if present, are held at the specified temperature for the specified duration.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3.6. <I>Extreme temperature pressure cycling test.</I> (a) The container is filled with hydraulic fluid for each test;
</P>
<P>(b) At the start of each test, the container surface, or the surface of the container attachments if present, the hydraulic fluid, and the environment surrounding the container are at any temperature and relative humidity (if applicable) within the ranges specified in S5.1.2.5 of this standard and maintained for the duration of the testing.
</P>
<P>(c) The container is pressure cycled from any pressure between 1.0 MPa and 2.0 MPa up to the specified pressure at a rate not exceeding 10 cycles per minute for the specified number of cycles;
</P>
<P>(d) The temperature of the hydraulic fluid entering the container shall be measured as close as possible to the container inlet.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4. <I>Test procedures for expected on-road performance.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.4.1. <I>Ambient and extreme temperature gas pressure cycling test.</I> (a) In accordance with table 3 to S5.1.3.1 of this standard, the specified ambient conditions of temperature and relative humidity, if applicable, are maintained within the test environment throughout each pressure cycle. When required in accordance with table 3 to S5.1.3.1, the CHSS temperature shall be in the specified initial system equilibration temperature range between pressure cycles.
</P>
<P>(b) The CHSS is pressure cycled from any pressure between 1.0 MPa and 2.0 MPa up to any pressure within the specified peak pressure range in accordance with table 3 to this section. The temperature of the hydrogen fuel dispensed to the container is controlled to within the specified temperature range within 30 seconds of fueling initiation. The specified number of pressure cycles are conducted.
</P>
<P>(c) The ramp rate for pressurization shall be greater than or equal to the ramp rate given in table 4 to S6.2.4.1(c) according to the CHSS volume, the ambient conditions, and the fuel delivery temperature. If the required ambient temperature is not available in table 4 to this section, the closest ramp rate value or a linearly interpolated value shall be used. The pressure ramp rate shall be decreased if the gas temperature in the container exceeds 85 °C.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 4 to § 571.308 S6.2.4.1(<E T="01">c</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">CHSS volume (L)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">CHSS pressurization rate (MPa/min)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">50.0 °C to 55.0 °C


<br/>ambient conditions −33.0 °C to −40.0 °C

<br/>fuel delivery

<br/>temperature
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">5.0 °C to 35.0 °C


<br/>ambient conditions −33.0 °C to −40.0 °C

<br/>fuel delivery

<br/>temperature
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">−30.0 °C to −25.0 °C ambient conditions −33.0 °C to −40.0 °C


<br/>fuel delivery

<br/>temperature
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">−30.0 °C to −25.0 °C ambient conditions 15.0 °C to 25.0 °C fuel


<br/>delivery temperature
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">174</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">250</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">300</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">600</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">8.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">700</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2,500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(d) The de-fueling rate shall be any rate greater than or equal to the intended vehicle's maximum fuel-demand rate. Out of the 500 pressure cycles, any 50 pressure cycles are performed using a de-fueling rate greater than or equal to the maintenance de-fueling rate.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4.2. <I>Gas permeation test.</I> (a) A CHSS is filled with hydrogen gas to any SOC between 100.0 percent and 105.0 percent and placed in a sealed container. The CHSS is held for any duration between 12 hours and 24 hours at any temperature between 55.0 °C and 60.0 °C prior to the start of the test.
</P>
<P>(b) The permeation from the CHSS shall be determined hourly throughout the test.
</P>
<P>(c) The test shall continue for 500 hours or until the permeation rate reaches a steady state. Steady state is achieved when at least 3 consecutive leak rates separated by any duration between 12 hours and 48 hours are within 10 percent of the previous rate.
</P>
<P>S6.2.5. <I>Test procedures for service terminating performance in fire.</I> The fire test consists of two stages: a localized fire stage followed by an engulfing fire stage. The burner configuration for the fire test is specified in S6.2.5.1. The overall test configuration of the fire test is verified using a pre-test checkout in accordance with S6.2.5.2 prior to the fire test of the CHSS. The fire test of the CHSS is conducted in accordance with S6.2.5.3.
</P>
<P>S6.2.5.1. <I>Burner configuration.</I> (a) The fuel for the burner shall be liquefied petroleum gas (LPG).
</P>
<P>(b) The width of the burner shall be between 450 millimeters and 550 millimeters.
</P>
<P>(c) The length of the burner used for the localized fire stage shall be between 200 millimeters and 300 millimeters.
</P>
<P>(d) The length of the burner used for the engulfing fire stage shall be in accordance with S6.2.5.3(m).
</P>
<P>(e) The burner nozzle configuration and installation shall be in accordance with table 5 to S6.2.5.1. The nozzles shall be installed uniformly on six rails.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 5 to § 571.308 S6.2.5.1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Item
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nozzle type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liquefied petroleum gas fuel nozzle with air pre-mix.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">LPG orifice in nozzle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9 to 1.1 millimeter inner diameter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Air ports in nozzle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Four (4) holes, 5.8 to 7.0 millimeter inner diameter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fuel/Air mixing tube in nozzle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9 to 11 millimeter inner diameter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Number of rails</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Center-to-center spacing of rails</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100 to 110 millimeter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Center-to-center nozzle spacing along the rails</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 to 55 millimeter.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S6.2.5.2. <I>Pre-test checkout.</I> (a) The pre-test checkout procedure in this section shall be performed to verify the fire test configuration for the CHSS tested in accordance with S6.2.5.3.
</P>
<P>(b) A pre-test container is a 12-inch Schedule 40 Nominal Pipe Size steel pipe with end caps. The cylindrical length of the pre-test container shall be equal to or longer than the overall length of the CHSS to be tested in S6.2.5.3, but no shorter than 0.80 m and no longer than 1.75 m.
</P>
<P>(c) The pre-test container shall be mounted over the burner:
</P>
<P>(1) At any height between 95 millimeters and 105 millimeters above the burner;
</P>
<P>(2) Such that the nozzles from the two center rails are pointing toward the bottom center of the pre-test container; and
</P>
<P>(3) Such that the container's position relative to the localized and engulfing zones of the burner is consistent with the positioning of the CHSS over the burner in S6.2.5.3.
</P>
<P>(d) For outdoor test sites, wind shielding shall be used. The separation between the pre-test container and the walls of the wind shields shall be at least 0.5 meters.
</P>
<P>(e) Temperatures during the pre-test check-out shall be measured at least once per second using 3.2 millimeter diameter or less K-type sheath thermocouples.
</P>
<P>(f) The thermocouples shall be located in sets to measure temperatures along the cylindrical section of the pre-test container. These thermocouples are secured by straps or other mechanical attachments within 5 millimeters from the pre-test container surface. One set of thermocouples consists of:
</P>
<P>(1) One thermocouple located at the bottom surface exposed to the burner flame,
</P>
<P>(2) One thermocouple located mid-height along the left side of the cylindrical surface,
</P>
<P>(3) One thermocouple located mid-height along the right side of the cylindrical surface, and
</P>
<P>(4) One thermocouple located at the top surface opposite to the burner flame.
</P>
<P>(g) One set of thermocouples shall be centrally located at the localized fire zone of the CHSS to be tested as determined in S6.2.5.3. Two additional sets of thermocouples shall be spread out over the remaining length of the engulfing fire zone of the CHSS to be tested that is not part of the localized fire zone of the CHSS to be tested.
</P>
<P>(h) Burner monitor thermocouples shall be located between 20 millimeters and 30 millimeters below the bottom surface of the pre-test container in the same three horizontal locations described in S6.2.5.2(g). These thermocouples shall be mechanically supported to prevent movement.
</P>
<P>(i) With the localized burner ignited, the LPG flow rate to the burner shall be set such that the 60-second rolling averages of individual temperature readings in the localized fire zone shall be in accordance with the localized stage row in the table below.
</P>
<P>(j) With the entire burner ignited, the LPG flow rate to the burner shall be set such that the 60-second rolling averages of individual temperature readings shall be in accordance with the engulfing stage row in table 6 to S6.2.5.2.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 6 to § 571.308 S6.2.5.2
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fire stage
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Temperature range on bottom of pre-test


<br/>container
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Temperature range on sides of


<br/>pre-test

<br/>container
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Temperature range on top of pre-test


<br/>container
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Localized</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">450 °C to 700 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">less than 750 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">less than 300 °C.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Engulfing</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Average temperatures of the pre-test container surface measured at the three bottom locations shall be greater than 600 °C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Not applicable</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Average temperatures of the pre-test container surface measured at the three top locations shall be at least 100 °C, and when greater than 750 °C, shall also be less than the average temperatures of the pre-test container surface measured at the three bottom locations.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S6.2.5.3. <I>CHSS fire test.</I> (a) The CHSS to be fire tested shall include TPRD vent lines.
</P>
<P>(b) The CHSS to be fire tested shall be mounted at any height between 95 millimeters and 105 millimeters above the burner.
</P>
<P>(c) CHSS shall be positioned for the localized fire test by orienting the CHSS such that the distance from the center of the localized fire exposure to the TPRD(s) and TPRD sense point(s) is at or near maximum.
</P>
<P>(d) When the container is longer than the localized burner, the localized burner shall not extend beyond either end of the container in the CHSS.
</P>
<P>(e) The CHSS shall be filled with compressed hydrogen gas to any SOC between 100.0 percent and 105.0 percent.
</P>
<P>(f) For outdoor test sites, the same wind shielding shall be used as was used for S6.2.5.2. The separation between the CHSS and the walls of the wind shields shall be at least 0.5 meters.
</P>
<P>(g) Burner monitor temperatures shall be measured below the bottom surface of the CHSS in the same positions as specified in S6.2.5.2(h).
</P>
<P>(h) The allowable limits for the burner monitor temperatures during the CHSS fire test shall be established based on the results of the pre-test checkout as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The minimum value for the burner monitor temperature during the localized fire stage (Tmin<E T="52">LOC</E>) shall be calculated by subtracting 50 °C from the 60-second rolling average of the burner monitor temperature in the localized fire zone of the pre-test checkout. If the resultant Tmin<E T="52">LOC</E> exceeds 600 °C, Tmin<E T="52">LOC</E> shall be 600 °C.
</P>
<P>(2) The minimum value for the burner monitor temperature during the engulfing fire stage (Tmin<E T="52">ENG</E>) shall be calculated by subtracting 50 °C from the 60-second rolling average of the average of the three burner monitor temperatures during the engulfing fire stage of the pre-test checkout. If the resultant Tmin<E T="52">ENG</E> exceeds 800 °C, Tmin<E T="52">ENG</E> shall be 800 °C.
</P>
<P>(i) The localized fire stage is initiated by starting the fuel flow to the localized burner and igniting the burner.
</P>
<P>(j) The 10-second rolling average of the burner monitor temperature in the localized fire zone shall be at least 300 °C within 1 minute of ignition and for the next 2 minutes.
</P>
<P>(k) Within 3 minutes of the igniting the burner, using the same LPG flow rate as S6.2.5.2(i), the 60-second rolling average of the localized zone burner monitor temperature shall be greater than Tmin<E T="52">LOC</E> as determined in S6.2.5.3(h)(1).
</P>
<P>(l) After 10 minutes from igniting the burner, the engulfing fire stage is initiated.
</P>
<P>(m) The engulfing fire zone includes the localized fire zone and extends in one direction towards the nearest TPRD or TPRD sense point along the complete length of the container up to a maximum burner length of 1.65 m.
</P>
<P>(n) Within 2 minutes of the initiation of the engulfing fire stage, using the same LPG flow rate as S6.2.5.2(j), the 60-second rolling average of the engulfing burner monitor temperature shall be equal or greater than Tmin<E T="52">ENG</E> as determined in S6.2.5.3(h)(2).
</P>
<P>(o) The fire testing continues until the pressure inside the CHSS is less than or equal to 1.0 MPa or until:
</P>
<P>(1) A total test time of 60 minutes for CHSS on vehicles with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less or;
</P>
<P>(2) A total test time of 120 minutes for CHSS on vehicles with a GVWR over 10,000 pounds.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6. <I>Test procedures for performance durability of closure devices.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.1. <I>TPRD performance tests.</I> Unless otherwise specified, testing is performed with either hydrogen gas with a purity of at least 99.97 percent, less than or equal to 5 parts per million of water, and less or equal to 1 part per million particulate, or with an inert gas. All tests are performed at any temperature between 5.0 °C and 35.0 °C unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.1.1. <I>Pressure cycling test.</I> A TPRD undergoes 15,000 internal pressure cycles at a rate not exceeding 10 cycles per minute. The table below summarizes the pressure cycles. Any condition within the ranges specified in table 7 to this section may be selected for testing.
</P>
<P>(a) The first 10 pressure cycles shall be from any low pressure of between 1.0 MPa and 2.0 MPa to any high pressure between 150.0 percent NWP and 155.0 percent NWP. These cycles are conducted at any sample temperature between 85.0 °C to 90.0 °C.
</P>
<P>(b) The next 2,240 pressure cycles shall be from any low pressure between 1.0 MPa and 2.0 MPa to any high pressure of between 125.0 percent NWP and 130.0 percent NWP. These cycles are conducted at any sample temperature between 85.0 °C to 90.0 °C.
</P>
<P>(c) The next 10,000 pressure cycles shall be from any low pressure of between 1.0 MPa and 2.0 MPa to any high pressure between 125.0 percent NWP and 130.0 percent NWP. These cycles are conducted at a sample temperature between 5.0 °C to 35.0 °C.
</P>
<P>(d) The final 2,750 pressure cycles shall be from any low pressure between 1.0 MPa and 2.0 MPa to any high pressure between 80.0 percent NWP and 85.0 percent NWP. These cycles are conducted at any sample temperature between −45.0 °C to −40.0 °C.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 7 to § 571.308 S6.2.6.1.1
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of cycles
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Low pressure
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">High pressure
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Sample


<br/>temperature for cycles
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">First 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 MPa to 2.0 MPa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">150.0% NWP to 155.0% NWP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">85.0 °C to 90.0 °C.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Next 2,240</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 MPa to 2.0 MPa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125.0% NWP to 130.0% NWP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">85.0 °C to 90.0 °C.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Next 10,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 MPa to 2.0 MPa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125.0% NWP to 130.0% NWP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.0 °C to 35.0 °C.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Final 2,750</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0 MPa to 2.0 MPa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">80.0% NWP to 85.0% NWP</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">−45.0 °C to −40.0 °C.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>S6.2.6.1.2. <I>Accelerated life test.</I> (a) Two TPRDs undergo testing; one at the vehicle manufacturer's specified activation temperature, and one at an accelerated life temperature, <I>T</I><E T="54">L</E>, given in °C using equation 2 to this section, where <I>β</I> = 273.15 °C, <I>T</I><E T="54">ME</E> is 85 °C, and <I>T</I><E T="54">f</E> is the vehicle manufacturer's specified activation temperature in °C.:
</P>
<HD1>Equation 2 to § 571.308 S6.2.6.1.2
</HD1>
<img src="/graphics/er17ja25.005.gif"/>
<P>(b) The TPRDs are placed in an oven or liquid bath maintained within 5.0 °C of the specified temperature per S6.2.6.1.2(a). The TPRD inlets are pressurized with hydrogen to any pressure between 125.0 percent NWP and 130.0 percent NWP and time until activation is measured.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.1.3. <I>Temperature cycling test.</I> (a) An unpressurized TPRD is placed in a cold liquid bath maintained at any temperature between −45.0 °C and −40.0 °C. The TPRD shall remain in the cold bath for any duration not less than 2 hours and not more than 24 hours. The TPRD is removed from the cold bath and transferred, within five minutes of removal, to a hot liquid bath maintained at any temperature between 85.0 °C and 90.0 °C. The TPRD shall remain in the hot bath for any duration not less than 2 hours and not more than 24 hours. The TPRD is removed from the hot bath and, within five minutes of removal, transferred back into the cold bath maintained at any temperature between −45.0 °C and −40.0 °C.
</P>
<P>(b) Step (a) is repeated until 15 thermal cycles have been achieved.
</P>
<P>(c) The TPRD remains in the cold liquid bath for any duration not less than 2 and not more than 24 additional hours, then the internal pressure of the TPRD is cycled with hydrogen gas from any pressure between 1.0 MPa and 2.0 MPa to any pressure between 80.0 percent NWP and 85.0 percent NWP for 100 cycles. During cycling, the TPRD remains in the cold bath and the cold bath is maintained at any temperature between −45.0 °C and −40.0 °C.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.1.4. <I>Salt corrosion resistance test.</I> (a) Each closure device is exposed to a combination of cyclic conditions of salt solution, temperatures, and humidity. One test cycle is equal to any duration not less than 22 and not more than 26 hours, and is in accordance with table 8 to S6.2.6.1.4.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 8 to § 571.308 S6.2.6.1.4
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Accelerated cyclic corrosion conditions


<br/>(1 cycle = 22 hours to 26 hours)
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cycle condition
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Temperature
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Relative humidity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Cycle duration
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ambient stage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">22.0 <E T="03">°</E>C to 28.0 <E T="03">°</E>C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 percent to 55 percent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">470 minutes to 490 minutes
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Transition 55 min to 60 min</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Humid stage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">47.0 <E T="03">°</E>C to 51.0 <E T="03">°</E>C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">95 percent to 100 percent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">410 minutes to 430 minutes
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Transition 170 minutes to 190 minutes</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dry stage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">55.0 <E T="03">°</E>C to 65.0 <E T="03">°</E>C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">less than 30 percent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">290 minutes to 310 minutes</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) The apparatus used for this test shall consist of a fog/environmental chamber as defined in ISO 6270-2:2017(E) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), with a suitable water supply conforming to Type IV requirements in ASTM D1193-06 (Reapproved 2018) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). The chamber shall include a supply of compressed air and one or more nozzles for fog generation. The nozzle or nozzles used for the generation of the fog shall be directed or baffled to minimize any direct impingement on the closure devices.
</P>
<P>(c) During “wet-bottom” generated humidity cycles, water droplets shall be visible on the samples.
</P>
<P>(d) Steam generated humidity may be used provided the source of water used in generating the steam is free of corrosion inhibitors and visible water droplets are formed on the samples to achieve proper wetness.
</P>
<P>(e) The drying stage shall occur in the following environmental conditions: any temperature not less than 60 °C and not greater than 65 °C and relative humidity no more than 30 percent with air circulation.
</P>
<P>(f) The impingement force from the salt solution application shall not remove corrosion and/or damage the coatings of the closure devices.
</P>
<P>(g) The complex salt solution in percent by mass shall be as specified in S6.2.6.1.4(g)(1) through (5):
</P>
<P>(1) Sodium Chloride: not less than 0.08 and not more than 0.10 percent.
</P>
<P>(2) Calcium Chloride: not less than 0.095 and not more than 0.105 percent.
</P>
<P>(3) Sodium Bicarbonate: not less than 0.07 and not more than 0.08 percent.
</P>
<P>(4) Sodium Chloride must be reagent grade or food grade. Calcium Chloride must be reagent grade. Sodium Bicarbonate must be reagent grade. For the purposes of S6.2.6.1.4, water must meet ASTM D1193-06 (Reapproved 2018) Type IV requirements (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>(5) Either calcium chloride or sodium bicarbonate material must be dissolved separately in water and added to the solution of the other materials.
</P>
<P>(h) The closure devices shall be installed in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's recommended procedure and exposed to the 100 daily corrosion cycles, with each corrosion cycle in accordance with table 8 to S6.2.6.1.4.
</P>
<P>(i) For each salt mist application, the solution shall be sprayed as an atomized mist, using the spray apparatus to mist the components until all areas are thoroughly wet and dripping. Suitable application techniques include using a plastic bottle, or a siphon spray powered by oil-free regulated air to spray the test samples. The quantity of spray applied should be sufficient to visibly rinse away salt accumulation left from previous sprays. Four salt mist applications shall be applied during the ambient stage. The first salt mist application occurs at the beginning of the ambient stage. Each subsequent salt mist application should be applied not less than 90 and not more than 95 minutes after the previous application.
</P>
<P>(j) The time from ambient to the wet condition shall be any duration not less than 60 and not more than 65 minutes and the transition time between wet and dry conditions shall be any duration not less than 180 and not more than 190 minutes.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.1.5. <I>Vehicle environment test.</I> (a) The inlet and outlet connections of the closure device are connected or capped in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer's installation instructions. All external surfaces of the closure device are exposed to each of the following fluids for any duration between 24 hours and 26 hours. The temperature during exposure shall be any temperature between 5.0 °C and 35.0 °C. A separate test is performed with each of the fluids sequentially on a single closure device.
</P>
<P>(1) Sulfuric acid: not less than 19 and not more than 21 percent by volume in water;
</P>
<P>(2) Ethanol/gasoline: not less than 10 and not more than 12 percent by volume ethanol and not less than 88 and not more than 90 percent by volume gasoline; and
</P>
<P>(3) Windshield washer fluid: not less than 50 and not more than 52 percent by volume methanol in water.
</P>
<P>(b) The fluids are replenished as needed to ensure complete exposure for the duration of the test.
</P>
<P>(c) After exposure to each fluid, the closure device is wiped off and rinsed with water.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.1.6. <I>Stress corrosion cracking test.</I> (a) All components exposed to the atmosphere shall be degreased. For check valves and shut-off valves, the closure device shall be disassembled, all components degreased, and then reassembled.
</P>
<P>(b) The closure device is continuously exposed to a moist ammonia air mixture maintained in a glass chamber having a glass cover. The exposure lasts any duration not less than 240 hours and not more than 242 hours. The aqueous ammonia shall have a composition of between 19 weight percent and 21 weight percent ammonium hydroxide in water. Aqueous ammonia shall be located at the bottom of the glass chamber below the sample at any volume not less than 20 mL and not more than 22 mL of aqueous ammonia per liter of chamber volume. The bottom of the sample is positioned any distance not less than 30 and not more than 40 millimeters above the aqueous ammonia and supported in an inert tray.
</P>
<P>(c) The moist ammonia-air mixture is maintained at atmospheric pressure and any temperature not less than 35 °C and not more than 40 °C.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.1.7. <I>Drop and vibration test.</I> (a) The TPRD is aligned vertically to any one of the six orientations covering the opposing directions of three orthogonal axes: vertical, lateral and longitudinal.
</P>
<P>(b) A TPRD is dropped in free fall from any height between 2.00 meters and 2.02 meters onto a smooth concrete surface. The TPRD is allowed to bounce on the concrete surface after the initial impact.
</P>
<P>(c) Any sample with damage from the drop that results in the TPRD not being able to be tested in accordance with S6.2.6.1.7(d) shall not proceed to S6.2.6.1.7(d) and shall not be considered a failure of this test.
</P>
<P>(d) Each TPRD dropped in S6.2.6.1.7(a) that did not have damage that results in the TPRD not being able to be tested is mounted in a test fixture in accordance with vehicle manufacturer's installation instructions and vibrated for any duration between 30.0 minutes and 35.0 minutes along each of the three orthogonal axes (vertical, lateral and longitudinal) at the most severe resonant frequency for each axis.
</P>
<P>(1) The most severe resonant frequency for each axis is determined using any acceleration between 1.50 g and 1.60 g and sweeping through a sinusoidal frequency range from 10 Hz to 500 Hz with any sweep time between 10.0 minutes and 20.0 minutes. The most severe resonant frequency is identified by a pronounced increase in vibration amplitude.
</P>
<P>(2) If the resonance frequency is not found, the test shall be conducted at any frequency between 35 Hz and 45 Hz.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.1.8. <I>Leak test.</I> Unless otherwise specified, the TPRD shall be thermally conditioned to the ambient temperature condition, then checked for leakage, then conditioned to the high temperature condition, then checked for leakage, then conditioned to low temperature, then checked for leakage.
</P>
<P>(a) The TPRD shall be thermally conditioned at test temperatures in each of the test conditions and held for any duration between 1.0 hour and 24.0 hours. The TPRD is pressurized with hydrogen at the inlet. The required test conditions are:
</P>
<P>(1) Ambient temperature: condition the TPRD at any temperature between 5.0 °C and 35.0 °C; test in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8(b) at any pressure between 1.5 MPa and 2.5 MPa and then at any pressure between 125.0 percent NWP and 130.0 percent NWP.
</P>
<P>(2) High temperature: condition the TPRD at any temperature between 85.0 °C and 90.0 °C; test in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8(b) at any pressure between 1.5 MPa and 2.5 MPa and then at any pressure between 125.0 percent NWP and 130.0 percent NWP.
</P>
<P>(3) Low temperature: condition the TPRD at any temperature between −45.0 °C and −40.0 °C; test in accordance with S6.2.6.1.8(b) at any pressure between 1.5 MPa and 2.5 MPa and then at any pressure between 100.0 percent NWP and 105.0 percent NWP.
</P>
<P>(b) Following conditioning at each of the specified test temperature ranges, the TPRD is observed for leakage while immersed in a temperature-controlled liquid at the same specified temperature range for any duration between 1.0 minutes and 2.0 minutes at each of the pressure ranges listed above. If no bubbles are observed for the specified time period, it is not considered a failure. If bubbles are detected, the leak rate is measured.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.1.9. <I>Bench top activation test.</I> (a) The test apparatus consists of either a forced air oven or chimney with air flow. The TPRD is not exposed directly to flame. The TPRD is mounted in the test apparatus according to the vehicle manufacturer's installation instructions.
</P>
<P>(b) The temperature of the oven or chimney is at any temperature between 600.0 °C and 605.0 °C for any duration between 2 minutes and 62 minutes prior to inserting the TPRD.
</P>
<P>(c) Prior to inserting the TPRD, pressurize the TPRD to any pressure between 1.5 MPa and 2.5 MPa.
</P>
<P>(d) The pressurized TPRD is inserted into the oven or chimney, the temperature within the oven or chimney is maintained at any temperature between 600.0 °C and 605.0 °C, and the time for the TPRD to activate is recorded. If the TPRD does not activate within 120 minutes from the time of insertion into the oven or chimney, the TPRD shall be considered to have failed the test.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.1.10. <I>Flow rate test.</I> (a) At least one new TPRD is tested to establish a baseline flow rate.
</P>
<P>(b) After activation in accordance with S6.2.6.1.9, and without cleaning, removal of parts, or reconditioning, the TPRD is subjected to flow testing using hydrogen, air or an inert gas;
</P>
<P>(c) Flow rate testing is conducted with any inlet pressure between 1.5 MPa and 2.5 MPa. The outlet is at atmospheric pressure.
</P>
<P>(d) Flow rate is measured in units of kilograms per minute with a precision of at least 2 significant digits.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.2. <I>Check valve and shut-off valve performance tests.</I> Unless otherwise specified, testing shall be performed with either hydrogen gas with a purity of at least 99.97 percent, less than or equal to 5 parts per million of water, and less than or equal to 1 part per million particulate, or with an inert gas. All tests are performed at any temperature between 5.0 °C and 35.0 °C unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.2.1. <I>Hydrostatic strength test.</I> (a) The outlet opening is plugged and valve seats or internal blocks are made to assume the open position.
</P>
<P>(b) Any hydrostatic pressure between 250.0 percent NWP and 255.0 percent NWP is applied using water to the valve inlet for any duration between 180.0 seconds and 185.0 seconds. The unit is examined to ensure that burst has not occurred.
</P>
<P>(c) The hydrostatic pressure is then increased at a rate of less than or equal to 1.4 MPa/sec until component failure. The hydrostatic pressure at failure is recorded.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.2.2. <I>Leak test.</I> Each unit shall be thermally conditioned to the ambient temperature condition, then checked for leakage, then conditioned to the high temperature condition, then checked for leakage, then conditioned to low temperature, then checked for leakage.
</P>
<P>(a) Each unit shall be pressurized to any pressure between 2.0 MPa and 3.0 MPa and held for any duration between 1.0 hours and 24.0 hours in the specified temperature range before testing. The outlet opening is plugged. The test conditions are:
</P>
<P>(1) Ambient temperature: condition the unit at any temperature between 5.0 °C and 35.0 °C; test at any pressure between 1.5 MPa and 2.5 MPa and at any pressure between 125.0 percent NWP and 130.0 percent NWP.
</P>
<P>(2) High temperature: condition the unit at any temperature between 85.0 °C and 90.0 °C; test at any pressure between 1.5 MPa and 2.5 MPa and at any pressure between 125.0 percent NWP and 130.0 percent NWP.
</P>
<P>(3) Low temperature: condition the unit at any temperature between −45.0 °C and −40.0 °C; test at any pressure between 1.5 MPa and 2.5 MPa and at any pressure between 100.0 percent NWP and 105.0 percent NWP.
</P>
<P>(b) While within the specified temperature and pressure range, the unit is observed for leakage while immersed in a temperature-controlled liquid held within the same specified temperature range as the test condition for any duration between 1.0 minutes and 2.0 minutes at each of the test pressures. If no bubbles are observed for the specified time period, the sample passes the leak test. If bubbles are detected, the leak rate is measured.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.2.3. <I>Extreme temperature pressure cycling test.</I> (a) The valve unit is connected to a test fixture.
</P>
<P>(b) For a check valve, the pressure is applied in six incremental pulses to the check valve inlet with the outlet closed. The pressure is then vented from the check valve inlet. The pressure is lowered on the check valve outlet side to any pressure between 55.0 percent NWP and 60.0 percent NWP prior to the next cycle.
</P>
<P>(c) For a shut-off valve, the specified pressure is applied through the inlet port. The shut-off valve is then energized to open the valve and the pressure is reduced to any pressure less than 50 percent of the specified pressure range. The shut-off valve shall then be de-energized to close the valve prior to the next cycle.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.2.4. <I>Chatter flow test.</I> The valve is subjected to between 24.0 hours and 26.0 hours of chatter flow at a flow rate that causes the most valve flutter.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.2.5. <I>Electrical Tests.</I> This section applies to shut-off valves only.
</P>
<P>(a) The solenoid valve is connected to a variable DC voltage source, and the solenoid valve is operated as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Held for any duration between 60.0 and 65.0 minutes at any voltage between 0.50 V and 1.5 times the rated voltage.
</P>
<P>(2) The voltage is increased to any voltage between 0.5 V to two times the rated voltage, or between 60.0 V and 60.5 V, whichever is less, and held for any duration between 60.0 seconds and 70.0 seconds.
</P>
<P>(b) Any voltage between 1,000.0 V DC and 1,010.0 V DC is applied between the power conductor and the component casing for any duration between 2.0 seconds to 4.0 seconds.
</P>
<P>S6.2.6.2.6. <I>Vibration test.</I> (a) The valve is pressurized with hydrogen to any pressure between 100.0 percent NWP and 105.0 percent NWP, sealed at both ends, and vibrated for any duration between 30.0 and 35.0 minutes along each of the three orthogonal axes (vertical, lateral and longitudinal) at the most severe resonant frequencies.
</P>
<P>(b) The most severe resonant frequencies are determined using any acceleration between 1.50 g and 1.60 g and sweeping through a sinusoidal frequency range from 10 Hz to 500 Hz with any sweep time between 10.0 minutes and 20.0 minutes. The resonance frequency is identified by a pronounced increase in vibration amplitude.
</P>
<P>(c) If the resonance frequency is not found, the test shall be conducted at any frequency between 35 Hz and 45 Hz.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 6281, Jan. 17, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.401" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.76" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.401   Standard No. 401; Interior trunk release.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This standard establishes the requirement for providing a trunk release mechanism that makes it possible for a person trapped inside the trunk compartment of a passenger car to escape from the compartment.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to passenger cars that have a trunk compartment. This standard does not apply to passenger cars with a back door.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Back door</I> means a door or door system on the back end of a passenger car through which cargo can be loaded or unloaded. The term includes the hinged back door on a hatchback or a station wagon.
</P>
<P><I>Trunk compartment.</I> (a) Means a space that:
</P>
<P>(1) Is intended to be used for carrying luggage or cargo,
</P>
<P>(2) Is wholly separated from the occupant compartment of a passenger car by a permanently attached partition or by a fixed or fold-down seat back and/or partition,
</P>
<P>(3) Has a trunk lid, and
</P>
<P>(4) Is large enough so that the three-year-old child dummy described in Subpart C of Part 572 can be placed inside the trunk compartment, and the trunk lid can be closed and latched with all removable equipment furnished by the passenger car manufacturer stowed in accordance with label(s) on the passenger car or information in the passenger car owner's manual, or, if no information is provided, as located when the passenger car is delivered. (Note: For purposes of this standard, the Part 572 Subpart C test dummy need not be equipped with the accelerometers specified in § 572.21.)
</P>
<P>(b) Does not include a sub-compartment within the trunk compartment.
</P>
<P><I>Trunk lid</I> means a moveable body panel that is not designed or intended as a passenger car entry point for passengers and that provides access from outside a passenger car to a trunk compartment. The term does not include a back door or the lid of a storage compartment located inside the passenger compartment of a passenger car.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 Each passenger car with a trunk compartment must have an automatic or manual release mechanism inside the trunk compartment that unlatches the trunk lid. Each trunk release shall conform, at the manufacturer's option, to either S4.2(a) and S4.3, or S4.2(b) and S4.3. The manufacturer shall select the option by the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S4.2(a) Each manual release mechanism installed pursuant to S4.1 of this standard must include a feature, like lighting or phosphorescence, that allows the release mechanism to be easily seen inside the closed trunk compartment.
</P>
<P>(b) Each automatic release mechanism installed pursuant to S4.1 of this section must unlatch the trunk lid within 5 minutes of when the trunk lid is closed with a person inside the trunk compartment.
</P>
<P>S4.3(a) Except as provided in paragraph S4.3(b), actuation of the release mechanism required by S4.1 of this standard must completely release the trunk lid from all latching positions of the trunk lid latch.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) For passenger cars with a front trunk compartment that has a front opening trunk lid required to have a secondary latching position or latch system, actuation of the release mechanism required by paragraph S4.1 of this standard must result in the following: 
</P>
<P>(i) When the passenger car is stationary, the release mechanism must release the trunk lid from all latching positions or latch systems; 
</P>
<P>(ii) When the passenger car is moving forward at a speed less than 5 km/h, the release mechanism must release the trunk lid from the primary latching position or latch system, and may release the trunk lid from all latching positions or latch systems; 
</P>
<P>(iii) When the passenger car is moving forward at a speed of 5 km/h or greater, the release mechanism must release the trunk lid from the primary latching position or latch system, but must not release the trunk lid from the secondary latching position or latch system. 
</P>
<P>(2) The passenger cars described in paragraph S4.3(b)(1) are excluded from the requirements of this standard until September 1, 2002.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 43121, Aug. 17, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 19523, Apr. 22, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.403" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.77" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.403   Standard No. 403; Platform lift systems for motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for platform lifts used to assist persons with limited mobility in entering or leaving a vehicle.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to prevent injuries and fatalities to passengers and bystanders during the operation of platform lifts installed in motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>S3 <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to platform lifts manufactured on and after April 1, 2005, that are designed to carry standing passengers, who may be aided by canes or walkers, as well as persons seated in wheelchairs, scooters, and other mobility aids, into and out of motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Bridging device</I> means that portion of a platform lift that provides a transitional surface between the platform surface and the surface of the vehicle floor within the platform threshold area.
</P>
<P><I>Cycle</I> means deploying a platform lift from a stowed position, lowering the lift to the ground level loading position, raising the lift to the vehicle floor loading position, and stowing the lift. The term includes operation of any wheelchair retention device, bridging device, and inner roll stop.
</P>
<P><I>Deploy</I> means with respect to a platform, its movement from a stowed position to an extended position or, one of the two loading positions. With respect to a wheelchair retention device or inner roll stop, the term means the movement of the device or stop to a fully functional position intended to prevent a passenger from disembarking the platform or being pinched between the platform and vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Floor reference plane</I> means the plane perpendicular to the longitudinal vehicle reference plane for platform lifts that deploy from the side of the vehicle or perpendicular to the transverse vehicle reference plane for platform lifts that deploy from the rear of the vehicle, and tangent to the outermost edge of the vehicle floor surface adjacent to the lift platform. (See figure 1.) 
</P>
<P><I>Gap</I> means a discontinuity in a plane surface, or between two adjacent surfaces.
</P>
<P><I>Inner roll-stop</I> means a device that is located at the edge of the platform that a passenger or mobility aid must traverse when entering and exiting the platform from the vehicle floor loading position and that is designed to retain mobility aids on the platform surface during the range of passenger operation.
</P>
<P><I>Lift reference plane</I> means the plane that is defined by two orthogonal axes passing through the geometric center of the platform surface of a platform lift. One axis is perpendicular to the platform reference plane and the other is parallel to the direction of wheelchair travel during loading of the lift. (<I>See</I> figure 1.) 
</P>
<P><I>Loading position</I> means, with respect to a platform lift, a position at which a passenger can either embark or disembark the lift. The two loading positions are at vehicle floor and ground level.
</P>
<P><I>Longitudinal vehicle reference plane</I> means the plane that is perpendicular to the floor reference plane and contains the longitudinal axis of the vehicle when the vehicle body is level and moves along with the vehicle body in response to the loading of the vehicle suspension. (<I>See</I> figure 1.) 
</P>
<P><I>Outer barrier</I> is a particular wheelchair retention device that is located on the edge of the platform, is traversed during ground level loading and unloading, and is designed to retain wheelchairs on the platform surface during the range of passenger operation.
</P>
<P><I>Platform</I> means that portion of a platform lift on which the mobility aid or passenger rests while being raised or lowered.
</P>
<P><I>Platform lift</I> means a level change device, including any integration of existing vehicle components, and excluding a ramp, used to assist persons with limited mobility in entering or leaving a vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Platform reference plane</I> means a plane tangent to the platform surface at its geometric center. (<I>See</I> figure 1.)
</P>
<P><I>Platform surface</I> means the passenger-carrying surface of the lift platform.
</P>
<P><I>Platform threshold area</I> means the rectangular area of the vehicle floor defined by moving a line that lies on the portion of the edge of the vehicle floor directly adjacent to the platform, through a distance of 457 mm (18 inches) across the vehicle floor in a direction perpendicular to the edge. Any portion of a bridging device that lies on this area must be considered part of that area.
</P>
<P><I>Private use lift</I> means a platform lift certified to the requirements for private use lifts and requirements in this standard for all lifts.
</P>
<P><I>Public use lift</I> means a platform lift certified to the requirements for public use lifts and requirements in this standard for all lifts.
</P>
<P><I>Range of passenger operation</I> means the portion of the lift cycle during which the platform is at or between the vehicle floor and ground level loading positions excluding any stow and deploy operations.
</P>
<P><I>Standard test load</I> means a static load or mass centered on the test pallet such that the total combined mass for public-use lifts shall be 272 kg (600 lb), and the total combined mass for private-use lifts shall be the lift manufacturer's stated rated load or 181 kg (400 lb), whichever is greater.
</P>
<P><I>Stow</I> means with respect to a platform, its movement from a position within the range of passenger operation to the position maintained during normal vehicle travel; and, with respect to a wheelchair retention device, bridging device, or inner-roll stop, its movement from a fully functional position to a position maintained during normal vehicle travel.
</P>
<P><I>Test pallet</I> means a platform on which required test loads are placed for handling and moving.
</P>
<P><I>Transverse vehicle reference plane</I> means the plane that is perpendicular to the floor reference plane and contains the transverse axis of the vehicle when the vehicle body is level and that moves along with the vehicle body in response to the loading of the vehicle suspension. (<I>See</I> figure 1.) 
</P>
<P><I>Wheelchair retention device</I> means a device designed to prevent wheelchairs from leaving the edge of the platform used for ground level loading and unloading during the range of passenger operation.
</P>
<P>S5. [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S6. Requirements.
</P>
<P>(a) Each platform lift must comply with the requirements for private use lifts or public use lifts and with the requirements for all lifts.
</P>
<P>(b) Each public use lift must
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the requirements for public use lifts and with the requirements for all lifts.
</P>
<P>(2) Bear a label with the words “DOT—Public Use Lift” as certification of compliance with the requirements specified in paragraph S6(b)(1).
</P>
<P>(c) Each private use lift must
</P>
<P>(1) Comply with the requirements for private use lifts and with the requirements for all lifts.
</P>
<P>(2) Bear a label with the words “DOT—Private Use Lift” as certification of compliance with the requirements specified in S6(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(d) Platform lifts suitable for installation on buses, school buses, and MPVs other than motor homes with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg (10,000 lb.), except motor homes, must be certified by the manufacturer as meeting the requirements for public use lifts. For platform lifts suitable for installation on all other vehicles, the manufacturer may select the option of certifying compliance with either the public use lift requirements or the private use lift requirements of this standard at the time it certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(e) For all lifts, where a range of values is specified, the equipment must meet the requirements at all points within the range.
</P>
<P>(f) The test procedures in S7 are used to determine compliance with all requirements, except S6.6, S6.7.5, S6.12 and S6.13.
</P>
<P>S6.1 <I>Threshold warning signal.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1 Except when the platform lift is operated manually in backup mode as required by S6.9, the lift must meet the requirements of S6.1.2 and S6.1.3. The lift is tested in accordance with S7.4 to determine compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>S6.1.2. Private-use lifts: Except for platform lifts where platform loading takes place wholly over the vehicle floor, a visual or audible warning must activate if the platform is more than 25 mm (1 inch) below the platform threshold area and portions of a passenger's body or mobility aid is on the platform threshold area defined in S4 when tested in accordance with S7.4.
</P>
<P>S6.1.3 Public-use lifts: A visual and audible warning must activate if the platform is more than 25 mm (1 inch) below the platform threshold area and portions of a passenger's body or mobility aid is on the platform threshold area defined in S4 when tested in accordance with S7.4.
</P>
<P>S6.1.4 The visual warning required by S6.1.2 and S6.1.3 must be a flashing red beacon as defined in SAE Recommended Practice J578 (1995) (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), must have a minimum intensity of 20 candela, a frequency from 1 to 2 Hz, and must be located within the interior of the vehicle such that it is visible from a point 914 mm (3 ft) above the center of the threshold area (see Figure 2) wherever the lift is installed and with any configuration of the vehicle interior.
</P>
<P>S6.1.5 The audible warning required by S6.1.2 and S6.1.3 must be a minimum of 85 dBA between 500 and 3000 Hz.
</P>
<P>S6.1.6 The intensity of the audible warning and visibility of the visual warning required by S6.1.2 and S6.1.3 is measured/observed at a location 914 mm (3 ft) above the center of the platform threshold area. (See Figure 2).
</P>
<P>S6.2 <I>Platform lift operational requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1 <I>General.</I> Throughout the range of passenger operation and during the lift operations specified in S7.9.3 through S7.9.8, the platform lift must meet the requirements of S6.2.2 through S6.2.4. These requirements must be satisfied both with and without a standard load on the lift platform, except for S6.2.2.2, which must be satisfied without any load.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2 <I>Maximum platform velocity.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.2.1 Throughout the range of passenger operation specified in S7.9.4 through S7.9.7, both the vertical and horizontal velocity of the platform must be less than or equal to 152 mm (6 inches) per second when measured at the geometric center of the platform when the platform is unloaded and at the geometric center of the top, horizontal surface of the standard load specified in S7.1.1 when the platform is loaded.
</P>
<P>S6.2.2.2 Except for platform lifts that manually stow (fold) and deploy (unfold), during the stow and deploy operations specified in S7.9.3 through S7.9.8, both the vertical and horizontal velocity of any portion of the platform must be less than or equal to 305 mm (12 inches) per second.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3 <I>Maximum platform acceleration.</I> Throughout the range of passenger operation specified in S7.9.4 through S7.9.7, both the horizontal and vertical acceleration of the platform must be less than or equal to 0.3 g after the accelerometer output is filtered with a channel frequency class (CFC) 3 filter. The filter must meet the requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 MAR95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), with F<E T="52">H</E> = 3 Hz and F<E T="52">N</E> = 5 Hz. The accelerometer is located at the geometric center of the platform and is mounted directly on the platform when it is unloaded and on the geometric center of the top, horizontal surface of the standard load specified in S7.1.1 when the platform is loaded.
</P>
<P>S6.2.4 <I>Maximum noise level of public use lifts.</I> Except as provided in S6.1.5, throughout the range of passenger operation specified in S7.9.4 through S7.9.7, the noise level of a public use lift may not exceed 80 dBa as measured at any lift operator's position designated by the platform lift manufacturer for the intended vehicle and in the area on the lift defined in S6.4.2.1. Lift operator position measurements are taken at the vertical centerline of the control panel 30.5 cm (12 in) out from the face of the control panel. In the case of a lift with a pendant control (<I>i.e.</I>, a control tethered to the vehicle by connective wiring), measurement is taken at the vertical centerline of the control panel 30.5 cm (12 in) out from the face of the control panel while the control panel is in its stowed or stored position. For the lift operator positions outside of the vehicle, measurements are taken at the intersection of a horizontal plane 157 cm (62 in) above the ground and the vertical centerline of the face of the control panel after it has been extended 30.5 cm (12 in) out from the face of the control panel.
</P>
<P>S6.3 <I>Environmental resistance.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.1 <I>Internally mounted platform lifts.</I> On platform lifts and their components internal to the occupant compartment of the vehicle or internal to other compartments that provide protection from the elements when stowed, attachment hardware must be free of ferrous corrosion on significant surfaces except for permissible ferrous corrosion, as defined in § 571.209, at peripheral surface edges or edges of holes on under-floor reinforcing plates and washers after being subjected to the conditions specified in S7.3. Alternatively, such hardware must be made from corrosion-resistant steel containing at least 11.5 percent chromium per § 571.209, S5.2(a) or must be protected against corrosion by an electrodeposited coating of nickel, or copper and nickel with at least a service condition number of SC2, and other attachment hardware must be protected by an electrodeposited coating of nickel, or copper and nickel with a service condition number of SC1, in accordance with ASTM B456-95 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), but such hardware may not be racked for electroplating in locations subjected to maximum stress. The manufacturer shall select the option by the time it certifies the lift and may not thereafter select a different option for the lift. The lift must be accompanied by all attachment hardware necessary for its installation on a vehicle.
</P>
<P>S6.3.2 <I>Externally mounted platform lifts.</I> On platform lifts and their components external to the occupant compartment of the vehicle and external to other compartments that provide protection from the elements when stowed, the lift and its components must be free of ferrous corrosion on significant surfaces except for permissible ferrous corrosion, as defined in FMVSS No. 209, at peripheral surface edges and edges of holes and continue to function properly after being subjected to the conditions specified in S7.3. Alternatively, such lifts and all associated hardware and components must be completely made from corrosion-resistant steel containing at least 11.5 percent chromium per FMVSS 571.209, S5.2(a). The manufacturer shall select the option by the time it certifies the lift and may not thereafter select a different option for the lift. The lift must be accompanied by all attachment hardware necessary for its installation on a vehicle.
</P>
<P>S6.4 <I>Platform requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.1 <I>General.</I> Throughout the range of passenger operations and during the platform lift operations specified in S7.9.4 through S7.9.7, the platform lift must meet the requirements of S6.4.2 through S6.4.12. The requirements of S6.4.2 through S6.4.6, S6.4.7.4, S6.4.9.4, S6.4.9.5, S6.4.9.6, and S6.4.9.8 must be satisfied both with and without a standard load on the lift platform
</P>
<P>S6.4.2 <I>Unobstructed platform operating volume.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.2.1 <I>Public use lifts.</I> For public use lifts, the minimum platform operating volume is the sum of an upper part and a lower part (see Figure 3). The lower part is a rectangular solid whose base is 725 mm (28.5 in) wide by the length of the platform surface, whose height is 50 mm (2 in), and which is resting on the platform surface with each side of the base parallel with the nearest side of the platform surface. The width is perpendicular to the lift reference plane and the length is parallel to the lift reference plane (See Figure 1). The upper part is a rectangular solid whose base is 760 mm (30 in) by 1,220 mm (48 in) long, whose height is 711 mm (28 in), and whose base is tangent to the top surface of the lower rectangular solid (see Figure 3). The centroids of both the upper and lower parts coincide with the vertical centroidal axis of the platform reference plane (see Figure 1).
</P>
<P>S6.4.2.2 <I>Private use lifts.</I> For private use lifts, the platform operating volume is as specified by the lift manufacturer and identified in the lift insert to the vehicle owner's manual.
</P>
<P>S6.4.3 <I>Platform surface protrusions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.3.1 <I>Public use lifts.</I> For public use lifts, except as required for deployment of the wheelchair retention device and inner roll stop, throughout the range of passenger operation, the platform surface may not have protrusions which rise more than 6.5 mm (0.25 in) above the platform surface, measured perpendicular to the platform surface by a device with its base centered between 50-100 mm (2-4 in) from the protrusion. Any cross-sectional dimension of the base of the protrusion measurement device must be greater than or equal to 25mm (1 in) and less than or equal to 50 mm (2 in).
</P>
<P>S6.4.3.2 <I>Private use lifts.</I> For private use lifts, except as required for deployment of the wheelchair retention device and inner roll stop, the platform surface may not have protrusions which rise more than 13 mm (0.5 in) above the platform surface, measured perpendicular to the platform surface by a device with its base centered between 50-100 mm (2-4 in) from the protrusion. All portions of the sides of a protrusion that are between 6.5 mm (0.25 in) and 13 mm (0.5 in) above the platform must have a slope not greater than 1:2, measured with respect to the platform surface at the location of the protrusion. Any cross-sectional dimension of the base of the protrusion measurement device must be greater than or equal to 25mm (1 in) and less than or equal to 50 mm (2 in).
</P>
<P>S6.4.4 <I>Gaps, transitions and openings.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.4.1 When the platform lift is at the ground level loading position, any vertical surface transition measured perpendicular to the ground over which a passenger may traverse to enter or exit the platform, may not be greater than 6.5 mm (0.25 in). When the lift is at the vehicle level loading position, any vertical surface transition measured perpendicular to the platform threshold area over which a passenger may traverse to enter or exit the platform, may not be greater than 6.5 mm (0.25 in).
</P>
<P>S6.4.4.2 When the platform lift is at the ground or vehicle level loading position, the slope of any surface over which a passenger may traverse to enter or exit the platform must have a rise to run not greater than 1:2 on the portion of the rise between 6.5 mm (0.25 in) and 13 mm (0.5 in), and 1:8 on the portion of the rise between 13 mm (0.5 in) and 75 mm (3 in). The rise of any sloped surface may not be greater than 75 mm (3 inches). When the lift is at the ground level loading position, measurements are made perpendicular to the ground. When the lift is at the vehicle level loading position, measurements are made perpendicular to the platform threshold area.
</P>
<P>S6.4.4.3 When the inner roll stop or any outer barrier is deployed, any gap between the inner roll stop and lift platform and any gap between the outer barrier and lift platform must prevent passage of the clearance test block specified in S7.1.3 when its long axis is held perpendicular to the platform reference plane.
</P>
<P>S6.4.4.4 When the platform is at the vehicle floor or ground level loading position, any horizontal gap over which a passenger may traverse to enter or exit the platform must prevent passage of a 13 mm (0.5 inch) diameter sphere.
</P>
<P>S6.4.4.5 Any opening in that portion of the platform surface that coincides with the unobstructed platform operating volume described in S6.4.2 must prevent passage of a 19 mm (0.75 inch) diameter sphere.
</P>
<P>S6.4.4.6 Any gap between the platform sides and edge guards which move with the platform must prevent passage of a 13 mm (0.5 inch) diameter sphere. Where structures fixed to the vehicle are used as edge guards, the horizontal gap between the platform side and vehicle structure must prevent passage of a 6.5 mm (0.25 inch) diameter sphere.
</P>
<P>S6.4.5 <I>Platform deflection.</I> The angle of the deployed platform, when stationary, and loaded with a standard load, must not exceed 4.8 degrees with respect to the vehicle floor and must not exceed 3 degrees with respect to the platform's unloaded position. The angles are measured between a vertical axis from the vehicle floor and an axis normal to the platform center as shown in Figure 1.
</P>
<P>S6.4.6 <I>Edge guards.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.6.1 The platform lift must have edge guards that extend continuously along each side of the lift platform to within 75 mm (3 inches) of the edges of the platform that are traversed while entering and exiting the platform at both the ground and vehicle floor level loading positions. The edge guards must be parallel to the direction of wheelchair movement during loading and unloading. Alternatively, when tested in accordance with S7.7.4, all portions of the wheels of the wheelchair test device must remain above the platform surface and after the control is released to Neutral, at the end of each attempt to steer the test device off the platform, all wheels of the wheelchair test device must be in contact with the platform surface. The manufacturer shall select the option by the time it certifies the lift and may not thereafter select a different option for the lift.
</P>
<P>S6.4.6.2 Edge guards that move with the platform must have vertical sides facing the platform surface and a minimum height of 38 mm (1.5 inches), measured vertically from the platform surface.
</P>
<P>S6.4.6.3 Except whenever any part of the platform surface is below a horizontal plane 75 mm (3 inches) above the ground, edge guards must be deployed throughout the range of passenger operation.
</P>
<P>S6.4.7 <I>Wheelchair retention.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.7.1 <I>Impact I.</I> Except for platform lifts designed so that platform loading takes place wholly over the vehicle floor, the lift must have a means of retaining the test device specified in S7.1.2. After impact, the test device must remain supported by the platform surface with none of the axles of its wheels extending beyond a plane that is perpendicular to the platform reference plane (Figure 1) and that is tangent to the edge of the platform that is traversed when entering or exiting the platform from the ground level loading position throughout its range of passenger operation, except as provided in S6.4.7.4. The lift is tested in accordance with S7.7 to determine compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>S6.4.7.2 <I>Impact II.</I> For platform lifts designed so that platform loading takes place wholly over the vehicle floor, the lift must have a means of retaining the test device specified in S7.1.2. After impact, the test device must remain upright with all of its wheels on the platform surface, throughout the range of passenger operation, except as provided in S6.4.7.4. The lift is tested in accordance with S7.7 to determine compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>S6.4.7.3 <I>Overload.</I> The deployed wheelchair retention device(s) must be capable of sustaining 7,117 N (1,600 lb force) when tested in accordance with S7.13. No separation, fracture, or breakage of the wheelchair retention device may occur as a result of conducting the test in S7.13.
</P>
<P>S6.4.7.4 <I>Deployment.</I> Except whenever any part of the platform surface is below a horizontal plane 75 mm (3 in) above the ground, the wheelchair retention device(s) must be deployed throughout the range of passenger operation.
</P>
<P>S6.4.8 <I>Inner roll stop.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.8.1 <I>Public use lifts.</I> Public use lifts must have an inner roll stop that meets the requirements of S6.4.8.3.
</P>
<P>S6.4.8.2 <I>Private use lifts.</I> Private use lifts must:
</P>
<P>(a) Have an inner roll stop that meets the requirements of S6.4.8.3; or
</P>
<P>(b) Have operating instructions near the lift controls and in the vehicle owner's manual, as specified in S6.7.8 and S6.12.4.3, that contain a warning that wheelchairs should back onto the platform when entering from the ground.
</P>
<P>S6.4.8.3 <I>Requirements.</I> When tested in accordance with S7.8, platform lifts must have an inner roll stop that provides a means that prevents:
</P>
<P>(a) The front wheels of the test device specified in S7.1.2 from extending beyond a plane that is perpendicular to the platform reference plane (Figure 1) and that is tangent to the edge of the platform where the roll stop is located when the lift is at ground level loading position; and
</P>
<P>(b) Any portion of the test device specified in S7.1.2 from being contacted simultaneously with a portion of the lift platform and any other structure, throughout the lift's range of passenger operation.
</P>
<P>S6.4.9 <I>Handrails.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.4.9.1 <I>Public use lifts:</I> Public use lifts must have a handrail located on each side of the lift that meets the requirements of S6.4.9.3 through S6.4.9.9.
</P>
<P>S6.4.9.2 <I>Private use lifts:</I> Private use lifts are not required to be equipped with handrails. Private use lifts that are equipped with handrails must meet the requirement of S6.4.9.3 through S6.4.9.9.
</P>
<P>S6.4.9.3 The graspable portion of each handrail may not be less than 760 mm (30 inches) and more than 965 mm (38 inches) above the platform surface, measured vertically.
</P>
<P>S6.4.9.4 The cross section of the graspable portion of each handrail may not be less than 31.5 mm (1.25 inches) and more than 38 mm (1.5 inches) in diameter or width, and may not have less than a 3.2 mm (0.125 inch) radii on any corner.
</P>
<P>S6.4.9.5 The vertical projection of the graspable portion of each handrail must intersect two planes that are perpendicular to the platform reference plane and to the direction of travel of a wheelchair on the lift when entering or exiting the platform, and are 203 mm (8 inches) apart.
</P>
<P>S6.4.9.6 The handrails must move such that the position of the handrails relative to the platform surface does not change.
</P>
<P>S6.4.9.7 When tested in accordance with S7.12.1, each handrail must withstand 445 N (100 pounds force) applied at any point and in any direction on the handrail without more than 25 mm (1 inch) of displacement relative to the platform surface. After removal of the load, the handrail must exhibit no permanent deformation.
</P>
<P>S6.4.9.8 When tested in accordance with S7.12.1, there must be at least 38 mm (1.5 inches) of clearance between each handrail and any portion of the vehicle, throughout the range of passenger operation.
</P>
<P>S6.4.9.9 When tested in accordance with S7.12.2, each handrail must withstand 1,112 N (250 lb/f) applied at any point and in any direction on the handrail without sustaining any failure, such as cracking, separation, fracture, or more than 100 mm (4 inches) of displacement of any point on the handrails relative to the platform surface.
</P>
<P>S6.4.10 <I>Platform markings on public use lifts.</I> Throughout the range of passenger operation, all edges of the platform surface, the visible edge of the vehicle floor or bridging device adjacent to the platform lift, and any designated standing area on a public use lift must be outlined. The outlines must be at least 25 mm (1 in) wide and of a color that contrasts with its background by 60 percent, determined according to the following equation:
</P>
<FP-2>Contrast = 100 × [(L1−L2)/L1] 
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where: 
</FP>
<FP-2>L1 = luminance of the lighter color or shade, and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>L2 = luminance of the darker color or shade.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>L1 and L2 are measured perpendicular to the platform surface with illumination provided by a diffuse light and a resulting luminance of the platform surface of 323 lm/m
<SU>2</SU> (30 lumen/sqft).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>S6.4.11 <I>Platform slip resistance.</I> When tested in accordance with S7.2, the coefficient of friction, in any direction, of any part of a wet platform surface may not be less than 0.65.
</P>
<P>S6.5 <I>Structural integrity.</I> 
</P>
<P>S6.5.1 <I>Fatigue endurance.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.5.1.1 <I>Public use lifts.</I> Except for lifts that manually stow (fold) and deploy (unfold), public use lifts must remain operable when operated through a total of 15,600 cycles: 7,800 unloaded Raise/Lower and Stow/Deploy operations and 7,800 loaded Raise/Lower operations as specified in S7.10. Public use lifts that manually stow (fold) and deploy (unfold) must remain operable when operated through a total of 15,600 cycles: 7,800 unloaded Raise/Lower operations and 7,800 loaded Raise/Lower operations. No separation, fracture, or breakage of any vehicle or lift component may occur as a result of conducting the fatigue test in S7.10.
</P>
<P>S6.5.1.2 <I>Private use lifts.</I> Except for lifts that manually stow (fold) and deploy (unfold), private use lifts must remain operable when operated through a total of 4,400 cycles: 2,200 unloaded Raise/Lower and Stow/Deploy operations and 2,200 loaded Raise/Lower operations as specified in S7.10. Private use lifts that manually stow (fold) and deploy (unfold) must remain operable when operated through a total of 4,400 cycles: 2,200 unloaded Raise/Lower operations and 2,200 loaded Raise/Lower operations. No separation, fracture, or breakage of any vehicle or lift component may occur as a result of conducting the fatigue test in S7.10.
</P>
<P>S6.5.2 <I>Proof load.</I> The platform lift must be capable of holding three times the standard load, as specified in S7.11, without separation, fracture, or breakage of any vehicle or lift component. After the test, the lift must pass Static Load Test I as specified in S7.9.
</P>
<P>S6.5.3 <I>Ultimate load.</I> The platform lift must be capable of holding four times the standard load, as specified in S7.14, without separation, fracture, or breakage of the platform, supporting structure, or lifting mechanism.
</P>
<P>S6.6 <I>Platform free fall limits.</I> In the event of any single-point failure of systems for raising, lowering or supporting the platform, any portion of the platform, loaded as specified in S7.1.1, may not fall vertically faster than 305 mm (12 in) per second or change angular orientation more than 2 degrees from the orientation prior to the failure. This requirement applies whenever the lift is under primary power source operation or manual backup operation.
</P>
<P>S6.7 <I>Control panel switches.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.7.1 The platform lift must meet the requirements of S6.7.2 through S6.7.8 and, when operated by means of the control panel switches specified in S6.7.2, must perform the lift operations specified in S7.9.
</P>
<P>S6.7.2 The platform lift system must have control panel switches that perform not less than the following functions: (platform lifts that manually stow (fold) and deploy (unfold) are exempt from S6.7.2.2 and S6.7.2.5).
</P>
<P>S6.7.2.1 Enables and disables the lift control panel switches. This function must be identified as “POWER” if located on the control. The POWER function must have two states: “ON” and “OFF”. The “ON” state must allow platform lift operation. When the POWER function is in the “ON” state, an indicator light on the controls must illuminate. The “OFF” state must prevent lift operation and must turn off the indicator light. Verification with this requirement is made throughout the lift operations specified in S7.9.3 through S7.9.8.
</P>
<P>S6.7.2.2 Moves the lift from a stowed position to an extended position or, to one of the two loading positions. This function must be identified as “DEPLOY” or “UNFOLD” on the control.
</P>
<P>S6.7.2.3 Lowers the lift platform. This function must be identified as “Down” or “Lower” on the control.
</P>
<P>S6.7.2.4 Raises the lift platform. This function must be identified as “Up” or “Raise” on the control.
</P>
<P>S6.7.2.5 Moves the lift from a position within the range of passenger operation to a stowed position. This function must be identified as “Stow” or “Fold” on the control.
</P>
<P>S6.7.3 Except for the Power function described in S6.7.2.1, the functions specified in S6.7.2 must activate in a momentary fashion, by one switch or by a combination of switches. Verification with this requirement is made throughout the lift operations specified in S7.9.3 through S7.9.8. 
</P>
<P>S6.7.4 Except for the POWER function described in S6.7.2.1, the control system specified in S6.7.2 must prevent the simultaneous performance of more than one function. If an initial function is actuated, then one or more other functions are actuated while the initial function remains actuated, the platform must either continue in the direction dictated by the initial function or stop. Verification of this requirement is made throughout the lift operations specified in S7.9.3 through S7.9.8.
</P>
<P>S6.7.5 Any single-point failure in the control panel switches may not prevent the operation of any of the interlocks as specified in S6.10.
</P>
<P>S6.7.6 <I>Identification of operating functions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.7.6.1 Each operating function of each platform lift control must be identified with characters that are at least 2.5 mm (0.1 in) in height.
</P>
<P>S6.7.6.2 <I>Public use lifts.</I> Public-use lift controls located within the portion of the passenger compartment specified in S5.3.4(a) of Standard No. 101 (§ 571.101) must have characters that are illuminated in accordance with S5.3 of Standard No. 101 when the vehicle's headlights are illuminated. Public-use lift controls located outside the portion of the passenger compartment specified in S5.3.4(a) of Standard No. 101 (§ 571.101) must have means for illuminating the characters to make them visible under daylight and nighttime conditions.
</P>
<P>S6.7.7 Control location for public use lifts: In public use lifts, except for the backup operation specified in S6.9, all control panel switches must be positioned together and in a location such that the lift operator has a direct, unobstructed view of the platform lift passenger and the passenger's mobility aid, if applicable. Verification with this requirement is made throughout the lift operations specified in S7.9.3 through S7.9.8. Additional controls may be positioned in other locations.
</P>
<P>S6.7.8 <I>Operating instructions:</I> Simple instructions regarding the platform lift operating procedures, including backup operations as specified by S6.9, must:
</P>
<P>S6.7.8.1 Be located near the controls.
</P>
<P>S6.7.8.2 Have characters with a minimum height of 2.5 mm (0.1 in) and written in English.
</P>
<P>S6.7.8.3 <I>Public use lifts:</I> Include the statement “DOT—Public Use Lift”.
</P>
<P>S6.7.8.4 <I>Private use lifts:</I> Include the statement “DOT—Private Use Lift”, the manufacturer's rated load for the lift, and, if applicable, instructions indicating that the wheelchair occupant must back onto the lift when loading from the ground.
</P>
<P>S6.8 <I>Jacking prevention.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.8.1 Except when the platform lift is operated in backup mode as required by S6.9, throughout the lift operations specified in S7.9.4 and S7.9.7, the lift system must meet the requirements of S6.8.2, both with and without a standard load on the lift. 
</P>
<P>S6.8.2 The control system or platform lift design must prevent the raising of any portion of the vehicle by the lift system when lowering the lift is attempted while the lift is at the ground level loading position. 
</P>
<P>S6.9 <I>Backup operation.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.9.1 The platform lift must be equipped with a manual backup operating mode that can, in the event there is a loss of the primary power source for lift operation or a lift malfunction, deploy the lift, lower the loaded platform to the ground level loading position, raise the unloaded platform to the vehicle floor loading position, and stow the lift. During backup operation of the lift, the wheelchair retention device and inner roll stop must be manually deployable and stowable. The operating instructions near the lift controls and in the vehicle owner's manual insert, as specified in S6.7.8 and S6.12.2, must contain information on manual backup operation which must include manual operation of the wheelchair retention device and inner roll stop during backup operation of the lift.
</P>
<P>S6.10 <I>Interlocks.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.10.1 Except when the platform lift is operated in backup mode as required by S6.9, the requirements of S6.10.2 must be met, both with and without a standard load on the lift.
</P>
<P>S6.10.2 The platform lift system must have interlocks or operate in such a manner when installed according to the installation instructions, as to prevent:
</P>
<P>S6.10.2.1 Forward or rearward mobility of the vehicle unless the platform lift is stowed. The design of this system must be such that it discourages accidental release and does not affect vehicle movement when the lift is stowed until the vehicle is stopped and the lift deployed. Verification with this requirement is made throughout the lift operations specified in S7.9.2 and S7.9.3.
</P>
<P>S6.10.2.2 Operation of the platform lift from the stowed position until forward and rearward mobility of the vehicle is inhibited, by means of placing the transmission in park or placing the transmission in neutral and actuating the parking brake or the vehicle service brakes by means other than the operator depressing the vehicle's service brake pedal. Verification with this requirement is made throughout the lift operations specified in S7.9.2 and S7.9.3.
</P>
<P>S6.10.2.3 Stowing of the platform lift when occupied by portions of a passenger's body, and/or a mobility aid. Platform lifts designed to be occupied while stowed and platform lifts that manually stow (fold) are excluded from this requirement. Verification with this requirement is made using the test device specified in S7.1.4. Move the deployed platform lift to a position within the range of passenger operation where it will stow if the control specified in S6.7.2.5 is actuated. Place the test device specified in S7.1.4 on its narrowest side on any portion of the platform surface that coincides with the unobstructed platform operating volume described in S6.4.2. Using the operator control specified in S7.7.2.5, attempt to stow the lift. The interlock must prevent the lift from stowing.
</P>
<P>S6.10.2.4 Movement of the platform up or down, throughout the range of passenger operation, unless the inner roll stop required to comply with S6.4.8 is deployed. When the platform reaches a level where the inner roll stop is designed to fully deploy, the platform must stop unless the inner roll stop has fully deployed. Verification with this requirement is made by performing the test procedure specified in S7.6.1.
</P>
<P>S6.10.2.5 Movement of the platform up or down, throughout the range of passenger operation, when the highest point of the platform surface at the outer most platform edge is above a horizontal plane 75 mm (3 in) above the ground level loading position, unless the wheelchair retention device required to comply with S6.4.7 is deployed throughout the range of passenger operations. Verification of compliance is made using the test procedure specified in S7.5.1.
</P>
<P>S6.10.2.6 In the case of a platform lift that is equipped with an outer barrier, vertical deployment of the outer barrier when it is occupied by portions of the passenger's body or mobility aid throughout the lift operation. When the platform stops, the vertical change in distance of the horizontal plane (passing through the point of contact between the wheelchair test device wheel(s) and the upper surface of the outer barrier) must not be greater than 13 mm (0.5 in). Verification of compliance with this requirement is made using the test procedure specified in S7.5.1.
</P>
<P>S6.10.2.7 Vertical deployment of the inner roll stop required to comply with S6.4.8 when it is occupied by portions of a passenger's body or mobility aid throughout the lift operations. When the platform stops, the vertical change in distance of the horizontal plane (passing through the point of contact between the wheelchair test device wheel(s) and the upper surface of the inner roll stop or platform edge) must not be greater than 13 mm (0.5 in). Verification of compliance with this requirement is made using the test procedure specified in S7.6.1.
</P>
<P>S6.11 <I>Operations counter.</I> The platform lift must have an operation or cycle counter that records each complete Up/Down (Raise/Lower) operation throughout the range of passenger operation. Determination of compliance with this requirement is made during the lift operations specified in S7.9.4 and S7.9.5.
</P>
<P>S6.12 <I>Vehicle owner's manual insert.</I> The lift manufacturer must provide with the lift, inserts for the vehicle owner's manual that provide specific information about the platform lift. The vehicle owner's manual insert must be written in English and must include:
</P>
<P>S6.12.1 A maintenance schedule that includes maintenance requirements that have, at a minimum, some dependency on the number of cycles on the operations counter specified in S6.11.
</P>
<P>S6.12.2 Instructions regarding the platform lift operating procedures, including backup operations, as specified by S6.9.
</P>
<P>S6.12.3 <I>Public use lifts:</I> In addition to meeting the requirements of S6.12.1 and S6.12.2, the owner's manual insert for public use lifts must also include:
</P>
<P>S6.12.3.1 The statement “DOT—Public Use Lift” on the front cover of the vehicle owner's manual insert; and
</P>
<P>S6.12.3.2 The statement “<I>DOT—Public Use Lift”</I> verifies that this platform lift meets the “public use lift ” requirements of FMVSS No. 403. This lift may be installed on all vehicles appropriate for the size and weight of the lift, but must be installed on buses, school buses, and multi-purpose passenger vehicles other than motor homes with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) that exceeds 4,536 kg (10,000 lb).”
</P>
<P>S6.12.4 Private use lifts: In addition to meeting the requirements of S6.12.1 and S6.12.2, the owner's manual insert for private use lifts must also include:
</P>
<P>S6.12.4.1 The dimensions that constitute the unobstructed platform operating volume; 
</P>
<P>S6.12.4.2 The manufacturer's rated load for the lift; 
</P>
<P>S6.12.4.3 Information on whether a wheelchair user must back onto the platform from the ground level loading position due to the absence of an inner roll stop; 
</P>
<P>S6.12.4.4 The statement “DOT-Private Use Lift” on the front cover of the vehicle owner's manual insert; and
</P>
<P>S6.12.4.5 The statement “<I>DOT-Private Use Lift</I> verifies that this platform lift meets only the “private use lift” requirements of FMVSS No. 403. This lift may be installed on all vehicles appropriate for the size and weight of the lift, except for buses, school buses, and multi-purpose passenger vehicles other than motor homes with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) that exceeds (4,536 kg) 10,000 lb.”
</P>
<P>S6.13 <I>Installation instructions.</I> The manufacturer of a platform lift must include installation instructions with each lift. Information must be included in the installation instructions that identifies:
</P>
<P>S6.13.1 The vehicles on which the lift is designed to be installed. Vehicles may be identified by listing the make, model, and year of the vehicles for which the lift is suitable, or by specifying the design elements that would make a vehicle an appropriate host for the particular lift, and for which the platform lift manufacturer has certified compliance.
</P>
<P>S6.13.2 Procedures for operational checks that the vehicle manufacturer must perform to verify that the lift is fully operational. Such checks include, but are not limited to, platform lighting, the threshold-warning signal, and interlocks, including those that interface with vehicle systems.
</P>
<P>S6.13.3 Any informational material or labels that must be placed on or in the vehicle in order to comply with the requirements of this standard. Labels must be of a permanent nature that can withstand the elements of the outside environment.
</P>
<P>S6.13.4 Public use lifts: In addition to meeting the requirements of S6.13.1 through S6.13.3, the installation instructions for public use lifts must also include, on the front cover of the instructions, the statement “DOT-Public Use Lift”.
</P>
<P>S6.13.4.1 Installation instructions for public use lifts must contain the statement “Public use vehicle manufacturers are responsible for complying with the lift lighting requirements in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 404, Platform Lift Installations in Motor Vehicles (49 CFR 571.404).” 
</P>
<P>S6.13.5 Private use lifts: In addition to meeting the requirements of S6.13.1 through S6.13.3, the installation instructions for private use lifts must also include, on the front cover of the instructions, the manufacturer's rated load for the lift and the statement “DOT-Private Use Lift”.
</P>
<P>S7 <I>Test conditions and procedures.</I> Each platform lift must be capable of meeting all of the tests specified in this standard, both separately, and in the sequence specified in this section. The tests specified in S7.4, S7.7.4 and S7.8 through S7.12 are performed on a single lift and vehicle combination. The tests specified in S7.2, S7.3, S7.5, S7.6, S7.7.1, S7.13, and S7.14 may be performed with the lift installed on a test jig rather than on a vehicle. Tests of requirements in S6.1 through S6.11 may be performed on a single lift and vehicle combination, except for the requirements of S6.5.3. Attachment hardware may be replaced if damaged by removal and reinstallation of the lift between a test jig and vehicle.
</P>
<P>S7.1 <I>Test devices.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.1.1 <I>Test pallet and load.</I> The surface of the test pallet that rests on the platform used for the tests specified in S7.9 through S7.11 and S7.14 has sides that measure between 660 mm (26 in) and 686 mm (27 in). For the tests specified in S7.9 and S7.10, the test pallet is made of a rectangular steel plate of uniform thickness and the load that rests on the test pallet is made of rectangular steel plate(s) of uniform thickness and sides that measure between 533 mm (21 in) and 686 mm (27 in). The standard test load that rests on the pallet is defined in S4.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2 <I>Wheelchair test device.</I> The test device is an unloaded power wheelchair whose size is appropriate for a 95th percentile male and that has the dimensions, configuration and components described in S7.1.2.1 through S7.1.2.11. If the dimension in S7.1.2.9 is measured for a particular wheelchair by determining its tipping angle, the batteries are prevented from moving from their original position.
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.1 a cross-braced steel frame; 
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.2 a sling seat integrated in the frame; 
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.3 a belt drive; 
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.4 detachable footrests, with the lowest point of the footrest adjustable in a range not less than 25 mm (1 in) to 123 mm (5 in) from the ground; 
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.5 Two pneumatic rear tires with a diameter not less than 495 mm (19.5 in) and not more than 521 mm (20.5 in) inflated to the wheelchair manufacturer's recommended pressure or if no recommendation exists, to the maximum pressure that appears on the sidewall of the tire;
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.6 Two pneumatic front tires with a diameter not less than 190 mm (7.5 in) and not more than 216 mm (8.5 in) inflated to the wheelchair manufacturer's recommended pressure or if no recommendation exists, to the maximum pressure that appears on the sidewall of the tire; 
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.7 a distance between front and rear axles not less than 457 mm (18 in) and not more than 533 mm (21 in); 
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.8 a horizontal distance between rear axle and center of gravity not less than 114 mm (4.5 in) and not more than 152 mm (6.0 in); 
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.9 a vertical distance between ground and center of gravity not less than 260 mm (10.25 in) and not more than 298 mm (11.75 in); 
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.10 a mass of not less than 72.5 kg (160 lb) and not more than 86.0 kg (190 lb).
</P>
<P>S7.1.2.11 Batteries with a charge not less than 75 percent of their rated nominal capacity (for tests that require use of the wheelchair's propulsion system).
</P>
<P>S7.1.3 <I>Clearance test block for gaps, transitions, and openings.</I> The clearance test block is made of a rigid material and is 16 × 16 × 100 mm (0.625 × 0.625 × 4.0 in) with all corners having a 1.6 mm (0.0625 inch) radius.
</P>
<P>S7.1.4 <I>Test Device for detecting platform occupancy.</I> Occupancy of the platform is detected using a 152 × 152 × 305 mm (6 × 6 × 12 inches) rigid box having a total weight of 22.7 kg (50 lb).
</P>
<P>S7.2 <I>Slip resistance test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.2.1 To determine compliance with S6.4.12, clean any 450mm × 100mm (17.5 in × 3.94 in) section of the platform with household glass cleaner (ammonia hydroxide solution). Wet the cleaned section of the platform by evenly spraying 3 ml (0.10 oz) of distilled water per 100 cm
<SU>2</SU> (15.5 in
<SU>2</SU>) of surface area. Begin the test specified in S7.2.2 within 30 seconds of completion of the wetting process.
</P>
<P>S7.2.2 Use the test procedure defined in ANSI/RESNA Standard WC/Vol. 1-1998, Section 13 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5), except for clauses 5.3, Force Gage and 6, Test Procedure, on the wet section of platform. In lieu of clauses 5.3 and 6, implement the requirements of S7.2.2.1 and S7.2.2.2.
</P>
<P>S7.2.2.1 <I>Force gage.</I> The pulling force is measured, at a frequency of at least 10 Hz, by a force gauge that has been calibrated to an accuracy of ±2 percent of the reading in the range of 25N to 100N.
</P>
<P>S7.2.2.2 <I>Test procedure.</I> Before the test, prepare the surface of the test rubber by lightly abrading with waterproof silicon carbide paper, grade P120, weight D (120 wet and dry). Then wipe the surface clean with a dry cloth or brush. No solvents or other cleaning materials are used. To determine the coefficient of friction for the wet platform section pull the test block, with the test rubber attached, by machine at a rate of 20 ±2mm/s. The machine and test block are rigidly linked by a device that exhibits a stiffness greater than or equal to 1 × 10
<SU>5</SU> N/m. Pull the test block for a minimum of 13 seconds. Record the pulling force over the final 10 seconds of the test at a minimum frequency of 10 Hz. Repeat the test at least 5 times on any one area of the platform surface, in a single direction. Calculate the average pulling force for each trial, F<E T="52">1</E> through F<E T="52">n</E>, where n is the number of trials. Measure the weight of the test block with the force gauge and call it F<E T="52">b</E>. Calculate the coefficient of friction, μ<E T="52">p</E>, from the following equation:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="27" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er27de02.000.gif"/></MATH>
<P>S7.3 <I>Environmental resistance test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.3.1 Perform the procedures specified in S7.3.2 through S7.3.5 to determine compliance with S6.3.
</P>
<P>S7.3.2 Attachment hardware, as specified in S6.3.1, and externally mounted platform lifts or components, as specified in S6.3.2, are tested in accordance with ASTM B117-97 (incorporated by reference, see § 571.5). Any surface coating or material not intended for permanent retention on the metal parts during service life are removed prior to testing. Except as specified in S7.3.3, the period of the test is 50 hours, consisting of two periods of 24 hours exposure to salt spray followed by one hour drying.
</P>
<P>S7.3.3 For attachment hardware located within the occupant compartment of the motor vehicle or internal to other compartments that provide protection from the elements and not at or near the floor of the compartment, the period of the test is 25 hours, consisting of one period of 24 hours exposure to salt spray followed by one hour drying.
</P>
<P>S7.3.4 For performance of this test, externally mounted platform lifts or components may be installed on test jigs rather than on the vehicle. The lift is in a stowed position. The configuration of the test setup is such that areas of the lift that would be exposed to the outside environment during actual use are not protected from the salt spray by the test jig.
</P>
<P>S7.3.5 At the end of the test, any surface exposed to the salt spray is washed thoroughly with water to remove the salt. After drying for at least 24 hours under laboratory conditions, the platform lift and components are examined for ferrous corrosion on significant surfaces, <I>i.e.,</I> all surfaces that can be contacted by a sphere 2 cm (0.79 in) in diameter.
</P>
<P>S7.4 <I>Threshold warning signal test.</I> 
</P>
<P>S7.4.1 Determine compliance with S6.1.2 and S6.1.3 using the test procedure specified in S7.4.2.
</P>
<P>S7.4.2 During the threshold warning test, the wheelchair test device may be occupied by a human representative of a 5th percentile female meeting the requirements of FMVSS 208, S29.1(f) and S29.2. If present, the human subject is seated in the wheelchair test device with his or her feet supported by the wheelchair foot rests which are adjusted properly for length and in the down position (not elevated). The manufacturer shall select the option by the time it certifies the lift and may not thereafter select a different test option for the lift. Maneuver the lift platform to the vehicle floor level loading position. Using the wheelchair test device specified in S7.1.2, place one front wheel of the wheelchair test device on any portion of the threshold area defined in S4. Move the platform down until the alarm is actuated. Remove the test wheelchair wheel from the threshold area to deactivate the alarm. Measure the vertical distance between the platform and the threshold area and determine whether that distance is greater than 25 mm (1 in).
</P>
<P>S7.5 <I>Outer barrier non-deployment interlock and occupied outer barrier interlock test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.5.1 Determine compliance with both S6.10.2.5 and S6.10.2.6 by using the following single test procedure.
</P>
<P>S7.5.1.1 Place the test jig or vehicle on which the lift is installed on a flat, level, horizontal surface. Maneuver the platform to the ground level loading position. Using the lift control, move the lift upward until the point where the outer barrier fully deploys. Stop the platform at that point and measure the vertical distance between the highest point on the platform surface at the outer most edge and the ground to determine whether the distance is greater than 75 mm (3 in). Reposition the platform in the ground level loading position. Locate the wheelchair test device specified in S7.1.2 on the platform. If other wheelchair retention devices (e.g., a belt retention device) prevent the front wheel of the wheelchair test device from accessing the outer barrier when on the platform, the wheelchair test device may be placed on the ground facing the entrance to the lift, with other retention devices configured so that they do not prevent lift operation (e.g., with any belt retention device fastened or buckled).
</P>
<P>S7.5.1.2 Place one front wheel of the wheelchair test device on any portion of the outer barrier. If the platform is too small to maneuver one front wheel on the outer barrier, two front wheels may be placed on the outer barrier. Note the distance between a horizontal plane (passing through the point of contact between the wheelchair test device wheel(s) and the upper surface of the outer barrier) and the ground. Using the lift control, move the platform up until it stops. Measure the vertical distance between the highest point of the platform surface at the outer most edge and the ground to determine compliance with S6.10.2.5. Measure the vertical change in distance of the horizontal plane (passing through the point of contact between the wheelchair test device wheel(s) and the upper surface of the outer barrier) to determine compliance with S6.10.2.6.
</P>
<P>S7.6 <I>Inner roll stop non-deployment interlock and occupied inner roll stop interlock test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.6.1 Determine compliance with both S6.10.2.4 and S6.10.2.7 by using the single test procedure in S7.6.2 and S7.6.3.
</P>
<P>S7.6.2 Maneuver the platform to the vehicle floor level loading position, and position the wheelchair test device specified in S7.1.2 on the platform with the front of the wheelchair test device facing the vehicle. Using the lift control, move the platform down until the inner roll stop fully deploys. Stop the lift and note that location.
</P>
<P>S7.6.3 Reposition the platform at the vehicle floor level loading position. Place one front wheel of the wheelchair test device on the inner roll stop. If the platform is too small to maneuver one front wheel on the inner roll stop, two front wheels may be placed on the inner roll stop. Note the vertical distance between a horizontal plane (passing through the point of contact between the wheelchair test device wheel(s) and the upper surface of the inner roll stop) and the ground. Using the lift control, move the platform down until it stops. Compare the location of the platform relative to the location noted in S7.6.2 to determine compliance with S6.10.2.4. Measure the vertical change in distance of the horizontal plane (passing through the point of contact between the wheelchair test device wheel(s) and the upper surface of the inner roll stop) to determine compliance with S6.10.2.7.
</P>
<P>S7.7 <I>Wheelchair retention device impact test and edge guard test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.7.1 Determine compliance with S6.4.7.1 and S6.4.7.2 using the test device specified in S7.1.2, under the procedures specified in S7.7.2 and S7.7.3.
</P>
<P>S7.7.2 Conduct the test in accordance with the procedures in S7.7.2.1 through S7.7.2.5 to determine compliance with S6.4.7.1. In the case of private use lifts, perform both S7.7.2.5(a) and (b), unless the operating directions specify a required direction of wheelchair movement onto the platform. When a direction is indicated in the operating instructions, perform the procedure specified in S7.7.2.5(a) or (b) with the test device oriented as required by the operating instructions.
</P>
<P>S7.7.2.1 Place the lift platform at the vehicle floor loading position.
</P>
<P>S7.7.2.2 If the wheelchair retention device is an outer barrier, the footrests are adjusted such that at their lowest point they have a height 25 mm ±2 mm (1 in ±0.08 in) less than the outer barrier. If the wheelchair retention device is not an outer barrier, the footrests are adjusted such that at their lowest point they have a height 50 mm ±2 mm (2 in ±0.08 in) above the platform.
</P>
<P>S7.7.2.3 Position the test device with its plane of symmetry coincident with the lift reference plane and at a distance from the platform sufficient to achieve the impact velocities required by S7.7.2.5.
</P>
<P>S7.7.2.4 An optional 50 kg (110 pounds) of weight may be centered, evenly distributed, and secured in the seat of the wheelchair test device to assist in stabilizing the wheelchair test device during testing. The manufacturer shall select the option by the time it certifies the lift and may not thereafter select a different test option for the lift. Accelerate the test device onto the platform under its own power such that the test device impacts the wheelchair retention device at each speed and direction combination specified in S7.7.2.5. Terminate power to the wheelchair test device by means of the wheelchair controller after completion of the initial impact of any portion of the wheelchair test device with the wheelchair retention device. Note the position of the wheelchair test device following each impact to determine compliance with S6.4.7. If necessary, after each impact, adjust or replace the footrests to restore them to their original condition.
</P>
<P>S7.7.2.5 The test device is operated at the following speeds, in the following directions—
</P>
<P>(a) At a speed of not less than 2.0 m/s (4.4 mph) and not more than 2.1 m/s (4.7 mph) in the forward direction.
</P>
<P>(b) At a speed of not less than 1.75 m/s (3.9 mph) and not more than 1.85 m/s (4.1 mph) in the rearward direction.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3 <I>Rotary platform lifts:</I> For rotary platform lifts, conduct the test under the procedures in S7.7.3.3 through S7.7.3.7 to determine compliance with S6.4.7.2.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3.1 <I>Public use lifts:</I> For public use lifts, perform the test in both possible test device orientations.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3.2 <I>Private use lifts:</I> For private use lifts, perform the test in both possible test device orientations unless a required direction of wheelchair movement onto the platform is indicated in the operating instructions. If a required direction is indicated in the operating instructions, perform the test with the test device oriented as required by the operating instructions.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3.3 Adjust the footrests of the test device to the shortest length. Place the test device on the platform with its plane of symmetry coincident with the lift reference plane.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3.4 Position the platform surface 90 mm ±10 mm (3.5 inches ±0.4 inches) above the ground level position.
</P>
<P>S7.7.3.5 Slowly move the test device in the forward direction until it contacts a wheelchair retention device. Activate the controller of the test device such that, if the test device were unloaded and unrestrained on a flat, level surface, it would achieve a maximum forward velocity of not less than 2.0 m/s (4.4 mph) and not more than 2.1 m/s (4.7 mph).
</P>
<P>S7.7.3.6 Realign the test device on the platform so that its plane of symmetry is coincident with the lift reference plane. Slowly move the test device in the rearward direction until it contacts a wheelchair retention device. Activate the controller of the test device such that, if the test device were unloaded and unrestrained on a flat, level surface, it would achieve a maximum rearward velocity of not less than 1.75 m/s (3.9 mph) and not more than 1.85 m/s (4.1 mph).
</P>
<P>S7.7.3.7 During the impacts specified in S7.7.3.5 and S7.7.3.6, maintain power to the drive motors until all test device motion has ceased except rotation of the drive wheels. Note the position of the test device after its motion has ceased following each impact to determine compliance with S6.4.7.2.
</P>
<P>S7.7.4 Edge Guard Test. Determine compliance with S6.4.6 using the test device specified in S7.1.2 by performing the test procedure specified in S7.7.4.1 through S7.7.4.6. During the edge guard tests, remove the footrests from the wheelchair test device.
</P>
<P>S7.7.4.1 Position the platform surface 90 mm ±10 mm (3.5 in ±0.4 in) above the ground level loading position.
</P>
<P>S7.7.4.2 Place the test device on the platform surface with its plane of symmetry coincident with the lift reference plane within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), its forward direction of travel inboard toward the vehicle, and its position on the platform as far rearward as the wheelchair retention device or outer barrier will allow it to be placed.
</P>
<P>S7.7.4.3 Adjust the control of the test device to a setting that provides maximum acceleration and steer the test device from side-to-side and corner-to-corner of the lift platform, attempting to steer the test device off the platform. After each attempt, when the wheelchair test device stalls due to contact with a barrier, release the control to Neutral and realign the test device to the starting position. Repeat this sequence at any level that is more than 90 mm ±10 mm (3.5 in ±0.4 in) above the ground level loading position and more than 38 mm ±10 mm (1.5 in ±0.4 in) below the vehicle floor level loading position. Repeat this sequence at 38 mm ±10 mm (1.5 in ±0.4 in) below the vehicle floor level loading position.
</P>
<P>S7.7.4.4 Next position the platform surface 38 mm ±10 mm (1.5 in ±0.4 in) below the vehicle floor level loading position.
</P>
<P>S7.7.4.5 Reposition the test device on the platform surface with its plane of symmetry coincident with the lift reference plane within ±10 mm (±0.4 in), its forward direction of travel outboard away from the vehicle, and its position on the platform as far rearward as the wheelchair inner roll-stop or vehicle body will allow it to be placed.
</P>
<P>S7.7.4.6 Adjust the control of the test device to a setting that provides maximum acceleration and steer the test device from side-to-side and corner-to-corner of the lift platform, attempting to steer the test device off the platform. After each attempt, when the wheelchair test device stalls due to contact with a barrier, release the control to Neutral and realign the test device to the starting position. Repeat this sequence at any level that is more than 90 mm ±10 mm (3.5 in ±0.4 in) above the ground level loading position and more than 38 mm ±10 mm (1.5 in ±0.4 in) below the vehicle floor loading position. Repeat this sequence at 38 mm ±10 mm (1.5 in ±0.4 in) below the vehicle floor level loading position.
</P>
<P>S7.8 <I>Inner roll stop test.</I> Determine compliance with S6.4.8 using the test device specified in S7.1.2 in accordance with the procedures specified in S7.8.1 through S7.8.6.
</P>
<P>S7.8.1 Place the platform at the ground level loading position, such that the platform is level.
</P>
<P>S7.8.2 Adjust the footrests of the test device to the shortest length. Position the test device on the ground at a distance from the platform sufficient to achieve the impact velocity required by S7.8.3. The plane of symmetry of the test device is coincident with the lift reference plane and the forward direction of travel is onto the platform.
</P>
<P>S7.8.3 An optional 50 kg (110 pounds) of weight may be centered, evenly distributed, and secured in the seat of the wheelchair test device to assist in stabilizing the wheelchair test device during testing. The manufacturer shall select the option by the time it certifies the lift and may not thereafter select a different test option for the lift. Accelerate the test device onto the platform such that it impacts the inner roll stop at a speed of not less than 1.5 m/s (3.4 mph) and not more than 1.6 m/s (3.6 mph). Terminate power to the wheelchair test device by means of the wheelchair controller after completion of the initial impact of any portion of the wheelchair test device with the inner roll stop. Determine compliance with S6.4.8.3(a).
</P>
<P>S7.8.4 If necessary, adjust or replace the footrests to restore them to the condition they were in prior to the impact. Reposition the test device on the platform with its plane of symmetry coincident with the lift reference plane. Slowly move the test device in the forward direction until it contacts the inner roll stop.
</P>
<P>S7.8.5 Apply a static load to the inner roll stop by activating the controller of the test device such that, with the test device were unrestrained on a flat and level surface, it achieves a maximum forward velocity of not less than 2.0 m/s and not more than 2.1 m/s.
</P>
<P>S7.8.6 Maintain control activation and raise the platform to the vehicle loading position. Determine compliance with S6.4.8.3(b).
</P>
<P>S7.9 <I>Static load test I—working load.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.9.1 By use of the lift controls specified in S6.7.2, perform the operations specified in S7.9.2 through S7.9.8 in the order they are specified.
</P>
<P>S7.9.2 Place the platform in the stowed position.
</P>
<P>S7.9.3 Deploy the platform to the vehicle floor loading position. Center a standard load, including the test pallet, on the platform surface.
</P>
<P>S7.9.4 Lower the lift platform from the vehicle floor loading position to the ground level loading position, stopping once between the two positions. Remove the test pallet from the lift platform.
</P>
<P>S7.9.5 Raise the lift platform from the ground level loading position to the vehicle floor level loading position, stopping once between the two positions.
</P>
<P>S7.9.6 Lower the lift platform from the vehicle floor level loading position to the ground level loading position, stopping once between the two positions.
</P>
<P>S7.9.7 Center the loaded test pallet on the platform surface. Raise the lift platform from the ground level loading position to the vehicle floor loading position, stopping once between the two positions.
</P>
<P>S7.9.8 Remove the pallet from the lift platform. Stow the lift.
</P>
<P>S7.9.9 Turn power off to the lift and repeat S7.9.3 through S7.9.5 and stow the lift using the backup operating mode as specified by S6.9 in accordance with the manufacturer's backup operating instructions.
</P>
<P>S7.10 <I>Fatigue endurance test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.10.1 Perform the test procedure specified in S7.10.2 through S7.10.6 and determine compliance with S6.5.1.
</P>
<P>S7.10.2 Put the unloaded lift platform at the ground level loading position. Center a standard load, including the test pallet, on the platform surface.
</P>
<P>S7.10.3 Each sequence of lift operations specified in S7.10.5.1, S7.10.5.2, S7.10.6.1 and S7.10.6.2 are done in blocks of 10 cycles with a 1 minute maximum rest period between each cycle in any block. The minimum rest period between each block of 10 cycles is such that the temperature of the lift components is maintained below the values specified by the manufacturer or that degrade the lift function.
</P>
<P>S7.10.4 During the test sequence specified in S7.10.2 through S7.10.6, perform any lift maintenance as specified in the vehicle owner's manual.
</P>
<P>S7.10.5 Public use lifts: Using the lift controls specified in S6.7.2, perform the operations specified in S7.10.5.1 through S7.10.5.3 in the order they are given. Public use lifts that manually stow (fold) and deploy (unfold) are not required to perform the stow and deploy portions of the tests.
</P>
<P>S7.10.5.1 Raise and lower the platform through the range of passenger operation 3,900 times.
</P>
<P>S7.10.5.2 Remove the test pallet from the platform. Raise the platform to the vehicle floor loading position, stow the lift, deploy the lift and lower the platform to the ground level loading position 3,900 times.
</P>
<P>S7.10.5.3 Perform the test sequence specified in S7.10.5.1 and S7.10.5.2 two times.
</P>
<P>S7.10.6 <I>Private use lifts:</I> Using the lift controls specified in S6.7.2, perform the operation specified in S7.10.6.1 through S7.10.6.3 in the order they are given. Private use lifts that manually stow (fold) and deploy (unfold) are not required to perform the stow and deploy portions of the tests.
</P>
<P>S7.10.6.1 Raise and lower the platform through the range of passenger operation 1,100 times.
</P>
<P>S7.10.6.2 Remove the test pallet from the platform. Raise the platform to the vehicle floor loading position, stow the lift, deploy the lift and lower the platform to the ground level loading position 1,100 times.
</P>
<P>S7.10.6.3 Perform the test sequence specified in S7.10.6.1 and S7.10.6.2 two times.
</P>
<P>S7.11 <I>Static load test II—proof load.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.11.1 Perform the test procedures specified in S7.11.2 through S7.11.5 and determine compliance with S6.5.2.
</P>
<P>S7.11.2 Place the platform at the vehicle floor level loading position, center three times the standard load, including the test pallet, on the platform surface. Fully place the pallet on the platform within 1 minute of beginning to place it.
</P>
<P>S7.11.3 Two minutes after fully placing the loaded test pallet on the platform surface, remove the loaded test pallet and examine the platform lift and vehicle for separation, fracture or breakage.
</P>
<P>S7.11.4 After completing the static load test specified in S7.11.2 through S7.11.4, repeat Static Load Test I specified in S7.9.
</P>
<P>S7.12 <I>Handrail test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.12.1 To determine compliance with S6.4.9.7, apply 4.4 N (1 lbf) through an area of 1290 mm
<SU>2</SU> (2 in
<SU>2</SU>) in any direction at any point on the handrail in order to remove any looseness or slack from the handrail structure. Use this position of the handrail relative to the platform as the reference point for the measurement of handrail displacement. Apply 445 N (100 lbf) through an area of 1290 mm
<SU>2</SU> (2 in
<SU>2</SU>) in a direction and location opposite to that of the 4.4 N (1 lbf). Attain the force within 1 minute after beginning to apply it. Five seconds after attaining the force, measure the amount of displacement of the handrail relative to the reference point, and measure the distance between the outside of the handrail and the nearest portion of the vehicle. Release the 445 N (100 lbf) and reapply the 4.4 N (1 lbf) in the direction and location that it was first applied. Five seconds after attaining the force, measure the position of the handrail with respect to the reference point to determine if there is any permanent deformation of the handrail relative to the platform.
</P>
<P>S7.12.2 To determine compliance with S6.4.9.8, apply 4.4 N (1 lbf) through an area of 1,290 mm
<SU>2</SU> (2 in
<SU>2</SU>) in any direction at any point on the handrail in order to remove any looseness or slack from the handrail structure. Use this position of the handrail relative to the platform as the reference point for the measurement of handrail displacement. Apply 1,112 N (250 lbf) through an area of 1,290 mm
<SU>2</SU> (2 in
<SU>2</SU>) in a direction and location opposite to that of the 1 4.4 N (1 lbf). Attain the force within 1 minute after beginning to apply it. Five seconds after attaining the force, measure the amount of displacement of the handrail relative to the reference point. Maintain the force for two minutes. Release the force and inspect the handrail for cracking, separations or fractures.
</P>
<P>S7.13 <I>Wheelchair retention device overload test.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.13.1 Perform the test procedures as specified in S7.13.2 through S7.13.5 to determine compliance with S6.4.7.3.
</P>
<P>S7.13.2 Position the platform surface 90 mm ±10 mm (3.5 in ±0.4 in) above the ground level loading position. Apply 7,117 N (1,600 lbf) to the wheelchair retention device in a direction parallel to both the platform lift and platform reference planes. Attain the force within 1 minute after beginning to apply it.
</P>
<P>S7.13.3 For a wheelchair retention device that is in the form of an outer barrier, apply the force through a rectangular area with a height of 25 mm (1 in) and a width spanning the entire barrier. Distribute the force evenly about an axis 64 mm (2.5 in) above the platform reference plane. If the bottom edge of the outer barrier falls 50 mm (2 in) or more above the platform reference plane, distribute the force about an axis 13 mm (0.5 in) above the bottom edge of the barrier.
</P>
<P>S7.13.4 For a wheelchair retention device other than an outer barrier, place the test device specified in S7.1.2 on the lift platform with its plane of symmetry coincident with the lift reference plane and directed such that forward motion is impeded by the wheelchair retention device. Move the test device forward until it contacts the wheelchair retention device. Remove the test device from the platform. Apply the force specified in S7.13.2 distributed evenly at all areas of the wheelchair retention device that made contact with the test device when it was moved forward. Attain the force within 1 minute after beginning to apply it.
</P>
<P>S7.13.5 After maintaining the force for two minutes, remove it and examine the wheelchair retention device for separation, fracture or breakage.
</P>
<P>S7.14 <I>Static load test III—ultimate load.</I>
</P>
<P>S7.14.1 Perform the test procedures as specified in S7.14.2 through S7.14.4 to determine compliance with S6.5.3.
</P>
<P>S7.14.2 Reinforce the vehicle structure where the lift is attached such that it is rigid and will not deform, break or separate during application of the load specified in S7.14.3 or remove the platform lift from the vehicle and install it on a test jig that is rigid and will not deform, break or separate during application of the load specified in S7.14.3.
</P>
<P>S7.14.3 When the platform is at the vehicle floor loading position, center four times the standard load, including the test pallet, on the platform surface. Fully place the pallet on the platform within 1 minute of beginning to place it.
</P>
<P>S7.14.4 Two minutes after fully placing the loaded test pallet on the platform surface, remove the loaded test pallet and examine the platform lift for separation, fracture or breakage.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er27de02.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er05ap12.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27de02.003.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 79439, Dec. 27, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 58852, Oct. 1, 2004; 69 FR 76870, Dec. 23, 2004; 77 FR 769, Jan. 6, 2012; 77 FR 20567, Apr. 5, 2012]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.404" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.78" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.404   Standard No. 404; Platform lift installations in motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for vehicles equipped with platform lifts used to assist persons with limited mobility in entering or leaving a vehicle.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to prevent injuries and fatalities to passengers and bystanders during the operation of platform lifts installed in motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>S3 <I>Application.</I> This standard applies to motor vehicles manufactured on and after July 1, 2005, that are equipped with a platform lift designed to carry standing passengers who may be aided by canes or walkers, as well as persons seated in wheelchairs, scooters, and other mobility aids, into and out of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>S4. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1 <I>Installation requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.1.1 Lift-equipped buses, school buses, and MPVs other than motor homes with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) must be equipped with a public use lift certified as meeting Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 403, Lift Systems for Motor Vehicles (49 CFR 571.403).
</P>
<P>S4.1.2 Lift-equipped motor vehicles, other than ones subject to paragraph S4.1.1, must be equipped with a platform lift certified as meeting either the public use lift or private use lift requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 403, Lift Systems for Motor Vehicles (49 CFR 571.403).
</P>
<P>S4.1.3 Platform lifts must be installed in the vehicle in accordance with the installation instructions or procedures provided pursuant to S6.13 of Standard 403. The vehicle must be of a type identified in the installation instructions as appropriate for the platform lift as certified by the platform lift manufacturer.
</P>
<P>S4.1.4 The platform lift, as installed, must continue to comply with all the applicable requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 403, Lift Systems for Motor Vehicles (49 CFR 571.403).
</P>
<P>S4.1.5 <I>Platform Lighting on public use lifts.</I> Public-use lifts must be provided with a light or set of lights that provide at least 22 lm/m
<SU>2</SU> or 22 Lux (2 lm/ft
<SU>2</SU> or 2 foot-candles) of illumination on all portions of the surface of the platform when the platform is at the vehicle floor level. Additionally, a light or set of lights must provide at least 11 lm/m
<SU>2</SU> or 11 Lux (1 lm/ft
<SU>2</SU> or 1 foot-candle) of illumination on all portions of the surface of the platform and all portions of the surface of the passenger-unloading ramp at ground level. In preparation for taking illumination measurements, operate the vehicle engine by idling or driving the test vehicle, with the vehicle's HVAC system turned off, for a minimum of 20 minutes, after which the engine is turned off. Illumination measurements are then recorded no later than 10 minutes after the time the engine is turned off, with the vehicle in a location where there is no apparent ambient light, and with the sensing element of the measuring device within 50 mm (2 inches) of the platform surface being measured.
</P>
<P>S4.2 <I>Vehicle owner's manual insert requirements.</I> If the vehicle is equipped with an owner's manual, the owner's manual must contain the inserts provided by the lift manufacturer pursuant to S6.12 of 49 CFR 571.403. 
</P>
<P>S4.3 <I>Control panel switches.</I>
</P>
<P>S4.3.1 Instructions regarding the platform lift operating procedures, including backup operations, as specified by S6.7.8 of 49 CFR 571.403, must be permanently affixed to a location adjacent to the controls.
</P>
<P>S4.3.2 <I>Public use lift</I>: In addition to meeting the requirements of S4.3.1, for vehicles equipped with public use lifts, as defined in 49 CFR 571.403, any and all controls provided for the lift by the platform lift manufacturer other than those provided for back-up operation of the platform lift specified in S5.9 of 49 CFR 571.403, must be located together and in a position such that the control operator has a direct, unobstructed view of the platform lift passenger and/or their mobility aid throughout the lift's range of passenger operation. Additional power controls and controls for back-up operation of the lift may be located in other positions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 79451, Dec. 27, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 58855, Oct. 1, 2004; 69 FR 76870, Dec. 23, 2004; 77 FR 20571, Apr. 5, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 571.500" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.79" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 571.500   Standard No. 500; Low-speed vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>S1. <I>Scope.</I> This standard specifies requirements for low-speed vehicles.
</P>
<P>S2. <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this standard is to ensure that low-speed vehicles operated on the public streets, roads, and highways are equipped with the minimum motor vehicle equipment appropriate for motor vehicle safety.
</P>
<P>S3. <I>Applicability.</I> This standard applies to low-speed vehicles.
</P>
<P>S4. [Reserved]
</P>
<P>S5. <I>Requirements.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) When tested in accordance with test conditions in S6 and test procedures in S7, the maximum speed attainable in 1.6 km (1 mile) by each low-speed vehicle shall not more than 40 kilometers per hour (25 miles per hour).
</P>
<P>(b) Each low-speed vehicle shall be equipped with:
</P>
<P>(1) Headlamps,
</P>
<P>(2) Front and rear turn signal lamps,
</P>
<P>(3) Taillamps,
</P>
<P>(4) Stop lamps,
</P>
<P>(5) Reflex reflectors: one red on each side as far to the rear as practicable, and one red on the rear,
</P>
<P>(6) An exterior mirror mounted on the driver's side of the vehicle and either an exterior mirror mounted on the passenger's side of the vehicle or an interior mirror,
</P>
<P>(7) A parking brake,
</P>
<P>(8) A windshield that conforms to the Federal motor vehicle safety standard on glazing materials (49 CFR 571.205).
</P>
<P>(9) A VIN that conforms to the requirements of part 565 <I>Vehicle Identification Number</I> of this chapter, and
</P>
<P>(10) A Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly conforming to Sec. 571.209 of this part, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 209, <I>Seat belt assemblies,</I> installed at each designated seating position.
</P>
<P>(11) Low-speed vehicles shall comply with the rear visibility requirements specified in paragraphs S6.2 of FMVSS No. 111.
</P>
<P>(12) An alert sound as required by § 571.141.
</P>
<P>S6. <I>General test conditions.</I> Each vehicle must meet the performance limit specified in S5(a) under the following test conditions.
</P>
<P>S6.1. <I>Ambient conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.1.1. <I>Ambient temperature.</I> The ambient temperature is any temperature between 0 °C (32 °F) and 40 °C (104 °F).
</P>
<P>S6.1.2. <I>Wind speed.</I> The wind speed is not greater than 5 m/s (11.2 mph).
</P>
<P>S6.2. <I>Road test surface.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.2.1. <I>Pavement friction.</I> Unless otherwise specified, the road test surface produces a peak friction coefficient (PFC) of 1.02 when measured using a ASTM F2493 standard reference test tire, in accordance with ASTM E1337-19, at a speed of 64.4 km/h (40.0 mph), without water delivery (incorporated by reference; see § 571.5).
</P>
<P>S6.2.2. <I>Gradient.</I> The test surface has not more than a 1 percent gradient in the direction of testing and not more than a 2 percent gradient perpendicular to the direction of testing.
</P>
<P>S6.2.3. <I>Lane width.</I> The lane width is not less than 3.5 m (11.5 ft).
</P>
<P>S6.3. <I>Vehicle conditions.</I>
</P>
<P>S6.3.1. The test weight for maximum speed is unloaded vehicle weight plus a mass of 78 kg (170 pounds), including driver and instrumentation.
</P>
<P>S6.3.2. No adjustment, repair or replacement of any component is allowed after the start of the first performance test.
</P>
<P>S6.3.3. <I>Tire inflation pressure.</I> Cold inflation pressure is not more than the maximum permissible pressure molded on the tire sidewall.
</P>
<P>S6.3.4. <I>Break-in.</I> The vehicle completes the manufacturer's recommended break-in agenda as a minimum condition prior to beginning the performance tests.
</P>
<P>S6.3.5. <I>Vehicle openings.</I> All vehicle openings (doors, windows, hood, trunk, convertible top, cargo doors, etc.) are closed except as required for instrumentation purposes.
</P>
<P>S6.3.6. <I>Battery powered vehicles.</I> Prior to beginning the performance tests, propulsion batteries are at the state of charge recommended by the manufacturer or, if the manufacturer has made no recommendation, at a state of charge of not less than 95 percent. No further charging of any propulsion battery is permissible.
</P>
<P>S7. <I>Test procedure.</I> Each vehicle must meet the performance limit specified in S5(a) under the following test procedure. The maximum speed performance is determined by measuring the maximum attainable vehicle speed at any point in a distance of 1.6 km (1.0 mile) from a standing start and repeated in the opposite direction within 30 minutes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 33216, June 17, 1998, as amended at 68 FR 43972, July 25, 2003; 79 FR 19249, Apr. 7, 2014; 81 FR 90521, Dec. 14, 2016; 87 FR 34810, June 8, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:6.1.2.3.41.2.7.80.25" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart B—Section 571.108 Table of Contents
</HEAD>
<P>Sec.
</P>
<FP-2>571.108 Standard No. 108; Lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S1 <I>Scope.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S2 <I>Purpose.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S3 <I>Application.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S4 <I>Definitions.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S5 <I>References to SAE publications.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6 <I>Vehicle requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1 <I>Required lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment by vehicle type.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.1 <I>Quantity.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.1.1 <I>Conspicuity systems.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.1.2 <I>High-mounted stop lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.1.3 <I>Truck tractor rear turn signal lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.1.4 <I>Daytime running lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.2 <I>Color.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.3.3 <I>License plate lamp.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.3.4 <I>High-mounted stop lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.3.4.1 <I>Interior mounting.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.3.4.2 <I>Accessibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.3.5 <I>Headlamp beam mounting.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.3.5.1 <I>Vertical headlamp arrangement.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.3.5.2 <I>Horizontal headlamp arrangement.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.3.6 <I>Auxiliary lamps mounted near identification lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.4.1 <I>High-mounted stop lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.5.1 <I>Hazard warning signal.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.1.5.2 <I>Simultaneous beam activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.2 <I>Impairment.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.2.3 <I>Headlamp obstructions.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.3 <I>Equipment combinations.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.4 <I>Lens area, visibility and school bus signal lamp aiming.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.4.1 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.4.2 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.4.3 <I>Visibility options.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.4.3(a) <I>Lens area option.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.4.3(b) <I>Luminous intensity option.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.4.4 <I>Legacy visibility alternative.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.4.5 <I>School bus signal lamp aiming.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.5 <I>Marking.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.5.1 <I>DOT marking.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.5.2 <I>DRL marking.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.5.3 <I>Headlamp markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.5.3.1 <I>Trademark.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.5.3.2 <I>Voltage and trade number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.5.3.3 <I>Sealed beam headlamp markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.5.3.4 <I>Replaceable bulb headlamp markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.5.3.5 <I>Additional headlamp markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.6 <I>Associated equipment.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.6.3 <I>License plate holder.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.7 <I>Replacement equipment.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.7.1 <I>General.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S6.7.2 <I>Version of this standard.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7 <I>Signal lamp requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1 <I>Turn signal lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1 <I>Front turn signal lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.1 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.2 <I>Color of light.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.7 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.8 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.9 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.10.2 <I>Spacing measurement for non-reflector lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.10.3 <I>Spacing measurement for lamps with reflectors.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.10.4 <I>Spacing based photometric multipliers.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.11 <I>Multiple compartment lamps and multiple lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.11.4 <I>Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall width.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.12 <I>Ratio to parking lamps and clearance lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.1.14 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2 <I>Rear turn signal lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.1 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.2 <I>Color of light.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.7 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.8 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.9 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.11.4 <I>Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall width.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.12 <I>Ratio to taillamps and clearance lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.2.14 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.1.3 <I>Combined lamp bulb indexing.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2 <I>Taillamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.1 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.2 <I>Color of light.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.7 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.8 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.9 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.11.4 <I>Taillamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall width.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.12 <I>Ratio.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.2.14 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3 <I>Stop lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.1 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.2 <I>Color of light.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.7 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.8 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.9 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.11.4 <I>Lamps installed on vehicles 2032 mm or more in overall width.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.12 <I>Ratio to taillamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.14 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.3.15 <I>Combined lamp bulb indexing.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4 <I>Side marker lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.1 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.2 <I>Color of light.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.7 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.8 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.9 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.12 <I>Ratio.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.13.2 <I>Inboard photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.4.14 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5 <I>Clearance and identification lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.1 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.2 <I>Color of light.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.7 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.8 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.9 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.12 <I>Ratio.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.12.1 <I>Clearance lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.12.2 <I>Identification lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.5.14 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6 <I>Backup lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.1 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.2 <I>Color of light.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.7 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.8 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.9 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.12 <I>Ratio.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.6.14 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7 <I>License plate lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.1 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.2 <I>Color of light.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.7 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.8 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.9 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.12 <I>Ratio.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.14 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.15 <I>Installation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.15.4 <I>Incident light from single lamp.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.7.15.5 <I>Incident light from multiple lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8 <I>Parking lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.1 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.2 <I>Color of light.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.7 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.8 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.9 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.12 <I>Ratio.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.8.14 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9 <I>High-mounted stop lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.1 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.2 <I>Color of light.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.7 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.8 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.9 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.12 <I>Ratio.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.9.14 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10 <I>Daytime running lamps (DRLs).</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.1 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.2 <I>Color of light.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.7 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.8 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.9 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.10.1 <I>Spacing to turn signal lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.12 <I>Ratio.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.10.14 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11 <I>School bus signal lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.1 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.2 <I>Color of light.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.7 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.8 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.9 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.11 <I>Multiple compartments and multiple lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.12 <I>Ratio.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.13 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S7.11.14 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8 <I>Reflective device requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1 <I>Reflex reflectors.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1.1 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1.2 <I>Color.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1.3 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1.4 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1.5 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1.6 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1.7 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1.8 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1.9 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1.10 <I>Spacing to other lamps or reflective devices.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1.11 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1.12 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.1.13 <I>Alternative side reflex reflector material.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2 <I>Conspicuity systems.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.1 <I>Retroreflective sheeting.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.1.2 <I>Retroreflective sheeting material.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.1.3 <I>Certification marking.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.1.4 <I>Application pattern.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.1.4.1 <I>Alternating red and white materials.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.1.5 <I>Application location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.1.6 <I>Application spacing.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.1.7 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.2 <I>Conspicuity reflex reflectors.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.2.1 <I>Certification marking.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.2.2 <I>Application pattern.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.2.2.1 <I>Alternating red and white materials.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.2.2.2 <I>White material.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.2.3 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.3 <I>Conspicuity system installation on trailers.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.3.1 <I>Trailer rear.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.3.1.1 <I>Element 1—alternating red and white materials.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.3.1.2 <I>Element 2—white.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.3.1.3 <I>Element 3—alternating red and white materials.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.3.2 <I>Trailer side-alternating red and white materials.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.4 <I>Conspicuity system installation on truck tractors.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.4.1 <I>Element 1—alternating red and white materials.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S8.2.4.2 <I>Element 2—white.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9 <I>Associated equipment requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.1 <I>Turn signal operating unit.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.1.2 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.2 <I>Turn signal flasher.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.2.2 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.3 <I>Turn signal pilot indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.3.4 <I>Indicator size and color.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.3.6 <I>Turn signal lamp failure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.4 <I>Headlamp beam switching device.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.4.1 <I>Semi-automatic headlamp beam switching device.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.4.1.1 <I>Operating instructions.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.4.1.2 <I>Manual override.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.4.1.3 <I>Fail safe operation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.4.1.4 <I>Automatic dimming indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.4.1.5 <I>Option 1 (Semiautomatic Headlamp Beam Switching Devices other than Adaptive Driving Beam systems).</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.4.1.5.1 <I>Lens accessibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.4.1.5.2 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.4.1.5.3 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.4.1.6 <I>Option 2 (Adaptive Driving Beam systems).</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.4.1.7 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.5 <I>Upper beam headlamp indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.5.1 <I>Indicator size and location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.6 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.6.2 <I>Operating unit switch.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.6.3 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.7 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.7.2 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.8 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal pilot indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S9.8.4 <I>Indicator size and color.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10 <I>Headlighting system requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.1 <I>Vehicle headlighting systems.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.2 <I>[Reserved].</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.3 <I>Number.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.4 <I>Color of light.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.5 <I>Mounting location.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.6 <I>Mounting height.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.7 <I>Activation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.8 <I>Effective projected luminous lens area.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.9 <I>Visibility.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.10 <I>Indicator.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.11 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.12 <I>Spacing to other lamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.13 <I>Sealed beam headlighting systems.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.13.1 <I>Installation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.13.2 <I>Simultaneous aim.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.13.3 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.13.4 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.14 <I>Integral beam headlighting systems.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.14.1 <I>Installation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.14.2 <I>Aimability.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.14.3 <I>Simultaneous aim.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.14.4 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.14.5 <I>Additional light sources.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.14.6 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.14.7 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.15 <I>Replaceable bulb headlighting systems.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.15.1 <I>Installation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.15.2 <I>Aiming restrictions.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.15.3 <I>Replacement lens reflector units.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.15.4 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.15.5 <I>Additional light sources.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.15.6 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.15.7 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.16 <I>Combination headlighting systems.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.16.1 <I>Installation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.16.2 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.16.3 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.17 <I>Motorcycle headlighting systems.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.17.1 <I>Installation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.17.1.1 <I>Single headlamp.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.17.1.2 <I>Two headlamps with both beams.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.17.1.3 <I>Two headlamps, upper beam and lower beam.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.17.2 <I>Motorcycle replaceable bulb headlamp marking.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.17.3 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.17.4 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.17.5 <I>Motorcycle headlamp modulation system.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.17.5.1 <I>Modulation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.17.5.2 <I>Replacement modulators.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.17.5.2.1 <I>Replacement performance.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.17.5.2.2 <I>Replacement instructions.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18 <I>Headlamp aimability performance requirements (except motorcycles).</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.1 <I>Headlamp mounting and aiming.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.2 <I>Headlamp aiming systems.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.3 <I>Aim adjustment interaction.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.4 <I>Horizontal adjustment-visually aimed headlamp.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.5 <I>Optical axis marking.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.5.1 <I>Optical axis marking-vehicle.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.5.2 <I>Optical axis marking-lamp.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.5.3 <I>Optical axis marking-visual/optical aim headlamp.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.6 <I>Moveable reflectors.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.7 <I>External aiming.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.7.1 <I>Headlamp aiming device locating plates.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.7.2 <I>Nonadjustable headlamp aiming device locating plates.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.8 <I>On-vehicle aiming.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.8.1 <I>Aim.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.8.1.1 <I>Vertical aim.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.8.1.2 <I>Horizontal aim.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.8.2 <I>Aiming instructions.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.8.3 <I>Permanent calibration.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.8.4 <I>Replacement units.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.8.5 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.9 <I>Visual/optical aiming.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.9.1 <I>Vertical aim, lower beam.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.9.1.1 <I>Vertical position of the cutoff.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.9.1.2 <I>Vertical gradient.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.9.1.3 <I>Horizontal position of the cutoff.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.9.1.4 <I>Maximum inclination of the cutoff.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.9.1.5 <I>Measuring the cutoff parameter.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.9.2 <I>Horizontal aim, lower beam.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.9.3 <I>Vertical aim, upper beam.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.9.4 <I>Horizontal aim, upper beam.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.9.5 <I>Photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S10.18.9.6 <I>Visual/optical aiming identification marking.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S11 <I>Replaceable light source requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S11.1 <I>Markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S11.2 <I>Ballast markings.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S11.3 <I>Gas discharge laboratory life.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S11.4 <I>Physical tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S12 <I>Headlamp concealment device requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S12.7 <I>Certification election.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S13 <I>Replaceable headlamp lens requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14 <I>Physical and photometry test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.1 <I>General test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.1.2 <I>Plastic optical materials.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.1.4 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.1.5 <I>Laboratory facilities.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2 <I>Photometric test procedures.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.1 <I>Photometry measurements for all lamps except license lamps, headlamps, and DRLs.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.1.1 <I>Mounting.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.1.2 <I>School bus signal lamp aiming.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.1.3 <I>Measurement distance.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.1.4 <I>Location of test points.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.1.5 <I>Multiple compartment and multiple lamp photometry of turn signal lamps, stop lamps, and taillamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.1.6 <I>Bulbs.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.2 <I>License plate lamp photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.2.1 <I>Illumination surface.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.2.2 <I>Test stations.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.3 <I>Reflex reflector and retroreflective sheeting photometry.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.3.1 <I>Mounting.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.3.2 <I>Illumination source.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.3.3 <I>Measurement distance.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.3.4 <I>Test setup.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.3.5 <I>Photodetector.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.3.6 <I>Photometry surface.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.3.7 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.3.8 <I>Measurements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.3.8.1 <I>Reflex reflectors.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.3.8.2 <I>Retroreflective sheeting.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.3.8.3 <I>Reflex reflector photometry measurement adjustments.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.4 <I>Daytime running lamp (DRL) photometry measurements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5 <I>Headlamp photometry measurements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.1 <I>Mounting.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.3 <I>Measurement distance.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.4 <I>Seasoning and test voltage.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.5 <I>Aiming.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.5.1 <I>Mechanically aimable headlamps using an external aimer.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.5.2 <I>Mechanically aimable headlamps equipped with a VHAD.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.5.3 <I>Visually aimable lower beam headlamps-vertical aim.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.5.4 <I>Visually aimable lower beam headlamps-horizontal aim.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.5.5 <I>Visually aimable upper beam headlamps-vertical aim.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.5.6 <I>Visually aimable upper beam headlamps-horizontal aim.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.5.7 <I>Simultaneous aim Type F sealed beam headlamps and beam contributor integral beam headlamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.5.8 <I>Motorcycle headlamp-upper beam headlamps designed to comply with Table XX.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.5.9 <I>Motorcycle headlamp-lower beam headlamps designed to comply with Table XX.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.6 <I>Positioner.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.7 <I>Photometer.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.7.2 <I>Sensor.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.8 <I>Location of test points.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.9 <I>Beam contributor photometry measurements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.2.5.10 <I>Moveable reflector aimed headlamp photometry measurements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.3 <I>Motorcycle headlamp out of focus test procedure and performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.3.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.3.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4 <I>General test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1 <I>Color test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.2 <I>General procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.3 <I>Visual method.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.3.1 <I>Visual method procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.3.2 <I>Visual method performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.3.2.1 <I>Red.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.3.2.2 <I>Yellow (Amber).</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.3.2.3 <I>White.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.4 <I>Tristimulus method.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.4.1 <I>Tristimulus method procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.4.2 <I>Tristimulus method performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.4.2.1 <I>Red.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.4.2.2 <I>Yellow (Amber).</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.4.2.3 <I>White (achromatic).</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.4.2.4 <I>Green.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.4.2.5 <I>Restricted Blue.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.1.4.2.6 <I>Signal Blue.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.2 <I>Plastic optical materials tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.2.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.2.2 <I>Outdoor exposure test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.2.2.3 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.2.2.4 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.2.3 <I>Heat test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.2.3.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.4.2.3.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5 <I>Signal lamp and reflective device physical test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5.1 <I>Vibration test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5.1.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5.1.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5.2 <I>Moisture test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5.2.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5.2.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5.3 <I>Dust test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5.3.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5.3.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5.3.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5.4 <I>Corrosion test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5.4.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.5.4.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6 <I>Headlamp physical test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.1 <I>Abrasion test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.1.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.1.1.1 <I>Abrading pad.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.1.1.2 <I>Abrading pad alignment.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.1.1.3 <I>Abrasion test procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.1.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.2 <I>Chemical resistance test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.2.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.2.1.1 <I>Test fluids.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.2.1.2 <I>Fluid application.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.2.1.3 <I>Test duration.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.2.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.3 <I>Corrosion test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.3.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.3.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.4 <I>Corrosion-connector test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.4.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.4.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.5 <I>Dust test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.5.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.5.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.6 <I>Temperature cycle test and internal heat test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.6.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.6.2 <I>General procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.6.3 <I>Temperature cycle test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.6.3.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.6.3.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.6.4 <I>Internal heat test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.6.4.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.6.4.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.7 <I>Humidity test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.7.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.7.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.8 <I>Vibration test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.8.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.8.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.8.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.9 <I>Sealing test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.9.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.9.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.10 <I>Chemical resistance test of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.10.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.10.1.1 <I>Test fluids.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.10.1.2 <I>Fluid application.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.10.1.3 <I>Test duration.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.10.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.11 <I>Corrosion resistance test of reflectors of replaceable lens headlamps.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.11.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.11.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.12 <I>Inward force test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.12.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.12.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.13 <I>Torque deflection test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.13.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.13.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.14 <I>Retaining ring test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.14.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.14.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.15 <I>Headlamp connector test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.15.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.15.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.16 <I>Headlamp wattage test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.16.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.16.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.17 <I>Aiming adjustment test-laboratory.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.17.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.17.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.18 <I>Aiming adjustment test-on vehicle.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.18.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.6.18.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7 <I>Replaceable light source physical test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.1 <I>Deflection test for replaceable light sources.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.1.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.1.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.2 <I>Pressure test for replaceable light sources.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.2.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.2.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.3 <I>Replaceable light source power and flux measurement procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.3.1 <I>Seasoning.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.3.1.1 <I>Resistive filament source.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.3.1.2 <I>Discharge source.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.3.2 <I>Test voltage.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.3.3 <I>Luminous flux measurement.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.3.3.1 <I>Resistive filament light source setup.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.7.3.3.3.2 <I>Discharge light source setup.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8 <I>Vehicle headlamp aiming devices (VHAD) physical test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.2 <I>Scale graduation test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.2.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.2.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.3 <I>Cold scale graduation test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.3.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.3.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.4 <I>Hot scale graduation test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.4.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.4.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.5 <I>Thermal cycle test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.5.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.5.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.6 <I>Corrosion test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.6.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.6.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.7 <I>Photometry test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.7.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.8.7.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9 <I>Associated equipment physical test procedures and performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.1 <I>Turn signal operating unit durability test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.1.1 <I>Power supply specifications.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.1.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.1.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.2 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal operating unit durability test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.2.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.2.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3 <I>Turn signal flasher and vehicular hazard warning flasher tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.1 <I>Standard test circuit.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.1.1 <I>Test circuit setup.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.2 <I>Power supply specifications.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.2.1 <I>Starting time, voltage drop, and flash rate and percent current “on” time tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.2.2 <I>Durability tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.3 <I>Turn signal flasher starting time test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.3.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.3.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.3.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.4 <I>Turn signal flasher voltage drop test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.4.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.4.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.4.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.5 <I>Turn signal flasher flash rate and percent current “on” time test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.5.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.5.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.5.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.6 <I>Turn signal flasher durability test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.6.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.6.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.6.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.7 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher starting time test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.7.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.7.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.7.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.8 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher voltage drop test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.8.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.8.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.8.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.9 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher flash rate and percent “on” time test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.9.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.9.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.9.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.10 <I>Vehicular hazard warning signal flasher durability test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.10.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.10.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.10.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11 <I>Semiautomatic headlamp beam switching device tests.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.1 <I>Test conditions.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.2 <I>Sensitivity test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.2.1 <I>Samples.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.2.2 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.2.3 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.2.3.1 <I>Operating limits.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.3 <I>Voltage regulation test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.3.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.3.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.4 <I>Manual override test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.4.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.4.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.5 <I>Warmup test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.5.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.5.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.6 <I>Temperature test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.6.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.6.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.7 <I>Dust test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.7.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.7.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.8 <I>Corrosion test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.8.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.8.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.9 <I>Vibration test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.9.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.9.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.10 <I>Sunlight test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.10.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.10.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.11 <I>Durability test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.11.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.11.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.12 <I>Return to upper beam test.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.12.1 <I>Procedure.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.11.12.2 <I>Performance requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.12 <I>Test for compliance with adaptive driving beam photometry requirements.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.12.1 <I>Test Scenarios.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.12.2 <I>Compliance Criteria.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.12.3 <I>Stimulus test fixtures.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.12.4 <I>Test vehicle preparation.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.12.5 <I>Test road.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>S14.9.3.12.6 <I>Other test parameters and conditions.</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table I-a <I>Required lamps and reflective devices All passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles (MPV), trucks, and buses</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table I-b <I>Required lamps and reflective devices All trailers</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table I-c <I>Required lamps and reflective devices All motorcycles</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table II-a <I>Headlighting systems Sealed beams</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table II-b <I>Headlighting systems Combination</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table II-c <I>Headlighting systems Integral beams</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table II-d <I>Headlighting systems Replaceable bulb</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table III <I>Marking requirements location</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table IV-a <I>Effective projected luminous lens area requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table IV-b <I>Effective projected luminous lens area requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table IV-c <I>Effective projected luminous lens area requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table V-a <I>Visibility requirements of installed lighting devices</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table V-b <I>Visibility requirements of installed lighting devices Lens area visibility option</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table V-c <I>Visibility requirements of installed lighting devices Luminous intensity visibility option</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table V-d <I>Visibility requirements of installed lighting devices (Legacy visibility alternative)</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table VI-a <I>Front turn signal lamp photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table VI-b <I>Front turn signal lamp photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table VII <I>Rear turn signal lamp photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table VIII <I>Taillamp photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table IX <I>Stop lamp photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table X <I>Side marker lamp photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XI <I>Clearance and identification lamps photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XII <I>Backup lamp photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XIII-a <I>Motorcycle turn signal lamp alternative photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XIII-b <I>Motor driven cycle stop lamp alternative photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XIV <I>Parking lamp photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XV <I>High-mounted stop lamp photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XVI-a <I>Reflex reflector photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XVI-b <I>Additional photometry requirements for conspicuity reflex reflectors</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XVI-c <I>Retroreflective sheeting photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XVII <I>School bus signal lamp photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XVIII <I>Headlamp upper beam photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XIX-a <I>Headlamp lower beam photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XIX-b <I>Headlamp lower beam photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XIX-c <I>Headlamp lower beam photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XX <I>Motorcycle and motor driven cycle headlamp photometry requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XXI <I>Adaptive Driving Beam Photometry Requirements</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Table XXII <I>Adaptive Driving Beam Test Matrix</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 1 <I>Chromaticity diagram</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 2 <I>Flasher performance chart</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 3 <I>Replaceable bulb headlamp aim pads</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 4 <I>Headlamp connector test setup</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 5 <I>Headlamp abrasion test fixture</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 6 <I>Thermal cycle test profile</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 7 <I>Dirt/Ambient test setup</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 8 <I>Replaceable light source deflection test setup</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 9 <I>Environmental test profile</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 10 <I>Replaceable light source pressure test setup</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 11 <I>Trailer conspicuity treatment examples</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 12-1 <I>Trailer conspicuity detail I</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 12-2 <I>Trailer conspicuity detail II</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 13 <I>Tractor conspicuity treatment examples</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 14 <I>92 x 150 Headlamp aim deflection test setup</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 15 <I>Types G and H headlamp aim deflection test setup</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 16 <I>Types A and E headlamp aim deflection test setup</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 17 <I>Type B headlamp aim deflection test setup</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 18 <I>Types C and D headlamp aim deflection test setup</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 19 <I>License plate lamp target locations</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 20 <I>License plate lamp measurement of incident light angle</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 21 <I>Vibration test machine</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 22 <I>Flasher standard test circuit</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 23 <I>Car/Truck opposite direction stimulus test fixture dimensions</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 24 <I>Car/Truck same direction stimulus test fixture dimensions</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 25 <I>Motorcycle opposite direction stimulus test fixture dimensions</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 26 <I>Motorcycle same direction stimulus test fixture dimensions</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 27 <I>Opposite direction test scenarios</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 28 <I>Same direction test scenarios</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 29 <I>Left Curve Test Scenarios</I>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Figure 30 <I>Right Curve Test Scenarios</I>
</FP-2>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 10021, Feb. 22, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>

</DIV3>

</DIV2>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>July 6, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="7" NODE="49:7" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 49—Transportation--Volume 7</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<SUBTI>
<HED>SUBTITLE B—<E T="04">Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)</E>
</HED></SUBTI>
<PTHD>Part
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter v</E>—National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Department of Transportation (Continued) 
</SUBJECT>
<PG>572
</PG>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter vi</E>—Federal Transit Administration, Department of Transportation
</SUBJECT>
<PG>601
</PG>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter vii</E>—National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK)
</SUBJECT>
<PG>700
</PG>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter viii</E>—National Transportation Safety Board
</SUBJECT>
<PG>800


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>
<DIV2 N="Subtitle B" NODE="49:7.1" TYPE="SUBTITLE">
<HEAD>Subtitle B—Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)


</HEAD>

<DIV3 N="V" NODE="49:7.1.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER V—NATIONAL HIGHWAY TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (CONTINUED)</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="572" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 572—ANTHROPOMORPHIC TEST DEVICES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117 and 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Notes:</HED><PSPACE>1. For compliance provisions relating to a vehicle's conformance with the performance requirements of Standard No. 208 (§ 571.208) relating to the part 572 test dummy, see the “Effective Date Note” at subpart E of this part.
</PSPACE><P>2. Nomenclature changes to part 572 appear at 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004.</P></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part describes the anthropomorphic test devices that are to be used for compliance testing of motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment with motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 43058, Aug. 18, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The design and performance criteria specified in this part are intended to describe measuring tools with sufficient precision to give repetitive and correlative results under similar test conditions and to reflect adequately the protective performance of a vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment with respect to human occupants.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 FR 7151, Feb. 7, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part does not in itself impose duties or liabilities on any person. It is a description of tools that measure the performance of occupant protection systems required by the safety standards that incorporate it. It is designed to be referenced by, and become a part of, the test procedures specified in motor vehicle safety standards such as Standard No. 208, Occupant Crash Protection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 FR 7152, Feb. 7, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.4   Terminology.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The term <I>dummy,</I> when used in this subpart A, refers to any test device described by this part. The term <I>dummy,</I> when used in any other subpart of this part, refers to the particular dummy described in that part.
</P>
<P>(b) Terms describing parts of the dummy, such as <I>head,</I> are the same as names for corresponding parts of the human body.
</P>
<P>(c) The term <I>unimodal,</I> when used in subparts C and I, refers to an acceleration-time curve which has only one prominent peak.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 FR 7152, Feb. 7, 1977; 44 FR 76530, Dec. 27, 1979; 56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—50th Percentile Male</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.5   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The dummy consists of the component assemblies specified in Figure 1, which are described in their entirety by means of approximately 250 drawings and specifications that are grouped by component assemblies under the following nine headings:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>SA 150 M070—Right arm assembly
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 150 M071—Left arm assembly
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 150 M050—Lumbar spine assembly
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 150 M060—Pelvis and abdomen assembly
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 150 M080—Right leg assembly
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 150 M081—Left leg assembly
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 150 M010—Head assembly
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 150 M020—Neck assembly
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 150 M030—Shoulder-thorax assembly.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The drawings and specifications referred to in this regulation that are not set forth in full are hereby incorporated in this part by reference. These materials are thereby made part of this regulation. The Director of the Federal Register has approved the materials incorporated by reference. For materials subject to change, only the specific version approved by the Director of the Federal Register and specified in the regulation are incorporated. A notice of any change will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> As a convenience to the reader, the materials incorporated by reference are listed in the Finding Aid Table found at the end of this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) The materials incorporated by reference are available for examination in Docket 73-08, Docket Section, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Room 5109, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC, 20590. Copies may be obtained from Rowley-Scher Reprographics, Inc., 1216 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005 ((202) 628-6667). The drawings and specifications are also on file in the reference library of the Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC.
</P>
<P>(d) Adjacent segments are joined in a manner such that throughout the range of motion and also under crash impact conditions there is no contact between metallic elements except for contacts that exist under static conditions.
</P>
<P>(e) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this part in every respect both before and after being used in vehicle tests specified in Standard No. 208 of this chapter (571.208).
</P>
<P>(f) A specimen of the dummy is available for surface measurements and access can be arranged by contacting: Office of Vehicle Safety Standards, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 25423, June 19, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.6   Head.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The head consists of the assembly shown as number SA 150 M010 in Figure 1 and conforms to each of the drawings subtended by number SA 150 M010.
</P>
<P>(b) When the head is dropped from a height of 10 inches in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the peak resultant accelerations at the location of the accelerometers mounted in the head form in accordance with § 572.11(b) shall be not less than 210g, and not more than 260g. The acceleration/time curve for the test shall be unimodal and shall lie at or above the 100g level for an interval not less than 0.9 milliseconds and not more than 1.5 milliseconds. The lateral acceleration vector shall not exceed 10g.
</P>
<P>(c) Test procedure:
</P>
<P>(1) Suspend the head as shown in Figure 2, so that the lowest point on the forehead is 0.5 inches below the lowest point on the dummy's nose when the midsagittal plane is vertical.
</P>
<P>(2) Drop the head from the specified height by means that ensures instant release onto a rigidly supported flat horizontal steel plate, 2 inches thick and 2 feet square, which has a clean, dry surface and any microfinish of not less than 8 microinches (rms) and not more than 80 microinches (rms).
</P>
<P>(3) Allow a time period of at least 2 hours between successive tests on the same head.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 FR 7152, Feb. 7, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.7   Neck.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The neck consists of the assembly shown as number SA 150 M020 in Figure 1 and conforms to each of the drawings subtended by number SA 150 M020.
</P>
<P>(b) When the neck is tested with the head in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the head shall rotate in reference to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline a total of 68° ±5° about its center of gravity, rotating to the extent specified in the following table at each indicated point in time, measured from impact, with a chordal displacement measured at its center of gravity that is within the limits specified. The chordal displacement at time T is defined as the straight line distance between (1) the position relative to the pendulum arm of the head center of gravity at time zero, and (2) the position relative to the pendulum arm of the head center of gravity at time T as illustrated by Figure 3. The peak resultant acceleration recorded at the location of the accelerometers mounted in the head form in accordance with § 572.11(b) shall not exceed 26g. The pendulum shall not reverse direction until the head's center of gravity returns to the original zero time position relative to the pendulum arm.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rotation (degrees)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time (ms) ±(2 + .08T)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Chordal Displacement (inches ±0.5)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">112</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Test procedure: (1) Mount the head and neck on a rigid pendulum as specified in Figure 4, so that the head's midsagittal plane is vertical and coincides with the plane of motion of the pendulum's longitudinal centerline. Mount the neck directly to the pendulum as shown in Figure 4.
</P>
<P>(2) Release the pendulum and allow it to fall freely from a height such that the velocity at impact is 23.5 ±2.0 feet per second (fps), measured at the center of the accelerometer specified in Figure 4.
</P>
<P>(3) Decelerate the pendulum to a stop with an acceleration-time pulse described as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Establish 5g and 20g levels on the a-t curve.
</P>
<P>(ii) Establish t<E T="52">1</E> at the point where the rising a-t curve first crosses the 5g level, t<E T="52">2</E> at the point where the rising a-t curve first crosses the 20g level, t<E T="52">2</E> at the point where the decaying a-t curve last crosses the 20g level, and t<E T="52">4</E> at the point where the decaying a-t curve first crosses the 5g level.
</P>
<P>(iii) t<E T="52">2</E>-t<E T="52">1</E> shall be not more than 3 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(iv) t<E T="52">3</E>-t<E T="52">2</E> shall be not less than 25 milliseconds and not more than 30 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(v) t<E T="52">4</E>-t<E T="52">3</E> shall be not more than 10 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(vi) The average deceleration between t<E T="52">2</E> and t<E T="52">3</E> shall be not less than 20g and not more than 24g.
</P>
<P>(4) Allow the neck to flex without impact of the head or neck with any object other than the pendulum arm.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 FR 7152, Feb. 7, 1977; 42 FR 12176, Mar. 3, 1977; 45 FR 40596, June 16, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.8   Thorax.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The thorax consists of the assembly shown as number SA 150 M030 in Figure 1, and conforms to each of the drawings subtended by number SA 150 M030.
</P>
<P>(b) The thorax contains enough unobstructed interior space behind the rib cage to permit the midpoint of the sternum to be depressed 2 inches without contact between the rib cage and other parts of the dummy or its instrumentation, except for instruments specified in paragraph (d)(7) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) When impacted by a test probe conforming to § 572.11(a) at 14 fps and at 22 fps in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, the thorax shall resist with forces measured by the test probe of not more than 1450 pounds and 2250 pounds, respectively, and shall deflect by amounts not greater than 1.1 inches and 1.7 inches, respectively. The internal hysteresis in each impact shall not be less than 50 percent and not more than 70 percent.
</P>
<P>(d) Test procedure: (1) With the dummy seated without back support on a surface as specified in § 572.11(i) and in the orientation specified in § 572.11(i), adjust the dummy arms and legs until they are extended horizontally forward parallel to the midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(2) Place the longitudinal center line of the test probe so that it is 17.7 ±0.1 inches above the seating surface at impact.
</P>
<P>(3) Align the test probe specified in § 572.11(a) so that at impact its longitudinal centerline coincides within 2 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(4) Adjust the dummy so that the surface area on the thorax immediately adjacent to the projected longitudinal center line of the test probe is vertical. Limb support, as needed to achieve and maintain this orientation, may be provided by placement of a steel rod of any diameter not less than one-quarter of an inch and not more than three-eighths of an inch, with hemispherical ends, vertically under the limb at its projected geometric center.
</P>
<P>(5) Impact the thorax with the test probe so that its longitudinal centerline falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane at the moment of impact.
</P>
<P>(6) Guide the probe during impact so that it moves with no significant lateral, vertical, or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>(7) Measure the horizontal deflection of the sternum relative to the thoracic spine along the line established by the longitudinal centerline of the probe at the moment of impact, using a potentiometer mounted inside the sternum.
</P>
<P>(8) Measure hysteresis by determining the ratio of the area between the loading and unloading portions of the force deflection curve to the area under the loading portion of the curve.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 FR 7152, Feb. 7, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.9" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.9   Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis consist of the assemblies designated as numbers SA 150 M050 and SA 150 M060 in Figure 1 and conform to the drawings subtended by these numbers.
</P>
<P>(b) When subjected to continuously applied force in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the lumbar spine assembly shall flex by an amount that permits the rigid thoracic spine to rotate from its initial position in accordance with Figure 11 by the number of degrees shown below at each specified force level, and straighten upon removal of the force to within 12 degrees of its initial position in accordance with Figure 11.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Flexion (degrees)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Force (±6 pounds)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Test procedure: (1) Assemble the thorax, lumbar spine, pelvic, and upper leg assemblies (above the femur force transducers), ensuring that all component surfaces are clean, dry, and untreated unless otherwise specified, and attach them to the horizontal fixture shown in Figure 5 at the two link rod pins and with the mounting brackets for the lumbar test fixtures illustrated in Figures 6 to 9.
</P>
<P>(2) Attach the rear mounting of the pelvis to the pelvic instrument cavity rear face at the four 
<FR>1/4</FR>″ cap screw holes and attach the front mounting at the femur axial rotation joint. Tighten the mountings so that the pelvic-lumbar adapter is horizontal and adjust the femur friction plungers at each hip socket joint to 240 inch-pounds torque.
</P>
<P>(3) Flex the thorax forward 50° and then rearward as necessary to return it to its initial position in accordance with Figure 11 unsupported by external means.
</P>
<P>(4) Apply a forward force perpendicular to the thorax instrument cavity rear face in the midsagittal plane 15 inches above the top surface of the pelvic-lumbar adapter. Apply the force at any torso deflection rate between .5 and 1.5 degrees per second up to 40° of flexion but no further, continue to apply for 10 seconds that force necessary to maintain 40° of flexion, and record the force with an instrument mounted to the thorax as shown in Figure 5. Release all force as rapidly as possible and measure the return angle 3 minutes after the release.
</P>
<P>(d) When the abdomen is subjected to continuously applied force in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, the abdominal force-deflection curve shall be within the two curves plotted in Figure 10.
</P>
<P>(e) Test procedure: (1) Place the assembled thorax, lumbar spine and pelvic assemblies in a supine position on a flat, rigid, smooth, dry, clean horizontal surface, ensuring that all component surfaces are clean, dry, and untreated unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P>(2) Place a rigid cylinder 6 inches in diameter and 18 inches long transversely across the abdomen, so that the cylinder is symmetrical about the midsagittal plane, with its longitudinal centerline horizontal and perpendicular to the midsagittal plane at a point 9.2 inches above the bottom line of the buttocks, measured with the dummy positioned in accordance with Figure 11.
</P>
<P>(3) Establish the zero deflection point as the point at which a force of 10 pounds has been reached.
</P>
<P>(4) Apply a vertical downward force through the cylinder at any rate between 0.25 and 0.35 inches per second.
</P>
<P>(5) Guide the cylinder so that it moves without significant lateral or rotational movement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 7152, Feb. 7, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.10" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.10   Limbs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The limbs consist of the assemblies shown as numbers SA 150 M070, SA 150 M071, SA 150 M080, and SA 150 M081 in Figure 1 and conform to the drawings subtended by these numbers.
</P>
<P>(b) When each knee is impacted at 6.9 ft/sec. in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the maximum force on the femur shall be not more than 2500 pounds and not less than 1850 pounds, with a duration above 1000 pounds of not less than 1.7 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(c) Test procedure: (1) Seat the dummy without back support on a surface as specified in § 572.11(i) that is 17.3 ±0.2 inches above a horizontal surface, oriented as specified in § 572.11(i), and with the hip joint adjustment at any setting between 1g and 2g. Place the dummy legs in planes parallel to its midsagittal plane (knee pivot centerline perpendicular to the midsagittal plane) and with the feet flat on the horizontal surface. Adjust the feet and lower legs until the lines between the midpoints of the knee pivots and the ankle pivots are at any angle not less than 2 degrees and not more than 4 degrees rear of the vertical, measured at the centerline of the knee pivots.
</P>
<P>(2) Reposition the dummy if necessary so that the rearmost point of the lower legs at the level one inch below the seating surface remains at any distance not less than 5 inches and not more than 6 inches forward of the forward edge of the seat.
</P>
<P>(3) Align the test probe specified in § 572.11(a) so that at impact its longitudinal centerline coincides within ±2° with the longitudinal centerline of the femur.
</P>
<P>(4) Impact the knee with the test probe moving horizontally and parallel to the midsagittal plane at the specified velocity.
</P>
<P>(5) Guide the probe during impact so that it moves with no significant lateral, vertical, or rotational movement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 FR 7153, Feb. 7, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.11" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.11   Test conditions and instrumentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The test probe used for thoracic and knee impact tests is a cylinder 6 inches in diameter that weighs 51.5 pounds including instrumentation. Its impacting end has a flat right face that is rigid and that has an edge radius of 0.5 inches.
</P>
<P>(b) Accelerometers are mounted in the head on the horizontal transverse bulkhead shown in the drawings subreferenced under assembly No. SA 150 M010 in Figure 1, so that their sensitive axes intersect at a point in the midsagittal plane 0.5 inches above the horizontal bulkhead and 1.9 inches ventral of the vertical mating surface of the skull with the skull cover. One accelerometer is aligned with its sensitive axis perpendicular to the horizontal bulkhead in the midsagittal plane and with its seismic mass center at any distance up to 0.3 inches superior to the axial intersection point. Another accelerometer is aligned with its sensitive axis parallel to the horizontal bulkhead and perpendicular to the midsagittal plane, and with its seismic mass center at any distance up to 1.3 inches to the left of the axial intersection point (left side of dummy is the same as that of man). A third accelerometer is aligned with its sensitive axis parallel to the horizontal bulkhead in the midsagittal plane, and with its seismic mass center at any distance up to 1.3 inches dorsal to the axial intersection point.
</P>
<P>(c) Accelerometers are mounted in the thorax by means of a bracket attached to the rear vertical surface (hereafter “attachment surface”) of the thoracic spine so that their sensitive axes intersect at a point in the midsagittal plane 0.8 inches below the upper surface of the plate to which the neck mounting bracket is attached and 3.2 inches perpendicularly forward of the surface to which the accelerometer bracket is attached. One accelerometer has its sensitive axis oriented parallel to the attachment surface in the midsagittal plane, with its seismic mass center at any distance up to 1.3 inches inferior to the intersection of the sensitive axes specified above. Another accelerometer has its sensitive axis oriented parallel to the attachment surface and perpendicular to the midsagittal plane, with its seismic mass center at any distance up to 0.2 inches to the right of the intersection of the sensitive axes specified above. A third accelerometer has its sensitive axis oriented perpendicular to the attachment surface in the midsagittal plane, with its seismic mass center at any distance up to 1.3 inches dorsal to the intersection of the sensitive axes specified above. Accelerometers are oriented with the dummy in the position specified in § 572.11(i).
</P>
<P>(d) A force-sensing device is mounted axially in each femur shaft so that the transverse centerline of the sensing element is 4.25 inches from the knee's center of rotation.
</P>
<P>(e) The outputs of acceleration and force-sensing devices installed in the dummy and in the test apparatus specified by this part are recorded in individual data channels that conform to the requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J211a, December 1971, with channel classes as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Head acceleration—Class 1000.
</P>
<P>(2) Pendulum acceleration—Class 60.
</P>
<P>(3) Thorax acceleration—Class 180.
</P>
<P>(4) Thorax compression—Class 180.
</P>
<P>(5) Femur force—Class 600.
</P>
<P>(f) The mountings for sensing devices have no resonance frequency within a range of 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class.
</P>
<P>(g) Limb joints are set at 1g, barely restraining the weight of the limb when it is extended horizontally. The force required to move a limb segment does not exceed 2g throughout the range of limb motion.
</P>
<P>(h) Performance tests are conducted at any temperature from 66 °F to 78 °F and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent after exposure of the dummy to these conditions for a period of not less than 4 hours.
</P>
<P>(i) For the performance tests specified in §§ 572.8, 572.9, and 572.10, the dummy is positioned in accordance with Figure 11 as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The dummy is placed on a flat, rigid, smooth, clean, dry, horizontal, steel test surface whose length and width dimensions are not less than 16 inches, so that the dummy's midsagittal plane is vertical and centered on the test surface and the rearmost points on its lower legs at the level of the test surface are at any distance not less than 5 inches and not more than 6 inches forward of the forward edge of the test surface.
</P>
<P>(2) The pelvis is adjusted so that the upper surface of the lumbar-pelvic adapter is horizontal.
</P>
<P>(3) The shoulder yokes are adjusted so that they are at the midpoint of their anterior-posterior travel with their upper surfaces horizontal.
</P>
<P>(4) The dummy is adjusted so that the rear surfaces of the shoulders and buttocks are tangent to a transverse vertical plane.
</P>
<P>(5) The upper legs are positioned symmetrically about the midsagittal plane so that the distance between the knee pivot bolt heads is 11.6 inches.
</P>
<P>(6) The lower legs are positioned in planes parallel to the midsagittal plane so that the lines between the midpoint of the knee pivots and the ankle pivots are vertical.
</P>
<P>(j) The dummy's dimensions, as specified in drawing number SA 150 M002, are determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) With the dummy seated as specified in paragraph (i) of this section, the head is adjusted and secured so that its occiput is 1.7 inches forward of the transverse vertical plane with the vertical mating surface of the skull with its cover parallel to the transverse vertical plane.
</P>
<P>(2) The thorax is adjusted and secured so that the rear surface of the chest accelerometer mounting cavity is inclined 3° forward of vertical.
</P>
<P>(3) Chest and waist circumference and chest depth measurements are taken with the dummy positioned in accordance with paragraphs (j) (1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The chest skin and abdominal sac are removed and all following measurements are made without them.
</P>
<P>(5) Seated height is measured from the seating surface to the uppermost point on the head-skin surface.
</P>
<P>(6) Shoulder pivot height is measured from the seating surface to the center of the arm elevation pivot.
</P>
<P>(7) H-point locations are measured from the seating surface to the center of the holes in the pelvis flesh covering in line with the hip motion ball.
</P>
<P>(8) Knee pivot distance from the backline is measured to the center of the knee pivot bolt head.
</P>
<P>(9) Knee pivot distance from floor is measured from the center of the knee pivot bolt head to the bottom of the heel when the foot is horizontal and pointing forward.
</P>
<P>(10) Shoulder width measurement is taken at arm elevation pivot center height with the centerlines between the elbow pivots and the shoulder pivots vertical.
</P>
<P>(11) Hip width measurement is taken at widest point of pelvic section.
</P>
<P>(k) Performance tests of the same component, segment, assembly, or fully assembled dummy are separated in time by a period of not less than 30 minutes unless otherwise noted.
</P>
<P>(l) Surfaces of dummy components are not painted except as specified in this part or in drawings subtended by this part.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.152.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.153.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.154.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.155.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.156.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.157.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[38 FR 20451, Aug. 1, 1973, as amended at 42 FR 7153, Feb. 7, 1977]



</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—3-Year-Old Child</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 76530, Dec. 27, 1979, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.15" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.15   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The dummy consists of the component assemblies specified in drawing SA 103C 001, which are described in their entirety by means of approximately 122 drawings and specifications and an Operation and Maintenance Manual, dated May 28, 1976. The drawings and specifications are grouped by component assemblies under the following thirteen headings:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>SA 103C 010 Head Assembly
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 103C 020 Neck Assembly
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 103C 030 Torso Assembly
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 103C 041 Upper Arm Assembly Left
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 103C 042 Upper Arm Assembly Right
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 103C 051 Forearm Hand Assembly Left
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 103C 052 Forearm Hand Assembly Right
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 103C 061Upper Leg Assembly Left
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 103C 062 Upper Leg Assembly Right
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 103C 071 Lower Leg Assembly Left
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 103C 072 Lower Leg Assembly Right
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 103C 081 Foot Assembly left
</FP-1>
<FP-1>SA 103C 082 Foot Assembly Right.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The drawings, specifications, and operation and maintenance manual referred to in this regulation that are not set forth in full are hereby incorporated in this part by reference. These materials are thereby made part of this regulation. The Director of the Federal Register has approved the materials incorporated by reference. For materials subject to change, only the specific version approved by the Director of the Federal Register and specified in the regulation are incorporated. A notice of any change will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> As a convenience to the reader, the materials incorporated by reference are listed in the Finding Aid Table found at the end of this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) The materials incorporated by reference are available for examination in Docket 78-09, Room 5109, Docket Section, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590. Copies may be obtained from Rowley-Scher Reprographics, Inc., 1216 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005 ((202) 628-6667). The materials are also on file in the reference library of the Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC.
</P>
<P>(d) Adjacent segments are joined in a manner such that throughout the range of motion and also under simulated crash-impact conditions there is no contact between metallic elements except for contacts that exist under static conditions.
</P>
<P>(e) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this part in every respect both before and after being used in vehicle tests specified in Standard No. 213 of this chapter (§ 571.213).
</P>
<P>(f) The patterns of all cast and molded parts for reproduction of the molds needed in manufacturing of the dummies can be obtained on a loan basis by manufacturers of the testes dummies, or others if need is shown, from: Office of Vehicle Safety Standards, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 25423, June 19, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.16" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.16   Head.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The head consists of the assembly designated as SA 103C 010 on drawing No. SA 103C 001, and conforms to either—
</P>
<P>(1) Each item specified on drawing SA 103C 002(B), sheet 8; or
</P>
<P>(2) Each item specified on drawing SA 103C 002, sheet 8.
</P>
<P>(b) When the head is impacted by a test probe specified in § 572.21(a)(1) at 7 fps, then the peak resultant acceleration measured at the location of the accelerometer mounted in the headform according to § 572.21(b) is not less than 95g and not more than 118g.
</P>
<P>(1) The recorded acceleration-time curve for this test is unimodal at or above the 50g level, and lies at or above that level for intervals:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of the head assembly specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, not less than 1.3 milliseconds and not more than 2.0 milliseconds;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of the head assembly specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, not less than 2.0 milliseconds and not more than 3.0 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(2) The lateral acceleration vector does not exceed 7g.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Seat the dummy on a seating surface having a back support as specified in § 572.21(h) and orient the dummy in accordance with § 572.21(h) and adjust the joints of the limbs at any setting between 1g and 2g, which just supports the limbs' weight when the limbs are extended horizontally forward.
</P>
<P>(2) Adjust the test probe so that its longitudinal centerline is at the forehead at the point of orthogonal intersection of the head midsagittal plane and the transverse plane which is perpendicular to the “Z” axis of the head (longitudinal centerline of the skull anchor) and is located 0.6 ±0.1 inches above the centers of the head center of gravity reference pins and coincides within 2 degrees with the line made by the intersection of horizontal and midsagittal planes passing through this point.
</P>
<P>(3) Adjust the dummy so that the surface area on the forehead immediately adjacent to the projected longitudinal centerline of the test probe is vertical.
</P>
<P>(4) Impact the head with the test probe so that at the moment of impact the probe's longitudinal centerline falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(5) Guide the probe during impact so that it moves with no significant lateral, vertical, or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>(6) Allow a time period of at least 20 minutes between successive tests of the head.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76530, Dec. 27, 1979; 45 FR 43353, June 26, 1980, as amended at 45 FR 82267, Dec. 15, 1980; 55 FR 30468, July 26, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.17" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.17   Neck.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) The neck for use with the head assembly described in § 572.16(a)(1) consists of the assembly designated as SA 103C 020 on drawing No. SA 103C 001, conforms to each item specified on drawing No. SA 103C 002(B), sheet 9.
</P>
<P>(2) The neck for use with the head assembly described in § 572.16(a)(2) consists of the assembly designated as SA 103C 020 on drawing No. SA 103C 001, and conforms to each item specified on drawing No. SA 103C 002, sheet 9.
</P>
<P>(b) When the head-neck assembly is tested in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the head shall rotate in reference to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline a total of 84 degrees ±8 degrees about its center of gravity, rotating to the extent specified in the following table at each indicated point in time, measured from impact, with the chordal displacement measured at its center of gravity. The chordal displacement at time T is defined as the straight line distance between (1) the position relative to the pendulum arm of the head center of gravity at time zero, and (2) the position relative to the pendulum arm of the head center of gravity at time T as illustrated by figure 3. The peak resultant acceleration recorded at the location of the accelerometers mounted in the headform in accordance with § 572.21(b) shall not exceed 30g. The pendulum shall not reverse direction until the head's center of gravity returns to the original zero time position relative to the pendulum arm.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rotation (degrees)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time (ms) ±(2 + .08T)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Chordal displacement (inches ±0.8)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">108</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">123</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Mount the head and neck on a rigid pendulum as specified in Figure 4, so that the head's midsagittal plane is vertical and coincides with the plane of motion of the pendulum's longitudinal centerline. Mount the neck directly to the pendulum as shown in Figure 15.
</P>
<P>(2) Release the pendulum and allow it to fall freely from a height such that the velocity at impact is 17.00 ±1.0 feet per second (fps), measured at the center of the accelerometer specified in figure 4.
</P>
<P>(3) Decelerate the pendulum to a stop with an acceleration-time pulse described as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Establish 5g and 20g levels on the a-t curve.
</P>
<P>(ii) Establish t<E T="52">1</E> at the point where the a-t curve first crosses the 5g level, t<E T="52">2</E> at the point where the rising a-t curve first crosses the 20g level, t<E T="52">3</E> at the point where the decaying a-t curve last crosses the 20g level, and t<E T="52">4</E> at the point where the decaying a-t curve first crosses the 5g level.
</P>
<P>(iii) t<E T="52">2</E>-t<E T="52">1</E>, shall be not more than 4 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(iv) t<E T="52">3</E>-t<E T="52">2</E>, shall be not less than 18 and not more than 21 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(v) t<E T="52">4</E>-t<E T="52">3</E>, shall be not more than 5 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(vi) The average deceleration between t<E T="52">2</E> and t<E T="52">3</E> shall be not less than 20g and not more then 34g.
</P>
<P>(4) Allow the neck to flex without contact of the head or neck with any object other than the pendulum arm.
</P>
<P>(5) Allow a time period of at least 1 hour between successive tests of the head and neck.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76530, Dec. 27, 1979; 45 FR 43353, June 26, 1980, as amended at 55 FR 30468, July 26, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.18" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.18   Thorax.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The thorax consists of the part of the torso shown in assembly drawing SA 103C 001 by number SA 103C 030 and conforms to each of the applicable drawings listed under this number on drawing SA 103C 002, sheets 10 and 11.
</P>
<P>(b) When impacted by a test probe conforming to § 572.21(a) at 13 fps in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the peak resultant accelerations at the location of the accelerometers mounted in the chest cavity in accordance with § 572.21(c) shall be not less than 50g and not more than 70g. The acceleration-time curve for the test shall be unimodal at or above the 30g level and shall lie at or above the 30g level for an interval not less than 2.5 milliseconds and not more than 4.0 milliseconds. The lateral acceleration shall not exceed 5g.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) With the dummy seated without back support on a surface as specified in § 572.21(h) and oriented as specified in § 572.21(h), adjust the dummy arms and legs until they are extended horizontally forward parallel to the midsagittal plane. The joints of the limbs are adjusted at any setting between 1g and 2g, which just supports the limbs' weight when the limbs are extended horizontally forward.
</P>
<P>(2) Establish the impact point at the chest midsagittal plane so that it is 1.5 inches below the longitudinal centerline of the bolt that attaches the top of the ribcage sternum to the thoracic spine box.
</P>
<P>(3) Adjust the dummy so that the tangent plane at the surface on the thorax immediately adjacent to the designated impact point is vertical and parallel to the face of the test probe.
</P>
<P>(4) Place the longitudinal centerline of the test probe to coincide with the designated impact point and align the test probe so that at impact its longitudinal centerline coincides within 2 degrees with the line formed by intersection of the horizontal and midsagittal planes passing through the designated impact point.
</P>
<P>(5) Impact the thorax with the test probe so that at the moment of impact the probe's longitudinal centerline falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(6) Guide the probe during impact so that it moves with no significant lateral, vertical or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>(7) Allow a time period of at least 20 minutes between successive tests of the chest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.19" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.19   Lumbar spine, abdomen and pelvis.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis consist of the part of the torso assembly shown by number SA 103C 030 on drawing SA 103C 001 and conform to each of the applicable drawings listed under this number on drawing SA 103C 002, sheets 10 and 11.
</P>
<P>(b) When subjected to continuously applied force in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the lumbar spine assembly shall flex by an amount that permits the rigid thoracic spine to rotate from its initial position in accordance with Figure 18 of this subpart by 40 degrees at a force level of not less than 34 pounds and not more than 47 pounds, and straighten upon removal of the force to within 5 degrees of its initial position.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) The dummy with lower legs removed is positioned in an upright seated position on a seat as indicated in Figure 18, ensuring that all dummy component surfaces are clean, dry and untreated unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P>(2) Attach the pelvis to the seating surface by a bolt C/328, modified as shown in Figure 18, and the upper legs at the knee axial rotation joints by the attachments shown in Figure 18. Tighten the mountings so that the pelvis-lumbar joining surface is horizontal and adjust the femur ball-flange screws at each hip socket joint to 50 inch pounds torque. Remove the head and the neck and install a cylindrical aluminum adapter 2.0 inches in diameter and 2.80 inches long in place of the neck.
</P>
<P>(3) Flex the thorax forward 50 degrees and then rearward as necessary to return to its initial position in accordance with Figure 18 unsupported by external means.
</P>
<P>(4) Apply a forward pull force in the midsagittal plane at the top of the neck adapter, so that at 40 degrees of the lumbar spine flexion the applied force is perpendicular to the thoracic spine box. Apply the force at any torso deflection rate between 0.5 and 1.5 degrees per second up to 40 degrees of flexion but no further; continue to apply for 10 seconds the force necessary to maintain 40 degrees of flexion, and record the highest applied force at that time. Release all force as rapidly as possible and measure the return angle 3 minutes after the release.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.20" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.20   Limbs.</HEAD>
<P>The limbs consist of the assemblies shown on drawing SA 103C 001 as Nos. SA 103C 041, SA 103C 042, SA 103C 051, SA 103C 052, SA 103C 061, SA 103C 062, SA 103C 071, SA 103C 072, SA 103C 081, SA 103C 082, and conform to each of the applicable drawings listed under their respective numbers of the drawing SA 103C 002, sheets 12 through 21.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.21" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.21   Test conditions and instrumentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) The test probe used for head and thoracic impact tests is a cylinder 3 inches in diameter, 13.8 inches long, and weighing 10 lbs., 6 ozs. Its impacting end has a flat right face that is rigid and that has an edge radius of 0.5 inches.
</P>
<P>(2) The head and thorax assembly may be instrumented with a Type A or Type C accelerometer.
</P>
<P>(i) Type A accelerometer is defined in drawing SA-572 S1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Type C accelerometer is defined in drawing SA-572 S2.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Head accelerometers.</I> Install one of the triaxial accelerometers specified in § 572.21(a)(2) on a mounting block located on the horizontal transverse bulkhead as shown in the drawings subreferenced under assembly SA 103C 010 so that the seismic mass centers of each sensing element are positioned as specified in this paragraph, relative to the head accelerometer reference point located at the intersection of a line connecting the longitudinal centerlines of the transfer pins in the side of the dummy head with the midsagittal plane of the dummy head.
</P>
<P>(1) The sensing elements of the Type C triaxial accelerometer are aligned as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Align one sensitive axis parallel to the vertical bulkhead and coincident with the midsagittal plane, with the seismic mass center located 0.2 inches dorsal to, and 0.1 inches inferior to the head accelerometer reference point.
</P>
<P>(ii) Align the second sensitive axis with the horizontal plane, perpendicular to the midsagittal plane, with the seismic mass center located 0.1 inches inferior, 0.4 inches to the right of, and 0.9 inches dorsal to the head accelerometer reference point.
</P>
<P>(iii) Align the third sensitive axis so that it is parallel to the midsagittal and horizontal planes, with the seismic mass center located 0.1 inches inferior to, 0.6 inches dorsal to, and 0.4 inches to the right of the head accelerometer reference point.
</P>
<P>(iv) All seismic mass centers are positioned with ±0.05 inches of the specified locations.
</P>
<P>(2) The sensing elements of the Type A triaxial accelerometer are aligned as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Align one sensitive axis parallel to the vertical bulkhead and coincident with midsagittal planes, with the seismic mass center located from 0.2 to 0.47 inches dorsal to, from 0.01 inches inferior to 0.21 inches superior, and from 0.0 to 0.17 inches left of the head accelerometer reference point.
</P>
<P>(ii) Align the second sensitive axis with the horizontal plane, perpendicular to the midsagittal plane, with the seismic mass center located 0.1 to 0.13 inches inferior to, 0.17 to 0.4 inches to the right of, and 0.47 to 0.9 inches dorsal of the head accelerometer reference point.
</P>
<P>(iii) Align the third sensitive axis so that it is parallel to the midsagittal and horizontal planes, with the seismic mass center located 0.1 to 0.13 inches inferior to, 0.6 to 0.81 inches dorsal to, and from 0.17 inches left to 0.4 inches right of the head accelerometer reference point.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Thorax accelerometers.</I> Install one of the triaxial accelerometers specified in § 572.21(a)(2) on a mounting plate attached to the vertical transverse bulkhead shown in the drawing subreferenced under assembly No. SA 103C 030 in drawing SA 103C 001, so that the seismic mass centers of each sensing element are positioned as specified in this paragraph, relative to the thorax accelerometer reference point located in the midsagital plane 3 inches above the top surface of the lumbar spine, and 0.3 inches dorsal to the accelerometer mounting plate surface.
</P>
<P>(1) The sensing elements of the Type C triaxial accelerometer are aligned as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Align one sensitive axis parallel to the vertical bulkhead and midsagittal planes, with the seismic mass center located 0.2 inches to the left of, 0.1 inches inferior to, and 0.2 inches ventral to the thorax accelerometer reference point.
</P>
<P>(ii) Align the second sensitive axis so that it is in the horizontal transverse plane, and perpendicular to the midsagittal plane, with the seismic mass center located 0.2 inches to the right of, 0.1 inches inferior to, and 0.2 inches ventral to the thorax accelerometer reference point.
</P>
<P>(iii) Align the third sensitive axis so that it is parallel to the midsagittal and horizontal planes, with the seismic mass center located 0.2 inches superior to, 0.5 inches to the right of, and 0.1 inches ventral to the thorax accelerometer reference points.
</P>
<P>(iv) All seismic mass centers shall be positioned within ±0.05 inches of the specified locations.
</P>
<P>(2) The sensing elements of the Type A triaxial accelerometer are aligned as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Align one sensitive axis parallel to the vertical bulkhead and midsagittal planes, with the seismic mass center located from 0.2 inches left to 0.28 inches right, from 0.5 to 0.15 inches inferior to, and from 0.15 to 0.25 inches ventral of the thorax accelerometer reference point.
</P>
<P>(ii) Align the second sensitive axis so that it is in the horizontal transverse plane and perpendicular to the midsagital plane, with the seismic mass center located from 0.06 inches left to 0.2 inches right of, from 0.1 inches inferior to 0.24 inches superior, and 0.15 to 0.25 inches ventral to the thorax accelerometer reference point.
</P>
<P>(iii) Align the third sensitive axis so that it is parallel to the midsagital and horizontal planes, with the seismic mass center located 0.15 to 0.25 inches superior to, 0.28 to 0.5 inches to the right of, and from 0.1 inches ventral to 0.19 inches dorsal to the thorax accelerometer reference point.
</P>
<P>(d) The outputs of accelerometers installed in the dummy, and of test apparatus specified by this part, are recorded in individual data channels that conform to the requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J211a, December 1971, with channel classes as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Head acceleration—Class 1000.
</P>
<P>(2) Pendulum acceleration—Class 60.
</P>
<P>(3) Thorax acceleration—Class 180.
</P>
<P>(e) The mountings for accelerometers have no resonance frequency less than cut-off 3 times the cut-off frequency of the applicable channel class.
</P>
<P>(f) Limb joints are set at the force between 1-2g, which just supports the limbs' weight when the limbs are extended horizontally forward. The force required to move a limb segment does not exceed 2g throughout the range of limb motion.
</P>
<P>(g) Performance tests are conducted at any temperature from 66 °F to 78 °F and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent after exposure of the dummy to these conditions for a period of not less than 4 hours.
</P>
<P>(h) For the performance tests specified in §§ 572.16, 572.18, and 572.19, the dummy is positioned in accordance with Figures 16, 17, and 18 as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The dummy is placed on a flat, rigid, clean, dry, horizontal surface of teflon sheeting with a smoothness of 40 microinches and whose length and width dimensions are not less than 16 inches, so that the dummy's midsagittal plane is vertical and centered on the test surface. For head tests, the seat has a vertical back support whose top is 12.4 ±0.2 inches above the seating surface. The rear surfaces of the dummy's shoulders and buttocks are touching the back support as shown in Figure 16. For thorax and lumbar spine tests, the seating surface is without the back support as shown in Figures 17 and 18, respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) The shoulder yokes are adjusted so that they are at the midpoint of their anterior-posterior travel with their upper surfaces horizontal.
</P>
<P>(3) The dummy is adjusted for head impact and lumbar flexion tests so that the rear surfaces of the shoulders and buttocks are tangent to a transverse vertical plane.
</P>
<P>(4) The arms and legs are positioned so that their centerlines are in planes parallel to the midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(i) The dummy's dimensions are specified in drawings No. SA 103C 002, sheets 22 through 26.
</P>
<P>(j) Performance tests of the same component, segment, assembly or fully assembled dummy are separated in time by a period of not less than 20 minutes unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P>(k) Surfaces of the dummy components are not painted except as specified in this part or in drawings subtended by this part.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.158.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.159.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.160.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.161.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 76530, Dec. 27, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 82267, Dec. 15, 1980; 55 FR 30468, July 26, 1990]



</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—6-Month-Old Infant</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.25" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.25   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The infant dummy is specified in its entirety by means of 5 drawings (No. SA 1001) and a construction manual, dated July 2, 1974, which describe in detail the materials and the procedures involved in the manufacturing of this dummy.
</P>
<P>(b) The drawings, specifications, and construction manual referred to in this regulation that are not set forth in full are hereby incorporated in this part by reference. These materials are thereby made part of this regulation. The Director of the Federal Register has approved the materials incorporated by reference. For materials subject to change, only the specific version approved by the Director of the Federal Register and specified in the regulation are incorporated. A notice of any change will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> As a convenience to the reader, the materials incorporated by reference are listed in the Finding Aid Table found at the end of this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) The materials incorporated by reference are available for examination in Docket 78-09, Room 5109, Docket Section, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC, 20590. Copies may be obtained from Rowley-Scher Reprographics, Inc., 1216 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005 ((202) 628-6667). The materials are also on file in the reference library of the Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC.
</P>
<P>(d) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this part in every respect both before and after being used in vehicle tests specified in Standard No. 213 of this chapter (§ 571.213).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 25424, June 19, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Hybrid III Test Dummy</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.30" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.30   Incorporated materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The drawings and specifications referred to in this regulation that are not set forth in full are hereby incorporated in this part by reference. The Director of the Federal Register has approved the materials incorporated by reference. For materials subject to change, only the specific version approved by the Director of the Federal Register and specified in the regulation are incorporated. A notice of any change will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> As a convenience to the reader, the materials incorporated by reference are listed in the Finding Aid Table found at the end of this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) The materials incorporated by reference are available for examination in the general reference section of docket 74-14, Docket Section, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Room 5109, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. Copies may be obtained from Reprographic Technologies, 9000 Virginia Manor Road, Beltsville, MD 20705, Telephone (301) 210-5600, Facsimile (301) 419-5069, Attn. Mr. Jay Wall. Drawings and specifications are also on file at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 61 FR 67955, Dec. 26, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.31" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.31   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Hybrid III 50th percentile size dummy consists of components and assemblies specified in the Anthropomorphic Test Dummy drawing and specifications package which consists of the following six items:
</P>
<P>(1) The Anthropomorphic Test Dummy Parts List, dated June 26, 1998, and containing 16 pages, and a Parts List Index, dated June 26, 1998, containing 8 pages.
</P>
<P>(2) A listing of Hybrid III Dummy Transducers-reference document AGARD-AR-330, “Anthropomorphic Dummies for Crash and Escape System Testing”, Chapter 6, Table 6-2, North Atlantic Treaty Organization, July, 1996. 
</P>
<P>(3) A General Motors Drawing Package identified by GM Drawing No. 78051-218, revision U, titled “Hybrid III Anthropomorphic Test Dummy,” dated August 30, 1998, the following component assemblies, and subordinate drawings:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Drawing No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Revision
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">78051-61X head assembly-complete, (May 20, 1978)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(T)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">78051-90 neck assembly-complete, dated May 20, 1978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(A)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">78051-89 upper torso assembly-complete, dated May 20, 1978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(K)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">78051-70 lower torso assembly-complete, dated June 30, 1998, except for drawing No. 78051-55, “Instrumentation Assembly-Pelvic Accelerometer,” dated August 2, 1979</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(F)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">86-5001-001 leg assembly-complete (LH), dated March 26, 1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(A)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">86-5001-002 leg assembly-complete (RH), dated March 26, 1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(A)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">78051-123 arm assembly-complete (LH), dated May 20, 1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(D)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">78051-124 arm assembly-complete (RH), dated May 20, 1978</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(D)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">78051-59 pelvic assembly-complete, dated June 30, 1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(G)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">78051-60 pelvic structure-molded, dated June 30, 1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">(E)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(4) Disassembly, Inspection, Assembly and Limbs Adjustment Procedures for the Hybrid III dummy, dated June 1998.
</P>
<P>(5) Sign Convention for signal outputs—reference document SAE J1733 Information Report, titled “Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing”, dated 1994-12. 
</P>
<P>(6) Exterior dimensions of the Hybrid III dummy, dated July 15, 1986.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) Adjacent segments are joined in a manner such that throughout the range of motion and also under crash-impact conditions, there is no contact between metallic elements except for contacts that exist under static conditions.
</P>
<P>(d) The weights, inertial properties and centers of gravity location of component assemblies shall conform to those listed in drawing 78051-338, revision S, titled “Segment Weights, Inertial Properties, Center of Gravity Location—Hybrid III,” dated May 20, 1978 of drawing No. 78051-218.
</P>
<P>(e) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this part in every respect both before and after being used in vehicle test specified in Standard No. 208 of this chapter (§ 571.208).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 8764, Mar. 17, 1988; 57 FR 47010, Oct. 14, 1992; 61 FR 67955, Dec. 26, 1996; 62 FR 27514, May 20, 1997; 63 FR 5747, Feb. 4, 1998; 63 FR 53851, Oct. 7, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.32" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.32   Head.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The head consists of the assembly shown in drawing 78051-61X, revision C, and conforms to each of the drawings subtended therein. 
</P>
<P>(b) When the head (Drawing number 78051-61X, titled “head assembly—complete,” dated March 28, 1997 (Revision C) with six axis neck transducer structural replacement (Drawing number 78051-383X, Revision P, titled “Neck Transducer Structural Replacement,” dated November 1, 1995) is dropped from a height of 14.8 inches in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the peak resultant accelerations at the location of the accelerometers mounted in the head in accordance with § 572.36(c) shall not be less than 225g, and not more than 275g. The acceleration/time curve for the test shall be unimodal to the extent that oscillations occurring after the main acceleration pulse are less than ten percent (zero to peak) of the main pulse. The lateral acceleration vector shall not exceed 15g (zero to peak). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the head assembly in a test environment at any temperature between 66 degrees F to 78 degrees F and at a relative humidity from 10% to 70% for a period of at least four hours prior to its application in a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Clean the head's skin surface and the surface of the impact plate with 1,1,1 Trichlorethane or equivalent.
</P>
<P>(3) Suspend the head, as shown in Figure 19, so that the lowest point on the forehead is 0.5 inches below the lowest point on the dummy's nose when the midsagittal plane is vertical.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.162.gif"/>
<P>(4) Drop the head from the specified height by means that ensure instant release into a rigidly supported flat horizontal steel plate, which is 2 inches thick and 2 feet square. The plate shall have a clean, dry surface and any microfinish of not less than 8 microinches (rms) and not more than 80 microinches (rms).
</P>
<P>(5) Allow at least 3 hours between successive tests on the same head.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 62 FR 27514, May 20, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.33" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.33   Neck.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The neck consists of the assembly shown in drawing 78051-90, revision A and conforms to each of the drawings subtended therein. 
</P>
<P>(b) When the head and neck assembly (consisting of the parts 78051-61X, revision C; -90, revision A; -84; -94; -98; -104, revision F; -303, revision E; -305; -306; -307, revision X) which has a six axis neck transducer (Drawing number C-1709, Revision D, titled “Neck transducer,” dated February 1, 1993.) installed in conformance with § 572.36(d), is tested in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, it shall have the following characteristics: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Flexion.</I> (i) Plane D, referenced in Figure 20, shall rotate between 64 degrees and 78 degrees, which shall occur between 57 milliseconds (ms) and 64 ms from time zero. In first rebound, the rotation of Plane D shall cross 0 degrees between 113 ms and 128 ms. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The moment measured by the six axis neck transducer (drawing C-1709, revision D) about the occipital condyles, referenced in Figure 20, shall be calculated by the following formula: Moment (lbs-ft) = My−0.058 × Fx, where My is the moment measured in lbs-ft by the “Y” axis moment sensor of the six axis neck transducer and Fx is the force measured in lbs by the “X” axis force sensor (Channel Class 600) of the six axis neck transducer. The moment shall have a maximum value between 65 lbs-ft and 80 lbs-ft occurring between 47ms and 58 ms, and the positive moment shall decay for the first time to 0 lb-ft between 97 ms and 107 ms.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Extension.</I> (i) Plane D, referenced in Figure 21, shall rotate between 81 degrees and 106 degrees, which shall occur between 72 ms and 82 ms from time zero. In first rebound, rotation of Plane D shall cross 0 degrees between 147 ms and 174 ms. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The moment measured by the six axis neck transducer (drawing C-1709, revision D) about the occipital condyles, referenced in Figure 21, shall be calculated by the following formula: Moment (lbs-ft) = My−0.058 × Fx, where My is the moment measured in lbs-ft by the “Y” axis moment sensor of the six axis neck transducer and Fx is the force measured in lbs by the “X” axis force sensor (Channel Class 600) of the six axis neck transducer. The moment shall have a maximum value between—39 lbs-ft and -59 lbs-ft, occurring between 65 ms and 79 ms, and the negative moment shall decay for the first time to 0 lb-ft between 120 ms and 148 ms. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er20my97.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er20my97.001.gif"/>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the test material in a test environment at any temperature between 69 degrees F to 72 degrees F and at a relative humidity from 10% to 70% for a period of at least four hours prior to its application in a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Torque the jamnut (78051-64) on the neck cable (78051-301, revision E) to 1.0 lbs-ft ±.2 lbs-ft.
</P>
<P>(3) Mount the head-neck assembly, defined in paragraph (b) of this section, on a rigid pendulum as shown in Figure 22 so that the head's midsagittal plane is vertical and coincides with the plane of motion of the pendulum's longitudinal axis.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er02jn11.011.gif"/>
<P>(4) Release the pendulum and allow it to fall freely from a height such that the tangential velocity at the pendulum accelerometer centerline at the instance of contact with the honeycomb is 23.0 ft/sec ±0.4 ft/sec. for flexion testing and 19.9 ft/sec. ±0.4 ft/sec. for extension testing. The pendulum deceleration vs. time pulse for flexion testing shall conform to the characteristics shown in Table A and the decaying deceleration-time curve shall first cross 5<E T="52">g</E> between 34 ms and 42 ms. The pendulum deceleration vs. time pulse for extension testing shall conform to the characteristics shown in Table B and the decaying deceleration-time curve shall cross 5g between 38 ms and 46 ms.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A—Flexion Pendulum Deceleration vs. Time Pulse
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time (ms)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Flexion deceleration level (g)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22.50-27.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.60-22.60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.50-18.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Any other time above 30 ms</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29 maximum.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table B—Extension Pendulum Deceleration vs. Time Pulse
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time (ms)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Extension deceleration level (g)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.20-21.20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.00-19.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.00-16.00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Any other time above 30 ms</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22 maximum.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(5) Allow the neck to flex without impact of the head or neck with any object during the test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 8765, Mar. 17, 1988; 62 FR 27514, May 20, 1997; 76 FR 31864, June 2, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.34" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.34   Thorax.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The thorax consists of the upper torso assembly in drawing 78051-89, revision K and shall conform to each of the drawings subtended therein.
</P>
<P>(b) When impacted by a test probe conforming to § 572.36(a) at 22 fps ±0.40 fps in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the thorax of a complete dummy assembly (78051-218, revision U, without shoes, shall resist with a force of 1242.5 pounds ±82.5 pounds measured by the test probe and shall have a sternum displacement measured relative to spine of 2.68 inches ±0.18 inches. The internal hysteresis in each impact shall be more than 69% but less than 85%. The force measured is the product of pendulum mass and deceleration.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the test dummy in an environment with a relative humidity from 10% to 70% until the temperature of the ribs of the test dummy have stabilized at a temperature between 69 degrees F and 72 degrees F.
</P>
<P>(2) Seat the dummy without back and arm supports on a surface as shown in Figure 23, and set the angle of the pelvic bone at 13 degrees plus or minus 2 degrees, using the procedure described in S11.4.3.2 of Standard No. 208 (§ 571.208 of this chapter).
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.166.gif"/>
<P>(3) Place the longitudinal centerline of the test probe so that it is .5 ±.04 in. below the horizontal centerline of the No. 3 Rib (reference drawing number 79051-64, revision A-M) as shown in Figure 23.
</P>
<P>(4) Align the test probe specified in § 572.36(a) so that at impact its longitudinal centerline coincides within .5 degree of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(5) Impact the thorax with the test probe so that the longitudinal centerline of the test probe falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy midsagittal plane at the moment of impact.
</P>
<P>(6) Guide the probe during impact so that it moves with no significant lateral, vertical, or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>(7) Measure the horizontal deflection of the sternum relative to the thoracic spine along the line established by the longitudinal centerline of the probe at the moment of impact, using a potentiometer (ref. drawing 78051-317, revision A) mounted inside the sternum as shown in drawing 78051-89, revision I.
</P>
<P>(8) Measure hysteresis by determining the ratio of the area between the loading and unloading portions of the force deflection curve to the area under the loading portion of the curve.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 8765, Mar. 17, 1988; 62 FR 27518, May 20, 1997; 63 FR 53851, Oct. 7, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.35" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.35   Limbs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The limbs consist of the following assemblies: leg assemblies 86-5001-001, revision A and -002, revision A, and arm assemblies 78051-123, revision D and -124, revision D, and shall conform to the drawings subtended therein.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Femur impact response.</I> (1) When each knee of the leg assemblies is impacted in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, at 6.9 ft/sec ±0.10 ft/sec by the pendulum defined in § 572.36(b), the peak knee impact force, which is a product of pendulum mass and acceleration, shall have a minimum value of not less than 1060 pounds and a maximum value of not more than 1300 pounds.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Test procedure.</I> (i) The test material consists of leg assemblies (86-5001-001, revision A) left and (-002, revision A) right with upper leg assemblies (78051-46) left and (78051-47) right removed. The load cell simulator (78051-319, revision A) is used to secure the knee cap assemblies (79051-16, revision B) as shown in Figure 24.
</P>
<P>(ii) Soak the test material in a test environment at any temperature between 66 degrees F to 78 degrees F and at a relative humidity from 10% to 70% for a period of at least four hours prior to its application in a test.
</P>
<P>(iii) Mount the test material with the leg assembly secured through the load cell simulator to a rigid surface as shown in Figure 24. No contact is permitted between the foot and any other exterior surfaces.
</P>
<P>(iv) Place the longitudinal centerline of the test probe so that at contact with the knee it is collinear within 2 degrees with the longitudinal centerline of the femur load cell simulator.
</P>
<P>(v) Guide the pendulum so that there is no significant lateral, vertical or rotational movement at time zero.
</P>
<P>(vi) Impact the knee with the test probe so that the longitudinal centerline of the test probe at the instant of impact falls within .5 degrees of a horizontal line parallel to the femur load cell simulator at time zero.
</P>
<P>(vii) Time zero is defined as the time of contact between the test probe and the knee.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hip joint-femur flexion.</I> (1) When each femur is rotated in the flexion direction in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the femur torque at 30 deg. rotation from its initial horizontal orientation will not be more than 70 ft-lbf, and at 150 ft-lbf of torque will not be less than 40 deg. or more than 50 deg.
</P>
<P>(2) Test procedure. (i) The test material consists of the assembled dummy, part No. 78051-218 (revision S) except that (1) leg assemblies (86-5001-001 and 002) are separated from the dummy by removing the 3/8-16 Socket Head Cap Screw (SHCS) (78051-99) but retaining the structural assembly of the upper legs (78051-43 and -44), (2) the abdominal insert (78051-52) is removed and (3) the instrument cover plate (78051-13) in the pelvic bone is replaced by a rigid pelvic bone stabilizer insert (Figure 25a) and firmly secured.
</P>
<P>(ii) Seat the dummy on a rigid seat fixture (Figure 25) and firmly secure it to the seat back by bolting the stabilizer insert and the rigid support device (Figure 25b) to the seat back of the test fixture (Figures 26 and 27) while maintaining the pelvis (78051-58) “B” plane horizontal.
</P>
<P>(iii) Insert a lever arm into the femur shaft opening of the upper leg structure assembly (78051-43/44) and firmly secure it using the 3/8-16 socket head cap screws.
</P>
<P>(iv) Lift the lever arm parallel to the midsagittal plane at a rotation rate of 5 to 10 deg. per second while maintaining the 
<FR>1/2</FR> in. shoulder bolt longitudinal centerline horizontal throughout the range of motion until the 150 ft-lbf torque level is reached. Record the torque and angle of rotation of the femur.
</P>
<P>(v) Operating environment and temperature are the same as specified in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.167.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er26de96.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er26de96.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er26de96.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er26de96.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er26de96.008.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 8765, Mar. 17, 1988; 61 FR 67955, Dec. 26, 1997; 63 FR 5748, Feb. 4, 1998]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.36" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.36   Test conditions and instrumentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The test probe used for thoracic impact tests is a 6 inch diameter cylinder that weighs 51.5 pounds including instrumentation. Its impacting end has a flat right angle face that is rigid and has an edge radius of 0.5 inches. The test probe has an accelerometer mounted on the end opposite from impact with its sensitive axis colinear to the longitudinal centerline of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(b) Test probe used for the knee impact tests is a 3 inch diameter cylinder that weights 11 pounds including instrumentation. Its impacting end has a flat right angle face that is rigid and has an edge radius of 0.02 inches. The test probe has an accelerometer mounted on the end opposite from impact with its sensitive axis colinear to the longitudinal centerline of the cylinder.
</P>
<P>(c) Head accelerometers shall have dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing 78051-136, revision A, or its equivalent, and the location of their seismic mass as mounted in the skull are shown in drawing C-1709, revision D. 
</P>
<P>(d) The six axis neck transducer shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing C-1709, revision D and be mounted for testing as shown in Figures 20 and 21 of § 572.33, and in the assembly drawing 78051-218, revision T. 
</P>
<P>(e) The chest accelerometers shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing 78051-136, revision A or its equivalent and be mounted as shown with adaptor assembly 78051-116, revision D for assembly into 78051-218, revision T. 
</P>
<P>(f) The chest deflection transducer shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing 78051-342, revision A or its equivalent and be mounted in the chest deflection transducer assembly 78051-317, revision A for assembly into 78051-218, revision T. 
</P>
<P>(g) The thorax and knee impactor accelerometers shall have the dimensions and characteristics of Endevco Model 7231c or equivalent. Each accelerometer shall be mounted with its sensitive axis colinear with the pendulum's longitudinal centerline.
</P>
<P>(h) The femur load cell shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing 78051-265 or its equivalent and be mounted in assemblies 78051-46 and -47 for assembly into 78051-218, revision T. 
</P>
<P>(i) The outputs of acceleration and force-sensing devices installed in the dummy and in the test apparatus specified by this part are recorded in individual data channels that conform to requirements of Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Recommended Practice J211 Mar95, Instrumentation for Impact Tests, Parts 1 and 2. SAE J211 Mar95 sets forth the following channel classes:
</P>
<P>(1) Head acceleration—Class 1000 
</P>
<P>(2) Neck forces—Class 1000 
</P>
<P>(3) Neck moments—Class 600 
</P>
<P>(4) Neck pendulum acceleration—Class 60 
</P>
<P>(5) Thorax and thorax pendulum acceleration—Class 180 
</P>
<P>(6) Thorax deflection—Class 180 
</P>
<P>(7) Knee pendulum acceleration—Class 600 
</P>
<P>(8) Femur force—Class 600 
</P>
<P>(j) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity conform to the sign convention shown in the document incorporated by § 572.31(a)(5).
</P>
<P>(k) The mountings for sensing devices shall have no resonance frequency within range of 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class.
</P>
<P>(l) Limb joints are set at lg, barely restraining the weight of the limb when it is extended horizontally. The force required to move a limb segment shall not exceed 2g throughout the range of limb motion.
</P>
<P>(m) Performance tests of the same component, segment, assembly, or fully assembled dummy are separated in time by period of not less than 30 minutes unless otherwise noted.
</P>
<P>(n) Surfaces of dummy components are not painted except as specified in this part or in drawings subtended by this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 26701, July 25, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 8765, Mar. 17, 1988; 62 FR 27518, May 20, 1997; 63 FR 45965, Aug. 28, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Side Impact Dummy 50th Percentile Male</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>55 FR 45766, Oct. 30, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.40" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.40   Incorporated materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The drawings, specifications, manual, and computer program referred to in this regulation that are not set forth in full are hereby incorporated in this part by reference. These materials are thereby made part of this regulation. The Director of the Federal Register has approved the materials incorporated by reference. For materials subject to change, only the specific version approved by the Director of the Federal Register and specified in the regulation are incorporated. A notice of any change will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> As a convenience to the reader, the materials incorporated by reference are listed in the Finding Aids Table found at the end of this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) The materials incorporated in this part by reference are available for examination in the general reference section of Docket 79-04, Docket Section, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, room 5109, 400 Seventh St., S.W., Washington, D.C., 20590, telephone (202) 366-4949. Copies may be obtained from Reprographic Technologies, 9000 Virginia Manor Rd., Suite 210, Beltsville, MD, 20705, Telephone (301) 419-5070, Fax (301) 419-5069.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 45766, Oct. 30, 1990, as amended at 63 FR 16140, Apr. 2, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.41" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.6.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.41   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The dummy consists of component parts and component assemblies (SA-SID-M001, revision C, dated September 12, 1996, and SA-SID-M001A, revision B, dated September 12, 1996), which are described in approximately 250 drawings and specifications that are set forth in § 572.5(a) of this chapter with the following changes and additions which are described in approximately 85 drawings and specifications (incorporated by reference; see § 572.40):
</P>
<P>(1) The head assembly consists of the assembly specified in subpart B (§ 572.6(a)) and conforms to each of the drawings subtended under drawing SA 150 M010 and drawings specified in SA-SID-M010, dated August 13, 1987.
</P>
<P>(2) The neck assembly consists of the assembly specified in subpart B (§ 572.7(a)) and conforms to each of the drawings subtended under drawing SA 150 M020 and drawings shown in SA-SID-M010, dated August 13, 1987.
</P>
<P>(3) The thorax assembly consists of the assembly shown as number SID-053 and conforms to each applicable drawing subtended by number SA-SID-M030 revision A, dated May 18, 1994.
</P>
<P>(4) The lumbar spine consists of the assembly specified in subpart B (§ 572.9(a)) and conforms to drawing SA 150 M050 and drawings subtended by SA-SID-M050 revision B, dated September 12, 1996, including the addition of Lumbar Spacers-Lower SID-SM-001 and Lumbar Spacers-Upper SID-SM-002 (both dated May 12, 1994), and Washer 78051-243.
</P>
<P>(5) The abdomen and pelvis consist of the assembly specified in subpart B of this part (§ 572.9) and conform to the drawings subtended by SA 150 M060, the drawings subtended by SA-SID-M060 revision A, dated May 18, 1994, and the drawings subtended by SA-SID-087 sheet 1 revision H, dated May 18, 1994, and SA-SID-087 sheet 2 revision H.
</P>
<P>(6) The lower limbs consist of the assemblies specified in subpart B (§ 572.10) shown as SA 150 M080 and SA 150 M081 in Figure 1 and SA-SID-M080 and SA-SID-M081, both dated August 13, 1987, and conform to the drawings subtended by those numbers.
</P>
<P>(b) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to the requirements of this subpart in every respect both before and after being used in vehicle tests specified in Standard No 214 § 571.214 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Disassembly, inspection, and assembly procedures; external dimensions and weight; and a dummy drawing list are set forth in the Side Impact Dummy (SID) User's Manual, dated May 1994 except for pages 7, 20 and 23, and appendix A (consisting of replacement pages 7, 20 and 23) dated January 20, 1998 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.40).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 45766, Oct. 30, 1990, as amended at 59 FR 52091, Oct. 14, 1994; 63 FR 16140, Apr. 2, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.42" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.6.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.42   Thorax.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the thorax of a completely assembled dummy (SA-SID-M001A revision A, dated May 18, 1994, incorporated by reference; see § 572.40), appropriately assembled for right or left side impact, is impacted by a test probe conforming to § 572.44(a) at 14 fps in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, the peak accelerations at the location of the accelerometers mounted on the thorax in accordance with § 572.44(b) shall be:
</P>
<P>(1) For the accelerometer at the top of the Rib Bar on the struck side (LUR or RUR) not less than 37 g's and not more than 46 g's.
</P>
<P>(2) For the accelerometer at the bottom of the Rib Bar on the struck side (LLR or RLR) not less than 37 g's and not more than 46 g's.
</P>
<P>(3) For the lower thoracic spine (T12) not less than 15 g's and not more than 22 g's.
</P>
<P>(b) Test Procedure. (1) Adjust the dummy legs as specified in § 572.44(f). Seat the dummy on a seating surface as specified in § 572.44(h) with the limbs extended horizontally forward.
</P>
<P>(2) Place the longitudinal centerline of the test probe at the lateral side of the chest at the intersection of the centerlines of the third rib and the Rib Bar on the desired side of impact. This is the left side if the dummy is to be used on the driver's side of the vehicle and the right side if the dummy is to be used on the passenger side of the vehicle. The probe's centerline is perpendicular to thorax's midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(3) Align the test probe so that its longitudinal centerline coincides with the line formed by the intersection of the transverse and frontal planes perpendicular to the chest's midsagittal plane passing through the designated impact point.
</P>
<P>(4) Position the dummy as specified in § 572.44(h), so that the thorax's midsagittal plane and tangential plane to the Hinge Mounting Block (Drawing SID-034) are vertical.
</P>
<P>(5) Impact the thorax with the test probe so that at the moment of impact at the designated impact point, the probe's longitudinal centerline falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal line perpendicular to the dummy's midsagittal plane and passing through the designated impact point.
</P>
<P>(6) Guide the probe during impact so that it moves with no significant lateral, vertical or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>(7) Allow a time period of at least 20 minutes between successive tests of the chest.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 52091, Oct. 14, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 52091, Oct. 14, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.43" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.6.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.43   Lumbar spine and pelvis.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the pelvis of a fully assembled dummy (SA-SID-M001A revision B, dated September 12, 1996, (incorporated by reference; see § 572.40) is impacted laterally by a test probe conforming to § 572.44(a) at 14 fps in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, the peak acceleration at the location of the accelerometer mounted in the pelvis cavity in accordance with § 572.44(c) shall be not less than 40g and not more than 60g. The acceleration-time curve for the test shall be unimodal and shall lie at or above the + 20g level for an interval not less than 3 milliseconds and not more than 7 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(b) Test Procedure. (1) Adjust the dummy legs as specified in § 572.44(f). Seat the dummy on a seating surface as specified in § 572.44(h) with the limbs extended horizontally forward.
</P>
<P>(2) Place the longitudinal centerline of the test probe at the lateral side of the pelvis at a point 3.9 inches vertical from the seating surface and 4.8 inches ventral to a transverse vertical plane which is tangent to the back of the dummy's buttocks.
</P>
<P>(3) Align the test probe so that at impact its longitudinal centerline coincides with the line formed by intersection of the horizontal and vertical planes perpendicular to the midsagittal plane passing through the designated impact point.
</P>
<P>(4) Adjust the dummy so that its midsagittal plane is vertical and the rear surfaces of the thorax and buttocks are tangent to a transverse vertical plane.
</P>
<P>(5) Impact the pelvis with the test probe so that at the moment of impact the probe's longitudinal centerline falls within 2 degrees of the line specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) Guide the test probe during impact so that it moves with no significant lateral, vertical or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>(7) Allow a time period of at least 2 hours between successive tests of the pelvis.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 45766, Oct. 30, 1990, as amended at 59 FR 52091, Oct. 14, 1994; 63 FR 16140, Apr. 2, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.44" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.6.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.44   Instrumentation and test conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The test probe used for lateral thoracic and pelvis impact tests is a 6 inch diameter cylinder that weighs 51.5 pounds including instrumentation. Its impacting end has a flat right angle face that is rigid and has an edge radius of 0.5 inches.
</P>
<P>(b) Three accelerometers are mounted in the thorax for measurement of lateral accelerations with each accelerometer's sensitive axis aligned to be closely perpendicular to the thorax's midsagittal plane. The accelerometers are mounted in the following locations:
</P>
<P>(1) One accelerometer is mounted on the thorax to lumbar adaptor (SID-005 revision F, dated May 18, 1994, incorporated by reference; see § 572.40) with seismic mass center located 0.5 inches toward the impact side, 0.1 inches upward and 1.86 inches rearward from the reference point shown in Figure 30 in appendix A to subpart F of part 572. Maximum permissible variation of the seismic location must not exceed 0.2 inches spherical radius.
</P>
<P>(2) Two accelerometers are mounted, one on the top and the other at the bottom part of the Rib Bar (SID-024) on the struck side. Their seismic mass centers are at any distance up to .4 inches from a point on the Rib Bar surface located on its longitudinal center line .75 inches from the top for the top accelerometer and .75 inches from the bottom, for the bottom accelerometer.
</P>
<P>(c) One accelerometer is mounted in the pelvis for measurement of the lateral acceleration with its sensitive axis perpendicular to the pelvic midsagittal plane. The accelerometer is mounted on the rear wall of the instrumentation cavity of the pelvis (SID-087 revision H, dated May 18, 1994, incorporated by reference; see § 572.40). The accelerometer's seismic mass with respect to the mounting bolt center line is 0.9 inches up, 0.7 inches to the left for left side impact and 0.03 inches to the left for right side impact, and 0.5 inches rearward from the rear wall mounting surface as shown in Figure 31 in appendix A to subpart F of part 572. Maximum permissible variation of the seismic location must not exceed 0.2 inches spherical radius.
</P>
<P>(d) Instrumentation and sensors used must conform to the SAE J-211 (1980) recommended practice requirements (incorporated by reference; see § 572.40). The outputs of the accelerometers installed in the dummy are then processed with the software for the Finite Impulse Response (FIR) filter (FIR 100 software). The FORTRAN program for this FIR 100 software (FIR100 Filter Program, Version 1.0, July 16, 1990) is incorporated by reference in this part (see § 572.40). The data are processed in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) Analog data recorded in accordance with SAE J-211 (1980) recommended practice channel class 1000 specification.
</P>
<P>(2) Filter the data with a 300 Hz, SAE Class 180 filter;
</P>
<P>(3) Subsample the data to a 1600 Hz sampling rate;
</P>
<P>(4) Remove the bias from the subsampled data, and
</P>
<P>(5) Filter the data with the FIR100 Filter Program (Version 1.0, July 16, 1990), which has the following characteristics—
</P>
<P>(i) Passband frequency, 100 Hz.
</P>
<P>(ii) Stopband frequency, 189 Hz.
</P>
<P>(iii) Stopband gain, −50 db.
</P>
<P>(iv) Passband ripple, 0.0225 db.
</P>
<P>(e) The mountings for the spine, rib and pelvis accelerometers shall have no resonance frequency within a range of 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class.
</P>
<P>(f) Limb joints of the test dummy are set at the force between 1-2 g's, which just supports the limbs' weight when the limbs are extended horizontally forward. The force required to move a limb segment does not exceed 2 g's throughout the range of limb motion.
</P>
<P>(g) Performance tests are conducted at any temperature from 66 °F to 78 °F and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent after exposure of the dummy to these conditions for a period of not less than 4 hours.
</P>
<P>(h) For the performance of tests specified in §§ 572.42 and 572.43, the dummy is positioned as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The dummy is placed on a flat, rigid, clean, dry, horizontal smooth aluminum surface whose length and width dimensions are not less than 16 inches, so that the dummy's midsagittal plane is vertical and centered on the test surface. The dummy's torso is positioned to meet the requirements of § 572.42 and § 572.43. The seating surface is without the back support and the test dummy is positioned so that the dummy's midsagittal plane is vertical and centered on the seat surface.
</P>
<P>(2) The legs are positioned so that their centerlines are in planes parallel to the midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(3) Performance pre-tests of the assembled dummy are separated in time by a period of not less than 20 minutes unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P>(4) Surfaces of the dummy components are not painted except as specified in this part or in drawings subtended by this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 45766, Oct. 30, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 47011, Sept. 17, 1991; 59 FR 52091, Oct. 14, 1994]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.6.1.6.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart F of Part 572—Figures

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.168.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14oc94.001.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 52092, Oct. 14, 1994]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subparts G-H [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—6-Year-Old Child</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.70" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.8.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.70   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The drawings and specifications referred to in §§ 572.71(a) and 572.71(b) are hereby incorporated in subpart I by reference. These materials are thereby made part of this regulation. The Director of the Federal Register approved the materials incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the materials may be inspected at NHTSA's Docket Section, 400 Seventh Street, SW., room 5109, Washington, DC, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) The incorporated material is available as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Drawing number SA 106 C001 sheets 1 through 18, and the drawings listed in the parts lists described on sheets 8 through 17, are available from Reprographic Technologies, 9000 Virginia Manor Rd., Beltsville, MD 20705, Telephone (301) 210-5600, Fax (301) 210-5607. 
</P>
<P>(2) A User's Manual entitled, “Six-Year-Old Size Child Test Dummy SA106C,” October 28, 1991, is available from Reprographic Technologies at the address in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) SAE Recommended Practice J211, Instrumentation for Impact Test, June 1988, is available from the Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096-0001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991, as amended at 62 FR 44226, Aug. 20, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.71" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.8.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.71   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The representative 6-year-old dummy consists of a drawings and specifications package that contains the following materials:
</P>
<P>(1) Technical drawings, specifications, and the parts list package shown in SA 106C 001, sheets 1 through 18, rereleased July 11, 1997;
</P>
<P>(2) A user's manual entitled, “Six-Year-Old Size Child Test Dummy SA106C,” October 28, 1991.
</P>
<P>(b) The dummy is made up of the component assemblies set out in Table A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Assembly drawing No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Drawing title
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Listed on drawing No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Revision
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA 106C 010</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Head Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SA 106C 001, sheet 8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA 106C 020</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Neck Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SA 106C 001, sheet 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA 106C 030</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thorax Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SA 106C 001, sheet 10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA 106C 030</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thorax Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SA 106C 001, sheet 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">D
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA 106C 041</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arm Assembly (right)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SA 106C 001, sheet 14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA 106C 042</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arm Assembly (left)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SA 106C 001, sheet 15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA 106C 050</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lumbar Spine Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SA 106C 001, sheet 12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA 106C 060</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pelvis Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SA 106C 001, sheet 13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA 106C 071</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Leg Assembly (right)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SA 106C 001, sheet 16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">SA 106C 072</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Leg Assembly (left)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SA 106C 001, sheet 17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Adjacent segments are joined in a manner such that except for contacts existing under static conditions, there is no contact between metallic elements throughout the range of motion or under simulated crash-impact conditions.
</P>
<P>(d) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this part in every respect both before and after its use in any test similar to those specified in Standard 213, Child Restraint Systems.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991, as amended at 62 FR 44226, Aug. 20, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.72" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.8.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.72   Head assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Head assembly.</I> The head consists of the assembly designated as SA 106 010 on drawing No. SA 106C 001, sheet 2, and conforms to each drawing listed on SA 106C 001, sheet 8.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Head assembly impact response requirements.</I> When the head is impacted by a test probe conforming to § 572.77(a)(1) at 7 feet per second (fps) according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section, then the resultant head acceleration measured at the location of the accelerometer installed in the headform according to § 577.77(b) is not less than 130g and not more than 160g.
</P>
<P>(1) The recorded acceleration-time curve for this test is unimodal at or above the 50g level, and lies at or above that level for an interval not less than 1.0 and not more than 2.0 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(2) The lateral acceleration vector does not exceed 5g.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Head test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the head is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Seat and orient the dummy on a seating surface having a back support as specified in § 572.78(c), and adjust the joints of the limbs at any setting (between 1g and 2g) which just supports the limbs' weight when the limbs are extended horizontally and forward.
</P>
<P>(2) Adjust the test probe so that its longitudinal center line is—
</P>
<P>(i) At the forehead at the point of orthogonal intersection of the head midsagittal plane and the transverse plane which is perpendicular to the Z axis of the head as shown in Figure 40;
</P>
<P>(ii) Located 2.7 ±0.1 inches below the top of the head measured along the Z axis, and;
</P>
<P>(iii) Coincides within 2 degrees with the line made by the intersection of the horizontal and midsagittal planes passing through this point.
</P>
<P>(3) Impact the head with the test probe so that at the moment of contact the probe's longitudinal center line falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(4) Guide the test probe during impact so that there is no significant lateral, vertical, or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>(5) Allow at least 60 minutes between successive head tests.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.73" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.8.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.73   Neck assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Neck assembly.</I> The neck consists of the assembly designated as SA 106C 020 on drawing SA 106C 001, sheet 2, and conforms to each drawing listed on SA 106C 001, sheet 9.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Neck assembly impact response requirements.</I> When the head-neck assembly (SA 106C 010 and SA 106C 020) is tested according to the test procedure in § 572.73(c), the head:
</P>
<P>(1) Shall rotate, while translating in the direction of the pendulum preimpact flight, in reference to the pendulum's longitudinal center line a total of 78 degrees ±6 degrees about the head's center of gravity; and
</P>
<P>(2) Shall rotate to the extent specified in Table B at each indicated point in time, measured from time of impact, with the chordal displacement measured at the head's center of gravity.
</P>
<P>(i) Chordal displacement at time “T” is defined as the straight line distance between the position relative to the pendulum arm of the head's center of gravity at time “zero;” and the position relative to the pendulum arm of the head's center of gravity at time T as illustrated by Figure 3 in § 572.11.
</P>
<P>(ii) The peak resultant acceleration recorded at the location of the accelerometers mounted in the headform according to § 572.77(b) shall not exceed 30g.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table B
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Rotation (degrees)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time (ms) ±(2 + .08T)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Chordal displacement (inches) ±0.8
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maximum</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(3) The pendulum shall not reverse direction until the head's center of gravity returns to the original “zero” time position relative to the pendulum arm.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Neck test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the neck is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Mount the head and neck assembly on a rigid pendulum as specified in § 572.21, Figure 15, so that the head's midsagittal plane is vertical and coincides with the plane of motion of the pendulum's longitudinal center line. Attach the neck directly to the pendulum as shown in § 572.21, Figure 15.
</P>
<P>(2) Release the pendulum and allow it to fall freely from a height such that the velocity at impact is 17.00 ±1.0 fps, measured at the center of the accelerometer specified in § 572.21, Figure 15.
</P>
<P>(3) Decelerate the pendulum to a stop with an acceleration-time pulse described as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Establish 5g and 20g levels on the a-t curve.
</P>
<P>(ii) Establish t<E T="52">1</E> at the point where the rising a-t curve first crosses the 5g level; t<E T="52">2</E> at the point where the rising a-t curve first crosses the 20g level; t<E T="52">3</E> at the point where the decaying a-t curve last crosses the 20g level; and t<E T="52">4</E> at the point where the decaying a-t curve first crosses the 5g level.
</P>
<P>(iii) t<E T="52">2</E>−t<E T="52">1</E> shall not be more than 3 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(iv) t<E T="52">3</E>−t<E T="52">2</E> shall not be more than 22 milliseconds, and not less than 19 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(v) t<E T="52">4</E>−t<E T="52">3</E> shall not be more than 6 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(vi) The average deceleration between t<E T="52">2</E> and t<E T="52">3</E> shall not be more than 26g, or less than 22g.
</P>
<P>(4) Allow the neck to flex without the head or neck contacting any object other than the pendulum arm.
</P>
<P>(5) Allow at least 60 minutes between successive tests.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 4086, Feb. 3, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.74" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.8.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.74   Thorax assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Thorax assembly.</I> The thorax consists of the part of the torso assembly designated as SA 106C 030 on drawing SA 106C 001, sheet 2, Revision A, and conforms to each applicable drawing on SA 106C 001 sheet 10, Revision C (including Drawing number 6C-1610-1 thru -4, Revision A, titled “Screw Button Head Socket”, dated September 30, 1996, and Drawing number 6C-1021, Revision B, titled “Ballast, 6 Yr. Thoraxc (for 7267A)”, dated September 24, 1996), and sheet 11, Revision D (including Drawing number SA 6C-909, Revision A, titled “Cover-chest Accelerometer”, dated September 21, 1996, and Drawing number 6C-1000-1, Revision C, titled “Sternum Thoracic Weld Ass'y.”, dated September 24, 1996).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Thorax assembly requirements.</I> When the thorax is impacted by a test probe conforming to § 572.77(a) to 20 ±0.3 fps according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section, the peak resultant accelerations at the accelerometers mounted in the chest cavity according to § 572.77(c) shall not be less than 43g and not more than 53g.
</P>
<P>(1) The recorded acceleration-time curve for this test shall be unimodal at or above the 30g level, and shall lie at or above that level for an interval not less than 4 milliseconds and not more than 6 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(2) The lateral accelerations shall not exceed 5g.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Thorax test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the thorax is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Seat and orient the dummy on a seating surface without back support as specified in § 572.78(c), and adjust the joints of the limbs at any setting (between 1g and 2g) which just supports the limbs' weight when the limbs are extended horizontally and forward, parallel to the midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(2) Establish the impact point at the chest midsagittal plane so that the impact point is 2.25 inches below the longitudinal center of the clavicle retainer screw, and adjust the dummy so that the plane that bisects the No. 3 rib into upper and lower halves is horizontal ±1 degree.
</P>
<P>(3) Place the longitudinal center line of the test probe so that it coincides with the designated impact point, and align the test probe so that at impact, the probe's longitudinal center line coincides (within 2 degrees) with the line formed at the intersection of the horizontal and midsagittal planes and passing through the designated impact point.
</P>
<P>(4) Impact the thorax with the test probe so that at the moment of contact the probe's longitudinal center line falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(5) Guide the test probe during impact so that there is no significant lateral, vertical, or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>(6) Allow at least 30 minutes between successive tests.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991, as amended at 60 FR 2897, Jan. 12, 1995, 62 FR 44227, Aug. 20, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.75" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.8.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.75   Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis assembly.</I> The lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis consist of the part of the torso assembly designated as SA 106C 50 and 60 on drawing SA 106C 001, sheet 2, and conform to each applicable drawing listed on SA 106C 001, sheets 12 and 13.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis assembly response requirements.</I> When the lumbar spine is subjected to a force continuously applied according to the test procedure set out in paragraph (c) of this section, the lumbar spine assembly shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Flex by an amount that permits the rigid thoracic spine to rotate from the torso's initial position, as defined in (c)(3), by 40 degrees at a force level of not less that 46 pounds and not more than 52 pounds, and
</P>
<P>(2) Straighten upon removal of the force to within 5 degrees of its initial position when the force is removed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Remove the dummy's head-neck assembly, arms, and lower legs, clean and dry all component surfaces, and seat the dummy upright on a seat as specified in Figure 42.
</P>
<P>(2) Adjust the dummy by—
</P>
<P>(i) Tightening the femur ballflange screws at each hip socket joint to 50 inch-pounds torque;
</P>
<P>(ii) Attaching the pelvis to the seating surface by a bolt D/605 as shown in Figure 42.
</P>
<P>(iii) Attaching the upper legs at the knee joints by the attachments shown in drawing Figure 42.
</P>
<P>(iv) Tightening the mountings so that the pelvis-lumbar joining surface is horizontal; and
</P>
<P>(v) Removing the head and neck, and installing a cylindrical aluminum adapter (neck adapter) of 2.0 inches diameter and 2.60 inches length as shown in Figure 42.
</P>
<P>(3) The initial position of the dummy's torso is defined by the plane formed by the rear surfaces of the shoulders and buttocks which is three to seven degrees forward of the transverse vertical plane.
</P>
<P>(4) Flex the thorax forward 50 degrees and then rearward as necessary to return the dummy to its initial torso position, unsupported by external means.
</P>
<P>(5) Apply a forward pull force in the midsagittal plane at the top of the neck adapter so that when the lumbar spine flexion is 40 degrees, the applied force is perpendicular to the thoracic spine box.
</P>
<P>(i) Apply the force at any torso deflection rate between 0.5 and 1.5 degrees per second, up to 40 degrees of flexion.
</P>
<P>(ii) For 10 seconds, continue to apply a force sufficient to maintain 40 degrees of flexion, and record the highest applied force during the 10 second period.
</P>
<P>(iii) Release all force as rapidly as possible, and measure the return angle 3 minutes after the release.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.76" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.8.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.76   Limbs assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Limbs assembly.</I> The limbs consist of the assemblies designated as SA 106C 041, SA 106C 042, SA 106C 071, and SA 106C 072, on drawing No. SA 106C 001, sheet 2, and conform to each applicable drawing listed on SA 106C 001, sheets 14 through 17.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limbs assembly impact response requirement.</I> When each knee is impacted at 7.0 ±0.1 fps, according to paragraph (c) of this section, the maximum force on the femur shall not be more than 1060 pounds and not less than 780 pounds, with a duration above 400 pounds of not less than 0.8 milliseconds.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limbs test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the limbs is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Seat and orient the dummy without back support on a seating surface that is 11 ±0.2 inches above a horizontal (floor) surface as specified in § 572.78(c).
</P>
<P>(i) Orient the dummy as specified in Figure 43 with the hip joint adjustment at any setting between 1g and 2g.
</P>
<P>(ii) Place the dummy legs in a plane parallel to the dummy's midsagittal plane with the knee pivot center line perpendicular to the dummy's midsagittal plane, and with the feet flat on the horizontal (floor) surface.
</P>
<P>(iii) Adjust the feet and lower legs until the line between the midpoint of each knee pivot and each ankle pivot is within 2 degrees of the vertical.
</P>
<P>(2) If necessary, reposition the dummy so that at the level one inch below the seating surface, the rearmost point of the dummy's lower legs remains not less than 3 inches and not more than 6 inches forward of the forward edge of the seat.
</P>
<P>(3) Align the test probe specified in § 572.77(a) with the longitudinal center line of the femur force gauge, so that at impact, the probe's longitudinal center line coincides with the sensor's longitudinal center line within ±2 degrees.
</P>
<P>(4) Impact the knee with the test probe moving horizontally and parallel to the midsagittal plane at the specified velocity.
</P>
<P>(5) Guide the test probe during impact so that there is no significant lateral, vertical, or rotational movement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.77" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.8.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.77   Instrumentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Test probe.</I> For the head, thorax, and knee impact test, use a test probe that is rigid, of uniform density and weighs 10 pounds and 6 ounces, with a diameter of 3 inches; a length of 13.8 inches; and an impacting end that has a rigid flat right face and edge radius of 0.5 inches.
</P>
<P>(2) The head and thorax assembly may be instrumented either with a Type A or Type B accelerometer.
</P>
<P>(i) Type A accelerometer is defined in drawing SA 572 S1.
</P>
<P>(ii) Type B accelerometer is defined in drawing SA 572 S2.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Head accelerometers.</I> (1) Install accelerometers in the head as shown in drawing SA 106C 001 sheet 1 using suitable spacers or adaptors as needed to affix them to the horizontal transverse bulkhead so that the sensitive axes of the three accelerometers intersect at the point in the midsagittal plane located 0.4 inches below the intersection of a line connecting the longitudinal center lines of the roll pins in either side of the dummy's head with the head's midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(2) The head has three orthogonally mounted accelerometers aligned as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Align one accelerometer so that its sensitive axis is perpendicular to the horizontal bulkhead in the midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(ii) Align the second accelerometer so that its sensitive axis is parallel to the horizontal bulkhead, and perpendicular to the midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(iii) Align the third accelerometer so that its sensitive axis is parallel to the horizontal bulkhead in the midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(iv) The seismic mass center for any of these accelerometers may be at any distance up to 0.4 inches from the axial intersection point.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Thoracic accelerometers.</I> (1) Install accelerometers in the thoracic assembly as shown in drawing SA 106C 001, sheet 1, using suitable spacers and adaptors to affix them to the frontal surface of the spine assembly so that the sensitive axes of the three accelerometers intersect at a point in the midsagittal plane located 0.95 inches posterior of the spine mounting surface, and 0.55 inches below the horizontal centerline of the two upper accelerometer mount attachment hole centers.
</P>
<P>(2) The sternum-thoracic assembly has three orthogonally mounted accelerometers aligned as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Align one accelerometer so that its sensitive axis is parallel to the attachment surface in the midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(ii) Align the second accelerometer so that its sensitive axis is parallel to the attachment surface, and perpendicular to the midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(iii) Align the third accelerometer so that its sensitive axis is perpendicular to the attachment surface in the midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(iv) The seismic mass center for any of these accelerometers may be at any distance up to 0.4 inches of the axial intersection point.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Femur-sensing device.</I> Install a force-sensing device SA 572-S10 axially in each femur shaft as shown in drawing SA 106C 072 and secure it to the femur assembly so that the distance measured between the center lines of two attachment bolts is 3.00 inches.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Limb joints.</I> Set the limb joints at lg, barely restraining the limb's weight when the limb is extended horizontally, and ensure that the force required to move the limb segment does not exceed 2g throughout the limb's range of motion.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Recording outputs.</I> Record the outputs of acceleration and force-sensing devices installed in the dummy and in the test apparatus specified in this part, in individual channels that conform to the requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J211, October 1988, with channel classes as set out in the following table C.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table C
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Device
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Channel
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Head acceleration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Class 1000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pendulum acceleration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Class 60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thorax acceleration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Class 180
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Femur-force</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Class 600</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>The mountings for sensing devices shall have no resonance frequency within a range of 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.78" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.8.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.78   Performance test conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Conduct performance tests at any temperature from 66 °F to 78 °F, and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent, but only after having first exposed the dummy to these conditions for a period of not less than 4 hours.
</P>
<P>(b) For the performance tests specified in § 572.72 (head), § 572.74 (thorax), § 572.75 (lumbar spine, abdomen, and pelvis), and § 572.76 (limbs), position the dummy as set out in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Place the dummy on a horizontal seating surface covered by teflon sheeting so that the dummy's midsagittal plane is vertical and centered on the test surface.
</P>
<P>(1) The seating surface is flat, rigid, clean, and dry, with a smoothness not exceeding 40 microinches, a length of at least 16 inches, and a width of at least 16 inches.
</P>
<P>(2) For head impact tests, the seating surface has a vertical back support whose top is 12.4 ±0.2 inches above the horizontal surface, and the rear surfaces of the dummy's back and buttocks touch the back support as shown in Figure 40.
</P>
<P>(3) For the thorax, lumbar spine, and knee tests, the horizontal surface is without a back support as shown in Figure 41 (for the thorax); Figure 42 (for the lumbar spine); and Figure 43 (for the knee).
</P>
<P>(4) Position the dummy's arms and legs so that their center lines are in planes parallel to the midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(5) Adjust each shoulder yoke so that with its upper surface horizontal, a yoke is at the midpoint of its anterior-posterior travel.
</P>
<P>(6) Adjust the dummy for head and knee impact tests so that the rear surfaces of the shoulders and buttocks are tangent to a transverse vertical plane.
</P>
<P>(d) The dummy's dimensions are specified in drawings SA 106C 001, sheet 3, Revision A, July 11, 1997, and sheets 4 through 6.
</P>
<P>(e) Unless otherwise specified in this regulation, performance tests of the same component, segment, assembly or fully assembled dummy are separated in time by a period of not less than 20 minutes.
</P>
<P>(f) Unless otherwise specified in this regulation, the surfaces of the dummy components are not painted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 57836, Nov. 14, 1991, as amended at 62 FR 44227, Aug. 20, 1997]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.8.1.10.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figures to Subpart I of Part 572

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.169.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.170.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 2898, Jan. 12, 1995]

</CITA>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.171.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.172.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—9-Month Old Child</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 41080, Aug. 19, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.80" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.9.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.80   Incorporated materials.</HEAD>
<P>The drawings and specifications referred to in § 572.81(a) that are not set forth in full are hereby incorporated in this part by reference. These materials are thereby made part of this regulation. The Director of the Federal Register approved the materials incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the materials may be obtained from Rowley-Scher Reprographics, Inc., 1216 K Street, NW., Washington, DC 20002, telephone (202) 628-6667. Copies are available for inspection in the general reference section of Docket 89-11, Docket Section, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, room 5109, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.81" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.9.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.81   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The dummy consists of: (1) The assembly specified in drawing LP 1049/A, March 1979, which is described in its entirety by means of approximately 54 separate drawings and specifications, 1049/1 through 1049/54; and (2) a parts list LP 1049/0 (5 sheets); and (3) a report entitled, “The TNO P3/4 Child Dummy Users Manual,” January 1979, published by Instituut voor Wegtransportmiddelen TNO.
</P>
<P>(b) Adjacent dummy segments are joined in a manner such that throughout the range of motion and also under simulated crash-impact conditions there is no contact between metallic elements except for contacts that exist under static conditions.
</P>
<P>(c) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this part in every respect both before and after being used in dynamic tests such as that specified in Standard No. 213 of this chapter (§ 571.213).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.82" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.9.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.82   Head.</HEAD>
<P>The head consists of the assembly shown in drawing LP 1049/A and conforms to each of the applicable drawings listed under LP 1049/0 through 54.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.83" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.9.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.83   Head-neck.</HEAD>
<P>The head-neck assembly shown in drawing 1049/A consists of parts specified as items 1 through 16 and in item 56.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.84" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.9.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.84   Thorax.</HEAD>
<P>The thorax consists of the part of the torso shown in assembly drawing LP 1049/A and conforms to each of the applicable drawings listed under LP 1049/0 through 54.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.85" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.9.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.85   Lumbar spine flexure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When subjected to continuously applied force in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, the lumbar spine assembly shall flex by an amount that permits the thoracic spine to rotate from its initial position in accordance with Figure No. 18 of § 572.21 (49 CFR part 572) by 40 degrees at a force level of not less than 18 pounds and not more than 22 pounds, and straighten upon removal of the force to within 5 degrees of its initial position.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) The lumbar spine flexure test is conducted on a dummy assembly as shown in drawing LP 1049/A, but with the arms (which consist of parts identified as items 17 through 30) and all head-neck parts (identified as items 1 through 13 and 59 through 63), removed.
</P>
<P>(2) With the torso assembled in an upright position, adjust the lumbar cable by tightening the adjustment nut for the lumbar vertebrae until the spring is compressed to 
<FR>2/3</FR> of its unloaded length.
</P>
<P>(3) Position the dummy in an upright seated position on a seat as indicated in Figure No. 18 of § 572.21 (lower legs do not need to be removed, but must be clamped firmly to the seating surface), ensuring that all dummy component surfaces are clean, dry and untreated unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P>(4) Firmly affix the dummy to the seating surface through the pelvis at the hip joints by suitable clamps that also prevent any relative motion with respect to the upper legs during the test in § 572.65(c)(3) of this part. Install a pull attachment at the neck to torso juncture as shown in Figure 18 of § 572.21.
</P>
<P>(5) Flex the thorax forward 50 degrees and then rearward as necessary to return it to its initial position.
</P>
<P>(6) Apply a forward pull force in the midsagittal plane at the top of the neck adapter so that at 40 degrees of the lumbar spine flexion the applied force is perpendicular to the thoracic spine box. Apply the force at any torso deflection rate between 0.5 and 1.5 degrees per second up to 40 degrees of flexion but no further; maintain 40 degrees of flexion for 10 seconds, and record the highest applied force during that time. Release all force as rapidly as possible and measure the return angle three minutes after release.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.86" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.9.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.86   Test conditions and dummy adjustment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With the complete torso on its back lying on a horizontal surface and the neck assembly mounted and shoulders on the edge of the surface, adjust the neck such that the head bolt is lowered 0.40 ±0.05 inches (10 ±1 mm) after a vertically applied load of 11.25 pounds (50 N) applied to the head bolt is released.
</P>
<P>(b) With the complete torso on its back with the adjusted neck assembly as specified in § 572.66(a), and lying on a horizontal surface with the shoulders on the edge of the surface, mount the head and tighten the head bolt and nut firmly, with the head in horizontal position. Adjust the head joint at the force between 1-2g, which just supports the head's weight.
</P>
<P>(c) Using the procedures described below, limb joints are set at the force between 1-2g, which just supports the limbs' weight when the limbs are extended horizontally forward:
</P>
<P>(1) With the complete torso lying with its front down on a horizontal surface, with the hip joint just over the edge of the surface, mount the upper leg and tighten hip joint nut firmly. Adjust the hip joint by releasing the hip joint nut until the upper leg just starts moving.
</P>
<P>(2) With the complete torso and upper leg lying with its front up on a horizontal surface, with the knee joint just over the edge of the surface, mount the lower leg and tighten knee joint firmly. Adjust the knee joint by releasing the knee joint nut until the lower leg just starts moving.
</P>
<P>(3) With the torso in an upright position, mount the upper arm and tighten firmly the adjustment bolts for the shoulder joint with the upper arm placed in a horizontal position. Adjust the shoulder joint by releasing the shoulder joint nut until the upper arm just starts moving.
</P>
<P>(4) With the complete torso in an upright position and upper arm in a vertical position, mount the forearm in a horizontal position and tighten the elbow hinge bolt and nut firmly. Adjust the elbow joint nut until the forearm just starts moving.
</P>
<P>(d) With the torso assembled in an upright position, the adjustment nut for the lumbar vertebrae is tightened until the spring is compressed to 
<FR>2/3</FR> of its unloaded length.
</P>
<P>(e) Performance tests are conducted at any temperature from 66 to 78 degrees F and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent after exposure of the dummy to these conditions for a period of not less than four hours.
</P>
<P>(f) Performance tests of the same component, segment, assembly or fully assembled dummy are separated in time by a period of not less than 20 minutes unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P>(g) Surfaces of the dummy components are not painted except as specified in the part or in drawings incorporated by this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Newborn Infant</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 3232, Jan. 8, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.90" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.10.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.90   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The drawings and specifications referred to in § 572.91(a) are hereby incorporated in subpart K by reference. These materials are thereby made part of this regulation. The Director of the Federal Register approved that materials incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the materials may be inspected at NHTSA's Docket Section, 400 Seventh Street, SW., room 5109, Washington, DC, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) The incorporated material is available as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Drawing numbers 126-0000 through 126-0015 (sheets 1 through 3), 126-0017 through 126-0027, and a parts list entitled “Parts List for CAMI Newborn Dummy,” are available from Reprographic Technologies, 1111 14th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005. (202) 628-6667.
</P>
<P>(2) A construction manual entitled, “Construction of the Newborn Infant Dummy” (July 1992) is available from Reprographic Technologies at the address in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.91" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.10.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.91   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The representative newborn infant dummy consists of a drawings and specifications package that contains the following materials:
</P>
<P>(1) Drawing numbers 126-0000 through 126-0015 (sheets 1 through 3), 126-0017 through 126-0027, and a parts list entitled “Parts List for CAMI Newborn Dummy”; and,
</P>
<P>(2) A construction manual entitled, “Construction of the Newborn Infant Dummy” (July 1992).
</P>
<P>(b) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this part in every respect both before and after being used in dynamic tests specified in Standard No. 213 of this chapter (§ 571.213).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="L" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart L—Free Motion Headform</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>60 FR 43058, Aug. 18, 1995, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.100" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.11.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.100   Incorporation by Reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The drawings and specifications referred to in § 572.101 are hereby incorporated in subpart L by reference. These materials are thereby made part of this regulation. The Director of the Federal Register approved the materials incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the materials may be inspected at NHTSA's Docket Section, 400 Seventh Street, S.W., room 5109, Washington, DC, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) The incorporated material is available as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Drawing number 92041-001, “Head Form Assembly,” (November 30, 1992); drawing number 92041-002, “Skull Assembly,” (November 30, 1992); drawing number 92041-003, “Skull Cap Plate Assembly,” (November 30, 1992); drawing number 92041-004, “Skull Cap Plate,” (November 30, 1992); drawing number 92041-005, “Threaded Pin,” (November 30, 1992); drawing number 92041-006, “Hex Nut,” (November 30, 1992); drawing number 92041-008, “Head Skin without Nose,” (November 30, 1992, as amended March 6, 1995); drawing number 92041-009, “Six-Axis Load Cell Simulator Assembly,” (November 30, 1992); drawing number 92041-011, “Head Ballast Weight,” (November 30, 1992); drawing number 92041-018, “Head Form Bill of Materials,” (November 30, 1992); drawing number 78051-148, “Skull-Head (cast) Hybrid III,” (May 20, 1978, as amended August 17, 1978); drawing number 78051-228/78051-229, “Skin- Hybrid III,” (May 20, 1978, as amended through September 24, 1979); drawing number 78051-339, “Pivot Pin-Neck Transducer,” (May 20, 1978, as amended May 14, 1986); drawing number 78051-372, “Vinyl Skin Formulation Hybrid III,” (May 20, 1978); and drawing number C-1797, “Neck Blank, (August 1, 1989); drawing number SA572-S4, “Accelerometer Specification,” (November 30, 1992), are available from Reprographic Technologies, 1111 14th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20005.
</P>
<P>(2) A user's manual entitled “Free-Motion Headform User's Manual,” version 2, March 1995, is available from NHTSA's Docket Section at the address in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) SAE Recommended Practice J211, OCT 1988, “Instrumentation for Impact Tests,” Class 1000, is available from The Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.101" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.11.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.101   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The free motion headform consists of the component assembly which is shown in drawings 92041-001 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), 92041-002 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), 92041-003 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), 92041-004 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), 92041-005 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), 92041-006 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), 92041-008 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), 92041-009 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), 92041-011 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), 78051-148 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), 78051-228/78051-229 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), 78051-339 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), 78051-372 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), C-1797 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100), and SA572-S4 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100).
</P>
<P>(b) Disassembly, inspection, and assembly procedures, and sign convention for the signal outputs of the free motion headform accelerometers, are set forth in the Free-Motion Headform User's Manual (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100).
</P>
<P>(c) The structural properties of the headform are such that it conforms to this part in every respect both before and after being used in the test specified in Standard No. 201 of this chapter (§ 571.201).
</P>
<P>(d) The outputs of accelerometers installed in the headform are recorded in individual data channels that conform to the requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J211, OCT 1988, “Instrumentation for Impact Tests,” Class 1000 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.102" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.11.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.102   Drop test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the headform is dropped from a height of 14.8 inches in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, the peak resultant accelerations at the location of the accelerometers mounted in the headform as shown in drawing 92041-001 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100) shall not be less than 225g, and not more than 275g. The acceleration/time curve for the test shall be unimodal to the extent that oscillations occurring after the main acceleration pulse are less than ten percent (zero to peak) of the main pulse. The lateral acceleration vector shall not exceed 15g (zero to peak).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the headform in a test environment at any temperature between 19 degrees C. to 26 degrees C. and at a relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent for a period of at least four hours prior to its use in a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Clean the headform's skin surface and the surface of the impact plate with 1,1,1 Trichloroethane or equivalent.
</P>
<P>(3) Suspend the headform, as shown in Figure 50. Position the forehead below the chin such that the skull cap plate is at an angle of 28.5 ±0.5 degrees with the impact surface when the midsagittal plane is vertical.
</P>
<P>(4) Drop the headform from the specified height by means that ensure instant release onto a rigidly supported flat horizontal steel plate, which is 2 inches thick and 2 feet square. The plate shall have a clean, dry surface and any microfinish of not less than 8 microinches 203.2 × 10<E T="51">−6</E> mm (rms) and not more than 80 microinches 2032 × 10<E T="51">−6</E> mm (rms).
</P>
<P>(5) Allow at least 3 hours between successive tests on the same headform.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.103" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.11.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.103   Test conditions and instrumentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Headform accelerometers shall have dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100) and be mounted in the headform as shown in drawing 92041-001 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100).
</P>
<P>(b) The outputs of accelerometers installed in the headform are recorded in individual data channels that conform to the requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J211, OCT 1988, “Instrumentation for Impact Tests,” Class 1000 (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100).
</P>
<P>(c) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity conform to the sign convention shown in the Free-Motion Headform User's Manual (incorporated by reference; see § 572.100).
</P>
<P>(d) The mountings for accelerometers shall have no resonant frequency within a range of 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.173.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 43060, Aug. 18, 1995]



</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="M" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.12" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart M—Side Impact Hybrid Dummy 50th Percentile Male</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>63 FR 41470, Aug. 4, 1998, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.110" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.12.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.110   Materials incorporated by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following materials are hereby incorporated by reference in Subpart M:
</P>
<P>(1) The Anthropomorphic Test Dummy Parts List, SID/Hybrid III part 572, subpart M, dated May 10, 1997.
</P>
<P>(2) The SID/Hybrid III Part 572 Subpart M User's Manual, dated May 1997.
</P>
<P>(3) Drawing number 96-SIDH3-001, titled, “Head-Neck Bracket,” dated August 30, 1996.
</P>
<P>(4) Drawing number 96-SIDH3-006, titled, “Upper and Middle Shoulder Foam,” dated May 10, 1997.
</P>
<P>(5) Drawing number SA-SIDH3-M001, titled, “Complete Assembly SIDH3,” dated April 19, 1997.
</P>
<P>(6) Drawing number 78051-61X, Revision C, titled “Head Assembly—complete,” dated March 28, 1997 
</P>
<P>(7) Drawing number 78051-90, Revision A, titled “Neck Assembly—complete,” dated May 20, 1978.
</P>
<P>(8) Dummy assembly drawing number SA-SID-M030, Revision A, titled “Thorax Assembly—complete,” dated May 18, 1994.
</P>
<P>(9) Dummy assembly drawing SA-SID-M050, revision A, titled “Lumbar Spine Assembly,” dated May 18, 1994.
</P>
<P>(10) Dummy assembly drawing SA-150 M060, revision A, titled “Pelvis and Abdomen Assembly,” dated May 18, 1994.
</P>
<P>(11) Dummy assembly drawing SA-SID-053, revision A, titled “Lumbar Spine Assembly,” dated May 18, 1994.
</P>
<P>(12) Dummy assembly drawing SA-SID-M080, titled “Leg Assembly, Right,” dated August 13, 1987.
</P>
<P>(13) Dummy assembly drawing SA-SID-M081, titled “Leg Assembly, Left,” dated August 13, 1987.
</P>
<P>(14) Drawing number 78051-383X, Revision P, titled “Neck Transducer Structural Replacement,” dated November 1, 1995.
</P>
<P>(15) The Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) J1733 Information Report, titled “Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing,” dated December 1994.
</P>
<P>(16) SAE Recommended Practice J211, “Instrumentation for Impact Tests,” Parts 1 and 2, dated March 1995.
</P>
<P>(b) The incorporated materials are available as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved those materials incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the materials may be inspected at NHTSA's Docket Section, 400 Seventh Street S.W., room 5109, Washington, DC, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) The parts lists, user's manual and drawings referred to in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(14) of this section are available from Reprographic Technologies, 9000 Virginia Manor Road, Beltsville, MD 20705 (301) 419-5070.
</P>
<P>(3) The SAE materials referred to in paragraphs (a)(15) and (a)(16) of this section are available from the Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.111" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.12.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.111   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The dummy consists of component parts and component assemblies defined in drawing SA-SIDH3-M001, dated April 19, 1997, which are described in approximately 200 drawings and specifications that are set forth in §§ 572.32, 572.33 and 572.41(a)(3),(4),(5) and (6) of this part, and in the drawing of the Adaptor Bracket 96-SIDH3-001.
</P>
<P>(1) The head assembly consists of the assembly specified in subpart E (§ 572.32) and conforms to each of the drawings subtended under drawing 78051-61X rev. C.
</P>
<P>(2) The neck assembly consists of the assembly specified in subpart E (§ 572.33) and conforms to each of the drawings subtended under drawing 78051-90 rev. A.
</P>
<P>(3) The thorax assembly consists of the assembly shown as number SID 053 and conforms to each applicable drawing subtended by number SA-SID M030 rev. A.
</P>
<P>(4) The lumbar spine consists of the assembly specified in subpart B (§ 572.9(a)) and conforms to drawing SA 150 M050 and drawings subtended by SA-SID M050 rev. A.
</P>
<P>(5) The abdomen and pelvis consist of the assembly and conform to the drawings subtended by SA 150 M060, the drawings subtended by SA 150 M060 rev. A and the drawings subtended by SA-SID-087 sheet 1 rev. H, and SA-SID-87 sheet 2 rev. H.
</P>
<P>(6) The lower limbs consist of the assemblies specified in Subpart B (§ 572.10) shown as SA 150 M080 and SA 150 M081 in Figure 1 and SA-SID-M080 and SA-SID-M081 and conform to the drawings subtended by those numbers.
</P>
<P>(7) The neck mounting adaptor bracket conforms to drawing 96-SIDH3-001.
</P>
<P>(8) Upper and middle shoulder foams conform to drawing 96-SIDH3-006.
</P>
<P>(b) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to the specifications of this subpart in every respect before being used in vehicle tests specified in Standard 201.
</P>
<P>(c) Disassembly, inspection and assembly procedures, external dimensions, weight and drawing list are set forth in the SIDH3 User's Manual, dated May 1997.
</P>
<P>(d) Sign convention for signal outputs is given in the reference document SAE J1733 of 1994-12, “Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing.”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.112" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.12.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.112   Head assembly.</HEAD>
<P>The head assembly consists of the head (drawing 78051-61X, rev. C) with the neck transducer structural replacement (drawing 78051-383X, rev. P) and three (3) accelerometers that are mounted in conformance to § 572.36 (c).
</P>
<P>(a) Test procedure. (1) Soak the head assembly in a test environment at any temperature between 18.9 and 25.6 degrees C. (66 to 78 degrees F.) and at a relative humidity between 10 percent and 70 percent for a period of at least four (4) hours prior to its application in a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Clean the impact surface of the head skin and impact plate surface, described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, with 1,1,1 trichloroethane or equivalent prior to the test.
</P>
<P>(3) Suspend the head, as shown in Figure 51, so that the midsagittal plane makes an angle of 35 ±1 degrees with the impact surface and its anterior-posterior axis is horizontal ±1 degree.
</P>
<P>(4) Drop the head from a height of 200 ±0.25 mm (7.87 ±0.01 inches), measured from the lowest point on the head, by a means that ensures a smooth, clean release into a rigidly supported flat horizontal steel plate, which is 51 ±2 mm (2.0 ±0.01 in.) thick and 610 ±10 mm (24.0 ±0.4 in) square. The plate shall have a dry surface and shall have a microfinish of 0.2 microns (8 microinches) to 2.0 microns (80 microinches).
</P>
<P>(5) Allow at least two (2) hours between successive tests on the same head.
</P>
<P>(b) Performance criteria. (1) When the head assembly is dropped in accordance with § 572.112(a), the measured peak resultant acceleration shall be between 120 and 150 G's.
</P>
<P>(2) The resultant acceleration-time curve shall be unimodal to the extent that oscillations occurring after the main acceleration pulse shall not exceed 15 percent (zero to peak) of the main pulse. The longitudinal acceleration vector shall not exceed 15 G's.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er04au98.003.gif"/>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.113" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.12.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.113   Neck assembly.</HEAD>
<P>The head/neck assembly consists of the parts 78051-61X, rev. C; -84; -90, rev. A; -94; -98; -104, revision F; -303, rev. E;—305; -306; -307, rev. X and has a six axis neck transducer (drawing C-1709, revision D) installed in conformance with § 572.36(d).
</P>
<P>(a) Test procedure. (1) Soak the head and neck assembly in a test environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 degrees C. (69 to 72 degrees F.) and at any relative humidity between 10 percent and 70 percent for a period of at least four (4) hours prior to its application in a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Torque the jamnut (78051-64) on the neck cable (78051-301, rev. E) to 1.35 ±0.27 Nm (1.0 ±0.2 ft-lb) before each test.
</P>
<P>(3) Using neck brackets 78051-303 and -307, mount the head/neck assembly to the part 572 pendulum test fixture (see § 572.33, Figure 22,) so that the midsagittal plane of the head is vertical and perpendicular to the plane of motion of the pendulum's longitudinal centerline (see § 572.33, Figure 20, except that the direction of the head/neck assembly is rotated around the superior-inferior axis by an angle of 90 degrees). Install suitable transducers or other devices necessary for measuring the “D” plane (horizontal surface at the base of the skull) rotation with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline. The rotation can be measured by placing a transducer at the occipital condyles and another at the intersection of the centerline of the neck and the line extending from the base of the neck as shown in figure 52.
</P>
<P>(4) Release the pendulum and allow it to fall freely from a height to achieve an impact velocity of 6.89 to 7.13 m/s (22.6 to 23.4 ft/sec) measured at the center of the pendulum accelerometer.
</P>
<P>(5) Allow the neck to flex without the head or neck contacting any object during the test.
</P>
<P>(6) Time zero is defined as the time of initial contact between the striker plate and the pendulum deceleration medium.
</P>
<P>(7) Allow a period of at least thirty (30) minutes between successive tests on the same neck assembly.
</P>
<P>(b) Performance criteria. (1) The pendulum deceleration pulse is to be characterized in terms of decrease in velocity as obtained by integrating the pendulum acceleration output.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time (ms)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Pendulum Delta-V (m/s)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1.96 to 2.55.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4.12 to 5.10.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5.73 to 7.01.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40 to 70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6.27 to 7.64.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The maximum rotation of the midsagittal plane of the head shall be 66 to 82 degrees with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline. The decaying head rotation vs. time curve shall cross the zero angle between 58 to 67 ms after reaching its peak value.
</P>
<P>(3) The moment about the x-axis which coincides with the midsagittal plane of the head at the level of the occipital condyles shall have a maximum value between 73 and 88 Nm. The decaying moment vs. time curve shall first cross zero moment between 49 and 64 ms after reaching its peak value. The following formula is to be used to calculate the moment about the occipital condyles when using the six-axis neck transducer:
</P>
<FP-2>M = Mx + 0.01778 Fy
</FP-2>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where Mx and Fy are the moment and force measured by the transducer and expressed in terms of Nm and N, respectively.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) The maximum rotation of the head with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline shall occur between 2 and 16 ms after peak moment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 41470, Aug. 4, 1998, as amended at 66 FR 51882, Oct. 11, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.114" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.12.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.114   Thorax.</HEAD>
<P>The specifications and test procedure for the thorax for the SID/HIII dummy are identical to those applicable to the SID dummy as set forth in § 572.42 except that the reference to the SID device found in § 572.42(a), (SA-SID-M001A revision A, dated May 18, 1994) does not apply and the reference to the SID/HIII (SA-SIDH3-M001, dated April 19, 1997) is applied in its place.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er04au98.004.gif"/>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.115" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.12.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.115   Lumbar spine and pelvis.</HEAD>
<P>The specifications and test procedure for the lumbar spine and pelvis are identical to those for the SID dummy as set forth in § 572.42 except that the reference to the SID device found in § 572.42(a), (SA-SID-M001A revision A, dated May 18, 1994) does not apply and the reference to the SID/HIII (SA-SIDH3-M001, dated April 19, 1997) is applied in its place.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.116" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.12.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.116   Instrumentation and test conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The test probe for lateral thoracic and pelvis impact tests are the same as those specified in § 572.44(a).
</P>
<P>(b) Accelerometer mounting in the thorax is the same as specified in § 572.44(b).
</P>
<P>(c) Accelerometer mounting in the pelvis is the same as specified in § 572.44(c).
</P>
<P>(d) Head accelerometer mounting is the same as specified in § 572.36(c).
</P>
<P>(e) Neck transducer mounting is the same as specified in § 572.36(d).
</P>
<P>(f) Instrumentation and sensors used must conform to SAE Recommended Practice J211, March 1995, “Instrumentation for Impact Tests.”
</P>
<P>(g) The mountings for the spine, rib and pelvis accelerometers shall have no resonance frequency within a range of 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class.
</P>
<P>(h) Limb joints of the test dummy shall be set at the force between 1 to 2 g's, which just supports the limb's weight when the limbs are extended horizontally forward. The force required to move a limb segment does not exceed 2 g's throughout the range of the limb motion.
</P>
<P>(i) Performance tests must be conducted at a temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 degrees C. (69 to 72 degrees F.) and at a relative humidity between 10 percent and 70 percent after exposure of the dummy to those conditions for a period of at least four (4) hours.
</P>
<P>(j) For the performance of tests specified in § 572.114 and § 572.115, the dummy is positioned the same as specified in § 572.44(h).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.13" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—Six-year-old Child Test Dummy, Beta Version</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.120" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.13.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.120   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following materials are hereby incorporated into this subpart by reference:
</P>
<P>(1) A drawings and inspection package entitled, “Parts List and Drawings, Part 572 Subpart N, Hybrid III Six-Year Old Child Crash Test Dummy (H-III6C, Beta Version), June 2009,” consisting of:
</P>
<P>(i) Drawing No. 127-1000, 6-year H3 Head Complete, incorporated by reference in § 572.122,
</P>
<P>(ii) Drawing No. 127-1015, Neck Assembly, incorporated by reference in § 572.123,
</P>
<P>(iii) Drawing No. 127-2000, Upper Torso Assembly, incorporated by reference in § 572.124,
</P>
<P>(iv) Drawing No. 127-3000, Lower Torso Assembly, incorporated by reference in § 572.125,
</P>
<P>(v) Drawing No. 127-4000-1 and 4000-2, Leg Assembly, incorporated by reference in § 572.126,
</P>
<P>(vi) Drawing No. 127-5000-1 and 5000-2, Arm Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.121, 572.124, and 572.125 as part of a complete dummy assembly, and,
</P>
<P>(vii) Parts List and Drawings, Hybrid III Six-year-old Child Test Dummy (H-III6C, Beta Version), dated June 1, 2009, incorporated by reference in § 572.121;
</P>
<P>(2) A procedures manual entitled “Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly, and Inspection (PADI) of the Hybrid III 6-year-old Child Crash Test Dummy (H-III6C), Beta Version, June 1, 2009,” incorporated by reference in § 572.121;
</P>
<P>(3) SAE Recommended Practice J211-1995, “Instrumentation for Impact Tests—Parts 1 and 2, dated March, 1995,” incorporated by reference in § 572.127;
</P>
<P>(4) SAE J1733 Information Report, titled “Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing,” dated December 1994, incorporated by reference in § 572.127.
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the Federal Register approved the materials incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the materials may be inspected at the Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, telephone (202) 366-9826, and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA), and in electronic format through Regulations.gov. For information on the availability and inspection of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I> For information on the availability and inspection of this material at Regulations.gov, call 1-877-378-5457, or go to: <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) The incorporated materials are available as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The drawings and specifications package, the parts list, and the PADI document referred to in paragraphs (a)(1), and (a)(2) of this section, are available in electronic format through <I>www.Regulations.gov</I> and in paper format from Leet-Melbrook, Division of New RT, 18810 Woodfield Road, Gaithersburg, MD 20879, (301) 670-0090.
</P>
<P>(2) The SAE materials referred to in paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) of this section are available from the Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 47327, July 18, 2002; 75 FR 76645, Dec. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.121" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.13.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.121   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Hybrid III type 6-year-old dummy is defined by drawings and specifications containing the following materials:
</P>
<P>(1) Technical drawings and specifications package P/N 127-0000, the titles of which are listed in Table A;
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly, and Inspection (PADI) of the Hybrid III 6-year-old child crash test dummy (H-III6C), Beta version, dated June 1, 2009, incorporated by reference in § 572.120.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Component assembly
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Drawing number
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Head assembly</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127-1000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neck assembly</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127-1015
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Upper torso assembly</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127-2000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lower torso assembly</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127-3000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg assembly</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127-4000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arm assembly</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127-5000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Adjacent segments are joined in a manner such that except for contacts existing under static conditions, there is no contact between metallic elements throughout the range of motion or under simulated crash impact conditions.
</P>
<P>(c) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy must conform to this Subpart in every respect before use in any test similar to those specified in Standard 208, “Occupant Crash Protection”, and Standard 213, “Child Restraint Systems”.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, as amended at 75 FR 76645, Dec. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.122" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.13.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.122   Head assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The head assembly for this test consists of the complete head (drawing 127-1000), a six-axis neck transducer (drawing SA572-S11) or its structural replacement (drawing 78051-383X), a head to neck-to-pivot pin (drawing 78051-339), and 3 accelerometers (drawing SA572-S4).
</P>
<P>(b) When the head assembly in paragraph (a) of this section is dropped from a height of 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 ±0.04 in) in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the peak resultant acceleration at the location of the accelerometers at the head CG may not be less than 245 G or more than 300 G. The resultant acceleration vs. time history curve shall be unimodal; oscillations occurring after the main pulse must be less than 10 percent of the peak resultant acceleration. The lateral acceleration shall not exceed 15 g's (zero to peak).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Head test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the head is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the head assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 °F) and a relative humidity from 10 to 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to the test, clean the impact surface of the skin and the impact plate surface with isopropyl alcohol, trichloroethane, or an equivalent. The skin of the head must be clean and dry for testing.
</P>
<P>(3) Suspend the head assembly as shown in Figure N1. The lowest point on the forehead must be 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 ±0.04 in) from the impact surface and the head must be oriented to an incline of 62 ±1 deg. between the “D” plane as shown in Figure N1 and the plane of the impact surface. The 1.57 mm (0.062 in) diameter holes located on either side of the dummy's head shall be used to ensure that the head is level with respect to the impact surface.
</P>
<P>(4) Drop the head assembly from the specified height by means that ensure a smooth, instant release onto a rigidly supported flat horizontal steel plate which is 50.8 mm (2 in) thick and 610 mm (24 in) square. The impact surface shall be clean, dry and have a micro finish of not less than 203.2. × 10<E T="51">−6</E> mm (8 micro inches) (RMS) and not more than 2032.0 × 10<E T="51">−6</E> mm (80 micro inches) (RMS).
</P>
<P>(5) Allow at least 2 hours between successive tests on the same head.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.123" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.13.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.123   Neck assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The neck assembly for the purposes of this test consists of the assembly of components shown in drawing 127-1015.
</P>
<P>(b) When the head-neck assembly consisting of the head (drawing 127-1000), neck (drawing 127-1015), pivot pin (drawing 78051-339), bib simulator (drawing TE127-1025, neck bracket assembly (drawing 127-8221), six-axis neck transducer (drawing SA572-S11), neck mounting adaptor (drawing TE-2208-001), and three accelerometers (drawing SA572-S4) installed in the head assembly as specified in § 572.122, is tested according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section, it shall have the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Flexion.</I> (i) Plane D, referenced in Figure N2, shall rotate in the direction of preimpact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline between 74 degrees and 92 degrees. Within this specified rotation corridor, the peak moment about the occipital condyles shall be not less than 27 N-m (19.9 ft-lbf) and not more than 33 N-m (24.3 ft-lbf).
</P>
<P>(ii) The positive moment shall decay for the first time to 5 N-m (3.7 ft-lbf) between 103 ms and 123 ms.
</P>
<P>(iii) The moment shall be calculated by the following formula: Moment (N-m) = M<E T="52">y</E>−(0.01778m) × (F<E T="52">X</E>).
</P>
<P>(iv) M<E T="52">y</E> is the moment about the y-axis and F<E T="52">X</E> is the shear force measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA572-S11) and 0.01778m is the distance from force to occipital condyle.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Extension.</I> (i) Plane D, referenced in Figure N3, shall rotate in the direction of preimpact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline between 85 degrees and 103 degrees. Within this specified rotation corridor, the peak moment about the occipital condyles shall be not more than −19 N-m (−14 ft-lbf) and not less than −24 N-m (−17.7ft-lbf).
</P>
<P>(ii) The negative moment shall decay for the first time to −5 N-m (−3.7 ft-lbf) between 123 ms and 147 ms.
</P>
<P>(iii) The moment shall be calculated by the following formula: Moment (N-m) = M<E T="52">y</E>−(0.01778m) × (F<E T="52">X</E>).
</P>
<P>(iv) M<E T="52">y</E> is the moment about the y-axis and F<E T="52">X</E> is the shear force measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA572-S11) and 0.017778m is the distance from force to occipital condyle.
</P>
<P>(3) Time-zero is defined as the time of initial contact between the pendulum striker plate and the honeycomb material.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the neck assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the neck assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 °F) and a relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Torque the jam nut (drawing 9000341) on the neck cable (drawing 127-1016) to 0.23 ±0.02 N-m (2.0 ±0.2 in-lbs).
</P>
<P>(3) Mount the head-neck assembly, defined in paragraph (b) of this section, on the pendulum so the midsagittal plane of the head is vertical and coincides with the plane of motion of the pendulum as shown in Figure N2 for flexion tests and Figure N3 for extension tests.
</P>
<P>(4) Release the pendulum and allow it to fall freely from a height to achieve an impact velocity of 4.95 ±0.12 m/s (16.2 ±0.4 ft/s) for flexion tests and 4.3 ±0.12 m/s (14.10 ±0.40 ft/s) for extension tests, measured by an accelerometer mounted on the pendulum as shown in Figure 22 of 49 CFR 572 at the instant of contact with the honey comb.
</P>
<P>(i) Time-zero is defined as the time of initial contact between the pendulum striker plate and the honeycomb material. All data channels should be at the zero level at this time.
</P>
<P>(ii) Stop the pendulum from the initial velocity with an acceleration vs. time pulse which meets the velocity change as specified below. Integrate the pendulum acceleration data channel to obtain the velocity vs. time curve:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table B
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Pendulum pulse
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">ms
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Flexion
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Extension
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">m/s
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ft/s
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">m/s
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ft/s
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.2-1.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.9-5.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0-1.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3-4.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.4-3.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.9-11.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2-3.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.2-9.8
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.8-5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12.5-16.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.2-4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.5-13.8</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.124" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.13.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.124   Thorax assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Thorax (upper torso) assembly.</I> The thorax consists of the part of the torso assembly shown in drawing 127-2000.
</P>
<P>(b) When the anterior surface of the thorax of a completely assembled dummy (drawing 127-0000) is impacted by a test probe conforming to section 572.127(a) at 6.71 ±0.12 m/s (22.0 ±0.4 ft/s) according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) The maximum sternum displacement (compression) relative to the spine, measured with chest deflection transducer (drawing SA572-S50), must be not less than 38.0 mm (1.50 in) and not more than 46.0 mm (1.80 in). Within this specified compression corridor, the peak force, measured by the probe in accordance with section 572.127, shall not be less than 1150 N (259 lbf) and not more than 1380 N (310 lbf). The peak force after 12.5 mm (0.5 in) of sternum displacement but before reaching the minimum required 38.0 mm (1.5 in) sternum displacement limit shall not exceed 1500 N (337.2 lbf). 
</P>
<P>(2) The internal hysteresis of the ribcage in each impact as determined by the plot of force vs. deflection in paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be not less than 65 percent but not more than 85 percent. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the thorax assembly is as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6° and 22.2 °C (69° and 72 °F) and a relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test. 
</P>
<P>(2) Seat and orient the dummy, wearing tight-fitting underwear or equivalent consisting of a size 5 short-sleeved shirt having a weight less than 0.090 kg (0.2 lb) and an opening at the top just large enough to permit the passage of the head with a tight fit, and a size 4 pair of long pants having a weight of less than 0.090 kg (0.2 lb) with the legs cut off sufficiently above the knee to allow the knee target to be visible, on a seating surface without back support as shown in Figure N4, with the limbs extended horizontally and forward, parallel to the midsagittal plane, the midsagittal plane vertical within ±1 degree and the ribs level in the anterior-posterior and lateral directions within ±0.5 degrees. 
</P>
<P>(3) Establish the impact point at the chest midsagittal plane so that the impact point of the longitudinal centerline of the probe coincides with the midsagittal plane of the dummy within ±2.5 mm (0.1 in) and is 12.7 ±1.1 mm (0.5 ±0.04 in) below the horizontal-peripheral centerline of the No. 3 rib and is within 0.5 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane. 
</P>
<P>(4) Impact the thorax with the test probe so that at the moment of contact the probe's longitudinal center line falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane. 
</P>
<P>(5) Guide the test probe during impact so that there is no significant lateral, vertical or rotational movement. 
</P>
<P>(6) No suspension hardware, suspension cables, or any other attachments to the probe, including the velocity vane, shall make contact with the dummy during the test. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 47327, July 18, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.125" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.13.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.125   Upper and lower torso assemblies and torso flexion test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Upper/lower torso assembly.</I> The test objective is to determine the stiffness effects of the lumbar spine (drawing 127-3002), including cable (drawing 127-8095), mounting plate insert (drawing 910420-048), nylon shoulder bushing (drawing 9001373), nut (drawing 9001336), and abdominal insert (drawing 127-8210), on resistance to articulation between upper torso assembly (drawing 127-2000) and lower torso assembly (drawing 127-3000).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) When the upper torso assembly of a seated dummy is subjected to a force continuously applied at the head to neck pivot pin level through a rigidly attached adaptor bracket as shown in Figure N5 according to the test procedure set out in paragraph (c) of this section, the lumbar spine-abdomen assembly shall flex by an amount that permits the upper torso assembly to translate in angular motion until the machined rear surface of the instrument cavity at the back of the thoracic spine box is at 45 ±0.5 degrees relative to the vertical transverse plane, at which time the force applied as shown in Figure N5 must be not less than 147 N (33 lbf) and not more than 200 N (45 lbf), and
</P>
<P>(2) Upon removal of the force, the torso assembly must return to within 8 degrees of its initial position.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the torso assemblies is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 °F) and a relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Attach the dummy (with or without the legs below the femurs) to the fixture in a seated posture as shown in Figure N5.
</P>
<P>(3) Secure the pelvis at the pelvis instrument cavity rear face by threading four 
<FR>1/4</FR> in cap screws into the available threaded attachment holes. Tighten the mountings so that the test material is rigidly affixed to the test fixture and the pelvic-lumbar joining surface is horizontal.
</P>
<P>(4) Flex the thorax forward three times between vertical and until the torso reference plane, as shown in figure N5, reaches 30 ±2 degrees from vertical. Bring the torso to vertical orientation, remove all externally applied flexion forces, and wait 30 minutes before conducting the test. During the 30-minute waiting period, the dummy's upper torso shall be externally supported at or near its vertical orientation to prevent sagging.
</P>
<P>(5) Remove the external support and wait two minutes. Measure the initial orientation of the torso reference plane of the seated, unsupported dummy as shown in Figure N5. This initial torso orientation angle may not exceed 22 degrees.
</P>
<P>(6) Attach the loading adapter bracket to the spine of the dummy, the pull cable, and the load cell as shown in Figure N5.
</P>
<P>(7) Apply a tension force in the midsagittal plane to the pull cable as shown in Figure N5 at any upper torso deflection rate between 0.5 and 1.5 degrees per second, until the torso reference plane is at 45 ±0.5 degrees of flexion relative to the vertical transverse plane as shown in Figure N5.
</P>
<P>(8) Continue to apply a force sufficient to maintain 45 ±0.5 degrees of flexion for 10 seconds, and record the highest applied force during the 10-second period.
</P>
<P>(9) Release all force as rapidly as possible, and measure the return angle at 3 minutes or any time thereafter after the release.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.126" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.13.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.126   Knees and knee impact test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Knee assembly.</I> The knee assembly is part of the leg assembly (drawing 127-4000-1 and -2).
</P>
<P>(b) When the knee assembly, consisting of knee machined (drawing 127-4013), knee flesh (drawing 127-4011), lower leg (drawing 127-4014), the foot assembly (drawing 127-4030-1(left) and -2 (right)) and femur load transducer (drawing SA572-S10) or its structural replacement (drawing 127-4007) is tested according to the test procedure in section 572.127(c), the peak resistance force as measured with the test probe mounted accelerometer must be not less than 2.0 kN (450 lbf) and not more than 3.0 kN (674 lbf). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the knee assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the knee assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 °F) and a relative humidity from 10 to 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Mount the test material and secure it to a rigid test fixture as shown in Figure N6. No contact is permitted between any part of the foot or tibia and any exterior surface.
</P>
<P>(3) Align the test probe so that throughout its stroke and at contact with the knee it is within 2 degrees of horizontal and collinear with the longitudinal centerline of the femur.
</P>
<P>(4) Guide the pendulum so that there is no significant lateral vertical or rotational movement at time-zero.
</P>
<P>(5) The test probe velocity at the time of contact shall be 2.1 ±0.03 m/s (6.9 # 0.1 ft/s).
</P>
<P>(6) No suspension hardware, suspension cables, or any other attachments to the probe, including the velocity vane, shall make contact with the dummy during testing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 47328, July 18, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.127" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.13.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.127   Test conditions and instrumentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The test probe for thoracic impacts, except for attachments, shall be of rigid metal or metal alloy construction and concentric about its longitudinal axis. Any attachments to the impactor, such as suspension hardware, velocity vanes, etc., must meet the requirements of § 572.124(c)(6). The impactor shall have a mass of 2.86 ±0.02 kg (6.3 ±0.05 lb) and a minimum mass moment of inertia of 160 kg-c
<SU>2</SU> (0.141 lb-in-sec
<SU>2</SU>) in yaw and pitch about the CG of the probe. One third of the weight of suspension cables and any attachments to the impact probe must be included in the calculation of mass, and such components may not exceed five percent of the total weight of the probe. The impacting end of the probe, has a flat, continuous, and non-deformable 101.6 ±0.25 mm (4.00 ±0.01 in) diameter face with an edge radius of 7.6/12.7 mm (0.3/0.5 in). The impactor shall have a 101-103 mm (4.0-4.1 in) diameter cylindrical surface extending for a minimum of 12.5 mm (0.5 in) to the rear from the impact face. The probe's end opposite to the impact face has provisions for mounting an accelerometer with its sensitive axis collinear with the longitudinal axis of the probe. The impact probe shall have a free air resonant frequency of not less than 1000 Hz limited to the direction of the longitudinal axis of the impactor. 
</P>
<P>(b) The test probe for knee impacts, except for attachments, shall be of rigid metal or alloy construction and concentric about its longitudinal axis. Any attachments to the impactor, such as suspension hardware, velocity vanes, etc., must meet the requirements of § 572.126(c)(6). The impactor shall have a mass of 0.82 ±0.02 kg (1.8 ±0.05 lb) and a minimum mass moment of inertia of 34 kg-cm2 (0.03 lb-in-sec2) in yaw and pitch about the CG of the probe. One third of the weight of suspension cables and any attachments to the impact probe must be included in the calculation of mass, and such components may not exceed five percent of the total weight of the probe. The impacting end of the probe, has a flat, continuous, and non-deformable 76.2 ±0.2 mm (3.00 ±0.01 in) diameter face with an edge radius of 7.6/12.7 mm (0.3/0.5 in). The impactor shall have a 76-77 mm (3.0-3.1 in) diameter cylindrical surface extending for a minimum of 12.5 mm (0.5 in) to the rear from the impact face. The probe's end opposite to the impact face has provisions for mounting an accelerometer with its sensitive axis collinear with the longitudinal axis of the probe. The impact probe shall have a free air resonant frequency of not less than 1000 Hz limited to the direction of the longitudinal axis of the impactor. 
</P>
<P>(c) Head accelerometers shall have dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 and be mounted in the head as shown in drawing 127-0000 sheet 3.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Neck force/moment transducer.</I> (1) The upper neck force/moment transducer shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S11 and be mounted in the head-neck assembly as shown in drawing 127-0000 sheet 3.
</P>
<P>(2) The optional lower neck force/moment transducer shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S26 and be mounted as shown in drawing 127-0000 sheet 3.
</P>
<P>(e) The thorax accelerometers shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 and be mounted in the torso assembly in triaxial configuration at T4, and as optional instrumentation in uniaxial for- and-aft oriented configuration on the most anterior ends of ribs #1 and #6 and at the spine box at the levels of #1 and #6 ribs as shown in 127-0000 sheet 3.
</P>
<P>(f) The chest deflection transducer shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S50 and be mounted in the upper torso assembly as shown in 127-0000 sheet 3.
</P>
<P>(g) The optional lumbar spine force-moment transducer shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S12 and be mounted in the lower torso assembly as shown in drawing 127-0000 sheet 3 as a replacement for lumbar adaptor 127-3005.
</P>
<P>(h) The optional iliac spine force transducers shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S13 and be mounted in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 127-0000 sheet 3 as a replacement for ASIS load cell 127-3015-1 (left) and −2 (right).
</P>
<P>(i) The optional pelvis accelerometers shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 and be mounted in the torso assembly in triaxial configuration in the pelvis bone as shown in drawing 127-0000 sheet 3.
</P>
<P>(j) The femur force transducer shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA72-S10 and be mounted in the leg assembly as shown in drawing 127-0000 sheet 3.
</P>
<P>(k) The outputs of acceleration and force-sensing devices installed in the dummy and in the test apparatus specified by this part must be recorded in individual data channels that conform to SAE Recommended Practice J211, Rev. Mar95 “Instrumentation for lmpact Tests,” except that the lumbar measurements are based on CFC 600, with channel classes as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Head acceleration—Class 1000. 
</P>
<P>(2) Neck: 
</P>
<P>(i) Forces—Class 1000; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Moments—Class 600; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Rotation—Class 60 (if used). 
</P>
<P>(3) Thorax: 
</P>
<P>(i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600. 
</P>
<P>(4) Lumbar: 
</P>
<P>(i) Forces—Class 1000; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Moments—Class 600; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Flexion—Class 60 if data channel is used. 
</P>
<P>(5) Pelvis accelerations—Class 1000. 
</P>
<P>(6) Femur forces—Class 600. 
</P>
<P>(l) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity shall conform to the Sign Convention For Vehicle Crash Testing, Surface Vehicle Information Report, SAE J1733, 1994-12. 
</P>
<P>(m) The mountings for sensing devices shall have no resonance frequency less than 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class. 
</P>
<P>(n) Limb joints must be set at one G, barely restraining the weight of the limb when it is extended horizontally. The force needed to move a limb segment shall not exceed 2G throughout the range of limb motion. 
</P>
<P>(o) Performance tests of the same component, segment, assembly, or fully assembled dummy shall be separated in time by period of not less than 30 minutes unless otherwise noted. 
</P>
<P>(p) Surfaces of dummy components may not be painted except as specified in this subpart or in drawings subtended by this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 47328, July 18, 2002]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.13.1.9.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figures to Subpart N of Part 572

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er18jy02.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18jy02.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18jy02.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ja00.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er19se02.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er18jy02.003.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 2065, Jan. 13, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 47329, July 18, 2002; 67 FR 59023, Sept. 19, 2002]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="O" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.14" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart O—Hybrid III 5th Percentile Adult Female Test Dummy</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


















</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.130" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.14.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.130   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>Certain material is incorporated by reference (IBR) into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) must publish a document in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the material must be available to the public. All approved material is available for inspection at NHTSA and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Contact NHTSA at: 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590; phone: (202) 366-2588; website: <I>www.nhtsa.gov/about-nhtsa/electronic-reading-room.</I> For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</I> or email <I>fr.inspection@nara.gov.</I> The material may be obtained from the following sources:
</P>
<P>(a) NHTSA Technical Information Services, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590; phone: 202-366-2588; website: <I>https://www.nhtsa.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Engineering Drawings, Part 572 Subpart O Hybrid III 5th Percentile Small Adult Female Test Dummy, December 2022 (the Engineering Drawings); IBR approved for §§ 572.131, 572.132, 572.133, 572.134, 572.135, 572.136, and 572.137.
</P>
<P>(2) Parts/Drawing List, Part 572 Subpart O, Hybrid III 5th Percentile Small Adult Female Crash Test Dummy, December 2022 (the Parts/Drawings List); IBR approved for § 572.131.
</P>
<P>(3) Procedures for the Assembly, Disassembly, and Inspection (PADI) of the Hybrid III 5th Percentile Adult Female Crash Test Dummy (HIII-05F), June 2022 (the PADI); IBR approved for § 572.131.
</P>
<P>(b) SAE International, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096; phone: 1-877-606-7323; website: <I>https://www.sae.org.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) SAE Recommended Practice J211-1, Instrumentation for Impact Test; Part 1—Electronic Instrumentation, August 2022 (SAE J211-1); IBR approved for § 572.137.
</P>
<P>(2) SAE Recommended Practice J211-2, Instrumentation for Impact Tests—Part 2: Photographic Instrumentation, April 2022 (SAE J211-2); IBR approved for § 572.137.
</P>
<P>(3) SAE J1733, Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing, November 2018; IBR approved for § 572.137.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[90 FR 263, Jan. 3, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.131" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.14.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.131   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Hybrid III fifth percentile adult female crash test dummy is defined by drawings and specifications containing the following materials: 


</P>
<P>(1) The Engineering Drawings (incorporated by reference, see § 572.130), including the drawings listed in table 1 to § 572.131(a);
</P>
<P>(2) The Parts/Drawings List (incorporated by reference, see § 572.130); and
</P>
<P>(3) The PADI (incorporated by reference, see § 572.130).




</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 572.131(a)—Drawings List for Engineering Drawings, Part 572 Subpart O Hybrid III 5th Percentile Small Adult Female Test Dummy 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Component assembly 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Drawing No. 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Head Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">880105-100X 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neck Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">880105-250 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Upper Torso Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">880105-300 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lower Torso Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">880105-450 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Complete Leg Assembly—left</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">880105-560-1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Complete Leg Assembly—right</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">880105-560-2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Complete Arm Assembly—left</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">880105-728-1 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Complete Arm Assembly—right</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">880105-728-2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Adjacent segments are joined in a manner such that, except for contacts existing under static conditions, there is no contact between metallic elements throughout the range of motion or under simulated crash impact conditions. 
</P>
<P>(c) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this Subpart in every respect before use in any test similar to those specified in Standard 208, Occupant Crash Protection. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 46414, July 15, 2002; 90 FR 263, Jan. 3, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.132" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.14.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.132   Head assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in the Engineering Drawings (incorporated by reference, see § 572.130).
</P>
<P>(a) The head assembly for this test consists of the complete head (drawing 880105-100X), a six-axis neck transducer (drawing SA572-S11) or its structural replacement (drawing 78051-383X), and 3 accelerometers (drawing SA572-S4).




</P>
<P>(b) When the head assembly is dropped from a height of 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 ±0.04 in) in accordance with subsection (c) of this section, the peak resultant acceleration at the location of the accelerometers at the head CG may not be less than 250 G or more than 300 G. The resultant acceleration vs. time history curve shall be unimodal; oscillations occurring after the main pulse must be less than 10 percent of the peak resultant acceleration. The lateral acceleration shall not exceed 15 G (zero to peak). 
</P>
<P>(c) The test procedure for the head is as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the head assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 °F) and a relative humidity from 10 to 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test. 
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to the test, clean the impact surface of the skin and the impact plate surface with isopropyl alcohol, trichloroethane, or an equivalent. The skin of the head must be clean and dry for testing. 
</P>
<P>(3) Suspend and orient the head assembly as shown in Figure 19 of 49 CFR 572. The lowest point on the forehead must be 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 ±0.04 in) from the impact surface. The 1.57 mm (0.062 in) diameter holes located on either side of the dummy's head shall be used to ensure that the head is level with respect to the impact surface. 
</P>
<P>(4) Drop the head assembly from the specified height by means that ensure a smooth, instant release onto a rigidly supported flat horizontal steel plate which is 50.8 mm (2.0 in) thick and 610 mm (24.0 in) square. The impact surface shall be clean, dry and have a micro finish of not less than 203.2. × 10<E T="51">−6</E> mm (8 micro inches) (RMS) and not more than 2032.0 × 10<E T="51">−6</E> mm (80 micro inches) (RMS). 
</P>
<P>(5) Allow at least 2 hours between successive tests on the same head. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 90 FR 263, Jan. 3, 2025]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.133" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.14.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.133   Neck assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in the Engineering Drawings (incorporated by reference, see § 572.130).
</P>
<P>(a) The neck assembly for the purposes of this test consists of the assembly of components shown in drawing 880105-250.







 
</P>
<P>(b) When the head-neck assembly consisting of the head (drawing 880105-100X), neck (drawing 880105-250), bib simulator (drawing 880105-371), upper neck adjusting bracket (drawing 880105-207), lower neck adjusting bracket (drawing 880105-208), six-axis neck transducer (drawing SA572-S11), and either three accelerometers (drawing SA572-S4) or their mass equivalent installed in the head assembly as specified in drawing 880105-100X, is tested according to the test procedure in subsection (c) of this section, it shall have the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Flexion.</I> (i)  

Plane D, referenced in figure O1 to this subpart O, shall rotate in the direction of preimpact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline between 77 degrees and 91 degrees. During the time interval while the rotation is within the specified corridor, the peak moment, measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA5572-311), about the occipital condyles may not be less than 69 N-m (51 ft-lbf) and not more than 83 N-m (61 ft-lbf). The positive moment shall decay for the first time to 10 N-m (7.4 ft-lbf) between 80 ms and 100 ms after time zero. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The moment shall be calculated by the following formula: Moment (N-m)= M<E T="52">y</E>−(0.01778m) × (F<E T="52">x</E>). 
</P>
<P>(iii) M<E T="52">y</E> is the moment about the y-axis, F<E T="52">x</E> is the shear force measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA572-S11), and 0.01778m is the distance from force to occipital condyle. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Extension.</I> 

(i) Plane D, referenced in figure O2 to this subpart O, shall rotate in the direction of preimpact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline between 99 degrees and 114 degrees. 

During the time interval while the rotation is within the specified corridor, the peak moment, measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA5572-S11), about the occipital condyles shall be not more than −53 N-m (−39 ft-lbf) and not less than −65 N-m (−48 ft-lbf). The negative moment shall decay for the first time to −10 N-m (−7.4 ft-lbf) between 94 ms and 114 ms after time zero. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The moment shall be calculated by the following formula: Moment (N-m) = M<E T="52">y</E> − (0.01778m) × (F<E T="52">x</E>). 
</P>
<P>(iii) M<E T="52">y</E> is the moment about the y-axis, F<E T="52">x</E> is the shear force measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA572-S11), and 0.01778 m is the distance from force to occipital condyle. 
</P>
<P>(3) Time-zero is defined as the time of initial contact between the pendulum striker plate and the honeycomb material. All data channels shall be at the zero level at this time. 
</P>
<P>(c) The test procedure for the neck assembly is as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the neck assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 °F) and a relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test. 
</P>
<P>(2) Torque the jam nut (drawing 9000018) on the neck cable (drawing 880105-206) to 1.4 ±0.2 N-m (12.0 ±2.0 in-lb). 


</P>
<P>(3) Mount the head-neck assembly, defined in paragraph (b) of this section, on the pendulum described in figure 22 in 49 CFR part 572 so that the midsagittal plane of the head is vertical and coincides with the plane of motion of the pendulum as shown in figure O1 to this subpart O for flexion tests and figure O2 to this subpart O for extension tests.

 
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Release the pendulum and allow it to fall freely from a height to achieve an impact velocity of 7.01 ±0.12 m/s (23.0 ±0.4 ft/s) for flexion tests and 6.07 ±0.12 m/s (19.9 ±0.40 ft/s) for extension tests, measured by an accelerometer mounted on the pendulum as shown in Figure 22 of 49 CFR 572 at the instant of contact with the honey comb. 

 


</P>
<P>(ii) Stop the pendulum from the initial velocity with an acceleration vs. time pulse which meets the velocity change as specified in table 2 to § 572.133. Integrate the pendulum acceleration data channel to obtain the velocity vs. time curve.








</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2 to § 572.133—Pendulum Pulse 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Time ms 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Flexion 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Extension 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">m/s 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ft/s 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">m/s 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ft/s 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.1-2.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.9-8.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5-1.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.9-6.2 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0-5.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.1-16.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.1-3.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10.2-12.8 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.8-7.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19.5-23.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.6-5.6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15.1-18.4</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 46414, July 15, 2002; 90 FR 263, Jan. 3, 2025]












</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.134" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.14.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.134   Thorax assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in the Engineering Drawings (incorporated by reference, see § 572.130).
</P>
<P>(a) The thorax (upper torso) assembly consists of the part of the torso assembly shown in drawing 880105-300.

 
</P>
<P>(b) When the anterior surface of the thorax of a completely assembled dummy (drawing 880105-000) is impacted by a test probe conforming to section 572.137(a) at 6.71 ±0.12 m/s (22.0 ±0.4 ft/s) according to the test procedure in subsection (c) of this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) Maximum sternum displacement (compression) relative to the spine, measured with chest deflection transducer (drawing SA572-S5), must be not less than 50.0 mm (1.97 in) and not more than 58.0 mm (2.30 in). Within this specified compression corridor, the peak force, measured by the impact probe as defined in section 572.137 and calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section, shall not be less than 3900 N (876 lbf) and not more than 4400 N (989 lbf). The peak force after 18.0 mm (0.71 in) of sternum displacement but before reaching the minimum required 50.0 mm (1.97 in) sternum displacement limit shall not exceed 4600 N. 
</P>
<P>(2) The internal hysteresis of the ribcage in each impact as determined by the plot of force vs. deflection in paragraph (1) of this section shall be not less than 69 percent but not more than 85 percent. The hysteresis shall be calculated by determining the ratio of the area between the loading and unloading portions of the force deflection curve to the area under the loading portion of the curve. 
</P>
<P>(3) The force shall be calculated by the product of the impactor mass and its deceleration. 


</P>
<P>(c) The test procedure for the thorax assembly is as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The dummy is clothed in a form fitting cotton stretch above-the-elbow sleeved shirt and above-the-knee pants. The weight of the shirt and pants shall not exceed 0.14 kg (0.30 lb) each. 
</P>
<P>(2) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 °F) and a relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test. 
</P>
<P>(3) Seat and orient the dummy on a seating surface without back support as shown in figure O3 of this subpart O, with the limbs extended horizontally and forward, parallel to the midsagittal plane, the midsagittal plane vertical within ±1 degree and the ribs level in the anterior-posterior and lateral directions within ±0.5 degrees.


</P>
<P>(4) Establish the impact point at the chest midsagittal plane so that the impact point of the longitudinal centerline of the probe coincides with the midsagittal plane of the dummy within ±2.5 mm (0.1 in) and is 12.7 ±1.1 mm (0.5 ±0.04 in) below the horizontal-peripheral centerline of the No. 3 rib and is within 0.5 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane. 
</P>
<P>(5) Impact the thorax with the test probe so that at the moment of contact the probe's longitudinal center line falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane. 
</P>
<P>(6) Guide the test probe during impact so that there is no significant lateral, vertical or rotational movement. 
</P>
<P>(7) No suspension hardware, suspension cables, or any other attachments to the probe, including the velocity vane, shall make contact with the dummy during the test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 46415, July 15, 2002; 90 FR 264, Jan. 3, 2025]














</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.135" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.14.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.135   Upper and lower torso assemblies and torso flexion test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in the Engineering Drawings (incorporated by reference, see § 572.130).
</P>
<P>(a) The test objective is to determine the stiffness effects of the lumbar spine (drawing 880105-1096), and abdominal insert (drawing 880105-434), on resistance to articulation between the upper torso assembly (drawing 880105-300) and the lower torso assembly (drawing 880105-450).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) When the upper torso assembly of a seated dummy is subjected to a force continuously applied at the head to neck pivot pin level through a rigidly attached adaptor bracket as shown in figure O4 of this subpart O according to the test procedure set out in paragraph (c) of this section, the lumbar spine-abdomen assembly shall flex by an amount that permits the upper torso assembly to translate in angular motion relative to the vertical transverse plane 45 ±0.5 degrees at which time the force applied must be not less than 320 N (71.5 lbf) and not more than 390 N (87.4 lbf), and
</P>
<P>(2) Upon removal of the force, the torso assembly must return to within 8 degrees of its initial position.
</P>
<P>(c) The test procedure for the upper/lower torso assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature between 18.9 and 25.6  °C (66 and 78  °F) and a relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Assemble the complete dummy (with or without the legs below the femurs) and attach to the fixture in a seated posture as shown in figure O4 of this subpart O.
</P>
<P>(3) Secure the pelvis to the fixture at the pelvis instrument cavity rear face by threading four 
<FR>1/4</FR> inch cap screws into the available threaded attachment holes. Tighten the mountings so that the test material is rigidly affixed to the test fixture and the pelvic-lumbar joining surface is horizontal.
</P>
<P>(4) Attach the loading adapter bracket to the spine of the dummy as shown in figure O4 of this subpart O.
</P>
<P>(5) Inspect and adjust, if necessary, the seating of the abdominal insert within the pelvis cavity and with respect to the torso flesh, assuring that the torso flesh provides uniform fit and overlap with respect to the outside surface of the pelvis flesh.
</P>
<P>(6) Flex the dummy's upper torso three times between the vertical and until the torso reference plane, as shown in figure O4 of this subpart O, reaches 30 degrees from the vertical transverse plane. Bring the torso to vertical orientation and wait for 30 minutes before conducting the test. During the 30-minute waiting period, the dummy's upper torso shall be externally supported at or near its vertical orientation to prevent it from drooping.
</P>
<P>(7) Remove all external support and wait two minutes. Measure the initial orientation angle of the torso reference plane of the seated, unsupported dummy as shown in figure O4 of this subpart O. The initial orientation angle may not exceed 20 degrees.
</P>
<P>(8) Attach the pull cable and the load cell as shown in figure O4 of this subpart O.
</P>
<P>(9) Apply a tension force in the midsagittal plane to the pull cable as shown in figure O4 of this subpart O at any upper torso deflection rate between 0.5 and 1.5 degrees per second, until the angle reference plane is at 45 ±0.5 degrees of flexion relative to the vertical transverse plane.
</P>
<P>(10) Continue to apply a force sufficient to maintain 45 ±0.5 degrees of flexion for 10 seconds, and record the highest applied force during the 10-second period.
</P>
<P>(11) Release all force at the attachment bracket as rapidly as possible, and measure the return angle with respect to the initial angle reference plane as defined in paragraph (c)(6) of this section 3 minutes after the release.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 90 FR 264, Jan. 3, 2025]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.136" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.14.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.136   Knees and knee impact test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in the Engineering Drawings (incorporated by reference, see § 572.130).
</P>
<P>(a) The knee assembly for the purpose of this test is the part of the leg assembly shown in drawing 880105-560.










</P>
<P>(b)(1) When the knee assembly, consisting of sliding knee assembly (drawing 880105-528R or -528L), lower leg structural replacement (drawing 880105-603), lower leg flesh (drawing 880105-601), ankle assembly (drawing 880105-660), foot assembly (drawing 880105-651 or 650), and femur load transducer (drawing SA572-S14) or its structural replacement (drawing 78051-319) is tested according to the test procedure in subsection (c), the peak resistance force as measured with the test probe-mounted accelerometer must be not less than 3450 N (776 lbf) and not more than 4060 N (913 lbf). 
</P>
<P>(2) The force shall be calculated by the product of the impactor mass and its deceleration. 


</P>
<P>(c) The test procedure for the knee assembly is as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the knee assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 °F) and a relative humidity from 10 to 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test. 




</P>
<P>(2) Mount the test material and secure it to a rigid test fixture as shown in figure O5 of this subpart O. No part of the foot or tibia may contact any exterior surface.


</P>
<P>(3) Align the test probe so that throughout its stroke and at contact with the knee it is within 2 degrees of horizontal and collinear with the longitudinal centerline of the femur. 
</P>
<P>(4) Guide the pendulum so that there is no significant lateral vertical or rotational movement at the time of initial contact between the impactor and the knee. 
</P>
<P>(5) The test probe velocity at the time of contact shall be 2.1 ±0.03 m/s (6.9 ±0.1 ft/s). 
</P>
<P>(6) No suspension hardware, suspension cables, or any other attachments to the probe, including the velocity vane, shall make contact with the dummy during the test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 46415, July 15, 2002; 90 FR 264, Jan. 3, 2025]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.137" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.14.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.137   Test conditions and instrumentation.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in the Engineering Drawings (incorporated by reference, see § 572.130).



 
</P>
<P>(a) The test probe for thoracic impacts, except for attachments, shall be of rigid metallic construction and concentric about its longitudinal axis. Any attachments to the impactor, such as suspension hardware, impact vanes, etc., must meet the requirements of § 572.134(c)(7). The impactor shall have a mass of 13.97 ±0.23 kg (30.8 ±0.5 lbs) and a minimum mass moment of inertia of 3646 kg-cm
<SU>2</SU> (3.22 lbs-in-sec
<SU>2</SU>) in yaw and pitch about the CG of the probe. One-third (1/3) of the weight of suspension cables and any attachments to the impact probe must be included in the calculation of mass, and such components may not exceed five percent of the total weight of the test probe. The impacting end of the probe, perpendicular to and concentric with the longitudinal axis of the probe, has a flat, continuous, and non-deformable 152.4 ±0.25 mm (6.00 ±0.01 in) diameter face with a minimum/maximum edge radius of 7.6/12.7 mm (0.3/0.5 in). The impactor shall have a 152.4-152.6 mm (6.0-6.1 in) diameter cylindrical surface extending for a minimum of 25 mm (1.0 in) to the rear from the impact face. The probe's end opposite to the impact face has provisions for mounting of an accelerometer with its sensitive axis collinear with the longitudinal axis of the probe. The impact probe has a free air resonant frequency of not less than 1000 Hz, which may be determined using the procedure listed in Docket No. NHTSA-6714-14. 
</P>
<P>(b) The test probe for knee impacts, except for attachments, shall be of rigid metallic construction and concentric about its longitudinal axis. Any attachments to the impactor, such as suspension hardware, impact vanes, etc., must meet the requirements of § 572.136(c)(6). The impactor shall have a mass of 2.99±0.23 kg (6.6±0.5 lbs) and a minimum mass moment of inertia of 209 kg-cm
<SU>2</SU> (0.177 lb-in-sec
<SU>2</SU>) in yaw and pitch about the CG of the probe. One-third (1/3) of the weight of suspension cables and any attachments to the impact probe may be included in the calculation of mass, and such components may not exceed five percent of the total weight of the test probe. The impacting end of the probe, perpendicular to and concentric with the longitudinal axis of the probe, has a flat, continuous, and non-deformable 76.2 ±0.2 mm (3.00 ±0.01 in) diameter face with a minimum/maximum edge radius of 7.6/12.7 mm (0.3/0.5 in). The impactor shall have a 76.2-76.4 mm (3.0-3.1 in) diameter cylindrical surface extending for a minimum of 12.5 mm (0.5 in) to the rear from the impact face. The probe's end opposite to the impact face has provisions for mounting an accelerometer with its sensitive axis collinear with the longitudinal axis of the probe. The impact probe has a free air resonant frequency of not less than 1000 Hz, which may be determined using the procedure listed in Docket No. NHTSA-6714-14. 
</P>
<P>(c) Head accelerometers shall have dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 and be mounted in the head as shown in drawing 880105-000 sheet 3 of 6. 
</P>
<P>(d) The upper neck force/moment transducer shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S11 and be mounted in the head neck assembly as shown in drawing 880105-000, sheet 3 of 6. 
</P>
<P>(e) The thorax accelerometers shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 and be mounted in the torso assembly in triaxial configuration within the spine box instrumentation cavity and as optional instrumentation in uniaxial for-and-aft oriented configuration arranged as corresponding pairs in three locations on the sternum on and at the spine box of the upper torso assembly as shown in drawing 880105-000 sheet 3 of 6. 
</P>
<P>(f) The optional lumbar spine force-moment transducer shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S15 and be mounted in the lower torso assembly as shown in drawing 880105-450.
</P>
<P>(g) The optional iliac spine force transducers shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S16 and be mounted in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 880105-450. 
</P>
<P>(h) The pelvis accelerometers shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 and be mounted in the torso assembly in triaxial configuration in the pelvis bone as shown in drawing 880105-000 sheet 3. 
</P>
<P>(i) The single axis femur force transducer (SA572-S14) or the optional multiple axis femur force/moment transducer (SA572-S29) shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in the appropriate drawing and be mounted in the femur assembly as shown in drawing 880105-500 sheet 3 of 6. 
</P>
<P>(j) The chest deflection transducer shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S51 and be mounted to the upper torso assembly as shown in drawings 880105-300 and 880105-000 sheet 3 of 6. 
</P>
<P>(k) The optional lower neck force/moment transducer shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S27 and be mounted to the upper torso assembly as shown in drawing 880105-000 sheet 3 of 6. 
</P>
<P>(l) The optional thoracic spine force/moment transducer shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S28 and be mounted in the upper torso assembly as shown in drawing 880105-000 sheet 3 of 6. 
</P>
<P>(m) The outputs of acceleration and force-sensing devices installed in the dummy and in the test apparatus specified by this part shall be recorded in individual data channels that conform to SAE J211-1 and SAE J211-2 (both incorporated by reference, see § 572.130), except as noted, with channel classes as follows:


</P>
<P>(1) Head acceleration—Class 1000 
</P>
<P>(2) Neck: 
</P>
<P>(i) Forces—Class 1000 
</P>
<P>(ii) Moments—Class 600 
</P>
<P>(iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180 
</P>
<P>(iv) Rotation potentiometer—Class 60 (optional) 
</P>
<P>(3) Thorax: 
</P>
<P>(i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000 
</P>
<P>(ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 
</P>
<P>(iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 
</P>
<P>(iv) Forces—Class 1000 
</P>
<P>(v) Moments—Class 600 
</P>
<P>(4) Lumbar: 
</P>
<P>(i) Forces—Class 1000 
</P>
<P>(ii) Moments—Class 600 
</P>
<P>(iii) Torso flexion pulling force—Class 60 if data channel is used 
</P>
<P>(5) Pelvis: 
</P>
<P>(i) Accelerations—Class 1000 
</P>
<P>(ii) Iliac wing forces—Class 180 
</P>
<P>(6) Femur forces and knee pendulum—Class 600 
</P>
<P>(n) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity shall conform to SAE J1733 (incorporated by reference, see § 572.130).


</P>
<P>(o) The mountings for sensing devices shall have no resonance frequency less than 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class. 
</P>
<P>(p) Limb joints must be set at one G, barely restraining the weight of the limb when it is extended horizontally. The force needed to move a limb segment shall not exceed 2G throughout the range of limb motion. 
</P>
<P>(q) Performance tests of the same component, segment, assembly, or fully assembled dummy shall be separated in time by not less than 30 minutes unless otherwise noted.
</P>
<P>(r) Surfaces of dummy components may not be painted except as specified in this subpart or in drawings subtended by this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 46415, July 15, 2002; 74 FR 29894, June 23, 2009; 90 FR 264, Jan. 3, 2025]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.14.1.9.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figures to Subpart O of Part 572

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er15jy02.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15jy02.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15jy02.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15jy02.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er15jy02.004.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 10968, Mar. 1, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 46415, July 15, 2002]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="P" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.15" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart P—3-year-Old Child Crash Test Dummy, Alpha Version</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 15262, Mar. 22, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.140" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.15.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.140   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following materials are hereby incorporated in this subpart P by reference: 
</P>
<P>(1) A drawings and specifications package entitled, “Parts List and Drawings, Subpart P Hybrid III 3-year-old child crash test dummy, (H-III3C, Alpha version) September 2001,” incorporated by reference in § 572.141 and consisting of:
</P>
<P>(i) Drawing No. 210-1000, Head Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.141, 572.142, 572.144, 572.145, and 572.146; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Drawing No. 210-2001, Neck Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.141, 572.143, 572.144, 572.145, and 572.146; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Drawing No. TE-208-000, Headform, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.141, and 572.143; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Drawing No. 210-3000, Upper/Lower Torso Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.141, 572.144, 572.145, and 572.146; 
</P>
<P>(v) Drawing No. 210-5000-1(L), -2(R), Leg Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.141, 572.144, 572.145 as part of a complete dummy assembly; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Drawing No. 210-6000-1(L), -2(R), Arm Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.141, 572.144, and 572.145 as part of the complete dummy assembly; 
</P>
<P>(2) A procedures manual entitled “Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly and Inspection (PADI), Subpart P, Hybird III 3-year-old Child Crash Test Dummy, (H-III3C, Alpha Version) September 2001,” incorporated by reference in § 572.141;
</P>
<P>(3) SAE Recommended Practice J211/1, Rev. Mar 95 “Instrumentation for Impact Tests—Part 1-Electronic Instrumentation”, incorporated by reference in § 572.146; 
</P>
<P>(4) SAE J1733 1994-12 “Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing” incorporated by reference in § 572.146. 
</P>
<P>(5) The Director of the Federal Register approved those materials incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. Copies of the materials may be inspected at NHTSA's Docket Section, 400 Seventh Street SW, room 5109, Washington, DC, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) The incorporated materials are available as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The drawings and specifications package referred to in paragraph (a)(1) of this section and the PADI document referred to in paragraph (a)(2) of this section are accessible for viewing and copying at the Department of Transportation's Docket public area, Plaza 401, 400 Seventh St., SW., Washington, DC 20590, and downloadable at <I>dms.dot.gov.</I> They are also available from Reprographic Technologies, 9107 Gaither Rd., Gaithersburg, MD 20877, (301) 419-5070.
</P>
<P>(2) The SAE materials referred to in paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) of this section are available from the Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 15262, Mar. 22, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 64376, Dec. 13, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.141" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.15.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.141   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Hybrid III 3-year-old child dummy is described by the following materials:
</P>
<P>(1) Technical drawings and specifications package 210-0000 (refer to § 572.140(a)(1)), the titles of which are listed in Table A of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly and Inspection document (PADI) (refer to § 572.140(a)(2)).
</P>
<P>(b) The dummy is made up of the component assemblies set out in the following Table A of this section:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Component assembly
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Drawing No.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Head Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">210-1000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neck Assembly (complete)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">210-2001
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Upper/Lower Torso Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">210-3000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">210-5000-1(L), -2(R)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arm Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">210-6000-1(L), -2(R)</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Adjacent segments are joined in a manner such that except for contacts existing under static conditions, there is no contact between metallic elements throughout the range of motion or under simulated crash impact conditions.
</P>
<P>(d) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this part in every respect only before use in any test similar to those specified in Standard 208, <I>Occupant Crash Protection,</I> and Standard 213, <I>Child Restraint Systems.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.142" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.15.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.142   Head assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The head assembly (refer to § 572.140(a)(1)(i)) for this test consists of the head (drawing 210-1000), adapter plate (drawing ATD 6259), accelerometer mounting block (drawing SA 572-S80), structural replacement of 
<FR>1/2</FR> mass of the neck load transducer (drawing TE-107-001), head mounting washer (drawing ATD 6262), one 
<FR>1/2</FR>-20 × 1″ flat head cap screw (FHCS) (drawing 9000150), and 3 accelerometers (drawing SA-572-S4).
</P>
<P>(b) When the head assembly in paragraph (a) of this section is dropped from a height of 376.0±1.0 mm (14.8±0.04 in) in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the peak resultant acceleration at the location of the accelerometers at the head CG shall not be less than 250 g or more than 280 g. The resultant acceleration versus time history curve shall be unimodal, and the oscillations occurring after the main pulse shall be less than 10 percent of the peak resultant acceleration. The lateral acceleration shall not exceed ±15 G (zero to peak). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Head test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the head is as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the head assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 °F) and at any relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test. 
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to the test, clean the impact surface of the head skin and the steel impact plate surface with isopropyl alcohol, trichlorethane, or an equivalent. Both impact surfaces must be clean and dry for testing. 
</P>
<P>(3) Suspend the head assembly with its midsagittal plane in vertical orientation as shown in Figure P1 of this subpart. The lowest point on the forehead is 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.76 ±0.04 in) from the steel impact surface. The 3.3 mm (0.13 in) diameter holes, located on either side of the dummy's head in transverse alignment with the CG, shall be used to ensure that the head transverse plane is level with respect to the impact surface. 
</P>
<P>(4) Drop the head assembly from the specified height by a means that ensures a smooth, instant release onto a rigidly supported flat horizontal steel plate which is 50.8 mm (2 in) thick and 610 mm (24 in) square. The impact surface shall be clean, dry and have a finish of not less than 203.2 × 10<E T="51">−6</E> mm (8 micro inches) (RMS) and not more than 2032.0 × 10<E T="51">−6</E> mm (80 micro inches) (RMS). 
</P>
<P>(5) Allow at least 2 hours between successive tests on the same head. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.143" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.15.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.143   Neck-headform assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The neck and headform assembly (refer to §§ 572.140(a)(1)(ii) and 572.140(a)(1)(iii)) for the purposes of this test, as shown in Figures P2 and P3 of this subpart, consists of the neck molded assembly (drawing 210-2015), neck cable (drawing 210-2040), nylon shoulder bushing (drawing 9001373), upper mount plate insert (drawing 910420-048), bib simulator (drawing TE-208-050), urethane washer (drawing 210-2050), neck mounting plate (drawing TE-250-021), two jam nuts (drawing 9001336), load-moment transducer (drawing SA 572-S19), and headform (drawing TE-208-000).
</P>
<P>(b) When the neck and headform assembly, as defined in § 572.143(a), is tested according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section, it shall have the following characteristics: 
</P>
<P>(1) Flexion.
</P>
<P>(i) Plane D, referenced in Figure P2 of this subpart, shall rotate in the direction of preimpact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline between 70 degrees and 82 degrees. Within this specified rotation corridor, the peak moment about the occipital condyle may not be less than 42 N-m and not more than 53 N-m. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The positive moment shall decay for the first time to 10 N-m between 60 ms and 80 ms after time zero. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The moment and rotation data channels are defined to be zero when the longitudinal centerline of the neck and pendulum are parallel. 
</P>
<P>(2) Extension.
</P>
<P>(i) Plane D referenced in Figure P3 of this subpart shall rotate in the direction of preimpact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline between 83 degrees and 93 degrees. Within this specified rotation corridor, the peak moment about the occipital condyle may be not more than −43.7 N-m and not less than −53.3 N-m. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The negative moment shall decay for the first time to −10 N-m between 60 and 80 ms after time zero. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The moment and rotation data channels are defined to be zero when the longitudinal centerline of the neck and pendulum are parallel. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the neck assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 F) and a relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test. 
</P>
<P>(2) Torque the jam nut (drawing 9001336) on the neck cable (drawing 210-2040) between 0.2 N-m and 0.3 N-m. 
</P>
<P>(3) Mount the neck-headform assembly, defined in paragraph (a) of this section, on the pendulum so the midsagittal plane of the headform is vertical and coincides with the plane of motion of the pendulum as shown in Figure P2 of this subpart for flexion and Figure P3 of this subpart for extension tests. 
</P>
<P>(4) Release the pendulum and allow it to fall freely to achieve an impact velocity of 5.50 ±0.10 m/s (18.05 + 0.40 ft/s) for flexion and 3.65 ±0.1 m/s (11.98 ±0.40 ft/s) for extension tests, measured by an accelerometer mounted on the pendulum as shown in Figure 22 of this part 572 at time zero.
</P>
<P>(i) The test shall be conducted without inducing any torsion twisting of the neck.
</P>
<P>(ii) Stop the pendulum from the initial velocity with an acceleration vs. time pulse which meets the velocity change as specified in Table B of this section. Integrate the pendulum acceleration data channel to obtain the velocity vs. time curve as indicated in Table B of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Time-zero is defined as the time of initial contact between the pendulum striker plate and the honeycomb material. The pendulum data channel shall be zero at this time. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table B—Pendulum Pulse 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Flexion
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Extension
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ms
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">m/s
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ft/s
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ms
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">m/s
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ft/s
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0-2.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.6-8.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.0-1.4</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.3-4.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.0-4.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.8-13.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.9-2.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6.2-8.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0-5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.1-16.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.8-3.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.2-11.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.144" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.15.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.144   Thorax assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Thorax (upper torso) assembly (refer to § 572.140(a)(1)(iv)).</I> The thorax consists of the upper part of the torso assembly shown in drawing 210-3000. 
</P>
<P>(b) When the anterior surface of the thorax of a completely assembled dummy (drawing 210-0000) is impacted by a test probe conforming to § 572.146(a) at 6.0 ±0.1 m/s (19.7 ±0.3 ft/s) according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) Maximum sternum displacement (compression) relative to the spine, measured with the chest deflection transducer (SA-572-S50), must not be less than 32mm (1.3 in) and not more than 38mm (1.5 in). Within this specified compression corridor, the peak force, measured by the probe-mounted accelerometer as defined in § 572.146(a) and calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section, shall be not less than 680 N and not more than 810 N. The peak force after 12.5 mm of sternum compression but before reaching the minimum required 32.0 mm sternum compression shall not exceed 910 N.
</P>
<P>(2) The internal hysteresis of the ribcage in each impact, as determined from the force vs. deflection curve, shall be not less than 65 percent and not more than 85 percent. The hysteresis shall be calculated by determining the ratio of the area between the loading and unloading portions of the force deflection curve to the area under the loading portion of the curve. 
</P>
<P>(3) The force shall be calculated by the product of the impactor mass and its deceleration. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the thorax assembly is as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The test dummy is clothed in cotton-polyester-based tight-fitting shirt with long sleeves and ankle-length pants whose combined weight is not more than 0.25 kg (0.55 lbs).
</P>
<P>(2) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 °F) and at any relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(3) Seat and orient the dummy on a seating surface without back support as shown in Figure P4, with the lower limbs extended horizontally and forward, the upper arms parallel to the torso and the lower arms extended horizontally and forward, parallel to the midsagittal plane, the midsagittal plane being vertical within ±1 degree and the ribs level in the anterior-posterior and lateral directions within ±0.5 degrees.
</P>
<P>(4) Establish the impact point at the chest midsagittal plane so that the impact point of the longitudinal centerline of the probe coincides with the dummy's mid-sagittal plane and is centered on the center of No. 2 rib within ±2.5 mm (0.1 in.) and 0.5 degrees of a horizontal plane. 
</P>
<P>(5) Impact the thorax with the test probe so that at the moment of contact the probe's longitudinal center line is within 2 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane. 
</P>
<P>(6) Guide the test probe during impact so that there is no significant lateral, vertical or rotational movement. 
</P>
<P>(7) No suspension hardware, suspension cables, or any other attachments to the probe, including the velocity vane, shall make contact with the dummy during the test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 15262, Mar. 22, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 64376, Dec. 13, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.145" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.15.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.145   Upper and lower torso assemblies and torso flexion test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The test objective is to determine the resistance of the lumbar spine and abdomen of a fully assembled dummy (drawing 210-0000) to flexion articulation between upper and lower halves of the torso assembly (refer to § 572.140(a)(1)(iv)).
</P>
<P>(b)(1) When the upper half of the torso assembly of a seated dummy is subjected to a force continuously applied at the occipital condyle level through the rigidly attached adaptor bracket in accordance with the test procedure set out in paragraph (c) of this section, the lumbar spine-abdomen assembly shall flex by an amount that permits the upper half of the torso, as measured at the posterior surface of the torso reference plane shown in Figure P5 of this subpart, to translate in angular motion in the midsagittal plane 45 ±0.5 degrees relative to the vertical transverse plane, at which time the pulling force applied must not be less than 130 N (28.8 lbf) and not more than 180 N (41.2 lbf), and
</P>
<P>(2) Upon removal of the force, the upper torso assembly returns to within 10 degrees of its initial position.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> The test procedure is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature between 18.9° and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 °F) and at any relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least 4 hours prior to a test. 
</P>
<P>(2) Assemble the complete dummy (with or without the lower legs) and seat it on a rigid flat-surface table, as shown in Figure P5 of this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(i) Unzip the torso jacket and remove the four 
<FR>1/4</FR>-20 × 
<FR>3/4</FR>″ bolts which attach the lumbar load transducer or its structural replacement to the pelvis weldment (drawing 210-4510) as shown in Figure P5 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(ii) Position the matching end of the rigid pelvis attachment fixture around the lumbar spine and align it over the four bolt holes.
</P>
<P>(iii) Secure the fixture to the dummy with the four 
<FR>1/4</FR>-20 × 
<FR>3/4</FR>″ bolts and attach the fixture to the table. Tighten the mountings so that the pelvis-lumbar joining surface is horizontal within ±1 deg and the buttocks and upper legs of the seated dummy are in contact with the test surface.
</P>
<P>(iv) Attach the loading adapter bracket to the upper part of the torso as shown in Figure P5 of this subpart and zip up the torso jacket. 
</P>
<P>(v) Point the upper arms vertically downward and the lower arms forward. 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Flex the thorax forward three times from vertical until the torso reference plane reaches 30 ±2 degrees from vertical. The torso reference plane, as shown in figure P5 of this subpart, is defined by the transverse plane tangent to the posterior surface of the upper backplate of the spine box weldment (drawing 210-8020). 
</P>
<P>(ii) Remove all externally applied flexion forces and support the upper torso half in a vertical orientation for 30 minutes to prevent it from drooping.
</P>
<P>(4) Remove the external support and after two minutes measure the initial orientation angle of the upper torso reference plane of the seated, unsupported dummy as shown in Figure P5 of this subpart. The initial orientation of the torso reference plane may not exceed 15 degrees.
</P>
<P>(5) Attach the pull cable at the point of load application on the adaptor bracket while maintaining the initial torso orientation. Apply a pulling force in the midsagittal plane, as shown in Figure P5 of this subpart, at any upper torso flexion rate between 0.5 and 1.5 degrees per second, until the torso reference plane reaches 45 ±0.5 degrees of flexion relative to the vertical transverse plane.
</P>
<P>(6) Continue to apply a force sufficient to maintain 45 ±0.5 degrees of flexion for 10 seconds, and record the highest applied force during the 10-second period.
</P>
<P>(7) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(8) Release all force at the loading adaptor bracket as rapidly as possible and measure the return angle with respect to the initial angle reference plane as defined in paragraph (c)(4) of this section 3 to 4 minutes after the release.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.146" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.15.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.146   Test conditions and instrumentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The test probe for thoracic impacts, except for attachments, shall be of rigid metallic construction and concentric about its longitudinal axis. Any attachments to the impactor such as suspension hardware, and impact vanes, must meet the requirements of § 572.144(c)(7) of this part. The impactor shall have a mass of 1.70 ±0.02 kg (3.75 ±0.05 lb) and a minimum mass moment of inertia 164 kg-cm
<SU>2</SU> (0.145 lb-in-sec
<SU>2</SU>) in yaw and pitch about the CG of the probe. One-third (
<FR>1/3</FR>) of the weight of suspension cables and any attachments to the impact probe must be included in the calculation of mass, and such components may not exceed five percent of the total weight of the test probe. The impacting end of the probe, perpendicular to and concentric with the longitudinal axis of the probe, has a flat, continuous, and non-deformable 50.8 ±0.25 mm (2.00 ±0.01 inch) diameter face with an edge radius of 7.6/12.7 mm (0.3/0.5 in). The impactor shall have a 53.3 mm (2.1 in) dia. cylindrical surface extending for a minimum of 25.4 mm (1.0 in) to the rear from the impact face. The probe's end opposite to the impact face has provisions for mounting an accelerometer with its sensitive axis collinear with the longitudinal axis of the probe. The impact probe has a free air resonant frequency not less than 1000 Hz limited to the direction of the longitudinal axis of the impactor.
</P>
<P>(b) Head accelerometers shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA 572-S4 and be mounted in the head as shown in drawing 210-0000. 
</P>
<P>(c) The neck force-moment transducer shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA 572-S19 and be mounted at the upper neck transducer location as shown in drawing 210-0000. A lower neck transducer as specified in drawing SA 572-S19 is allowed to be mounted as optional instrumentation in place of part No. ATD6204, as shown in drawing 210-0000.
</P>
<P>(d) The shoulder force transducers shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA 572-S21 and be allowed to be mounted as optional instrumentation in place of part No. 210-3800 in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 210-0000.
</P>
<P>(e) The thorax accelerometers shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA 572-S4 and be mounted in the torso assembly in triaxial configuration at the T4 location, as shown in drawing 210-0000. Triaxial accelerometers may be mounted as optional instrumentation at T1, and T12, and in uniaxial configuration on the sternum at the midpoint level of ribs No. 1 and No. 3 and on the spine coinciding with the midpoint level of No. 3 rib, as shown in drawing 210-0000. If used, the accelerometers must conform to SA-572-S4.
</P>
<P>(f) The chest deflection potentiometer shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA-572-S50 and be mounted in the torso assembly as shown drawing 210-0000.
</P>
<P>(g) The lumbar spine force/moment transducer may be mounted in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 210-0000 as optional instrumentation in place of part No. 210-4150. If used, the transducer shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA-572-S20.
</P>
<P>(h) The pubic force transducer may be mounted in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 210-0000 as optional instrumentation in place of part No. 921-0022-036. If used, the transducer shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA-572-S18.
</P>
<P>(i) The acetabulum force transducers may be mounted in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 210-0000 as optional instrumentation in place of part No. 210-4522. If used, the transducer shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA-572-S22. 
</P>
<P>(j) The anterior-superior iliac spine transducers may be mounted in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 210-0000 as optional instrumentation in place of part No. 210-4540-1, -2. If used, the transducers shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA-572-S17.
</P>
<P>(k) The pelvis accelerometers may be mounted in the pelvis in triaxial configuration as shown in drawing 210-0000 as optional instrumentation. If used, the accelerometers shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA-572-S4. 
</P>
<P>(l) The outputs of acceleration and force-sensing devices installed in the dummy and in the test apparatus specified by this part shall be recorded in individual data channels that conform to the requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J211/1, Rev. Mar 95 “Instrumentation for Impact Tests—Part 1-Electronic Instrumentation” (refer to § 572.140(a)(3)), with channel classes as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Head acceleration—Class 1000 
</P>
<P>(2) Neck
</P>
<P>(i) Force—Class 1000 
</P>
<P>(ii) Moments—Class 600 
</P>
<P>(iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180 
</P>
<P>(iv) Rotation potentiometer response (if used)—CFC 60. 
</P>
<P>(3) Thorax:
</P>
<P>(i) Rib/sternum acceleration—Class 1000 
</P>
<P>(ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 
</P>
<P>(iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 
</P>
<P>(iv) Shoulder force—Class 180 
</P>
<P>(4) Lumbar:
</P>
<P>(i) Forces—Class 1000 
</P>
<P>(ii) Moments—Class 600 
</P>
<P>(iii) Torso flexion pulling force—Class 60 if data channel is used 
</P>
<P>(5) Pelvis 
</P>
<P>(i) Accelerations—Class 1000 
</P>
<P>(ii) Acetabulum, pubic symphysis—Class 1000, 
</P>
<P>(iii) Iliac wing forces—Class 180 
</P>
<P>(m) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity shall conform to the Sign Convention For Vehicle Crash Testing, Surface Vehicle Information Report, SAE J1733, 1994-12 (refer to § 572.140(a)(4)). 
</P>
<P>(n) The mountings for sensing devices shall have no resonance frequency less than 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class. 
</P>
<P>(o) Limb joints shall be set at lG, barely restraining the weight of the limbs when they are extended horizontally. The force required to move a limb segment shall not exceed 2G throughout the range of limb motion.
</P>
<P>(p) Performance tests of the same component, segment, assembly, or fully assembled dummy shall be separated in time by a period of not less than 30 minutes unless otherwise noted.
</P>
<P>(q) Surfaces of dummy components are not painted except as specified in this part or in drawings subtended by this part.



</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.15.1.8.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figures to Subpart P of Part 572



</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er22mr00.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er22mr00.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er22mr00.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13de01.237.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er22mr00.004.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 15262, Mar. 22, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 64376, Dec. 13, 2001]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="R" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.16" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart R—CRABI 12-Month-Old Infant, Alpha Version</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 17188, Mar. 31, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.150" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.16.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.150   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following materials are incorporated by reference in this subpart R.
</P>
<P>(1) A drawings and specifications package entitled “Parts List and Drawings, Subpart R, CRABI 12-Month-Old Infant Crash Test Dummy (CRABI-12, Alpha version) August 2001” and consisting of: 
</P>
<P>(i) Drawing No. 921022-001, Head Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.151, 572.152, 572.154, and 572.155; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Drawing No. 921022-041, Neck Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.151, 572.153, 572.154, and 572.155; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Drawing No. TE-3200-160, Headform, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.151 and 572.153; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Drawing No. 921022-060, Torso Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.151, 572.154, and 572.155; 
</P>
<P>(v) Drawing No. 921022-055, Leg Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.151, and 572.155 as part of a complete dummy assembly; 
</P>
<P>(vi) Drawing No. 921022-054, Arm Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.151, and 572.155 as part of the complete dummy assembly; 
</P>
<P>(2) A procedures manual entitled “Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly and Inspection (PADI) Subpart R, CRABI 12-Month-Old Infant Crash Test Dummy (CRABI-12, Alpha version) August 2001” incorporated by reference in § 572.155; 
</P>
<P>(3) SAE Recommended Practice J211/1, Rev. Mar95 “Instrumentation for Impact Tests—Part 1—Electronic Instrumentation”, incorporated by reference in § 572.155; 
</P>
<P>(4) SAE J1733 1994-12 “Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing”, incorporated by reference in § 572.155. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the Federal Register approved those materials incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the materials may be inspected at NHTSA's Docket Section, 400 Seventh Street S.W., room 5109, Washington, DC, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) The incorporated materials are available as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The drawings and specifications package referred to in paragraph (a)(1) of this section and the procedures manual referred to in paragraph (a)(2) of this section are available from Reprographic Technologies, 9000 Virginia Manor Road, Beltsville, MD 20705 (301) 419-5070. 
</P>
<P>(2) The SAE materials referred to paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) of this section are available from the Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 17188, Mar. 31, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 45784, Aug. 30, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.151" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.16.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.151   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The 12-month-old-infant crash test dummy is described by drawings and specifications containing the following materials: 
</P>
<P>(1) Technical drawings and specifications package 921022-000 (refer to § 572.150(a)(1)), the titles of which are listed in Table A of this section; 
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly and Inspection document (PADI) (refer to § 572.150(a)(2)). 
</P>
<P>(b) The dummy consists of the component assemblies set out in the following Table A: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Component assembly 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Drawing number
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Head Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">921022-001.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neck Assembly (complete)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">921022-041. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Torso Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">921022-060.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">921022-055 R&amp;L.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arm Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">921022-054 R&amp;L.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) Adjacent segments of the dummy are joined in a manner such that, except for contacts existing under static conditions, there is no contact between metallic elements throughout the range of motion or under simulated crash impact conditions. 
</P>
<P>(d) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy shall conform to this Subpart in every respect before its use in any test under this chapter. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.152" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.16.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.152   Head assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The head assembly (refer to § 572.150(a)(1)(i)) for this test consists of the assembly (drawing 921022-001), triaxial mount block (SA572-80), and 3 accelerometers (drawing SA572-S4). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Frontal and rear impact.</I> (1) Frontal impact. When the head assembly in paragraph (a) of this section is dropped from a height of 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 ±0.04 in) in accordance with paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, the peak resultant acceleration measured at the head CG shall not be less than 100 g or more than 120 g. The resultant acceleration vs. time history curve shall be unimodal, and the oscillations occurring after the main pulse shall be less than 17 percent of the peak resultant acceleration. The lateral acceleration shall not exceed ±15 g's. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Rear impact.</I> When the head assembly in paragraph (a) of this section is dropped from a height of 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 ±0.04 in) in accordance with paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section, the peak resultant acceleration measured at the head CG shall be not less than 55 g and not more than 71 g. The resultant acceleration vs. time history curve shall be unimodal, and the oscillations occurring after the main pulse shall be less than 17 percent of the peak resultant acceleration. The lateral acceleration shall not exceed ±15 g's. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Head test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the head is as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the head assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 °F) and at any relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test. These temperature and humidity levels shall be maintained throughout the entire testing period specified in this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) Before the test, clean the impact surface of the head skin and the steel impact plate surface with isopropyl alcohol, trichlorethane, or an equivalent. Both impact surfaces shall be clean and dry for testing. 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) For a frontal impact test, suspend the head assembly with its midsagittal plane in vertical orientation as shown in Figure R1 of this subpart. The lowest point on the forehead is 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 ±0.04 in) from the impact surface. The 3.30 mm (0.13 in) diameter holes located on either side of the dummy's head are used to ensure that the head is level with respect to the impact surface. The angle between the lower surface plane of the neck transducer mass simulator (drawing 910420-003) and the plane of the impact surface is 45 ±1 degrees. 
</P>
<P>(ii) For a rear impact test, suspend the head assembly with its midsagittal plane in vertical orientation as shown in Figure R2 of this subpart. The lowest point on the back of the head is 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 ±0.04 in) from the impact surface. The 3.30 mm (0.13 in) diameter holes located on either side of the dummy's head are used to ensure that the head is level with respect to the impact surface. The angle between the lower surface plane of the neck transducer structural replacement (drawing 910420-003) and the impact surface is 90 ±1 degrees. 
</P>
<P>(4) Drop the head assembly from the specified height by a means that ensures a smooth, instant release onto a rigidly supported flat horizontal steel plate which is 50.8 mm (2 in) thick and 610 mm (24 in) square. The impact surface shall be clean, dry and have a micro finish of not less than 203.2 × 10<E T="51">−6</E> mm (8 micro inches) (RMS) and not more than 2032.0 × 10<E T="51">−6</E> mm (80 micro inches) (RMS). 
</P>
<P>(5) Allow at least 2 hours between successive tests of the head assembly at the same impact point. For head impacts on the opposite side of the head, the 30-minute waiting period specified in § 572.155(m) does not apply. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.153" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.16.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.153   Neck-headform assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The neck and headform assembly (refer to §§ 572.150(a)(1)(ii) and 572.150(a)(1)(iii)) for the purposes of this test consists of parts shown in CRABI neck test assembly (drawing TE-3200-100); 
</P>
<P>(b) When the neck and headform assembly, as defined in § 572.153(a), is tested according to the test procedure in § 572.153(c), it shall have the following characteristics: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Flexion.</I> (i) Plane D referenced in Figure R3 of this subpart shall rotate in the direction of pre-impact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline not less than 75 degrees and not more than 86 degrees. Within this specified rotation corridor, the peak positive moment about the occipital condyles shall be not less than 36 N-m (26.6 ft-lbf) and not more than 45 N-m (33.2 ft-lbf). 
</P>
<P>(ii) The positive moment about the occipital condyles shall decay for the first time to 5 N-m (3.7 ft-lbf) between 60 ms and 80 ms after time zero. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The moment about the occipital condyles shall be calculated by the following formula: Moment (N-m) = My − (0.005842m) × (Fx), where My is the moment about the y-axis, Fx is the shear force measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA572 -S23) and 0.005842m is the distance from the point at which the load cell measures the force to the occipital condyle. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Extension.</I> (i) Plane D referenced in Figure R4 of this subpart shall rotate in the direction of preimpact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline not less than 80 degrees and not more than 92 degrees. Within the specified rotation corridor, the peak negative moment about the occipital condyles shall be not more than −12 Nm (−8.9 ft-lbf) and not less than −23 N-m (−17.0 ft-lbf) within the minimum and maximum rotation interval. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The negative moment about the occipital condyles shall decay for the first time to −5 Nm (−3.7 lbf-ft) between 76 ms and 90 ms after time zero. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The moment about the occipital condyles shall be calculated by the following formula: Moment (N-m) = My − (0.005842m) × (Fx), where My is the moment about the y-axis, Fx is the shear force measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA572 -S23) and 0.005842m is the distance from the point at which the load cell measures the force to the occipital condyle. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the neck assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 °F) and at any relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test. These temperature and humidity levels shall be maintained throughout the testing period specified in this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) Torque the jam nut (drawing 9001336) on the neck cable (drawing ATD-6206) to 0.2 to 0.3 Nm (2-3 in-lbf). 
</P>
<P>(3) Mount the neck-headform assembly, defined in paragraph (b) of this section, on the pendulum so the midsagittal plane of the headform is vertical and coincides with the plane of motion of the pendulum as shown in Figure R3 for flexion and Figure R4 for extension tests. 
</P>
<P>(i) The moment and rotation data channels are defined to be zero when the longitudinal centerline of the neck and pendulum are parallel. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The test shall be conducted without inducing any torsion of the neck. 
</P>
<P>(4) Release the pendulum and allow it to fall freely to achieve an impact velocity of 5.2 ±0.1 m/s (17.1 ±0.3 ft/s) for flexion and 2.5 ±0.1 m/s (8.2 ±0.3 ft/s) for extension measured at the center of the pendulum accelerometer at the instant of contact with the honeycomb. 
</P>
<P>(i) Time-zero is defined as the time of initial contact between the pendulum striker plate and the honeycomb material. The pendulum data channel shall be defined to be zero at this time. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Stop the pendulum from the initial velocity with an acceleration vs. time pulse which meets the velocity change as specified in the following table. Integrate the pendulum acceleration data channel to obtain the velocity vs. time curve as indicated in Table B: 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table B—Pendulum Pulse 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Flexion 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Extension 
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">m/s
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">m/s
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ft/s
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ms
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">m/s 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ft/s 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.6-2.3</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.2-7.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.8-1.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.6-3.9 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4-4.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11.2-13.8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.5-2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.9-6.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.3-5.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.1-17.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.2-2.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">7.2-9.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.154" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.16.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.154   Thorax assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Thorax Assembly (refer to § 572.150(a)(1)(iv)) . The thorax consists of the part of the torso assembly shown in drawing 921022-060. 
</P>
<P>(b) When the thorax of a completely assembled dummy (drawing 921022-000) is impacted by a test probe conforming to § 572.155(a) at 5.0 ±0.1m/s (16.5 ±0.3 ft/s) according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section, the peak force, measured by the impact probe in accordance with paragraph § 572.155(a), shall be not less than 1514 N (340.7 lbf) and not more than 1796 N (404.1 lbf). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 °F) and at any relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test. These temperature and humidity levels shall be maintained throughout the entire testing period specified in this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) The test dummy is clothed in a cotton-polyester based tight fitting sweat shirt with long sleeves and ankle long pants whose combined weight is not more than 0.25 kg (.55 lbs). 
</P>
<P>(3) Seat and orient the dummy on a level seating surface without back support as shown in Figure R5 of this subpart, with the lower limbs extended forward, parallel to the midsagittal plane and the arms 0 to 5 degrees forward of vertical. The dummy's midsagittal plane is vertical within ±/1 degree and the posterior surface of the upper spine box is aligned at 90 ±/1 degrees from the horizontal. (Shim material may be used under the upper legs to maintain the dummy's specified spine box surface alignment). 
</P>
<P>(4) Establish the impact point at the chest midsagittal plane so that the impact point of the longitudinal centerline of the probe coincides with the dummy's midsagittal plane, is centered on the torso 196 ±/2.5 mm (7.7 ±/0.1 in) vertically from the plane of the seating surface, and is within 0.5 degrees of a horizontal plane. 
</P>
<P>(5) Impact the thorax with the test probe so that at the moment of contact the probe's longitudinal center line falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane. 
</P>
<P>(6) Guide the test probe during impact so that there is no significant lateral, vertical or rotational movement. 
</P>
<P>(7) No suspension hardware, suspension cables, or any other attachments to the probe, including the velocity vane, shall make contact with the dummy during the test. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 17188, Mar. 31, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 45784, Aug. 30, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.155" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.16.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.155   Test conditions and instrumentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The test probe for thoracic impacts, except for attachments, shall be of rigid metallic construction and concentric about its longitudinal axis. Any attachments to the impactor, such as suspension hardware, impact vanes, etc., must meet the requirements of § 572.154(c)(7). The impactor shall have a mass of 2.86 ±0.02 kg (6.3 ±0.05 lbs) and a minimum mass moment of inertia of 164 kg-cm
<SU>2</SU> (0.145 lb-in-sec
<SU>2</SU>) in yaw and pitch about the CG of the probe. One-third of the weight of suspension cables and any attachments to the impact probe must be included in the calculation of mass, and such components may not exceed five percent of the total weight of the test probe. The impacting end of the probe, perpendicular to and concentric with the longitudinal axis of the probe, has a flat, continuous, and non-deformable 101.6 ±0.25 mm (4.00 ±0.01 in) diameter face with an edge radius of 7.6/12.7 mm (0.3/0.5 in). The impactor shall have a 101-103 mm (4-4.1 in) diameter cylindrical surface extending for a minimum of 12.5 mm (0.5 in) to the rear from the impact face. The probe's end opposite to the impact face has provisions for mounting an accelerometer with its sensitive axis collinear with the longitudinal axis of the probe. The impact probe shall have a free air resonant frequency of not less than 1000 Hz measured in line with the longitudinal axis of the impactor, using the test method shown in the Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly and Inspection (PADI) document referenced in § 572.151. 
</P>
<P>(b) Head accelerometers shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 and be mounted in the head as shown in drawing 921022-000. 
</P>
<P>(c) The neck force-moment transducer shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S23 and shall be mounted for testing as shown in drawing 921022-000 and in figures R3 and R4 of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) The shoulder force transducers shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S25 and are allowed to be mounted as optional instrumentation in place of part No. 921022-022 in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 921022-000. 
</P>
<P>(e) The thorax accelerometers shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 and be mounted in the torso assembly in triaxial configuration as shown in drawing 921022-000. 
</P>
<P>(f) The lumbar spine and lower neck force/moment transducer shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S23 and are allowed to be mounted as optional instrumentation in the torso assembly in place of part No. 910420-003 as shown in drawing 921022-000. 
</P>
<P>(g) The pelvis accelerometers shall have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 and are allowed to be mounted as optional instrumentation in the pelvis in triaxial configuration as shown in drawing 921022-000. 
</P>
<P>(h) The pubic force transducer shall have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S24 and is allowed to be mounted as optional instrumentation in place of part No. 921022-050 in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 921022-000. 
</P>
<P>(i) The outputs of acceleration and force-sensing devices installed in the dummy and in the test apparatus specified by this part are recorded in individual data channels that conform to the requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J211/1, Rev. Mar95 “Instrumentation for Impact Tests—Part 1—Electronic Instrumentation” (refer to § 572.150(a)(3)), with channel classes as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Head and headform acceleration—Class 1000. 
</P>
<P>(2) Neck : 
</P>
<P>(i) Forces—Class 1000;
</P>
<P>(ii) Moments—Class 600; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Rotation potentiometer response (if used)—CFC 60. 
</P>
<P>(3) Thorax: 
</P>
<P>(i) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Shoulder forces—Class 600; 
</P>
<P>(4) Lumbar: 
</P>
<P>(i) Forces—Class 1000; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Moments—Class 600; 
</P>
<P>(5) Pelvis:
</P>
<P>(i) Accelerations—Class 1000; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Pubic—Class 1000. 
</P>
<P>(j) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity shall conform to SAE J1733, 1994-12, “Sign Convention For Vehicle Crash Testing, Surface Vehicle Information Report,” (refer to § 572.150(a)(4)). 
</P>
<P>(k) The mountings for sensing devices shall have no resonance frequency within a range of 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class.
</P>
<P>(l) Limb joints shall be set at l g, barely restraining the weight of the limb when it is extended horizontally. The force required to move a limb segment shall not exceed 2 g throughout the range of limb motion. 
</P>
<P>(m) Performance tests of the same component, segment, assembly, or fully assembled dummy shall be separated in time by period of not less than 30 minutes unless otherwise noted. 
</P>
<P>(n) Surfaces of dummy components may not be painted except as specified in this subpart or in drawings referenced in § 572.150. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 17188, Mar. 31, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 45784, Aug. 30, 2001]





</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.16.1.7.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figures to Subpart R of Part 572

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er31mr00.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31mr00.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31mr00.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31mr00.011.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31mr00.012.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="S" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.17" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart S—Hybrid III Six-Year-Old Weighted Child Test Dummy</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>69 FR 42602, July 16, 2004, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.160" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.17.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.160   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following materials are hereby incorporated into this subpart S by reference:
</P>
<P>(1) A drawings and specifications package entitled, “Parts List and Drawings, Part 572 Subpart S, Hybrid III 6-Year-Old Child Weighted Crash Test Dummy (H-III6CW),” dated June 2009, incorporated by reference in § 572.161 and consisting of:
</P>
<P>(i) Drawing No. 167-0000, Complete Assembly, incorporated by reference in § 572.161;
</P>
<P>(ii) Drawing No. 167-2000, Upper Torso Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.161, 572.164, and 572.165 as part of a complete dummy assembly;
</P>
<P>(iii) Drawing No. 167-2020, Revision A, Spine Box Weight, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.161, 572.164, and 572.165 as part of a complete dummy assembly;
</P>
<P>(iv) Drawing No. 167-3000, Lower Torso Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.161, and 572.165 as part of a complete dummy assembly;
</P>
<P>(v) Drawing No. 167-3010, Revision A, Lumbar Weight Base, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.161 and 572.165 as part of a complete dummy assembly; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The Hybrid III Weighted Six-Year-Old Child Parts/Drawing List, incorporated by reference in § 572.161.
</P>
<P>(2) A procedures manual entitled, “Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly, And Inspection (PADI) of the Part 572 Subpart S, Hybrid III 6-Year-Old Child Weighted Crash Test Dummy (H-III6CW), revised June 2009,” incorporated by reference in § 572.161;
</P>
<P>(3) The Director of the Federal Register approved the materials incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the materials may be inspected at the Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, telephone (202) 366-9826, and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA), and in electronic format through Regulations.gov. For information on the availability and inspection of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I> For information on the availability and inspection of this material at Regulations.gov, call 1-877-378-5457, or go to: <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) The incorporated materials are available as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The Drawings and Specifications for the Hybrid III Six-Year-Old Weighted Child Test Dummy referred to in paragraph (a)(1) of this section are available in electronic format through the NHTSA docket center and in paper format from Leet-Melbrook, Division of New RT, 18810 Woodfield Road, Gaithersburg, MD 20879, (301) 670-0090.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 42602, July 16, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 77338, Dec. 30, 2005; 75 FR 76646, Dec. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.161" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.17.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.161   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Hybrid III Six-Year-Old Weighted Child Test Dummy is defined by drawings and specifications containing the following materials:
</P>
<P>(1) “Parts List and Drawings, Part 572 Subpart S, Hybrid III 6-Year-Old Child Weighted Crash Test Dummy (H-III6CW),” dated June 2009 (incorporated by reference, see § 572.160);
</P>
<P>(2) The head, neck, arm, and leg assemblies specified in 49 CFR 572 subpart N; and
</P>
<P>(3) “Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly, And Inspection (PADI) of the Part 572 Subpart S, Hybrid III 6-Year-Old Child Weighted Crash Test Dummy (H-III6CW), revised June 2009” (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 572.160).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Component assembly 
<sup>1</sup> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Drawing No.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Complete assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">167-0000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Upper torso assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">167-2000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Spine box weight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">167-2020 Rev. A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lower torso assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">167-3000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lumbar weight base</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">167-3010 Rev. A.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Head, neck, arm, and leg assemblies are as specified in 49 CFR 572 subpart N.</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) Adjacent segments are joined in a manner such that except for contacts existing under static conditions, there is no contact between metallic elements throughout the range of motion or under simulated crash impact conditions.
</P>
<P>(c) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy must conform to Subpart S in every respect and Subpart N as applicable, before use in any test similar to those specified in Standard 208, “Occupant Crash Protection” (49 CFR 571.208), and Standard 213, “Child Restraint Systems” (49 CFR 571.213).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 42602, July 16, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 77338, Dec. 30, 2005; 75 FR 76646, Dec. 9, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.162" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.17.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.162   Head assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>The head assembly is assembled and tested as specified in 49 CFR 572.122 (Subpart N).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.163" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.17.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.163   Neck assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>The neck assembly is assembled and tested as specified in 49 CFR 572.123 (Subpart N).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.164" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.17.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.164   Thorax assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Thorax (upper torso) assembly.</I> The thorax consists of the part of the torso assembly shown in drawing 167-2000 (incorporated by reference, see § 572.160).
</P>
<P>(b) When the anterior surface of the thorax of a completely assembled dummy (drawing 167-2000) that is seated as shown in Figure S1 is impacted by a test probe conforming to 49 CFR 572.127(a) at 6.71 ±0.12 m/s (22.0 ±0.4 ft/s) according to the test procedure specified in 49 CFR 572.124(c):
</P>
<P>(1) The maximum sternum displacement relative to the spine, measured with chest deflection transducer (specified in 49 CFR 572.124(b)(1)), must be not less than 38.0 mm (1.50 in) and not more than 46.0 mm (1.80 in). Within this specified compression corridor, the peak force, measured by the probe in accordance with 49 CFR 572.127, must be not less than 1205 N (270.9 lbf) and not more than 1435 N (322.6 lbf). The peak force after 12.5 mm (0.5 in) of sternum displacement, but before reaching the minimum required 38.0 mm (1.46 in) sternum displacement limit, must not exceed an upper limit of 1500 N.
</P>
<P>(2) The internal hysteresis of the ribcage in each impact as determined by the plot of force vs. deflection in paragraph (b)(1) of this section must be not less than 65 percent but not more than 85 percent.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> The thorax assembly is tested as specified in 49 CFR 572.124(c).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.165" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.17.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.165   Upper and lower torso assemblies and torso flexion test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Upper/lower torso assembly.</I> The test objective is to determine the stiffness effects of the lumbar spine (specified in 49 CFR 572.125(a)), including cable (specified in 49 CFR 572.125(a)), mounting plate insert (specified in 49 CFR 572.125(a)), nylon shoulder bushing (specified in 49 CFR 572.125(a)), nut (specified in 49 CFR 572.125(a)), spine box weighting plates (drawing 167-2020 Revision A), lumbar base weight (drawing 167-3010 Revision A), and abdominal insert (specified in 49 CFR 572.125(a)), on resistance to articulation between the upper torso assembly (drawing 167-2000) and the lower torso assembly (drawing 167-3000). Drawing Nos. 167-2000, 167-2020 Revision A, 167-3000, and 167-3010 Revision A, are incorporated by reference, see § 572.160.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) When the upper torso assembly of a seated dummy is subjected to a force continuously applied at the head to neck pivot pin level through a rigidly attached adaptor bracket as shown in Figure S2 according to the test procedure set out in 49 CFR 572.125(c), the lumbar spine-abdomen assembly must flex by an amount that permits the upper torso assembly to translate in angular motion until the machined surface of the instrument cavity at the back of the thoracic spine box is at 45 ±0.5 degrees relative to the transverse plane, at which time the force applied as shown in Figure S2 must be within 88.6 N ±25 N (20.0 lbf ±5.6 lbf), and
</P>
<P>(2) Upon removal of the force, the torso assembly must return to within 9 degrees of its initial position.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> The upper and lower torso assemblies are tested as specified in 49 CFR 572.125(c), except that in paragraph (c)(5) of that section, the initial torso orientation angle may not exceed 32 degrees.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 42602, July 16, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 77338, Dec. 30, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.166" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.17.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.166   Knees and knee impact test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>The knee assembly is assembled and tested as specified in 49 CFR 572.126 (Subpart N).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.167" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.17.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.167   Test conditions and instrumentation.</HEAD>
<P>The test conditions and instrumentation are as specified in 49 CFR 572.127 (Subpart N).





</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.17.1.9.7" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figures to Subpart S of Part 572

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er16jy04.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er16jy04.006.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="T" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.18" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart T—Hybrid III 10-Year-Old Child Test Dummy (HIII-10C)</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 11667, Feb. 27, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.170" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.18.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.170   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference (IBR) into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, NHTSA must publish notice of change in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the material must be available to the public. All approved material is available for inspection at the Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, Room W12-140, telephone 202-366-9826, and is available from the sources listed below. The material is available in electronic format through Regulations.gov, call 1-877-378-5457 or go to <I>www.regulations.gov.</I> It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) NHTSA Technical Information Services, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590, telephone 202-366-5965.
</P>
<P>(1) A parts/drawing list entitled, “Parts/Drawing List, Part 572 Subpart T, Hybrid III 10 Year Old Child Test Dummy (HIII-10C), March, 2015,” IBR approved for § 572.171.
</P>
<P>(2) A drawings and inspection package entitled, “Parts List and Drawings, Part 572 Subpart T, Hybrid III 10 Year Old Child Crash Dummy (HIII-10C), March 2015,” IBR approved for § 572.171, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Drawing No. 420-0000, Complete Assembly HIII 10-year-old, IBR approved for §§ 572.171, 572.172, 572.173, 572.174, 572.176, and 572.177.
</P>
<P>(ii) Drawing No. 420-1000, Head Assembly, IBR approved for § 572.171, § 572.172, § 572.173, and § 572.177.
</P>
<P>(iii) Drawing No. 420-2000, Neck Assembly, IBR approved for §§ 572.171, 572.173, and 572.177.
</P>
<P>(iv) Drawing No. 420-3000, Upper Torso Assembly, IBR approved for §§ 572.171, 572.174, 572.175, and 572.177.
</P>
<P>(v) Drawing No. 420-4000, Lower Torso Assembly, IBR approved for §§ 572.171, 572.174, 572.175, and 572.177.
</P>
<P>(vi) Drawing No. 420-5000-1, Complete Leg Assembly—left, IBR approved for §§ 572.171, 572.176, and 572.177.
</P>
<P>(vii) Drawing No. 420-5000-2, Complete Leg Assembly—right, IBR approved for §§ 572.171, 572.176, and 572.177.
</P>
<P>(viii) Drawing No. 420-7000-1, Complete Arm Assembly—left, IBR approved for § 572.171, and,
</P>
<P>(ix) Drawing No. 420-7000-2, Complete Arm Assembly—right, IBR approved for § 572.171.
</P>
<P>(3) A procedures manual entitled “Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly, and Inspection (PADI) of the Hybrid III 10 Year Old Child Test Dummy (HIII-10C), March 2015”; IBR approved for §§ 572.171 and 572.177.
</P>
<P>(c) SAE International, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096, call 1-877-606-7323.
</P>
<P>(1) SAE Recommended Practice J211/1, Rev. Mar 95, “Instrumentation for Impact Tests—Part 1—Electronic Instrumentation,” IBR approved for § 572.177.
</P>
<P>(2) SAE Information Report J1733 of 1994-12, “Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing,” December 1994, IBR approved for § 572.177.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 11667, Feb. 27, 2012, as amended at 80 FR 35860, June 23, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.171" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.18.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.171   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Hybrid III 10-year-old Child Test Dummy (HIII-10C) is defined by drawings and specifications containing the following materials:
</P>
<P>(1) The parts enlisted in “Parts/Drawing List, Part 572 Subpart T, Hybrid III 10 Year Old Child Test Dummy (HIII-10C), March, 2015” (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170),
</P>
<P>(2) The engineering drawings and specifications contained in “Parts List and Drawings, Part 572 Subpart T, Hybrid III 10 Year Old Child Crash Dummy (HIII-10C), March 2015,” which includes the engineering drawings and specifications described in Drawing 420-0000, the titles of the assemblies of which are listed in Table A, and,
</P>
<P>(3) A manual entitled “Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly, and Inspection (PADI) of the Hybrid III 10 Year Old Child Test Dummy (HIII-10C), March 2015.”
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Component assembly
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Drawing No.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> (i) Head Assembly</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420-1000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> (ii) Neck Assembly</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420-2000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> (iii) Upper Torso Assembly</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420-3000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> (iv) Lower Torso Assembly</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420-4000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> (v) Complete Leg Assembly—left</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420-5000-1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> (vi) Complete Leg Assembly—right</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420-5000-2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> (vii) Complete Arm Assembly—left</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420-7000-1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> (viii) Complete Arm Assembly—right</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420-7000-2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this Subpart in every respect before use in any test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 11667, Feb. 27, 2012, as amended at 80 FR 35860, June 23, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.172" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.18.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.172   Head assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The head assembly for this test consists of the complete head (drawing 420-1000), a six-axis neck transducer (drawing SA572-S11, included in drawing 420-0000), or its structural replacement (drawing 420-383X), and 3 accelerometers (drawing SA572-S4, included in drawing 420-0000) (all incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(b) When the head assembly is dropped from a height of 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 ±0.04 in) in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the peak resultant acceleration at the location of the accelerometers at the head CG may not be less than 250 G or more than 300 G. The resultant acceleration vs. time history curve shall be unimodal; oscillations occurring after the main pulse must be less than 10 percent of the peak resultant acceleration. The lateral acceleration shall not exceed 15 G (zero to peak).
</P>
<P>(c) Head test procedure. The test procedure for the head is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the head assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 18.9 and 25.6 °C (66 and 78 °F) and a relative humidity from 10 to 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to the test, clean the impact surface of the skin and the impact plate surface with isopropyl alcohol, trichloroethane, or an equivalent. The skin of the head must be clean and dry for testing.
</P>
<P>(3) Suspend and orient the head assembly as shown in Figure T1. The lowest point on the forehead must be 376.0 ±1.0 mm (14.8 ±0.04 in) from the impact surface. The 1.57 mm (0.062 in) diameter holes located on either side of the dummy's head shall be used to ensure that the head is level with respect to the impact surface.
</P>
<P>(4) Drop the head assembly from the specified height by means that ensure a smooth, instant release onto a rigidly supported flat horizontal steel plate which is 50.8 mm (2 in) thick and 610 mm (24 in) square. The impact surface shall be clean, dry and have a micro finish of not less than 203.2 × 10<E T="51">−6</E> mm (8 micro inches) (RMS) and not more than 2032.0 × 10<E T="51">−6</E> mm (80 micro inches) (RMS).
</P>
<P>(5) Allow at least 2 hours between successive tests on the same head.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.173" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.18.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.173   Neck assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The neck assembly for the purposes of this test consists of the assembly of components shown in drawing 420-2000 (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(b) When the head-neck assembly consisting of the head (drawing 420-1000), neck (drawing 420-2000), six-channel neck transducer (SA572-S11, included in drawing 420-0000), lower neck bracket assembly (drawing 420-2070), and either three uniaxial accelerometers (drawing SA572-S4, included in drawing 420-0000) or their mass equivalent installed in the head assembly as specified in drawing 420-1000 (all incorporated by reference, see § 572.170), is tested according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section, it shall have the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Flexion.</I> (i) Plane D, referenced in Figure T2, shall rotate in the direction of preimpact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline between 76 degrees and 90 degrees. During the time interval while the rotation is within the specified corridor, the peak moment, measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA572-S11, included in drawing 420-0000) (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170), about the occipital condyles may not be less than 50 N-m (36.9 ft-lbf) and not more than 62 N-m (45.7 ft-lbf). The positive moment shall decay for the first time to 10 N-m (7.4 ft-lbf) between 86 ms and 105 ms after time zero.
</P>
<P>(ii) The moment shall be calculated by the following formula: Moment (N-m) = M<E T="52">y</E> − (0.01778) × (F<E T="52">X</E>).
</P>
<P>(iii) M<E T="52">y</E> is the moment about the y-axis in Newton-meters, F<E T="52">X</E> is the shear force measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA572-S11) in Newtons, and 0.01778 is the distance in meters from the load center of the neck transducer to the occipital condyle.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Extension.</I> (i) Plane D, referenced in Figure T3, shall rotate in the direction of preimpact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline between 96 degrees and 115 degrees. During the time interval while the rotation is within the specified corridor, the peak moment, measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA572-S11, included in drawing 420-0000) (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170), about the occipital condyles may not be more than −37 N-m (−27.3 ft-lbf) and not less than −46 N-m (−33.9 ft-lbf). The positive moment shall decay for the first time to −10 N-m (−7.4 ft-lbf) between 100 ms and 116 ms after time zero.
</P>
<P>(ii) The moment shall be calculated by the following formula: Moment (N-m) = M<E T="52">y</E> − (0.01778) × (F<E T="52">X</E>).
</P>
<P>(iii) M<E T="52">y</E> is the moment about the y-axis in Newton-meters, F<E T="52">X</E> is the shear force measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA572-S11, included in drawing 420-0000) (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170) in Newtons, and 0.01778 is the distance in meters from the load center of the neck transducer to the occipital condyle.
</P>
<P>(3) Time zero is defined as the time of initial contact between the pendulum striker plate and the honeycomb material. All data channels shall be at the zero level at this time.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test procedure.</I> The test procedure for the neck assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the neck assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 °F) and a relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Torque the hex nut (drawing 420-2000, part 9000130) on the neck cable (drawing 420-2060) (both incorporated by reference, see § 572.170) to 0.9 ±0.2 N-m (8 ±2 in-lbf) before each test on the same neck.
</P>
<P>(3) Mount the head-neck assembly, defined in paragraph (b) of this section, on the pendulum described in Figure 22 of 49 CFR part 572 so that the leading edge of the lower neck bracket coincides with the leading edge of the pendulum as shown in Figure T2 for flexion tests and Figure T3 for extension tests.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Release the pendulum and allow it to fall freely from a height to achieve an impact velocity of 6.1 ±0.12 m/s (20.0 ±0.4 ft/s) for flexion tests and 5.03 ±0.12 m/s (16.50 ±0.40 ft/s) for extension tests, measured by an accelerometer mounted on the pendulum as shown in Figure T2 at the instant of contact with the honeycomb.
</P>
<P>(ii) Stop the pendulum from the initial velocity with an acceleration vs. time pulse that meets the velocity change as specified below. Integrate the pendulum acceleration data channel to obtain the velocity vs. time curve:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table B—Pendulum Pulse 
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Time
<br/>(ms) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Flexion 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Extension
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">M/s
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ft/s
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">m/s
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">ft/s
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.64-2.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5.38-6.69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.49-1.89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.89-6.20 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.04-4.04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.97-13.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.88-3.68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9.45-12.07 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.45-5.65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14.60-18.53</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.20-5.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.78-17.06</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.174" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.18.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.174   Thorax assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The thorax consists of the part of the torso assembly designated as the upper torso (drawing 420-3000) (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(b) When the anterior surface of the thorax of a completely assembled dummy (drawing 420-0000) (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170) is impacted by a test probe conforming to section 572.177 at 6.00 ±0.12 m/s (22.0 ±0.4 ft/s) according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Maximum sternum displacement (compression) relative to the spine, measured with chest deflection transducer (drawing SA572-T4, included in drawing 420-0000) (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170), must be not less than 37 mm (1.46 in) and not more than 46 mm (1.81 in). Within this specified compression corridor, the peak force, measured by the impact probe as defined in section 572.177 and calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section, shall not be less than 2.0 kN (450 lbf) and not more than 2.45 kN (551 lbf). The peak force after 20 mm (0.79 in.) of sternum displacement but before reaching the minimum required 37 mm (1.46 in.) sternum displacement limit shall not exceed 2.52 kN (567 lbf).
</P>
<P>(2) The internal hysteresis of the ribcage in each impact as determined by the plot of force vs. deflection in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be not less than 69 percent but not more than 85 percent. The hysteresis shall be calculated by determining the ratio of the area between the loading (from time zero to maximum deflection) and unloading portions (from maximum deflection to zero force) of the force deflection curve to the area under the loading portion of the curve.
</P>
<P>(3) The force shall be calculated by the product of the impactor mass and its measured deceleration.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test Procedure.</I> The test procedure for the thorax assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The dummy is clothed in a form fitting cotton stretch above-the-elbow sleeved shirt and above-the-knees pants. The weight of the shirt and pants shall not exceed 0.14 kg (0.30 lb) each.
</P>
<P>(2) Torque the lumbar cable (drawing 420-4130) (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170) to 0.9 ±0.2 N-m (8 ±2 in-lbf) and set the lumbar adjustment angle to 12 degrees. Set the neck angle to 16 degrees.
</P>
<P>(3) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 °F) and a relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(4) Seat and orient the dummy on a seating surface without back support as shown in Figure T4, with the limbs extended horizontally and forward, parallel to the midsagittal plane, the midsagittal plane vertical within ±1 degree and the ribs level in the anterior-posterior and lateral directions within ±0.5 degrees.
</P>
<P>(5) Establish the impact point at the chest midsagittal plane so that the impact point of the longitudinal centerline of the probe coincides with the midsagittal plane of the dummy within ±2.5 mm (0.1 in) and is 12.7 ±1.1 mm (0.5 ±0.04 in) below the horizontal-peripheral centerline of the No. 3 rib and is within 0.5 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(6) Impact the thorax with the test probe so that at the moment of contact the probe's longitudinal centerline falls within 2 degrees of a horizontal line in the dummy's midsagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(7) Guide the test probe during impact so that there is no significant lateral, vertical, or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>(8) No suspension hardware, suspension cables, or any other attachments to the probe, including the velocity vane, shall make contact with the dummy during the test.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.175" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.18.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.175   Upper and lower torso assemblies and torso flexion test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The test objective is to determine the stiffness of the molded lumbar assembly (drawing 420-4100), abdominal insert (drawing 420-4300), and chest flesh assembly (drawing 420-3560) on resistance to articulation between the upper torso assembly (drawing 420-3000) and lower torso assembly (drawing 420-4000) (all incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(b) When the upper torso assembly of a seated dummy is subjected to a force continuously applied at the head to neck pivot pin level through a rigidly attached adaptor bracket as shown in Figure T5 according to the test procedure set out in paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The lumbar spine-abdomen-chest flesh assembly shall flex by an amount that permits the upper torso assembly to translate in angular motion relative to the vertical transverse plane 35 ±0.5 degrees at which time the force applied must be not less than 180 N (40.5 lbf) and not more than 250 N (56.2 lbf).
</P>
<P>(2) Upon removal of the force, the torso assembly must return to within 8 degrees of its initial position.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test Procedure.</I> The test procedure for the upper/lower torso assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Torque the lumbar cable (drawing 420-4130) (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170) to 0.9 ±0.2 N-m (8 ±2 in-lbf) and set the lumbar adjustment angle to 12 degrees. Set the neck angle to 16 degrees.
</P>
<P>(2) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 °F) and a relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(3) Assemble the complete dummy (with or without the legs below the femurs) and attach to the fixture in a seated posture as shown in Figure T5.
</P>
<P>(4) Secure the pelvis to the fixture at the pelvis instrument cavity rear face by threading four 
<FR>1/4</FR>-inch cap screws into the available threaded attachment holes. Tighten the mountings so that the test material is rigidly affixed to the test fixture and the pelvic-lumbar joining surface is 18 degrees from horizontal and the legs are parallel with the test fixture.
</P>
<P>(5) Attach the loading adaptor bracket to the spine of the dummy as shown in Figure T5.
</P>
<P>(6) Inspect and adjust, if necessary, the seating of the abdominal insert within the pelvis cavity and with respect to the chest flesh, assuring that the chest flesh provides uniform fit and overlap with respect to the outside surface of the pelvis flesh.
</P>
<P>(7) Flex the dummy's upper torso three times between the vertical and until the torso reference frame, as shown in Figure T5, reaches 30 degrees from the vertical transverse plane. Bring the torso to vertical orientation and wait for 30 minutes before conducting the test. During the 30-minute waiting period, the dummy's upper torso shall be externally supported at or near its vertical orientation to prevent it from drooping.
</P>
<P>(8) Remove all external support and wait two minutes. Measure the initial orientation angle of the torso reference plane of the seated, unsupported dummy as shown in Figure T5. The initial orientation angle may not exceed 20 degrees.
</P>
<P>(9) Attach the pull cable and the load cell as shown in Figure T5.
</P>
<P>(10) Apply a tension force in the midsagittal plane to the pull cable as shown in Figure T5 at any upper torso deflection rate between 0.5 and 1.5 degrees per second, until the angle reference plane is at 35 ±0.5 degrees of flexion relative to the vertical transverse plane.
</P>
<P>(11) Continue to apply a force sufficient to maintain 35 ±0.5 degrees of flexion for 10 seconds, and record the highest applied force during the 10-second period.
</P>
<P>(12) Release all force at the attachment bracket as rapidly as possible, and measure the return angle with respect to the initial angle reference plane as defined in paragraph (c)(7) of this section three minutes after the release.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.176" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.18.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.176   Knees and knee impact test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The knee assembly for the purpose of this test is the part of the leg assembly shown in drawing 420-5000 (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(b) When the knee assembly, consisting of lower upper leg assembly (420-5200), femur load transducer (SA572-S10, included in drawing 420-0000) or its structural replacement (420-5121), lower leg assembly (420-5300), ankle assembly (420-5400), and foot molded assembly (420-5500) (all incorporated by reference, see § 572.170) is tested according to the test procedure in subsection (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The peak resistance force as measured with the test probe-mounted accelerometer must not be less than 2.6 kN (585 lbf) and not more than 3.2 kN (719 lbf).
</P>
<P>(2) The force shall be calculated by the product of the impactor mass and its deceleration.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Test Procedure.</I> The test procedure for the knee assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the knee assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 °F) and a relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Mount the test material and secure it to a rigid test fixture as shown in Figure T6. No part of the foot or tibia may contact any exterior surface.
</P>
<P>(3) Align the test probe so that throughout its stroke and at contact with the knee it is within 2 degrees of horizontal and collinear with the longitudinal centerline of the femur.
</P>
<P>(4) Guide the pendulum so that there is no significant lateral, vertical, or rotational movement at the time of initial contact between the impactor and the knee.
</P>
<P>(5) The test probe velocity at the time of contact shall be 2.1 ±0.03 m/s (6.9 ±0.1 ft/s).
</P>
<P>(6) No suspension hardware, suspension cables, or any other attachments to the probe, including the velocity vane, shall make contact with the dummy during the test.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.177" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.18.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.177   Test conditions and instrumentation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following test equipment and instrumentation is needed for qualification as set forth in this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) The test probe for thoracic impacts is of rigid metallic construction, concentric in shape, and symmetric about its longitudinal axis. It has a mass of 6.89 ±0.05 kg (15.2 ±0.1 lb) and a minimum mass moment of inertia of 2040 kg-cm
<SU>2</SU> (1.81 lbf-in-sec
<SU>2</SU>) in yaw and pitch about the CG. One-third (
<FR>1/3</FR>) of the weight of the suspension cables and their attachments to the impact probe is included in the calculation of mass, and such components may not exceed five percent of the total weight of the test probe. The impacting end of the probe, perpendicular to and concentric with the longitudinal axis, is at least 25.4 mm (1.0 in) long, and has a flat, continuous, and non-deformable 121 ±0.25 mm (4.76 ±0.01 in) diameter face with a maximum edge radius of 12.7 mm (0.5 in). The probe's end opposite to the impact face has provisions for mounting of an accelerometer with its sensitive axis collinear with the longitudinal axis of the probe. No concentric portions of the impact probe may exceed the diameter of the impact face. The impact probe has a free air resonant frequency of not less than 1000 Hz, which may be determined using the procedure listed in the PADI (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(2) The test probe for knee impacts is of rigid metallic construction, concentric in shape, and symmetric about its longitudinal axis. It has a mass of 1.91 ±0.05 kg (4.21 ±0.1 lb) and a minimum mass moment of inertia of 140 kg-cm
<SU>2</SU> (0.124 lbf-in-sec
<SU>2</SU>) in yaw and pitch about the CG. One third (
<FR>1/3</FR>) of the weight of the suspension cables and their attachments to the impact probe may be included in the calculation of mass, and such components may not exceed five percent of the total weight of the test probe. The impacting end of the probe, perpendicular to and concentric with the longitudinal axis, is at least 12.5 mm (0.5 in) long, and has a flat, continuous, and non-deformable 76.2 ±0.2 mm (3.00 ±0.01 in) diameter face with a maximum edge radius of 12.7 mm (0.5 in). The probe's end opposite to the impact face has provisions for mounting an accelerometer with its sensitive axis collinear with the longitudinal axis of the probe. No concentric portions of the impact probe may exceed the diameter of the impact face. The impact probe has a free air resonant frequency of not less than 1000 Hz, which may be determined using the procedure listed in the PADI (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(3) Head accelerometers have dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 (included in drawing 420-0000) and are mounted in the head as shown in drawing 420-0000 (both incorporated by reference, see § 572.170), sheet 2 of 6.
</P>
<P>(4) The upper neck force and moment transducer has the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S11 (included in drawing 420-0000) and is mounted in the head-neck assembly as shown in drawing 420-0000 (both incorporated by reference, see § 572.170), sheet 2 of 6.
</P>
<P>(5) The chest deflection transducer has the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S50 (included in drawing 420-0000) and is mounted to the upper torso assembly as shown in drawing 420-0000 (both incorporated by reference, see § 572.170), sheet 2 of 6.
</P>
<P>(b) The following instrumentation may be required for installation in the dummy for compliance testing. If so, it is installed during qualification procedures as described in this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) The thorax CG accelerometers have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 (included in drawing 420-0000) (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170) and are mounted in the torso assembly in a triaxial configuration within the spine box instrumentation cavity.
</P>
<P>(2) The lower neck force and moment transducer has the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S40 (included in drawing 420-0000) and is mounted to the neck assembly by replacing the lower neck mounting bracket 420-2070 as shown in drawing 420-2000 (all incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(3) The clavicle force transducers have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S41 (included in drawing 420-0000) and are mounted in the shoulder assembly as shown in drawing 420-3800 (both incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(4) The IR-Tracc chest deflection transducers have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S43 (included in drawing 420-0000) and are mounted to the spine box assembly as shown in drawing 420-8000 (both incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(5) The spine and sternum accelerometers have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 (included in drawing 420-0000) and are mounted in the torso assembly in uniaxial fore-and-aft oriented configuration arranged as corresponding pairs in two locations each on the sternum and at the spine box of the upper torso assembly as shown in drawing 420-0000 (both incorporated by reference, see § 572.170), sheet 2 of 6.
</P>
<P>(6) The lumbar spine force-moment transducer has the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S12 (included in drawing 420-0000) and is mounted in the lower torso assembly as shown in drawing 420-4000 (both incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(7) The iliac force transducers have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S13 L and R (included in drawing 420-0000) and are mounted in the lower torso assembly as shown in drawing 420-4000 (both incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(8) The pelvis accelerometers have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 (included in drawing 420-0000) and are mounted in the torso assembly in triaxial configuration in the pelvis bone as shown in drawing 420-0000 (both incorporated by reference, see § 572.170), sheet 2 of 6.
</P>
<P>(9) The femur force and moment transducers (SA572-S10, included in drawing 420-0000) have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in the appropriate drawing and are mounted in the upper leg assembly, replacing the femur load cell simulator (drawing 420-5121) as shown in drawing 420-5100 (all incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(10) The tilt sensors have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S42 (included in drawing 420-0000) and are mounted to the head, thorax, and pelvis assemblies as shown in drawing 420-0000 (both incorporated by reference, see § 572.170), sheet 2 of 6.
</P>
<P>(c) The outputs of transducers installed in the dummy and in the test equipment specified by this part are to be recorded in individual data channels that conform to SAE Recommended Practice J211 (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170) except as noted, with channel frequency classes as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Pendulum acceleration, CFC 180,
</P>
<P>(2) Pendulum D-plane rotation (if transducer is used), CFC 60,
</P>
<P>(3) Torso flexion pulling force (if transducer is used), CFC 60,
</P>
<P>(4) Head acceleration, CFC 1000,
</P>
<P>(5) Neck forces, upper and lower, CFC 1000,
</P>
<P>(6) Neck moments, upper and lower, CFC 600,
</P>
<P>(7) Thorax CG acceleration, CFC 180,
</P>
<P>(8) Sternum deflection, Class 600,
</P>
<P>(9) Sternum and rib accelerations, Class 1000,
</P>
<P>(10) Spine accelerations, CFC 180,
</P>
<P>(11) Lumbar forces, CFC 1000,
</P>
<P>(12) Lumbar moments, CFC 600,
</P>
<P>(13) Shoulder forces, CFC 180,
</P>
<P>(14) Pelvis accelerations, CFC 1000,
</P>
<P>(15) Iliac forces, CFC 180,
</P>
<P>(16) Femur and tibia forces, CFC 600,
</P>
<P>(17) Femur and tibia moments, CFC 600.
</P>
<P>(18) Thorax probe acceleration, CFC 180,
</P>
<P>(19) Knee probe acceleration, CFC 600.
</P>
<P>(d) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity are to conform to SAE Information Report J1733 (incorporated by reference, see § 572.170).
</P>
<P>(e) The mountings for sensing devices have no resonant frequency less than 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class.
</P>
<P>(f) Limb joints are set at one G, barely restraining the weight of the limb when it is extended horizontally. The force needed to move a limb segment is not to exceed 2G throughout the range of limb motion.
</P>
<P>(g) Performance tests of the same component, segment, assembly, or fully assembled dummy are separated in time by not less than 30 minutes unless otherwise noted.
</P>
<P>(h) Surfaces of dummy components may not be painted except as specified in this subpart or in drawings subtended by this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 11667, Feb. 27, 2012, as amended at 80 FR 35860, June 23, 2015]

</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.18.1.9.8" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix—Figures to Subpart T of Part 572
</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er27fe12.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27fe12.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27fe12.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27fe12.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27fe12.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er27fe12.008.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="U" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.19" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart U—ES-2re Side Impact Crash Test Dummy, 50th Percentile Adult Male</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.180" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.19.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.180   Incorporated materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following materials are hereby incorporated into this Subpart by reference:
</P>
<P>(1) A parts/drawing list entitled, “Parts/Drawings List, Part 572 Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Extensions (ES2re), September 2009,” incorporated by reference in § 572.181.
</P>
<P>(2) A drawings and inspection package entitled “Parts List and Drawings, Part 572 Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Extensions (ES-2re, Alpha Version), September 2009,” consisting of:
</P>
<P>(i) Drawing No. 175-0000, ES-2re Dummy Assembly, incorporated by reference, see §§ 572.181, 575.182, 572.184;
</P>
<P>(ii) Drawing No. 175-1000, Head Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 and 572.182;
</P>
<P>(iii) Drawing No. 175-2000, Neck Assembly Test/Cert, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 and 572.183;
</P>
<P>(iv) Drawing No. 175-3000, Shoulder Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 and 572.184;
</P>
<P>(v) Drawing No. 175-3500, Arm Assembly, Left, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 and 572.185;
</P>
<P>(vi) Drawing No. 175-3800, Arm Assembly, Right, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181, and 572.185;
</P>
<P>(vii) Drawing No. 175-4000, Thorax Assembly with Rib Extensions, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 and 572.185;
</P>
<P>(viii) Drawing No. 175-5000, Abdominal Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 and 572.186;
</P>
<P>(ix) Drawing No. 175-5500, Lumbar Spine Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 and 572.187;
</P>
<P>(x) Drawing No. 175-6000, Pelvis Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 and 572.188;
</P>
<P>(xi) Drawing No. 175-7000-1, Leg Assembly—left incorporated by reference in § 572.181;
</P>
<P>(xii) Drawing No. 175-7000-2, Leg Assembly—right incorporated by reference in § 572.181;
</P>
<P>(xiii) Drawing No. 175-8000, Neoprene Body Suit, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181 and 572.185; and,
</P>
<P>(xiv) Drawing No. 175-9000, Headform Assembly, incorporated by reference in §§ 572.181, 572.183, 572.187;
</P>
<P>(3) A procedures manual entitled “Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly and Inspection (PADI) of the EuroSID-2re 50th Percentile Adult Male Side Impact Crash Test Dummy, February 2008,” incorporated by reference in §§ 572.180(a)(2), and 572.181(a);
</P>
<P>(4) Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Recommended Practice J211, Rev. Mar 95 “Instrumentation for Impact Tests—Part 1—Electronic Instrumentation”; and,
</P>
<P>(5) SAE J1733 of 1994-12 “Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing.”
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the Federal Register approved the materials incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the materials may be inspected at the Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, telephone (202) 366-9826, and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA), and in electronic format through <I>Regulations.gov.</I> For information on the availability and inspection of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I> For information on the availability and inspection of this material at <I>Regulations.gov</I>, call 1-877-378-5457, or go to: <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) The incorporated materials are available as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The Parts/Drawings List, Part 572 Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Extensions (ES2re) referred to in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the Parts List and Drawings, Part 572 Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Extensions (ES-2re, Alpha Version) referred to in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and the PADI document referred to in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, are available in electronic format through Regulations.gov and in paper format from Leet-Melbrook, Division of New RT, 18810 Woodfield Road, Gaithersburg, MD 20879, telephone (301) 670-0090.
</P>
<P>(2) The SAE materials referred to in paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(5) of this section are available from the Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096, telephone 1-877-606-7323.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 33920, June 16, 2008; 76 FR 31864, June 2, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.181" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.19.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.181   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The ES-2re Side Impact Crash Test Dummy, 50th Percentile Adult Male, is defined by:
</P>
<P>(1) The drawings and specifications contained in the “Parts List and Drawings, Part 572 Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Extensions (ES-2re, Alpha Version), September 2009,” (incorporated by reference, see § 572.180), which includes the technical drawings and specifications described in Drawing 175-0000, the titles of which are listed in Table A;
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Component assembly
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Drawing No.
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Head Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175-1000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neck Assembly Test/Cert</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175-2000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neck Bracket Including Lifting Eyebolt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175-2500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shoulder Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175-3000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arm Assembly-Left</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175-3500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arm Assembly-Right</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175-3800
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thorax Assembly with Rib Extensions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175-4000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Abdominal Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175-5000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lumbar Spine Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175-5500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pelvis Assembly</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175-6000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Assembly, Left</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175-7000-1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Leg Assembly, Right</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175-7000-2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neoprene Body Suit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">175-8000</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) “Parts/Drawings List, Part 572 Subpart U, Eurosid 2 with Rib Extensions (ES2re), September 2009,” containing 9 pages, incorporated by reference, see § 572.180,
</P>
<P>(3) A listing of available transducers-crash test sensors for the ES-2re Crash Test Dummy is shown in drawing 175-0000 sheet 4 of 6, dated February 2008, incorporated by reference, see § 572.180,
</P>
<P>(4) Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly and Inspection (PADI) of the ES-2re Side Impact Crash Test Dummy, February 2008, incorporated by reference, see § 572.180,
</P>
<P>(5) Sign convention for signal outputs reference document SAE J1733 Information Report, titled “Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing” dated December 1994, incorporated by reference, see § 572.180.
</P>
<P>(b) Exterior dimensions of ES-2re test dummy are shown in drawing 175-0000 sheet 3 of 6, dated February 2008, incorporated by reference, see § 572.180.
</P>
<P>(c) Weights of body segments (head, neck, upper and lower torso, arms and upper and lower segments) and the center of gravity location of the head are shown in drawing 175-0000 sheet 2 of 6, dated February 2008, incorporated by reference, see § 572.180.
</P>
<P>(d) Adjacent segments are joined in a manner such that, except for contacts existing under static conditions, there is no additional contact between metallic elements of adjacent body segments throughout the range of motion.
</P>
<P>(e) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this Subpart in every respect before use in any test similar to those in Standard No. 214, Side Impact Protection and Standard No. 201, Occupant Protection in Interior Impact. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 33921, June 16, 2008; 76 FR 31866, June 2, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.182" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.19.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.182   Head assembly.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The head assembly consists of the head (drawing 175-1000), including the neck upper transducer structural replacement, and a set of three (3) accelerometers in conformance with specifications in § 572.189(b) and mounted as shown in drawing (175-0000 sheet 1 of 6). When tested to the test procedure specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the head assembly shall meet performance requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I> The head shall be tested per procedure specified in 49 CFR § 572.112(a).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Performance criteria.</I> (1) When the head assembly is dropped in accordance with § 572.112 (a), the measured peak resultant acceleration shall be between 125 g's and 155 g's;
</P>
<P>(2) The resultant acceleration-time curve shall be unimodal to the extent that oscillations occurring after the main acceleration pulse shall not exceed 15% (zero to peak) of the main pulse;
</P>
<P>(3) The fore-and-aft component of the head acceleration shall not exceed 15 g's. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.183" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.19.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.183   Neck assembly.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The neck assembly consists of parts shown in drawing 175-2000. For purposes of this test, the neck is mounted within the headform assembly 175-9000 as shown in Figure U1 in appendix A to this subpart. When subjected to tests procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the neck-headform assembly shall meet performance requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the neck-headform assembly in a test environment as specified in § 572.189(n);
</P>
<P>(2) Attach the neck-headform assembly to the part 572 subpart E pendulum test fixture as shown in Figure U2-A in appendix A to this subpart, so that the midsagittal plane of the neck-headform assembly is vertical and perpendicular to the plane of motion of the pendulum longitudinal centerline shown in Figure U2-A. Torque the half-spherical screws (175-2004) located at either end of the neck assembly to 88 ±5 in-lbs using the neck compression tool (175-9500) or equivalent;
</P>
<P>(3) Release the pendulum from a height sufficient to allow it to fall freely to achieve an impact velocity of 3.4±0.1 m/s measured at the center of the pendulum accelerometer (Figure 22 as set forth in 49 CFR 572.33) at the time the pendulum makes contact with the decelerating mechanism. The velocity-time history of the pendulum falls inside the corridor determined by the upper and lower boundaries specified in Table 1 to paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Allow the neck to flex without the neck-headform assembly making contact with any object;
</P>
<P>(5) Time zero is defined in § 572.189(j). 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)—ES-2re Neck Certification Pendulum Velocity Corridor
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Upper boundary
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Lower boundary
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time
<br/>(ms)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Velocity
<br/>(m/s)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time
<br/>(ms)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Velocity
<br/>(m/s)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−0.25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−0.375
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−3.20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−3.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−3.7</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Performance criteria.</I> (1) The pendulum deceleration pulse is to be characterized in terms of decrease in velocity as determined by integrating the filtered pendulum acceleration response from time-zero.
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum rotation in the lateral direction of the reference plane of the headform (175-9000) as shown in Figure U2-B in appendix A to this subpart, shall be 49 to 59 degrees with respect to the longitudinal axis of the pendulum occurring between 54 and 66 ms from time zero. Rotation of the headform-neck assembly and the neck angle with respect to the pendulum shall be measured with potentiometers specified in § 572.189(c), installed as shown in drawing 175-9000, and calculated per procedure specified in Figure U2-B in appendix A to this subpart;
</P>
<P>(3) The decaying headform rotation vs. time curve shall cross the zero angle with respect to its initial position at time of impact relative to the pendulum centerline between 53 ms to 88 ms after the time the peak translation-rotation value is reached. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 33921, June 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.184" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.19.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.184   Shoulder assembly.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The shoulder (175-3000) is part of the body assembly shown in drawing 175-0000. When subjected to impact tests specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the shoulder assembly shall meet performance requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the dummy assembly, without suit and shoulder foam pad (175-3010), in a test environment as specified in § 572.189(n);
</P>
<P>(2) The dummy is seated, as shown in Figure U3 in appendix A to this subpart, on a flat, horizontal, rigid surface covered by two overlaid 2 mm thick Teflon sheets and with no back support of the dummy's torso. The dummy's torso spine backplate is vertical within ±2 degrees and the midsagittal plane of the thorax is positioned perpendicular to the direction of the plane of motion of the impactor at contact with the shoulder. The arms are oriented forward at 50±2 degrees from the horizontal, pointing downward. The dummy's legs are horizontal and symmetrical about the midsaggital plane with the distance between the innermost point on the opposite ankle at 100 ±5 mm. The length of the elastic shoulder cord (175-3015) shall be adjusted so that a force between and including 27.5 and 32.5 N applied in a forward direction at 4 ±1 mm from the outer edge of the clavicle in the same plane as the clavicle movement, is required to initiate a forward motion of 1 to 5 mm;
</P>
<P>(3) The impactor is the same as defined in § 572.189(a);
</P>
<P>(4) The impactor is guided, if needed, so that at contact with the shoulder, its longitudinal axis is within ±0.5 degrees of a horizontal plane and perpendicular (±0.5 degrees) to the midsagittal plane of the dummy and the centerpoint on the impactor's face is within 5 mm of the center of the upper arm pivot bolt (5000040) at contact with the test dummy, as shown in Figure U3 in appendix A to this subpart;
</P>
<P>(5) The impactor impacts the dummy's shoulder at 4.3±0.1 m/s.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Performance criteria.</I> The peak acceleration of the impactor is between 7.5 g's and 10.5 g's during the pendulum's contact with the dummy. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.185" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.19.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.185   Thorax (upper torso) assembly.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The thorax assembly of the dummy must meet the requirements of both (b) and (c) of this section. Section 572.185(b) specifies requirements for an individual rib drop test, and § 572.185(c) specifies requirements for a full-body thorax impact test.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Individual rib drop test.</I> For purposes of this test, the rib modules (175-4002), which are part of the thorax assembly (175-4000), are tested as individual units. When subjected to test procedures specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the rib modules shall meet performance requirements specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Each rib is tested at both the 459 mm and 815 mm drop height tests described in paragraphs (b)(1)(v)(A) and (B) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Test procedure.</I> (i) Soak the rib modules (175-4002) in a test environment as specified in 572.189(n);
</P>
<P>(ii) Mount the rib module rigidly in a drop test fixture as shown in Figure U7 in appendix A to this subpart with the impacted side of the rib facing up;
</P>
<P>(iii) The drop test fixture contains a free fall guided mass of 7.78±0.01 kg that is of rigid construction and with a flat impact face 150±1.0 mm in diameter and an edge radius of ±0.25 mm;
</P>
<P>(iv) Align the vertical longitudinal centerline of the drop mass so that the centerpoint of the downward-facing flat surface is aligned to impact the centerline of the rib rail guide system within ±2.5 mm.
</P>
<P>(v) The impacting mass is dropped from the following heights:
</P>
<P>(A) 459 ±5 mm
</P>
<P>(B) 815 ±8 mm
</P>
<P>(vi) A test cycle consists of one drop from each drop height specified in paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section. Allow a period of not less than five (5) minutes between impacts in a single test cycle. Allow a period of not less than thirty (30) minutes between two separate cycles of the same rib module.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Performance criteria.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) Each of the rib modules shall deflect as specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A) and (B) of this section, with the deflection measurements made with the internal rib module position transducer specified in § 572.189(d):
</P>
<P>(A) Not less than 36 mm and not more than 40 mm when impacted by the mass dropped from 459 mm; and,
</P>
<P>(B) Not less than 46 mm and not more than 51mm when impacted by the mass dropped from 815 mm.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Full-body thorax impact test.</I> The thorax is part of the upper torso assembly shown in drawing 175-4000. For this full-body thorax impact test, the dummy is tested as a complete assembly (drawing 175-0000) with the struck-side arm (175-3500, left arm; 175-3800, right arm) removed. The dummy's thorax is equipped with deflection potentiometers as specified in drawing SA572-S69. When subjected to the test procedures specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the thorax shall meet the performance requirements set forth in paragraph (c)(2).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Test Procedure.</I> (i) Soak the dummy assembly (175-0000), with struck-side arm (175-3500, left arm; 175-3800, right arm), shoulder foam pad (175-3010), and neoprene body suit (175-8000) removed, in a test environment as specified in § 572.189(n);
</P>
<P>(ii) The dummy is seated, as shown in Figure U4 in appendix A to this subpart, on a flat, horizontal, rigid surface covered by two overlaid 2 mm thick Teflon sheets and with no back support of the dummy's torso. The dummy's torso spine backplate is vertical within ±2 degrees and the midsagittal plane of thorax is positioned perpendicular to the direction of the plane of motion of the impactor at contact with the thorax. The non-struck side arm is oriented vertically, pointing downward. The dummy's legs are horizontal and symmetrical about the midsagittal plane with the distance between the innermost point on the opposite ankle at 100 ±5 mm;
</P>
<P>(iii) The impactor is the same as defined in § 572.189(a);
</P>
<P>(iv) The impactor is guided, if needed, so that at contact with the thorax its longitudinal axis is within ±0.5 degrees of horizontal and perpendicular ±0.5 degrees to the midsagittal plane of the dummy and the centerpoint of the impactor's face is within 5 mm of the impact point on the dummy's middle rib shown in Figure U4 in appendix A to this subpart;
</P>
<P>(v) The impactor impacts the dummy's thorax at 5.5 m/s ±0.1 m/s.
</P>
<P>(vi) Time zero is defined in § 572.189(k).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Performance Criteria.</I> (i) The individual rib modules shall conform to the following range of deflections:
</P>
<P>(A) Upper rib not less than 34 mm and not greater than 41 mm;
</P>
<P>(B) Middle rib not less than 37 mm and not greater than 45 mm;
</P>
<P>(C) Lower rib not less than 37 mm and not greater than 44 mm.
</P>
<P>(ii) The impactor force shall be computed as the product of the impact probe acceleration and its mass. The peak impactor force at any time after 6 ms from time zero shall be not less than 5100 N and not greater than 6200 N. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 33921, June 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.186" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.19.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.186   Abdomen assembly.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The abdomen assembly (175-5000) is part of the dummy assembly shown in drawing 175-0000 including load sensors specified in § 572.189(e). When subjected to tests procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the abdomen assembly shall meet performance requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the dummy assembly (175-0000), without suit (175-8000) and shoulder foam pad (175-3010), as specified in § 572.189(n);
</P>
<P>(2) The dummy is seated as shown in Figure U5 in appendix A to this subpart;
</P>
<P>(3) The abdomen impactor is the same as specified in § 572.189(a) except that on its rectangular impact surface is affixed a special purpose block whose weight is 1.0 ±0.01 kg. The block is 70 mm high, 150 mm wide and 60 to 80 mm deep. The impact surface is flat, has a minimum Rockwell hardness of M85, and an edge radius of 4 to 5 mm. The block's wide surface is horizontally oriented and centered on the longitudinal axis of the probe's impact face as shown in Figure U5-A in appendix A to this subpart;
</P>
<P>(4) The impactor is guided, if needed, so that at contact with the abdomen its longitudinal axis is within ±0.5 degrees of a horizontal plane and perpendicular ±0.5 degrees to the midsagittal plane of the dummy and the centerpoint on the impactor's face is aligned within 5 mm of the center point of the middle load measuring sensor in the abdomen as shown in Figure U5;
</P>
<P>(5) The impactor impacts the dummy's abdomen at 4.0 m/s ±0.1 m/s;
</P>
<P>(6) Time zero is defined in § 572.189(k).
</P>
<P>(c) Performance criteria.
</P>
<P>(1) The maximum sum of the forces of the three abdominal load sensors, specified in 572.189(e), shall be not less than 2200 N and not more than 2700 N and shall occur between 10 ms and 12.3 ms from time zero. The calculated sum of the three load cell forces must be concurrent in time.
</P>
<P>(2) Maximum impactor force (impact probe acceleration multiplied by its mass) is not less than 4000 N and not more than 4800 N occurring between 10.6 ms and 13.0 ms from time zero. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.187" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.19.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.187   Lumbar spine.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The lumbar spine assembly consists of parts shown in drawing 175-5500. For purposes of this test, the lumbar spine is mounted within the headform assembly 175-9000 as shown in Figure U1 in appendix A to this subpart. When subjected to tests procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the lumbar spine-headform assembly shall meet performance requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the lumbar spine-headform assembly in a test environment as specified in § 572.189(n);
</P>
<P>(2) Attach the lumbar spine-headform assembly to the Part 572 pendulum test fixture per procedure in § 572.183(b)(2) and as shown in Figure U2-A in appendix A to this subpart. Torque the lumbar hex nut (p/n 9000057) on to the lumbar cable assembly (175-5506) to 50 ±5 in-lb;
</P>
<P>(3) Release the pendulum from a height sufficient to allow it to fall freely to achieve an impact velocity of 6.05 ±0.1 m/s measured at the center of the pendulum accelerometer (Figure 22) at the time the pendulum makes contact with its decelerating mechanism. The velocity-time history of the pendulum falls inside the corridor determined by the upper and lower boundaries specified in Table 1 to paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(4) Allow the lumbar spine to flex without the lumbar spine or the headform making contact with any object;
</P>
<P>(5) Time zero is defined in § 572.189(j).
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)—ES-2re Lumbar Spine Certification Pendulum Velocity Corridor
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Upper boundary
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">Lower boundary
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time
<br/>(ms)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Velocity
<br/>(m/s)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time
<br/>(ms)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Velocity
<br/>(m/s)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−0.05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−0.24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−0.425
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">27.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−5.80</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−6.50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−6.50</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(c) <I>Performance criteria.</I> (1) The pendulum deceleration pulse is to be characterized in terms of decrease in velocity as determined by integrating the filtered pendulum acceleration response from time-zero.
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum rotation in the lateral direction of the reference plane of the headform (175-9000) as shown in Figure U2-B in appendix A to this subpart, shall be 45 to 55 degrees with respect to the longitudinal axis of the pendulum occurring between 39 and 53 ms from time zero. Rotation of the headform-neck assembly shall be measured with potentiometers specified in § 572.189(c), installed as shown in drawing 175-9000, and calculated per procedure specified in Figure U2-B in appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(3) The decaying headform rotation vs. time curve shall cross the zero angle with respect to its initial position at impact relative to the pendulum centerline between 37 ms to 57 ms after the time the peak translation-rotation value is reached. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 33921, June 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.188" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.19.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.188   Pelvis.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The pelvis (175-6000) is part of the torso assembly shown in drawing 175-0000. The pelvis is equipped with a pubic symphysis load sensor in conformance with § 572.189(f) and mounted as shown in drawing (175-0000 sheet 4). When subjected to tests procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the pelvis assembly shall meet performance requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the dummy assembly (175-0000) without suit (175-8000) and shoulder foam pad (175-3010) as specified in § 572.189(n);
</P>
<P>(2) The dummy is seated as specified in Figure U6 in appendix A to this subpart;
</P>
<P>(3) The pelvis impactor is the same as specified in § 572.189(a);
</P>
<P>(4) The impactor is guided, if needed, so that at contact with the pelvis its longitudinal axis is within ±0.5 degrees of a horizontal plane and perpendicular to the midsagittal plane of the dummy and the centerpoint on the impactor's face is within 5 mm of the center of the H-point in the pelvis, as shown in Figure U6 in appendix A to this subpart;
</P>
<P>(5) The impactor impacts the dummy's pelvis at 4.3 ±0.1 m/s.
</P>
<P>(6) Time zero is defined in § 572.189(k).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Performance criteria.</I> (1) The impactor force (probe acceleration multiplied by its mass) shall be not less than 4,700 N and not more than 5,400 N, occurring between 11.8 ms and 16.1 ms from time zero;
</P>
<P>(2) The pubic symphysis load, measured with load cell specified in § 572.189(f) shall be not less than 1,230 N and not more than 1,590 N occurring between 12.2 ms and 17.0 ms from time zero.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 33921, June 16, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.189" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.19.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.189   Instrumentation and test conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The test probe for lateral shoulder, thorax without arm, abdomen, and pelvis impact tests is the same as that specified in § 572.36(a) and the impact probe has a minimum mass moment of inertia in yaw of 9,000 kg-cm
<SU>2</SU>, a free air resonant frequency not less than 1,000 Hz and the probe's end opposite to the impact face has provisions to mount an accelerometer with its sensitive axis collinear with the longitudinal axis of the probe. All hardware attached directly to the impactor and one-third (
<FR>1/3</FR>) of the mass of the suspension cables must be included in the calculations of the total impactor mass. The sum mass of the attachments and 
<FR>1/3</FR> cable mass must not exceed 5 percent of the total pendulum mass. No suspension hardware, suspension cables, or any other attachments to the test probe, including velocity vane, shall make contact with the dummy during the test.
</P>
<P>(b) Accelerometers for the head, the thoracic spine, and the pelvis conform to specifications of SA572-S4.
</P>
<P>(c) Rotary potentiometer for the neck and lumbar spine certification tests conforms to SA572-53.
</P>
<P>(d) Linear position transducer for the thoracic rib conforms to SA572-S69.
</P>
<P>(e) Load sensors for the abdomen conform to specifications of SA572-S75.
</P>
<P>(f) Load sensor for the pubic symphysis conforms to specifications of SA572-77.
</P>
<P>(g) Load sensor for the lumbar spine conforms to specifications of SA572-76.
</P>
<P>(h) Instrumentation and sensors conform to the Recommended Practice SAE J-211 (Mar. 1995)—Instrumentation for Impact Test unless noted otherwise.
</P>
<P>(i) All instrumented response signal measurements shall be treated to the following specifications:
</P>
<P>(1) Head acceleration—Digitally filtered CFC 1000;
</P>
<P>(2) Neck and lumbar spine rotations—Digitally filtered CFC 180;
</P>
<P>(3)Neck and lumbar spine pendulum accelerations—Digitally filtered CFC 60;
</P>
<P>(4) Pelvis, shoulder, thorax without arm, and abdomen impactor accelerations—Digitally filtered CFC 180;
</P>
<P>(5) Abdominal and pubic symphysis force—Digitally filtered at CFC 600;
</P>
<P>(6) Thorax deflection—Digitally filtered CFC 180.
</P>
<P>(j)(1) Filter the pendulum acceleration data using a SAE J211 CFC 60 filter.
</P>
<P>(2) Determine the time when the filtered pendulum accelerometer data first crosses the −10 g level (T<E T="52">10</E>).
</P>
<P>(3) Calculate time-zero: T0 = T<E T="52">10</E>−T<E T="52">m</E>,
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>T<E T="52">m</E> = 1.417 ms for the Neck Test
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>= 1.588 ms for the Lumbar Spine Test</FP1-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) Set the data time-zero to the sample number nearest to the calculated T0.
</P>
<P>(k)(1) Filter the pendulum acceleration data using a SAE J211 CFC 180 filter.
</P>
<P>(2) Determine the time when the filtered pendulum accelerometer data first crosses the −1.0 m/s
<SU>2</SU> (−.102 g) acceleration level (T0).
</P>
<P>(3) Set the data time-zero to the sample number of the new T0.
</P>
<P>(l) Mountings for the head, spine and pelvis accelerometers shall have no resonance frequency within a range of 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class.
</P>
<P>(m) Limb joints of the test dummy are set at the force between 1 to 2 G's, which just supports the limb's weight when the limbs are extended horizontally forward. The force required to move a limb segment does not exceed 2 G's throughout the range of the limb motion.
</P>
<P>(n) Performance tests are conducted, unless specified otherwise, at any temperature from 20.6 to 22.2 degrees C. (69 to 72 degrees F.) and at any relative humidity from 10 percent to 70 percent after exposure of the dummy to those conditions for a period of not less than 4 hours.
</P>
<P>(o) Certification tests of the same component, segment, assembly, or fully assembled dummy shall be separated in time by a period of not less than thirty (30) minutes unless otherwise specified. 





</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.19.1.11.9" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart U of Part 572—Figures 

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er16jn08.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.008.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75331, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 73 FR 33921, June 16, 2008]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="V" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.20" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart V—SID-IIsD Side Impact Crash Test Dummy, Small Adult Female</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.190" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.20.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.190   Incorporated materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following materials are hereby incorporated into this Subpart by reference:
</P>
<P>(1) A parts/drawing list entitled, “Parts/Drawings List, Part 572 Subpart V, SID-IIsD, July 1, 2008,”
</P>
<P>(2) A drawings and inspection package entitled “Drawings and Specifications for the SID-IIsD Small Female Crash Test Dummy, Part 572 Subpart V, July 1, 2008,” consisting of:
</P>
<P>(i) Drawing No. 180-0000, SID-IIsD Complete Assembly;
</P>
<P>(ii) Drawing No. 180-1000, 6 Axis Head Assembly;
</P>
<P>(iii) Drawing No. 180-2000, Neck Assembly;
</P>
<P>(iv) Drawing No. 180-3000, Upper Torso Assembly;
</P>
<P>(v) Drawing No. 180-3005, Washer, Clamping;
</P>
<P>(vi) Drawing No. 9000021, Screw, SHCS 
<FR>3/8</FR>-16 × 1 NYLOK;
</P>
<P>(vii) Drawing No. 900005, Screw, SHCS 
<FR>1/4</FR>-20 × 
<FR>5/8</FR> NYLOK;
</P>
<P>(viii) Drawing No. 180-4000, Lower Torso Assembly Complete;
</P>
<P>(ix) Drawing No. 180-5000-1, Complete Leg Assembly, Left;
</P>
<P>(x) Drawing No. 180-5000-2, Complete Leg Assembly, Right;
</P>
<P>(xi) Drawing No. 180-6000-1, Arm Assembly Left Molded;
</P>
<P>(xii) Drawing No. 180-6000-2, Arm Assembly Right Molded; and,
</P>
<P>(xiii) Drawing No. 180-9000, SID-IIsD Headform Assembly.
</P>
<P>(3) A procedures manual entitled, “Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly, and Inspection (PADI) of the SID-IIsD Side Impact Crash Test Dummy, July 1, 2008,” incorporated by reference in § 572.191;
</P>
<P>(4) SAE Recommended Practice J211, Rev. Mar 95 “Instrumentation for Impact Tests—Part 1—Electronic Instrumentation”; and,
</P>
<P>(5) SAE J1733 of 1994-12, “Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing.”
</P>
<P>(b) The Director of the Federal Register approved the materials incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the materials may be inspected at the Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, telephone (202) 366-9826, and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA), and in electronic format through Regulations.gov. For information on the availability and inspection of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I> For information on the availability and inspection of this material at Regulations.gov, call 1-877-378-5457, or go to: <I>http://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) The incorporated materials are available as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The Parts/Drawings List, Part 572 Subpart V, SID-IIsD, July 1, 2008, referred to in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the package entitled Drawings and Specifications for SID-IIsD Small Female Crash Test Dummy, Part 572 Subpart V, July 1, 2008, referred to in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and the PADI document referred to in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, are available in electronic format through <I>www.Regulations.gov</I> and in paper format from Leet-Melbrook, Division of New RT, 18810 Woodfield Road, Gaithersburg, MD 20879, (301) 670-0090.
</P>
<P>(2) The SAE materials referred to in paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(5) of this section are available from the Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096, telephone 1-877-606-7323. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 29894, June 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.191" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.20.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.191   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The SID-IIsD Side Impact Crash Test Dummy, small adult female, is defined by:
</P>
<P>(1) The drawings and specifications contained in the “Drawings and Specifications for SID-IIsD Small Female Crash Test Dummy, Part 572 Subpart V, July 1, 2008,” which includes the technical drawings and specifications described in Drawing 180-0000, the titles of which are listed in Table A;
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Component assembly
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Drawing
<br/>number
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6 Axis Head Assembly</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180-1000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Neck Assembly</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180-2000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Upper Torso Assembly</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180-3000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clamping Washer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180-3005
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lower Torso Assembly Complete</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180-4000
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Complete Leg Assembly, Left</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180-5000-1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Complete Leg Assembly, Right</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180-5000-2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arm Assembly Left Molded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180-6000-1
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Arm Assembly Right Molded</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180-6000-2</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The “Parts/Drawing List, Part 572 Subpart V, SID-IIsD,” dated July 1, 2008 and containing 7 pages,
</P>
<P>(3) A listing of available transducers-crash test sensors for the SID-IIsD Side Impact Crash Test Dummy, 5th percentile adult female, is shown in drawing 180-0000 sheet 2 of 5, dated July 1, 2008,
</P>
<P>(4) “Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly, and Inspection (PADI) of the SID-IIsD Side Impact Crash Test Dummy, July 1, 2008,” and,
</P>
<P>(5) Sign convention for signal outputs reference document SAE J1733 Information Report, titled “Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing,” dated July 12, 1994, incorporated by reference in § 572.200(k).
</P>
<P>(b) Exterior dimensions of the SID-IIsD Small Adult Female Side Impact Crash Test Dummy are shown in drawing 180-0000 sheet 3 of 5, dated July 1, 2008.
</P>
<P>(c) Weights and center of gravity locations of body segments are shown in drawing 180-0000 sheet 4 of 5, dated July 1, 2008.
</P>
<P>(d) Adjacent segments are joined in a manner such that, except for contacts existing under static conditions, there is no additional contact between metallic elements of adjacent body segments throughout the range of motion.
</P>
<P>(e) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this Subpart in every respect before use in any test similar to that set forth in Standard 214, Side Impact Protection (49 CFR 571.214).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 29895, June 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.192" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.20.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.192   Head assembly.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The head assembly consists of the head (180-1000) and a set of three (3) accelerometers in conformance with specifications in 49 CFR 572.200(d) and mounted as shown in drawing 180-0000 sheet 2 of 5. When tested to the procedure specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the head assembly shall meet performance requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I> The head shall be tested according to the procedure specified in 49 CFR 572.112(a).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Performance criteria.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) When the head assembly is dropped from either the right or left lateral incline orientations in accordance with procedure in § 572.112(a), the measured peak resultant acceleration shall be between 115 g and 137 g;
</P>
<P>(2) The resultant acceleration-time curve shall be unimodal to the extent that oscillations occurring after the main acceleration pulse shall not exceed 15% (zero to peak) of the main pulse;
</P>
<P>(3) The longitudinal acceleration vector (anterior-posterior direction) shall not exceed 15 g.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.193" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.20.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.193   Neck assembly.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The neck assembly consists of parts shown in drawing 180-2000. For purposes of this test, the neck assembly is mounted within the headform assembly (180-9000) as shown in Figure V1 in appendix A to this subpart. When subjected to the test procedure specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the neck-headform assembly shall meet the performance requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the assembly in a test environment as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(j);
</P>
<P>(2) Attach the neck-headform assembly, as shown in Figure V2-A or V2-B in appendix A to this subpart, to the 49 CFR Part 572 pendulum test fixture (Figure 22, 49 CFR 572.33) in either the left or right lateral impact orientations, respectively, so that the midsagittal plane of the neck-headform assembly is vertical and at right angle (90 ±1 degrees) to the plane of motion of the pendulum longitudinal centerline;
</P>
<P>(3) Release the pendulum from a height sufficient to achieve a velocity of 5.57 ±0.06 m/s measured at the center of the pendulum accelerometer, as shown in 49 CFR Part 572 Figure 15, at the instant the pendulum makes contact with the decelerating mechanism;
</P>
<P>(4) The neck flexes without the neck-headform assembly making contact with any object;
</P>
<P>(5) Time zero is defined as the time of initial contact between the pendulum mounted striker plate and the pendulum deceleration mechanism;
</P>
<P>(6) Allow a period of at least thirty (30) minutes between successive tests on the same neck assembly.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Performance Criteria.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) The pendulum deceleration pulse is characterized in terms of decrease in velocity as obtained by integrating the pendulum acceleration output from time zero:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time(ms)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Peakpendulumdelta-V(m/s)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−2.20 to −2.80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">15.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−3.30 to −4.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−4.40 to −5.40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−5.40 to −6.10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">&gt;25.0 &lt;100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">−5.50 to −6.20</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) The maximum translation-rotation of the midsagittal plane of the headform disk (180-9061 or 9062) in the lateral direction measured, with the rotation transducers specified in 49 CFR 572.200(e) shall be 71 to 81 degrees with respect to the longitudinal axis of the pendulum (see Figure V2-C in appendix A to this subpart) occurring between 50 and 70 ms from time zero;
</P>
<P>(3) Peak occipital condyle moment shall not be higher than −36 Nm and not lower than −44 Nm. The moment measured by the upper neck load cell (Mx) shall be adjusted by the following formula: Mx(oc) 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>= Mx + 0.01778Fy; 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Mx(oc) is the moment at occipital condyle (Newton-meters) and Fy is the lateral shear force (Newtons) measured by the load cell.</P></FTNT>
<P>(4) The decaying moment shall cross the 0 Nm line after peak moment between 102 ms-126 ms after time zero.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 29895, June 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.194" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.20.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.194   Shoulder.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The shoulder structure is part of the upper torso assembly shown in drawing 180-3000. For the shoulder impact test, the dummy is tested as a complete assembly (drawing 180-0000). The dummy is equipped with T1 laterally oriented accelerometer as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(d), and deflection potentiometer as specified in 180-3881 configured for shoulder and installed as shown in drawing 180-0000 sheet 2 of 5. When subjected to the test procedure as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the shoulder shall meet the performance requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the dummy assembly (180-0000) in a test environment as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(j).
</P>
<P>(2) Seat the dummy, outfitted with the torso jacket (180-3450) and cotton underwear pants on a certification bench, specified in Figure V3 in appendix A to this subpart, the seat pan and the seatback surfaces of which are covered with a 2 mm thick PTFE (Teflon) sheet;
</P>
<P>(3) Align the outermost portion of the pelvis flesh of the impacted side of the seated dummy tangent to a vertical plane located within 10 mm of the side edge of the bench as shown in Figure V4-A in appendix A to this subpart, while the midsagittal plane of the dummy is in vertical orientation.
</P>
<P>(4) Push the dummy at the knees and at mid-sternum of the upper torso with just sufficient horizontally oriented force towards the seat back until the back of the upper torso is in contact with the seat back.
</P>
<P>(5) While maintaining the dummy's position as specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section, the top of the shoulder rib mount (drawing 180-3352) orientation in the fore-and-aft direction is 24.6 ±2.0 degrees relative to horizontal, as shown in Figure V4-B in appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(6) Adjust orientation of the legs such that they are symmetrical about the mid-sagittal plane, the thighs touch the seat pan, the inner part of the right and left legs at the knees are as close as possible to each other, the heels touch the designated foot support surface and the feet are vertical and as close together as possible.
</P>
<P>(7) Orient the arm to point forward at 90 ±2 degrees relative to the inferior-superior orientation of the upper torso spine box incline.
</P>
<P>(8) The impactor is specified in 49 CFR 572.200(a).
</P>
<P>(9) The impactor is guided, if needed, so that at contact with the dummy's arm rotation centerline (ref. item 23 in drawing 180-3000) the impactor's longitudinal axis is within ±1 degree of a horizontal plane and perpendicular to the midsagittal plane of the dummy. The centerpoint of the impactor face at contact is within 2 mm of the shoulder yoke assembly rotation centerline (drawing 180-3327), as shown in Figure V4-A in appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(10) The dummy's arm-shoulder is impacted at 4.3 ±0.1 m/s with the impactor meeting the alignment and contact point requirements of paragraph (b)(9) of this section.
</P>
<P>(11) Allow a period of at least thirty (30) minutes between successive tests of the same shoulder assembly.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Performance criteria.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) While the impactor is in contact with the dummy's arm, the shoulder shall compress not less than 28 mm and not more than 37 mm measured by the potentiometer specified in (a);
</P>
<P>(2) Peak lateral acceleration of the upper spine (T1) shall not be less than 17 g and not more than 22 g;
</P>
<P>(3) Peak impactor acceleration shall be not less than 13 g and not more than 18 g.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 29895, June 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.195" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.20.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.195   Thorax with arm.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The thorax is part of the upper torso assembly shown in drawing 180-3000. For the thorax with arm impact test, the dummy is tested as a complete assembly (drawing 180-0000). The dummy's thorax is equipped with T1 and T12 laterally oriented accelerometers as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(d), and deflection potentiometers for the thorax and shoulder as specified in 180-3881, installed as shown in drawing 180-0000 sheet 2 of 5. When subjected to the test procedure as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the thorax shall meet performance requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the dummy assembly (180-0000) in a test environment as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(j).
</P>
<P>(2) Seat the dummy, outfitted with the torso jacket (180-3450) and cotton underwear pants on a certification bench, specified in Figure V3, the seat pan and the seatback surfaces of which are covered with a 2-mm-thick PTFE (Teflon) sheet.
</P>
<P>(3) Align the outermost portion of the pelvis flesh of the impacted side of the seated dummy tangent to a vertical plane located within 10 mm of the side edge of the bench as shown in Figure V5-A, while the midsagittal plane of the dummy is in vertical orientation.
</P>
<P>(4) Push the dummy at the knees and at mid-sternum of the upper torso with just sufficient horizontally oriented force towards the seat back until the back of the upper torso is in contact with the seat back.
</P>
<P>(5) While maintaining the dummy's position as specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section, the top of the shoulder rib mount (drawing 180-3352) orientation in the fore-and-aft direction is 24.6 ±2.0 degrees relative to horizontal as shown in Figure V5-B in appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(6) Adjust orientation of the legs such that they are symmetrical about the mid-sagittal plane, the thighs touch the seat pan, the inner part of the right and left legs at the knees are as close as possible to each other, the heels touch the designated foot support surface and the feet are vertical and as close together as possible.
</P>
<P>(7) Orient the arm downward to the lowest detent such that the longitudinal centerline of the arm is parallel to the inferior-superior orientation of the spine box.
</P>
<P>(8) The impactor is specified in 49 CFR 572.200(a).
</P>
<P>(9) The impactor is guided, if needed, so that at contact with the dummy's arm, its longitudinal axis is within ±1 degree of a horizontal plane and perpendicular to the midsagittal plane of the dummy. The centerpoint of the impactor face is within 2 mm of the vertical midpoint of the second thoracic rib and coincident with a line parallel to the seat back incline passing through the center of the shoulder yoke assembly arm rotation pivot (drawing 180-3327), as shown in Figure V5-A in appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(10) The dummy's arm is impacted at 6.7 ±0.1 m/s.
</P>
<P>(11) Time zero is defined as the time of contact between the impact probe and the arm.
</P>
<P>(12) Allow a period of at least thirty (30) minutes between successive tests of the same thorax assembly.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Performance criteria.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) While the impactor is in contact with the dummy's arm, the thoracic ribs and the shoulder shall conform to the following range of deflections:
</P>
<P>(i) Shoulder not less than 31 mm and not more than 40 mm;
</P>
<P>(ii) Upper thorax rib not less than 25 mm and not more than 32 mm;
</P>
<P>(iii) Middle thorax rib not less than 30 mm and not more than 36 mm;
</P>
<P>(iv) Lower thorax rib not less than 32 mm and not more than 38 mm;
</P>
<P>(2) Peak lateral acceleration of the upper spine (T1) shall not be less than 34 g and not more than 43 g, and the lower spine (T12) not less than 29 g and not more than 37 g;
</P>
<P>(3) Peak impactor acceleration after 5 ms after time zero shall be not less than 30 g and not more than 36 g.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 29895, June 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.196" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.20.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.196   Thorax without arm.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The thorax is part of the upper torso assembly shown in drawing 180-3000. For this thorax test, the dummy is tested as a complete assembly (drawing 180-0000) with the arm (180-6000) on the impacted side removed. The dummy's thorax is equipped with T1 and T12 laterally oriented accelerometers as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(d) and with deflection potentiometers for the thorax as specified in drawing 180-3881, installed as shown in drawing 180-0000 sheet 2 of 5. When subjected to the test procedure specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the thorax shall meet the performance requirements set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the dummy assembly (180-0000) in a test environment as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(j).
</P>
<P>(2) Seat the dummy, outfitted with the torso jacket (180-3450) and cotton underwear pants on a calibration bench, specified in Figure V3 in appendix A to this subpart, the seat pan and the seatback surfaces of which are covered with a 2-mm-thick PTFE (Teflon) sheet.
</P>
<P>(3) Align the outermost portion of the pelvis flesh of the impacted side of the seated dummy tangent to a vertical plane located within 10 mm of the side edge of the bench as shown in Figure V6-A, while the midsagittal plane of the dummy is in vertical orientation.
</P>
<P>(4) Push the dummy at the knees and at mid-sternum of the upper torso with just sufficient horizontally oriented force towards the seat back until the back of the upper torso is in contact with the seat back.
</P>
<P>(5) While maintaining the dummy's position as specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section, the top of the shoulder rib mount (drawing 180-3352) orientation in the fore-and-aft direction is 24.6 ±2.0 degrees relative to horizontal, as shown in Figure V6-B in appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(6) Adjust orientation of the legs such that they are symmetrical about the mid-sagittal plane, the thighs touch the seat pan, the inner part of the right and left legs at the knees are as close as possible to each other, the heels touch the designated foot support surface and the feet are vertical and as close together as possible.
</P>
<P>(7) The impactor is specified in 49 CFR 572.200(a).
</P>
<P>(8) The impactor is guided, if needed, so that at contact with the thorax, its longitudinal axis is within 1 degree of a horizontal plane and perpendicular to the midsagittal plane of the dummy. The centerpoint of the impactor face is within 2 mm of the vertical midpoint of the second thorax rib and coincident with a line parallel to the seat back incline passing through the center of the shoulder yoke assembly arm rotation pivot (drawing 180-3327), as shown in Figure V6-A in appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(9) The dummy's thorax is impacted at 4.3 ±0.1 m/s.
</P>
<P>(10) Allow a period of at least thirty (30) minutes between successive tests of the same thorax assembly.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Performance criteria.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) While the impactor is in contact with the dummy's thorax, the ribs shall conform to the following range of deflections:
</P>
<P>(i) Upper thorax rib not less than 32 mm and not more than 40 mm;
</P>
<P>(ii) Middle thorax rib not less than 39 mm and not more than 45 mm;
</P>
<P>(iii) Lower thorax rib not less than 35 mm and not more than 43 mm;
</P>
<P>(2) Peak acceleration of the upper spine (T1) shall not be less than 13 g and not more than 17 g and the lower spine (T12) not less than 7 g and not more than 11 g;
</P>
<P>(3) Peak impactor acceleration shall not be less than 14 g and not more than 18 g. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 29895, June 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.197" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.20.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.197   Abdomen.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The abdomen assembly is part of the upper torso assembly (180-3000) and is represented by two ribs (180-3368) and two linear deflection potentiometers (180-3881). The abdomen test is conducted on the complete dummy assembly (180-0000) with the arm (180-6000) on the impacted side removed. The dummy is equipped with a lower spine laterally oriented accelerometer as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(d) and deflection potentiometers specified in drawing 180-3881, installed as shown in sheet 2 of drawing 180-0000. When subjected to the test procedure as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the abdomen shall meet performance requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the dummy assembly (180-0000) in a test environment as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(j).
</P>
<P>(2) Seat the dummy, outfitted with the torso jacket (180-3450) and cotton underwear pants on a calibration bench, specified in Figure V3, the seat pan and the seatback surfaces of which are covered with a 2 mm thick PTFE (Teflon) sheet.
</P>
<P>(3) Align the outermost portion of the pelvis flesh of the impacted side of the seated dummy tangent to a vertical plane located within 10 mm of the side edge of the bench as shown in Figure V7-A in Appendix A to this subpart, while the midsagittal plane of the dummy is in vertical orientation.
</P>
<P>(4) Push the dummy at the knees and at mid-sternum of the upper torso with just sufficient horizontally oriented force towards the seat back until the back of the upper torso is in contact with the seat back.
</P>
<P>(5) While maintaining the dummy's position as specified in paragraph (b)(3) and (4) of this section, the top of the shoulder rib mount (drawing 180-3352) orientation in the fore-and-aft direction is 24.6 ±2.0 degrees relative to horizontal, as shown in Figure V7-B in appendix A to this subpart);
</P>
<P>(6) Adjust orientation of the legs such that they are symmetrical about the mid-sagittal plane, the thighs touch the seat pan, the inner part of the right and left legs at the knees are as close as possible to each other, the heels touch the designated foot support surface and the feet are vertical and as close together as possible;
</P>
<P>(7) The impactor is specified in 49 CFR 572.200(b);
</P>
<P>(8) The impactor is guided, if needed, so that at contact with the abdomen, its longitudinal axis is within ±1 degree of a horizontal plane and perpendicular to the midsagittal plane of the dummy and the centerpoint of the impactor's face is within 2 mm of the vertical midpoint between the two abdominal ribs and coincident with a line parallel to the seat back incline passing through the center of the shoulder yoke assembly arm rotation pivot (drawing 180-3327), as shown in Figure V7-A in appendix A to this subpart;
</P>
<P>(9) The dummy's abdomen is impacted at 4.3 ±0.1 m/s.
</P>
<P>(10) Allow a period of at least thirty (30) minutes between successive tests of the same abdomen assembly.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Performance criteria.</I> (1) While the impact probe is in contact with the dummy's abdomen, the deflection of the upper abdominal rib shall be not less than 36 mm and not more than 47 mm, and the lower abdominal rib not less than 33 mm and not more than 44 mm.
</P>
<P>(2) Peak acceleration of the lower spine (T12) laterally oriented accelerometer shall be not less than 9 g and not more than 14 g;
</P>
<P>(3) Peak impactor acceleration shall be not less than 12 g and not more than 16 g. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 29896, June 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.198" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.20.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.198   Pelvis acetabulum.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The acetabulum is part of the lower torso assembly shown in drawing 180-4000. The acetabulum test is conducted by impacting the side of the lower torso of the assembled dummy (drawing 180-0000). The dummy is equipped with a laterally oriented pelvis accelerometer as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(d), acetabulum load cell SA572-S68, mounted as shown in sheet 2 of 5 of drawing 180-0000, and an unused and certified pelvis plug (180-4450). When subjected to the test procedure as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the pelvis shall meet performance requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the dummy assembly (180-0000) in a test environment as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(j).
</P>
<P>(2) Seat the dummy, without the torso jacket (180-3450) and without cotton underwear pants, as shown in Figure V8-A in appendix A to this subpart, on a calibration bench, specified in Figure V3 in appendix A to this subpart, with the seatpan and the seatback surfaces covered with a 2-mm-thick PTFE (Teflon) sheet;
</P>
<P>(3) Align the outermost portion of the pelvis flesh of the impacted side of the seated dummy tangent to a vertical plane located within 10 mm of the side edge of the bench as shown in Figure V8-A in appendix A to this subpart, while the midsagittal plane of the dummy is in vertical orientation.
</P>
<P>(4) Push the dummy at the knees and at mid-sternum of the upper torso with just sufficient horizontally oriented force towards the seat back until the back of the upper torso is in contact with the seat back.
</P>
<P>(5) While maintaining the dummy's position as specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section, the top of the shoulder rib mount (drawing 180-3352) orientation in the fore-and-aft direction is 24.6 ±1.0 degrees relative to horizontal, as shown in Figure V8-B in appendix A to this subpart;
</P>
<P>(6) Adjust orientation of the legs such that they are symmetrical about the mid-sagittal plane, the thighs touch the seat pan, the inner part of the right and left legs at the knees are as close as possible to each other, the heels touch the designated foot support surface and the feet are vertical and as close together as possible.
</P>
<P>(7) Rotate the arm downward to the lowest detent such that the longitudinal centerline of the arm is parallel to the inferior-superior orientation of the spine box.
</P>
<P>(8) The impactor is specified in 49 CFR 572.200(a).
</P>
<P>(9) The impactor is guided, if needed, so that at contact with the pelvis, its longitudinal axis is within ±1 degree of a horizontal plane and perpendicular to the midsagittal plane of the dummy. The centerpoint of the impactor's face is in line within 2 mm of the longitudinal centerline of the 
<FR>1/4</FR>-20x
<FR>1/2</FR> flat head cap screw through the center of the acetabulum load cell (SA572-S68), as shown in Figure V8-A in appendix A to this subpart;
</P>
<P>(10) The dummy's pelvis is impacted at the acetabulum at 6.7 ±0.1 m/s.
</P>
<P>(11) Time zero is defined as the time of contact between the impact probe and the pelvis plug.
</P>
<P>(12) Allow a period of at least 120 minutes between successive tests of the same pelvis assembly.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Performance criteria.</I> While the impactor is in contact with the pelvis:
</P>
<P>(1) Peak acceleration of the impactor is not less than 38 g and not more than 47 g;
</P>
<P>(2) Peak lateral acceleration of the pelvis after 6 ms after time zero is not less than 34 g and not more than 42 g;
</P>
<P>(3) Peak acetabulum force is not less than 3.60 kN and not more than 4.30 kN. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 29896, June 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.199" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.20.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.199   Pelvis iliac.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The iliac is part of the lower torso assembly shown in drawing 180-4000. The iliac test is conducted by impacting the side of the lower torso of the assembled dummy (drawing 180-0000). The dummy is equipped with a laterally oriented pelvis accelerometer as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(d), and iliac wing load cell SA572-S66, mounted as shown in sheet 2 of 5 of drawing 180-0000. When subjected to the test procedure as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the pelvis shall meet performance requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Test procedure.</I> (1) Soak the dummy assembly (180-0000) in a test environment as specified in 49 CFR 572.200(j).
</P>
<P>(2) Seat the dummy, without the torso jacket and without cotton underwear pants, as shown in Figure V9-A in appendix A to this subpart, on a flat, rigid, horizontal surface covered with a 2-mm-thick PTFE (Teflon) sheet.
</P>
<P>(3) The legs are outstretched in front of the dummy such that they are symmetrical about the midsagittal plane, the thighs touch the seated surface, the inner part of the right and left legs at the knees are as close as possible to each other, and the feet are in full dorsiflexion and as close together as possible.
</P>
<P>(4) Orient the arm downward to the lowest detent such that the longitudinal centerline of the arm is parallel to the inferior-superior orientation of the spine box.
</P>
<P>(5) The midsagittal plane of the dummy is vertical, and superior surface of the lower half neck assembly load cell replacement (180-3815) in the lateral direction is within ±1 degree relative to the horizontal as shown in Figure V9-A.
</P>
<P>(6) While maintaining the dummy's position as specified in paragraphs (b)(3), (4) and (5) of this section, the top of the shoulder rib mount (180-3352) orientation in the fore-and-aft direction is within ±1.0 degree relative to horizontal as shown in Figure V9-B in Appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(7) The pelvis impactor is specified in 49 CFR 572.200(c).
</P>
<P>(8) The dummy is positioned with respect to the impactor such that the longitudinal centerline of the impact probe is in line with the longitudinal centerline of the iliac load cell access hole, and the 88.9 mm dimension of the probe's impact surface is aligned horizontally.
</P>
<P>(9) The impactor is guided, if needed, so that at contact with the pelvis, the longitudinal axis of the impactor is within ±1 degree of a horizontal plane and perpendicular to the midsagittal plane of the dummy.
</P>
<P>(10) The dummy's pelvis is impacted at the iliac location at 4.3±0.1 m/s.
</P>
<P>(11) Allow a period of at least 120 minutes between successive tests of the same pelvis assembly.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Performance criteria.</I> While the impactor is in contact with the pelvis:
</P>
<P>(1) Peak acceleration of the impactor is not less than 36 g and not more than 45 g;
</P>
<P>(2) Peak acceleration of the pelvis is not less than 28 g and not more than 39 g;
</P>
<P>(3) Peak iliac force is not less than 4.10 kN and not more than 5.10 kN. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 29896, June 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.200" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.20.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.200   Instrumentation and test conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The test probe for shoulder, lateral thorax, and pelvis-acetabulum impact tests is the same as that specified in 49 CFR 572.137(a) except that its impact face diameter is 120.70 ±0.25 mm and it has a minimum mass moment of inertia of 3646 kg-cm
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>(b) The test probe for the lateral abdomen impact test is the same as that specified in 572.137(a) except that its impact face diameter is 76.20 ±0.25 mm and it has a minimum mass moment of inertia of 3646 kg-cm
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>(c) The test probe for the pelvis-iliac impact tests is the same as that specified in 49 CFR 572.137(a) except that it has a rectangular flat impact surface 50.8 × 88.9 mm for a depth of at least 76 mm and a minimum mass moment of inertia of 5000 kg-cm
<SU>2</SU>.
</P>
<P>(d) Accelerometers for the head, the thoracic spine, and the pelvis conform to specifications of SA572-S4.
</P>
<P>(e) Rotary potentiometers for the neck-headform assembly conform to SA572-S51.
</P>
<P>(f) Instrumentation and sensors conform to the Recommended Practice SAE J-211 (March 1995), Instrumentation for Impact Test, unless noted otherwise.
</P>
<P>(g) All instrumented response signal measurements shall be treated to the following specifications:
</P>
<P>(1) Head acceleration—digitally filtered CFC 1000;
</P>
<P>(2) Neck-headform assembly translation-rotation—digitally filtered CFC 60;
</P>
<P>(3) Neck pendulum, T1 and T12 thoracic spine and pelvis accelerations—digitally filtered CFC 180;
</P>
<P>(4) Neck forces (for the purpose of occipital condyle calculation) and moments—digitally filtered at CFC 600;
</P>
<P>(5) Pelvis, shoulder, thorax and abdomen impactor accelerations—digitally filtered CFC 180;
</P>
<P>(6) Acetabulum and iliac wings forces—digitally filtered at CFC 600;
</P>
<P>(7) Shoulder, thorax, and abdomen deflection—digitally filtered CFC 600.
</P>
<P>(h) Mountings for the head, thoracic spine and pelvis accelerometers shall have no resonant frequency within a range of 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class;
</P>
<P>(i) Leg joints of the test dummy are set at the force between 1 to 2 g, which just support the limb's weight when the limbs are extended horizontally forward. The force required to move a limb segment does not exceed 2 g throughout the range of the limb motion.
</P>
<P>(j) Performance tests are conducted, unless specified otherwise, at any temperature from 20.6 to 22.2 degrees C. (69 to 72 degrees F.) and at any relative humidity from 10% to 70% after exposure of the dummy to those conditions for a period of 4 hours.
</P>
<P>(k) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity shall conform to the Sign Convention For Vehicle Crash Testing, Surface Vehicle Information Report, SAE J1733, 1994-12 (refer to § 572.191(a)(5)). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 29896, June 23, 2009]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.20.1.12.10" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart V of Part 572—Figures 

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.011.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.012.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.013.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23jn09.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.015.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.016.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.017.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.018.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.019.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.020.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.021.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.022.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er14de06.023.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23jn09.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er23jn09.007.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 75370, Dec. 14, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 29896, June 23, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="W" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.21" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart W—Q3s Three-Year-Old Child Test Dummy</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 69925, Nov. 3, 2020, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 572.210" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.21.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.210   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>Certain material is incorporated by reference (IBR) into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, NHTSA must publish a document in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the material must be available to the public. All approved material is available for inspection at the Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington DC 20590, telephone 202-366-9826, and is available from the sources listed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, email <I>fedreg.legal@nara.gov</I> or go to <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.</I>


</P>
<P>(a) NHTSA Technical Information Services, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Washington, DC 20590, telephone 202-366-5965.




</P>
<P>(1) A parts/drawing list entitled, “Parts/Drawings List, Part 572 Subpart W, Q3s Three-Year-Old Child Side Impact Dummy” dated (and revised) January 2021 (Parts/Drawings List); IBR approved for § 572.211.
</P>
<P>(2) A drawings and inspection package entitled, “Drawings and Specifications for Q3s Three-Year-Old Child Side Impact Dummy, Part 572 Subpart W” dated (and revised) January 2021 (Drawings and Specifications); IBR approved for §§ 572.211, 572.212, 572.213, 572.214, 572.215, 572.216, 572.217, 572.218, and 572.219.
</P>
<P>(3) A procedures manual entitled “Procedures for Assembly, Disassembly, and Inspection (PADI) of the Q3s Child Side Impact Crash Test Dummy” dated January 2021 (PADI); IBR approved for §§ 572.211, 572.215(b), 572.216(b), and 572.219(a).


</P>
<P>(b) SAE International, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096, call 1-877-606-7323, <I>https://www.sae.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) SAE Recommended Practice J211/1, Rev. Mar 95, “Instrumentation for Impact Tests—Part 1—Electronic Instrumentation,” (SAE J211); IBR approved for § 572.219;
</P>
<P>(2) SAE Information Report J1733 of 1994-12, “Sign Convention for Vehicle Crash Testing,” December 1994, (SAE J1733); IBR approved for § 572.219.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 69925, Nov. 3, 2020, as amended at 86 FR 66218, Nov. 22, 2021]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.211" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.21.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.211   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Q3s Three-Year-Old Child Test Dummy is defined by the following materials:
</P>
<P>(1) The Parts/Drawings List (incorporated by reference, see § 572.210);
</P>
<P>(2) The Drawings and Specifications (incorporated by reference, see § 572.210);
</P>
<P>(3) The PADI (incorporated by reference, see § 572.210).
</P>
<P>(b) The structural properties of the dummy are such that the dummy conforms to this subpart in every respect before use in any test.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.212" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.21.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.212   Head assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in Drawings and Specifications, incorporated by reference, see § 572.210.
</P>
<P>(a) The head assembly for this test consists of the complete head (drawing 020-1200) with head accelerometer assembly (drawing 020-1013A), and a half mass simulated upper neck load cell (drawing 020-1050).
</P>
<P>(b) When the head assembly is tested according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section, it shall have the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Frontal head qualification test.</I> When the head assembly is dropped from a height of 376.0 ± 1.0 mm in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the peak resultant acceleration at the location of the accelerometers at the head CG shall have a value between 255 G and 300 G. The resultant acceleration vs. time history curve shall be unimodal; oscillations occurring after the main pulse must be less than 10 percent of the peak resultant acceleration. The lateral acceleration shall not exceed 15 G (zero to peak).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lateral head qualification test.</I> When the head assembly is dropped from a height of 200.0 ± 1.0 mm in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the peak resultant acceleration at the location of the accelerometers at the head CG shall have a value between 114 G and 140 G. The resultant acceleration vs. time history curve shall be unimodal; oscillations occurring after the main pulse must be less than 10 percent of the peak resultant acceleration. The X-component acceleration shall not exceed 15 G (zero to peak).
</P>
<P>(c) The test procedure for the head assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the head assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C and a relative humidity from 10 to 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to the test, clean the impact surface of the skin and the impact plate surface with isopropyl alcohol, trichloroethane, or an equivalent. The skin of the head and the impact plate surface must be clean and dry for testing.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) For the frontal head test, suspend and orient the head assembly with the forehead facing the impact surface as shown in figure W1 in appendix A to this subpart. The lowest point on the forehead must be 376.0 ± 1.0 mm from the impact surface. Assure that the head is horizontal laterally. Adjust the head angle so that the upper neck load cell simulator is 28 ± 2 degrees forward from the vertical while assuring that the head remains horizontal laterally.
</P>
<P>(ii) For the lateral head test, the head is dropped on the aspect that opposes the primary load vector of the ensuing full scale test for which the dummy is being qualified. A left drop set up that is used to qualify the dummy for an ensuing full scale left side impact is depicted in figure W2 in appendix A to this subpart. A right drop set-up would be the mirror image of that shown in figure W2. Suspend and orient the head assembly as shown in figure W2. The lowest point on the impact side of the head must be 200.0 ± 1.0 mm from the impact surface. Assure that the head is horizontal in the fore-aft direction. Adjust the head angle so that the head base plane measured from the base surface of the upper neck load cell simulator is 35 ± 2 degrees forward from the vertical while assuring that the head remains horizontal in the fore-aft direction.
</P>
<P>(4) Drop the head assembly from the specified height by means that ensure a smooth, instant release onto a rigidly supported flat horizontal steel plate which is 50.8 mm thick and 610 mm square. The impact surface shall be clean, dry and have a surface finish of not less than 0.2 microns (RMS) and not more than 2.0 microns (RMS).
</P>
<P>(5) Allow at least 2 hours between successive tests on the same head.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.213" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.21.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.213   Neck assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in Drawings and Specifications, incorporated by reference, see § 572.210.
</P>
<P>(a)(1) The neck and headform assembly for the purposes of the fore-aft neck flexion and lateral neck flexion qualification tests, as shown in figures W3 and W4 in appendix A to this subpart, consists of the headform (drawing 020-9050, sheet 1) with angular rate sensor installed (drawing SA572-S58), six-channel neck/lumbar load cell (drawing SA572-S8), neck assembly (drawing 020-2400), neck/torso interface plate (drawing 020-9056) and pendulum interface plate (drawing 020-9051) with angular rate sensor installed (drawing SA572-S58).
</P>
<P>(2) The neck assembly for the purposes of the neck torsion qualification test, as shown in figure W5 in appendix A to this subpart, consists of the neck twist fixture (drawing DL210-200) with rotary potentiometer installed (drawing SA572-S51), neck adaptor plate assembly (drawing DL210-220), neck assembly (drawing 020-2400), six-channel neck/lumbar load cell (drawing SA572-S8), and twist fixture end plate (drawing DL210-210).
</P>
<P>(b) When the neck and headform assembly as defined in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or the neck assembly as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, is tested according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section, it shall have the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Fore-aft neck flexion qualification test.</I> (i) Plane D, referenced in figure W3 in appendix A to this subpart, shall rotate in the direction of pre-impact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline between 69.5 degrees and 81.0 degrees. During the time interval while the rotation is within these angles, the peak moment measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA572-S8) shall have a value between 41.5 N-m and 50.7 N-m.
</P>
<P>(ii) The decaying headform rotation vs. time curve shall cross the zero angle with respect to its initial position at time of impact relative to the pendulum centerline between 45 to 55 ms after the time the peak rotation value is reached.
</P>
<P>(iii) All instrumentation data channels are defined to be zero when the longitudinal centerline of the neck and pendulum are parallel.
</P>
<P>(iv) The headform rotation shall be calculated by the following formula with the integration beginning at time zero:
</P>
<FP-2>Headform rotation (deg) = ∫ [(Headform Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E>−(Pendulum Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E>] <I>dt</I>
</FP-2>
<P>(v) (Headform Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E> is the angular rate about the y-axis in deg/sec measured on the headform (drawing 020-9050, sheet 1), and (Pendulum Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E> is the angular rate about the y-axis in deg/sec measured on the pendulum interface plate (drawing 020-9051).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lateral neck flexion qualification test.</I> (i) Plane D, referenced in Figure W4 in appendix A to this subpart, shall rotate in the direction of pre-impact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline between 76.5 degrees and 87.5 degrees. During the time interval while the rotation is within these angles, the peak moment measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA572-S8) shall have a value between 25.3 N-m and 32.0 N-m.
</P>
<P>(ii) The decaying headform rotation vs. time curve shall cross the zero angle with respect to its initial position at time of impact relative to the pendulum centerline between 61 to 71 ms after the time the peak rotation value is reached.
</P>
<P>(iii) All instrumentation data channels are defined to be zero when the longitudinal centerline of the neck and pendulum are parallel.
</P>
<P>(iv) The headform rotation shall be calculated by the following formula with the integration beginning at time zero:
</P>
<FP-2>Headform rotation (deg) = ∫ [(Headform Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E>−(Pendulum Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E>] <I>dt</I>
</FP-2>
<P>(v) (Headform Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E> is the angular rate about the y-axis in deg/sec measured on the headform (drawing 020-9050, sheet 1), and (Pendulum Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E> is the angular rate about the y-axis in deg/sec measured on the pendulum interface plate (drawing 020-9051).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Neck torsion qualification test.</I> (i) The neck twist fixture (drawing DL210-200), referenced in figure W5 in appendix A to this subpart, shall rotate in the direction of pre-impact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline between 74.5 degrees and 91.0 degrees, as measured by the rotary potentiometer (drawing SA572-S51). During the time interval while the rotation is within these angles, the peak moment measured by the neck transducer (drawing SA572-S8) shall have a value between 8.0 N-m and 10.0 N-m.
</P>
<P>(ii) The decaying neck twist fixture rotation vs. time curve shall cross the zero angle with respect to its initial position at time of impact relative to the pendulum centerline between 85 to 102 ms after the time the peak rotation value is reached.
</P>
<P>(iii) All instrumentation data channels are defined to be zero when the zero pins are installed such that the neck is not in torsion.
</P>
<P>(c) The test procedure for the neck assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the neck assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C and a relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) For the fore-aft neck flexion test, mount the neck and headform assembly, defined in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, on the pendulum, described in figure 22 to § 572.33, so that the midsagittal plane of the headform is vertical and coincides with the plane of motion of the pendulum, and with the neck placement such that the front side of the neck is closest to the honeycomb material as shown in figure W3 in appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(ii) For the lateral neck flexion test, the test is carried out in the direction opposing the primary load vector of the ensuing full scale test for which the dummy is being qualified. A right flexion test set-up that is used to qualify the dummy for an ensuing full scale right side impact is depicted in figure W4 in appendix A to this subpart. A left flexion test set-up would be depicted by a mirror image of all components beneath the pendulum interface plate in Figure W4. Mount the neck and headform assembly, defined in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, on the pendulum, described by figure 22 to § 572.33, so that the midsagittal plane of the headform is vertical and coincides with the plane of motion of the pendulum, and with the neck placement such that the right (or left) side of the neck is closest to the honeycomb material as shown in figure W4.
</P>
<P>(iii) For the neck torsion test, the test is carried out in the direction opposing the primary load vector of the ensuing full scale test for which the dummy is being qualified. A right torsion test set-up that is used to qualify the dummy for an ensuing full scale right side impact is depicted in figure W5 in appendix A to this subpart. A left flexion test set-up would be a mirror image of that shown in figure W5. Mount the neck assembly, defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, on the pendulum, described by figure 22 to § 572.33, as shown in figure W5.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Release the pendulum and allow it to fall freely from a height to achieve an impact velocity of 4.7 ± 0.1 m/s for fore-aft flexion, 3.8 ± 0.1 m/s for lateral flexion, and 3.6 ± 0.1 m/s for torsion, measured by an accelerometer mounted on the pendulum at time zero.
</P>
<P>(ii) Stop the pendulum from the initial velocity with an acceleration vs. time pulse that meets the velocity change as specified in table 1 to this section. Integrate the pendulum accelerometer data channel to obtain the velocity vs. time curve beginning at time zero.
</P>
<P>(iii) Time zero is defined as the time of initial contact between the pendulum striker plate and the honeycomb material.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 572.213
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time


<br/>(ms)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fore-aft


<br/>Flexion

<br/>(m/s)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time


<br/>(ms)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lateral Flexion


<br/>(m/s)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time


<br/>(ms)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Torsion


<br/>(m/s)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.1-2.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.7-2.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">0.9-1.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.8-3.8</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.5-3.0</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.4-2.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1-5.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3.4-3.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.0-2.6</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.214" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.21.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.214   Shoulder assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in Drawings and Specifications, incorporated by reference, see § 572.210.
</P>
<P>(a) The shoulder assembly for this test consists of the torso assembly (drawing 020-4500) with string pot assembly (drawing SA572-S38 or SA572-S39) installed.
</P>
<P>(b) When the center of the shoulder of a completely assembled dummy (drawing 020-0100) is impacted laterally by a test probe conforming to § 572.219, at 3.6 ± 0.1 m/s according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Maximum lateral shoulder displacement (compression) relative to the spine, measured with the string potentiometer assembly (drawing SA572-S38 or SA572-S39), must not be less than 17.0 mm and not more than 22.0 mm. The peak force, measured by the impact probe as defined in § 572.219 and calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, shall have a value between 1123 N and 1437 N.
</P>
<P>(2) The force shall be calculated by the product of the impactor mass and its measured deceleration.
</P>
<P>(c) The test procedure for the shoulder assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The dummy is clothed in the Q3s suit (drawing 020-8001). No additional clothing or shoes are placed on the dummy.
</P>
<P>(2) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C and a relative humidity from 10 to 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(3) The shoulder test is carried out in the direction opposing the primary load vector of the ensuing full scale test for which the dummy is being qualified. A left shoulder test set-up that is used to qualify the dummy for an ensuing full scale left side impact is depicted in figure W6 in appendix A to this subpart. A right shoulder set-up would be a mirror image of that shown in figure W6. Seat the dummy on the qualification bench described in figure V3 to § 572.194, the seat pan and seat back surfaces of which are covered with thin sheets of PTFE (Teflon) (nominal stock thickness: 2 to 3 mm) along the impact side of the bench.
</P>
<P>(4) Position the dummy on the bench as shown in Figure W6, with the ribs making contact with the seat back oriented 24.6 degrees relative to vertical, the legs extended forward along the seat pan oriented 21.6 degrees relative to horizontal with the knees spaced 40 mm apart. Position the arms so that the upper arms are parallel to the seat back (±2 degrees) and the lower arms are parallel to the dummy's sagittal plane and perpendicular to the upper arms. Move the elbows inward (medially) until initial contact occurs between the sleeve and the portion of the suit covering the thorax while maintaining the relationships between the arms, seat back, and sagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(5) The target point of the impact is a point on the shoulder that is 15 mm above and perpendicular to the midpoint of a line connecting the centers of the bolt heads of the two lower bolts (part #5000010) that connect the upper arm assembly (020-9750) to the shoulder ball retaining ring (020-3533).
</P>
<P>(6) Impact the shoulder with the test probe so that at the moment of contact the probe's longitudinal centerline should be horizontal (±1 degree), and the centerline of the probe should be within 2 mm of the target point.
</P>
<P>(7) Guide the test probe during impact so that there is no significant lateral, vertical, or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>(8) No suspension hardware, suspension cables, or any other attachments to the probe, including the velocity vane, shall make contact with the dummy during the test.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.215" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.21.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.215   Thorax with arm assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in Drawings and Specifications, incorporated by reference, see § 572.210.
</P>
<P>(a) The thorax assembly for this test consists of the torso assembly (drawing 020-4500) with an IR-TRACC (drawing SA572-S37) installed.
</P>
<P>(b) When the thorax of a completely assembled dummy (drawing 020-0100) is impacted laterally by a test probe conforming to § 572.219 at 5.0 ± 0.1 m/s according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Maximum lateral thorax displacement (compression) relative to the spine, measured with the IR-TRACC (drawing SA572-S37) and processed as set out in the PADI (incorporated by reference, see § 572.210), shall have a value between 22.5 mm and 27.5 mm. The peak force occurring after 5 ms, measured by the impact probe as defined in § 572.219 and calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, shall have a value between 1360 N and 1695 N.
</P>
<P>(2) The force shall be calculated by the product of the impactor mass and its measured deceleration.
</P>
<P>(3) Time zero is defined as the time of contact between the impact probe and the arm. All channels should be at a zero level at this point.
</P>
<P>(c) The test procedure for the thorax with arm assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The dummy is clothed in the Q3s suit (drawing 020-8001). No additional clothing or shoes are placed on the dummy.
</P>
<P>(2) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C and a relative humidity from 10 to 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(3) The test is carried out in the direction opposing the primary load vector of the ensuing full scale test for which the dummy is being qualified. A left thorax test set-up that is used to qualify the dummy for an ensuing full scale left side impact is depicted in figure W7 in appendix A to this subpart. A right thorax set-up would be a mirror image of that shown in figure W7. Seat the dummy on the qualification bench described in figure V3 to § 572.194, the seat pan and seat back surfaces of which are covered with thin sheets of PTFE (Teflon) (nominal stock thickness: 2 to 3 mm) along the impact side of the bench.
</P>
<P>(4) Position the dummy on the bench as shown in figure W7 in appendix A to this subpart, with the ribs making contact with the seat back oriented 24.6 degrees relative to vertical, the legs extended forward along the seat pan oriented 21.6 degrees relative to horizontal with the knees spaced 40 mm apart. On the non-impact side of the dummy, the long axis of the upper arm is positioned parallel to the seat back (±2 degrees). On the impact side, the upper arm is positioned such that the target point intersects its long axis as described in paragraph (c)(5) of this section. The long axis of the upper arm is defined by section line A-A in drawing 020-9750. Both of the lower arms are set perpendicular to the upper arms and parallel to the dummy's sagittal plane. Move the elbows inward (medially) until initial contact occurs between the sleeve and the portion of the suit covering the thorax while maintaining the relationships between the arms, seat back, and sagittal plane.
</P>
<P>(5) The target point of the impact is the point of intersection on the lateral aspect of the upper arm and a line projecting from the thorax of the dummy. The projecting line is horizontal, runs parallel to the coronal plane of the dummy, and passes through the midpoint of a line connecting the centers of the bolt heads of the two IR-TRACC bolts (part #5000646). The projected line should intersect the upper arm within 2 mm of its long axis.
</P>
<P>(6) Impact the arm with the test probe so that at the moment of contact the probe's longitudinal centerline should be horizontal (±1 degrees), and the centerline of the probe should be within 2 mm of the target point.
</P>
<P>(7) Guide the test probe during impact so that there is no significant lateral, vertical, or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>(8) No suspension hardware, suspension cables, or any other attachments to the probe, including the velocity vane, shall make contact with the dummy during the test.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.216" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.21.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.216   Thorax without arm assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in Drawings and Specifications, incorporated by reference, see § 572.210.
</P>
<P>(a) The thorax assembly for this test consists of the torso assembly (drawing 020-4500) with IR-TRACC (drawing SA572-S37) installed.
</P>
<P>(b) When the thorax of a completely assembled dummy (drawing 020-0100) with the arm (drawing 020-9700 or 020-9800) on the impacted side removed is impacted laterally by a test probe conforming to § 572.219 at 3.3 ± 0.1 m/s according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Maximum lateral thorax displacement (compression) relative to the spine, measured with the IR-TRACC (drawing SA572-S37) and processed as set out in the PADI (incorporated by reference, see § 572.210), shall have a value between 24.5 mm and 30.5 mm. The peak force, measured by the impact probe as defined in § 572.219 and calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, shall have a value between 610 N and 754 N.
</P>
<P>(2) The force shall be calculated by the product of the impactor mass and its measured deceleration.
</P>
<P>(c) The test procedure for the thorax without arm assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The dummy is clothed in the Q3s suit (drawing 020-8001). No additional clothing or shoes are placed on the dummy.
</P>
<P>(2) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C and a relative humidity from 10 to 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(3) The test is carried out in the direction opposing the primary load vector of the ensuing full scale test for which the dummy is being qualified. A left thorax test set-up that is used to qualify the dummy for an ensuing full scale left side impact is depicted in figure W8 in appendix A to this subpart. A right thorax set-up would be a mirror image of that shown in Figure W8. Seat the dummy on the qualification bench described in figure V3 to § 572.194, the seat pan and seat back surfaces of which are covered with thin sheets of PTFE (Teflon) (nominal stock thickness: 2 to 3 mm) along the impact side of the bench.
</P>
<P>(4) Position the dummy on the bench as shown in figure W8 in appendix A to this subpart, with the ribs making contact with the seat back oriented 24.6 degrees relative to vertical, the legs extended forward along the seat pan oriented 21.6 degrees relative to horizontal with the knees spaced 40 mm apart, and the arm on the non-impacted side positioned so that the upper arm is parallel (±2 degrees) to the seat back and the lower arm perpendicular to the upper arm.
</P>
<P>(5) The target point of the impact is the midpoint of a line between the centers of the bolt heads of the two IR-TRACC bolts (part #5000646).
</P>
<P>(6) Impact the thorax with the test probe so that at the moment of contact the probe's longitudinal centerline should be horizontal (±1 degrees), and the centerline of the probe should be within 2 mm of the target point.
</P>
<P>(7) Guide the test probe during impact so that there is no significant lateral, vertical, or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>(8) No suspension hardware, suspension cables, or any other attachments to the probe, including the velocity vane, shall make contact with the dummy during the test.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.217" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.21.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.217   Lumbar spine assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in Drawings and Specifications, incorporated by reference, see § 572.210.
</P>
<P>(a) The lumbar spine and headform assembly for the purposes of the fore-aft lumbar flexion and lateral lumbar flexion qualification tests, as shown in Figures W9 and W10 in appendix A to this subpart, consists of the headform (drawing 020-9050, sheet 2) with angular rate sensor installed (drawing SA572-S58), six-channel neck/lumbar load cell (drawing SA572-S8), lumbar spine assembly (drawing 020-6000), lumbar interface plate (drawing 020-9062) and pendulum interface plate (drawing 020-9051) with angular rate sensor installed (drawing SA572-S58).
</P>
<P>(b) When the lumbar spine and headform assembly is tested according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section, it shall have the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Fore-aft lumbar flexion qualification test.</I> (i) Plane D, referenced in figure W9 in appendix A to this subpart, shall rotate in the direction of pre-impact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline between 47.0 degrees and 58.5 degrees. During the time interval while the rotation is within these angles, the peak moment measured by the neck/lumbar transducer (drawing SA572-S8) shall have a value between 78.2 N-m and 96.2 N-m.
</P>
<P>(ii) The decaying headform rotation vs. time curve shall cross the zero angle with respect to its initial position at time of impact relative to the pendulum centerline between 49 to 59 ms after the time the peak rotation value is reached.
</P>
<P>(iii) All instrumentation data channels are defined to be zero when the longitudinal centerline of the lumbar spine and pendulum are parallel.
</P>
<P>(iv) The headform rotation shall be calculated by the following formula with the integration beginning at time zero:
</P>
<FP-2>Headform rotation (deg) = ∫ [(Headform Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E>−(Pendulum Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E>] <I>dt</I>
</FP-2>
<P>(v) (Headform Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E> is the angular rate about the y-axis in deg/sec measured on the headform (drawing 020-9050, sheet 2), and (Pendulum Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E> is the angular rate about the y-axis in deg/sec measured on the pendulum interface plate (drawing 020-9051).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lateral lumbar flexion qualification test.</I> (i) Plane D, referenced in figure W10, shall rotate in the direction of pre-impact flight with respect to the pendulum's longitudinal centerline between 46.1 degrees and 58.2 degrees. During the time interval while the rotation is within these angles, the peak moment measured by the neck/lumbar transducer (drawing SA572-S8) shall have a value between 79.4 N-m and 98.1 N-m.
</P>
<P>(ii) The decaying headform rotation vs. time curve shall cross the zero angle with respect to its initial position at time of impact relative to the pendulum centerline between 48 to 59 ms after the time the peak rotation value is reached.
</P>
<P>(iii) All instrumentation data channels are defined to be zero when the longitudinal centerline of the lumbar spine and pendulum are parallel.
</P>
<P>(iv) The headform rotation shall be calculated by the following formula with the integration beginning at time zero:
</P>
<P>Headform rotation (deg) = ∫ [(Headform Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E>−(Pendulum Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E>] <I>dt</I>
</P>
<FP-2>(v) (Headform Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E> is the angular rate about the y-axis in deg/sec measured on the headform (drawing 020-9050, sheet 2), and (Pendulum Angular Rate)<E T="52">y</E> is the angular rate about the y-axis in deg/sec measured on the pendulum interface plate (drawing 020-9051).
</FP-2>
<P>(c) The test procedure for the lumbar spine assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Soak the lumbar spine assembly in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C and a relative humidity between 10 and 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) For the fore-aft lumbar flexion test, mount the lumbar spine and headform assembly, defined in paragraph (a) of this section, on the pendulum described Figure 22 to § 572.33 so that the midsagittal plane of the headform is vertical and coincides with the plane of motion of the pendulum, and with the lumbar spine placement such that the front side of the lumbar spine is closest to the honeycomb material.
</P>
<P>(ii) For the lateral lumbar flexion test, the test is carried out in the direction opposing the primary load vector of the ensuing full scale test for which the dummy is being qualified. A right flexion test set-up that is used to qualify the dummy for an ensuing a full scale right side impact is depicted in figure W10 in appendix A to this subpart. A left flexion test set-up would be depicted by a mirror image of all components beneath the pendulum interface plate in Figure W10. Mount the lumbar spine and headform assembly, defined in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, on the pendulum described in figure 22 to § 572.33 so that the midsagittal plane of the headform is vertical and perpendicular to the direction of motion of the pendulum, and with the lumbar spine placement such that the right (or left) side of the lumbar spine is closest to the honeycomb material.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Release the pendulum and allow it to fall freely from a height to achieve an impact velocity of 4.4 ± 0.1 m/s, measured by an accelerometer mounted on the pendulum as shown in Figure 22 to § 572.33 at time zero.
</P>
<P>(ii) Stop the pendulum from the initial velocity with an acceleration vs. time pulse that meets the velocity change as specified in table 1 to this section. Integrate the pendulum accelerometer data channel to obtain the velocity vs. time curve beginning at time zero.
</P>
<P>(iii) Time zero is defined as the time of initial contact between the pendulum striker plate and the honeycomb material.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to § 572.217
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Time


<br/>(ms)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fore-aft


<br/>flexion

<br/>(m/s)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Lateral


<br/>flexion

<br/>(m/s)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3-1.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1.3-1.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7-3.7</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2.7-3.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.1-4.9</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">4.0-4.8</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.218" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.21.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.218   Pelvis assembly and test procedure.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in Drawings and Specifications, incorporated by reference, see § 572.210.
</P>
<P>(a) The pelvis assembly (drawing 020-7500) for this test may include either a uniaxial pubic load cell (drawing SA572-S7) or a pubic load cell structural replacement (drawing 020-7150) installed on the non-impact side of the pelvis.
</P>
<P>(b) When the center of the pelvis of a completely assembled dummy (drawing 020-0100) is impacted laterally by a test probe conforming to § 572.219 at 4.0 ± 0.1 m/s according to the test procedure in paragraph (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The peak force, measured by the impact probe as defined in § 572.219 and calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, shall have a value between 1587 N and 1901 N.
</P>
<P>(2) The force shall be calculated by the product of the impactor mass and its measured deceleration.
</P>
<P>(c) The test procedure for the pelvis assembly is as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The dummy is clothed in the Q3s suit (drawing 020-8001). No additional clothing or shoes are placed on the dummy.
</P>
<P>(2) Soak the dummy in a controlled environment at any temperature between 20.6 and 22.2 °C (69 and 72 °F) and a relative humidity from 10 to 70 percent for at least four hours prior to a test.
</P>
<P>(3) The pelvis test is carried out in the direction opposing the primary load vector of the ensuing full scale test for which the dummy is being qualified. A left pelvis test set-up that is used to qualify the dummy for an ensuing full scale left side impact is depicted in figure W11 in appendix A to this subpart. A right pelvis test set-up would be a mirror image of that shown in figure W11. Seat the dummy on the qualification bench described in figure V3 to § 572.194, the seat pan and seat back surfaces of which are covered with thin sheets of PTFE (Teflon) (nominal stock thickness: 2 to 3 mm) along the impact side of the bench.
</P>
<P>(4) Position the dummy on the bench as shown in figure W11 in appendix A to this subpart, with the ribs making contact with the seat back oriented 24.6 degrees relative to vertical, the legs extended forward along the seat pan oriented 21.6 degrees relative to horizontal with the knees spaced 40 mm apart. The arms should be positioned so that the arm on the non-impacted side is parallel to the seat back with the lower arm perpendicular to the upper arm, and the arm on the impacted side is positioned upwards away from the pelvis.
</P>
<P>(5) Establish the impact point at the center of the pelvis so that the impact point of the longitudinal centerline of the probe is located 185 mm from the center of the knee pivot screw (part #020-9008) and centered vertically on the femur.
</P>
<P>(6) Impact the pelvis with the test probe so that at the moment of contact the probe's longitudinal centerline should be horizontal (±1 degrees), and the centerline of the probe should be within 2 mm of the center of the pelvis.
</P>
<P>(7) Guide the test probe during impact so that there is no significant lateral, vertical, or rotational movement.
</P>
<P>(8) No suspension hardware, suspension cables, or any other attachments to the probe, including the velocity vane, shall make contact with the dummy during the test.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 572.219" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.21.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 572.219   Test conditions and instrumentation.</HEAD>
<P>All assemblies and drawings referenced in this section are contained in Drawings and Specifications, incorporated by reference, see § 572.210.
</P>
<P>(a) The following test equipment and instrumentation is needed for qualification as set forth in this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) The test probe for shoulder, thorax, and pelvis impacts is of rigid metallic construction, concentric in shape, and symmetric about its longitudinal axis. It has a mass of 3.81 ± 0.02 kg and a minimum mass moment of inertia of 560 kg-cm
<SU>2</SU> in yaw and pitch about the CG. One-third (
<FR>1/3</FR>) of the weight of the suspension cables and their attachments to the impact probe is included in the calculation of mass, and such components may not exceed five percent of the total weight of the test probe. The impacting end of the probe, perpendicular to and concentric with the longitudinal axis, is at least 25.4 mm long, and has a flat, continuous, and non-deformable 70.0 ± 0.25 mm diameter face with an edge radius between 6.4-12.7 mm. The probe's end opposite to the impact face has provisions for mounting of an accelerometer with its sensitive axis collinear with the longitudinal axis of the probe. No concentric portions of the impact probe may exceed the diameter of the impact face. The impact probe shall have a free air resonant frequency of not less than 1000 Hz, which may be determined using the procedure listed in the PADI (incorporated by reference, see § 572.210).
</P>
<P>(2) Head accelerometers have dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 and are mounted in the head as shown in drawing 020-0100, sheet 2 of 5.
</P>
<P>(3) The upper neck force and moment transducer has the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S8 and is mounted in the head-neck assembly as shown in drawing 020-0100, sheet 2 of 5.
</P>
<P>(4) The angular rate sensors for the fore-aft neck flexion and lateral neck flexion qualification tests have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S58 and are mounted in the headform and on the pendulum as shown in figures W3 and W4 in appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(5) The string potentiometer shoulder deflection transducers have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S38 or SA572-S39 and are mounted to the torso assembly as shown in drawing 020-0100, sheet 2 of 5.
</P>
<P>(6) The IR-TRACC thorax deflection transducers have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S37 and are mounted to the torso assembly as shown in drawing 020-0100, sheet 2 of 5.
</P>
<P>(7) The lumbar spine force and moment transducer has the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S8 and is mounted in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 020-0100, sheet 2 of 5.
</P>
<P>(8) The angular rate sensors for the fore-aft lumbar flexion and lateral lumbar flexion qualification tests have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S58 and are mounted in the headform and on the pendulum as shown in figures W9, W10 in appendix A to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) The following instrumentation may be required for installation in the dummy for compliance testing. If so, it is installed during qualification procedures as described in this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) The optional angular rate sensors for the head have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in any of drawings SA572-S55, SA572-S56, SA572-S57 or SA572-S58 and are mounted in the head as shown in drawing 020-0100, sheet 2 of 5.
</P>
<P>(2) The upper spine accelerometers have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 and are mounted in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 020-0100, sheet 2 of 5.
</P>
<P>(3) The pelvis accelerometers have the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass locations specified in drawing SA572-S4 and are mounted in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 020-0100, sheet 2 of 5.
</P>
<P>(4) The T1 accelerometer has the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive mass location specified in drawing SA572-S4 and is mounted in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 020-0100, sheet 2 of 5.
</P>
<P>(5) The lower neck force and moment transducer has the dimensions, response characteristics, and sensitive axis locations specified in drawing SA572-S8 and is mounted to the neck assembly as shown in drawing 020-0100, sheet 2 of 5.
</P>
<P>(6) The tilt sensor has the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S44 and is mounted to the torso assembly as shown in drawing 020-0100, sheet 2 of 5.
</P>
<P>(7) The pubic force transducers have the dimensions and response characteristics specified in drawing SA572-S7 and are mounted in the torso assembly as shown in drawing 020-0100, sheet 2 of 5.
</P>
<P>(c) The outputs of transducers installed in the dummy and in the test equipment specified by this part are to be recorded in individual data channels that conform to SAE J211 (incorporated by reference, see § 572.210) except as noted, with channel frequency classes (CFCs) as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Pendulum acceleration, CFC 180,
</P>
<P>(2) Pendulum angular rate, CFC 60,
</P>
<P>(3) Neck twist fixture rotation, CFC 60,
</P>
<P>(4) Test probe acceleration, CFC 180,
</P>
<P>(5) Head accelerations, CFC 1000,
</P>
<P>(6) Headform angular rate, CFC 60,
</P>
<P>(7) Neck moments, upper and lower, CFC 600,
</P>
<P>(8) Shoulder deflection, CFC 180,
</P>
<P>(9) Thorax deflection, CFC 180,
</P>
<P>(10) Upper spine accelerations, CFC 180,
</P>
<P>(11) T1 acceleration, CFC 180,
</P>
<P>(12) Pubic force, CFC 180,
</P>
<P>(13) Pelvis accelerations, CFC 1000.
</P>
<P>(d) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity are to conform to SAE J1733 (incorporated by reference, see § 572.210).
</P>
<P>(e) The mountings for sensing devices have no resonant frequency less than 3 times the frequency range of the applicable channel class.
</P>
<P>(f) Limb joints are set at one G, barely restraining the weight of the limb when it is extended horizontally. The force needed to move a limb segment is not to exceed 2G throughout the range of limb motion.
</P>
<P>(g) Performance tests of the same component, segment, assembly, or fully assembled dummy are separated in time by not less than 30 minutes unless otherwise noted.
</P>
<P>(h) Surfaces of dummy components may not be painted except as specified in this subpart or in drawings subtended by this subpart.

</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.1.21.1.11.11" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Subpart W of Part 572—Figures

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.022.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.023.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.024.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.025.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.026.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.027.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.028.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.029.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.030.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.031.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er03no20.032.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="573" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 573—DEFECT AND NONCOMPLIANCE RESPONSIBILITY AND REPORTS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 30102, 30103, 30116-30121, 30166, Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95 and 49 CFR 501.8.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>43 FR 60169, Dec. 26, 1978, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 573.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part:
</P>
<P>(a) Sets forth the responsibilities under 49 U.S.C. 30116-30121 of manufacturers of motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment with respect to safety-related defects and noncompliances with Federal motor vehicle safety standards in motor vehicles and items of motor vehicle equipment; and
</P>
<P>(b) Specifies requirements for—
</P>
<P>(1) Manufacturers to maintain lists of owners, purchasers, dealers, and distributors notified of defective and noncomplying motor vehicles and motor vehicle original and replacement equipment,
</P>
<P>(2) Reporting to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) defects in motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment and noncompliances with motor vehicle safety standards prescribed under part 571 of this chapter, and
</P>
<P>(3) Providing quarterly reports on defect and noncompliance notification campaigns.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 34959, June 23, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.2   Purposes.</HEAD>
<P>The purposes of this part are:
</P>
<P>(a) To facilitate the notification of owners of defective and noncomplying motor vehicles and items of motor vehicle equipment, and the remedy of such defects and noncompliances, by equitably apportioning the responsibility for safety-related defects and noncompliances with Federal motor vehicle safety standards among manufacturers of motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment; and 
</P>
<P>(b) To inform NHTSA of defective and noncomplying motor vehicles and items of motor vehicle equipment, and to obtain information for NHTSA on the adequacy of manufacturers' defect and noncompliance notification campaigns, on corrective action, on owner response, and to compare the defect incidence rate among different groups of vehicles.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45872, July 10, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (g), (h), and (i) of this section, this part applies to manufacturers of complete motor vehicles, incomplete motor vehicles, and motor vehicle original and replacement equipment, with respect to all vehicles and equipment that have been transported beyond the direct control of the manufacturer. 
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of a defect or noncompliance decided to exist in a motor vehicle or equipment item imported into the United States, compliance with §§ 573.6 and 573.7 by either the fabricating manufacturer or the importer of the vehicle or equipment item shall be considered compliance by both.
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of a defect or noncompliance decided to exist in a vehicle manufactured in two or more stages, compliance with §§ 573.6 and 573.7 by either the manufacturer of the incomplete vehicle or any subsequent manufacturer of the vehicle shall be considered compliance by all manufacturers.
</P>
<P>(d) In the case of a defect or noncompliance decided to exist in an item of replacement equipment (except tires) compliance with §§ 573.6 and 573.7 by the brand name or trademark owner shall be considered compliance by the manufacturer. Tire brand name owners are considered manufacturers (49 U.S.C. 10102(b)(1)(E)) and have the same reporting requirements as manufacturers.
</P>
<P>(e) In the case of a defect or noncompliance decided to exist in an item of original equipment used in the vehicles of only one vehicle manufacturer, compliance with §§ 573.6 and 573.7 by either the vehicle or equipment manufacturer shall be considered compliance by both.
</P>
<P>(f) In the case of a defect or noncompliance decided to exist in original equipment installed in the vehicles of more than one manufacturer, compliance with § 573.6 is required of the equipment manufacturer as to the equipment item, and of each vehicle manufacturer as to the vehicles in which the equipment has been installed. Compliance with § 573.7 is required of the manufacturer who is conducting the recall campaign.
</P>
<P>(g) The provisions of § 573.10 apply to all persons. 
</P>
<P>(h) The provisions of § 573.11 apply to dealers, including retailers of motor vehicle equipment. 
</P>
<P>(i) The provisions of § 573.12 apply to all persons.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 60169, Dec. 26, 1978, as amended at 60 FR 17268, Apr. 5, 1995; 66 FR 38162, July 23, 2001; 67 FR 19697, Apr. 23, 2002; 68 FR 18142, Apr. 15, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration or his delegate.
</P>
<P><I>First purchaser</I> means first purchaser for purposes other than resale.
</P>
<P><I>Leased motor vehicle</I> means any motor vehicle that is leased to a person for a term of at least four months by a lessor who has leased five or more vehicles in the twelve months preceding the date of notification by the vehicle manufacturer of the existence of a safety-related defect or noncompliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard in the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Lessee</I> means a person who is the lessee of a leased motor vehicle as defined in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Lessor</I> means a person or entity that is the owner, as reflected on the vehicle's title, of any five or more leased vehicles (as defined in this section), as of the date of notification by the manufacturer of the existence of a safety-related defect or noncompliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard in one or more of the leased motor vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Original equipment</I> means an item of motor vehicle equipment (other than a tire) that was installed in or on a motor vehicle at the time of its delivery to the first purchaser if the item of equipment was installed on or in the motor vehicle at the time of its delivery to a dealer or distributor for distribution, or was installed by the dealer or distributor with the express authorizations of the motor vehicle manufacturer. 
</P>
<P><I>Readable form</I> means a form readable by the unassisted eye or readable by machine. If readable by machine, the submitting party must obtain written confirmation from the Office of Defects Investigation immediately prior to submission that the machine is readily available to NHTSA. For all similar information responses, once a manufacturer has obtained approval for the original response in that form, it will not have to obtain approval for future submissions in the same form. In addition, all coded information must be accompanied by an explanation of the codes used.
</P>
<P><I>Replacement equipment</I> means motor vehicle equipment other than original equipment as defined in this section, and tires.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 60169, Dec. 26, 1978, as amended at 60 FR 17268, Apr. 5, 1995; 67 FR 45872, July 10, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.5   Defect and noncompliance responsibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer of a motor vehicle shall be responsible for any safety-related defect or any noncompliance determined to exist in the vehicle or in any item of original equipment. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each manufacturer of an item of replacement equipment shall be responsible for any safety-related defect or any noncompliance determined to exist in the equipment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45872, July 10, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.6   Defect and noncompliance information report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer shall furnish a report to the NHTSA for each defect in his vehicles or in his items of original or replacement equipment that he or the Administrator determines to be related to motor vehicle safety, and for each noncompliance with a motor vehicle safety standard in such vehicles or items of equipment which either he or the Administrator determines to exist.
</P>
<P>(b) Each report shall be submitted not more than 5 working days after a defect in a vehicle or item of equipment has been determined to be safety related, or a noncompliance with a motor vehicle safety standard has been determined to exist. At a minimum, information required by paragraphs (c)(1), (2), and (5) of this section shall be submitted in the initial report. The remainder of the information required by paragraph (c) of this section that is not available within the five-day period shall be submitted within 5 working days after the manufacturer has confirmed the accuracy of the information. In addition, each manufacturer shall amend information required by paragraphs (c)(2), (3), and (8)(i) or (ii) within 5 working days after it has new information that updates or corrects information that was previously reported. Each manufacturer submitting new information relative to a previously submitted report shall refer to the recall campaign number when a number has been assigned by the NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(c) Each manufacturer shall include in each report the information specified below.
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer's name: The full corporate or individual name of the fabricating manufacturer and any brand name or trademark owner of the vehicle or item of equipment shall be spelled out, except that such abbreviations as “Co.” or “Inc.”, and their foreign equivalents, and the first and middle initials of individuals, may be used. In the case of a defect or noncompliance decided to exist in an imported vehicle or item of equipment, the agency designated by the fabricating manufacturer pursuant to 49 U.S.C. section 30164(a) shall be also stated. If the fabricating manufacturer is a corporation that is controlled by another corporation that assumes responsibility for compliance with all requirements of this part the name of the controlling corporation may be used.
</P>
<P>(2) Identification of the vehicles or items of motor vehicle equipment potentially containing the defect or noncompliance, including a description of the manufacturer's basis for its determination of the recall population and a description of how the vehicles or items of equipment to be recalled differ from similar vehicles or items of equipment that the manufacturer has not included in the recall.
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of passenger cars, the identification shall be by the make, line, model year, the inclusive dates (month and year) of manufacture, and any other information necessary to describe the vehicles.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of vehicles other than passenger cars, the identification shall be by body style or type, inclusive dates (month and year) of manufacture and any other information necessary to describe the vehicles, such as GVWR or class for trucks, displacement (cc) for motorcycles, and number of passengers for buses.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of items of motor vehicle equipment, the identification shall be by the generic name of the component (tires, child seating systems, axles, etc.), part number (for tires, a range of tire identification numbers, as required by <I>49 CFR 574.5</I>), size and function if applicable, the inclusive dates (month and year) of manufacture if available, brand (or trade) name, model name, model number, as applicable, and any other information necessary to describe the items.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of motor vehicles or items of motor vehicle equipment in which the component that contains the defect or noncompliance was manufactured by a different manufacturer from the reporting manufacturer, the reporting manufacturer shall identify the component and, if known, the component's country of origin (<I>i.e.</I> final place of manufacture or assembly), the manufacturer and/or assembler of the component by name, business address, and business telephone number. If the reporting manufacturer does not know the identity of the manufacturer of the component, it shall identify the entity from which it was obtained. If at the time of submission of the initial report, the reporting manufacturer does not know the country of origin of the component, the manufacturer shall ascertain the country of origin and submit a supplemental report with that information once it becomes available.
</P>
<P>(v) In the case of items of motor vehicle equipment, the manufacturer of the equipment shall identify by name, business address, and business telephone number every manufacturer that purchases the defective or noncomplying component for use or installation in new motor vehicles or new items of motor vehicle equipment.
</P>
<P>(3) The total number of vehicles or items of equipment potentially containing the defect or noncompliance, and where available the number of vehicles or items of equipment in each group identified pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The percentage of vehicles or items of equipment specified pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section estimated to actually contain the defect or noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(5) A description of the defect or noncompliance, including both a brief summary and a detailed description, with graphic aids as necessary, of the nature and physical location (if applicable) of the defect or noncompliance. In addition, the manufacturer shall identify and describe the risk to motor vehicle safety reasonably related to the defect or noncompliance consistent with its evaluation of risk required by 49 CFR 577.5(f).
</P>
<P>(6) In the case of a defect, a chronology of all principal events that were the basis for the determination that the defect related to motor vehicle safety, including a summary of all warranty claims, field or service reports, and other information, with their dates of receipt.
</P>
<P>(7) In the case of a noncompliance, the test results and other information that the manufacturer considered in determining the existence of the noncompliance. The manufacturer shall identify the date of each test and observation that indicated that a noncompliance might or did exist. 
</P>
<P>(8)(i) A description of the manufacturer's program for remedying the defect or noncompliance. This program shall include a plan for reimbursing an owner or purchaser who incurred costs to obtain a remedy for the problem addressed by the recall within a reasonable time in advance of the manufacturer's notification of owners, purchasers and dealers, in accordance with § 573.13 of this part. A manufacturer's plan may incorporate by reference a general reimbursement plan it previously submitted to NHTSA, together with information specific to the individual recall. Information required by § 573.13 that is not in a general reimbursement plan shall be submitted in the manufacturer's report to NHTSA under this section. If a manufacturer submits one or more general reimbursement plans, the manufacturer shall update each plan every two years, in accordance with § 573.13. The manufacturer's remedy program and reimbursement plans will be available for inspection by the public at NHTSA headquarters. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The estimated date(s) on which it will begin sending notifications to owners, and to dealers and distributors, that there is a safety-related defect or noncompliance and that a remedy without charge will be available to owners, and the estimated date(s) on which it will complete such notifications (if different from the beginning date). If a manufacturer subsequently becomes aware that either the beginning or the completion dates reported to the agency for any of the notifications will be delayed by more than two weeks, it shall promptly advise the agency of the delay and the reasons therefore, and furnish a revised estimate.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a manufacturer intends to file a petition for an exemption from the recall requirements of the Act on the basis that a defect or noncompliance is inconsequential as it relates to motor vehicle safety, it shall notify NHTSA of that intention in its report to NHTSA of the defect or noncompliance under this section. If such a petition is filed and subsequently denied, the manufacturer shall provide the information required by paragraph (c)(8)(ii) of this section within five Federal government business days from the date the petition denial is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(iv) If a manufacturer advises NHTSA that it intends to file such a petition for exemption from the notification and remedy requirements on the grounds that the defect or noncompliance is inconsequential as it relates to motor vehicle safety, and does not do so within the 30-day period established by 49 CFR 556.4(c), the manufacturer must submit the information required by paragraph (c)(8)(ii) of this section no later than the end of that 30-day period.
</P>
<P>(9) In the case of a remedy program involving the replacement of tires, the manufacturer's program for remedying the defect or noncompliance shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Address how the manufacturer will assure that the entities replacing the tires are aware of the legal requirements related to recalls of tires established by 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301 and regulations thereunder. At a minimum, the manufacturer shall notify its owned stores and/or distributors, as well as all independent outlets that are authorized to replace the tires that are the subject of the recall, annually or for each individual recall that the manufacturer conducts, about the ban on the sale of new defective or noncompliant tires (49 CFR 573.11); the prohibition on the sale of new and used defective and noncompliant tires (49 CFR 573.12); and the duty to notify NHTSA of any sale of a new or used recalled tire for use on a motor vehicle (49 CFR 573.10). For tire outlets that are manufacturer-owned or otherwise subject to the control of the manufacturer, the manufacturer shall also provide directions to comply with these statutory provisions and the regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P>(ii) Address how the manufacturer will prevent, to the extent reasonably within its control, the recalled tires from being resold for installation on a motor vehicle. At a minimum, the manufacturer shall include the following information, to be furnished to each tire outlet that it owns, or that is authorized to replace tires that are recalled, either annually or for each individual recall the manufacturer conducts:
</P>
<P>(A) Written directions to manufacturer-owned and other manufacturer-controlled outlets to alter the recalled tires permanently so that they cannot be used on vehicles. These shall include instructions on the means to render recalled tires unsuitable for resale for installation on motor vehicles and instructions to perform the incapacitation of each recalled tire, with the exception of any tires that are returned to the manufacturer pursuant to a testing program, within 24 hours of receipt of the recalled tire at the outlet. If the manufacturer has a testing program for recalled tires, these directions shall also include criteria for selecting recalled tires for testing and instructions for labeling those tires and returning them promptly to the manufacturer for testing.
</P>
<P>(B) Written guidance to all other outlets which are authorized to replace the recalled tires on how to alter the recalled tires promptly and permanently so that they cannot be used on vehicles.
</P>
<P>(C) A requirement that manufacturer-owned and other manufacturer-controlled outlets report to the manufacturer, either on a monthly basis or within 30 days of the deviation, the number of recalled tires removed from vehicles by the outlet that have not been rendered unsuitable for resale for installation on a motor vehicle within the specified time frame (other than those returned for testing) and describe any such failure to act in accordance with the manufacturer's plan;
</P>
<P>(iii) Address how the manufacturer will limit, to the extent reasonably within its control, the disposal of the recalled tires in landfills and, instead, channel them into a category of positive reuse (shredding, crumbling, recycling, and recovery) or another alternative beneficial non-vehicular use. At a minimum, the manufacturer shall include the following information, to be furnished to each tire outlet that it owns or that is authorized to replace tires that are recalled, either annually or for each individual recall that the manufacturer conducts:
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) Written directions that require manufacturer-owned and other manufacturer-controlled outlets either:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) To ship recalled tires to one or more locations designated by the manufacturer as part of the program or allow the manufacturer to collect and dispose of the recalled tires; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) To ship recalled tires to a location of their own choosing, provided that they comply with applicable state and local laws and regulations regarding disposal of tires.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Under option (c)(9)(iii)(A)(<I>1</I>)(<I>ii</I>) of this section, the directions must also include further direction and guidance on how to limit the disposal of recalled tires in landfills and, instead, channel them into a category of positive reuse (shredding, crumbling, recycling, and recovery) or another alternative beneficial non-vehicular use.
</P>
<P>(B)(<I>1</I>) Written guidance that authorizes all other outlets that are authorized to replace the recalled tires either:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) To ship recalled tires to one or more locations designated by the manufacturer or allow the manufacturer to collect and dispose of the recalled tires; or
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) To ship recalled tires to a location of their own choosing, provided that they comply with applicable state and local laws and regulations regarding disposal of tires.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Under option (c)(9)(iii)(B)(<I>1</I>)(<I>ii</I>) of this section, the manufacturer must also include further guidance on how to limit the disposal of recalled tires in landfills and, instead, channel them into a category of positive reuse (shredding, crumbling, recycling, and recovery) or another alternative beneficial non-vehicular use.
</P>
<P>(C) A requirement that manufacturer-owned and other manufacturer-controlled outlets report to the manufacturer, on a monthly basis or within 30 days of the deviation, the number of recalled tires disposed of in violation of applicable state and local laws and regulations, and describe any such failure to act in accordance with the manufacturer's plan; and
</P>
<P>(D) A description of the manufacturer's program for disposing of the recalled tires that are returned to the manufacturer or collected by the manufacturer from the retail outlets, including, at a minimum, statements that the returned tires will be disposed of in compliance with applicable state and local laws and regulations regarding disposal of tires, and will be channeled, insofar as possible, into a category of positive reuse (shredding, crumbling, recycling and recovery) or another alternative beneficial non-vehicular use, instead of being disposed of in landfills.
</P>
<P>(iv) To the extent that the manufacturer wishes to limit the frequency of shipments of recalled tires, it must specify both a minimum time period and a minimum weight for the shipments and provide that shipments may be made at whichever minimum occurs first.
</P>
<P>(v) Written directions required under this paragraph to be furnished to a manufacturer-owned or controlled outlet shall be sent to the person in charge of each outlet by first-class mail or by electronic means, such as FAX transmissions or e-mail, with further instructions to notify all employees of the outlet who are involved with removal, rendering unsuitable for use, or disposition of recalled tires of the applicable requirements and procedures.
</P>
<P>(vi) Manufacturers must implement the plans for disposition of recalled tires that they file with NHTSA pursuant to this paragraph. The failure of a manufacturer to implement its plan in accordance with its terms constitutes a violation of the Safety Act.
</P>
<P>(10) A representative copy of all notices, bulletins, and other communications that relate directly to the defect or noncompliance and are sent to more than one manufacturer, distributor, dealer or purchaser. These copies shall be submitted to NHTSA's Recall Management Division (NVS-215) (RMD), not later than 5 days after they are initially sent to manufacturers, distributors, dealers, or purchasers. Submission shall be made pursuant to § 573.9 of this part.
</P>
<P>(11) The manufacturer's campaign number, if not identical to the identification number assigned by NHTSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 60169, Dec. 26, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 20437, Apr. 5, 1979; 48 FR 44081, Sept. 27, 1983; 60 FR 17268, Apr. 5, 1995; 61 FR 278, Jan. 4, 1996. Redesignated at 67 FR 45872, July 10, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 64063, Oct. 17, 2002; 69 FR 34959, June 23, 2004; 69 FR 50084, Aug. 13, 2004; 70 FR 38814, July 6, 2005; 72 FR 32016, June 11, 2007; 74 FR 47757, Sept. 17, 2009; 78 FR 51421, Aug. 20, 2013; 79 FR 43677, July 28, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.7   Quarterly reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer who is conducting a defect or noncompliance notification campaign to manufacturers, distributors, dealers, or owners shall submit to NHTSA a report in accordance with paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. Unless otherwise directed by the NHTSA, the information specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section shall be included in the quarterly report, with respect to each notification campaign, for each of six consecutive quarters beginning with the quarter in which the campaign was initiated (i.e., the date the manufacturer notifies its purchasers of the availability of a remedy) or corrective action has been completed on all defective or noncomplying vehicles or items of replacement equipment involved in the campaign, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(b) Each report shall include the following information identified by and in the order of the subparagraph headings of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(1) The notification campaign number assigned by NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(2) The date notification began and the date completed.
</P>
<P>(3) The number of vehicles or items of equipment involved in the notification campaign.
</P>
<P>(4) The number of vehicles and equipment items which have been inspected and repaired and the number of vehicles and equipment items inspected and determined not to need repair.
</P>
<P>(5) The number of vehicles or items of equipment determined to be unreachable for inspection due to export, theft, scrapping, failure to receive notification, or other reasons (specify). The number of vehicles or items or equipment in each category shall be specified.
</P>
<P>(6) In reports by equipment manufacturers, the number of items of equipment repaired and/or returned by dealers, other retailers, and distributors to the manufacturer prior to their first sale to the public.
</P>
<P>(7) For all recalls that involve the replacement of tires, the manufacturer shall provide:
</P>
<P>(i) The aggregate number of recalled tires that the manufacturer becomes aware have not been rendered unsuitable for resale for installation on a motor vehicle in accordance with the manufacturer's plan provided to NHTSA pursuant to § 573.6(c)(9);
</P>
<P>(ii) The aggregate number of recalled tires that the manufacturer becomes aware have been disposed of in violation of applicable state and local laws and regulations; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of any failure of a tire outlet to act in accordance with the directions in the manufacturer's plan, including an identification of the outlet(s) in question.
</P>
<P>(c) Information supplied in response to the paragraphs (b)(4) and (5) of this section shall be cumulative totals.
</P>
<P>(d) The reports required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with the following schedule, except that if the due date specified below falls on a Saturday, Sunday or Federal holiday, the report shall be submitted on the next day that is a business day for the Federal government:
</P>
<P>(1) For the first calendar quarter (January 1 through March 31), on or before April 30;
</P>
<P>(2) For the second calendar quarter (April 1 through June 30), on or before July 30;
</P>
<P>(3) For the third calendar quarter (July 1 through September 30), on or before October 30; and
</P>
<P>(4) For the fourth calendar quarter (October 1 through December 31), on or before January 30.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 398, Jan. 6, 1986, as amended at 60 FR 17269, Apr. 5, 1995. Redesignated at 67 FR 45872, July 10, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 50085, Aug. 13, 2004; 79 FR 43677, July 28, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.8   Lists of purchasers, owners, dealers, distributors, lessors, and lessees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer of motor vehicles shall maintain, in a form suitable for inspection such as computer information storage devices or card files, a list of the names and addresses of registered owners, as determined through State motor vehicle registration records or other sources or the most recent purchasers where the registered owners are unknown, for all vehicles involved in a defect or noncompliance notification campaign initiated after the effective date of this part. The list shall include the vehicle identification number for each vehicle and the status of remedy with respect to each vehicle, updated as of the end of each quarterly reporting period specified in § 573.7. Each vehicle manufacturer shall also maintain such a list of the names and addresses of all dealers and distributors to which a defect or noncompliance notification was sent. Each list shall be retained for 5 years, beginning with the date on which the defect or noncompliance information report required by § 573.6 is initially submitted to NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(b) Each manufacturer (including brand name owners) of tires shall maintain, in a form suitable for inspection such as computer information storage devices or card files, a list of the names and addresses of the first purchasers of his tires for all tires involved in a defect or noncompliance notification campaign initiated after the effective date of this part. The list shall include the tire identification number of all tires and shall show the status of remedy with respect to each owner involved in each notification campaign, updated as of the end of each quarterly reporting period specified in § 573.6. Each list shall be retained, beginning with the date on which the defect information report is initially submitted to the NHTSA, for 3 years.
</P>
<P>(c) For each item of equipment involved in a defect or noncompliance notification campaign initiated after the effective date of this part, each manufacturer of motor vehicle equipment other than tires shall maintain, in a form suitable for inspection, such as computer information storage devices or card files, a list of the names and addresses of each distributor and dealer of such manufacturer, each motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment manufacturer and most recent purchaser known to the manufacturer to whom a potentially defective or noncomplying item of equipment has been sold and to whom notification is sent, the number of such items sold to each, and the date of shipment. The list shall show as far as is practicable the number of items remedied or returned to the manufacturer and the dates of such remedy or return. Each list shall be retained, beginning with the date on which the defect report required by § 573.5 is initially submitted to the NHTSA, for 5 years.
</P>
<P>(d) Each lessor of leased motor vehicles that receives a notification from the manufacturer of such vehicles that the vehicle contains a safety-related defect or fails to comply with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard shall maintain, in a form suitable for inspection, such as computer information storage devices or card files, a list of the names and addresses of all lessees to which the lessor has provided notification of a defect or noncompliance pursuant to 49 CFR 577.5(h). The list shall also include the make, model, model year, and vehicle identification number of each such leased vehicle, and the date on which the lessor mailed notification of the defect or noncompliance to the lessee. The information required by this paragraph must be retained by the lessor for one calendar year from the date the vehicle lease expires.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 60169, Dec. 26, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 20437, Apr. 5, 1979; 60 FR 17269, Apr. 5, 1995; 61 FR 278, Jan. 4, 1996. Redesignated at 67 FR 45872, July 10, 2002; 69 FR 34959, June 23, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.9" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.9   Address for submitting required reports and other information.</HEAD>
<P>All submissions, except as otherwise required by this part, shall be submitted to NHTSA on the Internet Web page <I>http://www.safercar.gov/Vehicle + Manufacturers.</I> A manufacturer must use the templates provided at this Web page for all submissions required under this section. Defect and noncompliance information reports required by § 573.6 of this part shall be submitted using one of the following forms, depending upon the type of product that is the subject of the report: “Defect and/or Noncompliance Information Report Form—Vehicles;” “Defect and/or Noncompliance Information Report Form—Equipment;” “Defect and/or Noncompliance Information Report Form—Tires;” “Defect and/or Noncompliance Information Report Form—Child Restraints;” “Defect and/or Noncompliance Information Report—Vehicle Alterers.” Reports required under § 573.7 of this part shall be submitted using the form, “Quarterly Report Form” also located at this Web page.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 51421, Aug. 20, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.10" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.10   Reporting the sale or lease of defective or noncompliant tires.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting requirement.</I> Subject to paragraph (b) of this section, any person who knowingly and willfully sells or leases for use on a motor vehicle a defective tire or a tire that is not compliant with an applicable tire safety standard with actual knowledge that the manufacturer of such tire has notified its dealers of such defect or noncompliance as required under 49 U.S.C. 30118(c) or as required by an order under 49 U.S.C. 30118(b) must report that sale or lease to the Associate Administrator for Enforcement, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exclusions from reporting requirement.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section is not applicable where, before delivery under a sale or lease of a tire: 
</P>
<P>(1) The defect or noncompliance of the tire is remedied as required under 49 U.S.C. 30120; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Notification of the defect or noncompliance is required by an order under 49 U.S.C. 30118(b), but enforcement of the order is restrained or the order is set aside in a civil action to which 49 U.S.C. 30121(d) applies. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents of report; requirement of signature.</I> (1) A report submitted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section must contain the following information, where that information is available to the person selling or leasing the defective or noncompliant tire: 
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that the report is being submitted pursuant to 49 CFR 573.10(a) (sale or lease of defective or noncompliant tires); 
</P>
<P>(ii) The name, address and phone number of the person who purchased or leased the tire; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The name of the manufacturer of the tire; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The tire's brand name, model name, and size; 
</P>
<P>(v) The tire's DOT identification number; 
</P>
<P>(vi) The date of the sale or lease; and 
</P>
<P>(vii) The name, address, and telephone number of the seller or lessor. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each report must be dated and signed, with the name of the person signing the report legibly printed or typed below the signature. 
</P>
<P>(d) Reports required to be submitted pursuant to this section must be submitted no more than that five working days after a person to whom a tire covered by this section has been sold or leased has taken possession of that tire. Submissions must be made by any means which permits the sender to verify promptly that the report was in fact received by NHTSA and the day it was received by NHTSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 81413, Dec. 26, 2000, as amended at 72 FR 32016, June 11, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.11" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.11   Prohibition on sale or lease of new defective and noncompliant motor vehicles and items of replacement equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If notification is required by an order under 49 U.S.C. 30118(b) or is required under 49 U.S.C. 30118(c) and the manufacturer has provided to a dealer (including retailers of motor vehicle equipment) notification about a new motor vehicle or new item of replacement equipment in the dealer's possession, including actual and constructive possession, at the time of notification that contains a defect related to motor vehicle safety or does not comply with an applicable motor vehicle safety standard issued under 49 CFR part 571, the dealer may sell or lease the motor vehicle or item of replacement equipment only if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The defect or noncompliance is remedied as required by 49 U.S.C. 30120 before delivery under the sale or lease; or 
</P>
<P>(2) When the notification is required by an order under 49 U.S.C. 30118(b), enforcement of the order is restrained or the order is set aside in a civil action to which 49 U.S.C. 30121(d) applies. 
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not prohibit a dealer from offering the vehicle or equipment for sale or lease, provided that the dealer does not sell or lease it.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 19697, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.12" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.12   Prohibition on sale or lease of new and used defective and noncompliant motor vehicle equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject to § 573.12(b), no person may sell or lease any new or used item of motor vehicle equipment (including a tire) as defined by 49 U.S.C. 30102(a)(7), for installation on a motor vehicle, that is the subject of a decision under 49 U.S.C. 30118(b) or a notice required under 49 U.S.C. 30118(c), in a condition that it may be reasonably used for its original purpose. 
</P>
<P>(b) Paragraph (a) of this section is not applicable where: 
</P>
<P>(1) The defect or noncompliance is remedied as required under 49 U.S.C. 30120 before delivery under the sale or lease; 
</P>
<P>(2) Notification of the defect or noncompliance is required by an order under 49 U.S.C. 30118(b), but enforcement of the order is restrained or the order is set aside in a civil action to which 49 U.S.C. 30121(d) applies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 19698, Apr. 23, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.13" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.13   Reimbursement for pre-notification remedies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30120(d) and § 573.6(c)(8)(i) of this part, this section specifies requirements for a manufacturer's plan (including general reimbursement plans submitted pursuant to § 573.6(c)(8)(i)) to reimburse owners and purchasers for costs incurred for remedies in advance of the manufacturer's notification of safety-related defects and noncompliance with Federal motor vehicle safety standards under subsection (b) or (c) of 49 U.S.C. 30118. 
</P>
<P>(b) Definitions. The following definitions apply to this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Booster seat</I> means either a backless child restraint system or a belt-positioning seat. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Claimant means</I> a person who seeks reimbursement for the costs of a pre-notification remedy for which he or she paid. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Pre-notification remedy</I> means a remedy that is performed on a motor vehicle or item of replacement equipment for a problem subsequently addressed by a notification under subsection (b) or (c) of 49 U.S.C. 30118 and that is obtained during the period for reimbursement specified in paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Other child restraint system</I> means all child restraint systems as defined in 49 CFR 571.213 S4 not included within the categories of rear-facing infant seat or booster seat. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Rear-facing infant seat</I> means a child restraint system that is designed to position a child to face only in the direction opposite to the normal direction of travel of the motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Warranty</I> means a warranty as defined in § 579.4(c) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) The manufacturer's plan shall specify a period for reimbursement, as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The beginning date shall be no later than a date based on the underlying basis for the recall determined as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) For a noncompliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard, the date shall be the date of the first test or observation by either NHTSA or the manufacturer indicating that a noncompliance may exist. 
</P>
<P>(ii) For a safety-related defect that is determined to exist following the opening of an Engineering Analysis (EA) by NHTSA's Office of Defects Investigation (ODI), the date shall be the date the EA was opened, or one year before the date of the manufacturer's notification to NHTSA pursuant to § 573.6 of this part, whichever is earlier. 
</P>
<P>(iii) For a safety-related defect that is determined to exist in the absence of the opening of an EA, the date shall be one year before the date of the manufacturer's notification to NHTSA pursuant to § 573.6 of this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) The ending date shall be no earlier than: 
</P>
<P>(i) For motor vehicles, 10 calendar days after the date on which the manufacturer mailed the last of its notifications to owners pursuant to part 577 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(ii) For replacement equipment, 10 calendar days after the date on which the manufacturer mailed the last of its notifications to owners pursuant to part 577 of this chapter (where applicable) or 30 days after the conclusion of the manufacturer's initial efforts to provide public notice of the existence of the defect or noncompliance pursuant to § 577.7, whichever is later. 
</P>
<P>(d) The manufacturer's plan shall provide for reimbursement of costs for pre-notification remedies, subject to the conditions established in the plan. The following conditions and no others may be established in the plan. 
</P>
<P>(1) The plan may exclude reimbursement for costs incurred within the period during which the manufacturer's original or extended warranty would have provided for a free repair of the problem addressed by the recall, without any payment by the consumer unless a franchised dealer or authorized representative of the manufacturer denied warranty coverage or the repair made under warranty did not remedy the problem addressed by the recall. The exclusion based on an extended warranty may be applied only when the manufacturer provided written notice of the terms of the extended warranty to owners. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) For a motor vehicle, the plan may exclude reimbursement: 
</P>
<P>(A) If the pre-notification remedy was not of the same type (repair, replacement, or refund of purchase price) as the recall remedy; 
</P>
<P>(B) If the pre-notification remedy did not address the defect or noncompliance that led to the recall or a manifestation of the defect or noncompliance; or 
</P>
<P>(C) If the pre-notification remedy was not reasonably necessary to correct the defect or noncompliance that led to the recall or a manifestation of the defect or noncompliance. 
</P>
<P>(ii) However, the plan may not require that the pre-notification remedy be identical to the remedy elected by the manufacturer pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30120(a)(1)(A). 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) For replacement equipment, the plan may exclude reimbursement: 
</P>
<P>(A) If the pre-notification remedy did not address the defect or noncompliance that led to the recall or a manifestation of the defect or noncompliance; 
</P>
<P>(B) If the pre-notification remedy was not reasonably necessary to correct the defect or noncompliance that led to the recall or a manifestation of the defect and noncompliance; or 
</P>
<P>(C) In the case of a child restraint system that was replaced, if the replacement child restraint is not the same type (<I>i.e.,</I> rear-facing infant seat, booster seat, or other child restraint system) as the restraint that was the subject of the recall. 
</P>
<P>(ii) However, the plan may not require that the pre-notification remedy be identical to the remedy elected by the manufacturer pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30120(a)(1)(B). 
</P>
<P>(4) The plan may exclude reimbursement if the claimant did not submit adequate documentation to the manufacturer at an address or location designated pursuant to § 573.13(f). The plan may require, at most, that the following documentation be submitted: 
</P>
<P>(i) Name and mailing address of the claimant; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Identification of the product that was recalled: 
</P>
<P>(A) For motor vehicles, the vehicle make, model, model year, and vehicle identification number of the vehicle; 
</P>
<P>(B) For replacement equipment other than child restraint systems and tires, a description of the equipment, including model and size as appropriate; 
</P>
<P>(C) For child restraint systems, a description of the restraint, including the type (rear-facing infant seat, booster seat, or other child restraint system) and the model; or 
</P>
<P>(D) For tires, the model and size; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Identification of the recall (either the NHTSA recall number or the manufacturer's recall number); 
</P>
<P>(iv) Identification of the owner or purchaser of the recalled motor vehicle or replacement equipment at the time that the pre-notification remedy was obtained; 
</P>
<P>(v) A receipt for the pre-notification remedy, which may be an original or copy: 
</P>
<P>(A) If the reimbursement sought is for a repair, the manufacturer may require that the receipt indicate that the repair addressed the defect or noncompliance that led to the recall or a manifestation of the defect or noncompliance, and state the total amount paid for the repair of that problem. Itemization of a receipt of the amount for parts, labor, other costs and taxes, may not be required unless it is unclear on the face of the receipt that the repair for which reimbursement is sought addressed only the pre-notification remedy relating to the pertinent defect or noncompliance or manifestation thereof. 
</P>
<P>(B) If the reimbursement sought is for the replacement of a vehicle part or an item of replacement equipment, the manufacturer may require that the receipt identify the item and state the total amount paid for the item that replaced the defective or noncompliant item; 
</P>
<P>(vi) In the case of items of replacement equipment that were replaced, documentation that the claimant or a relative thereof (with relationship stated) owned the recalled item. Such documentation could consist of: 
</P>
<P>(A) An invoice or receipt showing purchase of the recalled item of replacement equipment; 
</P>
<P>(B) If the claimant sent a registration card for a recalled child restraint system or tire to the manufacturer, a statement to that effect; 
</P>
<P>(C) A copy of the registration card for the recalled child restraint system or tire; or 
</P>
<P>(D) Documentation demonstrating that the claimant had replaced a recalled tire that was on a vehicle that he, she, or a relative owned; and 
</P>
<P>(vii) If the pre-notification remedy was obtained at a time when the vehicle or equipment could have been repaired or replaced at no charge under a manufacturer's original or extended warranty program, documentation indicating that the manufacturer's dealer or authorized facility either refused to remedy the problem addressed by the recall under the warranty or that the warranty repair did not correct the problem addressed by the recall. 
</P>
<P>(e) The manufacturer's plan shall specify the amount of costs to be reimbursed for a pre-notification remedy. 
</P>
<P>(1) For motor vehicles: 
</P>
<P>(i) The amount of reimbursement shall not be less than the lesser of: 
</P>
<P>(A) The amount paid by the owner for the remedy, or 
</P>
<P>(B) The cost of parts for the remedy, plus associated labor at local labor rates, miscellaneous fees such as disposal of waste, and taxes. Costs for parts may be limited to the manufacturer's list retail price for authorized parts. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Any associated costs, including, but not limited to, taxes or disposal of wastes, may not be limited. 
</P>
<P>(2) For replacement equipment: 
</P>
<P>(i) The amount of reimbursement ordinarily would be the amount paid by the owner for the replacement item. 
</P>
<P>(ii) In cases in which the owner purchased a brand or model different from the item of motor vehicle equipment that was the subject of the recall, the manufacturer may limit the amount of reimbursement to the retail list price of the defective or noncompliant item that was replaced, plus taxes. 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the item of motor vehicle equipment was repaired, the provisions of paragraph (e)(1) of this section apply. 
</P>
<P>(f) The manufacturer's plan shall identify an address to which claimants may mail reimbursement clams and may identify franchised dealer(s) and authorized facilities to which claims for reimbursement may be submitted directly. 
</P>
<P>(g) The manufacturer (either directly or through its designated dealer or facility) shall act upon requests for reimbursement as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer shall act upon a claim for reimbursement within 60 days of its receipt. If the manufacturer denies the claim, the manufacturer must send a notice to the claimant within 60 days of receipt of the claim that includes a clear, concise statement of the reasons for the denial. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a claim for reimbursement is incomplete when originally submitted, the manufacturer shall advise the claimant within 60 days of receipt of the claim of the documentation that is needed and offer an opportunity to resubmit the claim with complete documentation. 
</P>
<P>(h) Reimbursement shall be in the form of a check or cash from the manufacturer or a designated dealer or facility. 
</P>
<P>(i) The manufacturer shall make its reimbursement plan available to the public upon request. 
</P>
<P>(j) Any disputes over the denial in whole or in part of a claim for reimbursement shall be resolved between the claimant and the manufacturer. NHTSA will not mediate or resolve any disputes regarding eligibility for, or the amount of, reimbursement. 
</P>
<P>(k) Each manufacturer shall implement each plan for reimbursement in accordance with this section and the terms of the plan. 
</P>
<P>(l) Nothing in this section requires that a manufacturer provide reimbursement in connection with a fraudulent claim for reimbursement. 
</P>
<P>(m) A manufacturer's plan may provide that it will not apply to recalls based solely on noncompliant or defective labels. 
</P>
<P>(n) The requirement that reimbursement for a pre-notification remedy be provided to an owner does not apply if, in the case of a motor vehicle or replacement equipment other than a tire, it was bought by the first purchaser more than 10 calendar years before notice is given under 49 U.S.C. 30118(c) or an order is issued under section 49 U.S.C. 30118(b). In the case of a tire, this period shall be 5 calendar years.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64063, Oct. 17, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.14" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.14   Accelerated remedy program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An accelerated remedy program is one in which the manufacturer expands the sources of replacement parts needed to remedy the defect or noncompliance, or expands the number of authorized repair facilities beyond those facilities that usually and customarily provide remedy work for the manufacturer, or both. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator may require a manufacturer to accelerate its remedy program if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The Administrator finds that there is a risk of serious injury or death if the remedy program is not accelerated; 
</P>
<P>(2) The Administrator finds that acceleration of the remedy program can be reasonably achieved by expanding the sources of replacement parts, expanding the number of authorized repair facilities, or both; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The Administrator determines that the manufacturer's remedy program is not likely to be capable of completion within a reasonable time. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator, in deciding whether to require the manufacturer to accelerate a remedy program and what to require the manufacturer to do, will consult with the manufacturer and may consider a wide range of information, including, but not limited to, the following: the manufacturer's initial or revised report submitted under § 573.6(c), information from the manufacturer, information from other manufacturers and suppliers, information from any source related to the availability and implementation of the remedy, and the seriousness of the risk of injury or death associated with the defect or noncompliance. 
</P>
<P>(d) As required by the Administrator, an accelerated remedy program shall include the manner of acceleration (expansion of the sources of replacement parts, expansion of the number of authorized repair facilities, or both), may require submission of a plan, may identify the parts to be provided and/or the sources of those parts, may require the manufacturer to notify the agency and owners about any differences among different sources or brands of parts, may require the manufacturer to identify additional authorized repair facilities, and may specify additional owner notifications related to the program. The Administrator may also require the manufacturer to include a program to provide reimbursement to owners who incur costs to obtain the accelerated remedy. 
</P>
<P>(e) Under an accelerated remedy program, the remedy that is provided shall be equivalent to the remedy that would have been provided if the manufacturer's remedy program had not been accelerated. The replacement parts used to remedy the defect or noncompliance shall be reasonably equivalent to those that would have been used if the remedy program were not accelerated. The service procedures shall be reasonably equivalent. In the case of tires, all replacement tires shall be the same size and type as the defective or noncompliant tire, shall be suitable for use on the owner's vehicle, shall have the same or higher load index and speed rating, and, for passenger car tires, shall have the same or better rating in each of the three categories enumerated in the Uniform Tire Quality Grading System. <I>See</I> 49 CFR 575.104. In the case of child restraints systems, all replacements shall be of the same type (e.g., rear-facing infant seats with a base, rear-facing infant seats without a base, convertible seats (designed for use in both rear- and forward-facing modes), forward-facing only seats, high back booster seats with a five-point harness, and belt positioning booster seats) and the same overall quality. 
</P>
<P>(f) In those instances where the accelerated remedy program provides that an owner may obtain the remedy from a source other than the manufacturer or its dealers or authorized facilities by paying for the remedy and/or its installation, the manufacturer shall reimburse the owner for the cost of obtaining the remedy as specified on paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(3) of this section. Under these circumstances, the accelerated remedy program shall include, to the extent required by the Administrator: 
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the remedy and costs that are eligible for reimbursement, including identification of the equipment and/or parts and labor for which reimbursement is available; 
</P>
<P>(2) Identification, with specificity or as a class, of the alternative repair facilities at which reimbursable repairs may be performed, including an explanation of how to arrange for service at those facilities; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Other provisions assuring appropriate reimbursement that are consistent with those set forth in § 573.13, including, but not limited to, provisions regarding the procedures and needed documentation for making a claim for reimbursement, the amount of costs to be reimbursed, the office to which claims for reimbursement shall be submitted, the requirements on manufacturers for acting on claims for reimbursement, and the methods by which owners can obtain information about the program. 
</P>
<P>(g) In response to a manufacturer's request, the Administrator may authorize a manufacturer to terminate its accelerated remedy program if the Administrator concludes that the manufacturer can meet all future demands for the remedy through its own sources in a prompt manner. If required by the Administrator, the manufacturer shall provide notice of the termination of the program to all owners of unremedied vehicles and equipment at least 30 days in advance of the termination date, in a form approved by the Administrator. 
</P>
<P>(h) Each manufacturer shall implement any accelerated remedy program required by the Administrator according to the terms of that program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 72392, Dec. 5, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.15" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.15   Public availability of motor vehicle recall information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General</I>—Manufacturers that have manufactured for sale, sold, offered for sale, introduced or delivered for introduction in interstate commerce, or imported into the United States 25,000 or more light vehicles or 5,000 or more motorcycles in the current calendar year or the prior calendar year shall make motor vehicle safety recall information applicable to the vehicles they manufactured available to the public on the Internet. The information shall be in a format that is searchable by vehicle make and model and vehicle identification number (VIN), that preserves consumer privacy, and that includes information about each recall that has not been completed for each vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specific requirements</I>—The system that manufacturers use to provide the information as specified in paragraph (a) of this section must also meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Be free of charge and not require users to register or submit information, other than a make, model, and a VIN, in order to obtain information on recalls;
</P>
<P>(2) Have a hyperlink (Internet link) to it conspicuously placed on the manufacturer's main United States' Web page;
</P>
<P>(3) Not include sales or marketing messages with the page for entering a make, model, and VIN, or with the page where the results are displayed;
</P>
<P>(4) Allow users to search a vehicle's recall remedy status, and report that a recall has not been completed on that vehicle, as soon as possible and no later than the date when the manufacturer includes that vehicle on its list compiled for purposes of 49 CFR 573.8(a);
</P>
<P>(5) Ensure safety recalls subject to paragraph (b)(4) of this section are conspicuously placed first, before any other information that is displayed;
</P>
<P>(6) For vehicles that have been identified as covered by a safety recall, but for which the recall remedy is not yet available, state that the vehicle is covered by the safety recall and that the remedy is not yet available;
</P>
<P>(7) Be updated at least once every seven (7) calendar days. The date of the last update must display on both the page for entering the make, model, and VIN to search for recall completion information and the results page;
</P>
<P>(8) Where the search results in identification of a recall that has not been completed, state the recall campaign number NHTSA assigned to the matter; state the date the defect or noncompliance was reported pursuant to Part 573; provide a brief description of the safety defect or noncompliance, including the risk to safety, identified in the manufacturer's information report or owner notification letter filed pursuant to this part; and describe the remedy program;
</P>
<P>(9) At a minimum, include recall completion information for each vehicle covered by any safety recall for which the owner notification campaign started at any time within the previous fifteen (15) calendar years;
</P>
<P>(10) State the earliest date for which recall completion information is available, either on the search page or on the results page, and provide information for all owner notification campaigns after that date;
</P>
<P>(11) Instruct the user to contact the manufacturer if the user has questions or wishes to question the accuracy of any information, and provide a hyperlink or other contact information for doing so;
</P>
<P>(12) Ensure, through adherence with technical specifications that NHTSA makes available through a secure area of its Web site <I>http://www.safercar.gov/Vehicle + Manufacturers/RecallsPortal,</I> the secure electronic transfer of the recall information and data required to be made publicly available by this section, to NHTSA for its use in displaying that information and data on its Web sites or other public portals.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 51421, Aug. 20, 2013, as amended at 79 FR 43677, July 28, 2014] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 573.16" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.2.0.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 573.16   Reporting bankruptcy petition.</HEAD>
<P>Each manufacturer that files a bankruptcy petition, or is the subject of an involuntary petition for which relief has been ordered, pursuant to Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. 101 et seq., shall provide NHTSA a report as specified below.
</P>
<P>(a) The name of the court, the docket number, and the name, address and telephone number of the manufacturer's legal representative;
</P>
<P>(b) A copy of the bankruptcy petition;
</P>
<P>(c) A list of the recalls for which the manufacturer filed a “Defect and noncompliance information report” with NHTSA pursuant to 49 CFR 573.6; and
</P>
<P>(d) The information specified in 49 CFR 573.7(b) for each recall listed pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) Each report pursuant to this section must be received by NHTSA not more than 5 working days after the date the petition is filed in the United States Bankruptcy Court. Reports shall be addressed to the Associate Administrator for Enforcement, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Attention: Recall Management Division (NVS-215), 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590, or submitted as an attachment to an email message to <I>RMD.ODI@dot.gov</I> in a portable document format (.pdf).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 51422, Aug. 20, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="574" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 574—TIRE IDENTIFICATION AND RECORDKEEPING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117, and 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>An interpretation of manufacturer's designee issued by NHTSA and published at 36 FR 9780, May 28, 1971, provides as follows:
</PSPACE><PSPACE>“A request for an interpretation has been received from the Rubber Manufacturers Association asking that it be made clear that, under the Tire Identification and Recordkeeping Regulation (part 574), particularly §§ 574.7 and 574.8, only the tire manufacturer, brand name owner, or retreader may designate a third party to provide the necessary recording forms or to maintain the records required by the regulation.
</PSPACE><P>“Another person has requested an interpretation concerning the questions whether: (1) A tire manufacturer, brand name owner or retreader may designate one or more persons to be its designee for the purpose of maintaining the information, (2) an independent distributor or dealer may select a designee for the retention of the manufacturer's records, provided the manufacturer approves the designation, and (3) the independent distributor or dealer may seek administrative relief in the event he believes the information retained by the manufacturer is being used to his detriment.
</P><P>“Under section 113(f) of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 1402(f) and part 574, it is the tire manufacturer who has the ultimate responsibility for maintaining the records of first purchasers. Therefore, it is the tire manufacturer or his designee who must maintain these records. The term <I>designee,</I> as used in the regulation, was not intended to preclude multiple designees; if the tire manufacturer desires, he may designate more than one person to maintain the required information. Furthermore, neither the Act nor the regulation prohibits the distributor or dealer from being the manufacturer's designee nor do they prohibit a distributor or dealer from selecting someone to be the manufacturer's designee provided the manufacturer approves of the selection.
</P><P>“With respect to the possibility of manufacturers using the maintained information to the detriment of a distributor or dealer, the NHTSA will of course investigate claims by distributors or dealers of alleged misconduct and, if the maintained information is being misused, take appropriate action.
</P><P>“Issued under the authority of sections 103, 113, and 119 of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act, 15 U.S.C. 1392, 1402, and 1407, and the delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.51.”</P></EDNOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 574.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.3.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 574.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part sets forth the method by which new tire manufacturers and new tire brand name owners shall identify tires for use on motor vehicles and maintain records of tire purchasers, and the methods by which retreaders and retreaded tire brand name owners shall identify tires for use on motor vehicles. This part also sets forth the methods by which independent tire dealers and distributors shall record, on registration forms, their names and addresses and the identification number of the tires sold to tire purchasers and provide the forms to the purchasers, so that the purchasers may report their names to the new tire manufacturers and new tire brand name owners, and by which other tire dealers and distributors shall record and report the names of tire purchasers to the new tire manufacturers and new tire brand name owners.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Secs. 108, 119, and 201, Pub. L. 89-563, 80 Stat. 718 (15 U.S.C. 1392, 1407, and 1421); sec. 4, Pub. L. 97-311, 96 Stat. 1619 (15 U.S.C. 1418); and delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 4760, Feb. 8, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 574.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.3.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 574.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to facilitate notification to purchasers of defective or nonconforming tires, pursuant to Sections 30118 and 30119 of Title 49, United States Code, so that they may take appropriate action in the interest of motor vehicle safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 29495, June 11, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 574.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.3.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 574.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory definitions.</I> All terms in this part that are defined in Section 30102 of Title 49, United States Code, are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motor vehicle safety standard definitions.</I> Unless otherwise indicated, all terms used in this part that are defined in the Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, part 571 of this subchapter (hereinafter the Standards), are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Independent</I> means, with respect to a tire distributor or dealer, one whose business is not owned or controlled by a tire manufacturer or brand name owner.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Mileage contract purchaser</I> means a person who purchases or leases tire use on a mileage basis.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>New tire brand name owner</I> means a person, other than a new tire manufacturer, who owns or has the right to control the brand name of a new tire or a person who licenses another to purchase new tires from a new tire manufacturer bearing the licensor's brand name.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Retreaded tire brand name owner</I> means a person, other than a retreader, who owns or has the right to control the brand name of a retreaded tire or a person who licenses another to purchase retreaded tires from a retreader bearing the licensor's brand name.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Tire purchaser</I> means a person who buys or leases a new tire, or who buys or leases for 60 days or more a motor vehicle containing a new tire for purposes other than resale.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Secs. 103, 108, 112, 119, 201, Pub. L. 89-563, 80 Stat. 718 (15 U.S.C. 1392, 1397, 1401, 1407, 1421); secs. 102, 103, 104, Pub. L. 93-492, 88 Stat. 1470 (15 U.S.C. 1411-1420); 92 Stat. 2689 (15 U.S.C. 1418); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.51)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 1197, Jan. 26, 1971, as amended at 44 FR 7964, Feb. 8, 1979; 49 FR 38612, Oct. 1, 1984; 61 FR 29495, June 11, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 574.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.3.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 574.4   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to manufacturers, brand name owners, retreaders, distributors, and dealers of new and retreaded tires, and new non-pneumatic tires and non-pneumatic tire assemblies for use on motor vehicles manufactured after 1948 and to manufacturers and dealers of motor vehicles manufactured after 1948. However, it does not apply to persons who retread tires solely for their own use.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 5422, Mar. 23, 1971, as amended at 55 FR 29596, July 20, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 574.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.3.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 574.5   Tire identification requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Tire identification number (TIN) labeling requirement</I>—(1) <I>New tires.</I> Each new tire manufacturer must conspicuously label on one sidewall of each tire it manufactures, except non-pneumatic tires or non-pneumatic tire assemblies, by permanently molding into or onto the sidewall, in the manner and location specified in Figure 1, a TIN consisting of 13 symbols and containing the information set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section. NOTE: The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards may have more specific TIN marking requirements for some tires. See 49 CFR part 571.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Retreaded tires.</I> Each tire retreader must conspicuously label at least one sidewall of each tire it retreads by permanently molding or branding into or onto the sidewall, in the manner and location specified by Figure 2, a TIN consisting of seven symbols and containing the information set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Non-pneumatic tires and non-pneumatic tire assemblies.</I> Each manufacturer of a non-pneumatic tire or non-pneumatic tire assembly must permanently mold, stamp, or otherwise permanently mark into or onto at least one side of the non-pneumatic tire or non-pneumatic tire assembly a TIN consisting of 13 symbols and containing the information set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Tires for mileage-contract purchasers.</I> Manufacturers or retreaders of tires exclusively for mileage-contract purchasers may, instead of meeting any other requirements of this section, permanently mold into or onto the tire sidewall in lettering at least 6 mm (0.25 inch) high the phrase “for mileage contract use only”.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Optional phase-out of two-symbol plant code.</I> NHTSA will assign to tire manufacturers who were previously assigned a plant code consisting of two symbols a new three-symbol plant code to replace each two-symbol plant code. A manufacturer may continue to use a previously assigned two-symbol plant code until April 13, 2025. Manufacturers who use a two-symbol plant code must comply with paragraph (g) of this section in lieu of the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section. Retreaders may also optionally comply with paragraph (g) of this section in lieu of paragraph (b) of this section until April 13, 2025.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>TIN content requirements</I>—(1) <I>Plant code.</I> The plant code, consisting of three symbols, must be the first group of the TIN. The plant code represents the identity of the new tire manufacturer or retreader. The plant code is assigned to the manufacturer or retreader by NHTSA upon request. See § 574.6.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Manufacturer's code.</I> The manufacturer's code, consisting of six symbols, is the second group of the TIN for all new tires, but it cannot be used for retreaded tires. The manufacturer's code must be located between the plant code and the date code as shown in Figure 1. For new tires, the manufacturer's code may be used as a descriptive code for the purpose of identifying significant characteristics of the tire or to identify the brand name owner. For a new non-pneumatic tire or a non-pneumatic tire assembly, the manufacturer's code must identify the non-pneumatic tire identification code. Each manufacturer must maintain a detailed record of each manufacturer's code it uses with the corresponding tire size, tire characteristic, brand name owner, and non-pneumatic tire identification code as applicable and their respective meanings, which it must provide to NHTSA upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Date code.</I> The date code, consisting of four numerical symbols, is the final group. The date code must identify the week and year of manufacture. The first and second symbols of the date code must identify the week of the year by using “01” for the first full calendar week in each year, “02” for the second full calendar week, and so on. The calendar week runs from Sunday through the following Saturday. The final week of each year may include no more than six days of the following year. The third and fourth symbols of the date code must identify the last two digits of the year of manufacture. For example, 0109 means the tire was manufactured in the first full calendar week of 2009, or the week beginning on Sunday, January 4, 2009, and ending on Saturday, January 10, 2009. The date code must be positioned as shown in Figures 1 or 2 for new tires and retreaded tires, respectively.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Retreaded tire mark.</I> The symbol “R” must be used to identify retreaded tires, and must be marked at the time of TIN marking in a location specified in Figure 2. The “R” is not part of the TIN.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Method of marking.</I> (1) At the option of the manufacturer or retreader, the information contained in paragraph (b)(3) of this section may, instead of being permanently molded, be laser etched into or onto the sidewall in the location specified in Figures 1 or 2, respectively, during the manufacturing process of the tire and not later than 24 hours after the tire is removed from the mold.
</P>
<P>(2) The labeling for a non-pneumatic tire or a non-pneumatic tire assembly must be in the manner specified in Figure 1 and positioned on the non-pneumatic tire or non-pneumatic tire assembly such that it is not placed on the tread or the outermost edge of the tire and is not obstructed by any portion of the non-pneumatic rim or wheel center member designated for use with that non-pneumatic tire in S4.4 of Standard No. 129 (49 CFR 571.129).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>The DOT symbol.</I> (1) The DOT symbol constitutes a certification that the marked tire conforms to an applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard.
</P>
<P>(2) If required, a manufacturer or retreader must place the DOT symbol as shown and positioned relative to the TIN in Figure 1 for new tires and as shown in Figure 2 for retreaded tires.
</P>
<P>(3) The DOT symbol must not appear on tires to which no Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard is applicable, except that retreaders of tires for use on motor vehicles other than passenger cars may, prior to retreading, remove the DOT symbol from the sidewall or allow it to remain on the sidewall, at the retreader's option.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Authorized symbols.</I> The only symbols that manufacturers and retreaders are allowed to use in the tire identification number are: A, B, C, D, E, F, H, J, K, L, M, N, P, R, T, U, V, W, X, Y, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 0.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Old TIN content requirement.</I> The following requirements are applicable to tire manufacturers who were previously assigned two-symbol plant codes by NHTSA and to retreaders. A new tire manufacturer who continues to use a previously assigned two-symbol plant code in place of a new three-symbol plant code and a retreader may optionally comply with this paragraph instead of paragraph (b) of this section until April 13, 2025.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>First grouping.</I> The plant code, consisting of two symbols, must be the first group of the TIN. The plant code represents the identity of the new tire manufacturer and was previously assigned to the manufacturer by NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Second grouping.</I> For new tires, the second group, consisting of no more than two symbols, must be used to identify the tire size. For a non-pneumatic tire or non-pneumatic tire assembly, the second group, consisting of no more than two symbols, must be used to identify the non-pneumatic tire identification code. For retreaded tires, the second group, consisting of no more than two symbols, must identify the retread matrix in which the tire was processed or a tire size code if a matrix was not used to process the retreaded tire. Each new tire manufacturer and retreader must maintain a record of each symbol used, with the corresponding matrix or tire size, which it must provide to NHTSA upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Third grouping.</I> The third group, consisting of no more than four symbols, may be used at the option of the manufacturer or retreader as a descriptive code for the purpose of identifying significant characteristics of the tire. However, if the tire is manufactured for a brand name owner, one of the functions of the third grouping must be to identify the brand name owner. Each manufacturer or retreader who uses the third grouping must maintain a detailed record of any descriptive brand name owner code used, which it must provide to NHTSA upon request.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Fourth grouping.</I> The date code, consisting of four numerical symbols, is the final group. The date code must identify the week and year of manufacture. The first and second symbols of the date code must identify the week of the year by using “01” for the first full calendar week in each year, “02” for the second full calendar week, and so on. The calendar week runs from Sunday through the following Saturday. The final week of each year may include no more than six days of the following year. The third and fourth symbols of the date code must identify the last two digits of the year of manufacture. For example, 0109 means the tire was manufactured in the first full calendar week of 2009, or the week beginning on Sunday, January 4, 2009, and ending on Saturday, January 10, 2009. The date code must be positioned as shown in Figures 1 or 2 for new tires and retreaded tires, respectively.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap15.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er13ap15.005.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 19560, Apr. 13, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 574.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.3.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 574.6   How to obtain a plant code.</HEAD>
<P>To obtain a plant code required by § 574.5(b)(1), each manufacturer of new or retreaded pneumatic tires, non-pneumatic tires, or non-pneumatic tire assemblies must apply in writing to the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20590, identify itself as a tire manufacturer or retreader, and furnish the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The name, or other designation identifying the applicant, and its main office address;
</P>
<P>(b) The name, or other identifying designation, of each individual plant operated by the manufacturer and the address of each plant, if applicable;
</P>
<P>(c) The name, or other identifying designation, of the corporate owner, if applicable, of each plant;
</P>
<P>(d) The email addresses, phone numbers, and fax numbers for each person or corporation listed, including the main office; and
</P>
<P>(e) The type of tires manufactured at each plant, e.g., pneumatic tires for passenger cars, buses, trucks, or motorcycles; pneumatic retreaded tires; or non-pneumatic tires or non-pneumatic tire assemblies.
</P>
<P>Note to § 574,6: Additional requirements for new tire manufacturers may be applicable. See 49 CFR parts 551 and 566.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 19560, Apr. 13, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 574.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.3.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 574.7   Information requirements—new tire manufacturers, new tire brand name owners.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Each new tire manufacturer and each new tire brand name owner (hereinafter referred to in this section and § 574.8 as “tire manufacturer”) or its designee, shall provide tire registration forms to every distributor and dealer of its tires which offers new tires for sale or lease to tire purchasers.
</P>
<P>(2) Each tire registration form provided to independent distributors and dealers pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall contain space for recording the information specified in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (a)(4)(iii) of this section. Each form shall:
</P>
<P>(i) Have the following physical characteristics:
</P>
<P>(A) Be rectangular;
</P>
<P>(B) Be not less than 3
<FR>1/2</FR> inches high, 5 inches long, and 0.007 inches thick;
</P>
<P>(C) Be not more than 4
<FR>1/4</FR> inches high, 6 inches long, and 0.016 inch thick.
</P>
<P>(ii) On the address side of the form, be addressed with the name and address of the manufacturer or its designee, and include, in the upper right hand corner, the statement “Affix a postcard stamp.”
</P>
<P>(iii) On the other side of the form:
</P>
<P>(A) Include the tire manufacturer's name, unless it appears on the address side of the form;
</P>
<P>(B) Include a statement explaining the purpose of the form and how a consumer may register tires. The statement shall:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Include the heading “IMPORTANT”.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Include the sentence: “In case of a recall, we can reach you only if we have your name and address.”
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Indicate that sending in the card will add a person to the manufacturer's recall list.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) A tire manufacturer may voluntarily provide means for tire registration via the Internet, by telephone or other electronic means. If a tire manufacturer voluntarily provides a Web site or other means by which its tires can be registered, it may (but is not required to) include a sentence listing one or more such means, beginning with the phrase “Instead of mailing this form, you can * * *.” Example: Instead of mailing this form, you can register online at [insert tire manufacturer's registration Web site address].
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Include the sentence: “Do it today.”
</P>
<P>(C) Include space for recording tire identification numbers for six tires.
</P>
<P>(D) Use shading to distinguish between areas of the form to be filled in by sellers and customers.
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Include the statement: “Shaded areas must be filled in by seller.”
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The areas of the form for recording tire identification numbers and information about the seller of the tires must be shaded.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The area of the form for recording the customer name and address must not be shaded.
</P>
<P>(E) Include, in the top right corner, the phrase “OMB Control No. 2127-0050”.
</P>
<P>(3) Each tire registration form provided to distributors and dealers that are not independent distributors or dealers pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section must contain space for recording the information specified in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (a)(4)(iii) of this section. Each form must include:
</P>
<P>(A) A statement indicating where the form should be returned, including the name and mailing address of the manufacturer or its designee.
</P>
<P>(B) The tire manufacturers' logo or other identification, if the manufacturer is not identified as part of the statement indicating where the form should be returned.
</P>
<P>(C) The statement: “IMPORTANT: FEDERAL LAW REQUIRES TIRE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS MUST BE REGISTERED”.
</P>
<P>(D) In the top right corner, the phrase “OMB Control No. 2127-0050”.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Name and address of the tire purchaser.
</P>
<P>(ii) Tire identification number.
</P>
<P>(iii) Name and address of the tire seller or other means by which the tire manufacturer can identify the tire seller.
</P>
<P>(b) Each tire manufacturer shall record and maintain, or have recorded and maintained for it by a designee, the information from registration forms which are submitted to it or its designee. No tire manufacturer shall use the information on the registration forms for any commercial purpose detrimental to tire distributors and dealers. Any tire manufacturer to which registration forms are mistakenly sent shall forward those registration forms to the proper tire manufacturer within 90 days of the receipt of the forms.
</P>
<P>(c) Each tire manufacturer shall maintain, or have maintained for it by a designee, a record of each tire distributor and dealer that purchases tires directly from the manufacturer and sells them to tire purchasers, the number of tires purchased by each such distributor or dealer, the number of tires for which reports have been received from each such distributor or dealer other than an independent distributor or dealer, the number of tires for which reports have been received from each such independent distributor or dealer, the total number of tires for which registration forms have been submitted to the manufacturer or its designee, and the total number of tires sold by the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(d) The information that is specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section and recorded on registration forms submitted to a tire manufacturer or its designee shall be maintained for a period of not less than five years from the date on which the information is recorded by the manufacturer or its designee. 
</P>
<P>(e) Tire manufacturers may voluntarily provide means for tire registration via the Internet, by telephone or other electronic means.
</P>
<P>(f) Each tire manufacturer shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section with respect to tire registration information submitted to it or its designee by any means authorized by the manufacturer in addition to the use of registration forms.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Secs. 108, 119, and 201, Pub. L. 89-563, 80 Stat. 718 (15 U.S.C. 1392, 1407, and 1421); sec. 4, Pub. L. 97-311, 96 Stat. 1619 (15 U.S.C. 1418); and delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 4760, Feb. 8, 1984; 49 FR 5621, Feb. 14, 1984, as amended at 56 FR 49427, Sept. 30, 1991; 64 FR 36815, July 8, 1999; 67 FR 45872, July 10, 2002; 71 FR 39233, July 12, 2006; 73 FR 72368, Nov. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 574.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.3.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 574.8   Information requirements—tire distributors and dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Independent distributors and dealers.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Each independent distributor and each independent dealer selling or leasing new tires to tire purchasers or lessors (hereinafter referred to in this section as “tire purchasers”) shall comply with paragraph (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii) or (a)(1)(iii) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) At the time of sale or lease of the tire, provide each tire purchaser with a paper tire registration form on which the distributor or dealer has recorded the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The entire tire identification number of the tire(s) sold or leased to the tire purchaser, and
</P>
<P>(B) The distributor's or dealer's name and street address. In lieu of the street address, and if one is available, the distributor or dealer's e-mail address or Web site may be recorded. Other means of identifying the distributor or dealer known to the manufacturer may also be used.
</P>
<P>(ii) Record the following information on a paper tire registration form and return it to the tire manufacturer, or its designee, on behalf of the tire purchaser, at no charge to the tire purchaser and within 30 days of the date of sale or lease:
</P>
<P>(A) The purchaser's name and address,
</P>
<P>(B) The entire tire identification number of the tire(s) sold or leased to the tire purchaser, and
</P>
<P>(C) The distributor's or dealer's name and street address. In lieu of the street address, and if one is available, the distributor or dealer's e-mail address or Web site may be recorded. Other means of identifying the distributor or dealer known to the manufacturer may also be used.
</P>
<P>(iii) Electronically transmit the following information on the tire registration form by any means listed on the form by the tire manufacturer, or by such other means as may be authorized by the tire manufacturer, to the tire manufacturer or its designee, using secure means (e.g., https on the Web), at no charge to the tire purchaser and within 30 days of the date of sale or lease:
</P>
<P>(A) The purchaser's name and address,
</P>
<P>(B) The entire tire identification number of the tire(s) sold or leased to the tire purchaser, and
</P>
<P>(C) The distributor's or dealer's name and street address. In lieu of the street address, and if one is available, the distributor or dealer's e-mail address or Web site may be recorded. Other means of identifying the distributor or dealer known to the manufacturer may also be used.
</P>
<P>(2) Each independent distributor or dealer that complies with paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section shall use either the tire registration forms provided by the tire manufacturers pursuant to § 574.7(a) or registration forms obtained from another source. Paper forms obtained from other sources must comply with the requirements specified in § 574.7(a) for forms provided by tire manufacturers to independent distributors and dealers.
</P>
<P>(3) Multiple tire sales or leases by the same tire purchaser may be recorded on a single paper registration form or in a single Web site transaction.
</P>
<P>(4) Each independent distributor or dealer that is complying with paragraph (a)(1)(iii) with respect to a sale or lease shall include a statement to that effect on the invoice for that sale or lease and provide the invoice to the tire purchaser.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other distributors and dealers.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Each distributor and each dealer, other than an independent distributor or dealer, selling new tires to tire purchasers:
</P>
<P>(i) shall submit, using paper registration forms or, if authorized by the tire manufacturer, secure electronic means, the information specified in § 574.7(a)(4) to the manufacturer of the tires sold, or to the manufacturer's designee.
</P>
<P>(ii) shall submit the information specified in § 574.7(a)(4) to the tire manufacturer or the manufacturer's designee, not less often than every 30 days. A distributor or dealer selling fewer than 40 tires of all makes, types and sizes during a 30 day period may wait until a total of 40 new tires is sold. In no event may more than six months elapse before the § 574.7(a)(4) information is forwarded to the respective tire manufacturers or their designees.
</P>
<P>(c) Each distributor and each dealer selling new tires to other tire distributors or dealers shall supply to the distributor or dealer a means to record the information specified in § 574.7(a)(4), unless such means has been provided to that distributor or dealer by another person or by a manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(d) Each distributor and each dealer shall immediately stop selling any group of tires when so directed by a notification issued pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30118, <I>Notification of defects and noncompliance.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 72368, Nov. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 574.9" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.3.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 574.9   Requirements for motor vehicle dealers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each motor vehicle dealer who sells a used motor vehicle for purposes other than resale, who leases a motor vehicle for more than 60 days, that is equipped with new tires is considered, for purposes of this part, to be a tire dealer and shall meet the requirements specified in § 574.8.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person selling a motor vehicle to first purchasers for purposes other than resale, that is equipped with new tires that were not on the motor vehicle when shipped by the vehicle manufacturer is considered a tire dealer for purposes of this part and shall meet the requirements specified in § 574.8.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Secs. 103, 108, 112, 119, 201, Pub. L. 89-563, 80 Stat. 718 (15 U.S.C. 1392, 1397, 1401, 1407, 1421); secs. 102, 103, 104, Pub. L. 93-492, 88 Stat. 1470 (15 U.S.C. 1411-1420); 92 Stat. 2689 (15 U.S.C. 1418); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.51)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 7964, Feb. 8, 1979]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 574.10" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.3.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 574.10   Requirements for motor vehicle manufacturers.</HEAD>
<P>Each motor vehicle manufacturer, or his designee, shall maintain a record of the new tires on or in each vehicle shipped by him or a motor vehicle distributor or dealer, and shall maintain a record of the name and address of the first purchaser for purposes other than resale of each vehicle equipped with such tires. These records shall be maintained for a period of not less than 5 years from the date of sale of the vehicle to the first purchaser for purposes other than resale.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Secs. 103, 108, 112, 119, 201, Pub. L. 89-563, 80 Stat. 718 (15 U.S.C. 1392, 1397, 1401, 1407, 1421); secs. 102, 103, 104, Pub. L. 93-492, 88 Stat. 1470 (15 U.S.C. 1411-1420); 92 Stat. 2689 (15 U.S.C. 1418); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.51)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 7964, Feb. 8, 1979, as amended at 67 FR 45872, July 10, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="575" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 575—CONSUMER INFORMATION 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 32302, 32304A, 30111, 30115, 30117, 30123, 30166, 30181, 30182, 30183, and 32908, Pub. L. 104-414, 114 Stat. 1800, Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144, Pub. L. 110-140, 121 Stat. 1492, 15 U.S.C. 1232(g); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Regulations Issued Under Section 112(d) of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act; General</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>35 FR 6867, Apr. 30, 1970, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 575.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part contains National Highway Traffic Safety Administration regulations relating to consumer information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 15944, Mar. 30, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 575.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory definitions.</I> (1) All terms used in this part, subject to paragraph (a)(2) of this section, that are defined in 49 U.S.C. 30102, are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P>(2) All terms used in Subpart D of this part that are defined in 15 U.S.C. 1231, are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motor Vehicle Safety Standard definitions.</I> Unless otherwise indicated, all terms used in this part that are defined in the Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, part 571 of this subchapter (hereinafter “the Standards”), are used as defined in the Standards without regard to the applicability of a standard in which a definition is contained.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions used in this part.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Owners manual</I> means the document which contains the manufacturers comprehensive vehicle operating and maintenance instructions, and which is intended to remain with the vehicle for the life of the vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Skid number</I> means the frictional resistance measured in accordance with ASTM E 274 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3) at 40 miles per hour, omitting water delivery as specified in paragraph 7.1 of ASTM E 274 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[35 FR 6867, Apr. 30, 1970, as amended at 38 FR 5339, Feb. 28, 1973; 48 FR 44081, Sept. 27, 1983; 54 FR 48749, Nov. 27, 1989; 64 FR 27924, May 24, 1999; 75 FR 15944, Mar. 30, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 575.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.3   Matter incorporated by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) must publish notice of change in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the material must be available to the public. All approved material is available for inspection at the NHTSA Technical Information Services Reading Room (<I>http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov/cars/problems/trd/</I>), 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 (888-327-4236), and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.</I> All approved material is also available from the sources listed below. If you experience difficulty obtaining the standards referenced below, contact NHTSA's Office of Rulemaking, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, phone number: (202) 366-0846.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>International Organization for Standardization (ISO),</I> 1, ch. de la Voie-Creuse, CP 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland, + 41 22 749 01 11, <I>http://www.iso.org/iso/home.htm.</I> All ISO materials are also available from the U.S. ISO member, <I>American National Standards Institute (ANSI),</I> 25 West 43rd Street, Fourth Floor, New York, NY 10036-7417, 212-642-4900, <I>http://www.ansi.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) International Organization for Standardization (ISO), ISO 28580:2009(E) (“ISO 28580”), “Passenger car, truck and bus tyres—Methods of measuring rolling resistance—Single point test and correlation of measurement results,” First edition (July 1, 2009), IBR approved for § 575.106.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(c) <I>American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM),</I> 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, 610-832-9500, <I>http://www.astm.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ASTM E 501-08 (“ASTM E 501”), “Standard Specification for Standard Rib Tire for Pavement Skid-Resistance Tests” (June 2008), IBR approved for § 575.104 and § 575.106.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]


</P>
<P>(3) ASTM E 1337-90 (Reapproved 2002) (“ASTM E 1337”), “Standard Test Method for Determining Longitudinal Peak Braking Coefficient of Paved Surfaces Using a Standard Reference Test Tire” (April 1990), IBR approved for § 575.106.
</P>
<P>(d) The following standards are not available from the original publisher or a standards reseller. As indicated in paragraph (a) of this section, the standards are available for inspection at the NHTSA Technical Information Services Reading Room (<I>http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov/cars/problems/trd/</I>), 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 (888-327-4236), and at NARA. For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.</I> If you experience difficulty obtaining the standards referenced below, contact NHTSA's Office of Rulemaking, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, phone number (202) 366-0846.
</P>
<P>(1) ASTM E 274-79 (“ASTM E 274”), “Standard Test Method for Skid Resistance of Paved Surfaces Using a Full-Scale Tire” (February 1980), IBR approved for § 575.104.
</P>
<P>(2) ASTM F 377-74 (“ASTM F 377”), “Standard Method for Calibration of Braking Force for Testing of Pneumatic Tires” (March 1974), IBR approved for § 575.104.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 15944, Mar. 30, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 79121, Dec. 21, 2011; 87 FR 34811, June 8, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 575.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.4   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, each section set forth in subpart B of this part applies according to its terms to motor vehicles and tires manufactured after the effective date indicated.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Military vehicles.</I> This part does not apply to motor vehicles or tires sold directly to the Armed Forces of the United States in conformity with contractual specifications.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Export.</I> This part does not apply to motor vehicles or tires intended solely for export and so labeled or tagged.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Import.</I> This part does not apply to motor vehicles or tires imported for purposes other than resale.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 1039, Jan. 4, 1974]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 575.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.5   Separability.</HEAD>
<P>If any section established in this part or its application to any person or circumstances is held invalid, the remainder of the part and the application of that section to other persons or circumstances is not affected thereby.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 575.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.6   Requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) At the time a motor vehicle is delivered to the first purchaser for purposes other than resale, the manufacturer of that vehicle shall provide the Uniform Tire Quality Grading information required by § 575.104(d)(1)(iii) in the owner's manual of each vehicle it produces. The vehicle manufacturer shall also provide to the purchaser, in writing and in the English language, the information specified in § 575.103 of this part that is applicable to that vehicle. The information provided with a vehicle may contain more than one table, but the document must either:
</P>
<P>(i) Clearly and unconditionally indicate which of the tables apply to the vehicle with which it is provided, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Contain a statement on its cover referring the reader to the vehicle certification label for specific information concerning which of the tables apply to that vehicle. If the manufacturer chooses option in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, the vehicle certification label shall include such specific information. 
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1.</HED><PSPACE>Manufacturer X furnishes a document containing several tables that apply to various groups of vehicles that it produces. The document contains the following notation on its front page: “The information that applies to this vehicle is contained in Table 5.” That notation satisfies the requirement.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2.</HED><PSPACE>Manufacturer Y furnishes a document containing several tables as in Example 1, with the following notation on its front page:
</PSPACE><PSPACE>“Information applies as follows:
</PSPACE>
<FP-1>Model P. Regular cab, 135 in. (3,430 mm) wheel base—Table 1.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Model P. Club cab, 142 in. (3,607 mm) wheel base—Table 2.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Model Q—Table 3.”
</FP-1><PSPACE>This notation does not satisfy the requirement, since it is conditioned on the model or the equipment of the vehicle with which the document is furnished, and therefore additional information is required to select the proper table.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<P>(2)(i) At the time a motor vehicle manufactured on or after September 1, 1990 is delivered to the first purchaser for purposes other than resale, the manufacturer shall provide to the purchaser, in writing in the English language and not less than 10 point type, the following statement in the owner's manual, or, if there is no owner's manual, on a one-page document:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying [INSERT NAME OF MANUFACTURER].
</P>
<P>If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or [INSERT NAME OF MANUFACTURER].
</P>
<P>To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to <I>http://www.safercar.gov</I>; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from <I>http://www.safercar.gov.</I></P></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) The manufacturer shall specify in the table of contents of the owner's manual the location of the statement in 575.6(a)(2)(i). The heading in the table of contents shall state “Reporting Safety Defects.”
</P>
<P>(3) For vehicles manufactured prior to September 1, 2000, at the time a motor vehicle is delivered to the first purchaser for purposes other than resale, the manufacturer of that vehicle shall provide the purchaser, in writing and in the English language, the information specified in §§ 575.103 and 575.104 of this part that is applicable to that vehicle and its tires. The document provided with a vehicle may contain more than one table, but the document must either clearly and unconditionally indicate which of the tables apply to the vehicle with which it is provided, or contain a statement on its cover referring the reader to the vehicle certification label for specific information concerning which of the tables apply to that vehicle. If the manufacturer chooses option (a)(2) of this section, the vehicle certification label shall include such specific information. 
</P>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 1.</HED><PSPACE>Manufacturer X furnishes a document containing several tables, which apply to various groups of vehicles that it produces. The document contains the following notation on its front page: “The information that applies to this vehicle is contained in Table 5.” The notation satisfies the requirement.</PSPACE></EXAMPLE>
<EXAMPLE>
<HED>Example 2.</HED><PSPACE>Manufacturer Y furnishes a document containing several tables as in Example 1, with the following notation on its front page: Information applies as follows:
</PSPACE><P>Model P, 6-cylinder engine—Table 1.
</P><P>Model P, 8-cylinder engine—Table 2.
</P><P>Model Q—Table 3.
</P><P>This notation does not satisfy the requirement, since it is conditioned on the model or the equipment of the vehicle with which the document is furnished, and therefore additional information is required to select the proper table.</P></EXAMPLE>
<P>(4) When a motor vehicle that has a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, except a motorcycle or low speed vehicle, and that is manufactured on or after September 1, 2005, is delivered to the first purchaser for purposes other than resale, the manufacturer shall provide to the purchaser, in writing in the English language and not less than 10 point type, a discussion of the items specified in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (v) of this section in the owner's manual, or, if there is no owner's manual, in a document:
</P>
<P>(i) Tire labeling, including a description and explanation of each marking on the tires provided with the vehicle, and information about the location of the Tire Identification Number (TIN); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Recommended tire inflation pressure, including a description and explanation of: 
</P>
<P>(A) Recommended cold tire inflation pressure, 
</P>
<P>(B) The vehicle placard and tire inflation pressure label specified in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 110 and their location in the vehicle, 
</P>
<P>(C) Adverse safety consequences of underinflation (including tire failure), and 
</P>
<P>(D) Measuring and adjusting air pressure to achieve proper inflation; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Glossary of tire terminology, including “cold tire pressure,” “maximum inflation pressure,” and “recommended inflation pressure,” and all non-technical terms defined in S3 of FMVSS Nos. 110 &amp; 139; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Tire care, including maintenance and safety practices; 
</P>
<P>(v) Vehicle load limits, including a description and explanation of: 
</P>
<P>(A) Locating and understanding load limit information, total load capacity, seating capacity, towing capacity, and cargo capacity, 
</P>
<P>(B) Calculating total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations including quantitative examples showing/illustrating how the vehicle's cargo and luggage capacity decreases as the combined number and size of occupants increases, 
</P>
<P>(C) Determining compatibility of tire and vehicle load capabilities, 
</P>
<P>(D) Adverse safety consequences of overloading on handling and stopping and on tires. 
</P>
<P>(5) When a motor vehicle that has a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, except a motorcycle or low speed vehicle, and that is manufactured on or after September 1, 2005, is delivered to the first purchaser for purposes other than resale, the manufacturer shall provide to the purchaser, in writing in the English language and not less than 10 point type, the following verbatim statement, as applicable, in the owner's manual, or, if there is no owner's manual, in a document:
</P>
<P>(i) For vehicles except trailers: “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's placard.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 × 150) = 650 lbs.)
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
</P>
<P>(<I>6</I>) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.”
</P>
<P>(ii) For trailers: “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Locate the statement “The weight of cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's placard.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) This figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.”
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity.
</P>
<P>(b) At the time a motor vehicle tire is delivered to the first purchaser for a purpose other than resale, the manufacturer of that tire, or in the case of a tire marketed under a brand name, the brand name owner, shall provide to that purchaser the information specified in subpart B of this part that is applicable to that tire.
</P>
<P>(c) Each manufacturer of motor vehicles, each brand name owner of tires, and each manufacturer of tires for which there is no brand name owner shall provide for examination by prospective purchasers, at each location where its vehicles or tires are offered for sale by a person with whom the manufacturer or brand name owner has a contractual, proprietary, or other legal relationship, or by a person who has such a relationship with a distributor of the manufacturer or brand name owner concerning the vehicle or tire in question, the information specified in subpart B of this part that is applicable to each of the vehicles or tires offered for sale at that location. The information shall be provided without charge and in sufficient quantity to be available for retention by prospective purchasers or sent by mail to a prospective purchaser upon his request. With respect to newly introduced vehicles or tires, the information shall be provided for examination by prospective purchasers not later than the day on which the manufacturer or brand name owner first authorizes those vehicles or tires to be put on general public display and sold to consumers.
</P>
<P>(d)(1)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, in the case of all sections of subpart B other than § 575.104, as they apply to information submitted prior to new model introduction, each manufacturer of motor vehicles shall submit to the Administrator 2 copies of the information specified in subpart B of this part that is applicable to the vehicles offered for sale, at least 90 days before information on such vehicles is first provided for examination by prospective purchasers pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Where an unforeseen preintroduction modification in vehicle design or equipment results in a change in vehicle performance for a characteristic included in subpart B of this part, a manufacturer of motor vehicles may revise information previously furnished under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section by submission to the Administrator of 2 copies of the revised information reflecting the performance changes, at least 30 days before information on such vehicles is first provided to prospective purchasers pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) In the case of § 575.104, each brand name owner of tires, and each manufacturer of tires for which there is no brand name owner shall submit to the Administrator 2 copies of the information specified in Subpart B of this part that is applicable to the tires offered for sale, at least 30 days before it is first provided for examination by prospective purchasers pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of all other sections of Subpart B of this Part as they apply to post-introduction changes in information submitted for the current model year, each manufacturer of motor vehicles, each brand name owner of tires, and each manufacturer of tires for which there is no brand name owner shall submit to the Administrator 2 copies of the information specified in Subpart B of this part that is applicable to the vehicles or tires offered for sale, at least 30 days before it is first provided for examination by prospective purchasers pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[39 FR 1039, Jan. 4, 1974, as amended at 41 FR 13923, Apr. 1, 1976; 45 FR 47153, July 14, 1980; 47 FR 7258, Feb. 18, 1982; 52 FR 27810, July 24, 1987; 54 FR 48749, Nov. 27, 1989; 64 FR 27924, May 24, 1999; 67 FR 69631, Nov. 18, 2002; 69 FR 31320, June 3, 2004; 70 FR 35557, June 21, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 575.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.7   Special vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>A manufacturer who produces vehicles having a configuration not available for purchase by the general public need not make available to ineligible purchasers, pursuant to § 575.6(c), the information for those vehicles specified in subpart B of this part, and shall identify those vehicles when furnishing the information required by § 575.6(d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 11727, Mar. 13, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Regulations; Consumer Information Items</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§§ 575.101-575.102" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 575.101-575.102   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 575.103" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.103   Truck-camper loading.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section requires manufacturers of slide-in campers to affix to each camper a label that contains information relating to identification and proper loading of the camper and to provide more detailed loading information in the owner's manual. This section also requires manufacturers of trucks that would accommodate slide-in campers to specify the cargo weight ratings and the longitudinal limits within which the center of gravity for the cargo weight rating should be located.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this section is to provide information that can be used to reduce overloading and improper load placement in truck-camper combinations and unsafe truck- camper matching in order to prevent accidents resulting from the adverse effects of these conditions on vehicle steering and braking.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application.</I> This section applies to slide-in campers and to trucks that are capable of accommodating slide- in campers.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Camper</I> means a structure designed to be mounted in the cargo area of a truck, or attached to an incomplete vehicle with motive power, for the purpose of providing shelter for persons.
</P>
<P><I>Cargo Weight Rating</I> means the value specified by the manufacturer as the cargo-carrying capacity, in pounds or kilograms, of a vehicle, exclusive of the weight of occupants in designated seating positions, computed as 68 kilograms or 150 pounds times the number of designated seating positions.
</P>
<P><I>Slide-in Camper</I> means a camper having a roof, floor, and sides, designed to be mounted on and removable from the cargo area of a truck by the user.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Requirements</I>—(1) <I>Slide-in Camper</I>—(i) <I>Labels.</I> Each slide-in camper shall have permanently affixed to it, in such a manner that it cannot be removed without defacing or destroying it, and in a plainly visible location on an exterior rear surface other than the roof, steps, or bumper extension, a label containing the following information in the English language lettered in block capitals and numerals not less than 2.4 millimeters (three thirty-seconds of an inch) high, of a color contrasting with the background, in the order shown below and in the form illustrated in Figure 1.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Name of camper manufacturer.</I> The full corporate or individual name of the actual assembler of the camper shall be spelled out, except that such abbreviations as “Co.” or “Inc.” and their foreign equivalents, and the first and middle initials of individuals may be used. The name of the manufacturer shall be preceded by the words “Manufactured by” or “Mfd by.”
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Month and year of manufacture.</I> It may be spelled out, such as “June 1995” or expressed in numerals, such as “695.”
</P>
<P>(C) The following statement completed as appropriate:
</P>
<P>“Camper weight is ____________ kg. (____________ lbs.) maximum when it contains standard equipment, ____________ liters (____________ gal.) of water, ____________ kg. (____________ lbs.) of bottled gas, and ____________ cubic meters (____________ cubic ft.) refrigerator (or icebox with ____________ kg. (____________ lbs.) of ice, as applicable). Consult owner's manual (or data sheet, as applicable) for weights of additional or optional equipment.”
</P>
<P>(D) “Liters (or gal.) of water” refers to the volume of water necessary to fill the camper's fresh water tanks to capacity. “Kg. (or lbs.) of bottled gas” refers to the amount of gas necessary to fill the camper's bottled gas tanks to capacity. The statement regarding a “refrigerator” or “icebox” refers to the capacity of the refrigerator with which the vehicle is equipped or the weight of the ice with which the icebox may be filled. Any of these items may be omitted from the statement if the corresponding accessories are not included with the camper, provided that the omission is noted in the camper owner's manual as required in paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Owner's manual.</I> Each slide-in camper manufacturer shall provide with each camper a manual or other document containing the information specified in paragraph (e)(1)(ii) (A) through (F) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) The statement and information provided on the label as specified in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section. Instead of the information required by paragraphs (e)(1)(i)(B) of this section, a manufacturer may use the statements “See camper identification label located (as applicable) for month and year of manufacture.” If water, bottled gas, or refrigerator (icebox) has been omitted from this statement, the manufacturer's information shall note such omission and advise that the weight of any such item when added to the camper should be added to the maximum camper weight figure used in selecting an appropriate truck.
</P>
<P>(B) A list of other additional or optional equipment that the camper is designed to carry, and the maximum weight of each if its weight is more than 9 kg. (20 lbs) when installed.
</P>
<P>(C) The statement: “To estimate the total cargo load that will be placed on a truck, add the weight of all passengers in the camper, the weight of supplies, tools, and all other cargo, the weight of installed additional or optional camper equipment, and the manufacturer's camper weight figure. Select a truck that has a cargo weight rating that is equal to or greater than the total cargo load of the camper and whose manufacturer recommends a cargo center of gravity zone that will contain the camper's center of gravity when it is installed.”
</P>
<P>(D) The statements: “When loading this camper, store heavy gear first, keeping it on or close to the camper floor. Place heavy things far enough forward to keep the loaded camper's center of gravity within the zone recommended by the truck manufacturer. Store only light objects on high shelves. Distribute weight to obtain even side-to-side balance of the loaded vehicle. Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle. When the truck-camper is loaded, drive to a scale and weigh on the front and on the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads. The load on an axle should not exceed its gross axle weight rating (GAWR). The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR). These weight ratings are given on the vehicle certification label that is located on the left side of the vehicle, normally on the dash panel, hinge pillar, door latch post, or door edge next to the driver on trucks manufactured on or after January 1, 1972. If weight ratings are exceeded, move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings.”
</P>
<P>(E) A picture showing the location of the longitudinal center of gravity of the camper within an accuracy of 5 centimeters (2 inches) under the loaded condition specified in paragraph (e)(1)(i)(D) of this section in the manner illustrated in Figure 2.
</P>
<P>(F) A picture showing the proper match of a truck and slide-in camper in the form illustrated in Figure 3.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Trucks.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section, each manufacturer of a truck that is capable of accommodating a slide-in camper shall provide to the purchaser in the owner's manual or other document delivered with the truck, in writing and in the English language, the information specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) (A) through (E) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) A picture showing the manufacturer's recommended longitudinal center of gravity zone for the cargo weight rating in the form illustrated in Figure 4. The boundaries of the zone shall be such that when a slide-in camper equal in weight to the truck's cargo weight rating is installed, no GAWR of the truck is exceeded.
</P>
<P>(B) The truck's cargo weight rating.
</P>
<P>(C) The statements: “When the truck is used to carry a slide-in camper, the total cargo load of the truck consists of the manufacturer's camper weight figure, the weight of installed additional camper equipment not included in the manufacturer's camper weight figure, the weight of camper cargo, and the weight of passengers in the camper. The total cargo load should not exceed the truck's cargo weight rating and the camper's center of gravity should fall within the truck's recommended center of gravity zone when installed.”
</P>
<P>(D) A picture showing the proper match of a truck and slide-in camper in the form illustrated in Figure 3.
</P>
<P>(E) The statements: “Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle. When the truck camper is loaded, drive to a scale and weigh on the front and on the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads. Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR). These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label that is located on the left side of the vehicle, normally the dash, hinge pillar, door latch post, or door edge next to the driver. If weight ratings are exceeded, move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings.”
</P>
<P>(ii) If a truck would accommodate a slide-in camper but the manufacturer of the truck recommends that the truck not be used for that purpose, the information specified in paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section shall not be provided but instead the manufacturer shall provide a statement that the truck should not be used to carry a slide-in camper.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>MFD. BY: (CAMPER MANUFACTURER'S NAME)
</HD1>
<FP>(MONTH AND YEAR OF MANUFACTURE)
</FP>
<P>CAMPER WEIGHT IS ____________ KG (____________ LB) MAXIMUM WHEN IT CONTAINS STANDARD EQUIPMENT, ____________ LITERS (____________ GAL) OF WATER, ____________ KG (____________ LB) OF BOTTLED GAS, AND ____________ CUBIC METERS (____________ CUBIC FT) REFRIGERATOR (OR ICEBOX WITH ____________ KG (____________ LB) OF ICE, AS APPLICABLE). CONSULT OWNER'S MANUAL (OR DATA SHEET AS APPLICABLE) FOR WEIGHTS OF ADDITIONAL OR OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT.</P></EXTRACT>
<TCAP><E T="15">Figure 1. Label for Camper</E>
</TCAP>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.181.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.182.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.183.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 36657, July 12, 1996, as amended at 70 FR 39970, July 12, 2005]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 575.104" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.104   Uniform tire quality grading standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section requires motor vehicle and tire manufacturers and tire brand name owners to provide information indicating the relative performance of passenger car tires in the areas of treadwear, traction, and temperature resistance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this section is to aid the consumer in making an informed choice in the purchase of passenger car tires.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application.</I> (1) This section applies to new pneumatic tires for use on passenger cars. However, this section does not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires, space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 12 inches or less, or to limited production tires as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) “Limited production tire” means a tire meeting all of the following criteria, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(i) The annual domestic production or importation into the United States by the tire's manufacturer of tires of the same design and size as the tire does not exceed 15,000 tires;
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a tire marketed under a brand name, the annual domestic purchase or importation into the United States by a brand name owner of tires of the same design and size as the tire does not exceed 15,000 tires;
</P>
<P>(iii) The tire's size was not listed as a vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire size designation for a new motor vehicle produced in or imported into the United States in quantities greater than 10,000 during the calendar year preceding the year of the tire's manufacture; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The total annual domestic production or importation into the United States by the tire's manufacturer, and in the case of a tire marketed under a brand name, the total annual domestic purchase or purchase for importation into the United States by the tire's brand name owner, of tires meeting the criteria of paragraphs (c)(2) (i), (ii), and (iii) of this section, does not exceed 35,000 tires.
</P>
<FP>Tire design is the combination of general structural characteristics, materials, and tread pattern, but does include cosmetic, identifying or other minor variations among tires.
</FP>
<P>(d) <I>Requirements</I>—(1) <I>Information.</I> (i) Each manufacturer of tires, or in the case of tires marketed under a brand name, each brand name owner, shall provide grading information for each tire of which he is the manufacturer or brand name owner in the manner set forth in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) (A) and (B) of this section. The grades for each tire shall be only those specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. Each tire shall be able to achieve the level of performance represented by each grade with which it is labeled. An individual tire need not, however, meet further requirements after having been subjected to the test for any one grade.
</P>
<P>(A) Except for a tire of a new tire line, manufactured within the first six months of production of the tire line, each tire shall be graded with the words, letters, symbols, and figures specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, permanently molded into or onto the tire sidewall between the tire's maximum section width and shoulder in accordance with one of the methods described in Figure 1. For purposes of this paragraph, new tire line shall mean a group of tires differing substantially in construction, materials, or design from those previously sold by the manufacturer or brand name owner of the tires. As used in this paragraph, the term “construction” refers to the internal structure of the tire (e.g., cord angles, number and placement of breakers), “materials” refers to the substances used in manufacture of the tire (e.g., belt fiber, rubber compound), and “design” refers to properties or conditions imposed by the tire mold (e.g., aspect ratio, tread pattern).
</P>
<P>(B) Each tire manufactured on and after the effective date of these amendments, other than a tire sold as original equipment on a new vehicle, shall have affixed to its tread surface so as not to be easily removable a label or labels containing its grades and other information in the form illustrated in Figure 2, Parts I and II. The treadwear grade attributed to the tire shall be either imprinted or indelibly stamped on the label containing the material in Part I of Figure 2, directly to the right of or below the word “TREADWEAR.” The traction grade attributed to the tire shall be indelibly circled in an array of the potential grade letters AA, A, B, or C, directly to the right of or below the word “TRACTION” in Part I of Figure 2. The temperature resistance grade attributed to the tire shall be indelibly circled in an array of the potential grade letters A, B, or C, directly to the right of or below the word “TEMPERATURE” in Part I of Figure 2. The words “TREADWEAR,” “TRACTION,” AND “TEMPERATURE,” in that order, may be laid out vertically or horizontally. The text of Part II of Figure 2 may be printed in capital letters. The text of Part I and the text of Part II of Figure 2 need not appear on the same label, but the edges of the two texts must be positioned on the tire tread so as to be separated by a distance of no more than one inch. If the text of Part I and the text of Part II of Figure 2 are placed on separate labels, the notation “See EXPLANATION OF DOT QUALITY GRADES” shall be added to the bottom of the Part I text, and the words “EXPLANATION OF DOT QUALITY GRADES” shall appear at the top of the Part II text. The text of Figure 2 shall be oriented on the tire tread surface with lines of type running perpendicular to the tread circumference. If a label bearing a tire size designation is attached to the tire tread surface and the tire size designation is oriented with lines type running perpendicular to the tread circumference, the text of Figure 2 shall read in the same direction as the tire size designation.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of the information required by § 575.6(c) to be furnished to prospective purchasers of tires, each tire manufacturer or brand name owner shall, as part of that information, list all possible grades for traction and temperature resistance, and restate verbatim the explanation for each performance area specified in Figure 2. The information need not be in the same format as in Figure 2. The information must indicate clearly and unambiguously the grade in each performance area for each tire of that manufacturer or brand name owner offered for sale at the particular location.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each manufacturer of motor vehicles equipped with passenger car tires shall include in the owner's manual of each such vehicle a list of all possible grades for traction and temperature resistance and restate verbatim the explanation for each performance area specified in Figure 2, Part II. The information need not be in the exact format of Figure 2, Part II, but it must contain a statement referring the reader to the tire sidewall for the specific tire grades for the tires with which the vehicle is equipped, as follows:
</P>
<HD1>Uniform Tire Quality Grading
</HD1>
<P>Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example:
</P>
<HD1>Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
</HD1>
<P>(iv) In the case of information required in accordance with § 575.6(a) to be furnished to the first purchaser of a new motor vehicle, each manufacturer of motor vehicles shall, as part of the required information, list all possible grades for traction and temperature resistance and restate verbatim the explanation for each performance area specified in Figure 2 to this section. The information need not be in the format of Figure 2 to this section, but it must contain a statement referring the reader to the tire sidewall for the specific tire grades for the tires with which the vehicle is equipped.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Performance</I>—(i) <I>Treadwear.</I> Each tire shall be graded for treadwear performance with the word “TREADWEAR” followed by a number of two or three digits representing the tire's grade for treadwear, expressed as a percentage of the NHTSA nominal treadwear value, when tested in accordance with the conditions and procedures specified in paragraph (e) of this section. Treadwear grades shall be expressed in multiples of 20 (for example, 80, 120, 160).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Traction.</I> Each tire shall be graded for traction performance with the word “TRACTION,” followed by the symbols AA, A, B, or C, when the tire is tested in accordance with the conditions and procedures specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) The tire shall be graded C when the adjusted traction coefficient is either:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) 0.38 or less when tested in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section on the asphalt surface specified in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) 0.26 or less when tested in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section on the concrete surface specified in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) The tire may be graded B only when its adjusted traction coefficient is both:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) More than 0.38 when tested in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section on the asphalt surface specified in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) More than 0.26 when tested in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section on the concrete surface specified in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(C) The tire may be graded A only when its adjusted traction coefficient is both:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) More than 0.47 when tested in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section on the asphalt surface specified in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) More than 0.35 when tested in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section on the concrete surface specified in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(D) The tire may be graded AA only when its adjusted traction coefficient is both:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) More than 0.54μ when tested in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section on the asphalt surface specified in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) More than 0.38μ when tested in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section on the concrete surface specified in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Temperature resistance.</I> Each tire shall be graded for temperature resistance performance with the word “TEMPERATURE” followed by the letter A, B, or C, based on its performance when the tire is tested in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (g) of this section. A tire shall be considered to have successfully completed a test stage in accordance with this paragraph if, at the end of the test stage, it exhibits no visual evidence of tread, sidewall, ply, cord, innerliner, or bead separation, chunking, broken cords, cracking or open splices as defined in § 571.109 of this chapter, and the tire pressure is not less than the pressure specified in paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(A) The tire shall be graded C if it fails to complete the 500 rpm test stage specified in paragraph (g)(9) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) The tire may be graded B only if it successfully completes the 500 rpm test stage specified in paragraph (g)(9) of this section.
</P>
<P>(C) The tire may be graded A only if it successfully completes the 575 rpm test stage specified in paragraph (g)(9) of this section.




</P>
<P>(e) <I>Treadwear grading conditions and procedures</I>—(1) <I>Conditions.</I> (i) Tire treadwear performance is evaluated on a specific roadway course approximately 400 miles in length, which is established by the NHTSA both for its own compliance testing and for that of regulated persons. The course is designed to produce treadwear rates that are generally representative of those encountered by tires in public use. The course and driving procedures are described in appendix A of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Treadwear grades are evaluated by first measuring the performance of a candidate tire on the government test course, and then correcting the projected mileages obtained to account for environmental variations on the basis of the performance of the course monitoring tires run in the same convoy.
</P>
<P>(iii) In convoy tests, each vehicle in the same convoy, except for the lead vehicle, is throughout the test within human eye range of the vehicle immediately ahead of it.
</P>
<P>(iv) A test convoy consists of two or four passenger cars, light trucks, or MPVs, each with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less. 
</P>
<P>(v) On each convoy vehicle, all tires are mounted on identical rims of design or measuring rim width specified for tires of that size in accordance with 49 CFR 571.109, S4.4.1 (a) or (b), or a rim having a width within −0 to + 0.50 inches of the width listed.


</P>
<P>(2) <I>Treadwear grading procedure.</I> (i) Equip a convoy as follows: Place four course monitoring tires on one vehicle. Place four candidate tires with identical size designations on each other vehicle in the convoy. On each axle, place tires that are identical with respect to manufacturer and line.
</P>
<P>(ii) Inflate each candidate and each course monitoring tire to the applicable pressure specified in Table 1 of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) Load each vehicle so that the load on each course monitoring and candidate tire is 85 percent of the test load specified in § 575.104(h).
</P>
<P>(iv) Adjust wheel alignment to the midpoint of the vehicle manufacturer's specifications, unless adjustment to the midpoint is not recommended by the manufacturer; in that case, adjust the alignment to the manufacturer's recommended setting. In all cases, the setting is within the tolerance specified by the manufacturer of the alignment machine.
</P>
<P>(v) Subject candidate and course monitoring tires to “break-in” by running the tires in the convoy for two circuits of the test roadway (800 miles). At the end of the first circuit, rotate each vehicle's tires by moving each front tire to the same side of the rear axle and each rear tire to the opposite side of the front axle. Visually inspect each tire for any indication of abnormal wear, tread separation, bulging of the sidewall, or any sign of tire failure. Void the grading results from any tire with any of these anomalies, and replace the tire.
</P>
<P>(vi) After break-in, allow the air pressure in the tires to fall to the applicable pressure specified in Table 1 of this section or for 2 hours, whichever occurs first. Measure, to the nearest 0.001 inch, the tread depth of each candidate and each course monitoring tire, avoiding treadwear indicators, at six equally spaced points in each groove. For each tire compute the average of the measurements. Do not measure those shoulder grooves which are not provided with treadwear indicators.
</P>
<P>(vii) Adjust wheel alignment to the midpoint of the manufacturer's specifications, unless adjustment to the midpoint is not recommended by the manufacturer; in that case, adjust the alignment according to the manufacturer's recommended setting. In all cases, the setting is within the tolerance specified by the manufacturer of the alignment machine.
</P>
<P>(viii) Drive the convoy on the test roadway for 16 circuits (approximately 6,400 miles).
</P>
<P>(A) After every circuit (approximately 400 miles), rotate each vehicle's tires by moving each front tire to the same side of the rear axle and each rear tire to the opposite side of the front axle. Visually inspect each tire for treadwear anomalies.
</P>
<P>(B) After every second circuit (approximately 800 miles), rotate the vehicles in the convoy by moving the last vehicle to the lead position. Do not rotate driver positions within the convoy. In four-car convoys, vehicle one shall become vehicle two, vehicle two shall become vehicle three, vehicle three shall become vehicle four, and vehicle four shall become vehicle one.
</P>
<P>(C) After every second circuit (approximately 800 miles), if necessary, adjust wheel alignment to the midpoint of the vehicle manufacturer's specification, unless adjustment to the midpoint is not recommended by the manufacturer; in that case, adjust the alignment to the manufacturer's recommended setting. In all cases, the setting is within the tolerance specified by the manufacturer of the alignment machine.
</P>
<P>(D) After every second circuit (approximately 800 miles), if determining the projected mileage by the 9-point method set forth in paragraph (e)(2)(ix)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section, measure the average tread depth of each tire following the procedure set forth in paragraph (e)(2)(vi) of this section.
</P>
<P>(E) After every fourth circuit (approximately 1,600 miles), move the complete set of four tires to the following vehicle. Move the tires on the last vehicle to the lead vehicle. In moving the tires, rotate them as set forth in paragraph (e)(2)(viii)(A) of this section.
</P>
<P>(F) At the end of the test, measure the tread depth of each tire pursuant to the procedure set forth in paragraph (e)(2)(vi) of this section.








</P>
<P>(ix)(A) Determine the projected mileage for each candidate tire either by the nine-point method of least squares set forth in paragraph (e)(2)(ix)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section and appendix C to this section, or by the two-point arithmetical method set forth in paragraph (e)(2)(ix)(A)(<I>2</I>) of this section. Notify NHTSA about which of the alternative grading methods is being used.
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) <I>Nine-Point Method of Least Squares.</I> For each course monitoring and candidate tire in the convoy, using the average tread depth measurements obtained in accordance with paragraphs (e)(2)(vi) and (e)(2)(viii)(D) of this section and the corresponding mileages as data points, apply the method of least squares as described in appendix C to this section to determine the estimated regression line of y on x given by the following formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="22" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.184.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>y = average tread depth in mils
</FP-2>
<FP-2>x = miles after break-in,
</FP-2>
<FP-2>a = y intercept of regression line (reference tread depth) in mils, calculated using the method of least squares; and
</FP-2>
<FP-2>b = the slope of the regression line in mils of tread depth per 1,000 miles, calculated using the method of least squares. This slope will be negative in value. The tire's wear rate is defined as the absolute value of the slope of the regression line.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Two-point arithmetical method.</I> (<I>i</I>) For each course monitoring and candidate tire in the convoy, using the average tread depth measurements obtained in accordance with paragraphs (e)(2)(vi) and (e)(2)(viii)(F) of this section and the corresponding mileages as data points, determine the slope (m) of the tire's wear in mils of tread depth per 1,000 miles by the following formula:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er08jn22.012.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Where:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Yo = average tread depth after break-in, mils.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Y1 = average tread depth after 16 circuits (approximately 6,400 miles), mils.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Xo = 0 miles (after break-in).
</FP-2>
<FP-2>X1 = Total mileage of travel after 16 circuits (approximately 6,400 miles).</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) This slope (m) will be negative in value. The tire's wear rate is defined as the slope (m) expressed in mils per 1,000 miles.


</P>
<P>(B) Average the wear rates of the four course monitoring tires as determined in accordance with paragraph (e)(2)(ix)(A) of this section.
</P>
<P>(C) Determine the course severity adjustment factor by dividing the base course wear rate for the course monitoring tires (<I>see Note</I> to this paragraph) by the average wear rate for the four course monitoring tires.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note to paragraph (<E T="01">e</E>)(2)(<E T="01">ix</E>)(C):






</HED>
<P>The ASTM F2493 standard reference test tire is the course monitoring tire (CMT). The base wear rate for the CMTs will be obtained by the Government by running the course monitoring tires for 16 circuits over the San Angelo, Texas, UTQGS test route 4 times per year, then using the average wear rate from the last 4 quarterly CMT tests for the base course wear rate calculation. Each new base course wear rate will be published in Docket No. NHTSA-2001-9395. The course monitoring tires used in a test convoy must be no more than one-year-old at the commencement of the test and must be used within four months after removal from storage.</P></NOTE>
<P>(D) Determine the adjusted wear rate for each candidate tire by multiplying its wear rate determined in accordance with paragraph (e)(2)(ix)(A) of this section by the course severity adjustment factor determined in accordance with paragraph (e)(2)(ix)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(E) Determine the projected mileage for each candidate tire by applying the appropriate formula set forth below:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) If the projected mileage is calculated pursuant to paragraph (e)(2)(ix)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section, then:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="22" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.186.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>a = y intercept of regression line (reference tread depth) for the candidate tire as determined in accordance with paragraph (e)(2)(ix)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section.
</FP-2>
<FP-2>b
<SU>1</SU> = the adjusted wear rate for the candidate tire as determined in accordance with paragraph (e)(2)(ix)(D) of this section.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the projected mileage is calculated pursuant to (e)(2)(ix)(a)(<I>2</I>) of this section, then:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er07se99.000.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where:
</FP>
<FP-2>Yo = average tread depth after break-in, mils
</FP-2>
<FP-2>mc = the adjusted wear rate for the candidate tires as determined in accordance with paragraph (e)(2)(ix)(D) of this section.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(F) Compute the grade (P) of the of the NHTSA nominal treadwear value for each candidate tire by using the following formula:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er08jn22.013.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Where base course wear rate<E T="52">n</E> = new base course wear rate, <I>i.e.,</I> average treadwear of the last 4 quarterly course monitoring tire tests conducted by NHTSA.
</FP>
<P>Round off the percentage to the nearest lower 20-point increment.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) <I>Traction grading conditions and procedures</I>—(1) <I>Conditions.</I> (i) Tire traction performance is evaluated on skid pads that are established, and whose severity is monitored, by the NHTSA both for its compliance testing and for that of regulated persons. The test pavements are asphalt and concrete surfaces constructed in accordance with the specifications for pads “C” and “A” in the “Manual for the Construction and Maintenance of Skid Surfaces,” National Technical Information Service No. DOT-HS-800-814. The surfaces have locked wheel traction coefficients when evaluated in accordance with paragraphs (f)(2)(i) through (f)(2)(vii) of this section of 0.50 ±0.10 for the asphalt and 0.35 ±0.10 for the concrete. The location of the skid pads is described in appendix B to this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) The standard tire is the tire specified in ASTM E 501 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3).
</P>
<P>(iii) The pavement surface is wetted in accordance with paragraph 4.7, “Pavement Wetting System,” of ASTM E 274 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3).
</P>
<P>(iv) The test apparatus is a test trailer built in conformity with the specifications in paragraph 4, “Apparatus,” of ASTM E 274 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3). The test apparatus is instrumented in accordance with paragraph 4.5 of that method, except that the “wheel load” in paragraph 4.3 and tire and rim specifications in paragraph 4.4 of that method are as specified in the procedures in paragraph (f)(2) of this section for standard and candidate tires.
</P>
<P>(v) The test apparatus is calibrated in accordance with ASTM F 377 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3), with the trailer's tires inflated to 24 psi and loaded to 1,085 pounds.
</P>
<P>(vi) Consecutive tests on the same surface are conducted not less than 30 seconds apart.
</P>
<P>(vii) A standard tire is discarded in accordance with ASTM E 501 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Procedure.</I> (i) Prepare two standard tires as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Condition the tires by running them for 200 miles on a pavement surface.
</P>
<P>(B) Mount each tire on a rim of design or measuring rim width specified for tires of its size in accordance with 49 CFR 571.109, S4.4.1 (a) or (b), or a rim having a width within −0 to + 0.50 inches of the width listed. Then inflate the tire to 24 psi, or, in the case of a tire with inflation pressure measured in kilopascals, to 180 kPa.
</P>
<P>(C) Statically balance each tire-rim combination.
</P>
<P>(D) Allow each tire to cool to ambient temperature and readjust its inflation pressure to 24 psi, or, in the case of a tire with inflation pressure measured in kilopascals, to 180 kPa.
</P>
<P>(ii) Mount the tires on the test apparatus described in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section and load each tire to 1,085 pounds.
</P>
<P>(iii) Tow the trailer on the asphalt test surface specified in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section at a speed of 40 mph, lock one trailer wheel, and record the locked-wheel traction coefficient on the tire associated with that wheel between 0.5 and 1.5 seconds after lockup.
</P>
<P>(iv) Repeat the test on the concrete surface, locking the same wheel.
</P>
<P>(v) Repeat the tests specified in paragraphs (f)(2) (iii) and (iv) of this section for a total of 10 measurements on each test surface.
</P>
<P>(vi) Repeat the procedures specified in paragraphs (f)(2) (iii) through (v) of this section, locking the wheel associated with the other tire.
</P>
<P>(vii) Average the 20 measurements taken on the asphalt surface to find the standard tire traction coefficient for the asphalt surface. Average the 20 measurements taken on the concrete surface to find the standard tire traction coefficient for the concrete surface. The standard tire traction coefficient so determined may be used in the computation of adjusted traction coefficients for more than one candidate tire.
</P>
<P>(viii) Prepare two candidate tires of the same construction type, manufacturer, line, and size designation in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, mount them on the test apparatus, and test one of them according to the procedures of paragraph (f)(2)(ii) through (v) of this section, except load each tire to 85% of the test load specified in § 575.104(h). For CT tires, the test inflation of candidate tires shall be 230 kPa. Candidate tire measurements may be taken either before or after the standard tire measurements used to compute the standard tire traction coefficient. Take all standard tire and candidate tire measurements used in computation of a candidate tire's adjusted traction coefficient within a single three hour period. Average the 10 measurements taken on the asphalt surface to find the candidate tire traction coefficient for the asphalt surface. Average the 10 measurements taken on the concrete surface to find the candidate tire traction coefficient for the concrete surface.
</P>
<P>(ix) Compute a candidate tire's adjusted traction coefficient for asphalt (μ<E T="52">a</E>) by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>(μ<E T="52">a</E>) = Measured candidate tire coefficient for asphalt + 0.50 − Measured standard tire coefficient for asphalt
</FP-2>
<P>(x) Compute a candidate tire's adjusted traction coefficient for concrete (μ<E T="52">c</E>) by the following formula:
</P>
<FP-2>μ<E T="52">c</E> = Measured candidate tire coefficient for concrete + 0.35μ Measured standard tire coefficient for concrete
</FP-2>
<P>(g) <I>Temperature resistance grading.</I> (1) Mount the tire on a rim of design or measuring rim width specified for tires of its size in accordance with § 571.109, paragraph S4.4.1 (a) or (b) and inflate it to the applicable pressure specified in Table 1 of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Condition the tire-rim assembly to a temperature of 95 °F for at least 3 hours.
</P>
<P>(3) Adjust the pressure again to the applicable pressure specified in Table 1 of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Mount the tire-rim assembly on an axle, and press the tire tread against the surface of a flat-faced steel test wheel that is 67.23 inches in diameter and at least as wide as the section width of the tire.
</P>
<P>(5) During the test, including the pressure measurements specified in paragraphs (g) (1) and (3) of this section, maintain the temperature of the ambient air, as measured 12 inches from the edge of the rim flange at any point on the circumference on either side of the tire at 95 °F. Locate the temperature sensor so that its readings are not affected by heat radiation, drafts, variations in the temperature of the surrounding air, or guards or other devices.
</P>
<P>(6) Press the tire against the test wheel with a load of 88 percent of the tire's maximum load rating as marked on the tire sidewall.
</P>
<P>(7) Rotate the test wheel at 250 rpm for 2 hours.
</P>
<P>(8) Remove the load, allow the tire to cool to 95 °F or for 2 hours, whichever occurs last, and readjust the inflation pressure to the applicable pressure specified in Table 1 of this section.
</P>
<P>(9) Reapply the load and without interruption or readjustment of inflation pressure, rotate the test wheel at 375 rpm for 30 minutes, and then at successively higher rates in 25 rpm increments, each for 30 minutes, until the tire has run at 575 rpm for 30 minutes, or to failure, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table I—Test Inflation Pressures
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Maximum permissible inflation pressure for the following test]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Test type
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="9" scope="col">Tires other than CT tires
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">CT tires
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">psi
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">kPa
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">kPa
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">32
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">36
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">40
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">60
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">240
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">280
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">300
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">340
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">350
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">290
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">330
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">350
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">390
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Treadwear test</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">270
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Temperature resistant test</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">260</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">260</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">310</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">310</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(h) <I>Determination of test load.</I> (1) To determine test loads for purposes of paragraphs (e)(2)(iii) and (f)(2)(viii), follow the procedure set forth in paragraphs (h) (2) through (5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Determine the tire's maximum inflation pressure and maximum load rating both as specified on the tire's sidewall.
</P>
<P>(3) Determine the appropriate multiplier corresponding to the tire's maximum inflation pressure, as set forth in Table 2.
</P>
<P>(4) Multiply the tire's maximum load rating by the multiplier determined in paragraph (h)(3). This is the tire's calculated load.
</P>
<P>(5) Round the product determined in paragraph (h)(4) (the calculated load) to the nearest multiple of ten pounds or, if metric units are used, 5 kilograms. For example, 903 pounds would be rounded to 900 and 533 kilograms would be rounded to 535. This figure is the test load.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Maximum inflation pressure
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Multiplier to be used for treadwear testing
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Multiplier to be used for traction testing
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">Tires other than CT tires</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32 psi</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.851</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.851
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36 psi</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.870</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.797
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40 psi</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.883</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.753
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">240 kPa</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.866</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.866
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">280 kPa</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.887</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.804
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">300 kPa</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.866</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.866
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">340 kPa</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.887</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.804
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">350 kPa</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.866</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.866
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="3" scope="row"><E T="02">CT tires</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">290 kPa</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.866</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.866
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">330 kPa</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.887</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.804
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">305 kPa</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.866</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.866
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">390 kPa</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.887</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">.804</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 2A
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Tire size designation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Temp resistance
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="3" scope="col">Traction
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Treadwear
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Max pressure
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Max pressure
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">32
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">36
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">40
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">32
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">36
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">40
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">145/70 R13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">615</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">650</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">685</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">523</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">523</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">553</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">582
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">155/70 R13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">705</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">740</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">780</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">599</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">599</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">629</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">663
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">165/70 R13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">795</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">835</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">880</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">676</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">676</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">710</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">748
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">175/70 R13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">890</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">935</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">757</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">757</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">795</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">833
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">185/70 R13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">990</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1040</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">842</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">842</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">884</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">926
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">195/70 R13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1155</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1210</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">935</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">935</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1029
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">155/70 R14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">740</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">780</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">815</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">629</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">629</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">663</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">693
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">175/70 R14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">925</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">975</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1025</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">786</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">786</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">829</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">871
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">185/70 R14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1045</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1155</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">888</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">888</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">935</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">982
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">195/70 R14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1155</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1280</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1037</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1088
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">155/70 R15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">770</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">810</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">850</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">655</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">655</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">689</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">723
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">175/70 R15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">990</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1040</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1090</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">842</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">842</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">884</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">927
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">185/70 R15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1155</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1210</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">935</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">935</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1029
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.60-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">725</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">810</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">880</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">616</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">616</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">689</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">748
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5.20-14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">695</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">785</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">855</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">591</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">591</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">667</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">727
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">165-15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">915</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,015</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">779</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">779</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">863</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">939
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">185/60 R 13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">845</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">915</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">980</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">719</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">719</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">778</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">833</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(i)-(l) [Reserved]
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.196.gif"/>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Figure 2—[Part I]—DOT QUALITY GRADES
</HD1>
<FP-1>TREADWEAR
</FP-1>
<FP-1>TRACTION AA A B C
</FP-1>
<FP-1>TEMPERATURE A B C
</FP-1>
<P>(Part II) All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to Federal Safety Requirements in Addition to These Grades
</P>
<HD1>Treadwear
</HD1>
<P>The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1
<FR>1/2</FR>) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
</P>
<HD1>Traction
</HD1>
<P>The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. 
</P>
<HD1>Temperature
</HD1>
<P>The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
</P>
<HD1>Appendix A—Treadwear Test Course and Driving Procedures
</HD1>
<P><I>Introduction.</I> The test course consists of three loops of a total of 400 miles in the geographical vicinity of Goodfellow AFB, San Angelo, Tex.
</P>
<P>The first loop runs south 143 miles through the cities of Eldorado, Sonora, and Juno, Tex. to the Camp Hudson Historical Marker, and returns by the same route.
</P>
<P>The second loop runs east over Farm and Ranch Roads (FM) and returns to its starting point.
</P>
<P>The third loop runs northwest to Water Valley, northeast toward Robert Lee and returns via Texas 208 to the vicinity of Goodfellow AFB.
</P>
<P><I>Route.</I> The route is shown in Figure 3. The table identifies key points by number. These numbers are encircled in Figure 3 and in parentheses in the descriptive material that follows.
</P>
<P><I>Southern Loop.</I> The course begins at the intersection (1) of Ft. McKavitt Road and Paint Rock Road (FM388) at the northwest corner of Goodfellow AFB. Drive east via FM 388 to junction with Loop Road 306 (2). Turn right onto Loop Road 306 and proceed south to junction with US277 (3). Turn onto US277 and proceed south through Eldorado and Sonora (4), continuing on US277 to junction with FM189 (5). Turn right onto FM189 and proceed to junction with Texas 163 (6). Turn left onto Texas 163, and at the option of the manufacturer:
</P>
<P>(A) Proceed south to Camp Hudson Historical Marker and onto the paved shoulder (7). Reverse route to junction of Loop Road 306 and FM 388 (2); or
</P>
<P>(B) Proceed south to junction with Frank's Crossing. Reverse route at Frank's Crossing and proceed north on Texas 163 to junction with Highway 189; Reverse route at junction with Highway 189; proceed south on Texas 163 to junction with Frank's Crossing; reverse route at Frank's Crossing and proceed north to junction of Loop Road 306 and FM 388 (2).
</P>
<P><I>Eastern Loop.</I> From junction of Loop Road 306 and FM388 (2), make right turn onto FM388 and drive east to junction with FM2334 (13). Turn right onto FM2334 and proceed south across FM765 (14) to junction of FM2334 and US87 (15). For convoys that originate at Goodfellow AFB, make U-turn and return to junction of FM388 and Loop Road 306 (2) by the same route. For convoys that do not originate at Goodfellow AFB, upon reaching junction of FM2334 and US87 (15), make U-Turn and continue north on FM2334 past the intersection with FM388 to Veribest Cotton Gin, a distance of 1.8 miles beyond the intersection. Make U-turn and return to junction of FM2334 and FM388. Turn right onto FM388, proceed west to junction FM388 and Loop Road 306.
</P>
<P><I>Northwestern Loop.</I> From junction of Loop Road 306 and FM388 (2), make right turn onto Loop Road 306. Proceed onto US277, to junction with FM2105 (8). Turn left onto FM2105 and proceed west to junction with US87 (10). Turn right on US87 and proceed northwest to the junction with FM2034 near the town of Water Valley (11). Turn right onto FM2034 and proceed north to Texas 208 (12). Turn right onto Texas 208 and proceed south to junction with FM2105 (9). Turn left onto FM2105 and proceed east to junction with US277 (8). Turn right onto US277 and proceed south onto Loop Road 306 to junction with FM388 (2). For convoys that originate at Goodfellow AFB, turn right onto FM388 and proceed to starting point at junction of Ft. McKavitt Road and FM388 (1). For convoys that do not originate at Goodfellow AFB, do not turn right onto FM388 but continue south on Loop Road 306.
</P>
<P><I>Alternate Route When FM 189 and Texas 163 are Closed.</I> This alternate test course route consists of a <I>Modified Southern Loop,</I> the <I>Eastern Loop</I> and <I>Northwestern Loop</I> described above, and a <I>Modified Northwestern Loop.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Modified Southern Loop.</I> The course begins at the intersection (1) of Ft. McKavitt Road and Paint Rock Road (FM 388) at the northwest corner of Goodfellow AFB. Drive east via FM 388 to junction with Loop Road 306 (2). Turn right onto Loop Road 306 and proceed south to junction with US 277 (3). Turn onto US 277 and proceed south through Eldorado and Sonora (4), continuing on US 277 approximately 5.5 miles (from traffic light at separation of US 277 and Loop 467) to picnic area on right. Reverse route at this location and proceed north to junction of Loop 306 and FM 388 (2).
</P>
<P><I>Eastern Loop and Northwestern Loop.</I> From junction of Loop Road 306 and FM 388 (2), complete the <I>Eastern Loop,</I> the <I>Northwestern Loop,</I> and then, from junction of Loop Road 306 and FM 388 (2), repeat the <I>Eastern Loop.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Modified Northwestern Loop.</I> Proceed north on Northwestern Loop as normal until reaching the intersection of FM 2105 and Texas 208 and turn right onto Texas 208. Proceed on Texas 208 until the intersection with FM 2034. Turn left onto FM 2034 and continue on FM 2034 to the intersection with US 87. Turn left onto US 87. At the intersection of US 87 and FM 2105 turn left onto FM 2105 and proceed to the intersection with US 277. Turn right onto US 277 and proceed to the intersection of Loop Road 306 and FM 388 (2).
</P>
<P><I>Repeat Eastern Loop.</I> Turn left onto FM 388 and repeat the <I>Eastern Loop.</I> For convoys that originate at Goodfellow AFB, continue on FM 388 and proceed to starting point at junction of Ft. McKavitt Road and FM 388 (1). For convoys that do not originate at Goodfellow AFB, turn left onto Loop Road 306.
</P>
<P><I>Driving instructions.</I> The drivers shall run at posted speed limits throughout the course unless an unsafe condition arises. If such condition arises, the speed should be reduced to the maximum safe operating speed.
</P>
<P><I>Braking Procedures at STOP signs.</I> There are a number of intersections at which stops are required. At each of these intersections a series of signs is placed in a fixed order at follows:
</P>
<HD1>Sign Legend
</HD1>
<FP>Highway Intersection 1000 (or 2000) Feet
</FP>
<FP>STOP AHEAD
</FP>
<FP>Junction XXX
</FP>
<FP>Direction Sign (Mereta→)
</FP>
<FP>STOP or YIELD
</FP>
<P><I>Procedures.</I> 1. Approach each intersection at posted speed limit.
</P>
<P>2. When abreast of the STOP AHEAD sign, apply the brakes so that the vehicle decelerates smoothly to 20 mph when abreast of the direction sign.
</P>
<P>3. Come to a complete stop at the STOP sign or behind any vehicle already stopped.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.190.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.191.gif"/>
<HD1>Appendix B—Traction Skid Pads
</HD1>
<P>Two skid pads have been laid on an unused runway and taxi strip on Goodfellow AFB. Their location is shown in Figure 4.
</P>
<P>The asphalt skid pad is 600 ft. × 60 ft. and is shown in black on the runway in Figure 4. The pad is approached from either end by a 75 ft. ramp followed by 100 ft. of level pavement. This arrangement permits the skid trailers to stabilize before reaching the test area. The approaches are shown on the figure by the hash-marked area.
</P>
<P>The concrete pad is 600 ft. × 48 ft. and is on the taxi strip. The approaches to the concrete pad are of the same design as those for the asphalt pads.
</P>
<P>A two lane asphalt road has been built to connect the runway and taxi strip. The road is parallel to the northeast-southwest runway at a distance of 100 ft. The curves have super-elevation to permit safe exit from the runway at operating speeds.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.192.gif"/>
<HD1>Appendix C—Method of Least Squares
</HD1>
<P>The method of least squares is a method of calculation by which it is possible to obtain a reliable estimate of a true physical relationship from a set of data which involve random error. The method may be used to establish a regression line that minimizes the sum of the squares of the deviations of the measured data points from the line. The regression line is consequently described as the line of “best fit” to the data points. It is described in terms of its slope and its “y” intercept.
</P>
<P>The graph in Figure 5 depicts a regression line calculated using the least squares method from data collected from a hypothetical treadwear test of 6,400 miles, with tread depth measurements made at every 500 miles.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.193.gif"/>
<P>In this graph, x<E T="52">j</E>,y<E T="52">j (j = 0, 1, . . ;. 8)</E> are the individual data points representing the tread depth measurements (the overall average for the tire with 6 measurements in each tire groove) at the beginning of the test (after break-in) and at the end of each 800-mile segment of the test.
</P>
<P>The absolute value of the slope of the regression line is an expression of the mils of tread worn per 1,000 miles, and is calculated by the following formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="71" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.194.gif"/></MATH>
<P>The “<I>y</I>” intercept of the regression line (a) in mils is calculated by the following formula:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="31" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.195.gif"/></MATH>
<HD1>Appendix D—User Fees
</HD1>
<P>1. <I>Use of Government Traction Skid Pads:</I> A fee of $125 will be assessed for each hour, or fraction thereof, that the traction skid pads at Goodfellow Air Force Base, San Angelo, Texas are used. This fee is based upon the market price of the use of the traction skid pads.
</P>
<P>2. Fee payments shall be by check, draft, money order, or Electronic Funds Transfer System made payable to the Treasurer of the United States.
</P>
<P>3. The fee set forth in this Appendix continues in effect until adjusted by the Administrator of NHTSA. The Administrator reviews the fee set forth in this Appendix and, if appropriate, adjusts it by rule at least every 2 years. </P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 30549, July 17, 1978]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 575.104, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 575.105" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.105   Vehicle rollover.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose and scope.</I> This section requires manufacturers of utility vehicles to alert the drivers of those vehicles that they have a higher possibility of rollover than other vehicle types and to advise them of steps that can be taken to reduce the possibility of rollover and/or to reduce the likelihood of injury in a rollover.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application.</I> This section applies to utility vehicles.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Utility vehicles</I> means multipurpose passenger vehicles (other than those which are passenger car derivatives) which have a wheelbase of 110 inches or less and special features for occasional off-road operation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Required information</I>—(1) <I>Rollover Warning Label.</I> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, each vehicle must have a label permanently affixed to either side of the sun visor, at the manufacturer's option, at the driver's seating position. The label must conform in content, form and sequence to the label shown in Figure 1 of this section, and must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(A) The heading area must be yellow, with the text and the alert symbol in black.
</P>
<P>(B) The message area must be white with black text.
</P>
<P>(C) The pictograms must be black with a white background.
</P>
<P>(D) The label must be appropriately sized so that it is legible, visible and prominent to the driver.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 1999 and before September 1, 2000.</I> When the rollover warning label required by paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section and the air bag warning label required by paragraph S4.5.1(b) of 49 CFR 571.208 are affixed to the same side of the driver side sun visor, either:
</P>
<P>(A) The rollover warning label must be affixed to the right (as viewed from the driver's seat) of the air bag warning label and the labels may not be contiguous; or
</P>
<P>(B) The pictogram of the air bag warning label must be separated from the pictograms of the rollover warning label by text, and
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The labels must be located such that the shortest distance from any of the lettering or graphics on the rollover warning label to any of the lettering or graphics on the air bag warning label is not less than 3 cm, or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the rollover warning and air bag warning labels are each completely surrounded by a continuous solid-lined border, the shortest distance from the border of the rollover warning label to the border of the air bag warning label is not less than 1 cm.
</P>
<P>(iii) The manufacturer must select the option to which a vehicle is certified by the time the manufacturer certifies the vehicle and may not thereafter select a different option for that vehicle. If a manufacturer chooses to certify compliance with more than one compliance option, the vehicle must satisfy the requirements applicable to each of the options selected.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Vehicles manufactured on or after September 1, 2000.</I> When the rollover warning label required by paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section and the air bag warning label required by paragraph S4.5.1(b) of 49 CFR 571.208 are affixed to the same side of the driver side sun visor the pictogram of the air bag warning label must be separated from the pictograms of the rollover warning label by text and:
</P>
<P>(A) The labels must be located such that the shortest distance from any of the lettering or graphics on the rollover warning label to any of the lettering or graphics on the air bag warning label is not less than 3 cm, or
</P>
<P>(B) If the rollover warning and air bag warning labels are each completely surrounded by a continuous solid-lined border, the shortest distance from the border of the rollover warning label to the border of the air bag warning label must be not less than 1 cm.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Alternate location for warning label.</I> As an alternative to affixing the warning label required by paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section to the driver's sun visor, a manufacturer may permanently affix the label to the lower rear corner of the forwardmost driver's side window. The label must be legible, visible and prominent to a person next to the exterior of the driver's door.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rollover Alert Label.</I> If the label required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section and affixed to the driver side sun visor is not visible when the sun visor is in the stowed position, an alert label must be permanently affixed to that visor so that the label is visible when the visor is in that position. The alert label must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The label must read:
</P>
<HD1>ROLLOVER WARNING
</HD1>
<HD3>Flip Visor Over
</HD3>
<P>(ii) The label must be black with yellow text.
</P>
<P>(iii) The label must be no less than 20 square cm.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Owner's Manual.</I> The owner's manual must include the following statements and discussions:
</P>
<P>(i) The statement “Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.”
</P>
<P>(ii) A discussion of the vehicle design features which cause this type of vehicles to be more likely to rollover (e.g., higher center of gravity);
</P>
<P>(iii) A discussion of the driving practices that can reduce the risk of a rollover (e.g., avoiding sharp turns at excessive speed); and
</P>
<P>(iv) The statement: “In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt.”
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Combined Rollover and Air Bag Alert Warning.</I> If the warnings required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section and paragraph S4.5.1(b) of 49 CFR 571.208 to be affixed to the driver side sun visor are not visible when the sun visor is in the stowed position, a combined rollover and air bag alert label may be permanently affixed to that visor in lieu of the alert labels required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section and paragraph S4.5.1(c)(2) of 49 CFR 571.208. The combined rollover and air bag alert label must be visible when the visor is in the stowed position. The combined rollover and air bag alert warning must conform in content to the label shown in Figure 2 of this section, and must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The label must read:
</P>
<FP-1>AIR BAG AND ROLLOVER WARNINGS
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Flip Visor Over
</FP-1>
<P>(ii) The message area must be black with yellow text. The message area must be no less than 20 square cm.
</P>
<P>(iii) The pictogram shall be black with a red circle and slash on a white background. The pictogram must be not less than 20 mm in diameter.
</P>
<P>(6) At the option of the manufacturer, the requirements in paragraph (d)(1)(i) for labels that are permanently affixed to specified parts of the vehicle may instead be met by permanent marking and molding of the required information.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er09mr99.056.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er30au99.020.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 11733, Mar. 9, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 47123, Aug. 30, 1999]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 575.106" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.106   Tire fuel efficiency consumer information program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section requires tire manufacturers, tire brand name owners, and tire retailers to provide information indicating the relative performance of replacement passenger car tires in the areas of fuel efficiency, safety, and durability.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this section is to aid consumers in making better educated choices in the purchase of passenger car tires.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application.</I> This section applies to replacement passenger car tires. However, this section does not apply to light truck tires, deep tread, winter-type snow tires, space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 12 inches or less, or to limited production tires as defined in § 575.104(c)(2). Tire manufacturers may comply with the requirements in this § 575.106 as an alternative to complying with the requirements in § 575.104(d)(1)(i)(A) and (B).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) All terms used in this section that are defined in Section 32101 of Title 49, United States Code, are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P>(2) As used in this section:
</P>
<P><I>Brand name owner</I> means a person, other than a tire manufacturer, who owns or has the right to control the brand name of a tire or a person who licenses another to purchase tires from a tire manufacturer bearing the licensor's brand name.
</P>
<P><I>CT</I> means a pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire and rim system in which the rim is designed with rim flanges pointed radially inward and the tire is designed to fit on the underside of the rim in a manner that encloses the rim flanges inside the air cavity of the tire.
</P>
<P><I>Dealer</I> means a person selling and distributing new motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment primarily to purchasers that in good faith purchase the vehicle or equipment other than for resale.
</P>
<P><I>Distributor</I> means a person primarily selling and distributing motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment for resale.
</P>
<P><I>Lab alignment tires</I> or <I>LATs</I> means the reference tires which the reference lab will test to be used to align other rolling resistance machines with the reference lab in accordance with the machine alignment procedure in ISO 28580 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3), section 10.
</P>
<P><I>Light truck (LT) tire</I> means a tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Manufacturer</I> means a person manufacturing or assembling motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment, or importing motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment for resale. This term includes any parent corporation, any subsidiary or affiliate, and any subsidiary or affiliate of a parent corporation of such a person.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger car tire</I> means a tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less.
</P>
<P><I>Reference lab</I> means the laboratory or laboratories that the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration designates and which maintains and operates a rolling resistance test machine to test LATs for rolling resistance so that other testing laboratories may correlate the results from its rolling resistance test machine in accordance with the machine alignment procedure in ISO 28580 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3), section 10.
</P>
<P><I>Replacement passenger car tire</I> means any passenger car tire offered for sale to consumers, other than a passenger car tire sold as original equipment on a new vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Size designation</I> means the alpha-numeric designation assigned by a manufacturer that identifies a tire's size. This can include identifications of tire class, nominal width, aspect ratio, tire construction, and wheel diameter.
</P>
<P><I>Stock keeping unit</I> or <I>SKU</I> means the alpha-numeric designation assigned by a manufacturer to uniquely identify a tire product. This term is sometimes referred to as a product code, a product identifier, or a part number.
</P>
<P><I>Tire line</I> means the entire name used by a tire manufacturer to designate a tire product including all prefixes and suffixes as they appear on the sidewall of a tire.
</P>
<P><I>Tire retailer</I> means a dealer or distributor of new replacement passenger car tires sold for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Requirements</I>—(1) <I>Information</I>—(i) <I>Requirements for tire manufacturers.</I> Subject to paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section, each manufacturer of tires, or in the case of tires marketed under a brand name, each brand name owner shall provide rating information for each tire of which it is the manufacturer or brand name owner in the manner set forth in paragraphs (e)(1)(i)(A) through (C) of this section. The ratings for each tire shall be only those specified in paragraph (e)(2) of this section. For the purposes of this section, each tire of a different SKU is to be rated separately. Each tire shall be able to achieve the level of performance represented by each rating.
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Ratings.</I> Each tire shall be rated with the words, letters, symbols, and figures specified in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Tire label.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Reporting requirements.</I> The information collection requirements contained in this section have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 <I>et seq.</I>) and are awaiting an assigned OMB Control Number.
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Subject to paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section, manufacturers of tires or, in the case of tires marketed under a brand name, brand name owners of tires subject to this section shall submit to NHTSA, either directly or through an agent, the following data for each rated replacement passenger car tire:
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Manufacturer or Brand name owner.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Tire line.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) SKU.
</P>
<P>(<I>iv</I>) Tire size.
</P>
<P>(<I>v</I>) Rolling resistance rating, as determined in paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>vi</I>) Wet traction rating, as determined in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>vii</I>) Treadwear rating, as determined in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) <I>Format of data submitted.</I> The information required under paragraph (e)(1)(i)(C)(<I>1</I>) of this section may be submitted to NHTSA by mail, by facsimile, or by email. Submissions by mail must be addressed to the Associate Administrator for Rulemaking, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Attention: Consumer Standards Division (NVS-131), 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Submissions by facsimile must be addressed to the Associate Administrator for Rulemaking and transmitted to (202) 366-7002. Submissions by email must be sent to <I>TFE.Reports@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) <I>Exempted tires.</I>
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Each manufacturer of tires or, in the case of tires marketed under a brand name, brand name owner of tires subject to this section shall submit to NHTSA all tire lines, size designations, and stock keeping units for deep tread, winter-type snow tires and limited production tires that it manufactures which are exempt from this section (§ 575.106) under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Where a manufacturer or brand name owner is required to report ratings under this section, the information required in paragraph (e)(1)(i)(C)(<I>3</I>)(<I>i</I>) of this section may be submitted with the ratings information reported in accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(i)(C)(<I>1</I>) of this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Where a tire manufacturer or, in the case of tires marketed under a brand name, brand name owner only manufactures tires that are exempt from this section under paragraph (c) of this section, that manufacturer or brand name owner shall submit a statement listing the information specified in paragraph (e)(1)(i)(C)(<I>3</I>)(<I>i</I>) of this section and certifying that none of the tires it manufactures are required to be rated under this section.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) <I>New ratings information.</I>
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) Whenever a tire manufacturer or, in the case of tires marketed under a brand name, a brand name owner introduces a new tire for sale, the tire manufacturer or brand name owner shall submit either the information required under paragraph (e)(1)(i)(C)(<I>1</I>) of this section or the information required under paragraph (e)(1)(i)(C)(<I>3</I>) of this section for the tire to NHTSA on or before the date 30 calendar days before the tire is first introduced for sale.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Whenever a tire manufacturer or, in the case of tires marketed under a brand name, a brand name owner makes a design change to a tire that would result in new or different information required under either paragraph (e)(1)(i)(C)(<I>1</I>) or paragraph (e)(1)(i)(C)(<I>3</I>) of this section for the tire, the tire manufacturer or brand name owner shall submit the new or different information to NHTSA on or before the date 30 calendar days before the redesigned tire is first introduced for sale.
</P>
<P>(<I>iii</I>) Whenever a tire manufacturer or, in the case of tires marketed under a brand name, a brand name owner receives information that would determine new or different information required under either paragraph (e)(1)(i)(C)(<I>1</I>) or paragraph (e)(1)(i)(C)(<I>3</I>) of this section for a tire, the tire manufacturer or brand name owner shall submit the new or different information to NHTSA on or before the date 120 calendar days after the receipt of the new information by the tire 26manufacturer or brand name owner.
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) <I>Voluntary submission of data.</I> Manufacturers of tires or, in the case of tires marketed under a brand name, brand name owners of tires not subject to this section may submit to NHTSA data meeting the requirements of paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section for any tire they wish to have included in the database of information available to consumers on NHTSA's Web site.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Requirements for tire retailers.</I> Subject to paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section, each tire retailer shall provide rating information for each passenger car tire offered for sale in the manner set forth in this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Date for compliance.</I> The requirements of paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (e)(1)(ii) of this section will be implemented as indicated in a forthcoming final rule. These dates will be announced in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Performance</I>—(i) <I>Fuel efficiency.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Traction.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Treadwear.</I> [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Fuel efficiency rating conditions and procedures</I>—(1) <I>Conditions.</I> (i) Measurement of rolling resistance force under the test procedure specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be made using either the force or the torque method.
</P>
<P>(ii) The test procedure specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be carried out on an 80-grit roadwheel surface.
</P>
<P>(iii) The machine alignment procedure specified in section 10 of the test procedure specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be conducted using pairs of the LATs specified in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section, and tested by the reference lab.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Lab alignment tires.</I> The LATs to be used in the machine alignment procedure in section 10 of the test procedure specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section will be specified in this section in a forthcoming final rule.
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Break-in procedure for bias ply tires.</I> Before starting the rolling resistance testing under the test procedure specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section on a bias ply replacement passenger car tire, the tire shall be broken in by running it for one (1) hour with the speed, loading, and inflation pressure as specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(v)(A), (f)(1)(v)(B), and (f)(1)(v)(C) of this section. After the one hour break-in, allow the tire to cool for two (2) hours and re-adjust to the required ISO 28580 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3) test inflation pressure, and verify 10 minutes after the adjustment is made. After break-in, the bias ply tire should follow the 30 minute warm-up procedure of ISO 28580 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3).
</P>
<P>(A) <I>Speed.</I> The speed shall be 80 kilometer per hour (kph).
</P>
<P>(B) <I>Loading.</I> The tire loading shall be 80 percent of the maximum tire load capacity.
</P>
<P>(C) <I>Inflation pressure.</I> The inflation pressure shall be 210 kilopascals (kPa) for standard load tires, or 250 kPA for reinforced or extra load tires.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Procedure.</I> The test procedure shall be as specified in ISO 28580 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3), except that the conditions specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be used.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Traction rating conditions and procedures.</I> (1) <I>Conditions.</I> Test conditions are as specified in § 575.104(f)(1), subject to the changes in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through (g)(1)(iii) of this section to additionally measure the peak coefficient of friction.
</P>
<P>(i) The sampling rate of the data acquisition is to be no less than 100 Hertz in accordance with Section 6.6.1.8 of ASTM E 1337 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3).
</P>
<P>(ii) The rate of brake application shall be sufficient to control the time interval between initial brake application and peak longitudinal force to be between 0.3 and 0.5 seconds, and shall be determined in accordance with Section 6.3.2 of ASTM E 1337 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3).
</P>
<P>(iii) The peak coefficient of friction (or peak braking coefficient) shall be determined in accordance with Section 12 of ASTM E 1337 (incorporated by reference, <I>see</I> § 575.3) for each dataset.
</P>
<P>(iv) The slide coefficient of friction will be determined in accordance with § 575.104(f)(2)(iii).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Procedure.</I> (i) Prepare two standard tires as specified in § 575.104(f)(2)(i).
</P>
<P>(ii) Mount the tires on the test apparatus described in § 575.104(f)(1)(iv) and load each tire to 1,085 pounds.
</P>
<P>(iii) Tow the trailer on the asphalt test surface specified in § 575.104(f)(1)(i) at a speed of 40 mph, lock one trailer wheel, and record the slide and peak coefficient of friction on the tire associated with that wheel.
</P>
<P>(iv) Repeat the test on the concrete surface, locking the same wheel.
</P>
<P>(v) Repeat the tests specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(iii) and (iv) of this section for a total of 10 measurements on each test surface.
</P>
<P>(vi) Repeat the procedures specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(iii) through (v) of this section, locking the wheel associated with the other standard tire.
</P>
<P>(vii) Average the 20 measurements taken on the asphalt surface to find the standard tire average peak coefficient of friction for the asphalt surface. Average the 20 measurements taken on the concrete surface to find the standard tire average peak coefficient of friction for the concrete surface. The standard tire average peak coefficient of friction so determined may be used in the computation of adjusted peak coefficients of friction for more than one candidate tire.
</P>
<P>(viii) Average the 20 measurements taken on the asphalt surface to find the standard tire average slide coefficient of friction for the asphalt surface. Average the 20 measurements taken on the concrete surface to find the standard tire average slide coefficient of friction for the concrete surface. The standard tire average slide coefficient of friction so determined may be used in the computation of adjusted slide coefficients of friction for more than one candidate tire.
</P>
<P>(ix) Prepare two candidate tires of the same SKU in accordance with paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section, mount them on the test apparatus, and test one of them according to the procedures of paragraphs (g)(2)(ii) through (v) of this section, except load each tire to 85 percent of the test load specified in § 575.104(h). For CT tires, the test inflation of candidate tires shall be 230 kPa. Candidate tire measurements may be taken either before or after the standard tire measurements used to compute the standard tire traction coefficient. Take all standard tire and candidate tire measurements used in computation of a candidate tire's adjusted peak coefficient and adjusted slide coefficient of friction within a single three-hour period. Average the 10 measurements taken on the asphalt surface to find the candidate tire average peak coefficient and average slide coefficient of friction for the asphalt surface. Average the 10 measurements taken on the concrete surface to find the candidate tire average peak coefficient of friction for the concrete surface. Average the 10 measurements taken on the concrete surface to find the candidate tire average slide coefficient of friction for the concrete surface.
</P>
<P>(x) Repeat the procedures specified in paragraph (g)(2)(viii) of this section, using the second candidate tire as the tire being tested.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Treadwear rating conditions and procedures</I>—(1) <I>Conditions.</I> Test conditions are as specified in § 575.104(e)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Procedure.</I> Test procedure is as specified in § 575.104(e)(2).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 15944, Mar. 30, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 79121, Dec. 21, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Transportation Recall Enhancement, Accountability, and Documentation Act; Consumer Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 575.201" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.201   Child restraint performance.</HEAD>
<P>The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has established a program for rating the performance of child restraints. The agency makes the information developed under this rating program available through a variety of means, including postings on its Web site, <I>http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 67494, Nov. 5, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (SAFETEA-LU); Consumer Information</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>71 FR 53585, Sept. 12, 2006, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 575.301" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.301   Vehicle labeling of safety rating information (applicable unless a vehicle is subject to § 575.302).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose and Scope.</I> The purpose of this section is to aid potential purchasers in the selection of new passenger motor vehicles by providing them with safety rating information developed by NHTSA in its New Car Assessment Program (NCAP) testing. Manufacturers of passenger motor vehicles described in paragraph (b) of this section are required to include this information on the Monroney label. Although NHTSA also makes the information available through means such as postings at <I>http://www.safercar.gov</I> and <I>http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov,</I> the additional Monroney label information is intended to provide consumers with relevant information at the point of sale.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application.</I> This section applies to automobiles with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, manufactured on or after September 1, 2007, that are required by the Automobile Information Disclosure Act, 15 U.S.C. 1231-1233, to have price sticker labels (Monroney labels), e.g., passenger vehicles, station wagons, passenger vans, and sport utility vehicles, except for vehicles that are subject to § 575.302. Model Year 2012 or later vehicles manufactured prior to January 31, 2012 may be labeled according to the provisions of § 575.302 instead of this section provided the ratings placed on the safety rating label are derived from vehicle testing conducted by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under the enhanced NCAP testing and rating program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) <I>Monroney label</I> means the label placed on new automobiles with the manufacturer's suggested retail price and other consumer information, as specified at 15 U.S.C. 1231-1233.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Safety rating label</I> means the label with NCAP safety rating information, as specified at 15 U.S.C. 1232(g). The safety rating label is part of the Monroney label.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Required Label.</I> (1) Except as specified in paragraph (f) of this section, each vehicle must have a safety rating label that is part of its Monroney label, meets the requirements specified in paragraph (e) of this section, and conforms in content, format and sequence to the sample label depicted in Figure 1 of this section. If NHTSA has not provided a safety rating for any category of vehicle performance for a vehicle, the manufacturer may use the smaller label specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The label must depict the star ratings for that vehicle as reported to the vehicle manufacturer by NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(3) Whenever NHTSA informs a manufacturer in writing of a new safety rating for a specified vehicle or the continued applicability of an existing safety rating for a new model year, including any safety concerns, the manufacturer shall include the new or continued safety rating on vehicles manufactured on or after the date 30 calendar days after receipt by the manufacturer of the information.
</P>
<P>(4) If, for a vehicle that has an existing safety rating for a category, NHTSA informs the manufacturer in writing that it has approved an optional NCAP test that will cover that category, the manufacturer may depict vehicles manufactured on or after the date of receipt of the information as “Not Rated” or “To Be Rated” for that category.
</P>
<P>(5) The text “Frontal Crash,” “Side Crash,” “Rollover,” “Driver,” “Passenger,” “Front Seat,” “Rear Seat” and where applicable, “Not Rated” or “To Be Rated,” the star graphic indicating each rating, as well as any text in the header and footer areas of the label, must have a minimum font size of 12 point. All remaining text and symbols on the label (including the star graphic specified in paragraph (e)(8)(i)(A) of this section, must have a minimum font size of 8 point.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Required Information and Format</I>—(1) <I>Safety Rating Label Border.</I> The safety rating label must be surrounded by a solid dark line that is a minimum of 3 points in width.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Safety Rating Label Size and Legibility.</I> The safety rating label must be presented in a legible, visible, and prominent fashion that covers at least 8 percent of the total area of the Monroney label (<I>i.e.</I>, including the safety rating label) or an area with a minimum of 4
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in length and 3
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in height on the Monroney label, whichever is larger.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Heading Area.</I> The words “Government Safety Ratings” must be in boldface, capital letters that are light in color and centered. The background must be dark.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Frontal Crash Area.</I> (i) The frontal crash area must be placed immediately below the heading area and must have dark text and a light background. Both the driver and the right front passenger frontal crash test ratings must be displayed with the maximum star ratings achieved.
</P>
<P>(ii) The words “Frontal Crash” must be in boldface, cover two lines, and be aligned to the left side of the label.
</P>
<P>(iii) The word “Driver” must be on the same line as the word “Frontal” in “Frontal Crash,” and be left justified, horizontally centered and vertically aligned at the top of the label. The achieved star rating for “Driver” must be on the same line, left justified, and aligned to the right side of the label.
</P>
<P>(iv) If NHTSA has not released the star rating for the “Driver” position, the text “Not Rated” must be used in boldface. However, as an alternative, the words “To Be Rated” (in boldface) may be used if the manufacturer has received written notification from NHTSA that the vehicle has been chosen for NCAP testing. Both texts must be on the same line as the text “Driver”, left justified, and aligned to the right side of the label.
</P>
<P>(v) The word “Passenger” must be on the same line as the word “Crash” in “Frontal Crash,” below the word “Driver,” and be left justified, horizontally centered and vertically aligned at the top of the label. The achieved star rating for “Passenger” must be on the same line, left justified, and aligned to the right side of the label.
</P>
<P>(vi) If NHTSA has not released the star rating for “Passenger,” the words “Not Rated” must be used in boldface. However, as an alternative, the words “To Be Rated” (in boldface) may be used if the manufacturer has received written notification from NHTSA that the vehicle has been chosen for NCAP testing. Both texts must be on the same line as the text “Passenger”, left justified, and aligned to the right side of the label. 
</P>
<P>(vii) The words “Star ratings based on the risk of injury in a frontal impact.”, followed (on the next line) by the statement “Frontal ratings should ONLY be compared to other vehicles of similar size and weight.” must be placed at the bottom of the frontal crash area.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Side Crash Area.</I> (i) The side crash area must be immediately below the frontal crash area, separated by a dark line that is a minimum of three points in width. The text must be dark against a light background. Both the driver and the rear seat passenger side crash test rating must be displayed with the maximum star rating achieved.
</P>
<P>(ii) The words “Side Crash” must cover two lines, and be aligned to the left side of the label in boldface.
</P>
<P>(iii) The words “Front seat” must be on the same line as the word “Side” in “Side Crash” and be left justified, horizontally centered and vertically aligned in the middle of the label. The achieved star rating for “Front seat” must be on the same line, left justified, and aligned to the right side of the label.
</P>
<P>(iv) If NHTSA has not released the star rating for “Front Seat,” the words “Not Rated” must be used in boldface. However, as an alternative, the words “To Be Rated” (in boldface) may be used if the manufacturer has received written notification from NHTSA that the vehicle has been chosen for NCAP testing. Both texts must be on the same line as the text “Front seat”, left justified, and aligned to the right side of the label.
</P>
<P>(v) The words “Rear seat” must be on the same line as the word “Crash” in “Side Crash,” below the word “Front seat,” and be left justified, horizontally centered and vertically aligned in the middle of the label. The achieved star rating for “Rear seat” must be on the same line, left justified, and aligned to the right side of the label.
</P>
<P>(vi) If NHTSA has not released the star rating for “Rear Seat,” the text “Not Rated” must be used in boldface. However, as an alternative, the text “To Be Rated” (in boldface) may be used if the manufacturer has received written notification from NHTSA that the vehicle has been chosen for NCAP testing. Both texts must be on the same line as the text “Rear seat”, left justified, and aligned to the right side of the label. 
</P>
<P>(vii) The words: “Star ratings based on the risk of injury in a side impact.” must be placed at the bottom of the side crash area.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Rollover Area.</I> (i) The rollover area must be immediately below the side crash area, separated by a dark line that is a minimum of three points in width. The text must be dark against a light background. The rollover test rating must be displayed with the maximum star rating achieved.
</P>
<P>(ii) The word “Rollover” must be aligned to the left side of the label in boldface. The achieved star rating must be on the same line, aligned to the right side of the label.
</P>
<P>(iii) If NHTSA has not tested the vehicle, the words “Not Rated” must be used in boldface. However, as an alternative, the words “To Be Rated” (in boldface) may be used if the manufacturer has received written notification from NHTSA that the vehicle has been chosen for NCAP testing. Both texts must be on the same line as the text “Rollover”, left justified, and aligned to the right side of the label. 
</P>
<P>(iv) The words: “Star ratings based on the risk of rollover in a single vehicle crash.” must be placed at the bottom of the rollover area.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Graphics.</I> The star graphic is depicted in Figure 3 and the safety concern graphic is depicted in Figure 4.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>General Information Area.</I> (i) The general information area must be immediately below the rollover area, separated by a dark line that is a minimum of three points in width. The text must be dark and the background must be light. The text must state the following, in the specified order, on separate lines:
</P>
<P>(A) “ Star ratings range from 1 to 5 stars (★★★★★), with 5 being the highest.” and
</P>
<P>(B) “Source: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)”
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Footer Area.</I> The text “<I>www.safercar.gov</I> or 1-888-327-4236” must be provided in boldface letters that are light in color, and be centered. The background must be dark.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Safety Concern.</I> For vehicle tests for which NHTSA reports a safety concern as part of the star rating, the label must:
</P>
<P>(i) Depict, as a superscript to the star rating, the related symbol, as depicted in Figure 4 of this section, at 
<FR>2/3</FR> the font size of the base star, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Include at the bottom of the relevant area (i.e., frontal crash area, side crash area, rollover area), as the last line of that area, the related symbol, as depicted in Figure 4 of this section, as a superscript of the rest of the line, and the text “Safety Concern: Visit <I>www.safercar.gov</I> or call 1-888-327-4236 for more details.”
</P>
<P>(11) No additional information may be provided in the safety rating label area. The specified information provided in a language other than English is not considered to be additional information.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Smaller Safety Rating Label for Vehicles with No Ratings.</I> (1) If NHTSA has not released a safety rating for any category for a vehicle, the manufacturer may use a smaller safety rating label that meets paragraphs (f)(2) through (f)(5) of this section. A sample label is depicted in Figure 2.
</P>
<P>(2) The label must be at least 4
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in width and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in height, and must be surrounded by a solid dark line that is a minimum of 3 points in width.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Heading Area.</I> The text must read “Government Safety Ratings” and be in 14-point boldface, capital letters that are light in color, and be centered. The background must be dark.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>General Information.</I> The general information area must be below the header area. The text must be dark and the background must be light. The text must state the following, in at least 12-point font, be left-justified, and aligned to the left side of the label, in the specified order: 
</P>
<P>(i) “This vehicle has not been rated by the government for frontal crash, side crash, or rollover risk.”
</P>
<P>(ii) “Source: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA).”
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Footer Area.</I> The text “<I>www.safercar.gov</I> or 1-888-327-4236” must be provided in 14-point boldface letters that are light in color, and be centered.The background must be dark.
</P>
<P>(6) No additional information may be provided in the smaller safety rating label area. The specified information provided in a language other than English is not considered to be additional information.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Labels for alterers.</I> (1) If, pursuant to 49 CFR 567.7, a person is required to affix a certification label to a vehicle, and the vehicle has a safety rating label with one or more safety ratings, the alterer must also place another label on that vehicle as specified in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(2) The additional label (which does not replace the one required by 49 CFR 567.7) must read: “This vehicle has been altered. The stated star ratings on the safety rating label may no longer be applicable.”
</P>
<P>(3) The label must be placed adjacent to the Monroney label or as close to it as physically possible.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er12se06.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er12se06.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er12se06.004.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 53585, Sept. 12, 2006, as amended at 72 FR 45176, Aug. 13, 2007; 76 FR 45466, July 29, 2011] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 575.302" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.302   Vehicle labeling of safety rating information (compliance required for model year 2012 and later vehicles manufactured on or after January 31, 2012).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose and scope.</I> The purpose of this section is to aid potential purchasers in the selection of new passenger motor vehicles by providing them with safety rating information developed by NHTSA in its New Car Assessment Program (NCAP) testing. Manufacturers of passenger motor vehicles described in paragraph (b) of this section are required to include this information on the Monroney label. Although NHTSA also makes the information available through means such as postings at <I>http://www.safercar.gov</I> and <I>http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov,</I> the additional Monroney label information is intended to provide consumers with relevant information at the point of sale.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application.</I> This section applies to automobiles with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, manufactured on or after January 31, 2012 that have vehicle identification numbers that identify the vehicles to be model year 2012 or later and that are required by the Automobile Information Disclosure Act, 15 U.S.C. 1231-1233, to have price sticker labels (Monroney labels), (e.g., passenger vehicles, station wagons, passenger vans, and sport utility vehicles). Model Year 2012 or later vehicles manufactured prior to January 31, 2012, at the manufacturer's option, may be labeled according to the provisions of this § 575.302 provided the ratings placed on the safety rating label are derived from vehicle testing conducted by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under the enhanced NCAP testing and rating program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Monroney label</I> means the label placed on new automobiles with the manufacturer's suggested retail price and other consumer information, as specified at 15 U.S.C. 1231-1233.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Safety rating label</I> means the label with NCAP safety rating information, as specified at 15 U.S.C. 1232(g). The safety rating label is part of the Monroney label.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Required label.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Except as specified in paragraph (f) of this section, each vehicle must have a safety rating label that is part of its Monroney label, meets the requirements specified in paragraph (e) of this section, and conforms in content, format and sequence to the sample label depicted in Figure 1 of this section. If NHTSA has not provided a safety rating for any category of vehicle performance for a vehicle, the manufacturer may use the smaller label specified in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The label must depict the star ratings for that vehicle as reported to the vehicle manufacturer by NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(3) Whenever NHTSA informs a manufacturer in writing of a new safety rating for a specified vehicle or the continued applicability of an existing safety rating for a new model year, including any safety concerns, the manufacturer shall include the new or continued safety rating on vehicles manufactured on or after the date 30 calendar days after receipt by the manufacturer of the information.
</P>
<P>(4) If, for a vehicle that has an existing safety rating for a category, NHTSA informs the manufacturer in writing that it has approved an optional NCAP test that will cover that category, the manufacturer may depict vehicles manufactured on or after the date of receipt of the information as “Not Rated” or “To Be Rated” for that category.
</P>
<P>(5) The text “Overall Vehicle Score,” “Frontal Crash,” “Side Crash,” “Rollover,” “Driver,” “Passenger,” “Front Seat,” “Rear Seat” and where applicable, “Not Rated” or “To Be Rated,” the star graphic indicating each rating, as well as any text in the header and footer areas of the label, must have a minimum font size of 12 point. All remaining text and symbols on the label (including the star graphic specified in paragraph (e)(9)(i) of this section), must have a minimum font size of 8 point.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Required information and format.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Safety rating label border.</I> The safety rating label must be surrounded by a solid dark line that is a minimum of 3 points in width.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Safety rating label size and legibility.</I> The safety rating label must be presented in a legible, visible, and prominent fashion that covers at least 8 percent of the total area of the Monroney label (<I>i.e.,</I> including the safety rating label) or an area with a minimum of 4
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in length and 3
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in height on the Monroney label, whichever is larger.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Heading area.</I> The words “Government 5-Star Safety Ratings” must be in boldface, capital letters that are light in color and centered. The background must be dark.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Overall vehicle score area.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The overall vehicle score area must be placed immediately below the heading area and must have dark text and a light background. The overall vehicle score rating must be displayed with the maximum star rating achieved.
</P>
<P>(ii) The words “Overall Vehicle Score” must be in boldface aligned to the left side of the label. The achieved star rating must be on the same line and be aligned to the right side of the label and left justified.
</P>
<P>(iii) The words “Based on the combined ratings of frontal, side and rollover” followed by the statement “Should ONLY be compared to other vehicles of similar size and weight” (on the following line) must be placed at the bottom of the overall vehicle score area and left justified.
</P>
<P>(iv) If NHTSA has not released the star rating for the “Frontal Crash,” “Side Crash,” or “Rollover” area, the text “Not Rated” must be used in boldface. However, as an alternative, the words “To Be Rated” (in boldface) may be used if the manufacturer has received written notification from NHTSA that the vehicle has been chosen for the NCAP frontal, side, and/or rollover testing such that there will be ratings in all three areas.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Frontal crash area.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The frontal crash area must be placed immediately below the overall vehicle score area, separated by a dark line that is a minimum of three points in width. The text must be dark against a light background. Both the driver and the right front seat passenger frontal crash test ratings must be displayed with the maximum star ratings achieved.
</P>
<P>(ii) The words “Frontal Crash” must be in boldface, cover two lines, and be aligned to the left side of the label.
</P>
<P>(iii) The word “Driver” must be on the same line as the word “Frontal” in “Frontal Crash,” and be horizontally centered, left justified and vertically aligned to the top of the frontal crash area. The achieved star rating for “Driver” must be on the same line and be aligned to the right side of the label and left justified.
</P>
<P>(iv) If NHTSA has not released the star rating for the “Driver” position, the text “Not Rated” must be used in boldface. However, as an alternative, the words “To Be Rated” (in boldface) may be used if the manufacturer has received written notification from NHTSA that the vehicle has been chosen for NCAP testing. Both texts must be on the same line as the text “Driver” and be aligned to the right side of the label and left justified.
</P>
<P>(v) The word “Passenger” must be on the same line as the word “Crash” in “Frontal Crash,” below the word “Driver,” and be horizontally centered, left justified and vertically aligned to the top of the frontal crash area. The achieved star rating for “Passenger” must be on the same line and be aligned to the right side of the label and left justified.
</P>
<P>(vi) If NHTSA has not released the star rating for “Passenger,” the words “Not Rated” must be used in boldface. However, as an alternative, the words “To Be Rated” (in boldface) may be used if the manufacturer has received written notification from NHTSA that the vehicle has been chosen for NCAP testing. Both texts must be on the same line as the text “Passenger” and be aligned to the right side of the label and left justified.
</P>
<P>(vii) The words “Based on the risk of injury in a frontal impact.” followed (on the next line) by the statement “Should ONLY be compared to other vehicles of similar size and weight.” must be placed at the bottom of the frontal crash area and left justified.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Side crash area.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The side crash area must be immediately below the frontal crash area, separated by a dark line that is a minimum of three points in width. The text must be dark against a light background. Both the driver and the rear seat passenger side crash test rating must be displayed with the maximum star rating achieved.
</P>
<P>(ii) The words “Side Crash” must cover two lines, and be aligned to the left side of the label in boldface.
</P>
<P>(iii) The words “Front seat” must be on the same line as the word “Side” in “Side Crash” and be horizontally centered, left justified and vertically aligned to the top of the side crash area. The achieved star rating for “Front seat” must be on the same line as the words “Front seat” and be aligned to the right side of the label and left justified.
</P>
<P>(iv) If NHTSA has not released the star rating for “Front Seat,” the words “Not Rated” must be used in boldface. However, as an alternative, the words “To Be Rated” (in boldface) may be used if the manufacturer has received written notification from NHTSA that the vehicle has been chosen for NCAP testing. Both texts must be on the same line as the text “Front seat” and be aligned to the right side of the label and left justified.
</P>
<P>(v) The words “Rear seat” must be on the same line as the word “Crash” in “Side Crash,” below the word “Front seat,” and be horizontally centered, left justified and vertically aligned to the top of the side crash area. The achieved star rating for “Rear seat” must be on the same line as the text “Rear seat” and be aligned to the right side of the label and left justified.
</P>
<P>(vi) If NHTSA has not released the star rating for “Rear Seat,” the text “Not Rated” must be used in boldface. However, as an alternative, the text “To Be Rated” (in boldface) may be used if the manufacturer has received written notification from NHTSA that the vehicle has been chosen for NCAP testing. Both texts must be on the same line as the text “Rear seat” and be aligned to the right side of the label and left justified.
</P>
<P>(vii) The words “Based on the risk of injury in a side impact.” must be placed at the bottom of the side crash area and left justified.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Rollover area.</I>
</P>
<P>(i) The rollover area must be immediately below the side crash area, separated by a dark line that is a minimum of three points in width. The text must be dark against a light background. The rollover test rating must be displayed with the maximum star rating achieved.
</P>
<P>(ii) The word “Rollover” must be aligned to the left side of the label in boldface. The achieved star rating must be on the same line and be aligned to the right side of the label and left justified.
</P>
<P>(iii) If NHTSA has not tested the vehicle, the words “Not Rated” must be used in boldface. However, as an alternative, the words “To Be Rated” (in boldface) may be used if the manufacturer has received written notification from NHTSA that the vehicle has been chosen for NCAP testing. Both texts must be on the same line as the text “Rollover” and be aligned to the right side of the label and left justified.
</P>
<P>(iv) The words “Based on the risk of rollover in a single-vehicle crash.” must be placed at the bottom of the rollover area and left justified.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Graphics.</I> The star graphic is depicted in Figure 3 and the safety concern graphic is depicted in Figure 4.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Footer area.</I> The footer area must be placed at the bottom of the label; the text must be in boldface letters that are light in color and centered. The background must be dark. The text must state the following, in the specified order, on separate lines:
</P>
<P>(i) “Star ratings range from 1 to 5 stars (★ ★ ★ ★ ★) with 5 being the highest.”
</P>
<P>(ii) “Source: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA).”
</P>
<P>(iii) “<I>www.safercar.gov</I> or 1-888-327-4236.”
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Safety concern.</I> For vehicle tests for which NHTSA reports a safety concern as part of the safety rating, and for overall vehicle scores that are derived from vehicle tests for at least one of which NHTSA reports a safety concern as part of the safety rating, the label must:
</P>
<P>(i) In both the rating area in which the safety concern was identified and in the overall vehicle score area, depict, as a superscript to the star rating, the safety concern symbol, as depicted in Figure 4 of this section, at 
<FR>2/3</FR> the font size of the base star, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Include at the bottom of the overall vehicle score area only as the last line of that area, in no smaller than 8 point type, the related symbol, as depicted in Figure 4 of this section, as a superscript of the rest of the line, and the text “Safety Concern: Visit <I>www.safercar.gov</I> or call 1-888-327-4236 for more details.”
</P>
<P>(11) No additional information may be provided in the safety rating label area. The specified information provided in a language other than English is not considered to be additional information.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Smaller safety rating label for vehicles with no ratings.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) If NHTSA has not released a safety rating for any category for a vehicle, the manufacturer may use a smaller safety rating label that meets paragraphs (f)(2) through (f)(5) of this section. A sample label is depicted in Figure 2.
</P>
<P>(2) The label must be at least 4
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in width and 1
<FR>1/2</FR> inches in height, and must be surrounded by a solid dark line that is a minimum of 3 points in width.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Heading area.</I> The text must read “Government 5-Star Safety Ratings” and be at least in 14-point boldface, capital letters that are light in color, and be centered. The background must be dark.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>General information.</I> The general information area must be below the header area. The text must be dark and the background must be light. The text must state the following, in at least 12-point font and be left justified: “This vehicle has not been rated by the government for overall vehicle score, frontal crash, side crash, or rollover risk.”
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Footer area.</I> The footer area must be placed at the bottom of the label; the text must be at least in 12-point boldface letters that are light in color, and centered. The background must be dark. The text must state the following, in the specified order, on separate lines:
</P>
<P>(i) “Source: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)” and
</P>
<P>(ii) “<I>www.safercar.gov</I> or 1-888-327-4236”.
</P>
<P>(6) No additional information may be provided in the smaller safety rating label area. The specified information provided in a language other than English is not considered to be additional information.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Labels for alterers.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) If, pursuant to 49 CFR 567.7, a person is required to affix a certification label to a vehicle, and the vehicle has a safety rating label with one or more safety ratings, the alterer must also place another label on that vehicle as specified in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(2) The additional label (which does not replace the one required by 49 CFR 567.7) must read: “This vehicle has been altered. The stated star ratings on the safety rating label may no longer be applicable.”
</P>
<P>(3) The label must be placed adjacent to the Monroney label or as close to it as physically possible.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er29jy11.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er29jy11.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er29jy11.002.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 45466, July 29, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 74724, Dec. 1, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Energy Independence and Security Act; Consumer Information</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 39577, July 6, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 575.401" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.4.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 575.401   Vehicle labeling of fuel economy, greenhouse gas, and other pollutant emissions information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose and scope.</I> The purpose of this section is to aid potential purchasers in the selection of new passenger cars and light trucks by providing them with information about vehicles' performance in terms of fuel economy, greenhouse gas (GHG), and other air pollutant emissions. Manufacturers of passenger cars and light trucks are required to include this information on the label described in this section. Although this information will also be available through means such as postings at <I>http://www.fueleconomy.gov,</I> the additional label information is intended to provide consumers with this information at the point of sale, and to help them compare between vehicles.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Application.</I> This section applies to passenger cars and light trucks manufactured in model year 2013 and later. Manufacturers may optionally comply with this section during model year 2012.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Data element</I> means a piece of information required or permitted to be included on the fuel economy and environment label.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Fuel economy and environment label</I> means the label with information about automobile performance in terms of fuel economy, greenhouse gases, and other emissions and with rating systems for fuel economy, greenhouse gases, and other emissions that also indicate the automobile(s) with the highest fuel economy and lowest greenhouse gas emissions, as specified at 49 U.S.C. 32908(g).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Miles per gasoline gallon equivalent (MPGe)</I> is a measure of distance traveled per unit of energy consumed, and functions as a recognizable equivalent to, e.g., kilowatt-hours per mile (kW-hr/mile).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Monroney label</I> means the label placed on new automobiles with the manufacturer's suggested retail price and other consumer information, as specified at 15 U.S.C. 1231-1233 (also known as the “Automobile Information Disclosure Act label”).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Other air pollutants</I> or <I>other emissions</I> means those tailpipe emissions, other than carbon dioxide (CO<E T="52">2</E>), for which manufacturers must provide EPA with emissions rates for all new light duty vehicles each model year under EPA's Tier 2 light duty vehicle emissions standards requirements (40 CFR Part 86, Subpart S) or the parallel requirements for those vehicles certified instead to the California emissions standards. These air pollutants include non-methane organic gases (NMOG), nitrogen oxides (NO<E T="52">X</E>), particulate matter (PM), carbon monoxide (CO), and formaldehyde (HCHO).
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Slider bar</I> means a horizontal rating scale with a minimum value at one end and a maximum value at the other end that can accommodate a designation of a specific value between those values with a box or arrow. The actual rating value would be printed (displayed) at the proper position on the scale representing the vehicle's actual rating value relative to the two end values.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Required label.</I> Prior to being offered for sale, each manufacturer must affix or cause to be affixed and each dealer must maintain or cause to be maintained on each passenger car or light truck a label that meets the requirements specified in this section, and conforms in content, format, and sequence to the sample labels depicted in the appendix to this section. The manufacturer must have the fuel economy label affixed in such a manner that appearance and legibility are maintained until after the vehicle is delivered to the ultimate consumer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Required label information and format—general provisions</I>—(1) <I>Location.</I> It is preferable that the fuel economy and environment label information be incorporated into the Monroney label, provided that the prominence and legibility of the fuel economy and environment label is maintained. If the fuel economy and environment label is incorporated into the Monroney label, it must be placed on a separate section in the Monroney label and must not be intermixed with that label information, except for vehicle descriptions as noted in 40 CFR 600.302-08(d)(1). If the fuel economy and environment label is not incorporated into the Monroney label, it must be located on a side window, and as close as possible to the Monroney label. If the window is not large enough to accommodate both the Monroney label and the fuel economy and environment label, the latter must be located on another window as close as physically possible to the Monroney label.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Size and legibility.</I> The fuel economy and environment label must be readily visible from the exterior of the vehicle and presented in a legible and prominent fashion. The label must be rectangular in shape with a minimum height of 4.5 inches (114 mm) and a minimum length of 7.0 inches (177 mm) as specified in the appendix to this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Basic appearance.</I> Fuel economy and environment labels must be printed on white or very light paper with the color specified in this section; any label markings for which a color is not specified here must be in black and white. The label can be divided into three separate fields outlined by a continuous border, as described in the appendix to this section. Manufacturers must make a good faith effort to conform to the formats illustrated in the appendix to this section. Label templates are available for download at <I>http://www.nhtsa.gov/fuel-economy/.</I>
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Border.</I> Create a continuous black border to outline the label and separate the three information fields. Include the following information in the upper and lower portions of the border:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Upper border, label name.</I> (A) In the left portion of the upper border, the words “EPA” and “DOT” must be in boldface, capital letters that are light in color and left-justified, with a horizontal line in between them as shown in the appendix to this section.
</P>
<P>(B) Immediately to the right of the agency names, the heading “Fuel Economy and Environment” must be in boldface letters that are light in color.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Upper border, vehicle fuel type.</I> In the right portion of the upper border, identify the vehicle's fuel type in black font on a blue-colored field as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) For vehicles designed to operate on a single fuel, identify the appropriate fuel. For example, identify the vehicle with the words “Gasoline Vehicle,” “Diesel Vehicle,” “Compressed Natural Gas Vehicle,” “Hydrogen Fuel Cell Vehicle,” etc. This includes hybrid electric vehicles that do not have plug-in capability. Include a logo corresponding to the fuel to the left of this designation as follows:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) For gasoline, include a fuel pump logo.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) For diesel fuel, include a fuel pump logo with a “D” inscribed in the base of the fuel pump.
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) For natural gas, include the established CNG logo.
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) For hydrogen fuel cells, include the expression “H<E T="52">2</E>.”
</P>
<P>(B) Identify dual-fueled (“flexible-fueled”) vehicles with the words “Flexible-Fuel Vehicle Gasoline-Ethanol (E85),” “Flexible-Fuel Vehicle Diesel-Natural Gas,” etc. Include a fuel pump logo or a combination of logos to the left of this designation as appropriate. For example, for vehicles that operate on gasoline or ethanol, include a fuel pump logo and the designation “E85,” as shown in the appendix to this section.
</P>
<P>(C) Identify plug-in hybrid electric vehicles with the words “Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Electricity-Gasoline” or “Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Electricity-Diesel.” Include a fuel pump logo to the lower left of this designation and an electric plug logo to the upper left of this designation.
</P>
<P>(D) Identify electric vehicles with the words “Electric Vehicle.” Include an electric plug logo to the left of this designation.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Lower border, left side:</I> (A) In the upper left portion of the lower border, include the statement “Actual results will vary for many reasons, including driving conditions and how you drive and maintain your vehicle. The average new vehicle gets <I>a</I> MPG and costs $<I>b</I> to fuel over 5 years. Cost estimates are based on <I>c</I> miles per year at $<I>d</I> per gallon. MPGe is miles per gasoline gallon equivalent. Vehicle emissions are a significant cause of climate change and smog.” For the value of <I>a,</I> insert the average new vehicle combined MPG value for that model year established by EPA. For the value of <I>b,</I> insert the estimated five year fuel cost value established by EPA for the average new vehicle in that model year. For the value of <I>c,</I> insert the annual mileage rate established by EPA. For the value of <I>d,</I> insert the estimated cost per gallon established by EPA for gasoline or diesel fuel, as appropriate. See paragraphs (f) through (j) below for alternate statements that apply for vehicles that use a fuel other than gasoline or diesel fuel.
</P>
<P>(B) In the lower left portion of the lower border, include the Web site reference, “fueleconomy.gov,” and include the following statement: “Calculate personalized estimates and compare vehicles” beneath it.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Lower border, right side:</I> Include a field in the right-most portion of the lower border to allow for accessing interactive information with mobile electronic devices as set forth in 40 CFR 600.302-12(b)(6).
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Lower border, center:</I> Along the lower edge of the lower border, to the left of the field described in paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of this section, include the logos for the Environmental Protection Agency, the Department of Transportation, and the Department of Energy as shown in the appendix to this section.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Fuel economy performance and fuel cost values.</I> To the left side in the white field at the top of the label, include the following elements for vehicles that run on gasoline or diesel fuel with no plug-in capability:
</P>
<P>(i) The heading “Fuel Economy” near the top left corner of the field.
</P>
<P>(ii) The vehicle's combined fuel economy determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.210-12(c) in large font, with the words “combined city/hwy” below the number in smaller font.
</P>
<P>(iii) A fuel pump logo to the left of the combined fuel economy value (for diesel fuel, include a fuel pump logo with a “D” inscribed in the base of the fuel pump).
</P>
<P>(iv) The units identifier and specific fuel economy values to the right of the combined fuel economy value as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Include the word “MPG” to the upper right of the combined fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(B) Include the value for the city and highway fuel economy determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.210-12(a) and (b) to the right of the combined fuel economy value in smaller font, and below the word “MPG.” Include the expression “city” in smaller font below the city fuel economy value, and the expression “highway” in smaller font below the highway fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(v) Below the fuel economy performance values set forth in paragraphs (e)(5)(ii) and (iv) of this section, include the value for the fuel consumption rate required by EPA and determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.302-12(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(vi) To the right of the word “MPG” described in paragraph (e)(5)(iv)(A) of this section, include the information about the range of fuel economy of comparable vehicles as required by EPA and set forth in 40 CFR 600.302-12(c)(2) and below that information, include the expression “The best vehicle rates 99 MPGe.”
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Comparative five-year fuel costs/savings.</I> To the right side in the white field at the top of the label, include the information required by EPA at 40 CFR 600.302-12(c)(3).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Annual fuel cost value.</I> In the field in the lower left portion of the label, include the information on annual fuel cost as required by EPA and set forth in 40 CFR 600.302-12(d).
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Fuel economy and environment slider bar ratings.</I> In the field in the lower right portion of the label,
</P>
<P>(i) Include the heading “Fuel Economy &amp; Greenhouse Gas Rating (tailpipe only)” in the top left corner of the field.
</P>
<P>(ii) Include a slider bar in the left portion of the field as shown in the appendix to this section to characterize the vehicle's fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E> emission rating relative to the range of fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E> emission rates for all vehicles. Position a black box with a downward-pointing wedge above the slider bar positioned to show where that vehicle's fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E> emission rating falls relative to the total range. Include the vehicle's fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E> emission rating determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.311-12(d) inside the box in white text. If the fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E> emission ratings are different, the black box with a downward-pointing wedge above the slider bar must contain the fuel economy rating, with a second upward-pointing wedge below the slider bar containing the CO<E T="52">2</E> emission rating. Include the number “1” in white text in the black border at the left end of the slider bar, and include the number “10” in white text in the black border at the right end of the slider bar, with the expression “Best” in black text under the slider bar directly below the “10.” Add color to the slider bar such that it is blue at the left end of the range, white at the right end of the range, and shaded continuously across the range.
</P>
<P>(iii) Include the heading “Smog Rating (tailpipe only)” in the top right corner of the field.
</P>
<P>(iv) Include a slider bar in the right portion of the field to characterize the vehicle's level of emission control for other air pollutants relative to that of all vehicles. Position a black box with a downward-pointing wedge above the slider bar positioned to show where that vehicle's emission rating falls relative to the total range. Include the vehicle's emission rating determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.311-12(g) inside the box in white text. Include the number “1” in white text in the black border at the left end of the slider bar, and include the number “10” in white text in the black border at the right end of the slider bar, with the expression “Best” in black text under the slider bar directly below the “10.” Add color to the slider bar such that it is blue at the left end of the range, white at the right end of the range, and shaded continuously across the range.
</P>
<P>(v) Below the slider bars described in paragraphs (e)(8)(ii) and (e)(8)(iv) to this section, include the statement, “This vehicle emits <I>e</I> grams CO<E T="52">2</E> per mile. The best emits 0 grams per mile (tailpipe only). Producing and distributing fuel also creates emissions; learn more at fueleconomy.gov.” For the value of <I>e,</I> insert the vehicle's specific tailpipe CO<E T="52">2</E> emission rating determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.210-12(d).
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Rounding.</I> Round all numerical values identified in this section to the nearest whole number unless otherwise specified.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Other label information required by EPA.</I> Manufacturers must include any additional labeling information required by EPA at 40 CFR 600.302-12 on the fuel economy and environment label.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Required label information and format—flexible-fuel vehicles.</I> (1) Fuel economy and environment labels for flexible-fuel vehicles must meet the specifications described in paragraph (e) of this section, with the exceptions and additional specifications described in this paragraph (f). This section describes how to label vehicles with gasoline engines. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, all the references to “gas” or “gasoline” in this section are understood to refer to “diesel” or “diesel fuel,” respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) For qualifying vehicles, include the following additional expression in the statement identified in paragraph (e)(iv)(3)(A) of this section as shown in the appendix to this section: “This is a dual fueled automobile.”
</P>
<P>(3) Include the following elements instead of the information identified in paragraph (e)(5) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The heading “Fuel Economy” near the top left corner of the field.
</P>
<P>(ii) The vehicle's combined fuel economy as set forth in 40 CFR 600.210-12(c) in large font, with the words “combined city/hwy” below the number in smaller font.
</P>
<P>(iii) A fuel pump logo and other logos as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(ii)(A) of this section to the left of the combined fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(iv) The units identifier and specific fuel economy values to the right of the combined fuel economy value as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Include the word “MPG” to the upper right of the combined fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(B) Include the value for the city and highway fuel economy determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.210-12(a) and (b) to the right of the combined fuel economy value in smaller font, and below the word “MPG.” Include the expression “city” in smaller font below the city fuel economy value, and the expression “highway” in smaller font below the highway fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(v) Below the fuel economy performance value set forth in paragraph (f)(iii)(2) of this section, include the value for the fuel consumption rate required by EPA and determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.302-12(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(vi) To the right of the word “MPG” described in paragraph (e)(5)(iv)(A) of this section, include the information about the range of fuel economy of comparable vehicles as required by EPA and set forth in 40 CFR 600.302-12(c)(2), and below that information, include the expression “The best vehicle rates 99 MPGe. Values are based on gasoline and do not reflect performance and ratings based on E85.” Adjust this statement as appropriate for vehicles designed to operate on different fuels.
</P>
<P>(vii) Below the combined fuel economy value, the manufacturer may include information on the vehicle's driving range as shown in the appendix to this section, with the sub-heading “Driving Range,” and with range bars below this sub-heading as required by EPA and set forth in 40 CFR 600.303-12(b)(6).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Required label information and format—special requirements for hydrogen fuel cell vehicles.</I> (1) Fuel economy and environment labels for hydrogen fuel cell vehicles must meet the specifications set forth in paragraph (e) of this section, with the exceptions and additional specifications described in this paragraph (g).
</P>
<P>(2) Include the following statement in the upper left portion of the lower border instead of the statement specified in paragraph (e)(4)(iii)(A) of this section: “Actual results will vary for many reasons, including driving conditions and how you drive and maintain your vehicle. The average new vehicle gets <I>a</I> MPG and costs $<I>b</I> to fuel over 5 years. Cost estimates are based on <I>c</I> miles per year at $<I>d</I> per kilogram of hydrogen. MPGe is miles per gasoline gallon equivalent. Vehicle emissions are a significant cause of climate change and smog.” For the value of <I>a,</I> insert the average new vehicle combined MPG value for that model year established by EPA. For the value of <I>b,</I> insert the estimated five year fuel cost value established by EPA for the average new vehicle in that model year. For the value of <I>c,</I> insert the annual mileage rate established by EPA. For the value of <I>d,</I> insert the estimated cost per kilogram established by EPA for hydrogen.
</P>
<P>(3) Include the following elements instead of the information identified above in paragraph (e)(5) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The heading “Fuel Economy” near the top left corner of the field.
</P>
<P>(ii) The vehicle's combined fuel economy determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.210-12(c) in large font, with the words “combined city/hwy” below the number in smaller font.
</P>
<P>(iii) The “H<E T="52">2</E>” logo as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(ii)(A) of this section to the left of the combined fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(iv) The units identifier and specific fuel economy values to the right of the combined fuel economy value as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Include the word “MPGe” to the upper right of the combined fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(B) Include the value for the city and highway fuel economy determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.311-12(a) and (b) to the right of the combined fuel economy value in smaller font, and below the word “MPG.” Include the expression “city” in smaller font below the city fuel economy value, and the expression “highway” in smaller font below the highway fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(v) To the right of the fuel economy performance values set forth in paragraph (iv)(B) of this section, include the value for the fuel consumption rate required by EPA and determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.302-12(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(vi) To the right of the word “MPGe” described in paragraph (g)(3)(iv)(A) of this section, include the information about the range of fuel economy of comparable vehicles as required by EPA and set forth in 40 CFR 600.302-12(c)(2) and below that information, include the expression “The best vehicle rates 99 MPGe.”
</P>
<P>(vii) Below the combined fuel economy value, include information on the vehicle's driving range as shown in the appendix to this section, as required by EPA and set forth in 40 CFR 600.304-12(b)(6)
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Required label information and format—special requirements for compressed natural gas vehicles.</I> (1) Fuel economy and environment labels for compressed natural gas vehicles must meet the specifications described in paragraph (e) of this section, with the exceptions and additional specifications described in this paragraph (h).
</P>
<P>(2) Include the following statement in the upper left portion of the lower border instead of the statement specified in paragraph (e)(4)(iii)(A) of this section: “Actual results will vary for many reasons, including driving conditions and how you drive and maintain your vehicle. The average new vehicle gets <I>a</I> MPG and costs $<I>b</I> to fuel over 5 years. Cost estimates are based on <I>c</I> miles per year at $<I>d</I> per gasoline gallon equivalent. MPGe is miles per gasoline gallon equivalent. Vehicle emissions are a significant cause of climate change and smog.” For the value of <I>a,</I> insert the average new vehicle combined MPG value for that model year established by EPA. For the value of <I>b,</I> insert the estimated five year fuel cost value established by EPA for the average new vehicle in that model year. For the value of <I>c,</I> insert the annual mileage rate established by EPA. For the value of <I>d,</I> insert the estimated cost per gasoline gallon equivalent established by EPA for natural gas.
</P>
<P>(3) Include the following elements instead of the information identified in paragraph (e)(5) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The heading “Fuel Economy” near the top left corner of the field.
</P>
<P>(ii) The vehicle's combined fuel economy determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.210-12(c) in large font, with the words “combined city/hwy” below the number in smaller font.
</P>
<P>(iii) The compressed natural gas logo as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(ii)(A) of this section to the left of the combined fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(iv) The units identifier and specific fuel economy values to the right of the combined fuel economy value as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Include the word “MPGe” to the upper right of the combined fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(B) Include the value for the city and highway fuel economy determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.311-12(a) and (b) to the right of the combined fuel economy value in smaller font, and below the word “MPGe.” Include the expression “city” in smaller font below the city fuel economy value, and the expression “highway” in smaller font below the highway fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(v) To the right of the fuel economy performance values described in paragraph (h)(3)(iv)(B) of this section, include the value for the fuel consumption rate required by EPA and determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.302-12(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(vi) To the right of the word “MPGe” described in paragraph (g)(3)(iv)(A) of this section, include the information about the range of fuel economy of comparable vehicles as required by EPA and set forth in 40 CFR 600.302-12(c)(2), and below that information, include the expression “The best vehicle rates 99 MPGe.”
</P>
<P>(vii) Below the combined fuel economy value, include information on the vehicle's driving range as shown in the appendix to this section, as required by EPA and set forth in 40 CFR 600.306-12(b)(6).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Required label information and format—special requirements for plug-in hybrid electric vehicles.</I> (1) Fuel economy and environment labels for plug-in hybrid electric vehicles must meet the specifications described in paragraph (e) of this section, with the exceptions and additional specifications described in this paragraph (i). This paragraph (i) describes how to label vehicles equipped with gasoline engines. If a vehicle has a diesel engine, all the references to “gas” or “gasoline” in this section are understood to refer to “diesel” or “diesel fuel,” respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) Include the following statement in the upper left portion of the lower border instead of the statement specified in paragraph (e)(4)(iii)(A) of this section: “Actual results will vary for many reasons, including driving conditions and how you drive and maintain your vehicle. The average new vehicle gets <I>a</I> MPG and costs $<I>b</I> to fuel over 5 years. Cost estimates are based on <I>c</I> miles per year at $<I>d</I> per gallon and $<I>e</I> per kW-hr. This is a dual fueled automobile. MPGe is miles per gasoline gallon equivalent. Vehicle emissions are a significant cause of climate change and smog.” For the value of <I>a,</I> insert the average new vehicle combined MPG value for that model year established by EPA. For the value of <I>b,</I> insert the estimated five year fuel cost value established by EPA for the average new vehicle in that model year. For the value of <I>c,</I> insert the annual mileage rate established by EPA. For the value of <I>d,</I> insert the estimated cost per gallon established by EPA for gasoline. For the value of <I>e,</I> insert the estimated cost per kW-hr of electricity established by EPA.
</P>
<P>(3) Include the following elements instead of the information identified above in paragraph (e)(5):
</P>
<P>(i) The heading “Fuel Economy” near the top left corner of the field.
</P>
<P>(ii) An outlined box below the heading with the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The sub-heading “Electricity” if the vehicle's engine starts only after the battery is fully discharged, or the sub-heading “Electricity + Gasoline” if the vehicle uses combined power from the battery and the engine before the battery is fully discharged.
</P>
<P>(B) The expression “Charge Time: x hours (240 V),” as required by EPA and as set forth in 40 CFR 600.308-12(b)(2)(ii).
</P>
<P>(C) The vehicle's combined fuel economy determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.210-12(c) in large font, with the words “combined city/hwy” below the number in smaller font.
</P>
<P>(D) An electric plug logo as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(ii)(A) of this section to the left of the combined fuel economy value. For vehicles that use combined power from the battery and the engine before the battery is fully discharged, also include the fuel pump logo as shown in the appendix to this section.
</P>
<P>(E) The units identifier and specific fuel economy values to the right of the combined fuel economy value as follows:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Include the word “MPGe” to the upper right of the combined fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If the vehicle's engine starts only after the battery is fully discharged, identify the vehicle's electricity consumption rate as required by EPA and determined as set forth in set forth in 40 CFR 600.308-12(b)(2)(v).
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) If the vehicle uses combined power from the battery and the engine before the battery is fully discharged, identify the vehicle's gasoline and electricity consumption rates as required by EPA and determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.308-12(b)(2)(v).
</P>
<P>(iii) A second outlined box to the right of the box described in paragraph (i)(3)(ii) of this section with the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The sub-heading “Gasoline Only.”
</P>
<P>(B) The vehicle's combined fuel economy determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.210-12(c) in large font, with the words “combined city/hwy” below the number in smaller font.
</P>
<P>(C) A fuel pump logo to the left of the combined fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(D) The units identifier and consumption values to the right of the combined fuel economy value as follows:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Include the word “MPGe” to the upper right of the combined fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Identify the vehicle's gasoline consumption rate required by EPA and determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.308-12(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(iv) Below the boxes specified in paragraphs (i)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section, include information on the vehicle's driving range as shown in the appendix to this section, as required by EPA and as set forth in 40 CFR 600.308-12(b)(4).
</P>
<P>(v) To the right of the heading “Fuel Economy” described in paragraph (i)(3)(i) of this section, include the information about the range of fuel economy of comparable vehicles as required by EPA and set forth in 40 CFR 600.302-12(c)(2) and to the right of that information, include the expression “The best vehicle rates 99 MPGe.”
</P>
<P>(4) Include the following statement instead of the statement identified in paragraph (e)(8)(v) of this section: “This vehicle emits <I>f</I> grams CO<E T="52">2</E> per mile. The best emits 0 grams per mile (tailpipe only). Producing and distributing fuel &amp; electricity also creates emissions; learn more at fueleconomy.gov.” For the value of <I>f,</I> insert the vehicle's specific tailpipe CO<E T="52">2</E> emission rating determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.210-12(d).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Required label information and format—special requirements for electric vehicles.</I> (1) Fuel economy and environment labels for electric vehicles must meet the specifications described in paragraph (e) of this section, with the exceptions and additional specifications described in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Include the following statement in the upper left portion of the lower border instead of the statement specified above in paragraph (e)(4)(iii)(A) of this section: “Actual results will vary for many reasons, including driving conditions and how you drive and maintain your vehicle. The average new vehicle gets <I>a</I> MPG and costs $<I>b</I> to fuel over 5 years. Cost estimates are based on <I>c</I> miles per year at $<I>e</I> per kW-hr. MPGe is miles per gasoline gallon equivalent. Vehicle emissions are a significant cause of climate change and smog.” For the value of <I>a,</I> insert the average new vehicle combined MPG value for that model year established by EPA. For the value of <I>b,</I> insert the estimated five year fuel cost value established by EPA for the average new vehicle in that model year. For the value of <I>c,</I> insert the annual mileage rate established by EPA. For the value of <I>e,</I> insert the estimated cost per kW-hr of electricity established by EPA.
</P>
<P>(3) Include the following elements instead of the information identified in paragraph (e)(5) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) The heading “Fuel Economy” near the top left corner of the field.
</P>
<P>(ii) The vehicle's combined fuel economy determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.210-12(c) in large font, with the words “combined city/hwy” below the number in smaller font.
</P>
<P>(iii) The electric plug logo as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(ii)(A) of this section to the left of the combined fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(iv) The units identifier and specific fuel economy values to the right of the combined fuel economy value as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) Include the word “MPGe” to the upper right of the combined fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(B) Include the value for the city and highway fuel economy determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.311-12(a) and (b) to the right of the combined fuel economy value in smaller font, and below the word “MPGe.” Include the expression “city” in smaller font below the city fuel economy value, and the expression “highway” in smaller font below the highway fuel economy value.
</P>
<P>(v) To the right of the fuel economy performance values described in paragraph (iv)(B) of this section, include the value for the fuel consumption rate required by EPA and determined as set forth in 40 CFR 600.310-12(b)(5).
</P>
<P>(vi) Below the combined fuel economy value, include information on the vehicle's driving range as shown in the appendix to this section, as required by EPA and as set forth in 40 CFR 600.310-12(b)(6).
</P>
<P>(vii) Below the driving range information and left-justified, include information on the vehicle's charge time, as required by EPA and as set forth in 40 CFR 600.310-12(b)(7).
</P>
<P>(4) Include the following statement instead of the statement identified in paragraph (e)(8)(v) of this section: “This vehicle emits 0 grams CO<E T="52">2</E> per mile. The best emits 0 grams per mile (tailpipe only). Does not include emissions from generating electricity; learn more at fueleconomy.gov.”
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix to § 575.401</HD1></EXTRACT>
<img src="/graphics/er06jy11.058.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06jy11.059.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06jy11.060.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06jy11.061.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06jy11.062.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06jy11.063.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06jy11.064.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06jy11.065.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06jy11.066.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er06jy11.067.gif"/>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="576" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 576—RECORD RETENTION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322(a), 30117, 30120(g), 30141-30147; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.




</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>39 FR 30045, Aug. 20, 1974, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For an interpretation document regarding part 576, see 40 FR 3296, Jan. 21, 1975.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 576.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.5.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 576.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes requirements for the retention by manufacturers of motor vehicles and of motor vehicle equipment, of claims, complaints, reports, and other records concerning alleged and proven motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment defects and malfunctions that may be related to motor vehicle safety.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45872, July 10, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 576.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.5.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 576.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to preserve records that are needed for the proper investigation, and adjudication or other disposition, of possible defects related to motor vehicle safety and instances of nonconformity to the motor vehicle safety standards and associated regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 576.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.5.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 576.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all manufacturers of motor vehicles, with respect to all records generated or acquired on or after August 16, 1969, and to all manufacturers of motor vehicle equipment, with respect to all records in their possession, generated or acquired on or after August 9, 2002.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 576.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.5.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 576.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms in this part that are defined in 49 U.S.C. 30102 and part 579 of this chapter are used as defined therein.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 576.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.5.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 576.5   Basic requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer of motor vehicles, child restraint systems, and tires shall retain, as specified in § 576.7 of this part, all records described in § 576.6 of this part for a period of 10 calendar years from the date on which they were generated or acquired by the manufacturer.








</P>
<P>(b) Each manufacturer of motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment shall retain, as specified in § 576.7 of this part, all the underlying records on which the information reported under part 579 of this chapter is based, for a period of five calendar years from the date on which they were generated or acquired by the manufacturer, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) Manufacturers need not retain copies of documents transmitted to NHTSA pursuant to parts 573, 577, and 579 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002, as amended at 89 FR 66633, Aug. 16, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 576.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.5.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 576.6   Records.</HEAD>
<P>Records to be maintained by manufacturers under this part include all documentary materials, films, tapes, and other information-storing media that contain information concerning malfunctions that may be related to motor vehicle safety. Such records include, but are not limited to, reports and other documents, including material generated or communicated by computer, telefax or other electronic means, that are related to work performed under warranties; and any lists, compilations, analyses, or discussions of such malfunctions contained in internal or external correspondence of the manufacturer, including communications transmitted electronically.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 576.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.5.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 576.7   Retention.</HEAD>
<P>Duplicate copies need not be retained. Information may be reproduced or transferred from one storage medium to another (e.g., from paper files to microfilm) as long as no information is lost in the reproduction or transfer, and when so reproduced or transferred the original form may be treated as a duplicate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 576.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.5.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 576.8   Malfunctions covered.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, “malfunctions that may be related to motor vehicle safety” shall include, with respect to a motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment, any failure or malfunction beyond normal deterioration in use, or any failure of performance, or any flaw or unintended deviation from design specifications, that could in any reasonably foreseeable manner be a causative factor in, or aggravate, an accident or an injury to a person.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="577" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 577—DEFECT AND NONCOMPLIANCE NOTIFICATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 30102, 30103, 30116-121, 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95 and 49 CFR 501.8.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 56816, Dec. 30, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 577.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part sets forth requirements for manufacturer notification to owners, dealers, and distributors of motor vehicles and items of replacement equipment about a defect that relates to motor vehicle safety or a noncompliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 34959, June 23, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 577.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to ensure that notifications of defects or noncompliances adequately inform and effectively motivate owners of potentially defective or noncomplying motor vehicles or items of replacement equipment to have such vehicles or equipment inspected and, where necessary, remedied as quickly as possible. It is also to ensure that dealers and distributors of motor vehicles and items of replacement equipment are made aware of the existence of defects and noncompliances and of their rights and responsibilities with regard thereto.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56816, Dec. 30, 1976, as amended at 69 FR 34959, June 23, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 577.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to manufacturers of complete motor vehicles, incomplete motor vehicles, and replacement equipment. In the case of vehicles manufactured in two or more stages, compliance by either the manufacturer of the incomplete vehicle, any subsequent manufacturer, or the manufacturer of affected replacement equipment, shall be considered compliance by each of those manufacturers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 577.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means 49 U.S.C. Chapter 30101-30169.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration or his delegate.
</P>
<P><I>First purchaser</I> means the first purchaser in good faith for a purpose other than resale.
</P>
<P><I>Leased motor vehicle</I> means any motor vehicle that is leased to a person for a term of at least four months by a lessor who has leased five or more vehicles in the twelve months preceding the date of notification by the vehicle manufacturer of the existence of a safety-related defect or noncompliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard in the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Lessee</I> means a person who is the lessee of a leased motor vehicle as defined in this section.
</P>
<P><I>Lessor</I> means a person or entity that is the owner, as reflected on the vehicle's title, of any five or more leased vehicles (as defined in this section), as of the date of notification by the manufacturer of the existence of a safety-related defect or noncompliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard in one or more of the leased motor vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Owners</I> includes purchaser.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56816, Dec. 30, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 17270, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 577.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.5   Notification pursuant to a manufacturer's decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When a manufacturer of motor vehicles or replacement equipment determines that any motor vehicle or item of replacement equipment produced by the manufacturer contains a defect that relates to motor vehicle safety, or fails to conform to an applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standard, or the manufacturer files a defect or noncompliance information report under 49 CFR part 573, the manufacturer shall provide notification in accordance with § 577.7(a), unless the manufacturer is exempted by the Administrator (pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30118(d) or 30120(h)) from giving such notification. The notification shall contain the information specified in this section. The information required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section shall be presented in the form and order specified. The information required by paragraphs (d) through (h) of this section may be presented in any order. Except as authorized by the Administrator, the manufacturer shall submit a copy of its proposed owner notification letter, including any provisions or attachments related to reimbursement, to NHTSA's Recall Management Division (NVS-215) no fewer than five (5) Federal Government business days before it intends to begin mailing it to owners. The manufacturer shall mark the outside of each envelope in which it sends an owner notification letter with a notation that includes the phrase “SAFETY RECALL NOTICE,” all in capital letters and in a type that is larger than that used in the address section, and is also distinguishable from the other type in a manner other than size. It shall also imprint on the outside of this envelope a label in accordance with § 577.14. Except where the format of the envelope has been previously approved by NHTSA's Recall Management Division (NVS-215), each manufacturer must submit the envelope format it intends to use to that division at least five (5) Federal Government business days before mailing the notification to owners. Submission of envelopes and proposed owner notification letters shall be made by the means identified in 49 CFR 573.9. Notification sent to an owner whose address is in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico shall be written in both English and Spanish.
</P>
<P>(b) At the top of the notification, there must be the statement “IMPORTANT SAFETY RECALL,” in all capital letters and in a type size that is larger than that used in the remainder of the letter. Then immediately below, for vehicle recalls, there must be the statement “This notice applies to your vehicle, (manufacturer to insert VIN for the particular vehicle).” If VIN placement is not possible in this location, the VIN must then be placed in another conspicuous location within the notification. Immediately below the foregoing, there must be the opening statement: “This notice is sent to you in accordance with the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act.”
</P>
<P>(c) Whichever of the following statements is appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) “(Manufacturer's name or division) has decided that a defect which relates to motor vehicle safety exists in (identified motor vehicles, in the case of notification sent by a motor vehicle manufacturer; identified replacement equipment, in the case of notification sent by a replacement equipment manufacturer);” or
</P>
<P>(2) “(Manufacturer's name or division) has decided that (identified motor vehicles, in the case of notification sent by a motor vehicle manufacturer; identified replacement equipment, in the case of notification sent by a replacement equipment manufacturer) fail to conform to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. (number and title of standard).”
</P>
<P>(d) When the manufacturer determines that the defect or noncompliance may not exist in each such vehicle or item of replacement equipment, he may include an additional statement to that effect.
</P>
<P>(e) A clear description of the defect or noncompliance, which shall include—
</P>
<P>(1) An identification of the vehicle system or particular item(s) of motor vehicle equipment affected.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the malfunction that may occur as a result of the defect or noncompliance. The description of a noncompliance with an applicable standard shall include, in general terms, the difference between the performance of the noncomplying vehicle or item of replacement equipment and the performance specified by the standard;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of any operating or other conditions that may cause the malfunction to occur; and
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the precautions, if any, that the owners should take to reduce the chance that the malfunction will occur before the defect or noncompliance is remedied.
</P>
<P>(f) An evaluation of the risk to motor vehicle safety reasonably related to the defect or noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(1) When vehicle crash is a potential occurrence, the evaluation shall include whichever of the following is appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that the defect or noncompliance can cause vehicle crash without prior warning; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of whatever prior warning may occur, and a statement that if this warning is not heeded, vehicle crash can occur.
</P>
<P>(2) When vehicle crash is not the potential occurrence, the evaluation must include a statement indicating the general type of injury to occupants of the vehicle, or to persons outside the vehicle, that can result from the defect or noncompliance, and a description of whatever prior warning may occur.
</P>
<P>(g) A statement of measures to be taken to remedy the defect or noncompliance, in accordance with paragraph (g)(1) or (g)(2) of this section, whichever is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(1) When the manufacturer is required by the Act to remedy the defect or noncompliance without charge, or when he will voluntarily so remedy in full conformity with the Act, he shall include—
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that he will cause such defect to be remedied without charge, and whether such remedy will be by repair, replacement, or refund of the purchase price (in the case of remedy of a vehicle, less depreciation).
</P>
<P>(ii) The earliest date on which the defect or noncompliance will be remedied without charge. In the case of remedy by repair, this date shall be the earliest date on which the manufacturer reasonably expects that dealers or other service facilities will receive necessary parts and instructions. The manufacturer shall specify the last date, if any, on which he will remedy tires without charge.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of remedy by repair through the manufacturer's dealers or other service facilities:
</P>
<P>(A) A general description of the work involved in repairing the defect or noncompliance; and
</P>
<P>(B) The manufacturer's estimate of the time reasonably necessary to perform the labor required to correct the defect or noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of remedy by repair through service facilities other than those of the manufacturer or its dealers:
</P>
<P>(A) The name and part number of each part must be added, replaced, or modified;
</P>
<P>(B) A description of any modifications that must be made to existing parts, which shall also be identified by name and part number;
</P>
<P>(C) Information as to where needed parts will be available;
</P>
<P>(D) A detailed description (including appropriate illustrations) of each step required to correct the defect or noncompliance;
</P>
<P>(E) The manufacturer's estimate of the time reasonably necessary to perform the labor required to correct the defect or noncompliance; and
</P>
<P>(F) The manufacturer's recommendations of service facilities where the owner should have the repairs performed.
</P>
<P>(v) In the case of remedy by replacement, a description of the motor vehicle or item of replacement equipment that the manufacturer will provide as a replacement for the defective or noncomplying vehicle or equipment.
</P>
<P>(vi) In the case of a remedy of a vehicle by refund of purchase price, the method or basis for the manufacturer's assessment of depreciation.
</P>
<P>(vii) A statement informing the owner that he or she may submit a complaint to the Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590; or call the toll-free Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); or go to <I>http://www.safercar.gov</I>, if the owner believes that:
</P>
<P>(A) The manufacturer, distributor, or dealer has failed or is unable to remedy the defect or noncompliance without charge.
</P>
<P>(B) The manufacturer has failed or is unable to remedy the defect or noncompliance without charge—
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) (In the case of motor vehicles or items of replacement equipment, other than tires) within a reasonable time, which is not longer than 60 days in the case of repair after the owner's first tender to obtain repair following the earliest repair date specified in the notification, unless the period is extended by Administrator.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) (In the case of tires) after the date specified in the notification on which replacement tires will be available.
</P>
<P>(2) When the manufacturer is not required to remedy the defect or noncompliance without charge and he will not voluntarily so remedy, the statement shall include—
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that the manufacturer is not required by the Act to remedy without charge.
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement of the extent to which the manufacturer will voluntarily remedy, including the method of remedy and any limitations and conditions imposed by the manufacturer on such remedy.
</P>
<P>(iii) The manufacturer's opinion whether the defect or noncompliance can be remedied by repair. If the manufacturer believes that repair is possible, the statement shall include the information specified in paragraph (g)(1)(iv) of this section, except that;
</P>
<P>(A) The statement required by paragraph (g)(1)(iv)(A) of this section shall also indicate the suggested list price of each part.
</P>
<P>(B) The statement required by paragraph (g)(1)(iv)(C) of this section shall also indicate the manufacturer's estimate of the date on which the parts will be generally available.
</P>
<P>(h) Any lessor who receives a notification of a determination of a safety-related defect or noncompliance pertaining to any leased motor vehicle shall send a copy of such notice to the lessee as prescribed by § 577.7(a)(2)(iv). This requirement applies to both initial and follow-up notifications, but does not apply where the manufacturer has notified a lessor's lessees directly.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Secs. 108, 112, and 119, Pub. L. 89-563; 80 Stat. 718; secs. 102, 103, and 104, Pub. L. 93-492, 88 Stat. 1470 (15 U.S.C. 1397, 1401, 1408, and 1411-1420); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56816, Dec. 30, 1976, as amended at 46 FR 6971, Jan. 22, 1981; 46 FR 28657, May 28, 1981; 60 FR 17270, Apr. 5, 1995; 61 FR 279, Jan. 4, 1996; 68 FR 18142, Apr. 15, 2003; 70 FR 35557, June 21, 2005; 72 FR 32016, June 11, 2007; 78 FR 51422, Aug. 20, 2013; 79 FR 43678, July 28, 2014; 80 FR 55037, Sept. 14, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 577.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.6   Notification pursuant to Administrator's decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Agency-ordered notification.</I> When a manufacturer is ordered pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30118(b) to provide notification of a defect or noncompliance, he shall provide such notification in accordance with §§ 577.5 and 577.7, except that the statement required by paragraph (c) of § 577.5 shall indicate that the decision has been made by the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Provisional notification.</I> When a manufacturer does not provide notification as required by paragraph (a) of this section, and an action concerning the Administrator's order to provide such notification has been filed in a United States District Court, the manufacturer shall, upon the Administrator's further order, provide in accordance with paragraph (b) of § 577.7 a provisional notification containing the information specified in this paragraph, in the order and, where specified, the form of paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(12) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) An opening statement: “This notice is sent to you in accordance with the requirements of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act.”
</P>
<P>(2) Whichever of the following statements is appropriate:
</P>
<P>(i) “The Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has decided that a defect which relates to motor vehicle safety exists in (identified motor vehicles, in the case of notification sent by a manufacturer of motor vehicles; identified replacement equipment, in the case of notification sent by a manufacturer of replacement equipment);” or
</P>
<P>(ii) “The Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has decided that (identified motor vehicles in the case of notification sent by a motor vehicle manufacturer; identified replacement equipment, in the case of notification sent by a manufacturer of replacement equipment) fail to conform to federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. (number and title of standard).”
</P>
<P>(3) When the Administrator decides that the defect or noncompliance may not exist in each such vehicle or item of replacement equipment, the manufacturer may include an additional statement to that effect.
</P>
<P>(4) The statement: “(Manufacturer's name or division) is contesting this determination in a proceeding in the Federal courts and has been required to issue this notice pending the outcome of the court proceeding.”
</P>
<P>(5) A clear description of the Administrator's stated basis for his decision, as provided in his order, including a brief summary of the evidence and reasoning that the Administrator relied upon in making his decision.
</P>
<P>(6) A clear description of the Administrator' stated evaluation as provided in his order of the risk to motor vehicle safety reasonably related to the defect or noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(7) Any measures that the Administrator has stated in his order should be taken by the owner to avoid an unreasonable hazard resulting from the defect or noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(8) A brief summary of the evidence and reasoning upon which the manufacturer relies in contesting the Administrator's determination.
</P>
<P>(9) A statement regarding the availability of remedy and reimbursement in accordance with paragraph (b)(9)(i) or (9)(ii) of this section, whichever is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(i) When the purchase date of the vehicle or item of equipment is such that the manufacturer is required by the Act to remedy without charge or to reimburse the owner for reasonable and necessary repair expenses, he shall include—
</P>
<P>(A) A statement that the remedy will be provided without charge to the owner if the Court upholds the Administrator's decision;
</P>
<P>(B) A statement of the method of remedy. If the manufacturer has not yet determined the method of remedy, he will select either repair, replacement with an equivalent vehicle or item of replacement equipment, or refund of the purchase price (in the case of remedy of a vehicle, less depreciation); and
</P>
<P>(C) A statement that, if the Court upholds the Administrator's decision, he will reimburse the owner for any reasonable and necessary expenses that the owner incurs (not in excess of any amount specified by the Administrator) in repairing the defect or noncompliance following a date, specified by the manufacturer, which shall not be later than the date of the Administrator's order to issue this notification.
</P>
<P>(ii) When the manufacturer is not required either to remedy without charge or to reimburse, he shall include—
</P>
<P>(A) A statement that he is not required to remedy or reimburse, or
</P>
<P>(B) A statement of the extent to which he will voluntarily remedy or reimburse, including the method of remedy, if then known, and any limitations and conditions on such remedy or reimbursement.
</P>
<P>(10) A statement indicating whether, in the manufacturer's opinion, the defect or noncompliance can be remedied by repair. When the manufacturer believes that such remedy is feasible, the statement shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) A general description of the work and the manufacturer's estimate of the costs involved in repairing the defect or noncompliance;
</P>
<P>(ii) Information on where needed parts and instructions for repairing the defect or noncompliance will be available, including the manufacturer's estimate of the day on which they will be generally available;
</P>
<P>(iii) The manufacturer's estimate of the time reasonably necessary to perform the labor required to correct the defect or noncompliance; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The manufacturer's recommendations of service facilities where the owner could have the repairs performed, including (in the case of a manufacturer required to reimburse if the Administrator's decision is upheld in the court proceeding) at least one service facility for whose charges the owner will be fully reimbursed if the Administrator's decision is upheld.
</P>
<P>(11) A statement that further notice will be mailed by the manufacturer to the owner if the Administrator's decision is upheld in the court proceeding.
</P>
<P>(12) An address of the manufacturer where the owner may write to obtain additional information regarding the notification and remedy.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Post-litigation notification.</I> When a manufacturer does not provide notification as required in paragraph (a) of this section and the Administrator prevails in an action commenced with respect to such notification, the manufacturer shall, upon the Administrator's further order, provide notification in accordance with paragraph (b) of § 577.7 containing the information specified in paragraph (a) of this section, except that—
</P>
<P>(1) The statement required by paragraph (c) of § 577.5 shall indicate that the decision has been made by the Administrator and that his decision has been upheld in a proceeding in the Federal courts; and
</P>
<P>(2) When a provisional notification was issued regarding the defect or noncompliance and the manufacturer is required under the Act to reimburse—
</P>
<P>(i) The manufacturer shall state that he will reimburse the owner for any reasonable and necessary expenses that the owner incurred (not in excess of any amount specified by the Administrator) for repair of the defect or noncompliance of the vehicle or item of equipment on or after the date on which provisional notification was ordered to be issued and on or before a date not sooner than the date on which this notification is received by the owner. The manufacturer shall determine and specify both dates.
</P>
<P>(ii) The statement required by paragraph (g)(1)(vii) of § 577.5 shall also inform the owner that he may submit a complaint to the Administrator if the owner believes that the manufacturer has failed to reimburse adequately.
</P>
<P>(3) If the manufacturer is not required under the Act to reimburse, he shall include—
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that he is not required to reimburse, or
</P>
<P>(ii) When he will voluntarily reimburse, a statement of the extent to which he will do so, including any limitations and conditions on such reimbursement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56816, Dec. 30, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 17271, Apr. 5, 1995; 80 FR 55037, Sept. 14, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 577.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.7   Time and manner of notification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The notification required by § 577.5 shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Be furnished no later than 60 days from the date the manufacturer files its defect or noncompliance information report under part 573. In the event that the remedy for the defect or noncompliance is not available at the time of notification, the manufacturer shall issue a second notification within a reasonable time and in accordance with the requirements of this part once that remedy is available. The Administrator may order a manufacturer to send the notification to owners on a specific date where the Administrator finds, after consideration of available information and the views of the manufacturer, that such notification is in the public interest. The factors that the Administrator may consider include, but are not limited to, the severity of the safety risk; the likelihood of occurrence of the defect or noncompliance; whether there is something that an owner can do to reduce either the likelihood of occurrence of the defect or noncompliance or the severity of the consequences; whether there will be a delay in the availability of the remedy from the manufacturer; and the anticipated length of any such delay.
</P>
<P>(2) Be accomplished—
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a notification required to be sent by a motor vehicle manufacturer, by first class mail to each person who is registered under State law as the owner of the vehicle and whose name and address are reasonably ascertainable by the manufacturer through State records or other sources available to him. If the owner cannot be reasonably ascertained, the manufacturer shall notify the most recent purchaser known to the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall also provide notification to each lessee of a leased motor vehicle that is covered by an agreement between the manufacturer and a lessor under which the manufacturer is to notify lessees directly of safety-related defects and noncompliances.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a notification required to be sent by a replacement equipment manufacturer—
</P>
<P>(A) By first class mail to the most recent purchaser known to the manufacturer, and
</P>
<P>(B) (Except in the case of a tire) if decided by the Administrator to be required for motor vehicle safety, by public notice in such manner as the Administrator may require after consultation with the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a manufacturer required to provide notification concerning any defective or noncomplying tire, by first class or certified mail.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of a notification to be sent by a lessor to a lessee of a leased motor vehicle, by first-class mail to the most recent lessee known to the lessor. Such notification shall be mailed within ten days of the lessor's receipt of the notification from the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(b) The notification required by any paragraph of § 577.6 shall be provided:
</P>
<P>(1) Within 60 days after the manufacturer's receipt of the Administrator's order to provide the notification, except that the notification shall be furnished within a shorter or longer period if the Administrator incorporates in his order a finding that such period is in the public interest; and
</P>
<P>(2) In the manner and to the recipient specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The notification required by § 577.13 shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Be furnished within a reasonable time after the manufacturer decides that a defect that relates to motor vehicle safety or a noncompliance exists. In the case of defects or noncompliances that present an immediate and substantial threat to motor vehicle safety, the manufacturer shall transmit this notice to dealers and distributors within three business days of its transmittal of the Defect and Noncompliance Information Report under 49 CFR 573.6 to NHTSA, except that when the manufacturer transmits the notice by other than electronic means, the manufacturer shall transmit this notice to dealers and distributors within five business days of its transmittal of the Defect and Noncompliance Information Report to NHTSA. In all other cases, the notification shall be provided in accordance with the schedule submitted to the agency pursuant to § 573.6(c)(8)(ii), unless that schedule is modified by the Administrator. The Administrator may direct a manufacturer to send the notification to dealers on a specific date if the Administrator finds, after consideration of available information and the views of the manufacturer, that such notification is in the public interest. The factors that the Administrator may consider include, but are not limited to, the severity of the safety risk; the likelihood of occurrence of the defect or noncompliance; the time frame in which the defect or noncompliance may manifest itself; availability of an interim remedial action by the owner; whether a dealer inspection would identify vehicles or items of equipment that contain the defect or noncompliance; and the time frame in which the manufacturer plans to provide the notification and the remedy to its dealers.
</P>
<P>(2) Be accomplished—
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a notification required to be sent by a motor vehicle manufacturer, by certified mail, verifiable electronic means such as receipts or logs from electronic mail or satellite distribution system, or other more expeditious and verifiable means to all dealers and distributors of the vehicles that contain the defect or noncompliance.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a notification required to be sent by a manufacturer of replacement equipment or tires, by certified mail, verifiable electronic means such as receipts or logs from electronic mail or satellite distribution system, or other more expeditious and verifiable means to all dealers and distributors of the product that are known to the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(iii) In those cases where a manufacturer of motor vehicles or items of motor vehicle equipment provided the recalled product(s) to a group of dealers or distributors through a central office, notification to that central office will be deemed to be notice to all dealers and distributors within that group.
</P>
<P>(iv) In those cases in which a manufacturer of motor vehicles or items of motor vehicle equipment has provided the recalled product to independent dealers through independent distributors, the manufacturer may satisfy its notification responsibilities by providing the information required under this section to its distributors. In such cases, the manufacturer must also instruct those distributors to transmit a copy of the manufacturer's notification to known distributors and retail outlets along the distribution chain within five working days from its receipt.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section, where the recall is being conducted pursuant to an order issued by the Administrator under 49 U.S.C. 30118(b), notification required by § 577.13 shall be given on or before the date prescribed in the Administrator's order.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 56816, Dec. 30, 1976, as amended at 60 FR 17271, Apr. 5, 1995; 69 FR 34959, June 23, 2004; 70 FR 38814, July 6, 2005; 78 FR 51422, Aug. 20, 2013; 79 FR 43678, July 28, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 577.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.8   Disclaimers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A notification sent pursuant to §§ 577.5, 577.6, 577.9 or 577.10 regarding a defect which relates to motor vehicle safety shall not, except as specifically provided in this part, contain any statement or implication that there is no defect, that the defect does not relate to motor vehicle safety, or that the defect is not present in the owner's or lessee's vehicle or item of replacement equipment. This section also applies to any notification sent to a lessor or directly to a lessee by a manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(b) A notification sent pursuant to §§ 577.5, 577.6, 577.9 or 577.10 regarding a noncompliance with an applicable motor vehicle safety standard shall not, except as specifically provided in this part, contain any statement or implication that there is not a noncompliance, or that the noncompliance is not present in the owner's or lessee's vehicle or item of replacement equipment. This section also applies to any notification sent to a lessor or directly to a lessee by a manufacturer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 17272, Apr. 5, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 577.9" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.9   Conformity to statutory requirements.</HEAD>
<P>A notification that does not conform to the requirements of this part is a violation of the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 577.10" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.10   Follow-up notification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If, based on quarterly reports submitted pursuant to § 573.7 of this part or other available information, the Administrator decides that a notification of a safety-related defect of a noncompliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard sent by a manufacturer has not resulted in an adequate number of vehicles or items of equipment being returned for remedy, the Administrator may direct the manufacturer to send a follow-up notification in accordance with this section. The scope, timing, form, and content of such follow-up notification will be established by the Administrator, in consultation with the manufacturer, to maximize the number of owners, purchasers, and lessees who will present their vehicles or items of equipment for remedy.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator may consider the following factors in deciding whether or not to require a manufacturer to undertake a follow-up notification campaign:
</P>
<P>(1) The percentage of covered vehicles or items of equipment that have been presented for the remedy;
</P>
<P>(2) The amount of time that has elapsed since the prior notification(s);
</P>
<P>(3) The likelihood that a follow-up notification will increase the number of vehicles or items of equipment receiving the remedy;
</P>
<P>(4) The seriousness of the safety risk from the defect or noncompliance;
</P>
<P>(5) Whether the prior notification(s) undertaken by the manufacturer complied with the requirements of the statute and regulations; and
</P>
<P>(6) Such other factors as are consistent with the purpose of the statute.
</P>
<P>(c) A manufacturer shall be required to provide a follow-up notification under this section only with respect to vehicles or items of equipment that have not been returned for remedy pursuant to the prior notification(s).
</P>
<P>(d) Except where the Administrator determines otherwise, the follow-up notification shall be sent to the same categories of recipients that received the prior notification(s).
</P>
<P>(e) A follow-up notification must include:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that identifies it as a follow-up to an earlier communication;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement urging the recipient to present the vehicle or item of equipment for remedy; and
</P>
<P>(3) Except as determined by the Administrator, the information required to be included in the initial notification.
</P>
<P>(f) The manufacturer shall mark the outside of each envelope in which it sends a follow-up notification in a manner which meets the requirements of § 577.5(a) of this part.
</P>
<P>(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the Administrator may authorize the use of other media besides first-class mail for a follow-up notification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 17272, Apr. 5, 1995, as amended at 68 FR 18142, Apr. 15, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 577.11" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.11   Reimbursement notification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (e) of this section, when a manufacturer of motor vehicles or replacement equipment is required to provide notice in accordance with §§ 577.5 or 577.6, in addition to complying with other sections of this part, the manufacturer shall notify owners that they may be eligible to receive reimbursement for the cost of obtaining a pre-notification remedy of a problem associated with a defect or noncompliance consistent with the manufacturer's reimbursement plan submitted to NHTSA pursuant to §§ 573.6(c)(8)(i) and 573.13 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(b) The manufacturer's notification shall include a statement, following the items required by § 577.5 or § 577.6, that 
</P>
<P>(1) Refers to the possible eligibility for reimbursement for the cost of repair or replacement; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Describes how a consumer may obtain information about reimbursement from the manufacturer; 
</P>
<P>(c) The information referred to in § 577.11(b)(2) of this part shall be provided in one of the following ways: 
</P>
<P>(1) In an enclosure to the notification under § 577.5 or § 577.6 that provides the information described in § 577.11(d), consistent with the manufacturer's reimbursement plan; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Through a toll-free telephone number (with TTY capability) identified in the notification that provides the information described in § 577.11(d), consistent with the manufacturer's reimbursement plan. 
</P>
<P>(3) For notifications of defects or noncompliances in item of motor vehicle equipment that are in a form other than a letter to a specific owner or purchaser, if the manufacturer does not otherwise maintain a toll-free telephone number for the use of consumers, the manufacturer may refer claimants to a non-toll-free telephone number (with TTY capability) if it also specifies a mailing address at which owners can obtain the relevant information regarding the manufacturer's reimbursement plan. 
</P>
<P>(d) The information to be provided under paragraph (c) of this section must: 
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the vehicle and/or equipment that is the subject of the recall and the underlying problem; 
</P>
<P>(2) State that the manufacturer has a program for reimbursing pre-notification remedies and identify the type of remedy eligible for reimbursement; 
</P>
<P>(3) Identify any limits on the time period in which the repair or replacement of the recalled vehicle or equipment must have occurred; 
</P>
<P>(4) Identify any restrictions on eligibility for reimbursement that the manufacturer is imposing (as limited by § 573.13 (d) of this chapter); 
</P>
<P>(5) Specify all necessary documentation that must be submitted to obtain reimbursement; 
</P>
<P>(6) Explain how to submit a claim for reimbursement of a pre-notification remedy; and 
</P>
<P>(7) Identify the office and address of the manufacturer where a claim can be submitted by mail and any authorized dealers or facilities where a claimant may submit a claim for reimbursement. 
</P>
<P>(e) The manufacturer is not required to provide notification regarding reimbursement under this section if NHTSA finds, based upon a written request by a manufacturer accompanied by supporting information, views, and arguments, that all covered vehicles are under warranty or that no person would be eligible for reimbursement under § 573.13 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 64065, Oct. 17, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 577.12" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.12   Notification pursuant to an accelerated remedy program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the Administrator requires a manufacturer to accelerate its remedy program under § 573.14 of this chapter, or when a manufacturer agrees with a request from the Administrator that it accelerate its remedy program in advance of being required to do so, in addition to complying with other sections of this part, the manufacturer shall provide notification in accordance with this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided elsewhere in this section or when the Administrator determines otherwise, the notification under this section shall be sent to the same recipients as provided by § 577.7. If no notification has been provided to owners pursuant to this part, the provisions required by this section may be combined with the notification under §§ 577.5 or 577.6. A manufacturer need only provide a notification under this section to owners of vehicles or items of equipment for which the defect or noncompliance has not been remedied. 
</P>
<P>(c) The manufacturer's notification shall include the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) If there was a prior notification, a statement that identifies that notification and states that this notification supplements it; 
</P>
<P>(2) When the accelerated remedy program has been required by the Administrator, a statement that the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has required the manufacturer to accelerate its remedy program; 
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of how the program has been accelerated (e.g., by expanding the sources of replacement parts and/or expanding the number of authorized repair facilities); 
</P>
<P>(4) Where applicable, a statement that the owner may elect to obtain the recall remedy using designated service facilities other than those that are owned or franchised by the manufacturer or are the manufacturer's authorized dealers, and an explanation of how the owner may arrange for service at those other facilities; 
</P>
<P>(5) Where applicable, a statement that the owner may elect to obtain the recall remedy using specified replacement parts or equipment from sources other than the manufacturer; 
</P>
<P>(6) Where applicable, a statement indicating whether the owner will be required to pay an alternative facility and/or parts supplier, subject to reimbursement by the manufacturer; and 
</P>
<P>(7) If an owner will be required to pay an alternative facility and/or parts supplier, a statement that the owner will be eligible to have those expenditures reimbursed by the manufacturer, and a description of how a consumer may obtain information about reimbursement from the manufacturer consistent with § 577.11(b)(2), (c) and (d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 72393, Dec. 5, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 577.13" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.13   Notification to dealers and distributors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The notification to dealers and distributors of a safety-related defect or a noncompliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard shall contain a clear statement that identifies the notification as being a safety recall notice, an identification of the motor vehicles or items of motor vehicle equipment covered by the recall, a description of the defect or noncompliance, and a brief evaluation of the risk to motor vehicle safety related to the defect or noncompliance. The notification shall also include a complete description of the recall remedy, and the estimated date on which the remedy will be available. Information required by this paragraph that is not available at the time of the original notification shall be provided as it becomes available.
</P>
<P>(b) The notification shall also include an advisory stating that it is a violation of Federal law for a dealer to deliver a new motor vehicle or any new or used item of motor vehicle equipment (including a tire) covered by the notification under a sale or lease until the defect or noncompliance is remedied.
</P>
<P>(c) The manufacturer shall, upon request of the Administrator, demonstrate that it sent the required notification to each of its known dealers and distributors and the date of such notification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 34960, June 23, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 38815, July 6, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 577.14" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.6.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 577.14   Labeling for owner notification letter envelope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose and scope</I>—The purpose of this section is to supply vehicle and equipment manufacturers, including manufacturers of tires and child safety seats, with the label required to be shown on the envelopes of safety recall notification letters mailed to owners pursuant to § 577.5. This label shall not be used for any purpose other than compliance with § 577.5 by any entity outside of the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required label information and format.</I> (1) The label depicted in this section must be printed on the front of the safety recall owner notification envelope. The content, format, and sequence of this label are depicted in Figure 1 of this section. A Spanish version of this label, for owners located in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico or the Canal Zone, can be found in Figure 2 of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The text “IMPORTANT SAFETY RECALL INFORMATION” must be printed in capital letters, have a minimum font size of 10 point, and be printed in white text on a red background. Also, this text must be centered horizontally and located near the top of the label. The text “Issued in Accordance With Federal Law” must have a minimum font size of 10 point, be printed in black text on a white background, and be located directly beneath the preceding text, also centered horizontally within the label.
</P>
<P>(3) The logo of the U.S. Department of Transportation must be located at the bottom, left-hand corner of the label. The logo of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration must be located at the bottom, right-hand corner of the label. Each logo should be printed in black color with a white background.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Required label size</I>—The label depicted in this paragraph must be 1 inch in height and 3 inches in length.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er28jy14.000.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 43678, July 28, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="578" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 578—CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Pub. L. 92-513, Pub. L. 94-163, Pub. L. 98-547, Pub. L. 101-410, Pub. L. 102-388, Pub. L. 102-519, Pub. L. 104-134, Pub. L. 109-59, Pub. L. 110-140, Pub. L. 112-141, Pub. L. 114-74, Pub. L. 114-94 (49 U.S.C. 30165, 30170, 30505, 32308, 32309, 32507, 32709, 32710, 32902, 32912, 33114, and 33115); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.81, 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 5169, Feb. 4, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 578.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.7.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 578.1   Scope</HEAD>
<P>This part specifies the civil penalties for violations of statutes and regulations administered by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), as adjusted for inflation. This part also sets forth NHTSA's interpretation of the civil penalty factors listed in 49 U.S.C. 30165(c). In addition, this part sets forth the requirements regarding the reasonable time and the manner of correction for a person seeking safe harbor protection from criminal liability under 49 U.S.C. 30170(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 10527, Mar. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 578.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.7.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 578.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>One purpose of this part is to effectuate the remedial impact of civil penalties and to foster compliance with the law by specifying the civil penalties for statutory and regulatory violations, as adjusted for inflation. Another purpose of this part is to set forth NHTSA's interpretation of the civil penalty factors listed in 49 U.S.C. 30165(c). A third purpose of this part is to set forth the requirements regarding the reasonable time and the manner of correction for a person seeking safe harbor protection from criminal liability under 49 U.S.C. 30170(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 10527, Mar. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 578.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.7.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 578.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to civil penalties for violations of Chapters 301, 305, 323, 325, 327, 329, and 331 of Title 49 of the United States Code or a regulation prescribed thereunder. This part applies to civil penalty factors under section 30165(c) of Title 49 of the United States Code. This part also applies to the criminal penalty safe harbor provision of section 30170 of Title 49 of the United States Code.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 10527, Mar. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 578.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.7.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 578.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms used in this part that are defined in sections 30102, 30501, 32101, 32702, 32901, and 33101 of Title 49 of the United States Code are used as defined in the appropriate statute.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Civil penalty</I> means any non-criminal penalty, fine, or other sanction that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Is for a specific monetary amount as provided by Federal law, or has a maximum amount provided for by Federal law; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Is assessed, compromised, collected, or enforced by NHTSA pursuant to Federal law.
</P>
<P><I>NHTSA</I> means the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means any individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, trust, association, firm, partnership, society, joint stock company, or any other entity.
</P>
<P><I>Respondent</I> means any person charged with liability for a civil penalty for a violation of sections 30112, 30115, 30117 through 30122, 30123(a), 30125(c), 30127, 30141 through 30147, or 30166 of Title 49 of the United States Code or a regulation prescribed under any of those sections.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 5169, Feb. 4, 1997, as amended at 65 FR 81419, Dec. 26, 2000; 81 FR 10528, Mar. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 578.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.7.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 578.5   Inflationary adjustment of civil penalties.</HEAD>
<P>The civil penalties set forth in this part continue in effect until adjusted by the Administrator. The Administrator shall review the amount of these civil penalties annually and will, if appropriate, adjust them by rule.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[83 FR 60753, Nov. 27, 2018]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 578.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.7.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 578.6   Civil penalties for violations of specified provisions of Title 49 of the United States Code.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Motor vehicle safety</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> A person who violates any of sections 30112, 30115, 30117 through 30122, 30123(a), 30125(c), 30127, or 30141 through 30147 of Title 49 of the United States Code or a regulation in this chapter prescribed under any of those sections is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of not more than $27,874 for each violation. A separate violation occurs for each motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment and for each failure or refusal to allow or perform an act required by any of those sections. The maximum civil penalty under this paragraph (a)(1) for a related series of violations is $139,356,994.










</P>
<P>(2) <I>School buses.</I> (i) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a person who:
</P>
<P>(A) Violates section 30112(a)(1) of Title 49 United States Code by the manufacture, sale, offer for sale, introduction or delivery for introduction into interstate commerce, or importation of a school bus or school bus equipment (as those terms are defined in 49 U.S.C. 30125(a)); or
























</P>
<P>(B) Violates section 30112(a)(2) of Title 49 United States Code, shall be subject to a civil penalty of not more than $15,846 for each violation. A separate violation occurs for each motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment and for each failure or refusal to allow or perform an act required by this section. The maximum penalty under this paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) for a related series of violations is $23,769,723.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Section 30166.</I> A person who violates Section 30166 of Title 49 of the United States Code or a regulation in this chapter prescribed under that section is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty for failing or refusing to allow or perform an act required under that section or regulation. The maximum penalty under this paragraph (a)(3) is $27,874 per violation per day. The maximum penalty under this paragraph (a)(3) for a related series of daily violations is $139,356,994.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>False and misleading reports.</I> A person who knowingly and willfully submits materially false or misleading information to the Secretary, after certifying the same information as accurate under the certification process established pursuant to Section 30166(o) of Title 49 of the United States Code, shall be subject to a civil penalty of not more than $6,823 per day. The maximum penalty under this paragraph (a)(4) for a related series of daily violations is $1,364,624.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>National Automobile Title Information System.</I> An individual or entity violating 49 U.S.C. Chapter 305 is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of not more than $2,224 for each violation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Bumper standards.</I> (1) A person that violates 49 U.S.C. 32506(a) is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of not more than $3,650 for each violation. A separate violation occurs for each passenger motor vehicle or item of passenger motor vehicle equipment involved in a violation of 49 U.S.C. 32506(a)(1) or (4)—
</P>
<P>(i) That does not comply with a standard prescribed under 49 U.S.C. 32502; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For which a certificate is not provided, or for which a false or misleading certificate is provided, under 49 U.S.C. 32504.
</P>
<P>(2) The maximum civil penalty under this paragraph (c) for a related series of violations is $4,064,690.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Consumer information</I>—(1) <I>Crash-worthiness and damage susceptibility.</I> A person who violates 49 U.S.C. 32308(a), regarding crashworthiness and damage susceptibility, is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of not more than $3,650 for each violation. Each failure to provide information or comply with a regulation in violation of 49 U.S.C. 32308(a) is a separate violation. The maximum penalty under this paragraph (d)(1) for a related series of violations is $1,990,815.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Consumer tire information.</I> Any person who fails to comply with the national tire fuel efficiency program under 49 U.S.C. 32304A is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of not more than $75,541 for each violation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Country of origin content labeling.</I> A manufacturer of a passenger motor vehicle distributed in commerce for sale in the United States that willfully fails to attach the label required under 49 U.S.C. 32304 to a new passenger motor vehicle that the manufacturer manufactures or imports, or a dealer that fails to maintain that label as required under 49 U.S.C. 32304, is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of not more than $2,224 for each violation. Each failure to attach or maintain that label for each vehicle is a separate violation.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Odometer tampering and disclosure.</I> (1) A person that violates 49 U.S.C. Chapter 327 or a regulation in this chapter prescribed or order issued thereunder is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of not more than $13,676 for each violation. A separate violation occurs for each motor vehicle or device involved in the violation. The maximum civil penalty under this paragraph (f)(1) for a related series of violations is $1,364,624.
</P>
<P>(2) A person that violates 49 U.S.C. Chapter 327 or a regulation in this chapter prescribed or order issued thereunder, with intent to defraud, is liable for three times the actual damages or $13,676, whichever is greater.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Vehicle theft protection.</I> (1) A person that violates 49 U.S.C. 33114(a)(1)-(4) is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of not more than $2,998 for each violation. The failure of more than one part of a single motor vehicle to conform to an applicable standard under 49 U.S.C. 33102 or 33103 is only a single violation. The maximum penalty under this paragraph (g)(1) for a related series of violations is $749,432.
</P>
<P>(2) A person that violates 49 U.S.C. 33114(a)(5) is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of not more than $222,609 a day for each violation.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Automobile fuel economy.</I> (1) A person that violates 49 U.S.C. 32911(a) is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of not more than $52,468 for each violation. A separate violation occurs for each day the violation continues.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in 49 U.S.C. 32912(c), a manufacturer that violates a standard prescribed for a model year under 49 U.S.C. 32902 is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of $17 (for model years before model year 2019, the civil penalty is $5.50; for model years 2019 through 2021, the civil penalty is $14; for model year 2022, the civil penalty is $15; for model year 2023, the civil penalty is $16; for model year 2024, the civil penalty is $17), multiplied by each .1 of a mile a gallon by which the applicable average fuel economy standard under that section exceeds the average fuel economy—
















</P>
<P>(i) Calculated under 49 U.S.C. 32904(a)(1)(A) or (B) for automobiles to which the standard applies produced by the manufacturer during the model year;
</P>
<P>(ii) Multiplied by the number of those automobiles; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Reduced by the credits available to the manufacturer under 49 U.S.C. 32903 for the model year.
</P>
<P>(3) If a higher amount for each .1 of a mile a gallon to be used in calculating a civil penalty under paragraph (h)(2) of this section is prescribed pursuant to the process provided in 49 U.S.C. 32912(c), the amount prescribed may not be more than $33 for each .1 of a mile a gallon.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Medium- and heavy-duty vehicle fuel efficiency.</I> The maximum civil penalty for a violation of the fuel consumption standards of 49 CFR part 535 is not more than $51,668 per vehicle or engine. The maximum civil penalty for a related series of violations shall be determined by multiplying $51,668 times the vehicle or engine production volume for the model year in question within the regulatory averaging set.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 43528, July 5, 2016, as amended at 83 FR 60753, Nov. 27, 2018; 84 FR 36034, July 26, 2019; 84 FR 37078, July 31, 2019; 86 FR 1763, Jan. 11, 2021; 86 FR 3026, Jan. 14, 2021; 86 FR 23259, May 3, 2021; 87 FR 15872, Mar. 21, 2022; 87 FR 19007, Apr. 1, 2022; 88 FR 1131, Jan. 6, 2023; 88 FR 89567, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 106300, Dec. 30, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 578.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.7.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 578.7   Criminal safe harbor provision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section sets forth the requirements regarding the reasonable time and the manner of correction for a person seeking safe harbor protection from criminal liability under 49 U.S.C. 30170(a)(2), which provides that a person described in 49 U.S.C. 30170(a)(1) is not subject to criminal penalties thereunder if: 
</P>
<P>(1) At the time of the violation, such person does not know that the violation would result in an accident causing death or serious bodily injury; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The person corrects any improper reports or failure to report, with respect to reporting requirements of 49 U.S.C. 30166, within a reasonable time. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Reasonable time.</I> A correction is considered to have been performed within a reasonable time if the person seeking protection from criminal liability makes the correction to any improper (i.e., incorrect, incomplete, or misleading) report not more than thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the report to the agency and corrects any failure to report not more than thirty (30) calendar days after the report was due to be sent to or received by the agency, as the case may be, pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30166, including a regulation, requirement, request or order issued thereunder. In order to meet these reasonable time requirements, all submissions required by this section must be received by NHTSA within the time period specified in this paragraph, and not merely mailed or otherwise sent within that time period. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sufficient manner of correction.</I> Each person seeking safe harbor protection from criminal penalties under 49 U.S.C. 30170(a)(2) must comply with the following with respect to each improper report and failure to report for which safe harbor protection is sought: 
</P>
<P>(1) Sign and submit to NHTSA a dated document identifying:
</P>
<P>(i) Each previous improper report (e.g., informational statement and document submission), and each failure to report as required under 49 U.S.C. 30166, including a regulation, requirement, request or order issued thereunder, for which protection is sought, and 
</P>
<P>(ii) The specific predicate under which the improper or omitted report should have been provided (e.g., the report was required by a specified regulation, NHTSA Information Request, or NHTSA Special Order). 
</P>
<P>(2) Submit the complete and correct information that was required to be submitted but was improperly submitted or was not previously submitted, including relevant documents that were not previously submitted, or, if the person cannot do so, provide a detailed description of that information and/or the content of those documents and the reason why the individual cannot provide them to NHTSA (e.g., the information or documents are not in the individual's possession or control). 
</P>
<P>(3) For a corporation, the submission must be signed by an authorized person (ordinarily, the individual officer or employee who submitted the improper report or who should have provided the report that the corporation failed to submit on behalf of the company, or someone in the company with authority to make such a submission). 
</P>
<P>(4) Submissions must be made by a means which permits the sender to verify promptly that the report was in fact received by NHTSA and the day it was received by NHTSA. 
</P>
<P>(5) Submit the report to Chief Counsel (NCC-10), National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Room 5219, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 81419, Dec. 26, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 38384, July 24, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 578.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.7.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 578.8   Civil penalty factors under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301.</HEAD>
<P><I>(a) General civil penalty factors.</I> This subsection interprets the terms nature, circumstances, extent, and gravity of the violation consistent with the factors in 49 U.S.C. 30165(c).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Nature of the violation</I> means the essential, fundamental character or constitution of the violation. It includes but is not limited to the nature of a safety-related defect or noncompliance. It also includes what the violation involves.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Circumstances of the violation</I> means the context, facts, and conditions having bearing on the violation.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Extent of the violation</I> means the range of inclusiveness over which the violation extends including the scope, time frame and/or the degree of the violation. This includes the number of violations and whether the violations are related or unrelated.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Gravity of the violation</I> means the importance, significance, and/or seriousness of the violation.
</P>
<P><I>(b) Discretionary civil penalty factors.</I> Paragraph (b) of this section interprets the nine discretionary factors in 49 U.S.C. 30165(c)(1) through (9) that NHTSA may apply in making civil penalty amount determinations.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>The nature of the defect or noncompliance</I> means the essential, fundamental characteristic or constitution of the defect or noncompliance. “Defect” is as defined in 49 U.S.C. 30102(a)(2). “Noncompliance” under this factor includes a noncompliance with a Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (“FMVSS”), as well as other violations subject to penalties under 49 U.S.C. 30165. When considering the nature of a safety-related defect or noncompliance with an FMVSS, NHTSA may examine the conditions or circumstances under which the defect or noncompliance arises, the performance problem, and actual and probable consequences of the defect or noncompliance. When considering the nature of the noncompliance with the Safety Act or a regulation promulgated thereunder, NHTSA may also examine the circumstances surrounding the violation.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Knowledge by the respondent of its obligations under this chapter</I> means all knowledge, legal and factual, actual, presumed and constructive, of the respondent of its obligations under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301. If a respondent is other than a natural person, including but not limited to a corporation or a partnership, then the knowledge of an employee or employees of that non-natural person may be imputed to that non-natural person. The knowledge of an agent may be imputed to a principal. A person, such as a corporation, with multiple employees may be charged with the knowledge of each employee, regardless of whether the employees have communicated that knowledge among each other, or to a decision maker for the non-natural person.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>The severity of the risk of injury</I> means the gravity of exposure to potential injury and includes the potential for injury or death of drivers, passengers, other motorists, pedestrians, and others. The severity of the risk includes the likelihood of an injury occurring and the population group exposed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>The occurrence or absence of injury</I> means whether injuries or deaths have occurred as a result of a defect, noncompliance, or other violation of 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301 or Chapter 5 of Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations. NHTSA may also take into consideration allegations of death or injury. The absence of deaths or injuries shall not be dispositive of manufacturer's liability for civil penalties.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>The number of motor vehicles or items of motor vehicle equipment distributed with the defect or noncompliance</I> means the total number of vehicles or items of motor vehicle equipment distributed with the defect or noncompliance with an FMVSS or the percentage of vehicles or items of motor vehicle equipment of the subject population with the defect or noncompliance with an FMVSS. If multiple make, model and model years of motor vehicles are affected by the defect or noncompliance with an FMVSS, NHTSA may also consider the percentage of motor vehicles that contain the defect or noncompliance with an FMVSS as a percentage of the manufacturer's total annual production of vehicles. NHTSA may choose to make distinction between those defective or noncompliant products distributed in commerce that consumers received, and those defective or noncompliant products distributed in commerce that consumers have not received.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Actions taken by the respondent to identify, investigate, or mitigate the condition</I> means actions actually taken, the time frame when those actions were taken, what those actions involved and how they ameliorated or otherwise related to the condition, what remained after those actions were taken, and the speed with which the actions were taken. A failure to act may also be considered. NHTSA may also consider whether the respondent has set up processes to facilitate timely and accurate reporting and timely investigation of potential safety issues, whether it has audited such processes, whether it has provided training to employees on the processes, and whether such processes were followed.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>The appropriateness of such penalty in relation to the size of the business of the respondent, including the potential for undue adverse economic impacts.</I> NHTSA takes the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 into account. Upon a showing that a violator is a small entity, NHTSA may include, but is not limited to, requiring the small entity to correct the violation within a reasonable correction period, considering whether the violation was discovered through the participation by the small entity in a compliance assistance program sponsored by the agency, considering whether the small entity has been subject to multiple enforcement actions by the agency, considering whether the violations involve willful or criminal conduct, considering whether the violations pose serious health, safety or environmental threats, and requiring a good faith effort to comply with the law. NHTSA may also consider the effect of the penalty on ability of the person to continue to operate. NHTSA may consider a person's ability to pay, including in installments over time, any effect of a penalty on the respondent's ability to continue to do business, and relevant financial factors such as liquidity, solvency, and profitability. NHTSA may also consider whether the business has been deliberately undercapitalized.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Whether the respondent has been assessed civil penalties under this section during the most recent 5 years</I> means whether the respondent has been assessed civil penalties, including a settlement agreement containing a penalty, a consent order or a lawsuit involving a penalty or payment of a civil penalty in the most recent 5 years from the date of the alleged violation, regardless of whether there was any admission of a violation or of liability, under 49 U.S.C. 30165.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Other appropriate factors</I> means other factors not identified above, including but not limited to aggravating and mitigating factors relating to the violation, such as whether there is a history of violations, whether a person benefitted economically from a violation, the effect of the respondent's conduct on the integrity of programs administered by NHTSA, and whether there was a failure to respond in a complete and timely manner to requests for information or remedial action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 10528, Mar. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="579" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 579—REPORTING OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS ABOUT POTENTIAL DEFECTS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 30102-103, 30112, 30117-121, 30166-167; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95 and 49 CFR 501.8.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part sets forth requirements for reporting information and submitting documents that may help identify defects related to motor vehicle safety and noncompliances with Federal motor vehicle safety standards, including reports of foreign safety recalls and other safety-related campaigns conducted outside the United States under 49 U.S.C. 30166(l), early warning information under 49 U.S.C. 30166(m), and copies of communications about defects and noncompliances under 49 U.S.C. 30166(f). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to enhance motor vehicle safety by specifying information and documents that manufacturers of motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment must provide to NHTSA with respect to possible safety-related defects and noncompliances in their products, including the reporting of safety recalls and other safety campaigns that the manufacturer conducts outside the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 63310, Oct. 11, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to all manufacturers of motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment with respect to all motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment that have been offered for sale, sold, or leased in the United States by the manufacturer, including any parent corporation, any subsidiary or affiliate of the manufacturer, or any subsidiary or affiliate of any parent corporation, and with respect to all motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment that have been offered for sale, sold, or leased in a foreign country by the manufacturer, including any parent corporation, any subsidiary or affiliate of the manufacturer, or any subsidiary or affiliate of any parent corporation, and are identical or substantially similar to any motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment that have been offered for sale, sold, or leased in the United States. 
</P>
<P>(b) In the case of any report required under subpart B of this part, compliance by the fabricating manufacturer, the importer, the brand name owner, or a parent or subsidiary of such fabricator, importer, or brand name owner of the motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment that is identical or substantially similar to that covered by the foreign recall or other safety campaign, shall be considered compliance by all persons. 
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of any report required under subpart C of this part, compliance by the fabricating manufacturer, the importer, the brand name owner, or a parent or United States subsidiary of such fabricator, importer, or brand name owner of the motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment, shall be considered compliance by all persons. 
</P>
<P>(d) With regard to any information required to be reported under subpart C of this part, an entity covered under paragraph (a) of this section need only review information and systems where information responsive to subpart C of this part is kept in the usual course of business. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 38833, Aug. 31, 1978, as amended at 67 FR 63310, Oct. 11, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.4   Terminology.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory terms.</I> The terms <I>dealer, defect, distributor, motor vehicle, motor vehicle equipment,</I> and <I>State</I> are used as defined in 49 U.S.C. 30102. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Regulatory terms.</I> The term <I>Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)</I> is used as defined in § 565.3(o) of this chapter. The terms <I>bus, Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), motorcycle, multipurpose passenger vehicle, passenger car, trailer,</I> and <I>truck</I> are used as defined in § 571.3(b) of this chapter. The term <I>Booster seat</I> is used as defined in S4 of § 571.213 of this chapter. The term <I>Tire Identification Number (TIN)</I> is the “tire identification number” described in § 574.5 of this chapter. The term <I>Limited production tire</I> is used as defined in § 575.104(c)(2) of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other terms.</I> The following terms apply to this part: 
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), or the Administrator's delegate. 
</P>
<P><I>Affiliate</I> means, in the context of an affiliate of or person affiliated with a specified person, a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediates, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified. The term person usually is a corporation. 
</P>
<P><I>Air bag</I> means an air bag or other automatic occupant restraint device (other than a “seat belt” as defined in this subpart) installed in a motor vehicle that restrains an occupant in the event of a vehicle crash without requiring any action on the part of the occupant to obtain the benefit of the restraint. This term includes inflatable restraints (front and side air bags), knee bolsters, and any other automatic restraining device that may be developed that does not include a restraining belt or harness. This term also includes all air bag-related components, such as the inflator assembly, air bag module, control module, crash sensors and all hardware and software associated with the air bag. This term includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Automatic brake controls</I> means systems and devices for automatic control of the braking system, including but not limited to, brake-assist components (vacuum booster, hydraulic modulator, etc.), antilock braking systems, traction control systems, and enhanced braking systems. The term includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.).
</P>
<P><I>Backover prevention system</I> means a system that has a visual image of the area directly behind a vehicle that is provided in a single location to the vehicle operator and by means of indirect vision.
</P>
<P><I>Base</I> means the detachable bottom portion of a child restraint system that may remain in the vehicle to provide a base for securing the system to a seat in a motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P><I>Bead</I> means all the materials in a tire below the sidewalls in the rim contact area, including bead rubber components, the bead bundle and rubber coating if present, the body ply and its turn-up including the rubber coating, rubber, fabric, or metallic reinforcing materials, and the inner-liner rubber under the bead area. 
</P>
<P><I>Brand name owner</I> means a person that markets a motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment under its own trade name whether or not it is the fabricator or importer of the vehicle or equipment. 
</P>
<P><I>Buckle and restraint harness</I> means the components of a child restraint system that are intended to restrain a child seated in such a system, including the belt webbing, buckles, buckle release mechanism, belt adjusters, belt positioning devices, and shields. 
</P>
<P><I>Child restraint system</I> means any system that meets, or is offered for sale in the United States as meeting, any definition in S4 of § 571.213 of this chapter, or that is offered for sale as a child restraint system in a foreign country. 
</P>
<P><I>Claim</I> means a written request or written demand for relief, including money or other compensation, assumption of expenditures, or equitable relief, related to a motor vehicle crash, accident, the failure of a component or system of a vehicle or an item of motor vehicle equipment, or a fire originating in or from a motor vehicle or a substance that leaked from a motor vehicle. Claim includes, but is not limited to, a demand in the absence of a lawsuit, a complaint initiating a lawsuit, an assertion or notice of litigation, a settlement, covenant not to sue or release of liability in the absence of a written demand, and a subrogation request. A claim exists regardless of any denial or refusal to pay it, and regardless of whether it has been settled or resolved in the manufacturer's favor. The existence of a claim may not be conditioned on the receipt of anything beyond the document(s) stating a claim. Claim does not include demands related to asbestos exposure, to emissions of volatile organic compounds from vehicle interiors, or to end-of-life disposal of vehicles, parts or components of vehicles, equipment, or parts or components of equipment. 
</P>
<P><I>Common green tires</I> means tires that are produced to the same internal specifications but that have, or may have, different external characteristics and may be sold under different tire line names. 
</P>
<P><I>Compressed natural gas (CNG)</I> means a system that uses compressed natural gas to propel a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Compression ignition fuel (CIF)</I> means a system that uses diesel or any diesel-based fuels to propel a motor vehicle. This includes biodiesel.
</P>
<P><I>Consumer complaint</I> means a communication of any kind made by a consumer (or other person) to or with a manufacturer addressed to the company, an officer thereof or an entity thereof that handles consumer matters, a manufacturer website that receives consumer complaints, a manufacturer electronic mail system that receives such information at the corporate level, or that are otherwise received by a unit within the manufacturer that receives consumer inquiries or complaints, including telephonic complaints, expressing dissatisfaction with a product, or relating the unsatisfactory performance of a product, or any actual or potential defect in a product, or any event that allegedly was caused by any actual or potential defect in a product, but not including a claim of any kind or a notice involving a fatality or injury. 
</P>
<P><I>Control</I> (including the terms controlling, controlled by, and under common control with) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
</P>
<P><I>Customer satisfaction campaign, consumer advisory, recall, or other activity involving the repair or replacement of motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment</I> means any communication by a manufacturer to, or made available to, more than one dealer, distributor, lessor, lessee, other manufacturer, or owner, whether in writing or by electronic means, relating to repair, replacement, or modification of a vehicle, component of a vehicle, item of equipment, or a component thereof, the manner in which a vehicle or child restraint system is to be maintained or operated (excluding promotional and marketing materials, customer satisfaction surveys, and operating instructions or owner's manuals that accompany the vehicle or child restraint system at the time of first sale); or advice or direction to a dealer or distributor to cease the delivery or sale of specified models of vehicles or equipment. 
</P>
<P><I>Dealer field report</I> means a field report from a dealer or authorized service facility of a manufacturer of motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment. 
</P>
<P><I>Electric battery power (EBP)</I> means a system that uses only batteries to power an electric motor to propel a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Electrical system</I> means any electrical or electronic component of a motor vehicle that is not included in one of the other reporting categories enumerated in subpart C of this part, and specifically includes the battery, battery cables, alternator, fuses, and main body wiring harnesses of the motor vehicle and the ignition system, including the ignition switch and starter motor. The term also includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Electronic stability control system</I> for light vehicles is used as defined in S4. of § 571.126 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic stability control system</I> for buses, emergency vehicles, and medium/heavy vehicles means a system that has all the following attributes:
</P>
<P>(i) Augments vehicle directional stability by applying and adjusting the vehicle brake torques individually at each wheel position on at least one front and at least one rear axle of the vehicle to induce correcting yaw moment to limit vehicle oversteer and to limit vehicle understeer;
</P>
<P>(ii) Enhances rollover stability by applying and adjusting the vehicle brake torques individually at each wheel position on at least one front and at least one rear axle of the vehicle to reduce lateral acceleration of a vehicle;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is computer-controlled with the computer using a closed-loop algorithm to induce correcting yaw moment and enhance rollover stability;
</P>
<P>(iv) Has a means to determine the vehicle's lateral acceleration;
</P>
<P>(v) Has a means to determine the vehicle's yaw rate and to estimate its side slip or side slip derivative with respect to time;
</P>
<P>(vi) Has a means to estimate vehicle mass or, if applicable, combination vehicle mass;
</P>
<P>(vii) Has a means to monitor driver steering input;
</P>
<P>(viii) Has a means to modify engine torque, as necessary, to assist the driver in maintaining control of the vehicle and/or combination vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(ix) Can provide brake pressure to automatically apply on a truck tractor and modulate the brake torques of a towed semi-trailer.
</P>
<P><I>Engine and engine cooling</I> means the component (e.g., motor) of a motor vehicle providing motive power to the vehicle, and includes the exhaust system (including the exhaust emission system), the engine control unit, engine lubrication system, and the underhood cooling system for that engine. This term also includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Equipment</I> comprises original and replacement equipment: (i) <I>Original equipment</I> means an item of motor vehicle equipment (other than a tire) that was installed in or on a motor vehicle at the time of its delivery to the first purchaser if the item of equipment was installed on or in the motor vehicle at the time of its delivery to a dealer or distributor for distribution; or the item of equipment was installed by the dealer or distributor with the express authorization of the motor vehicle manufacturer. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Replacement equipment</I> means motor vehicle equipment other than original equipment, and tires. 
</P>
<P><I>Exterior lighting</I> mean all the exterior lamps (including any interior-mounted center highmounted stop lamp if mounted in the interior of a vehicle), lenses, reflectors, and associated equipment of a motor vehicle, including all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Field report</I> means a communication in writing, including communications in electronic form, from an employee or representative of a manufacturer of motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment, a dealer or authorized service facility of such manufacturer, or an entity known to the manufacturer as owning or operating a fleet, to the manufacturer regarding the failure, malfunction, lack of durability, or other performance problem of a motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment, or any part thereof, produced for sale by that manufacturer and transported beyond the direct control of the manufacturer, regardless of whether verified or assessed to be lacking in merit, but does not include any document covered by the attorney-client privilege or the work product exclusion.
</P>
<P><I>Fire</I> means combustion or burning of material in or from a vehicle as evidenced by flame. The term also includes, but is not limited to, thermal events and fire-related phenomena such as smoke and melt, but does not include events and phenomena associated with a normally functioning vehicle such as combustion of fuel within an engine or exhaust from an engine.
</P>
<P><I>Fleet</I> means more than ten motor vehicles of the same make, model, and model year. 
</P>
<P><I>Foreign country</I> means a country other than the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>Foreign government</I> means the central government of a foreign country as well as any political subdivision of that country. 
</P>
<P><I>Forward collision avoidance system</I> means
</P>
<P>(i) A system that:
</P>
<P>(A) Has an algorithm or software to determine distance and relative speed of an object or another vehicle directly in the forward lane of travel; and
</P>
<P>(B) Provides an audible, visible, and/or haptic warning to the driver of a potential collision with an object in the vehicle's forward travel lane.
</P>
<P>(ii) The system may also include a feature that:
</P>
<P>(A) Pre-charges the brakes prior to, or immediately after, a warning is issued to the driver;
</P>
<P>(B) Closes all windows, retracts the seat belts, and/or moves forward any memory seats in order to protect the vehicle's occupants during or immediately after a warning is issued; or
</P>
<P>(C) Applies any type of braking assist or input during or immediately after a warning is issued.
</P>
<P><I>Foundation brake system</I> means all components of the service braking system of a motor vehicle intended for the transfer of braking application force from the operator to the wheels of a vehicle, including components such as the brake pedal, master cylinder, fluid lines and hoses, brake calipers, wheel cylinders, brake discs, brake drums, brake pads, brake shoes, and other related equipment installed in a motor vehicle in order to comply with FMVSS Nos. 105, 121, 122, or 135 (except equipment relating specifically to the parking brake). The term includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.).
</P>
<P><I>Fuel and/or propulsion system type</I> means the variety of fuel and/or propulsion systems used in a motor vehicle, as follows: compressed natural gas (CNG); compression ignition fuel (CIF); electric battery power (EBP); fuel-cell power (FCP); hybrid electric vehicle (HEV); hydrogen combustion power (HCP); plug-in hybrid (PHV); spark ignition fuel (SIF); other (OTH), and unknown (UNK).
</P>
<P><I>Fuel-cell power (FCP)</I> means a system that uses fuel cells to generate electricity to power an electric motor to propel a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Fuel system</I> means all components of a motor vehicle used to receive and store fuel, and to transfer fuel between the vehicle's fuel storage, engine, or fuel emission systems. This term includes, but is not limited to, the fuel tank and filler cap, neck, and pipe, along with associated piping, hoses, and clamps, the fuel pump, fuel lines, connectors from the fuel tank to the engine, the fuel injection/carburetion system (including fuel injector rails and injectors), and the fuel vapor recovery system(s), canister(s), and vent lines. The term also includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Good will</I> means the repair or replacement of a motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment, including labor, paid for by the manufacturer, at least in part, when the repair or replacement is not covered under warranty, or under a safety recall reported to NHTSA under part 573 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P><I>Handle</I> means any element of a child restraint system that is designed to facilitate carrying the restraint outside a motor vehicle, other than an element of the seat shell.
</P>
<P><I>Hybrid</I> <I>electric vehicle (HEV)</I> means a system that uses a combination of an electric motor and internal combustion engine to propel a motor vehicle but is not capable of recharging its batteries by plugging in to an external electric current.
</P>
<P><I>Hydrogen combustion power (HCP)</I> means a system that uses hydrogen to propel a vehicle through means other than a fuel cell.
</P>
<P><I>Incomplete light vehicle</I> means an incomplete vehicle as defined in § 568.3 of this chapter which, when completed, will be a light vehicle. 
</P>
<P><I>Integrated child restraint system</I> means a factory-installed built-in child restraint system as defined in S4 of § 571.213 of this chapter and includes any factory-authorized built-in child restraint system. 
</P>
<P><I>Lane departure prevention system</I> means
</P>
<P>(i) A system that:
</P>
<P>(A) Has an algorithm or software to determine the vehicle's position relative to the lane markers and the vehicle's projected direction; and
</P>
<P>(B) Provides an audible, visible, and/or haptic warning to the driver of unintended departure from a travel lane.
</P>
<P>(ii) The system may also include a feature that:
</P>
<P>(A) Applies the vehicle's stability control system to assist the driver to maintain lane position during or immediately after the warning is issued;
</P>
<P>(B) Applies any type of steering input to assist the driver to maintain lane position during or immediately after the warning is issued; or
</P>
<P>(C) Applies any type of braking pressure or input to assist the driver to maintain lane position during or immediately after the warning is issued.
</P>
<P><I>Latch</I> means a latching, locking, or linking system of a motor vehicle and all its components fitted to a vehicle's exterior doors, rear hatch, liftgate, tailgate, trunk, or hood. This term also includes, but is not limited to, devices for the remote operation of a latching device such as remote release cables (and associated components), electric release devices, or wireless control release devices, and includes all components covered in FMVSS No. 206. This term also includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Light vehicle</I> means any motor vehicle, except a bus, motorcycle, or trailer, with a GVWR of 10,000 lbs or less. 
</P>
<P><I>Make</I> means a name that a manufacturer applies to a group of vehicles. 
</P>
<P><I>Manufacturer</I> means a person manufacturing or assembling motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment, or importing motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment for resale. This term includes any parent corporation, any subsidiary or affiliate, and any subsidiary or affiliate of a parent corporation of such a person.
</P>
<P><I>Medium-heavy vehicle</I> means any motor vehicle, except a trailer, with a GVWR greater than 10,000 lbs. 
</P>
<P><I>Minimal specificity</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(i) For a vehicle, the make, model, and model year, 
</P>
<P>(ii) For a child restraint system, the manufacturer and the model (either the model name or model number), 
</P>
<P>(iii) For a tire, the manufacturer, tire line, and tire size, and 
</P>
<P>(iv) For other motor vehicle equipment, the manufacturer and, if there is a model or family of models identified on the item of equipment, the model name or model number. 
</P>
<P><I>Model</I> means a name that a manufacturer of motor vehicles applies to a family of vehicles within a make which have a degree of commonality in construction, such as body, chassis or cab type. For equipment other than child restraint systems, it means the name that the manufacturer uses to designate it. For child restraint systems, it means the name that the manufacturer uses to identify child restraint systems with the same seat shell, buckle, base (if so equipped) and restraint system.
</P>
<P><I>Model year</I> means the year that a manufacturer uses to designate a discrete model of vehicle, irrespective of the calendar year in which the vehicle was manufactured. If the manufacturer has not assigned a model year, it means the calendar year in which the vehicle was manufactured.
</P>
<P><I>Notice</I> means a document, other than a media article, that does not include a demand for relief, and that a manufacturer receives from a person other than NHTSA. 
</P>
<P><I>Other safety campaign</I> means an action in which a manufacturer communicates with owners and/or dealers in a foreign country with respect to conditions under which motor vehicles or equipment should be operated, repaired, or replaced that relate to safety (excluding promotional and marketing materials, customer satisfaction surveys, and operating instructions or owner's manuals that accompany the vehicle or child restraint system at the time of first sale); or advice or direction to a dealer or distributor to cease the delivery or sale of specified models of vehicles or equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Parking brake</I> means a mechanism installed in a motor vehicle which is designed to prevent the movement of a stationary motor vehicle, including all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Platform</I> means the basic structure of a vehicle including, but not limited to, the majority of the floorpan or undercarriage, and elements of the engine compartment. The term includes a structure that a manufacturer designates as a platform. A group of vehicles sharing a common structure or chassis shall be considered to have a common platform regardless of whether such vehicles are of the same type, are of the same make, or are sold by the same manufacturer. 
</P>
<P><I>Plug-in hybrid</I> <I>(PHV)</I> means a system that combines an electric motor and an internal combustion engine to propel a motor vehicle and is capable of recharging its batteries by plugging in to an external electric current.
</P>
<P><I>Power train</I> means the components or systems of a motor vehicle which transfer motive power from the engine to the wheels, including the transmission (manual and automatic), gear selection devices and associated linkages, clutch, constant velocity joints, transfer case, driveline, differential(s), and all driven axle assemblies. This term includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Product evaluation report</I> means a field report prepared by, and containing the observations or comments of, a manufacturer's employee who submitted the report concerning the operation or performance of a vehicle or child restraint system as part of the employee's personal use of the vehicle or child restraint system under a manufacturer's program authorizing such use, but does not include a report by an employee who has been granted personal use of a vehicle or child restraint system for the specific purpose of facilitating the employee's technical or engineering evaluation of a known or suspected problem with that vehicle or child restraint system.
</P>
<P><I>Production year</I> means, for equipment and tires, the calendar year in which the item was produced.
</P>
<P><I>Property damage</I> means physical injury to tangible property. 
</P>
<P><I>Property damage claim</I> means a claim for property damage, excluding that part of a claim, if any, pertaining solely to damage to a component or system of a vehicle or an item of equipment itself based on the alleged failure or malfunction of the component, system, or item, and further excluding matters addressed under warranty. 
</P>
<P><I>Rear-facing infant seat</I> means a child restraint system that is designed to position a child to face only in the direction opposite to the normal direction of travel of the motor vehicle. 
</P>
<P><I>Reporting period</I> means a calendar quarter of a year, unless otherwise stated. 
</P>
<P><I>Roll stability control system</I> means a system that:
</P>
<P>(i) Enhances rollover stability by applying and adjusting the vehicle brake torques to reduce lateral acceleration of a vehicle;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is computer-controlled with the computer using a closed-loop algorithm to enhance rollover stability;
</P>
<P>(iii) Has a means to determine the vehicle's lateral acceleration;
</P>
<P>(iv) Has a means to determine the vehicle mass or, if applicable, combination vehicle mass;
</P>
<P>(v) Has a means to modify engine torque, as necessary, to assist the driver in maintaining rollover stability of the vehicle and/or combination vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Can provide brake pressure to automatically apply on a truck tractor and modulate the brake torques of a towed semi-trailer.
</P>
<P><I>Rollover</I> means a single-vehicle crash in which a motor vehicle rotates on its longitudinal axis to at least 90 degrees, regardless of whether it comes to rest on its wheels. 
</P>
<P><I>Safety recall</I> means an offer by a manufacturer to owners of motor vehicles or equipment in a foreign country to provide remedial action to address a defect that relates to motor vehicle safety or a failure to comply with an applicable safety standard or guideline, whether or not the manufacturer agrees to pay the full cost of the remedial action. 
</P>
<P><I>Seats</I> means all components of a motor vehicle that are subject to FMVSS Nos. 202, 207, and 209, including all electrical and electronic components within the seat that are related to seat positioning, heating, and cooling. This term also includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Seat belts</I> means any belt system, other than an air bag, that may or may not require the occupant to latch, fasten, or secure the components of the seat belt/webbing based restraint system to ready its use for protection of the occupant in the event of a vehicle crash. This term includes the webbing, buckle, anchorage, retractor, belt pretensioner devices, load limiters, and all components, hardware and software associated with an automatic or manual seat belt system addressed by FMVSS No. 209 or 210. This term also includes integrated child restraint systems in vehicles, and includes any device (and all components of that device), installed in a motor vehicle in accordance with FMVSS No. 213, which is designed for use as a safety restraint device for a child too small to use a vehicle's seat belts. This term includes all vehicle components installed in accordance with FMVSS No. 225. This term also includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Seat shell</I> means the portion of a child restraint system that provides the structural shape, form and support for the system, and for other components of the system such as belt attachment points, and anchorage points to allow the system to be secured to a passenger seat in a motor vehicle, but not including a shield. 
</P>
<P><I>Service brake system</I> means all components of the service braking system of a motor vehicle intended for the transfer of braking application force from the operator to the wheels of a vehicle, including the foundation braking system, such as the brake pedal, master cylinder, fluid lines and hoses, braking assist components, brake calipers, wheel cylinders, brake discs, brake drums, brake pads, brake shoes, and other related equipment installed in a motor vehicle in order to comply with FMVSS Nos. 105, 121, 122, or 135 (except equipment relating specifically to a parking brake). This term also includes systems and devices for automatic control of the brake system such as antilock braking, traction control, and enhanced braking, but does not include systems or devices necessary only for electronic stability control, or roll stability control. The term includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.).
</P>
<P><I>Sidewall</I> means the area of a tire between the tread and the bead area, including the sidewall rubber components, the body ply and its coating rubber under the side area, and the inner-liner rubber under the body ply in the side area. 
</P>
<P><I>Spark ignition fuel (SIF)</I> means, in the context of reporting fuel and/or propulsion system type, a system that uses gasoline, ethanol, or methanol based fuels to propel a motor vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>SKU (Stock Keeping Unit)</I> means the alpha-numeric designation assigned by a manufacturer to uniquely identify a tire product. This term is sometimes referred to as a product code, a product ID, or a part number.
</P>
<P><I>Steering system</I> means all steering control system components, including the steering system mechanism and its associated hardware, the steering wheel, steering column, steering shaft, linkages, joints (including tie-rod ends), steering dampeners, and power steering assist systems. This term includes a steering control system as defined by FMVSS No. 203 and any subsystem or component of a steering control system, including those components defined in FMVSS No. 204. This term also includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Structure</I> means any part of a motor vehicle that serves to maintain the shape and size of the vehicle, including the frame, the floorpan, the body, bumpers, doors, tailgate, hatchback, trunk lid, hood, and roof. The term also includes all associated mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Suspension system</I> means all components and hardware associated with a motor vehicle suspension system, including the associated control arms, steering knuckles, spindles, joints, bushings, ball joints, springs, shock absorbers, stabilizer (anti sway) bars, and bearings that are designed to minimize the impact on the vehicle chassis of shocks from road surface irregularities that may be transmitted through the wheels, and to provide stability when the vehicle is being operated through a range of speed, load, and dynamic conditions. The term also includes all electronic control systems and mechanisms for active suspension control, as well as all associated components such as switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Tire</I> means an item of motor vehicle equipment intended to interface between the road and a motor vehicle. The term includes all the tires of a vehicle, including the spare tire. For purposes of §§ 579.21 through 579.24 and § 579.27 of this part, this term also includes the tire inflation valves, tubes, and tire pressure monitoring and regulating systems, as well as all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.).
</P>
<P><I>Tire line</I> means the entire name used by a tire manufacturer to designate a tire product including all prefixes and suffixes as they appear on the sidewall of a tire. 
</P>
<P><I>Trailer hitch</I> means all coupling systems, devices, and components thereof, designed to join or connect any two motor vehicles. This term also includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Tread</I> (also known as crown) means all materials in the tread area of a tire including the rubber that makes up the tread, the sub-base rubber, when present, between the tread base and the top of the belts, the belt material, either steel and/or fabric, and the rubber coating of the same including any rubber inserts, the body ply and its coating rubber under the tread area of the tire, and the inner-liner rubber under the tread. 
</P>
<P><I>Type</I> means, in the context of a light vehicle, a vehicle certified by its manufacturer pursuant to § 567.4(g)(7) of this chapter as a passenger car, multipurpose passenger vehicle, or truck, or a vehicle identified by its manufacturer as an incomplete vehicle pursuant to § 568.4 of this chapter. In the context of a medium heavy vehicle and bus, it means one of the following categories: Truck, tractor, transit bus, school bus, coach, recreational vehicle, emergency vehicle, or other. In the context of a trailer, it means one of the following categories: Recreational trailers, van trailers, flatbed trailer, trailer converter dolly, lowbed trailer, dump trailer, tank trailer, dry bulk trailer, livestock trailer, boat trailer, auto transporter, or other. In the context of a child restraint system, it means the category of child restraint system selected from one of the following: rear-facing infant seat, booster seat, or other. 
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle speed control</I> means the systems and components of a motor vehicle that control vehicle speed either by command of the operator or by automatic control, including, but not limited, to the accelerator pedal, linkages, cables, springs, speed control devices (such as cruise control) and speed limiting devices. This term includes, but is not limited to the items addressed by FMVSS No. 124 and all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.). 
</P>
<P><I>Visibility</I> means the systems and components of a motor vehicle through which a driver views the surroundings of the vehicle including windshield, side windows, back window, and rear view mirrors, and systems and components used to wash and wipe windshields and back windows. This term includes those vehicular systems and components that can affect the ability of the driver to clearly see the roadway and surrounding area, such as the systems and components identified in FMVSS Nos. 103, 104, and 111. This term also includes the defogger, defroster system, the heater core, blower fan, windshield wiper systems, mirrors, windows and glazing material, heads-up display (HUD) systems, and exterior view-based television systems for medium-heavy vehicles, but does not include exterior view-based television systems for light vehicles which are defined under “Backover prevention system” and exterior lighting systems which are defined under “Lighting.” This term includes all associated switches, control units, connective elements (such as wiring harnesses, hoses, piping, etc.), and mounting elements (such as brackets, fasteners, etc.).
</P>
<P><I>Warranty</I> means any written affirmation of fact or written promise made in connection with the sale or lease of a motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment by a manufacturer to a buyer or lessee that relates to the nature of the material or workmanship and affirms or promises that such material or workmanship is defect free or will meet a specified level of performance over a specified period of time (including any extensions of such specified period of time), or any undertaking in writing in connection with the sale or lease by a manufacturer of a motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment to refund, repair, replace, or take other remedial action with respect to such product in the event that such product fails to meet the specifications set forth in the undertaking. 
</P>
<P><I>Warranty adjustment</I> means any payment or other restitution, such as, but not limited to, replacement, repair, credit, or cash refund, made by a tire manufacturer to a consumer or to a dealer, in reimbursement for payment or other restitution to a consumer, pursuant to a warranty program offered by the manufacturer or goodwill.
</P>
<P><I>Warranty claim</I> means any claim paid by a manufacturer, including provision of a credit, pursuant to a warranty program, an extended warranty program, or good will. It does not include claims for reimbursement for costs or related expenses for work performed to remedy a safety-related defect or noncompliance reported to NHTSA under part 573 of this chapter, or in connection with a motor vehicle emissions-related recall under the Clean Air Act or in accordance with State law as authorized under 42 U.S.C. 7543(b) or 7507.
</P>
<P><I>Wheel</I> means the assembly or component of a motor vehicle to which a tire is mounted. The term includes any item of motor vehicle equipment used to attach the wheel to the vehicle, including inner cap nuts and the wheel studs, bolts, and nuts. 
</P>
<P><I>Work product</I> means a document in the broad sense of the word, prepared in anticipation of litigation where there is a reasonable prospect of litigation and not for some other purpose such as a business practice, and prepared or requested by an attorney or an agent for an attorney.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Identical or substantially similar motor vehicle, item of motor vehicle equipment, or tire.</I> (1) A motor vehicle sold or in use outside the United States is identical or substantially similar to a motor vehicle sold or offered for sale in the United States if—
</P>
<P>(i) Such a vehicle has been sold in Canada or has been certified as complying with the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Such a vehicle is listed in the VSP or VSA columns of appendix A to part 593 of this chapter; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Such a vehicle is manufactured in the United States for sale in a foreign country; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) Such a vehicle uses the same vehicle platform as a vehicle sold or offered for sale in the United States. 
</P>
<P>(2) An item of motor vehicle equipment sold or in use outside the United States is identical or substantially similar to equipment sold or offered for sale in the United States if such equipment and the equipment sold or offered for sale in the United States have one or more components or systems that are the same, and the component or system performs the same function in vehicles or equipment sold or offered for sale in the United States, regardless of whether the part numbers are identical. 
</P>
<P>(3) A tire sold or in use outside the United States is substantially similar to a tire sold or offered for sale in the United States if it has the same size, speed rating, load index, load range, number of plies and belts, and similar ply and belt construction and materials, placement of components, and component materials, irrespective of plant of manufacture or tire line. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 38833, Aug. 31, 1978, as amended at 67 FR 63310, Oct. 11, 2002; 68 FR 4113, Jan. 28, 2003; 68 FR 18142, Apr. 15, 2003; 68 FR 35142, June 11, 2003; 69 FR 20557, Apr. 16, 2004; 72 FR 29443, May 29, 2007; 74 FR 47757, Sept. 17, 2009; 78 FR 51423, Aug. 20, 2013; 79 FR 43679, July 28, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.5   Notices, bulletins, customer satisfaction campaigns, consumer advisories, and other communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer shall furnish to NHTSA's Early Warning Division (NVS-217) a copy of all notices, bulletins, and other communications (including those transmitted by computer, telefax, or other electronic means and including warranty and policy extension communiqués and product improvement bulletins) other than those required to be submitted pursuant to § 573.6(c)(10) of this chapter, sent to more than one manufacturer, distributor, dealer, lessor, lessee, owner, or purchaser, in the United States, regarding any defect in its vehicles or items of equipment (including any failure or malfunction beyond normal deterioration in use, or any failure of performance, or any flaw or unintended deviation from design specifications), whether or not such defect is safety-related.
</P>
<P>(b) Each manufacturer shall furnish to NHTSA a copy of each communication relating to a customer satisfaction campaign, consumer advisory, recall, or other safety activity involving the repair or replacement of motor vehicles or equipment, that the manufacturer issued to, or made available to, more than one dealer, distributor, lessor, lessee, other manufacturer, owner, or purchaser, in the United States. 
</P>
<P>(c) If a notice or communication is required to be submitted under both paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, it need only be submitted once. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each copy shall be in readable form and shall be submitted not later than five working days after the end of the month in which it is issued. However, a document described in paragraph (b) of this section and issued before July 1, 2003, need not be submitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 18142, Apr. 15, 2003; 68 FR 35147, June 11, 2003; 69 FR 49823, Aug. 12, 2004; 72 FR 32017, June 11, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.6   Address for submitting reports and other information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided by paragraph (b) of this section, information, reports, and documents required to be submitted to NHTSA pursuant to this part may be submitted by mail, by facsimile, or by e-mail. If submitted by mail, they must be addressed to the Associate Administrator for Enforcement, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Attention: Early Warning Division (NVS-217), 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. If submitted by facsimile, they must be addressed to the Associate Administrator for Enforcement and transmitted to (202) 366-7882. If submitted by e-mail, submissions under subpart B of this part must be submitted to <I>frecalls@dot.gov</I> and submissions under § 579.5 must be submitted to <I>tsb@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Information, documents and reports that are submitted to NHTSA's early warning data repository must be submitted in accordance with § 579.29 of this part. Submissions must be made by a means that permits the sender to verify that the report was in fact received by NHTSA and the day it was received by NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(2) The annual list of substantially similar vehicles submitted pursuant to § 579.11(e) of this part shall be submitted to NHTSA's early warning data repository identified on NHTSA's Web page <I>http://www-odi.nhtsa.dot.gov/ewr/ewr.cfm.</I> A manufacturer shall use the template provided at the early warning Web site, also identified on NHTSA's Web page <I>http://www-odi.nhtsa.dot.gov/ewr/xls.cfm,</I> for submitting the list.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 4113, Jan. 28, 2003, as amended at 72 FR 32017, June 11, 2007; 78 FR 51424, Aug. 20, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 579.7-579.10" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 579.7-579.10   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Reporting of Safety Recalls and Other Safety Campaigns in Foreign Countries</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 63310, Oct. 11, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 579.11" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.11   Reporting responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Determination by a manufacturer.</I> Not later than 5 working days after a manufacturer determines to conduct a safety recall or other safety campaign in a foreign country covering a motor vehicle, item of motor vehicle equipment, or tire that is identical or substantially similar to a vehicle, item of equipment, or tire sold or offered for sale in the United States, the manufacturer shall report the determination to NHTSA. For purposes of this paragraph, this period is determined by reference to the general business practices of the office in which such determination is made, and the office reporting to NHTSA. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determination by a foreign government.</I> Not later than 5 working days after a manufacturer receives written notification that a foreign government has determined that a safety recall or other safety campaign must be conducted in its country with respect to a motor vehicle, item of motor vehicle equipment, or tire that is identical or substantially similar to a vehicle, item of equipment, or tire sold or offered for sale in the United States, the manufacturer shall report the determination to NHTSA. For purposes of this paragraph, this period is determined by reference to the general business practices of the office where the manufacturer receives such notification, the manufacturer's international headquarters office (if involved), and the office reporting to NHTSA. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>One-time historical reporting.</I> Not later than 30 calendar days after November 12, 2002, a manufacturer that has made a determination to conduct a recall or other safety campaign in a foreign country, or that has received written notification that a foreign government has determined that a safety recall or other safety campaign must be conducted in its country in the period between November 1, 2000 and November 12, 2002, and that has not reported such determination or notification of determination to NHTSA in a report that identified the model(s) and model year(s) of the vehicles, equipment, or tires that were the subject of the foreign recall or other safety campaign, the model(s) and model year(s) of the vehicles, equipment, or tires that were identical or substantially similar to the subject of the recall or campaign, and the defect or other condition that led to the foreign recall or campaign, as of November 12, 2002, shall report such determination or notification of determination to NHTSA if the safety recall or other safety campaign covers a motor vehicle, item of motor vehicle equipment, or tire that is identical or substantially similar to a vehicle, item of equipment, or tire sold or offered for sale in the United States. However, a report need not be resubmitted under this paragraph if the original report identified the model(s) and model year(s) of the vehicles, equipment, or tires that were the subject of the foreign recall or other safety campaign, identified the model(s) and model year(s) of the identical or substantially similar products in the United States, and identified the defect or other condition that led to the foreign recall or other safety campaign.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exemptions from reporting.</I> Notwithstanding paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section a manufacturer need not report a foreign safety recall or other safety campaign to NHTSA if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer has determined that for the same or substantially similar reasons relating to motor vehicle safety that it is conducting a safety recall or other safety campaign in a foreign country, a safety-related defect or noncompliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard exists in identical or substantially similar motor vehicles, motor vehicle equipment, or tires sold or offered for sale in the United States, and has filed a defect or noncompliance information report pursuant to part 573 of this chapter, provided that the scope of the foreign recall or campaign is not broader than the scope of the recall campaign in the United States; 
</P>
<P>(2) The component or system that gave rise to the foreign recall or other campaign does not perform the same function in any substantially similar vehicles or equipment sold or offered for sale in the United States; or 
</P>
<P>(3) The sole subject of the foreign recall or other campaign is a label affixed to a vehicle, item of equipment, or a tire. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Annual list of substantially similar vehicles.</I> Not later than November 1 of each year, each manufacturer of motor vehicles that sells or offers a motor vehicle for sale in the United States shall submit to NHTSA a document that identifies both each model of motor vehicle that the manufacturer sells or plans to sell during the following year in a foreign country that the manufacturer believes is identical or substantially similar to a motor vehicle sold or offered for sale in the United States (or to a motor vehicle that is planned for sale in the United States in the following year), and each such identical or substantially similar motor vehicle sold or offered for sale in the United States. Not later than 30 days after January 28, 2003, each manufacturer to which this paragraph applies shall submit an initial annual list of vehicles for calendar year 2003 that meets the requirements of this paragraph.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 63310, Oct. 11, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 4113, Jan. 28, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.12" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.12   Contents of reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each report made pursuant to § 579.11 of this part must be dated and must include the information specified in § 573.6(c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), and (c)(5) of this chapter. Each such report must also identify each foreign country in which the safety recall or other safety campaign is being conducted, state whether the foreign action is a safety recall or other safety campaign, state whether the determination to conduct the recall or campaign was made by the manufacturer or by a foreign government, describe the manufacturer's program for remedying the defect or noncompliance (if the action is a safety recall), specify the date of the determination and the date the recall or other campaign was commenced or will commence in each foreign country, and identify all motor vehicles, equipment, or tires that the manufacturer sold or offered for sale in the United States that are identical or substantially similar to the motor vehicles, equipment, or tires covered by the foreign recall or campaign. If a determination has been made by a foreign government, the report must also include a copy of the determination in the original language and, if the determination is in a language other than English, a copy translated into English. 
</P>
<P>(b) Information required by paragraph (a) of this section that is not available within the 5-working day period specified in § 579.11 of this part shall be submitted as it becomes available.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 579.13-579.20" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 579.13-579.20   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Reporting of Early Warning Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.21" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.21   Reporting requirements for manufacturers of 5,000 or more light vehicles annually.</HEAD>
<P>For each reporting period, a manufacturer whose aggregate number of light vehicles manufactured for sale, sold, offered for sale, introduced or delivered for introduction in interstate commerce, or imported into the United States, during the calendar year of the reporting period or during each of the prior two calendar years is 5,000 or more shall submit the information described in this section. For paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section, the manufacturer shall submit information separately with respect to each make, model, and model year of light vehicle manufactured during the reporting period and the nine model years prior to the earliest model year in the reporting period, including models no longer in production.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Production information.</I> Information that states the manufacturer's name, the quarterly reporting period, the make, the model, the model year, the type, the platform, the fuel and/or propulsion system type coded as follows: CNG (compressed natural gas), CIF (compression ignition fuel), EBP (electric battery power), FCP (fuel-cell power), HEV (hybrid electric vehicle), HCP (hydrogen combustion power), PHV (plug-in hybrid), SIF (spark ignition fuel), OTH (Other), and UNK (unknown) and the number of vehicles produced. The production shall be stated as either the cumulative production of the current model year to the end of the reporting period, or the total model year production for each model year for which production has ceased. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information on incidents involving death or injury.</I> For all light vehicles manufactured during a model year covered by the reporting period and the nine model years prior to the earliest model year in the reporting period:
</P>
<P>(1) A report on each incident involving one or more deaths or injuries occurring in the United States that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer or in a notice received by the manufacturer which notice alleges or proves that the death or injury was caused by a possible defect in the manufacturer's vehicle, together with each incident involving one or more deaths occurring in a foreign country that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer involving the manufacturer's vehicle, if that vehicle is identical or substantially similar to a vehicle that the manufacturer has offered for sale in the United States. The report shall be submitted as a report on light vehicles and organized such that incidents are reported alphabetically by make, within each make alphabetically by model, and within each model chronologically by model year. 
</P>
<P>(2) For each incident described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the manufacturer shall separately report the make, model, model year, the type, the fuel and/or propulsion system type (as specified in paragraph (a)), and VIN of the vehicle, the incident date, the number of deaths, the number of injuries for incidents occurring in the United States, the State or foreign country where the incident occurred, each system or component of the vehicle that allegedly contributed to the incident, and whether the incident involved a fire or rollover, coded as follows: 01 steering system, 02 suspension system, 03 foundation brake system, 04 automatic brake controls, 05 parking brake, 06 engine and engine cooling system, 07 fuel system, 10 power train, 11 electrical system, 12 exterior lighting, 13 visibility, 14 air bags, 15 seat belts, 16 structure, 17 latch, 18 vehicle speed control, 19 tires, 20 wheels, 22 seats, 23 fire, 24 rollover, 25 electronic stability control system, 26 forward collision avoidance system, 27 lane departure prevention system, 28 backover prevention system, 98 where a system or component not covered by categories 01 through 22 or 25 through 28, is specified in the claim or notice, and 99 where no system or component of the vehicle is specified in the claim or notice. If an incident involves more than one such code, each shall be reported separately in the report with a limit of five codes to be included. If a vehicle manufacturer is unaware of the vehicle type at the time it receives the incident, the manufacturer shall use the abbreviation “UN” in its report to indicate that the vehicle type is unknown.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Numbers of property damage claims, consumer complaints, warranty claims, and field reports.</I> Separate reports on the numbers of those property damage claims, consumer complaints, warranty claims, and field reports which involve the systems and components that are specified in codes 01 through 22, or 25 through 28 in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, or a fire (code 23), or rollover (code 24). Each such report shall state, separately by each such code, the number of such property damage claims, consumer complaints, warranty claims, or field reports, respectively, that involves the systems or components or fire or rollover indicated by the code. If an underlying property damage claim, consumer complaint, warranty claim, or field report involves more than one such code, each shall be reported separately in the report with no limit on the number of codes to be included. No reporting is necessary if the system or component involved is not specified in such codes, and the incident did not involve a fire or rollover. For each report, the manufacturer shall separately state the vehicle type and fuel and/or propulsion system type if the manufacturer stated more than one vehicle type or fuel and/or propulsion system type for a particular make, model, model year in paragraph (a) of this section. For each report, the manufacturer shall separately state the vehicle type and fuel and/or propulsion system type if the manufacturer stated more than one vehicle type or fuel and/or propulsion system type for a particular make, model, model year in paragraph (a) of this section. If a vehicle manufacturer is unaware of the vehicle type at the time it receives the property damage claim, consumer complaint, warranty claim or field report, the manufacturer shall use the abbreviation “UN” in its report to indicate that the vehicle type is unknown.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Copies of field reports.</I> For all light vehicles manufactured during a model year covered by the reporting period and the nine model years prior to the earliest model year in the reporting period, a copy of each field report (other than a dealer report or a product evaluation report) involving one or more of the systems or components identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, or fire, or rollover, containing any assessment of an alleged failure, malfunction, lack of durability, or other performance problem of a motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment (including any part thereof) that is originated by an employee or representative of the manufacturer and that the manufacturer received during a reporting period. These documents shall be submitted alphabetically by make, within each make alphabetically by model, and within each model chronologically by model year. For purposes of this paragraph, if a field report refers to more than one make or model of light vehicle produced by a manufacturer on a particular platform, the manufacturer shall submit the report alphabetically by platform rather than by make or model. If such a field report refers to more than one platform, separate copies shall be submitted for each such platform. If a field report refers to more than one model year of a specified make/model or platform, the manufacturer shall submit it by the earliest model year to which it refers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 18142, Apr. 15, 2003; 68 FR 35142, June 11, 2003; 72 FR 29443, May 29, 2007; 74 FR 47757, Sept. 17, 2009; 78 FR 51424, Aug. 20, 2013; 79 FR 43679, July 28, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.22" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.22   Reporting requirements for manufacturers of 100 or more buses, manufacturers of 500 or more emergency vehicles and manufacturers of 5,000 or more medium-heavy vehicles (other than buses and emergency vehicles) annually.</HEAD>
<P>For each reporting period, a manufacturer whose aggregate number of buses manufactured for sale, sold, offered for sale, introduced or delivered for introduction in interstate commerce, or imported into the United States, during the calendar year of the reporting period or during either of the prior two calendar years is 100 or more shall submit the information described in this section. For each reporting period, a manufacturer whose aggregate number of emergency vehicles (ambulances and fire trucks) manufactured for sale, sold, offered for sale, introduced or delivered for introduction in interstate commerce, or imported into the United States, during the calendar year of the reporting period or during either of the prior two calendar years is 500 or more shall submit the information described in this section. For each reporting period, a manufacturer whose aggregate number of medium-heavy vehicles (a sum that does not include buses or emergency vehicles) manufactured for sale, sold, offered for sale, introduced or delivered for introduction in interstate commerce, or imported into the United States, during the calendar year of the reporting period or during either of the prior two calendar years is 5,000 or more shall submit the information described in this section. For paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section, the manufacturer shall submit information separately with respect to each make, model, and model year of bus, emergency vehicle and/or medium-heavy vehicle manufactured during the reporting period and the nine model years prior to the earliest model year in the reporting period, including models no longer in production.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Production information.</I> Information that states the manufacturer's name, the quarterly reporting period, the make, the model, the model year, the type, and the production. The production shall be stated as either the cumulative production of the current model year to the end of the reporting period, or the total model year production for each model year for which production has ceased. For each model that is manufactured and available with more than one type of fuel system (i.e., gasoline, diesel, or other (including vehicles that can be operated using more than one type of fuel, such as gasoline and compressed natural gas)), the information required by this subsection shall be reported separately by each of the three fuel system types. For each model that is manufactured and available with more than one type of service brake system (i.e., hydraulic or air), the information required by this subsection shall be reported by each of the two brake types. If the service brake system in a vehicle is not readily characterized as either hydraulic or air, the vehicle shall be considered to have hydraulic service brakes. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information on incidents involving death or injury.</I> For all buses, emergency vehicles and medium heavy vehicles manufactured during a model year covered by the reporting period and the nine model years prior to the earliest model year in the reporting period:
</P>
<P>(1) A report on each incident involving one or more deaths or injuries occurring in the United States that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer or in a notice received by the manufacturer which notice alleges or proves that the death or injury was caused by a possible defect in the manufacturer's vehicle, together with each incident involving one or more deaths occurring in a foreign country that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer involving the manufacturer's vehicle, if that vehicle is identical or substantially similar to a vehicle that the manufacturer has offered for sale in the United States. The report shall be submitted as a report on medium-heavy vehicles and buses and organized such that incidents are reported alphabetically by make, within each make alphabetically by model, and within each model chronologically by model year. 
</P>
<P>(2) For each incident described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the manufacturer shall separately report the make, model, model year, and VIN of the bus, emergency vehicle or medium-heavy vehicle, the incident date, the number of deaths, the number of injuries for incidents occurring in the United States, the State or foreign country where the incident occurred, each system or component of the vehicle that allegedly contributed to the incident, and whether the incident involved a fire or rollover, coded as follows: 01 steering system, 02 suspension system, 03 service brake system, hydraulic, 04 service brake system, air, 05 parking brake, 06 engine and engine cooling system, 07 fuel system, gasoline, 08 fuel system, diesel, 09 fuel system, other, 10 power train, 11 electrical, 12 exterior lighting, 13 visibility, 14 air bags, 15 seat belts, 16 structure, 17 latch, 18 vehicle speed control, 19 tires, 20 wheels, 21 trailer hitch, 22 seats, 23 fire, 24 rollover, 25 electronic stability control system and/or roll stability control system, 98 where a system or component not covered by categories 01 through 22 or 25 is specified in the claim or notice, and 99 where no system or component of the vehicle is specified in the claim or notice. If an incident involves more than one such code, each shall be reported separately in the report with a limit of five codes to be included. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Numbers of property damage claims, consumer complaints, warranty claims, and field reports.</I> Separate reports on the numbers of those property damage claims, consumer complaints, warranty claims, and field reports which involve the systems and components that are specified in codes 01 through 22, or 25 in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, or a fire (code 23), or rollover (code 24). Each such report shall state, separately by each such code, the number of such property damage claims, consumer complaints, warranty claims, or field reports, respectively, that involves the systems or components or fire or rollover indicated by the code. If an underlying property damage claim, consumer complaint, warranty claim, or field report involves more than one such code, each shall be reported separately in the report with no limit on the number of codes to be included. No reporting is necessary if the system or component involved is not specified in such codes, and the incident did not involve a fire or rollover. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Copies of field reports.</I> For all buses, emergency vehicles and medium-heavy vehicles manufactured during a model year covered by the reporting period and the nine model years prior to the earliest model year in the reporting period, a copy of each field report (other than a dealer report or a product evaluation report) involving one or more of the systems or components identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, or fire, or rollover, containing any assessment of an alleged failure, malfunction, lack of durability, or other performance problem of a motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment (including any part thereof) that is originated by an employee or representative of the manufacturer and that the manufacturer received during a reporting period. These documents shall be submitted alphabetically by make, within each make alphabetically by model, and within each model chronologically by model year. For purposes of this paragraph, if a field report refers to more than one make or model of vehicle produced by a manufacturer on a particular platform, the manufacturer shall submit the report alphabetically by platform rather than by make or model. If such a field report refers to more than one platform, separate copies shall be submitted for each such platform. If a field report refers to more than one model year of a specified make/model or platform, the manufacturer shall submit it by the earliest model year to which it refers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 18142, Apr. 15, 2003; 68 FR 35143, June 11, 2003; 72 FR 29443, May 29, 2007; 74 FR 47757, Sept. 17, 2009; 78 FR 51425, Aug. 20, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.23" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.23   Reporting requirements for manufacturers of 5,000 or more motorcycles annually.</HEAD>
<P>For each reporting period, a manufacturer whose aggregate number of motorcycles manufactured for sale, sold, offered for sale, introduced or delivered for introduction in interstate commerce, or imported into the United States, during the calendar year of the reporting period or during either of the prior two calendar years is 5,000 or more shall submit the information described in this section. For paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section, the manufacturer shall submit information separately with respect to each make, model, and model year of motorcycle manufactured during the reporting period and the nine model years prior to the earliest model year in the reporting period, including models no longer in production. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Production information.</I> Information that states the manufacturer's name, the quarterly reporting period, the make, the model, the model year, and the production. The production shall be stated as either the cumulative production of the current model year to the end of the reporting period, or the total model year production for each model year for which production has ceased. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information on incidents involving death or injury.</I> For all motorcycles manufactured during a model year covered by the reporting period and the nine model years prior to the earliest model year in the reporting period:
</P>
<P>(1) A report on each incident involving one or more deaths or injuries occurring in the United States that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer or in a notice received by the manufacturer which notice alleges or proves that the death or injury was caused by a possible defect in the manufacturer's motorcycle, together with each incident involving one or more deaths occurring in a foreign country that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer involving the manufacturer's motorcycle, if that motorcycle is identical or substantially similar to a motorcycle that the manufacturer has offered for sale in the United States. The report shall be submitted as a report on motorcycles and organized such that incidents are reported alphabetically by make, within each make alphabetically by model, and within each model chronologically by model year. 
</P>
<P>(2) For each incident described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the manufacturer shall separately report the make, model, model year, and VIN of the motorcycle, the incident date, the number of deaths, the number of injuries for incidents occurring in the United States, the State or foreign country where the incident occurred, each system or component of the motorcycle that allegedly contributed to the incident, and whether the incident involved a fire, coded as follows: 01 steering, 02 suspension, 03 service brake system, 06 engine and engine cooling, 07 fuel system, 10 power train, 11 electrical, 12 exterior lighting, 16 structure,18 vehicle speed control, 19 tires, 20 wheels, 23 fire, 98 where a system or component not covered by categories 01 through 20 is specified in the claim or notice, and 99 where no system or component of the vehicle is specified in the claim or notice. If an incident involves more than one such code, each shall be reported separately in the report with a limit of five codes to be included. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Numbers of property damage claims, consumer complaints, warranty claims, and field reports.</I> Separate reports on the numbers of those property damage claims, consumer complaints, warranty claims, and field reports which involve the systems and components that are specified in codes 01 through 20 in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, or a fire (code 23). Each such report shall state, separately by each such code, the number of such property damage claims, consumer complaints, warranty claims, or field reports, respectively, that involves the systems or components or fire indicated by the code. If an underlying property damage claim, consumer complaint, warranty claim, or field report involves more than one such code, each shall be reported separately in the report with no limit on the number of codes to be included. No reporting is necessary if the system or component involved is not specified in such codes, and the incident did not involve a fire. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Copies of field reports.</I> For all motorcycles manufactured during a model year covered by the reporting period and the nine model years prior to the earliest model year in the reporting period, a copy of each field report (other than a dealer report or a product evaluation report) involving one or more of the systems or components identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section or fire, containing any assessment of an alleged failure, malfunction, lack of durability, or other performance problem of a motorcycle or item of motor vehicle equipment (including any part thereof) that is originated by an employee or representative of the manufacturer and that the manufacturer received during a reporting period. These documents shall be submitted alphabetically by make, within each make alphabetically by model, and within each model chronologically by model year. For purposes of this paragraph, if a field report refers to more than one make or model of motorcycle produced by a manufacturer on a particular platform, the manufacturer shall submit the report alphabetically by platform rather than by make or model. If such a field report refers to more than one platform, separate copies shall be submitted for each such platform. If a field report refers to more than one model year of a specified make/model or platform, the manufacturer shall submit it by the earliest model year to which it refers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 18142, Apr. 15, 2003; 68 FR 35143, June 11, 2003; 72 FR 29443, May 29, 2007; 74 FR 47758, Sept. 17, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.24" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.24   Reporting requirements for manufacturers of 5,000 or more trailers annually.</HEAD>
<P>For each reporting period, a manufacturer whose aggregate number of trailers manufactured for sale, sold, offered for sale, introduced or delivered for introduction in interstate commerce, or imported into the United States, during the calendar year of the reporting period or during either of the prior two calendar years is 5,000 or more shall submit the information described in this section. For paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section, the manufacturer shall submit information with respect to each make, model and model year of trailer manufactured during the reporting period and the nine model years prior to the earliest model year in the reporting period, including models no longer in production. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Production information.</I> Information that states the manufacturer's name, the quarterly reporting period, the make, the model, the model year, the type, and the production. The production shall be stated as either the cumulative production of the current model year to the end of the reporting period, or the total model year production for each model year for which production has ceased. For each model that is manufactured and available with more than one type of service brake system (<I>i.e.,</I> hydraulic and air), the information required by this subsection shall be reported by each of the two brake types (<I>i.e.,</I> “H” for hydraulic, “A” for air). If the service brake system in a trailer is not readily characterized as either hydraulic or air, the trailer shall be considered to have hydraulic service brakes. If a model has no brake system, it shall be reported as “N,” for none.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information on incidents involving death or injury.</I> For all trailers manufactured during a model year covered by the reporting period and the nine model years prior to the earliest model year in the reporting period:
</P>
<P>(1) A report on each incident involving one or more deaths or injuries occurring in the United States that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer or in a notice received by the manufacturer which notice alleges or proves that the death or injury was caused by a possible defect in the manufacturer's trailer, together with each incident involving one or more deaths occurring in a foreign country that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer involving the manufacturer's trailer, if that trailer is identical or substantially similar to a trailer that the manufacturer has offered for sale in the United States. The report shall be submitted as a report on trailers and organized such that incidents are reported alphabetically by make, with each make alphabetically by model, and within each model chronologically by model year. 
</P>
<P>(2) For each incident described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the manufacturer shall separately report the make, model, model year, and VIN of the trailer, the incident date, the number of deaths, the number of injuries for incidents occurring in the United States, the State or foreign country where the incident occurred, each system or component of the trailer that allegedly contributed to the incident, and whether the incident involved a fire, coded as follows: 02 suspension, 03 service brake system, hydraulic, 04 service brake system, air, 05 parking brake, 11 electrical, 12 exterior lighting, 16 structure, 17 latch, 19 tires, 20 wheels, 21 trailer hitch, 23 fire, 98 where a system or component not covered by categories 02 through 21 is specified in the claim or notice, and 99 where no system or component of the trailer is specified in the claim or notice. If an incident involves more than one such code, each shall be reported separately in the report with a limit of five codes to be included. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Numbers of property damage claims, consumer complaints, warranty claims, and field reports.</I> Separate reports on the numbers of those property damage claims, consumer complaints, warranty claims, and field reports which involve the systems and components that are specified in codes 02 through 21 in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, or a fire (code 23). Each such report shall state, separately by each such code, the number of such property damage claims, consumer complaints, warranty claims, or field reports, respectively, that involves the systems or components or fire indicated by the code. If an underlying property damage claim, consumer complaint, warranty claim, or field report involves more than one such code, each shall be reported separately in the report with no limit on the number of codes to be included. No reporting is necessary if the system or component involved is not specified in such codes, and the incident did not involve a fire. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Copies of field reports.</I> For all trailers manufactured during a model year covered by the reporting period and the nine model years prior to the earliest model year in the reporting period, a copy of each field report (other than a dealer report or a product evaluation report) involving one or more of the systems or components identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section or fire, containing any assessment of an alleged failure, malfunction, lack of durability, or other performance problem of a trailer or item of motor vehicle equipment (including any part thereof) that is originated by an employee or representative of the manufacturer and that the manufacturer received during a reporting period. These documents shall be submitted alphabetically by make, within each make alphabetically by model, and within each model chronologically by model year. For purposes of this paragraph, if a field report refers to more than one make or model of trailer produced by a manufacturer on a particular platform, the manufacturer shall submit the report alphabetically by platform rather than by make or model. If such a field report refers to more than one platform, separate copies shall be submitted for each such platform. If a field report refers to more than one model year of a specified make/model or platform, the manufacturer shall submit it by the earliest model year to which it refers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 18143, Apr. 15, 2003; 68 FR 35143, June 11, 2003; 72 FR 29443, May 29, 2007; 74 FR 47758, Sept. 17, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.25" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.25   Reporting requirements for manufacturers of child restraint systems.</HEAD>
<P>For each reporting period, a manufacturer who has manufactured for sale, sold, offered for sale, introduced or delivered for introduction in interstate commerce, or imported child restraint systems into the United States, shall submit the information described in this section. For paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section, the manufacturer shall submit information separately with respect to each make, model, and production year of child restraint system manufactured during the reporting period and the four production years prior to the earliest production year in the reporting period, including models no longer in production. For paragraph (c) of this section, if any consumer complaints or warranty claims regarding a model of child restraint system do not specify the production year of the system, the manufacturer shall submit information for “unknown” production year in addition to the up-to-five production years for which the manufacturer must otherwise report the number of such consumer complaints/warranty claims.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Production information.</I> Information that states the manufacturer's name, the quarterly reporting period, the make, the model, the production year, the type, and the production. The production shall be stated as either the cumulative production of the current model year to the end of the reporting period, or the total calendar year production for each calendar year for which production has ceased. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information on incidents involving death or injury.</I> For all child restraint systems manufactured during a production year covered by the reporting period and the four production years prior to the earliest production year in the reporting period:
</P>
<P>(1) A report on each incident involving one or more deaths or injuries occurring in the United States that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer or in a notice received by the manufacturer which notice alleges or proves that the death or injury was caused by a possible defect in the manufacturer's child restraint system, together with each incident involving one or more deaths occurring in a foreign country that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer involving the manufacturer's child restraint system, if the child restraint system is identical or substantially similar to a child restraint system that the manufacturer has offered for sale in the United States. The report shall be submitted as a report on child restraint systems and organized such that incidents are reported alphabetically by make, within each make alphabetically by model, and within each model chronologically by production year. 
</P>
<P>(2) For each such incident described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the manufacturer shall separately report the make, model, and production year of the child restraint system, the incident date, the number of deaths, the number of injuries for incidents occurring in the United States, the State or foreign country where the incident occurred, and each system or component of the child restraint system that allegedly contributed to the incident, coded as follows: 51 buckle and restraint harness, 52 seat shell, 53 handle, 54 base, 98 where a system or component not covered by categories 51 through 54 is specified in the claim or notice, and 99 where no system or component of the child restraint system is specified in the claim or notice. If an incident involves more than one such code, each shall be reported separately in the report. If the production year of the child restraint system is unknown, the manufacturer shall specify the number “9999” in the field for production year.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Numbers of consumer complaints and warranty claims, and field reports.</I> Separate reports on the numbers of those consumer complaints and warranty claims, and field reports, which involve the systems and components that are specified in codes 51 through 54 in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Each such report shall state, separately by each such code, the number of such consumer complaints and warranty claims, or field reports, respectively, that involves the systems or components indicated by the code. If an underlying consumer complaint and warranty claim, or field report, involves more than one such code, each shall be counted separately in the report with no limit on the number of codes to be included. No reporting is necessary if the system or component involved is not specified in such codes. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Copies of field reports.</I> For all child restraint systems manufactured during a production year covered by the reporting period and the four production years prior to the earliest production year in the reporting period, a copy of each field report (other than a dealer report or a product evaluation report) involving one or more of the systems or components identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, containing any assessment of an alleged failure, malfunction, lack of durability, or other performance problem of a child restraint system (including any part thereof) that is originated by an employee or representative of the manufacturer and that the manufacturer received during a reporting period. These documents shall be submitted alphabetically by make, within each make alphabetically by model, and within each model chronologically by production year. For purposes of this paragraph, if a field report refers to more than one make or model of child restraint system produced by a manufacturer, the manufacturer shall submit the report under the first such model in alphabetical order. If a field report refers to more than one production year of a specified make/model, the manufacturer shall submit it by the earliest production year to which it refers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 18143, Apr. 15, 2003; 68 FR 35144, June 11, 2003; 72 FR 29444, May 29, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.26" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.26   Reporting requirements for manufacturers of tires.</HEAD>
<P>For each reporting period, a manufacturer (including a brand name owner) who has manufactured for sale, sold, offered for sale, introduced or delivered for introduction in interstate commerce, or imported tires in the United States shall submit the information described in this section. For purposes of this section, an importer of motor vehicles for resale is deemed to be the manufacturer of the tires on and in the vehicle at the time of its importation if the manufacturer of the tires is not required to report under this section. For paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section, the manufacturer shall submit information separately with respect to each tire line, size, SKU, plant where manufactured, and model year of tire manufactured during the reporting period and the four calendar years prior to the reporting period, including tire lines no longer in production. For each group of tires with the same SKU, plant where manufactured, and year for which the volume produced or imported is less than 15,000, or are deep tread, winter-type snow tires, space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 12 inches or less, or are not passenger car tires, light truck tires, or motorcycle tires, the manufacturer need only report information on incidents involving a death or injury, as specified in paragraph (b) of this section. For purposes of this section, the two- or three-character DOT alphanumeric code for production plants located in the United States assigned by NHTSA in accordance with §§ 574.5 and 574.6 of this chapter may be used to identify “plant where manufactured. ” If the production plant is located outside the United States, the full plant name must be provided.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Production information.</I> Information that states the manufacturer's name, the quarterly reporting period, the tire line, the tire size, the tire type code or manufacturer's code, the SKU, the plant where manufactured, whether the tire is approved for use as original equipment on a motor vehicle, if so, the make, model, and model year of each vehicle for which it is approved, the production year, the cumulative warranty production, and the cumulative total production through the end of the reporting period. If the manufacturer knows that a particular group of tires is not used as original equipment on a motor vehicle, it shall state “N” in the appropriate field, and if the manufacturer is not certain, it shall state “U” in that field.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information on incidents involving death or injury.</I> For all tires manufactured during a production year covered by the reporting period and the four production years prior to the earliest production year in the reporting period:
</P>
<P>(1) A report on each incident involving one or more deaths or injuries occurring in the United States that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer or in a notice received by the manufacturer which notice alleges or proves that the death or injury was caused by a possible defect in the manufacturer's tire, together with each incident involving one or more deaths occurring in a foreign country that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer involving the manufacturer's tire, if that tire is identical or substantially similar to a tire that the manufacturer has offered for sale in the United States. The report shall be submitted as a report on tires and organized such that incidents are reported alphabetically by tire line, within each tire line by tire size, and within each tire size chronologically by production year. 
</P>
<P>(2) For each such incident described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the manufacturer shall separately report the tire line, size, and production year of the tire, the TIN, the incident date, the number of deaths, the number of injuries for incidents occurring in the United States, the State or foreign country where the incident occurred, the make, model, and model year of the vehicle on which the tire was installed, and each component of the tire that allegedly contributed to the incident, coded as follows: 71 tread, 72 sidewall, 73 bead, 98 where a component not covered by categories 71 through 73 is specified in the claim or notice, and 99 where no component of the tire is specified in the claim or notice. If an incident involves more than one such code, each shall be reported separately in the report. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Numbers of property damage claims and warranty adjustments.</I> Separate reports on the numbers of those property damage claims and warranty adjustments which involve the components that are specified in codes 71 through 73, and 98, in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Each such report shall state, separately by each such code, the numbers of such property damage claims and warranty adjustments, respectively, that involve the components indicated by the code. If an underlying property damage claim or warranty adjustment involves more than one such code, each shall be reported separately in the report with no limit on the number of codes to be included. No reporting is necessary if the system or component involved is not specified in such codes, or if the TIN is not specified in any property damage claim.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Common green tire reporting.</I> With each quarterly report, each manufacturer of tires shall provide NHTSA with a list of common green tires. For each specific common green tire grouping, the list shall provide all relevant tire lines, tire type codes or manufacturer's code, SKU numbers, brand names, and brand name owners.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 18143, Apr. 15, 2003; 68 FR 35144, June 11, 2003; 80 FR 19564, Apr. 13, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.27" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.27   Reporting requirements for manufacturers of fewer than 100 buses annually, for manufacturers of fewer than 500 emergency vehicles annually, for manufacturers of fewer than 5,000 light vehicles, medium-heavy vehicles (other than buses and emergency vehicles), motorcycles or trailers annually, for manufacturers of original equipment, and for manufacturers of replacement equipment other than child restraint systems and tires.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to all manufacturers of vehicles with respect to vehicles that are not covered by reports on light vehicles, medium-heavy vehicles and buses, motorcycles, or trailers submitted pursuant to §§ 579.21 through 579.24 of this part, to all manufacturers of original equipment, to all manufacturers of replacement equipment other than manufacturers of tires and child restraint systems, and to registered importers registered under 49 U.S.C. 30141(c). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information on incidents involving deaths.</I> For each reporting period, a manufacturer to which this section applies shall submit a report, pertaining to vehicles and/or equipment manufactured or sold during the calendar year of the reporting period and the nine calendar years prior to the reporting period (four calendar years for equipment), including models no longer in production, on each incident involving one or more deaths occurring in the United States that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer or in a notice received by the manufacturer which notice alleges or proves that the death was caused by a possible defect in the manufacturer's vehicle or equipment, together with each incident involving one or more deaths occurring in a foreign country that is identified in a claim against and received by the manufacturer involving the manufacturer's vehicle or equipment, if it is identical or substantially similar to a vehicle or item of equipment that the manufacturer has offered for sale in the United States. The report shall be organized such that incidents are reported alphabetically by make, within each make alphabetically by model, and within each model chronologically by model year. If a manufacturer has not received such a claim or notice during a reporting period, the manufacturer need not submit a report to NHTSA for that reporting period.
</P>
<P>(c) For each incident described in paragraph (b) of this section, the manufacturer shall separately report the make, model, and model year of the vehicle or equipment, the VIN (for vehicles only), the incident date, the number of deaths, the number of injuries for incidents occurring in the United States, the State or foreign country where the incident occurred, each system or component of the vehicle or equipment that allegedly contributed to the incident, and whether the incident involved a fire or rollover, as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) For light vehicles, the system or component involved, and the existence of a fire or rollover, shall be identified and coded as specified in § 579.21(b)(2) of this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) For medium-heavy vehicles and buses, the system or component involved, and the existence of a fire or rollover, shall be identified and coded as specified in § 579.22(b)(2) of this part. 
</P>
<P>(3) For motorcycles, the system or component involved, and the existence of a fire, shall be identified and coded as specified in § 579.23(b)(2) of this part. 
</P>
<P>(4) For trailers, the system or component involved, and the existence of a fire, shall be identified and coded as specified in § 579.24(b)(2) of this part. 
</P>
<P>(5) For original and replacement equipment, a written identification of each component of the equipment that was allegedly involved, and whether there was a fire, in the manufacturer's own words. 
</P>
<P>(6) For original and replacement equipment, if the production year of the equipment is unknown, the manufacturer shall specify the number “9999” in the field for model or production year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 18143, Apr. 15, 2003; 68 FR 35144, June 11, 2003; 74 FR 47758, Sept. 17, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.28" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.28   Due date of reports and other miscellaneous provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial submission of reports.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, the first calendar quarter for which reports are required under §§ 579.21 through 579.27 of this subpart is the third calendar quarter of 2003.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Due date of reports.</I> Except as provided in subsection (n) of this section, each manufacturer of motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment shall submit each report that is required by this subpart not later than 60 days after the last day of the reporting period. Except as provided in § 579.27(b), if a manufacturer has not received any of the categories of information or documents during a quarter for which it is required to report pursuant to §§ 579.21 through 579.26, the manufacturer's report must indicate that no relevant information or documents were received during that quarter. If the due date for any report is a Saturday, Sunday or a Federal holiday, the report shall be due on the next business day.
</P>
<P>(c) One-time reporting of historical information. (1) No later than January 15, 2004: 
</P>
<P>(i) Each manufacturer of vehicles covered by §§ 579.21 through 579.24 of this part shall file separate reports providing information on the numbers of warranty claims recorded in the manufacturer's warranty system, and field reports, that it received in each calendar quarter from July 1, 2000, to June 30, 2003, for vehicles manufactured in model years 1994 through 2003 (including any vehicle designated as a 2004 model);
</P>
<P>(ii) Each manufacturer of child restraint systems covered by § 579.25 of this part shall file separate reports covering the numbers of warranty claims recorded in the manufacturer's warranty system and consumer complaints (added together), and field reports, that it received in each calendar quarter from July 1, 2000, to June 30, 2003, for child restraint systems manufactured from July 1, 1998, to June 30, 2003, and
</P>
<P>(iii) Each manufacturer of tires covered by § 579.26 of this part shall file separate reports covering the numbers of warranty adjustments recorded in the manufacturer's warranty adjustment system for tires that it received in each calendar quarter from July 1, 2000, to June 30, 2003, for tires manufactured from July 1, 1998, to June 30, 2003.
</P>
<P>(2) Each report filed under paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall include production data, as specified in paragraph (a) of 579.21 through 579.26 of this part and shall identify the alleged system or component covered by warranty claim, warranty adjustment, or field report as specified in paragraph (c) of 579.21 through 579.26 of this part. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Minimal specificity.</I> A claim or notice involving death, a claim or notice involving injury, a claim involving property damage, a consumer complaint, a warranty claim or warranty adjustment, or a field report need not be reported if it does not identify the vehicle or equipment with minimal specificity. If a manufacturer initially receives a claim, notice, complaint, warranty claim, warranty adjustment, or field report in which the vehicle or equipment is not identified with minimal specificity and subsequently obtains information that provides the requisite information needed to identify the product with minimal specificity, the claim, etc. shall be deemed to have been received when the additional information is received. If a manufacturer receives a claim or notice involving death or injury in which the vehicle or equipment is not identified with minimal specificity and the matter is being handled by legal counsel retained by the manufacturer, the manufacturer shall attempt to obtain the missing minimal specificity information from such counsel. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Claims received by registered agents.</I> A claim received by any registered agent of a manufacturer under the laws of any State, or the agent that any manufacturer offering motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment for import has designated pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30164(a), shall be deemed received by the manufacturer. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Updating of information required in reports.</I> (1) Except as specified in this subsection, a manufacturer need not update its reports under this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to each report of an incident submitted under paragraph (b) of §§ 579.21 through 579.26 of this part: 
</P>
<P>(i) If a vehicle manufacturer is not aware of the VIN, or a tire manufacturer is not aware of the TIN, at the time the incident is initially reported, the manufacturer shall submit an updated report of such incident in its report covering the reporting period in which the VIN or TIN is identified. A manufacturer need not submit an updated report if the VIN or TIN is identified by the manufacturer in a reporting period that is more than one year later than the initial report to NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a manufacturer indicated code 99 in its report because a system or component had not been identified in the claim or notice that led to the report, and the manufacturer becomes aware during a subsequent calendar quarter that one or more of the specified systems or components allegedly contributed to the incident, the manufacturer shall submit an updated report of such incident in its report covering the reporting period in which the involved specified system(s) or component(s) is (are) identified. A manufacturer need not submit an updated report if the system(s) or component(s) is(are) identified by the manufacturer in a reporting period that is more than one year later than the initial report to NHTSA.
</P>
<P>(iii) If one or more systems or components is identified in a manufacturer's report of an incident, the manufacturer need not submit an updated report to reflect additional systems or components allegedly involved in the incident that it becomes aware of in a subsequent reporting period. 
</P>
<P>(iv) If the report is of an incident involving an injury and an injured person dies after a manufacturer has reported the injury to NHTSA, the manufacturer need not submit an updated report to NHTSA reflecting that death. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>When a report involving a death is not required.</I> A report on incident(s) involving one or more deaths occurring in a foreign country that is identified in claim(s) against a manufacturer of motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment involving a vehicle or equipment that is identical or substantially similar to equipment that the manufacturer has offered for sale in the United States need not be furnished if the claim specifically alleges that the death was caused by a possible defect in a component other than one that is common to the vehicle or equipment that the manufacturer has offered for sale in the United States. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>When a report involving a claim or notice is not required.</I> If a manufacturer has reported a claim or notice relating to an incident involving death or injury, the manufacturer need not:
</P>
<P>(1) Report a claim or notice arising out of the incident by a person who was not injured physically, and
</P>
<P>(2) Include in its number of property damage claims a property damage claim arising out of the incident.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Reporting on behalf of other manufacturers.</I> Whenever a fabricating manufacturer or importer submits a report on behalf of one or more other manufacturers (including a brand name owner), as authorized under § 579.3(b) of this part, the submitting manufacturer must identify each such other manufacturer. Whenever a brand name owner submits a report on its own behalf, it must identify the fabricating manufacturer of each separate product on which it is reporting. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Abbreviations.</I> Whenever a manufacturer is required to identify a State in which an incident occurred, the manufacturer shall use the two-letter abbreviations established by the United States Postal Service (e.g., AZ for Arizona). Whenever a manufacturer is required to identify a foreign country in which an incident occurred, the manufacturer shall use the English-language name of the country in non-abbreviated form. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Claims of confidentiality.</I> If a manufacturer claims that any of the information, data, or documents that it submits is entitled to confidential treatment, it must make such claim in accordance with part 512 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Additional related information that NHTSA may request.</I> In addition to information required periodically under this subpart, NHTSA may request other information that may help identify a defect related to motor vehicle safety. 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Use of the plural.</I> As used in this part, the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the plural to bring within the scope of reporting that which might otherwise be construed to be without the scope. 
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Submission of copies of field reports.</I> Copies of field reports required under this subpart shall be submitted not later than 15 days after reports are due pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 18143, Apr. 15, 2003; 68 FR 20225, Apr. 24, 2003; 68 FR 35144, 35148, June 11, 2003; 68 FR 64569, Nov. 14, 2003; 69 FR 57869, Sept. 28, 2004; 70 FR 2023, Jan. 12, 2005; 72 FR 29444, May 29, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 579.29" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.8.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 579.29   Manner of reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submission of reports.</I> (1) Except as provided in this paragraph, each report required under paragraphs (a) through (c) of §§ 579.21 through 579.26 of this part must be submitted to NHTSA's early warning data repository identified on NHTSA's Internet homepage (<I>www.nhtsa.dot.gov</I>). A manufacturer must use templates provided at the early warning website, also identified on NHTSA's homepage, for submitting reports. For data files smaller than the size limit of the Internet e-mail server of the Department of Transportation, a manufacturer may submit a report as an attachment to an e-mail message to <I>odi.ewr@nhtsa.dot.gov,</I> using the same templates. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each report required under § 579.27 of this part may be submitted to NHTSA's early warning data repository as specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section or by manually filling out an interactive form on NHTSA's early warning website. 
</P>
<P>(3) For each report required under paragraphs (a) through (c) of §§ 579.21 through 579.26 of this part and submitted in the manner provided in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a manufacturer must state the make, model and model year of each motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment in terms that are identical to the statement of the make, model, model year of each motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment provided in the manufacturer's previous report.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submission of documents.</I> A copy of each document required under paragraph (d) of §§ 579.21 through 579.26 of this part may be submitted in digital form using a graphic compression protocol, approved by NHTSA, to the NHTSA data repository, or as an attachment to an e-mail message, as specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Any digital image provided by a manufacturer shall be not less than 200 or more than 300 dpi (dots per inch) resolution. Such documents may also be submitted in paper form. Each document shall be identified in accordance with the templates provided at NHTSA's early warning Web site, which is identified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Designation of manufacturer contacts.</I> Not later than 30 days prior to the date of its first quarterly submission, each manufacturer must provide the names, office telephone numbers, postal and street mailing addresses, and electronic mail addresses of two employees (one primary and one back-up) whom NHTSA may contact for resolving issues that may arise concerning the submission of information and documents required by this part. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Manufacturer reporting identification and password.</I> Not later than 30 days prior to the date of its first quarterly submission, each manufacturer must request a manufacturer identification number and a password. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Graphic compression protocol.</I> Not later than 30 days prior to the date of its first quarterly submission, each manufacturer which wishes to submit a copy of a document in digital form, as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, must obtain approval from NHTSA for the use of such protocol. 
</P>
<P>(f) Information and requests submitted under paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section shall be provided in writing to the Director, Office of Defects Investigation, NHTSA, Attention: Early Warning Division (NVS-217), 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 45873, July 10, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 35145, June 11, 2003; 72 FR 32017, June 11, 2007; 74 FR 47758, Sept. 17, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="580" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 580—ODOMETER DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 32705; Pub. L. 112-141; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 29476, Aug. 5, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 580.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes rules requiring transferors and lessees of motor vehicles to make electronic or written disclosure to transferees and lessors respectively, concerning the odometer mileage and its accuracy as directed by sections 408(a) and (e) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act as amended, 49 U.S.C. 32705(a) and (c). In addition, this part prescribes the rules requiring the retention of odometer disclosure statements by motor vehicle dealers, distributors and lessors and the retention of certain other information by auction companies as directed by sections 408(g) and 414 of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act as amended, 49 U.S.C. 32706(d) and 32705(e).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 52699, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to provide transferees of motor vehicles with odometer information to assist them in determining a vehicle's condition and value by making the disclosure of a vehicle's mileage a condition of title and by requiring lessees to disclose to their lessors the vehicle's mileage at the time the lessee returns the vehicle to the lessor. In addition, the purpose of this part is to preserve records that are needed for the proper investigation of possible violations of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act and any subsequent prosecutorial, adjudicative or other action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 52699, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 32702 are used in their statutory meaning. Other terms used in this part are defined as follows:
</P>
<P><I>Access</I> means the authorized entry to, and display of, an electronic title in a manner allowing modification of previously stored data, even if the stored data is not modified at the time it is accessed. The term does not include display of an electronic record for viewing purposes where modification of stored data is not possible, or where modification to the record is possible but results in a new, unique electronic title.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic power of attorney</I> means a power of attorney maintained in electronic form by a jurisdiction that meets all the requirements of this part. For the purposes of this part, this term is limited to a record that was created electronically and does not include a physical power of attorney that was executed on paper and converted by scanning or imaging for storage in an electronic medium.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic title</I> means a title created and maintained in an electronic format by a jurisdiction that meets all the requirements of this part. An electronic title incorporates an electronic reassignment form or process containing the disclosures required by this part facilitating transfers between transferors and transferees who do not take title to the vehicle. As set forth in § 580.5(g), an electronic reassignment may precede issuance of an electronic title when no electronic title exists. For the purposes of this part, this term is limited to a record created electronically and does not include a physical title incorporating an odometer disclosure executed on that title and converted by scanning and imaging for storage in an electronic medium.
</P>
<P><I>Jurisdiction</I> means a state, territory, or possession of the United States of America.
</P>
<P><I>Lessee</I> means any person, or the agent for any person, to whom a motor vehicle has been leased for a term of at least 4 months.
</P>
<P><I>Lessor</I> means any person, or the agent for any person, who has leased 5 or more motor vehicles in the past 12 months.
</P>
<P><I>Mileage</I> means actual distance that a vehicle has traveled.
</P>
<P><I>Original power of attorney</I> means, for single copy forms, the document set forth by secure process which is issued by the State, and, for multicopy forms, any and all copies set forth by secure process which are issued by the State.
</P>
<P><I>Physical power of attorney</I> means, for single copy forms, the paper document set forth by secure process which is issued by the jurisdiction, and, for multicopy forms, any and all copies set forth by a secure printing process or other secure process which are issued by the jurisdiction pursuant to § 580.13 or § 580.14.
</P>
<P><I>Printed name</I> means either:
</P>
<P>(1) For a physical title or physical power of attorney, the clear and legible name applied to the physical document of the signatory; or
</P>
<P>(2) For an electronic title or electronic power of attorney, the clear, legible, visible, audible, recognizable, or otherwise understandable name of the electronic signatory recorded and stored electronically.
</P>
<P><I>Physical</I> when referring to a document means a manufacturer's certificate of origin, title, reassignment document, or power of attorney printed on paper by a secure printing process or other secure process that meets all the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Secure printing process or other secure process</I> means any process which deters and detects counterfeiting and/or unauthorized reproduction and allows alterations to be visible to the naked eye.
</P>
<P><I>Sign or signature</I> means either:
</P>
<P>(1) For a physical document, a person's name, or a mark representing it, as hand written personally.
</P>
<P>(2) For an electronic odometer disclosure incorporated in an electronic title or power of attorney, an electronic sound, symbol, or process:
</P>
<P>(i) Using a secure authentication system identifying a specific individual with a degree of certainty equivalent to or greater than Level 2 as described in NIST Special Publication 800-63-3, Revision 3, <I>Digital Identity Guidelines</I> (including sub-parts 800-63-3A, 800-63-3B and 800-63-3C), June 2017. NIST Special Publication 800-63-3, Revision 3, <I>Digital Identity Guidelines</I> (including sub-parts 800-63-3A, 800-63-3B and 800-63-3C), June 2017 is incorporated by reference into this section with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, NHTSA must publish a document in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the material must be available to the public. All approved material is available for inspection at NHTSA Office of Technical Information Services, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, phone number (202) 366-2588, and is available from the National Institute of Standards and Technology, U.S. Department of Commerce, 100 Bureau Drive, Gaithersburg, Maryland 20899, <I>https://pages.nist.gov/800-63-3/sp800-63-3.html.</I> It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, email <I>fedreg.legal@nara.gov</I> or go to <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html</I>; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Completed in person before a bona fide employee of the jurisdiction or statutory agent under a surety bond with the jurisdiction.
</P>
<P><I>Transferee</I> means any person to whom ownership of a motor vehicle is transferred, by purchase, gift, or any means other than by the creation of a security interest, and any person who, as agent, signs an odometer disclosure statement for the transferee.
</P>
<P><I>Transferor</I> means any person who transfers their ownership of a motor vehicle by sale, gift, or any means other than by the creation of a security interest, and any person who, as agent, signs an odometer disclosure statement for the transferor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 29476, Aug. 5, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 35887, Aug. 30, 1989; 56 FR 47686, Sept. 20, 1991; 84 FR 52699, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.4   Security of physical documents, electronic titles and electronic powers of attorney.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each physical title shall be set forth by means of a secure printing process or other secure process. Additionally, a physical power of attorney issued pursuant to §§ 580.13 and 580.14 and physical documents, which are used to reassign the title, shall be issued by the jurisdiction and shall be set forth by a secure printing process or other secure process.
</P>
<P>(b) Each electronic title shall be maintained in a secure environment so it is protected from unauthorized modification, alteration or disclosure. In addition, an electronic power of attorney maintained and made available pursuant to §§ 580.13 and 580.14 and shall be maintained by the jurisdiction in a secure environment so that it is protected from unauthorized modification, alteration and disclosure. Any system employed to create, store or maintain the foregoing electronic records shall record the dates and times when the electronic document is created, the odometer disclosures contained within are signed and when the documents are accessed, including the date and time any unauthorized attempt is made to alter or modify the electronic document and any unauthorized alterations or modifications made.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 52700, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.5   Disclosure of odometer information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At the time a physical or electronic title is issued or made available to the transferee, it must contain the mileage disclosed by the transferor when ownership of the vehicle was transferred and contain a space for the information required to be disclosed under paragraphs (c) through (f) of this section at the time of future transfer.
</P>
<P>(b) Any physical documents which are used to reassign a title shall contain a space for the information required to be disclosed under paragraphs (c) through (f) of this section at the time of transfer of ownership.
</P>
<P>(c) In connection with the transfer of ownership of a motor vehicle, the transferor shall disclose the mileage to the transferee on the physical or electronic title or, except as noted below, on the physical document being used to reassign the title. In the case of a transferor in whose name the vehicle is titled, the transferor shall disclose the mileage on the electronic title or the physical title, and not on a reassignment document. This disclosure must be signed by the transferor and must contain the transferor's printed name. In connection with the transfer of ownership of a motor vehicle in which more than one person is a transferor, only one transferor need sign the disclosure. In addition to the signature of the transferor, the disclosure must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The odometer reading at the time of transfer (not to include tenths of miles);
</P>
<P>(2) The date of transfer;
</P>
<P>(3) The transferor's printed name and current address;
</P>
<P>(4) The transferee's printed name and current address; and
</P>
<P>(5) The identity of the vehicle, including its make, model, year, body type, and vehicle identification number.
</P>
<P>(d) In addition to the information provided under paragraph (c) of this section, the physical document shall provide a statement referencing federal law and stating failure to complete the disclosure or providing false information may result in fines and/or imprisonment. Reference may also be made to applicable law of the jurisdiction. If the transaction at issue is electronic, the information specified in this paragraph shall be displayed, prior to the execution of any electronic signatures.
</P>
<P>(e) In addition to the information provided under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The transferor shall certify that to the best of their knowledge the odometer reading reflects the actual mileage, or;
</P>
<P>(2) If the transferor knows that the odometer reading reflects the amount of mileage in excess of the designed mechanical odometer limit, they shall include a statement that the mileage exceeds mechanical limits; or
</P>
<P>(3) If the transferor knows that the odometer reading does not reflect a valid mileage display or differs from the mileage and that the difference is greater than that caused by odometer calibration error, they shall include a statement that the odometer reading does not reflect the actual mileage, and should not be relied upon. This statement shall also include a warning notice to alert the transferee that a discrepancy exists between the odometer reading and the actual mileage.
</P>
<P>(f) Upon receipt of the transferor's signed disclosure statement, the transferee shall sign the disclosure statement, which shall include their printed name, and make copy available to their transferor. If the disclosure is on an electronic title, the jurisdiction shall provide a means for making copies of the completed disclosure statement available to the transferee and transferor.
</P>
<P>(g) If the vehicle has not been titled the written disclosure shall be executed on a separate physical document or by electronic means and incorporated into the electronic title record. A separate physical reassignment document may be used for a subsequent reassignment only after a transferor holding title has made the mileage disclosure in conformance with paragraphs (c), (e), and (f) of this section on the title and assigned the physical title to their transferee. An electronic title system shall provide a means for making mileage disclosures upon assignment and reassignment electronically and incorporating these disclosures into the electronic title. A physical reassignment document shall not be used with an electronic title or when an electronic reassignment has been made. In instances where a paper title is held by the initial transferor, an available electronic reassignment may be used for a subsequent reassignment after a transferor holding title has made the mileage disclosure in conformance with paragraphs (c), (e), and (f) of this section on the title and assigned the physical title to their transferee.
</P>
<P>(h) No person shall sign an odometer disclosure statement as both the transferor and transferee in the same transaction, unless permitted by §§ 580.13 or 580.14.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 29476, Aug. 5, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 35887, Aug. 30, 1989; 56 FR 47686, Sept. 20, 1991; 84 FR 52700, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.6   Additional requirements for electronic odometer disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any electronic title or power of attorney as defined in this part shall be retained:
</P>
<P>(1) In a format which cannot be altered unless such alterations are made as authorized by the jurisdiction, and which indicates any unauthorized attempts to alter it;
</P>
<P>(2) In an order that permits systematic retrieval; and
</P>
<P>(3) For a minimum of five years following conversion to a physical title, issuance of a subsequent physical or electronic title by any jurisdiction, or permanent destruction of the vehicle; otherwise, the record shall be retained indefinitely.
</P>
<P>(b) Any electronic signature made on an odometer disclosure shall identify an individual, and not solely the organization the person represents or employs them. If the individual executing the electronic signature is acting in a business capacity or otherwise on behalf of another individual or entity, the business or other individual or entity shall also be identified when the signature is made. Electronic signatures on odometer disclosures made in connection with transfers by a licensed dealer or at an auction sale need only identify the individual executing the signature and the dealer transferring the vehicle or auction entity conducting the sale.
</P>
<P>(c) Any requirement in these regulations to disclose, issue, return, notify or otherwise provide information to another person in the course of an electronic odometer disclosure is satisfied when the required information is electronically transmitted or otherwise electronically available to the party required to review or receive it.
</P>
<P>(d) When an electronic title is created following transfer of ownership a vehicle with a physical title or an existing physical title is converted to an electronic title, the jurisdiction issuing the electronic title shall obtain the physical title or proof that the physical title has been invalidated or lost, and retain a physical or electronic copy of the physical title or proof for a minimum of five years.
</P>
<P>(e) A jurisdiction issuing an electronic title may provide a paper record of ownership, which includes the odometer disclosure information, provided the paper record clearly indicates it is not an official title for the vehicle and may not be used to transfer ownership for the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(f) A jurisdiction issuing an electronic title shall retain the capacity to issue physical titles meeting all the requirements of this part. If a physical title is created by a jurisdiction with an electronic title and odometer disclosure statement system, any electronic record of the title must indicate that a physical title has been issued and the date on which the physical title was issued. The jurisdiction shall retain a record of the identity of the recipient of the physical title if the recipient is not an owner or a lienholder.
</P>
<P>(g) Any physical documents employed by transferors and transferees to make electronic odometer disclosures shall be set forth by means of a secure printing process or other secure process. This requirement does not apply to mileage disclosures made by lessees as required be § 580.7
</P>
<P>(h) Physical documents employed to comply with any of the requirements of this part that are converted to an electronic format by scanning or imaging must maintain and preserve the security features incorporated in the physical document so that any alterations or modifications to the physical document can be detected in the physical document's electronic format. Scanning of physical documents must be made at a resolution of not less than 200 dpi.
</P>
<P>(i) When a transferor's physical title is lost, a jurisdiction may facilitate the transfer of a physical title through an electronic process without issuing another physical title provided a physical or electronic power of attorney pursuant to § 580.13 is properly executed by the transferor.
</P>
<P>(j) Electronic reassignments shall be made on or in the electronic title or, as set forth in § 580.5(g), may be entered in the electronic title system prior to the first issuance of an electronic title. A physical reassignment document shall not be used with an electronic title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 52701, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.7   Disclosure of odometer information for leased motor vehicles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before executing any transfer of ownership document, each lessor of a leased motor vehicle shall notify the lessee electronically or in writing stating that the lessee is required to provide a written or electronic disclosure to the lessor regarding the mileage. This written or electronic notice shall contain a reference to the federal law and shall state failure to complete the disclosure or providing false information may result in fines and/or imprisonment. Reference may also be made to applicable law of the jurisdiction. If the notice is electronic, the information specified in this paragraph shall be displayed prior to, or at the time of, the execution of any electronic signatures.
</P>
<P>(b) In connection with the transfer of ownership of the leased motor vehicle, the lessee shall furnish to the lessor a written or electronic statement regarding the mileage of the vehicle. This statement must be signed by the lessee. This statement, in addition to the lessee acknowledging receiving notification of federal law and any applicable law of the jurisdiction as required by paragraph (a) of this section, shall also contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The printed name of the person making the disclosure;
</P>
<P>(2) The current odometer reading (not to include tenths of miles);
</P>
<P>(3) The date of the statement;
</P>
<P>(4) The lessee's printed name and current address;
</P>
<P>(5) The lessor's printed name and current address;
</P>
<P>(6) The identity of the vehicle, including its make, model, year, and body type, and its vehicle identification number;
</P>
<P>(7) The date that the lessor notified the lessee of disclosure requirements;
</P>
<P>(8) The date that the completed disclosure statement was received by the lessor; and
</P>
<P>(9) The signature of the lessor.
</P>
<P>(c) In addition to the information provided under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section,
</P>
<P>(1) The lessee shall certify that to the best of his knowledge the odometer reading reflects the actual mileage; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the lessee knows that the odometer reading reflects the amount of mileage in excess of the designed mechanical odometer limit, he shall include a statement to that effect; or
</P>
<P>(3) If the lessee knows that the odometer reading differs from the mileage and that the difference is greater than that caused by odometer calibration error, he shall include a statement that the odometer reading is not the actual mileage and should not be relied upon.
</P>
<P>(d) If the lessor transfers the leased vehicle without obtaining possession of it, the lessor may indicate on the title the mileage disclosed by the lessee under paragraph (b) and (c) of this section, unless the lessor has reason to believe that the disclosure by the lessee does not reflect the actual mileage of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(e) Any electronic system maintained by a lessor for the purpose of complying with the requirements of this section shall meet the requirements of § 580.4(b) of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 29476, Aug. 5, 1988, as amended at 84 FR 52701, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.8   Odometer disclosure statement retention.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Dealers and distributors of motor vehicles who are required by this part to execute an odometer disclosure statement shall retain, except as noted in paragraph (d), for five years a photostat, carbon, other facsimile copy, or electronic copy of each odometer mileage statement, which they issue and receive. They shall retain all odometer disclosure statements at their primary place of business in an order appropriate to business requirements and that permits systematic retrieval. Electronic copies shall be retained in a format which cannot be altered and which indicates any attempts to alter it.
</P>
<P>(b) Lessors shall retain, for five years following the date they transfer ownership of the leased vehicle, each written or electronic odometer disclosure statement which they receive from a lessee. They shall retain all odometer disclosure statements at their primary place of business in an order that is appropriate to business requirements and that permits systematic retrieval. Electronic copies shall be retained in a format which cannot be altered and which indicates any attempts to alter it.
</P>
<P>(c) Dealers and distributors of motor vehicles who are granted a power of attorney, except as noted in paragraph (d) of this section, by their transferor pursuant to § 580.13, or by their transferee pursuant to § 580.14, shall retain for five years a photostat, carbon, or other facsimile copy, or electronic copy of each power of attorney they receive. They shall retain all powers of attorney at their primary place of business in an order that is appropriate to business requirements and that permits systematic retrieval. Electronic copies shall be retained in a format which cannot be altered and which indicates any unauthorized attempts to alter it.
</P>
<P>(d) Any odometer disclosure statement made on an electronic title or electronic power of attorney shall be retained by the jurisdiction for a minimum of five years and made available upon request to dealers, distributors, and lessors for retrieval at their principal place of business and inspection on demand by law enforcement officials. Dealers, distributors, and lessors are not required to, but may, retain a copy of an odometer disclosure statement made on an electronic title or electronic power of attorney.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 52702, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.9" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.9   Odometer record retention for auction companies.</HEAD>
<P>Each auction company shall establish and retain in physical or electronic format at its primary place of business in an order appropriate to business requirements and that permits systematic retrieval, for five years following the date of sale of each motor vehicle, the following records:
</P>
<P>(a) The name of the most recent owner (other than the auction company);
</P>
<P>(b) The name of the transferee;
</P>
<P>(c) The vehicle identification number; and
</P>
<P>(d) The odometer reading on the date which the auction company took possession of the motor vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 29476, Aug. 5, 1988, as amended at 84 FR 52702, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.10" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.10   Application for assistance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State may apply to NHTSA for assistance in revising its laws to comply with the requirements of 408(d) (1) and (2) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act, 15 U.S.C. 1988(d) (1) and (2) and §§ 580.4 and 580.5 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each application filed under section shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Be written in the English language;
</P>
<P>(2) Be submitted to the Office of Chief Counsel, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, W41-326, Washington, DC 20590;
</P>
<P>(3) Include a copy of current motor vehicle titling and/or disclosure requirements in effect in the State; and
</P>
<P>(4) Include a draft of legislation or regulations intended to amend or revise current State motor vehicle titling and/or disclosure requirements to conform with Federal requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) The agency will respond to the applicant, in writing, and provide a list of the Federal statutory and/or regulatory requirements that the State may have failed to include in its proposal and indicate if any sections of the proposal appear to conflict with Federal requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 29476, Aug. 5, 1988, as amended at 84 FR 52702, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.11" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.11   Petition for approval of alternate disclosure requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A state may petition NHTSA for approval of disclosure requirements which differ from the disclosure requirements of § 580.5, § 580.6, § 580.7, or § 580.13(f) of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition filed under this section shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Be written in the English language;
</P>
<P>(2) Be submitted to the Office of Chief Counsel, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, W41-326, Washington, DC 20590;
</P>
<P>(3) Set forth the motor vehicle disclosure requirements in effect in the jurisdiction, including a copy of the applicable laws or regulations of the jurisdiction; and
</P>
<P>(4) Explain how the jurisdiction's motor vehicle disclosure requirements are consistent with the purposes of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act.
</P>
<P>(c) Notice of the petition and an initial determination pending a 30-day comment period will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Notice of final grant or denial of a petition for approval of alternate motor vehicle disclosure requirements will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> The effect of the grant of a petition is to relieve a jurisdiction from responsibility to conform the Jurisdiction disclosure requirements with § 580.5, § 580.6, § 580.7, or § 580.13(f), as applicable, for as long as the approved alternate disclosure requirements remain in effect in that jurisdiction. The effect of a denial is to require a jurisdiction to conform to the requirements of § 580.5, § 580.6, § 580.7, or § 580.13(f), as applicable, of this part until such time as NHTSA approves any alternate motor vehicle disclosure requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 29476, Aug. 5, 1988, as amended at 56 FR 47686, Sept. 20, 1991; 84 FR 52702, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.12" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.12   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.13" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.13   Disclosure of odometer information by power of attorney.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If otherwise permitted by the law of the jurisdiction, the transferor may grant a power of attorney to their transferee for the purpose of mileage disclosure under one of the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The transferor's physical title is held by a lienholder; or
</P>
<P>(2) The transferor's physical title is lost; or
</P>
<P>(3) The transferor's electronic title is held or controlled by a lienholder; or
</P>
<P>(4) The transferor's electronic title cannot be accessed.
</P>
<P>(b) The physical or electronic power of attorney shall contain, in part A, a space for the information required to be disclosed under paragraphs (c) through (f) of this section. If a state permits the use of a physical or electronic power of attorney in the situation described in § 580.14(a), the power of attorney must also contain, in part B, a space for the information required to be disclosed under § 580.14, and, in part C, a space for the certification required to be made under § 580.15.
</P>
<P>(c) In connection with the transfer of ownership of a motor vehicle as described in paragraph (a) of this section, where the transferor elects to give their transferee a physical or electronic power of attorney for the purpose of mileage disclosure, the transferor must appoint the transferee their attorney-in-fact for the purpose of mileage disclosure and disclose the mileage on the physical or electronic power of attorney form issued by the jurisdiction in which the transfer occurs. This disclosure must be signed by the transferor, including the printed name, and contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The odometer reading at the time of transfer (not to include tenths of miles);
</P>
<P>(2) The date of transfer;
</P>
<P>(3) The transferor's printed name and current address;
</P>
<P>(4) The transferee's printed name and current address; and
</P>
<P>(5) The identity of the vehicle, including its make, model, year, body type, and vehicle identification number.
</P>
<P>(d) In addition to the information provided under paragraph (c) of this section, the physical or electronic power of attorney form shall refer to the federal odometer law and state that providing false information or the failure of the person granted the power of attorney to submit the form to the jurisdiction may result in fines and/or imprisonment. Reference may also be made to applicable law of the jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(e) In addition to the information provided under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The transferor shall certify that to the best of their knowledge the odometer reading reflects the actual mileage; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the transferor knows that the odometer reading reflects mileage in excess of the designed mechanical odometer limit, they shall include a statement to that the mileage exceeds mechanical limits; or
</P>
<P>(3) If the transferor knows the odometer reading differs from the mileage and the difference is greater than that caused by a calibration error or does not reflect a valid mileage display, they shall include a statement that the odometer reading does not reflect the actual mileage and should not be relied upon. This statement shall also include a warning notice to alert the transferee that a discrepancy exists between the odometer reading and the actual mileage.
</P>
<P>(f) The transferee shall sign the physical or electronic power of attorney, which shall include their printed name, and make a copy of the power of attorney form available to the transferor.
</P>
<P>(g) Upon receipt of the transferor's physical or electronic title, the transferee shall complete the space for mileage disclosure on the title exactly as the mileage was disclosed by the transferor on the physical or electronic power of attorney. The transferee shall submit the physical or electronic power of attorney to the jurisdiction that issued it with the actual physical or electronic title when the transferee submits a new title application. The jurisdiction shall retain the physical or electronic power of attorney form and physical or electronic title for a minimum of three years or a period equal to the state titling record retention period, whichever is shorter. If the mileage disclosed on the physical or electronic power of attorney is lower than the mileage appearing on the physical or electronic title, the power of attorney is void and the transferee shall not complete the mileage disclosure on the title unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The transferor has included a statement that the mileage exceeds mechanical limits; or
</P>
<P>(2) The transferor has included a statement that the odometer reading does not reflect the actual mileage.
</P>
<P>(h) A jurisdiction may permit submission of a physical power of attorney in an electronic format such as by scanning or imaging.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 52702, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.14" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.14   Power of attorney to review title documents and acknowledge disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In circumstances where part A of a physical power of attorney form has been used pursuant to § 580.13 of this part, and if otherwise permitted by the law of the jurisdiction, a transferee may grant power of attorney to their transferor to review the physical or electronic title and any physical reassignment documents, if applicable, for mileage discrepancies, and if no discrepancies are found, to acknowledge disclosure on the physical or electronic title. The power of attorney shall be on part B of the physical or electronic power of attorney referred to in § 580.13(a), which shall contain a space for the information required to be disclosed under paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section and, in part C, a space for the certification required to be made under § 580.15.
</P>
<P>(b) Part B of the physical or electronic power of attorney must include a mileage disclosure from the transferor to the transferee and must be signed by the transferor, including the printed name, and contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The odometer reading at the time of transfer (not to include tenths of miles);
</P>
<P>(2) The date of transfer;
</P>
<P>(3) The transferor's printed name and current address;
</P>
<P>(4) The transferee's printed name and current address; and
</P>
<P>(5) The identity of the vehicle, including its make, model, year, body type, and vehicle identification number.
</P>
<P>(c) In addition to the information provided under paragraph (b) of this section, the power of attorney form shall refer to the federal odometer law and state that providing false information or the failure of the person granted the power of attorney to submit the form to the State may result in fines and/or imprisonment. Reference may also be made to applicable law of the jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(d) In addition to the information provided under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The transferor shall certify that to the best of their knowledge the odometer reading reflects the actual mileage; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the transferor knows that the odometer reading reflects mileage in excess of the designed mechanical odometer limit, they shall include a statement to that the mileage exceeds mechanical limits; or
</P>
<P>(3) If the transferor knows that the odometer reading differs from the mileage and the difference is greater than that caused by a calibration error or does not reflect a valid mileage display, they shall include a statement that the odometer reading does not reflect the actual mileage and should not be relied upon. This statement shall also include a warning notice to alert the transferee that a discrepancy exists between the odometer reading and the actual mileage.
</P>
<P>(e) The transferee shall sign the physical or electronic power of attorney form, which shall include their printed name.
</P>
<P>(f) The transferor shall give a copy of the physical power of attorney form to their transferee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 52703, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.15" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.15   Certification by person exercising powers of attorney.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person who exercises a power of attorney under both §§ 580.13 and 580.14 must complete a certification that they disclosed the mileage on the physical or electronic title as it was provided to them on the physical or electronic power of attorney form, and that upon examination of the physical or electronic title and any applicable physical reassignment documents, the mileage disclosure made on the physical or electronic title pursuant to the physical or electronic power of attorney is greater than that previously stated on the physical or electronic title and applicable physical reassignment documents unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The transferor has included a statement that the mileage exceeds mechanical limits; or
</P>
<P>(2) The transferor has included a statement that the odometer reading does not reflect the actual mileage.
</P>
<P>(b) This certification shall be under part C of the same form as the powers of attorney executed under §§ 580.13 and 580.14 and shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The signature and printed name of the person exercising the power of attorney;
</P>
<P>(2) The printed address of the person exercising the power of attorney; and
</P>
<P>(3) The date of the certification.
</P>
<P>(c) If the mileage reflected by the transferor on the power of attorney is less than that previously stated on the title and any reassignment documents, the power of attorney shall be void unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The transferor has included a statement that the mileage exceeds mechanical limits; or
</P>
<P>(2) The transferor has included a statement that the odometer reading does not reflect the actual mileage.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 52703, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.16" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.16   Availability of prior title and power of attorney documents to transferee.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In circumstances in which a power of attorney has been used pursuant to § 580.13, if a subsequent transferee elects to return to their transferor to sign the disclosure on the physical or electronic title and does not give their transferor a power of attorney pursuant to § 580.14, the transferor shall, upon the subsequent transferee's request, show that transferee a copy of the physical or electronic power of attorney that he they received from their transferor.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon request of a transferee, a transferor who was granted a power of attorney by their transferor and who holds the title to the vehicle in their own name, must show to the transferee the copy of the previous owner's title and the physical or electronic power of attorney form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 52704, Oct. 2, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 580.17" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 580.17   Exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding the requirements of §§ 580.5 and 580.7: 
</P>
<P>(a) A transferor or a lessee of any of the following motor vehicles need not disclose the vehicle's odometer mileage: 
</P>
<P>(1) A vehicle having a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, as defined in § 571.3 of this title, of more than 16,000 pounds; 
</P>
<P>(2) A vehicle that is not self-propelled; 
</P>
<P>(3)(i) A vehicle manufactured in or before the 2010 model year that is transferred at least 10 years after January 1 of the calendar year corresponding to its designated model year;


</P>
<P>(ii) Example to paragraph (a)(3): For vehicle transfers occurring during calendar year 2020, model year 2010 or older vehicles are exempt.


</P>
<P>(4)(i) A vehicle manufactured in or after the 2011 model year that is transferred at least 20 years after January 1 of the calendar year corresponding to its designated model year; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Example to paragraph (a)(4): For vehicle transfers occurring during calendar year 2031, model year 2011 or older vehicles are exempt.
</P>
<P>(5) A vehicle sold directly by the manufacturer to any agency of the United States in conformity with contractual specifications.
</P>
<P>(b) A transferor of a new vehicle prior to its first transfer for purposes other than resale need not disclose the vehicle's odometer mileage. 
</P>
<P>(c) A lessor of any of the vehicles listed in paragraph (a) of this section need not notify the lessee of any of these vehicles of the disclosure requirements of § 580.7.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 29476, Aug. 5, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 35888, Aug. 30, 1989. Redesignated at 62 FR 47765, Sept. 11, 1997; 63 FR 52632, Oct. 1, 1998; 84 FR 52704, Oct. 2, 2019; 84 FR 65019, Nov. 26, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.18.12" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 580—Secure Printing Processes and Other Secure Processes
</HEAD>
<P>1. Methods to deter or detect counterfeiting and/or unauthorized reproduction.
</P>
<P>(a) Intaglio printing—a printing process utilized in the production of bank-notes and other security documents whereby an engraved plate meets the paper under extremely high pressure forcing the paper into the incisions below the surface of the plate.
</P>
<P>(b) Intaglio Printing With Latent Images—a printing process utilized in the production of bank-notes and other security documents whereby an engraved plate meets the paper under extremely high pressure forcing the paper into the incisions below the surface of the plate. The three dimensional nature of intaglio printing creates latent images that aid in verification of authenticity and deter counterfeiting.
</P>
<P>(c) High Resolution Printing—a printing process which achieves excellent art clarity and detail quality approaching that of the intaglio process.
</P>
<P>(d) Micro-line Printing—a reduced line of type that appears to be a solid line to the naked eye but contains readable intelligence under strong magnification.
</P>
<P>(e) Pantograph Void Feature—wording incorporated into a pantograph by varying screen density in the pantograph. The wording will appear when attempts are made to photocopy on color copiers.
</P>
<P>(f) Hologram—a defraction foil substrate, produced from a negative which was made by splitting a laser beam into two separate beams to produce a three dimensional effect.
</P>
<P>(g) Security Paper—paper containing a security watermark and/or a security thread.
</P>
<P>2. Methods to allow alterations to be visible to the naked eye.
</P>
<P>(a) Erasure Sensitive Background Inks—a process whereby the text is printed in a dark color ink over a fine line erasure-sensitive prismatic ink tint.
</P>
<P>(b) Security Lamination—retro-reflective security laminate is placed over vital information after it has been entered to allow for detection of attempts to alter this information.
</P>
<P>(c) Security Paper—paper which has been chemically treated to detect chemical alterations.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.18.13" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 580—Disclosure Form for Title
</HEAD>
<HD1>Odometer Disclosure Statement
</HD1>
<P>Federal law (and State law, if applicable) requires that you state the mileage in connection with the transfer of ownership. Failure to complete or providing a false statement may result in fines and/or imprisonment.
</P>
<P>I state that the odometer now reads ______ (no tenths) miles and to the best of my knowledge that it reflects the actual mileage of the vehicle described herein, unless one of the following statements is checked.
</P>
<P>—(1) I hereby certify that to the best of my knowledge the odometer reading reflects the amount of mileage in excess of its mechanical limits.
</P>
<P>—(2) I hereby certify that the odometer reading is NOT the actual mileage. WARNING—ODOMETER DISCREPANCY.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Transferor's Signature)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Transferee's Signature)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Printed name)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Printed name)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Date of Statement
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Transferee's Name
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Transferee's Address
</FP-DASH>
<FP>      (Street)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(City)    (State)    (ZIP Code)


</FP>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.18.14" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 580—Separate Disclosure Form
</HEAD>
<HD1>Odometer Disclosure Statement
</HD1>
<P>Federal law (and State law, if applicable) requires that you state the mileage upon transfer of ownership. Failure to complete or providing a false statement may result in fines and/or imprisonment.
</P>
<P>I, ____________ (transferor's name, Print) state that the odometer now reads ________ (no tenths) miles and to the best of my knowledge that it reflects the actual mileage of the vehicle described below, unless one of the following statements is checked.
</P>
<P>—(1) I hereby certify that to the best of my knowledge the odometer reading reflects the amount of mileage in excess of its mechanical limits.
</P>
<P>—(2) I hereby certify that the odometer reading is NOT the actual mileage. WARNING—ODOMETER DISCREPANCY.
</P>
<FP-DASH>Make
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Model
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Body Type
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Vehicle Identification Number
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Year
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Transferor's Signature)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Printed name)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Transferor's Address
</FP-DASH>
<FP>      (Street)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>  (City)    (State)    (ZIP Code)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Date of Statement
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Transferee's Signature)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Printed name)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Transferee's Name
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Transferee's Address
</FP-DASH>
<FP>       (Street)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>  (City)    (State)    (ZIP Code)


</FP>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix D" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.18.15" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix D to Part 580—Disclosure Form for Leased Vehicle
</HEAD>
<HD1>Odometer Disclosure Statement (Leased Vehicle)
</HD1>
<P>Federal law (and State law, if applicable) requires that the lessee disclose the mileage to the lessor in connection with the transfer of ownership. Failure to complete or making a false statement may result in fines and/or imprisonment. Complete disclosure form below and return to lessor.
</P>
<P>I,____________ (name of person making disclosure, Print) state that the odometer now reads ________ (no tenths) miles and to the best of my knowledge that it reflects the actual mileage of the vehicle described below, unless one of the following statements is checked.
</P>
<P>—(1) I hereby certify that to the best of my knowledge the odometer reading reflects the amount of mileage in excess of its mechanical limits.
</P>
<P>—(2) I hereby certify that the odometer reading is NOT the actual mileage.
</P>
<FP-DASH>Make
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Model
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Body Type
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Vehicle Identification Number
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Year
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Lessee's Name
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Lessee's Address
</FP-DASH>
<FP>      (Street)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>  (City)    (State)    (ZIP Code)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Lessee's Signature
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Date of Statement
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Lessor's Name
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Lessor's Address
</FP-DASH>
<FP>      (Street)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>  (City)    (State)    (ZIP Code)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Date Disclosure Form Sent to Lessee
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Date Completed Disclosure Form Received from Lessee
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Lessor's Signature


</FP-DASH>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix E" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.9.0.1.18.16" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix E to Part 580—Power of Attorney Disclosure Form
</HEAD>
<P><E T="04">Warning:</E> This form may be used only when title is physically held by lienholder or has been lost. This form must be submitted to the state by the person exercising powers of attorney. Failure to do so may result in fines and/or imprisonment.
</P>
<P>VEHICLE DESCRIPTION
</P>
<P>Year ________ Make ______________
</P>
<P>Model ______________ Body Type ______________
</P>
<P>Vehicle Identification Number ________________________
</P>
<HD1>Part A. Power of Attorney To Disclose Mileage
</HD1>
<P>Federal law (and State Law, if applicable) requires that you state the mileage upon transfer of ownership. Providing a false statement may result in fines and/or imprisonment.
</P>
<FP>I, ______________________________ (transferor's name, Print) appoint ______________________________ (transferee's name, Print) as my attorney-in-fact, to disclose the mileage, on the title for the vehicle described above, exactly as stated in my following disclosure.
</FP>
<P>I state that the odometer now reads ____________ (no tenths) miles and to the best of my knowledge that it reflects the actual mileage unless one of the following statements is checked.
</P>
<P>____ (1) I hereby certify that to the best of my knowledge the odometer reading reflect the mileage in excess of its mechanical limits.
</P>
<P>____ (2) I hereby certify that the odometer reading is NOT the actual mileage. WARNING—ODOMETER DISCREPANCY.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Transferor's Signature)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Printed Name)
</FP>
<FP>Transferor's Address (Street) ________________________
</FP>
<FP>(City) ____________ (State) ____ (ZIP Code) __________.
</FP>
<FP>Date of Statement ________________
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Transferee's Signature)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Printed Name)
</FP>
<FP>Transferee's Name ________________________
</FP>
<FP>Transferee's Address (Street) ________________________
</FP>
<FP>(City) ____________ (State) ____ (ZIP Code) __________.
</FP>
<HD1>Part B. Power of Attorney To Review Title Documents and Acknowledge Disclosure.
</HD1>
<P>(Part B is invalid unless Part A has been completed.)
</P>
<FP>I, ______________________________ (transferee's name, Print) appoint ______________________________ (transferor's name, Print) as my attorney-in-fact, to sign the mileage disclosure, on the title for the vehicle described above, only if the disclosure is exactly as the disclosure completed below.
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Transferee's Signature)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Printed Name)
</FP>
<FP>Transferee's Name ________________________
</FP>
<FP>Transferee's Address (Street) ________________________
</FP>
<FP>(City) ____________ (State) ____ (ZIP Code) __________.
</FP>
<P>Federal law (and State Law, if applicable) requires that you state the mileage upon transfer of ownership. Providing a false statement may result in fines and/or imprisonment.
</P>
<P>I, ____________________ (transferor's name, Print) state that the odometer now reads ____________ (no tenths) miles and to the best of my knowledge that it reflects the actual mileage unless one of the following statements is checked.
</P>
<P>____ (1) I hereby certify that to the best of my knowledge the odometer reading reflect the mileage in excess of its mechanical limits.
</P>
<P>____ (2) I hereby certify that the odometer reading is NOT the actual mileage. WARNING—ODOMETER DISCREPANCY.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Transferor's Signature)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Printed Name)
</FP>
<FP>Transferor's Address (Street) ________________________
</FP>
<FP>(City) ____________ (State) ____ (ZIP Code) __________.
</FP>
<FP>Date of Statement ________________
</FP>
<HD1>Part C. Certification
</HD1>
<P>(To Be Completed When parts A and B Have Been Used)
</P>
<P>I, ________________, (person exercising above powers of attorney, Print), hereby certify that the mileage I have disclosed on the title document is consistent with that provided to me in the above power of attorney. Further, upon examination of the title and any reassignment documents for the vehicle described above, the mileage diclosure I have made on the title pursuant to the power of attorney is greater than that previously stated on the title and reassignment documents. This certification is not intended to create, nor does it create any new or additional liability under Federal or State law.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Signature)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Printed Name)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Address (Street)
</FP>
<FP>(City) ________________ (State) ____ (ZIP Code) __________
</FP>
<FP>Date ________________
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 9816, Mar. 8, 1989, as amended at 54 FR 35889, Aug. 30, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="581" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 581—BUMPER STANDARD
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 32502; 322, 30111, 30115, 30117 and 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 24059, May 12, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 581.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.10.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 581.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This standard establishes requirements for the impact resistance of vehicles in low speed front and rear collisions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 581.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.10.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 581.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this standard is to reduce physical damage to the front and rear ends of a passenger motor vehicle from low speed collisions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 581.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.10.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 581.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This standard applies to passenger motor vehicles other than multipurpose passenger vehicles and low-speed vehicles as defined in 49 CFR part 571.3(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 33217, June 17, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 581.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.10.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 581.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 32101 are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P><I>Bumper face bar</I> means any component of the bumper system that contacts the impact ridge of the pendulum test device.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 24059, May 12, 1977, as amended at 64 FR 2862, Jan. 19, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 581.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.10.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 581.5   Requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each vehicle shall meet the damage criteria of §§ 581.5(c)(1) through 581.5(c)(9) when impacted by a pendulum-type test device in accordance with the procedures of § 581.7(b), under the conditions of § 581.6, at an impact speed of 1.5 m.p.h., and when impacted by a pendulum-type test device in accordance with the procedures of § 581.7(a) at 2.5 m.p.h., followed by an impact into a fixed collision barrier that is perpendicular to the line of travel of the vehicle, while traveling longitudinally forward, then longitudinally rearward, under the conditions of § 581.6, at 2.5 m.p.h.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Protective criteria.</I> (1) Each lamp or reflective device except license plate lamps shall be free of cracks and shall comply with applicable visibility requirements of S5.3.1.1 of Standard No. 108 (§ 571.108 of this chapter). The aim of each headlamp installed on the vehicle shall be adjustable to within the beam aim inspection limits specified in Table 1 of SAE Recommended Practice J599 AUG97, measured with the aiming method appropriate for that headlamp.
</P>
<P>(2) The vehicle's hood, trunk, and doors shall operate in the normal manner.
</P>
<P>(3) The vehicle's fuel and cooling systems shall have no leaks or constricted fluid passages and all sealing devices and caps shall operate in the normal manner.
</P>
<P>(4) The vehicle's exhaust system shall have no leaks or constrictions.
</P>
<P>(5) The vehicle's propulsion, suspension, steering, and braking systems shall remain in adjustment and shall operate in the normal manner.
</P>
<P>(6) A pressure vessel used to absorb impact energy in an exterior protection system by the accumulation of gas pressure or hydraulic pressure shall not suffer loss of gas or fluid accompanied by separation of fragments from the vessel.
</P>
<P>(7) The vehicle shall not touch the test device, except on the impact ridge shown in Figures 1 and 2, with a force that exceeds 2000 pounds on the combined surfaces of Planes A and B of the test device.
</P>
<P>(8) The exterior surfaces shall have no separations of surface materials, paint, polymeric coatings, or other covering materials from the surface to which they are bonded, and no permanent deviations from their original contours 30 minutes after completion of each pendulum and barrier impact, except where such damage occurs to the bumper face bar and the components and associated fasteners that directly attach the bumper face bar to the chassis frame.
</P>
<P>(9) Except as provided in § 581.5(c)(8), there shall be no breakage or release of fasteners or joints.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 24059, May 12, 1977, as amended at 42 FR 38909, Aug. 1, 1977; 43 FR 40231, Sept. 11, 1978; 47 FR 21837, May 20, 1982; 64 FR 16360, Apr. 5, 1999; 64 FR 49092, Sept. 10, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 581.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.10.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 581.6   Conditions.</HEAD>
<P>The vehicle shall meet the requirements of § 581.5 under the following conditions.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) The vehicle is at unloaded vehicle weight.
</P>
<P>(2) The front wheels are in the straight ahead position.
</P>
<P>(3) Tires are inflated to the vehicle manufacturer's recommended pressure for the specified loading condition.
</P>
<P>(4) Brakes are disengaged and the transmission is in neutral.
</P>
<P>(5) Trailer hitches, license plate brackets, and headlamp washers are removed from the vehicle. Running lights, fog lamps, and equipment mounted on the bumper face bar are removed from the vehicle if they are optional equipment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pendulum test conditions.</I> The following conditions apply to the pendulum test procedures of § 581.7 (a) and (b).
</P>
<P>(1) The test device consists of a block with one side contoured as specified in Figure 1 and Figure 2 with the impact ridge made of A1S1 4130 steel hardened to 34 Rockwell “C.” The impact ridge and the surfaces in Planes A and B of the test device are finished with a surface roughness of 32 as specified by SAE Recommended Practice J449A, June 1963. From the point of release of the device until the onset of rebound, the pendulum suspension system holds Plane A vertical, with the arc described by any point on the impact line lying in a vertical plane (for § 581.7(a), longitudinal; for § 581.7(b), at an angle of 30° to a vertical longitudinal plane) and having a constant radius of not less than 11 feet.
</P>
<P>(2) With Plane A vertical, the impact line shown in Figures 1 and 2 is horizontal at the same height as the test device's center of percussion.
</P>
<P>(3) The effective impacting mass of the test device is equal to the mass of the tested vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) When impacted by the test device, the vehicle is at rest on a level rigid concrete surface.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Barrier test condition.</I> At the onset of a barrier impact, the vehicle's engine is operating at idling speed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. Vehicle systems that are not necessary to the movement of the vehicle are not operating during impact.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Sec. 102, Pub. L. 92-513, 86 Stat. 947 (15 U.S.C. 1912); secs. 103, 119, Pub. L. 89-563, 80 Stat. 718 (15 U.S.C. 1392, 1407); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50 and 501.7)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 24059, May 12, 1977, as amended at 42 FR 38909, Aug. 1, 1977; 48 FR 43331, Sept. 23, 1983]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 581.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.10.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 581.7   Test procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Longitudinal impact test procedures.</I> (1) Impact the vehicle's front surface and its rear surface two times each with the impact line at any height from 16 to 20 inches, inclusive, in accordance with the following procedure.
</P>
<P>(2) For impacts at a height of 20 inches, place the test device shown in Figure 1 so that Plane A is vertical and the impact line is horizontal at the specified height.
</P>
<P>(3) For impacts at a height between 20 inches and 16 inches, place the test device shown in Figure 2 so that Plane A is vertical and the impact line is horizontal at a height within the range.
</P>
<P>(4) For each impact, position the test device so that the impact line is at least 2 inches apart in vertical direction from its position in any prior impact, unless the midpoint of the impact line with respect to the vehicle is to be more than 12 inches apart laterally from its position in any prior impact.
</P>
<P>(5) For each impact, align the vehicle so that it touches, but does not move, the test device, with the vehicle's longitudinal centerline perpendicular to the plane that includes Plane A of the test device and with the test device inboard of the vehicle corner test positions specified in § 581.7(b).
</P>
<P>(6) Move the test device away from the vehicle, then release it to impact the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(7) Perform the impacts at intervals of not less than 30 minutes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Corner impact test procedure.</I> (1) Impact a front corner and a rear corner of the vehicle once each with the impact line at a height of 20 inches and impact the other front corner and the other rear corner once each with the impact line at any height from 16 to 20 inches, inclusive, in accordance with the following procedure.
</P>
<P>(2) For an impact at a height of 20 inches, place the test device shown in Figure 1 so that Plane A is vertical and the impact line is horizontal at the specified height.
</P>
<P>(3) For an impact at a height between 16 inches and 20 inches, place the test device shown in Figure 2 so that Plane A is vertical and the impact line is horizontal at a height within the range.
</P>
<P>(4) Align the vehicle so that a vehicle corner touches, but does not move, the lateral center of the test device with Plane A of the test device forming an angle of 60 degrees with a vertical longitudinal plane.
</P>
<P>(5) Move the test device away from the vehicle, then release it to impact the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(6) Perform the impact at intervals of not less than 30 minutes.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec01au91.197.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 24059, May 12, 1977, as amended at 42 FR 38909, Aug. 1, 1977]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 581.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.10.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 581.8   Exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>A manufacturer of a passenger motor vehicle to which a bumper standard issued under this part applies may apply to the Administrator:
</P>
<P>(a) For rulemaking as provided in part 552 of this chapter to exempt a class of passenger motor vehicles from all or any part of a bumper standard issued under this part on the basis that the class of vehicles has been manufactured for a special use and that compliance with the standard would unreasonably interfere with the special use of the class of vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(b) To exempt a make or model of passenger motor vehicle on the basis set forth in paragraph (a) of this section or part 555 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) An application filed for exemption on the basis of paragraph (a) of this section shall contain the information specified in § 555.5 of this chapter, and set forth data, views, and arguments in support that the vehicle has been manufactured for a special use and that compliance with the bumper standard would interfere unreasonably with the special use of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(d) An application filed for exemption under part 555 of this chapter shall be filed in accordance with the requirements of that part.
</P>
<P>(e) The NHTSA shall process exemption applications in accordance with § 555.7 of this chapter. An exemption granted a manufacturer on the basis of paragraph (a) of this section is indefinite in length but expires when the manufacturer ceases production of the exempted vehicle, or when the exempted vehicle as produced has been so modified from its original design that the Administrator decides that it is no longer manufactured for the special use upon which the application for its exemption was based. The Administrator may terminate an exemption in the manner set forth in §§ 555.8(c) and 555.8(f) of this chapter, and for the reasons set forth in § 555.8(d) of this chapter. An exempted vehicle shall be labeled in accordance with § 555.9 of this chapter. Information relating to an application shall be available to the public in the manner specified in § 555.10 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 2862, Jan. 19, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="582" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 582—INSURANCE COST INFORMATION REGULATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 32303; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50(f).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>40 FR 4918, Feb. 3, 1975, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 582.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.11.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 582.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part requires automobile dealers to make available to prospective purchasers information reflecting differences in insurance costs for different makes and models of passenger motor vehicles based upon differences in damage susceptibility and crashworthiness, pursuant to section 201(e) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act (15 U.S.C. 1941(e)), herein “the Cost Savings Act.”


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 582.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.11.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 582.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to enable prospective purchasers to compare differences in auto insurance costs for the various makes and models of passenger motor vehicles, based upon differences in damage susceptibility and crashworthiness, and to realize any savings in collision insurance resulting from differences in damageability, and any savings in medical payment insurance resulting from differences in crashworthiness.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 582.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.11.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 582.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory definitions.</I> All terms used in this part which are defined in section 2 of the Cost Savings Act are used as so defined.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions used in this part.</I> (1) <I>Automobile dealer</I> means any person who engages in the retail sale of new automobiles as a trade or business.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Collision insurance</I> means insurance that reimburses the insured party for physical damage to his property resulting from automobile accidents.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Insurance cost</I> means the insurance premium rate, as expressed in appropriate indices, for collision and medical payment, including personal injury protection in no-fault states.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Medical payment insurance</I> means insurance that reimburses the insured party for medical expenses sustained by himself, his family, and his passengers in automobile accidents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 4918, Feb. 3, 1975, as amended at 58 FR 12550, Mar. 5, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 582.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.11.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 582.4   Requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each automobile dealer shall make available to prospective purchasers, without charge, the information specified in § 582.5, at each location where he or she offers new vehicles for sale.
</P>
<P>(b) Each automobile dealer shall maintain a sufficient quantity of booklets containing the information specified in § 582.5 to assure that they are available for retention by prospective purchasers.
</P>
<P>(c) The booklets shall be revised to reflect the updated data published by NHTSA each year within 30 days of NHTSA's publication of the data in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 12550, Mar. 5, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 582.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.11.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 582.5   Information form.</HEAD>
<P>The information made available pursuant to § 582.4 shall be presented in writing in the English language and in not less than 10-point type. It shall be presented in the format set forth below, and shall include the complete explanatory text and the updated data published annually by NHTSA.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>MARCH [YEAR TO BE INSERTED]
</HD1>
<HD1>COMPARISON OF DIFFERENCES IN INSURANCE COSTS FOR PASSENGER CARS, STATION WAGONS/PASSENGER VANS, PICKUPS AND UTILITY VEHICLES ON THE BASIS OF DAMAGE SUSCEPTIBILITY
</HD1>
<P>The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) has provided the information in this booklet in compliance with Federal law as an aid to consumers considering the purchase of a new vehicle. The booklet compares differences in insurance costs for different makes and models of passenger cars, station wagons/passenger vans, pickups, and utility vehicles on the basis of damage susceptibility. However, it does not indicate a vehicle's relative safety.
</P>
<P>The following table contains the best available information regarding the effect of damage susceptibility on insurance premiums. It was taken from data compiled by the Highway Loss Data Institute (HLDI) in its December [YEAR TO BE INSERTED] <I>Insurance Collision Report,</I> and reflects the collision loss experience of passenger cars, utility vehicles, light trucks, and vans sold in the United States in terms of the average loss payment per insured vehicle year for [THREE APPROPRIATE YEARS TO BE INSERTED]. NHTSA has not verified the data in this table.
</P>
<P>The table represents vehicles' collision loss experience in relative terms, with 100 representing the average for all passenger vehicles. Thus, a rating of 122 reflects a collision loss experience that is 22 percent higher (worse) than average, while a rating of 96 reflects a collision loss experience that is 4 percent lower (better) than average. The table is not relevant for models that have been substantially redesigned for [YEAR TO BE INSERTED], and it does not include information about models without enough claim experience.
</P>
<P>Although many insurance companies use the HLDI information to adjust the “base rate” for the collision portion of their insurance premiums, the amount of any such adjustment is usually small. It is unlikely that your total premium will vary more than ten percent depending upon the collision loss experience of a particular vehicle.
</P>
<P>If you do not purchase collision coverage or your insurance company does not use the HLDI information, your premium will not vary at all in relation to these rankings.
</P>
<P>In addition, different insurance companies often charge different premiums for the same driver and vehicle. Therefore, you should contact insurance companies or their agents directly to determine the actual premium that you will be charged for insuring a particular vehicle.
</P>
<P><E T="04">Please Note:</E> In setting insurance premiums, insurance companies mainly rely on factors that are not directly related to the vehicle itself (except for its value). Rather, they mainly consider driver characteristics (such as age, gender, marital status, and driving record), the geographic area in which the vehicle is driven, how many miles are traveled, and how the vehicle is used. Therefore, to obtain complete information about insurance premiums, you should contact insurance companies or their agents directly.
</P>
<P>Insurance companies do not generally adjust their premiums on the basis of data reflecting the crashworthiness of different vehicles. However, some companies adjust their premiums for personal injury protection and medical payments coverage if the insured vehicle has features that are likely to improve its crashworthiness, such as air bags and automatic seat belts.
</P>
<P>Test data relating to vehicle crashworthiness and rollover ratings are available from NHTSA's New Car Assessment Program (NCAP). NCAP test results demonstrate relative frontal and side crash protection in new vehicles, and relative rollover resistance. Information on vehicles that NHTSA has tested in the NCAP program can be obtained from <I>http://www.safercar.gov</I> or by calling NHTSA's toll-free Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153).
</P>
<FP>[Insert Table To Be Published Each March by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration]
</FP>
<P>If you would like more details about the information in this table, or wish to obtain the complete Insurance Collision Report, please contact HLDI directly, at: Highway Loss Data Institute, 1005 North Glebe Road, Arlington, VA 22201, Tel: (703) 247-1600.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 15512, Mar. 24, 1995, as amended at 70 FR 35557, June 21, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="583" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 583—AUTOMOBILE PARTS CONTENT LABELING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 32304, 49 CFR 1.50, 501.2(f).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>59 FR 37330, July 21, 1994, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 583.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes requirements for the disclosure of information relating to the countries of origin of the equipment of new passenger motor vehicles.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to aid potential purchasers in the selection of new passenger motor vehicles by providing them with information about the value of the U.S./Canadian and foreign parts content of each vehicle, the countries of origin of the engine and transmission, and the site of the vehicle's final assembly.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to manufacturers of new passenger motor vehicles manufactured or imported for sale in the United States, suppliers of passenger motor vehicle equipment, and dealers of new passenger motor vehicles.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory terms.</I> The terms <I>allied supplier, carline, country of origin, dealer, foreign content, manufacturer, new passenger motor vehicle, of U.S./Canadian origin, outside supplier, passenger motor vehicle, passenger motor vehicle equipment, percentage (by value), State,</I> and <I>value added in the United States and Canada,</I> defined in 49 U.S.C. 32304(a), are used in accordance with their statutory meanings except as further defined in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other terms and further definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Allied supplier</I> means a supplier of passenger motor vehicle equipment that is wholly owned by the manufacturer, or in the case of a joint venture vehicle assembly arrangement, any supplier that is wholly owned by one member of the joint venture arrangement. A supplier is considered to be wholly owned by the manufacturer if a common parent company owns both the manufacturer and the supplier, or if a group of related companies own both the manufacturer and the supplier and no outside interests (interests other than the manufacturer itself or companies which own the manufacturer) own the supplier.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Carline</I> means a name denoting a group of vehicles which has a degree of commonality in construction (e.g., body, chassis). Carline does not consider any level of decor or opulence and is not generally distinguished by such characteristics as roof line, number of doors, seats, or windows, except for light duty trucks. Carline is not distinguished by country of manufacture, final assembly point, engine type, or driveline. Light duty trucks are considered to be different carlines than passenger cars. A carline includes all motor vehicles of a given nameplate. Special purpose vehicles, vans, and pickup trucks are classified as separate carlines.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Final assembly</I> means all operations involved in the assembly of a vehicle, performed at the final assembly point including but not limited to assembly of body panels, painting, final chassis assembly, trim installation, except engine and transmission fabrication and assembly and the fabrication of motor vehicle equipment components produced at the same final assembly point using forming processes such as stamping, machining or molding processes.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Final assembly point</I> means the plant, factory, or other place, which is a building or series of buildings in close proximity, where a new passenger motor vehicle is produced or assembled from passenger motor vehicle equipment and from which such vehicle is delivered to a dealer or importer in such a condition that all component parts necessary to the mechanical operation of such automobile are included with such vehicle whether or not such component parts are permanently installed in or on such vehicle. For multi-stage vehicles, the final assembly point is the location where the first stage vehicle is assembled.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Outside supplier</I> means:
</P>
<P>(i) A non-allied supplier of passenger motor vehicle equipment to a manufacturer's allied supplier and
</P>
<P>(ii) Anyone other than an allied supplier who ships directly to the manufacturer's final assembly point.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Passenger motor vehicle equipment</I> means any system, subassembly, or component received at the final assembly point for installation on, or attachment to, such vehicle at the time of its initial shipment by the manufacturer to a dealer for sale to an ultimate purchaser. Passenger motor vehicle equipment also includes any system, subassembly, or component received by an allied supplier from an outside supplier for incorporation into equipment supplied by the allied supplier to the manufacturer with which it is allied.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Person</I> means an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, or any organized group of persons.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Ultimate purchaser</I> means with respect to any new passenger motor vehicle, the first person, other than a dealer purchasing in its capacity as a dealer, who in good faith purchases such new passenger motor vehicle for purposes other than resale.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 37330, July 21, 1994, as amended at 64 FR 40780, July 28, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.5   Label requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section, each manufacturer of new passenger motor vehicles shall cause to be affixed to each passenger motor vehicle manufactured on or after October 1, 1994, a label that provides the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>U.S./Canadian parts content.</I> The overall percentage, by value, of the passenger motor vehicle equipment that was installed on vehicles within the carline of which the vehicle is part, and that originated in the United States and/or Canada (the procedure for determining U.S./Canadian Parts Content is set forth in § 583.6);
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Major sources of foreign parts content.</I> The names of any countries other than the United States and Canada which contributed at least 15 percent of the average overall percentage, by value, of the passenger motor vehicle equipment installed on vehicles within the carline of which the vehicle is part, and the percentages attributable to each such country (if there are more than two such countries, the manufacturer need only provide the information for the two countries with the highest percentages; the procedure for determining major foreign sources of passenger motor vehicle equipment is set forth in § 583.7);
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Final assembly point.</I> The city, state (in the case of vehicles assembled in the United States), and country of the final assembly point of the passenger motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Country of origin for the engine.</I> The country of origin of the passenger motor vehicle's engine (the procedure for making this country of origin determination is set forth in § 583.8);
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Country of origin for the transmission.</I> The country of origin of the passenger motor vehicle's transmission (the procedure for making this country of origin determination is set forth in § 583.8);
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Explanatory note.</I> A statement which explains that parts content does not include final assembly, distribution, or other non-parts costs.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraphs (e), (f) and (g) of this section, the label required under paragraph (a) of this section shall read as follows, with the specified information inserted in the places indicated (except that if there are no major sources of foreign parts content, omit the section “Major Sources of Foreign Parts Content”):
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Parts Content Information
</HD1>
<P>For vehicles in this carline: 
</P>
<FP-2>U.S./Canadian Parts Content: (insert number) %
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Major Sources of Foreign Parts Content:
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>(Name of country with highest percentage): (insert number) %
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>(Name of country with second highest percentage): (insert number) %</FP1-2></EXTRACT>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Parts content does not include final assembly, distribution, or other non-parts costs.</P></NOTE>
<EXTRACT>
<P>For this vehicle: 
</P>
<FP-2>Final Assembly Point: (city, state, country)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Country of Origin:
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Engine: (name of country)
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Transmission: (name of country)</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) The percentages required to be provided under paragraph (a) of this section may be rounded by the manufacturer to the nearest 5 percent.
</P>
<P>(d) The label required by paragraph (a) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be placed in a prominent location on each vehicle where it can be read from the exterior of the vehicle with the doors closed, and may be either part of the Monroney price information label required by 15 U.S.C. 1232, part of the fuel economy label required by 15 U.S.C. 2006, or a separate label. A separate label may include other consumer information.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Be printed in letters that have a color that contrasts with the background of the label; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Have the information required by paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section vertically centered on the label in boldface capital letters and numerals of 12 point size or larger; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Have the information required by paragraph (a)(6) of this section in type that is two points smaller than the information required by paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a label that is included as part of the Monroney price information label or fuel economy label, or a separate label that includes other consumer information, be separated from all other information on those labels by a solid line that is a minimum of three points in width.
</P>
<P>(4) The information required by paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section shall be immediately preceded by the words, “PARTS CONTENT INFORMATION,” in boldface, capital letters that are 12 point size or larger.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Carlines assembled in the U.S./Canada and in one or more other countries.</I> (1) If a carline is assembled in the U.S. and/or Canada, and in one or more other countries, the manufacturer may, at its option, add the following additional information at the end of the explanatory note specified in (a)(6), with the specified information inserted in the places indicated:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This carline is assembled in the U.S. and/or Canada, and in [insert name of each other country]. The U.S./Canadian parts content for the portion of the carline assembled in [insert name of country, treating the U.S. and Canada together, i.e., U.S./Canada] is [____]%.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) A manufacturer selecting this option shall divide the carline for purposes of this additional information into the following portions: the portion assembled in the U.S./Canada and the portions assembled in each other country.
</P>
<P>(3) A manufacturer selecting this option for a particular carline shall provide the specified additional information on the labels of all vehicles within the carline, providing the U.S./Canadian content that corresponds to the U.S./Canadian content of the manufacturing location shown as the final assembly point (with all U.S. and Canadian locations considered as a single assembly point) on the label.
</P>
<P>(f) A final stage manufacturer of vehicles assembled in multiple stages need not provide the U.S./Canadian Parts Content or Major Foreign Sources items of the label otherwise required under paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(g) A manufacturer that produces a total of fewer than 1000 passenger motor vehicles in a model year need not provide the U.S./Canadian Parts Content or Major Foreign Sources items of the label otherwise required under paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Requests for information and certifications relevant to information on the label.</I> (1) Each manufacturer and allied supplier shall request its suppliers to provide directly to it the information and certifications specified by this part which are necessary for the manufacturer/allied supplier to carry out its responsibilities under this part. The information shall be requested sufficiently early to enable the manufacturer to meet the timing requirements specified by this part.
</P>
<P>(2) For requests made by manufacturers or allied suppliers to outside suppliers:
</P>
<P>(i) The requester shall indicate that the request is being made pursuant to 49 CFR part 583, and that the regulation is administered by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration;
</P>
<P>(ii) The requester shall indicate that 49 CFR part 583 requires outside suppliers to provide specified information upon the request of a manufacturer or allied supplier to which it supplies passenger motor vehicle equipment and that, to the best of the requester's knowledge, the outside supplier is required to provide the requested information;
</P>
<P>(iii) If any information other than that required by 49 CFR part 583 is requested, the requester shall indicate which information is required by 49 CFR part 583 and which is not;
</P>
<P>(iv) The requester shall indicate that 49 CFR part 583 specifies that while information may be requested by an earlier date, the outside supplier is not required to provide the information until the date specified by the requester or the date 45 days after receipt of the request, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Carlines assembled in more than one assembly plant.</I> (1) If a carline is assembled in more than one assembly plant, the manufacturer may, at its option, add the following additional information at the end of the explanatory note specified in paragraph (a)(6) of this section, with the specified information inserted in the places indicated: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Two or more assembly plants produce the vehicles in this carline. The vehicles assembled at the plant where this vehicle was assembled have a U.S./Canadian parts content of [__]%.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) A manufacturer selecting this option shall divide the carline for purposes of this additional information into portions representing each assembly plant.
</P>
<P>(3) A manufacturer selecting this option for a particular carline shall provide the specified additional information on the labels of all vehicles within the carline.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 37330, July 21, 1994, as amended at 60 FR 14229, Mar. 16, 1995; 60 FR 47893, Sept. 15, 1995; 64 FR 40780, July 28, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.6   Procedure for determining U.S./Canadian parts content.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer, except as specified in § 583.5 (f) and (g), shall determine the percentage U.S./Canadian Parts Content for each carline on a model year basis. This determination shall be made before the beginning of each model year. Items of equipment produced at the final assembly point (but not as part of final assembly) are treated in the same manner as if they were supplied by an allied supplier. All value otherwise added at the final assembly point and beyond, including all final assembly costs, is excluded from the calculation of U.S./Canadian parts content. The country of origin of nuts, bolts, clips, screws, pins, braces, gasoline, oil, blackout, phosphate rinse, windshield washer fluid, fasteners, tire assembly fluid, rivets, adhesives, grommets, and wheel weights, used in final assembly of the vehicle, is considered to be the country where final assembly of the vehicle takes place.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determining the value of items of equipment.</I> (1) For items of equipment received at the final assembly point, the value is the price paid by the manufacturer for the equipment as delivered to the final assembly point.
</P>
<P>(2) For items of equipment produced at the final assembly point (but not as part of final assembly), the value is the fair market price that a manufacturer of similar size and location would pay a supplier for such equipment.
</P>
<P>(3) For items of equipment received at the factory or plant of an allied supplier, the value is the price paid by the allied supplier for the equipment as delivered to its factory or plant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Determining the U.S./Canadian percentage of the value of items of equipment.</I> (1) Equipment supplied by an outside supplier to a manufacturer or allied supplier is considered:
</P>
<P>(i) 100 percent U.S./Canadian, if 70 percent or more of its value is added in the United States and/or Canada; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To otherwise have the actual percent of its value added in the United States and/or Canada, rounded to the nearest five percent.
</P>
<P>(2) The extent to which an item of equipment supplied by an allied supplier is considered U.S./Canadian is determined by dividing the value added in the United States and/or Canada by the total value of the equipment. The resulting number is multiplied by 100 to determine the percentage U.S./Canadian content of the equipment.
</P>
<P>(3) In determining the value added in the United States and/or Canada of equipment supplied by an allied supplier, any equipment that is delivered to the allied supplier by an outside supplier and is incorporated into the allied supplier's equipment, is considered:
</P>
<P>(i) 100 percent U.S./Canadian, if at least 70 percent of its value is added in the United States and/or Canada; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To otherwise have the actual percent of its value added in the United States and/or Canada, rounded to the nearest five percent.
</P>
<P>(4)(i) Value added in the United States and/or Canada by an allied supplier or outside supplier includes—
</P>
<P>(A) The value added in the U.S. and/or Canada for materials used by the supplier, determined according to (4)(ii) for outside suppliers and (4)(iii) for allied suppliers, plus,
</P>
<P>(B) For passenger motor vehicle equipment assembled or produced in the U.S. or Canada, the value of the difference between the price paid by the manufacturer or allied supplier for the equipment, as delivered to its factory or plant, and the total value of the materials in the equipment.
</P>
<P>(ii) Outside suppliers of passenger motor vehicle equipment will determine the value added in the U.S. and/or Canada for materials in the equipment as specified in paragraphs (A) and (B).
</P>
<P>(A)(<I>1</I>) For any material used by the supplier which was produced or assembled in the U.S. or Canada, the supplier will subtract from the total value of the material any value that was not added in the U.S. and/or Canada. The determination of the value that was not added in the U.S. and/or Canada shall be a good faith estimate based on information that is available to the supplier, e.g., information in its records, information it can obtain from its suppliers, the supplier's knowledge of manufacturing processes, etc.
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The supplier shall consider the amount of value added and the location in which that value was added—
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) At each earlier stage, counting from the time of receipt of a material by the supplier, back to and including the two closest stages each of which represented a substantial transformation into a new and different product with a different name, character and use.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The value of materials used to produce a product in the earliest of these two substantial transformation stages shall be treated as value added in the country in which that stage occurred.
</P>
<P>(B) For any material used by the supplier which was imported into the United States or Canada from a third country, the value added in the United States and/or Canada is presumed to be zero. However, if documentation is available to the supplier which identifies value added in the United States and/or Canada for that material (determined according to the principles set forth in (A), such value added in the United States and/or Canada is counted.
</P>
<P>(iii) Allied suppliers of passenger motor vehicle equipment shall determine the value that is added in the U.S. and/or Canada for materials in the equipment in accordance with (c)(3).
</P>
<P>(iv) For the minor items listed in the § 583.4 definition of “passenger motor vehicle equipment” as being excluded from that term, outside and allied suppliers may, to the extent that they incorporate such items into their equipment, treat the cost of the minor items as value added in the country of assembly.
</P>
<P>(v) For passenger motor vehicle equipment which is imported into the territorial boundaries of the United States or Canada from a third country, the value added in the United States and/or Canada is presumed to be zero. However, if documentation is available to the supplier which identifies value added in the United States and/or Canada for that equipment (determined according to the principles set forth in the rest of (c)(4)), such value added in the United States and/or Canada is counted.
</P>
<P>(vi) The payment of duty does not result in value added in the United States and/or Canada.
</P>
<P>(5) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(6) of this section, if a manufacturer or allied supplier does not receive information from one or more of its suppliers concerning the U.S./Canadian content of particular equipment, the U.S./Canadian content of that equipment is considered zero. This provision does not affect the obligation of manufacturers and allied suppliers to request this information from their suppliers or the obligation of the suppliers to provide the information.
</P>
<P>(6) If a manufacturer or allied supplier requests information in a timely manner from one or more of its outside suppliers concerning the U.S./Canadian content of particular equipment, but does not receive that information despite a good faith effort to obtain it, the manufacturer or allied supplier may make its own good faith value added determinations, subject to the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(i) The manufacturer or allied supplier shall make the same value added determinations as would be made by the outside supplier;
</P>
<P>(ii) The manufacturer or allied supplier shall consider the amount of value added and the location in which the value was added for all of the stages that the outside supplier would be required to consider;
</P>
<P>(iii) The manufacturer or allied supplier may determine that particular value is added in the United States and/or Canada only if it has a good faith basis to make that determination;
</P>
<P>(iv) A manufacturer and its allied suppliers may, on a combined basis, make value added determinations for no more than 10 percent, by value, of a carline's total parts content from outside suppliers;
</P>
<P>(v) Value added determinations made by a manufacturer or allied supplier under this paragraph shall have the same effect as if they were made by the outside supplier;
</P>
<P>(vi) This provision does not affect the obligation of outside suppliers to provide the requested information.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Determination of the U.S./Canadian percentage of the total value of a carline's passenger motor vehicle equipment.</I> The percentage of the value of a carline's passenger motor vehicle equipment that is U.S./Canadian is determined by—
</P>
<P>(1) Adding the total value of all of the equipment (regardless of country of origin) expected to be installed in that carline during the next model year;
</P>
<P>(2) Dividing the value of the U.S./Canadian content of such equipment by the amount calculated in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and
</P>
<P>(3) Multiplying the resulting number by 100.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Alternative calculation procedures.</I> (1) A manufacturer may submit a petition to use calculation procedures based on representative or statistical sampling, as an alternative to the calculation procedures specified in this section to determine U.S./Canadian parts content and major sources of foreign parts content.
</P>
<P>(2) Each petition must—
</P>
<P>(i) Be submitted at least 120 days before the manufacturer would use the alternative procedure;
</P>
<P>(ii) Be written in the English language;
</P>
<P>(iii) Be submitted in three copies to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590;
</P>
<P>(iv) State the full name and address of the manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(v) Set forth in full the data, views and arguments of the manufacturer that would support granting the petition, including—
</P>
<P>(A) the alternative procedure, and
</P>
<P>(B) analysis demonstrating that the alternative procedure will produce substantially equivalent results to the procedure set forth in this section;
</P>
<P>(vi) Specify and segregate any part of the information and data submitted in the petition that is requested to be withheld from public disclosure in accordance with part 512 of this chapter (the basic alternative procedure and basic supporting analysis must be provided as public information, but confidential business information may also be used in support of the petition).
</P>
<P>(3) The NHTSA publishes in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> affording opportunity for comment, a notice of each petition containing the information required by this part. A copy of the petition is placed in the public docket. However, if NHTSA finds that a petition does not contain the information required by this part, it so informs the petitioner, pointing out the areas of insufficiency and stating that the petition will not receive further consideration until the required information is submitted.
</P>
<P>(4) If the Administrator determines that the petition does not contain adequate justification, he or she denies it and notifies the petitioner in writing, explaining the reasons for the denial. A copy of the letter is placed in the public docket.
</P>
<P>(5) If the Administrator determines that the petition contains adequate justification, he or she grants it, and notifies the petitioner in writing. A copy of the letter is placed in the public docket.
</P>
<P>(6) The Administrator may attach such conditions as he or she deems appropriate to a grant of a petition, which the manufacturer must follow in order to use the alternative procedure.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 47894, Sept. 15, 1995; as amended at 61 FR 46390, Sept. 3, 1996; 62 FR 33761, June 23, 1997; 64 FR 40780, July 28, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.7   Procedure for determining major foreign sources of passenger motor vehicle equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer, except as specified in § 583.5(f) and (g), shall determine the countries, if any, which are major foreign sources of passenger motor vehicle equipment and the percentages attributable to each such country for each carline on a model year basis, before the beginning of each model year. The manufacturer need only determine this information for the two such countries with the highest percentages. Items of equipment produced at the final assembly point (but not as part of final assembly) are treated in the same manner as if they were supplied by an allied supplier. In making determinations under this section, the U.S. and Canada are treated together as if they were one (non-foreign) country. The country of origin of nuts, bolts, clips, screws, pins, braces, gasoline, oil, blackout, phosphate rinse, windshield washer fluid, fasteners, tire assembly fluid, rivets, adhesives, grommets, and wheel weights, used in final assembly of the vehicle, is considered to be the country where final assembly of the vehicle takes place.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Determining the value of items of equipment.</I> The value of each item of equipment is determined in the manner specified in § 583.6(b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Determining the country of origin of items of equipment.</I> (1) Except as provided in (c)(2), the country of origin of each item is the country which contributes the greatest amount of value added to that item (treating the U.S. and Canada together).
</P>
<P>(2) Instead of making country of origin determinations in the manner specified in (c)(1), a manufacturer may, at its option, use any other methodology that is used for customs purposes (U.S. or foreign), so long as a consistent methodology is employed for all items of equipment, and the U.S. and Canada are treated together.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Determination of the percentage of the total value of a carline's passenger motor vehicle equipment which is attributable to individual countries other than the U.S. and Canada.</I> The percentage of the value of a carline's passenger motor vehicle equipment that is attributable to each country other than the U.S. and Canada is determined on a model year basis by—
</P>
<P>(1) Adding up the total value of all of the passenger motor vehicle equipment (regardless of country of origin) expected to be installed in that carline during the next model year;
</P>
<P>(2) Adding up the value of such equipment which originated in each country other than the U.S. or Canada;
</P>
<P>(3) Dividing the amount calculated in paragraph (d)(2) of this section for each country by the amount calculated in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and multiplying each result by 100.
</P>
<P>(e) A country is a major foreign source of passenger motor vehicle equipment for a carline only if the country is one other than the U.S. or Canada and if 15 or more percent of the total value of the carline's passenger motor vehicle equipment is attributable to the country.
</P>
<P>(f) In determining the percentage of the total value of a carline's passenger motor vehicle equipment which is attributable to individual countries other than the U.S. and Canada, no value which is counted as U.S./Canadian parts content is also counted as being value which originated in a country other than the U.S. or Canada.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 37330, July 21, 1994, as amended at 60 FR 47895, Sept. 15, 1995; 64 FR 40781, July 28, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.8   Procedure for determining country of origin for engines and transmissions (for purposes of determining the information specified by §§ 583.5(a)(4) and 583.5(a)(5) only).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each supplier of an engine or transmission shall determine the country of origin once a year for each engine and transmission. The origin of engines shall be calculated for engines of the same displacement produced at the same plant. The origin for transmissions shall be calculated for transmissions of the same type produced at the same plant. Transmissions are of the same type if they have the same attributes including: Drive line application, number of forward gears, controls, and layout. The U.S. and Canada are treated separately in making such determination.
</P>
<P>(b) The value of an engine or transmission is determined by first adding the prices paid by the manufacturer of the engine/transmission for each component comprising the engine/transmission, as delivered to the assembly plant of the engine/transmission, and the fair market value of each individual part produced at the plant. The assembly and labor costs incurred for the final assembly of the engine/transmission are then added to determine the value of the engine or transmission.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Determining the country of origin of components.</I> (1) Except as provided in (c)(2), the country of origin of each item of equipment is the country which contributes the greatest amount of value added to that item (the U.S. and Canada are treated separately).
</P>
<P>(2) Instead of making country of origin determinations in the manner specified in (c)(1), a manufacturer may, at its option, use any other methodology that is used for customs purposes (U.S. or foreign), so long as a consistent methodology is employed for all components.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Determination of the total value of an engine/transmission which is attributable to individual countries.</I> The value of an engine/transmission that is attributable to each country is determined by adding the total value of all of the components installed in that engine/transmission which originated in that country. For the country where final assembly of the engine/transmission takes place, the assembly and labor costs incurred for such final assembly are also added.
</P>
<P>(e) The country of origin of each engine and the country of origin of each transmission is the country which contributes the greatest amount of value added to that item of equipment (the U.S. and Canada are treated separately).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 37330, July 21, 1994, as amended at 60 FR 47895, Sept. 15, 1995; 64 FR 40781, July 28, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.9" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.9   Attachment and maintenance of label.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Attachment of the label.</I> (1) Except as provided in (a)(2), each manufacturer shall cause the label required by § 583.5 to be affixed to each new passenger motor vehicle before the vehicle is delivered to a dealer.
</P>
<P>(2) For vehicles which are delivered to a dealer prior to the introduction date for the model in question, each manufacturer shall cause the label required by § 583.5 to be affixed to the vehicle prior to such introduction date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Maintenance of the label.</I> (1) Each dealer shall cause to be maintained each label on the new passenger motor vehicles it receives until after such time as a vehicle has been sold to a consumer for purposes other than resale.
</P>
<P>(2) If the manufacturer of a passenger motor vehicle provides a substitute label containing corrected information, the dealer shall replace the original label with the substitute label.
</P>
<P>(3) If a label becomes damaged so that the information it contains is not legible, the dealer shall replace it with an identical, undamaged label.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.10" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.10   Outside suppliers of passenger motor vehicle equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each unique type of passenger motor vehicle equipment for which a manufacturer or allied supplier requests information, the outside supplier shall provide the manufacturer/allied supplier with a certificate providing the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the supplier;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the unique type of equipment;
</P>
<P>(3) The price of the equipment to the manufacturer or allied supplier;
</P>
<P>(4) A statement that the equipment has, or does not have, at least 70 percent of its value added in the United States and Canada, determined under § 583.6(c);
</P>
<P>(5) For equipment which has less than 70 percent of its value added in the United States and Canada,
</P>
<P>(i) The country of origin of the equipment, determined under § 583.7(c); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The percent of its value added in the United States and Canada, to the nearest 5 percent, determined under § 583.6(c).
</P>
<P>(6) For equipment that may be used in an engine or transmission, the country of origin of the equipment, determined under § 583.8(c);
</P>
<P>(7) A certification for the information, pursuant to § 583.13, and the date (at least giving the month and year) of the certification.
</P>
<P>(8) A single certificate may cover multiple items of equipment.
</P>
<P>(b) The information and certification required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be provided to the manufacturer or allied supplier no later than 45 days after receipt of the request, or the date specified by the manufacturer/allied supplier, whichever is later. (A manufacturer or allied supplier may request that the outside supplier voluntarily provide the information and certification at an earlier date.)
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the information provided in the certificate shall be the supplier's best estimates of price, content, and country of origin for the unique type of equipment expected to be supplied during the 12 month period beginning on the first July 1 after receipt of the request. If the unique type of equipment supplied by the supplier is expected to vary with respect to price, content, and country of origin during that period, the supplier shall base its estimates on expected averages for these factors.
</P>
<P>(2) The 12 month period specified in (c)(1) may be varied in time and length by the manufacturer or allied supplier if it determines that the alteration is not likely to result in less accurate information being provided to consumers on the label required by this part.
</P>
<P>(d) For outside suppliers of engines and transmissions, the information and certification required by this section is in addition to that required by § 583.12.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 37330, July 21, 1994, as amended at 64 FR 40781, July 28, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.11" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.11   Allied suppliers of passenger motor vehicle equipment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each unique type of passenger motor vehicle equipment which an allied supplier supplies to the manufacturer with which it is allied, the allied supplier shall provide the manufacturer with a certificate providing the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the supplier;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the unique type of equipment;
</P>
<P>(3) The price of the equipment to the manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(4) The percentage U.S./Canadian content of the equipment, determined under § 583.6(c);
</P>
<P>(5) The country of origin of the equipment, determined under § 583.7(c);
</P>
<P>(6) For equipment that may be used in an engine or transmission, the country of origin of the equipment, determined under § 583.8(c);
</P>
<P>(7) A certification for the information, pursuant to § 583.13, and the date (at least giving the month and year) of the certification.
</P>
<P>(8) A single certificate may cover multiple items of equipment.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the information provided in the certificate shall be the supplier's best estimates of price, content, and country of origin for the unique type of equipment expected to be supplied during the 12 month period beginning on the first July 1 after receipt of the request. If the unique type of equipment supplied by the supplier is expected to vary with respect to price, content, and country of origin during that period, the supplier shall base its estimates on expected averages for these factors.
</P>
<P>(2) The 12 month period specified in (b)(1) may be varied in time and length by the manufacturer if it determines that the alteration is not likely to result in less accurate information being provided to consumers on the label required by this part.
</P>
<P>(c) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(d) For allied suppliers of engines and transmissions, the information and certification required by this section is in addition to that required by § 583.12.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.12" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.12   Suppliers of engines and transmissions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each engine or transmission for which a manufacturer or allied supplier requests information, the supplier of such engine or transmission shall provide the manufacturer or allied supplier with a certificate providing the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the supplier;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the engine or transmission;
</P>
<P>(3) The country of origin of the engine or transmission, determined under § 583.8;
</P>
<P>(4) A certification for the information, pursuant to § 583.13, and the date (at least giving the month and year) of the certification.
</P>
<P>(b) The information provided in the certificate shall be the supplier's best estimate of country of origin for the unique type of engine or transmission. If the unique type of equipment used in the engine or transmission is expected to vary with respect to price, content, and country of origin during that period, the supplier shall base its country of origin determination on expected averages for these factors.
</P>
<P>(c) The information and certification required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be provided by outside suppliers to the manufacturer or allied supplier no later than 45 days after receipt of the request, or the date specified by the manufacturer/allied supplier, whichever is later. (A manufacturer or allied supplier may request that the outside supplier voluntarily provide the information and certification at an earlier date.)
</P>
<P>(d) In the event that, during a model year, a supplier of engines or transmissions produces an engine of a new displacement or transmission of a new type or produces the same engine displacement or transmission in a different plant, the supplier shall notify the manufacturer of the origin of the new engine or transmission prior to shipment of the first engine or transmission that will be installed in a passenger motor vehicle intended for public sale.
</P>
<P>(e) A single certificate may cover multiple engines or transmissions. If a certificate provided in advance of the delivery of an engine or transmission becomes inaccurate because of changed circumstances, a corrected certificate shall be provided no later than the time of delivery of the engine or transmission.
</P>
<P>(f) For suppliers of engines and transmissions, the information and certification required by this section is in addition to that required by §§ 583.10 and 583.11.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.13" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.13   Supplier certification and certificates.</HEAD>
<P>Each supplier shall certify the information on each certificate provided under §§ 583.10, 583.11, and 583.12 by including the following phrase on the certificate: “This information is certified in accordance with DOT regulations.” The phrase shall immediately precede the other information on the certificate. The certificate may be submitted to a manufacturer or allied supplier in any mode (e.g., paper, electronic) provided the mode contains all information in the certificate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.14" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.14   Currency conversion rate.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of calculations of content value under this part, manufacturers and suppliers shall calculate exchange rates using the methodology set forth in this section.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Manufacturers.</I> (1) Unless a manufacturer has had a petition approved by the Environmental Protection Agency under 40 CFR 600.511-80(b)(1), for all calculations made by the manufacturer as a basis for the information provided on the label required by § 583.5, manufacturers shall take the mean of the exchange rates in effect at the end of each quarter set by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for twelve calendar quarters prior to and including the calendar quarter ending one year prior to the date that the manufacturer submits information for a carline under § 583.17.
</P>
<P>(2) A manufacturer that has had a petition approved by the Environmental Protection Agency under 40 CFR 600.511-80(b)(1), which provides for a different method of determining exchange rates, shall use the same method as a basis for the information provided on the label required by § 583.5, and shall inform the Administrator of the exchange rate method it is using at the time the information required by § 583.5 is submitted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Suppliers.</I> For all calculations underlying the information provided on each certificate required by §§ 583.10, 583.11, and 583.12, suppliers shall take the mean of the exchange rates in effect at the end of each quarter set by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for twelve calendar quarters prior to and including the calendar quarter ending one year prior to the date of such certificate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.15" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.15   Joint ownership.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A carline jointly owned and/or produced by more than one manufacturer shall be attributed to the single manufacturer that markets the carline, subject to paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The joint owners of a carline may designate, by written agreement, the manufacturer of record of that carline.
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer of record is responsible for compliance with all the manufacturer requirements in this part with respect to the jointly owned carline. However, carline determinations must be consistent with § 583.4(3).
</P>
<P>(3) A designation under this section of a manufacturer of record is effective beginning with the first model year beginning after the conclusion of the written agreement, or, if the joint owners so agree in writing, with a specified later model year.
</P>
<P>(4) Each manufacturer of record shall send to the Administrator written notification of its designation as such not later than 30 days after the conclusion of the written agreement, and state the carline of which it is considered the manufacturer, the names of the other persons which jointly own the carline, and the name of the person, if any, formerly considered to be the manufacturer of record.
</P>
<P>(5) The joint owners of a carline may change the manufacturer of record for a future model year by concluding a written agreement before the beginning of that model year.
</P>
<P>(6) The allied suppliers for the jointly owned carline are the suppliers that are wholly owned by any of the manufacturers of the jointly owned carline.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.16" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.16   Maintenance of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each manufacturer of new passenger motor vehicles and each supplier of passenger motor vehicle equipment subject to this part shall establish, maintain, and retain in organized and indexed form, records as specified in this section. All records, including the certificates provided by suppliers, may be stored in any mode provided the mode contains all information in the records and certificates.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Manufacturers.</I> Each manufacturer shall maintain all records which provide a basis for the information it provides on the labels required by § 583.5, including, but not limited to, certificates from suppliers, parts lists, calculations of content, and relevant contracts with suppliers. The records shall be maintained for five years after December 31 of the model year to which the records relate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Suppliers.</I> Each supplier shall maintain all records which form a basis for the information it provides on the certificates required by §§ 583.10, 583.11, and 583.12, including, but not limited to, calculations of content, certificates from suppliers, and relevant contracts with manufacturers and suppliers. The records shall be maintained for six years after December 31 of the calendar year set forth in the date of each certificate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 583.17" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.12.0.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 583.17   Reporting.</HEAD>
<P>For each model year, manufacturers shall submit to the Administrator 3 copies of the information required by § 583.5(a) to be placed on a label for each carline. The information for each carline shall be submitted not later than the date the first vehicle of the carline is offered for sale to the ultimate purchaser.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="585" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 585—PHASE-IN REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117, and 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>69 FR 70916, Dec. 8, 2004, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 30102 are used in accordance with their statutory meaning.
</P>
<P>(b) The terms <I>bus, gross vehicle weight rating</I> or <I>GVWR, motor vehicle, multipurpose passenger vehicle, passenger car,</I> and <I>truck</I> are used as defined in § 571.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Production year</I> means the 12-month period between September 1 of one year and August 31 of the following year, inclusive, unless otherwise specified.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.2   Phase-in reports.</HEAD>
<P>Each report submitted to NHTSA under this part shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Identify the manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(b) State the full name, title, and address of the official responsible for preparing the report;
</P>
<P>(c) Identify the production year being reported on;
</P>
<P>(d) Contain a statement regarding whether or not the manufacturer complied with the requirements of the Federal motor vehicle safety standard addressed by the report, for the period covered by the report, and the basis for that statement;
</P>
<P>(e) Be written in the English language; and
</P>
<P>(f) Be submitted to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 70916, Dec. 8, 2004, as amended at 91 FR 33122, June 3, 2026]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.3   Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</HEAD>
<P>Each manufacturer whose reporting of information is affected by one or more of the express written contracts permitted by a Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard subject to the reporting requirements of this part shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Report the existence of each contract, including the names of all parties to the contract and explain how the contract affects the report being submitted.
</P>
<P>(b) Report the number of vehicles covered by each contract in each production year.








</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§  585.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§  585.4   Petitions to extend period to file report.</HEAD>
<P>A petition for extension of the time to submit a report required under this part shall be received not later than 15 days before the report is due. The petition shall be submitted to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. The filing of a petition does not automatically extend the time for filing a report. A petition will be granted only if the petitioner shows good cause for the extension, and if the extension is consistent with the public interest.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 33122, June 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subparts B-C [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Appendix A-1 of FMVSS No. 208 Phase-in Reporting Requirements</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 66801, Nov. 12, 2008, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 585.31" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.31   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes requirements for manufacturers of passenger cars, and of trucks, buses and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 3,856 kilograms (kg) (8,500 pounds (lb)) or less, to submit a report, and maintain records related to the report, concerning the number of such vehicles that are certified as complying with S19, S21, and S23 of FMVSS No. 208 (49 CFR 571.208) when using the child restraint systems specified in Appendix A-1 of this standard.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.32" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.32   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of these reporting requirements is to assist the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in determining whether a manufacturer has complied with the requirements of Standard No. 208 when using the child restraint systems specified in Appendix A-1 of that standard.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.33" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.33   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to manufacturers of passenger cars, and of trucks, buses and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a GVWR of 3,856 kg (8,500 lb) or less.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.34" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.34   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 30102 are used in their statutory meaning.
</P>
<P>(b) Bus, gross vehicle weight rating or GVWR, multipurpose passenger vehicle, passenger car, and truck are used as defined in § 571.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Production year means the 12-month period between September 1 of one year and August 31 of the following year, inclusive.
</P>
<P>(d) Limited line manufacturer means a manufacturer that sells three or fewer carlines, as that term is defined in 49 CFR 583.4, in the United States during a production year.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.35" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.35   Response to inquiries.</HEAD>
<P>At any time during the production year ending August 31, 2026, each manufacturer shall, upon request from the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, provide information identifying the vehicles (by make, model and vehicle identification number) that have been certified as complying with the requirements of Standard No. 208 when using the child restraint systems specified in appendix A-1 of that standard (49 CFR 571.208). The manufacturer's designation of a vehicle as a certified vehicle is irrevocable.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 67886, Aug. 22, 2024]










</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.36" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.36   Reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Phase-in reporting requirements.</I> Within 60 days after the end of the production year ending August 31, 2026, each manufacturer shall submit a report to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration concerning its compliance with requirements of Standard No. 208 when using the child restraint systems specified in appendix A-1 of that standard (49 CFR 571.208) for its vehicles produced in that year. Each report shall provide the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section and in § 585.2.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Phase-in report content.</I> Basis for phase-in production goals. Each manufacturer shall provide the number of vehicles manufactured in the current production year, or, at the manufacturer's option, in each of the three previous production years. A new manufacturer that is, for the first time, manufacturing passenger cars, trucks, multipurpose passenger vehicles or buses for sale in the United States must report the number of passenger cars, trucks, multipurpose passenger vehicles or buses manufactured during the current production year.
</P>
<P>(1) Production of complying vehicles. Each manufacturer shall report on the number of vehicles that meet the requirements of Standard No. 208 when using the child restraint systems specified in appendix A-1 of that standard (49 CFR 571.208).
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 67886, Aug. 22, 2024]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.37" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.37   Records.</HEAD>
<P>Each manufacturer shall maintain records of the Vehicle Identification Number for each vehicle for which information is reported under § 585.36 until December 31, 2029.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 67886, Aug. 22, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subparts E-M [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="N" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart N—Minimum Sound Requirements for Hybrid and Electric Vehicles Reporting Requirements</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 90521, Dec. 14, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 585.128" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.128   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart establishes requirements for manufacturers of hybrid and electric passenger cars, trucks, buses, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and low-speed vehicles to submit a report, and maintain records related to the report, concerning the number of such vehicles that meet minimum sound requirements of Standard No. 141, Minimum Sound Requirements for Hybrid and Electric Vehicles (49 CFR 571.141).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.129" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.129   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of these reporting requirements is to assist the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in determining whether a manufacturer has complied with the minimum sound requirements of Standard No. 141, Minimum Sound for Hybrid and Electric Vehicles (49 CFR 571.141).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.130" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.130   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to manufacturers of hybrid and electric passenger cars, trucks, buses, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and low-speed vehicles subject to the phase-in requirements of S9.1 Hybrid and Electric Vehicles manufactured on or after March 1, 2020, and before March 1, 2021 (49 CFR 571.141).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54281, Sept. 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.131" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.131   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 30102 are used in their statutory meaning.
</P>
<P>(b) Bus, gross vehicle weight rating or GVWR, low-speed vehicle, multipurpose passenger vehicle, passenger car, truck, and motorcycle are used as defined in § 571.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Production year means the 12-month period between September 1 of one year and August 31 of the following year, inclusive.
</P>
<P>(d) Electric Vehicle, and hybrid vehicle are used as defined in § 571.141 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.132" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.132   Response to inquiries.</HEAD>
<P>At any time, each manufacturer shall, upon request from the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, provide information identifying the vehicles (by make, model and vehicle identification number) that have been certified as complying with the requirements of Standard No. 141, Minimum Sound Requirements for Hybrid and Electric Vehicles (49 CFR 571.141). The manufacturer's designation of a vehicle as a certified vehicle is irrevocable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54281, Sept. 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.133" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.133   Reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Phase-in reporting requirements.</I> Within 60 days after February 28, 2021, each manufacturer shall submit a report to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration concerning its compliance with the requirements of Standard No. 141, Minimum Sound Requirements for Hybrid and Electric Vehicles (49 CFR 571.141), for its vehicles produced from March 1, 2020 to February 28, 2021. Each report shall provide the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section and in §  585.2.
</P>
<P>(b) Phase-in report content—
</P>
<P>(1) Basis for phase-in production goals. Each manufacturer shall provide the number of hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles manufactured in the current production year or, at the manufacturer's option, in each of the three previous production years. A manufacturer that is, for the first time, manufacturing vehicles for sale in the United States must report the number of vehicles manufactured during the current production year.
</P>
<P>(2) Production of complying vehicles—
</P>
<P>Each manufacturer shall report for the production year being reported on, and each preceding production year, to the extent that vehicles produced during the preceding years are treated under Standard No. 141 as having been produced during the production year being reported on, information on the number of vehicles that meet the requirements of Standard No. 141, Minimum Sound Requirements for Hybrid and Electric Vehicles (49 CFR 571.141).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 90521, Dec. 14, 2016, as amended at 83 FR 8198, Feb. 26, 2018; 85 FR 54281, Sept. 1, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.134" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.134   Records.</HEAD>
<P>Each manufacturer shall maintain records of the Vehicle Identification Number for each vehicle for which information is reported under §  585.133 until December 31, 2025.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54281, Sept. 1, 2020]








</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="O" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart O—Child Restraint Anchorage Systems Phase-In Reporting Requirements</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>90 FR 1352, Jan. 7, 2025, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 585.135" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.135   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart establishes requirements for manufacturers of passenger cars, and of trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 3,855 kilograms (8,500 pounds) or less, and of buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less, to submit a report per § 585.140, and maintain records related to the report according to § 585.141, concerning the number of such vehicles that meet the requirements of Standard No. 225, <I>Child restraint anchorage systems</I> (49 CFR 571.225).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.136" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.6.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.136   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of these reporting requirements is to assist the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in determining whether a manufacturer has complied with Standard No. 225 (49 CFR 571.225).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.137" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.6.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.137   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to manufacturers of passenger cars, and of trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 3,855 kilograms (8,500 pounds) or less, and of buses with a GVWR of 4536 kg (10,000 lb) or less, for which Standard No. 225 (49 CFR 571.225) applies. However, this subpart does not apply to vehicles excluded by S5 of Standard No. 225 from the requirements of that standard.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.138" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.6.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.138   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 30102 are used in their statutory meaning.
</P>
<P>(b) Bus, gross vehicle weight rating or GVWR, multipurpose passenger vehicle, passenger car, and truck are used as defined in 49 CFR 571.3.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Production year</I> means the 12-month period between September 1 of one year and August 31 of the following year, inclusive.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.139" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.6.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.139   Response to inquiries.</HEAD>
<P>At any time during the production years ending August 31, 2029, and August 31, 2030, each manufacturer shall, upon request from the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, provide information identifying the vehicles (by make, model and vehicle identification number) that have been certified as complying with Standard No. 225 (49 CFR 571.225). The manufacturer's designation of a vehicle as a certified vehicle is irrevocable.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.140" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.6.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.140   Reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General reporting requirements.</I> Within 60 days after the end of the production years ending August 31, 2029, and August 31, 2030, each manufacturer shall submit a report to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration concerning its compliance with the child restraint anchorage system requirements of Standard No. 225 (49 CFR 571.225) for applicable vehicles produced in that year. Each report shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(2) State the full name, title, and address of the official responsible for preparing the report;
</P>
<P>(3) Identify the production year being reported on;
</P>
<P>(4) Contain a statement regarding whether or not the manufacturer complied with the child restraint anchorage system requirements of Standard No. 225 (49 CFR 571.225) for the period covered by the report and the basis for that statement;
</P>
<P>(5) Provide the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(6) Be written in the English language; and
</P>
<P>(7) Be submitted to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, West Building, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Report content</I>—(1) <I>Basis for phase-in production goals.</I> Each manufacturer must provide the number of passenger cars and trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 3,855 kilograms (8,500 pounds) or less, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less manufactured for sale in the United States for each of the most recent three previous production years, or, at the manufacturer's option, for the most recently ended production year. A new manufacturer that has not previously manufactured these vehicles for sale in the United States must submit a report at the end of the initial production year for the number of such vehicles manufactured during the initial production year.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Production.</I> Each manufacturer must report for the production year for which the report is filed: the number of passenger cars and trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 3,855 kilograms (8,500 pounds) or less, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less, that do and do not meet S13 of Standard No. 225 (49 CFR 571.225).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I> Each manufacturer whose reporting of information is affected by one or more of the express written contracts permitted by S13.2.1(c) of Standard No. 225 (49 CFR 571.225) must:
</P>
<P>(i) Report the existence of each contract, including the names of all parties to the contract, and explain how the contract affects the report being submitted.
</P>
<P>(ii) Report the actual number of vehicles covered by each contract.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.141" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.6.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.141   Records.</HEAD>
<P>Each manufacturer must maintain records of the Vehicle Identification Number for each vehicle for which information is reported under § 585.140 until December 31, 2032.



      


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="P" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart P—Event Data Recorders Phase-In Reporting Requirements</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>91 FR 28442, May 18, 2026, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 585.142" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.7.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.142   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart establishes requirements for manufacturers of passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 3,855 kg (8,500 pounds) or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kg (5,500 pounds) or less, except for walk-in van-type trucks or vehicles designed to be sold exclusively to the U.S. Postal Service, to submit a report per §  585.147, and maintain records related to the report according to §  585.148, concerning the number of such vehicles that meet the requirements of part 563, Event data recorders (49 CFR 563).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.143" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.7.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.143   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of these reporting requirements is to assist the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in determining whether a manufacturer has complied with part 563 (49 CFR 563).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.144" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.7.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.144   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to manufacturers of passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 3,855 kg (8,500 pounds) or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kg (5,500 pounds) or less, except for walk-in van-type trucks or vehicles designed to be sold exclusively to the U.S. Postal Service, for which part 563 applies. However, this subpart does not apply to vehicles excluded by § 563.3 from the requirements of that standard.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.145" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.7.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.145   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Event data recorder</I> (EDR) is used as defined in 49 CFR 563.5.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.146" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.7.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.146   Response to inquiries.</HEAD>
<P>At any time during the production years ending August 31, 2029, August 31, 2030, August 31, 2031, and August 31, 2032, each manufacturer shall, upon request from the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, provide information identifying the vehicles (by make, model and vehicle identification number) that have been certified as complying with part 563 (49 CFR 563). The manufacturer's designation of a vehicle as a certified vehicle is irrevocable.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.147" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.7.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.147   Reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General reporting requirements.</I> Within 60 days after the end of the production years ending August 31, 2029, August 31, 2030, August 31, 2031, and August 31, 2032, each manufacturer shall submit a report to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration concerning its compliance with the event data recorder requirements of part 563 (49 CFR 563) for applicable vehicles produced in that year. Each report shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the manufacturer;
</P>
<P>(2) State the full name, title, and address of the official responsible for preparing the report;
</P>
<P>(3) Identify the production year being reported on;
</P>
<P>(4) Contain a statement regarding whether or not the manufacturer complied with the event data recorder data element capture requirements of part 563 (49 CFR 563) for the period covered by the report and the basis for that statement;
</P>
<P>(5) Provide the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(6) Be written in the English language; and
</P>
<P>(7) Be submitted to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, West Building, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Report content</I>—(1) <I>Basis for phase-in production goals.</I> Each manufacturer must provide the number of passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 3,855 kg (8,500 pounds) or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kg (5,500 pounds) or less, except for walk-in van-type trucks or vehicles designed to be sold exclusively to the U.S. Postal Service, manufactured for sale in the United States for each of the most recent three previous production years, or, at the manufacturer's option, for the most recently ended production year that are equipped with an EDR. A new manufacturer that has not previously manufactured these vehicles for sale in the United States must submit a report at the end of the initial production year for the number of such vehicles manufactured during the initial production year.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Production.</I> Each manufacturer must report for the production year for which the report is filed: the number of passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 3,855 kg (8,500 pounds) or less and an unloaded vehicle weight of 2,495 kg (5,500 pounds) or less, except for walk-in van-type trucks or vehicles designed to be sold exclusively to the U.S. Postal Service, that are equipped with an EDR and that do and do not have the recording interval and data sample rate displayed in Table I to § 563.7(a) or Table II to § 563.7(b) (49 CFR 563.7).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Vehicles produced by more than one manufacturer.</I> Each manufacturer whose reporting of information is affected by one or more of the express written contracts permitted by §  563.4(c) must:
</P>
<P>(i) Report the existence of each contract, including the names of all parties to the contract, and explain how the contract affects the report being submitted.
</P>
<P>(ii) Report the actual number of vehicles covered by each contract.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 585.148" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.13.7.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 585.148   Records.</HEAD>
<P>Each manufacturer must maintain records of the Vehicle Identification Number for each vehicle for which information is reported under §  585.147 until December 31, 2033.






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="586" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 586—REPLICA MOTOR VEHICLES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 30112 and 30114; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>87 FR 13233, Mar. 9, 2022, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 586.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 586.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part specifies requirements and procedures under 49 U.S.C. 30114(b) for the registration of low-volume manufacturers as replica motor vehicle manufacturers and establishes the duties of the manufacturers.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 586.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 586.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to implement 49 U.S.C. 30114(b) to exempt not more than 325 replica motor vehicles per year that are manufactured or imported by low-volume manufacturers from certain requirements for motor vehicles. This part specifies eligibility requirements for low-volume manufacturers to qualify for the exemption. They must register with NHTSA as a replica motor vehicle manufacturer according to procedures for the registration of such manufacturers, meet content and format requirements for registration submissions, and meet requirements for updating registrations. This part also provides for the revocation of registrations and sets forth labeling, reporting, and other requirements. Manufacturers are not exempted under 49 U.S.C. 30114(b) unless they register with NHTSA pursuant to this part 586.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 586.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 586.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to low-volume manufacturers that wish to register with NHTSA as a replica motor vehicle manufacturer, and to manufacturers registered as replica motor vehicle manufacturers.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 586.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 586.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms in this part that are defined in 49 U.S.C. 30102 and in 49 CFR 571.3 are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P><I>Low-volume manufacturer</I> means a motor vehicle manufacturer, other than a person who is registered as an importer under 49 U.S.C. 30141, whose annual worldwide production, including by a parent or subsidiary of the manufacturer, if applicable, is not more than 5,000 vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Original model year of a replicated vehicle</I> means the stated model year of a vehicle that has been replicated pursuant to 49 CFR part 586.
</P>
<P><I>Replica motor vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle that—
</P>
<P>(1) Is produced by a manufacturer meeting the definition of replica motor vehicle manufacturer under part 586 that has not manufactured 325 replica motor vehicles in the current calendar year;
</P>
<P>(2) Is intended to resemble the body of another motor vehicle that was manufactured for consumer sale not less than 25 years before the manufacture of the replica motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(3) Is manufactured in a single stage; and
</P>
<P>(4) Is either:
</P>
<P>(i) Manufactured under a license for all of the intellectual property rights of the motor vehicle that is intended to be replicated, including, but not limited to, product configuration, trade dress, trademark, and patent, from the original manufacturer, or its successors or assignees; or,
</P>
<P>(ii) Manufactured by a current owner of such intellectual property, including, but not limited to, product configuration trade dress, trademark, and patent rights.
</P>
<P><I>Replica motor vehicle manufacturer</I> means a low-volume manufacturer, that is registered as a replica motor vehicle manufacturer pursuant to the requirements in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Replica model year</I> means the calendar year in which a replica motor vehicle was manufactured.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 586.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 586.5   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer wishing to register as a replica motor vehicle manufacturer must have a calendar year, worldwide production, including any by a parent or subsidiary of the manufacturer, of not more than 5,000 motor vehicles, and must not be a registered importer under 49 CFR part 592. Only one registration is permitted for manufacturers sharing common ownership. If a manufacturer wishes to manufacture replica motor vehicles and share common ownership with a registered replica motor vehicle manufacturer, it may only do so after the registered replica vehicle manufacturer submits an updated registration submission indicating that the exemption for 325 replica vehicles will be divided between the manufacturers. Replica manufacturers sharing common ownership will be limited to a total of 325 replica vehicles. An update to a registration to add a manufacturer under common ownership shall allocate the exemption for 325 replica vehicles between the manufacturers. An update to the registration to adjust the allocation must be made pursuant to § 586.9.
</P>
<P>(b) Each manufacturer wishing to manufacture replica motor vehicles under this program must be registered, according to the requirements in § 586.6, as a replica motor vehicle manufacturer for the calendar year in which the replica motor vehicle is manufactured.
</P>
<P>(c) Each replica motor vehicle manufacturer shall meet all statutory and regulatory requirements, including requirements in 49 CFR part 567, applicable to motor vehicle manufacturers, except:
</P>
<P>(1) 49 U.S.C. 30112(a) regarding the Federal motor vehicle safety standards applicable to vehicles (as opposed to standards applicable to motor vehicle equipment) in effect on the date of manufacture of the replica motor vehicle; and
</P>
<P>(2) 49 U.S.C. 32304, 32502, 32902 and 15 U.S.C. 1232.
</P>
<P>(d) Each replica motor vehicle manufacturer shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Meet all the requirements set forth in this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Not manufacture more than 325 replica motor vehicles in a calendar year; and,
</P>
<P>(3) Meet 49 U.S.C. 30112(a) regarding the Federal motor vehicle safety standards applicable to equipment items installed on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(e) Each replica motor vehicle, as manufactured, shall resemble the original replicated vehicle.
</P>
<P>(f) An exemption granted by NHTSA may not be transferred to any other person, and shall expire at the end of the calendar year for which it was granted with respect to any volume authorized by the exemption that was not applied by the replica motor vehicle manufacturer to vehicles built during that calendar year.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 586.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 586.6   Registration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A manufacturer may register under this part as a manufacturer of replica motor vehicles if:
</P>
<P>(1) The manufacturer is not registered as an importer under 49 CFR part 592;
</P>
<P>(2) The manufacturer's annual worldwide production, including any by a parent or subsidiary of the manufacturer, is not more than 5,000 motor vehicles;
</P>
<P>(3) The manufacturer has submitted manufacturer identification information pursuant to part 566.
</P>
<P>(b) To register as a replica motor vehicle manufacturer, a manufacturer must submit, using the NHTSA Product Information Catalog and Vehicle Listing (vPIC) platform (<I>https://vpic.nhtsa.dot.gov/</I>) its name, address, and email address, and the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Information sufficient to establish:
</P>
<P>(i) That the manufacturer's annual world-wide production, including any by a parent or subsidiary of the manufacturer, is not more than 5,000 motor vehicles, and a statement certifying to that effect, including the total number of motor vehicles produced by or on behalf of the registrant in the 12-month prior to filing the registration; and,
</P>
<P>(ii) That the manufacturer is not registered as an importer under 49 CFR part 592;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement identifying the original vehicle(s) the manufacturer intends to replicate by make, model, and model year;
</P>
<P>(3) Information sufficient to establish that the replica vehicle(s) the manufacturer will replicate is intended to resemble the body of the original vehicle, including:
</P>
<P>(i) The images of the front, rear, and side views of the exterior of the original vehicle;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the manufacturer has previously replicated the original vehicle(s), images of the front, rear, and side views of the exterior of a representative replica motor vehicle;
</P>
<P>(iii) If the manufacturer has not previously replicated the original vehicle(s), design plans for the replica vehicles;
</P>
<P>(iv) Information to show that the replica motor vehicle will have a height, width, and length within 10 percent of the original motor vehicle and,
</P>
<P>(v) If the replica motor vehicle deviates from the height, width, or length of the original motor vehicle by more than 10 percent, an explanation of why such deviations were necessary.
</P>
<P>(4) A certification that the manufacturer has determined the intellectual property rights required, and that the manufacturer has obtained all licenses and permissions necessary to legally produce the replica motor vehicle described in the application, or is the owner of such intellectual property.
</P>
<P>(5) A statement certifying that the manufacturer will not manufacture more than the number of replica motor vehicles covered by the requested exemption, a number not more than 325 replica motor vehicles in a calendar year; and,
</P>
<P>(6) All information required by part 566 to identify itself to NHTSA as a motor vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(c) A manufacturer is not considered registered under this part 586 unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The registration is approved; or,
</P>
<P>(2) The registration is deemed approved under § 586.9.
</P>
<P>(d) A replica motor vehicle manufacturer shall submit an updated registration submission prior to beginning manufacture of any replica vehicle model(s) not covered by their existing registration and will not begin manufacturing those additional replica vehicle model(s) until the registration is either approved or deemed approved as specified under § 586.9.
</P>
<P>(e) A registrant need not reapply annually if the registrant seeks to manufacture the same replica vehicles (make, model and model year) for which it received approval. The registrant must provide notification, by way of its annual report pursuant to § 586.12, of its intent to continue manufacturing replica vehicles to which an approved registration applies.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 586.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 586.7   Processing of registrations.</HEAD>
<P>Upon receipt of a registration submitted on vPIC, NHTSA will automatically notify the registrant by email within 90 days of the receipt whether the registration is approved, denied, or incomplete. This notification will be sent to the email address provided in the manufacturer's original submission. If an application is approved, the registrant's name will automatically be added to the list of approved registrants on NHTSA's website. NHTSA will deny a registration if:
</P>
<P>(a) NHTSA determines that the registrant does not meet the requirements of this part 586;
</P>
<P>(b) The registration is incomplete, and the registrant has failed to provide the missing information within 60 days after being notified by NHTSA pursuant to 586.8; or,
</P>
<P>(c) The registration relies on the same facts and circumstances as a previously denied registration.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 586.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 586.8   Incomplete registrations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If NHTSA determines that a submission is incomplete, NHTSA will notify the registrant, by email, within 90 days, that there is missing information. The registrant shall have 60 days to submit the missing information. This notification will be sent to the email address provided in the manufacturer's original submission.
</P>
<P>(b) If NHTSA receives the missing information within 60 days of notifying the registrant that its submission is incomplete, NHTSA will approve or deny the registration within a period of time equivalent to the number of days that were remaining in the original 90-day period at the time NHTSA sent the notification, plus an additional 30 days.
</P>
<P>(c) If a registrant does not respond to NHTSA's notification that its submission is incomplete within 60 days, or the registrant responds within 60 days but the additional information submitted is not sufficient to complete the registration, the registration may be denied.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 586.9" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 586.9   Deemed approved registrations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If NHTSA does not act on a registration within 90 days of NHTSA's receipt of the submission, NHTSA will notify a registrant by email on or after the 90th day that the registration has been deemed approved. Registrants that have been deemed approved will be included on NHTSA's list of approved replica motor vehicle manufacturers.
</P>
<P>(b) A manufacturer that has not received an email notification from NHTSA about NHTSA's decision on the application following 90 days from submission of the registration should contact NHTSA's Manufacturers Helpdesk to determine the status of its registration (Email: <I>manufacturerinfo@dot.gov;</I> Telephone: 1-888-399-3277). Manufacturers may also contact the helpdesk for information about the status of their registrations at any time, or may themselves check the status using the key provided them when they submitted their registration application. A manufacturer that has not received an email confirmation from NHTSA that its registration has been deemed approved may be subject to enforcement action by NHTSA for violating 49 U.S.C. 30112(a) if NHTSA finds that the registration was incomplete or denied, and that an email notification had been sent to the email address provided in the manufacturer's submission.
</P>
<P>(c) If NHTSA determines that a registration that had been deemed approved is incomplete or fails to meet the requirements for registrants in this part 586, NHTSA may request additional information from the registrant in writing, which includes by email. A manufacturer shall have 60 days to respond to a request for additional information. If the manufacturer fails to respond within the 60 days or submits information that does not support that it meets the requirements of this part 586, NHTSA may revoke the registration.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 586.10" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 586.10   Updating existing registrations.</HEAD>
<P>A registered replica manufacturer shall submit updated registration information prior to commencing manufacture of a new model of replica vehicle or reallocating the number of replica vehicles to be made by two or more replica manufacturers under common ownership. The manufacturer shall submit updated registration information pursuant to § 586.6. The manufacturer may not begin producing the new model of replica vehicle or reallocate replica vehicles until its registration is either approved by NHTSA or is deemed approved.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 586.11" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 586.11   Temporary label.</HEAD>
<P>Each replica motor vehicle shall have a temporary label attached to a location on the dashboard or the steering wheel hub that is clearly visible from all front seating positions. The label shall meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) The label shall include a heading area in yellow with an alert symbol consisting of a solid black equilateral triangle with a yellow exclamation point and the word “WARNING” in black block capitals in a type size that is larger than that used in the remainder of the label and the alert symbol in black.
</P>
<P>(b) The label shall include a message area in white with black text in at least 20-point font stating: “This vehicle is a replica motor vehicle and is exempt from complying with all current Federal motor vehicle safety standards that apply to motor vehicles, and with theft prevention and bumper standards in effect on the date of manufacture. [The expression “U.S.” or “U.S.A.” may be inserted before the word “Federal”.] See the certification label for a list of the standards from which this replica motor vehicle is exempt.”
</P>
<P>(c) The message area shall be not less than 30 cm
<SU>2</SU> (4.7 in
<SU>2</SU>).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 13233, Mar. 9, 2022, as amended at 87 FR 23111, Apr. 19, 2022]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 586.12" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 586.12   Annual report.</HEAD>
<P>Each manufacturer of a replica motor vehicle shall furnish the following information to <I>https://vpic.nhtsa.dot.gov/</I> no later than March 1 following the end of a calendar year in which the manufacturer produced at least one (1) replica motor vehicle:
</P>
<P>(a) Full individual, partnership or corporate name of the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(b) Residence address of the manufacturer, phone number and email address.
</P>
<P>(c) Year to which the report applies (reporting year).
</P>
<P>(d) The complete Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) of each replica vehicle manufactured.
</P>
<P>(e) Vehicle make(s) and model(s).
</P>
<P>(f) Replica model year.
</P>
<P>(g) Original model year of the replicated vehicle(s).
</P>
<P>(h) Total number of replica motor vehicles manufactured during the reporting year.
</P>
<P>(i) Images of the front, rear, roof, and side views of the original vehicle(s) replicated, of the vehicle's exterior, and images of the same views of a representative replica manufactured to resemble each original vehicle. Submit also information sufficient to establish that the replica motor vehicle, as manufactured, resembles the body of the original vehicle.
</P>
<P>(j) State whether the replica vehicles contain any of the following vehicle safety features: Front or side air bags; lap or lap and shoulder belts; advanced safety systems/passive safety systems (listed with locations); electronic stability control; rear visibility camera system; ejection mitigation.
</P>
<P>(k) If the registrant will be manufacturing the same replica motor vehicle(s) in the next calendar year, a notification to NHTSA of which replica motor vehicle(s) will be produced, and a certification that the registrant will produce no more than 325 replica motor vehicles in total. If the manufacturer intends to continue manufacturing replica motor vehicle(s), the manufacturer must also submit information sufficient to establish that their annual world-wide production, including by a parent or subsidiary of the manufacturer, if applicable, is not more than 5,000 motor vehicles, and a statement certifying to that effect, including the total number of motor vehicles produced by or on behalf of the registrant in the 12-month prior to filing the registration.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 586.13" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.14.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 586.13   Revocation of registrations.</HEAD>
<P>NHTSA may require registrants to provide information related to compliance with the requirements of this part at any time. NHTSA may revoke an existing registration or deny a registration based on a failure to comply with requirements of this part or a finding of a safety-related defect or unlawful conduct under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301 <I>et seq.</I> that poses a significant safety risk. Prior to the revocation of the registration, NHTSA will provide the registrant a reasonable opportunity to correct deficiencies, if such are correctable, based on the sole discretion of NHTSA. 






















</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="587" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 587—DEFORMABLE BARRIERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117, and 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>55 FR 45779, Oct. 30, 1990, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 587 appear at 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part describes deformable impact barriers that are to be used for testing compliance of motor vehicles with motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 17198, Mar. 31, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The design and performance criteria specified in this part are intended to describe measuring tools with sufficient precision to give repetitive and correlative results under similar test conditions and to reflect adequately the protective performance of a motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment with respect to human occupants


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part does not in itself impose duties or liabilities on any person. It is a description of tools that are used in compliance tests to measure the performance of occupant protection systems required by the safety standards that refer to these tools. It is designed to be referenced by, and become part of, the test procedures specified in motor vehicle safety standards such as Standard No. 208, <I>Occupant Crash Protection,</I> and Standard No. 214, <I>Side Impact Protection.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 17199, Mar. 31, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Side Impact Moving Deformable Barrier</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms defined in section 102 of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 1391) are used in their statutory meaning.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.5   Incorporated materials.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The drawings and specifications referred to in this regulation that are not set forth in full are hereby incorporated in this part by reference. These materials are thereby made part of this regulation. The Director of the Federal Register has approved the materials incorporated by reference. For materials subject to change, only the specific version approved by the Director of the Federal Register and specified in the regulation are incorporated. A notice of any change will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> As a convenience to the reader, the materials incorporated by reference are listed in the Finding Aid Table found at the end of this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations.
</P>
<P>(b) The drawings and specifications incorporated in this part by reference are available for examination in the general reference section of Docket 79-04, Docket Section, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Room 5109, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. Copies may be obtained from Rowley-Scher Reprographics, Inc., 1111 14th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20005, telephone (202) 628-6667 or (202) 408-8789. The drawings and specifications are also on file in the reference library of the Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.6   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The moving deformable barrier consists of component parts and component assemblies which are described in drawings and specifications that are set forth in this § 587.6 of this chapter (incorporated by reference; see § 587.5).
</P>
<P>(b) The moving deformable barrier specifications are provided in the drawings shown in DSL-1278 through DSL-1287, except DSL-1282, and the drawing shown in DSL-1290 (DSL-1278 through DSL-1287, except for DSL-1282, and DSL-1290 are incorporated by reference; see § 587.5).
</P>
<P>(1) The specifications for the final assembly of the moving deformable barrier are provided in the drawings shown in DSL-1278, dated June 2002.
</P>
<P>(2) The specifications for the frame assembly of the moving deformable barrier are provided in the drawings shown in DSL-1281, dated August 20, 1980.
</P>
<P>(3) The specifications for the face of the moving deformable barrier are provided in the drawings shown in DSL-1285, dated October 1991, and DSL-1286, dated August 20, 1980.
</P>
<P>(4) The specifications for the ballast installation and details concerning the ballast plate are provided in drawings shown in DSL-1279 and DSL-1280, both dated August 20, 1980.
</P>
<P>(5) The specifications for the hub assembly and details concerning the brake are provided in drawings shown in DSL-1283, dated October 1991.
</P>
<P>(6) The specifications for the rear guide assembly are provided in drawings shown in DSL-1284, dated August 20, 1980.
</P>
<P>(7) The specifications for the research axle assembly are provided in drawings shown in DSL-1287, dated October 1991.
</P>
<P>(8) The specifications for the compliance axle assembly are provided in drawings shown in DSL-1290, dated October 1991.
</P>
<P>(c) In configuration 2 (with two cameras and camera mounts, a light trap vane, and ballast reduced), the moving deformable barrier (crabbable axle), including the impact surface, supporting structure, and carriage, weighs 3,015 pounds, has a track width of 74 inches, and has a wheelbase of 102 inches.
</P>
<P>(d) In configuration 2, the moving deformable barrier has the following center of gravity:
</P>
<FP-2>X = 44.2 inches rear of front axle
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Y = 0.3 inches left of longitudinal center line
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Z = 19.7 inches from ground.
</FP-2>
<P>(e) The moving deformable barrier has the following moment of inertia:
</P>
<FP-2>Pitch = 1669 ft-lb-sec
<SU>2</SU>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Roll = 375 ft-lb-sec
<SU>2</SU>
</FP-2>
<FP-2>Yaw = 1897 ft-lb-sec
<SU>2</SU>
</FP-2>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 45779, Oct. 30, 1990; 56 FR 47011, Sept. 17, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 7558, Mar. 3, 1992; 68 FR 44472, July 29, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 587.7-587.10" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 587.7-587.10   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Offset Deformable Barrier</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>65 FR 17199, Mar. 31, 2000, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 587.11" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.11   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.12" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.12   Incorporation by reference.</HEAD>
<P>Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Recommended Practice J211/1 Rev. MAR 95, Instrumentation for Impact Tests-Part 1—Electronic Instrumentation, is incorporated by reference in § 587.15 in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. A copy may be obtained from SAE at Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096. A copy of the material may be inspected at NHTSA's Docket Section, 400 Seventh Street, S.W., room 5109, Washington, DC, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.13" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.13   General description.</HEAD>
<P>The offset deformable barrier is comprised of two elements: a fixed rigid barrier and a deformable face (Figure 1). The fixed rigid barrier is adequate to not deflect or displace more than 10 mm during the vehicle impact. The deformable face consists of aluminum honeycomb and aluminum covering. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.14" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.14   Deformable face component dimensions and material specifications.</HEAD>
<P>The dimensions of the deformable face are illustrated in Figure 1 of this subpart. The dimensions and materials of the individual components are listed separately below. All dimensions allow a tolerance of ±2.5 mm (0.1 in) unless otherwise specified. 
</P>
<P>(a) Main honeycomb block. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Dimensions.</I> The main honeycomb block has a height of 650 mm (25.6 in) (in the direction of honeycomb ribbon axis), a width of 1,000 mm (39.4 in), and a depth of 450 mm (17.7 in)(in the direction of honeycomb cell axis). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Material.</I> The main honeycomb block is constructed of the following material. The honeycomb is manufactured out of aluminum 3003, with a foil thickness of 0.076 mm (0.003 in) ±0.004 mm (0.002 in) a cell size of 19.14 mm (0.75 in), a density of 28.6 kg/m
<SU>3</SU> (1.78 lb/ft
<SU>3</SU>) ±2kg/m
<SU>3</SU> (0.25 1b/ft
<SU>3</SU>), and a crush strength of 0.342 MPa (49.6 psi) + 0%−10%, measured in accordance with the certification procedure described in § 587.15. 
</P>
<P>(b) Bumper element honeycomb. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Dimensions.</I> The bumper element honeycomb has a height of 330 mm (13 in)(in the direction of honeycomb ribbon axis), a width of 1,000 mm (39.4 in), and a depth of 90 mm (3.5 in) (in the direction of honeycomb cell axis). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Material.</I> The bumper element honeycomb is constructed of the following material. The honeycomb is manufactured out of aluminum 3003, with a foil thickness of 0.076 mm (0.003 in) ±0.004 mm (0.0002 in), a cell size of 6.4 mm (0.25 in) ±1 mm (0.040 in), a density of 82.6 kg/m
<SU>3</SU> (5.15 lb/ft
<SU>3</SU>) ±3 kg/m
<SU>3</SU> (0.19 lb/ft
<SU>3</SU>), and a crush strength of 1.711 MPa (248 psi) + 0% −10%, measured in accordance with the certification procedure described in § 587.14. 
</P>
<P>(c) Backing sheet. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Dimensions.</I> The backing sheet has a height of 800 mm (31.5 in), a width of 1,000 mm (39.4 in), and a thickness of 2.0 mm (0.08 in) ±0.1 mm (0.004 in). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Material.</I> The backing sheet is manufactured out of aluminum 5251/5052. 
</P>
<P>(d) Cladding sheet. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Dimensions.</I> The cladding sheet of the main honeycomb block has a total length of 1,700 mm (66.9 in), a width of 1,000 mm (39.4 in), and a thickness of 0.81 mm (0.03 in) ±0.07 mm (0.003 in). It is shaped as indicated in Figure 1. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Material.</I> The cladding sheet of the main honeycomb block is manufactured out of aluminum 5251/5052. 
</P>
<P>(e) Bumper element honeycomb facing sheet. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Dimensions.</I> The bumper facing sheet has a height of 330 mm (13 in), a width of 1,000 mm (39.4 in), and a thickness of 0.81 mm (0.03 in) ±0.07 mm (0.003 in). 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Material.</I> The bumper element honeycomb facing sheet is manufactured out of aluminum 5251/5052. 
</P>
<P>(f) Adhesive. The adhesive used throughout is a two-part polyurethane. (such as Ciba-Geigy XB5090/1 resin with XB5304 hardener, or equivalent). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.15" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.15   Verification of aluminum honeycomb crush strength.</HEAD>
<P>The following procedure is used to ascertain the crush strength of the main honeycomb block and the bumper element honeycomb, as specified in §§ 587.14(a)(2) and 587.14(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Sample locations.</I> To ensure uniformity of crush strength across the whole of the deformable face, 8 samples are taken from 4 locations evenly spaced across the honeycomb material. Seven of these 8 samples must meet the crush strength requirements when tested in accordance with the following sections. The location of the samples depends on the size of the honeycomb material being tested. Four samples, each measuring 300 mm (11.8 in) × 300 mm (11.8 in) × 25 mm (1 in) thick are cut from the honeycomb material. (See Figure 2 for how to locate these samples on two different sizes of honeycomb material.) Each of these larger samples is cut into samples of the size specified in § 587.15(b). Verification is based on the testing of two samples from each of the four locations. The other two samples are retained for future verification, if necessary.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sample size.</I> Samples of the following size are used for testing. The length is 150 mm (5.9 in) ±6 mm (0.24 in), the width is 150 mm (5.9 in) ±6 mm (0.24 in), and the thickness is 25 mm (1 in) ±2 mm (0.08 in). The walls of incomplete cells around the edge of the sample are trimmed as follows (See Figure 3). In the width (“W”) direction, the fringes (“f”) are no greater than 1.8 mm (0.07 in); in the length (“L”) direction, the fringes (“e”) are at least half the length of one bonded cell wall (“d”) (in the ribbon direction). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Area measurement.</I> The length of the sample is measured in three locations, 12.7 mm (0.5 in) from each end and in the middle, and recorded as L1, L2, and L3 (Figure 3). In the same manner, the width is measured and recorded as W1, W2, and W3 (Figure 3). These measurements are taken on the centerline of the thickness. The crush area is then calculated as:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="20" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er31mr00.013.gif"/></MATH>
<P>(d) <I>Crush rate and distance.</I> The sample is crushed at a rate of not less than 5.1 mm/min (0.2 in/ min) and not more than 7.6 mm/min (0.29 in/min). The minimum crush distance is 16.5 mm (0.65 in). Force versus deflection data are collected in either analog or digital form for each sample tested. If analog data are collected, a means of converting the data to digital data must be made available. All digital data are collected at a rate consistent with SAE Recommended Practice J211/1 Rev. MAR 95 (see § 587.12). 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Crush strength determination.</I> Ignore all data prior to 6.4 mm (0.25 in) of crush and after 16.5 mm (0.65 in) of crush. Divide the remaining data into three sections or displacement intervals (n = 1, 2, 3) (see Figure 4) as follows. Interval one is from 6.4-9.7 mm (0.25-0.38 in) deflection, inclusive. Interval two is from 9.7-13.2 mm (0.38-0.52 in) deflection, exclusive. Interval three is from 13.2-16.5 mm (0.52-0.65 in) deflection, inclusive. Find the average for each section as follows: 
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="24" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er31mr00.014.gif"/></MATH>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>where m represents the number of data points measured in each of the three intervals. Calculate the crush strength of each section as follows:</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="24" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er31mr00.015.gif"/></MATH>
<P>(f) <I>Sample crush strength specification.</I> For a honeycomb sample to meet crush strength requirements, the following condition must be met. For the 0.342 MPa (49.6 psi) material, the strength must be equal to or greater than 0.308 MPa (45 psi) but less than or equal to 0.342 MPa (49.6 psi) for all three compression intervals. For the 1.711 MPa (248 psi) material the strength must be equal to or greater than 1.540 MPa (223 psi) but less than or equal to 1.711 MPa (248 psi) for all three compression intervals. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Testing hardware.</I> (1) The hardware used to verify crush strength is capable of applying a load of 13.3 kN (3,000 lb), over at least a 16.5 mm (0.65 in) stroke. The crush rate is constant and known. To ensure that the load is applied to the entire sample, the top and bottom crush plates are no smaller than 165 mm by 165 mm (6.5 in × 6.5 in). The engaging surfaces of the crush plates have a roughness approximately equivalent to 60 grit sandpaper. The bottom crush plate is marked to ensure that the applied load is centered on the sample.
</P>
<P>(2) The crush plate assemblies have an average angular rigidity (about axes normal to the direction of crush) of at least 1017 Nm/deg (750 ft-lb/deg), over the range of 0 to 203 Nm (0 to 150 ft-lb) applied torque. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.16" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.16   Adhesive bonding procedure.</HEAD>
<P>Immediately before bonding, aluminum sheet surfaces to be bonded are thoroughly cleaned using a suitable solvent, such as 1-1-1 Trichloroethane. This is carried out at least twice and more often if required to eliminate grease or dirt deposits. The cleaned surfaces are abraded using 120 grit abrasive paper. Metallic/silicon carbide abrasive paper is not to be used. The surfaces are thoroughly abraded and the abrasive paper changed regularly during the process to avoid clogging, which could lead to a polishing effect. Following abrading, the surfaces are thoroughly cleaned again, as above. In total, the surfaces are solvent-cleaned at least four times. All dust and deposits left as a result of the abrading process are removed, as these can adversely affect bonding. The adhesive is applied to one surface only, using a ribbed rubber roller. In cases where honeycomb is to be bonded to aluminum sheet, the adhesive is applied to the aluminum sheet only. A maximum pressure of 0.5 kg/m
<SU>2</SU> (11.9 lb/ft
<SU>2</SU>) is applied evenly over the surface, giving a maximum film thickness of 0.5 mm (0.02 in).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.17" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.17   Construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The main honeycomb block is bonded to the backing sheet with adhesive such that the cell axes are perpendicular to the sheet. The cladding sheet is adhesively bonded to the front surface of the main honeycomb block. The top and bottom surfaces of the cladding sheet are not bonded to the main honeycomb block but are positioned close to it. The cladding sheet is adhesively bonded to the backing sheet at the mounting flanges. The bumper element honeycomb is adhesively bonded to the front of the cladding sheet such that the cell axes are perpendicular to the sheet. The bottom of the bumper element honeycomb is flush with the bottom surface of the cladding sheet. The bumper facing sheet is adhesively bonded to the front of the bumper element honeycomb. 
</P>
<P>(b) The bumper element honeycomb is divided into three equal sections by means of two horizontal slots. These slots are cut through the entire depth of the bumper element and extend the whole width of the bumper. The slots are cut using a saw; their width is the width of the blade used which do not exceed 4.0 mm (0.16 in). 
</P>
<P>(c) Clearance holes for mounting the deformable face are drilled in the cladding sheet mounting flanges (shown in Figure 5). The holes are 20 mm (0.79 in) in diameter. Five holes are drilled in the top flange at a distance of 40 mm (1.57 in) from the top edge of the flange and five holes in the bottom flange at a distance of 40 mm (1.6 in) from the bottom edge of the flange. The holes are spaced at 100 mm (3.9 in), 300 mm (11.8 in), 500 mm (19.7 in), 700 mm (27.5 in), 900 mm (35.4 in) horizontally, from either edge of the barrier. All holes are drilled within ±1 mm (0.04 in) of the nominal distances. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.18" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.18   Dimensions of fixed rigid barrier.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The fixed rigid barrier has a mass of not less than 7 × 10
<SU>4</SU> kg (154,324 lb).
</P>
<P>(b) The height of the fixed rigid barrier is at least as high as the highest point on the vehicle at the intersection of the vertical transverse plane tangent to the forwardmost point of both front tires, when the tires are parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle, and the vertical plane through the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 587.19" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 587.19   Mounting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The deformable face is rigidly attached to the edge of the fixed rigid barrier or to some rigid structure attached thereto. The front of the fixed rigid barrier to which the deformable face is attached is flat (continuous over the height and width of the face and vertical ±1 degree and perpendicular ±1 degree to the axis of the run-up track). The edge of the deformable face is aligned with the edge of the fixed rigid barrier appropriate for the side of the vehicle to be tested.
</P>
<P>(b) The deformable face is attached to the fixed rigid barrier by means of ten bolts, five in the top mounting flange and five in the bottom, such that the bottom of the bumper element honeycomb is 200 mm (7.8 in) ±15 mm (0.6 in) from the ground. These bolts are at least 8 mm (0.3 in) in diameter. Steel clamping strips are used for both the top and bottom mounting flanges (Figure 1). These strips are 60 mm (2.4 in) high and 1000 mm (39.4 in) wide and have thickness of at least 3 mm (0.12 in). Five clearance holes of 20 mm (0.8 in) diameter are drilled in both strips to correspond with those in the mounting flange on the deformable face cladding sheet (see § 586.17(c)). 





</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.15.3.1.10.17" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Figures to Subpart C of Part 587

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er31mr00.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31mr00.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31mr00.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31mr00.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er31mr00.007.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="588" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 588—CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117, and 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>57 FR 41438, Sept. 10, 1992, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 588.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.16.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 588.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes requirements for manufacturers of child restraint systems to maintain lists of the names and addresses of child restraint owners.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 588.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.16.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 588.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to aid manufacturers in contacting the owners of child restraints during notification campaigns conducted in accordance with 49 CFR part 577, and to aid the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in determining whether a manufacturer has met its recall responsibilities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 588.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.16.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 588.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to manufacturers of child restraint systems, except factory-installed built-in restraints.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 588.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.16.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 588.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Statutory definitions.</I> All terms defined in section 102 of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 1391) are used in their statutory meaning.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motor Vehicle Safety Standard definitions.</I> Unless otherwise indicated, all terms used in this part that are defined in the Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, part 571 of this subchapter (hereinafter “the Standards”), are used as defined in the Standards.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions used in this part.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Child restraint system</I> is used as defined in S4 of 49 CFR 571.213, <I>Child Restraint Systems.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Factory-installed built-in child restraint system</I> is used as defined in S4 of 49 CFR 571.213.
</P>
<P><I>Owners</I> include purchasers.
</P>
<P><I>Registration form</I> means the form provided with a child restraint system in compliance with the requirements of 49 CFR 571.213, and any communication from an owner of a child restraint to the manufacturer that provides the restraint's model name or number and the owner's name and mailing address.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 588.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.16.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 588.5   Records.</HEAD>
<P>Each manufacturer, or manufacturer's designee, shall record and maintain records of the owners of child restraint systems who have submitted a registration form. The record shall be in a form suitable for inspection such as computer information storage devices or card files, and shall include the names, mailing addresses, and if collected, se-mail addresses of the owners, and the model name or number and date of manufacture (month, year) of the owner's child restraint systems.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 53579, Sept. 9, 2005]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 588.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.16.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 588.6   Record retention.</HEAD>
<P>Each manufacturer, or manufacturer's designee, shall maintain the information specified in § 588.5 of this part for a registered restraint system for a period of not less than six years from the date of manufacture of that restraint system.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="589-590" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 589-590 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="591" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 591—IMPORTATION OF VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO FEDERAL SAFETY, BUMPER AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Pub. L. 100-562, 49 U.S.C. 322(a), 30117, 30141-30147; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>54 FR 40078, Sept. 29, 1989, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 591.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 591.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes procedures governing the importation of motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment subject to the Federal motor vehicle safety, bumper, and theft prevention standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11378, Mar. 28, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 591.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 591.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to ensure that motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment permanently imported into the United States conform with theft prevention standards issued under part 541 of this chapter and that they conform with, or are brought into conformity with, all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards issued under part 571 of this chapter and bumper standards issued under part 581 of this chapter. The purpose of this part is also to ensure that nonconforming vehicles and equipment items imported on a temporary basis are ultimately either exported or abandoned to the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11378, Mar. 28, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 591.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 591.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to any person offering a motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment for importation into the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11378, Mar. 28, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 591.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 591.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms used in this part that are defined in 49 U.S.C. 30102, 32101, 32301, 32502, and 33101 are used as defined in those sections except that the term “model year” is used as defined in part 593 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of NHTSA.
</P>
<P><I>NHTSA</I> means the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Dutiable value</I> means entered value, as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury.
</P>
<P><I>Original manufacturer</I> means the entity responsible for the original manufacture or assembly of a motor vehicle, and does not include any person (other than such entity) who converts the motor vehicle after its manufacture to conformance with the Federal motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P><I>Reconstructed motor vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle whose body is less than 25 years old and which is mounted on a chassis or frame that is not its original chassis or frame and that is less than 25 years old.
</P>
<P><I>Salvage motor vehicle</I> means a motor vehicle, whether or not repaired, which has been:
</P>
<P>(1) Wrecked, destroyed, or damaged, to the extent that the total estimated or actual cost of parts and labor to rebuild or reconstruct the motor vehicle to its pre-accident condition and for legal operation on the streets, roads, or highways, exceeds 75 percent of its retail value at the time it was wrecked, destroyed, or damaged; or
</P>
<P>(2) Wrecked, destroyed, or damaged, to which an insurance company acquires ownership pursuant to a damage settlement (other than a damage settlement in connection with a recovered theft vehicle unless such motor vehicle sustained sufficient damage to meet the 75 percent threshold specified in the first sentence); or
</P>
<P>(3) Voluntarily designated as such by its owner, without regard to the extent of the motor vehicle's damage and repairs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40078, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 3747, Feb. 5, 1990; 55 FR 11378, Mar. 28, 1990; 59 FR 52097, Oct. 14, 1994; 60 FR 57954, Nov. 24, 1995; 69 FR 52092, Aug. 24, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 591.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 591.5   Declarations required for importation.</HEAD>
<P>No person shall import a motor vehicle or item of motor vehicle equipment into the United States unless, at the time it is offered for importation, its importer files a declaration and documentation, in a paper or electronic format accepted by U.S. Customs and Border Protection, which declares one of the following:
</P>
<P>(a)(1) The vehicle was not manufactured primarily for use on the public roads and thus is not a motor vehicle subject to the Federal motor vehicle safety, bumper, and theft prevention standards; or
</P>
<P>(2) The equipment item is not a system, part, or component of a motor vehicle and thus is not an item of motor vehicle equipment subject to the Federal motor vehicle safety, bumper, and theft prevention standards.
</P>
<P>(b) The vehicle or equipment item conforms with all applicable safety standards (or the vehicle does not conform solely because readily attachable equipment items which will be attached to it before it is offered for sale to the first purchases for purposes other than resale are not attached), and bumper and theft prevention standards, and bears a certification label or tag to that effect permanently affixed by the original manufacturer to the vehicle, or by the manufacturer to the equipment item or its delivery container, in accordance with, as applicable, parts 541, 555, 567, 568, and 581, or 571 (for certain equipment items) of this chapter, or the vehicle is a replica motor vehicle eligible for an exemption under part 586 and is being imported by a low-volume manufacturer, as defined at 49 CFR 586.4.


</P>
<P>(c) The vehicle or equipment item does not comply with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety, bumper, and theft prevention standards, but is intended solely for export, and the vehicle or equipment item, and the outside of the container of the equipment item, if any, bears a label or tag to that effect.
</P>
<P>(d) The vehicle does not conform with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety, bumper, and theft prevention standards, but the importer is eligible to import it because:
</P>
<P>(1) (S)he is a nonresident of the United States and the vehicle is registered in a country other than the United States,
</P>
<P>(2) (S)he is temporarily importing the vehicle for personal use for a period not to exceed one year, and will not sell it during that time,
</P>
<P>(3) (S)he will export it not later than the end of one year after entry, and
</P>
<P>(4) The declaration contains the importer's passport number and country of issue.
</P>
<P>(e) The vehicle or equipment item requires further manufacturing operations to perform its intended function, other than the addition of readily attachable equipment items such as mirrors, wipers, or tire and rim assemblies, or minor finishing operations such as painting, and any part of such vehicle that is required to be marked by part 541 of this chapter is marked in accordance with that part.
</P>
<P>(f) The vehicle does not conform with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards (but does conform with all applicable Federal theft prevention standards), but the importer is eligible to import it because:
</P>
<P>(1) The importer has furnished a bond in an amount equal to 150% of the dutiable value of the vehicle, containing the terms and conditions specified in section 591.8; and
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The importer has registered with NHTSA pursuant to part 592 of this chapter, and such registration has not been revoked or suspended, and the Administrator has determined pursuant to part 593 of this chapter that the model and model year of the vehicle to be imported is eligible for importation into the United States; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The importer has executed a contract or other agreement with an importer who has registered with NHTSA pursuant to part 592 of this chapter and whose registration has not been suspended or revoked; and the Administrator has determined pursuant to part 593 of this chapter that the model and model year of the vehicle to be imported is eligible for importation into the United States; and
</P>
<P>(3) The vehicle is not a salvage motor vehicle or a reconstructed motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(g) (For importations for personal use only) The vehicle was certified by its original manufacturer as complying with all applicable Canadian motor vehicle safety standards and its original manufacturer has informed NHTSA that it complies with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety, bumper, and theft prevention standards, or that it complies with all such standards except for the labeling requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Nos. 101 and 110 or 120, and/or the specifications of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 108 relating to daytime running lamps. The vehicle is not a salvage motor vehicle, a repaired salvage motor vehicle, or a reconstructed motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(h) The vehicle does not conform with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety, bumper, and theft prevention standards, but the importer is eligible to import it because (s)he:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Is a member of the personnel of a foreign government on assignment in the United States, or a member of the Secretariat of a public international organization so designated under the International Organization Immunities Act, and within the class of persons for whom free entry of motor vehicles has been authorized by the Department of State;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is importing the motor vehicle on a temporary basis for the personal use of the importer, and will register it through the Office of Foreign Missions of the Department of State;
</P>
<P>(iii) Will not sell the vehicle to any person in the United States, other than a person eligible to import a vehicle under this paragraph; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Will obtain from the Office of Foreign Missions of the Department of State, before departing the United States at the conclusion of a tour of duty, an ownership title to the vehicle good for export only; or
</P>
<P>(2)(i) Is a member of the armed forces of a foreign country on assignment in the United States;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is importing the vehicle on a temporary basis, and for the personal use of the importer;
</P>
<P>(iii) Will not sell the vehicle to any person in the United States, other than to a person eligible to import a vehicle under this subsection; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Will export the vehicle upon departing the United States at the conclusion of a tour of duty.
</P>
<P>(i)(1) The vehicle is 25 or more years old.
</P>
<P>(2) The equipment item was manufactured on a date when no applicable safety or theft prevention standard was in effect.
</P>
<P>(j)(1) The vehicle or equipment item does not conform with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards, but is being imported solely for the purpose of:
</P>
<P>(i) Research;
</P>
<P>(ii) Investigations;
</P>
<P>(iii) Show or display;
</P>
<P>(iv) Demonstrations or training; or
</P>
<P>(v) Competitive racing events;
</P>
<P>(2)(i) The importer has received written permission from NHTSA; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The importer is an original manufacturer of motor vehicles (or a wholly owned subsidiary thereof) that are certified to comply with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards; and
</P>
<P>(3) The importer will provide the Administrator with documentary proof of export or destruction not later than 30 days following the end of the period for which the vehicle has been admitted into the United States.
</P>
<P>(k) The equipment item is subject to the theft prevention standard, and is marked in accordance with the requirements of part 541 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(l) The vehicle does not conform to all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety and Bumper Standards (but does conform to applicable Federal Theft Prevention Standards) but the importer is eligible to import it because:
</P>
<P>(1) The importer has registered with NHTSA pursuant to part 592 of this chapter, and such registration has not been revoked or suspended;
</P>
<P>(2) The importer has informed NHTSA in writing that (s)he intends to submit, or has already submitted, a petition requesting that NHTSA determine whether the vehicle is eligible for importation; and
</P>
<P>(3) The importer has:
</P>
<P>(i) Submitted to the Administrator a letter requesting permission to import the vehicle for the purpose of preparing an import eligibility petition; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Received written permission from the Administrator to import the vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40078, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 3747, Feb. 5, 1990; 55 FR 11378, Mar. 28, 1990; 55 FR 17439, Apr. 25, 1990; 57 FR 2047, Jan. 17, 1992; 57 FR 44703, Sept. 29, 1992; 59 FR 31560, June 20, 1994; 64 FR 37882, July 14, 1999; 69 FR 52092, Aug. 24, 2004; 76 FR 53078, Aug. 25, 2011; 80 FR 53013, Sept. 2, 2015; 87 FR 13236, Mar. 9, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 591.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 591.6   Documents accompanying declarations.</HEAD>
<P>Declarations of eligibility for importation made pursuant to § 591.5 must be accompanied by the following certification and documents, filed either on paper or electronically, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(a) A declaration made pursuant to § 591.5(a) shall be accompanied by a written or electronic statement substantiating that the vehicle was not manufactured for use on the public roads or that the equipment item was not manufactured for use on a motor vehicle or is not an item of motor vehicle equipment.
</P>
<P>(b) A declaration made pursuant to § 591.5(e) shall be accompanied by:
</P>
<P>(1) (For a motor vehicle) a written or electronic document meeting the requirements of § 568.4 of Part 568 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) (For an item of motor vehicle equipment) a written or electronic statement issued by the manufacturer of the equipment item which states the applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standard(s) with which the equipment item is not in compliance, and which describes the further manufacturing required for the equipment item to perform its intended function.
</P>
<P>(c) A declaration made pursuant to paragraph (f) of § 591.5, and under a bond for the entry of a single vehicle, shall be accompanied by a written or electronic image of a bond in the form shown in appendix A to this part, in an amount equal to 150% of the dutiable value of the vehicle, or, if under bond for the entry of more than one vehicle, shall be accompanied by a written or electronic image of a bond in the form shown in appendix B to this part, for the conformance of the vehicle(s) with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards, or, if conformance is not achieved, for the delivery of such vehicles to the Secretary of Homeland Security for export at no cost to the United States, or for its abandonment.
</P>
<P>(d) A declaration made pursuant to § 591.5(f) by an importer who is not a Registered Importer shall be accompanied by a paper or electronic copy of the contract or other agreement that the importer has with a Registered Importer to bring the vehicle into conformance with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(e) A declaration made pursuant to § 591.5(h) shall be accompanied by a paper or electronic version of the importer's official orders or, if a qualifying member of the personnel of a foreign government on assignment in the United States, the name of the embassy to which the importer is accredited.
</P>
<P>(f) A declaration made pursuant to § 591.5(j) shall be accompanied by the following documentation:
</P>
<P>(1) A declaration made pursuant to § 591.5(j)(1)(i), (ii), (iv), or (v) and (j)(2)(i) shall be accompanied by a paper copy of the Administrator's permission letter, or for electronic reporting by entering the unique identifying number of the Administrator's permission letter into a U.S. Customs and Border Protection electronic data collection system, authorizing importation pursuant to § 591.5(j)(1)(i), (ii), (iv), or (v) and (j)(2)(i). Any person seeking to import a motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment pursuant to these sections shall submit, in advance of such importation, a written request to the Administrator containing a full and complete statement identifying the vehicle or equipment, its make, model, model year or date of manufacture, VIN if a motor vehicle, and the specific purpose(s) of importation. The discussion of purpose(s) shall include a description of the use to be made of the vehicle or equipment. If use on the public roads is an integral part of the purpose for which the vehicle or equipment is imported, the statement shall request permission for use on the public roads, describing the purpose which makes such use necessary, and stating the estimated period of time during which use of the vehicle or equipment on the public roads is necessary. The request shall also state the intended means of final disposition, and disposition date, of the vehicle or equipment after completion of the purposes for which it is imported. The request shall be addressed to: Director, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, Fourth Floor, Room W43-481, Mail Code NVS-220, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(2) A declaration made pursuant to § 591.5(j)(1)(iii) and (j)(2)(i) shall be accompanied by a paper copy of the Administrator's permission letter, or for electronic reporting by entering the unique identifying number of the Administrator's permission letter into a U.S. Customs and Border Protection electronic data collection system, authorizing importation pursuant to § 591.5(j)(1)(iii) and (j)(2)(i). Any person seeking to import a motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment pursuant to those sections shall submit, in advance of such importation, a written request to the Administrator containing a full and complete statement identifying the equipment item or the vehicle and its make, model, model year or date of manufacture, VIN, and mileage at the time the request is made. The importer's written request to the Administrator shall explain why the vehicle or equipment item is of historical or technological interest. The importer shall also state that until the vehicle is not less than 25 years old, (s)he shall not sell, or transfer possession of, or title to, the vehicle, and shall not license it for use, or operate it on the public roads, except under such terms and conditions as the Administrator may authorize. If the importer wishes to operate the vehicle on the public roads, the request to the Administrator shall include a description of the purposes for which (s)he wishes to use it on the public roads, a copy of an insurance policy or a contract to acquire an insurance policy, which contains as a condition thereof that the vehicle will not accumulate mileage of more than 2,500 miles in any 12-month period and a statement that the importer shall maintain such policy in effect until the vehicle is not less than 25 years old, a statement that the importer will allow the Administrator to inspect the vehicle at any time after its importation to verify that the accumulated mileage of the vehicle is not more than 2,500 miles in any 12-month period, and a statement that the vehicle will not be used on the public roads unless it is in compliance with the regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency.
</P>
<P>(3) A declaration made pursuant to § 591.5(j)(2)(ii) shall be accompanied by the importer's written statement, or by entering in electronic format information contained in the statement, into the U.S. Customs and Border Protection electronic data collection system, describing the use to be made of the vehicle or equipment item. If use on the public roads is an integral part of the purpose for which the vehicle or equipment item is imported, the statement shall describe the purpose which makes such use necessary, state the estimated period of time during which use of the vehicle or equipment item on the public roads is necessary, and state the intended means of final disposition (and disposition date) of the vehicle or equipment item after completion of the purpose for which it is imported.
</P>
<P>(g) A declaration made pursuant to § 591.5(l) shall be accompanied by the following documentation:
</P>
<P>(1) A paper copy of the Administrator's permission letter, or for electronic reporting by entering the unique identifying number of the Administrator's permission letter into a U.S. Customs and Border Protection electronic data collection system, authorizing importation pursuant to § 591.5(l). A Registered Importer seeking to import a motor vehicle pursuant to this section must submit, in advance of such importation, a written request to the Administrator containing a full and complete statement identifying the vehicle, its original manufacturer, model, model year (if assigned), date of manufacture, and VIN. The statement must also declare that the specific purpose of importing this vehicle is to prepare a petition to the Administrator requesting a determination whether the vehicle is eligible for importation pursuant to Part 593 and that the importer has filed, or intends to file within 180 days of the vehicle's entry date, a petition pursuant to § 593.5. The request must be addressed to: Director, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, Fourth Floor, Room W43-481, Mail Code NVS-220, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40078, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 3747, Feb. 5, 1990; 55 FR 6994, Feb. 28, 1990; 55 FR 11379, Mar. 28, 1990; 57 FR 2047, Jan. 17, 1992; 57 FR 29043, June 30, 1992; 58 FR 12908, Mar. 8, 1993; 59 FR 52097, Oct. 14, 1994; 60 FR 57954, Nov. 24, 1995; 64 FR 37883, July 14, 1999; 69 FR 52092, Aug. 24, 2004; 76 FR 53078, Aug. 25, 2011; 80 FR 53013, Sept. 2, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 591.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 591.7   Restrictions on importations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A vehicle or equipment item which has entered the United States under a declaration made pursuant to § 591.5(j), and for which a Temporary Importation Bond has been provided to the Secretary of the Treasury, shall not remain in the United States for a period that exceeds 3 years from its date of entry.
</P>
<P>(b) If the importer of a vehicle or equipment item under § 591.5(j) does not intend to export or destroy the vehicle or equipment item not later than 3 years after the date of entry, and intends to pay duty to the U.S. Customs Service on such vehicle or equipment item, the importer shall request permission in writing from the Administrator for the vehicle or equipment item to remain in the United States for an additional period of time not to exceed 5 years from the date of entry. Such a request must be received not later than 60 days before the date that is 3 years after the date of entry. Such vehicle or equipment item shall not remain in the United States for a period that exceeds 5 years from the date of entry, unless further written permission has been obtained from the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(c) An importer of a vehicle which has entered the United States under a declaration made pursuant to § 591.5(j)(2)(i) shall not sell, or transfer possession of, or title to, the vehicle, and shall not license it for use, or operate it on the public roads, except under such terms and conditions as the Administrator may authorize in writing. An importer of a vehicle which has entered the United States under a declaration made pursuant to § 591.5(j)(2)(ii) shall at all times retain title to it.
</P>
<P>(d) Any violation of a term or condition imposed by the Administrator in a letter authorizing importation for on-road use under § 591.5(j), or a change of status under paragraph (e) of this section, including a failure to allow inspection upon request to verify that the accumulated mileage of the vehicle is not more than 2,500 miles in any 12-month period, shall be considered a violation of 49 U.S.C. 30112(a) for which a civil penalty may be imposed. Such a violation will also act to void the authorization and require the exportation of the vehicle. With respect to importations under § 591.6(f)(2) or a change of status to an importation for show or display as provided under paragraph (e) of this section, if the Administrator has reason to believe that a violation has occurred, the Administrator may tentatively conclude that a term of entry has been violated, but shall make no final conclusion until the importer or owner has been afforded an opportunity to present data, views, and arguments as to why there is no violation or why a penalty should not be imposed.
</P>
<P>(e) If the importer of a vehicle under § 591.5(f)(2)(ii) has been notified in writing by the Registered Importer with which it has executed a contract or other agreement that the registration of the Registered Importer has been suspended (for other than the first time) or revoked, pursuant to § 592.7 of this chapter, and that it has not affixed a certification label on the vehicle and/or filed a certification of conformance with the Administrator as required by § 592.6 of this chapter, and that it therefore may not release the vehicle for the importer, the importer shall execute a contract or other agreement with another Registered Importer for the certification of the vehicle and submission of the certification of conformance to the Administrator. The Administrator shall toll the 120-day period for submission of a certification to the Administrator pursuant to § 592.6(d) of this chapter during the period from the date of the Registered Importer's notification to the importer until the date of the contract with the substitute Registered Importer.
</P>
<P>(f) If a vehicle has entered the United States under a declaration made pursuant to § 591.5(l) and:
</P>
<P>(1) If the Administrator of NHTSA dismisses the petition or decides that the vehicle is not eligible for importation, or if the importer withdraws the petition or fails to submit a petition covering the vehicle within 180 days from the date of entry, the importer must deliver the vehicle, unless it is destroyed (with destruction documented by proof), to the Secretary of Homeland Security for export, or abandon the vehicle to the United States, within 30 days from the date of the dismissal, denial, or withdrawal of the importer's petition, as appropriate, or within 210 days from the date of entry if the importer fails to submit a petition covering the vehicle, and furnish NHTSA with documentary proof of the vehicle's exportation, abandonment, or destruction within 15 days from the date of such action; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the Administrator grants the petition, the importer must:
</P>
<P>(i) Furnish a bond, in an amount equal to 150 percent of the entered value of the vehicle as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, within 15 days from the date the importer is notified that the petition has been granted, unless the vehicle has been destroyed, and bring the vehicle into conformity with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards within 120 days from the date the petition is granted; or,
</P>
<P>(ii) Deliver the vehicle to the Secretary of Homeland Security for export within 30 days from the date the importer is notified that the petition has been granted; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Abandon the vehicle to the United States within 30 days from the date the importer is notified that the petition has been granted; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Destroy the vehicle within 30 days from the date the importer is notified that the petition has been granted; and
</P>
<P>(v) Furnish NHTSA with documentary proof of the vehicle's exportation, abandonment, or destruction within 15 days from the date of such action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40078, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 6994, Feb. 28, 1990; 57 FR 2047, Jan. 17, 1992; 58 FR 12908, Mar. 8, 1993; 59 FR 31560, June 20, 1994; 64 FR 37883, July 14, 1999; 69 FR 52092, Aug. 24, 2004; 76 FR 53078, Aug. 25, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 591.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 591.8   Conformance bond and conditions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The bond required under section 591.6(c) for importation of a vehicle not originally manufactured to conform with all applicable standards issued under part 571 and part 581 of this chapter shall cover only one motor vehicle, and shall be in an amount equal to 150% of the dutiable value of the vehicle. However, a registered importer may enter vehicles under a bond of a continuing nature that covers an indefinite number of motor vehicles 150% of whose total dutiable value at any point in time does not exceed $1,000,000.
</P>
<P>(b) The principal on the bond shall be the importer of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) The surety on the bond shall possess a certificate of authority to underwrite Federal bonds. (See list of certificated sureties at 54 FR 27800, June 30, 1989)
</P>
<P>(d) In consideration of the release from the custody of the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection, or the withdrawal from a Customs bonded warehouse into the commerce of, or for consumption in, the United States, of a motor vehicle not originally manufactured to conform to applicable standards issued under part 571 and part 581 of this chapter, the obligors (principal and surety) shall agree to the following conditions of the bond:
</P>
<P>(1) To have such vehicle brought into conformity with all applicable standards issued under part 571 and part 581 of this chapter within the number of days after the date of entry that the Administrator has established for such vehicle (to wit, 120 days);
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a vehicle imported pursuant to section 591.5(f), to file (or if not a Registered Importer, to cause the Registered Importer of the vehicle to file) with the Administrator, a certificate that the vehicle complies with each Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standard in the year that the vehicle was manufactured and which applies in such year to the vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a Registered Importer, not to release custody of the vehicle to any person for license or registration for use on public roads, streets, or highways, or license or register the vehicle from the date of entry until 30 calendar days after it has certified compliance of the vehicle to the Administrator, unless the Administrator has notified the principal before 30 calendar days that (s)he has accepted the certification, and that the vehicle and bond may be released, except that no such release shall be permitted, before or after the 30th calendar day, if the principal has received written notice from the Administrator that an inspection of the vehicle will be required or that there is reason to believe that such certification is false or contains a misrepresentation;
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of a Registered Importer, to cause the vehicle to be available for inspection, if the principal has received written notice from the Administrator that an inspection is required.
</P>
<P>(5) In the case of a Registered Importer, not to release the vehicle until the Administrator is satisfied with the certification and any modification thereof, if the principal has received written notice from the Administrator that there is reason to believe that the certification is false or contains a misrepresentation.
</P>
<P>(6) If the principal has received written notice from the Administrator that the vehicle has been found not to comply with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards, and written demand that the vehicle be abandoned to the United States, or delivered to the Secretary of Homeland Security for export (at no cost to the United States), or to abandon the vehicle to the United States, or to deliver the vehicle, or cause the vehicle to be delivered to, the custody of the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection at the port of entry listed above, or to any other port of entry, and to secure all documents necessary for exportation of the vehicle from the United States at no cost to the United States, or in default of abandonment or redelivery after prior notice by the Administrator to the principal, to pay to the Administrator the amount of the bond.
</P>
<P>(e) If the principal defaults on the obligation of paragraph (d)(6) of this section, to abandon the vehicle to the United States or to redeliver the vehicle to the custody of a District Director of Customs and to execute all documents necessary for its exportation, the obligors shall pay to the Administrator the amount of the bond given under the provisions of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11379, Mar. 28, 1990, as amended at 59 FR 31560, June 20, 1994; 69 FR 52092, Aug. 24, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 591.9" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 591.9   Petitions for remission or mitigation of forfeiture.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After a bond has been forfeited, a principal and/or a surety may petition for remission of forfeiture. A principal and/or surety may petition for mitigation of forfeiture only if the motor vehicle has been imported pursuant to paragraph 591.5(f) and the condition not met relates to the compliance of a passenger motor vehicle with part 581 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) A petition for remission or mitigation shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be addressed to the Administrator, identified as either a petition for remission or for mitigation, submitted in triplicate, and signed by the principal and/or the surety.
</P>
<P>(2) State the make, model, model year, and VIN of the vehicle involved, and contain the Customs Entry number under which the vehicle entered the United States.
</P>
<P>(3) State the facts and circumstances relied on by the petitioner to justify remission or mitigation.
</P>
<P>(4) Be filed within 30 days from the date of the mailing of the notice of forfeiture incurred.
</P>
<P>(c) A false statement contained in a petition may subject the petitioner to prosecution under the provisions of 18 U.S.C. 1001.
</P>
<P>(d) If the Administrator finds that all conditions of the bond have, in fact, been fulfilled, the forfeiture is remitted.
</P>
<P>(e) A decision to mitigate a forfeiture upon condition that a stated amount is paid shall be effective for not more than 60 days from the date of notice to the petitioner of such decision. If payment of the stated amount is not made, or arrangements made for delayed or installment payment, the full claim of forfeiture shall be deemed applicable. The Administrator shall collect the claim, or, if unable to collect the claim within 120 days, shall refer the matter to the Department of Justice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11380, Mar. 28, 1990, as amended at 59 FR 31560, June 20, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 591.10" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 591.10   Offer of cash deposits or obligations of the United States in lieu of sureties on bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In lieu of sureties on any bond required under § 591.6(c), an importer may offer United States money, United States bonds (except for savings bonds), United States certificates of indebtedness, Treasury notes, or Treasury bills in an amount equal to the amount of the bond.
</P>
<P>(b) At the time the importer deposits any obligation of the United States, other than United States money, with the Administrator, (s)he shall deliver a duly executed power of attorney and agreement, in the form shown in appendix C to this part, authorizing the Administrator or delegate of the Administrator, in case of any default in the performance of any of the conditions of the bond, to sell the obligation so deposited, and to apply the proceeds of sale, in whole or in part, to the satisfaction of any penalties for violations of 49 U.S.C. 30112 and 49 U.S.C. 32506 arising by reasons of default.
</P>
<P>(c) If the importer deposits money of the United States with the Administrator, the Administrator, or delegate of the Administrator, may apply the cash, in whole or in part, to the satisfaction of any penalties for violations of 49 U.S.C. 30112 and 49 U.S.C. 32506 arising by reason of default.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 12908, Mar. 8, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 52097, Oct. 14, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18.0.1.11.18" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 591—Section 591.5(<E T="01">f</E>) Bond for the Entry of a Single Vehicle
</HEAD>
<HD3>Department of Transportation
</HD3>
<HD3>National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
</HD3>
<HD3>BOND TO ENSURE CONFORMANCE WITH FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND BUMPER STANDARDS
</HD3>
<FP>(To redeliver vehicle, to produce documents, to perform conditions of release such as to bring vehicle into conformance with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards)
</FP>
<P>Know All Men by These Presents That (principal's name, mailing address which includes city, state, ZIP code, and state of incorporation if a corporation), as principal, and (surety's name, mailing address which includes city, state, ZIP code and state of incorporation), as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA in the sum of (bond amount in words) dollars ($ (bond amount in numbers)), which represents 150% of the entered value of the following described motor vehicle, as determined by the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection: (make, model, model year, and VIN) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, and assigns (jointly and severally), firmly bound by these presents.
</P>
<FP>WITNESS our hands and seals this______day of______, 20____.
</FP>
<FP>WHEREAS, motor vehicles may be entered under the provisions of 49 U.S.C. Chapters 301 and 325; and DOT Form HS-7 “Declaration;”
</FP>
<FP>WHEREAS, pursuant to 49 CFR part 591, a regulation promulgated under the provisions of 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301, the above-bounden principal desires to import permanently the motor vehicle described above, which is a motor vehicle that was not originally manufactured to conform to the Federal motor vehicle safety or bumper standards; and
</FP>
<FP>WHEREAS, pursuant to 49 CFR part 592, a regulation promulgated under the provisions of 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301, the above-bounden principal has been granted the status of Registered Importer of motor vehicles not originally manufactured to conform to the Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards (or, if not a Registered Importer, has a contract with a Registered Importer covering the vehicle described above); and
</FP>
<FP>WHEREAS, pursuant to 49 CFR part 593, a regulation promulgated under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301, the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has decided that the motor vehicle described above is eligible for importation into the United States; and
</FP>
<FP>WHEREAS, the motor vehicle described above has been imported at the port of __________, and entered at said port for consumption on entry No.______, dated______, 20____;
</FP>
<FP>NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT—
</FP>
<P>(1) The above-bounden principal (the “principal”), in consideration of the permanent admission into the United States of the motor vehicle described above (the “vehicle”), voluntarily undertakes and agrees to have such vehicle brought into conformity with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards within a reasonable time after such importation, as specified by the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (the “Administrator”);
</P>
<P>(2) The principal shall then file, or if not a Registered Importer, shall then cause the Registered Importer of the vehicle to file, with the Administrator, a certificate that the vehicle complies with each Federal motor vehicle safety standard in the year that the vehicle was manufactured and which applies in such year to the vehicle, and that the vehicle complies with the Federal bumper standard (if applicable);
</P>
<P>(3) The principal, if a Registered Importer, shall not release custody of the vehicle to any person for license or registration for use on public roads, streets, or highways, or license or register the vehicle from the date of entry until 30 calendar days after it has certified compliance of the vehicle to the Administrator, unless the Administrator notifies the principal before 30 calendar days that (s)he has accepted such certification and the vehicle and bond may be released, except that no such release shall be permitted, before or after the 30th calendar day, if the principal has received written notice from the Administrator that an inspection of such vehicle will be required, or that there is reason to believe that such certification is false or contains a misrepresentation.
</P>
<P>(4) And if the principal has received written notice from the Administrator that an inspection is required, the principal shall cause the vehicle to be available for inspection, and the vehicle and bond shall be promptly released after completion of an inspection showing no failure to comply. However, if the inspection shows a failure to comply, the vehicle and bond shall not be released until such time as the failure to comply ceases to exist;
</P>
<P>(5) And if the principal has received written notice from the Administrator that there is reason to believe that the certificate is false or contains a misrepresentation, the vehicle or bond shall not be released until the Administrator is satisfied with the certification and any modification thereof;
</P>
<P>(6) And if the principal has received written notice from the Administrator that the vehicle has been found not to comply with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards, and written demand that the vehicle be abandoned to the United States, or delivered to the Secretary of Homeland Security for export (at no cost to the United States), the principal shall abandon the vehicle to the United States, or shall deliver the vehicle, or cause the vehicle to be delivered to, the custody of the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection at the port of entry listed above, or any other port of entry, and shall execute all documents necessary for exportation of the vehicle from the United States, at no cost to the United States; or in default of abandonment or redelivery after proper notice by the Administrator to the principal, the principal shall pay to the Administrator the amount of this obligation;
</P>
<P>Then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
</P>
<FP>Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of—
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Name    Address
</FP>
<FP>______________(SEAL)
</FP>
<FP>(Principal)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Name    Address
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Name    Address
</FP>
<FP>______________(SEAL)
</FP>
<FP>(Surety)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Name    Address
</FP>
<HD1>CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL
</HD1>
<P>I, ____________ certify that I am the ________ of the corporation named as principal in the within bond; that __________, who signed the bond on behalf of the principal, was then ______________ of said corporation; that I know his/her signature, and his/her signature thereto is genuine; and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body.
</P>
<FP>______________[Corporate Seal]
</FP>
<P>To be used when a power of attorney has been filed with NHTSA. May be executed by secretary, assistant secretary, or other officer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 11380, Mar. 28, 1990, as amended at 59 FR 52097, Oct. 14, 1994; 69 FR 52093, Aug. 24, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18.0.1.11.19" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 591—Section 591.5(<E T="01">f</E>) Bond for the Entry of More Than a Single Vehicle
</HEAD>
<HD1>Department of Transportation
</HD1>
<HD1>National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
</HD1>
<HD1>BOND TO ENSURE CONFORMANCE WITH FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND BUMPER STANDARDS
</HD1>
<FP>(To redeliver vehicles, to produce documents, to perform conditions of release such as to bring vehicles into conformance with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards)
</FP>
<P>Know All Men by These Presents That (principal's name, mailing address which includes city, state, ZIP code, and state of incorporation if a corporation), as principal, and (surety's name, mailing address which includes city, state, ZIP code and state of incorporation) as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA in the sum of (bond amount in words) dollars ($ (bond amount in numbers)), which represents 150% of the entered value of the following described motor vehicle, as determined by the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection (make, model, model year, and VIN of each vehicle) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, and assigns (jointly and severally), firmly bound by these presents.
</P>
<FP>WITNESS our hands and seals this ______ day of ______, 20____.
</FP>
<FP>WHEREAS, motor vehicles may be entered under the provisions of 49 U.S.C. Chapters 301 and 325; and DOT Form HS-7 “Declaration,”
</FP>
<FP>WHEREAS, pursuant to 49 CFR part 591, a regulation promulgated under the provisions of 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301, the above-bounden principal desires to import permanently the motor vehicles described above, which are motor vehicles that were not originally manufactured to conform to the Federal motor vehicle safety, or bumper, or theft prevention standards; and
</FP>
<FP>WHEREAS, pursuant to 49 CFR part 592, a regulation promulgated under the provisions of 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301, the above-bounden principal has been granted the status of Registered Importer of motor vehicles not originally manufactured to conform to the Federal motor vehicle safety, bumper, and theft prevention standards; and
</FP>
<FP>WHEREAS, pursuant to 49 CFR part 593, a regulation promulgated under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 301, the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has decided that each motor vehicle described above is eligible for importation into the United States; and
</FP>
<FP>WHEREAS, the motor vehicles described above have been imported at the port of ______, and entered at said port for consumption on entry No. ________, dated __________________ __, 20____;
</FP>
<FP>NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT—
</FP>
<P>(1) The above-bounden principal (“the principal”), in consideration of the permanent admission into the United States of the motor vehicles described above, voluntarily undertakes and agrees to have such vehicles brought into conformity with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards within a reasonable time after such importation, as specified by the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (the “Administrator”);
</P>
<P>(2) For each vehicle described above (“such vehicle”), the principal shall then file, with the Administrator, a certificate that such vehicle complies with each Federal motor vehicle safety standard in the year that such vehicle was manufactured and which applies in such year to such vehicle, and that such vehicle complies with the Federal bumper standard (if applicable);
</P>
<P>(3) The principal shall not release custody of any vehicle to any person, or license or register the vehicle, from the date of entry until 30 calendar days after it has certified compliance of such vehicle to the Administrator, unless the Administrator notifies the principal before 30 days that (s)he has accepted such certification and such vehicle and all liability under this bond for such vehicle may be released, except that no such release shall be permitted, before or after the 30th calendar day, if the principal has received written notice from the Administrator that an inspection of such vehicle will be required, or that there is reason to believe that such certification is false or contains a misrepresentation.
</P>
<P>(4) And if the principal has received written notice from the Administrator that an inspection of such vehicle is required, the principal shall cause such vehicle to be available for inspection, and such vehicle and all liability under this bond for such vehicle shall be promptly released after completion of an inspection showing no failure to comply. However, if the inspection shows a failure to comply, such vehicle and all liability under this bond for such vehicle shall not be released until such time as the failure to comply ceases to exist;
</P>
<P>(5) And if the principal has received written notice from the Administrator that there is reason to believe that such certificate is false or contains a misrepresentation, such vehicle and all liability under this bond for such vehicle shall not be released until the Administrator is satisfied with such certification and any modification thereof;
</P>
<P>(6) And if the principal has received written notice from the Administrator that such vehicle has been found not to comply with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards, and written demand that such vehicle be abandoned to the United States, or delivered to the Secretary of Homeland Security for export (at no cost to the United States), the principal shall abandon such vehicle to the United States, or shall deliver such vehicle, or cause such vehicle to be delivered to, the custody of the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection at the port of entry listed above, or any other port of entry, and shall execute all documents necessary for exportation of such vehicle from the United States, at no cost to the United States; or in default of abandonment or redelivery after proper notice by the Administrator to the principal, the principal shall pay to the Administrator an amount equal to 150% of the entered value of such vehicle as determined by the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection;
</P>
<P>Then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. [At this point the terms agreed upon between the principal and surety for termination of the obligation may be entered]
</P>
<P>Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>PRINCIPAL: (name and address)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Signature)   (SEAL)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Printed name and title)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>SURETY: (name and address)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Signature)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>(Printed name and title)
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 57954, Nov. 24, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 52093, Aug. 24, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.18.0.1.11.20" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 591—Power of Attorney and Agreement
</HEAD>
<P>______________ does constitute and appoint the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, United States Department of Transportation, or delegate, as attorney for the undersigned, for and in the name of the undersigned to collect or to sell, assign, and transfer the securities described below as follows:
</P>
<FP>Title
</FP>
<FP>Matures
</FP>
<FP>Int. Rate
</FP>
<FP>Denom.
</FP>
<FP>Serial #
</FP>
<FP-1>Coupon/registered
</FP-1>
<P>The securities having been deposited by it as security for the performance of the agreements undertaken in a bond with the United States, executed on the date of __________ , ______, the terms and conditions of which are incorporated by reference into this power of attorney and agreement and made a part hereof. The undersigned agrees that in case of any default in the performance of any of the agreements the attorney shall have full power to collect the securities or any part thereof, or to sell, assign, and transfer the securities or any part thereof, or to sell, assign, and transfer the securities of any part thereof at public or private sale, without notice, free from any equity of redemption and without appraisement or valuation, notice and right to redeem being waived and to apply the proceeds of the sale or collection in whole or in part to the satisfaction of any obligation arising by reason of default. The undersigned further agrees that the authority granted by this agreement is irrevocable. The undersigned ratifies and confirms whatever the attorney shall do by virtue of this agreement.
</P>
<P>Witnessed and signed this __________ day of __________, ______.
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<P>Before me, the undersigned, a notary public within and for the County of ____________ in the State of ____________, personally appeared ______________ and acknowledged the execution of the foregoing power of attorney.
</P>
<P>Witness my hand and notarial seal this __________ day of __________, 199__.
</P>
<FP>[Notarial seal]
</FP>
<FP>Notary Public ________________
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 12909, Mar. 8, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="592" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 592—REGISTERED IMPORTERS OF VEHICLES NOT ORIGINALLY MANUFACTURED TO CONFORM TO THE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Pub. L. 100-562, 49 U.S.C. 322(a), 30117, 30141-30147; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>54 FR 40090, Sept. 29, 1989, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 592.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.19.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 592.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes procedures under 49 U.S.C. 30141(c) for the registration of importers of motor vehicles that were not originally manufactured to comply with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards. This part also establishes the duties of Registered Importers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 52098, Oct. 14, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 592.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.19.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 592.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to provide content and format requirements for persons who wish to register with the Administrator as importers of motor vehicles not originally manufactured to conform to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards, to provide procedures for the registration f importers and for the suspension, revocation and reinstatement of registration, and to set forth the duties required of Registered Importers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 592.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.19.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 592.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to any person who wishes to register with the Administrator as an importer of nonconforming vehicles, and to any person who is registered as an importer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 592.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.19.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 592.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms in this part that are defined in 49 U.S.C. 30102 and 30125 are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Convicted of a crime</I> means receiving a criminal conviction in the United States or in a foreign jurisdiction, whether entered on a verdict or plea, including a plea of <I>nolo contendere,</I> for which sentence has been imposed.
</P>
<P><I>Independent insurance company</I> means an entity that is registered with any State and authorized by that State to conduct an insurance business including the issuance or underwriting of a service insurance policy, none of whose affiliates, shareholders, officers, directors, or employees, or any person in affinity with such, is employed by, or has a financial interest in, or otherwise controls or participates in the business of, a Registered Importer to which it issues or underwrites a service insurance policy.
</P>
<P><I>NHTSA</I> means the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Principal, with respect to a Registered Importer</I>, means any officer of a corporation, a general partner of a partnership, or the sole proprietor of a sole proprietorship. The term includes a director of an incorporated Registered Importer, and any person whose ownership interest in a Registered Importer is 10% or more.
</P>
<P><I>Registered Importer</I> means any person that the Administrator has registered as an importer pursuant to section 592.5(b).
</P>
<P><I>Safety recall</I> means a notification and remedy campaign conducted pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30118-30120 to address a noncompliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard or a defect that relates to motor vehicle safety.
</P>
<P><I>Service insurance policy</I> means any policy issued or underwritten by an independent insurance company which covers a specific motor vehicle and guarantees that any noncompliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard or defect related to motor vehicle safety determined to exist in that vehicle will be remedied without charge to the owner of the vehicle.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40090, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 59 FR 52098, Oct. 14, 1994; 69 FR 52094, Aug. 24, 2004; 76 FR 53079, Aug. 25, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 592.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.19.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 592.5   Requirements for registration and its maintenance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person wishing to register as an importer of motor vehicles not originally manufactured to conform to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards must file an application which:
</P>
<P>(1) Is headed with the words “Application for Registration as Importer”, and submitted in three copies to: Director, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Fourth Floor, Room W43-481, Mail Code NVS-220, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(2) Is written in the English language.
</P>
<P>(3) Sets forth the full name, street address, and title of the person preparing the application, and the full name, street address, e-mail address (if any), and telephone and facsimile machine (if any) numbers in the United States of the person for whom application is made (the “applicant”).
</P>
<P>(4) Specifies the form of the applicant's organization (<I>i.e.,</I> sole proprietorship, partnership, or corporation) and the State under which it is organized, and:
</P>
<P>(i) If the applicant is an individual, the application must include the full name, street address, and date of birth of the individual.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the applicant is a partnership, the application must include the full name, street address, and date of birth of each partner; if one or more of the partners is a limited partnership, the application must include the names and street addresses of the general partners and limited partners; if one or more of the partners is a corporation, the application must include the information specified by either paragraph (a)(4)(iii) or (iv) of this section, as applicable;
</P>
<P>(iii) If the applicant is a non-public corporation, the application must include the full name, street address, and date of birth of each officer, director, manager, and person who is authorized to sign documents on behalf of the corporation. The application must also include the name of any person who owns or controls 10 percent or more of the corporation. The applicant must also provide a statement issued by the Office of the Secretary of State, or other responsible official of the State in which the applicant is incorporated, certifying that the applicant is a corporation in good standing;
</P>
<P>(iv) If the applicant is a public corporation, the applicant must include a copy of its latest 10-K filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and provide the name and address of any person who is authorized to sign documents on behalf of the corporation; and
</P>
<P>(v) Identifies any shareholder, officer, director, employee, or any person in affinity with such, who has been previously affiliated with another Registered Importer in any capacity. If any such persons are identified, the applicant shall state the name of each such Registered Importer and the affiliation of any identified person.
</P>
<P>(5) Includes the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The street address and telephone number in the United States of each of its facilities for conformance, storage, and repair that the applicant will use to fulfill its duties as a Registered Importer and where the applicant will maintain the records it is required by this part to keep;
</P>
<P>(ii) The street address that the applicant designates as its mailing address (in addition, an applicant may list a post office box, provided that it is in the same city as the street address designated as its mailing address);
</P>
<P>(iii) A copy of the applicant's business license or other similar document issued by an appropriate State or local authority, authorizing it to do business as an importer, or modifier, or seller of motor vehicles, as applicable to the applicant and with respect to each facility that the applicant has identified pursuant to paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section, or a statement by the applicant that it has made a bona fide inquiry and is not required by such State or local authority to have such a license or document;
</P>
<P>(iv) The name of each principal of the applicant whom the applicant authorizes to submit conformity certifications to NHTSA and the street address of the repair, storage, or conformance facility where each such principal will be located; and
</P>
<P>(v) If an applicant is a corporation not organized under the laws of a State of the United States, or is a sole proprietorship or partnership located outside the United States, the application must be accompanied by the applicant's designation of an agent for service of process in the form specified by Section 551.45 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(6) Contains a statement that the applicant has never had a registration revoked pursuant to § 592.7, nor is it or was it, directly or indirectly, owned or controlled by, or under common ownership or control with, a person who has had a registration revoked pursuant to § 592.7.
</P>
<P>(7) Contains a certified check payable to the Treasurer of the United States, for the amount of the initial annual fee established pursuant to part 594 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(8) Contains a copy of a contract to acquire, effective upon its registration as an importer, a prepaid mandatory service insurance policy underwritten by an independent insurance company, or a copy of such policy, in an amount that equals $2,000 for each motor vehicle for which the applicant will furnish a certificate of conformity to the Administrator, for the purpose of ensuring that the applicant will be able financially to remedy any noncompliance or safety related defect determined to exist in any such motor vehicle in accordance with part 573 and part 577 of this chapter. If the application is accompanied by a copy of a contract to acquire such a policy, the applicant shall provide NHTSA with a copy of the policy within 10 days after it has been issued to the applicant.
</P>
<P>(9) Sets forth in full complete descriptive information, views, and arguments sufficient to establish that the applicant:
</P>
<P>(i) Is technically able to modify any nonconforming motor vehicle to conform to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards, including but not limited to the professional qualifications of the applicant and its employees at the time of the application (such as whether any such persons have been certified as mechanics), and a description of their experience in conforming and repairing vehicles;
</P>
<P>(ii) Owns or leases one or more facilities sufficient in nature and size to repair, conform, and store the vehicles for which it provides certification of conformance to NHTSA and which it imports and may hold pending release of conformance bonds, including a copy of a deed or lease evidencing ownership or tenancy for each such facility, still or video photographs of each such facility, the street address and telephone number of each such facility;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is financially and technically able to provide notification of and to remedy a noncompliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard or a defect related to motor vehicle safety determined to exist in the vehicles that it imports and/or for which it provides certification of conformity to NHTSA through repair, repurchase or replacement of such vehicles; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Is able to acquire and maintain information regarding the vehicles that it imported and the names and addresses of owners of the vehicles that it imported and/or for which it provided certifications of conformity to NHTSA in order to notify such owners when a noncompliance or a defect related to motor vehicle safety has been determined to exist in such vehicles.
</P>
<P>(10) Segregates and specifies any part of the information and data submitted under this part that the applicant wishes to have withheld from public disclosure in accordance with part 512 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(11) Contains the statement: “I certify that I have read and understood the duties of a Registered Importer, as set forth in 49 CFR 592.6, and that [name of applicant] will fully comply with each such duty. I further certify that all the information provided in this application is true and correct. I further certify that I understand that, in the event the registration for which it is applying is suspended or revoked, or lapses, [name of applicant] will remain obligated to notify owners and to remedy noncompliances or safety related defects, as required by 49 CFR 592.6(j), for each vehicle for which it has furnished a certificate of conformity to the Administrator.”
</P>
<P>(12) Has the applicant's signature acknowledged by a notary public.
</P>
<P>(b) If the application is incomplete, the Administrator notifies the applicant in writing of the information that is needed for the application to be complete and advises that no further action will be taken on the application until the applicant has furnished all the information needed.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator deems it necessary for a determination upon the application, NHTSA conducts an inspection of the applicant. Subsequent to the inspection, NHTSA calculates the costs attributable to such inspection, and notifies the applicant in writing that such costs comprise a component of the initial annual fee and must be paid before a determination is made upon its application.
</P>
<P>(d) When the application is complete (and, if applicable, when the applicant has paid a sum representing the inspection component of the initial annual fee), the Administrator reviews the application and decides whether the applicant has complied with the requirements prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section. The Administrator shall base this decision on the application and upon any inspection NHTSA may have conducted of the applicant's conformance, storage, and recordkeeping facilities and any assessment of the applicant's personnel. If the Administrator decides that the applicant complies with the requirements, (s)he informs the applicant in writing and issues it a Registered Importer Number.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) The Administrator:
</P>
<P>(i) Shall deny registration to an applicant who (s)he decides does not comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Shall deny registration to an applicant whose previous registration has been revoked;
</P>
<P>(iii) May deny registration to an applicant who has been convicted of, or whose business is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or under common ownership or control with, a person who has been convicted of, a crime related to the importation, purchase, or sale of a motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment, including, but not limited to, offenses such as title fraud, odometer fraud, auto theft, or the sale of stolen vehicles; and
</P>
<P>(iv) May deny registration to an applicant that is or was owned or controlled by, or under common ownership or control with, or in affinity with, a Registered Importer whose registration has been revoked. In determining whether to deny an application, the Administrator may consider whether the applicant is comprised in whole or in part of relatives, employees, major shareholders, partners, or relatives of former partners or major shareholders of a Registered Importer whose registration has been revoked.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Administrator denies an application, (s)he informs the applicant in writing of the reasons for denial and that the applicant is entitled to a refund of that component of the initial annual fee representing the remaining costs of administration of the registration program, but not those components of the initial annual fee representing the costs of processing the application, and, if applicable, the costs of conducting an inspection of the applicant's facilities.
</P>
<P>(3) Within 30 days from the date of the denial, the applicant may submit a petition for reconsideration. The applicant may submit information and/or documentation supporting its request. If the Administrator grants registration as a result of the request, (s)he notifies the applicant in writing and issues it a Registered Importer Number. If the Administrator denies registration, (s)he notifies the applicant in writing and refunds that component of the initial annual fee representing the remaining costs of administration of the registration program, but does not refund those components of the initial annual fee representing the costs of processing the application, and, if applicable, the costs of conducting an inspection.
</P>
<P>(f) In order to maintain its registration, a Registered Importer must:
</P>
<P>(1) Not be convicted of, or have any person associated with direct or indirect ownership or control of the registered importer's business or any person employed by or associated with the registered importer who is convicted of, a crime related to the importation, purchase, or sale of motor vehicles or motor vehicle equipment. These offenses include, but are not limited to, title fraud, odometer fraud, or the sale of stolen vehicles.
</P>
<P>(2) File an annual statement. The annual statement must be titled “Yearly Statement of Registered Importer” and include the following written statements:
</P>
<P>(i)“I certify that I have read and understand the duties of a Registered Importer, as set forth in 49 CFR 592.6, and that [name of Registered Importer] continues to comply with the requirements for being a Registered Importer.”
</P>
<P>(ii) “I certify that all information provided in each of my previous annual statements, submitted pursuant to § 592.6(q), or changed in any notification that [name of Registered Importer] may have provided to the Administrator in compliance with § 592.6(l), remains correct and that all the information provided in this annual statement is true and correct.”
</P>
<P>(iii) “I certify that I understand that, in the event that its registration is suspended or revoked, or lapses, [name of Registered Importer] will remain obligated to notify owners and to remedy noncompliance issues or safety related defects, as required by 49 CFR 592.6(j), for each vehicle for which [name of Registered Importer] has furnished a certificate of conformity to the Administrator.”
</P>
<P>(3) Include with its annual statement a current copy of the Registered Importer's service insurance policy. Such statements must be filed not later than September 30 of each year; and
</P>
<P>(4) Pay an annual fee and any other fee that is established under part 594 of this chapter. An annual fee must be paid not later than September 30 of any calendar year for the fiscal year that begins on October 1 of that calendar year. The Registered Importer must pay any other fee not later than 15 days after the date of the written notice from the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(g) A registration granted under this part is not transferable.
</P>
<P>(h) An applicant whose application is pending on September 30, 2004, and which has not provided the information required by paragraph (a) of this section, as amended, must provide all the information required by that subsection before the Administrator will give further consideration to the application.
</P>
<P>(i) The Administrator may deny registration renewal to any applicant who has been convicted of, or whose business is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or under common ownership or control with, a person who has been convicted of, a crime related to the importation, purchase, or sale of a motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment, including, but not limited to, title fraud, odometer fraud, or the sale of stolen vehicles.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40090, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 54 FR 47088, Nov. 9, 1989; 55 FR 37330, Sept. 11, 1990; 69 FR 52094, Aug. 24, 2004; 70 FR 57801, Oct. 4, 2005; 76 FR 53079, Aug. 25, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 592.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.19.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 592.6   Duties of a registered importer.</HEAD>
<P>Each Registered Importer must:
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to each motor vehicle that it imports into the United States, assure that the Administrator has decided that the vehicle is eligible for importation pursuant to Part 593 of this chapter prior to such importation. The Registered Importer must also bring such vehicle into conformity with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards prescribed under Part 571 of this chapter and the bumper standard prescribed under Part 581 of this chapter, if applicable, and furnish certification to the Administrator pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, within 120 calendar days after such entry. For each motor vehicle, the Registered Importer must furnish to the Secretary of Homeland Security at the time of importation a bond in an amount equal to 150 percent of the dutiable value of the vehicle, as determined by the Secretary of Homeland Security, to ensure that such vehicle either will be brought into conformity with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards or will be exported (at no cost to the United States) by the importer or the Secretary of Homeland Security or abandoned to the United States. However, if the Registered Importer has procured a continuous entry bond, it must furnish the Administrator with such bond, and must furnish the Secretary of Homeland Security (acting on behalf of the Administrator) with a paper or electronic copy, in a format accepted by U.S. Customs and Border Protection, of such bond at the time of importation of each motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) Establish, maintain, and retain, for 10 years from the date of entry, at the facility in the United States it has identified in its application pursuant to § 592.5 (a)(5)(i), for each motor vehicle for which it furnishes a certificate of conformity, the following records, including correspondence and other documents, in hard copy format:
</P>
<P>(1) The declaration required by § 591.5 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) All vehicle or equipment purchase or sales orders or agreements, conformance agreements between the Registered Importer and persons who import motor vehicles for personal use, and correspondence between the Registered Importer and the owner or purchaser of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(3) The make, model, model year, odometer reading, and VIN of each vehicle that it imports and the last known name and address of the owner or purchaser of the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) Records, including photographs and other documents, sufficient to identify the vehicle and to substantiate that it has been brought into conformity with all Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards that apply to the vehicle, that the certification label has been affixed, and that either the vehicle is not subject to any safety recalls or that all noncompliances and safety defects covered by such recalls were remedied before the submission to the Administrator under paragraph (d) of this section. All photographs submitted shall be unaltered.
</P>
<P>(5) A copy of the certification submitted to the Administrator pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) The number that the issuer has assigned to the service insurance policy that will accompany the vehicle and the full corporate or other business name of the issuer of the policy, and substantiation that the Registered Importer has notified the issuer of the policy that the policy has been provided with the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(c) Take possession of the vehicle and perform all modifications necessary to conform the vehicle to all Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards that apply to the vehicle at a facility that it has identified to the Administrator pursuant to § 592.5(a)(5)(i), and permanently affix to the vehicle at that facility, upon completion of conformance modifications and remedy of all noncompliances and defects that are the subject of any pending safety recalls, a label that identifies the Registered Importer and states that the Registered Importer certifies that the vehicle complies with all Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards that apply to the vehicle, and contains all additional information required by § 567.4 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) For each motor vehicle imported pursuant to part 591.5(f) of this chapter, certify to the Administrator:
</P>
<P>(1) Within 120 days of the importation that it has brought the motor vehicle into conformity with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards in effect at the time the vehicle was manufactured by the fabricating manufacturer. Such certification shall state verbatim either that “I know that the vehicle that I am certifying conforms with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards because I personally witnessed each modification performed on the vehicle to effect compliance,” or that “I know that the vehicle I am certifying conforms with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards because the person who performed the necessary modifications to the vehicle is an employee of [RI name] and has provided full documentation of the work that I have reviewed, and I am satisfied that the vehicle as modified complies.” The Registered Importer shall also certify that it has destroyed or exported any noncompliant motor vehicle equipment items that were removed from an imported vehicle in the course of performing conformance modifications. The Registered Importer shall also certify, as appropriate, that either:
</P>
<P>(i) The vehicle is not required to comply with the parts marking requirements of the theft prevention standard (part 541 of this chapter); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The vehicle complies with those parts marking requirements as manufactured, or as modified prior to importation.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Registered Importer certifies that the vehicle was originally manufactured to comply with a standard that does not apply to the vehicle or that it has modified the vehicle to conform to such standard, or if the certification is incomplete, the Administrator may refuse to accept the certification. The Administrator shall refuse to accept a certification for a vehicle that has not been determined to be eligible for importation under part 593 of this chapter. If the Administrator does not accept a submission, (s)he shall return it to the Registered Importer. The costs associated with such a return will be charged to the Registered Importer. If the Administrator returns the submission as described above and the vehicle is eligible for importation, the 120-day period specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section continues to run, but the 30-day period specified in paragraph (f) of this section does not begin to run until the Administrator has accepted the submission. If the vehicle is not eligible for importation, the importer must export it from, or abandon it to, the United States. If the Registered Importer certifies that it has modified the vehicle to bring it into compliance with a standard and has, in fact, not performed all required modifications, the Administrator will regard such certification as “knowingly false” within the meaning of 49 U.S.C. 30115 and 49 U.S.C. 30141(c)(4)(B).
</P>
<P>(3) The certification must be signed and submitted by a principal of the Registered Importer designated in its registration application pursuant to § 592.5(a)(5)(iv), with an original hand-written signature and not with a signature that is stamped or mechanically applied.
</P>
<P>(4) The certification to the Administrator must specify the location of the facility where the vehicle was conformed, and the location where the Administrator may inspect the motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(5) The certification to the Administrator must state and contain substantiation either that the vehicle is not subject to any safety recalls as of the time of such certification, or, alternatively, that all noncompliances and defects that are the subject of those safety recalls have been remedied.
</P>
<P>(6) When a Registered Importer certifies a make, model, and model year of a motor vehicle for the first time, its certification must include:
</P>
<P>(i) The make, model, model year and date of manufacture, odometer reading, VIN that complies with § 565.4(b), (c), and (g) of this chapter, and Customs Entry Number,
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement that it has brought the vehicle into conformity with all Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards that apply to the vehicle, and a description, with respect to each standard for which modifications were needed, of the modifications performed,
</P>
<P>(iii) A copy of the bond given at the time of entry to ensure conformance with the safety and bumper standards,
</P>
<P>(iv) The vehicle's vehicle eligibility number, as stated in appendix A to part 593 of this chapter,
</P>
<P>(v) A copy of the HS-7 Declaration form executed at the time of its importation if a Customs broker did not make an electronic entry for the vehicle with the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection,
</P>
<P>(vi) Unaltered front, side, and rear photographs of the vehicle,
</P>
<P>(vii) Unaltered photographs of the original manufacturer's certification label and the certification label of the Registered Importer affixed to the vehicle (and, if the vehicle is a motorcycle, a photograph or photocopy of the Registered Importer certification label before it has been affixed),
</P>
<P>(viii) Unaltered photographs and documentation sufficient to demonstrate conformity with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards to which the vehicle was not originally manufactured to conform,
</P>
<P>(ix) The policy number of the service insurance policy furnished with the vehicle pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section, and the full corporate or other business name of the insurer that issued the policy, and
</P>
<P>(x) A statement that the submission is the Registered Importer's initial certification submission for the make, model, and model year of the vehicle covered by the certification.
</P>
<P>(7) Except as specified in this paragraph, a Registered Importer's second and subsequent certification submissions for a given make, model, and model year vehicle must contain the information required by paragraph (d)(6) of this section. If the Registered Importer conformed such a vehicle in the same manner as it stated in its initial certification submission, it may say so in a subsequent submission and it need not provide the description required by paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) With respect to each motor vehicle that it imports, not take any of the following actions until the bond referred to in paragraph (a) of this section has been released, unless 30 days have elapsed from the date the Administrator receives the Registered Importer's certification of compliance of the motor vehicle in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section (the 30-day period will be extended if the Administrator has made written demand to inspect the motor vehicle):
</P>
<P>(1) Operate the motor vehicle on the public streets, roads, and highways for any purpose other than:
</P>
<P>(i) Transportation to and from a franchised dealership of the vehicle's original manufacturer for remedying a noncompliance or safety-related defect; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Mileage accumulation to stabilize the vehicle's catalyst and emissions control systems in preparation for pre-certification testing to obtain an Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) certificate of conformity, but only insofar as the vehicle has been imported by an Independent Commercial Importer (ICI) who holds a current certificate of conformity with the EPA, the ICI has imported the vehicle under an EPA Declaration form 3520-1 on which Code J is checked, and the EPA has granted the ICI written permission to operate the vehicle on public roads for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(2) Sell the motor vehicle or offer it for sale;
</P>
<P>(3) Store the motor vehicle on the premises of a motor vehicle dealer;
</P>
<P>(4) Title the motor vehicle in a name other than its own, or license or register it for use on public streets, roads, or highways; or
</P>
<P>(5) Release custody of the motor vehicle to a person for sale, or for license or registration for use on public streets, roads, and highways, or for titling in a name other than that of the Registered Importer who imported the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(f) Furnish with each motor vehicle for which it furnishes certification or information to the Administrator in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, not later than the time it sells the vehicle, or releases custody of a vehicle to an owner who has imported it for personal use, a service insurance policy written or underwritten by an independent insurance company, in the amount of $2,000. The Registered Importer shall provide the insurance company with a monthly list of the VINs of vehicles covered by the policies of the insurance company, and shall retain a copy of each such list in its files.
</P>
<P>(g) Comply with the requirements of part 580 of this chapter, <I>Odometer Disclosure Requirements,</I> when the Registered Importer is a transferor of a vehicle as defined by § 580.3 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(h) With respect to any motor vehicle it has imported and for which it has furnished a performance bond, deliver such vehicle to the Secretary of Homeland Security for export, or abandon it to the United States, upon demand by the Administrator, if such vehicle has not been brought into conformity with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety and bumper standards within 120 days from entry.
</P>
<P>(i)(1) With respect to any motor vehicle that it has imported or for which it has furnished a certificate of conformity or information to the Administrator as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, provide notification in accordance with part 577 of this chapter and a remedy without charge to the vehicle owner, after any notification under part 573 of this chapter that a vehicle to which such motor vehicle is substantially similar contains a defect related to motor vehicle safety or fails to conform with an applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standard. However, this obligation does not exist if the manufacturer of the vehicle or the Registered Importer of such vehicle demonstrates to the Administrator that the defect or noncompliance is not present in such vehicle, or that the defect or noncompliance was remedied before the submission of the certificate or the information to the Administrator, or that the original manufacturer of the vehicle will provide such notification and remedy.
</P>
<P>(2) If a Registered Importer becomes aware (from whatever source) that the manufacturer of a vehicle it has imported will not provide a remedy without charge for a defect or noncompliance that has been determined to exist in that vehicle, within 30 days thereafter, the Registered Importer must inform NHTSA and submit a copy of the notification letter that it intends to send to owners of the vehicle(s) in question.
</P>
<P>(3) Any notification to vehicle owners sent by a Registered Importer must contain the information specified in § 577.5 of this chapter, and must include the statement that if the Registered Importer's repair facility is more than 50 miles from the owner's mailing address, remedial repairs may be performed at no charge at a specific facility designated by the Registered Importer that is within 50 miles of the owner's mailing address, or, if no such facility is designated, that repairs may be performed anywhere, with the cost of parts and labor to be reimbursed by the Registered Importer.
</P>
<P>(4) Defect and noncompliance notifications by a Registered Importer must conform to the requirements of §§ 577.7 and 577.8 of this chapter, and are subject to §§ 577.9 and 577.10 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) Except as provided in this paragraph, instead of the six quarterly reports required by § 573.7(a) of this chapter, the Registered Importer must submit to the Administrator two reports containing the information specified in § 573.7(b)(1) through (4) of this chapter. The reports shall cover the periods ending nine and 18 months after the commencement of the owner notification campaign, and must be submitted within 30 days of the end of each period. However, the reporting requirements established by this paragraph shall not apply to any safety recall that a vehicle manufacturer conducts that includes vehicles for which the Registered Importer has submitted the information required by paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) The requirement that the remedy be provided without charge does not apply if the motor vehicle was bought by its first purchaser from the Registered Importer (or, if imported for personal use, conformed pursuant to a contract with the Registered Importer) more than 10 calendar years before the date the Registered Importer or the original manufacturer notifies the Administrator of the noncompliance or safety-related defect pursuant to part 573 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(j) In order that the Administrator may determine whether the Registered Importer is meeting its statutory responsibilities, allow representatives of NHTSA during operating hours, upon demand, and upon presentation of credentials, to copy documents, or to inspect, monitor, or photograph any of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Any facility identified by the Registered Importer where any vehicle for which a Registered Importer has the responsibility of providing a certificate of conformity to the Administrator is being modified, repaired, tested, or stored, and any facility where any record or other document relating to the modification, repair, testing, or storage of these vehicles is kept;
</P>
<P>(2) Any part or aspect of activities relating to the modification, repair, testing, or storage of vehicles by the Registered Importer; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any motor vehicle for which the Registered Importer has provided a certification of conformity to the Administrator before the Administrator releases the conformance bond.
</P>
<P>(k) Provide an annual statement, certifying that the information therein is true and correct, and pay an annual fee as required by § 592.5(f).
</P>
<P>(l) Except as noted in this paragraph, notify the Administrator in writing of any change that occurs in the information which was submitted in its registration application, not later than the 30th calendar day after such change. If a Registered Importer intends to use a facility that was not identified in its registration application, not later than 30 days before it begins to use such facility, it must notify the Administrator of its intent to use such facility and provide a description of the intended use, a copy of the lease or deed evidencing the Registered Importer's ownership or tenancy of the facility, and a copy of the license or similar document issued by an appropriate state or municipal authority stating that the Registered Importer is licensed to do business at that facility as an importer and/or modifier and/or seller of motor vehicles (or a statement that it has made a <I>bona fide</I> inquiry and is not required by state or local law to have such a license or permission), and a sufficient number of unaltered photographs of that facility to fully depict the Registered Importer's intended use. If a Registered Importer intends to change its street address or telephone number or discontinue use of a facility that was identified in its registration application, it shall notify the Administrator not less than 10 days before such change or discontinuance of such use, and identify the facility, if any, that will be used instead.
</P>
<P>(m) Assure that at least one full-time employee of the Registered Importer is present at at least one of the Registered Importer's facilities in the United States during normal business hours.
</P>
<P>(n) Not co-utilize the same employee, or any repair or conformance facility, with any other Registered Importer. If a Registered Importer co-utilizes the same storage facility with another Registered Importer or another entity, the storage area of each Registered Importer must be clearly delineated, and the vehicles being stored by each Registered Importer may not be mingled with vehicles for which that Registered Importer is not responsible.
</P>
<P>(o) Make timely, complete, and accurate responses to any requests by the Administrator for information, whether by general or special order or otherwise, to enable the Administrator to decide whether the Registered Importer has complied or is complying with 49 U.S.C. Chapters 301 and 325, and the regulations issued thereunder.
</P>
<P>(p) Pay all fees either by certified check, cashier's check, money order, credit card, or Electronic Funds Transfer System made payable to the Treasurer of the United States, in accordance with the invoice of fees incurred by the Registered Importer in the previous month that is provided by the Administrator. All such fees are due and payable not later than 15 days from the date of the invoice.
</P>
<P>(q) Not later than November 1, 2004, file with the Administrator all information required by § 592.5(a), as amended. If a Registered Importer has previously provided any item of information to the Administrator in its registration application, annual statement, or notification of change, it may incorporate that item by reference in the filing required under this subsection, provided that it clearly indicates the date, page, and entry of the previously-provided document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 52095, Aug. 24, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 57801, Oct. 4, 2005; 76 FR 53079, Aug. 25, 2011; 79 FR 45376, Aug. 5, 2014; 80 FR 53014, Sept. 2, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 592.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.19.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 592.7   Suspension, revocation, and reinstatement of suspended registrations.</HEAD>
<P>This section specifies the acts and omissions that may result in suspensions and revocations of registrations issued to Registered Importers by NHTSA, the process for such suspensions and revocations, and the provisions applicable to the reinstatement of suspended registrations.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Automatic suspension of a registration.</I> 49 U.S.C. 30141(c)(4)(B) explicitly authorizes NHTSA to automatically suspend a registration when a Registered Importer does not, in a timely manner, pay a fee required by part 594 of this chapter or knowingly files a false or misleading certification under 49 U.S.C. 30146. NHTSA also may automatically suspend a registration under other circumstances, as specified in paragraphs (3), (4) and (5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) If the Administrator has not received the annual fee from a Registered Importer by the close of business on October 10 of a year, or, if October 10 falls on a weekend or holiday, by the next business day thereafter, or has not received any other fee owed by a Registered Importer within 15 calendar days from the date of the Administrator's invoice, the Registered Importer's registration will be automatically suspended at the beginning of the next business day. The Administrator will promptly notify the Registered Importer in writing of the suspension. Such suspension shall remain in effect until reinstated pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Administrator decides that a Registered Importer has knowingly filed a false or misleading certification, (s)he shall promptly notify the Registered Importer in writing that its registration is automatically suspended. The notification shall inform the Registered Importer of the facts and conduct upon which the decision is based, and the period of suspension (which begins as of the date indicated in the Administrator's written notification). The notification shall afford the Registered Importer an opportunity to seek reconsideration of the decision by presenting data, views, and arguments in writing and/or in person, within 30 days. Not later than 30 days after the submission of data, views, and arguments, the Administrator, after considering all the information available, shall notify the Registered Importer in writing of his or her decision on reconsideration. Any suspension issued under this paragraph shall remain in effect until reinstated pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) If mail is undeliverable to the Registered Importer at the official street address it has provided to the Administrator, or if the telephone has been disconnected at the telephone number specified by the Registered Importer, the Administrator may automatically suspend the Registered Importer's registration. Such suspension shall remain in effect until the registration is reinstated pursuant to paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) If a Registered Importer, not later than November 1, 2004, does not file with the Administrator all information required by § 592.5(a), as required by § 592.6(q), the Administrator may automatically suspend the registration. The Administrator shall promptly notify the Registered Importer in writing of the suspension. Such a suspension shall remain in effect until the registration is reinstated pursuant to paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) If a Registered Importer releases one or more motor vehicles on the basis of a forged or falsified bond release letter, and the Administrator has not in fact issued such a letter, the Administrator may automatically suspend the registration. The Administrator shall promptly notify the Registered Importer in writing of the suspension.
</P>
<P>(6) The Administrator, in his or her sole discretion, may provide notice of a proposed automatic suspension or revocation for reasons specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(7) The notification shall afford the Registered Importer an opportunity to seek reconsideration of the decision by presenting data, views, and arguments in writing and/or in person, within 30 days of such notification, before a decision, as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Not later than 30 days after the submission of data, views, and arguments, the Administrator, after considering all the information available, shall notify the Registered Importer in writing of his or her decision on reconsideration. Any automatic suspension issued under this paragraph shall remain in effect until reinstated pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Non-automatic suspension or revocation of a registration.</I> (1) 49 U.S.C. 30141(c)(4)(A) authorizes NHTSA to revoke or suspend a registration if a Registered Importer does not comply with a requirement of 49 U.S.C. 30141-30147, or any of 49 U.S.C. 30112, 30115, 30117-30122, 30125(c), 30127, or 30166, or any regulations issued under these sections. These regulations include, but are not limited to, parts 567, 568, 573, 577, 591, 592, 593, and 594 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) When the Administrator has reason to believe that a Registered Importer has violated one or more of the statutes or regulations cited in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and that suspension or revocation would be an appropriate sanction under the circumstances, (s)he shall notify the Registered Importer in writing of the facts giving rise to the allegation of a violation and the proposed length of a suspension, if applicable, or revocation. The notice shall afford the Registered Importer an opportunity to present data, views, and arguments, in writing and/or in person, within 30 days of the date of the notice, as to whether the violation occurred, why the registration ought not to be suspended or revoked, or whether the suspension should be shorter than proposed. If the Administrator decides, on the basis of the available information, that the Registered Importer has violated a statute or regulation, the Administrator may suspend or revoke the registration. The Administrator shall notify the Registered Importer in writing of the decision, including the reasons for it. A suspension or revocation is effective as of the date of the Administrator's written notification unless another date is specified therein. The Administrator shall state the period of any suspension in the notice to the Registered Importer. There shall be no opportunity to seek reconsideration of a decision issued under this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reinstatement of suspended registrations.</I> (1) When a registration has been suspended under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the Administrator will reinstate the registration when all fees owing are paid by wire transfer or certified check from a bank in the United States, together with a sum representing 10 percent of the amount of the fees that were not timely paid.
</P>
<P>(2) When a registration has been suspended under paragraph (a)(2) or (a)(5) of this section, the registration will be reinstated after the expiration of the period of suspension specified by the Administrator, or such earlier date as the Administrator may subsequently decide is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(3) When a registration has been suspended under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the registration will be reinstated when the Administrator decides that the Registered Importer has provided a street address to which mail to it is deliverable and a telephone number in its name that is in service.
</P>
<P>(4) When a registration has been suspended under paragraph (a)(4) of this section, the registration will be reinstated when the Administrator decides that the Registered Importer has provided all relevant documentation and information required by § 592.6(q).
</P>
<P>(5) When a registration has been suspended under paragraph (b) of this section, the registration will be reinstated after the expiration of the period of suspension specified by the Administrator, or such earlier date as the Administrator may subsequently decide is appropriate.
</P>
<P>(6) When a suspended registration has been reinstated, NHTSA shall notify the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection promptly.
</P>
<P>(7) If a Registered Importer imports a motor vehicle on or after the date that its registration is suspended and before the date that the suspension ends, the Administrator may extend the suspension period by one day for each day that the Registered Importer has imported a motor vehicle during the time that its registration has been suspended.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effect of suspension or revocation.</I> (1) If a Registered Importer's registration is suspended or revoked, as of the date of suspension or revocation the entity will not be considered a Registered Importer, will not have the rights and authorities appertaining thereto, and must cease importing, and will not be allowed to import, vehicles for resale. The Registered Importer will not be refunded any annual or other fees it has paid for the fiscal year in which its registration is revoked. The Administrator shall notify the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection of any suspension or revocation of a registration not later than the first business day after such action is taken.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any vehicle for which it has not affixed a certification label and submitted a certificate of conformity to the Administrator under § 592.6(d) at the time it is notified that its registration has been suspended or revoked, the Registered Importer must affix a certification label and submit a certificate of conformity within 120 days from the date of entry.
</P>
<P>(3) When a registration has been revoked or suspended, the Registered Importer must export within 30 days of the effective date of the suspension or revocation all vehicles that it imported to which it has not affixed a certification label and furnished a certificate of conformity to the Administrator pursuant to § 592.6(d).
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to any vehicle imported pursuant to § 591.5(f)(2)(ii) of this chapter that the Registered Importer has agreed to bring into compliance with all applicable standards and for which it has not certified and furnished a certificate of conformity to the Administrator, the Registered Importer must immediately notify the owner of the vehicle in writing that its registration has been suspended or revoked.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Continuing obligations.</I> A Registered Importer whose registration is suspended or revoked remains obligated under § 592.6(i) to notify owners and to remedy noncompliances or safety related defects for each vehicle for which it has furnished a certificate of conformity to the Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 52098, Aug. 24, 2004, as amended at 76 FR 53079, Aug. 25, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 592.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.19.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 592.8   Inspection; release of vehicle and bond.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With respect to any motor vehicle for which it must provide a certificate of conformity to the Administrator as required by § 592.6(d), a Registered Importer shall not obtain title, licensing, or registration of the motor vehicle for use on the public roads, or release custody of it for such titling, licensing, or registration, except in accordance with the provisions of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) When conformance modifications to a motor vehicle have been completed, a Registered Importer shall submit the certification required by § 592.6(d) to the Administrator. In certifying a vehicle that the Administrator has determined to be substantially similar to one that has been certified by its original manufacturer for sale in the United States, the Registered Importer may rely on any certification by the original manufacturer with respect to identical safety features if it also certifies that any modification that it undertook did not affect the compliance of such safety features. Each submission shall be mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by private express delivery service to: Director, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Fourth Floor, Room W43-481, Mail Code NVS-220, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590 or delivered in person. Each submission shall identify the location where the vehicle will be stored and is available for inspection, pending NHTSA action upon the submission.
</P>
<P>(c) Before the end of the 30th calendar day after receiving a complete certification under § 592.6(d), the Administrator may notify the Registered Importer in writing that an inspection of the vehicle is required to verify the certification. Written notice includes a proposed inspection date, which is as soon as practicable. If inspection of the vehicle indicates that the vehicle has been properly certified, at the conclusion of the inspection the Registered Importer is provided an instrument of release. If inspection of the vehicle shows that the vehicle has not been properly certified, the Registered Importer shall either make the modifications necessary to substantiate its certification, and provide a new certification for the standard(s) in the manner provided for in paragraph (b) of this section, or deliver the vehicle to the Secretary of the Treasury for export, or abandon it to the United States. Before the end of the 30th calendar day after receipt of new certification, the Administrator may require a further inspection in accordance with the provisions of this subsection.
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator may by written notice request the Registered Importer to verify its certification of a motor vehicle before the end of the 30th calendar day after the date the Administrator receives a complete certification under § 592.6(d). If the basis for such request is that the certification is false or contains a misrepresentation, the Registered Importer shall be afforded an opportunity to present written data, views, and arguments as to why the certification is not false or misleading or does not contain a misrepresentation. The Administrator may require an inspection pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section. The motor vehicle and performance bond involved shall not be released unless the Administrator is satisfied with the certification.
</P>
<P>(e) If the Registered Importer has received no written notice from the Administrator by the end of the 30th calendar day after it has furnished a complete certification under section 592.6(d) of this chapter, the Registered Importer may release the vehicle from custody, sell or offer it for sale, or have it titled, licensed, or registered for use on the public roads.
</P>
<P>(f) If the Administrator accepts a certification without requiring an inspection, (s)he notifies the Registered Importer in writing, and provides a copy to the importer of record. Such notification shall be provided not later than the 25th calendar day after the Administrator has received such certification.
</P>
<P>(g) Release of the performance bond shall constitute acceptance of certification or completion of inspection of the vehicle concerned, but shall not preclude a subsequent decision by the Administrator pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30118 that the vehicle fails to conform to any applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standard.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40090, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37330, Sept. 11, 1990; 59 FR 52098, Oct. 14, 1994; 69 FR 52100, Aug. 24, 2004; 76 FR 53080, Aug. 25, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 592.9" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.19.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 592.9   Forfeiture of bond.</HEAD>
<P>A Registered Importer is required by § 591.6 of this chapter to furnish a bond with respect to each motor vehicle that it imports. The conditions of the bond are set forth in § 591.8 of this chapter. Failure to fulfill any one of these conditions may result in forfeiture of the bond. A bond may be forfeited if the Registered Importer:
</P>
<P>(a) Fails to bring the motor vehicle covered by the bond into compliance with all applicable standards issued under part 571 and part 581 of this chapter within 120 days from the date of entry;
</P>
<P>(b) Fails to file with the Administrator a certificate that the motor vehicle complies with each Federal motor vehicle safety, bumper, and theft prevention standard in effect at the time the vehicle was manufactured and which applies to the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(c) Fails to cause a motor vehicle to be available for inspection if it has received written notice from the Administrator that an inspection is required;
</P>
<P>(d) Releases the motor vehicle before the Administrator accepts the certification and any modification thereof, if it has received written notice from the Administrator that there is reason to believe that the certification is false or contains a misrepresentation;
</P>
<P>(e) Before the bond is released, releases custody of the motor vehicle to any person for license or registration for use on public roads, streets, and highways, or licenses or registers the vehicle, including titling the vehicle in the name of another person, unless 30 calendar days have elapsed after the Registered Importer has filed a complete certification under § 592.6(d), and the Registered Importer has not received written notice pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) or (a)(4) of this section. For purposes of this part, a vehicle is deemed to be released from custody if it is not located at a duly identified facility of the Registered Importer and the Registered Importer has not notified the Administrator in writing of the vehicle's location or, if written notice has been provided, if the Administrator is unable to inspect the vehicle, or if the Registered Importer has transferred title to any other person regardless of the vehicle's location; or
</P>
<P>(f) Fails to deliver the vehicle, or cause it to be delivered, to the custody of the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection at any port of entry, for export or abandonment to the United States, and to execute all documents necessary to accomplish such purposes, if the Administrator has furnished it written notice that the vehicle has been found not to comply with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards along with a demand that the vehicle be delivered for export or abandoned to the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 52100, Aug. 24, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="593" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 593—DETERMINATIONS THAT A VEHICLE NOT ORIGINALLY MANUFACTURED TO CONFORM TO THE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IS ELIGIBLE FOR IMPORTATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322 and 30141(b); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>54 FR 40099, Sept. 29, 1989, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 593.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.20.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 593.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes procedures under section 108(c) of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. 1397(c)), for making determinations whether a vehicle that was not originally manufactured to conform with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards, and is not otherwise eligible for importation under part 591 of this chapter, may be imported into the United States because it can be modified to meet the Federal standards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 593.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.20.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 593.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to provide content and format requirements for any Registered Importer and manufacturer who wishes to petition the Administrator for a determination that a vehicle not originally manufactured to conform to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards is eligible to be imported into the United States because it can be modified to meet the standards. The purpose of this part is also to specify procedures under which the Administrator makes eligibility determinations pursuant to those petitions as well as eligibility determinations on the agency's initiative.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 593.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.20.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 593.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to a motor vehicle that was not originally manufactured and certified by its original manufacturer to conform with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards and that is offered for importation into the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 593.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.20.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 593.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms in this part that are defined in section 102 of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 1391) are used as defined therein.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Model year</I> means the year used by a manufacturer to designate a discrete vehicle model irrespective of the calendar year in which the vehicle was actually produced, or the model year as designated by the vehicle's country of origin, or, if neither the manufacturer nor the country of origin has made such a designation, the calendar year (<I>i.e.,</I> January 1 through December 31) in which manufacturing operations are completed on the vehicle at its place of main assembly.
</P>
<P><I>NHTSA</I> means the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Registered Importer</I> means any person who has been granted registered importer status by the Administrator pursuant to paragraph 592.5(b) of this chapter, and whose registration has not been revoked.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40099, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 76 FR 53080, Aug. 25, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 593.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.20.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 593.5   Petitions for eligibility determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A manufacturer or Registered Importer may petition the Administrator for a determination that a vehicle that does not comply with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards is eligible for importation, either
</P>
<P>(1) On the basis that the vehicle:
</P>
<P>(i) Is substantially similar to a vehicle which was originally manufactured for importation into and sale in the United States and which bore a certification affixed by its manufacturer pursuant to part 567 of this chapter, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is capable of being readily modified to conform to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards; or
</P>
<P>(2) On the basis that the vehicle has safety features that comply with or are capable of being modified to comply with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition filed under this part must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be written in the English language;
</P>
<P>(2) Be headed with the words “Petition for Import Eligibility Determination” and submitted in three copies to: Director, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Fourth Floor, Room W43-481, Mail Code NVS-220, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(3) State the full name and address of the petitioner.
</P>
<P>(4) If the petitioner is a Registered Importer, include the Registered Importer Number assigned by NHTSA pursuant to part 592 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) Set forth the basis for the petition and the information required by § 593.6 (a) or (b), as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(6) Specify any part of the information and data submitted which petitioner requests be withheld from public disclosure in accordance with part 512 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(7) Submit a certified check payable to the Treasurer of the United States, for the amount of the vehicle eligibility petition fee established pursuant to part 594 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) The knowing and willful submission of false, fictitious or fraudulent information may subject the petitioner to the criminal penalties of 18 U.S.C. 1001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40099, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37330, Sept. 11, 1990; 76 FR 53080, Aug. 25, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 593.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.20.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 593.6   Basis for petition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the basis for the petition is that the vehicle is substantially similar to a vehicle which was originally manufactured for importation into and sale in the United States, and which was certified by its manufacturer pursuant to part 567 of this chapter, and that it is capable of being readily modified to conform to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards, the petitioner shall provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the original manufacturer, model, and model year of the vehicle for which a determination is sought, as well as the type classification, as defined by § 571.3 of this chapter, (e.g., passenger car, multipurpose passenger vehicle, bus, truck, motorcycle, trailer, low-speed vehicle) and the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of the substantially similar vehicle which was originally manufactured for importation into and sale in the United States, and which was certified by its manufacturer pursuant to part 567 of this chapter, upon which the petition is based.
</P>
<P>(2) Identification of the original manufacturer, model, and model year of the vehicle which the petitioner believes to be substantially similar to that for which a determination is sought.
</P>
<P>(3) Substantiation that the manufacturer of the vehicle identified by the petitioner under paragraph (a)(2) of this section originally manufactured it for importation into and sale in the United States, and affixed a label to it certifying that it complied with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards.
</P>
<P>(4) Data, views and arguments demonstrating that the vehicle identified by the petitioner under paragraph (a)(1) of this section is substantially similar to the vehicle identified by the petitioner under paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) With respect to each Federal motor vehicle safety standard that applied to the vehicle identified by the petitioner under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, data, views, and arguments demonstrating that the vehicle identified by the petitioner under paragraph (a)(1) of this section either was originally manufactured to conform to such standard, or is capable of being readily modified to conform to such standard.
</P>
<P>(b) If the basis of the petition is that the vehicle's safety features comply with or are capable of being modified to comply with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards, the petitioner shall provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the model and model year of the vehicle for which a determination is sought, as well as the type classification of the vehicle, as defined by § 571.3 of this chapter (e.g., passenger car, multipurpose passenger vehicle, bus, truck, motorcycle, trailer, low-speed vehicle) and the vehicle's gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) as identified by the Registered Importer consistent with parts 567 and 571 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to each Federal motor vehicle safety standard that would have applied to such vehicle had it been originally manufactured for importation into and sale in the United States, data, views, and arguments demonstrating that the vehicle has safety features that comply with or are capable of being modified to conform with such standard. The latter demonstration shall include a showing that after such modifications, the features will conform with such standard.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40099, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 76 FR 53080, Aug. 25, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 593.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.20.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 593.7   Processing of petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) NHTSA will review each petition for sufficiency under §§ 593.5 and 593.6. If the petition does not contain all the information required by this part, NHTSA notifies the petitioner, pointing out the areas of insufficiency, and stating that the petition will not receive further consideration until the required information is provided. If the additional information is not provided within the time specified by NHTSA in its notification, NHTSA may dismiss the petition as incomplete, and so notify the petitioner. When the petition is complete, its processing continues.
</P>
<P>(b) NHTSA publishes in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> affording opportunity for comment, a notice of each petition containing the information required by this part.
</P>
<P>(c) No public hearing, argument, or other formal proceeding is held on a petition filed under this part.
</P>
<P>(d) If the Administrator is unable to determine that the vehicle in a petition submitted under § 593.6(a) is one that is substantially similar, or (if it is substantially similar) is capable of being readily modified to meet the standards, (s)he notifies the petitioner, and offers the petitioner the opportunity to supplement the petition by providing the information required for a petition submitted under paragraph 593.6(b).
</P>
<P>(e) If the Administrator determines that the petition does not clearly demonstrate that the vehicle model is eligible for importation, (s)he denies it and notifies the petitioner in writing. (S)he also publishes in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a notice of denial and the reasons for it. A notice of denial also states that the Administrator will not consider a new petition covering the model that is the subject of the denial until at least 3 months from the date of the notice of denial. There is no administrative reconsideration available for petition denials.
</P>
<P>(f) If the Administrator determines that the petition clearly demonstrates that the vehicle model is eligible for importation, (s)he grants it and notifies the petitioner. (S)he also publishes in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a notice of grant and the reasons for it.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40099, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 37330, Sept. 11, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 593.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.20.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 593.8   Determinations on the agency's initiative.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator may make a determination of eligibility on his or her own initiative. The agency publishes in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> affording opportunity for comment, a notice containing the information available to the agency (other than confidential information) relevant to the basis upon which eligibility may be determined.
</P>
<P>(b) No public hearing, argument, or other formal proceeding is held upon a notice published under this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator publishes a second notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> in which (s)he announces his or her determination whether the vehicle is eligible or ineligible for importation, and states the reasons for the determination. A notice of ineligibility also announces that no further determination for the same model of motor vehicle will be made for at least 3 months following the date of publication of the notice. There is no administrative reconsideration available for a decision of ineligibility.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 593.9" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.20.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 593.9   Effect of affirmative determinations; lists.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A notice of grant is sufficient authority for the importation by persons other than the petitioner of any vehicle of the same model specified in the grant.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator publishes annually in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a list of determinations made under Sec. 593.7, and Sec. 593.8.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 593.10" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.20.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 593.10   Availability for public inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, information relevant to a determination under this part, including a petition and supporting data, and the grant or denial of the petition or the making of a determination on the Administrator's initiative, is available for public inspection in the Docket Section, Room 5109, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh St., SW., Washington, DC 20590. Copies of available information may be obtained, as provided in part 7 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for release of confidential information authorized under part 512 of this chapter, information made available for inspection under paragraph (a) of this section does not include information for which confidentiality has been requested and granted in accordance with part 512 of this chapter, and 5 U.S.C. 552(b). To the extent that a petition contains material relating to the methodology by which the petitioner intends to achieve conformance with a specific standard, the petitioner may request confidential treatment of such material on the grounds that it contains a trade secret or confidential information in accordance with part 512 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.20.0.1.11.21" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 593—List of Vehicles Determined to be Eligible for Importation
</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each vehicle on the following list is followed by a vehicle eligibility number. The importer of a vehicle admissible under any eligibility decision must enter that number on the HS-7 Declaration Form accompanying entry to indicate that the vehicle is eligible for importation.
</P>
<P>(1) “VSA” eligibility numbers are assigned to all vehicles that are decided to be eligible for importation on the initiative of the Administrator under § 593.8.
</P>
<P>(2) “VSP” eligibility numbers are assigned to vehicles that are decided to be eligible under § 593.7(f), based on a petition from a manufacturer or registered importer submitted under § 593.5(a)(1), which establishes that a substantially similar U.S.-certified vehicle exists.
</P>
<P>(3) “VCP” eligibility numbers are assigned to vehicles that are decided to be eligible under § 593.7(f), based on a petition from a manufacturer or registered importer submitted under § 593.5(a)(2), which establishes that the vehicle has safety features that comply with, or are capable of being altered to comply with, all applicable FMVSS.
</P>
<P>(b) Vehicles for which eligibility decisions have been made are listed alphabetically, first by make, then by model, then by model year.
</P>
<P>(c) All hyphens used in the Model Year column mean “through” (for example, “1995-1999” means “1995 through 1999”).
</P>
<P>(d) The initials “MC” used in the Make column mean “Motorcycle.”
</P>
<P>(e) The initials “SWB” used in the Model Type column mean “Short Wheel Base.”
</P>
<P>(f) The initials “LWB” used in the Model Type column mean “Long Wheel Base.”
</P>
<P>(g) For vehicles with a European country of origin, the term “Model Year” ordinarily means calendar year in which the vehicle was produced.
</P>
<P>(h) All vehicles are left-hand-drive (LHD) vehicles unless noted as RHD. The initials “RHD” used in the Model Type column mean “right-hand-drive.”
</P>
<P>(i) For vehicle models that have been determined to be eligible for importation based on a petition submitted under § 593.5(a)(1), which establishes that a substantially similar U.S.-certified vehicle exists, and no specific body style(s) are listed, only the body style(s) of that vehicle model that were U.S.-certified by the original manufacturer are eligible for importation. For example, if the original manufacturer manufactured both sedan and wagon body styles for the described model, but only certified the sedan for the U.S. market, the wagon body style would not be eligible for importation under that determination.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Vehicles Certified by Their Original Manufacturer as Complying With All Applicable Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a) All passenger cars less than 25 years old manufactured before September 1, 1996, that, as originally manufactured, are equipped with an automatic restraint system that complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 208</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell">VSA-80
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(b) All passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 1996, and before September 1, 2002, that, as originally manufactured, are equipped with an automatic restraint system that complies with FMVSS No. 208, and that comply with FMVSS No. 214;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(c) All passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 2002, and before September 1, 2007, that, as originally manufactured, are equipped with an automatic restraint system that complies with FMVSS No. 208, and that comply with FMVSS Nos. 201, 214, 225, and 401;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(d) All passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 2007, and before September 1, 2008, that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 110, 118, 138, 201, 208, 213, 214, 225, and 401;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(e) All passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 2008 and before September 1, 2009 that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 110, 118, 138, 201, 202a, 206, 208, 213, 214, 225, and 401;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(f) All passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 2009 and before September 1, 2010 that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 118, 138, 201, 202a, 206, 208, 213, 214, 225, and 401;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(g) All passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 2010 and before September 1, 2011 that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 118, 138, 201, 202a, 206, 208, 213, 214, and 225;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(h) All passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 2011 and before September 1, 2017 that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 138, 201, 206, 208, 213, 214, and 225.
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(i) All passenger cars manufactured on or after September 1, 2017, and before May 1, 2018, that as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 138, 201, 206, 208, 213, 214, 225, and insofar as it is applicable, 226.
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(j) All passenger cars manufactured on or after May 1, 2018, and before September 1, 2022, that as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 111, 138, 201, 206, 208, 213, 214, 225, and insofar as it is applicable, with FMVSS No. 226.
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a) All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less that were manufactured on and after September 1, 1991, and before September 1, 1993 and that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 202 and 208</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell">VSA-81
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(b) All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less that were manufactured on or after September 1, 1993, and before September 1, 1998, and that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 202, 208, and 216;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(c) All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less that were manufactured on or after September 1, 1998, and before September 1, 2002, and that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 202, 208, 214, and 216;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(d) All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less that were manufactured on or after September 1, 2002, and before September 1, 2007, and that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 201, 202, 208, 214, and 216, and, insofar as it is applicable, with FMVSS No. 225;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(e) All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less manufactured on or after September 1, 2007 and before September 1, 2008, that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 110, 118, 201, 202, 208, 213, 214, and 216, and insofar as they are applicable, with FMVSS Nos. 138 and 225;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(f) All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less manufactured on or after September 1, 2008 and before September 1, 2009, that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 110, 118, 201, 202a, 206, 208, 213, 214, and 216, and insofar as they are applicable, with FMVSS Nos. 138 and 225;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(g) All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less manufactured on or after September 1, 2009 and before September 1, 2011, that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 118, 201, 202a, 206, 208, 213, 214, and 216, and insofar as they are applicable, with FMVSS Nos. 138 and 225;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(h) All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less manufactured on or after September 1, 2011 and before September 1, 2012, that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 201, 202a, 206, 208, 213, 214, and 216, and insofar as they are applicable, with FMVSS Nos. 138 and 225;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(i) All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less manufactured on or after September 1, 2012 and before September 1, 2017, that, as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 201, 206, 208, 213, 214, and 216, and insofar as they are applicable, with FMVSS Nos. 138 222, and 225;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(j) All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less manufactured on or after September 1, 2017, and before May 1, 2018, that as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 138, 201, 206, 208, 213, and 214, and insofar as they are applicable, with FMVSS Nos. 222, 225, and, 226;
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(k) All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR of 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) or less manufactured on or after May 1, 2018, and before September 1, 2022, that as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS Nos. 111, 138, 201, 206, 208, 213, and 214, and insofar as they are applicable, with FMVSS Nos. 222, 225, and 226.
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a) All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) manufactured before August 1, 2019</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell">VSA-82
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(b) All multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with a GVWR greater than 4,536 kg (10,000 lb) manufactured on or after August 1, 2019, and before September 1, 2022, that as originally manufactured, comply with FMVSS 136 insofar as it is applicable.
</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">All trailers and motorcycles less than 25 years old</TD><TD class="gpotbl_cell">VSA-83</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Vehicles Manufactured for Other Than the Canadian Market
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Make
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model type(s)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Body/chassis
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Model
<br/>years(s)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">VSP
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">VCP
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">AHLM</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SPT 16-25 trailer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Alfa Romeo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">164</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">156
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Alfa Romeo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8C Spider</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Alfa Romeo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8C SPIDER</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2008-2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">580
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Alpina</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B10 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">54
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Alpina</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sedan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Alpina</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coupe</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Alpina</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B12 5.0</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sedan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Alpina</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">B5 series (manufactured before
<br/> 9/1/06).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005-2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Al-Spaw</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EMA Mobile Stage Trailer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aston Martin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vanquish</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002-2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">430
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aston Martin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vantage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006-2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">530
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Aston Martin</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vantage V8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">582
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Audi</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">244
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Audi</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996-2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">352
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Audi</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A4, RS4, S4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8D</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Audi</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">332
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Audi</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">424
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Audi</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997-2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">337
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Audi</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">A8 Avant Quattro</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">238
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Audi</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RS6 &amp; RS Avant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">443
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Audi</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">428
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Audi</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">424
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Audi</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">364
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bentley</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arnage (manufactured 1/1/01-12/31/01)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">473
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bentley</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Azure (LHD &amp; RHD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">485
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bentley</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flying Spur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-door Saloon 2-door Continental</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">588
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bimota (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DB4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">397
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bimota (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SB6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">523
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bimota (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SB8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">397
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">462
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">379
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">356
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">379
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">248
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003-2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">487
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">325i</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">197
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">345
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">194
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">249
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">314
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">414
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003-2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">450
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5 Series (manufactured prior to 9/1/2006)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005-2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">555
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">299
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">313
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">366
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">760i</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">559
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">361
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">850 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">396
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">M3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006-2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">571
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">M3 (manufactured prior to 9/1/06)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">520
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">X5 (manufactured 1/1/03-12/31/04)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003-2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">459
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Z3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">568
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Z3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">260
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Z3 (European market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">483
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Z4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">553
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Z8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">406
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Z8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">350
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">K1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">228
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">K1100, K1200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">303
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">K1200 GT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">556
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">K75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">K75S</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">229
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R1100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">231
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R1100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">368
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R1100 S</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">557
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R1100RS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">177
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R1150GS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">453
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R1200 GS Adventure series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">592
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R1200C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">359
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R80, R100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">295
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">BMW (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S1000RR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2011-2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">563
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Buell (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1125R, Ulysses XB, Lightning XB, and Blast</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">579
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Buell (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All Models</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">399
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadillac</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DeVille</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">300
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadillac</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">DeVille (manufactured 8/1/99-12/31/00)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">448
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cadillac</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Escalade</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">572
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cagiva (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gran Canyon 900</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">444
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Carrocerias</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cimarron trailer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006-2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">400SS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Astro Van</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">298
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Blazer (plant code of “K” or “2” in the 11th position of the VIN)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">349
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Blazer (plant code of “K” or “2” in the 11th position of the VIN)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">461
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Camaro</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">435
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Camaro</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">591
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cavalier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">369
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corvette</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coupe</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">419
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corvette</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">544
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Silverado</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">590
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Suburban</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">541
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tahoe</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">504
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tahoe</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">501
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevrolet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trailblazer (manufactured prior to 9/1/07 for sale in the Kuwaiti market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">514
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chevy</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Impala</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">561
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chrysler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grand Voyager</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">373
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chrysler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LHS (Mexican market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">276
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Chrysler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Town and Country</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">273
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dodge</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Durango</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">534
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dodge</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ram</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dodge</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ram 1500 Laramie Crew Cab</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">535
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ducati (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">600SS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">241
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ducati (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">748</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">421
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ducati (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">748 Biposto</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ducati (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">888</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ducati (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">900</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">452
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ducati (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">900SS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">201
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ducati (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">916</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">421
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ducati (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">996 Biposto</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">475
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ducati (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">996R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001-2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">398
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ducati (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MH900E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001-2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">524
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ducati (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Monster 600</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">407
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ducati (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Multistrada</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">585
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ducati (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ST4S</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">474
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E. Lancashine Coachbuilders Limited</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Double Decker Bus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Volvo B7L chassis</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eagle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Vision</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">323
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">EMU</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Camper trailer, 4x4 Extreme Adventure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">360</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">376
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">360</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Spider &amp; Coupe</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">410
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">360 (manufactured after 9/31/02)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">433
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">360 (manufactured before 9/1/02)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">402
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">360 Modena</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">327
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">360 Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">446
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">456</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">256
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">456 GT &amp; GTA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">445
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">456 GT &amp; GTA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">408
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">512 TR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">173
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">550</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">377
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">550 Marinello</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">292
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">575</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002-2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">415
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">575</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004-2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">507
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">599</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2008-2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">587
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">599 (manufactured prior to 9/1/06)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">518
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">599 GTB (Manufactured September 1, 2006 through August 31, 2007)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006-2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">576
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">612 Scagletti (Manufactured before 9/1/06)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">573
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">612 Scaglietti</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">545
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">California (Manufactured for the European Market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">570
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Enzo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003-2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">436
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F355</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">259
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F355</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">391
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F355</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">355
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F430 (manufactured prior to 9/1/06)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005-2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">479
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">226
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ferrari</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F50 (Manufactured before 9/1/07)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fisker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Karma</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">577
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ford</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bronco (Venezuelan market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">265
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ford</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Escape (manufactured prior to 9/1/2006)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">551
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ford</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Escort (Nicaraguan market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">322
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ford</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Escort RS Cosworth</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ford</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Explorer (Venezuelan market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">268
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ford</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">425
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ford</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F-150</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">575
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ford</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F-150 Crew Cab (manufactured for sale in the Mexican market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">548
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ford</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mustang</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">367
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ford</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mustang</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">471
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ford</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Windstar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">250
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freightliner</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FLD12064ST</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">179
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freightliner</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FTLD112064SD</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">178
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gemala</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Saranaupaya 1600 Double Axle trailer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">GMC</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Suburban</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">134
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FL Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">528
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL &amp; VR Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">422
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL &amp; VR Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2008</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">517
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL &amp; VR Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">522
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL &amp; VR Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2011-2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">567
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">253
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">281
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">321
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">362
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">372
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">393
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">472
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">491
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">202
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, FL, XL, &amp; VR Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">506
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FX, XL &amp; VR Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">578
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FXSTC Soft Tail Custom</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">499
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">VRSCA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">374
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">VRSCA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">394
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Harley-Davidson (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">VRSCA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">422
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hatty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">45 ft double axle trailer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Heku</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">750 KG boat trailer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hobby</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Exclusive 650 KMFE Trailer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002-2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accord</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">319
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accord (RHD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sedan &amp; Wagon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">451
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CRV</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">447
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CR-V</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">489
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prelude</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">309
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CB 750 (CB750F2T)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">440
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CBR 250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">NT700V (Deauville)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006-2013</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RVF 400</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">358
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">VF750</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">290
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">VFR 400</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">358
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">VFR 400, RVF 400</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">VFR750</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">VFR800</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">315
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Honda (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">VT600</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">294
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hyundai</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Elantra</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">269
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hyundai</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XG350</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">494
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ifor Williams</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LM85G trailer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jaguar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sovereign</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">78
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jaguar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S-Type</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">411
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jaguar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XJ8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">536
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jaguar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XJS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">195
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jaguar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XK-8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">330
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jaguar</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XKR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">560
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cherokee</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">254
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cherokee (LHD &amp; RHD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">493
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cherokee (LHD &amp; RHD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">180
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cherokee (LHD &amp; RHD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">493
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cherokee (LHD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">516
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cherokee (RHD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">515
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compass</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">589
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grand Cherokee</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">404
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grand Cherokee</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">431
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grand Cherokee</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">382
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grand Cherokee (LHD—Japanese market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">389
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liberty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">466
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liberty</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">505
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liberty (Mexican market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">457
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wrangler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">217
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wrangler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">255
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wrangler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">341
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wrangler (manufactured for sale in the Mexican market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">547
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wrangler (manufactured for sale in the Mexican market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">584
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jeep</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wrangler (RHD)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kawasaki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">EL250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">233
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kawasaki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ninja ZX-6R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kawasaki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">VN1500-P1/P2 series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">492
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kawasaki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ZR750</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">537
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kawasaki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ZX400</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">222
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kawasaki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ZX6, ZX7, ZX9, ZX10, ZX11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">312
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kawasaki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ZX600</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">288
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Kawasaki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ZZR1100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">247
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ken-Mex</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">T800</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">187
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Komet</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Standard, Classic &amp; Eurolite trailer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">477
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">KTM (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Duke II</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">363
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lamborghini</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diablo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coupe</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lamborghini</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diablo (except 1997 Coupe)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">416
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lamborghini</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diablo SE30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">586
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lamborghini</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gallardo (manufactured 1/1/04-12/31/04)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">458
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lamborghini</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gallardo (manufactured 1/1/06-8/31/06)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">508
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lamborghini</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Murcielago</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Roadster</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">476
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Land Rover</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Defender 110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">212
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Land Rover</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Defender 90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">VIN &amp; Body Limited</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">512
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Land Rover</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Defender 90 (manufactured before 9/1/97) and VIN
<br/>“SALDV224*VA” or
<br/>“SALDV324*VA”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">432
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Land Rover</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Discovery</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">338
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Land Rover</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Discovery (II)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">437
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Land Rover</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Range Rover</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">509
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Land Rover</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Range Rover</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">538
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lexus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GS300</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">460
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lexus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GS300</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">293
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lexus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RX300</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">307
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lexus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SC300</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lexus</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SC400</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">225
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">M&amp;V</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Type NS4G31 trailer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2008-2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Magni (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Australia, Sfida</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">264
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mazda</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MPV</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">413
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mazda</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MX-5 Miata</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">184
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mazda</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RX-7</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">279
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mazda</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Xedos 9</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">351
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">McLaren</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MP4-12C</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">569
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">190 E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">454
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">200 E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">124.019</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">75
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220 E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">168
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220 TE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Station Wagon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">167
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230 E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">124.023</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">127
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">250 E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">245
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">280 E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">166
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">300 CE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">124.061</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">94
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">300 E 4-Matic</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">192
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">320 CE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">310
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">320 SL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">142
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">350 CLS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">400 SE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">296
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">420 E</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">169
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">600 SEC</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coupe</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">600 SEL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">140.057</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">271
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C 320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001-2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">441
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">331
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">203</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">456
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C Class (manufactured prior to 9/1/2006)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">W203</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003-2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">521
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL 500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">277
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL 500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">370
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CL 600</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">370
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CLK 320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">357
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CLK Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">380
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CLK Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">209</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002-2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">478
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">CLS Class (manufactured prior to 9/1/06)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">532
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E 200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">207
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E 200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">278
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E 220</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">168
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E 250</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">245
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E 280</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">166
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E 320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">240
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E 320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Station Wagon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">318
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E 320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002-2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">418
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E 420</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">169
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E 500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">163
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E 500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">304
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">W210</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996-2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">401
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003-2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">429
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">E Series</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">354
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463 Chassis, LWB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">549
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463 Chassis, LWB</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">583
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G Class LWB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463 Chassis</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006-2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">527
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon 300 GE LWB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463.228</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon 300 GE LWB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463.228</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon 320 LWB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon 5 DR LWB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon LWB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463 5 DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">392
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon LWB V-8</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon SWB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463 Cabriolet &amp; 3DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon SWB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon SWB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon SWB</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463 Cabriolet &amp; 3DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001-2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">G-Wagon SWB (manufactured before9/1/06)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463 Cabriolet &amp; 3DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maybach</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">486
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S 280</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">140.028</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">85
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S 320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">236
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S 420</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">267
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S 500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S 500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">371
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S 600</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coupe</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">185
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S 600</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">297
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S 600</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">371
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S 600L</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">214
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">395
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">565
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">140</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">423
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">342
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">325
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">W220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">387
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002-2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">442
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2007-2010</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">566
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S Class (manufactured prior to 9/1/2006)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005-2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">525
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SE Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">343
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SEL Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">140</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">343
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SL (Manufactured before 9/1/06)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">574
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SL Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">329
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SL Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">W129</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997-2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">386
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SL Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001-2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SL Class (European market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">230</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003-2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">470
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SLK</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">257
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SLK</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">381
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SLK Class</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2014</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">581
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SLK Class (manufactured between 8/31/04 and 8/31/06)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">171 Chassis</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005-2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">511
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">SLR (manufactured prior to 9/1/2006)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005-2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">558
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mercedes-Benz</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sprinter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Truck</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001-2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">468
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mini</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cooper (European market)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Convertible</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">482
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Mitsubishi</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Outlander</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">564
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Moto Guzzi (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">California</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">495
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Moto Guzzi (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">California EV</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">403
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Moto Guzzi (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Daytona</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Moto Guzzi (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Daytona RS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">264
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MV Agusta (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">F4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nissan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GTS &amp; GTR (RHD), a.k.a. “Skyline,” manufactured 1/96-6/98</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nissan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pathfinder</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">412
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Nissan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pathfinder</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">316
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Plymouth</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Voyager</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">353
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pontiac</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Firebird Trans Am</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">481
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pontiac</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trans Sport</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">MPV</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">189
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">911</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">542
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">911</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997-2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">346
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">911 (996) Carrera</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002-2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">439
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">911 (996) GT3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">438
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">911 Carrera</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">911 Carrera</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">911 Carrera</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">165
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">911 Carrera (manufactured prior to 9/1/06)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cabriolet</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005-2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">513
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">911 Carrera (manufactured prior to 9/1/06)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005-2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">531
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">911 Turbo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">347
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">928</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">266
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">928</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">272
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">946 Turbo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">116
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boxster</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1997-2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">390
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boxster (manufactured before 9/1/02)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">390
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carrera GT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004-2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">463
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cayenne</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003-2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">464
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cayenne (manufactured prior to 9/1/06)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">519
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cayenne S</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2009</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">543
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GT2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GT2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">388
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Porsche</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GT3 RS</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2012</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">552
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rolls Royce</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bentley Brooklands</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">186
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rolls Royce</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bentley Continental R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">258
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rolls Royce</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bentley Turbo R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">291
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rolls Royce</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bentley Turbo R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">243
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rolls Royce</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phantom</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">455
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Saab</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9.3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">426
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Saab</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">900 SE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">213
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Saab</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">900 SE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">219
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Saab</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">900 SE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">219
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Saab</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">9000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">334
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Smart Car</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fortwo coupe &amp; cabriolet (incl. trim levels passion, pulse, &amp; pure)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Smart Car</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fortwo coupe &amp; cabriolet (incl. trim levels passion, pulse, &amp; pure)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002-2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Smart Car</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fortwo coupe &amp; cabriolet (incl. trim levels passion, pulse, &amp; pure) manufactured before 9/1/06</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Smart Car</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fortwo coupe &amp; cabriolet (incl. trim levels passion, pulse, &amp; pure) manufactured before 9/1/06</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Subaru</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Forester</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2006-2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">510
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Suzuki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GSF 750</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">287
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Suzuki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GSX1300R, a.k.a. “Hayabusa”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">484
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Suzuki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GSX1300R, a.k.a. “Hayabusa”</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2007-2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">533
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Suzuki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GSX-R 1100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">227
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Suzuki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GSX-R 750</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Suzuki (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GSX-R 750</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2003</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">417
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Thule</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3008BL boat trailer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2011</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Toyota</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4-Runner</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">449
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Toyota</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Avalon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">308
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Toyota</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Land Cruiser</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">218
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Toyota</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Land Cruiser (manufactured prior to9/1/2006)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">IFS 100 series</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2006</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">539
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Toyota</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Previa</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">302
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Toyota</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RAV4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">328
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Toyota</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">RAV4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">480
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Triumph (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Thunderbird</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">311
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vespa (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ET2, ET4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2001-2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">378
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Vespa (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">LX and PX</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004-2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">496
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Volkswagen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bora</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">540
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Volkswagen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Eurovan</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">306
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Volkswagen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Golf</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2005</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">502
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Volkswagen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Golf III</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">92
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Volkswagen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jetta</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1996</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">274
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Volkswagen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Passat</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wagon &amp; Sedan</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2004</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">488
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Volvo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">850 Turbo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1995-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">286
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Volvo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">940 GL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">95
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Volvo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">945 GL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wagon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">132
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Volvo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">960</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sedan &amp; Wagon</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">176
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Volvo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">C70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">434
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Volvo</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">S70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1998-2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">335
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Westfalia</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">14ft Double Axle Cargo trailer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1994-1997</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yamaha (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Drag Star 1100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1999-2007</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">497
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yamaha (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">FJR 1300</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2002</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yamaha (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">R1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2000</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">360
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yamaha (MC)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Virago</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1993-1998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">301</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 49134, Oct. 24, 2017]



</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="594" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 594—SCHEDULE OF FEES AUTHORIZED BY 49 U.S.C. 30141
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 30141, 31 U.S.C. 9701; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>54 FR 40107, Sept. 29, 1989, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 594.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.21.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 594.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes the fees authorized by 49 U.S.C. 30141.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 51045, Sept. 30, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 594.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.21.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 594.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purposes of this part is to ensure that NHTSA is reimbursed for costs incurred in administering the importer registration program, in making determinations whether a nonconforming vehicle is eligible for importation into the United States, and in processing the bond furnished to the Secretary of the Treasury given to ensure that an imported vehicle not originally manufactured to conform to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards is brought into compliance with the safety standards, or will be exported, or abandoned to the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 594.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.21.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 594.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to any person who applies to NHTSA to be granted the status of Registered Importer under part 592 of this chapter, to any person who has been granted such status, to any manufacturer not a Registered Importer who petitions the Administrator for a determination pursuant to part 593 of this chapter, and to any person who imports a motor vehicle into the United States pursuant to such determination.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 40667, Oct. 4, 1990]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 594.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.21.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 594.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms used in this part that are defined in 49 U.S.C. 30102 are used as defined in that section.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>NHTSA</I> means the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Registered Importer</I> means any person who has been granted the status of registered importer under part 592 of this chapter, and whose registration has not been revoked.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40107, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 61 FR 51045, Sept. 30, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 594.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.21.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 594.5   Establishment and payment of fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The fees established by this part continue in effect until adjusted by the Administrator. The Administrator reviews the amount or rate of fees established under this part and, if appropriate, adjusts them by rule at least every 2 years.
</P>
<P>(b) The fees applicable in any fiscal year are established before the beginning of such year. Each fee is calculated in accordance with this part, and is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> not later than September 30 of each year.
</P>
<P>(c) An applicant for status as Registered Importer shall submit an initial annual fee with the application. A Registered Importer shall pay an annual fee not later than October 31 of each year. The fee is that specified in § 594.6(i).
</P>
<P>(d) A person who petitions the Administrator for a determination that a vehicle is eligible for importation shall file with the petition the fee specified in § 594.7(e).
</P>
<P>(e) No application or petition will be accepted for filing or processed before payment of the full amount specified. Except as provided in § 594.6(d), a fee shall be paid irrespective of NHTSA's disposition of the application, or of a withdrawal of an application.
</P>
<P>(f) The Administrator will furnish each Registered Importer with a monthly invoice of the fees owed by the Registered Importer for reimbursement for bond processing costs and for the review and processing of conformity certificates and information regarding importation of motor vehicles as provided in Section 592.4 of this chapter. A person who for personal use imports a vehicle covered by a determination of the Administrator must pay the fee specified in either § 594.8(b) or (c), as appropriate, to the Registered Importer, and the invoice will also include these fees. The Registered Importer must pay the fees within 15 days of the date of the invoice.
</P>
<P>(g) Fee payments must be by certified check, cashier's check, money order, credit card, or Electronic Funds Transfer System, made payable to the Treasurer of the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40107, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 40667, Oct. 4, 1990; 62 FR 50882, Sept. 29, 1997; 69 FR 52100, Aug. 24, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 594.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.21.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 594.6   Annual fee for administration of the registration program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person filing an application to be granted the status of a Registered Importer pursuant to part 592 of this chapter on or after October 1, 2014, must pay an annual fee of $844, as calculated below, based upon the direct and indirect costs attributable to:
</P>
<P>(1) Processing and acting upon such application;
</P>
<P>(2) Any inspection deemed required for a determination upon such application;
</P>
<P>(3) The estimated remaining activities of administering the registration program in the fiscal year in which such application is intended to become effective.
</P>
<P>(b) That portion of the initial annual fee attributable to the processing of the application for applications filed on and after October 1, 2014, is $333. The sum of $333, representing this portion, shall not be refundable if the application is denied or withdrawn.</P>
<P>(c) If, in order to make a determination upon an application, NHTSA must make an inspection of the applicant's facilities, NHTSA notifies the applicant in writing after the conclusion of any such inspection, that a supplement to the initial annual fee in a stated amount is due upon receipt of such notice to recover the direct and indirect costs associated with such inspection and notification, and that no determination will be made upon the application until such sum is received. Such sum is not refundable if the application is denied or withdrawn.
</P>
<P>(d) That portion of the initial annual fee attributable to the remaining activities of administering the registration program on and after October 1, 2014, is set forth in paragraph (i) of this section. This portion shall be refundable if the application is denied, or withdrawn before final action upon it.
</P>
<P>(e) Each Registered Importer who wishes to maintain the status of Registered Importer shall pay a regular annual fee based upon the direct and indirect costs of administering the registration program, including the suspension and reinstatement, and revocation of such registration.
</P>
<P>(f) The elements of administering the registration program that are included in the regular annual fee are:
</P>
<P>(1) Calculating, revising, and publishing the fees to apply in the next fiscal year, including such coordination as may be required with the U.S. Customs Service.
</P>
<P>(2) Processing and reviewing the annual statement attesting to the fact that no material change has occurred in the Registered Importer's status since filing its original application.
</P>
<P>(3) Processing the annual fee.
</P>
<P>(4) Processing and reviewing any amendments to an annual statement received in the course of a fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(5) Verifying through inspection or otherwise that a Registered Importer is complying with the requirements of Sec. 592.6(b)(3) of this chapter for recordkeeping.
</P>
<P>(6) Verifying through inspection or otherwise that a Registered Importer is able technically and financially to carry out its responsibilities pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 30118 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(7) Invoking procedures for suspension of registration and its reinstatement, and for revocation of registration pursuant to Sec. 592.7 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(g) The direct costs included in establishing the annual fee for maintaining registered importer status are the estimated costs of professional and clerical staff time, computer and computer operator time, and postage, per Registered Importer. The direct costs included in establishing the annual fee for a specific Registered Importer are costs of transportation and <I>per diem</I> attributable to inspections conducted with respect to that Registered Importer in administering the registration program, which have not been included in a previous annual fee.
</P>
<P>(h) The indirect costs included in establishing the annual fee for maintaining Registered Importer status are a pro rata allocation of the average salary and benefits of persons employed in processing annual statements, or changes thereto, in recommending continuation of Registered Importer status, and a pro rata allocation of the costs attributable to maintaining the office space, and the computer or word processor. This cost is $25.73 per man-hour for the period beginning October 1, 2014.
</P>
<P>(i) Based upon the elements and indirect costs of paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) of this section, the component of the initial annual fee attributable to administration of the registration program, covering the period beginning October 1, 2014, is $511. When added to the costs of registration of $333, as set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, the costs per applicant to be recovered through the annual fee are $844. The annual renewal registration fee for the period beginning October 1, 2014, is $726.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40107, Sept. 29, 1989; 55 FR 78, Jan. 2, 1990, as amended at 55 FR 40667, Oct. 4, 1990; 56 FR 49429, Sept. 30, 1991; 58 FR 51023, Sept. 30, 1993; 61 FR 51045, Sept. 30, 1996; 63 FR 45185, Aug. 25, 1998; 65 FR 56500, Sept. 19, 2000; 67 FR 60599, Sept. 26, 2002; 67 FR 62897, Oct. 9, 2002; 69 FR 57873, Sept. 28, 2004; 71 FR 43989, Aug. 3, 2006; 73 FR 54986, Sept. 24, 2008; 75 FR 48612, Aug. 11, 2010; 77 FR 50642, Aug. 22, 2012; 79 FR 57007, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 594.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.21.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 594.7   Fee for filing petitions for a determination whether a vehicle is eligible for importation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each manufacturer or registered importer who petitions NHTSA for a determination that—
</P>
<P>(1) A nonconforming vehicle is substantially similar to a vehicle originally manufactured for importation into and sale in the United States and of the same model year as the model for which petition is made, and is capable of being readily modified to conform to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards, or
</P>
<P>(2) A nonconforming vehicle has safety features that comply with or are capable of being modified to comply with all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards,
</P>
<FP>shall pay a fee based upon the direct and indirect costs of processing and acting upon such petition.
</FP>
<P>(b) The direct costs attributable to processing a petition filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section include the average cost per professional staff-hour, computer and computer operator time, and postage. The direct costs also include those attributable to any inspection of a vehicle requested by a petitioner in substantiation of its petition.
</P>
<P>(c) The indirect costs attributable to processing and acting upon a petition filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section include a pro rata allocation of the average salary and benefits of persons employed in processing the petitions and recommending decisions on them, and a pro rata allocation of the costs attributable to maintaining the office space, and the computer or word processor.
</P>
<P>(d) The direct costs attributable to acting upon a petition filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, also include the cost of publishing a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> seeking public comment, the cost of publishing a second notice with the agency's determination, and a pro rata share of the cost of publishing an annual list of nonconforming vehicles determined to be eligible for importation.
</P>
<P>(e) For petitions filed on and after October 1, 2014, the fee payable for seeking a determination under paragraph (a)(1) of this section is $175. The fee payable for a petition seeking a determination under paragraph (a)(2) of this section is $800. If the petitioner requests an inspection of a vehicle, the sum of $827 shall be added to such fee. No portion of this fee is refundable if the petition is withdrawn or denied.
</P>
<P>(f) In adopting a fee for the next fiscal year, the Administrator employs data based upon the cost of determinations and the amount of fees received for the 12-month period ending June 30 of the fiscal year preceding that fiscal year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40107, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 40667, Oct. 4, 1990; 56 FR 49429, Sept. 30, 1991; 58 FR 51023, Sept. 30, 1993; 61 FR 51045, Sept. 30, 1996; 65 FR 56500, Sept. 19, 2000; 67 FR 60599, Sept. 26, 2002; 69 FR 57873, Sept. 28, 2004; 71 FR 43990, Aug. 3, 2006; 73 FR 54986, Sept. 24, 2008; 75 FR 48613, Aug. 11, 2010; 77 FR 50642, Aug. 22, 2012; 79 FR 57007, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 594.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.21.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 594.8   Fee for importing a vehicle pursuant to a determination by the Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A fee as specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section shall be paid by each importer of a vehicle covered by a determination made under part 593 of this chapter to cover the direct and indirect costs incurred by NHTSA in making such determinations.
</P>
<P>(b) If a determination has been made pursuant to a petition, the fee for each vehicle is $138. The direct and indirect costs that determine the fee are those set forth in § 594.7(b), (c), and (d).
</P>
<P>(c) If a determination has been made on or after October 1, 2014, pursuant to the Administrator's initiative, the fee for each vehicle is $125. The direct and indirect costs that determine the fee are those set forth in §§ 594.7(b), (c), and (d), and references to “petition” shall be understood as relating to NHTSA's documents that serve as a basis for initiating determinations on its own initiative.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 40667, Oct. 4, 1990, as amended at 58 FR 51023, Sept. 30, 1993; 61 FR 51045, Sept. 30, 1996; 63 FR 45186, Aug. 25, 1998; 65 FR 56500, Sept. 19, 2000; 67 FR 60599, Sept. 26, 2002; 69 FR 57874, Sept. 28, 2004; 71 FR 43990, Aug. 3, 2006; 73 FR 54986, Sept. 24, 2008; 75 FR 48613, Aug. 11, 2010; 77 FR 50642, Aug. 22, 2012; 79 FR 57007, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 594.9" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.21.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 594.9   Fee for reimbursement of bond processing costs and costs for processing offers of cash deposits or obligations of the United States in lieu of sureties on bonds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each Registered Importer must pay a fee based upon the direct and indirect costs of processing each bond furnished to the Secretary of Homeland Security on behalf of the Administrator with respect to each vehicle for which it furnishes a certificate of conformity pursuant to § 592.6(d) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The direct and indirect costs attributable to processing a bond are provided to NHTSA by the U.S. Customs Service.
</P>
<P>(c) The bond processing fee for each vehicle imported on and after October 1, 2014, for which a certificate of conformity is furnished, is $9.34.</P>
<P>(d) Each importer must pay a fee based upon the direct and indirect costs the agency incurs for receipt, processing, handling, and disbursement of cash deposits or obligations of the United States in lieu of sureties on bonds that the importer submits as authorized by § 591.10 of this chapter in lieu of a conformance bond required under § 591.6(c) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) The fee for each vehicle imported on and after October 1, 2014, for which cash deposits or obligations of the United States are furnished in lieu of a conformance bond, is $499.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 40107, Sept. 29, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 49429, Sept. 30, 1991; 58 FR 51023, Sept. 30, 1993; 61 FR 51045, Sept. 30, 1996; 63 FR 45186, Aug. 25, 1998; 65 FR 56500, Sept. 19, 2000; 67 FR 60599, Sept. 26, 2002; 69 FR 52100, Aug. 24, 2004; 69 FR 57874, Sept. 28, 2004; 71 FR 43990, Aug. 3, 2006; 73 FR 39896, July 11, 2008; 75 FR 48613, Aug. 11, 2010; 77 FR 50642, Aug. 22, 2012; 79 FR 57007, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 594.10" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.21.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 594.10   Fee for review and processing of conformity certificate.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each registered importer shall pay a fee based on the agency's direct and indirect costs for the review and processing of each certificate of conformity furnished to the Administrator pursuant to § 591.7(e) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The direct costs attributable to the review and processing of a certificate of conformity include the estimated cost of contract and professional staff time, computer usage, and record assembly, marking, shipment and storage costs.
</P>
<P>(c) The indirect costs attributable to the review and processing of a certificate of conformity include a pro rata allocation of the average benefits of persons employed in reviewing and processing the certificates, and a pro rata allocation of the costs attributable to the rental and maintenance of office space and equipment, the use of office supplies, and other overhead items.
</P>
<P>(d) The review and processing fee for each certificate of conformity submitted on and after October 1, 2014 is $10. However, if the vehicle covered by the certificate has been entered electronically with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security through the Automated Broker Interface and the registered importer submitting the certificate has an e-mail address, the fee for the certificate is $6, provided that the fee is paid by a credit card issued to the registered importer. If NHTSA finds that the information in the entry or the certificate is incorrect, requiring further processing, the processing fee shall be $57.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 50882, Sept. 29, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 45186, Aug. 25, 1998; 65 FR 56500, Sept. 19, 2000; 67 FR 60599, Sept. 26, 2002; 69 FR 57874, Sept. 28, 2004; 71 FR 43990, Aug. 3, 2006; 73 FR 54986, Sept. 24, 2008; 75 FR 48613, Aug. 11, 2010; 77 FR 50642, Oct. 1, 2012; 79 FR 57007, Sept. 24, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="595" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 595—MAKE INOPERATIVE EXEMPTIONS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117, 30122 and 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 62442, Nov. 21, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 595.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 595.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes conditions under which the compliance of motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment with the Federal motor vehicle safety standards may be made inoperative. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 12655, Feb. 27, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 595.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 595.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to provide an exemption from the “make inoperative” provision of 49 U.S.C. 30122 that permits motor vehicle dealers and motor vehicle repair businesses to install retrofit air bag on-off switches and to otherwise modify motor vehicles to enable people with disabilities to operate or ride as a passenger in a motor vehicle. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 12655, Feb. 27, 2001]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 595.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 595.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to dealers, motor vehicle repair businesses, and rental companies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 14418, Mar. 15, 2022]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 595.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 595.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Covered rental vehicle</I> is defined as it is in 49 U.S.C. 30102(a).
</P>
<P><I>Dealer,</I> defined in 49 U.S.C. 30102(a), is used in accordance with its statutory meaning.


</P>
<P><I>Manufacturer</I> is defined as it is in 49 U.S.C. 30102(a).




</P>
<P><I>Motor vehicle repair business</I> is defined as it is in 49 U.S.C. 30122(a). This term includes businesses that receive compensation for servicing vehicles without malfunctioning or broken parts or systems by adding or removing features or components to or from those vehicles or otherwise customizing those vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Rental company</I> is defined as it is in 49 U.S.C. 30102(a).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 14418, Mar. 15, 2022, as amended at 89 FR 39793, May 9, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Retrofit On-Off Switches for Air Bags</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 595.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 595.5   Requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Beginning January 19, 1998, a dealer or motor vehicle repair business may modify a motor vehicle manufactured before September 1, 2015, by installing an on-off switch that allows an occupant of the vehicle to turn off an air bag in that vehicle, subject to the conditions in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The dealer or motor vehicle repair business receives from the owner or lessee of the motor vehicle a letter from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration that authorizes the installation of an on-off switch in that vehicle for that air bag and includes a form to be filled in by the dealer or motor vehicle repair business with information identifying itself and describing the installation it makes. 
</P>
<P>(2) The dealer or motor vehicle repair business installs the on-off switch in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer of the switch. 
</P>
<P>(3) The on-off switch meets all of the conditions specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) The on-off switch is operable solely by a key or a key-like object. The on-off switch shall be separate from the ignition switch for the vehicle, so that the driver must take some action other than inserting the ignition key or turning the ignition key in the ignition switch to turn off the air bag. Once turned off, the air bag shall remain off until it is turned back on by means of the device. If a single on-off switch is installed for both air bags, the on-off switch shall allow each air bag to be turned off without turning off the other air bag. The readiness indicator required by S4.5.2 of § 571.208 of this chapter shall continue to monitor the readiness of the air bags even when one or both air bags has been turned off. The readiness indicator light shall not be illuminated solely because an air bag has been deactivated by means of an on-off switch.
</P>
<P>(ii) A telltale light in the interior of the vehicle shall be illuminated whenever the driver or passenger air bag is turned off by means of the on-off switch. The telltale for a driver air bag shall be clearly visible to an occupant of the driver's seating position. The telltale for a passenger air bag shall be clearly visible to occupants of all front seating positions. The telltale for an air bag: 
</P>
<P>(A) Shall be yellow;
</P>
<P>(B) Shall have the identifying words “DRIVER AIR BAG OFF”, “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”, or “PASS AIR BAG OFF”, as appropriate, on the telltale or within 25 millimeters of the telltale; 
</P>
<P>(C) Shall remain illuminated for the entire time that the air bag is “off;”
</P>
<P>(D) Shall not be illuminated at any time when the air bag is “on;” and,
</P>
<P>(E) Shall not be combined with the readiness indicator required by S4.5.2 of § 571.208 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(4) The dealer or motor vehicle repair business provides the owner or lessee with an insert for the vehicle owner's manual that— 
</P>
<P>(i) Describes the operation of the on-off switch,
</P>
<P>(ii) Lists the risk groups on the request form set forth in appendix B of this Part,
</P>
<P>(iii) States that an on-off switch should only be used to turn off an air bag for a member of one of those risk groups, and 
</P>
<P>(iv) States the safety consequences for using the on-off switch to turn off an air bag for persons who are not members of any of those risk groups. The description of those consequences includes information, specific to the make, model and model year of the owner's or lessee's vehicle, about any seat belt energy managing features, e.g., load limiters, that will affect seat belt performance when the air bag is turned off. 
</P>
<P>(5) In the form included in the agency authorization letter specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the dealer or motor vehicle repair business fills in information describing itself and the on-off switch installation(s) it makes in the motor vehicle. The dealer or motor vehicle repair business then sends the form to the address below within 7 working days after the completion of the described installations: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Attention: Air Bag Switch Request Forms, 400 Seventh Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20590-1000.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 62442, Nov. 21, 1997; 62 FR 67754, Dec. 30, 1997, as amended at 65 FR 30770, May 12, 2000; 69 FR 31034, June 2, 2004; 77 FR 52623, Aug. 30, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Vehicle Modifications To Accommodate People With Disabilities</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 12655, Feb. 27, 2001, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 595.6" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 595.6   Modifier identification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any motor vehicle repair business that modifies a motor vehicle to enable a person with a disability to operate, or ride as a passenger in, the motor vehicle and intends to avail itself of the exemption provided in 49 CFR 595.7 shall furnish the information specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section to: Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(1) Full individual, partnership, or corporate name of the motor vehicle repair business. 
</P>
<P>(2) Residence address of the motor vehicle repair business and State of incorporation if applicable. 
</P>
<P>(3) A statement that the motor vehicle repair business modifies a motor vehicle to enable a person with a disability to operate, or ride as a passenger in, the motor vehicle and intends to avail itself of the exemption provided in 49 CFR 595.7. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each motor business repair business required to submit information under paragraph (a) of this section shall submit the information not later than August 27, 2001. After that date, each motor business repair business that modifies a motor vehicle to enable a person with a disability to operate, or ride as a passenger in, the motor vehicle and intends to avail itself of the exemption provided in 49 CFR 595.7 shall submit the information required under paragraph (a) not later than 30 days after it first modifies a motor vehicle to enable a person with a disability to operate, or ride as a passenger in, the motor vehicle. Each motor vehicle repair business who has submitted required information shall keep its entry current, accurate and complete by submitting revised information not later than 30 days after the relevant changes in the business occur. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 12655, Feb. 27, 2001, as amended at 75 FR 47489, Aug. 6, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 595.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 595.7   Requirements for vehicle modifications to accommodate people with disabilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any motor vehicle repair business that modifies a motor vehicle to enable a person with a disability to operate, or ride as a passenger in, the motor vehicle is exempted from the “make inoperative” prohibition of 49 U.S.C. 30122 to the extent that those modifications affect the motor vehicle's compliance with the Federal motor vehicle safety standards or portions thereof specified in paragraph (c) of this section. Modifications that would take a vehicle out of compliance with any other Federal motor vehicle safety standards, or portions thereof, are not covered by this exemption. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any motor vehicle repair business that modifies a motor vehicle to enable a person with a disability to operate, or ride as a passenger in, the motor vehicle in such a manner as to make inoperative any part of a device or element of design installed on or in the motor vehicle in compliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard or portion thereof specified in paragraph (c) of this section must affix to the motor vehicle a permanent label of the type and in the manner described in paragraph (d) of this section and must provide and retain a document of the type and in the manner described in paragraph (e) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) 49 CFR 571.101, except for S5.2.1, S5.3.1, S5.3.4, S5.4.1, and S5.4.3 of that section.
</P>
<P>(2) S9.1.1 of 49 CFR 571.108, in the case of a motor vehicle that is modified to be driven without a steering wheel or for which it is not feasible to retain the turn signal canceling device installed by the vehicle manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(3) S5.1.2 and S5.1.3 of 49 CFR 571.114, in any case in which the original key locking system must be modified.
</P>
<P>(4) S4(a) of 49 CFR 571.118, in any case in which the medical condition of the person for whom the vehicle is modified necessitates the installation of a remote ignition switch to start the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(5) S5.1 and S5.2.1 of 49 CFR 571.123, in any case in which the modification necessitates the relocation of original equipment manufacturer's controls. 
</P>
<P>(6) S5.3.1 of 49 CFR 571.135, in any case in which the modification necessitates the removal of the original equipment manufacturer foot pedal. 
</P>
<P>(7) 49 CFR 571.201 with respect to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Targets located on the right side rail, the right B-pillar and the first right side “other” pillar adjacent to the stowed platform of a lift or ramp that stows vertically, inside the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Targets located on the left side rail, the left B-pillar and the first left side “other” pillar adjacent to the stowed platform of a lift or ramp that stows vertically, inside the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Targets located on the rear header and the rearmost pillars adjacent to the stowed platform of a lift or ramp that stows vertically, inside the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Targets located on any hand grip or vertical stanchion bar.
</P>
<P>(v) All of S6 of 571.201 in any case in which the disability necessitates raising the roof or door, or lowering the floor of the vehicle. 
</P>
<P>(8) 49 CFR 571.202 and 571.202a, in any case in which:
</P>
<P>(i) A motor vehicle is modified to be operated by a driver seated in a wheelchair and no other seat is supplied with the vehicle for the driver;
</P>
<P>(ii) A motor vehicle is modified to transport a right front passenger seated in a wheelchair and no other right front passenger seat is supplied with the vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(9)(i) For vehicles manufactured before March 14, 2005, S4.3(b)(1) and (2) of 49 CFR 571.202, in any case in which the driver's head restraint must be modified to accommodate a driver with a disability.
</P>
<P>(ii) For vehicles manufactured on or after March 14, 2005 and certified to FMVSS No. 202, S4.2(b)(1) and (2) of 49 CFR 571.202, in any case in which the head restraint must be modified to accommodate a driver with a disability.
</P>
<P>(iii) For vehicles manufactured on or after March 14, 2005 and certified to FMVSS No. 202a, S4.2.1(b) of 49 CFR 571.202a, in any case in which the head restraint must be modified to accommodate a driver or a front outboard passenger with a disability.
</P>
<P>(iv) For vehicles manufactured on or after March 14, 2005 and certified to FMVSS No. 202a, S4.2.2 of 49 CFR 571.202a, in any case in which the head restraint must be modified to accommodate a driver with a disability.
</P>
<P>(v) For vehicles manufactured before March 14, 2005 and certified to FMVSS No. 202, S4.3 of 49 CFR 571.202, in any case in which the head restraint of the front passenger seat of a vehicle must be modified or replaced by a device to support or position the passenger's head or neck due to a disability.
</P>
<P>(vi) For vehicles manufactured on or after March 14, 2005 and certified to FMVSS No. 202, S4.2 of 49 CFR 571.202, in any case in which the head restraint of the front passenger seat of a vehicle must be modified or replaced by a device to support or position the passenger's head or neck due to a disability.
</P>
<P>(vii) For vehicles manufactured on or after March 14, 2005 and certified to FMVSS No. 202a, S4.2.1, S4.2.2, S4.2.3, S4.2.4, S4.2.5, S4.2.6, and S4.2.7 of 49 CFR 571.202a, in any case in which the head restraint of the front passenger seat of a vehicle must be modified or replaced by a device to support or position the passenger's head or neck due to a disability.
</P>
<P>(10) S5.1 of 49 CFR 571.203, in any case in which the modification necessitates a structural change to, or removal of, the original equipment manufacturer steering shaft. 
</P>
<P>(11) S5.2 of 49 CFR 571.203, in any case in which an item of adaptive equipment must be mounted on the steering wheel. 
</P>
<P>(12) 49 CFR 571.204, in any case in which the modification necessitates a structural change to, or removal of, the original equipment manufacturer steering shaft. 
</P>
<P>(13) S4.1 of 49 CFR 571.207, in any case in which a vehicle is modified to be driven by a person seated in a wheelchair and no other driver's seat is supplied with the vehicle, provided that a wheelchair securement device is installed at the driver's position. 
</P>
<P>(14) S4.1.5.1(a)(1), S4.1.5.1(a)(3), S4.2.6.2, S5, S7.1, S7.2, S7.4, S14, S15, S16, S17, S18, S19, S20, S21, S22, S23, S24, S25, S26 and S27 of 49 CFR 571.208 for the designated seating position modified, provided Type 2 or Type 2A seat belts meeting the requirements of 49 CFR 571.209 and 571.210 are installed at that position.
</P>
<P>(15) S7 and S9 of 49 CFR 571.214, for the designated seating position modified, in any cases in which the restraint system and/or seat at that position must be changed to accommodate a person with a disability.
</P>
<P>(16) 49 CFR 571.225 in any case in which an existing child restraint anchorage system, or built-in child restraint system relied upon for compliance with 571.225 must be removed to accommodate a person with a disability, provided the vehicle contains at least one tether anchorage which complies with 49 CFR 571.225 S6, S7 and S8 in one of the rear passenger designated seating positions. If no rear designated seating position exists after the vehicle modification, a tether anchorage complying with the requirements described above must be located at a front passenger seat. Any tether anchorage attached to a seat that is relocated shall continue to comply with the requirements of 49 CFR 571.225 S6, S7 and S8.
</P>
<P>(17) S4.2 and S5 of 49 CFR 571.226, on the side of the vehicle where a seat on that side of the vehicle must be changed to accommodate a person with a disability.


</P>
<P>(18) 49 CFR 571.216a, in any case in which:
</P>
<P>(i) The disability necessitates raising the roof; and,
</P>
<P>(ii) The vehicle, after modification, meets 49 CFR 571.220.
</P>
<P>(19) S5.5.1, S5.5.2, S6.2.1, and S6.2.2 of 49 CFR 571.111, in any case in which a personal mobility device transporter is temporarily installed on a vehicle by way of a trailer hitch to carry a personal mobility device (<I>e.g.,</I> a wheelchair, powered wheelchair, or powered scooter) used by a driver or a passenger with a disability.


</P>
<P>(d) The label required by paragraph (b) of this section shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Be permanently affixed to the vehicle, 
</P>
<P>(2) Be located adjacent to the original certification label or the alterer's certification label, if applicable, 
</P>
<P>(3) Give the modifier's name and physical address, 
</P>
<P>(4) Contain the statement “This vehicle has been modified in accordance with 49 CFR 595.6 and may no longer comply with all Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards in effect at the time of its original manufacture.” 
</P>
<P>(e) The document required by paragraph (b) of this section shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Be provided, in original or photocopied form, to the owner of the vehicle at the time the vehicle is delivered to the owner, 
</P>
<P>(2) Be kept, in original or photocopied form, at the same address provided on the label described in paragraph (c) of this section for a period not less than five years after the vehicle, as modified, is delivered to the individual for whom the modifications were performed, 
</P>
<P>(3) Be clearly identifiable as to the vehicle that has been modified, 
</P>
<P>(4) Contain a list of the Federal motor vehicle safety standards or portions thereof specified in paragraph (c) of this section with which the vehicle may no longer be in compliance. 
</P>
<P>(5) Indicate any reduction in the load carrying capacity of the vehicle of more than 100 kg (220 lb) after the modifications are completed. In providing this information, the modifier must state whether the weight of a user's wheelchair is included in the available load capacity.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 12655, Feb. 27, 2001, as amended at 69 FR 21069, Apr. 20, 2004; 70 FR 51678, Aug. 31, 2005; 75 FR 47489, Aug. 6, 2010; 76 FR 37028, June 24, 2011; 76 FR 47083, Aug. 4, 2011; 79 FR 38795, July 9, 2014; 87 FR 14418, Mar. 15, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 595.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 595.8   Modifications by rental companies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A rental company that modifies a motor vehicle temporarily in order to rent a covered rental vehicle to a person with a disability to operate, or ride as a passenger in, the motor vehicle is exempted from the “make inoperative” prohibition in 49 U.S.C. 30122 to the extent that those modifications make inoperative any part of a device or element of design installed on or in the motor vehicle in compliance with the Federal motor vehicle safety standards or portions thereof specified in paragraph (d) of this section. Modifications that would make inoperative devices or elements of design installed in compliance with any other Federal motor vehicle safety standards, or portions thereof, are not covered by the exemption in this paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(b) The exemption described in paragraph (a) of this section extends only for the period during which the covered rental vehicle is rented to a person with a disability and a reasonable period before and after the rental agreement in order to perform and reverse the modification described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Any rental company that temporarily modifies a motor vehicle to enable a person with a disability to operate, or ride as a passenger in, the motor vehicle in such a manner as to make inoperative any part of a device or element of design installed on or in the motor vehicle in compliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard or portion thereof specified in paragraph (d) of this section must affix to the motor vehicle a label of the type and in the manner described in paragraph (e) of this section and must retain documents of the type and in the manner described in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) 49 CFR 571.208, in the case of the disablement of a knee bolster air bag to allow the installation of hand controls.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(e) The label required by paragraph (c) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be affixed within the passenger compartment of the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(2) Be affixed in a location visible to the driver in a manner that does not obstruct the driver's view while operating the vehicle;
</P>
<P>(3) Contain the statement “WARNING—To accommodate installation of hand controls, this rental vehicle has had its knee bolster air bag temporarily disabled;” and,
</P>
<P>(4) Be removed when the modifications described in paragraph (d) of this section are reversed.
</P>
<P>(f) The retained documents required by paragraph (c) of this section shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Contain the name and physical address of the rental company and any entity making or reversing the temporary modifications on behalf of the rental company;
</P>
<P>(2) Be kept in original or photocopied paper form, or retained electronically, by the rental company for a period of not less than five years after the conclusion of the rental agreement for which the modification is made;
</P>
<P>(3) Be clearly identifiable as to the vehicle that has been modified; and
</P>
<P>(4) Identify the devices or elements of design installed on or in a motor vehicle in compliance with a Federal motor vehicle safety standard made inoperative by the rental company.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: 49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117, 30122 and 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95)</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[87 FR 14419, Mar. 15, 2022]








</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Modifications to Law Enforcement Vehicles</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 39793, May 9, 2024, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 595.9" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 595.9   Automatic emergency braking.</HEAD>
<P>A manufacturer, dealer, or motor vehicle repair business that modifies a vehicle owned by a law enforcement agency to provide a means to temporarily deactivate an AEB system is exempted from the “make inoperative” prohibition in 49 U.S.C. 30122 to the extent that such modification affects the motor vehicle's compliance with 49 CFR 571.127, S5.4.2. Modifications that would take a vehicle out of compliance with any other Federal motor vehicle safety standards, or portions thereof, are not covered by this exemption.





</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.4.1.2.22" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 595—Information Brochure

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er21no97.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21no97.001.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21no97.002.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21no97.003.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21no97.004.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21no97.005.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21no97.006.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21no97.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21no97.008.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.4.1.2.23" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 595—Request Form

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er21no97.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21no97.010.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er21no97.011.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.22.4.1.2.24" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 595—Installation of Air Bag On-Off Switches 

</HEAD>
<img src="/graphics/er21no97.012.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="596-598" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 596-598 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="596" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 596—AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING TEST DEVICES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115, 30117 and 30166; delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.95.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 39793, May 9, 2024, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.24.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 596.1" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.24.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 596.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part describes the test devices to be used for compliance testing of motor vehicles with motor vehicle safety standards for automatic emergency braking.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 596.2" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.24.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 596.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The design and performance criteria specified in this part are intended to describe devices with sufficient precision such that testing performed with these test devices will produce repetitive and correlative results under similar test conditions to reflect adequately the automatic emergency braking performance of a motor vehicle.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 596.3" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.24.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 596.3   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part does not in itself impose duties or liabilities on any person. It is a description of tools that are used in compliance tests to measure the performance of automatic emergency braking systems required by the safety standards that refer to these tools. This part is designed to be referenced by, and become part of, the test procedures specified in motor vehicle safety standards, such as 49 CFR 571.127.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 596.4" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.24.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 596.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms defined in section 30102 of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act (49 U.S.C. chapter 301, <I>et seq.</I>) are used in their statutory meaning.
</P>
<P><I>Adult pedestrian test mannequin (APTM)</I> means a test device with the appearance and radar cross section that simulates an adult pedestrian for the purpose of testing automatic emergency brake system performance.
</P>
<P><I>Child pedestrian test mannequin (CPTM)</I> means a test device with the appearance and radar cross section that stimulates a child pedestrian for the purpose of testing automatic emergency brake system performance.
</P>
<P><I>Pedestrian test device(s)</I> means an adult pedestrian test mannequin and/or a child pedestrian test mannequin.
</P>
<P><I>Pedestrian test mannequin carrier</I> means a movable platform on which an adult pedestrian test mannequin or child pedestrian test mannequin may be attached during compliance testing.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle test device</I> means a test device that simulates a passenger vehicle for the purpose of testing automatic emergency brake system performance.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle test device carrier</I> means a movable platform on which a lead vehicle test device may be attached during compliance testing.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 596.5" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.24.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 596.5   Matter incorporated by reference.</HEAD>
<P>Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) must publish notice of change in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the material must be available to the public. All approved material is available for inspection at NHTSA and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). Contact NHTSA at: NHTSA Office of Technical Information Services, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590; (202) 366-2588. For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit <I>www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</I> or email <I>fr.inspection@nara.gov.</I> The material may be obtained from the source(s) in the following paragraph of this section.
</P>
<P>(a) International Organization for Standardization (ISO), 1, ch. de la Voie-Creuse, CP 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland; phone: + 41 22 749 01 11 fax: + 41 22 733 34 30; website: <I>https://www.iso.org/.</I>
</P>
<P>(1) ISO 3668:2017(E), <I>Paints and varnishes—Visual comparison of colour of paints,</I> Third edition, 2017-05 (ISO 3668:2017); into § 596.7.
</P>
<P>(2) ISO 19206-2:2018(E), <I>Road vehicles—Test devices for target vehicles, vulnerable road users and other objects, for assessment of active safety functions—Part 2: Requirements for pedestrian targets,</I> First edition, 2018-12 (ISO 19206-2:2018); into § 596.7.
</P>
<P>(3) ISO 19206-3:2021(E), <I>Test devices for target vehicles, vulnerable road users and other objects, for assessment of active safety functions—Part 3: Requirements for passenger vehicle 3D targets,</I> First edition, 2021-05 (ISO 19206-3:2021); into § 596.10.
</P>
<P>(4) ISO 19206-4:2020(E), <I>Test devices for target vehicles, vulnerable road users and other objects, for assessment of active safety functions -Part 4: Requirements for bicyclist targets,</I> First edition, 2020-11 (ISO 19206-4:2020); into § 596.7.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.24.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Pedestrian Test Devices</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 596.7" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.24.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 596.7   Specifications for pedestrian test devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Explanation of usage.</I> The words “recommended,” “should,” “can be,” or “should be” appearing in sections of ISO 19206-2:2018 (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5), referenced in this section, are read as setting forth specifications that are used.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Explanation of usage.</I> The words “may be,” or “either” used in connection with a set of items appearing in sections of ISO 19206-2:2018 (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5), referenced in this section, are read as setting forth the totality of items, any one of which may be selected by NHTSA for testing.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Specifications for the pedestrian test devices</I>—(1) <I>General description.</I> The adult pedestrian test mannequin (APTM) provides a sensor representation of a 50th percentile adult male and consist of a head, torso, two arms and hands, and two legs and feet. The child pedestrian test mannequin (CPTM) provides a sensor representation of a 6- to 7-year-old child and consists of a head, torso, two arms and hands, and two legs and feet. The arms of the APTM and CPTM are posable, but do not move during testing. The legs of the APTM and CPTM articulate and are synchronized to the forward motion of the mannequin.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Dimensions and posture.</I> The APTM has basic body dimensions and proportions specified in Annex A, table A.1 in ISO 19206-2:2018 (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5). The CPTM has basic body dimensions and proportions specified in Annex A, table A.1 in ISO 19206-2:2018 (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Visual properties</I>—(i) <I>Head.</I> The head has a visible hairline silhouette by printed graphic. The hair is black as defined in Annex B table B.2 of ISO 19206-4:2020, as tested in accordance with ISO 3668:2017 (both incorporated by reference, see § 596.5).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Face.</I> The head does not have any facial features (<I>i.e.,</I> eyes, nose, mouth, and ears).
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Skin.</I> The face, neck and hands have a skin colored as defined Annex B, table B.2 of ISO 19206-4:2020 (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5).
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Torso and arms.</I> The torso and arms are black as defined in Annex B table B.2 of ISO 19206-4:2020, as tested in accordance with ISO 3668:2017 (both incorporated by reference, see § 596.5).
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Legs.</I> The legs are blue as defined in Annex B table B.2 of ISO 19206-4:2020, as tested in accordance with ISO 3668:2017 (both incorporated by reference, see § 596.5).
</P>
<P>(vi) <I>Feet.</I> The feet are black as defined in Annex B table B.2 of ISO 19206-4:2020, as tested in accordance with ISO 3668:2017 (both incorporated by reference, see § 596.5).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Infrared properties.</I> The surface of the entire APTM or CPTM are within the reflectivity ranges specified in Annex B section B.2.2 of ISO 19206-2:2018, as illustrated in Annex B, figure B.2 (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5).
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Radar properties.</I> The radar reflectivity characteristics of the pedestrian test device approximates that of a pedestrian of the same size when approached from the side or from behind.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Radar cross section measurements.</I> The radar cross section measurements of the APTM and the CPTM is within the upper and lower boundaries shown in Annex B, section B.3, figure B.6 of ISO 19206-2:2018 when tested in accordance with the measure procedure in Annex C, section C.3, Scenario 2 Fixed Angle Scans of ISO 19206-3:2021 with a measurement range of 4m to 40m (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Posture.</I> The pedestrian test device has arms that are posable and remain posed during testing. The pedestrian test device is equipped with moving legs consistent with standard gait phases specified in Section 5.6 of ISO 19206-2:2018 (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5).
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Articulation properties.</I> The legs of the pedestrian test device are in accordance with, and as described in, Annex D, section D.2 and illustrated in Figures D.1, D.2, and D.3 of ISO 19206-2:2018 (incorporated by reference, see § 596.6).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 596.8" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.24.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 596.8   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.24.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Vehicle Test Device</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 596.9" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.24.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 596.9   General description.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The vehicle test device provides a sensor representation of a passenger motor vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) The rear view of the vehicle test device contains representations of the vehicle silhouette, a rear window, a high-mounted stop lamp, two taillamps, a rear license plate, two rear reflex reflectors, and two tires.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 596.10" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.24.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 596.10   Specifications for the vehicle test device.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Explanation of usage.</I> The words “recommended,” “should,” “can be,” or “should be” appearing in sections of ISO 19206-3:2021 (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5), referenced in this section, are read as setting forth specifications that are used.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Explanation of usage.</I> The words “may be,” or “either,” used in connection with a set of items appearing in sections of ISO 19206-3:2021 (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5), referenced in this section, are read as setting forth the totality of items, any one of which may be selected by NHTSA for testing.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Dimensional specifications.</I> (1) The rear silhouette and the rear window are symmetrical about a shared vertical centerline.
</P>
<P>(2) Representations of the taillamps, rear reflex reflectors, and tires are symmetrical about the surrogate's centerline.
</P>
<P>(3) The license plate representation has a width of 300 ± 15 mm and a height of 150 ± 15 mm and mounted with a license plate holder angle within the range described in 49 CFR 571.108, S6.6.3.1.
</P>
<P>(4) The vehicle test device representations are located within the minimum and maximum measurement values specified in columns 3 and 4 of Tables A.4 of ISO 19206-3:2021 Annex A (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5). The tire representations are located within the minimum and maximum measurement values specified in columns 3 and 4 of Tables A.3 of ISO 19206-3:2021 Annex A (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5). The terms “rear light” means “taillamp,” “retroreflector” means “reflex reflector,” and “high centre taillight” means “high-mounted stop lamp.”
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Visual and near infrared specification.</I> (1) The vehicle test device rear representation colors are within the ranges specified in Tables B.2 and B.3 of ISO 19206-3:2021 Annex B (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5).
</P>
<P>(2) The rear representation infrared properties of the vehicle test device are within the ranges specified in Table B.1 of ISO 19206-3:2021 Annex B (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5) for wavelengths of 850 to 950 nm when measured according to the calibration and measurement setup specified in paragraph B.3 of ISO 19206-3:2021 Annex B (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5).
</P>
<P>(3) The vehicle test device rear reflex reflectors, and at least 50 cm
<SU>2</SU> of the taillamp representations are grade DOT-C2 reflective sheeting as specified in 49 CFR 571.108, S8.2.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Radar reflectivity specifications.</I> (1) The radar cross section of the vehicle test device is measured with it attached to the carrier (robotic platform). The radar reflectivity of the carrier platform is less than 0 dBm
<SU>2</SU> for a viewing angle of 180 degrees and over a range of 5 to 100 m when measured according to the radar measurement procedure specified in Section C.3 of ISO 19206-3:2021 Annex C (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5) for fixed-angle scans.
</P>
<P>(2) The rear bumper area as shown in Table C.1 of ISO 19206-3:2021 Annex C (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5) contributes to the target radar cross section.
</P>
<P>(3) The radar cross section is assessed using radar sensor that operates at 76 to 81 GHz and has a range of at least 5 to 100 m, a range gate length smaller than 0.6m, a horizontal field of view of 10 degrees or more (-3dB amplitude limit), and an elevation field of view of 5 degrees or more (-3dB amplitude).
</P>
<P>(4) At least 92 percent of the filtered data points of the surrogate radar cross section for the fixed vehicle angle, variable range measurements are within the radar cross section boundaries defined in Section C.2.2.4 of ISO 19206-3:2021 Annex C (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5) for a viewing angle of 180 degrees when measured according to the radar measurement procedure specified in Section C.3 of ISO 19206-3:2021 Annex C (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5) for fixed-angle scans.
</P>
<P>(5) Between 86 to 95 percent of the vehicle test device spatial radar cross section reflective power is with the primary reflection region defined in Section C.2.2.5 of ISO 19206-3:2021 Annex C (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5) when measured according to the radar measurement procedure specified in Section C.3 of ISO 19206-3:2021 Annex C (incorporated by reference, see § 596.5) using the angle-penetration method.














</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="599" NODE="49:7.1.1.1.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 599 [Reserved]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV3>


<DIV3 N="VI" NODE="49:7.1.2" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER VI—FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="600" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 600 [RESERVED]




</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="601" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 601—ORGANIZATION, FUNCTIONS, AND PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 552; 49 U.S.C. 5334; 49 CFR 1.91.






</PSPACE><P>Subpart D also issued under 42 U.S.C. 5141.


</P></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 67318, Nov. 4, 2005, as amended at 90 FR 28226, July 1, 2025, unless otherwise noted.






</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part describes the organization of the Federal Transit Administration (“FTA”), an operating administration within the U.S. Department of Transportation. This part also describes general responsibilities of the various offices of which FTA is comprised. In addition, this part describes the sources and locations of available FTA program information and provides information regarding FTA's rulemaking procedures.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.2" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.2   Organization of FTA.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The headquarters organization of FTA is comprised of ten principal offices which function under the overall direction of the Federal Transit Administrator (Administrator) and Deputy Administrator. These offices are:
</P>
<P>(1) Office of Administration.
</P>
<P>(2) Office of Budget and Policy.
</P>
<P>(3) Office of Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(4) Office of Civil Rights.
</P>
<P>(5) Office of Communications and Congressional Affairs.
</P>
<P>(6) Office of Planning and Environment.
</P>
<P>(7) Office of Program Management.
</P>
<P>(8) Office of Research, Demonstration and Innovation.
</P>
<P>(9) Office of Transit Safety and Oversight
</P>
<P>(10) Office of Regional Services
</P>
<P>(b) FTA has ten regional offices, each of which function under the overall direction of the Administrator and Deputy Administrator, and under the general direction of a Regional Administrator.
</P>
<HD1>Region/States
</HD1>
<FP-2>I. Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, and Vermont
</FP-2>
<FP-2>II. New York, New Jersey
</FP-2>
<FP-2>III. Delaware, District of Columbia, Maryland, Pennsylvania, Virginia, and West Virginia
</FP-2>
<FP-2>IV. Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, Puerto Rico, South Carolina, Tennessee, and U.S. Virgin Islands
</FP-2>
<FP-2>V. Illinois, Indiana, Minnesota, Michigan, Ohio, and Wisconsin
</FP-2>
<FP-2>VI. Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas
</FP-2>
<FP-2>VII. Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, and Nebraska
</FP-2>
<FP-2>VIII. Colorado, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, and Wyoming
</FP-2>
<FP-2>IX. Arizona, California, Hawaii, Nevada, Guam, American Samoa, and Northern Mariana Islands
</FP-2>
<FP-2>X. Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, and Washington




</FP-2>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.3   General responsibilities.</HEAD>
<P>The general responsibilities of each of the offices which comprise the headquarters organization of FTA are:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Office of Administration.</I> Directed by an Associate Administrator for Administration, this office develops and administers comprehensive programs to meet FTA's resource management and administrative support requirements in the following areas: Organization and management planning, information resources management, human resources, contracting and procurement, and administrative services.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Office of Budget and Policy.</I> Directed by an Associate Administrator for Budget and Policy, this office is responsible for policy development and performance measurement, strategic and program planning, program evaluation, budgeting, and accounting. The office provides policy direction on legislative proposals and coordinates the development of regulations. The office formulates and justifies FTA budgets within the Department of Transportation, to the Office of Management and Budget, and Congress. The office establishes apportionments and allotments for program and administrative funds, ensures that all funds are expended in accordance with Administration and congressional intent, and prepares and coordinates statutory reports to Congress. The office coordinates with and supports the Department of Transportation Chief Financial Officer on all FTA accounting and financial management matters. This office also serves as the audit liaison in responding to the Office of the Inspector General and the Government Accountability Office.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Office of Chief Counsel.</I> Directed by a Chief Counsel, this office provides legal advice and support to the Administrator and FTA management. The office is responsible for reviewing development and management of FTA-sponsored projects; representing the Administration before civil courts and administrative agencies; drafting and reviewing legislation and regulations to implement the Administration's programs; and working to ensure that the agency upholds the highest ethical standards. The office coordinates with and supports the U.S. Department of Transportation's General Counsel on FTA legal matters.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Office of Civil Rights.</I> Directed by an Associate Administrator for Civil Rights, this office ensures full implementation of civil rights and equal opportunity initiatives by all recipients of FTA assistance, and ensures nondiscrimination in the receipt of FTA benefits, employment, and business opportunities. The office advises and assists the Administrator and other FTA officials in ensuring compliance with applicable civil rights regulations, statutes and directives, including but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) participation, and Equal Employment Opportunity, within FTA and in the conduct of federally assisted public transportation projects and programs. The office monitors the implementation of and compliance with civil rights requirements, investigates complaints, conducts compliance reviews, and provides technical assistance to recipients of FTA assistance and members of the public.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Office of Communications and Congressional Affairs.</I> Directed by an Associate Administrator for Communications and Congressional Affairs, this office is the agency's lead office for media relations, public affairs, and Congressional relations, providing quick response support to the agency, the public, and Members of Congress on a daily basis. The office distributes information about FTA programs and policies to the public, the transit industry, and other interested parties through a variety of media. This office also coordinates the Administrator's public appearances and is responsible for managing correspondence and other information directed to and issued by the Administrator and Deputy Administrator.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Office of Planning and Environment.</I> Directed by an Associate Administrator for Planning and Environment, this office administers a national program of planning assistance that provides funding, guidance, and technical support to State and local transportation agencies. In partnership with the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), this office oversees a national program of planning assistance and certification of metropolitan and statewide planning organizations, implemented by FTA Regional Offices and FHWA Divisional Offices. The office provides national guidance and technical support in emphasis areas including planning capacity building, financial planning, transit-oriented development, joint development, project cost estimation, travel demand forecasting, and other technical areas. This office also oversees the Federal environmental review process as it applies to transit projects throughout the country, including implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), the Clean Air Act, and related laws and regulations. The office provides national guidance and oversight of planning and project development for proposed major transit capital fixed guideway projects, commonly referred to as the Capital Investment Grants (CIG) program. In addition, this office is responsible for the evaluation and rating of proposed projects based on a set of statutory criteria, and applies these ratings as input to the Annual CIG Report and funding recommendations submitted to Congress, as well as for FTA approval required for CIG projects to advance into preliminary engineering, final design, and full funding grant agreements.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Office of Program Management.</I> Directed by an Associate Administrator for Program Management, this office administers a national program of capital and operating assistance by managing financial and technical resources and by directing program implementation. The office coordinates all grantee directed guidance, in the form of circulars and other communications, develops and distributes procedures and program guidance to assist the field staff in grant program administration and fosters responsible stewardship of Federal transit resources by facilitating and assuring consistent grant development and implementation nationwide (Statutory, Formula, Discretionary and Earmarks). This office manages the oversight program for agency formula grant programs and provides national expertise and direction in the areas of capital construction, rolling stock, and risk assessment techniques.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Office of Research, Demonstration, and Innovation.</I> Directed by an Associate Administrator for Research, Demonstration and Innovation, this office provides transit industry leadership in delivery of solutions that improve public transportation. The office undertakes research, development, and demonstration projects that help to increase ridership; improve capital and operating efficiencies; enhance safety and emergency preparedness; and better protect the environment and promote energy independence. The office leads FTA programmatic efforts under the National Research Programs (49 U.S.C. 5314).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Office of Transit Safety and Oversight.</I> Directed by an Associate Administrator for Transit Safety and Oversight, this office administers a national transit safety program and program compliance oversight process to advance the provision of safe, reliable, and equitable transit service through adherence to legislative, policy and regulatory requirements as established by FTA.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Office of Regional Services.</I> Directed by an Associate Administrator for Regional Services, this office promotes successful and accountable program delivery, national consistency, and effective communication and collaboration with the FTA Regional Offices, leveraging their expertise and experience to improve FTA's administration of programs. The Associate Administrator for Regional Services supports the regional teams responsible for effectively administering the national federal transit program by ensuring program stewardship and oversight; advancing consistent corporate business practices in the areas of performance management and risk management; increasing the use of data and information for decision making; and improving operational efficiency.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.4" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.4   Responsibilities of the Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator is responsible for the planning, direction and control of the activities of FTA and has authority to approve Federal transit grants, loans, and contracts. The Deputy Administrator is the “first assistant” for purposes of the Federal Vacancies Reform Act of 1998 (Pub. L. 105-277) and shall, in the event of the absence or disability of the Administrator, serve as the Acting Administrator, subject to the limitations in that Act. In the event of the absence or disability of both the Administrator and the Deputy Administrator, officials designated by the agency's internal order on succession shall serve as Acting Deputy Administrator and shall perform the duties of the Administrator, except for any non-delegable statutory or regulatory duties.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Public Availability of Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.10" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.10   Sources of information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>FTA guidance documents.</I> (1) Circulars and other guidance/policy information are available on FTA's website.
</P>
<P>(2) Single copies of any guidance document may be obtained without charge by calling FTA's Administrative Services Help Desk, at (202) 366-4865.
</P>
<P>(3) Single copies of any guidance document may also be obtained without charge upon written request to the Associate Administrator for Administration, Federal Transit Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC, 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>DOT Docket Management System.</I> Unless a particular document says otherwise, the following rulemaking documents in proceedings started after February 1, 1997, are available for public review at the Department of Transportation's Docket Management Facility, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590, or for review at <I>https://www.regulations.gov:</I>
</P>
<P>(1) Advance notices of proposed rulemaking;
</P>
<P>(2) Notices of proposed rulemaking;
</P>
<P>(3) Comments received in response to notices;
</P>
<P>(4) Petitions for rulemaking and reconsideration;
</P>
<P>(5) Denials of petitions for rulemaking and reconsideration; and
</P>
<P>(6) Final rules.
</P>
<P>(c) Any person may examine docketed material, at any time during regular business hours after the docket is established, and may obtain a copy of such material upon payment of a fee, except material ordered withheld from the public under 5 U.S.C. 552(b).
</P>
<P>(d) Any person seeking documents not described above may submit a request under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) by following the procedures in part 7 of this title.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Rulemaking Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.20" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.20   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes rulemaking procedures that apply to the issuance, amendment, and revocation of rules by FTA.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.21" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.21   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.22" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.22   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless the Administrator, for good cause, finds a notice is impractical, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest, and incorporates such a finding and a brief statement of the reasons for it in the rule, a notice of proposed rulemaking must be issued, and interested persons are invited to participate in the rulemaking proceedings involving rules under an Act.
</P>
<P>(b) For rules for which the Administrator determines that notice is unnecessary because no adverse public comment is anticipated, the direct final rulemaking procedure described in § 601.36 may be followed.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.23" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.23   Initiation of rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator initiates rulemaking on his/her own motion. However, in so doing, he/she may, in his/her discretion, consider the recommendations of his/her staff or other agencies of the United States or of other interested persons.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.24" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.24   Contents of notices of proposed rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each notice of proposed rulemaking is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> unless all persons subject to it are named and are personally served with a copy of it.
</P>
<P>(b) Each notice, whether published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or personally served, includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the time, place, and nature of the proposed rulemaking proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) A reference to the authority under which it is issued;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the subjects and issues involved or the substance and terms of the proposed rule;
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the time within which written comments must be submitted; and
</P>
<P>(5) A statement of how and to what extent interested persons may participate in the proceeding.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.25" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.25   Participation by interested persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interested person may participate in rulemaking proceedings by submitting comments in writing containing information, views, or arguments.
</P>
<P>(b) In his/her discretion, the Administrator may invite any interested person to participate in the rulemaking procedures described in § 601.29.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.26" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.26   Petitions for extension of time to comment.</HEAD>
<P>A petition for extension of the time to submit comments must be received not later than three (3) days before expiration of the time stated in the notice. The filing of the petition does not automatically extend the time for petitioner's comments. Such a petition is granted only if the petitioner shows good cause for the extension, and if the extension is consistent with the public interest. If an extension is granted, it is granted to all persons, and it is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.27" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.27   Contents of written comments.</HEAD>
<P>All written comments must be in English. Any interested person must submit as part of his/her written comments all material that he/she considers relevant to any statement of fact made by him/her. Incorporation of material by reference is to be avoided. However, if such incorporation is necessary, the incorporated material shall be identified with respect to document and page.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.28" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.28   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.29" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.29   Additional rulemaking proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may initiate further rulemaking proceedings. For example, interested persons may be invited to make oral arguments, to participate in conferences between the Administrator or his/her representative at which minutes of the conference are kept, to appear at informal hearings presided over by officials designated by the Administrator at which a transcript or minutes are kept, or participate in any other proceeding to assure informed administrative action and to protect the public interest.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.30" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.30   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Sections 556 and 557 of title 5, United States Code, do not apply to hearings held under this part. Unless otherwise specified, hearings held under this part are informal, non-adversary, fact-finding procedures at which there are no formal pleadings or adverse parties. Any rule issued in a case in which an informal hearing is held is not necessarily based exclusively on the record of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator may designate a representative to conduct any hearing held under this part, and the Chief Counsel may designate a member of his/her staff to serve as legal officer at the hearing.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.31" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.31   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.32" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.32   Petitions for rulemaking or exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interested person may petition the Administrator to establish, amend, or repeal a rule, or for a permanent or temporary exemption from FTA rules as allowed by law.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition filed under this section must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be submitted to the Administrator, Federal Transit Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590;
</P>
<P>(2) State the name, street and mailing addresses, and telephone number of the petitioner; if the petitioner is not an individual, state the name, street and mailing addresses and telephone number of an individual designated as an agent of the petitioner for all purposes related to the petition;
</P>
<P>(3) Set forth the text or substance of the rule or amendment proposed, or of the rule from which the exemption is sought, or specify the rule that the petitioner seeks to have repealed, as the case may be;
</P>
<P>(4) Explain the interest of the petitioner in the action requested, including, in the case of a petition for an exemption, the nature and extent of the relief sought and a description of the persons to be covered by the exemption;
</P>
<P>(5) Contain any information and arguments available to the petitioner to support the action sought; and
</P>
<P>(6) In the case of a petition for exemption, except in cases in which good cause is shown, the petition must be submitted at least 60 days before the requested effective date of the exemption.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 67318, Nov. 4, 2005, as amended at 91 FR 22454, Apr. 27, 2026]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.33" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.33   Processing of petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Each petition received under § 601.32 is referred to the head of the office responsible for the subject matter of that petition. Unless the Administrator otherwise specifies, no public hearing, argument or other proceeding is held directly on a petition before its disposition under this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Grants.</I> If the Administrator determines the petition contains adequate justification, he/she initiates rulemaking action under subpart C of this part or grants the exemption, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Denials.</I> If the Administrator determines the petition does not justify rulemaking or granting the exemption, he/she denies the petition.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification.</I> Whenever the Administrator determines that a petition should be granted or denied, and after consultation with the Office of Regulation and Legislation in the case of denial, the office concerned and the Office of Chief Counsel prepare a notice of that grant or denial for issuance to the petitioner, and the Administrator issues it to the petitioner.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 67318, Nov. 4, 2005, as amended at 91 FR 22454, Apr. 27, 2026]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.34" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.34   Petitions for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interested person may petition the Administrator for reconsideration of a final rule issued under this part. The petition must be in English and submitted to the Administrator, Federal Transit Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, and received not later than thirty (30) days after publication of the final rule in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Petitions filed after that time will be considered as petitions filed under § 601.32. The petition must contain a brief statement of the complaint and an explanation as to why compliance with the final rule is not practicable, is unreasonable, or is not in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(b) If the petitioner requests the consideration of additional facts, he/she must state the reason the facts were not presented to the Administrator within the prescribed comment period of the rulemaking.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator will not consider repetitious petitions.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless the Administrator otherwise provides, the filing of a petition under this section does not stay the effective date of the final rule.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.35" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.35   Proceedings on petitions for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may grant or deny, in whole or in part, any petition for reconsideration without further proceedings. In the event he/she determines to reconsider any rule, he/she may issue a final decision on reconsideration without further proceedings, or he/she may provide such opportunity to submit comment or information and data as he/she deems appropriate. Whenever the Administrator determines that a petition should be granted or denied, he/she prepares a notice of the grant or denial of a petition for reconsideration and issues it to the petitioner. The Administrator may consolidate petitions relating to the same rule.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.36" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.3.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.36   Procedures for direct final rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Rules the Administrator judges to be non-controversial and unlikely to result in adverse public comment may be published as direct final rules. These include non-controversial rules that:
</P>
<P>(1) Affect internal procedures of FTA, such as filing requirements and rules governing inspection and copying of documents;
</P>
<P>(2) Are non-substantive clarifications or corrections to existing rules;
</P>
<P>(3) Update existing forms;
</P>
<P>(4) Make minor changes in the substantive rule regarding statistics and reporting requirements;
</P>
<P>(5) Make changes to the rule implementing the Privacy Act; and
</P>
<P>(6) Adopt technical standards set by outside organizations.


</P>
<P>(b) The <E T="04">Federal Register</E> document will state that any adverse comment must be received in writing by FTA within the specified time after the date of publication and that, if no written adverse comment is received, the rule will become effective a specified number of days after the date of publication.
</P>
<P>(c) If no written adverse comment is received by FTA within the specified time of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> FTA will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> indicating that no adverse comment was received and confirming that the rule will become effective on the date that was indicated in the direct final rule.
</P>
<P>(d) If FTA receives any written adverse comment within the specified time of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> FTA will either publish a document withdrawing the direct final rule before it becomes effective and may issue an NPRM, or proceed by any other means permitted under the Administrative Procedure Act, consistent with procedures at 49 CFR 5.13(l).




</P>
<P>(e) An “adverse” comment for the purpose of this subpart means any comment that FTA determines is critical of the rule, suggests that the rule should not be adopted, or suggests a change that should be made in the rule. A comment suggesting that the policy or requirements of the rule should or should not also be extended to other Departmental programs outside the scope of the rule is not adverse.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[70 FR 67318, Nov. 4, 2005, as amended at 91 FR 22454, Apr. 27, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Emergency Procedures for Public Transportation Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.40" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.40   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes procedures that apply to FTA grantees and subgrantees when the President has declared a national or regional emergency, when a State Governor has declared a state of emergency, when the Mayor of the District of Columbia has declared a state of emergency, or in anticipation of such declarations.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.41" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.41   Petitions for relief.</HEAD>
<P>In the case of a national or regional emergency or disaster, or in anticipation of such a disaster, any FTA grantee or subgrantee may petition the Administrator for temporary relief from the provisions of any policy statement, circular, guidance document or rule.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.42" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.42   Emergency relief docket.</HEAD>
<P>(a) By January 31st of each year, FTA shall establish an Emergency Relief Docket in <I>https://www.regulations.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) FTA shall publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> identifying, by docket number, the Emergency Relief Docket for that calendar year. A notice shall also be published in the previous year's Emergency Relief Docket identifying the new docket number.
</P>
<P>(c) If the Administrator, or his/her designee, determines that an emergency event has occurred, or in anticipation of such an event, FTA shall place a message on its web page indicating the Emergency Relief Docket has been opened and including the docket number.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.43" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.43   Opening the docket.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Emergency Relief Docket shall be opened within two business days of an emergency or disaster declaration in which it appears FTA grantees or subgrantees are or will be impacted.
</P>
<P>(b) In cases in which emergencies can be anticipated, such as hurricanes, FTA shall open the docket and place the message on the FTA website in advance of the event.
</P>
<P>(c) In the event a grantee or subgrantee believes the Emergency Relief Docket should be opened and it has not been opened, that grantee or subgrantee may submit a petition in duplicate to the Administrator, via U.S. mail, to: Federal Transit Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590; via telephone, at: (202) 366-4043; or via fax, at (202) 366-3472, requesting opening of the Docket for that emergency and including the information in § 601.45. The Administrator in his or her sole discretion shall determine the need for opening the Emergency Relief Docket.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.44" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.44   Posting to the docket.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All petitions for relief must be posted in the docket in order to receive consideration by FTA.
</P>
<P>(b) The docket is publicly accessible and can be accessed 24 hours a day, seven days a week, via the internet at <I>https://www.regulations.gov.</I> Petitions may also be submitted by U.S. mail or by hand delivery to the DOT Docket Management Facility, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(c) In the event a grantee or subgrantee needs to request immediate relief and does not have access to electronic means to request that relief, the grantee or subgrantee may contact any FTA regional office or FTA headquarters and request that FTA staff submit the petition on their behalf.
</P>
<P>(d) Any grantee or subgrantee submitting petitions for relief or comments to the docket must include the agency name (Federal Transit Administration) and that calendar year's docket number. Grantees and subgrantees making submissions by mail or hand delivery should submit two copies.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.45" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.45   Required information.</HEAD>
<P>A petition for relief under this section shall:
</P>
<P>(a) Identify the grantee or subgrantee and its geographic location;
</P>
<P>(b) Specifically address how an FTA requirement in a policy statement, circular, or agency guidance will limit a grantee's or subgrantee's ability to respond to an emergency or disaster;
</P>
<P>(c) Identify the policy statement, circular, guidance document and/or rule from which the grantee or subgrantee seeks relief; and
</P>
<P>(d) Specify if the petition for relief is one-time or ongoing, and if ongoing identify the time period for which the relief is requested. The time period may not exceed three months; however, additional time may be requested through a second petition for relief.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.46" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.4.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.46   Processing of petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A petition for relief will be conditionally granted for a period of three (3) business days from the date it is submitted to the Emergency Relief Docket.
</P>
<P>(b) FTA will review the petition after the expiration of the three business days and review any comments submitted thereto. FTA may contact the grantee or subgrantee that submitted the request for relief, or any party that submits comments to the docket, to obtain more information prior to making a decision.
</P>
<P>(c) FTA shall then post a decision to the Emergency Relief Docket. FTA's decision will be based on whether the petition meets the criteria for use of these emergency procedures, the substance of the request, and the comments submitted regarding the petition.
</P>
<P>(d) If FTA fails to post a response to the request for relief to the docket within three business days, the grantee or subgrantee may assume its petition is granted until and unless FTA states otherwise.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 601.47" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.2.4.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 601.47   Review Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FTA reserves the right to reopen any docket and reconsider any decision made pursuant to these emergency procedures based upon its own initiative, on information or comments received subsequent to the three-business day comment period, or at the request of a grantee or subgrantee upon denial of a request for relief. FTA shall notify the grantee or subgrantee if it plans to reconsider a decision.
</P>
<P>(b) FTA decision letters granting or denying a petition shall be posted in the appropriate Emergency Relief Docket and shall reference the document number of the petition to which it relates.






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="602" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 602—EMERGENCY RELIEF
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5324 and 5334; 49 CFR 1.91.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 60361, Oct. 7, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 602.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.3.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 602.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes the procedures and eligibility requirements for the administration of emergency relief funds for emergency public transportation services, and the protection, replacement, repair or reconstruction of public transportation equipment and facilities which are found to have suffered or are in danger of suffering serious damage resulting from a natural disaster affecting a wide area or a catastrophic failure from an external cause.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 602.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.3.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 602.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to entities that provide public transportation services and that are impacted by emergencies and major disasters.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 602.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.3.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 602.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to this part:
</P>
<P><I>Affected recipient.</I> A recipient or subrecipient that operates public transportation service in an area impacted by an emergency or major disaster.
</P>
<P><I>Applicant.</I> An entity that operates or allocates funds to an entity to operate public transportation service and that applies for a grant under 49 U.S.C. 5324.
</P>
<P><I>Building.</I> For insurance purposes, a structure with two or more outside rigid walls and a fully secured roof, that is affixed to a permanent site. This includes manufactured or modular office trailers that are built on a permanent chassis, transported to a site in one or more sections, and affixed to a permanent foundation.
</P>
<P><I>Catastrophic failure.</I> The sudden failure of a major element or segment of the public transportation system due to an external cause. The failure must not be primarily attributable to gradual and progressive deterioration, lack of proper maintenance or a design flaw.
</P>
<P><I>Contents coverage.</I> For insurance purposes, contents are personal property within a building, including fixtures, machinery, equipment and supplies. In addition to the costs to repair or replace, contents insurance coverage shall include the cost of debris removal and the reasonable cost of removal of contents to minimize damage.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency.</I> A natural disaster affecting a wide area (such as a flood, hurricane, tidal wave, earthquake, severe storm or landslide) or a catastrophic failure from any external cause, as a result of which:
</P>
<P>(1) The Governor of a State has declared an emergency and the Secretary of Transportation has concurred; or
</P>
<P>(2) The President has declared a major disaster under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5170).
</P>
<P><I>Emergency operations.</I> The net project cost of temporary service that is outside the scope of an affected recipient's normal operations, including but not limited to: evacuations; rescue operations; bus, ferry, or rail service to replace inoperable service or to detour around damaged areas; additional service to accommodate an influx of passengers or evacuees; returning evacuees to their homes after the disaster or emergency; and the net project costs related to reestablishing, expanding, or relocating public transportation service before, during, or after an emergency or major disaster.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency protective measures.</I> (1) Projects undertaken immediately before, during or following the emergency or major disaster for the purpose of protecting public health and safety or for protecting property. Such projects:
</P>
<P>(i) Eliminate or lessen immediate threats to public health or safety; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Eliminate or lessen immediate threats of significant damage or additional damage to an affected recipient's property through measures that are cost effective.
</P>
<P>(2) Examples of such projects include, but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Moving rolling stock in order to protect it from damage, e.g., to higher ground in order to protect it from storm surges;
</P>
<P>(ii) Emergency communications;
</P>
<P>(iii) Security measures;
</P>
<P>(iv) Sandbagging;
</P>
<P>(v) Bracing/shoring damaged structures;
</P>
<P>(vi) Debris removal;
</P>
<P>(vii) Dewatering; and
</P>
<P>(viii) Removal of health and safety hazards.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency repairs.</I> Capital projects undertaken following the emergency or major disaster, until such time as permanent repairs can be undertaken, for the purpose of:
</P>
<P>(1) Minimizing the extent of the damage,
</P>
<P>(2) Restoring service, or
</P>
<P>(3) Ensuring service can continue to be provided until permanent repairs are made.
</P>
<P><I>External cause.</I> An outside force or phenomenon that is separate from the damaged element and not primarily the result of existing conditions.
</P>
<P><I>Heavy maintenance.</I> Work usually done by a recipient or subrecipient in repairing damage normally expected from seasonal and occasionally unusual natural conditions or occurrences, such as routine snow removal, debris removal from seasonal thunderstorms, or heavy repairs necessitated by excessive deferred maintenance. This may include work required as a direct result of a disaster, but which can reasonably be accommodated by a recipient or subrecipient's routine maintenance, emergency or contingency program.
</P>
<P><I>Incident period.</I> The time interval during which the emergency-causing incident occurs. FTA will not approve pre-award authority for projects unless the damage to be alleviated resulted from the emergency-causing incident during the incident period or was incurred in anticipation of that incident. For each Stafford Act incident, FTA will adopt the incident period established by FEMA.
</P>
<P><I>Major disaster.</I> Any natural catastrophe (including any hurricane, tornado, storm, high water, wind-driven water, tidal wave, tsunami, earthquake, volcanic eruption, landslide, mudslide, snowstorm, or drought), or, regardless of cause, any fire, flood, or explosion, in any part of the United States, which in the determination of the President causes damage of sufficient severity and magnitude to warrant major disaster assistance under the Stafford Act to supplement the efforts and available resources of States, local governments, and disaster relief organizations in alleviating the damage, loss, hardship, or suffering caused thereby. 42 U.S.C. 5122.
</P>
<P><I>Net project cost.</I> The part of a project that reasonably cannot be financed from revenues. 49 U.S.C. 5302.
</P>
<P><I>Permanent repairs.</I> Capital projects undertaken following the emergency or major disaster for the purpose of repairing, replacing or reconstructing seriously damaged public transportation system elements, including rolling stock, equipment, facilities and infrastructure, as necessary to restore the elements to a state of good repair.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient.</I> An entity that operates public transportation service and receives Federal transit funds directly from FTA.
</P>
<P><I>Resilience.</I> The ability to anticipate, prepare for, and adapt to changing conditions and withstand, respond to, and recover rapidly from disruptions such as significant multi-hazard threats with minimum damage to social well-being, the economy, and the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Resilience project.</I> A project designed and built to address existing and future vulnerabilities to a public transportation facility or system due to a probable occurrence or recurrence of an emergency or major disaster in the geographic area in which the public transportation system is located, and which may include the consideration of projected changes in development patterns, demographics, or climate change and extreme weather patterns. A resilience project may be a stand-alone project or may be completed at the same time as permanent repairs.
</P>
<P><I>Serious damage.</I> Heavy, major or unusual damage to a public transportation facility which severely impairs the safety or usefulness of the facility. Serious damage must be beyond the scope of heavy maintenance.
</P>
<P><I>State.</I> A State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P><I>Subrecipient.</I> An entity that operates public transportation service and receives FTA funding through a recipient.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 602.7" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.3.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 602.7   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Emergency Relief Program is intended to aid recipients and subrecipients in restoring public transportation service and in repairing and reconstructing public transportation assets to a state of good repair as expeditiously as possible following an emergency or major disaster.
</P>
<P>(b) Emergency relief funds are not intended to supplant other Federal funds for the correction of preexisting, non-disaster related deficiencies.
</P>
<P>(c) Following an emergency, affected recipients may include projects that increase the resilience of affected public transportation systems to protect the systems from the effects of future emergencies and major disasters.
</P>
<P>(d) The expenditure of emergency relief funds for emergency repair shall be in such a manner so as to reduce, to the greatest extent feasible, the cost of permanent restoration work completed after the emergency or major disaster.
</P>
<P>(e) Emergency relief funds, or funds made available under 49 U.S.C. 5307 (Urbanized Area Formula Program) or 49 U.S.C. 5311 (Rural Area Formula Program) awarded for emergency relief purposes shall not duplicate assistance under another Federal program or compensation from insurance or any other source. Partial compensation for a loss by other sources will not preclude FTA emergency relief fund assistance for the part of such loss not compensated otherwise. Any compensation for damages or insurance proceeds for repair or replacement of the public transit equipment or facility must be used upon receipt to reduce FTA's emergency relief fund participation in the project.
</P>
<P>(1) If a recipient receives insurance proceeds that are directly attributable to specific assets, the recipient must:
</P>
<P>(i) Apply those proceeds to the cost of replacing or repairing the damaged or destroyed project property; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Return to FTA an amount equal to the remaining Federal interest in the lost, damaged, or destroyed project property.
</P>
<P>(2) If under the terms of its policy a recipient receives insurance proceeds that are not attributable to specific assets, such as blanket, lump-sum, or unallocated proceeds, FTA, in consultation with the recipient, will determine the portion of such proceeds that the recipient must attribute to transit assets.
</P>
<P>(3) Any insurance proceeds not attributable to transit assets may be used for other purposes without obligation to FTA, including as local share for FTA grants.
</P>
<P>(f) The Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 (42 U.S.C. 4001 et seq.) provides that Federal agencies may not provide any financial assistance for the acquisition, construction, reconstruction, repair, or improvement of a building in a special flood hazard area (100-year flood zone) unless the recipient has first acquired flood insurance to cover the buildings and contents constructed or repaired with Federal funds, in an amount at least equal to the Federal investment (less land cost) or to the maximum limit of coverage made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(1) Transit facilities to which this paragraph (f) applies are buildings located in special flood hazard areas and include but are not limited to maintenance facilities, storage facilities, above-ground stations and terminals, and manufactured or modular office trailers.
</P>
<P>(2) Flood insurance is not required for underground subway stations, track, tunnels, ferry docks, or to any transit facilities located outside of a special flood hazard area.
</P>
<P>(g) Recipients must obtain and maintain flood insurance on those buildings and contents for which FTA has provided funds.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 602.9" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.3.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 602.9   Federal share.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A grant, contract, or other agreement for emergency operations, emergency protective measures, emergency repairs, permanent repairs and resilience projects under 49 U.S.C. 5324 shall be for up to 80 percent of the net project cost.
</P>
<P>(b) A grant made available under 49 U.S.C. 5307 or 49 U.S.C. 5311 to address an emergency shall be for up to 80 percent of the net project cost for capital projects, and up to 50 percent of the net project cost for operations projects.
</P>
<P>(c) The FTA Administrator may waive, in whole or part, the non-Federal share required under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 602.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.3.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 602.11   Pre-award authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, pre-award authority for the Emergency Relief Program shall be effective beginning on the first day of the incident period, subject to the appropriation of Emergency Relief Program funds.
</P>
<P>(b) Recipients may use section 5307 or section 5311 formula funds to address an emergency, and, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, pre-award authority shall be effective beginning on the first day of the incident period of the emergency or major disaster.
</P>
<P>(c) For expected weather events, pre-award authority for evacuations and activities to protect public transportation vehicles, equipment and facilities, shall be effective in advance of the event under the following conditions:
</P>
<P>(1) The Governor of a State declares a state of emergency and requests concurrence by the Secretary of Transportation or makes a request to the President for an emergency declaration, in advance or anticipation of the impact of an incident that threatens such damage as could result in a major disaster;
</P>
<P>(2) The Governor takes appropriate action under State law and directs execution of the State emergency plan;
</P>
<P>(3) The activities are required in anticipation of the event; and
</P>
<P>(4) Assistance for a pre-disaster emergency declaration is limited to Emergency Protective Measures and Emergency Operations.
</P>
<P>(d) Pre-award authority shall be subject to a maximum amount determined by FTA based on estimates of immediate financial need, preliminary damage assessments, available Emergency Relief funds and other criteria to be determined in response to a particular event.
</P>
<P>(e) Pre-award authority is not a legal or implied commitment that the subject project will be approved for FTA assistance or that FTA will obligate Federal funds. Furthermore, it is not a legal or implied commitment that all activities undertaken by the applicant will be eligible for inclusion in the project(s).
</P>
<P>(f) Except as provided in § 602.15, all FTA statutory, procedural, and contractual requirements must be met.
</P>
<P>(g) The recipient must take no action that prejudices the legal and administrative findings that the FTA Regional Administrator must make in order to approve a project.
</P>
<P>(h) The Federal amount of any future FTA assistance awarded to the recipient for the project will be determined on the basis of the overall scope of activities and the prevailing statutory provisions with respect to the Federal/non-Federal match ratio at the time the funds are obligated.
</P>
<P>(i) When FTA subsequently awards a grant for the project, the Financial Status Report in FTA's electronic grants management system must indicate the use of pre-award authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 602.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.3.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 602.13   Eligible activities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An affected recipient may apply for emergency relief funds on behalf of itself as well as affected subrecipients.
</P>
<P>(b) Eligible uses of Emergency Relief funds include:
</P>
<P>(1) Emergency operations;
</P>
<P>(2) Emergency protective measures;
</P>
<P>(3) Emergency repairs;
</P>
<P>(4) Permanent repairs;
</P>
<P>(5) Actual engineering and construction costs on approved projects;
</P>
<P>(6) Repair or replacement of spare parts that are the property of an affected recipient or subrecipient and held in the normal course of business that are damaged or destroyed; and
</P>
<P>(7) Resilience projects.
</P>
<P>(c) Ineligible uses of Emergency Relief funds include:
</P>
<P>(1) Heavy maintenance;
</P>
<P>(2) Project costs for which the recipient has received funding from another Federal agency;
</P>
<P>(3) Project costs for which the recipient has received funding through payments from insurance policies;
</P>
<P>(4) Except for resilience projects that have been approved in advance, projects that change the function of the original infrastructure;
</P>
<P>(5) Projects for which funds were obligated in an FTA grant prior to the declared emergency or major disaster;
</P>
<P>(6) Reimbursements for lost revenue due to service disruptions caused by an emergency or major disaster;
</P>
<P>(7) Project costs associated with the replacement or replenishment of damaged or lost material that are not the property of the affected recipient and not incorporated into a public transportation system such as stockpiled materials or items awaiting installation; and
</P>
<P>(8) Other project costs FTA determines are not appropriate for the Emergency Relief Program.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 602.15" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.3.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 602.15   Grant requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Funding available under the Emergency Relief program is subject to the terms and conditions FTA determines are necessary.
</P>
<P>(b) The FTA Administrator shall determine the terms and conditions based on the circumstances of a specific emergency or major disaster for which funding is available under the Emergency Relief Program.
</P>
<P>(1) In general, projects funded under the Emergency Relief Program shall be subject to the requirements of chapter 53 of title 49, United States Code, as well as cross-cutting requirements, including but not limited to those outlined in FTA's Master Agreement.
</P>
<P>(2) The FTA Administrator may determine certain requirements associated with public transportation programs are inapplicable as necessary and appropriate for emergency repairs, permanent repairs, emergency protective measures and emergency operating expenses incurred within 90 days of the emergency or major disaster, or longer as determined by FTA. If the FTA Administrator determines any requirement is inapplicable, the determination shall apply to all eligible activities undertaken with funds authorized under 49 U.S.C. 5324, as well as funds authorized under 49 U.S.C. 5307 and 5311 and used for eligible emergency relief activities.


</P>
<P>(3) FTA shall publish a notice on its Web site and in the emergency relief docket established under 49 CFR part 601 regarding the grant requirements for a particular emergency or major disaster.
</P>
<P>(c) In the event an affected recipient or subrecipient believes an FTA requirement limits its ability to respond to the emergency or major disaster, the recipient or subrecipient may request that the requirement be waived in accordance with the emergency relief docket process as outlined in 49 CFR part 601, subpart D. Applicants should not proceed on projects assuming that requests for such waivers will be granted.
</P>
<P>(d) In accordance with Executive Order 11988, Floodplain Management, recipients shall not use grant funds for any activity in an area delineated as a special flood hazard area or equivalent, as labeled in the Federal Emergency Management Agency's (FEMA) Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRMs). If there are no alternatives but to locate the action in a floodplain, prior to seeking FTA funding for such action, the recipient shall design or modify its actions in order to minimize potential harm to or within the floodplain.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as otherwise provided in this subparagraph, recipients shall use the “best available information” as identified by FEMA, which includes advisory data (such as Advisory Base Flood Elevations (ABFEs)), preliminary and final Flood Insurance Rate Maps, or Flood Insurance Studies (FISs).
</P>
<P>(2) If FEMA data is mutually determined by FTA and the recipient to be unavailable or insufficiently detailed, other Federal, State, or local data may be used as “best available information” in accordance with Executive Order 11988.
</P>
<P>(3) The final determination on “best available information” shall be used to establish such reconstruction requirements as a project's minimum elevation.
</P>
<P>(4) Where higher minimum elevations are required by either State or locally adopted building codes or standards, the higher of the State or local minimums would apply.
</P>
<P>(5) A base flood elevation from an interim or preliminary or non-FEMA source may not be used if it is lower than the current FIRM.
</P>
<P>(6) Recipients shall also consider the best available data on sea-level rise, storm surge, scouring and erosion before rebuilding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 60361, Oct. 7, 2014, as amended at 91 FR 33647, June 4, 2026]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 602.17" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.3.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 602.17   Application procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As soon as practical after an emergency, major disaster or catastrophic failure, affected recipients shall make a preliminary field survey, working cooperatively with the appropriate FTA Regional Administrator and other governmental agencies with jurisdiction over affected public transportation systems. The preliminary field survey should be coordinated with the Federal Emergency Management Agency, if applicable, to eliminate duplication of effort. The purpose of this survey is to determine the general nature and extent of damage to eligible public transportation systems.
</P>
<P>(1) The affected recipient shall prepare a damage assessment report. The purpose of the damage assessment report is to provide a factual basis for the FTA Regional Administrator's finding that serious damage to one or more public transportation systems has been caused by a natural disaster affecting a wide area, or a catastrophic failure. As appropriate, the damage assessment report should include by political subdivision or other generally recognized administrative or geographic boundaries—
</P>
<P>(i) The specific location, type of facility or equipment, nature and extent of damage;
</P>
<P>(ii) The most feasible and practical method of repair or replacement;
</P>
<P>(iii) A preliminary estimate of cost of restoration, replacement, or reconstruction for damaged systems in each jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(iv) Potential environmental and historic impacts;
</P>
<P>(v) Photographs showing the kinds and extent of damage and sketch maps detailing the damaged areas;
</P>
<P>(vi) Recommended resilience projects to protect equipment and facilities from future emergencies or major disasters; and
</P>
<P>(vii) An evaluation of reasonable alternatives, including change of location, addition of resilience/mitigation elements, and any other alternative the recipient considered, for any damaged transit facility that has been previously repaired or reconstructed as a result of an emergency or major disaster.
</P>
<P>(2) Unless unusual circumstances prevail, the initial damage assessment report should be prepared within 60 days following the emergency, major disaster, or catastrophic failure. Affected recipients should update damage assessment reports as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(3) For large disasters where extensive damage to public transportation systems is readily evident, the FTA Regional Administrator may approve an application for assistance prior to submission of the damage assessment report. In these cases, the applicant shall prepare and submit to the FTA Regional Administrator an abbreviated or preliminary damage assessment report, summarizing eligible repair costs by jurisdiction, after the damage inspections have been completed.
</P>
<P>(b) Before funds can be made available, a grant application for emergency relief funds must be made to, and approved by, the appropriate FTA Regional Administrator. The application shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the damage assessment report, as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(2) A list of projects, as documented in the damage assessment report, identifying emergency operations, emergency protective measures, and emergency repairs completed as well as permanent repairs needed to repair, reconstruct or replace the seriously damaged or destroyed rolling stock, equipment, facilities, and infrastructure to a state of good repair; and
</P>
<P>(3) Supporting documentation showing other sources of funding available, including insurance policies, agreements with other Federal agencies, and any other source of funds available to address the damage resulting from the emergency or major disaster.
</P>
<P>(c) Applications for emergency operations must include the dates, hours, number of vehicles, and total fare revenues received for the emergency service. Only net project costs may be reimbursed.
</P>
<P>(d) Applicants that receive funding from another Federal agency for operating expenses and also seek funding from FTA for operating expenses must include:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the agreement with the other Federal agency, including the scope of the agreement, the amount funded, and the dates the other agency funded operating costs; and
</P>
<P>(2) The scope of service and dates for which the applicant is seeking FTA funding.
</P>
<P>(e) Applicants that receive funding from another Federal agency for emergency or permanent repairs or emergency protective measures and also seek funding from FTA for emergency or permanent repairs or emergency protective measures must include:
</P>
<P>(1) A copy of the agreement with the other Federal agency, including the scope of the agreement and the amount funded; and
</P>
<P>(2) A list of projects included in the other agency's application or equivalent document.
</P>
<P>(f) Applicants are responsible for preparing and submitting a grant application. The FTA regional office may provide technical assistance to the applicant in preparation of a program of projects. This work may involve joint site inspections to view damage and reach tentative agreement on the type of permanent repairs the applicant will undertake. Project information should be kept to a minimum, but should be sufficient to identify the approved disaster or catastrophe and to permit a determination of the eligibility of proposed work. If the appropriate FTA Regional Administrator determines the damage assessment report is of sufficient detail to meet these criteria, additional project information need not be submitted.
</P>
<P>(g) The appropriate FTA Regional Administrator's approval of the grant application constitutes a finding of eligibility under 49 U.S.C. 5324.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="604" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 604—CHARTER SERVICE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5323(d); 49 CFR 1.91.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 2345, Jan. 14, 2008, as amended at 90 FR 28213, July 1, 2025, unless otherwise noted.








</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to implement 49 U.S.C. 5323(d), which protects private charter operators from unauthorized competition from recipients of Federal financial assistance under the Federal Transit Laws.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart outlines the entities required to comply with the regulations in this part, defines relevant terms, explains exemption procedures, and details the contents of a charter service agreement.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.2" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The requirements of this part apply to recipients of Federal financial assistance under the Federal Transit Laws, except as specified in paragraphs (b) through (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of this part do not apply to a recipient transporting its employees, other transit system employees, transit management officials, transit contractors and bidders, government officials, and their contractors and official guests, to or from transit facilities or projects within its geographic service area or proposed geographic service area for oversight functions such as inspection, evaluation, or review.
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements of this part do not apply to the non-FTA funded activities of private charter operators that receive, directly or indirectly, FTA financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. 5307, 49 U.S.C. 5309, 49 U.S.C. 5310, or 49 U.S.C. 5311.
</P>
<P>(d) The requirements of this part do not apply to a recipient transporting its employees, other transit system employees, transit management officials, transit contractors and bidders, government officials and their contractors and official guests, for emergency preparedness planning and operations.
</P>
<P>(e) The requirements of this part do not apply to a recipient that uses Federal financial assistance from FTA, for program purposes only, under 49 U.S.C. 5310 or 49 U.S.C. 5311.
</P>
<P>(f) The requirements of this part do not apply to a recipient, for actions directly responding to an emergency declared by the President, governor, or mayor or in an emergency requiring immediate action prior to a formal declaration. If the emergency lasts more than 45 days, the recipient shall follow the procedures set out in part 601, subpart D, of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(g) The requirements of this part do not apply to a recipient in a non-urbanized area transporting its employees, other transit system employees, transit management officials, and transit contractors and bidders to or from transit training outside its geographic service area.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 5301 <I>et seq.</I> are used in their statutory meaning in this part. Other terms used in this part are defined as follows:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Transit Administration or his or her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Charter service</I> means, but does not include demand response service to individuals:
</P>
<P>(1) Transportation provided by a recipient at the request of a third party for the exclusive use of a bus or van for a negotiated price. The following features may be characteristic of charter service:
</P>
<P>(i) A third party pays the transit provider a negotiated price for the group;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any fares charged to individual members of the group are collected by a third party;
</P>
<P>(iii) The service is not part of the transit provider's regularly scheduled service, or is offered for a limited period of time; or
</P>
<P>(iv) A third party determines the origin and destination of the trip as well as scheduling; or
</P>
<P>(2) Transportation provided by a recipient to the public for events or functions that occur on an irregular basis or for a limited duration and:
</P>
<P>(i) A premium fare is charged that is greater than the usual or customary fixed route fare; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The service is paid for in whole or in part by a third party.
</P>
<P><I>Charter service hours</I> means total hours operated by buses or vans while in charter service including:
</P>
<P>(1) Hours operated while carrying passengers for hire; plus
</P>
<P>(2) Associated deadhead hours.
</P>
<P><I>Chief Counsel</I> means the Chief Counsel of FTA and his or her designated employees.
</P>
<P><I>Days</I> means calendar days. The last day of a time period is included in the computation of time unless the last day is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, in which case, the time period runs until the end of the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.
</P>
<P><I>Demand response</I> means any non-fixed route system of transporting individuals that requires advanced scheduling by the customer, including services provided by public entities, nonprofits, and private providers.
</P>
<P><I>Exclusive</I> means service that a reasonable person would conclude is intended to exclude members of the public.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Transit Laws</I> means 49 U.S.C. 5301 <I>et seq.</I> and includes 23 U.S.C. 142(a) and 142(c), when used to provide assistance to public transit agencies for purchasing buses and vans.
</P>
<P><I>FTA</I> means the Federal Transit Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Geographic service area</I> means the entire area in which a recipient is authorized to provide public transportation service under appropriate local, State, and Federal law.
</P>
<P><I>Government official</I> means an individual elected or appointed at the local, State, or Federal level.
</P>
<P><I>Interested party</I> means an individual, partnership, corporation, association, or other organization that has a financial interest that is affected by the actions of a recipient providing charter service under the Federal Transit Laws. This term includes States, counties, cities, and their subdivisions, and Tribal Nations.
</P>
<P><I>Pattern of violations</I> means more than one finding of unauthorized charter service under this part by FTA beginning with the most recent finding of unauthorized charter service and looking back over a period not to exceed 72 months.
</P>
<P><I>Presiding Official</I> means an official or agency representative who conducts a hearing at the request of the Chief Counsel and who has had no previous contact with the parties concerning the issue in the proceeding.
</P>
<P><I>Program purposes</I> means transportation that serves the needs of either qualified human service organizations or targeted populations (elderly, individuals with disabilities, and or low-income individuals); this does not include exclusive service for other groups formed for purposes unrelated to the special needs of the targeted populations identified in this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Public transportation</I> has the meaning set forth in 49 U.S.C. 5302(15).
</P>
<P><I>Qualified human service organization</I> means an organization that serves persons who qualify for federally conducted or federally assisted transportation-related programs or services due to disability, income, or advanced age. This term is consistent with the President's Executive Order (E.O.) on Human Service Transportation Coordination (E.O. 13330).
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means an agency or entity that receives Federal financial assistance, either directly or indirectly, including subrecipients, under the Federal Transit Laws. This term does not include third-party contractors who use non-FTA funded vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Registered charter provider</I> means a private charter operator that wants to receive notice of charter service requests directed to recipients and has registered on FTA's charter registration website.
</P>
<P><I>Registration list</I> means the current list of registered charter providers and qualified human service organizations maintained on FTA's charter registration website.
</P>
<P><I>Special transportation</I> means demand response or paratransit service that is regular and continuous and is a type of “public transportation.”
</P>
<P><I>Violation</I> means a finding by FTA of a failure to comply with one of the requirements of this part.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.4" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.4   Charter service agreement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient seeking Federal assistance under the Federal Transit Laws to acquire or operate any public transportation equipment or facilities shall enter into a “Charter Service Agreement” as set out in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) A recipient shall enter into a Charter Service Agreement if it receives Federal funds for equipment or facilities under the Federal Transit Laws. The terms of the Charter Service Agreement are as follows: “The recipient agrees that it, and each of its sub- recipients, and third party contractors at any level who use FTA-funded vehicles, may provide charter service using equipment or facilities acquired with Federal assistance authorized under the Federal Transit Laws only in compliance with the regulations set out in 49 CFR part 604, the terms and conditions of which are adopted herein by reference.”
</P>
<P>(c) The Charter Service Agreement is contained in the Certifications and Assurances published annually by FTA for applicants for Federal financial assistance. Once a recipient receives Federal funds, the Certifications and Assurances become part of its Grant Agreement or Cooperative Agreement for Federal financial assistance.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Exceptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.5   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart identifies the limited exceptions that allow recipients to provide charter services.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.6" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.6   Government officials on official government business.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient may provide charter services to government officials (Federal, State, and local) for official government business, including non-transit related purposes, if the recipient:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides the service in its geographic service area;
</P>
<P>(2) Does not generate revenue from the charter service, except as required by law; and
</P>
<P>(3) After providing such service, records the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The government organization's name, address, phone number, and email address;
</P>
<P>(ii) The date and time of service;
</P>
<P>(iii) The number of passengers (specifically noting the number of government officials on the trip);
</P>
<P>(iv) The origin, destination, and trip length (miles and hours);
</P>
<P>(v) The fee collected, if any; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The vehicle number for the vehicle used to provide the service.
</P>
<P>(b) A recipient that provides charter service under this section shall be limited annually to 80 charter service hours for providing trips to government officials for official government business.
</P>
<P>(c) A recipient may petition the Administrator for additional charter service hours only if the petition contains the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Date and description of the official government event and the number of charter service hours requested;
</P>
<P>(2) Explanation of why registered charter providers in the geographic service area cannot perform the service (<I>e.g.,</I> equipment, time constraints, or other extenuating circumstances); and
</P>
<P>(3) Evidence that the recipient has sent the request for additional hours to registered charter providers in its geographic service area.
</P>
<P>(d) FTA shall post the request for additional charter service hours under this section in the Government Officials Exception docket, docket number FTA-2007-0020 at <I>https://www.regulations.gov.</I> Interested parties may review the contents of this docket and bring questions or concerns to the attention of the Ombudsman for Charter Services. The written decision of the Administrator regarding the request for additional charter service hours shall be posted in the Government Officials Exception docket and sent to the recipient.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.7" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.7   Qualified human service organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient may provide charter service to a qualified human service organization (QHSO) for the purpose of serving persons:
</P>
<P>(1) With mobility limitations related to advanced age;
</P>
<P>(2) With disabilities; or
</P>
<P>(3) With low income.
</P>
<P>(b) If an organization serving persons described in paragraph (a) of this section receives funding, directly or indirectly, from any of the human services Federal financial assistance programs listed in the Program Inventory of the Coordinated Council on Access and Mobility (CCAM) located on FTA's charter service website, the QHSO shall not be required to register on the FTA charter registration website.
</P>
<P>(c) If a QHSO serving persons described in paragraph (a) of this section does not receive funding from any of the programs listed in the CCAM Program Inventory, the QHSO shall register on the FTA charter registration website in accordance with § 604.15.
</P>
<P>(d) A recipient providing charter service under this section must record the following information after providing such service, regardless of whether the QHSO receives funding from any of the programs listed in the CCAM Program Inventory:
</P>
<P>(1) The QHSO's name, address, phone number, and email address;
</P>
<P>(2) The date and time of service;
</P>
<P>(3) The number of passengers;
</P>
<P>(4) The origin, destination, and trip length (miles and hours);
</P>
<P>(5) The fee collected, if any; and
</P>
<P>(6) The vehicle number for the vehicle used to provide the service.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.8" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.8   Leasing FTA funded equipment and drivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient may lease its FTA-funded equipment and drivers to registered charter providers for charter service only if the following conditions exist:
</P>
<P>(1) The private charter operator is registered on the FTA charter registration website;
</P>
<P>(2) The registered charter provider owns and operates buses or vans in a charter service business;
</P>
<P>(3) The registered charter provider received a request for charter service that exceeds its available capacity either of the number of vehicles operated by the registered charter provider or the number of accessible vehicles operated by the registered charter provider; and
</P>
<P>(4) The registered charter provider has exhausted all of the available vehicles of all registered charter providers in the recipient's geographic service area.
</P>
<P>(b) A recipient leasing vehicles and drivers to a registered charter provider under this section shall record:
</P>
<P>(1) The registered charter provider's name, address, telephone number, and email address;
</P>
<P>(2) The number of vehicles leased, types of vehicles leased, and vehicle identification numbers; and
</P>
<P>(3) The documentation presented by the registered charter provider in support of paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) In accordance with § 604.26, if a registered charter provider seeking to lease vehicles has filed a complaint requesting that another registered charter provider be removed from the FTA charter registration website, then the registered charter provider seeking to lease vehicles is not required to exhaust the vehicles from that registered charter provider while the complaint is pending before leasing vehicles from a recipient.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.9" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.9   When no registered charter provider responds to notice from a recipient.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient may provide charter service, on its own initiative or at the request of a third party, if no registered charter provider responds to the notice issued in § 604.14:
</P>
<P>(1) Within 72 hours for charter service requested to be provided in less than 30 days; or
</P>
<P>(2) Within 14 calendar days for charter service requested to be provided in 30 days or more.
</P>
<P>(b) A recipient shall not provide charter service under this section if a registered charter provider indicates an interest in providing the charter service set out in the notice issued pursuant to § 604.14 and the registered charter provider has informed the recipient of its interest in providing the service.
</P>
<P>(c) After providing the service, a recipient shall record:
</P>
<P>(1) The group's name, address, phone number, and email address;
</P>
<P>(2) The date and time of service;
</P>
<P>(3) The number of passengers;
</P>
<P>(4) The origin, destination, and trip length (miles and hours);
</P>
<P>(5) The fee collected, if any; and
</P>
<P>(6) The vehicle number for the vehicle used to provide the service.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.10" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.10   Agreement with registered charter providers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient may provide charter service directly to a customer if there is an agreement with all registered charter providers in the recipient's geographic service area.
</P>
<P>(b) If a new charter provider registers in the geographic service area subsequent to the initial agreement, the recipient may continue to provide charter service under the previous agreement with the other charter providers up to 90 days without an agreement with the newly registered charter provider.
</P>
<P>(c) Any of the parties to an agreement may cancel the agreement at any time after providing the recipient a 90-day notice.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.11   Petitions to the Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient may petition the Administrator for an exception to the regulations in this part to provide charter service directly to a customer for:
</P>
<P>(1) Events of regional or national significance;
</P>
<P>(2) Hardship (only for non-urbanized areas under 50,000 in population or small urbanized areas under 200,000 in population); or
</P>
<P>(3) Unique and time sensitive events (<I>e.g.,</I> funerals of local, regional, or national significance) that are in the public's interest.
</P>
<P>(b) The petition to the Administrator shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) The date and description of the event;
</P>
<P>(ii) The type of service requested and the type of equipment;
</P>
<P>(iii) The anticipated number of charter service hours needed for the event; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The anticipated number of vehicles and duration of the event; and
</P>
<P>(2) For an event of regional or national significance, the petition shall include a description of how registered charter providers were consulted, how registered charter providers will be utilized in providing the charter service, a certification that the recipient has exhausted all of the registered charter providers in its geographic service area, and submit the petition at least 90 days before the first day of the event described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) For a hardship request, a petition is only available if the registered charter provider that has indicated an interest in providing the charter service set out in the notice issued pursuant to § 604.14 has a deadhead time that exceeds total trip time from initial pickup to final drop-off, including wait time. The petition shall describe how the registered charter provider's minimum duration would create a hardship on the group requesting the charter service; or
</P>
<P>(4) For unique and time sensitive events, the petition shall describe why the event is unique or time sensitive and how providing the charter service would be in the public's interest.
</P>
<P>(c) When a petition meeting the requirements of paragraph (b) is received, the Administrator will review the materials and issue a written decision either granting or denying the request, in whole or in part. In making this decision, the Administrator may seek such additional information as the Administrator deems necessary. The Administrator's decision shall be filed in the Petitions to the Administrator docket, number FTA-2007-0022 at <I>https://www.regulations.gov</I> and sent to the recipient.
</P>
<P>(d) Any exception granted by the Administrator under this section shall be effective only for the event identified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) A recipient shall send its petition to the Administrator by email to <I>ombudsman.charterservice@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(f) A recipient shall retain a copy of the Administrator's approval for a period of at least three years and shall include it in the recipient's quarterly report posted on the charter registration website.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.12" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.12   Reporting requirements for all exceptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient that provides charter service in accordance with one or more of the exceptions contained in this subpart shall maintain the required notice and records in an electronic format for a period of at least three years from the date of the service or lease. A recipient may maintain the required records in other formats in addition to the electronic format.
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to the requirements identified in paragraph (a) of this section, the records required under this subpart shall include a clear statement identifying which exception the recipient relied upon when it provided the charter service.
</P>
<P>(c) A recipient providing charter service under the exceptions in this subpart shall post the records required under this subpart on the FTA charter registration website 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter (<I>i.e.,</I> January 30th, April 30th, July 30th, and October 30th). A single document or charter log may include all charter service trips provided during the quarter.
</P>
<P>(d) A recipient may exclude specific origin and destination information for safety and security reasons. If a recipient excludes such information, the record of the service shall describe the reason why such information was excluded and provide generalized information instead of providing specific origin and destination information.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Procedures for Registration and Notification</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.13   Registration of private charter operators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be considered a registered charter provider, private charter operators shall register on FTA's charter registration website by providing the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Company name, address, phone number, email address, and facsimile number;
</P>
<P>(2) Federal and, if available, State motor carrier identifying number;
</P>
<P>(3) The geographic service areas of public transit agencies, as identified by the transit agency's zip code, in which the private charter operator intends to provide charter service;
</P>
<P>(4) The number of buses or vans the private charter operator owns;
</P>
<P>(5) A certification that the private charter operator has valid insurance; and
</P>
<P>(6) Whether the private charter operator is willing to provide free or reduced rate charter services to registered qualified human service organizations.
</P>
<P>(b) A private charter operator that provides valid information in this subpart is a “registered charter provider” for purposes of this part and shall have standing to file a complaint consistent with subpart F of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) A recipient, a registered charter provider, or their duly authorized representative may challenge a registered charter provider's registration and request removal of the private charter operator from FTA's charter registration website by filing a complaint consistent with subpart F of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) FTA may refuse to post a private charter operator's information if the private charter operator fails to provide all of the required information required by paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) A registered charter provider shall provide current and accurate information on FTA's charter registration website and shall update that information no less frequently than every two years.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.14" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.14   Recipient's notification to registered charter providers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon receiving a request for charter service, a recipient may:
</P>
<P>(1) Decline to provide the service, with or without referring the requestor to FTA's charter registration website;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide the service under an exception provided in subpart B of this part; or
</P>
<P>(3) Provide notice to registered charter providers as provided in this section and provide the service pursuant to § 604.9.
</P>
<P>(b) If a recipient intends to provide charter service under the exception in § 604.9, it must provide email notice to registered charter providers in its geographic service area upon receiving a request for charter service, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Email notice of the request must be sent by the close of business on the day the recipient receives the request unless the recipient received the request after 2 p.m., in which case the recipient must send the notice by the close of business the next business day;
</P>
<P>(2) Email notice sent to the list of registered charter providers shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) Customer name, address, phone number, and email address (if available);
</P>
<P>(ii) Requested date of service;
</P>
<P>(iii) Approximate number of passengers;
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the type of equipment requested is (are) bus(es) or van(s); and
</P>
<P>(v) Trip itinerary and approximate duration; and
</P>
<P>(3) If the recipient intends to provide service that meets paragraph (2) of the definition of charter service under § 604.3, the email notice must include the fare the recipient intends to charge for the service.
</P>
<P>(c) A recipient shall retain an electronic copy of the email notice and the list of registered charter providers that were sent email notice of the requested charter service for a period of at least three years from the date the email notice was sent.
</P>
<P>(d) If a recipient receives an “undeliverable” notice in response to its email notice, the recipient shall send the notice via facsimile. The recipient shall maintain the record of the undeliverable email notice and the facsimile sent confirmation for a period of three years.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Registration of Qualified Human Service Organizations and Duties for Recipients With Respect to Charter Registration Website</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.15" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.15   Registration of qualified human service organizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Qualified human service organizations (QHSO) that seek free or reduced rate services from recipients, and do not receive funds from human services Federal financial assistance programs listed in the CCAM Program Inventory located on FTA's charter service website, but serve individuals described in § 604.7 (<I>i.e.,</I> individuals with low income, advanced age, or with disabilities), shall register on FTA's charter registration website by submitting the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of organization, address, phone number, email address, and facsimile number;
</P>
<P>(2) The geographic service area of the recipient in which the qualified human service organization resides;
</P>
<P>(3) Basic financial information regarding the qualified human service organization and whether the qualified human service organization is exempt from taxation under section 501(c) (1), (3), (4), or (19) of the Internal Revenue Code, and whether it is a unit of Federal, State, or local government;
</P>
<P>(4) Whether the qualified human service organization receives funds directly or indirectly from a State or local program, and if so, which program(s); and
</P>
<P>(5) A narrative statement describing the types of charter service trips the qualified human service organization may request from a recipient and how that service is consistent with the mission of the qualified human service organization.
</P>
<P>(b) A qualified human service organization is eligible to receive charter services from a recipient if it:
</P>
<P>(1) Receives funds from at least one of the human services Federal financial assistance programs listed in the CCAM Program Inventory; or
</P>
<P>(2) Registers on the FTA website in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section at least 60 days before the date of the requested charter service and verifies FTA's receipt of its registration by viewing its information on the FTA charter registration website.
</P>
<P>(c) A registered charter provider may challenge a QHSO's eligibility under paragraph (b)(2) of this section to receive charter services from a recipient by requesting removal of the QHSO from FTA's charter registration website by filing a complaint consistent with subpart F of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) A QHSO eligible under paragraph (b)(2) of this section to receive charter services from a recipient shall provide current and accurate information on FTA's charter registration website and shall update that information no less frequently than every two years.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.16" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.16   Duties for recipients with respect to charter registration website.</HEAD>
<P>Each recipient shall ensure that its affected employees and contractors have the necessary competency to effectively use the FTA charter registration website.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Advisory Opinions and Cease and Desist Orders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.17" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.17   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this subpart is to set out the requirements for requesting an advisory opinion from the Chief Counsel's Office. An advisory opinion may also request that the Chief Counsel issue a cease and desist order, which would be an order to refrain from doing an act which, if done, would be a violation of this part.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.18" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.18   Request for an advisory opinion.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An interested party may request an advisory opinion from the Chief Counsel only on matters involving specific factual events.
</P>
<P>(b) A request for an advisory opinion shall be submitted in the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>[Date]
</FP>
<FP-1>Chief Counsel, Federal Transit Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Room E55-302, Washington, DC 20590
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Re: Request for Advisory Opinion
</FP-1>
<P>The undersigned submits this request for an advisory opinion from the FTA Chief Counsel with respect to [the general nature of the matter involved].
</P>
<P>A. A full statement of all facts and legal points relevant to the request.
</P>
<P>B. An affirmation that the undersigned swears, to the best of his/her knowledge and belief, this request includes all data, information, and views relevant to the matter, whether favorable or unfavorable to the position of the undersigned, which is the subject of the request.
</P>
<P>C. The following certification: “I hereby certify that I have this day served the foregoing [name of document] on the following interested party(ies) at the following addresses and email or facsimile numbers (if also served by email or facsimile) by [specify method of service]:
</P>
<FP-1>[list persons, addresses, and email or facsimile numbers]”
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dated this xx day of xx, 20xx.
</FP-1>
<FP>[Signature]
</FP>
<FP>[Printed name]
</FP>
<FP-1>[Title of person making request]
</FP-1>
<FP>[Mailing address]
</FP>
<FP>[Telephone number]
</FP>
<FP>[email address]</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) The Chief Counsel may request additional information, as necessary, from the party submitting the request for an advisory opinion.
</P>
<P>(d) A request for an advisory opinion may be denied if:
</P>
<P>(1) The request contains incomplete information on which to base an informed advisory opinion;
</P>
<P>(2) The Chief Counsel concludes that an advisory opinion cannot reasonably be given on the matter involved;
</P>
<P>(3) The matter is adequately covered by a prior advisory opinion or a regulation; and
</P>
<P>(4) The Chief Counsel otherwise concludes that an advisory opinion would not be in the public interest.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.19" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.19   Processing of advisory opinions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A request for an advisory opinion shall be sent to the Chief Counsel at <I>ombudsman.charterservice@dot.gov</I> and filed electronically in the Charter Service Advisory Opinion/Cease and Desist Order docket number FTA-2007-0023 at <I>https://www.regulations.gov</I> or sent to the dockets office located at 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590, for submission to that docket.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Counsel shall make every effort to respond to a request for an advisory opinion within ten days of receipt of a request that complies with § 604.18(b). The Chief Counsel shall send his or her decision to the interested party, the docket, and the recipient, if appropriate.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.20" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.20   Effect of an advisory opinion.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An advisory opinion represents the formal position of FTA on a matter, and except as provided in § 604.25, obligates the agency to follow it until it is amended or revoked.
</P>
<P>(b) An advisory opinion may be used in administrative or court proceedings to illustrate acceptable and unacceptable procedures or standards, but not as a legal requirement and is limited to the factual circumstances described in the request for an advisory opinion. The Chief Counsel's advisory opinion shall not be binding upon a Presiding Official conducting a proceeding under subpart I of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) A statement made or advice provided by an FTA employee constitutes an advisory opinion only if it is issued in writing under this section. A statement or advice given by an FTA employee orally, or given in writing, but not under this section, is an informal communication that represents the best judgment of that employee at the time but does not constitute an advisory opinion, does not necessarily represent the formal position of FTA, and does not bind or otherwise obligate or commit the agency to the views expressed.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.21" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.21   Special considerations for advisory opinions.</HEAD>
<P>Based on new facts involving significant financial considerations, the Chief Counsel may take appropriate enforcement action contrary to an advisory opinion before amending or revoking the opinion. This action shall be taken only with the approval of the Administrator.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.22" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.22   Request for a cease and desist order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An interested party may also request a cease and desist order as part of its request for an advisory opinion. A request for a cease and desist order shall contain the following information in addition to the information required for an advisory opinion:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the need for the cease and desist order, a detailed description of the lost business opportunity the interested party is likely to suffer if the recipient performs the charter service in question, and how the public interest will be served by avoiding or ameliorating the lost business opportunity. A registered charter provider must distinguish its loss from that of other registered charter providers in the geographic service area.
</P>
<P>(2) A detailed description of the efforts made to notify the recipient of the potential violation of the regulations in this part. Include names, titles, phone numbers or email addresses of persons contacted, date and times contact was made, and the response received, if any.
</P>
<P>(b) A request for a cease and desist order may be denied if:
</P>
<P>(1) The request contains incomplete information on which to base an informed decision on a cease and desist order;
</P>
<P>(2) The Chief Counsel concludes that a cease and desist order cannot reasonably be given on the matter involved;
</P>
<P>(3) The matter is adequately covered by a prior a cease and desist order; or
</P>
<P>(4) The Chief Counsel otherwise concludes that a cease and desist order would not be in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(c) A recipient who is the subject of a request for a cease and desist order shall have three business days to respond to the request. The response shall include a point-by-point rebuttal to the information included in the request for a cease and desist order.
</P>
<P>(d) The time period for a response by the recipient begins once a registered charter provider files a request in the Advisory Opinions/Cease and Desist Orders docket (FTA-2007-0023 at <I>https://www.regulations.gov</I>) or with the FTA Chief Counsel's Office, whichever date is sooner.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.23" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.23   Decisions by the Chief Counsel regarding cease and desist orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Chief Counsel may grant a request for a cease and desist order if the interested party demonstrates, by a preponderance of the evidence, that the planned provision of charter service by a recipient would violate this part.
</P>
<P>(b) In determining whether to grant the request for a cease and desist order, the Chief Counsel shall consider the specific facts shown in the signed, sworn request for a cease and desist order, applicable statutes, regulations, agreements, and any other information that is relevant to the request.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.24" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.5.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.24   Effect of a cease and desist order.</HEAD>
<P>Issuance of a cease and desist order against a recipient shall be considered as an aggravating factor in determining the remedy to impose against the recipient in future findings of noncompliance with this part, if the recipient provides the service described in the cease and desist order issued by the Chief Counsel.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Complaints</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.25" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.25   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart describes the requirements for filing a complaint challenging the registration of a private charter operator or qualified human service organization on the FTA charter registration website and filing a complaint regarding the provision of charter service by a recipient. <I>Note:</I> To save time and expense for all concerned, FTA expects all parties to attempt to resolve matters informally before beginning the official complaint process.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.26" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.6.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.26   Complaints and decisions regarding removal of private charter operators or qualified human service organizations from registration list.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient, a registered charter provider, or its duly authorized representative, may challenge the listing of a registered charter provider or qualified human service organization on FTA's charter registration website by filing a complaint that meets the following:
</P>
<P>(1) States the name and address of each entity who is the subject of the complaint;
</P>
<P>(2) Provides a concise but complete statement of the facts relied upon to substantiate the reason why the private charter operator or qualified human service organization should not be listed on the FTA charter registration website;
</P>
<P>(3) Files electronically by submitting it to the Charter Service Removal Complaints docket number FTA-2007-0024 at <I>https://www.regulations.gov;</I>
</P>
<P>(4) Serves by email or facsimile if no email address is available, or by overnight mail service with receipt confirmation, and attaches documents offered in support of the complaint, upon all entities named in the complaint;
</P>
<P>(5) Files within 90 days of discovering facts that merit removal of the registered charter provider or qualified human service organization from the FTA Charter Registration website; and
</P>
<P>(6) Contains the following certification:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I hereby certify that I have this day served the foregoing [name of document] on the following persons at the following addresses and email or facsimile numbers (if also served by email or facsimile) by [specify method of service]:
</P>
<P>[list persons, addresses, and email or facsimile numbers]
</P>
<P>Dated this xx day of xxxx, 20xx. [signature], for [party].</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The registered charter provider or qualified human service organization shall have 15 days to answer the complaint and shall file such answer, and all supporting documentation, in the Charter Service Removal Complaint docket number FTA-2007-0024 at <I>https://www.regulations.gov</I> and email such answer to <I>ombudsman.charterservice@dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) A recipient, qualified human service organization, or a registered charter provider, or its duly authorized representative, shall not file a reply to the answer.
</P>
<P>(d) FTA shall determine whether to remove the registered charter provider or qualified human service organization from the FTA charter registration website based on a preponderance of the evidence of one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Bad faith;
</P>
<P>(2) Fraud;
</P>
<P>(3) Lapse of insurance;
</P>
<P>(4) Lapse of other documentation; or
</P>
<P>(5) The filing of more than one complaint, which on its face, does not state a claim that warrants an investigation or further action by FTA.
</P>
<P>(e) FTA's determination whether or not to remove a registered charter provider or qualified human service organization from the registration list shall be sent to the parties within 30 days of the date of the response required in paragraph (b) of this section and shall state:
</P>
<P>(1) Reasons for allowing the continued listing or removal of the registered charter provider or qualified human service organization from the registration list;
</P>
<P>(2) If removal is ordered, the length of time (not to exceed three years) the private charter operator or qualified human service organization shall be barred from the registration list; and
</P>
<P>(3) The date by which the private charter operator or qualified human service organization may re-apply for registration on the FTA charter registration website.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.27" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.6.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.27   Complaints, answers, replies, and other documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A registered charter provider, or its duly authorized representative (“complainant”), affected by an alleged noncompliance of this part may file a complaint with the Office of the Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(b) Complaints filed under this subpart shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Be titled “Notice of Charter Service Complaint”;
</P>
<P>(2) State the name and address of each recipient that is the subject of the complaint and, with respect to each recipient, the specific provisions of this part that the complainant believes were violated;
</P>
<P>(3) Be served in accordance with § 604.31, along with all documents then available in the exercise of reasonable diligence, offered in support of the complaint, upon all recipients named in the complaint as being responsible for the alleged action(s) or omission(s) upon which the complaint is based;
</P>
<P>(4) Provide a concise but complete statement of the facts relied upon to substantiate each allegation (complainant must show by a preponderance of the evidence that the recipient provided charter service and that such service did not fall within one of the exemptions or exceptions set out in this part);
</P>
<P>(5) Describe how the complainant was directly and substantially affected by the things done or omitted by the recipients;
</P>
<P>(6) Identify each registered charter provider associated with the complaint; and
</P>
<P>(7) Be filed within 90 days after the alleged event giving rise to the complaint occurred.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless the complaint is dismissed pursuant to § 604.28 or § 604.29, FTA shall notify the complainant, respondent, and State recipient, if applicable, within 30 days after the date FTA receives the complaint that the complaint has been docketed. Respondent shall have 30 days from the date of service of the FTA notification to file an answer.
</P>
<P>(d) The complainant may file a reply within 20 days of the date of service of the respondent's answer.
</P>
<P>(e) The respondent may file a rebuttal within 10 days of the date of service of the reply.
</P>
<P>(f) The answer, reply, and rebuttal shall, like the complaint, contain a concise but complete statement of the facts relied upon to substantiate the answers, admissions, denials, or averments made and be accompanied by the supporting documentation upon which the submitter relies.
</P>
<P>(g) The answer shall deny or admit the allegations made in the complaint or state that the entity filing the document is without sufficient knowledge or information to admit or deny an allegation and shall assert any affirmative defense.
</P>
<P>(h) The respondent's answer may include a motion to dismiss the complaint, or any portion thereof, with a supporting memorandum of points and authorities.
</P>
<P>(i) The complainant may withdraw a complaint at any time after filing by serving a “Notification of Withdrawal” on the Chief Counsel and the respondent.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.28" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.6.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.28   Dismissals.</HEAD>
<P>Within 20 days after the receipt of a complaint described in § 604.27, the Office of the Chief Counsel shall provide reasons for dismissing a complaint, or any claim in the complaint, with prejudice, under this section if:
</P>
<P>(a) It appears on its face to be outside the jurisdiction of FTA under the Federal Transit Laws;
</P>
<P>(b) On its face it does not state a claim that warrants an investigation or further action by FTA; or
</P>
<P>(c) The complainant lacks standing to file a complaint under subpart B, C, or D of this part.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.29" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.6.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.29   Incomplete complaints.</HEAD>
<P>If a complaint is not dismissed under § 604.28, but is deficient as to one or more of the requirements set forth in § 604.27, the Office of the Chief Counsel may dismiss the complaint within 20 days after receiving it. Dismissal shall be without prejudice and the complainant may re-file after amendment to correct the deficiency. The Chief Counsel's dismissal shall include the reasons for the dismissal without prejudice.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.30" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.6.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.30   Filing complaints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing address.</I> Unless provided otherwise, the complainant shall file the complaint with the Office of the Chief Counsel, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Room E55-302, Washington, DC 20590 and file it electronically in the Charter Service Complaint docket number FTA-2007-0025 at <I>https://www.regulations.gov</I> or mail it to the docket by sending the complaint to 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Date and method of filing.</I> Filing of any document shall be by personal delivery, U.S. mail, or overnight delivery with receipt confirmation. Unless the date is shown to be inaccurate, documents to be filed with FTA shall be deemed filed on the earliest of:
</P>
<P>(1) The date of personal delivery;
</P>
<P>(2) The mailing date shown on the certificate of service;
</P>
<P>(3) The date shown on the postmark if there is no certificate of service; or
</P>
<P>(4) The mailing date shown by other evidence if there is no certificate of service and no postmark.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Electronic service .</I> A document sent by email shall not constitute service as described in § 604.31.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Number of copies.</I> Unless otherwise specified, an executed original shall be filed with FTA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Form.</I> Documents filed with FTA shall be typewritten or legibly printed. In the case of docketed proceedings, the document shall include a title and the docket number, as established by the Chief Counsel or Presiding Official, of the proceeding on the front page.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Signing of documents and other papers.</I> The original of every document filed shall be signed by the person filing it or the person's duly authorized representative. Subject to the enforcement provisions contained in this subpart, the signature shall serve as a certification that the signer has read the document and, based on reasonable inquiry, to the best of the signer's knowledge, information, and belief, the document is:
</P>
<P>(1) Consistent with this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Warranted by existing law or that a good faith argument exists for extension, modification, or reversal of existing law; and
</P>
<P>(3) Not interposed for any improper purpose, such as to harass or to cause unnecessary delay or needless increase in the cost of the administrative process.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.31" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.6.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.31   Service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Designation of person to receive service.</I> The initial document filed by the complainant shall state on the first page of the document for all parties to be served:
</P>
<P>(1) The title of the document;
</P>
<P>(2) The name, post office address, telephone number; and
</P>
<P>(3) The facsimile number, if any, and email address(es), if any.
</P>
<P>(4) If any of the items in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section change during the proceeding, the person shall promptly file notice of the change with FTA and the Presiding Official, if appropriate, and shall serve the notice on all other parties to the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Docket numbers.</I> Each submission identified as a complaint under this part by the submitting party shall be filed in the Charter Service Complaint docket FTA-2007-0025.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Who must be served.</I> Copies of all documents filed with FTA shall be served by the entity filing them on all parties to the proceeding. A certificate of service shall accompany all documents when they are tendered for filing and shall certify concurrent service on FTA and all parties. Certificates of service shall be in substantially the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I hereby certify that I have this day served the foregoing [name of document] on the following persons at the following addresses and email or facsimile numbers (if also served by email or facsimile) by [specify method of service]:
</P>
<P>[list persons, addresses, and email or facsimile numbers]
</P>
<P>Dated this xx day of xxxx, 20xx. [signature], for [party]</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Method of service.</I> Except as otherwise provided in § 604.26, or agreed by the parties and the Presiding Official, as appropriate, the method of service is personal delivery or U.S. mail.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Presumption of service.</I> There shall be a presumption of lawful service:
</P>
<P>(1) When acknowledgment of receipt is by a person who customarily or in the ordinary course of business receives mail at the address of the party or of the person designated under this section; or
</P>
<P>(2) When a properly addressed envelope, sent to the last known address has been returned as undeliverable, un-claimed, or refused.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Investigations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.32" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.7.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.32   Investigation of complaint.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the pleadings suggest a reasonable basis for investigation, FTA will investigate the subject matter of the complaint.
</P>
<P>(b) The investigation may include a review of written submissions or pleadings of the parties, as supplemented by any informal investigation FTA considers necessary and by additional information furnished by the parties at FTA request. Each party shall file documents that it considers sufficient to present all relevant facts and argument necessary for FTA to determine whether the recipient is in compliance.
</P>
<P>(c) The Chief Counsel shall send a notice to complainant(s) and respondent(s) once an investigation is complete, but not later than 90 days after receipt of the last pleading specified in § 604.27 was due to FTA.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.33" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.7.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.33   Agency initiation of investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Notwithstanding any other provision under this part, FTA may initiate its own investigation of any matter within the applicability of this part without having received a complaint. The investigation may include, without limitation, any of the actions described in § 604.32.
</P>
<P>(b) Following the initiation of an investigation under this section, FTA sends a notice to the entities subject to investigation. The notice will set forth the areas of FTA's concern and the reasons; request a response to the notice within 30 days of the date of service; and inform the respondent that FTA will, in its discretion, invite good faith efforts to resolve the matter.
</P>
<P>(c) If the matters addressed in the FTA notice are not resolved informally, the Chief Counsel may refer the matter to a Presiding Official.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Decisions by FTA and Appointment of a Presiding Official (PO)</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.34" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.8.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.34   Chief Counsel decisions and appointment of a PO.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After receiving a complaint consistent with § 604.27, and conducting an investigation, the Chief Counsel may:
</P>
<P>(1) Issue a decision based on the pleadings filed to date;
</P>
<P>(2) Appoint a PO to review the matter; or
</P>
<P>(3) Dismiss the complaint pursuant to § 604.28.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Chief Counsel appoints a PO to review the matter, the Chief Counsel shall send out a hearing order that sets forth the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The allegations in the complaint, or notice of investigation, and the chronology and results of the investigation preliminary to the hearing conducted in accordance with subpart I of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) The relevant statutory, judicial, regulatory, and other authorities;
</P>
<P>(3) The issues to be decided;
</P>
<P>(4) Such rules of procedure as may be necessary to supplement the provisions of this part;
</P>
<P>(5) The name and address of the PO, and the assignment of authority to the PO to conduct the hearing in accordance with the procedures set forth in this part; and
</P>
<P>(6) The date by which the PO is directed to issue a recommended decision.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.35" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.8.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.35   Separation of functions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Proceedings under this part shall be handled by an FTA attorney, except that the Chief Counsel may appoint a PO, who may not be an FTA attorney.
</P>
<P>(b) After issuance of an initial decision by the Chief Counsel, the FTA employee or contractor engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecutorial functions in a proceeding under this part shall not, in that case or a factually related case, participate or give advice in a final decision by the Administrator or his or her designee on written appeal, and shall not, except as counsel or as witness in the public proceedings, engage in any substantive communication regarding that case or a related case with the Administrator on written appeal.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Hearings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.36" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.9.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.36   Powers of a PO.</HEAD>
<P>A PO may:
</P>
<P>(a) Give notice of, and hold, pre-hearing conferences and hearings;
</P>
<P>(b) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(c) Issue notices of deposition requested by the parties;
</P>
<P>(d) Limit the frequency and extent of discovery;
</P>
<P>(e) Rule on offers of proof;
</P>
<P>(f) Receive relevant and material evidence;
</P>
<P>(g) Regulate the course of the hearing in accordance with the rules of this part to avoid unnecessary and duplicative proceedings in the interest of prompt and fair resolution of the matters at issue;
</P>
<P>(h) Hold conferences to settle or to simplify the issues by consent of the parties;
</P>
<P>(i) Dispose of procedural motions and requests;
</P>
<P>(j) Examine witnesses; and
</P>
<P>(k) Make findings of fact and conclusions of law and issue a recommended decision.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.37" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.9.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.37   Appearances, parties, and rights of parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party to the hearing may appear and be heard in person and any party to the hearing may be accompanied, represented, or advised by an attorney licensed by a State, the District of Columbia, or a territory of the United States to practice law or appear before the courts of that State or territory, or by another duly authorized representative. An attorney, or other duly authorized representative, who represents a party shall file according to the filing and service procedures contained in §§ 604.30 and 604.31.
</P>
<P>(b) The parties to the hearing are the respondent(s) named in the hearing order, the complainant(s), and FTA, as represented by the PO.
</P>
<P>(c) The parties to the hearing may agree to extend for a reasonable period of time the time for filing a document under this part. If the parties agree, the PO shall grant one extension of time to each party. The party seeking the extension of time shall submit a draft order to the PO to be signed by the PO and filed with the hearing docket. The PO may grant additional oral requests for an extension of time where the parties agree to the extension.
</P>
<P>(d) An extension of time granted by the PO for any reason extends the due date for the PO's recommended decision and for the final agency decision by the length of time in the PO's extension.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.38" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.9.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.38   Discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Permissible forms of discovery shall be within the discretion of the PO.
</P>
<P>(b) The PO shall limit the frequency and extent of discovery permitted by this section if a party shows that:
</P>
<P>(1) The information requested is cumulative or repetitious;
</P>
<P>(2) The information requested may be obtained from another less burdensome and more convenient source;
</P>
<P>(3) The party requesting the information has had ample opportunity to obtain the information through other discovery methods permitted under this section; or
</P>
<P>(4) The method or scope of discovery requested by the party is unduly burdensome or expensive.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.39" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.9.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.39   Depositions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For good cause shown, the PO may order that the testimony of a witness may be taken by deposition and that the witness produce documentary evidence in connection with such testimony. Generally, an order to take the deposition of a witness is entered only if:
</P>
<P>(1) The person whose deposition is to be taken would be unavailable at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(2) The deposition is deemed necessary to perpetuate the testimony of the witness; or
</P>
<P>(3) The taking of the deposition is necessary to prevent undue and excessive expense to a party and will not result in undue burden to other parties or in undue delay.
</P>
<P>(b) Any party to the hearing desiring to take the deposition of a witness according to the terms set out in this subpart, shall file a motion with the PO, with a copy of the motion served on each party. The motion shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and residence of the witness;
</P>
<P>(2) The time and place for the taking of the proposed deposition;
</P>
<P>(3) The reasons why such deposition should be taken; and
</P>
<P>(4) A general description of the matters concerning which the witness will be asked to testify.
</P>
<P>(c) If good cause is shown in the motion, the PO in his or her discretion may issue an order authorizing the deposition and specifying the name of the witness to be deposed, the location and time of the deposition, and the general scope and subject matter of the testimony to be taken.
</P>
<P>(d) Witnesses whose testimony is taken by deposition shall be sworn or shall affirm before any questions are put to them. Each question propounded shall be recorded and the answers of the witness transcribed verbatim. The written transcript shall be subscribed by the witness, unless the parties by stipulation waive the signing, or the witness is ill, cannot be found, or refuses to sign. The reporter shall note the reason for failure to sign.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.40" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.9.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.40   Public disclosure of evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in this section, the hearing shall be open to the public.
</P>
<P>(b) The PO may order that any information contained in the record be withheld from public disclosure. Any person may object to disclosure of information in the record by filing a written motion to withhold specific information with the PO. The person shall state specific grounds for nondisclosure in the motion.
</P>
<P>(c) The PO shall grant the motion to withhold information from public disclosure if the PO determines that disclosure would be in violation of the Privacy Act, would reveal trade secrets or privileged or confidential commercial or financial information, or is otherwise prohibited by law.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.41" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.9.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.41   Standard of proof.</HEAD>
<P>The PO shall issue a recommended decision or shall rule in a party's favor only if the decision or ruling is supported by a preponderance of the evidence.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.42" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.9.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.42   Burden of proof.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The burden of proof of noncompliance with this part, determination, or agreement issued under the authority of the Federal Transit Laws is on the registered charter provider.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as otherwise provided by statute or rule, the proponent of a motion, request, or order has the burden of proof.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.43" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.9.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.43   Offer of proof.</HEAD>
<P>A party whose evidence has been excluded by a ruling of the PO, during a hearing in which the respondent had an opportunity to respond to the offer of proof, may offer the evidence on the record when filing an appeal.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.44" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.9.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.44   Record.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The transcript of all testimony in the hearing, all exhibits received into evidence, all motions, applications requests and rulings, and all documents included in the hearing record shall constitute the exclusive record for decision in the proceedings and the basis for the issuance of any orders.
</P>
<P>(b) Any interested person may examine the record by entering the docket number at <I>https://www.regulations.gov</I> or after payment of reasonable costs for search and reproduction of the record.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.45" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.9.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.45   Waiver of procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The PO shall waive such procedural steps as all parties to the hearing agree to waive before issuance of an initial decision.
</P>
<P>(b) Consent to a waiver of any procedural step bars the raising of this issue on appeal.
</P>
<P>(c) The parties may not by consent waive the obligation of the PO to enter a recommended decision on the record.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.46" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.9.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.46   Recommended decision by a PO.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The PO shall issue a recommended decision based on the record developed during the proceeding and shall send the recommended decision to the Chief Counsel for ratification or modification not later than 110 days after the referral from the Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Counsel shall ratify or modify the PO's recommended decision within 30 days of receiving the recommended decision. The Chief Counsel shall serve his or her decision, which is capable of being appealed to the Administrator, on all parties to the proceeding.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.47" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.9.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.47   Remedies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the Chief Counsel determines that a violation of this part occurred, he or she may take one or more of the following actions:
</P>
<P>(1) Bar the recipient from receiving future Federal financial assistance from FTA;
</P>
<P>(2) Order the withholding of a reasonable percentage of available Federal financial assistance; or
</P>
<P>(3) Pursue suspension and debarment of the recipient, its employees, or its contractors.
</P>
<P>(b) In determining the type and amount of remedy, the Chief Counsel shall consider the following factors:
</P>
<P>(1) The nature and circumstances of the violation;
</P>
<P>(2) The extent and gravity of the violation (“extent of deviation from regulatory requirements”);
</P>
<P>(3) The revenue earned (“economic benefit”) by providing the charter service;
</P>
<P>(4) The operating budget of the recipient;
</P>
<P>(5) Such other matters as justice may require; and
</P>
<P>(6) Whether a recipient provided service described in a cease and desist order after issuance of such order by the Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(c) The Chief Counsel office may mitigate the remedy when the recipient can document corrective action of alleged violation. The Chief Counsel's decision to mitigate a remedy shall be determined on the basis of how much corrective action was taken by the recipient and when it was taken. Systemic action to prevent future violations will be given greater consideration than action simply to remedy violations identified during FTA's inspection or identified in a complaint.
</P>
<P>(d) In the event the Chief Counsel finds a pattern of violations, the remedy ordered shall bar a recipient from receiving Federal transit assistance in an amount that the Chief Counsel considers appropriate.
</P>
<P>(e) The Chief Counsel may make a decision to withhold Federal financial assistance in a lump sum or over a period of time not to exceed five years.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Appeal To Administrator and Final Agency Orders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.48" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.10.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.48   Appeal from Chief Counsel decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each party adversely affected by the Chief Counsel's office decision may file an appeal with the Administrator within 21 days of the date of the Chief Counsel's issued his or her decision. Each party may file a reply to an appeal within 21 days after it is served on the party. Filing and service of appeals and replies shall be by personal delivery consistent with §§ 604.30 and 604.31.
</P>
<P>(b) If an appeal is filed, the Administrator reviews the entire record and issues a final agency decision based on the record that either accepts, rejects, or modifies the Chief Counsel's decision within 30 days of the due date of the reply. If no appeal is filed, the Administrator may take review of the case on his or her own motion. If the Administrator finds that the respondent is not in compliance with this part, the final agency order shall include a statement of corrective action, if appropriate, and identify remedies.
</P>
<P>(c) If no appeal is filed, and the Administrator does not take review of the decision by the office on the Administrator's own motion, the Chief Counsel's decision shall take effect as the final agency decision and order on the twenty-first day after the actual date the Chief Counsel's decision was issued.
</P>
<P>(d) The failure to file an appeal is deemed a waiver of any rights to seek judicial review of the Chief Counsel's decision that becomes a final agency decision by operation of paragraph (c) of this section.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.49" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.10.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.49   Administrator's discretionary review of the Chief Counsel's decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the Administrator takes review on the Administrator's own motion, the Administrator shall issue a notice of review by the twenty-first day after the actual date of the Chief Counsel's decision that contains the specific findings of fact and conclusions of law in the decision subject to review by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) Parties may file one brief on review to the Administrator or rely on their post-hearing briefs to the Chief Counsel's office. Briefs on review shall be filed not later than 10 days after service of the notice of review. Filing and service of briefs on review shall be by personal delivery consistent with §§ 604.30 and 604.31.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator shall issue a final agency decision and order within 30 days of the due date of the briefs on review. If the Administrator finds that the respondent is not in compliance with this part, the final agency order shall include a statement of corrective action, if appropriate, and identify remedies.
</P>
<P>(d) If the Administrator takes review on the Administrator's own motion, the decision of the Chief Counsel is stayed pending a final decision by the Administrator.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Judicial Review</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 604.50" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.4.11.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 604.50   Judicial review of a final decision and order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person may seek judicial review in an appropriate United States District Court of a final decision and order of the Administrator as provided in 5 U.S.C. 701-706. A party seeking judicial review of a final decision and order shall file a petition for review with the Court not later than 60 days after a final decision and order is effective.
</P>
<P>(b) The following do not constitute final decisions and orders subject to judicial review:
</P>
<P>(1) FTA's decision to dismiss a complaint as set forth in § 604.29;
</P>
<P>(2) A recommended decision issued by a PO at the conclusion of a hearing; or
</P>
<P>(3) A Chief Counsel decision that becomes the final decision of the Administrator because it was not appealed within the stated timeframes.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="605" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 605—SCHOOL BUS OPERATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5323(f); 49 U.S.C. 5334; and 49 CFR 1.91.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 14128, Apr. 1, 1976, as amended at 90 FR 28226, July 1, 2025, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to prescribe policies and procedures to implement the prohibition in 49 U.S.C. 5323(f) regarding the provision of school bus transportation service that exclusively transports students and school personnel in competition with a private school bus operator.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.2" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.2   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>These regulations apply to all recipients of Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53 for a capital project, or to operate public transportation equipment or a public transportation facility.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided, terms defined in 49 U.S.C. chapter 53 are used in this part as so defined.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this part—
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Transit Administrator or his or her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Adequate transportation</I> means transportation for students and school personnel which the Administrator determines conforms to applicable safety laws; is on time; poses a minimum of discipline problems; is not subject to fluctuating rates; and is operated efficiently and in harmony with state educational goals and programs.
</P>
<P><I>Assistance</I> means Federal financial assistance for the purchase of buses and the construction or operation of facilities and equipment for use in providing public transportation services under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53, but does not include research, development and demonstration projects.
</P>
<P><I>Incidental</I> means the transportation of school students, personnel and equipment in charter bus operations during off peak hours which does not interfere with regularly scheduled service to the public.
</P>
<P><I>Interested party</I> means an individual, partnership, corporation, association, or public or private organization that has a financial interest which is adversely affected by the act or acts of a recipient with respect to school bus operations.
</P>
<P><I>Reasonable Rates</I> means rates found by the Administrator to be fair and equitable taking into consideration the conditions in the local surrounding area.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means a recipient of assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53.
</P>
<P><I>School bus operations</I> means transportation by bus exclusively for school students, personnel and equipment in Type I and Type II school vehicles as defined in Highway Safety Program Guideline No. 17.
</P>
<P><I>Tripper service</I> means regularly scheduled public transportation service which is open to the public, and which is designed or modified to accommodate the needs of school students and personnel, using various fare collections or subsidy systems. Buses used in tripper service must be clearly marked as open to the public and may not carry designations such as “school bus” or “school special.” These buses may stop only at a recipient or operator's regular service stop. All routes traveled by tripper buses must be within a recipient's or operator's regular route service as indicated in their published route schedules.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.4" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.4   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—School Bus Agreements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.10" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.10   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.11   Exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient may not engage in school bus operations in competition with private school bus operators unless it demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Administrator that:
</P>
<P>(a) It operates a school system in the area to be served and also operates a separate and exclusive school bus program for that school system; and
</P>
<P>(b) Private school bus operators are unable to provide adequate transportation that complies with applicable safety standards at reasonable rates.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.12" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.12   Use of project equipment.</HEAD>
<P>No recipient or operator of project equipment shall engage in school bus operations using buses, facilities or equipment funded under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53. A recipient or operator may, however, use such buses, facilities and equipment for the transportation of school students, personnel and equipment in incidental charter bus operations. Such use of project equipment is subject to part 604 of this title.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.13   Tripper service.</HEAD>
<P>The prohibition in § 605.12 shall not apply to tripper service.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.14" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.14   Agreement.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in § 605.11, no assistance shall be provided under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53 unless the recipient has executed the Private Sector Protections category of the current annual Certifications and Assurances confirming that the recipient will not engage in school bus operations exclusively for the transportation of students and school personnel in competition with private school bus operators.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.15" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.15   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.16" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.16   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each recipient who engages or wishes to engage in school bus operations shall include a certification that it has provided written notice to all private school bus operators operating in the area to be served of its application for assistance and its proposed or existing school bus operations.
</P>
<P>(b) The notice required by paragraph (a) of this section shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the area to be served by the recipient.
</P>
<P>(2) An estimation of the number of each type of bus which will be employed on the proposed school bus operations, and the number of weekdays those buses will be available for school bus operations.
</P>
<P>(3) A statement setting forth reasons the recipient feels it should be allowed to engage in school bus operations under § 605.11.
</P>
<P>(4) A statement that private school bus operators may file written comments on a recipient's proposed or existing school bus operations.
</P>
<P>(c) Copies of the application for assistance and notice required by paragraph (a) shall be available for inspection during the regular business hours at the office of the recipient.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.17" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.17   Certification in lieu of notice.</HEAD>
<P>If there are no private school bus operators operating in the recipient's service area, the recipient may so certify in lieu of meeting the requirements of § 605.16.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 605.18-605.19" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 605.18-605.19   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Complaint Procedures and Remedies</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.30" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.30   Filing a complaint.</HEAD>
<P>Any interested party may file a complaint with the Administrator alleging a violation of 49 U.S.C. 5323(f) or the terms of an agreement under § 605.14 (“Complaint”). A complaint must be in writing, must specify in detail the action claimed to violate the agreement, and must be accompanied by sufficient evidence to enable the Administrator to make a preliminary determination as to whether there is probable cause that a violation has taken place.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.31" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.31   Notification to the respondent.</HEAD>
<P>On receipt of any complaint under § 605.30, or on the Administrator's own motion if at any time he or she shall have reason to believe that a violation may have occurred, the Administrator will provide written notification to the recipient (“Respondent”) that a violation has probably occurred. The Administrator will inform the respondent of the conduct which constitutes a probable violation of the agreement in a manner consistent with the fair notice requirements of 49 CFR 5.69.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 22454, Apr. 27, 2026]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.32" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.32   Accumulation of evidentiary material.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator will allow the respondent not more than 30 days to show cause, by submission of evidence, why no violation occurred. A like period shall be allowed to the complainant, if any, during which the complainant may submit evidence to rebut the evidence offered by the respondent. The Administrator may undertake such further investigation, as deemed necessary, including the holding of an evidentiary hearing or hearings in a manner consistent with the record requirements of 49 CFR 5.81.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 22454, Apr. 27, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.33" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.33   Adjudication.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After reviewing the results of such investigation, including hearing transcripts, if any, and all evidence submitted by the parties, the Administrator will make a written determination as to whether the respondent has engaged in school bus operations in violation of the terms of the agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Administrator determines that there has been a violation of the agreement, the Administrator will order remedial measures as deemed appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) The determination by the Administrator will include an analysis and explanation of his or her findings.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.34" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.34   Remedy where there has been a violation of the agreement.</HEAD>
<P>If the Administrator determines, pursuant to this subpart, that there has been a violation of the terms of the agreement or 49 U.S.C. 5323(f)(2), he or she may bar a recipient or operator from the receipt of further financial assistance for public transportation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.35" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.35   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>The determination of the Administrator pursuant to this subpart shall be final and conclusive on all parties, but shall be subject to judicial review pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 701-706.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Reporting and Records</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 605.40" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.5.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 605.40   Reports and information.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may order any recipient or operator for the recipient, to file special or separate reports setting forth information relating to any transportation service rendered by such recipient or operator, in addition to any other reports required by this part.
















</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="609" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 609—TRANSPORTATION FOR ELDERLY AND HANDICAPPED PERSONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5307(d) and 5308(b); 23 U.S.C. 134, 135 and 142; 29 U.S.C. 794; 49 CFR 1.51.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 18239, Apr. 30, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 90 FR 28229, July 1, 2025, part 609 was to be removed and reserved; however, the amendment could not be incorporated as written.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 609.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.6.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 609.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to establish formally the requirements of the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) on transportation for elderly and handicapped persons.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 609.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.6.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 609.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used herein:
</P>
<P><I>Elderly and handicapped persons</I> means those individuals who, by reason of illness, injury, age, congenital malfunction, or other permanent or temporary incapacity or disability, including those who are nonambulatory wheelchair-bound and those with semi-ambulatory capabilities, are unable without special facilities or special planning or design to utilize mass transportation facilities and services as effectively as persons who are not so affected.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 609.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.6.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 609.5   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part, which applies to projects approved by the Federal Transit Administrator on or after May 31, 1976, applies to all planning, capital, and operating assistance projects receiving Federal financial assistance under sections 5307 or 5308 of the Federal transit laws (49 U.S.C. Chapter 53), and nonhighway public mass transportation projects receiving Federal financial assistance under: (1) Subsection (a) or (c) of section 142 of title 23, United States Code; and (2) paragraph (4) of subsection (e) of section 103, title 23, United States Code. However, under certain circumstances evident in §§ 609.13 through 609.21, the latter sections apply to fixed facilities and vehicles included in projects approved before May 31, 1976. Sections in this part on capital assistance applications, fixed facilities, and vehicles apply expressly to capital assistance projects receiving Federal financial assistance under any of the above statutes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 18239, Apr. 30, 1976, as amended at 61 FR 19562, May 2, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 609.23" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.6.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 609.23   Reduced fare.</HEAD>
<P>Applicants for financial assistance under section 5307 of the Federal transit laws (49 U.S.C. Chapter 53), must, as a condition to receiving such assistance, give satisfactory assurances, in such manner and form as may be required by the Federal Transit Administrator and in accordance with such terms and conditions as the Federal Transit Administrator may prescribe, that the rates charged elderly and handicapped persons during non-peak hours for transportation utilizing or involving the facilities and equipment of the project financed with assistance under this section will not exceed one-half of the rates generally applicable to other persons at peak hours, whether the operation of such facilities and equipment is by the applicant or is by another entity under lease or otherwise.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 18239, Apr. 30, 1976, as amended at 61 FR 19562, May 2, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.6.0.1.5.25" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 609—Elderly and Handicapped
</HEAD>
<P>The definitions of the term <I>elderly and handicapped</I> as applied under FTA's elderly and handicapped half-fare program (49 CFR part 609) shall apply to this rule. This permits a broader class of handicapped persons to take advantage of the exception than would be permitted under the more restrictive definition applied to the non-discrimination provisions of the Department's section 504 program (49 CFR 27.5), which includes only handicapped persons otherwise unable to use the recipient's bus service for the general public.
</P>
<P>Accordingly, for the purposes of this part, the definition of <I>elderly persons</I> may be determined by the FTA recipient but must, at a minimum, include all persons 65 years of age or over.
</P>
<P>Similarly, the definition of <I>handicapped persons</I> is derived from the existing regulations at 49 CFR 609.3 which provide that <I>Handicapped persons</I> means those individuals who, by reason of illness, injury, age, congenital malfunction, or other permanent or temporary incapacity or disability, including those who are nonambulatory wheelchair-bound and those with semi-ambulatory capabilities, are unable without special facilities or special planning or design to utilize mass transportation facilities and services as effectively as persons who are not so affected.
</P>
<P>To assist in understanding how the definitions might be applied to administration of the charter rule, the following questions and answers previously published by FTA for the half-fare program in FTA C 9060.1, April 20, 1978, are reproduced:
</P>
<P>1. <I>Question:</I> Can the definition of <I>elderly</I> or <I>handicapped</I> be restricted on the basis of residency, citizenship, income, employment status, or the ability to operate an automobile?
</P>
<P><I>Answer:</I> No. Section 5(m) is applicable to <I>elderly and handicapped persons.</I> It is FTA's policy that such categorical exceptions are not permitted under the Act.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Question:</I> Can the eligibility of <I>temporary handicaps</I> be restricted on the basis of their duration?
</P>
<P><I>Answer:</I> Handicaps of less than 90 days duration may be excluded. Handicaps of more than 90 days duration must be included.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Question:</I> Can the definition of <I>handicap</I> be limited in any way?
</P>
<P><I>Answer:</I> FTA has allowed applicants to exclude some conditions which appear to meet the functional definition of <I>handicap</I> provided in section 5302(a)(5) of the Federal transit laws (49 U.S.C. Chapter 53). These include pregnancy, obesity, drug or alcohol addiction, and certain conditions which do not fall under the statutory definition (e.g., loss of a finger, some chronic heart or lung conditions, controlled epilepsy, etc.). Individuals may also be excluded whose handicap involves a contagious disease or poses a danger to the individual or other passengers. Other exceptions should be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Question:</I> Is blindness considered a handicap under Section 5(m)?
</P>
<P><I>Answer:</I> Yes.
</P>
<P>5. <I>Question:</I> Is deafness considered a handicap under section 5(m)?
</P>
<P><I>Answer:</I> As a rule, no, because deafness, especially on buses, is not considered a disability which requires special planning, facilities, or design. However, deafness is recognized as a handicap in the Department of Transportation's ADA regulation, and applicants for Section 5 assistance are encouraged to include the deaf as eligible for off-peak half-fares.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Question:</I> Is mental illness considered a handicap under section 5(m)?
</P>
<P><I>Answer:</I> As a rule, no, because of the difficulty in establishing criteria or guidelines for defining eligibility. However, FTA encourages applicants to provide the broadest possible coverage in defining eligible handicaps, including mental illness.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Question:</I> Can operators delegate the responsibility for certifying individuals as eligible to other agencies?
</P>
<P><I>Answer:</I> Yes, provided that such agencies administer the certification of individuals in an acceptable manner and are reasonably accessible to the elderly and handicapped. Many operators currently make extensive use of social service agencies (both public and private) to identify and certify eligible individuals.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Question:</I> Can operators require elderly and handicapped individuals to be recognized by any existing agency (e.g., require that handicapped persons be receiving Social Service or Veterans' Administration benefits)?
</P>
<P><I>Answer:</I> Recognition by such agencies is commonly used to certify eligible individuals. However, such recognition should not be a mandatory prerequisite for eligibility. For example, many persons with eligible temporary handicaps may not be recognized as handicapped by social service agencies.
</P>
<P>9. <I>Question:</I> Can the operator require that elderly and handicapped persons come to a central office to register for an off-peak half-fare program?
</P>
<P><I>Answer:</I> FTA strongly encourages operators to develop procedures which maximize the availability of off-peak half-fares to eligible individuals. Requiring individuals to travel to a single office which may be inconveniently located is not consistent with this policy, although it is not strictly prohibited. FTA reserves the right to review such local requirements on a case-by-case basis.
</P>
<P>10. <I>Question:</I> Must ID cards issued by one operator be transferable to another?
</P>
<P><I>Answer:</I> No. However, FTA encourages consistency among off-peak procedures and the maximizing of availability to eligible individuals, especially among operators within a single urban area. Nevertheless, each operator is permitted to require its own certification of individuals using its service.
</P>
<P>11. <I>Question:</I> Can an operator require an elderly or handicapped person to submit to a procedure certifying their eligibility before they can receive half-fare? For example, if an operator requires eligible individuals to have a special ID card, can the half-fare be denied to an individual who can otherwise give proof of age, etc, but does not have an ID card?
</P>
<P><I>Answer:</I> Yes, although FTA does not endorse this practice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 53356, Dec. 30, 1988. Redesignated and amended at 61 FR 19562, May 2, 1996]










</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="611" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 611—MAJOR CAPITAL INVESTMENT PROJECTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5309(g)(6) and 5334(a)(11); 49 CFR 1.91.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>78 FR 2031, Jan. 9, 2013, as amended at 90 FR 28231, July 1, 2025, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.101" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.101   Purpose and contents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes the process that applicants must follow to be considered eligible for fixed guideway capital investment grants for a new fixed guideway, an extension to a fixed guideway, or a corridor-based bus rapid transit system (known as New Starts and Small Starts). Also, this part prescribes the procedures used by FTA to evaluate and rate proposed New Starts projects as required by 49 U.S.C. 5309(d) and Small Starts projects as required by 49 U.S.C. 5309(h).
</P>
<P>(b) This part defines how the results of the evaluation described in paragraph (a) of this section will be used to:
</P>
<P>(1) Rate projects as “high,” “medium-high,” “medium,” “medium-low” or “low” as required by 49 U.S.C. 5309(g)(2)(A) and 49 U.S.C. 5309(h)(6);
</P>
<P>(2) Assign individual ratings for each of the project justification criteria specified in 49 U.S.C. 5309(d)(2)(B) and 49 U.S.C. 5309(h)(6);
</P>
<P>(3) Determine project eligibility for Federal funding commitments, in the form of full funding grant agreements (FFGA) for New Starts projects and expedited grant agreements (EGA) for Small Starts projects; and
</P>
<P>(4) Support funding recommendations for the New Starts and Small Starts programs for the President's annual budget request.
</P>
<P>(c) The information collected and ratings developed under this part will form the basis for the <I>Annual Report on Funding Recommendations,</I> required by 49 U.S.C. 5309(o)(1).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.103" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.103   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to all proposals for Federal major capital investment funds under 49 U.S.C. 5309 for new fixed guideways, extensions to fixed guideways, and corridor-based bus rapid transit systems.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to projects for which an FFGA or PCGA has already been executed, or to projects that have been approved into final design or project development unless the project sponsor requests to be covered by this part. The regulations in existence prior to the effective date of this rule will continue to apply to projects for which an FFGA or PCGA has already been executed and to projects approved into final design or project development unless a project sponsor requests to be covered by this part. New Starts projects approved for entry into final design shall be considered to be in the engineering phase of the New Starts process.
</P>
<P>(c) A New Starts project which has been approved for entry into preliminary engineering under the regulations in existence prior to the effective date of this rule shall be considered to be in the engineering phase of the New Starts process. For the purpose of completing engineering, the regulations in existence prior to the effective date of this rule will continue to apply to a New Starts project approved into preliminary engineering until such time as the sponsor requests an FFGA unless the project sponsor requests to be covered by this part prior to an FFGA.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.105" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.105   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The definitions established by titles 12 and 49 of the United States Code, the Council on Environmental Quality's regulation at 40 CFR parts 1500 through 1508, and FHWA-FTA regulations at 23 CFR parts 450 and 771 are applicable. In addition, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P><I>Corridor-based bus rapid transit project</I> means a bus capital project where the project represents a substantial investment in a defined corridor as demonstrated by features such as park-and-ride lots, transit stations, bus arrival and departure signage, intelligent transportation systems technology, traffic signal priority, off-board fare collection, advanced bus technology, and other features that support the long-term corridor investment.
</P>
<P><I>Early system work agreement</I> means a contract, pursuant to the requirements in 49 U.S.C. 5309(k)(3), that allows some construction work and other clearly defined elements of a project to proceed prior to execution of a full funding grant agreement (FFGA). It typically includes a limited scope of work that is less than the full project scope of work and specifies the amount of New Starts funds that will be provided for the defined scope of work included in the agreement.
</P>
<P><I>EGA</I> means an expedited grant agreement.
</P>
<P><I>Engineering</I> is a phase of development for New Starts projects during which the scope of the proposed project is finalized; estimates of project cost, benefits, and impacts are refined; project management plans and fleet management plans are developed; and final construction plans (including final construction management plans), detailed specifications, final construction cost estimates, and bid documents are prepared. During engineering, project sponsors must obtain commitments of all non-New Starts funding.
</P>
<P><I>ESWA</I> means early system work agreement.
</P>
<P><I>Extension to fixed guideway</I> means a project to extend an existing fixed guideway or planned fixed guideway.
</P>
<P><I>FFGA</I> means a full funding grant agreement.
</P>
<P><I>Fixed guideway</I> means a public transportation facility that uses and occupies a separate right-of-way or rail line for the exclusive use of public transportation and other high occupancy vehicles, or uses a fixed catenary system and a right of way usable by other forms of transportation. This includes, but is not limited to, rapid rail, light rail, commuter rail, automated guideway transit, people movers, ferry boat service, and fixed-guideway facilities for buses (such as bus rapid transit) and other high occupancy vehicles. A new fixed guideway means a newly-constructed fixed guideway in a corridor or alignment where no such guideway exists.
</P>
<P><I>FTA</I> means the Federal Transit Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Full funding grant agreement</I> means a contract that defines the scope of a New Starts project, the amount of New Starts funds that will be contributed, and other terms and conditions.
</P>
<P><I>Long-range transportation plan</I> means a financially constrained long-range plan, developed pursuant to 23 CFR part 450, that includes sufficient financial information for demonstrating that projects can be implemented using committed, available, or reasonably available revenue sources, with reasonable assurance that the Federally supported transportation system is being adequately operated and maintained. For metropolitan planning areas, this would be the metropolitan transportation plan and for other areas, this would be the long-range statewide transportation plan. In areas classified by the Environmental Protection Agency as “nonattainment” or “maintenance” of air quality standards, the long-range transportation plan must have been found by DOT to be in conformity with the applicable State Implementation Plan.
</P>
<P><I>NEPA process</I> means those procedures necessary to meet the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended, at 23 CFR part 771; the NEPA process is completed when the project receives a categorical exclusion, a Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) or a Record of Decision (ROD).
</P>
<P><I>New Starts</I> means a new fixed guideway project, or a project that is an extension to an existing fixed guideway, that has a total capital cost of $250,000,000 or more or for which the project sponsor is requesting $75,000,000 or more in New Starts funding.
</P>
<P><I>New Starts funds</I> mean funds granted by FTA for a New Starts project pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5309(d).
</P>
<P><I>No-build alternative</I> means an alternative that includes only the current transportation system as well as the transportation investments committed in the Transportation Improvement Plan (TIP) (when the horizon year is 10 years in the future) or the fiscally constrained long-range transportation plan (when the horizon year is 20 years in the future) required by 23 CFR part 450.
</P>
<P><I>Small Starts</I> means a new fixed guideway project, a project that is an extension to an existing fixed guideway, or a corridor-based bus rapid transit system project, with a total capital cost of less than $250,000,000 and for which the project sponsor is requesting less than $75,000,000 in Small Starts funding.
</P>
<P><I>Small Starts funds</I> mean funds granted by FTA for a Small Starts project pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5309(h).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.107" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.107   Relation to the planning processes.</HEAD>
<P>All New Starts and Small Starts projects proposed for funding assistance under this part must emerge from the metropolitan and Statewide planning process, consistent with 23 CFR part 450, and be included in the fiscally constrained long-range transportation plan required under 23 CFR part 450.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—New Starts</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.201" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.201   New Starts eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be eligible for an engineering grant under this part for a new fixed guideway or an extension to a fixed guideway, a project must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be a New Starts project as defined in § 611.105; and
</P>
<P>(2) Be approved into engineering by FTA.
</P>
<P>(b) To be eligible for a construction grant under 49 U.S.C. 5309 for a new fixed guideway or extension to a fixed guideway, a project must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be a New Starts project as defined in § 611.105;
</P>
<P>(2) Have completed engineering;
</P>
<P>(3) Receive a “medium” or better rating on project justification pursuant to § 611.203;
</P>
<P>(4) Receive a “medium” or better rating on local financial commitment pursuant to § 611.205; and
</P>
<P>(5) Meet the other requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5309.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.203" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.203   New Starts project justification criteria.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To perform the statutorily required evaluations and assign ratings for project justification, FTA will evaluate information developed locally through the planning and NEPA processes.
</P>
<P>(1) The method used by FTA to evaluate and rate projects will be a multiple measure approach by which the merits of candidate projects will be evaluated in terms of each of the criteria specified by this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The measures for these criteria are specified in policy guidance. This policy guidance, which is subject to a public comment period, is issued periodically by FTA whenever significant changes to the process are proposed, but not less frequently than every two years, as required by 49 U.S.C. 5309(g)(5).
</P>
<P>(3) The measures will be applied to projects defined by project sponsors that are proposed to FTA for New Starts funding.
</P>
<P>(4) The ratings for each of the criteria in § 611.203(b)(1) through (6) will be expressed in terms of descriptive indicators, as follows: “high,” “medium-high,” “medium,” “medium-low,” or “low.”
</P>
<P>(b) The project justification criteria are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Mobility improvements.
</P>
<P>(2) Environmental benefits.
</P>
<P>(3) Congestion relief.
</P>
<P>(4) Economic development effects.
</P>
<P>(5) Cost-effectiveness, as measured by cost per rider.
</P>
<P>(6) Existing land use.
</P>
<P>(c) In evaluating proposed New Starts projects under these project justification criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) As a candidate project proceeds through engineering, a greater level of commitment will be expected with respect to transit supportive plans and policies evaluated under the economic development criterion and the project sponsor's technical capacity to implement the project.
</P>
<P>(2) For any criteria under paragraph (b) of this section that use incremental measures, the point for comparison will be the no-build alternative.
</P>
<P>(d) FTA may amend the measures for these project justification criteria. Any such amendment will be included in policy guidance and subject to a public comment process.
</P>
<P>(e) From time to time FTA may publish through policy guidance standards based on characteristics of projects and/or corridors to be served. If a proposed project can meet the established standards, FTA may assign an automatic rating on one or more of the project justification criteria outlined in this section.
</P>
<P>(f) The individual ratings for each of the criteria described in this section will be combined into a summary project justification rating of “high,” “medium-high,” “medium,” “medium-low,” or “low,” through a process that gives comparable, but not necessarily equal, weight to each criterion. The process by which the project justification rating will be developed, including the assigned weights, will be described in policy guidance.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.205" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.205   New Starts local financial commitment criteria.</HEAD>
<P>In order to approve a grant under 49 U.S.C. 5309 for a New Starts project, FTA must find that the proposed project is supported by an acceptable degree of local financial commitment, as required by 49 U.S.C. 5309(d)(4)(iv). The local financial commitment to a proposed project will be evaluated according to the following measures:
</P>
<P>(a) The proposed share of the project's capital costs to be funded from sources other than New Starts funds, including both the non-New Starts match required by Federal law and any additional state, local or other Federal capital funding (also known as “overmatch”);
</P>
<P>(b) The current capital and operating financial condition of the project sponsor;
</P>
<P>(c) The commitment of capital and operating funds for the project and the entire transit system including consideration of private contributions; and
</P>
<P>(d) The accuracy and reliability of the capital and operating costs and revenue estimates and the financial capacity of the project sponsor.
</P>
<P>(e) From time to time FTA may publish through policy guidance standards based on characteristics of projects and/or corridors to be served. If a proposed project can meet the established standards, FTA may assign an automatic rating on one or more of the local financial commitment criteria outlined in this section.
</P>
<P>(f) As a candidate project proceeds through engineering, a greater level of local financial commitment will be expected.
</P>
<P>(g) FTA may amend the measures for these local financial commitment criteria. Any such amendment will be included in policy guidance and subject to a public comment process.
</P>
<P>(h) For each proposed project, ratings for paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section will be reported in terms of descriptive indicators, as follows: “high,” “medium-high,” “medium,” “medium-low,” or “low.” For paragraph (a) of this section, the percentage of New Starts funding sought from 49 U.S.C. 5309 will be rated and used to develop the summary local financial commitment rating, but only if it improves the rating and not if it worsens the rating.
</P>
<P>(i) The ratings for each measure described in this section will be combined into a summary local financial commitment rating of “high,” “medium-high,” “medium,” “medium-low,” or “low.” The process by which the summary local financial commitment rating will be developed, including the assigned weights to each of the measures, will be described in policy guidance.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.207" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.207   Overall New Starts project ratings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) FTA will assign overall project ratings to each proposed project of “high,” “medium-high, “medium,” “medium-low,” or “low” as required by 49 U.S.C. 5309(g)(2)(A).
</P>
<P>(1) These ratings will indicate the overall merit of a proposed New Starts project at the time of evaluation.
</P>
<P>(2) Ratings for individual projects will be developed upon entry into engineering and prior to an FFGA. Additionally, ratings may be updated while a project is in engineering if the project scope and cost have changed materially since the most recent rating was assigned.
</P>
<P>(c) These ratings will be used to:
</P>
<P>(1) Approve or deny advancement of a proposed project into engineering;
</P>
<P>(2) Approve or deny projects for ESWAs and FFGAs; and
</P>
<P>(3) Support annual funding recommendations to Congress in the <I>Annual Report on Funding Recommendations</I> required by 49 U.S.C. 5309(o)(1).
</P>
<P>(d) [Reserved]






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.209" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.209   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.211" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.211   New Starts Before and After study.</HEAD>
<P>(a) During engineering, project sponsors shall submit to FTA a plan for collection and analysis of information to identify the characteristics, costs, and impacts of the New Starts project and the accuracy of the forecasts prepared during development of the project.
</P>
<P>(1) The Before and After study plan shall consider:
</P>
<P>(i) Characteristics including the physical scope of the project, the service provided by the project, any other changes in service provided by the transit system, and the schedule of transit fares;
</P>
<P>(ii) Costs including the capital costs of the project and the operating and maintenance costs of the transit system in appropriate detail; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Impacts including changes in transit service quality, ridership, and fare levels.
</P>
<P>(2) The plan shall provide for:
</P>
<P>(i) Documentation and preservation of the predicted scope, service levels, capital costs, operating costs, and ridership of the project;
</P>
<P>(ii) Collection of “before” data on the transit service levels and ridership patterns of the current transit system including origins and destinations, access modes, trip purposes, and rider characteristics;
</P>
<P>(iii) Documentation of the actual capital costs of the as-built project;
</P>
<P>(iv) Collection of “after” data two years after opening of the project, including the analogous information on transit service levels and ridership patterns, plus information on operating costs of the transit system in appropriate detail;
</P>
<P>(v) Analysis of the costs and impacts of the project; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Analysis of the consistency of the predicted and actual characteristics, costs, and impacts of the project and identification of the sources of any differences.
</P>
<P>(vii) Preparation of a final report within three years of project opening to present the actual characteristics, costs, and impacts of the project and an assessment of the accuracy of the predictions of these outcomes.
</P>
<P>(3) For funding purposes, preparation of the plan for collection and analysis of data is an eligible part of the proposed project.
</P>
<P>(b) The FFGA will require implementation of the plan prepared in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) Satisfactory progress on implementation of the plan required under paragraph (a) of this section shall be a prerequisite to approval of an FFGA.
</P>
<P>(2) For funding purposes, collection of the “before” data, collection of the “after” data, and the development and reporting of findings are eligible parts of the proposed project.
</P>
<P>(3) FTA may condition receipt of funding provided for the project in the FFGA upon satisfactory submission of the report required under this section.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Small Starts</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.301" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.301   Small Starts eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be eligible for a project development grant under this part for a new fixed guideway, an extension to a fixed guideway, or a corridor-based bus rapid transit system, a project must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be a Small Starts project as defined in § 611.105; and
</P>
<P>(2) Be approved into project development by FTA.
</P>
<P>(b) To be eligible for a construction grant under this part for a new fixed guideway, an extension to a fixed guideway, or a corridor-based bus rapid system, a project must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be a Small Starts project as defined in § 611.105;
</P>
<P>(2) Receive a “medium” or better rating on project justification pursuant to § 611.303;
</P>
<P>(3) Receive a “medium” or better rating on local financial commitment pursuant to Sec. 611.305; and
</P>
<P>(4) Meet the other requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5309.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.303" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.303   Small Starts project justification criteria.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To perform the statutorily required evaluations and assign ratings for project justification, FTA will evaluate information developed locally through the planning, NEPA and project development processes.
</P>
<P>(1) The method used by FTA to evaluate and rate projects will be a multiple measure approach by which the merits of candidate projects will be evaluated in terms of each of the criteria specified by this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The measures for these criteria are specified in policy guidance. This policy guidance, which is subject to a public comment period, is issued periodically by FTA whenever significant changes are proposed, but not less frequently than every two years, as required by 49 U.S.C. 5309(g)(5).
</P>
<P>(3) The measures will be applied to projects defined by project sponsors that are proposed to FTA for Small Starts funding.
</P>
<P>(4) The ratings for each of the criteria in § 611.303(b)(1) through (6) will be expressed in terms of descriptive indicators, as follows: “high,” “medium-high,” “medium,” “medium-low,” or “low.”
</P>
<P>(b) The project justification criteria are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Cost-effectiveness, as measured by cost per rider.
</P>
<P>(2) Economic development effects.
</P>
<P>(3) Existing land use.
</P>
<P>(4) Mobility improvements.
</P>
<P>(5) Environmental benefits.
</P>
<P>(6) Congestion relief.
</P>
<P>(c) In evaluating proposed Small Starts projects under these criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) As a candidate project proceeds through project development, a greater level of commitment will be expected with respect to transit supportive land use plans and policies and the project sponsor's technical capacity to implement the project.
</P>
<P>(2) For any criteria under paragraph (b) of this section that use incremental measures, the point for comparison will be the no-build alternative.
</P>
<P>(d) FTA may amend the measures for these project justification criteria. Any such amendment will be included in policy guidance and subject to a public comment process.
</P>
<P>(e) From time to time FTA may publish through policy guidance standards based on characteristics of projects and/or corridors to be served. If a proposed project can meet the established standards, FTA may assign an automatic rating on one or more of the project justification criteria outlined in this section.
</P>
<P>(f) The individual ratings for each of the criteria described in this section will be combined into a summary project justification rating of “high,” “medium-high,” “medium,” “medium-low,” or “low” through a process that gives comparable, but not necessarily equal, weight to each criterion. The process by which the project justification rating will be developed, including the assigned weights, will be described in policy guidance.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.305" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.305   Small Starts local financial commitment criteria.</HEAD>
<P>In order to approve a grant under 49 U.S.C. 5309 for a Small Starts project, FTA must find that the proposed project is supported by an acceptable degree of local financial commitment, as required by 49 U.S.C. 5309(h)(3)(c). The local financial commitment to a proposed project will be evaluated according to the following measures:
</P>
<P>(a) The proposed share of the project's capital costs to be funded from sources other than Small Starts funds, including both the non-Small Starts match required by Federal law and any additional state, local, or other Federal capital funding (known as “overmatch”);
</P>
<P>(b) The current capital and operating financial condition of the project sponsor;
</P>
<P>(c) The commitment of capital and operating funds for the project and the entire transit system including consideration of private contributions; and
</P>
<P>(d) The accuracy and reliability of the capital and operating costs and revenue estimates and the financial capacity of the project sponsor.
</P>
<P>(e) From time to time FTA may publish through policy guidance standards based on characteristics of projects and/or the corridors to be served. If a proposed project can meet the established standards, FTA may assign an automatic rating on one or more of the local financial commitment criteria outlined in this section.
</P>
<P>(f) FTA may amend the measures for these local financial commitment criteria. Any such amendment will be included in policy guidance and subject to a public comment process.
</P>
<P>(g) As a candidate project proceeds through project development, a greater level of local financial commitment will be expected.
</P>
<P>(h) For each proposed project, ratings for paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section will be reported in terms of descriptive indicators, as follows: “high,” “medium-high,” “medium,” “medium-low,” or “low.” For paragraph (a) of this section, the percentage of Small Starts funding sought from 49 U.S.C. 5309 will be rated and used to develop the summary local financial commitment rating, but only if it improves the rating and not if it worsens the rating.
</P>
<P>(i) The ratings for each measure described in this section will be combined into a summary local financial commitment rating of “high,” “medium-high,” “medium,” “medium-low,” or “low.” The process by which the summary local financial commitment rating will be developed, including the assigned weights to each of the measures, will be described in policy guidance.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.307" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.307   Overall Small Starts project ratings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The summary ratings developed for project justification and local financial commitment (§§ 611.303(f) and 611.305(i)) will form the basis for the overall rating for each project.
</P>
<P>(b) FTA will assign overall project ratings to each proposed project of “high,” “medium-high, “medium,” “medium-low,” or “low,” as required by 49 U.S.C. 5309(e)(8).
</P>
<P>(1) These ratings will indicate the overall merit of a proposed Small Starts project at the time of evaluation.
</P>
<P>(2) Ratings for individual projects will be developed prior to an EGA.
</P>
<P>(c) These ratings will be used to:
</P>
<P>(1) Approve or deny projects for EGAs; and
</P>
<P>(2) Support annual funding recommendations to Congress in the <I>Annual Report on Funding Recommendations</I> required by 49 U.S.C. 5309(k)(1).
</P>
<P>(d) FTA will assign overall ratings for proposed Small Starts projects by averaging the summary ratings for project justification and local financial commitment. When the average of these ratings is unclear (<I>e.g.,</I> summary project justification rating of “medium-high” and summary local financial commitment rating of “medium”), FTA will round up the overall rating to the higher rating except in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) A “medium” overall rating requires a rating of at least “medium” on both project justification and local financial commitment.
</P>
<P>(2) If a project receives a “low” rating on either project justification or local financial commitment, the overall rating will be “low.”






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 611.309" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.7.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 611.309   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="613" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 613—METROPOLITAN AND STATEWIDE AND NONMETROPOLITAN PLANNING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>23 U.S.C. 134, 135, and 217(g); 42 U.S.C. 3334, 4233, 4332, 7410 <I>et seq.;</I> 49 U.S.C. 5303-5306, 5323(k); and 49 CFR 1.91(a) and 21.7(a).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 34164, May 27, 2016, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.8.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Metropolitan Transportation Planning and Programming</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 613.100" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.8.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 613.100   Metropolitan transportation planning and programming.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in 23 CFR part 450, subpart C, shall be followed in complying with the requirements of this subpart. The definitions in 23 CFR part 450, subpart A, shall apply.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.8.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Statewide and Nonmetropolitan Transportation Planning and Programming</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 613.200" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.8.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 613.200   Statewide and nonmetropolitan transportation planning and programming.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in 23 CFR part 450, subpart B, shall be followed in complying with the requirements of this subpart. The definitions in 23 CFR part 450, subpart A, shall apply.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="622" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 622—ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND RELATED PROCEDURES
</HEAD>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.9.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Environmental Procedures</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>42 U.S.C. 4321 <I>et seq.;</I> 49 U.S.C. 303, 5323(c), and 5323(q); 23 U.S.C. 139, 326, 327, and 330; Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144, Sections 6002 and 6010; 49 CFR 1.81; Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, Sections 1315, 1316, 1317, and 1318; and Pub. L. 114-94, Section 1309.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>90 FR 29445, July 3, 2025, unless otherwise noted.










</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 622.101" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.9.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 622.101   Cross-reference to procedures.</HEAD>
<P>The procedures for complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321 <I>et seq.</I>), and related statutes, regulations, and Executive Orders are set forth in part 771 of Title 23 of the CFR, including compliance with FTA's environmental review statute located at 49 U.S.C. 5323(c). The procedures for complying with 49 U.S.C. 303, commonly known as “Section 4(f),” are set forth in part 774 of Title 23 of the CFR. The procedures for complying with the Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program application requirements and termination are set forth in part 773 of Title 23 of the CFR. The procedures for participating and complying with the program for eliminating duplication of environmental reviews are set forth in part 778 of Title 23 of the CFR.










</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.9.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.9.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Requirements for Energy Assessments</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 403(b), Pub. L. 95-620; E.O. 12185.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 622.301" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.9.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 622.301   Buildings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) FTA assistance for the construction, reconstruction, or modification of buildings for which applications are submitted to FTA after October 1, 1980, will be approved only after the completion of an energy assessment. An energy assessment shall consist of an analysis of the total energy requirements of a building, within the scope of the proposed construction activity and at a level of detail appropriate to that scope, which considers:
</P>
<P>(1) Overall design of the facility or modification, and alternative designs;
</P>
<P>(2) Materials and techniques used in construction or rehabilitation;
</P>
<P>(3) Special or innovative conservation features that may be used;
</P>
<P>(4) Fuel requirements for heating, cooling, and operations essential to the function of the structure, projected over the life of the facility and including projected costs of this fuel; and
</P>
<P>(5) Kind of energy to be used, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Consideration of opportunities for using fuels other than petroleum and natural gas, and
</P>
<P>(ii) Consideration of using alternative, renewable energy sources.
</P>
<P>(b) Compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall be documented as part of the Environmental Assessment or Environmental Impact Statement for projects which are subject to a requirement for one. Projects for which there is no environmental assessment or EIS shall document compliance by submission of appropriate material with the application for FTA assistance for actual construction.
</P>
<P>(c) The cost of undertaking and documenting an energy assessment may be eligible for FTA participation if the requirements of Federal Management Circular 74-4 (A-87) are met.
</P>
<P>(d) This requirement shall not apply to projects for which the final project application or environmental assessment have been submitted to FTA prior to October 1, 1980.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[45 FR 58038, Aug. 29, 1980]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="625" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 625—TRANSIT ASSET MANAGEMENT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 20019 of Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 707, 49 U.S.C. 5326; Sec. 20025(a) of Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat, 718, 49 CFR 1.91.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 48962, July 26, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part carries out the mandate of 49 U.S.C. 5326 for transit asset management. This part establishes a National Transit Asset Management (TAM) System to monitor and manage public transportation capital assets to enhance safety, reduce maintenance costs, increase reliability, and improve performance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all recipients and subrecipients of Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53 that own, operate, or manage capital assets used for providing public transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53 are incorporated into this part by reference. The following terms also apply to this part:
</P>
<P><I>Accountable Executive</I> means a single, identifiable person who has ultimate responsibility for carrying out the safety management system of a public transportation agency; responsibility for carrying out transit asset management practices; and control or direction over the human and capital resources needed to develop and maintain both the agency's public transportation agency safety plan, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5329(d), and the agency's transit asset management plan in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5326.
</P>
<P><I>Asset category</I> means a grouping of asset classes, including a grouping of equipment, a grouping of rolling stock, a grouping of infrastructure, and a grouping of facilities. See Appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Asset class</I> means a subgroup of capital assets within an asset category. For example, buses, trolleys, and cutaway vans are all asset classes within the rolling stock asset category. See Appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Asset inventory</I> means a register of capital assets, and information about those assets.
</P>
<P><I>Capital asset</I> means a unit of rolling stock, a facility, a unit of equipment, or an element of infrastructure used for providing public transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Decision support tool</I> means an analytic process or methodology:
</P>
<P>(1) To help prioritize projects to improve and maintain the state of good repair of capital assets within a public transportation system, based on available condition data and objective criteria; or
</P>
<P>(2) To assess financial needs for asset investments over time.
</P>
<P><I>Direct recipient</I> means an entity that receives Federal financial assistance directly from the Federal Transit Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Equipment</I> means an article of nonexpendable, tangible property having a useful life of at least one year.
</P>
<P><I>Exclusive-use maintenance facility</I> means a maintenance facility that is not commercial and either owned by a transit provider or used for servicing their vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Facility</I> means a building or structure that is used in providing public transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Full level of performance</I> means the objective standard established by FTA for determining whether a capital asset is in a state of good repair.
</P>
<P><I>Group TAM plan</I> means a single TAM plan that is developed by a sponsor on behalf of at least one tier II provider.
</P>
<P><I>Horizon period</I> means the fixed period of time within which a transit provider will evaluate the performance of its TAM plan.
</P>
<P><I>Implementation strategy</I> means a transit provider's approach to carrying out TAM practices, including establishing a schedule, accountabilities, tasks, dependencies, and roles and responsibilities.
</P>
<P><I>Infrastructure</I> means the underlying framework or structures that support a public transportation system.
</P>
<P><I>Investment prioritization</I> means a transit provider's ranking of capital projects or programs to achieve or maintain a state of good repair. An investment prioritization is based on financial resources from all sources that a transit provider reasonably anticipates will be available over the TAM plan horizon period.
</P>
<P><I>Key asset management activities</I> means a list of activities that a transit provider determines are critical to achieving its TAM goals.
</P>
<P><I>Life-cycle cost</I> means the cost of managing an asset over its whole life.
</P>
<P><I>Participant</I> means a tier II provider that participates in a group TAM plan.
</P>
<P><I>Performance Measure</I> means an expression based on a quantifiable indicator of performance or condition that is used to establish targets and to assess progress toward meeting the established targets (e.g., a measure for on-time performance is the percent of trains that arrive on time, and a corresponding quantifiable indicator of performance or condition is an arithmetic difference between scheduled and actual arrival time for each train).
</P>
<P><I>Performance target</I> means a quantifiable level of performance or condition, expressed as a value for the measure, to be achieved within a time period required by the Federal Transit Administration (FTA).
</P>
<P><I>Public transportation system</I> means the entirety of a transit provider's operations, including the services provided through contractors.
</P>
<P><I>Public transportation agency safety plan</I> means a transit provider's documented comprehensive agency safety plan that is required by 49 U.S.C. 5329.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means an entity that receives Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53, either directly from FTA or as a subrecipient.
</P>
<P><I>Rolling stock</I> means a revenue vehicle used in providing public transportation, including vehicles used for carrying passengers on fare-free services.
</P>
<P><I>Service vehicle</I> means a unit of equipment that is used primarily either to support maintenance and repair work for a public transportation system or for delivery of materials, equipment, or tools.
</P>
<P><I>Sponsor</I> means a State, a designated recipient, or a direct recipient that develops a group TAM for at least one tier II provider.
</P>
<P><I>State of good repair (SGR)</I> means the condition in which a capital asset is able to operate at a full level of performance.
</P>
<P><I>Subrecipient</I> means an entity that receives Federal transit grant funds indirectly through a State or a direct recipient.
</P>
<P><I>TERM scale</I> means the five (5) category rating system used in the Federal Transit Administration's Transit Economic Requirements Model (TERM) to describe the condition of an asset: 5.0—Excellent, 4.0—Good; 3.0—Adequate, 2.0—Marginal, and 1.0—Poor.
</P>
<P><I>Tier I provider</I> means a recipient that owns, operates, or manages either (1) one hundred and one (101) or more vehicles in revenue service during peak regular service across all fixed route modes or in any one non-fixed route mode, or (2) rail transit.
</P>
<P><I>Tier II provider</I> means a recipient that owns, operates, or manages (1) one hundred (100) or fewer vehicles in revenue service during peak regular service across all non-rail fixed route modes or in any one non-fixed route mode, (2) a subrecipient under the 5311 Rural Area Formula Program, (3) or any American Indian tribe.
</P>
<P><I>Transit asset management (TAM)</I> means the strategic and systematic practice of procuring, operating, inspecting, maintaining, rehabilitating, and replacing transit capital assets to manage their performance, risks, and costs over their life cycles, for the purpose of providing safe, cost-effective, and reliable public transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Transit asset management (TAM) plan</I> means a plan that includes an inventory of capital assets, a condition assessment of inventoried assets, a decision support tool, and a prioritization of investments.
</P>
<P><I>Transit asset management (TAM) policy</I> means a transit provider's documented commitment to achieving and maintaining a state of good repair for all of its capital assets. The TAM policy defines the transit provider's TAM objectives and defines and assigns roles and responsibilities for meeting those objectives.
</P>
<P><I>Transit asset management (TAM) strategy</I> means the approach a transit provider takes to carry out its policy for TAM, including its objectives and performance targets.
</P>
<P><I>Transit asset management system</I> means a strategic and systematic process of operating, maintaining, and improving public transportation capital assets effectively, throughout the life cycles of those assets.
</P>
<P><I>Transit provider (provider)</I> means a recipient or subrecipient of Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53 that owns, operates, or manages capital assets used in providing public transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Useful life</I> means either the expected life cycle of a capital asset or the acceptable period of use in service determined by FTA.
</P>
<P><I>Useful life benchmark (ULB)</I> means the expected life cycle or the acceptable period of use in service for a capital asset, as determined by a transit provider, or the default benchmark provided by FTA.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—National Transit Asset Management System</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.15" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.15   Elements of the National Transit Asset Management System.</HEAD>
<P>The National TAM System includes the following elements:
</P>
<P>(a) The definition of <I>state of good repair,</I> which includes objective standards for measuring the condition of capital assets, in accordance with subpart D of this part;
</P>
<P>(b) Performance measures for capital assets and a requirement that a provider and a group TAM plan sponsor establish performance targets for improving the condition of capital assets, in accordance with subpart D of this part;
</P>
<P>(c) A requirement that a provider develop and carry out a TAM plan, in accordance with subpart C of this part,
</P>
<P>(d) Reporting requirements in accordance with subpart E of this part; and
</P>
<P>(e) Analytical processes and decision support tools developed or recommended by FTA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.17" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.17   State of good repair principles.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A capital asset is in a state of good repair if it is in a condition sufficient for the asset to operate at a full level of performance. In determining whether a capital asset is in a state of good repair, a provider must consider the state of good repair standards under subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) An individual capital asset may operate at a full level of performance regardless of whether or not other capital assets within a public transportation system are in a state of good repair.
</P>
<P>(c) A provider's Accountable Executive must balance transit asset management, safety, day-to-day operations, and expansion needs in approving and carrying out a TAM plan and a public transportation agency safety plan.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Transit Asset Management Plans</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.25" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.25   Transit Asset Management Plan requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Each tier I provider must develop and carry out a TAM plan that includes each element under paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Each tier II provider must develop its own TAM plan or participate in a group TAM plan. A tier II provider's TAM plan and a group TAM plan only must include elements under paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A provider's Accountable Executive is ultimately responsible for ensuring that a TAM plan is developed and carried out in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transit asset management plan elements.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, a TAM plan must include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) An inventory of the number and type of capital assets. The inventory must include all capital assets that a provider owns, except equipment with an acquisition value under $50,000 that is not a service vehicle. An inventory also must include third-party owned or jointly procured exclusive-use maintenance facilities, passenger station facilities, administrative facilities, rolling stock, and guideway infrastructure used by a provider in the provision of public transportation. The asset inventory must be organized at a level of detail commensurate with the level of detail in the provider's program of capital projects;
</P>
<P>(2) A condition assessment of those inventoried assets for which a provider has direct capital responsibility. A condition assessment must generate information in a level of detail sufficient to monitor and predict the performance of the assets and to inform the investment prioritization;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of analytical processes or decision-support tools that a provider uses to estimate capital investment needs over time and develop its investment prioritization;
</P>
<P>(4) A provider's project-based prioritization of investments, developed in accordance with § 625.33 of this part;
</P>
<P>(5) A provider's TAM and SGR policy;
</P>
<P>(6) A provider's TAM plan implementation strategy;
</P>
<P>(7) A description of key TAM activities that a provider intends to engage in over the TAM plan horizon period;
</P>
<P>(8) A summary or list of the resources, including personnel, that a provider needs to develop and carry out the TAM plan; and
</P>
<P>(9) An outline of how a provider will monitor, update, and evaluate, as needed, its TAM plan and related business practices, to ensure the continuous improvement of its TAM practices.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.27" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.27   Group plans for transit asset management.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Responsibilities of a group TAM plan sponsor.</I> (1) A sponsor must develop a group TAM plan for its tier II provider subrecipients, except those subrecipients that are also direct recipients under the 49 U.S.C. 5307 Urbanized Area Formula Grant Program. The group TAM plan must include a list of those subrecipients that are participating in the plan.
</P>
<P>(2) A sponsor must comply with the requirements of this part for a TAM plan when developing a group TAM plan.
</P>
<P>(3) A sponsor must coordinate the development of a group TAM plan with each participant's Accountable Executive.
</P>
<P>(4) A sponsor must make the completed group TAM plan available to all participants in a format that is easily accessible.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Responsibilities of a group TAM plan participant.</I> (1) A tier II provider may participate in only one group TAM plan.
</P>
<P>(2) A tier II provider must provide written notification to a sponsor if it chooses to opt-out of a group TAM plan. A provider that opts-out of a group TAM plan must either develop its own TAM plan or participate in another sponsor's group TAM plan.
</P>
<P>(3) A participant must provide a sponsor with any information that is necessary and relevant to the development of a group TAM plan.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.29" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.29   Transit asset management plan: horizon period, amendments, and updates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Horizon period.</I> A TAM plan must cover a horizon period of at least four (4) years.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Amendments.</I> A provider may update its TAM plan at any time during the TAM plan horizon period. A provider should amend its TAM plan whenever there is a significant change to the asset inventory, condition assessments, or investment prioritization that the provider did not reasonably anticipate during the development of the TAM plan.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Updates.</I> A provider must update its entire TAM plan at least once every four (4) years. A provider's TAM plan update should coincide with the planning cycle for the relevant Transportation Improvement Program or Statewide Transportation Improvement Program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.31" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.31   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.33" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.33   Investment prioritization.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A TAM plan must include an investment prioritization that identifies a provider's programs and projects to improve or manage over the TAM plan horizon period the state of good repair of capital assets for which the provider has direct capital responsibility.
</P>
<P>(b) A provider must rank projects to improve or manage the state of good repair of capital assets in order of priority and anticipated project year.
</P>
<P>(c) A provider's project rankings must be consistent with its TAM policy and strategies.
</P>
<P>(d) When developing an investment prioritization, a provider must give due consideration to those state of good repair projects to improve that pose an identified unacceptable safety risk when developing its investment prioritization.
</P>
<P>(e) When developing an investment prioritization, a provider must take into consideration its estimation of funding levels from all available sources that it reasonably expects will be available in each fiscal year during the TAM plan horizon period.
</P>
<P>(f) When developing its investment prioritization, a provider must take into consideration requirements under 49 CFR 37.161 and 37.163 concerning maintenance of accessible features and the requirements under 49 CFR 37.43 concerning alteration of transportation facilities.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Performance Management</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.41" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.41   Standards for measuring the condition of capital assets.</HEAD>
<P>A capital asset is in a state of good repair if it meets the following objective standards—
</P>
<P>(a) The capital asset is able to perform its designed function;
</P>
<P>(b) The use of the asset in its current condition does not pose an identified unacceptable safety risk; and
</P>
<P>(c) The life-cycle investment needs of the asset have been met or recovered, including all scheduled maintenance, rehabilitation, and replacements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.43" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.43   SGR performance measures for capital assets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Equipment: (non-revenue) service vehicles.</I> The performance measure for non-revenue, support-service and maintenance vehicles equipment is the percentage of those vehicles that have either met or exceeded their ULB.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Rolling stock.</I> The performance measure for rolling stock is the percentage of revenue vehicles within a particular asset class that have either met or exceeded their ULB.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Infrastructure: rail fixed-guideway, track, signals, and systems.</I> The performance measure for rail fixed-guideway, track, signals, and systems is the percentage of track segments with performance restrictions.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Facilities.</I> The performance measure for facilities is the percentage of facilities within an asset class, rated below condition 3 on the TERM scale.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.45" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.45   Setting performance targets for capital assets.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) A provider must set one or more performance targets for each applicable performance measure.
</P>
<P>(2) A provider must set a performance target based on realistic expectations, and both the most recent data available and the financial resources from all sources that the provider reasonably expects will be available during the TAM plan horizon period.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timeline for target setting.</I> (1) Within three months after the effective date of this part, a provider must set performance targets for the following fiscal year for each asset class included in its TAM plan.
</P>
<P>(2) At least once every fiscal year after initial targets are set, a provider must set performance targets for the following fiscal year.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Role of the accountable executive.</I> A provider's Accountable Executive must approve each annual performance target.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Setting performance targets for group plan participants.</I> (1) A Sponsor must set one or more unified performance targets for each asset class reflected in the group TAM plan in accordance with paragraphs (a)(2) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) To the extent practicable, a Sponsor must coordinate its unified performance targets with each participant's Accountable Executive.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Coordination with metropolitan, statewide and non-metropolitan planning processes.</I> To the maximum extent practicable, a provider and Sponsor must coordinate with States and Metropolitan Planning Organizations in the selection of State and Metropolitan Planning Organization performance targets.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements for Transit Asset Management</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.53" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.53   Recordkeeping for transit asset management.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At all times, each provider must maintain records and documents that support, and set forth in full, its TAM plan.
</P>
<P>(b) A provider must make its TAM plan, any supporting records or documents performance targets, investment strategies, and the annual condition assessment report available to a State and Metropolitan Planning Organization that provides funding to the provider to aid in the planning process.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 625.55" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 625.55   Annual reporting for transit asset management.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each provider must submit the following reports:
</P>
<P>(1) An annual data report to FTA's National Transit Database that reflects the SGR performance targets for the following year and condition information for the provider's public transportation system.
</P>
<P>(2) An annual narrative report to the National Transit Database that provides a description of any change in the condition of the provider's transit system from the previous year and describes the progress made during the year to meet the performance targets set in the previous reporting year.
</P>
<P>(b) A Sponsor must submit one consolidated annual data report and one consolidated annual narrative report, as described in paragraph (a)(1) and (2) of this section, to the National Transit Database on behalf of its participants.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.7.1.1.26" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 625—Asset Categories, Asset Classes, and Individual Assets
</HEAD>
<P><I>EXAMPLE</I> of asset categories, asset classes, and individual assets:
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er26jy16.000.gif"/>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.7.1.1.27" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 625—Relationship Amongst SGR Performance Measures, SGR Definition, and SGR Principles
</HEAD>
<P><I>EXAMPLE</I> Relationship amongst SGR performance measures, SGR definition, and SGR principles:
</P>
<P>(a) A tier I provider has a TAM asset inventory containing, in total across all modes, over 150 revenue vehicles in peak revenue service, no rail fixed guideway, multiple passenger and exclusive use maintenance facilities, and various pieces of equipment over $50,000. Their asset inventory is itemized at the level of detail they use in their capital program of projects; it also includes capital assets they do not own but use. The provider conducts condition assessments on those assets in its inventory for which it has direct financial responsibility. The results of the condition assessment indicate that there is an identified unacceptable safety risk in the deteriorated condition of one of their non-revenue service vehicles, but that the non-revenue service vehicles are being used as designed. The condition assessment results show the provider that one non-revenue service vehicle is not in SGR.
</P>
<P>(b) The condition assessment results also inform the investment prioritization process, which for this provider is a regression analysis in a spreadsheet software program. The provider's criteria, as well as their weightings, are locally determined to produce the ranked list of programs and projects in their investment prioritization. The provider batches its projects by low, medium or high priority, identifying in which funding year each project will proceed. The provider has elected to use the ULB defaults, provided by FTA, for each of their modes until such time as they have resources and expertise to develop customized ULBs.
</P>
<P>(c) The provider separates assets within each asset category by class to determine their current performance measure metric. For example, the equipment listed in its TAM asset inventory includes HVAC equipment and service vehicles; however, the SGR performance metric for the equipment category only requires the non-revenue vehicle metrics. Thus, the provider measures only non-revenue vehicles that exceed the default ULB for the modes they own, operate, or manage. This metric is the baseline the provider uses to determine its target for the forthcoming year.
</P>
<P>(d) The provider's equipment baseline, its investment priorities that show minimal funding for non-revenue vehicles over the next 4 years, and its TAM policies, strategies and key asset management activities are used to project its target for the equipment category. Since one of its non-revenue service vehicles indicated an unacceptable safety risk, it is elevated in the investment prioritization for maintenance or replacement. The provider's target may indicate a decline in the condition of their equipment overall, but it addresses the unacceptable safety risk as an immediate priority.
</P>
<P>(e) The cyclic nature of investment prioritization and SGR performance target setting requires the provider to go through the process more than once to settle on the balance of priorities and targets that best reflects its local needs and funding availability from all sources. The provider's accountable executive has ultimate responsibility for accepting and approving the TAM plan and SGR targets. The targets are then submit to the NTD and shared with the provider's planning organization. The narrative report, which describes the SGR performance measure metrics, is also submitted to the NTD.


</P>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.10.7.1.1.28" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix C to Part 625—Assets Included in National TAM System Provisions
</HEAD>
<HD3>Table 1—Assets Included in National TAM System Provisions
</HD3>
<img src="/graphics/er26jy16.001.gif"/>
<HD3>Table 2—<I>EXAMPLE</I> of Multiple SGR Performance Targets for a Sample Fleet
</HD3>
<img src="/graphics/er26jy16.002.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="630" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 630—NATIONAL TRANSIT DATABASE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED> Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5335.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>72 FR 68761, Dec. 6, 2007, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 630.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.11.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 630.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to prescribe requirements and procedures necessary for compliance with the National Transit Database Reporting System and Uniform System of Accounts, as mandated by 49 U.S.C. 5335, and to set forth the procedures for addressing a reporting entity's failure to comply with these requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 630.2" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.11.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 630.2   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all applicants for, and any person that receives benefits directly from, a grant under 49 U.S.C. 5307 or 5311.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 630.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.11.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 630.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise provided, terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 5302 <I>et seq.</I> apply to this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as otherwise provided, terms defined in the current editions of the National Transit Database Reporting Manuals and the NTD Uniform System of Accounts are used in this part as so defined.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Transit Administrator or the Administrator's designee.
</P>
<P><I>Applicant</I> means an entity seeking Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53.
</P>
<P><I>Assistance</I> means Federal financial assistance for the planning, acquisition, construction, or operation of public transportation services.
</P>
<P><I>Beneficiary</I> means any entity that receives benefits from assistance under 49 U.S.C. 5307 or 5311.
</P>
<P><I>Current edition</I> of the National Transit Database Reporting Manuals and Uniform System of Accounts means the most recently issued editions of the reference documents.
</P>
<P><I>Days</I> mean calendar days.
</P>
<P><I>Reference Document(s)</I> means the current editions of the National Transit Database Reporting Manuals and Uniform System of Accounts. These documents are subject to periodic revision. Beneficiaries and applicants are responsible for using the current editions of the reference documents.
</P>
<P><I>Reporting entity</I> means an entity required to provide reports as set forth in the reference documents.
</P>
<P><I>State Department of Transportation</I> means the Department of Transportation of a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, or the U.S. Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P><I>Transit agency</I> means an entity providing public transportation as defined in 49 U.S.C. 5302.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 68761, Dec. 6, 2007, as amended at 81 FR 48969, July 26, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 630.4" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.11.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 630.4   Requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>National Transit Database Reporting System.</I> Each applicant for and beneficiary of Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53 must comply with the applicable requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5335, as set forth in the reference documents.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Copies.</I> Copies of reference documents are available from the National Transit Database Web site located at <I>http://www.ntdprogram.gov.</I> These reference documents are subject to periodic revision. Revisions of reference documents will be posted on the National Transit Database Web site and a notice of any significant changes to the reporting requirements specified in these reference documents will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 68761, Dec. 6, 2007, as amended at 81 FR 48970, July 26, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 630.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.11.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 630.5   Failure to report data.</HEAD>
<P>Failure to report data in accordance with this part may result in the noncompliant reporting entity being ineligible to receive any funding under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53, directly or indirectly, until such time as a report is filed in accordance with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 48970, July 26, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 630.6" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.11.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 630.6   Late and incomplete reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Late reports.</I> Each reporting entity shall ensure that FTA receives its report by the due dates prescribed in the reference documents. A reporting entity may request a 30 day extension to submit its report. FTA will treat a failure to submit the required report by the due date or the extension date as failure to report data under § 630.5.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Incomplete reports.</I> FTA will treat an NTD submission that does not contain all of the required data; or does not contain the required certifications, where applicable; or that is not in substantial conformance with the definitions, procedures, and format requirements set out in the reference documents as a failure to report data under § 630.5, unless the reporting entity has exhausted all possibilities for obtaining this information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 630.7" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.11.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 630.7   Failure to respond to questions.</HEAD>
<P>FTA will review each NTD submission to verify the reasonableness of the data submitted. If any of the data do not appear reasonable, FTA will notify the reporting entity of this fact in writing, and request written justification from the reporting entity to either document the accuracy of the questioned data, or to revise the questioned data with a more accurate submission. Failure of a reporting entity to make a good-faith written response to this request will be treated as a failure to report data under § 630.5.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 630.8" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.11.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 630.8   Questionable data items.</HEAD>
<P>FTA may enter a zero, or adjust any questionable data item(s), in any reporting entity's NTD submission that is used in computing the Section 5307 apportionment. These adjustments may be made if any data appears to be inaccurate, have not been collected and reported in accordance with FTA reference documents, or if there is not adequate documentation and a reliable recordkeeping system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 630.9" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.11.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 630.9   Notice of FTA action.</HEAD>
<P>Before taking final action under §§ 630.5 or 630.8, FTA will transmit a written request to the reporting entity to provide the necessary information within a specified reasonable period of time. FTA will advise the reporting entity of its final decision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 630.10" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.11.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 630.10   Waiver of reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Waivers of one or more sections of the reporting requirements may be granted at the discretion of the Administrator on a written showing that the party seeking the waiver cannot furnish the required data without unreasonable expense and inconvenience. Each waiver will be for a specified period of time.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 630.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.11.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 630.11   Data adjustments.</HEAD>
<P>Errors in the data used in making the Section 5307 apportionment may be discovered after any particular year's apportionment is completed. If so, FTA shall make adjustments to correct these errors in a subsequent year's apportionment to the extent feasible.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="633" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 633—PROJECT MANAGEMENT OVERSIGHT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5327; 49 U.S.C. 5334; 49 CFR 1.91.








</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 59679, Sept. 23, 2020, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 633.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 633.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part implements 49 U.S.C. 5327 regarding oversight of major capital projects. The part provides for a two-part program for major capital projects receiving Federal financial assistance. First, subpart B discusses project management oversight, designed primarily to aid FTA in its role of ensuring successful implementation of Federally-funded projects. Second, subpart C discusses the requirement that, to receive Federal financial assistance for a major capital project for public transportation under Chapter 53 of Title 49, United States Code, or any other provision of Federal law, a recipient must prepare a project management plan approved by the Administrator and carry out the project in accordance with the project management plan.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 633.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 633.3   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This rule applies to a recipient of Federal financial assistance undertaking a major capital project for public transportation under Chapter 53 of Title 49, United States Code, or any other provision of Federal Law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 633.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 633.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Transit Administration or the Administrator's designee.
</P>
<P><I>Days</I> means calendar days.
</P>
<P><I>Fixed guideway</I> means any public transportation facility: Using and occupying a separate right-of-way for the exclusive use of public transportation; using rail; using a fixed catenary system; for a passenger ferry system; or for a bus rapid transit system.
</P>
<P><I>FTA</I> means the Federal Transit Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Major capital project,</I> except as provided in § 633.19, means a project that:
</P>
<P>(1) Involves the construction, expansion, rehabilitation, or modernization of a fixed guideway that:
</P>
<P>(i) Has a total project cost of $400 million or more and receives Federal funds of $150 million or more; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Is not exclusively for the acquisition, maintenance, or rehabilitation of vehicles or other rolling stock; or
</P>
<P>(2) The Administrator determines to be a major capital project because project management oversight under this part will benefit the Federal government or the recipient, and the project is not exclusively for the acquisition, maintenance, or rehabilitation of rolling stock or other vehicles. Typically, this means a project that:
</P>
<P>(i) Involves new technology;
</P>
<P>(ii) Is of a unique nature for the recipient; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Involves a recipient whose past record indicates the appropriateness of extending project management oversight under this part.






</P>
<P><I>Project development</I> means the phase in which planning, design and engineering work is undertaken to advance the project from concept to a sufficiently mature scope to allow for the development of a reasonably reliable project cost, schedule, and project management plan.
</P>
<P><I>Project management oversight</I> means the risk-informed monitoring of the recipient's management of a major capital project's progress to determine whether the project is on time, within budget, in conformance with design and quality criteria, in compliance with all applicable Federal requirements, constructed to approved plans and specifications, delivering the identified benefits, and safely, efficiently, and effectively implemented.
</P>
<P><I>Project management plan</I> means a written document prepared by a recipient that explicitly defines all tasks necessary to implement a major capital project. A project management plan may be a single document or a series of documents or sub plans integrated with one another into the project management plan either directly or by reference for the purpose of defining how the recipient will effectively manage, monitor, and control all phases of the project.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means a direct recipient of Federal financial assistance or the sponsor of a major capital project.
</P>
<P><I>Sponsor</I> means the entity designated to deliver the project per the terms set forth in the grant agreement.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 59679, Sept. 23, 2020, as amended at 91 FR 33651, June 4, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Project Management Oversight Services</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 633.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 633.11   Covered projects.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The recipient is using funds made available under Chapter 53 of Title 49, United States Code, or any other provision of Federal law; and
</P>
<P>(b) The project is a major capital project.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 633.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 633.13   Initiation of project management oversight services.</HEAD>
<P>Project management oversight services will be initiated as soon as practicable, once the Administrator determines that this part applies. In most cases, this means that project management oversight will begin during the project development phase of the project, generally after the locally preferred alternative has been chosen (if applicable), unless the Administrator determines it more appropriate to begin oversight during another phase of the project, to maximize the transportation benefits and cost savings associated with project management oversight.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 633.15" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 633.15   Access to information.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient for a major capital project shall provide the Administrator and the project management oversight contractor chosen under this part access to its records and construction sites, as reasonably may be required.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 633.17" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 633.17   Project management oversight contractor eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person or entity may provide project management oversight services in connection with a major capital project, with the following exceptions:
</P>
<P>(1) An entity may not provide project management oversight services for its own project; and
</P>
<P>(2) An entity may not provide project management oversight services for a project if there exists a conflict of interest.
</P>
<P>(b) In choosing private sector persons or entities to provide project management oversight services, the Administrator uses the procurement requirements in the government-wide procurement regulations, found at Chapter 1 of title 48, Code of Federal Regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 633.19" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 633.19   Exclusion from the project management oversight program.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator may, in compelling circumstances, determine that a project meeting the criteria of § 633.5(e)(1) is not a major capital project because project management oversight under this part will not benefit the Federal government or the recipient. Typically, this means a project that:
</P>
<P>(a) Involves a recipient whose past record indicates the appropriateness of excluding the project from project management oversight under this part; and
</P>
<P>(b) Involves such a greater level of financial risk to the recipient than to the Federal government that project management oversight under this part is made less necessary to secure the recipient's diligence.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Project Management Plans</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 633.21" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 633.21   Basic requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a project meets the definition of major capital project, the recipient shall submit a project management plan prepared in accordance with § 633.25, as a condition of Federal financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The Administrator will notify the recipient when the recipient must submit the project management plan. Normally, the Administrator will notify the recipient sometime during the project development phase. If the Administrator determines the project is a major capital project after the project development phase, the Administrator will inform the recipient of the determination as soon as possible.
</P>
<P>(2) Once the Administrator has notified the recipient that it must submit a project management plan, the recipient will have a minimum of 90 days to submit the plan.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 633.23" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 633.23   FTA review of a project management plan.</HEAD>
<P>Within 60 days of receipt of a project management plan, the Administrator will notify the recipient that:
</P>
<P>(a) The plan is approved;
</P>
<P>(b) The plan is disapproved, including the reasons for the disapproval;
</P>
<P>(c) The plan will require modification, as specified, before approval; or
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator has not yet completed review of the plan, and state when it will be reviewed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 633.25" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 633.25   Contents of a project management plan.</HEAD>
<P>A project management plan must be tailored to the type, costs, complexity, and phase of the major capital project, and to the recipient's management capacity and capability. A project management plan must be written to a level of detail sufficient to enable the recipient to determine whether the necessary staff and processes are in place to control the scope, budget, schedule, and quality of the project, while managing the safety and security of all persons. A project management plan must be developed with a sufficient level of detail to enable the Administrator to assess the adequacy of the recipient's plan. At a minimum, a recipient's project management plan must include:
</P>
<P>(a) Adequate recipient staff organization with well-defined reporting relationships, statements of functional responsibilities, job descriptions, and job qualifications;
</P>
<P>(b) A budget covering the project management organization, appropriate contractors and consultants, property acquisition, utility relocation, systems demonstration staff, audits, contingencies, and miscellaneous payments as the recipient may be prepared to justify;
</P>
<P>(c) A construction schedule for the project;
</P>
<P>(d) A document control procedure and recordkeeping system;
</P>
<P>(e) A change order procedure that includes a documented, systematic approach to the handling of construction change orders;
</P>
<P>(f) A description of organizational structures, management skills, and staffing levels required throughout the construction phase;
</P>
<P>(g) Quality control and quality assurance functions, procedures, and responsibilities for project design, procurement, construction, system installation, and integration of system components;
</P>
<P>(h) Material testing policies and procedures;
</P>
<P>(i) Internal plan implementation and reporting requirements including cost and schedule control procedures;
</P>
<P>(j) Criteria and procedures to be used for testing the operational system or its major components;
</P>
<P>(k) Periodic updates of the project management plan, especially related to project budget and schedule, financing, ridership estimates, and the status of local efforts to enhance ridership where ridership estimates partly depend on the success of those efforts;
</P>
<P>(l) The recipient's commitment to submit a project budget and project schedule to the Administrator quarterly;
</P>
<P>(m) Safety and security management; and
</P>
<P>(n) Management of risks, contingencies, and insurance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 633.27" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 633.27   Implementation of a project management plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon approval of a project management plan by the Administrator the recipient shall begin implementing the plan.
</P>
<P>(b) Generally, a project management plan must be modified if the project is at a new phase or if there have been significant changes identified. If a recipient must modify an approved project management plan, the recipient shall submit the proposed changes to the Administrator along with an explanation of the need for the changes.
</P>
<P>(c) A recipient shall submit periodic updates of the project management plan to the Administrator. Such updates shall include, but not be limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Project budget;
</P>
<P>(2) Project schedule;
</P>
<P>(3) Financing, both capital and operating;
</P>
<P>(4) Ridership estimates, including operating plan; and
</P>
<P>(5) Where applicable, the status of local efforts to enhance ridership when estimates are contingent, in part, upon the success of such efforts.
</P>
<P>(d) A recipient shall submit current data on a major capital project's budget and schedule to the Administrator on a quarterly basis for the purpose of reviewing compliance with the project management plan, except that the Administrator may require submission more frequently than on a quarterly basis if the recipient fails to meet the requirements of the project management plan and the project is at risk of materially exceeding its budget or falling behind schedule. Budget and schedule changes will be analyzed on a case-by-case basis, but FTA generally will consider any cost increase or schedule delay exceeding five percent as a material change. Oversight of projects monitored more frequently than quarterly will revert to quarterly oversight once the recipient has demonstrated compliance with the project management plan and the project is no longer at risk of materially exceeding its budget or falling behind schedule.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 633.29" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.12.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 633.29   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="639" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 639 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="640" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 640—CREDIT ASSISTANCE FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION PROJECTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Secs. 1501 <I>et seq.,</I> Pub. L. 105-178, 112 Stat. 107, 241, as amended; 23 U.S.C. 181-189 and 315; 49 CFR 1.51.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 640.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.14.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 640.1   Cross-reference to credit assistance.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations in 49 CFR part 80 shall be followed in complying with the requirements of this part. Title 49, CFR, part 80 implements the Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act of 1998, secs. 1501 <I>et seq.,</I> Pub. L. 105-178, 112 Stat. 107, 241.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 29753, June 2, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="650" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 650—PRIVATE INVESTMENT PROJECT PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 20013(b)(5), Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat 405; 49 CFR 1.91.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>83 FR 24677, May 30, 2018, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.15.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 650.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.15.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 650.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes private investment project procedures that seek to identify and address Federal Transit Administration requirements that are impediments to the greater use of public-private partnerships and private investment in public transportation capital projects, while protecting the public interest and any public investment in such projects.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 650.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.15.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 650.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to any recipient subject to 49 U.S.C. chapter 53 that funds a public transportation capital project with Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53, the Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (TIFIA) (23 U.S.C. 181-189, 601-609), the Railroad Rehabilitation and Improvement Financing (RRIF) program (45 U.S.C. 821-823), or with any other Federal financial assistance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 650.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.15.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 650.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. chapter 53 are applicable to this part. The following definitions also apply to this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Transit Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Application</I> means the formal documentation of an applicant's request to modify FTA requirements for an eligible project.
</P>
<P><I>Eligible project</I> means any surface transportation capital project that is subject to 49 U.S.C. chapter 53, included in the statewide long-range transportation plan or the metropolitan transportation plan, as those terms are defined in 23 CFR part 450, and that will be implemented as a public-private partnership, a joint development, or with other private sector investment.
</P>
<P><I>FTA</I> means the Federal Transit Administration.
</P>
<P><I>FTA requirements</I> means, for purposes of this part, existing FTA regulations and mandatory provisions of practices, procedures or guidance documents, including circulars.
</P>
<P><I>Joint development</I> has the meaning ascribed to it in FTA Circular 7050.1 “Federal Transit Administration Guidance on Joint Development” and, for purposes of this part, includes private sector contributions, whether in the form of cash investment, capital construction contributed at the private sector's cost or other contribution determined by the Administrator to qualify.
</P>
<P><I>Other private sector investment</I> means a financial or capital contribution to an eligible project from a private sector investor that is not provided through a public-private partnership or joint development.
</P>
<P><I>Private investment project procedures</I> means the procedures by which applicants may propose, and the Administrator may agree, subject to the requirements of this part, to modify or waive existing FTA requirements for an eligible project.
</P>
<P><I>Private sector investor</I> means the private sector entity that proposes to contribute funding to an eligible project.
</P>
<P><I>Public-private partnership (P3)</I> means a contractual agreement formed between a public agency and a private sector entity that is characterized by private sector investment and risk-sharing in the delivery, financing and operation of a project.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means an entity that proposes to receive Federal financial assistance for an eligible project under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53, RRIF, TIFIA or other Federal financial assistance program.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.15.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Private Investment Project Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 650.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.15.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 650.11   Private investment project procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient may, subject to the requirements of this part, submit applications to modify or waive existing FTA requirements for an eligible project. For projects with multiple recipients, recipients may, but are not required to, submit an application for a project jointly; however, only one application per phase of a project may be submitted. Applications may contain requests for modification or waiver of more than one FTA requirement. All applications shall comply with the requirements of § 650.31.
</P>
<P>(b) Subject to § 650.13, the Administrator may modify or waive FTA requirements if the Administrator determines the recipient has demonstrated that—
</P>
<P>(1) The FTA requirement proposed for modification discourages the use of a public-private partnership, a joint development, or other private sector investment in a federally assisted public transportation capital project,
</P>
<P>(2) The proposed modification or waiver of the FTA requirements is likely to have the effect of encouraging a public-private partnership, a joint development, or other private sector investment in a Federally-assisted public transportation capital project,
</P>
<P>(3) The amount of private sector participation or risk transfer proposed is sufficient to warrant modification or waiver of FTA requirements, and
</P>
<P>(4) Modification or waiver of the FTA requirements can be accomplished while protecting the public interest and any public investment in the proposed federally assisted public transportation capital project.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 650.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.15.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 650.13   Limitation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Nothing in this part may be construed to allow the Administrator to modify or waive any requirement under—
</P>
<P>(1) 49 U.S.C. 5333;
</P>
<P>(2) The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321, <I>et seq.</I>); or
</P>
<P>(3) Any other provision of Federal statute.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator's approval of an application under this part does not commit Federal-aid funding for the project.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.15.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.15.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Applications</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 650.31" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.15.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 650.31   Application process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Applications must be submitted to the FTA Private Sector Liaison at FTA Headquarters and provide a copy to the FTA Regional Administrator for the region in which the project is located. Addresses for FTA Headquarters and Regions are available at <I>www.transit.dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) To be considered, an application submitted under this part must—
</P>
<P>(1) Describe the proposed project with respect to anticipated scope, cost, schedule, and anticipated source and amount of Federal financial assistance,
</P>
<P>(2) Identify whether the project is to be delivered as a public-private partnership, as a joint development or with other private sector investment,
</P>
<P>(3) Describe in detail the role of the private sector investor, if any, in delivering the project,
</P>
<P>(4) Identify the specific FTA requirement(s) that the recipient requests to have modified or waived and a proposal as to how the requirement(s) should be modified,
</P>
<P>(5) Provide a justification for the modification(s) or waiver(s), including an explanation of how the FTA requirement(s) presents an impediment to a public-private partnership, joint development, or other private sector investment,
</P>
<P>(6) Explain how the public interest and public investment in the project will be protected and how FTA can ensure the appropriate level of public oversight and control, as determined by the Administrator, is undertaken if the modification(s) or waiver(s) is allowed,
</P>
<P>(7) Provide other recipients' concurrence with submission of the application and waiver of the right to submit a separate application for the same project, where a project has more than one recipient at the time of application,
</P>
<P>(8) Provide a financial plan identifying sources and uses of funds proposed or committed to the project, and
</P>
<P>(9) Explain the expected benefits that the modification or waiver of FTA requirements would provide to address impediments to the greater use of public-private partnerships and private investment in the project.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator shall notify the recipient in writing if the application fails to meet the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. If the recipient does not supplement an incomplete application within thirty days of the date of the Administrator's notification, the application will be considered withdrawn without prejudice. The Administrator will not consider an application until the application is complete. The Administrator reserves the right to request additional information beyond the requirements in paragraph (b) upon determining that more information is needed to evaluate an application.
</P>
<P>(d) For applications that have been deemed complete, the Administrator will notify the recipient in writing as to whether the request for modification or waiver is approved or denied. Any approval may be given in whole or in part and may be conditioned or contingent upon the recipient satisfying the conditions identified in the approval.
</P>
<P>(e) FTA will publish on its public website information related to waivers the FTA Administrator has granted. This may include a copy of the waiver application and any supporting documents, with proprietary information redacted.
</P>
<P>Under authority delegated in 49 CFR 1.91.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="655" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 655—PREVENTION OF ALCOHOL MISUSE AND PROHIBITED DRUG USE IN TRANSIT OPERATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5331 (as amended); 49 CFR 1.91
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 42002, Aug. 9, 2001, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to establish programs to be implemented by employers that receive financial assistance from the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) and by contractors of those employers, that are designed to help prevent accidents, injuries, and fatalities resulting from the misuse of alcohol and use of prohibited drugs by employees who perform safety-sensitive functions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.2" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.2   Overview.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part includes nine subparts. Subpart A of this part covers the general requirements of FTA's drug and alcohol testing programs. Subpart B of this part specifies the basic requirements of each employer's alcohol misuse and prohibited drug use program, including the elements required to be in each employer's testing program. Subpart C of this part describes prohibited drug use. Subpart D of this part describes prohibited alcohol use. Subpart E of this part describes the types of alcohol and drug tests to be conducted. Subpart F of this part addresses the testing procedural requirements mandated by the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, and as required in 49 CFR Part 40. Subpart G of this part lists the consequences for covered employees who engage in alcohol misuse or prohibited drug use. Subpart H of this part contains administrative matters, such as reports and recordkeeping requirements. Subpart I of this part specifies how a recipient certifies compliance with the rule.
</P>
<P>(b) This part must be read in conjunction with 49 CFR Part 40, Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug and Alcohol Testing Programs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as specifically excluded in paragraphs (b), and (c) of this section, this part applies to:
</P>
<P>(1) Each recipient and subrecipient receiving Federal assistance under 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309, or 5311; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any contractor of a recipient or subrecipient of Federal assistance under 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309, 5311.
</P>
<P>(b) A recipient operating a railroad regulated by the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) shall follow 49 CFR Part 219 and § 655.83 for its railroad operations, and shall follow this part for its non-railroad operations, if any.
</P>
<P>(c) A recipient operating a ferryboat regulated by the United States Coast Guard (USCG) that satisfactorily complies with the testing requirements of 46 CFR Parts 4 and 16, and 33 CFR Part 95 shall be in concurrent compliance with the testing requirements of this part. This exception shall not apply to the provisions of section 655.45, or subparts G, or H of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42002, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 71 FR 69198, Nov. 30, 2006; 78 FR 37993, June 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.4" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For this part, the terms listed in this section have the following definitions. The definitions of additional terms used in this part but not listed in this section can be found in 49 CFR Part 40.
</P>
<P><I>Accident</I> means an occurrence associated with the operation of a vehicle, if as a result:
</P>
<P>(1) An individual dies; or
</P>
<P>(2) An individual suffers bodily injury and immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to an occurrence in which the mass transit vehicle involved is a bus, electric bus, van, or automobile, one or more vehicles (including non-FTA funded vehicles) incurs disabling damage as the result of the occurrence and such vehicle or vehicles are transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to an occurrence in which the public transportation vehicle involved is a rail car, trolley car, trolley bus, or vessel, the public transportation vehicle is removed from operation.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Transit Administration or the Administrator's designee.
</P>
<P><I>Anti-drug program</I> means a program to detect and deter the use of prohibited drugs as required by this part.
</P>
<P><I>Certification</I> means a recipient's written statement, authorized by the organization's governing board or other authorizing official that the recipient has complied with the provisions of this part. (See § 655.82 and § 655.83 for certification requirements.)
</P>
<P><I>Contractor</I> means a person or organization that provides a safety-sensitive service for a recipient, subrecipient, employer, or operator consistent with a specific understanding or arrangement. The understanding can be a written contract or an informal arrangement that reflects an ongoing relationship between the parties.
</P>
<P><I>Covered employee</I> means a person, including an applicant or transferee, who performs or will perform a safety-sensitive function for an entity subject to this part. A volunteer is a covered employee if:
</P>
<P>(1) The volunteer is required to hold a commercial driver's license to operate the vehicle; or
</P>
<P>(2) The volunteer performs a safety-sensitive function for an entity subject to this part and receives remuneration in excess of his or her actual expenses incurred while engaged in the volunteer activity.
</P>
<P><I>Disabling damage</I> means damage that precludes departure of a motor vehicle from the scene of the accident in its usual manner in daylight after simple repairs.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Inclusion.</I> Damage to a motor vehicle, where the vehicle could have been driven, but would have been further damaged if so driven.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exclusions.</I> (i) Damage that can be remedied temporarily at the scene of the accident without special tools or parts.
</P>
<P>(ii) Tire disablement without other damage even if no spare tire is available.
</P>
<P>(iii) Headlamp or tail light damage.
</P>
<P>(iv) Damage to turn signals, horn, or windshield wipers, which makes the vehicle inoperable.
</P>
<P><I>DOT</I> or <I>The Department</I> means the United States Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>DOT agency</I> means an agency (or “operating administration”) of the United States Department of Transportation administering regulations requiring drug and alcohol testing. See 14 CFR part 121, appendices I and J; 33 CFR part 95; 46 CFR parts 4, 5, and 16; and 49 CFR parts 199, 219, 382, and 655.
</P>
<P><I>Employer</I> means a recipient or other entity that provides public transportation service or which performs a safety-sensitive function for such recipient or other entity. This term includes subrecipients, operators, and contractors.
</P>
<P><I>FTA</I> means the Federal Transit Administration, an agency of the U.S. Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Performing (a safety-sensitive function)</I> means a covered employee is considered to be performing a safety-sensitive function and includes any period in which he or she is actually performing, ready to perform, or immediately available to perform such functions.
</P>
<P><I>Positive rate for random drug testing</I> means the number of verified positive results for random drug tests conducted under this part plus the number of refusals of random drug tests required by this part, divided by the total number of random drug tests results (<I>i.e.,</I> positive, negative, and refusals) under this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) All forms of non-highway ground transportation that run on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area, as well as any commuter rail service that was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation as of January 1, 1979; and
</P>
<P>(ii) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether they use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads.
</P>
<P>(2) Such term does not include rapid transit operations within an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means a person that receives Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309, or 5311 directly from the Federal Government.
</P>
<P><I>Refuse to submit</I> means any circumstance outlined in 49 CFR 40.191 and 40.261.
</P>
<P><I>Safety-sensitive function</I> means any of the following duties, when performed by employees of recipients, subrecipients, operators, or contractors:
</P>
<P>(1) Operating a revenue service vehicle, including when not in revenue service;
</P>
<P>(2) Operating a nonrevenue service vehicle, when required to be operated by a holder of a Commercial Driver's License;
</P>
<P>(3) Controlling dispatch or movement of a revenue service vehicle;
</P>
<P>(4) Maintaining (including repairs, overhaul and rebuilding) a revenue service vehicle or equipment used in revenue service. This section does not apply to the following: an employer who receives funding under 49 U.S.C. 5307 or 5309, is in an area less than 200,000 in population, and contracts out such services; or an employer who receives funding under 49 U.S.C. 5311 and contracts out such services;
</P>
<P>(5) Carrying a firearm for security purposes.
</P>
<P><I>Vehicle</I> means a bus, electric bus, van, automobile, rail car, trolley car, trolley bus, or vessel. A public transportation vehicle is a vehicle used for public transportation or for ancillary services.
</P>
<P><I>Violation rate for random alcohol testing</I> means the number of 0.04 and above random alcohol confirmation test results conducted under this part plus the number of refusals of random alcohol tests required by this part, divided by the total number of alcohol random screening tests (including refusals) conducted under this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42002, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 68 FR 75462, Dec. 31, 2003; 78 FR 37993, June 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.5   Stand-down waivers for drug testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An employer subject to this part may petition the FTA for a waiver allowing the employer to stand down, per 49 CFR Part 40, an employee following a report of a laboratory confirmed positive drug test or refusal, pending the outcome of the verification process.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition for a waiver must be in writing and include facts and justification to support the waiver. Each petition must satisfy the requirements for obtaining a waiver, as provided in 49 CFR 40.21.
</P>
<P>(c) Each petition for a waiver must be submitted to the Office of Safety and Security, Federal Transit Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(d) The Administrator may grant a waiver subject to 49 CFR 40.21(d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42002, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 88 FR 27653, May 2, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.6" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.6   Preemption of state and local laws.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part preempts any state or local law, rule, regulation, or order to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(1) Compliance with both the state or local requirement and any requirement in this part is not possible; or
</P>
<P>(2) Compliance with the state or local requirement is an obstacle to the accomplishment and execution of any requirement in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) This part shall not be construed to preempt provisions of state criminal laws that impose sanctions for reckless conduct attributed to prohibited drug use or alcohol misuse leading to actual loss of life, injury, or damage to property, whether the provisions apply specifically to transportation employees or employers or to the general public.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.7" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.7   Starting date for testing programs.</HEAD>
<P>An employer must have an anti-drug and alcohol misuse testing program in place by the date the employer begins operations.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Program Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.11   Requirement to establish an anti-drug use and alcohol misuse program.</HEAD>
<P>Each employer shall establish an anti-drug use and alcohol misuse program consistent with the requirements of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.12" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.12   Required elements of an anti-drug use and alcohol misuse program.</HEAD>
<P>An anti-drug use and alcohol misuse program shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(a) A statement describing the employer's policy on prohibited drug use and alcohol misuse in the workplace, including the consequences associated with prohibited drug use and alcohol misuse. This policy statement shall include all of the elements specified in § 655.15. Each employer shall disseminate the policy consistent with the provisions of § 655.16.
</P>
<P>(b) An education and training program which meets the requirements of § 655.14.
</P>
<P>(c) A testing program, as described in Subparts C and D of this part, which meets the requirements of this part and 49 CFR Part 40.
</P>
<P>(d) Procedures for referring a covered employee who has a verified positive drug test result or an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater to a Substance Abuse Professional, consistent with 49 CFR Part 40.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.13   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.14" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.14   Education and training programs.</HEAD>
<P>Each employer shall establish an employee education and training program for all covered employees, including:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Education.</I> The education component shall include display and distribution to every covered employee of: informational material and a community service hot-line telephone number for employee assistance, if available.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Training</I>—(1) <I>Covered employees.</I> Covered employees must receive at least 60 minutes of training on the effects and consequences of prohibited drug use on personal health, safety, and the work environment, and on the signs and symptoms that may indicate prohibited drug use.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Supervisors.</I> Supervisors and/or other company officers authorized by the employer to make reasonable suspicion determinations shall receive at least 60 minutes of training on the physical, behavioral, and performance indicators of probable drug use and at least 60 minutes of training on the physical, behavioral, speech, and performance indicators of probable alcohol misuse.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.15" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.15   Policy statement contents.</HEAD>
<P>The local governing board of the employer or operator shall adopt an anti-drug and alcohol misuse policy statement. The statement must be made available to each covered employee, and shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The identity of the person, office, branch and/or position designated by the employer to answer employee questions about the employer's anti-drug use and alcohol misuse programs.
</P>
<P>(b) The categories of employees who are subject to the provisions of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Specific information concerning the behavior and conduct prohibited by this part.
</P>
<P>(d) The specific circumstances under which a covered employee will be tested for prohibited drugs or alcohol misuse under this part.
</P>
<P>(e) The procedures that will be used to test for the presence of prohibited drugs or alcohol misuse, protect the employee and the integrity of the drug and alcohol testing process, safeguard the validity of the test results, and ensure the test results are attributed to the correct covered employee.
</P>
<P>(f) The requirement that a covered employee submit to drug and alcohol testing administered in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(g) A description of the kind of behavior that constitutes a refusal to take a drug or alcohol test, and a statement that such a refusal constitutes a violation of the employer's policy.
</P>
<P>(h) The consequences for a covered employee who has a verified positive drug or a confirmed alcohol test result with an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater, or who refuses to submit to a test under this part, including the mandatory requirements that the covered employee be removed immediately from his or her safety-sensitive function and be evaluated by a substance abuse professional, as required by 49 CFR Part 40.
</P>
<P>(i) The consequences, as set forth in § 655.35 of subpart D, for a covered employee who is found to have an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04.
</P>
<P>(j) The employer shall inform each covered employee if it implements elements of an anti-drug use or alcohol misuse program that are not required by this part. An employer may not impose requirements that are inconsistent with, contrary to, or frustrate the provisions of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42002, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 88 FR 27653, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.16" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.16   Requirement to disseminate policy.</HEAD>
<P>Each employer shall provide written notice to every covered employee and to representatives of employee organizations of the employer's anti-drug and alcohol misuse policies and procedures.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.17" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.17   Notice requirement.</HEAD>
<P>Before performing a drug or alcohol test under this part, each employer shall notify a covered employee that the test is required by this part. No employer shall falsely represent that a test is administered under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 655.18-655.20" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 655.18-655.20   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Prohibited Drug Use</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.21" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.21   Drug testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An employer shall establish a program that provides testing for prohibited drugs and drug metabolites in the following circumstances: pre-employment, post-accident, reasonable suspicion, random, and return to duty/follow-up.
</P>
<P>(b) When administering a drug test, an employer shall ensure that the following drugs are tested for:
</P>
<P>(1) Marijuana;
</P>
<P>(2) Cocaine;
</P>
<P>(3) Opioids;
</P>
<P>(4) Amphetamines; and
</P>
<P>(5) Phencyclidine.
</P>
<P>(c) Consumption of these products is prohibited at all times.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42002, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 84 FR 16775, Apr. 23, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 655.22-655.30" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 655.22-655.30   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Prohibited Alcohol Use</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.31" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.31   Alcohol testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An employer shall establish a program that provides for testing for alcohol in the following circumstances: post-accident, reasonable suspicion, random, and return to duty/follow-up. An employer may also conduct pre-employment alcohol testing.
</P>
<P>(b) Each employer shall prohibit a covered employee, while having an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater, from performing or continuing to perform a safety-sensitive function.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.32" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.32   On duty use.</HEAD>
<P>Each employer shall prohibit a covered employee from using alcohol while performing safety-sensitive functions. No employer having actual knowledge that a covered employee is using alcohol while performing safety-sensitive functions shall permit the employee to perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.33" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.33   Pre-duty use.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each employer shall prohibit a covered employee from using alcohol within 4 hours prior to performing safety-sensitive functions. No employer having actual knowledge that a covered employee has used alcohol within four hours of performing a safety-sensitive function shall permit the employee to perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>On-call employees.</I> An employer shall prohibit the consumption of alcohol for the specified on-call hours of each covered employee who is on-call. The procedure shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The opportunity for the covered employee to acknowledge the use of alcohol at the time he or she is called to report to duty and the inability to perform his or her safety-sensitive function.
</P>
<P>(2) The requirement that the covered employee take an alcohol test, if the covered employee has acknowledged the use of alcohol, but claims ability to perform his or her safety-sensitive function.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.34" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.34   Use following an accident.</HEAD>
<P>Each employer shall prohibit alcohol use by any covered employee required to take a post-accident alcohol test under § 655.44 for eight hours following the accident or until he or she undergoes a post-accident alcohol test, whichever occurs first.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.35" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.35   Other alcohol-related conduct.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No employer shall permit a covered employee tested under the provisions of subpart E of this part who is found to have an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04 to perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions, until:
</P>
<P>(1) The employee's alcohol concentration measures less than 0.02; or
</P>
<P>(2) The start of the employee's next regularly scheduled duty period, but not less than eight hours following administration of the test.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, no employer shall take any action under this part against an employee based solely on test results showing an alcohol concentration less than 0.04. This does not prohibit an employer with authority independent of this part from taking any action otherwise consistent with law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 655.36-655.40" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 655.36-655.40   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Types of Testing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.41" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.41   Pre-employment drug testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Before allowing a covered employee or applicant to perform a safety-sensitive function for the first time, the employer must ensure that the employee takes a pre-employment drug test administered under this part with a verified negative result. An employer may not allow a covered employee, including an applicant, to perform a safety-sensitive function unless the employee takes a drug test administered under this part with a verified negative result.
</P>
<P>(2) When a covered employee or applicant has previously failed or refused a pre-employment drug test administered under this part, the employee must provide the employer proof of having successfully completed a referral, evaluation and treatment plan as described in § 655.62.
</P>
<P>(b) An employer may not transfer an employee from a nonsafety-sensitive function to a safety-sensitive function until the employee takes a pre-employment drug test administered under this part with a verified negative result.
</P>
<P>(c) If a pre-employment drug test is canceled, the employer shall require the covered employee or applicant to take another pre-employment drug test administered under this part with a verified negative result.
</P>
<P>(d) When a covered employee or applicant has not performed a safety-sensitive function for 90 consecutive calendar days regardless of the reason, and the employee has not been in the employer's random selection pool during that time, the employer shall ensure that the employee takes a pre-employment drug test with a verified negative result.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.42" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.42   Pre-employment alcohol testing.</HEAD>
<P>An employer may, but is not required to, conduct pre-employment alcohol testing under this part. If an employer chooses to conduct pre-employment alcohol testing, the employer must comply with the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(a) The employer must conduct a pre-employment alcohol test before the first performance of safety-sensitive functions by every covered employee (whether a new employee or someone who has transferred to a position involving the performance of safety-sensitive functions).
</P>
<P>(b) The employer must treat all covered employees performing safety-sensitive functions the same for the purpose of pre-employment alcohol testing (<I>i.e.</I>, you must not test some covered employees and not others).
</P>
<P>(c) The employer must conduct the pre-employment tests after making a contingent offer of employment or transfer, subject to the employee passing the pre-employment alcohol test.
</P>
<P>(d) The employer must conduct all pre-employment alcohol tests using the alcohol testing procedures set forth in 49 CFR Part 40.
</P>
<P>(e) The employer must not allow a covered employee to begin performing safety-sensitive functions unless the result of the employee's test indicates an alcohol concentration of less than 0.02.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.43" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.43   Reasonable suspicion testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An employer shall conduct a drug and/or alcohol test when the employer has reasonable suspicion to believe that the covered employee has used a prohibited drug and/or engaged in alcohol misuse.
</P>
<P>(b) An employer's determination that reasonable suspicion exists shall be based on specific, contemporaneous, articulable observations concerning the appearance, behavior, speech, or body odors of the covered employee. A supervisor(s), or other company official(s) who is trained in detecting the signs and symptoms of drug use and alcohol misuse must make the required observations.
</P>
<P>(c) Alcohol testing is authorized under this section only if the observations required by paragraph (b) of this section are made during, just preceding, or just after the period of the workday that the covered employee is required to be in compliance with this part. An employer may direct a covered employee to undergo reasonable suspicion testing for alcohol only while the employee is performing safety-sensitive functions; just before the employee is to perform safety-sensitive functions; or just after the employee has ceased performing such functions.
</P>
<P>(d) If an alcohol test required by this section is not administered within two hours following the determination under paragraph (b) of this section, the employer shall prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the alcohol test was not promptly administered. If an alcohol test required by this section is not administered within eight hours following the determination under paragraph (b) of this section, the employer shall cease attempts to administer an alcohol test and shall state in the record the reasons for not administering the test.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.44" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.44   Post-accident testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Accidents. (1) <I>Fatal accidents.</I> (i) As soon as practicable following an accident involving the loss of human life, an employer shall conduct drug and alcohol tests on each surviving covered employee operating the public transportation vehicle at the time of the accident. Post-accident drug and alcohol testing of the operator is not required under this section if the covered employee is tested under the fatal accident testing requirements of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration rule 49 CFR § 382.303.
</P>
<P>(ii) The employer shall also drug and alcohol test any other covered employee whose performance could have contributed to the accident, as determined by the employer using the best information available at the time of the decision.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Nonfatal accidents.</I> (i) As soon as practicable following an accident not involving the loss of human life in which a public transportation vehicle is involved, the employer shall drug and alcohol test each covered employee operating the public transportation vehicle at the time of the accident unless the employer determines, using the best information available at the time of the decision, that the covered employee's performance can be completely discounted as a contributing factor to the accident. The employer shall also drug and alcohol test any other covered employee whose performance could have contributed to the accident, as determined by the employer using the best information available at the time of the decision.
</P>
<P>(ii) If an alcohol test required by this section is not administered within two hours following the accident, the employer shall prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the alcohol test was not promptly administered. If an alcohol test required by this section is not administered within eight hours following the accident, the employer shall cease attempts to administer an alcohol test and maintain the record. Records shall be submitted to FTA upon request of the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) An employer shall ensure that a covered employee required to be drug tested under this section is tested as soon as practicable but within 32 hours of the accident.
</P>
<P>(c) A covered employee who is subject to post-accident testing who fails to remain readily available for such testing, including notifying the employer or the employer representative of his or her location if he or she leaves the scene of the accident prior to submission to such test, may be deemed by the employer to have refused to submit to testing.
</P>
<P>(d) The decision not to administer a drug and/or alcohol test under this section shall be based on the employer's determination, using the best available information at the time of the determination that the employee's performance could not have contributed to the accident. Such a decision must be documented in detail, including the decision-making process used to reach the decision not to test.
</P>
<P>(e) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require the delay of necessary medical attention for the injured following an accident or to prohibit a covered employee from leaving the scene of an accident for the period necessary to obtain assistance in responding to the accident or to obtain necessary emergency medical care.
</P>
<P>(f) The results of a blood, urine, or breath test for the use of prohibited drugs or alcohol misuse, conducted by Federal, State, or local officials having independent authority for the test, shall be considered to meet the requirements of this section provided such test conforms to the applicable Federal, State, or local testing requirements, and that the test results are obtained by the employer. Such test results may be used only when the employer is unable to perform a post-accident test within the required period noted in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42002, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 78 FR 37993, June 25, 2013; 88 FR 27653, May 2, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.45" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.45   Random testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing shall be 50 percent of covered employees; the random alcohol testing rate shall be 10 percent. As provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this rate is subject to annual review by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator's decision to increase or decrease the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug and alcohol testing is based, respectively, on the reported positive drug and alcohol violation rates for the entire industry. All information used for this determination is drawn from the drug and alcohol Management Information System (MIS) reports required by this part. In order to ensure reliability of the data, the Administrator shall consider the quality and completeness of the reported data, may obtain additional information or reports from employers, and may make appropriate modifications in calculating the industry's verified positive results and violation rates. Each year, the Administrator will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> the minimum annual percentage rates for random drug and alcohol testing of covered employees. The new minimum annual percentage rate for random drug and alcohol testing will be applicable starting January 1 of the calendar year following publication.
</P>
<P>(c) Rates for drug testing. (1) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing is 50 percent, the Administrator may lower this rate to 25 percent of all covered employees if the Administrator determines that the data received under the reporting requirements of § 655.72 for the two preceding consecutive calendar years indicate that the reported positive rate is less than 1.0 percent.
</P>
<P>(2) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug testing is 25 percent, and the data received under the reporting requirements of § 655.72 for the calendar year indicate that the reported positive rate is equal to or greater than 1.0 percent, the Administrator will increase the minimum annual percentage rate for random drug or random alcohol testing to 50 percent of all covered employees.
</P>
<P>(d) Rates for alcohol testing. (1)(i) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing is 25 percent or more, the Administrator may lower this rate to 10 percent of all covered employees if the Administrator determines that the data received under the reporting requirements of § 655.72 for two consecutive calendar years indicate that the violation rate is less than 0.5 percent.
</P>
<P>(ii) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing is 50 percent, the Administrator may lower this rate to 25 percent of all covered employees if the Administrator determines that the data received under the reporting requirements of § 655.72 for two consecutive calendar years indicate that the violation rate is less than 1.0 percent but equal to or greater than 0.5 percent.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing is 10 percent, and the data received under the reporting requirements of § 655.72 for that calendar year indicate that the violation rate is equal to or greater than 0.5 percent, but less than 1.0 percent, the Administrator will increase the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing to 25 percent of all covered employees.
</P>
<P>(ii) When the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing is 25 percent or less, and the data received under the reporting requirements of § 655.72 for that calendar year indicate that the violation rate is equal to or greater than 1.0 percent, the Administrator will increase the minimum annual percentage rate for random alcohol testing to 50 percent of all covered employees.
</P>
<P>(e) The selection of employees for random drug and alcohol testing shall be made by a scientifically valid method, such as a random number table or a computer-based random number generator that is matched with employees' Social Security numbers, payroll identification numbers, or other comparable identifying numbers. Under the selection process used, each covered employee shall have an equal chance of being tested each time selections are made.
</P>
<P>(f) The employer shall randomly select a sufficient number of covered employees for testing during each calendar year to equal an annual rate not less than the minimum annual percentage rates for random drug and alcohol testing determined by the Administrator. If the employer conducts random drug and alcohol testing through a consortium, the number of employees to be tested may be calculated for each individual employer or may be based on the total number of covered employees covered by the consortium who are subject to random drug and alcohol testing at the same minimum annual percentage rate under this part.
</P>
<P>(g) Each employer shall ensure that random drug and alcohol tests conducted under this part are unannounced and unpredictable, and that the dates for administering random tests are spread reasonably throughout the calendar year. Random testing must be conducted at all times of day when safety-sensitive functions are performed.
</P>
<P>(h) Each employer shall require that each covered employee who is notified of selection for random drug or random alcohol testing proceed to the test site immediately. If the employee is performing a safety-sensitive function at the time of the notification, the employer shall instead ensure that the employee ceases to perform the safety-sensitive function and proceeds to the testing site immediately.
</P>
<P>(i) A covered employee shall only be randomly tested for alcohol misuse while the employee is performing safety-sensitive functions; just before the employee is to perform safety-sensitive functions; or just after the employee has ceased performing such functions. A covered employee may be randomly tested for prohibited drug use anytime while on duty.
</P>
<P>(j) If a given covered employee is subject to random drug and alcohol testing under the testing rules of more than one DOT agency for the same employer, the employee shall be subject to random drug and alcohol testing at the percentage rate established for the calendar year by the DOT agency regulating more than 50 percent of the employee's function.
</P>
<P>(k) If an employer is required to conduct random drug and alcohol testing under the drug and alcohol testing rules of more than one DOT agency, the employer may—
</P>
<P>(1) Establish separate pools for random selection, with each pool containing the covered employees who are subject to testing at the same required rate; or
</P>
<P>(2) Randomly select such employees for testing at the highest percentage rate established for the calendar year by any DOT agency to which the employer is subject.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.46" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.46   Return to duty following refusal to submit to a test, verified positive drug test result and/or breath alcohol test result of 0.04 or greater.</HEAD>
<P>Where a covered employee refuses to submit to a test, has a verified positive drug test result, and/or has a confirmed alcohol test result of 0.04 or greater, the employer, before returning the employee to duty to perform a safety-sensitive function, shall follow the procedures outlined in 49 CFR Part 40.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.47" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.47   Follow-up testing after returning to duty.</HEAD>
<P>An covered employer shall conduct follow-up testing of each employee who returns to duty, as specified in 49 CFR Part 40, subpart O.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42002, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 88 FR 27653, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.48" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.5.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.48   Retesting of covered employees with an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04.</HEAD>
<P>If an employer chooses to permit a covered employee to perform a safety-sensitive function within 8 hours of an alcohol test indicating an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04, the employer shall retest the covered employee to ensure compliance with the provisions of § 655.35. The covered employee may not perform safety-sensitive functions unless the confirmation alcohol test result is less than 0.02.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.49" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.5.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.49   Refusal to submit to a drug or alcohol test.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each employer shall require a covered employee to submit to a post-accident drug and alcohol test required under § 655.44, a random drug and alcohol test required under § 655.45, a reasonable suspicion drug and alcohol test required under § 655.43, or a follow-up drug and alcohol test required under § 655.47. No employer shall permit an employee who refuses to submit to such a test to perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions.
</P>
<P>(b) When an employee refuses to submit to a drug or alcohol test, the employer shall follow the procedures outlined in 49 CFR Part 40.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.50" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.5.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.50   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Drug and Alcohol Testing Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.51" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.51   Compliance with testing procedures requirements.</HEAD>
<P>The drug and alcohol testing procedures in 49 CFR Part 40 apply to employers covered by this part, and must be read together with this part, unless expressly provided otherwise in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.52" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.6.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.52   Substance abuse professional (SAP).</HEAD>
<P>The SAP must perform the functions in 49 CFR Part 40.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.53" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.6.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.53   Supervisor acting as collection site personnel.</HEAD>
<P>An employer shall not permit an employee with direct or immediate supervisory responsibility or authority over another employee to serve as the urine or oral fluid collector, breath alcohol technician, or saliva-testing technician for a drug or alcohol test of the employee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42002, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 88 FR 27653, May 2, 2023]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 655.54-655.60" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.6.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 655.54-655.60   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Consequences</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.61" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.7.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.61   Action when an employee has a verified positive drug test result or has a confirmed alcohol test result of 0.04 or greater, or refuses to submit to a test.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Immediately after receiving notice from a medical review officer (MRO) or a consortium/third party administrator (C/TPA) that a covered employee has a verified positive drug test result, the employer shall require that the covered employee cease performing a safety-sensitive function.
</P>
<P>(2) Immediately after receiving notice from a Breath Alcohol Technician (BAT) that a covered employee has a confirmed alcohol test result of 0.04 or greater, the employer shall require that the covered employee cease performing a safety-sensitive function.
</P>
<P>(3) If a covered employee refuses to submit to a drug or alcohol test required by this part, the employer shall require that the covered employee cease performing a safety-sensitive function.
</P>
<P>(b) Before allowing the covered employee to resume performing a safety-sensitive function, the employer shall ensure the employee meets the requirements of 49 CFR Part 40 for returning to duty, including taking a return to duty drug and/or alcohol test.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42002, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 87 FR 27653, May 2, 2023]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.62" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.7.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.62   Referral, evaluation, and treatment.</HEAD>
<P>If a covered employee has a verified positive drug test result, or has a confirmed alcohol test of 0.04 or greater, or refuses to submit to a drug or alcohol test required by this part, the employer shall advise the employee of the resources available for evaluating and resolving problems associated with prohibited drug use and alcohol misuse, including the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of substance abuse professionals (SAPs) and counseling and treatment programs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 655.63-655.70" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.7.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 655.63-655.70   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Administrative Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.71" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.8.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.71   Retention of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirement.</I> An employer shall maintain records of its anti-drug and alcohol misuse program as provided in this section. The records shall be maintained in a secure location with controlled access.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Period of retention.</I> In determining compliance with the retention period requirement, each record shall be maintained for the specified minimum period of time as measured from the date of the creation of the record. Each employer shall maintain the records in accordance with the following schedule:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Five years.</I> Records of covered employee verified positive drug or alcohol test results, documentation of refusals to take required drug or alcohol tests, and covered employee referrals to the substance abuse professional, and copies of annual MIS reports submitted to FTA.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Two years.</I> Records related to the collection process and employee training.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>One year.</I> Records of negative drug or alcohol test results.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Types of records.</I> The following specific records must be maintained:
</P>
<P>(1) Records related to the collection process:
</P>
<P>(i) Collection logbooks, if used.
</P>
<P>(ii) Documents relating to the random selection process.
</P>
<P>(iii) Documents generated in connection with decisions to administer reasonable suspicion drug or alcohol tests.
</P>
<P>(iv) Documents generated in connection with decisions on post-accident drug and alcohol testing.
</P>
<P>(v) MRO documents verifying existence of a medical explanation of the inability of a covered employee to provide an adequate urine or oral fluid or breath sample.
</P>
<P>(2) Records related to test results:
</P>
<P>(i) The employer's copy of the custody and control form.
</P>
<P>(ii) Documents related to the refusal of any covered employee to submit to a test required by this part.
</P>
<P>(iii) Documents presented by a covered employee to dispute the result of a test administered under this part.
</P>
<P>(3) Records related to referral and return to duty and follow-up testing: Records concerning a covered employee's entry into and completion of the treatment program recommended by the substance abuse professional.
</P>
<P>(4) Records related to employee training:
</P>
<P>(i) Training materials on drug use awareness and alcohol misuse, including a copy of the employer's policy on prohibited drug use and alcohol misuse.
</P>
<P>(ii) Names of covered employees attending training on prohibited drug use and alcohol misuse and the dates and times of such training.
</P>
<P>(iii) Documentation of training provided to supervisors for the purpose of qualifying the supervisors to make a determination concerning the need for drug and alcohol testing based on reasonable suspicion.
</P>
<P>(iv) Certification that any training conducted under this part complies with the requirements for such training.
</P>
<P>(5) Copies of annual MIS reports submitted to FTA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42002, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 87 FR 27653, May 2, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.72" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.8.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.72   Reporting of results in a management information system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each recipient shall annually prepare and maintain a summary of the results of its anti-drug and alcohol misuse testing programs performed under this part during the previous calendar year.
</P>
<P>(b) When requested by FTA, each recipient shall submit to FTA's Office of Safety and Security, or its designated agent, by March 15, a report covering the previous calendar year (January 1 through December 31) summarizing the results of its anti-drug and alcohol misuse programs.
</P>
<P>(c) Each recipient shall be responsible for ensuring the accuracy and timeliness of each report submitted by an employer, contractor, consortium or joint enterprise or by a third party service provider acting on the recipient's or employer's behalf.
</P>
<P>(d) As an employer, you must use the Management Information System (MIS) form and instructions as required by 49 CFR part 40, § 40.25 and appendix H. You may also use the electronic version of the MIS form provided by the DOT. The Administrator may designate means (e.g., electronic program transmitted via the Internet), other than hard-copy, for MIS form submission. For information on where to submit MIS forms and for the electronic version of the form, see: <I>http://transit-safety.volpe.dot.gov/DAMIS.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) To calculate the total number of covered employees eligible for random testing throughout the year, as an employer, you must add the total number of covered employees eligible for testing during each random testing period for the year and divide that total by the number of random testing periods. Covered employees, and only covered employees, are to be in an employer's random testing pool, and all covered employees must be in the random pool. If you are an employer conducting random testing more often than once per month (e.g., you select daily, weekly, bi-weekly), you do not need to compute this total number of covered employees rate more than on a once per month basis. As an employer, you may use a service agent (e.g., C/TPA) to perform random selections for you; and your covered employees may be part of a larger random testing pool of covered employees. However, you must ensure that the service agent you use is testing at the appropriate percentage established for your industry and that only covered employees are in the random testing pool. 
</P>
<P>(f) If you have a covered employee who performs multi-DOT agency functions (e.g., an employee drives a paratransit vehicle and performs pipeline maintenance duties for you), count the employee only on the MIS report for the DOT agency under which he or she is random tested. Normally, this will be the DOT agency under which the employee performs more than 50% of his or her duties. Employers may have to explain the testing data for these employees in the event of a DOT agency inspection or audit. 
</P>
<P>(g) A service agent (e.g., Consortia/Third Party Administrator as defined in 49 CFR part 40) may prepare the MIS report on behalf of an employer. However, a company official (e.g., Designated Employer Representative as defined in 49 CFR part 40) must certify the accuracy and completeness of the MIS report, no matter who prepares it. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42002, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 68 FR 75462, Dec. 31, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.73" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.8.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.73   Access to facilities and records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as required by law, or expressly authorized or required in this section, no employer may release information pertaining to a covered employee that is contained in records required to be maintained by § 655.71.
</P>
<P>(b) A covered employee is entitled, upon written request, to obtain copies of any records pertaining to the covered employee's use of prohibited drugs or misuse of alcohol, including any records pertaining to his or her drug or alcohol tests. The employer shall provide promptly the records requested by the employee. Access to a covered employee's records shall not be contingent upon the employer's receipt of payment for the production of those records.
</P>
<P>(c) An employer shall permit access to all facilities utilized and records compiled in complying with the requirements of this part to the Secretary of Transportation or any DOT agency with regulatory authority over the employer or any of its employees or to a State oversight agency authorized to oversee rail fixed guideway systems.
</P>
<P>(d) An employer shall disclose data for its drug and alcohol testing programs, and any other information pertaining to the employer's anti-drug and alcohol misuse programs required to be maintained by this part, to the Secretary of Transportation or any DOT agency with regulatory authority over the employer or covered employee or to a State oversight agency authorized to oversee rail fixed guideway systems, upon the Secretary's request or the respective agency's request.
</P>
<P>(e) When requested by the National Transportation Safety Board as part of an accident investigation, employers shall disclose information related to the employer's drug or alcohol testing related to the accident under investigation.
</P>
<P>(f) Records shall be made available to a subsequent employer upon receipt of a written request from the covered employee. Subsequent disclosure by the employer is permitted only as expressly authorized by the terms of the covered employee's request.
</P>
<P>(g) An employer may disclose information required to be maintained under this part pertaining to a covered employee to the employee or the decisionmaker in a lawsuit, grievance, or other proceeding initiated by or on behalf of the individual, and arising from the results of a drug or alcohol test under this part (including, but not limited to, a worker's compensation, unemployment compensation, or other proceeding relating to a benefit sought by the covered employee.)
</P>
<P>(h) An employer shall release information regarding a covered employee's record as directed by the specific, written consent of the employee authorizing release of the information to an identified person.
</P>
<P>(i) An employer may disclose drug and alcohol testing information required to be maintained under this part, pertaining to a covered employee, to the State oversight agency or grantee required to certify to FTA compliance with the drug and alcohol testing procedures of 49 CFR parts 40 and 655.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 655.74-655.80" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.8.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 655.74-655.80   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Certifying Compliance</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.81" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.9.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.81   Grantee oversight responsibility.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient shall ensure that a subrecipient or contractor who receives 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309, or 5311 funds directly from the recipient complies with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 37993, June 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.82" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.9.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.82   Compliance as a condition of financial assistance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient shall not be eligible for Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309, or 5311, if a recipient fails to establish an anti-drug and alcohol misuse program in compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Administrator determines that a recipient that receives Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309, or 5311 is not in compliance with this part, the Administrator may bar the recipient from receiving Federal financial assistance in an amount the Administrator considers appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) A recipient is subject to criminal sanctions and fines for false statements or misrepresentations under 18 U.S.C. 1001.
</P>
<P>(d) Notwithstanding § 655.3, a recipient operating a ferryboat regulated by the USCG who fails to comply with the USCG chemical and alcohol testing requirements, shall be in noncompliance with this part and may be barred from receiving Federal financial assistance in an amount the Administrator considers appropriate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 37993, June 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 655.83" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.16.9.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 655.83   Requirement to certify compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient of Federal financial assistance under section 5307, 5309, or 5311 shall annually certify compliance with this part to the applicable FTA Regional Office.
</P>
<P>(b) A certification must be authorized by the organization's governing board or other authorizing official, and must be signed by a party specifically authorized to do so.
</P>
<P>(c) Recipients, including a State, that administers 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309, or 5311 Federal financial assistance to subrecipients and contractors, shall annually certify compliance with the requirements of this part, on behalf of its applicable subrecipient or contractor to the applicable FTA Regional Office. A recipient administering section 5307, 5309, or 5311 Federal funding may suspend a subrecipient or contractor from receiving Federal transit funds for noncompliance with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 42002, Aug. 9, 2001, as amended at 71 FR 69198, Nov. 30, 2006; 78 FR 37993, June 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="659" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 659 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="661" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 661—BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5323(j) (formerly sec. 165 of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982 (Pub. L. 97-424); as amended by sec. 337, Pub. L. 100-17; sec. 1048, Pub. L. 102-240; sec. 3020(b), Pub. L. 105-178; and sec. 3023(i) and (k), Pub. L. 109-59); 49 CFR 1.51.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 932, Jan. 9, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 661.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise noted, this part applies to all federally assisted procurements using funds authorized by 49 U.S.C. 5323(j); 23 U.S.C. 103(e)(4); and section 14 of the National Capital Transportation Act of 1969, as amended.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 932, Jan. 9, 1991, as amended at 72 FR 53696, Sept. 20, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means the Federal Public Transportation Law (49 U.S.C. Chapter 53).
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of FTA, or designee.
</P>
<P><I>Component</I> means any article, material, or supply, whether manufactured or unmanufactured, that is directly incorporated into the end product at the final assembly location.
</P>
<P><I>Contractor</I> means a party to a third party contract other than the grantee.
</P>
<P><I>End product</I> means any vehicle, structure, product, article, material, supply, or system, which directly incorporates constituent components at the final assembly location, that is acquired for public use under a federally-funded third-party contract, and which is ready to provide its intended end function or use without any further manufacturing or assembly change(s). A list of representative end products is included at Appendix A to this section.
</P>
<P><I>FTA</I> means the Federal Transit Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Grantee</I> means any entity that is a recipient of FTA funds.
</P>
<P><I>Manufactured product</I> means an item produced as a result of the manufacturing process.
</P>
<P><I>Manufacturing process</I> means the application of processes to alter the form or function of materials or of elements of the product in a manner adding value and transforming those materials or elements so that they represent a new end product functionally different from that which would result from mere assembly of the elements or materials.
</P>
<P><I>Negotiated procurement</I> means a contract awarded using other than sealed bidding procedures.
</P>
<P><I>Rolling stock</I> means transit vehicles such as buses, vans, cars, railcars, locomotives, trolley cars and buses, and ferry boats, as well as vehicles used for support services.
</P>
<P><I>System</I> means a machine, product, or device, or a combination of such equipment, consisting of individual components, whether separate or interconnected by piping, transmission devices, electrical cables or circuitry, or by other devices, which are intended to contribute together to a clearly defined function. Factors to consider in determining whether a system constitutes an end product include: Whether performance warranties apply to an integrated system (regardless of whether components are separately warranteed); whether products perform on an integrated basis with other products in a system, or are operated independently of associated products in the system; or whether transit agencies routinely procure a product separately (other than as replacement or spare parts).
</P>
<P><I>United States</I> means the several States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the District of Columbia, Guam, American Samoa, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix A to § 661.3—End Products
</HD1>
<P>The following is a list of representative end products that are subject to the requirements of Buy America. This list is representative, not exhaustive.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Rolling stock end products:</I> All individual items identified as rolling stock in § 661.3 (e.g., buses, vans, cars, railcars, locomotives, trolley cars and buses, ferry boats, as well as vehicles used for support services); train control, communication, and traction power equipment that meets the definition of end product at § 661.3 (e.g., a communication or traction power system, including manufactured bimetallic power rail).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Steel and iron end products:</I> Items made primarily of steel or iron such as structures, bridges, and track work, including running rail, contact rail, and turnouts.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Manufactured end products:</I> Infrastructure projects not made primarily of steel or iron, including structures (terminals, depots, garages, and bus shelters), ties and ballast; contact rail not made primarily of steel or iron; fare collection systems; computers; information systems; security systems; data processing systems; and mobile lifts, hoists, and elevators.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 53696, Sept. 20, 2007, as amended at 74 FR 30239, June 25, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.5   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in § 661.7 and § 661.11 of this part, no funds may be obligated by FTA for a grantee project unless all iron, steel, and manufactured products used in the project are produced in the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) All steel and iron manufacturing processes must take place in the United States, except metallurgical processes involving refinement of steel additives.
</P>
<P>(c) The steel and iron requirements apply to all construction materials made primarily of steel or iron and used in infrastructure projects such as transit or maintenance facilities, rail lines, and bridges. These items include, but are not limited to, structural steel or iron, steel or iron beams and columns, running rail and contact rail. These requirements do not apply to steel or iron used as components or subcomponents of other manufactured products or rolling stock, or to bimetallic power rail incorporating steel or iron components.
</P>
<P>(d) For a manufactured product to be considered produced in the United States:
</P>
<P>(1) All of the manufacturing processes for the product must take place in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(2) All of the components of the product must be of U.S. origin. A component is considered of U.S. origin if it is manufactured in the United States, regardless of the origin of its subcomponents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 6302, Feb. 16, 1996, as amended at 74 FR 30239, June 25, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.6" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.6   Certification requirements for procurement of steel or manufactured products.</HEAD>
<P>If steel, iron, or manufactured products (as defined in §§ 661.3 and 661.5 of this part) are being procured, the appropriate certificate as set forth below shall be completed and submitted by each bidder or offeror in accordance with the requirement contained in § 661.13(b) of this part.
</P>
<HD2>Certificate of Compliance with Buy America Requirements
</HD2>
<P>The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1), and the applicable regulations in 49 CFR part 661.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-DASH>Date 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Signature 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Company
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Name 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Title</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<HD2>Certificate of Non-Compliance with Buy America Requirements
</HD2>
<P>The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j), but it may qualify for an exception to the requirement pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2), as amended, and the applicable regulations in 49 CFR 661.7.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-DASH>Date 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Signature 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Company
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Name 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Title</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14117, Mar. 21, 2006, as amended at 72 FR 53696, Sept. 20, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.7" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.7   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Section 5323(j)(2) of Title 49 United States Code provides that the general requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1) shall not apply in four specific instances. This section sets out the conditions for the three statutory waivers based on public interest, non-availability, and price-differential. Section 661.11 of this part sets out the conditions for the fourth statutory waiver governing the procurement of rolling stock and associated equipment.
</P>
<P>(b) Under the provision of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(A), the Administrator may waive the general requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1) if the Administrator finds that their application would be inconsistent with the public interest. In determining whether the conditions exist to grant this public interest waiver, the Administrator will consider all appropriate factors on a case-by-case basis, unless a general exception is specifically set out in this part. When granting a public interest waiver, the Administrator shall issue a detailed written statement justifying why the waiver is in the public interest. The Administrator shall publish this justification in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> providing the public with a reasonable time for notice and comment of not more than seven calendar days.
</P>
<P>(c) Under the provision of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2), the Administrator may waive the general requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) if the Administrator finds that the materials for which a waiver is requested are not produced in the United States in sufficient and reasonably available quantities and of a satisfactory quality.
</P>
<P>(1) It will be presumed that the conditions exist to grant this non-availability waiver if no responsive and responsible bid is received offering an item produced in the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of a sole source procurement, the Administrator will grant this non-availability waiver only if the grantee provides sufficient information which indicates that the item to be procured is only available from a single source or that the item to be procured is not produced in sufficient and reasonably available quantities of a satisfactory quality in the United States.
</P>
<P>(3) After contract award, the Administrator may grant a non-availability waiver under this paragraph, in any case in which a bidder or offeror originally certified compliance with the Buy America requirements in good faith, but can no longer comply with its certification. The Administrator will grant a non-availability waiver only if the grantee provides sufficient evidence that the original certification was made in good faith and that the item to be procured cannot now be obtained domestically due to commercial impossibility or impracticability. In determining whether the conditions exist to grant a post-award non-availability waiver, the Administrator will consider all appropriate factors on a case-by-case basis.
</P>
<P>(d) Under the provision of section 165(b)(4) of the Act, the Administrator may waive the general requirements of section 165(a) if the Administrator finds that the inclusion of a domestic item or domestic material will increase the cost of the contract between the grantee and its supplier of that item or material by more than 25 percent. The Administrator will grant this price-differential waiver if the amount of the lowest responsive and responsible bid offering the item or material that is not produced in the United States multiplied by 1.25 is less than the amount of the lowest responsive and responsible bid offering the item or material produced in the United States.
</P>
<P>(e) The four statutory waivers of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2) as set out in this part shall be treated as being separate and distinct from each other.
</P>
<P>(f) The waivers described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section may be granted for a component or subcomponent in the case of the procurement of the items governed by 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C) (requirements for rolling stock). If a waiver is granted for a component or a subcomponent, that component or subcomponent will be considered to be of domestic origin for the purposes of § 661.11 of this part.
</P>
<P>(g) The waivers described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section may be granted for a specific item or material that is used in the production of a manufactured product that is governed by the requirements of § 661.5(d) of this part. If such a waiver is granted to such a specific item or material, that item or material will be treated as being of domestic origin.
</P>
<P>(h) The provisions of this section shall not apply to products produced in a foreign country if the Secretary, in consultation with the United States Trade Representative, determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) That foreign country is party to an agreement with the United States pursuant to which the head of an agency of the United States has waived the requirements of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) That foreign country has violated the terms of the agreement by discriminating against products covered by this section that are produced in the United States and are covered by the agreement.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix A to § 661.7—General Waivers
</HD1>
<P>(a) All waivers published in 48 CFR 25.104 which establish excepted articles, materials, and supplies for the Buy American Act of 1933 (41 U.S.C. 10a-d), as the waivers may be amended from time to time, apply to this part under the provisions of § 661.7 (b) and (c).
</P>
<P>(b) Under the provisions of § 661.7 (b) and (c) of this part, a general public interest waiver from the Buy America requirements applies to microprocessors, computers, microcomputers, or software, or other such devices, which are used solely for the purpose of processing or storing data. This general waiver does not extend to a product or device which merely contains a microprocessor or microcomputer and is not used solely for the purpose of processing or storing data.
</P>
<P>(c) Under the provisions of § 661.7(b) of this part, a general public interest waiver from the Buy America requirements for “small purchases” (as defined in the “common grant rule,” at 49 CFR 18.36(d)) made by FTA grantees with capital, planning, or operating assistance.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 932, Jan. 9, 1991, as amended at 60 FR 37928, July 24, 1995, 61 FR 6302, Feb. 16, 1996; 71 FR 14117, Mar. 21, 2006; 72 FR 53697, Sept. 20, 2007; 74 FR 30239, June 25, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.9" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.9   Application for waivers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section sets out the application procedures for obtaining all waivers, except those general exceptions set forth in this part for which individual applications are unnecessary and those covered by 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C). The procedures for obtaining an exception covered by 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C) are set forth in § 661.11 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) A bidder or offeror who seeks to establish grounds for an exception must seek the exception, in a timely manner, through the grantee.
</P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, only a grantee may request a waiver. The request must be in writing, include facts and justification to support the waiver, and be submitted to the Administrator through the appropriate Regional Office.
</P>
<P>(d) FTA will consider a request for a waiver from a potential bidder, offeror, or supplier only if the waiver is being sought under § 661.7 (f) or (g) of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) The Administrator will issue a written determination setting forth the reasons for granting or denying the exception request. Each request for an exception, and FTA's action on the request, are available for public inspection under the provisions of 49 CFR part 601, subpart C.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 932, Jan. 9, 1991, as amended at 71 FR 14117, Mar. 21, 2006; 72 FR 53697, Sept. 20, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.11   Rolling stock procurements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions of § 661.5 do not apply to the procurement of buses and other rolling stock (including train control, communication, and traction power equipment), if the cost of components produced in the United States is more than 60 percent of the cost of all components and final assembly takes place in the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) The domestic content requirements in paragraph (a) of this section also apply to the domestic content requirements for components set forth in paragraphs (i), (j), and (l) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) A component is any article, material, or supply, whether manufactured or unmanufactured, that is directly incorporated into an end product at the final assembly location.
</P>
<P>(d) A component may be manufactured at the final assembly location if the manufacturing process to produce the component is an activity separate and distinct from the final assembly of the end product.
</P>
<P>(e) A component is considered to be manufactured if there are sufficient activities taking place to advance the value or improve the condition of the subcomponents of that component; that is, if the subcomponents have been substantially transformed or merged into a new and functionally different article.
</P>
<P>(f) Except as provided in paragraph (k) of this section, a subcomponent is any article, material, or supply, whether manufactured or unmanufactured, that is one step removed from a component (as defined in paragraph (c) of this section) in the manufacturing process and that is incorporated directly into a component.
</P>
<P>(g) For a component to be of domestic origin, more that 60 percent of the subcomponents of that component, by cost, must be of domestic origin, and the manufacture of the component must take place in the United States. If, under the terms of this part, a component is determined to be of domestic origin, its entire cost may be used in calculating the cost of domestic content of an end product.
</P>
<P>(h) A subcomponent is of domestic origin if it is manufactured in the United States.
</P>
<P>(i) If a subcomponent manufactured in the United States is exported for inclusion in a component that is manufactured outside the United States and it receives tariff exemptions under the procedures set forth in 19 CFR 10.11 through 10.24, the subcomponent retains its domestic identity and can be included in the calculation of the domestic content of an end product even if such a subcomponent represents less than 60 percent of the cost of a particular component.
</P>
<P>(j) If a subcomponent manufactured in the United States is exported for inclusion in a component manufactured outside the United States and it does not receive tariff exemption under the procedures set forth in 19 CFR 10.11 through 10.24, the subcomponent loses its domestic identity and cannot be included in the calculation of the domestic content of an end product.
</P>
<P>(k) Raw materials produced in the United States and then exported for incorporation into a component are not considered to be a subcomponent for the purpose of calculating domestic content. The value of such raw materials is to be included in the cost of the foreign component.
</P>
<P>(l) If a component is manufactured in the United States, but contains less than 60 percent domestic subcomponents, by cost, the cost of the domestic subcomponents and the cost of manufacturing the component may be included in the calculation of the domestic content of the end product.
</P>
<P>(m) For purposes of this section, except as provided in paragraph (o) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) The cost of a component or a subcomponent is the price that a bidder or offeror must pay to a subcontractor or supplier for that component or subcomponent. Transportation costs to the final assembly location must be included in calculating the cost of foreign components and subcomponents.
</P>
<P>(2) If a component or subcomponent is manufactured by the bidder or offeror, the cost of the component is the cost of labor and materials incorporated into the component or subcomponent, an allowance for profit, and the administrative and overhead costs attributable to that component or subcomponent under normal accounting principles.
</P>
<P>(n) The cost of a component of foreign origin is set using the foreign exchange rate at the time the bidder or offeror executes the appropriate Buy America certificate.
</P>
<P>(o) The cost of a subcomponent that retains its domestic identity consistent with paragraph (j) of this section shall be the cost of the subcomponent when last purchased, f.o.b. United States port of exportation or point of border crossing as set out in the invoice and entry papers or, if no purchase was made, the value of the subcomponent at the time of its shipment for exportation, f.o.b. United States port of exportation or point of border crossing as set out in the invoice and entry papers.
</P>
<P>(p) In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j), labor costs involved in final assembly shall not be included in calculating component costs.
</P>
<P>(q) The actual cost, not the bid price, of a component is to be considered in calculating domestic content.
</P>
<P>(r) Final assembly is the creation of the end product from individual elements brought together for that purpose through application of manufacturing processes. If a system is being procured as the end product by the grantee, the installation of the system qualifies as final assembly.
</P>
<P>(s) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(t) Train control equipment includes, but is not limited to, the following equipment:
</P>
<P>(1) Mimic board in central control
</P>
<P>(2) Dispatcher's console
</P>
<P>(3) Local control panels
</P>
<P>(4) Station (way side) block control relay cabinets
</P>
<P>(5) Terminal dispatcher machines
</P>
<P>(6) Cable/cable trays
</P>
<P>(7) Switch machines
</P>
<P>(8) Way side signals
</P>
<P>(9) Impedance bonds
</P>
<P>(10) Relay rack bungalows
</P>
<P>(11) Central computer control
</P>
<P>(12) Brake equipment
</P>
<P>(13) Brake systems
</P>
<P>(14) Cab Signaling;
</P>
<P>(15) ATO Equipment;
</P>
<P>(16) ATP Equipment;
</P>
<P>(17) Wayside Transponders;
</P>
<P>(18) Trip Stop Equipment;
</P>
<P>(19) Wayside Magnets;
</P>
<P>(20) Speed Measuring Devices;
</P>
<P>(21) Car Axle Counters;
</P>
<P>(22) Communication Based Train Control (CBTC).
</P>
<P>(u) Communication equipment includes, but is not limited to, the following equipment:
</P>
<P>(1) Radios
</P>
<P>(2) Space station transmitter and receivers
</P>
<P>(3) Vehicular and hand-held radios
</P>
<P>(4) PABX telephone switching equipment
</P>
<P>(5) PABX telephone instruments
</P>
<P>(6) Public address amplifiers
</P>
<P>(7) Public address speakers
</P>
<P>(8) Cable transmission system cable
</P>
<P>(9) Cable transmission system multiplex equipment
</P>
<P>(10) Communication console at central control
</P>
<P>(11) Uninterruptible power supply inverters/rectifiers
</P>
<P>(12) Uninterruptible power supply batteries
</P>
<P>(13) Data transmission system central processors
</P>
<P>(14) Data transmission system remote terminals
</P>
<P>(15) Line printers for data transmission system
</P>
<P>(16) Communication system monitor test panel
</P>
<P>(17) Security console at central control
</P>
<P>(18) Antennas;
</P>
<P>(19) Wireless Telemetry Equipment;
</P>
<P>(20) Passenger Information Displays;
</P>
<P>(21) Communications Control Units;
</P>
<P>(22) Communication Control Heads;
</P>
<P>(23) Wireless Intercar Transceivers;
</P>
<P>(24) Multiplexers;
</P>
<P>(25) SCADA Systems;
</P>
<P>(26) LED Arrays;
</P>
<P>(27) Screen Displays such as LEDs and LCDs for communication systems;
</P>
<P>(28) Fiber-optic transmission equipment;
</P>
<P>(29) Fiber-optic transmission equipment;
</P>
<P>(30) Frame or cell based multiplexing equipment; 13) Communication system network elements.
</P>
<P>(v) Traction power equipment includes, but is not limited to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Primary AC switch gear
</P>
<P>(2) Primary AC transformer rectifiers
</P>
<P>(3) DC switch gear
</P>
<P>(4) Traction power console and CRT display system at central control
</P>
<P>(5) Bus ducts with buses (AC and DC)
</P>
<P>(6) Batteries
</P>
<P>(7) Traction power rectifier assemblies
</P>
<P>(8) Distribution panels (AC and DC)
</P>
<P>(9) Facility step-down transformers
</P>
<P>(10) Motor control centers (facility use only)
</P>
<P>(11) Battery chargers
</P>
<P>(12) Supervisory control panel
</P>
<P>(13) Annunciator panels
</P>
<P>(14) Low voltage facility distribution switch board
</P>
<P>(15) DC connect switches
</P>
<P>(16) Negative bus boxes
</P>
<P>(17) Power rail insulators
</P>
<P>(18) Power cables (AC and DC)
</P>
<P>(19) Cable trays
</P>
<P>(20) Instrumentation for traction power equipment
</P>
<P>(21) Connectors, tensioners, and insulators for overhead power wire systems
</P>
<P>(22) Negative drainage boards
</P>
<P>(23) Inverters
</P>
<P>(24) Traction motors
</P>
<P>(25) Propulsion gear boxes
</P>
<P>(26) Third rail pick-up equipment
</P>
<P>(27) Pantographs
</P>
<P>(28) Propulsion Control Systems;
</P>
<P>(29) Surge Arrestors;
</P>
<P>(30) Protective Relaying.
</P>
<P>(31) Bimetallic power rail.
</P>
<P>(w) The power or third rail is not considered traction power equipment and is thus subject to the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) and the requirements of § 661.5.
</P>
<P>(x) A bidder on a contract for an item covered by 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) who will comply with section 165(b)(3) and regulations in this section is not required to follow the application for waiver procedures set out in § 661.9. In lieu of these procedures, the bidder must submit the appropriate certificate required by § 661.12.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix A to § 661.11—General Waivers
</HD1>
<P>(a) The provisions of § 661.11 of this part do not apply when foreign sourced spare parts for buses and other rolling stock (including train control, communication, and traction power equipment) whose total cost is 10 percent or less of the overall project contract cost are being procured as part of the same contract for the major capital item.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]</P></EXTRACT>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix B to § 661.11—Typical Components of Buses
</HD1>
<P>The following is a list of items that typically would be considered components of a bus. This list is not all-inclusive.
</P>
<P>Car body shells, egines, transmissions, front axle assemblies, rear axle assemblies, drive shaft assemblies, front suspension assemblies, rear suspension assemblies, air compressor and pneumatic systems, generator/alternator and electrical systems, steering system assemblies, front and rear air brake assemblies, air conditioning compressor assemblies, air conditioning evaporator/condenser assemblies, heating systems. passenger seats, driver's seat assemblies, window assemblies, entrance and exit door assemblies, door control systems, destination sign assemblies, interior lighting assemblies, front and rear end cap assemblies, front and rear bumper assemblies, specialty steel (structural steel tubing, etc.) aluminum extrusions, aluminum, steel or fiberglass exterior panels, and interior trim, flooring, and floor coverings.</P></EXTRACT>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix C to § 661.11—Typical Components of Rail Rolling Stock
</HD1>
<P>The following is a list of items that typically would be considered components of rail rolling stock. This list is not all inclusive.
</P>
<P>Car shells, engines, main transformer, pantographs, traction motors, propulsion gear boxes, interior linings, acceleration and braking resistors, propulsion controls, low voltage auxiliary power supplies, air conditioning equipment, air brake compressors, brake controls, foundation brake equipment, articulation assemblies, train control systems, window assemblies, communication equipment, lighting, seating, doors, door actuators and controls, wheelchair lifts and ramps to make the vehicle accessible to persons with disabilities, couplers and draft gear, trucks, journal bearings, axles, diagnostic equipment, and third rail pick-up equipment.</P></EXTRACT>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix D to § 661.11—Minimum Requirements for Final Assembly
</HD1>
<P>(a) Rail Cars: In the case of the manufacture of a new rail car, final assembly would typically include, as a minimum, the following operations: installation and interconnection of propulsion control equipment, propulsion cooling equipment, brake equipment, energy sources for auxiliaries and controls, heating and air conditioning, communications equipment, motors, wheels and axles, suspensions and frames; the inspection and verification of all installation and interconnection work; and the in-plant testing of the stationary product to verify all functions.
</P>
<P>(b) Buses: In the case of a new bus, final assembly would typically include, at a minimum, the installation and interconnection of the engine, transmission, axles, including the cooling and braking systems; the installation and interconnection of the heating and air conditioning equipment; the installation of pneumatic and electrical systems, door systems, passenger seats, passenger grab rails, destination signs, wheelchair lifts; and road testing, final inspection, repairs and preparation of the vehicles for delivery.
</P>
<P>(c) If a manufacturer's final assembly processes do not include all the activities that are typically considered the minimum requirements, it can request a Federal Transit Administration (FTA) determination of compliance. FTA will review these requests on a case-by-case basis to determine compliance with Buy America.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 6302, Feb. 16, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 40954, July 31, 1997; 72 FR 53697, Sept. 20, 2007; 72 FR 55103, Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 30239, June 25, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.12" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.12   Certification requirement for procurement of buses, other rolling stock and associated equipment.</HEAD>
<P>If buses or other rolling stock (including train control, communication, and traction power equipment) are being procured, the appropriate certificate as set forth below shall be completed and submitted by each bidder in accordance with the requirement contained in § 661.13(b) of this part.
</P>
<HD2>Certificate of Compliance with Buy America Rolling Stock Requirements 
</HD2>
<P>The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j), and the applicable regulations of 49 CFR 661.11.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-DASH>Date 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Signature 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Company 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Name 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Title</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<HD2> Certificate of Non-Compliance with Buy America Rolling Stock Requirements 
</HD2>
<P>The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j), but may qualify for an exception to the requirement consistent with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C), and the applicable regulations in 49 CFR 661.7.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-DASH>Date 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Signature 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Company 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Name 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Title</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14117, Mar. 21, 2006, as amended at 72 FR 53698, Sept. 20, 2007; 74 FR 30239, June 25, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.13   Grantee responsibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The grantee shall adhere to the Buy America clause set forth in its grant contract with FTA.
</P>
<P>(b) The grantee shall include in its bid or request for proposal (RFP) specification for procurement within the scope of this part an appropriate notice of the Buy America provision. Such specifications shall require, as a condition of responsiveness, that the bidder or offeror submit with the bid or offer a completed Buy America certificate in accordance with §§ 661.6 or 661.12 of this part, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(1) A bidder or offeror who has submitted an incomplete Buy America certificate or an incorrect certificate of noncompliance through inadvertent or clerical error (but not including failure to sign the certificate, submission of certificates of both compliance and non-compliance, or failure to submit any certification), may submit to the FTA Chief Counsel within ten (10) days of bid opening of submission or a final offer, a written explanation of the circumstances surrounding the submission of the incomplete or incorrect certification in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1746, sworn under penalty of perjury, stating that the submission resulted from inadvertent or clerical error. The bidder or offeror will also submit evidence of intent, such as information about the origin of the product, invoices, or other working documents. The bidder or offeror will simultaneously send a copy of this information to the FTA grantee.
</P>
<P>(i) The FTA Chief Counsel may request additional information from the bidder or offeror, if necessary. The grantee may not make a contract award until the FTA Chief Counsel issues his/her determination, except as provided in § 661.15(m).
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(2) For negotiated procurements, compliance with the Buy America requirements shall be determined on the basis of the certification submitted with the final offer or final revised proposal. However, where a grantee awards on the basis of initial proposals without discussion, the certification submitted with the initial proposal shall control.
</P>
<P>(3) Certification based on ignorance of the proper application of the Buy America requirements is not an inadvertent or clerical error. 
</P>
<P>(c) Whether or not a bidder or offeror certifies that it will comply with the applicable requirement, such bidder or offeror is bound by its original certification (in the case of a sealed bidding procurement) or its certification submitted with its final offer (in the case of a negotiated procurement) and is not permitted to change its certification after bid opening or submission of a final offer. Where a bidder or offeror certifies that it will comply with the applicable Buy America requirements, the bidder, offeror, or grantee is not eligible for a waiver of those requirements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 932, Jan. 9, 1991, as amended at 68 FR 9799, Feb. 28, 2003; 71 FR 14117, Mar. 21, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.15" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.15   Investigation procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It is presumed that a bidder or offeror who has submitted the required Buy America certificate is complying with the Buy America provision. A false certification is a criminal act in violation of 18 U.S.C. 1001.
</P>
<P>(b) Any party may petition FTA to investigate the compliance of a successful bidder or offeror with the bidder's or offeror's certification. That party (“the petitioner”) must include in the petition a statement of the grounds of the petition and any supporting documentation. If FTA determines that the information presented in the petition indicates that the presumption in paragraph (a) of this section has been overcome, FTA will initiate an investigation.
</P>
<P>(c) In appropriate circumstances, FTA may determine on its own to initiate an investigation without receiving a petition from a third party.
</P>
<P>(d) When FTA determines under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section to conduct an investigation, it requests that the grantee require the successful bidder or offeror to document its compliance with its Buy America certificate. The successful bidder or offeror has the burden of proof to establish that it is in compliance. Documentation of compliance is based on the specific circumstances of each investigation, and FTA will specify the documentation required in each case.
</P>
<P>(e) The grantee shall reply to the request under paragraph (d) of this section within 15 working days of the request. The investigated party may correspond directly with FTA during the course of investigation, if it informs the grantee that it intends to do so, and if the grantee agrees to such action in writing. The grantee must inform FTA, in writing, that the investigated party will respond directly to FTA. An investigated party may provide confidential or proprietary information (see paragraph (l) of this section) directly to FTA while providing other information required to be submitted as part of the investigation through the grantee.
</P>
<P>(f) Any additional information requested or required by FTA must be submitted within 5 working days after the receipt of such request unless specifically exempted by FTA.
</P>
<P>(g) The grantee's reply (or that of the bidder or offeror) will be transmitted to the petitioner. The petitioner may submit comments on the reply to FTA within 10 working days after receipt of the reply. The grantee and the low bidder or offeror will be furnished with a copy of the petitioner's comments, and their comments must be received by FTA within 5 working days after receipt of the petitioner's comments.
</P>
<P>(h) The failure of a party to comply with the time limits stated in this section may result in resolution of the investigation without consideration of untimely filed comments.
</P>
<P>(i) During the course of an investigation, with appropriate notification to affected parties, FTA may conduct site visits of manufacturing facilities and final assembly locations as it considers appropriate.
</P>
<P>(j) FTA will, upon request, make available to any interested party information bearing on the substance of the investigation which has been submitted by the petitioner, interested parties or grantees, except to the extent that withholding of information is permitted or required by law or regulation.
</P>
<P>(k) If a party submitting information considers that the information submitted contains proprietary material which should be withheld, a statement advising FTA of this fact may be included, and the alleged proprietary information must be identified wherever it appears. Any comments on the information provided shall be submitted within a maximum of ten days.
</P>
<P>(l) For purposes of paragraph (j) of this section, confidential or proprietary material is any material or data whose disclosure could reasonably be expected to cause substantial competitive harm to the party claiming that the material is confidential or proprietary.
</P>
<P>(m) When a petition for investigation has been filed before award, the grantee will not make an award before the resolution of the investigation, unless the grantee determines that:
</P>
<P>(1) The items to be procured are urgently required;
</P>
<P>(2) Delivery of performance will be unduly delayed by failure to make the award promptly; or
</P>
<P>(3) Failure to make prompt award will otherwise cause undue harm to the grantee or the Federal Government.
</P>
<P>(n) In the event that the grantee determines that the award is to be made during the pendency of an investigation, the grantee will notify FTA before to making such award. FTA reserves the right not to participate in the funding of any contract awarded during the pendency of an investigation.
</P>
<P>(o) Initial decisions by FTA will be in written form. Reconsideration of an initial decision of FTA may be requested by any party involved in an investigation. FTA will only reconsider a decision only if the party requesting reconsideration submits new matters of fact or points of law that were not known or available to the party during the investigation. A request for reconsideration of a decision of FTA shall be filed not later than ten (10) working days after the initial written decision. A request for reconsideration will be subject to the procedures in this section consistent with the need for prompt resolution of the matter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 932, Jan. 9, 1991, as amended at 71 FR 14118, Mar. 21, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.17" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.17   Failure to comply with certification.</HEAD>
<P>If a successful bidder or offeror fails to demonstrate that it is in compliance with its certification, it will be required to take the necessary steps in order to achieve compliance. If a bidder or offeror takes these necessary steps, it will not be allowed to change its original bid price or the price of its final offer. If a bidder or offeror does not take the necessary steps, it will not be awarded the contract if the contract has not yet been awarded, and it is in breach of contract if a contract has been awarded.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14118, Mar. 21, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.18" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.18   Intentional violations.</HEAD>
<P>A person shall be ineligible to receive any contract or subcontract made with funds authorized under the Federal Public Transportation Act of 2005 pursuant to part 29 of this title if it has been determined by a court or Federal agency that the person intentionally—
</P>
<P>(a) Affixed a label bearing a “Made in America” inscription, or an inscription with the same meaning, to a product not made in the United States, but sold in or shipped to the United States and used in projects to which this section applies, or
</P>
<P>(b) Otherwise represented that any such product was produced in the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 6303, Feb. 16, 1996, as amended at 72 FR 53698, Sept. 20, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.19" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.19   Sanctions.</HEAD>
<P>A willful refusal to comply with a certification by a successful bidder or offeror may lead to the initiation of debarment or suspension proceedings under part 29 of this title.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14118, Mar. 21, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.20" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.20   Rights of parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party adversely affected by an FTA action under this subsection shall have the right to seek review under the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), 5 U.S.C. 702 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, the sole right of any third party under the Buy America provision is to petition FTA under the provisions of § 661.15 of this part. No third party has any additional right, at law or equity, for any remedy including, but not limited to, injunctions, damages, or cancellation of the Federal grant or contracts of the grantee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 14118, Mar. 21, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 661.21" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.18.0.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 661.21   State Buy America provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, any State may impose more stringent Buy America or buy national requirements than contained in section 165 of the Act and the regulations in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) FTA will not participate in contracts governed by the following:
</P>
<P>(1) State Buy America or Buy National preference provisions which are not as strict as the Federal requirements.
</P>
<P>(2) State and local Buy National or Buy America preference provisions which are not explicitly set out under State law. For example, administrative interpretations of non-specific State legislation will not control.
</P>
<P>(3) State and local Buy Local preference provisions.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="663" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 663—PRE-AWARD AND POST-DELIVERY AUDITS OF ROLLING STOCK PURCHASES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1608(j); 23 U.S.C. 103(e)(f); Pub. L. 96-184, 93 Stat. 1320; Pub. L. 101-551, 104 Stat. 2733; sec. 3023(m), Pub. L. 109-59; 49 CFR 1.51.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 48395, Sept. 24, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part implements section 12(j) of the Federal Mass Transit Act of 1964, as amended, which was added by section 319 of the 1987 Surface Transportation and Uniform Relocation Assistance Act (Pub. L. 100-17). Section 12(j) requires the Federal Transit Administration, by delegation from the Secretary of Transportation, to issue regulations requiring pre-award and post-delivery audits when a recipient of Federal financial assistance purchases rolling stock with funds made available under the Federal Mass Transit Act, as amended.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.3   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to a recipient purchasing rolling stock to carry passengers in revenue service with funds made available under sections 3, 9, 18, and 16(b)(2) of the Federal Mass Transit Act, as amended; 23 U.S.C. 103(e)(4); and section 14 of the National Capital Transportation Act of 1969, as amended.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Pre-award</I> means that period in the procurement process before the recipient enters into a formal contract with the supplier.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Post-delivery</I> means the time period in the procurement process from when the rolling stock is delivered to the recipient until title to the rolling stock is transferred to the recipient or the rolling stock is put into revenue service, whichever is first.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Recipient</I> means a recipient of Federal financial assistance from FTA.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Revenue service</I> means operation of rolling stock for transportation of fare-paying passengers as anticipated by the recipient.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rolling stock</I> means buses, vans, cars, railcars, locomotives, trolley cars and buses, ferry boats, and vehicles used for guideways and incline planes.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Audit</I> means a review resulting in a report containing the necessary certifications of compliance with Buy America standards, purchaser's requirements specifications, and, where appropriate, a manufacturer's certification of compliance with or inapplicability of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, required by section 319 of STURAA and this part.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>FTA</I> means the Federal Transit Administration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.7" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.7   Certification of compliance to FTA.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient purchasing revenue service rolling stock with funds obligated by FTA on or after October 24, 1991, must certify to FTA that it will conduct or cause to be conducted pre-award and post-delivery audits as prescribed in this part. In addition, such a recipient must maintain on file the certifications required under subparts B, C, and D of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.9" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.9   Audit limitations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An audit under this part is limited to verifying compliance with
</P>
<P>(1) Applicable Buy America requirements [section 165 of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982, as amended,]; and
</P>
<P>(2) Solicitation specification requirements of the recipient.
</P>
<P>(b) An audit under this part includes, where appropriate, a copy of a manufacturer's self certification information that the vehicle complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or a certification that such standards are inapplicable.
</P>
<P>(c) An audit conducted under this part is separate from the single annual audit requirement established by Office of Management and Budget Circular A-128, “Audits of State and Local Governments,” dated May 16, 1985.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.11   Audit financing.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient purchasing revenue rolling stock with FTA funds may charge the cost of activities required by this part to the grant which FTA made for such purchase.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.13   Buy America requirements.</HEAD>
<P>A Buy America certification under this part shall be issued in addition to any certification which may be required by part 661 of this title. Nothing in this part precludes FTA from conducting a Buy America investigation under part 661 of this title.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.15" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.15   Compliance.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient subject to this part shall comply with all applicable requirements of this part. Such compliance is a condition of receiving Federal financial assistance from FTA. A recipient determined not to be in compliance with this part will be subject to the immediate suspension, withholding, or repayment of Federal financial assistance from FTA or other appropriate actions unless and until it comes into compliance with this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Pre-Award Audits</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.21" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.21   Pre-award audit requirements.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient purchasing revenue service rolling stock with FTA funds must ensure that a pre-award audit under this part is complete before the recipient enters into a formal contract for the purchase of such rolling stock.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.23" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.23   Description of pre-award audit.</HEAD>
<P>A pre-award audit under this part includes—
</P>
<P>(a) A Buy America certification as described in § 663.25 of this part;
</P>
<P>(b) A purchaser's requirements certification as described in § 663.27 of this part; and
</P>
<P>(c) Where appropriate, a manufacturer's Federal Motor Vehicle Safety certification information as described in § 663.41 or § 663.43 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.25" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.25   Pre-award Buy America certification.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, a pre-award Buy America certification is a certification that the recipient keeps on file that—
</P>
<P>(a) There is a letter from FTA which grants a waiver to the rolling stock to be purchased from the Buy America requirements under section 165(b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(4) of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982, as amended; or
</P>
<P>(b) The recipient is satisfied that the rolling stock to be purchased meets the requirements of section 165(a) or (b)(3) of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982, as amended, after having reviewed itself or through an audit prepared by someone other than the manufacturer or its agent documentation provided by the manufacturer which lists—
</P>
<P>(1) Component and subcomponent parts of the rolling stock to be purchased identified by manufacturer of the parts, their country of origin and costs; and
</P>
<P>(2) The location of the final assembly point for the rolling stock, including a description of the activities that will take place at the final assembly point and the cost of final assembly.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.27" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.27   Pre-award purchaser's requirements certification.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, a pre-award purchaser's requirements certification is a certification a recipient keeps on file that—
</P>
<P>(a) The rolling stock the recipient is contracting for is the same product described in the purchaser's solicitation specification; and
</P>
<P>(b) The proposed manufacturer is a responsible manufacturer with the capability to produce a vehicle that meets the recipient's specification set forth in the recipient's solicitation.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Post-Delivery Audits</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.31" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.31   Post-delivery audit requirements.</HEAD>
<P>A recipient purchasing revenue service rolling stock with FTA funds must ensure that a post-delivery audit under this part is complete before title to the rolling stock is transferred to the recipient.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.33" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.33   Description of post-delivery audit.</HEAD>
<P>A post-delivery audit under this part includes—
</P>
<P>(a) A post-delivery Buy America certification as described in § 663.35 of this part;
</P>
<P>(b) A post-delivery purchaser's requirements certification as described in § 663.37 of this part; and
</P>
<P>(c) When appropriate, a manufacturer's Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard self-certification information as described in § 663.41 or § 663.43 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.35" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.35   Post-delivery Buy America certification.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, a post-delivery Buy America certification is a certification that the recipient keeps on file that—
</P>
<P>(a) There is a letter from FTA which grants a waiver to the rolling stock received from the Buy America requirements under sections 165 (b)(1), or (b)(4) of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982, as amended; or
</P>
<P>(b) The recipient is satisfied that the rolling stock received meets the requirements of section 165 (a) or (b)(3) of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982, as amended, after having reviewed itself or by means of an audit prepared by someone other than the manufacturer or its agent documentation provided by the manufacturer which lists—
</P>
<P>(1) Components and subcomponent parts of the rolling stock identified by manufacturer of the parts, their country of origin and costs; and
</P>
<P>(2) The actual location of the final assembly point for the rolling stock including a description of the activities which took place at the final assembly point and the cost of the final assembly.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.37" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.37   Post-delivery purchaser's requirements certification.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, a post-delivery purchaser's requirements certification is a certification that the recipient keeps on file that—
</P>
<P>(a) Except for procurements covered under paragraph (c) in this section, a resident inspector (other than an agent or employee of the manufacturer) was at the manufacturing site throughout the period of manufacture of the rolling stock to be purchased and monitored and completed a report on the manufacture of such rolling stock. Such a report, at a minimum, shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Provide accurate records of all vehicle construction activities; and
</P>
<P>(2) Address how the construction and operation of the vehicles fulfills the contract specifications.
</P>
<P>(b) After reviewing the report required under paragraph (a) of this section, and visually inspecting and road testing the delivered vehicles, the vehicles meet the contract specifications.
</P>
<P>(c) For procurements of:
</P>
<P>(1) Ten or fewer buses; or
</P>
<P>(2) Procurements of twenty vehicles or fewer serving rural (other than urbanized) areas, or urbanized areas of 200,000 people or fewer; or
</P>
<P>(3) Any number of primary manufacturer standard production and unmodified vans, after visually inspecting and road testing the vehicles, the vehicles meet the contract specifications.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 48395, Sept. 24, 1991, as amended at 71 FR 14118, Mar. 21, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.39" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.39   Post-delivery audit review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a recipient cannot complete a post-delivery audit because the recipient or its agent cannot certify Buy America compliance or that the rolling stock meets the purchaser's requirements specified in the contract, the rolling stock may be rejected and final acceptance by the recipient will not be required. The recipient may exercise any legal rights it has under the contract or at law.
</P>
<P>(b) This provision does not preclude the recipient and manufacturer from agreeing to a conditional acceptance of rolling stock pending manufacturer's correction of deviations within a reasonable period of time.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Certification of Compliance With or Inapplicability of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.41" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.41   Certification of compliance with Federal motor vehicle safety standards.</HEAD>
<P>If a vehicle purchased under this part is subject to the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in part 571 of this title, a recipient shall keep on file its certification that it received, both at the pre-award and post-delivery stage, a copy of the manufacturer's self-certification information that the vehicle complies with relevant Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 663.43" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.19.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 663.43   Certification that Federal motor vehicle standards do not apply.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except for rolling stock subject to paragraph (b) of this section, if a vehicle purchased under this part is not subject to the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in part 571 of this title, the recipient shall keep on file its certification that it received a statement to that effect from the manufacturer.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart shall not apply to rolling stock that is not a motor vehicle.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="665" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 665—BUS TESTING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5318 and 49 CFR 1.91.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 50387, Aug. 1, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 665.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 665.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant for Federal financial assistance for the purchase or lease of buses with funds obligated by the FTA shall certify to the FTA that any new bus model acquired with such assistance has been tested and has received a passing test score in accordance with this part. This part contains the information necessary for a recipient to ensure compliance with this provision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 665.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 665.3   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part shall apply to an entity receiving Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 665.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 665.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part—
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Transit Administration or the Administrator's designee.
</P>
<P><I>Automotive</I> means that the bus is not continuously dependent on external power or guidance for normal operation. Intermittent use of external power shall not automatically exclude a bus of its automotive character or the testing requirement.
</P>
<P><I>Bus</I> means a rubber-tired automotive vehicle used for the provision of public transportation service by or for a recipient of FTA financial assistance.
</P>
<P><I>Bus model</I> means a bus design or variation of a bus design usually designated by the manufacturer by a specific name and/or model number.
</P>
<P><I>Bus Testing Facility</I> means the facility used by the entity selected by FTA to conduct the bus testing program, including test track facilities operated in connection with the program.
</P>
<P><I>Bus Testing Report</I> means the complete test report for a bus model, documenting the results of performing the complete set of bus tests on a bus model.
</P>
<P><I>Curb weight</I> means the weight of the bus including maximum fuel, oil, and coolant; but without passengers or driver.
</P>
<P><I>Emissions</I> means the components of the engine tailpipe exhaust that are regulated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), plus carbon dioxide (CO2) and methane (CH4).
</P>
<P><I>Emissions control system</I> means the components on a bus whose primary purpose is to minimize regulated emissions before they exit the tailpipe. This definition does not include components that contribute to low emissions as a side effect of the manner in which they perform their primary function (e.g., fuel injectors or combustion chambers).
</P>
<P><I>Final acceptance</I> means the formal approval by the recipient that the vehicle has met all of its bid specifications and the recipient has received proper title.
</P>
<P><I>Gross weight</I> (Gross Vehicle Weight, or GVW) means the seated load weight of the bus plus 150 pounds of ballast for each standee passenger, up to and including, the maximum rated standee passenger capacity identified on the bus interior bulkhead.
</P>
<P><I>Hybrid</I> means a propulsion system that combines two power sources, at least one of which is capable of capturing, storing, and re-using energy.
</P>
<P><I>Major change in chassis design</I> means, for vehicles manufactured on a third-party chassis, a change in frame structure, material or configuration, or a change in chassis suspension type.
</P>
<P><I>Major change in components</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) For those vehicles that are not manufactured on a third-party chassis, a change in a vehicle's engine, axle, transmission, suspension, or steering components;
</P>
<P>(2) For those that are manufactured on a third-party chassis, a change in the vehicle's chassis from one major design to another.
</P>
<P><I>Major change in configuration</I> means a change that is expected to have a significant impact on vehicle handling and stability or structural integrity.
</P>
<P><I>Modified third-party chassis or van</I> means a vehicle that is manufactured from an incomplete, partially assembled third-party chassis or van as provided by an OEM to a small bus manufacturer. This includes vehicles whose chassis structure has been modified to include: A tandem or tag axle; a drop or lowered floor; changes to the GVWR from the OEM rating; or other modifications that are not made in strict conformance with the OEM's modifications guidelines where they exist.
</P>
<P><I>New bus model</I> means a bus model that—
</P>
<P>(1) Has not been used in public transportation service in the United States before October 1, 1988; or
</P>
<P>(2) Has been used in such service but which after September 30, 1988, is being produced with a major change in configuration or a major change in components.
</P>
<P><I>Operator</I> means the operator of the Bus Testing Facility.
</P>
<P><I>Original equipment manufacturer (OEM)</I> means the original manufacturer of a chassis or van supplied as a complete or incomplete vehicle to a bus manufacturer.
</P>
<P><I>Parking brake</I> means a system that prevents the bus from moving when parked by preventing the wheels from rotating.
</P>
<P><I>Partial testing</I> means the performance of only that subset of the complete set of bus tests in which significantly different data would reasonably be expected compared to the data obtained in previous full testing of the baseline bus model at the Bus Testing Facility.
</P>
<P><I>Partial testing report,</I> also <I>partial test report,</I> means a report documenting, for a previously-tested bus model that is produced with major changes, the results of performing only that subset of the complete set of bus tests in which significantly different data would reasonably be expected as a result of the changes made to the bus from the configuration documented in the original full Bus Testing Report. A partial testing report is not valid unless accompanied by the corresponding full Bus Testing Report for the corresponding baseline bus configuration.
</P>
<P><I>Public transportation service</I> means the operation of a vehicle that provides general or special service to the public on a regular and continuing basis consistent with 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means an entity that receives funds under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53, either directly from FTA or through a direct recipient.
</P>
<P><I>Regenerative braking system</I> means a system that decelerates a bus by recovering its kinetic energy for on-board storage and subsequent use.
</P>
<P><I>Retarder</I> means a system other than the service brakes that slows a bus by dissipating kinetic energy.
</P>
<P><I>Seated load weight</I> means the curb weight of the bus plus the seated passenger load simulated by adding 150 pounds of ballast to each seating position and 600 pounds per wheelchair position.
</P>
<P><I>Service brake(s)</I> means the primary system used by the driver during normal operation to reduce the speed of a moving bus and to allow the driver to bring the bus to a controlled stop and hold it there. Service brakes may be supplemented by retarders or by regenerative braking systems.
</P>
<P><I>Small bus manufacturer</I> means a secondary market assembler that acquires a chassis or van from an OEM for subsequent modification or assembly and sale as 5-year/150,000-mile or 4-year/100,000-mile minimum service life vehicle.
</P>
<P><I>Tailpipe emissions</I> means the exhaust constituents actually emitted to the atmosphere at the exit of the vehicle tailpipe or corresponding system.
</P>
<P><I>Third party chassis</I> means a commercially available chassis whose design, manufacturing, and quality control are performed by an entity independent of the bus manufacturer.
</P>
<P><I>Unmodified mass-produced van</I> means a van that is mass-produced, complete and fully assembled as provided by an OEM. This shall include vans with raised roofs, and/or wheelchair lifts, or ramps that are installed by the OEM or by a party other than the OEM provided that the installation of these components is completed in strict conformance with the OEM modification guidelines.
</P>
<P><I>Unmodified third-party chassis</I> means a third-party chassis that either has not been modified, or has been modified in strict conformance with the OEM's modification guidelines.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 665.7" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 665.7   Certification of compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In each application to FTA for the purchase or lease of any new bus model, or any bus model with a major change in configuration or components to be acquired or leased with funds obligated by the FTA, the recipient shall certify that the bus was tested at the Bus Testing Facility and that the bus received a passing test score as required in this part. The recipient shall receive the appropriate full Bus Testing Report and any applicable partial testing report(s) before final acceptance of the first vehicle.
</P>
<P>(b) In dealing with a bus manufacturer or dealer, the recipient shall be responsible for determining whether a vehicle to be acquired requires full testing or partial testing or has already satisfied the requirements of this part. A bus manufacturer or recipient may request guidance from FTA.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Bus Testing Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 665.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 665.11   Testing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In order to be tested at the Bus Testing Facility, a new model bus shall—
</P>
<P>(1) Be a single model that complies with NHTSA requirements at 49 CFR part 565 <I>Vehicle Identification Number Requirements;</I> 49 CFR part 566 <I>Manufacturer Identification;</I> 49 CFR part 567 <I>Certification;</I> and where applicable, 49 CFR part 568 <I>Vehicle Manufactured in Two or More Stages—All Incomplete, Intermediate and Final-Stage Manufacturers of Vehicle Manufactured in Two or More Stages;</I>
</P>
<P>(2) Have been produced by an entity whose Disadvantaged Business Enterprise DBE goals have been submitted to FTA pursuant to 49 CFR part 26;
</P>
<P>(3) Identify the maximum rated quantity of standee passengers on the interior bulkhead in 2 inch tall or greater characters;
</P>
<P>(4) Meet all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, as defined by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in part 571 of this title; and
</P>
<P>(5) Be substantially fabricated and assembled using the techniques, tooling, and materials that will be used in production of subsequent buses of that model with the manufacturing point of origin for the bus structure, the axles, the foundation brakes, the propulsion power system and auxiliary power systems (engine, transmission, traction batteries, electric motor(s), fuel cell(s)), and the primary energy storage and delivery systems (fuel tanks, fuel injectors &amp; manifolds, and the fuel injection electronic control unit) identified in the test request submitted to FTA during the scheduling process.
</P>
<P>(b) If the new bus model has not previously been tested at the Bus Testing Facility, then the new bus model shall undergo the full tests requirements for Maintainability, Reliability, Safety, Performance (including Braking Performance), Structural Integrity, Fuel Economy, Noise, and Emissions Tests.
</P>
<P>(c) If the new bus model has not previously been tested at the Bus Testing Facility and is being produced on a third-party chassis that has been previously tested on another bus model at the Bus Testing Facility, then the new bus model may undergo partial testing in place of full testing.
</P>
<P>(d) If the new bus model has previously been tested at the Bus Testing Facility, but is subsequently manufactured with a major change in chassis or components, then the new bus model may undergo partial testing in place of full testing.
</P>
<P>(e) Buses shall be tested according to the service life requirements identified in the prevailing published version of FTA Circular 5010.
</P>
<P>(f) Tests performed in a higher service life category (<I>i.e.,</I> longer service life) need not be repeated when the same bus model is used in lesser service life applications.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 665.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 665.13   Test report and manufacturer certification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The operator of the Bus Testing Facility shall implement the performance standards and scoring system set forth in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon completion of testing, the operator of the facility shall provide the scored test results and the resulting test report to the entity that submitted the bus for testing and to FTA. The test report will be available to recipients only after both the bus manufacturer and FTA have approved it for release. If the bus manufacturer declines to release the report, or if the bus did not achieve a passing test score, the vehicle will be ineligible for FTA financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) A manufacturer or dealer of a new bus model or a bus produced with a major change in component or configuration shall provide a copy of the corresponding full Bus Testing Report and any applicable partial testing report(s) to a recipient during the point in the procurement process specified by the recipient, but in all cases before final acceptance of the first bus by the recipient.
</P>
<P>(2) A manufacturer who releases a report under paragraph (c)(1) of this section also shall provide notice to the operator of the facility that the test results and the test report are to be made available to the public.
</P>
<P>(d) If a tested bus model with a Bus Testing Report undergoes a subsequent major change in component or configuration, the manufacturer or dealer shall advise the recipient during the procurement process and shall include a description of the change. Any party may ask FTA for confirmation regarding the scope of the change.
</P>
<P>(e) A Bus Testing Report shall be available publicly once the bus manufacturer makes it available during a recipient's procurement process. The operator of the facility shall have copies of all the publicly available reports available for distribution. The operator shall make the final test results from the approved report available electronically and accessible over the internet.
</P>
<P>(f) The Bus Testing Report and the test results are the only official information and documentation that shall be made publicly available in connection with any bus model tested at the Bus Testing Facility.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Operations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 665.21" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 665.21   Scheduling.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All requests for testing, including requests for full, partial, or repeat testing, shall be submitted to the FTA Bus Testing Program Manager for review prior to scheduling with the operator of the Bus Testing Facility. All test requests shall provide: A detailed description of the new bus model to be tested; the service life category of the bus; engineering level documentation characterizing all major changes to the bus model; and documentation that demonstrates satisfaction of each one of the testing requirements outlined in section 665.11(a).
</P>
<P>(b) FTA will review the request, determine if the bus model is eligible for testing, and provide an initial response within five (5) business days. FTA will prepare a written response to the requester for use in scheduling the required testing.
</P>
<P>(c) To schedule a bus for testing, a manufacturer shall contact the operator of the Bus Testing Facility and provide the FTA response to the test request. Contact information and procedures for scheduling testing are available on the operator's Bus Testing Web site, <I>http://www.altoonabustest.com.</I>
</P>
<P>(d) Upon contacting the operator, the operator shall provide the manufacturer with the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A draft contract for the testing;
</P>
<P>(2) A fee schedule; and
</P>
<P>(3) The test procedures for the tests that will be conducted on the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(e) The operator shall process vehicles FTA has approved for testing in the order in which the contracts are signed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 665.23" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 665.23   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The operator shall charge fees in accordance with a schedule approved by FTA, which shall include different fees for partial testing.
</P>
<P>(b) Fees shall be prorated for a vehicle withdrawn from the Bus Testing Facility before the completion of testing.
</P>
<P>(c) The manufacturer's portion of the test fee shall be used first during the conduct of testing. The operator of the Bus Testing Facility shall obtain approval from FTA prior to continuing testing of each bus model at the Bus testing program's expense after the manufacturer's fee has been expended.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 665.25" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 665.25   Transportation of vehicle.</HEAD>
<P>A manufacturer shall be responsible for transporting its vehicle to and from the Bus Testing Facility at the beginning and completion of the testing at the manufacturer's own risk and expense.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 665.27" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 665.27   Procedures during testing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon receipt of a bus approved for testing the operator of the Bus Testing Facility shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Inspect the bus design configuration and compare it to the configuration documented in the test request;
</P>
<P>(2) Determine if the bus, when loaded to Gross Weight, does not exceed its Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, Gross Axle Weight Ratings, or maximum tire load ratings;
</P>
<P>(3) Determine if the bus is capable of negotiating the durability test track at curb weight, seated load weight, and Gross Vehicle Weight;
</P>
<P>(4) Determine if the bus is capable of performing the Fuel Economy and Emissions Test duty cycles within the established standards for speed deviation.
</P>
<P>(b) The operator shall present the results obtained from the activities of 665.27(a) and present them to the bus manufacturer and the FTA Bus Testing Program Manager for review prior to initiating testing using the Bus testing program funds. FTA will provide a written response within five (5) business days to authorize the start of testing or to request clarification for any discrepancies noted from the activities of 665.27(a). Testing can commence after five (5) business days if FTA does not provide a response.
</P>
<P>(c) The operator shall perform all maintenance and repairs on the test vehicle, consistent with the manufacturer's specifications, unless the operator determines that the nature of the maintenance or repair is best performed by the manufacturer under the operator's supervision.
</P>
<P>(d) The manufacturer shall be permitted to observe all tests. The manufacturer shall not provide maintenance or service unless requested to do so by the operator.
</P>
<P>(e) The operator shall investigate each occurrence of unauthorized maintenance and repairs and determine the potential impact to the validity of the test results. Tests where the results could have been impacted must be repeated at the manufacturer's expense.
</P>
<P>(f) The operator shall perform all modifications on the test vehicle, consistent with the manufacturer's specifications, unless the operator determines that the nature of the modification is best performed by the manufacturer under the operator's supervision. All vehicle modifications performed after the test has started will first require review and approval by FTA. If the modification is determined to be a major change, some or all of the tests already completed shall be repeated or extended at FTA's discretion.
</P>
<P>(g) The operator shall halt testing after any occurrence of unapproved, unauthorized, or unsupervised test vehicle modifications. Following an occurrence of unapproved or unsupervised test vehicle modifications, the vehicle manufacturer shall submit a new test request to FTA that addresses all the requirements in 665.11 to reenter the Bus testing program.
</P>
<P>(h) The operator shall perform eight categories of tests on new bus models. The eight tests and their corresponding performance standards are described in the following paragraphs.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Maintainability test.</I> The Maintainability test shall include bus servicing, preventive maintenance, inspection, and repair. It shall also include the removal and reinstallation of the engine and drive-train components that would be expected to require replacement during the bus's normal life cycle. Much of the maintainability data should be obtained during the Bus Durability Test. All servicing, preventive maintenance, and repair actions shall be recorded and reported. These actions shall be performed by test facility staff, although manufacturers shall be allowed to maintain a representative on-site during the testing. Test facility staff may require a manufacturer to provide vehicle servicing or repair under the supervision of the facility staff. Since the operator may not be familiar with the detailed design of all new bus models that are tested, tests to determine the time and skill required for removing and reinstalling an engine, a transmission, or other major propulsion system components may require advice from the bus manufacturer. All routine and corrective maintenance shall be carried out by the operator in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
</P>
<P>(i) The Maintainability Test Report shall include the frequency, personnel hours, and replacement parts or supplies required for each action during the test. The accessibility of selected components and other observations that could be important to a bus purchaser shall be included in the report.
</P>
<P>(ii) The performance standard for Maintainability is that no greater than 125 hours of total unscheduled maintenance shall be accumulated over the execution of a full test.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reliability test.</I> Reliability shall not be a separate test, but shall be addressed by recording all bus failures and breakdowns during all other testing. The detected bus failures, repair time, and the actions required to return the bus to operation shall be presented in the report. The performance standard for Reliability is that the vehicle under test experience no more than one uncorrected Class 1 failure and two uncorrected Class 2 failures over the execution of a full test. Class 1 failures are addressed in the Safety Test, below. An uncorrected Class 2 failure is a failure mode not addressed by a design or component modification that would cause a transit vehicle to be unable to complete its transit route and require towing or on-route repairs. A failure is considered corrected when a design or component modification is validated through sufficient remaining or additional reliability testing in which the failure does not reoccur.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Safety test.</I> The Safety Test shall consist of a Handling and Stability Test, a Braking Performance Test, and a review of the Class 1 reliability failures that occurred during the test. The Handling and Stability Test shall be an obstacle avoidance double-lane change test performed on a smooth and level test track. The lane change course will be set up using pylons to mark off two 12 foot center to center lanes with two 100 foot lane change areas 100 feet apart. Bus speed shall be held constant throughout a given test run. Individual test runs shall be made at increasing speeds up to a specified maximum or until the bus can no longer be operated safely over the course, whichever speed is lower. Both left- and right-hand lane changes shall be tested. The performance standard is that the test vehicle can safely negotiate and remain within the lane change test course at a speed of no less than 45 mph.
</P>
<P>(i) The functionality and performance of the service, regenerative (if applicable), and parking brake systems shall be evaluated at the test track. The test bus shall be subjected to a series of brake stops from specified speeds on high, low, and split-friction surfaces. The parking brake shall be evaluated with the bus parked facing both up and down a steep grade. There are three performance standards for braking. The stopping distance from a speed of 45 mph on a high friction surface shall satisfy the bus stopping distance requirements of FMVSS 105 or 121 as applicable. The bus shall remain within a standard 12-foot lane width during split coefficient brake stops. The parking brake shall hold the test vehicle stationary on a 20 percent grade facing up and down the grade for a period of 5 minutes.
</P>
<P>(ii) A review of all the Class 1 failures that occurred during the test shall be conducted as part of the Safety Test. Class 1 failures include those failures that, when they occur, could result in a loss of vehicle control; in serious injury to the driver, passengers, pedestrians, or other motorists; and in property damage or loss due to collision or fire. The performance standard is that at the completion of testing with no uncorrected Class 1 failure modes. A failure is considered corrected when a design or component modification is validated through sufficient remaining or additional Reliability Tests in which the failure does not reoccur over a number of miles equal to or greater than the additional failure up to 100% of the durability test mileage for the service life category of the tested bus.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Performance test.</I> The Performance Test shall measure the maximum acceleration, speed, and gradeability capability of the test vehicle. In determining the transit vehicle's maximum acceleration and speed, the bus shall be accelerated at full throttle from rest until it achieves its maximum speed on a level roadway. The performance standard for acceleration is that the maximum time that the test vehicle requires to achieve 30 mph is 18 seconds on a level grade. The gradeability test of the test vehicle shall be calculated based on the data measured on a level grade during the Acceleration Test. The performance standard for the gradeability test is that the test vehicle achieves a sustained speed of at least 40 mph on a 2.5 percent grade and a sustained speed of at least 10 mph on a 10 percent grade.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Structural integrity tests.</I> Two complementary Structural Integrity Tests shall be performed. Structural Strength and Distortion Tests shall be performed at the Bus Testing Center, and the Structural Durability Test shall be performed at the test track.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Structural strength and distortion tests.</I> (1) The bus shall be loaded to GVW, with one wheel on top of a curb and then in a pothole. This test shall be repeated for all four wheels. The test verifies:
</P>
<P>(i) Normal operation of the steering mechanism and;
</P>
<P>(ii) Operability of all passenger doors, passenger escape mechanisms, windows, and service doors. A water leak test shall be conducted in each suspension travel condition. The performance standard shall be that all vehicle passenger exits remain operational throughout the test.
</P>
<P>(2) Using a load-equalizing towing sling, a static tension load equal to 1.2 times the curb weight shall be applied to the bus towing fixtures (front and rear). The load shall be removed and the two eyes and adjoining structure inspected for damages or permanent deformations. The performance standard shall be that no permanent deformation is experienced at static loads up to 1.2 times the vehicle curb weight.
</P>
<P>(3) The bus shall be towed at CW with a heavy wrecker truck for 5 miles at 20 mph and then inspected for structural damage or permanent deformation. The performance standard shall be that the vehicle is towable with a standard commercial vehicle wrecker without experiencing any permanent damage to the vehicle.
</P>
<P>(4) With the bus at CW, probable damages and clearance issues due to tire deflating and hydraulic jacking shall be assessed. The performance standard shall be that the vehicle is capable of being lifted with a standard commercial vehicle hydraulic jack.
</P>
<P>(5) With the bus at CW, possible damages or deformation associated with lifting the bus on a two post hoist system or supporting it on jack stands shall be assessed. The performance standard shall be that the vehicle is capable of being supported by jack stands rated for the vehicle's weight.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Structural durability test.</I> The Structural Durability Test shall be performed on the durability course at the test track, simulating twenty-five percent of the vehicle's normal service life. The bus structure shall be inspected regularly during the test, and the mileage and identification of any structural anomalies and failures shall be reported in the Reliability Test. There shall be two performance standards for the Durability Test, one to address the vehicle frame and body structure and one to address the bus propulsion system. The performance standard for the vehicle frame and body structure shall be that there are no uncorrected failure modes of the vehicle frame and body structure at the completion of the full vehicle test. The performance standard for the vehicle propulsion system is that there are no uncorrected powertrain failure modes at the completion of a full test.
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Fuel economy test.</I> The Fuel Economy Test shall be conducted using duty cycles that simulate a diverse range of transit service operating profiles. This test shall measure the fuel economy or fuel consumption of the vehicle and present the results in metrics that minimize the number of unit conversions for mass, volume, and energy.
</P>
<P>(i) The Fuel Economy Test shall be designed only to enable FTA recipients to compare the relative fuel economy of buses operating at a consistent loading condition on the same set of typical transit driving cycles. The results of this test are not directly comparable to fuel economy estimates by other agencies, such as the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) or U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or for other purposes.
</P>
<P>(ii) The performance standard for fuel economy shall be the prevailing model year fuel consumption standards for heavy-duty vocational vehicles outlined in the NHTSA's Medium and Heavy-Duty Fuel Efficiency Program (49 CFR part 535).
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Noise test.</I> The Noise Test shall measure interior noise and vibration while the bus is idling (or in a comparable operating mode) and driving over smooth and irregular road surfaces, and also shall measure the transmission of exterior noise to the interior while the bus is not running. The exterior noise shall be measured as the bus is operated past a stationary measurement instrument. There shall be two minimum noise performance standards: One to address the maximum interior noise during vehicle acceleration from a stop, and one to address the maximum exterior noise during vehicle acceleration from a stop. The performance standard for interior noise while the vehicle accelerates from 0-35 mph shall be no greater than 80 decibels A-weighted. The performance standard for exterior noise while the vehicle accelerates from 0-35 miles per hour shall be no greater than 83 decibels A-weighted.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Emissions test.</I> The Emissions Test shall measure tailpipe emissions of those exhaust constituents regulated by the United States EPA for transit bus emissions, plus carbon dioxide (CO<E T="52">2</E>) and methane (CH<E T="52">4</E>), as the bus is operated over specific repeatable transit vehicle driving cycles. The Emissions test shall be conducted using an emission testing laboratory equipped with a chassis dynamometer capable of both absorbing and applying power.
</P>
<P>(i) The Emissions Test is not a certification test, and is designed only to enable FTA recipients to relatively compare the emissions of buses operating on the same set of typical transit driving cycles. The results of this test are not directly comparable to emissions measurements reported to other agencies, such as the EPA, or for other purposes.
</P>
<P>(ii) The emissions performance standard shall be the prevailing EPA emissions requirements for heavy-duty vehicles outlined in 40 CFR part 86 and 40 CFR part 1037.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="0" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD> </HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.20.5.1.1.29" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 665—Bus Model Scoring System and the Pass/Fail Standard
</HEAD>
<HD1>1. Bus Model Scoring System
</HD1>
<P>The Bus Model Scoring System shall be used to score the test results using the performance standards in each category. A bus model that fails to meet a minimum performance standard shall be deemed to have failed the test and will not receive an aggregate score. For buses that have passed all the minimum performance standards, an aggregate score shall be generated and presented in each Bus Testing Report. A bus model that just satisfies the minimum baseline performance standard and does not exceed any of the standards shall receive a score of 60. The maximum score a bus model shall receive is 100. The minimum and maximum points available in each test category shall be as shown below in Table A. The Bus Testing report will include a scoring summary table that displays the resulting scores in each of the test categories and subcategories. The scoring summary table shall have a disclaimer footnote stating that the use of the scoring system is not mandatory, only that the bus being procured receive a passing score.
</P>
<HD1>2. Pass/Fail Standard
</HD1>
<P>The passing standard shall be a score of 60. Bus models that fail to meet one or more of the minimum baseline performance standards will be ineligible to obtain an aggregate passing score.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er01au16.000.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er01au16.001.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="666-669" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 666-669 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="670" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 670—PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION SAFETY PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5329, 49 CFR 1.91.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 53058, Aug. 11, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 670.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 670.1   Purpose and applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part carries out the mandate of 49 U.S.C. 5329 to improve the safety of public transportation systems. This part establishes substantive and procedural rules for FTA's administration of the Public Transportation Safety Program. This part applies to recipients of Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 670.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 670.3   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>The Federal Transit Administration (FTA) has adopted the principles and methods of Safety Management Systems (SMS) as the basis for enhancing the safety of public transportation in the United States. FTA will follow the principles and methods of SMS in its development of rules, regulations, policies, guidance, best practices and technical assistance administered under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5329.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 670.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 670.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Accountable Executive</I> means a single, identifiable individual who has ultimate responsibility for carrying out the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan of a public transportation agency; responsibility for carrying out the agency's Transit Asset Management Plan; and control or direction over the human and capital resources needed to develop and maintain both the agency's Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5329(d), and the agency's Transit Asset Management Plan in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5326.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Transit Administrator or his or her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Advisory</I> means a notice that informs or warns a recipient of hazards or risks to the recipient's public transportation system. An advisory may include recommendations for avoiding or mitigating the hazards or risks.
</P>
<P><I>Audit</I> means a review or analysis of records and related materials, including, but not limited to, those related to financial accounts.
</P>
<P><I>Corrective action plan</I> means a plan developed by a recipient that describes the actions the recipient will take to minimize, control, correct or eliminate risks and hazards, and the schedule for taking those actions. Either a State Safety Oversight Agency of FTA may require a recipient to develop and carry out a corrective action plan.
</P>
<P><I>Deputy Administrator</I> means the Federal Transit Deputy Administrator or his or her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Directive</I> means a written communication from FTA to a recipient that requires the recipient to take one or more specific actions to ensure the safety of the recipient's public transportation system.
</P>
<P><I>Examination</I> means a process for gathering or analyzing facts or information related to the safety of a public transportation system.
</P>
<P><I>FTA</I> means the Federal Transit Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Hazard</I> means any real or potential condition that can cause injury, illness, or death; damage to or loss of the facilities, equipment, rolling stock, or infrastructure of a recipient's public transportation system; or damage to the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Inspection</I> means a physical observation of equipment, facilities, rolling stock, operations, or records for the purpose of gathering or analyzing facts or information.
</P>
<P><I>Investigation</I> means the process of determining the causal and contributing factors of an accident, incident or hazard for the purpose of preventing recurrence and mitigating risk.
</P>
<P><I>National Public Transportation Safety Plan</I> means the plan to improve the safety of all public transportation systems that receive Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53.
</P>
<P><I>Pattern or practice</I> means two or more findings by FTA of a recipient's violation of the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5329 or the regulations thereunder.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means a State or local governmental authority, or any other operator of public transportation that receives financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53. The term “recipient” includes State Safety Oversight Agencies.
</P>
<P><I>Record</I> means any writing, drawing, map, recording, diskette, DVD, CD-ROM, tape, film, photograph, or other documentary material by which information is preserved. The term “record” also includes any such documentary material stored electronically.
</P>
<P><I>Risk</I> means the composite of predicted severity and likelihood of the potential effect of a hazard.
</P>
<P><I>Safety Management System (SMS)</I> means a formal, top-down, organization-wide data-driven approach to managing safety risk and assuring the effectiveness of a recipient's safety risk mitigations. SMS includes systematic procedures, practices and policies for managing risks and hazards.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P><I>State Safety Oversight Agency</I> means an agency established by a State that meets the requirements and performs the functions specified by 49 U.S.C. 5329(e) and the regulations set forth in 49 CFR part 659 or 49 CFR part 674.
</P>
<P><I>Testing</I> means an assessment of equipment, facilities, rolling stock or operations of a recipient's public transportation system.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Inspections, Investigations, Audits, Examinations and Testing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 670.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 670.11   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator may conduct investigations, inspections, audits and examinations, and test the equipment, facilities, rolling stock and operations of a recipient's public transportation system.
</P>
<P>(b) To the extent practicable, the Administrator will provide notice to a recipient prior to initiating any activities carried out under the authorities listed in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrator will conduct activities carried out under this section at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, as determined by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(d) In carrying out this section, the Administrator may require the production of relevant documents and records, take evidence, issue subpoenas and depositions, and prescribe recordkeeping and reporting requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 670.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 670.13   Request for confidential treatment of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator may grant a recipient's request for confidential treatment of records produced under § 670.11, on the basis that the records are—
</P>
<P>(1) Exempt from the mandatory disclosure requirements of the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552);
</P>
<P>(2) Required to be held in confidence by 18 U.S.C. 1905; or
</P>
<P>(3) Otherwise exempt from public disclosure under Federal or State laws.
</P>
<P>(b) A recipient must submit the record that contains the alleged confidential information with the request for confidential treatment.
</P>
<P>(c) A recipient's request for confidential treatment must include a statement justifying nondisclosure and provide the specific legal basis upon which the request for nondisclosure should be granted.
</P>
<P>(d) A recipient's justification statement must indicate whether the recipient is requesting confidentiality for the entire record, or whether non-confidential information in the record can be reasonably segregated from the confidential information. If a recipient is requesting confidentiality for only a portion of the record, the request must include a copy of the entire record and a second copy of the record where the purportedly confidential information has been redacted. The Administrator may assume there is no objection to public disclosure of the record in its entirety if the requestor does not submit a second copy of the record with the confidential information redacted at the time that the request is submitted.
</P>
<P>(e) A recipient must mark any record containing any information for which confidential treatment is requested as follows—“CONFIDENTIAL” or “CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION” in bold letters.
</P>
<P>(f) The Administrator will provide notice to a recipient of his or her decision to approve or deny a request, in whole or in part, no less than five (5) days prior to the public disclosure of a record by FTA. The Administrator will provide an opportunity for a recipient to respond to his or her decision prior to the public disclosure of a record.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Authorities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 670.21" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 670.21   General.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to actions described in §§ 670.23 through 670.29, in exercising his or her authority under this part, the Administrator may—
</P>
<P>(a) Require more frequent oversight of a recipient by a State Safety Oversight Agency that has jurisdiction over the recipient;
</P>
<P>(b) Impose requirements for more frequent reporting by a recipient;
</P>
<P>(c) Order a recipient to develop and carry out a corrective action plan; and
</P>
<P>(d) Issue restrictions and prohibitions, if through testing, inspection, investigation, audit or research carried out under Chapter 53, the Administrator determines that an unsafe condition or practice, or a combination of unsafe conditions and practices, exist such that there is a substantial risk of death or personal injury.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 670.23" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 670.23   Use or withholding of funds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Directing the use of funds.</I> The Administrator may require a recipient to use Chapter 53 funds to correct safety violations identified by the Administrator or a State Safety Oversight Agency before such funds are used for any other purpose.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Withholding of funds.</I> Except as provided under 49 CFR part 674, the Administrator may withhold not more than twenty-five (25) percent of funds apportioned under 49 U.S.C. 5307 from a recipient when the Administrator has evidence that the recipient has engaged in a pattern or practice of serious safety violations, or has otherwise refused to comply with the Public Transportation Safety Program, as codified at 49 U.S.C. 5329, or any regulation or directive issued under those laws for which the Administrator exercises enforcement authority for safety.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice.</I> The Administrator will issue a notice of violation that includes the amount the Administrator proposes to redirect or withhold at least ninety (90) days prior to the date from when the funds will be redirected or withheld. The notice will contain—
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the legal authority for its issuance;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the regulatory provisions or directives FTA believes the recipient has violated;
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the remedial action sought to correct the violation; and
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of facts supporting the proposed remedial action.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reply.</I> Within thirty (30) days of service of a notice of violation, a recipient may file a written reply with the Administrator. Upon receipt of a written request, the Administrator may extend the time for filing for good cause shown. The reply must be in writing, and signed by the recipient's Accountable Executive or equivalent entity. A written reply may include an explanation for the alleged violation, provide relevant information or materials in response to the alleged violation or in mitigation thereof, or recommend alternative means of compliance for consideration by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Decision.</I> The Administrator will issue a written decision within thirty (30) days of his or her receipt of a recipient's reply. The Administrator shall consider a recipient's response in determining whether to dismiss the notice of violation in whole or in part. If a notice of violation is not dismissed, the Administrator may undertake any other enforcement action he or she deems appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 670.25" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 670.25   General directives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Administrator may issue a general directive under this part that is applicable to all recipients or a subset of recipients for the following reasons—
</P>
<P>(1) The Administrator determines that an unsafe condition or practice, or a combination of unsafe conditions and practices, exists such that there is a risk of death or personal injury, or damage to property or equipment; or
</P>
<P>(2) For any other purpose where the Administrator determines that the public interest requires the avoidance or mitigation of a hazard or risk.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective date.</I> A general directive is effective upon final notice provided by the Administrator under paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice.</I> The Administrator will provide notice of a general directive to recipients in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> The notice will include at minimum—
</P>
<P>(1) A reference to the authority under which the directive is being issued;
</P>
<P>(2) A statement of the purpose of the issuance of the directive, including a description of the subjects or issues involved and a statement of the remedial actions sought; and
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the time within which written comments must be received by FTA.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Consideration of comments received.</I> The Administrator will consider all timely comments received. Late filed comments will be considered to the extent practicable.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Final notice.</I> After consideration of timely comments received, the Administrator will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> that includes both a response to comments and a final general directive or a statement rescinding, revising, revoking or suspending the directive.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 670.27" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 670.27   Special directives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Deputy Administrator may issue a special directive under this part to one or more named recipients for the following reasons—
</P>
<P>(1) The Deputy Administrator has reason to believe that a recipient is engaging in conduct, or there is evidence of a pattern or practice of a recipient's conduct, in violation of the Public Transportation Safety Program or any regulation or directive issued under those laws for which the Administrator exercises enforcement authority for safety;
</P>
<P>(2) The Deputy Administrator determines that an unsafe condition or practice, or a combination of unsafe conditions and practices exists such that there is a substantial risk of death or personal injury, or damage to property or equipment; or
</P>
<P>(3) For any other purpose where the Deputy Administrator determines that the public interest requires the avoidance or mitigation of a hazard or risk through immediate compliance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective date.</I> A special directive is effective upon notice provided by the Deputy Administrator under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice.</I> The Deputy Administrator will provide notice to a recipient that is subject to a special directive. The Deputy Administrator may initially provide notice through telephonic or electronic communication; however, written notice will be served by personal service or by U.S. mail following telephonic or electronic communication. Notice will include the following information, at minimum—
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the recipient or recipients to which the directive applies;
</P>
<P>(2) A reference to the authority under which the directive is being issued; and
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the purpose of the issuance of the directive, including a description of the subjects or issues involved, a statement of facts upon which the notice is being issued, a statement of the remedial actions being sought, and the date by which such remedial actions must be taken.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Petition for reconsideration.</I> Within thirty (30) days of service of a notice issued under paragraph (c) of this section, a recipient may file a petition for reconsideration with the Administrator. Unless explicitly stayed or modified by the Administrator, a special directive will remain in effect and must be observed pending review of a petition for reconsideration. Any such petition:
</P>
<P>(1) Must be in writing and signed by a recipient's Accountable Executive or equivalent entity;
</P>
<P>(2) Must include a brief explanation of why the recipient believes the special directive should not apply to it or why compliance with the special directive is not possible, is not practicable, is unreasonable, or is not in the public interest; and
</P>
<P>(3) May include relevant information regarding the factual basis upon which the special directive was issued, information in response to any alleged violation or in mitigation thereof, recommend alternative means of compliance for consideration, and any other information deemed appropriate by the recipient.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Request for extension.</I> Upon written request, the Administrator may extend the time for filing a request for reconsideration for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Filing a petition for reconsideration.</I> A petition must be submitted to the Office of the Administrator, Federal Transit Administration, using one of the following methods—
</P>
<P>(1) Email to FTA, sent to an email address provided in the notice of special directive;
</P>
<P>(2) Facsimile to FTA at 202-366-9854; or
</P>
<P>(3) Mail to FTA at: FTA, Office of the Administrator, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Processing of petitions for reconsideration</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Each petition received under this section will be reviewed and disposed of by the Administrator no later than ninety days (90) after receipt of the petition. No hearing, argument or other proceeding will be held directly on a petition before its disposition under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Grants.</I> If the Administrator determines the petition contains adequate justification, he or she may grant the petition, in whole or in part.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Denials.</I> If the Administrator determines the petition does not justify modifying, rescinding or revoking the directive, in whole or in part, he or she may deny the petition.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Notification.</I> The Administrator will issue notification to a recipient of his or her decision.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Judicial review.</I> A recipient may seek judicial review in an appropriate United States District Court after a final action of FTA under this section, as provided in 5 U.S.C. 701-706.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 670.29" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 670.29   Advisories.</HEAD>
<P>In any instance in which the Administrator determines there are hazards or risks to public transportation, the Administrator may issue an advisory which recommends corrective actions, inspections, conditions, limitations or other actions to avoid or mitigate any hazards or risks. The Administrator will issue notice to recipients of an advisory in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—National Public Transportation Safety Plan</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 670.31" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.22.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 670.31   Purpose and contents of the National Public Transportation Safety Plan.</HEAD>
<P>Periodically, FTA will issue a National Public Transportation Safety Plan to improve the safety of all public transportation systems that receive funding under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53. The National Public Transportation Safety Plan will include the following—
</P>
<P>(a) Safety performance criteria for all modes of public transportation, established through public notice and comment;
</P>
<P>(b) The definition of <I>state of good repair;</I>
</P>
<P>(c) Minimum safety performance standards for vehicles in revenue operations, established through public notice and comment;
</P>
<P>(d) Minimum performance standards for public transportation operations established through public notice and comment;
</P>
<P>(e) The Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program;
</P>
<P>(f) Safety advisories, directives and reports;
</P>
<P>(g) Best practices, technical assistance, templates and other tools;
</P>
<P>(h) Research, reports, data and information on hazard identification and risk management in public transportation, and guidance regarding the prevention of accidents and incidents in public transportation; and
</P>
<P>(i) Any other content as determined by FTA.






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="671" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 671—RAIL TRANSIT ROADWAY WORKER PROTECTION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5329, 49 CFR 1.91.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 87220, Oct. 31, 2024, unless otherwise noted.






</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.1   Purpose and Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The purpose of this part is to set forth the applicability of the rail transit Roadway Worker Protection (RWP) regulation.
</P>
<P>(b) This part applies to rail transit agencies (RTA) that receive Federal financial assistance authorized under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53; and to State Safety Oversight Agencies (SSOA) that oversee the safety of rail fixed guideway public transportation systems. This part does not apply to rail systems that are subject to the safety oversight of the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA).
</P>
<P>(c) This part applies to transit workers who access any rail fixed guideway public transportation systems in the performance of work.
</P>
<P>(d) An RTA must coordinate with an SSOA to establish an SSOA-approved RWP program that meets the requirements of this part, within one calendar year from the effective date of this rule.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.3   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part establishes minimum safety standards for rail transit Roadway Worker Protection (RWP) to ensure the safe operation of public transportation systems and to prevent safety events, fatalities, and injuries to transit workers who may access the roadway in the performance of work. Each RTA and SSOA may prescribe additional or more stringent operating rules, safety rules, and other special instructions that are consistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The Federal Transit Administration (FTA) has adopted the principles and methods of Safety Management Systems (SMS) as the basis for enhancing the safety of public transportation in the United States. Activities conducted to carry out these RWP safety standards must be integrated into the RTA's SMS, including the Safety Risk Management (SRM) process, specified in § 673.25 of this chapter, and the Safety Assurance process, specified in § 673.27 of this chapter.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Accountable Executive</I> means a single identifiable person who has ultimate responsibility for carrying out the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan of a transit agency; responsibility for carrying out the transit agency's Transit Asset Management Plan; and control or direction over the human and capital resources needed to develop and maintain both the transit agency's Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5329(d), and the transit agency's Transit Asset Management Plan in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5326.
</P>
<P><I>Ample time</I> means the time necessary for a roadway worker to be clear of the track zone or in a place of safety 15 seconds before a rail transit vehicle moving at the maximum authorized speed on that track could arrive at the location of the roadway worker.
</P>
<P><I>Equivalent entity</I> means an entity that carries out duties similar to that of a Board of Directors, for a recipient or subrecipient of FTA funds under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53, including sufficient authority to review and approve a recipient or subrecipient's Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan.
</P>
<P><I>Equivalent protection</I> means alternative designs, materials, or methods that the RTA can demonstrate to the SSOA will provide equal or greater safety for roadway workers than the means specified in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Flag person</I> means a roadway worker designated to direct or restrict the movement of rail transit vehicles or equipment past a point on a track to provide on-track safety for roadway workers, while engaged solely in performing that function.
</P>
<P><I>Foul time protection</I> is a method of establishing working limits in which a roadway worker is notified by the control center that no rail transit vehicles will be authorized to operate within a specific segment of track until the roadway worker reports clear of the track.
</P>
<P><I>Fouling a track</I> means the placement of an individual or an item of equipment in such proximity to a track that the individual or equipment could be struck by a moving rail transit vehicle or on-track equipment, typically within four feet of the outside rail on both sides of any track.
</P>
<P><I>Individual rail transit vehicle detection</I> means a process by which a lone worker acquires on-track safety by visually detecting approaching rail transit vehicles or equipment and leaving the track in ample time.
</P>
<P><I>Job safety briefing</I> means a meeting addressing the requirements of this part that is conducted prior to commencing work by the Roadway Worker in Charge, typically at the job site, to notify roadway workers or other transit workers about the hazards related to the work to be performed and the protections to eliminate or protect against those hazards. Alternatively, briefings can be conducted virtually for those individuals who are working remotely on the job site.
</P>
<P><I>Lone worker</I> means an individual roadway worker who is not afforded on-track safety by another roadway worker, who is not a member of a roadway work group, and who is not engaged in a common task with another roadway worker.
</P>
<P><I>Maximum authorized speed</I> means the highest speed permitted for the movement of rail transit vehicles established by the rail transit vehicle control system, service schedule, and operating rules. This speed is used when calculating ample time.
</P>
<P><I>Minor tasks</I> mean those tasks performed without the use of tools during the execution of which a roadway worker or other transit worker can hear and visually assess their surroundings at least every five (5) seconds for approaching rail transit vehicles and that can be performed without violating ample time.
</P>
<P><I>Near-miss</I> means a narrowly avoided safety event.
</P>
<P><I>On-track safety</I> means a state of freedom from the danger of being struck by a moving rail transit vehicle or other equipment, and other on-track hazards, as provided by operating and safety rules that govern track occupancy by roadway workers, other transit workers, rail transit vehicles, and on-track equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Place of safety</I> means a space an individual or individuals can safely occupy outside the track zone, sufficiently clear of any rail transit vehicle, including any on-track equipment, moving on any track.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified</I> means a status attained by a roadway worker or other transit worker who has successfully completed required training (including refresher training) for, has demonstrated proficiency in, and is authorized by the RTA to perform the duties of a particular position or function.
</P>
<P><I>Rail fixed guideway public transportation system</I> means any fixed guideway system, or any such system in engineering or construction, that uses rail, is operated for public transportation, is within the jurisdiction of a State, and is not subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Railroad Administration. These include but are not limited to rapid rail, heavy rail, light rail, monorail, trolley, inclined plane, funicular, and automated guideway.
</P>
<P><I>Rail transit agency (RTA)</I> means any entity that provides services on a rail fixed guideway public transportation system.
</P>
<P><I>Rail transit vehicle</I> means any rolling stock used on a rail fixed guideway public transportation system, including but not limited to passenger and maintenance vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Rail transit vehicle approach warning</I> means a method of establishing on-track safety by warning roadway workers of the approach of rail transit vehicles in ample time for them to move to or remain in a place of safety in accordance with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Redundant protection</I> means at least one additional protection beyond individual rail transit vehicle detection to ensure on-track safety for roadway workers. Redundant protections may be procedural, physical, or both.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway</I> means land on which rail transit tracks and support infrastructure have been constructed to support the movement of rail transit vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway maintenance machine</I> means a device which is used on or near rail transit track for maintenance, repair, construction or inspection of track, bridges, roadway, signal, communications, or electric traction systems. Roadway maintenance machines may have road or rail wheels or may be stationary.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway worker</I> means a transit worker whose duties involve inspection, construction, maintenance, repairs, or providing on-track safety such as flag persons and watchpersons on or near the roadway or right-of-way or with the potential of fouling track.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway work group</I> means two or more roadway workers organized to work together on a common task.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway worker in charge</I> means a roadway worker who is qualified under this part to establish on-track safety.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway Worker Protection (RWP)</I> means the polices, processes, and procedures implemented by an RTA to prevent safety events for transit workers who must access the roadway in the performance of their work.
</P>
<P><I>RWP manual</I> means the entire set of the RTA's on-track safety rules and instructions maintained together, including operating rules and other procedures concerning on-track safety protection and on-track safety measures, designed to prevent roadway workers from being struck by rail transit vehicles or other on-track equipment.
</P>
<P><I>Safety event</I> means an unexpected outcome resulting in injury or death; damage to or loss of the facilities, equipment, rolling stock, or infrastructure of a public transportation system; or damage to the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Sight distance</I> means the length of roadway visible ahead for a roadway worker.
</P>
<P><I>State Safety Oversight Agency (SSOA)</I> means an agency established by a State that meets the requirements and performs the functions specified by 49 U.S.C. 5329(e) and (k) and 49 CFR part 674.
</P>
<P><I>Track access guide</I> means a document that describes the physical characteristics of the RTA's track system, including track areas with close or no clearance, curves with blind spots or restricted sight lines, areas with loud noise, and potential environmental conditions that require additional consideration in establishing on-track safety.
</P>
<P><I>Track zone</I> means an area identified by the RTA where a person or equipment could be struck by the widest equipment that could occupy the track.
</P>
<P><I>Transit worker</I> means any employee, contractor, or volunteer working on behalf of the RTA or SSOA.
</P>
<P><I>Transit Worker Safety Reporting Program</I> means the process required under § 673.23(b) that allows transit workers to report safety concerns, including transit worker assaults, near-misses, and unsafe acts and conditions to senior management, provides protections for transit workers who report safety conditions to senior management, and describes transit worker behaviors that may result in disciplinary action.
</P>
<P><I>Watchperson</I> means a roadway worker qualified to provide warning to roadway workers of approaching rail transit vehicles or track equipment whose sole duty is to look out for approaching rail transit vehicles and track equipment and provide at least 15 seconds advanced warning plus time to clear based on the maximum authorized track speed for the work location to transit workers before the arrival of rail transit vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Working limits</I> means a segment of track with explicit boundaries upon which rail transit vehicles and on-track equipment may move only as authorized by the roadway worker having control over that defined segment of track.
</P>
<P><I>Work zone</I> means the immediate area where work is being performed within the track zone.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Roadway Worker Protection (RWP) Program and Manual</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.11   RWP program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each RTA must adopt and implement an approved RWP program to improve transit worker safety that is consistent with Federal and State safety requirements and meets the minimum requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The RWP program must include:
</P>
<P>(1) An RWP manual as described in § 671.13; and
</P>
<P>(2) All of the RWP program elements described in Subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Each RTA must submit its RWP manual and subsequent updates to its SSOA for review and approval as described in § 671.25.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.13   RWP manual.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each RTA must establish and maintain a separate, dedicated manual documenting its RWP program.
</P>
<P>(b) The RWP manual must include the terminology, abbreviations, and acronyms used to describe the RWP program activities and requirements.
</P>
<P>(c) The RWP manual must document:
</P>
<P>(1) All elements of the RWP program in Subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) A definition of RTA and transit worker responsibilities as described in Subpart C—Responsibilities.
</P>
<P>(3) Training, qualification, and supervision required for transit workers to access the track zone, by labor category or type of work performed.
</P>
<P>(4) Processes and procedures, including any use of roadway workers to provide adequate on-track safety, for all transit workers who may access the track zone in the performance of their work, including safety and oversight personnel. Procedures for SSOA personnel to access the roadway must conform with the SSOA's risk-based inspection program.
</P>
<P>(d) The RWP manual must include or incorporate by reference a track access guide to support on-track safety. The track access guide must be based on a physical survey of the track geometry and condition of the transit system and include, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(1) Locations with limited, close, or no clearance, including locations (such as alcoves, recessed spaces, or other designated places or areas of refuge or safety) with size or access limitations.
</P>
<P>(2) Locations subject to increased rail vehicle or on-track equipment braking requirements or reduced rail transit vehicle operator visibility due to precipitation or other weather conditions.
</P>
<P>(3) Curves with no or limited visibility.
</P>
<P>(4) Locations with limited or no visibility due to obstructions or topography.
</P>
<P>(5) All portals with restricted views.
</P>
<P>(6) Locations with heavy outside noise or other environmental conditions that impact on-track safety.
</P>
<P>(7) Any other locations with access considerations.
</P>
<P>(e) Following initial approval of the RWP manual by its SSOA, not less than every two years, the RTA must review and update its RWP manual to reflect current conditions and lessons learned in implementing the RWP program and information provided by the SSOA and FTA.
</P>
<P>(f) The RTA must update its RWP manual and track access guide as necessary and as soon as practicable upon any change to the system that conflicts with any element of either document.
</P>
<P>(g) The RWP manual must be distributed to all transit workers who access the roadway and redistributed after each revision.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Responsibilities</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.21" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.21   Rail transit agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In General.</I> Each RTA must establish procedures to:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide ample time and determine the appropriate sight distance based on maximum authorized track speeds.
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure that individual rail transit vehicle detection is never used as the only form of protection in the track zone.
</P>
<P>(3) Provide job safety briefings to all transit workers who must enter a track zone to perform work.
</P>
<P>(4) Provide job safety briefings to all transit workers whenever a rule violation is observed.
</P>
<P>(5) Provide transit workers with the right to challenge and refuse in good faith any assignment based on on-track safety concerns and resolve such challenges and refusals promptly and equitably.
</P>
<P>(6) Require the reporting of unsafe acts, unsafe conditions, and near-misses on the roadway as part of the Transit Worker Safety Reporting Program and described in § 673.23(b) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(7) Ensure all transit workers who must enter a track zone to perform work understand, are qualified in, and comply with the RWP program.
</P>
<P>(8) Provide an escort, as needed, to support individuals that are not RWP certified and do not fall into the categories of roadway worker, transit worker, or emergency personnel if they must enter a track zone.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Equipment and protections.</I> Each RTA must establish the requirements for on-track safety, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Equipment that transit workers must have to access the roadway or a track zone by labor category, including personal protective equipment such as high-reflection vests, safety shoes, and hard hats.
</P>
<P>(2) Credentials (<I>e.g.,</I> badge, wristband, RWP card) for transit workers to enter the roadway or track zone by labor category and how to display them so they are visible.
</P>
<P>(3) Protections for emergency response personnel who must access the roadway or the track zone.
</P>
<P>(4) Protections for multiple roadway work groups within a common work area in a track zone.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.23" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.23   Transit worker.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>RWP program.</I> Each transit worker must follow the requirements of the RTA's RWP program by position and labor category.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fouling the track.</I> A transit worker may only foul the track once they have received appropriate permissions and redundant protections have been established as specified in the RWP manual.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Acknowledgement of protections providing on-track safety.</I> A transit worker must understand and acknowledge in writing the protections providing on-track safety measures for their specific task before accessing the roadway or track zone.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Refusal to foul the track.</I> A transit worker may refuse to foul the track if the transit worker makes a good faith determination that that they believe any assignment is unsafe or would violate the RTA's RWP program.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reporting.</I> A transit worker must report unsafe acts and conditions and near-misses related to the RWP program as part of the RTA's Transit Worker Safety Reporting Program.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.25" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.25   State safety oversight agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Review and approve RWP program elements.</I> The SSOA must review and approve the RWP manual and any subsequent updates for each RTA within its jurisdiction:
</P>
<P>(1) The SSOA must coordinate with the RTA on the initial review and approval of the RWP program elements so that the RWP program is established and approved within one calendar year from December 2, 2024, and
</P>
<P>(2) The SSOA must submit the current approved RWP program for each RTA in its jurisdiction to FTA annually with the annual report required by 49 CFR 674.39.






</P>
<P>(b) <I>RWP program oversight.</I> The SSOA must update its program standard to explain the role of the SSOA in overseeing an RTA's execution of its RWP program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Annual RWP program audit.</I> (1) The SSOA must conduct an annual audit of the RTA's compliance with its RWP program, including all required RWP program elements, for each RTA that it oversees. This review may be conducted in conjunction with the review and approval of the RTA's Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan or any other review or audit.


</P>
<P>(2) The SSOA must issue a report with any findings and recommendations arising from the audit, which must include, at minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) An analysis of the effectiveness of the RWP program, including, at a minimum, a review of:
</P>
<P>(A) All RWP-related events over the period covered by the audit;
</P>
<P>(B) All RWP-related reports made to the Transit Worker Safety Reporting Program over the period covered by the audit;
</P>
<P>(C) All documentation of instances where a transit worker(s) challenged and refused in good faith any assignment based on on-track safety concerns and documentation of the resolution for any such instance during the period covered by the audit;
</P>
<P>(D) An assessment of the adequacy of the track access guide, including whether the guide reflects current track geometry and conditions;
</P>
<P>(E) A review of training and qualification records for transit workers who must enter a track zone to perform work;
</P>
<P>(F) A representative sample of written job safety briefing confirmations as described in § 671.33; and
</P>
<P>(G) The compliance monitoring program described in § 671.43.
</P>
<P>(ii) Recommendations for improvements, if necessary or appropriate.
</P>
<P>(iii) Corrective action plan(s), if necessary or appropriate, must be developed and executed consistent with requirements established in part 674.
</P>
<P>(3) The RTA must be given an opportunity to comment on any findings and recommendations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 87220, Oct. 31, 2024, as amended at 91 FR 33656, June 4, 2026]






</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Required RWP Program Elements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.31" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.31   Roadway worker in charge requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>On-track safety and supervision.</I> The RTA must designate one roadway worker in charge for each roadway work group whose duties require fouling a track.
</P>
<P>(1) The roadway worker in charge must be qualified under the RTA's training and qualification program as specified in § 671.41.
</P>
<P>(2) The roadway worker in charge may be designated generally or may be designated specifically for a particular work situation.
</P>
<P>(3) The roadway worker in charge is responsible for the on-track safety for all members of the roadway work group.
</P>
<P>(4) The roadway worker in charge must serve only the function of maintaining on-track safety for all members of the roadway work group and perform no other unrelated job function while designated for duty.
</P>
<P>(5) For multiple roadway work groups within common working limits, the RTA may designate a single roadway worker in charge for the entire working limit. If a single roadway worker in charge is designated over multiple roadway work groups within a working limit, each work group must be accompanied by an employee qualified to the level of a roadway worker in charge, as specified in § 671.41, who shall be responsible for direct communication with the roadway worker in charge.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Communication.</I> The RTA must ensure that the roadway worker in charge provides a job safety briefing to all roadway workers before any member of a roadway work group fouls a track, following the requirements specified in § 671.33.
</P>
<P>(1) The roadway worker in charge must provide a job safety briefing to all members of the roadway work group before any on-track safety procedures change during the work period, whenever on-track safety conditions change, or immediately following an observed violation of on-track safety procedures, before work in the track zone may continue.
</P>
<P>(2) In the event of an emergency, the roadway worker in charge must warn each roadway worker to immediately leave the roadway and not return until on-track safety is re-established, and a job safety briefing is completed.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.33" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.33   Job safety briefing policies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The RTA must ensure the roadway worker in charge provides any roadway worker who must foul a track with a job safety briefing prior to fouling the track, every time the roadway worker fouls the track.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Elements.</I> The job safety briefing must include, at a minimum, the following, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) A discussion of the nature of the work to be performed and the characteristics of the work, including work plans for multiple roadway worker groups within a single work area;
</P>
<P>(2) Working limits;
</P>
<P>(3) The hazards involved in performing the work. For RTAs with electrified systems, this discussion must include the status of power and hazards explicitly related to the electrified system;
</P>
<P>(4) Information on how on-track safety is to be provided for each track identified to be fouled; identification and location of key personnel, such as a watchperson and the roadway worker in charge; and information on what should be done in the event of an emergency;
</P>
<P>(5) Instructions for each on-track safety procedure to be followed, including appropriate flags and proper flag placement;
</P>
<P>(6) Communication roles and responsibilities for all transit workers involved in the work;
</P>
<P>(7) Safety information about any adjacent track, defined as track next to or adjoining the track zone where on-track safety has been established, and identification of roadway maintenance machines or on-track equipment that will foul such tracks;
</P>
<P>(8) Information on the accessibility of the roadway worker in charge, including emergency contact information, and alternative procedures in the event the roadway worker in charge is no longer accessible to members of the roadway work group;
</P>
<P>(9) Required personal protective equipment;
</P>
<P>(10) Designated place(s) of safety of a sufficient size to accommodate all roadway workers within the work area; and
</P>
<P>(11) The means for determining ample time.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Confirmation and written acknowledgement.</I> A job safety briefing is complete only after:
</P>
<P>(1) The roadway worker in charge confirms that each roadway worker understands the on-track safety procedures and instructions;
</P>
<P>(2) Each roadway worker acknowledges in writing the briefing and the requirement to use the required personal protective equipment; and
</P>
<P>(3) The roadway worker in charge confirms in writing that they have received written acknowledgement of the briefing from each worker.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Follow-up briefings.</I> If after the initial job safety briefing there is any change in the scope of work or roadway work group, or on-track safety conditions change, or a violation of on-track safety is observed, a follow-up job safety briefing must be conducted.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.35" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.35   Lone worker.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>On-track safety and supervision.</I> The RTA may authorize lone workers to perform limited duties that require fouling a track.
</P>
<P>(1) The lone worker must be qualified as a roadway worker in charge and lone worker under the RTA's training and qualification program as specified in § 671.41.
</P>
<P>(2) The lone worker may perform routine inspection or minor tasks and move from one location to another. The lone worker may not use power tools and may only access locations have defined in the track access guide as appropriate for lone workers, <I>i.e.,</I> no loud noises, no restricted clearances, etc.
</P>
<P>(3) The lone worker may not use individual rail transit vehicle detection, where the lone worker is solely responsible for seeing approaching trains and clearing the track before the trains arrive, as the only form of on-track safety.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Communication.</I> Each lone worker must communicate prior to fouling the track with a supervisor or another designated employee to receive an on-track safety job briefing consisting of the elements in § 671.33(b), including a discussion of their planned work activities and the procedures that they intend to use to establish on-track safety. The lone worker must acknowledge and document the job safety briefing in writing consistent with § 671.33(c).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.37" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.37   Good faith safety challenge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Written procedure.</I> Each RTA must document its procedures that provide to every roadway worker the right to challenge and refuse in good faith any assignment they believe is unsafe or would violate the RTA's RWP program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prompt and equitable resolution.</I> The written procedure must include methods or processes to achieve prompt and equitable resolution of any challenges and refusals made.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requirements.</I> The written procedure must include a requirement that the roadway worker provide a description of the safety concern regarding on-track safety and that the roadway work group must remain clear of the roadway or track zone until the challenge and refusal is resolved.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.39" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.39   Risk-based redundant protections.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) Each RTA must identify and provide redundant protections for each category of work roadway workers perform on the roadway or track.
</P>
<P>(2) Each RTA must establish redundant protections to ensure on-track safety for multiple roadway work groups within a common work area.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safety risk assessment to determine redundant protections.</I> Each RTA must assess the risk associated with transit workers accessing the roadway using the methods and processes established under § 673.25(c) of this chapter. The RTA must use the methods and processes established under § 673.25(d) of this chapter to establish redundant protections for each category of work performed by roadway workers on the rail transit system and must include lone workers.
</P>
<P>(1) The safety risk assessment must be consistent with the RTA's Agency Safety Plan (ASP) and the SSOA's program standard.
</P>
<P>(2) The safety risk assessment may be supplemented by engineering assessments, inputs from the safety assurance process established under § 673.27 of this chapter, the results of safety event investigations, and other SRM strategies or approaches.
</P>
<P>(3) The RTA must review and update the safety risk assessment at least every two years to include current conditions and lessons learned from safety events, actions taken to address reports of unsafe acts and conditions, and near-misses, and results from compliance monitoring regarding the effectiveness of the redundant protections.
</P>
<P>(4) The SSOA may also identify and require the RTA to implement alternate redundant protections based on the RTA's unique operating characteristics and capabilities.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Categories of work requiring redundant protections.</I> Redundant protections must be identified for roadway workers performing different categories of work on the roadway and within track zones, which may include but are not limited to categories such as:
</P>
<P>(1) Roadway workers moving from one track zone location to another;
</P>
<P>(2) Roadway workers performing minor tasks;
</P>
<P>(3) Roadway workers conducting visual inspections;
</P>
<P>(4) Roadway workers using hand tools, machines, or equipment in conducting testing of track system components or non-visual inspections;
</P>
<P>(5) Roadway workers using hand tools, machines, or equipment in performing maintenance, construction, or repairs; and/or
</P>
<P>(6) Lone workers accessing the roadway or track zone or performing visual inspections or minor tasks.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Types of redundant protections.</I> (1) Redundant protections may be procedural or physical.
</P>
<P>(i) Procedural protections alert rail transit vehicle operators to the presence of roadway workers and use radio communications, personnel, signage, or other means to direct rail transit vehicle movement.
</P>
<P>(ii) Physical protections physically control the movement of rail transit vehicles into or through a work zone.
</P>
<P>(2) Redundant protections may include but are not limited to:
</P>
<P>(i) Approaches consistent with the FRA rules governing redundant protections;
</P>
<P>(ii) Rail transit vehicle approach warning;
</P>
<P>(iii) Foul time;
</P>
<P>(iv) Exclusive track occupancy, defined as a method of establishing working limits, as part of on-track safety, in which movement authority of rail transit vehicles and other equipment is withheld by the control center or restricted by flag persons and provided by a roadway worker in charge;
</P>
<P>(v) Warning signs, flags, or lights;
</P>
<P>(vi) Flag persons;
</P>
<P>(vii) Lock outs from the rail transit vehicle control systems or lining and locking track switches or otherwise physically preventing entry and movement of rail transit vehicles;
</P>
<P>(viii) Secondary warning devices and alert systems;
</P>
<P>(ix) Shunt devices and portable trip stops to reduce the likelihood of rail transit vehicles from entering work zone with workers;
</P>
<P>(x) Restricting work to times when propulsion power is down with verification that track is out of service, and when barriers are placed that physically prevent rail transit vehicles, including on-track equipment, from entering the work zone;
</P>
<P>(xi) Use of walkways in tunnels and on elevated structures to reduce roadway worker time in the track zone; and
</P>
<P>(xii) Speed restrictions.
</P>
<P>(3) Redundant protections for lone workers must include, at a minimum, foul time or an equivalent protection approved by the SSOA.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.41" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.4.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.41   RWP training and qualification program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each RTA must adopt an RWP training program.
</P>
<P>(1) The RWP training program must address all transit workers responsible for on-track safety, by position, including roadway workers, operations control center personnel, rail transit vehicle operators, operators of on-track equipment and roadway maintenance machines, and any others with a role in providing on-track safety or fouling a track for the performance of work.
</P>
<P>(2) The RWP training program must be completed for the relevant position before an RTA may assign a transit worker to perform the duties of a roadway worker, to oversee or supervise access to the track zone from the operations control center, or to operate vehicles, on-track equipment, and roadway maintenance machines on the rail transit system.
</P>
<P>(3) The RWP training program must address RWP hazard recognition and mitigation, and lessons learned through the results of compliance testing, near-miss reports, reports of unsafe acts or conditions, and feedback received on the training program.
</P>
<P>(4) The RWP training program must include initial and refresher training, by position. Refresher training must occur every two years at a minimum.
</P>
<P>(5) The RTA must review and update its RWP training program not less than every two years, to reflect lessons learned in implementing the RWP program and information provided by the SSOA and FTA. The RTA must provide an opportunity for roadway worker involvement in the RWP training program review and update process.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required elements.</I> The RWP training program must include interactive training with the opportunity to ask the RWP trainer questions and raise and discuss RWP issues.
</P>
<P>(1) Initial training must include experience in a representative field setting.
</P>
<P>(2) Initial and refresher training must include demonstrations and assessments to ensure the ability to comply with RWP instructions given by transit workers performing, or responsible for, on-track safety and RWP functions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Minimum contents for RWP training.</I> The RWP training program must address, as applicable, the following minimum contents:
</P>
<P>(1) How to interpret and use the RTA's RWP manual;
</P>
<P>(2) How to challenge and refuse assignments in good faith;
</P>
<P>(3) How to report unsafe acts, unsafe conditions, and near-misses after they occur, and the mandatory duty to make such reports;
</P>
<P>(4) Recognition of the track zone and understanding of the space around tracks within which on-track safety is required, including use of the track access guide;
</P>
<P>(5) The functions and responsibilities of all transit workers involved in on-track safety, by position;
</P>
<P>(6) Proper compliance with on-track safety instructions given by transit workers performing or responsible for on-track safety functions;
</P>
<P>(7) Signals and directions given by watchpersons, and the proper procedures upon receiving a rail transit vehicle approach warning from a watchperson;
</P>
<P>(8) The hazards associated with working on or near rail transit tracks to include traction power, if applicable;
</P>
<P>(9) Rules and procedures for redundant protections identified under § 671.39 and how they are applied to RWP; and






</P>
<P>(10) Requirements for safely crossing rail transit tracks in yards and on the mainline.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Specialized training and qualification for transit workers with additional responsibilities for on-track safety.</I> The RWP training program must include additional training for watchpersons, flag persons, lone workers, roadway workers in charge, and other transit workers with responsibilities for establishing, supervising, and monitoring on-track safety.
</P>
<P>(1) This training must cover the content and application of the additional RWP program requirements carried out by these positions and must address the relevant physical characteristics of the RTA's system where on-track safety may be established.
</P>
<P>(2) This training must include demonstrations and assessments to confirm the transit worker's ability to perform these additional responsibilities.
</P>
<P>(3) Refresher training on additional responsibilities for on-track safety, by position, must occur every two years at a minimum.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Competency and qualification of training personnel.</I> Each RTA must ensure that transit workers providing RWP training are qualified and have active RWP certification at the RTA to provide effective RWP training, and at a minimum must consider the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A trainer's experience and knowledge of effective training techniques in the chosen learning environment;
</P>
<P>(2) A trainer's experience with the RTA RWP program;
</P>
<P>(3) A trainer's knowledge of the RTA RWP rules, operations, and operating environment, including applicable operating rules; and
</P>
<P>(4) A trainer's knowledge of the training requirements specified in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 87220, Oct. 31, 2024, as amended at 91 FR 33656, June 4, 2026]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.43" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.4.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.43   RWP compliance monitoring program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Each RTA must adopt a program for monitoring its compliance with the requirements specified in its RWP program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required elements.</I> The RWP compliance monitoring program must include inspections, observations, and audits, consistent with safety performance monitoring and measurement requirements in the RTA's ASP described in § 673.27(b) of this chapter and the SSOA's program standard.
</P>
<P>(1) The RTA must provide quarterly reports to the SSOA documenting the RTA's compliance with and sufficiency of the RWP program.
</P>
<P>(2) The RTA must provide an annual briefing to the Accountable Executive and the Board of Directors, or equivalent entity, regarding the performance of the RWP program and any identified deficiencies requiring corrective action.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Recordkeeping</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 671.51" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.23.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 671.51   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each RTA must maintain the documents that set forth its RWP program; documents related to the implementation of the RWP program; and results from the procedures, processes, assessments, training, and activities specified in this part for the RWP program.
</P>
<P>(b) Each RTA must maintain records of its compliance with this requirement, including records of transit worker RWP training and refresher training, for a minimum of three years after they are created.
</P>
<P>(c) These documents must be made available upon request by the FTA or other Federal entity, or an SSOA having jurisdiction.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="672" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 672—PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION SAFETY CERTIFICATION TRAINING PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5329, 5334; 49 CFR 1.91.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 66007, Aug. 14, 2024, unless otherwise noted.






</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 672.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 672.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part implements a uniform safety certification training curriculum and requirements to enhance the technical proficiency of individuals who conduct safety reviews, inspections, examinations, and other safety oversight activities of public transportation systems operated by public transportation agencies and those who are directly responsible for safety oversight of public transportation agencies.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not preempt any safety certification training requirements required by a State for public transportation agencies within its jurisdiction.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 672.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 672.3   Scope and applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In general, this part applies to all recipients of Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53.
</P>
<P>(b) The requirements of this part apply only to:
</P>
<P>(1) State Safety Oversight Agencies (SSOAs) and their employees and contractors that conduct safety reviews, inspections, examinations, and other safety oversight activities of rail fixed guideway public transportation systems, and
</P>
<P>(2) Rail transit agencies and their employees and contractors who are directly responsible for the safety oversight of a recipient's rail fixed guideway public transportation systems.
</P>
<P>(c) Voluntary participants may complete the Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program curriculum in accordance with this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 672.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 672.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Transit Administrator or the Administrator's designee.
</P>
<P><I>Contractor</I> means an entity that performs tasks on behalf of the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), a State Safety Oversight Agency (SSOA), or public transportation agency through contract or other agreement.
</P>
<P><I>Designated personnel</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Employees and contractors identified by a recipient whose job function is directly responsible for safety oversight of the public transportation system of the public transportation agency; or
</P>
<P>(2) Employees and contractors of a State Safety Oversight Agency (SSOA) whose job function requires them to conduct reviews, inspections, examinations, and other safety oversight activities of the rail fixed guideway public transportation systems subject to the jurisdiction of the agency.
</P>
<P><I>Directly responsible for safety oversight</I> means public transportation agency personnel whose primary job function includes the development, implementation, and review of the agency's safety plan and/or the State Safety Oversight Agency (SSOA) requirements for the rail fixed guideway public transportation system pursuant to 49 CFR part 674.
</P>
<P><I>Examination</I> means a process for gathering or analyzing facts or information related to the safety of a public transportation system.
</P>
<P><I>FTA</I> means the Federal Transit Administration, an operating administration within the United States Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Initial training</I> means the group of specific courses an individual must complete within three (3) years of enrollment in the Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program to receive their first program certificate.
</P>
<P><I>Public transportation agency</I> means an entity that provides public transportation service as defined in 49 U.S.C. 5302 and that has one or more modes of service not subject to the safety oversight requirements of another Federal agency.
</P>
<P><I>Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program curriculum</I> means the initial training designated personnel or voluntary participants must complete to receive the Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program certificate of completion.
</P>
<P><I>Rail fixed guideway public transportation system</I> means any fixed guideway system, or any such system in engineering or construction, that uses rail, is operated for public transportation, is within the jurisdiction of a State, and is not subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Railroad Administration. These systems include but are not limited to rapid rail, heavy rail, light rail, monorail, trolley, inclined plane, funicular, and automated guideway.
</P>
<P><I>Rail transit agency</I> means any entity that provides services on a rail fixed guideway public transportation system.
</P>
<P><I>Recertification</I> means the process of renewing an individual's Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program certification for two years.
</P>
<P><I>Recertification training</I> means the training courses or activities designated personnel must complete within two (2) years of completing the Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program curriculum to maintain certification and every two (2) years thereafter.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means a State or local governmental authority or any other operator of a public transportation system receiving financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53.
</P>
<P><I>Safety review</I> means a review or analysis of safety records and related materials.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P><I>State Safety Oversight Agency (SSOA)</I> means an agency established by a State that meets the requirements and performs the functions specified by 49 U.S.C. 5329(e) and (k) and the regulations set forth in 49 CFR part 674.
</P>
<P><I>Voluntary participant</I> means an individual participating in the Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program that is not subject to the requirements of this part, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Employees and contractors of an applicable recipient that have not been designated under § 672.11(a) or § 672.13(a), and
</P>
<P>(2) Individuals who are not employees or contractors of an applicable recipient.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Training Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 672.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 672.11   State Safety Oversight Agency employees and contractors who conduct safety reviews, inspections, examinations, and other safety oversight activities of rail fixed guideway public transportation systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each SSOA shall designate its employees and contractors that must comply with the applicable training requirements of this part and the Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program (PTSCTP) curriculum. Each SSOA must designate employees and contractors who conduct reviews, inspections, examinations, and other safety oversight activities of public transportation systems, including appropriate managers and supervisors of such personnel.
</P>
<P>(b) Each SSOA shall ensure that each designated individual is enrolled in the PTSCTP within 30 days of the individual's designation. Each SSOA shall ensure the compliance of designated participants with the applicable training requirements of this part and the PTSCTP curriculum.
</P>
<P>(c) Employees and contractors designated under paragraph (a) of this section shall complete applicable training requirements of this part and the PTSCTP curriculum within three (3) years of their initial PTSCTP enrollment.
</P>
<P>(d) Thereafter, upon completion of the PTSCTP curriculum, designated personnel shall complete recertification every two (2) years. Required recertification training shall consist of two elements:
</P>
<P>(1) Element 1: Recertification training defined by FTA, and
</P>
<P>(2) Element 2: Recertification training defined by the SSOA, which must include, at a minimum, one (1) hour of safety oversight training.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 672.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 672.13   Rail transit agency employees and contractors who are directly responsible for the safety oversight of a rail fixed guideway public transportation system.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each rail transit agency shall designate its employees and contractors who must comply with the applicable training requirements of this part and the PTSCTP curriculum. Each rail transit agency must designate employees and contractors who are directly responsible for safety oversight of rail modes.
</P>
<P>(b) Each rail transit agency shall ensure that each designated individual is enrolled in the PTSCTP within 30 days of the individual's designation. Each rail transit agency shall ensure the compliance of designated participants with the applicable training requirements of this part and the PTSCTP curriculum.
</P>
<P>(c) Employees and contractors designated under paragraph (a) of this section shall complete applicable training requirements of this part and the PTSCTP curriculum within three (3) years of their initial PTSCTP enrollment.
</P>
<P>(d) Thereafter, upon completion of the PTSCTP curriculum, designated personnel must complete recertification every two (2) years. Required recertification training shall consist of two elements:
</P>
<P>(1) Element 1: Specific recertification training defined by FTA, and
</P>
<P>(2) Element 2: Recertification training defined by the rail transit agency, which must include, at a minimum, one (1) hour of safety oversight training.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 672.15" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 672.15   Evaluation of prior certification and training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) PTSCTP participants or an identified point of contact described in § 672.21(b) may request that FTA evaluate safety training or certification previously obtained from another entity to determine if the training satisfies an applicable training requirement of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Individuals requesting FTA evaluation of previously obtained training or certification must provide FTA with an official transcript or certificate of the training, a description of the curriculum and competencies obtained, and a brief statement detailing how the training or certification satisfies the applicable requirements of this part. The required information must be submitted using an equivalency credit request via electronic means defined by FTA.
</P>
<P>(c) FTA will evaluate the submission and determine if a training requirement of this part may be waived. If a waiver is granted, designated personnel are responsible for completing all other applicable requirements of this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 672.17" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 672.17   Voluntary participants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Individuals not subject to the requirements of this part may participate voluntarily. To receive a certificate of completion as a voluntary participant, individuals must complete the PTSCTP curriculum within three (3) years of their enrollment. Voluntary participants are not required to complete recertification. FTA will not recertify voluntary participants.
</P>
<P>(b) If a voluntary participant has received a PTSCTP certificate of completion and is subsequently designated by an SSOA or rail transit agency as a PTSCTP participant, the individual will need to complete required recertification training within two (2) years of designation.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Administrative Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 672.21" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 672.21   Records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirement.</I> Each recipient subject to the requirements of this part shall ensure that its designated personnel:
</P>
<P>(1) Are enrolled in the PTSCTP;
</P>
<P>(2) Complete the initial training specified in the PTSCTP curriculum within three (3) years of their enrollment as a designated participant; and
</P>
<P>(3) Complete required recertification every two (2) years upon completion of the PTSCTP curriculum.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Point of contact identification.</I> Each recipient, subject to the requirements of this part, shall identify a single point of contact (POC) for communication with FTA regarding PTSCTP information. The recipient shall provide FTA, via electronic method defined by FTA, at a minimum, the POC's name, title, phone number, and email address.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Point of contact responsibilities.</I> Each POC will serve as a liaison between the recipient and FTA to inform FTA of changes in designated personnel participating in the PTSCTP, enroll new participants, submit proof of recertification for the recipient's designated personnel, and address any other program documentation or communications needs.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Annual reporting.</I> The identified POC must submit documentation annually to FTA, via electronic method defined by FTA, that identifies:


</P>
<P>(1) All employees and contractors of the recipient who are designated as PTSCTP participants; and
</P>
<P>(2) The course or courses the recipient has identified as required recertification training for their designated personnel. The agency identified recertification training must include, at a minimum, one (1) hour of safety oversight training. The documentation must include the complete name and length of each course, as well as the name of the course training provider.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>SSOA requirement.</I> (1) Each SSOA shall retain a record of the technical training completed by its designated personnel in accordance with the technical training requirements of this part. SSOAs shall retain training records for at least five (5) years from the date the record is created.
</P>
<P>(2) Each SSOA shall develop and maintain a technical training plan for designated personnel who perform reviews, inspections, examinations, and other safety oversight activities. The SSOA will submit its technical training plan to FTA for review and evaluation as part of its annual reporting to FTA as required under § 674.39 of this chapter. This review process will support the consultation required between FTA and SSOAs regarding the staffing and qualification of the designated personnel in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5329(e)(3)(D).
</P>
<P>(3) Each SSOA shall identify the tasks related to reviews, inspections, examinations, and other safety oversight activities requiring SSOA approval, which must be performed by the SSOA to carry out its safety oversight requirements, and identify the skills and knowledge necessary to perform each oversight task at that system. At a minimum, the technical training plan will describe the process for receiving technical training in the following competency areas appropriate to the specific rail fixed guideway public transportation system(s) for which reviews and inspections conducted:
</P>
<P>(i) Agency organizational structure.
</P>
<P>(ii) Agency Safety Plan.
</P>
<P>(iii) Knowledge of agency:
</P>
<P>(A) Territory and revenue service schedules.
</P>
<P>(B) Current bulletins, general orders, and other associated directives that ensure safe operations.
</P>
<P>(C) Operations and maintenance rule books.
</P>
<P>(D) Safety rules.
</P>
<P>(E) Standard Operating Procedures.
</P>
<P>(F) Roadway Worker Protection.
</P>
<P>(G) Employee Hours of Service and Fatigue Management program.
</P>
<P>(H) Employee Observation and Testing Program (Efficiency Testing).
</P>
<P>(I) Employee training and certification requirements.
</P>
<P>(J) Vehicle inspection and maintenance programs, schedules, and records.
</P>
<P>(K) Track inspection and maintenance programs, schedules and records.
</P>
<P>(L) Tunnels, bridges, and other structures inspection and maintenance programs, schedules, and records.
</P>
<P>(M) Traction power (substation, overhead catenary system, and third rail), load dispatching, inspection and maintenance programs, schedules, and records.
</P>
<P>(N) Signal and train control inspection and maintenance programs, schedules, and records.
</P>
<P>(4) The SSOA will determine the length of time for the technical training based on the skill level of the designated personnel relative to the applicable rail transit agency(s). FTA will provide a template as requested to assist the SSOA with preparing and monitoring its technical training plan and will provide technical assistance as requested. Each SSOA technical training plan that is submitted to FTA for review will:
</P>
<P>(i) Require designated personnel to successfully:
</P>
<P>(A) Complete training that covers the skills and knowledge needed to effectively perform the tasks.
</P>
<P>(B) Pass a written and/or oral examination covering the skills and knowledge required for the designated personnel to effectively perform their tasks.
</P>
<P>(C) Demonstrate hands-on capability to perform their tasks to the satisfaction of the appropriate SSOA supervisor or designated instructor.
</P>
<P>(ii) Establish equivalencies or written and oral examinations to allow designated personnel to demonstrate that they possess the skill and qualification required to perform their tasks.
</P>
<P>(iii) Require biennial recertification training to maintain technical skills and abilities, which includes classroom and hands-on training, as well as testing. Observation and evaluation of actual performance of duties may be used to meet the hands-on portion of this requirement, provided that such testing is documented.
</P>
<P>(iv) Require that training records be maintained to demonstrate the current qualification status of designated personnel assigned to carry out the oversight program. Records may be maintained either electronically or in writing and must be provided to FTA upon request. Records must include the following information concerning each designated personnel:
</P>
<P>(A) Name;
</P>
<P>(B) The title and date each training course was completed, the proficiency test score(s), and the minimum passing score of the test, where applicable;
</P>
<P>(C) The content of each training course successfully completed;
</P>
<P>(D) A description of the designated personnel's hands-on performance applying the skills and knowledge required to perform the tasks that the employee will be responsible for performing and the factual basis supporting the determination;
</P>
<P>(E) The tasks the designated personnel are deemed qualified to perform; and
</P>
<P>(F) Provide the date that the designated personnel's status as qualified to perform the tasks expires, and the date in which biennial recertification training is due.
</P>
<P>(v) Ensure the qualification of contractors performing oversight activities. SSOAs may use demonstrations, previous training and education, and written and oral examinations to determine if contractors possess the skill and qualification required to perform their tasks.
</P>
<P>(vi) Periodically assess the effectiveness of the technical training. One method of validation and assessment could be efficiency tests or periodic review of employee performance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 66007, Aug. 14, 2024, as amended at 91 FR 33659, June 4, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 672.23" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 672.23   Availability of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as required by law, or expressly authorized or required by this part, a recipient may not release information pertaining to employees and contractors that is required by this part without the written consent of the individual.
</P>
<P>(b) Individuals are entitled, upon written request to the recipient, to obtain copies of any records pertaining to their training required by this part. The recipient shall promptly provide the records requested by personnel and access shall not be contingent upon the recipient's receipt of payment for the production of such records.
</P>
<P>(c) A recipient shall permit access to all facilities utilized and records compiled in accordance with the requirements of this part to the Secretary of Transportation, the Federal Transit Administration, or any State agency with jurisdiction over public transportation safety oversight of the recipient.
</P>
<P>(d) When requested by the National Transportation Safety Board as part of an accident investigation, a recipient shall disclose information related to the training of employees and contractors.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Compliance and Certification Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 672.31" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.24.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 672.31   Requirement to certify compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A recipient of FTA financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53 that is subject to the requirements of this part as specified in § 672.3(b) shall annually certify compliance with this part in accordance with FTA's procedures for annual grant certification and assurances.
</P>
<P>(b) A certification must be authorized by the recipient's governing board or other authorizing official and must be signed by a party specifically authorized to do so.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="673" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 673—PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION AGENCY SAFETY PLANS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5329, 5334; 49 CFR 1.91.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 25738, Apr. 11, 2024, unless otherwise noted. 




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to any State, local governmental authority, and any other operator of a public transportation system that receives Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to an operator of a public transportation system that only receives Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. 5310, 49 U.S.C. 5311, or both 49 U.S.C. 5310 and 49 U.S.C. 5311 unless it operates a rail fixed guideway public transportation system.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.3   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>The Federal Transit Administration (FTA) has adopted the principles and methods of Safety Management Systems (SMS) as the basis for enhancing the safety of public transportation in the United States. FTA will follow the principles and methods of SMS in its development of rules, regulations, policies, guidance, best practices, and technical assistance administered under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5329. This part sets standards for the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan, which will be responsive to FTA's Public Transportation Safety Program, and reflect the specific safety objectives, standards, and priorities of each transit agency. Each Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan will incorporate SMS principles and methods tailored to the size, complexity, and scope of the public transportation system and the environment in which it operates.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Accountable Executive</I> means a single, identifiable person who has ultimate responsibility for carrying out the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan of a transit agency; responsibility for carrying out the transit agency's Transit Asset Management Plan; and control or direction over the human and capital resources needed to develop and maintain both the transit agency's Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5329(d), and the transit agency's Transit Asset Management Plan in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5326.
</P>
<P><I>Assault on a transit worker</I> means, as defined under 49 U.S.C. 5302, a circumstance in which an individual knowingly, without lawful authority or permission, and with intent to endanger the safety of any individual, or with a reckless disregard for the safety of human life, interferes with, disables, or incapacitates a transit worker while the transit worker is performing the duties of the transit worker.
</P>
<P><I>CDC</I> means the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention of the United States Department of Health and Human Services.
</P>
<P><I>Chief Safety Officer</I> means an adequately trained individual who has responsibility for safety and reports directly to a transit agency's chief executive officer, general manager, president, or equivalent officer. A Chief Safety Officer may not serve in other operational or maintenance capacities, unless the Chief Safety Officer is employed by a transit agency that is a small public transportation provider as defined in this part, or a public transportation provider that does not operate a rail fixed guideway public transportation system.
</P>
<P><I>Direct recipient</I> means an entity that receives Federal financial assistance directly from the Federal Transit Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Emergency</I> means, as defined under 49 U.S.C. 5324, a natural disaster affecting a wide area (such as a flood, hurricane, tidal wave, earthquake, severe storm, or landslide) or a catastrophic failure from any external cause, as a result of which the Governor of a State has declared an emergency and the Secretary has concurred; or the President has declared a major disaster under section 401 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5170).
</P>
<P><I>Equivalent entity</I> means an entity that carries out duties similar to that of a Board of Directors, for a recipient or subrecipient of FTA funds under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53, including sufficient authority to review and approve a recipient or subrecipient's Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan.
</P>
<P><I>FTA</I> means the Federal Transit Administration, an operating administration within the United States Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Hazard</I> means any real or potential condition that can cause injury, illness, or death; damage to or loss of the facilities, equipment, rolling stock, or infrastructure of a public transportation system; or damage to the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Injury</I> means any harm to persons as a result of an event that requires immediate medical attention away from the scene.
</P>
<P><I>Investigation</I> means the process of determining the causal and contributing factors of a safety event or hazard, for the purpose of preventing recurrence and mitigating safety risk.
</P>
<P><I>Joint labor-management process</I> means a formal approach to discuss topics affecting transit workers and the public transportation system.
</P>
<P><I>Large urbanized area provider</I> means a recipient or subrecipient of financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. 5307 that serves an urban area with a population of 200,000 or more as determined by the most recent decennial Census.
</P>
<P><I>National Public Transportation Safety Plan</I> means the plan to improve the safety of all public transportation systems that receive Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53.
</P>
<P><I>Near-miss</I> means a narrowly avoided safety event.
</P>
<P><I>Operator of a public transportation system</I> means a provider of public transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Performance measure</I> means an expression based on a quantifiable indicator of performance or condition that is used to establish targets and to assess progress toward meeting the established targets.
</P>
<P><I>Potential consequence</I> means the effect of a hazard.
</P>
<P><I>Public transportation</I> means, as defined under 49 U.S.C. 5302, regular, continuing shared-ride surface transportation services that are open to the general public or open to a segment of the general public defined by age, disability, or low income; and does not include:
</P>
<P>(1) Intercity passenger rail transportation provided by the entity described in 49 U.S.C. chapter 243 (or a successor to such entity);
</P>
<P>(2) Intercity bus service;
</P>
<P>(3) Charter bus service;
</P>
<P>(4) School bus service;
</P>
<P>(5) Sightseeing service;
</P>
<P>(6) Courtesy shuttle service for patrons of one or more specific establishments; or
</P>
<P>(7) Intra-terminal or intra-facility shuttle services.
</P>
<P><I>Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan</I> means the documented comprehensive agency safety plan for a transit agency that is required by 49 U.S.C. 5329 and this part.
</P>
<P><I>Rail fixed guideway public transportation system</I> means any fixed guideway system, or any such system in engineering or construction, that uses rail, is operated for public transportation, is within the jurisdiction of a State, and is not subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Railroad Administration. These include but are not limited to rapid rail, heavy rail, light rail, monorail, trolley, inclined plane, funicular, and automated guideway.
</P>
<P><I>Rail transit agency</I> means any entity that provides services on a rail fixed guideway public transportation system.
</P>
<P><I>Recipient</I> means a State or local governmental authority, or any other operator of a public transportation system, that receives financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53.
</P>
<P><I>Roadway</I> means land on which rail transit tracks and support infrastructure have been constructed to support the movement of rail transit vehicles, excluding station platforms.
</P>
<P><I>Safety Assurance</I> means processes within a transit agency's Safety Management System that functions to ensure the implementation and effectiveness of safety risk mitigation, and to ensure that the transit agency meets or exceeds its safety objectives through the collection, analysis, and assessment of information.
</P>
<P><I>Safety Committee</I> means the formal joint labor-management committee on issues related to safety that is required by 49 U.S.C. 5329 and this part.
</P>
<P><I>Safety event</I> means an unexpected outcome resulting in injury or death; damage to or loss of the facilities, equipment, rolling stock, or infrastructure of a public transportation system; or damage to the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Safety Management Policy</I> means a transit agency's documented commitment to safety, which defines the transit agency's safety objectives and the accountabilities and responsibilities for the management of safety.
</P>
<P><I>Safety Management System (SMS)</I> means the formal, organization-wide approach to managing safety risk and assuring the effectiveness of a transit agency's safety risk mitigation. SMS includes systematic procedures, practices, and policies for managing hazards and safety risk.
</P>
<P><I>Safety Management System (SMS) Executive</I> means a Chief Safety Officer or an equivalent.
</P>
<P><I>Safety performance target</I> means a quantifiable level of performance or condition, expressed as a value for the measure, related to safety management activities, to be achieved within a specified time period.
</P>
<P><I>Safety Promotion</I> means a combination of training and communication of safety information to support SMS as applied to the transit agency's public transportation system.
</P>
<P><I>Safety risk</I> means the composite of predicted severity and likelihood of a potential consequence of a hazard.
</P>
<P><I>Safety risk assessment</I> means the formal activity whereby a transit agency determines Safety Risk Management priorities by establishing the significance or value of its safety risk.
</P>
<P><I>Safety risk management</I> means a process within a transit agency's Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan for identifying hazards and analyzing, assessing, and mitigating the safety risk of their potential consequences.
</P>
<P><I>Safety risk mitigation</I> means a method or methods to eliminate or reduce the severity and/or likelihood of a potential consequence of a hazard.
</P>
<P><I>Safety set-aside</I> means the allocation of not less than 0.75 percent of assistance received by a large urbanized area provider under 49 U.S.C. 5307 to safety-related projects eligible under 49 U.S.C. 5307.
</P>
<P><I>Small public transportation provider</I> means a recipient or subrecipient of Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. 5307 that has one hundred (100) or fewer vehicles in peak revenue service across all non-rail fixed route modes or in any one non-fixed route mode and does not operate a rail fixed guideway public transportation system.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P><I>State of good repair</I> means the condition in which a capital asset is able to operate at a full level of performance.
</P>
<P><I>State Safety Oversight Agency</I> means an agency established by a State that meets the requirements and performs the functions specified by 49 U.S.C. 5329(e) and (k) and the regulations set forth in 49 CFR part 674.
</P>
<P><I>Subrecipient</I> means an entity that receives Federal transit grant funds indirectly through a State or a direct recipient.
</P>
<P><I>Transit agency</I> means an operator of a public transportation system that is a recipient or subrecipient of Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. 5307 or a rail transit agency.
</P>
<P><I>Transit Asset Management Plan</I> means the strategic and systematic practice of procuring, operating, inspecting, maintaining, rehabilitating, and replacing transit capital assets to manage their performance, risks, and costs over their life cycles, for the purpose of providing safe, cost-effective, and reliable public transportation, as required by 49 U.S.C. 5326 and 49 CFR part 625.
</P>
<P><I>Transit worker</I> means any employee, contractor, or volunteer working on behalf of the transit agency.
</P>
<P><I>Urbanized area</I> means, as defined under 49 U.S.C. 5302, an area encompassing a population of 50,000 or more that has been defined and designated in the most recent decennial census as an urban area by the Secretary of Commerce.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Safety Plans</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.11   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A transit agency or State must establish a Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan that meets the requirements of this part and, at a minimum, consists of the following elements:
</P>
<P>(1) The Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan, and subsequent updates, must be signed by the Accountable Executive and approved by—
</P>
<P>(i) For a large urbanized area provider, the Safety Committee established pursuant to § 673.19, followed by the transit agency's Board of Directors or an equivalent entity; or
</P>
<P>(ii) For all other transit agencies, the transit agency's Board of Directors or an equivalent entity.
</P>
<P>(2) The Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan must document the processes and activities related to Safety Management System (SMS) implementation, as required under subpart D of this part.
</P>
<P>(3) The Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan must include annual safety performance targets based on the safety performance measures established under the National Public Transportation Safety Plan. Safety performance targets for the safety risk reduction program are only required for large urbanized area providers.
</P>
<P>(4) The Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan must address all applicable requirements and standards as set forth in FTA's Public Transportation Safety Program and the National Public Transportation Safety Plan. Compliance with the minimum safety performance standards authorized under 49 U.S.C. 5329(b)(2)(C) is not required until standards have been established through the public notice and comment process.
</P>
<P>(5) Each transit agency must establish a process and timeline for conducting an annual review and update of the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan.
</P>
<P>(6) A rail transit agency must include or incorporate by reference in its Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan:
</P>
<P>(i) An emergency preparedness and response plan or procedures that addresses, at a minimum, the assignment of transit worker responsibilities during an emergency; and coordination with Federal, State, regional, and local officials with roles and responsibilities for emergency preparedness and response in the transit agency's service area;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any policies and procedures regarding rail transit workers on the roadway the rail transit agency has issued; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The transit agency's policies and procedures developed in consultation with the State Safety Oversight Agency to provide access and required data for the State Safety Oversight Agency's risk-based inspection program.
</P>
<P>(7) The Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan of each large urbanized area provider must include a safety risk reduction program for transit operations to improve safety performance by reducing the number and rates of safety events, injuries, and assaults on transit workers. The safety risk reduction program must, at a minimum:
</P>
<P>(i) Address the reduction and mitigation of vehicular and pedestrian safety events involving transit vehicles that includes safety risk mitigations consistent with § 673.25(d)(3);
</P>
<P>(ii) Address the reduction and mitigation of assaults on transit workers that includes safety risk mitigations consistent with § 673.25(d)(4);
</P>
<P>(iii) Include the safety performance targets set by the Safety Committee pursuant to § 673.19(d)(2) for the safety risk reduction program performance measures established in the National Public Transportation Safety Plan. These targets must be set—
</P>
<P>(A) Based on a three-year rolling average of the data submitted by the large urbanized area provider to the National Transit Database (NTD);
</P>
<P>(B) For all modes of public transportation; and
</P>
<P>(C) Based on the level of detail the large urbanized area provider is required to report to the NTD. The Safety Committee is not required to set a target for a performance measure until the large urbanized area provider has been required to report three years of data to the NTD corresponding to such performance measure.
</P>
<P>(iv) Include or incorporate by reference the safety risk mitigations identified and recommended by the Safety Committee as described in § 673.25(d)(5).
</P>
<P>(b) A transit agency may develop one Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan for all modes of service or may develop a Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan for each mode of service not subject to safety regulation by another Federal entity.
</P>
<P>(c) A transit agency must maintain its Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan in accordance with the recordkeeping requirements in subpart E of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) A State must draft and certify a Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan on behalf of any small public transportation provider that is located in that State. A State is not required to draft a Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan for a small public transportation provider if that transit agency notifies the State that it will draft its own plan. In each instance, the transit agency must carry out the plan. If a State drafts and certifies a Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan on behalf of a transit agency, and the transit agency later opts to draft and certify its own Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan, then the transit agency must notify the State. The transit agency has one year from the date of the notification to draft and certify a Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan that is compliant with this part. The Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan drafted by the State will remain in effect until the transit agency drafts its own Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan.
</P>
<P>(e) Agencies that operate passenger ferries regulated by the United States Coast Guard (USCG) or rail fixed guideway public transportation service regulated by the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) are not required to develop Public Transportation Agency Safety Plans for those modes of service.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.13   Certification of compliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each direct recipient, or State as authorized in § 673.11(d), must certify that it has established a Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan meeting the requirements of this part by the start of operations. A direct recipient must certify that it and all applicable subrecipients are in compliance with the requirements of this part. A State Safety Oversight Agency must review and approve a Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan developed by a rail fixed guideway public transportation system, as authorized in 49 U.S.C. 5329(e) and its implementing regulations at 49 CFR part 674.
</P>
<P>(b) On an annual basis, a direct recipient or State must certify its compliance with this part. A direct recipient must certify that it and all applicable subrecipients are in compliance with the requirements of this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.15" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.15   Coordination with metropolitan, statewide, and non-metropolitan planning processes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State or transit agency must make its safety performance targets available to States and Metropolitan Planning Organizations to aid in the planning process.
</P>
<P>(b) To the maximum extent practicable, a State or transit agency must coordinate with States and Metropolitan Planning Organizations in the selection of State and MPO safety performance targets.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Safety Committees and Cooperation With Frontline Transit Worker Representatives</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.17" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.17   Cooperation with frontline transit worker representatives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each large urbanized area provider must establish a Safety Committee that meets the requirements of § 673.19.
</P>
<P>(b) Each transit agency that is not a large urbanized area provider must:
</P>
<P>(1) Develop its Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan, and subsequent updates, in cooperation with frontline transit worker representatives; and
</P>
<P>(2) Include or incorporate by reference in its Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan a description of how frontline transit worker representatives cooperate in the development and update of the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.19" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.19   Safety Committees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Establishing the Safety Committee.</I> Each large urbanized area provider must establish and operate a Safety Committee that is:
</P>
<P>(1) Appropriately scaled to the size, scope, and complexity of the transit agency; and
</P>
<P>(2) Convened by a joint labor-management process.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safety Committee membership.</I> The Safety Committee must consist of an equal number of frontline transit worker representatives and management representatives. To the extent practicable, the Safety Committee must include frontline transit worker representatives from major transit service functions, such as operations and maintenance, across the transit system.
</P>
<P>(1) The labor organization that represents the plurality of the transit agency's frontline transit workers must select frontline transit worker representatives for the Safety Committee.
</P>
<P>(2) If the transit agency's frontline transit workers are not represented by a labor organization, the transit agency must adopt a mechanism for frontline transit workers to select frontline transit worker representatives for the Safety Committee.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Safety Committee procedures.</I> Each large urbanized area provider must include or incorporate by reference in its Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan procedures regarding the composition, responsibilities, and operations of the Safety Committee which, at a minimum, must address:
</P>
<P>(1) The organizational structure, size, and composition of the Safety Committee and how it will be chaired;
</P>
<P>(2) How meeting agendas and notices will be developed and shared, and how meeting minutes will be recorded and maintained;
</P>
<P>(3) Any required training for Safety Committee members related to the transit agency's Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan and the processes, activities, and tools used to support the transit agency's SMS;
</P>
<P>(4) The compensation policy established by the agency for participation in Safety Committee meetings;
</P>
<P>(5) How the Safety Committee will access technical experts, including other transit workers, to serve in an advisory capacity as needed; transit agency information, resources, and tools; and submissions to the transit worker safety reporting program to support its deliberations;
</P>
<P>(6) How the Safety Committee will reach and record decisions;
</P>
<P>(7) How the Safety Committee will coordinate and communicate with the transit agency's Board of Directors, or equivalent entity, and the Accountable Executive;
</P>
<P>(8) How the Safety Committee will manage disputes to ensure it carries out its operations. The Safety Committee may use the dispute resolution or arbitration process from the transit agency's Collective Bargaining Agreement, or a different process that the Safety Committee develops and agrees upon, but the Accountable Executive may not be designated to resolve any disputes within the Safety Committee; and
</P>
<P>(9) How the Safety Committee will carry out its responsibilities identified in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Safety Committee responsibilities.</I> The Safety Committee must conduct the following activities to oversee the transit agency's safety performance:
</P>
<P>(1) Review and approve the transit agency's Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan and any updates as required at § 673.11(a)(1)(i);
</P>
<P>(2) Set annual safety performance targets for the safety risk reduction program as required at § 673.11(a)(7)(iii); and
</P>
<P>(3) Support operation of the transit agency's SMS by:
</P>
<P>(i) Identifying and recommending safety risk mitigations necessary to reduce the likelihood and severity of potential consequences identified through the transit agency's safety risk assessment, including safety risk mitigations associated with any instance where the transit agency did not meet an annual safety performance target in the safety risk reduction program;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identifying safety risk mitigations that may be ineffective, inappropriate, or were not implemented as intended, including safety risk mitigations associated with any instance where the transit agency did not meet an annual safety performance target in the safety risk reduction program; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Identifying safety deficiencies for purposes of continuous improvement as required at § 673.27(d), including any instance where the transit agency did not meet an annual safety performance target in the safety risk reduction program.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Safety Management Systems</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.21" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.21   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Each transit agency must establish and implement a Safety Management System under this part. A transit agency Safety Management System must be appropriately scaled to the size, scope and complexity of the transit agency and include the following elements:
</P>
<P>(a) Safety Management Policy as described in § 673.23;
</P>
<P>(b) Safety Risk Management as described in § 673.25;
</P>
<P>(c) Safety Assurance as described in § 673.27; and
</P>
<P>(d) Safety Promotion as described in § 673.29.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.23" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.23   Safety Management Policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A transit agency must establish its organizational accountabilities and responsibilities and have a written statement of Safety Management Policy that includes the transit agency's safety objectives and a description of the transit agency's Safety Committee or approach to cooperation with frontline transit worker representatives.
</P>
<P>(b) A transit agency must establish and implement a process that allows transit workers to report safety concerns, including assaults on transit workers, near-misses, and unsafe acts and conditions to senior management, includes protections for transit workers who report, and includes a description of transit worker behaviors that may result in disciplinary action.
</P>
<P>(c) The Safety Management Policy must be communicated throughout the transit agency's organization.
</P>
<P>(d) The transit agency must establish the necessary authorities, accountabilities, and responsibilities for the management of safety amongst the following individuals or groups within its organization, as they relate to the development and management of the transit agency's SMS:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Accountable Executive.</I> The transit agency must identify an Accountable Executive. The Accountable Executive is accountable for ensuring that the transit agency's SMS is effectively implemented throughout the transit agency's public transportation system. The Accountable Executive is accountable for ensuring action is taken, as necessary, to address substandard performance in the transit agency's SMS. The Accountable Executive may delegate specific responsibilities, but the ultimate accountability for the transit agency's safety performance cannot be delegated and always rests with the Accountable Executive.
</P>
<P>(i) The Accountable Executive of a large urbanized area provider must implement safety risk mitigations for the safety risk reduction program that are included in the Agency Safety Plan under § 673.11(a)(7)(iv).
</P>
<P>(ii) The Accountable Executive of a large urbanized area provider receives and must consider all other safety risk mitigations recommended by the Safety Committee, consistent with requirements in §§ 673.19(d) and 673.25(d)(6).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Chief Safety Officer or Safety Management System (SMS) Executive.</I> The Accountable Executive must designate a Chief Safety Officer or SMS Executive who has the authority and responsibility for day-to-day implementation and operation of a transit agency's SMS. The Chief Safety Officer or SMS Executive must hold a direct line of reporting to the Accountable Executive. A transit agency may allow the Accountable Executive to also serve as the Chief Safety Officer or SMS Executive.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Safety Committee.</I> A large urbanized area provider must establish a joint labor-management Safety Committee that meets the requirements of § 673.19.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Transit agency leadership and executive management.</I> A transit agency must identify those members of its leadership or executive management, other than an Accountable Executive, Chief Safety Officer, or SMS Executive, who have authorities or responsibilities for day-to-day implementation and operation of a transit agency's SMS.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Key staff.</I> A transit agency may designate key staff, groups of staff, or committees to support the Accountable Executive, Chief Safety Officer, Safety Committee, or SMS Executive in developing, implementing, and operating the transit agency's SMS.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.25" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.25   Safety Risk Management.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Safety Risk Management process.</I> A transit agency must develop and implement a Safety Risk Management process for all elements of its public transportation system. The Safety Risk Management process must be comprised of the following activities: hazard identification, safety risk assessment, and safety risk mitigation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hazard identification.</I> (1) A transit agency must establish methods or processes to identify hazards and potential consequences of the hazards.
</P>
<P>(2) A transit agency must consider, as a source for hazard identification:
</P>
<P>(i) Data and information provided by an oversight authority, including but not limited to FTA, the State, or as applicable, the State Safety Oversight Agency having jurisdiction;
</P>
<P>(ii) Data and information regarding exposure to infectious disease provided by the CDC or a State health authority; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Safety concerns identified through Safety Assurance activities carried out under § 673.27.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Safety risk assessment.</I> (1) A transit agency must establish methods or processes to assess the safety risk associated with identified hazards.
</P>
<P>(2) A safety risk assessment includes an assessment of the likelihood and severity of the potential consequences of identified hazards, taking into account existing safety risk mitigations, to determine if safety risk mitigation is necessary and to inform prioritization of safety risk mitigations.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Safety risk mitigation.</I> (1) A transit agency must establish methods or processes to identify safety risk mitigations or strategies necessary as a result of the transit agency's safety risk assessment to reduce the likelihood and severity of the potential consequences. For large urbanized area providers, these methods or processes must address the role of the transit agency's Safety Committee.
</P>
<P>(2) A transit agency must consider, as a source for safety risk mitigation:
</P>
<P>(i) Guidance provided by an oversight authority, if applicable, and FTA; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Guidelines to prevent or control exposure to infectious diseases provided by the CDC or a State health authority.
</P>
<P>(3) When identifying safety risk mitigations for the safety risk reduction program related to vehicular and pedestrian safety events involving transit vehicles, including to address a missed safety performance target set by the Safety Committee under § 673.19(d)(2), each large urbanized area provider and its Safety Committee must consider mitigations to reduce visibility impairments for transit vehicle operators that contribute to accidents, including retrofits to vehicles in revenue service and specifications for future procurements that reduce visibility impairments.
</P>
<P>(4) When identifying safety risk mitigations for the safety risk reduction program related to assaults on transit workers, including to address a missed safety performance target set by the Safety Committee under § 673.19(d)(2), each large urbanized area provider and its Safety Committee must consider deployment of assault mitigation infrastructure and technology on transit vehicles and in transit facilities. Assault mitigation infrastructure and technology includes barriers to restrict the unwanted entry of individuals and objects into the workstations of bus operators.
</P>
<P>(5) When a large urbanized area provider's Safety Committee, as part of the transit agency's safety risk reduction program, identifies and recommends under § 673.19(c)(6) safety risk mitigations, including mitigations relating to vehicular and pedestrian safety events involving transit vehicles or assaults on transit workers, based on a safety risk assessment conducted under § 673.25(c), the transit agency must include or incorporate by reference these safety risk mitigations in its ASP pursuant to § 673.11(a)(7)(iv).
</P>
<P>(6) When a large urbanized area provider's Safety Committee recommends a safety risk mitigation unrelated to the safety risk reduction program, and the Accountable Executive decides not to implement the safety risk mitigation, the Accountable Executive must prepare a written statement explaining their decision, pursuant to recordkeeping requirements at § 673.31. The Accountable Executive must submit and present this explanation to the transit agency's Safety Committee and Board of Directors or equivalent entity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.27" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.27   Safety Assurance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Safety Assurance process.</I> A transit agency must develop and implement a Safety Assurance process, consistent with this subpart. A rail fixed guideway public transportation system, and a recipient or subrecipient of Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53 that operates more than one hundred vehicles in peak revenue service, must include in its Safety Assurance process each of the requirements in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. A small public transportation provider only must include in its Safety Assurance process the requirements in paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safety performance monitoring and measurement.</I> A transit agency must establish activities to:
</P>
<P>(1) Monitor its system for compliance with, and sufficiency of, the transit agency's procedures for operations and maintenance;
</P>
<P>(2) Monitor its operations to identify any safety risk mitigations that may be ineffective, inappropriate, or were not implemented as intended. For large urbanized area providers, these activities must address the role of the transit agency's Safety Committee;
</P>
<P>(3) Conduct investigations of safety events to identify causal factors; and
</P>
<P>(4) Monitor information reported through any internal safety reporting programs.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Management of change.</I> (1) A transit agency must establish a process for identifying and assessing changes that may introduce new hazards or impact the transit agency's safety performance.
</P>
<P>(2) If a transit agency determines that a change may impact its safety performance, then the transit agency must evaluate the proposed change through its Safety Risk Management process.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Continuous improvement.</I> (1) A transit agency must establish a process to assess its safety performance annually.
</P>
<P>(i) This process must include the identification of deficiencies in the transit agency's SMS and deficiencies in the transit agency's performance against safety performance targets required in § 673.11(a)(3).
</P>
<P>(ii) For large urbanized area providers, this process must also address the role of the transit agency's Safety Committee, and include the identification of deficiencies in the transit agency's performance against annual safety performance targets set by the Safety Committee under § 673.19(d)(2) for the safety risk reduction program required in § 673.11(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(iii) Rail transit agencies must also address any specific internal safety review requirements established by their State Safety Oversight Agency.
</P>
<P>(2) A large urbanized area provider must monitor safety performance against annual safety performance targets set by the Safety Committee under § 673.19(d)(2) for the safety risk reduction program in § 673.11(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(3) A large urbanized area provider that does not meet an established annual safety performance target set by the Safety Committee under § 673.19(d)(2) for the safety risk reduction program in § 673.11(a)(7) must:
</P>
<P>(i) Assess associated safety risk, using the methods or processes established under § 673.25(c);
</P>
<P>(ii) Mitigate associated safety risk based on the results of a safety risk assessment using the methods or processes established under § 673.25(d). The transit agency must include these mitigations in the plan described at § 673.27(d)(4) and in the Agency Safety Plan as described in § 673.25(d)(5); and
</P>
<P>(iii) Allocate its safety set-aside in the following fiscal year to safety-related projects eligible under 49 U.S.C. 5307 that are reasonably likely to assist the transit agency in meeting the safety performance target in the future.
</P>
<P>(4) A transit agency must develop and carry out, under the direction of the Accountable Executive, a plan to address any deficiencies identified through the safety performance assessment as described in this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.29" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.29   Safety Promotion.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Competencies and training.</I> (1) A transit agency must establish and implement a comprehensive safety training program that includes de-escalation training, safety concern identification and reporting training, and refresher training for all operations transit workers and transit workers directly responsible for safety in the transit agency's public transportation system. The training program must include refresher training, as necessary.
</P>
<P>(2) Large urbanized area providers must include maintenance transit workers in the safety training program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Safety communication.</I> A transit agency must communicate safety and safety performance information throughout the transit agency's organization that, at a minimum, conveys information on hazards and safety risk relevant to transit workers' roles and responsibilities and informs transit workers of safety actions taken in response to reports submitted through a transit worker safety reporting program. A transit agency must also communicate the results of cooperation with frontline transit worker representatives as described at § 673.17(b) or the Safety Committee activities described in § 673.19.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Safety Plan Documentation and Recordkeeping</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 673.31" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.25.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 673.31   Safety plan documentation.</HEAD>
<P>At all times, a transit agency must maintain documents that set forth its Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan, including those related to the implementation of its SMS, and results from SMS processes and activities. A transit agency must maintain documents that are included in whole, or by reference, that describe the programs, policies, and procedures that the transit agency uses to carry out its Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan. These documents must be made available upon request by FTA or other Federal entity, or a State or State Safety Oversight Agency having jurisdiction. A transit agency must maintain these documents for a minimum of three years after they are created.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="674" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 674—STATE SAFETY OVERSIGHT












</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 5329; 49 CFR 1.91.




</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 14256, Mar. 16, 2016, as amended at 89 FR 83981, Oct. 18, 2024, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§  674.1" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§  674.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part carries out the mandate of 49 U.S.C. 5329 for State safety oversight of rail fixed guideway public transportation systems.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§  674.3" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§  674.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to States with rail fixed guideway public transportation systems; State safety oversight agencies that oversee the safety of rail fixed guideway public transportation systems; and entities that own or operate rail fixed guideway public transportation systems with Federal financial assistance authorized under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§  674.5" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§  674.5   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5329, a State that has a rail fixed guideway public transportation system within the State has primary responsibility for overseeing the safety of that rail fixed guideway public transportation system. A State safety oversight agency must have the authority, resources, and qualified personnel to oversee the number, size, and complexity of rail fixed guideway public transportation systems that operate within a State.
</P>
<P>(b) FTA will certify whether a State safety oversight program meets the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5329 and is adequate to promote the purposes of the public transportation safety programs codified at 49 U.S.C. 5329.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§  674.7" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§  674.7   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Accountable Executive</I> means a single, identifiable person who has ultimate responsibility for carrying out the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan of a transit agency; responsibility for carrying out the transit agency's Transit Asset Management Plan; and control or direction over the human and capital resources needed to develop and maintain both the transit agency's Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5329(d), and the transit agency's Transit Asset Management Plan in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5326.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Federal Transit Administrator or the Administrator's designee.
</P>
<P><I>Collision</I> means any impact between a rail transit vehicle and any other vehicle, object, or any person.
</P>
<P><I>Contractor</I> means an entity that performs tasks on behalf of FTA, a State Safety Oversight Agency, or a Rail Transit Agency, through contract or other agreement.
</P>
<P><I>Corrective action plan</I> means a plan developed by a rail transit agency that describes the actions the rail transit agency will take to address an identified deficiency or safety concern, and the schedule for taking those actions. Either a State Safety Oversight Agency or FTA may require a rail transit agency to develop and carry out a corrective action plan.
</P>
<P><I>Derailment</I> for the purposes of this part means a safety event in which one or more wheels of a rail transit vehicle unintentionally leaves the rails.
</P>
<P><I>Designated personnel</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Employees and contractors identified by a recipient whose job functions are directly responsible for safety oversight of the public transportation system of the public transportation agency; or
</P>
<P>(2) Employees and contractors of a State Safety Oversight Agency whose job functions require them to conduct reviews, inspections, examinations, and other safety oversight activities of the rail fixed guideway public transportation systems subject to the jurisdiction of the agency.
</P>
<P><I>Disabling damage</I> means damage to a rail transit vehicle resulting from a collision and preventing the vehicle from operating under its own power.
</P>
<P><I>Evacuation for life safety reasons</I> means a condition that occurs when persons depart from transit vehicles or facilities for life safety reasons, including self-evacuation. A life safety reason may include a situation such as a fire, the presence of smoke or noxious fumes, a fuel leak from any source, an electrical hazard, or other hazard to any person. An evacuation of passengers into the rail right of way (not at a platform or station) for any reason is presumed to be an evacuation for life safety reasons.
</P>
<P><I>Fatality</I> means a death confirmed within 30 days of a safety event. Fatalities include suicides, but do not include deaths in or on transit property that are a result of drug overdose, exposure to the elements, illness, or natural causes.
</P>
<P><I>FRA</I> means the Federal Railroad Administration, an operating administration within the United States Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>FTA</I> means the Federal Transit Administration, an operating administration within the United States Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Hazard</I> means any real or potential condition that can cause injury, illness, or death; damage to or loss of the facilities, equipment, rolling stock, or infrastructure of a public transportation system; or damage to the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Injury</I> means any harm to persons as a result of a safety event that requires immediate medical attention away from the scene. Does not include harm resulting from a drug overdose, exposure to the elements, illness, natural causes, or occupational safety events occurring in administrative buildings.
</P>
<P><I>Inspection</I> means a physical observation of equipment, facilities, rolling stock, operations, personnel, or records for the purpose of gathering or analyzing facts or information.
</P>
<P><I>Investigation</I> means the process of determining the causal and contributing factors of a safety event or hazard, for the purpose of preventing recurrence and mitigating safety risk.
</P>
<P><I>National Public Transportation Safety Plan</I> means the plan to improve the safety of all public transportation systems that receive Federal financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53.
</P>
<P><I>NTSB</I> means the National Transportation Safety Board, an independent Federal agency.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means a passenger, employee, contractor, volunteer, official worker, pedestrian, trespasser, or any other individual on the property of a rail fixed guideway public transportation system or associated infrastructure.
</P>
<P><I>Potential consequence</I> means the effect of a hazard.
</P>
<P><I>Public transportation</I> has the meaning found in 49 U.S.C. 5302.
</P>
<P><I>Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan (PTASP)</I> means the documented comprehensive agency safety plan for a transit agency that is required by 49 U.S.C. 5329 and part 673 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program (PTSCTP)</I> means the certification training program that is required by 49 U.S.C. 5329(c) and part 672 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Rail fixed guideway public transportation system</I> means any fixed guideway system, or any such system in engineering or construction, that uses rail, is operated for public transportation, is within the jurisdiction of a State, and is not subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Railroad Administration. These include but are not limited to rapid rail, heavy rail, light rail, monorail, trolley, inclined plane, funicular, and automated guideway.
</P>
<P><I>Rail transit agency (RTA)</I> means any entity that provides services on a rail fixed guideway public transportation system.
</P>
<P><I>Rail transit vehicle</I> means any rolling stock used on a rail fixed guideway public transportation system, including but not limited to passenger and maintenance vehicles.
</P>
<P><I>Revenue vehicle</I> means a rail transit vehicle used to provide revenue service for passengers. This includes providing fare free service.
</P>
<P><I>Risk-based inspection program</I> means an inspection program that uses qualitative and quantitative data analysis to inform ongoing inspection activities. Risk-based inspection programs are designed to prioritize inspections to address safety concerns and hazards associated with the highest levels of safety risk.
</P>
<P><I>Safety event</I> means an unexpected outcome resulting in injury or death; damage to or loss of the facilities, equipment, rolling stock, or infrastructure of a public transportation system; or damage to the environment.
</P>
<P><I>Safety risk</I> means the composite of predicted severity and likelihood of a potential consequence of a hazard.
</P>
<P><I>Safety risk mitigation</I> means a method or methods to eliminate or reduce the severity and/or likelihood of a potential consequence of a hazard.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Virgin Islands.
</P>
<P><I>State Safety Oversight Agency (SSOA)</I> means an agency established by a State that meets the requirements and performs the functions specified by 49 U.S.C. 5329(e) and (k) and the regulations set forth in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Unintended train movement</I> means any instance where a revenue vehicle is moving and is not under the control of a driver (whether or not the operator is physically on the vehicle at the time). This applies regardless of whether the event occurred in revenue service.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.9" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Role of the State</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.11" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.11   State Safety Oversight Program.</HEAD>
<P>Every State that has a rail fixed guideway public transportation system must have a State Safety Oversight (SSO) program that has been approved by the Administrator. FTA will audit each State's compliance at least triennially, consistent with 49 U.S.C. 5329(e)(10). At minimum, an SSO program must:
</P>
<P>(a) Explicitly acknowledge the State's responsibility for overseeing the safety of the rail fixed guideway public transportation systems within the State;
</P>
<P>(b) Demonstrate the State's ability to adopt and enforce Federal and relevant State law for safety in rail fixed guideway public transportation systems;
</P>
<P>(c) Establish a State safety oversight agency, by State law, in accordance with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5329 and this part;
</P>
<P>(d) Demonstrate that the State has determined an appropriate staffing level for the State safety oversight agency commensurate with the number, size, and complexity of the rail fixed guideway public transportation systems in the State, and that the State has consulted with the Administrator for that purpose;
</P>
<P>(e) Demonstrate that the employees and other personnel of the State safety oversight agency who are responsible for the oversight of rail fixed guideway public transportation systems are qualified to perform their functions, based on appropriate training, including substantial progress toward or completion of the Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program; and
</P>
<P>(f) Demonstrate that by law, the State prohibits any public transportation agency in the State from providing funds to the SSOA.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.13" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.13   Designation of oversight agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every State that must establish a State Safety Oversight program in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5329 must also establish an SSOA for the purpose of overseeing the safety of rail fixed guideway public transportation systems within that State. Further, the State must ensure that:
</P>
<P>(1) The SSOA is financially and legally independent from any public transportation agency the SSOA is obliged to oversee;
</P>
<P>(2) The SSOA does not directly provide public transportation services in an area with a rail fixed guideway public transportation system the SSOA is obliged to oversee;
</P>
<P>(3) The SSOA does not employ any individual who is also responsible for administering a rail fixed guideway public transportation system the SSOA is obliged to oversee;
</P>
<P>(4) The SSOA has authority to review, approve, oversee, and enforce the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan for a rail fixed guideway public transportation system required by 49 U.S.C. 5329(d) and part 673 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(5) The SSOA has investigative, inspection, and enforcement authority with respect to the safety of all rail fixed guideway public transportation systems within the State;
</P>
<P>(6) At least once every three years, the SSOA audits every rail fixed guideway public transportation system's compliance with the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan required by 49 U.S.C. 5329(d) and part 673 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(7) At least once a year, the SSOA reports the status of the safety of each rail fixed guideway public transportation system to the Governor, the FTA, and the board of directors, or equivalent entity, of the rail fixed guideway public transportation system.
</P>
<P>(b) At the request of the Governor of a State, the Administrator may waive the requirements for financial and legal independence and the prohibitions on employee conflicts of interest under paragraphs (a)(1) and (3) of this section, if the rail fixed guideway public transportation systems in design, construction, or revenue operations in the State have fewer than one million combined actual and projected rail fixed guideway revenue miles per year or provide fewer than ten million combined actual and projected unlinked passenger trips per year. However:
</P>
<P>(1) If a State shares jurisdiction over one or more rail fixed guideway public transportation systems with another State, and has one or more rail fixed guideway public transportation systems that are not shared with another State, the revenue miles and unlinked passenger trips of the rail fixed guideway public transportation system under shared jurisdiction will not be counted in the Administrator's decision whether to issue a waiver.
</P>
<P>(2) The Administrator will rescind a waiver issued under this subsection if the number of revenue miles per year or unlinked passenger trips per year increases beyond the thresholds specified in this subsection.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.15" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.15   Designation of oversight agency for multi-state system.</HEAD>
<P>In an instance of a rail fixed guideway public transportation system that operates in more than one State, all States in which that rail fixed guideway public transportation system operates must either:
</P>
<P>(a) Ensure that uniform safety standards and procedures in compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5329 are applied to that rail fixed guideway public transportation system, through an SSO program that has been approved by the Administrator; or
</P>
<P>(b) Designate a single entity that meets the requirements for an SSOA to serve as the SSOA for that rail fixed guideway public transportation system, through an SSO program that has been approved by the Administrator.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.17" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.17   Use of Federal financial assistance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5329(e)(6), FTA will make grants of Federal financial assistance to eligible States to help the States develop and carry out their SSO programs. This Federal financial assistance may be used for reimbursement of both the operational and administrative expenses of SSO programs, consistent with the uniform administrative requirements for grants to States under 2 CFR parts 200 and 1201. The expenses eligible for reimbursement include, specifically, the expense of employee training and the expense of establishing and maintaining an SSOA in compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5329.
</P>
<P>(b) The apportionments of available Federal financial assistance to eligible States will be made in accordance with a formula, established by the Administrator, following opportunity for public notice and comment. The formula will take into account fixed guideway vehicle revenue miles, fixed guideway route miles, and fixed guideway vehicle passenger miles attributable to all rail fixed guideway systems within each eligible State not subject to the jurisdiction of the FRA.
</P>
<P>(c) The grants of Federal financial assistance for State safety oversight shall be subject to terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(d) The Federal share of the expenses eligible for reimbursement under a grant for State safety oversight activities shall be eighty percent of the reasonable costs incurred under that grant.
</P>
<P>(e) The non-Federal share of the expenses eligible for reimbursement under a grant for State safety oversight activities may not be comprised of Federal funds, any funds received from a public transportation agency, or any revenues earned by a public transportation agency.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.19" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.19   Certification of a State Safety Oversight Program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator must determine whether a State's SSO program meets the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5329. Also, the Administrator must determine whether an SSO program is adequate to promote the purposes of 49 U.S.C. 5329, including, but not limited to, the National Public Transportation Safety Plan, the Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program, and the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plans.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrator must issue a certification to a State whose SSO program meets the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5329. The Administrator must issue a denial of certification to a State whose SSO program does not meet the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5329.
</P>
<P>(c) In an instance in which the Administrator issues a denial of certification to a State whose SSO program does not meet the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5329, the Administrator must provide a written explanation, and allow the State an opportunity to modify and resubmit its SSO program for the Administrator's approval. In the event the State is unable to modify its SSO program to merit the Administrator's issuance of a certification, the Administrator must notify the Governor of that fact, and must ask the Governor to take all possible actions to correct the deficiencies that are precluding the issuance of a certification for the SSO program. In his or her discretion, the Administrator may also impose financial penalties as authorized by 49 U.S.C. 5329(e), which may include:
</P>
<P>(1) Withholding SSO grant funds from the State;
</P>
<P>(2) Withholding up to five percent of the 49 U.S.C. 5307 Urbanized Area formula funds appropriated for use in the State or urbanized area in the State, until such time as the SSO program can be certified; or
</P>
<P>(3) Requiring all rail fixed guideway public transportation systems governed by the SSO program to spend up to 100 percent of their Federal funding under 49 U.S.C. chapter 53 only for safety-related improvements on their systems, until such time as the SSO program can be certified.
</P>
<P>(d) When determining whether to issue a certification or a denial of certification for an SSO program, the Administrator must evaluate whether the cognizant SSOA has the authority, resources, and expertise to oversee the number, size, and complexity of the rail fixed guideway public transportation systems that operate within the State, or will attain the necessary authority, resources, and expertise in accordance with a developmental plan and schedule.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.21" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.21   Withholding of Federal financial assistance for noncompliance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In making a decision to impose financial penalties as authorized by 49 U.S.C. 5329(e) and determining the nature and amount of the financial penalties, the Administrator shall consider the extent and circumstances of the noncompliance; the operating budgets of the SSOA and the rail fixed guideway public transportation systems that will be affected by the financial penalties; and such other matters as justice may require.
</P>
<P>(b) If a State fails to establish an SSO program that has been approved by the Administrator prior to a rail fixed guideway public transportation system entering the engineering or construction phase of development, FTA will be prohibited from obligating Federal financial assistance authorized under 49 U.S.C. 5338 to any entity in the State that is otherwise eligible to receive that Federal financial assistance, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5329(e)(3).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.23" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.23   Confidentiality of information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A State, an SSOA, or an RTA may withhold an investigation report prepared or adopted in accordance with these regulations from being admitted as evidence or used in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not require public availability of any data, information, or procedures pertaining to the security of a rail fixed guideway public transportation system or its passenger operations.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—State Safety Oversight Agencies</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.25" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.25   Role of the State safety oversight agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An SSOA must establish minimum standards for the safety of all rail fixed guideway public transportation systems within its oversight. These minimum standards must be consistent with the National Public Transportation Safety Plan, the Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program, the rules for Public Transportation Agency Safety Plans and all applicable Federal and State law.
</P>
<P>(b) An SSOA must review and approve the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan for every rail fixed guideway public transportation system within its oversight. An SSOA must oversee an RTA's execution of its Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan. An SSOA must enforce the execution of a Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan, through an order of a corrective action plan or any other means, as necessary or appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) An SSOA has the responsibility to provide safety oversight of an RTA's project(s) in the engineering or construction phase to verify compliance with all applicable Federal and State safety requirements. For purposes of §§ 674.33 and 674.35, this is limited to safety events that involve transit-related activities such as operations, testing, simulated service or pre-revenue service, or a transit-related maintenance activity.
</P>
<P>(d) An SSOA must ensure that a Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan meets the requirements at 49 U.S.C. 5329(d) and part 673 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) An SSOA has primary responsibility for the investigation of any allegation of noncompliance with a Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan. These responsibilities do not preclude the Administrator from exercising their authority under 49 U.S.C. 5329(f).
</P>
<P>(f) An SSOA has primary responsibility for the investigation of a safety event on a rail fixed guideway public transportation system. This responsibility does not preclude the Administrator from exercising his or her authority under 49 U.S.C. 5329(f).
</P>
<P>(g) An SSOA may enter into an agreement with a contractor for assistance in overseeing safety event investigations and performing independent safety event investigations; and for expertise the SSOA does not have within its own organization.
</P>
<P>(h) All designated personnel employed by an SSOA must comply with the requirements of the Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.27" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.27   State safety oversight program standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An SSOA must adopt and distribute a written SSO program standard, consistent with the National Public Transportation Safety Plan and the rules for Public Transportation Agency Safety Plans. This SSO program standard must identify the processes and procedures that govern the activities of the SSOA. Also, the SSO program standard must identify the processes and procedures an RTA must have in place to comply with the standard. At minimum, the program standard must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Program management.</I> The SSO program standard must explain the authority of the SSOA to oversee the safety of rail fixed guideway public transportation systems; the policies that govern the activities of the SSOA; the reporting requirements that govern both the SSOA and the rail fixed guideway public transportation systems; and the steps the SSOA will take to ensure open, on-going communication between the SSOA and every rail fixed guideway public transportation system within its oversight.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Program standard development.</I> The SSO program standard must explain the SSOA's process for developing, reviewing, adopting, and revising its minimum standards for safety, and distributing those standards to the rail fixed guideway public transportation systems.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Disposition of RTA comments.</I> The SSO program standard must establish a disposition process that defines how the SSOA will address any comments the RTA makes with respect to the SSO program standard.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Program policy and objectives.</I> The SSO program standard must set an explicit policy and objectives for safety in rail fixed guideway public transportation throughout the State.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Oversight of RTA Public Transportation Agency Safety Plans and internal safety reviews.</I> The SSO program standard must explain the role of the SSOA in overseeing an RTA's execution of its Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan and any related safety reviews of the RTA's fixed guideway public transportation system. The SSO program standard must describe the process whereby the SSOA will receive and evaluate all material submitted under the signature of an RTA's Accountable Executive. The SSO program standard must define baseline RTA internal safety review requirements including, at a minimum, the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The RTA must develop and document an ongoing internal safety review process to ensure that all elements of an RTA's Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan are performing and being implemented as intended.
</P>
<P>(ii) The RTA's internal safety review process must ensure that the implementation of all elements of its Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan are reviewed within a three-year period.
</P>
<P>(iii) The RTA must notify the SSOA at least thirty (30) days before the RTA conducts an internal safety review of any aspect of the rail fixed guideway public transportation system and provide any checklists or procedures it will use during the review.
</P>
<P>(iv) The RTA must submit a report to the SSOA annually documenting the internal safety review activities and the status of subsequent findings and corrective actions.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Oversight of safety risk mitigations.</I> The SSO program standard must explain the role of the SSOA in overseeing an RTA's development, implementation, and monitoring of safety risk mitigations related to rail fixed guideway transportation, including how the SSOA will track RTA safety risk mitigations. The SSO program standard must specify the frequency and format whereby the SSOA will receive and review information on RTA safety risk mitigation status and effectiveness.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Oversight of RTA compliance with the Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program.</I> The SSO program standard must explain how the SSOA will ensure that the RTA satisfies the requirements of the <I>Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program,</I> including the RTA's designation of personnel and the RTA's identification of refresher training.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Triennial SSOA audits of RTA Public Transportation Agency Safety Plans.</I> The SSO program standard must explain the process the SSOA will follow and the criteria the SSOA will apply in conducting a complete audit of the RTA's compliance with its Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan at least once every three years, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5329. Alternatively, the SSOA and RTA may agree that the SSOA will conduct its audit on an on-going basis over the three-year timeframe. The program standard must establish a procedure the SSOA and RTA will follow to manage findings and recommendations arising from the triennial audit.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Safety event notifications.</I> The SSO program standard must establish requirements for RTA notifications of safety events occurring on the RTA's rail fixed guideway public transportation system, including notifications to the SSOA and to FTA. SSOA safety event notification requirements must address, specifically, the time limits for notification, methods of notification, and the nature of the information the RTA must submit to the SSOA.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Investigations.</I> The SSO program standard must identify safety events that require an RTA to conduct an investigation. Also, the program standard must address how the SSOA will oversee an RTA's own internal investigation; the role of the SSOA in supporting any investigation conducted or findings and recommendations made by the NTSB or FTA; and procedures for protecting the confidentiality of the investigation reports.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Corrective actions.</I> The program standard must explain the process and criteria by which the SSOA may order an RTA to develop and carry out a corrective action plan (CAP), and a procedure for the SSOA to review and approve a CAP. Also, the program standard must explain the SSOA's policy and practice for tracking and verifying an RTA's compliance with the CAP and managing any conflicts between the SSOA and RTA relating either to the development or execution of the CAP or the findings of an investigation.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Inspections.</I> The SSO program standard must include or incorporate by reference a risk-based inspection program that:
</P>
<P>(i) Is commensurate with the number, size, and complexity of the rail fixed guideway public transportation systems that the State safety oversight agency oversees;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides the SSOA with the authority and capability to enter the facilities of each rail fixed guideway public transportation system that the SSOA oversees to inspect infrastructure, equipment, records, personnel, and data, including the data that the RTA collects when identifying and evaluating safety risks; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Include policies and procedures regarding the access of the SSOA to conduct inspections of the rail fixed guideway public transportation system, including access for inspections that occur without advance notice to the RTA.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Vehicle maintenance and testing.</I> The SSO program standard must include the process by which the SSOA will review an RTA's rail transit vehicle maintenance program, including the RTA's periodic testing of rail transit vehicle braking systems to ensure performance and to detect potential latent system failures.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Data collection.</I> The program standard must include policies and procedures for collecting and reviewing data that the RTA uses when identifying hazards and assessing safety risk and explain how the SSOA uses collected data to support oversight of the RTA's safety risk management process. The frequency of collection shall be commensurate with the size and complexity of the rail fixed guideway public transportation system.
</P>
<P>(b) At least once a year an SSOA must submit its SSO program standard and any referenced program procedures to FTA, with an indication of any revisions made to the program standard since the last annual submittal. FTA will evaluate the SSOA's program standard as part of its continuous evaluation of the State Safety Oversight Program, and in preparing FTA's report to Congress on the certification status of that State Safety Oversight Program, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5329.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.29" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.29   Public Transportation Agency Safety Plans: general requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In determining whether to approve a Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan for a rail fixed guideway public transportation system, an SSOA must evaluate whether the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan is compliant with 49 U.S.C. 5329(d) and part 673 of this chapter; is consistent with the National Public Transportation Safety Plan; and is in compliance with the SSO program standard set by the SSOA.
</P>
<P>(b) In an instance in which an SSOA does not approve a Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan, the SSOA must provide a written explanation and allow the RTA an opportunity to modify and resubmit its Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan for the SSOA's approval.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.31" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.31   Triennial audits: general requirements.</HEAD>
<P>At least once every three years, an SSOA must conduct a complete audit of an RTA's compliance with its Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan. Alternatively, an SSOA may conduct the audit on an on-going basis over the three-year timeframe. If an SSOA audits an RTA's compliance on an ongoing basis, the SSOA shall issue interim audit reports at least annually. At the conclusion of the three-year audit cycle, the SSOA shall issue a report with findings and recommendations arising from the triennial or ongoing audit, which must include, at minimum, an analysis of the effectiveness of the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plan, recommendations for improvements, and a corrective action plan, if necessary or appropriate. The RTA must be given an opportunity to comment on the findings and recommendations.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.33" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.33   Notifications of safety events.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An RTA must notify FTA and the SSOA within two hours of any safety event occurring on a rail fixed guideway public transportation system that results in one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Fatality
</P>
<P>(2) Two or more injuries
</P>
<P>(3) Derailment
</P>
<P>(4) Collision resulting in one or more injuries
</P>
<P>(5) Collision between two rail transit vehicles
</P>
<P>(6) Collision resulting in disabling damage to a rail transit vehicle
</P>
<P>(7) Evacuation for life safety reasons
</P>
<P>(8) Unintended train movement.
</P>
<P>(b) The two-hour notification requirement excludes criminal actions that result in fatalities or injuries, such as homicides and assaults.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.35" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.35   Investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An SSOA must investigate or require an investigation of any safety event that requires notification under § 674.33.
</P>
<P>(b) The SSOA is ultimately responsible for the sufficiency and thoroughness of all investigations, whether conducted by the SSOA or RTA. If an SSOA requires an RTA to investigate a safety event, the SSOA must conduct an independent review of the RTA's findings of causation. In any instance in which an RTA is conducting its own internal investigation of the safety event, the SSOA and the RTA must coordinate their investigations in accordance with the SSO program standard and any agreements in effect.
</P>
<P>(c) Within a reasonable time, an SSOA must issue a written report on its investigation of a safety event or review of an RTA's safety event investigation in accordance with the reporting requirements established by the SSOA. The report must describe the investigation activities; identify the factors that caused or contributed to the safety event; and set forth a corrective action plan, as necessary or appropriate. The SSOA must formally adopt the report of a safety event and transmit that report to the RTA for review and concurrence. If the RTA does not concur with an SSOA's report, the SSOA may allow the RTA to submit a written dissent from the report, which may be included in the report, at the discretion of the SSOA.
</P>
<P>(d) All personnel and contractors that conduct investigations on behalf of an SSOA must be trained to perform their functions in accordance with the Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program.
</P>
<P>(e) The Administrator may conduct an independent investigation of any safety event or an independent review of an SSOA's or an RTA's findings of causation of a safety event.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.37" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.37   Corrective action plans.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The SSOA must, at a minimum, require the development of a CAP for the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Results from investigations, in which the RTA or SSOA determined that causal or contributing factors require corrective action;
</P>
<P>(2) Findings of non-compliance from safety reviews and inspections performed by the SSOA; or
</P>
<P>(3) Findings of non-compliance from internal safety reviews performed by the RTA.
</P>
<P>(b) In any instance in which an RTA must develop and carry out a CAP, the SSOA must review and approve the CAP before the RTA carries out the plan. However, an exception may be made for immediate or emergency corrective actions that must be taken to ensure immediate safety, provided that the SSOA has been given timely notification, and the SSOA provides subsequent review and approval.
</P>
<P>(c) A CAP must describe, specifically, the actions the RTA will take to correct the deficiency identified by the CAP, the schedule for taking those actions, and the individuals responsible for taking those actions. The RTA must periodically report to the SSOA on its progress in carrying out the CAP. The SSOA may monitor the RTA's progress in carrying out the CAP through unannounced, on-site inspections, or any other means the SSOA deems necessary or appropriate.
</P>
<P>(d) In any instance in which a safety event on the RTA's rail fixed guideway public transportation system is the subject of an investigation by the NTSB or FTA, the SSOA must evaluate whether the findings or recommendations by the NTSB or FTA require a CAP by the RTA, and if so, the SSOA must order the RTA to develop and carry out a CAP.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.39" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.39   State Safety Oversight Agency annual reporting to FTA.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On or before March 15 of each year, an SSOA must submit the following material to FTA:
</P>
<P>(1) The SSO program standard adopted in accordance with § 674.27, with an indication of any changes to the SSO program standard during the preceding twelve months;
</P>
<P>(2) Evidence that its designated personnel have completed the requirements of the Public Transportation Safety Certification Training Program, or, if in progress, the anticipated completion date of the training;
</P>
<P>(3) A publicly available report that summarizes its oversight activities for the preceding twelve months, describes the causal factors of safety events identified through investigation, and identifies the status of corrective actions, changes to Public Transportation Agency Safety Plans, and the level of effort by the SSOA in carrying out its oversight activities;
</P>
<P>(4) Final investigation reports for all safety events meeting one or more of the criteria specified at § 674.33;
</P>
<P>(5) A summary of the internal safety reviews conducted by RTAs during the previous twelve months, and the RTA's progress in carrying out CAPs arising under § 674.37(a)(3);
</P>
<P>(6) A summary of the triennial audits completed during the preceding twelve months, and the RTAs' progress in carrying out CAPs arising from triennial audits conducted in accordance with § 674.31;
</P>
<P>(7) Evidence that the SSOA has reviewed and approved any changes to the Public Transportation Agency Safety Plans during the preceding twelve months; and
</P>
<P>(8) A certification that the SSOA is in compliance with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) These materials must be submitted electronically through a reporting system specified by FTA.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 674.41" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.26.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 674.41   Conflicts of interest.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An SSOA must be financially and legally independent from any rail fixed guideway public transportation system under the oversight of the SSOA, unless the Administrator has issued a waiver of this requirement in accordance with § 674.13(b).
</P>
<P>(b) An SSOA may not employ any individual who provides services to a rail fixed guideway public transportation system under the oversight of the SSOA, unless the Administrator has issued a waiver of this requirement in accordance with § 674.13(b).
</P>
<P>(c) A contractor may not provide services to both an SSOA and a rail fixed guideway public transportation system under the oversight of that SSOA, unless the Administrator has issued a waiver of this prohibition.








</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="675-699" NODE="49:7.1.2.1.27" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 675-699 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV3>


<DIV3 N="VII" NODE="49:7.1.3" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER VII—NATIONAL RAILROAD PASSENGER CORPORATION (AMTRAK)</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="700" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 700—ORGANIZATION, FUNCTIONING AND AVAILABLE INFORMATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 552(a) (1), (2).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>49 FR 24378, June 13, 1984, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 700.1" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.1.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 700.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part describes the organization and functioning of Amtrak and the availability to the public of documents and information concerning its policies, procedures and activities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 700.2" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.1.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 700.2   Organization and functioning of Amtrak.</HEAD>
<P>The creation of the National Railroad Passenger Corporation (“Amtrak”) was authorized by the Rail Passenger Service Act, as amended, 84 Stat. 1327, 45 U.S.C. 541 <I>et seq.</I> (“the Act”). The Act requires that Amtrak be operated and managed as a for-profit corporation, that it be incorporated under the District of Columbia Business Corporation Act, and subject to the provisions of that statute to the extent not inconsistent with the Act, and that it provide a balanced transportation system by developing, operating, and improving intercity rail passenger service. The Act also states that Amtrak will not be an agency or establishment of the United States Government. Amtrak thus is a corporation created by Congress to compete for the transportation business of the intercity traveller, to the end that the travelling public will have a choice of travel modes. The address of its headquarters is 400 North Capitol Street, NW., Washington, DC 20001. Telephone: (202) 383-3000.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Board of Directors.</I> Amtrak's major policies are established by its board of directors. The nine members of the board are selected as follows: The Secretary of Transportation serves as an ex-officio member and Amtrak's President, ex-officio, is Chairman of the Board; three members are appointed by the President of the United States and confirmed by the Senate (representing labor, State Governors, and business); two represent commuter authorities and are selected by the President from lists drawn up by those authorities; and two are selected by the Corporation's preferred stockholder, the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Officers and central management.</I> Amtrak is managed by a President and a Management Committee consisting of four Executive Vice Presidents. Reporting to the Executive Vice Presidents are eleven vice presidents representing sales, transportation marketing, planning and development, computer services, labor relations, finance and treasurer, personnel, passenger and operating services, government affairs, operations and maintenance, engineering, and the General Counsel. Areas handled as special matters with the authority of vice presidents, such as corporate communications, safety, real estate, procurement, materials management, police and security, contract administration, and internal audit are supervised by assistant vice presidents and directors.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Regional and field structure.</I> The need for decentralization of functions in the areas of passenger services and transportation operations has led to the creation of Amtrak's regional and field structure. Field offices are located in major cities such as Baltimore, Philadelphia, New York, Albany, Boston, Chicago, Seattle and Los Angeles. Pursuant to overall policies established at headquarters in Washington, DC, these offices handle matters like the assignment and scheduling of employees who work on board moving trains; purchase, stowage and preparation of food for dining service; maintenance and rehabilitation of rolling stock; and daily operating arrangements such as the make-up of trains or the cleaning and repairing of cars on trains.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Route system.</I> Amtrak's basic route system has been established pursuant to statutory guidelines, and in some cases by specific statutory directive. Out of a route system covering about 23,000 route-miles, Amtrak owns a right-of-way of about 2,600 track miles in the Northeast Corridor (Washington-New York-Boston; New Haven-
</P>
<FP>Springfield; and Philadelphia-Harrisburg) and small segments of track near Albany, New York, and Kalamazoo, Michigan. In the Northeast Corridor Amtrak trains are run by operating crews consisting of Amtrak employees. On other routes, Amtrak operates trains on the tracks of about twenty different privately owned railroads and compensates the railroad for the use of their facilities and for the services of their employees, including engineers, conductors, and maintenance personnel. Those private railroads are responsible for the conditions of the roadbed and for coordinating the flow of traffic over their lines.
</FP>
<P>(e) <I>Operations.</I> Amtrak provides about 250 trains daily, serving about 500 stations in over forty states. Amtrak owns most of its cars and locomotives, some of its stations, and most of its repair facilities. Its capital improvements and almost half of its operating losses are supported principally through Federal financing, with some State, regional and local financial support for some trains and stations. Congress requires Amtrak to earn revenues equivalent to at least fifty percent of its operating costs, and it currently does so.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Revenue production.</I> The sale of tickets for transportation and accommodations, Amtrak's principal source of revenue, is accomplished through Amtrak ticket agents at stations, travel agencies, and five central reservation offices which service a nationwide telephone network. National Timetables contain basic information about routes, stations, and services.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 700.3" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.1.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 700.3   Availability of documents, assistance, and information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A member of the public having need for assistance or information concerning any of the matters described in § 700.2 should address his or her concerns in a letter or other written communication directed to the appropriate vice president or to the Director of Corporate Communications. Amtrak will bring such communications to the attention of the appropriate official if they are misdirected in the first instance. Formal requests for “records” under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(3) of the Freedom of Information Act are to be made in accordance with the provisions of 49 CFR 701.4.
</P>
<P>(b) The National Train Timetables described in § 700.2(f) are widely distributed in the continental United States and are available in major cities in Europe, Canada and Mexico. When they are updated (usually in April and October each year) each printing involves about 1,000,000 copies. They are ordinarily available at staffed Amtrak stations and copies are usually kept on hand in the offices of about 9800 travel agents who are authorized to sell Amtrak tickets. A person unable to obtain a copy locally should request one from the Director of Corporate Communications at the Washington, DC headquarters. The timetable depicts the major Amtrak train routes on a map of the United States, and most of the remainder of the booklet shows the schedules for specific trains. Several pages are used to offer travel information dealing with the availability of assistance to handicapped travellers, red cap service, purchase of tickets on board, use of credit cards and personal checks, handling of baggage, refunds for unused tickets and similar matters.
</P>
<P>(c) Also available to members of the public at most staffed Amtrak stations, and usually maintained in the offices of travel agencies authorized to sell Amtrak tickets, is a copy of the Reservations and Ticketing Manual (RTM) which constitutes a compendium of information governing Amtrak employees in furnishing transportation to the travelling public. It contains substantial segments dedicated to the following topics: Amtrak's computer system and its communication codes; interline service agreements; passenger and baggage services; customer relations functions; reservations policy and procedures; acceptance of checks and credit cards; refunds; missed connection policies; ticketing; accommodations; employee pass travel; location maps for Amtrak stations; and intermodal state maps.
</P>
<P>(d) A full statement of Amtrak's tariffs containing the fares for point-to-point travel, regional plan travel and all relevant travel conditions, such as excursions, discounts, family plans, accommodations, etc., is contained in the privately published <I>Official Railway Guide,</I> which is available by subscription from its publisher at 424 West 33rd Street, New York, New York 10001. A copy of the guide can usually be found at each staffed Amtrak station, and at the offices of travel agents authorized to sell Amtrak tickets. Tariff changes which occur between issues of the Guide are published and widely distributed by Amtrak pending their publication in the next issue of the Guide.
</P>
<P>(e) Each of the documents described in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section is available to the public for inspection during regular business hours at the office of Amtrak's Freedom of Information Office at its headquarters at 400 North Capitol Street, NW., Washington, DC 20001, and at the office of the Division Manager, Human Resources, in New Haven, Philadelphia, Baltimore, New York, Los Angeles and Chicago. Each document has its own index. Since each index is useful only in connection with the document to which it pertains, and since requests for indices are uncommon, Amtrak has determined that publication of its indices as described in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2) would be unnecessary and impracticable.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="701" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>Part 701—AMTRAK FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 552; 49 U.S.C. 24301(e).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>82 FR 9683, Feb. 8, 2017, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 701.1" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.2.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 701.1   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>This part contains the rules that the National Railroad Passenger Corporation (“Amtrak”) follows in processing requests for records under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), Title 5 of the United States Code, section 552. Information routinely provided to the public (<I>i.e.,</I> train timetables, press releases) may be obtained at Amtrak's Web site <I>www.amtrak.com</I> without following Amtrak's FOIA procedures.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 701.2" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.2.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 701.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the context requires otherwise in this part, masculine pronouns include the feminine gender and “includes” means “includes but is not limited to.”
</P>
<P><I>Amtrak or Corporation</I> means the National Railroad Passenger Corporation.
</P>
<P><I>Appeal</I> means a request submitted to the President of Amtrak or designee for review of an adverse initial determination.
</P>
<P><I>Business days</I> means working days; Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays are excluded in computing response time for processing FOIA requests.
</P>
<P><I>Disclose or disclosure</I> means making records available for examination or copying, or furnishing a copy of nonexempt responsive records.
</P>
<P><I>Electronic data</I> means records and information (including email) that are created, stored, and retrievable by electronic means.
</P>
<P><I>Exempt information</I> means information that is exempt from disclosure as permitted by 5 U.S.C. 552.
</P>
<P><I>Final determination</I> means a decision by the President of Amtrak or designee concerning a request for review of an adverse initial determination received in response to an FOIA request.
</P>
<P><I>FOIA Officer</I> means the Amtrak official designated to fulfill the responsibilities of implementing and administering the Freedom of Information Act as specifically designated under this part.
</P>
<P><I>Freedom of Information Act or “FOIA”</I> means the statute as codified in section 552 of Title 5 of the United States Code as amended.
</P>
<P><I>Initial determination</I> means a decision by the Amtrak FOIA Officer in response to a request for information under the FOIA.
</P>
<P><I>Pages</I> means paper copies of standard office size or the cost equivalent in other media.
</P>
<P><I>President</I> means the President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of the National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) or designee.
</P>
<P><I>Record</I> means any writing, drawing, map, recording, tape, film, photograph, or other documentary material by which information is preserved in any format, including electronic format. A record must exist and be in the possession and control of Amtrak at the time of the request to be subject to this part and the FOIA. The following are not included within the definition of the word “record”:
</P>
<P>(1) Library materials compiled for reference purposes or objects of substantial intrinsic value.
</P>
<P>(2) Routing and transmittal sheets, notes, and filing notes which do not also include information, comments, or statements of substance.
</P>
<P>(3) Anything that is not a tangible or documentary record such as an individual's memory or oral communication.
</P>
<P>(4) Objects or articles, whatever their historical or value as evidence.
</P>
<P><I>Request</I> means any request for records made pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552.
</P>
<P><I>Requester or requesting party</I> means any person who has submitted a request to Amtrak.
</P>
<P><I>Responsive records</I> means documents or electronic records determined to be within the scope of a FOIA request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 701.3" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.2.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 701.3   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Amtrak will make records of the Corporation available to the public to the greatest practicable extent in keeping with the spirit of the law. Therefore, records of the Corporation are available electronically, which can be accessed at the Amtrak FOIA Web site <I>http://www.amtrak.com/foia</I> and <I>www.amtrak.com,</I> as provided in this part with the exception of those that the Corporation specifically determines should not be disclosed either in the public interest, for the protection of private rights, or for the efficient conduct of public or corporate business, but only to the extent withholding is permitted by law.
</P>
<P>(b) A record of the Corporation, or parts thereof, may be withheld from disclosure if the Corporation reasonably foresees that disclosure would harm an interest protected by a FOIA exemption or when disclosure is prohibited by law. Disclosure to a properly constituted advisory committee, to Congress, or to Federal agencies does not waive the exemption.
</P>
<P>(c) In the event full disclosure of a requested record is not possible, any reasonably segregable portion of the record will be made available to the requesting person after deletion of the exempt portions. The entire record may be withheld if a determination is made that nonexempt material is so inextricably intertwined that disclosure would leave only essentially meaningless words or phrases, or when it can be reasonably assumed that a skillful and knowledgeable person could reconstruct the deleted information.
</P>
<P>(d) The procedures in this part apply only to records in existence at the time of a request. The Corporation has no obligation to create a record solely for the purpose of making it available under the FOIA or to provide a record that will be created in the future.
</P>
<P>(e) Each officer and employee of the Corporation dealing with FOIA requests is directed to cooperate in making records available for disclosure under the Act in a prompt manner consistent with this part.
</P>
<P>(f) The FOIA time limits will not begin to run until a request has been identified as being made under the Act and deemed received by the FOIA Office.
</P>
<P>(g) Generally, when a member of the public complies with the procedures established in this part for obtaining records under the FOIA, the request shall receive prompt attention, and a response shall be made within twenty business days.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 701.4" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.2.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 701.4   Amtrak public information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Amtrak FOIA Web site.</I> Amtrak will make available electronically records created by the Corporation that are required under the FOIA to be made available for public inspection which can be accessed at the Amtrak FOIA Web site <I>http://www.amtrak.com/foia</I> and <I>www.amtrak.com.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Frequently requested information.</I> The FOIA requires that copies of records, regardless of form or format, that have been released pursuant to a FOIA request under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(3) be made publicly available in an electronic format if because of the nature of their subject matter they have become or are likely to become the subject of subsequent requests for substantially the same records or they have been requested three or more times.
</P>
<P>(1) Amtrak shall decide on a case-by-case basis whether records fall into the first category of “frequently requested FOIA records” based on the following factors:
</P>
<P>(i) Previous experience with similar records;
</P>
<P>(ii) The nature and type of information contained in the records;
</P>
<P>(iii) The identity and number of requesters and whether there is widespread media or commercial interest in the records.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Guide for making requests.</I> A guide on how to use the FOIA for requesting records from Amtrak shall be made available to the public upon request. Amtrak's major information systems will be described in the guide.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 701.5" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.2.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 701.5   Requirements for making requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) A FOIA request can be made by “any person” as defined in 5 U.S.C. 551(2), which encompasses individuals (including foreign citizens; partnerships; corporations; associations; and local, state, tribal, and foreign governments). A FOIA request may not be made by a Federal agency.
</P>
<P>(2) A request must be in writing, indicate that it is being made under the FOIA, and provide an adequate description of the records sought. The request should also include applicable information regarding fees as specified in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>How to submit a request.</I> (1) The request letter and envelope should be marked prominently that it is a Freedom of Information Act or “FOIA” request to ensure that it is properly routed.
</P>
<P>(2) The request must be addressed to the Freedom of Information Office; National Railroad Passenger Corporation; 1 Massachusetts Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20001. Requests will also be accepted by submission in Amtrak's FOIA portal at <I>https://pal-amtrak.efoia-host.com/</I> or through the National FOIA Portal at <I>https://www.foia.gov/.</I> Amtrak cannot assure that a timely or satisfactory response under this part will be given to written requests addressed to Amtrak offices, officers, or employees other than the FOIA Office. Amtrak employees receiving a communication in the nature of a FOIA request shall forward it to the FOIA Office expeditiously. Amtrak shall advise the requesting party of the date that an improperly addressed request is received by the FOIA Office.












</P>
<P>(c) <I>Content of the request</I>—(1) <I>Description of records.</I> Identification of records sought under the FOIA is the responsibility of the requester. The records sought should be described in sufficient detail so that Amtrak personnel can locate them with a reasonable amount of effort. When possible, the request should include specific information such as dates, title or name, author, recipient, subject matter of the record, file designation or number, or other pertinent details for each record or category of records sought. Requesters may contact Amtrak's FOIA Public Liaison to discuss the records they seek and to receive assistance in describing the records.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reformulation of a request.</I> Amtrak is not obligated to act on a request until the requester provides sufficient information to locate the record. Amtrak may offer assistance in identifying records and reformulating a request where: The description is considered insufficient, the production of voluminous records is required, or a considerable number of work hours would be required that would interfere with the business of the Corporation. The FOIA Office shall notify the requester within ten business days of the type of information that will facilitate the search. The requesting party shall be given an opportunity to supply additional information and may submit a revised request. Requesters may contact Amtrak's FOIA Public Liaison to receive assistance in reformulating or modifying their request.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Payment of fees.</I> The submission of a FOIA request constitutes an agreement to pay applicable fees accessed up to $25.00 unless the requesting party specifies a willingness to pay a greater or lesser amount or seeks a fee waiver or reduction in fees.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Fees in excess of $25.00.</I> When Amtrak determines or estimates that applicable fees are likely to exceed $25.00, the requesting party shall be notified of estimated or actual fees, unless a commitment has been made in advance to pay all fees. If only a portion of the fee can be estimated readily, Amtrak shall advise the requester that the estimated fee may be a portion of the total fee.
</P>
<P>(i) In order to protect requesters from large and/or unexpected fees, Amtrak will request a specific commitment when it estimates or determines that fees will exceed $100.00.
</P>
<P>(ii) A request shall not be considered received and further processing shall not be carried out until the requesting party agrees to pay the anticipated total fee. Any such agreement must be memorialized in writing. A notice under this paragraph will offer the requesting party an opportunity to discuss the matter in order to reformulate the request to meet the requester's needs at a lower cost.
</P>
<P>(iii) Amtrak will hold in abeyance for a reasonable amount of time requests requiring agreement to pay fees and will thereafter deem the request closed. This action will not prevent the requesting party from refiling the FOIA request with a fee commitment at a subsequent date.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Fees in excess of $250.</I> When Amtrak estimates or determines that allowable charges are likely to exceed $250, an advance deposit of the entire fee may be required before continuing to process the request.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Information regarding fee category.</I> In order to determine the appropriate fee category, a request should indicate whether the information sought is intended for commercial use or whether the requesting party is a member of an educational or noncommercial scientific institution or a representative of the news media.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Records concerning other individuals.</I> If the request is for records concerning another individual, either of the following may be required in order to process the request:
</P>
<P>(1) A notarized written authorization signed by that individual permitting disclosure of those records to the requesting party, together with a copy of a photo ID of that individual; or
</P>
<P>(2) Proof that the individual is deceased (<I>i.e.,</I> a copy of a death certificate or an obituary). A form of identification from the requesting party may also be required. Such records are also subject to any applicable FOIA exemptions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 9683, Feb. 8, 2017, as amended at 90 FR 27816, June 30, 2025]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 701.6" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.2.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 701.6   Release and processing procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General provisions.</I> In determining records that are responsive to a request, Amtrak will ordinarily include only records that exist and are in the possession and control of the Corporation as of the date that the search is begun. If any other date is used, the requesting party will be informed of that date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authority to grant or deny requests.</I> Amtrak's FOIA Officer is authorized to grant or deny any request for records.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice of referral.</I> If Amtrak refers all or any part of the responsibility for responding to a request to another organization, the requesting party will be notified. A referral shall not be considered a denial of access within the meaning of this part. All consultations and referrals of requests will be handled according to the date that the FOIA request was initially received.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Creating a record.</I> There is no obligation on the part of Amtrak to create a record to satisfy a FOIA request. Amtrak may create a new record in its sole discretion, however, when doing so would result in a more useful response to the requesting party or would be less burdensome to Amtrak than providing existing records. The cost of creating such a record may not be charged to the requester unless the fee for creating the record is equal to or less than the fee that would be charged for providing the existing record.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Incomplete records.</I> If the records requested are not complete at the time of a request, Amtrak may, at its discretion, inform the requester that complete nonexempt records will be provided when available without having to submit an additional request.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Electronic records.</I> Amtrak is not obligated to process a request for electronic records where creation of a record, programming, or a particular format would result in a significant expenditure of resources or interfere with the corporation's operations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 701.7" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.2.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 701.7   Timing of responses to requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) The time limits prescribed in the FOIA will begin only after the requirements for submitting a request as established in § 701.5 have been met, and the request is deemed received by the FOIA Office.
</P>
<P>(2) A request for records shall be considered to have been received on the later of the following dates:
</P>
<P>(i) The requester has agreed in writing to pay applicable fees in accordance with § 701.5(d); or
</P>
<P>(ii) The fees have been waived in accordance with § 701.11(k); or
</P>
<P>(iii) Payment in advance has been received from the requester when required in accordance with § 701.11(i).
</P>
<P>(3) The time for responding to requests set forth in paragraph (b) of this section may be delayed if:
</P>
<P>(i) The request does not sufficiently identify the fee category applicable to the request;
</P>
<P>(ii) The request does not state a willingness to pay all fees;
</P>
<P>(iii) A request seeking a fee waiver does not address the criteria for fee waivers set forth in § 701.11(k);
</P>
<P>(iv) A fee waiver request is denied, and the request does not include an alternative statement indicating that the requesting party is willing to pay all fees.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Initial determination.</I> Whenever possible, an initial determination to release or deny a record shall be made within twenty business days after receipt of the request. In “unusual circumstances” as described in paragraph (d) of this section, the time for an initial determination may be extended for ten business days.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Multitrack processing.</I> (1) Amtrak may use two or more processing tracks by distinguishing between simple, complex, and expedited requests based on the amount of work and/or time needed to process a request or the number of pages involved.
</P>
<P>(2) In general, when requests are received, Amtrak's FOIA Office will review and categorize them for tracking purposes. Requests within each track will be processed according to date of receipt.
</P>
<P>(3) The FOIA Office may contact a requester when a request does not appear to qualify for fast track processing to provide an opportunity to limit the scope of the request and qualify for a faster track. Such notification shall be at the discretion of the FOIA Office and will depend largely on whether it is believed that a narrowing of the request could place the request on a faster track.
</P>
<P>(d)<I> Unusual circumstances.</I> (1) The requesting party shall be notified in writing if the time limits for processing a request cannot be met because of unusual circumstances, and it will be necessary to extend the time limits for processing the request. The notification shall set forth the unusual circumstances for such extension and shall include the date by which the request can be expected to be completed. Where the extension is for more than ten business days, the requesting party will be afforded an opportunity to either modify the request so that it may be processed within the time limits or to arrange an alternative time period for processing the initial request or modified request. In such a case, the requesting party has the right to seek assistance from Amtrak's FOIA Public Liaison and to seek dispute resolution services from the Office of Government Information Services (OGIS).
</P>
<P>(2) If Amtrak believes that multiple requests submitted by a requester or by a group of requesters acting in concert constitute a single request that would otherwise involve unusual circumstances and the requests involve clearly related matters, the requests may be aggregated. Multiple requests concerning unrelated matters may not be aggregated.
</P>
<P>(3) Unusual circumstances that may justify delay include:
</P>
<P>(i) The need to search for and collect the requested records from other facilities that are separate from Amtrak's headquarters offices.
</P>
<P>(ii) The need to search for, collect, and examine a voluminous amount of separate and distinct records sought in a single request.
</P>
<P>(iii) The need for consultation, which shall be conducted with all practicable speed, with agencies having a substantial interest in the determination of the request, or among two or more Amtrak components having a substantial subject-matter interest in the request.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Exceptional circumstances.</I> If a court has determined that exceptional circumstances exist, as defined by the FOIA, a failure to comply with the time limits shall be excused for the length of time provided by the court order.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Expedited processing.</I> (1) Requests and appeals may be taken out of order and given expedited treatment whenever it is determined that they involve a compelling need, which means:
</P>
<P>(i) Circumstances in which the lack of expedited treatment could reasonably be expected to pose an imminent threat to the life or physical safety of an individual; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An urgency to inform the public about an actual or alleged Amtrak activity, if made by a person primarily engaged in disseminating information.
</P>
<P>(2) A request for expedited processing may be made at the time of the initial request for records or at a later date.
</P>
<P>(3) A requester seeking expedited processing must submit a statement, certified to be true and correct to the best of that person's knowledge and belief, explaining in detail the basis for requesting expedited processing. This statement must accompany the request in order to be considered and responded to within the ten calendar days required for decisions on expedited access.
</P>
<P>(4) A requester who is not a full-time member of the news media must establish that he is a person whose main professional activity or occupation is information dissemination, though it need not be his sole occupation. A requester must establish a particular urgency to inform the public about the Amtrak activity involved in the request.
</P>
<P>(5) Within ten business days of receipt of a request for expedited processing, Amtrak shall determine whether to grant such a request and notify the requester of the decision. If a request for expedited treatment is granted, the request shall be given priority and shall be processed as soon as practicable.
</P>
<P>(6) Amtrak shall provide prompt consideration of appeals of decisions denying expedited processing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 701.8" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.2.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 701.8   Responses to requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Granting of requests.</I> When an initial determination is made to grant a request in whole or in part, the requesting party shall be notified in writing and advised of any fees charged under § 701.11(e). The records shall be disclosed to the requesting party promptly upon payment of applicable fees. The requesting party has the right to seek assistance from Amtrak's FOIA Public Liaison.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Adverse determination of requests</I>—(1) <I>Types of denials.</I> The requesting party shall be notified in writing of a determination to deny a request in any respect. Adverse determinations or denials of records consist of:
</P>
<P>(i) A determination to withhold any requested record in whole or in part;
</P>
<P>(ii) A determination that a requested record does not exist or cannot be located;
</P>
<P>(iii) A denial of a request for expedited treatment; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A determination on any disputed fee matter including a denial of a request for a fee waiver.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Deletions.</I> Records disclosed in part shall be marked clearly to show both the amount of the information deleted and the exemption under which the deletion was made unless doing so would harm an interest protected by an applicable exemption. If technically feasible, the amount of the information deleted and the exemption under which the deletion is made shall be indicated at the place in the record where such deletion is made.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Content of denial letter.</I> The denial letter shall be signed by the FOIA Officer or designee and shall include:
</P>
<P>(i) A brief statement of the reason(s) for the adverse determination including any FOIA exemptions applied in denying the request;
</P>
<P>(ii) An estimate of the volume of information withheld (number of pages or some other reasonable form of estimation). An estimate does not need to be provided if the volume is indicated through deletions on records disclosed in part, or if providing an estimate would harm an interest protected by an applicable exemption;
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement that an appeal may be filed under § 701.10 and a description of the requirements of that section and of the right of the requesting party to seek dispute resolution services from either Amtrak's FOIA Public Liaison or the Office of Government Information Services (OGIS); and
</P>
<P>(iv) The name and title or position of the person responsible for the denial.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 701.9" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.2.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 701.9   Business information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Business information held by Amtrak will be disclosed under the FOIA only under this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Business information</I> means commercial or financial information held by Amtrak that may be protected from disclosure under Exemption 4 of the FOIA, 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Submitter</I> means any person or entity including partnerships; corporations; associations; and local, state, tribal, and foreign governments.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Designation of business information.</I> A submitter of business information will use good faith efforts to designate, by appropriate markings, either at the time of submission or at a reasonable time thereafter, any portions of its submission that it considers to be protected from disclosure under Exemption 4. These designations will expire ten years after the date of the submission unless the submitter requests and provides justification for a longer designation period.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice to submitters.</I> Amtrak shall provide a submitter with prompt written notice of an FOIA request or an appeal that seeks its business information when required under paragraph (e) of this section, except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, in order to give the submitter an opportunity to object to disclosure of any specified portion of the information under paragraph (f). The notice shall either describe the business information requested or include copies of the requested records or portions of records containing the information.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>When notice is required.</I> Notice shall be given to a submitter when:
</P>
<P>(1) The information has been designated in good faith by the submitter as information considered protected from disclosure under Exemption 4; or
</P>
<P>(2) Amtrak has reason to believe that the information may be protected from disclosure under Exemption 4.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Opportunity to object to disclosure.</I> Amtrak will allow a submitter a reasonable amount of time, as determined by Amtrak in its sole discretion, to respond to the notice described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) A detailed written statement must be submitted to Amtrak if the submitter has any objection to disclosure. The statement must specify all grounds for withholding any specified portion of the information sought under the FOIA. In the case of Exemption 4, it must show why the information is a trade secret or commercial or financial information that is privileged or confidential.
</P>
<P>(2) Unless otherwise specified, in the event that a submitter fails to respond within the time specified in the notice, the submitter may, in Amtrak's discretion, be considered to have no objection to disclosure of the information sought under the FOIA.
</P>
<P>(3) Information provided by a submitter in response to the notice may be subject to disclosure under the FOIA.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Notice of intent to disclose.</I> Amtrak shall consider a submitter's objections and specific grounds for disclosure in making a determination whether to disclose the information. In any instance, when a decision is made to disclose information over the objection of a submitter, Amtrak shall give the submitter written notice which shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the reason(s) why each of the submitter's objections to disclosure was not sustained;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the information to be disclosed; and
</P>
<P>(3) A specified disclosure date, which shall be a reasonable time subsequent to the notice as determined by Amtrak in its sole discretion.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Exceptions to notice requirements.</I> The notice requirements of this section shall not apply if:
</P>
<P>(1) Amtrak determines that the information should not be disclosed;
</P>
<P>(2) The information has been published or has been officially made available to the public;
</P>
<P>(3) Disclosure of the information is required by law (other than the FOIA);
</P>
<P>(4) The designation made by the submitter under paragraph (c) of this section appears obviously frivolous. In such a case, Amtrak shall, prior to a specified disclosure date, give the submitter written notice of the final decision to disclose the information; or
</P>
<P>(5) The information requested is not designated by the submitter as exempt from disclosure in accordance with this part, unless Amtrak has substantial reason to believe that disclosure of the information would result in competitive harm.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Notice of a FOIA lawsuit.</I> Whenever a FOIA requester files a lawsuit seeking to compel disclosure of business information, Amtrak shall promptly notify the submitter.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Notice to requesters.</I> (1) When Amtrak provides a submitter with notice and an opportunity to object to disclosure under paragraph (f) of this section, the FOIA Office shall also notify the requester(s).
</P>
<P>(2) When Amtrak notifies a submitter of its intent to disclose requested information under paragraph (g) of this section, Amtrak shall also notify the requester(s).
</P>
<P>(3) When a submitter files a lawsuit seeking to prevent the disclosure of business information, Amtrak shall notify the requester(s).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 701.10" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.2.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 701.10   Appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appeals of adverse determinations.</I> (1) The requesting party may appeal:
</P>
<P>(i) A decision to withhold any requested record in whole or in part;
</P>
<P>(ii) A determination that a requested record does not exist or cannot be located;
</P>
<P>(iii) A denial of a request for expedited treatment; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Any disputed fee matter or the denial of a request for a fee waiver.
</P>
<P>(2) The appeal must be addressed to the Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Human Resources Officer; National Railroad Passenger Corporation; 1 Massachusetts Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20001.




</P>
<P>(3) The appeal must be in writing and specify the relevant facts and the basis for the appeal. The appeal letter and envelope should be marked prominently that it is a Freedom of Information Act or “FOIA” appeal to ensure that it is properly routed.
</P>
<P>(4) The appeal must be received by the President's Office within ninety days of the date of denial.
</P>
<P>(5) An appeal will not be acted upon if the request becomes a matter of FOIA litigation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Responses to appeals.</I> The decision on any appeal shall be made in writing.
</P>
<P>(1) A decision upholding an adverse determination in whole or in part shall contain a statement of the reason(s) for such action, including any FOIA exemption(s) applied. The requesting party shall also be advised of the provision for judicial review of the decision contained in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(B).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Engaging in dispute resolution services provided by OGIS.</I> Mediation is a voluntary process. If Amtrak agrees to participate in the mediation services provided by OGIS, it will actively engage as a partner to the process in an attempt to resolve the dispute.
</P>
<P>(3) If the adverse determination is reversed or modified on appeal in whole or in part, the requesting party shall be notified, and the request shall be reprocessed in accordance with the decision.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>When appeal is required.</I> The requesting party generally must timely appeal any adverse determination prior to seeking judicial review.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 9683, Feb. 8, 2017, as amended at 90 FR 27816, June 30, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 701.11" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.2.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 701.11   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Amtrak shall charge for processing requests under the FOIA in accordance with this section. A fee of $50 per hour shall be charged for search and review. For information concerning other processing fees, refer to paragraph (e) of this section. Amtrak shall collect all applicable fees before releasing copies of requested records to the requesting party. Payment of fees shall be made by check or money order payable to the National Railroad Passenger Corporation.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Direct costs</I> means those expenses actually incurred in searching for and reproducing (and, in the case of commercial use requests, reviewing) records to respond to a FOIA request. Direct costs include such costs as the salary of the employee performing the work (the basic rate of pay for the employee plus applicable benefits and the cost of operating reproduction equipment). Direct costs do not include overhead expenses such as the costs of space and heating or lighting of the facility.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reproduction</I> means the making of a copy of a record or the information contained in it in order to respond to a FOIA request. Copies can take the form of paper, microform, audiovisual materials, or electronic records (<I>i.e.,</I> magnetic tape or disk) among others. Amtrak shall honor a requester's specified preference for the form or format of disclosure if the record is readily reproducible with reasonable effort in the requested form or format by the office responding to the request.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Review</I> means the process of examining a record located in response to a request to determine whether one or more of the statutory exemptions of the FOIA apply. Processing any record for disclosure includes doing all that is necessary to redact the record and prepare it for release. Review time includes time spent considering formal objection to disclosure by a commercial submitter under § 701.9 but does not include time spent resolving general legal or policy issues regarding the application of exemptions. Review costs are recoverable even if a record ultimately is not disclosed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Search</I> means the process of looking for and retrieving records or information responsive to a request. It includes page-by-page or line-by-line identification of information within records and also includes reasonable efforts to locate and retrieve information from records maintained in electronic form or format.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fee categories.</I> There are four categories of FOIA requesters for fee purposes: “commercial use requesters,” “representatives of the news media,” “educational and non-commercial scientific institution requesters,” and “all other requesters.” The categories are defined in the following paragraphs (c)(1) through (5), and applicable fees, which are the same for two of the categories, will be assessed as specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commercial requesters.</I> The term “commercial use” request refers to a request from or on behalf of a person who seeks information for a use or purpose that furthers his commercial, trade, or profit interests, including furthering those interests through litigation. Amtrak shall determine, whenever reasonably possible, the use to which a requester will put the records sought by the request. When it appears that the requesting party will put the records to a commercial use, either because of the nature of the request itself or because Amtrak has reasonable cause to doubt the stated intended use, Amtrak shall provide the requesting party with an opportunity to submit further clarification. Where a requester does not explain the use or where explanation is insufficient, Amtrak may draw reasonable inferences from the requester's identity and charge accordingly.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Representative of the news media or news media requester</I> refers to any person or entity that gathers information of potential interest to a segment of the public, uses its editorial skills to turn the raw materials into a distinct work, and distributes that work to an audience. In this paragraph, the term `news' means information that is about current events or that would be of current interest to the public. Examples of news-media entities are television or radio stations broadcasting to the public at large and publishers of periodicals (but only if such entities qualify as disseminators of `news') who make their products available for purchase by or subscription by or free distribution to the general public. These examples are not all-inclusive. Moreover, as methods of news delivery evolve (for example, the adoption of the electronic dissemination of newspapers through telecommunications services), such alternative media shall be considered to be news-media entities. A freelance journalist shall be regarded as working for a news-media entity if the journalist can demonstrate a solid basis for expecting publication through that entity, whether or not the journalist is actually employed by the entity. A publication contract would present a solid basis for such an expectation, but Amtrak may also consider the past publication record of the requester in making such a determination.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Educational institution</I> refers to a preschool, a public or private elementary or secondary school, an institution of undergraduate higher education, an institution of graduate higher education, an institution of professional education, or an institution of vocational education that operates a program of scholarly research. To be in this category, a requester must show that the request is authorized by and is made under the auspices of a qualifying institution and that the records are not sought for commercial use but to further scholarly research.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Noncommercial scientific institution</I> refers to an institution that is not operated on a “commercial” basis, as that term is defined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and that is operated solely for the purpose of conducting scientific research, the results of which are not intended to promote any particular product or industry. To be in this category, the requesting party must show that the request is authorized by and is made under the auspices of a qualifying institution and that the records are not sought for commercial use but to further scientific research.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Other requesters</I> refers to requesters who do not come under the purview of paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Assessing fees.</I> In responding to FOIA requests, Amtrak shall charge the following fees unless a waiver or a reduction in fees has been granted under paragraph (k) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>“Commercial use” requesters:</I> The full allowable direct costs for search, review, and duplication of records.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>“Representatives of the news media” and “educational and non-commercial scientific institution” requesters:</I> Duplication charges only, excluding charges for the first 100 pages.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>“All other” requesters:</I> The direct costs of search and duplication of records. The first 100 pages of duplication and the first two hours of search time shall be provided without charge.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Schedule of fees</I>—(1) <I>Manual searches.</I> Personnel search time includes time expended in either manual searches for paper records, searches using indices, review of computer search results for relevant records, and personal computer system searches.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Computer searches.</I> The direct costs of conducting a computer search will be charged. These direct costs will include the cost of operating a central processing unit for that portion of the operating time that is directly attributable to searching for responsive records as well as the costs of operator/programmer salary apportionable to the search.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Duplication fees.</I> Duplication fees will be charged all requesters subject to limitations specified in paragraph (d) of this section. Amtrak shall charge 25 cents per page for a paper photocopy of a record. For copies produced by computer (such as tapes or printouts), Amtrak will charge the direct costs, including the operator time in producing the copy. For other forms of duplication, Amtrak will charge the direct costs of that duplication.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Review fees.</I> Review fees will be assessed for commercial use requests. Such fees will be assessed for review conducted in making an initial determination, or upon appeal, when review is conducted to determine whether an exemption not previously considered is applicable.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Charges for other services.</I> The actual cost or amount shall be charged for all other types of output, production, and duplication (e.g., photographs, maps, or printed materials). Determinations of actual cost shall include the commercial cost of the media, the personnel time expended in making the item available for release, and an allocated cost for the equipment used in producing the item. The requesting party will be charged actual production costs when a commercial service is required. Items published and available through Amtrak will be made available at the publication price.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Charges for special services.</I> Apart from the other provisions of this section, when Amtrak chooses as a matter of discretion to provide a special service such as sending records by other than ordinary mail, the direct costs of providing such services shall be charged.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Commitment to pay fees.</I> When Amtrak determines or estimates that applicable fees will likely exceed $25.00, the requesting party will be notified of the actual or estimated amount unless a written statement has been received indicating a willingness to pay all fees. To protect requesters from large and/or unexpected fees, Amtrak will request a specific commitment when it is estimated or determined that fees will exceed $100.00. See § 701.5(d) for additional information.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Restrictions in accessing fees</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> Fees for search and review will not be charged for a quarter-hour period unless more than half of that period is required.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Minimum fee.</I> No fees will be charged if the cost of collecting the fee is equal to or greater than the fee itself. That cost includes the costs to Amtrak for billing, receiving, recording, and processing the fee for deposit, which has been deemed to be $10.00.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Computer searches.</I> With the exception of requesters seeking documents for commercial use, Amtrak shall not charge fees for a computer search until the cost of search equals the equivalent dollar amount of two hours of the salary of the operator performing the search.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Unusual circumstances.</I> If Amtrak has determined that unusual circumstances (as defined in the FOIA) apply and Amtrak has provided timely written notice to the requester in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B), Amtrak may assess search or duplication fees, as applicable, for an additional 10 days. If Amtrak fails to comply with the extended time limit, no search fees (or, in the case of requesters described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, no duplication fees) may be charged unless more than 5,000 pages are necessary to respond to the request, timely written notice has been sent out, and Amtrak has discussed with the requesting party via written mail, email, or telephone (or made not less than three good-faith attempts to do so) how the requesting party could effectively limit the scope of the request.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Nonproductive searches.</I> Amtrak may charge for time spent for search and review even if responsive records are not located or if the records located are determined to be entirely exempt from disclosure.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Advance payments.</I> (1) When Amtrak estimates or determines that charges are likely to exceed $250, an advance payment of the entire fee may be required before continuing to process the request.
</P>
<P>(2) Where a requester has previously failed to pay a properly charged FOIA fee within thirty (30) days of the date of billing, Amtrak may require the full amount due plus applicable interest and an advance payment of the full amount of anticipated fees before beginning to process a new request or continuing to process a pending request. The time limits of the FOIA will begin only after Amtrak has received such payment.
</P>
<P>(3) Amtrak will hold in abeyance for thirty days requests where deposits are due.
</P>
<P>(4) Monies owed for work already completed (<I>i.e.,</I> before copies are sent to a requester) shall not be considered an advance payment.
</P>
<P>(5) Amtrak shall not deem a request as being received in cases in which an advance deposit or payment is due, and further work will not be done until the required payment is received.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Charging interest.</I> Amtrak may charge interest on any unpaid bill for processing charges starting on the 31st day following the date of billing the requester. Interest charges will be assessed at the rate that Amtrak pays for short-term borrowing.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Waiver or reduction of fees</I>—(1) <I>Automatic waiver of fees.</I> When the costs for a FOIA request total $10.00 or less, fees shall be waived automatically for all requesters regardless of category.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Other fee waivers.</I> Decisions to waive or reduce fees that exceed the automatic waiver threshold shall be made on a case-by-case basis. Records responsive to a request will be furnished without charge or at below the established charge where Amtrak determines, based on all available information, that disclosure of the requested information is in the public interest because:
</P>
<P>(i) It is likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of the operations or activities of Amtrak, and
</P>
<P>(ii) It is not primarily in the commercial interest of the requesting party.
</P>
<P>(3) To determine whether the fee waiver requirement in paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this section is met, Amtrak will consider the following factors:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>The subject of the request—whether the subject of the requested records concerns the operations or activities of Amtrak.</I> The subject of the requested records must concern identifiable operations or activities of Amtrak with a connection that is direct and clear, not remote or attenuated.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>The informative value of the information to be disclosed—whether the disclosure is likely to contribute to an understanding of Amtrak operations or activities.</I> The disclosable portions of the requested records must be meaningfully informative about Amtrak's operations or activities in order to be found to be likely to contribute to an increased public understanding of those operations or activities. The disclosure of information that already is in the public domain, in either a duplicative or a substantially identical form, would not be as likely to contribute to such understanding where nothing new would be added to the public's understanding.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>The contribution to an understanding of the subject by the public likely to result from disclosure—whether disclosure of the requested information will contribute to public understanding.</I> The disclosure must contribute to the understanding of a reasonably broad audience of persons interested in the subject as opposed to the individual understanding of the requester. A requester's ability and expertise in the subject area as well as the requester's intention to effectively convey information to the public shall be considered. It shall be presumed that a representative of the news media will satisfy this consideration.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>The significance of the contribution to public understanding—whether the disclosure is likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of Amtrak operations or activities.</I> The public's understanding of the subject in question, as compared to the level of public understanding existing prior to the disclosure, must be enhanced by the disclosure to a significant extent.
</P>
<P>(4) To determine whether the fee waiver requirement in paragraph (k)(2)(ii) of this section is met, Amtrak will consider the following factors:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>The existence and magnitude of a commercial interest—whether the requesting party has a commercial interest that would be furthered by the requested disclosure.</I> Amtrak shall consider any commercial interest of the requesting party (with reference to the definition of “commercial use” in paragraph (c)(1) of this section) or any person on whose behalf the requesting party may be acting that would be furthered by the requested disclosure. Requesters shall be given an opportunity to provide explanatory information regarding this consideration.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>The primary interest in disclosure—whether the magnitude of the identified commercial interest of the requester is sufficiently large in comparison with the public interest in disclosure, that disclosure is “primarily in the commercial interest of the requester.”</I> A fee waiver or reduction is justified where the public interest standard is satisfied and public interest is greater in magnitude than any identified commercial interest in disclosure.
</P>
<P>(5) Requests for a fee waiver will be considered on a case-by-case basis, based upon the merits of the information provided. Where it is difficult to determine whether the request is commercial in nature, Amtrak may draw inference from the requester's identity and the circumstances of the request.
</P>
<P>(6) Requests for a waiver or reduction of fees must address the factors listed in paragraphs (k)(3) and (4) of this section. In all cases, the burden shall be on the requesting party to present evidence of information in support of a request for a waiver of fees.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Aggregating requests.</I> A requester may not file multiple requests at the same time in order to avoid payment of fees. Where Amtrak reasonably believes that a requester or a group of requesters acting in concert is attempting to divide a request into a series of requests for the purpose of avoiding fees, Amtrak may aggregate those requests and charge accordingly. Amtrak may presume that multiple requests of this type made within a thirty-day period have been made in order to avoid fees. Where requests are separated by a longer period, Amtrak may aggregate them only when there exists a reasonable basis for determining that aggregation is warranted in view of all the circumstances involved. Multiple requests involving unrelated matters may not be aggregated.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 9683, Feb. 8, 2017, as amended at 90 FR 27816, June 30, 2025]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 701.12" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.2.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 701.12   Other rights and services.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing in this part shall be construed as entitling any person, as of right, to any service or the disclosure of any record to which such person is not entitled under the FOIA.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="702-799" NODE="49:7.1.3.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 702-799 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV3>


<DIV3 N="VIII" NODE="49:7.1.4" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER VIII—NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="800" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 800—ADMINISTRATIVE RULES


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1101 <I>et seq.;</I> 49 U.S.C.40101 <I>et seq.</I>


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>49 FR 26232, June 27, 1984, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Organization and Functions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart describes the organization, functions, and operation of the National Transportation Safety Board (Board).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 26232, June 27, 1984, as amended at 81 FR 75730, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.2" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.2   Organization.</HEAD>
<P>The Board consists of five Members appointed by the President with the advice and consent of the Senate. One of the Members is designated by the President as Chairman with the advice and consent of the Senate and one as Vice Chairman. The Members exercise various functions, powers, and duties set forth in 49 U.S.C. chapter 11. The Board is an independent agency of the United States. More detailed descriptions of the Board and its work are contained in other parts of this chapter VIII, notably parts 825, 830 through 835, and 840 through 850. Various special delegations of authority from the Board and the Chairman to the staff are set forth in subpart B of this part. The Board's staff is comprised of the following principal components:
</P>
<P>(a) The Office of the Managing Director, which assists the Chairman in the discharge of his functions as executive and administrative head of the Board; coordinates and directs the activities of the staff; is responsible for the day-to-day operation of the Board; and recommends and develops plans to achieve the Board's program objectives. The Office of the Managing Director also provides executive secretariat services to the Board.
</P>
<P>(b) The Office of Government, Public, and Family Affairs, which supplies the Congress and Federal, State, and local government agencies with information regarding the Safety Board's activities, programs and objectives; supplies the public, the transportation industry and the news media with current, accurate information concerning the work, programs, and objectives of the Board; coordinates public and private responsibilities, including aid to survivors and families of accident victims, in the wake of transportation disasters. This Office maintains the 24-hour Communications Center, which assists in coordinating accident notification and launch operations for all modes and provides an off-hour base for family assistance functions during accident investigations.
</P>
<P>(c) The Office of the General Counsel, which provides legal advice and assistance to the Board and its staff; prepares Board rules, opinions and/or orders, and advice to all offices on matters of legal significance; and represents the Board in judicial matters to which the Board is a party or in which the Board is interested.
</P>
<P>(d) The Office of Administrative Law Judges, which conducts all formal proceedings arising under 49 U.S.C. 1133, including proceedings involving civil penalties and suspension or revocation of certificates, and appeals from actions of the Federal Aviation Administrator in refusing to issue airman certificates.
</P>
<P>(e) The Office of Aviation Safety, which conducts investigations of all aviation accidents within the Board's jurisdiction; prepares reports for submission to the Board and release to the public setting forth the facts and circumstances of such accidents, including a recommendation as to the probable cause(s); determines the probable cause(s) of accidents when delegated authority to do so by the Board; initiates safety recommendations to prevent future aviation accidents; participates in the investigation of accidents that occur in foreign countries and involve U.S.-registered and/or U.S.-manufactured aircraft; and conducts special investigations into selected aviation accidents involving safety issues of concern to the Board.
</P>
<P>(f) The Office of Railroad Safety, which conducts investigations of railroad accidents within the Board's jurisdiction; prepares reports for submission to the Board and release to the public setting forth the facts and circumstances of such accidents, including a recommendation as to the probable cause(s); determines the probable cause(s) of accidents when delegated authority to do so by the Board; initiates safety recommendations to prevent future railroad accidents; and conducts special investigations into selected rail accidents involving safety issues of concern to the Board.
</P>
<P>(g) The Office of Highway Safety, which conducts investigations of highway accidents, including railroad grade-crossing accidents, within the Board's jurisdiction; prepares reports for submission to the Board and release to the public setting forth the facts and circumstances of such accidents, including a recommendation as to the probable cause(s); determines the probable cause(s) of accidents when delegated authority to do so by the Board; initiates safety recommendations to prevent future highway accidents; and conducts special investigations into selected highway accidents involving safety issues of concern to the Board.
</P>
<P>(h) The Office of Marine Safety, which conducts investigations of marine accidents within the Board's jurisdiction; prepares reports for submission to the Board and release to the public setting forth the facts and circumstances of such accidents, including a recommendation as to the probable cause(s); determines the probable cause(s) of accidents when delegated authority to do so by the Board; initiates safety recommendations to prevent future marine accidents; participates in the investigation of accidents that occur in foreign countries and that involve U.S.-registered vessels; and conducts special investigations into selected marine accidents involving safety issues of concern to the Board.
</P>
<P>(i) The Office of Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety, which conducts investigations of pipeline and hazardous materials accidents within the Board's jurisdiction; prepares reports for submission to the Board and release to the public setting forth the facts and circumstances of such accidents, including a recommendation as to the probable cause(s); determines the probable causes of accidents when delegated authority to do so by the Board; initiates safety recommendations to prevent future pipeline and hazardous materials accidents; and conducts special investigations into selected pipeline and hazardous materials accidents involving safety issues of concern to the Board.
</P>
<P>(j) The Office of Research and Engineering, which conducts research and carries out analytical studies and tests involving all modes, including readouts of voice and data recorders, flight path analysis and computer simulation/animation, component examination and material failure analysis; conducts safety studies of specific safety issues; performs statistical analyses of transportation accident and incident data; maintains archival records of the Board's accident investigation and safety promotion activities and supports public access to these records; and administers the Board's information technology infrastructure, including computer systems, networks, databases, and application software.
</P>
<P>(k) The Office of Safety Recommendations &amp; Accomplishments, which oversees the Board's safety recommendations program, including the Board's “MOST WANTED” recommendations, and the Board's safety accomplishment program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 61488, Nov. 30, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 14521, Apr. 2, 1995; 63 FR 71605, Dec. 29, 1998; 64 FR 5621, Feb. 4, 1999; 81 FR 75730, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.3" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.3   Functions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The primary function of the Board is to promote safety in transportation. The Board is responsible for the investigation, determination of facts, conditions, and circumstances and the cause or probable cause or causes of:
</P>
<P>(1) All accidents involving civil aircraft, and certain public aircraft;
</P>
<P>(2) Highway accidents, including railroad grade-crossing accidents, the investigation of which is selected in cooperation with the States;
</P>
<P>(3) Railroad accidents in which there is a fatality, substantial property damage, or which involve a passenger train;
</P>
<P>(4) Pipeline accidents in which there is a fatality, significant injury to the environment, or substantial property damage; and
</P>
<P>(5) Major marine casualties and marine accidents involving a public and a non-public vessel or involving Coast Guard functions.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board makes transportation safety recommendations to federal, state, and local agencies and private organizations to reduce the likelihood of transportation accidents. It initiates and conducts safety studies and special investigations on matters pertaining to safety in transportation, assesses techniques and methods of accident investigation, evaluates the effectiveness of transportation safety consciousness and efficacy of other Government agencies, and evaluates the adequacy of safeguards and procedures concerning the transportation of hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon application of affected parties, the Board reviews in quasijudicial proceedings, conducted pursuant to the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 551 <I>et seq.,</I> denials by the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration of applications for airman certificates and orders of the Administrator modifying, amending, suspending, or revoking certificates or imposing civil penalties. The Board also reviews on appeal the decisions of the head of the agency in which the U.S. Coast Guard is operating, on appeals from orders of administrative law judges suspending, revoking, or denying seamen licenses, certificates, or documents.
</P>
<P>(d) The Board, as provided in part 801 of this chapter, issues reports and orders pursuant to its duties to determine the cause or probable cause or causes of transportation accidents and to report the facts, conditions and circumstances relating to such accidents; issues opinions and/or orders in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 1133 after reviewing on appeal the imposition of a civil penalty or the suspension, amendment, modification, revocation, or denial of a certificate or license issued by the Secretary of the Department of Transportation (who acts through the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration) or by the Commandant of the United States Coast Guard; and issues and makes available to the public safety recommendations, safety studies, and reports of special investigations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 75730, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.4" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.4   Operation.</HEAD>
<P>In exercising its functions, duties, and responsibilities, the Board utilizes:
</P>
<P>(a) The Board's staff, consisting of specialized offices dealing with particular areas of transportation safety and performing administrative and technical work for the Board. The staff advises the Board and performs duties for the Board that are inherent in the staff's position in the organizational structure or that the Board has delegated to it. The staff is described more fully in § 800.2.
</P>
<P>(b) Rules published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and codified in this Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations. These rules may be inspected in the Board's public reference room, or purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Publishing Office.
</P>
<P>(c) Procedures and policies set forth in the agency's internal directives system which govern the activities of employees and organizational components of the Board. The internal directives system is designated as the NTSB Manual and consists of instructions which are called NTSB Orders and NTSB Notices.
</P>
<P>(d) Meetings of the Board Members conducted pursuant to the Government in the Sunshine Act.
</P>
<P>(e) Public hearings in connection with transportation accident investigations and public hearings and oral arguments in proceedings concerned with certificates or licenses issued by the Secretary or an Administrator of the Department of Transportation or the Commandant of the United States Coast Guard. They are held at the time and place announced in the notices thereof which are served on the parties to the proceedings or published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 26232, June 27, 1984, as amended at 60 FR 61489, Nov. 30, 1995; 81 FR 75730, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.5" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.5   Office locations.</HEAD>
<P>The principal offices of the National Transportation Safety Board are located at 490 L'Enfant Plaza East, SW., Washington, DC 20594-003. The Board maintains field offices in selected cities throughout the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 61489, Nov. 30, 1995, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.6" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.6   Availability of information and materials.</HEAD>
<P>Part 801 of this chapter provides detailed information concerning the availability of Board documents and records. That part also provides a fee schedule and information concerning inspection and copying.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Delegations of Authority to Staff Members</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.21" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.21   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this subpart is to publish special delegations of authority to staff members.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 61489, Nov. 30, 1995, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.22" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.22   Delegation to the Managing Director.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board delegates to the Managing Director the authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Make the final determination, on appeal, as to whether to withhold a Board record from inspection or copying, pursuant to Part 801 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Approve for publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notices concerning issuance of accident reports and safety recommendations and responses to safety recommendations, as required by 49 U.S.C. 1131(e), 1135(c).
</P>
<P>(b) The Chairman delegates to the Managing Director the authority to exercise and carry out, subject to the direction and supervision of the Chairman, the following functions vested in the Chairman:
</P>
<P>(1) The appointment and supervision of personnel employed by the Board;
</P>
<P>(2) The distribution of business among such personnel and among organizational components of the Board; and
</P>
<P>(3) The use and expenditure of funds.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 61489, Nov. 30, 1995, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.23" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.23   Delegation to the administrative law judges, Office of Administrative Law Judges.</HEAD>
<P>The Board delegates to the administrative law judges the authority generally detailed in its procedural regulations at Part 821 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 61489, Nov. 30, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.24" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.24   Delegation to the General Counsel.</HEAD>
<P>The Board delegates to the General Counsel the authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Approve, disapprove, request more information, or otherwise handle requests for testimony of Board employees with respect to their participation in the investigation of accidents, and, upon receipt of notice that an employee has been subpoenaed, to make arrangements with the court either to have the employee excused from testifying or to give the employee permission to testify in accordance with the provisions of Part 835 of this Chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Approve or disapprove in safety enforcement proceedings, for good cause shown, requests for extensions of time or for other changes in procedural requirements subsequent to the initial decision, grant or deny requests to file additional and/or <I>amicus</I> briefs pursuant to §§ 821.9 and 821.48 of this Chapter, and raise on appeal any issue the resolution of which he deems important to the proper disposition of proceedings under § 821.49 of this Chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Approve or disapprove, for good cause shown, requests to extend the time for filing comments on proposed new or amended regulations.
</P>
<P>(d) Issue regulations for the purpose of making editorial changes or corrections in the Board's rules and regulations.
</P>
<P>(e) Issue orders staying or declining to stay, pending judicial review, orders of the Board suspending or revoking certificates, and consent to the entry of judicial stays with respect to such orders.
</P>
<P>(f) Compromise civil penalties in the case of violations arising under 49 U.S.C. chapter 11, subchapter IV, or any rule, regulation, or order issued thereunder.
</P>
<P>(g) Issue orders dismissing appeals from initial decisions of Board administrative law judges pursuant to the request of the appellant or, where the request is consensual, at the request of any party.
</P>
<P>(h) Correct Board orders by eliminating typographical, grammatical, and similar errors, and make editorial changes therein not involving matters of substance.
</P>
<P>(i) Take such action as appropriate or necessary adequately to compromise, settle, or otherwise represent the Board's interest in judicial or administrative actions to which the Board is a party or in which the Board is interested.
</P>
<P>(j) Dismiss late filed notices of appeal and appeal briefs for lack of good cause.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 61489, Nov. 30, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 71606, Dec. 29, 1998; 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.25" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.25   Delegation to the Directors of Office of Aviation Safety, Office of Railroad Safety, Office of Highway Safety, Office of Marine Safety, and Office of Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety.</HEAD>
<P>The Board delegates to the Directors of the Offices of Aviation, Railroad, Highway, Marine, and Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety, the authority to:
</P>
<P>(a) Order an investigation into the facts, conditions, and circumstances of accidents that the Board has authority to investigate.
</P>
<P>(b) Disclose factual information pertinent to all accidents or incidents as provided for in Part 801 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Determine the probable cause(s) of accidents in which the determination is issued in the “Brief of Accident” format, except that the Office Director will submit the findings of the accident investigation to the Board for determination of the probable cause(s) when (1) any Board Member so requests, (2) it appears to the Office Director that, because of significant public interest, a policy issue, or a safety issue of other matter, the determination of the probable cause(s) should be made by the Board, or (3) the accident investigation will be used to support findings in a special investigation or study. Provided, that a petition for reconsideration or modification of a determination of the probable cause(s) made under § 845.31 of this chapter shall be acted on by the Board.
</P>
<P>(d) Consistent with Board resources, investigate accidents as provided under 49 U.S.C. 1131 and the appendix to this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 61489, Nov. 30, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 71606, Dec. 29, 1998; 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.26" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.26   Delegation to the Chief, Public Inquiries Branch.</HEAD>
<P>The Board delegates to the Chief, Public Inquiries Branch, the authority to determine, initially, the withholding of a Board record from inspection or copying, pursuant to part 801 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 71606, Dec. 29, 1998, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.27" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.27   Delegation to investigative officers and employees of the Board.</HEAD>
<P>The Board delegates to any officer or employee of the Board designated by the Chairman the authority to sign and issue subpoenas, and administer oaths and affirmations, and to take depositions or cause them to be taken in connection with the investigation of transportation accidents or incidents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 61490, Nov. 30, 1995, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.28" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.28   Delegation to the Chief Financial Officer.</HEAD>
<P>The Board delegates to the Chief Financial Officer the authority to settle claims for money damages of $2,500 or less against the United States arising under Section 2672 of 28 United States Code (the Federal Tort Claims Act) because of acts or omissions of Board employees.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 71606, Dec. 29, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Procedures for Adoption of Rules</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>80 FR 57309, Sept. 23, 2015, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 800.30" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.30   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart prescribes rulemaking procedures that apply to the issuance, amendment, and revocation of rules pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 1113(f).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 57309, Sept. 23, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.31" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.31   Public reading room.</HEAD>
<P>Information and data relevant to NTSB rulemaking actions, including notices of proposed rulemaking; comments received in response to notices; petitions for rulemaking and reconsideration; denials of petitions for rulemaking; and final rules are maintained in the NTSB's public reading room, located at 490 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Washington, DC 20594-2003.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 57309, Sept. 23, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.32" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.32   Initiation of rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>The NTSB may initiate rulemaking either on its own motion or on petition by any interested person after a determination that grant of the petition is advisable. The NTSB may also consider the recommendations of other agencies of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.33" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.33   Notice of proposed rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>Unless the NTSB, for good cause, finds notice is impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest, and incorporates that finding and a brief statement of the reasons for it in the rule, a notice of proposed rulemaking is issued and interested persons are invited to participate in the rulemaking proceedings under applicable provisions of 5 U.S.C. 553.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 57309, Sept. 23, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.34" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.34   Contents of notices of proposed rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each notice of proposed rulemaking is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(b) Each notice includes:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the time, place, and nature of the proposed rulemaking proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) A reference to the authority under which it is issued;
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the subjects and issues involved or the substance and terms of the proposed rule;
</P>
<P>(4) A statement of the time within which written comments must be submitted; and
</P>
<P>(5) A statement of how and to what extent interested persons may participate in the proceedings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.35" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.35   Participation of interested persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interested person may participate in a rulemaking proceeding by submitting written comments,information, views or arguments.
</P>
<P>(b) In its discretion, the agency may invite any interested person to participate in the rulemaking procedures described in this subpart.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[80 FR 57309, Sept. 23, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.36" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.36   Petitions for extension of time to comment.</HEAD>
<P>A petition for extension of the time to submit comments must be received not later than 10 days before the end of the comment period stated in the notice. The petition must be submitted to: General Counsel, National Transportation Safety Board, 490 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Washington, DC 20594-2003. The filing of the petition does not automatically extend the time for petitioner's comments. Such a petition is granted only if the petitioner shows good cause for the extension, and if the extension is consistent with the public interest. If an extension is granted, it is granted to all persons, and the NTSB will publish a notice of the extension of the comment period in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.37" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.37   Contents of written comments.</HEAD>
<P>All written comments shall be in English. Unless otherwise specified in a notice requesting comments, comments may not exceed 15 pages in length, but necessary attachments may be appended to the submission without regard to the 15-page limit. Any commenter shall submit as a part of his or her written comments all material he or she considers relevant to any statement of fact made in the comment. Commenters should avoid incorporation by reference. However, if incorporation by reference is necessary, the incorporated material shall be identified with respect to document and page. The NTSB may reject comments if they are frivolous, abusive, or repetitious. The NTSB may also reject comments filed electronically if the commenter does not adhere to the electronic filing instructions at the Federal Docket Management System Web site.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.38" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.38   Consideration of comments received.</HEAD>
<P>All timely comments are considered before final action is taken on a rulemaking proposal. Late filed comments may be considered to the extent practicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.39" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.39   Additional rulemaking proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>The NTSB may initiate any further rulemaking proceedings it finds necessary or desirable. For example, interested persons may be invited to make oral arguments, to participate in conferences between the Board or a representative of the Board and interested persons at which minutes of the conference are kept, to appear at informal hearings presided over by officials designated by the Board, at which a transcript or minutes are kept, or participate in any other proceeding to assure informed administrative action and to protect the public interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.40" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.40   Hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Sections 556 and 557 of title 5, United States Code, do not apply to hearings held under this part. Unless otherwise specified, hearings held under this part are informal, fact-finding proceedings, at which there are no formal pleadings or adverse parties. Any rule issued in a case in which an informal hearing is held is not necessarily based exclusively on the record of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) The NTSB designates a representative to conduct any hearing held under this part. The General Counsel or a designated member of his or her staff may serve as legal officer at the hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.41" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.41   Adoption of final rules.</HEAD>
<P>Final rules are prepared by representatives of the office concerned and the Office of the General Counsel. The rule is then submitted to the Board for its consideration. If the Board adopts the rule, it is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.42" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.42   Petitions for rulemaking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any interested person may petition the Chairman to establish, amend, or repeal a rule.
</P>
<P>(b) Each petition filed under this section must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be submitted in duplicate to the Chairman, National Transportation Safety Board, 490 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Washington, DC 20594-0003;
</P>
<P>(2) Set forth the text or substance of the rule or amendment proposed, or specify the rule the petitioner seeks to have repealed, as the case may be;
</P>
<P>(3) Explain the interest of the petitioner in the action requested; and
</P>
<P>(4) Contain any information and arguments available to the petitioner to support the action sought.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.43" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.43   Processing of petition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless the NTSB otherwise specifies, no public hearing, argument, or other proceeding is held directly on a petition before its disposition under this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Grants.</I> If the agency determines the petition contains adequate justification, it initiates rule making action this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Denials.</I> If the agency determines the petition does not justify rulemaking, it denies the petition.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification.</I> Whenever the agency determines a petition should be granted or denied, the Office of the General Counsel prepares a notice of the grant or denial for issuance to the petitioner, and the agency issues it to the petitioner.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.44" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.44   Direct final rulemaking procedures.</HEAD>
<P>A direct final rule makes regulatory changes and states those changes will take effect on a specified date unless the NTSB receives an adverse comment or notice of intent to file an adverse comment by the date specified in the direct final rule published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Types of actions appropriate for direct final rulemaking.</I> Rules the Board determines to be non-controversial and unlikely to result in adverse public comments may be published in the final rule section of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> as direct final rules. These include non-controversial rules that:
</P>
<P>(1) Make non-substantive clarifications or corrections to existing rules;
</P>
<P>(2) Incorporate by reference the latest or otherwise updated versions of technical or industry standards;
</P>
<P>(3) Affect internal NTSB procedures;
</P>
<P>(4) Update existing forms; and
</P>
<P>(5) Make minor changes to rules regarding statistics and reporting requirements, such as a change in reporting period (for example, from quarterly to annually) or eliminating a type of data collection no longer necessary.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Adverse comment.</I> An adverse comment is a comment the NTSB judges to be critical of the rule, to suggest the rule should not be adopted, or to suggest a change should be made to the rule. Under the direct final rule process, the NTSB does not consider the following types of comments to be adverse:
</P>
<P>(1) Comments recommending another rule change, unless the commenter states the direct final rule will be ineffective without the change;
</P>
<P>(2) Comments outside the scope of the rule and comments suggesting the rule's policy or requirements should or should not be extended to other topics outside the scope of the rule;
</P>
<P>(3) Comments in support of the rule; or
</P>
<P>(4) Comments requesting clarification.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Confirmation of effective date.</I> The NTSB will publish a confirmation rule document in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> if it has not received an adverse comment or notice of intent to file an adverse comment by the date specified in the direct final rule. The confirmation rule document informs the public of the effective date of the rule.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Withdrawal of a direct final rule.</I> (1) If the NTSB receives an adverse comment or a notice of intent to file an adverse comment within the comment period, it will publish a rule document in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> before the effective date of the direct final rule, advising the public and withdrawing the direct final rule.
</P>
<P>(2) If the NTSB withdraws a direct final rule because of an adverse comment, the NTSB may issue a notice of proposed rulemaking if it decides to pursue the rulemaking.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 800.45" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 800.45   Interim rulemaking procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An interim rule may be issued when it is in the public interest to promulgate an effective rule while keeping the rulemaking open for further refinement. For example, an interim rule may be issued in instances when normal procedures for notice and comment prior to issuing an effective rule are not required, minor changes to the final rule may be necessary after the interim rule has been in place for some time, or the interim rule only implements portions of a proposed rule, while other portions of the proposed rule are still under development.
</P>
<P>(b) An interim rule will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> with an effective date on or after the date of publication. After the effective date, an interim rule is enforceable and is codified in the next annual revision of the Code of Federal Regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix to" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.1.3.1.17.30" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix to Part 800—Request to the Secretary of the Department of Transportation To Investigate Certain Aircraft Accidents
</HEAD>
<P>(a) Acting pursuant to the authority vested in it by Title VII of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C. 1441) and section 304(a)(1) of the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974, the National Transportation Safety Board (Board) hereby requests the Secretary of the Department of Transportation (Secretary) to exercise his authority subject to the terms, conditions, and limitations of Title VII and section 304(a)(1) of the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974, and as set forth below to investigate the facts, conditions, and circumstances surrounding certain fixed-wing and rotorcraft aircraft accidents and to submit a report to the Board from which the Board may make a determination of the probable cause.
</P>
<P>(b) The authority to be exercised hereunder shall include the investigation of all civil aircraft accidents involving rotorcraft, aerial application, amateur-built aircraft, restricted category aircraft, and all fixed-wing aircraft which have a certificated maximum gross takeoff weight of 12,500 pounds or less except:
</P>
<P>(1) Accidents in which fatal injuries have occurred to an occupant of such aircraft, but shall include accidents involving fatalities incurred as a result of aerial application operations, amateur-built aircraft operations, or restricted category aircraft operations.
</P>
<P>(2) Accidents involving aircraft operated in accordance with the provisions of Part 135 of the Federal Air Regulations entitled “Air Taxi Operators and Commercial Operators of Small Aircraft.”
</P>
<P>(3) Accidents involving aircraft operated by an air carrier authorized by certificate of public convenience and necessity to engage in air transportation.
</P>
<P>(4) Accidents involving midair collisions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Provided,</I> That the Board may, through the chiefs of its field offices, or their designees who receive the initial notifications, advise the Secretary, through his appropriate designee, that the Board will assume the full responsibility for the investigation of an accident included in this request in the same manner as an accident not so included; and <I>Provided further,</I> That the Board, through the chiefs of its field offices, or their designees who receive initial notifications may request the Secretary, through his appropriate designee, to investigate an accident not included in this request, which would normally be investigated by the Board under section (b) (1) through (4) above, and in the same manner as an accident so included.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Provided,</I> That this authority shall not be construed to authorize the Secretary to hold public hearings or to determine the probable cause of the accident; and <I>Provided further,</I> That the Secretary will report to the Board in a form acceptable to the Board the facts, conditions, and circumstances surrounding each accident from which the Board may determine the probable cause.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>And provided further,</I> That this request includes authority to conduct autopsies and such other tests of the remains of deceased persons aboard the aircraft at the time of the accident, who die as a result of the accident, necessary to the investigations requested hereunder and such authority may be delegated and redelegated to any official or employee of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). For the purpose of this provision, designated aviation examiners are not deemed to be officials or employees of the FAA.
</P>
<P>(f) Invoking the provisions of section 701(f) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, and section 304(a)(1) of the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974, is necessary inasmuch as sufficient funds have not been made available to the Board to provide adequate facilities and personnel to investigate all accidents involving civil aircraft. This request, therefore, is considered to be temporary in nature and may be modified or terminated by written notice to the Secretary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 26232, June 27, 1984, as amended at 63 FR 71606, Dec. 29, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="801" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 801—PUBLIC AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1113(f); 5 U.S.C. 552; 18 U.S.C. 641, 2071; 31 U.S.C. 3717, 9701; 44 U.S.C. Chapters 21, 29, 31, and 33.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>82 FR 58356, Dec. 12, 2017, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 801 appear at 86 FR 54641, Oct. 4, 2021.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Applicability and Policy</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part contains the rules that the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) follows in processing requests for records under the Freedom of Information Act, as amended (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552. These rules should be read together with the FOIA, which provides additional information about public access to records maintained by the NTSB.
</P>
<P>(b) This part also provides for document services and the fees for such services, pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 9701.
</P>
<P>(c) This part applies only to records existing when the request for the information is made. The NTSB is not required to create records for the sole purpose of responding to a FOIA request.
</P>
<P>(d) Subpart F of this part describes records that are exempt from public disclosure.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.2" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.2   Presumption of openness.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In implementing the FOIA, it is the policy of the NTSB to make information available to the public to the greatest extent possible, consistent with the mission of the NTSB. The NTSB will withhold records under the FOIA only when the NTSB reasonably foresees that disclosure would harm an interest protected by a FOIA exemption or is prohibited by law. Whenever the NTSB determines that full disclosure of a requested record is not possible, the NTSB will consider whether partial disclosure is possible and will take reasonable steps to segregate and release nonexempt material. Information the NTSB routinely provides to the public as part of a regular NTSB activity (such as press releases and information disclosed on the NTSB's public Website) may be provided to the public without compliance with this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The NTSB will release on its website a “public docket” containing documentation that the agency deemed pertinent to the investigation. Requesters may access these public dockets without submitting a FOIA request. The NTSB encourages all requesters to review the public docket materials before submitting a FOIA request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.3" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Chairman</I> means the Chairman or Acting Chairman of the NTSB.
</P>
<P><I>FOIA Public Liaison</I> means a supervisory official, designated by the Chief FOIA Officer, who is responsible for assisting in reducing delays, increasing transparency and understanding of the status of requests, and assisting in resolving disputes.
</P>
<P><I>Managing Director</I> means the Managing Director of the NTSB.
</P>
<P><I>Non-docket items</I> include records from an accident that are not directly pertinent to the investigation, and are not in the public docket.
</P>
<P><I>Public Docket</I> includes a collection of records from an accident investigation that the agency deemed pertinent to the investigation.
</P>
<P><I>Record, document,</I> or any other term used to reference information includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Any writing, drawing, map, recording, tape, film, photo, or other documentary material by which information is preserved. In this part, “document” and “record” have the same meaning;
</P>
<P>(2) Any information that would be an agency record subject to the requirements of this section when maintained by the NTSB in any format, including an electronic format; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any information described under subparagraphs (1) or (2) that is maintained for the NTSB by an entity under Government contract, for the purposes of records management.
</P>
<P><I>Redact</I> refers to the act of making a portion of text illegible by placing a black mark on top of the text.
</P>
<P><I>Requester</I> means any person, as defined in 5 U.S.C. 551(2), who submits a request pursuant to the FOIA.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Administration</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.10" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.10   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The NTSB's Chief FOIA Officer provides high level oversight and support to NTSB's FOIA programs, and recommends adjustments to agency practices, personnel, and funding as may be necessary to improve FOIA administration. The Chief FOIA Officer is responsible for the initial determination of whether to release records within the 20-working-day time limit, or the extension, specified in the Freedom of Information Act. The Chief FOIA Officer is also responsible for designating one or more FOIA Public Liaisons.
</P>
<P>(b) The NTSB's Chief, Records Management Division:
</P>
<P>(1) Is responsible for the custody and control of all NTSB records required to be preserved under the Federal Records Act, 44 U.S.C. Chapters 21, 29, 31, and 33.
</P>
<P>(2) Maintains an electronic reading room in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2). The NTSB's electronic reading room is accessible on the NTSB's FOIA website at <I>https://www.ntsb.gov/.</I>






</P>
<P>(3) Maintains a public access link on the NTSB's FOIA Website for requesters to electronically submit a FOIA request and track the status of the request.
</P>
<P>(c) The NTSB maintains in its electronic reading room, making the following available:


</P>
<P>(1) Records that have been provided pursuant to a FOIA request, and
</P>
<P>(i) Have been requested at least three times or
</P>
<P>(ii) Are likely to be the subject of repeat requests.
</P>
<P>(2) A general index of the records in paragraph (c)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(3) Final opinions, including concurring and dissenting opinions, as well as orders, made in the adjudication of appeals under parts 821 and 825 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Statements of policy and interpretations which have been adopted by the agency and are not published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>;
</P>
<P>(5) Administrative staff manuals and instructions to staff that affect a member of the public;
</P>
<P>(6)(i) The annual report submitted to the Attorney General and the Office of Government Information Services in the National Archives and Records Administration (OGIS), under 5 U.S.C. 552(e)(1); and
</P>
<P>(ii) The raw statistical data used in the annual report in an aggregate, searchable, and downloadable format, provided without charge, license, or registration requirement;
</P>
<P>(7) A guide for requesting records or information from the NTSB that includes an index of the agency's major information systems, major information and record locator systems, concise descriptions of FOIA exemptions, and general categories of NTSB records to which the exemptions apply; and
</P>
<P>(8) A record of the votes of each Member in NTSB proceedings.
</P>
<P>(d) FOIA requests for records or information not publicly available on the NTSB Website may be submitted electronically by email or through the public access link, or in writing to: National Transportation Safety Board, Attention: FOIA Requester Service Center, CIO-40, 490 L'Enfant Plaza SW, Washington, DC 20594-003. All requests must reasonably identify the record requested and contain the name, address, email address, and telephone number of the person making the request. A requester must inform the NTSB of changes to the requester's contact information. Requests mailed to the NTSB must prominently display the letters “FOIA” to distinguish the FOIA request from other types of document requests. For requests regarding an investigation of a particular accident, requesters should include the date and location of the accident, as well as the NTSB investigation number.
</P>
<P>(e) In response to broad requests for records regarding a particular investigation, the FOIA Office will notify the requester that a public docket has been or will be opened for the investigation, and attempt to clarify whether the information in the docket satisfies the request.
</P>
<P>(f) The NTSB will not release records originally generated by other agencies or entities. Instead, the NTSB will refer such requests for other agencies' records to the appropriate agency, which will make a release determination upon receiving and processing the referred request.
</P>
<P>(g) Where a requester seeks a record on behalf of another person, and the record contains that person's personal information protected by 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(6) and § 801.56, the personal information will not be provided to the requester unless the requester submits a notarized statement of consent from the person whose personal information is contained in the record.
</P>
<P>(h) In general, the NTSB will deny requests for records concerning a pending investigation, pursuant to appropriate exemptions under the FOIA. The FOIA Office will notify the requester of this denial in accordance with § 801.21(b), and provide the requester additional information regarding how the requester may receive information on the investigation once the investigation is complete.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 58356, Dec. 12, 2017, as amended at 86 FR 74377, Dec. 30, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.11" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.11   Segregability of records.</HEAD>
<P>The initial decision of the FOIA Officer will include a determination of segregability. If it is reasonable to do so, the exempt portions of a record will be segregated and, where necessary, redacted, and the nonexempt portions will be sent to the requester.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.12" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.12   Protection of records.</HEAD>
<P>No person may, without permission, remove from the place where it is made available any record made available for inspection or copying under § 801.10(c). Removing, concealing, altering, mutilating, obliterating, or destroying, in whole or in part, such a record is deemed a criminal offense pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 641, 2071(a).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Time Limits</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.20" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.20   Processing of requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Multi-track processing.</I> The FOIA Office processes FOIA requests in one of three tracks:
</P>
<P>(1) Track 1: Requests that meet the criteria for expedited processing, or requests that seek records that have been produced in response to a prior request.
</P>
<P>(2) Track 2: Requests that do not involve voluminous records or lengthy consultations with other entities.
</P>
<P>(3) Track 3: Requests that involve voluminous records and for which lengthy or numerous consultations are required, or those requests which may involve sensitive records.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Expedited processing.</I> (1) A requester may submit a statement demonstrating with reasonable particularity that the requester has a compelling need for expedited processing in Track 1. The requester must certify that the statement is true and correct to the best of the requester's knowledge. Within 10 calendar days after receipt of the statement, the FOIA Office will inform the requester whether the request qualifies for expedited processing, and if not, provide the requester with the information in § 801.21(b).
</P>
<P>(2) In this section, “compelling need” means:
</P>
<P>(i) That a failure to expedite the request could reasonably be expected to pose an imminent threat to the life or physical safety of an individual; or
</P>
<P>(ii) With respect to a request made by a person primarily engaged in disseminating information, urgency to inform the public concerning actual or alleged Federal Government activity.
</P>
<P>(3) The requester may appeal the FOIA Office's decision regarding expedited processing to the Managing Director within 90 calendar days. The Managing Director will decide the appeal on an expedited basis, and no later than 20 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) after receipt of the appeal. The final determination will notify the requester of the statutory right to seek judicial review of the determination pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(E)(iii), and will inform the requester of the dispute resolution services offered by OGIS.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.21" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.21   Initial determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The NTSB FOIA Officer will make an initial determination as to whether to comply with the request within 20 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) after the request is received.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon the FOIA Office's receipt of a FOIA request, the time limit is tolled while the FOIA Office seeks reasonable information from the requester:
</P>
<P>(1) About the scope of the request, such as whether docket items and other publicly available information on the NTSB website satisfy the request; and
</P>
<P>(2) Necessary to resolve fee assessment issues.
</P>
<P>(c) If unusual circumstances exist, this time limit may be extended up to 10 additional days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) in accordance with § 801.23. The requester will be notified immediately of an extension in accordance with § 801.23. If a determination is made to release the requested record(s), such record(s) will be made available promptly.
</P>
<P>(d) If the FOIA Officer determines not to release the record(s), the FOIA Office will notify the requester of:
</P>
<P>(1) The reason for the determination;
</P>
<P>(2) The right to appeal the determination to the Managing Director within 90 calendar days;
</P>
<P>(3) The name and title or positions of each person responsible for the denial of the request;
</P>
<P>(4) The right to seek dispute resolution services from the NTSB's FOIA Public Liaison or OGIS.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.22" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.22   Final determination.</HEAD>
<P>Requesters seeking an appeal of the FOIA Officer's initial determination must send a written appeal to the NTSB's Managing Director within 90 calendar days. The NTSB's Managing Director will determine whether to grant or deny any appeal within 20 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) after receipt of such appeal, except that this time limit may be extended by as many as 10 additional days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays), in accordance with § 801.23. The final determination will notify the requester of the statutory right to seek judicial review of the determination pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(B), and will inform the requester of the dispute resolution services offered by OGIS.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.23" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.23   Extension.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In unusual circumstances as specified in this section, the time limits prescribed in either § 801.21 or § 801.22 may be extended by no more than 10 days (excluding Saturdays, Sunday, and legal public holidays) by providing written notice to the requester setting forth the reasons for the extension and the date on which a determination is expected to be dispatched.
</P>
<P>(b) If the request cannot be processed within the extended time limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section, the requester will be:
</P>
<P>(1) Notified in writing;
</P>
<P>(2) Given an opportunity to limit the scope of the request so that it may be processed within that time limit, or an opportunity to arrange with the agency an alternative time frame for processing the request or a modified request; and
</P>
<P>(3) Advised of the requester's right to seek assistance from the NTSB's FOIA Public Liaison and seek dispute resolution services from OGIS.
</P>
<P>(c) As used in this paragraph (c), “unusual circumstances,” as they relate to any delay that is reasonably necessary to the proper processing of the particular request, means:
</P>
<P>(1) The need to search for and collect the requested records from field facilities or other establishments that are separate from the office processing the request;
</P>
<P>(2) The need to search for, collect, and appropriately examine and process a voluminous amount of separate and distinct records which are the subject of a single request; or
</P>
<P>(3) The need to consult with another agency that has a substantial interest in the disposition of the request or with two or more components of the agency having substantial subject-matter interest therein.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Accident Investigation Records</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.30" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.30   Records from accident investigations.</HEAD>
<P>Upon completion of an accident investigation, the NTSB will compile a public docket containing investigators' factual reports, and documents and exhibits that the agency deemed pertinent to the investigation. The Chief, Records Management Division, will then make the docket available on the NTSB website.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 74378, Dec. 30, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.31" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.31   Public hearings regarding investigations.</HEAD>
<P>Within approximately four (4) weeks after a public investigative hearing conducted in accordance with part 845, subpart A, of this chapter, the Chief, Records Management Division, will make the hearing transcript available in the electronic reading room. On or before the date of the hearing, the Chief, Records Management Division, will make the exhibits introduced at the hearing available on the NTSB website.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 74378, Dec. 30, 2021]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.32" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.32   Accident reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The NTSB will report the facts, conditions, circumstances, and its determination of the probable causes of U.S. civil transportation accidents, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 1131(e).
</P>
<P>(b) These reports will be made available on the NTSB electronic reading room.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 58356, Dec. 12, 2017, as amended at 86 FR 74378, Dec. 30, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Other Agency Documents</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.40" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.40   NTSB rules.</HEAD>
<P>The NTSB's rules are published in the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49, Chapter VIII.








</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.41" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.41   Reports to Congress.</HEAD>
<P>The NTSB submits its annual report to Congress, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 1117. The report will be available on the NTSB's website at <I>https://www.ntsb.gov.</I> Interested parties may purchase the report from the U.S. Government Publishing Office or review it in the NTSB's electronic reading room. All other reports or comments to Congress will be available in the NTSB's electronic reading room.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 74378, Dec. 30, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Exemption From Public Disclosure</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.50" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.50   Exemptions from disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>Title 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and (b) exempt certain records from public disclosure. Examples of records given in this subpart included within a particular statutory exemption are not necessarily illustrative of all types of records covered by the applicable exemption.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.51" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.6.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.51   National defense and foreign policy secrets.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(1), national defense and foreign policy secrets established by Executive Order, as well as properly classified documents, are exempt from public disclosure. Requests to the NTSB for such records will be transferred to the source agency as appropriate, where such classified records are identified. (See, e.g., Executive Order 12,958, as amended on March 25, 2003.)












</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.52" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.6.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.52   Internal personnel rules and practices of the NTSB.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(2), the following records are exempt from disclosure under FOIA: Records relating solely to internal personnel rules and practices, including memoranda pertaining to personnel matters such as staffing policies, and procedures for the hiring, training, promotion, demotion, or discharge of employees, and management plans, records, or proposals relating to labor-management relations.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 54641, Oct. 4, 2021]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.53" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.6.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.53   Records exempt by statute from disclosure.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(3), the NTSB will not disclose records specifically exempted from disclosure by statute (other than 5 U.S.C. 552(b)), provided that such statute:
</P>
<P>(a)(1) Requires that the matters be withheld from the public in such manner as to leave no discretion on the issue, or
</P>
<P>(2) Establishes particular criteria for withholding or refers to particular types of matters to be withheld; and
</P>
<P>(b) If enacted after the date of enactment of the Open FOIA Act of 2009, Public Law 111-83, Title V, section 564, 123 Stat. 2142, Oct. 28, 2009, specifically cites to 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(3).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.54" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.6.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.54   Trade secrets and commercial or financial information.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4), trade secrets and items containing commercial or financial information that are obtained from a person and are privileged or confidential are exempt from public disclosure.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.55" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.6.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.55   Interagency and intra-agency exchanges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(5), any record prepared by an NTSB employee for internal Government use is exempt from public disclosure to the extent that it contains—
</P>
<P>(1) Opinions made in the course of developing official action by the NTSB but not actually made a part of that official action, or
</P>
<P>(2) Information concerning any pending NTSB proceeding, or similar matter, including any claim or other dispute to be resolved before a court of law, administrative board, hearing officer, or contracting officer.
</P>
<P>(b) The purpose of this section is to protect the full and frank exchange of ideas, views, and opinions necessary for the effective functioning of the NTSB. These resources must be fully and readily available to those officials upon whom the responsibility rests to take official NTSB action. Its purpose is also to protect against the premature disclosure of material that is in the developmental stage, if premature disclosure would be detrimental to the authorized and appropriate purposes for which the material is being used, or if, because of its tentative nature, the material is likely to be revised or modified before it is officially presented to the public.
</P>
<P>(c) Examples of materials covered by this section include, but are not limited to, staff papers containing advice, opinions, or suggestions preliminary to a decision or action; preliminary notes; advance information on such things as proposed plans to procure, lease, or otherwise hire and dispose of materials, real estate, or facilities; documents exchanged in preparation for anticipated legal proceedings; material intended for public release at a specified future time, if premature disclosure would be detrimental to orderly processes of the NTSB; records of inspections, investigations, and surveys pertaining to internal management of the NTSB; and matters that would not be routinely disclosed in litigation but which are likely to be the subject of litigation.
</P>
<P>(d) The deliberative process privilege does not apply to records created 25 years or more before the date on which the records were requested.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.56" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.6.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.56   Unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(6), any personal, medical, or similar file is exempt from public disclosure if its disclosure would harm the individual concerned or would be a clearly unwarranted invasion of the person's personal privacy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.57" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.6.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.57   Records compiled for law enforcement purposes.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(7), any records compiled for law or regulatory enforcement are exempt from public disclosure to the extent that disclosure would interfere with enforcement, would be an unwarranted invasion of privacy, would disclose the identity of a confidential source, would disclose investigative procedures and practices, or would endanger the life or security of law enforcement personnel.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.58" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.6.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.58   Records for regulation of financial institutions.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(8), records compiled for agencies regulating or supervising financial institutions are exempt from public disclosure.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.59" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.6.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.59   Geological records.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(9), records concerning geological wells are exempt from public disclosure.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Fee Schedule</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.60" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.7.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.60   Fee schedule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority.</I> Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(i) and the Office of Management and Budget's Uniform Freedom of Information Act Fee Schedule and Guidelines, 52 FR 10012, Mar. 27, 1987, the NTSB may charge certain fees for processing requests under the FOIA in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, except where fees are limited under paragraph (d) of this section, or where a waiver or reduction of fees is granted under paragraph (e) of this section. The NTSB does not require advance payment of any fee unless the requester has previously failed to pay fees in a timely fashion, or the NTSB determines that the fee will exceed $250.00. A requester must pay fees in accordance with the instructions provided on the invoice the FOIA Office sends to the requester.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Commercial use request</I> means a request from or on behalf of a person who seeks information for a use or purpose that furthers his or her commercial, trade, or profit interests. This includes the furtherance of commercial interests through litigation. When it appears that the requester will use the requested records for a commercial purpose, either because of the nature of the request or because the NTSB has reasonable cause to doubt a requester's stated use, the NTSB will provide the requester with a reasonable opportunity to submit further clarification.
</P>
<P><I>Direct costs</I> mean those expenses that an agency incurs in searching for, reviewing, and duplicating records in response to a FOIA request. This includes the salaries of NTSB employees performing the work, as listed below, but does not include overhead expenses such as the costs of office space.
</P>
<P><I>Duplication</I> means the copying of a record, or of the information contained in a record, in response to a FOIA request. Copies can take the form of paper, audiovisual materials, or electronic records, among others.
</P>
<P><I>Educational institution</I> means any school, or institution of vocational education that operates a program of scholarly research. In order for a requester to demonstrate that their request falls within the category of an “educational institution,” the requester must show that the request is authorized by the qualifying institution and that the requester does not seek the records for commercial use, but only to further scholarly research.
</P>
<P><I>Representative of the news media</I> or <I>news media requester</I> means any person actively gathering news for an entity that is organized and operated to publish or broadcast news to the public. For “freelance” journalists to be regarded as working for a news organization, they must demonstrate a solid basis for expecting publication through that organization (for example, a journalist may submit a copy of a publication contract for which the journalist needs NTSB records).
</P>
<P><I>Review</I> means the examination of a record located in response to a request in order to determine whether any portion of it is exempt from disclosure. Review also includes processing the record(s) for disclosure, which includes redacting and otherwise preparing releasable records for disclosure. Review does not include time spent resolving legal or policy issues regarding the application of exemptions nor will the NTSB charge for review during the administrative appeal stage, if applicable. The NTSB may recover review costs even if the NTSB ultimately does not release the record(s).
</P>
<P><I>Search</I> means the process of looking for and retrieving records or information within the scope of a request. Search includes page-by-page or line-by-line identification of information within records and also includes reasonable efforts to locate and retrieve electronic records. The NTSB will make an effort to conduct such searches in the least expensive manner.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fees.</I> In responding to FOIA requests, the NTSB will charge the following fees, subject to the limitations in paragraph (d) of this section, unless a waiver or reduction of fees has been granted under paragraph (e) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Search.</I> (i) The NTSB will charge search fees except for a request from an educational institution, a noncommercial scientific institution, or a news media representative. The NTSB may charge for time spent searching even if the NTSB does not locate any responsive record or if the NTSB withholds the record(s) located because such record(s) are exempt from disclosure.
</P>
<P>(ii) In searching for and retrieving records, the NTSB will charge $4.00 for each quarter of an hour spent by administrative personnel, $7.00 for each quarter of an hour spent by professional personnel, and $10.25 for each quarter of an hour spent by management personnel.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Duplication.</I> (i) The NTSB will charge duplication fees. The NTSB will honor a requester's preference for receiving a record in a particular format when the FOIA Office can readily reproduce it in the format requested.
</P>
<P>(ii) The NTSB will charge $0.10 per page for the duplication of a standard-size paper record. For other forms of duplication, the NTSB will charge the direct costs of the duplication.
</P>
<P>(iii) Where the NTSB certifies records upon request, the NTSB will charge the direct cost of certification.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Review.</I> For a commercial use request, the NTSB will charge fees for the initial review of a record to determine whether the record falls within the scope of a request and whether the record is exempt from disclosure. The NTSB will not charge for subsequent review of the request and responsive record. For example, in general, the NTSB will not charge additional fees for review at the administrative appeal level when the NTSB has already applied an exemption. The NTSB will charge review fees at the same rate as those charged for a search under paragraph (c)(1)(ii).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Limitations on charging fees.</I> (1) The NTSB will not charge fees if it fails to comply with the time limits in §§ 801.21 or 801.22, including an extension of time pursuant to § 801.23(a), except:
</P>
<P>(i) If the NTSB determines there are unusual circumstances, as defined by 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B)(iii) and § 801.23(c), and more than 5,000 pages are responsive to the request, the FOIA Office may charge fees if timely written notice of the unusual circumstances has been provided to the requester and the FOIA Office has discussed with the requestor (or made not less than three good-faith attempts to do so) how the requester could limit the scope of the request.
</P>
<P>(ii) If a court determines there are exceptional circumstances, as defined by 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(C), a failure to comply with the time limits will be excused for the length of time provided by the court order.
</P>
<P>(2) The NTSB will not charge a fee for notices, decisions, orders, etc. provided to persons acting as parties in the investigation under the procedures set forth in part 831 of this chapter, or where required by law to be served on a party to any proceeding or matter before the NTSB. Likewise, the NTSB will not charge fees for requests made by family members of accident victims, when the NTSB has investigated the accident that is the subject of the FOIA request.
</P>
<P>(3) The NTSB will not charge a search fee or review fee for a quarter-hour period unless more than half of that period is required for search or review.
</P>
<P>(4) Except for requesters seeking records for commercial use, the NTSB will provide the following items without charge:
</P>
<P>(i) The first 100 pages of duplication (or the cost equivalent) of a record; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The first two hours of search (or the cost equivalent) for a record.
</P>
<P>(5) Whenever the total fee calculated under paragraph (c) of this section is $14.00 or less for any request, the NTSB will not charge a fee.
</P>
<P>(6) The NTSB will not charge fees for ordinary packaging and mailing costs.
</P>
<P>(7) When the FOIA Office determines or estimates that fees to be charged under this section will amount to more than $25.00, the Office will notify the requester of the actual or estimated amount of the fees, including a breakdown of the fees for the search, review or duplication, unless the requester has indicated a willingness to pay fees as high as those anticipated. If the FOIA Office is able to estimate only a portion of the expected fee, the FOIA Office will advise the requester that the estimated fee may be only a portion of the total fee. Where the FOIA Office notifies a requester that the actual or estimated fees will exceed $25.00, the NTSB will not expend additional agency resources on the request until the requester agrees in writing to pay the anticipated total fee. The NTSB does not accept payments in installments.
</P>
<P>(8) In circumstances involving a total fee that will exceed $250.00, or if the requester has previously failed to pay fees in a timely fashion, the NTSB may require the requester to make an advance payment or deposit of a specific amount before beginning to process the request. If the requester does not pay the advance payment within 30 calendar dates after the date of the FOIA Office's fee determination, the request will be closed.
</P>
<P>(9) The NTSB may charge interest on any unpaid bill starting on the 31st day following the date of billing the requester. Interest charges will be assessed at the rate provided at 31 U.S.C. 3717 and will accrue from the date of the billing until the NTSB receives payment. The NTSB will follow the provisions of the Debt Collection Act of 1982, Public Law 97-365, 96 Stat. 1749, as amended, and its administrative procedures, including the use of consumer reporting agencies, collection agencies, and offset.
</P>
<P>(10) Where the NTSB reasonably believes that a requester or group of requesters acting together is attempting to divide a request into a series of requests for the purpose of avoiding fees, the NTSB may aggregate those requests and charge accordingly.
</P>
<P>(11) The NTSB will make the FOIA Public Liaison available to assist the requester in reformulating a request to meet the requester's needs at a lower cost.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Requirements for waiver or reduction of fees.</I> (1) For fee purposes, the NTSB will determine, whenever reasonably possible, the use to which a requester will put the requested records. The NTSB will furnish records responsive to a request without charge, or at a reduced charge, where the NTSB determines, based on all available information, that the requester has shown that:
</P>
<P>(i) Disclosure of the requested information is in the public interest because it is likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of the operations of activities of the government; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Disclosure of the requested information is not primarily in the commercial interest or for the commercial use of the requester.
</P>
<P>(2) In determining whether disclosure of the requested information is in the public interest, the NTSB will consider the following factors:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether the subject of the requested records concerns identifiable operations or activities of the Federal Government, with a connection that is direct and clear, and not remote or attenuated. In this regard, the NTSB will consider whether a requester's use of the documents would enhance transportation safety or contribute to the NTSB's programs.
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the portions of a record subject to disclosure are meaningfully informative about government operations or activities. The disclosure of information already in the public domain, in either a duplicative or substantially identical form, would not be as likely to contribute to such understanding where nothing new would be added to the public's understanding.
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether disclosure of the requested information would contribute to the understanding of a reasonably broad audience of persons interested in the subject, as opposed to the individual understanding of the requester. The NTSB will consider a requester's expertise in the subject area and ability to effectively convey information to the public.
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the disclosure is likely to enhance the public's understanding of government operations or activities.
</P>
<P>(3) The NTSB's decision to designate the FOIA request as commercial will be made on a case-by-case basis based on the NTSB's review of the requester's intended use of the information. The NTSB will provide the requester with a reasonable opportunity to submit further clarification. In determining whether the request is primarily in the commercial interest of the requester, the NTSB will consider the following factors:
</P>
<P>(i) The existence and magnitude of any commercial interest the requester may have, or of any person on whose behalf the requester may be acting. The NTSB will provide requesters with an opportunity in the administrative process to submit explanatory information regarding this consideration.
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether the commercial interest is greater in magnitude than any public interest in disclosure.
</P>
<P>(4) Additionally, the NTSB may, at its discretion, waive search, duplication, and review fees for qualifying foreign countries, international organizations, nonprofit public safety entities, state and federal transportation agencies, and colleges and universities, after approval by the Chief, Records Management Division.
</P>
<P>(5) Where only some of the records to be released satisfy the requirements for a waiver of fees, the NTSB will grant a waiver for those particular records.
</P>
<P>(6) Requests for the waiver or reduction of fees should address the factors listed in paragraphs (e)(2) and (3) of this section, insofar as they apply to each request. The NTSB will exercise its discretion to consider the cost-effectiveness of its use of administrative resources in determining whether to grant waivers or reductions of fees.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Services available free of charge.</I> (1) The following documents are available without commercial reproduction cost until limited supplies are exhausted:
</P>
<P>(i) Press releases;
</P>
<P>(ii) NTSB regulations (Chapter VIII of Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations);
</P>
<P>(iii) Indexes to initial decisions, Board orders, opinion and orders, and staff manuals and instructions;
</P>
<P>(iv) Safety recommendations; and
</P>
<P>(v) NTSB Annual Reports.
</P>
<P>(2) The NTSB public Website, <I>http://www.ntsb.gov,</I> also includes an email subscription service for press releases, safety recommendations, and other announcements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 801.61" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.2.7.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 801.61   Appeals of fee determinations.</HEAD>
<P>Requesters seeking an appeal of the FOIA Office's fee or fee waiver determination must send a written appeal to the Managing Director within 90 calendar days. The Managing Director will determine whether to grant or deny any appeal made pursuant to § 801.21 within 20 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) after receipt of such appeal, except that this time limit may be extended for as many as 10 additional days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays), in accordance with § 801.23.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="802" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 802—RULES IMPLEMENTING THE PRIVACY ACT OF 1974
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Privacy Act of 1974, Pub. L. 93-579, 88 Stat. 1896 (5 U.S.C. 552a); Independent Safety Board Act of 1974, Pub. L. 93-633, 88 Stat. 2166 (49 U.S.C. 1901 <I>et seq.</I>); and Freedom of Information Act, Pub. L. 93-502, November 21, 1974, amending 5 U.S.C. 552.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 22358, June 3, 1976, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Applicability and Policy</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 802.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 802.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to implement the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a with respect to the availability to an individual of records of the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) maintained on individuals. NTSB policy encompasses the safeguarding of individual privacy from any misuse of Federal records and the provision of access to individuals to NTSB records concerning them, except where such access is in conflict with the Freedom of Information Act, or other statute.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 39758, Sept. 16, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 802.2" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 802.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>In this part:
</P>
<P><I>Board</I> means the five Members of the National Transportation Safety Board, or a quorum thereof;
</P>
<P><I>Individual</I> means a citizen of the United States or an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence;
</P>
<P><I>National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB)</I> means the agency set up under the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974;
</P>
<P><I>Record</I> means any item, collection, or grouping of information about an individual that is maintained under the control of the NTSB pursuant to Federal law or in connection with the transaction of public business, including, but not limited to, education, financial transactions, medical history, and criminal or employment history, and that contains a name, or an identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to an individual, such as a finger or voice imprint or photograph;
</P>
<P><I>Routine use</I> means the use of such record for a purpose compatible with the purpose for which it was collected, including, but not limited to, referral to law enforcement agencies of violations of the law and for discovery purposes ordered by a court referral to potential employers, and for security clearance;
</P>
<P><I>Statistical record</I> means a record in a system of records maintained for statistical research or reporting purposes only and which is not used wholly or partially in any determination concerning an identifiable individual;
</P>
<P><I>System Manager</I> means the agency official who is responsible for the policies and practices of his particular system or systems of record, as specified in the NTSB notices of systems or records; and
</P>
<P><I>System of records</I> means a group of any records under the control of the NTSB from which information is retrieved by the name of an individual or by some identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual, whether presently in existence or set up in the future.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Initial Procedures and Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 802.5" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 802.5   Procedures for requests pertaining to individual records in a record system.</HEAD>
<P>The NTSB may not disclose any record to any person or other agency, except pursuant to a written request by, or with the prior written consent of, the individual to whom the record pertains, provided the record under the control of the NTSB is maintained in a system of records from which information is retrieved by the name of the individual or by some identifying number, symbol, or other particular assigned to such individual. Written consent is not required if the disclosure is:
</P>
<P>(a) To officers or employees of the NTSB who require the information in the official performance of their duties;
</P>
<P>(b) Required under 5 U.S.C. 552, Freedom of Information Act;
</P>
<P>(c) For a routine use compatible with the purpose for which it was collected;
</P>
<P>(d) To the Bureau of the Census for uses pursuant to title 13, U.S.C.;
</P>
<P>(e) To a recipient who has provided the NTSB with advance adequate assurance that the record will be used solely as a statistical research or reporting record and that it is to be transferred in a form not individually identifiable; or
</P>
<P>(f) Pursuant to the order of a court of competent jurisdiction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 802.6" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 802.6   Types of requests and specification of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Types of requests.</I> An individual may make the following request respecting records about himself maintained by NTSB in any system of records subject to the Act:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether information concerning himself is contained in any system of records.
</P>
<P>(2) Access to a record concerning himself. Such request may include a request to review the record and/or obtain a copy of all or any portion thereof.
</P>
<P>(3) Correction or amendment of a record concerning himself.
</P>
<P>(4) Accounting of disclosure to any other person or Government agency of any record concerning himself contained in any system of records controlled by NTSB, except: (i) Disclosures made pursuant to the FOIA; (ii) disclosures made within the NTSB; (iii) disclosures made to another Government agency or instrumentality for an authorized law enforcement activity pursuant to subsection (b)(7) of the Act; and (iv) disclosures expressly exempted by NTSB from the requirements of subsection (c)(3) of the Act, pursuant to subsection (k) thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Specification of records.</I> All requests for access to records must reasonably describe the system of records and the individual's record within the system of records in sufficient detail to permit identification of the requested record. Specific information regarding the system name, the individual's full name, and other information helpful in identifying the record or records shall be included. Requests for correction or amendment of records shall, in addition, specify the particular record involved, state the nature of the correction or amendment sought, and furnish justification for the correction or amendment.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Inadequate identification of record.</I> Requests which do not contain information sufficient to identify the record requested will be returned promptly to the requester, with a notice indicating what information is lacking. Individuals making requests in person will be informed of any deficiency in the specification of the records at the time the request is made. Individuals making requests in writing will be notified of any such deficiency when their request is acknowledged.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 802.7" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 802.7   Requests: How, where, and when presented; verification of identity of individuals making requests; accompanying persons; and procedures for acknowledgment of requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requests—general.</I> Requests may be made in person or in writing. Assistance regarding requests or other matters relating to the Act may be obtained by writing to the Director, Bureau of Administration, National Transportation Safety Board, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20594. The Director, Bureau of Administration, or his designee, on request, will aid an individual in preparing an amendment to the record or to an appeal following denial of a request to amend the record, pursuant to subsection (f)(4) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Written requests.</I> Written requests shall be made to the Director, Bureau of Administration at the address given above, and shall clearly state on the envelope and on the request itself, “Privacy Act Request,” “Privacy Act Statement of Disagreement,” “Privacy Act Disclosure Accounting Request,” “Appeal from Privacy Act Adverse Determination,” or “Privacy Act Correction Request,” as the case may be. Actual receipt by the Director, Bureau of Administration, or his designee, shall constitute receipt.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requests made in person.</I> Requests may be made in person during official working hours of the NTSB at the office where the record is located, as listed in the “Notice of Systems of Records” for the system in which the record is contained.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Verification of identity of requester.</I> (1) For written requests, the requester's identity must be verified before the release of any record, unless exempted under the FOIA. This may be accomplished by adequate proof of identity in the form of a driver's license or other acceptable item of the same type.
</P>
<P>(2) For requests in person, the requester's identity may be established by a single document bearing a photograph (such as a passport or identification badge) or by two items of identification containing name, address, and signature (such as a driver's license or credit card).
</P>
<P>(3) Where a request is made for reproduced records which are to be delivered by mail, the request must include a notarized statement verifying the requester's identity.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Inability to provide requisite documentation of identity.</I> A requester who cannot provide the necessary documentation of identity may provide a notarized statement, swearing or affirming his identity and the fact that he is aware of the penalties for false statement imposed pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1001, and subsection (i)(3) of the Act. Where requested, the Director, Bureau of Administration, or his designee, will assist the requester in formulating the necessary document.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Accompanying persons.</I> A requester may wish to have a person of his choice accompany him to review the requested record. Prior to the release of the record, the NTSB will require the requester to furnish the Director, Bureau of Administration or his designee, with a written statement authorizing disclosure of the record in the accompanying person's presence.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Acknowledgment of requests.</I> Written requests to verify the existence of, to obtain access to, or to correct or amend records about the requester maintained by NTSB in any system of records subject to the Act, shall be acknowledged in writing by the Director, Bureau of Administration, or his designee, within 3 working days after the date of actual receipt of the request by the Director, Bureau of Administration, or his designee. The acknowledgment shall advise the requester of the need for any additional information to process the request. Wherever practicable, the acknowledgment shall notify the individual whether his request has been granted or denied. When a request is made in person, every effort will be made to determine immediately whether the request will be granted. If such decision cannot be made, the request will be processed in the same manner as a written request. Records will be made available for immediate inspection whenever possible.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 22358, June 3, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 43154, Sept. 30, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Initial Determinations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 802.8" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 802.8   Disclosure of requested information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The System Manager may initially determine that the request be granted. If so, the individual making the request shall be notified orally, or in writing, and the notice shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) A brief description of the information to be made available;
</P>
<P>(2) The time and place where the record may be inspected, or alternatively, the procedure for delivery by mail to the requesting party;
</P>
<P>(3) The estimated cost for furnishing copies of the record;
</P>
<P>(4) The requirements for verification of identity;
</P>
<P>(5) The requirements for authorizing discussion of the record in the presence of an accompanying person; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any additional requirements needed to grant access to a specific system of records or record.
</P>
<P>(b) Within 10 working days after actual receipt of the request by the Director, Bureau of Administration, or his designee, in appropriate cases, the requester will be informed:
</P>
<P>(1) That the request does not reasonably describe the system of records or record sought to permit its identification, and shall set forth the additional information needed to clarify the request; or
</P>
<P>(2) That the system of records identified does not include a record retrievable by the requester's name or other identifying particulars.
</P>
<P>(c) The System Manager shall advise the requester within 10 working days after actual receipt of the request by the Director, Bureau of Administration, or his designee, that the request for access has been denied, and the reason for the denial, or that the determination has been made to grant the request, either in whole or in part, in which case the relevant information will be provided.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 22358, June 3, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 43154, Sept. 30, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Correction or Amending the Record</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 802.10" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 802.10   Request for correction or amendment to record.</HEAD>
<P>All requests for correcting or amending records shall be made in writing to the Director, Bureau of Administration, National Transportation Safety Board, 800 Independence Avenue., SW., Washington, DC 20594, and shall be deemed received upon actual receipt by the Director, Bureau of Administration. The request shall clearly be marked on the envelope and in the letter with the legend that it is a “Privacy Act Correction Request.” The request must reasonably set forth the portion of the record which the individual contends is not accurate, relevant, timely, or complete.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 22358, June 3, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 43154, Sept. 30, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 802.11" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 802.11   Agency review of requests for correction or amendment of record.</HEAD>
<P>Within 10 working days after actual receipt of the request by the Director, Bureau of Administration, or his designee, to correct or amend the record, the System Manager shall either make the correction in whole or in part, or inform the individual of the refusal to correct or amend the record as requested, and shall present the reasons for any denials.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 22358, June 3, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 43154, Sept. 30, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 802.12" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 802.12   Initial adverse agency determination on correction or amendment.</HEAD>
<P>If the System Manager determines that the record should not be corrected or amended in whole or in part, he will forthwith make such finding in writing, after consulting with the General Counsel, or his designee. The requester shall be notified of the refusal to correct or amend the record. The notification shall be in writing, signed by the System Manager, and shall include—
</P>
<P>(a) The reason for the denial;
</P>
<P>(b) The name and title or position of each person responsible for the denial of the request;
</P>
<P>(c) The appeal procedures for the individual for a review of the denial; and
</P>
<P>(d) Notice that the denial from the System Manager is appealable within 30 days from the receipt thereof by the requester to the Board.
</P>
<FP>The System Manager is allotted 10 working days (or within such extended period as is provided in the section concerning “unusual circumstances” <I>infra</I>) to respond to the request for review. If the requester does not receive an answer within such time, the delay shall constitute a denial of the request and shall permit the requester immediately to appeal to the Board, or to a district court.


</FP>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Review of Initial Adverse Determination</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 802.14" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 802.14   Review procedure and judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A requester may appeal from any adverse determination within 30 days after actual receipt of a denial from the System Manager. The appeal must be in writing addressed to the Chairman, National Transportation Safety Board, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20594, and shall contain a statement on the envelope and in the appeal: “Appeal from Privacy Act Adverse Determination.”
</P>
<P>(b) The Board shall make a determination with respect to the appeal within 30 working days after the actual receipt of the appeal by the Chairman, except as provided for in “unusual circumstances” infra.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Review of denial of access.</I> If the appeal upholds the denial of access to records, the Board shall: Notify the requester in writing, explaining the Board's determination; state that the denial is a final agency action and that judicial review is available in a district court of the United States in the district where the requester resides or has his principal place of business, or where the agency records are located, or in the District of Columbia; and request a filing with the Board of a concise statement enumerating the reasons for the requester's disagreement with the denial, pursuant to subsection (g) of the Act.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Review of denial of correction or amendment.</I> If the appeal upholds the denial in whole or in part for correction or amendment of the record, the same notification and judicial review privileges described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall apply.
</P>
<P>(d) If the denial is reversed on appeal, the Board shall notify the requester in writing of the reversal. The notice shall include a brief statement outlining those portions of the individual's record which were not accurate, relevant, timely, or complete, and corrections of the record which were made, and shall provide the individual with a courtesy copy of the corrected record.
</P>
<P>(e) Copies of all appeals and written determinations will be furnished by the System Manager to the Board.
</P>
<P>(f) In unusual circumstances, time limits may be extended by not more than 10 working days by written notice to the individual making the request. The notice shall include the reasons for the extension and the date on which a determination is expected to be forthcoming. “Unusual circumstances” as used in this section shall include circumstances where a search and collection of the requested records from field offices or other establishments are required, cases where a voluminous amount of data is involved, and cases where consultations are required with other agencies or with others having a substantial interest in the determination of the request.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Statements of Disagreement.</I> (1) Written Statements of Disagreement may be furnished by the individual within 30 working days of the date of actual receipt of the final adverse determination of the Board. They shall be addressed to the Director, Bureau of Administration, National Transportation Safety Board, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20594, and shall be clearly marked, both on the statement and on the envelope, “Privacy Act Statement of Disagreement.”
</P>
<P>(2) The Director, Bureau of Administration, or his designee, shall be responsible for ensuring that:
</P>
<P>(i) The Statement of Disagreement is included in the system of records in which the disputed item of information is maintained; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The original record is marked to indicate the information disputed, the existence of the Statement of Disagreement, and its location within the relevant system of records.
</P>
<P>(3) The Director, Bureau of Administration, or his designee, may, if he deems it appropriate, prepare a concise Statement of Explanation indicating why the requested amendments or corrections were not made. Such Statement of Explanation shall be included in the system of records in the same manner as the Statement of Disagreement. Courtesy copies of the NTSB Statement of Explanation and the notation of dispute, as marked on the original record, shall be furnished to the individual who requested correction or amendment of the record.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Notices of correction and/or amendment, or dispute.</I> After a record has been corrected or a Statement of Disagreement has been filed, the Director, Bureau of Administration, or his designee, shall within 30 working days thereof, advise all previous recipients of the affected record as to the correction or the filing of the Statement of Disagreement. The identity of such recipients shall be determined pursuant to an accounting of disclosures required by the Act or any other accounting previously made. Any disclosure of disputed information occurring after a Statement of Disagreement has been filed shall clearly identify the specific information disputed and shall be accompanied by a copy of the Statement of Disagreement and a copy of any NTSB Statement of Explanation.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Disclosure to others of records concerning individuals.</I> Neither the Board nor other NTSB personnel shall disclose any record which is contained in a system of records maintained by NTSB, by any means of communication, including oral communication, to any person, or to another Government agency, except pursuant to a written request by, or with the prior written consent, of the individual to whom the record pertains, unless disclosure of the record is:
</P>
<P>(1) To the Board and NTSB personnel who have a need for the record in the performance of their duties;
</P>
<P>(2) Required under the FOIA;
</P>
<P>(3) For a routine use published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>;
</P>
<P>(4) To the Bureau of the Census for purposes of planning or carrying out a census or survey, or related activity pursuant to the provisions of title 13 of the U.S.C.;
</P>
<P>(5) To a recipient who has provided NTSB with adequate advance written assurance that the record will be used solely as a statistical research or reporting record and that the record is transferred in a form that is not identifiable with respect to individuals; 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> The advance written statement of assurance shall state the purpose for which the record is requested and certify that it will be used only for statistical purposes. Prior to release under this paragraph, the record shall be stripped of all personally identifiable information and reviewed to ensure that the identity of any individual cannot reasonably be determined by combining two or more statistical records.</P></FTNT>
<P>(6) To the National Archives of the United States as a record which has sufficient historical or other value to warrant its continued preservation by the U.S. Government, or to the Administrator of the General Services Administration, or his designee, for evaluation to determine whether the record has such value;
</P>
<P>(7) To another agency or to an instrumentality of any governmental jurisdiction within or under the control of the United States for a civil or criminal law enforcement activity if the activity is authorized by law, and if the head of the agency or instrumentality has made a written request to NTSB specifying the particular portion of the record desired and the law enforcement activity for which the record is sought; 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> A record may be disclosed to a law enforcement agency at the initiative of NTSB if criminal conduct is suspected, provided that such disclosure has been established as a routine use by publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> and the instance of misconduct is directly related to the purpose for which the record is maintained.</P></FTNT>
<P>(8) To any person upon a showing of compelling circumstances affecting the health or safety of any individual;
</P>
<P>(9) To either House of Congress or, to the extent of matter within its jurisdiction, to any committee, or subcommittee thereof, or to any joint committee of the Congress, or to any subcommittee of such joint committee;
</P>
<P>(10) To the Comptroller General, or any of his authorized representatives, in the course of the performance of the duties of the General Accounting Office; or
</P>
<P>(11) Pursuant to the order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Notices of subpoenas.</I> When records concerning an individual are subpoenaed or otherwise disclosed pursuant to court order, the NTSB officer or employee served with the subpoena shall be responsible for assuring that the individual is notified of the disclosure within 5 days after such subpoena or other order becomes a matter of public record. The notice shall be mailed to the last known address of the individual and shall contain the following information: (1) The date the subpoena is returnable; (2) the court in which it is returnable; (3) the name and number of the case or proceeding; and (4) the nature of the information sought.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Notices of emergency disclosures.</I> When information concerning an individual has been disclosed to any person under compelling circumstances affecting health or safety, the NTSB officer or employee who made or authorized the disclosure shall notify the individual at his last known address within 5 days of the disclosure. The notice shall contain the following information: (1) The nature of the information disclosed; (2) the person or agency to whom the information was disclosed; (3) the date of the disclosure; and (4) the compelling circumstances justifying the disclosure.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 22358, June 3, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 43154, Sept. 30, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Fees</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 802.15" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 802.15   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>No fees shall be charged for providing the first copy of a record, or any portion thereof, to individuals to whom the record pertains. The fee schedule for other records is the same as that appearing in the appendix to part 801 of this chapter, implementing the FOIA, as amended from time to time, except that the cost of any search for and review of the record shall not be included in any fee under this Act, pursuant to subsection (f)(5) of the Act.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Penalties</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 802.18" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.7.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 802.18   Penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An individual may bring a civil action against the NTSB to correct or amend the record, or where there is a refusal to comply with an individual request or failure to maintain any record with accuracy, relevance, timeliness and completeness, so as to guarantee fairness, or failure to comply with any other provision of 5 U.S.C. 552a. The court may order the correction or amendment. It may assess against the United States reasonable attorney fees and other costs, or may enjoin the NTSB from withholding the records and order the production to the complainant, and it may assess attorney fees and costs.
</P>
<P>(b) Where it is determined that the action was willful or intentional with respect to 5 U.S.C. 552(g)(1) (c) or (d), the United States shall be liable for the actual damages sustained, but in no case less than the sum of $1,000 and the costs of the action with attorney fees.
</P>
<P>(c) Criminal penalties may be imposed against an officer or employee of the NTSB who fully discloses material which he knows is prohibited from disclosure, or who willfully maintains a system of records without meeting the notice requirements, or who knowingly and willfully requests or obtains any record concerning an individual from an agency under false pretenses. These offenses shall be misdemeanors with a fine not to exceed $5,000.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Specific Exemptions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 802.20" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.3.8.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 802.20   Security records.</HEAD>
<P>Pursuant to, and limited by, 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(5), the NTSB's system of records, which contains the Security Records of NTSB employees, prospective employees, and potential contractors, shall be exempt from disclosure of the material and the NTSB's handling thereof under subsections (d), (e)(1) and (e)(4) (H) and (I) of 5 U.S.C. 552a.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="803" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 803—OFFICIAL SEAL
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1111(j), 1113(f).






</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 803.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.4.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 803.1   Description.</HEAD>
<P>The official seal of the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is described as follows: An American bald eagle with wings displayed, holding an olive branch in its right talon and a bundle of 13 arrows in its left talon. Above the eagle's head is a white scroll inscribed “E Pluribus Unum” in black. The eagle bears a shield that resembles the United States flag with vertical stripes of alternating white and red and a blue top; all are within an encircling inscription, “National Transportation Safety Board”. The eagle's wings, body, and upper portion of the legs are shades of brown. The head, neck, and tail are white. The beak, lower portion of the legs, feet, arrows, olive branch, and encircling inscription are gold. When the full color seal is illustrated on print or digital media, the background of the seal must be white. When the full color seal is embroidered on official NTSB uniform items, the seal's background must be the color of the material. When the monochrome seal is used on print or digital media, the seal can be displayed in black, blue, or in white on contrasting background. When used on official NTSB uniform items, the monochrome seal can be illustrated in yellow-gold on navy blue material. The monochrome version of the NTSB's official seal appears in Figure 1.
</P>
<HD1>Figure 1 to § 803.1
</HD1>
<img src="/graphics/er05oc23.064.gif"/>
<CITA TYPE="N">[88 FR 69044, Oct. 5, 2023]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 803.3" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.4.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 803.3   Authority to affix Seal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Seal shall be in the custody and control of the Chief Human Capital Officer of the Board.
</P>
<P>(b) The Chief Human Capital Officer may delegate and authorize redelegations of this authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 30238, July 17, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 39758, Sept. 16, 1976; 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016; 88 FR 69045, Oct. 5, 2023]








</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 803.5" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.4.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 803.5   Use of the Seal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Seal is the official emblem of the Board and its use is therefore permitted only as provided in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Use by any person or organization outside of the Board may be made only with the Board's prior written approval.
</P>
<P>(c) Requests by any person or organization outside of the Board for permission to use the Seal must be made in writing to Chief Human Capital Officer, National Transportation Safety Board, 490 L'Enfant Plaza, SW., Washington, DC 20594. The request must specify in detail the exact use to be made. Any permission granted shall apply only to the specific use for which it was granted.
</P>
<P>(d) Use of the Seal shall be essentially for informational purposes. The Seal may not be used on any article or in any manner which may discredit the Seal or reflect unfavorably upon the Board, or which implies Board endorsement of commercial products or services, or of the user's or users' policies or activities. Specifically, permission may not be granted under this section for nonofficial use—
</P>
<P>(1) On souvenir or novelty items of an expendable nature;
</P>
<P>(2) On toys, gifts, or premiums;
</P>
<P>(3) As a letterhead design;
</P>
<P>(4) On menus, matchbook covers, calendars, or similar items;
</P>
<P>(5) To adorn civilian clothing; or
</P>
<P>(6) On athletic clothing or equipment.
</P>
<P>(e) Where necessary to avoid any prohibited implication or confusion as to the Board's association with the user or users, an appropriate legend will be prescribed by the Board for prominent display in connection with the permitted use.
</P>
<P>(f) Falsely making, forging, counterfeiting, mutilating, or altering the Seal, or knowingly using or possessing with fraudulent intent any altered Seal is punishable under section 506 of Title 18, U.S.C.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 30238, July 17, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 39758, Sept. 16, 1976; 81 FR 775731, Nov. 1, 2016; 88 FR 69045, Oct. 5, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="804" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 804—RULES IMPLEMENTING THE GOVERNMENT IN THE SUNSHINE ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 552b; 49 U.S.C. 1113(f).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 13284, Mar. 10, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 804.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.5.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 804.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part implements the provisions of the Government in the Sunshine Act (5 U.S.C. 552b). These procedures apply to meetings, as defined herein, of the Members of the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB).
</P>
<P>(b) Requests for all documents other than the transcripts, recordings, and minutes described in § 804.9 shall continue to be governed by part 801 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13284, Mar. 10, 1977, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 804.2" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.5.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 804.2   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>It is the policy of the NTSB to provide the public with the fullest practicable information regarding the decisionmaking processes of the Board, while protecting the rights of individuals and the ability of the Board to discharge its statutory functions and responsibilities. The public is invited to attend but not to participate in open meetings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 804.3" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.5.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 804.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part: <I>Meeting</I> means the deliberations of three or more Members where such deliberations determine or result in the joint conduct or disposition of official NTSB business, and includes conference telephone calls otherwise coming within the definition. A meeting does not include:
</P>
<P>(a) Notation voting or similar consideration of business, whether by circulation of material to the Members individually in writing or by a polling of the Members individually by telephone.
</P>
<P>(b) Deliberations by three or more Members (1) to open or to close a meeting or to release or to withhold information pursuant to § 804.6, (2) to call a meeting on less than seven days' notice as permitted by § 804.7(b), or (3) to change the subject matter or the determination to open or to close a publicly announced meeting under § 804.8(b).
</P>
<P>(c) An internal session attended by three or more Members for which the sole purpose is to have the staff brief the Board concerning an accident, incident, or safety problem.
</P>
<P><I>Member</I> means an individual duly appointed and confirmed to the collegial body, known as “the Board,” which heads the NTSB.
</P>
<P><I>National Transportation Safety Board</I> (<I>NTSB</I>) means the agency set up under the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13284, Mar. 10, 1977, as amended at 42 FR 31794, June 23, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 804.4" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.5.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 804.4   Open meetings requirement.</HEAD>
<P>Members shall not jointly conduct or dispose of agency business other than in accordance with this part. Except as provided in § 804.5, every portion of every meeting of the Board shall be open to public observation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 804.5" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.5.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 804.5   Grounds on which meetings may be closed or information may be withheld.</HEAD>
<P>Except in a case where the Board finds that the public interest requires otherwise, a meeting may be closed and information pertinent to such meeting otherwise required by §§ 804.6, 804.7, and 804.8 to be disclosed to the public may be withheld if the Board properly determines that such meeting or portion thereof or the disclosure of such information is likely to:
</P>
<P>(a) Disclose matters that are (1) specifically authorized under criteria established by an Executive Order to be kept secret in the interests of national defense or foreign policy, and (2) are in fact properly classified pursuant to such Executive Order;
</P>
<P>(b) Relate solely to the internal personnel rules and practices of the NTSB;
</P>
<P>(c) Disclose matters specifically exempted from disclosure by statute (other than 5 U.S.C. 552): <I>Provided,</I> That such statute (1) requires that the matters be withheld from the public in such a manner as to leave no discretion on the issue, or (2) establishes particular criteria for withholding or refers to particular types of matters to be withheld;
</P>
<P>(d) Disclose trade secrets or privileged or confidential commercial or financial information obtained from a person;
</P>
<P>(e) Involve accusing any person of a crime, or formally censuring any person;
</P>
<P>(f) Disclose information of a personal nature where disclosure would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy;
</P>
<P>(g) Disclose investigatory records compiled for law enforcement purposes, or information which if written would be contained in such records, but only to the extent that the production of such records or information would:
</P>
<P>(1) Interfere with enforcement proceedings;
</P>
<P>(2) Deprive a person of a right to a fair trial or an impartial adjudication;
</P>
<P>(3) Constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy;
</P>
<P>(4) Disclose the identity of a confidential source and, in the case of a record compiled by a criminal law enforcement authority in the course of a criminal investigation, or by an agency conducting a lawful national security intelligence investigation, confidential information furnished only by the confidential source;
</P>
<P>(5) Disclose investigative techniques and procedures; or
</P>
<P>(6) Endanger the life or physical safety of law enforcement personnel;
</P>
<P>(h) Disclose information contained in or related to examination, operating, or condition reports prepared by, on behalf of, or for the use of an agency responsible for the regulation or supervision of financial institutions;
</P>
<P>(i) Disclose information the premature disclosure of which would be likely to significantly frustrate implementation of a proposed action of the NTSB: <I>Provided,</I> That the NTSB has not already disclosed to the public the content or nature of its proposed action or is not required by law to make such disclosure on its own initiative prior to taking final action on such proposal; or
</P>
<P>(j) Specifically concern the Board's issuance of a subpoena, or the NTSB's participation in a civil action or proceeding, an action in a foreign court or international tribunal, or an arbitration, or the initiation, conduct, or disposition by the NTSB of a particular case of formal agency adjudication pursuant to the procedures in 5 U.S.C. 554 or otherwise involving a determination on the record after opportunity for a hearing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13284, Mar. 10, 1977, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 804.6" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.5.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 804.6   Procedures for closing meetings, or withholding information, and requests by affected persons to close a meeting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A meeting shall not be closed, or information pertaining thereto withheld, unless a majority of all Members votes to take such action. A separate vote shall be taken with respect to any action under § 804.5. A single vote is permitted with respect to a series of meetings, a portion or portions of which are proposed to be closed to the public, or with respect to any information concerning such series of meetings, so long as each meeting in such series involves the same particular subject matters and is scheduled to be held no more than thirty days after the initial meeting in such series. Each Member's vote under this paragraph shall be recorded and proxies are not permitted.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person whose interest may be directly affected if a portion of a meeting is open may request the Board to close that portion on any of the grounds referred to in § 804.5 (e), (f), or (g). Requests, with reasons in support thereof, should be submitted to the General Counsel, National Transportation Safety Board, 490 L”Enfant Plaza , SW., Washington, DC 20594-003. On motion of any Member, the Board shall determine by recorded vote whether to grant the request.
</P>
<P>(c) Within one working day of any vote taken pursuant to this section, the NTSB shall make available a written copy of such vote reflecting the vote of each Member on the question and, if a portion of a meeting is to be closed to the public a full written explanation of its action closing the meeting and a list of all persons expected to attend and their affiliation.
</P>
<P>(d) Before every closed meeting, the General Counsel of the NTSB shall publicly certify that, in his or her opinion, the meeting may be closed to the public and shall state each relevant exemptive provision. A copy of such certification, together with a statement of the presiding officer setting forth the time and place of the meeting and the persons present, shall be retained by the NTSB as part of the transcript, recording, or minutes required by § 804.9.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13284, Mar. 10, 1977, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 804.7" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.5.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 804.7   Procedures for public announcement of meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each meeting, the NTSB shall make public announcement, at least one week before the meeting, of the:
</P>
<P>(1) Time of the meeting;
</P>
<P>(2) Place of the meeting;
</P>
<P>(3) Subject matter of the meeting;
</P>
<P>(4) Whether the meeting is to be open or closed; and
</P>
<P>(5) The name and business telephone number of the official designated by the NTSB to respond to requests for information about the meeting.
</P>
<P>(b) The one week advance notice required by paragraph (a) of this section may be reduced only if:
</P>
<P>(1) A majority of all Members determines by recorded vote that NTSB business requires that such meeting be scheduled in less than seven days; and
</P>
<P>(2) The public announcement required by paragraph (a) of this section is made at the earliest practicable time.
</P>
<P>(c) Immediately following each public announcement required by this section, or by § 804.8, the NTSB shall submit a notice of public announcement for publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13284, Mar. 10, 1977, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 804.8" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.5.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 804.8   Changes following public announcement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The time or place of a meeting may be changed following the public announcement only if the NTSB publicly announces such change at the earliest practicable time. Members need not approve such change.
</P>
<P>(b) The subject matter of a meeting or the determination of the Board to open or to close a meeting, or a portion thereof, to the public may be changed following public announcement only if:
</P>
<P>(1) A majority of all Members determines by recorded vote that NTSB business so requires and that no earlier announcement of the change was possible; and
</P>
<P>(2) The NTSB publicly announces such change and the vote of each Member thereon at the earliest practicable time.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 804.9" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.5.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 804.9   Transcripts, recordings, or minutes of closed meetings.</HEAD>
<P>Along with the General Counsel's certification and presiding officer's statement referred to in § 804.6(d), the NTSB shall maintain a complete transcript of electronic recording adequate to record fully the proceedings of each meeting, or a portion thereof, closed to the public. The NTSB may maintain a set of minutes in lieu of such transcript or recording for meetings closed pursuant to § 804.5 (h) or (j). Such minutes shall fully and clearly describe all matters discussed and shall provide a full and accurate summary of any actions taken, and the reasons therefor, including a description of each of the views expressed on any item and the record of any rollcall vote. All documents considered in connection with any actions shall be identified in such minutes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 804.10" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.5.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 804.10   Availability and retention of transcripts, recordings, and minutes, and applicable fees.</HEAD>
<P>The NTSB shall make promptly available to the public the transcript, electronic recording, or minutes of the discussion of any item on the agenda or of any testimony received at the meeting, except for such item, or items, of discussion or testimony as determined by the NTSB to contain matters which may be withheld under the exemptive provisions of § 804.5. Copies of the nonexempt portions of the transcript or minutes, or transcription of such recordings disclosing the identity of each speaker, shall be furnished to any person at the actual cost of transcription or duplication. The NTSB shall maintain a complete verbatim copy of the transcript, a complete copy of the minutes, or a complete electronic recording of each meeting, or a portion thereof, closed to the public for at least two years after such meeting, or until one year after the conclusion of any NTSB proceeding with respect to which the meeting, or a portion thereof, was held, whichever occurs later.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13284, Mar. 10, 1977, as amended at 81 FR 75731, Nov. 1, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="805" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 805 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="806" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 806—NATIONAL SECURITY INFORMATION POLICY AND GUIDELINES, IMPLEMENTING REGULATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 304, Independent Safety Board Act of 1974, 88 Stat. 2168 (49 U.S.C. 1903). E.O. 12065, 43 FR 28949, July 3, 1978.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>45 FR 20104, Mar. 27, 1980, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 806.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.7.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 806.1   General policy.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The interests of the United States and its citizens are best served by making information regarding the affairs of Government readily available to the public. This concept of an informed citizenry is reflected in the Freedom of Information Act and in the current public information policies of the executive branch.
</P>
<P>(b) Within the Federal Government there is some official information and material which, because it bears directly on the effectiveness of our national defense and the conduct of our foreign relations, must be subject to some constraints for the security of our Nation and the safety of our people and our allies. To protect against actions hostile to the United States, of both an overt and covert nature, it is essential that such official information and material be given only limited dissemination.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 806.2" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.7.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 806.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This rule supplements Executive Order 12065 within the Board with regard to national security information. It establishes general policies and certain procedures for the classification and declassification of information which is generated, processed, and/or stored by the Board. In this connection, the Board does not have any original classification authority but infrequently does receive classified information from other agencies.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 806.3" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.7.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 806.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Classified information. Information or material, herein collectively termed information, that is owned by, produced for or by, or under the control of, the United States Government and that has been determined pursuant to Executive Order 12065, or prior orders, to require protection against unauthorized disclosure and that is so designated. One of the following classifications will be shown:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Top secret</I> means information, the unauthorized disclosure of which reasonably could be expected to cause exceptionally grave damage to the national security.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Secret</I> means information, the unauthorized disclosure of which reasonably could be expected to cause serious damage to national security.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Confidential</I> means information, the unauthorized disclosure of which reasonably could be expected to cause identifiable damage to the national security.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Foreign government information</I> means either: (1) Information provided to the United States by a foreign government or international organization of governments in the expectation, express or implied, that the information is to be kept in confidence; or (2) information produced by the United States pursuant to a written joint arrangement with a foreign government or international organization of governments requiring that either the information or the arrangements or both, be kept in confidence.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>National security</I> means the national defense and foreign relations of the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Declassification event</I> means an event which would eliminate the need for continued classification.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 806.4" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.7.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 806.4   Mandatory review for declassification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Requests for mandatory review for declassification under section 3-501 of E.O. 12065 must be in writing and should be addressed to: National Security Oversight Officer, National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC 20594.
</P>
<P>(b) The requester shall be informed of the date of receipt of the request at the Board. This date will be the basis for the time limits specified by section 3-501 of E.O. 12065. If the request does not reasonably describe the information sought, the requester shall be notified that, unless additional information is provided or the request is made more specific, no further action will be taken.
</P>
<P>(c) When the Board receives a request for information in a document which is in its custody but which was classified by another agency, it shall refer the request to the appropriate agency for review, together with a copy of the document containing the information requested, where practicable. The Board shall also notify the requester of the referral, unless the association of the reviewing agency with the information requires protection. The reviewing agency shall review the document in coordination with any other agency involved or which had a direct interest in the classification of the subject matter. The reviewing agency shall respond directly to the requester in accordance with the pertinent procedures described above and, if requested, shall notify the Board of its determination.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="807" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 807—ENFORCEMENT OF NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF HANDICAP IN PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES CONDUCTED BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>29 U.S.C. 794.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>51 FR 4578, Feb. 5, 1986, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 807.101" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 807.101   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part effectuates section 119 of the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978, which amended section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 to prohibit discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies or the United States Postal Service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 807.102" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 807.102   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all programs or activities conducted by the agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 807.103" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 807.103   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, the term—
</P>
<P><I>Assistant Attorney General</I> means the Assistant Attorney General, Civil Rights Division, United States Department of Justice.
</P>
<P><I>Auxiliary aids</I> means services or devices that enable persons with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills to have an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, programs or activities conducted by the agency. For example, auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired vision include readers, Brailled materials, audio recordings, telecommunications devices and other similar services and devices. Auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired hearing include telephone handset amplifiers, telephones compatible with hearing aids, telecommunication devices for deaf persons (TDD's), interpreters, notetakers, written materials, and other similar services and devices.
</P>
<P><I>Complete complaint</I> means a written statement that contains the complainant's name and address and describes the agency's alleged discriminatory action in sufficient detail to inform the agency of the nature and date of the alleged violation of section 504. It shall be signed by the complainant or by someone authorized to do so on his or her behalf. Complaints filed on behalf of classes or third parties shall describe or identify (by name, if possible) the alleged victims of discrimination.
</P>
<P><I>Facility</I> means all or any portion of buildings, structures, equipment, roads, walks, parking lots, rolling stock or other conveyances, or other real or personal property.
</P>
<P><I>Handicapped person</I> means any person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities, has a record of such an impairment, or is regarded as having such an impairment.
</P>
<P>As used in this definition, the phrase:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Physical or mental impairment</I> includes—
</P>
<P>(i) Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one of more of the following body systems: Neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; respiratory, including speech organs; cardiovascular; reproductive; digestive; genitourinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and endocrine; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities. The term <I>physical or mental impairment</I> includes, but is not limited to, such diseases and conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech, and hearing impairments, cerebral palsy, epilepsy, muscular dystrophy, multiple sclerosis, cancer, heart disease, diabetes, mental retardation, emotional illness, and drug addiction and alcoholism.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Major life activities</I> includes functions such as caring for one's self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, and working.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Has a record of such an impairment</I> means has a history of, or has been misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Is regarded as having an impairment</I> means—
</P>
<P>(i) Has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit major life activities but is treated by the agency as constituting such a limitation;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits major life activities only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such impairment; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Has none of the impairments defined in subparagraph (1) of this definition but is treated by the agency as having such an impairment.
</P>
<P><I>Qualified handicapped person</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to any agency program or activity under which a person is required to perform services or to achieve a level of accomplishment, a handicapped person who meets the essential eligibility requirements and who can achieve the purpose of the program or activity without modifications in the program or activity that the agency can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in its nature; or
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any other program or activity, a handicapped person who meets the essential eligibility requirements for participation in, or receipt of benefits from, that program or activity.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Qualified handicapped person</I> is defined for purposes of employment in 29 CFR 1613.702(f), which is made applicable to this part by § 807.140.
</P>
<P><I>Section 504</I> means section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93-112, 87 Stat. 394 (29 U.S.C. 794)), as amended by the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1974 (Pub. L. 93-516, 88 Stat. 1617), and the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978 (Pub. L. 95-602, 92 Stat. 2955). As used in this part, section 504 applies only to programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies and not to federally assisted programs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 4579, Feb. 5, 1986; 51 FR 7543, Mar. 5, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 807.104-807.109" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 807.104-807.109   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 807.110" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 807.110   Self-evaluation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The agency shall, by April 9, 1987, evaluate its current policies and practices, and the effects thereof, that do not or may not meet the requirements of this part, and to the extent modification of any such policies and practices is required, the agency shall proceed to make the necessary modifications.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including handicapped persons or organizations representing handicapped persons, to participate in the self-evaluation process by submitting comments (both oral and written).
</P>
<P>(c) The agency shall, until three years following the completion of the self-evaluation, maintain on file and make available for public inspections:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of areas examined and any problems identified, and
</P>
<P>(2) A description of any modifications made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 807.111" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 807.111   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>The agency shall make available to employees, applicants, participants, beneficiaries, and other interested persons such information regarding the provisions of this part and its applicability to the programs or activities conducted by the agency, and make such information available to them in such manner as the head of the agency finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured them by section 504 and this regulation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 807.112-807.129" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 807.112-807.129   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 807.130" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 807.130   General prohibitions against discrimination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No qualified handicapped person shall, on the basis of handicap, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The agency, in providing any aid, benefit, or service, may not, directly or through contractual, licensing, or other arrangements, on the basis of handicap—
</P>
<P>(i) Deny a qualified handicapped person the opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service;
</P>
<P>(ii) Afford a qualified handicapped person an opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service that is not equal to that afforded others;
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide a qualified handicapped person with an aid, benefit, or service that is not as effective in affording equal opportunity to obtain the same result, to gain the same benefit, or to reach the same level of achievement as that provided to others;
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide different or separate aid, benefits, or services to handicapped persons or to any class of handicapped persons than is provided to others unless such action is necessary to provide qualified handicapped persons with aid, benefits, or services that are as effective as those provided to others;
</P>
<P>(v) Deny a qualified handicapped person the opportunity to participate as a member of planning or advisory boards; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Otherwise limit a qualified handicapped person in the enjoyment of any right, privilege, advantage, or opportunity enjoyed by others receiving the aid, benefit, or service.
</P>
<P>(2) The agency may not deny a qualified handicapped person the opportunity to participate in programs or activities that are not separate or different, despite the existence of permissibly separate or different programs or activities.
</P>
<P>(3) The agency may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, utilize criteria or methods of administration the purpose or effect of which would—
</P>
<P>(i) Subject qualified handicapped persons to discrimination on the basis of handicap; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to handicapped persons.
</P>
<P>(4) The agency may not, in determining the site or location of a facility, make selections the purpose or effect of which would—
</P>
<P>(i) Exclude handicapped persons from, deny them the benefits of, or otherwise subject them to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair the accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to handicapped persons.
</P>
<P>(5) The agency, in the selection of procurement contractors, may not use criteria that subject qualified handicapped persons to discrimination on the basis of handicap.
</P>
<P>(c) The exclusion of nonhandicapped persons from the benefits of a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to handicapped persons or the exclusion of a specific class of handicapped persons from a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to a different class of handicapped persons is not prohibited by this part.
</P>
<P>(d) The agency shall administer programs and activities in the most integrated setting appropriate to the needs of qualified handicapped persons.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 807.131-807.139" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 807.131-807.139   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 807.140" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 807.140   Employment.</HEAD>
<P>No qualified handicapped person shall, on the basis of handicap, be subjected to discrimination in employment under any program or activity conducted by the agency. The definitions, requirements, and procedures of section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791), as established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613, shall apply to employment in federally conducted programs or activities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 807.141-807.148" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 807.141-807.148   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 807.149" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 807.149   Program accessibility: Discrimination prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in § 807.150, no qualified handicapped person shall, because the agency's facilities are inaccessible to or unusable by handicapped persons, be denied the benefits of, be excluded from participation in, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 807.150" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 807.150   Program accessibility: Existing facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The agency shall operate each program or activity so that the program or activity, when viewed in its entirety, is readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons. This paragraph does not—
</P>
<P>(1) Necessarily require the agency to make each of its existing facilities accessible to and usable by handicapped persons; or
</P>
<P>(2) Require the agency to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where agency personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the agency has the burden of proving that compliance with § 807.150(a) would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the agency head or his or her designee after considering all agency resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity, and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the agency shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such burdens but would nevertheless ensure that handicapped persons receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Methods.</I> The agency may comply with the requirements of this section through such means as redesign of equipment, reassignment of services to accessible buildings, assignment of aides to beneficiaries, home visits, delivery of services at alternate accessible sites, alteration of existing facilities and construction of new facilities, use of accessible rolling stock, or any other methods that result in making its programs or activities readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons. The agency is nor required to make structural changes in existing facilities where other methods are effective in achieving compliance with this section. The agency, in making alterations to existing buildings, shall meet accessibility requirements to the extent compelled by the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), and any regulations implementing it. In choosing among available methods for meeting the requirements of this section, the agency shall give priority to those methods that offer programs and activities to qualified handicapped persons in the most integrated setting appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time period for compliance.</I> The agency shall comply with the obligations established under this section by June 6, 1986, except that where structural changes in facilities are undertaken, such changes shall be made by April 7, 1989, but in any event as expeditiously as possible.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Transition plan.</I> In the event that structural changes to facilities will be undertaken to achieve program accessibility, the agency shall develop, by October 7, 1986, a transition plan setting forth the steps necessary to complete such changes. The agency shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including handicapped persons or organizations representing handicapped persons, to participate in the development of the transition plan by submitting comments (both oral and written). A copy of the transition plan shall be made available for public inspection. The plan shall, at a minimum—
</P>
<P>(1) Identify physical obstacles in the agency's facilities that limit the accessibility of its programs or activities to handicapped persons;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe in detail the methods that will be used to make the facilities accessible;
</P>
<P>(3) Specify the schedule for taking the steps necessary to achieve compliance with this section and, if the time period of the transition plan is longer than one year, identify steps that will be taken during each year of the transition period; and
</P>
<P>(4) Indicate the official responsible for implementation of the plan.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 4579, Feb. 5, 1986; 51 FR 7543, Mar. 5, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 807.151" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 807.151   Program accessibility: New construction and alterations.</HEAD>
<P>Each building or part of a building that is constructed or altered by, on behalf of, or for the use of the agency shall be designed, constructed, or altered so as to be readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons. The definitions, requirements, and standards of the Architectural Barriers Act (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), as established in 41 CFR 101-19.600 to 101-19.607, apply to buildings covered by this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 807.152-807.159" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 807.152-807.159   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 807.160" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 807.160   Communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The agency shall take appropriate steps to ensure effective communication with applicants, participants, personnel of other Federal entities, and members of the public.
</P>
<P>(1) The agency shall furnish appropriate auxiliary aids where necessary to afford a handicapped person an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, a program or activity conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(i) In determining what type of auxiliary aid is necessary, the agency shall give primary consideration to the requests of the handicapped person.
</P>
<P>(ii) The agency need not provide individually prescribed devices, readers for personal use or study, or other devices of a personal nature.
</P>
<P>(2) Where the agency communicates with applicants and beneficiaries by telephone, telecommunication devices for deaf persons (TDD's) or equally effective telecommunication systems shall be used.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency shall ensure that interested persons, including persons with impaired vision or hearing, can obtain information as to the existence and location of accessible services, activities, and facilities.
</P>
<P>(c) The agency shall provide signage at a primary entrance to each of its inaccessible facilities, directing users to a location at which they can obtain information about accessible facilities. The international symbol for accessibility shall be used at each primary entrance of an accessible facility.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not require the agency to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where agency personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the agency has the burden of proving that compliance with § 807.160 would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the agency head or his or her designee after considering all agency resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity, and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action required to comply with this section would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the agency shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such burdens but would nevertheless ensure that, to the maximum extent possible, handicapped persons receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 807.161-807.169" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 807.161-807.169   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 807.170" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.8.0.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 807.170   Compliance procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this section applies to all allegations of discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency shall process complaints alleging violations of section 504 with respect to employment according to the procedures established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613 pursuant to section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791).
</P>
<P>(c) Director, Bureau of Administration shall be responsible for coordinating implementation of this section. Complaints may be sent to Director, Bureau of Administration, 800 Independence Ave., SW., Room 802, Washington, DC 20594.
</P>
<P>(d) The agency shall accept and investigate all complete complaints for which it has jurisdiction. All complete complaints must be filed within 180 days of the alleged act of discrimination. The agency may extend this time period for good cause.
</P>
<P>(e) If the agency receives a complaint over which it does not have jurisdiction, it shall promptly notify the complainant and shall make reasonable efforts to refer the complaint to the appropriate government entity.
</P>
<P>(f) The agency shall notify the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board upon receipt of any complaint alleging that a building or facility that is subject to the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), or section 502 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 U.S.C. 792), is not readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons.
</P>
<P>(g) Within 180 days of the receipt of a complete complaint for which it has jurisdiction, the agency shall notify the complainant of the results of the investigation in a letter containing—
</P>
<P>(1) Findings of fact and conclusions of law;
</P>
<P>(2) A description of a remedy for each violation found;
</P>
<P>(3) A notice of the right to appeal.
</P>
<P>(h) Appeals of the findings of fact and conclusions of law or remedies must be filed by the complainant within 90 days of receipt from the agency of the letter required by § 807.170(g). The agency may extend this time for good cause.
</P>
<P>(i) Timely appeals shall be accepted and processed by the head of the agency.
</P>
<P>(j) The head of the agency shall notify the complainant of the results of the appeal within 60 days of the receipt of the request. If the head of the agency determines that additional information is needed from the complainant, he or she shall have 60 days from the date of receipt of the additional information to make his or her determination on the appeal.
</P>
<P>(k) The time limits cited in paragraphs (g) and (j) of this section may be extended with the permission of the Assistant Attorney General.
</P>
<P>(l) The agency may delegate its authority for conducting complaint investigations to other Federal agencies, except that the authority for making the final determination may not be delegated to another agency.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 4579, Feb. 5, 1986, as amended at 51 FR 4579, Feb. 5, 1986]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="821" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 821—RULES OF PRACTICE IN AIR SAFETY PROCEEDINGS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1101-1155, 44701-44723, 46301, Pub. L. 112-153, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>68 FR 22625, Apr. 29, 2003, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this part: 
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA); 
</P>
<P><I>Airman certificate</I> means any certificate issued by the FAA to an airman, and shall include medical certificates required for airmen; 
</P>
<P><I>Appeal from an initial decision</I> means a request to the Board to review a law judge's decision; 
</P>
<P><I>Appeal to the Board</I> means a request to the Board for the review by a law judge of an order of the Administrator; 
</P>
<P><I>Appealable order</I> means an order of a law judge that has the effect of terminating the proceeding, such as one granting a motion to dismiss in lieu of an answer, as provided in § 821.17, or one granting a motion for judgment on the pleadings or summary judgment. <I>Appealable order</I> does not include an order granting in part a motion to dismiss and requiring an answer to any remaining allegation or allegations, an order granting in part judgment on the pleadings or summary judgment, or a ruling on an interlocutory matter; 
</P>
<P><I>Board</I> means the National Transportation Safety Board; 
</P>
<P><I>Case Manager</I> means the officer of the Board's Office of Administrative Law Judges responsible for the processing of cases within that office; 
</P>
<P><I>Certificate</I> means any certificate issued by the Administrator under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 447; 
</P>
<P><I>Chief Law Judge</I> means the administrative law judge in charge of the adjudicative function of the Board's Office of Administrative Law Judges; 
</P>
<P><I>Complaint</I> means an order of the Administrator, reissued for pleading purposes, from which an appeal to the Board has been taken pursuant to sections 49 U.S.C. 44106, 44709 or 46301; 
</P>
<P><I>Emergency order</I> means an order of the Administrator issued pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 44709, which recites that an emergency exists and that safety in air commerce or air transportation and the public interest require the immediate effectiveness of such order; 
</P>
<P><I>Flight engineer</I> means a person who holds a flight engineer certificate issued under Part 63 of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations; 
</P>
<P><I>Initial decision</I> means the law judge's decision on the issue or issues remaining for disposition at the close of a hearing; 
</P>
<P><I>Law judge</I> means the administrative law judge assigned to hear and preside over the respective proceeding; 
</P>
<P><I>Mechanic</I> means a person who holds a mechanic certificate issued under Part 65 of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations; 
</P>
<P><I>Order</I> means the document (sometimes also termed the complaint) by which the Administrator seeks to amend, modify, suspend or revoke a certificate, or impose a civil penalty; 
</P>
<P><I>Petition for review</I> means a petition filed pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 44703 for review of the Administrator's denial of an application for issuance or renewal of an airman certificate; 
</P>
<P><I>Petitioner</I> means a person who has filed a petition for review; 
</P>
<P><I>Pilot</I> means a person who holds a pilot certificate issued under Part 61 of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations; 
</P>
<P><I>Repairman</I> means a person who holds a repairman certificate issued under Part 65 of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations; 
</P>
<P><I>Respondent</I> means the holder of a certificate who has appealed to the Board from an order of the Administrator amending, modifying, suspending or revoking a certificate, or imposing a civil penalty. 
</P>
<P>(b) Terms defined in 49 U.S.C. Chapters 11, 447 and 463 are used as so defined. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.2" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.2   Applicability and description of part.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part govern all air safety proceedings, including proceedings before a law judge on petition for review of the denial of any airman certificate (including a medical certificate), or on appeal from any order of the Administrator amending, modifying, suspending or revoking a certificate. The provisions of this part also govern all proceedings on appeal from an order of the Administrator imposing a civil penalty on a flight engineer, mechanic, pilot or repairman, or a person acting in such capacity. All proceedings on appeal to the Board from any initial decision or order of a law judge are also governed by this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.3" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.3   Description of docket numbering system.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to sequential numbering of cases as received, each case formally handled by the Board will receive a letter prefix. These letter prefixes reflect the case type: “SE” for safety enforcement (certificate suspension/revocation) cases; “SM” (safety medical) for cases involving denials of medical certification; “CD” for cases involving non-medical certificate denials; “SR” for cases involving safety registration issues under 49 U.S.C. 44101 <I>et seq.;</I> “CP” for cases involving the imposition of civil penalties; “NA” for cases in which a petition for review or appeal is not accepted because of a patent procedural deficiency; and “EAJA” for cases involving applications for fees and expenses under the Equal Access to Justice Act, governed by Part 826. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—General Rules Applicable to Petitions for Review, Appeals to the Board, and Appeals From Law Judges Initial Decisions and Appealable Orders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.5" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.5   Procedural rules.</HEAD>
<P>In proceedings under subparts C, D, F, and I, for situations not covered by a specific Board rule, the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure will be followed to the extent practicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 57534, Sept. 19, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.6" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.6   Appearances and rights of witnesses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party to a proceeding may appear and be heard in person, or by an attorney or other representative designated by that party. Upon hearing, and for good cause shown, the Board may suspend or bar any person from practicing before it. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any person appearing in any proceeding governed by this part may be accompanied, represented and advised, and may be examined by, his or her own counsel or representative.
</P>
<P>(c) Any person who submits data or evidence in a proceeding governed by this part may, by timely request, procure a copy of any document submitted by him or her, or a copy of any transcript made of his or her testimony, on payment of reasonable costs. Original documents, data or evidence may be retained by a party upon permission of the law judge or the Board, upon substitution of a copy thereof. 
</P>
<P>(d) Any party to a proceeding who is represented by an attorney or representative shall, in a separate written document, notify the Board of the name, address and telephone number of that attorney or representative. In the event of a change in representation or a withdrawal of representation, the party shall immediately, in a separate written document, notify the Board (in the manner provided in § 821.7) and the other parties to the proceeding (pursuant to § 821.8), before the new attorney or representative may participate in the proceeding in any way. Parties, and their attorneys and representatives, must notify the Board immediately of any changes in their contact information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 22625, Apr. 29, 2003, as amended at 77 FR 63251, Oct. 16, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.7" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.7   Filing of documents with the Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing address, method and date of filing.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, documents are to be filed with the Office of Administrative Law Judges, National Transportation Safety Board, 490 L'Enfant Plaza East SW., Washington, DC 20594, and addressed to the assigned law judge, if any. If the proceeding has not yet been assigned to a law judge, documents shall be addressed to the Case Manager. Paragraph (a)(3) of this section provides the acceptable methods for filing documents under this provision.
</P>
<P>(2) Subsequent to the filing of a notice of appeal with the Office of Administrative Law Judges from a law judge's initial decision or appealable order, the issuance of a decision permitting an interlocutory appeal, or the expiration of the period within which an appeal from the law judge's initial decision or appealable order may be filed, all documents are to be filed with the Office of General Counsel, National Transportation Safety Board, 490 L'Enfant Plaza East SW., Washington, DC 20594. Paragraph (a)(3) of this section provides the acceptable methods for filing documents under this provision.
</P>
<P>(3) Documents shall be filed: By personal delivery, by U.S. Postal Service first-class mail, by overnight delivery service, by facsimile or by electronic mail as specified on the “Administrative Law Judges” Web page on the NTSB's public Web site. Documents filed by electronic mail must be signed and transmitted as specified on the “Administrative Law Judges” Web page on the NTSB's public Web site.
</P>
<P>(4) Documents shall be deemed filed on the date of personal delivery; on the send date shown on the facsimile or the item of electronic mail; and, for mail delivery service, on the mailing date shown on the certificate of service, on the date shown on the postmark if there is no certificate of service, or on the mailing date shown by other evidence if there is no certificate of service and no postmark. Where the document bears a postmark that cannot reasonably be reconciled with the mailing date shown on the certificate of service, the document will be deemed filed on the date of the postmark.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Number of copies.</I> Service on the Board of petitions for review, appeals from orders of the Administrator, and notices of appeal from law judges' initial decisions and appealable orders shall be by executed original and 3 copies. Service of all other documents shall be by executed original and one copy. Copies need not be signed, but the name of the person signing the original shall be shown thereon. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Form.</I> (1) Petitions for review, appeals to the Board from orders of the Administrator, and notices of appeal from law judges' initial decisions and appealable orders may be in the form of a letter signed by the petitioner or appealing party, and shall be typewritten or in legible handwriting. 
</P>
<P>(2) Documents filed with the Board consisting of more than one page may be affixed only in the upper left-hand corner by staple or clip, and shall not be bound or hole-punched. Any document failing to comply with this requirement is subject to being returned to the filing party. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Content.</I> Each document filed with the Board shall contain a concise and complete statement of the facts relied upon, and the relief sought, by the filing party. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Subscription.</I> The original of every document filed shall be signed by the filing party, or by that party's attorney or representative.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Designation of person to receive service.</I> The initial document filed by a party in a proceeding governed by this part, and any subsequent document advising the Board of any representation or change in representation of a party that is filed pursuant to § 821.6(d), shall show on the first page the name, address and telephone number of the person or persons who may be served with documents on that party's behalf.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>To whom directed.</I> All motions, requests and documents submitted in connection with petitions for review and appeals to the Board from orders of the Administrator shall designate, and be addressed to, the law judge to whom the proceeding has been assigned, if any. If the proceeding has not yet been assigned to a law judge, the document shall bear the designation “unassigned,” and shall be addressed to the Case Manager. All motions, requests and documents submitted subsequent to the filing of a notice of appeal from a law judge's initial decision or appealable order, or a decision permitting an interlocutory appeal, or after the expiration of the period within which an appeal from the law judge's initial decision or appealable order may be filed, shall be addressed to the Board's General Counsel. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 22625, Apr. 29, 2003, as amended at 77 FR 63251, Oct. 16, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.8" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.8   Service of documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Who must be served.</I> (1) Copies of all documents filed with the Board must be simultaneously served on (<I>i.e.,</I> sent to) all other parties to the proceeding, on the date of filing, by the person filing them. A certificate of service shall be a part of each document and any copy or copies thereof tendered for filing, and shall certify concurrent service on the Board and the parties. A certificate of service shall be in substantially the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I hereby certify that I have this day served the foregoing [specify document] on the following party's counsel or designated representatives [or party, if without counsel or representative], at the address indicated, by [specify the method of service (e.g., first-class mail, electronic mail, personal service, etc.)] [List names and addresses of all persons served] Dated at ______this____ day of__________ 20__ (Signature)__________ For (on behalf of)__________</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Service shall be made on the person designated in accordance with § 821.7(f) to receive service. If no such person has been designated, service shall be made directly on the party.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Method of Service.</I> (1) Service of documents by any party on any other party shall be accomplished by any method prescribed in § 821.7(a)(3) for the filing of documents with the Board. A party may waive the applicability of this paragraph, and elect to be served with documents by the other parties to the proceeding solely by electronic mail, by filing a written document with the Board (with copies to the other parties) expressly stating such a preference.
</P>
<P>(2) Notices of hearing, written initial decisions, law judges' appealable orders and Board orders on appeal shall be served by the Board on parties other than the Administrator by certified mail. Such documents may be served on the Administrator by first-class mail or facsimile. The Board may serve all other documents on the parties by first-class mail or facsimile. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Where service shall be made.</I> Except for electronic mail, personal service, parties shall be served at the address appearing in the official record, which the Board must receive under §§ 821.6(d) and 821.7(f). In the case of an agent designated by an air carrier under 49 U.S.C. 46103, service may be accomplished only at the agent's office or usual place of residence.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Presumption of service.</I> There shall be a presumption of lawful service:
</P>
<P>(1) When receipt has been acknowledged by a person who customarily or in the ordinary course of business receives mail at the residence or principal place of business of the party or of the person designated under § 821.7(f);
</P>
<P>(2) When a properly addressed envelope, sent to the most current address in the official record, by regular, registered or certified mail, has been returned as unclaimed or refused; or
</P>
<P>(3) When a document is transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail and there is evidence to confirm its successful transmission to the intended recipient.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Date of service.</I> The date of service shall be determined in the same manner as the filing date is determined under § 821.7(a)(4).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 22625, Apr. 29, 2003, as amended at 77 FR 63252, Oct. 16, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.9" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.9   Intervention and amicus appearance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Intervention.</I> Any person may move for leave to intervene in a proceeding, and may become a party thereto, if it is found that such person has a property, financial or other legitimate interest that will not be adequately represented by the existing parties, and that such intervention will not unduly broaden the issues or delay the proceeding. Except for good cause shown, no motion for leave to intervene will be entertained if filed less than 15 days prior to the hearing. The extent to which an intervenor may participate in the proceeding is wholly within the law judge's discretion. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Amicus curiae briefs.</I> A brief of amicus curiae in a matter on appeal from a law judge's initial decision or appealable order may be filed, if accompanied by written consent of all the parties, or by leave of the General Counsel if, in his or her opinion, the brief will not unduly broaden the matters at issue or prejudice any party to the proceeding. A brief may be conditionally filed with motion for leave. The motion for leave shall identify the interest of the movant and shall state the reasons why a brief of amicus curiae is desirable. Such brief and motion shall be filed within the briefing time allowed the party whose position the brief would support, unless good cause for late filing is shown, in which event the General Counsel may provide an opportunity for response in determining whether to accept the amicus brief. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.10" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.10   Computation of time.</HEAD>
<P>In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by this part, by notice or order of a law judge or the Board, or by any applicable statute, the date of the act, event or default after which the designated period of time begins to run is not to be included in the computation. The last day of the period so computed is to be included unless it is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday for the Board, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday. In all cases, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays for the Board shall be included in the computation of time, except they shall not be included in computations of time respecting petitions for review of determinations as to the existence of emergencies under § 821.54. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.11" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.11   Extensions of time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On written request filed with the Board and served on all other parties, or oral request with any extension granted confirmed in writing and served on all other parties by the requestor, and for good cause shown, the law judge or the Board may grant an extension of time to file any document; however, no extension of time will be granted for the filing of a document to which a statutory time limit applies. 
</P>
<P>(b) Extensions of time to file petitions for reconsideration shall not be granted upon a showing of good cause, but only in extraordinary circumstances. 
</P>
<P>(c) The General Counsel is authorized to grant unopposed extensions of time on timely oral request without a showing of good cause in cases on appeal to the Board from a law judge's initial decision or appealable order. Written confirmation of such a grant of extension of time must promptly be sent by the requesting party to the Board and served on all other parties to the proceeding. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.12" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.12   Amendment and withdrawal of pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Amendment.</I> At any time more than 15 days prior to the hearing, a party may amend its pleadings by filing an amended pleading with the Board and serving copies thereof on all other parties. After that time, amendment shall be allowed only at the discretion of the law judge. In the case of amendment of an answerable pleading, the law judge shall allow any adverse party a reasonable time to object or answer. Amendments to complaints shall be consistent with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 44709(c) and 44710(c). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Withdrawal.</I> Except in the case of a petition for review, an appeal to the Board, a complaint, or an appeal from a law judge's initial decision or appealable order, pleadings may be withdrawn only upon approval of the law judge or the Board. The law judge may dismiss the case after receiving a motion to dismiss based on withdrawal of the complaint. The law judge shall accept arguments or motions, oral or written, from the parties, if offered, on the issue of whether a dismissal resulting from the withdrawal of a complaint should be deemed to occur with or without prejudice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 22625, Apr. 29, 2003, as amended at 77 FR 63252, Oct. 16, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.13" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.13   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>Waivers of any rights provided by statute or regulation shall either be in writing or by stipulation made at the hearing and entered into the record, and shall set forth the precise terms and conditions of the waiver. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.14" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.14   Motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Any application to a law judge or to the Board for an order or ruling not otherwise provided for in this part shall be by motion. Prior to the assignment of the proceeding to a law judge, all motions shall be addressed to the Case Manager. Thereafter, and prior to the expiration of the period within which an appeal from the law judge's initial decision may be filed, all motions shall be addressed to the law judge. At all other times, motions shall be addressed to the General Counsel. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and content.</I> Unless made during a hearing, motions shall be made in writing, shall state with particularity the grounds for the relief requested, and shall be accompanied by affidavits or other evidence relied upon. Motions introduced during a hearing may be made orally on the record, unless the law judge directs otherwise. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Replies to motions.</I> Except when a motion is made during a hearing, any party may file a reply, accompanied by such affidavits or other evidence as that party desires to rely upon, within 15 days after the date of service of the motion on that party. Upon notice to the parties, the law judge or the Board may, where appropriate, set a shorter time for filing a reply. Where a motion is made during a hearing, the reply may be made at the hearing, or orally or in writing within such time as the law judge may fix. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Oral argument; briefs.</I> No oral argument will be heard on a motion unless the law judge or the Board directs otherwise. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effect of pendency of motions.</I> Except as provided in §§ 821.17(a) and 821.18(a), the filing or pendency of a motion shall not automatically alter or extend the time fixed in this part (or any extension thereof previously granted) for the parties to take any actions. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.15" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.15   Motion to disqualify a Board Member.</HEAD>
<P>A motion requesting that a Board Member disqualify himself or herself from participating in a proceeding under this part shall be filed in writing with the Board. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.16" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.16   Interlocutory appeals from law judges' rulings on motions.</HEAD>
<P>Rulings of law judges on motions which are not dispositive of the proceeding as a whole may not be appealed to the Board prior to its consideration of the entire proceeding, except in extraordinary circumstances and with the consent of the law judge who made the ruling. Interlocutory appeals shall be disallowed unless the law judge finds, either orally on the record or in writing, that to allow such an appeal is necessary to prevent substantial detriment to the public interest or undue prejudice to a party. If an interlocutory appeal is allowed, any party may file a brief with the Board within such time as the law judge directs. No oral argument will be heard unless the Board directs otherwise. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.17" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.17   Motions to dismiss, for judgment on the pleadings and for summary judgment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Motions to dismiss petition for review or complaint.</I> A motion to dismiss a petition for review or a complaint may be filed in lieu of an answer, within the time limit for filing an answer set forth in § 821.24(c) or § 821.31(b). If such motion is not granted in its entirety, the answer shall be filed within 10 days after service of the law judge's order on the motion. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motions to dismiss for lack of jurisdiction.</I> A motion to dismiss on the ground that the Board lacks jurisdiction may be made by any party at any time. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Motions for judgment on the pleadings.</I> A party may file a motion for judgment on the pleadings on the basis that no answer has been filed, or that the pleadings disclose that there are no material issues of fact to be resolved and that party is entitled to judgment as a matter of law. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motions for summary judgment.</I> A party may file a motion for summary judgment on the basis that the pleadings and other supporting documentation establish that there are no material issues of fact to be resolved and that party is entitled to judgment as a matter of law. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Appeals of dismissal, judgment on the pleadings and summary judgment orders.</I> When a law judge grants a motion to dismiss, a motion for judgment on the pleadings or a motion for summary judgment, and terminates the proceeding without a hearing, an appeal of such order to the Board may be filed pursuant to the provisions of § 821.47. When a motion to dismiss, a motion for judgment on the pleadings or a motion for summary judgment is granted in part, § 821.16 applies. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.18" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.18   Motion for a more definite statement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party may, in lieu of an answer, file a motion requesting that the petitioner's statement of reasons and supporting facts in a petition for review or the Administrator's allegations of fact in a complaint be made more definite and certain. The motion shall cite the defects complained of and the details sought. If the motion is granted and the law judge's order is not complied with within 15 days after service thereof, the law judge shall strike the portion or portions of the petition for review or complaint to which the motion is directed. If the motion is denied, the moving party shall file an answer within 10 days after service of the law judge's order on the motion. 
</P>
<P>(b) A party may file a motion to clarify an answer in the event that the answer fails to respond clearly to the petition for review or the complaint. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.19" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.19   Depositions and other discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Depositions.</I> After a petition for review or a complaint is filed, any party may take the testimony of any person, including a party, by deposition, upon oral examination or written questions, without seeking prior Board approval. Reasonable notice shall be given in writing to the other parties, stating the name of the witness and the time and place of the taking of the deposition, in accordance with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. A copy of any notice of deposition shall be served on the law judge to whom the proceeding has been assigned or, if no law judge has been assigned, on the Case Manager. In other respects, the taking of any deposition shall be compliance with the provisions of 49 U.S.C. 46104(c).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exchange of information by the parties.</I> The parties must exchange information in accordance with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Copies of discovery requests and responses shall be served on the law judge to whom the proceeding has been assigned or, if no law judge has been assigned, on the Case Manager. In the event of a dispute, either the assigned law judge or another law judge delegated this responsibility (if a law judge has not yet been assigned or if the assigned law judge is unavailable) may issue an appropriate order, including an order directing compliance with any ruling previously made with respect to discovery.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Failure to provide or preserve evidence.</I> The failure of any party to comply with a law judge's order compelling discovery, or to cooperate with a timely request for the preservation of evidence, may result in a negative inference against that party with respect to the matter sought and not provided or preserved, a preclusion order, dismissal or other relief deemed appropriate by the law judge.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Failure to provide copy of releasable portion of Enforcement Investigative Report (EIR).</I> (1) Except as provided in § 821.55 with respect to emergency proceedings, where the respondent requests the EIR and the Administrator fails to provide the releasable portion of the EIR to the respondent by the time he or she serves the complaint on the respondent, the respondent may move to dismiss the complaint or for other relief and, unless the Administrator establishes good cause for that failure, the law judge shall order such relief as he or she deems appropriate, after considering the parties' arguments.
</P>
<P>(2) The releasable portion of the EIR shall include all information in the EIR, except for the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Information that is privileged;
</P>
<P>(ii) Information that constitutes work product or reflects internal deliberative process;
</P>
<P>(iii) Information that would disclose the identity of a confidential source;
</P>
<P>(iv) Information of which applicable law prohibits disclosure;
</P>
<P>(v) Information about which the law judge grants leave to withhold as not relevant to the subject matter of the proceeding or otherwise, for good cause shown; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Sensitive security information, as defined at 49 U.S.C. 40119 and 49 CFR 15.5.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this section shall be interpreted as preventing the Administrator from releasing to the respondent information in addition to that which is contained in the releasable portion of the EIR.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 63245, Oct. 16, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 57534, Sept. 19, 2013; 79 FR 41650, July 17, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.20" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.20   Subpoenas, witness fees, and appearances of Board Members, officers and employees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Subpoenas.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, subpoenas requiring the attendance of witnesses, or the production of documentary or tangible evidence, for the purpose of taking depositions or at a hearing, may be issued by the presiding law judge (or the chief law judge, if the proceeding has not been assigned to a law judge) upon application by any party. The application shall show the general relevance and reasonable scope of the evidence sought. Any person upon whom a subpoena is served may, within 7 days after service of the subpoena, but in any event prior to the return date thereof, file with the law judge who issued the subpoena a motion to quash or modify the subpoena, and such filing shall stay the effectiveness of the subpoena pending final action by the law judge on the motion. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Witness fees.</I> Witnesses shall be entitled to the same fees and expenses for mileage as are paid to witnesses in the courts of the United States. The fees and expenses shall be paid by the party at whose request the witness is subpoenaed or appears. The Board may decline to process a proceeding further should a party fail to compensate a witness pursuant to this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Board Members, officers and employees.</I> In order to encourage a free flow of information to the Board's accident investigators, the Board disfavors the use of its personnel in enforcement proceedings. Therefore, the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section are not applicable to Board Members, officers and employees, or the production of documents in their custody. Applications for subpoenas requiring the attendance of such persons, or the production of such documents, must be addressed to the General Counsel, and shall set forth the need of the moving party for the testimony or documents sought, and a showing that such material is not now, and was not otherwise, reasonably available from other sources. Only upon the General Counsel's written approval for the issuance of a subpoena requiring a Board Member, officer or employee to provide testimony and/or to produce documents in connection with discovery or at a hearing may a law judge issue such a subpoena. The law judge shall not permit the testimony or documentary evidence provided by a Board Member, officer or employee to include any expression of opinion, or any account of statements of a party made during the Board's investigation of any accident. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.21" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.2.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.21   Official notice.</HEAD>
<P>Where a law judge or the Board intends to take official notice of a material fact not appearing in the evidence in the record, notice shall be given to all parties, who may within 10 days file a petition disputing that fact. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Special Rules Applicable to Proceedings Under 49 U.S.C. 44703</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.24" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.24   Initiation of proceeding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petition for review.</I> Where the Administrator has denied an application for the issuance or renewal of an airman certificate, the applicant may file with the Board a petition for review of the Administrator's denial. The petition must be filed with the Board within 60 days after the date on which notice of the Administrator's denial was served on the petitioner. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and content of petition.</I> The petition may be in letter form. It shall identify the Administrator's certificate denial action, and contain a complete but concise statement of the reasons why the petitioner believes the certificate denial was erroneous. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Answer to petition.</I> The Administrator shall file an answer to the petition for review within 20 days after the date of service of the petition. The answer shall specifically address each of the reasons set forth in the petition as to why the petitioner believes the certificate denial was erroneous. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Stay of proceeding pending request for special issuance (restricted) medical certificate.</I> The Board lacks the authority to review requests for special issuance (restricted) medical certificates, or to direct that they be issued. Where a request for a special issuance certificate has been filed with the Administrator pursuant to the Federal Aviation Regulations, the Board will, upon the petitioner's written request, hold a petition for review of a denial of an unrestricted medical certificate in abeyance pending final action by the Administrator on the special issuance request, but for no longer than 180 days after the date on which the unrestricted medical certificate denial was issued. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>New evidence.</I> Where review of a denial of an unrestricted medical certificate is at issue, if the petitioner has undergone medical testing or evaluation in addition to that already submitted or known to the Administrator, and wishes to introduce the results into the record, such new medical evidence must be served on the Administrator at least 30 days prior to the hearing. Absent good cause, failure to so timely serve the new medical evidence on the Administrator will result in the exclusion of such evidence from the record. The Administrator may amend his or her answer to respond to such new medical evidence within 10 days after the date on which he or she was served therewith. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.25" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.25   Burden of proof.</HEAD>
<P>In proceedings under 49 U.S.C. 44703, the burden of proof shall be upon the petitioner. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.26" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.26   Motion to dismiss petition for review for lack of standing.</HEAD>
<P>Upon motion by the Administrator within the time limit for filing an answer, a petition for review shall be dismissed for lack of standing in either of the following instances: 
</P>
<P>(a) If the petition seeks the issuance of the same type of certificate that was under an order of suspension on the date of the denial; or 
</P>
<P>(b) If the petition seeks the issuance of the same type of certificate that had been revoked within one year of the date of the denial, unless the order revoking such certificate provides otherwise. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Special Rules Applicable to Proceedings Under 49 U.S.C. 44709</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.30" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.30   Initiation of proceeding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appeal.</I> Where the Administrator has issued an order amending, modifying, suspending or revoking a certificate, the affected certificate holder (respondent) may file with the Board an appeal from the Administrator's order. The respondent shall simultaneously serve a copy of the appeal on the Administrator. The appeal must be filed with the Board within 20 days after the date on which the Administrator's order was served on the respondent, except as provided with respect to emergency and other immediately effective orders under § 821.53(a). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and content of appeal.</I> The appeal may be in letter form. It shall identify the certificate or certificates affected and the Administrator's action from which the appeal is sought. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of filing timely appeal with the Board.</I> Timely filing with the Board of an appeal from an order of the Administrator shall postpone the effective date of the order until final disposition of the appeal by the law judge or the Board, except where the order appealed from is an emergency or other immediately effective order, in which case the effectiveness of the order will not be so stayed during the pendency of the appeal. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.31" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.31   Complaint procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing, time of filing and service on respondent.</I> The order of the Administrator from which an appeal has been taken shall serve as the complaint. The Administrator shall (except as provided in § 821.55(a) with respect to emergency proceedings) file the complaint with the Board within 10 days after the date on which he or she was served with the appeal by the respondent, and shall simultaneously serve a copy of the complaint on the respondent. If the Administrator has determined that the respondent lacks qualification to be a certificate holder, the order filed as the complaint, or an accompanying statement, shall identify the pleaded factual allegations on which this determination is based. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Answer to complaint.</I> The respondent shall (except as provided in § 821.55(b) with respect to emergency proceedings) file with the Board an answer to the complaint within 20 days after the date on which the complaint was served by the Administrator, and shall simultaneously serve a copy of the answer on the Administrator. Failure by the respondent to deny the truth of any allegation or allegations in the complaint may be deemed an admission of the truth of the allegation or allegations not answered. The answer shall also identify any affirmative defenses that the respondent intends to raise at the hearing. The answer may be amended to include affirmative defenses in accordance with the provisions of § 821.12(a). 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.32" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.32   Burden of proof.</HEAD>
<P>In proceedings under 49 U.S.C. 44709, the burden of proof shall be upon the Administrator. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.33" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.33   Motion to dismiss stale complaint.</HEAD>
<P>Where the complaint states allegations of offenses which occurred more than 6 months prior to the Administrator's advising the respondent as to reasons for proposed action under 49 U.S.C. 44709(c), the respondent may move to dismiss such allegations as stale pursuant to the following provisions: 
</P>
<P>(a) In those cases where the complaint does not allege lack of qualification of the respondent: 
</P>
<P>(1) The Administrator shall be required to show, by reply filed within 15 days after the date of service of the respondent's motion, that good cause existed for the delay in providing such advice, or that the imposition of a sanction is warranted in the public interest, notwithstanding the delay or the reasons therefor. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the Administrator does not establish good cause for the delay, or for the imposition of a sanction in the public interest notwithstanding the delay, the law judge shall dismiss the stale allegations and proceed to adjudicate the remaining portion of the complaint, if any. 
</P>
<P>(b) In those cases where the complaint alleges lack of qualification of the respondent, the law judge shall first determine whether an issue of lack of qualification would be presented if all of the allegations, stale and timely, are assumed to be true. If so, the law judge shall deny the respondent's motion. If not, the law judge shall proceed as in paragraph (a) of this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Law Judges</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.35" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.35   Assignment, duties and powers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Assignment of law judge and duration of assignment.</I> The chief law judge shall assign a law judge to preside over each proceeding. Until such assignment, motions, requests and documents shall be addressed to the Case Manager for handling by the chief law judge, who may handle these matters personally or delegate them to other law judges for decision. After assignment of a proceeding to a law judge, all motions, requests and documents shall be addressed to that law judge. The authority of the assigned law judge shall terminate upon the expiration of the period within which appeals from initial decisions or appealable orders may be filed, or upon the law judge's withdrawal from the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Powers of law judge.</I> Law judges shall have the following powers: 
</P>
<P>(1) To give notice of, and to hold, prehearing conferences and hearings, and to consolidate proceedings which involve a common question of law or fact; 
</P>
<P>(2) To hold conferences, before or during the hearing, for the settlement or simplification of issues; 
</P>
<P>(3) To issue subpoenas, and to take depositions or cause depositions to be taken; 
</P>
<P>(4) To dispose of procedural requests or similar matters; 
</P>
<P>(5) To rule on motions; 
</P>
<P>(6) To regulate the conduct of hearings; 
</P>
<P>(7) To administer oaths and affirmations; 
</P>
<P>(8) To examine witnesses; 
</P>
<P>(9) To receive evidence and rule upon objections and offers of proof; and 
</P>
<P>(10) To issue initial decisions and dispositional orders.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disqualification.</I> A law judge shall withdraw from a proceeding if, at any time, he or she deems himself or herself disqualified. If the law judge does not withdraw, and if an appeal from the law judge's initial decision is filed, the Board will, on motion of a party, determine whether the law judge should have withdrawn and, if so, order appropriate relief. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 22625, Apr. 29, 2003, as amended at 77 FR 63252, Oct. 16, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Hearing</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.37" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.37   Notice of hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time and location of hearing.</I> The law judge to whom the proceeding is assigned (or the chief judge) shall set a reasonable date, time and place for the hearing. Except as provided with respect to emergency proceedings in § 821.56(a), a written notice of hearing shall be served on the parties at least 30 days in advance of the hearing. The law judge may set the hearing for a date fewer than 30 days after the date of the issuance of the notice of hearing if all of the parties consent to an earlier hearing date. In setting the date of the hearing, due regard shall be given to the parties' discovery needs. In setting the place of the hearing, due regard shall be given to the location of the subject incident, the convenience of the parties and their witnesses, and the conservation of Board funds. Another relevant factor in determining the place of the hearing is the convenience of the hearing site to scheduled transportation service. Only in the most extraordinary circumstances may consideration be given to locating a hearing in a foreign country. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Hearing in several sessions.</I> Where appropriate, the law judge may hold a hearing in more than one session, at the same or different locations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.38" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.6.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.38   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>In any proceeding under the rules in this part, all evidence which is relevant, material, reliable and probative, and not unduly repetitious or cumulative, shall be admissible. All other evidence shall be excluded. The Federal Rules of Evidence will be applied in these proceedings to the extent practicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 57534, Sept. 19, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.39" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.6.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.39   Argument and submissions.</HEAD>
<P>At the hearing, the law judge shall give the parties adequate opportunity for the presentation of arguments in support of, or in opposition to, motions, objections and proposed rulings. Prior to the issuance of the initial decision, the parties shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to submit for consideration proposed findings and conclusions, and supporting reasons therefor. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.40" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.6.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.40   Record.</HEAD>
<P>The transcript of testimony and exhibits, together with all papers, requests and rulings filed in the proceeding before the law judge, shall constitute the exclusive record of the proceeding. Copies of the transcript may be obtained by any party upon payment of the reasonable cost thereof. A copy of the transcript may be examined at the National Transportation Safety Board, Office of Administrative Law Judges, Public Docket Section. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Initial Decision</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.42" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.7.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.42   Initial decision by law judge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Written or oral decision.</I> The law judge may render his or her initial decision orally at the close of the hearing, or in writing at a later date, except as provided with respect to emergency proceedings in § 821.56(c). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content.</I> The initial decision shall include findings and conclusions upon all material issues of fact, credibility of witnesses, law and discretion presented on the record, together with a statement of the reasons therefor. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Furnishing parties with, and issuance date of, oral decision.</I> If the initial decision is rendered orally, a copy thereof, excerpted from the hearing transcript, shall be furnished to the parties by the Office of Administrative Law Judges. Irrespective of the date on which the copy of the decision is transmitted to the parties, the issuance date of the decision shall be the date on which it was orally rendered. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.43" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.7.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.43   Effect of law judge's initial decision or appealable order and appeal therefrom.</HEAD>
<P>If no appeal from the law judge's initial decision or appealable order is timely filed, the initial decision or order shall become final with respect to the parties, but shall not be binding precedent for the Board. The filing of a timely notice of appeal with the Board shall stay the effectiveness of the law judge's initial decision or order, unless the basis for the decision or order is that the Board lacks jurisdiction. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Appeal From Initial Decision</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.47" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.8.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.47   Notice of appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time within which to file notice of appeal.</I> A party may appeal from a law judge's initial decision or appealable order by filing with the Board, and simultaneously serving on the other parties, a notice of appeal, within 10 days after the date on which the oral initial decision was rendered or the written initial decision or appealable order was served (except as provided in § 821.57(a) with respect to emergency proceedings). At any time before the time limit for filing an appeal from an initial decision or appealable order has passed, the law judge may, for good cause, reopen the matter on notice to the parties. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Request for reconsideration of law judge's initial decision or order.</I> A law judge may not reconsider an initial decision or appealable order after the time for appealing to the Board from the decision or order has expired, or after an appeal has been filed with the Board. However, a timely request for reconsideration by the law judge of the initial decision or appealable order, filed before an appeal to the Board is taken, will stay the deadline for filing an appeal until 10 days after the date on which the law judge serves his or her decision on the reconsideration request. For the purpose of this paragraph, if a request for reconsideration and a notice of appeal are filed on the same day, the reconsideration request will be deemed to have been filed first. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.48" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.8.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.48   Briefs and oral argument.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appeal brief.</I> Except as provided in § 821.57(b) with respect to emergency proceedings, each appeal must be perfected, within 50 days after the date on which the oral initial decision was rendered, or 30 days after the date on which the written initial decision or appealable order was served, by the filing, and simultaneous service on the other parties, of a brief in support of the appeal. An appeal may be dismissed by the Board, either on its own initiative or on motion of another party, where a party who has filed a notice of appeal fails to perfect the appeal by filing a timely appeal brief. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and content of appeal brief.</I> (1) In addition to the general form requirements for documents set forth in § 821.7(c)(2), the appeal brief must be typewritten, double-spaced, on 8
<FR>1/2</FR>-by-11 inch paper. The appeal brief shall set forth the name, address and telephone number of the party, or the attorney or other representative filing the brief on the party's behalf. No appeal brief may contain more than 35 pages of text without prior leave of the General Counsel, upon a showing of good cause. 
</P>
<P>(2) The appeal brief shall enumerate the appealing party's objections to the law judge's initial decision or appealable order, and shall state the reasons for such objections, including any legal precedent relied upon in support thereof. 
</P>
<P>(3) Any error contained in the initial decision which is not objected to in the appeal brief may be deemed waived. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reply brief.</I> Any other party to the proceeding may file a brief in reply to the appeal brief within 30 days after the date on which the appeal brief was served on that party (except as provided in § 821.57(b) with respect to emergency proceedings). A copy of the reply brief shall simultaneously be served on the appealing party and any other parties to the proceeding. The form requirements governing the appeal brief set forth in paragraph (b)(1) also apply to the reply brief. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other filings.</I> Subsequent to the filing of the appeal and reply briefs, the parties may file citations to supplemental authorities. This procedure may be used only for identifying new and relevant legal authority, and not to correct omissions in briefing or to respond to a reply brief. No argument may be included with such a filing. Such filing shall include a reference to the page of the brief to which the cited legal authority pertains. Any response shall be filed within 10 days of the date of service of the supplemental filing, and shall be similarly limited in scope. With these exceptions, the parties may make no other submissions, except by leave of the Board, upon on a showing of good cause. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Oral argument.</I> Oral argument before the Board will not be held in proceedings under this part unless the Board, on motion of a party or on its own initiative, determines that oral argument is needed. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.49" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.8.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.49   Issues on appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On appeal, the Board will consider only the following issues: 
</P>
<P>(1) Are the findings of fact each supported by a preponderance of reliable, probative and substantial evidence? 
</P>
<P>(2) Are conclusions made in accordance with law, precedent and policy? 
</P>
<P>(3) Are the questions on appeal substantial? 
</P>
<P>(4) Have any prejudicial errors occurred? 
</P>
<P>(b) If the Board determines that the law judge erred in any respect, or that his or her initial decision or order should be changed, the Board may make any necessary findings and may issue an order in lieu of the law judge's initial decision or order, or may remand the proceeding for any such purpose as the Board may deem necessary. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.50" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.8.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.50   Petition for rehearing, reargument, reconsideration or modification of an order of the Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Any party to a proceeding may petition the Board for rehearing, reargument, reconsideration or modification of a Board order on appeal from a law judge's initial decision or order. An initial decision or appealable order of a law judge that has become final because no timely appeal was taken therefrom may not be the subject of a petition under this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timing and service.</I> The petition must be filed with the Board, and simultaneously served on the other parties, within 30 days after the date of service of the Board's order on appeal from the law judge's initial decision or order. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Content.</I> The petition shall state briefly and specifically the matters of record alleged to have been erroneously decided, and the ground or grounds relied upon. If the petition is based, in whole or in part, upon new matter, it shall set forth such new matter and shall contain affidavits of prospective witnesses, authenticated documents, or both, or an explanation of why such substantiation is unavailable, and shall explain why such new matter could not have been discovered in the exercise of due diligence prior to the date on which the evidentiary record closed. To the extent the petition is not based upon new matter, the Board will not consider arguments that could have been made in the appeal or reply briefs received prior to the Board's decision.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Repetitious petitions.</I> Repetitious petitions will not be entertained by the Board, and will be summarily dismissed. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reply to petition.</I> Any other party to the proceeding may file a reply to the petition within 15 days after the date on which the petition was served on that party. A copy of such reply shall simultaneously be served on the petitioner and any other parties to the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Stay of effective date of Board's order.</I> The filing of a petition under this section shall operate to stay the effective date of the Board's order, unless the Board directs otherwise. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 22625, Apr. 29, 2003, as amended at 77 FR 63252, Oct. 16, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Special Rules Applicable to Proceedings Involving Emergency and Other Immediately Effective Orders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.52" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.9.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.52   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This subpart shall apply to any order issued by the Administrator under 49 U.S.C. 44709 as an emergency order, as an order not designated as an emergency order but later amended to be an emergency order, and any order designated as immediately effective or effective immediately. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective date of emergency.</I> The procedure set forth herein shall apply as of the date on which written advice of the emergency character of the Administrator's order is received and docketed by the Board. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Computation of time.</I> Time shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of § 821.10. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Waiver.</I> Except as provided in § 821.54(f), or where the law judge or the Board determines that it would unduly burden another party or the Board, a certificate holder (respondent) affected by an emergency or other immediately effective order of the Administrator may, at any time after filing an appeal from such an order, waive the applicability of the accelerated time limits of this subpart; however, such a waiver shall not serve to lengthen any period of time for doing an act prescribed by this subpart which expired before the date on which the waiver was made. 
</P>
<P>(e) Acceptable methods of filing and service. All documents submitted by a party in a proceeding governed by this subpart must be filed with the Board by overnight delivery, facsimile or electronic mail, and simultaneously served on all other parties by the same means. If filing by electronic mail, parties must adhere to the requirements in § 821.7(a)(3).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 22625, Apr. 29, 2003, as amended at 77 FR 63252, Oct. 16, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.53" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.9.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.53   Appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time within which to file appeal.</I> An appeal from an emergency or other immediately effective order of the Administrator must be filed within 10 days after the date on which the Administrator's order was served on the respondent. The respondent shall simultaneously serve a copy of the appeal on the Administrator. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and content of appeal.</I> The appeal may be in letter form. It shall identify the certificate or certificates affected and indicate that an emergency or other immediately effective order of the Administrator is being appealed. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.54" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.9.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.54   Petition for review of Administrator's determination of emergency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time within which to file petition.</I> A respondent may, within 2 days after the date of receipt of an emergency or other immediately effective order of the Administrator, file with the Board a petition for review of the Administrator's determination that an emergency, requiring the order to be effective immediately, exists. This 2-day time limit is statutory and the Board has no authority to extend it. If the respondent has not previously filed an appeal from the Administrator's emergency or other immediately effective order, the petition shall also be considered a simultaneously filed appeal from the order under § 821.53. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form, content and service of petition.</I> The petition may be in letter form. A copy of the Administrator's order, from which review of the emergency determination is sought, must be attached to the petition. If a copy of the order is not attached, the petition will be dismissed. While the petition need only request that the Board review the Administrator's determination as to the existence of an emergency requiring the order be effective immediately, it may also enumerate the respondent's reasons for believing that the Administrator's emergency determination is not warranted in the interest of aviation safety. The respondent may include attachments to the petition for review (e.g., affidavits, other documents or records) limited to evidence the respondent believes supports the reasons enumerated in the petition for why the Administrator's emergency determination is not warranted in the interest of aviation safety. The petition must be filed with the Board by overnight delivery service or facsimile and simultaneously served on the Administrator by the same means.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reply to petition.</I> If the petition enumerates the respondent's reasons for believing that the Administrator's emergency determination is unwarranted, the Administrator may, within 2 days after the date of service of the petition, file a reply, which shall be strictly limited to matters of rebuttal. No submissions other than the respondent's petition and the Administrator's reply in rebuttal will be accepted, except in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Hearing.</I> No hearing shall be held on a petition for review of an emergency determination. However, the law judge may, on his or her own initiative, and strictly in keeping with the prohibition on ex parte communications set forth in § 821.61, solicit from the parties additional information to supplement that previously provided by the parties. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Disposition.</I> Within 5 days after the Board's receipt of the petition, the chief law judge (or, if the case has been assigned to a law judge other than the chief law judge, the law judge to whom the case is assigned) shall dispose of the petition by written order, and, in so doing, shall consider whether, based on the acts and omissions alleged in the Administrator's order, and assuming the truth of such factual allegations, the Administrator's emergency determination was appropriate under the circumstances, in that it supports a finding that aviation safety would likely be compromised by a stay of the effectiveness of the order during the pendency of the respondent's appeal. In making this determination, however, the law judge is not so limited to the order's factual allegations themselves, but also shall permit evidence, if appropriate, pertaining to the propriety of the emergency determination, presented by the respondent with the petition and the Administrator with the reply to the petition. This evidence can include affidavits or other such records.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effect of law judge's ruling.</I> If the law judge grants the petition, the effectiveness of the Administrator's order shall be stayed until final disposition of the respondent's appeal by a law judge or by the Board. In such cases, the remaining provisions of this subpart (§§ 821.55-821.57) shall continue to apply, unless the respondent, with the Administrator's consent, waives their applicability. If the petition is denied, the Administrator's order shall remain in effect, and the remaining provisions of this subpart shall continue to apply, unless their applicability is waived by the respondent. The law judge's ruling on the petition shall be final, and is not appealable to the Board. However, in the event of an appeal to the Board from a law judge's decision on the merits of the emergency or other immediately effective order, the Board may, at its discretion, note, in its order disposing of the appeal, its views on the law judge's ruling on the petition, and such views shall serve as binding precedent in all future cases. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 22625, Apr. 29, 2003, as amended at 77 FR 63252, Oct. 16, 2012; 79 FR 41650, July 17, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.55" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.9.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.55   Complaint, answer to complaint, motions and discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Complaint.</I> In proceedings governed by this subpart, the Administrator's complaint shall be filed and simultaneously served on the respondent within 3 days after the date on which the Administrator received the respondent's appeal, or within 3 days after the date of service of an order disposing of a petition for review of an emergency determination, whichever is later.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Answer to complaint.</I> The respondent shall file with the Board an answer to the complaint within 5 days after the date on which the complaint was served by the Administrator, and shall simultaneously serve a copy of the answer on the Administrator. Failure by the respondent to deny the truth of any allegation or allegations in the complaint may be deemed an admission of the truth of the allegation or allegations not answered. The answer shall also identify any affirmative defenses that the respondent intends to raise at the hearing. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Motion to dismiss and motion for more definite statement.</I> In proceedings governed by this subpart, no motion to dismiss the complaint or for a more definite statement of the complaint's allegations shall be made, but the substance thereof may be stated in the respondent's answer. The law judge may permit or require a more definite statement or other amendment to any pleading at the hearing, upon good cause shown and upon just and reasonable terms. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Discovery.</I> Discovery is authorized in proceedings governed by this subpart. Given the short time available for discovery, the parties shall cooperate to ensure timely completion of the discovery process prior to the hearing. Discovery requests shall be served by the parties as soon as possible. A motion to compel discovery should be expeditiously filed where any dispute arises, and the law judge shall promptly rule on such a motion. Time limits for compliance with discovery requests shall be set by the parties so as to accommodate, and not conflict with, the accelerated adjudication schedule set forth in this subpart. The provisions of § 821.19 shall apply, modified as necessary to meet the exigencies of this subpart's accelerated timeframes. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 22625, Apr. 29, 2003, as amended at 77 FR 63253, Oct. 16, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.56" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.9.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.56   Hearing and initial decision or appealable order of law judge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice of hearing.</I> Within 3 days after the date on which the Board receives the Administrator's complaint, or immediately upon the issuance of a law judge's order disposing of a petition for review of the Administrator's emergency determination, if later, the parties shall be served with a written notice of hearing, setting forth the date, time and place of the hearing. The hearing shall be set for a date no later than 30 days after the date on which the respondent's appeal was received and docketed. To the extent that they are not inconsistent with this section, the provisions of § 821.37(a) shall also apply. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Conduct of hearing.</I> The provisions of §§ 821.38, 821.39 and 821.40, concerning the taking of evidence, argument and submissions by the parties, and the composition of the hearing record, shall apply to proceedings governed by this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Initial decision and effect of initial decision or appealable order.</I> The law judge's initial decision shall be made orally on the record at the termination of the hearing. The provisions of § 821.42, concerning the content of the initial decision, the furnishing of copies of the initial decision to the parties and the issuance date of the initial decision, and the provisions of § 821.43, concerning the effect of the law judge's initial decision or appealable order and any appeal therefrom, shall apply to proceedings governed by this subpart. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.57" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.9.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.57   Procedure on appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time within which to file notice of appeal.</I> A party may appeal from a law judge's initial decision or appealable order by filing with the Board, and simultaneously serving on the other parties, a notice of appeal, within 2 days after the date on which the initial decision was orally rendered or the appealable order was served. The time limitations for the filing of documents respecting appeals governed by this subpart will not be extended by reason of the unavailability of the hearing transcript. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Briefs and oral argument.</I> Each appeal in proceedings governed by this subpart must be perfected, within 5 days after the date on which the notice of appeal was filed, by the filing, and simultaneous service on the other parties, of a brief in support of the appeal. Any other party to the proceeding may file a brief in reply to the appeal brief within 7 days after the date on which the appeal brief was served on that party. A copy of the reply brief shall simultaneously be served on the appealing party and any other parties to the proceeding. Aside from the time limits specifically mandated by this paragraph, the provisions of §§ 821.7(a)(3) and 821.48 shall apply.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Issues on appeal.</I> The provisions of § 821.49(a) and (b) shall apply in proceedings governed by this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Petition for rehearing, reargument, reconsideration or modification of order.</I> The only petitions for rehearing, reargument, reconsideration or modification of an order which the Board will entertain in proceedings governed by this subpart are those based on the ground that new matter has been discovered. Such petitions must: 
</P>
<P>(1) Set forth the new matter; 
</P>
<P>(2) Contain affidavits of prospective witnesses, authenticated documents, or both, or an explanation of why such substantiation is unavailable; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Contain a statement explaining why such new matter could not have been discovered in the exercise of due diligence prior to the date on which the evidentiary record closed. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 22625, Apr. 29, 2003, as amended at 77 FR 63253, Oct. 16, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="J" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.10" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart J—Ex Parte Communications</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 4, Pub. L. 94-409, 5 U.S.C. 556(d) and 557; 49 U.S.C. 1101-1155, 44701-44723, 46301. 


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 821.60" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.10.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.60   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Board decisional employee</I> means a Board Member, law judge or other employee who is, or who may reasonably be expected to be, involved in the decisional process of the proceeding; 
</P>
<P><I>Ex parte communication</I> means an oral or written communication not on the public record with respect to which reasonable prior notice to all parties is not given, but does not include requests for status reports on any matter or proceeding covered by this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.61" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.10.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.61   Prohibited ex parte communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The prohibitions of this section shall apply from the time a petition for review or an appeal is filed unless the person responsible for the communication has knowledge that a petition for review or an appeal will be filed, in which case the prohibitions shall apply at the time of the acquisition of such knowledge. Such prohibitions shall continue until the time of the Board's final disposition of the petition, appeal and any ancillary matters, such as the adjudication of a claim for fees and expenses under the Equal Access to Justice Act. 
</P>
<P>(b) Except to the extent required for the disposition of ex parte matters as authorized by law: 
</P>
<P>(1) No interested person outside the Board shall make or knowingly cause to be made to any Board decisional employee an ex parte communication relevant to the merits of the proceeding; 
</P>
<P>(2) No Board decisional employee shall make or knowingly cause to be made to any interested person outside the Board an ex parte communication relevant to the merits of the proceeding. Ex parte communications solely relating to matters of Board procedure or practice are not prohibited by this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.62" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.10.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.62   Procedures for handling ex parte communications.</HEAD>
<P>A Board decisional employee who receives, makes or knowingly causes to be made a communication prohibited by § 821.61 shall place in the public record of the proceeding: 
</P>
<P>(a) All such written communications; 
</P>
<P>(b) Memoranda stating the substance of all such oral communications; and 
</P>
<P>(c) All written responses, and memoranda stating the substance of all oral responses, to the communications described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.63" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.10.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.63   Requirement to show cause and imposition of sanction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon receipt of a communication made or knowingly caused to be made by a party in violation of § 821.61, the presiding law judge (or the chief law judge, if the proceeding has not been assigned to a law judge) or the Board may, to the extent consistent with the interests of justice and the policy of the underlying statutes it administers, require the party to show cause why its claim or interest in the proceeding should not be dismissed, denied, disregarded or otherwise adversely affected on account of such violation. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Board may, to the extent consistent with the interest of justice and the policy of the underlying statutes it administers, consider a violation of § 821.61 sufficient grounds for a decision adverse to a party who has knowingly committed or knowingly caused such a violation to occur. Alternatively, the Board may impose a sanction on the party's attorney or representative, including suspending or barring the attorney or representative from practicing before it, where such action would be appropriate and penalizing the party represented would not be in the interest of justice. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="K" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.11" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart K—Judicial Review of Board Orders</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 821.64" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.9.11.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 821.64   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Judicial review of a final order of the Board may be sought as provided in 49 U.S.C. 1153 and 46110 by the filing of a petition for review with the appropriate United States Court of Appeals or United States District Court, pursuant to the provisions of Pub. L. 112-53, 126 Stat. 1159 (August 3, 2012), 49 U.S.C. 44703 note. Such petition is due within 60 days of the date of entry (<I>i.e.,</I> service date) of the Board's order. Under the applicable statutes, any party may appeal the Board's decision. The Board is not a party in interest in such appellate proceedings and, accordingly, does not typically participate in the judicial review of its decisions. In matters appealed by the Administrator, the other parties should anticipate the need to make their own defense.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Stay pending judicial review.</I> No request for a stay pending judicial review will be entertained unless it is served on the Board within 15 days after the date of service of the Board's order. The non-moving party may, within 5 days after the date of service of such a motion, file a reply thereto.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 22625, Apr. 29, 2003, as amended at 77 FR 63245, Oct. 16, 2012; 77 FR 63253, Oct. 16, 2012; 78 FR 57534, Sept. 19, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="825" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 825—RULES OF PROCEDURE FOR MERCHANT MARINE APPEALS FROM DECISIONS OF THE COMMANDANT, U.S. COAST GUARD
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 304(a)(9)(B), Independent Safety Board Act of 1974, Pub. L. 93-633, 88 Stat. 2169 (49 U.S.C. 1903(a)(9)(B)).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>40 FR 30248, July 17, 1975, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 825.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.10.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 825.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part govern all proceedings before the National Transportation Safety Board (Board) on appeals taken from decisions, on or after April 1, 1975, of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, sustaining orders of an administrative law judge, revoking, suspending, or denying a license, certificate, document, or register in proceedings under:
</P>
<P>(a) R.S. 4450, as amended (46 U.S.C. 239);
</P>
<P>(b) Act of July 15, 1954 (46 U.S.C. 239a-b); or
</P>
<P>(c) Section 4, Great Lakes Pilotage Act (46 U.S.C. 216(b)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 825.5" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.10.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 825.5   Notice of appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party may appeal from the Commandant's decision sustaining an order of revocation, suspension, or denial of a license, certificate, document, or register in proceedings described in § 825.1, by filing a notice of appeal with the Board within 10 days after service of the Commandant's decision upon the party or his designated attorney. Upon good cause shown, the time for filing may be extended.
</P>
<P>(b) Notice of appeal shall be addressed to the Docket Clerk, National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC 20594. At the same time, a copy shall be served on the Commandant (GL), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(c) The notice of appeal shall state the name of the party, the number of the Commandant's decision, and, in brief, the grounds for the appeal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 825.10" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.10.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 825.10   Referral of record.</HEAD>
<P>Upon receipt of a notice of appeal, the Commandant shall immediately transmit to the Board the complete record of the hearing upon which his decision was based. This includes the charges, the transcript of testimony, and hearing proceedings (including exhibits), briefs filed by the party, the decision of the administrative law judge, and the Commandant's decision on appeal. It does not include intra-agency staff memoranda provided as advice to the Commandant to aid in his decision.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 825.15" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.10.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 825.15   Issues on appeal.</HEAD>
<P>The only issues that may be considered on appeal are:
</P>
<P>(a) A finding of a material fact is erroneous;
</P>
<P>(b) A necessary legal conclusion is without governing precedent or is a departure from or contrary to law or precedent;
</P>
<P>(c) A substantial and important question of law, policy, or discretion is involved; or
</P>
<P>(d) A prejudicial procedural error has occurred.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 825.20" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.10.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 825.20   Briefs in support of appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 20 days after the filing of a notice of appeal, the appellant must file, in the same manner as prescribed for the notice in § 825.5, a brief in support of the appeal.
</P>
<P>(b) This document shall set forth:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the appellant;
</P>
<P>(2) The number and a description of the license, certificate, document, or register involved;
</P>
<P>(3) A summary of the charges affirmed by the Commandant as proved;
</P>
<P>(4) Fact findings by the Commandant disputed by the appellant;
</P>
<P>(5) Specific statements of errors of laws asserted;
</P>
<P>(6) Specific statements of any abuse of discretion asserted; and
</P>
<P>(7) The relief requested.
</P>
<P>(c) Objection based upon evidence of record need not be considered unless the appeal contains specific record citation to the pertinent evidence.
</P>
<P>(d) When a brief has been filed by appellant under this section, the Coast Guard may, within 15 days of service of the brief on the Commandant, submit to the Board a reply brief.
</P>
<P>(e) If a party who has filed a notice of appeal does not perfect the appeal by the timely filing of an appeal brief, the Board may dismiss the appeal on its own initiative or on motion of the Coast Guard.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 825.25" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.10.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 825.25   Oral argument.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If any party desires to argue a case orally before the Board, he should request leave to make such argument in his brief filed pursuant to § 825.20.
</P>
<P>(b) Oral argument before the Board will normally not be granted unless the Board finds good cause for such argument. If granted, the parties will be advised of the date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 825.30" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.10.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 825.30   Action by the Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) On review by the Board, if no reversible error is found in the Commandant's decision on appeal, that decision will be affirmed.
</P>
<P>(b) On review by the Board, if reversible error is found in the Commandant's decision on appeal, the Board may:
</P>
<P>(1) Set aside the entire decision and dismiss the charges if it finds the error incurable; or
</P>
<P>(2) Set aside the order, or conclusions, or findings of the Commandant and remand the case to him for further consideration if it finds the error curable.
</P>
<P>(c) When a matter has been remanded to the Commandant under paragraph (b) of this section, the Commandant may act in accordance with the terms of the order of remand, or he may, as appropriate, further remand the matter to the administrative law judge of the Coast Guard who heard the case, or to another administrative law judge of the Coast Guard, with appropriate directions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 825.35" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.10.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 825.35   Action after remand.</HEAD>
<P>When a case has been remanded under § 825.30, a party shall retain all rights of review under 46 CFR part 5 and this part, as applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 825.40" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.10.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 825.40   Ex parte communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As used in this section:
</P>
<P><I>Board decisional employee</I> means a Board Member or employee who is or who may reasonably be expected to be involved in the decisional process of the proceeding;
</P>
<P><I>Ex parte communication</I> means an oral or written communication not on the public record with respect to which reasonable prior notice to all parties is not given, but it shall not include requests for status reports on any matter or proceeding covered by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The prohibition of paragraph (c) of this section shall apply from the time a proceeding is noticed for hearing unless the person responsible for the communication has knowledge that it will be noticed, in which case the prohibition shall apply at the time of the acquisition of such knowledge.
</P>
<P>(c) Except to the extent required for the disposition of ex parte matters as authorized by law:
</P>
<P>(1) No interested person outside the Board shall make or knowingly cause to be made to any Board employee an ex parte communication relevant to the merits of the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) No Board employee shall make or knowingly cause to be made to any interested person outside the Board an ex parte communication relevant to the merits of the proceeding.
</P>
<FP><I>Ex parte</I> communications regarding solely matters of Board procedure or practice are not prohibited by this paragraph.
</FP>
<P>(d) A Board employee who receives or who makes or knowingly causes to be made a communication prohibited by paragraph (c) of this section, shall place on the public record of the proceeding:
</P>
<P>(1) All such written communications;
</P>
<P>(2) Memoranda stating the substance of all such oral communication; and
</P>
<P>(3) All written responses, and memoranda stating the substance of all oral responses, to materials described in paragraphs (d) (1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) Upon receipt of a communication knowingly made or caused to be made in violation of paragraph (c) of this section, the Board may, to the extent consistent with the interests of justice and the policy of the underlying statutes, require the party to show cause why his or her interest in the proceeding should not be dismissed, denied, disregarded, or otherwise adversely affected on account of such violation.
</P>
<P>(f) The Board may, to the extent consistent with the interests of justice and the policy of the underlying statutes administered by the Board, consider a violation of this section sufficient grounds for a decision adverse to a party who has knowingly committed such violation or knowingly caused such violation to occur.
</P>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: Sec. 4, Government in the Sunshine Act, Pub. L. 94-409, amending 5 U.S.C. 556 (d) and 5 U.S.C. 557; Independent Safety Board Act of 1974, Pub. L. 93-633, 88 Stat. 2166 (49 U.S.C. 1901 <I>et seq.</I>))
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 21614, Apr. 28, 1977]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="826" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 826—RULES IMPLEMENTING THE EQUAL ACCESS TO JUSTICE ACT OF 1980
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Section 203(a)(1) Pub. L. 99-80, 99 Stat. 186 (5 U.S.C. 504).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>46 FR 48209, Oct. 1, 1981, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.1   Purpose of these rules.</HEAD>
<P>The Equal Access to Justice Act, 5 U.S.C. 504 (the Act), provides for the award of attorney fees and other expenses to eligible individuals and entities who are parties to certain administrative proceedings (adversary adjudications) before the National Transportation Safety Board. An eligible party may receive an award when it prevails over the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), unless the FAA's position in the proceeding was substantially justified or special circumstances make an award unjust. The rules in this part describe the parties eligible for awards and the proceedings that are covered. They also explain how to apply for awards, and the procedures and standards this Board will use to make them. As used hereinafter, the term “Administrator” refers to the Administrator of the FAA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 63253, Oct. 16, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.2" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.2   When the Act applies.</HEAD>
<P>The Act applies to any adversary adjudication identified in § 826.3 as covered under the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 30531, June 14, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.3" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.3   Proceedings covered.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Act applies to certain adversary adjudications conducted by the Board. These are adjudications under 5 U.S.C. 554 in which the position of the FAA is presented by an attorney or other representative who enters an appearance and participates in the proceedings. Proceedings to grant or renew certificates or documents, hereafter referred to as “licenses,” are excluded, but proceedings to modify, suspend, or revoke licenses or to impose a civil penalty on a flight engineer, mechanic, pilot, or repairman (or person acting in that capacity) are covered if they are otherwise “adversary adjudications.” For the Board, the type of proceeding covered includes (but may not be limited to) aviation enforcement cases appealed to the Board under sections 501, 609, 611 and 901 of the Federal Aviation Act (49 U.S.C. 44101 <I>et seq.,</I> 44720-44711, 44715, 46301).
</P>
<P>(b) The Board may also designate a proceeding not listed in paragraph (a) as an adversary adjudication for purposes of the Act by so stating in an order initiating the proceeding or designating the matter for hearing. The Board's failure to designate a proceeding as an adversary adjudication shall not preclude the filing of an application by a party who believes the proceeding is covered by the Act; whether the procedure is covered will then be an issue for resolution in proceedings on the application.
</P>
<P>(c) If a proceeding includes both matters covered by the Act and matters specifically excluded from coverage, any award made will include only fees and expenses related to covered issues.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 48209, Oct. 1, 1981, as amended at 59 FR 59054, Nov. 15, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.4" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.4   Eligibility of applicants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be eligible for an award of attorney fees and other expenses under the Act, the applicant must be a party to the adversary adjudication for which it seeks an award. The term “party” is defined in 5 U.S.C. 551(3). The applicant must show that it meets all conditions of eligibility set out in this subpart and in subpart B.
</P>
<P>(b) The types of eligible applicants are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) An individual with a net worth of not more than $2 million;
</P>
<P>(2) The sole owner of an unincorporated business who has a net worth of not more than $7 million, including both personal and business interests, and not more than 500 employees;
</P>
<P>(3) A charitable or other tax-exempt organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)) with not more than 500 employees;
</P>
<P>(4) A cooperative association as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 1141j(a)) with not more than 500 employees; and
</P>
<P>(5) Any other partnership, corporation, association, or public or private organization with a net worth of not more than $7 million and not more than 500 employees.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of eligibility, the net worth and number of employees of an applicant shall be determined as of the date the proceeding was initiated.
</P>
<P>(d) An applicant who owns an unincorporated business will be considered an “individual” rather than a “sole owner of an unincorporated business” if the issues on which the applicant prevails are related primarily to personal interests rather than to business interests.
</P>
<P>(e) The employees of an applicant include all persons who regularly perform services for remuneration for the applicant, under the applicant's direction and control. Part-time employees shall be included on a proportional basis.
</P>
<P>(f) The net worth and number of employees of the applicant and all of its affiliates shall be aggregated to determine eligibility. Any individual, corporation, or other entity that directly or indirectly controls or owns a majority of the voting shares or other interest of the applicant, or any corporation or other entity of which the applicant directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting shares or other interest, will be considered an affiliate for purposes of this part, unless the administrative law judge determines that such treatment would be unjust and contrary to the purposes of the Act in light of the actual relationship between the affiliated entities. In addition, the administrative law judge may determine that financial relationships of the applicant other than those described in this paragraph constitute special circumstances that would make an award unjust.
</P>
<P>(g) An applicant that participates in a proceeding primarily on behalf of one or more other persons or entities that would be ineligible is not itself eligible for an award.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 48209, Oct. 1, 1981, as amended at 54 FR 10332, Mar. 13, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.5" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.5   Standards for awards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A prevailing applicant may receive an award for fees and expenses incurred in connection with a proceeding, or in a significant and discrete substantive portion of the proceeding, unless the position of the agency over which the applicant has prevailed was substantially justified. The burden of proof that an award should not be made to an eligible prevailing applicant is on the agency counsel, who may avoid an award by showing that the agency's position was reasonable in law and fact.
</P>
<P>(b) An award will be reduced or denied if the applicant has unduly or unreasonably protracted the proceeding or if special circumstances make the award sought unjust.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.6" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.6   Allowable fees and expenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Awards will be based on rates customarily charged by persons engaged in the business of acting as attorneys, agents, and expert witnesses, even if the services were made available without charge or at a reduced rate to the applicant.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) No award for the fee of an attorney or agent under these rules may exceed $75 indexed as follows:
</P>
<MATH BORDER="NODRAW" DEEP="26" HTYPE="CENTER" POSITION="NOFLOAT" ROTATION="P" SPAN="1" STRIP="YES">
<img src="/graphics/er14jn94.001.gif"/></MATH>
<FP>The CPI to be used is the annual average CPI, All Urban Consumers, U.S. City Average, All Items, except where a local, All Item index is available. Where a local index is available, but results in a manifest inequity vis-a-vis the U.S. City Average, the U.S. City Average may be used. The numerator of that equation is the yearly average for the year(s) the services were provided, with each year calculated separately. If an annual average CPI for a particular year is not yet available, the prior year's annual average CPI shall be used. This formula increases the $75 statutory cap by indexing it to reflect cost of living increases, as authorized in 5 U.S.C. 504(b)(1)(A)(ii). Application of these increased rate caps requires affirmative findings under § 821.6(c) of this chapter. For ease of application, available U.S. City figures are reproduced as follows:
</FP>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1981</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">90.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1982</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">96.5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1983</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">99.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1984</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103.9
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1985</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">107.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1986</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1987</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113.6
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1988</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">118.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1989</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">124.0
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1990</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130.7
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1991</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">136.2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1992</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">140.3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1993</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">144.5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(2) No award to compensate an expert witness may exceed the highest rate at which the agency pays expert witnesses. However, an award may also include the reasonable expenses of the attorney, agent, or witness as a separate item, if the attorney, agent, or witness ordinarily charges clients separately for such expenses.
</P>
<P>(c) In determining the reasonableness of the fee sought for an attorney, agent, or expert witness, the administrative law judge shall consider the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If the attorney, agent, or witness is in private practice, his or her customary fee for similar services, or if an employee of the applicant, the fully allocated cost of the services;
</P>
<P>(2) The prevailing rate for similar services in the community in which the attorney, agent, or witness ordinarily performs services;
</P>
<P>(3) The time actually spent in the representation of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(4) The time reasonably spent in light of the difficulty or complexity of the issues in the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(5) Such other factors as may bear on the value of the services provided.
</P>
<P>(d) The reasonable cost of any study, analysis, engineering report, test, project, or similar matter prepared on behalf of a party may be awarded, to the extent that the charge for the service does not exceed the prevailing rate for similar services, and the study or other matter was necessary for preparation of the applicant's case.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 48209, Oct. 1, 1981, as amended at 58 FR 21544, Apr. 22, 1993; 59 FR 30531, June 14, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.7" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.7   Rulemaking on maximum rates for attorney fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to increases based on cost of living (<I>see</I> § 826.6), attorney fees in some or all of the proceedings covered by this part may also be increased beyond the statutory cap of $75 if warranted by special factors (such as limited availability of attorneys qualified to handle certain types of proceedings). The Board will conduct any rulemaking proceedings for this purpose under the informal rulemaking procedures of the Administrative Procedure Act.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person may file with the Board a petition for rulemaking to increase the maximum rate for attorney fees by demonstrating that a special factor(s) justifies a higher fee. The petition shall identify the rate the petitioner believes the Board should establish and the proceeding(s) or types of proceedings in which the rate should be used. It should also explain fully the reasons why the higher rate is warranted. The Board will respond to the petition within 60 days after it is filed, by initiating a rulemaking proceeding, denying the petition, or taking other appropriate action.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 21545, Apr. 22, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.8" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.8   Awards against the Federal Aviation Administration.</HEAD>
<P>When an applicant is entitled to an award because it prevails over an agency of the United States that participates in a proceeding before the Board and takes a position that is not substantially justified, the award shall be made against that agency.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Information Required From Applicants</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.21" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.21   Contents of application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for an award of fees and expenses under the Act shall identify the applicant and the proceeding for which an award is sought. The application shall show that the applicant has prevailed and identify the position of the agency in the proceeding that the applicant alleges was not substantially justified. Unless the applicant is an individual, the application shall also state the number of employees of the applicant and describe briefly the type and purpose of its organization or business.
</P>
<P>(b) The application shall also include a statement that the applicant's net worth does not exceed $2 million (if an individual) or $7 million (for all other applicants, including their affiliates). However, an applicant may omit this statement if:
</P>
<P>(1) It attaches a copy of a ruling by the Internal Revenue Service that it qualifies as an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)), or in the case of a tax-exempt organization not required to obtain a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service on its exempt status, a statement that describes the basis for the applicant's belief that it qualifies under such section; or
</P>
<P>(2) It states that it is a cooperative association as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 1141j(a)).
</P>
<P>(c) The application shall state the amount of fees and expenses for which an award is sought.
</P>
<P>(d) The application may also include any other matters that the applicant wishes this agency to consider in determining whether and in what amount an award should be made.
</P>
<P>(e) The application shall be signed by the applicant or an authorized officer or attorney for the applicant. It shall also contain or be accompanied by a written verification under oath or under penalty of perjury that the information provided in the application is true and correct.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 48209, Oct. 1, 1981, as amended at 59 FR 30532, June 14, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.22" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.22   Net worth exhibit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each applicant except a qualified tax-exempt organization or cooperative association must provide with its application a detailed exhibit showing the net worth of the applicant and any affiliates (as defined in § 826.4(f) of this part) when the proceeding was initiated. The exhibit may be in any form convenient to the applicant that provides full disclosure of the applicant's and its affiliates' assets and liabilities and is sufficient to determine whether the applicant qualifies under the standards in this part. The administrative law judge may require an applicant to file additional information to determine the eligibility for an award.
</P>
<P>(b) Ordinarily, the net worth exhibit will be included in the public record of the proceeding. However, an applicant that objects to public disclosure of information in any portion of the exhibit and believes there are legal grounds for withholding it from disclosure may submit that portion of the exhibit directly to the administrative law judge in a sealed envelope labeled “Confidential Financial Information,” accompanied by a motion to withhold the information from public disclosure. The motion shall describe the information sought to be withheld and explain, in detail, why it falls within one or more of the specific exemptions from mandatory disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552(b) (1) through (9), why public disclosure of the information would adversely affect the applicant, and why disclosure is not required in the public interest. The material in question shall be served on counsel representing the agency against which the applicant seeks an award, but need not be served on any other party to the proceeding. If the administrative law judge finds that the information should not be withheld from disclosure, it shall be placed in the public record of the proceeding. Otherwise, any request to inspect or copy the exhibit shall be disposed of in accordance with the Board's established procedures under the Freedom of Information Act as inplemented by Part 801 of the Board's rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.23" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.23   Documentation of fees and expenses.</HEAD>
<P>The application shall be accompanied by full documentation of the fees and expenses, including the cost of any study, analysis, engineering report, test, project or similar matter, for which an award is sought. A separate itemized statement shall be submitted for each professional firm or individual whose services are covered by the application, showing the hours spend in connection with the proceeding by each individual, a description of the specific services performed, the rate at which each fee has been computed, any expenses for which reimbursement is sought, the total amount claimed, and the total amount paid or payable by the applicant or by any other person or entity for the services provided. The administrative law judge may require the applicant to provide vouchers, receipts, or other substantiation for any expenses claimed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.24" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.24   When an application may be filed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application may be filed whenever the applicant has prevailed in the proceeding, but in no case no later than the 30 days after the Board's final disposition of the proceeding. This 30-day deadline is statutory and the Board has no authority to extend it.
</P>
<P>(b) If review or reconsideration is sought or taken of a decision to which an applicant believes it has prevailed, proceedings for the award of fees shall be stayed pending final disposition of the underlying controversy.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this rule, final disposition means the later of (1) the date on which an unappealed initial decision by an administrative law judge becomes administratively final; (2) issuance of an order disposing of any petitions for reconsideration of the Board's final order in the proceeding; (3) if no petition for reconsideration is filed, the last date on which such a petition could have been filed; or (4) issuance of a final order or any other final resolution of a proceeding, such as a settlement or voluntary dismissal, which is not subject to a petition for reconsideration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 48209, Oct. 1, 1981, as amended at 59 FR 30532, June 14, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Procedures for Considering Applications</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.31" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.31   Filing and service of documents and general procedures.</HEAD>
<P>The rules contained in 49 CFR part 821 apply to proceedings under the Act, unless they are superseded by or are inconsistent with a provision of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[59 FR 30532, June 14, 1994]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.32" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.32   Answer to application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 30 days after service of an application, counsel representing the agency against which an award is sought may file an answer to the application. Unless agency counsel requests an extension of time for filing or files a statement of intent to negotiate under paragraph (b) of this section, failure to file an answer within the 30-day period may be treated as a consent to the award requested.
</P>
<P>(b) If agency counsel and the applicant believe that the issues in the fee application can be settled, they may jointly file a statement of their intent to negotiate a settlement. The filing of this statement shall extend the time for filing an answer for an additional 30 days, and further extensions may be granted by the administrative law judge upon request by agency counsel and the applicant.
</P>
<P>(c) The answer shall explain in detail any objections to the award requested and identify the facts relied on in support of agency counsel's position. If the answer is based on any alleged facts not already in the record of the proceeding, agency counsel shall include with the answer either supporting affidavits or a request for further proceedings under § 826.36.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.33" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.33   Reply.</HEAD>
<P>Within 15 days after service of an answer, the applicant may file a reply. If the reply is based on any alleged facts not already in the record of the proceeding, the applicant shall include with the reply either supporting affidavits or a request for further proceedings under § 826.36.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.34" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.34   Comments by other parties.</HEAD>
<P>Any party to a proceeding other than the applicant and agency counsel may file comments on an application within 30 days after it is served or on an answer within 15 days after it is served. A commenting party may not participate further in proceedings on the application unless the administrative law judge determines that the public interest requires such participation in order to permit full exploration of matters raised in the comments.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.35" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.35   Settlement.</HEAD>
<P>The applicant and agency counsel may agree on a proposed settlement of the award before final action on the application, either in connection with a settlement of the underlying proceeding, or after the underlying proceeding has been concluded. If a prevailing party and agency counsel agree on a proposed settlement of an award before an application has been filed, the application shall be filed with the proposed settlement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.36" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.36   Further proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Ordinarily the determination of an award will be made on the basis of the written record; however, on request of either the applicant or agency counsel, or on his or her own initiative, the administrative law judge assigned to the matter may order further proceedings, such as an informal conference, oral argument, additional written submissions, or an evidentiary hearing. Such further proceedings shall be held only when necessary for full and fair resolution of the issues arising from the application and shall be conducted as promptly as possible.
</P>
<P>(b) A request that the administrative law judge order further proceedings under this section shall specifically identify the information sought or the disputed issues and shall explain why the additional proceedings are necessary to resolve the issues.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.37" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.37   Decision.</HEAD>
<P>The administrative law judge shall issue an initial decision on the application within 60 days after completion of proceedings on the application. The decision shall include written findings and conclusions on the applicant's eligibility and status as a prevailing party and an explanation of the reasons for any difference between the amount requested and the amount awarded. The decision shall also include, if at issue, findings on whether the agency's position was substantially justified, whether the applicant unduly protracted the proceedings, or whether special circumstances make an award unjust.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.38" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.38   Board review.</HEAD>
<P>Either the applicant or agency counsel may seek review of the initial decision on the fee application, or the Board may decide to review the decision on its own initiative, in accordance with subpart H of part 821 for FAA safety enforcement matters appealed under section 609 of the Federal Aviation Act. If neither the applicant nor agency counsel seeks review and the Board does not take review on its own initiative, the initial decision on the application shall become a final decision of the Board 30 days after it is issued. Whether to review a decision is a matter within the discretion of the Board. If review is taken, the Board will issue a final decision on the application or remand the application to the administrative law judge who issued the initial fee award determination for further proceedings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.39" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.39   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>Judicial review of final Board decisions on awards may be sought as provided in 5 U.S.C. 504(c)(2).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 826.40" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.11.3.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 826.40   Payment of award.</HEAD>
<P>Within 5 days of the Board's service of a final decision granting an award of fees and expenses to an applicant, the Administrator shall transmit to the applicant instructions explaining how the applicant may obtain the award. These instructions may require, but are not limited to, the submission of the following information to the Administrator: a statement that the applicant will not seek review of the decision in the United States courts, bank routing numbers to which the Administrator may transmit payment, and the applicant's tax identification or Social Security number. The Administrator will pay the applicant the amount awarded within 60 days of receiving the necessary information from the applicant, unless judicial review of the award or of the underlying decision of the adversary adjudication has been sought by the applicant or any other party to the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 63253, Oct. 16, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="830" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 830—NOTIFICATION AND REPORTING OF AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS OR INCIDENTS AND OVERDUE AIRCRAFT, AND PRESERVATION OF AIRCRAFT WRECKAGE, MAIL, CARGO, AND RECORDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1101-1155; Pub. L. 85-726, 72 Stat. 731 (codified as amended at 49 U.S.C. 40101).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>53 FR 36982, Sept. 23, 1988, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.12.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 830.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.12.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 830.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part contains rules pertaining to:
</P>
<P>(a) Initial notification and later reporting of aircraft incidents and accidents and certain other occurrences in the operation of aircraft, wherever they occur, when they involve civil aircraft of the United States; when they involve certain public aircraft, as specified in this part, wherever they occur; and when they involve foreign civil aircraft where the events occur in the United States, its territories, or its possessions.
</P>
<P>(b) Preservation of aircraft wreckage, mail, cargo, and records involving all civil and certain public aircraft accidents, as specified in this part, in the United States and its territories or possessions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[60 FR 40112, Aug. 7, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 830.2" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.12.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 830.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part the following words or phrases are defined as follows:
</P>
<P><I>Aircraft accident</I> means an occurrence associated with the operation of an aircraft which takes place between the time any person boards the aircraft with the intention of flight and all such persons have disembarked, and in which any person suffers death or serious injury, or in which the aircraft receives substantial damage. For purposes of this part, the definition of “aircraft accident” includes “unmanned aircraft accident,” as defined herein.
</P>
<P><I>Civil aircraft</I> means any aircraft other than a public aircraft.
</P>
<P><I>Fatal injury</I> means any injury which results in death within 30 days of the accident.
</P>
<P><I>Incident</I> means an occurrence other than an accident, associated with the operation of an aircraft, which affects or could affect the safety of operations.
</P>
<P><I>Operator</I> means any person who causes or authorizes the operation of an aircraft, such as the owner, lessee, or bailee of an aircraft.
</P>
<P><I>Public aircraft</I> means an aircraft used only for the United States Government, or an aircraft owned and operated (except for commercial purposes) or exclusively leased for at least 90 continuous days by a government other than the United States Government, including a State, the District of Columbia, a territory or possession of the United States, or a political subdivision of that government. “Public aircraft” does not include a government-owned aircraft transporting property for commercial purposes and does not include a government-owned aircraft transporting passengers other than: transporting (for other than commercial purposes) crewmembers or other persons aboard the aircraft whose presence is required to perform, or is associated with the performance of, a governmental function such as firefighting, search and rescue, law enforcement, aeronautical research, or biological or geological resource management; or transporting (for other than commercial purposes) persons aboard the aircraft if the aircraft is operated by the Armed Forces or an intelligence agency of the United States. Notwithstanding any limitation relating to use of the aircraft for commercial purposes, an aircraft shall be considered to be a public aircraft without regard to whether it is operated by a unit of government on behalf of another unit of government pursuant to a cost reimbursement agreement, if the unit of government on whose behalf the operation is conducted certifies to the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration that the operation was necessary to respond to a significant and imminent threat to life or property (including natural resources) and that no service by a private operator was reasonably available to meet the threat.
</P>
<P><I>Serious injury</I> means any injury which: (1) Requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days from the date of the injury was received; (2) results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or nose); (3) causes severe hemorrhages, nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; (4) involves any internal organ; or (5) involves second- or third-degree burns, or any burns affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface.
</P>
<P><I>Substantial damage</I> means damage or failure which adversely affects the structural strength, performance, or flight characteristics of the aircraft, and which would normally require major repair or replacement of the affected component. Engine failure or damage limited to an engine if only one engine fails or is damaged, bent fairings or cowling, dented skin, small punctured holes in the skin or fabric, ground damage to rotor or propeller blades, and damage to landing gear, wheels, tires, flaps, engine accessories, brakes, or wingtips are not considered “substantial damage” for the purpose of this part.




</P>
<P><I>Unmanned aircraft accident</I> means an occurrence associated with the operation of any public or civil unmanned aircraft system that takes place between the time that the system is activated with the purpose of flight and the time that the system is deactivated at the conclusion of its mission, in which:
</P>
<P>(1) Any person suffers death or serious injury; or
</P>
<P>(2) The aircraft holds an airworthiness certificate and sustains substantial damage.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 36982, Sept. 23, 1988, as amended at 60 FR 40112, Aug. 7, 1995; 75 FR 51955, Aug. 24, 2010; 87 FR 42104, July 14, 2022]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.12.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Initial Notification of Aircraft Accidents, Incidents, and Overdue Aircraft</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 830.5" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.12.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 830.5   Immediate notification.</HEAD>
<P>The operator of any civil aircraft, or any public aircraft not operated by the Armed Forces or an intelligence agency of the United States, or any foreign aircraft shall immediately, and by the most expeditious means available, notify the nearest National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) office,
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> when:
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> NTSB headquarters is located at 490 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Washington, DC 20594. Contact information for the NTSB's regional offices is available at <I>http://www.ntsb.gov.</I> To report an accident or incident, you may call the NTSB Response Operations Center, at 844-373-9922 or 202-314-6290.</P></FTNT>
<P>(a) An aircraft accident or any of the following listed serious incidents occur:
</P>
<P>(1) Flight control system malfunction or failure;
</P>
<P>(2) Inability of any required flight crewmember to perform normal flight duties as a result of injury or illness;
</P>
<P>(3) Failure of any internal turbine engine component that results in the escape of debris other than out the exhaust path;
</P>
<P>(4) In-flight fire;
</P>
<P>(5) Aircraft collision in flight;
</P>
<P>(6) Damage to property, other than the aircraft, estimated to exceed $25,000 for repair (including materials and labor) or fair market value in the event of total loss, whichever is less.
</P>
<P>(7) For large multiengine aircraft (more than 12,500 pounds maximum certificated takeoff weight):
</P>
<P>(i) In-flight failure of electrical systems which requires the sustained use of an emergency bus powered by a back-up source such as a battery, auxiliary power unit, or air-driven generator to retain flight control or essential instruments;
</P>
<P>(ii) In-flight failure of hydraulic systems that results in sustained reliance on the sole remaining hydraulic or mechanical system for movement of flight control surfaces;
</P>
<P>(iii) Sustained loss of the power or thrust produced by two or more engines; and
</P>
<P>(iv) An evacuation of an aircraft in which an emergency egress system is utilized.
</P>
<P>(8) Release of all or a portion of a propeller blade from an aircraft, excluding release caused solely by ground contact;
</P>
<P>(9) A complete loss of information, excluding flickering, from more than 50 percent of an aircraft's cockpit displays known as:
</P>
<P>(i) Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS) displays;
</P>
<P>(ii) Engine Indication and Crew Alerting System (EICAS) displays;
</P>
<P>(iii) Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitor (ECAM) displays; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Other displays of this type, which generally include a primary flight display (PFD), primary navigation display (PND), and other integrated displays;
</P>
<P>(10) Airborne Collision and Avoidance System (ACAS) resolution advisories issued when an aircraft is being operated on an instrument flight rules flight plan and compliance with the advisory is necessary to avert a substantial risk of collision between two or more aircraft.
</P>
<P>(11) Damage to helicopter tail or main rotor blades, including ground damage, that requires major repair or replacement of the blade(s);
</P>
<P>(12) Any event in which an operator, when operating an airplane as an air carrier at a public-use airport on land:
</P>
<P>(i) Lands or departs on a taxiway, incorrect runway, or other area not designed as a runway; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Experiences a runway incursion that requires the operator or the crew of another aircraft or vehicle to take immediate corrective action to avoid a collision.
</P>
<P>(b) An aircraft is overdue and is believed to have been involved in an accident.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 36982, Sept. 23, 1988, as amended at 60 FR 40113, Aug. 7, 1995; 75 FR 927, Jan. 7, 2010; 75 FR 35330, June 22, 2010; 80 FR 77587, Dec. 15, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 830.6" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.12.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 830.6   Information to be given in notification.</HEAD>
<P>The notification required in § 830.5 shall contain the following information, if available:
</P>
<P>(a) Type, nationality, and registration marks of the aircraft;
</P>
<P>(b) Name of owner, and operator of the aircraft;
</P>
<P>(c) Name of the pilot-in-command;
</P>
<P>(d) Date and time of the accident;
</P>
<P>(e) Last point of departure and point of intended landing of the aircraft;
</P>
<P>(f) Position of the aircraft with reference to some easily defined geographical point;
</P>
<P>(g) Number of persons aboard, number killed, and number seriously injured;
</P>
<P>(h) Nature of the accident, the weather and the extent of damage to the aircraft, so far as is known; and
</P>
<P>(i) A description of any explosives, radioactive materials, or other dangerous articles carried.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.12.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Preservation of Aircraft Wreckage, Mail, Cargo, and Records</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 830.10" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.12.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 830.10   Preservation of aircraft wreckage, mail, cargo, and records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The operator of an aircraft involved in an accident or incident for which notification must be given is responsible for preserving to the extent possible any aircraft wreckage, cargo, and mail aboard the aircraft, and all records, including all recording mediums of flight, maintenance, and voice recorders, pertaining to the operation and maintenance of the aircraft and to the airmen until the Board takes custody thereof or a release is granted pursuant to § 831.12(b) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Prior to the time the Board or its authorized representative takes custody of aircraft wreckage, mail, or cargo, such wreckage, mail, or cargo may not be disturbed or moved except to the extent necessary:
</P>
<P>(1) To remove persons injured or trapped;
</P>
<P>(2) To protect the wreckage from further damage; or
</P>
<P>(3) To protect the public from injury.
</P>
<P>(c) Where it is necessary to move aircraft wreckage, mail or cargo, sketches, descriptive notes, and photographs shall be made, if possible, of the original positions and condition of the wreckage and any significant impact marks.
</P>
<P>(d) The operator of an aircraft involved in an accident or incident shall retain all records, reports, internal documents, and memoranda dealing with the accident or incident, until authorized by the Board to the contrary.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.12.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Reporting of Aircraft Accidents, Incidents, and Overdue Aircraft</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 830.15" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.12.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 830.15   Reports and statements to be filed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reports.</I> The operator of a civil, public (as specified in § 830.5), or foreign aircraft shall file a report on Board Form 6120.
<FR>1/2</FR> (OMB No. 3147-0001) 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> within 10 days after an accident, or after 7 days if an overdue aircraft is still missing. A report on an incident for which immediate notification is required by § 830.5(a) shall be filed only as requested by an authorized representative of the Board.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> Forms are available from the Board field offices (see footnote 1), from Board headquarters in Washington, DC, and from the Federal Aviation Administration Flight Standards District Offices.</P></FTNT>
<P>(b) <I>Crewmember statement.</I> Each crewmember, if physically able at the time the report is submitted, shall attach a statement setting forth the facts, conditions, and circumstances relating to the accident or incident as they appear to him. If the crewmember is incapacitated, he shall submit the statement as soon as he is physically able.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Where to file the reports.</I> The operator of an aircraft shall file any report with the field office of the Board nearest the accident or incident.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 36982, Sept. 23, 1988, as amended at 60 FR 40113, Aug. 7, 1995]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="831" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 831—INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1113(f).
</PSPACE><P>Section 831.15 also issued under Pub. L. 101-410, 104 Stat. 890, amended by Pub. L. 114-74, sec. 701, 129 Stat. 584 (28 U.S.C. 2461 note).


</P></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>82 FR 29685, June 29, 2017, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.1   Applicability of this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in Subpart E of this part regarding marine casualties, and unless specified by the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB), the provisions of this subpart apply to all NTSB investigations conducted under its statutory authority.
</P>
<P>(b) Consistent with its statutory authority, the NTSB conducts investigations of transportation accidents that include, but are not limited to: accidents, collisions, crashes, derailments, explosions, incidents, mishaps, ruptures, or other similar accidents. Use of the term “accident” throughout this part includes all such occurrences.
</P>
<P>(c) Throughout this part, the term “IIC” means the NTSB investigator-in-charge.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.2" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.2   Responsibility of the NTSB.</HEAD>
<P>The NTSB is required to investigate—
</P>
<P>(a) Aviation accidents as described in subpart B of this part;
</P>
<P>(b) Highway accidents as described in subpart C of this part;
</P>
<P>(c) Railroad, pipeline, and hazardous materials accidents as described in subpart D of this part; and
</P>
<P>(d) Any accident that occurs in connection with the transportation of people or property that, in the judgment of the NTSB, is catastrophic, involves problems of a recurring nature or would otherwise carry out the intent of its authorizing statutes. This authority includes selected events involving the transportation of hazardous materials, including their release.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.3" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.3   Authority of Directors.</HEAD>
<P>Subject to the provisions of § 831.2 of this part and part 800 of this chapter, the Directors of the Office of Aviation Safety, Office of Highway Safety, or Office of Railroad, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Investigations, may order an investigation into any transportation accident.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.4" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.4   Nature of investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The NTSB conducts investigations, or has them conducted, to determine the facts, conditions, and circumstances relating to an accident. The NTSB uses these results to determine one or more probable causes of an accident, and to issue safety recommendations to prevent or mitigate the effects of a similar accident. The NTSB is required to report on the facts and circumstances of accidents it investigates. The NTSB begins an investigation by monitoring the situation and assessing available facts to determine the appropriate investigative response. Following an initial assessment, the NTSB notifies persons and organizations it anticipates will be affected as to the extent of its expected investigative response.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>NTSB products.</I> An investigation may result in a report or brief of the NTSB's conclusions or other products designed to improve transportation safety. Other products may include factual records, safety recommendations, and other safety information.
</P>
<P>(c) NTSB investigations are fact-finding proceedings with no adverse parties. The investigative proceedings are not subject to the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 551 <I>et seq.</I>), and are not conducted for the purpose of determining the rights, liabilities, or blame of any person or entity, as they are not adjudicatory proceedings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.5" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.5   Priority of NTSB investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Relationships with other agencies.</I> (1) Except as provided in 49 U.S.C. 1131(a)(2)(B) and (C) regarding suspected criminal actions, an investigation conducted under the authority of the NTSB has priority over any investigation conducted by another Federal agency.
</P>
<P>(2) The NTSB will provide for appropriate participation by other Federal agencies in any NTSB investigation. Such agencies may not participate in the NTSB's probable cause determination.
</P>
<P>(3) The NTSB has first right to access wreckage, information, and resources, and to interview witnesses the NTSB deems pertinent to its investigation.
</P>
<P>(4) As indicated in § 831.9(c) of this part, the NTSB has exclusive authority to decide when and how the testing and examination of evidence will occur.
</P>
<P>(5) The NTSB and other Federal agencies will exchange information obtained or developed about the accident in the course of their investigations in a timely manner. Nothing in this section prohibits the NTSB from sharing factual information with other agencies.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Incident command system.</I> The NTSB recognizes the role of incident command systems to address emergencies. The NTSB does not assume the role of a first responder agency.
</P>
<P>(i) The NTSB IIC or his designee will participate in the incident command system to identify and coordinate investigative needs related to the preservation and collection of information and evidence.
</P>
<P>(ii) The NTSB may collect information and evidence from the incident command in a timely and reasonable manner so as not to interfere with its operations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Investigations by other Federal agencies.</I> (1) Nothing in this section limits the authority of any Federal agency to conduct an investigation of an accident or incident under applicable provisions of law or to obtain information directly from parties involved in, and witnesses to, a transportation accident. Other agencies are expected to coordinate with the NTSB IIC to avoid interference with, and duplication of, the NTSB's investigative efforts. These agencies will not participate in the NTSB's probable cause determination.
</P>
<P>(2) The NTSB recognizes that state and local agencies may conduct activities related to an accident under investigation by the NTSB. These agencies will not participate in the NTSB's probable cause determination.
</P>
<P>(3) Except as described in § 831.30 of this part regarding highway investigations, the NTSB may request that a Federal agency provide to the NTSB the results of that agency's investigation of an accident when such investigation is intended to result in safety improvements or remedial action. The NTSB will not routinely request regulatory enforcement records or investigation results.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.6" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.6   Request to withhold information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to information the NTSB receives from any source that may be subject to the Trade Secrets Act (18 U.S.C. 1905) or the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA, 5 U.S.C. 552).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclosure.</I> The NTSB is authorized by 49 U.S.C. 1114(b) to disclose, under certain circumstances, confidential commercial information that would otherwise be subject to penalties for disclosure under the Trade Secrets Act, or excepted from disclosure under FOIA. The NTSB may exercise this authority when disclosure is necessary to support a key finding, a safety recommendation, or the NTSB's statement of probable cause of an accident.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disclosure procedures.</I> Information submitted to the NTSB that the submitter believes qualifies as a trade secret or as confidential commercial information subject either to the Trade Secrets Act or Exemption 4 of FOIA must be so identified by the submitter on each page that contains such information. In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 1114(b), the NTSB will provide the submitter of identified information (or information the NTSB has reason to believe qualifies as subject to the Trade Secrets Act or Exemption 4 of FOIA) the opportunity to comment on any disclosure contemplated by the NTSB. In all instances in which the NTSB decides to disclose such information pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 1114(b) or 5 U.S.C. 552, the NTSB will provide at least 10 days' advance notice to the submitter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Voluntarily provided safety information.</I> (1) The NTSB will not disclose safety-related information voluntarily submitted to the NTSB if the information is not related to the exercise of the NTSB's investigation authority, and if the NTSB finds disclosure of the information might inhibit the voluntary provision of that type of information.
</P>
<P>(2) The NTSB will review voluntarily provided safety information for confidential content, and will de-identify or anonymize any confidential content referenced in its products.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Other.</I> Any person may make written objection to the public disclosure of any other information, such as interview summaries or transcripts, contained in any report or document filed, or otherwise obtained by the NTSB, stating the grounds for such objection. The NTSB on its own initiative or if such objection is made, may order such information withheld from public disclosure, when, in its judgment, the information may be withheld under the provisions of an exemption to the FOIA (see part 801 of this chapter), and its release is found not to be in the public interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.7" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.7   Representation during an interview.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person interviewed in any manner by the NTSB has the right to be accompanied during the interview by no more than one representative of the witness's choosing. The representative—
</P>
<P>(1) May be an attorney;
</P>
<P>(2) May provide support and counsel to the witness;
</P>
<P>(3) May not supplement the witness's testimony; and
</P>
<P>(4) May not advocate for the interests of a witness's other affiliations (e.g., the witnesses employer).
</P>
<P>(b) An investigator conducting the interview may take any necessary action (including removal of the representative from the interview) to ensure a witness's representative acts in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section during the interview, and to prevent conduct that may be disruptive to the interview.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.8" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.8   Investigator-in-charge.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the subpoena and deposition authority delegated to investigative officers under this chapter, a person designated as IIC for an investigation is authorized to—
</P>
<P>(a) Organize, conduct, control, and manage the field phase of an investigation, even when a Board Member is present;
</P>
<P>(b) Coordinate all resources and supervise all persons (including persons not employed by the NTSB) involved in an on-site investigation; and
</P>
<P>(c) Continue his or her organizational and management responsibilities through all phases of the investigation, including consideration and adoption of a report or brief determining one or more probable causes of an accident.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.9" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.9   Authority during investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General authority of investigators.</I> To carry out the statutory responsibilities of the agency, an NTSB investigator may—
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct hearings;
</P>
<P>(2) Administer oaths;
</P>
<P>(3) Require, by subpoena or otherwise, the production of evidence and witnesses;
</P>
<P>(4) Enter any property where an accident subject to the NTSB's jurisdiction has occurred, or wreckage from any such accident is located, and take all actions necessary to conduct a complete investigation of the accident;
</P>
<P>(5) Inspect, photograph, or copy any records or information (including medical records pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section), and correspondence regardless of the date of their creation or modification, for the purpose of investigating an accident;
</P>
<P>(6) Take possession of wreckage, records or other information if it determines such possession is necessary for an investigation; and
</P>
<P>(7) Question any person having knowledge relevant to a transportation accident.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Subpoenas.</I> The NTSB may issue a subpoena, enforceable in Federal District Court, to obtain testimony or evidence related to an accident, including but not limited to personal electronic devices.
</P>
<P>(1) The NTSB's authority to issue subpoenas includes access to medical records and specimens.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), Public Law 104-191, and the regulations promulgated by the DHHS, 45 CFR 164.501 <I>et seq.,</I> the NTSB is a “public health authority” to which protected health information may be disclosed by a HIPAA “covered entity” without the prior written authorization of the subject of the records. In addition, the NTSB may issue a subpoena to gain access to such information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Examination of evidence.</I> In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 1134(d), the NTSB has exclusive authority to decide timing, manner and method of testing and examination of evidence, and extraction of data.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.10" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.10   Autopsies and postmortem testing.</HEAD>
<P>When a person dies as a result of having been involved in a transportation accident within the jurisdiction of the NTSB—
</P>
<P>(a) The NTSB is authorized to obtain, with or without reimbursement, a copy of a report of autopsy performed by a State or local authority on such person.
</P>
<P>(b) The NTSB may order an autopsy or other postmortem tests of any person as may be related to its investigation of a transportation accident. The IIC may direct that an autopsy or other test be performed if necessary for an investigation. Provisions of local law protecting religious beliefs with respect to autopsies shall be observed to the extent they are consistent with the needs of the investigation.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.11" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.11   Parties to the investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Participants.</I> (1) The IIC may designate one or more entities to serve as parties in an investigation. Party status is limited to those persons, Federal, state, or local government agencies and organizations whose employees, functions, activities, or products were involved in the accident and that can provide suitable qualified technical personnel to actively assist in an investigation. To the extent practicable, a representative proposed by party organizations to participate in the investigation may not be a person who had direct involvement in the accident under investigation.
</P>
<P>(2) Except for the FAA, no entity has a right to participate in an NTSB investigation as a party.
</P>
<P>(3) The participation of the Administrator of the FAA and other Federal entities in aviation accident investigations is addressed in § 831.21 of this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Participants in an investigation (e.g., party representatives, party coordinators, and/or the larger party organization) must follow all directions and instructions from NTSB representatives. Party status may be revoked or suspended if a party fails to comply with assigned duties and instructions, withholds information, or otherwise acts in a manner prejudicial or disruptive to an investigation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prohibitions on serving as party representatives.</I> (1) In accordance with § 845.6 of this chapter, no party representative may occupy a legal position or be a person who also represents claimants or insurers.
</P>
<P>(2) Failure to comply with these provisions may result in sanctions, including loss of party status.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disclosures.</I> (1) The name of a party and its representative may be disclosed in documents the NTSB places in the public docket for the investigation.
</P>
<P>(2) The NTSB may share information considered proprietary or confidential by one party with other parties during the course of an investigation, but will preserve the confidentiality of the information to the greatest extent possible.
</P>
<P>(3) Section 831.6(d) of this part describes how the NTSB will handle voluntarily submitted safety information, and the NTSB's determination whether to share any such information. The NTSB will de-identify the source of such information when deciding to share it.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Party agreement.</I> Except for representatives of other Federal agencies, all party representatives must sign the “Statement of Party Representatives to NTSB Investigation” (Statement) upon acceptance of party status. Failure to timely sign the statement may result in sanctions, including loss of party status. Representatives of other Federal agencies, while not required to sign the Statement, will be provided notice of and must comply with the responsibilities and limitations set forth in the agreement.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Internal review by a party.</I> (1) To assure coordination of concurrent efforts, a party to an investigation that conducts or authorizes a review of its own processes and procedures as a result of an accident the NTSB is investigating, by signing the party agreement, agrees to, in a timely manner—
</P>
<P>(i) Inform the IIC of the nature of the review; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide the IIC with the findings from the review.
</P>
<P>(2) If the findings from a review contain privileged information—,
</P>
<P>(i) The submitting party must inform the IIC that the review contains privileged information;
</P>
<P>(ii) The submitting party must identify the privileged content at the time of submission to the IIC; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The NTSB must, if informed that such information is being submitted, review the information for relevancy to the investigation, and determine whether public disclosure of the information is necessary for the investigation.
</P>
<P>(3) The NTSB may use the protections described in § 831.6 of this part, as applicable, to protect certain findings from public disclosure.
</P>
<P>(4) Investigations performed by other Federal agencies during an NTSB investigation are addressed in § 831.5 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.12" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.12   Access to and release of wreckage, records, mail, and cargo.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Only persons authorized by the NTSB IIC may be permitted access to wreckage, records, mail, or cargo.
</P>
<P>(b) Wreckage, records, mail, and cargo in the NTSB's custody will be released when the NTSB determines it has no further need for such items. Recipients of released wreckage must sign an acknowledgement of release provided by the NTSB.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.13" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.13   Provision and dissemination of investigative information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to:
</P>
<P>(1) Information related to the accident or incident;
</P>
<P>(2) Any information collected or compiled by the NTSB as part of its investigation, such as photographs, visual representations of factual data, physical evidence from the scene of the accident, interview statements, wreckage documentation, flight data and cockpit voice recorder information, and surveillance video; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any information regarding the status of an investigation, or activities conducted as part of the investigation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Provision of information.</I> All information described in paragraph (a) of this section and obtained by any person or organization participating in the investigation must be promptly provided to the NTSB, except where the NTSB authorizes the party to retain the information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Release of information.</I> Parties are prohibited from releasing information obtained during an investigation at any time prior to the NTSB's public release of information unless the release is consistent with the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) Information released at the scene of an accident—
</P>
<P>(i) Is limited to factual information concerning the accident and the investigation released in coordination with the IIC; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Will be made by the Board Member present at the scene as the official spokesperson for the NTSB. Additionally, the IIC or representatives from the NTSB's Office of Safety Recommendations and Communications may release information to media representatives, family members, and elected officials as deemed appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) The release of information described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section by the NTSB at the scene of an accident does not authorize any party to the investigation to comment publicly on the information during the course of the investigation. Any dissemination of factual information by a party may be made only as provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A party may disseminate information related to an investigation to those individuals within its organization who have a need to know for the purpose of addressing a safety issue including preventive or remedial actions. If such internal release of information results in a planned safety improvement, the party must inform the IIC of such planned improvement in a timely manner before it is implemented.
</P>
<P>(4) Any other release of factual information related to the investigation must be approved by the IIC prior to release, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Dissemination within a party organization, for a purpose not described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Documents that provide information concerning the investigation, such as written directives or informational updates for release to employees or customers of a party;
</P>
<P>(iii) Information related to the investigation released to an organization or person that is not a party to the investigation;
</P>
<P>(d) The release of recordings or transcripts from certain recorders may be made only in accordance with the statutory limitations of 49 U.S.C. 1114(c) and (d).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.14" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.14   Proposed findings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Any party to the investigation designated under § 831.11 may submit to the NTSB written proposed findings to be drawn from the evidence produced during the course of the investigation, a proposed probable cause, and/or proposed safety recommendation(s) designed to prevent future accidents.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timing of submissions.</I> The IIC will inform parties when submissions are due. All written submissions must be received by the IIC by the due date. If there is a Board meeting, the due date will be set prior to the date the matter is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.






</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.15" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.1.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.15   Civil penalties.</HEAD>
<P>The NTSB is required by the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990, Public Law 101-410, 104 Stat. 890, as amended by the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015, Public Law 114-74, sec. 701, 129 Stat. 584 (codified at 28 U.S.C. 2461 note) to adjust the maximum amount of each civil monetary penalty within its jurisdiction by the rate of inflation. Accordingly, for violations of 49 U.S.C. 1132, 1134(b), 1134(f)(1), or 1136(g), the NTSB may assess a civil penalty pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 1155(a) no greater than $2,111 against any person, except a member of the armed forces of the United States or an employee of the Department of Defense subject to the Uniform Code of Military Justice, when the member or employee is performing official duties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 47402, Oct. 12, 2017, as amended at 84 FR 45687, Aug. 30, 2019; 85 FR 2320, Jan. 15, 2020; 86 FR 1810, Jan. 11, 2020; 87 FR 2353, Jan. 14, 2022; 88 FR 2859, Jan. 18, 2023; 89 FR 1036, Jan. 9, 2024; 90 FR 4678, Jan. 16, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Aviation Investigations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.20" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.20   Authority of NTSB in aviation accident investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> The NTSB is authorized to investigate—
</P>
<P>(1) Each accident involving a civil aircraft in the United States, and any civil aircraft registered in the United States when an accident occurs in international waters;
</P>
<P>(2) Each accident involving a public aircraft as defined in 49 U.S.C. 40102(a)(41), except for aircraft operated by the U.S. Armed Forces or by an intelligence agency of the United States;
</P>
<P>(3) With the participation of appropriate military authorities, each accident involving a military aircraft and—
</P>
<P>(i) a civil aircraft; or
</P>
<P>(ii) certain public aircraft as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authority to examine or test.</I> Pursuant to § 831.9 of this part, a credentialed employee of the NTSB is authorized to examine or test any civil or certain public aircraft, aircraft engine, propeller, appliance, or property aboard such aircraft involved in an accident or incident subject to the NTSB's authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.21" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.21   Other Government agencies and NTSB aviation investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 1132(c) and 106(g)(1)(A), the NTSB will provide for the participation of the Administrator of the FAA in the investigation of an aircraft accident when participation is necessary to carry out the duties and powers of the FAA Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) Title 49 U.S.C. 1131(a)(2) provides for the appropriate participation by other departments, agencies, or instrumentalities of the United States Government in the investigation of an aircraft accident by the NTSB.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Rights and duties of other Federal agencies.</I> (1) The FAA and other Federal agencies named as parties to an aircraft accident investigation will be accorded the same rights and privileges, and are subject to the same limitations, as other parties. Participation in an investigation includes the duty to timely share with the NTSB any information that has been developed by the FAA or other Federal agency in the exercise of that agency's investigative authority.
</P>
<P>(2) In exercising its authority, the FAA or other Federal agency may obtain information directly from a party to an accident or incident under investigation by the NTSB.
</P>
<P>(3) Information obtained by another Federal agency must be timely shared with the NTSB.
</P>
<P>(4) Investigative activities by another Federal agency must be coordinated to ensure that they do not interfere with the NTSB's investigation.
</P>
<P>(5) Under no circumstances may an NTSB aviation accident investigation for which the FAA or any other Federal agency has conducted fact-finding be considered a joint investigation with shared responsibility. Decisions about what information to include in the public docket will be made by the NTSB.
</P>
<P>(6) Notwithstanding the rights and duties described in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this section, determining the probable cause of an accident is exclusively the right and duty of the NTSB.
</P>
<P>(d) An FAA employee designated to act by the NTSB IIC has the same authority as an NTSB investigator when conducting activities under this part. The investigation remains that of the NTSB.
</P>
<P>(e) Nothing in this section may be construed as inhibiting the FAA from proceeding with activities intended to fulfill a statutory requirement or objective, including the collection of data for safety management or enforcement purposes. Section 831.5 of this part also applies to the investigation of aviation accidents.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.22" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.22   International aviation investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Annex 13 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation, <I>Aircraft Accident and Incident Investigation</I> (Annex 13) contains standards and recommended practices for the notification, investigation, and reporting of certain accidents involving international civil aviation.
</P>
<P>(2) Annex 13 provides that the state of occurrence of an accident or incident is responsible for the investigation when the state is a signatory to the Convention.
</P>
<P>(b) The NTSB—
</P>
<P>(1) Is the U.S. agency that fulfills the obligations of the United States under Annex 13, in coordination with and consistent with the requirements of the United States Department of State.
</P>
<P>(2) Participates in the investigation as the accredited representative to an international investigation when the accident involves a civil aircraft—
</P>
<P>(i) of a U.S. operator;
</P>
<P>(ii) of U.S. registry;
</P>
<P>(iii) of U.S. manufacture; or
</P>
<P>(iv) when the U.S. is the state of design or manufacture of the aircraft or parts thereof.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Technical advisers.</I> Once designated the accredited representative in an international investigation, the NTSB may elect to receive assistance by appointing one or more advisers to serve under the NTSB's direction. Such technical advisers—
</P>
<P>(1) Work at the direction and under the supervision of the NTSB accredited representative.
</P>
<P>(2) Are subject to the provisions of § 831.13 of this part while working under the supervision of the NTSB accredited representative.
</P>
<P>(d) If an accident occurs in a foreign state that is not a signatory to the Convention, or if an accident or incident involves an aircraft that is not a civil aircraft, the NTSB will participate in the investigation in accordance with any agreement between the United States and the foreign state that addresses such occurrences.
</P>
<P>(e) The NTSB's disclosure of records of a foreign investigation is limited by statute (49 U.S.C 1114(f)) and by § 831.6 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Highway Investigations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.30" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.30   Authority of NTSB in highway investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> The NTSB is responsible for the investigation of selected highway accidents (e.g., collisions, crashes and explosions), including at railroad grade-crossing accidents. Such investigations will be conducted in cooperation with the designated authorities of the state or local jurisdiction in which the accident occurred.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authority to examine or test.</I> Pursuant to § 831.9 of this part, a credentialed employee of the NTSB is authorized to examine or test any item, including any vehicle, part of a vehicle, equipment, or contents of any vehicle or equipment involved in an accident subject to the NTSB's authority. Examination or testing will be conducted—
</P>
<P>(1) To the extent practicable, so as to not interfere with or obstruct the transportation services provided by the owner or operator of a vehicle or equipment; and
</P>
<P>(2) In a manner that preserves evidence relating to the transportation accident, in cooperation with the owner or operator of the vehicle or equipment, and consistent with the needs of the investigation.
</P>
<P>(c) Any Federal, state, or local agency that conducts an investigation of the same highway accident the NTSB is investigating shall provide the results of its investigation to the NTSB.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Railroad, Pipeline, and Hazardous Materials Investigations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.40" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.40   Authority of NTSB in railroad, pipeline, and hazardous materials investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> (1) <I>Railroads.</I> Consistent with its statutory authority, the NTSB is responsible for the investigation of railroad accidents, collisions, crashes, derailments, explosions, incidents, and releases in which there is a fatality, substantial property damage, or which involve a passenger train, as described in part 840 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Pipelines.</I> The NTSB is responsible for the investigation of pipeline accidents, explosions, incidents, and ruptures in which there is a fatality, significant injury to the environment, or substantial property damage. This excludes accidents involving pipelines only carrying water or sewage.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Hazardous Materials.</I> The NTSB is responsible for evaluating the adequacy of safeguards and procedures for the transportation of hazardous materials, and the performance of other entities of the Federal government responsible for the safe transportation of hazardous materials. Such evaluations may take place as part of the investigation of a transportation accident subject to the NTSB's authority and include applicable regulations in other subparts of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Authority to examine or test.</I> Pursuant to § 831.9 of this part, during an investigation, a credentialed employee of the NTSB is authorized to examine or test any rolling stock, track, or pipeline component, or any part of any such item (or contents therein) when such examination or testing is determined to be required for purposes of such investigation. Examination or testing will be conducted—
</P>
<P>(1) To the extent practicable, so as to not interfere with or obstruct the transportation services provided by the owner or operator of such rolling stock, track, signal, rail shop, property, or pipeline component; and
</P>
<P>(2) In a manner that preserves evidence relating to the transportation accident consistent with the needs of the investigation.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Marine Investigations</HEAD>

<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1113(f), 1116, 1131, 1134, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>82 FR 29694, June 29, 2017, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 831.50" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.50   Applicability of this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations in this subpart apply when the NTSB is leading a marine or major marine casualty investigation.
</P>
<P>(b) In a marine or major marine casualty investigation led by the United States Coast Guard (USCG), this subpart applies if:
</P>
<P>(1) Upon USCG's request for assistance, the NTSB is leading an associated investigative activity; or
</P>
<P>(2) Upon coordination with the USCG, the NTSB elects to collect, test or analyze additional evidence beyond the scope of the USCG's investigation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.51" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.51   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply throughout this subpart.
</P>
<P><I>IIC</I> means the NTSB investigator-in-charge.
</P>
<P><I>Investigative activity</I> means an activity performed by or under the direction of the NTSB during a casualty investigation led by the USCG.
</P>
<P><I>Major marine casualty</I> is defined in joint regulations of the NTSB and USCG at 49 CFR 850.5(e) and 46 CFR 4.40-5(d), respectively.
</P>
<P><I>Marine casualty</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) Any casualty, accident or event described in 46 CFR 4.03-1
</P>
<P>(2) An occurrence that results in an abandonment of a vessel
</P>
<P>(3) Other marine occurrences that the NTSB or USCG, or both, determine require investigation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.52" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.52   Responsibility of NTSB in marine investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The NTSB may conduct an investigation of a major marine casualty or a marine casualty of a vessel (including, but not limited to, allisions, abandonments, and accidents) alone or jointly with the USCG pursuant to the joint regulations in part 850 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this part may be construed to conflict with the regulations in part 850 of this chapter, which were prescribed jointly by the NTSB and USCG under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 1131(a)(1)(E).
</P>
<P>(c) In an investigation led by the USCG, the NTSB may perform separate activities in furtherance of its own analysis or at the request of the USCG. The NTSB and USCG will coordinate to ensure the agencies do not duplicate work or hinder the progress of the investigation.
</P>
<P>(d) Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 1131(a)(1)(F), the NTSB is responsible for the investigation of other accidents that may include marine and boating accidents not covered by part 850 of this chapter, and certain accidents involving transportation and/or release of hazardous materials.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.53" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.53   Authority of Director, Office of Marine Safety.</HEAD>
<P>The Director, Office of Marine Safety, subject to the provisions of § 831.52 of this part and part 800 of this chapter, may order an investigation into any major marine casualty or marine casualty.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.54" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.54   Nature of investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The NTSB conducts investigations, or has them conducted, to determine the facts, conditions, and circumstances relating to a major marine casualty or a marine casualty. The NTSB uses these results to determine one or more probable causes of a major marine casualty or a marine casualty, and to issue safety recommendations to prevent or mitigate the effects of a similar major marine casualty or a marine casualty. The NTSB is required to report on the facts and circumstances of major marine casualties or marine casualties it investigates. The NTSB begins an investigation by monitoring casualty situations and assessing available facts to determine the appropriate investigative response. Following an initial assessment, the NTSB notifies persons and organizations it anticipates will be affected as to the extent of its expected investigative response.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>NTSB products.</I> An investigation may result in a report or brief of the NTSB's conclusions and other products designed to improve transportation safety. Other products may include factual records, safety recommendations, and other safety information.
</P>
<P>(c) NTSB investigations are fact-finding proceedings with no adverse parties. The investigative proceedings are not subject to the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 551 <I>et seq.</I>), and are not conducted for the purpose of determining the rights, liabilities, or blame of any person or entity, as they are not adjudicatory proceedings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.55" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.55   Relationships with other agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Relationship with the USCG.</I> (1) The NTSB conducts marine casualty and major marine casualty investigations, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 1131(a)(1)(E) and (F), and part 850 of this chapter. The NTSB and USCG work together to collect evidence related to marine casualties and major marine causalities.
</P>
<P>(2) The NTSB and USCG coordinate to avoid duplicative efforts to the maximum extent practicable.
</P>
<P>(3) The NTSB independently analyzes the evidence and determines the probable cause of marine casualties and major marine causalities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Relationships with other Federal agencies.</I> (1) Except as provided in 49 U.S.C. 1131(a)(2)(B) and (C) regarding suspected criminal actions, an investigation conducted under the authority of the NTSB has priority over any investigation conducted by another Federal agency.
</P>
<P>(2) The NTSB will provide for appropriate participation by other Federal agencies in any NTSB investigation. Such agencies may not participate in the NTSB's probable cause determination.
</P>
<P>(3) The NTSB has first right to access wreckage, information, and resources, and to interview witnesses the NTSB deems pertinent to its investigation.
</P>
<P>(4) The NTSB and other Federal agencies will exchange information obtained or developed in the course of their investigations in a timely manner. Nothing in this section prohibits the NTSB from sharing factual information with other agencies.
</P>
<P>(c) As indicated in § 831.59(c) of this part, the NTSB has exclusive authority to determine when and how the testing and examination of evidence will occur.
</P>
<P>(d) The NTSB may take possession of records, wreckage, or information if it determines such possession is necessary for an investigation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Investigations by Federal agencies.</I> (1) Nothing in this section impairs the authority of any other Federal agency to conduct an investigation of a marine casualty or major marine casualty.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Incident command system.</I> (1) The NTSB recognizes the role of incident command systems to address emergencies. The NTSB does not assume the role of a first responder agency.
</P>
<P>(2) The NTSB IIC or his designee will participate in the incident command system to identify and coordinate investigative needs as it relates to the preservation and collection of information and evidence.
</P>
<P>(3) The NTSB IIC or his designee will coordinate with the Coast Guard Investigation Officer to identify and coordinate investigative needs as it relates to the preservation and collection of information and evidence.
</P>
<P>(4) The NTSB may collect information and evidence from an incident command in a timely and reasonable manner so as not to interfere with its operations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.56" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.56   Request to withhold information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to information the NTSB receives from any source that may be subject to the Trade Secrets Act (18 U.S.C. 1905) or the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA, 5 U.S.C. 552).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclosure.</I> The NTSB is authorized by 49 U.S.C. 1114(b) to disclose, under certain circumstances, confidential commercial information that would otherwise be subject to penalties for disclosure under the Trade Secrets Act, or excepted from disclosure under FOIA. The NTSB may exercise this authority when disclosure is necessary to support a key finding, a safety recommendation, or the NTSB's statement of probable cause of a major marine casualty or a marine casualty.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disclosure procedures.</I> Information submitted to the NTSB that the submitter believes qualifies as a trade secret or as confidential commercial information subject either to the Trade Secrets Act or Exemption 4 of FOIA must be so identified by the submitter on each page that contains such information. In accordance with 48 U.S.C. 1114(b), the NTSB will provide the submitter of identified information (or information the NTSB has reason to believe qualifies as subject to the Trade Secrets Act or Exemption 4 of FOIA) the opportunity to comment on any disclosure contemplated by the NTSB. In all instances in which the NTSB decides to disclose such information pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 1114(b) or 5 U.S.C. 552, the NTSB will provide at least 10 days' notice to the submitter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Voluntarily provided safety information.</I> (1) The NTSB will not disclose safety-related information voluntarily submitted to the NTSB if the information is not related to the exercise of the NTSB's investigation authority, and if the NTSB finds disclosure of the information might inhibit the voluntary provision of that type of information.
</P>
<P>(2) The NTSB will review voluntarily provided safety information for confidential content, and will de-identify or anonymize any confidential content referenced in its products.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Other.</I> Any person may make written objection to the public disclosure of any other information, such as interview summaries or transcripts, contained in any report or document filed, or otherwise obtained by the Board, stating the grounds for such objection. The Board, on its own initiative or if such objection is made, may order such information withheld from public disclosure when, in its judgment, the information may be withheld under the provisions of an exemption to the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552, see part 801 of this chapter), and its release is found not to be in the public interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.57" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.57   Representation during an interview.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person interviewed in any manner by the NTSB has the right to be accompanied during the interview by no more than one representative of the witness's choosing. The representative—
</P>
<P>(1) May be an attorney;
</P>
<P>(2) May provide support and counsel to the witness;
</P>
<P>(3) May not supplement the witness's testimony; and
</P>
<P>(4) May not advocate for the interests of a witness's other affiliations.
</P>
<P>(b) An investigator conducting the interview may take any necessary action (including removal of the representative from the interview) to ensure a witness's representative acts in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section during the interview, and to prevent conduct that may be disruptive to the interview.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.58" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.58   Investigator-in-charge.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the subpoena and deposition authority delegated to investigative officers under this chapter, a person designated as IIC for an investigation is authorized to—
</P>
<P>(1) Organize, conduct, control, and manage the field phase of an investigation, even when a Board Member is present.
</P>
<P>(2) Coordinate all resources and provide direction to all persons (including persons not employed by the NTSB) involved in an on-site investigation.
</P>
<P>(3) Work with other Federal agencies in the investigation of a marine casualty or major marine casualty when other agencies are participating, to ensure all agencies will obtain the information, evidence, and resources needed for the investigation(s) or investigative activities.
</P>
<P>(4) Work with the USCG to ensure the agencies do not duplicate work to the maximum extent practicable.
</P>
<P>(5) Continue his or her organizational and management responsibilities through all phases of the investigation, including consideration and adoption of a report or brief determining one or more probable causes of a marine casualty or major marine casualty.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.59" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.59   Authority during investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General authority of investigators.</I> To carry out the statutory responsibilities of the agency, an NTSB investigator may—
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct hearings;
</P>
<P>(2) Administer oaths;
</P>
<P>(3) Require, by subpoena or other means, the production of evidence and witnesses;
</P>
<P>(4) Enter any property where a major marine casualty or marine casualty subject to the NTSB's jurisdiction has occurred, or wreckage from any such major marine casualty or marine casualty is located, and take all actions necessary to conduct a complete investigation;
</P>
<P>(5) Inspect, photograph, or copy any records or information (including medical records pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section), and correspondence regardless of the date of its creation or modification, for the purpose of investigating an accident;
</P>
<P>(6) Question any person having knowledge relevant to a marine casualty or major marine casualty.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Subpoenas.</I> The NTSB may issue a subpoena, enforceable in Federal District Court, to obtain testimony or evidence related to its investigation of a marine casualty or major marine casualty, including but not limited to personal electronic devices.
</P>
<P>(1) The NTSB's authority to issue subpoenas includes access to medical records and specimens.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), Public Law 104-191, and the regulations promulgated by the Department of Health and Human Services, 45 CFR 164.501 <I>et seq.,</I> the NTSB is a “public health authority” to which protected health information may be disclosed by a HIPAA “covered entity” without the prior written authorization of the subject of the records. In addition, the NTSB may issue a subpoena to gain access to such information.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Examination of evidence.</I> In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 1134(d), the NTSB has exclusive authority to decide when, and in what manner, testing, extraction of data, and examination of evidence will occur.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.60" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.60   Autopsies and postmortem testing.</HEAD>
<P>When a person dies as a result of having been involved in a marine casualty or major marine casualty within the jurisdiction of the NTSB—
</P>
<P>(a) The NTSB is authorized to obtain, with or without reimbursement, a copy of a report of autopsy performed by a State or local authority on such person.
</P>
<P>(b) The NTSB may order an autopsy or other postmortem tests of any person as may be related to its investigation of a marine casualty or major marine casualty. The IIC may direct that an autopsy or other test be performed if necessary for an investigation. Provisions of local law protecting religious beliefs with respect to autopsies shall be observed to the extent they are consistent with the needs of the investigation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.61" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.61   Parties to the investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Participants.</I> (1) The IIC may designate one or more entities to serve as parties in an investigation. The NTSB will provide to the USCG the opportunity to participate in all NTSB investigations and investigative activities the NTSB conducts under this subpart. For all other organizations, party status is limited to those persons, government agencies (Federal, state, or local), companies, and organizations whose employees, functions, activities, or products were involved in the marine casualty or major marine casualty and that can provide suitable qualified technical personnel actively to assist in an investigation. To the extent practicable, a representative proposed by party organizations to participate in the investigation may not be a person who had direct involvement in the major marine casualty or marine casualty under investigation.
</P>
<P>(2) Except the USCG, no entity has a right to participate in an NTSB marine investigation as a party.
</P>
<P>(3) Participants in an investigation (e.g., party representatives, party coordinators, and the larger party organization) must respond to direction from NTSB representatives.
</P>
<P>(4) No party representative may—
</P>
<P>(i) Occupy a legal position; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Be a person who also represents claimants or insurers.
</P>
<P>(5) Party status may be revoked or suspended if a party fails to comply with either paragraph (a)(3) or (a)(4) of this section. Sanctions may also be imposed if a party withholds information or acts in a manner prejudicial or disruptive to an investigation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclosures.</I> (1) The name of a party or its representative may be disclosed in documents the NTSB places in the public docket for the investigation.
</P>
<P>(2) The NTSB may share information considered proprietary or confidential by one party with other parties during the course of an investigation, but will preserve the confidentiality of the information to the greatest extent possible.
</P>
<P>(3) Section 831.6(c) of this part describes how the NTSB will handle voluntarily submitted safety information, and the NTSB's determination whether to share any such information. The NTSB will de-identify the source of such information when deciding to share it.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Party agreement.</I> All party representatives must sign the “Statement of Party Representatives to NTSB Investigation” (Statement) upon acceptance of party status. Failure to timely sign the Statement may result in sanctions, including loss of party status. Representatives of Federal agencies are not required to sign the Statement, but must comply with the responsibilities and limitations set forth in the agreement.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Internal review by a party.</I> (1) To assure coordination of concurrent efforts, a party to an investigation that conducts or authorizes a review of its own processes and procedures as a result of a major marine casualty or a marine casualty the NTSB is investigating must inform the IIC in a timely manner of the nature of its review. A party performing such review must provide the IIC with the findings from this review.
</P>
<P>(2) If the findings from a review contain privileged information—
</P>
<P>(i) The submitting party must inform the IIC that the review contains privileged information;
</P>
<P>(ii) The submitting party must identify the privileged content at the time of submission to the IIC;
</P>
<P>(iii) The NTSB must, when informed that such information is being submitted, review the information for relevancy to the investigation, and determine whether the information is needed for the investigation or may be excluded from the party's response.
</P>
<P>(3) The NTSB may use the protections described in § 831.56 of this part, as applicable, to protect certain findings from public disclosure.
</P>
<P>(4) Investigations performed by other Federal agencies during an NTSB investigation are addressed in § 831.55 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.62" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.62   Access to and release of wreckage, records, mail, and cargo.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Only persons authorized by the NTSB to participate in any particular investigation, examination or testing may be permitted access to wreckage, records, mail, or cargo.
</P>
<P>(b) Wreckage, records, mail, and cargo in the NTSB's custody will be released when the NTSB determines it has no further need for such items. Prior to release, the NTSB will inform the USCG of the upcoming release of wreckage or evidence. Recipients of released wreckage must sign an acknowledgement of release provided by the NTSB.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.63" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.63   Provision and dissemination of investigative information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to:
</P>
<P>(1) Any information related to a marine casualty or major marine casualty;
</P>
<P>(2) Any information collected or compiled by the NTSB as part of its investigation, such as photographs, visual representations of factual data, physical evidence from the scene of the major marine casualty or the marine casualty, interview statements, wreckage documentation, voyage data recorder information, and surveillance video;
</P>
<P>(3) Any information regarding the status of an investigation, or activities conducted as part of the investigation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Provision of information.</I> All information described in paragraph (a) of this section and obtained by any person or organization participating in the investigation must be provided to the NTSB, except for information the NTSB authorizes the party to retain.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Release of information.</I> Parties are prohibited from releasing information obtained during an investigation at any time prior to the NTSB's public release of information unless the release is consistent with the following criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) Information released at the scene of a marine casualty or major marine casualty:
</P>
<P>(i) Is limited to factual developments concerning the accident and the investigation released in coordination with the IIC; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Will be made by the Board Member present at the scene as the official spokesperson for the NTSB. If no Board Member is present, information will be released by a representative of the NTSB's Office of Media Relations or the IIC. To the maximum extent practicable, the NTSB will inform the USCG of its planned releases of information before the release occurs.
</P>
<P>(2) The release of information described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section by the NTSB at the scene of a marine casualty or major marine casualty does not authorize any party to the investigation to comment publicly on the information during the course of the investigation. Any dissemination of factual information by a party may be made only as provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A party may disseminate information related to an investigation to those individuals within its organization who have a need to know for the purpose of addressing a safety issue, including preventive or remedial actions. If such internal release of information results in a planned safety improvement, the party must inform the IIC of such planned improvement in a timely manner before it is implemented.
</P>
<P>(4) Any other release of factual information related to the investigation must be approved by the IIC prior to release, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Dissemination within a party organization, for a purpose not described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Documents that provide information concerning the investigation, such as written directives or informational updates for release to employees or customers of a party; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Information related to the investigation released to an organization or person that is not a party to the investigation.
</P>
<P>(d) The release of recordings or transcripts from certain recorders may be made only in accordance with the statutory limitations of 49 U.S.C. 1114(c), 1114(d), and 1154(a).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 831.64" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.13.5.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 831.64   Proposed findings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Any party to an investigation designated under § 831.61 may submit to the NTSB written proposed findings to be drawn from the evidence produced during the course of the investigation, a proposed probable cause, and/or proposed safety recommendation(s) designed to prevent future major marine casualties and marine casualties.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Timing of submissions.</I> The IIC will inform parties when submissions are due. All written submissions must be received by the due date. If there is a Board meeting, the due date will be set prior to the date the matter is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="835" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 835—TESTIMONY OF BOARD EMPLOYEES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 301; Independent Safety Board Act of 1974, as amended (49 U.S.C. 1101 <I>et seq.</I>).


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 835.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.14.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 835.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes policies and procedures regarding the testimony of employees of the National Transportation Safety Board (Board) in suits or actions for damages and criminal proceedings arising out of transportation accidents when such testimony is in an official capacity and arises out of or is related to accident investigation. The purpose of this part is to ensure that the time of Board employees is used only for official purposes, to avoid embroiling the Board in controversial issues that are not related to its duties, to avoid spending public funds for non-Board purposes, to preserve the impartiality of the Board, and to prohibit the discovery of opinion testimony. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 71607, Dec. 29, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 835.2" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.14.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 835.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P><I>Accident,</I> for purposes of this part includes “incident.” 
</P>
<P><I>Board accident report</I> means the report containing the Board's determinations, including the probable cause of an accident, issued either as a narrative report or in a computer format (“briefs” of accidents). Pursuant to section 701(e) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (FA Act), and section 304(c) of the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 (49 U.S.C. 1154(b)) (Safety Act), no part of a Board accident report may be admitted as evidence or used in any suit or action for damages growing out of any matter mentioned in such reports. 
</P>
<P><I>Factual accident report</I> means the report containing the results of the investigator's investigation of the accident. The Board does not object to, and there is no statutory bar to, admission in litigation of factual accident reports. In the case of a major investigation, group chairman factual reports are factual accident reports. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 71607, Dec. 29, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 5622, Feb. 4, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 835.3" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.14.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 835.3   Scope of permissible testimony.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Section 701(e) of the FA Act and section 304(c) of the Safety Act preclude the use or admission into evidence of Board accident reports in any suit or action for damages arising from accidents. These sections reflect Congress' “strong * * * desire to keep the Board free of the entanglement of such suits.” Rep. No. 93-1192, 93d Cong., 2d Sess., 44 (1974), and serve to ensure that the Board does not exert an undue influence on litigation. The purposes of these sections would be defeated if expert opinion testimony of Board employees, which may be reflected in the views of the Board expressed in its reports, were admitted in evidence or used in litigation arising out of an accident. The Board relies heavily upon its investigators' opinions in its deliberations. Furthermore, the use of Board employees as experts to give opinion testimony would impose a significant administrative burden on the Board's investigative staff. Litigants must obtain their expert witnesses from other sources.
</P>
<P>(b) For the reasons stated in paragraph (a) of this section and § 835.1, Board employees may only testify as to the factual information they obtained during the course of an investigation, including factual evaluations embodied in their factual accident reports. However, they shall decline to testify regarding matters beyond the scope of their investigation, and they shall not give any expert or opinion testimony.
</P>
<P>(c) Board employees may testify about the firsthand information they obtained during an investigation that is not reasonably available elsewhere, including observations recorded in their own factual accident reports. Consistent with the principles cited in § 835.1 and this section, current Board employees are not authorized to testify regarding other employee's reports, or other types of Board documents, including but not limited to safety recommendations, safety studies, safety proposals, safety accomplishments, reports labeled studies, and analysis reports, as they contain staff analysis and/or Board conclusions. 
</P>
<P>(d) Briefs of accidents may be released in conjunction with factual accident reports. Nevertheless, they are not part of those reports and are not to be admitted in evidence or used in a deposition approved under this part. 
</P>
<P>(e) Not all material in a factual accident report may be the subject of testimony. The purpose of the factual accident report, in great part, is to inform the public at large, and as a result the factual accident report may contain information and conclusions for which testimony is prohibited by this part. 
</P>
<P>(f) No employee may testify in any matter absent advance approval by the General Counsel as provided in this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 41541, Oct. 12, 1990, as amended at 63 FR 71607, Dec. 29, 1998; 64 FR 5622, Feb. 4, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 835.4" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.14.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 835.4   Use of reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As a testimonial aid and to refresh their memories, Board employees may use copies of the factual accident report they prepared, and may refer to and cite from that report during testimony. 
</P>
<P>(b) Consistent with section 701(e) of the FA Act and section 304(c) of the Safety Act, a Board employee may not use the Board's accident report for any purpose during his testimony.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 41541, Oct. 12, 1990, as amended at 63 FR 71607, Dec. 29, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 835.5" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.14.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 835.5   Manner in which testimony is given in civil litigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Testimony of Board employees with unique, firsthand information may be made available for use in civil actions or civil suits for damages arising out of accidents through depositions or written interrogatories. Board employees are not permitted to appear and testify in court in such actions.
</P>
<P>(b) Normally, depositions will be taken and interrogatories answered at the Board's office to which the employee is assigned, and at a time arranged with the employee reasonably fixed to avoid substantial interference with the performance of his duties.
</P>
<P>(c) Board employees are authorized to testify only once in connection with any investigation they have made of an accident. Consequently, when more than one civil lawsuit arises as a result of an accident, it shall be the duty of counsel seeking the employee's deposition to ascertain the identity of all parties to the multiple lawsuits and their counsel, and to advise them of the fact that a deposition has been granted, so that all interested parties may be afforded the opportunity to participate therein.
</P>
<P>(d) Upon completion of the deposition of a Board employee, the original of the transcript will be provided the deponent for signature and correction, which the Board does not waive. A copy of the transcript of the testimony and any videotape shall be furnished, at the expense of the party requesting the deposition, to the Board's General Counsel at Washington, DC headquarters for the Board's files.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 41541, Oct. 12, 1990, as amended at 63 FR 71607, Dec. 29, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 835.6" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.14.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 835.6   Request for testimony in civil litigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A written request for testimony by deposition or interrogatories of a Board employee relating to an accident shall be addressed to the General Counsel, who may approve or deny the request consistent with this part. Such request shall set forth the title of the civil case, the court, the type of accident (aviation, railroad, etc.), the date and place of the accident, the reasons for desiring the testimony, and a showing that the information desired is not reasonably available from other sources.
</P>
<P>(b) Where testimony is sought in connection with civil litigation, the General Counsel shall not approve it until the factual accident report is issued (<I>i.e.,</I> in the public docket). In the case of major accident investigations where there are multiple factual reports issued and testimony of group chairmen is sought, the General Counsel may approve depositions regarding completed group factual reports at any time after incorporation of the report in the public docket. However, no deposition will be approved prior to the Board's public hearing, where one is scheduled or contemplated. The General Counsel may approve a deposition in the absence of a factual accident report when such a report will not be issued but all staff fact-finding is complete.
</P>
<P>(c) The General Counsel shall attach to the approval of any deposition such reasonable conditions as may be deemed appropriate in order that the testimony will be consistent with § 835.1, will be limited to the matters delineated in § 835.3, will not interfere with the performance of the duties of the employee as set forth in § 835.5, and will otherwise conform to the policies of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) A subpoena shall not be served upon a Board employee in connection with the taking of a deposition in civil litigation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 71607, Dec. 29, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 835.7" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.14.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 835.7   Testimony of former Board employees.</HEAD>
<P>It is not necessary to request Board approval for testimony of a former Board employee, nor is testimony limited to depositions. However, the scope of permissible testimony continues to be constrained by all the limitations set forth in § 835.3 and § 835.4.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 71608, Dec. 29, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 835.8" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.14.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 835.8   Testimony by current Board employees regarding prior activity.</HEAD>
<P>Any testimony regarding any accident within the Board's jurisdiction, or any expert testimony arising from employment prior to Board service is prohibited absent approval by the General Counsel. Approval shall only be given if testimony will not violate § 835.1 and § 835.3, and is subject to whatever conditions the General Counsel finds necessary to promote the purposes of this part as set forth in § 835.1 and § 835.3.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 71608, Dec. 29, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 835.9" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.14.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 835.9   Procedure in the event of a subpoena in civil litigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the Board employee has received a subpoena to appear and testify in connection with civil litigation, a request for his deposition shall not be approved until the subpoena has been withdrawn.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon receipt of a subpoena, the employee shall immediately notify the General Counsel and provide all information requested by the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(c) The General Counsel shall determine the course of action to be taken and will so advise the employee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 71608, Dec. 29, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 835.10" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.14.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 835.10   Testimony in Federal, State, or local criminal investigations and other proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) As with civil litigation, the Board prefers that testimony be taken by deposition if court rules permit, and that testimony await the issuance of the factual accident report. The Board recognizes, however, that in the case of coroner's inquests and grand jury proceedings this may not be possible. The Board encourages those seeking testimony of Board employees to contact the General Counsel as soon as such testimony is being considered. Whenever the intent to seek such testimony is communicated to the employee, he shall immediately notify the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(b) In any case, Board employees are prohibited from testifying in any civil, criminal, or other matter, either in person or by deposition or interrogatories, absent advance approval of the General Counsel. The Board discourages the serving of a subpoena for testimony but, if issued, it should be served on the General Counsel, rather than the employee.
</P>
<P>(c) If permission to testify by deposition or in person is granted, testimony shall be limited as set forth in § 835.3. Only factual testimony is authorized; no expert or opinion testimony shall be given.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 71608, Dec. 29, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 835.11" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.14.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 835.11   Obtaining Board accident reports, factual accident reports, and supporting information.</HEAD>
<P>It is the responsibility of the individual requesting testimony to obtain desired documents. There are a number of ways to obtain Board accident reports, factual accident reports, and accompanying accident docket files. Our rules at parts 801 and 837 of this chapter explain our procedures, as will our web site, at <I>www.ntsb.gov.</I> Or, you may call our Public Inquiries Branch, at (800) 877-6799. Documents will not be supplied by witnesses at depositions, nor will copying services be provided by deponents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 71608, Dec. 29, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="837" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 837—PRODUCTION OF RECORDS IN LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1101 <I>et seq.;</I> 40101 <I>et seq.;</I> 5 U.S.C. 301.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 27703, May 21, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 837.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.15.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 837.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part sets forth procedures to be followed when requesting material for use in legal proceedings (including administrative proceedings) in which the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB or Board) is not a party, and procedures to be followed by the employee upon receipt of a subpoena, order, or other demand (collectively referred to here as a demand) by a court or other competent authority or by a private litigant. “Material,” as used in this part, means any type of physical or documentary evidence, including but not limited to paper documents, electronic media, videotapes, audiotapes, etc.
</P>
<P>(b) The purposes of this part are to:
</P>
<P>(1) Conserve the time of employees for conducting official business;
</P>
<P>(2) Minimize the possibility of involving the NTSB in controversial issues not related to its mission;
</P>
<P>(3) Maintain the impartiality of the Board among private litigants;
</P>
<P>(4) Avoid spending the time and money of the United States for private purposes; and
</P>
<P>(5) To protect confidential, sensitive information, and the deliberative processes of the Board.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 837.2" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.15.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 837.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to requests to produce material concerning information acquired in the course of performing official duties or because of the employee's official status. Specifically, this part applies to requests for: material contained in NTSB files; and any information or material acquired by an employee of the NTSB in the performance of official duties or as a result of the employee's status. Two sets of procedures are here established, dependent on the type of material sought. Rules governing requests for employee testimony, as opposed to material production, can be found at 49 CFR part 835. Document production shall not accompany employee testimony, absent compliance with this part and General Counsel approval.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 837.3" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.15.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 837.3   Published reports, material contained in the public accident investigation dockets, and accident database data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Demands for material contained in the NTSB's official public docket files of its accident investigations, or its computerized accident database(s) shall be submitted, in writing, to the Public Inquiries Branch. Demands for specific published reports and studies should be submitted to the National Technical Information Service. The Board does not maintain stock of these items. Demands for information collected in particular accident investigations and made a part of the public docket should be submitted to the Public Inquiries Branch or, directly, to our contractor. For information regarding the types of documents routinely issued by the Board, see 49 CFR part 801.
</P>
<P>(b) No subpoena shall be issued to obtain materials subject to this paragraph, and any subpoena issued shall be required to be withdrawn prior to release of the requested information. Payment of reproduction fees may be required in advance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 837.4" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.15.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 837.4   Other material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Production prohibited unless approved.</I> Except in the case of the material referenced in § 837.3, no employee or former employee of NTSB shall, in response to a demand of a private litigant, court, or other authority, produce any material contained in the files of the NTSB (whether or not agency records under 5 U.S.C. 552) or produce any material acquired as part of the performance of the person's official duties or because of the person's official status, without the prior written approval of the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedures to be followed for the production of material under this paragraph.</I> (1) All demands for material shall be submitted to the General Counsel at NTSB headquarters, Washington, DC 20594. If an employee receives a demand, he shall forward it immediately to the General Counsel.
</P>
<P>(2) Each demand must contain an affidavit by the party seeking the material or his attorney setting forth the material sought and its relevance to the proceeding, and containing a certification, with support, that the information is not available from other sources, including Board materials described in §§ 837.3 and part 801 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) In the absence of General Counsel approval of a demand, the employee is not authorized to comply with the demand.
</P>
<P>(4) The General Counsel shall advise the requester of approval or denial of the demand, and may attach whatever conditions to approval considered appropriate or necessary to promote the purposes of this part. The General Counsel may also permit exceptions to any requirement in this part when necessary to prevent a miscarriage of justice, or when the exception is in the best interests of the NSTB and/or the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="840" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 840—RULES PERTAINING TO NOTIFICATION OF RAILROAD ACCIDENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 304(a)(1)(c), Independent Safety Board Act of 1974, as amended (49 U.S.C. 1903).


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 840.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.16.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 840.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part contains the Safety Board's accident notification requirements, and its authority for inspection, examination, and testing of physical evidence, and describes the exercise of the Safety Board's priority accorded to its activities when investigating railroad accidents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49408, Nov. 1, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 840.2" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.16.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 840.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part, the following words or phrases are defined as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Railroad</I> means any system of surface transportation of persons or property over rails. It includes, but is not limited to, line-haul freight and passenger-carrying railroads, and rapid transit, commuter, scenic, subway, and elevated railways.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Accident</I> means any collision, derailment, or explosion involving railroad trains, locomotives, and cars; or any other loss-causing event involving the operation of such railroad equipment that results in a fatality to a passenger or employee, or the emergency evacuation of persons.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Joint operations</I> means rail operations conducted on a track used jointly or in common by two or more railroads subject to this part, or operation of a train, locomotive, or car by one railroad over the track of another railroad.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Fatality</I> means the death of a person either at the time an accident occurs or within 24 hours thereafter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 13925, Apr. 1, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 49408, Nov. 1, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 840.3" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.16.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 840.3   Notification of railroad accidents.</HEAD>
<P>The operator of a railroad shall notify the Board by telephoning the National Response Center at telephone 800-424-0201 at the earliest practicable time after the occurrence of any one of the following railroad accidents:
</P>
<P>(a) No later than 2 hours after an accident which results in:
</P>
<P>(1) A passenger or employee fatality or serious injury to two or more crewmembers or passengers requiring admission to a hospital;
</P>
<P>(2) The evacuation of a passenger train;
</P>
<P>(3) Damage to a tank car or container resulting in release of hazardous materials or involving evacuation of the general public; or
</P>
<P>(4) A fatality at a grade crossing.
</P>
<P>(b) No later than 4 hours after an accident which does not involve any of the circumstances enumerated in paragraph (a) of this section but which results in:
</P>
<P>(1) Damage (based on a preliminary gross estimate) of $150,000 or more for repairs, or the current replacement cost, to railroad and nonrailroad property; or
</P>
<P>(2) Damage of $25,000 or more to a passenger train and railroad and nonrailroad property.
</P>
<P>(c) Accidents involving joint operations must be reported by the railroad that controls the track and directs the movement of trains where the accident has occurred.
</P>
<P>(d) Where an accident for which notification is required by paragraph (a) or (b) of this section occurs in a remote area, the time limits set forth in that paragraph shall commence from the time the first railroad employee who was not at the accident site at the time of its occurrence has received notice thereof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 49152, Dec. 6, 1988]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 840.4" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.16.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 840.4   Information to be given in notification.</HEAD>
<P>The notice required by § 840.3 shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) Name and title of person reporting.
</P>
<P>(b) Name of railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) Location of accident (relate to nearest city).
</P>
<P>(d) Time and date of accident.
</P>
<P>(e) Description of accident.
</P>
<P>(f) Casualties:
</P>
<P>(1) Fatalities.
</P>
<P>(2) Injuries.
</P>
<P>(g) Property damage (estimate).
</P>
<P>(h) Name and telephone number of person from whom additional information may be obtained.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 13925, Apr. 1, 1976]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 840.5" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.16.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 840.5   Inspection, examination and testing of physical evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any employee of the Safety Board, upon presenting appropriate credentials is authorized to enter any property wherein a transportation accident has occurred or wreckage from any such accident is located and do all things necessary for proper investigation, including examination or testing of any vehicle, rolling stock, track, or any part of any part of any such item when such examination or testing is determined to be required for purposes of such investigation.
</P>
<P>(b) Any examination or testing shall be conducted in such a manner so as not to interfere with or obstruct unnecessarily the transportation services provided by the owner or operator of such vehicle, rolling stock, or track, and shall be conducted in such a manner so as to preserve, to the maximum extent feasible, any evidence relating to the transportation accident, consistent with the needs of the investigation and with the cooperation of such owner or operator. The employee may inspect, at reasonable times, records, files, papers, processes, controls, and facilities relevant to the investigation of such accident. Each inspection shall be commenced and completed promptly and the results of such inspection, examination, or test made available to the parties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49408, Nov. 1, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 840.6" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.16.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 840.6   Priority of Board investigations.</HEAD>
<P>Any investigation of an accident conducted by the Safety Board shall have priority over all other investigations of such accident conducted by other Federal agencies. The Safety Board shall provide for the appropriate participation by other Federal agencies in any such investigation, except that such agencies may not participate in the Safety Board's determination of the probable cause of the accident. Nothing in this section impairs the authority of other Federal agencies to conduct investigations of an accident under applicable provisions of law or to obtain information directly from parties involved in, and witnesses to, the transportation accident. The Safety Board and other Federal agencies shall assure that appropriate information obtained or developed in the course of their investigations is exchanged in a timely manner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49408, Nov. 1, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="845" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 845—RULES OF PRACTICE IN TRANSPORTATION: INVESTIGATIVE HEARINGS; MEETINGS, REPORTS, AND PETITIONS FOR RECONSIDERATION


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 515, Pub. L. 106-554, App. C, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-153 (44 U.S.C. 3516 note); 49 U.S.C. 1112, 1113(f), 1116, 1131, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>80 FR 80287, Dec. 24, 2015, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 845.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise specifically ordered by the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB), the provisions of this part shall govern all NTSB proceedings conducted under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 1113 and 1131, and reports issued by the Board.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Investigative Hearings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.2" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.2   Investigative hearings.</HEAD>
<P>Investigative hearings are convened to assist the NTSB in further developing the facts, conditions, and circumstances of the transportation accident or incident, which will ultimately assist the Board in determining the cause or probable cause of the accident or incident, and in ascertaining measures that will tend to prevent such accidents or incidents and promote transportation safety. Investigative hearings are fact-finding proceedings with no adverse parties. They are not subject to the provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 554) and are not conducted for the purpose of determining the rights, liabilities, or blame of any person or entity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.3" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.3   Sessions open to the public.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All investigative hearings shall normally be open to the public. However, no person shall be allowed at any time to interfere with the proper and orderly functioning of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) Sessions shall not be open to the public when evidence of a classified nature or which affects national security is to be received.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.4" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.4   Determination to hold hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board may order an investigative hearing as part of an investigation whenever a hearing is deemed necessary in the public interest.
</P>
<P>(b) If a quorum of the Board is not immediately available in the event of a catastrophic accident, the determination to hold an investigative hearing may be made by the Chairman of the Board.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.5" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.5   Board of inquiry.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Composition of board of inquiry.</I> The board of inquiry shall consist of a chairman of the board of inquiry, as specified in paragraph (c) of this section, and other members in accordance with Board policy.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Duties of board of inquiry.</I> The board of inquiry shall examine witnesses and secure, in the form of a public record, facts pertaining to the accident or incident under investigation and surrounding circumstances and conditions from which the Board may determine probable cause and may formulate recommendations and/or other documents for corrective or preventative action.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Chairman of board of inquiry.</I> The chairman of the board of inquiry, or his or her designee, shall have the following powers:
</P>
<P>(1) To designate parties to the investigative hearing and revoke such designations;
</P>
<P>(2) To open, continue, or adjourn the investigative hearing;
</P>
<P>(3) To determine the admissibility of and to receive evidence and to regulate the course of the investigative hearing;
</P>
<P>(4) To dispose of procedural requests or similar matters; and
</P>
<P>(5) To take any other appropriate action to ensure the orderly conduct of the investigative hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.6" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.6   Designation of parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The chairman of the board of inquiry shall designate as parties to the investigative hearing those persons and organizations whose participation in the hearing is deemed necessary in the public interest and whose special knowledge will contribute to the development of pertinent evidence. Parties to the investigative hearing shall be represented by suitable representatives who do not occupy legal positions.
</P>
<P>(b) No party to the investigation and/or investigative hearing shall be represented by any person who also represents claimants or insurers. Failure to comply with this provision shall result in loss of status as a party to the investigative hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.7" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.7   Hearing officer.</HEAD>
<P>The investigative hearing officer, upon designation by the NTSB Chairman or a Board Member designated by the Chairman, shall have the following powers:
</P>
<P>(a) To give notice concerning the time and place of investigative hearing;
</P>
<P>(b) To administer oaths and affirmations to witnesses; and
</P>
<P>(c) To issue subpoenas requiring the attendance and testimony of witnesses and production of documents. The investigative hearing officer may, in consultation with the chairman of the board of inquiry and the NTSB Managing Director, add witnesses until the time of the prehearing conference.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.8" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.8   Technical panel.</HEAD>
<P>The appropriate office director(s) and/or the hearing officer, in consultation with the NTSB Managing Director, shall determine if a technical panel is needed and, if so, shall designate members of the NTSB technical staff to participate in the investigative hearing. Members of the technical panel may conduct pre-screening of witnesses through interviews, and may take other actions to prepare for the hearing. At the hearing, the technical panel will initially examine the witnesses through questioning. The technical panel shall examine witnesses and secure, in the form of a public record, facts pertaining to the accident or incident under investigation and surrounding circumstances and conditions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.9" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.9   Prehearing conference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the chairman of the board of inquiry, or his/her designee, shall hold a prehearing conference with the parties to the investigative hearing at a convenient time and place prior to the hearing. At the prehearing conference, the parties shall be advised of the witnesses to be called at the investigative hearing, the topics about which they will be examined, and the exhibits that will be offered in evidence.
</P>
<P>(b) At the prehearing conference, parties to the investigative hearing shall submit copies of any additional documentary exhibits they desire to offer for admission at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(c) A party to the investigative hearing who, at the time of the prehearing conference, fails to advise the chairman of the board of inquiry of additional exhibits he or she intends to submit, or additional witnesses he or she desires to examine, shall be prohibited from introducing such evidence unless the chairman of the board of inquiry determines for good cause shown that such evidence should be admitted.
</P>
<P>(d) The board of inquiry may hold an investigative hearing on an expedited schedule. The chairman of the board of inquiry may hold a prehearing conference for an expedited investigative hearing. When an expedited investigative hearing is held, the chairman of the board of inquiry may waive the requirements in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section concerning the identification of witnesses, exhibits or other evidence.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.10" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.10   Right of representation.</HEAD>
<P>Any person who appears to testify at an investigative hearing has the right to be accompanied, represented, or advised by counsel or by any other representative.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.11" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.11   Examination of witnesses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Examination.</I> In general, the technical panel shall initially examine witnesses. Following such examination, parties to the investigative hearing shall be given the opportunity to examine such witnesses. The board of inquiry shall then conclude the examination following the parties' questions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Objections.</I> (1) Materiality, relevancy, and competency of witness testimony, exhibits, or physical evidence shall not be the subject of objections in the legal sense by a party to the investigative hearing or any other person.
</P>
<P>(2) Such matters shall be controlled by rulings of the chairman of the board of inquiry on his or her own motion. If the examination of a witness by a party to the investigative hearing is interrupted by a ruling of the chairman of the board of inquiry, the party shall have the opportunity to show materiality, relevancy, or competency of the testimony or evidence sought to be elicited from the witness.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.12" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.12   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>In accordance with § 845.2, the chairman of the board of inquiry shall receive all testimony and evidence that may be of aid in determining the probable cause of the transportation accident or incident. He or she may exclude any testimony or exhibits that are not pertinent to the investigation or are merely cumulative.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.13" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.13   Proposed findings.</HEAD>
<P>Following the investigative hearing, any party to the hearing may submit proposed findings to be drawn from the testimony and exhibits, a proposed probable cause, and proposed safety recommendations designed to prevent future accidents or incidents. The proposals shall be submitted within the time specified by the investigative hearing officer at the close of the hearing, and shall be made a part of the public docket. Parties to the investigative hearing shall serve copies of their proposals on all other parties to the hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.14" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.14   Transcript.</HEAD>
<P>A verbatim report of the investigative hearing shall be taken. Any interested person may obtain copies of the transcript from the NTSB or from the court reporting firm preparing the transcript upon payment of the fees fixed therefor. (See part 801, subpart G, Fee schedule.)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.15" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.1.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.15   Payment of witnesses.</HEAD>
<P>Any witness subpoenaed to attend the investigative hearing under this part shall be paid such fees for travel and attendance for which the hearing officer shall certify.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Meetings</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.20" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.20   Meetings.</HEAD>
<P>The Board may hold a meeting concerning an investigation or Board product, as described in § 804.3 of this chapter or any other circumstance, when the Board determines holding a meeting is in the public interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.21" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.21   Symposiums, forums, and conferences.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) <I>Definitions.</I> (i) A symposium is a public proceeding focused on a specific topic, where invited participants provide presentations of their research, views or expertise on the topic and are available for questions.
</P>
<P>(ii) A forum is a public proceeding generally organized in a question-and-answer format with various invited participants who may make presentation and are available for questioning by the Board or designated NTSB staff as individuals in a panel format.
</P>
<P>(iii) A conference is a large, organized proceeding where individuals present materials, and a moderator or chairperson facilitates group discussions.
</P>
<P>(2) These proceedings are related to transportation safety matters and will be convened for the purpose of focusing attention, raising awareness, encouraging dialogue, educating the NTSB, or generally advancing or developing safety recommendations. The goals of the proceeding will be clearly articulated and outlined, and will be consistent with the mission of the NTSB.
</P>
<P>(b) A quorum of Board Members is not required to attend a forum, symposium, or conference. All three types of proceedings described in paragraph (a) of this section may have a relationship to previous or ongoing investigative activities; however, their purpose is not to obtain evidence for a specific investigation.
</P>
<P>(c) Symposiums, forums, and conferences are voluntary for all invited participants.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Miscellaneous Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.30" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.30   Board products.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reports of investigations.</I> (1) The Board will adopt a report on the investigation. The report will set forth the relevant facts, conditions, and circumstances relating to the accident or incident and the probable cause thereof, along with any appropriate safety recommendations and/or safety alerts formulated on the basis of the investigation. The scope and format of the report will be determined in accordance with Board procedures.
</P>
<P>(2) The probable cause and facts, conditions, and circumstances of other accidents or incidents will be reported in a manner and form prescribed by the Board. The NTSB allows the appropriate office director, under his or her delegated authority as described in § 800.25 of this chapter, to issue a “brief,” which includes the probable cause and relevant facts, conditions, and circumstances concerning the accident or incident. Such briefs do not include recommendations. In particular circumstances, the Board in its discretion may choose to approve a brief.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Studies and reports</I>—(1) <I>NTSB studies and reports.</I> The NTSB may issue reports describing investigations of more than one accident or incident that share commonalities. Such reports are similar to accident or incident investigation reports, as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Such reports often include safety recommendations and/or safety alerts, which the Board adopts.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Safety studies and reports.</I> The NTSB issues safety studies and reports, which usually examine safety concerns that require the investigation of a number of related accidents or incidents to determine the extent and severity of the safety issues. Such studies and reports often include safety recommendations and/or safety alerts, which the Board adopts.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Safety recommendations.</I> The Board may adopt and issue safety recommendations, either as part of a Board report or as a stand-alone Board product.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.31" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.31   Public docket.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Investigations.</I> (1) As described in § 801.3 of this chapter, the public docket shall include factual information concerning the accident or incident. Proposed findings submitted pursuant to § 831.14 or § 845.13 and petitions for reconsideration and modification submitted pursuant to § 845.32, comments thereon by other parties, and the Board's rulings on proposed findings and petitions shall also be placed in the public docket.
</P>
<P>(2) The NTSB shall establish the public docket following the accident or incident, and material shall be added thereto as it becomes available. Where an investigative hearing is held, the exhibits will be introduced into the record at the hearing and will be included in the public docket.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other Board reports and documents.</I> The NTSB may elect to open and place materials in a public docket concerning a safety study or report, special investigation report, or other agency product. The NTSB will establish the public docket following its issuance of the study or report.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Availability.</I> The public docket shall be made available to any person for review, as described in § 801.30 of this chapter. Records within the public docket are available at <I>www.ntsb.gov.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.32" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.32   Petitions for reconsideration or modification of report.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirements.</I> (1) The Board will only consider petitions for reconsideration or modification of findings and determination of probable cause from a party or other person having a direct interest in an investigation.
</P>
<P>(2) Petitions must be in writing and addressed to the NTSB Chairman. Please send your petition via email to <I>correspondence@ntsb.gov.</I> In the alternative, you may send your petition via postal mail to: NTSB Headquarters at 490 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Washington, DC 20594.
</P>
<P>(3) Petitions must be based on the discovery of new evidence or on a showing that the Board's findings are erroneous. (i) Petitions based on the discovery of new matter shall: Identify the new matter; contain affidavits of prospective witnesses, authenticated documents, or both, or an explanation of why such substantiation is unavailable; and state why the new matter was not available prior to Board's adoption of its findings.
</P>
<P>(ii) Petitions based on a claim of erroneous findings shall set forth in detail the grounds upon which the claim is based.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptance of petitions.</I> The Board will not consider petitions that are repetitious of proposed findings submitted pursuant to § 845.13, or of positions previously advanced.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Proof of service.</I> (1) When a petition for reconsideration or modification is filed with the Board, copies of the petition and any supporting documentation shall be served on all other parties to the investigation or investigative hearing and proof of service shall be attached to the petition.
</P>
<P>(2) Any party served with a copy of the petition may file comments no later than 90 days after service of the petition.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Oral presentation.</I> Oral presentation normally will not form a part of proceedings under this section. However, oral presentation may be permitted where a party or interested person specifically shows the written petition for reconsideration or modification is an insufficient means by which to present the party's or person's position.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 845.33" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.17.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 845.33   Investigation to remain open.</HEAD>
<P>The Board never officially closes an investigation, but provides for the submission of new and pertinent evidence by any interested person. If the Board finds such evidence is relevant and probative, the evidence shall be made a part of the public docket and, where appropriate, the Board will provide parties an opportunity to examine such evidence and to comment thereon.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="850" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 850—COAST GUARD—NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD MARINE CASUALTY INVESTIGATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 304(a)(1)(E), Independent Safety Board Act of 1974, Pub. L. 93-633, 88 Stat. 2168 (49 U.S.C. 1903).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 61204, Dec. 1, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 850.1" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.18.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 850.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes the joint regulations of the National Transportation Safety Board and the Coast Guard for the investigation of marine casualties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 46089, Oct. 15, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 850.3" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.18.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 850.3   Relationship to Coast Guard marine investigation regulations and procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Coast Guard's responsibility to investigate marine casualties is not eliminated nor diminished by the regulations in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) In those instances where the Board conducts an investigation in which the Coast Guard also has responsibility under R.S. 4450 (46 U.S.C. 239), the proceedings are conducted independently, but so as to avoid duplication as much as possible.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 850.5" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.18.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 850.5   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Act</I> means Title III of Pub. L. 93-633, the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 (49 U.S.C. 1901, <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Board</I> means the National Transportation Safety Board.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Chairman</I> means the Chairman of the National Transportation Safety Board.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Commandant</I> means the Commandant of the Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Major marine casualty</I> means a casualty involving a vessel, other than a public vessel, that results in—
</P>
<P>(1) The loss of six or more lives;
</P>
<P>(2) The loss of a mechanically propelled vessel of 100 or more gross tons;
</P>
<P>(3) Property damage initially estimated as $500,000 or more; or
</P>
<P>(4) Serious threat, as determined by the Commandant and concurred in by the Chairman, to life, property, or the environment by hazardous materials.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Public vessel</I> means a vessel owned by the United States, except a vessel to which the Act of October 25, 1919, c. 82 (41 Stat. 305, 46 U.S.C. 363) applies.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Vessel of the United States</I> means a vessel—
</P>
<P>(1) Documented, or required to be documented, under the laws of the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) Owned in the United States; or
</P>
<P>(3) Owned by a citizen or resident of the United States and not registered under a foreign flag.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 850.10" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.18.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 850.10   Preliminary investigation by the Coast Guard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Coast Guard conducts the preliminary investigation of marine casualties.
</P>
<P>(b) The Commandant determines from the preliminary investigation whether:
</P>
<P>(1) The casualty is a major marine casualty; or
</P>
<P>(2) The casualty involves a public and a nonpublic vessel and at least one fatality or $75,000 in property damage; or
</P>
<P>(3) The casualty involves a Coast Guard and a nonpublic vessel and at least one fatality or $75,000 in property damage; or
</P>
<P>(4) The casualty is a major marine casualty which involves significant safety issues relating to Coast Guard safety functions, e.g., search and rescue, aids to navigation, vessel traffic systems, commercial vessel safety, etc.
</P>
<P>(c) The Commandant notifies the Board of a casualty described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 61204, Dec. 1, 1977, as amended at 47 FR 46089, Oct. 15, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 850.15" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.18.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 850.15   Marine casualty investigation by the Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board may conduct an investigation under the Act of any major marine casualty or any casualty involving public and nonpublic vessels. Where the Board determines it will convene a hearing in connection with such an investigation, the Board's rules of practice for transportation accident hearings in 49 CFR part 845 shall apply.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board shall conduct an investigation under the Act when:
</P>
<P>(1) The casualty involves a Coast Guard and a nonpublic vessel and at least one fatality or $75,000 in property damage; or
</P>
<P>(2) The Commandant and the Board agree that the Board shall conduct the investigation, and the casualty involves a public and a nonpublic vessel and at least one fatality or $75,000 in property damage; or
</P>
<P>(3) The Commandant and the Board agree that the Board shall conduct the investigation, and the casualty is a major marine casualty which involves significant safety issues relating to Coast Guard safety functions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 46090, Oct. 15, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 850.20" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.18.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 850.20   Cause or probable cause determinations from Board investigation.</HEAD>
<P>After an investigation conducted by the Board under § 850.15, the Board determines cause or probable cause and issues a report of that determination.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 850.25" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.18.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 850.25   Coast Guard marine casualty investigation for the Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the Board does not conduct an investigation under § 850.15(a), (b)(2) or (3), the Coast Guard, at the request of the Board, may conduct an investigation under the Act unless there is an allegation of Federal Government misfeasance or nonfeasance.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board will request the Coast Guard to conduct an investigation under paragraph (a) of this section within 48 hours of receiving notice under § 850.10(c).
</P>
<P>(c) The Coast Guard will advise the Board within 24 hours of receipt of a request under paragraph (b) of this section whether the Coast Guard will conduct an investigation under the Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 46090, Oct. 15, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 850.30" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.18.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 850.30   Procedures for Coast Guard investigation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Coast Guard conducts an investigation under § 850.25 using the procedures in 46 CFR 4.01-1 through 4.23-1.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board may designate a person or persons to participate in every phase of an investigation, including on-scene investigation, that is conducted under the provisions of § 850.25.
</P>
<P>(c) Consistent with Coast Guard responsibility to direct the course of the investigation, the person or persons designated by the Board under paragraph (b) of this section may:
</P>
<P>(1) Make recommendations about the scope of the investigation.
</P>
<P>(2) Call and examine witnesses.
</P>
<P>(3) Submit or request additional evidence.
</P>
<P>(d) The Commandant provides a record of the proceedings to the Board of an investigation of a major marine casualty under paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) The Board, under the Act, makes its determination of the facts, conditions, and circumstances, and the cause or probable cause of a major marine casualty, using the record of the proceedings provided by the Commandant under paragraph (d) of this section and any additional evidence the Board may acquire under its own authority.
</P>
<P>(f) An investigation by the Coast Guard under this section is both an investigation under the Act and under R.S. 4450 (46 U.S.C. 239).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 850.35" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.18.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 850.35   Records of the Coast Guard and the Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Records of the Coast Guard made under § 850.30 are available to the public under 49 CFR part 7.
</P>
<P>(b) Records of the Board made under §§ 850.20 and 850.30 are available to the public under 49 CFR part 801.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="851-999" NODE="49:7.1.4.1.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 851-999 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV3>

</DIV2>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>May 5, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="8" NODE="49:8" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 49—Transportation--Volume 8</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<SUBTI>
<HED>SUBTITLE B—<E T="04">Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)</E>
</HED></SUBTI>
<PTHD>Part 
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter x</E>—Surface Transportation Board
</SUBJECT>
<PG>1001


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>
<DIV2 N="Subtitle B" NODE="49:8.1" TYPE="SUBTITLE">
<HEAD>Subtitle B—Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)


</HEAD>

<DIV3 N="X" NODE="49:8.1.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER X—SURFACE TRANSPORTATION BOARD</HEAD>

<DIV4 N="A" NODE="49:8.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER A—GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS 


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="1000-1019" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>Parts 1000-1019—General Provisions 


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1000" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1000 [RESERVED] 


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1001" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1001—INSPECTION OF RECORDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 552, 49 U.S.C. 1302, and 49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 48954, Sept. 18, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1001.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.3.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1001.1   Records available from the Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following specific files and records in the custody of the Records Officer of the Surface Transportation Board are available to the public and may be inspected at the Board's office upon reasonable request during business hours (between 8:30 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday):
</P>
<P>(1) Copies of tariffs and railroad transportation contract summaries filed with the Board pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 13702(b) and 10709(d), respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) Annual and other periodic reports filed with the Board pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 11145.
</P>
<P>(3) All docket files, which include documents of record in a proceeding.
</P>
<P>(4) File and index of instruments or documents recorded pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 11301.
</P>
<P>(5) Surface Transportation Board Administrative Issuances.
</P>
<P>(b) The following records, so-called “reading room” documents, are available for inspection and copying at the Board's office:
</P>
<P>(1) Final decisions, including concurring and dissenting opinions, as well as orders, made in the adjudication of cases;
</P>
<P>(2) Those statements of policy and interpretations that have been adopted by the agency and are not published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>;
</P>
<P>(3) Administrative staff manuals and instructions to staff that affect a member of the public; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Copies of all records, regardless of form or format, that have been released to any person under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(3) and that, because of the nature of their subject matter, the agency determines have become or are likely to become the subject of subsequent requests for substantially the same records.
</P>
<P>(c) The Board maintains, and makes available for inspection and copying, indexes of the documents described in paragraph (b) of this section. Final decisions are indexed in the “Surface Transportation Board Daily Releases”, which is issued by the Board every working day. This document also explains how copies of decisions can be purchased. The remaining documents are indexed as they are made available.
</P>
<P>(d) Documents described in paragraph (b) of this section that were created on and after November 1, 1996, are indexed by service date or date of issuance and are available for viewing and downloading from the Board's Electronic Reading Room at <I>www.stb.gov,</I> the Board's website. Final decisions are maintained in a database that is full text searchable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[64 FR 47711, Sept. 1, 1999, as amended at 74 FR 52902, Oct. 15, 2009; 83 FR 15077, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1001.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.3.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1001.2   Certified copies of records.</HEAD>
<P>Copies of and extracts from public records will be certified by the Records Officer. Persons requesting the Board to prepare such copies should clearly state the material to be copied, and whether it shall be certified. Charges will be made for certification and for the preparation of copies as provided in part 1002 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 52903, Oct. 15, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1001.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.3.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1001.3   Requests to inspect other records not considered public under 5 U.S.C. 552.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request and determination.</I> Requests to inspect records other than those now deemed to be of a public nature shall be in writing and addressed to the Freedom of Information Act Officer (FOIA Officer). The FOIA Officer shall determine within 20 days of receipt of a request (excepting Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) whether a requested record will be made available. If the FOIA Officer determines that a request cannot be honored, the FOIA Officer must inform the requesting party in writing of this decision and such letter shall contain a detailed explanation of why the requested material cannot be made available and explain the requesting party's right of appeal.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Appeal.</I> If the FOIA Officer rules that such records cannot be made available because they are exempt under the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552(b), an appeal from such ruling may be addressed to the Chairman. The Chairman's decision shall be administratively final and shall state the specific exemption(s) contained in 5 U.S.C. 552(b) relied upon for any denial. Such an appeal must be filed within 90 days of the date of the FOIA Officer's letter. The Chairman shall act in writing on such appeals within 20 days (excepting Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) of receipt of any appeal. In unusual circumstances, as set forth in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B), the time limit may be extended, by written notice to the person making the particular request, setting forth the reasons for such extension, for no more than 10 working days. If the appeal is denied, the Chairman's order shall notify the requesting party of his or her right to judicial review. Charges shall be made as provided for in 49 CFR 1002.1.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Alternative dispute resolution services.</I> Requesters may seek dispute resolution services from:
</P>
<P>(1) The Board's FOIA Public Liaison by Email at <I>FOIA.Privacy@stb.gov</I> or by mail, telephone, or facsimile as provided on the Board's Web site located at <I>https://www.stb.gov/stb/foia.html;</I> or
</P>
<P>(2) The Office of Government Information Services (OGIS) by mail to Office of Government Information Services, National Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road—OGIS, College Park, Maryland, 20740-6001, by facsimile at (202) 741-5769, or by Email at <I>ogis@nara.gov.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 90750, Dec. 15, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1001.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.3.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1001.4   Predisclosure notification procedures for confidential commercial information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Confidential commercial information provided to the Interstate Commerce Commission or the Board shall not be disclosed pursuant to a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request except in accordance with this section. For such purposes, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Confidential commercial information</I> means records provided to the government by a submitter that arguably contain material exempt from release under Exemption 4 of the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4), because disclosure could reasonably be expected to cause substantial competitive harm.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Submitter</I> means any person or entity who provides confidential commercial information to the government. The term “submitter” includes, but is not limited to, corporations, state governments, and foreign governments.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice to submitters.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, the Board, to the extent permitted by law, shall provide a submitter with prompt written notice, in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, of receipt of an FOIA request encompassing its submissions. This notice shall either describe the exact nature of the information requested or provide copies of the records themselves.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>When notice is required.</I> Notice shall be given to a submitter whenever:
</P>
<P>(1) The Board has reason to believe that disclosure of the information could reasonably be expected to cause substantial competitive harm; or
</P>
<P>(2) The information has been designated, in good faith by the submitter, as confidential commercial information at the time of submission or within a reasonable time thereafter. Whenever possible, the submitter's claim of confidentiality shall be supported by a statement or certification by an officer or authorized representative of the company that the information in question is in fact confidential commercial information and has not been disclosed to the public.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Opportunity to object to disclosure.</I> (1) Through the notice described in paragraph (b) of this section, the Board shall afford a submitter a reasonable period of time in which to provide it with a detailed statement of any objection to disclosure. Such statement shall specify all grounds for withholding the requested information.
</P>
<P>(2) When notice is given to a submitter under this section, the Board also shall notify the requester that it has been provided.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice of intent to disclose.</I> (1) The Board shall consider carefully a submitter's objections and specific grounds for nondisclosure prior to its determination whether or not to disclose the requested information. Whenever the Board decides to disclose the information over a submitter's objection, it shall provide the submitter with written notice containing the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A description or copy of the information to be disclosed;
</P>
<P>(ii) The reasons why the submitter's disclosure objections were not sustained; and
</P>
<P>(iii) A specific disclosure date, which shall be a reasonable number of days after the notice of intent to disclose has been mailed to the submitter.
</P>
<P>(2) At the same time that notice of intent to disclose is given to a submitter, the Board shall notify the requester accordingly.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Notice of lawsuit.</I> (1) Whenever an FOIA requester brings legal action seeking to compel disclosure of confidential commercial information, the Board shall promptly notify the submitter.
</P>
<P>(2) Whenever a submitter brings legal action seeking to prevent disclosure of confidential commercial information, the Board shall promptly notify the requester.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Exception to notice requirement.</I> The notice requirements of this section shall not apply if:
</P>
<P>(1) The Board determines that the information requested should not be disclosed; or
</P>
<P>(2) The information already has been published or otherwise officially made available to the public; or
</P>
<P>(3) Disclosure of the information is required by law (other than 5 U.S.C. 552); or
</P>
<P>(4) Disclosure is required by a Board rule that:
</P>
<P>(i) Was adopted pursuant to notice and public comment;
</P>
<P>(ii) Specifies narrow classes of records submitted to the Board that are to be released; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Provides in exceptional circumstances for notice when the submitter provides written justification, at the time the information is submitted or within a reasonable time thereafter, that disclosure of the information could reasonably be expected to cause substantial competitive harm; or
</P>
<P>(5) The information requested was not designated by the submitter as exempt from disclosure, when the submitter had an opportunity to do so at the time of submission or within a reasonable time thereafter, unless the Board has reason to believe that disclosure of the information could reasonably be expected to cause substantial competitive harm; or
</P>
<P>(6) The designation made by the submitter in accordance with these regulations appears obviously frivolous; in such case, the Board must provide the submitter only with written notice of any administrative disclosure determination within a reasonable number of days prior to the specified disclosure date.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1002" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1002—FEES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(A), (a)(6)(B), and 553; 31 U.S.C. 9701; and 49 U.S.C. 1321. Section 1002.1(f)(11) is also issued under 5 U.S.C. 5514 and 31 U.S.C. 3717.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1002.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.4.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1002.1   Fees for records search, review, copying, certification, and related services.</HEAD>
<P>Certifications and copies of such tariffs, reports and other public records and documents on file with the Surface Transportation Board as may be practicable to furnish, as well as searches and copying of records not considered public under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552), will be furnished on the following basis:


</P>
<P>(a) Certificate of the Records Officer, $26.00.
</P>
<P>(b) Services involved in examination of tariffs or schedules for preparation of certified copies of tariffs or schedules or extracts therefrom at the rate of $55.00 per hour.
</P>
<P>(c) Services involved in checking records to be certified to determine authenticity, including clerical work, etc. incidental thereto, at a rate of $38.00 per hour.




</P>
<P>(d) Copies or computer printouts of tariffs, reports, and other public documents, at the rate of $.25 per letter or legal size exposure, only after the first 100 pages, with a minimum charge of $7.50. Copies of electronic records, audiovisual materials, or other forms of data are available at the actual cost of duplication or transcription.
</P>
<P>(e) Fees for courier services to transport agency records to provide on-site access to agency records stored off-site will be set at the rates set forth in the Board's agreement with its courier service provider. Rate information can be obtained from the Board's Records Officer, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001.
</P>
<P>(f) The fees for search, review and copying services for records not considered public under the Freedom of Information Act are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) When records are sought for commercial use, requesters will be assessed the full and reasonable direct costs of document search, review and duplication. A “commercial use” request refers to a request from or on behalf of one who seeks information for a use or purpose that furthers the commercial, trade, or profit interests of the requester or the person on whose behalf the request is made.
</P>
<P>(2) When records are not sought for commercial use and a request is made by an educational or noncommercial scientific institution, requesters will be assessed only for the cost of duplication (excluding charges for the first 100 pages). The term “Educational Institution” refers to a preschool, a public or private elementary or secondary school, an institution of graduate higher education, an institution of undergraduate higher education, an institution of professional education, and an institution of vocational education, which operates a program of scholarly research. The term “noncommercial scientific institution” refers to an institution that is not operated on a “commercial” basis and that is operated solely for the purpose of conducting scientific research the results of which are not intended to promote any particular product or industry. They must show that their request is authorized by and under the auspices of a qualifying institution and the records are not sought for a commercial use but, instead, are in furtherance of scholarly or scientific research. 
</P>
<P>(3) Requesters who are representatives of the news media (persons actively gathering news for an entity that is organized and operated to publish or broadcast news to the public) will be assessed only for the cost of duplication (excluding charges for the first 100 pages) if they can show that their request is not made for a commercial use. A request for records supporting the news dissemination function of the requester shall not be considered a request for a commercial use. 
</P>
<P>(4) All other requesters will be assessed fees which recover the full, reasonable direct cost of searching for and duplicating records that are responsive to the request (excluding charges for the first 100 pages of duplication and the first two hours of search time).
</P>
<P>(5) All requesters must reasonably describe the records sought.
</P>
<P>(6) The search and review hourly fees will be based upon employee grade levels in order to recoup the full, allowable direct costs attributable to their performance of these functions. A listing of the hourly fees by employee grade level is available on the Board's website, <I>http://www.stb.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(7) The fee for copies or computer printouts shall be $.25 per letter or legal size exposure, with a minimum charge of $7.50. Copies of electronic records, audiovisual materials, or other forms of data are available at the actual cost of duplication or transcription.
</P>
<P>(8) If the cost of collecting any fee would be equal to or greater than the fee itself, it will not be assessed.
</P>
<P>(9) A fee may be charged for searches which are not productive and for searches for records or those parts of records which subsequently are determined to be exempt from disclosure.
</P>
<P>(10) Interest charges will be assessed on any unpaid bill starting on the date specified in the bill, at the rate prescribed in 31 U.S.C. 3717 and will accrue from the date of the billing. The Debt Collection Act, 5 U.S.C. 5514 (1982), including disclosure to the consumer reporting agencies and the use of collection agencies, as prescribed in the Board's Debt Collection Regulations in 49 CFR part 1018, will be utilized to encourage payment where appropriate.
</P>
<P>(11) If search charges are likely to exceed $25, the requester will be notified of the estimated fees unless requester willingness to pay whatever fee is assessed has been provided in advance. The administrative time limits prescribed in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6) will not begin until after the requester agrees in writing to accept the prospective charges.
</P>
<P>(12) An advance payment (before work is commenced or continued on a request) may be required if the charges are likely to exceed $250. Requesters who have previously failed to pay a fee charged in timely fashion (i.e. within 30 days of the date of billing) may be required first to pay this amount plus any applicable interest (or demonstrate that the fee has been paid) and then make an advance payment of the full amount of the estimated fee before the new or pending request is processed. The administrative time limits prescribed in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6) also will not begin until after a requester has complied with this provision.
</P>
<P>(13) Documents shall be furnished without any charge or at a charge reduced below the fees set forth above if disclosure of the information is in the public interest because it is likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of the operations or activities of the government and is not primarily in the commercial interest of the requester. The following six factors will be employed in determining when such fees shall be waived or reduced:
</P>
<P>(i) The subject of the request: Whether the subject of the requester records concerns “the operations or activities of the government”;
</P>
<P>(ii) The informative value of the information to be disclosed: Whether the disclosure is “likely to contribute” to an understanding of government operations or activities;
</P>
<P>(iii) The contribution to an understanding of the subject by the general public likely to result from disclosure: Whether disclosure of the requested information will contribute to “public understanding”;
</P>
<P>(iv) The significance of the contribution to public understanding: Whether the disclosure is likely to contribute “significantly” to public understanding of government operations or activities;
</P>
<P>(v) The existence and magnitude of a commercial interest: Whether the requester has a commercial interest that would be furthered by the requested disclosure; and, if so
</P>
<P>(vi) The primary interest in disclosure: Whether the magnitude of the identified commercial interest of the requester is sufficiently large, in comparison with the public interest in disclosure, that disclosure is “primarily in the commercial interest of the requester.” This fee waiver and reduction provision will be implemented in accordance with guidelines issued by the U.S. Department of Justice on April 2, 1987 and entitled “New FOIA Fee Waiver Policy Guidance.” A copy of these guidelines may be inspected or obtained from the Surface Transportation Board's Freedom of Information Office, Washington, DC 20423-0001.
</P>
<P>(14) No fees will be assessed if the FOIA Officer fails to comply with any time limit under the FOIA or these regulations, and has not timely notified the requester, in writing, that an unusual circumstance exists. If an unusual circumstance exists, and timely, written notice is given to the requester, the failure to meet the time limit may be excused an additional 10 working days before fees are automatically waived under this paragraph (f)(14).
</P>
<P>(15) If the FOIA Officer determines that unusual circumstances apply and more than 5,000 pages are necessary to respond to a request, fees may be charged if timely, written notice to the requester is provided and discussed with the requester via mail, Email, or telephone (or if at least three good-faith attempts are made to do so) regarding how the requester could effectively limit the scope of the request.
</P>
<P>(16) If a court has determined that exceptional circumstances exist, a failure to comply with time limits imposed by these regulations or FOIA shall be excused for the length of time provided by court order.
</P>
<P>(17) Fees may not be avoided by filing multiple requests at the same time. When the FOIA Officer reasonably believes that a requester, alone or with others, is breaking down one request into a series of requests to avoid fees, the requests will be combined, and the requester or requesters will be charged accordingly.
</P>
<P>(g) Fees for services described in paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section must be paid via the Board's electronic payment system in accordance with § 1002.2(a)(2).


</P>
<P>(h) Transcript of testimony and of oral argument, or extracts therefrom, may be purchased by the public from the Board's official reporter. For information regarding the official reporter, contact the Records Officer, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20010, Dec. 20, 1967]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 1002.1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1002.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.4.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1002.2   Filing fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Manner of payment.</I> (1) Except as specified in this section, all filing fees will be payable at the time and place the application, petition, notice, tariff, contract summary, or other document is tendered for filing.
</P>
<P>(2) Filing fees for all filings must be paid via the Board's electronic payment system found on the Board's website.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Nonpayment of fees.</I> Any filing that is not accompanied by the appropriate filing fee or a request for waiver of the fee is deficient. If a filer requests a fee waiver but does not submit the appropriate fee, the filing is held for processing until a determination has been made on the fee waiver request. If the filer requests a fee waiver and submits the appropriate fee, the filing is accepted and the Board refunds the fee or a portion thereof if the fee waiver is ultimately granted.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fees not refundable.</I> Fees will be assessed for every filing in the type of proceeding listed in the schedule of fees contained in paragraph (f) of this section, subject to the exceptions contained in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section. After the application, petition, notice, tariff, contract, or other document has been accepted for filing by the Board, the filing fee will not be refunded, regardless of whether the application, petition, notice, tariff, contract, or other document is granted or approved, denied, rejected before docketing, dismissed, or withdrawn. If an individual exemption proceeding becomes a matter of general applicability and is handled through the rulemaking process, the Board will refund the filing fee. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Related or consolidated proceedings.</I> (1)(i) Except as provided for in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, separate fees need not be paid for related applications filed by the same applicant that would be the subject of one proceeding.
</P>
<P>(ii) In proceedings filed under the rail consolidation procedures at 49 CFR part 1180, the applicable filing fee must be paid for each proceeding submitted concurrently with the primary application. The fee for each type of proceeding is set forth in the fee schedule contained in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) A separate fee will be assessed for the filing of an application for temporary authority to operate a motor carrier of passengers as provided for in paragraph (f)(5) of this section regardless of whether such application is related to a corresponding transfer proceeding as provided for in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The Board may reject concurrently filed applications, petitions, notices, contracts, or other documents asserted to be related and refund the filing fee if, in its judgment, they embrace two or more severable matters which should be the subject of separate proceedings.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Waiver or reduction of filing fees.</I> It is the general policy of the Board not to waive or reduce filing fees except as described below:
</P>
<P>(1) Except as noted in this paragraph (e)(1), filing fees are waived for an application, petition, notice, tariff, contract summary, or other document that is filed by a federal government agency or a state or local government entity. A fee waiver is not available under this paragraph for a quasi-governmental entity or government-subsidized transportation company. A fee waiver is also not available to any state or local government entity that is acting in the capacity of a carrier or shipper or that owns or proposes to own a carrier and is before the agency in its proprietary role.


</P>
<P>(i) <I>When to request.</I> At the time that a filing is submitted to the Board, the fee waiver applicant may request a waiver of the fee prescribed in this part. Such request should be addressed to the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Board action.</I> The Board will either stamp the relevant filing with the notation “Filing Fee Waived,” or the fee waiver applicant will be notified of the decision to grant or deny the request for waiver by the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(2) In extraordinary situations the Board will accept requests for waivers or fee reductions in accordance with the following procedure:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>When to request.</I> At the time that a filing is submitted to the Board, the fee waiver applicant may request a waiver or reduction of the fee prescribed in this part. Such request should be addressed to the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Basis.</I> The fee waiver applicant must show the waiver or reduction of the fee is in the best interest of the public, or that payment of the fee would impose an undue hardship on the fee waiver applicant.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Board action.</I> The Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel will notify the fee waiver applicant of the decision to grant or deny the request for waiver or reduction.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Review.</I> No third-party appeals of fee waiver or reduction decisions are permitted.


</P>
<P>(f) <I>Schedule of filing fees.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Type of proceeding
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Fee
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">PART I: Non-Rail Applications or Proceedings To Enter Into a Particular Financial Transaction or Joint Arrangement</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) An application for the pooling or division of traffic</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) (i) An application involving the purchase, lease, consolidation, merger, or acquisition of control of a motor carrier of passengers under 49 U.S.C. 14303</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,900.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) A petition for exemption under 49 U.S.C. 13541 (other than a rulemaking) filed by a non-rail carrier not otherwise covered</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$4,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) A petition to revoke an exemption filed under 49 U.S.C. 13541(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,900.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) An application for approval of a non-rail rate association agreement. 49 U.S.C. 13703</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$41,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) An application for approval of an amendment to a non-rail rate association agreement:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Significant amendment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$6,800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Minor amendment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(5) An application for temporary authority to operate a motor carrier of passengers. 49 U.S.C. 14303(i)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$750.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(6) A notice of exemption for transaction within a motor passenger corporate family that does not result in adverse changes in service levels, significant operational changes, or a change in the competitive balance with motor passenger carriers outside the corporate family</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,300
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(7)-(10) [Reserved]
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">PART II: Rail Licensing Proceedings Other Than Abandonment or Discontinuance Proceedings</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(11) (i) An application for a certificate authorizing the extension, acquisition, or operation of lines of railroad. 49 U.S.C. 10901</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,900.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Notice of exemption under 49 CFR 1150.31-1150.35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) Petition for exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$18,900.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(12) (i) An application involving the construction of a rail line</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$112,800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) A notice of exemption involving construction of a rail line under 49 CFR 1150.36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) A petition for exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502 involving construction of a rail line</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$112,800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iv) A request for determination of a dispute involving a rail construction that crosses the line of another carrier under 49 U.S.C. 10902(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(13) A Feeder Line Development Program application filed under 49 U.S.C. 10907(b)(1)(A)(i) or 10907(b)(1)(A)(ii)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(14) (i) An application of a class II or class III carrier to acquire an extended or additional rail line under 49 U.S.C. 10902</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Notice of exemption under 49 CFR 1150.41-1150.45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) Petition for exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502 relating to an exemption from the provisions of 49 U.S.C. 10902.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,900.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(15) A notice of a modified certificate of public convenience and necessity under 49 CFR 1150.21-1150.24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,400.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(16) An application for a land-use-exemption permit for a facility existing as of October 16, 2008 under 49 U.S.C. 10909.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(17) An application for a land-use-exemption permit for a facility not existing as of October 16, 2008 under 49 U.S.C. 10909</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$31,900.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(18)-(20) [Reserved]
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">PART III: Rail Abandonment or Discontinuance of Transportation Services Proceedings</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(21) (i) An application for authority to abandon all or a portion of a line of railroad or discontinue operation thereof filed by a railroad (except applications filed by Consolidated Rail Corporation pursuant to the Northeast Rail Service Act [Subtitle E of Title XI of Pub. L. 97-35], bankrupt railroads, or exempt abandonments)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$33,400.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Notice of an exempt abandonment or discontinuance under 49 CFR 1152.50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) A petition for exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,400.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(22) An application for authority to abandon all or a portion of a line of a railroad or operation thereof filed by Consolidated Rail Corporation pursuant to Northeast Rail Service Act</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(23) Abandonments filed by bankrupt railroads</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(24) A request for waiver of filing requirements for abandonment application proceedings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(25) An offer of financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. 10904 relating to the purchase of or subsidy for a rail line proposed for abandonment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(26) A request to set terms and conditions for the sale of or subsidy for a rail line proposed to be abandoned</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$34,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(27) (i) Request for a trail use condition in an abandonment proceeding under 16 U.S.C. 1247(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) A request to extend the period to negotiate a trail use agreement</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$650.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(28)-(35) [Reserved]
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">PART IV: Rail Applications To Enter Into a Particular Financial Transaction or Joint Arrangement</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(36) An application for use of terminal facilities or other applications under 49 U.S.C. 11102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$28,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(37) An application for the pooling or division of traffic. 49 U.S.C. 11322</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$15,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(38) An application for two or more carriers to consolidate or merge their properties or franchises (or a part thereof) into one corporation for ownership, management, and operation of the properties previously in separate ownership. 49 U.S.C. 11324:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Major transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,253,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Significant transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$450,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) Minor transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iv) Notice of an exempt transaction under 49 CFR 1180.2(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(v) Responsive application</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(vi) Petition for exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$14,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(vii) A request for waiver or clarification of regulations filed in a major financial proceeding as defined at 49 CFR 1180.2(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(39) An application of a non-carrier to acquire control of two or more carriers through ownership of stock or otherwise. 49 U.S.C. 11324:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Major transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,253,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Significant transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$450,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) Minor transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iv) A notice of an exempt transaction under 49 CFR 1180.2(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(v) Responsive application</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(vi) Petition for exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$14,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(vii) A request for waiver or clarification of regulations filed in a major financial proceeding as defined at 49 CFR 1180.2(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(40) An application to acquire trackage rights over, joint ownership in, or joint use of any railroad lines owned and operated by any other carrier and terminals incidental thereto. 49 U.S.C. 11324:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Major transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,253,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Significant transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$450,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) Minor transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iv) Notice of an exempt transaction under 49 CFR 1180.2(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(v) Responsive application</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(vi) Petition for exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$14,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(vii) A request for waiver or clarification of regulations filed in a major financial proceeding as defined at 49 CFR 1180.2(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(41) An application of a carrier or carriers to purchase, lease, or contract to operate the properties of another, or to acquire control of another by purchase of stock or otherwise. 49 U.S.C. 11324:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Major transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,253,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Significant transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$450,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) Minor transaction</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iv) Notice of an exempt transaction under 49 CFR 1180.2(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,900.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(v) Responsive application</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(vi) Petition for exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,900.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(vii) A request for waiver or clarification of regulations filed in a major financial proceeding as defined at 49 CFR 1180.2(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$8,300.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(42) Notice of a joint project involving relocation of a rail line under 49 CFR 1180.2(d)(5)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$3,400.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(43) An application for approval of a rail rate association agreement. 49 U.S.C. 10706</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$105,600.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(44) An application for approval of an amendment to a rail rate association agreement. 49 U.S.C. 10706:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Significant amendment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$19,400.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Minor amendment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(45) An application for authority to hold a position as officer or director under 49 U.S.C. 11328</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(46) A petition for exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502 (other than a rulemaking) filed by rail carrier not otherwise covered.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$12,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(47) National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) conveyance proceeding under 45 U.S.C. 562</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(48) National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) compensation proceeding under Section 402(a) of the Rail Passenger Service Act</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(49)-(55) [Reserved]
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">PART V: Formal Proceedings</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(56) A formal complaint alleging unlawful rates or practices of carriers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) A formal complaint filed under the coal rate guidelines (Stand-Alone Cost Methodology) alleging unlawful rates and/or practices of rail carriers under 49 U.S.C. 10704(c)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) A formal complaint involving rail maximum rates filed under the Simplified-SAC methodology</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) A formal complaint involving rail maximum rates filed under the Three Benchmark methodology</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iv) All other formal complaints (except competitive access complaints)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(v) Competitive access complaints</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(vi) A request for an order compelling a rail carrier to establish a common carrier rate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(57) A complaint seeking or a petition requesting institution of an investigation seeking the prescription or division of joint rates or charges. 49 U.S.C. 10705</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$13,400.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(58) A petition for declaratory order:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) A petition for declaratory order involving a dispute over an existing rate or practice which is comparable to a complaint proceeding</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,000.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) All other petitions for declaratory order</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,400.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(59) An application for shipper antitrust immunity. 49 U.S.C. 10706(a)(5)(A)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$10,500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(60) Labor arbitration proceedings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(61) (i) An appeal of a Surface Transportation Board decision on the merits or petition to revoke an exemption pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10502(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) An appeal of a Surface Transportation Board decision on procedural matters except discovery rulings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$550.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(62) Motor carrier undercharge proceedings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(63) (i) Expedited relief for service inadequacies: A request for expedited relief under 49 U.S.C. 11123 and 49 CFR part 1146 for service emergency</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Expedited relief for service inadequacies: A request for temporary relief under 49 U.S.C. 10705 and 11102, and 49 CFR part 1147 for service inadequacy</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(64) A request for waiver or clarification of regulations except one filed in an abandonment or discontinuance proceeding, or in a major financial proceeding as defined at 49 CFR 1180.2(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$900.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(65)-(75) [Reserved]
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">PART VI: Informal Proceedings</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(76) An application for authority to establish released value rates or ratings for motor carriers and freight forwarders of household goods under 49 U.S.C. 14706</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,800.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(77) An application for special permission for short notice or the waiver of other tariff publishing requirements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(78) (i) The filing of tariffs, including supplements, or contract summaries</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1. per page.


<br/>($37. min. charge.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) The filing of water carrier annual certifications</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$37.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(79) Special docket applications from rail and water carriers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Applications involving $25,000 or less</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$75.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Applications involving over $25,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(80) Informal complaint about rail rate applications</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$900.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(81) Tariff reconciliation petitions from motor common carriers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Petitions involving $25,000 or less</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$75.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Petitions involving over $25,000</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(82) Request for a determination of the applicability or reasonableness of motor carrier rates under 49 U.S.C. 13710(a)(2) and (3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(83) Filing of documents for recordation. 49 U.S.C. 11301 and 49 CFR 1177.3(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$62. per document.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(84) Informal opinions about rate applications (all modes)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$400.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(85) A railroad accounting interpretation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$1,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(86) (i) A request for an informal opinion not otherwise covered</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$2,200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) A proposal to use on a voting trust agreement pursuant to 49 CFR 1013 and 49 CFR 1180.4(b)(4)(iv) in connection with a major control proceeding as defined at 49 CFR 1180.2(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$7,700.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) A request for an informal opinion on a voting trust agreement pursuant to 49 CFR 1013.3(a) not otherwise covered</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$750.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(87) Arbitration of certain disputes subject to the statutory jurisdiction of the Surface Transportation Board under 49 CFR 1108:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Complaint</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$75.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Answer (per defendant), Unless Declining to Submit to Any Arbitration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$75.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) Third Party Complaint</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$75.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iv) Third Party Answer (per defendant), Unless Declining to Submit to Any Arbitration</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$75.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(v) Appeals of Arbitration Decisions or Petitions to Modify or Vacate an Arbitration Award</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$150.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(88) Basic fee for STB adjudicatory services not otherwise covered</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$350.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(89)-(95) [Reserved]
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="02">PART VII: Services</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(96) Messenger delivery of decision to a railroad carrier's Washington, DC agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$49. per delivery.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(97) Request for service or pleading list for proceedings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$37. per list.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(98) Processing the paperwork related to a request for the Carload Waybill Sample to be used in an STB or State proceeding that:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Annual request does not require a <E T="02">Federal Register</E> (FR) notice:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(A) Set cost portion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$200.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(B) Sliding cost portion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$72. per party.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Annual request does require a FR notice:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(A) Set cost portion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$500.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(B) Sliding cost portion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$72. per party.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iii) Quarterly request does not require a FR notice:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(A) Set cost portion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$61.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(B) Sliding cost portion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$17. per party.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(iv) Quarterly request does require a FR notice:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(A) Set cost portion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$230.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(B) Sliding cost portion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$17. per party.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(v) Monthly request does not require a FR notice:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(A) Set cost portion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$20.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(B) Sliding cost portion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5. per party.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(vi) Monthly request does require a FR notice:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(A) Set cost portion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$165.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">(B) Sliding cost portion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$5. per party.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(99) (i) Application fee for the STB's Practitioners' Exam</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$250.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Practitioners' Exam Information Package</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$25.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(100) Carload Waybill Sample data:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(i) Requests for Public Use File for all years prior to the most current year Carload Waybill Sample data available, provided on CD-R</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$250. per year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(ii) Specialized programming for Waybill requests to the Board</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">$152. per hour.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 18492, May 1, 1984]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 1002.2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1002.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.4.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1002.3   Updating user fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Update.</I> Each fee established in this part shall be updated in accordance with this section at least once a year. However, any fee may be updated more than once a year, if the Board finds that an additional update is necessary. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Publication and effective dates.</I> Updated fees shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and shall become effective 30 days after publication.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Payment of fees.</I> Any person submitting a filing for which a fee is established shall pay the fee in effect at the time of the filing.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Method of updating fees.</I> Each fee shall be updated by updating the cost components comprising the fee. Cost components shall be updated as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Direct labor costs shall be updated by multiplying base level direct labor costs by percentage changes in average wages and salaries of Board employees. Base level direct labor costs are direct labor costs determined by the cost study set forth in <I>Revision of Fees For Services,</I> 1 I.C.C.2d 60 (1984) or subsequent cost studies. The base period for measuring changes shall be April 1984.
</P>
<P>(2) Operations overhead shall be developed each year on the basis of current relationships existing on a weighted basis, for indirect labor applicable to the first supervisory work centers directly associated with user fee activity. Actual updating of operations overhead will be accomplished by applying the current percentage factor to updated direct labor, including current governmental overhead costs.
</P>
<P>(3)(i) Office general and administrative costs shall be developed each year on the basis of current level costs, i.e., dividing actual office general and administrative costs for the current fiscal year by total office costs for the Offices directly associated with user fee activity. Actual updating of office general and administrative costs will be accomplished by applying the current percentage factor to updated direct labor, including current governmental overhead and current operations overhead costs.
</P>
<P>(ii) Board general and administrative costs shall be developed each year on the basis of current level costs; i.e., dividing actual Board general and administrative costs for the current fiscal year by total agency expenses for the current fiscal year. Actual updating of Board general and administrative costs will be accomplished by applying the current percentage factor to updated direct labor, including current governmental overhead, operations overhead and office general and administrative costs.
</P>
<P>(4) Publication costs shall be adjusted on the basis of known changes in the costs applicable to publication of material in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 
</P>
<P>(e) All updated fees shall be rounded downward in the following manner:
</P>
<P>(1) Fees between $1-$30 will be rounded to the nearest $1;
</P>
<P>(2) Fees between $30-$100 will be rounded to the nearest $10;
</P>
<P>(3) Fees between $100-$999 will be rounded to the nearest $50; and
</P>
<P>(4) Fees above $1,000 will be rounded to the nearest $100. (This rounding procedure excludes copying, printing and search fees.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 18494, May 1, 1984, as amended at 52 FR 46483, Dec. 8, 1987; 59 FR 44644, Aug. 30, 1994; 61 FR 42194, Aug. 14, 1996; 79 FR 41141, July 15, 2014] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1003" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1003—FORMS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 13301(f).


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1003.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.5.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1003.1   General information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Printed forms are prescribed for various applications under the Interstate Commerce Act and the Board's regulations contained in this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) All prescribed forms include instructions for their completion.
</P>
<P>(c) Copies of all prescribed forms except insurance forms are available upon request from the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 41112, Sept. 9, 1992, as amended at 64 FR 53266, Oct. 1, 1999; 74 FR 52903, Oct. 15, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1004" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1004—INTERPRETATIONS AND ROUTING REGULATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>64 FR 47711, Sept. 1, 1999, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1004.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.6.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1004.1   Gifts, donations, and hospitality by carriers.</HEAD>
<P>It is unlawful for any common carrier engaged in interstate or foreign commerce to offer, make, or cause any undue or unreasonable preference or advantage to any person. Gifts or services or anything of substantial value to particular shippers or their representatives are considered violations of the law. Expenditures for such gifts may not support requests to increase carrier rates. The Board shall take appropriate enforcement action to redress such unlawful expenditures.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1004.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.6.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1004.2   Misrouting, adjustment of claims.</HEAD>
<P>Carriers should adjust claims for damages resulting from misrouting. Where a carrier admits responsibility for billing, forwarding, or diverting a shipment over a higher rated route than that directed by the shipper or otherwise available, the misrouting carrier should refund the difference to the shipper (or reimburse the delivering carrier, as the case may be). Where the misrouting carrier alleges justification for using the higher rated route, the Board may, at its discretion and upon appropriate petition, determine or express an advisory opinion on the lawfulness of such routing. This interpretation must not be used to evade or defeat tariff rates or to meet the rate of a competing carrier or route, nor to relieve a shipper from responsibility for routing instruction. Damages caused by misrouting are not overcharges.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1005" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1005—PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES FOR THE INVESTIGATION AND VOLUNTARY DISPOSITION OF LOSS AND DAMAGE CLAIMS AND PROCESSING SALVAGE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11706, 14706, 15906.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1005.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.7.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1005.1   Applicability of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations set forth in this part shall govern the processing of claims for loss, damage, injury, or delay to property transported or accepted for transportation, in interstate or foreign commerce, by each railroad, express company, motor carrier, water carrier, and freight forwarder (hereinafter called carrier), subject to the Interstate Commerce Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 16224, Mar. 11, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1005.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.7.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1005.2   Filing of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Compliance with regulations.</I> A claim for loss or damage to baggage or for loss, damage, injury, or delay to cargo, shall not be voluntarily paid by a carrier unless filed, as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, with the receiving or delivering carrier, or carrier issuing the bill of lading, receipt, ticket, or baggage check, or carrier on whose line the alleged loss, damage, injury, or delay occurred, within the specified time limits applicable thereto and as otherwise may be required by law, the terms of the bill of lading or other contract of carriage, and all tariff provisions applicable thereto. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Minimum filing requirements.</I> A written or electronic communication (when agreed to by the carrier and shipper or receiver involved) from a claimant, filed with a proper carrier within the time limits specified in the bill of lading or contract of carriage or transportation and: (1) Containing facts sufficient to identify the baggage or shipment (or shipments) of property, (2) asserting liability for alleged loss, damage, injury, or delay, and (3) making claim for the payment of a specified or determinable amount of money, shall be considered as sufficient compliance with the provisions for filing claims embraced in the bill of lading or other contract of carriage; <I>Provided, however,</I> That where claims are electronically handled, procedures are established to ensure reasonable carrier access to supporting documents.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Documents not constituting claims.</I> Bad order reports, appraisal reports of damage, notations of shortage or damage, or both, on freight bills, delivery receipts, or other documents, or inspection reports issued by carriers or their inspection agencies, whether the extent of loss or damage is indicated in dollars and cents or otherwise, shall, standing alone, not be considered by carriers as sufficient to comply with the minimum claim filing requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Claims filed for uncertain amounts.</I> Whenever a claim is presented against a proper carrier for an uncertain amount, such as “$100 more or less,” the carrier against whom such claim is filed shall determine the condition of the baggage or shipment involved at the time of delivery by it, if it was delivered, and shall ascertain as nearly as possible the extent, if any, of the loss or damage for which it may be responsible. It shall not, however, voluntarily pay a claim under such circumstances unless and until a formal claim in writing for a specified or determinable amount of money shall have been filed in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Other claims.</I> If investigation of a claim develops that one or more other carriers has been presented with a similar claim on the same shipment, the carrier investigating such claim shall communicate with each such other carrier and, prior to any agreement entered into between or among them as to the proper disposition of such claim or claims, shall notify all claimants of the receipt of conflicting or overlapping claims and shall require further substantiation, on the part of each claimant of his title to the property involved or his right with respect to such claim.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 4258, Mar. 1, 1972, as amended at 47 FR 12803, Mar. 25, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1005.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.7.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1005.3   Acknowledgment of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each carrier shall, upon receipt in writing or by electronic transmission of a proper claim in the manner and form described in the regulations, acknowledge the receipt of such claim in writing or electronically to the claimant within 30 days after the date of its receipt by the carrier unless the carrier shall have paid or declined such claim in writing or electronically within 30 days of the receipt thereof. The carrier shall indicate in its acknowledgment to the claimant what, if any, additional documentary evidence or other pertinent information may be required by it further to process the claim as its preliminary examination of the claim, as filed, may have revealed.
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier shall at the time each claim is received create a separate file and assign thereto a successive claim file number and note that number on all documents filed in support of the claim and all records and correspondence with respect to the claim, including the acknowledgment of receipt. At the time such claim is received the carrier shall cause the date of receipt to be recorded on the face of the claim document, and the date of receipt shall also appear in the carrier's acknowledgment of receipt to the claimant. The carrier shall also cause the claim file number to be noted on the shipping order, if in its possession, and the delivery receipt, if any, covering such shipment, unless the carrier has established an orderly and consistent internal procedure for assuring: (1) That all information contained in shipping orders, delivery receipts, tally sheets, and all other pertinent records made with respect to the transportation of the shipment on which claim is made, is available for examination upon receipt of a claim; (2) that all such records and documents (or true and complete reproductions thereof) are in fact examined in the course of the investigation of the claim (and an appropriate record is made that such examination has in fact taken place); and (3) that such procedures prevent the duplicate or otherwise unlawful payment of claims. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 4258, Mar. 1, 1972, as amended at 37 FR 20943, Oct. 10, 1972; 47 FR 12803, Mar. 25, 1982] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1005.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.7.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1005.4   Investigation of claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Prompt investigation required.</I> Each claim filed against a carrier in the manner prescribed herein shall be promptly and thoroughly investigated if investigation has not already been made prior to receipt of the claim. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supporting documents.</I> When a necessary part of an investigation, each claim shall be supported by the original bill of lading, evidence of the freight charges, if any, and either the original invoice, a photographic copy of the original invoice, or an exact copy thereof or any extract made therefrom, certified by the claimant to be true and correct with respect to the property and value involved in the claim; or certification of prices or values, with trade or other discounts, allowance, or deductions, of any nature whatsoever and the terms thereof, or depreciation reflected thereon; <I>Provided, however,</I> That where property involved in a claim has not been invoiced to the consignee shown on the bill of lading or where an invoice does not show price or value, or where the property involved has been sold, or where the property has been transferred at bookkeeping values only, the carrier shall, before voluntarily paying a claim, require the claimant to establish the destination value in the quantity, shipped, transported, or involved; <I>Provided, further,</I> That when supporting documents are determined to be a necessary part of an investigation, the supporting documents are retained by the carriers for possible Board inspection.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Verification of loss.</I> When an asserted claim for loss of an entire package or an entire shipment cannot be otherwise authenticated upon investigation, the carrier shall obtain from the consignee of the shipment involved a certified statement in writing that the property for which the claim is filed has not been received from any other source. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 4258, Mar. 1, 1972, as amended at 37 FR 23909, Nov. 10, 1972; 47 FR 12803, Mar. 25, 1982] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1005.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.7.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1005.5   Disposition of claims.</HEAD>
<P>Each carrier subject to the Interstate Commerce Act which receives a written or electronically transmitted claim for loss or damage to baggage or for loss, damage, injury, or delay to property transported shall pay, decline, or make a firm compromise settlement offer in writing or electronically to the claimant within 120 days after receipt of the claim by the carrier; <I>provided, however,</I> that, if the claim cannot be processed and disposed of within 120 days after the receipt thereof, the carrier shall at that time and at the expiration of each succeeding 60-day period while the claim remains pending, advise the claimant in writing or electronically of the status of the claim and the reason for the delay in making the final disposition thereof, and it shall retain a copy of such advice to the claimant in its claim file thereon.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 8850, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1005.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.7.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1005.6   Processing of salvage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever baggage or material, goods, or other property transported by a carrier subject to the provisions herein contained is damaged or alleged to be damaged and is, as a consequence thereof, not delivered or is rejected or refused upon tender thereof to the owner, consignee, or person entitled to receive such property, the carrier, after giving due notice, whenever practicable to do so, to the owner and other parties that may have an interest therein, and unless advised to the contrary after giving such notice, shall undertake to sell or dispose of such property directly or by the employment of a competent salvage agent. The carrier shall only dispose of the property in a manner that will fairly and equally protect the best interests of all persons having an interest therein. The carrier shall make an itemized record sufficient to identify the property involved so as to be able to correlate it to the shipment or transportation involved, and claim, if any, filed thereon. The carrier also shall assign to each lot of such property a successive lot number and note that lot number on its record of shipment and claim, if any claim is filed thereon. 
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever disposition of salvage material or goods shall be made directly to an agent or employee of a carrier or through a salvage agent or company in which the carrier or one or more of its directors, officers, or managers has any interest, financial or otherwise, that carrier's salvage records shall fully reflect the particulars of each such transaction or relationship, or both, as the case may be. 
</P>
<P>(c) Upon receipt of a claim on a shipment on which salvage has been processed in the manner hereinbefore prescribed, the carrier shall record in its claim file thereon the lot number assigned, the amount of money recovered, if any, from the disposition of such property, and the date of transmittal of such money to the person or persons lawfully entitled to receive the same.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 4258, Mar. 1, 1972]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1005.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.7.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1005.7   Weight as a measure of loss.</HEAD>
<P>Where weight is used as a measure of loss in rail transit of scrap iron and steel and actual tare and gross weights are determined at origin and destination, the settlement of claims shall be based upon a comparison of net weights at origin and destination. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 25908, June 23, 1976] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1007" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1007—RECORDS CONTAINING INFORMATION ABOUT INDIVIDUALS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 552, 49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>41 FR 3087, Jan. 21, 1976, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1007.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.8.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1007.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part contains the rules of the Surface Transportation Board implementing the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a). These rules apply to all records maintained by this Board which are not excepted or exempted as provided for in § 1007.12, insofar as they contain personal information concerning an individual, identify that individual by name or other symbol and are contained in a system of records from which information is retrieved by the individual's name or identifying symbol. Among the primary purposes of these rules are to permit individuals to determine whether information about them is contained in Board files and, if so, to obtain access to that information; to establish procedures whereby individuals may have inaccurate and incomplete information corrected; and, to restrict access by unauthorized persons to that information. 
</P>
<P>(b) In this part the Board is also exempting certain Board systems of records from some of the provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974 that would otherwise be applicable to those systems. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1007.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.8.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1007.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part: 
</P>
<P><I>Board</I> means the Surface Transportation Board. 
</P>
<P><I>Chairman</I> means the Presidentially appointed Board Member who is the administrative head of the Surface Transportation Board. 
</P>
<P><I>Privacy Officer</I> refers to the individual designated to process requests and handle various other matters relating to the Board's implementation of the Privacy Act of 1974. 
</P>
<P><I>Individual</I> means a citizen of the United States or an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence. 
</P>
<P><I>Maintain</I> means the maintenance, collection, use, or dissemination (of records). 
</P>
<P><I>Record</I> means any item, collection or grouping of information about an individual that is maintained by an agency, including, but not limited to, his education, financial transactions, medical history, and criminal or employment history and that contains his name, or the identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual, such as a finger or voice print or a photograph. 
</P>
<P><I>Statistical Record</I> means a record in a system of records maintained for statistical research or reporting purposes only and not used in whole or in part in making any determination about an identifiable individual, except as provided by section 8 of Title 13 of the United States Code. 
</P>
<P><I>System of records</I> means a group of any records under the control of the Board retrieved by the name of the individual or by some identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual. 
</P>
<P><I>Routine use</I> means, with respect to the disclosure of a record, the use of such record for a purpose which is compatible with the purpose of which the record was compiled. 
</P>
<P><I>Agency</I> means any executive department, military department, Government corporation, Government-controlled corporation or other establishment in the Executive Branch of the Government or any independent regulatory agency. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1007.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.8.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1007.3   Requests by an individual for information or access.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any individual may request information on whether a system of records maintained by the Board contains any information pertaining to him or her, or may request access to his or her record or to any information pertaining to him or her which is contained in a system of records. All requests shall be directed to the Privacy Officer, Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street, SW., Washington, DC 20423-0001.
</P>
<P>(b) A request for information or for access to records under this part may be made by mail or in person. The request shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Be in writing and signed by the individual making the request; and, 
</P>
<P>(2) Include the full name of the individual seeking the information or record, along with his or her home and business addresses and telephone numbers. 
</P>
<P>(c) For each system of records from which information is sought, the request shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Specify the title and identifying number as it appears in the system notice published by the Board; 
</P>
<P>(2) Provide such additional identifying information, if any, as may be required by the system notice; 
</P>
<P>(3) Describe the specific information or kind of information sought within that system of records; and, 
</P>
<P>(4) Set forth any unusual arrangements sought concerning the time, place, or form of access. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Board will respond in writing to a request made under this section within ten days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal public holidays) after receipt of the request. If a definitive reply cannot be given within ten days, the request will be acknowledged and an explanation will be given of the status of the request. 
</P>
<P>(e) The individual either will be notified in writing of where and when he or she may obtain access to the records requested or will be given the name, address and telephone number of the member of the Board staff with whom he or she should communicate to make further arrangements for access. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3087, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 64 FR 53266, Oct. 1, 1999; 74 FR 52903, Oct. 15, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1007.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.8.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1007.4   Procedures for identifying the individual making the request.</HEAD>
<P>When a request for information or for access to records has been made pursuant to § 1007.3, before information is given or access is granted pursuant to § 1007.5 of these rules, the Board shall require reasonable identification of the person making the request to insure that information is given and records are disclosed only to the proper person. 
</P>
<P>(a) An individual may establish his identity by: 
</P>
<P>(1) Submitting with his written request for information or for access to photocopy, two pieces of identification bearing his or her name and signature, one of which shall bear his or her current home or business address; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Appearing at any office of the Board during the regular working hours for that office and presenting either: 
</P>
<P>(i) One piece of identification containing a photograph and signature, such as a driver's license or passport, or, in the case of a Board employee, his or her STB identification card; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Two pieces of identification bearing the individual's name and signature, one of which shows the individual's current home or business address; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Providing such other proof of identity as the Board deems satisfactory in the circumstances of a particular request. 
</P>
<P>(b) Nothing in this section shall preclude the Board from requiring additional identification before granting access to the records if there is reason to believe that the person making the request may not be the individual to whom the record pertains, or where the sensitivity of the data may warrant. 
</P>
<P>(c) The requirements of this subsection shall not apply if the records involved would be available to any person under the Freedom of Information Act. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1007.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.8.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1007.5   Disclosure of requested information to individuals; fees for copies of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any individual who has requested access to his or her record or to any information pertaining to that individual in the manner prescribed in § 1007.3 and has identified himself or herself as prescribed in § 1007.4 shall be permitted to review the record and have a copy made of all or any portion thereof in a form comprehensible to the individual, subject to fees for copying services set forth in paragraph (f) of this section. Upon request, persons of the individual's own choosing may accompany the individual, provided that the individual has furnished a written statement authorizing discussion of his or her record in the accompanying person's presence. 
</P>
<P>(b) Access will generally be granted in the office of the Board where the records are maintained during normal business hours, but for good cause shown the Board may grant access at another office of the Board or at different times for the convenience of the individual making the request. When a request for access is from a Board employee, this request may be granted by forwarding the information desired through registered mail, return receipt requested. 
</P>
<P>(c) Where a document containing information about an individual also contains information not pertaining to him or her, the portion not pertaining to the individual shall not be disclosed except to the extent the information is available to any person under the Freedom of Information Act. If the records sought cannot be provided for review and copying in a meaningful form, the Board shall provide to the individual a summary of the information concerning the individual contained in the record or records which shall be complete and accurate in all material aspects. 
</P>
<P>(d) Where the disclosure involves medical records, the Privacy Officer may determine that such information will be provided only to a physician designated by the individual. 
</P>
<P>(e) Requests for copies of documents may be directed to the Privacy Officer or to the member of the Board's staff through whom arrangements for access were made. 
</P>
<P>(f) Fees for copies of records shall be charged at the rate set forth in 49 CFR 1002.1(d). Fees for requests requiring the use of a computer shall be charged at the actual cost for machine time. Payment must be made via the Board's electronic payment system found on the Board's website. When it is determined to be in the best interest of the public, the Privacy Officer may waive the fee provision. 
</P>
<P>(g) Nothing in this subsection or in § 1007.3 shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Require the disclosure of records exempted under § 1007.12 of these rules, including the exemption relating to investigative records; 
</P>
<P>(2) Allow an individual access to any information compiled in reasonable anticipation of a civil action or proceeding or a criminal proceeding; or, 
</P>
<P>(3) Require the furnishing of information or records which in the regular course of business cannot be retrieved by the name or other identifier of the individual making the request. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3087, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 53 FR 46483, Dec. 8, 1987; 91 FR 4851, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1007.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.8.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1007.6   Disclosure to third parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board shall not disclose to any agency or to any person by any means of communication a record pertaining to an individual which is contained in a system of records, except under the following circumstances: 
</P>
<P>(1) The individual to whom the record pertains has given his written consent to the disclosure; 
</P>
<P>(2) The disclosure is to officers and employees of the Board who need it in the performance of their duties; 
</P>
<P>(3) Disclosure is required under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552). 
</P>
<P>(4) Disclosure is for a routine use as defined in § 1007.2 of these rules and described in the system notice for that system of records; 
</P>
<P>(5) The disclosure is made to the Bureau of the Census for the purposes of planning or carrying out a census or survey or related activity; 
</P>
<P>(6) The disclosure is made to a recipient who has provided the agency with advance adequate written assurance that the record will be used solely as a statistical research or reporting record, and the record is to be transferred in a form that is not individually identifiable; 
</P>
<P>(7) The disclosure is made to another agency or to an instrumentality of any Governmental jurisdiction within or under the control of the United States for a civil or criminal law enforcement activity if the activity is authorized by law and if the head of the agency or instrumentality has made a written request to the Board specifying the particular portion desired and the law enforcement activity for which the record is sought; 
</P>
<P>(8) The disclosure is made to the National Archives and Records Administration as a record which has sufficient historical or other value to warrant its continued preservation by the United States Government, or for evaluation by the Archivist of the United States or his designee to determine whether the record has such value. 
</P>
<P>(9) The disclosure is made to a person pursuant to a showing of compelling circumstances affecting the health or safety of an individual if upon such disclosure notification is transmitted to the last known address of such individual; 
</P>
<P>(10) The disclosure is made to either House of Congress, or, to the extent of matter(s) within its jurisdiction, any committee or subcommittee thereof, any joint committee of Congress or subcommittee of any such joint committee; 
</P>
<P>(11) The disclosure is made to the Comptroller General, or any of his authorized representatives, in the course of the performance of the duties of the Government Accountability Office; or, 
</P>
<P>(12) Pursuant to the order of a court of competent jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Board, with respect to each system of records under its control, shall keep for at least five years an accurate accounting of certain disclosures: 
</P>
<P>(1) A record shall be kept of all disclosures made under paragraph (a) of this section, except disclosures made with the consent of the individual to whom the record pertains (paragraph (a)(1) of this section), disclosures to authorized employees (paragraph (a)(2) of this section), and disclosures required under the Freedom of Information Act (paragraph (a)(3) of this section). 
</P>
<P>(2) The record shall include: 
</P>
<P>(i) The date, nature, and purpose of each disclosure of a record made to any person or to another agency; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The name and address of the person or agency to whom the disclosure was made. 
</P>
<P>(c) The accounting described in paragraph (b) of this section will be made available to the individual named in the record upon his written request, directed to the Privacy Officer, Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street, SW., Washington, DC 20423-0001, except that the accounting will not be revealed with respect to disclosures made under paragraph (a)(7) of this section 1107.6 pertaining to law enforcement activity, and will not be maintained as to disclosures involving systems of records exempted under section 1007.12.
</P>
<P>(d) Whenever an amendment or correction of a record or a notation of dispute concerning the accuracy of records is made by the Board in accordance with §§ 1007.8 and 1007.9, the Board will inform any person or other agency to whom the record was previously disclosed, if an accounting of the disclosure was made pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3087, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 64 FR 53266, Oct. 1, 1999; 74 FR 52903, Oct. 15, 2009; 81 FR 8850, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1007.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.8.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1007.7   Content of systems of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board will maintain in its records only such information about an individual as is relevant and necessary to accomplish the purposes of the Interstate Commerce Act and other purposes required to be accomplished by statute or by Executive Order of the President. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Board will maintain no record describing how any individual exercises rights guaranteed by the First Amendment of the United States Constitution unless expressly authorized by statute or by the individual about whom the record is maintained or unless pertinent to and within the scope of an authorized law enforcement activity. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Board will collect information to the greatest extent practicable directly from the subject individual when the information may result in adverse determinations about an individual's rights, benefits, and privileges under Federal programs. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Board will maintain all records which are used by the Board in making any determination about any individual with such accuracy, relevance, timeliness, and completeness as is reasonably necessary to assure fairness to the individual in the determination. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1007.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.8.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1007.8   Amendment of a record.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any individual may request amendment of information pertaining to him which is contained in a system of records maintained by the Board and which is filed under his name or other individual identifier if he believes the information is not accurate, relevant, timely or complete. A request for amendment shall be directed to the Privacy Officer. 
</P>
<P>(b) A request for amendment may be made by mail or in person and shall: (1) Be in writing and signed by the person making the request; (2) describe the particular record to be amended with sufficient specificity to permit the record to be located among those maintained by the Board; and (3) specify the nature of the amendment sought and the justification for the requested change. The person making the request may be required to provide the information specified in §§ 1007.3 and 1007.4 in order to simplify identification of the record and permit verification of the identity of the person making the request for amendment. 
</P>
<P>(c) Receipt of a request for amendment will be acknowledged in writing within ten days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal public holidays); except that if the individual is given notice within the ten-day period that his or her request will or will not be complied with, no acknowledgment is required. 
</P>
<P>(d) Assistance in preparing a request to amend a record may be obtained from the Privacy Officer, Surface Transportation Board, 1925 K Street, NW, Washington, DC 20423. 
</P>
<P>(e) Upon receipt of a request for amendment the Privacy Officer or a person designated by him shall promptly determine whether the record is materially inaccurate, incomplete, misleading, or is irrelevant or not timely, as claimed by the individual, and, if so, shall cause the record to be amended in accordance with the individual's request. 
</P>
<P>(f) If the Privacy Officer or designee grants the request to amend the record, the individual shall promptly be advised of the decision and of the action taken, and notice shall be given of the correction and its substance to each person or agency to whom the record had previously been disclosed, as shown on the record of disclosures maintained in accordance with § 1007.6(b). 
</P>
<P>(g) If the Privacy Officer or designee disagrees in whole or in part with a request for amendment of a record, the individual shall promptly be notified of the complete or partial denial of his request and the reasons for the refusal. The individual shall also be notified of the procedures for administrative review by the Chairman of any complete or partial denial of a request for amendment, which are set forth in § 1007.9. 
</P>
<P>(h) If a request is received for amendment of a record prepared by another agency which is in the possession or control of the Board, the request for amendment will be forwarded to that agency. If that agency determines that the correction should be made, the Board will amend its records accordingly and notify the individual making the request for amendment of the change. If the other agency declines to make the amendment, the Privacy Officer or designee will independently determine whether the amendment will be made to the record in the Board's possession or control, considering any explanation given by the other agency for its decision. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3087, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 64 FR 53266, Oct. 1, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1007.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.8.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1007.9   Appeals to the Chairman.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any individual may petition the Chairman: 
</P>
<P>(1) To review a refusal to comply with an individual request for access to records pursuant to the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1)), and §§ 1007.3 and 1007.5 in this part; 
</P>
<P>(2) To review denial of a request for amendment made pursuant to § 1007.8; 
</P>
<P>(3) To correct any determination that may have been made adverse to the individual based in whole or in part upon inaccurate, irrelevant, untimely or incomplete information; and, 
</P>
<P>(4) To correct a failure to comply with any other provision of the Privacy Act and the rules of this part 1007, which has had an adverse effect on the individual. 
</P>
<P>(b) The petition to the Chairman shall be in writing and shall: (1) State in what manner it is claimed the Board or any Board employee has failed or refused to comply with provisions of the Privacy Act or of the rules contained in this part 1007, and (2) set forth the corrective action the petitioner wishes the Board to take. The petitioner may, if he or she wishes, state such facts and cite such legal or other authorities as are considered appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Chairman will make a determination of any petition filed pursuant to this subsection within thirty days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal public holidays) after receipt of the petition, unless for good cause shown, the Chairman extends the 30-day period. If a petition is denied, the petitioner will be notified in writing of the reasons for such denial, and the provisions for judicial review of that determination which are set forth in section 552a(g) (1)(A) and (2)(A), of Title 5 of the United States Code and the provisions for disputed records set forth in paragraph (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) If, after review, the Chairman declines to amend the records as the individual has requested, the individual may file with the Privacy Officer a concise statement setting forth why he or she disagrees with the Chairman's denial of the request. Any subsequent disclosure containing information about which a statement of disagreement has been filed shall clearly note the portion which is disputed and include a copy of a concise statement explaining its reasons for not making the amendments requested. Prior recipients of the disputed record will be provided a copy of any statement of dispute to the extent that an accounting of disclosures was maintained. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1007.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.8.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1007.10   Information supplied by the Board when collecting information from an individual.</HEAD>
<P>The Board will inform each individual whom it asks to supply information, on the form which it uses to collect the information or on a separate form that can be retained by the individual, of: 
</P>
<P>(a) The authority which authorizes the solicitation of the information and whether disclosure of such information is mandatory or voluntary; 
</P>
<P>(b) The principal purpose or purposes for which the information is intended to be used; 
</P>
<P>(c) The routine uses which may be made of the information, as published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>; and, 
</P>
<P>(d) The effects on the individual of not providing all or any part of the requested information. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1007.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.8.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1007.11   Public notice of records systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> at least annually, a notice of the existence and character of each of its system of records, which notice shall include: 
</P>
<P>(1) The name and location of the system; 
</P>
<P>(2) The categories of individuals on whom records are maintained in the system; 
</P>
<P>(3) The categories of records maintained in the system; 
</P>
<P>(4) Each routine use of the records contained in the system, including the categories of users and purpose of such use; 
</P>
<P>(5) The policies and practices of the Board regarding storage, retrieval, access controls, retention, and disposal of the records; 
</P>
<P>(6) The title and business address of the Board official who is responsible for the system of records; 
</P>
<P>(7) The procedures whereby an individual can be notified at his or her request if the system of records contains a record pertaining to that individual; 
</P>
<P>(8) The procedures whereby an individual can be notified at his or her request how he or she can gain access to any record pertaining to that individual contained in the system of records, and how the content of the record can be contested; and, 
</P>
<P>(9) The categories of sources of records in the system. 
</P>
<P>(b) Copies of the notices as printed in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> will be available in each office of the Board. Mail requests should be directed to the Privacy Officer, Surface Transportation Board, 1925 K Street, NW, Washington, DC 20423. The first copy will be provided free of charge; additional copies are subject to charge provided for in paragraph (e) of this § 1007.5. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3087, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 64 FR 53266, Oct. 1, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1007.12" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.8.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1007.12   Exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Investigatory materials compiled for law enforcement purposes are exempt from portions of the Privacy Act of 1974 and of these rules on the basis and to the extent that individual access to these files could impair the effectiveness and orderly conduct of the Board's enforcement program. <I>Provided, however,</I> That if any individual is denied any right, privilege, or benefit to which he or she would otherwise be entitled by Federal law, or for which he or she would otherwise be eligible, as a result of the maintenance of such material, such materials shall be provided to the individual; except to the extent that the disclosure of such material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, or, prior to the effective date of this section, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence. 
</P>
<P>(b) Investigatory material compiled solely for the purpose of determining suitability, eligibility, or qualifications for employment with or contracts with the Board are exempt from portions of the Privacy Act of 1974 and of these rules to the extent that it identifies a confidential source. This is done in order to encourage persons from whom information is sought to provide information to the Board which, absent assurances of confidentiality, they might otherwise be unwilling to give. However, if practicable, material identifying a confidential source shall be extracted or summarized in a manner which protects the source, and the summary or extract shall be provided to the requesting individual. 
</P>
<P>(c) Complaints and investigatory materials compiled by the Board's Office of Inspector General are exempt from the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a and the regulations in this part, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2), except subsections (b), (c)(1) and (2), (e)(4)(A) through (F), (e)(6), (7), (9), (10), and (11) and (i) to the extent that the system of records pertains to the enforcement of criminal laws. Complaint and investigatory materials compiled by the Board's Office of Inspector General for law enforcement purposes also are exempt from the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a and the regulations of this part, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[41 FR 3087, Jan. 21, 1976, as amended at 58 FR 15291, Mar. 22, 1993; 58 FR 28520, May 14, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1011" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1011—BOARD ORGANIZATION; DELEGATIONS OF AUTHORITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 553; 31 U.S.C. 9701; 49 U.S.C. 1301, 1321, 11123, 11124, 11144, 14122, and 15722.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 60167, Sept. 25, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1011.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.9.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1011.1   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part describes the organization of the Board, and the assignment of jurisdiction and the responsibilities to the Board, individual Board Members or employees, and employee boards.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this part, <I>matter</I> includes any case, proceeding, question, or other matter within the Board's jurisdiction; and <I>decision</I> includes any decision, ruling, order, or requirement of the Board, an individual Board Member or employee, or an employee board.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1011.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.9.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1011.2   The Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board reserves to itself for consideration and disposition:
</P>
<P>(1) All rulemaking and similar proceedings involving the promulgation of rules or the issuance of statements of general policy.
</P>
<P>(2) All investigations and other proceedings instituted by the Board, except as may be ordered in individual situations.
</P>
<P>(3) All administrative appeals in a matter previously considered by the Board.
</P>
<P>(4) All other matters submitted for decision except those assigned to an individual Board Member or employee or an employee board.
</P>
<P>(5) Except for matters assigned to the Chairman of the Board under § 1011.4(a)(6):
</P>
<P>(i) The determination of whether to reconsider a decision being challenged in court;
</P>
<P>(ii) The disposition of matters that have been the subject of an adverse decision by a court; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The determination of whether to file any memorandum or brief or otherwise participate on behalf of the Board in any court.
</P>
<P>(6) The disposition of all matters involving issues of general transportation importance, and the determination whether issues of general transportation importance are involved in any matter.
</P>
<P>(7) All appeals of initial decisions issued by the Chief Counsel under the authority delegated by § 1011.7(a), and all appeals of initial decisions issued by the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance under the authority delegated by § 1011.7(b). Appeals must be filed within 10 days after service of the initial decision or publication of the notice, and replies must be filed within 10 days after the due date for appeals or any extension thereof.


</P>
<P>(b) The Board may bring before it any matter assigned to an individual Board Member or employee or employee board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 60167, Sept. 25, 2002, as amended at 81 FR 8850, Feb. 23, 2016; 91 FR 4851, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1011.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.9.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1011.3   The Chairman, Vice Chairman, and Board Members.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) The Chairman of the Board is appointed by the President as provided by 49 U.S.C. 1301(c)(1). The Chairman has authority, duties, and responsibilities assigned under 49 U.S.C. 1301(c)(2) and described in this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Vice Chairman is elected by the Board for the term of 1 calendar year. 
</P>
<P>(3) In the Chairman's absence, the Vice Chairman is acting Chairman, and has the authority and responsibilities of the Chairman. In the Vice Chairman's absence, the Chairman, if present, has the authority and responsibilities of the Vice Chairman. In the absence of both the Chairman and the Vice Chairman, the Board may temporarily designate one of its members to act as Chairman and to have the authority and responsibilities of the Chairman and Vice Chairman.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The Chairman is the executive head of the Board and has general responsibilities for: 
</P>
<P>(i) The overall management and functioning of the Board; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The formulation of plans and policies designed to assure the effective administration of the Interstate Commerce Act and related Acts; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Prompt identification and early resolution, at the appropriate level, of major substantive regulatory problems; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The development and use of effective staff support to carry out the duties and functions of the Board. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Chairman of the Board exercises the executive and administrative functions of the Board, including: 
</P>
<P>(i) The appointment, supervision, and removal of Board employees, except those in the immediate offices of Board Members other than the Chairman; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The distribution of business among such personnel and among administrative units of the Board; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The use and expenditures of funds. 
</P>
<P>(3) In carrying out his or her functions, the Chairman is governed by general policies of the Board and by such regulatory decisions, findings, and determinations as the Board by law is authorized to make. 
</P>
<P>(4) The appointment by the Chairman of the heads of offices is subject to the approval of the Board. All heads of offices report to the Chairman. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) The Chairman presides at all sessions of the Board and sees that every vote and official act of the Board required by law to be recorded is accurately and promptly recorded by the Clearance Clerk or the person designated by the Board for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(2) Regular sessions of the Board are provided for by Board regulations. The Chairman may call the Board into special session to consider any matter or business of the Board. The Chairman shall convene a special session to consider any matter or business on request of a member of the Board unless a majority of the Board votes either not to hold a special session or to delay conference consideration of that item, or unless the Chairman finds that special circumstances warrant a delay. Notwithstanding the two immediately preceding sentences of this paragraph, on the written request of any member of the Board, the Chairman shall schedule a Board conference to discuss and vote on significant Board proceedings involving major transportation issues, and such conference shall be held within a reasonable time following the close of the record in the involved proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(3) The Chairman exercises general control over the Board's argument calendar and conference agenda. 
</P>
<P>(4) The Chairman acts as correspondent and speaks for the Board in all matters where an official expression of the Board is required. 
</P>
<P>(5) The Chairman brings any delay or failure in the work to the attention of the supervising Board Member, employee, or board, and initiates ways of correcting or preventing avoidable delays in the performance of any work or the disposition of any matter. 
</P>
<P>(6) The Chairman may appoint such standing or <I>ad hoc</I> committees of the Board as he or she considers necessary. 
</P>
<P>(7) The Chairman may reassign related proceedings to a board of employees and may remove a matter from an individual Board Member or employee or employee board for consideration and disposition by the Board. 
</P>
<P>(8) The Chairman may authorize any officer, employee, or administrative unit of the Board to perform a function vested in or delegated to the Chairman. 
</P>
<P>(9) The Chairman authorizes the institution of investigations on the Board's own motion, and their discontinuance at any time before hearing. 
</P>
<P>(10) The Chairman approves for publication all publicly issued documents by an office, except: 
</P>
<P>(i) Those authorized or adopted by the Board or an individual Board Member that involve decisions in formal proceedings; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Decisions or informal opinions of an office; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Documents prepared for court cases or for introduction into evidence in a formal proceeding. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 60167, Sept. 25, 2002, as amended at 74 FR 52903, Oct. 15, 2009; 83 FR 15077, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1011.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.9.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1011.4   Delegations to individual Board Members.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following matters are referred to the Chairman of the Board: 
</P>
<P>(1) Entry of reparation orders responsive to findings authorizing the filing of statements of claimed damages as provided at 49 CFR part 1133. 
</P>
<P>(2) Extensions of time for compliance with orders and procedural matters in any formal case or pending matter, except appeals taken from the decision of a hearing officer on requests for discovery. 
</P>
<P>(3) Postponement of the effective date of orders in proceedings that are the subject of suits brought in a court to enjoin, suspend, or set aside the decision. 
</P>
<P>(4) Dismissal of complaints and applications on the unopposed motion of any party. 
</P>
<P>(5) Requests for access to waybills and to statistics reported under orders of the Board. 
</P>
<P>(6) Exercise of control over litigation arising under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) and the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a), except for determinations whether to seek further judicial review of: 
</P>
<P>(i) A decision in which a court finds under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(F) that Board personnel may have acted arbitrarily or capriciously in improperly withholding records from disclosure; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) A decision in which a court finds under 5 U.S.C. 552a(g)(4) that Board personnel acted intentionally or willfully in violating the Privacy Act. 
</P>
<P>(7) Issuance of certificates and decisions authorizing Consolidated Rail Corporation to abandon or discontinue service over lines for which an application under section 308 of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973, 45 U.S.C. 748, has been filed. 
</P>
<P>(8) Designation in writing of employees authorized to inspect and copy records and to inspect and examine lands, buildings, and equipment pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 11144, 14122, and 15722. 
</P>
<P>(9) Authority to act alone to take necessary actions in emergency situations when the Chairman is the only Board member reasonably available. 
</P>
<P>(b) The following matters are referred to the Vice Chairman of the Board: 
</P>
<P>(1) Matters within the jurisdiction of the Accounting Board if certified to the Vice Chairman by the Accounting Board or if removed from the Accounting Board by the Vice Chairman. 
</P>
<P>(2) Matters involving the admission, disbarment, or discipline of practitioners before the Board under 49 CFR part 1103. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Chairman, Vice Chairman, or other Board Member to whom a matter is assigned under this part may certify such matter to the Board. 
</P>
<P>(d) The Chairman shall notify all Board Members that a petition for a stay has been referred to the Chairman for disposition under paragraphs (a)(2) or (3) of this section. The Chairman shall also inform all Board Members of the decision on that petition before service of such decision. At the request of a Board Member, made at any time before the Chairman's decision is served, the petition will be referred to the Board for decision. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 60167, Sept. 25, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 8726, Feb. 25, 2003; 81 FR 8850, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1011.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.9.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1011.5   Employee boards.</HEAD>
<P>This section covers matters assigned to the Accounting Board, a board of employees of the Board. 
</P>
<P>(a) The Accounting Board has authority: 
</P>
<P>(1) To permit departure from general rules prescribing uniform systems of accounts for carriers and other persons under the Interstate Commerce Act, and from the regulations governing accounting and reporting forms; 
</P>
<P>(2) To prescribe rates of depreciation to be used by railroad and water carriers; 
</P>
<P>(3) To issue special authorizations permitted by the regulations governing the destruction of records of carriers subject to the Interstate Commerce Act; and 
</P>
<P>(4) To grant extensions of time for filing annual, periodic, and special reports in matters that do not involve taking testimony at a public hearing or the submission of evidence by opposing parties in the form of affidavits. 
</P>
<P>(b) The board may certify any matter assigned to it to the Board. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1011.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.9.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1011.6   Delegations of authority by the Chairman.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) This section provides for delegations of authority by the Chairman of the Surface Transportation Board to individual Board employees. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Chairman of the Board may remove for disposition any matter delegated under this section, and any matter delegated under this section may be referred by the Board employee to the Chairman for disposition. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Board will decide appeals from decisions of employees acting under authority delegated under this section. Appeals must be filed within 10 days after the date of the employee's action, and replies must be filed within 10 days after the due date for appeals. Appeals are not favored and will be granted only in exceptional circumstances to correct a clear error of judgment or to prevent manifest injustice.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) As used in this paragraph, <I>procedural matter</I> includes, but is not limited to, the assignment of the time and place for hearing; the assignment of proceedings to administrative law judges; the issuance of decisions directing special hearing procedures; the establishment of dates for filing statements in cases assigned for hearing under modified (non-oral hearing) procedure; the consolidation of proceedings for hearing or disposition; the postponement of hearings and procedural dates; the waiver of formal specifications for pleadings; and extensions of time for filing pleadings. It does not include interlocutory appeals from the rulings of hearing officers; nor does it include postponement of the effective date of: 
</P>
<P>(i) Decisions pending judicial review, 
</P>
<P>(ii) Decisions of the entire Board, 
</P>
<P>(iii) Cease and desist orders, or 
</P>
<P>(iv) Final decisions where petitions for discretionary review have been filed under 49 CFR 1115.3. 
</P>
<P>(2) Unless otherwise ordered by the Board in individual proceedings, authority to dispose of procedural matters is delegated to administrative law judges or Board Members in proceedings assigned to them. 
</P>
<P>(3) Unless otherwise ordered by the Board in individual proceedings, authority to dispose of routine procedural matters in proceedings assigned for handling under modified procedure, other than those assigned to an administrative law judge or a Board Member, is assigned to the Chief Counsel. The Chief Counsel shall also have authority, unless otherwise ordered by the Chairman or by a majority of the Board in individual proceedings, to decide whether complaint proceedings shall be handled under the modified procedure or be assigned for oral hearings. In carrying out these duties, the Chief Counsel shall consult, as necessary, with the Director of any Board office to which an individual proceeding has been assigned.
</P>
<P>(d) Except as provided at 49 CFR 1113.3(b)(1), authority to dismiss a complaint on complainant's request, or an application on applicant's request, is delegated to the Chief Counsel.




</P>
<P>(e) Authority to grant or deny access to waybills and to statistics reported under orders of the Board is delegated to the Director of the Office of Economics. 
</P>
<P>(f) Certain accounts in the Uniform Systems of Accounts, 49 CFR parts 1200 through 1207, require Board approval to use. Authority to grant or deny requests for use of these accounts is delegated to the Director of the Office of Economics. 
</P>
<P>(g) The Chief Counsel is delegated authority, under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601, <I>et seq.,</I> to:
</P>
<P>(1) Sign and transmit to the Small Business Administration certifications of no significant economic effect for proposed rules, that if adopted by the Board, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Sign and transmit findings regarding waiver or delay of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis or delay of a final regulatory flexibility analysis. 
</P>
<P>(h) Issuance of certificates and decisions authorizing Consolidated Rail Corporation to abandon or discontinue service over lines for which an application under section 308 of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973, 45 U.S.C. 748, has been filed is delegated to the Chief Counsel.

 
</P>
<P>(i) In matters involving the streamlined market dominance approach, authority to hold a telephonic evidentiary hearing on market dominance issues is delegated to administrative law judges, as described in § 1111.12(d) of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 60167, Sept. 25, 2002, as amended at 74 FR 52904, Oct. 15, 2009; 81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016; 83 FR 17299, Apr. 19, 2018; 85 FR 47696, Aug. 6, 2020; 91 FR 4851, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1011.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.9.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1011.7   Delegations of authority by the Board to specific offices of the Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Office of Chief Counsel.</I> (1) The Chief Counsel shall head the Office of Chief Counsel and shall also fulfill the role of the General Counsel of the Board.
</P>
<P>(2) The Chief Counsel is delegated the authority to determine (in consultation with involved Offices) whether to waive filing fees set forth at 49 CFR 1002.2(f).
</P>
<P>(3) In addition to the authority delegated at § 1011.6(c)(3), (d), (g), and (h), the Chief Counsel shall have authority initially to determine the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Whether to designate abandonment proceedings for oral hearings on request.
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether offers of financial assistance satisfy the statutory standards of 49 U.S.C. 10904(d) for purposes of negotiations or, in exemption proceedings, for purposes of partial revocation and negotiations.
</P>
<P>(iii) Whether:
</P>
<P>(A) To impose, modify, or remove environmental or historic preservation conditions; and
</P>
<P>(B) In abandonment proceedings, to impose public use conditions under 49 U.S.C. 10905 and the implementing regulations at 49 CFR 1152.28.
</P>
<P>(iv) In abandonment proceedings, when a request for interim trail use/rail banking is filed under 49 CFR 1152.29, to determine whether the National Trails System Act, 16 U.S.C. 1247(d), is applicable and, where appropriate, to issue Certificates of Interim Trail Use or Abandonment (in application proceedings) or Notices of Interim Trail Use or Abandonment (in exemption proceedings).
</P>
<P>(v) In any abandonment proceeding where interim trail use/rail banking is an issue, to make such findings and issue decisions as may be necessary for the orderly administration of the National Trails System Act, 16 U.S.C. 1247(d).
</P>
<P>(vi) Whether to institute requested declaratory order proceedings under 5 U.S.C. 554(e).
</P>
<P>(vii) To issue decisions, after 60 days' notice by any person discontinuing a subsidy established under 49 U.S.C. 10904 and at the railroad's request:
</P>
<P>(A) In application proceedings, immediately issuing decisions authorizing abandonment or discontinuance; and
</P>
<P>(B) In exemption proceedings, immediately vacating the decision that postponed the effective date of the exemption.
</P>
<P>(viii) In proceedings under the Feeder Railroad Development Program under 49 U.S.C. 10907 and the implementing regulations at 49 CFR part 1151:
</P>
<P>(A) Whether to accept or reject primary applications under 49 CFR 1151.2(b); competing applications under 49 CFR 1151.2(c); and incomplete applications under 49 CFR 1151.2(d).
</P>
<P>(B) Whether to grant waivers from specific provisions of 49 CFR part 1151.
</P>
<P>(ix) In exemption proceedings subject to environmental or historic preservation reporting requirements, to issue a decision, under 49 CFR 1105.10(g), making a finding of no significant impact where no environmental or historic preservation issues have been raised by any party or identified by the Board's Office of Environmental Analysis.
</P>
<P>(x) Whether to issue notices of exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502:
</P>
<P>(A) For acquisition, lease, and operation transactions under 49 U.S.C. 10901 and 10902 and the implementing regulations at 49 CFR part 1150, subparts D and E;
</P>
<P>(B) For connecting track constructions under 49 U.S.C. 10901 and the implementing regulations at 49 CFR 1150.36;
</P>
<P>(C) For rail transactions under 49 U.S.C. 11323 and the implementing regulations at 49 CFR 1180.2(d); and
</P>
<P>(D) For abandonments and discontinuances under 49 U.S.C. 10903 and the implementing regulations at 49 CFR 1152.50.
</P>
<P>(xi) When an application or a petition for exemption for abandonment is filed, the Chief Counsel will issue a notice of that filing pursuant to 49 CFR 1152.24(e)(2) and 1152.60, respectively.
</P>
<P>(xii) Whether to issue a notice of exemption under 49 U.S.C. 13541 for a transaction under 49 U.S.C. 14303 within a motor passenger carrier corporate family that does not result in adverse changes in service levels, significant operational changes, or a change in the competitive balance with motor passenger carriers outside the corporate family.
</P>
<P>(xiii) Whether to issue rail modified certificates of public convenience and necessity under 49 CFR part 1150, subpart C.
</P>
<P>(xiv) Whether to waive the regulations at 49 CFR part 1152, subpart C, on appropriate petition.
</P>
<P>(xv) To reject applications, petitions for exemption, and verified notices (filed in class exemption proceedings) for noncompliance with the environmental rules at 49 CFR part 1105.
</P>
<P>(xvi) To reject applications by BNSF Railway Company to abandon rail lines in North Dakota exceeding the 350-mile cap of section 402 of Public Law 97-102, 95 Stat. 1465 (1981), as amended by The Department of Transportation and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 1992, Public Law 102-143, section 343 (Oct. 28, 1991).
</P>
<P>(xvii) To authorize parties to a proceeding before the Board, upon mutual request, to participate in mediation with a Board-appointed mediator, for a period of up to 30 days and to extend the mediation period at the mutual request of the parties.
</P>
<P>(xviii) To authorize a proceeding to be held in abeyance while mediation procedures are pursued, pursuant to the mutual request of the parties to the matter.
</P>
<P>(xix) To order arbitration of program-eligible matters under the Board's regulations at 49 CFR part 1108, subpart A, or upon the mutual request of parties to a proceeding before the Board.
</P>
<P>(xx) To delegate to Board staff any necessary parties for purposes of accelerated emergency service proceedings at 49 CFR 1146.2.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance.</I> The Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance is delegated the authority to:
</P>
<P>(1) Reject tariffs and railroad transportation contract summaries filed with the Board that violate applicable statutes, rules, or regulations. Any rejection of a tariff or contract summary may be by letter signed by or for the Director, Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance.
</P>
<P>(2) Issue, on written request, informal opinions and interpretations on carrier tariff provisions, which are not binding on the Board.
</P>
<P>(3) Grant or withhold special tariff authority granting relief from the provisions of 49 CFR part 1312. Any grant or withholding of such relief may be by letter signed by or for the Director, Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance.
</P>
<P>(4) Resolve any disputes that may arise concerning the applicability of motor common carrier rates under 49 U.S.C. 13710(a)(2).
</P>
<P>(5) Issue orders by the Director in an emergency under 49 U.S.C. 11123 and 11124 if no Board Member is reasonably available.
</P>
<P>(6) Issue, on written request, informal opinions and interpretations which are not binding on the Board. In issuing informal opinions or interpretations, the Director of the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance shall consult with the Directors of the appropriate Board offices. Such requests must be directed to the Director of the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC.
</P>
<P>(7) Perform any arbitration duties specifically assigned to the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance or its Director in 49 CFR part 1108, subpart B.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 30711, June 2, 2010, as amended at 78 FR 29079, May 17, 2013; 81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016; 83 FR 15077, Apr. 9, 2018; 88 FR 729, Jan. 4, 2023; 89 FR 4578, Jan. 24, 2024; 91 FR 4851, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1012" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1012—MEETINGS OF THE BOARD
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 552b(g), 49 U.S.C. 1301, 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 13796, Mar. 11, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1012.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.10.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1012.1   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The regulations contained in this part are issued pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552b(g), added by section 3(a) of the Government in the Sunshine Act, Pub. L. 94-409 (Act), and section 17(3) of the Interstate Commerce Act. They establish procedures under which meetings of the Surface Transportation Board (Board) are held. They apply to oral arguments as well as to deliberative conferences. They apply to meetings of the Board. They include provisions for giving advance public notice of meetings, for holding meetings which may lawfully be closed to the public, and for issuing minutes and transcripts of meetings.
</P>
<P>(b) The words <I>meeting</I> and <I>conference</I> are used interchangeably in this part to mean the deliberations of at least a majority of the members of the Board, where such deliberations determine or result in the joint conduct or disposition of official Board business. They do not include meetings held to determine whether some future meeting should be open or closed to the public. They do not include the deliberations of members of boards of employees of the Board.
</P>
<P>(c) These regulations are not intended to govern situations in which members of the Board consider individually and vote by notation upon matters which are circulated to them in writing. Copies of the votes or statements of position of all Board Members eligible to participate in action taken by notation voting will be made available, as soon as possible after the date upon which the action taken is made public or any decision or order adopted is served, in a public reading room or other easily accessible place within the Board, or upon written request to the Records Officer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13796, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 64 FR 53266, 53267, Oct. 1, 1999; 74 FR 52905, Oct. 15, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1012.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.10.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1012.2   Time and place of meetings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Conferences, oral arguments, and other meetings are held at the Board's offices, unless advance notice of an alternative site is given. Room assignments will be posted at the Board on the day of the meeting.
</P>
<P>(b) Regular Board conferences are held on the first and third Tuesdays of each month, or on the following day if the regular conference day is a holiday. Oral arguments before the Board are normally scheduled on the first or third Wednesday of each month. Regular Board conferences and oral arguments before the Board normally begin at 9:30 a.m. A luncheon recess is taken at approximately noon, and other recesses may be called by the presiding officer. Times for reconvening following a recess, or on subsequent days if a conference or oral argument lasts more than one day, are set by the presiding officer at the time the recess is announced.
</P>
<P>(c) Special Board conferences or oral arguments are scheduled by the Chairman of the Board.
</P>
<P>(d) If one or more portions of the same meeting are open to the public while another portion or other portions are closed, all those portions of the meeting which are open to the public are scheduled at the beginning of the meeting agenda, and are followed by those portions which are closed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13796, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 64 FR 53267, Oct. 1, 1999; 84 FR 12943, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1012.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.10.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1012.3   Public notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless a majority of the Board determines that such information is exempt from disclosure under the Act, public notice of the scheduling of a meeting will be given by filing a copy of the notice with the Clearance Clerk of the Board for posting and for service on all parties of record in any proceeding which is the subject of the meeting or any other person who has requested notice with respect to meetings of the Board, and by submitting a copy of the notice for publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) Public notice of a scheduled meeting will contain:
</P>
<P>(1) The date, time, place, and subject matter of the meeting.
</P>
<P>(2) Whether it is open to the public.
</P>
<P>(3) If the meeting or any portion of the meeting is not open to the public, an explanation of the action taken in closing the meeting or portion of the meeting, together with a list of those expected to attend the meeting and their affiliations.
</P>
<P>(4) If a vote is taken on the question of whether to close a meeting or a portion of a meeting to the public, a statement of the vote or position of each Board Member eligible to participate in that vote. If such a vote is taken, public notice of its result will be posted within one working day following completion of the voting. If the result of the vote is to close the meeting or a portion of the meeting, an explanation of that action will be included in the notice to be issued within one working day following completion of the voting. The public notice otherwise required by this subparagraph may be withheld if the Board finds that such information is exempt from disclosure under the Act.
</P>
<P>(5) The name and telephone number of the Board official designated to respond to requests for information about the meeting. </P>
<P>(c) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) of this section, public notice will be given at least one week before the date upon which a meeting is scheduled.
</P>
<P>(d) If a majority of the Board Members eligible to participate in the conduct or disposition of the matter which is the subject of a meeting determines, by recorded vote, that Board business requires that a meeting be called on less than one week's notice, the meeting may be called on short notice, and public notice will be posted and published at the earliest practicable time.
</P>
<P>(e) Changes in the scheduling of a meeting which has been the subject of a public notice will also be made the subject of a public notice, which will be posted at the earliest practicable time. Changes in, or additions to a conference agenda or in the open or closed status of a meeting will be made only if a majority of the Board Members eligible to participate in the conduct or disposition of the matter which is the subject of the meeting determines, by recorded vote, that the Board's business requires such change and that no earlier announcement of the change was possible. In such a case, the public notice of the change, will show the vote of each Board Member on the change.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13796, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 64 FR 53267, Oct. 1, 1999; 74 FR 52905, Oct. 15, 2009; 81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016; 84 FR 12943, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1012.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.10.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1012.4   Public participation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In the case of Board or Division conferences or meetings of committees of the public, members of the public will be admitted as observers only. Active participation, as by asking questions or attempting to participate in the discussion, will not be permitted, and anyone violating this proscription may be required to leave the meeting by the presiding officer.
</P>
<P>(b) Oral arguments are always open to the public. The scheduling of participants in the arguments and the allotment of time is governed by 49 CFR part 1116.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13796, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 47 FR 49596, 49597, Nov. 1, 1982; 47 FR 54083, Dec. 1, 1982; 47 FR 55686, Dec. 13, 1982; 57 FR 44135, Sept. 24, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1012.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.10.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1012.5   Transcripts; minutes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A verbatim transcript, sound recording or minutes will be made of all meetings closed to the public under these regulation, and will be retained by the Board for two years following the date upon which the meeting ended, or until one year after the conclusion of any proceeding with respect to which the meeting was held, whichever occurs later. In the case of meetings closed to the public under § 1012.7(d) (1) through (7) and (9) of this part, a transcript or recording rather than minutes will be made and retained.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board will make available free of charge, upon request, in a public reading room or some other easily accessible place, the minutes, transcript or recording of all portions of any meeting which was closed to the public except those portions which it finds to be properly exempt from disclosure under the Act. A copy of such minutes, transcript or recording will be provided, upon request, upon payment of fees as provided in part 1002 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(c) In the case of all meetings closed to the public, the presiding officer shall cause to be made, and the Board shall retain, a statement setting forth:
</P>
<P>(1) The date, time, and place of the meeting.
</P>
<P>(2) The names and affiliations of those attending.
</P>
<P>(3) The subject matter.
</P>
<P>(4) The action taken. 
</P>
<P>(5) A copy of the certification issued by the Chief Counsel that, in his or her opinion, the meeting was one that might properly be closed to the public.




</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13796, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 91 FR 4852, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1012.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.10.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1012.6   Petitions seeking to open or close a meeting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board will entertain petitions requesting either the opening of a meeting proposed to be closed to the public or the closing of a meeting proposed to be open to the public. In the case of a meeting of the Board, or a Division or committee of the Board, a petition shall be filed.
</P>
<P>(b) A petition to open a meeting proposed to be closed, filed by any interested person, will be entertained.
</P>
<P>(c) A petition to close a meeting proposed to be open will be entertained only in cases in which the subject at the meeting would:
</P>
<P>(1) Involve accusing a person of a crime or formally censuring a person.
</P>
<P>(2) Disclose information of a personal nature where disclosure would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
</P>
<P>(3) Disclose trade secrets or commercial or financial information obtained on a privileged or confidential basis.
</P>
<P>(4) Disclose investigatory records or information, compiled for law enforcement purposes, to the extent that the production of such records or information would (i) interfere with enforcement proceedings being conducted or under consideration by an agency other than the Board; (ii) deprive a person of a right to a fair trial or an impartial adjudication; (iii) constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy; (iv) disclose the identity of a confidential investigation agency or a national security intelligence agency; (v) disclose investigative techniques and procedures of an agency other than the Board; or (vi) endanger the life or physical safety of law enforcement personnel.
</P>
<P>(5) Disclose information the premature disclosure of which could lead to significant financial speculation in securities.
</P>
<P>(d) Every effort will be made to dispose of petitions to open or close a meeting in advance of the meeting date. However, if such a petition is received less than three working days prior to the date of the meeting, it may be disposed of as the first order of business at the meeting, in which case the decision will be communicated to the petitioner orally through the Board's Public Information Officer or other spokesperson.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13796, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 84 FR 12943, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1012.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.10.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1012.7   Meetings which may be closed to the public.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A meeting may be closed pursuant to this section only if a majority of the Board Members eligible to participate in the conduct or disposition of the matter which is the subject of the meeting votes to close the meeting.
</P>
<P>(b) A single vote may be taken to close a series of meetings on the same particular matters held within 30 days of the initial meeting in the series.
</P>
<P>(c) With respect to any meeting closed to the public under this section, the Chief Counsel will issue his or her certification that, in his or her opinion, the meeting is one which may properly be closed pursuant to one or more of the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section.


</P>
<P>(d) Meetings or portions of meetings may be closed to the public if the meeting or portion thereof is likely to:
</P>
<P>(1) Disclose matters (i) specifically authorized under criteria established by an Executive order to be kept secret in the interests of national defense or foreign policy and (ii) in fact properly classified pursuant to such Executive order.
</P>
<P>(2) Relate solely to the internal personnel rules and practices of the Board.
</P>
<P>(3) Disclose matters specifically exempted from disclosure by statute (other than 5 U.S.C. 552); <I>Provided,</I> That such statute (A) requires that the matters be withheld from the public in such a manner as to leave no discretion on the issue, or (B) establishes particular criteria for withholding or refers to particular types of matters to be withheld.
</P>
<P>(4) Disclose trade secrets or commercial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential.
</P>
<P>(5) Involve accusing any person of a crime, or formally censuring any person.
</P>
<P>(6) Disclose information of a personal nature where disclosure would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
</P>
<P>(7) Disclose investigatory records compiled for law enforcement purposes, or information which if written would be contained in such records, but only to the extent that the production of such records or information would (i) interfere with enforcement proceedings, (ii) deprive a person of a right to a fair trial or an impartial adjudication, (iii) constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy, (iv) disclose the identity of a confidential source and (in the case of a record compiled by a criminal law enforcement authority in the course of a criminal investigation, or by an agency conducting a lawful national security intelligence investigation) disclose confidential information furnished only by the confidential source, (v) disclose investigative techniques and procedures, or (vi) endanger the life or physical safety of law enforcement personnel.
</P>
<P>(8) Disclose information the premature disclosure of which could (i) lead to significant financial speculation in currencies, securities, or commodities, or (ii) significantly endanger the stability of any financial institution.
</P>
<P>(9) Disclose information, the premature disclosure of which would be likely significantly to frustrate implementation of a proposed Board action, except that this subparagraph shall not apply in any instance after the content or nature of the proposed Board action has already been disclosed to the public by the Board, or where the Board is required by law to make such disclosure prior to the taking of final Board action on such proposal.
</P>
<P>(10) Specifically concern the issuance of a subpoena.
</P>
<P>(11) Specifically concern the Board's participation in a civil action or proceeding or an arbitration.
</P>
<P>(12) Specifically concern the initiation, conduct, or disposition of a particular case or formal adjudication conducted pursuant to the procedures in 5 U.S.C. 554 or otherwise involving a determination on the record after an opportunity for hearing. 


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 13796, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 91 FR 4852, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1013" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1013—GUIDELINES FOR THE PROPER USE OF VOTING TRUSTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 13301(f).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>44 FR 59909, Oct. 17, 1979, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1013.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.11.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1013.1   The independence of the trustee of a voting trust.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In order to avoid an unlawful control violation, the independent voting trust should be established before a controlling block of voting securities is purchased. 
</P>
<P>(b) In voting the trusteed stock, the trustee should maintain complete independence from the creator of the trust (the settlor). 
</P>
<P>(c) Neither the trustee, the settlor, nor their respective affiliates should have any officers or board members in common or direct business arrangements, other than the voting trust, that could be construed as creating an indicium of control by the settlor over the trustee. 
</P>
<P>(d) The trustee should not use the voting power of the trust in any way which would create any dependence or intercorporate relationship between the settlor and the carrier whose corporate securities constitute the corpus of the trust. 
</P>
<P>(e) The trustee should be entitled to receive cash dividends declared and paid upon the trusteed voting stock and turn them over to the settlor. Dividends other than cash should be received and held by the trustee upon the same terms and conditions as the stock which constitutes the corpus of the trust. 
</P>
<P>(f) If the trustee becomes disqualified because of a violation of the trust agreement or if the trustee resigns, the settlor should appoint a successor trustee within 15 days. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1013.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.11.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1013.2   The irrevocability of the trust.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The trust and the nomination of the trustee during the term of the trust should be irrevocable. 
</P>
<P>(b) The trust should remain in effect until certain events, specified in the trust, occur. For example, the trust might remain in effect until (1) all the deposited stock is sold to a person not affiliated with the settlor or (2) the trustee receives a Board decision authorizing the settlor to acquire control of the carrier or authorizing the release of the securities for any reason. 
</P>
<P>(c) The settlor should not be able to control the events terminating the trust except by filing with this Board an application to control the carrier whose stock is held in trust. 
</P>
<P>(d) The trust agreement should contain provisions to ensure that no violations of 49 U.S.C. 11323 will result from termination of the trust.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 59909, Oct. 17, 1979, as amended at 81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1013.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.11.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1013.3   Review and reporting requirements for regulated carriers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any carrier choosing to utilize a voting trust may voluntarily submit a copy of the voting trust to the Board for review. The Board's staff will give an informal, nonbinding opinion as to whether the voting trust effectively insulates the settlor from any violation of Board policy against unauthorized acquisition of control of a regulated carrier. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any person who establishes an independent trust for the receipt of the voting stock of carrier must file a copy of the trust, along with any auxiliary or modifying documents, with the Board. 
</P>
<P>(c) Any carrier required to file a Schedule 13D with the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 240.13d-1) which reports the purchase of 5 percent or more of the registered securities of another Board regulated carrier (or the listed shares of a company controlling 10 percent or more of the stock of a Board regulated carrier), must simultaneously file a copy of that schedule with the Board, along with any supplements to that schedule.
</P>
<P>(d) Failure to comply with the reporting requirements in paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section will result in denial of the application in which acquisition of control, through the acquisition of the voting stock of another carrier, is sought, unless the applicant shows, by clear and convincing evidence, and the Board finds, that the failure to comply was unintentional and that denial of the application will substantially and adversely affect the public interest and the national transportation policy. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 59909, Oct. 17, 1979, as amended at 81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1014" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1014—ENFORCEMENT OF NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF HANDICAP IN PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES CONDUCTED BY THE SURFACE TRANSPORTATION BOARD
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>29 U.S.C. 794.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>51 FR 22896, June 23, 1986, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1014.101" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1014.101   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part effectuates section 119 of the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978, which amended section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 to prohibit discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies or the United States Postal Service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1014.102" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1014.102   Application.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to all programs or activities conducted by the agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1014.103" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1014.103   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For purposes of this part, the term—
</P>
<P><I>Assistant Attorney General</I> means the Assistant Attorney General, Civil Rights Division, United States Department of Justice.
</P>
<P><I>Auxiliary aids</I> means services or devices that enable persons with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills to have an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, programs or activities conducted by the agency. For example, auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired vision include readers, brailled materials, audio recordings, telecommunications devices and other similar services and devices. Auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired hearing include telephone handset amplifiers, telephones compatible with hearing aids, telecommunication devices for deaf persons (TDD's), interpreters, notetakers, written materials, and other similar services and devices.
</P>
<P><I>Complete complaint</I> means a written statement that contains the complainant's name and address and describes the agency's alleged discriminatory action in sufficient detail to inform the agency of the nature and date of the alleged violation of section 504. It shall be signed by the complainant or by someone authorized to do so on his or her behalf. Complaints filed on behalf of classes or third parties shall describe or identify (by name, if possible) the alleged victims of discrimination.
</P>
<P><I>Facility</I> means all or any portion of buildings, structures, equipment, roads, walks, parking lots, rolling stock or other conveyances, or other real or personal property.
</P>
<P><I>Handicapped person</I> means any person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities, has a record of such an impairment, or is regarded as having such an impairment.
</P>
<P>As used in this definition, the phrase: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Physical or mental impairment</I> includes—
</P>
<P>(i) Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: Neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; respiratory, including speech organs; cardiovascular; reproductive; digestive; genitourinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and endocrine; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities. The term “physical or mental impairment” includes, but is not limited to, such diseases and conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech, and hearing impairments, cerebral palsy, epilepsy, muscular dystrophy, multiple sclerosis, cancer, heart disease, diabetes, mental retardation, emotional illness, and drug addiction and alcoholism.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Major life activities</I> includes functions such as caring for one's self performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, and working. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Has a record of such an impairment</I> means has a history of, or has been misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Is regarded as having an impairment</I> means—
</P>
<P>(i) Has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit major life activities but is treated by the agency as constituting such a limitation; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits major life activities only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such impairment; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Has none of the impairments defined in paragraph (1) of this definition but is treated by the agency as having such an impairment. 
</P>
<P><I>Historic preservation programs</I> means programs conducted by the agency that have preservation of historic properties as a primary purpose. 
</P>
<P><I>Historic properties</I> means those properties that are listed or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places or properties designated as historic under a statute of the appropriate State or local government body. 
</P>
<P><I>Qualified handicapped person</I> means— 
</P>
<P>(1) With respect to preschool, elementary, or secondary education services provided by the agency, a handicapped person who is a member of a class of persons otherwise entitled by statute, regulation, or agency policy to receive education services from the agency. 
</P>
<P>(2) With respect to any other agency program or activity under which a person is required to perform services or to achieve a level of accomplishment, a handicapped person who meets the essential eligibility requirements and who can achieve the purpose of the program or activity without modifications in the program or activity that the agency can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in its nature; 
</P>
<P>(3) With respect to any other program or activity, a handicapped person who meets the essential eligibility requirements for participation in, or receipt of benefits from, that program or activity; and 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Qualified handicapped person</I> is defined for purposes of employment in 29 CFR 1613.702(f), which is made applicable to this part by § 1014.140. 
</P>
<P><I>Section 504</I> means section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93-112, 87 Stat. 394 (29 U.S.C. 794)), as amended by the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1974 (Pub. L. 93-516, 88 Stat. 1617), and the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978 (Pub. L. 95-602, 92 Stat. 2955). As used in this part, section 504 applies only to programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies and not to federally assisted programs. 
</P>
<P><I>Substantial impairment</I> means a significant loss of the integrity of finished materials, design quality, or special character resulting from a permanent alteration. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 1014.104-1014.110" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 1014.104-1014.110   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1014.111" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1014.111   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>The agency shall make available to employees, applicants, participants, beneficiaries, and other interested persons such information regarding the provisions of this part and its applicability to the programs or activities conducted by the agency, and make such information available to them in such manner as the head of the agency finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured them by section 504 and this regulation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 1014.112-1014.129" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 1014.112-1014.129   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1014.130" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1014.130   General prohibitions against discrimination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No qualified handicapped person shall, on the basis of handicap, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency. 
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The agency, in providing any aid, benefit, or service, may not, directly or through contractual, licensing, or other arrangements, on the basis of handicap— 
</P>
<P>(i) Deny a qualified handicapped person the opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Afford a qualified handicapped person an opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service that is not equal to that afforded others; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Provide a qualified handicapped person with an aid, benefit, or service that is not as effective in affording equal opportunity to obtain the same result, to gain the same benefit, or to reach the same level of achievement as that provided to others; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Provide different or separate aid, benefits, or services to handicapped persons or to any class of handicapped persons than is provided to others unless such action is necessary to provide qualified handicapped persons with aid, benefits, or services that are as effective as those provided to others;
</P>
<P>(v) Deny a qualified handicapped person the opportunity to participate as a member of planning or advisory boards; or
</P>
<P>(vi) Otherwise limit a qualified handicapped person in the enjoyment of any right, privilege, advantage, or opportunity enjoyed by others receiving the aid, benefit, or service.
</P>
<P>(2) The agency may not deny a qualified handicapped person the opportunity to participate in programs or activities that are not separate or different, despite the existence of permissibly separate or different programs or activities.
</P>
<P>(3) The agency may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, utilize criteria or methods of administration the purpose or effect of which would—
</P>
<P>(i) Subject qualified handicapped persons to discrimination on the basis of handicap; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to handicapped persons.
</P>
<P>(4) The agency may not, in determining the site or location of a facility, make selections the purpose or effect of which would—
</P>
<P>(i) Exclude handicapped persons from, deny them the benefits of, or otherwise subject them to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair the accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to handicapped persons.
</P>
<P>(5) The agency, in the selection of procurement contractors, may not use criteria that subject qualified handicapped persons to discrimination on the basis of handicap.
</P>
<P>(6) The agency may not administer a licensing or certification program in a manner that subjects qualified handicapped persons to discrimination on the basis of handicap, nor may the agency establish requirements for the programs or activities of licensees or certified entities that subject qualified handicapped persons to discrimination on the basis of handicap. However, the programs or activities of entities that are licensed or certified by the agency are not, themselves, covered by this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The exclusion of nonhandicapped persons from the benefits of a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to handicapped persons or the exclusion of a specific class of handicapped persons from a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to a different class of handicapped persons is not prohibited by this part.
</P>
<P>(d) The agency shall administer programs and activities in the most integrated setting appropriate to the needs of qualified handicapped persons.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 1014.131-1014.139" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 1014.131-1014.139   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1014.140" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1014.140   Employment.</HEAD>
<P>No qualified handicapped person shall, on the basis of handicap, be subjected to discrimination in employment under any program or activity conducted by the agency. The definitions, requirements, and procedures of section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791), as established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613, shall apply to employment in federally conducted programs or activities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 1014.141-1014.148" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 1014.141-1014.148   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1014.149" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1014.149   Program accessibility: Discrimination prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>Except as otherwise provided in § 1014.150, no qualified handicapped person shall, because the agency's facilities are inaccessible to or unusable by handicapped persons, be denied the benefits of, be excluded from participation in, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1014.150" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1014.150   Program accessibility: Existing facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The agency shall operate each program or activity so that the program or activity, when viewed in its entirety, is readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons. This paragraph does not—
</P>
<P>(1) Necessarily require the agency to make each of its existing facilities accessible to and usable by handicapped persons; 
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of historic preservation programs, require the agency to take any action that would result in a substantial impairment of significant historic features of an historic property; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Require the agency to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where agency personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the agency has the burden of proving that compliance with § 1014.150(a) would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the agency head or his or her designee after considering all agency resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity, and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the agency shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such burdens but would nevertheless ensure that handicapped persons receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Methods</I>—(1) <I>General.</I> The agency may comply with the requirements of this section through such means as redesign of equipment, reassignment of services to accessible buildings, assignment of aides to beneficiaries, home visits, delivery of services at alternate accessible sites, alteration of existing facilities and construction of new facilities, use of accessible rolling stock, or any other methods that result in making its programs or activities readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons. The agency is not required to make structural changes in existing facilities where other methods are effective in achieving compliance with this section. The agency, in making alterations to existing buildings, shall meet accessibility requirements to the extent compelled by the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), and any regulations implementing it. In choosing among available methods for meeting the requirements of this section, the agency shall give priority to those methods that offer programs and activities to qualified handicapped persons in the most integrated setting appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Historic preservation programs.</I> In meeting the requirements of § 1014.150(a) in historic preservation programs, the agency shall give priority to methods that provide physical access to handicapped persons. In cases where a physical alteration to an historic property is not required because of § 1014.150(a)(2) or (a)(3), alternative methods of achieving program accessibility include—
</P>
<P>(i) Using audio-visual materials and devices to depict those portions of an historic property that cannot otherwise be made accessible;
</P>
<P>(ii) Assigning persons to guide handicapped persons into or through portions of historic properties that cannot otherwise be made accessible; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Adopting other innovative methods.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time period for compliance.</I> The agency shall comply with the obligations established under this section by October 21, 1986, except that where structural changes in facilities are undertaken, such changes shall be made by August 22, 1989, but in any event as expeditiously as possible. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Transition plan.</I> In the event that structural changes to facilities will be undertaken to achieve program accessibility, the agency shall develop, by February 23, 1987, a transition plan setting forth the steps necessary to complete such changes. The agency shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including handicapped persons or organizations representing handicapped persons, to participate in the development of the transition plan by submitting comments (both oral and written). A copy of the transition plan shall be made available for public inspection. The plan shall, at a minimum—
</P>
<P>(1) Identify physical obstacles in the agency's facilities that limit the accessibility of its programs or activities to handicapped persons;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe in detail the methods that will be used to make the facilities accessible;
</P>
<P>(3) Specify the schedule for taking the steps necessary to achieve compliance with this section and, if the time period of the transition plan is longer than one year, identify steps that will be taken during each year of the transition period; and
</P>
<P>(4) Indicate the official responsible for implementation of the plan.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1014.151" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1014.151   Program accessibility: New construction and alterations.</HEAD>
<P>Each building or part of a building that is constructed or altered by, on behalf of, or for the use of the agency shall be designed, constructed, or altered so as to be readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons. The definitions, requirements, and standards of the Architectural Barriers Act (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), as established in 41 CFR 101-19.600 to 101-19.607, apply to buildings covered by this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 1014.152-1014.159" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 1014.152-1014.159   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1014.160" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1014.160   Communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The agency shall take appropriate steps to ensure effective communication with applicants, participants, personnel of other Federal entities, and members of the public.
</P>
<P>(1) The agency shall furnish appropriate auxiliary aids where necessary to afford a handicapped person an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, a program or activity conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(i) In determining what type of auxiliary aid is necessary, the agency shall give primary consideration to the requests of the handicapped person.
</P>
<P>(ii) The agency need not provide individually prescribed devices, readers for personal use or study, or other devices of a personal nature.
</P>
<P>(2) Where the agency communicates with applicants and beneficiaries by telephone, telecommunication devices for deaf person (TDD's) or equally effective telecommunication systems shall be used.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency shall ensure that interested persons, including persons with impaired vision or hearing, can obtain information as to the existence and location of accessible services, activities, and facilities.
</P>
<P>(c) The agency shall provide signage at a primary entrance to each of its inaccessible facilities, directing users to a location at which they can obtain information about accessible facilities. The international symbol for accessibility shall be used at each primary entrance of an accessible facility.
</P>
<P>(d) This section does not require the agency to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where agency personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the agency has the burden of proving that compliance with § 1014.160 would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the agency head or his or her designee after considering all agency resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity, and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action required to comply with this section would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the agency shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such burdens but would nevertheless ensure that, to the maximum extent possible, handicapped persons receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 1014.161-1014.169" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 1014.161-1014.169   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1014.170" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1014.170   Compliance procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this section applies to all allegations of discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by the agency.
</P>
<P>(b) The agency shall process complaints alleging violations of section 504 with respect to employment according to the procedures established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613 pursuant to section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791).
</P>
<P>(c) The Equal Opportunity Officer shall be responsible for coordinating implementation of this section. Complaints may be sent to the Section of Personnel Services, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423. 
</P>
<P>(d) The agency shall accept and investigate all complete complaints for which it has jurisdiction. All complete complaints must be filed within 180 days of the alleged act of discrimination. The agency may extend this time period for good cause. 
</P>
<P>(e) If the agency receives a complaint over which it does not have jurisdiction, it shall promptly notify the complainant and shall make reasonable efforts to refer the complaint to the appropriate government entity. 
</P>
<P>(f) The agency shall notify the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board upon receipt of any complaint alleging that a building or facility that is subject to the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), or section 502 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 U.S.C. 792), is not readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons. 
</P>
<P>(g) Within 180 days of the receipt of a complete complaint for which it has jurisdiction, the agency shall notify the complainant of the results of the investigation in a letter containing— 
</P>
<P>(1) Findings of fact and conclusions of law; 
</P>
<P>(2) A description of a remedy for each violation found; and 
</P>
<P>(3) A notice of the right to appeal. 
</P>
<P>(h) Appeals of the findings of fact and conclusions of law or remedies must be filed by the complainant within 90 days of receipt from the agency of the letter required by § 1014.170(g). The agency may extend this time for good cause. 
</P>
<P>(i) Timely appeals shall be accepted and processed by the head of the agency. 
</P>
<P>(j) The head of the agency shall notify the complainant of the results of the appeal within 60 days of the receipt of the request. If the head of the agency determines that additional information is needed from the complainant, he or she shall have 60 days from the date of receipt of the additional information to make his or her determination on the appeal. 
</P>
<P>(k) The time limits cited in paragraphs (g) and (j) of this section may be extended with the permission of the Assistant Attorney General. 
</P>
<P>(l) The agency may delegate its authority for conducting complaint investigations to other Federal agencies, except that the authority for making the final determination may not be delegated to another agency. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 22896, June 23, 1986, as amended at 51 FR 22896, June 23, 1986; 64 FR 53267, Oct. 1, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 1014.171-1014.999" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.12.0.1.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 1014.171-1014.999   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1016" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1016—SPECIAL PROCEDURES GOVERNING THE RECOVERY OF EXPENSES BY PARTIES TO BOARD ADJUDICATORY PROCEEDINGS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 504(c)(1), 49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>46 FR 61660, Dec. 18, 1981, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Provisions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.101" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.101   Purpose of these rules.</HEAD>
<P>The Equal Access to Justice Act (5 U.S.C. 504) (called the “Act” in this part), provides for the award of attorney fees and other expenses to eligible individuals and entities who are parties to certain administrative proceedings (called “adversary adjudications”) before the Surface Transportation Board. An eligible party may receive an award when it prevails over the Board or another agency of the United States participating in the Board proceeding, unless the Board's position in the proceeding, or that of the other agency, was substantially justified or special circumstances make an award unjust. The rules in this part describe the parties eligible for awards and the proceedings that are covered. They also explain how to apply for awards, and the procedures and standards that the Board will use to make them.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.102" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.102   When the Act applies.</HEAD>
<P>The Act applies to any adversary adjudication pending before the Board after October 1, 1981. This includes proceedings begun before October 1, 1981, if final Board action has not been taken before that date, regardless of when they were initiated or when final Board action occurs. These rules incorporate the changes made in Pub. L. No. 99-80, 99 Stat. 183, which applies generally to cases instituted after October 1, 1984. If awards are sought for cases pending on October 1, 1981 or filed between that date and September 30, 1984, the prior statutory provisions (to the extent they differ from the existing ones, and our implementing rules) apply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 26379, June 23, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.103" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.103   Proceedings covered.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Act applies to adversary adjudications conducted by the Board under 5 U.S.C. 554 in which the position of this or any other agency of the United States, or any component of an agency, is presented by an attorney or other representative (hereinafter “agency counsel”) who enters an appearance and participates in the proceeding. Proceedings for the purpose of establishing or fixing a rate are not covered by the Act. Proceedings to grant or renew licenses are also excluded, but proceedings to modify, suspend, or revoke licenses are covered if they are otherwise “adversary adjudications.” Generally, the types of Board proceedings covered by the Act include, but are not limited to, investigation proceedings instituted under 49 U.S.C. 11701 and 49 U.S.C. 13905 and disciplinary proceedings conducted pursuant to 49 CFR 1103.5.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board may also designate a proceeding not listed in paragraph (a) of this section as an adversary adjudication for purposes of the Act by so stating in an order initiating the proceeding, designating the matter for hearing or at any other time during the proceeding. The Board's failure to designate a proceeding as an adversary adjudication shall not preclude the filing of an application by a party who believes the proceeding is covered by the Act; whether the proceeding is covered will then be an issue for resolution in proceedings on the application.
</P>
<P>(c) If a proceeding includes both matters covered by the Act and matters specifically excluded from coverage, any award made will include only fees and expenses related to covered issues.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 61660, Dec. 18, 1981, as amended at 81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.104" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.104   Decisionmaking authority.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise ordered by the Board in a particular proceeding, each application for an award under this part shall be assigned for decision to the official or decisionmaking body that entered the decision in the adversary adjudication. That official or decisionmaking body is referred to in this part as the “adjudicative officer.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 61660, Dec. 18, 1981, as amended at 54 FR 26379, June 23, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.105" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.105   Eligibility of applicants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To be eligible for an award of attorney fees and other expenses under the Act, the applicant must be a party to the adversary adjudication for which it seeks an award, it must have stood in an adversary relationship to the position taken by agency counsel, and it must have prevailed on one or more of the issues raised by agency counsel. The term “party” is defined in 5 U.S.C. 504(b)(1)(B). The applicant must show that it meets all conditions of eligibility set out in this subpart and in Subpart B.
</P>
<P>(b) The types of eligible applicants are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) An individual whose net worth did not exceed $2 million at the time the adversary adjudication was initiated;
</P>
<P>(2) Any owner of an unincorporated business, or any partnership, corporation, association, unit of local government, or organization whose net worth does not exceed $7 million and which had no more than 500 employees at the time the adversary adjudication was initiated;
</P>
<P>(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)) exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code, or a cooperative association as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 1141j(a)), may be a party regardless of the net worth of such organization or cooperative association.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of eligibility, the net worth and number of employees of an applicant shall be determined as of the date the proceeding was initiated.
</P>
<P>(d) The employees of an applicant include all persons who regularly perform services for remuneration for the applicant, under the applicant's direction and control. Part-time employees shall be included on a proportional basis. Independent contractors under lease to motor carriers are not employees of the carriers under these rules. Also, agents for motor common carriers of household goods are not employees of their respective principal carriers.
</P>
<P>(e) The net worth and number of employees of the applicant and all of its affiliates shall be aggregated to determine eligibility. Any individual, corporation or other entity that directly or indirectly controls or owns a majority of the voting shares or other interest of the applicant or any corporation or other entity of which the applicant directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting shares or other interest, will be considered an affiliate for purposes of this part, unless the adjudicative officer determines that such treatment would be unjust and contrary to the purposes of the Act in light of the actual relationship between the affiliated entities. In addition, the adjudicative officer may determine that financial relationships of the applicant other than those described in this paragraph constitute special circumstances that would make an award unjust.
</P>
<P>(f) An applicant that participates in a proceeding primarily on behalf of one or more other persons or entities that would be ineligible is not itself eligible for an award.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 61660, Dec. 18, 1981, as amended at 54 FR 26379, June 23, 1989; 81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.106" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.106   Standards for awards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A prevailing applicant may receive an award for fees and expenses incurred in connection with a proceeding, or in a significant and discrete substantive portion of the proceeding, unless the position of the agency over which the applicant has prevailed was substantially justified. Whether or not the position of the agency was substantially justified shall be determined on the basis of the administrative record made in the adversary adjudication for which fees and other expenses are sought. The burden of proof that an award should not be made to an eligible prevailing applicant is on the agency counsel, which may avoid an award by showing that its position was reasonable in law and fact.
</P>
<P>(b) An award will be reduced or denied if the applicant has unduly or unreasonably protracted the proceeding or if special circumstances make the award sought unjust.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 61660, Dec. 18, 1981, as amended at 54 FR 26379, June 23, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.107" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.107   Allowable fees and expenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Awards will be based on rates customarily charged by persons engaged in the business of acting as attorneys, agents and expert witnesses, even if the services were made available without charge or at a reduced rate to the applicant.
</P>
<P>(b) No award for the fee of an attorney or agent under these rules may exceed the amount specified by 5 U.S.C. 504(b)(1)(A), unless a higher fee is justified. 5 U.S.C. 504(b)(1)(A). However, an award may also include the reasonable expenses of the attorney, agent, or witness as a separate item, if the attorney, agent, or witness ordinarily charges clients separately for such expenses.
</P>
<P>(c) In determining the reasonableness of the fee sought for an attorney, agent or expert witness, the adjudicative officer shall consider the following:
</P>
<P>(1) If the attorney, agent or witness is in private practice, his or her customary fee for similar services, or, if an employee of the applicant, the fully allocated cost of the services;
</P>
<P>(2) The prevailing rate for similar services in the community in which the attorney, agent, or witness ordinarily performs services;
</P>
<P>(3) The time actually spent in the representation of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(4) The time reasonably spent in light of the difficulty or complexity of the issues in the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(5) Such other factors as may bear on the value of the services provided.
</P>
<P>(d) The reasonable cost of any study, analysis, engineering report, test, project or similar matter prepared on behalf of a party may be awarded, to the extent that the charge for the service does not exceed the prevailing rate for similar services, and the study or other matter was necessary for preparation of the applicant's case.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 61660, Dec. 18, 1981, as amended at 54 FR 26379, June 23, 1989; 81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.109" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.109   Awards against other agencies.</HEAD>
<P>If an applicant is entitled to an award because it prevails over another agency of the United States that participates in a proceeding before this agency and takes a position that is not substantially justified, the award or an appropriate portion of the award shall be made against that agency. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Information Required From Applicants</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.201" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.201   Contents of application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application for an award of fees and expenses under the Act shall identify the applicant and the proceeding for which an award is sought. The application shall show that the applicant has prevailed and identify the position of the Board or other agencies in the proceeding that the applicant alleges was not substantially justified. Unless the applicant is an individual, the application shall also state the number of employees of the applicant and describe briefly the type and purpose of its organization or business.
</P>
<P>(b) The application shall also include a statement that the applicant's net worth does not exceed $2 million (if an individual) or $7 million (for all other applicants, including their affiliates). However, an applicant may omit this statement if:
</P>
<P>(1) It attaches a copy of a ruling by the Internal Revenue Service that it qualifies as an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)) exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code; or
</P>
<P>(2) It states that it is a cooperative association as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 1141j(a)).
</P>
<P>(c) The application shall state the amount of fees and expenses for which an award is sought. 
</P>
<P>(d) The application may also include any other matters that the applicant wishes the Board to consider in determining whether and in what amount an award should be made. 
</P>
<P>(e) The application shall be signed by the applicant or an authorized officer or attorney of the applicant. It shall also contain or be accompanied by a written verification under oath or under penalty of perjury that the information provided in the application is true and correct. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 61660, Dec. 18, 1981, as amended at 54 FR 26380, June 23, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.202" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.202   Net worth exhibit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each applicant must provide with its application a detailed exhibit showing the net worth of the applicant and any affiliates (as defined in § 1016.105(e) of this part) when the proceeding was initiated. The exhibit may be in any form convenient to the applicant that provides full disclosure of the applicant's and its affiliates' assets and liabilities and is sufficient to determine whether the applicant qualifies under the standards in this part. The adjudicative officer may require an applicant to file additional information to determine its eligibility for an award. 
</P>
<P>(b) Ordinarily, the net worth exhibit will be included in the public record of the proceeding. However, an applicant that objects to public disclosure of information in any portion of the exhibit and believes that there are legal grounds for withholding it from disclosure may file a motion to withhold the information from public disclosure. The burden is on the moving party to justify the confidentiality of the information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 61660, Dec. 18, 1981, as amended at 54 FR 26380, June 23, 1989; 81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.203" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.203   Documentation of fees and expenses.</HEAD>
<P>The application shall be accompanied by full documentation of the fees and expenses, including the cost of any study, analysis, engineering report, test, project or similar matter, for which an award is sought. A separate itemized statement shall be submitted for each professional firm or individual whose services are covered by the application, showing the hours spent in connection with the proceeding by each individual, a description of the specific services performed, the rate at which each fee has been computed, any expenses for which reimbursement is sought, the total amount claimed, and the total amount paid or payable by the applicant or by another person or entity for the services provided. The adjudicative officer may require the applicant to provide vouchers, receipts, or other substantiation for any expenses claimed. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Procedures for Considering Applications</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.301" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.301   When an application may be filed.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An application may be filed whenever the applicant has prevailed in the proceeding or in a significant and discrete substantive portion of the proceeding, but in no case later than 30 days after an administratively final disposition of the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(b) If review or reconsideration is sought or taken of a decision as to which an applicant believes it has prevailed, proceedings for the award of fees shall be stayed pending final disposition of the underlying controversy. 
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this rule, see the Board's rules governing appellate procedures at §§ 1115.2 and 1115.3 to determine when a decision becomes administratively final. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 61660, Dec. 18, 1981, as amended at 54 FR 26380, June 23, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.302" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.302   Filing and service of documents.</HEAD>
<P>Any application for an award or other pleading or document related to an application shall be filed and served on all parties to the proceeding in the same manner as other pleadings in the proceeding, except as provided in § 1016.202(b) for confidential financial information. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.303" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.303   Answer to application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Within 30 days after service of an application, counsel representing the agency against which an award is sought may file an answer to the application. Unless agency counsel requests an extension of time for filing or files a statement of intent to negotiate under paragraph (b) of this section, failure to file an answer within the 30-day period may be treated as a consent to the award requested.
</P>
<P>(b) If agency counsel and the applicant believe that the issues in the fee application can be settled, they may jointly file a statement of their intent to negotiate a settlement. The filing of this statement shall extend the time for filing an answer for an additional 30 days, and further extensions may be granted as justified.
</P>
<P>(c) The answer shall explain in detail any objections to the award requested and identify the facts relied on in support of agency counsel's position. If the answer is based on any alleged facts not already in the record of the proceeding, agency counsel shall include with the answer either supporting affidavits or a request for further proceedings under § 1016.307.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 61660, Dec. 18, 1981, as amended at 54 FR 26380, June 23, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.304" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.304   Reply.</HEAD>
<P>Within 15 days after service of an answer, the applicant may file a reply. If the reply is based on any alleged facts not already in the record of the proceeding, the applicant shall include with the reply either supporting affidavits or a request for further proceedings under § 1016.307.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.305" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.3.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.305   Comments by other parties.</HEAD>
<P>Any party to a proceeding other than the applicant and agency counsel may file comments on an application within 30 days after it is served or on an answer within 15 days after it is served. A commenting party may not broaden the issues. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 61660, Dec. 18, 1981, as amended at 54 FR 26380, June 23, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.306" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.3.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.306   Settlement.</HEAD>
<P>The applicant and agency counsel may agree on a proposed settlement of the award before final action on the application, either in connection with a settlement of the underlying proceeding, or after the underlying proceeding has been concluded. If a prevailing party and agency counsel agree on a proposed settlement of an award before an application has been filed, the application shall be filed with the proposed settlement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.307" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.3.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.307   Further proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Ordinarily, the determination of an award will be made on the basis of the written record. However, on request of either the applicant or agency counsel or on his or her own initiative, the adjudicative officer may order further proceedings when necessary.
</P>
<P>(b) A request that the adjudicative officer order further proceedings under this section shall specifically identify the information sought or the disputed issues and shall explain why the additional proceedings are necessary to resolve the issues.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 61660, Dec. 18, 1981, as amended at 54 FR 26380, June 23, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.308" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.3.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.308   Decision.</HEAD>
<P>The adjudicative officer shall issue a decision on the application within 50 days after completion of proceedings on the application. The decision shall include written findings and conclusions on the applicant's eligibility and status as a prevailing party, and an explanation of the reasons for any difference between the amount requested and the amount awarded. The decision shall also include, if at issue, findings on whether the Board's or other agency's position was substantially justified, whether the applicant unduly protracted the proceedings, or whether special circumstances make an award unjust. If the applicant has sought an award against more than one agency, the decision shall allocate responsibility for payment of any award made among the agencies, and shall explain the reasons for the allocation made.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 61660, Dec. 18, 1981, as amended at 54 FR 26380, June 23, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.309" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.3.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.309   Agency review.</HEAD>
<P>In the event the adjudicative officer is not the entire Board, the applicant or agency counsel may seek review of the initial decision on the fee application, or the Board may review the decision on its own initiative, in accordance with § 1115.2. If no appeal is taken, the initial decision becomes the action of the Board 20 days after it is issued. If the adjudicative officer is the entire Board, § 1115.3 applies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 26380, June 23, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.310" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.3.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.310   Judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>Judicial review of final Board decisions on awards may be sought as provided in 5 U.S.C. 504(c)(2).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1016.311" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.13.3.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1016.311   General provisions.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant seeking payment of an award shall submit to the appropriate official of the paying agency a copy of the Board's final decision granting the award, accompanied by a statement that the applicant will not seek review of the decision in the United States courts. Where the award is granted against the Surface Transportation Board the applicant shall make its submission to the Chief, Section of Financial Services, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001. The Board will pay the amount awarded to the applicant within 60 days of the applicant's submission unless the judicial review of the award or of the underlying decision of the adversary adjudication has been sought by the applicant or any other party to the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 52905, Oct. 15, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1017" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1017—DEBT COLLECTION—COLLECTION BY OFFSET FROM INDEBTED GOVERNMENT AND FORMER GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3716, 5 U.S.C. 5514; Pub. L. 97-365; 31 CFR parts 900-904; 5 CFR part 550.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 32333, July 16, 1991, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1017.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) These regulations set forth guidelines for implementing the Debt Collection Act of 1982 at the Surface Transportation Board (STB). The purpose of the Act is to give agencies the ability to more aggressively pursue debts owed the Federal Government and to increase the efficiency of governmentwide efforts to collect debts owed the United States. The authority for these regulations is found in the Debt Collection Act of 1982 (Pub. L. 97-365 and 4 CFR 101.1 <I>et seq.</I>), Collection by Offset From Indebted Government Employees (5 CFR 550.1101 <I>et seq.</I>), Federal Claims Collection Standards (4 CFR 101.1 <I>et seq.</I>), and Administrative Offset (31 U.S.C. 3716).
</P>
<P>(b) These regulations provide procedures for administrative offset of a Federal employee's salary without his/her consent to satisfy certain debts owed to the Federal Government. The regulations covered in this part apply to all current and former Federal employees who owe debts to the Board and to current Board employees who owe debts to other Federal agencies. The regulations set forth herein do not apply when the employee consents to recovery from his/her current pay account.
</P>
<P>(c) These regulations do not apply to debts or claims arising under:
</P>
<P>(1) The Social Security Act;
</P>
<P>(2) The Internal Revenue Code of 1954;
</P>
<P>(3) The tariff laws of the United States; or
</P>
<P>(4) Any case where a collection of a debt by salary offset is explicitly provided for or prohibited by another statute.
</P>
<P>(d) These regulations also do not preclude the compromise, suspension, or termination of collection action, where appropriate, under the standards implementing the Federal Claims Collection Act (31 U.S.C. 3711 <I>et seq.,</I> 4 CFR 101.1 <I>et seq.</I>). These regulations do not preclude an employee's requesting a waiver of a salary overpayment (i.e., alleged indebtedness) under 5 U.S.C. 5584, 10 U.S.C. 2774, or 32 U.S.C. 716, or in any way questioning the amount or validity of a debt by submitting a claim to the General Accounting Office (GAO), or requesting a waiver under statutory provisions pertaining to the particular debt.
</P>
<P>(e) The Board's regulations governing debt collection for entities and individuals who are not current or former government employees are contained in 49 CFR part 1018.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 32333, July 16, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 7749, Feb. 9, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1017.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of these regulations, the following definitions will apply:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Agency.</I> An executive agency as defined at 5 U.S.C. 105, including the U.S. Postal Service; the U.S. Postal Rate Board; a military department as defined at 5 U.S.C. 102; an agency or court in the Judicial Branch; an agency of the Legislative Branch, including the U.S. Senate and House of Representatives; and other independent establishments that are entities of the Federal Government.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Creditor agency.</I> The agency to which the debt is owed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Debt.</I> An amount of money or property which has been determined by an appropriate agency official to be owed to the United States from any person.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disposable pay.</I> The amount that remains from an employee's Federal pay after required deductions for social security; Federal, State, or local income taxes; health insurance premiums; retirement contributions; life insurance premiums; Federal employment taxes; and any other deductions that are required to be withheld by law.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>FCCS.</I> The Federal Claims Collection Standards jointly published by the Justice Department and the General Accounting Office at 4 CFR 101.1 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Hearing official.</I> The official responsible for conducting a hearing which is properly and timely requested by the debtor. An Administrative Law Judge shall be responsible for conducting the hearing and the Chief Administrative Law Judge shall determine which judicial official will be assigned the hearing.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Paying agency.</I> The agency that employs the individual who owes the debt and authorizes the payment of his/her current pay.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Administrative offset.</I> The withholding of monies payable by the United States to or held by the United States on behalf of an employee to satisfy a debt owed the United States by that employee.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Waiver.</I> A cancellation, forgiveness, or non-recovery of a debt allegedly owed by an employee or former employee to the agency as permitted or required by law. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1017.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.3   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>These regulations are to be followed when:
</P>
<P>(a) The Board is owed a debt by a current employee;
</P>
<P>(b) The Board is owed a debt by an individual currently employed by another Federal agency;
</P>
<P>(c) The Board employs an individual who owes a debt to another Federal agency; and
</P>
<P>(d) The Board is owed a debt by an employee who separates from Federal Government service. The authority to collect debts owed by former Federal employees is found in the FCCS and 31 U.S.C. 3716.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1017.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.4   Notice requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Deductions shall not be made unless the employee is provided with written notice, signed by the debt collection official (Chief, Section of Financial Services), of the debt at least 30 days before administrative offset commences.
</P>
<P>(b) The written notice to current Federal employees shall be hand delivered if at headquarters or sent certified mail, return receipt requested, if located in a field office and shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that the debt is owed and an explanation of its nature and amount;
</P>
<P>(2) The agency's intention to collect the debt by means of deduction from the employee's current disposable pay account;
</P>
<P>(3) The amount, frequency, proposed beginning date, and duration of the intended deduction(s);
</P>
<P>(4) An explanation of interest, penalties, and administrative charges, including a statement that such charges will be assessed unless excused in accordance with the FCCS (4 CFR 101.1 <I>et seq.</I>);
</P>
<P>(5) The employee's right to inspect, request, and copy Government records relating to the debt (if an employee is unable to physically inspect the Government records, the agency will reproduce copies of the records and may charge for those copies);
</P>
<P>(6) If not previously provided, the opportunity (under terms agreeable to the creditor agency) to establish a schedule for the voluntary repayment of the debt or to enter into a written agreement with the agency to establish a schedule for the voluntary repayment of the debt in lieu of offset. The agreement must be in writing, signed by both the employee and the creditor agency, and documented in the creditor agency's files (4 CFR 102.2(e));
</P>
<P>(7) The right to a hearing conducted by an impartial hearing official concerning the existence or amount of the debt and the repayment schedule, if it was not established by a written agreement between the employee and the creditor agency;
</P>
<P>(8) The method and time period for petitioning for a hearing;
</P>
<P>(9) A statement that the timely filing of a petition for a hearing (on or before the 15th day following receipt of the written notice) will stay the commencement of collection proceedings, together with instructions on how and where to file a petition;
</P>
<P>(10) A statement that a final decision on the hearing (if one is requested) will be issued not later than 60 days after the filing of the petition requesting the hearing unless the employee requests, and the hearing official grants, a delay in the proceedings;
</P>
<P>(11) A statement that knowingly false or frivolous statements, representations, or evidence may subject the employee to appropriate disciplinary procedures and criminal penalties (i.e., for false certification, etc.);
</P>
<P>(12) A statement of other rights and remedies available to the employee under statutes or regulations governing the program for which the collection is being made; and
</P>
<P>(13) Unless there are contractual or statutory provisions to the contrary, a statement that amounts paid on or deducted for the debt which are later waived or found not owed to the United States will be promptly refunded to the employee.
</P>
<P>(c) The written notice to former Federal employees shall be sent certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall contain:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that the debt is owed and an explanation of its nature and amount;
</P>
<P>(2) The agency's intention to collect the debt by administrative offset against amounts due and payable to the debtor from the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund or by use of a collection service to recover the delinquent debt;
</P>
<P>(3) An explanation of interest, penalties, and administrative charges, including a statement that such charges will be assessed unless excused in accordance with 4 CFR 101.1 <I>et seq.;</I>
</P>
<P>(4) The former employee's rights to inspect, request, and copy Government records relating to the debt (if the former employee is unable to physically inspect the Government records, the agency will reproduce copies of the records and may charge for those copies);
</P>
<P>(5) The opportunity to enter into a written agreement with the agency to establish a schedule for the voluntary repayment of the debt;
</P>
<P>(6) The right to a hearing conducted by an impartial hearing official concerning the existence or amount of the debt and the repayment schedule, if it was not established by a written agreement between the former employee and the creditor agency;
</P>
<P>(7) The method and time period for petitioning for a hearing;
</P>
<P>(8) A statement that the timely filing of a petition for a hearing (on or before the 15th day following receipt of the written notice) will stay the commencement of collection proceedings, together with instructions on how and where to file a petition;
</P>
<P>(9) A statement that a final decision on the hearing will be issued not later than 60 days after the filing of the petition requesting the hearing unless the former employee requests, and the hearing official grants, a delay in the proceedings;
</P>
<P>(10) A statement that knowingly false or frivolous statements, representations, or evidence may subject the former employee to appropriate criminal penalties (i.e., for false certification, etc.);
</P>
<P>(11) A statement of other rights and remedies available to the former employee under statutes or regulations governing the program for which the collection is being made; and
</P>
<P>(12) Unless there are contractual or statutory provisions to the contrary, a statement that amounts paid on or deducted for the debt which are later waived or found not owed to the United States will be promptly refunded to the former employee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 32333, July 16, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 53267, Oct. 1, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1017.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.5   Hearing procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon the Administrative Law Judge's determination of an employee's compliance with § 1017.4(b)(8) or § 1017.4(c)(7) of this part, whichever is applicable, he/she shall set the time, date, and location for the hearing, paying due consideration to convenience to the employee.
</P>
<P>(b) All significant matters discussed at the hearing shall be documented, although a verbatim transcript of the hearing shall not be made.
</P>
<P>(c) The Administrative Law Judge may exclude any evidence he/she deems irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious.
</P>
<P>(d) Any party to a hearing under these regulations is entitled to present his or her case or defense by oral or documentary evidence, and to conduct such cross-examination as may be required for a full and true disclosure of the facts.
</P>
<P>(e) The Board has the initial burden of proof as to the existence and amount of the debt.
</P>
<P>(f) The employee requesting the hearing shall bear the ultimate burden of proof.
</P>
<P>(g) The evidence presented by the employee must prove that no debt exists or cast sufficient doubt that reasonable minds could differ as to the existence or amount of the debt.
</P>
<P>(h) Where the employee files a petition for a hearing contesting the offset schedule imposed by the Board, the Administrative Law Judge shall take into consideration all relevant factors as to the employee's financial situation in determining whether said offset schedule should be altered.
</P>
<P>(i) Any party to a hearing under these regulations is entitled to be accompanied, represented, and advised by counsel, as well as to appear in person or by or with counsel.
</P>
<P>(j) The Administrative Law Judge shall issue a final written decision at the earliest practicable date, but not later than 60 days after the filing of the petition requesting the hearing, as stated in § 1017.4(b)(10) or § 1017.4(c)(9) of this part, whichever is applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1017.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.6   Result if employee fails to meet deadlines.</HEAD>
<P>An employee will not be granted a hearing and will have his/her disposable pay offset in accordance with the Board's offset schedule if the employee:
</P>
<P>(a) Fails to file a petition for a hearing in conformity with the requirements of § 1017.4(b)(8) or § 1017.4(c)(9) of this part, whichever is applicable. However, failure to file within the requisite time period set out in § 1017.4(b)(8) or § 1017.4(c)(9) of this part whichever is applicable, will not result in denial of a hearing or in immediate offset, if the Administrative Law Judge excuses the late filing if the employee can show that the delay was because of circumstances beyond his/her control or because of failure to receive notice of the filing deadline.
</P>
<P>(b) Is scheduled to appear and fails to appear at the hearing without good cause.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1017.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.7   Written decision following hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Written decisions provided after a request for a hearing will include:
</P>
<P>(1) A statement of the facts presented to support the nature and origin of the alleged debt;
</P>
<P>(2) The Administrative Law Judge's analysis, findings, and conclusions, in light of the hearing, concerning the employee's or the Board's grounds;
</P>
<P>(3) The amount and validity of the alleged debt; and
</P>
<P>(4) The repayment schedule (including percentage), if applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) The Administrative Law Judge's decision does not preclude an employee from requesting a waiver of a salary payment under 5 U.S.C. 5584, 10 U.S.C. 2774, or 32 U.S.C. 716, or in any way questioning the amount or validity of a debt by submitting a subsequent claim to GAO in accordance with procedures prescribed by GAO.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1017.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.8   Exception to entitlement to notice, hearing, written responses and final decisions.</HEAD>
<P>The Board shall except from the provisions of §§ 1017.4 through 1017.7 any adjustment to pay arising out of an employee's election of coverage or a change in coverage under a Federal benefits program, requiring periodic deductions from pay, if the amount to be recovered was accumulated over four pay periods or less.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1017.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.9   Coordinating offset with another Federal agency.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>The Board as creditor agency.</I> When the Chief, Section of Financial Services, determines that an employee of another Federal agency owes a delinquent debt to the Board, he/she shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Arrange for a hearing upon proper petitioning by the employee; 
</P>
<P>(2) Certify in writing to the other Federal agency that the employee owes the debt, the amount and basis of the debt, the date on which payment is due, the date the Government's right to collect the debt accrued, that the Board's regulations for administrative offset have been approved by the Office of Personnel Management, and that the provisions of 4 CFR 102.3(f) have been fully complied with;
</P>
<P>(3) If collection must be made in installments, advise the paying agency of the amount or percentage of disposable pay to be collected in each installment;
</P>
<P>(4) Advise the paying agency of any action taken under 5 U.S.C. 5514(a);
</P>
<P>(5) If the employee is in the process of separating, the Board must submit its debt claim to the paying agency as provided in this part. The paying agency must certify any amounts already collected, notify the employee, and send a copy of the certification and notice of the employee's separation to the creditor agency—if the paying agency is aware that the employee is entitled to money from the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund, it must certify to the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) that:
</P>
<P>(i) The debtor owes the U.S. a debt, including the amount of that debt;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Board has complied with the applicable statutes, regulations, and procedures of OPM; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The Board has complied with the requirements of 4 CFR 102.3, including any hearing or review; and
</P>
<P>(6) If the employee has already separated and all payments due from the paying agency have been paid, the Chief, Section of Financial Services, may request from OPM, unless otherwise prohibited, that money payable to the employee from the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund or other similar funds be collected by administrative offset and provide the certification described in paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>The Board as paying agency.</I> (1) Upon receipt of a properly certified debt claim from another agency, deductions will be scheduled to begin at the next established pay interval. The employee must receive written notice that the Board has received a certified debt claim from the creditor agency, the amount of the debt, the date administrative offset will begin, and the amount of the deduction(s). The Board shall not review the merits of the creditor agency's determination of the validity or the amount of the certified claim.
</P>
<P>(2) When the Board receives an incomplete debt from another (creditor) agency, the Board must return the debt claim with a notice that procedures under 5 U.S.C. 5514 and 5 CFR 550.1109 must be followed and a properly certified debt claim received before action will be taken to collect from the employee's current pay account.
</P>
<P>(3) If the employee transfers to another agency after the creditor agency has submitted its debt claim to the Board and before the debt is fully collected, the Board must certify the total amount collected to the creditor agency, along with notice of the transfer, and furnish a copy of same to the employee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 32333, July 16, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 53267, Oct. 1, 1999; 81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1017.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.10   Procedures for administrative offset.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Debts will be collected in one lump sum where possible. If the employee is financially unable to pay in one lump sum, collection shall be made in installments.
</P>
<P>(b) Debts shall be collected by deduction at officially established pay intervals from an employee's current pay account, unless alternative arrangements for repayment are made.
</P>
<P>(c) Installment deductions will be made over a period not greater than the anticipated period of employment. The size of installment deductions must bear a reasonable relationship to the size of the debt and the employee's ability to pay. The deduction for the pay intervals for any period shall not exceed 15 percent of disposable pay, unless the employee has agreed in writing to a deduction of a greater amount.
</P>
<P>(d) Unliquidated debts may be offset against any financial payment due to a separated employee (including, but not limited to, final salary payment or lump-sum payment for leave).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1017.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.11   Refunds.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board shall promptly refund any amounts deducted to satisfy debts owed to it when the debt is waived, found not owed to the Board, or when directed by an administrative or judicial order.
</P>
<P>(b) A creditor agency will promptly return any amounts deducted by the Board to satisfy debts owed to a creditor agency when the debt is waived, found not owed, or when directed by an administrative or judicial order.
</P>
<P>(c) Unless required by law, refunds under this subsection shall not bear interest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1017.12" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.12   Statute of limitations.</HEAD>
<P>If a debt has been outstanding for more than 10 years after the agency's right to collect the debt first accrued, the agency may not collect by salary offset unless facts material to the Government's right to collect were not known and could not reasonably have been known by the official or officials who were charged with the responsibility for discovery and collection of such debts.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1017.13" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.13   Nonwaiver of rights.</HEAD>
<P>An employee's involuntary payment of all or any part of a debt collected under these regulations will not be construed as a waiver of any rights that employee may have under 5 U.S.C. 5514 or any other provision of law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1017.14" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.14.0.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1017.14   Interest, penalties, and administrative costs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The rate of interest assessed shall be the rate of the current value of funds to the U.S. Treasury (i.e., the Treasury tax and loan account rate), as prescribed and published by the Secretary of the Treasury in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the Treasury Financial Manual Bulletins. A higher rate of interest can be assessed if the Board can reasonably determine that a higher rate is necessary to protect the interests of the United States. The rate of interest, as initially assessed, shall remain fixed for the duration of the indebtedness, except where a debtor has defaulted on a repayment agreement and seeks to enter into a new agreement. The Board may set a new interest rate which reflects the current value of funds to the Treasury at the time the new agreement is executed. The Board shall waive the collection of interest on the debt or any portion of the debt which is paid within 30 days after the date on which interest began to accrue.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board shall assess a penalty charge not to exceed 6 percent a year on any portion of a debt that is delinquent as defined in 4 CFR 101.2(b) for more than 90 days. This charge need not be calculated until the 91st day of delinquency, but shall accrue from the date that the debt became delinquent.
</P>
<P>(c) The Board shall assess against a debtor charges to cover administrative costs incurred as a result of a delinquent debt—that is, the additional costs incurred in processing and handling the debt because it became delinquent as defined in 4 CFR 101.2(b).
</P>
<P>(d) When a debt is paid in partial or installment payments, amounts received by the agency shall be applied first to outstanding penalty and administrative cost charges, second to accrued interest, and third to outstanding principal.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1018" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1018—DEBT COLLECTION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3701, 31 U.S.C. 3711 <I>et seq.,</I> 49 U.S.C. 1321, 31 CFR parts 900-904.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 7749, Feb. 9, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Application and Coverage</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.1.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.1   Application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to claims for the payment of debts owed to the United States Government in the form of money or property and unless a different procedure is specified in a statute, regulation, or a contractual agreement with the Board, prescribes procedures by which the Board:
</P>
<P>(1) Collects, compromises, suspends, and terminates collection actions for claims; 
</P>
<P>(2) Determines and collects interest and other charges on these claims; and
</P>
<P>(3) Refers unpaid claims to the General Accounting Office (GAO) and the Department of Justice (DOJ) for litigation.
</P>
<P>(b) The following are examples of the kinds of debts to which special statutory and administrative procedures apply:
</P>
<P>(1) A claim against an employee for erroneous payment of pay and allowances subject to waiver under 5 U.S.C. 5584 and other claims against employees which are handled under 49 CFR part 1017.
</P>
<P>(2) A claim involving the payment of civil penalties or forfeitures which may arise under provisions of the Interstate Commerce Act or legislation supplemental thereto. Those claims are handled under procedures set forth in 49 CFR part 1021.
</P>
<P>(3) A claim involved in a case pending before any Federal Contract Appeals Board or Grant Appeals Board. However, nothing in this part prevents negotiation and settlement of a claim pending before a Board.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.1.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Administrative offset</I> means withholding money payable by the United States to, or held by the Government for, a person to satisfy a debt the person owes the Government. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Claim</I> and <I>debt</I> are used synonymously and interchangeably for purposes of this part. These terms refer to an amount of money or property which has been determined by an appropriate agency official to be owed to the United States by any person, organization, or entity except another Federal agency.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Delinquent.</I> A debt is considered delinquent if it has not been paid by the date specified in the initial written demand for payment or applicable contractual agreement with the Board, unless other satisfactory payment arrangements have been made by that date. If the debtor fails to satisfy an obligation under a payment agreement with the Board after other payment arrangements have been made, the debt becomes a delinquent debt. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Payment in full</I> means payment of the total debt due the United States, including any interest, penalty, and administrative costs of collection assessed against the debtor. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.1.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.3   Communications.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise specified, all communications concerning the regulations in this part should be addressed to the Chief, Section of Financial Services, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.1.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.4   Claims that are covered.</HEAD>
<P>(a) These procedures generally apply to any claim for payment of a debt which: 
</P>
<P>(1) Results from activities of the Board including fees imposed under 49 CFR part 1002; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Is referred to the Board for collection.
</P>
<P>(b) These procedures do not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) A claim based on a civil monetary penalty for violation of a requirement of the Interstate Commerce Act or an order or regulation of the Board unless 49 CFR part 1021 provides otherwise;
</P>
<P>(2) A claim as to which there is an indication of fraud, the presentation of a false claim, or misrepresentation on the part of the debtor, or any other party having an interest in the claim; 
</P>
<P>(3) A claim between Federal agencies; and 
</P>
<P>(4) A claim once it becomes subject to salary offset which is governed by 5 U.S.C. 5514.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.1.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.5   Monetary limitation on Board authority.</HEAD>
<P>The Board's authority to compromise a claim or to terminate or suspend collection action on a claim covered by these procedures is limited by 31 U.S.C. 3711(a) to claims that:
</P>
<P>(a) Have not been referred to another Federal agency, including the GAO, for further collection action; and
</P>
<P>(b) Do not exceed $100,000, exclusive of interest, penalties, and administrative costs (the monetary limitation).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.1.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.6   Omissions not a defense.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The failure of the Board to include in this part any provision of the Federal Claims Collection Standards, 31 CFR parts 900 through 904, does not prevent the Board from applying these provisions.
</P>
<P>(b) A debtor may not use the failure of the Board to comply with any provision of this part or the Federal Claims Collection Standards as a defense to the debt.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 7749, Feb. 9, 1993, as amended at 81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.1.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.7   Conversion claims.</HEAD>
<P>These procedures are directed primarily to the recovery of money on behalf of the Government. The Board may demand:
</P>
<P>(a) The return of specific property; or
</P>
<P>(b) Either the return of property or the payment of its value.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.1.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.8   Subdivision of claims.</HEAD>
<P>The Board shall consider a debtor's liability arising from a particular transaction or contract as a single claim in determining whether the claim is less than the monetary limitation for the purpose of compromising, suspending, or terminating action. A claim may not be subdivided to avoid the monetary limitation established by 31 U.S.C. 3711(a)(2) and § 1018.5 of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 7749, Feb. 9, 1993, as amended at 81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Administrative Collection of Claims</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.20" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.20   Written demand for payment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board shall make appropriate written demand upon the debtor for payment of money in terms which specify:
</P>
<P>(1) The basis for the indebtedness and the right of the debtor to request review within the Board;
</P>
<P>(2) The amount claimed;
</P>
<P>(3) The date by which payment is to be made, which normally should not be more than 30 days from the date that the initial demand letter statement was mailed, unless otherwise specified by contractual agreement, established by Federal statute or regulation, or agreed to under a payment agreement;
</P>
<P>(4) The applicable standards for assessing interest, penalties, and administrative costs (31 CFR 901.9 and 49 CFR 1018.30); and
</P>
<P>(5) The applicable policy for reporting the delinquent debt to consumer reporting agencies.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board normally shall send three progressively stronger written demands at not more than 30-day intervals, unless circumstances indicate that alternative remedies better protect the Government's interest, that the debtor has explicitly refused to pay, or that sending a further demand is futile. Depending upon the circumstances of the particular case, the second and third demands may:
</P>
<P>(1) Offer or seek to confer with the debtor;
</P>
<P>(2) State the amount of the interest and penalties that will be added on a daily basis, as well as the administrative costs that will be added to the debt until the debt is paid; and
</P>
<P>(3) State that the authorized collection procedures include any procedure authorized in this part including:
</P>
<P>(i) Contacts with the debtor's employer when the debtor is employed by the Federal Government or is a member of the military establishment or the Coast Guard;
</P>
<P>(ii) Possible referral of the debt to a private agency for collection;
</P>
<P>(iii) Possible reporting of the delinquent debt to consumer reporting agencies in accordance with the guidelines and standards contained in 31 CFR 901.4 and the Board's procedures set forth in § 1018.23 of this part;
</P>
<P>(iv) The suspension or revocation of a license or other remedy under § 1018.25 of this part;
</P>
<P>(v) Installment payments possibly requiring security; and
</P>
<P>(vi) The right to refer claims to GAO or DOJ for litigation.
</P>
<P>(c) The failure to state in a letter of demand a matter described in § 1018.20 is not a defense for a debtor and does not prevent the Board from proceeding with respect to that matter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 7749, Feb. 9, 1993; 58 FR 11099, Feb. 23, 1993, as amended at 81 FR 8851, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.21" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.21   Telephone inquiries and investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a debtor has not responded to one or more written demands, the Board shall make reasonable efforts by telephone to determine the debtor's intentions. If the debtor cannot be reached by telephone at the debtor's place of employment, the Board may telephone the debtor at his or her residence between 8 a.m. and 9 p.m.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board may undertake an investigation to locate a debtor, if the whereabouts of a debtor is a problem, or if a debtor cannot be contacted by telephone. The Board may also send a representative to a debtor's place of employment if the debtor cannot be contacted by phone or the debtor does not respond to written demands by the Board for payment of claims.
</P>
<P>(c) The Board under 15 U.S.C. 1681(f) may obtain consumer credit information from private firms, including name, address, former address, place of employment, and former place of employment of a debtor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.22" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.22   Personal interviews.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board may seek an interview with the debtor at the offices of the Board when:
</P>
<P>(1) A matter involved in the claim needs clarification;
</P>
<P>(2) Information is needed concerning the debtor's circumstances; or
</P>
<P>(3) An agreement of payment might be negotiated.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board shall grant an interview with a debtor upon the debtor's request. The Board will not reimburse a debtor's interview expenses.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.23" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.23   Use of consumer reporting agencies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to assessing interest, penalties, and administrative costs under § 1018.30 of this part, the Board may report a debt that has been delinquent for 90 days to a consumer reporting agency, if all the conditions of this paragraph are met.
</P>
<P>(1) The debtor has not:
</P>
<P>(i) Paid or agreed to pay the debt under a written payment plan that has been signed by the debtor and agreed to by the Board; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Filed for review of the debt under § 1018.23(a)(2)(iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The Board has included a notification in the third written demand (see § 1018.20(b)) to the debtor stating:
</P>
<P>(i) That the account has been reviewed and payment of the debt is delinquent;
</P>
<P>(ii) That, within not less than 60 days after the date of notification, the Board intends to disclose to a consumer reporting agency that the individual is responsible for the debt; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The specific information to be disclosed to the consumer reporting agency; and
</P>
<P>(iv) That the debtor has the right to a complete explanation of the debt (if that has not already been given), to dispute information on Board records about the debt, and to request reconsideration of the debt by administrative appeal or review of the debt.
</P>
<P>(3) The Board has sent at least one written demand by either registered or certified mail with the notification described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The Board has reconsidered its initial decision on the debt when the debtor has requested a review under § 1018.23(a)(2)(iv).
</P>
<P>(5) The Board has taken reasonable action to locate a debtor for whom the Board does not have a current address to send the notifications provided for in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) If there is a substantial change in the condition or amount of the debt, the Board shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Promptly disclose that fact(s) to each consumer reporting agency to which the original disclosure was made; 
</P>
<P>(2) Promptly verify or correct information about the debt, on request of a consumer reporting agency for verification of any or all information so disclosed by the Board; and
</P>
<P>(3) Obtain satisfactory assurances from each consumer reporting agency that they are complying with all applicable Federal, state, and local laws relating to its use of consumer credit information.
</P>
<P>(c) The information the Board discloses to the consumer reporting agency is limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) Information necessary to establish the identity of the individual debtor, including name, address, and taxpayer identification number;
</P>
<P>(2) The amount, status, and history of the debt; and
</P>
<P>(3) The Board activity under which the claim arose.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.24" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.24   Contact with the debtor's employing agency.</HEAD>
<P>If a debtor is employed by the Federal government or is a member of the military establishment or the Coast Guard, and collection by offset cannot be accomplished in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 5514, the Board shall contact the employing agency to arrange with the debtor for payment of the indebtedness by allotment or otherwise.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.25" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.25   Sanctions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Closure of accounts.</I> If a tariff filing fee account is past due more than 90 days, the Board will freeze the account until the account is made current. The Board will notify the account holder that the account has been frozen. The Board reserves the right to refuse to maintain an account which is repeatedly delinquent.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Suspension or revocation of tariff filing privileges.</I> If the account holder fails to satisfy all claims for tariff filing fees including applicable interest, penalties, and the administrative costs of collection of the debt, the Board may suspend or prohibit a tariff filing fee account holder from submitting tariff filings in its own name or on behalf of others.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Suspension or revocation of certificates, licenses, or permits granted by the Board.</I> The Board may suspend or revoke any certificates, permits, or licenses which the Board has granted to an account holder or other debtor for any inexcusable, prolonged, or repeated failure or refusal to pay a delinquent debt.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedures for suspension or revocation of filing privileges, certificates, licenses, or permits for failure to pay tariff filing fees.</I> Before suspending or revoking an account holder's privilege to submit tariff filings or suspending or revoking any certificate, license, or permit which the Board has granted to any account holder, the Board shall issue to the account holder an order to show cause why the tariff filing privilege or any certificate, license, or permit should not be suspended or revoked. The Board shall allow the debtor no more than 30 days to pay the debt in full including applicable interest, penalties, and administrative costs of collection of the delinquent debt. The Board may suspend or revoke any certificate, license, permit, approval or filing privilege at the end of this period upon a finding of willful noncompliance with the Board's order. If any certificate, license, permit, or filing privilege is revoked under this authority of this part, a new application with appropriate fees must be made to the Board, and all previous delinquent debts of the debtor to the Board must be paid before the Board will consider such application.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Other sanctions.</I> The remedies and sanctions available to the Board in this area are not exclusive. The Board may impose other sanctions, where permitted by law for any inexcusable, prolonged, or repeated failure of a debtor to pay such claim. In such cases, the Board will provide notice and a hearing, as required by law, to the debtor prior to the imposition of any such sanctions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 7749, Feb. 9, 1993, as amended at 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016; 91 FR 4852, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.26" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.26   Disputed debts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A debtor who disputes a debt shall explain why the debt is incorrect in fact or law within 30 days from the date that the initial demand letter was mailed. The debtor may support the explanation by submitting affidavits, statements certified under penalty of perjury, canceled checks, or other relevant evidence.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board may extend the interest waiver period as described in § 1018.30(j) pending a final determination of the existence or amount of the debt.
</P>
<P>(c) The Board may investigate the facts involved in the dispute and if necessary, the Board may arrange for a conference at which the debtor may present evidence and arguments in support of the debtor's positions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.27" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.27   Contracting for collection services.</HEAD>
<P>The Board may contract for collection services in order to recover delinquent debts. However, the Board retains the authority to resolve disputes, compromise claims, suspend or terminate collection action, and initiate enforced collection through litigation. When appropriate, the Board shall contract in accordance with 4 CFR 102.6.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.28" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.28   Collection by administrative offset.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board may administratively undertake collection by offset on each claim which is liquidated or certain in amount in accordance with the guidelines and the standards contained in 31 CFR 901.2 and 901.3 and 5 U.S.C. 5514, as applicable. The Board may not initiate administrative offset to collect a debt more than 10 years after the Government's right to the debt first accrued, unless facts material to the Government's right to collect the debt were not known and could not reasonably have been known to the Board.
</P>
<P>(b) Collection by administrative offset of amounts payable from the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund, the Federal Employees Retirement System, or other similar fund is made pursuant to 31 CFR 901.3(e) and the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Salary offset is governed by 5 U.S.C. 5514.
</P>
<P>(d) The following procedures apply when the Board seeks to collect a debt by offset against any payment to be made to a debtor or against the assets of a holder of a certificate, permit, license, or authorization issued by the Board.
</P>
<P>(1) Before the offset is made, the Board shall provide the debtor written notice of the nature and amount of the debt and:
</P>
<P>(i) Notice of the Board's intent to collect the debt by offset;
</P>
<P>(ii) An opportunity to inspect and copy Board records pertaining to the debt;
</P>
<P>(iii) An opportunity to request reconsideration of the debt by the Board, or if provided for by statute, waiver of the debt; 
</P>
<P>(iv) An opportunity to enter into a written agreement with the Board to repay or pay the debt, as the case may be;
</P>
<P>(v) An explanation of the debtor's rights under this subpart; and 
</P>
<P>(vi) An opportunity for a hearing when required under the provisions of 31 CFR 901.3(e). 
</P>
<P>(2) If the Board learns that other agencies of the Government are holding funds payable to the debtor, the Board shall provide the other agencies with written certification that the debt is owed to the Board and that the Board has complied with the provisions of 4 CFR 102.3. The Board shall request that funds which are due the debtor and which are necessary to offset the debt to the Board be transferred to the Board. 
</P>
<P>(3) The Board may accept a repayment or payment agreement, as appropriate, in lieu of offset, but will do so only after balancing the Government's interest in collecting the debts against fairness to the debtor. If the debt is delinquent and the debtor has not disputed its existence or amount, the Board may accept a repayment or payment agreement in lieu of offset only if the debtor is able to establish under sworn affidavit or statement certified under penalty of perjury that offset would result in financial hardship or would result in undue financial hardship or would be against equity and good conscience.
</P>
<P>(4) Administrative offset is not authorized with respect to:
</P>
<P>(i) Debts owed by any State or local government;
</P>
<P>(ii) Debts once they become subject to the salary offset provisions of 5 U.S.C. 5514; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any case in which collection of the type of debt involved by administrative offset is explicitly provided for or prohibited by another statute.
</P>
<P>(5) The Board reserves the right to take any other action in respect to offset as is permitted under 4 CFR 102.3. 
</P>
<P>(e) The Board shall make appropriate use of the cooperative efforts of other agencies including the Army Holdup List in effecting collections by offset. The Army Holdup List is a list of contractors indebted to the United States. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 7749, Feb. 9, 1993, as amended at 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.29" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.29   Payments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Payment in full.</I> The Board shall make every effort to collect a claim in full before it becomes delinquent. The Board shall impose charges for interest, penalties, and administrative costs as specified in § 1018.30. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Payment in installments.</I> If a debtor furnishes satisfactory evidence of inability to pay a claim in one lump sum, payment in regular installments may be arranged. Evidence may consist of a financial statement or a signed statement certified under penalty of perjury to be true and correct that application for a loan to enable the debtor to pay the claim in full was rejected. Except for a claim described at 5 U.S.C. 5514, all installment payment arrangements must be in writing and require the payment of interest and administrative charges. 
</P>
<P>(1) Installment note forms including confess-judgement notes may be used. The written installment agreement must contain a provision accelerating the debt payment in the event the debtor defaults. If the debtor's financial statement discloses the ownership of assets which are free and clear of liens or security interests, or assets in which the debtor owns equity, the debtor may be asked to secure the payment of an installment note by executing a Security Agreement and Financial Statement transferring to the United States a security interest in the assets until the debt is discharged.
</P>
<P>(2) If the debtor owes more than one debt and designates how a voluntary installment payment is to be applied among those debts, the Board shall follow that designation. If the debtor does not designate the application of the payment, the Board shall apply the payment to the various debts in accordance with the best interest of the United States as determined by the facts and circumstances of the particular case.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>To whom payment is made.</I> Payment of a debt to the Board is made via the Board's electronic payment system found on the Board's website, unless payment is:


</P>
<P>(1) Made pursuant to arrangements with the GAO or DOJ;
</P>
<P>(2) Ordered by a Court of the United States; or
</P>
<P>(3) Otherwise directed in any other part of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 7749, Feb. 9, 1993, as amended at 64 FR 53267, Oct. 1, 1999; 91 FR 4853, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.30" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.30   Interest, penalties, and administrative costs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board shall assess interest, penalties, and administrative costs on debts owed to the United States Government in accordance with the guidance provided under the Federal Claims Collection Standards, 31 CFR 901.9 unless otherwise directed by statute, regulation, or contract.
</P>
<P>(b) Before assessing any charges on delinquent debts, the Board shall mail a written notice to debtor explaining its requirements concerning these charges under 31 CFR 901.2 and 901.9.
</P>
<P>(c) Interest begins to accrue from the date on which the initial invoice is first mailed to the debtor unless a different date is specified on a statute, regulation, or contract.
</P>
<P>(d) The Board shall assess interest based upon the rate of the current value of funds to the United States Treasury (the Treasury tax and loan account rate) prescribed by statute, regulation, or contract.
</P>
<P>(e) Interest is computed only on the principal of the debt, and the interest rate remains fixed for the duration of the indebtedness, unless the debtor defaults on a repayment agreement and seeks to enter into a new agreement.
</P>
<P>(f) The Board shall assess against a debtor charges to cover administrative costs incurred as a result of a delinquent debt. Administrative costs may include costs incurred in obtaining a credit report or in using a private debt collector, to the extent they are attributable to the delinquency.
</P>
<P>(g) The Board shall assess a penalty charge of six percent a year on any portion of a debt that is delinquent for more than 90 days. The charge accrues retroactively to the date that the debt became delinquent.
</P>
<P>(h) Amounts received by the Board as partial or installment payments are applied first to outstanding penalty and administrative cost charges, second to accrued interest, and third to outstanding principal.
</P>
<P>(i) The Board shall waive collection of interest on the debt or any portion of the debt which is paid in full within 30 days after the date on which interest began to accrue.
</P>
<P>(j) The Board may waive interest during the periods a debt disputed under § 1018.26 is under investigation or review before the Board. This additional waiver is not automatic and must be requested before the expiration of the initial 30-day waiver period. The Board may grant the additional waiver only when it finds merit in the explanation the debtor has submitted under § 1018.26.
</P>
<P>(k) The Board may waive the collection of interest, penalties, and administrative costs if it finds that one or more of the following conditions exists:
</P>
<P>(1) The debtor is unable to pay any significant sum toward the debt within a reasonable time;
</P>
<P>(2) Collection of interest, penalties, and administrative costs will jeopardize collection of the principal of the debt;
</P>
<P>(3) The Board is unable to enforce collection in full within a reasonable time by enforced collection proceedings; or
</P>
<P>(4) Collection would be against equity and good conscience or not in the best interest of the United States, including the situation in which an administrative offset or installment payment agreement is in effect.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 7749, Feb. 9, 1993, as amended at 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.31" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.31   Use of credit reports.</HEAD>
<P>The Board may institute a credit investigation of the debtor at any time following receipt of knowledge of the debt in order to aid the Board in making appropriate determinations as to:
</P>
<P>(a) The collection and compromise of a debt;
</P>
<P>(b) The collection of interest, penalties, and administrative costs;
</P>
<P>(c) The use of administrative offset;
</P>
<P>(d) The use of other collection methods; and
</P>
<P>(e) The likelihood of collecting the debt.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.32" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.32   Bankruptcy claims.</HEAD>
<P>When the Board receives information that a debtor has filed a petition in bankruptcy or is the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding, it shall suspend all collection actions against the debtor in accordance with 11 U.S.C. 362 and shall furnish information concerning the debt owed the United States to the Department of Justice's Nationwide Central Intake Facility to permit the filing of a claim.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.33" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.33   Use and disclosure of mailing addresses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When attempting to locate a debtor in order to collect or compromise a debt under this part, the Board may send a written request to the Secretary of the Treasury (or designee) in order to obtain a debtor's mailing address from the records of the Internal Revenue Service.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board may disclose a mailing address obtained under paragraph (a) of this section to other agents, including collection service contractors, in order to facilitate the collection or compromise of debts under this part, except that a mailing address may be disclosed to a consumer reporting agency only for the limited purpose of obtaining a commercial credit report on the particular taxpayer.
</P>
<P>(c) The Board and its agents, including consumer reporting agencies and collection services, must comply with the provisions of 26 U.S.C. 6103(p)(4) and applicable regulations of the Internal Revenue Service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.34" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.2.1.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.34   Additional administrative collection action.</HEAD>
<P>Nothing contained in this part is intended to preclude any other administrative remedy which may be available.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Compromise of a Claim</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.50" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.3.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.50   When a claim may be compromised.</HEAD>
<P>The Board may compromise a claim not in excess of the monetary limitation if it has not been referred to GAO or DOJ for litigation. Only the Comptroller General of the United States or designee may effect the compromise of a claim that arises out of the exceptions made by the GAO in that account of an accountable officer, including a claim against the payee, prior to its referral by GAO for litigation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 7749, Feb. 9, 1993; 58 FR 11099, Feb. 23, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.51" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.3.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.51   Reasons for compromising a claim.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A claim may be compromised for one or more reasons set forth below:
</P>
<P>(1) The full amount cannot be collected because:
</P>
<P>(i) The debtor is unable to pay the full amount within a reasonable time; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The debtor refuses to pay the claim in full, and the Government is unable to enforce collection in full within a reasonable time; or
</P>
<P>(2) There is a real doubt concerning the Government's ability to prove its case in Court for the full amount claimed, either because of the legal issues involved or a bona fide dispute as to the facts; or
</P>
<P>(3) The costs of collecting the claim do not justify the enforced collection of the full amount. The Board shall apply this reason for compromise in accordance with the guidelines in 31 CFR 902.2.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board shall determine the debtor's inability to pay, the Government's ability to enforce collection, and the amounts which are acceptable in compromise in accordance with the Federal Claims Collection Standards, 31 CFR part 902.
</P>
<P>(c) Compromises payable in installments are discouraged, but, if necessary, must be in the form of a legally enforceable agreement for the reinstatement of the prior indebtedness less sums paid thereon. The agreement also must provide that in the event of default:
</P>
<P>(1) The entire balance of the debt becomes immediately due and payable; and
</P>
<P>(2) The Government has the right to enforce any security agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 7749, Feb. 9, 1993, as amended at 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.52" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.3.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.52   Restrictions on the compromise of a claim.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board may not accept a percentage of a debtor's profits or stock in a debtor's corporation in compromise of a claim. In negotiating a compromise with a business concern, consideration is given to requiring a waiver of the tax-loss-carry-forward and tax-loss-carry-back rights of the debtor.
</P>
<P>(b) If two or more debtors are jointly or severally liable, collection action is not withheld against one debtor until the other or others pay their share. The amount of a compromise with one debtor is not considered a precedent or binding in determining the amount which will be required from other debtors jointly and severally liable on the claim.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.53" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.3.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.53   Finality of a compromise.</HEAD>
<P>An offer of compromise must be in writing and signed by the debtor. An offer of compromise which is accepted by the Board is final and conclusive on the debtor and on all officials, agencies and courts of the United States, unless obtained by fraud, misrepresentation, the presentation of a false claim, or mutual mistake of fact.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Suspension or Termination of Collection Action</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.60" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.4.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.60   When collection action may be suspended or terminated.</HEAD>
<P>The Board may suspend or terminate collection action on a claim not in excess of the monetary limitation, exclusive of interest, penalties, and administrative costs, after deducting the amount of partial payments, if any, if it has not been referred to GAO or DOJ for litigation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.61" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.4.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.61   Reasons for suspending collection action.</HEAD>
<P>Collection action may be suspended temporarily:
</P>
<P>(a) When the debtor cannot be located after diligent efforts, and there is reason to believe that future collection action may be sufficiently productive to justify periodic review and action on the claim considering the size of the claim and the amount which may be realized on it; or
</P>
<P>(b) When the debtor owns no substantial equity in realty and is unable to make payments on the Government's claim or effect a compromise on it at the time, but the debtor's future prospects justify retention of the claim for periodic review and action:
</P>
<P>(1) The applicable statute of limitations has been tolled or started anew; or
</P>
<P>(2) Future collection can be effected by offset notwithstanding the statute of limitations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.62" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.4.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.62   Reasons for terminating collection action.</HEAD>
<P>Collection action may be terminated:
</P>
<P>(a) When it becomes clear that the Government cannot collect or enforce collection of any significant sum from the debtor having due regard for the judicial remedies available to the Government, the debtor's future financial prospects, and the exemptions available to the debtor under State and Federal law;
</P>
<P>(b) When the debtor cannot be located, there is no security remaining to be liquidated, the applicable statute of limitations has run, and the prospects of collecting by offset, notwithstanding the bar of the statute of limitations, are too remote to justify retention of the claim; or
</P>
<P>(c) When it is likely that the cost of the collection action will exceed the amount recoverable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.63" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.4.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.63   Termination of collection action.</HEAD>
<P>Collection action shall be terminated:
</P>
<P>(a) Whenever it is determined that the claim is legally without merit; or
</P>
<P>(b) When it is determined that the evidence necessary to prove the claim cannot be produced, or necessary witnesses are unavailable, and efforts to induce voluntary payments have been unavailing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.64" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.4.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.64   Transfer of a claim.</HEAD>
<P>The Board may refer a claim to GAO when there is doubt as to whether or not a collection action should be suspended or terminated.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Referral of a Claim</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.70" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.5.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.70   Prompt referral.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A claim which requires enforced collection is referred to GAO or DOJ for litigation. A referral is made as early as possible consistent with aggressive collection action and, in, any event, well within the time required to bring a timely suit against the debtor. Ordinarily, referrals are made within 1 year of the Board's final determination of the fact and the amount of the debt.
</P>
<P>(b) When the merits of the Board's claim, the amount owed on the claim, or the propriety of acceptance of a proposed compromise, suspension, or termination of collection actions is in doubt, the Board shall refer the matter to GAO for resolution and instruction prior to proceeding with collection actions and/or referral to DOJ for litigation.
</P>
<P>(c) The Board may refer a claim to GAO or DOJ even though the termination of collection activity might otherwise be given consideration under § 1018.63 if:
</P>
<P>(1) A significant enforcement policy is involved in reducing a statutory penalty or forfeiture to judgment; or
</P>
<P>(2) Recovery of a judgment is a prerequisite to the imposition of administrative sanctions, such as suspension or revocation of a license or privilege of participating in a Government sponsored program.
</P>
<P>(d) Once a claim has been referred to GAO or DOJ under this subpart, the Board shall refrain from any contact with the debtor and shall direct the debtor to GAO or DOJ as appropriate, when questions concerning the claim are raised by the debtor. The Board shall immediately advise GAO or DOJ, as appropriate, of any payments by the debtor.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.71" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.5.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.71   Referral of a compromise offer.</HEAD>
<P>The Board may refer a debtor's firm written offer of compromise which is substantial in amount to GAO or to DOJ if the Board is uncertain whether the offer should be accepted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.72" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.5.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.72   Referral to the Department of Justice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Claims for which the gross original amount is over $500,000 must be referred to the Commercial Litigation Branch, Civil Division, Department of Justice, Washington, DC 20530. Claims for which the gross original amount is $500,000 or less must be referred to the Department of Justice's Nationwide Central Intake Facility.
</P>
<P>(b) A claim of less than $600, exclusive of interest, is not referred for litigation unless:
</P>
<P>(1) Referral is important to a significant enforcement policy; or
</P>
<P>(2) The debtor has the clear ability to pay the claim, and the government can effectively enforce payment.
</P>
<P>(c) A claim on which the Board holds a judgment is referred to DOJ for further action if renewal of the judgment lien or enforced collection proceedings are justified under the criteria discussed in this part.
</P>
<P>(d) Claims must be referred to the Department of Justice in the manner prescribed by 31 CFR 904.2. Care must be taken to preserve all files, records, and exhibits on claims referred under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 7749, Feb. 9, 1993, as amended at 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Internal Revenue Service Procedure</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.80" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.6.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.80   Reporting discharged debts to the Internal Revenue Service.</HEAD>
<P>When the Board discharges a debt for less than the full value of the indebtedness, it will report the outstanding balance discharged, not including interest to the Internal Revenue Service, using IRS Form 1099-G or any other form prescribed by the IRS, when:
</P>
<P>(a) The principal amount of the debt not in dispute is $600 or more;
</P>
<P>(b) The obligation has not been discharged in a bankruptcy proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(c) The obligation is no longer collectible either because the time limit in the applicable statute for enforcing collection expired during the tax year, or because during the tax year a formal compromise agreement was reached in which the debtor was legally discharged of all or a portion of the obligation.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Tax Refund Offset</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.90" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.7.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.90   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart establishes procedures for the Board to refer past-due debts to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for the offset against the income tax refunds of persons owing debts to the Board. It specifies the Board's procedures and the rights of the debtor applicable to claims for the payment of debts owed to the Board.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.91" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.7.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.91   Applicability and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) These regulations implement 31 U.S.C. 3720A which authorizes the IRS to reduce a tax refund by the amount of a past-due legally enforceable debt owed to the Government of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, a past-due legally enforceable debt referable to the IRS is a debt which is owed to the Government of the United States and:
</P>
<P>(1) Except in the case of a judgment debt, has been delinquent for at least 3 months but has not been delinquent for more than 10 years at the time the offset is made;
</P>
<P>(2) Cannot be currently collected pursuant to the salary offset provisions of 5 U.S.C. 5514(a)(1);
</P>
<P>(3) Is ineligible for administrative offset under 31 U.S.C. 3716(a) by reason of 31 U.S.C. 3716(c)(2) or cannot be collected by administrative offset under 31 U.S.C. 3716(a) by the Board against amounts payable to or on behalf of the debtor by or on behalf of the Board;
</P>
<P>(4) With respect to which the Board has given the taxpayer at least 60 days from the date of notification to present evidence that all or part of the debt is not past-due or legally enforceable, has considered evidence presented by such taxpayer, and has determined that an amount of such debt is past-due and legally enforceable;
</P>
<P>(5) Has been disclosed by the Board to a consumer reporting agency as authorized by 31 U.S.C. 3711(f), unless a consumer reporting agency would be prohibited from using such information by 15 U.S.C. 1681c, or unless the amount of the debt does not exceed $100.00;
</P>
<P>(6) With respect to which the Board has notified or has made a reasonable attempt to notify the taxpayer that the debt is past-due and, unless repaid within 60 days thereafter, the debt will be referred to the IRS for offset against any overpayment of tax;
</P>
<P>(7) Is at least $25.00; and
</P>
<P>(8) All other requirements of 31 U.S.C. 3720A and the Department of the Treasury regulations codified at 26 CFR 301.6402-6 relating to the eligibility of a debt for tax return offset have been satisfied.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 7749, Feb. 9, 1993, as amended at 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.92" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.7.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.92   Administrative charges.</HEAD>
<P>In accordance with 49 CFR 1018.30, all administrative charges incurred in connection with the referral of the debts to the IRS shall be assessed on the debt and thus increase the amount of the offset.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.93" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.7.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.93   Notice requirement before offset.</HEAD>
<P>A request for reduction of an IRS tax refund will be made only after the Board makes a determination that an amount is owed and past-due and provides the debtor with 60 days written notice. The Board's notice of intention to collect by IRS tax refund offset (Notice of intent) will state:
</P>
<P>(a) The amount of the debt;
</P>
<P>(b) That unless the debt is repaid within 60 days from the date of the Board's Notice of Intent, the Board intends to collect the debt by requesting that the IRS reduce any amount payable to the debtor as Federal Income tax refunds an amount equal to amount of the debt including all accumulated interest and other charges;
</P>
<P>(c) That the debtor has the right to present evidence that all or part of the debt is not past-due or legally enforceable; and
</P>
<P>(d) A mailing address for forwarding any written correspondence and a contact name and phone number for any questions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.94" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.7.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.94   Review within the Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notification by Debtor.</I> A debtor who receives a Notice of Intent has the right to present evidence that all or part of the debt is not past-due or not legally enforceable. To exercise this right, the debtor must:
</P>
<P>(1) Send a written request for a review of the evidence to the address provided in the notice.
</P>
<P>(2) State in the request the amount disputed and the reasons why the debtor believes that the debt is not past-due or is not legally enforceable.
</P>
<P>(3) Include in the request any documents which the debtor wishes to be considered or state that additional information will be submitted within the 60-day period.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Submission of evidence.</I> The debtor may submit evidence showing that all or part of the debt is not past-due or not legally enforceable along with the notification required by paragraph (a) of this section. Failure to submit the notification and evidence within 60 days will result in an automatic referral of the debt to the IRS without further action by the Board.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Review of the evidence.</I> The Board will consider all available evidence related to the debt. Within 30 days, if feasible, the Board will notify the debtor whether the Board has sustained, amended, or canceled its determination that the debt is past-due and legally enforceable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.95" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.7.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.95   Board determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Following review of the evidence, the Board will issue a written decision which will include the supporting rationale for the decision.
</P>
<P>(b) If the Board either sustains or amends its determination, it shall notify the debtor of its intent to refer the debt to the IRS for offset against the debtor's Federal income tax refund. If the Board cancels its original determination, the debt will not be referred to IRS.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1018.96" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.15.7.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1018.96   Stay of offset.</HEAD>
<P>If the debtor timely notifies the Board that the debtor is exercising the right described in § 1018.94(a) of this subpart, any notice to the IRS will be stayed until the issuance of a written decision which sustains or amends its original determination.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1019" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1019—REGULATIONS GOVERNING CONDUCT OF SURFACE TRANSPORTATION BOARD EMPLOYEES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 42027, Aug. 6, 1993, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1019.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.16.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1019.1   Cross-reference to employee ethical conduct standards and financial disclosure regulations.</HEAD>
<P>Members and employees of the Surface Transportation Board also should refer to the executive branch Standards of Ethical Conduct at 5 CFR part 2635, the STB regulations at 5 CFR part 5001 which supplement the executive branch standards, and the executive branch financial disclosure regulations at 5 CFR part 2634.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1019.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.16.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1019.2   Interpretation and advisory service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board's Chief Counsel shall be the Board's Designated Agency Ethics Official (DAEO).


</P>
<P>(b) By June 30 of each year, the DAEO shall report to the Board on the operation of the Board's ethics program with any recommendations that the DAEO deems advisable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 42027, Aug. 6, 1993, as amended at 64 FR 53267, Oct. 1, 1999; 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016; 91 FR 4853, Feb. 3, 2026] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1019.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.16.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1019.3   Ex parte communications.</HEAD>
<P>Members and employees of the Board must conform to the standards adopted by the Board in 49 CFR 1102.2.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1019.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.16.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1019.4   Use of intoxicants.</HEAD>
<P>Members and employees of the Board shall not use alcohol, drugs, or other intoxicants so as to impede the discharge of their official duties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1019.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.16.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1019.5   Sexual harassment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Members and employees shall not engage in harassment on the basis of sex. Unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature constitute sexual harassment when:
</P>
<P>(1) Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an individual's employment;
</P>
<P>(2) Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as the basis for employment decisions affecting such individual; or
</P>
<P>(3) Such conduct has the purpose or effect of interfering with an individual's work performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, offensive, or unpleasant working environment.
</P>
<P>(b) Employees and applicants may follow the standard Equal Employment Opportunity Board complaint process if they believe they have a work-related sexual harassment problem. This requires that the employee or applicant contact an EEO Counselor within 45 days of the alleged harassment or, if a personnel action is involved, within 45 days of its effective date.
</P>
<P>(c) The regulations in this section apply also to harassment based on race, color, religion, or national origin.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1019.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.16.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1019.6   Disciplinary and other remedial action.</HEAD>
<P>Any violation of the regulations in this part by an employee shall be cause for appropriate disciplinary or other remedial action as provided in the STB's Manual of Administration 22-751, which may be in addition to any penalty prescribed by law. The manual is available from the Section of Personnel Services, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 42027, Aug. 6, 1993, as amended at 64 FR 53267, Oct. 1, 1999] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1021-1029" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>Parts 1021-1029—Enforcement 


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1021" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1021—ADMINISTRATIVE COLLECTION OF ENFORCEMENT CLAIMS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>31 U.S.C. 3701, 3711, 3717, 3718.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>32 FR 20015, Dec. 20, 1967, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1021.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.18.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1021.1   Standards.</HEAD>
<P>The regulations issued jointly by the Comptroller General of the United States and the Attorney General of the United States under section 3 of the Federal Claims Collection Act of 1966, as amended, (31 U.S.C. 3701 <I>et seq.</I>) and published in 31 CFR parts 900 through 904 are hereby adopted by the Surface Transportation Board for the administrative collection of enforcement claims.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1021.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.18.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1021.2   Enforcement claims and debtors.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Enforcement claims are all separate civil penalty or forfeiture claims not exceeding $20,000 which may arise under the provisions of the Interstate Commerce Act or legislation supplementary thereto. 
</P>
<P>(b) Debtor is any person or corporation subject to civil penalties or forfeitures for violation of the provisions of the Interstate Commerce Act or legislation supplementary thereto. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1021.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.18.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1021.3   Enforcement collection designee.</HEAD>
<P>The Director, Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance, Surface Transportation Board, is the Board's designee to take all necessary action administratively to settle by collection, compromise, suspension or termination, enforcement claims within the contemplation of the Federal Claims Collection Act of 1966.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 4853, Feb. 3, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1021.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.18.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1021.4   Notice of claim and demand.</HEAD>
<P>Initiation of administrative collection of enforcement claims will be commenced by the enforcement collection designee mailing a letter of notice of claim and demand to the debtor. Such letter will state the statutory basis for the claim, a brief resume of the factual basis for the claim, the amount of the claim, and indicate the availability of the designee or his personal agent for discussion of the claim should the debtor so desire. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1021.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.18.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1021.5   Agreement and release.</HEAD>
<P>Upon the debtor's agreement to settle a claim, an Agreement and Release Form will be provided to the debtor in duplicate. This form, after reciting the statutory basis for the claim, will contain a statement to be signed in duplicate by the debtor evidencing his agreement to settlement of the claim for the amount stated in the agreement. Both copies of the signed agreement shall be returned to the collection designee. Upon final collection of the claim, one copy of the agreement and release shall be returned to the debtor with the release thereon signed by the enforcement collection designee. 




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1021.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.18.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1021.6   Method of claim payment.</HEAD>
<P>Debtors shall be required to settle claims by:
</P>
<P>(a) Payment via the Board's electronic payment system found on the Board's website.
</P>
<P>(b) Installment payments via the Board's electronic payment system found on the Board's website after the execution of a promissory note containing an agreement for judgment.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 4853, Feb. 3, 2026]

 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1022" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1022—CIVIL MONETARY PENALTY INFLATION ADJUSTMENT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 551-557; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; 49 U.S.C. 11901, 14901, 14903, 14904, 14905, 14906, 14907, 14908, 14910, 14915, 14916, 16101, 16103.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 64432, Oct. 22, 2012, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1022.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.19.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1022.1   Scope and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>The purpose of this part is to establish a method to adjust for inflation the civil monetary penalties provided by law within the jurisdiction of the Board, in conformity with the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990, Public Law 101-410, 104 Stat. 890 (codified as amended at 28 U.S.C. 2461 note), as amended by the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996, Public Law 104-134, 110 Stat. 1321, and further amended by the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015, Public Law 114-74, 129 Stat. 599. These penalties shall be subject to review and adjustment annually using the method specified in this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 72543, Oct. 20, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1022.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.19.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1022.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this part:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Board</I> means the Surface Transportation Board.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Civil monetary penalty</I> means any penalty, fine, or other sanction that:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) Is for a specific monetary amount as provided by federal law; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Has a maximum amount provided by federal law;
</P>
<P>(2) Is assessed or enforced by the Board pursuant to federal law; and
</P>
<P>(3) Is assessed or enforced pursuant to an administrative proceeding or a civil action in the federal courts.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Consumer Price Index</I> means the Consumer Price Index for all urban consumers published by the Department of Labor.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Cost-of-Living Adjustment</I> means the percentage (if any) by which the Consumer Price Index for the month of October preceding the adjustment exceeds the Consumer Price Index for the month of October one year before the month of October preceding date of the adjustment.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Initial Cost-of-Living Adjustment</I> means, for each civil monetary penalty, the percentage (if any) by which the Consumer Price Index for the month of October 2015 exceeds the Consumer Price Index of the month of October of the calendar year during which the amount of such civil monetary penalty was established or adjusted under a provision of law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 64432, Oct. 22, 2012, as amended at 81 FR 72543, Oct. 20, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1022.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.19.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1022.3   Civil monetary penalty inflation adjustment.</HEAD>
<P>The Board shall, immediately, and at least every year thereafter—
</P>
<P>(a) By regulation adjust each civil monetary penalty provided by law within the jurisdiction of the Board by the inflation adjustment described in § 1022.4; and
</P>
<P>(b) Publish each such adjustment in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 64432, Oct. 22, 2012, as amended at 81 FR 72543, Oct. 20, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1022.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.19.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1022.4   Cost-of living adjustments of civil monetary penalties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The inflation adjustment under § 1022.3 will initially be determined by increasing each maximum civil monetary penalty by the initial cost-of-living adjustment. Not later than January 15 of every year thereafter, the inflation adjustment will subsequently be determined by increasing the maximum civil monetary penalty for each civil monetary penalty by the cost-of-living adjustment. Any increase determined under this section shall be rounded to the nearest dollar.


</P>
<P>(b) The cost-of-living adjustment required by the statute results in the following adjustments to the civil monetary penalties within the jurisdiction of the Board:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">b</E>)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">U.S. code citation
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Civil monetary penalty description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2025—Penalty


<br/>amount
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">2026—Penalty


<br/>amount
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">EP 716_10 (2025)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">EP 716_11 (2026)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row">
<E T="02">Rail Carrier</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 11901(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unless otherwise specified, maximum penalty for each knowing violation under this part, and for each day</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$9,970
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 11901(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each violation under § 11124(a)(2) or (b)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">998
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 11901(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each day violation continues</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 11901(c)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maximum penalty for each knowing violation under §§ 10901-10906</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9,970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9,970
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 11901(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each violation under §§ 11123 or 11124(a)(1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198-998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198-998
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 11901(d)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each day violation continues</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 11901(e)(1), (4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each violation under §§ 11141-11145, for each day</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">998
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 11901(e)(2), (4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each violation under § 11144(b)(1), for each day</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 11901(e)(3)-(4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each violation of reporting requirements, for each day</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row">
<E T="02">Motor and Water Carrier</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14901(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum penalty for each violation and for each day</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,365</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,365
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14901(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each violation under §§ 13901 or 13902(c)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13,647</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13,647
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14901(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each violation related to transportation of passengers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34,116</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34,116
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14901(b)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each violation of the hazardous waste rules under § 3001 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27,293-54,586</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27,293-54,586
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14901(d)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum penalty for each violation of household good regulations, and for each day</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,992</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,992
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14901(d)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum penalty for each instance of transportation of household goods if broker provides estimate without carrier agreement</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19,941</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19,941
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14901(d)(3)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum penalty for each instance of transportation of household goods without being registered</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49,848</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">49,848
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14901(e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum penalty for each violation of a transportation rule</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,988</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,988
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14901(e)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum penalty for each additional violation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9,970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9,970
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14903(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maximum penalty for undercharge or overcharge of tariff rate, for each violation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">199,408</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">199,408
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14904(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For first violation, rebates at less than the rate in effect</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">398</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">398
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14904(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For all subsequent violations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">500
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14904(b)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maximum penalty for first violation for undercharges by freight forwarders</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">998
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14904(b)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maximum penalty for subsequent violations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,988</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,988
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14904(b)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maximum penalty for other first violations under § 13702</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">998
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14904(b)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maximum penalty for subsequent violations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,988</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,988
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14905(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maximum penalty for each knowing violation of § 14103(a), and knowingly authorizing, consenting to, or permitting a violation of § 14103(a) or (b)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19,941</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19,941
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14906</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum penalty for first attempt to evade regulation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,730</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">2,730
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14906</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum amount for each subsequent attempt to evade regulation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,823</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">6,823
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14907</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maximum penalty for recordkeeping/reporting violations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9,970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9,970
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14908(a)(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maximum penalty for violation of § 14908(a)(1)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,988</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">3,988
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14910</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">When another civil penalty is not specified under this part, for each violation, for each day</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">998
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14915(a)(1)-(2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minimum penalty for holding a household goods shipment hostage, for each day</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15,846</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15,846
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 14916(c)(1)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maximum penalty for each knowing violation under § 14916(a) for unlawful brokerage activities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13,647</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13,647
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row">
<E T="02">Pipeline Carrier</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 16101(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maximum penalty for violation of this part, for each day</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9,970</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">9,970
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 16101(b)(1), (4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each recordkeeping violation under § 15722, each day</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">998</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">998
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 16101(b)(2), (4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each inspection violation liable under § 15722, each day</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 16101(b)(3)-(4)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For each reporting violation under § 15723, each day</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">198
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49 U.S.C. 16103(a)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maximum penalty for improper disclosure of information</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,992</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1,992</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 72543, Oct. 20, 2016, as amended at 82 FR 4797, Jan. 17, 2017; 83 FR 993, Jan. 9, 2018; 83 FR 67699, Dec. 31, 2018; 85 FR 839, Jan. 8, 2019; 86 FR 3027, Jan. 14, 2021; 87 FR 2354, Jan. 14, 2022; 88 FR 2269, Jan. 13, 2022; 89 FR 2175, Jan. 12, 2024; 90 FR 3042, Jan. 14, 2025; 91 FR 1448, Jan. 14, 2026; 91 FR 24136, May 5, 2026]





</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1030-1039" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>Parts 1030-1039—Carriers Subject to Part I, Interstate Commerce Act 


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1033" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1033—CAR SERVICE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11121, 11122.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1033.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.21.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1033.1   Car hire rates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Definitions applicable to this section: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Car.</I> A freight car bearing railroad reporting marks, other than an excluded boxcar as defined in § 1039.14(c)(2) of this chapter whenever it is owned or leased by any class III carrier and bears a class III carrier's reporting marks. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Car hire.</I> Compensation to be paid by a user to an owner for use of a car. Such compensation may include, but need not be limited to, hourly and mileage rates. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Fixed rate car.</I> Any car placed in service or rebuilt prior to January 1, 1993 or for which there was a written and binding contract to purchase, build, or rebuild prior to July 1, 1992, regardless of whether such car bore railroad reporting marks prior to January 1, 1993, provided, however, that until December 31, 1993, all cars shall be deemed to be fixed rate cars. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Market rate car.</I> Any car that is not a fixed rate car. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Owner.</I> A rail carrier entitled to receive car hire on cars bearing its reporting marks. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Prescribed rates.</I> The hourly and mileage rates in effect on December 31, 1990, as published in Association of American Railroads Circular No. OT-10 found in the information section of tariff STB RER 6411-U known as the Official Railway Equipment Register. This information can be obtained at the Association of American Railroads or the Board. Prescribed rates will be enhanced to reflect OT-37 surcharges and Rule 88 rebuilds for work undertaken and completed during 1991 and 1992, and for rebuilding work for which there was a written and binding contract prior to July 1, 1992. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>User.</I> A rail carrier in possession of a car of which it is not the owner. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fixed rate cars.</I> Car hire for fixed rate cars shall be determined as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, for a 10-year period beginning January 1, 1993, the prescribed rates shall continue to apply to fixed rate cars without regard to the aging of such cars subsequent to December 31, 1990. Prescribed car hire rates shall not be increased for any additions and betterments performed on such cars after December 31, 1990. Any OT-37 surcharge to prescribed rates for work performed prior to January 1, 1993 shall expire upon the earlier of: 
</P>
<P>(i) The car becoming a market rate car; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The expiration date provided in Association of American Railroads Circular No. OT-37. 
</P>
<P>(2) Upon termination of the 10-year period specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, all fixed rate cars shall be deemed to be market rate cars and shall be governed by paragraph (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(3) (i) During each calendar year beginning January 1, 1994, a rail carrier may voluntarily elect to designate up to 10% of the cars in its fleet as of January 1, 1993 to be treated as market rate cars for the purposes of this section. The 10% limitation shall apply each calendar year and shall be noncumulative. Cars designated to be treated as market rate cars shall be governed by paragraph (c) of this section. Such election shall be effective only in accordance with the following provisions: 
</P>
<P>(A) An election shall be irrevocable and binding as to the rail carrier making the election and all users and subsequent owners if: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The rail carrier making the election has legal title to the car; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The rail carrier making the election does not have legal title to the car but obtains written consent for such election from the party holding legal title; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The transaction pursuant to which the party holding legal title to the car has furnished the car to the rail carrier making the election was entered into after January 1, 1991. 
</P>
<P>(B) An election shall be irrevocable and binding only for the term of the transaction pursuant to which the car was furnished to the rail carrier making the election as to that rail carrier and all users and subsequent owners if: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) That rail carrier does not have legal title to the car and does not obtain written consent or such election from the party holding legal title; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The transaction was entered into prior to January 1, 1991; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The transaction does not provide that the compensation to be paid to the party furnishing the car is to be based in whole or in part directly on the car hire earnings of the car; provided, however, that if the rail carrier making the election subsequently obtains legal title to the car, such election shall then be irrevocable and binding as to the rail carrier and all users and subsequent owners. 
</P>
<P>(C) The party holding legal title to the car may revoke an election subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(3)(i)(B) of this section only: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) At the time the transaction pursuant to which the car was furnished to the rail carrier making the election is first extended or renewed after January 1, 1991; or 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) If such transaction is not extended or renewed, at the time such transaction terminates. 
</P>
<FP>If such election is so revoked, a rail carrier may make a new election only with the written consent of the party holding legal title to the car, and such election shall be irrevocable and binding as to the rail carrier making the election and all users and subsequent owners. 
</FP>
<P>(ii) Nothing in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section shall be construed to limit the rights of parties to any transaction to provide for the consent of any party to an election made pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Market rate cars.</I> (1) Market rate cars shall not be subject to prescribed rates or to the provisions of 49 CFR 1039.14(c)(1) (i) and (ii) and (c)(4). 
</P>
<P>(2) (i) The Board shall not prescribe car hire for market rate cars. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The Code of Car Hire Rules referenced in the Association of American Railroads Car Service and Car Hire Agreement provides that owners and users party to that agreement shall resolve car hire disputes thereunder. The Board may review allegations of abuse of the car hire dispute resolution process established under those rules. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Car hire disputes involving an owner or user not a party to that agreement may be resolved by the Board. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Car hire agreements.</I> Rail carriers are authorized to negotiate and enter into agreements governing car hire. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Effective date.</I> This part shall take effect on January 1, 1994. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 60144, Nov. 15, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1033.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.21.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1033.2   Car service orders.</HEAD>
<P>Emergency and temporary service orders are issued under this part but are not carried in the Code of Federal Regulations. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 60145, Nov. 15, 1993]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1034" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1034—ROUTING OF TRAFFIC
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11123.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1034.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.22.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1034.1   Temporary authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authority.</I> Any railroad subject to regulation under 49 U.S.C. 10501 may reasonably divert or reroute traffic to other carriers, if it is unable due to circumstances beyond its control promptly to transport traffic over a portion of its lines. Traffic necessarily diverted under this authority shall be rerouted to preserve as much as possible the participation and revenues of other carriers provided in the original routing. This authority may be exercised for no more than 30 days following the day on which the rerouting begins. If a carrier needs more than 30 days before its disability or the disability of a receiving carrier is cured, it may automatically extend its rerouting for additional 30-day periods. To extend the period, it must submit a written or electronic notice to the Association of American Railroads and the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance explaining why the rerouting is necessary, when it began, when the disability occurred, why an extension is necessary, the specific lines disabled, the rerouting to be continued, which shippers are affected, and any other important facts.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Concurrence by carriers.</I> A railroad rerouting traffic must receive the concurrence of other railroads to which the traffic will be diverted or rerouted, before the rerouting or diversion begins. A rerouting carrier must also confirm the inability of a disabled receiving carrier to handle the traffic before rerouting that traffic. If the receiving carrier is no longer disabled, it must accept the traffic according to the routing originally designated.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Notice by rerouting carrier.</I> A rerouting carrier must notify the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance, the Association of American Railroads, Car Service Division, as agent of all railroads subscribing to car service and car hire agreements, and the American Short Line Railroad Association before the rerouting or diversion begins. The originating carrier must notify each shipper at the time each shipment is rerouted or diverted and furnish to each shipper the rerouting, <I>except when the disability requiring the rerouting occurs after the movement has begun.</I> When a rerouting carrier submits to the Board a notice and explanation for an extension of the rerouting period, it must immediately also submit a copy of that notice and explanation to the AAR, the ASLRA and all shippers that have been affected or that the carrier believes will be affected or that request a copy.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice by AAR.</I> The AAR shall notify all carriers affected by rerouting or by an extension of a rerouting period, in a manner similar to that used for embargoes.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Applicable rates.</I> The rates applicable on shipments rerouted or diverted will be the rates applicable over the route originally designated at the time the shipments are tendered.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Divisions.</I> The carriers involved in the rerouting or diversion shall proceed even though no contracts, agreements, or arrangements exist between them at the time concerning the divisions of the rates applicable to the traffic. Divisions shall be, during the time the rerouting is in effect, those voluntarily agreed upon by the carriers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 21782, Apr. 14, 1981, as amended at 46 FR 26064, May 11, 1981; 64 FR 53267, Oct. 1, 1999; 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1035" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1035—BILLS OF LADING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11706, 14706.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>58 FR 60797, Nov. 18, 1993, unless otherwise noted. 
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross References:</HED>
<P>For interstate transportation of livestock, see 9 CFR parts 71-77. For lading and unlading of vessels, see 19 CFR part 4.</P></CROSSREF>

<DIV8 N="§ 1035.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.23.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1035.1   Requirement for certain forms of bills of lading.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All common carriers, except express companies, engaged in the transportation of property other than livestock and wild animals, by rail or by water subject to the Interstate Commerce Act are required to use straight bills of lading as prescribed in Appendix A and B to this part, or order bills of lading as prescribed in Appendix A and B to this Part, except that order bills of lading shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Be entitled “Uniform Order Bill of Lading” and be designated as “Negotiable” on the front (appendix A to this part); 
</P>
<P>(2) Indicate consignment “to the order of * * * ” on the front (appendix A to this part); and 
</P>
<P>(3) Provide for endorsement on the back portion (appendix B to this part). 
</P>
<P>(b) All such bills of lading: 
</P>
<P>(1) May be either documented on paper or issued electronically; 
</P>
<P>(2) May be a copy, reprographic or otherwise, of a printed bill of lading, free from erasure and interlineation; 
</P>
<P>(3) May vary in the arrangement and spacing of the printed matter on the face of the form. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1035.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.23.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1035.2   Modification of front of uniform bill of lading.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding any other provision of § 1035.1(a), with respect to the information called for, the front portion only (appendix A to this part) of a bill of lading may deviate from the language prescribed in this part so long as the deviation conforms with approved national standards for the electronic data interchange or other commercial requirements for bill of lading information; <I>provided</I> that no such deviation in the language shall affect the obligations of any shipper to provide information absent the consent of such shipper nor shall such deviation be deemed to alter any rights or obligations conferred by statute or regulation on either carriers or shippers with respect to the preparation or issuance of bills of lading. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.23.0.1.3.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 1035—Uniform Straight Bill of Lading


</HEAD>
<HD1>Uniform Straight Bill of Lading 
</HD1>
<HD3>Original—Not Negotiable 
</HD3>
<FP-DASH>Shipper's No
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Agent's No
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Company
</FP-DASH>
<P>Received, subject to the classifications and tariffs in effect on the date of this Bill of Lading: 
</P>
<FP>at_____________, 20__
</FP>
<FP-DASH>from 
</FP-DASH>
<FP>the property described below, in apparent good order, except as noted (contents and condition of contents of packages unknown), marked, consigned, and destined as indicated below, which said company (the word company being understood throughout this contract as meaning any person or corporation in possession of the property under the contract) agrees to carry to its usual place of delivery at said destination, if on its own road or its own water line, otherwise to deliver to another carrier on the route to said destination. It is mutually agreed, as to each carrier of all or any of said property over all or any portion of said route to destination, and as to each party at any time interested in all or any of said property, that every service to be performed hereunder shall be subject to all the conditions not prohibited by law, whether printed or written, herein contained, including the conditions on back hereof, which are hereby agreed to by the shipper and accepted for himself and his assigns. 
</FP>
<FP>[Mail or street address of consignee—For purposes of notification only.] 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Consigned to 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Destination
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>State of
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>County of 
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Route
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Delivering Carrier
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Car Initial
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Car No
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Trailer Initials/Number
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Length
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Plan
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Length
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Plan
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Container Initials/Number
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Length
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Plan
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Length
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Plan
</FP-DASH>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No. packages 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description of articles, special marks, and exceptions 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">*Weight (subject to correction) 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Class or rate 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Check column 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Subject to Section 7 of conditions, if this shipment is to be delivered to the consignee without recourse on the consignor, the consignor shall sign the following statement: 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">The carrier shall not make delivery of this shipment without payment of freight and all other lawful charges. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">..................................................
<br/> (Signature of consignor)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">If charges are to be prepaid, write or stamp here,
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">“To be Prepaid.” 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Received $___ to apply in prepayment of the charges on the property described hereon. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">..................................................
<br/> Agent or Cashier 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Per________
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">(The signature here acknowledges only the amount prepaid.) 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">*If the shipment moves between two ports by a carrier by water, the law requires that the bill of lading shall state whether it is “carrier's or shipper's weight.”
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Note. Where the rate is dependent on value, shippers are required to state specifically in writing the agreed or declared value of the property. 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">The agreed or declared value of the property is hereby specifically stated by the shipper to be not exceeding—
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">____________________ per____________________
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Charges advanced:  ____________________ 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Shipper
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Agent
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Per 
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Per
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">Permanent post office address of shipper</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 60797, Nov. 18, 1993, as amended at 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016]



</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.23.0.1.3.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 1035—Contract Terms and Conditions


</HEAD>
<HD1>Contract Terms and Conditions
</HD1>
<P>Sec. 1. (a) The carrier or party in possession of any of the property herein described shall be liable as at common law for any loss thereof or damage thereto, except as hereinafter provided.
</P>
<P>(b) No carrier or party in possession of all or any of the property herein described shall be liable for any loss thereof or damage thereto or delay caused by the act of God, the public enemy, the authority of law, or the act or default of the shipper or owner, or for natural shrinkage. The carrier's liability shall be that of warehouseman, only, for loss, damage, or delay caused by fire occurring after the expiration of the free time allowed by tariffs lawfully on file (such free time to be computed as therein provided) after notice of the arrival of the property at destination or at the port of export (if intended for export) has been duly sent or given, and after placement of the property for delivery at destination, or tender of delivery of the property to the party entitled to receive it, has been made. Except in case of negligence of the carrier or party in possession (and the burden to prove freedom from such negligence shall be on the carrier or party in possession), the carrier or party in possession shall not be liable for loss, damage, or delay occurring while the property is stopped and held in transit upon the request of the shipper, owner, or party entitled to make such request, or resulting from a defect or vice in the property, or for country damage to cotton, or from riots or strikes.
</P>
<P>(c) In case of quarantine the property may be discharged at risk and expense of owners into quarantine depot or elsewhere, as required by quarantine regulations or authorities, or for the carrier's dispatch at nearest available point in carrier's judgment, and in any such case carrier's responsibility shall cease when property is so discharged, or property may be returned by carrier at owner's expense to shipping point, earning freight both ways. Quarantine expenses of whatever nature or kind upon or in respect to property shall be borne by the owners of the property or be a lien thereon. The carrier shall not be liable for loss or damage occasioned by fumigation or disinfection or other acts required or done by quarantine regulations or authorities even though the same may have been done by carrier's officers, agents, or employees, nor for detention, loss, or damage of any kind occasioned by quarantine or the enforcement thereof. No carrier shall be liable, except in case of negligence, for any mistake or inaccuracy in any information furnished by the carrier, its agents, or officers, as to quarantine laws or regulations. The shipper shall hold the carriers harmless from any expense they may incur, or damages they may be required to pay, by reason of the introduction of the property covered by this contract into any place against the quarantine laws or regulations in effect at such place.
</P>
<P>Sec. 2. (a) No carrier is bound to transport said property by any particular train or vessel, or in time for any particular market or otherwise than with reasonable dispatch. Every carrier shall have the right in case of physical necessity to forward said property by any carrier or route between the point of shipment and the point of destination. In all cases not prohibited by law, where a lower value than actual value has been represented in writing by the shipper or has been agreed upon in writing as the released value of the property as determined by the classification or tariffs upon which the rate is based, such lower value plus freight charges if paid shall be the maximum amount to be recovered, whether or not such loss or damage occurs from negligence.
</P>
<P>(b) As a condition precedent to recovery, claims must be filed in writing with the receiving or delivering carrier, or carrier issuing this bill of lading, or carrier on whose line the loss, damage, injury or delay occurred, within nine months after delivery of the property (or, in case of export traffic, within nine months after delivery at port of export) or, in case of failure to make delivery, then within nine months after a reasonable time for delivery has elapsed; and suits shall be instituted against any carrier only within two years and one day from the day when notice in writing is given by the carrier to the claimant that the carrier has disallowed the claim or any part or parts thereof specified in the notice. Where claims are not filed or suits are not instituted thereon in accordance with the foregoing provisions, no carrier hereunder shall be liable, and such claims will not be paid.
</P>
<P>(c) Any carrier or party liable on account of loss of or damage to any of said property shall have the full benefit of any insurance that may have been effected upon or on account of said property, so far as this shall not avoid the policies or contracts of insurance: Provided, That the carrier reimburse the claimant for the premium paid thereon.
</P>
<P>Sec. 3. Except where such service is required as the result of carrier's negligence, all property shall be subject to necessary cooperage and baling at owner's cost. Each carrier over whose route cotton or cotton linters is to be transported hereunder shall have the privilege, at its own cost and risk, of compressing the same for greater convenience in handling or forwarding, and shall not be held responsible for deviation or unavoidable delays in procuring such compression. Grain in bulk consigned to a point where there is a railroad, public or licensed elevator, may (unless otherwise expressly noted herein, and then if it is not promptly unloaded) be there delivered and placed with other grain of the same kind and grade without respect to ownership (and prompt notice thereof shall be given to the consignor), and if so delivered shall be subject to a lien for elevator charges in addition to all other charges hereunder.
</P>
<P>Sec. 4. (a) Property not removed by the party entitled to receive it within the free time allowed by tariffs, lawfully on file (such free time to be computed as therein provided), after notice of the arrival of the property at destination or at the port of export (if intended for export) has been duly sent or given, and after placement of the property for delivery at destination has been made, may be kept in vessel, car, depot, warehouse or place of delivery of the carrier, subject to the tariff charge for storage and to carrier's responsibility as warehouseman, only, or at the option of the carrier, may be removed to and stored in a public or licensed warehouse at the place of delivery or other available place, at the cost of the owner, and there held without liability on the part of the carrier, and subject to a lien for all freight and other lawful charges, including a reasonable charge for storage. 
</P>
<P>(b) Where nonperishable property which has been transported to destination hereunder is refused by consignee or the party entitled to receive it, or said consignee or party entitled to receive it fails to receive it within 15 days after notice of arrival shall have been duly sent or given, the carrier may sell the same at public auction to the highest bidder, at such place as may be designated by the carrier: Provided, That the carrier shall have first mailed, sent, or given to the consignor notice that the property has been refused or remains unclaimed, as the case may be, and that it will be subject to sale under the terms of the bill of lading if disposition be not arranged for, and shall have published notice containing a description of the property, the name of the party to whom consigned, or, if shipped order notify, the name of the party to be notified, and the time and place of sale, once a week for two successive weeks, in a newspaper of general circulation at the place of sale or nearest place where such newspaper is published: Provided, That 30 days shall have elapsed before publication of notice of sale after said notice that the property was refused or remains unclaimed was mailed, sent, or given.
</P>
<P>(c) Where perishable property which has been transported hereunder to destination is refused by consignee or party entitled to receive it, or said consignee or party entitled to receive it shall fail to receive it promptly, the carrier, may, in its discretion, to prevent deterioration or further deterioration, sell the same to the best advantage at private or public sale: Provided, That if time serves for notification to the consignor or owner of the refusal of the property or the failure to receive it, and request for disposition of the property, such notification shall be given, in such manner as the exercise of due diligence requires, before the property is sold.
</P>
<P>(d) Where the procedure provided for in the two paragraphs last preceding is not possible, it is agreed that nothing contained in said paragraphs shall be construed to abridge the right of the carrier at its option to sell the property under such circumstances and in such manner as may be authorized by law.
</P>
<P>(e) The proceeds of any sale made under this section shall be applied by the carrier to the payment of freight, demurrage, storage, and any other lawful charges and the expense of notice, advertisement, sale, and other necessary expense and of caring for and maintaining the property, if proper care of the same requires special expense, and should there be a balance it shall be paid to the owner of the property sold hereunder.
</P>
<P>(f) Property destined to or taken from a station, wharf, or landing at which there is no regularly appointed freight agent shall be entirely at risk of owner after unloaded from cars or vessels or until loaded into cars or vessels, and except in case of carrier's negligence, when received from or delivered to such stations, wharves, or landings shall be at owner's risk until the cars are attached to and after they are detached from locomotive or train or until loaded into and after unloaded from vessels.
</P>
<P>Sec. 5. No carrier hereunder will carry or be liable in any way for any documents, specie, or for any articles of extraordinary value not specifically rated in the published classifications or tariffs unless a special agreement to do so and a stipulated value of the articles are indorsed hereon. 
</P>
<P>Sec. 6. Every party, whether principal or agent, shipping explosives or dangerous goods, without previous full written disclosure to the carrier of their nature, shall be liable for and indemnify the carrier against all loss or damage caused by such goods, and such goods may be warehoused at owner's risk and expense or destroyed without compensation.
</P>
<P>Sec. 7. The owner or consignee shall pay the freight and average, if any, and all other lawful charges accruing on said property; but, except in those instances where it may lawfully be authorized to do so, no carrier by railroad shall deliver or relinquish possession at destination of the property covered by this bill of lading until all tariff rates and charges thereon have been paid. The consignor shall be liable for the freight and all other lawful charges, except that if the consignor stipulates, by signature, in the space provided for that purpose on the face of this bill of lading that the carrier shall not make delivery without requiring payment of such charges and the carrier, contrary to such stipulation, shall make delivery without requiring such payment, the consignor (except as hereinafter provided) shall not be liable for such charges. Provided, that, where the carrier has been instructed by the shipper or consignor to deliver said property to a consignee other than the shipper or consignor, such consignee shall not be legally liable for transportation charges in respect of the transportation of said property (beyond those billed against him at the time of delivery for which he is otherwise liable) which may be found to be due after the property has been delivered to him, if the consignee (a) is an agent only and has no beneficial title in said property, and (b) prior to delivery of said property has notified the delivering carrier in writing of the fact of such agency and absence of beneficial title, and, in the case of a shipment reconsigned or diverted to a point other than that specified in the original bill of lading, has also notified the delivering carrier in writing of the name and address of the beneficial owner of said property; and, in such cases the shipper or consignor, or, in the case of a shipment so reconsigned or diverted, the beneficial owner, shall be liable for such additional charges. If the consignee has given to the carrier erroneous information as to who the beneficial owner is, such consignee shall himself be liable for such additional charges. On shipments reconsigned or diverted by an agent who has furnished the carrier in the reconsignment or diversion order with a notice of agency and the proper name and address of the beneficial owner, and where such shipments are refused or abandoned at ultimate destination, the said beneficial owner shall be liable for all legally applicable charges in connection therewith. If the reconsignor or diverter has given to the carrier erroneous information as to who the beneficial owner is, such reconsignor or diverter shall himself be liable for all such charges.
</P>
<P>If a shipper or consignor of a shipment of property (other than a prepaid shipment) is also the consignee named in the bill of lading and, prior to the time of delivery, notifies, in writing, a delivering carrier by railroad (a) to deliver such property at destination to another party, (b) that such party is the beneficial owner of such property, and (c) that delivery is to be made to such party only upon payment of all transportation charges in respect of the transportation of such property, and delivery is made by the carrier to such party without such payment, such shipper or consignor shall not be liable (as shipper, consignor, consignee, or otherwise) for such transportation charges but the party to whom delivery is so made shall in any event be liable for transportation charges billed against the property at the time of such delivery, and also for any additional charges which may be found to be due after delivery of the property, except that if such party prior to such delivery has notified in writing the delivering carrier that he is not the beneficial owner of the property, and has given in writing to such delivering carrier the name and address of such beneficial owner, such party shall not be liable for any additional charges which may be found to be due after delivery of the property; but if the party to whom delivery is made has given to the carrier erroneous information as to the beneficial owner, such party shall nevertheless be liable for such additional charges. If the shipper or consignor has given to the delivering carrier erroneous information as to who the beneficial owner is, such shipper or consignor shall himself be liable for such transportation charges, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph and irrespective of any provisions to the contrary in the bill of lading or in the contract of transportation under which the shipment was made. The term “delivering carrier” means the line-haul carrier making ultimate delivery.
</P>
<P>Nothing herein shall limit the right of the carrier to require at time of shipment the prepayment or guarantee of the charges. If upon inspection it is ascertained that the articles shipped are not those described in this bill of lading, the freight charges must be paid upon the articles actually shipped.
</P>
<P>Where delivery is made by a common carrier by water the foregoing provisions of this section shall apply, except as may be inconsistent with part III of the Interstate Commerce Act.
</P>
<P>Sec. 8. If this bill of lading is issued on the order of the shipper, or his agent, in exchange or in substitution for another bill of lading, the shipper's signature to the prior bill of lading as to the statement of value or otherwise, or election of common law or bill of lading liability, in or in connection with such prior bill of lading, shall be considered a part of this bill of lading as fully as if the same were written or made in or in connection with this bill of lading.
</P>
<P>Sec. 9. (a) If all or any part of said property is carried by water over any part of said route, and loss, damage or injury to said property occurs while the same is in the custody of a carrier by water the liability of such carrier shall be determined by the bill of lading of the carrier by water (this bill of lading being such bill of lading if the property is transported by such water carrier thereunder) and by and under the laws and regulations applicable to transportation by water. Such water carriage shall be performed subject to all the terms and provisions of, and all the exemptions from liability contained in the Act of Congress of the United States, approved on February 13, 1893, and entitled “An act relating to the navigation of vessels, etc.” and of other statutes of the United States according carriers by water the protection of limited liability as well as the following subdivisions of this section: and to the conditions contained in this bill of lading not inconsistent with this section, when this bill of lading becomes the bill of lading of the carrier by water.
</P>
<P>(b) No such carrier by water shall be liable for any loss or damage resulting from any fire happening to or on board the vessel, or from explosion, bursting of boilers or breakage of shafts, unless caused by the design or neglect of such carrier.
</P>
<P>(c) If the owner shall have exercised due diligence in making the vessel in all respects seaworthy and properly manned, equipped and supplied, no such carrier shall be liable for any loss or damage resulting from the perils of the lakes, seas, or other waters, or from latent defects in hull, machinery, or appurtenances whether existing prior to, at the time of, or after sailing, or from collision, stranding, or other accidents of navigation, or from prolongation of the voyage. And, when for any reason it is necessary, any vessel carrying any or all of the property herein described shall be at liberty to call at any port or ports, in or out of the customary route, to tow and be towed, to transfer, trans-ship, or lighter, to load and discharge goods at any time, to assist vessels in distress, to deviate for the purpose of saving life or property, and for docking and repairs. Except in case of negligence such carrier shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to property if it be necessary or is usual to carry the same upon deck.
</P>
<P>(d) General Average shall be payable according to the York-Antwerp Rules of 1924, sections 1 to 15, inclusive, and sections 17 to 22, inclusive, and as to matters not covered thereby according to the laws and usages of the Port of New York. If the owners shall have exercised due diligence to make the vessel in all respects seaworthy and properly manned, equipped and supplied, it is hereby agreed that in case of danger, damage or disaster resulting from faults or errors in navigation, or in the management of the vessel, or from any latent or other defects in the vessel, her machinery or appurtenance, or from unseaworthiness, whether existing at the time of shipment or at the beginning of the voyage (provided the latent or other defects or the unseaworthiness was not discoverable by the exercise of due diligence), the shippers, consignees and/or owners of the cargo shall nevertheless pay salvage and any special charges incurred in respect of the cargo, and shall contribute with the shipowner in general average to the payment of any sacrifices, losses or expenses of a general average nature that may be made or incurred for the common benefit or to relieve the adventure from any common peril.
</P>
<P>(e) If the property is being carried under a tariff which provides that any carrier or carriers party thereto shall be liable for loss from perils of the sea, then as to such carrier or carriers the provisions of this section shall be modified in accordance with the tariff provisions, which shall be regarded as incorporated into the conditions of this bill of lading.
</P>
<P>(f) The term “water carriage” in this section shall not be construed as including lighterage in or across rivers, harbors, or lakes, when performed by or on behalf of rail carriers.
</P>
<P>Sec. 10. Any alteration, addition, or erasure in this bill of lading which shall be made without the special notation hereon of the agent of the carrier issuing this bill of lading, shall be without effect, and this bill of lading shall be enforceable according to its original tenor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[58 FR 60797, Nov. 18, 1993, as amended at 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1037" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1037—BULK GRAIN AND GRAIN PRODUCTS—LOSS AND DAMAGE CLAIMS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>40 FR 49342, Oct. 22, 1975, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1037.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.24.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1037.1   Weights and weighing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) How determined—Accuracy of the weights used in determining the quantity of grain and grain products received for transportation by carriers and delivered by them to consignees being of primary and fundamental importance, the use of estimated weights based upon the cubical contents of the load and the test weight per bushel of the grain and grain products, or otherwise, will not be accepted. All shipments shall be carefully weighed by competent weighers upon scales that are known to be accurate within the limits of tolerance stated in scale specifications. 
</P>
<P>(b) Inspection of scales—Before weighing grain and grain products to and from cars, the scale and all other facilities to be used must be thoroughly inspected to ascertain whether they are in proper working condition, necessary adjustments or repairs, if any required, must be made, and an accurate and complete record thereof shall be entered at the time of inspection. 
</P>
<P>(c) Shipping weights—Where the shipper weighs the grain or grain products for shipment and a claim for loss and damage is subsequently filed on that shipment, the shipper shall furnish the carrier with whom the claim is filed certificates of weight showing car initials and number; the kind of grain or grain products; the total scale weight; the type and house number of the scale used; the number of drafts and weight of each draft; the date and time of weighing; whether the weight is official, board-of-trade, grain-exchange, State, or other supervised weight; and the number of grain doors used. This information should be furnished at the time the claim is filed. 
</P>
<P>(d) Destination weights—Where the consignee weighs a shipment of grain or grain products and a claim for loss and damage is subsequently filed on the shipment, the consignee shall furnish the carrier with whom the claim is filed certificates of weight showing the car initials and number; the kind of grain or grain products; the total scale weight; the type and house number of the scale used; the number of drafts and weight of each draft, and the date and time of weighing; and whether the weight is official, board-of-trade, grain-exchange, State, or other supervised weight. This information should be furnished at the time the claim is filed. 
</P>
<P>(e) A difference in weights at origin and destination, both of which are based on supervised scales, establishes <I>prima facie</I> that the loss occurred in transit and that the railroad is liable. When a difference in weights is based in part on an unsupervised weight, which nevertheless, was accepted by the railroad as the basis for assessing freight charges, such unsupervised weight in combination with a supervised weight establishes <I>prima facie</I> that the loss occurred in transit and the railroad is liable. When a difference in weights is based in part on an unsupervised weight, with the above exception, a <I>prima facie</I> case of railroad liability for loss in transit has <I>not</I> been established. Such difference in weights is a factor, however, to be considered in connection with other evidence that a clear-record car arrived at destination with seals intact and unbroken or that the shipper made a written complaint that any car placed for loading was defective, in response to which the railroad filed a written report after investigation of the complaint. See paragraph (c) of § 1037.3. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1037.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.24.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1037.2   Cars.</HEAD>
<P>A car is not in suitable condition for the transportation of bulk grain and grain products when it is defective. The rules prescribed in this part 1037 apply on shipments transported solely in railroad-owned and railroad-leased cars.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 54334, Nov. 18, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1037.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.24.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1037.3   Claims.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In computing the amount of the loss for which the carrier will pay there will be deducted from the gross amount of the ascertained actual loss one-fourth of 1 percent of the established loading weight to cover invisible loss and waste; provided, however, that where grain and grain products heat in transit and investigation shows that the invisible loss resulting therefrom exceeded one-fourth of 1 percent of such other amount as may hereafter be fixed in the manner above stated, and that the carrier is not otherwise liable for said loss, then the ascertained actual amount of the invisible loss due to heating of the grain and grain products will be deducted. 
</P>
<P>(b) Where investigation discloses a defect in equipment, seal or seal record, or a transfer in transit by the carrier of a carload of bulk grain or grain products upon which the unloading weight is less than the loading weight and the shipper furnishes duly attested certificates showing the correctness of the claimed weight, and investigation fails to show that the discrepancy is due to defective scales or other shipper facilities, or to inaccurate weighing or other error at point of origin or destination, or to fraud, then the resulting claim will be adjusted subject to the deductions authorized in the immediately preceding paragraph (a) of this § 1037.3; provided, however, that the clear record of either the carrier's or shippers' facilities shall not be interpreted as affecting or changing the burden of proof now lawfully resting upon either party. Therefore, movement in a clear-record car is not conclusive evidence of the fact that the car is not defective. It must be considered along with other evidence to determine liability. See paragraph (e) of § 1037.1 
</P>
<P>(c) In case of a disputed claim, the records of both the carrier and the claimant affecting the shipment involved shall be available to both parties. These records shall include a written complaint, if any, filed by the shipper with the railroad at the time the car was placed for loading that the car was defective, and the written report of an investigation of the complaint, filed by the railroad with the shipper, if made.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1039" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1039—EXEMPTIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 10502, 13301.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 50262, Nov. 5, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1039.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.25.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1039.10   Exemption of agricultural commodities except grain, soybeans, and sunflower seeds.</HEAD>
<P>The rail transportation of the commodities listed below is exempt from the provisions of subtitle IV of title 49, except that carriers must continue to comply with Board accounting and reporting requirements, including a brief statement in their annual reports of operations under this exemption, and must maintain copies of rates, charges, rules or regulations, for traffic moved under this exemption, at their principal office, subject to inspection, and send a letter of notification to the docket [Ex Parte No. 346 (Sub-No. 14)], within 30 days, of the fact that they are using the exemption. All tariffs pertaining to the transportation of these miscellaneous commodities will no longer apply except to the extent adopted by carrier quotations. The categories of commodities which are exempt under this decision, by Standard Transportation Commodity Code (STCC) number are:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Farm products, with the exception of grain (STCC No. 0113), soybeans (STCC No. 01144), and sunflower seeds (STCC No. 0114940).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">09</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fresh fish and other marine products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fresh meat.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fresh dressed poultry.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Processed poultry.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Creamery Butter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Condensed, Evaporated or Dried Milk.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cheese and Special Dairy Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Processed Whole Milk.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-141</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hides and Skins.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-144</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Animal refuse, tankage, or meat meal.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-421-27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Citrus pomace.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-712-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Shelled walnuts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-914-25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cottonseed hulls.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-915</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cotton linters.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-999-29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Butter and honey mixed.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-999-41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Honey, comb, granulated or strained, or heat treated to retard granulation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-999-76</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freeze-dried poultry.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-999-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freeze-dried meat.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-999-78</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freeze-dried salad ingredients.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-999-93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fresh and salted meat and products mixed, not hung.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20-999-94</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fresh and salted meat and products mixed, hung and not hung.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stemmed or redried tobacco.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22-811-30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cotton, carded, dyed or not dyed, but not spun, woven or knitted, but including cotton lap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22-911-63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mattress felt, nec, cjors, not finished.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22-911-74</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Felts, cotton, nec.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22-971-35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wool, nec, scoured.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22-995-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Flax fibre.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22-999-26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cotton linters, bleached or dyed.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28-423-37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Beeswax.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>and shall embrace all articles assigned additional digits. The STCC shall be those code numbers in effect as of January 1, 1979, as shown in Standard Transportation Commodity Code Tariff 1-G, STB STCC 6001-C. Nothing in this exemption shall be construed to affect our jurisdiction under section 10502 or our ability to enforce this decision or any subsequent decision made under authority of this exemption section. Consistent with the exemptions in §§ 1039.11 and 1039.14, this exemption shall not apply to the regulation of demurrage, except the regulation of demurrage related to transportation that is subject to § 1039.13. This exemption shall remain in effect, unless modified or revoked by a subsequent order of this Board.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 9277, Mar. 4, 1983; 49 FR 22095, May 25, 1984, as amended at 49 FR 26745, June 29, 1984; 49 FR 27321, July 3, 1984; 64 FR 53267, Oct. 1, 1999; 69 FR 58365, Sept. 30, 2004; 85 FR 12756, Mar. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1039.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.25.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1039.11   Miscellaneous commodities exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Commodities exempted.</I> Except as indicated in paragraph (b) of this section, the rail transportation of the commodities listed below is exempt from the provisions of 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV. The Standard Transportation Commodity Code (STCC) numbers that identify the exempted commodities are those in effect on the effective date of the tariff cited, and shall embrace all commodities assigned additional digits. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">STCC No. 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">STCC tariff
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Commodity 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6001-T, eff. 1-1-92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dimension stone, quarry. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crushed or broken stone or riprap. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 411</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sand (aggregate or ballast). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 412</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gravel (aggregate or ballast). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Food or kindred products except 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 143 Grease or inedible tallow. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 32 Canned specialties. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 33 Canned fruits, jams, jellies, preserves or vegetables. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 4 Grain mill products. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 6 Sugar, beet or cane. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 8 Beverages or flavoring extracts. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 911 Cottonseed oil, crude or refined. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 914 Cottonseed cake or meal or by-products. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 92 Soybean oil or by-products. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">20 93 Nut or vegetable oils or by-products. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Textile mill products. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Apparel or other finished textile products or knit apparel. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lumber or wood products. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Furniture or fixtures. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pulp, paper or allied products except 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26 1 Pulp or pulp mill products. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26 211 Newsprint. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26 212 Ground wood paper, uncoated. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26 213 Printing paper, coated or uncoated, etc. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26 214 Wrapping paper, wrappers or coarse paper. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26 218 Sanitary tissue stock. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26 471 Sanitary tissues or health products. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26 6 Building paper or building board except 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">26 613 Wallboard. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Printed matter. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28 195 22-23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iron chloride, liquid. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28 195 27-30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iron sulphate. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28 195 68-69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ferrous sulphate. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29 914</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coke produced from coal. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29 915</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Distillate or residual fuel oil from coal refining. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rubber or miscellaneous plastics products except 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">30 111 Rubber pneumatic tires or parts. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Leather or leather products. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clay, concrete, glass or stone products except 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32 411 Hydraulic cement, natural, portland or masonry. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32 741 Lime or lime plaster. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32 95 Nonmetallic earths or minerals, ground or treated in any other manner except
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32 952 15 Cinders, clay, shale expanded shale), slate or volcanic (not pumice stone), or haydrite. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Primary metal products, including galvanized. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">34</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fabricated metal products except 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 6 Metal stampings. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34 919 40 Radioactive material shipping containers, etc. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Machinery except 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 11 Steam engines, turbines, turbine generator sets, or parts. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">35 85 Refrigerators or refrigeration machinery or complete air-conditioning units. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electrical machinery, equipment or supplies except 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 12 Power, distribution or specialty transformers. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">36 21 Motors or generators. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">37 11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Motor vehicles. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">37 14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Motor vehicle parts or accessories. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Instruments, photographic goods, optical goods, watches or clocks. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Miscellaneous products of manufacturing. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">41 118</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6001-U, eff. 1-1-93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Used vehicles. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 715</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6001-V, eff. 1-1-94</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rock salt.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 143</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grease or inedible tallow.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28 133</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carbon dioxide.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28 991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Salt.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32-4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hydraulic cement. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">34 912</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6001-W, eff. 1-1-95</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Steel shipping containers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40 211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Iron and steel scrap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33 119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6001-X, eff. 1-11-96</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Blast furnace, open hearth, rolling mill or coke oven products, NEC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20511</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6001-X, eff. 1-1-96</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bread or other bakery products exc. biscuits, crackers, pretzels or other dry bakery products. See 20521-20529.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22941</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Textile waste, garnetted, processed, or recovered or recovered fibres or flock exc. packing or wiping cloths or rags. See 22994.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22973</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Textile fibres, laps, noils, nubs, roving, sliver or slubs, prepared for spinning, combed or converted.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22994</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Packing or wiping cloths or rags (processed textile wastes).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24293</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Shavings or sawdust.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30311</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Reclaimed rubber.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3229924</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cullet (broken glass).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33312</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Copper matte, speiss, flue dust, or residues, etc.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33322</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead matte, speiss, flue dust, dross, slag, skimmings, etc.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33332</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Zinc dross, residues, ashes, etc.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33342</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum residues, etc.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33398</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Misc. nonferrous metal residues, including solder babbitt or type metal residues.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ashes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Brass, bronze, copper or alloy scrap, tailings, or wastes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead, zinc, or alloy scrap, tailings or wastes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Aluminum or alloy scrap, tailings or wastes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4021960</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tin scrap, consisting of scraps or pieces of metallic tin, clippings, drippings, shavings, turnings, or old worn-out block tin pipe having value for remelting purposes only.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40221</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Textile waste, scrap or sweepings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40231</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Wood scrap or waste.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40241</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Paper waste or scrap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40251</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chemical or petroleum waste, including spent.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40261</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rubber or plastic scrap or waste.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4029114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Municipal garbage waste, solid, digested and ground, other than sewage waste or fertilizer.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4029176</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Automobile shredder residue.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4111434</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bags, old, burlap, gunny, istle (ixtle), jute, or sisal, NEC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">41115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Articles, used, returned for repair or reconditioning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">42111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nonrevenue movement of containers, bags, barrels, bottles, boxes, crates, cores, drums, kegs, reels, tubes, or carriers, NEC, empty, returning in reverse of route used in loaded movement, and so certified.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">42112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Nonrevenue movement of shipping devices, consisting of blocking, bolsters, cradles, pallets, racks, skids, etc., empty, returning in reverse of route used in loaded movement, and so certified.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">42311</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">......do.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenue movement of containers, bags, barrels, bottles, boxes, crates, cores, drums, kegs, reels, tubes, or carriers, NEC., empty, returning in reverse of route used in loaded movement and so certified.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<FP>Excluded from this exemption are any movements for which a finding of market dominance has been made. However, this exemption shall not be construed as affecting in any way the existing regulations, agreements, prescriptions, conditions, allowances or levels of compensation regarding the use of equipment, whether shipper or railroad owned or leased, including car hire, per diem and mileage allowances, and also including exemption from the anti-trust laws necessary to negotiate car service regulations or mandatory interchange of equipment or to maintain and execute such agreements. Nor shall this exemption be construed to affect existing Class III railroad “protections” in the case of boxcars. Consistent with the exemptions in § 1039.10 and § 1039.14, this exemption shall not apply to the regulation of demurrage, except the regulation of demurrage related to transportation that is subject to § 1039.13.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Conditions.</I> Carriers must continue to comply with Board accounting and reporting requirements. All railroad tariffs pertaining to the transportation of these miscellaneous commodities will no longer apply. This exemption shall remain in effect, unless modified or revoked by a subsequent order of this Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 24901, June 3, 1983] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 1039.11, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1039.13" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.25.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1039.13   Rail intermodal transportation exemption.</HEAD>
<P>See part 1090.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 23660, June 24, 1987] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1039.14" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.25.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1039.14   Boxcar transportation exemptions and rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Rail transportation of all commodities in boxcars is exempt from the provisions of 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV except as otherwise provided in this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Board retains jurisdiction in the following areas: 
</P>
<P>(1) Car hire and car service; 
</P>
<P>(2) Mandatory interchange of equipment; 
</P>
<P>(3) Reciprocal switching or joint use of terminal facilities; 
</P>
<P>(4) Car supply; 
</P>
<P>(5) Freight car pooling agreements; and 
</P>
<P>(6) Freight rates applicable to boxcar traffic originating or terminating at an industry facility served physically by a Class III rail carrier, to the extent provided in paragraphs (c)(4) and (c)(5) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, carriers are authorized to take the following actions with respect to boxcar equipment use:
</P>
<P>(i) Assess charges for empty movement of cars where movements are made at the request of the car owner, the Association of American Railroads, or the Board. The empty mileage charge is subject to a maximum of 35 cents per mile, as adjusted for inflation or deflation using the rail cost adjustment factors published periodically by the Board in Ex Parte No. 290 (Sub-No. 2), <I>Railroad Cost Recovery Procedures.</I> In applying those factors, the figure of 35 cents will be treated as having been in effect on October 1, 1982. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Store empty cars and reclaim car hire payments beginning at the expiration of a 72-hour grace period after the car is made empty. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Negotiate bilateral agreements governing car hire rates, empty movements, and storage. 
</P>
<P>(2) The authorization in paragraphs (c)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section will not apply to excluded carriers, as defined in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, nor will it apply to any boxcar which, on December 30, 1983, was owned or leased by a carrier which then would have qualified as an excluded carrier and which bears the reporting marks of an excluded carrier. 
</P>
<P>(i) An “excluded carrier” is a Class III carrier or a Class II carrier not affiliated with one or more Class I carriers. To be affiliated, the Class II carrier must be more than 50 percent owned by one or more Class I carriers. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The boxcar exclusion of paragraph (c)(2) of this section will apply: 
</P>
<P>(A) To an excluded boxcar whenever it is owned or leased by any Class III carrier and bears a Class III carrier's reporting marks; and 
</P>
<P>(B) To an excluded boxcar owned or leased by an excluded Class II carrier beginning on October 16, 1986, and ending on October 31, 1990, so long as such boxcar has not been otherwise owned or leased by another carrier during this period.
</P>
<P>(iii) The exclusion will not apply during any period in which an excluded boxcar is leased or assigned to a Class I or affiliated Class II carrier. If an excluded Class II carrier becomes a Class III carrier within the period under § 1039.14(c)(2)(ii)(B), that carrier will thereafter, for purposes of this rule, be treated as if it had been a Class III carrier on December 10, 1983.
</P>
<P>(iv) Nothing in paragraph (c)(2) of this section will affect the right of any carrier to negotiate bilateral agreements governing car hire rates and rules.
</P>
<P>(3) The hourly and mileage car hire rates in effect on January 1, 1985, as published in AAR Traffic Circular No. OT-10, for any boxcar excluded under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, will remain in effect without regard to the aging of such car subsequent to January 1, 1986, and any modification to the existing car hire formula will not apply to such cars. With respect to an excluded boxcar owned or leased by an excluded Class II carrier, those car hire rates shall remain in effect through October 31, 1990. Any improvements subsequent to January 1, 1985, to the excluded boxcars capitalized under OT-37 criteria or under rebuilt criteria will be subject to the same formula applicable to OT-37 or rebuilt cars under Ex Parte No. 334 or any other railroad car hire proceeding, including any efficiency ratio, if adopted. Any improvements or repairs subsequent to December 31, 1990, to the excluded boxcars performed under OT-37 criteria or under rebuilt criteria or any other criteria shall not result in any increases, additions, or surcharges in the car hire rates for such cars.
</P>
<P>(4) No freight rate made effective after April 1, 1985, that applies to traffic moving by boxcar and originating or terminating at an industry facility served physically by a Class III rail carrier may discriminate while these rules are in effect on the basis of:
</P>
<P>(i) The ownership of the boxcar used or the reporting marks any such boxcar bears;
</P>
<P>(ii) The car hire rate applicable to the boxcar used; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) Any car hire discounts, in the form of reclaims or otherwise, available to any carriers with respect to the boxcar used.
</P>
<FP>Except as prohibited above, carriers may use car ownership or car marks for identification purposes when establishing rates.
</FP>
<P>(5) The provisions of 49 U.S.C. 10705 and 10705a applicable to joint rates and through routes will be effective as to rates and routes applicable to boxcar traffic originating or terminating at an industry facility served physically by a Class III rail carrier. 
</P>
<P>(6) The following carriers are not regarded as Class III or unaffiliated Class II carriers for the purpose of this section:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Central New York Railroad Corporation
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cooperstown and Charlotte Valley Railway Corporation
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fonda, Johnstown &amp; Gloversville Railroad Corporation
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lackawaxen and Stourbridge Railroad Corporation
</FP-1>
<FP-1>New York, Susquehanna &amp; Western Railway Corporation
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rahway Valley Railroad Company
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Staten Island Railway Corporation.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) Carriers must continue to comply with Board accounting and reporting requirements. Railroad tariffs pertaining to the exempted transportation of commodities in boxcars will no longer apply. Consistent with the exemptions in § 1039.10 and § 1039.11, this exemption shall not apply to the regulation of demurrage, except the regulation of demurrage related to transportation that is subject to § 1039.13. This exemption shall remain in effect, unless modified or revoked by a subsequent order of the Board.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 20415, May 6, 1983, as amended at 50 FR 20419, May 16, 1985; 51 FR 32656, Sept. 15, 1986; 51 FR 32922, Sept. 17, 1986; 52 FR 37971, Oct. 13, 1987; 55 FR 41339, Oct. 11, 1990; 57 FR 53451, Nov. 10, 1992; 57 FR 56641, Nov. 30, 1992; 61 FR 26847, May 29, 1996; 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016; 85 FR 12756, Mar. 4, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1039.16" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.25.0.1.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1039.16   Exemption of new highway trailers or containers.</HEAD>
<P>The rail transportation of new highway trailers or containers (which is not otherwise exempt) is exempt from the provisions of 49 U.S.C. Subtitle IV, except that carriers must continue to comply with the Board's accounting and reporting requirements. This exemption will remain in effect unless modified or revoked by subsequent order of this Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 17404, May 8, 1987]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1039.17" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.25.0.1.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1039.17   Protective service contracts exemption.</HEAD>
<P>Contracts for protective services against heat or cold, provided to or on behalf of rail carriers and express companies, are exempt from the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 11105. Nothing in this exemption shall be construed to affect our jurisdiction under section 10505 or our ability to enforce this decision or any subsequent decision made under authority of this exemption section. This exemption shall remain in effect, unless modified or revoked by a subsequent order of this Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 19025, May 4, 1984]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1039.20" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.25.0.1.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1039.20   Storage leases.</HEAD>
<P>Storage leases for all equipment for all carriers are exempt from the provisions of 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV except for 49 U.S.C. 11123. Nothing in this exemption should be construed to affect our jurisdiction under section 10502 or our ability to enforce this decision or any subsequent decision made under authority of this exemption section. This exemption shall remain in effect, unless modified or revoked by a subsequent decision of this Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 46675, Dec. 24, 1986, as amended at 69 FR 58365, Sept. 30, 2004] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1039.22" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.25.0.1.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1039.22   Exemption of certain payments, services, and commitments from the Elkins Act and related provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Whenever a rail carrier:
</P>
<P>(1) Provides payments or services for industrial development activities; or,
</P>
<P>(2) Makes commitments regarding future transportation;
</P>
<FP>and reasonably determines that such payments, services or commitments would not be eligible for inclusion in rail contracts under 49 U.S.C. 10709, such transaction(s) shall be exempt from 49 U.S.C. 13702(a), 13702(b)-(d), 11902, 11903, and 11904(a), subject to the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section.
</FP>
<P>(b) If any interested person(s) believes a transaction is eligible for inclusion in one or more contracts under 49 U.S.C. 10713, that person's exclusive remedy shall be to request the Board to so determine, and if the Board does so, the transaction shall no longer be exempted by this section commencing 60 days after the date of the Board's determination.
</P>
<P>(c) Transactions that are exempt under paragraph (a) of this section shall be subject to all other applicable provisions of Title 49 U.S.C. Subtitle IV and to the antitrust laws to the extent that the activity does not fall within the Board's exclusive jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(d) For any actual movement of traffic, a carrier must file any required tariff or section 10713 contract, and conform to all other applicable provisions of the Interstate Commerce Act, but this paragraph shall not be interpreted to limit, revoke, or remove the effect of the exemption granted under paragraph (a) of this section with respect to any payments, services, or commitments made prior to the filing of the rate or contract.
</P>
<P>(e) When any person files with the Board a petition to revoke the exemption granted by this section as to any specific transaction, the rail carrier shall have the burden of showing that, with respect to such transaction, all requirements of paragraph (a) of this section were met, and the carrier reasonably expected, before undertaking such payments, services or commitments, that such payments, services or commitments would result, within a reasonable time, in a contribution to the carrier's going concern value.
</P>
<P>(f) This exemption shall remain in effect unless modified or revoked by a subsequent order of this Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 11913, Apr. 8, 1992, as amended at 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1040-1089" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.26" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1040-1089 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1090-1099" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.27" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>Parts 1090-1099—Intermodal Transportation 


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1090" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.28" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1090—PRACTICES OF CARRIERS INVOLVED IN THE INTERMODAL MOVEMENT OF CONTAINERIZED FREIGHT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1090.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.28.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1090.1   Definition of TOFC/COFC service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Rail trailer-on-flatcar/container-on-flatcar (TOFC/COFC) service means the transportation by rail, in interstate or foreign commerce, of—
</P>
<P>(1) Any freight-laden highway truck, trailer, or semitrailer, 
</P>
<P>(2) The freight-laden container portion of any highway truck, trailer, or semitrailer having a demountable chassis, 
</P>
<P>(3) Any freight-laden multimodal vehicle designed to operate both as a highway truck, trailer, or semitrailer and as a rail car,
</P>
<P>(4) Any freight-laden intermodal container comparable in dimensions to a highway truck, trailer, or semitrailer and designed to be transported by more than one mode of transportation, or
</P>
<P>(5) Any of the foregoing types of equipment when empty and being transported incidental to its previous or subsequent use in TOFC/COFC service.
</P>
<P>(b) Highway TOFC/COFC service means the highway transportation, in interstate or foreign commerce, of any of the types of equipment listed in paragraph (a) of this section as part of a continuous intermodal movement that includes rail TOFC/COFC service, and during which the trailer or container is not unloaded.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 23660, June 24, 1987]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1090.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.28.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1090.2   Exemption of rail and highway TOFC/COFC service.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in 49 U.S.C. 10502(e) and (g) and 13902, rail TOFC/COFC service and highway TOFC/COFC service provided by a rail carrier either itself or jointly with a motor carrier as part of a continuous intermodal freight movement is exempt from the requirements of 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, regardless of the type, affiliation, or ownership of the carrier performing the highway portion of the service. Motor carrier TOFC/COFC pickup and delivery services arranged independently with the shipper or receiver (or its representative/agent) and performed immediately before or after a TOFC/COFC movement provided by a rail carrier are similarly exempt. Tariffs heretofore applicable to any transportation service exempted by this section shall no longer apply to such service. The exemption does not apply to a motor carrier service in which a rail carrier participates only as the motor carrier's agent (Plan I TOFC/COFC), nor does the exemption operate to relieve any carrier of any obligation it would otherwise have, absent the exemption, with respect to providing contractual terms for liability and claims. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 51746, Dec. 18, 1989, as amended at 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1090.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.1.28.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1090.3   Use of TOFC/COFC service by motor and water carriers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as otherwise prohibited by these rules, motor and water common and contract carriers may use rail TOFC/COFC service in the performance of all or any portion of their authorized service. 
</P>
<P>(b) Motor and water common carriers may use rail TOFC/COFC service only if their tariff publications give notice that such service may be used at their option, but that the right is reserved to the user of their services to direct that in any particular instance TOFC/COFC service not be used. 
</P>
<P>(c) Motor and water contract carriers may use rail TOFC/COFC service only if their transportation contracts and tariffs (for water carriers) make appropriate provisions therefor. 
</P>
<P>(d) Tariffs of motor and water common or water contract carriers providing for the use of rail TOFC/COFC service shall set forth the points between which TOFC/COFC service may be used. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 27811, July 24, 1987] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>

</DIV4>


<DIV4 N="B" NODE="49:8.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER B—RULES OF PRACTICE


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="1100-1129" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.29" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>Parts 1100-1129—Rules of General Applicability


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1100" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.30" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1100—GENERAL PROVISIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 49548, Nov. 1, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1100.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.30.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1100.1   Scope of rules.</HEAD>
<P>These rules govern practice and procedure before the Surface Transportation Board under title 49, subtitle IV of the United States Code (49 U.S.C. 10101 <I>et seq.</I>). This subchapter will be referred to as the “Rules of Practice”.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1100.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.30.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1100.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The rules in parts 1100-1129, Rules of General Applicability, establish general rules applicable to all types of proceedings. Other rules in this subchapter establish special rules applicable to particular types of proceedings. When there is a conflict or inconsistency between a rule of general applicability and a special rule, the special rule will govern.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49548, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 30275, July 25, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1100.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.30.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1100.3   Liberal construction.</HEAD>
<P>The rules will be construed liberally to secure just, speedy and inexpensive determination of the issues presented.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1100.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.30.0.1.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1100.4   Information and inquiries.</HEAD>
<P>Persons with questions concerning these rules should either send a written inquiry addressed to the Director, Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance, Surface Transportation Board or should telephone the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 52905, Oct. 15, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1101" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.31" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1101—DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 49548, Nov. 1, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1101.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.31.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1101.1   Statutory definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The definitions contained in section 10102 of the Act (49 U.S.C. 10102) apply in this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1101.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.31.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1101.2   Definitions applicable to this subchapter.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Act</I> or <I>Interstate Commerce Act</I> means subtitle IV of title 49 of the United States Code (49 U.S.C. 10101 <I>et seq.</I>).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Board</I> means (1) the Surface Transportation Board and (2) any body or individual to which or to whom decision making authority is assigned by the Board or the Chairman of the Board, including the Chairman, another Board Member, employee board, an individual employee, an administrative law judge, or other hearing officer entitled to act in a particular proceeding. See 49 CFR part 1011, Board Organization; Delegations of Authority.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Decision</I> means any formal, published action of the Board, including orders and notices. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Party</I> means a complainant, defendant, applicant, respondent, protestant, intervener, or petitioner in any proceeding, or other persons permitted or directed by the Board to participate in a proceeding. It will not include persons merely signing certificates of support or witnesses at oral hearing or in modified procedure proceedings, unless they are otherwise a party to the proceeding. Persons on the docket service list merely for the purpose of receiving copies of Board releases are not considered parties to the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Proceeding</I> includes:
</P>
<P>(1) An <I>informal complaint</I> filed under §§ 1130.1, or 1130.2 or a <I>formal complaint</I> alleging violation of any provision of the Act or of any regulation or requirement made pursuant to a power granted by such Act, including petitions on special dockets;
</P>
<P>(2) An <I>application</I> for (i) the granting of any right, privilege, authority, or relief under or from any provision of the Act or of any regulation or requirement made pursuant to a power granted by such Act, or (ii) the consideration of any submission required by law to be made to the Board;
</P>
<P>(3) An <I>investigation</I> instituted by the Board;
</P>
<P>(4) A <I>rulemaking</I> proposal instituted by the Board; or
</P>
<P>(5) A petition for exemption filed under 49 U.S.C. 10502 requesting the Board to exempt from application all or part of subtitle IV of title 49 of the United States Code any person, class of persons, transaction, or service related to a rail carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49548, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 30275, July 25, 1985; 64 FR 53267, Oct. 1, 1999; 69 FR 58365, Sept. 30, 2004; 81 FR 8852, Feb. 23, 2016] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1101.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.31.0.1.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1101.3   Construction.</HEAD>
<P>The rules of construction contained in chapter 1 of title 1 of the United States Code (1 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>) apply in this chapter. Among other things, they provide that the singular includes the plural, and vice versa; that the masculine includes the feminine; that the word “person” includes corporations, associations, and the like; that “county” includes parish and similar subdivisions; and that “company” includes successors and assigns.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1102" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.32" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1102—COMMUNICATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1102.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.32.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1102.1   How addressed.</HEAD>
<P>All communications should be addressed to the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001 unless otherwise specifically directed by another Board regulation. All communications should designate the docket number and title, if any. The person communicating shall state his address, and the party he represents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 52905, Oct. 15, 2009, as amended at 91 FR 4853, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1102.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.32.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1102.2   Procedures governing ex parte communications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions.</I> (1) “On-the-record proceeding” means any matter described in Sections 556-557 of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 556-557) or any matter required by the Constitution, statute, Board rule, or by decision in the particular case, that is decided solely on the record made in a Board proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) “Informal rulemaking proceeding” means a proceeding to issue, amend, or repeal rules pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553 and part 1110 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) “Covered proceedings” means on-the-record proceedings and informal rulemaking proceedings following the issuance of a notice of proposed rulemaking.
</P>
<P>(4) “Person who intercedes in any proceeding” means any person, partnership, corporation, or association, private or public, outside of the Board which is neither a party nor party's agent, that volunteers a communication that it has reason to know may advance or adversely affect the interest of a party or party's agent in any proceeding before the Board.
</P>
<P>(5) “Ex parte communication” means an oral or written communication that concerns the merits or substantive outcome of a pending proceeding; is made without notice to all parties and without an opportunity for all parties to be present; and could or is intended to influence anyone who participates or could reasonably be expected to participate in the decision.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ex parte communications that are not prohibited and need not be disclosed.</I> (1) Any communication that the Board formally rules may be made on an ex parte basis;
</P>
<P>(2) Any communication occurring in informal rulemaking proceedings prior to the issuance of a notice of proposed rulemaking;
</P>
<P>(3) Any communication of facts or contention which has general significance for a regulated industry if the communicator cannot reasonably be expected to have known that the facts or contentions are material to a substantive issue in a pending covered proceeding in which it is interested;
</P>
<P>(4) Any communication by means of the news media that in the ordinary course of business of the publisher is intended to inform the general public, members of the organization involved, or subscribers to such publication with respect to pending covered proceedings;
</P>
<P>(5) Any communications related solely to the preparation of documents necessary for the Board's implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act and related environmental laws, pursuant to part 1105 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(6) Any communication concerning judicial review of a matter that has already been decided by the Board made between parties to the litigation and the Board or Board staff who are involved in that litigation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>General prohibitions.</I> (1) Except to the extent permitted by the rules in this section, no party, counsel, agent of a party, or person who intercedes in any covered proceeding shall engage in any ex parte communication with any Board Member, hearing officer, or Board employee who participates, or who may reasonably be expected to participate, in the decision in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) No Board Member, hearing officer, or Board employee who participates, or is reasonably expected to participate, in the decision in a covered proceeding shall invite or knowingly entertain any ex parte communication or engage in any such communication to any party, counsel, agent of a party, or person reasonably expected to transmit the communication to a party or party's agent.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>When prohibitions take effect.</I> In on-the-record proceedings, the prohibitions against ex parte communications apply from the date on which the first filing or Board decision in a proceeding is posted to the public docket by the Board, or when the person responsible for the communication has knowledge that such a filing has been filed, or at any time the Board, by rule or decision, specifies, whichever occurs first. In informal rulemaking proceedings, except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, the prohibitions against ex parte communications apply following the issuance of a notice of proposed rulemaking. The prohibitions in covered proceedings continue until the proceeding is no longer subject to administrative reconsideration under 49 U.S.C. 1322(c) or judicial review.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Procedure required of Board Members and Board staff upon receipt of prohibited ex parte communications.</I> (1) Any Board Member, hearing officer, or Board employee who receives an ex parte communication not permitted by these regulations must promptly transmit either the written communication, or a written summary of the oral communication with an outline of the surrounding circumstances to the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board. The Section Chief shall promptly place the written material or summary in the correspondence section of the public docket of the proceeding with a designation indicating that it is a prohibited ex parte communication that is not part of the decisional record.
</P>
<P>(2) Any Board Member, hearing officer, or Board employee who is the recipient of such ex parte communication may request a ruling from the Board's Designated Agency Ethics Official as to whether the communication is a prohibited ex parte communication. The Designated Agency Ethics Official shall promptly reply to such requests. The Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, shall promptly notify the Chairman of the Board of such ex parte communications sent to the Section Chief. The Designated Agency Ethics Official shall promptly notify the Chairman of all requests for rulings sent to the Designated Agency Ethics Official. The Chairman may require that any communication be placed in the correspondence section of the docket when fairness requires that it be made public, even if it is not a prohibited communication. The Chairman may direct the taking of such other action as may be appropriate under the circumstances.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Sanctions.</I> (1) The Board may censure, suspend, or revoke the privilege of practicing before the agency of any person who knowingly and willfully engages in or solicits prohibited <I>ex parte</I> communication.
</P>
<P>(2) The relief or benefit sought by a party to a covered proceeding may be denied if the party, or his agent knowingly and willfully violates the foregoing rules.
</P>
<P>(3) The Board may censure, suspend, dismiss, or institute proceedings to suspend or dismiss any Board employee who knowingly and willfully violates the rules in this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Ex parte communications in informal rulemaking proceedings; disclosure requirements.</I> (1) Notwithstanding paragraph (c) of this section, ex parte communications with Board Members in informal rulemaking proceedings are permitted after the issuance of a notice of proposed rulemaking and until 20 days before the deadline for reply comments set forth in the notice of proposed rulemaking, unless otherwise specified by the Board in procedural orders governing the proceeding. The Board may delegate its participation in such ex parte communications to Board staff. All such ex parte communications must be disclosed in accordance with paragraph (g)(4) of this section. Any person who engages in such ex parte communications must comply with any schedule and additional instructions provided by the Board in the proceeding. Communications that do not comply with this section or with the schedule and instructions established in the proceeding are not permitted and are subject to the procedures and sanctions in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) To schedule ex parte meetings permitted under paragraph (g)(1) of this section, parties should contact the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance or the Board Member office with whom the meeting is requested, unless otherwise specified by the Board.
</P>
<P>(3) Parties seeking to present confidential information during an ex parte communication must inform the Board of the confidentiality of the information at the time of the presentation and must comply with the disclosure requirements in paragraph (g)(4)(iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) The following disclosure requirements apply to ex parte communications permitted under paragraph (g)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Any person who engages in ex parte communications in an informal rulemaking proceeding shall submit to the Board Member office or delegated Board staff with whom the meeting was held a memorandum that states the date and location of the communication; lists the names and titles of all persons who attended (including via phone or video) or otherwise participated in the meeting during which the ex parte communication occurred; and summarizes the data and arguments presented during the ex parte communication. Any written or electronic material shown or given to Board Members or Board staff during the meeting must be attached to the memorandum.
</P>
<P>(ii) Memoranda must be sufficiently detailed to describe the substance of the presentation. Board Members or Board staff may ask presenters to resubmit memoranda that are not sufficiently detailed.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a single meeting includes presentations from multiple parties, counsel, or persons, a single summary may be submitted so long as all presenters agree to the form and content of the summary.
</P>
<P>(iv) If a memorandum, including any attachments, contains information that the presenter asserts is confidential, the presenter must submit a public version and a confidential version of the memorandum. If there is no existing protective order governing the proceeding, the presenter must, at the same time the presenter submits its public and redacted memoranda, file a request with the Board seeking such an order pursuant to § 1104.14 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(v) Memoranda must be submitted to the Board in the manner prescribed no later than two business days after the ex parte communication.
</P>
<P>(vi) Ex parte memoranda submitted under this section will be posted on the Board's website in the docket for the informal rulemaking proceeding within five days of submission. If a presenter has requested confidential treatment for all or part of a memorandum, only the public version will appear on the Board's website. Persons seeking access to the confidential version must do so pursuant to the protective order governing the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49548, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 58 FR 42027, Aug. 6, 1993; 74 FR 52905, Oct. 15, 2009; 81 FR 8853, Feb. 23, 2016; 83 FR 9231, Mar. 5, 2018; 91 FR 4853, Feb. 3, 2026] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1103" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1103—PRACTITIONERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>21 U.S.C. 862; 49 U.S.C. 1303(c), 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 49549, Nov. 1, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Information</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.1.4.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.1   Register of practitioners.</HEAD>
<P>The Board maintains a register containing the names of all non-attorneys entitled to practice before it. The register is maintained according to the individual non-attorney practitioner's name and not by corporate or firm name. Corporations and firms are not admitted or recognized as practitioners before the Board.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.1.4.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.2   Attorneys-at-law—qualifications and requirements to practice before the Board.</HEAD>
<P>Any person who is a member in good standing of the bar of the highest court of any State, Commonwealth, possession, territory, or the District of Columbia may represent persons before the Board.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.1.4.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.3   Persons not attorneys-at-law—qualifications and requirements for practice before the Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Any citizen or resident of the United States, not an attorney-at-law, who files an application for admission to practice, accompanied by the payment of the fee prescribed by rule or order of the Board, and who successfully completes the practitioners' examination, and shows that applicant possesses the necessary legal and technical qualifications to enable applicant to render valuable service before the Board and that applicant is competent to advise and assist in the presentation of matters before the Board, may be permitted to practice before the Board.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Qualifications standards.</I> A non-attorney applicant for admission to practice must meet one of the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) An applicant must have completed 2 years (60 semester hours or 90 quarter hours) of post secondary education and must possess technical knowledge, training or experience in the field of transportation which is regarded by the Board as the equivalent of 2 additional years of college education;
</P>
<P>(2) An applicant must have worked in the field of transportation for at least 10 years;
</P>
<P>(3) An applicant must have received a bachelor's degree with at least 12 semester hours or 18 quarter hours in transportation or business; or 
</P>
<P>(4) An applicant must have received a bachelor's degree and worked in the field of transportation for at least one year. An applicant's statement of college education must be supported by a transcript of records attached to the original application. Transcripts from any college accredited by the U.S. Department of Education will be accepted without question. With all other institutions, the burden of proof is on the applicant to establish that the formal education satisfies the standards set forth above. The qualifications standards are intended as general guidelines. Individual situations that vary from the standards will continue to be evaluated on their own merits. 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Application for admission.</I> An application filed pursuant to this rule under oath for admission to practice shall be submitted between January and May 1 of the year in which the examination is to be taken. The application is to be completed in full on the form provided by the Board, and shall be addressed to the Director, Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001, to the attention of the room number indicated on the form.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certification:</I> All applicants must complete the following certification:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I, _____ (Name) _____, certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States, that I have not been convicted, after September 1, 1989, of any Federal or State offense involving the distribution or possession of a controlled substance, or that if I have been so convicted, I am not ineligible to receive Federal Benefits, either by court order or operation of law, pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 862.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Application fee.</I> Each application filed pursuant to this rule must be accompanied by the non-refundable fee in the amount set forth in 49 CFR 1002.2(f)(99)(i). Payment must be made via the Board's electronic payment system found on the Board's website. Cash payment or payment via check or money order will not be accepted.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Additional certification.</I> (1) When an application meets the required standards, a copy will be referred to the Association of Surface Transportation Board Practitioners for a report to the Board as to the reputation and character of the applicant. Inquiry also will be made by the Board of the sponsors as to their knowledge of the applicant's legal and technical qualifications as contemplated by the Board's Rules of Practice. If the Board is satisfied as to the applicant's qualifications, reputation and character, then applicant will be considered eligible to take the examination. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Board may require an applicant's sponsors to provide a detailed statement of the nature and extent of their knowledge of applicant's qualifications. Upon consideration of this material, if the Board is not satisfied as to the adequacy of applicant's qualifications, the applicant will be notified by registered mail. Applicant may then request a hearing to prove his qualifications. If applicant makes such a request, the Board will allow a hearing. In the absence of a request for a hearing within 20 days after receipt of the notice, the application will be considered withdrawn. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Scope of examination.</I> If applicant meets the educational and experience standards, and is found to be of good character, the applicant will be permitted to take the examination. The examination tests the applicant's experience and knowledge of the principal regulations, laws, and economic principles in the field of transportation as well as knowledge of the Board's Rules of Practice and Canons of Ethics. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Time and place of examination.</I> The examination will be conducted once a year on the second Tuesday in July. Notice of the time and place to appear for the examination will be mailed to qualifying applicants approximately 30 days prior to the date of the examination.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Location of examination.</I> Examinations will be conducted at the Board's office in Washington, DC.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Cancellation of examination.</I> If the Board determines that there is an insufficient number of applicants to warrant conducting the examination, the Board will cancel the examination for that year. Notice of the cancellation will be mailed to applicants on or before June 15 and the application fee will be refunded. The Board will conduct the examination the next year following the cancellation of the examination.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Examination results.</I> Results will be released within 90 days after the examination. Individual results will be forwarded to the applicants at least 1 week before being publicly released. To protect the privacy of those taking the examination, individual grades will not be released over the telephone to anyone. Requests for grades may, however, be submitted in writing to the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance to the attention of the address stated in the application form.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Failure to appear for examination.</I> Applicants who have failed to appear for, or postponed taking an examination, a total of three times without showing good cause will have any subsequently filed application returned.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Failing or postponing the examination.</I> Applicants who fail the examination may reapply by submitting a request in writing with an additional filing fee in the amount set forth in 49 CFR 1002.2(f)(99)(i). Applicants who postpone taking the examination three times without showing good cause will have their applications returned.
</P>
<P>(m) The filing fee in the amount set forth in 49 CFR 1002.2(f)(99)(i) is not refundable.
</P>
<P>(n) Any application resubmitted to the Board after being returned must be accompanied by a filing fee in the amount set forth in 49 CFR 1002.2(f)(99)(i).
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Content and grading of examination.</I> A Board staff member is responsible, under the general supervision of the Vice Chairman, for the examination of non-attorney applicants, the preparation of examination questions, and the grading of examinations. The staff member is appointed by the Chairman, with the approval of the Board. The staff member must be an attorney and must have at least two years of experience with the Board.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Applicant's oath.</I> No applicant shall be admitted to practice before the Board until applicant shall subscribe to an oath or affirmation that applicant will conduct practice uprightly and according to the law, as a practitioner before the Board, and that applicant will support the Constitution of the United States and laws of the United States and will conform to the rules and regulations of the Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49549, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 38614, Oct. 1, 1984; 52 FR 46483, Dec. 8, 1987; 54 FR 48250, Nov. 22, 1989; 56 FR 1374, Jan. 14, 1991; 64 FR 53267, Oct. 1, 1999; 74 FR 52906, Oct. 15, 2009; 81 FR 8853, Feb. 23, 2016; 83 FR 15078, Apr. 9, 2018; 91 FR 4853, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.1.4.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.4   Initial appearances.</HEAD>
<P>Practitioners shall file a declaration that they are authorized to represent the particular party on whose behalf they appear at the time of making an initial appearance, in all proceedings. This requirement can be met by:
</P>
<P>(a) Entering the practitioner's name as the representative of an applicant in the appropriate space on an application form;
</P>
<P>(b) Signing any complaint, petition, protest, reply or other pleading with a designation following the practitioner's signature that he is the representative of a party;
</P>
<P>(c) Entering an appearance at any hearing on the form provided; or
</P>
<P>(d) Filing a letter with the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board stating that practitioner is authorized to represent a party. The party represented, their address, and the docket number of the proceeding must also be identified at the time of the initial appearance.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49549, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 74 FR 52906, Oct. 15, 2009; 91 FR 4853, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.1.4.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.5   Discipline.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A member of the Board's bar may be subject to suspension, disbarment, or other disciplinary action if it is shown that the practitioner:
</P>
<P>(1) Has been suspended or disbarred from practice in any court of record;
</P>
<P>(2) Violated any of the Board's rules including the Canons of Ethics set out in §§ 1103.10 through 1103.35; or
</P>
<P>(3) Engaged in conduct unbecoming a member of the bar of the Board.
</P>
<P>(b) The practitioner will be afforded an opportunity to show why he should not be suspended, disbarred, or otherwise disciplined. Upon the practitioner's timely response to the show cause order after any requested hearing, or upon failure to make a timely response to the show cause order, the Board shall issue an appropriate decision. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Canons of Ethics</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.4.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.10   Introduction.</HEAD>
<P>The following canons of ethics are adopted as a general guide for those admitted to practice before the Surface Transportation Board. The practitioners before the Board include (a) lawyers, who have been regularly admitted to practice law and (b) others who have fulfilled the requirements set forth in § 1103.3. The former are bound by a broad code of ethics and unwritten rules of professional conduct which apply to every activity of a lawyer. The canons do not release the lawyer from any of the duties or principles of professional conduct by which lawyers are bound. They apply similarly to all practitioners before the Board, but do not negate the applicability of other ethical codes. The canons are organized under three headings, The Practitioner's Duties and Responsibilities to the Board, The Practitioner's Duties and Responsibilities to the Client, The Practitioner's Duties and Responsibilities to Other Litigants, Witnesses and the Public.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV7 N="4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.4" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>The Practitioner's Duties and Responsibilities Toward the Board</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.4.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.11   Standards of ethical conduct in courts of the United States to be observed.</HEAD>
<P>These canons further the purpose of the Board's Rules of Practice which direct all persons appearing in proceedings before it to conform, as nearly as possible, to the standards of ethical conduct required of practice before the courts of the United States. Such standards are taken as the basis for these specifications and are modified as the nature of the practice before the Board requires.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.12" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.4.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.12   The practitioner's duty to and attitude toward the Board.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It is the duty of the practitioner to maintain a respectful attitude toward the Board and for the importance of the functions it administers. In many respects the Board functions as a Court, and practitioners should regard themselves as officers of that Court and uphold its honor and dignity.
</P>
<P>(b) It is the right and duty of the practitioner to submit grievances about a member or employee of the Board to the proper authorities when proper grounds for complaint exists. In such cases, charges should be encouraged and the person making them should be protected.
</P>
<P>(c) It is the duty of the practitioner to be punctual in attendance, and to be concise and direct in the trial and disposition of causes.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.13" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.4.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.13   Attempts to exert political or personal influence on the Board are prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>(a) It is unethical for a practitioner to attempt to influence the judgment of the Board by threats of political or personal reprisal.
</P>
<P>(b) Marked attention and unusual hospitality on the part of a practitioner to a Board Member, administrative law judge, or other representative of the Board, which is unwarranted by the personal relationship of the parties, is subject to misconstruction of motive and should be avoided.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.14" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.4.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.14   Private communications with the Board are prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>To the extent that the Board acts in a quasi-judicial capacity, it is improper for litigants, directly or through any counsel or representative, to communicate privately with a Board Member, administrative law judge, or other representative of the Board about a pending case, or to argue privately the merits thereof in the absence of the adversaries or without notice to them. Practitioners at all times shall scrupulously refrain from going beyond <I>ex parte</I> representations which are clearly proper in view of the administrative work of the Board in their communication with the Board and its staff.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.5" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>The Practitioner's Duties and Responsibilities Toward a Client</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.15" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.5.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.15   The practitioner's duty to clients, generally.</HEAD>
<P>The practitioner shall be respectful of the law and its official ministers, and shall not be involved in corruption of public officials or deception of the public. In giving improper service or advice, the practitioner invites and deserves stern condemnation. The practitioner shall observe and advise all clients to observe the statutory law to the best of his knowledge or as interpreted by competent adjudication. The practitioner owes a general duty to practice candor toward his client with respect to all aspects to his service to the client.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.16" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.5.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.16   Adverse influences and conflicting interests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At the time of the retainer, the practitioner shall disclose to the client all circumstances of his relations to the parties, and any interest in or connection with the case.
</P>
<P>(b) It is unethical for a practitioner to represent conflicting interests, except by express consent of all concerned given after a full disclosure of the facts. Within the meaning of this section, a practitioner represents conflicting interest, when on behalf of one client, it is his duty to contend for that which duty to another client requires him to oppose.
</P>
<P>(c) The obligation to represent the client with undivided fidelity and not to divulge secrets or confidences forbids also the subsequent acceptance of retainers or employment from others in matters adversely affecting any interest of the client with respect to which confidence has been reposed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49549, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 81 FR 8853, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.17" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.17   Joint association of practitioners and conflicts of opinion.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A client's offer of the assistance of an additional practitioner should not be regarded as evidence of lack of confidence, but the matter should be left to the determination of the client. A practitioner shall decline association as colleague if it is objectionable to the practitioner first retained, but if the client should relieve the practitioner first retained, another may come into the case.
</P>
<P>(b) When practitioners jointly associated in a case cannot agree as to any matter vital to the interest of the client the conflict of opinion should be frankly stated to the client for final determination. The client's decision should be accepted by them unless the nature of the difference makes it impracticable for the practitioner whose judgment has been overruled to cooperate effectively. In that event, it is the practitioner's duty to ask the client to relieve him of his obligation.
</P>
<P>(c) It is the right of any practitioner to give proper advice to those seeking relief against an unfaithful or neglectful practitioner. The practitioner against whom the complaint is made should be notified of such action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.18" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.18   Withdrawal from employment.</HEAD>
<P>The right of a practitioner to withdraw from employment, once begun, arises only from good cause. The desire or consent of the client is not always sufficient cause for withdrawal. The practitioner shall not abandon the unfinished task to the detriment of the client except for reasons of honor, or the client's persistence over the practitioner's remonstrance in presenting frivolous defenses, or the client's deliberate disregard of an obligation as to fees or expenses. In these cases, the practitioner may be warranted in withdrawing after due notice to the client with time allowed for the employment of another practitioner. Other reasons for withdrawal might include instances in which a practitioner discovers that his client has no cause and the client is determined to continue the cause, or the practitioner's own inability to conduct a case effectively. Upon withdrawing from a case, the practitioner shall refund any part of a retainer which clearly has not been earned.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.19" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.19   Advising upon the merits of a client's cause.</HEAD>
<P>A practitioner shall try to obtain full knowledge of his client's cause before advising thereon. The practitioner shall give a candid opinion of the merits and probable result of bringing the case or of any related pending or contemplated litigation. The practitioner shall beware of bold and confident assurances to clients, especially where employment may depend upon such assurances. Whenever a fair settlement can be reached, the client shall be advised to avoid or to end litigation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.20" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.20   Practitioner's fees and related practices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Establishing fees.</I> In establishing fees, a practitioner shall avoid charges which overestimate the value of his advice and services. A client's ability to pay cannot justify a charge in excess of the value of the service although a client's poverty may require a lesser charge or even no charge at all. Publicly quoted fees should be adhered to when actual charges are made. Practitioners are bound to charge no more than the quoted rates for 30 days following the date of their quotations unless a different period of time for the effectiveness of such rates is clearly specified when quoted, or unless permission to charge a higher rate is obtained from the Vice Chairman of the Board.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compensation, commission, and rebates.</I> A practitioner shall accept no compensation, commission, rebates, or other advantages from the parties in a proceeding other than his client without the knowledge and consent of his client after full disclosure.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contingent fees.</I> Contingent fees should be only those sanctioned by law. In no case, except a charity case, should fees be entirely contingent upon success.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Division of fees.</I> Fees for services should be divided only with another member of the bar of practitioners and should be based upon a division of service or responsibility. It is unethical for a practitioner to retain laymen to solicit his employment in pending or prospective cases, and to reward them by a share of the fees. Such a practice cannot be too severely condemned.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Suing clients for fees.</I> Controversies with clients concerning compensation are to be entered into only insofar as they are compatible with self-respect and with the right to receive reasonable compensation for services. Lawsuits against clients should be resorted to only to prevent injustice, imposition or fraud.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Acquiring interest in litigation.</I> The practitioner shall not purchase or otherwise acquire any pecuniary interest in the subject matter of litigation which the practitioner is conducting.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Expenses.</I> A practitioner may not properly agree with a client that the practitioner shall pay or bear the expenses of litigation. He may in good faith advance expenses as a matter of convenience but must do so subject to reimbursement by the client. A practitioner shall bill and collect from a client, and thereafter retain only such payments and reimbursements for expenses as have actually been incurred on behalf of the client.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Witnesses' compensation.</I> Compensation of a witness is not to be made contingent on the success of a case in which the witness is called.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Dealing with trust property.</I> Money of the client or other trust property coming into the possession of the practitioner should be reported promptly, and, except with the client's knowledge and consent, should not be commingled with the practitioner's private property or be put to the practitioner's private use.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49549, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 81 FR 8853, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.21" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.21   How far a practitioner may go in supporting a client's cause.</HEAD>
<P>A practitioner shall put forth his best effort to maintain and defend the rights of his client. Fear of disfavor of the Board or public unpopularity should not cause a practitioner to refrain from the full discharge of his duty. The client is entitled to the benefit of any and every remedy and defense authorized by law. The client may expect his counsel to assert every such remedy or defense. However, the practitioner shall act within the bounds of the law. A practitioner shall not violate the law or be involved in any manner of fraud or chicanery for any client.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.22" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.22   Restraining clients from improprieties.</HEAD>
<P>A practitioner should see that his clients act with the same restraint that the practitioner himself uses, particularly with reference to the client's conduct toward the Board, fellow practitioners, witnesses and other litigants. If a client persists in improper conduct, the practitioner should terminate their relationship.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.23" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.5.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.23   Confidences of a client.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The practitioner's duty to preserve his client's confidence outlasts the practitioner's employment by the client, and this duty extends to the practitioner's employees as well. Neither practitioner nor his employees shall accept employment which involves the disclosure or use of a client's confidences without knowledge and consent of the client even though there are other available sources of information. A practitioner shall not continue employment when he discovers that this obligation presents a conflict in his duty between the former and the new client.
</P>
<P>(b) If a practitioner is falsely accused by his client, he is not precluded from disclosing the truth in respect to the false accusation. The announced intention of a client to commit a crime is not included in the confidence which a practitioner is bound to respect. The practitioner may properly make such disclosures to prevent the act or protect those against whom that is threatened.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.6" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>The Practitioner's Duties and Responsibilities Regarding Witnesses, Other Litigants and the Public</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.24" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.6.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.24   Use of adverse witnesses.</HEAD>
<P>A practitioner shall not be deterred from seeking information from a witness connected with or reputed to be biased in favor of an adverse party, if the ascertainment of the truth requires that such a person be called as a witness in a proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.25" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.6.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.25   Treatment of witnesses, litigants and other counsel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A practitioner shall always treat adverse witnesses and other litigants with fairness and due consideration. He should never minister to the prejudice of a client in a trial or conduct in a cause. The client has no right to demand that the practitioner representing him abuse the opposing party or indulge in offensive personal attacks.
</P>
<P>(b) A practitioner shall not attempt to obstruct Board investigations or corruptly to influence witnesses and potential witnesses during an investigation.
</P>
<P>(c) In conducting a case it is improper for a practitioner to allude to the personal history or the personal peculiarities or idiosyncracies of practitioners on the other side, or otherwise engage in personal abuse of other practitioners. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.26" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.6.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.26   Discussion of pending litigation in the public press.</HEAD>
<P>Attempts to influence the action and attitude of the members and administrative law judges of the Board through propaganda or through colored or distorted articles in the public press, should be avoided. However, it is not against the public interest or unfair to the Board if the facts of pending litigation are made known to the public through the press in a fair and unbiased manner and in dispassionate terms. When the circumstances of a particular case appear to justify a statement to the public through the press, it is unethical to make it anonymously.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.27" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.6.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.27   Candor and fairness in dealing with other litigants.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The conduct of practitioners before the Board and with other practitioners should be characterized by candor and fairness. The practitioner shall observe scrupulously the principles of fair dealing and just consideration for the rights of others.
</P>
<P>(b) It is not candid or fair for a practitioner knowingly to misstate or misquote the contents of a paper, the testimony of a witness, the language or the argument of an opposing practitioner, or the language or effect of a decision or a text book; or, with knowledge of its invalidity to cite as authority a decision which has been overruled or otherwise impaired as a precedent or a statute which has been repealed; or in argument to assert as a fact that which has not been proved, or to mislead his opponent by concealing or withholding positions in his opening argument upon which his side then intends to rely.
</P>
<P>(c) It is dishonorable to deal other than candidly with the facts in taking the statements of witnesses, in drawing affidavits and other documents, and in the presentation of cases.
</P>
<P>(d) A practitioner shall not offer evidence which he knows the Board should reject, in order to get the same before the Board by argument for its admissibility, or arguments upon any point not properly calling for determination. He shall not introduce into an argument remarks or statements intended to influence the bystanders.
</P>
<P>(e) A practitioner shall rely on his judgment concerning matters incidental to the trial which may, in some cases, affect the proceeding. For example, a practitioner should not force a matter to trial when there is affliction or bereavement on the part of the opposing practitioner if no harm will come from postponing the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(f) A practitioner shall not ignore known customs or practice of the Board, even when the law permits, without giving timely notice to the opposing practitioner.
</P>
<P>(g) Insofar as is possible, important agreements affecting the rights of the clients should be made in writing. It is, however, dishonorable to avoid performance of an agreement fairly made only because it is not made in writing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.28" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.6.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.28   Negotiations with opposing party.</HEAD>
<P>A practitioner shall not in any way communicate upon the subject of controversy with a party represented by another practitioner except upon express agreement with the practitioner representing such party. He shall not negotiate or make compromises with the other party, but shall deal only with the opposing practitioner. The practitioner shall avoid everything that may tend to mislead a party not represented by a practitioner and should not advise that party as to the law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.29" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.6.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.29   Public communication and solicitation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A practitioner shall not make any public communication or solicitation for employment containing a false, fraudulent, misleading, or deceptive statement or claim. This prohibition includes, but is not limited to:
</P>
<P>(1) The use of statements containing a material misrepresentation of fact or omission of a material fact necessary to keep the statement from being misleading;
</P>
<P>(2) Statements intended or likely to create an unjustifiable expectation; statements of fee information which are not complete and accurate;
</P>
<P>(3) Statements containing information on past performance or prediction of future success;
</P>
<P>(4) Statements of prior Board employment outside the context of biographical information; statements containing a testimonial about or endorsement of a practitioner;
</P>
<P>(5) Statements containing an opinion as to the quality of a practitioner's services, or statements intended or likely to attract clients by the use of showmanship, puffery, or self-laudation, including the use of slogans, jingles, or sensational language or format.
</P>
<P>(b) A practitioner shall not solicit a potential client who has given the practitioner adequate notice that he does not want to receive communications from the practitioner, nor shall a practitioner make a solicitation which involves the use of undue influence.
</P>
<P>(c) A practitioner shall not solicit a potential client who is apparently in a physical or mental condition which would make it unlikely that he could exercise reasonable, considered judgment as to the selection of a practitioner.
</P>
<P>(d) A practitioner shall not pay or otherwise assist any other person who is not also a practitioner and a member or associate of the same firm to solicit employment for the practitioner.
</P>
<P>(e) If a public communication is to be made through use of radio or television, it must be prerecorded and approved for broadcast by the practitioner. A recording of the actual transmission must be retained by the practitioner for a period of 1 year after the date of the final transmission.
</P>
<P>(f) A paid advertisement must be identified as such unless it is apparent from the context that it is a paid advertisement.
</P>
<P>(g) A practitioner shall not compensate or give anything of value to a representative of any communication medium in anticipation of or in return for professional publicity in a news item. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.30" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.6.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.30   Acceptance of employment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The practitioner must decline to conduct a case or to make a defense when convinced that it is intended merely to harass or to injure the opposing party, or to work oppression or wrong. Otherwise, it is the practitioner's right, and having accepted retainer, it becomes the practitioner's duty, to insist upon the judgment of the Board as to the merits of the client's claim. The practitioner's acceptance of a case is equivalent to the assertion that the client's case is proper for determination.
</P>
<P>(b) No practitioner is obliged to act either as adviser or advocate for every potential client. The practitioner has the right to decline employment. Every practitioner shall decide what employment he will accept, what cases he will bring before the Board for complainants, or contest for defendants or respondents.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.31" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.6.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.31   Responsibility for litigation.</HEAD>
<P>The practitioner bears the responsibility for advising as to questionable transactions, bringing questionable proceedings, or urging questionable defenses. Client's instructions cannot be used as an excuse for questionable practices.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.32" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.6.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.32   Discovery of imposition and deception and duty to report corrupt or dishonest conduct.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The practitioner, upon detecting fraud or deception practiced against the Board or a party in a case, shall make every effort to rectify the practice by advising his client to forgo any unjustly earned advantage. If such advice is refused, the practitioner should inform the injured party or that party's practitioner so that appropriate steps may be taken.
</P>
<P>(b) Practitioners shall expose without fear or favor before the proper tribunals any corrupt or dishonest conduct and should accept without hesitation employment against a practitioner who has wronged his client. The practitioner upon the trial of a case in which perjury has been committed owes it to the Board and to the public to bring the matter to the knowledge of the prosecuting authorities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.33" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.6.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.33   Responsibility when proposing a person for admission to practice before the Board.</HEAD>
<P>The practitioner shall aid in guarding the bar of the Board against admission of candidates unfit or unqualified because deficient in either moral character or qualification. A practitioner shall propose no person for admission to practice before the Board unless from personal knowledge or after reasonable inquiry he sincerely believes and is able to vouch that such person possesses the qualifications prescribed in § 1103.3. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.34" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.6.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.34   Intermediaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The services of a practitioner should not be controlled or exploited by any lay agency, personal or corporate, which intervenes between client and practitioner. The responsibility and qualifications of the practitioner are individual. The practitioner shall avoid all relations which direct the performance of his duties in the interest of such intermediaries. The practitioner's relationship and responsibility to the client should be direct.
</P>
<P>(b) The practitioner may accept employment from any organization (such as an association, club or trade organization) authorized by law to be a party to proceedings before the Board, to render services in such proceedings in any matter in which the organization, as an entity, is interested. This employment should only include the rendering of such services to the members of the organization in respect to the individual affairs as are consistent with the free and faithful performance of his duties to the Board.
</P>
<P>(c) Nothing in this canon shall be construed as conflicting with § 1103.20(d).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1103.35" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.33.2.6.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1103.35   Partnership or professional corporation names and titles.</HEAD>
<P>In the formation of a partnership or professional corporation among practitioners care should be taken to avoid any misleading name or representation which would create a false impression as to the position or privileges of a member not duly authorized to practice. No person should be held as a practitioner who is not duly qualified under § 1103.2 or § 1103.3 of these rules. No person who is not duly admitted to practice should be held out in a way which will give the impression that he is so admitted. No false or assumed or trade name should be used to disguise the practitioner or his partnership or professional corporation.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1104" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1104—FILING WITH THE BOARD-COPIES-VERIFICATION-SERVICE-PLEADINGS, GENERALLY 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5.U.S.C. 553 and 559; 18 U.S.C. 1621; and 49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 49554, Nov. 1, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1104.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.1   Address, identification, and electronic filing option.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in 49 CFR 1115.7, pleadings should be addressed to the “Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001,” and should designate the docket number and title of the proceeding, if known.


</P>
<P>(b) The address of the person filing the pleading should be included on the first page of the pleading.
</P>
<P>(c) All envelopes in which a pleading is being submitted should be marked in the lower left hand corner with the docket number, if known, (not the full title) and the pleading type.
</P>
<P>(d) All multi-volume pleadings must be sequentially numbered on the cover of each volume to indicate the volume number of the pleading and the total number of volumes filed (e.g., the first volume in a 4-volume set should be labeled “volume 1 of 4,” the second volume “volume 2 of 4” and so forth).
</P>
<P>(e) Unless otherwise directed by the Board, persons filing pleadings and documents with the Board have the option of electronically filing (e-filing) pleadings and documents instead of filing paper copies. Details regarding file size limitations, permissible formats, procedures to be followed, acceptable signature formats, and other pertinent information are available on the Board's website, <I>www.stb.gov.</I> If the e-filing option is chosen, then the applicable requirements will be those specified on the Board's website, and any requirements of this part that specifically apply to filing of paper copies will not apply to the e-filed pleadings and documents (these requirements include, but are not limited to, stapling or binding specifications, signature “in ink,” etc.). Persons are not required to e-file and may continue to use the Board's processes for filing paper copies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49554, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 34475, July 29, 1983; 53 FR 20854, June 7, 1988; 61 FR 52711, Oct. 8, 1996; 69 FR 18498, Apr. 8, 2004; 74 FR 52906, Oct. 15, 2009; 83 FR 15078, Apr. 9, 2018; 84 FR 12943, Apr. 3, 2019; 91 FR 4853, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.2   Document specifications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Documents, except electronic filings, filed with the Board must be on white paper not larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> by 11 inches, including any tables, charts, or other documents that may be included. Ink must be dark enough to provide substantial contrast for scanning and photographic reproduction. Text must be double-spaced (except for footnotes and long quotations, which may be single-spaced), using type not smaller than 12 point. Printing may appear only on one side of the paper for original documents, but copies of filings may be printed on both sides of the paper. 
</P>
<P>(b) In order to facilitate automated processing in document sheet feeders, original documents of more than one page may not be bound in any permanent form (no metal, plastic, or adhesive staples or binders) but must be held together with removable metal clips or similar retainers. Original documents may not include divider tabs, but copies must if workpapers or expert witness testimony are submitted. All pages of original documents, and each side of pages that are printed on both sides, must be paginated continuously, including cover letters and attachments. Where, as a result of assembly processes, such pagination is impractical, documents may be numbered within the logical sequences of volumes or sections that make up the filing and need not be renumbered to maintain a single numbering sequence throughout the entire filing. 
</P>
<P>(c) Some filings or portions of filings will not conform to the standard paper specifications set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and may not be scannable. For example, electronic spreadsheets are not susceptible to scanning, but oversized documents, such as oversized maps and blueprints, may or may not be scannable. Filings that are not scannable will be referenced on-line and made available to the public at the Board's offices. If parties file oversized paper documents, they are encouraged to file, in addition to the oversized documents, representations of them that fit on the standard paper, either through reductions in size that do not undermine legibility, or through division of the oversized whole into multiple sequential pages. The standard paper representations must be identified and placed immediately behind the oversized documents they represent. 
</P>
<P>(d) Color printing may not be used for textual submissions. Use of color in filings is limited to images such as graphs, maps and photographs. To facilitate automated processing of color pages, color pages may not be inserted among pages containing text, but may be filed only as appendices or attachments to filings. Also, the original of any filing that includes color images must bear an obvious notation, on the cover sheet, that the filing contains color.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 5514, Feb. 6, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 18499, Apr. 8, 2004]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.3   Paper filings, electronic submissions, and copies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The executed original of a paper pleading or document permitted or required to be filed under this subchapter, including correspondence, must be furnished for the use of the Board. Textual submissions of 20 or more pages must be accompanied by an electronic version. Details regarding electronic submissions, including evidence, workpapers, and other pertinent information are available on the Board's website, <I>www.stb.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) The Board may, at its discretion, request paper copies of a pleading, document, or paper filed or e-filed with the Board. Any such copies must be clear and legible. Appropriate notes or other indications shall be used so that matters shown in color on the original, but in black and white on copies, will be accurately identified on all copies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 12944, Apr. 3, 2019]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.4   Attestation and verification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Signature of attorney or practitioner.</I> If a party is represented by a practitioner or an attorney, the original of each paper filed should be signed in ink by the practitioner or attorney, whose address should be stated. The signature of a practitioner or attorney constitutes a certification that the representative:
</P>
<P>(1) Has read the pleading, document or paper;
</P>
<P>(2) Is authorized to file it;
</P>
<P>(3) Believes that there is good ground for the document;
</P>
<P>(4) Has not interposed the document for delay;
</P>
<FP>A pleading, document or paper thus signed need not be verified or accompanied by affidavit unless required elsewhere in these rules.
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Signature by one not authorized to represent others before the Board.</I> The original of each document not signed by a practitioner or attorney must be:
</P>
<P>(1) Signed in ink;
</P>
<P>(2) Accompanied by the signer's address; and
</P>
<P>(3) Verified, if it contains allegations of fact, under oath by the person, in whose behalf it is filed, or by a duly authorized officer of the corporation in whose behalf it is filed. If the pleading is a complaint, at least one complainant must sign and verify the pleading.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49554, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52711, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.5   Affirmation or declarations under penalty of perjury in accordance with 18 U.S.C. 1621 in lieu of oath.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An affirmation will be accepted in lieu of an oath.
</P>
<P>(b) Whenever any rule of this Board requires or permits matter to be supported, evidenced, established, or proved by sworn declaration, verification, certificate, statement, oath, or affidavit, in writing of the person making the same (other than a deposition, oath of office, or an oath required to be taken before a special official other than a notary public), such matter may, with like force and effect, be supported, evidenced, established, or proven by the unsworn declaration, certificate, verification, or statement, in writing of such person which is subscribed by him, as true under penalty of perjury and dated, in the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P> I ______________, declare (certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury (“under the laws of the United States,” if executed outside of the United States) that the foregoing is true and correct. Further, I certify that I am qualified and authorized to file this (specify type of document). Executed on (<I>date</I>).
</P>
<FP>  Signature</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) Knowing and willful misstatements or omissions of material facts constitute federal criminal violations punishable under 18 U.S.C. 1001. Additionally, these misstatements are punishable as perjury under 18 U.S.C. 1621.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49554, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52711, Oct. 8, 1996; 81 FR 8853, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.6   Timely filing required.</HEAD>
<P>Documents must be received for filing at the Board's offices in Washington, DC within the time limits set for filing. The date of receipt at the Board, and not the date of deposit in the mail, determines the timeliness of filing. However, if a document is mailed by United States express mail, postmarked at least one day prior to the due date, it will be accepted as timely. Other express mail, received by the private express mail carrier at least one day prior to the due date, also will be accepted as timely filed. The term express mail means that the carrier or delivery service offers next day delivery to Washington, DC. If the e-filing option is chosen (for those pleadings and documents that are appropriate for e-filing, as determined by reference to the information on the Board's Web site), then the e-filed pleading or document is timely filed if the e-filing process is completed before 11:59 p.m. eastern time on the due date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49554, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52711, Oct. 8, 1996; 69 FR 18499, Apr. 8, 2004; 81 FR 8853, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.7   Computation and extension of time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Computation.</I> In computing any period of time, the day of the act, event, or default upon which the designated period of time begins to run is not included. The last day of the period is included unless it is Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday in the District of Columbia, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or holiday. This rule applies to forward and backward measurement of time.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Extensions.</I> Any time period, except those provided by law or specified in these rules respecting informal complaints seeking damage, may be extended by the Board in its discretion, upon request and for good cause. Requests for extensions must be served on all parties of record at the same time and by the same means as service is made on the Board. However, if service is made on the Board in person and personal service on other parties is not feasible, service on other parties should be made by first class or express mail. A request for an extension must be filed not less than 10 days before the due date, except that in cases seeking expedited relief for service emergencies under part 1146 of this chapter, a request for an extension must be made within 24 hours of service of the petition, reply, or other filing or procedural order of the Board as applicable. Only the original of the request and certificate of service need be filed with the Board. If granted, the party making the request should promptly notify all parties to the proceeding of the extension and so certify to the Board, except that this notification is not required in rulemaking proceedings.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exception to time computation rules.</I> See 49 CFR part 1152 for special abandonment rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49554, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52711, Oct. 8, 1996; 89 FR 4578, Jan. 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.8   Objectionable matter.</HEAD>
<P>The Board may order that any redundant, irrelevant, immaterial, impertinent, or scandalous matter be stricken from any document.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49554, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52711, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.10   Rejection of a deficient document.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board may reject a document, submitted for filing if the Board finds that the document does not comply with the rules.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board may either return the material unfiled or tentatively accept the material for filing and advise the person tendering it of the deficiency and require that the deficiency be corrected.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49554, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52711, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.11   Amendments.</HEAD>
<P>Leave to amend any document is a matter of the Board's discretion.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49554, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52711, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.12" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.12   Service of pleadings, papers, and decisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> Every document filed with the Board should include a certificate showing simultaneous service upon all parties to the proceeding. Service on the parties should be by the same method and class of service used in serving the Board, with charges, if any, prepaid. One copy should be served on each party. If service is made on the Board in person, and personal service on other parties is not feasible, service should be made by first-class or express mail. If a document is filed with the Board through the e-filing process, a copy of the e-filed document should be emailed to other parties if that means of service is acceptable to those other parties, or a paper copy of the document should be personally served on the other parties, but if email is not acceptable to the receiving party and personal service is not feasible, service of a paper copy should be by first-class or express mail. When a party is represented by a practitioner or attorney, service upon the practitioner is deemed to be service upon the party. If a document is filed with the Board through the e-filing process, a copy of the e-filed document should be emailed to other parties, or a paper copy of the document should be personally served on the other parties, but if neither email nor personal service is feasible, service of a paper copy should be by first-class or express mail.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> Copies of letters to the Board relating to oral argument under part 1116, and subpoenas under § 1113.2, need not be served on other parties of the proceeding. Service of comments in rulemaking proceedings is not required, unless specifically directed by the Board.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sample Certificate of Service.</I>
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I certify that I have this day served copies of document upon all parties of record in this proceeding, by (here state the method of making service which must be consistent with this part).
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Signature          Date</FP></EXTRACT>
<PARAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 721, 5 U.S.C. 553)
</PARAUTH>
<P>(d) <I>Service by the Board.</I> Service of decisions and other Board issuances as appropriate generally will be made by electronic means (e-service), except in the case of paper filers that have not consented to e-service, in which case service upon that recipient will be made by first-class mail. Paper filers that include email contact information on their filing and do not opt out of e-service via written notification will be deemed to have consented to e-service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49554, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 44827, Sept. 30, 1983; 61 FR 52711, Oct. 8, 1996; 69 FR 18499, Apr. 8, 2004; 81 FR 8853, Feb. 23, 2016; 84 FR 12944, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.13" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.13   Replies and motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Time.</I> A party may file a reply or motion addressed to any pleading within 20 days after the pleading is filed with the Board, unless otherwise provided.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Number of copies.</I> The original of a reply or motion should be accompanied by the same number of copies required to be filed with the pleading to which the reply or motion is addressed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reply to a Reply.</I> A reply to a reply is not permitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49554, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52711, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.14" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.14   Protective orders to maintain confidentiality.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Segregation of confidential material.</I> A party submitting materials which it believes are entitled to be kept confidential and not made part of the public docket should submit these materials as a separate package, clearly marked on the outside “Confidential materials subject to a request for a protective order.” When confidential documents are filed, redacted versions must also be filed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests for protective orders.</I> A request that materials submitted to the Board be kept confidential should be submitted as a separate pleading and clearly headed “Motion for protective order.”
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requests for protective orders in stand-alone cost and simplified standards cases.</I> A motion for protective order in stand-alone cost and simplified standards cases shall specify that evidentiary submissions will designate confidential material within single braces (<I>i.e.,</I> {X}), highly confidential material within double braces (<I>i.e.,</I> {{Y}}), and sensitive security information within triple braces (<I>i.e.,</I> {{{Z}}}). In stand-alone cost cases, the motion for protective order shall be filed together with the notice pursuant to 49 CFR 1111.1.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 44827, Sept. 30, 1983, as amended at 61 FR 52711, Oct. 8, 1996; 81 FR 8853, Feb. 23, 2016; 82 FR 57378, Dec. 5, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1104.15" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.34.0.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1104.15   Certification of eligibility for Federal benefits under 21 U.S.C. 862.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An individual who is applying in his or her name for a certificate, license or permit to operate as a rail carrier must complete the certification set forth in paragraph (b) of this section. This certification is required if the transferee in a finance proceeding under 49 U.S.C. 11323 and 11324 is an individual. The certification also is required if an individual applies for authorization to acquire, to construct, to extend, or to operate a rail line. 
</P>
<P>(b) Certification:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I ___ (Name) ___, certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States, that I have not been convicted, after September 1, 1989, of any Federal or State offense involving the distribution or possession of a controlled substance, or that if I have been so convicted, I am not ineligible to receive Federal Benefits, either by court order or by operation of law, pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 862.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[54 FR 48250, Nov. 22, 1989, as amended at 61 FR 52711, Oct. 8, 1996; 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 67 FR 5515, Feb. 6, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1105" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1105—PROCEDURES FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>16 U.S.C. 1456 and 1536; 42 U.S.C. 4332 and 6362(b); 49 U.S.C. 1301 note (1995) (Savings Provisions), 1321(a), 10502, and 10903-10905; 54 U.S.C. 306108.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>56 FR 36105, July 31, 1991, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1105.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1105.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>These rules are designed to assure adequate consideration of environmental and energy factors in the Board's decisionmaking process pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act, 42 U.S.C. 4332; the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, 42 U.S.C. 6362(b); and related laws, including the National Historic Preservation Act, 16 U.S.C. 470f, the Coastal Zone Management Act, 16 U.S.C. 1451, and the Endangered Species Act, 16 U.S.C. 1531. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1105.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1105.2   Responsibility for administration of these rules.</HEAD>
<P>The Director of the Office of Environmental Analysis is delegated the authority to sign, on behalf of the Board, memoranda of agreement entered into pursuant to 36 CFR 800.5(e)(4) regarding historic preservation matters. The Director of the Office of Environmental Analysis is responsible for the preparation of documents under these rules and is delegated the authority to provide interpretations of the Board's National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) process, to render initial decisions on requests for waiver or modification of any of these rules for individual proceedings, and to recommend rejection of environmental reports not in compliance with these rules. This delegated authority shall be used only in a manner consistent with Board policy. Appeals to the Board will be available as a matter of right.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 8853, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1105.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1105.3   Information and assistance.</HEAD>
<P>Information and assistance regarding the rules and the Board's environmental and historic review process is available by writing or calling the Office of Environmental Analysis.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 8853, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1105.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1105.4   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the definitions contained in the regulations of the Council on Environmental Quality (40 CFR part 1508), the following definitions apply to these regulations: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Act</I> means the Interstate Commerce Act, Subtitle IV of Title 49, U.S. Code, as amended. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicant</I> means any person or entity seeking Board action, whether by application, petition, notice of exemption, or any other means that initiates a formal Board proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Board</I> means the Surface Transportation Board. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Environmental Assessment</I> or “EA” means a concise public document for which the Board is responsible that contains sufficient information for determining whether to prepare an Environmental Impact Statement or to make a finding of no significant environmental impact. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Environmental documentation</I> means either an Environmental Impact Statement or an Environmental Assessment. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Environmental Impact Statement</I> or “EIS” means the detailed written statement required by the National Environmental Policy Act, 42 U.S.C. 4332(2)(c), for a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Environmental Report</I> means a document filed by the applicant(s) that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Provides notice of the proposed action; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Evaluates its environmental impacts and any reasonable alternatives to the action. An environmental report may be in the form of a proposed draft Environmental Assessment or proposed draft Environmental Impact Statement. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Filing</I> means any request for STB authority, whether by application, petition, notice of exemption, or any other means that initiates a formal Board proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Office of Environmental Analysis</I> or “OEA” means the Office that prepares the Board's environmental documents and analyses.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Third-Party Consultant</I> means an independent contractor, utilized by the applicant, who works with OEA's approval and under OEA's direction to prepare any necessary environmental documentation. The third party consultant must act on behalf of the Board. The railroad may participate in the selection process, as well as in the subsequent preparation of environmental documents. However, to avoid any impermissible conflict of interest (<I>i.e.,</I> essentially any financial or other interest in the outcome of the railroad-sponsored project), the railroad may not be responsible for the selection or control of independent contractors. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 36105, July 31, 1991, as amended at 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 81 FR 8853, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1105.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1105.5   Determinative criteria.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In determining whether a “major Federal action” (as that term is defined by the Council on Environmental Quality in 40 CFR 1508.18) has the potential to affect significantly the quality of the human environment, the Board is guided by the definition of “significantly” at 40 CFR 1508.27. 
</P>
<P>(b) A finding that a service or transaction is not within the STB's jurisdiction does not require an environmental analysis under the National Environmental Policy Act or historic review under the National Historic Preservation Act. 
</P>
<P>(c) The environmental laws are not triggered where the STB's action is nothing more than a ministerial act, as in: 
</P>
<P>(1) The processing of abandonments proposed under the Northeast Rail Services Act (45 U.S.C. 744(b)(3)); 
</P>
<P>(2) Statutorily-authorized interim trail use arrangements under 16 U.S.C. 1247(d) [<I>see,</I> 49 CFR 1152.29]; or 
</P>
<P>(3) Financial assistance arrangements under 49 U.S.C. 10904 (<I>see</I> 49 CFR 1152.27). 
</P>
<FP>Finally, no environmental analysis is necessary for abandonments that are authorized by a bankruptcy court, or transfers of rail lines under plans of reorganization, where our function is merely advisory under 11 U.S.C. 1166, 1170, and 1172. 
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 36105, July 31, 1991; 56 FR 49821, Oct. 1, 1991; 81 FR 8853, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1105.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1105.6   Classification of actions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Environmental Impact Statements will normally be prepared for rail construction proposals other than those described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(b) Environmental Assessments will normally be prepared for the following proposed actions: 
</P>
<P>(1) Construction of connecting track within existing rail rights-of-way, or on land owned by the connecting railroads; 
</P>
<P>(2) Abandonment of a rail line (unless proposed under the Northeast Rail Services Act or the Bankruptcy Act); 
</P>
<P>(3) Discontinuance of passenger train service or freight service (except for discontinuances of freight service under modified certificates issued under 49 CFR 1150.21 and discontinuances of trackage rights where the affected line will continue to be operated); 
</P>
<P>(4) An acquisition, lease or operation under 49 U.S.C. 10901, 10902, or 10907, or consolidation, merger or acquisition of control under 49 U.S.C. 11323 and 14303, if it will result in either 
</P>
<P>(i) Operational changes that would exceed any of the thresholds established in § 1105.7(e) (4) or (5); or 
</P>
<P>(ii) An action that would normally require environmental documentation (such as a construction or abandonment); 
</P>
<P>(5) A rulemaking, policy statement, or legislative proposal that has the potential for significant environmental impacts; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any other proceeding not listed in paragraphs (a) or (c) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) No environmental documentation will normally be prepared (although a Historic Report may be required under section 1105.8) for the following actions: 
</P>
<P>(1) Any action that does not result in significant changes in carrier operations (<I>i.e.,</I> changes that do not exceed the thresholds established in section 1105.7(e) (4) or (5)), including (but not limited to) all of the following actions that meet this criterion: 
</P>
<P>(i) An acquisition, lease, or operation under 49 U.S.C. 10901, 10902, or 10907, or consolidation, merger, or acquisition of control under 49 U.S.C. 11323 and 14303 that does not come within subsection (b)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Transactions involving corporate changes (such as a change in the ownership or the operator, or the issuance of securities or reorganization) including grants of authority to hold position as an officer or director; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Declaratory orders, interpretation or clarification of operating authority, substitution of an applicant, name changes, and waiver of lease and interchange regulations; 
</P>
<P>(iv) Pooling authorizations, approval of rate bureau agreements, and approval of shipper antitrust immunity; 
</P>
<P>(v) Determinations of the fact of competition; 
</P>
<P>(2) Rate, fare, and tariff actions; 
</P>
<P>(3) Common use of rail terminals and trackage rights; 
</P>
<P>(4) Discontinuance of rail freight service under a modified certificate issued pursuant to 49 CFR 1150.21; 
</P>
<P>(5) Discontinuance of trackage rights where the affected line will continue to be operated; and 
</P>
<P>(6) A rulemaking, policy statement, or legislative proposal that has no potential for significant environmental impacts.
</P>
<P>(d) The Board may reclassify or modify these requirements for individual proceedings. For actions that generally require no environmental documentation, the Board may decide that a particular action has the potential for significant environmental impacts and that, therefore, the applicant should provide an environmental report and either an EA or an EIS will be prepared. For actions generally requiring an EA, the Board may prepare a full EIS where the probability of significant impacts from the particular proposal is high enough to warrant an EIS. Alternatively, in a rail construction, an applicant can seek to demonstrate (with supporting information addressing the pertinent aspects of § 1105.7(e)) that an EA, rather than an EIS, will be sufficient because the particular proposal is not likely to have a significant environmental impact. Any request for reclassification must be in writing and, in a rail construction, should be presented with the prefiling notice required by § 1105.10(a)(1) (or a request to waive that prefiling notice period). 
</P>
<P>(e) The classifications in this section apply without regard to whether the action is proposed by application, petition, notice of exemption, or any other means that initiates a formal Board proceeding. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 36105, July 31, 1991, as amended at 81 FR 8853, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1105.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1105.7   Environmental reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing.</I> An applicant for an action identified in § 1105.6 (a) or (b) must submit to the Board (with or prior to its application, petition or notice of exemption) except as provided in paragraph (b) for abandonments and discontinuances) an Environmental Report on the proposed action containing the information set forth in paragraph (e) of this section. The Environmental Report may be filed with the Board electronically.
</P>
<P>(b) At least 20 days prior to the filing with the Board of a notice of exemption, petition for exemption, or an application for abandonment or discontinuance, the applicant must serve copies of the Environmental Report on:
</P>
<P>(1) The State Clearinghouse of each State involved (or other State equivalent agency if the State has no clearinghouse); 
</P>
<P>(2) The State Environmental Protection Agency of each State involved; 
</P>
<P>(3) The State Coastal Zone Management Agency for any state where the proposed activity would affect land or water uses within that State's coastal zone; 
</P>
<P>(4) The head of each county (or comparable political entity including any Indian reservation) through which the line goes; 
</P>
<P>(5) The appropriate regional offices of the Environmental Protection Agency; 
</P>
<P>(6) The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service; 
</P>
<P>(7) The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers; 
</P>
<P>(8) The National Park Service; 


</P>
<P>(9) The Natural Resources Conservation Service;
</P>
<P>(10) The National Geodetic Survey (formerly known as the Coast and Geodetic Survey) as designated agent for the National Geodetic Survey and the U.S. Geological Survey; and 
</P>
<P>(11) Any other agencies that have been consulted in preparing the report. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certification.</I> In its Environmental Report, the applicant must certify that it has sent copies of the Environmental Report to the agencies listed and within the time period specified in paragraph (b) of this section and that it has consulted with all appropriate agencies in preparing the report. These consultations should be made far enough in advance to afford those agencies a reasonable opportunity to provide meaningful input. Finally, in every abandonment exemption case, applicant shall certify that it has published in a newspaper of general circulation in each county through which the line passes a notice that alerts the public to the proposed abandonment, to available reuse alternatives, and to how it may participate in the STB proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Documentation.</I> Any written responses received from agencies that were contacted in preparing the Environmental Report shall be attached to the report. Oral responses from such agencies shall be briefly summarized in the report and the names, titles, and telephone numbers of the persons contacted shall be supplied. A copy of, or appropriate citation to, any reference materials relied upon also shall be provided.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Content.</I> The Environmental Report shall include all of the information specified in this paragraph, except to the extent that applicant explains why any portion(s) are inapplicable. If an historic report is required under § 1105.8, the Environmental Report should also include the Historic Report required by that section. 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Proposed action and alternatives.</I> Describe the proposed action, including commodities transported, the planned disposition (if any) of any rail line and other structures that may be involved, and any possible changes in current operations or maintenance practices. Also describe any reasonable alternatives to the proposed action. Include a readable, detailed map and drawings clearly delineating the project. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transportation system.</I> Describe the effects of the proposed action on regional or local transportation systems and patterns. Estimate the amount of traffic (passenger or freight) that will be diverted to other transportation systems or modes as a result of the proposed action. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Land use.</I> (i) Based on consultation with local and/or regional planning agencies and/or a review of the official planning documents prepared by such agencies, state whether the proposed action is consistent with existing land use plans. Describe any inconsistencies. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Based on consultation with the U.S. Soil Conservation Service, state the effect of the proposed action on any prime agricultural land. 
</P>
<P>(iii) If the action affects land or water uses within a designated coastal zone, include the coastal zone information required by § 1105.9. 
</P>
<P>(iv) If the proposed action is an abandonment, state whether or not the right-of-way is suitable for alternative public use under 49 U.S.C. 10905 and explain why. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Energy.</I> (i) Describe the effect of the proposed action on transportation of energy resources. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Describe the effect of the proposed action on recyclable commodities. 
</P>
<P>(iii) State whether the proposed action will result in an increase or decrease in overall energy efficiency and explain why. 
</P>
<P>(iv) If the proposed action will cause diversions from rail to motor carriage of more than: 
</P>
<P>(A) 1,000 rail carloads a year; or 
</P>
<P>(B) An average of 50 rail carloads per mile per year for any part of the affected line, quantify the resulting net change in energy consumption and show the data and methodology used to arrive at the figure given. To minimize the production of repetitive data, the information on overall energy efficiency in § 1105.7(e)(4)(iii) need not be supplied if the more detailed information in § 1105.7(e)(4)(iv) is required. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Air.</I> (i) If the proposed action will result in either: 
</P>
<P>(A) An increase in rail traffic of at least 100 percent (measured in gross ton miles annually) or an increase of at least eight trains a day on any segment of rail line affected by the proposal, or 
</P>
<P>(B) An increase in rail yard activity of at least 100 percent (measured by carload activity), or 
</P>
<P>(C) An average increase in truck traffic of more than 10 percent of the average daily traffic or 50 vehicles a day on any affected road segment, quantify the anticipated effect on air emissions. For a proposal under 49 U.S.C. 10901 (or 10502) to construct a new line or reinstitute service over a previously abandoned line, only the eight train a day provision in subsection (5)(i)(A) will apply. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the proposed action affects a class I or nonattainment area under the Clean Air Act, and will result in either: 
</P>
<P>(A) An increase in rail traffic of at least 50 percent (measured in gross ton miles annually) or an increase of at least three trains a day on any segment of rail line, 
</P>
<P>(B) An increase in rail yard activity of at least 20 percent (measured by carload activity), or 
</P>
<P>(C) An average increase in truck traffic of more than 10 percent of the average daily traffic or 50 vehicles a day on a given road segment, then state whether any expected increased emissions are within the parameters established by the State Implementation Plan. However, for a rail construction under 49 U.S.C. 10901 (or 49 U.S.C. 10502), or a case involving the reinstitution of service over a previously abandoned line, only the three train a day threshold in this item shall apply. 
</P>
<P>(iii) If transportation of ozone depleting materials (such as nitrogen oxide and freon) is contemplated, identify: the materials and quantity; the frequency of service; safety practices (including any speed restrictions); the applicant's safety record (to the extent available) on derailments, accidents and spills; contingency plans to deal with accidental spills; and the likelihood of an accidental release of ozone depleting materials in the event of a collision or derailment. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Noise.</I> If any of the thresholds identified in item (5)(i) of this section are surpassed, state whether the proposed action will cause: 
</P>
<P>(i) An incremental increase in noise levels of three decibels Ldn or more; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) An increase to a noise level of 65 decibels Ldn or greater. If so, identify sensitive receptors (<I>e.g.,</I> schools, libraries, hospitals, residences, retirement communities, and nursing homes) in the project area, and quantify the noise increase for these receptors if the thresholds are surpassed. 
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Safety.</I> (i) Describe any effects of the proposed action on public health and safety (including vehicle delay time at railroad grade crossings). 
</P>
<P>(ii) If hazardous materials are expected to be transported, identify: the materials and quantity; the frequency of service; whether chemicals are being transported that, if mixed, could react to form more hazardous compounds; safety practices (including any speed restrictions); the applicant's safety record (to the extent available) on derailments, accidents and hazardous spills; the contingency plans to deal with accidental spills; and the likelihood of an accidental release of hazardous materials. 
</P>
<P>(iii) If there are any known hazardous waste sites or sites where there have been known hazardous materials spills on the right-of-way, identify the location of those sites and the types of hazardous materials involved. 
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Biological resources.</I> (i) Based on consultation with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, state whether the proposed action is likely to adversely affect endangered or threatened species or areas designated as a critical habitat, and if so, describe the effects. 
</P>
<P>(ii) State whether wildlife sanctuaries or refuges, National or State parks or forests will be affected, and describe any effects. 
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Water.</I> (i) Based on consultation with State water quality officials, state whether the proposed action is consistent with applicable Federal, State or local water quality standards. Describe any inconsistencies. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Based on consultation with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, state whether permits under section 404 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1344) are required for the proposed action and whether any designated wetlands or 100-year flood plains will be affected. Describe the effects. 
</P>
<P>(iii) State whether permits under section 402 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1342) are required for the proposed action. (Applicants should contact the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the state environmental protection or equivalent agency if they are unsure whether such permits are required.) 
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Proposed Mitigation.</I> Describe any actions that are proposed to mitigate adverse environmental impacts, indicating why the proposed mitigation is appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Additional Information for Rail Constructions.</I> The following additional information should be included for rail construction proposals (including connecting track construction): 
</P>
<P>(i) Describe the proposed route(s) by State, county, and subdivision, including a plan view, at a scale not to exceed 1:24,000 (7
<FR>1/2</FR> minute U.S.G.S. quadrangle map), clearly showing the relationship to the existing transportation network (including the location of all highway and road crossings) and the right-of-way according to ownership and land use requirements. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Describe any alternative routes considered, and a no-build alternative (or why this would not be applicable), and explain why they were not selected. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Describe the construction plans, including the effect on the human environment, labor force requirements, the location of borrow pits, if any, and earthwork estimates. 
</P>
<P>(iv) Describe in detail the rail operations to be conducted upon the line, including estimates of freight (carloads and tonnage) to be transported, the anticipated daily and annual number of train movements, number of cars per train, types of cars, motive power requirements, proposed speeds, labor force, and proposed maintenance-of-way practices. 
</P>
<P>(v) Describe the effects, including indirect or down-line impacts, of the new or diverted traffic over the line if the thresholds governing energy, noise and air impacts in § 1105.7(e)(4), (5), or (6) are met. 
</P>
<P>(vi) Describe the effects, including impacts on essential public services (e.g., fire, police, ambulance, neighborhood schools), public roads, and adjoining properties, in communities to be traversed by the line. 
</P>
<P>(vii) Discuss societal impacts, including expected change in employment during and after construction. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Additional information.</I> The Board may require applicants to submit additional information regarding the environmental or energy effects of the proposed action. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Waivers.</I> The Board may waive or modify, in whole or in part, the provisions of this section where a railroad applicant shows that the information requested is not necessary for the Board to evaluate the environmental impacts of the proposed action. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 36105, July 31, 1991; 56 FR 49821, Oct. 1, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 44619, Aug. 24, 1993; 60 FR 32277, June 21, 1995; 61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996; 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 69 FR 58366, Sept. 30, 2004; 81 FR 8854, Feb. 23, 2016; 83 FR 15078, Apr. 9, 2018; 83 FR 17300, Apr. 19, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1105.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1105.8   Historic Reports.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing.</I> An applicant proposing an action identified in § 1105.6 (a) or (b), or an action in § 1105.6(c) that will result in the lease, transfer, or sale of a railroad's line, sites or structures, must submit (with its application, petition or notice) the Historic Report described in paragraph (d) of this section, unless excepted under paragraph (b) of this section. This report should be combined with the Environmental Report where one is required. The purpose of the Historic Report is to provide the Board with sufficient information to conduct the consultation process required by the National Historic Preservation Act. The Historic Report may be filed with the Board electronically.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> The following proposals do not require an historic report: 
</P>
<P>(1) A sale, lease or transfer of a rail line for the purpose of continued rail operations where further STB approval is required to abandon any service and there are no plans to dispose of or alter properties subject to STB jurisdiction that are 50 years old or older. 
</P>
<P>(2) A sale, lease, or transfer of property between corporate affiliates where there will be no significant change in operations. 
</P>
<P>(3) Trackage rights, common use of rail terminals, common control through stock ownership or similar action which will not substantially change the level of maintenance of railroad property. 
</P>
<P>(4) A rulemaking, policy statement, petition for declaratory order, petition for waiver of procedural requirements, or proceeding involving transportation rates or classifications. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Distribution.</I> The applicant must send the Historic Report to the appropriate State Historic Preservation Officer(s), preferably at least 60 days in advance of filing the application, petition, or notice, but not later than 20 days prior to filing with the Board.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Content.</I> The Historic Report should contain the information required by § 1105.7(e)(1) and the following additional historic information: 
</P>
<P>(1) A U.S.G.S. topographic map (or an alternate map drawn to scale and sufficiently detailed to show buildings and other structures in the vicinity of the proposed action) showing the location of the proposed action, and the locations and approximate dimensions of railroad structures that are 50 years old or older and are part of the proposed action; 
</P>
<P>(2) A written description of the right-of-way (including approximate widths, to the extent known), and the topography and urban and/or rural characteristics of the surrounding area; 
</P>
<P>(3) Good quality photographs (actual photographic prints, not photocopies) of railroad structures on the property that are 50 years old or older and of the immediately surrounding area; 
</P>
<P>(4) The date(s) of construction of the structure(s), and the date(s) and extent of any major alterations, to the extent such information is known; 
</P>
<P>(5) A brief narrative history of carrier operations in the area, and an explanation of what, if any, changes are contemplated as a result of the proposed action; 
</P>
<P>(6) A brief summary of documents in the carrier's possession, such as engineering drawings, that might be useful in documenting a structure that is found to be historic; 
</P>
<P>(7) An opinion (based on readily available information in the railroad's possession) as to whether the site and/or structures meet the criteria for listing on the National Register of Historic Places (36 CFR 60.4), and whether there is a likelihood of archeological resources or any other previously unknown historic properties in the project area, and the basis for these opinions (including any consultations with the State Historic Preservation Office, local historical societies or universities); 
</P>
<P>(8) A description (based on readily available information in the railroad's possession) of any known prior subsurface ground disturbance or fill, environmental conditions (naturally occurring or manmade) that might affect the archeological recovery of resources (such as swampy conditions or the presence of toxic wastes), and the surrounding terrain. 
</P>
<P>(9) Within 30 days of receipt of the historic report, the State Historic Preservation Officer may request the following additional information regarding specified nonrailroad owned properties or groups of properties immediately adjacent to the railroad right-of-way: photographs of specified properties that can be readily seen from the railroad right-of-way (or other public rights-of-way adjacent to the property) and a written description of any previously discovered archeological sites, identifying the location and type of the site (<I>i.e.,</I> prehistoric or native American). 
</P>
<P>(e) Any of these requirements may be waived or modified when the information is not necessary to determine the presence of historic properties and the effect of the proposed action on them. 
</P>
<P>(f) Historic preservation conditions imposed by the Board in rail abandonment cases generally will not extend beyond the 330-day statutory time period in 49 U.S.C. 10904 for abandonment proceedings. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 36105, July 31, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996; 81 FR 8854, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1105.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1105.9   Coastal Zone Management Act requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the proposed action affects land or water uses within a State coastal zone designated pursuant to the Coastal Zone Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1451 <I>et seq.</I>) applicant must comply with the following procedures: 
</P>
<P>(1) If the proposed action is listed as subject to review in the State's coastal zone management plan, applicant (with, or prior to its filing) must certify (pursuant to 15 CFR 930.57 and 930.58) that the proposed action is consistent with the coastal zone management plan. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the activity is not listed, applicant (with, or prior to its filing) must certify that actual notice of the proposal was given to the State coastal zone manager at least 40 days before the effective date of the requested action. 
</P>
<P>(b) If there is consistency review under 15 CFR 930.54, the Board and the applicant will comply with the consistency certification procedures of 15 CFR 930. Also, the Board will withhold a decision, stay the effective date of a decision, or impose a condition delaying consummation of the action, until the applicant has submitted a consistency certification and either the state has concurred in the consistency certification, or an appeal to the Secretary of Commerce (under 15 CFR 930.64(e)) is successful. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1105.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1105.10   Board procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Environmental Impact Statements</I>—(1) <I>Prefiling Notice.</I> Where an environmental impact statement is required or contemplated, the prospective applicant must provide the Office of Environmental Analysis (OEA) with written notice of its forthcoming proposal at least 6 months prior to filing its application. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notice and scope of EIS.</I> When an Environmental Impact Statement is prepared for a proposed action, the Board will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a notice of its intent to prepare an EIS, with a description of the proposed action and a request for written comments on the scope of the EIS. Where appropriate, the scoping process may include a meeting open to interested parties and the public. After considering the comments, the Board will publish a notice of the final scope of the EIS. If the Environmental Impact Statement is to be prepared in cooperation with other agencies, this notice will also indicate which agencies will be responsible for the various parts of the Statement. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notice of availability.</I> The Board will serve copies of both the draft Environmental Impact Statement (or an appropriate summary) and the full final Environmental Impact Statement (or an appropriate summary) on all parties to the proceeding and on appropriate Federal, State, and local agencies. A notice that these documents are available to the public will be published (normally by the Environmental Protection Agency) in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> (Interested persons may obtain copies of the documents by contacting OEA.) 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Comments.</I> The notice of availability of the draft Environmental Impact Statement will establish the time for submitting written comments, which will normally be 45 days following service of the document. When the Board decides to hold an oral hearing on the merits of a proposal, the draft Environmental Impact Statement will be made available to the public in advance, normally at least 15 days prior to the portion of the hearing relating to the environmental issues. The draft EIS will discuss relevant environmental and historic preservation issues. The final Environmental Impact Statement will discuss the comments received and any changes made in response to them. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Supplements.</I> An Environmental Impact Statement may be supplemented where necessary and appropriate to address substantial changes in the proposed action or significant new and relevant circumstances or information. If so, the notice and comment procedures outlined above will be followed to the extent practical. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Environmental Assessments.</I> In preparing an Environmental Assessment, OEA will verify and independently analyze the Environmental Report and/or Historic Report and related material submitted by an applicant pursuant to sections 1105.7 and 1105.8. The Environmental Assessment will discuss relevant environmental and historic preservation issues. OEA will serve copies of the Environmental Assessment on all parties to the proceeding and appropriate federal, state, and local agencies, and will announce its availability to the public through a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> In the case of abandonment applications processed under 49 U.S.C. 10903, the availability of the Environmental Assessment must be announced in the applicant's Notice of Intent filed under 49 CFR 1152.21. The deadline for submission of comments on the Environmental Assessment will generally be within 30 days of its service (15 days in the case of a notice of abandonment under 49 CFR 1152.50). The comments received will be addressed in the Board's decision. A supplemental Environmental Assessment may be issued where appropriate.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Waivers.</I> (1) The provisions of paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(4) of this section or any STB-established time frames in paragraph (b) of this section may be waived or modified where appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(2) Requests for waiver of § 1105.10(a)(1) must describe as completely as possible the anticipated environmental effects of the proposed action, and the timing of the proposed action, and show that all or part of the six month lead period is not appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Third-Party Consultants.</I> Applicants may utilize independent third-party consultants to prepare any necessary environmental documentation, if approved by OEA. The environmental reporting requirements that would otherwise apply will be waived if a railroad hires a consultant, OEA approves the scope of the consultant's work, and the consultant works under OEA's supervision. In such a case, the consultant acts on behalf of the Board, working under OEA's direction to collect the needed environmental information and compile it into a draft EA or draft EIS, which is then submitted to OEA for its review, verification, and approval. We encourage the use of third-party consultants. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service of Environmental Pleadings.</I> Agencies and interested parties sending material on environmental and historic preservation issues directly to the Board should send copies to the applicant. Copies of Board communications to third-parties involving environmental and historic preservation issues also will be sent to the applicant where appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Consideration in decisionmaking.</I> The environmental documentation (generally an EA or an EIS) and the comments and responses thereto concerning environmental, historic preservation, Coastal Zone Management Act, and endangered species issues will be part of the record considered by the Board in the proceeding involved. The Board will decide what, if any, environmental or historic preservation conditions to impose upon the authority it issues based on the environmental record and its substantive responsibilities under the Interstate Commerce Act. The Board will withhold a decision, stay the effective date of an exemption, or impose appropriate conditions upon any authority granted, when an environmental or historic preservation issue has not yet been resolved. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Finding of No Significant Impact.</I> In all exemption cases, if no environmental or historic preservation issues are raised by any party or identified by OEA in its independent investigation, the Board will issue a separate decision making a Finding of No Significant Impact (“FONSI”) to show that it has formally considered the environmental record. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 36105, July 31, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 49821, Oct. 1, 1991;64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 81 FR 8854, Feb. 23, 2016; 83 FR 15078, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1105.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1105.11   Transmittal letter for Applicant's Report.</HEAD>
<P>A carrier shall send a copy of its Environmental and/or Historic Report to the agencies identified in section 1105.7(b) and/or the appropriate State Historic Preservation Officer(s) and certify to the Board that it has done this. The form letter contained in the Appendix to this section should be used in transmitting the Environmental and/or Historic Reports. 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix to § 1105.11—Transmittal Letter for Applicant's Report
</HD1>
<FP-1>(<I>Carrier Letterhead</I>) 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(Addresses) 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Re: (Brief description of proposed action with STB docket number, if available) 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(Date) 
</FP-1>
<P>On (date), we are (or expect to be) filing with the Surface Transportation Board a (type of proceeding) seeking authority to ( ) located in (state) (city or town) and (mileposts, if applicable). Attached is an Environmental Report (and/or Historic Report) describing the proposed action and any expected environmental (and/or historic) effects, as well as a map of the affected area. 
</P>
<P>We are providing this report so that you may review the information that will form the basis for the STB's independent environmental analysis of this proceeding. If any of the information is misleading or incorrect, if you believe that pertinent information is missing, or if you have any questions about the Board's environmental review process, please contact the Office of Environmental Analysis (OEA), Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC, telephone [INSERT TELEPHONE NUMBER] and refer to the above <I>Docket No.</I> (if available). Because the applicable statutes and regulations impose stringent deadlines for processing this action, your written comments to OEA (with a copy to our representative) would be appreciated within 3 weeks. 
</P>
<P>Your comments will be considered by the Board in evaluating the environmental and/or historic preservation impacts of the contemplated action. If there are any questions concerning this proposal, please contact our representative directly. Our representative in this matter is (name) who may be contacted by telephone at (telephone number) or by mail at (address). 
</P>
<FP>   (Complimentary close) 
</FP>
<FP>   (Name and title of author of letter)</FP></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 36105, July 31, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 44619, Aug. 24, 1993; 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 81 FR 8854, Feb. 23, 2016; 83 FR 15078, Apr. 9, 2018]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1105.12" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35.0.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1105.12   Sample newspaper notices for abandonment exemption cases.</HEAD>
<P>In every abandonment exemption case, the applicant shall publish a notice in a newspaper of general circulation in each county in which the line is located and certify to the Board that it has done this by the date its notice of (or petition for) exemption is filed. The notice shall alert the public to the proposed abandonment, to available reuse alternatives, such as trail use and public use, and to how it may participate in a Board proceeding. Sample newspaper notices are provided in appendix A to this part for guidance to the railroads.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 4853, Feb. 3, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.35.0.7.13.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 1105—Sample Newspaper Notices
</HEAD>
<HD1>Sample Local Newspaper Notice for Out-of-Service Abandonment Exemptions
</HD1>
<HD2>Notice of Intent To Abandon or To Discontinue Rail Service
</HD2>
<P>Name of railroad) gives notice that on or about (insert date notice of exemption will be filed with the Surface Transportation Board), it intends to file with the Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC, a notice of exemption under 49 CFR 1152 Subpart F—Exempt Abandonments permitting the (abandonment of or discontinuance of service on) a__mile line of railroad between railroad milepost __, near (station name), which traverses through United States Postal Service ZIP Codes (ZIP Codes) and railroad milepost __, near (station name) which traverses through United States Postal Service ZIP Codes (ZIP Codes) in__County(ies), (State). The proceeding will be docketed as No. AB__(Sub-No.__X).
</P>
<P>The Board's Office of Environmental Analysis (OEA) will generally prepare an Environmental Assessment (EA), which will normally be available 25 days after the filing of the notice of exemption. Comments on environmental and energy matters should be filed no later than 15 days after the EA becomes available to the public and will be addressed in a Board decision. Interested persons may obtain a copy of the EA or make inquiries regarding environmental matters by writing to the Office of Environmental Analysis (OEA), Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC or by calling that office at [INSERT TELEPHONE NUMBER].
</P>
<P>Appropriate offers of financial assistance to continue rail service can be filed with the Board. Requests for environmental conditions, public use conditions, or rail banking/trails use also can be filed with the Board. An original and 10 copies of any pleading that raises matters other than environmental issues (such as trails use, public use, and offers of financial assistance) must be filed directly with the Board's Office of Chief Counsel, Washington, DC [See 49 CFR 1104.1(a) and 1104.3(a)], and one copy must be served on applicants' representative [See 49 CFR 1104.12(a)]. Questions regarding offers of financial assistance, public use or trails use may be directed to the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance at [INSERT TELEPHONE NUMBER]. Copies of any comments or requests for conditions should be served on the applicant's representative: (Name, address and phone number).
</P>
<HD1>Sample Local Newspaper Notice for Petitions for Abandonment Exemptions
</HD1>
<HD2>Notice of Intent To Abandon or To Discontinue Rail Service
</HD2>
<P>(Name of railroad) gives notice that on or about (insert date petition for abandonment exemption will be filed with the Surface Transportation Board) it intends to file with the Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC, a petition for exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502 from the prior approval requirements of 49 U.S.C. 10903, <I>et seq.,</I> permitting the (abandonment of or discontinuance of service on) a__mile line of railroad between railroad milepost__, near (station name) which traverses through United States Postal Service ZIP Codes (ZIP Codes), and railroad milepost__, near (station name) which traverses through United States Postal Service ZIP Codes (ZIP Codes) in__County(ies), (State). The proceeding has been docketed as No. AB__(Sub-No.__X).
</P>
<P>The Board's Office of Environmental Analysis (OEA) will generally prepare an Environmental Assessment (EA), which will normally be available 60 days after the filing of the petition for abandonment exemption. Comments on environmental and energy matters should be filed no later than 30 days after the EA becomes available to the public and will be addressed in a Board decision. Interested persons may obtain a copy of the EA or make inquiries regarding environmental matters by writing to OEA, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC or by calling OEA at [INSERT TELEPHONE NUMBER].
</P>
<P>Appropriate offers of financial assistance to continue rail service can be filed with the Board. Requests for environmental conditions, public use conditions, or rail banking/trails use also can be filed with the Board. An original and 10 copies of any pleading that raises matters other than environmental issues (such as trails use, public use, and offers of financial assistance) must be filed directly with the Board's Office of Chief Counsel, Washington, DC [See 49 CFR 1104.1(a) and 1104.3(a)], and one copy must be served on applicants' representative [See 49 CFR 1104.12(a)]. Questions regarding offers of financial assistance, public use or trails use may be directed to the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance at [INSERT TELEPHONE NUMBER]. Copies of any comments or requests for conditions should be served on the applicant's representative (name and address).


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 4853, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1106" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.36" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1106—PROCEDURES FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION BOARD CONSIDERATION OF SAFETY INTEGRATION PLANS IN CASES INVOLVING RAILROAD CONSOLIDATIONS, MERGERS, AND ACQUISITIONS OF CONTROL 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 553; 5 U.S.C. 559; 49 U.S.C. 1321; 49 U.S.C. 10101; 49 U.S.C. 11323-11325; 42 U.S.C. 4332.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 11607, Mar. 15, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1106.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.36.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1106.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part is designed to ensure adequate and coordinated consideration of safety integration issues, by both the Board and the Federal Railroad Administration, the agency within the Department of Transportation responsible for the enforcement of railroad safety, in the implementation of rail transactions subject to the Board's jurisdiction. It establishes the procedures by which the Board will consider safety integration plans in connection with its approval and authorization of transactions for which the Board has concluded such consideration is required. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1106.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.36.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1106.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to this part:
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means the ICC Termination Act of 1995, Pub. L. 104-88, 109 Stat. 803 (1995). 
</P>
<P><I>Amalgamation of operations,</I> as defined by the Federal Railroad Administration at 49 CFR 244.9, means the migration, combination, or unification of one set of railroad operations with another set of railroad operations, including, but not limited to, the allocation of resources affecting railroad operations (<I>e.g.,</I> changes in personnel, track, bridges, or communication or signal systems; or use or deployment of maintenance-of-way equipment, locomotives, or freight or passenger cars). 
</P>
<P><I>Applicant</I> means a Class I railroad or a Class II railroad engaging in a transaction subject to this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Board</I> means the Surface Transportation Board. 
</P>
<P><I>Class I or Class II railroad</I> has the meaning assigned by the Board's regulations (49 CFR part 1201; General Instructions 1-1), as those regulations may be revised by the Board (including modifications in class thresholds based on the revenue deflator formula) from time to time. 
</P>
<P><I>Environmental documentation</I> means either an Environmental Assessment or an Environmental Impact Statement prepared in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act and Board's environmental rules at 49 CFR part 1105. 
</P>
<P><I>Federal Railroad Administration</I> (“FRA”) means the agency within the Department of Transportation responsible for railroad safety. 
</P>
<P><I>Office of Environmental Analysis</I> (“OEA”) means the Office that prepares the Board's environmental documents and analyses.
</P>
<P><I>Safety Integration Plan</I> (“SIP”) means a comprehensive written plan, prepared in accordance with FRA guidelines or regulations, explaining the process by which Applicants intend to integrate the operation of the properties involved in a manner that would maintain safety at every step of the integration process, in the event the Board approves the transaction that requires a SIP.
</P>
<P><I>Transaction</I> means an application by a Class I railroad that proposes to consolidate with, merge with, or acquire control under 49 U.S.C. 11323(a) of another Class I railroad, or with a Class II railroad where there is a proposed amalgamation of operations, as defined by FRA's regulations at 49 CFR 244.9. “Transaction” also includes a proceeding other than those specified above if the Board concludes that a SIP is necessary in its proper consideration of the application or other request for authority.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 11607, Mar. 15, 2002, as amended at 83 FR 15078, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1106.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.36.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1106.3   Actions for which Safety Integration Plan is required.</HEAD>
<P>A SIP shall be filed by any applicant requesting authority to undertake a transaction as defined under § 1106.2 of this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1106.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.36.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1106.4   The Safety Integration Plan process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each applicant in a transaction subject to this part shall file a proposed SIP in accordance with the informational requirements prescribed at 49 CFR part 244, or other FRA guidelines or requirements regarding the contents of a SIP, with OEA and FRA no later than 60 days from the date the application is filed with the Board. 
</P>
<P>(b) The proposed SIP shall be made part of the environmental record in the Board proceeding and dealt with in the ongoing environmental review process under 49 CFR part 1105. The procedures governing the process shall be as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) In accordance with 49 CFR 244.17, FRA will provide its findings and conclusions on the adequacy of the proposed SIP (<I>i.e.,</I> assess whether the proposed SIP establishes a process that provides a reasonable assurance of safety in executing the proposed transaction) to OEA at a date sufficiently in advance of the Board's issuance of its draft environmental documentation in the case to permit incorporation in the draft environmental document. 
</P>
<P>(2) The draft environmental documentation shall incorporate the proposed SIP, any revisions or modifications to it based on further consultations with FRA, and FRA's written comments regarding the SIP. The public may review and comment on the draft environmental documentation within the time limits prescribed by OEA. 
</P>
<P>(3) OEA will independently review each proposed SIP. In its final environmental documentation, OEA will address written comments on the proposed SIP received during the time established for submitting comments on the draft environmental documentation. The Board then will consider the full environmental record, including the information concerning the SIP, in arriving at its decision in the case. 
</P>
<P>(4) If the Board approves the transaction and adopts the SIP, it will require compliance with the SIP as a condition to its approval. Each applicant involved in the transaction then shall coordinate with FRA in implementing the approved SIP, including any amendments thereto. FRA has provided in its rules at 49 CFR 244.17(g) for submitting information to the Board during implementation of an approved transaction that will assist the Board in exercising its continuing jurisdiction over the transaction. FRA also has agreed to advise the Board when, in its view, the integration of the applicants' operations has been safely completed. 
</P>
<P>(c) If a SIP is required in transactions that would not be subject to environmental review under the Board's environmental rules at 49 CFR part 1105, the Board will develop appropriate case-specific SIP procedures based on the facts and circumstances presented. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 11607, Mar. 15, 2002, as amended at 83 FR 15078, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1106.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.36.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1106.5   Waiver.</HEAD>
<P>The SIP requirements established by this part may be waived or modified by the Board where a railroad shows that relief is warranted or appropriate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1106.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.36.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1106.6   Reservation of Jurisdiction.</HEAD>
<P>The Board reserves the right to require a SIP in cases other than those enumerated in this part, or to adopt modified SIP requirements in individual cases, if it concludes that doing so is necessary in its proper consideration of the application or other request for authority.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1107" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.37" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1107 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1108" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1108—ARBITRATION OF CERTAIN DISPUTES SUBJECT TO THE STATUTORY JURISDICTION OF THE SURFACE TRANSPORTATION BOARD


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 11708, 49 U.S.C. 1321(a), and 5 U.S.C. 571 <I>et seq.</I>


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>78 FR 29079, May 17, 2013, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Arbitration Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Arbitrator</I> means a single person appointed to arbitrate pursuant to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Arbitrator Panel</I> means a group of three people appointed to arbitrate pursuant to this subpart. One panel member would be selected from the roster by each side to the arbitration dispute, and the parties would mutually agree to the selection of the third-lead arbitrator under the “strike” methodology described in § 1108.6(c).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Arbitration program</I> means the program established by the Surface Transportation Board in this subpart under which participating parties, including rail carriers and shippers, have agreed voluntarily in advance, or on a case-by-case basis to resolve disputes about arbitration-program-eligible matters brought before the Board using the Board's arbitration procedures.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Arbitration-program-eligible matters</I> are those disputes or components of disputes, that may be resolved using the Board's arbitration program and include disputes involving one or more of the following subjects: rates; Demurrage; accessorial charges; misrouting or mishandling of rail cars; and disputes involving a carrier's published rules and practices as applied to particular rail transportation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Counterclaim</I> is an independent arbitration claim filed by a respondent against a complainant arising out of the same set of circumstances or is substantially related to the underlying arbitration complaint and subject to the Board's jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Final arbitration decision</I> is the unredacted decision served upon the parties 30 days after the close of the arbitration's evidentiary phase.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Interstate Commerce Act</I> means the Interstate Commerce Act as amended by the ICC Termination Act of 1995 and the Surface Transportation Board Reauthorization Act of 2015.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Lead arbitrator or single arbitrator</I> means the arbitrator selected by the strike methodology outlined in § 1108.6(c).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Monetary award cap</I> means a limit on awardable damages of $25,000,000 in rate disputes, including any rate prescription, and $2,000,000 in practice disputes, unless the parties mutually agree to a lower award cap. If parties bring one or more counterclaims, such counterclaims will be subject to a separate monetary award cap.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Practice disputes</I> are disputes involving demurrage; accessorial charges; misrouting or mishandling of rail cars; and disputes involving a carrier's published rules and practices as applied to particular rail transportation.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Statutory jurisdiction</I> means the jurisdiction conferred on the STB by the Interstate Commerce Act, including jurisdiction over rail transportation or services that have been exempted from regulation.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>STB</I> or <I>Board</I> means the Surface Transportation Board.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Rate disputes</I> are disputes involving the reasonableness of a rail carrier's rates.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 29079, May 17, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 69414, Oct. 6, 2016; 88 FR 729, Jan. 4, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.2   Statement of purpose, organization, and jurisdiction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>The Board's intent.</I> The Board favors the resolution of disputes through the use of mediation and arbitration procedures, in lieu of formal Board proceedings, whenever possible. This section provides for the creation of a binding, voluntary arbitration program in which parties, including shippers and railroads, agree in advance to arbitrate certain types of disputes with a limit on potential liability of $25,000,000 in rate disputes, including any rate prescription, and $2,000,000 in other disputes unless the parties mutually agree to a lower award cap. The Board's arbitration program is open to all parties eligible to bring or defend disputes before the Board.
</P>
<P>(1) Except as discussed in paragraph (b) of this section, parties to arbitration may agree by mutual written consent to arbitrate additional matters and to a lower amount of potential liability than the monetary award cap identified in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in these rules shall be construed in a manner to prevent parties from independently seeking or utilizing private arbitration services to resolve any disputes they may have.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limitations to the Board's arbitration program.</I> These procedures shall not be available:
</P>
<P>(1) To resolve disputes involving labor protective conditions;
</P>
<P>(2) To obtain the grant, denial, stay or revocation of any license, authorization (e.g., construction, abandonment, purchase, trackage rights, merger, pooling), or exemption related to such matters;
</P>
<P>(3) To prescribe for the future any conduct, rules, or results of general, industry-wide applicability;
</P>
<P>(4) To resolve disputes that are solely between two or more rail carriers.
</P>
<P>Parties may only use these arbitration procedures to arbitrate matters within the statutory jurisdiction of the Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 29079, May 17, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 69414, Oct. 6, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.3   Participation in the Board's arbitration program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Opt-in procedures.</I> Any rail carrier, shipper, or other party eligible to bring or defend disputes before the Board may at any time voluntarily choose to opt into the Board's arbitration program. Opting in may be for a particular dispute or for all potential disputes before the Board unless and until the party exercises the opt-out procedures discussed in § 1108.3(b). To opt in parties may:
</P>
<P>(1) File a notice with the Board, under Docket No. EP 699, advising the Board of the party's intent to participate in the arbitration program. Such notice may be filed at any time and shall be effective upon receipt by the Board.
</P>
<P>(i) Notices filed with the Board shall state which arbitration-program-eligible issue(s) the party is willing to submit to arbitration.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notices may, at the submitting party's discretion, provide for a lower monetary award cap than the monetary award caps provided in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) Participants to a proceeding, where one or both parties have not opted into the arbitration program, may by joint notice agree to submit an issue in dispute to the Board's arbitration program. The joint notice must clearly state the issue(s) which the parties are willing to submit to arbitration and the corresponding maximum monetary award cap if the parties desire to arbitrate for a lower amount than the monetary award cap that would otherwise be applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) Parties to a dispute may jointly notify the Board that they agree to submit an eligible matter in dispute to the Board's arbitration program, where no formal proceeding has begun before the Board. The joint notice must clearly state the issue(s) which the parties are willing to submit to arbitration and the corresponding maximum monetary award cap if the parties desire to arbitrate for a lower amount than the applicable monetary award cap.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Opt-out procedures.</I> Any party who has elected to participate in the arbitration program may file a notice at any time under Docket No. EP 699, informing the Board of the party's decision to opt out of the program or amend the scope of its participation. The notice shall take effect 90 days after filing and shall not itself excuse the filing party from arbitration proceedings that are ongoing, or permit it to withdraw its consent to participate in any arbitration-program-eligible dispute associated with their opt-in notice for any matter before the Board at any time prior to the end of the 90 day period before the opt-out notice takes effect
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Public notice of arbitration program participation.</I> The Board shall maintain a list of participants who have opted into the arbitration program on its Web site at <I>www.stb.gov.</I> Those parties participating in arbitration only for a particular dispute will not be listed on the Board's Web site.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 29079, May 17, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 69414, Oct. 6, 2016; 83 FR 15078, Apr. 9, 2018; 88 FR 729, Jan. 4, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.4   Use of arbitration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Arbitration-program-eligible matters.</I> Matters eligible for arbitration under the Board's program are: rates; Demurrage; accessorial charges; misrouting or mishandling of rail cars; and disputes involving a carrier's published rules and practices as applied to particular rail transportation. Parties may agree in writing to arbitrate additional matters on a case-by-case basis as provided in paragraph (e) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Monetary award cap.</I> Arbitration claims will be subject to the arbitration program award cap of $25,000,000, including any rate prescription, per rate dispute and $2,000,000 per practice dispute unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The defending party's opt-in notice provides for a lower monetary cap or;
</P>
<P>(2) The parties agree to select a lower award cap that will govern their arbitration proceeding. The parties may change the award cap by incorporating an appropriate provision in their agreement to arbitrate.
</P>
<P>(3) Counterclaims will not offset against the monetary award cap of the initiating claim. A counterclaim is an independent claim and is subject to a monetary award cap of $25,000,000, including any rate prescription, per rate dispute and $2,000,000 per practice dispute, separate from the initiating claim, or to a lower cap agreed upon by the parties in accordance with § 1108.4(b)(2).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Assignment of arbitration-program-eligible matters.</I> The Board shall assign to arbitration all arbitration-program-eligible disputes where all parties to the proceeding are participants in the Board's arbitration program, or where one or more parties to the matter are participants in the Board's arbitration program, and all other parties to the proceeding request or consent to arbitration for a particular dispute.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Matters partially arbitration-program-eligible.</I> Where the issues in a proceeding before the Board relate in part to arbitration-program-eligible matters, only those parts of the dispute related to arbitration-program-eligible matters may be arbitrated pursuant to the arbitration program, unless the parties petition the Board in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section to include additional disputes.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Other matters.</I> Parties may petition the Board, on a case-by-case basis, to assign to arbitration disputes, or portions of disputes, not listed as arbitration-program-eligible matters. This may include counterclaims and affirmative defenses. Such disputes are subject to a monetary award cap of $2,000,000 or to a lower cap agreed upon by the parties in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section. The Board will not consider for arbitration types of disputes that are expressly prohibited in § 1108.2(b).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Arbitration clauses.</I> Nothing in the Board's regulations shall preempt the applicability of, or otherwise supersede, any new or existing arbitration clauses contained in agreements between shippers and carriers.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Rate disputes.</I> Arbitration of rate disputes will only be available to parties if the rail carrier has market dominance as determined by the Board under 49 U.S.C. 10707. In rate disputes, the arbitrator or panel of arbitrators, as applicable, shall consider the Board's methodologies for setting maximum lawful rates, giving due consideration to the need for differential pricing to permit a rail carrier to collect adequate revenues (as determined under 49 U.S.C. 10704(a)(2)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 29079, May 17, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 69414, Oct. 6, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.5   Arbitration commencement procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Complaint.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, arbitration under these rules shall commence with a written complaint, which shall be filed and served in accordance with Board rules contained at part 1104 of this chapter. Each complaint must contain a statement that the complainant and the respondent are participants in the Board's arbitration program pursuant to § 1108.3(a), or that the complainant is willing to arbitrate voluntarily all or part of the dispute pursuant to the Board's arbitration procedures, and the relief requested.
</P>
<P>(1) If the complainant desires arbitration with a single arbitrator instead of a three-member arbitration panel, the complaint must make such a request in its complaint.
</P>
<P>(2) If the complainant is not a participant in the arbitration program, the complaint may specify the issues that the complainant is willing to arbitrate.
</P>
<P>(3) If the complainant desires to set a lower amount of potential liability than the monetary award cap that would otherwise apply, the complaint should specify what amount of potential liability the complainant is willing to incur.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Answer to the complaint.</I> Any respondent must, within 20 days of the date of the filing of a complaint, answer the complaint. The answer must state whether the respondent is a participant in the Board's arbitration program, or whether the respondent is willing to arbitrate the particular dispute.
</P>
<P>(1) If the complaint requests arbitration by a single arbitrator instead of by an arbitration panel, the answer must contain a statement consenting to arbitration by a single arbitrator or an express rejection of that request.
</P>
<P>(i) The respondent may also initiate a request to use a single arbitrator instead of an arbitration panel.
</P>
<P>(ii) Absent the parties agreeing to arbitration through a single arbitrator, the Board will assign the case to arbitration by a panel of three arbitrators as provided by § 1108.6(a) through (d). The party requesting the single arbitrator shall at that time provide written notice to the Board and the other parties if it continues to object to a three-member arbitration panel. Upon timely receipt of the notice, the Board shall the set the case for formal adjudication by the Board.
</P>
<P>(2) When the complaint limits the arbitrable issues, the answer must state whether the respondent agrees to those limitations or, if the respondent is already a participant in the Board's arbitration program, whether those limitations are consistent with the respondent's opt-in notice filed with the Board pursuant to § 1108.3(a)(1)(i). If the answer contains an agreement to arbitrate some but not all of the arbitration-program-eligible issues in the complaint, the complainant will have 10 days from the date of the answer to advise the respondent and the Board in writing whether the complainant is willing to arbitrate on that basis.
</P>
<P>(3) When the complaint proposes a lower amount of potential liability, the answer must state whether the respondent agrees to that amount in lieu of the otherwise applicable monetary award cap.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Counterclaims.</I> In answering a complaint, the respondent may file one or more counterclaims against the complainant if such claims arise out of the same set of circumstances or are substantially related, and are subject to the Board's jurisdiction as provided in § 1108.2(b). Counterclaims are subject to the assignment provisions contained in § 1108.4(c)-(e). Counterclaims are subject to the monetary award cap provisions contained in § 1108.4(b)(2)-(3).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Affirmative defenses.</I> An answer to an arbitration complaint shall contain specific admissions or denials of each factual allegation contained in the complaint, and any affirmative defenses that the respondent wishes to assert against the complainant.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Jointly-filed notice.</I> In lieu of a formal complaint proceeding, arbitration under these rules may commence with a jointly-filed notice by parties agreeing to submit an eligible matter in dispute to the Board's arbitration program under § 1108.3(a)(3). The notice must:
</P>
<P>(1) Contain a statement that all relevant parties are participants in the Board's arbitration program pursuant to § 1108.3(a), or that the relevant parties are willing to arbitrate voluntarily a matter pursuant to the Board's arbitration procedures, and the relief requested;
</P>
<P>(2) Indicate whether parties have agreed to a three-member arbitration panel or a single arbitrator;
</P>
<P>(3) Indicate if the parties have agreed to a lower amount of potential liability in lieu of the otherwise applicable monetary award cap.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Arbitration initiation.</I> When the parties have agreed upon whether to use a single arbitrator or a panel of arbitrators, the issues(s) to be arbitrated, and the monetary limit to any arbitral decision, the Board shall initiate the arbitration under § 1108.7(a) and provide a list of arbitrators as described in § 1108.6.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Arbitration agreement.</I> Shortly after the panel of arbitrators or arbitrator is selected, the parties to arbitration together with the lead or single arbitrator, as applicable, shall create a written arbitration agreement, which at a minimum will state with specificity the issues to be arbitrated and the corresponding monetary award cap to which the parties have agreed. The agreement may also contain other mutually agreed upon provisions.
</P>
<P>(1) Any additional issues selected for arbitration by the parties, that are not outside the scope of these arbitration rules as explained in § 1108.2(b), must be subject to the Board's statutory authority.
</P>
<P>(2) These rules shall be incorporated by reference into any arbitration agreement conducted pursuant to an arbitration complaint filed with the Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 29079, May 17, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 69415, Oct. 6, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.6   Arbitrators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Panel of arbitrators.</I> Unless otherwise requested in writing pursuant to § 1108.5(a)(1) and agreed to by all parties to the arbitration, all matters arbitrated under these rules shall be resolved by a panel of three arbitrators.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Roster.</I> Arbitration shall be conducted by an arbitrator (or panel of arbitrators) selected, as provided herein, from a roster of persons with rail transportation, economic regulation, professional or business experience, including agriculture, in the private sector. Persons seeking to be included on the roster must have training in dispute resolution and/or experience in arbitration or other forms of dispute resolution. The Board will establish the initial roster of arbitrators by no-objection vote. The Board may modify the roster at any time by no-objection vote to include other eligible arbitrators or remove arbitrators who are no longer available. The Board's roster will provide a brief biographical sketch of each arbitrator, including information such as background, area(s) of expertise, arbitration experience, and geographical location, as well as general contact information and fees, based on the information supplied by the arbitrator. The roster shall be published on the Board's Web site. The Board will update the roster every year. The Board will seek public comment on any modifications that should be made to the roster, including requesting the names and qualifications of new arbitrators who wish to be placed on the roster, and updates from arbitrators appearing on the roster to confirm that the biographical information on file with the Board remains accurate. Arbitrators who wish to remain on the roster must notify the Board of their continued availability.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Selecting the lead arbitrator.</I> If the parties cannot mutually agree on a lead arbitrator for a panel of arbitrators, the parties shall use the following process to select a lead arbitrator: First, each party will be given three peremptory strikes to remove names from the Board's roster. Then, from the remaining names on the roster, each party will submit a list of up to 10 potential arbitrators. If only one arbitrator appears on both lists, he or she would be selected as the single or lead arbitrator. If multiple arbitrators appear on both lists, the parties would alternatively strike names of the jointly listed arbitrators until one remains, beginning with complainant. If no name appears on both lists, the parties would alternatively strike from the Board's entire roster, as amended based on the peremptory strikes. A lead arbitrator shall be selected within 14 days of the Board initiating the arbitration process.
</P>
<P>(1) The parties are responsible for conducting their own due diligence in striking names from the arbitrator list. The final selection of a lead arbitrator is not challengeable before the Board.
</P>
<P>(2) The lead arbitrator appointed through the strike methodology shall serve as the head of the arbitration panel and will be responsible for ensuring that the tasks detailed in §§ 1108.7 and 1108.9 are accomplished.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Party-appointed arbitrators.</I> The party or parties on each side of an arbitration dispute shall select one arbitrator from the roster, regardless of whether the other party struck the arbitrator's name in selecting a lead arbitrator. The party or parties on each side will appoint that side's own arbitrator within 14 days of the Board initiating the arbitration process. Parties on one side of an arbitration proceeding may not challenge the arbitrator selected by the opposing side.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Use of a single arbitrator.</I> Parties to arbitration may request the use of a single arbitrator. Requests for use of a single arbitrator must be included in a complaint or an answer as required in § 1108.5(a)(1), or in the joint notice filed under § 1108.5(e). Parties to both sides of an arbitration dispute must agree to the use of a single arbitrator in writing. If the single-arbitrator option is selected, and if parties cannot mutually agree on a single arbitrator, the arbitrator selection procedures outlined in paragraph (c) of this section shall apply.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Arbitrator incapacitation.</I> If at any time during the arbitration process a selected arbitrator becomes incapacitated or is unwilling or unable to fulfill his or her duties, a replacement arbitrator shall be promptly selected by either of the following processes:
</P>
<P>(1) If the incapacitated arbitrator was appointed directly by a party to the arbitration, the appointing party shall, without delay, appoint a replacement arbitrator pursuant to the procedures set forth in § 1108.6(d).
</P>
<P>(2) If the incapacitated arbitrator was the lead or single arbitrator, the parties shall promptly inform the Board of the arbitrator's incapacitation and the selection procedures set forth in paragraph (c) of this section shall apply.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 29079, May 17, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 69415, Oct. 6, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.7   Arbitration procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initiation.</I> With the exception of rate dispute arbitration proceedings, the Board shall initiate the arbitration process within 40 days after submission of a written complaint or joint notice filed under § 1108.5(e). In arbitrations involving rate disputes, the Board shall initiate the arbitration process within 10 days after the Board issues a decision determining that the rail carrier has market dominance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Arbitration evidentiary phase timetable.</I> Whether the parties select a single arbitrator or a panel of three arbitrators, the lead or single arbitrator shall establish all rules deemed necessary for each arbitration proceeding, including with regard to discovery, the submission of evidence, and the treatment of confidential information, subject to the requirement that this evidentiary phase shall be completed within 90 days from the date on which the arbitration process is initiated, unless a party requests an extension, and the arbitrator or panel of arbitrators, as applicable, grants such extension request.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Written decision timetable.</I> The lead or single arbitrator will be responsible for writing the arbitration decision. The unredacted arbitration decision must be served on the parties within 30 days of completion of the evidentiary phase. A redacted copy of the arbitration decision must be served upon the Board within 60 days of the close of the evidentiary phase for publication on the Board's Web site.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Extensions to the arbitration timetable.</I> The Board may extend any deadlines in the arbitration timetable provided in this subpart upon agreement of all parties to the dispute.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Protective orders.</I> Any party, on either side of an arbitration proceeding, may request that discovery and the submission of evidence be conducted pursuant to a standard protective order agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 69416, Oct. 6, 2016, as amended at 88 FR 729, Jan. 4, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.8   Relief.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Relief available.</I> An arbitrator may grant relief in the form of monetary damages or a rate prescription in rate disputes to the extent they are available under this subpart or as agreed to in writing by the parties. A rate prescription shall not exceed 5 years.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Relief not available.</I> No injunctive relief shall be available in Board arbitration proceedings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 29079, May 17, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 69416, Oct. 6, 2016; 88 FR 729, Jan. 4, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.9   Decisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Decision requirements.</I> Whether by a panel of arbitrators or a single arbitrator, all arbitration decisions shall be in writing and shall contain findings of fact and conclusions of law. All arbitration decisions must be consistent with sound principles of rail regulation economics. The arbitrator shall provide an unredacted draft of the arbitration decision to the parties to the dispute, in accordance with any protective order governing the release of confidential and highly confidential information pursuant to § 1108.7(e).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Redacting arbitration decision.</I> The lead or single arbitrator shall also provide the parties with a draft of the decision that redacts or omits all proprietary business information and confidential information pursuant to any such requests of the parties under the arbitration agreement.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Party input.</I> The parties may then suggest what, if any, additional redactions they think are required to protect against the disclosure of proprietary and confidential information in the decision.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Lead or single arbitrator authority.</I> The lead or single arbitrator shall retain the final authority to determine what, if any, additional redactions are appropriate to make.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service of arbitration decision.</I> The lead or single arbitrator shall serve copies of the unredacted decision upon the parties in accordance with the timetable and requirements set forth in § 1108.7(c). The lead or single arbitrator shall also serve copies of the redacted decision upon the parties and the Board in accordance with the timetable and requirements set forth in § 1108.7(c). The arbitrator may serve the decision via any service method permitted by the Board's regulations.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Service in the case of an appeal.</I> In the event an arbitration decision is appealed to the Board, the lead or single arbitrator shall, without delay and under seal, serve upon the Board an unredacted copy of the arbitration decision.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Publication of decision.</I> Redacted copies of the arbitration decisions shall be published and maintained on the Board's Web site.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Arbitration decisions are binding.</I> By arbitrating pursuant to these procedures, each party agrees that the decision and award of the arbitrator(s) shall be binding and judicially enforceable in any court of appropriate jurisdiction, subject to the rights of appeal provided in § 1108.11.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 29079, May 17, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 69416, Oct. 6, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.10   Precedent.</HEAD>
<P>Decisions rendered by arbitrators pursuant to these rules may be guided by, but need not be bound by, agency precedent. Arbitration decisions shall have no precedential value and may not be relied upon in any manner during subsequent arbitration proceedings conducted under the rules in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.11   Enforcement and appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Petitions to modify or vacate.</I> A party may petition the Board to modify or vacate an arbitral award. The appeal must be filed within 20 days of service upon the Board of a final arbitration decision, and is subject to the page limitations of § 1115.2(d) of this chapter. Copies of the appeal shall be served upon all parties in accordance with the Board's rules at part 1104 of this chapter. The appealing party shall also serve a copy of its appeal upon the arbitrator(s). Replies to such appeals shall be filed within 20 days of the filing of the appeal with the Board, and shall be subject to the page limitations of § 1115.2(d) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Board's standard of review.</I> On appeal, the Board's standard of review of arbitration decisions will be narrow. The Board will review a decision to determine if the decision is consistent with sound principles of rail regulation economics, a clear abuse of arbitral authority or discretion occurred; the decision directly contravenes statutory authority; or the award limitation was violated. Using this standard, the Board may modify or vacate an arbitration award in whole or in part.
</P>
<P>(1) Board decisions vacating or modifying arbitration decisions under the Board's standard of review are reviewable under the Hobbs Act, 28 U.S.C. 2321 and 2342.
</P>
<P>(2) Nothing in these rules shall prevent parties to arbitration from seeking judicial review of arbitration awards in a court of appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. 9-13, in lieu of seeking Board review.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Staying arbitration decision.</I> The timely filing of a petition for review of the arbitral decision by the Board will not automatically stay the effect of the arbitration decision. A stay may be requested under § 1115.3(f) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Enforcement.</I> Parties seeking to enforce an arbitration decision made pursuant to the Board's arbitration program must petition a court of appropriate jurisdiction under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. 9-13.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 29079, May 17, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 69416, Oct. 6, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.12" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.12   Fees and costs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing fees.</I> When parties use the Board's arbitration procedures to resolve a dispute, the party filing the complaint or an answer shall pay the applicable filing fee pursuant to 49 CFR part 1002.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Costs.</I> The parties shall share the costs incurred by the Board and arbitrators equally, with each party responsible for paying its own legal and other associated arbitration costs.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 29079, May 17, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 69417, Oct. 6, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.13" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.1.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.13   Additional parties per side.</HEAD>
<P>Where an arbitration complaint is filed by more than one complainant in a particular arbitration proceeding against, or is answered or counterclaimed by, more than one respondent, these arbitration rules will apply to the complainants as a group and the respondents as a group in the same manner as they will apply to individual opposing parties.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Voluntary Program for Arbitration of Small Freight Rail Rate Disputes</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>88 FR 729, Jan. 4, 2023, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1108.21" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.21   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this subpart:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Arbitrator</I> means a single person appointed to arbitrate under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Arbitration panel</I> means a group of three people appointed to arbitrate under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Arbitration decision</I> means the decision of the arbitration panel served on the parties as set forth in § 1108.27(c)(3).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Complainant</I> means a party that seeks to challenge the reasonableness of a rate charged by a rail carrier using the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program, including rail shippers.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Final offer rate review</I> means the Final Offer Rate Review process for determining the reasonableness of railroad rates.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Lead arbitrator</I> means the third arbitrator selected by the two party-appointed arbitrators or, if the two party-appointed arbitrators cannot agree, an individual selected from a list of individuals jointly developed by the parties and using the procedures to select from this list, as set forth in § 1108.26(c)(3).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Limit price test</I> means the methodology for determining market dominance described in <I>M&amp;G Polymers USA, LLC</I> v. <I>CSX Transp., Inc.,</I> NOR 42123, slip op. at 11-18 (STB served Sept. 27, 2012).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Participating railroad</I> or <I>participating carrier</I> means a railroad that has voluntarily opted into the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program pursuant to § 1108.23(a).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Party-appointed arbitrator</I> means the arbitrator selected by each party pursuant to the process described in § 1108.26(b).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Rate disputes</I> are disputes involving the reasonableness of a rail carrier's rates.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Small Rate Case Arbitration Program</I> means the program established by the Surface Transportation Board in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>STB</I> or <I>Board</I> means the Surface Transportation Board.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>STB-maintained roster</I> means the roster of arbitrators maintained by the Board, as required by § 1108.6(b), under the Board's arbitration program established pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 11708 and set forth in subpart A of this part.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Streamlined market dominance test</I> means the methodology set forth in 49 CFR 1111.12.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.22" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.22   Statement of purpose, organization, and jurisdiction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>The Board's intent.</I> The Board favors the resolution of disputes through the use of mediation and arbitration procedures, in lieu of formal Board proceedings, whenever possible. This subpart establishes a binding and voluntary arbitration program, the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program, that is tailored to rate disputes and open to all parties eligible to bring or defend rate disputes before the Board.
</P>
<P>(1) The Small Rate Case Arbitration Program serves as an alternative to, and is separate and distinct from, the broader arbitration program set forth in subpart A of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) By participating in the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program, parties consent to arbitrate rail rate disputes subject to the limits on potential liability set forth in § 1108.28.
</P>
<P>(3) The Small Rate Case Arbitration Program will become operative only if all Class I carriers initially commit to participate in the program. Class I carriers that participate in the program agree to arbitrate rate disputes that meet the requirements of this subpart for a term of five years from the date the program becomes effective.
</P>
<P>(4) In the event the Small Rate Case Arbitration program becomes operative, Class I carriers that participate will be exempt from having their rates challenged under Final Offer Rate Review, pursuant to § 1108.33, as long as they remain in the program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Establishment and term of the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program</I>. (1) The regulations contained in this subpart will not become operable until the Board issues a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> commencing the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program. A copy of the notice will also be issued in Docket No. EP 765 and will be posted on the Board's website.
</P>
<P>(2) The Board will promptly issue the notice commencing the arbitration program upon receipt of the required opt-in notices specified in § 1108.23(a) from all existing Class I carriers. If the Board does not receive opt-in notices from all existing Class I carriers, the notice will not be issued and the regulations in this subpart will not become operable, including any exemption from FORR. The notice will establish an initial five-year term for the program, beginning from the date the notice is issued.
</P>
<P>(3) Class I carriers must indicate whether they choose to voluntarily participate in the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program by February 23, 2023, by filing the notice specified in § 1108.23(a) with the Board.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Renewal of the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program.</I> (1) Approximately 60 days before the five-year term expires, the Board will issue another notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> requesting that all existing Class I carriers that wish to participate in the program for another 5-year period file an opt-in notice pursuant to § 1108.23(a).
</P>
<P>(2) The Small Rate Case Arbitration Program will become operative for an additional 5-year period only if all Class I carriers again commit to participate in the program. This requirement will apply even if one or more of the Class I carriers has previously withdrawn from the program pursuant to § 1108.23(c).
</P>
<P>(3) The Board will promptly issue a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> renewing the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program for an additional five years upon receipt of the required opt-in notices specified in § 1108.23(a) from all existing Class I carriers. The regulations contained in this subpart will only remain operative if the Board issues such a notice. If the program is renewed, all of the regulations within this subpart shall remain in effect for the entirety of the 5-year renewal period, with the exception of § 1108.32.
</P>
<P>(4) The Board will repeat this process to renew the arbitration program every five years for as long as the program remains in effect.
</P>
<P>(5) At the end of any five-year period, if the arbitration program is not renewed, any pending arbitrations will continue until they are completed.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Limitations to the use of the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program.</I> The Small Rate Case Arbitration Program may be used only for rate disputes within the statutory jurisdiction of the Board.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>No limitation on other avenues of arbitration.</I> Nothing in this subpart shall be construed in a manner to prevent parties from independently seeking or utilizing private arbitration services to resolve any disputes they may have.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.23" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.23   Participation in the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Carrier opt-in procedures</I>—(1) <I>Opt-in notice.</I> To opt into the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program, a carrier must file a notice with the Board under Docket No. EP 765, notifying the Board of the carrier's consent to participate in the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program. Such notice must be filed by February 23, 2023. The notice should also include:
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that the carrier agrees to an extension of the timelines set forth in 49 U.S.C. 11708(e) for any arbitrations initiated under this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement that the carrier agrees to the appointment of arbitrators that may not be on the STB-maintained roster of arbitrator established under § 1108.6(b).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Participation for a specified term.</I> By opting into the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program, the carrier consents to participate in the program for the full five-year term of the program, beginning on the date the Board issues the notice commencing the program. A carrier may withdraw from the Program prior to expiration of the five-year term only pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Public notice of carrier participants.</I> The Board shall maintain a list of carriers who have opted into the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program on its website at <I>www.stb.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Class II and Class III carrier participation.</I> Class II or Class III rail carriers may consent to use the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program to arbitrate an individual rate dispute, even if the Class II or Class III has not opted into the process under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. If a Class II or Class III carrier intends to participate for an individual rate dispute, a letter from the Class II or Class III carrier must be submitted with the notice of intent to arbitrate dispute required under § 1108.25(a). The letter must indicate that the carrier consents to participate in the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program and include the statements required under paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Complainant participation.</I> A complainant seeking to challenge the reasonableness of carrier's rate may participate in the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program on a case-by-case basis by notifying a participating carrier that it wishes to arbitrate an eligible dispute under the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program. A complainant must inform the participating carrier by submitting a written notice of intent to arbitrate to the participating carrier, as set forth in § 1108.25(a).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Withdrawal for change in law</I>—(1) <I>Basis for withdrawal.</I> A carrier or complainant participating in the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program may withdraw its consent to arbitrate under this subpart if either: material change(s) are made to the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program under this subpart after a complainant or carrier has opted into the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program; or material change(s) are made to the Board's existing rate reasonableness methodologies or a new rate reasonableness methodology is created after a complainant or carrier has opted into the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program. However, the termination or modification of the Final Offer Rate Review process will not be considered a change in law.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Procedures for withdrawal for change in law.</I> A participating carrier or complainant may withdraw its consent to arbitrate under this subpart by filing with the Board a notice of withdrawal for change in law within 20 days of an event that qualifies as a basis for withdrawal as set forth in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) The notice of withdrawal for change in law shall state the basis or bases under paragraph (c)(1) of this section for the party's withdrawal of its consent to arbitrate under this part. A copy of the notice must be served on any parties with which the carrier is currently engaged in arbitration. A copy of the notice will also be posted on the Board's website.
</P>
<P>(ii) Any party may challenge the withdrawing party's withdrawal for change in law on the ground that the change is not material by filing a petition with the Board within 10 days of the filing of the notice of withdrawal being challenged. The withdrawing party may file a reply to the petition within 5 days from the filing of the petition. The petition shall be resolved by the Board within 14 days from the filing deadline for the withdrawing party's reply.
</P>
<P>(iii) Subject to the stay provision of paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section, the notice of withdrawal for change in law shall be effective on the day of its filing.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Effect of withdrawal for change in law</I>—(i) <I>The Small Rate Case Arbitration Program.</I> If one or more Class I carriers withdraw, the program will not terminate and the regulations in this subpart will remain in effect. Carriers that withdraw from the program will no longer be subject to the exemption (set forth in § 1108.33) from rate challenges under Final Offer Rate Review.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Arbitrations with decision.</I> The withdrawal of consent for change in law by either a complainant or carrier shall not affect arbitrations in which the arbitration panel has issued an arbitration decision.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Arbitrations without decision.</I> A carrier or complainant filing a withdrawal of consent for change in law shall immediately inform the arbitration panel and opposing party. The arbitration panel shall immediately stay the arbitration. If no objection to the withdrawal of consent is filed with the Board or the Board issues a decision granting the withdrawal request, the arbitration panel shall dismiss any pending arbitration under this part, unless the change in law will not take effect until after the arbitration panel is scheduled to issue its decision pursuant to the schedule set forth in § 1108.27(c). If an objection to the withdrawal of consent is filed but the Board rejects the withdrawal upon objection, the arbitration panel shall lift the stay, the arbitration shall continue, and all procedural time limits will be tolled.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Limit on the number of arbitrations.</I> A carrier participating in the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program is only required to participate in 25 arbitrations simultaneously. Any arbitrations initiated by the submission of the notice of intent to arbitrate a dispute to the rail carrier (pursuant to § 1108.25(a)) that has reached this limit will be postponed until the carrier is once again below the limit.
</P>
<P>(1) A carrier that has reached the limit shall notify the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance by email (to <I>rcpa@stb.gov</I>), as well as the complainant who submitted the notice of intent to arbitrate to the carrier. The Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance shall confirm that the limitation has been reached and inform the complainant (and any other subsequent complainants) that the arbitration is being postponed, along with an approximation of when the arbitration can proceed and instructions for reactivating the arbitration once the carrier is again below the limit.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (d), an arbitration will count toward the 25-arbitration limit only upon commencement of the first mediation session or, where one or both parties elect to forgo mediation, submission of the joint notice of intent to arbitrate to the Board under § 1108.25(c). For purposes of this paragraph (d), an arbitration under this subpart is final when the arbitration panel issues its arbitration decision, or if an arbitration is dismissed or withdrawn, including due to settlement.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.24" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.24   Use of the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Eligible matters.</I> The arbitration program under this subpart may be used only in the following instances:
</P>
<P>(1) Rate disputes involving shipments of regulated commodities not subject to a rail transportation contract are eligible to be arbitrated under this subpart. If the parties dispute whether a challenged rate was established pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10709, the parties must petition the Board to resolve that dispute, which must be resolved before the parties initiate the arbitration process under this part.
</P>
<P>(2) A complainant may challenge rates for multiple traffic lanes within a single arbitration under this part, subject to the relief cap in § 1108.28 for all lanes.
</P>
<P>(3) For movements in which more than one carrier participates, arbitration under this subpart may be used only if all carriers agree to participate (pursuant to § 1108.23(a)(1) or (4)).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Eligible parties.</I> Any party eligible to bring or defend a rate dispute before the Board is eligible to participate in the arbitration program under this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Use limits.</I> A complainant may not bring separate arbitrations for shipments with the same origin-destination or shipments where facilities are shared.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Arbitration clauses.</I> Nothing in the Board's regulations in this part shall preempt the applicability of, or otherwise supersede, any new or existing arbitration clauses contained in agreements between complainants and carriers.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.25" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.25   Arbitration initiation procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice of complainant intent to arbitrate dispute.</I> To initiate the arbitration process under this subpart against a participating carrier, a complainant must notify the carrier in writing of its intent to arbitrate a dispute under this part. The notice must include: a description of the dispute sufficient to indicate that the dispute is eligible to be arbitrated under this part; a statement that the complainant consents to extensions of the timelines set forth in forth in 49 U.S.C. 11708(e); and a statement that the complainant consents to the appointment of arbitrators that may not be on the STB-maintained roster of arbitrators established under § 1108.6(b). The complainant must also submit a copy of the notice to the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance by email to <I>rcpa@stb.gov.</I> Upon receipt of the notice of intent to arbitrate, the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance will provide a letter to both parties confirming that the arbitration process has been initiated, and that the parties have consented to extension of the timelines set forth in 49 U.S.C. 11708(e) and the potential appointment of arbitrators not on the Board's roster. The notice and confirmation letter from the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance will be confidential and specific information regarding pending arbitrations, including the identity of the parties, will not be disseminated within the Board beyond the alternative dispute resolution functions within the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Pre-arbitration mediation.</I> (1) Prior to commencing arbitration, the parties to the dispute may engage in mediation if they mutually agree.
</P>
<P>(2) Such mediation will not be conducted by the STB. The parties to the dispute must jointly designate a mediator and schedule the mediation session(s).
</P>
<P>(3) If the parties mutually agree to mediate, the parties must schedule mediation promptly and in good faith. The mediation period shall end 30 days after the date of the first mediation session, unless both parties agree to a different period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Joint Notice of Intent to Arbitrate.</I> (1) To arbitrate a rate dispute under this subpart, the parties must submit a Joint Notice of Intent to Arbitrate with the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance, indicating the parties' intent to arbitrate under the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program. The parties must submit a copy of the notice to the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance by email to <I>rcpa@stb.gov.</I> The joint notice must be filed not later than two business days following the date on which mediation ends or, in cases in which the parties mutually agree not to engage in mediation, two business days after the complainant submits its notice of intent to arbitrate (required by paragraph (a) of this section) to the carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) The joint notice shall set forth the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The basis for the Board's jurisdiction; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The basis for the parties' eligibility to use the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program, including: that the dispute being arbitrated is solely a rate dispute involving shipments of regulated commodities not subject to a rail transportation contract; that the carrier has opted into the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program; that the complainant has elected to use the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program for this particular rate dispute; and that the complainant does not have any other pending arbitrations at that time against the defendant carrier.
</P>
<P>(3) The joint notice shall be confidential and will not be published on the Board's website and specific information regarding pending arbitrations, including the identity of the parties, will not be disseminated within the Board beyond the alternative dispute resolution functions within the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance.
</P>
<P>(4) Unless the parties have agreed not to request the Waybill Sample data pursuant allowed under § 1108.27(g), the parties must also submit a copy of the Joint Notice of Intent to Arbitrate to the Director of the Board's Office of Economics. Parties may submit the letter and copy of the joint notice by email to <I>Economic.Data@stb.gov.</I>




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.26" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.26   Arbitrators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Decision by arbitration panel.</I> All matters arbitrated under this subpart shall be resolved by a panel of three arbitrators.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Party-appointed arbitrators.</I> Within two business days of filing the Joint Notice of Intent to Arbitrate, each side shall select one arbitrator as its party-appointed arbitrator and notify the opposing side of its selection.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>For-cause objection to party-appointed arbitrator.</I> Each side may object to the other side's selected arbitrator within two business days and only for cause. A party may make a for-cause objection where it has reason to believe a proposed arbitrator cannot act with the good faith, impartiality, and independence required of 49 U.S.C. 11708, including due to a conflict of interest, adverse business dealings with the objecting party, or actual or perceived bias or animosity toward the objecting party.
</P>
<P>(i) The parties must confer over the objection within two business days.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the objection remains unresolved after the parties confer, the objecting party shall immediately file an Objection to Party-Appointed Arbitrator with the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance. The Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance shall arrange for a telephonic or virtual conference to be held before an Administrative Law Judge within two business days, or as soon as is practicable, to hear arguments regarding the objection(s). The Administrative Law Judge will provide its ruling in an order to all parties by the next business day after the telephonic or virtual conference.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Objection to Party-Appointed Arbitrator filed with Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance and the telephonic or virtual conference, including any ruling on the objection, shall be confidential.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Costs for party-appointed arbitrators.</I> Each side is responsible for the costs of its own party-appointed arbitrator.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Lead arbitrator</I>—(1) <I>Appointment.</I> Once appointed, the two party-appointed arbitrators shall, without delay, select a lead arbitrator from a joint list of arbitrators provided by the parties.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Qualifications.</I> The lead arbitrator must be a person with rail transportation, economic regulation, professional or business experience, including agriculture, in the private sector, and must have training in dispute resolution and/or experience in arbitration or other forms of dispute resolution.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Disagreement selecting the lead arbitrator.</I> If the two party-appointed arbitrators cannot agree on a selection for the lead arbitrator, the parties will develop a joint list of potential lead arbitrators. Each side may include the names of three individuals that meet the qualification requirement of (c)(2). Both sides will then be permitted to strike the names of two individuals proposed by the opposing side. The lead arbitrator shall be selected from the two names that remain using a random selection process, which will be administrated by the Director of the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Lead arbitrator role.</I> The lead arbitrator will be responsible for ensuring that the tasks detailed in §§ 1108.27 and 1108.29 are accomplished. The lead arbitrator shall establish all rules deemed necessary for each arbitration proceeding, including with regard to discovery, the submission of evidence, and the treatment of confidential information, subject to the requirements of the rules of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Costs.</I> The parties to the arbitration will share the cost of the lead arbitrator equally.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Arbitrator choice.</I> The parties may choose their arbitrators without limitation, provided that any arbitrator chosen must be able to comply with paragraph (f) of this section. The arbitrators may, but are not required to, be selected from the STB-maintained roster described in § 1108.6(b).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Arbitrator incapacitation.</I> If at any time during the arbitration process an arbitrator becomes incapacitated or is unwilling or unable to fulfill his or her duties, a replacement arbitrator shall be promptly selected by the following process:
</P>
<P>(1) If the incapacitated arbitrator was a party-appointed arbitrator, the appointing party shall, without delay, appoint a replacement arbitrator pursuant to the procedures set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) If the incapacitated arbitrator was the lead arbitrator, a replacement lead arbitrator shall be appointed pursuant to the procedures set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Arbitrator duties.</I> In an arbitration under this subpart, the arbitrators shall perform their duties with diligence, good faith, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of impartiality and independence.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.27" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.27   Arbitration procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appointment of arbitration panel.</I> Within two business days after all three arbitrators are selected, the parties shall appoint the arbitration panel in writing. A copy of the written appointment should be submitted to the Director of the Board's Office of Economics. The Director shall promptly provide the arbitrators with the confidentiality agreements that are required under § 1244.9(b)(4) of this chapter to review confidential Waybill Sample data.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Commencement of arbitration process; arbitration agreement.</I> Within two business days after the arbitration panel is appointed, the lead arbitrator shall commence the arbitration process in writing. Shortly after commencement, the parties, together with the panel of arbitrators, shall create a written arbitration agreement, which at a minimum will state with specificity the issues to be arbitrated and the corresponding monetary award cap to which the parties have agreed. The arbitration agreement shall also incorporate by reference the rules of this subpart. The agreement may also contain other mutually agreed upon provisions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Expedited timetables</I>—(1) <I>Discovery phase.</I> The parties shall have 45 days from the written commencement of arbitration by the lead arbitrator to complete discovery. The arbitration panel may extend the discovery phase upon an individual party's request. If the discovery phase is extended, the arbitration panel may decide whether the evidentiary phase should also be extended and, if so, for how long.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Evidentiary phase.</I> The evidentiary phase consists of the 45-day discovery phase described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section and an additional 45 days for the submission of pleadings or evidence, based on the procedural schedule and using the procedures adopted by the lead arbitrator, for a total duration of 90 days. The evidentiary phase (including the discovery phase) shall begin on the written commencement of the arbitration process under paragraph (b) of this section. The arbitration panel shall have complete discretion whether to extend the procedural schedule, based on input from the parties.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Decision.</I> The unredacted arbitration decision, as well as any redacted version(s) of the arbitration decision as required by § 1108.29(a)(2), shall be served on the parties within 30 days from the end of the evidentiary phase.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Limited discovery.</I> (1) Discovery under this subpart shall be limited to 20 written document requests and 5 interrogatories. Depositions shall not be permitted.
</P>
<P>(2) Each party is permitted an additional 3 written document request and 3 interrogatories if the defendant carrier(s) does not concede market dominance and the complainant elects to use a non-streamlined market dominance analysis.
</P>
<P>(3) Parties may request permission from the arbitration panel to seek additional written document requests and interrogatories. The arbitration panel may grant such requests for exceptional circumstances.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Evidentiary guidelines</I>—(1) <I>Principles of due process.</I> The lead arbitrator shall adopt rules that comply with the principles of due process, including but not limited to, allowing the defendant carrier a fair opportunity to respond to the complainant's case-in-chief.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Inadmissible evidence.</I> The following evidence shall be inadmissible in an arbitration under this part:
</P>
<P>(i) On the issue of market dominance, any evidence that would be inadmissible before the Board; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any non-precedential decisions, including prior decisions issued by an arbitration panel.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Confidentiality agreement.</I> All arbitrations under this subpart shall be governed by a confidentiality agreement, unless the parties agree otherwise. With the exception of the Waybill Sample provided pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section, the terms of the confidentiality agreement shall apply to all aspects of an arbitration under this part, including but not limited to discovery, party filings, and the arbitration decision.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Waybill Sample.</I> (1) The Board's Office of Economics shall provide unmasked confidential Waybill Sample data to each party to the arbitration proceeding within seven days of the filing of a copy Joint Notice of Intent to Arbitrate with the Director and accompanying letter containing the relevant five-digit Standard Transportation Commodity Code information. Such data to be provided by the Office of Economics shall be limited to the most recent four years of movements on the defendant carriers.
</P>
<P>(2) Parties may request additional Waybill Sample data from the Director of the Office of Economics pursuant to § 1244.9(b)(4) of this chapter. Parties must make such requests by submitting a formal filing (with a “WB” docket prefix). The decision of the Director may be appealed to the Board pursuant to § 1115.1. In the event of an appeal, the party filing the appeal shall immediately inform the other parties to the arbitration and the arbitration panel. The arbitration panel shall immediately stay the arbitration proceeding. After the Board issues a decision ruling on the appeal of the Director's decision, the arbitration panel shall lift the stay, the arbitration shall continue, and all procedural time limits will be tolled. The Director's decision (and, if necessary, the Board's decision ruling on appeal of the Director's decision) will be published as part of the separate Waybill docket, but the decision(s) will not be published until the Board receives the confidential summary the parties are required to file pursuant to § 1108.29(e).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.28" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.28   Relief.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Relief available.</I> Subject to the relief limits set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, the arbitration panel under this subpart may grant relief in the form of monetary damages or a rate prescription.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Relief limits.</I> Any relief awarded by the arbitration panel under this subpart shall not exceed $4 million (as indexed annually for inflation using the Producer Price Index and a 2007 base year) over two years, inclusive of prospective rate relief, reparations for past overcharges, or any combination thereof, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. Reparations or prescriptions may not be set below 180% of variable cost, as determined by unadjusted Uniform Railroad Costing System (URCS).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Agreement to a different relief cap.</I> For an individual dispute, parties may agree by mutual written consent to arbitrate an amount above or below the monetary cap in paragraph (b) of this section, up to $25 million, or for shorter or longer than two years, but no longer than 5 years. Parties must inform the Board of such agreement in the confidential summary filed at the conclusion of the arbitration, as required by § 1108.29(e)(1).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Relief not available.</I> No injunctive relief shall be available in arbitration proceedings under this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.29" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.29   Decisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Technical requirements</I>—(1) <I>Findings of fact and conclusions of law.</I> An arbitration decision under this subpart shall be in writing and shall contain findings of fact and conclusions of law.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Compliance with confidentiality agreement.</I> The unredacted arbitration decision served on the parties in accordance with § 1108.27(c)(3) shall comply with the confidentiality agreement described in § 1108.27(f). As applicable, the arbitration panel shall also provide the parties with a redacted version(s) of the arbitration decision that redacts or omits confidential and/or highly confidential information as required by the governing confidentiality agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Substantive requirements.</I> The arbitration panel under this subpart shall decide the issues of both market dominance and maximum lawful rate.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Market dominance.</I> (i) The arbitration panel shall determine if the carrier whose rate is the subject of the arbitration has market dominance based on evidence submitted by the parties, unless paragraph (b)(1)(vi) of this section applies.
</P>
<P>(ii) Subject to § 1108.27(e)(2), in determining the issue of market dominance, the arbitration panel under this subpart shall follow, at the complainant's discretion, either the streamlined market dominance test or the non-streamlined market dominance test.
</P>
<P>(iii) The arbitration panel shall issue its decision on market dominance as part of its final arbitration decision.
</P>
<P>(iv) The arbitration panel shall not consider evidence of product and geographic competition when deciding market dominance.
</P>
<P>(v) The arbitration panel shall not consider evidence on the Limit Price Test when deciding market dominance.
</P>
<P>(vi) If a carrier concedes that it possesses market dominance, the arbitration panel need not make a determination on market dominance and need only address the maximum lawful rate in the arbitration decision. Additionally, the parties may jointly request that the Board determine market dominance prior to initiating arbitration under this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Maximum lawful rate.</I> Subject to the requirements on inadmissible evidence in § 1108.27(e)(2), in determining the issue of maximum lawful rate, the arbitration panel under this subpart shall consider the Board's methodologies for setting maximum lawful rates, giving due consideration to the need for differential pricing to permit a rail carrier to collect adequate revenues (as determined under 49 U.S.C. 10704(a)(2)). The arbitration panel may otherwise base its decision on the Board's existing rate review methodologies, revised versions of those methodologies, new methodologies, or market-based factors, including, for example: rate levels on comparative traffic; market factors for similar movements of the same commodity; and overall costs of providing the rail service. The arbitration panel's decision must be consistent with sound principles of rail regulation economics.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Agency precedent.</I> Decisions rendered by the arbitration panel under this subpart may be guided by, but need not be bound by, agency precedent.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Confidentiality of arbitration decision.</I> The arbitration decision under this part, whether redacted or unredacted, shall be confidential, subject to the limitations set forth in § 1108.31(d).
</P>
<P>(1) No copy of the arbitration decision shall be served on the Board except as is required under § 1108.31(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) The arbitrators and parties shall have a duty to maintain the confidentiality of the arbitration decision, whether redacted or unredacted, and shall not disclose any details of the arbitration decision unless, and only to the extent, required by law.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Arbitration decisions are binding.</I> (1) By arbitrating pursuant to the procedures under this part, each party to the arbitration agrees that the decision and award of the arbitration panel shall be binding and judicially enforceable in any court of appropriate jurisdiction, subject to the rights of appeal provided in § 1108.31.
</P>
<P>(2) An arbitration decision under this subpart shall preclude the complainant(s) from filing any rate complaint for the movements at issue in the arbitration or instituting any other proceeding regarding the rates for the movements at issue in the arbitration, with the exception of appeals under § 1108.31. This preclusion shall last until the later of:
</P>
<P>(i) Two years after the Joint Notice of Intent to Arbitrate; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The expiration of the term of any prescription imposed by the arbitration decision.
</P>
<P>(3) The preclusion will cease if the carrier increases the rate either: after a complainant is unsuccessful in arbitration or after a complainant has been awarded a prescription and the prescription has expired.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Confidential summaries of arbitrations; quarterly reports.</I> To permit the STB to monitor the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program, the parties shall submit a confidential summary of the arbitration to the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance (OPAGAC) within 14 days after either the arbitration decision is issued, the dispute settles, or the dispute is withdrawn. A confidential summary must be filed for any instance in which a complainant has submitted to the participating carrier a notice of intent to arbitrate, even if the parties did not reach the arbitration phase. The confidential summary itself shall not be published. OPAGAC will provide copies of the confidential summaries to the Board Members and other appropriate Board employees.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Contents of confidential summary.</I> The confidential summary shall provide only the following information to the Board with regard to the dispute arbitrated under this part:
</P>
<P>(i) Geographic region of the movement(s) at issue;
</P>
<P>(ii) Commodities shipped;
</P>
<P>(iii) Number of calendar days from the commencement of the arbitration proceeding to the conclusion of the arbitration;
</P>
<P>(iv) Resolution of the arbitration, limited to the following descriptions: settled, withdrawn, dismissed on market dominance, challenged rate(s) found unreasonable/reasonable; and
</P>
<P>(v) Any agreement to a different relief cap or period than set forth in § 1108.28(b).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>STB quarterly reports on Small Rate Case Arbitration Program.</I> The STB may publish public quarterly reports on the final disposition of arbitrated rate disputes under the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program.
</P>
<P>(i) If issued, the Board's quarterly reports on the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program shall disclose only the five categories of information listed in paragraph (e)(1) of this section. The parties to the arbitration who filed the confidential summary shall not be disclosed.
</P>
<P>(ii) If issued, the Board's quarterly reports on the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program shall be posted on the Board's website.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.30" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.30   No precedent.</HEAD>
<P>Arbitration decisions under this subpart shall have no precedential value, and their outcomes and reasoning may not be submitted into evidence or argued in subsequent arbitration proceedings conducted under this subpart or in any Board proceeding, except an appeal of the arbitration decision under § 1108.31.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.31" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.31   Enforcement and appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appeal to the Board</I>—(1) <I>Petition to vacate or modify arbitration decision.</I> A party appealing the arbitration decision shall file under seal a petition to modify or vacate the arbitration decision, setting forth its full argument for vacating or modifying the decision. The petition to vacate or modify the arbitration decision must be filed within 20 days from the date on which the arbitration decision was served on the parties. The party appealing must include both a redacted and unredacted copy of the arbitration decision. The petition shall be subject to the page limitations of § 1115.2(d) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Replies.</I> Replies to the petition shall be filed under seal within 20 days of the filing of the petition to vacate or modify with the Board. Replies shall be subject to the page limitations of § 1115.2(d) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Content and confidentiality of filings; public docket.</I> All submissions for appeals of the arbitration decision to the Board shall be filed under seal. After the party has submitted its filing to the Board under seal, the party shall prepare a public version of the filing with any information having an effect or impact on the marketplace redacted. A party may also attach to its petition or reply excerpts from any materials from the underlying arbitration record that are necessary support for its petition or reply. Such attachments will be treated as confidential and will not count toward the page limit set forth in 49 CFR 1115.2. The party will then provide the opposing party an opportunity to request further redactions. After consulting with the opposing party on redactions, the party shall file the public version with the Board for posting on its website.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Service.</I> Copies of the petition to vacate or modify and replies shall be served upon all parties in accordance with the Board's rules at part 1104 of this chapter. The appealing party shall also serve a copy of its petition to vacate or modify upon the arbitration panel.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Board's standard of review.</I> The Board's standard of review of arbitration decisions under this subpart shall be limited to determining only whether:
</P>
<P>(1) The decision is consistent with sound principles of rail regulation economics;
</P>
<P>(2) A clear abuse of arbitral authority or discretion occurred;
</P>
<P>(3) The decision directly contravenes statutory authority; or
</P>
<P>(4) The award limitation was violated.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Relief available on appeal to the Board.</I> Subject to the Board's limited standard of review as set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, the Board may affirm, modify, or vacate an arbitration award in whole or in part, with any modifications subject to the relief limits set forth in § 1108.28.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Confidentiality of Board's decision on appeal</I>—(1) <I>Scope of confidentiality.</I> The Board's decision will be public but shall maintain the confidentiality of the arbitration decision to the maximum extent possible, giving particular attention to avoiding the disclosure of information that would have an effect or impact on the marketplace, including the specific relief awarded by the arbitration panel, if any, or by the Board; or the origin-destination pair(s) involved in the arbitration.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Opportunity to propose redactions to the Board decision.</I> Before publishing the Board's decision, the Board shall serve only the parties with a confidential version of its decision in order to provide the parties with an opportunity to file confidential requests for redaction of the Board's decision.
</P>
<P>(i) A request for redaction may be filed under seal within 5 days after the date on which the Board serves the parties with the confidential version of its decision.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Board will publish its decision(s) on any requests for redaction in a way that maintains the confidentiality of any information the Board determines should be redacted.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reviewability of Board decision.</I> Board decisions affirming, vacating, or modifying arbitration awards under this subpart are reviewable under the Hobbs Act, 28 U.S.C. 2321 and 2342.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Appeals subject to the Federal Arbitration Act.</I> Nothing in this subpart shall prevent parties to arbitration from seeking judicial review of arbitration awards in a court of appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. 9-13, in lieu of seeking Board review.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Staying arbitration decision.</I> The timely filing of a petition with the Board to modify or vacate the arbitration decision will not automatically stay the effect of the arbitration decision. A stay may be requested under § 1115.3(f) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Enforcement.</I> A party seeking to enforce an arbitration decision under this subpart must petition a court of appropriate jurisdiction under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. 9-13.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.32" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.32   Assessment of the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program.</HEAD>
<P>The Board will conduct an assessment of the Small Rate Case Arbitration Program to determine if the program is providing an effective means of resolving rate disputes for small cases. The Board's assessment will occur upon the completion of a reasonable number of arbitration proceedings such that the Board can conduct a comprehensive assessment, though not later than three years after start of the program. In conducting this assessment, the Board will obtain feedback from relevant parties. As part of the Board's assessment, it will study the cost to arbitrate a rate dispute as compared to the cost of adjudicating a formal rate case. Depending on the outcome of such review, the Board may determine that the arbitration program will be terminated, modified, and/or extended beyond the initial 5-year period.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1108.33" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.38.2.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1108.33   Exemption from Final Offer Rate Review.</HEAD>
<P>Carriers that opt into the arbitration program under § 1108.23(a) will be exempt from having their rates challenged under Final Offer Rate Review if the program becomes operative. The exemption from Final Offer Rate Review will become operative upon publication of the Board's notice commencing the arbitration program required under § 1108.22(b) in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> The exemption will terminate upon the effective date of the participating carrier no longer participating in the arbitration program under this part, including, due to withdrawal from the arbitration program, as set forth in § 1108.23(c) or termination of the program under the sunset-provision of § 1108.22(b). Upon termination of the exemption, parties are permitted to challenge a carrier's rate using Final Offer Rate Review.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1109" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.39" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1109—USE OF MEDIATION IN BOARD PROCEEDINGS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321(a) and 5 U.S.C. 571 <I>et seq.</I>


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>78 FR 29083, May 17, 2013, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1109.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.39.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1109.1   Mediation statement of purpose, organization, and jurisdiction.</HEAD>
<P>The Board favors the resolution of disputes through the use of mediation and arbitration procedures, in lieu of formal Board proceedings, whenever possible. Parties may seek to resolve a dispute brought before the Board using the Board's mediation procedures. These procedures shall not be available in a regulatory proceeding to obtain the grant, denial, stay or revocation of a request for construction, abandonment, purchase, trackage rights, merger, pooling authority or exemption related to such matters. The Board may, by its own order, direct the parties to participate in mediation using the Board's mediation procedures. The Board's mediation program is open to all parties eligible to bring or defend matters before the Board.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1109.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.39.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1109.2   Commencement of mediation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability of mediation.</I> Mediation may be commenced in a dispute before the Board:
</P>
<P>(1) Pursuant to a Board order issued in response to a written request of one or more parties to a matter;
</P>
<P>(2) Where the Board orders mediation by its own order; or
</P>
<P>(3) In connection with a rate complaint, as provided by § 1109.4 and part 1111 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests for mediation.</I> Parties wishing to pursue mediation may file a request for mediation with the Board at any time following the filing of a complaint. Parties that use the Board's mediation procedures shall not be required to pay any fees other than the appropriate filing fee associated with the underlying dispute, as provided at 49 CFR 1002.2. The Board shall grant any mediation request submitted by all parties to a matter, but may deny mediation where one or more parties to the underlying dispute do not consent to mediation, or where the parties seek to mediate disputes not eligible for Board-sponsored mediation, as listed in § 1109.1.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1109.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.39.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1109.3   Mediation procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Mediation model.</I> The Chairman will appoint one or more Board employees trained in mediation to mediate any dispute assigned for mediation. Alternatively, the parties to a matter may agree to use a non-Board mediator if they so inform the Board within 10 days of an order assigning the dispute to mediation. If a non-Board mediator is used, the parties shall share equally the fees and/or costs of the mediator. The following restrictions apply to any mediator selected by the Board or the parties:
</P>
<P>(1) No person serving as a mediator may thereafter serve as an advocate for a party in any other proceeding arising from or related to the mediated dispute, including, without limitation, representation of a party to the mediation before any other federal court or agency; and
</P>
<P>(2) If the mediation does not fully resolve all issues in the docket before the Board, the Board employees serving as mediators may not thereafter advise the Board regarding the future disposition of the remaining issues in the docket.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Mediation period.</I> The mediation period shall be 30 days, beginning on the date of the first mediation session. The Board may extend mediation for additional periods of time not to exceed 30 days per period, pursuant to mutual written requests of all parties to the mediation proceeding. The Board will not extend mediation for additional periods of time where one or more parties to mediation do not agree to an extension. The Board will not order mediation more than once in any particular proceeding, but may permit it if all parties to a matter mutually request another round of mediation. The mediator(s) shall notify the Board whether the parties have reached any agreement by the end of the 30-day period.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Party representatives.</I> At least one principal of each party, who has the authority to bind that party, shall participate in the mediation and be present at any session at which the mediator(s) request that principal to be present.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Confidentiality.</I> Mediation is a confidential process, governed by the confidentiality rules of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (ADRA) (5 U.S.C. 574). In addition to the confidentiality rules set forth in the ADRA, the Board requires the following additional confidentiality protections:
</P>
<P>(1) All parties to Board sponsored mediation will sign an Agreement to Mediate. The Agreement to Mediate shall incorporate these rules by reference.
</P>
<P>(2) As a condition of participation, the parties and any interested parties joining the mediation must agree to the confidentiality of the mediation process as provided in this section and further detailed in an agreement to mediate. The parties to mediation, including the mediator(s), shall not testify in administrative or judicial proceedings concerning the issues discussed in mediation, nor submit any report or record of the mediation discussions, other than the settlement agreement with the consent of all parties, except as required by law.
</P>
<P>(3) Evidence of conduct or statements made during mediation is not admissible in any Board proceeding. If mediation fails to result in a full resolution of the dispute, evidence that is otherwise discoverable may not be excluded from introduction into the record of the underlying proceeding merely because it was presented during mediation. Such materials may be used if they are disclosed through formal discovery procedures established by the Board or other adjudicatory bodies.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Abeyance.</I> Except as otherwise provided for in § 1109.4(f) and part 1111 of this chapter, any party may request that a proceeding be held in abeyance while mediation procedures are pursued. Any such request should be submitted to the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel. The Board shall promptly issue an order in response to such requests. Except as otherwise provided for in § 1109.4(g) and part 1111 of this chapter, the Board may also direct that a proceeding be held in abeyance pending the conclusion of mediation. Where both parties to mediation voluntarily consent to mediation, the period during which any proceeding is held in abeyance shall toll applicable statutory deadlines. Where one or both parties to mediation do not voluntarily consent to mediation, the Board will not hold the underlying proceeding in abeyance and statutory deadlines will not be tolled.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Mediated settlements.</I> Any settlement agreement reached during or as a result of mediation must be in writing, and signed by all parties to the mediation. The parties need not provide a copy of the settlement agreement to the Board, or otherwise make the terms of the agreement public, but the parties, or the mediator(s), shall notify the Board that the parties have reached a mutually agreeable resolution and request that the Board terminate the underlying Board proceeding. Parties to the settlement agreement shall waive all rights of administrative appeal to the issues resolved by the settlement agreement.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Partial resolution of mediated issues.</I> If the parties reach only a partial resolution of their dispute, they or the mediator(s) shall so inform the Board, and the parties shall file any stipulations they have mutually reached, and ask the Board to reactivate the procedural schedule in the underlying proceeding to decide the remaining issues.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 29083, May 17, 2013, as amended at 91 FR 4854, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1109.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.39.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1109.4   Mandatory mediation in rate cases to be considered under the stand-alone cost methodology.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Mandatory use of mediation.</I> A shipper seeking rate relief from a railroad or railroads in a case involving the stand-alone cost methodology must engage in non-binding mediation of its dispute with the railroad upon submitting a pre-filing notice under 49 CFR part 1111.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Assignment of mediators.</I> Within 5 business days after the shipper submits its pre-filing notice, the Board will assign one or more mediators to the case. Within 5 business days of the assignment to mediate, the mediator(s) shall contact the parties to discuss ground rules and the time and location of any meeting.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Party representatives.</I> At least one principal of each party, who has the authority to bind that party, shall participate in the mediation and be present at any session at which the mediator(s) requests that the principal be present.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Settlement.</I> The mediator(s) will work with the parties to try to reach a settlement of all or some of their dispute or to narrow the issues in dispute, and reach stipulations that may be incorporated into any adjudication before the Board if mediation does not fully resolve the dispute. If the parties reach a settlement, the mediator(s) may assist in preparing a written settlement agreement.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Confidentiality.</I> The entire mediation process shall be private and confidential. No party may use any concessions made or information disclosed to either the mediator(s) or the opposing party before the Board or in any other forum without the consent of the other party. The confidentiality provision of § 1109.3(d) and the mediation agreement shall apply to all mediations conducted under this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Mediation period.</I> The mediation shall be completed within 60 days of the appointment of the mediator(s). The mediation may be terminated prior to the end of the 60-day period only with the certification of the mediator(s) to the Board. Requests to extend mediation, or to re-engage it later, will be entertained on a case-by-case basis, but only if filed by all interested parties.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Procedural schedule.</I> Absent a specific order from the Board granting an extension, the mediation will not affect the procedural schedule in stand-alone cost rate cases set forth at 49 CFR 1111.9(a).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 29083, May 17, 2013, as amended at 82 FR 57378, Dec. 5, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1109.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.39.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1109.5   Resolution of certain disputes involving the State Sponsored Route Committee and the Northeast Corridor Commission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to the mediation procedures under this part that are available following the filing of a complaint in a proceeding before the Board, Amtrak or a State member of the State Supported Route Committee established under 49 U.S.C. 24712 may request that the Board informally assist in securing outside professional mediation services in order to resolve disputes arising from: Implementation of, or compliance with, the cost allocation methodology for State-Supported Routes developed under section 209 of the Passenger Rail Investment and Improvement Act of 2008 or amended under 49 U.S.C. 24712(a)(6); invoices or reports provided under 49 U.S.C. 24712(b); or rules and procedures implemented by the State Supported Route Committee under 49 U.S.C. 24712(a)(4). With respect to a particular dispute, such a request for informal assistance in securing outside professional mediation services may be submitted to the Board:
</P>
<P>(1) In the absence of a complaint proceeding before the Board; or
</P>
<P>(2) If, while a formal complaint is pending before the Board, a motion is filed in that formal proceeding requesting that it be held in abeyance in light of the request for informal assistance.
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to the mediation procedures under this part that are available following the filing of a complaint in a proceeding before the Board, the Northeast Corridor Commission established under 49 U.S.C. 24905, Amtrak, or public authorities providing commuter rail passenger transportation on the Northeast Corridor may request that the Board informally assist in securing outside professional mediation services in order to resolve disputes involving implementation of, or compliance with, the policy developed under 49 U.S.C. 24905(c)(1). With respect to a particular dispute, such a request for informal assistance in securing outside professional mediation services may be submitted to the Board:
</P>
<P>(1) In the absence of a complaint proceeding before the Board; or
</P>
<P>(2) If, while a formal complaint is pending before the Board, a motion is filed in that formal proceeding requesting that it be held in abeyance in light of the request for informal assistance.
</P>
<P>(c) A request for informal Board assistance in securing outside professional mediation services under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section shall be submitted by letter duly authorized to be submitted to the Board by the requesting party. The request letter shall be addressed to the Director of the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance, and shall include a concise description of the issues for which outside professional mediation services are sought. The Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance shall contact the requesting party in response to such request within 14 days of receipt of the request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 85904, Nov. 29, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1110" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.40" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1110—PROCEDURES GOVERNING INFORMAL RULEMAKING PROCEEDINGS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 49556, Nov. 1, 1982, unless otherwise noted.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1110.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.40.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1110.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part contains general rulemaking procedures that apply to the issuance, amendment, and repeal of rules, general policy statement, or other interpretation of rules or law of the Surface Transportation Board, adopted under the procedures of section 553 of title 5 of the United States Code (the Administrative Procedure Act).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1110.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.40.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1110.2   Opening of proceeding.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board may open a rulemaking proceeding on its own motion. In doing so, it may consider the recommendations of other agencies of the United States and of other persons.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person may petition the Board to open a proceeding to issue, amend, or repeal a rule.
</P>
<P>(c) Each petition seeking the institution of a proceeding, filed under this section must:
</P>
<P>(1) Be submitted to the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, Washington DC;
</P>
<P>(2) Set forth the text or substance of the rule or amendment proposed or specify the rule that the petitioner wants to have repealed or modified;
</P>
<P>(3) Explain the interest of the petitioner in the action requested; and
</P>
<P>(4) Contain any information and arguments available to the petitioner to support the action sought and may detail any environmental, energy, or small business considerations.
</P>
<P>(d) In rail cases, the Board will grant or deny a petition within 120 days of its receipt.
</P>
<P>(e) If the Board determines that a petition contains adequate justification, it will open a rulemaking proceeding pursuant to § 1110.3 and will notify the petitioner of its action.
</P>
<P>(f) If the Board determines that the petition does not contain adequate justification for opening a rulemaking proceeding, the petition will be denied, with a brief statement of the grounds for denial, and the petitioner will be notified of the Board's action.
</P>
<P>(g) If a petition under this section concerning a common carrier by railroad is granted, the Board will proceed as soon as it is practicable. If the petition is denied, the Board will publish a statement of the reasons for the denial in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49556, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 74 FR 52907, Oct. 15, 2009; 81 FR 8854, Feb. 23, 2016; 84 FR 12944, Apr. 3, 2019; 91 FR 4854, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1110.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.40.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1110.3   Publication of notices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Interpretive rules, general statements of policy, and rules relating to organization, procedure, or practice may be issued as final without notice or other public rulemaking proceedings.
</P>
<P>(b) General rulemaking proceedings will be opened by the issuance of either a notice of intent to institute a rulemaking proceeding, an advance notice of proposed rulemaking, or a notice of proposed rules. The Board will publish the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> and it will invite the public to participate in the rulemaking proceeding. No notice will be issued when the Board finds for good cause, that notice is impractical or unnecessary or contrary to the public interest.
</P>
<P>(c) Notices of proposed rulemakings will include:
</P>
<P>(1) The proposed rules, if prepared;
</P>
<P>(2) A discussion of why the rulemakings are needed and what they are intended to accomplish;
</P>
<P>(3) Identification of significant dates in the proceedings, such as dates by which comments must be filed or on which the rules are proposed to take effect;
</P>
<P>(4) Any relevant addresses;
</P>
<P>(5) The name and phone number of an individual within the Board who can provide further information concerning the proceedings;
</P>
<P>(6) Any supplementary information required; and 
</P>
<P>(7) Reference to the legal authority under which the rules are proposed.
</P>
<P>(d) In addition to being published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> notices of proposed rulemaking and subsequent notices and decisions in rulemaking proceedings, will be served on the parties by the Office of Chief Counsel and made available to the public through the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance. To the extent possible, the date of service will be the same as the date of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> When the service and publication dates are not the same, the date of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> is controlling for the purpose of determining time periods set by these procedures or by notices issued in individual proceedings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49556, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 74 FR 52907, Oct. 15, 2009; 91 FR 4854, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1110.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.40.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1110.4   Participation.</HEAD>
<P>Any person may participate in rulemaking proceedings by submitting written information or views. In addition, the Board may invite persons to present oral arguments, participate in informal conferences, appear at informal fact-finding hearings, or participate in any other proceedings. Information contained in written submissions will be given the same consideration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1110.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.40.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1110.5   Consideration of comments received.</HEAD>
<P>All timely comments will be considered before final action is taken on a rulemaking proposal. Comments which are filed late will be considered so far as possible without incurring undue expense, delay, or prejudice to other parties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49556, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 81 FR 8854, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1110.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.40.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1110.6   Petitions for extension of time to comment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person may petition the Board for an extension of time to submit comments in response to a notice of proposed rulemaking. The petition must be submitted at least 10 days prior to the deadline for filing comments. The filing of the petition does not automatically extend the time for the filing of petitioner's comments.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board will grant the petition only if the petitioner shows a substantive interest in the proposed rule and good cause for the extension, and if the extension is in the public interest. If an extension is granted, notice of it will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> and it will apply to all persons.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49556, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 84 FR 12944, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1110.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.40.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1110.7   Availability of dockets.</HEAD>
<P>Dockets of pending rulemaking proceedings are maintained in the Office of Chief Counsel. These dockets are available for inspection by any person, and copies may be obtained upon payment of the prescribed fee.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 52907, Oct. 15, 2009, as amended at 91 FR 4854, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1110.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.40.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1110.8   Adoption of final rules.</HEAD>
<P>If, after consideration of all comments received, final rules are adopted, notice will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1110.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.40.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1110.9   Petition for waiver.</HEAD>
<P>Any person may petition the Board for a permanent or temporary waiver of any rule. Petitions should be filed with the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001, and should identify the rule involved.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 52907, Oct. 15, 2009, as amended at 91 FR 4854, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1110.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.40.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1110.10   Petitions for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>Any person may file a petition for reconsideration of the Board's decision in a rulemaking proceeding. Petitions should be filed within 20 days of the date that the final decision is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and should identify the interest of the petitioner, the specific action sought, and the arguments favoring that action.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1111" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.41" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1111—COMPLAINT AND INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 10701, 10704, 11701 and 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>82 FR 57379, Dec. 5, 2017, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1111.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.41.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1111.1   Pre-filing procedures in stand-alone cost cases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> At least 70 days prior to the proposed filing of a complaint challenging the reasonableness of a rail rate based on stand-alone cost, complainant shall file a notice with the Board. The notice shall:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify the rate to be challenged;
</P>
<P>(2) Identify the origin/destination pair(s) to be challenged;
</P>
<P>(3) Identify the affected commodities; and
</P>
<P>(4) Include a motion for protective order as set forth at 49 CFR 1104.14(c).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Liaison.</I> Within 10 days of the filing of the pre-filing notice, the Board shall appoint a liaison to the parties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1111.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.41.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1111.2   Content of formal complaints; joinder.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A formal complaint must contain the correct, unabbreviated names and addresses of each complainant and defendant. It should set forth briefly and in plain language the facts upon which it is based. It should include specific reference to pertinent statutory provisions and Board regulations, and should advise the Board and the defendant fully in what respects these provisions or regulations have been violated. The complaint should contain a detailed statement of the relief requested. Relief in the alternative or of several different types may be demanded, but the issues raised in the formal complaint should not be broader than those to which complainant's evidence is to be directed. In a complaint challenging the reasonableness of a rail rate, the complainant should indicate whether, in its view, the reasonableness of the rate should be examined using constrained market pricing or using the simplified standards adopted pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10701(d)(3). If the complainant seeks to use the simplified standards, it should support this request by submitting, at a minimum, the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The carrier or region identifier.
</P>
<P>(2) The type of shipment (local, received-terminated, etc.).
</P>
<P>(3) The one-way distance of the shipment.
</P>
<P>(4) The type of car (by URCS code).
</P>
<P>(5) The number of cars.
</P>
<P>(6) The car ownership (private or railroad).
</P>
<P>(7) The commodity type (STCC code).
</P>
<P>(8) The weight of the shipment (in tons per car).
</P>
<P>(9) The type of movement (individual, multi-car, or unit train).
</P>
<P>(10) A narrative addressing whether there is any feasible transportation alternative for the challenged movements.
</P>
<P>(11) For matters for which voluntary, binding arbitration is available pursuant to 49 CFR part 1108, the complaint shall state that arbitration was considered, but rejected, as a means of resolving the dispute.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclosure with simplified standards complaint.</I> The complainant must provide to the defendant all documents relied upon in formulating its assessment of a feasible transportation alternative and all documents relied upon to determine the inputs to the URCS Phase III program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Multiple causes of action.</I> Two or more grounds of complaint concerning the same principle, subject, or statement of facts may be included in one complaint, but should be stated and numbered separately.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Joinder.</I> Two or more complainants may join in one complaint against one or more defendants if their respective causes of action concern substantially the same alleged violations and like facts.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Request for access to waybill data.</I> Parties needing access to the Waybill Sample to prepare their case should follow the procedures set forth at 49 CFR 1244.9.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Discovery in stand-alone cost cases.</I> Upon filing its complaint, the complainant shall certify that it has served its initial discovery requests on the defendant.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1111.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.41.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1111.3   Amended and supplemental complaints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> An amended or supplemental complaint may be tendered for filing by a complainant against a defendant or defendants named in the original complaint, stating a cause of action alleged to have accrued within the statutory period immediately preceding the date of such tender, in favor of complainant and against the defendant or defendants. The time limits for responding to an amended or supplemental complaint are computed pursuant to §§ 1111.5 and 1111.6, as if the amended or supplemental complaint was an original complaint.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Stand-alone cost.</I> If a complainant tenders an amended or supplemental complaint in a stand-alone cost case, the complainant shall certify that it has served on the defendant those initial discovery requests affected by the amended or supplemental complaint, if any.


</P>
<P>(c) <I>Simplified standards.</I> A complaint filed under the simplified standards may be amended once before the filing of opening evidence to opt for a different rate reasonableness methodology, among Three-Benchmark, Simplified-SAC, or stand-alone cost. If so amended, the procedural schedule begins again under the new methodology as set forth at §§ 1111.9 and 1111.10. However, only one mediation period per complaint shall be required.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 57379, Dec. 5, 2017, as amended at 88 FR 318, Jan. 4, 2023; 90 FR 24079, June 6, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1111.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.41.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1111.4   Service.</HEAD>
<P>A complainant is responsible for serving formal complaints, amended or supplemental complaints, and cross complaints on the defendant(s). Service shall be made by sending a copy of such complaint to the chief legal officer of each defendant by either confirmed facsimile and first-class mail or express overnight courier. The cover page of each such facsimile and the front of each such first-class mail or overnight express courier envelope shall include the following legend: “Service of STB Complaint”. Service of the complaint shall be deemed completed on the date on which the complaint is served by confirmed facsimile or, if service is made by express overnight courier, on the date such complaint is actually received by the defendant. When the complaint involves more than one defendant, service of the complaint shall be deemed completed on the date on which all defendants have been served. The complaint should be filed with the Board together with an acknowledgment of service by the persons served or proof of service in the form of a statement of the date and manner of service, of the names of the persons served, and of the addresses to which the papers were mailed or at which they were delivered, certified by the person who made service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 57379, Dec. 5, 2017, as amended at 84 FR 12944, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1111.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.41.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1111.5   Answers and cross complaints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> An answer shall be filed within the time provided in paragraph (c) of this section. An answer should be responsive to the complaint and should fully advise the Board and the parties of the nature of the defense. In answering a complaint challenging the reasonableness of a rail rate, the defendant should indicate whether it will contend that the Board is deprived of jurisdiction to hear the complaint because the revenue-variable cost percentage generated by the traffic is less than 180 percent, or the traffic is subject to effective product or geographic competition. In response to a complaint filed under the simplified standards, the answer must include the defendant's preliminary estimate of the variable cost of each challenged movement calculated using the unadjusted figures produced by the URCS Phase III program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclosure with simplified standards answer.</I> The defendant must provide to the complainant all documents that it relied upon to determine the inputs used in the URCS Phase III program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time for filing; copies; service.</I> An answer must be filed with the Board within 20 days after the service of the complaint or within such additional time as the Board may provide. The defendant must serve copies of the answer upon the complainant and any other defendants.




</P>
<P>(d) <I>Cross complaints.</I> A cross complaint alleging violations by other parties to the proceeding or seeking relief against them may be filed with the answer. An answer to a cross complaint shall be filed within 20 days after the service date of the cross complaint. The party shall serve copies of an answer to a cross complaint upon the other parties.


</P>
<P>(e) <I>Failure to answer complaint.</I> Averments in a complaint are admitted when not denied in an answer to the complaint.


</P>
<P>(f) <I>Discovery in stand-alone cost cases.</I> Upon filing its answer, the defendant shall certify that it has served its initial discovery requests on the complainant. If the complainant tenders an amended or supplemental complaint to which the defendant must reply, upon filing the answer to the amended or supplemental complaint, the defendant shall certify that it has served on the complainant those initial discovery requests affected by the amended or supplemental complaint, if any.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 57379, Dec. 5, 2017, as amended at 84 FR 12944, Apr. 3, 2019; 88 FR 318, Jan. 4, 2023; 90 FR 24079, June 6, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1111.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.41.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1111.6   Motions to dismiss or to make more definite.</HEAD>
<P>An answer to a complaint or cross complaint may be accompanied by a motion to dismiss the complaint or cross complaint or a motion to make the complaint or cross complaint more definite. A motion to dismiss can be filed at anytime during a proceeding. A complainant or cross complainant may, within 10 days after an answer is filed, file a motion to make the answer more definite. Any motion to make more definite must specify the defects in the particular pleading and must describe fully the additional information or details thought to be necessary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1111.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.41.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1111.7   Satisfaction of complaint.</HEAD>
<P>If a defendant satisfies a formal complaint, either before or after answering, a statement to that effect signed by the complainant must be filed (original only need be filed), setting forth when and how the complaint has been satisfied. This action should be taken as expeditiously as possible.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1111.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.41.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1111.8   Investigations on the Board's own motion.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Service of decision.</I> A decision instituting an investigation on the Board's own motion will be served by the Board upon respondents.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Default.</I> If within the time period stated in the decision instituting an investigation, a respondent fails to comply with any requirement specified in the decision, the respondent will be deemed in default and to have waived any further proceedings, and the investigation may be decided forthwith.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1111.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.41.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1111.9   Procedural schedule in stand-alone cost cases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedural schedule.</I> Absent a specific order by the Board, the following general procedural schedule will apply in stand-alone cost cases after the pre-complaint period initiated by the pre-filing notice:
</P>
<P>(1) Day 0—Complaint filed, discovery period begins.
</P>
<P>(2) Day 7 or before—Conference of the parties convened pursuant to § 1111.11(b).
</P>
<P>(3) Day 20—Defendant's answer to complaint due.
</P>
<P>(4) Day 150—Discovery completed.
</P>
<P>(5) Day 210—Complainant files opening evidence on absence of intermodal and intramodal competition, variable cost, and stand-alone cost issues.
</P>
<P>(6) Day 270—Defendant files reply evidence to complainant's opening evidence.
</P>
<P>(7) Day 305—Complainant files rebuttal evidence to defendant's reply evidence. In cases using the streamlined market dominance approach, a telephonic evidentiary hearing before an administrative law judge, as described in § 1111.12(d) of this chapter, will be held at the discretion of the complainant in lieu of the submission of a written rebuttal on market dominance issues. The hearing will be held on or about the date that the complainant's rebuttal evidence on rate reasonableness is due.
</P>
<P>(8) Day 335—Complainant and defendant file final briefs.
</P>
<P>(9) Day 485 or before—The Board issues its decision.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Staggered filings; final briefs.</I> (1) The parties may submit non-public (<I>e.g.,</I> confidential, highly confidential) versions of filings on the dates identified in the procedural schedule, and submit public versions of those filings within three business days thereafter.
</P>
<P>(2) Final briefs are limited to 30 pages, inclusive of exhibits.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Conferences with parties.</I> (1) The Board will convene a technical conference of the parties with Board staff prior to the filing of any evidence in a stand-alone cost rate case, for the purpose of reaching agreement on the operating characteristics that are used in the variable cost calculations for the movements at issue. The parties should jointly propose a schedule for this technical conference.
</P>
<P>(2) In addition, the Board may convene a conference of the parties with Board staff, after discovery requests are served but before any motions to compel may be filed, to discuss discovery matters in stand-alone cost rate cases. The parties should jointly propose a schedule for this discovery conference.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 57379, Dec. 5, 2017, as amended at 85 FR 47697, Aug. 6, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1111.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.41.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1111.10   Procedural schedule in cases using simplified standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Procedural schedule.</I> Absent a specific order by the Board, the following general procedural schedules will apply in cases using the simplified standards:
</P>
<P>(1)(i) In cases relying upon the Simplified-SAC methodology:
</P>
<P>(A) Day 0—Complaint filed (including complainant's disclosure).
</P>
<P>(B) Day 10—Mediation begins.
</P>
<P>(C) Day 20—Defendant's answer to complaint (including defendant's initial disclosure).
</P>
<P>(D) Day 30—Mediation ends; discovery begins.
</P>
<P>(E) Day 140—Defendant's second disclosure.
</P>
<P>(F) Day 150—Discovery closes.
</P>
<P>(G) Day 220—Opening evidence.
</P>
<P>(H) Day 280—Reply evidence.
</P>
<P>(I) Day 310—Rebuttal evidence. In cases using the streamlined market dominance approach, a telephonic evidentiary hearing before an administrative law judge, as described in § 1111.12(d) of this chapter, will be held at the discretion of the complainant in lieu of the submission of a written rebuttal on market dominance issues. The hearing will be held on or about the date that the complainant's rebuttal evidence on rate reasonableness is due.
</P>
<P>(J) Day 320—Technical conference (market dominance and merits, except for cases using the streamlined market dominance approach, in which the technical conference will be limited to merits issues).
</P>
<P>(K) Day 330—Final briefs.
</P>
<P>(ii) In addition, the Board will appoint a liaison within 10 business days of the filing of the complaint.
</P>
<P>(2)(i) In cases relying upon the Three-Benchmark methodology:
</P>
<P>(A) Day 0—Complaint filed (including complainant's disclosure).
</P>
<P>(B) Day 10—Mediation begins. (STB production of unmasked Waybill Sample.)
</P>
<P>(C) Day 20—Defendant's answer to complaint (including defendant's initial disclosure).
</P>
<P>(D) Day 30—Mediation ends; discovery begins.
</P>
<P>(E) Day 60—Discovery closes.
</P>
<P>(F) Day 90—Complainant's opening (initial tender of comparison group and opening evidence on market dominance). Defendant's opening (initial tender of comparison group).
</P>
<P>(G) Day 95—Technical conference on comparison group.
</P>
<P>(H) Day 120—Parties' final tenders on comparison group. Defendant's reply on market dominance.
</P>
<P>(I) Day 150—Parties' replies to final tenders. Complainant's rebuttal on market dominance. In cases using the streamlined market dominance approach, a telephonic evidentiary hearing before an administrative law judge, as described in § 1111.12(d) of this chapter, will be held at the discretion of the complainant in lieu of the submission of a written rebuttal on market dominance issues. The hearing will be held on or about the date that the complainant's rebuttal evidence on rate reasonableness is due.
</P>
<P>(ii) In addition, the Board will appoint a liaison within 10 business days of the filing of the complaint.




</P>
<P>(b) <I>Staggered filings; final briefs.</I> (1) The parties may submit non-public (<I>e.g.,</I> confidential, highly confidential) versions of filings on the dates identified in the procedural schedule, and submit public versions of those filings within three business days thereafter.
</P>
<P>(2) In cases relying upon the Simplified-SAC methodology, final briefs are limited to 30 pages, inclusive of exhibits.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Defendant's second disclosure.</I> In cases using the Simplified-SAC methodology, the defendant must make the following disclosures to the complainant by Day 170 of the procedural schedule.
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of all traffic that moved over the routes replicated by the SARR in the Test Year.
</P>
<P>(2) Information about those movements, in electronic format, aggregated by origin-destination pair and shipper, showing the origin, destination, volume, and total revenues from each movement.
</P>
<P>(3) Total operating and equipment cost calculations for each of those movements, provided in electronic format.
</P>
<P>(4) Revenue allocation for the on-SARR portion of each cross-over movement in the traffic group provided in electronic format.
</P>
<P>(5) Total trackage rights payments paid or received during the Test Year associated with the route replicated by the SARR.
</P>
<P>(6) All workpapers and documentation necessary to support the calculations.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conferences with parties.</I> The Board may convene a conference of the parties with Board staff to facilitate voluntary resolution of discovery disputes and to address technical issues that may arise.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Complaint filed with a petition to revoke a class exemption.</I> If a complaint is filed simultaneously with a petition to revoke a class exemption, the Board will take no action on the complaint and the procedural schedule will be held in abeyance automatically until the petition to revoke is adjudicated.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 57379, Dec. 5, 2017, as amended at 85 FR 47697, Aug. 6, 2020; 88 FR 318, Jan. 4, 2023; 90 FR 24079, June 6, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1111.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.41.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1111.11   Meeting to discuss procedural matters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Generally.</I> In all complaint proceedings, other than those challenging the reasonableness of a rail rate based on stand-alone cost or the simplified standards, the parties shall meet, or discuss by telephone, discovery and procedural matters within 12 days after an answer to a complaint is filed. Within 19 days after an answer to a complaint is filed, the parties, either jointly or separately, shall file a report with the Board setting forth a proposed procedural schedule to govern future activities and deadlines in the case.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Stand-alone cost or simplified standards complaints.</I> In complaints challenging the reasonableness of a rail rate based on stand-alone cost or the simplified standards, the parties shall meet or otherwise discuss discovery and procedural matters within 7 days after the complaint is filed in stand-alone cost cases, and 7 days after the mediation period ends in simplified standards cases. The parties should inform the Board as soon as possible thereafter whether there are unresolved disputes that require Board intervention and, if so, the nature of such disputes.






</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[82 FR 57379, Dec. 5, 2017, as amended at 88 FR 318, Jan. 4, 2023; 90 FR 24079, June 6, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1111.12" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.41.0.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1111.12   Streamlined market dominance.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A complainant may elect to pursue the streamlined market dominance approach to market dominance if the challenged movement satisfies the factors listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section. The Board will find a complainant has made a prima facie showing on market dominance when it can demonstrate the following with regard to the traffic subject to the challenged rate:
</P>
<P>(1) The movement has an R/VC ratio of 180% or greater;
</P>
<P>(2) The movement would exceed 500 highway miles between origin and destination;
</P>
<P>(3) There is no intramodal competition from other railroads;
</P>
<P>(4) There is no barge competition;
</P>
<P>(5) There is no pipeline competition;
</P>
<P>(6) The complainant has used truck for 10% or less of its volume (by tonnage) subject to the rate at issue over a five-year period; and
</P>
<P>(7) The complainant has no practical build-out alternative due to physical, regulatory, financial, or other issues (or combination of issues).
</P>
<P>(b) A complainant may rely on any competent evidence, including a verified statement from an appropriate official(s) with knowledge of the facts, in demonstrating the factors set out in paragraph (a) of this section. An appropriate official is any individual who has either direct or supervisory responsibility for, or otherwise has knowledge or understanding of, the complainant's transportation needs and options. The official(s) should provide his or her title and a short description of his or her duties in the verified statement. In demonstrating the revenue to variable cost ratio, a complainant must show its quantitative calculations.


</P>
<P>(c) A defendant's reply evidence under the streamlined market dominance approach may address the factors in paragraph (a) of this section and any other issues relevant to market dominance. A complainant may elect to submit rebuttal evidence on market dominance issues. Reply and rebuttal filings under the streamlined market dominance approach are each limited to 50 pages, inclusive of exhibits and verified statements.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Pursuant to the authority under § 1011.6 of this chapter, an administrative law judge will hold a telephonic evidentiary hearing on the market dominance issues at the discretion of the complainant in lieu of the submission of a written rebuttal on market dominance issues.
</P>
<P>(2) The hearing will be held on or about the date that the complainant's rebuttal evidence on rate reasonableness is due. The complainant shall inform the Board by letter submitted in the docket, no later than 10 days after defendant's reply is due, whether it elects an evidentiary hearing in lieu of the submission of a written rebuttal on market dominance issues.




</P>
<P>(3) The Board will provide an unofficial copy of the hearing transcript no later than 5 days after the conclusion of the hearing. The Board will provide the official hearing transcript shortly thereafter. The hearing transcript will be part of the docket in the proceeding.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 47697, Aug. 6, 2020, as amended at 88 FR 318, Jan. 4, 2023; 90 FR 24080, June 6, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1112" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.42" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1112—MODIFIED PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 559; 49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 49558, Nov. 1, 1982, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1112.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.42.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1112.1   When modified procedure is used.</HEAD>
<P>The Board may decide that a proceeding be heard under modified procedure when it appears that substantially all material issues of fact can be resolved through submission of written statements, and efficient disposition of the proceeding can be accomplished without oral testimony. Modified procedure may be ordered on the Board's initiative, or upon approval of a request by any party.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49558, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1112.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.42.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1112.2   Decisions directing modified procedure.</HEAD>
<P>A decision directing that modified procedure be used will set out the schedule for filing verified statements by all parties and will list the names and addresses of all persons who at that time are on the service list in the proceeding. In this part, a statement responding to an opening statement is referred to as a “reply”, and a statement responding to a reply is referred to as a “rebuttal”. Replies to rebuttal material are not permitted. The filing of motions or other pleadings will not automatically stay or delay the established procedural schedule. Parties will adhere to this schedule unless the Board issues an order modifying the schedule.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49558, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 58491, Nov. 15, 1996] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1112.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.42.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1112.3   Default for failure to comply with schedule; effect of default.</HEAD>
<P>If a party fails to comply with the schedule for submission of verified statements, or any other requirements established by the modified procedure decision, that party will be deemed to be in default and to have waived any further participation in the proceeding. Thereafter, the proceeding may be disposed of without notice to and without participation by parties in default.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1112.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.42.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1112.4   Petitions to intervene.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board may grant a petition to intervene in a proceeding set for modified procedure if intervention:
</P>
<P>(1) Will not unduly disrupt the schedule for filing verified statements, except for good cause shown; and
</P>
<P>(2) Would not unduly broaden the issues raised in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) The petition to intervene shall set out:
</P>
<P>(1) The petitioner's interest in the proceeding;
</P>
<P>(2) Whether the petitioner supports or opposes the relief sought or the action proposed or is otherwise concerned with the issues presented in the proceeding; and
</P>
<P>(3) The petitioner's request, if any, for relief.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49558, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1112.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.42.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1112.5   Joint pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>Parties with common interests are encouraged to prepare joint pleadings whenever possible.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1112.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.42.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1112.6   Verified statements; contents.</HEAD>
<P>A verified statement should contain all the facts upon which the witness relies, and to the extent that it contains arguments, they should be based only on those facts. Parties filing reply and rebuttal verified statements will be considered to have admitted the truth of material allegations of fact contained in their opponents' statements unless those allegations are specifically challenged. Rebuttal statements shall be confined to issues raised in the reply statements to which they are directed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1112.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.42.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1112.7   Records in other Board proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>If any portion of the record before the Board in any proceeding other than the proceeding at issue is offered in evidence, a true copy should be presented for the record. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49558, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1112.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.42.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1112.8   Verification.</HEAD>
<P>The original of any pleading filed must show the signature, capacity, and seal, if any, of the person administering the oath, and the date thereof.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1112.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.42.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1112.9   Sample verification for statement of fact under modified procedure.</HEAD>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>State of __________,
</FP>
<FP>County of __________,
</FP>
<FP>SS:
</FP>
<FP>__________ being duly sworn, deposes and says that he has read the foregoing statement, knows the facts asserted there are true and that the same are true as stated. 
</FP>
<FP>Signed __________. 
</FP>
<FP>Subscribed and sworn to before me this _____ day of __________.
</FP>
<FP>Notary Public of __________.
</FP>
<FP>My Commission expires __________.</FP></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1112.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.42.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1112.10   Requests for oral hearings and cross examination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requests.</I> Requests for oral hearings in matters originally assigned for handling under modified procedure must include the reasons why the matter cannot be properly resolved under modified procedure. Requests for cross examination of witnesses must include the name of the witness and the subject matter of the desired cross examination. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disposition.</I> Unless material facts are in dispute, oral hearings will not be held. If held, oral hearings will normally be confined to material issues upon which the parties disagree. The decision setting a matter for oral hearing will define the scope of the hearing. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1112.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.42.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1112.11   Authority of officers.</HEAD>
<P>Except to the extent that they apply only to the conduct of a public hearing, the officer assigned to handle a proceeding under the modified procedure shall have the same authority as officers assigned to conduct oral hearings as described in § 1113.3(a) and (b).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1113" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1113—ORAL HEARING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 559; 49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1113.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.1   Scheduling hearings; continued hearings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Assignment; service and posting of notice.</I> In those proceedings in which an oral hearing is to be held, the Board will assign a time and place for hearing. Notice of hearings will be posted on the Board's Web site, will be served upon the parties and such other persons as may be entitled to receive notice under the Act, and will be available for inspection at the Board's office.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests for changes in assignment.</I> Requests for postponements of date of hearing will be granted only in exceptional circumstances.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Continuances.</I> (1) A continuance may be granted at the discretion of the presiding officer.
</P>
<P>(2) If the presiding officer announces the time and place of a continued hearing on the record, no further notice need be given.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996; 74 FR 52907, Oct. 15, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.2   Subpoenas.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Issuance.</I> A subpoena may be issued upon the direction of the Board on its own motion or upon request. A subpoena may be issued by the Board or by the officer presiding at a hearing and must be signed by the Chief Counsel or a member of the Board.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requests.</I> (1) A request for a subpoena to compel the appearance of a person at a hearing to give oral testimony, but not to produce documents, may be made either by letter (only the original need be filed with the Board) or orally upon the record at the hearing. A showing of general relevance and reasonable scope of the evidence sought to be introduced through the subpoenaed person may be required.
</P>
<P>(2) A request for a subpoena to compel a witness to produce documentary evidence should be made in writing by petition. The petition should specify with particularity the books, papers, or documents desired and facts expected to be proved, and should show the general relevance and reasonable scope of the evidence sought. The officer presiding at a hearing may grant a request for such a subpoena made orally upon the record.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service.</I> The original subpoena should be exhibited to the person served, should be read to him if he is unable to read, and a copy should be delivered to him by the officer or person making service.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Return.</I> If service of subpoena is made by a United States marshal or his deputy, service should be evidenced by his return of the subpoena. If made by any other person, such person shall make an affidavit stating the date, time and manner of service; and return such affidavit on, or with, the original subpoena in accordance with the form thereon. In case of failure to make service the reasons for the failure should be stated on the original subpoena. The written acceptance of service of a subpoena by the person subpoenaed will be sufficient without other evidence of return. The original subpoena bearing or accompanied by the required return, affidavit, statement, or acceptance of service, should be returned forthwith to the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, unless otherwise directed.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Witness fees.</I> A witness who is summoned and responds to the summons is entitled to the same fee as is paid for like service in the courts of the United States. Such fee is to be paid by the party at whose insistence the testimony is taken at the time the subpoena is served, except that when the subpoena is issued on behalf of the United States or an officer or agency thereof, fees and mileage need not be tendered at the time of service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996; 74 FR 52907, Oct. 15, 2009; 81 FR 8854, Feb. 23, 2016; 91 FR 4854, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.3   Authority of officers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) The presiding officer has the authority to regulate the procedure in the hearing before him, and has authority to take all measures necessary or proper for the efficient performance of the duties assigned him. These include authority: (i) To hold hearings; (ii) to administer oaths and affirmations; (iii) to grant intervention; (iv) to accept any pleading; (v) to establish special rules of procedure appropriate to the effective handling of the particular proceeding; (vi) to examine witnesses; (vii) to issue subpoenas at the hearing; (viii) to dispose of requests for discovery; (ix) to hold conferences for the settlement and simplification of issues; (x) to rule on motions and dispose of procedural requests; (xi) to make initial decisions; (xii) to exclude any person from the hearing for contemptuous conduct; and (xiii) to take any other action authorized by this part, by the Administrative Procedure Act, or by the Interstate Commerce Act and related acts.
</P>
<P>(2) The presiding officer has the authority: (i) To terminate examination or cross-examination of repetitious or cumulative nature; (ii) to limit direct examination to material matters; (iii) to limit cross-examination to disputed material facts; (iv) to require that principal examination or cross-examination be conducted by one or more counsel representing similar interests in proceedings where several parties are involved; (v) to set reasonable schedules for the presentation of witnesses; (vi) and to set reasonable time limits for the examination or cross-examination of witnesses. In order to enforce this paragraph, the officer may require a clear statement on the record of the nature of the testimony to be given by any witness.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motions to dismiss; amendments.</I> (1) The presiding officer shall have power to decide any motion to dismiss the proceeding or other motion which involves final determination of the merits of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) The presiding officer may grant leave to amend any application or complaint. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Preparation of the decision by the prevailing party.</I> Any proceeding in which an oral hearing is held and in which the officer is able to announce his decision either:
</P>
<P>(1) On the record after the close of the taking of testimony and the hearing of arguments by the officer, or
</P>
<P>(2) By appropriate notification to the parties after the close of the hearing, may be made the subject of an initial decision prepared by a party or parties in whose favor the officer decides, within a period specified by the officer, and subject to such changes as the officer considers appropriate in the draft prepared for him.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Recording; media coverage.</I> The presiding officer shall have authority to permit or to refuse to permit the recording of the hearing by means of live or delayed television or radio broadcast, or the use of a tape recorder or other electronic or photographic equipment by any person other than the official reporter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996; 81 FR 8854, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.4   Prehearing conferences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purposes.</I> Upon written notice by the Board in any proceeding, or upon written or oral instruction of an officer, parties or their representatives may be directed to appear before an officer at a specified time and place for a conference, prior to or during the course of a hearing, or in lieu of personally appearing, to submit suggestions in writing, for the purpose of formulating issues and considering:
</P>
<P>(1) The simplification of issues;
</P>
<P>(2) The necessity or desirability of amending the pleadings either for the purpose of clarification, amplification, or limitation;
</P>
<P>(3) The possibility of making admissions of certain averments of fact or stipulations concerning the use by any or all parties of matters of public record, such as annual reports and the like, to avoid the unnecessary introduction of proof;
</P>
<P>(4) The procedure at the hearing;
</P>
<P>(5) The limitation of the number of witnesses;
</P>
<P>(6) The propriety of prior mutual exchange between or among the parties of prepared testimony and exhibits; and
</P>
<P>(7) Such other matters, including disposition of requests for discovery, as may aid in the simplification of the evidence and disposition of the proceeding. Parties may request a prehearing conference.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Facts disclosed privileged.</I> Facts disclosed in the course of the prehearing conference are privileged and, except by agreement, will not be used against participating parties either before the Board or elsewhere unless fully corroborated by other evidence.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Recordation and decision.</I> Action taken at the conference, including a recitation of the amendments allowed to the pleadings, the agreements made by the parties as to any of the matters considered, and defining the issues, will be recorded in an appropriate decision unless the parties enter into a written stipulation as to such matters, or agree to a statement thereof made on the record by the officer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Objection to the decision; subsequent proceedings.</I> If a decision is entered, the parties may, within 20 days of the date of service, or within such lesser time as is set by the officer, present objections on the grounds that the decision does not fully or correctly embody the agreements reached at the conference. Thereafter the terms of the written stipulation or statement of the officer, as the case may be, will determine the subsequent course of the proceedings, unless modified to prevent manifest injustice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.5   Stipulations.</HEAD>
<P>Apart from the procedure contemplated by the prehearing provisions, the parties may, by stipulation in writing filed with the Board at any stage of the proceeding, or orally made at the hearing, agree upon any pertinent facts in the proceeding. The parties should agree to facts in this manner whenever practicable.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.6   Appearances; withdrawal or absence from hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Who may appear.</I> Any individual may appear for himself. Any member of a partnership which is a party to any proceeding may appear for such partnerships upon adequate identification. A bona fide officer or a full-time employee of a corporation, association, or of an individual may appear for such corporation, association, or individual by permission of the officer presiding at the hearing. A party also may be represented by a practitioner.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Withdrawal or absence from hearing.</I> A practitioner who has entered his appearance at the hearing shall not be permitted to withdraw from the hearing, or willfully be absent therefrom, except for good cause and, wherever practicable, only with the permission of the presiding officer. If a person who has entered an appearance withdraws from the hearing in a manner other than that specified, the Board or the Officer may take such action as, in the interest of justice and the protection of the lawful rights of all parties to the proceeding, the circumstances of the case may warrant, including the striking out of all or any part of any pleading of the offending party, and including the possible dismissal of the action or proceeding, or any part thereof, the entry of an order of default against that party, or if the withdrawal is without the permission of the presiding officer, disciplining of the practitioner concerned.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.7   Intervention; petitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>How requested.</I> Intervention will normally be granted only upon petition. In exceptional circumstances, where the issues would not be broadened or the proceeding delayed, an officer may, at his or her discretion, allow intervention upon motion made orally at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content generally.</I> A petition for leave to intervene must set forth the grounds for the proposed intervention, the position and interest of the petitioner in the proceeding, and whether petitioner's position is in support of or in opposition to the relief sought. If the proceeding is by formal complaint and affirmative relief is sought by petitioner, the petition should conform to the requirements for a formal complaint.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>When filed.</I> A petition for leave to intervene in any proceeding should be filed prior to or at the time the proceeding is called for hearing, but not after, except for good cause shown. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Broadening issues; filing.</I> If the petition seeks a broadening of the issues and shows that they would not thereby be unduly broadened, and in respect thereof seeks affirmative relief, the petition should be filed in time to permit service upon and answer by the parties in advance of the hearing.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Copies; service; replies.</I> When a petition for leave to intervene is tendered at the hearing, sufficient copies of the petition must be provided for distribution to the parties represented at the hearing. When a petition for leave to intervene is not tendered at the hearing, the petition should be submitted to the Board together with a certificate that service has been made by petitioner. Any reply in opposition to a petition for leave to intervene not tendered at the hearing must be filed within 20 days after service of the petition to intervene. At the discretion of the Board, leave to intervene may be granted or denied before the expiration of the time allowed for replies.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Disposition.</I> Leave to intervene will be granted only when the petitioner addresses issues reasonably pertinent to the issues already presented and which do not unduly broaden them. If leave is granted the petitioner becomes an intervener and a party to the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 19301, May 27, 1988; 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996; 84 FR 12944, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.8   Witness examination; order of procedure.</HEAD>
<P>Witnesses will be orally examined under oath before the officer unless the facts are presented to the Board in the manner provided under modified procedure. In formal complaint, application, and investigation proceedings, complainant, applicant, and respondent, respectively, shall open and close at the hearing. In the event of further hearings granted on petition, the petitioners requesting further hearing shall open and close the proceeding. Instances exist in which parties other than the respondent may open and close in investigations where the burden of proof is not upon the respondent. Interveners shall follow the party on whose behalf the intervention is made. The foregoing order of presentation may be varied by the officer.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996; 81 FR 8854, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.9   Prepared statements.</HEAD>
<P>With the approval of the officer, a witness may read into the record, as his testimony, statements of fact or expressions of opinion prepared by the witness, or written answers to interrogatories of counsel. A prepared statement of a witness who is present at the hearing may be received as an exhibit, provided that the statement does not include argument. Before any such statement is read or admitted in evidence, the witness shall deliver to the officer, the reporter, and to opposing counsel, as may be directed by the officer, a copy of such statement or of such interrogatories and the written answers thereto. The admissibility of the evidence contained in such statement will be subject to the same rules as if such testimony was produced orally, including the right of cross-examination of the witness. The officer may require that the witness testify orally if, in the officer's opinion, the memory or demeanor of the witness may be of importance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.10   Records in other Board proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>A portion of the record before the Board in another proceeding may be offered in evidence at an oral hearing. A party making such an offer must provide, as an exhibit, a certified copy of the material sought to be introduced. A hearing officer may waive the requirement that a copy be provided, subject to such conditions as he or she may impose to assure that a copy will be available later, if needed, at no expense to the Board and to assure that the interests of other parties are not prejudiced. An offer of evidence under this section will be subject to objection by other parties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.11   Abstracts of documents.</HEAD>
<P>When documents, such as freight bills or bills of lading, are numerous, the officer may refuse to receive all the documents in evidence and instead admit only a limited number of representative documents. He may instruct, if the proffer be for the purpose of proving damages, that introduction be deferred until there is opportunity to comply with § 1133.2. If the proffer be for another purpose the officer may require the party in orderly fashion to abstract the relevant data from the documents, affording other parties reasonable opportunity to examine both the documents and the abstract, and thereupon offer such abstract in evidence in exhibit form.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996; 81 FR 8854, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.12" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.12   Exhibits.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Copies.</I> Unless the officer otherwise directs, the original and 10 copies of each exhibit of a documentary character should be furnished for the use of the Board. The original will be delivered to the reporter, and the copy to the officer. If the hearing is before a board, a copy of the exhibit should be furnished to each member of the board, unless the board otherwise directs. Unless the officer for cause directs otherwise, a reasonable number of copies should be furnished to counsel in attendance at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interchange prior to hearing.</I> Whenever practicable, the parties should interchange copies of exhibits or other pertinent material or matter before or at the commencement of the hearing; and the Board or presiding officer may so direct.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>When excluded how treated.</I> When exhibit has been identified, objected to, and excluded, the officer will develop whether the party offering the exhibit withdraws the offer, and if so, permit the return of the exhibit to him. If the excluded exhibit is not withdrawn, it should be given an exhibit number for identification and be incorporated in the record. Exhibit numbers once used for identification will not be duplicated thereafter. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 19301, May 27, 1988; 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.13" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.13   Filing evidence subsequent to hearing.</HEAD>
<P>Except as provided in this section or as expressly may be permitted in a particular instance, the Board will not receive in evidence or consider as part of the record any documents, letters, or other writings submitted for consideration in connection with any proceeding after close of the hearing, and may return any such documents to the sender. Before the close of a hearing the officer may, at the request of a party or upon his own motion, or upon agreement of the parties, require that a party furnish additional documentary evidence that supplements the existing record, within a stated period of time. Documentary evidence to be furnished in this way will be given an exhibit number at the time of filing and the parties advised accordingly. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 19301, May 27, 1988; 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996; 84 FR 12944, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.14" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.14   Objections to rulings.</HEAD>
<P>It is sufficient that a party, at the time the ruling is made or sought, make known to the officer on the record the action which he desires the officer to take or his objection to the action of the officer and his grounds for that objection. An objection not pressed in brief will be considered as waived. Where no brief is filed an objection will be considered as waived if not pressed in an appeal or reply to an appeal, if filed, or in a separate petition dealing only with that objection. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.15" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.15   Interlocutory appeals.</HEAD>
<P>Rulings of the presiding officer may be appealed prior to service of the initial decision only if:
</P>
<P>(a) The ruling denies or terminates any person's participation,
</P>
<P>(b) The ruling grants a request for the inspection of documents not ordinarily available for public inspection,
</P>
<P>(c) The ruling overrules an objection based on privilege, the result of which ruling is to require the presentation of testimony or documents, or
</P>
<P>(d) The presiding officer finds that the ruling may result in substantial irreparable harm, substantial detriment to the public interest, or undue prejudice to a party.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.16" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.16   Oral argument before the hearing officer.</HEAD>
<P>At the discretion of the hearing officer and upon reasonable notice to the parties, oral argument may be made at the close of testimony before him as an alternative to the filing of written briefs. Such argument, which should include requested findings and conclusions, will be recorded and made a part of the transcript of testimony, and will be available to the Board for consideration in deciding the case. The making of such argument will not preclude oral argument before the Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.17" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.17   Transcript of record.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing.</I> After the close of the hearing, the complete transcript of the testimony taken and the exhibits shall be part of the record in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Corrections.</I> A suggested correction in a transcript ordinarily will be considered only if offered not later than 20 days after the date each transcript is filed with the Board. A copy of the letter (original only need be filed with the Board) requesting the suggested corrections should be served upon all parties of record and with 2 copies to the official reporter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Objections to corrections.</I> Parties disagreeing with corrections suggested pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section should file written objections in the same manner as suggested corrections are to be filed. Objections to suggested corrections should be filed not later than 15 days after the filing with the Board of suggested corrections. If no objections are timely filed, the Office of Chief Counsel shall make the suggested corrections to the transcript. If objections are timely filed, the officer who presided at the hearing shall determine the merits of the suggested correction and enter an appropriate decision in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>No free copies.</I> The Board will not furnish free copies of the transcript to any party to any proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996; 74 FR 52907, Oct. 15, 2009; 91 FR 4854, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.18" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.18   Briefs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When filed.</I> In a proceeding which has been the subject of oral hearing, and in which briefs are to be filed, that fact will be stated by the officer on the record. The officer shall fix the time for filing briefs. Simultaneous filing will normally be required, and reply briefs will not normally be permitted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Evidence abstract.</I> A brief filed after a hearing may contain an abstract of the evidence relied upon by the party filing it, preferably assembled by subjects, with reference to the pages of the record, if written, or exhibit where the evidence appears. In the event the party elects not to include a separate abstract in his brief, he should give specific reference to the portions of the record, whether transcript or otherwise, relied upon in support of the respective statements of fact made throughout the brief.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Requested findings.</I> Each brief should include such requests for specific findings, separately stated and numbered, as the party desires the Board to make.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Exhibit reproduction.</I> Exhibits should not be reproduced in the brief, but may be shown, within reasonable limits, in an appendix to the brief. Analysis of such exhibits should be included in the brief where pertinent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52712, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1113.19" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1113.19   Pleadings: part of the record.</HEAD>
<P>Matters of fact that are verified and filed prior to oral hearing and that are not specifically denied constitute evidence and are part of the record. A witness, who would present such evidence, must be made available for cross-examination if a request is reasonably made. This rule does not apply to protests against tariffs or schedules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49559, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 1113.20-1113.30" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.43.0.7.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 1113.20-1113.30   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1114" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1114—EVIDENCE; DISCOVERY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 559; 49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 49562, Nov. 1, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Rules of Evidence</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.1   Admissibility.</HEAD>
<P>Any evidence which is sufficiently reliable and probative to support a decision under the provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act, or which would be admissible under the general statutes of the United States, or under the rules of evidence governing proceedings in matters not involving trial by jury in the courts of the United States, will be admissible in hearings before the Board. The rules of evidence will be applied in any proceeding to the end that necessary and proper evidence will be conveniently, inexpensively, and speedily produced, while preserving the substantial rights of the parties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49562, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.2   Official records.</HEAD>
<P>An official record or an entry therein, when admissible for any purpose, may be evidenced by an official publication thereof or by a copy attested by the officer having the legal custody of the record, or by a deputy, and accompanied with a certificate that such officer has the custody. If the office in which the record is kept is within the United States or within a territory or insular possession subject to the dominion of the United States, the certificate may be made by a judge of a court of record of the district or political subdivision in which the record is kept, authenticated by the seal of the court, or may be made by any public officer having a seal of office and having official duties in the district or political subdivision in which the record is kept, authenticated by the seal of his office. If the office in which the record is kept is in a foreign state or country, the certificate may be made by a secretary of embassy or legation, consul general, consul, vice consul, or consular agent or by officer in the foreign service of the United States stationed in the foreign state or country in which the record is kept, and authenticated by the seal of his office. A written statement signed by an officer having the custody of an official record or by his deputy that after diligent search no record or entry of a specified tenor is found to exist in the records of his office, accompanied by a certificate as above provided, is admissible as evidence that the records of this office contain no such record or entry. This section does not prevent the proof of official records or of entry or lack of entry therein or official notice thereof by a method authorized by any applicable statute or by the rules of evidence.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.3   Admissibility of business records.</HEAD>
<P>Any writing or record, whether in the form of an entry in a book or otherwise, made as a memorandum or record of any act, transaction, occurrence, or event, will be admissible as evidence thereof if it appears that it was made in the regular course of business, and that it was the regular course of business to make such memorandum or record at the time such record was made, or within a reasonable time thereafter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.4   Documents in Board's files.</HEAD>
<P>If a party offers in evidence any matter contained in a report or other document open to public inspection in the files of the Board, such report or other document need not be made available at the hearing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49562, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.5   Records in other Board proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>If any portion of the record before the Board in any proceeding other than the proceeding at issue is offered in evidence, a true copy will be presented for the record.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49562, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.6   Official notice of corroborative material.</HEAD>
<P>The Board or a hearing officer may take notice of official records, records in other Board proceedings, or other materials which are otherwise subject to specific rules governing admissibility regardless of compliance with the full technical provisions of such rules, where the admissibility of the evidence is for purposes of corroboration of testimony presented or to evaluate the credibility of testimony or allegations made in proceedings where the public interest is not otherwise adequately represented by counsel capable of fully complying with such rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49562, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.7   Exhibits.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever practical the sheets of each exhibit and the lines of each sheet should be numbered. If the exhibit consists of five or more sheets, the first sheet or title-page should be confined to a brief statement of what the exhibit purports to show with reference by sheet and line to illustrative or typical examples contained therein. The exhibit should bear an identifying number, letter, or short title which will readily distinguish it from other exhibits offered by the same party. It is desirable that, whenever practicable, evidence should be condensed into tables. Whenever practicable, especially in proceedings in which it is likely that many documents will be offered, all the documents produced by a single witness should be assembled and bound together, suitably arranged and indexed, so that they may be identified and offered as one exhibit. Exhibits should not be argumentative and should be limited to statements of facts, and be relevant and material to the issue, which can better be shown in that form than by oral testimony.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49562, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Discovery</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.21" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.21   Applicability; general provisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When discovery is available.</I> (1) Parties may obtain discovery under this subpart regarding any matter, not privileged, which is relevant to the subject matter involved in a proceeding other than an informal proceeding. For the purpose of this subchapter, informal proceedings are those not required to be determined on the record after hearing and include informal complaints and all proceedings assigned for initial disposition to employee boards under § 1011.5.
</P>
<P>(2) It is not grounds for objection that the information sought will be inadmissible as evidence if the information sought appears reasonably calculated to lead to the discovery of admissible evidence.
</P>
<P>(3) In cases using the simplified standards Three-Benchmark method, the number of discovery requests that either party can submit is limited as set forth in §§ 1114.22, 1114.26, and 1114.30, absent advance authorization from the Board.






</P>
<P>(b) <I>How discovery is obtained.</I> All discovery procedures may be used by parties without filing a petition and obtaining prior Board approval. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Protective conditions.</I> Upon motion by any party, by the person from whom discovery is sought, or by any person with a reasonable interest in the data, information, or material sought to be discovered and for good cause shown, any order which justice requires may be entered to protect a party or person from annoyance, embarrassment, oppression, or undue burden or expense, or to prevent the raising of issues untimely or inappropriate to the proceeding. Relief through a protective order may include one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) That the discovery not be had;
</P>
<P>(2) That the discovery may be had only on specified terms and conditions, including a designation of the time and place;
</P>
<P>(3) That the discovery may be had only upon such terms and conditions as the Board may impose to insure financial responsibility indemnifying the party or person against whom discovery is sought to cover the reasonable expenses incurred;
</P>
<P>(4) That the discovery may be had only by a method other than that selected by the party seeking discovery;
</P>
<P>(5) That certain matters not be inquired into or that the scope of discovery be limited to certain matters;
</P>
<P>(6) That discovery be conducted with no one present except persons designated in the protective order;
</P>
<P>(7) That a deposition after being sealed be opened only by order of the Board;
</P>
<P>(8) That a trade secret or other confidential research development or commercial information not be disclosed or be disclosed only in a designated way; and
</P>
<P>(9) That the parties simultaneously file specified documents or information enclosed in sealed envelopes to be opened only upon direction or order of the Board.
</P>
<FP>If the motion for a protective order is denied in whole or in part, the Board may, on such terms and conditions as it deems just, enter an order requiring any party or person to provide or permit discovery. A protective order under this paragraph may only be sought after, or in conjunction with, an effort by any party to obtain relief under § 1114.24(a), § 1114.26(a), or § 1114.31.
</FP>
<P>(d) <I>Sequence and timing of discovery.</I> Unless the Board upon motion, and subject to the requirements at 49 CFR 1111.2(f) and 1111.5(f) in stand-alone cost cases, for the convenience of parties and witnesses and in the interest of justice, orders otherwise, methods of discovery may be used in any sequence and the fact that a party is conducting discovery, whether by deposition or otherwise, should not operate to delay any party's discovery.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Stipulations regarding discovery.</I> Unless otherwise ordered, a written stipulation entered into by all the parties and filed with the Board may:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide that depositions be taken before any person, at any time or place, upon sufficient notice, and in any manner and when so taken may be used like other depositions; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Modify the procedures provided by these rules for other methods of discovery.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Service of discovery materials.</I> Unless otherwise ordered by the Board, and subject to the requirements at 49 CFR 1111.2(f) and 1111.5(f) in stand-alone cost cases, depositions, interrogatories, requests for documents, requests for admissions, and answers and responses thereto, shall be served on other counsel and parties, but shall not be filed with the Board. Any such materials, or portions thereof, should be appended to the appropriate pleading when used to support or to reply to a motion, or when used as an evidentiary submission. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49562, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996; 72 FR 51377, Sept. 7, 2007; 81 FR 8854, Feb. 23, 2016; 82 FR 57381, Dec. 5, 2017; 88 FR 319, Jan. 4, 2023; 90 FR 24080, June 6, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.22" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.22   Deposition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Purpose.</I> The testimony of any person, including a party, may be taken by deposition upon oral examination. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Request.</I> A party requesting to take a deposition and perpetuate testimony: 
</P>
<P>(1) Should notify all parties to the proceeding and the person sought to be deposed; and 
</P>
<P>(2) Should set forth the name and address of the witness, the place where, the time when, the name and office of the officer before whom, and the cause or reason why such deposition will be taken. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limitation under simplified standards.</I> In a case using the Three-Benchmark methodology, each party is limited to one deposition absent advance authorization from the Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996, as amended at 72 FR 51377, Sept. 7, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.23" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.23   Depositions; location, officer, time, fees, absence, disqualification.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Where deposition should be taken.</I> Unless otherwise ordered or agreed to by stipulation, depositions should be taken in the city or municipality where the deponent is located.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Officer before whom taken.</I> Within the United States or within a territory or insular possession subject to the dominion of the United States, depositions should be taken before an officer authorized to administer oaths by the laws of the United States or of the place where the examination is held. Within a foreign country, depositions may be taken before an officer or person designated by the Board or agreed upon by the parties by stipulation in writing to be filed with the Board.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fees.</I> A witness whose deposition is taken pursuant to these rules and the officer taking same, unless he be employed by the Board, shall be entitled to the same fee paid for like service in the courts of the United States, which fee should be paid by the party at whose instance the deposition is taken.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Failure to attend or to serve subpoena; expenses.</I> (1) If the party who filed a petition for discovery fails to attend and proceed with the taking of the deposition and another party attends in person or by representative pursuant to an order of the Board granting discovery the Board may order the party who filed the petition to pay to such other party the reasonable expenses incurred by him and his representative in so attending, including reasonable attorney's fees.
</P>
<P>(2) If the party who filed a petition for discovery fails to serve a subpoena upon the witness and the witness because of such failure does not attend, and if another party attends in person or by representative because he expects the deposition of the witness to be taken, the Board may order the party who filed the petition to pay to such other party the reasonable expenses incurred by him and his representative in so attending, including reasonable attorney's fees.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Disqualification for interest.</I> No deposition should be taken before a person who is a relative or employee or representative or counsel of any of the parties, or is a relative or employee of such representative or counsel or is financially interested in the proceeding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49562, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.24" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.24   Depositions; procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Examination.</I> Examination and cross-examination of witnesses should proceed as permitted at a hearing and should be limited to the subject matter specified in the order granting discovery. All objections made at the time of the examination to the qualifications of the officer taking the deposition, or to the manner of taking it, or to the evidence presented, or to the conduct of any party, and any other objection to the proceedings, should be noted by the officer upon the deposition. Evidence objected to should be taken subject to the objections. In lieu of participating in the oral examination, parties may serve written questions in a sealed envelope on the party taking the deposition, and shall transmit them to the officer, who shall open the sealed envelope, propound the questions to the witness, and record the answers verbatim.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Use of depositions.</I> At the hearings, any part or all of a deposition, so far as admissible under the rules of evidence, may be used against any party who was present or represented at the taking of the deposition or who had due notice thereof, in accordance with any one of the following provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) Any deposition may be used by any party for the purpose of contradicting or impeaching the testimony of the deponent as a witness.
</P>
<P>(2) The deposition of a party or of anyone who at the time of taking the deposition was an officer, director, or managing agent, or a person designated to testify on behalf of a public or private corporation, partnership, association or governmental agency (other than this Board, except in those instances where the Board itself is a party to the proceeding) which is a party, may be used by an adverse party for any purpose.
</P>
<P>(3) The deposition of a witness, whether or not a party, may be used by any party for any purpose if the presiding officer or Board finds:
</P>
<P>(i) That the witness is dead; or
</P>
<P>(ii) That the witness is at a greater distance than 100 miles from the place of hearing or is out of the United States, unless it appears that the absence of the witness was procured by the party offering the deposition; or
</P>
<P>(iii) That the witness is unable to attend or testify because of age, illness, infirmity, or imprisonment; or 
</P>
<P>(iv) That the party offering the deposition has been unable to procure the attendance of the witness by subpoena; or
</P>
<P>(v) Upon application and notice, that such exceptional circumstances exist as to make it desirable, in the interest of justice and with due regard to the importance of presenting the testimony of witness orally at public hearing, to allow the deposition to be used.
</P>
<P>(4) If only part of a deposition is offered in evidence by a party, an adverse party may require him to introduce any other part which ought in fairness to be considered with the part introduced, and any party may introduce any other parts. Substitution of parties does not affect the right to use depositions previously taken.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of taking or using depositions.</I> A party should not be deemed to make a person his own witness for any purpose by taking his deposition. The introduction in evidence of the deposition or any part thereof for any purpose other than that of contradicting or impeaching the deponent makes the deponent the witness of the party introducing the deposition, but this should not apply to the use of an adverse party of a deposition under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. At the hearing any party may rebut any relevant evidence contained in a deposition whether introduced by him or by any other party.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Motions to protect.</I> At any time during the taking of the deposition, on motion of any party or of the deponent and upon a showing that the examination is being conducted in bad faith or in such manner as unreasonably to annoy, embarrass, or oppress the deponent or party, the Board may order the officer conducting the examination to cease forthwith from taking the deposition, or may limit the scope and manner of the taking of the deposition as provided in § 1114.21(c). If the order made terminates the examination, it should be resumed thereafter only if so ordered. Upon demand of the objecting party or deponent, the taking of the deposition should be suspended for the time necessary to make a motion for an order.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Recordation.</I> The officer before whom the deposition is to be taken shall observe the provisions of § 1113.6 respecting appearances and typographical specifications, shall put the witness under oath, and shall personally, or by someone acting under his direction and in his presence, record and transcribe the testimony of the witness as required by these rules.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Signing.</I> When the testimony is fully transcribed or otherwise recorded, the deposition should be submitted to the witness for examination and should be read to or by him unless such examination and reading are waived by the witness and the parties. Any changes in form or substance which the witness desires to make should be entered upon the deposition by the officer with a statement of the reasons given by the witness for making them. The witness shall then sign the deposition, unless the parties by stipulation waive the signing or the witness is ill or cannot be found or refuses to sign. If the deposition is not signed by the witness within 15 days of its submission to him, the officer shall sign it and state on the record the fact of the waiver or of the illness or absence of the witness or the fact of the refusal to sign together with the reason, if any, given therefor; and the deposition may then be used fully as though signed, unless, on a motion to suppress, it is found that the reasons given for refusal to sign require rejection of the deposition in whole or in part.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Attestation.</I> The officer shall certify on the deposition that the witness was duly sworn by him and that the deposition is a true record of the testimony given by the witness, and that the officer is: (1) not a relative, employee, representative or counsel of any of the parties, (2) not a relative or employee of such representative or counsel, and (3) not financially interested in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Return.</I> The officer shall either submit the deposition and all exhibits by e-filing (provided the filing complies with 49 CFR 1104.1(e)) or securely seal the deposition and all exhibits in an envelope endorsed with sufficient information to identify the proceeding and marked “Deposition of (here insert name of witness)” and personally deliver or promptly send it by registered mail to the Office of Chief Counsel. A deposition to be offered in evidence must reach the Board not later than 5 days before the date it is to be so offered.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Notice.</I> The party taking the deposition shall give prompt notice of its filing to all other parties.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Copies.</I> Upon payment of reasonable charges, the officer before whom the deposition is taken shall furnish a copy of it to any interested party or to the deponent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49562, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996; 74 FR 52908, Oct. 15, 2009; 81 FR 8854, Feb. 23, 2016; 88 FR 319, Jan. 4, 2023; 91 FR 4854, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.25" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.25   Effect of errors and irregularities in depositions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>As to disqualification of officer.</I> Objection to taking a deposition because of disqualification of the officer before whom it is to be taken is waived unless made before the taking of the deposition begins or as soon thereafter as the disqualification becomes known or could be discovered with reasonable diligence.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>As to taking of deposition.</I> (1) Objections to the competency of a witness or to the competency, relevancy, or materiality of testimony are not waived by failure to make them before or during the taking of the deposition, unless the ground of the objection is one which might have been obviated or removed if presented at that time.
</P>
<P>(2) Errors and irregularities occurring at the oral examination in the manner of taking the deposition, in the form of the questions or answers in the oath or affirmation, or in the conduct of parties, and errors of any kind which might be obviated, removed, or cured if promptly presented, are waived unless reasonable objection thereto is made at the taking of the deposition.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>As to completion and return of deposition.</I> Objections to errors and irregularities in the manner in which the testimony is transcribed or the deposition is prepared, signed, certified, sealed, endorsed, transmitted, filed, or otherwise dealt with by the officer under §§ 1114.23 and 1114.24 are waived unless a motion to suppress the deposition or some part thereof is made with reasonable promptness after such defect is, or with due diligence might have been, ascertained.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49562, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 81 FR 8854, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.26" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.26   Written interrogatories to parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability; procedures for use.</I> Subject to the provisions of § 1114.21(a), any party may serve upon any other party written interrogatories to be answered by the party served, or if the party served is a public or private corporation, partnership, association, or Governmental agency (other than this Board, except in those instances where the Board itself is a party to the proceeding), by any officer or agent, who shall furnish such information as is available to the party. Each interrogatory should be answered separately and fully in writing, unless it is objected to, in which event the reasons for objection should be stated in lieu of an answer. The answers are to be signed by the person making them and subscribed by an appropriate verification generally in the form prescribed in § 1112.9. Objections are to be signed by the representative or counsel making them. The person upon whom the interrogatories have been served shall serve a copy of the answers and objections within the time period designated by the party submitting the interrogatories, but not less than 15 days after the service thereof.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Option to produce business records.</I> Where the answer to an interrogatory may be derived or ascertained from the business records of the party upon whom the interrogatory has been served or from an examination, audit, or inspection of such business records or from a compilation, abstract, or summary based thereon, and the burden of deriving or ascertaining the answer is substantially the same for the party serving the interrogatory as for the party served, it is a sufficient answer to such interrogatory to specify the records from which the answer may be derived or ascertained and to afford to the party serving the interrogatory reasonable opportunity to examine, audit, or inspect such records and to make copies thereof, or compilation, abstracts, or summaries therefrom. If information sought is contained in computer runs, punchcards, or tapes which also contain privileged or proprietary information or information the disclosure of which is proscribed by the act, it will be sufficient response under these rules that the person upon whom the interrogatory has been served is willing to make available to and permit an independent professional organization not interested in the proceeding and paid by the party serving the interrogatory to extract from such runs, punchcards, or tapes the information sought in the interrogatory that is not privileged or proprietary information or information the disclosure of which is proscribed by the act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service of interrogatories in those proceedings not requiring a petition.</I> No written interrogatories shall be served within 20 days prior to the date assigned for commencement of hearing or the filing of opening statements of fact and argument under the modified procedure, and when the written interrogatories are to be served in a foreign country, they shall not be served within 40 days prior to such date. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Limitation under simplified standards.</I> In a case using the Three-Benchmark methodology, each party is limited to ten interrogatories (including subparts) absent advance authorization from the Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49562, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996; 72 FR 51377, Sept. 7, 2007; 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.27" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.2.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.27   Request for admission.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Availability; procedures for use.</I> Subject to the provisions of § 1114.21(a), a party may serve upon any other party a written request for the admission, for purposes of the pending proceeding only, of the truth of any matters within the scope of § 1114.21 set forth in the request, including the genuineness of any documents described in the request for admission. Copies of documents should be served with the request unless they have been or are otherwise furnished or made available for inspection and copying. Each matter of which an admission is requested should be separately set forth. The matter is admitted unless, within a period designated in the request, not less than 15 days after service thereof, the party to whom the request is directed serves upon the party requesting the admission a written answer or objection addressed to the matter, signed by the party or his representative or counsel. If objection is made, the reasons therefor should be stated. The answer should specifically deny the matter or set forth in detail the reasons why the answering party cannot truthfully admit or deny the matter. A denial should fairly meet the substance of the requested admission, and when good faith requires that a party qualify his answer or deny only a part of the matter of which an admission is requested, he shall specify so much of it as is true and qualify or deny the remainder. An answering party may not give lack of information or knowledge as a reason for failure to admit or deny unless he states that he has made reasonable inquiry and that the information known or readily obtainable by him is insufficient to enable him to admit or deny. A party who considers that a matter of which an admission has been requested presents a genuine issue for hearing may not, on that ground alone, object to the request; he may, subject to the provisions of § 1114.31, deny the matter or set forth reasons why he cannot admit or deny it. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effect of admission.</I> Any matter admitted under this rule is conclusively established unless upon petition and a showing of good cause the Board enters an order permitting withdrawal or amendment of the admission. Any admission made by a party under this rule is for the purpose of the pending proceeding only and is not an admission by him for any other purpose nor may it be used against him in any other proceeding.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service of written requests for admission in those proceedings not requiring a petition.</I> No requests for admission should be served within 20 days prior to the date assigned for commencement of hearing or the filing of opening statements of fact and argument under the modified procedure, and when requests for admission are to be served in a foreign country they should not be served within 40 days prior to such date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49562, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996; 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.28" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.2.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.28   Depositions, requests for admission, written interrogatories, and responses thereto: inclusion in record.</HEAD>
<P>At the oral hearing, or upon the submission of statements under the modified procedure, depositions, requests for admission and written interrogatories, and respective responses may be offered in evidence by the party at whose instance they were taken. If not offered by such party, they may be offered in whole or in part by any other party. If only part of a deposition, request for admission or written interrogatory, or response thereto is offered in evidence by a party, any other party (where the matter is being heard orally) may require him to introduce all of it which is relevant to the part introduced, and any party may introduce any other parts. Such depositions, requests for admission and written interrogatories, and responses thereto should be admissible in evidence subject to such objections as to competency of the witness, or competency, relevancy, or materiality of the testimony as were noted at the time of their taking or are made at the time they are offered in evidence.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.29" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.2.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.29   Supplementation of responses.</HEAD>
<P>A party who has responded to a request for discovery with a response that was complete when made is under a duty to supplement his response to include information thereafter acquired in the following instances:
</P>
<P>(a) A party is under a duty seasonably to supplement his response with respect to any question directly addressed to:
</P>
<P>(1) The identity and locations of persons having knowledge of discoverable matters, and
</P>
<P>(2) The identity of each person expected to be called as an expert witness at the hearing, the subject matter on which he is expected to testify, and the substance of his testimony.
</P>
<P>(b) A party who knows or later learns that his response is incorrect is under a duty seasonably to correct his response.
</P>
<P>(c) A duty to supplement responses may be imposed by order, agreement of the parties, or at any time prior to the hearing or the submission of verified statements under the modified procedure through new requests for supplementation of prior responses. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.30" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.2.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.30   Production of documents and records and entry upon land for inspection and other purposes.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> Any party may serve on any other party a request: 
</P>
<P>(1) To produce and permit the party making the request to inspect any designated documents (including writings, drawings, graphs, charts, photographs, phonograph records, tapes, and other data compilations from which information can be obtained, translated, if necessary, with or without the use of detection devices into reasonably usable form), or to inspect and copy, test, or sample any tangible things which are in the possession, custody, or control of the party upon whom the request is served, but if the writings or data compilations include privileged or proprietary information or information the disclosure of which is proscribed by the Act, such writings or data compilations need not be produced under this rule but may be provided pursuant to § 1114.26(b) of this part; or 
</P>
<P>(2) To permit, subject to appropriate liability releases and safety and operating considerations, entry upon designated land or other property in the possession or control of the party upon whom the request is served for the purpose of inspecting and measuring, surveying, photographing, testing, or sampling the property or any designated object or operation thereon. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure.</I> Any request filed pursuant to this rule should set forth the items to be inspected either by individual item or by category and describe each item and category with reasonable particularity. The request should specify a reasonable time, place, and manner of making the inspection and performing the related acts. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Limitation under simplified standards.</I> In a case using the Three-Benchmark methodology, each party is limited to ten document requests (including subparts) absent advance authorization from the Board.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Agreements containing interchange commitments.</I> In any proceeding involving the reasonableness of provisions related to an existing rail carrier sale or lease agreement that serve to induce a party to the agreement to interchange traffic with another party to the agreement, rather than with a third-party connecting carrier, whether by outright prohibition, per-car penalty, adjustment in the purchase price or rental, positive economic inducement, or other means, a party to the proceeding with a need for the information may obtain a confidential, complete version of the agreement, with the prior approval of the Board. The party seeking such approval must file an appropriate motion containing an explanation of the party's need for the information and a draft protective order and undertaking(s) that will ensure the agreement is kept confidential. The motion seeking approval may be filed at any time after the initial complaint or petition, including before the answer to the complaint or petition is due. A reply to such a motion must be filed within 5 days thereafter. The motion will be considered by the Board in an expedited manner.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996, as amended at 72 FR 51377, Sept. 7, 2007; 73 FR 31034, May 30, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1114.31" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.44.2.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1114.31   Failure to respond to discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Failure to answer.</I> If a deponent fails to answer or gives an evasive answer or incomplete answer to a question propounded under § 1114.24(a), or a party fails to answer or gives evasive or incomplete answers to written interrogatories served pursuant to § 1114.26(a), the party seeking discovery may apply for an order compelling an answer by motion filed with the Board and served on all parties and deponents. Such motion to compel an answer must be filed with the Board and served on all parties and deponents. Such motion to compel an answer must be filed with the Board within 10 days after the failure to obtain a responsive answer upon deposition, or within 10 days after expiration of the period allowed for submission of answers to interrogatories. On matters relating to a deposition on oral examination, the proponent of the question may complete or adjourn the examination before he applies for an order.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Reply to motion to compel generally.</I> Except in rate cases to be considered under the stand-alone cost methodology or simplified standards, the time for filing a reply to a motion to compel is governed by 49 CFR 1104.13.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Motions to compel in stand-alone cost and simplified standards rate cases.</I> (i) Motions to compel in stand-alone cost and simplified standards rate cases must include a certification that the movant has in good faith conferred or attempted to confer with the person or party failing to answer discovery to obtain it without Board intervention.
</P>
<P>(ii) In a rate case to be considered under the stand-alone cost or simplified standards methodologies, a reply to a motion to compel must be filed with the Board within 10 days of when the motion to compel is filed.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Conference with parties on motion to compel.</I> Within 5 business days after the filing of a reply to a motion to compel in a rate case to be considered under the stand-alone cost methodology or under the simplified standards, Board staff may convene a conference with the parties to discuss the dispute, attempt to narrow the issues, and gather any further information needed to render a ruling.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Ruling on motion to compel in stand-alone cost and simplified standards rate cases.</I> Within 5 business days after a conference with the parties convened pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the Chief Counsel will issue a summary ruling on the motion to compel discovery. If no conference is convened, the Chief Counsel will issue this summary ruling within 10 days after the filing of the reply to the motion to compel. Appeals of a Chief Counsel's ruling will proceed under 49 CFR 1115.9, and the Board will attempt to rule on such appeals within 20 days after the filing of the reply to the appeal.






</P>
<P>(b) <I>Failure to comply with order.</I> (1) If a party or other witness refuses to be sworn or refuses to answer any question after being directed to do so by the Board, such refusal may subject the refusing party or person to action by the Board under 49 U.S.C. 1321(c) and (d) to compel appearance and compliance with the Board's order.
</P>
<P>(2) If any party or an officer, director, managing agent, or employee of a party or person refuses to obey an order made under paragraph (a) of this section requiring him to answer designated questions, or an order made under § 1114.30 requiring him to produce any document or other thing for inspection, copying, testing, sampling, or photographing or to permit it to be done, or to permit entry upon land or other property, the Board may make such orders in regard to the refusal as are just, and among others the following:
</P>
<P>(i) An order that the matters regarding which questions were asked, or the character or description of the thing or land, or the contents of the paper, or any other designated facts should be taken to be established for the purposes of the proceeding in accordance with the claim of the party obtaining the order:
</P>
<P>(ii) An order refusing to allow the disobedient party to support or oppose designated claims or defenses, or prohibiting him from introducing in evidence designated documents or things or items of testimony:
</P>
<P>(iii) An order striking out pleadings or parts thereof, or staying further proceedings until the order is obeyed, or dismissing the proceedings or any party thereof.
</P>
<P>(iv) In lieu of any of the foregoing orders, or in addition thereto, the Board shall require the party failing to obey the order or the attorney advising that party, or both, to pay the reasonable expenses, including attorney's fees, caused by the failure, unless the Board finds that the failure was substantially justified or that other circumstances make an award of expenses unjust. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Expenses on refusal to admit.</I> If a party, after being served with a request under § 1114.27 to admit the genuineness of any document or the truth of any matter of fact, serves a sworn denial thereof, and if the party requesting the admission thereafter proves the genuineness of any such document or the truth of any such matter of fact the Board may order the party making such denial to pay to such other party the reasonable expenses incurred in making that proof, including reasonable attorney's fees.


</P>
<P>(d) <I>Failure of party to attend or serve answers.</I> If a party or a person or an officer, director, managing agent, or employee of a party or person willfully fails to appear before the officer who is to take his deposition, after being served with a proper notice, or fails to serve answers to interrogatories submitted under § 1114.26, after proper service of such interrogatories, the Board on motion and notice may strike out all or any part of any pleading of that party or person, or dismiss the proceeding or any part thereof. In lieu of any such order or in addition thereto, the Board shall require the party failing to act or the attorney advising that party or both to pay the reasonable expenses, including attorney's fees, caused by the failure, unless the Board finds that the failure was substantially justified or that other circumstances make an award of expenses unjust.




</P>
<P>(e) <I>Expenses against United States.</I> Expenses and attorney's fees are not to be imposed upon the United States under this rule. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49562, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52713, Oct. 8, 1996; 68 FR 17313, Apr. 9, 2003; 69 FR 58366, Sept. 30, 2004; 72 FR 51377, Sept. 7, 2007; 74 FR 52908, Oct. 15, 2009; 82 FR 57381, Dec. 5, 2017; 83 FR 15079, Apr. 9, 2018; 88 FR 319, Jan. 4, 2023; 90 FR 24080, June 6, 2025; 91 FR 4854, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1115" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.45" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1115—APPELLATE PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 559; 49 U.S.C. 1321; 49 U.S.C. 11708.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 49568, Nov. 1, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1115.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.45.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1115.1   Scope of rule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) These appellate procedures apply in cases where a hearing is required by law or Board action. They do not apply to informal matters such as car service, temporary authority, suspension, special permission actions, or to other matters of an interlocutory nature. Abandonments and discontinuance proceedings instituted under 49 U.S.C. 10903 are governed by separate appellate procedures exclusive to those proceedings. (See 49 CFR part 1152) 
</P>
<P>(b) Requests for appellate relief may relate either to initial decisions or to Board actions other than initial decisions. For each category, this rule describes the types of appeal permitted, the requirements to be observed in filing an appeal, provisions for stay of the action, and the status of the action in the absence of a stay.
</P>
<P>(c) Appeals from the decisions of employees acting under authority delegated to them by the Chairman of the Board pursuant to § 1011.6 will be acted upon by the entire Board. Appeals must be filed within 10 days of the date of the action taken by the employee, and responses to appeals must be filed within 10 days thereafter. Such appeals are not favored; they will be granted only in exceptional circumstances to correct a clear error of judgment or to prevent manifest injustice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49568, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52714, Oct. 8, 1996; 69 FR 12806, Mar. 18, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1115.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.45.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1115.2   Initial decisions.</HEAD>
<P>This category includes the initial decision of an administrative law judge, individual Board Member, or employee board.
</P>
<P>(a) An appeal of right is permitted.
</P>
<P>(b) Appeals must be based on one or more of the following grounds:
</P>
<P>(1) That a necessary finding of fact is omitted, erroneous, or unsupported by substantial evidence of record;
</P>
<P>(2) That a necessary legal conclusion, or finding is contrary to law, Board precedent, or policy;
</P>
<P>(3) That an important question of law, policy, or discretion is involved which is without governing precedent; or
</P>
<P>(4) That prejudicial procedural error has occurred.
</P>
<P>(c) Appeals must detail the assailed findings with supporting citations to the record and authorities.
</P>
<P>(d) Appeals and replies shall not exceed 30 pages in length, including argument, and appendices or other attachments, but excluding a table of cases and an index of subject matter.
</P>
<P>(e) Appeals must be filed within 20 days after the service date of the decision or within any further period (not to exceed 20 days) the Board may authorize. Replies must be filed within 20 days of the date the appeal is filed. 
</P>
<P>(f) The timely filing of an appeal to an initial decision will stay the effect of the action pending determination of the appeal.
</P>
<P>(g) If an appeal of an initial decision is not timely filed or the Board does not stay the effectiveness on its own motion, the order set forth in the initial decision shall become the action of the Board and be effective at the expiration of the time for filing, unless otherwise provided.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49568, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 54 FR 19894, May 9, 1989; 61 FR 52714, Oct. 8, 1996; 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1115.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.45.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1115.3   Board actions other than initial decisions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A discretionary appeal of an entire Board action is permitted. Such an appeal should be designated a “petition for reconsideration.”
</P>
<P>(b) The petition will be granted only upon a showing of one or more of the following points: 
</P>
<P>(1) The prior action will be affected materially because of new evidence or changed circumstances. 
</P>
<P>(2) The prior action involves material error. 
</P>
<P>(c) The petition must state in detail the nature of and reasons for the relief requested. When, in a petition filed under this section, a party seeks an opportunity to introduce evidence, the evidence must be stated briefly and must not appear to be cumulative, and an explanation must be given why it was not previously adduced. 
</P>
<P>(d) The petition and any reply must not exceed 20 pages in length. A separate preface and summary of argument, not exceeding 3 pages, may accompany petitions and replies and must accompany those that exceed 10 pages in length. 


</P>
<P>(e) Petitions must be filed within 20 days after the service of the action or within any further period (not to exceed 20 days) as the Board may authorize. However, in cases seeking expedited relief for service emergencies under the accelerated process at 49 CFR 1146.2, petitions must be filed within 5 days after the service of the action, and replies to petitions must be filed within 10 days after the service of the action.


</P>
<P>(f) The filing of a petition will not automatically stay the effect of a prior action, but the Board may stay the effect of the action on its own motion or on petition. A petition to stay may be filed in advance of the petition for reconsideration and shall be filed within 10 days of service of the action. No reply need be filed. However, if a party elects to file a reply, it must reach the Board no later than 16 days after service of the action. In all proceedings, the action, if not stayed, will become effective 30 days after it is served, unless the Board provides for the action to become effective at a different date. On the day the action is served parties may initiate judicial review. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 52714, Oct. 8, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 58491, Nov. 15, 1996; 88 FR 320, Jan. 4, 2023; 89 FR 4578, Jan. 24, 2024; 90 FR 24080, June 6, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1115.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.45.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1115.4   Petitions to reopen administratively final actions.</HEAD>
<P>A person at any time may file a petition to reopen any administratively final action of the Board pursuant to the requirements of § 1115.3 (c) and (d) of this part. A petition to reopen must state in detail the respects in which the proceeding involves material error, new evidence, or substantially changed circumstances and must include a request that the Board make such a determination. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 52714, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1115.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.45.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1115.5   Petitions for other relief.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party may petition for a stay of an action pending a request for judicial review, for extension of the compliance date, or for modification of the date the terms of the decision take effect. The reasons for the desired relief must be stated in the petition, and the petition must be filed not less than 10 days prior to the date the terms of the action take effect. No reply need be filed. If a party elects to file a reply, the reply must reach the Board no later than 5 days after the petition is filed.
</P>
<P>(b) When the terms of a Board action take effect on less than 15 days' notice, a petition for stay pending a request for judicial review must be filed prior to the institution of court action and as close to the service date as practicable. No reply need be filed. Where time permits, a party may elect to file a reply.
</P>
<P>(c) A petition or reply must not exceed 10 pages in length.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49568, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52714, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1115.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.45.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1115.6   Exhaustion of remedies and judicial review.</HEAD>
<P>These rules do not relieve the requirement that a party exhaust its administrative remedies before going to court. Any action appealable as of right must be timely appealed. If an appeal, discretionary appeal, or petition seeking reopening is filed under § 1115.2 or § 1115.3 of this part, before or after a petition seeking judicial review is filed with the courts, the Board will act upon the appeal or petition after advising the court of its pendency unless action might interfere with the court's jurisdiction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49568, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 61 FR 52714, Oct. 8, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1115.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.45.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1115.7   Petitions for judicial review; mailing address.</HEAD>
<P>Petitions for judicial review of final agency orders may be served on the Board pursuant to 28 U.S.C. 2112(a) and be addressed to “Chief Counsel, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423.”


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 4854, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1115.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.45.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1115.8   Petitions to review arbitration decisions.</HEAD>
<P>An appeal of right to the Board is permitted. The appeal must be filed within 20 days upon the Board of a final arbitration decision, unless a later date is authorized by the Board, and is subject to the page limitations of § 1115.2(d). For arbitrations authorized under part 1108, subparts A and B, of this chapter, the Board's standard of review of arbitration decisions will be narrow, and relief will only be granted on grounds that the decision is inconsistent with sound principles of rail regulation economics, a clear abuse of arbitral authority or discretion occurred, the decision directly contravenes statutory authority, or the award limitation was violated.

 For labor arbitration decisions, the Board's standard of review is set forth in <I>Chicago and North Western Transportation Company—Abandonment—near Dubuque &amp; Oelwein, Iowa,</I> 3 I.C.C.2d 729 (1987), <I>aff'd sub nom. International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers</I> v. <I>Interstate Commerce Commission,</I> 862 F.2d 330 (D.C. Cir. 1988). The timely filing of a petition will not automatically stay the effect of the arbitration decision. A stay may be requested under § 1115.3(f).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 69417, Oct. 6, 2016, as amended at 88 FR 735, Jan. 4, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1115.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.45.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1115.9   Interlocutory appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Rulings of Board employees, including administrative law judges, may be appealed prior to service of the initial decision only if: 
</P>
<P>(1) The ruling denies or terminates any person's participation; 
</P>
<P>(2) The ruling grants a request for the inspection of documents not ordinarily available for public inspection; 
</P>
<P>(3) The ruling overrules an objection based on privilege, the result of which ruling is to require the presentation of testimony or documents; or 
</P>
<P>(4) The ruling may result in substantial irreparable harm, substantial detriment to the public interest, or undue prejudice to a party. 
</P>
<P>(b) In stand-alone cost complaints or in cases filed under the simplified standards, any interlocutory appeal of a ruling shall be filed with the Board within three (3) business days of the ruling. Replies to any interlocutory appeal shall be filed with the Board within three (3) business days after the filing of any such appeal. In all other cases, interlocutory appeals shall be filed with the Board within seven (7) calendar days of the ruling and replies to interlocutory appeals shall be filed with Board within seven (7) calendar days after the filing of any such appeal as computed under 49 CFR 1104.7.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 52714, Oct. 8, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 58491, Nov. 15, 1996; 72 FR 51377, Sept. 7, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1116" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.46" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1116—ORAL ARGUMENT BEFORE THE BOARD
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 49569, Nov. 1, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1116.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.46.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1116.1   Requests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Addressee.</I> Requests for oral argument should be addressed to the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001.


</P>
<P>(b) <I>Who may request?</I> Any party may submit a written request for oral argument and state the reasons for the request. No replies from other parties to the request shall be made.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>When to file a request.</I> Requests for oral argument should be filed within 20 days after the date of service of the decision, order, or requirement being appealed, unless the Board by order prescribes a different time period.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Granting of request.</I> The Board will rule upon requests by decision, and the granting of requests is entirely at the discretion of the Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49569, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 74 FR 52908, Oct. 15, 2009; 91 FR 4855, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1116.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.46.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1116.2   Manner of presentation.</HEAD>
<P>Proponents of a rule or order will be heard first, and opponents will be heard second. One counsel only will usually be heard for each of the opposing interests, unless additional presentations are specifically authorized.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1117" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.47" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1117—PETITIONS (FOR RELIEF) NOT OTHERWISE COVERED
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1117.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.47.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1117.1   Petitions.</HEAD>
<P>A party seeking relief not provided for in any other rule may file a petition for such relief. The petition should contain (a) a short, plain statement of the grounds upon which the Board's jurisdiction is based; (b) a short plain statement of the claim showing that the petitioner is entitled to relief; and (c) a demand for the relief the petitioner believes is appropriate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49569, Nov. 1, 1982] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1119" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.48" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1119—COMPLIANCE WITH BOARD DECISIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1119.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.48.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1119.1   Compliance.</HEAD>
<P>A defendant or respondent directed by the Board to do or desist from doing a particular thing must notify the Board on or before the compliance date specified in the decision of the manner of compliance. Notification should be by verified affidavit showing simultaneous service upon all parties to the proceeding. Where a change in rates or schedules is directed, notification specifying the Surface Transportation Board tariff or schedule numbers must be given in addition to the filing of proper tariffs or schedules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49570, Nov. 1, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1120" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.49" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1120—USE OF 1977-1978 STUDY OF MOTOR CARRIER PLATFORM HANDLING FACTORS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 13701, 13703.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1120.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.49.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1120.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part apply only to Class I and II motor common carriers of general freight subject to accounting instruction number 27 of the Board's Uniform System of Accounts (49 CFR Part 1207).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 36184, Aug. 19, 1982. Redesignated at 47 FR 49570, Nov. 1, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1120.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.49.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1120.2   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>In any proceeding requiring the development of platform handling times for distribution of platform expense, carriers may use the results of the national weight formula contained in the Board's study, <I>entitled 1977-1978 Motor Carrier Platform Study,</I> Statement 2S1-79.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 36184, Aug. 19, 1982. Redesignated at 47 FR 49570, Nov. 1, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1121" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.50" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1121—RAIL EXEMPTION PROCEDURES 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 10502 and 10704.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>61 FR 52714, Oct. 8, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1121.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.50.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1121.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>These procedures generally govern petitions filed under 49 U.S.C. 10502 to exempt a transaction or service from 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, or any provision of 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, or to revoke an exemption previously granted. These procedures also apply to notices of exemption. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1121.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.50.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1121.2   Discovery.</HEAD>
<P>Discovery shall follow the procedures set forth at 49 CFR part 1114, subpart B. Discovery may begin upon the filing of the petition for exemption or petition for revocation of an exemption. In petitions to revoke an exemption, a party must indicate in the petition whether it is seeking discovery. If it is, the party must file its discovery requests at the same time it files its petition to revoke. Discovery shall be completed 30 days after the petition to revoke is filed. The party seeking discovery may supplement its petition to revoke 45 days after the petition is filed. Replies to the supplemental petition are due 15 days after the supplemental petition is filed. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1121.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.50.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1121.3   Content.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party filing a petition for exemption shall provide its case-in-chief, along with its supporting evidence, workpapers, and related documents at the time it files its petition. 
</P>
<P>(b) A petition must comply with environmental or historic reporting and notice requirements of 49 CFR part 1105, if applicable. 
</P>
<P>(c) A party seeking revocation of an exemption or a notice of exemption shall provide all of its supporting information at the time it files its petition. Information later obtained through discovery can be submitted in a supplemental petition pursuant to 49 CFR 1121.2. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Interchange Commitments.</I> (1) The filing party must certify whether or not a proposed acquisition or operation of a rail line involves a provision or agreement that may limit future interchange with a third-party connecting carrier, whether by outright prohibition, per-car penalty, adjustment in the purchase price or rental, positive economic inducement, or other means (“interchange commitment”). If such a provision exists, the following additional information must be provided (the information in paragraphs (d)(1)(ii), (iv), (vii) of this section may be filed with the Board under 49 CFR 1104.14(a) and will be kept confidential without need for the filing of an accompanying motion for a protective order under 49 CFR 1104.14(b)):
</P>
<P>(i) The existence of that provision or agreement and identification of the affected interchange points; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A confidential, complete version of the document(s) containing or addressing that provision or agreement;
</P>
<P>(iii) A list of shippers that currently use or have used the line in question within the last two years;
</P>
<P>(iv) The aggregate number of carloads those shippers specified in paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section originated or terminated (confidential);
</P>
<P>(v) A certification that the filing party has provided notice of the proposed transaction and interchange commitment to the shippers identified in paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(vi) A list of third party railroads that could physically interchange with the line sought to be acquired or leased;
</P>
<P>(vii) An estimate of the difference between the sale or lease price with and without the interchange commitment (confidential);
</P>
<P>(viii) A change in the case caption so that the existence of an interchange commitment is apparent from the case title.
</P>
<P>(2) To obtain information about an interchange commitment for use in a proceeding before the Board, a shipper or other affected party may be granted access to the confidential documents filed pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section by filing, and serving upon the petitioner, a “Motion for Access to Confidential Documents,” containing:
</P>
<P>(i) An explanation of the party's need for the information; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An appropriate draft protective order and confidentiality undertaking(s) that will ensure that the documents are kept confidential.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Deadlines.</I> (i) Replies to a Motion for Access are due within 5 days after the motion is filed.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Board will rule on a Motion for Access within 30 days after the motion is filed.
</P>
<P>(iii) Parties must produce the relevant documents within 5 days of receipt of a Board approved, signed confidentiality agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 52714, Oct. 8, 1996, as amended at 73 FR 31034, May 30, 2008; 78 FR 54590, Sept. 5, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1121.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.50.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1121.4   Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Exemption proceedings are informal, and public comments are generally not sought during consideration of exemption petition proposals, except as provided in § 1121.4(c). However, the Board may consider during its deliberation any public comments filed in response to a petition for exemption. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the Board determines that the criteria in 49 U.S.C. 10502 are met for the proposed exemption, it will issue the exemption and publish a notice of exemption in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 
</P>
<P>(c)(1) If the impact of the proposed individual exemption cannot be ascertained from the information contained in the petition or accompanying submissions, or significant adverse impacts might occur if the proposed exemption were granted, the Board may, in its discretion:
</P>
<P>(i) Direct that additional information be filed; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> requesting public comments.
</P>
<P>(2) If a petition for a new class exemption is filed, the Board will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> requesting public comments before granting the class exemption. This requirement does not pertain to individual notices of exemption filed under existing class exemptions. The Board may deny a request for a class exemption without seeking public comments.
</P>
<P>(d) Exemption petitions containing proposals that are directly related to and concurrently filed with a primary application will be considered along with that primary application. 
</P>
<P>(e) Unless otherwise specified in the decision, an exemption generally will be effective 30 days from the service date of the decision granting the exemption. Unless otherwise provided in the decision, petitions to stay must be filed within 10 days of the service date, and petitions for reconsideration or petitions to reopen under 49 CFR part 1115 or 49 CFR 1152.25(e) must be filed within 20 days of the service date. 
</P>
<P>(f) Petitions to revoke an exemption or the notice of exemption may be filed at any time. The person seeking revocation has the burden of showing that the revocation criteria of 49 U.S.C. 10502(d) have been met. 
</P>
<P>(g) In abandonment exemptions, petitions to revoke in part to impose public use conditions under 49 CFR 1152.28, or to invoke the Trails Act, 16 U.S.C. 1247(d), may be filed at any time prior to the consummation of the abandonment, except that public use conditions may not prohibit disposal of the properties for any more than the statutory limit of 180 days after the effective date of the decision granting the exemption. 
</P>
<P>(h) In transactions for the acquisition or operation of rail lines by Class II rail carriers under 49 U.S.C. 10902, the exemption may not become effective until 60 days after applicant certifies to the Board that it has posted at the workplace of the employees on the affected line(s) and served a notice of the transaction on the national offices of the labor unions with employees on the affected line(s), setting forth the types and numbers of jobs expected to be available, the terms of employment and principles of employee selection, and the lines that are to be transferred.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 52714, Oct. 8, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 58491, Nov. 15, 1996; 62 FR 47583, Sept. 10, 1997; 64 FR 46595, Aug. 26, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1122" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1122—BOARD-INITIATED INVESTIGATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11144, 11701.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 90239, Dec. 14, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1122.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1122.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Board-Initiated Investigation</I> means an investigation instituted by the Board pursuant to an Order of Investigation and conducted in accordance with Section 12 of the Surface Transportation Board Reauthorization Act of 2015, now incorporated and codified at 49 U.S.C. 11701.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Formal Board Proceeding</I> means a public proceeding instituted by the Board pursuant to an Order to Show Cause after a Board-Initiated Investigation has been conducted.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Investigating officer(s)</I> means the individual(s) designated by the Board in an Order of Investigation to conduct a Board-Initiated Investigation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Preliminary Fact-Finding</I> means an informal fact-gathering inquiry conducted by Board staff prior to the opening of a Board-Initiated Investigation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1122.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1122.2   Scope and applicability of this part.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies only to matters subject to Section 12 of the Surface Transportation Board Reauthorization Act of 2015, 49 U.S.C. 11701.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1122.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1122.3   Preliminary Fact-Finding.</HEAD>
<P>The Board staff may, in its discretion, conduct nonpublic Preliminary Fact-Finding, subject to the provisions of § 1122.6, to determine if a matter presents an alleged violation that could be of national or regional significance and subject to the Board's jurisdiction under 49 U.S.C. Subtitle IV, Part A, and warrants a Board-Initiated Investigation. Board staff shall inform the subject of Preliminary Fact-Finding that Preliminary Fact-Finding has commenced. Where it appears from Preliminary Fact-Finding that a Board-Initiated Investigation is warranted, staff shall so recommend to the Board. Where it appears from the Preliminary Fact-Finding that a Board-Initiated Investigation is not warranted, staff shall conclude its Preliminary Fact-Finding and notify any parties involved that the process has been terminated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1122.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1122.4   Board-Initiated Investigations.</HEAD>
<P>The Board may, in its discretion, commence a nonpublic Board-Initiated Investigation of any matter of national or regional significance that is subject to the jurisdiction of the Board under 49 U.S.C. Subtitle IV, Part A, subject to the provisions of § 1122.6, by issuing an Order of Investigation. Orders of Investigation shall state the basis for the Board-Initiated Investigation and identify all Board staff who are authorized to conduct the investigation as Investigating Officer(s). The Board may add or remove Investigating Officer(s) during the course of a Board-Initiated Investigation. To the extent practicable, an Investigating Officer shall not participate in any decisionmaking functions in any Formal Board Proceeding(s) opened as a result of any Board-Initiated Investigation(s) that he or she conducted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1122.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1122.5   Procedural rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After notifying the party subject to Preliminary Fact-Finding that Preliminary Fact-Finding has commenced, the Board staff shall, within a reasonable period of time, either:
</P>
<P>(1) Conclude Preliminary Fact-Finding and notify any parties involved that the process has been terminated; or
</P>
<P>(2) Recommend to the Board that a Board-Initiated Investigation is warranted.
</P>
<P>(b) Not later than 30 days after commencing a Board-Initiated Investigation, the Investigating Officer(s) shall provide the parties under investigation a copy of the Order of Investigation. If the Board adds or removes Investigating Officer(s) during the course of the Board-Initiated Investigation, it shall provide written notification to the parties under investigation.
</P>
<P>(c) Not later than 275 days after issuance of the Order of Investigation, the Investigating Officer(s) shall submit to the Board and the parties under investigation:
</P>
<P>(1) Any recommendations made as a result of the Board-Initiated Investigation; and
</P>
<P>(2) A summary of the findings that support such recommendations.
</P>
<P>(d) Not later than 90 days after receiving the recommendations and summary of findings, the Board shall decide whether to dismiss the Board-Initiated Investigation if no further action is warranted or initiate a Formal Board Proceeding to determine whether any provision of 49 U.S.C. Subtitle IV, Part A, has been violated in accordance with section 12 of the Surface Transportation Board Reauthorization Act of 2015. The Board shall dismiss any Board-Initiated Investigation that is not concluded with administrative finality within one year after the date on which it was commenced.
</P>
<P>(e) A Formal Board Proceeding commences upon issuance of a public Order to Show Cause. The Order to Show Cause shall state the basis for, and the issues to be considered during, the Formal Board Proceeding and set forth a procedural schedule.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1122.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1122.6   Confidentiality.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All information and documents obtained under § 1122.3 or § 1122.4, whether or not obtained pursuant to a Board request or subpoena, and all activities conducted by the Board under this part prior to the opening of a Formal Board Proceeding, shall be treated as nonpublic by the Board and its staff except to the extent that:
</P>
<P>(1) The Board, in accordance with 49 CFR 1001.4(c), (d), and (e), directs or authorizes the public disclosure of activities conducted under this part prior to the opening of a Formal Board Proceeding. If any of the activities being publicly disclosed implicate records claimed to be confidential commercial information, the Board shall notify the submitter prior to disclosure in accordance with 49 CFR 1001.4(b) and provide an opportunity to object to disclosure in accordance with 49 CFR 1001.4(d);
</P>
<P>(2) The information or documents are made a matter of public record during the course of an administrative proceeding; or
</P>
<P>(3) Disclosure is required by the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 or other relevant provision of law.
</P>
<P>(b) Procedures by which persons submitting information to the Board pursuant to this part of title 49, chapter X, subchapter B, of the Code of Federal Regulations may specifically seek confidential treatment of information for purposes of the Freedom of Information Act disclosure are set forth in § 1122.7. A request for confidential treatment of information for purposes of Freedom of Information Act disclosure shall not, however, prevent disclosure for law enforcement purposes or when disclosure is otherwise found appropriate in the public interest and permitted by law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1122.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1122.7   Request for confidential treatment.</HEAD>
<P>Any person that produces documents to the Board pursuant to § 1122.3 or § 1122.4 may claim that some or all of the information contained in a particular document or documents is exempt from the mandatory public disclosure requirements of the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552, is information referred to in 18 U.S.C. 1905, or is otherwise exempt by law from public disclosure. In such case, the person making such a claim shall, at the time the person produces the document to the Board, indicate on the document that a request for confidential treatment is being made for some or all of the information in the document. In such case, the person making such a claim also shall file a brief statement specifying the specific statutory justification for non-disclosure of the information in the document for which confidential treatment is claimed. If the person states that the information comes within the exception in 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4) for trade secrets and commercial or financial information, and the information is responsive to a subsequent FOIA request to the Board, 49 CFR 1001.4 shall apply.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1122.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1122.8   Limitation on participation.</HEAD>
<P>No party who is not the subject of a Board-Initiated Investigation may intervene or participate as a matter of right in any such Board-Initiated Investigation under this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1122.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1122.9   Power of persons conducting Board-Initiated Investigations.</HEAD>
<P>The Investigating Officer(s), in connection with any Board-Initiated Investigation, may interview or depose witnesses, inspect property and facilities, and request and require the production of any information, documents, books, papers, correspondence, memoranda, agreements, or other records, in any form or media, that are likely to be directly relevant to the issues of the Board-Initiated Investigation. The Investigating Officer(s), in connection with a Board-Initiated Investigation, also may issue subpoenas, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 1321, to compel the attendance of witnesses, the production of any of the records and other documentary evidence listed above, and access to property and facilities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1122.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1122.10   Transcripts.</HEAD>
<P>Transcripts, if any, of investigative testimony shall be recorded solely by the official reporter or other person or by means authorized by the Board or by the Investigating Officer(s). A witness who has given testimony pursuant to this part shall be entitled, upon written request, to procure a transcript of the witness' own testimony or, upon proper identification, shall have the right to inspect the official transcript of the witness' own testimony.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1122.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1122.11   Rights of witnesses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who is compelled or requested to furnish documentary evidence or testimony in a Board-Initiated Investigation shall, upon request, be shown the Order of Investigation. Copies of Orders of Investigation shall not be furnished, for their retention, to such persons requesting the same except with the express approval of the Chairman.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person compelled to appear, or who appears in person at a Board-Initiated Investigation by request or permission of the Investigating Officer may be accompanied, represented, and advised by counsel, as provided by the Board's regulations.
</P>
<P>(c) The right to be accompanied, represented, and advised by counsel shall mean the right of a person testifying to have an attorney present with him during any aspect of a Board-Initiated Investigation and to have this attorney advise his client before, during and after the conclusion of such examination.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1122.12" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1122.12   Certifications and false statements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When producing documents under § 1122.4, the producing party shall submit a statement certifying that such person has made a reasonable search for the responsive documents and is producing all the documents called for by the Investigating Officer(s), subject to any search protocols agreed to by the Investigating Officer(s) and producing parties. If any responsive document(s) are not produced for any reason, the producing party shall state the reason therefor.
</P>
<P>(b) If any responsive documents are withheld because of a claim of the attorney-client privilege, work product privilege, or other applicable privilege, the producing party shall submit a list of such documents which shall, for each document, identify the attorney involved, the client involved, the date of the document, the person(s) shown on the document to have prepared and/or sent the document, and the person(s) shown on the document to have received copies of the document.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1122.13" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1122.13   Right to submit statements.</HEAD>
<P>Any party subject to a Board-Initiated Investigation may, at any time during the course of a Board-Initiated Investigation, submit to the Board written statements of facts or circumstances, with any relevant supporting evidence, concerning the subject of that investigation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.51.0.7.14.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 1122—Informal Procedure Relating to Recommendations and Summary of Findings From the Board-Initiated Investigation
</HEAD>
<P>(a) After conducting sufficient investigation and prior to submitting recommendations and a summary of findings to the Board, the Investigating Officer, in his or her discretion, may inform the parties under investigation (orally or in writing) of the proposed recommendations and summary of findings that may be submitted to the Board. If the Investigating Officer so chooses, he or she shall also advise the parties under investigation that they may submit a written statement, as explained below, to the Investigating Officer prior to the consideration by the Board of the recommendations and summary of findings. This optional process is in addition to, and does not limit in any way, the rights of parties under investigation otherwise provided for in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless otherwise provided for by the Investigating Officer, parties under investigation may submit a written statement, as described above, within 14 days after of being informed by the Investigating Officer of the proposed recommendation(s) and summary of findings. Such statements shall be no more than 20 pages, not including any supporting data, evidence, and verified statements that may be attached to the written statement, double spaced on 8
<FR>1/2</FR> by 11 inch paper, setting forth the views of the parties under investigation of factual or legal matters or other arguments relevant to the commencement of a Formal Board Proceeding. Any statement of fact included in the submission must be sworn to by a person with personal knowledge of such fact.
</P>
<P>(c) Such written statements, if the parties under investigation choose to submit, shall be submitted to the Investigating Officer. The Investigating Officer shall provide any written statement(s) from the parties under investigation to the Board at the same time that he or she submits his or her recommendations and summary of findings to the Board.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1123-1129" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.52" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1123-1129 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1130-1149" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.53" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>Parts 1130-1149—Rate Procedures


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1130" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.54" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1130—INFORMAL COMPLAINTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 13301(f), 14709.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1130.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.54.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1130.1   When no damages sought.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Form and content.</I> Informal complaint may be by letter or other writing filed with the Board and will be serially numbered as filed. The complaint must contain the essential elements of a formal complaint as specified at 49 CFR 1111.2 and may embrace supporting papers.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Correspondence handling.</I> When an informal complaint appears susceptible of informal adjustment, the Board will send a copy or statement of the complaint to each subject of the complaint in an attempt to have it satisfied by correspondence, thereby avoiding the filing of a formal complaint. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Discontinuance of informal proceeding.</I> The filing of an informal complaint does not preclude complainant from filing a formal complaint. If a formal complaint is filed, the informal proceeding will be discontinued.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49570, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 44827, Sept. 30, 1983; 69 FR 12806, Mar. 18, 2004; 82 FR 57382, Dec. 5, 2017; 84 FR 12944, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1130.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.54.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1130.2   When damages sought.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Actual filing required.</I> Notification to the Board that an informal complaint may or will be filed later seeking damages is not a filing within the meaning of the statute.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content.</I> An informal complaint seeking damages must be filed within the statutory period, and should identify with reasonable definiteness the involved shipments or transportation services. The complaint should include: 
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that complainant seeks to recover damages; 
</P>
<P>(2) The names of each individual seeking damages; 
</P>
<P>(3) The names and addresses of defendants against which claim is made;
</P>
<P>(4) The commodities, the rate applied, the date on which the charges were paid, the names of the parties paying the charges, and, if different, the names of the parties bearing the charges;
</P>
<P>(5) The period of time within which or the specific dates upon which the shipments were made, and the dates when they were delivered or tendered for delivery;
</P>
<P>(6) The specific origin and destination points or, where they are numerous, the territorial or rate group of the origin and destination points and, if known, the routes of movement; and 
</P>
<P>(7) The nature and amount of the injury sustained by each claimant. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Statement of prior claim.</I> A complaint filed under paragraph (b) of this section containing a claim which has been the subject of a previous informal or formal complaint must specifically refer to the previous complaint.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Copies.</I> The original of an informal complaint seeking damages must be accompanied by a sufficient number of copies to enable the Board to send one to each defendant named. 
</P>
<P>(e) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Notification to the parties; six months' rule.</I> If an informal complaint seeking damages (other than a contested tariff reconciliation petition) cannot be disposed of informally or is denied or withdrawn by complainant, the parties affected will be so notified in writing by the Board. Contested tariff reconciliation petitions either will be granted or denied by the entry of a decision. Unless within six months after the date on which a notice is mailed or a decision is served, a party either files a formal complaint or resubmits its informal complaint on an additional-fact basis, the matter in the complaint or petition will not be reconsidered. The claim will be considered abandoned and no complaint seeking damages on the same cause of action will be accepted unless filed within the statutory period. Any filing or resubmission satisfying the six months' requirement will be considered filed as of the date of the original filing and must specifically refer to that date and to the Board's file number. Any petition for reconsideration should be filed with the Board. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Tariff reconciliation proceedings for motor common carriers</I>—(1) <I>Petitions to waive collection or permit payment.</I> Subject to Board review and approval, motor common carriers (other than household goods carriers) and shippers may resolve, by mutual consent, overcharge and undercharge claims under the provisions of 49 U.S.C. 14709. Petitions for appropriate authority may be filed by either the carrier, shipper or consignee on the Board's tariff reconciliation docket by submitting a letter of intent to depart from the filed rate. The petitions will be deemed the equivalent of an informal complaint and answer admitting the matters stated in the petition. Petitions shall be sent to the Office of Compliance and Enforcement, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423. The petitions shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The name(s) and address(es) of the payer(s) of the freight charges;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name(s) of the carrier(s) involved in the traffic;
</P>
<P>(iii) An estimate of the amount(s) involved;
</P>
<P>(iv) The time period when the shipment(s) involved were delivered or tendered for delivery;
</P>
<P>(v) A general description of the point(s) of origin and destination of the shipment(s);
</P>
<P>(vi) A general description of the commodity(ies) transported;
</P>
<P>(vii) A statement certifying that the carrier(s) and shipper(s) participating in the shipment(s) or the payer(s) of the freight charges concur(s) with the intent to depart from the filed rate; and
</P>
<P>(viii) A brief explanation of the incorrect tariff provision(s) or billing error(s) causing the request to depart from the filed rate.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Public notice and protest.</I> Tariff reconciliation petitions (letters of intent) shall be served on all parties named in the petition by the party that files the petition and will be made available by the Board for public inspection in the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423. Any interested person may protest the granting of a petition by filing a letter of objection with the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance within 30 days of Board receipt of the petition. Letters of objection shall identify the tariff reconciliation proceeding, shall clearly state the reasons for the objection, and shall certify that a copy of the letter of objection has been served on all parties named in the petition. The Board may initiate an investigation of the petition on its own motion.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Uncontested petitions.</I> If a petition is not contested, and if the Board does not initiate an investigation of the petition on its own motion, approval is deemed granted without further action by the Board, effective 45 days after Board receipt of the petition. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Contested petitions.</I> If a petition is contested or the Board initiates an investigation of the petition on its own motion, 15 days will be allowed for reply. The 15-day period will commence on the date of service of the objections or, if the Board initiates an investigation on its own motion, on the date of service of the decision initiating the investigation. After the period for reply has expired, the Board will issue a decision approving or disapproving the petition, or requesting further submissions from the parties, and then will issue a decision based on the further submissions. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49570, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 15901, Apr. 23, 1985; 51 FR 5713, Feb. 18, 1986; 52 FR 26479, July 15, 1987; 53 FR 19301, May 27, 1988; 60 FR 2544, Jan. 10, 1995; 62 FR 50884, Sept. 29, 1997; 84 FR 12944, Apr. 3, 2019; 91 FR 4855, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1132" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.55" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1132—PROTESTS REQUESTING SUSPENSION AND INVESTIGATION OF COLLECTIVE RATEMAKING ACTIONS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 13301(f), and 13703.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 50885, Sept. 29, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1132.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.55.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1132.1   Protest against collective ratemaking actions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Content.</I> The protested collective ratemaking action sought to be suspended, whether or not contained in a tariff filed with the Board, should be identified by making reference to: The name of the publishing carrier or collective ratemaking organization; the identification of the tariff, if applicable, or the identification of the collective ratemaking action publication if it is not contained in a tariff filed with the Board; the specific items or particular provisions protested; and the effective date of the tariff or other collective ratemaking action publication. Reference should also be made to the tariff or collective ratemaking action, and the specific provisions proposed to be superseded. The protest should state the grounds in support thereof, and indicate in what respect the protested collective ratemaking action is considered to be unlawful. Such protests will be considered as addressed to the discretion of the Board. Should a protestant desire to proceed further against a collective ratemaking action which is not suspended, or which has been suspended and the suspension vacated, a separate later formal complaint or petition should be filed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>When filed.</I> Protests against, and requests for suspension of, collective ratemaking actions will not be considered unless made in writing and filed with the Board at Washington, DC. If the protestant desires action by the Board before the effective date of the collective action, protests and requests for suspension shall reach the Board at least 12 days (except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section) before such effective date. If the protested collective ratemaking action is already in effect, or if the protestant does not desire action before its effective date, protests and requests for suspension can be filed at any time.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Copies; service.</I> Every protest or reply filed under this section should be directed to the attention of the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board. One copy of each protest or reply filed under this section simultaneously must be served upon the publishing carrier or collective ratemaking organization, and upon other persons known by protestant to be interested.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reply to protest.</I> A reply to a protest filed at least 12 days before the effective date of proposed collective action provisions must reach the Board not later than the fourth working day prior to the scheduled effective date of the protested provisions unless otherwise provided. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 50885, Sept. 29, 1997, as amended at 74 FR 52908, Oct. 15, 2009; 84 FR 12944, Apr. 3, 2019; 91 FR 4855, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1132.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.55.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1132.2   Procedures in certain suspension matters.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A petition for reconsideration may be filed by any interested person within 20 days after the date of service of a Board decision which results in an order for:
</P>
<P>(1) Investigation and suspension of collective ratemaking actions, or
</P>
<P>(2) Investigation (without suspension) of collective ratemaking actions.
</P>
<P>(b) Any interested person may file and serve a reply to any petition for reconsideration permitted under paragraph (a) of this section within 20 days after the filing of such petition with the Board, but if the facts stated in any such petition disclose a need for accelerated action, such action may be taken before expiration of the time allowed for reply. In all other respects, such petitions and replies thereto will be governed by the rules of general applicability of the Rules of Practice.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1133" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.56" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1133—RECOVERY OF DAMAGES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 49575, Nov. 1, 1982, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1133.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.56.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1133.1   Freight bill filing requirement under modified procedure.</HEAD>
<P>If, under modified procedure (for general rules governing modified procedure, see part 1112), an award of damages is sought, complainant should submit the paid freight bills or properly certified copies with its statement when there are not more than 10 shipments; if more than 10 shipments are involved, complainant should retain the documents.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1133.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.56.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1133.2   Statement of claimed damages based on Board findings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the Board finds that damages are due, but that the amount cannot be ascertained upon the record before it, the complainant should immediately prepare a statement showing details of the shipments on which damages are claimed, in accordance with the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Claim of __ under decision of the Surface Transportation Board in Docket No. ___.
</P>
<P>__ Date of shipment.
</P>
<P>__ Date of delivery or tender of delivery.
</P>
<P>__ Date charges were paid.
</P>
<P>__ Car (or vessel) initials.
</P>
<P>__ Car (or voyage) number.
</P>
<P>__ Origin.
</P>
<P>__ Destination.
</P>
<P>__ Route.
</P>
<P>__ Commodity.
</P>
<P>__ Weight.
</P>
<P>__ Rate.
</P>
<P>__ Amount.
</P>
<P>__ Rate.
</P>
<P>__ Amount.
</P>
<P>__ Reparation on basis of Board's decision.
</P>
<P>__ Charges paid by. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Here insert name of person paying charges in the first instance, and state whether as consignor, consignee, or in what other capacity.</P></FTNT>
<P>Claimant hereby certifies that this statement includes claims only on shipments covered by the findings in the docket above described and contains no claim for reparation previously filed with the Board by or on behalf of claimant or, so far as claimant knows, by or on behalf of any person, in any other proceedings, except as follows: (Here indicate any exceptions, and explanation thereof).
</P>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>    (Claimant)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>By
</FP-DASH>
<FP>    (Practitioner)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>     (Address)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>     (Date)
</FP>
<P>Total amount of reparation $___. The undersigned hereby certifies that this statement has been checked against the records of this company and found correct. 
</P>
<P>Date ___ Concurred 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/> in: ___ Company ___ Company, Defendant Collecting Carrier, Defendant 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/>. ___ 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> For concurring certificate in case collecting carrier is not a defendant.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> If not a defendant, strike out the word “defendant.”</P></FTNT>
<P>By ___, Auditor. By ___, Auditor.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The statement should not include any shipment not covered by the Board's findings, or any shipment on which complaint was not filed with the Board within the statutory period. The filing of a statement will not stop the running of the statute of limitations as to shipments not covered by complaint or supplemental complaint. If the shipments moved over more than one route, a separate statement should be prepared for each route, and separately numbered, except that shipments as to which the collecting carrier is in each instance the same may be listed in a single statement if grouped according to routes. The statement, together with the paid freight bills on the shipments, or true copies thereof, should then be forwarded to the carrier which collected the charges, for verification and certification as to its accuracy. If the statement is not forwarded immediately to the collecting carrier for certification, a letter request from defendants that forwarding be expedited will be considered to the end that steps be taken to have the statement forwarded immediately. All discrepancies, duplications, or other errors in the statements should be adjusted by the parties and corrected agreed statements submitted to the Board. The certificate must be signed in ink by a general accounting officer of the carrier and should cover all of the information shown in the statement. If the carrier which collected the charges is not a defendant in the case, its certificate must be concurred in by like signature on behalf of a carrier defendant. Statements so prepared and certified shall be filed with the Board whereupon it will consider entry of a decision awarding damages.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 49575, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1135" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.57" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1135—RAILROAD COST RECOVERY PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 553, and 49 U.S.C. 1321, 10701, 10704, 10708, and 11145.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1135.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.57.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1135.1   Quarterly adjustment.</HEAD>
<P>To enable the Board to publish the rail cost adjustment factor (RCAF) as required by 49 U.S.C. 10708, the Association of American Railroads (AAR) shall calculate and file with the Board by the fifth day of December, March, June and September of each year its forecast for the next calendar quarter of the all-inclusive index of railroad costs and calculate and file the RCAF unadjusted for changes in railroad productivity as prescribed in <I>Railroad Cost Recovery Procedures,</I> 1 I.C.C.2d 207 (1984), and any subsequent amendments thereto. In addition, the AAR shall calculate the productivity-adjusted RCAF as prescribed in <I>Railroad Cost Recovery Procedures,</I> 5 I.C.C.2d 434 (1989), and any subsequent amendments thereto. The AAR shall submit workpapers detailing its calculations. The Board will review and verify the AAR submissions and make its RCAF publication by the twentieth day of December, March, June and September of each year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 55166, Aug. 28, 2002] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1135.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.57.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1135.2   Revenue Shortfall Allocation Method: Annual State tax information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To enable the Board to calculate the revenue shortfall allocation method (RSAM), which is one of the three benchmarks that are used to determine the reasonableness of a challenged rate under one standard of the Board's <I>Simplified Standards for Rail Rate Cases,</I> STB Docket No. 646 (Sub-No. 1) (STB served Sept. 5, 2007), the Association of American Railroads (AAR) shall file with the Board, on or before May 30, the weighted average State tax rates applicable to each Class I railroad for the previous year. The AAR shall submit workpapers detailing its calculations.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board will serve and publish a notice of the filing in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 10 days of the AAR's filing.
</P>
<P>(c) Any interested party may file comments on the AAR's filing within 30 days of the notice described in paragraph (b) of this section. If no comments are received within 30 days, the Board will automatically adopt the AAR's weighted average State tax rates on the 31st day. If comments opposing the AAR's calculations are received, the AAR's response will be due within 20 days of the comments. The Board will review the submission and comments and serve a decision within 60 days from the date of the close of the record that either accepts, rejects, or modifies the AAR's railroad-specific tax information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 8818, Feb. 26, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1141" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.58" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1141—PROCEDURES TO CALCULATE INTEREST RATES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1141.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.58.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1141.1   Procedures to calculate interest rates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For purposes of complying with a Board decision in an investigation or complaint proceeding, interest rates to be computed shall be the most recent U.S. Prime Rate as published by The Wall Street Journal. The rate levels will be determined as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) For investigation proceedings, the interest rate shall be the U.S. Prime Rate as published by The Wall Street Journal in effect on the date the statement is filed accounting for all amounts received under the new rates.
</P>
<P>(2) For complaint proceedings, the interest rate shall be the U.S. Prime Rate as published by The Wall Street Journal in effect on the day when the unlawful charge is paid. The interest rate in complaint proceedings shall be updated whenever The Wall Street Journal publishes a change to its reported U.S. Prime Rate. Updating will continue until the required reparation payments are made.
</P>
<P>(b) For investigation proceedings, the reparations period shall begin on the date the investigation is started. For complaint proceedings, the reparations period shall begin on the date the unlawful charge is paid.
</P>
<P>(c) For both investigation and complaint proceedings, the annual percentage rate shall be the same as the annual nominal (or stated) rate. Thus, the nominal rate must be factored exponentially to the power representing the portion of the year covered by the interest rate. A simple multiplication of the nominal rate by the portion of the year covered by the interest rate would not be appropriate because it would result in an effective rate in excess of the nominal rate. Under this “exponential” approach, the total cumulative reparations payment (including interest) is calculated by multiplying the interest factor for each period by the principal amount for that period plus any accumulated interest from previous periods. The “interest factor” for each period is 1.0 plus the interest rate for that period to the power representing the portion of the year covered by the interest rate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[78 FR 44460, July 24, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1144" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.59" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1144—INTRAMODAL RAIL COMPETITION 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 10703, 10705, and 11102.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 61290, Sept. 30, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1144.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.59.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1144.1   Negotiation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Timing.</I> At least 5 days prior to seeking the prescription of a through route, joint rate, or reciprocal switching, the party intending to initiate such action must first seek to engage in negotiations to resolve its dispute with the prospective defendants. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Participation.</I> Participation or failure to participate in negotiations does not waive a party's right to file a timely request for prescription. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Arbitration.</I> The parties may use arbitration as part of the negotiation process, or in lieu of litigation before the Board. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1144.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.59.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1144.2   Prescription.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A through route or a through rate shall be prescribed under 49 U.S.C. 10705, or a switching arrangement shall be established under 49 U.S.C. 11102(c), if the Board determines: 
</P>
<P>(1) That the prescription or establishment is necessary to remedy or prevent an act that is contrary to the competition policies of 49 U.S.C. 10101 or is otherwise anticompetitive, and otherwise satisfies the criteria of 49 U.S.C. 10705 and 11102(c), as appropriate. In making its determination, the Board shall take into account all relevant factors, including: 
</P>
<P>(i) The revenues of the involved railroads on the affected traffic via the rail routes in question. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The efficiency of the rail routes in question, including the costs of operating via those routes. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The rates or compensation charged or sought to be charged by the railroad or railroads from which prescription or establishment is sought. 
</P>
<P>(iv) The revenues, following the prescription, of the involved railroads for the traffic in question via the affected route; the costs of the involved railroads for that traffic via that route; the ratios of those revenues to those costs; and all circumstances relevant to any difference in those ratios; provided that the mere loss of revenue to an affected carrier shall not be a basis for finding that a prescription or establishment is necessary to remedy or prevent an act contrary to the competitive standards of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(2) That either: 
</P>
<P>(i) The complaining shipper has used or would use the through route, through rate, or reciprocal switching to meet a significant portion of its current or future railroad transportation needs between the origin and destination; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The complaining carrier has used or would use the affected through route, through rate, or reciprocal switching for a significant amount of traffic. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other considerations.</I> (1) The Board will not consider product competition. 
</P>
<P>(2) If a railroad wishes to rely in any way on geographic competition, it will have the burden of proving the existence of effective geographic competition by clear and convincing evidence. 
</P>
<P>(3) When prescription of a through route, a through rate, or reciprocal switching is necessary to remedy or prevent an act contrary to the competitive standards of this section, the overall revenue inadequacy of the defendant railroad(s) will not be a basis for denying the prescription. 
</P>
<P>(4) Any proceeding under the terms of this section will be conducted and concluded by the Board on an expedited basis. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 61290, Sept. 30, 2002, as amended at 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1144.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.59.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1144.3   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) These rules will govern the Board's adjudication of individual cases pending on or after the effective date of these rules (October 31, 1985). 
</P>
<P>(b) Discovery under these rules is governed by the Board's general rules of discovery at 49 CFR part 1114. 
</P>
<P>(c) Any Board determinations or findings under this part with respect to compliance or non-compliance with the standards of § 1144.2 shall not be given any res judicata or collateral estoppel effect in any litigation involving the same facts or controversy arising under the antitrust laws of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1145" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.60" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1145—RECIPROCAL SWITCHING FOR INADEQUATE SERVICE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321 and 11102.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 38706, May 7, 2024, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1145.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.60.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1145.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to this part:
</P>
<P><I>Affiliated companies</I> has the same meaning as “affiliated companies” in Definition 5 of the Uniform System of Accounts (49 CFR part 1201, subpart A).
</P>
<P><I>Cut-off time</I> means the deadline for requesting service during a service window, as determined in accordance with the rail carrier's established protocol.
</P>
<P><I>Delivery</I> means when a shipment is actually placed at a designated destination or is constructively placed at a local yard that is convenient to the designated destination. In the case of an interline movement, a shipment will be deemed to be delivered to the receiving carrier or its agent or affiliate when the shipment is moved past a designated automatic equipment identification reader at the point of interchange or is placed on a designated interchange track, depending on the specific interchange that is involved. For purposes hereof, constructive placement of a shipment at a local yard constitutes delivery only when:
</P>
<P>(1) The recipient has the option, by prior agreement between the rail carrier and the customer, to have the rail carrier hold the shipment pending the recipient's request for delivery to the designated destination and the recipient has not yet requested delivery; or
</P>
<P>(2) The recipient is unable to accept delivery at the designated destination.
</P>
<P><I>Designated destination</I> means the final destination as specified in the bill of lading or, in the case of an interline movement, the interchange where the shipment is transferred to the receiving carrier, its agent, or affiliated company.
</P>
<P><I>Incumbent rail carrier</I> means a Class I rail carrier that currently provides line-haul service to the petitioner to or from the point of origin or final destination that would be covered by the proposed reciprocal switching agreement.
</P>
<P><I>Lane</I> means a shipment's point of origin and designated destination. Shipments of the same commodity that have the same point of origin and the same designated destination are deemed to travel over the same lane, regardless of which route(s) the rail carrier uses to move the shipments from origin to destination. In the case of an interline movement, the designated destination is the designated interchange.
</P>
<P><I>Manifest traffic</I> means shipments that move in carload or non-unit train service.
</P>
<P><I>Original estimated time of arrival</I> or <I>OETA</I> means the estimated time of arrival that the incumbent rail carrier provides when the shipper tenders the bill of lading or when the incumbent rail carrier receives the shipment from a delivering carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Petitioner</I> means a shipper or a receiver that files a petition hereunder for prescription of a reciprocal switching agreement.
</P>
<P><I>Planned service window</I> means a service window for which the shipper or receiver requested local service, provided that the shipper or receiver made its request by the cut-off time for that window.
</P>
<P><I>Practical physical access</I> means a feasible line-haul option on a rail carrier, including but not limited to: direct physical access to that carrier or its affiliated company; an existing switching arrangement between an incumbent rail carrier and another rail carrier; terminal trackage rights; or contractual arrangement between a local rail carrier and a line-haul carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Receipt of a shipment</I> means when the preceding rail carrier provides a time stamp or rail tracking message that the shipment has been delivered to the interchange.
</P>
<P><I>Reciprocal switching agreement</I> means an agreement for the transfer of rail shipments between one Class I rail carrier or its affiliated company and another Class I rail carrier or its affiliated company within the terminal area in which the rail shipment begins or ends its rail journey. Service under a reciprocal switching agreement may involve one or more intermediate transfers to and from yards within the terminal area.
</P>
<P><I>Service window</I> means a window during which the incumbent rail carrier offers to perform local service (placements and/or pick-ups of rail shipments) at a shipper's or receiver's facility. A service window must be made available by a rail carrier with reasonable advance notice to the shipper or receiver and in accordance with the carrier's established protocol. For purposes of this part, a service window is 12 hours in duration, beginning at the start of the work shift for the crew that will perform the local service, without regard to whether the incumbent rail carrier specified a longer or shorter service window.
</P>
<P><I>Shipment</I> means a loaded railcar that is designated in a bill of lading.
</P>
<P><I>Similar traffic</I> means traffic that is of the same broad type (manifest traffic or unit train) as the traffic that is governed by a prescribed reciprocal switching agreement, and is transported by the incumbent rail carrier or its affiliated company to or from the terminal area in which transfers occur under the prescribed reciprocal switching agreement.
</P>
<P><I>Terminal area</I> means a commercially cohesive area in which two or more railroads engage in the local collection, classification, and distribution of rail shipments for purposes of line-haul service. A terminal area is characterized by multiple points of loading/unloading and yards for such local collection, classification, and distribution. A terminal area (as opposed to main-line track) must contain and cannot extend significantly beyond recognized terminal facilities, such as freight or classification yards. A point of origin or final destination on the rail system must be within a terminal area to be eligible for a prescription under this part.
</P>
<P><I>Time of arrival</I> means the time that a shipment is delivered to the designated destination.
</P>
<P><I>Transit time</I> means the time between a rail carrier's receipt of a shipment, upon either the tender of the bill of lading to that rail carrier or the rail carrier's receipt of the shipment from a delivering carrier and the rail carrier's delivery of that shipment to the agreed-upon destination. Transit time does not include time spent loading and unloading cars.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1145.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.60.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1145.2   Performance standards.</HEAD>
<P>The performance standards in this section apply only to petitions for prescription of a reciprocal switching agreement under this part.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Service reliability (original estimated time of arrival).</I> The service reliability standard applies to shipments that travel as manifest traffic. The service reliability standard measures a rail carrier's success in delivery of a shipment from its original or interchange location by the original estimated time of arrival, accounting for the applicable grace period. Determination of a rail carrier's compliance with the service reliability standard is based on all shipments from the same original or interchange location to the same delivery location over a period of 12 consecutive weeks. A rail carrier meets the service reliability standard when <I>A/B</I> ratio is greater than or equal to 70%, where <I>A</I> is the number of shipments that are delivered within 24 hours of the original estimated time of arrival, and <I>B</I> is the total number of shipments.
</P>
<P>(1) A car that is delivered more than 24 hours before or after its OETA will not be considered as being delivered within 24 hours of OETA.
</P>
<P>(2) Once a carrier has communicated an original estimated time of arrival to a customer, that time will not be changed by any subsequent changes to the original trip plan of the car, no matter what the cause of the changed trip plan may be.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Service consistency (transit time).</I> The service consistency standard applies to shipments in the form of a unit train and to shipments that travel as manifest traffic. The service consistency standard measures a rail carrier's success over time in maintaining the transit time for a shipment. A rail carrier fails the service consistency standard if it fails either the standard in paragraph (b)(1) of this section or the standard in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, with both paragraphs being subject to paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Year-to-year comparison. A</I> is more than 20% longer than <I>B,</I> where <I>A</I> is the average transit time for all shipments from the same location to the same designated destination over a period of 12 consecutive weeks, and <I>B</I> is the average transit time for all shipments from the same location to the same designated destination over the same 12-week period during the previous year.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Multi-year comparison. A</I> is more than 25% longer than <I>B,</I> where <I>A</I> is the average transit time for all shipments from the same location to the same designated destination over a period of 12 consecutive weeks, and <I>B</I> is the average transit time for all shipments from the same location to the same designated destination over the same 12-week period during any of the previous three years.
</P>
<P>(3) A carrier will not fail the service consistency standard if the increase in transit time between <I>B</I> and <I>A</I> is 36 hours or less, notwithstanding the percentages stated in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Lanes.</I> Compliance with the performance standards in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section is determined separately for each lane of traffic to or from the petitioner's facility. Shipments of the same commodity from the same point of origin to the same designated destination are deemed to travel over the same lane, without regard to the route between the point of origin and designated destination. In the case of an interline movement, the designated destination is the designated interchange.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Empty railcars.</I> (1) For private or shipper-leased railcars, a rail carrier fails to meet the service consistency standard in paragraph (b) of this section if the rail carrier's average transit time for delivering empty cars to a designated destination over a 12-week period increases by more than 20% compared to average transit time for delivering empty cars to the same designated destination during the same 12-week period during the previous year or by more than 25% compared to average transit time for delivering empty cars to the same designated destination during the same 12-week periods during any of the previous three years. However, notwithstanding the previous sentence, a carrier will not fail the service consistency standard if the increase in average transit time for delivering empty cars is 36 hours or less.
</P>
<P>(2) A rail carrier's failure to meet a performance standard as provided in this paragraph (d) provides the basis for prescribing a reciprocal switching agreement that governs both the delivery of the empty cars and the delivery of the associated shipments of loaded cars.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Industry spot and pull.</I> The industry spot and pull standard measures a rail carrier's success in performing local placements (“spots”) and pick-ups (“pulls”) of loaded railcars and unloaded private or shipper-leased railcars at a shipper's or receiver's facility during the planned service window. The industry spot and pull standard does not apply to unit trains or intermodal traffic.
</P>
<P>(1) A rail carrier meets the industry spot and pull standard if, over a period of 12 consecutive weeks, the carrier has a success rate of 85% or more in performing requested spots and pulls within the planned service window, as determined based on the total number of planned service windows during that 12-week period.
</P>
<P>(2) Failure to spot constructively placed cars that have been ordered in by the cut-off time applicable to the customer for a planned service window is included as a failure in calculating compliance with the industry spot and pull standard.
</P>
<P>(3) Failure to spot “spot on arrival” railcars for a planned service window results in a missed service window only if the railcars arrived at the local yard that services the customer and are ready for local service before the cut-off time applicable to the customer.
</P>
<P>(4) If a rail carrier cancels a service window other than at the shipper's or receiver's request, that window is included as a failure in calculating compliance with the industry spot and pull standard.
</P>
<P>(5) When a rail customer causes a carrier to miss a planned service window, that window will not be considered a miss in determining the success rate under this paragraph (e).
</P>
<P>(6) If a rail carrier reduces the frequency of its local service to a shipper's or receiver's facility, and if rail carrier cannot demonstrate that reduction is necessary based on a commensurate reduction in customer demand, then the industry spot and pull standard increases to a success rate of 90% for two years.
</P>
<P>(f) The performance standards in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section apply to movements within the United States and to the U.S. portion of movements between the United States and another country, in the latter case when the carrier's general practice with respect to such movements is to record receipt or delivery of the shipment at a point at or near the U.S. border (including where the carrier receives the shipment from or delivers the shipment to an affiliated carrier).




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1145.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.60.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1145.3   Affirmative defenses.</HEAD>
<P>An incumbent rail carrier shall be deemed not to fail a performance standard in § 1145.2 if any of the conditions described in this section are met. The Board will also consider, on a case-by-case basis, affirmative defenses that are not specified in this section.
</P>
<P>(a) The rail carrier experiences extraordinary circumstances beyond the carrier's control, including but not limited to unforeseen track outages stemming from natural disasters, severe weather events, flooding, accidents, derailments, and washouts. A carrier's intentional reduction or maintenance of its workforce at a level that itself causes workforce shortage, or, in the event of a workforce shortage, failure to use reasonable efforts to increase its workforce, would not, on its own, be considered a defense for failure to meet any performance standard. A carrier's intentional reduction or maintenance of its power or car supply, or failure to use reasonable efforts to maintain its power or car supply, that itself causes a failure of any performance standard would not, on its own, be considered a defense.
</P>
<P>(b) The petitioner's traffic increases by 20% or more during the 12-week period in question, as compared to the preceding 12 weeks (for non-seasonal traffic) or the same 12 weeks during the previous year (for seasonal traffic such as agricultural shipments), where the petitioner failed to notify the incumbent rail carrier at least 12 weeks prior to the increase.
</P>
<P>(c) There are highly unusual shipments by the shipper during any week of the 12-week period in question. For example, a pattern might be considered highly unusual if a shipper projected traffic of 120 cars in a month and 30 cars per week, but the shipper had a plant outage for three weeks and then requested shipment of 120 cars in a single week.
</P>
<P>(d) The incumbent rail carrier's failure to meet the performance standard is due to the dispatching choices of a third party.
</P>
<P>(e) The incumbent rail carrier's failure to meet the performance standard was directly caused by the conduct of a third party. This defense will be narrowly construed to avoid undue delay of the proceeding and unnecessary litigation costs. When presenting a defense under this paragraph (e), the incumbent rail carrier must prove that such conduct was outside its reasonable control. The incumbent rail carrier must also prove that it took reasonable steps to prevent and mitigate the impact of the third-party conduct or, if the impact could not be reasonably prevented, that the incumbent carrier took reasonable steps to mitigate the impact of the third-party conduct.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1145.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.60.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1145.4   Negotiations.</HEAD>
<P>At least five days prior to petitioning for prescription of a reciprocal switching agreement hereunder, the petitioner must seek to engage in good faith negotiations to resolve its dispute with the incumbent rail carrier.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1145.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.60.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1145.5   Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If a shipper or a receiver believes that a rail carrier providing it service failed to meet a performance standard described in § 1145.2, it may file a petition for prescription of a reciprocal switching agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) The petition must include the information and documents described in this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(1) Confirmation that the petitioner attempted good faith negotiations as required by § 1145.4, identify the performance standard the railroad failed to meet over the requisite period of time, identify the requested duration of the prescription of a reciprocal switching agreement, and provide evidence supporting its claim and requested prescription.
</P>
<P>(2) Identification of at least one possible rail carrier to provide alternative service.
</P>
<P>(3) Identification of any relevant switching publications of the incumbent rail carrier and the potential alternate carrier(s).
</P>
<P>(4) A motion for a protective order that would govern the disclosure of data that the rail carrier provided to the petitioner under this part.
</P>
<P>(c) The petition must have been served on the incumbent rail carrier, the alternate rail carrier(s), and the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(d) A reply to a petition is due within 20 days of a completed petition. The burden of proof of establishing infeasibility and/or undue impairment is on the rail carrier (either the incumbent or the alternate) that is objecting to the petition.
</P>
<P>(e) A rebuttal may be filed within 20 days after a reply to a petition.
</P>
<P>(f) The Board will endeavor to issue a decision on a petition within 90 days from the date of the completed petition.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1145.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.60.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1145.6   Prescription.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board will prescribe a reciprocal switching agreement under this part if all the conditions in this paragraph (a) are met.
</P>
<P>(1) For the lane of traffic that is the subject of the petition, the petitioner has practical physical access to only one Class I carrier that could serve that lane.
</P>
<P>(2) The petitioner demonstrates that the incumbent rail carrier failed to meet one or more of the performance standards in § 1145.2 with regards to its shipment.
</P>
<P>(3) The incumbent rail carrier fails to demonstrate an affirmative defense as provided in § 1145.3.
</P>
<P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, the Board will not prescribe a reciprocal switching agreement if the incumbent rail carrier or alternate rail carrier demonstrates that the agreement is not practicable, including: switching service under the agreement, <I>i.e.,</I> the process of transferring the shipment between carriers within the terminal area, could not be provided without unduly impairing either rail carrier's operations; switching service under the agreement would be operationally infeasible; or the alternate rail carrier's provision of line-haul service to the petitioner would be infeasible or would unduly impair the incumbent rail carrier or the alternate rail carrier's ability to serve its existing customers. If the incumbent rail carrier and alternate rail carrier have an existing reciprocal switching arrangement in a terminal area in which the petitioner's traffic is currently served, the proposed operation is presumed to be operationally feasible, and the incumbent rail carrier will bear a heavy burden of establishing why the proposed operation should not qualify for a reciprocal switching agreement due to infeasibility.
</P>
<P>(c) In prescribing a reciprocal switching agreement, the Board shall prescribe a term of service of three years, provided that the Board may prescribe a longer term of service of up to five years if the petitioner demonstrates that the longer minimum term is necessary for the prescription to be practical given the petitioner's or alternate carrier's legitimate business needs.
</P>
<P>(d) Upon the Board's prescription of a reciprocal switching agreement under this part, the affected rail carriers must set the terms of the agreement and offer service thereunder within 30 days of service of the prescription and notify the Board within 10 days of when the carriers offered service that the agreement has taken effect. Additionally, the incumbent carrier must promptly amend its switching publication(s) as appropriate to reflect the availability of reciprocal switching under the prescription.
</P>
<P>(e) If the affected carriers cannot agree on compensation within 30 days of the service of the prescription, then the affected rail carriers must offer service and petition the Board to set compensation.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1145.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.60.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1145.7   Termination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If the incumbent carrier does not timely file a petition for termination, a prescription hereunder automatically renews at the end of the term established under § 1145.6(c). Automatic renewal is for the same term as the original term of the prescription. If the Board denies a petition to terminate the prescription, it will determine, on a case-by-case basis, the appropriate renewal term based on the evidentiary record, not to exceed the original term of the prescription. At the end of the renewal term, if the incumbent carrier does not timely file a petition for termination, the prescribed agreement will automatically renew for the same number of years as the renewed term.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board will grant a petition to terminate a prescription if the incumbent rail carrier demonstrates that, for the most recent 12-week period prior to the filing of the petition to terminate, the incumbent rail carrier's service for similar traffic on average met all three performance standards under this part. This requirement includes a demonstration by the incumbent carrier that it has been able to meet, over the most recent 12-week period, the performance standards for similar traffic to or from the relevant terminal area.
</P>
<P>(c) The incumbent rail carrier may submit a petition to terminate a prescription not more than 180 days and not less than 150 days before the end of the current term of the prescription.
</P>
<P>(d) A reply to a petition to terminate is due within 15 days of the filing of the petition.
</P>
<P>(e) A rebuttal may be filed within 10 days of the filing of the reply.
</P>
<P>(f) The Board will endeavor to issue a decision on a petition to terminate within 90 days from the close of briefing.
</P>
<P>(1) If the Board does not act within 90 days from the close of briefing, the prescription automatically terminates at the end of the current term of the prescription.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Board does not issue a decision due to extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the Board, the prescription is automatically renewed for 30 days from the end of the current term. When there are extraordinary circumstances, the Board will issue an order alerting the parties that it will not issue a decision within the required time period. Under such circumstances, the Board will issue its decision as expeditiously as possible.
</P>
<P>(3) A prescribed agreement will continue in effect until 30 days after the Board serves a decision that grants a petition to terminate or after the end of the prescription period, whichever is later.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1145.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.60.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1145.8   Data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A shipper or receiver with practical physical access to only one Class I carrier serving the lane of traffic for which individualized performance records are sought, and based on a good faith belief that the Class I carrier has provided service that does not meet at least one performance standard from § 1145.2, may submit a written request to the incumbent rail carrier for all individualized performance records relevant to the performance standard(s) the shipper or receiver believes the rail carrier has failed.
</P>
<P>(1) In the request to the rail carrier, the shipper or receiver must identify the specific performance standard(s) that it believes the rail carrier has failed, and the corresponding date range and lane(s).
</P>
<P>(2) Within seven days of the written request, the incumbent rail carrier shall provide the shipper or receiver with the requested individualized performance records.
</P>
<P>(3) For purposes of this section, “individualized performance records” means the original estimated times of arrival, transit times, and/or industry spot and pull records related to the shipper or receiver's traffic, along with the corresponding time stamps.
</P>
<P>(b) All Class I carriers shall report to the Board on a weekly basis, in a manner and form determined by the Board, data that shows: the percentage of shipments on the carrier's system that moved in manifest service and that were delivered within 24 hours of OETA, out of all shipments on the carrier's system that moved in manifest service during that week; and, for each of the carrier's operating divisions and for the carrier's overall system, the percentage of planned service windows during which the carrier successfully performed the requested local service, out of the total number of planned service windows on the relevant division or system for that week, all within the meaning of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Class I carriers shall provide, in the format of their choosing, machine-readable access to the information listed in this section.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Machine-readable</I> means data in an open format that can be easily processed by computer without human intervention while ensuring no semantic meaning is lost.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Open format</I> is a format that is not limited to a specific software program and not subject to restrictions on re-use.
</P>
<P>(d) Class I carriers shall retain all data necessary to respond to a request under paragraph (a) of this section for a minimum of four years.




</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1146" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.61" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1146—EXPEDITED RELIEF FOR SERVICE EMERGENCIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11101, and 11123.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1146.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.61.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1146.1   Prescription of alternative rail service or directed action by an incumbent carrier.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Alternative rail service, or directed action by an incumbent carrier, will be prescribed under 49 U.S.C. 11123(a) if the Board determines that, over an identified period of time, there has been a substantial, measurable deterioration or other demonstrated inadequacy in rail service provided by the incumbent carrier. In prescribing the relief described herein, the Board may act on its own initiative or pursuant to a petition.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure for petition for relief</I>—(1) <I>Petition for relief.</I> Affected shippers or railroads may seek the relief described in paragraph (a) of this section by filing an appropriate petition containing:
</P>
<P>(i) A full explanation, together with all supporting evidence, to demonstrate that the standard for relief contained in paragraph (a) of this section is met;
</P>
<P>(ii) A summary of both the petitioner's discussions with the incumbent carrier of the service problems (including a description of the efforts taken to resolve the matter prior to filing of the petition, verified by a person or persons with knowledge of the efforts taken to resolve the matter), and the reasons why the incumbent carrier is unlikely to restore adequate rail service consistent with the petitioner's current transportation needs within a reasonable period of time;
</P>
<P>(iii) In a petition that seeks alternative rail service, identification of at least one possible rail carrier to provide alternative service, based on the petitioner's understanding of other rail carriers' nearby operations, that would meet the current transportation needs of the petitioner; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A detailed explanation of the specific remedy that is being sought.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reply.</I> The incumbent carrier and any proposed alternative carriers must file a reply to a petition under this paragraph within three (3) business days of service of the petition. If applicable, any reply must address whether the specific remedy proposed by the petitioner would be unsafe or infeasible, or would substantially impair the carrier's ability to serve its other customers adequately or fulfill its common carrier obligations.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rebuttal.</I> The party requesting relief may file rebuttal no more than two (2) business days after the reply is filed.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Board Decision.</I> The Board will endeavor to issue a decision five (5) business days after receiving the rebuttal or time has expired for the party requesting relief to file a rebuttal, whichever is earlier.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Presumption of continuing need.</I> Unless otherwise indicated in the Board's order, a Board order issued under paragraph (a) of this section shall establish a rebuttable presumption that the transportation <I>emergency</I> will continue for more than 30 days from the date of that order.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedure for petition to terminate relief</I>—(1) <I>Petition to terminate relief.</I> Should the Board prescribe alternative rail service under paragraph (a) of this section the incumbent carrier may subsequently file a petition to terminate that relief. Such a petition shall contain a full explanation, together with all supporting evidence, to demonstrate that the carrier is providing, or is prepared to provide, adequate service. Carriers are admonished not to file such a petition prematurely.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reply.</I> Parties must file replies to petitions to terminate filed under this paragraph (d) within five (5) business days.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rebuttal.</I> The incumbent carrier may file any rebuttal no more than three (3) business days later.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service.</I> Every document filed with the Board under this section must include a certificate showing simultaneous service upon all parties to the proceeding, including any proposed alternative carriers and the Federal Railroad Administration. Service on the parties must be by the same method and class of service used in serving the Board, with charges, if any, prepaid. One copy must be served on each party. If service is made on the Board in person, and personal service on other parties is not feasible, service must be made by overnight delivery. If a document is filed with the Board through the e-filing process, a copy of the e-filed document must be emailed to other parties if that means of service is acceptable to those other parties. If email is not acceptable to the receiving party, a paper copy of the document must be personally served on the other parties. If neither email nor personal service is feasible, service of a paper copy must be by overnight delivery. When a party is represented by a practitioner or attorney, service upon the practitioner is deemed to be service upon the party. All pleadings under this section must also be emailed to <I>ServiceEmergency@stb.gov.</I>


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 4578, Jan. 24, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1146.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.61.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1146.2   Accelerated process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for accelerated process.</I> After making a good faith effort to resolve its service issue through an informal dispute resolution process or service of the Board, affected shippers or railroads may seek accelerated temporary interim relief under 49 U.S.C. 11123(a) for substantial, measurable deterioration or other demonstrated inadequacy in rail service provided by the incumbent carrier that presents potential imminent significant harm and threatens potentially severe adverse consequences to the petitioner, its customers, or the public. Such emergencies exist when there is a clear and present threat to public health, safety, national defense, or food security, or a high probability of business closures or immediate plant shutdowns. The timing of potential harm and consequences must render potential relief under § 1146.1 ineffective. The relief requested must be feasible and clearly avoid any substantial impairment of the ability of a rail carrier to serve its own customers adequately, or to fulfill its common carrier obligations.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedure for accelerated process</I>—(1) <I>Petition for relief.</I> A petitioner seeking accelerated relief must indicate in its petition that it is seeking such relief pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section and must demonstrate circumstances that meet the standard set forth in that paragraph. The petition must include:
</P>
<P>(i) A particularized description of the commodities and volumes which would be subject to the requested relief and the timing necessary for such relief, including why potential relief under § 1146.1 would be ineffective;
</P>
<P>(ii) A particularized explanation of how the measurable deterioration or other demonstrated inadequacy, absent the requested relief, presents imminent significant harm and threatens potentially severe adverse consequences as specified in paragraph (a) of this section;
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of specific and particularized action that could be performed by the incumbent carrier or an alternative carrier and ordered by the Board to relieve the potential harm and adverse consequences;
</P>
<P>(iv) A summary description of the efforts taken to resolve the matter prior to filing the petition, which must be verified by a person or persons with knowledge of the efforts taken to resolve the matter; and
</P>
<P>(v) Contact information for the incumbent carrier.
</P>
<P>(vi) The petition will be limited to five (5) substantive pages, not including the cover page, verifications, or certificate of service.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Staff conference.</I> When the Board receives a petition seeking accelerated relief under paragraph (a) of this section, the petition will be evaluated on its merits by the Board.
</P>
<P>(i) After the Board receives the petition for accelerated relief, a telephonic or virtual conference, led by designated Board staff, will be held no sooner than 24 hours after receipt of the filing, but no later than 48 hours after receipt of the filing, if practicable. Designated Board staff may continue to work on the case after the conference.
</P>
<P>(ii) Required parties for the conference include the petitioner(s), the incumbent carrier, and any proposed potential alternative carriers and other parties deemed necessary by the Board. Portions of the conference may be closed to certain parties if confidential business information needs to be discussed. The conference will be recorded and later transcribed (with redactions, if necessary), and placed in the public docket of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(iii) If applicable, the incumbent carrier or any alternative carrier shall address at the conference whether the remedy proposed by the petitioner is unsafe, infeasible, or will unreasonably impair the carrier's ability to serve other customers. The Board may order the incumbent carrier to submit, or if no such order is issued, the incumbent carrier may choose to submit, within 24 hours of the completion of the conference, an alternative service plan for the Board to consider. Any alternative carrier may also submit, within 24 hours of the completion of the conference, an alternative service plan for the Board to consider. The Board may choose to receive such information either via written submission or a second virtual or telephonic conference, if practicable.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Board decision.</I> The Board will endeavor to issue an initial decision on the merits of the petition requesting accelerated relief within three (3) business days of the completion of the conference. The Board shall not award relief under this section for more than 20 days, and any relief ordered under this section shall not be extended beyond the 20-day period. A party may petition the Board for subsequent relief under § 1146.1.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Petition for reconsideration.</I> After the Board issues an initial decision on the merits of the petition requesting accelerated relief, parties may petition the Board for reconsideration. The petition for reconsideration will be subject to § 1115.3 of this chapter. The record is to include any filings by the parties in the proceeding and the unredacted recording of the conference.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Stay of relief.</I> Notwithstanding § 1115.3 of this chapter, parties seeking a stay of the relief issued by the Board must concurrently file a petition for reconsideration of the decision and a petition to stay.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service.</I> Every document filed with the Board under this section must include a certificate showing simultaneous service upon all parties to the proceeding, including any proposed alternative carriers and the Federal Railroad Administration. One copy must be served on each party. Service on the Board must be made through the e-filing process, and a copy of the e-filed document must be emailed to other parties if that means of service is acceptable to those other parties. If email is not acceptable to the receiving party, a paper copy of the document must be personally served on the other parties. If neither email nor personal service is feasible, service of a paper copy must be by overnight delivery. When a party is represented by a practitioner or attorney, service upon the practitioner is deemed to be service upon the party. All pleadings under this section must also be emailed to <I>ServiceEmergency@stb.gov.</I>


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 4579, Jan. 24, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1147" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.62" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1147—TEMPORARY RELIEF UNDER 49 U.S.C. 10705 AND 11102 FOR SERVICE INADEQUACIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 10705, 11101, and 11102.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1147.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.62.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1147.1   Prescription of alternative rail service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Alternative rail service will be prescribed under 49 U.S.C. 11102(a), 11102(c) or 10705(a) if the Board determines that, over an identified period of time, there has been a substantial, measurable deterioration or other demonstrated inadequacy in rail service provided by the incumbent carrier.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) <I>Petition for Relief.</I> Affected shippers or railroads may seek relief described in paragraph (a) of this section by filing an appropriate petition containing:
</P>
<P>(i) A full explanation, together with all supporting evidence, to demonstrate that the standard for relief contained in paragraph (a) of this section is met;
</P>
<P>(ii) A summary of the petitioner's discussions with the incumbent carrier of the service problems and the reasons why the incumbent carrier is unlikely to restore adequate rail service consistent with current transportation needs within a reasonable period of time;
</P>
<P>(iii) A commitment from another available railroad to provide alternative service that would meet current transportation needs (or, if the petitioner is a railroad and does not have an agreement from the alternative carrier, an explanation as to why it does not), and an explanation of how the alternative service would be provided safely without degrading service to the existing customers of the alternative carrier and without unreasonably interfering with the incumbent's overall ability to provide service; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A certification of service of the petition, by hand or by overnight delivery, on the incumbent carrier, the proposed alternative carrier, and the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reply.</I> The incumbent carrier must file a reply to a petition under this paragraph within thirty (30) days.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rebuttal.</I> The party requesting relief may file rebuttal no more than fifteen (15) days later.
</P>
<P>(c)(1) <I>Petition to terminate relief.</I> Should the Board prescribe alternative rail service under paragraph (a) of this section, the incumbent carrier may subsequently file a petition to terminate that relief. Such a petition shall contain a full explanation, together with all supporting evidence, to demonstrate that the carrier is providing, or is prepared to provide, adequate service to affected shippers. Carriers are admonished not to file such a petition prematurely.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Reply.</I> Parties must file replies to petitions to terminate filed under this subsection within five (5) business days.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Rebuttal.</I> The incumbent carrier may file any rebuttal no more than three (3) business days later.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Service.</I> All pleadings under this part shall be served by hand or by overnight delivery on the Board, other parties, and the Federal Railroad Administration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 71401, Dec. 28, 1998]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1148-1149" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.63" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1148-1149 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1150-1176" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.64" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>Parts 1150-1176—Licensing Procedures


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1150-1159" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.65" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>Parts 1150-1159—Rail Licensing Procedures


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1150" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1150—CERTIFICATE TO CONSTRUCT, ACQUIRE, OR OPERATE RAILROAD LINES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321(a), 10502, 10901, and 10902.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 8199, Feb. 25, 1982, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 47 FR 49581, Nov. 1, 1982.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 1150 appear at 91 FR 4855, Feb. 3, 2026.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Applications Under 49 U.S.C. 10901</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.1   Introduction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When an application is required.</I> This subpart governs applications under 49 U.S.C. 10901 for a certificate of public convenience and necessity authorizing the construction, acquisition or operation of railroad lines. Noncarriers require Board approval under section 10901 to construct, acquire or operate a rail line in interstate commerce. Existing carriers require approval under section 10901 only to construct a new rail line or operate a line owned by a noncarrier, since acquisition by a carrier of an active rail line owned by a carrier is covered by 49 U.S.C. 11323. We have exempted from these requirements the acquisition by a State entity of a rail line that has been approved for abandonment, as well as operations over these lines. See subpart C of this part. In addition, where appropriate, we have granted individual exemptions from these certification requirements. See 49 U.S.C. 10502.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content of the application.</I> Applications filed under this subpart shall include the information set forth in §§ 1150.2 through 1150.9. The applicant must also comply with the Energy and Environmental Regulations at 49 CFR parts 1106 and 1105 (including consulting with the Board's Office of Environmental Analysis at least 6 months prior to filing an application, to begin the scoping process to identify environmental issues and outline procedures for analysis of this aspect of the proposal).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 8199, Feb. 25, 1982, as amended at 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 69 FR 58366, Sept. 30, 2004; 83 FR 15079, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.2   Overview.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A brief narrative description of the proposal.
</P>
<P>(b) The full name and address of applicant(s).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.3   Information about applicant(s).</HEAD>
<P>(a) The name, address, and phone number of the representative to receive correspondence concerning this application.
</P>
<P>(b) Facts showing that applicant is either a common carrier by railroad or has been organized to implement the proposal for which approval is being sought.
</P>
<P>(c) A statement indicating whether the rail line will be operated by applicant. If not, the operator which has been selected must join in the application, and provide all information required for an applicant. If the operator has not yet been selected, state who is being considered.
</P>
<P>(d) A statement indicating whether applicant is affiliated by stock ownership or otherwise with any industry to be served by the line. If so, provide details about the nature and extent of the affiliation.
</P>
<P>(e) Date and place of organization, applicable State statutes, and a brief description of the nature and objectives of the organization.
</P>
<P>(f) If a corporation, submit:
</P>
<P>(1) A list of officers, directors, and 10 principal stockholders of the corporation and their respective holdings. A statement whether any of these officers, directors or major shareholders control other regulated carriers. Also a list of entities, corporation(s) individual(s), or group(s) who control applicant, the extent of control, and whether any of them control other common carriers.
</P>
<P>(2) As exhibit A, any resolution of the stockholders or directors authorizing the proposal.
</P>
<P>(g) If a partnership or individual, submit the name and address of all general partners and their respective interests, and whether any of them control other carriers.
</P>
<P>(h) If applicant is an entity other than as described in paragraphs (f) or (g) of this section, submit name, title, and business address of principals or trustee, and whether the entity controls any other common carriers.
</P>
<P>(i) If applicant is a trustee, receiver, assignee, or a personal representative of the real party in interest, details about the appointment (including supporting documents, such as the court order authorizing the appointment and the filing) and about the real party in interest.
</P>
<P>(j) If applicant is an existing carrier, it may satisfy the informational requirements of paragraphs (f) through (i) of this section by making appropriate reference to the docket number of prior applications that have been filed within the previous three years in which the information has been submitted.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 8199, Feb. 25, 1982, as amended at 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.4   Information about the proposal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A description of the proposal and the significant terms and conditions, including consideration to be paid (monetary or otherwise). As exhibit B, copies of all relevant agreements. 
</P>
<P>(b) Details about the amount of traffic and a general description of commodities.
</P>
<P>(c) The purposes of the proposal and an explanation of why the public convenience and necessity require or permit the proposal.
</P>
<P>(d) As exhibit C, a map which clearly delineates the area to be served including origins, termini and stations, and cities, counties and States. The map should also delineate principal highways, rail routes and any possible interchange points with other railroads. If alternative routes are proposed for construction, the map should clearly indicate each route.
</P>
<P>(e) A list of the counties and cities to be served under the proposal, and whether there is other rail service available to them. The names of the railroads with which the line would connect, and the proposed connecting points; the volume of traffic estimated to be interchanged; and a description of the principal terms of agreements with carriers covering operation, interchange of traffic, division of rates or trackage rights.
</P>
<P>(f) The time schedule for consummation or completion of the proposal.
</P>
<P>(g) If a new line is proposed for construction:
</P>
<P>(1) The approximate area to be served by the line.
</P>
<P>(2) The nature or type of existing and prospective industries (e.g., agriculture, manufacturing, mining, warehousing, forestry) in the area, with general information about the age, size, growth potential and projected rail use of these industries.
</P>
<P>(3) Whether the construction will cross another rail line and the name of the railroad(s) owning the line(s) to be crossed. If the crossing will be accomplished with the permission of the railroad(s), include supporting agreements. If a Board determination under 49 U.S.C. 10901(d)(1) will be sought, include such requests. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.5   Operational data.</HEAD>
<P>As exhibit D, an operating plan, including traffic projection studies; a schedule of the operations; information about the crews to be used and where employees will be obtained; the rolling stock requirements and where it will be obtained; information about the operating experience and record of the proposed operator unless it is an operating railroad; any significant change in patterns of service; any associated discontinuance or abandonments; and expected operating economies.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.6   Financial information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The manner in which applicant proposes to finance construction or acquisition, the kind and amount of securities to be issued, the approximate terms of their sale and total fixed charges, the extent to which funds for financing are now available, and whether any of the securities issued would be underwritten by industries to be served by the proposed line. Explain how the fixed charges will be met.
</P>
<P>(b) As exhibit E a recent balance sheet. As exhibit F, an income statement for the latest available calendar year prior to filing the application.
</P>
<P>(c) A present value determination of the full costs of the proposal. If construction is proposed, the costs for each year of such construction (in a short narrative or by chart).
</P>
<P>(d) A statement of projected net income for 2 years, based upon traffic projections. Where construction is contemplated, the statement should represent the 2 years following completion of construction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.7   Environmental and energy data.</HEAD>
<P>As exhibit H, information and data prepared under 49 CFR Part 1105, and the “Revision of the Nat'l. Guidelines Environmental Policy Act of 1969,” 363 I.C.C. 653 (1980), and in accordance with “Implementation of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975,” 49 CFR Part 1106.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.8   Additional support.</HEAD>
<P>Any additional facts or reasons to show that the public convenience and necessity require or permit approval of this application. The Board may require additional information to be filed where appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.9   Notice.</HEAD>
<P>A summary of the proposal which will be used to provide notice under § 1150.10(f).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.1.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.10   Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Waivers.</I> Prior to filing an application, prospective applicants may seek an advance waiver, either on a permanent or temporary basis, of required information which is unavailable or not necessary or useful in analysis of the proposal. However, if the information is clearly not applicable to the individual proposal, a waiver is not necessary and need not be sought. A petition must specify the sections for which waiver or clarification is sought and the reasons why it should be granted. No replies will be permitted. Parties may, upon an appropriate showing, demonstrate their need to examine data which have previously been waived. In such circumstances, the Board only requires that it be produced under § 1150.8 above.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Filing procedures.</I> An application and all documents shall be filed with the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel. A filing fee in the amount set forth in 49 CFR 1002.2(f) is required to file an application. Copies of documents shall be furnished promptly to interested parties upon request. The application may include a stamped self-addressed envelope to be used to notify applicant of the docket number. Additionally, if possible, telephonic communication of the docket number shall be made.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Signatures.</I> The original of the application shall be signed by applicants (if a partnership, all general partners must sign; and if a corporation, association, or other similar form of organization, the signature should be that of the executive officer having knowledge of the matters and designated for that purpose). Applications shall be made under oath and shall contain an appropriate certification (if a corporation, by its secretary) showing that the affiant is duly authorized to verify and file the application. Any persons controlling an applicant shall also sign the application.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Related applications.</I> Applicant shall file concurrently all directly related applications (e.g., to issue securities, control motor carriers, obtain access to terminal operations, acquire trackage rights). All such applications will be considered with the main application.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service.</I> As soon as the docket number is obtained the applicant shall serve a conformed copy of the application by first-class mail upon the Governor (or Executive Officer), Public Service Board, and Department of Transportation of each State in which any part of the properties involved in the proposed transaction is located. Within 2 weeks of filing, applicant shall submit to the Board a copy of the certificate of service indicating that all persons so designated have been served a copy of the application.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Publication.</I> Within 2 weeks of filing, applicant shall have published the summary of the application (prepared under § 1150.9) in a newspaper of general circulation in each county in which the line is located. The notice should inform interested parties of the date by which they must advise the Board of their interest in the proceeding. This date shall be calculated as the 35th day after the filing of the application which is neither a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday in the District of Columbia. Applicant must file an affidavit of publication immediately after the publication has been completed. The Board will, as soon as practicable, either publish the notice summary in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> or reject the application if it is incomplete.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Public participation.</I> Written comments must be filed within 35 days of the filing of the application. Comments must contain the basis for the party's position either in support or opposition. Applicant must be served with a copy of each comment. On the basis of the comments and the assessment by the Office of Environmental Analysis, the Board will decide if a hearing is necessary. A hearing may be either oral or through receipt of written statements (modified procedure). (<I>See</I> 49 CFR part 1112 <I>et seq.</I>) If there is no opposition to the application, additional evidence normally need not be filed, and a decision will be reached using the information in the application.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Replies to written comments.</I> Applicant's replies will be considered by the Board provided they are filed and served within 5 days of the due date of the pleadings they address.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 8199, Feb. 25, 1982. Redesignated at 47 FR 49581, Nov. 1, 1982, and amended at 52 FR 46483, Dec. 8, 1987; 53 FR 19302, May 27, 1988; 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 74 FR 52908, Oct. 15, 2009; 83 FR 15079, Apr. 9, 2018; 84 FR 12945, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Designated Operators</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.11   Introduction.</HEAD>
<P>A certificate of designated operator will be issued to an operator providing service pursuant to a rail service continuation agreement under section 304 of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973, as amended by the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976. The designated operator (D-OP) may commence and terminate the service in accordance with the terms of the agreement. When service is terminated the D-OP must notify all shippers on the line. To obtain a D-OP certificate, the information in this subpart must be filed with the Board. A copy of the certificate of designated operator shall be served on the Association of American Railroads. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.12" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.12   Information about the designated operator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The name and address of the D-OP.
</P>
<P>(b) If a new corporation or other new business entity, a copy of the certificate of incorporation or, if unincorporated, the facts and official organizational documents relating to the business entity.
</P>
<P>(c) The names and addresses of all officers and directors, with a statement from each which indicates present affiliation, if any, with a railroad.
</P>
<P>(d) Sufficient information to establish its financial responsibility for the proposed undertaking, unless the D-OP is a common carrier by railroad. The nature and extent of all liability insurance coverage, including insurance binder or policy number, and name of insurer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.13" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.13   Relevant dates.</HEAD>
<P>The exact dates of the period of operation which have been agreed upon by the D-OP, the offeror of the rail service continuation payment, and the owner of the line to be operated, in their lease and operating agreements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.14" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.14   Proposed service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A copy of all agreements between the D-OP, the offeror of the rail service continuation payment, and the owner of the line to be operated.
</P>
<P>(b) Any additional information which is necessary to provide the Board with a description of:
</P>
<P>(1) The line over which service is to be provided (e.g., U.S.R.A. Line); and
</P>
<P>(2) All interline connections, including the names of the connecting railroads.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.15" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.15   Information about offeror.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The name and address of the offeror of the rail service continuation payment.
</P>
<P>(b) Sufficient information to establish the financial responsibility of the offeror for the proposed undertaking, or if the offeror is a State or municipal corporation or authority, a statement that it has authority to perform the service or enter into the agreement for subsidy.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.16" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.16   Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>Upon receipt of this information, the matter will be docketed by the prefix initials “D-OP.” Operators may begin operating immediately upon the filing of the necessary information. Although the designated operator will not be required to seek and obtain authority from the Board either to commence or to terminate operations, the designated operator is a common carrier by railroad subject to all other applicable provisions of 49 U.S.C. Subtitle IV. However, we have exempted designated operators from some aspects of regulation. <I>See Exemption of Certain Designated Operators from Section 11343,</I> 361 ICC 379 (1979), as modified by <I>McGinness</I> v. <I>I.C.C.,</I> 662 F.2d 853 (D.C. Cir. 1981).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 8199, Feb. 25, 1982. Redesignated at 47 FR 49581, Nov. 1, 1982, and amended at 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 84 FR 12945, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Modified Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.21" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.21   Scope of rules.</HEAD>
<P>These special rules apply to operations over abandoned rail lines, which have been acquired (through purchase or lease) by a State. The rail line must have been fully abandoned, or approved for abandonment by the Board or a bankruptcy court. As used in these rules, the term “State” includes States, political subdivisions of States, and all instrumentalities through which the State can act. An operator has the option of applying for a modified certificate of public convenience and necessity under this subpart or a common carrier certificate under Subpart A of this part. A copy of the modified certificate shall be served on the Association of American Railroads. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 8199, Feb. 25, 1982, as amended at 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.22" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.22   Exemptions and common carrier status.</HEAD>
<P>The acquisition by a State of a fully abandoned line is not subject to the jurisdiction of the Surface Transportation Board. The acquisition by a State of a line approved for abandonment and not yet fully abandoned is exempted from the Board's jurisdiction. If the State intends to operate the line itself, it will be considered a common carrier. However, when a State acquires a rail line described under § 1150.21 and contracts with an operator to provide service over the line, only the operator incurs a common carrier obligation. The operators of these lines are exempted from 49 U.S.C. 10901 and 10903 which are the statutory requirements governing the start up and termination of operations. Operators exempted from these requirements must comply with the requirements of this part and must apply for a modified certificate of public convenience and necessity. The operator is a common carrier and incurs all benefits and responsibilities under 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV; however, the State through its operational agreement or the operator of the line may determine certain preconditions, such as payment of a subsidy, which must be met by shippers to obtain service over the line. The operator must notify the shippers on the line of any preconditions. The modified certificate will authorize service to shippers who meet these preconditions and the operator will be required to provide complete common carrier service under this certificate only to those shippers. (See 363 ICC 132.)


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.23" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.23   Modified certificate of public convenience and necessity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The operator must file a notice with the Board for a modified certificate of public convenience and necessity. Operations may commence immediately upon the filing; however, the Board will review the information filed, and if complete, will issue a modified certificate notice. 
</P>
<P>(b) A notice for a modified certificate of public convenience and necessity shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the operator and, unless the operator is an existing rail carrier:
</P>
<P>(i) Its articles of incorporation or, if it is unincorporated, the facts and organizational documents relating to its formation; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The names and addresses of all of its officers and directors and a statement indicating any present affiliation each may have with a rail carrier; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Sufficient information to establish the financial responsibility of the operator. 
</P>
<P>(2) Information about the prior abandonment, including docket number, status and date of the first decision approving the abandonment. 
</P>
<P>(3) The exact dates of the period of operation which have been agreed upon by the operator and the State which owns the line (if there is any agreement, it should be provided);
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the service to be performed including, where applicable, a description of:
</P>
<P>(i) The line over which service is to be performed;
</P>
<P>(ii) All interline connections including the names of the connecting railroads;
</P>
<P>(iii) The nature and extent of all liability insurance coverage, including binder or policy number and name of insurer; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Any preconditions which shippers must meet to receive service.
</P>
<P>(5) The name and address of any subsidizers, and 
</P>
<P>(6) Sufficient information to establish the financial responsibility of any subsidizers (if the subsidizer is a State, the information should show that it has authority to enter into the agreement for subsidized operations).
</P>
<P>(c) The service offered and the applicable rates, charges, and conditions must be described in tariffs published by the operator to the Board's rules. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.24" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.24   Termination of service.</HEAD>
<P>The duration of the service may be determined in the contract between the State and the operator. An operator may not terminate service over a line unless it first provides 60 days' notice of its intent to terminate the service. The notice of intent must be: 
</P>
<P>(a) Filed with the State and the Board, and 
</P>
<P>(b) Mailed to all persons that have used the line within the 6 months preceding the date of the notice.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Exempt Transactions Under 49 U.S.C. 10901</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>51 FR 2504, Jan. 17, 1986, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1150.31" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.31   Scope of exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as indicated below, this exemption applies to all acquisitions and operations under section 10901 (<I>See</I> 1150.1, <I>supra</I>). This exemption also includes:
</P>
<P>(1) Acquisition by a noncarrier of rail property that would be operated by a third party;
</P>
<P>(2) Operation by a new carrier of rail property acquired by a third party;
</P>
<P>(3) A change in operators on the line; and
</P>
<P>(4) Acquisition of incidental trackage rights. Incidental trackage rights include the grant of trackage rights by the seller, or the assignment of trackage rights to operate over the line of a third party that occur at the time of the exempt acquisition or operation. This exemption does not apply when a class I railroad abandons a line and another class I railroad then acquires the line in a proposal that would result in a major market extension as defined at § 1180.3(c).
</P>
<P>(b) Other exemptions that may be relevant to a proposal under this subpart are the exemption for control at § 1180.2(d)(1) and (2), and the exemption from securities regulation at 49 CFR part 1177.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 2504, Jan. 17, 1986, as amended at 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.32" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.32   Procedures and relevant dates—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To qualify for this exemption, applicant must file a verified notice providing details about the transaction, and a brief caption summary, conforming to the format in § 1150.34, for publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) The exemption will be effective 30 days after the notice is filed. The Board, through the Chief Counsel, will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 16 days of the filing. A change in operators would follow the provisions at § 1150.34, and notice must be given to shippers.
</P>
<P>(c) If the notice contains false or misleading information, the exemption is void <I>ab initio.</I> A petition to revoke under 49 U.S.C. 10502(d) does not automatically stay the exemption. Stay petitions must be filed at least 7 days before the exemption becomes effective.
</P>
<P>(d) Applicant must preserve intact all sites and structures more than 50 years old until compliance with the requirements of Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, 16 U.S.C. 470 is achieved. 
</P>
<P>(e) If the projected annual revenue of the carrier to be created by a transaction under this exemption exceeds $5 million, applicant must, at least 60 days before the exemption becomes effective, post a notice of intent to undertake the proposed transaction at the workplace of the employees on the affected line(s) and serve a copy of the notice on the national offices of the labor unions with employees on the affected line(s), setting forth the types and numbers of jobs expected to be available, the terms of employment and principles of employee selection, and the lines that are to be transferred, and certify to the Board that it has done so.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 2504, Jan. 17, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 4626, Feb. 17, 1988; 53 FR 5982, Feb. 29, 1988; 62 FR 47584, Sept. 10, 1997; 69 FR 58366, Sept. 30, 2004; 71 FR 62212, Oct. 24, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.33" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.4.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.33   Information to be contained in notice—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The full name and address of the applicant;
</P>
<P>(b) The name, address, and telephone number of the representative of the applicant who should receive correspondence;
</P>
<P>(c) A statement that an agreement has been reached or details about when an agreement will be reached;
</P>
<P>(d) The operator of the property;
</P>
<P>(e) A brief summary of the proposed transaction, including:
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the railroad transferring the subject property,
</P>
<P>(2) The proposed time schedule for consummation of the transaction,
</P>
<P>(3) The mile-posts of the subject property, including any branch lines, and
</P>
<P>(4) The total route miles being acquired;
</P>
<P>(f) A map that clearly indicates the area to be served, including origins, termini, stations, cities, counties, and States; and
</P>
<P>(g) A certificate that applicant's projected revenues do not exceed those that would qualify it as a Class III carrier.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Interchange Commitments.</I> (1) The filing party must certify whether or not a proposed acquisition or operation of a rail line involves a provision or agreement that may limit future interchange with a third-party connecting carrier, whether by outright prohibition, per-car penalty, adjustment in the purchase price or rental, positive economic inducement, or other means (“interchange commitment”). If such a provision exists, the following additional information must be provided (the information in paragraphs (h)(1)(ii), (iv), (vii) of this section may be filed with the Board under 49 CFR 1104.14(a) and will be kept confidential without need for the filing of an accompanying motion for a protective order under 49 CFR 1104.14(b)):
</P>
<P>(i) The existence of that provision or agreement and identification of the affected interchange points; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A confidential, complete version of the document(s) containing or addressing that provision or agreement;
</P>
<P>(iii) A list of shippers that currently use or have used the line in question within the last two years;
</P>
<P>(iv) The aggregate number of carloads those shippers specified in paragraph (h)(1)(iii) of this section originated or terminated (confidential);
</P>
<P>(v) A certification that the filing party has provided notice of the proposed transaction and interchange commitment to the shippers identified in paragraph (h)(1)(iii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(vi) A list of third party railroads that could physically interchange with the line sought to be acquired or leased;
</P>
<P>(vii) An estimate of the difference between the sale or lease price with and without the interchange commitment (confidential);
</P>
<P>(viii) A change in the case caption so that the existence of an interchange commitment is apparent from the case title.
</P>
<P>(2) To obtain information about an interchange commitment for use in a proceeding before the Board, a shipper or other affected party may be granted access to the confidential documents filed pursuant to paragraph (h)(1) of this section by filing, and serving upon the petitioner, a “Motion for Access to Confidential Documents,” containing:
</P>
<P>(i) An explanation of the party's need for the information; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An appropriate draft protective order and confidentiality undertaking(s) that will ensure that the documents are kept confidential.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Deadlines.</I> (i) Replies to a Motion for Access are due within 5 days after the motion is filed.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Board will rule on a Motion for Access within 30 days after the motion is filed.
</P>
<P>(iii) Parties must produce the relevant documents within 5 days of receipt of a Board approved, signed confidentiality agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[51 FR 2504, Jan. 17, 1986, as amended at 51 FR 25207, July 11, 1986; 53 FR 4626, Feb. 17, 1988; 53 FR 5982, Feb. 29, 1988; 56 FR 36111, July 31, 1991; 73 FR 31034, May 30, 2008; 78 FR 54590, Sept. 5, 2013] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.34" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.4.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.34   Caption summary—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.</HEAD>
<P>The caption summary must be in the following form. The information symbolized by numbers is identified in the key below:
</P>
<HD1>Surface Transportation Board
</HD1>
<HD2>Notice of Exemption
</HD2>
<HD1>Finance Docket No.
</HD1>
<HD1>(1)—Exemption (2)-(3)
</HD1>
<P>(1) Has filed a notice of exemption to (2) (3)'s line between (4). Comments must be filed with the Board and served on (5). (6).
</P>
<FP>Key to symbols:
</FP>
<P>(1) Name of entity acquiring or operating the line, or both.
</P>
<P>(2) The type of transaction, <I>e.g.,</I> to acquire, operate, or both.
</P>
<P>(3) The transferor.
</P>
<P>(4) Describe the line.
</P>
<P>(5) Petitioners representative, address, and telephone number.
</P>
<P>(6) Cross reference to other class exemptions being used.
</P>
<P>The notice is filed under § 1150.31. If the notice contains false or misleading information, the exemption is void <I>ab initio.</I> Petitions to revoke the exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502(d) may be filed at any time. The filing of a petition to revoke will not automatically stay the transaction.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 8199, Feb. 25, 1982. Redesignated at 47 FR 49581, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 53 FR 5982, Feb. 29, 1988; 69 FR 58366, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.35" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.4.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.35   Procedures and relevant dates—transactions that involve creation of Class I or Class II carriers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To qualify for this exemption, applicant must serve a notice of intent to file a notice of exemption no later than 14 days before the notice of exemption is filed with the Board, and applicant must comply with the notice requirement of § 1150.32(e).
</P>
<P>(b) The notice of intent must contain all of the information required in § 1150.33, exclusive of § 1150.33(g), plus:
</P>
<P>(1) A general statement of service intentions; and
</P>
<P>(2) A general statement of labor impacts.
</P>
<P>(c) The notice of intent must be served on:
</P>
<P>(1) The Governor of each State in which track is to be sold;
</P>
<P>(2) The State(s) Department of Transportation or equivalent agency;
</P>
<P>(3) The national offices of the labor unions with employees on the affected line(s); and
</P>
<P>(4) Shippers representing at least 50 percent of the volume of local traffic and traffic originating or terminating on the line(s) in the most recent 12 months for which data is available (beginning with the largest shipper and working down).
</P>
<P>(d) Applicant must also file a verified notice of exemption conforming to the requirements of (b) above and of § 1150.34, and certify compliance with § 1150.35 (a), (b), and (c), attaching a copy of the notice of intent.
</P>
<P>(e) The exemption will be effective 45 days after the notice is filed. The Board, through the Chief Counsel, will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 16 days of the filing.
</P>
<P>(f) If the notice contains false or misleading information, the exemption is void <I>ab initio.</I> A petition to revoke under 49 U.S.C. 10502(d) does not automatically stay the transaction. Stay petitions must be filed within 7 days of the filing of the notice of exemption. Stay petitions must be filed at least 14 days before the exemption becomes effective. To be considered, stay petitions must be timely served on the applicant.
</P>
<P>(g) Applicant must comply with § 1150.32(d) regarding section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, 16 U.S.C. 470.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[53 FR 5982, Feb. 29, 1988, as amended at 53 FR 31341, Aug. 18, 1988; 62 FR 47584, Sept. 10, 1997; 69 FR 58366, Sept. 30, 2004; 71 FR 62213, Oct. 24, 2006; 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016]
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>At 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016, § 1150.35 was amended; however, a portion of the amendment could not be incorporated due to inaccurate amendatory instruction.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.36" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.4.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.36   Exempt construction of connecting track.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This class exemption applies to proceedings involving the construction and operation of connecting lines of railroad within existing rail rights-of-way, or on land owned by connecting railroads, under 49 U.S.C. 10901 (a), (b), and (c). (See the reference to connecting track in 49 CFR 1105.6(b)(1).) This class exemption is designed to expedite and facilitate connecting track construction while ensuring full and timely environmental review. The Surface Transportation Board (Board) has found that its prior review of connecting track construction and operation is not necessary to carry out the rail transportation policy of 49 U.S.C. 10101; that continued regulation is not necessary to protect shippers from abuse of market power; and that the construction of connecting track would be of limited scope. <I>See</I> 49 U.S.C. 10502. To use this class exemption, a pre-filing notice, environmental report, historic report, and notice of exemption must be filed that complies with the procedures in § 1150.36 (b) and (c), and the Board's environmental rules, codified at 49 CFR part 1105. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Environmental requirements.</I> The environmental regulations at 49 CFR part 1105 must be complied with fully. An environmental report containing the information specified at 49 CFR 1105.7(e), as well as an historic report containing the information specified at 49 CFR 1105.8(d), must be filed either before or at the same time as the notice of exemption is filed. <I>See</I> 49 CFR 1105.7(a). The entity seeking the exemption authority must also serve copies of the environmental report on the agencies listed at 49 CFR 1105.7(b). Because the environmental report must include a certification that appropriate agencies have been consulted in its preparation (<I>see</I> 49 CFR 1105.7(c)), parties should begin environmental and historic consultations well before the notice of exemption is filed. Environmental requirements may be waived or modified where a petitioner demonstrates in writing that such action is appropriate. <I>See</I> 49 CFR 1105.10(c). It is to the advantage of parties to consult with the Board's Office of Environmental Analysis (OEA) at the earliest possible date to begin environmental review. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Procedures and dates.</I> (1) At least 20 days prior to the filing of a notice of exemption with the Board, the party seeking the exemption authority must notify in writing: the State Public Service Commission, the State Department of Transportation (or equivalent agency), and the State Clearinghouse (if there is no clearinghouse, the State Environmental Protection Agency), of each State involved. The pre-filing notice shall include: the name and address of the railroad (or other entity proposing to construct the line) and the proposed operator; a complete description of the proposed construction and operation, including a map; an indication that the class exemption procedure is being used; and the approximate date that construction is proposed to begin. This pre-filing notice shall include a certification that the petitioner will comply with the Board's environmental regulations, codified at 49 CFR part 1105, and a statement that those regulations generally require the Board to: 
</P>
<P>(i) Prepare an environmental assessment (EA) (or environmental impact statement (EIS) if necessary), 
</P>
<P>(ii) Make the document (EA or EIS, as appropriate) available to the parties (and to the public, upon request to OEA); and 
</P>
<P>(iii) Accept for filing and consideration comments on the environmental document as well as petitions for stay and reconsideration. 
</P>
<P>(2) Petitioner must file a verified notice of exemption with the Board at least 90 days before the construction is proposed to begin. In addition to the information contained in § 1150.36(c)(1), the notice shall include a statement certifying compliance with the environmental rules at 49 CFR part 1105 and the pre-filing notice requirements of 49 CFR 1150.36(c)(1). 
</P>
<P>(3) The Board, through the Chief Counsel, shall publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 20 days after the notice of exemption is received that describes the construction project and invites comments. OEA will then prepare an EA (or, if necessary, an EIS). The EA generally will be made available 15 days after the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice. It will be served on all parties and appropriate agencies. Others may request a copy from OEA. The deadline for submission of comments on the EA will generally be within 30 days of its availability (<I>see</I> 49 CFR 1105.10(b)). If an EIS is prepared, the time frames and procedures set forth in 49 CFR 1105.10(a) generally will apply. 
</P>
<P>(4) The Board's environmental document (together with any comments and OEA's recommendations) shall be used in deciding whether to allow the particular construction project to proceed under the class exemption and whether to impose appropriate mitigating conditions upon its use (including use of an environmentally preferable route). If the Board concludes that a particular project will result in serious adverse environmental consequences that cannot be adequately mitigated, it may deny authority to proceed with the construction under the class exemption (the “no-build” alternative). Persons believing that they can show that the need for a particular line outweighs the adverse environmental consequences can file an application for approval of the proposed construction under 49 U.S.C. 10901. 
</P>
<P>(5) No construction may begin until the Board has completed its environmental review and issued a final decision. 
</P>
<P>(6) Petitions to stay the effective date of the notice of exemption on other than environmental and/or historic preservation grounds must be filed within 10 days of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication. Petitions to stay the effective date of the notice on environmental and/or historic preservation grounds may be filed at any time but must be filed sufficiently in advance of the effective date to allow the Board to consider and act on the petition before the notice becomes effective. Petitions for reconsideration must be filed within 20 days of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication. 
</P>
<P>(7) The exemption generally will be effective 70 days after publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> unless stayed. If the notice of exemption contains false or misleading information, the exemption is void <I>ab initio</I> and the Board shall summarily reject the exemption notice. 
</P>
<P>(8) Where significant environmental issues have been raised or discovered during the environmental review process, the Board shall issue, on or before the effective date of the exemption, a final decision allowing the exemption to become effective and imposing appropriate mitigating conditions or taking other appropriate action such as selecting the “no build” alternative. 
</P>
<P>(9) Where there has been full environmental review and no significant environmental issues have been raised or discovered, the Board, through the Chief Counsel, shall issue, on or before the effective date of the exemption, a final decision consisting of a Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) to show that the environmental record has been considered (<I>see</I> 49 CFR 1105.10(g)). 
</P>
<P>(10) The Board, on its own motion or at the request of a party to the case, will stay the effective date of individual notices of exemption when an informed decision on environmental issues cannot be made prior to the date that the exemption authority would otherwise become effective. Stays will be granted initially for a period of 60 days to permit resolution of environmental issues and issuance of a final decision. The Board expects that this 60-day period will usually be sufficient for these purposes unless preparation of an EIS is required. If, however, environmental issues remain unresolved upon expiration of this 60-day period, the Board, upon its own motion, or at the request of a party to the case, will extend the stay, as necessary to permit completion of environmental review and issuance of a final decision. The Board's order will specify the duration of each extension of the initial stay period. In cases requiring the preparation of an EIS, the Board will extend the stay for a period sufficient to permit compliance with the procedural guidelines established by the Board's environmental regulations. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Third-Party Consultants.</I> An environmental and historic report required under 49 CFR 1105.7 and 1105.8 will not be required where a petitioner engages a third-party consultant who is approved by OEA and acts under OEA's direction and supervision in preparing the EA or EIS. In such a case, the third-party consultant must act on behalf of the Board, working under OEA's direction to collect the environmental information that is needed and to compile it into a draft EA or EIS, which is prepared under OEA's direction and then submitted to OEA for its final review and approval. <I>See</I> 49 CFR 1105.10(d). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 29974, June 13, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 83 FR 15079, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Exempt Transactions Under 49 U.S.C. 10902 for Class III Rail Carriers</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>61 FR 32355, June 24, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1150.41" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.5.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.41   Scope of exemption.</HEAD>
<P>Except as indicated in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, this exemption applies to acquisitions or operations by Class III rail carriers under section 10902. This exemption also includes: 
</P>
<P>(a) Acquisition by a Class III rail carrier of rail property that would be operated by a third party; 
</P>
<P>(b) Operation by a Class III carrier of rail property acquired by a third party; 
</P>
<P>(c) A change in operators on such a line; and 
</P>
<P>(d) Acquisition of incidental trackage rights. Incidental trackage rights include the grant of trackage rights by the seller, or the acquisition of trackage rights to operate over the line of a third party, that occurs at the time of the purchase. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.42" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.5.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.42   Procedures and relevant dates for small line acquisitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This exemption applies to the acquisition of rail lines with projected annual revenues which, together with the acquiring carrier's projected annual revenue, do not exceed the annual revenue of a Class III railroad. To qualify for this exemption, the Class III rail carrier applicant must file a verified notice providing details about the transaction, and a brief caption summary, conforming to the format in § 1150.44, for publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 
</P>
<P>(b) The exemption will be effective 30 days after the notice is filed. The Board, through the Chief Counsel, will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 16 days of the filing. A change in operators must follow the provisions at § 1150.44, and notice must be given to shippers. 
</P>
<P>(c) If the notice contains false or misleading information, the exemption is vid <I>ab initio.</I> A petition to revoke under 49 U.S.C. 10502(d) does not automatically stay the exemption. Stay petitions must be filed at least 7 days before the exemption becomes effective.
</P>
<P>(d) Applicant must preserve intact all sites and structures more than 50 years old until compliance with the requirements of section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, 16 U.S.C. 470f, is achieved. 
</P>
<P>(e) If the projected annual revenue of the rail lines to be acquired or operated, together with the acquiring carrier's projected annual revenue, exceeds $5 million, the applicant must, at least 60 days before the exemption becomes effective, post a notice of applicant's intent to undertake the proposed transaction at the workplace of the employees on the affected line(s) and serve a copy of the notice on the national offices of the labor unions with employees on the affected line(s), setting forth the types and numbers of jobs expected to be available, the terms of employment and principles of employee selection, and the lines that are to be transferred, and certify to the Board that it has done so.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 32355, June 24, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 47584, Sept. 10, 1997; 71 FR 62213, Oct. 24, 2006; 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.43" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.5.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.43   Information to be contained in notice for small line acquisitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The full name and address of the Class III rail carrier applicant; 
</P>
<P>(b) The name, address, and telephone number of the representative of the applicant who should receive correspondence; 
</P>
<P>(c) A statement that an agreement has been reached or details about when an agreement will be reached; 
</P>
<P>(d) The operator of the property; 
</P>
<P>(e) A brief summary of the proposed transaction, including: 
</P>
<P>(1) The name and address of the railroad transferring the subject property to the Class III rail carrier applicant; 
</P>
<P>(2) The proposed time schedule for consummation of the transaction; 
</P>
<P>(3) The mileposts of the subject property, including any branch lines; and 
</P>
<P>(4) The total route miles being acquired; 
</P>
<P>(f) A map that clearly indicates the area to be served, including origins, termini, stations, cities, counties, and states; and 
</P>
<P>(g) A certificate that applicant's projected revenues as a result of the transaction will not result in the creation of a Class II or Class I rail carrier so as to require processing under § 1150.45. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Interchange Commitments.</I> (1) The filing party must certify whether or not a proposed acquisition or operation of a rail line involves a provision or agreement that may limit future interchange with a third-party connecting carrier, whether by outright prohibition, per-car penalty, adjustment in the purchase price or rental, positive economic inducement, or other means (“interchange commitment”). If such a provision exists, the following additional information must be provided (the information in paragraphs (h)(1)(ii), (iv), (vii) of this section may be filed with the Board under 49 CFR 1104.14(a) and will be kept confidential without need for the filing of an accompanying motion for a protective order under 49 CFR 1104.14(b)):
</P>
<P>(i) The existence of that provision or agreement and identification of the affected interchange points; and
</P>
<P>(ii) A confidential, complete version of the document(s) containing or addressing that provision or agreement;
</P>
<P>(iii) A list of shippers that currently use or have used the line in question within the last two years;
</P>
<P>(iv) The aggregate number of carloads those shippers specified in paragraph (h)(1)(iii) of this section originated or terminated (confidential);
</P>
<P>(v) A certification that the filing party has provided notice of the proposed transaction and interchange commitment to the shippers identified in paragraph (h)(1)(iii) of this section;
</P>
<P>(vi) A list of third party railroads that could physically interchange with the line sought to be acquired or leased;
</P>
<P>(vii) An estimate of the difference between the sale or lease price with and without the interchange commitment (confidential);
</P>
<P>(viii) A change in the case caption so that the existence of an interchange commitment is apparent from the case title.
</P>
<P>(2) To obtain information about an interchange commitment for use in a proceeding before the Board, a shipper or other affected party may be granted access to the confidential documents filed pursuant to paragraph (h)(1) of this section by filing, and serving upon the petitioner, a “Motion for Access to Confidential Documents,” containing:
</P>
<P>(i) An explanation of the party's need for the information; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An appropriate draft protective order and confidentiality undertaking(s) that will ensure that the documents are kept confidential.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Deadlines.</I> (i) Replies to a Motion for Access are due within 5 days after the motion is filed.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Board will rule on a Motion for Access within 30 days after the motion is filed.
</P>
<P>(iii) Parties must produce the relevant documents within 5 days of receipt of a Board approved, signed confidentiality agreement.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 32355, June 24, 1996, as amended at 73 FR 31035, May 30, 2008; 78 FR 54591, Sept. 5, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.44" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.5.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.44   Caption summary.</HEAD>
<P>The caption summary must be in the following form. The information symbolized by numbers is identified in the key as follows: 
</P>
<HD1>Surface Transportation Board
</HD1>
<HD2>Notice of Exemption
</HD2>
<HD1>STB Finance Docket No. 
</HD1>
<HD1>(1)—Exemption (2)-(3) 
</HD1>
<P>(1) Has filed a notice of exemption to (2) (3)'s line between (4). Comments must be filed with the Board and served on (5). (6). Key to symbols:
</P>
<FP>(1) Name of carrier acquiring or operating the line.
</FP>
<FP>(2) The type of transaction, e.g., to acquire or operate.
</FP>
<FP>(3) The transferor.
</FP>
<FP>(4) Describe the line.
</FP>
<FP>(5) Petitioner's representative, address, and telephone number.
</FP>
<FP>(6) Cross reference to other class exemptions being used. 
</FP>
<P>The notice is filed under 49 CFR 1150.41. If the notice contains false or misleading information, the exemption is void <I>ab initio.</I> The filing of a petition to revoke will not automatically stay the transaction. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 32355, June 24, 1996; 61 FR 36965, July 15, 1996]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1150.45" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.66.5.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1150.45   Procedures and relevant dates—transactions under section 10902 that involve creation of Class I or Class II rail carriers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) To qualify for this exemption, applicant must serve a notice of intent to file a notice of exemption no later than 14 days before the notice of exemption is filed with the Board, and applicant must comply with the notice requirement of § 1150.42(e).
</P>
<P>(b) The notice of intent must contain all the information required in § 1150.43 plus: 
</P>
<P>(1) A general statement of service intentions; and 
</P>
<P>(2) A general statement of labor impacts. 
</P>
<P>(c) The notice of intent must be served on: 
</P>
<P>(1) The Governor of each state in which track is to be sold; 
</P>
<P>(2) The state(s) Department of Transportation or equivalent agency; 
</P>
<P>(3) The national offices of the labor unions with employees on the affected line(s); and 
</P>
<P>(4) Shippers representing at least 50 percent of the volume of local traffic and traffic originating or terminating on the line(s) in the most recent 12 months for which data are available (beginning with the largest shipper and working down). 
</P>
<P>(d) Applicant must also file a verified notice of exemption conforming to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section and of § 1150.44, and certify compliance with paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, attaching a copy of the notice of intent. </P>
<P>(e) The exemption will be effective 45 days after the notice is filed. The Board, through theChief Counsel, will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 16 days of the filing. 
</P>
<P>(f) If the notice contains false or misleading information, the exemption is void <I>ab initio.</I> A petition to revoke under 49 U.S.C. 10502(d) does not automatically stay the transaction. Stay petitions must be filed at least 14 days before the exemption becomes effective. Replies will be due 7 days thereafter. To be considered, stay petitions must be timely served on the applicant. 
</P>
<P>(g) Applicant must preserve intact all sites and structures more than 50 years old until compliance with the requirements of section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, 16 U.S.C. 470f, is achieved.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 32355, June 24, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 47584, Sept. 10, 1997; 71 FR 62213, Oct. 24, 2006; 84 FR 12945, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1151" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.67" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1151—FEEDER RAILROAD DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 10907.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>48 FR 9654, Mar. 8, 1983, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1151.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.67.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1151.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part governs applications filed under 49 U.S.C. 10907. The Board can require the sale of a rail line to a financially responsible person. A rail line is eligible for a forced sale if it appears in category 1 or 2 of the owning railroad's system diagram map (but the railroad has not filed an application to abandon the line), or the public convenience and necessity, as defined in 49 U.S.C. 10907(c)(1), permit or require the sale of the line. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 9654, Mar. 8, 1983, as amended at 56 FR 37861, Aug. 9, 1991; 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1151.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.67.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1151.2   Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Service.</I> When an application is filed, applicant must concurrently serve a copy of the application by first class mail on: 
</P>
<P>(1) The owning railroad; 
</P>
<P>(2) All rail patrons who originated and/or received traffic on the line during the 12-month period preceding the month in which the application is filed; 
</P>
<P>(3) The designated State agency in the State(s) where the property is located; 
</P>
<P>(4) County governments where the line is located; 
</P>
<P>(5) The National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) (if Amtrak operates on the line); 
</P>
<P>(6) And the national offices of rail unions with employees on the line. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptance or rejection of an application.</I> 

(1) The Board, through the Chief Counsel, will accept a complete application no later than 30 days after the application is filed by publishing a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> An application is complete if it has been properly served and contains substantially all information required by § 1151.3, except as modified by advance waiver. The notice will also announce the schedule for filing of competing applications and responses. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Board, through the Chief Counsel, will reject an incomplete application by serving a decision no later than 30 days after the application is filed. The decision will explain specifically why the application was incomplete. A revised application may be submitted, incorporating portions of the prior application by reference. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Competing applications.</I>

(1) Unless otherwise scheduled in the notice, competing applications by other parties seeking to acquire all or any portion of the line sought in the initial application are due within 30 days after the initial application is accepted. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Board, through the Chief Counsel, will issue a decision accepting or rejecting a competing application no later than 15 days after it is filed. A competing application will be rejected if it does not substantially contain the information required by § 1151.3, except as modified by advance waiver. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Incomplete applications. </I>(1) If an applicant seeking to file an initial or competing application is unable to obtain required information that is primarily or exclusively within the personal knowledge of the owning carrier, the applicant may file an incomplete application if it files at the same time a request for discovery under 49 CFR part 1114 to obtain the needed information from the owning carrier. 


</P>
<P>(2) The Board, through the Chief Counsel, will by decision conditionally accept incomplete initial or competing applications, if the Chief Counsel determines that the discovery sought is necessary for the application and primarily or exclusively within the knowledge of the owning carrier.




</P>
<P>(3) When the information sought through discovery has been filed for an initial application, <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice under paragraph (b) of this section will be published. 
</P>
<P>(4) When the information sought through discovery has been filed for a competing application, a decision will be issued under paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Comments.</I> Unless otherwise scheduled in the notice, verified statements and comments addressing both the initial and competing applications must be filed within 60 days after the initial application is accepted.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Replies.</I> Unless otherwise scheduled in the notice, verified replies by applicants and other interested parties must be filed within 80 days after the initial application is accepted.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Publication.</I> If the Board finds that the public convenience and necessity require or permit sale of the line, the Board shall concurrently publish this finding in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Acceptance or rejection.</I> If the Board concludes that sale of the line should be required, the applicant(s) must file a notice with the Board and the owning railroad accepting or rejecting the Board's determination. The notice must be filed within 10 days of the service date of the decision.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Selection.</I> If two or more applicants timely file notices accepting the Board's determination, the owning railroad must select the applicant to which it will sell the line and file notice of its selection with the Board and serve a copy on the applicants within 15 days of the service date of the Board decision.


</P>
<P>(j) <I>Waiver.</I> Prior to filing an initial or competing application, an applicant may file a petition to waive or clarify specific portions of this part. A decision by the Chief Counsel granting or denying a petition for waiver or clarification will be issued within 30 days of the date the petition is filed. Appeals from the Chief Counsel's decision will be decided by the entire Board.




</P>
<P>(k) <I>Extension.</I> Extensions of filing dates may be granted for good cause.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[56 FR 37861, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 91 FR 4855, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1151.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.67.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1151.3   Contents of application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The initial application and all competing applications must include the following information in the form of verified statements:
</P>
<P>(1) Identification of the line to be purchased including:
</P>
<P>(i) The name of the owning carrier; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The exact location of the line to be purchased including milepost designations, origin and termination points, stations located on the line, and cities, counties and States traversed by the line.
</P>
<P>(2) Identification of applicant including:
</P>
<P>(i) The applicant's name and address;
</P>
<P>(ii) The name, address, and phone number of the representative to receive correspondence concerning this application;
</P>
<P>(iii) A description of applicant's affiliation with any railroad; and
</P>
<P>(iv) If the applicant is a corporation, the names and addresses of its officers and directors.
</P>
<P>(3) Information sufficient to demonstrate that the applicant is a financially responsible person. In this regard, the applicant must demonstrate its ability:
</P>
<P>(i) To pay the higher of the net liquidation value (NLV) or going concern value (GCV) of the line; and
</P>
<P>(ii) To cover expenses associated with providing services over the line (including, but not limited to, operating costs, rents, and taxes) for at least the first 3 years after acquisition of the line.
</P>
<P>(4) An estimate of the NLV and the GCV of the line and evidence in support of these estimates.
</P>
<P>(5) An offer to purchase the line at the higher of the two estimates submitted pursuant to paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(6) The dates for the proposed period of operation of the line covered by the application.
</P>
<P>(7) An operating plan that identifies the proposed operator; attaches any contract that the applicant may have with the proposed operator; describes in detail the service that is to be provided over the line, including all interline connections; and demonstrates that adequate transportation will be provided over the line for at least 3 years from the date of acquisition.
</P>
<P>(8) A description of the liability insurance coverage carried by applicant or any proposed operator. If trackage rights are requested, the insurance must be at a level sufficient to indemnify the owning railroad against all personal and property damage that may result from negligence on the part of the operator in exercising the trackage rights.
</P>
<P>(9) Any preconditions (such as assuming a share of any subsidy payments) that will be placed on shippers in order for them to receive service, and a statement that if the application is approved, no further preconditions will be placed on shippers without Board approval. (This statement will be binding upon applicant if the application is approved.)
</P>
<P>(10) The name and address of any person(s) who will subsidize the operation of the line.
</P>
<P>(11) A statement that the applicant will seek a finding by the Board that the public convenience and necessity permit or require acquisition, or a statement that the line is currently in category 1 or 2 of the owning railroad's system diagram map.
</P>
<P>(i) If the applicant seeks a finding of public convenience and necessity, the application must contain detailed evidence that permits the Board to find that:
</P>
<P>(A) The rail carrier operating the line refused within a reasonable time to make the necessary efforts to provide adequate service to shippers who transport traffic over the line;
</P>
<P>(B) The transportation over the line is inadequate for the majority of shippers who transport traffic over the line;
</P>
<P>(C) The sale of the line will not have a significantly adverse financial effect on the rail carrier operating the line;
</P>
<P>(D) The sale of the line will not have an adverse effect on the overall operational performance of the rail carrier operating the line; and 
</P>
<P>(E) The sale of the line will be likely to result in improved railroad transportation for shippers who transport traffic over the line.
</P>
<P>(ii) If the applicant seeks a finding that the line is currently in category 1 or 2 of the owning carrier's system diagram map, the relevant portion of the current map must be attached to the application.
</P>
<P>(12) A statement detailing applicant's election of exemption from the provisions of Title 49, United States Code, and a statement that if the application is approved, no further exemptions will be elected. (This statement will be binding upon applicant if the application is approved.)
</P>
<P>(13) A description of any trackage rights sought over the owning railroad that are required to allow reasonable interchange or to move power equipment or empty rolling stock between noncontiguous feeder lines operated by the applicant, and an estimate of the reasonable compensation for such rights, including full explanation of how the estimate was reached. The description of the trackage rights shall include the following information: Milepost or other identification for each segment of track; the need for the trackage rights (interchange of traffic, movement of equipment, etc.); frequency of operations; times of operation; any alternative to the use of trackage rights; and any other pertinent data. Trackage rights that are necessary for the interchange of traffic shall be limited to the closest point to the junction with the owning railroad's line that allows the efficient interchange of traffic. A statement shall be included that the applicant agrees to have its train and crew personnel take the operating rules examination of the railroad over which the operating rights are exercised.
</P>
<P>(14) If applicant requests Board-prescribed joint rates and divisions in the feeder line proceeding, a description of any joint rate and division agreement must be included in the application. The description must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad(s) involved;
</P>
<P>(ii) The estimated revenues that will result from the division(s);
</P>
<P>(iii) The total costs of operating the line segment purchased (including any trackage rights fees).
</P>
<P>(iv) Information sufficient to allow the Board to determine that the line sought to be acquired carried less than 3 million gross ton-miles of traffic per mile in the preceding calendar year 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>; and 
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Gross ton-miles are calculated by adding the ton-miles of the cargo and the ton-miles related to the tare (empty) weight of the freight cars used to transport the cargo in the loaded movement. In calculating the gross ton-miles, only those related to the portion of the segment purchased shall be included.</P></FTNT>
<P>(v) Any other pertinent information.
</P>
<P>(15) The extent to which the owning railroad's employees who normally service the line will be used.
</P>
<P>(16) A certificate stating that the service requirements of § 1151.2(a) have been met.
</P>
<P>(b) Applicant must make copies of the application available to interested parties upon request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 9654, Mar. 8, 1983, as amended at 56 FR 37862, Aug. 9, 1991; 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1151.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.67.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1151.4   Board determination.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Board shall determine whether each applicant is a financially responsible person. To be a financially responsible person, the Board must find that: 
</P>
<P>(1) The applicant is capable of paying the constitutional minimum value of the line and able to assure that adequate transportation will be provided over the line for at least 3 years; 
</P>
<P>(2) The applicant is not a class I or class II railroad or an entity affiliated with a class I or class II railroad. 
</P>
<P>(b) If the Board finds that one or more applicants are financially responsible parties, it shall determine whether the involved line or line segment is a qualified line. A line is a qualified line if: 
</P>
<P>(1) Either 
</P>
<P>(i) The public convenience and necessity require or permit the sale of line or line segment; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The line or line segment is classified in category 1 or 2 of the owning carrier's system diagram map; and 
</P>
<P>(2) The traffic level on the line or line segment sought to be acquired was less than 3 million gross ton-miles of traffic per mile in the preceding calendar year (Note: This finding will not be required for applications filed after October 1, 1983). 
</P>
<P>(c) If the Board finds that one or more financially responsible parties have offered to buy a qualifying line of railroad, the Board shall set the acquisition cost of the line at the higher of NLV or GCV, order the owning carrier to sell the rail line to one of the financially responsible applicants, and resolve any related issues raised in the application. If an applicant and the owning railroad agree on an acquisition price, that price shall be the final price. 
</P>
<P>(d) If trackage rights are sought in the application, the Board shall, based on the evidence of record, set the adequate compensation for such rights, if the parties have not agreed. 
</P>
<P>(e) If the applicant requests the Board to set joint rates or divisions and the line carried less than 3 million gross ton-miles of traffic per mile during the preceding calendar year, the Board shall, pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10705(a), establish joint rates and divisions based on the evidence of record in the proceeding. Unless specifically requested to do so by the selling carrier, the Board will not set the rate for the selling railroad's share of the joint rate at less than the applicable level (for the year in which the acquisition is made) set by 49 U.S.C. 10707, which limits Board maximum ratemaking jurisdiction to rates above certain cost/price ratios. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 9654, Mar. 8, 1983, as amended at 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1152" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1152—ABANDONMENT AND DISCONTINUANCE OF RAIL LINES AND RAIL TRANSPORTATION UNDER 49 U.S.C. 10903 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>11 U.S.C. 1170; 16 U.S.C. 1247(d) and 1248; 45 U.S.C. 744; and 49 U.S.C. 1301, 1321(a), 10502, 10903-10905, and 11161.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 1152 appear at 91 FR 4855, Feb. 3, 2026.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) 49 U.S.C. 10903 <I>et seq.</I> governs abandonment of rail lines and discontinuance of rail service by common carriers. Section 10903(d) provides that no line of railroad may be abandoned and no rail service discontinued unless the Board finds that the present or future public convenience and necessity require or permit the abandonment or discontinuance. 
</P>
<P>(b) Part 1152 contains regulations governing abandonment of, and discontinuance of service over, rail lines. This part also sets forth procedures for providing financial assistance to assure continued rail freight service under 49 U.S.C. 10904, for acquiring rail lines for alternate public use under 49 U.S.C. 10905, and for acquiring or using a rail right-of-way for interim trail use and rail banking. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>Unless otherwise provided in the text of the regulations, the following definitions apply in this part: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Account</I> means an account in the Board's Uniform System of Accounts for Railroad Companies (49 CFR part 1201). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Act</I> means the ICC Termination Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-88, 109 Stat. 803), as amended. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Base year</I> means the latest 12-month period, ending no earlier than 6 months prior to the filing of the abandonment or discontinuance application, for which data have been collected at the branch level as prescribed in § 1152.30(b). 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Board</I> means the Surface Transportation Board. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Branch</I> means a segment of line for which an application for abandonment or discontinuance, pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10903, has been filed. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Carrier</I> means a railroad company or the trustee or trustees of a railroad company subject to regulation under 49 U.S.C., Subtitle IV, chapter 105. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Designated state agency</I> means the instrumentality created by a state or designated by appropriate authority to administer or coordinate its state rail plan. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Forecast Year</I> means the 12-month period, beginning with the first day of the month in which the application is filed with the Board, for which future revenues and costs are estimated. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Form R-1</I> means the railroad's annual report filed with the Board in accordance with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 11145. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Offeror</I> means a shipper, a state, the United States, a local or regional transportation authority, or any financially responsible person offering rail service continuation assistance under 49 U.S.C. 10904. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>URCS</I> means the Uniform Railroad Costing System. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Significant user</I> means: 
</P>
<P>(1) Each of the 10 rail patrons which originated and/or received the largest number of carloads (or each patron if there are less than 10); and 
</P>
<P>(2) Any other rail patron which originated and/or received 50 or more carloads, on the line proposed for abandonment or discontinuance, during the 12-month period preceding the month in which notice is given of the abandonment or discontinuance application. 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Subsidy year</I> means any 12-month period for which a subsidy agreement has been negotiated and is in operation. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—System Diagram</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.10   System diagram map.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each carrier shall prepare a diagram of its rail system on a map, designating all lines in its system by the categories established in paragraph (b) of this section. A Class III carrier shall either prepare the aforementioned map of its rail system or file only a narrative description of its lines that provides all of the information required in this subpart. 
</P>
<P>(b) All lines in each carrier's rail system shall be separated into the following categories: 
</P>
<P>(1) All lines or portions of lines which the carrier anticipates will be the subject of an abandonment or discontinuance application to be filed within the 3-year period following the date upon which the diagram or narrative, or any amended diagram or narrative, is filed with the Board; 
</P>
<P>(2) All lines or portions of lines which are potentially subject to abandonment, defined as those which the carrier has under study and believes may be the subject of a future abandonment application because of either anticipated operating losses or excessive rehabilitation costs, as compared to potential revenues; 
</P>
<P>(3) All lines or portions of lines for which an abandonment or discontinuance application is pending before the Board on the date upon which the diagram or narrative, or any amended diagram or narrative, is filed with the Board; 
</P>
<P>(4) All lines or portions of lines which are being operated under the rail service continuation provisions of 49 U.S.C. 10904 (and former 49 U.S.C. 10905) on the date upon which the diagram or narrative, or any amended diagram or narrative, is filed with the Board; and 
</P>
<P>(5) All other lines or portions of lines which the carrier owns and operates, directly or indirectly. 
</P>
<P>(c) The system diagram map shall be color-coded to show the 5 categories of lines as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) Red shall designate those lines described in § 1152.10(b)(1);
</P>
<P>(2) Green shall designate those lines described in § 1152.10(b)(2); 
</P>
<P>(3) Yellow shall designate those lines described in § 1152.10(b)(3); 
</P>
<P>(4) Brown shall designate those lines described in § 1152.10(b)(4); and 
</P>
<P>(5) Black or dark blue shall designate those lines described in § 1152.10(b)(5). 
</P>
<P>(d) The system diagram map shall also identify, and shall be drawn to a scale sufficient to depict clearly, the location of: 
</P>
<P>(1) All state boundary lines; 
</P>
<P>(2) Boundaries of every county in which is situated a rail line owned or operated by the carrier which is listed in categories 1 thru 4 (§ 1152.10(b)(1) thru (4)); 
</P>
<P>(3) Every Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA) any portion of which is located within 5 air miles of a rail line owned or operated by the carrier; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Every city outside an SMSA which has a population of 5,000 or more persons (according to the latest published United States census reports) and which has any portion located within 5 air miles of a rail line owned or operated by the carrier. A series of interrelated maps may be used where the system serves a very large or congested area. An explanation of the interrelationship must be furnished. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.11   Description of lines to accompany the system diagram map or information to be contained in the narrative.</HEAD>
<P>Each carrier required to file a system diagram map or narrative shall list and describe, separately by category and within each category by state, all lines or portions of lines identified on its system diagram map or to be included in its narrative as falling within categories 1 thru 3 (§ 1152.10(b)(1) thru (3)) as follows: 
</P>
<P>(a) Carrier's designation for each line (for example, the Zanesville Secondary Track); 
</P>
<P>(b) State or states in which each line is located; 
</P>
<P>(c) County or counties in which each line is located; 
</P>
<P>(d) Mileposts delineating each line or portion of line; and 
</P>
<P>(e) Agency or terminal stations located on each line or portion of line with milepost designations. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.12" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.12   Filing and publication.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each carrier required to file a system diagram map or a narrative shall file with the Board three copies of a complete and up-dated color-coded system diagram map or narrative (identified by its “AB number”) and the accompanying line descriptions in conformance with the filing and publication requirements of this section. If a revised map or narrative is filed, the line descriptions for the lines which were revised must be filed. 
</P>
<P>(b) The color-coded system diagram map or narrative, any amendments, and accompanying line descriptions shall be served upon the Governor, the Public Service Commission (or equivalent agency) and the designated state agency of each state within which the carrier operates or owns a line of railroad. 
</P>
<P>(c) The carrier shall: 
</P>
<P>(1) Publish in a newspaper of general circulation in each county containing category 1 through 3 lines or lines being revised, a notice containing: 
</P>
<P>(i) A black-and-white copy of the system diagram map (or a portion of the map clearly depicting its lines in that county); and 
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of each line (in the case of Class III carriers only the line description is required); 
</P>
<P>(2) Post a copy of the newspaper notice:
</P>
<P>(i) In each agency station or terminal on each line in categories 1 through 3 and on each line which has been revised; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) If there is no agency station on the line, at any station through which business for the line is received or forwarded; 
</P>
<P>(3) Furnish, at reasonable cost, upon request of any interested person, a copy of its system diagram map (either color-coded or black-and-white) or narrative; and 
</P>
<P>(4) Notify interested persons of this availability through its publication in the appropriate county newspaper. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each carrier required to file a system diagram map or narrative shall file with the Board an affidavit of service and publication stating the date each was accomplished. A copy of each newspaper notice published shall be attached to the affidavit. The effective date of the filing of the initial system diagram map or narrative and each amended system diagram map or narrative as required in paragraph (a) of this section shall be deemed to be the date upon which the Board receives the affidavit required in this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(e) The Board shall require republication of the notice if it is found to be inadequate. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.13" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.13   Amendment of the system diagram map or narrative.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each carrier shall be responsible for maintaining the continuing accuracy of its system diagram map and the accompanying line descriptions or narrative. Amendments may be filed at any time and will be subject to all carrier filing and publication requirements of § 1152.12. 
</P>
<P>(b) By March 24, 1997, each carrier shall file with the Board a revised and updated color-coded system diagram map and line descriptions or narrative which shall be subject to the filing and publication requirements of § 1152.12. Thereafter, each carrier shall file amendments as line designations change and update its map or narrative, as appropriate. Also, each carrier shall file an updated or amended map or narrative upon order of the Board. Each new rail carrier shall comply with the requirements of this subsection within 60 days after it becomes a carrier. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Board will reject an abandonment or discontinuance application filed by a rail carrier if any part of the application includes a line that has not been identified and described, by amendment or otherwise, on the carrier's system diagram map or narrative, as appropriate, as a line in category 1 (§ 1152.10(b)(1)) for at least 60 days. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.14" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.2.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.14   Availability of data.</HEAD>
<P>Each carrier shall provide to the designated state agency, upon request, information concerning the net liquidation value (as defined in § 1152.34(c)) of any line placed in category 1 (§ 1152.10(b)(1)) on its system diagram map or narrative together with a description of such a line and any appurtenant facilities and of their condition. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.15" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.2.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.15   Reservation of jurisdiction.</HEAD>
<P>49 U.S.C. 10903(c)(1) authorizes the Board, at its discretion, to provide for designation of lines as “potentially subject to abandonment” under standards which vary by region of the United States, by railroad, or by group of railroads. The Board expressly reserves the right to adopt such varying standards in the future. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Procedures Governing Notice, Applications, Financial Assistance, Acquisition for Public Use, and Trail Use</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.20" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.20   Notice of intent to abandon or discontinue service.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing and publication requirements.</I> An applicant shall give Notice of Intent to file an abandonment or discontinuance application by complying with the following procedures: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Filing.</I> Applicant must serve its Notice of Intent on the Board, by certified letter, in the format prescribed in § 1152.21. The Notice shall be filed in accordance with the time requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Service.</I> Applicant must serve, by first-class mail (unless otherwise specified), its Notice of Intent upon: 
</P>
<P>(i) Significant users of the line; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The Governor (by certified mail) of each state directly affected by the abandonment or discontinuance. (For the purposes of this section “states directly affected” are those in which any part of the line sought to be abandoned is located).
</P>
<P>(iii) The Public Service Commission (or equivalent agency) in these states; 
</P>
<P>(iv) The designated state agency in these states; 
</P>
<P>(v) The State Cooperative Extension Service in these states; 
</P>
<P>(vi) The U.S. Department of Transportation (Federal Railroad Administration); 
</P>
<P>(vii) Department of Defense (Military Surface Deployment and Distribution Command, Transportation Engineering Agency, Railroads for National Defense Program); 
</P>
<P>(viii) The U.S. Department of Interior (Recreation Resources Assistance Division, National Park Service); 
</P>
<P>(ix) The U.S. Railroad Retirement Board; 
</P>
<P>(x) The National Railroad Passenger Corporation (“Amtrak”) (if Amtrak operates over the involved line); 
</P>
<P>(xi) The U.S. Department of Agriculture, Chief of the Forest Service; and 
</P>
<P>(xii) The headquarters of all duly certified labor organizations that represent employees on the affected rail line.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Posting.</I> Applicant must post a copy of its Notice of Intent at each agency station and terminal on the line to be abandoned. (If there are no agency stations on the line, the Notice of Intent should be posted at any agency station through which business for the involved line is received or forwarded.) 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Newspaper publication.</I> Applicant must publish its Notice of Intent at least once during each of 3 consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation in each county in which any part of the involved line is located. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time limits.</I> (1) The Notice of Intent must be served at least 15 days, but not more than 30 days, prior to the filing of the abandonment application; 
</P>
<P>(2) The Notice must be posted and fully published within the 30-day period prior to the filing of the application; and 
</P>
<P>(3) The Notice must be filed with the Board either concurrently with service or when the Notice is first published (whichever occurs first). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Environmental and Historic Reports.</I> Applicant must also submit the Environmental and Historic Reports described at §§ 1105.7 and 1105.8 at least 20 days prior to filing an application. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996, as amended at 68 FR 67810, Dec. 4, 2003; 83 FR 15079, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.21" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.21   Form of notice.</HEAD>
<P>The Notice of Intent to abandon or to discontinue service shall be in the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>STB No. AB ___(Sub-No. ___)
</FP>
<HD3>Notice of Intent To Abandon or To Discontinue Service
</HD3>
<P>(Name of Applicant) gives notice that on or about (insert date application will be filed with the Board) it intends to file with the Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423, an application for permission for the abandonment of (the discontinuance of service on), a line of railroad known as ___ extending from railroad milepost near (station name) to (the end of line or rail milepost) near (station name), which traverses through United States Postal Service ZIP Codes (ZIP Codes), a distance of ___ miles, in [County(ies), State(s)]. The line includes the stations of (list all stations on the line in order of milepost number, indicating milepost location). The reason(s) for the proposed abandonment (or discontinuance) is (are) ___ (explain briefly and clearly why the proposed action is being undertaken by the applicant). Based on information in our possession, the line (does) (does not) contain federally granted rights-of-way. Any documentation in the railroad's possession will be made available promptly to those requesting it. This line of railroad has appeared on the system diagram map or included in the narrative in category 1 since (insert date).
</P>
<P>The interest of railroad employees will be protected by (specify the appropriate conditions). The application will include the applicant's entire case for abandonment (or discontinuance) (case in chief). Any interested person, after the application is filed on (insert date), may file with the Surface Transportation Board written comments concerning the proposed abandonment (or discontinuance) or protests to it. These filings are due 45 days from the date of filing of the application. All interested persons should be aware that following any abandonment of rail service and salvage of the line, the line may be suitable for other public use, including interim trail use. Any request for a public use condition under 49 U.S.C. 10905 (§ 1152.28 of the Board's rules) and any request for a trail use condition under 16 U.S.C. 1247(d) (§ 1152.29 of the Board's rules) must also be filed within 45 days from the date of filing of the application. Persons who may oppose the abandonment or discontinuance but who do not wish to participate fully in the process by appearing at any oral hearings or by submitting verified statements of witnesses, containing detailed evidence, should file comments. Persons interested only in seeking public use or trail use conditions should also file comments. Persons opposing the proposed abandonment or discontinuance that do wish to participate actively and fully in the process should file a protest. Protests must contain that party's entire case in opposition (case in chief) including the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Protestant's name, address and business.
</P>
<P>(2) A statement describing protestant's interest in the proceeding including:
</P>
<P>(i) A description of protestant's use of the line;
</P>
<P>(ii) If protestant does not use the line, information concerning the group or public interest it represents; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If protestant's interest is limited to the retention of service over a portion of the line, a description of the portion of the line subject to protestant's interest (with milepost designations if available) and evidence showing that the applicant can operate the portion of the line profitably, including an appropriate return on its investment for those operations.
</P>
<P>(3) Specific reasons why protestant opposes the application including information regarding protestant's reliance on the involved service [this information must be supported by affidavits of persons with personal knowledge of the fact(s)].
</P>
<P>(4) Any rebuttal of material submitted by applicant.
</P>
<P>In addition, a commenting party or protestant may provide a statement of position and evidence regarding:
</P>
<P>(i) Intent to offer financial assistance pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10904;
</P>
<P>(ii) Environmental impact;
</P>
<P>(iii) Impact on rural and community development;
</P>
<P>(iv) Recommended provisions for protection of the interests of employees;
</P>
<P>(v) Suitability of the properties for other public purposes pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10905; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Prospective use of the right-of-way for interim trail use and rail banking under 16 U.S.C. 1247(d) and § 1152.29.
</P>
<P>A protest may demonstrate that: (1) the protestant filed a feeder line application under 49 U.S.C. 10907; (2) the feeder line application involves any portion of the rail line involved in the abandonment or discontinuance application; (3) the feeder line application was filed prior to the date the abandonment or discontinuance application was filed; and (4) the feeder line application is pending before the Board.
</P>
<P>Written comments and protests will be considered by the Board in determining what disposition to make of the application. The commenting party or protestant may participate in the proceeding as its interests may appear.
</P>
<P>If an oral hearing is desired, the requester must make a request for an oral hearing and provide reasons why an oral hearing is necessary. Oral hearing requests must be filed with the Board no later than 10 days after the application is filed.
</P>
<P>Those parties filing protests to the proposed abandonment (or discontinuance) should be prepared to participate actively either in an oral hearing or through the submission of their entire opposition case in the form of verified statements and arguments at the time they file a protest. Parties seeking information concerning the filing of protests should refer to § 1152.25.
</P>
<P>Written comments and protests, including all requests for public use and trail use conditions, should indicate the proceeding designation STB No. AB ___ (Sub-No. ___) and must be filed with the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001, no later than (insert the date 45 days after the date applicant intends to file its application). Interested persons may file a written comment or protest with the Board to become a party to this abandonment (or discontinuance) proceeding. A copy of each written comment or protest shall be served upon the representative of the applicant (insert name, address, and phone number). Every comment or protest  shall be filed with the Board with a certificate of service. Except as otherwise set forth in part 1152, each document filed with the Board must be served on all parties to the abandonment proceeding. 49 CFR 1104.12(a).
</P>
<P>The line sought to be abandoned (or discontinued) will be available for subsidy or sale for continued rail use, if the Board decides to permit the abandonment (or discontinuance), in accordance with applicable laws and regulations (49 U.S.C. 10904 and 49 CFR 1152.27). No subsidy arrangement approved under 49 U.S.C. 10904 shall remain in effect for more than 1 year unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties (49 U.S.C. 10904(f)(4)(B)). Applicant will promptly provide upon request to each interested party an estimate of the subsidy and minimum purchase price required to keep the line in operation. The carrier's representative to whom inquiries may be made concerning sale or subsidy terms is (insert name and business address). Persons seeking further information concerning abandonment procedures may contact the Surface Transportation Board or refer to the full abandonment or discontinuance regulations at 49 CFR part 1152. Questions concerning environmental issues may be directed to the Board's Office of Environmental Analysis.
</P>
<P>A copy of the application will be available for public inspection on or after (insert date abandonment application is to be filed with Board) at each agency station or terminal on the line proposed to be abandoned or discontinued [if there is no agency station on the line, the application shall be deposited at any agency station through which business for the line is received or forwarded (insert name, address, location, and business hours)]. The carrier shall furnish a copy of the application to any interested person proposing to file a protest or comment, upon request.
</P>
<P>An environmental assessment (EA) (or environmental impact statement (EIS), if necessary) prepared by the Office of Environmental Analysis will be served upon all parties of record and upon any agencies or other persons who commented during its preparation. Any other persons who would like to obtain a copy of the EA (or EIS) may contact the Office of Environmental Analysis. EAs in these abandonment proceedings normally will be made available within 33 days of the filing of the application. The deadline for submission of comments on the EA will generally be within 30 days of its service. The comments received will be addressed in the Board's decision. A supplemental EA or EIS may be issued where appropriate.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[75 FR 30712, June 2, 2010, as amended at 83 FR 15079, Apr. 9, 2018; 84 FR 12945, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.22" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.22   Contents of application.</HEAD>
<P>Applications for the abandonment of railroad lines or the discontinuance of rail service shall contain the following information, including workpapers and supporting documents, and each paragraph (a) through (j) of this section shall be attested to by a person having personal knowledge of the matters contained therein: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Exact name of applicant. 
</P>
<P>(2) Whether applicant is a common carrier by railroad subject to 49 U.S.C. Subtitle IV, chapter 105. 
</P>
<P>(3) Relief sought (abandonment of line or discontinuance of service). 
</P>
<P>(4) Detailed map of the subject line on a sheet not larger than 8 × 10
<FR>1/2</FR> inches, drawn to scale, and with the scale shown thereon. The map must show, in clear relief, the exact location of the rail line to be abandoned or over which service is to be discontinued and its relation to other rail lines in the area, highways, water routes, and population centers. 
</P>
<P>(5) Reference to inclusion of the rail line to be abandoned or over which service is to be discontinued on the carrier's system diagram map or narrative, in compliance with §§ 1152.10 through 1152.13, and the date upon which such line was first listed on the system diagram map or included in the narrative in category 1 in accordance with § 1152.10(b)(1). A copy of the line description which accompanies the system diagram map shall also be submitted. 
</P>
<P>(6) Detailed statement of reasons for filing application. 
</P>
<P>(7) Name, title, and address of representative of applicant to whom correspondence should be sent. 
</P>
<P>(8) List of all United States Postal Service ZIP Codes that the line proposed for abandonment traverses. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Condition of properties.</I> The present physical condition of the line including any operating restrictions and estimate of deferred maintenance and rehabilitation costs (e.g., number of ties that need replacing, miles of rail that need replacing and/or new ballast, bridge repairs or replacement needed, and estimated labor expenses necessary to upgrade the line to minimum Federal Railroad Administration class 1 safety standards). The bases for the estimates shall be stated with particularity, and workpapers shall be filed with the application. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service provided.</I> Description of the service performed on the line during the Base Year (as defined by § 1152.2(c)), including the actual: 
</P>
<P>(1) Number of trains operated and their frequency. 
</P>
<P>(2) Miles of track operated (include main line and all railroad-owned sidings). 
</P>
<P>(3) Average number of locomotive units operated. 
</P>
<P>(4) Total tonnage and carloads by each commodity group on the line. 
</P>
<P>(5) Overhead or bridge traffic by carload commodity group that will not be retained by the carrier. 
</P>
<P>(6) Average crew size. 
</P>
<P>(7) Level of maintenance. 
</P>
<P>(8) Any important changes in train service undertaken in the 2 calendar years immediately preceding the filing of the application. 
</P>
<P>(9) Reasons for decline in traffic, if any, in the best judgment of applicant. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Revenue and cost data.</I> (1) Computation of the revenues attributable and avoidable costs for the line to be abandoned for the Base Year (as defined by § 1152.2(c) and to the extent such branch level data are available), in accordance with the methodology prescribed in §§ 1152.31 through 1152.33, as applicable, and submitted in the form called for in § 1152.36, as Exhibit 1. 
</P>
<P>(2) The carrier shall compute an estimate of the future revenues attributable, avoidable costs and reasonable return on the value for the line to be abandoned, for the Forecast Year (as defined in § 1152.2(h)) in the form called for in Exhibit 1. The carrier shall fully support and document all dollar amounts shown in the Forecast Year column including an explanation of the rationale and key assumptions used to determine the Forecast Year amounts. 
</P>
<P>(3) The carrier shall also compute an “Estimated Subsidy Payment” for the Base Year in the form called for in Exhibit 1 and an alternate payment to reflect: 
</P>
<P>(i) Increases or decreases in attributable revenues and avoidable costs projected for the subsidy year; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) An estimate, in reasonable detail, of the cash income tax reductions, Federal and state, to be realized in the subsidy year. The bases for the adjustment, e.g., rate increase, changes in traffic level, necessary maintenance to comply with minimum Federal Railroad Administration class 1 safety standards, shall be stated with particularity. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rural and community impact.</I> (1) The name and population (identify source and date of figures) of each community in which a station on the line is located. 
</P>
<P>(2) Identification of significant users, as defined in § 1152.2(l), by name, address, principal commodity, and by tonnage and carloads for each of the 2 calendar years immediately preceding the filing of the abandonment or discontinuance application, for that part of the current year for which information is available, and for the Base Year. In addition, the total tonnage and carloads for each commodity group originating and/or terminating on the line segment shall also be shown for the same time periods as those of the significant users.
</P>
<P>(3) General description of the alternate sources of transportation service (rail, motor, water, air) available, and the highway network in the proximate area.
</P>
<P>(4) Statement of whether the properties proposed to be abandoned are appropriate for use for other public purposes, including roads or highways, other forms of mass transportation, conservation, energy production or transmission, or recreation. If the applicant is aware of any restriction on the title to the property, including any reversionary interest, which would affect the transfer of title or the use of property for other than rail purposes, this shall be disclosed.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Environmental impact.</I> The applicant shall submit information regarding the environmental impact of the proposed abandonment or discontinuance in compliance with §§ 1105.7 and 1105.8. If certain information required by the environmental regulations duplicates information required elsewhere in the application, the environmental information requirements may be met by a specific reference to the location of the information elsewhere in the application.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Passenger service.</I> If passenger service is provided on the line, the applicant shall state whether appropriate steps have been taken for discontinuance pursuant to the Rail Passenger Service Act. (45 U.S.C. 501 <I>et seq.</I>)
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Additional information.</I> The applicant shall submit such additional information to support its application as the Board may require.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Draft Federal Register notice.</I> The applicant shall submit a draft notice of its application to be published by the Board. The Board will publish the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 20 days of the application's filing with the Board. The draft notice shall be in the form set forth below:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>STB No. AB-____ (Sub-No. ____)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Notice of Application to Abandon or to Discontinue Service
</FP-1>
<P>On (insert date application was filed with the Board) (name of applicant) filed with the Surface Transportation Board, Washington, D.C. 20423, an application for permission for the abandonment of (the discontinuance of service on) a line of railroad known as ______ extending from railroad milepost near (station name) to (the end of line or rail milepost) near (station name), a distance of ______ miles, in [County(ies), State(s)]. The line includes the stations of (list all stations on the line in order of milepost number, indicating milepost location) and traverses through ______ (ZIP Codes) United States Postal Service ZIP Codes.
</P>
<P>The line (does) (does not) contain federally granted rights-of-way. Any documentation in the railroad's possession will be made available promptly to those requesting it. The applicant's entire case for abandonment (or discontinuance) (case in chief) was filed with the application.
</P>
<P>This line of railroad has appeared on the applicant's system diagram map or has been included in its narrative in category 1 since (insert date).
</P>
<P>The interest of railroad employees will be protected by (specify the appropriate conditions).
</P>
<P>Any interested person may file with the Surface Transportation Board written comments concerning the proposed abandonment (or discontinuance) or protests (including the protestant's entire opposition case), within 45 days after the application is filed. All interested persons should be aware that following any abandonment of rail service and salvage of the line, the line may be suitable for other public use, including interim trail use. Any request for a public use condition under 49 U.S.C. 10905 (§ 1152.28 of the Board's rules) and any request for a trail use condition under 16 U.S.C. 1247(d) (§ 1152.29 of the Board's rules) must be filed within 45 days after the application is filed. Persons who may oppose the abandonment or discontinuance but who do not wish to participate fully in the process by appearing at any oral hearings or by submitting verified statements of witnesses, containing detailed evidence should file comments. Persons interested only in seeking public use or trail use conditions should also file comments. Persons opposing the proposed abandonment or discontinuance that do wish to participate actively and fully in the process should file a protest.
</P>
<P>In addition, a commenting party or protestant may provide:
</P>
<P>(i) An offer of financial assistance, pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10904 (due 120 days after the application is filed or 10 days after the application is granted by the Board, whichever occurs sooner);
</P>
<P>(ii) Recommended provisions for protection of the interests of employees;
</P>
<P>(iii) A request for a public use condition under 49 U.S.C. 10905; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement pertaining to prospective use of the right-of-way for interim trail use and rail banking under 16 U.S.C. 1247(d) and § 1152.29.
</P>
<P>Parties seeking information concerning the filing of protests should refer to § 1152.25.
</P>
<P>Written comments and protests, including all requests for public use and trail use conditions, must indicate the proceeding designation STB No. AB __ (Sub-No. __) and should be filed with the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board (Board), Washington, DC 20423-0001, no later than (insert the date 45 days after the date applicant intends to file its application). Interested persons may file a written comment or protest with the Board to become a party to this abandonment (or discontinuance) proceeding. A copy of each written comment or protest shall be served upon the representative of the applicant (insert name, address, and phone number). Every comment or protest shall be filed with the Board with a certificate of service. Except as otherwise set forth in part 1152, every document filed with the Board must be served on all parties to the abandonment proceeding. 49 CFR 1104.12(a).
</P>
<P>The line sought to be abandoned (or discontinued) will be available for subsidy or sale for continued rail use, if the Board decides to permit the abandonment (or discontinuance), in accordance with applicable laws and regulations (49 U.S.C. 10904 and 49 CFR 1152.27). No subsidy arrangement approved under 49 U.S.C. 10904 shall remain in effect for more than 1 year unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties (49 U.S.C. 10904(f)(4)(B)). Applicant will promptly provide upon request to each interested party an estimate of the subsidy and minimum purchase price required to keep the line in operation. The carrier's representative to whom inquiries may be made concerning sale or subsidy terms is (insert name and business address).
</P>
<P>Persons seeking further information concerning abandonment procedures may contact the Surface Transportation Board or refer to the full abandonment or discontinuance regulations at 49 CFR part 1152. Questions concerning environmental issues may be directed to the Board's Office of Environmental Analysis.
</P>
<P>An environmental assessment (EA) (or environmental impact statement (EIS), if necessary) prepared by the Office of Environmental Analysis will be served upon all parties of record and upon any agencies or other persons who commented during its preparation. Any other persons who would like to obtain a copy of the EA (or EIS) may contact the Office of Environmental Analysis. EAs in these abandonment proceedings normally will be made available within 33 days of the filing of the application. The deadline for submission of comments on the EA will generally be within 30 days of its service. The comments received will be addressed in the Board's decision. A supplemental EA or EIS may be issued where appropriate.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(j) <I>Verification.</I> The original application shall be executed and verified in the form set forth below by an officer of the carrier having knowledge of the facts and matters relied upon.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>Verification
</HD3>
<FP>State of ______ ss.
</FP>
<FP>County of ______________ 
</FP>
<P>_________________ (Name of affiant) makes oath and says that (s)he is the ______ (title of affiant) of the ______ (name of applicant) applicant herein; that (s)he has been authorized by the applicant (or as appropriate, a court) to verify and file with the Surface Transportation Board the foregoing application in STB AB-__ (Sub-No. __); that (s)he has carefully examined all of the statements in the application as well as the exhibits attached thereto and made a part thereof; that (s)he has knowledge of the facts and matters relied upon in the application; and that all representations set forth therein are true and correct to the best of his(her) knowledge, information, and belief.
</P>
<FP>   (Signature)
</FP>
<P>Subscribed and sworn to before me ______ in and for the State and County above named, this ______ day of __________, 19__.
</P>
<FP>My Commission expires</FP></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996, as amended at 74 FR 52909, Oct. 15, 2009; 83 FR 15079, Apr. 9, 2018; 84 FR 12945, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.23" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.23   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.24" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.3.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.24   Filing and service of application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The application shall be filed with the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Washington, DC 20423-0001. The application shall bear the date and signature and shall be complete in itself. The applicable filing fee must be paid via the Board's electronic payment system (see 49 CFR part 1002). If the applicant carrier is in bankruptcy, the application shall also be filed on the bankruptcy court.
</P>
<P>(b) The applicant shall tender with its application an affidavit attesting to its compliance with the notice requirement of § 1152.20. The affidavit shall include the dates of service, posting, and publication of the notice.
</P>
<P>(c) When the application is filed with the Board, the applicant shall serve, by first class mail, a copy on the Governor, the Public Service Commission (or equivalent agency), and the designated state agency of each state in which any part of the line of railroad sought to be abandoned or discontinued is situated. A copy of the application will be available for public inspection, on or after the date the abandonment application is filed with the Board, at each agency station or terminal on the line proposed to be abandoned or discontinued (if there is no agency station on the line, the application shall be deposited at any agency station through which business for the line is received or forwarded). A certificate of service shall be promptly filed with the Board.
</P>
<P>(d) The applicant shall promptly furnish by first class mail a copy of the application to any interested person proposing to file a written comment or protest upon request. A certificate of service shall promptly be filed with the Board.
</P>
<P>(e)(1) The Board shall reject any abandonment or discontinuance application which does not substantially conform to the regulations in this subpart C regarding notice, form, and content, or which applies to a line which has not properly been published on the carrier's system diagram map (or included in a narrative in the case of a Class III carrier), in conformance with the regulations of subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) Upon the filing of an abandonment or discontinuance application, the Board will review the application and determine whether it conforms with all applicable regulations. If the application is substantially incomplete or its filing otherwise defective, the Board shall reject the application for stated reasons by order (which order will be administratively final) within 20 days from the date of filing of the application. If the Board does not reject the application, notice of the filing of the application shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> by the Board, through the Chief Counsel, within 20 days of the filing of the application.
</P>
<P>(3) If the application is rejected, a revised application may be submitted, and the Board will determine whether the resubmitted application conforms with all prescribed regulations. A properly revised application submitted within 60 days of the order rejecting the incomplete or improper application need not be subjected to new notice and publication under § 1152.20, unless the defect causing the rejection was in the notice and/or publication. A revised application submitted after such 60-day period must be newly published and noticed.
</P>
<P>(4) The resubmission of an abandonment or discontinuance application shall be considered a de novo filing for the purposes of computation of the time period for filing an offer of financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. 10904, and for other time periods prescribed in the regulations contained in this part (49 CFR part 1152), provided, that a resubmitted application is deemed complete and proper.
</P>
<P>(5) An applicant may seek waiver of specific regulations listed in subpart C of this part by filing a petition for waiver with the Board. A decision by the Chief Counsel granting or denying a waiver petition will be issued within 30 days of the date the petition is filed. Appeals from the Chief Counsel's decision will be decided by the entire Board. If waiver is not obtained prior to the filing of the application, the application may be subject to rejection under paragraphs (e) (1) and (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) As provided in § 1152.29(e)(2), rail carriers authorized to abandon a line under 49 U.S.C. 10903 must file with the Board a notice that abandonment has been consummated.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 34669, June 27, 1997; 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 74 FR 52909, Oct. 15, 2009; 84 FR 12945, Apr. 3, 2019; 91 FR 4855, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.25" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.3.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.25   Participation in abandonment or discontinuance proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Public participation</I>—(1) <I>Protests and comments.</I> Interested persons may become parties to an abandonment or discontinuance proceeding by filing written comments or protests with the Board. Any request for a public use condition under 49 U.S.C. 10905 (§ 1152.28 of the Board's rules) and any request for a trail use condition under 16 U.S.C. 1247(d) (§ 1152.29 of the Board's rules) must be included in these filings. Persons who may oppose the abandonment or discontinuance, but who do not wish to participate fully in the process by appearing at any oral hearings or by submitting verified statements of witnesses containing detailed evidence, should file comments. Persons interested only in seeking public use or trail use conditions should also file comments. Persons opposing the proposed abandonment or discontinuance that do wish to participate actively and fully in the process should file a protest. Protests shall include all evidence and argument in support of protestant's position (protestant's case in chief). Protests must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) Protestant's name, address and business.
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement describing protestant's interest in the proceeding including:
</P>
<P>(A) A description of protestant's use of the line;
</P>
<P>(B) If protestant does not use the line, information concerning the group or public interest it represents; and
</P>
<P>(C) If protestant's interest is limited to the retention of service over a portion of the line, a description of the portion of the line subject to protestant's interest (with milepost designations if available) and evidence showing that the applicant can operate the portion of the line profitably, including an appropriate return on its investment for those operations.
</P>
<P>(iii) Specific reasons why protestant opposes the application including information regarding protestant's reliance on the involved service (this information must be supported by affidavits of persons with personal knowledge of the fact(s)).
</P>
<P>(iv) Any rebuttal of material submitted by applicant.
</P>
<P>(v) Any request for a public use condition under 49 U.S.C. 10905 (§ 1152.28 of the Board's rules) and any request for a trail use condition under 16 U.S.C. 1247(d) (§ 1152.29 of the Board's rules).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Additional information.</I> In addition to the information required in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a commenting party or protestant may provide a statement of position and a summary of evidence regarding:
</P>
<P>(i) Intent to offer financial assistance under 49 U.S.C. 10904;
</P>
<P>(ii) Environmental impact;
</P>
<P>(iii) Impact on rural and community development;
</P>
<P>(iv) Recommended provisions for protection of the interests of employees;
</P>
<P>(v) A request for a public use condition under 49 U.S.C. 10905; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Prospective use of the right-of-way for interim trail use and rail banking under 16 U.S.C. 1247(d) and 49 CFR 1152.29.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Feeder line application for all or part of the line subject to the abandonment application.</I> In addition to the information required in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section, a commenting party or protestant must provide information that:
</P>
<P>(i) The protestant filed a feeder line application under 49 U.S.C. 10907 (or former 49 U.S.C. 10910);
</P>
<P>(ii) The feeder line application involves any portion of the rail line involved in the abandonment or discontinuance application;
</P>
<P>(iii) The feeder line application was filed prior to the date the abandonment or discontinuance application was filed; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The feeder line application is pending before the Board. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employee or employee representative participation.</I> Employees or their representatives may file protests or comments to an application. However, because the Board will impose employee protective conditions under 49 U.S.C. 10903(b)(2) if an application is granted, employees and their representatives need not file comments or protests seeking this protection. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing and service of written comments, protests, along with evidence and argument, and replies.</I> (1) Written comments and protests, as well as public use and trail use requests, shall be filed with the Board (the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001) within 45 days of the filing with the Board of an abandonment or discontinuance application.
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of each written comment or protest shall be served on applicant or its representative at the time of filing with the Board. If the applicant carrier is in bankruptcy, each comment or protest shall also be filed on the Bankruptcy Court. Each filing shall contain a certificate of service. 
</P>
<P>(3) Replies or rebuttal to written comments and protests shall be filed and served by applicants no later than 60 days after the filing of the application.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time limits.</I> (1) Pleadings, requests or other papers or documents (including any comments or protests and any appeal from a Board decision) required or permitted to be filed under this part must be received for filing at the Board's Offices at Washington, DC within the time limits, if any, for such filing. The date of receipt at the Board and not the date of deposit in the mail is determinative, provided, however, that if such document is mailed by certified, registered, or express mail, postmarked at least 3 days prior to the due date, it will be accepted as timely filed. 
</P>
<P>(2) In computing any time period prescribed or allowed by this part, the day of the act, event, or default after which the designated period of time begins to run is not to be included. 
</P>
<P>(3) Any filing under this part which falls due on a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday in the District of Columbia, may be filed at the Board by the end of the next day which is neither a Saturday, Sunday, nor a holiday, except as indicated in paragraph (d)(4) of this section. A half holiday shall not be considered as a holiday. 
</P>
<P>(4) Offers of financial assistance made pursuant to § 1152.27(c) must be filed on or before their statutory or regulatory due date as computed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, regardless of whether that date is a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday in the District of Columbia. 
</P>
<P>(5) The Board will reject any pleading filed after its due date unless good cause is shown why the pleading is filed late. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Oral hearings.</I> (i) Any oral hearing request is due 10 days after the filing of the application. The Board, through the Chief Counsel, will issue a decision on any oral hearing request within 15 days after the filing of the application. If the Board decides to hold an oral hearing, the oral hearing shall be for the primary purpose of cross examination of witnesses filing verified statements in the proceeding. Any direct testimony, other than applicant's rebuttal evidence, shall be received at the discretion of the hearing officer. 
</P>
<P>(ii) In addition to that contained in the application, the submission of written evidence prior to the commencement of the hearing shall be established by the Board. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Post hearing legal briefs shall be due 10 days after the close of the oral hearing, or at an earlier date if established at the hearing by the hearing officer. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Appellate procedures</I>—(1) <I>Scope of rule.</I> Except as specifically indicated below, these appellate procedures are to be followed in abandonment and discontinuance proceedings in lieu of the general procedures at 49 CFR 1115. Appeals of initial decisions of the Chief Counsel determining: 
</P>
<P>(i) Whether offers of financial assistance satisfy the standard of 49 U.S.C. 10904(d) for purposes of instituting negotiations or, in exemption proceedings, for purposes of partial revocation and instituting negotiations; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether partially to revoke or to reopen abandonment exemptions authorized, respectively, under 49 U.S.C. 10502 and 49 CFR part 1152 subpart F for the purpose of imposing public use conditions under the criteria in 49 CFR 1152.28 and/or conditions limiting salvage of the rail properties for environmental and historic preservation purposes; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The applicability and administration of the Trails Act [16 U.S.C. 1247(d)] in abandonment proceedings under 49 U.S.C. 10903 (and abandonment exemption proceedings), issued pursuant to delegations of authority at 49 CFR 1011.7(a)(2)(iv) and (v), will be acted on by the entire Board as set forth at 49 CFR 1011.2(a)(7). Any appeals, and replies to appeals, under this section must be filed with the Board.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Appeals criteria.</I> Appeals to the Board's decision in abandonment or discontinuance proceedings will not be entertained. Those decisions are administratively final upon the date they are served. 
</P>
<P>(i) Parties seeking further administrative action may file a petition to reopen the proceeding under paragraph (e)(4) of this section. If an abandonment or discontinuance is granted and a party wishes the Board to have the opportunity to consider a petition to reopen before the abandonment or discontinuance authorization becomes effective, it must file its petition within 15 days after the administratively final decision is served together with a request for a stay of effectiveness under paragraph (e)(7) of this section. If such a petition to reopen and stay request is received within that 15-day period, any replies to the petition to reopen must be filed no later than 25 days after the date the decision is served, and any reply to the stay request must reach the Board no later than 5 days after the stay request is filed. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The Board will grant a petition to reopen only upon a showing that the action would be affected materially because of new evidence, changed circumstances, or material error. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Form.</I> A petition to reopen and any reply shall not exceed 30 pages in length, including the index of subject matter, argument, and appendices or other attachments. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Petitions to reopen administratively final actions.</I> A person may file with the Board a petition to reopen any administratively final action of the Board. A petition to reopen shall state in detail the respects in which the proceeding involves material error, new evidence, or substantially changed circumstances.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Judicial review.</I> (i) Parties may seek judicial review of a Board action in an abandonment or discontinuance proceeding on the day the action of the Board becomes final. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If a petition seeking reopening is filed under this section, before or after a petition seeking judicial review is filed with the courts, the Board will act upon the petition after advising the court of its pendency unless action might interfere with the court's jurisdiction. 
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Petitions to vacate.</I> In the event of procedural defects (such as the loss of a properly filed protest, the failure of the applicant to afford the public the requisite notice of its proposed abandonment, etc.), the Board will entertain petitions to vacate the abandonment or discontinuance authorization. Any petitions to vacate must be filed with the Board.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Petitions to stay.</I> (i) The filing of a petition to reopen shall not stay the effect of a prior action. Any petition to stay must be filed with the Board.
</P>
<P>(ii) A petition to reopen an administratively final action may be accompanied by a petition for a stay of the effectiveness of the abandonment or discontinuance. As provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, a petition to reopen must be accompanied by a stay request if the party wishes the Board to have the opportunity to consider the petition to reopen before the abandonment or discontinuance authorization becomes final. 
</P>
<P>(iii) A party may petition for a stay of the effectiveness of abandonment or discontinuance authorization pending a request for judicial review. The reasons for the desired relief shall be stated in the petition, and the petition shall be filed not less than 15 days prior to the effective date of the abandonment authorization. No reply need be filed. If a party elects to file a reply, the reply must reach the Board no later than 5 days after the petition is filed. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 34669, June 27, 1997; 74 FR 52909, Oct. 15, 2009; 84 FR 12945, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.26" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.3.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.26   Board determination under 49 U.S.C. 10903.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following schedule shall govern the process for Board consideration and decisions in abandonment and discontinuance application proceedings from the time the application is filed until the time of the Board's decision on the merits: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Day 0—Application filed, including applicant's case in chief. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Day 10—Due date for oral hearing requests. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Day 15—Due date for Board decision on oral hearing requests. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Day 20—Due date for Notice of Application to be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Day 45—Due date for protests and comments, including opposition case in chief, and for public use and trail use requests. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Day 60—Due date for applicant's reply to opposition case and for applicant's response to trail use requests. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Day 110—Due date for service of decision on the merits. 
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Day 120—Due date for offers of financial assistance, except that if an application has been granted by decision issued sooner than Day 110, the offer of financial assistance shall be due 10 days after service of the decision granting the application.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) If an application for abandonment or discontinuance is filed by a bankrupt railroad, the Board shall base its decision (Report to the Bankruptcy Court) on the application and any responses to the application that are filed. In each such instance, the Board shall establish a reasonable period of time for filing responses to the application so that public input can be included in the Board's decision (Report) and so that the Board will be able to meet a deadline imposed or requested by the Bankruptcy Court. Because Board action on abandonment applications by bankrupt railroads is advisory only, no environmental filings or analysis is necessary. See 49 CFR 1105.5(c).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 34670, June 27, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.27" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.3.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.27   Financial assistance procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Provision of information.</I> An applicant must provide promptly upon request to a party considering an offer of financial assistance to continue existing rail service that has proven itself preliminarily financially responsible under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, and concurrently to the Board, the following: 
</P>
<P>(1)(i) <I>In an application or petition for exemption proceeding,</I> an estimate of the annual subsidy and minimum purchase price required to keep the line or a portion of the line in operation; 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>In a class exemption proceeding,</I> either an estimate of the annual subsidy or the minimum purchase price, depending upon the type of financial assistance indicated in the potential offeror's formal expression of intent submitted under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section; 
</P>
<P>(2) Its most recent reports on the physical condition of the involved line; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Traffic, revenue, and other data necessary to determine the amount of annual financial assistance that would be required to continue rail transportation over that part of the railroad line. In an exemption proceeding, the data to be provided must at a minimum include the carrier's estimate of the net liquidation value of the line, with supporting data reflecting available real estate appraisals, assessments of the quality and quantity of track materials in a line, and removal cost estimates (including the cost of transporting removed materials to point of sale or point of storage for relay use), and, if an offer of subsidy is contemplated, an estimate of the cost of rehabilitating the line to Federal Railroad Administration class 1 Safety Standards (49 CFR part 213). 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Federal Register notice</I>—(1) <I>Abandonment and discontinuance applications.</I> The <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication, which gives notice of the filing of the application 20 days after the application is filed, will serve as notice to persons intending to offer financial assistance to assure continued rail service under 49 U.S.C. 10904 and these regulations as they relate to abandonment and discontinuance applications. Offers of financial assistance will be due 120 days after the application is filed or 10 days after a decision granting the application is served, whichever occurs sooner. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exemption proceedings.</I> (i) If a petition for individual exemption from the prior approval requirements of 49 U.S.C. 10903 is filed with the Board for abandonment or discontinuance of a line of railroad, the Board will publish notice of the petition in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 20 days of the filing of the petition. The <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication will serve as notice to persons with a potential interest in providing financial assistance to assure continued rail service on the line under 49 U.S.C. 10904 and these regulations as they relate to exempt abandonments and discontinuances. Offers of financial assistance will be due 120 days after the filing of the petition for exemption or 10 days after service of a Board decision granting the exemption, whichever occurs sooner. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If a notice of exemption is filed under the class exemption, the Board will publish notice of the exemption in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 20 days of filing. The <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication will serve as notice to persons with a potential interest in providing financial assistance to assure continued rail service on the line under 49 U.S.C. 10904 and these regulations as they relate to exempt abandonments and discontinuances. Offers of financial assistance will be due no later than 30 days after the date of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication giving notice of the exemption. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Submission of financial assistance offer</I>—(1) <I>Abandonment and discontinuance applications and petitions for exemption</I>—(i) <I>Expression of intent to file offer.</I> Persons with a potential interest in providing financial assistance must, no later than 45 days after the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section or no later than 10 days after the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication described in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, submit to the carrier and the Board a formal expression of their intent to file an offer of financial assistance, indicating the type of financial assistance they wish to provide (<I>i.e.,</I> subsidy or purchase) and demonstrating that they are preliminarily financially responsible as described in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section. Such submissions are subject to the filing requirements of § 1152.25(d)(1) through (d)(3).
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Preliminary financial responsibility.</I> Persons submitting an expression of intent to file an offer of financial assistance as described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) or paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section must demonstrate that they are financially responsible, under the definition set forth in paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(B) of this section, for the calculated preliminary financial responsibility amount of the rail line they seek to subsidize or purchase. If they seek to subsidize, the preliminary financial responsibility amount shall be $4,000 (representing a standard annual per-mile maintenance cost) times the number of miles of track. If they seek to purchase, the preliminary financial responsibility amount shall be the sum of the rail steel scrap price per ton (dated within 30 days of the submission of the expression of intent), times 132 short tons per track mile or 117.857 long tons per track mile, times the length of the line in miles, plus $4,000 times the number of miles of track times two. Persons submitting an expression of intent must provide evidentiary support for their calculations. If the Board does not issue a decision regarding the preliminary financial responsibility demonstration within 10 days of receipt of the expression of intent, the party submitting the expression of intent will be presumed to be preliminarily financially responsible and, upon request, the applicant must provide the information required under paragraph (a) of this section. This presumption does not create a presumption that the party will be financially responsible for an offer submitted under paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Service and filing.</I> An offeror must serve its offer of assistance on the carrier owning and operating the line and all parties to the abandonment or discontinuance application or exemption proceeding. The offer must be filed concurrently with the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001.
</P>
<P>(A) An offer may be filed and served at any time after the filing of the abandonment or discontinuance application or petition for exemption. Once a decision is served granting an application or petition for exemption, however, the Board must be notified that an offer has previously been submitted. 
</P>
<P>(B) An offer, or notification of a previously filed offer, must be filed and served no later than 10 days after service of the Board decision granting the application or petition for exemption. This filing and service is subject to the requirements of 49 CFR 1152.25 (d)(1), (d)(2), and (d)(4). 
</P>
<P>(C) If, after a <I>bona fide</I> request, applicant or petitioner has failed to provide a potential offeror promptly with the information required under paragraph (a) of this section and if that information is not contained in the application or petition, the Board will entertain petitions to toll the 10-day period for submitting offers of financial assistance under paragraph (c)(1) of this section. Petitions must be filed with the Board within 5 days after service of the decision granting the application or petition for exemption. Petitions should include copies of the prior written request for information or an accurate outline of the specific information that was orally requested. Replies to these petitions must be filed within 10 days after service of the decision granting the application or petition for exemption. These petitions and replies must be filed on or before their actual due date under 49 CFR 1152.25(d)(4). The Board will issue a decision on petitions within 15 days after service of the decision granting the application or petition for exemption. 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Contents of offer.</I> The offeror shall set forth its offer in detail. The offer must: 
</P>
<P>(A) Identify the line, or the portion of the line, in question; 
</P>
<P>(B) Demonstrate that the offeror is financially responsible; that is, that it has or within a reasonable time will have the financial resources to fulfill proposed contractual obligations. Examples of documentation the Board will accept as evidence of financial responsibility include income statements, balance sheets, letters of credit, profit and loss statements, account statements, financing commitments, and evidence of adequate insurance or ability to obtain adequate insurance. Examples of documentation the Board will not accept as evidence of financial responsibility include the ability to borrow money on credit cards and evidence of non-liquid assets an offeror intends to use as collateral. Governmental entities will be presumed to be financially responsible;
</P>
<P>(C) Explain the disparity between the offeror's purchase price or subsidy if it is less than the carrier's estimate under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and explain how the offer of subsidy or purchase is calculated. 
</P>
<P>(D) Demonstrate that the offeror has placed in escrow with a reputable financial institution funds equaling 10% of the preliminary financial responsibility amount calculated pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section. Governmental entities are exempt from this requirement;
</P>
<P>(E) Demonstrate that there is a continued need for rail service on the line, or portion of the line, in question. Examples of evidence to be provided include: Evidence of a demonstrable commercial need for service (as reflected by support from shippers or receivers on the line or other evidence of an immediate and significant commercial need); evidence of community support for continued rail service; evidence that acquisition of freight operating rights would not interfere with current and planned transit services; and evidence that continued service is operationally feasible;
</P>
<P>(F) Identify the offeror and provide a mailing address, either business or personal, and other contact information including phone number and email address as available, for the offeror or a representative;
</P>
<P>(G) If the offeror is a legal entity, include the entity's full name, state of organization or incorporation, and a description of the ownership of the entity; and
</P>
<P>(H) If multiple parties seek to make a single offer of financial assistance, clearly identify which entity or individual will assume the common carrier obligation if the offer is successful, and clearly describe how the parties will allocate responsibility for financing the subsidy or purchase of the line and, if purchased, the operation of the line.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Class exemption proceedings</I>—(i) <I>Expression of intent to file offer.</I> Persons with a potential interest in providing financial assistance must, no later than 10 days after the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, submit to the carrier and the Board a formal expression of their intent to file an offer of financial assistance, indicating the type of financial assistance they wish to provide (i.e., subsidy or purchase) and demonstrating that they are preliminarily financially responsible as described in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section. Such submissions are subject to the filing requirements of § 1152.25(d)(1) through (d)(3). Submission of a formal expression of intent under this subsection will automatically stay the effective date of the notice of exemption under the class exemption for 40 days (normally, this will be 10 days beyond the date stated in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication). 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Service and filing.</I> An offeror must serve its offer of assistance on the carrier that instituted the exempt filing as well as all other parties to the proceeding. The offer must be filed concurrently with the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001.
</P>
<P>(A) An offer may be filed and served at any time after the filing of the notice of exemption. Once a notice of exemption is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> however, the Board must be notified that an offer has previously been submitted.
</P>
<P>(B) An offer, or notification of a previously filed offer, must be filed and served no later than 30 days after the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. This filing and service is subject to the requirements of 49 CFR 1152.25(d)(1), (d)(2), and (d)(4).
</P>
<P>(C) If, after a <I>bona fide</I> request, applicant has failed to provide a potential offeror promptly with the information required under paragraph (a) of this section and if that information is not contained in the notice of exemption, the Board will entertain petitions to toll the 30-day period for submitting offers of financial assistance under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Petitions must be filed with the Board within 25 days after publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> (as described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section). Petitions should include copies of the prior written request for information or an accurate outline of the specific information that was orally requested. Replies to these petitions must be filed within 30 days after publication. These petitions and replies must be filed on or before their actual due date under 49 CFR 1152.25(d)(4). The Board will issue a decision on petitions to toll the offer period within 35 days after publication.
</P>
<P>(D) Upon receipt of a formal expression of intent to file an offer under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, the rail carrier applicant may advise the Board and the potential offeror that additional time is needed to develop the information required under paragraph (a) of this section. Applicant shall expressly indicate the amount of time it considers necessary (not to exceed 60 days) to develop and submit the required information to the potential offeror. For the duration of the time period so indicated by the applicant, the 30-day period for submitting offers of financial assistance under paragraph (c)(2) of this section shall be tolled without formal Board action.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Contents of offer.</I> The offeror shall set forth its offer in detail. The offer must meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Access to documents.</I> Upon receipt by the carrier of a written comment under § 1152.25, or satisfaction of the preliminary financial responsibility requirement under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section or upon receipt by the carrier of an offer of financial assistance, whichever occurs earlier, the carrier must make available to that party or offeror the records, accounts, appraisals, working papers, and other documents used in preparing Exhibit 1 (§ 1152.36) or, if an exemption proceeding, those documents that would have been used in preparing Exhibit 1 had an abandonment or discontinuance application been filed, or other records, reports, and data in the possession of the carrier seeking the exemption that provide comparable data. These documents shall be made available during regular business hours at a time and place mutually agreeable to the parties. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Review of offers</I>—(1) <I>Abandonment and discontinuance applications.</I> The Board will review each offer submitted to determine if a financially responsible person has offered assistance. If that criterion is met, the Board will issue a decision postponing the effective date of the authorization for abandonment or discontinuance. This decision will be issued within 15 days of the service of the decision granting the application (or within 5 days after the offer is filed if the time for filing has been tolled under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(C) of this section, or within 5 days after expiration of the 120 day (4 month) period described in 49 U.S.C. 10904, if that occurs first). Under the delegation of authority at § 1011.7(a), the Chief Counsel will make the initial determination whether offers of financial assistance satisfy the standards of 49 U.S.C. 10904(d) for purposes of instituting negotiations. Appeals of initial decisions determining whether offers of financial assistance satisfy the standards of 49 U.S.C. 10904(d) for purposes of instituting negotiations will be acted upon by the entire Board pursuant to 49 CFR 1011.2(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exemption proceedings.</I> The Board will review each offer submitted to determine if a financially responsible person has offered assistance. If that criterion is met, the Board will postpone the effective date either of the decision granting a petition for individual exemption or the notice of exemption under the class exemption and partially revoke the exemption or (in the case of a class exemption) the notice of exemption to the extent it applies to 49 U.S.C. 10904. The decision to postpone and partially revoke will be issued within 15 days of the service date of a decision granting a petition for exemption, or within 35 days of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section (or within 5 days after the offer is filed if the time for filing has been tolled under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(C) or (c)(2)(ii) (C) or (D) of this section). Under the delegation of authority at section 1011.7(a), the Chief Counsel will make the initial determination whether offers of financial assistance satisfy the standards of 49 U.S.C. 10904(d) for purposes of partial revocation and institution of negotiations. Appeals of initial decisions determining whether offers of financial assistance satisfy the standards of 49 U.S.C. 10904(d) for purposes of partial revocation and institution of negotiations will be acted upon by the entire Board pursuant to 49 CFR 1011.2(a)(7).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Agreement on financial assistance.</I> (1) If the carrier and a person offering financial assistance enter into a subsidy agreement designed to provide for continued rail service, the Board will postpone the effective date of the abandonment or discontinuance. If a decision granting a petition for individual exemption, or a notice of exemption, has been issued, the Board will postpone the effective date of the decision or notice of exemption. The postponement will be for as long as the subsidy agreement is in effect. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the carrier and a person offering to purchase a line enter into a purchase agreement which will result in continued rail service, the Board will approve the transaction and dismiss the application for abandonment or discontinuance, or the petition for exemption or notice of exemption. Board approval is not required under 49 U.S.C. 10901, 10902, or 11323 for the parties to consummate the transaction or for the purchaser to institute service and operate as a railroad subject to 49 U.S.C. 10501(a). 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Failure to reach agreement on financial assistance.</I> (1) If the carrier and a financially responsible person fail to agree on the amount or terms of subsidy or purchase, either party may request the Board to establish the conditions and amount of compensation. This request must be filed with the Board within 30 days after the offer is made and served concurrently by overnight mail on all parties to the proceeding. The request must be accompanied by the appropriate fee, codified at 49 CFR 1002.2(f)(26). Replies will be due 5 days later. 
</P>
<P>(2) If no agreement is reached within 30 days after the offer of purchase or subsidy is made, and no request is made to the Board to set the conditions and amount of compensation under paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the Board will serve a decision vacating the prior decision, which postponed the effective date of the decision granting the application, the decision granting the exemption, or the notice of exemption and, which, if applicable, partially revoked either the decision granting the exemption or (in the case of a class exemption) the notice of exemption. The Board will issue the decision to vacate within 10 days of the due date for requesting the Board to set the conditions and amount of compensation, and the Board will make the decision to vacate effective on its date of service. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Request to establish conditions and compensation for financial assistance.</I> (1) If the Board is requested to establish conditions and compensation for financial assistance under paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the Board will issue a decision within 30 days after the request is due. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the applicant receives multiple offers of financial assistance, requests to establish conditions and compensation will not be permitted before the applicant selects the offeror with whom it wishes to transact business. (See paragraph (l)(1) of this section.) 
</P>
<P>(3) A party requesting the Board to establish conditions and compensation for financial assistance must, within the time period set forth in paragraph (h)(4) of this section, provide its case in chief, including reasons why its estimates are correct and the other negotiating party's estimates are incorrect, points of agreement and points of disagreement between the negotiating parties, and evidence substantiating these allegations. The offeror has the burden of proof as to all issues in dispute. 
</P>
<P>(4) The offeror must submit all evidence and information supporting the terms it seeks within 30 days after the offer is made. The carrier's reply to this evidence and support for the terms it seeks are due within 35 days after the offer is made. No rebuttal evidence will be permitted and evidence and information submitted after these dates will be rejected. 
</P>
<P>(5) If requested, the Board will determine the amount and terms of subsidy based on the avoidable cost of providing continued rail transportation, plus a reasonable return on the value of the line. Under 49 U.S.C. 10904(f)(4)(B), no subsidy arrangement approved under section 10904 shall remain in effect for more than one year unless mutually agreed by the parties. 
</P>
<P>(6) If requested, the Board will determine the price and other terms of sale. The Board will not set a price below the fair market value of the line (including, unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties, all facilities on the line or portion necessary to provide effective transportation services). Fair market value equals constitutional minimum value which is the greater of the net liquidation value of the line or the going concern value of the line. The constitutional minimum value is computed without regard to labor protection costs. 
</P>
<P>(7) Within 10 days of the service date of the Board's decision, the offeror must accept or reject the Board's terms and conditions with a written notification to the Board and all parties to the proceeding. If the offeror accepts the terms and conditions set by the Board, the Board's decision is binding on both parties. If the offeror withdraws its offer or does not accept the terms and conditions set by the Board with a timely written notification, the Board will serve, within 20 days after the service date of the Board decision setting the terms and conditions, a decision vacating the prior decision, which postponed the effective date of either the decision granting the application or exemption or the notice of exemption, and which, if applicable, partially revoked the exemption or (in the case of a class exemption) the notice of exemption (unless other offers are being considered under paragraph (l) of this section). The decision to vacate will be effective on its date of service. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Substitution of purchasers and disposition after sale.</I> (1) Prior to the consummation of a purchase under this section, an offeror may substitute its corporate affiliate as the purchaser under an agreement, provided the Board has determined either: 
</P>
<P>(i) The original offeror has guaranteed the financial responsibility of its affiliate; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The affiliate has demonstrated financial responsibility in its own right. 
</P>
<P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (i)(3) of this section, a purchaser under this section may not: 
</P>
<P>(i) Transfer the line or discontinue service over the line prior to the end of the second year after consummation of the original sale under these provisions; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) Transfer the line, except to the carrier from whom the line was purchased, prior to the end of the fifth year after consummation. 
</P>
<P>(3) Paragraph (i)(2) of this section does not preclude a purchaser under this section from transferring the line to a corporate affiliate following the consummation of the original sale. Prior Board approval of the affiliate's acquisition and operation, however, is required under 49 U.S.C. 10901, 10902, or 11323. A corporate affiliate acquiring a line under this section is prohibited from discontinuing service over the line or transferring the line to a party that is not a corporate affiliate during the time periods prescribed in paragraph (i)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Discontinuance of subsidy.</I> A subsidizer may discontinue a subsidy under this section by giving 60 days notice of the discontinuance to the applicant and all other parties to the proceeding. Unless another financially responsible party enters into a subsidy agreement as beneficial to the carrier as the discontinued subsidy agreement in a situation where the 1-year time limit of 49 U.S.C. 10904(f)(4)(B) has not yet run, the carrier may by filing a request with the Board and serving the request on all parties to the abandonment or exemption proceeding obtain a decision vacating the decision postponing the effective date of either the decision granting the application, or petition for individual exemption, or the notice of exemption. The Board will issue a decision to vacate within 10 days after the filing and service of the request. This decision to vacate will be effective on its service date. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Default on agreement.</I> If any party defaults on its obligations under a financial assistance agreement, any other party to the agreement may promptly inform the Board of that default. Upon notification, the Board will take appropriate action. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Multiple offers of financial assistance.</I> (1) If an applicant receives more than one offer to purchase or subsidize the line from offerors found to be financially responsible, the applicant must select the offeror from those with whom it wishes to transact business. In abandonment and discontinuance application and petition for exemption proceedings within 25 days after service of the decision granting the application or petition for exemption, and in class exemption proceedings within 45 days after the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, the railroad must: 
</P>
<P>(i) File a written notification of its selection with the Board; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) Serve a copy of the notification on all parties to the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(2)(i) <I>Abandonment and discontinuance applications and petitions for exemption.</I> If the applicant has received multiple offers of financial assistance from persons found to be financially responsible and has selected the offeror with whom it wishes to transact business, the negotiating parties shall complete the sale or subsidy agreement or request the Board to establish the conditions and amount of compensation within 40 days after the service date of the decision granting the application or petition for exemption. A request to the Board to set terms and conditions must be served concurrently on all parties to the proceeding. If no agreement on subsidy or sale is reached within the 40-day period and the Board has not been requested to establish the conditions and amount of compensation, any other financially responsible offeror may request the Board to establish the conditions and amount of compensation. This request must be filed at the Board within 50 days of the service date of the decision granting the application or petition for exemption and served concurrently on all parties to the proceeding. If no other request is filed, the Board will issue a decision authorizing abandonment or discontinuance within 60 days of the service date of the decision granting the application or petition for exemption. This decision will be effective on the date of service. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Class exemption proceedings.</I> If the carrier seeking the exemption has received multiple offers of financial assistance from persons found to be financially responsible and has selected the offeror with whom it wishes to transact business, the negotiating parties shall complete the sale or subsidy agreement or request the Board to establish the conditions and amount of compensation within 60 days after the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. A request to the Board to set terms and conditions must be served concurrently on all parties to the proceeding. If no agreement on subsidy or sale is reached within the 60-day period and the Board has not been requested to establish the conditions and amount of compensation, any other financially responsible offeror may request the Board to establish the conditions and amount of compensation. This request must be filed at the Board within 70 days of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section and served concurrently on all parties to the proceeding. If no other request is filed, the Board will issue a decision vacating the decision postponing the effective date of the notice of exemption within 80 days of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. The decision to vacate will be effective on the date of service. 
</P>
<P>(3) If the Board has established the conditions and amount of compensation, and the original offer is withdrawn under paragraph (h)(7) of this section, any other offeror found to be financially responsible may accept the Board's decision within 20 days after the service date of the Board's decision setting terms and conditions. If the decision is accepted by another such offeror, the Board will require the applicant to accept the terms incorporated in the Board's decision. 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Additional time for filing.</I> Notwithstanding the deadlines previously set forth in part 1152 for filing an offer of financial assistance, parties that can show that they would be materially prejudiced by having less than the full 4 months for filing an offer of financial assistance provided in 49 U.S.C. 10904(c) for application proceedings may seek relief under 49 CFR part 1117. 
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Special provisions for summary discontinuance and abandonment of lines not part of the Final System Plan.</I> (1) Board authorization is not needed for the cessation of service on a line of railroad formerly in reorganization that was not included in the Final System Plan (Plan) under the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973, 45 U.S.C. 701 <I>et seq.,</I> as amended by the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976, if the line has been continuously subsidized since the inception of the Plan. To provide an opportunity for rail service continuation through offers of financial assistance, however, the owner of the line must give not less than 60 days' notice of a discontinuance, and beginning 120 days after discontinuance, not less than 30 days' notice of abandonment. Designated operators need only comply with the notice requirements of § 1150.11 of this title. In instances of discontinuance by a designated operator, the line owner is not obligated to operate the line. Notice is to be sent by the line owner to the Board, the governor and transportation agencies and the government of each political subdivision of each state in which such rail properties are located and to each shipper who has used the rail service during the previous 12 months. The Board will generally apply the OFA procedures in this section (49 CFR 1152.27) for class exemptions to summary abandonment and discontinuance notices (except that the Board will not postpone the effective date of a summary discontinuance). For example, notice of summary abandonment or discontinuance will be published by the Board in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 20 days of filing. Paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. Expressions of intent to file an offer must be filed no later than 10 days after the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication. Paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. An offer must be filed within 30 days of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication. Paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) and (c)(2)(ii)(B) of this section. The Board will review offers to determine if a financially responsible person has offered assistance. If this criterion is met, the Board will postpone the effective date of the summary abandonment (but not the discontinuance) within 35 days of the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication. Paragraph (e)(2) of this section. If the carrier and financially responsible person fail to agree on the amount or terms of subsidy or purchase, either party may request the Board to establish the conditions and amount of the compensation. This request must be filed within 30 days after the offer of purchase or subsidy is made, and the Board will issue a decision within 30 days after the request is due. Paragraphs (g)(1) and (h)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Where a designated operator is being used, it shall be paid a reasonable management fee. If the parties cannot agree on this fee, it shall be four and one-half percent of the total annual revenues attributable to the branch.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 28290, May 22, 1998; 74 FR 52909, Oct. 15, 2009; 75 FR 30713, June 2, 2010; 82 FR 31007, July 5, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.28" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.3.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.28   Public use procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) If the Board finds that the present or future public convenience and necessity require or permit abandonment or discontinuance, the Board will determine if the involved rail properties are appropriate for use for other public purposes. 
</P>
<P>(2) A request for a public use condition under 49 U.S.C. 10905 must be in writing and set forth: 
</P>
<P>(i) The condition sought; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The public importance of the condition; 
</P>
<P>(iii) The period of time for which the condition would be effective (up to the statutory maximum of 180 days); and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Justification for the imposition of the time period. A copy of the request shall be mailed to the applicant. 
</P>
<P>(3) For applications filed under part 1152, subpart C, a request for a public use condition must be filed not more than 45 days after the application is filed. A decision on the public use request will be issued by the Board or the Chief Counsel prior to the effective date of the abandonment. For abandonment exemptions under part 1152, subpart F or exemptions granted on the basis of an individual petition for exemption filed under 49 U.S.C. 10502, a request for a public use condition must be filed not more than 20 days from the date of publication of the notice of exemption in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> in the case of class exemptions under subpart F of this part, or not more than 20 days from the date of publication of notice of the filing of the petition for individual exemption in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) If the Board finds that the rail properties are appropriate for use for other public purposes, the railroad may dispose of the rail properties only under the conditions described in the Board's decision. The conditions imposed by the Board may include a prohibition against the disposal of the rail assets for a period of not more than 180 days from the effective date of the decision authorizing the abandonment or discontinuance, unless the properties have first been offered, on reasonable terms, for sale for public purposes. This period will run concurrently with any other postponements. Jurisdiction to impose such conditions expires after 180 days from the effective date of the decision authorizing the abandonment or discontinuance. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.29" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.3.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.29   Prospective use of rights-of-way for interim trail use and rail banking.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contents of request for interim trail use.</I>If any state, political subdivision, or qualified private organization is interested in acquiring or using a right-of-way of a rail line proposed to be abandoned for interim trail use and rail banking pursuant to 16 U.S.C. 1247(d), it must file a comment or otherwise include a request in its filing (in a regulated abandonment proceeding) or a petition (in an exemption proceeding) indicating that it would like to do so. The comment/request or petition must include: 
</P>
<P>(1) A map depicting, and an accurate description of, the right-of-way, or portion thereof (including mileposts), proposed to be acquired or used; 
</P>
<P>(2) A statement indicating the trail sponsor's willingness to assume full responsibility for:
</P>
<P>(i) Managing the right-of-way;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any legal liability arising out of the transfer or use of the right-of-way (unless the user is immune from liability, in which case it need only indemnify the railroad against any potential liability); and
</P>
<P>(iii) The payment of any and all taxes that may be levied or assessed against the right-of-way; and
</P>
<P>(3) An acknowledgment that interim trail use is subject to the sponsor's continuing to meet its responsibilities described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and subject to possible future reconstruction and reactivation of the right-of-way for rail service. The statement must be in the following form:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Statement of Willingness To Assume Financial Responsibility
</HD1>
<P>In order to establish interim trail use and rail banking under 16 U.S.C. 1247(d) and 49 CFR 1152.29 with respect to the right-of-way owned by ________ (Railroad) and operated by ________ (Railroad), ________ (Interim Trail Sponsor) is willing to assume full responsibility for: (1) Managing the right-of-way, (2) any legal liability arising out of the transfer or use of the right-of-way (unless the sponsor is immune from liability, in which case it need only indemnify the railroad against any potential liability), and (3) the payment of any and all taxes that may be levied or assessed against the right of way. The property, known as ________ (Name of Branch Line), extends from railroad milepost ________ near ________ (Station Name), to railroad milepost ______, near ________ (Station name), a distance of ______ miles in [County(ies), (State(s)]. The right-of-way is part of a line of railroad proposed for abandonment in Docket No. STB AB ________ (Sub-No. ________). A map of the property depicting the right-of-way is attached.
</P>
<P>________ (Interim Trail Sponsor) acknowledges that use of the right-of-way is subject to the sponsor's continuing to meet its responsibilities described above and subject to possible future reconstruction and reactivation of the right-of-way for rail service. A copy of this statement is being served on the railroad(s) on the same date it is being served on the Board.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) <I>When to file.</I> (1) In abandonment application proceedings under 49 U.S.C. 10903, interim trail use statements are due within the 45-day protest and comment period following the date the abandonment application is filed. See § 1152.25(c). The applicant carrier's response notifying the Board whether and with whom it intends to negotiate a trail use agreement is due within 15 days after the close of the protest and comment period (i.e., 60 days after the abandonment application is filed). 
</P>
<P>(i) In every proceeding where a Trails Act request is made, the Board will determine whether the Trails Act is applicable. 
</P>
<P>(ii) If the Trails Act is not applicable because of failure to comply with paragraph (a) of this section, or is applicable but the carrier either does not intend to negotiate an agreement, or does not timely notify the Board of its intention to negotiate, a decision on the merits will be issued and no Certificate of Interim Trail Use or Abandonment (CITU) will be issued. If the carrier is willing to negotiate an agreement, and the public convenience and necessity permit abandonment, the Board will issue a CITU. 
</P>
<P>(2) In exemption proceedings, a petition containing an interim trail use statement is due within 10 days after the date the notice of exemption is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> in the case of a class exemption and within 20 days after publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> of the notice of filing of a petition for exemption in the case of a petition for exemption. When an interim trail use comment(s) or petition(s) is filed in an exemption proceeding, the railroad's reply to the Board (indicating whether and with whom it intends to negotiate an agreement) is due within 10 days after the date a petition requesting interim trail use is filed. 
</P>
<P>(3) Late-filed trail use statements must be supported by a statement showing good cause for late filing. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Abandonment application proceedings.</I> (1) In abandonment application proceedings, if continued rail service does not occur pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10904 and § 1152.27, and a railroad agrees to negotiate an interim trail use/railbanking agreement, then the Board will issue a CITU to the railroad and to the interim trail sponsor for that portion of the right-of-way as to which both parties are willing to negotiate.
</P>
<P>(i) The CITU will permit the railroad to discontinue service, cancel any applicable tariffs, and salvage track and material consistent with interim trail use and railbanking, as long as such actions are consistent with any other Board order, 30 days after the date the CITU is issued; and permit the railroad to fully abandon the line if no interim trail use agreement is reached within one year from the date on which the CITU is issued, subject to appropriate conditions, including labor protection and environmental matters.
</P>
<P>(ii) Parties may request a Board order to extend, for one-year periods, the interim trail use negotiation period. Up to three one-year extensions of the initial period may be granted if the trail sponsor and the railroad agree. Additional one-year extensions, beyond three extensions of the initial period, are not favored but may be granted if the trail sponsor and the railroad agree and extraordinary circumstances are shown. 
</P>
<P>(2) The CITU will indicate that any interim trail use is subject to future restoration of rail service and to the sponsor's continuing to meet its responsibilities described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The CITU will also provide that, if an interim trail use agreement is reached (and thus interim trail use established), the parties shall file the notice described in paragraph (h) of this section. Additionally, the CITU will provide that if the sponsor intends to terminate interim trail use on all or any portion of the right-of-way covered by the interim trail use agreement, it must send the Board a copy of the CITU and request that it be vacated on a specified date. If a party requests that the CITU be vacated for only a portion of the right-of-way, the Board will issue an appropriate replacement CITU covering the remaining portion of the right-of-way subject to the interim trail use agreement. The Board will reopen the abandonment proceeding, vacate the CITU, and issue a decision permitting immediate abandonment for the involved portion of the right-of-way. Copies of the decision will be sent to:
</P>
<P>(i) The abandonment applicant; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The owner of the right-of-way; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The current trail sponsor.
</P>
<P>(3) If an application to construct and operate a rail line over the right-of-way is authorized under 49 U.S.C. 10901 and part 1150 of this title, or exempted under 49 U.S.C. 10502, then the CITU will be vacated accordingly. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Abandonment exemption proceedings.</I> (1) In abandonment exemption proceedings, if continued rail service does not occur under 49 U.S.C. 10904 and § 1152.27, and a railroad agrees to negotiate an interim trail use/railbanking agreement, then the Board will issue a Notice of Interim Trail Use or Abandonment (NITU) to the railroad and to the interim trail sponsor for the portion of the right-of-way as to which both parties are willing to negotiate.
</P>
<P>(i) The NITU will permit the railroad to discontinue service, cancel any applicable tariffs, and salvage track and materials, consistent with interim trail use and railbanking, as long as such actions are consistent with any other Board order, 30 days after the date the NITU is issued; and permit the railroad to fully abandon the line if no interim trail use agreement is reached within one year from the date on which the NITU is issued, subject to appropriate conditions, including labor protection and environmental matters.
</P>
<P>(ii) Parties may request a Board order to extend, for one-year periods, the interim trail use negotiation period. Up to three one-year extensions of the initial period may be granted if the trail sponsor and railroad agree. Additional one-year extensions, beyond three extensions of the initial period, are not favored but may be granted if the trail sponsor and railroad agree and extraordinary circumstances are shown.


</P>
<P>(2) The NITU will indicate that interim trail use is subject to future restoration of rail service and to the sponsor's continuing to meet its responsibilities described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The NITU will also provide that, if an interim trail use agreement is reached (and thus interim trail use established), the parties shall file the notice described in paragraph (h) of this section. Additionally, the NITU will provide that if the sponsor intends to terminate interim trail use on all or any portion of the right-of-way covered by the interim trail use agreement, it must send the Board a copy of the NITU and request that it be vacated on a specific date. If a party requests that the NITU be vacated for only a portion of the right-of-way, the Board will issue an appropriate replacement NITU covering the remaining portion of the right-of-way subject to the interim trail use agreement. The Board will reopen the exemption proceeding, vacate the NITU, and issue a decision reinstating the exemption for that portion of the right-of-way. Copies of the decision will be sent to:
</P>
<P>(i) The abandonment exemption applicant; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The owner of the right-of-way; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The current trail sponsor.
</P>
<P>(3) If an application to construct and operate a rail line over the right-of-way is authorized under 49 U.S.C. 10901 and part 1150 of this title, or exempted under 49 U.S.C. 10502, then the NITU will be vacated accordingly. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Late-filed requests; notices of consummation.</I> (1) Where late-filed trail use statements are accepted, the Chief Counsel (or designee) will telephone the railroad to determine whether abandonment has been consummated and, if not, whether the railroad is willing to negotiate an interim trail use agreement. The railroad shall confirm, in writing, its response, within 5 days. If abandonment has been consummated, the trail use request will be dismissed. If abandonment has not been consummated but the railroad refuses to negotiate, then trail use will be denied. If abandonment has not been consummated and the railroad is willing to negotiate, the abandonment proceeding will be reopened, the abandonment decision granting an application, petition for exemption or notice of exemption will be vacated, and an appropriate CITU or NITU will be issued. The effective date of the CITU or NITU will be the same date as the vacated decision or notice. 
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad that receives authority from the Board to abandon a line (in a regulated abandonment proceeding under 49 U.S.C. 10903, or by individual or class exemption issued under 49 U.S.C. 10502) shall file a notice of consummation with the Board to signify that it has exercised the authority granted and fully abandoned the line (e.g., discontinued operations, salvaged the track, canceled tariffs, and intends that the property be removed from the interstate rail network). The notice shall provide the name of the STB proceeding and its docket number, a brief description of the line, and a statement that the railroad has consummated, or fully exercised, the abandonment authority on a certain date. The notice shall be filed within 1 year of the service date of the decision permitting the abandonment (assuming that the railroad intends to consummate the abandonment). Notices will be deemed conclusive on the point of consummation if there are no legal or regulatory barriers to consummation (such as outstanding conditions, including Trails Act conditions). If, after 1 year from the date of service of a decision permitting abandonment, consummation has not been effected by the railroad's filing of a notice of consummation, and there are no legal or regulatory barriers to consummation, the authority to abandon will automatically expire. In that event, a new proceeding would have to be instituted if the railroad wants to abandon the line. Copies of the railroad's notice of consummation shall be filed with the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel. In addition, the notice of consummation shall be sent to the State Public Service Commission (or equivalent agency) of every state through which the line passes. If, however, any legal or regulatory barrier to consummation exists at the end of the 1-year time period, the notice of consummation must be filed not later than 60 days after satisfaction, expiration or removal of the legal or regulatory barrier. For good cause shown, a railroad may file a request for an extension of time to file a notice so long as it does so sufficiently in advance of the expiration of the deadline for notifying the Board of consummation to allow for timely processing.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Substitution of trail user.</I> (1) When a trail user intends to terminate trail use and another person intends to become a trail user by assuming financial responsibility for the right-of-way, then the existing and future trail users shall file, jointly: 
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the extant CITU or NITU; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) A Statement of Willingness to Assume Financial Responsibility by the new trail user. 
</P>
<P>(iii) An acknowledgement that interim trail use is subject to possible future reconstruction and reactivation of the right-of-way for rail service.
</P>
<P>(2) The parties shall indicate the date on which responsibility for the right-of-way is to transfer to the new trail user. The Board will reopen the abandonment or exemption proceeding, vacate the existing NITU or CITU; and issue an appropriate replacement NITU or CITU to the new trail user. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Consent after Board decision or notice.</I> In proceedings where a timely trail use statement is filed, but due to either the railroad's indication of its unwillingness to negotiate interim trail use agreement, or its failure to timely notify the Board of its willingness to negotiate, a decision authorizing abandonment or an exemption notice or decision is issued instead of a CITU or NITU, and subsequently the railroad and trail use proponent nevertheless determine to negotiate an interim trail use agreement under the Trails Act, then the railroad and trail use proponent must file a joint pleading requesting that an appropriate CITU or NITU be issued. If the abandonment has not been consummated, the Board will reopen the proceeding, vacate the outstanding decision or notice (or portion thereof), and issue an appropriate CITU or NITU that will permit the parties to negotiate for a period agreed to by the parties in their joint filing, but not to exceed one year, at the end of which, the CITU or NITU will convert into a decision or notice permitting abandonment. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Notice of interim trail use agreement reached.</I> When the parties negotiating for rail banking/interim trail use reach an agreement, the trail sponsor and railroad shall jointly notify the Board within 10 days that the agreement has been reached. The notice shall include a map depicting, and an accurate description of, the involved right-of-way or portion thereof (including mileposts) that is subject to the parties' interim trail use agreement and a certification that the interim trail use agreement includes provisions requiring the sponsor to fulfill the responsibilities described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. Additionally, if the interim trail use agreement establishes interim trail use over less of the right-of-way than is covered by the CITU or NITU, the notice shall also include a request that the Board vacate the CITU or NITU and issue a replacement CITU/NITU for only the portion of the right-of-way covered by the interim trail use agreement. The Board will reopen the abandonment proceeding, vacate the CITU or NITU, issue an appropriate replacement CITU or NITU for only the portion of the right-of-way covered by the interim trail use agreement, and issue a decision permitting immediate abandonment of the portion of the right-of-way not subject to the interim trail use agreement. Copies of the decision will be sent to:
</P>
<P>(1) The rail carrier that sought abandonment authorization;
</P>
<P>(2) The owner of the right-of-way; and
</P>
<P>(3) The current trail sponsor.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 34670, June 27, 1997; 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 74 FR 52910, Oct. 15, 2009; 77 FR 25914, May 2, 2012; 84 FR 66325, Dec. 4, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Standards for Determining Costs, Revenues, and Return on Value</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.30" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.4.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.30   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contents of subpart.</I> (1) 49 U.S.C. 10904 directs the Board to determine the extent to which the avoidable costs of providing rail service plus a reasonable return on the value of the line exceed the revenues attributable to the line. This subpart contains the methodology for such determinations and the standards necessary for application of those terms in the context of a particular proceeding. Such data will be used in reaching the Board's findings on the merits of an abandonment or discontinuance proceeding and in making the necessary financial assistance determinations. 
</P>
<P>(2) This subpart also sets forth a method by which the carrier may establish its Forecast Year estimates and Estimated Subsidy Payment to be included in its application (§ 1152.22(d) of this part). Furthermore, an offeror of financial assistance may use this method to formulate a subsidy offer and/or Proposed Subsidy Payment under 49 U.S.C. 10904 and § 1152.27 of subpart C of this part. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Data collection.</I> The owning or operating carrier shall establish a system to collect at branch level the data necessary to compute the base year data and the final subsidy payment. The collection and compilation of such data shall be in accordance with the Branch Line Accounting System (49 CFR part 1201, subpart B). 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Final payment of financial assistance.</I> (1) When a financial assistance agreement to subsidize is concluded, the final payment will be adjusted to reflect the actual revenues derived, avoidable costs incurred, and value of the properties used in the subsidy year.
</P>
<P>(2) Where an adjustment results in an increase in the Estimated Subsidy Payment upon which the financial assistance agreement is based, the amount of such increase is limited to 15 percent of the estimated payment. However, if the railroad notifies the subsidizer that the estimate will be exceeded by more than 15 percent in one of the Financial Status Reports (§ 1152.37) issued during the first 10 months of the subsidy year or the increase results from an expense preapproved by the subsidizer, the adjusted amount shall be included in the final payment. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.31" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.4.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.31   Revenue and income attributable to branch lines.</HEAD>
<P>The revenue attributable to the rail properties is the total of the revenues assigned to the branch in accordance with this section, plus any subsidy payments that would cease upon discontinuance of service on the branch, for the subsidy year. The revenues assigned shall be derived from the following accounts: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Account 101—Freight.</I> The revenue assigned under this account shall be the actual revenues, including transit revenues, accruing to the railroad, derived from waybills and other source documents, for all traffic that: 
</P>
<P>(1) Originates and terminates on the branch; 
</P>
<P>(2) Originates or terminates on the branch and is handled off the branch on the system but not on another carrier; and 
</P>
<P>(3) Originates or terminates on the branch and is handled on another carrier. All traffic that is received or forwarded through interchange at a point on the branch, including ferry operations, shall be considered as originating or terminating on the branch. The revenues of all other bridge or overhead traffic that will not be retained by the carrier shall be attributed to the branch on the ratio of miles moved on the branch to miles moved on the system, provided, however, that the parties may agree on a mutually acceptable usage charge for bridge traffic in lieu of the mileage apportionment. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Account 104—Switching; Account 105—Water transfers; Account 106—Demurrage; Account 110—Incidental; Account 121—Joint Facility-Credit; Account 122—Joint Facility-Debt; Account 506—Revenues from Properties Used in Other Than Carrier Operations; Account 510—Miscellaneous Rent Income; Account 519—Miscellaneous Income.</I> The revenues assigned under these accounts shall be the actual revenues accruing to the railroad that are directly attributable to the branch. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Chart for revenue accounts.</I> 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Revenue account title
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Account No. 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">101 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Switching</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">104 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Water transfers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">105 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Demurrage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">106 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Incidental</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">110 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility-credit</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">121 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility-debt</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">122 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Revenues from property used in other than carrier operations, less expenses</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">506, 534 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous rent income</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">510 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous income</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">519</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.32" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.4.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.32   Calculation of avoidable costs.</HEAD>
<P>This section defines: Which cost elements are eligible for inclusion in the calculation of avoidable costs; the conditions under which certain cost elements become eligible for inclusion; and the basis of apportioning those cost elements which are not assigned to the branch on an actual expense basis. The avoidable costs of providing freight service on a branch shall be the total of the costs assigned to the branch in accordance with this section. The avoidable costs of providing freight service on a branch shall be just and reasonable, and shall not exceed those necessary for an honest and efficient operation. Those expenses apportioned under this section shall be derived from the latest Form R-1 Annual Report for Class I railroads filed with the Board prior to the conclusion of the subsidy year, and company records for all non-Class I railroads, and assigned to the branch according to the procedures set forth in § 1152.33 of these regulations. When the term “Actual” is specified as the basis for assigning an expense, it shall mean that the only costs which can be assigned to the account are those costs which are incurred solely as a result of the continuation of rail freight service on the branch. The accounts in the following charts, which list only the “freight-only” account numbers, shall include the portion of common expenses that have been apportioned to freight service. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Operating expense group and accounts
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Account No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Basis of assignment to on-branch costs
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(a) Maintenance of way and structures: 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(1) Administration: Track: 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-02</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Bridges and buildings 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-03</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Signals 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-04</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Communications 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-05</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-06</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-06</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-06</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-06</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(2) Repair maintenance and other roadway—running: 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Roadway—switching 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Tunnels and subways—running 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Tunnels and subways—switching 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Bridges and culverts—running
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Bridges and culverts—switching
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-12</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ties—running—material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ties—switching—material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rails—running—material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rails—switching—material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other track material—running—material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other track material—switching—material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-15</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ballast—running—material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ballast—switching—material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-16</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Track laying and surfacing—running
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Track laying and surfacing—switching
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-17</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Road property damaged—running
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Road property damaged—switching
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other Expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Road property damaged—other
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1-13-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Signals and interlockers—running
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Signals and interlockers—switching
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Communications systems
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Electric power systems 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Highway grade crossings—running 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Highway grade crossings—switching 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Station and office buildings 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Station buildings—locomotives 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Shop buildings—freight cars 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Shop buildings—other equipment 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Locomotive servicing facilities 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Miscellaneous buildings and structures 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Coal terminals 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Ore terminals 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">TOFC/COFC terminals 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other marine terminals 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Motor vehicle loading and distribution facilities 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Facilities for other specialized service operations 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Roadway machines 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Daily repair costs per GMA, for each type of machine used on the branch line sec. 1152.33(a)(1). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Small tools and supplies 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Assign supplies on the daily costs per GMA, for each type of machine used on the branch; small tool assign to maintenance of way 11- 11/12-10 through 17, and 48, sec. 1152.33(a)(2). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Snow removal 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits—running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-11-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-XX, sec. 1152.33(a)(3)(i). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits—switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-12-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-XX, sec. 1152.33(a)(3)(ii). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-13-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-XX, sec. 1152.33(a)(3)(iii). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Casualties and insurance—running 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other casualties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-11-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-11-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Casualties and insurance—switching 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other casualties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-12-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-12-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—debit—running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-11-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—debit—switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-12-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—debit—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-13-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—credit—running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-11-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—credit—switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-12-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—credit—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-13-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rent—debit—running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-11-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rent—debit—switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-12-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Casualties and insurance—other 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other casualties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-13-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-13-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-13-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rent—credit—running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-11-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rent—credit—switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-12-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rent—credit—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-13-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—debit—running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-11-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—debit—switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-12-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—debit—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-13-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—credit—running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-11-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—credit—switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-12-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—credit—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-13-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-11-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-12-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-13-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit—running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-11-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit—switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-12-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-13-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-11-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-12-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-13-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Dismantling retired road property—running 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Dismantling retired road property—switching 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Dismantling retired road property—other 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other—running 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other—switching 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other Expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other—other 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(b) Maintenance of equipment: 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(1) Locomotives: Administration 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Repairs and maintenance 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road diesel and road electric locomotive gross ton miles. Yard diesel and yard electric locomotive unit hours, § 1152.33(b)(1).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-21-41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-21-41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Machinery repair 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-21-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-21-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Equipment damaged 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-21-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-21-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Equipment damaged 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-21-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-XX, sec. 1152.33(b)(3)(i). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other casualties and insurance 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other casualties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-21-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-21-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-21-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—credit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-21-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rent—debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-21-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rent—credit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-21-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-21-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—credit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-21-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-21-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-21-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-21-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All locomotives, locomotive unit hours, sec. 1152.33(b)(2). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Dismantling retired property 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(2) Freight cars: Administration: 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Machinery repair 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-22-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-22-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Equipment damage 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-22-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-22-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-22-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-XX, sec. 1152.33-(b)(3)(iii). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other casualties and insurance 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other casualties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-22-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-22-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rent—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-22-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rent—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-22-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-22-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-22-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Dismantling retired property 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight car costs per day and per mile: 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Repair and maintenance 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">These accounts are used to develop the cost per car day and per car mile for each type of car, sec. 1152.32(g). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-22-42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-22-42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-22-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-22-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-22-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-22-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-22-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(3) Other equipment: Administration 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance: Trucks, trailers and containers—revenue service 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Floating equipment—revenue service 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Computer and data processing 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-46</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-46</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-46</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-46</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-46</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-46</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Machinery 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Work and other non revenue equipment 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Equipment damaged 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Equipment damaged 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-23-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-XX, sec. 1152.33(b)(3)(ii). 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other casualties and insurance 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other casualties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-23-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-23-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Lease rentals—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-23-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Lease rentals—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-23-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Joint facility rent—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-23-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Joint facility rent—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-23-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do. 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other rents—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-23-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other rents—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-23-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Depreciation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-23-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Joint facility—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-23-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Joint facility—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-23-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Dismantling retired property
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(c) Transportation:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(1) Train operations: Administration:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Engine crews
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Train hours, sec. 1152.33(c)(1)(i).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Train crews
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Train hours, sec. 1152.33(c)(1)(i).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Dispatching trains
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Operating signals and interlockers
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Operating drawbridges
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Highway crossing protection
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-61</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-61</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-61</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-61</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Train and inspection and lubrication
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Train hours, Sec. 1152.33(c)(1)(i).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Locomotive fuel
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Diesel locomotive unit hours, Sec. 1152.33(c)(1)(ii).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Electric power purchased or produced for motive power
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric locomotive unit hours, sec. 1152.33(c)(1)(iii).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Servicing locomotives
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Locomotive unit miles, sec. 1152.33(c)(1)(iv).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight lost or damaged—solely related</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-31-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Clearing wrecks
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-31-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  11-31-XX, sec. 1152.33 (c)(4)(i).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other casualties and insurance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other casualties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-31-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-31-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Joint facility—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-31-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Joint facility—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-31-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(2) Yard operations: Administration:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Switch crews
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-64</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-64</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Locomotive unit hours, sec. 1152.33(c)(2)(i)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-64</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-64</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Controlling operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Yard and terminal clerical
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-66</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-66</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-66</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-66</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Operating switches, signals, retarders and humps
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Locomotive fuel
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dieselloco motive unit hours, sec. 1152.33(c)(2)(ii)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Electric power purchased or produced for motive power
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electric locomotive unit hours, sec. 1152.33(c)(2)(iii).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Servicing locomotives
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Locomotive unit hours, sec. 1152.33(c)(2)(i).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight lost or damaged—solely related</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-32-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Clearing wrecks
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Fringe benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-32-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-XX, sec. 1152.33(c)(4)(ii).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other casualties and insurance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other casualties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-32-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-32-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Joint facility—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-32-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Joint facility—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-32-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(3) Train and yard operations common:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Cleaning car interiors
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-33-70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-33-70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Adjusting and transferring loads
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-33-71</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-33-71</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-71</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Carloading devices and grain doors
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-33-72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-33-72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight lost or damaged—all other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-33-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-33-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11-33-XX, sec. 1152.33(c)(4)(iii).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(4) Specialized service operations: Administration:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Pick-up and delivery, marine line haul, and rail substitute service
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Loading and unloading and local marine
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-74</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-74</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-74</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-74</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Protective services
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight lost or damaged—Solely related</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-34-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-34-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-XX, sec. 1152.33(c)(4)(iv).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Casualties and insurance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other casualties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-34-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-34-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Joint facility—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-34-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Joint facility—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-34-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(5) Administrative support operations: Administration :
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Employees performing clerical and accounting functions
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-76</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-76</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-76</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-76</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Communication systems operation
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Loss and damage claims processing
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-78</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Number of claims, sec. 1152.33(c)(3)(i).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-78</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-78</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-78</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-35-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-XX. sec. 1152.33(c)(4)(v).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-35-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-35-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Casualties and insurance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other casualties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-35-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-35-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(d) General Administrative Officers—general administration:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Accounting, auditing and finance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Management services and data processing
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Marketing:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Sales
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Industrial development
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Personnel and labor relations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-91</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-91</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-91</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-91</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Legal and secretarial
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Public relations and advertising
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Research and development
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-94</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-94</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-94</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-94</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-61-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-XX, sec. 1152.33(d)(1).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Casualties and insurance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other casualties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-61-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Actual
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-61-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Writedown of uncollectible accounts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63-61-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other taxes except on corporate income or payroll</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65-61-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-61-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-61-00</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 6em">Other
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(e) <I>Deadheading, taxi, and hotel costs.</I> The costs assigned under this subsection shall be the actual costs incurred as a result of providing service to the branch line for deadheading, taxi, and hotel costs. The amounts included under this subsection shall not be included under other subsections of these regulations. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Overhead movement costs.</I> The costs assigned under this subsection shall be the actual costs incurred in moving over any other rail line solely to reach and provide service to the branch. The amounts shown under this subsection shall not be included under other subsections of these regulations. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Freight car costs.</I> For Class I railroads, the on-segment costs for time-mileage freight cars shall be calculated on the basis of the carrier's average cost per day and per mile. Those freight cars that are rented on a straight mileage basis are to be costed on the carrier's average cost per mile for each type of car rented on this basis. No costs are to be included in the calculation for private line (shipper owned) or other cars for which the railroad does not make payments. The cost per day and per mile shall be calculated separately for each type of car specified in Ex Parte No. 334, <I>Car Service Compensation—Basic Per Diem Charges,</I> 362 I.C.C. 884 (1980). The freight car costs shall be separated between “return on value-freight cars” and “freight car costs other than return on freight cars”. The costs assigned to a line under this subsection are to be derived from the accounts listed below. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Operating expense group—Repair and maintenance
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Account No. 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-42 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-42 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-22-42 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs for others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-22-42 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-42 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-42 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-22-00 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-22-00 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Other rents—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-22-00 
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Other rents—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-22-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>The system total of the repair and maintenance accounts, all accounts designated XX-XX-42, and depreciation shall be divided into time-related costs and mileage-related costs on the basis of 50 percent time and 50 percent mileage for repairs, and 60 percent time and 40 percent mileage for depreciation. Freight car costs shall not include depreciation as determined in Account No. 62-22-00. Freight car depreciation shall be calculated in the manner set forth in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section. The system total receipts and payments for the hire of time-mileage cars, and the basic data used in the development of the car-day and car-mile factors, shall be taken from the carrier's latest Form R-1 and company records. The specific steps to complete the calculation are as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The total system car days by car type shall be calculated by: 
</P>
<P>(i) Averaging the carrier's freight car ownership at the beginning and end of the year (Form R-1, schedule 710, columns (b) and (k); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Multiplying the average by the standard active number of car days (346) as developed in ICC Docket No. 31358; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Subtracting car days on foreign lines (source: Company records); and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Adding the foreign car days on home line (source: Company records). This procedure shall be followed for each car type specified in Ex Parte No. 334, <I>supra.</I> 
</P>
<P>(2) The total railroad car miles shall be calculated by adding the loaded car miles for the railroad owned and leased cars (R-1, Schedule 755) to empty car miles for the railroad owned or leased cars (R-1, Schedule 755). The total car miles, loaded and empty, shall be calculated for each car type specified in Ex Parte No. 334, <I>supra.</I> 
</P>
<P>(3) The cost per car day shall be calculated for each type of time-mileage car by adding 50 percent of total freight car repair costs for each type (Form R-1, schedule 415, column (b)), and 60 percent of the depreciation shall be developed as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) The current value for each type of car shall be calculated by first arriving at the current cost per car using the most recent purchase of this type by the railroad indexed to the midpoint of the year or a price quote from the manufacturer. This unit price shall be applied to the average number of this type of car owned by the carrier during the year. The current value developed for each car type is then multiplied by the composite depreciation rate for that type of car as shown in the latest annual report filed with the Board or company records. 
</P>
<P>(ii) Add 100 percent of the return on investment. Return on investment shall be determined by multiplying the current value of each type of car, developed in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section, by 1 minus the ratio of accumulated depreciation to the total original cost investment. This will determine the net current value for each type of car. The net current value for each type of car shall then be multiplied by the nominal rate of return calculated in § 1152.34(d) to obtain nominal return on investment for each type of car. The total return on investment shall then be calculated by deducting the projected holding gain (loss) for the forecast and/or subsidy year from the nominal return on investment for each type of car. In any instance where the holding gain is not specifically determined for freight cars, the Gross Domestic Product deflator calculated by the U.S. Department of Commerce shall be used. The total return on investment for each type of car shall then be divided by total car-days for each car-type developed in paragraph (g)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(iii) To the amounts for repairs and depreciation, add the time portion of the railroad's payment for hire of time-mileage freight cars (Form R-1, schedule 414, column (g)), and subtract the time portion of the railroad's receipts for hire of time mileage freight cars (Form R-1, schedule 414, column (d)). The total of these costs is divided by the total car days for each type developed in paragraph (g)(1) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) The cost per mile shall be calculated for each type of time-mileage car as follows. First, add: 
</P>
<P>(i) 50 percent of the total freight train car repair cost for each car type (Form R-1, schedule 415, column (b)); 
</P>
<P>(ii) 40 percent of the total depreciation costs for each car type developed in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) The mileage portion of the carrier's payments for the hire of time-mileage freight cars (Form R-1, schedule 414, column (f)).
</P>
<FP>Second, subtract the mileage portion of the carrier's receipts for hire of time-mileage freight cars (Form R-1, schedule 414, column (c)). Finally, divide the result by the total car-miles for each car-type developed in paragraph (g)(2) of this section. 
</FP>
<P>(5) The costs per car day and per car mile developed in paragraphs (g) (3) and (4) of this section shall be applied to the total car days and total car miles for each car type accumulated on the line segment for all traffic originated and/or terminated on the segment plus those freight cars that bridge the line segment which are attributed to time-mileage freight train cars. The on-segment costs for freight cars rented on a straight mileage basis shall be the railroad's total payments for mileage cars (Form R-1, schedule 414, column (e)) for each car type divided by the total miles on which the charges were based. 
</P>
<P>(6) For Class II and III railroads, the on-segment costs for time-mileage and straight mileage freight cars shall be calculated in the same manner prescribed for Class I railroads, using the latest data available. 
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Return on investment—locomotive</I> (<I>line</I>). The return on investment shall be calculated for each type of classification of locomotive that is actually used to provide service to the line segment. The return for the locomotive(s) used shall be calculated in accordance with the following procedure: 
</P>
<P>(1) The current replacement cost for each type of locomotive used to serve the line segment shall be based on the most recent purchase of that particular type and size locomotive by the carrier, indexed to the midpoint of the forecast and/or subsidy year, or on an amount quoted by the manufacturer. The amount must be substantiated. This unit cost shall be multiplied by 1 minus the ratio of total accumulated depreciation to original total cost of that type of equipment owned by applicant-carrier, as shown by company records. 
</P>
<P>(2) The current nominal cost of capital shall be used in the calculation of return on investment for locomotives and shall be calculated as provided in § 1152.34(d). 
</P>
<P>(3) The return on investment for each category or type of locomotive shall be the nominal return less the holding gain (loss). The nominal return is calculated by multiplying the replacement cost determined in paragraph (h)(1) of this section by the nominal rate of return determined in paragraph (h)(2) of this section. The holding gain (loss) shall be the gain (loss) projected to occur during the forecast and/or subsidy year. In any instance where the holding gain is not specifically determined for locomotives, the Gross Domestic Product deflator calculated by the U.S. Department of Commerce shall be used. 
</P>
<P>(4) The return on investment for each type of locomotive shall be assigned to the line segment on a ratio of the locomotive unit hours on the segment to average locomotive unit hours per unit for each type of locomotive in the system. This ratio will be developed as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) The carrier shall keep and maintain records of the number of hours that each type of locomotive incurred in serving the segment during the subsidy period. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The railroad shall develop the system average locomotive unit hours per unit for each of the following types of locomotives; yard diesel; yard-other; road diesel; and road-other. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The ratio applied to the return on investment is calculated by dividing the hours that each type or class of locomotive is used to serve the segment, as developed in paragraph (h)(4)(i) of this section, by the system average locomotive unit hours per unit for the applicable type developed in paragraph (h)(4)(ii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(5) The cost assigned to the segment for each type of locomotive shall be calculated by multiplying the annual return on investment developed in paragraph (h)(3) of this section by the ratio(s) developed in paragraph (h)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Revenue taxes.</I> The amount of revenue taxes shall be computed based on the amounts directly paid in those states that subject the railroad to a revenue tax. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Property taxes</I> (<I>Line</I>). (1) The assigned costs under this subsection shall be the net systemwide property tax savings resulting from the abandonment, calculated as set out below, if the applicant-carrier intends subsequently to sell or otherwise dispose of the abandoned properties. If the applicant-carrier expresses an intent to dispose of the properties, it will be presumed that the properties will ultimately be sold or otherwise disposed of after abandonment. Protestants may rebut this presumption by showing that it would be financially beneficial to retain ownership of the property for investment purposes. 
</P>
<P>(2) In states where a true <I>ad valorem</I> tax is levied on real property (such as track, land, buildings, and other facilities), applicant must affirm that the ad valorem method applies and must substantiate the amount of property taxes levied against the property on the line segment. 
</P>
<P>(3) In states where the <I>ad valorem</I> method is not employed, applicant must describe the applicable property tax methodology if it is claiming the local property tax as an avoidable cost of operations. Additionally, it must substantiate with evidence and computations the actual statewide tax savings attributable to the abandonment. 
</P>
<P>(4) Any property tax properly substantiated under paragraphs (j)(2) or (3) of this section shall be presumed to represent systemwide savings to the carrier. Protestants may rebut this presumption by presenting evidence: 
</P>
<P>(i) That property taxes in those states where the carrier operates that are not involved in the abandonment will increase significantly because of reassessments attributable to the abandonment; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) That a significantly higher property tax will be levied against a retained portion of the abandoned property. If applicant does not refute protestant's evidence, it may claim avoidable property taxes only if, and to the extent, it proves systemwide property tax savings. 
</P>
<P>(5) In states where real property taxes are assessed and levied against the owner of the property but the tax on rolling stock is assessed to the railroad operating the service on the basis of a formula of a statewide valuation of property, the tax on rolling stock attributable to each line segment shall be determined as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) Using ratio of the cost of equipment (as used in the formula) to the total of all property costs (as used in formula); 
</P>
<P>(ii) Apply that ratio to the total state assessment to determine the portion of the assessment attributable to rolling stock; 
</P>
<P>(iii) Allocate the rolling stock assessment thus determined to each line segment on the basis of car and locomotive unit miles on the segment to total car and locomotive unit miles in the state; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) Apply the appropriate tax rate or rates to the allocated assessment thus determined. 
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Administrative costs.</I> The costs assigned under this account shall be the actual costs directly attributable to the administration of the subsidy program or at the option of the carrier, one percent of the total annual revenues attributed to the branch shall be allowable to cover all costs of administering the subsidy program. Either method may be used, but not both. 
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Casualty reserve account.</I> The costs assigned under this account shall be any payments mutually agreed to by the person offering the subsidy and the railroad for the purpose of holding the subsidizer harmless from any liability under those accounts that are used to record any costs incurred by the railroad as a result of an accident. 
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Rehabilitation.</I> (1) For abandonment purposes the applicant carrier shall project the amounts necessary to permit efficient operations over the line segment. The carrier shall indicate the level of FRA class safety standard to be attained with the amount of expenditure. See 49 CFR part 213. Applicant, in making its projection of rehabilitation costs, shall give consideration to: 
</P>
<P>(i) The cost to attain the lowest operationally feasible track level; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The cost to attain the rehabilitation level resulting in the lowest operating and rehabilitation expenditures; or 
</P>
<P>(iii) The cost to attain the rehabilitation level resulting in the lowest loss, or highest profit, from operations. 
</P>
<P>(2) For subsidy purposes rehabilitation costs shall not be included unless: 
</P>
<P>(i) The track fails to meet minimum Federal Railroad Administrative class 1 safety standards (49 CFR part 213), in which case the railroad will furnish, with the abandonment application, a detailed estimate of the costs to rehabilitate the track to the minimum level; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The potential subsidizer requests a level of service which requires expenditures for rehabilitation. 
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Off-branch costs.</I> The off-branch costs developed in this section shall be separated between “off-branch costs other than return on freight cars” and “return on value-freight cars”. The off-branch costs shall be developed in the following manner: 
</P>
<P>(1) Terminal costs, line-haul costs, interchange costs, and modified terminal costs shall be considered as the off-branch avoidable costs of providing service over the remainder of the railroad's system. These costs shall be computed by applying the variable unit costs to the service units attributed to the branch line's traffic for the time periods specified in § 1152.22(d) of this part. 
</P>
<P>(2) The procedure for determining the off-branch costs shall be based upon the URCS cost formula. This formula shall be applied to the latest Annual Report Form R-1 filed by the railroad, with two exceptions. First, the amount used in the formula for freight car depreciation shall be calculated using the procedure discussed in paragraph (g)(3)(iii) of this section applied to the average total car fleet of the railroad. Second, the return on investment in freight cars shall be computed using the procedure set forth in paragraph (g)(3)(ii) of this section. In addition, the application of URCS shall include the use of the nominal cost of capital for all return on investment determinations. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>The Class I Procedure:</I> A Class I railroad shall calculate its off-branch costs using the Class I procedure as set forth below in this paragraph. 
</P>
<P>(i) The unit costs developed by applying URCS in the manner specified in paragraph (n)(2) of this section shall be applied to the service characteristics of each movement of traffic that is attributed to the branch line. This application shall result in the total off-branch cost associated with this traffic for normal terminal handlings, line-haul mileage, and interchange events. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The modified terminal cost per carload shall be calculated separately for each type of freight car and applied to each car that is attributed to the branch line. The modified terminal cost shall consist of clerical costs, two days of freight car cost, and an inter-intra train switching cost (locomotive engine minute cost only). The clerical cost and inter-intra train switching cost shall be calculated from unit costs developed within the individual URCS application. 
</P>
<P>(A) The unit costs for the clerical cost per carload calculation are located in URCS Worktable E1, Part 1: Line 106, columns 1, 2, and 3; line 107, column 1; line 108, column 1; line 109, column 1; and line 110, column 1. 
</P>
<P>(B) The inter-intra train switching cost shall be calculated by multiplying the total switch engine minute cost from URCS Worktable E1, Part 1, line 111, columns 1, 2, and 3 by the total minutes specified in the next sentence. The total minutes specified in this sentence shall equal the sum of: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The minutes per switch event from Worktable E2, Part 1, line 118, column 29; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The product of the minutes per switch event from Worktable E2, Part 1, line 118, column 29 and the ratio of loaded to total car miles for the particular type of freight car being costed. 
</P>
<P>(C) The freight car cost shall be the car ownership costs per car day for 2 days developed in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph (g)(3) of this section for the type of freight car being costed. 
</P>
<P>(iii) For a Class I railroad, the total costs calculated using the procedures set forth in paragraphs (n)(3)(i) and (n)(3)(ii) of this section shall constitute the off-branch costs attributable to the branch line's traffic. 
</P>
<P>(4) A Class II or Class III railroad shall calculate its off-branch costs using any one of three different procedures. <I>The Class I Procedure:</I> A Class II or Class III railroad may calculate its off-branch costs using the Class I procedure set forth in paragraph (n)(3) of this section, if the necessary data are available from the railroad's own records. If the data necessary to complete the Class I procedure set forth in paragraph (n)(3) of this section are not available from the railroad's own records, the Class II or Class III railroad shall calculate its off-branch costs using either one of the following procedures based on the latest regional URCS data and the railroad's own records. <I>The Class II/III Simplified Costing Procedure:</I> A Class II or Class III railroad may calculate its off-branch costs using the Class I procedure set forth in paragraph (n)(3) of this section, with regional URCS data of the Class I railroads used in lieu of individual URCS data of the Class II or Class III railroad. Costs developed through the use of the Class II/III simplified costing procedure shall enjoy a rebuttable presumption of correctness. <I>The Class II/III Standard Costing Procedure:</I> A Class II or Class III railroad may calculate its off-branch costs using the Class II/III standard costing procedure set forth in paragraphs (n)(4)(i) through (n)(4)(xiv) of this section. Costs developed through the use of the Class II/III standard costing procedure shall be given preference over costs developed through the use of the Class II/III simplified costing procedure. The Class II/III standard costing procedure is set forth in paragraphs (n)(4)(i) through (n)(4)(xiv) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(i) The Class II or Class III railroad shall first determine which URCS regional application will be used based on its geographical location. The railroad's total estimated system variable expenses are calculated by multiplying its total operating expenses by the ratio of variable expenses to total expenses; this ratio is located in Worktable D8, Part 6, line 615, column 1 of the URCS printout for the appropriate region. If a railroad has passenger and freight service, the freight portion of the total estimated system variable expenses shall be calculated by multiplying the total estimated system variable expenses, calculated as above, by the ratio of freight related operating expenses to total railway operating expenses. 
</P>
<P>(ii) The total number of revenue carload terminal handlings, as determined from the railroad's records, shall be calculated as the sum of: 
</P>
<P>(A) Originated and terminated (local) revenue carloads multiplied by 2; plus 
</P>
<P>(B) Interchanged and either originated or terminated (interline) revenue carloads. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The total number of revenue carload interchange handlings, as determined from the railroad's records, shall be calculated as the sum of: 
</P>
<P>(A) Bridge (interchange to interchange) revenue carloads multiplied by 2; plus 
</P>
<P>(B) Revenue carloads that are interchanged and either originated or terminated (interline). 
</P>
<P>(iv) The system average shipment weight per car, as determined from the railroad's records, shall be calculated by dividing: 
</P>
<P>(A) Ton-miles-revenue freight by 
</P>
<P>(B) Loaded freight car miles. 
</P>
<P>(v) The system average loaded car miles per car, as determined from the railroad's records, shall be calculated by dividing: 
</P>
<P>(A) Revenue ton-miles by 
</P>
<P>(B) Revenue tons. 
</P>
<P>(vi) The railroad shall complete a URCS Phase III “Movement Costing Program” based on the application of URCS data for the appropriate region. The following data shall be inputs to the Phase III program application. 
</P>
<P>(A) The carrier code, either “REG 4” or “REG 7”, shall correspond to the appropriate region. 
</P>
<P>(B) The type of shipment shall be designated as “OD” in order for the movement to be costed as an interline movement. 
</P>
<P>(C) The distance shall be the system average loaded car miles per car as developed in paragraph (n)(4)(v) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(D) The type of freight car shall be identified as a Box, General Service Equipped, which has an input user code of “3”. If all of the traffic on the branch line is transported in a single type of car, and it is not a Box, General Service Equipped, the code for that type of car may be substituted. 
</P>
<P>(E) The number of freight cars shall be “1”. 
</P>
<P>(F) The car ownership factor shall be designated as “R” for railroad owned cars unless all of the branch line traffic is moved in privately owned cars, in which case the code “P” for privately owned cars would be the input. 
</P>
<P>(G) The program requires a loss and damage input. The code “48”, representing the average of all commodities, shall be used. 
</P>
<P>(H) The input for shipment weight shall be the system average shipment weight per car developed in paragraph (n)(4)(iv) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(I) The input for type of movement shall be “1”, representing an individual car movement. 
</P>
<P>(vii) The ratios employed to separate the total estimated system variable expenses, as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(i) of this section, among terminal, interchange, and line-haul operations shall be based on the procedures outlined in this paragraph (n)(4)(vii). This separation shall reflect the variable costs resulting from the application of the URCS Phase III program based on the input factors specified in paragraph (n)(4)(vi) of this section. The ratios shall be calculated in the following manner: 
</P>
<P>(A) The terminal expenses calculated by the application of the Phase III program shall consist of the following: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) “Carload and Clerical Costs” shall be calculated as the sum of lines 256, 258, 260, 262, 264, 266, and 268. 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Switching expenses based on “Total SEM-Industry” shall be calculated by multiplying: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The sum of lines 315, 317, and 319, by
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Line 311. 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Car mile yard cost “CM(Y)-Industry” shall be calculated by multiplying: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The sum of lines 426, 428, and 430, by
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Line 422. 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) Car day yard cost “CD(Y)-Industry” and “CD(Y)-L&amp;UL” shall be calculated by multiplying: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The sum of lines 452, 454, and 456, by 
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The sum of lines 446 and 450. 
</P>
<P>(<I>5</I>) The expenses for accessorial services for railroad owned cars shall be calculated as the sum of: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The product of line 422 and the sum of lines 464, 466, and 468; plus
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The product of the sum of lines 446 and 450 and the sum of lines 476, 478, and 480. 
</P>
<P>(B) The interchange expenses calculated by the application of the Phase III program shall consist of the following: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Switching expenses based on “Total SEM-Interchange” shall be calculated by multiplying 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The sum of lines 315, 317, and 319, by 
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Line 312. 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Car mile cost in interchange “CM(Y)-Interchange” shall be calculated by multiplying: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The sum of lines 426, 428, and 430, by 
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Line 423. 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Car day cost in interchange “CD(Y)-Interchange (L&amp;E)” shall be calculated by multiplying: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The sum of lines 452, 454, and 456, by 
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) Line 447. 
</P>
<P>(<I>4</I>) The expenses for accessorial services for railroad owned cars shall be calculated as the sum of: 
</P>
<P>(<I>i</I>) The product of line 423 and the sum of lines 464, 466, and 468; plus.
</P>
<P>(<I>ii</I>) The product of line 447 and the sum of lines 476, 478, and 480. 
</P>
<P>(C) The line-haul expenses resulting from the application of the Phase III program shall be calculated by subtracting the sum of: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The terminal expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(vii)(A) of this section, and 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The interchange expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(vii)(B) of this section, from 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The total variable cost excluding loss and damage as calculated in the Phase III program at line 696. 
</P>
<P>(D) The ratio for terminal expenses shall be calculated by dividing the terminal expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(vii)(A) of this section by the total variable cost excluding loss and damage as calculated in the Phase III program at line 696. 
</P>
<P>(E) The ratio for interchange expenses shall be calculated by dividing the interchange expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(vii)(B) of this section by the total variable cost excluding loss and damage as calculated in the Phase III program at line 696. 
</P>
<P>(F) The ratio for line-haul expenses shall be calculated by dividing the line-haul expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(vii)(C) of this section by the total variable cost excluding loss and damage as calculated in the Phase III program at line 696. 
</P>
<P>(viii) The railroad's total estimated system variable expenses shall be separated as follows: 
</P>
<P>(A) The total terminal variable expenses shall be calculated by multiplying the total estimated system variable expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(i) of this section by the ratio for terminal expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(vii)(D) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(B) The total interchange variable expenses shall be calculated by multiplying the total estimated system variable expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(i) of this section by the ratio for interchange expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(vii)(E) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(C) The total line-haul variable expenses shall be calculated by multiplying the total estimated system variable expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(i) of this section by the ratio for line-haul expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(vii)(F) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ix) The railroad's unit costs shall be determined for terminal, interchange, and line-haul operations as follows: 
</P>
<P>(A) The terminal cost per carload shall be calculated by dividing the total terminal variable expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(viii)(A) of this section by the total number of revenue carload terminal handlings as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(ii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(B) The interchange cost per carload shall be calculated by dividing the total interchange variable expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(viii)(B) of this section by the total number of revenue carload interchange handlings as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(iii) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(C) The line-haul cost per car mile shall be calculated by dividing the total line-haul variable expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(viii)(C) of this section by the total system freight car miles, loaded and empty, as determined from the railroad's records. 
</P>
<P>(x) The modified terminal cost per carload is a composite of costs developed in the Phase III program and costs determined in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section and this paragraph. The modified terminal cost per carload shall be calculated for each type of car as follows: 
</P>
<P>(A) The station clerical cost per carload shall be developed in the following manner: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The station clerical expense ratio shall be calculated by dividing the total clerical cost (the sum of lines 256, 258, 260, 262, 264, 266, and 268) by the terminal expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(vii)(A) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The station clerical cost per carload shall be calculated by multiplying the terminal cost per carload as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(ix)(A) of this section by the station clerical expense ratio. 
</P>
<P>(B) The interchange switching cost per carload shall be developed in the following manner: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The total interchange switching expense shall be calculated by multiplying the sum of lines 315, 317, and 319 by line 312. 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The interchange switching ratio shall be calculated by dividing the total interchange switching expense by the interchange expenses as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(vii)(B) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) The interchange switching cost per carload shall be calculated by multiplying the interchange cost per carload as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(ix)(B) of this section by the interchange switching ratio. 
</P>
<P>(C) The freight car cost element shall be the freight car cost per car day for 2 days as developed for each car type in paragraph (g)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(D) The modified terminal cost per carload shall be the total of the costs developed in paragraphs (n)(4)(x)(A), (n)(4)(x)(B), and (n)(4)(x)(C) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(xi) The terminal costs shall be calculated by multiplying the terminal cost per carload as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(ix)(A) of this section by the number of carloads that both: 
</P>
<P>(A) Originated or terminated on the branch, and 
</P>
<P>(B) Are local to the railroad serving the branch. 
</P>
<P>(xii) The interchange costs shall be calculated by multiplying the interchange cost per carload as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(ix)(B) of this section by the number of carloads that both: 
</P>
<P>(A) Originated or terminated on the branch; and 
</P>
<P>(B) Are received in or forwarded through interchange with other railroads. 
</P>
<P>(xiii) The line-haul costs shall be calculated by multiplying the line-haul cost per car mile as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(ix)(C) of this section by the total loaded and empty car miles generated on the railroad's system off the branch by cars that originated or terminated on the branch. 
</P>
<P>(xiv) The modified terminal costs shall be calculated by multiplying the modified terminal cost per carload as determined in paragraph (n)(4)(x)(D) of this section by the number of carloads that originated or terminated on the branch. 
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Locomotive depreciation.</I> The depreciation expense for locomotives used on the line shall be calculated using the following procedure: 
</P>
<P>(1) The current replacement cost for each type of locomotive used to serve the line will be based on the most recent purchase of that particular type and size locomotive by the carrier indexed to the midpoint of the year or on an amount quoted by the manufacturer. 
</P>
<P>(2) The depreciation rate that will be applied to the replacement cost shall be the carrier's component rate for each type of locomotive as reported in the latest Annual Report Form R-1 submitted to the Board or from the company records. Carriers using depreciation rates based on company records must explain why composite rates are inappropriate; provide a detailed explanation of the methodology used to compute the alternate depreciation rate; and demonstrate that these rates have been used consistently. 
</P>
<P>(3) The annual depreciation cost for each type of locomotive shall be calculated by multiplying the replacement cost(s) developed in paragraph (o)(1) of this section by the rate from paragraph (o)(2) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) The depreciation expense for each type of locomotive shall be assigned to the line on the ratio of the hours incurred serving the line to the average system locomotive unit hours in service by each of the following categories of locomotives: yard-diesel; yard-other; road-diesel; and road-other. The ratio for each type of locomotive used to serve the line shall be the same as that developed in paragraph (h)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(5) The depreciation shall be calculated by multiplying the annual depreciation expense for each type of locomotive developed in paragraph (o)(3) of this section by the ratio(s) developed in paragraph (o)(4) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Opportunity costs.</I> Applicant-carrier may, at its discretion, present evidence of its opportunity costs, if the assets engaged in the line proposed to be abandoned could be used more profitably in some other capacity. 
</P>
<P>Opportunity costs may be calculated in accordance with the methodology established in § 1152.34 of this part, or by using any other reasonable, fully explained method. Opportunity costs are not included as costs on Exhibit 1 described at § 1152.36. These costs should be submitted as a separate exhibit to the application. 
</P>
<P>(q) <I>Labor costs.</I> (1) The salaries, wages and fringe benefits of personnel exclusively assigned to the line segment shall be deemed attributable costs of the segment. The salaries, wages, and fringe benefits of personnel not exclusively assigned to the line segment shall be deemed attributable costs of the segment to the extent they are shown to be apportionable to the segment to be abandoned. 
</P>
<P>(2) These costs shall be deemed attributable notwithstanding any obligation of applicant to provide employee protection for employees after the abandonment. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996, as amended at 81 FR 8855, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.33" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.4.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.33   Apportionment rules for the assignment of expenses to on-branch costs.</HEAD>
<P>The accounts specified under § 1152.32 (a), (b), (c), and (d) as having an assignment basis other than “Actual” shall be apportioned according to the rules contained in this section. 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Maintenance of way and structures</I>—(1) <I>Roadway machines.</I> All accounts designated XX-13-36 shall be assigned to the branch on the basis of the average repair costs, for each type of machine, included in the daily rental fees charged by the operating railroad or as published by the General Manager's Association of Chicago (GMA), based on the actual number of days each type of machine is used on the branch. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Small tools and supplies.</I> All accounts designated XX-13-37 shall be assigned to the branch as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) The costs of supplies, consumed in the operation of roadway machines, shall be assigned to the branch on the basis of the average costs of supplies per day, included in the daily rental fees charged by the operating railroad or as published by the GMA, multiplied by the actual number of days that the machine is used on the branch; 
</P>
<P>(ii) The costs of small tools shall be assigned to the branch on the basis of the ratio that the branch amounts in Accounts 11-11-10 through 11-11-17 and 11-11-48, plus 11-12-10 through 11-12-17 and 11-12-48, bear to the railroad's system total for the same accounts. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Fringe benefits.</I> Fringe benefits shall be assigned to the branch separated between running, switching and other, on the ratio that the total branch salary and wages bear to the total system salaries and wages for each activity as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Fringe benefits—Running, Account 12-11-00,</I> total of all 11-11-XX accounts branch to system; 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Fringe benefits—Switching, Account 12-12-00,</I> total of all 11-12-XX accounts branch to system; and 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Fringe benefits—Other, Account 12-13-00,</I> total of all 11-13-XX accounts branch to system. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Maintenance of equipment</I>—(1) <I>Locomotive repairs and maintenance.</I> All accounts designated XX-21-41 shall be separated between yard and road with a further separation between diesel and other (electric). The costs for these accounts for yard locomotives shall be assigned to the branch separately for diesel and electric locomotives on the basis of the ratio of branch diesel and electric yard locomotive unit-hours to the total system diesel and electric yard locomotive unit-hours. The costs for these accounts for road locomotives shall be assigned to the branch separately for diesel and electric locomotives on the basis of the ratio of branch diesel and electric locomotive gross ton-miles in road service to the total system diesel and electric locomotive gross ton-miles in road service. The costs assigned under these accounts for specialized equipment devoted exclusively to branch line service shall be the actual costs for the specific equipment used. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Locomotive depreciation.</I> Locomotive depreciation shall be calculated and assigned in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 1152.32(o). 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Fringe Benefits.</I> Fringe benefits for locomotives and other equipment shall be assigned to the branch on the ratio that the total branch salary and wages bear to the system total salaries and wages for each type of equipment as follows: 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Locomotives—Account 12-21-00,</I> total of all 11-21-XX accounts branch to system. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Other Equipment—Account 12-23-00,</I> total of all 11-23-XX accounts branch to system. 
</P>
<P>(iii) Fringe benefits for freight cars shall be calculated by first estimating the total in Account 11-22-42, Freight car repairs—salaries and wages, that is included in the total on branch costs for freight cars as determined from the car-day and car-mile cost calculations in § 1152.32(g) of these regulations. To this amount is added the branch totals in the balance of all 11-22-XX accounts. The ratio of this total branch account to the system total for all 11-22-XX accounts is applied to Account 12-22-00, Fringe Benefits—Freight Cars. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Transportation</I>—(1) <I>Train operations</I>—(i) <I>Engine Crews-Materials. Account 21-31-56; Train Crews-Materials, Account 21-31-57; Train Inspection and Lubrication-Salaries and Wages, Account 11-31-62; and Train Inspection and Lubrication-Materials, Account 21-31-62.</I> If the branch is served by a local/way or through train, the costs in these accounts shall be assigned to the branch on the weighted ratio of the loaded freight train cars on the branch to the total system loaded freight train cars, and the loaded and empty car-miles on the branch to the total system loaded and empty car-miles. This shall be calculated as follows: 
</P>
<P>(A) To determine the car-mile portion of these accounts: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Multiply the total amounts in these accounts (from the R-1 Annual Report, Schedule 410) by 69 percent, which is the ratio of train-mile and running expenses; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Divide the amount in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A)(<I>1</I>) of this section by the total system loaded and empty car-miles; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Multiply the car-mile unit cost factor from paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A)(<I>2</I>) of this section by the on-branch car-miles (loaded and empty). 
</P>
<P>(B) To determine the carload portion of these accounts: 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Multiply the total amounts in these accounts by 31 percent, which is the ratio of terminal expenses; 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Divide the amount in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B)(1) of this section by the total system carloads; and 
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) Multiply the carload unit cost factor from paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B)(<I>2</I>) of this section by the on-branch carloads. 
</P>
<P>(C) To determine the total costs assignable to the branch for these accounts, add the amounts developed in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A)(<I>3</I>) and (c)(1)(i)(B)(<I>3</I>) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(ii) All accounts designated xx-31-67 shall be assigned to the branch in accordance with the following procedure. The dollar amounts used in the determination of locomotive fuel costs shall be based on data contained in the most recent publication issued by the General Managers Association (GMA) relating to the rental of locomotives. The total number of locomotive unit hours incurred by the locomotive(s) shall then be categorized according to the applicable GMA horsepower classification group. The fuel cost is derived from the Repairs and Supplies Expenses element of the locomotive rental rates published by the GMA. The fuel cost per locomotive unit hour shall be determined for each GMA horsepower classification group by multiplying the latest GMA fuel cost percentage by the Repairs and Supplies Expense per hour included in each group. The fuel cost update ratio is determined by using the indices for fuel from the Association of American Railroad's (AAR's) Railroad Cost Recovery Index (RCR). The indices shall be taken from the district to which the railroad is assigned by the Board. The index for the current period is divided by the index of the period representative of the GMA publication to develop the fuel update ratio. The fuel cost per locomotive unit hour developed for each GMA horsepower group shall be multiplied by the fuel update ratio to determine the fuel cost per locomotive hour for each horsepower group. The updated fuel cost per locomotive unit hour for each applicable GMA group shall be multiplied by the number of locomotive unit hours incurred in serving the branch by locomotives of that GMA horsepower classification group. The total cost developed under this procedure for each horsepower classification shall be the locomotive fuel cost assignable to the branch line. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Electric power purchased or produced for motive power</I>—All accounts designated XX-31-68 shall be assigned to the branch on the ratio of road electric locomotive unit hours on the branch to the total system road electric locomotive unit hours. 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Servicing locomotives</I>—All accounts designated XX-31-69 shall be assigned to the branch on the ratio of road locomotive unit miles on the branch to the total system road locomotive unit miles. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Yard operations</I>—(i) <I>Switch Crews—Materials, Account 21-32-64, and Servicing Locomotives,</I> all accounts designated XX-32-69. The costs for these accounts shall be assigned to the branch on the ratio of yard locomotive unit hours on the branch to the system total yard locomotive unit hours. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Locomotive fuel</I>—All accounts designated XX-32-67 shall be assigned to the branch on the ratio of yard diesel locomotive unit hours on the branch to the total system yard diesel locomotive unit hours. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Electric power purchased or produced for motive power</I>—All accounts designated XX-32-68 shall be assigned to the branch on the ratio of yard electric locomotive unit hours on the branch to the total system yard electric locomotive unit hours. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Administrative support operations</I>—(i) <I>Loss and damage claims processing</I>—All accounts designated XX-35-78 shall be assigned to the branch on the ratio of the number of claims processed for loss or damage occurring on the branch to the total number of claims processed by the railroad. 
</P>
<P>(ii) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Transportation fringe benefits.</I> Fringe benefits shall be assigned to the branch separated between train operations, yard operations, train and yard operations common, specialized service operations, and administrative support operations. The costs for each activity shall be assigned to the branch on the ratio that the total branch salary and wages bear to the total system salary and wages for each activity shown below. 
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Train Operations, Account 12-31-00,</I> total of all 11-31-XX accounts branch to system. 
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Yard Operations, Account 12-32-00,</I> total of all 11-32-XX accounts branch to system. 
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Train and Yard Operations Common, Account 12-33-00,</I> total of all 11-33-XX accounts branch to system. 
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Specialized Service Operations, Account 12-34-00,</I> total of all 11-34-XX accounts branch to system. 
</P>
<P>(v) <I>Administrative Support, Account 12-35-00,</I> total of all 11-35-XX accounts branch to system. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>General administrative.</I> (1) <I>Fringe Benefits, Account 12-61-00,</I> shall be assigned to the branch on the ratio that the total branch salary and wages in all 11-61-XX accounts bear to the system total salary and wages in all 11-61-XX accounts. 
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved] 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.34" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.4.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.34   Return on investment.</HEAD>
<P>Return on investment for road property shall be computed according to the procedures set forth in this section. 
</P>
<P>(a)-(b) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Return on investment—road properties.</I> Return on investment—road properties shall be computed according to the following procedures: 
</P>
<P>(1) The investment base to which the nominal return element shall apply shall be the sum of: 
</P>
<P>(i) The allowable working capital computed at 15 days on-branch cash avoidable costs (on branch avoidable costs less depreciation). 
</P>
<P>(ii) The amount of current income tax benefits resulting from abandonment of the line which would have been applicable to the period of the subsidy agreement. (Conversely, if the railroad would incur an income tax liability from abandonment, the liability should be deducted from the investment base.) This information is to be furnished by the railroad and subject to audit by the person offering the subsidy. 
</P>
<P>(iii) The net liquidation value for the highest and best use for non-rail purposes of the rail properties on the line to be subsidized which are used and required for performance of the services requested by the persons offering the subsidy. This value shall be determined by computing the current appraised market value of such properties for other than rail transportation purposes, less all costs of dismantling and disposition of improvements necessary to make the remaining properties available for their highest and best use and complying with applicable zoning, land use, and environmental regulations. If rehabilitation has been performed along the line during a subsidy year and rehabilitation expenses have been paid by the subsidizer under 49 CFR 1152.32(m)(2), the investment base shall exclude the increment to the net liquidation value of the line caused by the rehabilitation project. For these purposes: 
</P>
<P>(A) In calculating the net liquidation values for the Forecast Year, no asset on the line shall be excluded from the determination of net liquidation value because it contributes negatively to that value, i.e., the removal costs exceed the market value after removal. All such assets shall be included in the net liquidation value determination if the carrier is required by law to remove them or if the carrier intends to remove them, even if it is not required to do so. The parties shall fully support and explain the exclusion for net liquidation purposes of all assets having a negative salvage value. 
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) In calculating the net liquidation value of railroad properties for the purpose of determining the operating subsidy under an offer of financial assistance, any asset with a negative salvage value shall be included at a value of zero (0). 
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Determination of the net liquidation value of rail properties for the purpose of purchasing the rail properties under an offer of financial assistance shall include any asset with a negative salvage value at a value of zero (0). 
</P>
<P>(B) All adjustments to the appraised fair market value of right-of-way land, including a downward adjustment to reflect an imputed real estate Board or selling expense, shall be fully supported and explained. 
</P>
<P>(C) Parties shall fully support and explain their use of unadjusted across-the-fence (ATF) values as a surrogate for the value of railroad right-of-way land, given that the physical and economic characteristics (grading and elevation) usually are different from those of surrounding parcels. All adjustments to ATF values to arrive at the right-of-way values shall also be supported and explained. 
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved] 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reasonable return.</I> A rail carrier shall furnish to the Board, and to any financially responsible person considering making an offer of a rail service continuation payment, a substantiated statement showing its current nominal cost of capital. The railroad's nominal cost of capital shall be the current before tax cost of capital, weighted to the capital structure, and adjusted for the effects of the combined statutory Federal and state income tax rates. This rate of return expressed as a percent, shall be calculated as follows: 
</P>
<P>(1) The railroad shall determine its permanent capital structure ratio for debt and equity capital such that the two numbers total 100 percent. This capital structure will be the actual capital structure of the railroad. If this calculation is not possible or also not representative because the railroad is part of a conglomerate, the debt-equity ratio from the Board's latest Determination of Adequate Railroad Revenues will be used. However, if the debt-equity ratio for the railroad industry is used then the industry average equity and debt rate from the Board's latest revenue adequacy finding must also be used in paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(2) The current nominal cost of debt shall be determined by taking the average of all debt instruments (including bonds, equipment trust certificates, financial lease arrangements, et cetera) issued by the carrier in the most recent 12-month period. The debt cost calculated by this procedure is a before-tax rate and is not adjusted for inflation or income taxes. 
</P>
<P>(3) The current nominal after tax cost of equity shall be an amount equal to that which a prudent investor would expect to earn through investment in the market place. The current after tax nominal cost of equity is divided by 1 minus the combined statutory Federal and state income tax rates. This will develop the nominal cost of equity on a before tax basis. 
</P>
<P>(4) The current nominal before-tax cost of debt is multiplied by the current percentage of debt to total capital to obtain a weighted before-tax nominal cost of current debt. 
</P>
<P>(5) The current nominal before-tax cost of equity is multiplied by the current percentage of equity to total capital to obtain a weighted nominal before-tax cost of current equity. 
</P>
<P>(6) The results of paragraphs (d)(4) and (d)(5) of this section are added together to determine the current nominal cost of capital. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Holding gain</I> (<I>loss</I>)-<I>road properties.</I> The railroad shall determine the holding gain (loss) that is projected to occur during the forecast and/or subsidy year. In any instance where the holding gain is not specifically determined for road properties, the Gross Domestic Product deflator calculated by the U.S. Department of Commerce shall be used. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.35" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.4.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.35   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.36" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.4.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.36   Submission of revenue and cost data.</HEAD>
<P>The following information shall be submitted by applicant as Exhibit 1 to an abandonment or discontinuance application (§ 1152.22(d)) and shall be developed in accordance with the methodology established in §§ 1152.31 through 1152.35, as applicable. Such information, form and methodology shall also be used by an offeror of financial assistance to formulate a Proposed Subsidy Payment (§ 1152.27). 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Base year
<br/>operations
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Forecast year
<br/>operations
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Projected
<br/>subsidy year operations 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Revenues attributable for: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Freight originated and/or terminated on branch 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Bridge traffic 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. All other revenue and income 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Total revenues attributable (lines 1 through 3) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Avoidable costs for: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. On-branch costs (lines 5a through 5k) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Maintenance of way and structures 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Maintenance of equipment 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Transportation 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">d. General administrative 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">e. Deadheading, taxi, and hotel 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">f. Overhead movement 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">g. Freight car costs (other than return on freight cars) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">h. Return on value-locomotives 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">i. Return on value-freight cars 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">j. Revenue taxes 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">k. Property taxes 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Off-branch costs 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Off-branch costs (other than return on freight cars) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Return on value-freight cars 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Total avoidable costs (line 5 plus line 6) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Subsidization costs for: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">8. Rehabilitation 
<sup>1</sup> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">9. Administration costs (subsidy year only) 
<sup>2</sup> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10. Casualty reserve account 
<sup>2</sup> 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">11. Total subsidization costs (lines 8 through 10) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Return on value: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">12. Valuation of property (lines 12a through 12c) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Working capital</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XXXX 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Income tax consequences</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XXXX 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Net liquidation value</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XXXX 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">13. Nominal rate of return</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XXXX 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">14. Nominal return on value (line 12 times line 13) 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XXXX 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">15. Holding gain (loss)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XXXX 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">16. Total return on value (line 14 minus 15) 
<sup>3</sup></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">XXXX 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">17. Avoidable loss from operations (line 4 minus line 7) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">18. Estimated forecast year loss from operations (line 4 minus lines 7 and 16) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">19. Estimated subsidy (line 4 minus lines 7, 11 and 16)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> This projection shall be computed in accordance with § 1152.32(m).
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Omit in applications pursuant to §§ 1152.22 and 1152.23.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> If the amount in line 12c is a negative for the “Forecast Year operations” insert “0” in this line.</P></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.37" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.4.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.37   Financial status reports.</HEAD>
<P>Within 30 days after the end of each quarter of the subsidy year, each carrier which is party to the financial assistance agreement shall submit to the subsidizer a Financial Status Report for each line operated under subsidy. Such Financial Status Report shall be in the form prescribed below. Significant deviations from the negotiated estimates must be explained. All data shall be developed in accordance with the methodology set forth in §§ 1152.31 through 1152.35. In the quarterly reports, the actual data for the year to date and a projection to the end of the subsidy year shall be shown for each item. 
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Actual
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Projected 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Revenues for: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">1. Freight originated and/or terminated on branch 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">2. Bridge traffic 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">3. All other revenue and income 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">4. Total revenues (lines 1 through 3) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Avoidable costs for: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">5. On-branch costs (lines 5a through 5j) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Maintenance of way and structures 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Maintenance of equipment 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Transportation 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">d. General administrative 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">e. Deadheading, taxi, and hotel 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">f. Overhead movement 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">g. Freight car costs 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">h. Return on investment—locomotives 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">i. Revenue taxes 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">j. Property taxes 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">6. Off-branch costs 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">7. Total avoidable costs (line 5 plus line 6) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Subsidization costs for: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">8. Rehabilitation 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">9. Administrative costs 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">10. Casualty 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">11. Total subsidization costs (lines 8 through 10) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Return on value: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">12. Valuation of property (lines 12a through 12c) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">a. Working capital 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">b. Income tax consequences 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">c. Net liquidation value 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">13. Rate of return 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">14. Total return on value (line 12 times line 13) 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Subsidy payment: 
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">15. Subsidy payment (line 4 minus lines 7, 11, and 14)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Exempt Abandonments and Discontinuances of Service and Trackage Rights</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.50" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.6.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.50   Exempt abandonments and discontinuances of service and trackage rights.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A proposed abandonment or discontinuance of service or trackage rights over a railroad line is exempt from the provisions of 49 U.S.C. 10903 if the criteria in this section are satisfied. 
</P>
<P>(2) Whenever the Board determines a proposed abandonment to be exempt from the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 10903, whether under this section or on the basis of the merits of an individual petition, the provisions of §§ 1152.27, 1152.28, and 1152.29 as they relate to exemption proceedings shall be applicable. 
</P>
<P>(b) An abandonment or discontinuance of service or trackage rights is exempt if the carrier certifies that no local traffic has moved over the line for at least 2 years and any overhead traffic on the line can be rerouted over other lines and that no formal complaint filed by a user of rail service on the line (or a state or local government entity acting on behalf of such user) regarding cessation of service over the line either is pending with the Board or any U.S. District Court or has been decided in favor of the complainant within the 2-year period. The complaint must allege (if pending), or prove (if decided) that the carrier has imposed an illegal embargo or other unlawful impediment to service. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Board has found: 
</P>
<P>(1) That its prior review and approval of these abandonments and discontinuances is not necessary to carry out the rail transportation policy of 49 U.S.C. 10101; and 
</P>
<P>(2) That these transactions are of limited scope and continued regulation is unnecessary to protect shippers from abuse of market power. 49 U.S.C. 10502. A notice must be filed to use this class exemption. The procedures are set out in § 1152.50(d). This class exemption does not relieve a carrier of its statutory obligation to protect the interests of employees. 49 U.S.C. 10502(g) and 10903(b)(2). This also does not preclude a carrier from seeking an exemption of a specific abandonment or discontinuance that does not fall within this class. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice of exemption.</I> (1) At least 10 days prior to filing a notice of exemption with the Board, the railroad seeking the exemption must notify in writing: 
</P>
<P>(i) The Public Service Commission (or equivalent agency) in the state(s) where the line will be abandoned or the service or trackage rights discontinued; 
</P>
<P>(ii) Department of Defense (Military Surface Deployment and Distribution Command, Transportation Engineering Agency, Railroads for National Defense Program); 
</P>
<P>(iii) The National Park Service, Recreation Resources Assistance Division; and 
</P>
<P>(iv) The U.S. Department of Agriculture, Chief of the Forest Service. 
</P>
<P>The notice shall name the railroad, describe the line involved, including United States Postal Service ZIP Codes, indicate that the exemption procedure is being used, and include the approximate date that the notice of exemption will be filed with the Board. The notice shall include the following statement “Based on information in our possession, the line (does) (does not) contain federally granted rights-of-way. Any documentation in the railroad's possession will be made available promptly to those requesting it.” 
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad must file a verified notice using its appropriate abandonment docket number and subnumber (followed by the letter “X”) with the Board at least 50 days before the abandonment or discontinuance is to be consummated. The notice shall include the proposed consummation date, the certification required in § 1152.50(b), the information required in §§ 1152.22(a) (1) through (4), (7) and (8), and (e)(4), the level of labor protection, and a certificate that the notice requirements of §§ 1152.50(d)(1) and 1105.11 have been complied with. 
</P>
<P>(3) The Board, through the Chief Counsel, shall publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 20 days after the filing of the notice of exemption. The notice shall include a statement to alert the public that following any abandonment of rail service and salvage of the line, the line may be suitable for other public use, including interim trail use. Petitions to stay the effective date of the notice on other than environmental or historic preservation grounds must be filed within 10 days of the publication. Petitions to stay the effective date of the notice on environmental or historic preservation grounds may be filed at any time but must be filed sufficiently in advance of the effective date in order to allow the Board to consider and act on the petition before the notice becomes effective. Petitions for reconsideration, comments regarding environmental, energy and historic preservation matters, and requests for public use conditions under 49 U.S.C. 10905 and 49 CFR 1152.28(a)(2) must be filed within 20 days after publication. Requests for a trail use condition under 16 U.S.C. 1247(d) and 49 CFR 1152.29 must be filed within 10 days after publication. The exemption will be effective 30 days after publication, unless stayed. If the notice of exemption contains false or misleading information, the use of the exemption is void <I>ab initio</I> and the Board shall summarily reject the exemption notice. 
</P>
<P>(4) In out-of-service rail line exemption proceedings under 49 CFR 1152.50, the Board, on its own motion, will stay the effective date of individual notices of exemption when an informed decision on pending environmental and historic preservation issues cannot be made prior to the date that the exemption authority would otherwise become effective. 
</P>
<P>(5) A notice or decision to all parties will be issued if use of the exemption is made subject to environmental, energy, historic preservation, public use and/or interim trail use and rail banking conditions. 
</P>
<P>(6) To address whether the standard labor protective conditions set forth in <I>Oregon Short Line R. Co.—Abandonment—Goshen,</I> 360 I.C.C. 91 (1979), adequately protect affected employees, a petition for partial revocation of the exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502(d) must be filed. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Consummation notice.</I> As provided in § 1152.29(e)(2), rail carriers that receive authority to abandon a line under § 1152.50 must file with the Board a notice that abandonment has been consummated. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 34670, June 27, 1997; 83 FR 15079, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Special Rules Applicable to Petitions for Abandonments or Discontinuances of Service or Trackage Rights Filed Under the 49 U.S.C. 10502 Exemption Procedure</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1152.60" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.68.7.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1152.60   Special rules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section contains special rules applicable to any proceeding instituted under the 49 U.S.C. 10502 exemption procedure for either the abandonment of a rail line or the discontinuance of service or trackage rights over a rail line. General rules applicable to any proceeding filed under the 49 U.S.C. 10502 exemption procedure may be found at 49 CFR part 1121, but the rules in part 1152 control in case of any conflict with the general exemption rules. In the case of petitions for exemption for abandonment, notice of the filing of the petition will be published by the Board, through the Chief Counsel, in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> 20 days after the petition is filed. There will be no further <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication later if and when a petition is granted. 
</P>
<P>(b) Any petition filed under the 49 U.S.C. 10502 exemption procedure for either the abandonment of a rail line or the discontinuance of service or trackage rights over a rail line must be accompanied by a map that meets the requirements of § 1152.22(a)(4) of this part. 
</P>
<P>(c) A petitioner for an abandonment exemption shall submit, with its petition, a draft <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice of its petition according to the form prescribed below: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Draft <E T="04">Federal Register</E> Notice. The petitioner shall submit a draft notice of its petition to be published by the Board within 20 days of the petition's filing with the Board. The draft notice shall be in the form set forth below:


</P>
<HD3>STB No. AB-___ (Sub-No.___) 
</HD3>
<HD3>Notice of Petition for Exemption To Abandon or To Discontinue Service 
</HD3>
<P>On (insert date petition was filed with the Board) (name of petitioner) filed with the Surface Transportation Board, Washington, D.C. 20423, a petition for exemption for the abandonment of (the discontinuance of service on) a line of railroad known as___, extending from railroad milepost near (station name) to (the end of line or rail milepost) near (station name), which traverses through ___ (ZIP Codes) United States Postal Service ZIP Codes, a distance of ___ miles, in [County(ies), State(s)]. The line for which the abandonment (or discontinuance) exemption request was filed includes the stations of (list all stations on the line in order of milepost number, indicating milepost location). 
</P>
<P>The line (does) (does not) contain federally granted rights-of-way. Any documentation in the railroad's possession will be made available promptly to those requesting it. 
</P>
<P>The interest of railroad employees will be protected by (specify the appropriate conditions). 
</P>
<P>Any offer of financial assistance will be due no later than 10 days after service of a decision granting the petition for exemption. 
</P>
<P>All interested persons should be aware that following abandonment of rail service and salvage of the line, the line may be suitable for other public use, including interim trail use. 
</P>
<P>Any request for a public use condition and any request for trail use/rail banking will be due no later than 20 days after notice of the filing of the petition for exemption is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> 
</P>
<P>Persons seeking further information concerning abandonment procedures may contact the Surface Transportation Board or refer to the full abandonment or discontinuance regulations at 49 CFR part 1152. Questions concerning environmental issues may be directed to the Board's Office of Environmental Analysis. 
</P>
<P>An environmental assessment (EA) (or environmental impact statement (EIS), if necessary) prepared by the Office of Environmental Analysis will be served upon all parties of record and upon any agencies or other persons who commented during its preparation. Any other persons who would like to obtain a copy of the EA (or EIS) may contact the Office of Environmental Analysis. EAs in these abandonment proceedings normally will be made available within 60 days of the filing of the petition. The deadline for submission of comments on the EA will generally be within 30 days of its service.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) A petitioner for an abandonment exemption must serve a copy of the petition on the persons receiving notices of exemption under § 1152.50(d). The petition must include the following statement: “Based on information in our possession, the line (does) (does not) contain federally granted right-of-way. Any documentation in petitioner's possession will be made available promptly to those requesting it.” 
</P>
<P>(e) As Provided in § 1152.29(e)(2), rail carriers that receive authority to abandon a line by individual exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502 must file with the Board a notice that abandonment has been consummated. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 67883, Dec. 24, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 34670, June 27, 1997; 83 FR 15079, Apr. 9, 2018; 84 FR 12945, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1155" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1155—SOLID WASTE RAIL TRANSFER FACILITIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321(a), 10908, 10909, 10910.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>77 FR 69774, Nov. 21, 2012, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>Nomenclature changes to part 1155 appear at 91 FR 4855, Feb. 3, 2026.</PSPACE></EDNOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.1   Purpose and scope.</HEAD>
<P>49 U.S.C. 10501(c)(2)(B) excludes solid waste rail transfer facilities from the Board's jurisdiction except as provided under 49 U.S.C. 10908 and 10909. Sections 10908 and 10909 provide the Board authority to issue land-use-exemption permits for solid waste rail transfer facilities when certain conditions are met. The regulations in this part concern land-use-exemption permits and the Board's standard for review.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.2   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Unless otherwise provided in the text of these regulations, the following definitions apply in this part:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Commercial and retail waste</I> means material discarded by stores, offices, restaurants, warehouses, nonmanufacturing activities at industrial facilities, and other similar establishments or facilities.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Construction and demolition debris</I> means waste building materials, packaging, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition operations on pavements, houses, commercial buildings, and other structures.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Environmental Impact Statement or “EIS”</I> means the detailed written statement required by the National Environmental Policy Act, 42 U.S.C. 4332(2)(c), for a major federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Household waste</I> means material discarded by residential dwellings, hotels, motels, and other similar permanent or temporary housing establishments or facilities.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Industrial waste</I> means the solid waste generated by manufacturing and industrial and research and development processes and operations, including contaminated soil, nonhazardous oil spill cleanup waste and dry nonhazardous pesticides and chemical waste, but does not include hazardous waste regulated under subtitle C of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C. 6921 <I>et seq.</I>), mining or oil and gas waste.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Institutional waste</I> means material discarded by schools, nonmedical waste discarded by hospitals, material discarded by nonmanufacturing activities at prisons and government facilities, and material discarded by other similar establishments or facilities.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Municipal solid waste</I> means household waste, commercial and retail waste, and institutional waste.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Office of Environmental Analysis or “OEA”</I> means the Board staff that prepares the Board's environmental documents and analyses.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Solid waste</I> means construction and demolition debris; municipal solid waste; household waste; commercial and retail waste; institutional waste; sludge; industrial waste; and other solid waste, as determined appropriate by the Board, but not waste generated by a rail carrier during track, track structure, or right-of-way construction, maintenance, or repair (including railroad ties and line-side poles), or waste generated as a result of a railroad accident, incident, or derailment.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Solid waste rail transfer facility</I>—
</P>
<P>(i) Means the portion of a facility owned or operated by or on behalf of a rail carrier (as defined in 49 U.S.C. 10102) where solid waste, as a commodity to be transported for a charge, is collected, stored, separated, processed, treated, managed, disposed of, or transferred, when the activity takes place outside of original shipping containers; but
</P>
<P>(ii) Does not include—
</P>
<P>(A) The portion of a facility to the extent that activities taking place at such portion are comprised solely of the railroad transportation of solid waste after the solid waste is loaded for shipment on or in a rail car, including railroad transportation for the purpose of interchanging railroad cars containing solid waste shipments; or
</P>
<P>(B) A facility where solid waste is solely transferred or transloaded from a tank truck directly to a rail tank car.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Sludge</I> means any solid, semi-solid, or liquid waste generated from a municipal, commercial, or industrial wastewater treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility exclusive of the treated effluent from a wastewater treatment plant.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, the terms <I>household waste, commercial and retail waste,</I> and <I>institutional waste</I> do not include yard waste and refuse-derived fuel; used oil; wood pallets; clean wood; medical or infectious waste; or motor vehicles (including motor vehicle parts or vehicle fluff).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Land-use-exemption permit</I> means the authorization issued by the Board pursuant to the authority of 49 U.S.C. 10909(a) and includes the term “siting permit” in 49 U.S.C. 10909(e).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>State laws, regulations, orders, or other requirements affecting the siting of a facility,</I> as used in 49 U.S.C. 10909(f) and 49 CFR 1155.27(d), include the requirements of a state or a political subdivision of a state, including a locality or municipality, affecting the siting of a facility.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>State requirement,</I> as used in 49 U.S.C. 10908 does not include the laws, regulations, ordinances, orders, or other requirements of a political subdivision of a state, including a locality or municipality, unless a state expressly delegates such authority to such political subdivision.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Procedures Governing Petitions To Require a Facility in Existence on October 16, 2008, To Apply for a Land-Use-Exemption Permit</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.10   Contents of petition.</HEAD>
<P>A petition to require a solid waste rail transfer facility in existence on October 16, 2008, to apply for a land-use-exemption permit, submitted by the Governor of the state or that Governor's designee, shall contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) The Governor's name.
</P>
<P>(b) The state's name and the name of any agency filing on behalf of the Governor.
</P>
<P>(c) The full address of the solid waste rail transfer facility, or, if not available, the city, state, and United States Postal Service ZIP code.
</P>
<P>(d) The name of the rail carrier that owns or operates the facility or the rail carrier on whose behalf the facility is operated.
</P>
<P>(e) A good-faith certification that the facility qualified as a solid waste rail transfer facility as defined in 49 U.S.C. 10908(e)(1)(H) and 49 CFR 1155.2, on October 16, 2008.
</P>
<P>(f) Relief sought (that the rail carrier that owns or operates the facility be required to apply for a land-use-exemption permit).
</P>
<P>(g) Name, title, and address of representative of petitioner to whom correspondence should be sent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.2.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.11   Filing and service of petition.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When the petition is filed with the Board, the petitioner shall serve concurrently, by first class mail, a copy of the petition on the rail carrier that owns or operates the solid waste rail transfer facility and on the facility if the address is different than the rail carrier's address. A copy of the certificate of service shall be filed with the Board at the same time.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon the filing of a petition, the Board will review the petition and determine whether it conforms to all applicable regulations. If the petition is substantially incomplete or is otherwise defective, the Board will reject the petition without prejudice for stated reasons by order within 15 days from the date of filing of the petition.
</P>
<P>(c) If the petition is rejected, a revised petition may be resubmitted, and the Board will determine whether the resubmitted application conforms with all prescribed regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.12" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.2.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.12   Participation in petition proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An interested person may file a reply to the petition challenging any of the information contained in the petition that is required by 49 CFR 1155.10(c) through (e) and may offer evidence to support its contention. The petitioner will have an opportunity to file a rebuttal.
</P>
<P>(b) A facility can acknowledge that it was a solid waste rail transfer facility on October 16, 2008, but no longer operates as such and therefore is not required to seek a land-use-exemption permit. To do so, a facility must file with the Board a certification stating that it:
</P>
<P>(1) No longer operates as a solid waste transfer facility;
</P>
<P>(2) Understands that by certifying that it no longer operates as a solid waste transfer facility, it no longer qualifies as a facility in existence on October 16, 2008 for purposes of the Clean Railroad Act and these regulations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Understands that if it seeks a land-use-exemption permit in the future, it would be required to do so as a proposed facility.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing and service of replies.</I> (1) Any reply shall be filed with the Board (the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20423) within 20 days of the filing with the Board of the petition.
</P>
<P>(2) A copy of the reply shall be served on petitioner or its representative at the time of filing with the Board. Each filing shall contain a certificate of service.
</P>
<P>(3) Any rebuttal to a reply shall be filed and served by petitioner no later than 30 days after the filing of the petition.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.13" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.2.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.13   Board determination with respect to a Governor's petition.</HEAD>
<P>The Board shall accept the Governor's complete petition on a finding that the facility qualified as a solid waste rail transfer facility, as defined in 49 U.S.C. 10908(e)(1)(H) and 49 CFR 1155.2, on October 16, 2008. If the Board finds that the facility currently does not qualify for or require a land-use-exemption permit, any future use of the facility as a solid waste rail transfer facility would require an application for a land-use-exemption permit as a proposed facility and/or the proper state permits. In a decision granting the Governor's petition, the Board shall require that the rail carrier that owns or operates the facility, or the operator of the facility, file a land-use-exemption-permit application within 120 days of the service date of the decision.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Procedures Governing Applications for a Land-Use-Exemption Permit</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.20" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.3.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.20   Notice of intent to apply for a land-use-exemption permit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing and publication requirements.</I> An applicant (i.e., a solid waste rail transfer facility, or the rail carrier that owns or operates the facility) shall give its Notice of Intent to file a land-use-exemption-permit application by complying with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Filing.</I> Applicant must serve its Notice of Intent on the Board in the format prescribed in appendix A to this part. The Notice of Intent shall be filed in accordance with the time requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Service.</I> Applicant must serve, by first-class mail (unless otherwise specified), its Notice of Intent upon:
</P>
<P>(i) The Governor of the state where the facility is located;
</P>
<P>(ii) The municipality, the state, and any relevant political subdivision of a state or federal or state regional planning entity in the jurisdiction of which the solid waste rail transfer facility is located or proposed to be located; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The appropriate managing government agencies responsible for the groups of land listed in 49 U.S.C. 10909(c)(2).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Newspaper publication.</I> Applicant must publish its Notice of Intent at least once during each of 3 consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation in each county in which any part of the proposed or existing facility is located.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time limits.</I> (1) The Notice of Intent must be served on the parties discussed above at least 15 days, but not more than 30 days, prior to the filing of the land-use-exemption-permit application;
</P>
<P>(2) The three required newspaper Notices must be published within the 30-day period prior to the filing of the application; and
</P>
<P>(3) The Notice of Intent must be filed with the Board either concurrently with service on the required parties or when the Notice is first published (whichever occurs first).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Environmental and Historic Reports.</I> Applicant must also submit an Environmental and/or Historic Report containing the information described at 49 CFR 1155.24(b), 1105.7, and 1105.8, to the extent applicable, at least 45 days prior to filing an application. OEA may reject any report that it deems inadequate. The environmental and historic reporting requirements that would otherwise apply are waived, however, if the applicant or the Board hires a third-party consultant, OEA approves the scope of the consultant's work, and the consultant works under OEA's supervision to prepare an EIS or other environmental documentation. In such a case, the consultant acts on behalf of the Board, working under OEA's direction to collect the needed environmental information and compile it into an EIS or other appropriate environmental documentation. <I>See</I> 49 U.S.C. 10909(h); 49 CFR 1155.24(c).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.21" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.3.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.21   Contents of application.</HEAD>
<P>Applications for land-use-exemption permits for the facility, and any proposed future expansion within 10 years of the application date, shall contain the following information, including supporting documentation:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) Exact name of applicant.
</P>
<P>(2) Whether applicant is a common carrier by railroad subject to 49 U.S.C. Subtitle IV, chapter 105.
</P>
<P>(3) Summary of why a land-use-exemption permit is being sought.
</P>
<P>(4) The full address of the solid waste rail transfer facility, or, if not available, the city, state, and United States Postal Service ZIP code.
</P>
<P>(5) The name of the rail carrier that owns or operates the facility or the rail carrier on whose behalf the facility is operated, the line of railroad serving the facility, the milepost location of the facility, and the milepost and names of the stations that the facility is located between.
</P>
<P>(6) Name, title, and address of representative of applicant to whom comments should be sent.
</P>
<P>(7) Copies of the specific state, local, or municipal laws, regulations, orders, or other requirements affecting the siting of the solid waste rail transfer facility from which the applicant requests entire or partial exemption, any publicly available material providing the criteria for the application of the state, local, or municipal laws, regulations, orders, or other requirements affecting the siting, and a description of any action that the state, local, or municipal authority has taken affecting the siting of the facility. The applicant shall state whether each law, regulation, order or other requirement from which an exemption is sought is an environmental, public health, or public safety standard that falls under the traditional police powers of the state. If the applicant states that the requirement is not such a standard, it shall explain the reasons for its statement.
</P>
<P>(8) Certification that the laws, regulations, orders or other requirements from which the applicant requests exemption are not based on federal laws, regulations, orders, or other requirements.
</P>
<P>(9) Certification that the facility complies with all state, local, or municipal laws, regulations, orders, or other requirements affecting the siting of the facility except for those from which it seeks exemption.
</P>
<P>(10) Certification that the applicant has applied or will apply for the appropriate state permits not affecting siting.
</P>
<P>(11) For facilities not in existence as of October 16, 2008, certification that the facility is not proposed to be located on land within any unit of or land affiliated with the National Park System, the National Wildlife Refuge System, the National Wilderness Preservation System, the National Trails System, the National Wild and Scenic Rivers System, a National Reserve, or a National Monument. For facilities in existence as of October 16, 2008, state whether the facility is located in any of these types of lands.
</P>
<P>(12) For facilities not in existence as of October 16, 2008, certification that the facility is not proposed to be located on lands referenced in The Highlands Conservation Act, Public Law No. 108-421, for which a state has implemented a conservation management plan, or, that the facility is consistent with the restrictions implemented by the applicable state under The Highlands Conservation Act, Public Law No. 108-421, placed on its proposed location. For facilities in existence as of October 16, 2008, state whether the facility is located on any of these lands, and, if so, address whether the facility is consistent with the restrictions placed on the location by the applicable state under that law.
</P>
<P>(13) An explanation of how the facility comes within the Board's jurisdiction under 49 U.S.C. 10501.
</P>
<P>(14) The owner and operator of the facility.
</P>
<P>(15) The interest of the rail carrier in the facility.
</P>
<P>(16) An explanation of how the facility meets the definition of a solid waste rail transfer facility at 49 U.S.C. 10909(e)(1)(H).
</P>
<P>(17) A statement whether the applicant has sought permission from the applicable state, local, or municipal authority with respect to some or all of the facility in its application and received an unsatisfactory result affecting the siting of the facility. The applicant shall provide information about the unsatisfactory result and shall include all relevant orders, decisions, or other notices of the denial.
</P>
<P>(18) A detailed description of the operations and activities that will occur/are occurring at the facility.
</P>
<P>(19) Detailed map showing the subject facility on sheets not larger than 11x17 inches, drawn to scale, and with the scale shown thereon. The map must show, in clear relief, the exact location of the facility on the rail line and its relation to other rail lines in the area, highways, water routes, population centers, and any geographic features that should be considered in determining whether the facility would pose an unreasonable risk to public health, safety, or the environment, pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10909(c)(1).
</P>
<P>(20) Detailed drawing of the subject facility on sheets not larger than 11x17 inches, drawn to scale, and with the scale shown thereon. The drawing must show, in clear relief, the exact boundaries of the facility, structures at the facility, the location and type of the operations taking place at the facility, the proposed traffic configuration for the solid waste entering and leaving the facility, reasonable future expansion planned for the next 10 years that the applicant requests to be included in the land-use-exemption permit, any geographic features that should be considered in determining whether the facility would pose an unreasonable risk to public health, safety, or the environment, pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10909(c)(1), and any other information that the applicant believes would be relevant.
</P>
<P>(21) A detailed justification for why any future expansion planned for the next 10 years should be covered by the land-use-exemption permit.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Statement.</I> A statement that sets forth, based on currently available information, the reasons why the Board should grant a land-use-exemption permit to the applicant under the standards in 49 U.S.C. 10909(c), (d) and the regulations in this part. Specifically, the applicant shall include an explanation of whether the laws, regulations, or other requirements affecting siting of the facility from which exemption is sought, on their face or as applied, unreasonably burden the interstate transportation of solid waste by railroad or discriminate against the railroad transportation of solid waste and a solid waste rail transfer facility, and, if so, why.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Environmental impact.</I> The applicant shall certify that it has submitted an Environmental and/or Historic Report containing the information in 49 CFR 1155.24(b), 1105.7, and 1105.8, to the extent applicable, if an Environmental and/or Historic Report is required. <I>See</I> 49 CFR 1155.20(c).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Additional information.</I> The applicant shall submit such additional information to support its application as the Board may require.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Draft Federal Register Notice.</I> The applicant shall submit a draft notice of its application to be published by the Board. The Board will publish the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 20 days of the application's filing with the Board. The draft notice shall be in the form set forth in appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Verification.</I> The original application shall be executed and verified in the form set forth below by an officer of the applicant having knowledge of the facts and matters relied upon.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>Verification
</HD3>
<P>State of ____ ss.
</P>
<P>County of ____
</P>
<P>______ (Name of affiant) makes oath and says that (s)he is the ____ (title of affiant) of the ____ (name of applicant) applicant herein; that (s)he has been authorized by the applicant (or as appropriate, a court) to verify and file with the Surface Transportation Board the foregoing application in Finance Docket No. __ (Sub-No. __); that (s)he has carefully examined all of the statements in the application as well as the exhibits attached thereto and made a part thereof; that (s)he has knowledge of the facts and matters relied upon in the application; and that all representations set forth therein are true and correct to the best of his/her knowledge, information, and belief.
</P>
<FP>(Signature)
</FP>
<P>Subscribed and sworn to before me ____ in and for the State and County above named, this __ day of __, 20__.
</P>
<P>My commission expires ____</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 69774, Nov. 21, 2012, as amended at 84 FR 12945, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.22" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.3.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.22   Filings and service of application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The applicant shall tender with its application an affidavit attesting to its compliance with the notice requirements of 49 CFR 1155.20. The affidavit shall include the dates of service, posting, and newspaper publication of the Notice of Intent.
</P>
<P>(b) When the application is filed with the Board, the applicant shall serve concurrently, by first-class mail, a copy on the Governor of the state where the facility is located; the municipality, the state, and any relevant political subdivision of a state or federal or state regional planning entity of the jurisdiction in which the solid waste rail transfer facility is located or proposed to be located; and the appropriate managing government agencies responsible for the groups of land listed in 49 U.S.C. 10909(c)(2). A copy of the certificate of service shall be filed with the Board at the same time.
</P>
<P>(c) The applicant shall promptly furnish by first class mail a copy of the application to any interested person proposing to file a comment upon request. A copy of the certificate of service shall be filed with the Board at the same time.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Upon the filing of a land-use-exemption-permit application, the Board will review the application and determine whether it conforms to all applicable regulations. If the application is substantially incomplete or is otherwise defective, the Board shall reject the application for stated reasons by order within 20 days from the date of filing of the application. If the Board does not reject the application, notice of the filing of the application shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> by the Board, through the Chief Counsel, within 20 days of the filing of the application.
</P>
<P>(2) If the application is rejected, a revised application may be submitted and the Board will determine whether the resubmitted application conforms with all prescribed regulations. A properly revised application submitted within 60 days of the order rejecting the incomplete or improper application need not be subject to new notice and publication under § 1155.20, unless the defect causing the rejection was in the notice and/or publication. A revised application submitted after such 60-day period must be newly published and noticed.
</P>
<P>(3) The resubmission of a complete and properly filed land-use-exemption-permit application shall be considered a de novo filing for the purposes of computation of the time periods prescribed in the regulations contained in this part.
</P>
<P>(4) An applicant may seek waiver of specific regulations listed in subpart C of this part by filing a petition for waiver with the Board. When the petition is filed with the Board, the applicant shall serve, by first-class mail, a copy on the Governor of the state where the facility is located; the municipality, the state, and any relevant political subdivision of a state or federal or state regional planning entity of the jurisdiction in which the solid waste rail transfer facility is located or proposed to be located; and the appropriate managing government agencies responsible for the groups of land listed in 49 U.S.C. 10909(c)(2). A copy of the certificate of service shall be filed with the Board at the same time. A decision by the Chief Counsel granting or denying a waiver petition will be issued within 30 days of the date the petition is filed. Appeals from the Chief Counsel's decision will be decided by the entire Board. If waiver is not obtained prior to the filing of the application, the application may be subject to rejection.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.23" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.3.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.23   Participation in application proceedings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial comments.</I> Interested persons may become parties to a land-use-exemption-permit proceeding by filing initial comments with the Board within 45 days of the filing of the application. Comments should contain the following information, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) Name, address, and organizational affiliation.
</P>
<P>(2) A statement describing commenter's interest in the proceeding, including information concerning any organization or public interest it represents.
</P>
<P>(3) Reasons, in general, why commenter supports or opposes the application, taking into account the standards for the Board's review and consideration set forth in 49 U.S.C. 10909(c), (d) and this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Any rebuttal to the evidence and argument submitted by applicant.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Final comments.</I> Interested persons, including the applicant, within 30 days after the close of OEA's environmental review, may comment on how the information developed during OEA's environmental review concerning the considerations at 49 U.S.C. 10909(d)(1) through (5) should be weighed with the remaining transportation and other relevant considerations at 49 U.S.C. 10909(d)(6) through (7). The parties will have an additional 15 days to respond to other parties' arguments. All pleadings shall be limited to weighing the information developed during OEA's environmental review with transportation and other concerns, and should not be directed towards the adequacy of OEA's environmental review. (Interested persons may comment on the adequacy of OEA's environmental review during the normal comment period for the EIS as provided in 49 CFR 1105.10(a)(4). <I>See</I> 49 CFR 1155.24(a).) All comments under this paragraph shall contain the information required in paragraphs (a)(1) through (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing and service of comments and replies (including evidence and argument).</I> (1) Initial comments shall be filed with the Board (addressed to the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20423) within 45 days of the filing with the Board of a land-use-exemption-permit application. A copy of each comment shall be served on applicant or its representative at the time of filing with the Board. Each filing shall contain a certificate of service.
</P>
<P>(2) Final comments shall be filed and served on all parties within 30 days of the close of the environmental review. A copy of each comment shall be served on applicant or its representative at the time of filing with the Board. Each filing shall contain a certificate of service.
</P>
<P>(3) Replies to final comments shall be filed and served on all parties no later than 45 days after the close of the environmental review. A copy of each reply to comments shall be served on applicant or its representative at the time of filing with the Board. Each filing shall contain a certificate of service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 69774, Nov. 21, 2012, as amended at 84 FR 12945, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.24" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.3.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.24   Environmental review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A land-use-exemption permit generally will require the preparation of an EIS. OEA may reclassify the environmental review requirements of land-use-exemption proceedings on a case-by-case basis, pursuant to 49 CFR 1105.6(d).
</P>
<P>(b) An applicant for a land-use-exemption permit must submit an Environmental Report, at least 45 days prior to filing a land-use-exemption-permit application, containing the information described at 49 CFR 1105.7 to the extent applicable to solid waste rail transfer facilities. Applicants shall concurrently file a Historic Report containing the information at 49 CFR 1105.8 if applicable. The Environmental Report must also contain a discussion of the five factors for consideration listed at 49 U.S.C. 10909(d)(1) through (5) and address any associated environmental impacts as they relate to the facility for which a land-use-exemption permit is sought.
</P>
<P>(c) The Board strongly encourages applicants to use third-party contractors to assist OEA in preparing the appropriate environmental documentation in land-use-exemption-permit proceedings. <I>See</I> 49 CFR 1105.10(d). The environmental reporting requirements outlined above that would otherwise apply are waived if an applicant hires a third-party contractor, OEA approves the scope of the contractor's work, and the contractor works under OEA's direct supervision. <I>See</I> 49 CFR 1105.10(d). If an applicant does not hire an independent third-party contractor, the Board may hire a third-party contractor and charge the costs for the contractor to the applicant. <I>See</I> 49 U.S.C. 10909(h).
</P>
<P>(d) The Board's procedures set forth in 49 CFR 1105.10 for implementation of environmental laws are controlling unless superseded by provisions in this Part.
</P>
<P>(e) An applicant for a land-use-exemption permit must follow the Board's procedures at 49 CFR 1105.9 for compliance with the Coastal Zone Management Act, 16 U.S.C. 1451 through 1465, if that act is applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.25" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.3.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.25   Transfer and termination of a land-use-exemption permit.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A land-use-exemption permit may be transferred from a rail carrier to an acquiring rail carrier without the need for a new application for a land-use-exemption permit if the rail line associated with the solid waste rail transfer facility is transferred to another rail carrier or to an entity formed to become a rail carrier pursuant to authority granted by the Board under 49 U.S.C. 10901, 10902, or 11323. When seeking Board authority under 49 U.S.C. 10901, 10902, or 11323, the applicant(s) shall specifically advise the Board, the municipality, the state, and any relevant political subdivision of a state or federal or state regional planning entity of the jurisdiction in which the solid waste rail transfer facility is located, of the intended transfer. The <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice concerning the acquisition shall include a statement that a solid waste rail transfer facility with a Board-issued land-use-exemption permit is included in the acquisition.
</P>
<P>(b) When a carrier plans to cease using a facility as a solid waste rail transfer facility, or when a facility is transferred to any party in any manner other than that described in paragraph (a) of this section, the entity that received the land-use-exemption permit must notify the Board, the municipality, the state, and any relevant political subdivision of a state or federal or state regional planning entity of the jurisdiction in which the solid waste rail transfer facility is located, in writing no later than 60 days prior to the proposed cessation or transfer. Upon receipt of that notice, the Board will publish notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> that the land-use-exemption permit will be terminated on the 60th day unless otherwise ordered by the Board.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.26" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.3.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.26   Board determinations under 49 U.S.C. 10909.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Schedule.</I> (1) The schedule in paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall govern the process for Board consideration and decisions in land-use-exemption-permit application proceedings from the time the application is filed until the time of the Board's decision on the merits:
</P>
<P>(2) At least 45 days prior to filing of application—Environmental Report (and/or Historic Report, if applicable) filed and environmental process initiated pursuant to 49 CFR 1155.24. Within 30 days prior to filing of application—Notice of Intent filed with the Board pursuant to the deadlines and requirements described in 49 CFR 1155.20(b)(3).
</P>
<P>(i) Day 0—Application filed.
</P>
<P>(ii) Day 20—Due date for Notice of Application to be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(iii) Day 45—Due date for initial comments.
</P>
<P>(iv) 30 days after the Final EIS (or other final environmental documentation) is issued by OEA—Due date for final comments.
</P>
<P>(v) 45 days after the Final EIS (or other final environmental documentation) is issued by OEA—Due date for replies to final comments.
</P>
<P>(3) A decision on the merits will be due 90 days after a full record is developed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standard for review.</I> (1) The Board will issue a land-use-exemption permit only if it determines that the facility at the existing or proposed location would not pose an unreasonable risk to public health, safety, or the environment. In deciding whether a solid waste rail transfer facility that is or proposed to be constructed or operated by or on behalf of a rail carrier poses an unreasonable risk to public health, safety, or the environment, the Board shall weigh the particular facility's potential benefits to and the adverse impacts on public health, public safety, the environment, interstate commerce, and transportation of solid waste by rail.
</P>
<P>(2) The Board will not grant a land-use-exemption permit for a solid waste rail transfer facility proposed to be located on land within any unit of or land affiliated with the National Park System, the National Wildlife Refuge System, the National Wilderness Preservation System, the National Trails System, the National Wild and Scenic Rivers System, a National Reserve, or a National Monument.
</P>
<P>(3) The Board will not grant a land-use-exemption permit for a solid waste rail transfer facility proposed to be located on land within any unit of or land affiliated with lands referenced in The Highlands Conservation Act, Public Law No. 108-421, for which a state has implemented a conservation management plan, if operation of the facility would be inconsistent with restrictions placed on such land.
</P>
<P>(4) The Board will reject an application from a person who is not a rail carrier, but is instead operating on behalf of a rail carrier unless;
</P>
<P>(i) The applicant has sought permission from the applicable state, local, or municipal authority with respect to some or all of the property in the application and received an unsatisfactory result affecting the siting of the facility, or
</P>
<P>(ii) The Governor of the state has petitioned the Board to require the facility to apply under subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(5) The Board will issue a land-use-exemption permit to an applicant that has received an unsatisfactory result from a state, local or municipal authority affecting the siting of the facility only if it finds that the laws, regulations, or other requirements affect the siting of the facility, on their face or as applied, either;
</P>
<P>(i) Unreasonably burden the interstate transportation of solid waste by railroad, or
</P>
<P>(ii) Discriminate against the railroad transportation of solid waste and a solid waste rail transfer facility.
</P>
<P>(6) A land-use-exemption permit will only exempt state, local, or municipal laws, regulations, orders, other requirements, or portions thereof, affecting the siting of the solid waste rail transfer facility.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Considerations.</I> As required by 49 U.S.C. 10909(d), the Board will consider and give due weight to the following, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) The land-use, zoning, and siting regulations or solid waste planning requirements of the state or state subdivision in which the facility is or will be located that are applicable to solid waste transfer facilities, including those that are not owned or operated by or on behalf of a rail carrier;
</P>
<P>(2) The land-use, zoning, and siting regulations or solid waste planning requirements applicable to the property where the solid waste rail transfer facility is proposed to be located;
</P>
<P>(3) Regional transportation planning requirements developed pursuant to federal and state law;
</P>
<P>(4) Regional solid waste disposal plans developed pursuant to federal or state law;
</P>
<P>(5) Any federal and state environmental protection laws or regulations applicable to the site;
</P>
<P>(6) Any unreasonable burdens imposed on the interstate transportation of solid waste by railroad, or the potential for discrimination against the railroad transportation of solid waste, a solid waste rail transfer facility, or a rail carrier that owns or operates such a facility; and
</P>
<P>(7) Any other relevant factors, as determined by the Board.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Permits.</I> If the Board grants a land-use-exemption permit for a solid waste rail transfer facility, such permit will only exempt a facility from complying with state laws, regulations, orders, or other requirements affecting the siting of the facility that are specified therein. The permit will require compliance with all other state laws, regulations, orders, or other requirements not otherwise expressly exempted in the permit.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1155.27" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.3.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1155.27   Petitions to modify, amend, or revoke a land-use-exemption permit.</HEAD>
<P><I>General rule.</I> Petitions to modify, amend, or revoke land-use-exemption permits shall be decided in accordance with the Board's normal standard of review for petitions to reopen administratively final Board actions at 49 CFR 1115.4. The petition must demonstrate material error, new evidence, or substantially changed circumstances that warrant the requested action, and is subject to these additional conditions:
</P>
<P>(a) An entity that petitions for a modification or amendment requesting an expansion of federal preemption or the facility's operations or physical size is subject to the notice and application requirements in this subpart C. The language of the notifications shall be modified to note that the petition is for a modification or amendment.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board will approve or deny petitions to modify, amend, or revoke a land-use-exemption permit within 90 days after the full record for the petition is developed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.3.7.9.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 1155—Form Notice of Intent To Apply
</HEAD>
<P>Docket No. FD __(Sub-No. __)
</P>
<P>Notice of Intent to apply for a land-use-exemption permit for a solid waste rail transfer facility.
</P>
<P>(Name of Applicant) gives notice that on or about (insert date application will be filed with the Board) it intends to file with the Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20423, an application for a land-use-exemption permit for a solid waste rail transfer facility as defined in 49 U.S.C. 10908(e)(1)(H) and 49 CFR 1155.2. The solid waste rail transfer facility, owned by (name of owner), and operated by (name of operator), is located at (full address, or, if not available, provide city, state, and United States Postal Service ZIP code). The solid waste rail transfer facility is located on a (name of rail carrier) line of railroad known as ____ at milepost ____ between (station name) at milepost ____ and (station name) at milepost ____.
</P>
<P>The reason(s) for the proposed permit application is (are) ____ (explain briefly and clearly the activities undertaken, or proposed to be undertaken, by the applicant at the solid waste rail transfer facility. Describe the specific state and local laws, regulations, orders or other requirements affecting siting from which the applicant requests entire or partial exemption and any action that the state, local, or municipal authority has taken affecting the siting of the facility. Also, if applicant is not the rail carrier, provide the name of the rail carrier that owns or operates the facility or has the facility operated on its behalf.)
</P>
<P>(Include this paragraph for facilities not in existence on October 16, 2008). Applicant certifies that, based on information in its possession, the facility is not proposed to be located on land within any unit of or land affiliated with the National Park System, the National Wildlife Refuge System, the National Wilderness Preservation System, the National Trails System, the National Wild and Scenic Rivers System, a National Reserve, or a National Monument. Applicant further certifies that the facility is not proposed to be located on lands referenced in The Highlands Conservation Act, Public Law 108-421, for which a state has implemented a conservation management plan (or, The facility is consistent with the restrictions implemented by (state) under The Highlands Conservation Act, Public Law 108-421, placed at its proposed location). Any relevant documentation in the railroad's possession on these issues will be made available promptly to those requesting it.
</P>
<P>(For facilities already in existence on October 16, 2008, address the extent to which the facility is or is not located in any of these types of lands, and to the extent that it is so located address any relevant criteria, and so certify.)
</P>
<P>The application containing the information set forth at 49 CFR 1155.21 will include the applicant's case for the granting of the land-use-exemption permit. Any interested person, after the application is filed on (insert date), may file with the Surface Transportation Board initial comments concerning the application within 45 days after the application is filed.
</P>
<P>The party's initial comments should contain that party's initial arguments in support or opposition based on the information available at that point including the following, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) Name, address, and organizational affiliation.
</P>
<P>(2) A statement describing commenter's interest in the proceeding, including information concerning the organization or public interest the commenter represents.
</P>
<P>(3) Specific reasons why commenter supports or opposes the application, taking into account the standards for the Board's review and consideration provided in 49 U.S.C. 10909(c), (d), and the Board's regulations at 49 CFR 1155.27.
</P>
<P>(4) If the applicant files under 49 CFR 1155.22, specific reasons why commenter supports or opposes the Board's accepting the application.
</P>
<P>(5) Any rebuttal of material submitted by applicant.
</P>
<P>The parties' initial comments will be considered by the Board in determining what disposition to make of the application. Parties seeking further information concerning the filing of comments should refer to 49 CFR 1155.24.
</P>
<P>Interested persons also will have the opportunity to provide detailed comments during the Board's environmental review under the National Environmental Policy Act. 49 CFR 1105.10 and 49 CFR 1155.25. Questions concerning the environmental review process or potential environmental issues may be directed to the Board's Office of Environmental Analysis (OEA). After the close of the environmental review, interested parties may file final comments on how the information developed during the environmental review should be weighed by the Board in determining whether to grant the requested land-use-exemption permit. <I>See</I> 49 CFR part 1155 for details on these processes.
</P>
<P>All comments should indicate the proceeding designation Docket No. FD __ (Sub-No. __). Initial comments must be filed with the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20423, no later than (insert the date 45 days after the date applicant intends to file its application). A copy of each comment shall be served upon the representative of the applicant (insert name, address, and phone number). Except as otherwise set forth in 49 CFR part 1155, each document filed with the Board must be served on all parties to the land-use-exemption-permit proceeding. <I>See</I> 49 CFR 1104.12(a).
</P>
<P>Persons seeking further information concerning land-use-exemption-permit procedures may contact the Surface Transportation Board or refer to 49 U.S.C. 10908, 10909, and the full land-use-exemption-permit regulations at 49 CFR part 1155.
</P>
<P>A copy of the application will be available for public inspection on or after (insert date the land-use-exemption-permit application is to be filed with Board) and will be available on the Board's Web site at <I>www.stb.gov.</I> The applicant shall furnish a copy of the application to any interested person proposing to file a comment, upon request.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[77 FR 69774, Nov. 21, 2012, as amended at 83 FR 15080, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.69.3.7.9.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 1155—Form Federal Register Notice
</HEAD>
<P>Docket No. FD __ (Sub-No. __)
</P>
<P>Notice of Application for a land-use-exemption permit for a solid waste rail transfer facility.
</P>
<P>On (insert date application was filed with the Board) (name of applicant) filed with the Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20423, an application for a land-use-exemption permit for a solid waste rail transfer facility. The solid waste rail transfer facility, owned by (name of owner), and operated by (name of operator), is located at (full address, or, if not available, provide city, state, and United States Postal Service ZIP code). The solid waste rail transfer facility is located on a line of (name of rail carrier) railroad known as ____ at milepost ____ between (station name) at milepost ____ and (station name) at milepost ____. The application explains why applicant believes its request for a land-use-exemption permit should be granted.
</P>
<P>(Include this paragraph for facilities not in existence on October 16, 2008). The facility is not proposed to be located on land within any unit of or land affiliated with the National Park System, the National Wildlife Refuge System, the National Wilderness Preservation System, the National Trails System, the National Wild and Scenic Rivers System, a National Reserve, or a National Monument. The facility is not proposed to be located on lands referenced in The Highlands Conservation Act, Public Law No. 108-421, for which a state has implemented a conservation management plan (or, The facility is consistent with the restrictions implemented by (state) under The Highlands Conservation Act, Public Law 108-421, placed on its proposed location). Any relevant documentation in the railroad's possession will be made available promptly to those requesting it.
</P>
<P>(For facilities already in existence on October 16, 2008, address the extent to which the facility is or is not located in any of these types of lands, and to the extent that it is so located address any relevant criteria, and so certify.)
</P>
<P>Any interested person may file with the Surface Transportation Board initial comments concerning the application within 45 days of the filing of the application. Persons seeking information concerning the filing of initial comments should refer to 49 CFR 1155.23.
</P>
<P>All comments should indicate the proceeding designation Finance Docket No. __ (Sub-No. __). Initial comments must be filed with the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20423, no later than (insert the date 45 days after the date applicant intends to file its application). A copy of each comment shall be served upon the representative of the applicant (insert name, address, and phone number). Except as otherwise set forth in 49 CFR part 1155, each document filed with the Board must be served on all parties to the land-use-exemption-permit proceeding. 49 CFR 1104.12(a).
</P>
<P>Persons seeking further information concerning land-use-exemption-permit procedures may contact the Surface Transportation Board or refer to 49 U.S.C. 10908, 10909, 10910, and the Board's implementing land-use-exemption-permit regulations at 49 CFR part 1155.
</P>
<P>A copy of the application is available for public inspection. The applicant shall furnish a copy of the application to any interested person proposing to file a comment, upon request.
</P>
<P>Questions concerning the environmental review process or potential environmental issues may be directed to the Board's Office of Environmental Analysis (OEA). After the close of the environmental review, interested parties may file final comments on how the information developed during the environmental review should be weighed by the Board in determining whether to grant the requested land-use-exemption permit. <I>See</I> 49 CFR part 1155 for details on these processes.


</P>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1156-1176" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.70" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1156-1176 [RESERVED] 


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1177-1199" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.71" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>Parts 1177-1199—Finance Procedures


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1177-1179" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.72" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>Parts 1177-1179—Securities, Security Interests and Financial Structures


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1177" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.73" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1177—RECORDATION OF DOCUMENTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11301.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>46 FR 54946, Nov. 5, 1981, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 47 FR 49592, Nov. 1, 1982.




</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1177.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.73.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1177.1   Definitions and classifications of documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A “primary document” is a mortgage (excluding those under the Ship Mortgage Act of 1920, as amended—46 U.S.C. <I>et seq.</I>), lease, equipment trust agreement, conditional sales agreement, assignment of a lease or leases which have not previously been filed, or other instrument evidencing the mortgage, lease, conditional sale, or bailment of one or more vessels operated subject to Surface Transportation Board jurisdiction, railroad cars, locomotives, or other rolling stock for a use related to interstate commerce. 
</P>
<P>(b) A “secondary document” is any assignment of rights or interest, supplement, or amendment to any primary or other secondary document. These include releases, discharges, or satisfactions, either total or partial. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1177.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.73.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1177.2   To whom documents should be submitted for recordation.</HEAD>
<P>Documents to be recorded shall be submitted in person, via the Board's website, or by mail addressed to the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001. All documents submitted by mail should clearly state “Documents for Recordation” on the envelope.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 52910, Oct. 15, 2009, as amended at 91 FR 4856, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1177.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.73.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1177.3   Requirements for submission.</HEAD>
<P>In order to be accepted for recordation, an original of any primary or secondary document must:
</P>
<P>(a) Be in writing and executed by the parties to the document, and acknowledged or verified either in a form: 
</P>
<P>(1) Authorized by the law of the state, territory, district or possession where executed for the acknowledgement or verification of deeds of land; or 
</P>
<P>(2) Substantially as follows: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Individual Form of Acknowledgement
</HD1>
<P>I, (name of signor), certify that I am the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and that I acknowledge that I executed the same as my free act and deed. I further declare (certify, verify or state) under penalty of perjury (“under the laws of the United States of America” if executed outside the United States) that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date).
</P>
<P>Signature.</P></EXTRACT>
<FP>or; 
</FP>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Corporate Form of Acknowledgement
</HD1>
<P>I, (name of signor), certify that I am (title of office) of (name of corporation), that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, that the instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of the corporation by authority of its Board of Directors, and that I acknowledge that the execution of the foregoing instrument was the free act and deed of the corporation. I further declare (certify, verify or state) under penalty of perjury (“under the laws of the United States of America” if executed outside the United States of America) that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date).
</P>
<P>Signature.</P></EXTRACT>
<FP>or;
</FP>
<P>(3) Substantially as follows: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Individual Form of Acknowledgement 
</HD1>
<HD3>State of ______________
</HD3>
<HD3>County of _____________, ss:
</HD3>
<P>On this _______ day of ________, 19__, before me, personally appeared (name of signor), to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and (s)he acknowledged that (s)he executed the same as his/her free act and deed. 
</P>
<FP>(SEAL)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Signature of Notary Public 
</FP>
<FP-DASH>My Commission expires 
</FP-DASH>
<HD3>Corporate Form of Acknowledgement 
</HD3>
<FP-DASH>State of ______________
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>County of _____________, ss:
</FP-DASH>
<P>On this _______ day of ___________, 19__ before me personally appeared (name of signor), to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn, says that (s)he is the (title of office) of (name of corporation), that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, that said instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors, and (s)he acknowledged that the execution of the foregoing instrument was the free act and deed of said corporation. 
</P>
<FP>(SEAL)
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Signature of Notary Public
</FP>
<FP-DASH>My Commission expires</FP-DASH></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) Be accompanied by at least one fully executed and acknowledged or verified counterpart, or if no counterpart has been executed and acknowledged by the parties, one certified true copy. A certified true copy of an original document is a complete and identical copy in all respects to the original attached with: 
</P>
<P>(1) A certificate executed by a notary public, stating that he or she has compared the copy with the original and has found the copy to be complete and identical in all respects to the original document; or 
</P>
<P>(2) A certification of the filer stating that he or she has compared the copy with the original and found the copy to be complete and identical in all respects to the original document and that he or she declares under penalty of perjury (“under the laws of the United States of America” if executed outside the United States) that the foregoing is true and correct; or 
</P>
<P>(3) There may be attached to the copy, affidavits, wherein the affidavit states that he or she has compared the copy with the original document and found the copy to be complete and identical in all respects to the original documents. 
</P>
<P>(c) Be accompanied by the fee set forth in 49 CFR 1002.2(f)(83). However, assignments which are executed prior to the filing of the primary document and which are submitted concurrently will be treated along with the primary document as one for fee purposes and will be assessed only one fee. A lease and agreement (Philadelphia Plan) shall be similarly treated. 
</P>
<P>(d) Be accompanied by a letter of transmittal requesting the recording of the document. For a sample of a letter, see § 1177.4. Documents submitted concurrently under the same recordation number may be included in a single transmittal letter. Otherwise, each document must have its own letter of transmittal. The letter should be addressed to the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel and include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Type of Agreement.</I> (equipment trust, mortgage, assignment, etc.).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Whether document is a primary document or a secondary document</I> (see § 1177.1). If the document is a secondary document, it must contain the recordation number of the primary document to which it is connected, unless it is being filed concurrently with a primary document to which a recordation number has not yet been assigned.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>A request for cross-indexing.</I> If the document is an assignment, parties may request the listing of the assignment in the index under the name(s) of parties with continuing interest not involved in this particular assignment.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>A description of the equipment covered in the document</I>—(i) <I>For railway equipment</I>—The type of equipment; whether locomotives, cars, or other rolling stock; with any A.A.R. mechanical designation; the number of each type; any identifying marks such as the name or initials of the lessee, mortgagee, or vendee, and the road or serial number, or if more than one for each type of equipment, the first and last inclusive numbers.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>For water carrier equipment</I>—Whether tow boats, barges or other vessels; type of equipment; description as contained in the United States Coast Guard certificate of enrollment; number of each type of equipment; and any identifying marks such as the name or initial of the lessee, mortgagee, or vendee.
</P>
<P>(5) Parties to the agreement, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Conditional sale-vendor, purchaser, guarantor.
</P>
<P>(ii) Mortgage—mortgagor, mortgagee, guarantor.
</P>
<P>(iii) Equipment Trust—vendor, trustee, lessor, lessee, guarantor of lease.
</P>
<P>(iv) Lease—lessee, lessor, guarantor.
</P>
<P>(v) Bailment—bailor, bailee, guarantor.
</P>
<P>(vi) Other transactions—principal debtor, trustee, guarantor, and other parties.
</P>
<P>(6) Parties to whom original document should be returned.
</P>
<P>(7) The amount of the enclosed fee.
</P>
<P>(8) A short summary (1 or 2 sentences) of the type of document and a very brief description of the equipment and identifying numbers. This summary will be entered into the index as an aid to researching the encumbrances to title. (For a sample of a summary, see § 1177.4).
</P>
<P>(9) The letter must be signed by an executive officer of one of the parties having knowledge of the matters described in the letter, or their attorney or representative in fact.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>If the document is a mortgage or deed of trust which contains a “hereafter acquired” or similar clause, the following statement may be included in the letter of transmittal in lieu of the equipment description above:
</P>
<P>“Included in the property covered by the aforesaid mortgage (or deed of trust) are (here identify generally the equipment such as “barges, tow boats, or other vessels, railroad cars, locomotives and other rolling stock”) intended for use related to interstate commerce, or interests therein, owned by (name of mortgagor) at the date of said mortgage or thereafter acquired by it or its successors as owners of the water carriers or the lines of railway covered by the mortgage.”</P></NOTE>
<FP>When such a mortgage or deed of trust is filed, it is not necessary to refile the document whenever additional rolling stock is acquired in order to perfect the lien of the document upon the addition of vessels or rolling stock.
</FP>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(Authority: 5 U.S.C. 553, 31 U.S.C. 9701; 49 U.S.C. 10321)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54946, Nov. 5, 1981. Redesignated at 47 FR 49592, Nov. 1, 1982 and amended at 52 FR 46484, Dec. 8, 1987; 56 FR 10520, Mar. 13, 1991; 56 FR 12423, Mar. 25, 1991; 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 74 FR 52910, Oct. 15, 2009; 91 FR 4856, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1177.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.73.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1177.4   Sample forms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Sample short summary for the Index. (1) <I>Primary documents.</I> [Type of document] between [name and address of lessor, mortgagor, bailor, etc.] and [name and address of lessee, mortgagee, bailee, etc.] dated [date], and covering [briefly list amount and types of equipment].
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Secondary documents.</I> (i) If an assignment—Assignment between [name and address of assignor] and [name and address of assignee] dated [date of assignment] and covering [list amount and types of equipment], and connected to [type of document primary document is] with Recordation No. [recordation number of the primary document if known, at time recorded].
</P>
<P>(ii) Other secondary documents—[Type of document] to [type of primary document] with Recordation No. [Recordation number of the primary document], dated [date of amendment, supplement, release, etc.] and covering [list amount and types of equipment].
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sample Letter of Transmittal.</I>
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>[Chief of Case Administration, Chief Counsel's Name] Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC.
</FP>
<P>Dear Section Chief: I have enclosed an original and one copy/counterpart of the document(s) described below, to be recorded pursuant to Section 11301 of Title 49 of the U.S. Code.
</P>
<P>This document is a [mortgage, lease, equipment trust, supplement, etc.], a [primary or secondary] document, dated [date].
</P>
<P>(If a secondary document)—The primary document to which this is connected is recorded under Recordation No. __.
</P>
<P>(If an assignment)—We request that this assignment be cross-indexed.
</P>
<P>The names and addresses of the parties to the documents are as follows:
</P>
<P>Vendor, Lessor, Mortgagor, etc: [name and address]
</P>
<P>Vendee, Lessee, Mortgagee, etc: [name and address].
</P>
<P>A description of the equipment covered by the document follows:
</P>
<P>[Type of equipment, amount of each, AAR designation if any, identifying marks, road or serial numbers, etc., as outlined in 1177.3(d)(4).]
</P>
<P>A fee of ______ is enclosed. Please return the original and any extra copies not needed by the Board for recordation to [party to whom documents should be returned].
</P>
<P>A short summary of the document to appear in the index follows: [a short summary as described in 1177.4(a).).
</P>
<FP>   Very truly yours,
</FP>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>[signature of an executive officer of one of the parties, their attorney, or representative in fact.]</FP></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 54946, Nov. 5, 1981, as amended at 64 FR 53268, Oct. 1, 1999; 74 FR 52910, Oct. 15, 2009; 91 FR 4856, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1177.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.73.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1177.5   Administrative procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At the time of filing of a document with the Board for recordation, a consecutive number will be stamped upon the original document and upon the copies or the counterparts, with the date and hour of the filing. A notation acknowledging that the document has been filed pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 11303 will be made. The original document, along with the notation, will be returned to the party named in the transmittal letter and a copy or counterpart will be retained by the Board. For a secondary document, the number assigned will be the recordation number of the primary document plus the next available letter suffix. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Board will maintain an index for public use as required by 49 U.S.C 11303(b). There will be an index of parties to documents recorded at the Board in alphabetical order by the party's name. If requested by the letter of transmittal, this index will also be amended to reflect an assignment under the name of the party other than the assignor or assignee to the document. There will also be an index of documents by number, which will list secondary documents referenced to the primary ones. The indexes will contain the pertinent information furnished by the parties in the transmittal letter. 
</P>
<P>(c) The Board cannot judge the validity of documents, nor judge the status of encumbrances to property as reflected by documents recorded at the Board. The public is welcome to research the records or use an agent or attorney to do so, provided that Board rules concerning handling of the documents are respected. 
</P>
<P>(d) The public should note that filing documents with the Board is discretionary and encumbrances exist which are not on file with the Board. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1178-1179" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.74" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1178-1179 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1180-1189" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.75" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>Parts 1180-1189—Combinations and Ownership


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1180" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1180—RAILROAD ACQUISITION, CONTROL, MERGER, CONSOLIDATION PROJECT, TRACKAGE RIGHTS, AND LEASE PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 553 and 559; 11 U.S.C. 1172; 49 U.S.C. 1321, 10502, 11323-11325.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General Acquisition Procedures</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>47 FR 9844, Mar. 8, 1982, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 47 FR 49592, Nov. 1, 1982.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1180.0" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.1.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1180.0   Scope and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The regulations in this subpart set out the information to be filed and the procedures to be followed in control, merger, acquisition, lease, trackage rights, and any other consolidation transaction involving more than one railroad that is initiated under 49 U.S.C. 11323. Section 1180.2 separates these transactions into four types: <I>Major, significant, minor,</I> and <I>exempt.</I> The informational requirements for these types of transactions differ. Before an application is filed, the designation of type of transaction may be clarified or certain of the information required may be waived upon petition to the Board. This procedure is explained in § 1180.4. The required contents of an application are set out in §§ 1180.6 (general information supporting the transaction), 1180.7 (competitive and market information), 1180.8 (operational information), 1180.9 (financial data), 1180.10 (service assurance plans), and 1180.11 (transnational and other informational requirements). A <I>major</I> application must contain the information required in §§ 1180.6(a), 1180.6(b), 1180.7(a), 1180.7(b), 1180.8(a), 1180.8(b), 1180.9, 1180.10, and 1180.11. A <I>significant</I> application must contain the information required in §§ 1180.6(a), 1180.6(c), 1180.7(a), 1180.7(c), and 1180.8(b). A <I>minor</I> application must contain the information required in §§ 1180.6(a) and 1180.8(c). Procedures (including time limits, filing requirements, participation requirements, and other matters) are contained in § 1180.4. All applications must comply with the Board's Rules of General Applicability, 49 CFR parts 1100 through 1129, unless otherwise specified. These regulations may be cited as the Railroad Consolidation Procedures.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Waiver.</I> We will waive application of the regulations contained in this subpart for a consolidation involving The Kansas City Southern Railway Company and another Class I railroad and instead will apply the regulations in this subpart A in effect before July 11, 2001 and contained in the 49 CFR, Parts 1000 to 1199, edition revised as of October 1, 2000, unless we are shown why such a waiver should not be allowed. Interested parties must file any objections to this waiver within 10 days after the applicants' prefiling notification (see 49 CFR § 1180.4(b)(1)).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 32583, June 15, 2001] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1180.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.1.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1180.1   General policy statement for merger or control of at least two Class I railroads.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> To meet the needs of the public and the national defense, the Surface Transportation Board (Board) seeks to ensure balanced and sustainable competition in the railroad industry. The Board recognizes that the railroad industry (including Class II and III carriers) is a network of competing and complementary components, which in turn is part of a broader transportation infrastructure that also embraces the nation's highways, waterways, ports, and airports. The Board welcomes private-sector initiatives that enhance the capabilities and the competitiveness of this transportation infrastructure. Although mergers of Class I railroads may advance our nation's economic growth and competitiveness through the provision of more efficient and responsive transportation, the Board does not favor consolidations that reduce the transportation alternatives available to shippers unless there are substantial and demonstrable public benefits to the transaction that cannot otherwise be achieved. Such public benefits include improved service, enhanced competition, and greater economic efficiency. The Board also will look with disfavor on consolidations under which the controlling entity does not assume full responsibility for carrying out the controlled carrier's common carrier obligation to provide adequate service upon reasonable demand.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Consolidation criteria.</I> The Board's consideration of the merger or control of at least two Class I railroads is governed by the public interest criteria prescribed in 49 U.S.C. 11324 and the rail transportation policy set forth in 49 U.S.C. 10101. In determining the public interest, the Board must consider the various goals of effective competition, carrier safety and efficiency, adequate service for shippers, environmental safeguards, and fair working conditions for employees. The Board must ensure that any approved transaction would promote a competitive, efficient, and reliable national rail system.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Public interest considerations.</I> The Board believes that mergers serve the public interest only when substantial and demonstrable gains in important public benefits—such as improved service and safety, enhanced competition, and greater economic efficiency—outweigh any anticompetitive effects, potential service disruptions, or other merger-related harms. Although further consolidation of the few remaining Class I carriers could result in efficiency gains and improved service, the Board believes additional consolidation in the industry is also likely to result in a number of anticompetitive effects, such as loss of geographic competition, that are increasingly difficult to remedy directly or proportionately. Additional consolidations could also result in service disruptions during the system integration period. Accordingly, to assure a balance in favor of the public interest, merger applications should include provisions for enhanced competition, and, where both carriers are financially sound, the Board is prepared to use its conditioning authority as necessary under 49 U.S.C. 11324(c) to preserve and/or enhance competition. In addition, when evaluating the public interest, the Board will consider whether the benefits claimed by applicants could be realized by means other than the proposed consolidation. The Board believes that other private-sector initiatives, such as joint marketing agreements and interline partnerships, can produce many of the efficiencies of a merger while risking less potential harm to the public.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Potential benefits.</I> By eliminating transaction cost barriers between firms, increasing the productivity of investment, and enabling carriers to lower costs through economies of scale, scope, and density, mergers can generate important public benefits such as improved service, more competition, and greater economic efficiency. A merger can strengthen a carrier's finances and operations. To the extent that a merged carrier continues to operate in a competitive environment, its new efficiencies would be shared with shippers and consumers. Both the public and the consolidated carrier can benefit if the carrier is able to increase its marketing opportunities and provide better service. A merger transaction can also improve existing competition or provide new competitive opportunities, and such enhanced competition will be given substantial weight in our analysis. Applicants shall make a good faith effort to calculate the net public benefits their proposed merger would generate, and the Board will carefully evaluate such evidence. To ensure that applicants have no incentive to exaggerate these projected benefits to the public, the Board expects applicants to propose additional measures that the Board might take if the anticipated public benefits fail to materialize in a timely manner. In this regard, the Board recognizes, however, that applicants require the flexibility to adapt to changing marketplace or other circumstances and that it is inevitable that an approved merger may not necessarily be implemented in precisely the manner anticipated in the application. Applicants will be held accountable, however, if they do not act reasonably in light of changing circumstances to achieve promised merger benefits.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Potential harm.</I> The Board recognizes that consolidation can impose costs as well as benefits. It can reduce competition both directly and indirectly in particular markets, including product markets and geographic markets. Consolidation can also threaten essential services and the reliability of the rail network. In analyzing these impacts we must consider, but are not limited by, the policies embodied in the antitrust laws.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Reduction of competition.</I> Although in specific markets railroads operate in a highly competitive environment with vigorous intermodal competition from motor and water carriers, mergers can deprive shippers of effective options. Intramodal competition can be reduced when two carriers serving the same origins or destinations merge. Competition arising from shippers' build-out, transloading, plant siting, and production shifting choices can be eliminated or reduced when two railroads serving overlapping areas merge. Competition in product and geographic markets can also be eliminated or reduced by mergers, including end-to-end mergers. Any railroad combination entails a risk that the merged carrier would acquire and exploit increased market power. Applicants shall propose remedies to mitigate and offset competitive harms. Applicants shall also explain how they would at a minimum preserve competitive and market options such as those involving the use of major existing gateways, build-outs or build-ins, and the opportunity to enter into contracts for one segment of a movement as a means of gaining the right separately to pursue rate relief for the remainder of the movement.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Harm to essential services.</I> The Board must ensure that essential freight, passenger, and commuter rail services are preserved wherever feasible. An existing service is essential if there is sufficient public need for the service and adequate alternative transportation is not available. The Board's focus is on the ability of the nation's transportation infrastructure to continue to provide and support essential services. Mergers should strengthen, not undermine, the ability of the rail network to advance the nation's economic growth and competitiveness, both domestically and internationally. The Board will consider whether projected shifts in traffic patterns could undermine the ability of the various network links (including Class II and Class III rail carriers and ports) to sustain essential services.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Transitional service problems.</I> Experience shows that significant service problems can arise during the transitional period when merging firms integrate their operations, even after applicants take extraordinary steps to avoid those disruptions. Because service disruptions harm the public, the Board, in its determination of the public interest, will weigh the likelihood of transitional service problems. In addition, under paragraph (h) of this section, the Board will require applicants to provide a detailed service assurance plan. Applicants also should explain how they would cooperate with other carriers in overcoming serious service disruptions on their lines during the transitional period and afterwards.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Enhanced competition.</I> To offset harms that would not otherwise be mitigated, applicants should explain how the transaction and conditions they propose would enhance competition.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Conditions.</I> The Board has broad authority under 49 U.S.C. 11324(c) to impose conditions on consolidations, including requiring divestiture of parallel tracks or the granting of trackage rights and access to other facilities. The Board will condition the approval of Class I combinations to mitigate or offset harm to the public interest, and will carefully consider conditions proposed by applicants in this regard. The Board may impose conditions that are operationally feasible and produce net public benefits, but will not impose conditions that undermine or defeat beneficial transactions by creating unreasonable operating, financial, or other problems for the combined carrier. Conditions are generally not appropriate to compensate parties who may be disadvantaged by increased competition. The Board anticipates that mergers of Class I carriers would likely create some anticompetitive effects that would be difficult to mitigate through appropriate conditions, and that transitional service disruptions might temporarily negate any shipper benefits. To offset such potential harms and improve the prospect that their proposal would be found to be in the public interest, applicants should propose conditions that would not simply preserve but also enhance competition. The Board seeks to enhance competition in ways that strengthen and sustain the rail network as a whole (including that portion of the network operated by Class II and III carriers).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Employee protection.</I> The Board is required to provide a fair arrangement for the protection of the rail employees of applicants who are affected by a consolidation. The Board supports early notice and consultation between management and the various unions, leading to negotiated implementing agreements, which the Board strongly favors. Otherwise, the Board respects the sanctity of collective bargaining agreements and will look with extreme disfavor on overrides of collective bargaining agreements except to the very limited extent necessary to carry out an approved transaction. The Board will review negotiated agreements to ensure fair and equitable treatment of all affected employees. Absent a negotiated agreement, the Board will provide for protection at the level mandated by law (49 U.S.C. 11326(a)), and if unusual circumstances are shown, more stringent protection will be provided to ensure that employees have a fair and equitable arrangement.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Environment and safety.</I> (1) The National Environmental Policy Act, 42 U.S.C. 4321 <I>et seq.</I> (NEPA), requires the Board to take environmental considerations into account in railroad consolidation cases. To meet its responsibilities under NEPA and related environmental laws, the Board must consider significant potential beneficial and adverse environmental impacts in deciding whether to approve a transaction as proposed, deny the proposal, or approve it with conditions, including appropriate environmental mitigation conditions addressing concerns raised by the parties, including federal, state, and local government entities. The Board's Office of Environmental Analysis (OEA) ensures that the agency meets its responsibilities under NEPA and the implementing regulations at 49 CFR part 1105 by providing the Board with an independent environmental review of merger proposals. In preparing the necessary environmental documentation, OEA focuses on the potential environmental impacts resulting from merger-related changes in activity levels on existing rail lines and rail facilities. The Board generally will mitigate only those impacts that would result directly from an approved transaction, and will not require mitigation for existing conditions and existing railroad operations.
</P>
<P>(2) During the environmental review process, railroad applicants have negotiated agreements with affected communities, including groups of communities and other entities such as state and local agencies. The Board encourages voluntary agreements of this nature because they can be extremely helpful and effective in addressing specific local and regional environmental and safety concerns, including the sharing of costs associated with mitigating merger-related environmental impacts. Generally, these privately negotiated solutions between an applicant railroad and some or all of the communities along particular rail corridors or other appropriate entities are more effective, and in some cases more far-reaching, than any environmental mitigation options the Board could impose unilaterally. Therefore, when such agreements are submitted to it, the Board generally will impose these negotiated agreements as conditions to approved mergers, and these agreements generally will substitute for specific local and site-specific environmental mitigation for a community that otherwise would be imposed. Moreover, to encourage and give effect to negotiated solutions whenever possible, the opportunity to negotiate agreements will remain available throughout the oversight process to replace local and site-specific environmental mitigation imposed by the agency. The Board will require compliance with the terms of all negotiated agreements submitted to it during oversight by imposing appropriate environmental conditions to replace the local and site-specific mitigation previously imposed.
</P>
<P>(3) Applicants will be required to work with the Federal Railroad Administration, on a case-by-case basis, to formulate Safety Integration Plans (SIPs) to ensure that safe operations are maintained throughout the merger implementation process. As part of the environmental review process, applicants will be required to submit:
</P>
<P>(i) A SIP and
</P>
<P>(ii) Evidence about potentially blocked grade crossings as a result of merger-related traffic increases or operational changes.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Oversight.</I> As a condition to its approval of any major transaction, the Board will establish a formal oversight process. For at least the first 5 years following approval, applicants will be required to present evidence to the Board, on no less than an annual basis, to show that the merger conditions imposed by the Board are working as intended, that the applicants are adhering to the various representations they made on the record during the course of their merger proceeding, that no unforeseen harms have arisen that would require the Board to alter existing merger conditions or impose new ones, and that the merger benefit projections accepted by the Board are being realized in a timely fashion. Parties will be given the opportunity to comment on applicants' submissions, and applicants will be given the opportunity to reply to the parties' comments. During the oversight period, the Board will retain jurisdiction to impose any additional conditions it determines are necessary to remedy or offset adverse consequences of the underlying transaction.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Service assurance and operational monitoring.</I> (1) The quality of service is of vital importance. Accordingly, applicants must file, with their initial application and operating plan, a Service Assurance Plan identifying the precise steps they would take to ensure adequate service and to provide for improved service. This plan must include the specific information set forth at § 1180.10 on how shippers, connecting railroads (including Class II and III carriers), and ports across the new system would be affected and benefitted by the proposed consolidation. As part of this plan, applicants will be required to provide service benchmarks, describe the extent to which they have entered into any arrangements with shippers and shipper groups to compensate for service failures, and establish contingency plans that would be available to mitigate any unanticipated service disruption.
</P>
<P>(2) The Board will conduct significant post-approval operational monitoring to help ensure that service levels after a merger are reasonable and adequate.
</P>
<P>(3) The Board also will require applicants to establish problem resolution teams and specific procedures for problem resolution to ensure that any unanticipated post-merger problems related to service or any other transportation matters, including claims, are promptly addressed. These teams should include representatives of all appropriate employee categories. Also, the Board envisions the establishment of a Service Council made up of shippers, railroads, passenger service representatives, ports, rail labor, and other interested parties to provide an ongoing forum for the discussion of implementation issues.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Loss and damage claims handling.</I> Shippers or shortlines who have freight claims under 49 CFR part 1005 during merger implementation shall file such claims, in writing or electronically, with the merged carrier. The claimant shall provide supporting documentation regarding the effect on the claimant, and the specific damages (in a determinable amount) incurred. Pursuant to 49 CFR part 1005, the merged carrier shall acknowledge each claim within 30 days and successively number each claim. Within 120 days of carrier receipt of the claim, the merged carrier shall respond to each claim by paying, declining, or offering a compromise settlement. The Board will take notice of these claims and their disposition as a matter of oversight. During each annual oversight period, the merged carrier shall report on claims received, their type, and their disposition for each quarterly period covered by oversight. While shippers and shortlines may also contract with the applicants for specific remedies with respect to claims, final adjudication of contract issues as well as unresolved claims will remain a matter for the courts.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Service failure claims.</I> Applicants must suggest a protocol for handling claims related to failure to provide reasonable service due to merger implementation problems. Commitments to submit all such claims to arbitration will be favored.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Alternative rail service.</I> Where shippers and connecting railroads require relief from extended periods of inadequate service, the procedures at 49 CFR parts 1146 and 1147 are available for the Board to review the documented service levels and to consider shipper proposals for alternative service relief when other avenues of relief have already been explored with the merged carrier in an effort to restore adequate service.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Cumulative impacts and crossover effects.</I> Because there are so few remaining Class I carriers and the railroad industry constitutes a network of competing and complementary components, the Board cannot evaluate the merits of a major transaction in isolation. The Board must also consider the cumulative impacts and crossover effects likely to occur as rival carriers react to the proposed combination. The Board expects applicants to explain how additional Class I mergers would affect the eventual structure of the industry and the public interest. Applicants should generally discuss the likely impact of such future mergers on the anticipated public benefits of their own merger proposal. Applicants will be expected to discuss whether and how the type or extent of any conditions imposed on their proposed merger would have to be altered, or any new conditions imposed, should we approve any future consolidation(s).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Inclusion of other carriers.</I> The Board will consider requiring inclusion of another carrier as a condition to approval only where there is no other reasonable alternative for providing essential services, the facilities fit operationally into the new system, and inclusion can be accomplished without endangering the operational or financial success of the new company.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Transnational and other informational issues.</I> (1) All applicants must submit “full system” competitive analyses and operating plans—incorporating any operations in Canada or Mexico—from which we can determine the competitive, service, employee, safety, and environmental impacts of the prospective operations within the United States, and explain how cooperation with the Federal Railroad Administration would be maintained to address potential impacts on operations within the United States of operations or events elsewhere on their systems. All applicants must further provide information concerning any restrictions or preferences under foreign or domestic law and policies that could affect their commercial decisions. Applicants must also address how any ownership restrictions might affect our public interest assessment.
</P>
<P>(2) The Board will consult with relevant officials, as appropriate, to ensure that any conditions it imposes on an approved transaction are consistent with the North American Free Trade Agreement and other pertinent international agreements to which the United States is a party. In addition, the Board will cooperate with those Canadian and Mexican agencies charged with approval and oversight of a proposed transnational railroad combination.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>National defense.</I> Rail mergers must not detract from the ability of the United States military to rely on rail transportation to meet the nation's defense needs. Applicants must discuss and assess the national defense ramifications of their proposed merger.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Public participation.</I> To ensure a fully developed record on the effects of a proposed railroad consolidation, the Board encourages public participation from federal, state, and local government departments and agencies; affected shippers, carriers, and rail labor; and other interested parties.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 32583, June 15, 2001, as amended at 83 FR 15080, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1180.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.1.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1180.2   Types of transactions.</HEAD>
<P>Transactions proposed under 49 U.S.C. 11323 involving more than one common carrier by railroad are of four types: <I>Major, significant, minor,</I> and <I>exempt.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) A <I>major</I> transaction is a control or merger involving two or more class I railroads.
</P>
<P>(b) A <I>significant</I> transaction is a transaction not involving the control or merger of two or more class I railroads that is of regional or national transportation significance as that phrase is used in 49 U.S.C. 11325(a)(2) and (c). A transaction not involving the control or merger of two or more class I railroads is not significant if a determination can be made either: 
</P>
<P>(1) That the transaction clearly will not have any anticompetitive effects, or 
</P>
<P>(2) That any anticompetitive effects of the transaction will clearly be outweighed by the transaction's anticipated contribution to the public interest in meeting significant transportation needs. 

A transaction not involving the control or merger of two or more class I railroads is significant if neither such determination can clearly be made. 
</P>
<P>(c) A <I>minor</I> transaction is one which involves more than one railroad and which is not a <I>major, significant,</I> or <I>exempt</I> transaction.
</P>
<P>(d) A transaction is exempt if it is within one of the nine categories described in paragraphs (d)(1) through (9) of this section. 

The Board has found that its prior review and approval of these transactions is not necessary to carry out the rail transportation policy of 49 U.S.C. 10101; and is of limited scope or unnecessary to protect shippers from market abuse. See 49 U.S.C. 10502. A notice must be filed to use one of these class exemptions. The procedures are set out in § 1180.4(g). These class exemptions do not relieve a carrier of its statutory obligation to protect the interests of employees. See 49 U.S.C. 10502(g) and 11326. The enumeration of the following categories of transactions as exempt does not preclude a carrier from seeking an exemption of specific transactions not falling into these categories.
</P>
<P>(1) Acquisition of a line of railroad which would not constitute a major market extension where the Board has found that the public convenience and necessity permit abandonment.
</P>
<P>(2) Acquisition or continuance in control of a nonconnecting carrier or one of its lines where (i) the railroads would not connect with each other or any railroads in their corporate family, (ii) the acquisition or continuance in control is not part of a series of anticipated transactions that would connect the railroads with each other or any railroad in their corporate family, and (iii) the transaction does not involve a class I carrier.
</P>
<P>(3) Transactions within a corporate family that do not result in adverse changes in service levels, significant operational changes, or a change in the competitive balance with carriers outside the corporate family.
</P>
<P>(4) Renewal of leases and any other matters where the Board has previously authorized the transaction, and only an extension in time is involved.
</P>
<P>(5) Joint projects involving the relocation of a line of railroad which does not disrupt service to shippers.
</P>
<P>(6) Reincorporation in a different State.
</P>
<P>(7) Acquisition of trackage rights and renewal of trackage rights by a rail carrier over lines owned or operated by any other rail carrier or carriers that are: (i) based on written agreements, and (ii) not filed or sought in responsive applications in rail consolidation proceedings.
</P>
<P>(8) Acquisition of temporary trackage rights by a rail carrier over lines owned or operated by any other rail carrier or carriers that are: {i}  based on written agreements, {ii}  not filed or sought in responsive applications in rail consolidation proceedings, {iii} for overhead operations only, and {iv}  scheduled to expire on a specific date not to exceed 1 year from the effective date of the exemption. If the operations contemplated by the exemption will not be concluded within the 1-year period, the parties may, prior to expiration of the period, file a request for a renewal of the temporary rights for an additional period of up to 1 year, including the reason(s) therefor. Rail carriers acquiring temporary trackage rights need not seek authority from the Board to discontinue the trackage rights as of the expiration date specified under 49 CFR 1180.4(g)(1)(ii). All transactions under this paragraph (d)(8) will be subject to applicable statutory labor protective conditions.


</P>
<P>(9) Acquisition of emergency temporary trackage rights by a rail carrier over lines owned or operated by any other rail carrier or carriers that are: {i} Based on written agreements, {ii} not filed or sought in responsive applications in rail consolidation proceedings, {iii} for overhead operations only, {iv} scheduled to expire on a specific date not to exceed three months from the effective date of the exemption, and {v} sought in response to an unforeseen track outage and expected to last more than seven days where there is no reasonable alternative to maintain pre-outage levels of service. If during the exemption period, the outage is resolved and use of the temporary emergency trackage rights ceases to be necessary to maintain service at pre-outage levels, the rail carrier must file a notice stating that the outage has been resolved and that use of the trackage rights has ceased and identifying the date on which use of the trackage rights ceased. Such a notice should be filed within 5 business days of the date on which use of the trackage rights ceased. The emergency temporary trackage rights authority expires upon the official filing date of the notice. If the operations contemplated by the exemption will not be concluded within the initial exemption period, the rail carrier may, prior to expiration of the period, file a request for a renewal of the temporary rights for an additional period of up to 3 months, including the reason(s) therefor. Rail carriers acquiring temporary trackage rights need not seek authority from the Board to discontinue the trackage rights as of the expiration date specified under § 1180.4(g)(1)(ii). All transactions under this paragraph (d)(9) will be subject to applicable statutory labor protective conditions.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 9844, Mar. 8, 1982. Redesignated at 47 FR 49592, Nov. 1, 1982, and amended at 50 FR 15751, Apr. 22, 1985; 51 FR 24669, July 8, 1986; 58 FR 63104, Nov. 30, 1993; 62 FR 9716, Mar. 4, 1997; 68 FR 28140, May 23, 2003; 86 FR 68930, Dec. 6, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1180.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.1.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1180.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicant.</I> The term <I>applicant</I> means the parties initiating a transaction, but does not include a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of an applicant if that subsidiary is not a rail carrier. Parties who are considered applicants, but for whom the information normally required of an applicant need <I>not</I> be submitted, are:
</P>
<P>(1) In <I>minor</I> trackage rights applications, the transferor and 
</P>
<P>(2) In responsive applications, a primary applicant.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Applicant carriers.</I> The term <I>applicant carriers</I> means: any applicant that is a rail carrier; any rail carrier operating in the United States, Canada, and/or Mexico in which an applicant holds a controlling interest; and all other rail carriers involved in the transaction. Because the service provided by these commonly controlled carriers can be an important competitive aspect of the transactions that we approve, applicant carriers are subject to the full range of our conditioning power. Carriers that are involved in an application only by virtue of an existing trackage rights agreement with applicants are not applicant carriers.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Major market extension.</I> A major market extension is a transaction which may significantly increase competition by extending service into a new market, expanding service in a currently served market when another carrier concurrently contracts its service to that market as part of the same transaction, or providing significantly more efficient and effective competitive service to a market presently being served. Criteria which can be used to determine if a railroad is proposing to provide a more competitive service to a currently served area include: (1) Creating a shorter route; (2) providing enhanced service capabilities (speed is not the only factor); (3) entering an interchange or market generating more than 5,000 cars per year or 5 percent of applicant's traffic; (4) filing the application as a condition of relief to a pending proceeding; and (5) permitting a carrier to become more competitive (extending its length of haul) See. <I>Burlington Northern, Inc.—Control &amp; Merger—St. L.,</I> 354 I.C.C. 616, 617 (1978).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Petition for clarification.</I> A request that the Board clarify the applicability of any part of these regulations to a particular situation or explain the type of material needed to comply with these regulations.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Petition for waiver.</I> A request that the Board either dispense with material required by the regulations, or accept material in place of that required by these regulations.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Primary application.</I> A proposal for approval filed under 49 U.S.C. 11323 which begins a new proceeding and is not proposed either as a condition to or as an alternative to Board approval of another pending application.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Railroad.</I> Any common carrier by railroad as defined in 49 U.S.C. 10102(5)-(6).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Responsive applications.</I> Applications filed in response to a primary application are those seeking affirmative relief either as a condition to or in lieu of the approval of the primary application. Responsive applications include inconsistent applications, inclusion applications, and any other affirmative relief that requires an application, petition, notice, or any other filing to be submitted to the Board (such as trackage rights, purchases, constructions, operation, pooling, terminal operations, abandonments, and other types of proceedings not otherwise covered). For fees covering inconsistent applications or responsive applications not otherwise covered in the Board's fee schedule, see 49 CFR 1002.2(f) (38)-(41) and 1180.4(d)(2). The fees for all other responsive applications are set forth in 49 CFR 1002.2(f).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Transferee.</I> The transferee is: 
</P>
<P>(1) The acquiring corporation in a control proceeding, 
</P>
<P>(2) The surviving corporation in a merger, 
</P>
<P>(3) The resulting corporation in a consolidation, 
</P>
<P>(4) The leasee in a lease, 
</P>
<P>(5) The purchaser in an acquisition, and 
</P>
<P>(6) The grantee of trackage rights in a trackage rights proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Transferor.</I> The transferor is: 
</P>
<P>(1) The corporation acquired in a control proceeding, 
</P>
<P>(2) The merging corporation in a merger, 
</P>
<P>(3) All corporations to be consolidated in a consolidation, 
</P>
<P>(4) The lessor in a lease, 
</P>
<P>(5) The seller in an acquisition, and 
</P>
<P>(6) The grantor of trackage rights in a trackage rights proceeding. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 9844, Mar. 8, 1982. Redesignated at 47 FR 49592, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 62 FR 9716, Mar. 4, 1997; 62 FR 28376, May 23, 1997; 66 FR 32586, June 15, 2001; 81 FR 8856, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1180.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.1.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1180.4   Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> (1) The original and 25 copies of all documents shall be filed in <I>major</I> proceedings. The original and 10 copies shall be filed in <I>significant</I> and <I>minor</I> proceedings. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each party to a proceeding shall choose a unique acronym of four letters or less for itself. It shall number each document filed in the proceeding consecutively, prefixed by its acronym. 
</P>
<P>(3) Any document filed with the Board (including applications, pleadings, etc.) shall be promptly furnished to interested persons on request, unless subject to a protective order. At any time, the Board may require the submission of additional copies of any document previously filed by any party to the proceeding. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Prefiling notification.</I> (1) Between 3 to 6 months prior to the proposed filing of an application in a <I>major</I> transaction, and 2 to 4 months prior to the proposed filing of an application in a <I>significant</I> transaction, applicant shall file a notice with the Board. The notice shall: 
</P>
<P>(i) Briefly describe the transaction, 
</P>
<P>(ii) Indicate the year to be used for the impact analysis, 
</P>
<P>(iii) Indicate the approximate filing date of the application, and
</P>
<P>(iv) Indicate why the transaction is <I>major</I> or <I>significant.</I> 
</P>
<P>(2) The Board will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 30 days of receipt of the applicant's notice. The publication shall contain:
</P>
<P>(i) A brief description of the transaction, 
</P>
<P>(ii) The year to be used for the impact analysis, 
</P>
<P>(iii) The approximate filing date, 
</P>
<P>(iv) A determination that the transaction is <I>major, significant,</I> or <I>minor,</I> and 
</P>
<P>(v) A statement of any additional information which must be filed with the application in order for the application to be considered complete. 
</P>
<P>(3) A prefiling notice may be amended to indicate a change in the anticipated filing date.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Prefiling notification.</I> When filing the notice of intent required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, applicants also must file:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>A proposed procedural schedule.</I> In any proceeding involving either a major transaction or a significant transaction, the Board will publish a <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice soliciting comments on the proposed procedural schedule, and will, after review of any comments filed in response, issue a procedural schedule governing the course of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>A proposed draft protective order.</I> The Board will issue, in each proceeding in which such an order is requested, an appropriate protective order.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>A statement of waybill availability for major transactions.</I> Applicants must indicate, as soon as practicable after the issuance of a protective order, that they will make their 100% traffic tapes available (subject to the terms of the protective order) to any interested party on written request. The applicants may require that, if the requesting party is itself a railroad, applicants will make their 100% traffic tapes available to that party only if it agrees, in its written request, to make its own 100% traffic tapes available to applicants (subject to the terms of the protective order) when it receives access to applicants' tapes.
</P>
<P>(iv) Applicants may also propose the use of a voting trust at this stage, or at a later stage, if that becomes necessary. In each proceeding involving a major transaction, applicants contemplating the use of a voting trust must explain how the trust would insulate them from an unlawful control violation and why their proposed use of the trust, in the context of their impending control application, would be consistent with the public interest. Following a brief period of public comment and replies by applicants, the Board will issue a decision determining whether applicants may establish and use the trust.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application.</I> (1) The fees for filing applications, petitions, or notices under these procedures are set forth in 49 CFR 1002.2.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Filing requirements.</I> (i) The original of all applications shall be signed in ink by the applicant, if an individual; by all partners, if a partnership; and if a corporation, association, or other similar form of organization, by its president, or such other executive officer having knowledge of the matters therein contained and duly designated for that purpose by the applicant. Applications shall be made under oath and shall contain an appropriate certification (if a corporation, by its secretary) showing that the affiant is duly authorized to verify and file the application. Any person controlling an applicant shall also sign the application.
</P>
<P>(ii) The application shall be filed with Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each copy of the application shall conform in all respects to the original and shall be complete in itself except that the signature in the copies may be stamped or typed and the notarial seal may be omitted. In like manner, where certified copies of documents are filed with the application, conformed copies thereof, showing certification in stamped or typewritten form, will be sufficient to accompany the additional copies of the application.
</P>
<P>(iv) All applications required to be filed with the Board or served on designated persons shall include all exhibits, except as otherwise specifically noted. Information from other documents may be incorporated by reference in the application. However, the documents must have been filed with the Board within three years prior to filing of the application, the information must be up to date, and applicant must be prepared to supply copies of this information to interested persons on specific request.
</P>
<P>(v) The applicant shall submit such additional information to support its application as the Board may require. 
</P>
<P>(vi) Applicant shall file concurrently all directly related applications, <I>e.g.,</I> those seeking authority to construct or abandon rail lines, obtain terminal operations, acquire trackage rights, etc.
</P>
<P>(vii) The application shall contain a certificate of service indicating that all persons designated in § 1180.4(c)(5) have been served with a copy of the application.
</P>
<P>(3) In a <I>major</I> or <I>significant</I> transaction, and in all responsive applications, all of the direct testimony of applicants, in the form of verified statements, shall be filed and served with each application.
</P>
<P>(4) The application and all exhibits shall be considered part of the evidentiary record upon acceptance. Any portion of an application and exhibits will remain subject to motions to strike. However, no motion need be made to have the application and exhibits admitted to the evidentiary record. If a <I>major</I> or <I>significant</I> transaction is designated for oral hearing the presiding Administrative Law Judge shall have discretion in extraordinary circumstances to allow for the presentation of oral or written direct testimony not previously submitted with the application.
</P>
<P>(5) Service. The applicant shall serve a conformed copy of an application filed under these procedures by first-class mail upon:
</P>
<P>(i) The Governor (or Executive Officer), Public Service Commission, and the Department of Transportation of each State in which any part of the properties of the applicant carriers involved in the proposed transaction is situated;
</P>
<P>(ii) The Secretary of the United States Department of Transportation (Office of Chief Counsel, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Attorney General of the United States;
</P>
<P>(iv) The Federal Trade Commission; and
</P>
<P>(v) In <I>major</I> or <I>significant</I> transactions, all persons requesting a copy after the prefiling notice is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Application format.</I> (i) The application shall be in the same sequence as the information is requested in these procedures, and shall be numbered to correspond to the numbering in the procedures.
</P>
<P>(ii) If any material required in the application would lend itself to being placed in an appendix, this should be done. The appendix and application shall be tabulated and cross-referenced in an index for ease in locating and referring to the information. The appendixes shall be in the same sequence as the information required by these procedures. If certain information required in the application is not applicable, provide an explanation. The application should be bound, and it may be bound in more than one volume. If an application is more than one volume, the cover of each volume should be in a different color. The pages in each volume shall begin with 1, and be sequentially numbered.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Board's Office of Chief Counsel will provide informal opinions and interpretations, which are not binding on the Board, regarding the format of or information to be included in the application.
</P>
<P>(iv) All filing, service, or other requirements of these procedures must be complied with when filing the application. Copies of the application filed with the Board shall be marked in red “Railroad Consolidation Application” on the transmittal envelope or package.
</P>
<P>(v) The application shall conform to the typographical specifications of § 1104.2.
</P>
<P>(vi) The information and data required of any applicant may be consolidated with the information and data required of the affiliated applicant carriers.
</P>
<P>(7) Acceptance or rejection of an application.
</P>
<P>(i) The Board shall accept a complete application no later than 30 days after the application is filed with the Board by publishing a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> A complete application contains all information for all applicant carriers required by these procedures, except as modified by advance waiver. The publication shall indicate the applicable time limits for processing the application. (These are the time limits of 49 U.S.C. 11325(b) for a <I>major</I> transaction, 49 U.S.C. 11325(c) for a <I>significant</I> transaction, and 49 U.S.C. 11325(d) for a <I>minor</I> transaction.)
</P>
<P>(ii) The Board shall reject an incomplete application by serving a decision no later than 30 days after the application is filed with the Board. The decision shall explain specifically why the application was incomplete. A revised application may be submitted, incorporating portions of the prior application by reference. The resubmission or refiling of an application shall be considered a <I>de novo</I> filing for the purpose of computation of the time periods, provided that the resubmitted application is accepted as complete.
</P>
<P>(8) The application must present a <I>prima facie</I> case. Applicants can fail to meet their burden of proof and thus not present a <I>prima facie</I> case either by (i) disclosing facts that, even if construed in their most favorable light, are insufficient to support a finding that the proposal is consistent with the public interest, or by (ii) disclosing facts that affirmatively demonstrate that the proposal is not in the public interest. See <I>Railroad Consolidation Procedures,</I> 363 I.C.C. 767 (1980).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Responsive applications.</I> (1) No responsive applications shall be permitted to minor transactions.
</P>
<P>(2) An inconsistent application will be classified as a major, significant, or minor transaction as provided in § 1180.2(a) through (c). The fee for an inconsistent application will be the fee for the type of transaction involved. See 49 CFR 1002.2(f)(38) through (41). The fee for any other type of responsive application is the fee for the particular type of proceeding set forth in 49 CFR 1002.2(f).
</P>
<P>(3) Each responsive application filed and accepted for consideration will automatically be consolidated with the primary application for consideration.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Evidentiary proceeding.</I> (1) The Board may order an oral public hearing, a hearing by written submissions, or another kind of evidentiary proceeding. The determination will generally be made on the basis of the needs indicated by the written comments.
</P>
<P>(2) The evidentiary proceeding will be completed:
</P>
<P>(i) Within 1 year after the primary application is accepted for a <I>major</I> transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) Within 180 days for a <I>significant</I> transaction; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Within 105 days for a <I>minor</I> transaction.
</P>
<P>(3) A final decision on the primary application and on all consolidated cases will be issued:
</P>
<P>(i) Within 90 days after the conclusion of the evidentiary proceeding for a <I>major</I> transaction;
</P>
<P>(ii) Within 90 days for a <I>significant</I> transaction; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Within 45 days for a <I>minor</I> transaction.
</P>
<P>(4) The Secretary of Transportation may propose modifications to any transaction and shall have standing to appear before the Board in support of any such proposed modification.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Waiver or clarification.</I> (1) Upon petition of a prospective applicant, the Board may waive or clarify a portion of these procedures. A petition to waive all of the procedures will not be entertained.
</P>
<P>(2) Except as otherwise provided in the procedural schedule adopted by the Board in any particular proceeding, petitions for waiver or clarification must be filed at least 45 days before the application is filed.
</P>
<P>(3) No replies to a petition for waiver will be permitted, except where a proceeding involving the same parties and a related transaction is pending before us. 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/> When a reply is permitted, the petition shall be served by first-class mail on all parties to the pending proceedings, with a reply due within 10 days of service. Replies to a petition for clarification shall be permitted within 10 days of the petition's filing.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> See <I>Itel Corp.—Control-Green Bay and W. R. Co.,</I> 354 I.C.C. 232, 233 (1978).</P></FTNT>
<P>(4) A waiver or clarification granted to any applicant in a proceeding shall apply to any other party to the proceeding unless otherwise indicated.
</P>
<P>(5) All petitions for waiver or clarification must specify the sections for which waiver or clarification is sought and give the specific reasons why each waiver or clarification is necessary.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Notice of exemption.</I> (1) To qualify for an exemption under § 1180.2(d), a railroad must file a verified notice of the transaction with the Board. Except for verified notices filed under § 1180.2(d)(9), all verified notices under § 1180.2(d) must be filed at least 30 days before the transaction is consummated, indicating the proposed consummation date. Verified notices filed under § 1180.2(d)(9) will become effective upon service of notice of the transaction by the Board. Before a verified notice is filed, the railroad shall obtain a docket number from the Board's Section of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel.
</P>
<P>(i) All notices filed under § 1180.2(d) shall contain the information required in § 1180.6(a)(1)(i) through (iii), (a)(5) and (6), and (a)(7)(ii), and indicate the level of labor protection to be imposed.
</P>
<P>(ii) Notices filed under §§ 1180.2(d)(7), 1180.2(d)(8), or 1180.2(d)(9) shall also contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(A) The name of the tenant railroad;
</P>
<P>(B) The name of the landlord railroad;
</P>
<P>(C) A description of the trackage rights, including a description of the track. For notices under § 1180.2(d)(8) and (9), the notice must state that the trackage rights are overhead rights. For notices under § 1180.2(d)(7), the notice must state whether the trackage rights are local or overhead;
</P>
<P>(D) The date the trackage rights transaction is proposed to be consummated;
</P>
<P>(E) The date temporary trackage rights will expire, if applicable; and
</P>
<P>(F) For notices under § 1180.2(d)(9), a description of the situation resulting in the outage in sufficient detail to allow the Board to determine an emergency exits, including, to the extent possible, the nature of the event that caused the unforeseen outage, the location of the outage, the date that the emergency situation occurred, the date the outage was discovered, and the expected duration of the outage.
</P>
<P>(iii) Except for notices filed under § 1180.2(d)(9), the Board shall publish a notice of exemption in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 16 days of the filing of the notice. For notices filed under § 1180.2(d)(9), the Board shall serve a notice of exemption on parties of record within 5 days after the verified notice of exemption is filed and shall publish that notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> The publication of notices under § 1180.2(d) will indicate the labor protection required.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the notice contains false or misleading information that is brought to the Board's attention, the Board shall summarily revoke the exemption for that carrier and require divestiture.
</P>
<P>(v) The filing of a petition to revoke under 49 U.S.C. 10502(d) does not stay the effectiveness of an exemption. Except for notices filed under § 1180.2(d)(9), stay petitions must be filed at least 7 days before the exemption becomes effective. For notices filed under § 1180.2(d)(9), stay petitions should be filed as soon as possible before the exemption becomes effective.
</P>
<P>(vi) Other exemptions that may be relevant to a proposal under this provision are codified at 49 CFR part 1150, subpart D, which governs transactions under 49 U.S.C. 10901. 


</P>
<P>(2) Some transactions may be subject to environmental review pursuant to the Board's environmental rules at 49 CFR part 1105.

 </P>
<P>(3)(i) Except for notices filed under § 1180.2(d)(7), § 1180.2(d)(8), or § 1180.2(d)(9), the filing party must certify whether a proposed acquisition or operation of a rail line involves a provision or agreement that may limit future interchange with a third-party connecting carrier, whether by outright prohibition, per-car penalty, adjustment in the purchase price or rental, positive economic inducement, or other means (“interchange commitment”). If such a provision or agreement exists, the following additional information must be provided (the information in paragraphs (g)(4)(i)(B), (D), and (G) of this section may be filed with the Board under 49 CFR 1104.14(a) and will be kept confidential without need for the filing of an accompanying motion for a protective order under 49 CFR 1104.14(b)):
</P>
<P>(A) The existence of that provision or agreement and identification of the affected interchange points; and
</P>
<P>(B) A confidential, complete version of the document(s) containing or addressing that provision or agreement;
</P>
<P>(C) A list of shippers that currently use or have used the line in question within the last two years;
</P>
<P>(D) The aggregate number of carloads those shippers specified in paragraph (g)(4)(i)(C) of this section originated or terminated (confidential);
</P>
<P>(E) A certification that the filing party has provided notice of the proposed transaction and interchange commitment to the shippers identified in paragraph (g)(4)(i)(C) of this section;
</P>
<P>(F) A list of third party railroads that could physically interchange with the line sought to be acquired or leased;
</P>
<P>(G) An estimate of the difference between the sale or lease price with and without the interchange commitment (confidential);
</P>
<P>(H) A change in the case caption so that the existence of an interchange commitment is apparent from the case title.
</P>
<P>(ii) To obtain information about an interchange commitment for use in a proceeding before the Board, a shipper or other affected party may be granted access to the confidential documents filed pursuant to § 1180.4(g)(4)(i) of this section by filing, and serving upon the petitioner, a “Motion for Access to Confidential Documents,” containing:
</P>
<P>(A) An explanation of the party's need for the information; and
</P>
<P>(B) An appropriate draft protective order and confidentiality undertaking(s) that will ensure that the documents are kept confidential.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Deadlines.</I> (A) Replies to a Motion for Access are due within 5 days after the motion is filed.
</P>
<P>(B) The Board will rule on a Motion for Access within 30 days after the motion is filed.
</P>
<P>(C) Parties must produce the relevant documents within 5 days of receipt of a Board approved, signed confidentiality agreement.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Official notice.</I> In connection with any application or request for relief under these procedures, the Board may take official notice of any or all of the following information. These data will be presumed valid unless discredited by any party. A party relying on information to be noticed officially shall list the information. Upon request, the party shall make the official notice material available. Any party is free to challenge the relevance or application of any such data, or the weight that should be accorded it.
</P>
<P>(1) Annual STB Form R-1 Reports submitted by rail carriers.
</P>
<P>(2) Quarterly Commodity Statistics submitted by rail carriers.
</P>
<P>(3) STB Monthly Labor Statistics.
</P>
<P>(4) Quarterly Financial Statements of Rail Carriers.
</P>
<P>(5) All other reports submitted to the STB under oath.
</P>
<P>(6) Annual 1-percent Waybill Sample.
</P>
<P>(7) Federal Reserve Board Production Statistics.
</P>
<P>(8) AAR compilations of bad order ratios, equipment ownership and repair statistics, and freight car order figures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 9844, Mar. 8, 1982] 
</CITA>
<EDNOTE>
<HED>Editorial Note:</HED><PSPACE>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 1180.4, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at <I>www.govinfo.gov.</I></PSPACE></EDNOTE>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1180.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.1.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1180.5   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1180.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.1.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1180.6   Supporting information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All applications filed under 49 U.S.C. 11323 shall show in the title the names of the applicants and the nature of the proposed transaction. Beneath the title indicate the name, title, business address, and telephone number of the person(s) to whom correspondence with respect to the application should be addressed. The following information shall be included in all applications:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the proposed transaction, including appropriate references to any supporting exhibits and statements contained in the application and discussing the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A brief summary of the proposed transaction, the name of applicants, their business address, telephone number, and the name of the counsel to whom questions regarding the transaction can be addressed.
</P>
<P>(ii) The proposed time schedule for consummation of the proposed transaction.
</P>
<P>(iii) The purpose sought to be accomplished by the proposed transaction, e.g., operating economies, eliminating excess facilities, improving service, or improving the financial viability of the applicants.
</P>
<P>(iv) The nature and amount of any new securities or other financial arrangements.
</P>
<P>(2) A detailed discussion of the public interest justifications in support of the application, indicating how the proposed transaction is consistent with the public interest, with particular regard to the relevant statutory criteria, including 
</P>
<P>(i) The effect of the transaction on inter- and intramodal competition, including a description of the relevant markets (see § 1180.7). Include a discussion of whether, as a result of the transaction, there is likely to be any lessening of competition, creation of a monopoly, or restraint of trade in freight surface transportation in any region of the United States.
</P>
<P>(ii) The financial consideration involved in the proposed transaction, and any economies, to be effected in operations, and any increase in traffic, revenues, earnings available for fixed charges, and net earnings, expected to result from the consummation of the proposed transaction.
</P>
<P>(iii) The effect of the increase, if any, of total fixed charges resulting from the proposed transaction.
</P>
<P>(iv) The effect of the proposed transaction upon the adequacy of transportation service to the public, as measured by the continuation of essential transportation services by applicants and other carriers.
</P>
<P>(v) The effect of the proposed transaction upon applicant carriers' employees (by class or craft), the geographic points where the impact will occur, the time frame of the impact (for at least 3 years after consolidation), and whether any employee protection agreements have been reached.
</P>
<P>(vi) The effect of inclusion (or lack of inclusion) in the proposed transaction of other railroads in the territory, under 49 U.S.C. 11324.
</P>
<P>(3) Any other supporting or descriptive statements applicants deem material.
</P>
<P>(4) An opinion of applicants' counsel that the transaction meets the requirements of the law and will be legally authorized and valid, if approved by the Board. This should include specific references to any pertinent provisions of applicants' bylaws or charter or articles of incorporation. 
<SU>2</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>2</SU> An opinion of counsel is not required in a control transaction for the party sought to be controlled, or in a responsive application for the party against whom relief is sought.</P></FTNT>
<P>(5) A list of the State(s) in which any part of the property of each applicant carrier is situated.
</P>
<P>(6) Map (exhibit 1). Submit a general or key map indicating clearly, in separate colors or otherwise, the line(s) of applicant carriers in their true relations to each other, short line connections, other rail lines in the territory, and the principal geographic points in the region traversed. If a geographically limited transaction is proposed, a map detailing the transaction should also be included. In addition to the map accompanying each application, 20 unbound copies of the map shall be filed with the Board.
</P>
<P>(7) Explanation of the transaction.
</P>
<P>(i) Describe the nature of the transaction (e.g., merger, control, purchase, trackage rights), the significant terms and conditions, and the consideration to be paid (monetary or otherwise).
</P>
<P>(ii) Agreement (exhibit 2). Submit a copy of any contract or other written instrument entered into, or proposed to be entered into, pertaining to the proposed transaction. 
<SU>3</SU>
<FTREF/> In addition, parties to exempt trackage rights agreements and renewal of agreements described at § 1180.2(d)(7) must submit one copy of the executed agreement or renewal agreement with the notice of exemption, or within 10 days of the date that the agreement is executed, whichever is later.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>3</SU> A final signed contract or agreement need not be filed with a responsive application. However, a draft contract or agreement should be submitted containing the significant terms proposed.</P></FTNT>
<P>(iii) If a consolidation or merger is proposed, indicate: (A) The name of the company resulting from the consolidation or merger; (B) the State or territory under the laws of which the consolidated company is to be formed or the merged company is to file its certificate of amendment; (C) the capitalization proposed for the resulting company; and (D) the amount and character of capital stock and other securities to be issued.
</P>
<P>(iv) Court order (exhibit 3). If a trustee, receiver, assignee, or personal representative of the real party in interest is an applicant, submit a certified copy of the order, if any, of the court having jurisdiction, authorizing the contemplated action.
</P>
<P>(v) State whether the property involved in the proposed transaction includes all the property of the applicant carriers and, if not, describe what property is included in the proposed transaction.
</P>
<P>(vi) Briefly describe the principal routes and termini of the lines involved, the principal points of interchange on the routes, and the amount of main-line mileage and branch line mileage involved.
</P>
<P>(vii) State whether any governmental financial assistance is involved in the proposed transaction and, if so, the form, amount, source, and application of such financial assistance.
</P>
<P>(8) Environmental data (exhibit 4). Submit information and data with respect to environmental matters prepared in accordance with 49 CFR part 1105. In major and significant transaction, applicants shall, as soon as possible, and no later than the filing of a notice of intent, consult with the Board's Office of Environmental Analysis for the proper format of the environmental report.
</P>
<P>(b) In a <I>major</I> transaction, submit the following information: 
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Form 10-K (exhibit 6).</I> Submit: The most recent filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under 17 CFR 249.310 made within the year prior to the filing of the application by each applicant or by any entity that is in control of an applicant. These shall not be incorporated by reference, and shall be updated with any Form 10-K subsequently filed with the SEC during the pendency of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Form S-4 (exhibit 7).</I> Submit: The most recent filing with the SEC under 17 CFR 239.25 made within the year prior to the filing of the application by each applicant or by any entity that is in control of an applicant. These shall not be incorporated by reference, and shall be updated with any Form S-4 subsequently filed with the SEC during the pendency of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Change in control (exhibit 8).</I> If an applicant carrier submits an annual report Form R-1, indicate any change in ownership or control of that applicant carrier not indicated in its most recent Form R-1, and provide a list of the principal six officers of that applicant carrier and of any related applicant, and also of their majority-owned rail carrier subsidiaries. If any applicant carrier does not submit an annual report Form R-1, list all officers of that applicant carrier, and identify the person(s) or entity/entities in control of that applicant carrier and all owners of 10% or more of the equity of that applicant carrier.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Annual reports (exhibit 9).</I> Submit: The two most recent annual reports to stockholders by each applicant, or by any entity that is in control of an applicant, made within 2 years of the date of filing of the application. These shall not be incorporated by reference, and shall be updated with any annual or quarterly report to stockholders issued during the pendency of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(5) Issues (exhibit 10). Submit a discussion of any other issues relevant to the transaction.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Corporate chart (exhibit 11).</I> Submit a corporate chart indicating all relationships between applicant carriers and all affiliates and subsidiaries and also companies controlling applicant carriers directly, indirectly or through another entity (with each chart indicating the percentage ownership of every company on the chart by any other company on the chart). For each company: include a statement indicating whether that company is a noncarrier or a carrier; and identify every officer and/or director of that company who is also an officer and/or director of any other company that is part of a different corporate family that includes a rail carrier. Such information may be referenced through notes to the chart.
</P>
<P>(7) If applicant is not a carrier, indicate (i) the type of business in which it is engaged, (ii) the length of time so engaged, and (iii) its present and prospective activities which have or may have a relation to transportation subject to 49 U.S.C. Subtitle IV.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Intercorporate or financial relationships.</I> Indicate whether there are any direct or indirect intercorporate or financial relationships at the time the application is filed, not disclosed elsewhere in the application, through holding companies, ownership of securities, or otherwise, in which applicants or their affiliates own or control more than 5% of the stock of a non-affiliated carrier, including those relationships in which a group affiliated with applicants owns more than 5% of the stock of such a carrier. Indicate the nature and extent of any such relationships, and, if an applicant owns securities of a carrier subject to 49 U.S.C. Subtitle IV, provide the carrier's name, a description of securities, the par value of each class of securities held, and the applicant's percentage of total ownership. For purposes of this paragraph, “affiliates” has the same meaning as “affiliated companies” in Definition 5 of the Uniform System of Accounts (49 CFR part 1201, subpart A).
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Employee impact exhibit.</I> The effect of the proposed transaction upon applicant carriers' employees (by class or craft), the geographic points where the impacts would occur, the time frame of the impacts (for at least 3 years after consolidation), and whether any employee protection agreements have been reached. This information (except with respect to employee protection agreements) may be set forth in the following format:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Effects on Applicant Carriers' Employees
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Current Location</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jobs Classification</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jobs Transferred to</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jobs Abolished</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Jobs Created</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Year</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(10) <I>Conditions to mitigate and offset merger-related harms.</I> Applicants are expected to propose measures to mitigate and offset merger-related harms. These conditions should not simply preserve, but also enhance, competition.
</P>
<P>(i) Applicants must explain how they would preserve competitive options for shippers and for Class II and III rail carriers. At a minimum, applicants must explain how they would preserve the use of major existing gateways, the potential for build-outs or build-ins, and the opportunity to enter into contracts for one segment of a movement as a means of gaining the right separately to pursue rate relief for the remainder of the movement.
</P>
<P>(ii) Applicants should explain how the transaction and conditions they propose would enhance competition and improve service.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Calculating public benefits.</I> Applicants must enumerate and, where possible, quantify the net public benefits their merger would generate (if approved). In making this estimate, applicants should identify the benefits that would arise from service improvements, enhanced competition, cost savings, and other merger-related public interest benefits, and should discuss whether the particular benefits they are relying upon could be achieved short of merger. Applicants must also identify, discuss, and, where possible, quantify the likely negative effects approval would entail, such as losses of competition, potential for service disruption, and other merger-related harms. In addition, applicants must suggest additional measures that the Board might take if it approves the application and the anticipated public benefits identified by applicants fail to materialize in a timely manner.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Downstream merger applications.</I> (i) Applicants should anticipate whether additional Class I mergers are likely to be proposed in response to their own proposal and explain how, taken together, these mergers, if approved, could affect the eventual structure of the industry and the public interest.
</P>
<P>(ii) Applicants are expected to discuss whether any conditions imposed on an approval of their proposed merger would have to be altered, or any new conditions imposed, if the Board should approve additional future rail mergers.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Purpose of the proposed transaction.</I> The purpose sought to be accomplished by the proposed transaction, such as improving service, enhancing competition, strengthening the nation's transportation infrastructure, creating operating economies, and ensuring financial viability.
</P>
<P>(c) In a <I>significant</I> transaction, submit the information specified in paragraphs (b)(3), (b)(5), (b)(6), (b)(7), and (b)(8) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 9844, Mar. 8, 1982. Redesignated at 47 FR 49592, Nov. 1, 1982, and amended at 50 FR 15751, Apr. 22, 1985; 56 FR 41806, Aug. 3, 1991; 57 FR 28641, June 26, 1992; 58 FR 63104, Nov. 30, 1993; 62 FR 9717, Mar. 4, 1997; 64 FR 53269, Oct. 1, 1999; 66 FR 32587, June 15, 2001; 83 FR 15080, Apr. 9, 2018] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1180.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.1.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1180.7   Market analyses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For <I>major</I> and <I>significant</I> transactions, applicants shall submit impact analyses (exhibit 12) describing the impacts of the proposed transaction—both adverse and beneficial—on inter-and intramodal competition with respect to freight surface transportation in the regions affected and on the provision of essential services by applicants and other carriers. An impact analysis should include underlying data, a study of the implications of those data, and a description of the resulting likely effects of the proposed transaction on the transportation alternatives that would be available to the shipping public. Each aspect of the analysis should specifically address significant impacts as they relate to the applicable statutory criteria (49 U.S.C. 11324(b) or (d)), essential services, and competition. Applicants must identify and address relevant markets and issues, and provide additional information as requested by the Board on markets and issues that warrant further study. Applicants (and any other party submitting analyses) must demonstrate both the relevance of the markets and issues analyzed and the validity of their methodology. All underlying assumptions must be clearly stated. Analyses should reflect the consolidated company's marketing plan and existing and potential competitive alternatives (inter- as well as intramodal). They can address: city pairs, interregional movements, movements through a point, or other factors; a particular commodity, group of commodities, or other commodity factor that would be significantly affected by the transaction; or other effects of the transaction (such as on a particular type of service offered).
</P>
<P>(b) For <I>major</I> transactions, applicants shall submit “full system” impact analyses (incorporating any operations in Canada or Mexico) from which they must demonstrate the impacts of the transaction—both adverse and beneficial—on competition within regions of the United States and this nation as a whole (including inter- and intramodal competition, product competition, and geographic competition) and the provision of essential services (including freight, passenger, and commuter) by applicants and other network links (including Class II and Class III rail carriers and ports). Applicants' impact analyses must at least provide the following types of information:
</P>
<P>(1) The anticipated effects of the transaction on traffic patterns, market concentrations, and/or transportation alternatives available to the shipping public. Consistent with § 1180.6(b)(10), these would incorporate a detailed examination of any competition-enhancing aspects of the transaction and of the specific measures proposed by applicants to preserve existing levels of competition and essential services;
</P>
<P>(2) Actual and projected market shares of originated and terminated traffic by railroad for each major point on the combined system. Applicants may define points as individual stations or as larger areas (such as Bureau of Economic Analysis statistical areas or U.S. Department of Agriculture Crop Reporting Districts) as relevant and indicate the extent of switching access and availability of terminal belt railroads. Applicants should list points where the number of serving railroads would drop from two to one and from three to two, respectively, as a result of the proposed transaction (both before and after applying proposed remedies for competitive harm);
</P>
<P>(3) Actual and projected market shares of revenues and traffic volumes for major interregional or corridor flows by major commodity group. Origin/destination areas should be defined at relevant levels of aggregation for the commodity group in question. The data should be broken down by mode and (for the railroad portion) by single-line and interline routings (showing gateways used);
</P>
<P>(4) For each major commodity group, an analysis of traffic flows indicating patterns of geographic competition or product competition across different railroad systems, showing actual and projected revenues and traffic volumes;
</P>
<P>(5) Maps and other graphic displays where helpful in illustrating the analyses in this section;
</P>
<P>(6) An explicit delineation of the projected impacts of the transaction on the ability of various network links (including Class II and Class III rail carriers and ports) to participate in the competitive process and to sustain essential services; and
</P>
<P>(7) Supporting data for the analyses in this section, such as the basis for projections of changes in traffic patterns, including shipper surveys and econometric or other statistical analyses. If not made part of the application, applicants shall make these data available in a repository for inspection by other parties or otherwise supply these data on request, for example, electronically. Access to confidential information will be subject to protective order. For information drawn from publicly available published sources, detailed citations will suffice.
</P>
<P>(8) If necessary, an explanation as to how the lack of reliable and consistent data has limited applicants' ability to satisfy any of the requirements in this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(c) For <I>significant</I> transactions, specific regulations on impact analyses are not provided so that the parties will have the greatest leeway to develop the best evidence on the impacts of each individual transaction. As a general guideline, applicants shall provide supporting data that may (but need not) include: current and projected traffic flows; data underlying sales forecasts or marketing goals; interchange data; market share analysis; and/or shipper surveys. <I>It is important to note that these types of studies are neither limiting nor all-inclusive.</I> The parties must provide supporting data, but are free to choose the type(s) and format. If not made part of the application, applicants shall make these data available in a repository for inspection by other parties or otherwise supply these data on request, for example, electronically. Access to confidential information will be subject to protective order. For information drawn from publicly available published sources, detailed citations will suffice.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 32588, June 15, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1180.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.1.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1180.8   Operational data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Applications for <I>major</I> transactions must include a full-system operating plan—incorporating any prospective operations in Canada and Mexico—from which they must demonstrate how the proposed transaction would affect operations within regions of the United States and on a nationwide basis. As part of the environmental review process, applicants shall submit:
</P>
<P>(1) A Safety Integration Plan, prepared in consultation with the Federal Railroad Administration, to ensure that safe operations would be maintained throughout the merger implementation process.
</P>
<P>(2) Information on what measures they plan to take to address potentially blocked crossings as a result of merger-related changes in operations or increases in rail traffic.
</P>
<P>(b) For <I>major</I> and <I>significant</I> transactions: Operating plan (exhibit 13). Submit a summary of the proposed operating plan changes, based on the impact analyses, that will result from the transaction, and their anticipated timing, allowing for any time required to complete rehabilitation, upgrading, yard construction, or other major operational changes following consummation of the proposed transaction. The plan should make clear the gains in service, operating efficiencies, and other benefits anticipated from the merger. The plan should include:
</P>
<P>(1) The patterns of service on the properties, including the proposed principal routes, proposed consolidations of main-line operations, and the anticipated traffic density and general categories of traffic (including numbers of trains) on all main and secondary lines in the system. Identify all yards expected to have an increase in activity greater than 20 percent. Changes in operations may be summarized in a <I>pro forma</I> density chart.
</P>
<P>(2) If commuter or other passenger services are operated over the lines of applicant carriers, detail any impacts anticipated on such services, including delays which may be occasioned because a line is scheduled to handle increased traffic due to route consolidations. 
</P>
<P>(3) The anticipated equipment requirements of the proposed system, including locomotives, rolling stock by type, and maintenance-of-way equipment; plans for acquisition and retirement of equipment; projected improvements in equipment utilization and their relation to operating changes; and how these will lead to the financial and service benefits described in the summary. 
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the effect of any deferred maintenance or delayed capital improvements on any road or equipment properties involved, the schedule for eliminating such deferrals, details of general system rehabilitation including rehabilitation relating to the transaction (including proposed yard and terminal modifications), and how these activities will lead to the service improvements or operating economies anticipated from the transaction. 
</P>
<P>(5) Density charts (exhibit 14). Gross ton-mile traffic density charts shall be filed for applicant carriers containing a map geographically showing those lines handling 1 million gross ton-miles per mile road or more per year and respective densities, expressed in gross ton-miles per year, in each direction, in segments of such lines between major freight yards and terminals, including major intramodal and intermodal interchange points, using the corporate or political subdivision name of the points shown as well as the railroad station name. The mileage of each segment of line shall be provided, and should be shown on the chart. Data shown in the density chart shall be for the latest available full calendar year preceding the filing of the application. At applicants' option data may be shown on the density chart or an explanatory list. 
</P>
<P>(c) For <I>minor</I> transactions: Operating plan-minor (exhibit 15). Discuss any significant changes in patterns or types of service as reflected by the operating plan expected to be used after consummation of the transaction. Where relevant, submit information related to the following: 
</P>
<P>(1) Traffic level density on lines proposed for joint operations. 
</P>
<P>(2) Impacts on commuter or other passenger service operated over a line which is to be downgraded, eliminated, or operated on a consolidated basis. 
</P>
<P>(3) Operating economies, which include, but are not limited to, estimated savings. 
</P>
<P>(4) Any anticipated discontinuances or abandonments. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 9844, Mar. 8, 1982. Redesignated at 47 FR 49592, Nov. 1, 1982, as amended at 66 FR 32589, June 15, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1180.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.1.7.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1180.9   Financial information.</HEAD>
<P>The following information shall be provided for <I>major</I> transactions, and for carriers shall conform to the Board's Uniform System of Accounts, 49 CFR part 1201: 
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Pro forma</I> balance sheet (exhibit 16). Where the transaction involves a proceeding other than a control, a <I>pro forma</I> balance sheet statement giving effect to the proposed transaction commencing for the first year of the Impact Analysis in exhibit 12. The data shall be presented in columnar form showing:
</P>
<P>(1) In the <I>first</I> column, the balance sheet of transferee on a corporate entity basis,
</P>
<P>(2) In the <I>second</I> column, a balance sheet of transferor, on a corporate entity basis,
</P>
<P>(3) In the <I>third</I> column, <I>pro forma</I> adjustments and eliminations; and
</P>
<P>(4) In the <I>fourth</I> column, transferee's balance sheet giving effect to consumation of the proposed transaction. 
<SU>4</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>4</SU> Where the purchase of a line or line segment is involved, a procedure utilizing three columns should be followed. The <I>first</I> column should show transferee's actual balance sheet on a corporate entity basis for the latest available 12-month period, the <I>second</I> column should show the adjustments necessitated by the purchase, and the <I>third</I> is a compilation of the first two columns into a <I>pro forma</I> balance sheet. 
</P>
<P>The transferor shall file a balance sheet similar to the one filed by the transferee, with the <I>second</I> column reflecting the adjustments resulting from the sale. 
</P>
<P>If the parent company (if any) of the transferee or transferor is affected, a similar balance sheet shall be filed for each. 
</P>
<P>All adjustments to these balance sheets shall be supported in footnotes to the appropriate balance sheet.</P></FTNT>
<FP>Each adjustment and elimination shall be properly footnoted and fully explained. A <I>pro forma balance sheet shall be submitted for the number of years following consummation necessary to effect the operating plan.</I> 
</FP>
<P>(b) <I>Pro forma</I> income statement (exhibit 17). Where the transaction involves a proceeding other than a control, submit a <I>pro forma</I> income statement showing transferee's estimate of revenues, expenses, and net income for at least each of the 3 years following consummation of the transaction. 
<SU>5</SU>
<FTREF/> The <I>pro forma</I> data shall be presented in columnar form, showing
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>5</SU> If the operating plan requires more than 3 years to be put into effect, the <I>pro forma</I> income statement shall be prepared for as many years as necessary to implement fully the operating plan.</P></FTNT>
<P>(1) in the first column, transferee's actual income statement on a corporate entity basis for the year indicated in the impact analysis in exhibit 12;
</P>
<P>(2) in the <I>second</I> column, a similar income statement for the transferor;
</P>
<P>(3) in the <I>third</I> column, forecasted adjustments to the combined revenues, expenses, and net income to reflect increases or decreases anticipated under the unified operations, and
</P>
<P>(4) in the fourth column, a compilation of the first three columns into a <I>pro forma</I> income statement. 
<SU>6</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>6</SU> Where the purchase of a line or line segment is involved, a procedure utilizing three columns should be followed. The <I>first</I> column should show transferee's actual income statement on a corporate entity basis for the latest available 12-month period, the <I>second</I> column should show the adjustment necessitated by the purchase, and the <I>third</I> column is a compilation of the first two columns into a <I>pro forma</I> income statement.
</P>
<P>The transferor shall file an income statement similar to the one filed by the transferee, with the second column reflecting the adjustments resulting from the sale.
</P>
<P>If the parent company (if any) of the transferor or transferee is affected, a similar statement shall be filed for each.
</P>
<P>All adjustments to these income statements shall be supported in footnotes to the appropriate income statements.</P></FTNT>
<FP>The adjustments are to be supported by a statement explaining the basis used in determining the estimated changes in revenues, expenses, and net income appearing in the <I>third</I> column. Additionally, if the major financial advantages to be derived from the proposed transaction will not occur within 3 years after consummation, then applicant shall furnish additional information to reflect the number of years within which the financial advantages will be realized. The basis for all such data furnished shall be fully explained and supported.
</FP>
<P>(c) Sources and application of funds (exhibit 18). Transferor's and transferee's statement of sources and application of funds for the current year, and a forecast 
<SU>7</SU>
<FTREF/> of sources and application of funds for each carrier (if a merger or consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation) for the year following consummation of the proposed transaction, and the years necessary to effectuate the operating plan. 
<SU>8</SU>
<FTREF/> The form and content of these statements should be constructed in accordance with the schedule: “Statement of Changes in Financial Position” required in the most recently filed Annual Report R-1 for Class I railroads.
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>7</SU> The forecast should reflect only changes anticipated to result from the proposed transaction. Forecasts are not required to reflect general economic conditions unrelated to the proposed transaction.</P></FTNT>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>8</SU> The <I>pro forma</I> balance sheets (exhibit 16), <I>pro forma</I> income statements (exhibit 17), and sources and application of funds (exhibit 18) shall cover the same years.</P></FTNT>
<P>(d) Property encumbrance (exhibit 19). If any of the property covered by the application is encumbered and applicant has agreed to assume obligation or liability in respect thereof, submit:
</P>
<P>(1) A description of the property encumbered.
</P>
<P>(2) Amount of encumbrance and full description thereof, including maturity, interest rate, and other terms and conditions.
</P>
<P>(3) Amount of encumbrance assumed or to be assumed by applicant.
</P>
<P>(e) The Board will incorporate by reference the current balance sheets and income statements of Class I railroads which are on file with the Board. Class II and Class III railroads, and non-carrier entities shall submit balance sheets (exhibit 20) and income statements (exhibit 21) covering a period ending within 6 months before the application is filed. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 9844, Mar. 8, 1982. Redesignated at 47 FR 49592, Nov. 1, 1982, and amended at 58 FR 63104, Nov. 30, 1993; 62 FR 9717, Mar. 4, 1997; 64 FR 53269, Oct. 1, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1180.10" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.1.7.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1180.10   Service assurance plans.</HEAD>
<P>For <I>major</I> transactions: Applicants must submit a Service Assurance Plan, which, in concert with the operating plan requirements, identifies the precise steps to be taken by applicants to ensure that projected service levels would be attainable and that key elements of the operating plan would improve service. The plan shall describe with reasonable precision how operating plan efficiencies would translate into present and future benefits for the shipping public. The plan must also describe any potential area of service degradation that might result due to operational changes and how instances of degraded service might be mitigated. Like the Operating Plan on which it is based, the Service Assurance Plan must be a full-system plan encompassing:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Integration of operations.</I> Based on the operating plan, and using appropriate benchmarks, applicants must develop a Service Assurance Plan describing how the proposed transaction would result in improved service levels and how and where service might be degraded. This description should be a precise route level review, but not a shipper-by-shipper review. Nonetheless, the plan should be sufficient for individual shippers to evaluate the projected improvements and changes, and respond to the potential areas of service degradation for their customary traffic routings. The plan should inform Class II and III railroads and other connecting railroads of the operational changes or changes in service terms that might affect their operations, including operations involving major gateways.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Coordination of freight and passenger operations.</I> If Amtrak or commuter services are operated over the lines of applicant carriers, applicants must describe definitively how they would continue to facilitate these operations so as to fulfill existing performance agreements for those services. Whether or not the passenger services are operated over lines of applicants or applicants' operations are on the lines of passenger agencies, applicants must establish operating protocols ensuring effective communications with Amtrak and/or regional rail passenger operators to minimize any potential transaction-related negative impacts.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Yard and terminal operations.</I> The operational fluidity of yards and terminals is key to the successful implementation of a transaction and effective service to shippers. Applicants must describe how the operations of principal classification yards and major terminals would be changed or revised and how these revisions would affect service to customers. As part of this analysis, applicants must furnish dwell time benchmarks for each facility described in this paragraph, and estimate what the expected dwell time would be after the revised operations are implemented. Also required will be a discussion of on-time performance for the principal yards and terminals in the same terms as required for dwell time.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Infrastructure improvements.</I> Applicants must identify potential infrastructure impediments (using volume/capacity line and terminal forecasts), formulate solutions to those impediments, and develop time frames for resolution. Applicants must also develop a capital improvement plan (to support the operating plan) for timely funding and completion of the improvements critical to transition of operations. They should also describe improvements related to future growth, and indicate the relationship of the improvements to service delivery.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Information technology systems.</I> Because the accurate and timely integration of applicants' information systems is vitally important to service, applicants must identify the process to be used for systems integration and training of involved personnel. This must include identification of the principal operations-related systems, operating areas affected, implementation schedules, the realtime operations data used to test the systems, and pre-implementation training requirements needed to achieve completion dates. If such systems will not be integrated and on line prior to implementation of the transaction, applicants must describe the interim systems to be used and the adequacy of those systems to ensure service delivery.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Customer service.</I> To achieve and maintain customer confidence in the transaction and to ensure the successful integration and consolidation of existing customer service functions, applicants must identify their plans for the staffing and training of personnel within or supporting the customer service centers. This discussion must include specific information on the planned steps to familiarize customers with any new processes and procedures that they may encounter in using the consolidated systems and/or changes in contact locations, telephone numbers, or communication mode.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Labor.</I> Applicants must furnish a plan for reaching necessary labor implementing agreements. Applicants must also provide evidence that sufficient qualified employees would be available at the proper locations to effect implementation.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Training.</I> Applicants must establish a plan for providing necessary training to employees involved with operations, train and engine service, operating rules, dispatching, payroll and timekeeping, field data entry, safety and hazardous material compliance, and contractor support functions (e.g., crew van service), as well as training for other employees in functions that would be affected by the acquisition.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Contingency plans for merger-related service disruptions.</I> To address potential disruptions of service that could occur, applicants must establish contingency plans. Those plans, based upon available resources and traffic flows and density, must identify potential areas of disruption and the risk of occurrence. Applicants must provide evidence that contingency plans would be in place to promptly restore adequate service levels. Applicants must also provide for the establishment of problem resolution teams and describe the specific procedures to be utilized for problem resolution.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Timetable.</I> Applicants must identify all major functional or system changes/consolidations that would occur and the time line for successful completion.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Benchmarking.</I> Specific benchmarking requirements may vary with the transaction. The minimum for benchmarking will be the 12 monthly periods immediately preceding the filing date of the notice of intent to file the application. Benchmarking is intended to provide an historic monthly baseline against which actual post-transaction levels of performance can be measured. Benchmarking data should be sufficiently detailed and encompassing to give a meaningful picture of operational performance for the newly merged system. Applicants will report in a matrix structure giving the historic monthly (benchmark) data and provide for the reporting of actual monthly data during the monitoring period. It is important that data reflect uniformly constructed measures of historic and post-transaction operations. Minimum benchmark data include:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Corridor performance benchmarking.</I> Benchmarks will consist of route level performance information including flow data for traffic moving on the applicants' systems. These data will encompass flows to and from major points. A major point could be a Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) statistical area, or it can be a railroad-created point based on an operational grouping of stations or interchanges, or it could be another similar construction. It will be necessary for applicants to define traffic points used to establish benchmarks for purposes of monitoring. A sufficient number of corridor flows must be reported so as to fully represent system flows, including interchanges with short lines and other Class I's, and internal traffic of the respective applicants before the transaction. In addition to identifying traffic flows by areas, they also must be identified by commodity sector (for example, merchandise, intermodal, automotive, unit coal, unit grain etc.). Data for each flow must include: traffic volume in carloads (units), miles (area to area), and elapsed time in hours. Only loaded traffic need be included.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Yard and terminal benchmarking</I>—(i) <I>Terminal dwell.</I> Terminal dwell for major yards will be calculated in hours for cars handled, not including run-through and bypass trains or maintenance of way and bad order cars.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>On time originations by major yard.</I> On time originations are based on the departure of scheduled trains originating at a particular yard.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>System benchmarking.</I> (i) Cars on line.
</P>
<P>(ii) Average train velocity, by train type.
</P>
<P>(iii) Locomotive fleet size and applicable bad order ratios.
</P>
<P>(iv) Passenger train performance for commuter and intercity passenger services.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 32589, June 15, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1180.11" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.1.7.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1180.11   Transnational and other informational requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For applicants whose systems include operations in Canada or Mexico, applicants must explain how cooperation with the Federal Railroad Administration would be maintained to address potential impacts on operations within the United States of operations or events elsewhere on their systems.
</P>
<P>(b) All applicants must assess whether any restrictions or preferences under foreign or domestic law or policies could affect their commercial decisions, and discuss any ownership restrictions applicable to them.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 32590, June 15, 2001]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Transfer or Operation of Lines of Railroads in Reorganization</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1180.20" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.76.2.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1180.20   Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Transactions under 11 U.S.C. 1172, for the transfer or operation of lines of bankrupt railroads under a plan of reorganization are governed by the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) If the buyer or operator is not a carrier, the Notice of Exemption procedures in subpart D of part 1150 of this title. 
</P>
<P>(2) If the buyer or operator is a carrier, either:
</P>
<P>(i) The application procedures in subpart A of this part; or,
</P>
<P>(ii) The procedures in part 1121 of this title for a petition to exempt the transaction from prior approval requirements of 49 U.S.C. 11323 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) The Board will establish or modify its existing procedures and deadlines as necessary in each proceeding to comply with appropriate orders of the Bankruptcy Court. 
</P>
<P>(c) Under 11 U.S.C. 1172(c)(1), the Board is required to provide affected employees with adequate protection. The Board will impose the minimum levels required by 49 U.S.C. 11326, unless a need is shown for greater levels of protection. 
</P>
<P>(d) All applications, notices, and petitions for exemption within the scope of § 1180.20(a) shall advise the Board that the proposed transaction involves the transfer or operation of lines in reorganization.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 57112, Dec. 3, 1992; 57 FR 61585, Dec. 28, 1992, as amended at 62 FR 9717, Mar. 4, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1182" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.77" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1182—PURCHASE, MERGER, AND CONTROL OF MOTOR PASSENGER CARRIERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 559; 21 U.S.C. 862; and 49 U.S.C. 13501, 13541(a), 13902(c), and 14303.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>63 FR 46397, Sept. 1, 1998, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1182.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.77.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1182.1   Applications covered by this part.</HEAD>
<P>The rules in this part govern applications for authority under 49 U.S.C. 14303 to consolidate, merge, purchase, lease, or contract to operate the properties or franchises of motor carriers of passengers or to acquire control of motor carriers of passengers. There is no application form for these proceedings. Applicants shall file a pleading containing the information described in 49 CFR 1182.2. <I>See</I> 49 CFR 1002.2(f) (2) and (5) for filing fees.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1182.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.77.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1182.2   Content of applications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The application must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Full name, address, and authorized signature of each of the parties to the transaction;
</P>
<P>(2) Copies or descriptions of the pertinent operating authorities of all of the parties (<E T="04">Note:</E> If an applicant is domiciled in Mexico or owned or controlled by persons of that country, copies of the actual operating authorities must be submitted.);
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the proposed transaction;
</P>
<P>(4) Identification of any motor passenger carriers affiliated with the parties, a brief description of their operations, and a summary of the intercorporate structure of the corporate family from top to bottom;
</P>
<P>(5) A jurisdictional statement, under 49 U.S.C. 14303(g), that the 12-month aggregate gross operating revenues, including revenues of all motor carrier parties and all motor carriers controlling, controlled by, or under common control with any party from all transportation sources (whether interstate, intrastate, foreign, regulated, or unregulated) exceeded $2 million. (<E T="04">Note:</E> The motor passenger carrier parties and their motor passenger carrier affiliates may select a consecutive 12-month period ending not more than 6 months before the date of the parties' agreement covering the transaction. They must, however, select the same 12-month period.)
</P>
<P>(6) A statement indicating whether the transaction will or will not significantly affect the quality of the human environment and the conservation of energy resources;
</P>
<P>(7) Information to demonstrate that the proposed transaction is consistent with the public interest, including particularly: the effect of the proposed transaction on the adequacy of transportation to the public; the total fixed charges (e.g., interest) that result from the proposed transaction; and the interest of carrier employees affected by the proposed transaction. <I>See</I> 49 U.S.C. 14303(b);
</P>
<P>(8) Certification by applicant of the current U.S. Department of Transportation safety fitness rating of each motor passenger carrier involved in the transaction, whether that carrier is a party to the transaction or is affiliated with a party to the transaction;
</P>
<P>(9) Certification by the party acquiring any operating rights through the transaction that it has sufficient insurance coverage under 49 U.S.C. 13906 (a) and (d) for the service it intends to provide;
</P>
<P>(10) A statement indicating whether any party acquiring any operating rights through the transaction is either domiciled in Mexico or owned or controlled by persons of that country; and
</P>
<P>(11) If the transaction involves the transfer of operating authority to an individual who will hold the authority in his or her name, that individual must complete the following certification:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I, _____, certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States, that I have not been convicted, after September 1, 1989, of any Federal or State offense involving the distribution or possession of a controlled substance, or that I have been so convicted, but I am not ineligible to receive Federal benefits, either by court order or operation of law, pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 862.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) The application shall contain applicants' entire case in support of the proposed transaction, unless the Board finds, on its own motion or that of a party to the proceeding, that additional evidentiary submissions are required to resolve the issues in a particular case.
</P>
<P>(c) Any statements submitted on behalf of an applicant supporting the application shall be verified, as provided in 49 CFR 1182.8(e). Pleadings consisting strictly of legal argument, however, need not be verified.
</P>
<P>(d) If an application or supplemental pleading contains false or misleading information, the granted application is void ab initio.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 46397, Sept. 1, 1998, as amended at 83 FR 15080, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1182.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.77.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1182.3   Filing the application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each application shall be filed with the Board, complying with the requirements set forth at 49 CFR 1182.8.
</P>
<P>(1) One copy of the application shall be delivered, by first-class mail, to the appropriate regulatory body in each State in which intrastate operations are affected by the transaction.
</P>
<P>(2) If the application involves the merger or purchase of motor passenger carriers (contemplating transfer of operating authorities or registrations from one or more parties to others), one copy of the application shall be delivered, by first-class mail, to:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Office of Registration &amp; Safety Information, Chief, Registration, Licensing &amp; Insurance Division, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, Mail Stop W65-331, Washington, DC 20590</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) In their application, the parties shall certify that they have delivered copies of the application as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 46397, Sept. 1, 1998, as amended at 83 FR 15080, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1182.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.77.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1182.4   Board review of the application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All applications will be reviewed for completeness. Applicants will be given an opportunity to correct minor errors or omissions. Incomplete applications may be rejected, or, if omissions are corrected, the filing date of the application, for purposes of calculating the procedural schedule and statutory deadlines, will be deemed to be the date on which the complete information is filed with the Board.
</P>
<P>(b) If the application is accepted, a summary of the application will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> (within 30 days, as provided by 49 U.S.C. 14303(c)), to give notice to the public, in the form of a tentative grant of authority.
</P>
<P>(c) If the published notice does not properly describe the transaction for which approval is sought, applicants shall inform the Board within 10 days after the publication date.
</P>
<P>(d) A copy of the application will be available for inspection at the Board's offices in Washington, DC. Interested persons may obtain a copy of the application from the applicants' representative, as specified in the published notice.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1182.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.77.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1182.5   Comments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Comments concerning an application must be received by the Board within 45 days after notice of the application is published, as provided by 49 U.S.C. 14303(d). Failure to file a timely comment waives further participation in the proceeding. If no comments are filed opposing the application, the published tentative grant of authority will automatically become effective at the close of the comment period. A tentative grant of authority does not entitle the applicant to consummate the transaction before the end of the comment period.
</P>
<P>(b) A comment shall be verified, as provided in 49 CFR 1182.8(e), and shall contain all information upon which the commenter intends to rely, including the grounds for any opposition to the transaction and the commenter's interest in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(c) The docket number of the application must be conspicuously placed at the top of the first page of the comment.
</P>
<P>(d) A copy of the comment shall be delivered concurrently to applicants' representative(s).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1182.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.77.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1182.6   Processing an opposed application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If timely comments are submitted in opposition to an application, the tentative grant of authority is void.
</P>
<P>(b) Applicants may file a reply to opposing comments, within 60 days after the date the application was published.
</P>
<P>(1) The reply may include a request for an expedited decision on the issues raised by the comments. Otherwise, the reply may not contain any new evidence, but shall only rebut or further explain matters previously raised.
</P>
<P>(2) The reply shall be verified, as provided in 49 CFR 1182.8(e), unless it consists strictly of legal argument.
</P>
<P>(3) Applicants' reply must be served on each commenter in such manner that it is received no later than the date it is due to be filed with the Board.
</P>
<P>(4) Opposing commenters may reply to a request for an expedited decision, within 70 days after notice of the application was published.
</P>
<P>(c) The Board may:
</P>
<P>(1) Dispense with further proceedings and make a final determination based on the record as developed; or
</P>
<P>(2) Issue a procedural schedule specifying the dates by which: applicants may submit additional evidence in support of the application, in response to the comment(s) in opposition; and the opposing commenter(s) may reply.
</P>
<P>(d) Further processing of an opposed application will be handled on a case-by-case basis, as appropriate to the particular issues raised in the comments filed in opposition to the application. Evidentiary proceedings must be concluded within 240 days after publication of the notice of the application.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1182.7" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.77.0.7.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1182.7   Interim approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A party may request interim approval of the operation of the properties sought to be acquired through the proposed transaction, for a period of not more than 180 days pending determination of the application. This request may be included in the application or may be submitted separately after the application is filed (e.g., once a comment opposing the application has been filed). An additional filing fee is required, whether the request for interim approval is included in the application or is submitted separately at a later time. <I>See</I> 49 CFR 1002.2(f)(5) for the additional filing fee.
</P>
<P>(b) A request for interim approval of the operation of the properties sought to be acquired in the application must show that failure to grant interim approval may result in destruction of or injury to those properties or substantially interfere with their future usefulness in providing adequate and continuous service to the public.
</P>
<P>(c) If a request for interim approval is submitted after the application is filed, it must be served on each person who files or has filed a comment in response to the published notice of the application. Service must be simultaneous upon those commenters who are known when the request for interim approval is submitted; otherwise, service must be within 5 days after the comment is received by applicants or their representative.
</P>
<P>(d) Because the basis for requesting interim approval is to prevent destruction of or injury to motor passenger carrier properties sought to be acquired under 49 U.S.C. 14303, the processing of such requests is intended to promote expeditious decisions regarding interim approval. The Board has no obligation to give public notice of requests for interim approval, and such requests are decided without hearing or other formal proceeding.
</P>
<P>(1) If a request for interim approval is included in the application, the Board's decision with regard to interim approval will be served in conjunction with the notice accepting the application.
</P>
<P>(2) If an application is rejected, the request for interim approval will be denied.
</P>
<P>(3) If an application is denied, after comments in opposition are submitted, any interim approval will terminate 30 days after service of the decision denying the application.
</P>
<P>(e) A petition to reconsider a grant of interim approval may be filed only by a person who has filed a comment in opposition to the application.
</P>
<P>(1) A petition to reconsider a grant of interim approval must be in writing and shall state the specific grounds upon which the commenter relies in opposing interim approval. The petition shall certify that a copy has been served on applicants' representative.
</P>
<P>(2) The petition to reconsider a grant of interim approval shall be filed with the Board, and one copy of the petition shall be served on applicants' representative(s).
</P>
<P>(f) The Board may act on a petition to reconsider a grant of interim approval either separately or in connection with the final decision on the application.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 46397, Sept. 1, 1998, as amended at 84 FR 12945, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1182.8" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.77.0.7.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1182.8   Miscellaneous requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If applicants wish to withdraw an application, they shall jointly request dismissal in writing.
</P>
<P>(b) All pleadings (including motions and replies) submitted under this part shall be served on all other parties, concurrently and by the same (or more expeditious) means with which they are filed with the Board.
</P>
<P>(c) Each pleading shall contain a certificate of service stating that the pleading has been served in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) All applications and pleadings containing statements of fact (i.e., except motions to strike, replies thereto, and other pleadings that consist only of legal argument) must be verified by the person offering the statement, in the following manner:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I, [<I>Name and Title of Witness</I>], verify under penalty of perjury, under the laws of the United States of America, that all information supplied in connection with this application is true and correct. Further, I certify that I am qualified and authorized to file this application or pleading. I know that willful misstatements or omissions of material facts constitute Federal criminal violations punishable under 18 U.S.C. 1001 by imprisonment up to five years and fines up to $10,000 for each offense. Additionally, these misstatements are punishable as perjury under 18 U.S.C. 1621, which provides for fines up to $2,000 or imprisonment up to five years for each offense.
</P>
<FP-1>[<I>Signature and Date</I>]</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) If completion of a transaction requires the transfer of operating authorities or registrations from one or more parties to others, the parties shall comply with relevant procedures of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, and comply with ministerial requirements of relevant State procedures.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[63 FR 46397, Sept. 1, 1998, as amended at 83 FR 15080, Apr. 9, 2018; 84 FR 12945, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1182.9" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.77.0.7.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1182.9   Notices of exemption.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A transaction within a motor passenger corporate family is exempt from 49 U.S.C. 14303 if it does not result in adverse changes in service levels, significant operational changes, or a change in the competitive balance with motor passenger carriers outside the corporate family. The Board has found that its prior review and approval of these transactions is not necessary to carry out the transportation policy of 49 U.S.C. 13101; regulation is not necessary to protect shippers from abuse of market power; and an exemption is in the public interest. See 49 U.S.C. 13541(a).
</P>
<P>(b) To qualify for a class exemption, a party must file a verified notice of the exempt transaction with the Board. The notice shall contain a brief summary of the proposed transaction, the name of the applicants, their business address and telephone number, and the name of counsel to whom questions would be addressed. The notice shall describe the purpose of the transaction and give the proposed consummation date for the transaction, which must be at least 7 days after the filing of the notice. The notice shall describe any contracts or agreements that have been entered into, or will be entered into, concerning the transaction, and shall indicate the impact, if any, that the transaction would have on employees.
</P>
<P>(c) The Board shall publish notice of the exemption in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> within 30 days from the filing of the verified notice of exemption. If the notice contains false or misleading information, the Board shall summarily revoke the exemption and require divestiture. Petitions to revoke the exemption under 49 U.S.C. 13541(d) may be filed at any time and will be granted upon a finding that the application of 49 U.S.C. 14303 to the person, class, or transportation is necessary to carry out the transportation policy of 49 U.S.C. 13101.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 8281, Feb. 17, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1184" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.78" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1184—MOTOR CARRIER POOLING OPERATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 14302.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>46 FR 21181, Apr. 9, 1981, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 47 FR 49595, Nov. 1, 1982.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1184.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.78.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1184.1   Scope and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This statement of policy on motor carrier pooling applications implements section 20 of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980 [Pub. L. No. 96-296, 94 Stat. 793]. The Act's provisions are now contained at 49 U.S.C. 14302.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 21181, Apr. 9, 1981, as amended at 64 FR 53269, Oct. 1, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1184.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.78.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1184.2   Contents of a pooling application.</HEAD>
<P>A pooling application filed under 49 U.S.C. 14302 should include the following information:
</P>
<P>(a) An identification of all the carriers who are parties to the pooling agreement;
</P>
<P>(b) A general description of the transaction;
</P>
<P>(c) A specific description of the operating authorities sought to be pooled;
</P>
<P>(d) The basis to establish that the agreement is a genuine pooling arrangement (as opposed to a lease or interline arrangement);
</P>
<P>(e) A description of what applicants consider to be the relevant transportation markets affected by the proposed agreement;
</P>
<P>(f) The competitive routing and service alternatives that would remain if the agreement is approved, to the best of applicant's knowledge;
</P>
<P>(g) If there is a lessening of such alternatives, an estimate of the public benefits that will accrue from approval, or new competition that will arise, which would offset such lessening;
</P>
<P>(h) A narrative assessment of how the pooling arrangement will affect present and future competition in the area, including a description of the projected volume of traffic, the revenues, and the commodities which will be subject to the pooling agreement;
</P>
<P>(i) Certification that rates set for traffic moving under the agreement do not violate the restrictions on collective ratemaking contained in 49 U.S.C. Subtitle IV and Board regulations;
</P>
<P>(j) A narrative statement as to the relative transportation importance of the pooling agreement as it would affect the public and the national transportation system;
</P>
<P>(k) If any known non-pooling carriers authorized to transport the subject traffic are not included in the pooling arrangement explain why, and explain whether inclusion would enhance or restrain competition;
</P>
<P>(l) A statement of the energy and environmental effects of the agreement, if any; and
</P>
<P>(m) Certification by applicant, or its representatives, that the representations made in the application are, to the best of applicant's knowledge and belief, true and complete.
</P>
<FP>As appendices, applicants must submit: (1) A copy of the pooling agreement; (2) a copy of the specific operating authority of each carrier which is the subject of the pooling agreement; and (3) a caption summary (for <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication) of the pooling transaction sought to be approved.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 21181, Apr. 9, 1981. Redesignated and amended at 47 FR 49595, Nov. 1, 1982; 64 FR 53269, Oct. 1, 1999]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1184.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.78.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1184.3   Processing pooling applications.</HEAD>
<P>After the pooling application is received (not less than 50 days before the effective date specified in the pooling agreement), the Board will either reject it or determine initially whether the pooling agreement is of major transportation importance and whether there is a substantial likelihood that the pooling agreement will unduly restrain competition. If neither of these two factors is present, the application will be granted without further hearing. Where either factor is found to exist, the application will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> using the caption summary filed with the application, and a hearing will be scheduled (normally to receive written verified statements) to consider the issues further. In this second phase of the proceeding, the Board will consider whether the pooling agreement would be in the interest of better service to the public or of economy of operation and whether it will unduly restrain competition.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1185" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.79" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1185—INTERLOCKING OFFICERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 10502, and 11328.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 2042, Jan. 15, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1185.1" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.79.0.7.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1185.1   Definitions and scope of regulations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part addresses the requirement of 49 U.S.C. 11328 authorization of the Surface Transportation Board (STB) needed for a person to hold the position of officer or director of more than one rail carrier, except where only Class III carriers are involved. STB authorization is not needed for individuals seeking to hold the positions of officers or directors only of Class III railroads. 49 U.S.C. 11328(b).
</P>
<P>(b) When a person is an officer of a Class I railroad and seeks to become an officer of another Class I railroad, an application under 49 U.S.C. 11328(a) (or petition for individual exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502) must be filed. All other “interlocking directorates” have been exempted as a class from the prior approval requirements of 49 U.S.C. 11328(a), pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10502 and former 49 U.S.C. 10505. For such interlocking directorates exempted as a class, no filing with the STB is necessary to invoke the exemption.
</P>
<P>(c) An <I>interlocking directorate</I> exists whenever an individual holds the position of officer or director of one rail carrier and assumes the position of officer or director of another rail carrier. This provision applies to any person who performs duties, or any of the duties, ordinarily performed by a director, president, vice president, secretary, treasurer, general counsel, general solicitor, general attorney, comptroller, general auditor, general manager, freight traffic manager, passenger traffic manager, chief engineer, general superintendent, general land and tax agent or chief purchasing agent.
</P>
<P>(d) For purposes of this part, a <I>rail carrier</I> means a person providing common carrier railroad transportation for compensation (except a street, suburban, or interurban electric railway not operating as part of the general system of rail transportation), and a corporation organized to provide such transportation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1185.2" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.79.0.7.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1185.2   Contents of application.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each application shall state the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The full name, occupation, business address, place of residence, and post office address of the applicant.
</P>
<P>(2) A specification of every carrier of which the applicant holds stock, bonds, or notes, individually, as trustee, or otherwise; and the amount of, and accurate description of, such securities of each carrier for which the applicant seeks authority to act. (Whenever it is contemplated that the applicant will represent on the board of directors of any carrier securities other than those owned by the applicant, the application shall describe such securities, state the character of representation, the name of the beneficial owner or owners, and the general nature of the business conducted by such owner or owners.)
</P>
<P>(3) Each and every position with any carrier:
</P>
<P>(i) Which is held by the applicant at the time of the application; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Which the applicant seeks authority to hold, together with the date and manner of his or her election or appointment thereto and, if the applicant has entered upon the performance of his duties in any such position, the nature of the duties so performed and the date when he first entered upon their performance. (A decision authorizing a person to hold the position of director of a carrier will be construed as sufficient to authorize that person to serve also as chairman of its board of directors or as a member or chairman of any committee or committees of such board; and, therefore, when authority is sought to hold the position of director, the applicant need not request authority to serve in any of such other capacities.)
</P>
<P>(4) As to each carrier covered by the requested authorization, whether it is an operating carrier, a lessor company, or any other corporation organized for the purpose of engaging in rail transportation. (If any such carrier neither operates nor owns any railroad providing transportation that is subject to 49 U.S.C. 10501, the application shall include a copy of such carrier's charter or certificate or articles of incorporation, with amendments to date or, if already filed with the former Interstate Commerce Commission (ICC) or with the STB, a reference thereto, with any intervening amendments.)
</P>
<P>(5) A full statement of pertinent facts relative to any carrier involved which does not make annual reports to the STB.
</P>
<P>(6) Full information as to the relationship—operating, financial, competitive, or otherwise—existing between the carriers covered by the requested authorization.
</P>
<P>(7) Every corporation—industrial, financial, or miscellaneous—of which the applicant is an officer or director, and the general character of the business conducted by such corporation.
</P>
<P>(8) The reasons, fully, why the granting of the authority sought will not affect adversely either public or private interests.
</P>
<P>(9) Whether or not any other application for authority has been made in behalf of the applicant and, if so, the date and docket number thereof, by whom made, and the action thereon, if any.
</P>
<P>(b) When application has been made on behalf of any person, a subsequent application by that person need not repeat any statement contained in the previous application but may incorporate the same by appropriate reference. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1185.3" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.79.0.7.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1185.3   Procedures.</HEAD>
<P>The original application or petition shall be signed by the individual applicant or petitioner and shall be verified under oath. Petitions and applications should comply with the STB's general rules of practice set forth at 49 CFR part 1104. Applications or petitions may be made by persons on their own behalf. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1185.4" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.79.0.7.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1185.4   General authority.</HEAD>
<P>Any person who holds or seeks specific authority to hold positions with a carrier may also request general authority to act as an interlocking officer for all affiliated or subsidiary companies or properties used or operated by that carrier, either separately or jointly, with other carriers. A carrier may apply for general authority on behalf of an individual who has already received authority to act as an interlocking officer. However, a carrier may not apply for general authority for an individual who holds a position with another railroad which is not an affiliate or subsidiary of the carrier or whose properties are not used or operated by the carrier, either separately or jointly with other carriers. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1185.5" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.79.0.7.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1185.5   Common control.</HEAD>
<P>It shall not be necessary for any person to secure authorization to hold the position of officer or director of two or more carriers if such carriers are operated under common control or management either:
</P>
<P>(a) Pursuant to approval and authority of the ICC granted under former 49 U.S.C. 11343-44 or by the STB granted under 49 U.S.C. 11323-24; or
</P>
<P>(b) Pursuant to an exemption authorized by the ICC under former 49 U.S.C. 10505 or by the STB under 49 U.S.C. 10502; or
</P>
<P>(c) Pursuant to a controlling, controlled, or common control relationship which has existed between such carriers since before June 16, 1933. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 2042, Jan. 15, 1997, as amended at 69 FR 58366, Sept. 30, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1185.6" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.79.0.7.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1185.6   Jointly used terminal properties.</HEAD>
<P>Any person holding the position of officer or director of a carrier is relieved from the provisions of this part to the extent that he or she may also hold a directorship and any other position to which that person may be elected or appointed with a terminal railroad the properties of which are operated or used by the carrier jointly with other carriers. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1187-1199" NODE="49:8.1.1.2.80" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1187-1199 [RESERVED] 


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV4>

</DIV3>

</DIV2>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
<ECFRBRWS>
<AMDDATE>June 8, 2026
</AMDDATE>

<DIV1 N="9" NODE="49:9" TYPE="TITLE">

<HEAD>Title 49—Transportation--Volume 9</HEAD>
<CFRTOC>
<SUBTI>
<HED>SUBTITLE B—<E T="04">Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)</E>
</HED></SUBTI>
<PTHD>Part
</PTHD>
<CHAPTI>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter x</E>—Surface Transportation Board (Continued)
</SUBJECT>
<PG>1200
</PG>
<RESERVED><E T="04">chapter xi</E>—Research and Innovative Technology Administration, Department of Transportation [Reserved] 
</RESERVED>
<SUBJECT><E T="04">chapter xii</E>—Transportation Security Administration, Department of Homeland Security
</SUBJECT>
<PG>1510


</PG></CHAPTI></CFRTOC>
<DIV2 N="Subtitle B" NODE="49:9.1" TYPE="SUBTITLE">
<HEAD>Subtitle B—Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued)


</HEAD>

<DIV3 N="X" NODE="49:9.1.1" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER X—SURFACE TRANSPORTATION BOARD (CONTINUED)</HEAD>

<DIV4 N="C" NODE="49:9.1.1.1" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER C—ACCOUNTS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="1200-1219" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1200-1219—UNIFORM SYSTEMS OF ACCOUNTS


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1200" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1200—GENERAL ACCOUNTING REGULATIONS UNDER THE INTERSTATE COMMERCE ACT
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11142, 11143, 11144, 11145.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1200.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.2.0.1.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1200.1   Financial statements released by carriers.</HEAD>
<P>Carriers desiring to do so may prepare and publish financial statements in reports to stockholders and others, except in reports to this Board, based on generally accepted accounting principles for which there is authoritative support, provided that any variance from this Board's prescribed accounting rules contained in such statements is clearly disclosed in footnotes to the statements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20123, Dec. 20, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1200.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.2.0.1.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1200.2   Adoption of generally accepted accounting principles issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Accounting Series Circulars.</I> Following the release of a Statement of Financial Accounting Standards by the FASB, and provided that the Office of Economics, and Administration of the Board considers such standards appropriate for the Board's accounting regulations, the Office of Economics shall issue an Accounting Series Circular (ASC) requiring carriers under the Board's jurisdiction to follow the new standards in their accounts and reports filed with the Board. The Office shall also specify in the ASC the proper accounting procedures that the carriers shall follow.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Carriers' and Interested Parties' Comments on the ASC.</I> The ASC issued by the Office of Economics, and Administration will remain effective until revoked by the Office of Economics, and Administration. After an ASC is issued, the Office of Economics, and Administration shall allow carriers and interested parties 45 days following the service date of the ASC during which the respondents may submit to the Office their comments and reasons either supporting or opposing the ASC.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Formal Adoption of the New Accounting Standards.</I> After considering the comments submitted in response to the ASC, and based on the proposal of the Office of Economics, and Administration, the Board will decide whether or not to adopt the new accounting standards specified in the ASC by revising the Uniform Systems of Accounts, (49 CFR 1201 through 1210).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Accounting Standards Not Appropriate for Board's Use.</I> The Office of Economics, and Administration may determine that a new FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards is not appropriate for use by carriers under the Board's jurisdiction. In such instances, the Office shall issue an ASC to advise the carriers that the new standards shall not be used in their reports filed with the Board. The carriers and interested parties shall be allowed 45 days following the ASC's service date to submit comments to the Board. The Board will then determine whether or not to revise the Uniform Systems of Accounts to conform to the new accounting standards.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 26314, June 19, 1978, as amended at 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002; 83 FR 17300, Apr. 19, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1201" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1201—RAILROAD COMPANIES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 11142 and 11164.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.3.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Uniform System of Accounts</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV7 N="2" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.3.1.2" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>List of Instructions and Accounts

<HED1>REGULATIONS PRESCRIBED</HED1></HEAD>

<P>(i) <I>Regulations prescribed.</I> Carriers by railroad subject to provisions of the Interstate Commerce Act and not independently operated as electric lines, and each lessor of such a carrier, shall comply with regulations in this part as presented hereinafter.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Definitions.</I>
</P>
<P>1. <I>Abandonment</I> means the withdrawal from transportation service of a branch line or other track segment or facility, representing a permanent reduction in plant.
</P>
<P>2. <I>Accounts</I> means the accounts prescribed in this system of accounts.
</P>
<P>3. <I>Actually issued</I> as applied to funded debt securities or capital stock issued or assumed by the company, means those which have been sold to bona fide purchasers or holders for a valuable consideration (including those issued in exchange for other securities or other property) and such purchasers or holders secured them free from control by the carriers. Also securities issued as dividends on stock.
</P>
<P>4. <I>Actually outstanding</I> as applied to funded debt securities or capital stock issued or assumed by the carrier means those which have been actually issued and are neither retired and canceled nor reacquired and held by or for the accounting company.
</P>
<P>5. (a) <I>Affiliated companies</I> means companies or persons that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries control, or are controlled by, or are under common control with, the accounting carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Control</I> (including the terms <I>controlling, controlled by,</I> and <I>under common control with</I>) means the possession directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a company, whether such power is exercised through one or more intermediary companies, or alone, or in conjunction with, or pursuant to an agreement, and whether such power is established through a majority of minority ownership or voting of securities, common directors, officers or stockholders, voting trusts, holding trusts, associated companies, contract or any other direct or indirect means.
</P>
<P>6. <I>Amortization</I> means the gradual extinguishment of an amount in an account by distributing such amount over a fixed period dependent on the requirements of regulatory bodies, over the life of the asset or liability to which it applies, or over the period during which it is anticipated the benefit will be realized.
</P>
<P>7. <I>Carrier</I> as used herein and when not otherwise indicated in the context means any carrier to which this system of accounts is applicable.
</P>
<P>8. <I>Consolidation</I> means the formation of a new company. See instruction 2-15.
</P>
<P>9. <I>Board</I> means the Surface Transportation Board.
</P>
<P>10. <I>Compensating balance</I> means the portion of any demand deposit (or any time deposit or certificate of deposit) maintained by a carrier (or by any person on behalf of the carrier) which constitutes support for existing borrowing arrangements of the carrier with a lending institution. Such arrangements include both outstanding borrowings and the assurance of future credit availability. (The compensating balance requirement should be adjusted by the amount of float unless such adjustment would cause the compensating balance to be greater than the cash balance per carrier's books.) The float adjustment is made by subtracting the float from the compensating balance requirement if the collected bank ledger balance exceeds the cash balance per carrier's books or by adding the float to the compensating balance requirement if the collected bank ledger balance is less than the cash balance per carrier's books.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Float</I> means deposits and withdrawals in transit which constitute a difference between the collected bank ledger balance and the cash balance per carrier's books.
</P>
<P>11. <I>Cost center</I> refers to an organizational subdivision for which cost data are desired and for which provision is made to accumulate costs such as a terminal, yard, or track segment. A cost center may correspond to a given area of responsibility for which costs are presently accumulated for planning and control. A cost center is the smallest segment of activity or area of responsibility for which costs are accumulated and directly traceable.
</P>
<P>12. <I>Cost of renewal</I> means the cost of additional material applied (other than the value assigned second-hand parts remaining in the rebuilt unit) plus the cost of labor used in the rebuilding process, exclusive of the portion applicable to dismantling and repair of old parts reused.
</P>
<P>13. <I>Cost of removal</I> means cost of demolishing, dismantling, tearing down or otherwise removing property.
</P>
<P>14. <I>Debt issue cost</I> means all costs in connection with the issuance and sale of evidences of debt, such as fees for drafting mortgages and trust deeds; fees for issuing or recording evidences of debt; cost of engraving and printing bonds and certificates of indebtedness; fees paid trustees, specific costs of obtaining governmental authority; fees for legal services; fees and commissions paid underwriters, brokers and salespeople for marketing such evidences for debt; fees and costs of listing on exchanges; and other like costs.
</P>
<P>15. <I>Discount</I> as applied to funded debt securities or capital stock issued or assumed by the carrier, means the excess of the par or face value of the securities plus interest or dividends accrued at the date of the sale over the cash value of the consideration received from their sale.
</P>
<P>16. <I>Equity security</I> encompasses any instrument representing ownership shares (e.g., common, preferred and other capital stock), or the right to acquire (e.g., warrants, rights, and call options) or dispose of (e.g., put options) ownership shares in an enterprise at fixed or determinable prices. The term does not encompass preferred stock that by its terms either must be redeemed by the issuing enterprise or is redeemable at the option of the investor, nor does it include treasury stock or convertible bonds.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Marketable,</I> as applied to an equity security, means an equity security as to which sales prices or bid and ask prices are currently available on a national securities exchange (i.e., those registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission) or in the over-the-counter market. In the over-the-counter market, an equity security shall be considered marketable when a quotation is publicly reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotations System or by the National Quotations Bureau, Inc. (provided, in the latter case, that quotations are available from at least three dealers). Equity securities traded in foreign markets shall be considered marketable when such markets are of a breadth and scope comparable to those referred to above. This definition is not met by restricted stock (securities for which sale is restricted by a governmental or contractual requirement except where such requirement terminates within one year or where the holder has the power to cause the requirement to be met within one year). Any portion of the stock which can reasonably be expected to qualify for sale within one year, such as may be the case under Rule 144 or similar rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, is not considered restricted.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Market value</I> refers to the aggregate of the market price of a single share or unit times the number of shares or units of each marketable equity security in the portfolio. When an equity has taken positions involving short sales, sales of calls, and purchases of puts for marketable equity securities and the same securities are included in the portfolio, those contracts shall be taken into consideration in the determination of market value of the marketable equity securities.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cost,</I> as applied to a marketable equity security, refers to the original cost as adjusted for unrealized holding gains and losses.
</P>
<P>17. (a) <I>Income taxes</I> means taxes based on income determined under provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code and foreign, state and other taxes (including franchise taxes) based on income.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Income tax expense</I> means the amount of income taxes (whether or not currently payable or refundable) allocable to a period in the determination of net income.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Pretax accounting income</I> means income or loss for a period, exclusive of related income tax expense.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Taxable income</I> means the excess of revenues over deductions or the excess of deductions over revenue to be reported for income tax purposes for a period.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Timing differences</I> means differences between the periods in which transactions affect taxable income and the periods in which they enter into the determination of pretax accounting income. Timing differences originate in one period and reverse or <I>turn around</I> in one or more subsequent periods. Some timing differences reduce income taxes that would otherwise be payable currently; others increase income taxes that would otherwise be payable currently.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Permanent differences</I> means differences between taxable income and pretax accounting income arising from transactions that, under applicable tax laws and regulations, will not be offset by corresponding differences or <I>turn around</I> in other periods.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Tax effects</I> means differentials in income taxes of a period attributable to (1) revenue or expense transactions which enter into the determination of pretax accounting income in one period and into the determination of taxable income in another period, (2) deductions or credits that may be carried backward or forward for income tax purposes and (3) adjustments of prior periods and direct entries to other stockholders' equity accounts which enter into the determination of taxable income in a period but which do not enter into the determination of pretax accounting income of that period. A permanent difference does not result in a <I>tax effect</I> as that term is used in this definition.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Deferred taxes</I> means tax effects which are deferred for allocation to income tax expense of future periods.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Interperiod tax allocation</I> means the process of apportioning income taxes among periods.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Tax allocation within a period</I> means the process of apportioning income tax expenses applicable to a given period between income before extraordinary items and extraordinary items, and of associating the income tax effects of adjustments of prior periods and direct entries to other stockholders' equity accounts with these items.
</P>
<P>18. (a) <I>Investor</I> means a business entity that holds an investment in voting stock of another company.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Investee</I> means a corporation that issued voting stock held by an investor.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Corporate joint venture</I> is a company owned and operated as a separate and specific business or project for the mutual benefit of the members of the group. Joint facilities for purposes of this system of accounts are not considered corporate joint ventures.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Dividends</I> when applied to distributions received from investees unless otherwise specified, means dividends received or receivable in cash, other assets, or another class of stock and does not include stock dividends or stock splits.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Earnings or losses of an investee</I> and <I>financial position of an investee</I> refer to net income (or net loss) and financial position of an investee determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Undistributed earnings of an investee</I> means net income less dividends declared whether received or not.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Date of acquisition</I> is the date on which the investor assumes the rights of ownership. Ordinarily, this is the date assets are received and other assets are given or securities issued.
</P>
<P>19. <I>Joint facility</I> means any owned or leased carrier operating property occupied or operated jointly by the carrier and one or more other carriers, under an arrangement whereby the cost and income are apportioned to the parties to the joint agreement. Portions of a structure or other property used exclusively by each of two or more carriers are not joint facilities.
</P>
<P>20. <I>Ledger value</I> of an account means the undepreciated or unamortized cost of acquisition of the item to the carrier, recorded in the general ledger. In case the cost of any item of property is not shown separately in the ledger, the ledger value of that item shall be its proportionate share of the value of the entire group in which the particular property is included.
</P>
<P>21. <I>Merger</I> means the acquisition of one company by another. See instruction 2-15.
</P>
<P>22. <I>Minor items of property</I> means the associated parts or items of which units of property are composed.
</P>
<P>23. <I>Net railway operating income:</I> Operating revenue remaining after deducting operating expenses, income taxes on ordinary income, and the provision for deferred income taxes. Also, in arriving at NROI, deduct the Income from Lease of Road and Equipment and add the Rent for Leased Road and Equipment, formerly accounts 509 and 542, respectively.
</P>
<P>24. <I>Net salvage value</I> means salvage value of property retired less the cost of removal.
</P>
<P>25. <I>Nominally issued</I> as applied to funded debt securities or capital stock issued or assumed by the carrier, means those which have been signed, certified by trustees, or otherwise executed, and placed with the proper officer for sale and delivery, or pledged, or otherwise placed in some special fund of the accounting company, but which have not been sold or issued directly to the trustees of such fund in accordance with contractual requirements.
</P>
<P>26. <I>Nominally outstanding</I> as applied to funded debt securities or capital stock issued or assumed by the carrier, means those which, after being actually issued, have been reacquired by or for the accounting company under such circumstances which require them to be considered as held alive and not retired and canceled.
</P>
<P>27. <I>Premium</I> as applied to funded debt securities or capital stock issued or assumed by the carrier, means the excess of the cash value of the consideration received from their sale over the sum of their par (stated value of no par stock) or face value and interest or dividends accrued at the date of sale.
</P>
<P>28. <I>Programmed track replacements</I> are costs incurred as part of a track replacement program or planned expenditures. Programmed track replacements are generally performed by relatively large work gangs which, on the basis of programmed and authorized work orders, use heavy mechanized equipment to replace rail, ties and other track material. For guidance on what not to capitalize, see the notes to the text of Accounts 8, 9 and 11.
</P>
<P>29. <I>Property retired</I> means units of property which have been removed, sold, abandoned, destroyed, or which for any cause have been permanently withdrawn from service; also minor items of property not replaced.
</P>
<P>30. <I>Rail Transportation Property.</I> Rail transportation property is all property and other assets, irrespective of ownership, that comprise the entire operating unit devoted to rail transportation service. This definition comprises the following accounts:
</P>
</DIV7>

</DIV6>

<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>701 Cash
</FP-1>
<FP-1>703 Special deposits
</FP-1>
<FP-1>704 Loans and notes receivable
</FP-1>
<FP-1>705 Accounts receivable—interline and other balances
</FP-1>
<FP-1>706 Accounts receivable—customers
</FP-1>
<FP-1>707 Accounts receivable—other
</FP-1>
<FP-1>708.5 Receivable with affiliated companies
</FP-1>
<FP-1>709 Accrued accounts receivable
</FP-1>
<FP-1>710 Working funds
</FP-1>
<FP-1>711 Prepayments
</FP-1>
<FP-1>712 Material and supplies
</FP-1>
<FP-1>713 Other current assets
</FP-1>
<FP-1>714 Deferred income tax charges
</FP-1>
<FP-1>731 Road and equipment property
</FP-1>
<FP-1>732 Improvements on leased property</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>31. <I>Salvage value</I> means the amount received from the sale of operating property retired less any expenses in connection with the sale or in preparing the property for sale. If the property is retained for reuse, the salvage value shall be recorded in account 712, Materials and Supplies, or other appropriate account at an amount not to exceed its recorded cost (actual or average), or current market value, whichever is lower.
</P>
<P>32. <I>Segment of a business</I> refers to a component of an entity whose activities represent a separate major line of business or class of customer. A segment may be in the form of a subsidiary, a division, or a department, and in some cases a joint venture or other non-subsidiary investee, provided that its assets, results of operations, and activities can be clearly distinguished, physically and operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the other assets, results of operations, and activities of the entity. The fact that the results of operations of the segment being sold or abandoned cannot be separately identified strongly suggests that the transaction should not be classified as a disposal of a segment of business.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Measurement date</I> means the date on which the management having authority to approve the action commits itself to a formal plan to dispose of a segment of the business, whether by abandonment or sale. The measurement date for disposals requiring Commission approval shall be the service date of the Order authorizing the disposal.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disposal date</I> refers to the date of closing the sale, if the disposal is by sale or the date that operations cease if the disposal is by abandonment.
</P>
<P>33. <I>Service life</I> means the period between the date when operating property is placed in service and the date of its retirement.
</P>
<P>34. <I>Service value</I> means the ledger value of operating property less its salvage value (see definition 17).
</P>
<P>35. <I>Track maintenance</I> is material and labor costs of routine track repairs such as sporadic tie replacement, repair of broken rails, tightening track bolts and track spikes. A more complete list of maintenance items are included in notes to the text of Accounts 8, 9 and 11.
</P>
<P>36. <I>Work equipment</I> means equipment which can be coupled in a train for movement over the carrier's tracks, and which is used in the carrier's work service. See equipment listing for account 57, <I>Work equipment.</I>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 44 FR 3493, Jan. 19, 1979; 45 FR 31110, May 12, 1980; 48 FR 7183, Feb. 18, 1983; 48 FR 33718, July 25, 1983; 49 FR 2254, Jan. 19, 1984; 52 FR 4321, Feb. 11, 1987; 81 FR 19907, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HED1>GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
</HED1></CITA>
<P>1-1 <I>Classification of carriers.</I> (a) For purposes of accounting and reporting, carriers are grouped into the following three classes:
</P>
<P><I>Class I:</I> Carriers having annual carrier operating revenues of $900 million or more after applying the railroad revenue deflator formula shown in Note A.
</P>
<P><I>Class II:</I> Carriers having annual carrier operating revenues of less than $900 million but in excess of $40.4 million after applying the railroad revenue deflator formula shown in Note A.
</P>
<P><I>Class III:</I> Carriers having annual carrier operating revenues of $40.4 million or less after applying the railroad revenue deflator formula shown in Note A.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) The class to which any carrier belongs shall be determined by annual carrier operating revenues after the railroad revenue deflator adjustment. Families of railroads operating within the United States as a single, integrated rail system will be treated as a single carrier for classification purposes. Upward and downward reclassification will be effected as of January 1 in the year immediately following the third consecutive year of revenue qualification.
</P>
<P>(2) If a Class II or Class III carrier's classification is changed based on three years' adjusted revenues the carrier shall complete and file the Classification Index Survey Form with the Board by March 31 of the year following the end of the period to which it relates.
</P>
<P>(3) Newly organized carriers shall be classified on the basis of their annual carrier operating revenues after railroad revenue deflator adjustment for the latest period of operation. If actual data are not available, new carriers shall be classified on the basis of their carrier operating revenues known and estimated for a year (after railroad revenue deflator adjustment).
</P>
<P>(4) When a business combination occurs, such as a merger, reorganization, or consolidation, the surviving carrier shall be reclassified effective January 1 of the next calendar year on the basis of the combined revenue for the year when the combination occurred (after railroad revenue deflator adjustment).
</P>
<P>(5) In unusual circumstances, such as partial liquidation and curtailment or elimination of contracted services, where regulations will unduly burden the carrier, the carrier may request the Board for an exception to the regulations. This request shall be in writing specifying the conditions justifying an exception.
</P>
<P>(c) Class I carriers shall keep all of the accounts of this system which are applicable to their operations. Class II and III carriers are not required to maintain the accounts of this system.
</P>
<P>(d) All switching and terminal companies, regardless of their operating revenues will be designated Class III carriers.
</P>
<P>(e) Unless provided for otherwise, all electric railway carriers, regardless of operating revenues, will be designated Class III carriers.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The railroad revenue deflator formula is based on the Railroad Freight Price Index developed by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. The formula is as follows: Current Year's Revenues × (2019 Average Index/Current Year's Average Index).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>See related regulations 49 CFR 1241.15 Railroad classification survey form.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 27185, June 18, 1992; 57 FR 31754, July 17, 1992; 66 FR 56245, Nov. 7, 2001; 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002; 86 FR 17551, Apr. 5, 2021]
</CITA>
<P>1-2 <I>Classification of accounts.</I> (a) Accounts are prescribed to cover cost of property used in transportation operations and operations incidental thereto and for revenues, expenses, taxes, rents, and other items of income for such operations. Separate accounts are prescribed for investment in property not used in transportation operations and for other investments and income therefrom; for unusual and infrequent items; for operations and disposal of discontinued segments; for extraordinary items and accounting changes; and for assets, liabilities and capital includable in the balance sheet statement. Retained earnings accounts form the connecting link between the income account and the equity section of the balance sheet. They are provided to record the transfer of net income or loss for the year; certain capital transactions; and, when authorized by the Board, other items.
</P>
<P>(b) The cost of property, and the revenues, expenses, taxes and rents for miscellaneous operations involving the use of such facilities as hotels, restaurants, grain elevators, storage warehouses, power plants, cold storage plants, etc., shall not be included in the accounts prescribed for transportation operations unless the operation of the facilities is conducted by the railway companies in connection with furnishing transportation services. Likewise, the cost of property, the revenues, expenses, taxes, and rents arising from the operation of stockyards shall not be included in accounts prescribed for transportation operations unless operation of the facilities is conducted in connection with transportation of livestock. It is not intended that cost of property and income arising from incidental public stockyards service rendered by stockyards primarily devoted to transportation services shall be excluded from transportation operation accounts.
</P>
<P>(c) Joint facility accounts are provided for the joint users of tracks, bridges, yards, wharves, stations, and other facilities in which to record items in settlement for use of such facilities. When the compensation for the use of facilities is a fixed amount or is based upon a charge per passenger, ton, car or other unit, the amount shall be fairly apportioned by the operating company among the joint facility operating expense and income accounts. The creditor shall show the distribution of these charges upon its bills, and such distribution shall be adhered to by the debtor. Train service in connection with the line haul of traffic, including that operated under a joint arrangement for the benefit of two or more carriers, is not considered a joint facility operation.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) <I>Extraordinary Items.</I> All items of profit and loss recognized during the year are includable in ordinary income unless evidence clearly supports their classification as extraordinary items.
</P>
<P>Extraordinary items are characterized by both their unusual nature and infrequent occurrence taking into account the environment in which the firm operates; they must also meet the materiality standard.
</P>
<P>Unusual means the event or transaction must possess a high degree of abnormality and be of a type clearly unrelated to, or only incidentally related to the ordinary and typical activities of the entity.
</P>
<P>Infrequent occurrence means the event or transaction shall be of a type not reasonably expected to recur in the foreseeable future.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Unusual or Infrequent Items.</I> Material events unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence but not both, thus not meeting both criteria for classification as extraordinary, shall be includable in the accounts provided as separate components of income/expense from continuing operations.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Discontinued Operations.</I> The results of continuing operations shall be reported separately from discontinued operations and any gain or loss resulting from disposal of a segment of a business (see definition 23(a)) shall be reported in conjunction with the related results of discontinued operations and not as an extraordinary item. The disposal of a segment of a business shall be distinguished from other disposals of assets incident to the evolution of the entity's business, such as the disposal of part of a line of business, the shifting of production or marketing activities for a particular line of business from one location to another, the phasing out of a product line or class of service, and other changes occasioned by technological improvements. If a loss is expected from the proposed sale or abandonment of a segment, the estimated loss shall be provided for at the measurement date (see definition 23(b)). If a gain is expected, it shall be recognized when realized, which ordinarily is the disposal date (see definition 23(c)).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Prior period adjustments.</I> Only the following two items of profit and loss shall be accounted for and reported as prior period adjustments and excluded from the determination of net income for the current period:
</P>
<P>(1) Correction of an error in the financial statements of a prior period, and
</P>
<P>(2) Adjustments that result from realization of income tax benefits of preacquisition operating loss carryforwards of purchased subsidiaries.
</P>
<P>With the exception of the two items just mentioned, all items of profit and loss recognized during a period shall be included in the determination of net income for that period.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The carrier shall follow generally accepted accounting principles where an interpretation of the rules is needed or obtain an interpretation from its public accountant or the Board.</P></NOTE>
<P>(5) <I>Accounting Changes.</I> Errors in financial statements result from mathematical mistakes, mistakes in the application of accounting principles, or oversight or misuse of facts that existed at the time the financial statements were prepared. In contrast, a change in an accounting estimate results from new information or subsequent developments and from better insight or judgment. Correction of an error should be accomplished through a prior period adjustment [See Instruction 1-2(d)(4)]. Changes in an accounting estimate should be accounted for in the period of change (and future period if the change affects both)(See Instruction 1-7). A change in an accounting principle or accounting entity should be referred to this Board for approval. The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle should ordinarily be reflected in the account provided for in determining net income.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Materiality.</I> As a general standard an item shall be considered material when it exceeds 10 percent of annual income (loss) before extraordinary items. An item may also be considered in relation to the trend of annual earnings before extraordinary items or other appropriate criteria. Items shall be considered individually and not in the aggregate in determining materiality. However, the effects of a series of related transactions arising from a single specific and identifiable event or plan of action shall be aggregated to determine materiality.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Board Approval and Accountant's Letter.</I> Items shall be included in the accounts provided for extraordinary items, unusual or infrequent items, discontinued operations, prior period adjustments and cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles only upon approval of the Board. If the carrier retains the service of an independent accountant, a request for using these accounts shall be accompanied by a letter from the independent accountant approving or otherwise commenting on the request.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The carrier may refer to generally accepted accounting principles for further guidance in applying paragraph (d) above.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 43 FR 37455, Aug. 23, 1978; 52 FR 4321, 4324, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>1-3 <I>Records.</I> (a) Each carrier shall keep its books of account, and all other books, records, and memoranda which support the entries in such books of account so as to be able to furnish readily full information as to any item included in any account. Each entry shall be supported by such detailed information as will permit ready identification, analysis, and verification of all facts relevant thereto.
</P>
<P>(b) All expenditures including the expense accounts of officers and employees shall be supported by vouchers, payrolls, receipted bills, canceled checks, receipts for petty cash payments, or other evidences of the expenditures incurred.
</P>
<P>(c) The books referred to herein include not only books of accounts in a limited technical sense but all other records such as minute books, stock books, reports, correspondence, memoranda, etc., which will be useful in developing the history of or facts regarding any transaction.
</P>
<P>(d) No carrier shall destroy any books, records, memoranda, etc., which support entries to its accounts unless destruction is permitted by the regulations governing preservation of records, Part 1220 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) In addition to prescribed accounts, clearing accounts, temporary accounts, and subdivisions of any accounts may be kept, provided the integrity of the prescribed accounts is not impaired.
</P>
<P>(f) Cost detail shall be maintained by cost centers for purposes of cost assignments effective 1-1-79. This provides for cost control and cost planning at any designated area of responsibility. These cost centers shall be similarly defined as the railroads' existing responsibility centers. Cost center information shall therefore be kept at the same level of detail presently collected, categorized, and maintained in railroad internal managerial accounting systems. This detailed information shall not be reported to the Board on an ongoing basis. However, the carrier shall keep the detailed information to provide a ready analysis and verification of the costs collected by cost center.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4324, Feb. 11, 1987; 61 FR 9113, Mar. 7, 1996]
</CITA>
<P>1-4 <I>Accounting period.</I> (a) Each carrier shall keep its books on a monthly basis so that known transactions, as nearly as may be ascertained, shall be entered in the accounts not later than 60 days after the last day of the period for which the accounts are stated, except that the time within which the final entries for the year ending December 31 shall be made may be extended to such date in the following March as shall not interfere with the preparation and filing of annual report.
</P>
<P>(b) A trial balance of the general ledger accounts shall be prepared at the close of each month setting out the account number, title, and amount of each ledger account. (Mechanical, electronic or automatic data processing printout documentation producing the equivalent of manually prepared trial balances shall identify balances by account numbers.) At the end of the calendar year, the revenue, expense, and other income accounts shall be closed into retained earnings account, and the balance sheet account balances shall be brought forward to the general ledger for the succeeding year.
</P>
<P>(c) No changes shall be made in the accounts for periods covered by quarterly and annual reports that have been filed with the Board unless the changes have first been authorized by the Board.
</P>
<P>1-5 <I>Accrual method of accounting.</I> The accounting for operating revenues, operating expenses, income and other items each month and year shall be, as nearly as practicable, upon the basis of accruals consistently applied. Any change in practice of accounting for accruals or any unusual accruals involving material amounts shall be reported promptly to the Board.
</P>
<P>1-6 <I>Charges to be just and reasonable.</I> All charges to the accounts prescribed in this system of accounts for carrier property, operating revenues, operating and maintenance expenses, and other carrier expenses, shall be just, reasonable and not exceed amounts necessary to the honest and efficient operation and management of carrier business. Payments shall not exceed the fair market value of goods and services acquired in an arm's length transaction. Any payments in excess of such just and reasonable charges shall be included in account 551, <I>Miscellaneous income charges.</I>
</P>
<P>1-7 <I>Changes in accounting estimates.</I> Changes in accounting estimate arising during the current year which are applicable to prior years shall be included in the same account which would have been charged or credited if the item had been taken up or the adjustment made in the year to which it pertained. [See Instruction 1-2(d)(5) for Accounting Changes].
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4324, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>1-8 <I>Accounting for computer systems and word processing costs.</I> (a) Capitalized costs for computer systems and word processing equipment shall be charged to property account 59, when such costs are not dedicated to a particular function (See Account 59). Related depreciation expenses for capitalized costs shall be charged to account 62-23-00, Depreciation, Other Equipment.
</P>
<P>(b) Repair and maintenance costs related to computer systems and word processing equipment shall be charged to function 46 of the Other equipment subactivity by appropriate natural expense (labor, material, purchased services, other). Repairs performed by an outside company shall be charged to operating expense account 39-23-46.
</P>
<P>(c) Operating costs related to computer systems and word processing equipment shall be charged to function 87, Management services and data and word processing, when the equipment benefits more than one activity. When the equipment benefits one activity only, such operating costs shall be charged to the activity/function benefited.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 4324, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>1-9 <I>Transactions with affiliated companies.</I> (a) The records and supporting data of all transactions with affiliated companies shall be maintained in a separate file. The types of transactions referred to in this paragraph are for management services or any other type of services rendered, sale or use of facilities or any other type of assets or property. The file shall be maintained so as to enable the carrier, upon a Board request, to furnish accurate information with supporting documentation about particular transactions within 15 days of the request. We do not intend the file to include data relating to ordinary carrier operations (e.g. lawful tariff charges or interchange of equipment).
</P>
<P>(b) Each bill rendered by an affiliated company shall state specifically the basis used for determining charges, unless the file contains the information to support the specific basis for charges.
</P>
<P>(c) Punched cards, magnetic tapes, discs, or other machine-sensible devices used for recording, consolidating, and summarizing accounting transactions and records with a carrier's electronic or automatic data processing system may constitute a file within the meaning of this instruction.
</P>
<P>(d) The carrier shall record, as the cost of assets or services received from an affiliated supplier, the invoice price (plus any incidental costs related to those transactions) in those cases where the invoice price can be determined from a prevailing price list of the affiliated supplier available to the general public in the normal course of business. If no such price list exists, the charges shall be recorded at the lower of their cost to the originating affiliated supplier (less all applicable valuation reserves in case of asset sales, or their estimated fair market value determined on the basis of a representative study of similar competitive and arm's-length or bargained transaction. Any difference between actual transaction price and the above, as well as charges that are not transportation related, shall be considered of a financing nature and shall be recorded, accordingly, as nonoperating charges or credits. (See instruction 1-6.)
</P>
<P>(e) Nothing contained herein shall be construed as restraining the carrier from subdividing accounts (see instruction I-3(e)) for the purpose of recording separately transactions with affiliated companies.
</P>
<P>(f) Carriers reporting information on a consolidated or combined basis in railroad Annual Report Form R-1 shall maintain a file with appropriate records and supporting data. This shall include work sheets showing revenues, expenses, earnings, investment in assets and accumulated depreciation for all affiliated railroads and rail-related affiliated companies. The work sheets shall also disclose any eliminations. Carriers shall also disclose the methodology used to support segregation of rail-related or other items as appropriate. Further, a file shall be maintained to support and reconcile entity sales, transfers and reclassifications as well as taxes deducted from gains or losses.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 53 FR 46620, Nov. 18, 1988]
</CITA>
<P>1-10 <I>Accounting for income taxes.</I> (a) The interperiod tax allocation method of accounting shall be applied where material timing differences (see definition 17(e)) occur between pretax accounting income and taxable income. Carriers may elect, as provided by the Revenue Act of 1971, to account for the investment tax credit by either the flow through method or the deferred method of accounting. See paragraphs (d) and (e) below. All income taxes (Federal, state and other) currently accruable for income tax return purposes shall be charged to account 556, <I>Income taxes on ordinary income,</I> and account 590, <I>Income Taxes on Extraordinary Items,</I> as applicable.
</P>
<P>(b) Under the interperiod tax allocation method of accounting the tax effect of timing differences (see definition 17) originating in the current accounting period are allocated to income tax expense of future periods when the timing differences reverse. Similar timing differences originating and reversing in the current accounting period should be combined into groups and the current tax rates applied to determine the tax effect of each group. A carrier shall not apply other than current tax rates in determining the tax effect of reversing differences except upon approval of the Board. When determining the amount of deferred taxes, rather than computing state and other taxes individually by jurisdiction, the Federal income tax rate may be increased by a percent equivalent to the effect of taxes imposed by the jurisdictions. In classifying a deferred charge or credit as current or noncurrent a carrier shall follow the classification criteria used for the related asset or liability which caused the timing difference. A deferred charge or credit that is not related to an asset or liability because (a) there is no associated asset or liability or (b) reduction of an associated asset or liability will not cause the timing difference to reverse shall be classified based on the expected reversal date of the specific timing difference. Such classification disregards any additional timing differences that may arise and is based on the criteria used for classifying other assets and liabilities.
</P>
<P>(c) The future tax benefits of loss carryforwards shall normally be recognized in the year in which such loss is applied to reduce taxes. Only in those unusual instances when realization is assured beyond any reasonable doubt should the future tax benefits of loss carryforwards be recognized in the year of loss. The tax effects of any realizable loss carrybacks shall be recognized in the determination of net income (loss) of the loss periods; appropriate adjustments of existing net deferred tax credits may also be necessary in the loss period.
</P>
<P>(d) Carriers electing to account for the investment tax credit by the flow through method shall credit account 556 <I>Income taxes on ordinary income,</I> or account 590, <I>Income taxes on extraordinary items,</I> as applicable, and charge account 760, <I>Federal income taxes accrued,</I> with the amount of investment tax credit utilized in the current accounting period. When the flow through method is followed for the investment tax credit, account 557, <I>Provision for Deferred Taxes,</I> shall reflect the difference between the tax payable (after recognition of allowable investment tax credit) based on taxable income and tax expense (with full recognition of investment tax credit that would be allowable based on accounting income) based on accounting income.
</P>
<P>(e) Carriers electing to account for the investment tax credit by the deferred method shall concurrently with making the entries prescribed in (d) above charge account 557, <I>Provision for deferred taxes,</I> or account 591, <I>Provision for deferred taxes—extraordinary item,</I> as applicable, and shall credit account 786, <I>Accumulated deferred income tax credits,</I> with the investment tax credit utilized as a reduction of the current year's tax liability but deferred for accounting purposes. The investment tax credit so deferred shall be amortized by credits to account 557, <I>Provision for deferred taxes.</I>
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Any change in practice of accounting for the investment tax credit shall be reported promptly to the Board. Carriers desiring to clear deferred investment tax credits because of a change from the deferral method to the flow though method shall submit the proposed journal entry to the Board for consideration and advice.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The carrier shall follow generally accepted accounting principles where an interpretation of the accounting rules for income taxes is needed or obtain an interpretation from its public accountant or the Board.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 47 FR 12350, Mar. 23, 1982; 52 FR 4321, Feb. 11, 1987; 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]
</CITA>
<P>1-11 <I>Items in texts of accounts.</I> The items appearing in the texts of the accounts or elsewhere herein are for the purpose of more clearly indicating the application of the prescribed accounting. The items are intended to be representative, but not exhaustive. The appearance of an item in the text of a primary account warrants the inclusion of the item in the account mentioned only when the whole text also indicates inclusion inasmuch as the same item frequently appears in more than one primary account. The proper entry in each instance must be determined by the entire text of each primary account.
</P>
<P>1-12 <I>Distribution of pay and expenses of employees.</I> (a) The pay and expenses of officers or employees regularly assigned to specific duties who perform incidental services of a different nature involving small expense may be included in the appropriate expense accounts for the duties to which such officers or employees are regularly assigned.
</P>
<P>(b) When it is necessary to apportion the pay of officers and employees among various accounts, the carrier shall apportion the pay on the basis of the directly assignable pay to the various accounts.
</P>
<P>1-13 <I>Payroll related expenses.</I> (a) Fringe benefits (account series 12-00-00) distributed to the activities using one of the following techniques (in order of preference):
</P>
<P>(1) Apply appropriate factors to the total of the fringe expense account, in such a way as to distribute an equitable proportion of cost to each activity. These factors shall be developed to take into account variables such as the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The effect of seniority on the expense. For example, profit sharing or pensions may be available to only certain categories of employees, which may be more predominant in one activity than another.
</P>
<P>(ii) The effect of the type of work performed. For example, workmen's compensation expense may vary for each category of employees because of the rate charged or the claims experience of the category.
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other variable which may have an appreciable effect on the equity of the apportionment.
</P>
<P>(2) Distribute the amount in the same proportion as the pay charged to each activity in account series 11-00-00 (salaries and wages).
</P>
<P>(3) Distribute the amounts using any other equitable basis which the carrier can substantiate.
</P>
<P>(b) All carriers shall be prepared to describe the basis of apportionment used to distribute expenses included in this instruction.
</P>
<P>(c) Any carrier which finds it impracticable to distribute expenses as required by this instruction should furnish the Board with full particulars of the conditions which prevent the proper distribution. Upon receipt of such information carrier will be advised of the procedure to be followed.
</P>
<P>1-14 <I>Submission of questions.</I> To maintain uniformity of accounting, carriers shall submit questions of doubtful interpretation to the Board for consideration and decision.
</P>
<P>1-15 <I>Transfers from government authorities.</I> When a Federal, State, or municipal government transfers cash or other assets to a railroad, the transaction shall be accounted for in accordance with the provisions set forth hereunder.
</P>
<P>(a) The following forms of government transfers shall be included in account 502, <I>Railway Operating Revenues—Transfers from Government Authorities for Current Operations</I> when received:
</P>
<P>(1) Payments as reimbursement for operating losses sustained on a specific line, or in a certain region. Examples include support of commuter operations of a railroad, and local rail service assistance subsidies granted to a railroad under authority of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976;
</P>
<P>(2) Subsidies designated by the donor to offset operating expenses of the railroad, and
</P>
<P>(3) Subsidies which may be applied at the discretion of the recipient to operating expenses and/or operating property.
</P>
<P>(b) Government transfers relating to the acquisition, addition to, or improvement of depreciable operating property shall be included in account 783, <I>Deferred Revenues—Transfers from Government Authorities</I> when received. Account 783 shall be periodically charged, and account 503, <I>Railway Operating Revenues—Amortization of Deferred Transfers from Government Authorities</I> shall be credited with amounts equal to the depreciation costs of the assets to which they apply.
</P>
<P>(c) Government transfers in the form of, or designated for the purchase of nondepreciable operating property shall be included in account 796, <I>Other Capital Surplus</I> in the manner described in the text of that account.
</P>
<P>(d)(1) Transfers from the Federal Government to Amtrak and ConRail relating to the acquisitions, addition to, or improvement of depreciable or nondepreciable operating property shall be included in account 796 in the manner described in the text of that account.
</P>
<P>(2) Transfers from the Federal Government to Amtrak and ConRail other than those described in paragraph (d)(1) shall be accounted for in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) The provisions of this section do not apply to the following forms of government transfers:
</P>
<P>(1) Government contributions in connection with construction projects in which government agencies and railroads participate. Transfers of this type shall be accounted for in accordance with the provisions of instruction 2-17. Paragraph (b) of that instruction lists applicable construction projects.
</P>
<P>(2) Government payment for specific services rendered by the carrier in transporting property or persons by rail line other than services described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Such payments shall be included in account 501, <I>Railway Operating Revenues (Exclusive of Transfers from Government Authorities).</I>
</P>
<P>(3) Government transfers relating to other than carrier operations.
</P>
<P>(4) Government transfers in exchange for debt and/or equity securities of recipients.
</P>
<P>(f) Government transfers shall generally be recorded when made available to the railroad. However, transfers relating to specific operations shall be recorded as earned.
</P>
<P>(g) Government transfers in the form of assets other than cash shall be recorded at fair value when received.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 30558, July 17, 1978, as amended at 52 FR 4321, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>1-16 <I>Business entertainment expenses.</I> (a) Business entertainment expenses are to be accounted for as operating expenses when incurred in conjunction with sales or marketing related activities. Sales or marketing related activities are those that emphasize a carrier's ability to provide efficient, timely and competitive service. These activities include outlays designed to promote new business as well as outlays incurred in maintaining existing business. The entertainment expenditures must be reasonable in relation to the business conducted and the business purpose for the entertainment must be adequately supported. Examples of this type of activity include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Salespersons' salaries and travel expenses, advertising, promotional and educational material;
</P>
<P>(2) The conduct of shipper symposiums, conferences, meetings and traffic related functions;
</P>
<P>(3) The use of direct mail solicitations and the publication and distribution of routing guides and service directories;
</P>
<P>(4) Incidental promotional materials such as road atlases, calendars, pens, scratchpads, and other materials of nominal value;
</P>
<P>(5) The conduct of business oriented lunches and dinners, public affairs programming, conferences and customer service calls;
</P>
<P>(6) Sponsoring sales promotion functions, involving a number of customers or potential customers.
</P>
<FP>It must be noted that an activity listed above is not to be automatically accounted for as an operating expense. A carrier must be able to justify that an activity was primarily sales or marketing related.
</FP>
<P>(b) Business entertainment expenses are to be accounted for as non-operating expenses when they cannot be shown to be related to the sales or marketing activity. These are expenses that are primarily related to recreation or to the convenience and comfort of the individuals rather than to the transaction of business. Examples of this type of activity include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Recreational or resort entertainment, including but not limited to, fishing, hunting, tennis, golfing, skiing or other sporting or recreational trips or outings;
</P>
<P>(2) Expense paid transportation in any carrier owned, leased or furnished vehicles, planes, helicopters, boats, yachts, or other methods;
</P>
<P>(3) Expense paid lodging in any carrier owned, leased or furnished motels, hotels, apartments, condominiums, lodges, rooms and other places of overnight accommodation;
</P>
<P>(4) Paid admission to any sporting, cultural, educational, recreational, or entertaining occurrence or event;
</P>
<P>(5) Gifts such as athletic equipment, food or liquor, beverages of all types, smoking materials, clothing and personal accessories;
</P>
<P>(6) The furnishing of lunches, dinners, appetizers or beverages where there is no true business purpose;
</P>
<P>(7) Social occasions such as holiday parties.
</P>
<FP>It must be noted that an activity listed above is not to be automatically accounted for as a non-operating expense. If a carrier can justify that the activity was primarily sales or marketing related, it may be accounted for as an operating expense.
</FP>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The examples listed above are not inclusive, but are intended as a guide to give carriers an indication of what will or will not be permitted to be recovered through the rate structure. In all instances the burden of proof will fall on the carrier involved.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 9467, Mar. 5, 1982, as amended at 52 FR 4321, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>1-17 <I>Disclosure guideline.</I> In addition to the accounting policies presented in these regulations, all disclosures relating to APB Opinions and FASB Statements adopted by the Board are required.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 4324, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>1-18 <I>Distribution of expenses for material, tools, fuel, lubricants, purchased services and general.</I> (a) These expenses shall be assigned directly to activities based on usage whenever possible.
</P>
<P>(b) When it is necessary to apportion these expenses to two or more activities they shall be equitably apportioned only to the activities in which they are actually used or to the activities they support.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]
</CITA>
<P>1-19 <I>Accounting for Other Comprehensive Income.</I> (a) Railroads will record items of Other Comprehensive Income in account 799.1, <I>Other comprehensive income.</I> Amounts included in this account will be maintained by each category of Other Comprehensive Income. Examples of categories of Other Comprehensive Income include foreign currency items, minimum pension liability adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale type securities and cash-flow hedge amounts.
</P>
<P>(b) Supporting records will be maintained for account 799 so that the company can readily identify the cumulative amount of Other Comprehensive Income for each item included in this account.
</P>
<P>(c) When an item of Other Comprehensive Income enters into the determination of earnings in the current or subsequent periods, a reclassification adjustment will be recorded in account 799 to avoid double counting of when an item included in net income was also included in Other Comprehensive Income in the same or prior period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19907, Apr. 6, 2016]
</CITA>
<P>1-20 <I>Accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities.</I> (a) A carrier will recognize derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the financial statements and measure those instruments at fair value. A derivative instrument is a financial instrument or other contract with all three of the following characteristics:
</P>
<P>(1) The derivative instrument has one or more underlyings and a notional amount or payment provision. Those terms determine the amount of the settlement or settlements, and, in some cases, whether or not a settlement is required.
</P>
<P>(2) The derivative instrument requires no initial net investment or an initial net investment that is smaller than would be required for other types of contracts that would be expected to have similar responses to changes in market factors.
</P>
<P>(3) The derivative instrument's terms require or permit net settlement; the derivative instrument can readily be settled net by a means outside the contract; or the derivative instrument's terms provide for delivery of an asset that puts the recipient in a position not substantially different from net settlement.
</P>
<P>(b) The accounting for the changes in the fair value of derivative instruments depends upon their intended use and designation. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as fair value or cash flow hedges will be recorded in account 713.5, <I>Derivative instrument assets,</I> or account 763.5, <I>Derivative instrument liabilities,</I> as appropriate, with the gains or losses charged to earnings in account 551, <I>Miscellaneous income charges</I>.
</P>
<P>(c) A derivative instrument may be specifically designated as a fair-value or cash-flow hedge. A hedge may be used to manage risk to price, interest rates, or foreign currency transactions. An entity will maintain documentation of the hedge relationship at the inception of the hedge that details the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the nature of the risk being hedged, and how hedge effectiveness will be determined.
</P>
<P>(d) If the carrier designates the derivative instrument as a fair-value hedge against exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset, liability, or a firm commitment, it will record the change in fair value of the derivative instrument designated as a fair-value hedge to account 713.6, <I>Derivative instruments assets—hedges,</I> or account 763.6, <I>Derivative instrument liabilities—hedges,</I> as appropriate, with a corresponding adjustment to the sub-account of the item being hedged. The ineffective portion of the hedge transaction will be reflected in the same income or expense account that would have been used if the hedged item had been disposed of or settled. In the case of a fair-value hedge of a firm commitment, a new asset or liability is created. As a result of the hedge relationship, the new asset or liability will become part of the carrying amount of the item being hedged.
</P>
<P>(e) If the carrier designates the derivative instrument as a cash-flow hedge against exposure to variable cash flows of a probable forecasted transaction, it will record changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument in account 713.6, <I>Derivative instrument assets—hedges,</I> or account 763.6, <I>Derivative instrument liabilities—hedges,</I> as appropriate, with a corresponding amount in account 799.1, <I>Other comprehensive income,</I> for the effective portion of the hedge. The ineffective portion of the hedge transaction will be reflected in the same income or expense account that would have been used if the hedged item had been disposed of or settled. Amounts recorded in Other Comprehensive Income will be reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods that the hedged forecasted item affects earnings.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19907, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HED1>INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPERTY ACCOUNTS
</HED1></CITA>
<P>2-1 <I>Items to be charged.</I> (a) To the road and equipment property accounts shall be charged the cost of purchasing land, the cost of purchasing and constructing buildings, facilities and equipment, and the cost of additions and betterments to property, <I>Cost</I> means the amount of cash disbursed, or the fair value of other assets distributed, or the present value of amounts to be paid. Where the fair market value of resources given up (assets, services or items of stockholder's equity) is not clearly determinable, the cost may be determined by the fair market value of the resources acquired. The carrier shall be prepared to furnish the Board with the particulars of its method of determining cash value when the consideration is other than monetary. The amount of liabilities incurred with suppliers in the normal course of business, which are due in customary trade terms not exceeding approximately one year, shall be recorded at the maturity value. Acquisition date is the date title passes to the carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) The cost of road and equipment purchased under a plan involving other deferred payments (debt or capital lease) shall be recorded at the discounted present value of the payment, net of executory costs such as insurance, maintenance, and taxes. The interest rate used to discount the payments should be the prevailing market rate for similar debt instruments of issues with similar credit ratings. In any event, the rate used for valuation purposes will normally be at least equal to the rate at which the carrier can obtain financing of a similar nature from other sources at the date of the transaction (the carrier's incremental borrowing rate). In the case of a capital lease, when it is practical to ascertain the implicit rate computed by the lessor, and that rate is less than the carrier's incremental borrowing rate, the carrier should use the implicit rate. Acquisition date for a capital lease is the date the lease agreement is signed. If the property covered by the lease has yet to be constructed or has not been acquired by the lessor at the date the lease agreement or commitment is signed, the acquisition date shall be the date the property under construction is completed or the date the property not yet acquired is acquired by the lessor. (See Instruction 2-20.)
</P>
<P>(c) Where actually incurred, interest cost is to be added to the cost of road and equipment deemed <I>qualifying assets</I> during the period of time required to get them ready for their intended use (acquisition period). <I>Qualifying assets</I> are those that are (1) either constructed or otherwise produced for a carrier's own use (including assets constructed or produced for the carrier by others for which deposits or progress payments have been made) or (2) assets intended for sale or lease that are constructed or otherwise produced as discrete projects. The amount of interest to be capitalized for qualifying assets shall be based upon the average amount of accumulated expenditures for the asset during the acquisition period at the rate used on specific new borrowings associated with the qualifying asset. If average accumulated expenditures for the asset exceed the amount of specific new borrowings associated with the asset, the rate to be applied to such excess shall be a weighted average of the rates applicable to other borrowings of the enterprise. The total amount of interest cost capitalized in an accounting period shall not exceed the total amount of interest cost incurred by the enterprise during that period.
</P>
<P>(d) Suitable records shall be maintained showing expenditures during the year for original road and equipment and road extensions; for merger and purchase of existing lines and reorganizations; for additions and betterments; and credits for property retirement.
</P>
<P>(e) When the carrier exchanges road and equipment for other road and equipment with no other consideration involved, the road and equipment received shall be recorded at the ledger value of the road and equipment relinquished. Where the carrier receives a monetary consideration in the exchange, the carrier shall recognize gain on the exchange to the extent that the consideration received exceeds a proportionate share of the recorded cost of the road and equipment surrendered. The portion of the cost applicable to the realized amount shall be based on the ratio of the monetary consideration to the total consideration received (monetary consideration plus the estimate fair value of the road and equipment received) or, if more clearly evident, the fair value of the road and equipment transferred. Where the carrier pays a monetary consideration in the exchange, it shall not recognize any gain on the transaction but shall record the road and equipment received at the amount of the monetary consideration paid plus the recorded costs of the road and equipment surrendered. If a loss is indicated by the terms of an exchange transaction, the carrier shall recognize the entire loss on the exchange. Immaterial gains and losses on these exchanges shall be included in account 519, Miscellaneous Income, or 551, Miscellaneous Income Charges, as appropriate. Material amounts shall be recorded in accordance with Instruction 1-2(d).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 4324, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>2-2 <I>Minimum rule applicable to additions to property.</I> An exception to the rule in Instruction 2-1 is that when the cost of acquisition of units of road property and of additions to existing units of road property (other than land and tracks) is less than $5,000, such costs may be charged to operating expenses. This amount (rounded to the nearest $100) will be adjusted by the June Producer Price Index for all commodities when an aggregate adjustment is $500 or more. The revision will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and be effective as of January 1 of the following year. The carrier shall not parcel expenditures under a general plan bringing the accounting for such expenditures within this minimum rule. An amount of less than the current minimum capitalization level, for the railroad as a whole or for individual property accounts may be adopted for purposes of this rule provided the carrier first notifies the Board of the amount it proposes to adopt and thereafter makes no change in the amount unless authorized by the Board. An amount adopted shall be adhered to in reporting property changes for valuation purposes.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[55 FR 42016, Oct. 17, 1990]
</CITA>
<P>2-3 <I>Land.</I> (a) Accounts are provided for the cost of land used in transportation operations and also for land used in other than transportation operations. When land is retired from transportation operations but is retained by the carrier the original cost (estimated, if not known) shall be transferred to the account prescribed for property used in other than transportation operations. It is not contemplated that irregular parcels of land acquired in connection with acquisition of right-of-way which have no value as commercial property shall be thus transferred, either for the purpose of making right-of-way boundaries run more or less regular or for the purpose of eliminating from transportation property account the cost of unoccupied lands between tracks in yards and terminals. When any land, the cost of which is included in the accounts, is sold or otherwise retired, the ledger value shall be credited to the appropriate property investment account. The profit or loss from sale or loss from retirement or land shall be included in the accounts prescribed for such amounts.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4324, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>2-4 <I>Structures.</I> Accounts are provided for the cost of several classes of buildings and facilities, including fixtures permanently attached to and made a part thereof. When a building or other structure is used or held primarily for transportation operations and is an integral part of the carrier's transportation plant, but a part thereof is used or held for commercial purposes such as for rental to others or for use in other than transportation operations by the carrier, the entire cost of the building or other structure is includable in the accounts for transportation property. When a building or other structure is used or held primarily for commercial purposes or for use in other than transportation operations by the carrier, the entire cost of the building or structure is includable in account 737, <I>Property used in other than carrier operations.</I> Reclassification of property from its primary classification as transportation or other than transportation property, as the case may be, to the other classification is not required where changes in use are of a temporary nature or for a short period of time. The accounting for costs of maintenance, taxes, other operating costs, and for revenues and rentals shall be consistent with the classification of the building or other structure.
</P>
<P>2-5 <I>Equipment.</I> Accounts are provided for several classes of equipment, such as locomotives, passenger-train cars, freight-train cars, highway revenue equipment, work equipment, floating equipment, and the necessary appurtenance, furniture, and fixtures first to equip for service, including the cost of inspection, setting up, and trying out, and transportation over foreign lines; also the cost of additions and betterments, such as improved appliances, parts, or appurtenances. When retired equipment is held without being torn down, the estimated value of the salvage therefrom shall be included in account 741, <I>Other assets,</I> until the salvage is recovered, except that the estimated scrap value of retired equipment held for sale in the ordinary course of business, and on which sale and realization of the proceeds within one year is assured, is includable in account 713, <I>Other current assets.</I>
</P>
<P>2-6 <I>Components of construction cost.</I> The cost of constructing property includable in the property accounts shall include the direct and other costs as described hereunder.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Cost of labor.</I> This includes the amount paid for labor expended by the carrier's own employees, including the cost of labor expended for preliminary work, such as sinking test holes or making soundings for tunnels, grading, buildings, and other structures; and cost of labor expended in laying and taking up tracks for temporary use in construction, except the cost of labor expended on tracks provided for the protection of traffic during the progress of addition and betterment work. The cost of labor shall also include the accounting company's expenditures for associated fringe benefits, such as vacation and holiday pay, health and welfare group insurance, pensions and retirement plans, payroll taxes and unemployment insurance. Office expenses and traveling and other personal expenses of employees, when borne by the carrier, shall be considered a part of the cost of the labor, as shall also the cost of fidelity bonds and employer's liability insurance premiums. When officers or employees are especially assigned to construction work their pay and their traveling and incidental expenses while thus engaged shall be included in the cost of the work. No charge shall be made against road and equipment accounts for the pay of officers and employees who merely render services incidentally in connection with extensions, additions, or betterments, although traveling and incidental expenses incurred by such officers and employees solely on account of such work shall be included in the account to which the cost of the work is chargeable.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Cost of materials and supplies.</I> This includes the purchase price of materials and supplies, including small tools, at the point of free delivery plus the cost of inspection and loading assumed by the carrier; a suitable proportion of store expenses; also sales and excise taxes on materials and supplies except as otherwise provided in the text of account 712, <I>Material and supplies.</I> In calculating the cost of materials used, proper allowance shall be made for the value of unused portions and of cuttings, turnings, borings, etc.; for the value of the material recovered from temporary tracks, scaffolding, cofferdams, and other temporary structures used in construction; and for the value of small tools recovered and used for other purposes.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Cost of work-train service.</I> This includes amounts paid to others for rent and maintenance of equipment used; cost of labor of enginemen, trainmen, and enginehousemen, including wages of engine crews and train crews held in readiness for such service; and cost of fuel and other supplies consumed in connection with the operation of work trains. It shall also include the cost of maintaining the carrier's own equipment used in construction service. Amounts representing constructive rent or return upon the investment in owned equipment shall not be included as a part of the cost of work-train service.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Cost of special machine service.</I> This includes the cost of labor expended and of materials and supplies consumed in maintaining and operating power shovels, scrapers, rail unloaders, ballast unloaders, pile drivers, dredges, ditchers, weed burners, and other labor-saving machines; also rents paid for use of such machines.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Cost of transportation.</I> This includes the amounts paid to other companies or individuals for the transportation of men, materials and supplies, special machine outfits, appliances, and tools in connection with construction. Freight charges paid foreign lines for the transportation of construction material to the carrier's line shall be included, so far as practicable, as a part of the cost of the material.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Cost of contract work.</I> This includes amounts paid for work performed under contract by other companies, firms, or individuals, and costs incident to the award of the contract.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Cost of protection from casualties.</I> This includes expenditures for protection against fire, such as payments for discovery or extinguishment of fires, cost of detecting and prosecuting incendiaries, witness fees in relation thereto, amounts paid to municipal corporations and other for fire protection, and other analogous items of expenditure incurred directly in connection with construction work.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Cost of injuries and damages.</I> This includes expenditures on account of injuries to persons or damage to property when incurred directly as a result of construction projects, and shall be included in the cost of the work in connection with which the injury or damage occurs. It also includes that portion of premiums paid for insuring property applicable to the period prior to the completion or coming into service of the property insured. Insurance recovered on account of compensation paid for injuries to persons incident to construction shall be credited to the accounts to which such compensation is charged, and insurance recovered on account of damages to property incident to construction shall be credited to the accounts chargeable with the expenditures necessary for restoring the damaged property. The cost of injuries and damages incident to the removal of old structures, or parts thereof, shall be charged to operating expenses, except that such costs in connection with the removal of old structures which are incumberances on newly acquired lands shall be included in accounts 2, <I>Land for transportation purposes,</I> or 3, <I>Grading,</I> as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Cost of privileges.</I> This includes compensation for temporary privileges, such as the use of public property or streets, in connection with the construction of the property of the carrier.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Material excavated.</I> The cost of disposing of material excavated in connection with construction shall be considered as a part of the cost of work, except that when such material is used for filling, the cost of removal and dumping shall be equitably apportioned between the work in connection with which the removal occurs and the work in connection with which the material is used.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Interest cost.</I> [See Instruction 2-1(c)].
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4325, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>2-7 <I>Additions to and retirements of property—General.</I> (a) In accounting for additions to and retirements and replacements of road and equipment property (excluding land) used in transportation operations, such property changes shall be considered as consisting of: (1) Units of property, and (2) other than units of property as prescribed in Instruction 2-19. Track property changes will be distinguished by units of property as approved by the Commission.
</P>
<P>(b) The cost of removal of retired property, both depreciable and other than depreciable, when borne by the carrier, shall be charged, as appropriate, to account 11-13-39, <I>Personnel—Salaries and Wages—Way and Structures—Other—Dismantling retired property,</I> or 11-23-39. <I>Personnel—Salaries and Wages—Equipment—Other Equipment—Dismantling retired property,</I> and other appropriate accounts (including subactivities 11 and 12). 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> The references to solely related freight operating expense activity/subactivity numbers and titles used throughout the system are for convenience and brevity. Refer to the specific account texts to determine the appropriate solely related passenger and/or common expense activity/subactivity numbers.</P></FTNT>
<P>(c) An equitable proportion of a balance in property accounts 76, <I>Interest During Construction,</I> and 80, <I>Other elements of investment,</I> applicable to retired property shall be cleared from these accounts concurrently with the retirement accounting. Unless provided for otherwise, interest costs shall be capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
</P>
<P>(d) When retired property is held and not removed, the estimated value of the salvage therefrom shall be included in account 741, <I>Other assets,</I> until the salvage is recovered, except that the estimated scrap value of retired property held for sale in the ordinary course of business, and on which sale and realization of the proceeds within one year is assured, is includible in account 713, <I>Other current assets.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) The accounting for track additions and retirements (with and without replacement) shall be guided by Instruction 2-10.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 46 FR 10920, Feb. 5, 1981; 48 FR 7183, Feb. 18, 1983; 49 FR 2254, Jan. 19, 1984; 52 FR 4321, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>2-8 <I>Additions to and retirements of units of property.</I> (a) When a unit of road or equipment property is added to the plant, the cost thereof shall be included in the appropriate primary account. When a unit of property is retired, with or without replacement, the cost thereof shall be written out of the property account at time of retirement.
</P>
<P>(b) When a unit of road or equipment property (or a minor item not replaced) classified as depreciable and included in the accounts prescribed for depreciable property is retired the service value shall be charged to account 735, <I>Accumulated depreciation; Road and equipment property.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) When road property (other than a minor item constituting repairs) classified as other than depreciable property is retired, the cost thereof shall be cleared from the property account and the service value shall be charged to account 61-13-99, <I>General—Other Expenses—Way and Structures—Other—Other.</I> When the retirement requires Board approval, the carrier shall clear the cost from the property account upon the effective date of the abandonment. Subactivities 11 and 12 also apply.
</P>
<P>(d) When property included in the depreciable accounts but excluded from the depreciation base is retired, the service value (including engineering expenditures assignable to retired property but not included in the depreciation base) shall be charged to operating expense.
</P>
<P>2-9 <I>Additions and retirements of other than units of property.</I> (a) When an item of road or equipment property, other than a complete unit, is added to the plant and the addition is not a replacement, the cost thereof shall be accounted for in the same manner as an addition of a complete unit of property, subject to the minimum rule applicable to road property (see Instruction 2-2). When an item of property other than a complete unit (minor item) is replaced, independent of the complete unit of which it is a part, the cost of replacement shall be treated as maintenance and charged to operating expenses. If the replacement constitutes an improvement then the cost of replacement should be accounted for as a rebuilding expenditure under Instruction 2-12.
</P>
<P>(b) When second-hand property acquired is in such physical condition that it is necessary to rehabilitate the property to bring it up to the standard required by the carrier, the cost of such rehabilitation shall be included in the appropriate account for the property.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 55 FR 42016, Oct. 17, 1990]
</CITA>
<P>2-10 <I>Additions to and retirements of track.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) When track or its components are added to the plant, the cost shall be included in the track primary account. When track components are replaced as part of a track replacement program, the replacement cost shall be accounted for as an addition to the track property account. The cost of track components which are retired with or without replacement shall be written out of the track property account at the time of retirement.
</P>
<P>(b) When track is retired the service value (ledger value less net salvage) shall be charged to account 735, <I>Accumulated depreciation; Road and equipment property.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) All repairs of tracks shall be accounted for as operating expenses.
</P>
<P>(d) Track investment written out of the accounts shall be at original cost or estimated standard or average cost for that density category. Material to be reused shall be put in an investment pool at unrecovered cost and, when reused, included in the appropriate density category at the average cost of the investment pool.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 7183, Feb. 18, 1983]
</CITA>
<P>2-11 <I>Expenses in connection with additions and betterments.</I> The cost of removing old material from equipment and from buildings, bridges, wharves, tracks, and other fixed improvements, shall be charged to the appropriate operating expense accounts. Such charges shall include the cost of removing old foundations and filling old excavations, and restoring condition of grounds after addition and betterment work; and maintaining or protecting traffic during the progress of addition and betterment work, including the cost of constructing, maintaining, and removing temporary tracks required for maintaining traffic during the progress of the work.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977. Redesignated at 48 FR 7183, Feb. 18, 1983]
</CITA>
<P>2-12 <I>Units of property rebuilt or converted</I>—(a) <I>Rebuilding expenditures.</I> Carriers shall be governed by the following provisions when determining and accounting for depreciable road and equipment property rebuilding expenditures:
</P>
<P>(1) Rebuilding expenditures are those cost actually incurred which substantially extend the service life or substantially increase the utility of depreciable road and equipment property. The rebuilding expenditures shall be material in nature relative to the current replacement cost of a similar new unit of road or equipment property. Expenses resulting from delayed maintenance and repairs shall not be considered in determining materiality.
</P>
<P>(2) The phrase <I>extend the service life</I> means to extend the life of a property unit past its estimated service life.
</P>
<P>(3) The term <I>increased utility</I> means that the road or equipment property has become more useful, more efficient, more durable, or has greater capacity.
</P>
<P>(4) Rebuilt or converted road or equipment property shall be accounted for as an addition to the appropriate property accounts, with the old units accounted for as retired from service. The charge to the appropriate property accounts shall be composed of (i) the cost (estimated if necessary) less a fair allowance for depreciation, or salvage value, whichever is lower, of the parts reused, (ii) the cost of labor expended in rebuilding or in the conversion process, (iii) the cost of additional materials applied, and (iv) any other expenses incurred directly with the rebuilding or conversion. In no case shall the total amount charged to the property accounts for these units exceed the current replacement costs of similar new units that would be used for the same purpose. When a unit of road property or equipment is transferred from one class of service to another, with or without physical conversion, the unit shall be accounted for as retired from its original account and be recorded in a primary investment account appropriate to its new class of service.
</P>
<P>(5) If it is necessary to repair the secondhand or reused parts remaining in a rebuilt unit, the repair cost may be added to the value assigned parts in determining the related cost to be capitalized. Associated dismantling costs shall be included in operating expenses.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Repair expenses.</I> Expenses pertaining to road and equipment property, which represent normal or delayed repairs and maintenance, shall be expensed in the year incurred.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>File and Storage.</I> Carriers shall keep records of each rebuilding program readily available. These records shall be provided to representatives of the Board when requested. The retention period shall be as required by 49 CFR part 1220, Preservation of Records.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 67426, Nov. 26, 1979. Redesignated at 48 FR 7183, Feb. 18, 1983, and amended at 52 FR 4321, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>2-13 <I>Changes in line of road and relocation of yard tracks.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) When changes are made in a line of road for the purpose of reducing curves or grades, or to eliminate bridges, tunnels, tracks in the installation of a centralized traffic control system, or other physical features, the part of the line so changed shall be considered property retired and its ledger value credited to the property accounts. The new line of road, including land, grading, ballast, track elements, and other transportation facilities serving the road shall be considered an addition and the cost charged to the property accounts. The cost of track changes which do not involve change in the existing roadbed shall be charged to operating expenses, even though the tracks may be dismantled in the process, but the resulting track extensions or reductions shall be accounted for as additions or retirements as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(b) The cost of shifting or rearranging tracks within a yard shall be charged to operating expenses, even though the tracks may be dismantled in the process, but resulting increases or decreases in grading, ballast, or track length shall be accounted for as additions or retirements, as appropriate. Where tracks in whole or in part within a yard are determined to be no longer permanently used, the ledger value of such tracks shall be eliminated from the property account. If yard tracks and facilities are constructed in another location to take the place of tracks retired, such tracks and facilities shall be accounted for as additions and the cost thereof shall be included in the property account.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 7183, Feb. 18, 1983]
</CITA>
<P>2-14 <I>Track connections.</I> (a) When the accounting carrier bears the construction cost of a connecting track situated on the property of another carrier, but acquires the salvage rights to the track, the cost of the track construction shall be charged to account 731, <I>Road and equipment property.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) When carriers (1) share the cost of constructing a connecting track of which a portion is situated on each carrier's right-of-way, and (2) own and obtain the salvage rights to the track segment located on their respective properties, the construction cost borne by each carrier shall be charged to account 731, <I>Road and equipment property.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) The cost of constructing a track connection on the right-of-way of another carrier which acquires the ownership of and salvage rights to the track, shall be charged by the carrier bearing such cost to accounts 37-11-00, <I>Purchased service—Joint facility—Debit—Way and Structures—Running,</I> or 37-12-00, <I>Purchased services—Joint facility—Debit—Way and Structures—Switching.</I> The owner carrier shall charge the amount of the construction cost to account 731, <I>Road and equipment—property,</I> with contra credit to accounts 38-11-00, <I>Purchases services—Joint facility—Credit—Way and Structures—Running,</I> or 38-12-00, <I>Purchases services—Joint facility—Credit—Way and Structures—Switching.</I> Material amounts for such costs shall be referred to the Board for consideration and decision.
</P>
<P>(d) The cost of constructing a side track under a deposit refund agreement shall be charged to account 731, <I>Road and equipment property.</I> The deposit shall be credited to account 782, <I>Other liabilities.</I> Deposit amounts refunded during the agreement period shall be charged to account 782, <I>Other liabilities.</I> Upon termination of the agreement, the amount of any unrefunded deposit shall be credited to the applicable primary property accounts on an equitable basis.
</P>
<P>2-15 <I>Merger, consolidation, and purchase of a railway operating entity or system.</I> 
</P>
<P>(a) When a railway or portion thereof constituting an operating unit or system is acquired in a business combination, that business combination shall be recorded in the accounts in the manner stated hereunder. 
</P>
<P>(b) Purchase:
</P>
<P>(1) The amount includable in account 731, Road and equipment property, shall be the cost at the date of acquisition to the purchaser of the transportation property acquired. The cost assigned the property, as well as other assets acquired, shall be the amount of the cost consideration given. Where property and other assets are acquired for other than cash, including liabilities assumed and shares of stock issued, cost shall be determined by either the fair value of the consideration given or the fair value of the assets acquired, whichever is more clearly evident. In addition to any liabilities assumed, provision shall be made for such estimated liabilities as may be necessary.
</P>
<P>(2) When the costs of individual units or classes of transportation property are not specified in the agreement, the cost assigned such property shall be apportioned among the appropriate primary accounts using the percentage relationship between the fair values for each class of property acquired and the total of such values.
</P>
<P>(c) Merger of subsidiaries:
</P>
<P>The acquisition and merger of property of subsidiaries controlled through ownership of the majority shares of voting stock is to be accounted for using the acquisition accounting methodology.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19908, Apr. 6, 2016]
</CITA>
<P>2-16 <I>Reorganization of railway.</I> (a) When a railway reorganization or receivership has been consummated, the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and the capital stock or other securities issued or assumed, and other consideration, shall be recorded in the accounts in the manner stated hereunder. An adjustment of capitalization resulting in modification and reformation of classes of securities pursuant to voluntary action of the holders of securities but not resulting in a formal reorganization following a bankruptcy or other receivership proceedings (sometimes called a quasi-reorganization) is not covered by this instruction 2-16. Reduction of capital stock and other contributions to capital by stockholders shall be recorded in accordance with the instructions in the text of account 795, <I>Other capital.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) The amounts includable in primary road and equipment property accounts shall be recorded at cost as shown in the predecessor companies' accounts except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this instruction 2-16. The remaining assets and the liabilities of the predecessor companies, adjusted as necessary to conform with the accounting rules of the Board, together with the balances in the accumulated amortization and depreciation accounts, shall be recorded in the appropriate balance sheet accounts.
</P>
<P>(c) When the amount recorded for assets acquired is more than the par or stated value of no par capital stock issued and other consideration paid, including liabilities assumed, the difference shall be applied to such extent as necessary and is available to provide first for any deficiency in past accrued depreciation on property classified as depreciable; and, second, for any estimated loss from retirement of a branch line, segment of track or other important facility indicated by supporting records to be imminent. The remaining amount of the difference, if any, shall be applied proportionately to reduce the amounts includable in the property accounts in accordance with paragraph (b) of this instruction 2-16, based on the percentage relationship between such difference and the aggregate cost of the property shown in the predecessor companies' accounts.
</P>
<P>(d) When the amount applicable to the assets acquired is less than the par or stated value of no par capital stock issued and other consideration paid, including liabilities assumed, the accounting shall be referred to the Board for consideration and decision.
</P>
<P>2-17 <I>Construction projects in which governmental agencies, individuals, or others, and the carrier participate.</I> (a) The amount includible in the property account for construction projects in which the carrier and governmental agencies, individuals, or others participate shall be (1) the payment made by the carrier for its share of the cost of construction plus (2) the recorded cost (estimated if unknown) of property relinquished as a direct result of the arrangement and retired from service less the value of salvage recovered therefrom by the carrier and less depreciation accrued on depreciable property, which is part of the carrier's cost of the project. The amount so includable in the property account shall be distributed equitably among the primary accounts applicable to railway property constructed. This amount shall first be applied to railway facilities includable in accounts other than 4, <I>Other right-of-way expenditures,</I> or 39, <I>Public improvements—Construction,</I> then any remaining balance shall be included in account 4 or 39, as appropriate. In no case shall the amount included in the primary accounts for the railway facilities acquired exceed the actual cost of constructing such facilities. The property account shall not include any cost or value for facilities or land contributed or paid for by governmental agencies, individuals or others. Property acquired as a specific contribution to capital by stockholders does not come under this rule. (See text of account 795, <I>Other capital.</I>)
</P>
<P>(b) Construction projects as used in this section means widening of highways, construction of spillways, drainage canals, farm and other private passes, pipelines, drains or other facilities across the right-of-way; construction of overhead highway bridges, and railroad bridges over public highways and across streams, which provide a railroad use in the operation of trains and a public use in the uninterrupted passage of highway and river traffic; installation of warning signals to protect highway traffic; and industrial side tracks. Also, reconstruction and relocation of tracks and appurtenant facilities such as occur in connection with carrying out flood control, reclamation, and other public improvement projects where it becomes necessary to abandon part of the line of railroad and relocate the tracks.
</P>
<P>2-18 <I>Leased property improvements and retirements.</I> The cost to lessee of structures, facilities, additions and betterments on leased property and for retirement of property the cost of which is included in account 732 <I>Improvements on leased property,</I> shall be accounted for in conformity with the principles in the instructions for property owned. When lessor's property is retired and replaced and lessee is not obligated to reimburse the lessor for the retired property other than through the replacement, the lessee shall (1) charge the cost of the replacement to account 732, <I>Improvements on leased property,</I> (2) discontinue accruing depreciation for lessor's retired property, and (3) when recording final settlement with the lessor, consider jointly the amount accrued in account 772, <I>Accrued liability; Leased property,</I> for lessor's retired property and the respective amounts for the replacement included in accounts 732, <I>Improvements on leased property,</I> and 733, <I>Accumulated depreciation; Improvements on leased property.</I> When lessee is obligated to reimburse the lessor currently or at the termination of the lease for property retired other than through replacement, the lessee shall include the amount of the obligation in the appropriate liability account. The lessee shall furnish the lessor such information as is required to enable the lessor to perform necessary accounting. The accounting by the lessee and the lessor shall be consistent with contractual arrangements.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 26635, June 21, 1982, as amended at 52 FR 4321, Feb. 11, 1987]


</CITA>
<P>2-19 <I>List of units of property.</I> (a) This list of units is established for the purpose of designating the units of property to be used in accounting for additions to and retirements and replacements of property. Detailed information is included in instructions 2-7 and 2-8. Items listed under road property accounts are subject to the minimum rule applicable to additions to property. See instruction 2-2 pertaining to the minimum rule.
</P>
<P>(b) This list of units will be revised from time to time as may be necessary to meet conditions. A carrier desiring to include in any account an appropriate unit not now specified therein may, upon approval of the Board, make such authorized addition to this list of units.
</P>
<P>(c) Rules applicable to units of property rebuilt or converted and to changes in line of road or tracks which involve accounting for units or property retired are set forth in instructions 2-12 and 2-13.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 7183, Feb. 18, 1983]
</CITA>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Account 3, Grading
</HD2>
<P>A retaining wall, riprap (hand placed), a protecting dyke, a protecting crib, a wing dam, a revetment, mattress, pipe or other structures to provide drainage. Each entire installation.
</P>
<HD2>Account 5, Tunnels and Subways
</HD2>
<P>The entire masonry, entire timber, and entire metal lining of a tunnel or subway, including portals and wing walls.
</P>
<FP-1>Drainage. Entire installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lighting. Each entire installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ventilation. Each entire installation.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 6, Bridges, Trestles, and Culverts
</HD2>
<FP-1>A steel superstructure.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A concrete or stone substructure.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A concrete trestle, a complete bridge or approach.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A timber trestle, a complete bridge or approach.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Complete machinery for operating a movable span.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A protecting dyke, a protecting crib (a fender), a wing dam, a complete culvert. Each entire installation.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 7, Elevated Structures
</HD2>
<P>Any applicable units listed under account 6, <I>Bridges, trestles, and culverts.</I>
</P>
<HD2>Account 13, Fences, Snowsheds, and Signs
</HD2>
<FP-1>A complete snowshed.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>One continuous mile of right-of-way fence.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>One continuous mile of permanent sand or snow fence.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 16, Station and Office Buildings
</HD2>
<FP-1>A complete building, including attached platform.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete platform structurally detached from a building.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each retaining wall installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each timber trestle installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each outside steam, water, air, etc., pipe line installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each storm or sanitary sewer installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete fence.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Paving. Each complete installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A station stockyard. Each complete installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A track scale.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A track scale pit.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>An outside crane or conveying system for handling freight.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A motor truck.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A motor tractor.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Any applicable units listed under other accounts.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 17, Roadway Buildings
</HD2>
<P>Any applicable units listed under account 16, <I>Station and office buildings,</I> and 44, <I>shop machinery.</I>
</P>
<HD2>Account 18, Water Stations
</HD2>
<FP-1>A complete water supply piping system.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A dam or reservoir.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A pump house.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pumping machinery. Each complete installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A water tank. Each complete installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete track trough at one location.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A water crane. Complete with pit.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A water treating plant.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 19, Fuel Stations
</HD2>
<FP-1>A complete fuel supply system, including appurtenances.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A pump house.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A fuel oil storage tank (large).
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 20, Shops and Enginehouses
</HD2>
<FP-1>A complete building, including attached platform.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete platform structually detached from a building.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A turntable.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A turntable pit.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A transfer table with machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A transfer table pit.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A sand storage and handling and drying apparatus.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Outdoor bins. Each complete installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A lorry track system (outside).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A boiler washing plant. Each complete installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>An overhead crane, outside.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each outside pipe installation, steam, air, water, etc.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each sewer installation, storm or sanitary.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Paving. Each complete installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each shop fence or wall installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Any applicable unit under account 16, <I>Station and office buildings.</I>
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 22, Storage Warehouses
</HD2>
<FP-1>A complete building, including attached platform.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete platform structurally detached from a building.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>For additional items, see accounts 16 <I>Station and office buildings,</I> and 44, <I>Shop machinery.</I>
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 23, Wharves and Docks
</HD2>
<FP-1>A timber float bridge.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A steel float bridge.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A wharf (including pile clusters).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A timber incline.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A bulkhead.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Jetties or breakwater.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ferry racks (including pile clusters).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Float racks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each complete machinery installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>For additional items, see accounts 3, <I>Grading,</I> 6, <I>Bridges, testles and culverts,</I> and 44, <I>Shop machinery.</I>
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 24, Coal and Ore Wharves
</HD2>
<FP-1>Car dumper complete.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Timber bridges.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steel bridges.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each complete machinery installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A loading or unloading machine complete.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each coal or ore pocket installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>For additional items, see accounts 6, <I>Bridges, trestles and culverts,</I> 16, <I>Station and office buildings,</I> 20, <I>Shops and enginehouses,</I> 23, <I>Wharves and docks,</I> and 44, <I>Shop machinery.</I>
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 25, TOFC/COFC Terminals
</HD2>
<FP-1>A complete building.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete building, including attached platform and ramp.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete platform and attached ramp, structurally detached from a building.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A portable ramp.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete fence.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Paving, each complete installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>An overhead crane, complete.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each sewer installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A truck or tractor used exclusively at TOFC/COFC terminals.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each floodlighting pole or tower installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each floodlighting installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A power distribution system, complete.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Any applicable units listed under all other accounts.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 26, Communication Systems
</HD2>
<FP-1>A complete mile section or complete installation if less than a mile of pole line including cross arms, wires and appurtenances.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each mile or complete installation of cable with associated parts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each mile or complete installation of conduit with associated parts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete tower.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete installation at each location constituting a separate means of communication, such as radio, radar, carrier telephone, teletype, or other communication systems.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>For additional items see account 16, <I>Station and office buildings.</I>
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 27, Signals and Interlockers
</HD2>
<FP-1>A signal system installation complete, or section thereof, with associated parts, including masts, batteries, relays, ladder, etc.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete mile section or complete installation if less than a mile, or pole line including cross arms, wires and appurtenances.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each mile or complete installation if less than one mile of cable with associated parts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each mile or complete installation if less than one mile of conduit with associated parts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Switch movement with associated parts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete building.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>An interlocking plant complete (excluding machine).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>An interlocking machine.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Signal bridge complete.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each highway crossing protection installation complete.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each car retarder installation complete.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A traffic control or C.T.C. system installation complete.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 29, Power Plants
</HD2>
<FP-1>Any applicable units listed under accounts 16, <I>Station and office buildings,</I> and 20, <I>Shops and enginehouses.</I>
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 31, Power Transmission Systems
</HD2>
<FP-1>A continuous mile, or a separate installation if less than a mile, of catenary complete including catenary hangers, trolley wire and appurtenances.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A continuous mile, or a separate installation if less than a mile, of transmission line, including poles, wires, transformers, switches, and other appurtenances.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each outside steam, air, etc., pipe line installation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A manhole.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Substation or switching station complete.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each mile, or installation if less than a mile, of third rail.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A catenary bridge or support.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A high-tension transmission tower.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Any applicable units listed under accounts 26, <I>Communication systems,</I> and 27, <I>Signals and interlockers.</I>
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 35, Miscellaneous Structures
</HD2>
<FP-1>A complete building, including attached platform.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete platform structurally detached from a building.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A conveyor system complete.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>An elevator system complete.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A blowing system complete.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Any applicable units listed under other accounts.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 37, Roadway Machines
</HD2>
<FP-1>Each roadway machine complete including accessories.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Each on and/or off-track automotive vehicle complete, including appurtenant special-purpose machinery.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 39, Public Improvements—Construction
</HD2>
<FP-1>Any applicable units listed under other accounts.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 44, Shop Machinery
</HD2>
<FP-1>A machine (including foundation and motor, if any), such as lathes, shapers, slotters, boring machines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A furnace.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A boiler installation complete.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A motor vehicle used in shops only.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Testing equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Overhead crane, complete.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 45, Power Plant Machinery
</HD2>
<FP-1>A power plant machine, including foundation, such as a turbine, rectifier, dynamo, generator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Any applicable unit listed under account 44, <I>Shop machinery.</I>
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 52, Locomotives
</HD2>
<FP-1>Diesel electric, lead or booster, i.e., “A” or “B” units.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Diesel electric. Extra or spare engines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Electric locomotive.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Radio control locomotive.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 53, Freight-Train Cars
</HD2>
<FP-1>A complete car.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Motor equipment of a motor driven car.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A propulsion motor, including generator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A freight container, complete.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 54, Passenger-Train Cars
</HD2>
<FP-1>A complete car, including interior furnishings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Motor equipment of a motor driven car.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A propulsion motor, including generator.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 55, Highway Revenue Equipment
</HD2>
<FP-1>A complete vehicle.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A chassis.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A container.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A bogie.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 56, Floating Equipment
</HD2>
<FP-1>A complete vessel or boat, exclusive of machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Machinery: a boiler, a motor, an engine.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 57, Work Equipment
</HD2>
<FP-1>(a) Rail equipment: (1) A complete car or machine, (2) A boiler, (3) An engine, (4) A motor, (5) Machinery equipment (with or without tractive machinery) such as concrete mixer, snow plow, derrick, steam shovel, or pile driver, (6) A complete motor equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>(b) Floating equipment—Work: (1) A complete vessel or boat, (2) A boiler, (3) An engine, (4) A motor. Any applicable units listed under other accounts.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 58, Miscellaneous Equipment
</HD2>
<FP-1>An airplane.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A complete vehicle.
</FP-1>
<HD2>Account 59, Computer Systems and Word Processing Equipment
</HD2>
<FP-1>A Mainframe
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A Mini-computer
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A Word processing system
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A Printer
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A Monitor
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A Modem
</FP-1>
<FP-1>A Storage device</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4325, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>2-20 <I>Accounting for leases.</I> (a) Leases shall be accounted for as capital leases whenever the lease meets one or more of the following four criteria:
</P>
<P>(1) The lease transfers ownership of the property to the lessee by the end of the lease term,
</P>
<P>(2) The lease contains a bargain purchase option,
</P>
<P>(3) The lease term is equal to 75 percent or more of the estimated economic life of the property, and,
</P>
<P>(4) The present value at the beginning of the lease term of the minimum lease payments equals or exceeds 90 percent of the fair value of the leased property to the lessor at the inception of the lease less any related investment tax credit retained by the lessor.
</P>
<P>(b) If the lease does not meet any of the four criteria, the lease shall be classified and accounted for as an operating lease.
</P>
<P>(c) When accounting for capital leases the lessee shall record the asset and the related obligation. The amount recorded as the asset and the obligation shall be the present value at the beginning of the lease term of the minimum lease payments during the lease term, excluding that portion of the payments representing executory costs such as insurance, maintenance, and taxes to be paid by the lessor. However, if that amount exceeds the fair value of the leased property, the amount recorded as the asset and the obligation shall be the fair value. The lessee shall compute the present value of the minimum lease payments using its incremental borrowing rate unless (1) it is practicable to learn the implicit rate computed by the lessor and (2) the implicit rate computed by the lessor is less than the lessee's incremental borrowing rate. If both of those conditions are met, the lessee shall use the implicit rate.
</P>
<P>(d) Leased assets that meet the criteria for classification as a capital lease shall be subject to depreciation over their useful lives in the same manner as assets owned. If the capital lease meets the criteria of either Instruction 2-20(a)(1) or 2-20(a)(2), the asset shall be amortized in a manner consistent with the lessee's normal depreciation policy for owned assets. If the lease does not meet either of these two criteria, the asset shall be amortized in a manner consistent with the lessee's normal depreciation policy except that the period of amortization shall be the lease term.
</P>
<P>(e) The accounting accorded the lease shall be subject to the same considerations as other obligations in classifying them with current and noncurrent liabilities in the classified balance sheet. Leases that meet the criteria requiring capitalization shall be recorded in those accounts that provide for carrier operating property or property used in other than carrier operations, as appropriate. The accounts shall segregate the amounts pertaining to capital leases.
</P>
<P>(f) If the lease qualifies as an operating lease it should be accounted for by charging the rent to expense over the lease term. The rental expense should be recognized on a straight line basis over the lease term unless another method is more representative of the use and the benefits derived.
</P>
<P>(g) The criteria specified in paragraph (a) should be applied to all leases regardless of the relationship between the lessor and the lessee unless it is clear that the terms of the lease transaction have been significantly affected by their relationship. In this situation, the accounting should be modified to recognize economic substance rather than legal form.
</P>
<P>(h) In the case of subsidiary companies or companies under common control whose principal business activity is leasing property or facilities to the carrier, the carrier is encouraged to request special authority to file consolidated or combined financial statements. If the carrier does not wish to file consolidated or combined financial statements, capitalization of the lease will be required if the lease meets the criteria that would require capitalization.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The carrier shall follow generally accepted accounting principles where an interpretation of the rules for lease accounting is needed or obtain an interpretation from its public accountant or the Board.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 56611, Oct. 27, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4321, 4325, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>2-21 <I>Freight train car repair costing.</I> Class I railroads shall report the costs of repairing freight train cars by car types.
</P>
<P>(a) The accounting for freight train car repair costs shall agree with the applicable instructions and texts of accounts in 49 CFR Part 1201 relating to the equipment repair process (see Note A).
</P>
<P>(b) Railroads may assign either actual costs, standard costs, or a combination of both to the accounting process. Standard costs, if used, shall recognize the differences in performing repairs on various types of equipment, and the differences related to specific repair facilites. Standard costs shall be based on adequate operational data which are reviewed at least annually. The resulting variances (price, efficiency, capacity, etc.) shall be reasonably allocated back to the car types to derive the amounts reported in Form R-1.
</P>
<P>(c) Railroads shall report repair costs by the freight train car types shown in Schedule 415 of Form R-1. In assigning repair costs, railroads may use either one of the following methodologies:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD2>Level I: Job Order Cost System
</HD2>
<P>Railroads may use a job order cost system for assigning repair costs to the car types for freight train cars. Under this methodology, railroads shall directly match direct labor and materials with the specific unit of equipment that was repaired. Actual costs, standard costs, or a combination of both may be used as stated above.
</P>
<HD2>Level II: Alternative Repair Costs Methodology
</HD2>
<P>Railroads not using the job order cost system shall report freight train car repair costs by using the methodology described below:</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(1) The repair costs relating to heavy, program, or project repairs of freight train cars shall be directly assigned to the car types repaired by using actual or standard costs. A heavy repair is defined as a repair that is relatively so material in cost, repair time, or physical damage that management's involvement in the determination of the repair to be made is necessary and relatively greater than usual. Program or project repairs are those repairs which are performed under a predetermined plan where estimates costs, time periods, and car types to be repaired are identified.
</P>
<P>(2) The repair costs relating to light and running repairs of system cars shall be allocated to the car types by using the Association of American Railroads' Car Repair Billing System (CRBS) as the process for distributing light and running repairs. The CRBS will be the tracking system for recording the number of repairs, the car types and types of repairs. Then by applying the CRBS standard costs to the particular repairs, standard costs relationships by car type can be developed and used to distribute actual light and running repair cost pools to the car types.
</P>
<P>(3) Railroads shall match repair costs billed by and paid to foreign roads with the car types that were repaired. Foreign billings for light and running repairs are usually conducted through CRBS, and therefore, the car types can be identified. For heavy off-line repairs, car type identification is possible because system management is generally involved with the authorization of such heavy repairs and car identification numbers are generally included in the billing process.
</P>
<P>(4) Repair costs relating to foreign freight train cars shall also be reported by car types. However, a separate breakdown between foreign and system repair costs is not required for Board reporting purpose. Car type identification for light and running repairs to foreign cars can be obtained from CRBS tapes. The cost of heavy repairs to foreign cars should be accumulated by car types. The resulting expense credits from foreign railroads should be assigned to the car types to which they relate.
</P>
<P>(5) Railroads shall match any resulting expense credits with the car types to which they relate. This can occur, for example, when a railroad is charged with the repair costs of system cars, but the responsibility of the repair ultimately rests with and is paid by a foreign road.
</P>
<P>(d) Railroads shall submit to the Board any repair cost by car type methodology which does not agree with item (c) above. The Board shall review the methodology and determine if it is acceptable for reporting purposes.
</P>
<P>(e) Railroads may submit justification and supporting documents requesting waiver from provisions required by this instruction. This provision is intended to provide relief for those smaller Class I railroads that might be unduly burdened by the cost of developing and maintaining the required system. Waivers shall be directed to the Board's Accounting and Valuation Board.
</P>
<P>(f) Equipment repair cost records, including the allocation methods used, shall be maintained and made available to the Board upon request.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The following accounts and reference pertain to the freight train car repair process:
</P>
<FP-1>11-22-42
</FP-1>
<FP-1>21-22-42
</FP-1>
<FP-1>39-22-42
</FP-1>
<FP-1>40-22-42
</FP-1>
<FP-1>41-22-42
</FP-1>
<FP-1>61-22-42
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Instruction 2-12, <I>Units of property rebuilt or converted.</I></FP-1></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 52951, Dec. 4, 1981, as amended at 52 FR 4321, 4325, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>2-22 <I>Map specifications.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) Class I Railroad companies shall maintain current maps of its property and shall promptly record any changes that may take place.
</P>
<P>(b) Class I companies shall furnish, on request, copies of maps showing its property as it exists on such date or dates as may be fixed by the Board.
</P>
<P>(c) Class I companies shall maintain planimetric maps that show right-of-way, track and other important facilities at a scale to show sufficient detail.
</P>
<P>(d) Maps shall be indexed and titled to clearly indicate the specific area depicted.
</P>
<P>(e) All maps shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted mapping practices.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 50267, Nov. 5, 1982; 48 FR 32833, July 19, 1983]
</CITA>
<P>2-23 <I>Accounting for engineering costs.</I>
</P>
<P>(a) The pay and expenses of engineers, assistants and clerks engaged in the survey and construction of new lines and extensions shall be included in the cost of the particular property involved. This accounting treatment also applies in making additions to and improvements of the carriers road, including wharves and docks.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD3>List of Officers and Employees
</HD3>
<P>Chief engineer.
</P>
<P>Assistant engineers.
</P>
<P>Bridge and signal engineer.
</P>
<P>Architects and draftsmen.
</P>
<P>Chief clerk and other clerks.
</P>
<P>Transitmen and levelmen.
</P>
<P>Rodmen and chainmen.
</P>
<P>Cooks and porters on business cars.
</P>
<HD1>Items of Expense and Supplies
</HD1>
<P>Atlases and maps.
</P>
<P>Barometers.
</P>
<P>Books for office use.
</P>
<P>Business car service.
</P>
<P>Cameras; compasses.
</P>
<P>Camp equipage.
</P>
<P>Chains for surveyors.
</P>
<P>Drawing boards.
</P>
<P>Drawing instruments.
</P>
<P>Field glasses.
</P>
<P>Furniture repairs and renewals.
</P>
<P>Heating and lighting.
</P>
<P>Magnets and magnifiers.
</P>
<P>Official train service.
</P>
<P>Paper, blue-print.
</P>
<P>Periodicals and newspapers.
</P>
<P>Photographic supplies.
</P>
<P>Printing and stationery.
</P>
<P>Provisions for business cars.
</P>
<P>Rent and repairs of offices.
</P>
<P>Rods for surveyors.
</P>
<P>Sextants and slide rules.
</P>
<P>Telegraph and telephone service.
</P>
<P>Traveling expenses.
</P>
<P>Triangles and tripods.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) When employees listed in (a) above are engaged in the repair and maintenance of the roadway, their pay and expenses shall be charged to the appropriate operating expense accounts.
</P>
<P>(c) Expenditures for tentative or preliminary surveys shall be carried in account 743, <I>Other deferred debits,</I> until it is determined whether or not to continue the work. If the project is continued, expenditures for all surveys shall be transferred to the appropriate property account and, if abandoned, to appropriate income accounts.
</P>
<P>(d) The cost of designing, making plans and specificaitons, and supervising the construction of equipment shall be included in the cost of the particular equipment.
</P>
<P>(e) Fees and expenses of architects specially employed for designing or supervising the construction of buildings shall be included in the accounts appropriate for the cost of the buildings constructed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 2254, Jan. 19, 1984, as amended at 52 FR 4321, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>2-24 <I>Accounting for other general expenditures.</I>
</P>
<P>Expenditures of a general nature that are attributable but not directly assignable to original construction or important expansion of road shall be equitably assigned to the cost of specific units or segments of property. These expenditures include the pay and expenses of executive and general officers and their assistants engaged exclusively with such construction, law expenses (other than organization expenses), stationery and printing, and taxes before property is used in transportation operations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 2255, Jan. 19, 1984, as amended at 52 FR 4321, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HED1>INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE EXPENSES
</HED1></CITA>
<P>3-1 <I>Items to be charged.</I> (a) The accounts provided for maintenance of road property and of equipment are designed to show the cost of repairs and also the loss through depreciation of the property used in transportation operations, including expenses resulting from ordinary wear and tear of service, exposure to the elements, inadequacy, obsolesence, or other depreciation, or from accident, fire, flood, or other casualty.
</P>
<P>(b) These accounts shall include the cost of labor, materials and supplies, work-train service, floating equipment work service, special machine service, contract work, privileges, protection from casualties, and other analogous items of expense in connection with the maintenance of the plant used in railway service. The cost of materials and supplies, which shall include small tools, shall include the cost at the point of free delivery plus freight charges of foreign lines, and the costs of inspection and loading assumed by the carrier; also a proportion of store expenses. Such costs shall not include expenses of transportation over the carrier's line. Royalties for patent rights on mechanical appliances used in repairs of equipment shall be included in the cost of the repairs. The cost of boarding, traveling, and other incidental expenses of employees shall be included in the accounts to which the pay of the employees is chargeable, except where otherwise specified in the text of the accounts. In calculating the cost of materials used proper allowance shall be made for the value of unused portions and of cuttings, turnings, borings, etc., and for the value of the material recovered from property repaired and from temporary tracks, scaffolding, cofferdams, and other temporary structures used in repair work.
</P>
<P>(c) The cost of repairs shall include the cost of inspecting to determine the repairs necessary, and of adjusting or repairing parts, both of road property and of equipment, such as the repairing of locomotives, cars, frogs, switches, rails, etc.; the cost of inspecting and testing after repairs have been made such as the testing of locomotives after repairs to determine whether the repairs have been properly made, and the running of repaired locomotives light in order to break them in for regular service; incidental costs of repairs, such as the construction or removal of false work in connection with maintenance, cost of demolishing retired road property and disposing of the wreckage therefrom when the property is dismantled by or for the carrier; cost of maintaining or protecting traffic during the progress of construction work, including the cost of constructing, maintaining and removing temporary tracks required for maintaining traffic during the progress of the work; cost of mowing and beautifying grounds around buildings; repairing fences, sidewalks, driveways, and streets within or adjacent to such grounds; cost of removing snow from roofs of buildings (when not removed by those employed in the buildings); cost of periodical restorations of seasonal features, such as gardens, shrubbery, and lawns; cost of operating hothouses in connection with the work of beautifying grounds; and cost of clearing and removing casual incumbrances, such as ice, snow, and fallen timber.
</P>
<P>(d) An employee's job classification shall not govern the accounting for work performed. Charges to a particular expense function shall be based on the nature of the work performed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4325, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HED1>INSTRUCTIONS FOR DEPRECIATION ACCOUNTS
</HED1></CITA>
<P>4-1 <I>Method.</I> (a) There shall be charged monthly to operating expenses or other appropriate accounts and credited to account 735, <I>Accumulated depreciation; Road and equipment property,</I> during the service life of depreciable road and equipment property, includable in accounts classed as depreciable, amounts which will approximate the loss in service value not restored by current repairs or covered by insurance. The charges for accruing depreciation currently shall be computed in conformity with the group plan by applying to the cost of property such percentage rates as will distribute the service value by the straight-line method in equal annual charges to operating expenses or other accounts during the estimated life of the property. In the case of track accounts 8, 9 and 11, service value shall reflect net salvage value. For road property, the cost shall be original cost or estimated original cost, as used in the valuation records, adjusted to current date. If a carrier submits proof that the actual cost of depreciable property is substantially different from cost figures in the valuation records, the carrier may, with the approval of the Board, use such cost figures as the depreciation base.
</P>
<P>(b) The term group plan means the plan under which depreciation charges are accrued upon the basis of the cost of depreciable property includable in accounts classed as depreciable using the service lives of the individual depreciable units in the accounts and properly weighing to determine the composite annual rate of depreciation.
</P>
<P>(c) For the purpose of the group plan of depreciation accounting, the following primary accounts are classed as depreciable accounts:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Road accounts:
</FP>
<P>3. Grading.
</P>
<P>4. Other right-of-way expenditures.
</P>
<P>5. Tunnels and subways.
</P>
<P>6. Bridges, trestles and culverts.
</P>
<P>7. Elevated structures.
</P>
<P>8. Ties.
</P>
<P>9. Rails and other track material.
</P>
<P>11. Ballast.
</P>
<P>13. Fences, snowsheds, and signs.
</P>
<P>16. Station and office buildings.
</P>
<P>17. Roadway buildings.
</P>
<P>18. Water stations.
</P>
<P>19. Fuel stations.
</P>
<P>20. Shops and enginehouses.
</P>
<P>22. Storage warehouses.
</P>
<P>23. Wharves and docks.
</P>
<P>24. Coal and ore wharves.
</P>
<P>25. TOFC/COFC terminals.
</P>
<P>26. Communication systems.
</P>
<P>27. Signals and interlockers.
</P>
<P>29. Power plants.
</P>
<P>31. Power transmission systems.
</P>
<P>35. Miscellaneous structures.
</P>
<P>37. Roadway machines.
</P>
<P>39. Public improvements-construction.
</P>
<P>44. Shop machinery.
</P>
<P>45. Power plant machinery.
</P>
<FP>Equipment accounts:
</FP>
<P>52. Locomotives.
</P>
<P>53. Freight-train cars.
</P>
<P>54. Passenger-train cars.
</P>
<P>55. Highway revenue equipment.
</P>
<P>56. Floating equipment.
</P>
<P>57. Work equipment.
</P>
<P>58. Miscellaneous equipment.
</P>
<P>59. Computer systems and word processing equipment.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) When abandonment of a branch line or other important segment of the track structure or other part of the plant for which depreciation charges are not includable in the accounts as foreseeable within a reasonable period of time due to exhaustion of traffic, obsolescence or other causes, application may be made to the Board for authority to record a suitable provision in anticipation of a probable loss.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 4183, Feb. 18, 1983; 52 FR 4325, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>4-2 <I>Rates of depreciation.</I> (a) A separate composite annual percentage rate for each depreciable property account, or a subgroup in that account, shall be used in computing annual depreciation expenses and accumulated depreciation. The composite rates shall be based on the results of a depreciation study performed by each railroad. A depreciation study shall, in general, contain the following components:
</P>
<P>(i) Actuarial or semiactuarial methods for determining service lives for road and equipment properties;
</P>
<P>(ii) Salvage value calculations for road and equipment properties;
</P>
<P>(iii) Accumulated depreciation for each account or subaccount as appropriate;
</P>
<P>(iv) Other factors and related calculations involving the depreciation process; and
</P>
<P>(v) A commentary on any adjustments and judgmental factors used in the study.
</P>
<P>(b) Railroads shall submit to the Board for review and approval a report on depreciation studies and proposed depreciation rates every three years for equipment property, and every six years for road property. Railroads can, however, submit depreciation studies prior to its scheduled year, in which case a new cycle will begin.
</P>
<P>(c) In computing monthly depreciation charges, the annual percentage rates shall be applied to the depreciation base as of the first of each month and the results shall be divided by twelve.
</P>
<P>(d) Class II railroads are exempt from the three-year and six-year cyclical reviews, but shall submit depreciation studies when requested by the Board. Class III railroads are not required to submit depreciation studies.
</P>
<P>(e) A separate track depreciation rate shall apply to each primary property account in each track density category as provided in Instruction 4-3(d). Track depreciation rates shall be developed by estimating the average life based on an acceptable depreciation methodology, consistently applied, including as an option the units of production method based on gross ton-miles per mile of track.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 46 FR 20210, Apr. 3, 1981; 48 FR 7184, Feb. 18, 1983; 52 FR 4321, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>4-3 <I>Depreciation records to be kept.</I> (a) The carrier shall maintain for each class of property in convenient and accessible form engineering and other data bearing on prospective service lives.
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier also shall keep such records of depreciable property and property retirements as will reflect the service life of each class of property which has been retired, or will permit the determination of service life indications by past experience of useful life tenure of comparable property, turnover, or other appropriate methods; also such records as will reflect the percentage of value of the salvage for property retired from each class of depreciable property.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of analysis the carrier shall maintain subsidiary records in which the accumulated depreciation account is broken down into component parts corresponding to each primary account to show the current credits and debits and the balance for each account. Such detailed information shall be reported annually to this Board. For balance sheet purposes, the accumulated depreciation account shall be treated as a single composite account for depreciable property.
</P>
<P>(d) Carriers shall be prepared to justify all track depreciation rates by keeping appropriate data on the service lives and salvage values of track components which went into the life and net salvage computation of each primary account in each density category.
</P>
<P>(e) The investment and related accumulated depreciation for accounts 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 11 and 39 must be maintained by distinct traffic density categories. Each line segment shall be identified on January 1 of each year as belonging to one of the following traffic density classes, based on the average traffic density in the preceding three years:

<HD1>Density
</HD1></P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">Class</E>
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"><E T="03">Description</E>
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">I </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lines carrying at least 20 million gross ton-miles per mile on an annual basis and not designated as belonging to Density Class III.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">II </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lines carrying less than 20 million gross ton-miles per mile on an annual basis and not designated as belonging to Density Class III.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">III </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lines identified as potentially subject to abandonment pursuant to Section 10904 of the Interstate Commerce Act.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IV </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yard and way switching tracks.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">V </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electronic yards.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>For purposes of designating line segments as belonging to one of the density classes, the carrier shall consider all traffic carried over the segment whether in the carrier's trains or in the trains of other carriers (estimated if not known).</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>When a carrier operates systems of parallel tracks on a single roadbed, the density associated with the related segment of a rail route shall be the aggregate gross ton-miles on all individual tracks.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 46 FR 20210, Apr. 3, 1981; 48 FR 7183, Feb. 18, 1983; 52 FR 4321, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>4-4 <I>Leased property—depreciation.</I> (a) The carrier shall include in operating expenses charges for depreciation on road property and equipment used but not owned, the rent for which is includable in the lease rental accounts, and shall maintain the same records of service lives, salvage values, etc., as provided for owned road property and equipment. The excess of the total compensation paid over the amount chargeable for depreciation shall be included in the rent account. If settlement between the carrier and the lessor is not currently made, the amount of the depreciation accrued during the period of the lease shall be credited by the carrier to account 772. <I>Accrued liability; Leased property.</I> The necessary adjustments of the difference between the balance thus accrued in that account and the actual amount of settlement shall be made appropriately through accounts 519, <I>Miscellaneous income,</I> or 551, <I>Miscellaneous income charges,</I> at the time settlement for depreciation on the property is made with the lessor.
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier shall not include in the depreciation account in operating expenses any charges for depreciation of equipment used but not owned when the rents therefor are not included in the lease rental accounts but shall include such charges in the appropriate other rent expense accounts.
</P>
<P>4-5 <I>Jointly used property—depreciation.</I> The owning carrier shall include in the depreciation accounts in operating expenses the charges for depreciation on units of depreciable property jointly used with one or more other carriers. The owning carrier shall credit and each using carrier shall charge the appropriate joint facility accounts in operating expenses with the amounts billed by the owning carrier against each using carrier for its proportion of the service loss on property retired from service whether billed currently as depreciation or when retirements occur as the loss in service value. The using carriers shall be required to account for depreciation or retirement of units of road property jointly used but not owned to the extent of their contract liability. The same principle shall apply to terminal companies and their nonowner tenants in accounting for depreciation accruals or retirement charges recorded in the accounts of the terminal companies.

<HED1>INSTRUCTIONS FOR INCOME AND BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS
</HED1></P>
<P>5-1 <I>Current assets.</I> (a) In the group of accounts designated as current assets shall be included cash, those assets which are readily convertible into cash or are held for current use in operations, current claims against others and amounts accruing to the carrier which are subject to settlement in the ordinary course of business within one year. There shall not be included in this group of accounts any amount the collection of which is not reasonably assured within one year because of the known financial conditions of the debtor or otherwise. Such items shall be included in account 741, <I>Other assets,</I> at an amount not in excess of a reasonable estimate of realizable value. Items of current character but of doubtful value shall be written down or written off by charge to account 63-61-00, <I>General—Uncollectible accounts—General and administrative,</I> or account 553, <I>Uncollectible accounts,</I> as appropriate. Adjustment of these items of doubtful value shall be made by direct reduction of the asset account in which such items are carried or by provision in account 709.5, <I>Allowance for uncollectible accounts,</I> for the estimated uncollectible amount.
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier shall transfer the estimated realizable value of obsolete material to account 741, <I>Other assets,</I> equitably distribute the loss due to obsolescence among the accounts ordinarily chargeable for such classes of material, and concurrently credit account 712, <I>Material and Supplies.</I>
</P>
<P>5-2 <I>Recorded value of securities owned.</I> (a)(1) The investment in securities other than those issued or assumed by the accounting company shall be recorded in these accounts at cost, but excluding amounts paid for accrued interest and accrued dividends.
</P>
<P>(2) Account 702, <I>Temporary cash investments,</I> account 721, <I>Investments and advances; affiliated companies,</I> and account 722, <I>Other investments and advances,</I> shall be maintained in such a manner as to reflect the marketable equity portion (see definition 26) and other securities or investments.
</P>
<P>(3) For the purpose of determining net ledger value, the marketable equity securities in account 702 shall be considered the current portfolio and the marketable equity securities in accounts 721 and 722 (combined) shall be considered the noncurrent portfolio.
</P>
<P>(4) Carriers will categorize their security investments as held-to-maturity, trading, or available-for-sale. Unrealized holding gains and losses on trading type investment securities will be recorded in account 551, <I>Miscellaneous income charges.</I> Unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale type investment securities will be recorded in account 799.1, <I>Other comprehensive income.</I>
</P>
<P>(5) If there is a change in the classification of a marketable equity security between current and noncurrent, the security shall be transferred at the lower of its cost or market value at date of transfer. If market value is less than cost, the market value shall become the new cost basis, and the difference shall be accounted for as if it were a realized loss and included in the determination of net income.
</P>
<P>(6) The accounting company shall write down the ledger value of any securities to the extent of impairment in their value or write off entirely if there is no reasonable prospect of realizing any value therefrom. For long term investments in marketable equity securities, when the decline in market value below cost is judged to be other than temporary, the cost basis of the individual security shall be writen down to a new cost basis. The amount of the write-down shall be accounted for as realized loss by a charge to account 551, <I>Other Income Charges,</I> and a credit to account 723, <I>Reserve for Adjustment of Investment in Securities.</I> The new cost basis shall not be changed for subsequent recoveries in value.
</P>
<P>(b)(1) For financial statement purposes the carrier shall follow the principles of equity accounting for (1) all investments in corporate joint ventures (see definition 21(c)), and (2) all investments in voting stock of affiliated companies giving the carrier the ability to significantly influence the operating and financial policies of an investee (see definition 21(b)). For purposes of this instruction an investment of 20 percent or more of the outstanding voting stock of an investee will indicate the ability to exercise significant influence over an investee in the absence of evidence to the contrary.
</P>
<P>(2) Since the equity method is not to be effected by entries in the books of accounts but is to apply only in financial reports to the Board, the carrier shall establish worksheet or memorandum accounts. Three basic worksheet or memorandum accounts are needed:
</P>
<P>(i) An investment account to include (1) equity in the undistributed earnings or losses of the investee since the date of acquisition (see definition 21(g)); (2) accumulated amortization of the difference between cost and net assets at date of acquisition (see (b)(3) below); and other adjustments for disposition or writedown of investments.
</P>
<P>(ii) An income account to include (1) the investor's share of the investee's undistributed profits or losses for each reporting period subsequent to acquisition of the investment except that in the year of acquisition such amount shall be determined from the date of acquisition; (2) amortization for the reporting period of the difference between cost and net assets at date of acquisition. This account shall be closed at year-end to the retained earnings memorandum account discussed in paragraph (iii) below.
</P>
<P>(iii) A retained earnings account to include (1) equity in the undistributed earnings or losses of the investee since the date of acquisition; (2) accumulated amortization of the difference between cost and net assets acquired at date of acquisition (see (b)(3) below).
</P>
<P>(iv) Other memorandum accounts will be needed for such adjustments as gains and losses on disposition of investments, recognition of impairments in value, the investor's share of extraordinary and prior period adjustments reported in the investee's financial statements (see instruction 1-2(d)), and provision for deferred taxes where it is reasonable to assume that undistributed earnings of an investee will be transferred to the investor in a taxable distribution. These memorandum accounts shall be closed at year-end to the retained earnings memorandum account discussed in paragraph (iii) above.
</P>
<P>(3) The carrier shall retain the following information for each investee in support of the worksheet or memorandum accounts:
</P>
<P>(i) Original cost of investment.
</P>
<P>(ii) Equity in net assets of investee at date of acquisition.
</P>
<P>(iii) Allocation of difference between cost and equity in net assets, namely, to specific assets of investee or to goodwill.
</P>
<P>(iv) Accumulated amortization of difference between cost and equity in net assets.
</P>
<P>(v) Unamortized balance of difference between cost and equity in net assets.
</P>
<P>(vi) Equity in undistributed earnings/losses for each year since date of acquisition.
</P>
<P>(vii) Dividends received since date of acquisition if determinable.
</P>
<P>(viii) Proceeds from sale of investments.
</P>
<P>(4) Any difference between the investor's cost and its share of the net assets of the investee at date of acquisition shall be allocated to specific assets of the investee to the extent the difference is attributable to them. When the difference is allocated to depreciable or amortizable assets, depreciation and amortization (through the investment and income memorandum accounts) should absorb the difference over the remaining life of the related assets. If the difference is not related to specific accounts, it should be considered goodwill and amortized over a reasonable period not to exceed 40 years. For investments made prior to November 1, 1970, amortization of goodwill is not required in the absence of evidence that the goodwill has a limited term of existence.
</P>
<P>(5) The financial statements of the investee that are used for equity accounting should be timely. If the accounting year of the investee differs from that of the investor then the most recent available financial statements may be used. The lag in reporting should be consistent from period to period.
</P>
<P>(6) Material profits or losses on transactions between the investor and investee shall be eliminated until realized by either company as if the two were consolidated.
</P>
<P>(7) A transaction of the investee of a capital nature that affects the investor's share of the investee's stockholder's equity should be reported in the financial statements as if the two were consolidated.
</P>
<P>(8) The investor shall deduct any dividends applicable to outstanding cumulative preferred stock whether or not declared, and any other dividends declared when computing its share of undistributed earnings or losses.
</P>
<P>(9) The investor shall suspend application of the equity method when the investment (including the investment memorandum account) together with any net advances made to the investee is reduced to zero. Additional losses shall not be provided for unless the investor has guaranteed obligations of the investee or is otherwise committed to provide further financial support for the investee. If the investee subsequently reports net income the investor shall resume applying the equity method at such time as its share of that net income equals the share of net losses not recognized during the period of suspension.
</P>
<P>(10) When the investor's voting stock interest falls below the level of ownership described in paragraph (b)(1) of this instruction, the investment no longer qualifies for the equity method. Should dividends received on the investment in subsequent periods exceed the investor's share of earnings for such periods, the investment memorandum and income memorandum accounts shall be reduced by the excess amount.
</P>
<P>(11) When the level of ownership of an investment increases to that described in paragraph (b)(1) of this instruction, the equity method shall be applied. The memorandum accounts for the investment, income (for current year's equity in undistributed earnings less amoritzation), and retained earnings (for prior years' equity in undistributed earnings less amortization) shall be adjusted retroactively on a step-by-step basis determining the equity in net assets at date of acquisition, amortization adjustment, and equity in undistributed earnings or losses at each level of ownership. Where small purchases are made over a period of time and then a purhase is made which qualifies the investment for the equity method, the date of latest purchase may be used as date of acquisition.
</P>
<P>(12) Information having significance with respect to the investor's ownership in investees shall be disclosed in notes to financial statements of annual reports filed with the Board in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
</P>
<P>(c) When securities with a fixed maturity date are purchased at a discount (i.e., when total cost including brokerage fees, taxes, commissions, etc., is less than par), such discounts may be amortized over the remaining life of the securities through periodic debits to the account in which the securities are carried (preferably coincident with entries recording interest accruals) and credits to the same account in which interest income is credited. No debits shall be made in respect to discounts upon securities held as investments or in special funds if there is reason to believe that such securities will be disposed of by redemption or otherwise at less than par or will not be paid at date of maturity. When securities with a fixed maturity date are purchased at a premium (i.e., when the total cost including brokerage fees, taxes, commissions, etc., is in excess of par), such premium may be amortized over the remaining life of the securities through periodic credits to the account in which the securities are carried (preferably coincident with entries recording interest accruals) and debits to the same accounts in which the interest income is recorded.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The carrier shall follow generally accepted accounting principles where an interpretation of the rules for equity accounting is needed or obtain an interpretation from its public accountant or the Board.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19908, Apr. 6, 2016]
</CITA>
<P>5-3 <I>Discounts, expenses, and premiums on debt.</I> (a) Ledger accounts shall be provided to cover the discounts, expenses, and premiums on the sale or resale of each subclass of funded debt and of receivers' and trustees' securities issued for the benefit of or assumed by the company. (For explanation of <I>subclass</I> see account 765, <I>Funded debt unmatured.</I>) The net debit balances remaining in the ledger accounts for discount and premium shall be included in account 770.1, <I>Unamortized debt discount,</I> and the net credit balances in account 770.2, <I>Unamortized premium on debt.</I> Debt expense shall be included in account 743, <I>Other deferred debits.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) Each fiscal period there shall be charged to account 548, <I>Amortization of discount on funded debt,</I> a proportion on a consistent basis of each of the debit balances in the discount and premium accounts and correspondingly there shall be credited to income account 517, <I>Release of premiums on funding debt,</I> a similar proportion of each of the credit balances in these accounts. Related debt expense shall also be charged to account 548 on a proportional and consistent basis. The amounts for the respective debit balances for discount and expenses applicable to a particular issue of obligations may be charged directly to account 548 at time of issue when the aggregate of such amounts does not appreciably affect the accounts. The method of apportioning debt discount, issue costs, and premium to accounts 517 and 548 shall be the <I>interest method,</I> where the effective interest rate on the date of issuance is applied to the carrying value (debt, less related discount, and issue cost, plus related premium of each specific issue to the beginning of any given period.) However, other methods of amortization may be used if the results obtained are not materially different from those which would result from the interest method.
</P>
<P>(c) When any funded debt which has been actually issued to bona fide holders for value is reacquired by the accounting company, that proportion of the balance remaining in accounts containing discount, expense and premium on funded debt for the subclass of the security reacquired applicable to the portion reacquired shall be credited or charged thereto, as appropriate, and concurrently charged or credited to account 519, <I>Miscellaneous income,</I> account 551, <I>Miscellaneous income charges</I>; or to account 570, <I>Extraordinary items,</I> as appropriate, in accordance with the text of these accounts. Such proportion shall be based upon the ratio of the par value of the security reacquired to the par value of all the securities of the subclass actually outstanding immediately before such reacquirement. Gains and losses from extinguishment of debt (excluding debt maturing serially) which is acquired to satisfy sinking fund requirements, shall not be recorded as extraordinary items regardless of amount, but shall be included in accounts 519 and 551, as appropriate. Such gains and losses shall be separately disclosed in reports to this Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4325, Feb. 11, 1987; 81 FR 19908, Apr. 6, 2016]
</CITA>
<P>5-4 <I>Discount, premium, and assessment on capital stock.</I> (a) Separate ledger accounts shall be provided for each subclass of capital stock issued or assumed by the accounting company to cover discount suffered and premium realized at the time of sale of capital stock. General levies or assessments against stockholders shall be credited to the appropriate ledger accounts for the subclass of capital stock against which the levy or assessment is made.
</P>
<P>(b) The total of net debit balance in these ledger accounts shall be included in account 793, <I>Discount on capital stock,</I> and the total of net credit balances in account 794, <I>Premiums and assessments on capital stock.</I>
</P>
<P>(c) Discount on each subclass of capital stock may be offset or reduced by charges to account 794, <I>Premiums and assessments on capital stock,</I> to the extent that net gains from premiums or assessments have been included therein or to account 795, <I>Other capital,</I> to the extent that net gains from reacquisition and resale or retirement of capital stock applicable to such subclass have been included therein. Any remaining discount may be amortized by charge to account 616. <I>Other debits to retained earnings,</I> or may be retained and carried in account 793, <I>Discount on capital stock,</I> until the stock to which the discount applies is retired.
</P>
<P>(d) In case the accounting company is permitted and elects with the approval of the Board, to distribute all or any part of the net balance of other paid-in capital to its stockholders, the amount thus distributed shall be charged to account 795, <I>Other capital.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) When capital stock is reacquired, either by purchase or donation, and is retired or cancelled, account 791, <I>Capital stock,</I> shall be charged with the par value, stated value of no par stock, or if no par stock without stated value, the proportionate amount at which the particular class of stock is included in account 791. Any excess of reacquisition cost over the recorded value of the stock shall be charged to account 795, <I>Other capital,</I> to the extent of the accumulated net gains included in this account applicable to reacquisition and resale or retirement of such subclass. Any remaining excess reacquisition cost shall be charged to account 616, <I>Other debits to retained earnings.</I> Any excess of recorded value over reaquisition cost shall be credited to account 795, <I>Other capital.</I>
</P>
<P>(f) When capital stock is reacquired, either by purchase or donation, and is not retired or cancelled, nor properly includable in sinking or other funds, the reacquisition cost shall be charged to account 798.5, <I>Treasury stock.</I>
</P>
<P>(g) When treasury stock is resold, account 798.5, <I>Treasury stock,</I> shall be credited with the cost paid for it. Gains shall be credited to account 795, ‘Other capital.’ Losses shall be charged to account 795, <I>Other capital,</I> to the extent that previous net gains from sales or retirements of the same class of stock are included therein; otherwise, to account 616, <I>Other debits to retained earnings.</I>
</P>
<P>5-5 <I>Joint liabilities.</I> The accounting company shall state as a liability in its balance sheet the difference between the total par value of securities jointly or severally issued by it and others and the portion of such liability which, under the joint arrangement, it is expected will be liquidated by the other party or parties to the joint arrangement. The amount of the jointly or severally issued securities expected to be liquidated by the other party or parties shall be shown as a contingent liability in accordance with instruction 5-6 pertaining to contingent assets and liabilities.
</P>
<P>5-6 <I>Contingencies.</I> (a) The proper accounting treatment for contingencies depends upon whether the contingency is: <I>Probable:</I> the event or events are likely to occur; <I>Reasonably possible:</I> the chance of occurrence of the future event or events is more than remote, but less than likely; or <I>Remote:</I> the chance of occurrence of the future event or events is slight.
</P>
<P>(b) Loss contingencies must be accrued when they are probable and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Where they are only reasonably possible, only footnote disclosure is required. Where they are remote, footnote disclosure is not required, but is permitted.
</P>
<P>(c) Gain contingencies usually are not reflected in the accounts since to do so might be to recognize revenue prior to its realization. Adequate disclosure shall be made of contingencies that might result in gain, but care shall be exercised to avoid misleading implications as to the likelihood of realization.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4326, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<P>5-7 <I>Long-term obligations.</I> Commitments under unconditional purchase obligations associated with suppliers' financing arrangements and future payments on long-term borrowings and redeemable stock shall be disclosed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Such disclosures shall not preclude accounting recognition if the substance of a financing arrangement is the acquisition of an asset or incurrence of a liability.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 4266, Jan. 29, 1982, as amended at 52 FR 4321, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HED1>INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEARING ACCOUNTS
</HED1></CITA>
<P>6-1 <I>Items to be charged.</I> In recognition of the fact that certain expenditures incident to the construction and the operation of property are not chargeable directly to any particular property investment or expense account, clearing accounts have been provided for the purpose of securing an equitable distribution of such items to the proper primary accounts.
</P>
<P>6-2 <I>Material and stationery store expenses.</I> (a) To clearing accounts called <I>Material store expenses</I> and <I>Stationery store expenses</I> shall be charged expenses in connection with purchasing, handling and storing material and stationery in and distributing it from the company's storehouses. Including the pay of officers and employees in the purchasing and store departments and their traveling, office, and other expenses; also expenses, including wages, fuel, and supplies, of operating switching locomotives when exclusively assigned to the service of switching at material storehouses. (Expenses of incidental switching at material yards by locomotives in regular switching service shall be charged to the appropriate transportation accounts.) The pay and expenses of men employed in purchasing or inspecting a single class of material, such as ties, shall be added as store expenses to the cost of that particular material.
</P>
<P>(b) The total amount of storehouse expenses charged to these accounts shall be distributed among the accounts to which material and stationery has been charged, in proportion to the amounts charged to each account for the items issued, except that the amount representing the purchasing department expenses shall be apportioned on the value of the items issued which were purchased by that department. To avoid monthly fluctuations in the ratio of store expenses to the value of material and stationery purchased or issued, carriers may make a monthly apportionment on the basis of fair percentage rates, provided the store expense accounts are adjusted and closed out at the end of each year.
</P>
<P>6-3 <I>Shop expenses.</I> (a) To a clearing account entitled <I>Shop expenses</I> shall be charged items of expense at shops, enginehouses, repair tracks, and other places where mechanical work is performed, not assignable directly to specific accounts. Such expenses shall be apportioned among the various accounts affected. The basis of distribution shall be the relative proportion which the total amount of charges to <I>Shop expenses</I> bears to the total of the directly distributed labor. To avoid monthly fluctuations in the ratio of shop expenses to the total of distributed labor, carriers are permitted to make the monthly apportionment on the basis of a percentage of the distributed labor, provided the shop expense account is adjusted and closed out at the end of the year.
</P>
<P>(b) The expenses assignable to this account shall include the pay of foremen (who exercise supervision over all departments), their clerks, and other employees engaged in general work in and about shops, cost of heat, light and power; cost of small tools and supplies and water and power purchased; also cost of removal of snow and ice from transfer tables and shop yards, and other incidental shop expenses. To this account shall be charged expenses, including wages, fuel and supplies, of operating switching locomotives when exclusively assigned to switching service at shops (the expenses of incidental switching at shops by locomotives in transportation switching service shall be charged to appropriate transportation accounts).
</P>
<P>6-4 <I>Gravel and sand pits and quarries.</I> (a) When a gravel or sand pit or quarry is opened for operations likely to extend over a long period, an account shall be set up designated, <I>Operations of gravel pit at _______,</I> or <I>Operations of quarry at ____,</I> as the case may be. To this account shall be charged cost of the land in excess of its estimated value after the gravel, sand, or stone has been removed (credit to the property account in which the cost of the land is included); payments for right to enter upon and remove ballast from land not owned by the carrier; cost of sinking test holes; and costs preparatory to opening the pit or quarry. To this account shall be charged also the cost, in excess of the estimated salvage value, of rails and fastenings, ties, other material and labor used in constructing tracks to and in the gravel pit or quarry (the estimated salvage being carried in an appropriate suspense account); cost of labor and train service employed in producing, quarrying, and loading ballast, including the cost of operation, repairs, and depreciation of power shovels and other machines and machinery; pay and expenses of watchmen; cost of explosives and hand tools, and miscellaneous expenses; and cost of installing, operating and maintaining signals and interlockers at gravel pits.
</P>
<P>(b) Credit to the clearing account shall be made each month to cover the cost of ballast material produced during the month. The cost of production shall include the expenses directly assignable to the monthly output plus a proportion of the expenses not directly assignable, such as cost of land, tracks, machinery, and interlockers. This latter amount shall be computed upon the basis of the ratio which the monthly output bears to the total estimated yardage to be taken from the pit. When any portion of the product of such pits or quarries is sold, the cost thereof shall be credited to this clearing account and any related profit shall be credited to account 110, <I>Incidental.</I>
</P>
<P>6-5 <I>Power plant operations.</I> (a) The accounting for the expenses of maintaining and operating an electric, steam, or other power plant (both building and machinery) shall be determined by the purpose for which the power produced is used. When a power plant is intended and used for producing power solely for the carrier's own operations and the cost of operating the plant is chargeable to clearing account <I>Shop expenses,</I> or to any one specific account for operating expenses, the expenses of maintenance shall be charged to the appropriate maintenance accounts, and the cost of operation to the account appropriate according to the use of the power.
</P>
<P>(b) When the power from such a plant is properly chargeable to more than one account, the expenses of maintaining and operating the plant shall be included in clearing account designated <I>Power plant operations.</I> The expense of maintenance shall be cleared from that account to the appropriate maintenance accounts. The expenses of operation shall be apportioned to the appropriate accounts upon the basis of quantity of power used for the various purposes.
</P>
<P>(c) When a part of the power produced by a power plant is sold and the remainder is used in the carrier's own operations, the cost of maintaining and operating the plant shall be charged to a clearing account. The expense of maintenance shall be cleared from that account to the appropriate maintenance accounts. The proportion of the expenses of operation assignable to the power sold, on the basis of ratio of quantity of power sold to total quantity of power produced, shall be credited to this clearing account and any related profit shall be credited to account 110, <I>Incidental.</I> The remainder of the cost of operation shall be distributed to the appropriate expense accounts for the carrier's own operations.
</P>
<P>(d) When power plants are intended and used solely for furnishing power to others, their investment cost shall be included in account 737, <I>Property used in other than carrier operations,</I> and the revenues and operating expenses shall be included in the accounts provided for operations of such property.
</P>
<P>(e) The accounting for the maintenance of transmission systems and distribution systems shall be in accordance with instructions pertaining to power plant operations.

<HED1>PROPERTY ACCOUNTS
</HED1>
<HED1>Road

<HD5>0 Road.
</HD5></HED1></P>
<P>The several primary accounts included in this general account are designed to show the cost of land and road property owned by the carrier and devoted to transportation service.

<HD5>2 Land for transportation purposes.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include the cost of land of necessary width acquired for roadway; the cost of land for station, office, shop, and other grounds; for ingress to or egress from such grounds; for borrow pits, waste banks, snow fences, sand fences, and other railway appurtenances; and for storage of material adjoining the right-of-way; the cost of land for wharves and docks and the cost of riparian or water rights necessary therefor; the cost of removing from the right-of-way and locating elsewhere the property of others, and the cost of the necessary land for relocation of the property, when such costs are assumed by the accounting carrier.
</P>
<P>The carrier's records shall be kept in such manner as to show separately the cost of land purchased. Proceeds from the sale of timber or of improvements purchased with right-of-way, less any cost of removal, shall be credited to this account.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Items of Expense
</HD1>
<FP-1>Abstracts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Appraisals.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Arbitrators in condemnation cases.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Commissions paid to others.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Condemnation expenses, including court costs and special counsel fees.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Damages to property of others.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Deferred payments for right-of-way.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ditches for waterways when part of consideration.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Judgments and decreed costs to clear or defend titles.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Notarial fees.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plats.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Premiums on condemnation bonds.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Recording deeds.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Payments for relinquishment of cattle passes and other rights.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Removal and relocation of buildings and other structures not purchased.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rent of land when part of consideration for purchase.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Right-of-way agents' compensation (engaged solely in acquiring right of way).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Taxes accrued and assumed at time of purchase.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of land acquired in excess of that necessary for transportation operations shall be included in balance sheet account 737, “Property used in other than carrier operations.” When the purchase of land acquired for transportation operations involves land not used for such purposes, the charges to this account shall be based upon the estimated cost of only that portion which is used for such purposes, and the cost of the remaining land shall be included in account 737, “Property used in other than carrier operations.” Only the actual cost borne by the carrier for right-of-way and other lands acquired through vacation of streets and highways shall be included in this account. No donation should be considered as involved in the acquisition of such property.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Amounts paid for options to purchase land for use in transportation operations shall be charged to account 743, “Other deferred debits.” If the carrier subsequently purchases the land, the amount of the option payment shall be transferred to this account. If the carrier does not acquire the land and forfeits the option paid, the amount shall be charged to account 551, “Miscellaneous income charges.”</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>3 Grading.
</HD5>
<P>(a) This account shall include the cost of clearing and grading the roadway, and of constructing protection for the roadway, tracks, embankments and cuts.
</P>
<P>(b) When a part of a bridge or trestle, or the entire structure, is converted by filling into an earth embankment, and the bridge or trestle is used in lieu of a temporary trestle which would otherwise be required for the filling, the estimated cost of such temporary trestle shall be included in the cost of the filling, and charged to this account. (See note A, under account 6, “Bridges, trestles, and culverts.”)
</P>
<P>(c) When a tunnel is converted into an open cut, the cost of clearing, grubbing, and excavating shall be included in this account. (Also see instruction 2-11.)
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Details of Roadbed and Items of Expense
</HD1>
<FP-1>Advertising for contractors' bids.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Berm ditches.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Blasting.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Breakwaters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bulkheading.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Clearing land.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cribbing.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dikes (including those of earthen construction which are intended to function indefinitely).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ditches (not required by right-of-way agreement).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dressing slopes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Excavation for conversion of tunnels into open cuts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Filling bridges, trestles, and culverts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Grading outfits.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Grubbing land.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Material taken from borrow pits.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>New channels for streams.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Operations of steam shovels.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Payments for privilege of wasting material on the property of others.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Payments for waste banks off the right-of-way.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Retaining walls.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Revetments.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Riprap.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Spoil banks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Temporary trestles for fills.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tools for grading.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wing dams.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 49 FR 2255, Jan. 19, 1984]

<HD5>4 Other right-of-way expenditures.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the cost (in excess of cost of railway facilities installed, if any) actually borne by the carrier of improvement projects (other than public improvement projects), such as the construction of canals, farm and other private passes, pipe lines, drains, and other facilities across the carrier's right-of-way.

<HD5>5 Tunnels and subways.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include the cost of tunnels and subways for the passage of trains, including apparatus for ventilating and lighting and safety devices therein, other than signals.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of tracks, including guard rails, in tunnels shall not be charged to this account.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Station subways not highway crossings are includible in account 16, “Station and office buildings.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>When a tunnel is converted into an open cut, the ledger value of the tunnel shall be credited to this account. The service value of the tunnel shall be charged to account 735, “Accumulated depreciation; Road and equipment property.”</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 7183, Feb. 18, 1983]

<HD5>6 Bridges, trestles, and culverts.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the cost of the substructure and superstructure of bridges, trestles, and culverts which carry the tracks of the carrier over water-courses, ravines, public and private highways, and other railways.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Details of Bridge Structures
</HD1>
<FP-1>Abutments.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bridge signs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cofferdams.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Concrete and masonry ends for culvert.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cribs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Decking, including gravel for fire protection.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dike protection.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Drainage systems.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Draw protection.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Drawbridge engines and machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>False work.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Guard timbers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ice breakers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Painting (except repainting).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pier protection.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Piers and foundations.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pipe culverts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Retaining walls.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Riprap around abutments.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Riprap at culverts ends.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Supports.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water channels.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Waterproofing.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wind dams.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wing walls.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>When a part or the entire structure of a bridge or trestle is converted, by filling, into an earth embankment, the ledger value of the structure, or of the portion thereof filled, shall be credited to this account. In case the bridge or trestle is used in lieu of a temporary trestle for the purpose of filling, the estimated cost of such temporary trestle shall be charged to account 3, “Grading.” The ledger value of the structure or portion thereof, filled, less the value of the salvage and the estimated cost of trestle charged to account 3 shall be charged to account 735, “Accumulated depreciation; Road and equipment property.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of bridges to carry the carrier's tracks over undergrade crossings, including the necessary piers and abutments to sustain them, shall be included in this account.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>7 Elevated structures.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of elevated structures and foundations of elevated railway systems. This account is applicable to structures other than earthwork, which are for the purpose of elevating tracks above the grade of streets, and which are not properly classifiable as bridges or trestles.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The cost of stations and other structures built on elevated structures shall be accounted for according to the class of the structure and not in this account.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>8 Ties.
</HD5>
<P>(a) This account shall include the cost of cross, switch, bridge and other track ties used in the construction of tracks for the movement or storage of locomotives and cars (including tracks in shop, fuel station, supply yard areas, etc.), and the cost of additional ties subsequently laid in such tracks. This account should also include the cost of labor for unloading, distributing and placing ties in tracks.
</P>
<P>(b) The cost of handling ties in general supply and storage yards shall be included as store expenses.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The cost of ties used in the construction of car floats shall be included in the cost of such floating equipment, and the cost of ties used in the construction of temporary tracks, such as gravel-pit and quarry tracks, shall be included in the appropriate clearing accounts.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Respacing crossties is to be considered maintenance and expense.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 7183, Feb. 18, 1983]

<HD5>9 Rails and other track material.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include the cost of rails and other track material used in the construction of tracks for the movement or storage of locomotives and cars (including tracks in shop, fuel station, supply yard areas, etc.); the cost of welding two or more lengths or rail into continuous lengths for use in construction of tracks; and the cost of labor associated with unloading and installation of the rail and other track material.
</P>
<P>(b) The cost of handling rails and <I>other track material</I> in general supply and storage yards shall be included as store expenses.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Items of Other Track Material
</HD1>
<P>Angle bars.
</P>
<P>Anticreepers.
</P>
<P>Bumping posts.
</P>
<P>Compromise joints.
</P>
<P>Connecting rods.
</P>
<P>Crossings, including foundations or bases.
</P>
<P>Derails.
</P>
<P>Frog blocking.
</P>
<P>Frogs.
</P>
<P>Guard-rail blocking.
</P>
<P>Guard-rail clamps.
</P>
<P>Guard-rail fasteners.
</P>
<P>Guard rails, switch and other.
</P>
<P>Main rods.
</P>
<P>Nut locks.
</P>
<P>Nuts.
</P>
<P>Offset bars.
</P>
<P>Rail braces.
</P>
<P>Rail chairs.
</P>
<P>Rail clips.
</P>
<P>Rail joints.
</P>
<P>Rail rests.
</P>
<P>Rail shims.
</P>
<P>Rail splices.
</P>
<P>Splice bars.
</P>
<P>Step chairs.
</P>
<P>Switch chairs.
</P>
<P>Switch crossings.
</P>
<P>Switch lamps.
</P>
<P>Switch locks and keys.
</P>
<P>Switch points.
</P>
<P>Switch stands.
</P>
<P>Switch targets.
</P>
<P>Switches.
</P>
<P>Tie plates.
</P>
<P>Tie plugs.
</P>
<P>Tie rods.
</P>
<P>Track bolts.
</P>
<P>Track insulators.
</P>
<P>Track spikes.</P></EXTRACT>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of rails and other track material used in the construction of car floats shall be included in the cost of such floating equipment and the cost of rails and other track material used in the construction of temporary tracks, such as gravel-pit and quarry tracks, shall be included in the appropriate clearing accounts.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The following activities are considered as maintenance and should be expensed accordingly.</P></NOTE>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>• Rail flaw detection
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Track inspection
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Shifting of existing track
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Removing weeds in track
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Transposing rail
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Restoring chipped and battered rail ends by welding and/or by rail grinding train or other such equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Gauging track
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Loading scrap track materials
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Lubricating rail
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Tightening bolts
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Resetting spikes and rail anchors in existing track
</FP-1>
<FP-1>• Any other maintenance work not involving the placement of track material</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 7183, Feb. 18, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 2255, Jan. 19, 1984; 52 FR 4326, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>11 Ballast.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include the cost of gravel, stone, slag, cinders, sand, and like material used in ballasting tracks (including tracks in shop, fuel station, and supply yard areas, etc.) including cost of worktrain service and the cost of labor expended in placing ballast in tracks.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of ballast used in the construction of temporary tracks, such as gravel-pit and quarry tracks, shall be included in the appropriate clearing accounts.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Earth placed to form a crown in the middle of the track is not considered as ballast.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>The cost of ballast material placed on the decking of bridges solely for fire-protected purposes shall be included in account 6, “Bridges, trestles and culverts.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>Surfacing (surface correction of existing ballast) is to be considered maintenance and expensed.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 7183, Feb. 18, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 2255, Jan. 19, 1984]

<HD5>13 Fences, snowsheds, and signs.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include:
</P>
<P>(a) Fences. The cost of right-of-way fences and snow and sand fences, farm gates, cattle guards, wing fences, aprons, and hedges, on property not previously fenced, excluding those around stockyards, fuel stations, station and shop grounds, and building sites.
</P>
<P>(b) Snowsheds. The cost of snowsheds, including initial cost of planting trees for protecting tracks from snow.
</P>
<P>(c) Signs. The initial cost of signs other than those for identification of bridges, signals, stations and other structures.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Sign Items
</HD1>
<FP-1>Boundary signs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bridge-caution signs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Crossing signs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Curve and elevation markers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Division-limit signs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Mileposts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Monuments.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Safety-first signs at crossings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Section-limit signs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Slow or stop signs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tunnel-caution signs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water-station signs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Whistle signs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Yard-limit signs.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of fences (other than right-of-way boundary fences) around stockyards, fuel and water stations, and other building sites, shall be charged to the accounts appropriate for the cost of the structures.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of signs for identifying bridges, signals, stations, and other structures shall be included in the account appropriate for the cost of the structures.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>The cost of crossing signals, including crossing gates, shall be included in account 27, “Signals and interlockers.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>This account shall also include the cost of replacing units of such property or substantial parts of fences or snowsheds the original cost of which are charged to this account.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>16 Station and office buildings.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of station and general office structures, their fixtures, appurtenances, and furniture necessary to equip the buildings ready for use.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Station and Office Structures and Details
</HD1>
<FP-1>Breakwaters for protection of buildings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Buildings and rooms for trainmen.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Buildings on piers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Coal transferring machinery (not on coal and ore wharves).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Coal trestles (not at fuel stations).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Drainage and sewerage systems.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Elevators and machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fences.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Freight cranes and derricks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Freight handling machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Gas-supply systems.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>General office buildings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Grain elevators and warehouses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Heating plants.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hoisting engines, for handling freight.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lighting plants.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ore-transferring machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pavement within ground limits.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Platforms, passengers, including planking between tracks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Power distribution systems, interior.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sidewalks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Station footbridges (not highway crossings).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Station intertrack fences.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Telegraph offices.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Track scales.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water-supply systems.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Yard offices.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Office buildings used exclusively in connection with maintenance of way shall be included in account 17, “Roadway buildings.” Those used exclusively in connection with maintenance of equipment shall be included in account 20, “Shops and enginehouses.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of grading and preparing grounds both before and after the construction of station buildings, the cost of constructing sidewalks, driveways, and fences thereon, and the cost of permanent water rights shall be included in the cost of the buildings. The fees and expenses of architects employed to design or supervise the construction in the buildings shall also be included in the cost of the buildings. However, the cost of restoring the grounds after addition and betterment work shall be included in the appropriate operating expense accounts.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4326, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>17 Roadway buildings.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the cost of roadway shops and other roadway buildings, including drainage, water, gas, and sewer pipes and connections; and all machinery, fixtures, and furniture to equip the building ready for use.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>List of Roadway Buildings
</HD1>
<FP-1>Breakwaters for protection of buildings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Carpenters shops.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fire-engine houses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Frog shops for repair of track material.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hand-car houses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lighting plants.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lumber sheds.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Planning mills.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rail reclamation plant.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rail shops for repair of track material.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rail welding plant.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Repair shops.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Scrap bins.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Section dwelling houses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tool houses.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The cost of grading and preparing grounds both before and after the construction of roadway buildings, the cost of constructing sidewalks, driveways, and fences thereon, and the cost of permanent water rights, shall be included in the cost of the buildings. The fees and expenses of architects, employed to design or supervise the construction of the buildings, shall also be included in the cost of the buildings. However, the cost of restoring the grounds after addition and betterment work shall be included in the appropriate operating expense accounts.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>18 Water stations.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of structures, facilities, and appliances necessary to equip for service, stations for supplying water. The cost of analyses of water preliminary to the establishment of water stations shall be included in this account.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Water Station Structures and Details
</HD1>
<FP-1>Boilers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Breakwaters for protection of buildings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Buildings on piers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cisterns and dams.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fences.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pump houses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Purifying plants.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Reservoirs and wells.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Settling basins.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Stationary engines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steam pipes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tanks and foundations.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water pipe lines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water-treating plants.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of water stations used solely for supplying water to shops, power plants, stations, hotels, tenement houses, or section houses shall be charged to the appropriate accounts relating to the property so supplied.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of a temporary water station established only for use during the construction period shall be included in the primary accounts to which is charged the cost of the work in connection with which the water station is used.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>The cost of grading and preparing grounds both before and after the construction of water station buildings, the cost of constructing sidewalks, driveways, and fences thereon, and the cost of permanent water rights shall be included in the cost of the buildings. The fees and expenses of architects employed to design or supervise the construction of the buildings shall also be included in the cost of the buildings. However, the cost of restoring the grounds after addition and betterment work shall be included in the appropriate operating expense accounts.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>19 Fuel stations.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of structures, facilities other than tracks, and appliances necessary to equip for service, stations for supplying fuel to locomotives and floating equipment.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Fuel Station Structures and Details
</HD1>
<FP-1>Breakwaters for protection of buildings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Buildings on piers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dumping machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Elevating machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fences.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fuel houses or stations.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fuel-oil plants, pumps, and tanks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fuel platforms on wharves.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Stationary engines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Weighing apparatus.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of fuel stations, coal houses, etc., used solely for supplying fuel to shops, power plants, stations, hotels, tenement houses, or section houses shall be charged to the appropriate accounts relating to the property so supplied.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of a temporary fuel station established only for use during the construction period shall be allocated to the primary accounts charged with the construction costs.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>The cost of grading and preparing grounds both before and after the construction of fuel station buildings, the cost of constructing sidewalks, driveways, and fences thereon, and the cost of permanent water rights shall be included in the cost of the buildings. The fees and expenses of architects employed to design or supervise the construction of the buildings shall also be included in the cost of the buildings. However, the cost of restoring the grounds after addition and betterment work shall be included in the appropriate operating expense accounts.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>20 Shops and enginehouses.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of buildings to be used as shops and enginehouses and storehouses for material for maintenance of equipment; foundations, except those special to particular machines and other apparatus; furniture and fixtures other than equipment chargeable to account 44, <I>Shop machinery</I>; drainage, sewerage, and water supply systems; and plants for heat and light.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Shop and Enginehouse Structures and Details
</HD1>
<FP-1>Air-compressor houses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bins for material.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Blacksmith shops.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Breakwaters for protection of buildings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Buildings on piers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Car sheds and shops.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Carpenter shops.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Electric-power distribution systems within buildings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Enginehouses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fire engine houses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Footbridges (not public highways).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Foundries and machine shops.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Gas-compressor houses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Heating and lighting plants.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Laboratories.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lumber sheds.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Material and supply truck tracks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Motor-crane tracks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Offices, shop.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Paint shops.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pipe lines, air, and heat.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pipe lines, gas, interior.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Planning mills and repair shops.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Platforms, shop and yard.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Scale houses and scales.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Scrap bins.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sidewalks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steam-distribution systems, interior.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Storehouses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tanks, gas, and oil.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Test rooms.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Turntables.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Upholstering shops.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Warehouses.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of distinct power plant buildings for shop purposes shall be included in account 29, “Power plants.” The cost of distribution systems leading from such power plants to shops shall be included in account 31, “Power-transmission systems.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of grading and preparing grounds both before and after the construction of shop buildings, the cost of constructing sidewalks, driveways, and fences thereon, and the costs of permanent water rights shall be included in the costs of the buildings. The fees and expenses of architects employed to design or supervise the construction of the buildings shall also be included in the cost of the buildings. However, the cost of restoring the grounds after addition and betterment work shall be included in the appropriate operating expense accounts.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>The cost of shop buildings devoted solely to the maintenance of way and structures shall be included in account 17, “Roadway buildings.”</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>22 Storage warehouses.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of storage warehouses, including machinery and fixtures therein. The buildings herein referred to are not the ordinary freight warehouses or stations where freight is received for shipment, etc., but warehouses in which merchandise is stored and which the railway companies operate as storage warehouses.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of grading and preparing grounds both before and after the construction of storage warehouse buildings, the cost of constructing sidewalks, driveways, and fences thereon, and the cost of permanent water rights shall be included in the cost of the buildings. The fees and expenses of architects employed to design or supervise the construction of the buildings shall also be included in the cost of buildings. However, the cost of restoring the grounds after addition and betterment work shall be included in the appropriate operating expense accounts.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of warehouses leased to noncarriers shall be charged to account 737, “Property used in other than carrier operations.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>23 Wharves and docks.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of wharves, docks, dry docks, slips, float bridges, and other landings for vessels, including the cost of necessary dredging and the cost of float-bridge machinery; also the cost of piling, pile protection, cribs, cofferdams, walls, and other necessary devices and apparatus for the operation or protection of wharves and docks.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Details of Wharves and Docks
</HD1>
<FP-1>Bridge pontoons.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bulkheads.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Caissons and cribwork.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dry docks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ferry-bridge machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ferry bridges.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ferry slips.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Jetties and inclines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Transfer-bridge machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Transfer bridges.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of coal and ore wharves and docks shall be included in account 24, “Coal and ore wharves.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of the land on which wharves are built and cost of riparian or water rights for wharves and docks shall be charged to account 2, “Land for transportation purposes.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>The cost of buildings located on wharves shall be included in the accounts appropriate for the class of buildings.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>The cost of grading and preparing grounds both before and after the construction of wharves (other than coal and ore wharves), the cost of constructing sidewalks, driveways, and fences thereon, and the cost of permanent water rights shall be included in the cost of the wharves. However, the cost of restoring the grounds after addition and betterment work shall be included in the appropriate operating expense accounts.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>24 Coal and ore wharves.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of wharves and docks for the transfer, treatment, blending, or storage of coal or ore, including the cost of necessary dredging and of conveyors, machinery, and fixtures.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The structures referred to in the account do not include small transfer or storage trestles or wharves at stations where coal is stored or delivered, such trestles being classed as station buildings.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of grading and preparing grounds both before and after the construction of coal and ore wharves, the cost of constructing sidewalks, driveways, and fences thereon, and the cost of permanent water rights shall be included in the cost of the wharves. The fees and expenses of architects employed to design or supervise the construction of whaves shall also be included in the cost of the wharves. However, the cost of restoring the grounds after addition and betterment work shall be included in the appropriate operating expense accounts.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>25 TOFC/COFC terminals.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of structures, fixtures, machinery and appurtenances comprising terminals used for loading and unloading trailers and containers on and from flat cars.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>TOFC/COFC Terminal Structures and Details
</HD1>
<FP-1>Cranes and hoists, including related machinery and appurtenances.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Drainage and sewerage.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fences.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Grading and preparing grounds for TOFC/COFC terminals.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Offices, TOFC/COFC terminal.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lighting system.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Platforms, ramps and appurtenances.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Power distribution systems.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sidewalks, pavements and driveways on terminal grounds.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Terminal trucks and tractors.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>“Trailer,” as used in the text and elsewhere in this system of accounts unless otherwise indicated in the context, means trailer bodies used in TOFC/COFC service which are permanently mounted on running gear. “Containers” means trailer bodies used in TOFC/COFC service which are not permanently mounted on wheels or chassis, but are separated from such running gear before being loaded on flat cars.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of grading and preparing grounds both before and after the construction of TOFC/COFC terminals, the cost of constructing sidewalks, driveways, and fences thereon, and the cost of permanent water rights shall be included in the cost of the buildings. The fees and expenses of architects employed to design or supervise the construction of the buildings shall also be included in the cost of the buildings. However, the cost of restoring the grounds after addition and betterment work shall be included in the appropriate operating expense accounts.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>26 Communication systems.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, inductive train communication, and other communication systems, including terminal equipment.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Details of Telegraph and Telephone Terminal Equipment
</HD1>
<FP-1>Batteries.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cables and wires, interior.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Carrier terminating equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Conduits, interior.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Connecting wires.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Current-controlling instruments.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Electric generators and motors.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Electric meters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Engines, stationary.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fuses and mechanical protectors.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rectifiers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rheostats.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sending and receiving instruments.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Switchboards.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Telegraph repeaters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Telephone repeaters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Teletypewriters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Testing outfits.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Transformers.
</FP-1>
<HD1>Details of Telegraph and Telephone Outside Plant
</HD1>
<FP-1>Aerial attachments.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Braces.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Brackets.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cable boxes and appurtenances.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cable and wires, aerial.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Conduits and appurtenances.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cross arms.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Gas and associated facilities for cables.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Guy stubs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Guy wires.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Insulators.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Load coils.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Submarine cables and connections.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Telephone pole boxes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Towers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Underground cables and connections.
</FP-1>
<HD1>Details of Radio, Radar, and Inductive Train Communication Equipment
</HD1>
<FP-1>Aerials or antenna, and attachments.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Buildings or towers used exclusively for wireless.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Control units.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Power generating, converting, or supply equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Radar console and associated equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Roadside or office equipment for all wireless systems operated on special channels between train and train, train and tower or office, or between ship and shore.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Specialized testing and repair equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Transmitters and receivers, including mobile units.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Radio, radar or trainphone equipment (except portable apparatus) which is permanently attached to locomotives, cars, work equipment, or other rolling stock or floating equipment shall be included in the same accounts as the equipment on which installed. Wireless sets for instruction, advertising, or entertainment shall be included in the same accounts as the building in which located.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Communication systems of limited extent, not connected with other systems used for special purposes and usually installed within a single building, group of buildings, or within the limits of a station or shop layout or yard, shall be included in the same account as the building in which located or in the account appropriate for the service with which associated.</P></NOTE>
<HD1>Items
</HD1>
<FP-1>Buzzers, bells, dictaphone or other interoffice communication systems in an office or group of buildings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Loud speakers, bells, or whistles in shop and other yards.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Loud speakers, public address devices, press button control lights, telautograph or other systems in stations or on platforms.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Whistles, klaxons, or horns operated from signals towers.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>Test sets shall be classified as tools and included in the account appropriate for their use.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>27 Signals and interlockers.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of interlocking and other signals apparatus for governing the movements of locomotives, cars, and trains, and for the protection of traffic at crossings, including towers and other buildings, furniture, fixtures, and machinery in connection therewith; roadway installations for train control and remote control including the cost of the initial tests of such installation; also the cost of buildings and machinery of power plants used primarily for the production of power for the operation of signals and interlockers.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Items
</HD1>
<FP-1>Automatic-train control devices other than on equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Call-bell systems along track to call in flagmen.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Call boxes, electric.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Car-retarder systems.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Centralized traffic control.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Crossing flasher-light signals.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Crossing gates, highway and railway.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Crossing signals bells.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Crossing warning signals.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Interlocker buildings and machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Power apparatus primarily for the operation of signals and interlockers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Power-distribution lines primarily for the operation of signals and interlockers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Signal buildings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Signal machinery, poles and foundations.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Train-order signals.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>When signal or interlocking apparatus is located in a station building, only the cost of the signal or interlocking apparatus shall be charged to this account. The entire cost of the building shall be included in account 16, “Station and office buildings.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of track material, such as switches, special rail braces, special roads, special track fastenings, split rails, derails, derail stands, and frogs, used in connection with interlockers, shall be included in account 9, “Rail and other track material.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>When derails are arranged so as to be thrown from switch stands, the cost of labor expended in the installation of the connections between the switch stand and derail and the devices for throwing the derail shall be included in account 9, “Rail and other track material.” The cost of the material shall be included in account 9, “Rail and other track material.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>The cost of grading and preparing grounds both before and after the construction of signal and interlocker buildings, the cost of constructing sidewalks, driveways, and fences thereon, and the cost of permanent water rights shall be included in the cost of the buildings. The fees and expenses of architects employed to design or supervise the construction of the buildings shall also be included in the cost of the buildings. However, the cost of restoring the grounds after addition and betterment work shall be included in the appropriate operating expense accounts.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4326, Feb. 11, 1987]
</CITA>
<HD5>29 Power plants.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of power-plant and substation buildings (housing machinery provided for in account 45, “Power-plant machinery”); all foundations other than those special to particular machines and apparatus; and also dams, canals, pipe lines, and accessories devoted to the utilization of water for power. Gas and sewer pipes and their connections, fixtures (including wiring) for lighting and heating, and furniture and miscellaneous fixtures shall be considered as a part of the power-plant buildings.
</P>
<HD1>Power-Plant Structure Items
</HD1>
<FP-1>Buildings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Coal bunkers, pockets and trestles.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fences (other than right-of-way boundary fences).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fixtures for lighting (including wiring) and heating power-plant buildings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Foundations (except special foundations for machines and other apparatus).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fuel-oil tanks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Furniture.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hose and appliances for protecting buildings against fire.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pavement within ground limits.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Permanent rights in water supply.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Platforms.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Smoke stacks and chimneys and their foundations when distinct from and not resting on boilers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water, sewer, gas, and drainage, pipes and connections.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wells (but not pumps).
</FP-1>
<HD1>Dam, Canal, and Pipe-Line Items
</HD1>
<FP-1>Aqueducts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bridges.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fences (other than right-of-way boundary fences).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Footbridges.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Reservoirs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Roadways.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sluices.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Valves.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water rights.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of power-plant machinery, including stacks resting on boilers, and special foundations for machines, shall be included in account 45, “Power-plant machinery.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of the buildings and the power machinery and other apparatus of plants used primarily for operating signals and interlockers shall be included in account 27, “Signals and interlockers.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>Investment in buildings and machinery of detached plants for furnishing power both for operating purposes and for sale shall be included in this account and in account 45, “Power-plant machinery,” respectively. When plants are intended and used primarily for generating power for sale to other than common carriers, the investment shall be included in account 737. “Property used in other than carrier operations.”</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>31 Power-transmission systems.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of systems for conveying electricity, steam, and compressed air from producing plants to place or building where used; also the cost of conduits and of poles, cross arms, insulator pins, brackets, and other pole fixtures, and of other structures for power-transmission and distribution systems, including those for electric railway operation, and lighting systems for general lighting purposes.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Power-Transmission System Items
</HD1>
<FP-1>Air pipe-line in car yards.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Compressed air pipe-lines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Compressed air storage tanks (not at power houses or shops).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cut-outs (not at power houses and substations).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Overhead trolley wires.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rail-insulating devices.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steam-heating pipe-lines in car yards.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Switchboards (not at power houses and substations).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Third-rail insulation and protection.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Transformers (not at power houses and substations).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Underground power tubes.
</FP-1>
<HD1>Pole-Line and Conduit Items
</HD1>
<FP-1>Braces and other support for holding poles in position.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Brackets, cross arms, and other pole fixtures.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Conduits for wires and cables.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cutting and trimming trees.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Guy stubs and wires.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Manholes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Poles and towers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sewer traps.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Stenciling or painting letters or numbers on poles.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of wire and pipe-distribution systems located within shop buildings and in stations and office buildings shall be included in the cost of the buildings, except that lateral service lines to equipment-shop machines shall be included in account 44, “Shop machinery.” The cost of distribution systems used primarily for operating signals and interlockers shall be included in account 27, “Signals and interlockers.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of conduits and of poles and fixtures for telegraph and telephone, or signal lines shall be included in account 26, “Communication systems,” or account 27, “Signals and interlockers,” as appropriate. The cost of poles and conduits used for telegraph and telephone or signal lines and for power-distribution lines shall be included in the account appropriate according to their predominant use.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>35 Miscellaneous structures.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of all permanent structures not provided for elsewhere, including all fixtures and furniture to equip them for use.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Miscellaneous Structures Items
</HD1>
<FP-1>Floodlight tower installations in yards.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Grain elevators where grain is stored for owners.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Storehouses for general purpose materials and supplies.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Small storage elevators at way stations where grain is received for shipment are classed as station buildings.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of grading and preparing grounds both before and after the construction of miscellaneous structures and the cost of constructing sidewalks, driveways, and fences thereon, shall be included in the cost of the structures. The fees and expenses of architects employed to design or supervise the construction of the buildings shall also be included in the cost of the structures. However, the cost of restoring the grounds after addition and betterment work shall be included in the appropriate operating expense accounts.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>37 Roadway machines.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of the initial outfit of roadway machines provided for the maintenance of roadway and structures at the time the road is opened for commercial traffic, and the cost of additional roadway machines acquired subsequently. This account shall also include the cost of on and/or off-track automotive vehicles, permanently equipped with special-purpose machinery such as hydraulic cranes, derricks, ditching apparatus, pile-driving equipment, and similar machines listed below, and used exclusively in maintenance of way and structures.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>List of Roadway Machines
</HD1>
<FP-1>Adzers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Anchor applicators.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ballast regulators.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cars, lever.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cars, motor inspection.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cars, push.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cars (small), crane, for supply yards and general use.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Concrete mixers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ditching machines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dredging machines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Engines, portable.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Grading outfits.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydraulic outfits.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Jacks, hydraulic.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pile drivers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Plows, unloading.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rail grinders.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rail unloaders.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rock crushers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Scarifier-inserters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Spike drivers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Spike pullers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tie tampers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Timber trucks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trackliners.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>When an important addition and betterment project or the construction of a new line necessitates the purchase of roadway machines to be used exclusively thereon, the cost shall be included in the accounts to which the cost of the work is charged. The amount realized from any subsequent sale, or the appraised value of the machines retained after the completion of the special work for which they were purchased, shall be credited to the accounts charged with the cost thereof. The appraised value of such machines retained shall be debited to this account and thereafter considered as the cost of such property.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of machines for the equipment of roadway shops shall be included in account 17, “Roadway buildings.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>The cost of roadway machines, such as pile drivers, log loaders, hoist engines, and concrete mixers, when permanently mounted for movement on the carrier's tracks, shall be included in account 57, “Work equipment.”</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>39 Public improvements; construction.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include amounts assessed on carrier property by governmental authority (by mutual agreement or otherwise) to cover the cost of constructing public improvements, when such assessments are made against property within defined areas of taxing districts. The account also shall include carrier's portion of the cost of public improvements constructed under governmental requirements. (See instruction 2-17.) The entire amount of each assessment and other liabilities for public improvements shall be included in this account as soon as the amounts are determined.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Items
</HD1>
<FP-1>Cost of land outside carrier's right-of-way to provide for the relocation of streets or highways or providing slopes therefor.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cost of removal and relocation of buildings and other structures in connection with the construction of streets and highways.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Curbing streets and highways.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Damage to property of others when incidental to highway construction.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Drainage systems.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Engineering—When such costs apply to items chargeable to this account.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Flood protection.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Grading streets and highways.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Guttering streets and highways.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Irrigation systems.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Levees.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Overhead highway bridges, including approaches.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Paving streets and highways, including such pavings at crossings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Planking, highway crossings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sewer systems.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sidewalks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Street-lighting systems.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water works.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of railway facilities installed in connection with joint public improvement projects if not in excess of total costs borne by the carrier shall be included in accounts other than account 39, “Public improvements; construction,” appropriate for the class of property installed. Any costs borne by the carrier in excess of the cost of railway facilities shall be charged to this account. The carrier shall charge the cost of assessments for public improvements which is borne by joint owner tenants to the appropriate property accounts other than account 39, “Public improvements; construction,” assessments from tenant owners shall be credited to account 795, “Other capital.” The owner tenants shall charge their proportionate share of the assessment to account 721, “Investments and advances; affiliated companies.” The carrier shall charge the appropriate property accounts other than the public improvement account for the cost of public improvement assessments borne by nonowner tenants with contra credit to account 38-00-00, “Purchased services—Joint facility—Credit,” and the tenants shall charge their proportionate share of the assessments to account 37-00-00, “Purchased services—Joint facility—Debit.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost to the carrier of maintaining public improvements shall be included in operating expenses.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>Any portion of the cost of public improvements which is included in the general tax levy for a regular taxing district shall be included in the account appropriate for the taxes.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>The amount of the deferred payments of assessments for public improvements, if payments are to be made within one year, shall be included in account 763, “Other current liabilities.” If the payments are spread over a longer period they shall be credited to account 782, “Other liabilities.” The interest paid on such assessments shall be included in account 547, “Interest on unfunded debt.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note E:</HED>
<P>Interest imposed for failure to pay assessments within the allocated time shall be charged to Account 547, Interest on unfunded debt. Any related penalties shall be charged to Account 551, Miscellaneous income charges.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note F:</HED>
<P>Assessments on noncarrier property for the cost of constructing public improvements shall be charged to account 737, “Property used in other than carrier operations.”</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4326, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>44 Shop machinery.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the cost of machinery and other apparatus in shops and engine houses, including the cost of special foundations and installation and cost of small hand tools necessary first to equip a shop.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>List of Shop Machinery
</HD1>
<FP-1>Ash conveyors.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Air compressors.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Belting.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Blowers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Boilers for furnishing power.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Boring machines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cars, motor.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cars, push.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cranes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Drilling machines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Drop tables.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Forges.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Framing machines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Furnaces.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Grinding and polishing machines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hoists.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hydraulic jacks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lathes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lifting magnets.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal chimneys.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Milling machines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Motors.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pipe cutting and threading machines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Planers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pneumatic hammers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Power equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Punches.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Riveters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Saws.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Shafting.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Shapers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Slotters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Stationary engines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steam hammers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Vises.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Welding machines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Woodworking machines.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of power-plant machinery and other apparatus for shop purposes, when located in distinct buildings, shall be included in account 45, “Power-plant machinery.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of foundations other than those special to particular machines and other apparatus shall be included in the cost of the building and not in this account.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>45 Power-plant machinery.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of machinery and other apparatus in power plants and substations for generating and transforming power used for the operation of trains and cars or to furnish power, heat, and light for stations, shops, and general purposes, and also the cost of foundations special to particular machines or other apparatus including the cost of installation.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Items
</HD1>
<FP-1>Air compressors.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ash-conveying machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Battery-charging apparatus.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Boiler-room appliances and tools.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Boilers and fittings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Circuit breakers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Furnaces.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ice-manufacturing machinery and apparatus.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lubricating devices.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Mechanical stokers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metal stacks on boilers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Refrigerating—machinery and apparatus.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rotary converters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sewer connection for machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Coal-conveying machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Condensers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cranes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Draft machinery.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dynamos.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Engine-room appliances and tools.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Feed water heaters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Special foundations for machines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steam-distribution systems within the plant.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Switchboards.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tanks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tractors, trailers, and trucks, permanently assigned to power plants.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Transformers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Turbines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water meters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Well pumps.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of power machinery and other apparatus installed in a shop as part of the shop equipment shall be included in account 44, “Shop machinery.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The cost of power machinery and other apparatus installed in station and office buildings shall be included in account 16, “Station and office buildings.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>The cost of buildings and the power machinery and other apparatus of plants used primarily for operating signals and interlockers shall be included in account 27, “Signals and interlockers.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>The cost of foundations other than those special to particular machines and other apparatus shall be included in the cost of the building and not in this account.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note E:</HED>
<P>The cost of machinery and buildings of detached plants for producing power both for operating purposes and for sale shall be included in this account and in account 29, “Power plants,” respectively. When plants are intended and used primarily for generating power for sale to noncarriers the investment shall be included in account 737, “Property used in other than carrier operations.”</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HED1>Equipment

<HD5>50 Equipment.
</HD5></HED1>
<P>The several primary accounts included in this general account are designed to show the cost of the several classes of equipment vehicles and shop and power plant equipment owned by the carrier, or held under equipment trust agreements or other contractual obligation for purchase of the property.

<HD5>52 Locomotives.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include the cost of locomotives and tenders purchased or built by the carrier, and of appurtenances, furniture, and fixtures necessary to equip them for service, including the cost of inspection, setting up, and trying out after receipt from builders, and transportation charges to the carrier's line. This account may also include the cost of spare engines carried on hand for the purpose of temporarily replacing similar units removed from locomotives for overhaul, repair or other reason.
</P>
<P>(b) Records shall be maintained to reflect separately the investment cost of locomotives on the basis of their initial identification for depreciation purposes; i.e., road passenger, road freight, road switching and yard switching.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>List of Appurtenances to Locomotives
</HD1>
<FP-1>Airbrake equipment and hose.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Arm rests.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Brake fixtures.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cab cushions.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Clocks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fire-extinguishing apparatus.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Gongs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Headlamps.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Metallic packing.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pneumatic sanding equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Radio equipment, permanently attached.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Seat boxes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Signal lamps.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Speed recorders.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steam-gauge lamps.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steam-heat equipment and hose.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Storm doors.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tool boxes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Train-signal equipment and hose.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Cars with motor equipment are not to be classed as locomotives.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>53 Freight-train cars.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of freight-train cars of all classes, such as motor-driven cars, purchased or built by the carrier, including all appurtenances, furniture, and fixtures necessary to equip them for service, and the cost of inspection and transportation charges to the carrier's line.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>List of Freight-Train Cars
</HD1>
<FP-1>Automobile.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ballast (commercial).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Beer.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Box.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cabin.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Caboose.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Charcoal.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Coal.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Coke.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dump (commercial).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Express.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Flat.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fruit.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Furniture.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Gondola.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Gondola (hopper).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Gondola (long).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hay.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lime.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Mail.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Oil tank.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ore.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Logging.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Platform.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Polling.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Poultry.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Produce.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rack.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Refrigerator.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Stock.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tank and water (when used as commercial cars).
</FP-1>
<HD1>List of Appurtenances to Freight-Train Cars
</HD1>
<FP-1>Air-brake equipment, including hose.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cooking equipment and utensils.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Heating units.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lamps and fixtures.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Loading devices.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Refrigeration units.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Seats.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Speed recorders.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Train-signal equipment, including hose.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water tanks.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<HD5>54 Passenger-train cars.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of passenger-train cars of all classes, such as motor-driven cars, purchased or built by the carrier, including all appurtenances, furniture, and fixtures necessary to equip them for service, and cost of inspection and transportation charges to the carrier's line.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>List of Passenger-Train Cars
</HD1>
<FP-1>Automobile.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Baggage.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Baggage-express.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Baggage-mail.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Baggage-mail-express.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Buffet.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cafe, chair, and club.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dining.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Library.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Milk.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Observation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Parlor.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Parlor-baggage.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Passenger.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Passenger-baggage.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Passenger-baggage-mail.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Postal.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Refrigerator-express.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sleeping.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Smoking.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tourists.
</FP-1>
<HD1>List of Appurtenances to Passenger-Train Cars
</HD1>
<FP-1>Air-brake equipment including hose.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bedding.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chairs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Coat hooks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Curtains and fixtures.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cushions.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Electric bells.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Floor coverings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Heating equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ice boxes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ice tanks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Kitchen equipment and utensils.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lighting equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Mail catchers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Parcel racks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ranges and boilers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Seats.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Speed recorders.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steam-heat hose.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Table china.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Table glassware.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Table linen.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Table silver.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Toilet equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Train-signal equipment, including hose.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water tanks.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<HD5>55 Highway revenue equipment.
</HD5>
<P>(a) This account shall include the cost of highway vehicles used in revenue transportation service, including pickup and delivery service, substitute line-haul service, and TOFC/COFC service; also the cost of appurtenances (such as radio communication equipment) necessary to equip them for service, and the inspection and transportation costs and charges required for delivery of the vehicles into the carrier's revenue service.
</P>
<P>(b) Records shall be maintained to identify the carrier's investment in the following equipment, including appurtenances:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>List of Highway Revenue Equipment
</HD1>
<FP-1>Bogies.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Buses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chassis.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Containers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Semi-trailers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tractors.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trailers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trucks.
</FP-1>
<HD1>List of Appurtenances to Highway Revenue Equipment
</HD1>
<FP-1>Fire extinguishers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Heating units.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Radio communication equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Refrigeration units.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rigging equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Road dollies.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tarpaulins.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The cost of trucks and tractors, which are used exclusively at TOFC/COFC terminals for loading and unloading trailers and containers on and from flat cars shall be charged to account 25, “TOFC/COFC terminals.”</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>56 Floating equipment.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of marine or floating equipment of all kinds except work equipment, purchased or built by the carrier, including all appurtenances, furniture, and fixtures necessary to equip it for service, and cost of inspection and transportation charges to the carrier's line.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>List of Floating Equipment
</HD1>
<FP-1>Barges.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Canal boats.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Car and other floats.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ferryboats.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lighters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Power launches.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Power lighters.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Scows.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steam boats.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steamships.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Transfer boats.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tugboats.
</FP-1>
<HD1>List f Appurtenances to Floating Equipment
</HD1>
<FP-1>Anchors.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Barometers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Beds and bedding.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Binnacle lamps.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Blocks and tackle.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>China, crockery, and glassware.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Chronometers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Compasses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Desks and furniture.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Engines and foundations.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Fire buckets and extinguishers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Floor coverings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Gangplanks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Heating equipment
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hoisting equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Kitchen equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Life preservers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lighting equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Linen.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Logs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Machinery and foundations.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Masts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Boilers and foundations.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cables.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Capstan bars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Charts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pianos and other musical instruments.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pumps.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Railings.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rigging.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Scales.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Seats, chairs, and cushions.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Spyglasses and telescopes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steam distribution systems.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steering equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ticket cases.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tool boxes and tools.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tracks on car floats.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ventilating equipment.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<HD5>57 Work equipment.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of work equipment, including motor-driven equipment, purchased or built by the carrier; cost of appurtenances, furniture, and fixtures necessary to equip it for service; and cost of inspection and transportation charges to the carrier's line.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>List of Rail Work Equipment
</HD1>
<FP-1>Air-brake instruction cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ballast cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ballast unloader cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Boarding cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Bridge cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Business cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Camp cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Cinder cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Concrete mixers (mounted).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Derrick cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dirt spreaders (mounted).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ditching cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dump cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dynamometer cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Gas tank cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Grading cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Gravel cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Indicator cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Locomotive tanks used permanently as water cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Locomotives.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Officers' cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Outfit cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Painters' cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pay cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pile drivers (mounted).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rail cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rail saws (mounted).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Salt cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sanding cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Scale test cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Scraper cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Snow dozers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Snow drags.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Snow plows (moved by but not attached to locomotives).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sprinkling cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steam shovels.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Steam wrecking derricks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Supply cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Sweeper cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tool cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tool and block cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Water cars.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Weed burners (mounted).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wrecking cars.
</FP-1>
<HD1>List of Floating Work Equipment
</HD1>
<FP-1>Derricks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dredges.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Pile drivers.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<HD5>58 Miscellaneous equipment.
</HD5>
<P>(a) This account shall include the cost of automobiles, trucks and other highway equipment not used in revenue transportation service and not provided for elsewhere; the cost of airplanes; the cost of appurtenances (such as radio communication equipment) necessary to equip them for service; and the inspection and transportation costs and charges required for delivery of the vehicles to the carrier.
</P>
<P>(b) The cost of on and/or off-track automotive vehicles, which are permanently equipped with special-purpose machinery and used exclusively in maintenance of way and structures, shall be charged to account 37, <I>Roadway machines.</I>
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>List of Miscellaneous Equipment
</HD1>
<FP-1>Airplanes.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Automobiles.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Buses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Emergency repair vehicles.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Road dollies.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Semi-trailers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tractors.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trailers.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Trucks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Wreckers.
</FP-1>
<HD1>List of Appurtenances to Miscellaneous Equipment
</HD1>
<FP-1>Fire extinguisher.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Radio communication equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rigging equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Tarpaulins.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<HD5>59 Computer systems and word processing equipment.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of mainframe and mini-computers and data processing equipment as well as the cost of word processing equipment that is not dedicated to a particular function. Essentially this account consists of all computer-related equipment that remains under the control of the data processing department. This account shall also include the cost of foundations, power supply, fixtures, appurtenances and other devices to prepare this equipment for use.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Items
</HD1>
<P>Mainframes, Mini-computers, Word processing systems, Printers, Monitors, Modems, Storage devices.</P></EXTRACT>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The cost of micro computers, data processing equipment, and word processing equipment which are an integral part of and essential to the operation of a separate facility shall be charged to the appropriate property account for that facility.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Carriers desiring to adopt other methods of accounting for computers and word processing equipment that are considered more suitable for their operational structure shall submit justification and supporting documents to the Board for consideration and decision.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 4326, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HED1>General Expenditures

<HD5>70 General expenditures.
</HD5></HED1></CITA>
<P>The primary accounts of this general account are designed to include expenditures made in connection with the acquisition and construction of original road and equipment, and with extension, additions, and betterments to road and equipment property, when such expenditures cannot properly be included in any of the foregoing accounts as a part of the cost of any specific work. When assignable, such expenditures shall be included in the cost of the property for which the expenditures occurred.

<HD5>76 Interest during construction.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) When any bonds, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness are sold, or any interest-bearing debt is incurred for acquisition and construction of original road and equipment, extensions, additions, and betterments, the interest accruing on the part of the debt representing the cost of property chargeable to road and equipment accounts (less interest, if any, allowed by depositaries on unexpended balances) after such funds become available for use and before the receipt or the completion or coming into service of the property so acquired shall be charged to this account.
</P>
<P>(b) When such securities are sold at a premium, the proportion of such premium assignable to the time between the date of the actual issuance of the securities and the time when the property acquired or the improvement made becomes available for service shall be credited to this account.
</P>
<P>(c) This account shall also include such proportion of the discount and expense on funded debt issued for the acquisition of original road, original equipment, road extensions, additions, and betterments, as is equitably assignable to the period between the date of the actual issuance of securities and the time when the property acquired or the improvement made become available for the service for which it is intended. The proportion of discount and expense thus chargeable shall be determined by the ratio between the period prior to the completion or coming into service of the facilities or improvements acquired and the period of the entire life of the securities issued.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Interest on bonds, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness accruing before the proceeds from the sale of the securities become available for use shall not be included in this account, nor shall there be included any interest accruing after the property with respect to which the proceeds are expended is received or becomes available for use in connection with commercial service.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>If securities issued or assumed by the carrier are subsequently sold or exchanged by or for the carrier, the excess of the par value and accrued interest of the securities over the actual money value of the consideration received shall be deemed a discount. In no case (except as provided in the third paragraph of this account) shall discount be included as part of the cost of items included in the accounts prescribed in this classification.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>Whenever interest, premium, or discount assignable to the construction period is incurred in connection with an expenditure covered by some specific road and equipment account or accounts, such interest, premium, or discount shall be charged directly to the specific accounts to which it is related. Unless provided for otherwise, interest costs shall be capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>This account shall not include interest during the construction period on the carrier's own funds expended in connection with the acquisition or construction of original road and equipment, extensions, additions, and betterments.</P></NOTE>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(5 U.S.C. 553; 49 U.S.C. 10321)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 46 FR 10920, Feb. 5, 1981]

<HED1>Other Property Accounts

<HD5>80 Other elements of investment.
</HD5></HED1></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include amounts resulting from adjustment of the primary property accounts to conform with cost of property in valuation records. The amount in this account shall be cleared on a consistent basis as property is retired from service or otherwise in accordance with the rules in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this account. Any material amount in this account assignable to property previously retired from service shall be cleared immediately.
</P>
<P>(b) When property is retired from service, an equitable portion of the balance in this account assignable to such property shall be cleared when the retirement entry is made. The amount so cleared, when a debit, shall be charged to account 551, <I>Miscellaneous income charges,</I> or, when a credit, shall be recorded in account 519, <I>Miscellaneous income.</I> The exception to this general rule with respect to a credit balance assignable to property retired is that when property classified as depreciable is retired from service and the balance in the accumulated depreciation account for the property is materially deficient, because of sudden retirement or other unusual cause, the portion of a credit balance cleared for the retirement, equal to the deficiency, shall be applied to reduce the amount of loss otherwise chargeable to the accumulated depreciation account.
</P>
<P>(c) A carrier may apply to the Board for authority to clear the entire balance from this account immediately or amortize the balance over a short period of time by appropriate inclusion in account 616, <I>Other debits to retained earnings,</I> or account 606 <I>Other credits to retained earnings.</I> Any amount so authorized or directed by the Board to be cleared and written off to retained income shall be in lieu of amounts includible in accounts indicated in paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(d) Other plans for clearance, disposition, or classification of a balance in this account in conformity with sound accounting principles may be submitted to the Board with suitable details for consideration. This includes application for disposition of a balance in this account attributable to reduction of capitalization in a reorganization. An accounting procedure so applied for shall become effective only after Board approval. Each carrier shall maintain a record of items initially included in and cleared later from this account and the basis used in computing such items.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The amounts attributable to past mergers, consolidations and purchases of property included in this account shall be merged with the adjustment made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this text.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>90 Construction in progress.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include expenditures incurred by the carrier in the process of constructing road and equipment with its own forces or under contract during the period prior to the time property is placed in transportation operations, including cost of materials and supplies located at point of use and of necessary land acquired for such projects. When a project is completed or when a segment of a large project is completed and placed in service, the cost of the completed project or the completed segment thereof shall be transferred to the appropriate road and equipment primary accounts. Separate subaccounts may be maintained for road, equipment, or other classes of expenditures. Expenditures for relatively unimportant projects may be included directly in primary accounts.

<HED1>RAILWAY OPERATING REVENUE ACCOUNTS
</HED1>
<HED1>Transportation Revenue Accounts

<HD5>100 Transportation; rail line.
</HD5></HED1></P>
<P>The primary accounts included in this general account are designed to show amounts of money which the carrier becomes entitled to receive or which accrue to its benefit from services rendered in transporting property or persons by rail line. The detail accounts include in this general account series are summarized in account 501, Railway Operating Revenues.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4326, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>101 Freight.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include revenue from the transportation of freight and from transit, stop, and reconsigning privileges, upon the basis of lawful tariff rates.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall include collections in excess of tariff charges, except where such amounts are segregated and held subject to refund.
</P>
<P>(c) Proceeds derived from the sale of unclaimed and refused freight which has been transported in accordance with the contract of shipment shall be credited to this account in cases where such items can be readily identified. Uncollected tariff charges on such shipments shall be charged to this account.
</P>
<P>(d) Amounts determined to be uncollectible shall be accounted for in accordance with the text of account 63-61-00 <I>General—Uncollectible accounts.</I>
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Items To Be Credited
</HD1>
<P>(a) Revenue upon the basis of local freight tariff rates, regardless of class of train in which the freight is transported.
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier's proportion of revenue upon the basis of through freight tariff rates, regardless of class of train on which the freight is transported.
</P>
<P>(c) Revenue from transportation of mail matter, and empty mail pouches, at freight rates.
</P>
<P>(d) Revenue from transportation of freight on special trains at rates based on weights of shipments.
</P>
<P>(e) Revenue on basis of classifications and freight tariffs from transportation of caretakers of freight shipments.
</P>
<P>(f) Revenue from reconsigning privileges.
</P>
<P>(g) Revenue from stop privileges.
</P>
<P>(h) Revenue from transit privileges.
</P>
<P>(i) Revenue upon the basis of arbitraries out of freight, rates for water transfers (ferriage, lighterage, and floatage).
</P>
<P>(j) Revenue from transportation of trailers and containers on flat cars in TOFC/COFC service upon the basis of all-rail line-haul freight tariff rates and under arrangements for motor carrier-railroad joint haul, and from the loading and unloading of trailers and containers on and from flat cars upon the basis of tariff rates and under arrangements for motor carrier-railroad joint haul.
</P>
<HD1>Items To Be Charged
</HD1>
<P>(a) Amounts paid as bridge and ferry arbitraries on freight.
</P>
<P>(b) Amounts paid for completing a haul.
</P>
<P>(c) Amounts paid for elevation of freight.
</P>
<P>(d) Amounts paid for switching services, in connection with the transportation of freight, on the basis of switching tariffs, and allowances out of through rates, including amounts paid for switching empty cars in connection with a freight revenue movement.
</P>
<P>(e) Amounts paid for transferring freight between stations.
</P>
<P>(f) Arbitraries and allowances to others for lighterage and wharfage.
</P>
<P>(g) The carrier's proportion of overcharges resulting from the use of erroneous rates, weights, classifications or computations.
</P>
<P>(h) The carrier's proportion of refunds on account of errors in routing and billing.
</P>
<P>(i) The carrier's proportion of uncollected revenue on freight lost or destroyed in transit.
</P>
<P>(j) The carrier's proportion of uncollected tariff charges on damaged shipments for which charges neither shipper nor consignee is liable.
</P>
<P>(k) Amounts paid on basis of tariff rates for loading and unloading livestock.
</P>
<P>(l) Amounts paid to motor truck companies for hauling trailers and containers to and from TOFC/COFC terminals, and allowances to shippers who perform such service on the basis of tariff rates.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Amounts paid for switching empty cars other than in connection with loaded movements shall be charged to operating expense account 61-32-XX, “General—Other Expenses—Transportation—Yard—Freight,” except that amounts paid for switching equipment for repairs shall be included in the appropriate equipment repair accounts.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Other carriers' proportion of revenue and of uncollectible undercharges paid by the carrier on account of its errors in routing and billing shall be charged to operating expense account 61-35-76, “General—Other Expenses—Transportation—Administrative Support.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>When a lessee company transports freight over the tracks of another carrier on the basis of a proportion of revenues under a joint arrangement, it shall include the entire compensation in its revenues and statistics, charging the appropriate joint facility expense and rental accounts with the amounts paid the lessor company, and the lessor company shall credit the corresponding accounts.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>Revenue from the transportation of caretakers of freight shipments, when not included as a part of the freight charges on the waybill covering the freight shipments, shall be credited to account 102, “Passenger.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note E:</HED>
<P>This account shall be maintained so as to show separately payments and allowances for (a) terminal collection and delivery services when performed in connection with line-haul transportation of freight on the basis of freight tariff rates, further separated between (1) TOFC/COFC service, and (2) all other freight service; also (b) payments for switching services when performed in connection with line-haul transportation of freight on the basis of switching tariffs and allowances out of freight rates, including the switching of empty cars in connection with a revenue movement, and (c) payments on basis of tariff rates for loading and unloading livestock.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>102 Passenger.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the revenue from transportation of passengers at passenger tariff fares, from the transportation of passengers at special fares as provided by law, and from incidental charges in connection therewith.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Items To Be Credited
</HD1>
<P>(a) Revenue from local passenger fares.
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier's proportion of revenue from interline passenger fares.
</P>
<P>(c) Revenue from extra fares.
</P>
<P>(d) Revenue from additional fares or charges for exclusive use of a passenger car, drawing room, compartment, bedroom, etc.
</P>
<P>(e) Revenue from mileage and scrip coupons honored for all services covered by this account.
</P>
<P>(f) Revenue from transportation of passengers in special cars or on special trains when charge is based on passenger fare per capita, regardless of the number of passengers actually transported.
</P>
<P>(g) Revenue from a guaranteed minimum amount not based on per capita fare, for transportation of passengers on special or chartered trains.
</P>
<P>(h) Cash fare penalty collections.
</P>
<P>(i) Unclaimed collections and deposits for transportation of passengers.
</P>
<P>(j) Passenger fare overcharges.
</P>
<P>(k) Revenue from transportation of corpses, based on passenger fares.
</P>
<P>(l) Revenue from water transfers (ferriage), bridge tolls, and transfers between railway stations or between railway stations and docks, received as arbitraries in divisions of passenger fares.
</P>
<HD1>Items To Be Charged
</HD1>
<P>(a) Amounts paid as bridge tolls, and also for ferry, depot to depot and depot to dock passenger transfer service.
</P>
<P>(b) Amounts paid for switching in completing a passenger transportation movement.
</P>
<P>(c) Amounts paid for switching empty passenger-train cars in connection with transportation of passengers. (See note C.)
</P>
<P>(d) Redemptions of unused and partially unused local tickets and redemptions of carrier's proportions of unused and partially unused interline tickets.
</P>
<P>(e) Refund of extra fares, cash fare penalty collections, and overcharges in excess of tariff fares.
</P>
<P>(f) Uncollectible undercharges.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Gross receipts from the sale of mileage tickets, and scrip books shall be credited to a suspense account. The suspense account shall be charged and this account credited with the value of coupons as honored, in connection with any of the services provided for in <I>Items To Be Credited.</I></P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>When a lessee company transports passengers over the tracks of another company under a joint arrangement upon the basis of a proportion of the passenger revenue, it shall include the entire compensation in its passenger revenue and statistics, charging the appropriate joint facility expense and rental accounts with the amounts paid the lessor company and the lessor company shall credit the corresponding joint facility accounts.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>Amounts paid for switching empty passenger-train cars other than in connection with loaded movements, shall be charged to account 61-42-XX. <I>General—Other Expenses—Transportation—Yard—Passenger,</I> except that when switched for repairs, the amounts paid shall be included in account 39-25-45, <I>Purchased Services—Repairs Billed by Others—Equipment—Other Equipment.</I></P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>Amounts determined to be uncollectible shall be accounted for in accordance with the text of account 63-62-00, <I>General—Uncollectible accounts.</I></P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>103 Passenger-related.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the revenue from the transportation of baggage, packages, etc. on passenger trains at other than freight or express tariff rates. This account shall also include the revenue from berth and seat accommodations furnished in sleeping, parlor observation, chair, and other special passenger cars, also the revenue derived from the operation of passenger trains not provided for elsewhere, and dining and buffet service.
</P>
<FP>The amounts recorded in this account shall not include aid in the form of abatement or forgiveness of taxes, assumption by local governments of station maintenance costs, and other similar special indirect benefits, contributed by governmental agencies.

<HD5>104 Switching.
</HD5></FP>
<P>(a) This account shall include the revenue from switching service upon the basis of lawful tariff rates. To this account shall be credited the carrier's revenue upon the basis of tariff rates, or the carrier's allowance out of through rates, from the switching of cars of all kinds, loaded or empty, either locally at a station or within a switching district, between connecting lines, between local industries, or between connecting lines and local industries; revenue upon the basis of distinct tariff rates for <I>trapcar</I> and <I>ferry-car</I> service and for spotting cars; also the revenue from interwork switching at industrial plants, and the revenue from <I>penalty switching</I> incident to the improper delivery of cars by other carriers.
</P>
<P>(b) To this account shall be charged amounts paid others for switching when such switching service is provided for in the switching rate charged by the carrier.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P><I>Penalty switching</I> charges paid by the carrier shall be included in expense account 61-32-XX, <I>General—Other Expenses—Transportation—Yard—Freight.</I></P></NOTE>
<HD5>105 Water transfers.
</HD5>
<P>(a) This account shall include the revenue, from the transfer by water (ferriage, lighterage, and floatage) of passenger, freight, vehicles and livestock, upon the basis of lawful local tariff rates.
</P>
<P>(b) This account also shall include revenue from water transfers of other traffic, such as the revenue from towing beyond lighterage limits and all other towing for which an extra charge is made; insurance of freight afloat when billed out at other than cost; storage of freight afloat; grain overage in boats; pumping performed for outside parties; and from other similar sources.
</P>
<P>(c) To this account shall be charged amounts payable to other companies or individuals for extra lighterage, extra towing, and for all other service when such payments represent revenue collected and credited to this account and not a direct expense.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>No revenue shall be included in this account for water transfers of passengers or shipments upon the basis of arbitraries out of rates for transportation involving rail line haul.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>106 Demurrage.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the revenue from the detention of cars incident to loading, unloading, reconsigning, and stops in transit upon the basis of lawful tariffs for demurrage. This account shall also include the revenue from the detention of trailers and containers used in TOFC/COFC service, incident to loading and unloading, upon the basis of tariff rates.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This account shall be maintained so as to reflect separately (1) revenue from detention of cars, and (2) revenue from detention of trailers and containers used in TOFC/COFC service.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>110 Incidental.
</HD5>
<P>This account is designed to show the amounts which the carrier becomes entitled to receive from services rendered incidentally with rail-line and water-line transportation; for the use of facilities of which the expenses for operation and maintenance are not separable from railway expenses and from incidental sources not provided for elsewhere. Among the items included in this account are revenues derived from (1) hotels and restaurants, (2) operations conducted at stations and on trains by individual or companies other than railway companies, (3) storage, (4) the sale of electric power, (5) renting property operated and maintained in connection with the property used in the carrier's transportation operations and from railway operations not provided for elsewhere.

<HED1>Joint Facility Revenue Accounts

<HD5>120 Joint facility.
</HD5></HED1></P>
<P>The primary accounts included in this general account are designed to show the carrier's proportion of revenues collected by others in connection with operation of joint facilities and the amount payable by the carrier to other companies from operation of joint facilities.

<HD5>121 Joint facility—credit.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include the carrier's proportion of revenue collected by others in connection with the operation of joint tracks, yards, terminals, and other facilities, including revenue from hotels, restaurants, grain elevators, sale of power, and other miscellaneous operations.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The purpose of this account is to show the amounts of revenue from the operation of joint tracks, yards, terminals and other facilities operated by other companies, which under existing contracts or agreements are credited by the operating company to the tenant companies which participate therein. The bill rendered by any creditor company against a debtor company for the latter's proportion of the expense of maintenance and operation of joint facilities, which includes also a credit covering a proportion of the revenue to be paid over, shall show the distribution of the credit for such proportion of the revenue separately from the distribution of the expense of operation.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>No credits shall be made to this account representing amounts creditable by the operating company to primary accounts 101-103, 105 and 110.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>122 Joint facility—debit.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include that proportion of revenue from the operation of joint tracks, yards, terminals, and other facilities, which is creditable to other companies, including revenue from hotels, restaurants, grain elevators, sale of power, and other miscellaneous operations.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The purpose of this account is to show the amount of revenue from operation of a terminal company or other carrier which, under the terms of existing contracts or agreements covering the joint use of tracks, yards, and other facilities, is credited to other carriers that participate in the benefits from such joint use. The bill rendered by a creditor company against a debtor company for the latter's proportion of expense of maintaining and operating joint facilities, which includes a credit covering the debtor company's proportion of the revenues from operation of such joint facilities, shall indicate separately the proper distribution of both the revenues and the expenses included in the bill, and such distribution shall be adhered to by the debtor.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>No debits shall be made to this account representing amounts creditable by the operating company to primary accounts 101-103, 105 and 110.</P></NOTE>
<HED1>OPERATING EXPENSE ACCOUNTS
</HED1>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>52 FR 4326, Feb. 11, 1987, unless otherwise noted.

<HD1>Instruction
</HD1></PSPACE></SOURCE>
<P>(1) The operating expense accounts use a six-digit code. The first two digits denote natural expense, the second two digits denote activity/subactivity, and the third two digits denote detailed functions. [See Table A for an overview of the coding structure and Tables B-E for detailed functions.]
</P>
<P>(2) The operating expense account explanations use a three-tier format. Section 1 contains natural expense explanations with applicable activity/subactivity and function assignment. Section 2 details the activity/subactivity explanations. Section 3 explains the functions appropriate for each activity/subactivity. To obtain a complete explanation for a particular account, refer to section 1 to locate the natural expense and activity/subactivity (first four digits) and read the appropriate account text. Accounts that are assigned to functions are appropriately listed. For further information, refer to section 2 and section 3.
</P>
<P>(3) All accounts listed in Table A and section 1 are for freight only. Refer to Table F for applicable passenger or common account codes. Account numbers designated with an asterisk in section 1 denote freight only accounts, while other accounts are used for both freight and passenger or common accounts.
</P>
<P>(4) All expense assigned to common operating accounts shall be allocated to freight and passenger accounts in accordance with part 1242 of this chapter.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table A—Coding Structure for Railway Operating Expense Accounts 
<sup>1</sup>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">XX-00
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Way and structures XX-10
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Equipment XX-20
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Transportation XX-30, 40, 50
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">XX-60
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Control
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Running
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Switching
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Locomotive
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Freight cars
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Other equipment
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Train
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Yard
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Train and yard common
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Specialized SVDS
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Administrative support
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">General and administrative
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight 
<sup>2</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XX-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XX-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XX-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XX-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XX-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XX-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XX-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XX-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XX-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XX-33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XX-34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XX-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">XX-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Personnel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Salaries and wages</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 11-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 11-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 11-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 11-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 11-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 11-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 11-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 11-33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 11-34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 11-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 11-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Fringe benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materiel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Materiel, tools, supp, fuel, lubricants</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 21-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 21-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 21-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 21-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 21-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 21-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 21-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 21-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 21-33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 21-34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 21-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 21-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Lease rentals—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Lease rentals—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Jt. Fac. Rent—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Jt. Fac. Rent—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other rents—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other rents—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Jt. facility—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Jt. facility—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs billed by others—DR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 39-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 39-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 39-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 39-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 39-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 39-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Repairs billed to others—CR</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 40-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 40-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 40-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 40-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 40-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 40-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other purchase services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 41-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 41-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 41-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 41-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 41-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 41-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 41-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 41-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 41-33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 41-34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 41-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 41-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Claims and insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Loss damage claims</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other casualties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 61-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 61-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 61-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 61-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 61-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 61-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 61-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 61-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 61-34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 61-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>3</sup> 61-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Depreciation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Uncollectible account</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Property taxes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64-61
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Each operating expense account has a six-digit code divided into three two-digit groups. The first two-digit group denotes the natural expense [see control column], the second group denotes the activity/subactivity for freight, passenger or common service [see Table F]; and the third group signifies applicable function assignment [see Tables B, C, D &amp; E].
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> The account numbers shown on this matrix are for freight only. The account numbers for passenger and common are derived by applying the natural expense code (first two digits) to the activity codes shown in Table F. Natural expenses are used only in the same activities as shown for freight.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Expenses shall be reported by applicable functions [see account text].</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table B—Function Code Use—Way and Structures
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Functions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Running
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Switching
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Other
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<sup>1</sup> F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">P
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">P
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">P
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ADMINISTRATION
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">02 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">03 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridges and buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">04 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">05 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Communications</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">06 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridges and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rails and other track material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Communication systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Power systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Highway grade crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">23 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Station and office buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Shop bldgs.—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Shop bldgs.—Freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Shop bldgs.—Other equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">27 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Locomotive servicing facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Misc. buildings and structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coal terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ore terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">TOFC/COFC terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other marine terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Motor vehicle loading and distribution facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Facilities—Other specialized services operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Roadway machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">37 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Small tools and supplies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">38 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Snow removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">39 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road property damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OTHER
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">99 </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> F—Freight; P—Passenger; C—Common.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table C—Function Code Use—Equipment
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Functions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Locomotives
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Freight Cars
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Other Equipment
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">
<sup>1</sup>F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">P
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">P
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">P
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ADMINISTRATION
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Administration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">43</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trucks, trailers, containers in revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Floating equipment in revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Passenger and other revenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">46</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Computer systems and word processing equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Work and other nonrevenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">48</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">49</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Shop machinery—locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">50</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Shop machinery—freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">51</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Shop machinery—other equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> F—Freight; P—Passenger; C—Common.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table D—Function Code Use—Transportation
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Train
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Yard
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Train and yard common
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Specialized services
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="3" scope="col">Administrative support
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">*F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">P
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">P
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">P
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">P
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">F
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">P
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">C
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ADMINISTRATION
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OPERATIONS
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">56</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Engine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">57</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Train crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">58</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dispatching trains</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">59</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Operating switches, signals, interlockers, retarders, humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">60</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Operating drawbridges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">61</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Highway crossing protection</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">62</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Train inspection and lubrication</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">63</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clearing wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">64</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Switch crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">65</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Controlling operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">66</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yard and terminal clerical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">67</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Locomotive fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">68</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Power purchased/produced for motive power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">69</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Servicing locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">70</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cleaning car interior</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">71</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adjusting, transferring loads</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">72</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Car loading devices and grain doors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">73</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pick up and delivery, marine haul, rail substitute service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">74</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Loading, unloading, local marine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">75</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Protective services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">76</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clerks and accounting employees</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">77</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Communications systems operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">78</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Loss and damage claims processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OTHER
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table E—Functional Code Use—General and Administrative
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Functions
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Freight
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Passenger
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Common
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">ADMINISTRATION
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Administration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">GENERAL
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">86</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accounting, auditing, finance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">87</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Management services and data and word processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">88</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Marketing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">89</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">90</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Industrial development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">91</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Personnel, labor relations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">92</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Legal and secretarial</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">93</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Public relations and advertising</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">94</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Research and development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">OTHER
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">99</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">X</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table F—Activity/Subactivity Code Use
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Activity/subactivity
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Freight
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Code passenger
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Common
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Way and structures:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Equipment:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Transportation:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Train</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Yard</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Train and yard common</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Specialized services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Administrative support</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">55
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General and administrative</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HED1>OPERATING EXPENSE ACCOUNTS

<HD2>Section 1—Natural Expense Explanations*
</HD2></HED1>
<HED1>Personnel

<HD5>Control—10-00-00
</HD5></HED1>
<P>This account may be used as a control account for all accounts in the <E T="04">Personnel</E> Series: Salaries and Wages. Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation.

<HD5>Salaries and Wages—Control 11-00-00
</HD5></P>
<P>This account series includes the compensation payable to employees for services performed. It includes amounts payable in connection with profit sharing and stock option plans that are part of employee compensation. This account series also includes amounts of compensation payable to employees for paid time off as a fringe benefit: Vacation pay, holiday pay, sick pay, and other payments considered direct compensation for time not worked. Amounts of labor billed by contractors, other companies, and joint facilities, are not considered salaries and wages of the carrier company and are not to be included in this account group. Its components shall be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with Instruction 1-12.

<HD5>Salaries and Wages—Way and Structures—Running—11-11-XX
</HD5></P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all repair and maintenance employees and others who are associated with the repair and maintenance of the carrier's roadway and track on the line of road and outside of classification yards. Compensation payable to officers and technical and clerical employees shall only be assigned to Way and Structures—Other. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tunnels and Subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Rails and Other Track Material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals and Interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Grade Crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Salaries and Wages—Way and Structures—Switching—11-12-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all repair and maintenance employees and others who are associated with the repair and maintenance of the carrier's roadway and track within classification yards and stations. Compensation payable to officers and technical and clerical employees shall be assigned to Way and Structures—Other. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tunnels and Subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Rails and Other Track Material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals and Interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Grade Crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Salaries and Wages—Way and Structures—Other—11-13-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all repair and maintenance employees and others who are associated with the repair and maintenance of the carrier's structures other than roadway and track. Each administration account (functions 02-06) includes the compensation payable to all officers and technical and clerical employees associated with the Way and Structures Activity. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communications</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-06
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communication Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Power Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Station and Office Buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*11-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Servicing Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Miscellaneous Buildings and Structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*11-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Coal Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*11-13-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ore Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*11-13-30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">TOFC/COFC Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*11-13-31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other Marine Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*11-13-32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Motor Vehicle Loading and Distribution Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*11-13-33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Facilities for Other Specialized Services Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*11-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway Machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Snow Removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Salaries and Wages—Equipment—Locomotives—11-21-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers and technical and clerical employees, repair and maintenance employees, and others who are associated with the repair and maintenance of locomotives, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Salaries and Wages—Equipment—Freight Cars—11-22-XX*
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, technical and clerical employees, repair and maintenance employees, and others, who are associated with the repair and maintenance of freight cars, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Salaries and Wages—Equipment—Other Equipment—11-23-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, technical and clerical employees, repair and maintenance employees, and others, who are associated with the repair and maintenance of equipment other than locomotives and freight cars, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Trucks, Trailers, Containers in Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*11-23-43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Floating Equipment—Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*11-23-44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Passenger and Other Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Work and Other Non-Revenue Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Salaries and Wages—Transportation—Train—11-31-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, technical and clerical employees, engine and train crews, and other operational employees, who are associated with the dispatching and operation of freight trains over the roadway and outside of classification yards. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Engine Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Train Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dispatching Trains</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Operating Switches, Signals, Interlockers, Retarders, Humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Operating Drawbridges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Crossing Protection</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Train Inspection and Lubrication</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Clearing Wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Electric Power Purchased/Produced for Motive Power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Servicing Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Salaries and Wages—Transportation—Yard—11-32-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, technical and clerical employees, engine and train crews, and other operational employees, who are associated with the movement of freight cars within classification yards and in terminal switching and transfer service. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Operating Switches, Signals, Interlockers, Retarders, Humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Clearing Wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Switch Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Controlling Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Yard and Terminal Clerical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Electric Power Purchased/Produced for Motive Power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Servicing Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Salaries and Wages—Transportation—Train and Yard—Common—11-33-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, performing functions incurred on behalf of both train and yard operations. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Cleaning Car Interiors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-33-70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Adjusting and Transferring Loads</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*11-33-71
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Car Loading Devices and Grain Doors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*11-33-72</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Salaries and Wages—Transportation—Specialized Services—11-34-XX*
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, technical and clerical employees, and other operational employees who are associated with operating services which are specialized in nature and in cost characteristics. The specialized services designated by the Board appear within the explanation of activities/subactivities. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Pick Up and Delivery, Marine Line Haul, and Rail Substitute Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Loading, Unloading, and Local Marine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Protective Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Salaries and Wages—Transportation—Administrative Support—11-35-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, are associated with providing direct administrative support for the Transportation Activity. For further clarification refer to the explanation of the Administrative Support Operations Subactivity. Each account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Clerical and Accounting Employees</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communication Systems Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Loss and Damage Claims Processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Salaries and Wages—General and Administrative—11-61-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all employees who are associated with overall administration or other general support for carrier operations. Overall administration includes executive, legal, financial, treasury, accounting, budgeting, taxation, corporate planning, costing, marketing, advertising, traffic, corporate secretary, public relations, real estate, insurance administration, personnel administration, pension plan administration, general purchasing, labor relations, internal auditing, industrial engineering, and regulatory reporting. For further clarification refer to the explanation of the General and Administrative Activity. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Accounting, Auditing, Finance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Marketing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Industrial Development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*11-61-90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Personnel and Labor Relations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Legal and Secretarial</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Public Relations and Advertising</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Research and Development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation—Control—12-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account series includes amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation. These benefits include the carrier portions of Railroad Retirement contributions, pension expense, unemployment taxes, dental plans, health plans, hospitalization insurance, life insurance, subsidies for employee lunchrooms, company entertainment facilities for personal use, and other benefits to employees that are not includible in direct compensation. They exclude travel expense on company business, casualties, workmen's compensation, as well as dues, memberships, and similar items when the direct beneficiary is clearly the company rather than the employee.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation—Way and Structures—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation—Way and Structures—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation—Way and Structures—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation—Equipment Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation—Equipment—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*12-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation—Equipment—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation—Transportation—Train</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation—Transportation—Yard</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation—Transportation—Train and Yard Common</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-33-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation—Transportation—Specialized Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation—Transportation—Administrative Support</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-35-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation—General and Administrative</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-61-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Materiel Control—20-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account may be used as a control account for the <E T="04">Materiel</E> series: Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants.

<HD5>Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants—Control—21-00-00
</HD5></P>
<P>This account group includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense in connection with carrier operations. This account group includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. This account group excludes purchased services such as utilities, communications, postage and other items of similar nature. Its components shall be distributed to the following accounts:

<HD5>Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants—Way and Structures—Running—21-11-XX
</HD5></P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in the performance or support of the repair and maintenance of the carrier's roadway and track on the line of the road and outside of classification yards. Each account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials, and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tunnels and Subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Rails and Other Track Material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals and Interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants—Way and Structures—Switching—21-12-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in the performance or support of the repair and maintenance of the carrier's roadway and track within classification yards and stations. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tunnels and Subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Rails and Other Track Material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals and Interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Grade Crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-48</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants—Way and Structures—Other—21-13-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in the performance or support of the repair and maintenance of the carrier's structures not provided for in running or switching. Each account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communications</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-06
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communication Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Power Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Station and Office Buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*21-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Servicing Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Coal Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*21-13-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ore Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*21-13-30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">TOFC/COFC Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*21-13-31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other Marine Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*21-13-32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Motor Vehicle Loading and Distribution Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*21-13-33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Facilities for Other Specialized Services Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*21-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway Machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Snow Removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants—Equipment—Locomotives—21-21-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in the performance or support of the repair and maintenance of locomotives, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants—Equipment—Freight Cars—21-22-XX*
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in the performance or support of the repair and maintenance of freight-cars, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants—Equipment—Other Equipment—21-23-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in the performance or support of the repair and maintenance of equipment by others. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Trucks, Trailers, Containers in Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*21-23-43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Floating Equipment—Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*21-23-44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Passenger and Other Revenue Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Computer Systems and Word Processing Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Work and Other Non-Revenue Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*21-23-50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants—Transportation—Train—21-31-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in association with the dispatching and operation of freight trains over the charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Engine Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Train Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dispatching Trains</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Operating Switches, Signals, Interlockers, Retarders, Humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Operating Drawbridges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Crossing Protection</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Train Inspection and Lubrication</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Clearing Wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Fuels</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Electric Power Purchased/Produced for Motive Power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Servicing Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants—Transportation—Yard—21-32-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in and in terminal switching and transfer service. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Operating Switches, Signals, Interlockers, Retarders, Humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Clearing Wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Switch Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Controlling Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Yard and Terminal Clerical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Electric Power Purchased/Produced for Motive Power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Servicing Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants—Transportation—Train and Yard Common—21-33-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed on behalf of both train and yard operations. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Cleaning Car Interiors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">21-33-70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Adjusting, Transferring Loads</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*21-33-71
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Car Loading Devices and Grain Doors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">*21-33-72</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants—Transportation—Specialized Services—21-34-XX*
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in operating services which are specialized in nature and in cost characteristics. The specialized services designated by the Board appear within the explanation of specialized services. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Pick Up and Delivery, Marine Line Haul, and Rail Substitute Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Loading, Unloading, and Local Marine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Protective Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants—Transportation—Administrative Support—21-35-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in association with providing direct administrative support for the Transportation Activity. For further clarification refer to the explanation of the Administrative Support Operations Subactivity. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Clerks, Accounting Employees</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communication Systems Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Loss and Damage Claims Processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants—General and Administrative—21-61-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in providing overall administration or other general support for carrier operations. For further clarification refer to the definition of the General and Administrative Activity. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Accounting, Auditing, Finance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Management Services and Data and Word Processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Marketing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Industrial Development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*21-61-90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Legal and Secretarial</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Public Relations and Advertising</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Research and Development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD2>Purchased Services

<HD5>Control—30-00-00
</HD5></HD2>
<P>This account may be used as a control account for all accounts in the <E T="04">Purchased services</E> series:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Lease Rentals—Dr.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lease Rentals—Cr.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Joint Facility Rent—Dr.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Joint Facility Rent—Cr.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Other Rents—Dr.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Other Rents—Cr.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Joint Facility—Dr.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Joint Facility—Cr.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Repairs Billed by Others—Dr.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Repairs Billed to Others—Cr.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Other Purchased Services</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Lease Rentals—Debit—Control—31-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account series includes the rentals of road property and equipment with terms of 30 days or more. This account excludes joint facility and joint trackage rents, insurance and maintenance elements of lease payments, and all elements of capital leases as defined in FASB Statement No. 13. Capitalized leases shall be included in the applicable property account for the particular asset leased [See Instruction 2-11b]. The components of this natural expense will be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease Rentals—Dr.—Way and Structures—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease Rentals—Dr.—Way and Structures—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease Rentals—Dr.—Way and Structures—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease Rentals—Dr.—Equipment—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease Rentals—Dr.—Equipment—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*31-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease Rentals—Dr.—Equipment—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-23-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Lease Rentals—Credit—Control—32-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account group includes the rentals of owned property and equipment or subleases of leased road property and equipment with terms of from 30 days to one year. Longer term leases are indicative of a noncarrier operation and all revenues and expenses related to such property and equipment should be classified accordingly and excluded from railroad operations. This account excludes joint facilities and joint trackage, capital leases, and portions of lease receipts covering maintenance and insurance. The components of this natural expense account will be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease Rentals—Cr.—Way and Structures—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease Rentals—Cr.—Way and Structures—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease Rentals—Cr.—Way and Structures—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease Rentals—Cr.—Equipment—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease Rentals—Cr.—Equipment—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*32-22-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Joint Facility Rents—Debits—Control—33-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account group includes amounts payable accrued as rent for equipment, tracks, yards, terminals, and other facilities owned or controlled by other carriers, companies, or individuals, and in the joint use of which the accounting company participates. Amounts paid or payable by the accounting company in reimbursement for taxes on property jointly used shall be charged to this account.
</P>
<P>The cost of maintenance, operation, or administration of joint facilities, chargeable to the accounting company, shall be charged to the various joint facility accounts (37-XX-00). When the compensation for the use of joint facilities is a fixed amount or is based upon a charge per passenger, ton, car, or other unit, it shall be fairly apportioned between this account and Joint Facility—Dr. (37-XX-00). This apportionment shall be made by the operating company and shall be followed by the accounting company.
</P>
<P>The components of this natural expense consist of the following accounts:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility Rents—Dr.—Way and Structures—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility Rents—Dr.—Way and Structures—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility Rents—Dr.—Way and Structures—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility Rents—Dr. Equipment—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*33-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility Rents—Dr. Equipment—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*33-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility Rents—Dr. Equipment—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-23-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Joint Facility Rents—Credit—Control—34-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account series includes amounts receivable accrued for rent of equipment, tracks, yards, terminals and other facilities owned or controlled by the accounting company and used jointly with other companies or individuals. Amounts receivable from other companies in reimbursement for taxes on property jointly used shall be credited to this account.
</P>
<P>The portion of the cost of maintenance, operation, or administration of joint facilities recoverable from others shall be credited to the various joint facility accounts (38-XX-00). When the compensation for the use of joint facilities is a fixed amount or is based upon a charge per passenger, ton, car, or other unit, it shall be fairly apportioned by the creditor between this account and Joint Facility—Cr. (38-XX-00).
</P>
<P>The components of this account series shall be distributed to the following accounts:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility Rents—Cr.—Way and Structures—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility Rents—Cr.—Way and Structures—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility Rents—Cr.—Way and Structures—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility Rents—Cr.—Equipment—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*34-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility Rents—Cr.—Equipment—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*34-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility Rents—Cr.—Equipment—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-23-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Other Rents—Debit—Control—35-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account group includes the rents with terms of less than 30 days which are not renewed. This account includes all time and mileage payments for interchange locomotive, freight car, and other revenue equipment hire. The components of this account will be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Rents—Dr.—Way and Structures—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Rents—Dr.—Way and Structures—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Rents—Dr.—Way and Structures—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Rents—Dr.—Equipment—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Rents—Dr.—Equipment—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*35-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Rents—Dr.—Equipment—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-23-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Other Rents—Credit—Control—36-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account includes rents with terms of less than 30 days which are not renewed. This account includes all time and mileage receipts for interchanged locomotive, freight car, and other revenue equipment hire. The components of this account will be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Rents—Cr.—Way and Structures—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Rents—Cr.—Way and Structures—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Rents—Cr.—Way and Structures—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Rents—Cr.—Equipment—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Rents—Cr.—Equipment—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*36-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Rents—Cr.—Equipment—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-23-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Joint Facility—Debit—Control—37-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account includes joint trackage and joint facility costs, exclusive of rents, payable by the railroad to others. The components of this account will be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Dr.—Way and Structures—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Dr.—Way and Structures—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Dr.—Way and Structures—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Dr.—Equipment—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Dr.—Equipment—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*37-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Dr.—Equipment—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Dr.—Transportation—Train</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Dr.—Transportation—Yard</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Dr.—Transportation—Specialized Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*37-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Dr.—Transportation—Administrative Support</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-35-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Dr.—General and Administrative</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-61-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Joint Facility—Credit—Control—38-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account group includes joint trackage and joint facility costs, exclusive of rents, payable by others to the railroad. The components of this account will be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with Instruction 1-18:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Cr.—Way and Structures—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Cr.—Way and Structures—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Cr.—Way and Structures—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Cr.—Equipment—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Cr.—Equipment—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*38-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Cr.—Equipment—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Cr.—Transportation—Train</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Cr.—Transportation—Yard</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Cr.—Transportation—Specialized Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*38-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Cr.—Transportation—Administrative Support</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-35-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—Cr.—General and Administrative</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-61-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Repairs Billed by Others—Debit—Control—39-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account group includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for repair and maintenance of the reporting railroad's property and equipment. The components of this account shall be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with Instruction 1-18:

<HD5>Repairs Billed by Others—Dr.—Way and Structures—Running—39-11-XX
</HD5></P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for repair and maintenance of the reporting railroad's property associated with the carrier's roadway and track on the line of road and outside of classification yards. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tunnels and Subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Rails and Other Track Material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals and Interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Grade Crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-48</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Repairs Billed by Others—Dr.—Way and Structures—Switching—39-12-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for repair and maintenance of the reporting railroad's property associated with the carrier's roadway and track within classification yards and stations. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tunnels and Subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Rails and Other Track Material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals and Interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Grade Crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-48</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Repairs Billed by Others—Dr.—Way and Structures—Other—39-13-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for repair and maintenance of the carrier's structures other than roadway and track. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communication Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Power Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Station and Office Buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*39-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Servicing Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Miscellaneous Buildings and Structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Coal Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*39-13-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ore Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*39-13-30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">TOFC/COFC Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*39-13-31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other Marine Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*39-13-32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Motor Vehicle Loading and Distribution Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*39-13-33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Facilities for Other Specialized Services Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*39-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway Machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Snow Removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-48</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Repairs Billed by Others—Dr.—Equipment—Locomotives—39-21-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for repair and maintenance under the Locomotive subactivity. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-21-41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-21-48</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Repairs Billed by Others—Dr.—Equipment—Freight Cars—39-22-XX*
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for repair and maintenance under the Freight Car subactivity. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-22-42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-22-48</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Repairs Billed by Others—Dr.—Equipment Other Equipment—39-23-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for the repair and maintenance of equipment not pertaining to the Locomotive or Freight Car subactivity. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Trucks, Trailers, and Containers in Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*39-23-43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Floating Equipment—Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*39-23-44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Passenger and Other Revenue Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Computer Systems and Word Processing Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Work and Other Non-Revenue Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*39-23-50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-51</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Repairs Billed to Others—Cr.—Control 40-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account series includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of others' road property and equipment. The components of this account shall be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with Instruction 1-18:

<HD5>Repairs Billed to Others—Cr.—Way and Structures—Running—40-11-XX
</HD5></P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of other railroads' roadway and track on the line of road and outside of classification yards. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tunnels and Subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Rails and Other Track Material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals and Interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Grade Crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-48</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Repairs Billed to Others—Cr.—Way and Structures Switching—40-12-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of other railroads' roadway and track within classification yards and stations. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tunnels and Subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Rails and Other Track Material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals and Interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Grade Crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-48</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Repairs Billed to Others—Cr.—Way and Structures—Other—40-13-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of other railroads' structures other than roadway and track. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communication Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Power Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Station and Office Buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*40-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Servicing Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Miscellaneous Buildings and Structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Coal Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*40-13-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ore Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*40-13-30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">TOFC/COFC Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*40-13-31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other Marine Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*40-13-32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Motor Vehicle Loading and Distribution Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*40-13-33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Facilities for Other Specialized Services Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*40-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway Machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Snow Removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-48</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Repairs Billed to Others—Cr.—Equipment Locomotives—40-21-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of other railroads' locomotives. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-21-41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-21-48</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Repairs Billed to Others—Cr.—Equipment—Freight Cars—40-22-XX*
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of other railroads' freight cars. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-22-42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-22-48</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Repairs Billed to Others—Cr.—Equipment—Other Equipment—40-23-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of other railroads' other equipment. Each account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Trucks, Trailers, and Containers in Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*40-23-43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Floating Equipment—Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*40-23-44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Passenger and Other Revenue Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Computer Systems and Word Processing Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*40-23-50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-51</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Purchased Services—Control—41-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account group includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for purchased advertising; purchased printing; outside professional services such as legal, accounting, audit, engineering, and consulting; payments for detour of trains; utilities, telephone, postage, subscriptions, communications, purchased electric power for train and locomotive propulsion; and other services purchased. The components of this account group shall be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with Instruction 1-18:

<HD5>Other Purchased Services—Way and Structures—Running—41-11-XX
</HD5></P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tunnels and Subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Rails and Other Track Material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals and Interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Grade Crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Purchased Services—Way and Structures—Switching—41-12-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tunnels and Subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Rails and Other Track Material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals and Interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Grade Crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Purchased Services—Way and Structures—Other—41-13-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communications</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-06
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communication Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Power Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Station and Office Buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*41-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Servicing Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Miscellaneous Buildings and Structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Coal Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*41-13-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ore Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*41-13-30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">TOFC/COFC Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*41-13-31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other Marine Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*41-13-32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Motor Vehicle Loading and Distribution Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*41-13-33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Facilities for Other Specialized Services Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*41-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway Machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Snow Removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Purchased Services—Equipment—Locomotives—41-21-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administrative—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Purchased Services—Equipment—Freight Cars—41-22-XX*
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administrative—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Purchased Services—Equipment—Other Equipment—41-23-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administrative—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Trucks, Trailers, Containers in Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Floating Equipment—Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*41-23-44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Passenger and Other Revenue Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Computer Systems and Word Processing Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Work and Other Non-Revenue Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*41-23-50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Purchased Services—Transportation—Train—41-31-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Engine Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Train Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dispatching Trains</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Operating Switches, Signals, Interlockers, Retarders, Humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Operating Drawbridges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Crossing Protection</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Train Inspection and Lubrication</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Clearing Wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Electric Power Purchased/Produced for Motive Power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Servicing Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Purchased Services—Transportation—Yard—41-32-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Operating Switches, Signals, Interlockers, Retarders, Humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Clearing Wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Switch Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Controlling Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Yard and Terminal Clerical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Electric Power Purchased/Produced for Motive Power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Servicing Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Purchased Services—Transportation—Train and Yard Common—41-33-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Cleaning Car Interiors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Adjusting, Transferring Loads</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-71
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Car Loading Devices and Grain Doors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-72</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Purchased Services—Transportation—Specialized Services—41-34-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Pick Up and Delivery, Marine Line Haul, and Rail Substitute Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Loading, Unloading, and Local Marine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Protective Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Purchased Services—Transportation—Administrative Support—41-35-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Clerks, Accounting Employees</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communication Systems Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Loss and Damage Claims Processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Purchased Services—General and Administrative—41-61-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Accounting, Auditing, Finance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Management Services and Data and Word Processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Marketing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Industrial Development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*41-61-90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Personnel and Labor Relations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Legal and Secretarial</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Public Relations and Advertising</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Research and Development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HED1>Claims and Insurance

<HD5>Control—50-00-00
</HD5></HED1>
<P>This account may be used as a control account for all accounts in the <E T="04">Claims and Insurance</E> series: Loss and Damage Claims, Other Casualties, Insurance.

<HD5>Loss and Damage Claims—Control—51-00-00
</HD5></P>
<P>This account series includes amounts payable to compensate for the loss or damage of freight or other goods carried in revenue service. Loss and damage claims should not be allocated. When specific identification of loss and damage claims is possible, the related expenses shall be directly assigned to the Train, Yard, or Specialized service Subactivity. If a solely related determination cannot be made the loss and damage claim shall be charged to the Train and Yard Subactivity. This account series excludes amounts payable to employees or other parties for injuries sustained or loss of life; for damage to real property of others or personal property not carried in revenue services; all payments for other damages of any kind; and related insurance premiums. These costs are appropriately charged to the following accounts:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and Damage Claims—Transportation—Train</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and Damage Claims—Transportation—Yard</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and Damage Claims—Transportation—Train and Yard Common</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-33-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and Damage Claims—Transportation—Specialized Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*51-34-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Other Casualties—Control—52-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account includes amounts payable to employees or other parties for injuries sustained or loss of life in connection with the construction, maintenance, operations, and administration of railroad property and equipment; for damage to real property, property of others or personal property not carried in revenue service; all payments for other damages of any kind. This account excludes freight and other goods carried in a revenue service, and insurance premiums related to the casualties chargeable to this account.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The costs of clearing wrecks and repairing casualty-caused damage to the railroad's property and equipment are properly classified under other natural expense accounts as appropriate and further classified by relevant activities and functions. These costs are appropriately charged to the following accounts:</P></NOTE>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Casualties—Way and Structures—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Casualties—Way and Structures—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Casualties—Way and Structures—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Casualties—Equipment—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Casualties—Equipment—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*52-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Casualties—Equipment—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Casualties—Transportation—Train</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Casualties—Transportation—Yard</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Casualties—Transportation—Specialized Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*52-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Casualties—Transportation—Administrative Support</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-35-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Casualties—General and Administrative</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-61-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Insurance—Control—53-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account series include premiums for insurance to cover property and equipment loss and damage, liability, business interruption, and the like. These costs are appropriately charged to the following accounts:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—Way and Structures—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—Way and Structures—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—Way and Structures—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—Equipment—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—Equipment—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*53-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—Equipment—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—Transportation—Train</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—Transportation—Yard</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—Transportation—Specialized Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*53-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—Transportation—Administrative Support</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-35-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—General and Administrative</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-61-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HED1>General

<HD5>Control—60-00-00
</HD5></HED1>
<P>This account may be used as a control account for all accounts in the <E T="04">General</E> series: Other Expenses, Depreciation, Uncollectible Accounts, Property Taxes, Other Taxes.

<HD5>Other Expenses—Control—61-00-00
</HD5></P>
<P>This account series includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, road property and equipment retirement losses, and other items of a general nature.

<HD5>Other Expenses—Way and Structures—Running—61-11-XX
</HD5></P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Each account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, road property retirement losses, and other items of a general nature associated with the carrier's roadway and track on the line of road and outside of classification yards. Each account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tunnels and Subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Rails and Other Track Material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals and Interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Grade Crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Expenses—Way and Structures—Switching—61-12-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Each account includes amount charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, road property retirement losses, and other items of a general nature associated with the carrier's roadway and track within classification yards and stations. Each account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Tunnels and Subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Rails and Other Track Material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals and Interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Grade Crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Expenses—Way and Structures—Other—61-13-XX
</HD5>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, road property retirement losses, and other items of a general nature associated with the carrier's structures other than roadway and track. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Bridges and Buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Signals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communications</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-06
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communication Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Power Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Station and Office Buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*61-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Buildings—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Servicing Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Miscellaneous Buildings and Structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Coal Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*61-13-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Ore Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*61-13-30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">TOFC/COFC Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*61-13-31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Other Marine Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*61-13-32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Motor Vehicle Loading and Distribution Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*61-13-33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Facilities for Other Specialized Services Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*61-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Roadway Machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Snow Removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Other Expenses—Equipment—Locomotives 61-21-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees and equipment retirement losses, associated with the repair and maintenance of locomotives, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Expenses—Equipment—Freight Cars—61-22-XX*
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, equipment retirement losses, associated with the repair and maintenance of freight cars, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Expenses—Equipment—Other Equipment—61-23-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, equipment retirement losses, associated with the repair and maintenance of equipment other than locomotives and freight cars, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Trucks, Trailers, Containers in Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*61-23-43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Floating Equipment—Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*61-23-44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Passenger and Other Revenue Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Computer Systems and Word Processing Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Work and Other Non-Revenue Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Road Property and Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-49
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*61-23-50
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Shop Machinery—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-51
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Expenses—Transportation—Train—61-23-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, associated with the dispatching and operations of freight-trains over the roadway and outside of classification yards. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Engine Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Train Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Dispatching Trains</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Operating Switches, Signals, Interlockers, Retarders, Humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Operating Drawbridges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Highway Crossing Protection</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Train Inspection and Lubrication</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Clearing Wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Electric Power Purchased/Produced for Motive Power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Servicing Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Expenses—Transportation—Yard—61-32-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, and other items of a general nature associated with the movement of freight cars within classification yards and in terminal switching and transfer service. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Operating Switches, Signals, Interlockers, Retarders, Humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Clearing Wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Switch Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Controlling Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Yard and Terminal Clerical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Locomotive Fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Electric Power Purchased/Produced for Motive Power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Servicing Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Expenses—Transportation—Specialized Services—61-34-XX*
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, and other items of a general nature incurred in operating services which are specialized in nature and in cost characteristics. The specialized services designated by the Board appear within the explanation of activities/ subactivities. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Pick Up and Delivery, Marine Line Haul, and Rail Substitute Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Loading, Unloading, and Local Marine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Protective Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Expenses—Transportation—Administrative Support—61-35-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, and other items of a general nature incurred in association with providing direct administrative support for the Transportation Activity. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Clerks, Accounting Employees</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Communication Systems Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Loss and Damage Claims Processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Other Expenses—General and Administrative—61-61-XX
</HD5>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, and other items of a general nature incurred in providing overall administration or other support for carrier operations. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Accounting, Auditing, Finance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Management Services and Data Processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Marketing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Industrial Development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*61-61-90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Personnel Labor Relations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Legal and Secretarial</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Public Relations and Advertising</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Research and Development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<HD5>Depreciation—Control—62-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account group includes the amounts charged to operating expenses for depreciation of owned road property and equipment, and the depreciation element of road property held under capital lease in accordance with FASB Statement No. 13. These costs are appropriately charged to the following accounts:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—Way and Structures—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—Way and Structures—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—Way and Structures—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—Equipment—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—Equipment—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">*62-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—Equipment—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-23-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Uncollectible Accounts—Control—63-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account includes charges to operating expenses for the writedown of accounts and notes due to the railroad, whether classified as current or long-term. This account includes any credits to allowance accounts for collectibility and total writeoff of receivables. This account does not include writedowns of property, equipment, or investments (except accounts, notes, or other receivables held as investments). Proper adjustments of incorrect receivables are not to be charged to this account. Collections of amounts previously written off or down are to be credited to this account. The total of this account shall be charged to the following account:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uncollectible Accounts—General and Administrative</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63-61-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Property Taxes—Control—64-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account includes only taxes based on the value of real estate and personal property used in railroad operations. The total of this account shall be charged to the following account:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Property Taxes—General and Administrative</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64-61-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HD5>Other Taxes—Control—65-00-00
</HD5>
<P>This account includes taxes on gross receipts, franchise fees, excise taxes, and similar items. This account excludes property taxes and taxes chargeable as employee benefits. The total of this account shall be charged to the following account:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other Taxes—General and Administrative</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65-61-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<HED1>OPERATING EXPENSE ACCOUNTS

<HD2>Section 2—Activity/Subactivity Explanations

<HD5>Way and Structures Activity—(XX-10-XX)
</HD5></HD2></HED1>
<P>(A) <I>Way and Structures</I> activity refers to repairing, maintaining, leasing, renting, depreciating, and retiring right-of-way and trackage, structures, buildings, and facilities. It includes all natural expense object subclassifications such as salaries and wages, fringe benefits, material and supplies, lease rentals, purchased services, casualties, depreciation and retirements, where such objects are in the performance or support of the above functions. Specifically included are all natural expense objects in the performance of the above described functions on property of the type included in property accounts 2 through 45, excluding 44, whether such property is owned or leased. It includes the costs of operating work trains in support of this activity.
</P>
<P>This activity excludes all expenses related to transportation and other equipment described in property accounts 44, 46 and 52 through 58, all of which should be charged to the Equipment activity. It also excludes expenses in performance or support of Transportation, General and Administrative activities, property used for noncarrier operations, non-operating property, and interest or other fixed charges.

<HD5>Running Subactivity—(XX-11-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>(1) <I>Running</I> subactivity of the Way and Structures activity refers to the functions of repairing, maintaining, leasing, renting, depreciating, and retiring right-of-way, trackage, signals and interlockers, and highway grade crossings for running tracks, passing tracks, crossovers, etc., including turn-outs from those tracks, passing clearance points. It includes all natural expense object subclassifications under the Way and Structures activity that are applicable to right-of-way and trackage as defined above. This subactivity specifically excludes expenses incurred in operating signals and interlockers and highway grade crossings, which are properly charged to the Transportation activity.

<HD5>Switching Subactivity—(XX-12-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>(2) <I>Switching</I> subactivity of the Way and Structures activity refers to the function of repairing, maintaining, leasing, renting, depreciating, and retiring right-of-way, trackage, signals and interlockers, and highway grade crossings for yards where separate switching services are maintained, including classification, house, team, industry, and other tracks switched by yard locomotives, and for station, team, industry, and other switching tracks for which no separate switching service is maintained. It includes all natural expense object subclassifications under the Way and Structures activity that are applicable to right-of-way and trackage as defined above. This subactivity specifically excludes expenses incurred in operating signals and interlockers, and highway grade crossings, which are properly charged to the Transportation activity.

<HD5>Other Subactivity—(XX-13-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>(3) <I>Other</I> subactivity of the Way and Structures activity refers to the function of repairing, maintaining, leasing, renting, depreciating, and retiring other roadway property structures, buildings, and facilities not provided for in the Running and Switching subactivities. It includes all natural expense object subclassifications under the Way and Structures activity that are applicable to the structures, buildings, and facilities as defined above. The specifically excludes expenses incurred in operating such structures, buildings, and facilities, which are properly charged to the Equipment, Transportation, and General and Administrative activities.

<HD5>Equipment Activity—(XX-20-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>(B) <I>Equipment</I> activity refers to repairing, maintaining, leasing, renting, depreciating, and retiring transportation and other operating equipment. It includes all natural expense object subclassifications such as salaries and wages, fringe benefits, material and supplies, lease rentals, purchased services, casualties, depreciation, and retirements. Specifically included are all natural expense objects in the performance of the above functions on property of the type included in property accounts 44, 46 and 52 through 58, whether such property is owned or leased. The costs of operating work trains in support of the Equipment activity are to be included herein.
</P>
<P>This activity excludes all expenses related to road property as described in property accounts 2 through 45, excluding account 44, all of which should be charged to the Way and Structures activity. It also excludes expenses in performance of, or support for Transportation, General and Administrative activities, property used for noncarrier operations, nonoperating property, and interest or other fixed charges.

<HD5>Locomotives Subactivity—(XX-21-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>(1) <I>Locomotives</I> subactivity of the Equipment activity refers to repairing, maintaining, leasing, renting, depreciating, and retiring locomotives. It includes all natural expense object subclassifications under the Equipment activity that are applicable to locomotives. This subactivity specifically excludes expenses incurred in operating locomotives, such as locomotive fuel and lubricants, train crew wages, operating supplies, servicing (as opposed to maintaining or repairing), and cleaning which are includable in the Transportation activity, except when locomotive use is clearly in support of other activities or subactivities. When locomotives are operated in support of repairing or maintaining locomotives, the operating costs shall be charged to this subactivity.

<HD5>Freight Train Cars Subactivity—(XX-22-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>(2) <I>Freight Train Cars</I> subactivity of the Equipment activity refers to repairing, maintaining, leasing, renting, depreciating, and retiring freight train cars. It includes all natural expense object subclassifications under the Equipment activity that are applicable to freight train cars. This subactivity pertains to all freight train cars described in property account 53, whether owned or leased, including freight cars used for hauling freight in company service and cabooses. It does not pertain to work equipment. This subactivity specifically excludes expenses incurred in running trains or operating freight cars, such as for locomotive fuel and lubricants, train crew wages, inspecting trains, operating supplies, servicing (as opposed to maintaining or repairing), and cleaning, which are includable in the Transportation activity, except where such costs are clearly in support of repairing or maintaining freight cars, other activities or subactivities. When locomotives or trains are operated in support of repairing or maintaining freight cars, the operating costs shall be charged to this subactivity.

<HD5>Other Equipment Subactivity—(XX-23-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>(3) <I>Other Equipment</I> subactivity of the Equipment activity refers to repairing, maintaining, leasing, renting, depreciating, and retiring other equipment. It includes all natural expense object subclassifications under the Equipment activity which are applicable to other equipment. The subactivity pertains to all equipment described in property accounts 44, 46 and 54 through 58, whether such property is owned or leased. This subactivity specifically excludes expenses incurred in operating other equipment, such as for fuel and lubricants, crew wages, inspecting equipment, operating supplies, servicing (as opposed to maintaining or repairing), and cleaning, which are includible in the Transportation activity, except where such costs are clearly in support of other activities or subactivities. When locomotives, trains, or other equipment are operating in support of repairing or maintaining other equipment, the operating costs shall be charged to this subactivity.

<HD5>Transportation Activity—(XX-30-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>(C) <I>Transportation</I> activity refers to operating, servicing, inspecting, weighing, assembling, and switching trains; operating highway revenue services; operating facilities in connection with carrier transportation operations including coal and ore terminals, intermodal terminals, terminal grain elevators, and others; operating carfloat and carferry services and related facilities; operating communications systems which primarily support train operations; and joint facility transportation operations. It includes various administrative functions directly supporting transportation operations including those described in the Administrative Support Operations subactivity. Work train costs in support of the Way and Structures or the Equipment activities should be charged to those activities. However, shipments of company materials, handled in predominantly revenue freight trains, are appropriately included in this activity. This activity includes all natural expense object subclassifications such as salaries and wages, fringe benefits, material and supplies, purchased services, lost or damaged freight, and casualties.

<HD5>Train Operations Subactivity—(XX-31-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>This activity excludes all expenses assignable to the Way and Structures, Equipment, and General and Administrative activities, as well as those expenses for noncarrier operations and nonoperating functions.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Train Operations</I> subactivity of the Transportation activity refers to operations of all trains except those performing yard functions in terminals. It includes running trains in road or way service; switching trains except where such switching is performed within yards or terminals; and making customer pick-ups and deliveries except in yards and terminals.
</P>
<P>It also provides for dispatching, controlling, reporting, and monitoring road train movements; inspecting and lubricating trains; servicing, fueling, and cleaning (not repairing or maintaining) locomotives; purchasing or producing electric power for motive power; and operating supporting activities such as communications, signaling, crossing protection, and interlockings.
</P>
<P>This subactivity also includes crew calling and transporting; crew lodging, meals, and other expenses; lost or damaged freight; casualties and insurance; clearing wrecks; and operating joint tracks and facilities except for yards or specialized services. It also includes salaries and wages, fringe benefits, material and supplies, fuel and lubricants, purchased services, casualty and damages, and other natural expense elements incurred in operating trains.
</P>
<P>The Train Operations subactivity excludes the operation of specialized services, all of which should be charged to the Specialized Services Operations subactivity. However, road or way switching between trains and specialized service facilities outside of terminal areas belongs to the Train Operations subactivity.
</P>
<P>Work and other nonrevenue train operating costs are to be charged to the appropriate supported activity. Shipments of company materials normally should be charged to this subactivity, except where the train movement is exclusively or predominantly for such nonrevenue purpose where the supported activity should bear the train operating costs.

<HD5>Yard Operations Subactivity—(XX-32-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>(2) <I>Yard Operations</I> subactivity of the Transportation activity refers to classifying cars to make-up or break-down trains; sorting and handling waybills in connection with freight car classification and switching in yards or terminals; inspecting, servicing, fueling, and cleaning (not repairing or maintaining) locomotives and cabooses used to provide yard or terminal services; purchasing or producing electric power for motive power; diverting or holding cars; and reporting operating and car movement data related to yards and terminals. It also includes operating supporting activities in yards or terminals, such as communications, signaling, and interlockings; yard crew calling and transporting; yard crew lodging, meals, and other expenses; lost or damaged freight specifically traceable to occurrences resulting from the performance of yard operations; casualties and insurance related to yard operations; clearing wrecks which occurred in the performance of yard operations; and operating joint yards and terminals.
</P>
<P>Within terminals, this subactivity includes pick-up or delivery of freight cars from or to customer spur tracks, team tracks, freight houses, interchange tracks, rip tracks, and specialized service facilities. It also includes salaries and wages, fringe benefits, material and supplies, fuel and lubricants, purchased services, casualty and damages, and other natural expense elements incurred in operating yards and terminals.
</P>
<P>The Yard Operations subactivity includes the cost of switching operations within facilities for Specialized Services and switching or transfer operations between yards and the specialized service facilities. The latter is not limited or affected by definitions or restrictions contained in carrier operating rules or labor agreements. It is related solely to the defined operations when they are performed in a yard or terminal area.

<HD5>Train and Yard Common Subactivity—(XX-33-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>(3) <I>Train and Yard Common</I> subactivity of the Transportation activity refers to the function of adjusting and transferring loads; and placing and removing car loading devices and grain doors. It also includes lost or damaged freight not specifically traceable to numerous activities resulting from performance of train, yard, or specialized services operations. It also includes salaries and wages, fringe benefits, material and supplies, purchased services, and other natural expense elements incurred in performing the functions defined above. It excludes the natural expense elements of casualties and insurance, which shall be charged to the Train Operations and Yard Operations subactivities.

<HD5>Specialized Services Operations Subactivity—(XX-34-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>(4) <I>Specialized Services Operations</I> subactivity of the Transportation activity refers to operating services which are specialized in nature and in cost characteristics, including all of those so designated by the Board. The purpose of segregating the cost of such services is primarily to preclude distortion of general costs applicable to the Train Operations and Yard Operations subactivities. Secondarily, further breakout of the costs of operating individual specialized services can be provided in less detail than the full range of natural expense accounts, in reports used for recurring cost analysis purposes pertaining to each type of specialized service.
</P>
<P>The designated specialized services operations are as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>TOFC/COFC Operations</I> refers to the function of operating rail-to-ground or water and ground or water-to-rail transfer facilities for handling trailers or containers, including related storage; and the highway movement of trailers or containers within a terminal area for purposes of pick-up, delivery, or interchange.
</P>
<P>The service includes loading, tie-down, and/or unloading flat cars or dollies and piggyback trailers to or from highway tractors; moving trailers, dollies, or containers within the facility; servicing, cleaning, and fueling (but not repairing or maintaining) facility equipment; operating storage areas; and casualties, claims, and insurance relating to the facility.
</P>
<P>TOFC/COFC Operations do not include Plan V or other arrangements, where there is a division of revenues between the rail and motor carrier. They do not include switching services performed within the facility by yard or road crews. They also do not include the functions of the Way and Structures, Equipment, and General and Administrative activities, or the Train, Yard, Train and Yard Common, or Administrative Support Operations subactivities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Floating Operations</I> refers to operations of water vessels and equipment in revenue service. They include the operation of carferries, tugs, barges, lighterage, and all other forms of water craft.
</P>
<P>Floating operations exclude operations includable in the Administrative Support Operations subactivity, and the switching transfer of cars between general yards or trains and the facility or a dedicated yard serving the facility, or switching within the dedicated supporting terminal facility when performed by yard crews. They also do not include costs appropriate to the Way and Structures, Equipment, or General and Administrative activities.
</P>
<P>Floating operations should be classified by line and terminal operations. The distribution should be made based on the nature of the operation and not the facility or equipment. When the service occurs between distinct terminals, the operation should be considered a line operation. When the service is conducted within a general terminal or harbor area, the operation should be considered a terminal operation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Coal Terminal Operations and Ore Terminal Operations</I> refers to operations of rail-to-water or water-to-rail transloading facilities for coal or for ores, including related storage, blending, and other processing or handling at the facility. These operations include loading and/or unloading rail cars or water vessels at the facility; moving commodities within the facility by whatever means; operating the facility's pollution control equipment; operating and directing the operations of moorings and tugboats; servicing, cleaning, and fueling (but not repairing or maintaining) facility equipment; operating storage areas; and casualties, claims, and insurance relating to the facility.
</P>
<P>These terminal operations do not include costs appropriate to the Way and Structures, Equipment, or General and Administrative activities. They also do not include costs appropriate to the Train Operations, Yard Operations, Train and Yard Operations Common, or Administrative Support Services Operations subactivities. Switching transfer of cars between general yards or trains and the facility or a dedicated yard serving the facility and switching within the dedicated supporting terminal facility when performed by yard crews should be charged to the Yard Operations subactivity.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Other Marine Terminal Operations</I> refers to the operations of marine terminals other than those for which a separate designated specialized service operation category is provided.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Motor Vehicle Loading and Distribution Facility Operations</I> refers to the operations of facilities for loading, unloading, or storing motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Protective Service Operations</I> refers to the function of servicing, cleaning, and fueling (but not repairing or maintaining) mechanical protective service equipment.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Other Specialized Services Operations</I> refers to the function of performing rail substitute service, other highway revenue service, LCL terminal operations, warehouse operations, freight car transloading, grain elevator terminal operations, livestock feeding operations, and other specialized services designated by the Board. It includes the transportation operating expenses of only those services listed above.

<HD5>Administrative Support Operations Subactivity—(XX-35-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>(5) <I>Administrative Support Operations</I> subactivity refers to operations providing direct administrative support to the overall Transportation activity. It includes administrative support for the Common, and the Specialized Services Operations subactivities. The administrative support operations includes receiving and processing customer orders, requesting cars, preparing waybills, rating shipments, billing customers, collecting customer receivables in the ordinary course of business (not to include treasury, legal, general accounting, revenue accounting, or credit operations, all of which are chargeable to the General and Administrative activity), billing and recording demurrage, reporting interchanges, reporting advances, and the initial reporting and summarization of input documents for purposes of cash collection and accounting. Any operations beyond the initial summarization and reporting of input data are assignable to the General and Administrative activity except for those otherwise included in the definition of this subactivity.
</P>
<P>Carrier staff, administrative, or clerical operations related to operating or transportation department general administration should not be charged to this subactivity. The Administrative Support Operations subactivity may be performed at local stations, regional offices, or even at the general offices; however, the location of the operation performance does not affect its nature. The operations included in this subactivity should reasonably correlate to the quantity of shipments or to the quantity of carloadings.

<HD5>General and Administrative Activity—(XX-60-XX)
</HD5></P>
<P>(D) <I>General and Administrative</I> activity refers to the providing of overall administration or other general support for carrier operations. It comprehends only that portion of general and administrative activities that relates to carrier operations (as distinguished from noncarrier operations or nonoperating activities) including executive, legal, financial, treasury, accounting, budgeting, taxation, corporate planning, costing, marketing, advertising, traffic, corporate secretary, public relations, real estate, insurance administration, personnel administration, pension plan administration, general purchasing, labor relations, internal auditing, industrial engineering, and regulatory reporting.
</P>
<P>This activity excludes expenses incurred for noncarrier operations of the carrier company as well as for general administration of the corporate entity and nonoperating income or expenses. It also excludes expenses in performance of or direct support for Way and Structures, Equipment, and Transportation activities, with particular attention to the Administrative Support Operations subactivity.

<HED1>OPERATING EXPENSE ACCOUNTS

<HD2>Section 3—Function Explanations
</HD2></HED1></P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Functions do not necessarily correlate to organizational structure. A particular department may not have a specific USOA expense function code. However, its costs may be includable under various function codes. Costs not properly chargeable to specific functions should be assigned to Function Code 99, Other.</P></NOTE>
<P>(a) Functions Related to the Way and Structures Activity
</P>
<P>(1) Administration Functions.
</P>
<P>(02) Administration, Track—General administration and supervision of central, regional, and divisional engineering functions related to repair and maintenance of track. Used only in Way and Structures—Other. Included are:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>• General engineering and design.
</P>
<P>• Valuation engineering for maintenance and improvements.
</P>
<P>• Planning and supervision of repair and maintenance work.
</P>
<P>• Budget preparation, clerical support, and similar functions.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(03) Administration, Bridges and Buildings—General administration and supervision of central, regional and divisional engineering functions related to repair and maintenance of bridges and buildings. Used only in Way and Structures—Other. Included are:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>• General engineering and design.
</P>
<P>• Valuation engineering for maintenance and improvements.
</P>
<P>• Planning and supervision of repair and maintenance work.
</P>
<P>• Budget preparation, clerical support, and similar functions.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(04) Administration, Signals—General administration and supervision of central, regional, and divisional engineering functions related to repair and maintenance of signals. Used only in Way and Structures—Other. Included are:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>• General engineering and design.
</P>
<P>• Valuation engineering for maintenance and improvements.
</P>
<P>• Planning and supervision of repair and maintenance work.
</P>
<P>• Budget preparation, clerical support, and similar functions.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(05) Administration, Communications—General administration and supervision of central, regional, and divisional engineering functions related to repair and maintenance of communication facilities. Used only in Way and Structures—Other. Included are:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>• General engineering and design.
</P>
<P>• Valuation engineering for maintenance and improvements.
</P>
<P>• Planning and supervision of repair and maintenance work.
</P>
<P>• Budget preparation, clerical support, and similar functions.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(06) Administration, Other—General administration and supervision of central, regional, and divisional engineering functions related to repair and maintenance of other roadway property. Used only in Way and Structures—Other. Included are:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>• General engineering and design.
</P>
<P>• Valuation engineering for maintenance and improvements.
</P>
<P>• Planning and supervision of repair and maintenance work.
</P>
<P>• Budget preparation, clerical support, and similar functions.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Repair and Maintenance Functions—These functions include:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>• Repair and maintenance work on road property and equipment, including gang foreman, shop foreman, and other supervisors with direct authority over workers; all higher levels of supervision are included in the Administration function.
</P>
<P>• Work train service. Crew wages are to be charged directly; other work train expenses except fuel may be apportioned if not solely identifiable to work train service.
</P>
<P>• Store expense and shop expense.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(10) Repair and Maintenance, Roadway—Roadway, cuts, fills, banks, embankments, subgrade, roadbed, ditches, drains, landscaping; cutting and removing grass, brush, debris; dressing ballast; preventing and extinguishing fires; patrolling and inspection; roadway relocation.
</P>
<P>(11) Repair and Maintenance, Tunnels and Subways—Repaving, ventilating, lighting, other maintenance.
</P>
<P>(12) Repair and Maintenance, Bridges and Culverts—Bridges, trestles, culverts and elevated structures which carry tracks; repairing, filling, dredging, cleaning, watching these structures.
</P>
<P>(13) Repair and Maintenance, Ties—Cross, switch, bridge, and other track ties. This function includes expenses associated with unloading, distributing and placing ties in tracks.
</P>
<P>(14) Repair and Maintenance, Rails and Other Track Material—All track material used in repair of tracks except ballast and ties. This function includes expenses associated with unloading and installing Rail and Other Track Material.
</P>
<P>(16) Repair and Maintenance, Ballast—Gravel, stone, slag, cinders, sand, and like material.
</P>
<P>(19) Repair and Maintenance, Signals and Interlockers—Signals and interlockers and related apparatus governing train movement.
</P>
<P>(20) Repair and Maintenance, Communications Systems—Telephone, telegraph, radio, radar, inductive train communication, and other communication systems, including terminal equipment.
</P>
<P>(21) Repair and Maintenance, Power Systems—Power plants, substations, transmission and distribution systems.
</P>
<P>(22) Repair and Maintenance, Highway Grade Crossings—Highway grade crossing signals, gates, and related apparatus.
</P>
<P>(23) Repair and Maintenance, Station and Office Buildings—Station and office buildings, fixtures, appurtenances, and grounds.
</P>
<P>(24) Repair and Maintenance, Shop Buildings—Locomotives—Shops and buildings, fixtures, appurtenances, and grounds, used for the repair, maintenance and servicing of locomotives.
</P>
<P>(25) Repair and Maintenance, Shop Buildings—Freight Cars—Shops and buildings, fixtures, appurtenances, and grounds, used for the repair, maintenance, and servicing of freight cars.
</P>
<P>(26) Repair and Maintenance, Shop Buildings—Other—Shops and buildings, fixtures, appurtenances, and grounds, used for the repair, maintenance, and servicing of revenue service equipment other than locomotives and freight cars; roadway machines; work equipment and the like.
</P>
<P>(27) Repair and Maintenance, Locomotive Servicing Facilities—Fuel and water stations, fixtures, appurtenances, and grounds.
</P>
<P>(28) Repair and Maintenance, Miscellaneous Buildings and Structures. All permanent buildings and structures, and their fixtures, appurtenances, and grounds, not otherwise provided for. (Includes storehouses.)
</P>
<P>(29) Repair and Maintenance, Coal Terminals—Wharves, docks, and other loading or unloading facilities for handling coal, including conveyors, machinery and fixtures.
</P>
<P>(30) Repair and Maintenance, Ore Terminal—Wharves, docks, and other loading or unloading facilities for handling ores and other bulk mineral commodities, including conveyors, machinery and fixtures.
</P>
<P>(31) Repair and Maintenance, TOFC/COFC—Terminals—TOFC/COFC terminal structures, fixtures, machinery and appurtenances, used for transfer of trailers and containers.
</P>
<P>(32) Repair and Maintenance, Other Marine Terminals—Marine terminal structures, fixtures, machinery and appurtenances not otherwise provided for.
</P>
<P>(33) Repair and Maintenance, Motor Vehicle Loading and Distribution Facilities—Buildings, structures, fixtures, machinery and appurtenances used for receipt, loading, unloading, and distribution of motor vehicles.
</P>
<P>(35) Repair and Maintenance Facilities for Other Specialized Services Operations—Buildings, structures, machinery, fixtures and grounds, used as part or whole of a revenue-producing specialized service.
</P>
<P>(36) Repair and Maintenance, Roadway Machines—Machines and equipment used for repairs of roadway and structures.
</P>
<P>(37) Small tools and Supplies—Cost of small tools and supplies used in repair and maintenances.
</P>
<P>(38) Snow Removal—Removal of snow and ice; plow and flange service; setting up, taking down and storing fences. If the amount of labor expense is not substantial, the wages of those employees who perform snow removal duties may be included in the appropriate expense accounts for the duties they are normally assigned.
</P>
<P>(39) Dismantling Retired Property—Dismantling retired road property when the property is not to be replaced through normal maintenance, addition or betterment.
</P>
<P>(48) Road Property Damaged—Repair of roadway property and structures, used in revenue service, and all equipment not used in revenue service, when damage is caused by derailments, collision, fire, explosions, sabotage, other casualties, and excluding damage resulting through normal operations or use; such as part failures, overloads, overheating, short circuits and similar events. Part failures through normal operations are those where the resulting damage is restricted to the unit of road property which experienced the failure. When the damage extends to other units of road property, related expenses shall be charged to this function.
</P>
<P>(3) Other Function.
</P>
<P>(99) Other—All expenses not properly includable in the above functions.
</P>
<P>(b) Functions Related to the Equipment Activity
</P>
<P>(1) Administrative Functions.
</P>
<P>(01) Administration, General—General administration and supervision of central, regional, and divisional repair and maintenance functions. Included are:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>• General engineering and design.
</P>
<P>• Valuation engineering for maintenance and improvements.
</P>
<P>• Planning and supervision of repair and maintenance of equipment.
</P>
<P>• Budget preparation, clerical support, and similar functions.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Repair and Maintenance Functions—These functions include:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>• Repair and maintenance work on equipment including gang foreman, shop foreman, and other supervisors with direct authority over workers; all higher levels of supervision are included in the Administrative function.
</P>
<P>• Store expense and shop expense.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(39) Dismantling Retired Property—Dismantling retired equipment when the property is not to be replaced through normal maintenance, addition or betterment.
</P>
<P>(40) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(41) Repair and Maintenance, Locomotives—Repair of locomotives in revenue service.
</P>
<P>(42) Repair and Maintenance, Freight Cars—Repair of freight cars and attached motor equipment in revenue service.
</P>
<P>(43) Repair and Maintenance, Trucks, Trailers, Containers in Revenue Service—Repair, inspection, and lubrication of trucks, trailers and containers in revenue service.
</P>
<P>(44) Repair and Maintenance, Floating Equipment in Revenue Service—Floating equipment including appurtenances.
</P>
<P>(45) Repair and Maintenance, Passenger and Other Revenue Equipment—Repair, inspection and lubrication of passenger train cars and attached motor equipment, and other equipment used in revenue service.
</P>
<P>(46) Repair and Maintenance, Computer Systems and Word Processing Systems—Computers and attached peripheral equipment; data recording and punch-card processing equipment; word processing equipment.
</P>
<P>(47) Repair and Maintenance, Work and Other Non-Revenue Equipment—Rail and floating work equipment and appurtenances, and all other equipment not used in revenue service and not provided for elsewhere.
</P>
<P>(48) Equipment Damaged—Repair of locomotives, freight cars, other equipment used in revenue service, and all equipment not used in revenue service, when damage is caused by derailment, collision, fire, explosions, sabotage, washouts, or other casualties, and excluding damage resulting through normal operations or use, such as part failures, overloads, overheating, short circuits and the like. Part failures through normal operations are those where the resulting damage is restricted to the equipment that experienced the failure. When the damage extends to other units of equipment, related repairs shall be charged to this function.
</P>
<P>(49) Repair and Maintenance, Shop Machinery—Locomotives—Repair of shop machinery and other apparatus, including special foundations used for the repair, maintenance and servicing of locomotives.
</P>
<P>(50) Repair and Maintenance, Shop Machinery—Freight Cars—Repair of shop machinery and other apparatus, including special foundations for the repair, maintenance and servicing of freight cars.
</P>
<P>(51) Repair and Maintenance, Shop Machinery—Other Equipment—Repair of shop machinery and other apparatus, including special foundations for the repair, maintenance and servicing of other equipment.
</P>
<P>(3) Other Function.
</P>
<P>(99) Other—All equipment expenses not properly includable in the above functions.
</P>
<P>(c) Functions Related to the Transportation Activity
</P>
<P>(1) Administrative Function.
</P>
<P>(01) Administration, General—General administration and supervision of central, regional, and divisional operational functions. Included are:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>• Planning and supervision of train, yard, common, specialized services and support operations.
</P>
<P>• Budget preparation, clerical support, and similar functions.
</P>
<P>[Not applicable to the Train and Yard Common Subactivity.]</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) Operations Functions.
</P>
<P>(56) Engine Crews—Operation of trains in line-haul revenue service by enginemen, including crew meals, lodging, deadheading and other expenses.
</P>
<P>(57) Train Crews—Operation of trains in line-haul revenue service by trainmen, including crew meals, lodging, deadheading, and other expenses.
</P>
<P>(58) Dispatching Trains—Costs include dispatchers, supporting staff, train order stations and operators, office and supplies expense.
</P>
<P>(59) Operating Switches, Signals, Interlockers, Retarders, Humps—Operators, switch tenders, supplies, etc.
</P>
<P>(60) Operating Drawbridges—Engineers, tenders, watchmen, supplies, etc.
</P>
<P>(61) Highway Crossing Protection—Gatekeepers, flagmen, lighting, supplies, etc.
</P>
<P>(62) Train Inspection and Lubrication—Inspection and lubrication of trains (cars and locomotives), including minor repairs made by inspectors. This includes the inspection of train locomotives when indistinguishable from the inspection and lubrication of train cars.
</P>
<P>(63) Clearing Wrecks—Removal of equipment, freight or other goods, and property of others damaged in wrecks; note that repair of wreck damage caused to roadway property and equipment is classified as function Code 48—Road Property and Equipment Damaged.
</P>
<P>(64) Switch Crews—Operation of trains and locomotives in yard and terminal revenue switching service by enginemen and trainmen, including associated expenses.
</P>
<P>(65) Controlling Operations—Directing the operations of yard and terminal interchange and classification service, including office and supplies expense.
</P>
<P>(66) Yard and Terminal Clerical—Clerical work in support of the operation of yard and terminal switching and classification service, including office and supplies expense.
</P>
<P>(67) Locomotive Fuel—Cost of locomotive fuel used in all service, including the receipt, storage, and dispensing of the fuel.
</P>
<P>(68) Electric Power Purchased/Produced for Motive Power—Purchase cost and cost of producing electric power for use by electrically-powered motive equipment in all service.
</P>
<P>(69) Servicing Locomotives—Preparing locomotives for switching service in yards and for train service, including moving locomotives around engine yards. This includes the inspection and lubrication of yard locomotives and may include the inspection and lubrication of train locomotives where distinguishable from the inspection and lubrication of train cars.
</P>
<P>(70) Cleaning Car Interiors—Cleaning and preparing car interiors for revenue service, including minor repairs made by car cleaners. This includes payment for cleaning cars due to spoilage of perishable shipments.
</P>
<P>(71) Adjusting and Transferring Loads—Transferring, picking up, straightening, and reloading freight in the ordinary course of transportation.
</P>
<P>(72) Car Loading Devices and Grain Doors—Servicing car loading devices and placing and removing grain doors.
</P>
<P>(73) Pickup &amp; Delivery, Marine Line Haul &amp; Rail Substitute Service—Operation of trucks, floating equipment, and all other specialized equipment providing line haul movement for revenue including TOFC/COFC pick-up and delivery.
</P>
<P>(74) Loading &amp; Unloading and Local Marine—All other specialized services in the transportation activity such as TOFC/COFC loading, unloading, and tie down; coal and ore loading and unloading; and other similar functions.
</P>
<P>(75) Protective Services—Inspecting, servicing, cleaning, and fueling protective equipment and devices.
</P>
<P>(76) Clerical and Accounting Employees—Direct administrative support to the Transportation Activity, including receiving and processing customer orders, requesting cars, preparing waybills, rating shipments, billing customers, collecting customer receivables in the ordinary course of business, billing and recording demurrage, reporting interchanges, reporting advances, and the initial summarization and reporting of input data.
</P>
<P>(77) Communications Systems Operation—Cost of operating communications systems; when such operations are an integral part of other functions, only specifically identifiable costs of operating communications systems are to be allocated to this function.
</P>
<P>(78) Loss and Damage Claims Processing—Receipt, investigation, other handling, and adjustment and settlement of claims for loss or damage of freight or other goods carried in revenue service. Does not include handling claims for personal injury or for loss or damage of other property.
</P>
<P>(3) Other Function.
</P>
<P>(99) Other—All transportation expenses not properly includable in the above functions.
</P>
<P>(d) Functions Related to the General and Administration Activity
</P>
<P>(1) Administrative Function.
</P>
<P>(01) Administration, General—General administration and supervision of central, regional, and divisional general functions. Included are:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>• Planning and supervision of general and administrative functions.
</P>
<P>• Budget preparation, clerical support, and similar functions. It includes the overall responsibility for two or more of the General and Administrative functions listed below or the responsibility that expands to more than one activity.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) General Functions.
</P>
<P>(86) Accounting, Auditing, Finance—General and corporate accounting, auditing by internal auditors and outside accountants, treasury, tax accounting and returns, financial reporting, corporate planning related to investment decisions and budgeting.
</P>
<P>(87) Management Services and Data and Word Processing—Systems planning and design, programming, computer operations, data control, key entry of data, and related activities; This includes operating expenses associated with a particular computer system or word processing equipment that is dedicated to more than one activity. This does not include expenses associated with computer systems or word processing equipment dedicated exclusively to the Way and Structure, Equipment or Transportation Activity; these expenses shall be charged to the appropriate subactivity/function.
</P>
<P>(88) Marketing—Market planning and analysis, traffic analysis, costing, pricing, and related activities.
</P>
<P>(89) Sales—Traffic solicitation and related sales efforts.
</P>
<P>(90) Industrial Development—Efforts to locate industries on real estate accessible to the railroad's lines for the purpose of creating future revenues.
</P>
<P>(91) Personnel and Labor Relations—Efforts to attract and retain employees, handle fringe benefit plans, monitor and negotiate labor contracts, maintain employee data and records, coordinate training programs, handle grievances, handle employee transfers, operate job safety and equal opportunity programs, and related activities.
</P>
<P>(92) Legal and Secretarial—Legal functions handled by attorneys and supporting staff; including lawsuits, injury and damage claims, commerce matters, and similar functions; corporate secretarial functions involving shareholder records, corporate minutes, stock certificates, and similar items.
</P>
<P>(93) Public Relations and Advertising—Public relations activities with governmental bodies, shippers, and the general public; advertising in the media, booklets, publications; open houses and tours; and similar activities.
</P>
<P>(94) Research and Development—Research into the use of methods, procedures, practices, equipment, machinery tools, and plant, and in determining and measuring the impact of factors or costs not previously known, with the intention of finding ways to improve maintenance, operations, administration, rates, productivity, environmental impact, and similar items. Does not include specific studies or development efforts for which an implementation decision has already been made.
</P>
<P>(3) Other Function.
</P>
<P>(99) Other—All general and administration expenses not properly includable in the above functions.



<HED1>INCOME ACCOUNTS


</HED1>
<HED1>Ordinary Items

<HD5>501 Railway operating revenues.
</HD5></HED1></P>
<P>This account is a summarization of Railway Operating Revenue Accounts 101 to 122. It excludes transfers from governmental authorities except when the transfer payment is for specific services for transporting property or persons by rail line other than commuter operations and local rail service subsidies granted under authority of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 [See Instruction 1-15(e)(2)].
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 4346, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>502 Railway operating revenues—transfers from government authorities for current operations.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include amounts received or receivable from Federal, state, or municipal authorities which are specifically designated to offset operating expenses, or which may be applied at the discretion of the railroad to operating expenses and/or railroad property.
</P>
<P>This account shall also include amounts received from government authorities to offset operating costs sustained on specific lines or in certain regions. Examples are: (1) Local Rail Service Assistance Subsidies granted to the carrier under authority of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976, and (2) payments by regional transit authorities in connection with specified operations performed by the carrier.
</P>
<P>This account shall also include indirect receipts which reduce operating expenses, such as assumption of station maintenance costs, abatement of taxes, or other indirect contributions by government agencies, if clearly identifiable and measurable.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This account shall not include receipts from government authorities designated for the acquisition, addition to, or improvement of railway operating property. (See instruction 1-15.)</P></NOTE>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 304, 320)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 30558, July 17, 1978]

<HD5>503 Railway operating revenues—amortization of deferred transfers from government authorities.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the amortization applicable to amounts representing the cost of acquisition, addition to, or improvement of depreciable operating property received from Federal, state, or municipal authorities. (See instruction 1-15, and account 783, “Deferred Revenues—Transfers from Government Authorities.”)

<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 304, 320)
</SECAUTH></P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 30558, July 17, 1978]

<HD5>506 Revenues from property used in other than carrier operations.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the total revenues derived from property used in other than carrier operations, the cost of which is includible in balance-sheet account 737, “Property used in other than carrier operations.”

<HD5>510 Miscellaneous rent income.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include such rents of property owned and controlled by the accounting carrier as are not provided for in the foregoing accounts.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall be charged with the cost of maintenance of the property rented, also specific incidental expenses in connection with such property, such as the cost of negotiating contracts, advertising for tenants, fees paid conveyancers, collectors' commissions, and analogous items.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Taxes on property the rent of which is creditable to this account shall be charged to account 64-61-00, Property Taxes.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The rent from property carried in account 737, Property used in other than carrier operations, shall not be included in this account. Such rents shall be included in account 506, Revenues from property used in other than carrier operations.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>Rent and other income from real estate acquired for new lines or for additions and betterments shall be credited to the appropriate road and equipment accounts until the completion or coming into service of the property.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>Rent and other income from real estate acquired for new lines or for additions and betterments shall be credited to the appropriate road and equipment accounts until the completion or coming into service of the property.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4346, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>512 Separately operated properties; profit.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include amounts earned under the terms of agreements or contracts whereby the net income resulting from the operation by others or properties of other companies having a separate corporate existence is to be paid, in whole or in part, to the accounting company.
</P>
<P>(b) In determining the amount earned by the accounting company, consideration shall be given not only to the operating revenues and operating expenses but also to other items of income or deduction which affect that amount.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The amount payable by the operating company shall be charged by it to account 550, Income Transferred under Contracts and Agreements.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Dividends or other returns upon securities issued by separately operated companies, and held or controlled by the accounting company, shall be included in accounts 513, “Dividend income,” 514, “Interest income,” or 516, “Income from sinking and other funds,” as may be appropriate.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4347, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>513 Dividend income.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include dividends declared on railway and other stocks, the income from which is the property of the accounting company, whether such stocks are owned by the accounting company and held in its treasury or deposited in trust, or are controlled through lease or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(b) Dividends declared shall not be credited prior to actual collection unless their payment is reasonably assured by past experience, guaranty, anticipated provision, or otherwise. (See note C to account 708, “Interest and dividends receivable.”)
</P>
<P>(c) Accruals of guaranteed dividends may be included in this account if their payment is reasonably assured.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>This account shall not include credits for dividends on stocks issued or assumed by the accounting company and owned by it, whether pledged as collateral or held in its treasury, in special deposits, or in sinking or other funds.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Dividends on stocks of other companies held in sinking or other funds shall be credited to account 516, “Income from sinking and other funds.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>514 Interest income.
</HD5>
<P>(a) This account shall include the interest on securities and debenture stock of other companies, the income from which is the property of the accounting company whether such securities are owned by the accounting company and held in its treasury or deposited in trust, or are controlled through lease or otherwise.
</P>
<P>(b) The account shall also include interest on notes and other evidences of indebtedness and interest on bank balances, open accounts, and other analogous items, including discount or short-term notes. Interest shall not be accrued unless its payment is reasonably assured by past experience, guaranty, anticipated provision, or otherwise. (See note C to account 708, “Interest and dividends receivable.”)
</P>
<P>(c) At the option of the accounting company there may be included each year in this account the portion, applicable to the fiscal period, of the amount requisite to extinguish, during the interval between the date of acquisition and the date of maturity, the discount or premium on securities of other companies owned (other than short-term notes). Amounts thus credited or charged shall be concurrently charged or credited to the account in which the cost of the securities is carried. The discount on short-term notes shall be distributed through equal monthly credits, over the terms of the notes.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>This account shall not include interest on securities issued or assumed by the accounting company and owned by it, whether pledged as collateral or held in its treasury, in special deposits, or in sinking or other funds.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Interest on securities other than those of the accounting company, and on other assets held in sinking or other funds shall be included in account 516, “Income from sinking and other funds.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>Discount on bills for material purchased shall be credited to the accounts to which is charged the cost of the material with respect to which the discount is allowed.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>516 Income from sinking and other funds.
</HD5>
<P>(a) This account shall include the income on cash, securities, and other assets (not including securities issued or assumed by the accounting company) held in sinking and other funds. (See note C to account 708, “Interest and dividends receivable.”)
</P>
<P>(b) At the option of the accounting company there may be included each year in this account the portion, applicable to the fiscal period, of the amount requisite to extinguish, during the interval between the date of acquisition and the date of maturity, the discount or premium on funded securities held in sinking or other funds. Amounts thus credited or charged shall be concurrently charged or credited to the account in which the cost of the securities is carried.

<HD5>517 Release of premiums on funded debt.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include, during each fiscal year, such proportion of the premiums on outstanding funded debt as may be applicable to the period. (See instruction 5-3.)

<HD5>518 Reimbursement received under contracts and agreements.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include amounts received or receivable from other companies or individuals, representing the whole or a part of the net loss of the accounting company, when under the terms of agreements or contract, no obligation for subsequent reimbursement is incurred.
</P>
<P>(b) In determining the amount receivable by the accounting company, consideration shall be given not only to the operating revenues and operating expenses, but also to other items of income or deduction which affect that amount.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The amount payable shall be charged by the contributing company to account 545, “Separately operated properties—Loss.”</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4347, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>519 Miscellaneous income.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include all items, not provided for elsewhere, properly creditable to income accounts during the current year. Among the items which shall be included in this account are:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Cancellation of balance sheet accounts representing unclaimed wages and vouchered accounts written off because of carrier's inability to locate the creditor.
</P>
<P>Profit from sale of securities carried as temporary cash investments.
</P>
<P>Profit from sale of land used for transportation purposes, of noncarrier property and of securities acquired for investment purposes.
</P>
<P>Profit from company bonds reacquired.
</P>
<P>Decreases in the valuation allowance (contained within account 702) for the marketable equity securities included in current assets.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) Gains from extinguishment of debt shall be aggregated and, if material, credited to account 570, “Extraordinary Items,” upon approval by the Board; however, gains from extinguishment of debt (excluding debt maturing serially) which is made to satisfy sinking fund requirements, shall be recorded in this account regardless of amount.

<HD5>531 Railway operating expenses.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include total expenses caused by operations, as shown in the primary expense accounts provided in these regulations.

<HD5>534 Expenses of property used in other than carrier operations.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include depreciation, rent, taxes, and other expenses incurred on property used in other than carrier operations.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>If property for which rent expense is includable in this account is sublet, the rent from the sublease shall be included in account 506, Revenues from property used in other than carrier operations.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4347, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>544 Miscellaneous taxes.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include all accruals for taxes not provided for elsewhere, such as taxes on securities owned, and taxes on income from securities owned.

<HD5>545 Separately operated properties; loss.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include amounts payable under the terms of agreements or contracts whereby the net loss resulting from the operation by others of properties of other companies having a separate corporate existence is to be paid, in whole or in part, by the accounting company.
</P>
<P>(b) In determining the amount payable by the accounting company, consideration shall be given not only to the operating revenues and operating expenses, but also to other items of income or deductions which affect that amount.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The amounts receivable by the operating company shall be credited by it to account 518, Reimbursements received under contracts and agreements.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Dividends or other returns upon securities issued by separately operated companies and held or controlled by the accounting company shall not be included in this account to offset a deficit payable, but in accounts 513, “Dividend income,” or 514, “Interest income,” as may be appropriate.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4347, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>546 Interest on funded debt.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the current accruals of interest on all classes of long-term debt, the principal of which is includable in accounts 765, Funded debt unmatured; 766, Equipment obligations; 767, Receivers' and trustees' securities; 768, Debt in default; and 769, Accounts Payable; affiliated companies.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>This account shall not include charges for interest on funded debt obligations issued or assumed by the accounting company and owned by it, whether pledged as collateral or held in its treasury, in special deposits, or in sinking or other funds.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>When funded debt is incurred for new lines or extensions, or for addition and betterment purposes, the accruals of interest on such funded debt (less interest received on unexpended balances), to the date of completion or coming into service of the property so acquired shall be includable in the road and equipment accounts.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>This account shall be maintained so as to show separately: (a) Fixed interest which will be paid, or for which provision for payment will be made, when the interest matures; (b) interest in default; and (c) contingent interest determined to be payable.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4347, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>547 Interest on unfunded debt.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include interest accrued on unfunded debt, such as short-term notes payable on demand or having maturity dates of one year or less from dates of issue, and open accounts, including discount and expense on demand and short-term loans, interest on receipts outstanding for installments paid on capital stock, interest on deferred payments for public improvements, interest on tax deficiencies, overcharge claims and court awards, and other analogous items. The discount on short-term notes, if of a considerable amount shall be distributed through equal monthly charges, over the term of the notes.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>When short-term notes or other evidences of unfunded indebtedness are issued for new lines or extensions or for addition and betterment purposes the accrual of interest to the date of completion or coming into service of the property shall be included in the road and equipment accounts.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4347, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>548 Amortization of discount on funded debt.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall be charged during each fiscal period with the proportion of the discount on funded debt obligations applicable to that period. This proportion shall be determined according to a rule the uniform application of which through the interval between the date of sale and the date of maturity will extinguish the discount on funded debt.
</P>
<P>(b) The charge to this account for any period must not be either greater or less than the proportion of the balance remaining unamortized applicable to that period so long as any portion of the discount remains unextinguished. However, the entire amount for the discount and expense applicable to any particular issue of obligations may be charged directly to this account at time of issue when the aggregate of such amounts does not appreciably affect the accounts. (See instruction 5-3(b).)

<HD5>549 Maintenance of investment organization.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include the directly assignable administration expenses of the accounting company which are incident to its investments in leased or nonoperating physical property, and in stocks, bonds, or other securities.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Items of Expense
</HD1>
<FP-1>Advertising annual reports (lessor companies only).
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Calls for bonds in accordance with sinking fund provisions of mortgages.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Directors' fees.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Printing and mailing dividend checks.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Publishing and mailing annual reports and other corporate statements to shareholders.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Publishing notices of declaration of dividends.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Law expenses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Office expenses.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Salaries of officers, clerks, and attendant.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Stationery and printing.
</FP-1>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Administration expenses incident to railway operation are includible in the primary accounts provided for in operating expense general account series 60-00-00.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<HD5>550 Income transferred under contracts and agreements.
</HD5>
<P>(a) This account shall include the whole or any portion of the income of the accounting company payable to another company under the terms of agreements or contracts without obligation for reimbursement.
</P>
<P>(b) In determining the amount payable by the accounting company, consideration shall be given not only to operating revenues and operating expenses, but also to other items of income or deduction which affect that amount.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The amount receivable by the other company shall be credited by it to account 512, “Separately operated properties—Profit.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Dividends or other payments upon securities issued or assumed by the accounting company shall not be included in this account.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4347, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>551 Miscellaneous income charges.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include items, not otherwise provided for in the other income accounts. This includes:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Income tax on the interest on the accounting company's funded debt when these taxes are assumed by the company.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Payments of old accounts previously written off.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Penalties and fines for violation of the Interstate Commerce Act or other federal and state laws.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Loss on sale of securities carried as temporary cash investments.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Loss on sale of land used for transportation purposes and of noncarrier property.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Loss on sale of securities acquired for investment purposes, and charges to write down the ledger value of such securities because of impairment in their value.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Loss from company bonds reacquired.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Increases in the valuation allowance (contained within account 702) for the marketable equity securities included in current assets.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Unrealized holding gains and losses on trading type investment securities.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>Contributions for charitable, social, or community welfare purposes that do not have a direct relation to the protection of company property, development of its business, or welfare of its employees.
</P>
<P>(b) Losses from extinguishment of debt shall be aggregated and, if material, charged to account 570, “Extraordinary Items (net),” upon approval by the Board; however, losses from extinguishment of debt (excluding debt maturing serially) which is made to satisfy sinking fund requirements, shall be included in this account regardless of amount.
</P>
<P>(c) Contributions for charitable, social, or community welfare purposes that have a direct relation to the protection of company property, development of its business, or welfare of its employees should be charged to account 61-61-99, Other Expenses—General and Administrative—Other.

<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 12, 20, 304, 913, and 1012)
</SECAUTH></P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 42 FR 64350, Dec. 23, 1977; 52 FR 4347, Feb. 11, 1987; 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002; 81 FR 19908, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HD5>553 Uncollectible accounts.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include losses on receivable, notes, or claims that are not includible in account 63-61-00. “General—Uncollectible Accounts—General and Administrative.”

<HD5>555 Unusual or infrequent items (debit) credit.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include material items unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence, but not both, accounted for in the current year in accordance with the text of instruction 1-2(d), upon approval by the Board.

<HD5>556 Income taxes on ordinary income.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include accruals for Federal, State and other income taxes applicable to ordinary income. See the text of account 590, for recording other income tax consequences.

<HD5>557 Provision for deferred taxes.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include the net tax effect of all material timing differences [See definition 17(e)] originating and reversing in the current accounting period and the future tax benefits of loss carryforwards recognized in accordance with Instruction 1-10.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall include credits for the amortization of the investment tax credit if the carrier elected to use the deferred method of accounting for the investment tax credit. (See instruction 1-10.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4347, Feb. 11, 1987; 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]

<HD5>560 Income or loss from operations of discontinued segments.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the results of operations of a segment of a business (see definition 32(a)), after giving effect to income tax consequences, that has been or will be discontinued in accordance with the text of instruction 1-2(d), upon approval by the Board.

<HD5>562 Gain or loss on disposal of discontinued segments.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include the gain or loss from the disposal of a segment of a business, after giving effect to income tax consequences, in accordance with the text of instruction 1-2(d), upon approval by the Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]

<HD5>570 Extraordinary items (net).
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include extraordinary items accounted for during the current accounting year in accordance with the text of instruction 1-2(d), upon submission of a letter from the carrier's independent accountants, approving or otherwise commenting on the item and upon approval by the Board.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall be maintained in a manner sufficient to identify the nature and gross amount of each debit and credit.
</P>
<P>(c) Income tax consequences of charges and credits to this account shall be recorded in account 590, “Income taxes on extraordinary items,” or account 591, “Provision for deferred taxes—extraordinary items.”

<HD5>590 Income taxes on extraordinary items.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include the estimated income tax consequences (debit or credit) assignable to the aggregate of items of both taxable income and deductions from taxable income which for accounting purposes are classified as unusual and infrequent, and are recorded in account 570, “Extraordinary Items (Net).” The tax effect of any timing differences caused by recognizing an item in the account provided for extraordinary items in different periods in determining accounting income and taxable income shall be included in account 591, “Provision for deferred taxes—extraordinary items.”

<HD5>591 Provision for deferred taxes—extraordinary items.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include debits or credits for the current accounting period for income taxes deferred currently, or for amortization of income taxes deferred in prior accounting periods applicable to items of revenue or expense included in account 570, “Extraordinary Items (Net).” (See instruction 1-10.)

<HD5>592 Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include the cumulative effect of changing to a new accounting principle, after giving effect of income tax consequences, in accordance with instruction 1-2(d), upon approval by the Board.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Form of Income Statement
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">I. Ordinary Items
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">501 Railway operating revenues (exclusive of transfers from government authorities)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">503 Railway operating revenues (amortization of deferred transfers from government authorities)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">502 Railway operating revenues (amortization of deferred transfers from government authorities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">531 Railway operating expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Net Revenue from Railway Operation 
<sup>1</sup></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">II. Other Income
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">506 Revenues from property used in other than carrier operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">510 Miscellaneous rent income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">512 Separately operated properties—profit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">513 Dividend income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">514 Interest income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">516 Income from sinking and other funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">517 Release of premiums on funded debt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">518 Reimbursements received under contracts and agreements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">519 Miscellaneous income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">   Income from affiliated companies:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dividends</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Equity in undistributed earnings (losses)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total income from affiliated companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total other income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">III. Miscellaneous Deductions From Income
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">534 Expenses of property used in other than carrier operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">535 Taxes on property used in other than carrier operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">543 Miscellaneous rent expense</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">544 Miscellaneous taxes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">545 Separately operated properties-loss</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">549 Maintenance of investment organization</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">550 Income transferred under contracts and agreements</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">551 Miscellaneous income charges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">553 Uncollectible accounts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total miscellaneous deductions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Income available for fixed charges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">IV. Fixed Charges
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">546 Interest on funded debt:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(a) Fixed interest not in default</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(b) Interest in default</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">547 Interest on unfunded debt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">548 Amortization of discount on funded debt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total fixed charges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Income after fixed charges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">V. Other Deductions
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">546 Interest on funded debt: (c) Contingent interest</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">VI. Unusual or Infrequent Items
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">555 Unusual or infrequent items (debt) credit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Income (loss) from continuing operations (before income taxes)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">VII. Provision for Income Taxes
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">556 Income taxes on ordinary income:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Federal income taxes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">State income taxes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Other income taxes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">557 Provision for deferred taxes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Income from continuing operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">VIII. Discontinued Operations
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">560 Income or loss from operations of discontinued segments (less applicable income taxes of $__)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">562 Gain or loss on disposal of discontinued segments (less applicable income taxes of $__)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Income (loss) before extraordinary items</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">IX. Extraordinary Items and Accounting Changes
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">570 Extraordinary items (net)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">590 Income taxes on extraordinary items</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">591 Provision for deferred taxes—extraordinary items</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Total extraordinary items</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">592 Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles (less applicable income taxes of $__)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Net income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">
<sup>1</sup> Reconciliation of net railway operating income (NROI):
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Net revenues from railway operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(556) Income taxes on ordinary income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(557) Provision for deferred income taxes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(560) Taxes applicable to income or loss from operations of discontinued segments</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(562) Taxes applicable to gain or loss on disposal of discontinued segments</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Income from lease of road and equipment (formerly account 509)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Rent for leased roads and equipment (formerly account 542)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">Net railway operating income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 304, 320)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 43 FR 30558, July 17, 1978; 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]

<HED1>RETAINED EARNINGS ACCOUNTS
</HED1>
<HED1>Credit

<HD5>601 Credit balance (at beginning of calendar year).
</HD5></HED1></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the net credit balance in the retained earnings account at the beginning of the calendar year.

<HD5>601.5 Prior period adjustments to beginning retained earnings account.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include adjustments net of assigned income taxes, in accordance with the text of instruction 1-2(d), to the balance in the retained earnings account at the beginning of the calendar year, upon approval by the Board.

<HD5>602 Credit balance transferred from income.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall show the net credit balance brought forward from the income account for the calendar year.

<HD5>603 Appropriations released.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account is provided to return to unappropriated retained earnings the amount of appropriations no longer required. The account shall be subdivided to show the nature of the appropriations being released and the circumstances of the release shall be fully described.

<HD5>606 Other credits to retained earnings.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include other credit adjustments, net of assigned income taxes, not provided for elsewhere in this system but only after such inclusion has been authorized by the Board.

<HED1>Debit

<HD5>611 Debit balance (at beginning of calendar year).
</HD5></HED1></P>
<P>This account shall include the net debit balance in the retained earnings account at the beginning of the calendar year.

<HD5>612 Debit balance transferred from income.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall show the net debit balance brought forward from the income account for the calendar year.

<HD5>616 Other debits to retained earnings.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include losses from resale of reacquired capital stock, and charges which reduce or write-off discount on capital stock issued by the company, but only to the extent that such charges exceed credit balances in account 795, “Other capital,” applicable to net gains from reacquisition and resale or retirement of such subclass of capital stock. See instruction 5-4.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall also include other debit adjustments, net of assigned income taxes, not provided for elsewhere in this system but only after such inclusion has been authorized by the Board.

<HD5>620 Appropriations for sinking and other funds.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall be charged and account 797, “Retained earnings; Appropriated,” shall be credited with amounts appropriated pursuant to provisions of reorganization plans, mortgages, deeds of trust, or other contracts requiring payments into sinking funds, capital funds, and other funds.

<HD5>621 Appropriations for other purposes.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall be charged and account 797, “Retained earnings; Appropriated,” shall be credited with the amount of appropriations for general contingencies, indefinite possible future losses and other corporate purposes not provided for elsewhere. The appropriations shall be released when their respective purposes have been served.

<HD5>623 Dividends.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall be charged with the amount of dividends declared on actually outstanding capital stock issued or assumed by the company. If the dividend is not payable in cash, the securities or other property to be distribruted shall be described with sufficient particularity to identify the distribution. This account shall be subdivided to show separately the dividends declared on the various subclasses of capital stock.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This account shall not include charges for dividends on capital stock issued or assumed by the company and owned by it, whether pledged as collateral or held in its treasury, in special deposits, or sinking or other funds.</P></NOTE>
<HED1>GENERAL BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS EXPLANATIONS
</HED1>
<HED1>Assets

<HD1>Current Assets



<HD5>701 Cash.
</HD5></HD1></HED1>
<P>(a) This account shall include money, checks, sight drafts, and sight bills of exchange in the hands of the accounting company's financial officers and agents, or in transit from its agents and conductors for which such agents and conductors have received credit. It shall include, also, deposits with banks and trust companies available for use on demand, and savings accounts subject to the usual clause reserving the right to defer payment for a specified number of days.
</P>
<P>(b) The amount of checks and drafts, which have been transmitted to payees and which remain unpaid at the close of the accounting period, shall be credited to this account. When the amount of such checks and drafts cannot be determined with absolute accuracy, an estimate of the amount shall be used. Amounts not transmitted to payees shall be included in the appropriate liability accounts.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Compensating balances under an agreement which legally restricts the use of such funds shall not be included in this account. Such balances shall be included in account 703, “Special Deposits,” or 717, “Other Funds,” as appropriate.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>702 Temporary cash investments.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the cost of securities and other obligations acquired for the purpose of temporarily investing cash, such as United States Treasury certificates, marketable securities, time drafts receivable, demand loans, time loans, time deposits with banks and trust companies, and other similar investments of a temporary character, which are readily convertible into cash at substantially their recorded cost. This account shall also include unrealized holding gains and losses on trading and available-for-sale types of security investments.
</P>
<P>This account shall be subdivided to reflect the marketable equity securities portion (and its corresponding valuation allowance) and other temporary investments. (See instruction 5-2.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19908, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HD5>703 Special deposits.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include cash deposits, either placed in the hands of trustees or under the direct control of the reporting company, which are restricted for specific purposes. Examples are those deposits made for the payment of dividends and interest due within one year, the liquidation of other current liabilities, to guarantee fulfillment of current contract obligations to meet specific operating requirements, or compensating balances (See definition 10) under an agreement which legally restricts the use of such funds, and which constitute support for short-term borrowing arrangements. Subaccounts may be set up, if necessary, to account for special deposits for specific purposes.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Deposits available for general company purposes shall be included in account 701, “Cash.”</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]

<HD5>704 Loans and notes receivable.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the book value of all collectible obligations in the form of demand or time loans and notes receivable, or other similar evidences (except interest coupons) of money receivable within a time not exceeding one year from date of issue.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Current loans and notes receivable from affiliated companies shall be included in account 708.5, “Receivables from affiliated companies.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Obligations held as investments which mature more than one year after date of issue shall be included in accounts 721, “Investments and advances: Affiliated companies,” or 722, “Other investments and advances,” as appropriate.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>Loans and notes receivable acquired for the purpose of temporarily investing cash shall be included in account 702, “Temporary cash investments.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>705 Accounts receivable; interline and other balances.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the net debit balances receivable from other companies representing items such as interline freight, passenger, switching, and baggage revenues, charges for equipment interchanged on a per diem or mileage basis, and charges, for car repairs, loss and damage freight claims, and overcharge claims.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The amount to be entered in this account is not the net balance between this account and account 752, “Accounts payable; Interline and other balances.” Net credit balances payable to other companies shall be included in account 752.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>706 Accounts receivable; customers.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include amounts currently due from customers for transportation and other charges incidental to transportation, and from agents and other representatives charged with the collection or custody of current revenues.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Amounts advanced to general and special agents as working funds shall be included in account 710, “Working funds.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>707 Accounts receivable; other.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include amounts due in audited accounts, such as those due from the United States or other Governments for the transportation of mails and Government property, and from express companies for express facilities furnished under contract; miscellaneous bills against other railway companies, corporations, firms, and individuals; and other similar items.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The amount to be entered in this account is not the net balance between this account and account 754, “Accounts payable; Other.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Amounts due from affiliated companies for miscellaneous bills and other items subject to current settlement shall be included in account 708.5, “Receivables from affiliated companies.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>708 Interest and dividends receivable.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the amount of interest accrued to the date of the balance sheet on bonds, mortgages, notes, and other commercial paper owned, on loans made, open accounts, bank deposits, and the amount of dividends declared on stocks owned, and dividends accrued on such stocks when contracts require that the dividends be paid at stated times.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>No amount representing interest or dividends receivable shall be included in this account unless its payment is reasonably assured by past experience, anticipated provision, or otherwise.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>No dividends or other returns on securities issued or assumed by the accounting company shall be included in this account.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>If settlement of amounts included in this account is not made when due, such amounts that are not subject to current settlement shall be transferred to account 741, “Other assets,” at their estimated realizable value. Items of current character but of doubtful value, as well as noncurrent items, shall be written off to the extent of any estimated uncollectible portion by charge to account 553, “Uncollectible accounts”. If notes are taken in settlement of amounts included in this account, the amounts shall be transferred to account 704, “Loans and notes receivable,” or account 741, as appropriate. (See instruction 5-1.)</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>Current interest and dividends receivable from affiliated companies shall be included in account 708.5, “Receivables from affiliated companies,” and noncurrent amounts receivable shall be included in account 721, “Investments and advances; Affiliated companies.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>708.5 Receivables from affiliated companies.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include amounts due from affiliated companies which are subject to current settlement such as deposits, demand or time loans, notes receivable, interest, dividends, miscellaneous bills and similar items.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Receivables from affiliated companies, representing net debit balances for items such as operating revenues, charges for equipment interchanged, car repairs and claims, shall not be included in this account but in account 705, “Accounts receivable; Interline and other balances.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>709 Accrued accounts receivable.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include estimates of all unaudited current items receivable by the carrier to the date of the balance sheet, including those which are creditable to revenue, expense, or income accounts. Among the items which shall be included in this account are:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Amounts receivable from others for unreported interline traffic.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Amounts receivable from others for use of facilities, including equipment, for which bills have not been rendered.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Amounts receivable from others for services for which bills have not been rendered.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rents receivable for which bills have not been rendered.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<HD5>709.5 Allowance for uncollectible accounts.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall be credited with amounts provided for receivables which may become uncollectible, and shall be maintained to show the amount of each separate allowance set out below and the amounts of debits and credits thereto:
</P>
<P>(a) Allowance for receivables applicable to transportation operations. Credits to this subdivision shall be concurrently charged to account 63-60-00, “Uncollectible Accounts; General and administrative.”
</P>
<P>(b) Allowances for receivables not applicable to transportation operations. Credits to this subdivision shall be concurrently charged to account 553, “Uncollectible accounts.”
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]

<HD5>710 Working funds.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include amounts advanced to general and special agents, and to other officers and employees, as working funds from which certain expenditures are to be made and accounted for. It also includes advances to fast freight lines and to demurrage and other bureaus.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Advances to jointly owned or used terminal companies and other companies for permanent working funds or capital purposes shall be included in accounts 721, “Investments and advances; Affiliated companies,” or 722, “Other investments and advances,” as appropriate.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>711 Prepayments.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the balances in the accounts representing short-term prepaid rents chargeable to the appropriate rent accounts as the term is consumed for which the rents are paid; also short-term interest, and insurance premiums, taxes and licenses, and similar items paid in advance of their accrual, which are to be apportioned and charged, as they accrue, to the appropriate accounts.

<HD5>712 Material and supplies.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include the balances representing the cost of all unapplied material, such as road and shop material, articles in process of manufacture by the accounting company, fuel, stationery, and dining car and other supplies. In determining the cost of material and supplies suitable allowance shall be made for any purchase discounts allowed. The cost shall include all specifically assignable transportation charges incurred in obtaining the delivery of such materials and supplies upon the premises of the carrier including loading and unloading, and a suitable proportion of purchasing and store expenses. The cost shall also include sales and excise taxes on material purchases; however, sales and excise taxes may be charged to account 65-60-00, “Other taxes; General and administrative,” provided this procedure will not adversely affect the accounts and is consistently followed. Taxes on gasoline, other motor fuel, and motor oil are also includible in this account.
</P>
<P>(b) Materials recovered for reuse in connection with construction, maintenance, or the retirement of property shall be charged to this account at cost, or average cost, estimated if not known, less accumulated depreciation, if any, plus the cost to restore the materials to a serviceable condition, or current market value, whichever is lower. (See definition 31, <I>Salvage value.</I>)
</P>
<P>(c) Scrap and other nonusable materials, including obsolete parts, shall be included in account 713, “Other current assets,” at the estimated salvage value when the sale of the materials is imminent and there is a relatively firm market price. Obsolete parts not subject to imminent sale shall be included in account 741, “Other assets,” at their net realizable value.
</P>
<P>(d) Material and supplies shall be credited to this account and charged to the appropriate operating expense or other account on the basis of recorded cost, average cost, or other recognized pricing system, provided that such system is consistently applied and is based on the cost of such material and supplies.
</P>
<P>(e) An inventory of material and supplies shall be taken during each calendar year and the necessary adjustments to bring this account into harmony with the actual inventory balances shall be made in the accounts of the year in which the inventories are taken. In effecting this adjustment, determined differences in accounting for important classes of material shall be equitably assigned among the accounts to which the classes of material are ordinarily chargeable. Other differences shall be equitably apportioned among the primary accounts to which material has been charged since the last inventory. (Also see instruction 5-1(b).)
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Balances representing the cost of unapplied construction material and supplies located at the point of use, which have been purchased for projected new roads and extensions, or for new railroad equipment, shall be included in account 90, “Construction in progress.”</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]

<HD5>713 Other current assets.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include amounts for other current assets which are not includible in the foregoing current asset accounts.



<HD5>713.5 Derivative instrument assets.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include the amounts paid for derivative instruments, and the change in the fair value of all derivative instrument assets not designated as cash-flow or fair-value hedges. Account 551, <I>Miscellaneous income charges,</I> will be charged with the corresponding amount of the change in the fair value of the derivative instrument.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19909, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HD5>713.6 Derivative instrument assets—hedges.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include the amounts paid for derivative instruments, and the change in the fair value of derivative instrument assets designated by the carrier as cash-flow or fair-value hedges.
</P>
<P>(b) When a carrier designates a derivative instrument asset as a cash-flow hedge, it will record the change in the fair value of the derivative instrument in this account with a concurrent charge to account 799.1, <I>Other comprehensive income,</I> with the effective portion of the derivative's gain or loss. The ineffective portion of the cash-flow hedge will be charged to the same income or expense account that would have been used if the hedged item had been disposed of or otherwise settled.
</P>
<P>(c) When a carrier designates a derivative instrument as a fair-value hedge, it will record the change in the fair value of the derivative instrument in this account with a concurrent charge to a sub-account of the asset or liability that carries the item being hedged. The ineffective portion of the fair-value hedge will be charged to the same income or expense account that would have been used if the hedged item had been disposed of or otherwise settled.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19909, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HD5>714 Deferred income tax debits.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the current portion of deferred income tax debits and credits determined in accordance with Instruction 1-10, when the balance is a net debit. A net credit balance shall be included in account 762, “Deferred income tax credits”.

<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 10321, 11145; 5 U.S.C. 553)
</SECAUTH></P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 12350, Mar. 23, 1982]



<HD1>Special Funds

<HD5>715 Sinking funds.
</HD5></HD1></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include the amount of cash, the ledger value of live securities of other companies, and other assets which are held by trustees of sinking and other funds for the purpose of redeeming outstanding obligations, including such assets held in the hands of the accounting company's treasurer when the assets are segregated in a distinct fund.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall include amounts deposited with trustees on account of mortgaged property sold, where the proceeds are held for the redemption of securities; and also the par value (or the amount recorded for no par stock) of live securities issued or assumed by the accounting company and held in such funds. This account shall also include unrealized holding gains and losses on trading and available-for-sale types of security investments. The cash value of life insurance policies on the lives of employees and officers to the extent that the carrier is the beneficiary of such policies shall also be included in this account.
</P>
<P>(c) A separate subaccount shall be kept for each fund. The title of each subaccount shall designate the obligation redeemable from the fund.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>In stating the balance sheet in the annual reports to the Board the total amount of the funds and the par value (or the amount recorded for no par stock) of securities issued or assumed by the accounting company and held in the funds shall be shown in the short columns, and the net amount of the funds (total amount less securities issued or assumed) shall be shown in the long column.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19909, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HD5>716 Capital funds.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include cash and the ledger value of other assets held by trustees or by the accounting company's treasurer when segregated in distinct funds that have been (1) realized from the sale of equipment obligations or other long-term obligations and not yet applied toward the specific purposes for which the obligations were incurred, and (2) set aside in accordance with governmental, mortgage, or contractual requirements in connection with reorganizations or otherwise. This account shall also include funds deposited with trustees to be held until mortgaged property sold is replaced. This account shall also include unrealized holding gains and losses on trading and available-for-sale types of security investments.
</P>
<P>(b) An appropriate record shall be maintained for securities issued or assumed by the accounting company and held in the funds, identifying those that are nominally issued or nominally outstanding.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Funds specifically set aside for sinking fund purposes shall be included in account 715, “Sinking funds.” If one purpose of a capital fund is to provide contributions to a sinking fund under specified conditions, the entire amount of the fund shall be included in this account until the contributions to the sinking fund are made, at which time the amounts thereof shall be transferred to account 715.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The ledger value of assets of the character indicated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, shall be transferred to the appropriate current asset account when the assets are definitely assigned in advance of expenditure to the payment of interest or other current liabilities payable within one year.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19909, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HD5>717 Other funds.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the amount of cash and the ledger value of securities of other companies and other assets which are in the hands of trustees or managers of insurance, employees' pension, savings, relief, hospital, and other funds which have been raised and specifically set aside or invested for specific purposes not provided for elsewhere; also the par value (or the amount recorded for no par stock) of securities issued or assumed by the accounting company and held in such funds. A separate subaccount shall be kept for each fund.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Sinking funds and capital funds are provided for in accounts 715, “Sinking funds,” and 716, “Capital funds,” respectively.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>In stating the balance sheet in the annual reports to the Board, the total amount of the funds and the par value (or the amount recorded for no par stock) of securities issued or assumed by the accounting company and held in the funds shall be shown in the short columns, and the net amount of the funds (total amount less securities issued or assumed) shall be shown in the long column.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>This account shall not include funds held by the accounting company solely as trustee and in which it has no beneficial interest.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>This account shall include compensating balances (see definition 10) under an agreement which legally restricts the use of such funds and which constitute support for long-term borrowing arrangements.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note E:</HED>
<P>This account shall also include unrealized holding gains and losses on trading and available-for-sale types of security investments.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002; 81 FR 19909, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HD1>Investments



<HD5>721 Investments and advances; affiliated companies.
</HD5></HD1></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include the ledger value of the accounting company's investment in securities issued or assumed by affiliated companies other than securities held in special deposits or special funds; and also investment advances made to affiliated companies not subject to current settlement; notes receivable from affiliated companies which mature later than 1 year from date of the balance sheet; and similar noncurrent items of affiliated companies.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall be maintained in such manner as to show each of the following classes of investment in each affiliated company:
</P>
<P>(1) Stocks.
</P>
<P>(2) Bonds.
</P>
<P>(3) Other secured obligations.
</P>
<P>(4) Unsecured notes.
</P>
<P>(5) Investment advances.
</P>
<P>(c) A complete record of securities pledged shall be maintained to show separately the ledger value of securities pledged and unpledged in the annual report to the Board.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Accounts with affiliated companies which are subject to current settlement, if their collection is reasonably assured, shall be classed as current assets, and if settlement is deferred beyond one year such items shall be transferred to this account.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The term affiliated companies (also see definition 5(a)) includes:
</P>
<P>1. Controlled companies, including companies solely controlled by the accounting company, and also companies jointly controlled by the accounting company and others under a joint arrangement.
</P>
<P>2. Controlling companies, including both companies solely controlling the accounting company, and companies which jointly control the accounting company under a joint arrangement.
</P>
<P>3. Companies controlled by controlled companies.
</P>
<P>4. Companies controlled by controlling companies.</P></NOTE>
<FP>By <I>control</I> (also see definition 5(a)) is meant the ability to determine the action of a corporation. For the purposes of this account, the following are to be considered forms of control:
</FP>
<P>(a) Right through title to securities issued or assumed to exercise the major part of the voting power in the controlled corporation.
</P>
<P>(b) Right through agreement or source other than title to securities, to name the majority of the board of directors, managers, or trustees of the controlled corporation.
</P>
<P>(c) Right to foreclose a first lien upon all or a major part in value of the tangible property of the controlled corporation.
</P>
<P>(d) Right to secure control because of advances made for construction of the operating property of the controlled corporation.
</P>
<P>(e) Right to control only in a specific respect the action of the controlled corporation.
</P>
<FP>A leasehold interest in the property of a corporation is not considered a form of control over the lessor corporation.
</FP>
<P><I>Sole control</I> is that which rests in one corporation.
</P>
<P><I>Joint control</I> is that which rests in two or more corporations and which is held under a joint arrangement.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>The value of securities borrowed by the accounting company and pledged shall not be included in this account. A memorandum record shall be kept.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>The value of securities pledged for purposes other than that of security for funded debt or short-term loans shall be included in accounts 715, “Sinking funds,” 716, “Capital funds,” or 717, “Other funds,” as appropriate.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]

<HD5>721.5 Adjustments; investments and advances—affiliated companies.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall be credited with amounts charged to account 551, “Miscellaneous income charges,” to provide for impairment in the value of investment securities and other assets included in account 721, “Investments and advances; affiliated companies.”
</P>
<P>(b) If provision is made for anticipated losses in specific assets, when the assets are written down or written off, or are sold or otherwise disposed of at a loss, the reduction in the book value or the losses sustained shall be charged to this account to the extent of the credit balance in the account applicable to the particular items involved, and the remainder, if any, shall be charged to account 551, “Miscellaneous income charges.” Where a general provision for losses in unspecified asset values is maintained, all such losses resulting from write-downs, write-offs, etc., shall be charged to this account to the extent of the total credit balance in the account, and the remainder, if any, shall be charged to account 551, “Miscellaneous income charges.”

<HD5>722 Other investments and advances.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include the ledger value of the accounting company's investment in securities issued or assumed by nonaffliated companies other than securities held in special deposits or special funds; and also investment advances made to nonaffiliated companies not subject to current settlement; notes receivable from nonaffiliated companies which mature later than 1 year from date of the balance sheet; and similar noncurrent items of nonaffiliated companies. This account shall also include unrealized holding gains and losses on trading and available-for-sale types of security investments. Include also the offsetting entry to the recording of amortization of discount or premium on interest bearing investments.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall be maintained in such manner as to show each of the following classes of investment in each nonaffiliated company:
</P>
<P>(1) Stocks.
</P>
<P>(2) Bonds.
</P>
<P>(3) Other secured obligations.
</P>
<P>(4) Unsecured notes.
</P>
<P>(5) Investment advances.
</P>
<P>(c) A complete record of securities pledged shall be maintained to show separately the ledger value of securities pledged and unpledged in the annual report to the Board.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Accounts with nonaffiliated companies which are subject to current settlement, if their collection is reasonably assured, shall be classed as current assets, and if settlement is deferred beyond one year such items shall be transferred to account 741, “Other assets.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The term <I>nonaffiliated companies</I> includes all companies other than those defined as affiliated in note B of account 721, “Investments and advances: Affiliated companies.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>The value of securities borrowed by the accounting company and pledged shall not be included in this account. A memorandum record shall be kept.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>The value of securities pledged for purposes other than that of security for funded debt or short-term loans shall be included in accounts 715, “Sinking funds,” 716, “Capital funds,” or 717, “Other funds,” as appropriate.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19909, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HD5>723 Adjustments; other investments and advances.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall be credited with amounts charged to account 551, “Miscellaneous income charges,” to provide for impairment in the value of investment securities and other assets included in account 722, “Other investments and advances.”
</P>
<P>(b) If provision is made for anticipated losses in specific assets, when the assets are written down or written off, or are sold or otherwise disposed of at a loss, the reduction in the book value or the losses sustained shall be charged to this account to the extent of the credit balance in the account applicable to the particular items involved, and the remainder, if any, shall be charged to account 551. “Miscellaneous income charges.” Where a general provision for losses in unspecified asset values is maintained, all such losses resulting from write-down, write-offs, etc., shall be charged to this account to the extent of the total credit balance in the account, and the remainder, if any shall be charged to account 551, “Miscellaneous income charges.”



<HD1>Tangible Property

<HD5>731 Road and equipment property.
</HD5></HD1></P>
<P>This account shall include the accounting company's investment in road and equipment (including that held under contract for purchase), used or held for use as transportation property in existence at the date of the balance sheet. When property is retired from service, this account shall be credited with the ledger value of the property retired.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>This account shall not include any items representing titles to securities.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>When equipment or other property is acquired under an agreement which provides that the cost shall be paid in installments, the cost (its money value at time of purchase) shall be charged to the appropriate road and equipment accounts at the time the equipment is delivered to the carrier, and included in this account in the same manner as the cost of equipment purchased outright. When the par value of notes or other securities issued in payment, or in part payment, for such equipment is more (or less) than the actual cash value of the equipment at the time of the purchase, or of the proportion to which the securities are applicable, the difference between the par value of the securities and the actual cash value of the equipment, or of the proportion paid for by the securities, shall be charged (or credited) to the proper discount and premium accounts.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>Held for use, as referred to above, implies the ability of the carrier to substantiate within a reasonable period of time, by plan or policy, the probable future use which is to be made of the property.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>732 Improvements on leased property.
</HD5>
<P>(a) This account shall include the cost of improvements made by the lessee to property which is held under lease from others or through control of the company owning the property, where such improvements are used by the lessee in transportation service, and the lessee is not to be reimbursed by the lessor for such improvements. (See instruction 2-18.)
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier's records shall be kept in such manner as to show the debits and credits to this account in accordance with the provisions for road and equipment.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>This account shall not include any itmes representing titles to securities.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>When the lessor company includes in account 731, “Road and equipment property,” the cost of improvements made by the lessee to property, leased by it from the lessor and settlement is not made at the time for the cost thereof, the lessee, pending settlement with the lessor, shall include the cost thereof in account 721, “Investments and advances; Affiliated companies,” or 722, “Other investments and advances,” as appropriate.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>733 Accumulated depreciation; improvements on leased property.
</HD5>
<P>(a) This account shall be credited with amounts concurrently charged to operating expenses or other authorized accounts for depreciation accrued on improvements to leased property, the cost of which is included in account 732, “Improvements on leased property.”
</P>
<P>(b) The service value of each unit of property retired (and also of each minor item, less than a unit, retired and not replaced) for which this accumulated depreciation account has been established shall be charged to this account.
</P>
<P>(c) Instructions for depreciation accounts, rates of depreciation, and records to be maintained, as contained in instruction 4 for owned property, shall also apply to improvements on leased property.

<HD5>734 Accumulated amortization; improvements on leased property—defense projects.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include the amounts of accumulated past provisions for amortization of improvements to leased property applicable to defense projects, the cost of which is included in account 732, “Improvements on leased property.” This account shall be charged with the amount of the credit balance applicable to specific property at the time the property is retired. The accounting company shall maintain separate subaccounts for amortization of (1) road property and (2) equipment.

<HD5>735 Accumulated depreciation; road and equipment property.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall be credited with amounts concurrently charged to operating expenses or other authorized accounts to cover the loss in service value of depreciable road and equipment property. It shall also include adjustments which the Board may authorize the accounting company to make such as adjustments for past accruals of depreciation, and provision for material abandonment or other losses applicable to nondepreciable property.
</P>
<P>(b) The service value of each unit of depreciable property retired (and also of each minor item, less than a unit, retired and not replaced) shall be charged to this account. This account shall also be charged for amounts for losses applicable to nondepreciable property retired for which provision was previously made by approval of the Board, and any resultant adjustment of such provision shall be referred to the Board for consideration and decision.
</P>
<P>(c) Comprehensive instructions pertaining to depreciation accounts, rates of depreciation, and records to be maintained, are contained in instruction 4.

<HD5>736 Accumulated amortization; road and equipment property—defense project.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include the amount of accumulated past provisions for amortization of road and equipment defense projects, the cost of which is included in account 731, “Road and equipment property.” This account shall be charged with the amount of the credit balance applicable to specific property at the time the property is retired. The accounting company shall maintain separate subaccounts for amortization of (1) road property and (2) equipment.

<HD5>737 Property used in other than carrier operations.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include the accounting company's investment in property other than property assignable to accounts 731, “Road and equipment property,” and 732, “Improvements on leased property,” such as hotels, restaurants, powerplants, which are not operated by the accounting company or another carrier in connection with its transportation service.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Items of Investment
</HD1>
<FP-1>Coal and other mines.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Commercial power plants.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Hotels and restaurants.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lands and buildings not used in transportation operations.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Lands and other property acquired and held in anticipation of future use.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Mineral and timber lands.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Rails and other track material leased to others.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Saw mills and other manufacturing plants not operated in connection with transportation service.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<HD5>738 Accumulated depreciation; property used in other than carrier operations.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall be credited with amounts charged to income or other authorized accounts for depreciation accrued on property, the cost of which is included in account 737, “Property used in other than carrier operations.” When such property is destroyed, sold, or otherwise retired from service, this account shall be charged with the amount of the credit balance applicable to the property retired.

<HD1>Intangible Property

<HD5>739 Organization expenses.
</HD5></HD1></P>
<P>This account shall include all fees paid to governments for the privilege of incorporation, and office and other expenditures incident to organizing the corporation and putting it in readiness to do business; cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses; special counsel fees; cost of preparing and issuing certificates of stock; cost of procuring the necessary certificates from State authorities; and other like costs necessary and proper in organizing the enterprise.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Cost of soliciting for loans or for the sale of bonds or other evidences of indebtedness shall be charged to balance sheet account 743, “Other deferred debits.” (See instruction 5-3.)</P></NOTE>
<HD1>Other Assets and Deferred Debits

<HD5>741 Other assets.
</HD5></HD1>
<P>This account shall include the estimated value of salvage recoverable from property retired when the recovery of the salvage is deferred for any reason. (See instruction 2-5 and 2-7.) This account shall also include the estimated realizable amount for other assets of doubtful value, collection of which within one year is not assured; also other deferred assets and miscellaneous assets not otherwise provided for in general balance sheet accounts. (See instruction 5-1.)

<HD5>743 Other deferred debits.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include the amount of debit balances in suspense accounts that cannot be cleared and disposed of until additional information is received, such as frieght claims paid when found to be correct, but in advance of investigation with other carriers; unextinguished discount on short-term notes; unadjusted debit items not otherwise provided for and similar items the proper disposition of which is uncertain
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall also include the aggregate amount of the expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of each class of the carrier's outstanding long-term or equipment obligations, such as fees for listing long-term obligations on stock exchanges, legal and other fees, cost of tax stamps and similar items. (See account 14.) Separate subdivisions shall be maintained for each issue of such obligations. (See instruction 5-3.)
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]

<HD5>744 Accumulated deferred income tax debits.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the amount of deferred noncurrent income tax debits and credits determined in accordance with Instruction 1-10 when the balance is a net debit. A net credit balance shall be included in account 786, “Accumulated deferred income tax credits”.

<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 10321, 11145; 5 U.S.C. 553)
</SECAUTH></P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 12350, Mar. 23, 1982]



<HED1>Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

<HD1>Current Liabilities



<HD5>751 Loans and notes payable.
</HD5></HD1></HED1></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include the balances representing obligations outstanding in the form of loans and notes payable or other similar evidence (except interest coupons) of indebtedness payable on demand or within a time not exceeding one year from date of issue.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall be kept in such form so as to show separately the amounts of notes payable within one year from date of issue that are secured by collateral.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Loans and notes payable to affiliated companies which are subject to current settlement shall be included in account 757, “Payables to affiliated companies,” and noncurrent obligations in account 769, “Accounts payable; Affiliated companies.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>This account shall not include obligations due within one year which are intended to be refinanced on a long-term basis. Long-term refinancing of short-term obligations means: (1) Replacement with long-term obligations or equity securities, or (2) renewal, extension, or replacement with short-term obligations for an uninterrupted period extending beyond one year from the balance sheet date.
</P>
<P>The intention to refinance on a long-term basis shall be supported by the ability to refinance. Evidence of this ability includes either: (1) The actual issuance of an obligation, after the balance sheet date but before the balance sheet is issued, or (2) before the balance sheet is issued, the existence of a financing agreement which is long-term and based on terms readily determinable with no existing violations of its provisions, and with a lender which is financially capable of honoring the agreement.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>752 Accounts payable; interline and other balances.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the net credit balances payable to other companies representing items such as interline freight, passenger, switching and baggage revenues, charges for equipment interchanged on a per diem or mileage basis, and charges for car repairs, loss and damage freight claims, and overcharge claims.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The amount to be entered in this account is not the net balance between this account and account 705, “Accounts receivable; Interline and other balances.” Net debit balances receivable from other companies shall be included in account 705.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>753 Audited accounts and wages payable.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the amount of audited vouchers or accounts and audited payrolls unpaid on the date of the balance sheet. It shall include balances representing unclaimed wages and outstanding pay and time or discharge checks issued in payment of wages and all other unpaid vouchered items.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The amount of checks and drafts, which have been transmitted to payees and which remain unpaid at the close of the accounting period, shall be credited to account 701, “Cash.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>754 Accounts payable; other.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include outstanding drafts drawn by station agents, conductors' refund and extra-fare checks not presented for redemption, taxes collected from employees and others for the account of taxing agencies, and other items of the nature of demand liabilities not covered by accounts 751, 752, 753, 755, 756, and 757.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The amount to be reported under this account is not the net balance between this account and account 707, “Accounts receivable; Other.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The amount of checks and drafts, which have been transmitted to payees and which remain unpaid at the close of the accounting period, shall be credited to account 701, “Cash.” When the amount of such checks and drafts cannot be determined with absolute accuracy an estimate of the amount shall be used.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>Deposits and other items of affiliated companies subject to current settlement shall be included in account 757, “Payables to affiliated companies.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>755 Interest payable.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the amount of matured and unpaid interest on funded debt, and other obligations of the accounting company for which provision has been made for current settlement. This account shall also include the amount of interest subject to current settlement accrued to the date of the balance sheet, but payable after that date, on obligations of the accounting company.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Interest payable on debt to affiliated companies, if subject to current settlement, shall be included in account 757, “Payables to affiliated companies.” Noncurrent interest shall be included in account 769, “Accounts payable; Affiliated companies.” Interest payable to others which is not paid when it matures shall be included in account 781. “Interest in default,” if not subject to current settlement. Where interest is in default, subsequent accruals shall be credited directly to account 781.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>756 Dividends payable.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the amount of dividends payable on capital stock but unpaid, at the date of the balance sheet.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Dividends payable to affiliated companies shall be included in account 757, “Payables to affiliated companies.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>757 Payables to affiliated companies.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include amounts payable to affiliated companies which are subject to current settlement such as deposits, demand or time loans, notes payable, interest, dividends, miscellaneous bills, and similar items.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Payables to affiliated companies, representing net credit balances for items such as revenues, charges for equipment interchanged, car repairs and claims, shall not be included in this account but in account 752, “Accounts payable; Interline and other balances.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>759 Accrued accounts payable.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include estimates of unaudited items payable by the carrier to the date of the balance sheet, including those which are chargeable to revenue, expense, or income accounts. Among the items which should be included in this account are:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Rents payable.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Amounts payable to others for unreported interline traffic.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Amounts payable to others for use of facilities, including equipment, for which bills have not been rendered.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Amounts payable to others for services for which bills have not been rendered.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Estimated amounts payable within one year covering liability for claims for injuries to persons, loss and damage, and similar items.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Amounts payable (estimated if necessary) within one year pursuant to agreements with labor organizations or otherwise for employees vacations now earned.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<HD5>760 Federal income taxes accrued.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall be credited with the amount accrued for Federal income taxes which has been concurrently charged to the appropriate income or other authorized accounts. Credits to this account that are based upon estimates shall be adjusted during the year so that this account may show, as nearly as practicable the approximate amount of the carrier's unpaid liability for such taxes. Payments of taxes for which accruals have been made shall be debited to this account.

<HD5>761 State and other income taxes accrued.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall be credited with the amounts accrued for state and other income taxes which have been concurrently charged to the appropriate income or other authorized accounts. Credits to this account that are based upon estimates shall be adjusted during the year so that this account may show, as nearly as practicable, the approximate amount of the carrier's unpaid liability for such taxes. Payments of taxes for which accruals have been made shall be debited to this account.

<HD5>761.5 Other taxes accrued.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall be credited with the accruals of all taxes, other than income taxes, which have been concurrently charged to the appropriate income or other accounts for taxes. Such accruals may be based upon estimates, provided such estimates shall be adjusted during the year so that this account may show, as nearly as practicable, the approximate amount of the carrier's unpaid liability for such taxes. Payments of taxes for which accruals have been made shall be debited to this account.
</P>
<P>(b) The records supporting the entries in this account shall be kept to show separately by classes of taxes the amount of the tax accruals for the current year and adjustments of accruals for prior years.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Amounts for prepayments of taxes shall be included in account 711, “Prepayments.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>762 Deferred income tax credits.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the current portion of deferred income tax charges and credits determined in accordance with Instruction 1-10 when the balance is a net credit. A net debit balance shall be included in account 714, “Deferred income tax debits”.

<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 10321, 11145; 5 U.S.C. 553)
</SECAUTH></P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 12350, Mar. 23, 1982]

<HD5>763 Other current liabilities.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>There shall be included in this account the principal amount of unpresented bonds drawn for redemption through the operation of sinking and redemption fund agreements, also the principal amount of unpresented fund debt obligations, and receivers' and trustees' securities which have matured (for which provision has been made for current settlement), and other current liabilities not includible in the foregoing current liability accounts.



<HD5>763.5 Derivative instrument liabilities.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include the change in the fair value of all derivative instrument liabilities not designated as cash-flow or fair-value hedges. Account 551, <I>Miscellaneous income charges,</I> will be charged with the corresponding amount of the change in the fair value of the derivative instrument.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19909, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HD5>763.6 Derivative instrument liabilities—hedges.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include the change in the fair value of derivative instrument liabilities designated by the carrier as cash-flow or fair-value hedges.
</P>
<P>(b) A carrier will record the change in the fair value of a derivative instrument liability related to a cash-flow hedge in this account, with a concurrent charge to account 799.1, <I>Other comprehensive income,</I> with the effective portion of the derivative instrument's gain or loss. The ineffective portion of the cash-flow hedge will be charged to the same income or expense account that would have been used if the hedged item had been disposed of or otherwise settled.
</P>
<P>(c) A carrier will record the change in the fair value of a derivative instrument liability related to a fair-value hedge in this account, with a concurrent charge to a sub-account of the asset or liability that carries the item being hedged. The ineffective portion of the fair-value hedge will be charged to the same income or expense account that would have been used if the hedged item had been disposed of or otherwise settled.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">81 FR 19909, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HD5>764 Equipment obligations and other long-term debt due within one year.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the total amount of bonds, equipment obligations, and other long-term debt, including obligations maturing serially or payable in installments which are due and payable within one year, and for which arrangements for long-term refinancing have not been made (See note B to account 751, “Loans and notes payable”) or for which no sinking funds have been provided. This account shall be subdivided according to the different classes of debt.

<HD1>Long-Term Debt Due After One Year

<HD5>765 Funded debt unmatured.
</HD5></HD1></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include the total par value of unmatured debt (other than equipment obligations), maturing more than one year from the close of the accounting period, including obligations due within one year which are expected to be refinanced on a long-term basis (see note B to account 751, “Loans and notes payable”), whether the securities were issued by the accounting company or the payment was assumed by the accounting company after being issued as the debt of other companies. (See account 764, “Equipment obligations and other long-term debt due within one year.”)
</P>
<P>(b) The amounts included in this account shall be divided to show the par value of (1) certificates or other evidences of funded debt (pledged and unpledged) held in the company's treasury, by its agents or trustees, or otherwise subject to its control, including both those reacquired after actual issue and those nominally but never actually issued; and (2) certificates or other evidences of funded debt issued and actually outstanding, being those not held by the company, its agents or trustees, or subject to its control.
</P>
<P>(c) The amounts included herein shall be further divided so as to show the amount of each class of funded debt, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Mortgage bonds.</I> Bonds secured by lien on physical property and not includible in the other subdivisions of this account.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Collateral trust bonds.</I> Bonds and notes secured by a lien on securities or other negotiable paper; and stock trust certificates that are similar in character to collateral trust bonds.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Income bonds.</I> Bonds which are a lien on a carrier's revenue alone, or bonds which, while being a lien on its property and franchises, can claim payment of interest only in case interest is earned.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Miscellaneous obligations.</I> All funded obligations not provided for by the other subdivisions of this account, also notes, unsecured certificates of indebtedness, debenture bond, plain bonds, real estate mortgages executed or assumed and other similar obligations maturing more than one year from date of issue, but excluding liabilities for assessments for public improvements and those evidenced by conditional or deferred equipment purchase contracts for which provision is made in accounts 782, “Other liabilities,” and 766, “Equipment obligations,” respectively.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Receipts outstanding for funded debt.</I> Receipts for payments on account of funded debt. When certificates are issued for such payments, the par value shall be included in the account covering the class of funded debt for which the certificates are issued.
</P>
<P>(d) Each of the above classes shall also be divided into subclasses according to differences in mortgage or other lien or security therefor, rate of interest, interest dates, or date of maturity. Parts of any issue agreeing in other characteristics but maturing serially may be treated as of the same subclass.
</P>
<P>(e) Records shall be maintained in such manner as to show (1) securities the issuance or assumption of which has been authorized by the Board under provisions of the Interstate Commerce Act, and similar securities issued or assumed prior to the effective date of such provisions of the Act, and (2) other obligations of a kind which may legally be issued or assumed without such authorization.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Securities (other than equipment obligations) maturing one year or less from date of issue shall be included in accounts 757, “Payables to affiliated companies,” 769, “Accounts payable; Affiliated companies,” or 751, “Loans and notes payable,” as appropriate, except that where an issue of securities maturing serially over a period of years contains short-term obligations such obligations may be included as funded debt. Mature funded debt shall be included in account 763, “Other current liabilities,” if provision has been made for current settlement. If no provision has been made for current settlement, matured funded debt shall be included in account 768, “Debt in default,” except that when the collection of matured funded debt of affiliated companies is not enforced by controlling companies, the principal amount (to the extent held by a controlling company) shall be included in account 769, “Accounts payable; Affiliated companies.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>See definitions 3, actually issued; 4, actually outstanding; 25, nominally issued; and 26, nominally outstanding.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>Nonnegotiable notes having a maturity of more than one year after date of issue, held by affiliated companies, shall be included in account 769, “Accounts payable; Affiliated companies.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>Securities nominally issued or reacquired and held in the company's treasury, except securities held by trustees in sinking or other funds, shall be included in a subdivision of this account. In the general balance sheet statement the total unmatured funded debt included in this account shall be shown in the first short column. The amount nominally but not actually issued and the amount nominally outstanding shall be shown in the second short column, and in the long column shall be shown the amount actually outstanding.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]

<HD5>766 Equipment obligations.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include the par value of equipment securities and the principal amount of contractual obligations for the purchase of equipment, excluding principal or obligations maturing serially or payable in installments within one year from the close of the accounting period, and including obligations due within one year which are expected to be refinanced on a long-term basis (see account 764, “Equipment obligations and other long-term debt due within one year”); for explanation of long-term refinancing, see note B to account 751, “Loans and notes payable.”
</P>
<P>(b) The amounts included herein shall be divided as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Principal amount of equipment securities including those maturing serially, issued or assumed by the accounting company or by receivers and trustees, which have been authorized by the Board under provisions of the Interstate Commerce Act and similar securities issued or assumed prior to the effective date of such provisions of the act.
</P>
<P>(2) Principal sums of obligations for equipment purchased under conditional or deferred payment contracts, which may be legally entered into or assumed by the accounting company or by receivers and trustees, without authorization by the Board.

<HD5>766.5 Capitalized lease obligations.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) Long-term leases which are clearly in substance installment purchases shall be capitalized. The liability under such leases which have been capitalized in fixed asset accounts shall be recorded in this account. (See instruction 2-20.)
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall be kept so as to show the liability under each lease obligation.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The portion of the liability for long-term leases which is payable within 1 year of the close of the accounting period is includible in account 764, Equipment obligations and other long-term debt due within one year.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Leases which merely state the right to use property and a related obligation to pay specific rents over a definite future period shall not be considered to be assets and liabilities.</P></NOTE>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 12, 20, 304, 913 and 1012)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 56611, Oct. 27, 1977]

<HD5>767 Receivers' and trustees' securities.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>When receivers or trustees acting under the orders of a court are in possession of the property of the company, and under the order of such court issue or assume evidences of indebtedness (other than equipment securities or obligations) the par value of such evidences shall be credited to this account.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The par value of equipment securities or the principal amount of obligations incurred for the purchase of equipment under conditional or deferred payment contracts shall be included in account 766, “Equipment obligations.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>768 Debt in default.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include amounts transferred from other accounts representing matured funded securities or obligations, receivers' and trustees' securities, equipment obligations and short-term notes, when maturity dates of such obligations have not been extended
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The principle amount of matured funded debt of affiliated companies the collection of which is not enforced by the controlling company shall (to the extent of the principal amount held by the controlling company) be included in account 769, “Accounts payable; Affiliated companies.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>The principal amount unpresented funded debt obligations which have matured, and for which provision has been made for payment shall be included in account 763, “Other current liabilities.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>769 Accounts payable; affiliated companies.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the par value of nonnegotiable notes issued to affiliated companies; also matured funded debt of affiliated companies held by controlling companies where there is no agreement for an extension as to time of payment and collection of the principal is not enforced; credit balances in open accounts with such companies other than credit balances classable as current liablilities, and interest accrued on notes, matured funded debt of affiliated companies and open accounts included in this account, when such interest is not subject to current settlements. The amounts included herein shall be divided as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) Notes, including not only nonnegotiable notes that run longer than a term of one year, but also such notes payable on demand or within one year from the date of issue when it is mutually agreed that the notes shall not be enforced as current assets by the holder.
</P>
<P>(b) Par value of matured funded debt of affiliated companies held by controlling companies where there is no agreement for an extension of time and collection is not enforced.
</P>
<P>(c) Open accounts not subject to current settlement.
</P>
<P>(d) Interest accrued on amounts included in this account when not subject to current settlement.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Accounts with affiliated companies which are subject to current settlement shall be classed as current assets or current liabilities, as appropriate.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>No item shall be included in this account which is not known to be the property of an affiliated company.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>The term <I>affiliated companies</I> includes:
</P>
<P>1. Controlled companies, including companies solely controlled by the accounting company, and also companies jointly controlled by the accounting company and others under a joint arrangement. (See definition 4.)
</P>
<P>2. Controlling companies, including both companies solely controlling the accounting company, and companies which jointly control the accounting company under a joint arrangement.
</P>
<P>3. Companies controlled by controlled companies.
</P>
<P>4. Companies controlled by controlling companies.
</P>
<P>By <I>control</I> (See definition 8) is meant the ability to determine the action of a corporation. For the purposes of this account, the following are to be considered forms of control:
</P>
<P>(a) Right through title to securities issued or assumed to exercise the major part of the voting power in the controlled corporation.
</P>
<P>(b) Right through agreement of some character or through some source other than title to securities, to name the majority of the board of directors, managers, or trustees of the controlled corporation.
</P>
<P>(c) Right to foreclose a first lien upon all or a major part in value of the tangible property of the controlled corporation.
</P>
<P>(d) Right to secure control in consequence of advances made for construction of the operating property of the controlled corporation.
</P>
<P>(e) Right to control only in a specific respect the action of the controlled corporation.
</P>
<P>A leasehold interest in the property of a corporation is not to be classed as a form of control over the lessor corporation.
</P>
<P><I>Sole control</I> is that which rests in one corporation.
</P>
<P><I>Joint control</I> is that which rests in two or more corporations and which is held under a joint arrangement.</P></NOTE>
<HD5>770.1 Unamortized debt discount.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the total of the net debit balances representing the excess of the discount over the premimium in connection with the issuance of each class of the carrier's outstanding long-term or equipment obligations. Separate subdivisions shall be maintained for each issue of such obligations. (See instruction 5-3.)
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Issue costs related to long-term debt (debt expense) shall be included in account 743, “Other deferred debits.” (See instruction 5-3.)</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>When long-term obligations are refinanced the balance of debt discount and expense pertaining to the old obligations shall be transferred to account 551, “Miscellaneous income charges.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>770.2 Unamortized premium on debt.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include the total of all credit balances representing the excess of the premium over the discount and expenses in connection with the issuance of each class of the carrier's outstanding long-term or equipment obligations. Separate subdivisions shall be maintained for each issue of obligations. (See instruction 5-3.)

<HD1>Other Long-Term Liabilities

<HD5>771 Accrued liability; pension and welfare.
</HD5></HD1></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include the credit balances accrued representing the estimated liability of the carrier for amounts provided by charges to operating expenses, including amounts contributed by employees, irrespective of whether carried in special funds or in general funds of the carrier, for pensions, accident and death benefits, savings, relief, hospital, or other provident purposes.
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier may use the “full accrual basis” to account for pension costs upon prior approval of the Board. Full accrual basis as used herein means recording in the accounts now and hereafter costs of employees pensions accrued, including credits for past services, upon the basis of actuarial computations, even though the sum has not been funded by payment to the trustees. Applications for such accounting shall show the method of computation, together with the carrier's proposal for recording in the accounts the related income tax credits to be realized in subsequent years.
</P>
<P>(c) This account shall be charged when payments are made to retired employees, or disbursements are made for the purposes for which liability was provided.
</P>
<P>(d) Separate subaccounts shall be maintained to show the amount provided for each liability and the nature of and amounts of debits and credits to the subaccounts.

<HD5>772 Accrued liability; leased property.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall be credited with amounts concurrently charged to operating expenses or other accounts to cover the accrued liability on leased road and equipment when settlement between the accounting carrier and the lessor is not made currently. The amounts recorded shall include unsettled rent, based on depreciation or other factors, and liability for property retired.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall be divided to show the liability to (1) affiliated companies (See definition 4), and (2) others.

<HD5>774 Accrued liability; casualty and other claims.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall be credited with the amounts charged to operating expense to provide for estimated liabilities for claims for deaths of or injuries to employees and others, and for damages to property not owned or held under lease by the carrier; for claims for loss, destruction, damage, or delays to property entrusted to the carrier for transportation or storage; for revenue over charges, such as those covered by reparation claims; and for similar items. No credits shall be made to this account for amounts recoverable from insurance companies or others.
</P>
<P>(b) Separate subaccounts shall be maintained to show the amount provided for each liability and the nature of and amounts of debits and credits to the subaccounts.
</P>
<P>(c) If settlements for claims when audited are charged to this account, the balances for each year shall be kept separately until all items have been adjusted and cleared. If the settlements when audited are charged to the appropriate expense accounts, the balance in this account shall be adjusted through the expense accounts so as to reflect the probable liability at the close of each accounting period for claims which have been or may be filed for actuarial occurrences.
</P>
<P>(d) Estimates of amounts payable within one year covering liability for claims shall be transferred from this account to account 759, “Accrued accounts payable.”

<HD5>775 Other accrued liabilities.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall be credited with the amounts accrued for estimated liabilities or losses provided by charges to operating expense or income accounts which are not provided for in any of the preceding accrued liability accounts.
</P>
<P>(b) Separate subaccounts shall be maintained to show the amount provided for each liability and the nature of and amounts of debits and credits to the subaccounts.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon accomplishment of the purpose for which each accrued liability was provided in this account, any remaining balance in the applicable subaccount shall be cleared to the appropriate operating expense or other account. Prior Board approval shall be required for clearance of balances in accrued liability subaccounts which were originally established by authority of the Board.
</P>
<P>(d) Estimates of amounts payable within one year covering any liability included in this account shall be transferred to account 759, “Accrued accounts payable.”

<HD5>781 Interest in default.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include the amount of matured and unpaid interest (for which no provision has been made for current settlement) on all indebtedness issued or assumed by the accounting company except interest which is added to the principal of the debt on which incurred. Where interest is in default, subsequent accruals shall be credited to this account.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Interest matured and unpaid on debt to affiliated companies, if not subject to current settlement, shall be included in account 769, “Accounts payable; Affiliated companies.”</P></NOTE>
<HD5>782 Other liabilities.
</HD5>
<P>This account shall include assessments for public improvements; retained amounts due governmental agencies for construction work; percentages due contractors to be paid upon completion of contracts; deposits for construction of side tracks to be refunded on basis of an agreed portion of the earnings from the traffic handled over the tracks and similar liabilities not payable within one year: This account shall also include other deferred and noncurrent liabilities not otherwise provided for in general balance sheet accounts. Assessments for public improvements and amounts due governmental agencies and others for payments to be made within one year, shall be included in account 763, “Other current liabilities,” or other appropriate current liability account.

<HD5>783 Deferred revenues—transfers from government authorities.
</HD5></P>
<P>This account shall include amounts representing the cost of acquisition, addition to, or improvement of depreciable operating property received, or receivable from Federal, state, or local authorities. Items to be included in this account shall be determined in accordance with instruction 1-15.
</P>
<P>An appropriate record shall be maintained of each asset associated with these transfers showing: (1) Original cost to carrier (or fair value if not purchased), (2) accumulated depreciation, and (3) estimated salvage value, if any.
</P>
<P>This account shall be charged periodically, and account 503, “Railway Operating Revenues—Amortization of Deferred Transfers from Government Authorities,” shall be credited with amounts equal to the depreciation costs of the assets to which they apply. When such assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, this account shall be charged, and account 503 concurrently credited with any remaining associated amounts. (See instruction 1-15.)
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>This account shall not include government transfers in the form of, or designated for the purchase of land or other non-depreciable property. Transfers of this type are includible in account 795, “Other Capital.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>This account shall not include transfers from the Federal Government to either Amtrak or ConRail representing the cost of depreciable and non-depreciable operating property.</P></NOTE>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 304, 320)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 30558, July 17, 1978]

<HD1>Deferred Credits

<HD5>784 Other deferred credits.
</HD5></HD1></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include the amount of credit balances in suspense accounts that cannot be disposed of until services are performed or additional information is received, such as amounts received from sale of mileage tickets, to be disposed of as mileage is honored; amounts received from sales of excess baggage script, to be disposed of as coupons are honored; interchangeable mileage credential ticket redemption funds, amounts collected from the sale of damaged, unclaimed, and over freight held pending final disposition, unadjusted credit items not otherwise provided for; and similar items, the proper disposition of which is uncertain.

<HD5>786 Accumulated deferred income tax credits.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall be credited with the noncurrent portions of deferred income tax debits and credits when the balance is a net credit, as determined by Instruction 1-10. A net debit balance shall be included in account 744, “Accumulated deferred income tax debits”.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall be credited with the amount of investment tax credits utilized in the current year for income tax purposes but deferred for accounting purposes (see Instruction 1-10).
</P>
<P>(c) This account shall be concurrently debited with amounts credited to account 557, “Provision for deferred taxes,” representing amortization of amounts for investment tax credits deferred in prior accounting periods.
</P>
<P>(d) This account shall be maintained in such a manner as to show separately:
</P>
<P>(1) the unamortized balance of deferred income taxes and deferred investment tax credit separately as of the beginning and as of the end of each year (2) the entries that affected the account balance, and (3) the current year's net credits or charges applicable to timing differences and deferred investment tax credits.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>For definitions of income tax terminology see Definition 17. Account 557, “Provision for deferred taxes”, and account 591, “Provision for deferred taxes—Extraordinary item,” shall concurrently be charged (credited) with the net effect of material timing effects. Other related deferred income tax balance sheet accounts are:
</P>
<FP-1>Account 714, “Deferred income tax debit.”
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Account 744, “Accumulated deferred income tax debits.”
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Account 762, “Deferred income tax credits.”</FP-1></NOTE>
<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 10321, 11145; 5 U.S.C. 553)
</SECAUTH>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 12350, Mar. 23, 1982, as amended at 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]

<HD1>Shareholders' Equity

<HD5>791 Capital stock.
</HD5></HD1></CITA>
<P>(a) This account shall include the par value of stocks with par value; the stated value of no par stock having a stated value; and the cash value of the consideration received or the amount approved by the Board for no par stocks without stated value for all shares of capital stock or other form of proprietary interest in the accounting company which have been issued to bona fide purchasers and have not been reacquired and canceled, also shares of stock nominally issued.
</P>
<P>(b) This account also shall include amounts transferred from retained earnings for no par stock without stated value when approved by the Board.
</P>
<P>(c) The amount of the consideration received from the sale of par value stock and no par stock having a stated value in excess of the amount credited to this account shall be credited to account 794, “Premiums and assessments on capital stock.”
</P>
<P>(d) When capital stock is retired or canceled, this account shall be charged with the amount at which such stock is carried in this account. In the case of no par stock without stated value, the amount to be charged shall be the proportion, applicable to the reacquired shares immediately prior to reacquisition, of the total book liability included herein of actually outstanding shares of the particular class and series of stock of which the reacquired shares are a part.
</P>
<P>(e) The amounts included in this account shall be recorded so as to show (1) par value of shares of par value stock; the stated value of shares of no par stock, and the amount paid in or approved by the Board for no par stock without stated value (pledged or unpledged), held in the company's treasury, by its agents or trustees, or otherwise subject to its control, including shares nominally but never actually issued and (2) par value of shares of par value stock, the stated value of shares of no par stock, and the amount paid in or approved by the Board for shares of no par stock without stated value, issued and actually outstanding, being the shares not held by the company, its agents, or trustees, or subject to its control.
</P>
<P>(f) The amounts recorded shall be further divided so as to show the amount of each class of stock issued, separated as between par value and no par value stock, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Common stock.</I> Stocks which have no preference over other issues of stock in distribution of dividends or of assets.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Preferred stock.</I> Stocks having preference over other issues of stock in distribution of dividends or of assets.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Debenture stock.</I> Stock issued under a contract to pay a specified return at specified intervals.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Receipts outstanding for installments paid.</I> Receipts for payments on account of subscriptions to capital stock.
</P>
<P>(g) When the subscriber has paid his subscription in full and is entitled to receive certificates representing the shares for which he has subscribed, the par value of stocks having par value, the stated value of no par stock, or the agreed purchase price or the price authorized by the Board for no par stock without stated value, as appropriate, shall be included in the division for the class for which the certificates are issued.
</P>
<P>(h) Each of the above classes shall also be divided into subclasses according to differences in dividend or interest rights, voting rights, or conditions under which the securities may be retired.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>When a general levy or assessment is made against the holders of capital stock requiring the payment of any sum in addition to the consideration agreed upon at the time of sale, the amount collected shall be credited to account 794, “Premiums and assessments on capital stock.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>When no par stock without stated value is issued in exchange for par stock, or no par stock with stated value, amounts included in account 794, “Premiums and assessments on capital stock,” for the retired stock, shall be transferred to this account, and any amounts icluded in the discount account for the retired stock shall be charged to account 795, “Other capital”; <I>Provided, however,</I> That any excess over the amount of accumulated net gains applicable to the subclass exchanged included in account 795 shall be charged to account 616, “Other debits to retained earnings.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>An appropriate record shall be maintained with respect to shares of capital stock showing the number of shares nominally issued, nominally outstanding, actually issued and actually outstanding.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>See definitions 3, actually issued; 4, actually outstanding; 25, nominally issued; and 26, nominally outstanding.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]

<HD5>792 Capital stock to be distributed.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the company's liability under agreements to exchange its capital stock for the outstanding securities of companies whose physical property has been acquired under such agreements, but whose securities have not yet been surrendered for exchange. This account shall also include stock dividends declared that remain undistributed at the end of an accounting period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 4347, Feb. 11, 1987]

<HD5>793 Discount on capital stock.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the excess of the par or stated value recorded in account 791, “Capital stock,” (at the time of original sale of par value stock and no par stock with a stated value) plus accrued dividends, if any, over the cash value of the consideration received.

<HD5>794 Premiums and assessments on capital stock.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include the excess of the actual cash vlaue of the consideration received (at the time of original sale of par value stock and no par stock with a stated value) over the par or stated value of the stock issued, plus accrued dividends, if any, and subsequent assessments against stockholders representing payments required in excess of par or stated value.
</P>
<P>(b) Separate subdivisions shall be maintained for premiums and for assessments on each class and series of stock.
</P>
<P>(c) When capital stock is retired and canceled, this account shall be charged with the amount of assessments and premiums originally recorded for the shares of stock retired and canceled.

<HD5>795 Other capital.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include all other capital not classified as retained earnings. It shall include such items as the amount of consent dividends on the accounting company's capital stock; capital arising from donations by stockholders of capital stock of the company or other contribution to capital; amounts representing reduction of the par or recorded value of the accounting company's capital stock, including reductions arising in merger of a railroad and pooling of interest (see instruction 2-15(d)); capital from reorganization of the company (see instruction 2-16); and amounts of forfeited subscriptions to the accounting company's capital stock. This account shall also include gains from the acquisition, retirement, or resale of reacquired shares of the accounting company's capital stock; and forgiveness by stockholders as a contribution to capital of long-term debt owed to them.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall be charged with amounts included herein when capitalized by stock dividends or otherwise with the approval of the Board, and losses from retirement or resale of reacquired shares up to an amount not in excess of credits included herein applicable to the reacquired shares; and may be charged with the amortization of discount on capital stock to the extent of credits herein for such stock.
</P>
<P>(c) This account shall be subdivided to show each source of other capital.
</P>
<P>(d) This account shall be subdivided to show the cumulative amounts representing the cost of nondepreciable operating property received from government authorities, in accordance with the provisions of instruction 1-15.
</P>
<P>(e) This account shall also be subdivided to show the cumulative amounts representing the cost of depreciable and nondepreciable operating property received by Amtrak or Conrail from the Federal Government. (See instruction 1-15.)

<SECAUTH TYPE="N">(49 U.S.C. 304, 320)
</SECAUTH></P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[42 FR 35017, July 7, 1977, as amended at 43 FR 30558, July 17, 1978]

<HD5>797 Retained earnings; appropriated.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This account shall include the accumulated amount of retained earnings which has been appropriated and set aside according to provisions of mortgages, deeds of trust, reorganization plans, or other agreements requiring payments into capital funds, sinking funds, or other funds; and also appropriations for general contingencies, possible future losses (not in the category of liabilities actually incurred), and other corporate purposes. This account shall be subdivided by classes of appropriations showing the purpose for which each appropriation is made.

<HD5>798 Retained earnings; unappropriated.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include the net balance (debit or credit) of the amounts included in accounts 601 to 623, inclusive. It shall not include transfers either to or from account 795, “Other capital,” unless authorized upon application to the Board.
</P>
<P>(b) Any balance representing retained earnings not segregated at the date of the balance sheet shall be included in a subdivision of this account.
</P>
<P>(c) The balance of accounts 601 to 623, inclusive, shall be closed into this account at the end of each calendar year.



<HD5>798.5 Treasury stock.
</HD5></P>
<P>(a) This account shall include in subdivisions for each class the reacquisition cost of capital stock which has been actually issued or assumed by the carrier, then reacquired, and is neither retired nor canceled, nor properly includable in sinking or other funds.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall be maintained to reflect separately securities pledged and unpledged.
</P>
<P>(c) This account shall be shown on the balance sheet as a deduction in arriving at stockholders' equity.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The accounting for the reacquisition and resale of capital stock shall be in accordance with instruction 5-4, paragraphs (e) through (g).</P></NOTE>
<HD5>799 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.
</HD5>
<P>(a) This account shall include revenues, expenses, gains, and losses that are properly includable in Other Comprehensive Income during the period. Examples of items of Other Comprehensive Income include foreign currency items, minimum pension liability adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on certain investments in debt and equity securities, and cash-flow hedges. Records supporting the entries to this account shall be maintained so that the carrier can furnish the amount of Other Comprehensive Income for each item included in this account.
</P>
<P>(b) This account shall also be debited or credited, as appropriate, with amounts of accumulated Other Comprehensive Income that have been included in the determination of net income during the period and in accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in prior periods. Separate records for each category of items will be maintained to identify the amount of the reclassification adjustments from accumulated Other Comprehensive Income to earnings made during the period.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19910, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HD3>Form of General Balance Sheet Statement


</HD3></CITA>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The classified form of general balance sheet statement is designed to show the financial condition of the accounting company at any specified date.</P></EXTRACT>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Assets
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Current assets:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">701. Cash.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">702. Temporary cash investments.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">703. Special deposits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">704. Loans and notes receivable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">705. Accounts receivable; Interline and other balances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">706. Accounts receivable; Customers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">707. Accounts receivable; Other.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">708. Interest and dividends receivable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">708.5. Receivables from affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">709. Accrued accounts receivable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">709.5. Allowance for uncollectible accounts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Net receivables.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">710. Working funds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">711. Prepayments.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">712. Material and supplies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">713. Other current assets.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">713.5 Derivative instrument assets.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">713.6 Derivative instrument assets-hedges.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">714. Deferred income tax debits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total current assets.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Special funds:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">715. Sinking funds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">716. Capital funds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">717. Other funds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total special funds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Investments:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">721. Investments and advances; affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Undistributed earnings from certain investments in account 751.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">721.5. Adjustments; investments and advances—affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net—investments and advances—affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">722. Other investments and advances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">723. Adjustments; Other investments and advances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Net—other investments and advances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Total investments.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tangible property:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">731. Road and equipment property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">735. Accumulated depreciation; Road and equipment property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">736. Accumulated amortization; Road and equipment property—Defense projects.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Net road and equipment property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">732. Improvements on leased property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">733. Accumulated depreciation; Improvements on leased property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">734. Accumulated amortization; Improvements on leased property—Defense projects.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Net improvements on leased property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Total carrier property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">737. Property used in other than carrier operations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">738. Accumulated depreciation; Property used in other than carrier operations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Net—property used in other than carrier operations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Total tangible property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Intangible property:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">739. Organization expenses.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other assets and deferred debits:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">741. Other assets.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">743. Other deferred debits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">744. Accumulated deferred income tax debits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total other assets and deferred debits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total assets.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"><E T="02">Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Current liabilities:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">751. Loans and notes payable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">752. Accounts payable; Interline and other balances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">753. Audited accounts and wages payable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">754. Accounts payable; Other.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">755. Interest payable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">756. Dividends payable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">757. Payables to affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">759. Accrued accounts payable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">760. Federal income taxes accrued.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">761. State and other income taxes accrued.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">761.5. Other taxes accrued.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">762. Deferred income tax credits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">763. Other current liabilities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">763.5 Derivative instrument liabilities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">763.6 Derivative instrument liabilities—hedges.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">764. Equipment obligations and other long-term debt due within one year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total current liabilities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Long-term debt due after one year: 
<sup>1</sup>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">765. Funded debt unmatured.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">766. Equipment obligations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">766.5. Capitalized lease obligations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">767. Receivers' and trustees' securities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">768. Debt in default.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">769. Accounts payable; Affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">770.1 Unamortized debt discount.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">770.2 Unamortized premium on debt.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total long-term debt due after one year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other long-term liabilities:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">771. Accrued liability; Pension and welfare.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">772. Accrued liability; Leased property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">774. Accrued liability; Casualty and other claims.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">775. Other accrued liabilities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">781. Interest in default.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">782. Other liabilities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total other long-term liabilities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Deferred credits:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">783. Deferred revenues—transfers from government authorities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">784. Other deferred credits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">786. Accumulated deferred income tax credits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total deferred credits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shareholders' equity:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Capital stock:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">791. Capital stock.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">792. Liability for conversion of capital stock.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">793. Discount on capital stock.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total capital stock.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Additional capital:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">794. Premiums and assessments on capital stock.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">795. Other capital.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total additional capital.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Retained earnings:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">797. Retained earnings; Appropriated.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">798. Retained earnings; Unappropriated.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total retained earnings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">798.5 Treasury stock.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">799. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total shareholders' equity.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 8em">Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> To be divided as to “Total issued” and “Held by or for company.”</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19910, Apr. 6, 2016]



<HED1>CONVERSION TABLES

<FP-1>Operating Expense Accounts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Transportation Operating Revenue Accounts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Income Accounts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Retained Income Accounts.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>General Balance Sheet Accounts.


</FP-1></HED1></CITA>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Operating Expense Accounts—Conversion Table
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[See footnotes at end of table]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">System of accounts effective prior to Jan 1, 1978
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">System of accounts effective Jan. 1, 1978
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Account title
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="5" scope="col">Account No.
<sup>1</sup>
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="7" scope="row">Maintenance of Roadway and Structures
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Superintendence</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">201</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-02</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-03</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-04</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-05</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-06</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-06
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway maintenance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">202</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-11-10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-12-10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-10</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-12-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">206</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-11-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-12-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-11</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges, trestles and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">208</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-11-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1-12-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-12-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Elevated structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">210</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-11-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-12-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-12</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">212</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-13</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rails</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">214</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-14</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other track material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">216</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">218</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-16</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track laying and surfacing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">220</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-11-17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-12-17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-17</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fences, snowsheds and signs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">221</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Station and office buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">227</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-23</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-33</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">229</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Water stations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">231</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fuel stations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">233</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-27</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shops and enginehouses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">235</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Grain elevators</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">237</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-35</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Storage warehouses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">239</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Wharves and docks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">241</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-32</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coal and ore wharves</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">243</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-29</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-30</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TOFC/COFC terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">244</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-31</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communication systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">247</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-20</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">249</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-11-19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-19</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-18</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-18
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Power plants</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">253</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Power transmission systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">257</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-24</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-25</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-26</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">265</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway property; depreciation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">266</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Retirements; road</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">267</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 61-11-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">269</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-36</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired road property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">270</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Small tools and supplies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">271</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-37</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Removing snow, ice and sand</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">272</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-38</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Public improvements; maintenance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">273</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-11-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-12-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-22</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Injuries to persons</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">274</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">275</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stationery and printing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">276</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 41-11-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Employees health and welfare benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">277</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-11-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-12-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-13-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maintaining joint tracks, yards and other facilities—Dr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">278</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-11-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-12-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-13-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maintaining joint tracks, yards and other facilities—Cr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">279</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-11-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-12-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-13-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Right-of-way expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">281</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">282</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="7" scope="row">Maintenance of Equipment
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Superintendence</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">301</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">302</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-21-40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-22-40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-23-40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-40</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Power plant machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">304</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-21</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-28</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop and power plant machinery; depreciation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">305</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired shop and power plant machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">306</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive repairs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">311</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-21-41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-41</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-21-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight-train cars; repairs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">314</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-22-42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-42</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-22-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passenger-train cars; repairs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">317</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-25-45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-25-45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-25-45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-25-45</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-25-45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-25-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-25-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-25-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-25-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-25-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway revenue equipment; repairs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">318</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-23-43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-43</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-43-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating equipment; repairs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">323</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-23-44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-44</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30/40-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Work equipment; repairs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">326</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-23-47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous equipment; repairs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">328</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-23-47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-47</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-48</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">329</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-39</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Retirements; equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">330</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-29-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Equipment; depreciation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">331</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Injuries to persons</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">332</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">333</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stationery and printing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">334</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 21-21-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 41-21-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Employees health and welfare benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">335</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-21-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-22-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-23-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint maintenance of equipment expenses—Dr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">336</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-21-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-22-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-23-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint maintenance of equipment expenses—Cr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">337</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-21-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-22-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-23-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">339</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Various</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39/40-23-46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-46</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="7" scope="row">Traffic Expense Account
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Superintendence</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">351</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Outside agencies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">352</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-88</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-89</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Advertising</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">353</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Traffic associations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">354</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-93</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fast freight lines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">355</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Industrial and immigration bureaus</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">356</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">357</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-61-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stationery and printing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">358</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 21-61-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 41-61-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Employees health and welfare benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">359</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-61-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">360</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="7" scope="row">Transportation Expense Accounts
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Superintendence</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">371</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dispatching trains</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">372</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-58</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Station employees</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">373</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-33-71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Weighing, inspection and demurrage bureaus</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">374</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coal and ore wharves</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">375</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Station supplies and expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">376</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-33-71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yardmasters and yard clerks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">377</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yard conductors and brakemen</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">378</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yard switch and signal tenders</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">379</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yard enginemen</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">380</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yard switching fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">382</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yard switching power produced</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">383</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yard switching power purchased</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">384</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Servicing yard locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">388</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yard supplies and expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">389</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-64</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-65</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-66</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating joint yards and terminals—Dr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">390</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-32-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating joint yards and terminals—Cr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">391</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-32-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train enginemen</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">392</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">394</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-67</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train power produced</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">395</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train power purchased</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">396</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Servicing train locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">400</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-69</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trainmen</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">401</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train supplies and expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">402</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-56</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21-31-57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-57
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-62</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-33-70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-33-70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-70</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-33-71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-33-71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-33-72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-33-72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-72</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating sleeping cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">403</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-41-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-41-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-41-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-41-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-41-57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-41-57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-41-57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-41-57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-45-76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-45-76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-45-76</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-45-76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-41-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-41-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-41-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-41-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signal and interlocker operation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">404</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-59</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Crossing protection</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">405</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-61</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Drawbridge operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">406</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communication system operation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">407</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-77</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating floating equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">408</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Employees health and welfare benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">409</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-31-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-32-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-33-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-34-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-35-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stationery and printing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">410</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 21-31-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 41-31-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">411</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating joint tracks and facilities—Dr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">412</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-31-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-32-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-34-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-35-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating joint tracks and facilities—Cr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">413</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-31-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-32-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-34-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-35-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">414</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-35-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">415</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-63</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Damage to property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">416</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-35-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Damage to livestock on right-of-way</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">417</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and damage; Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">418</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-33-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and damage; Baggage</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">419</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-33-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Injuries to persons</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">420</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-35-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-78</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TOFC/COFC terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">421</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other highway transportation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">422</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-73</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="7" scope="row">Miscellaneous Operations Expense
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dining and buffet service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">441</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-41-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-41-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-41-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-41-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-41-57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-41-57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-41-57</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-41-57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-41-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-41-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-41-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-41-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hotels and restaurants</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">442</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Grain elevators</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">443</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-74</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-75</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Producing power sold</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">445</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-68</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other miscellaneous operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">446</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating joint miscellaneous facilities—Dr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">447</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-34-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-35-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating joint miscellaneous facilities—Cr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">448</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-34-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-35-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Employees Health and Welfare Benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">449</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-34-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="7" scope="row">General Operating Expenses
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and expenses of general officers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">451</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and expenses of clerks and attendants</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">452</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-86</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-87</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-90</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-91</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General office supplies and expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">453</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-01</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Law expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">454</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-92</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">455</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-61-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Employees health and welfare benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">456</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-61-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pensions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">457</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-11-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-12-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-13-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-21-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-22-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-23-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-31-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-32-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-34-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-35-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-61-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stationery and printing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">458</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 21-61-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">
<sup>2</sup> 41-61-xx</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">460</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-99</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General joint facilities—Dr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">461</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-61-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General joint facilities—Cr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">462</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-61-00</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Various expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-94</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-94
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Footnotes:
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Freight account activity/subactivity numbers are shown except when old accounts are exclusively passenger expenses Passenger and common activity/subactivity numbers shall be used where appropriate.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Account numbers with the last 2 digits “xx” indicates that the account is subdivided by applicable functions See account texts for appropriate function assignment.</P></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Transportation Operating Revenue Accounts Conversion Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">System of accounts eff. prior to Jan. 1, 1978
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">System of accounts eff. Jan. 1, 1978
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Account title
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Account title
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row">Transportation Revenue Accounts
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Transportation; rail line</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Transportation; rail line.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passenger</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Passenger.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Baggage</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Passenger-related.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sleeping car</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Parlor and chair car</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other passenger-train</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">108</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Milk</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">109</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Switching.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Water transfers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">113</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Water transfers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Incidental</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">130</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Incidental.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dining and buffet</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">131</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Passenger-related.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hotel and restaurant</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">132</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Incidental.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Station, train, and boat privileges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">133</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Storage; freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">135</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Demurrage</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">137</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Demurrage.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communication</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">138</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Incidental.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Grain elevator</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">139</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">141</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rent of buildings and other property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">142</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">143</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">110</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">150</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">120</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Joint facility.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—cr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">151</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">121</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Joint facility—cr.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—dr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">152</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">122</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Joint facility—dr.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Income Accounts Conversion Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">System of accounts eff. prior to Jan. 1, 1978
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">System of accounts eff. Jan. 1, 1978
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Account title
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Account title
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row">Income Accounts
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Railway operating revenues</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">501</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">501</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Railway operating revenues.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Revenues from miscellaneous operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">502</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">506</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenues from property used in other than carrier operations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire of freight cars and highway revenue freight equipment; credit balance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">503</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32-22-00, 32-23-00, 36-22-00, and 36-23-00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rent from locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">504</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32-21-00, and 36-21-00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rent from passenger-train cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">505</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32-25-00, and 36-25-00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rent from floating equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">506</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32-23-00, and 36-23-00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rent from work equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">507</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32-23-00, and 36-23-00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rent income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">508</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">34-11-00, 34-12-00, 34-13-00, 34-21-00, 34-22-00, and 34-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Income from lease of road and equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">509</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">32-11-00, 32-12-00, 32-13-00, 32-21-00, 32-22-00, and 32-23-00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous rent income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">510</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">510</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Miscellaneous rent income.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Income from nonoperating property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">511</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">506</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenues from property used in other than carrier operations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">534</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Expenses of property used in other than carrier operations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separately operated properties; profit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">512</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">512</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Separately operated properties; profit.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dividend income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">513</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">513</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dividend income.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">514</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">514</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Interest income.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Income from sinking and other reserve funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">516</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">516</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Income from sinking and other reserve funds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Release of premiums on funded debt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">517</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">517</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Release of premiums on funded debt.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Contributions from other companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">518</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">518</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Contributions from other companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">519</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">519</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Miscellaneous income.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Railway operating expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">531</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">531</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Railway operating expenses.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Railway tax accruals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">532</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">556</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Income taxes on ordinary income.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">64-61-00 Property Taxes.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">12-xx-00 Fringe Benefits.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">65-61-00 Other Taxes.
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Provision for deferred taxes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">533</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">557</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provision for deferred taxes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Expenses of miscellaneous operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">534</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">534</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Expenses of property used in other than carrier operations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Taxes on miscellaneous operating property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">535</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">535</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Taxes on property used in other than carrier operations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Hire of freight cars and highway revenue freight equipment—debit balance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">536</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31-22-00, 35-22-00, 31-23-00, and 35-23-00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rent for locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">537</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31-21-00, and 35-21-00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rent for passenger-train cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">538</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31-25-00, and 35-25-00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rent for floating equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">539</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31-23-00, and 35-23-00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rent for work equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">540</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31-23-00, and 35-23-00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">541</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">33-11-00, 33-12-00, 33-13-00, 33-21-00, 33-22-00, and 33-23-00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rent for leased roads</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">542</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">31-11-00, 31-12-00, 31-13-00, 31-21-00, 31-22-00, and 31-23-00.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous rents</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">543</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">543</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Miscellaneous rents.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous tax accruals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">544</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">544</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Miscellaneous taxes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Taxes on property used in other than carrier operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">535
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Separately operated properties; loss</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">545</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">545</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Separately operated properties; loss.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest on funded debt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">546</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">546</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Interest on funded debt.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest on unfunded debt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">547</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">547</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Interest on unfunded debt.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amortization of discount on funded debt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">548</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">548</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Amortization of discount on funded debt.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Maintenance of investment organization</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">549</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">549</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maintenance of investment organization.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Income transferred to other companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">550</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Income transferred to other companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous income charges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">551</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">551</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Miscellaneous income charges.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">553</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Uncollectible accounts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unusual or infrequent items (debit) credit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">555</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">555</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unusual or infrequent items (debit) credit.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Income or loss from operations of discontinued segments</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">560</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">560</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Income or loss from operations of discontinued segments.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Gain or loss on disposal of discontinued segments</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">562</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">562</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gain or loss on disposal of discontinued segments.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Extraordinary items (net)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">570</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">570</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Extraordinary items (net).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Income taxes on extraordinary items</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">590</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">590</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Income taxes on extraordinary items.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Provision for deferred taxes—extraordinary items</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">591</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">591</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Provision for deferred taxes—extraordinary items.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">592</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">592</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Retained Income Accounts Conversion Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">System of accounts eff. prior to Jan. 1, 1978
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">System of accounts eff. Jan. 1, 1978
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Account title
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Account title
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row">Credit
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Credit balance (at beginning of calendar year)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">601</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">601</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Credit balance (at beginning of calendar year).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Prior period adjustments to beginning retained income account</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">601.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">601.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prior period adjustments to beginning retained earnings account.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Credit balance transferred from income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">602</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">602</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Credit balance transferred from income.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other credits to retained income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">606</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">606</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other credits to retained earnings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row">Debit
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Debit balance (at beginning of calendar year)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">611</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">611</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Debit balance (at beginning of calendar year).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Debit balance transferred from income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">612</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">612</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Debit balance transferred from income.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other debits to retained income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">616</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">616</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other debits to retained earnings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Appropriations for sinking and other reserve funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">620</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">620</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Appropriations for sinking and other funds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Appropriations for other purposes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">621</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">621</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Appropriations for other purposes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Appropriations released</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">622</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">603</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Appropriations released.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dividends</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">623</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">623</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dividends.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">General Balance Sheet Accounts Conversion Table
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">System of accounts eff. prior to April 2016
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="2" scope="col">System of accounts eff. April 2016
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Account title
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Account title
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cash</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">701</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">701</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cash.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Temporary cash investments</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">702</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">702</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Temporary cash investments.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Special deposits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">703</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">703</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Special deposits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loans and notes receivable</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">704</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">704</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Loans and notes receivable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">708.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Receivables from affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">709.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowance for uncollectible accounts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Traffic, car service and other balances—dr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">705</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">705</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accounts receivable; interline and other balances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">709.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowances for uncollectible accounts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">752</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accounts payable; interline and other balances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Net balance receivable from agents and conductors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">706</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">706</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accounts receivable; customers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous accounts receivable</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">707</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">707</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accounts receivable; other.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">708.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Receivables from affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">709.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowance for uncollectible accounts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest and dividends receivable</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">708</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">708</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Interest and dividends receivable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">708.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Receivables from affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">709.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowance for uncollectible accounts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accrued accounts receivable</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">709</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">709</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accrued accounts receivable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Working fund advances</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">710</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">710</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Working funds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Prepayments</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">711</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">711</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prepayments.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Material and supplies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">712</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">712</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Material and supplies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other current assets</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">713</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">713</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other current assets.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">713.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Derivative instrument assets.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">713.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Derivative instrument assets—hedges.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Deferred income tax charges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">714</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">714</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Deferred income tax debits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sinking funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">715</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">715</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sinking funds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Capital and other reserve funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">716</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">716</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Capital funds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance and other funds</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">717</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">717</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other funds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Investment in affiliated companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">721</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">721</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Investments and advances; affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other investments</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">722</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">722</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other investments and advances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Reserve for adjustment of investment in securities—cr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">723</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">721.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adjustments; investments and advances—affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">723</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Adjustments; other investments and advances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road and equipment property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">731</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">731</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road and equipment property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Organization expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">71</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">739</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Organization expenses.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Improvements on leased property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">732</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">732</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Improvements on leased property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accrued depreciation; improvements on leased property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">733</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">733</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accumulated depreciation; improvements on leased property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accrued depreciation; road and equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">735</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">735</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accumulated depreciation; road and equipment property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amortization of defense projects; road and equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">736</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">736</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accumulated amortization; road and equipment property—defense projects.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">734</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accumulated amortization; improvements on leased property—defense projects.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous physical property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">737</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">737</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Property used in other than carrier operations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accrued depreciation; miscellaneous physical property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">738</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">738</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accumulated depreciation; property used in other than carrier operations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other assets</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">741</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">741</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other assets.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unamortized discount on long-term debt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">770.1</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">770.1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unamortized debt discount.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other deferred charges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">743</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">743</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other deferred debits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accumulated deferred income tax charges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">744</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">744</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accumulated deferred income tax debits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Liabilities</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loans and notes payable</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">751</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">751</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Loans and notes payable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">757</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Payables to affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Traffic, car service and other balances—cr</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">752</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">752</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accounts payable; interline and other balances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">705</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accounts receivable; interline and other balances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">709.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Allowance for uncollectible accounts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Audited accounts and wages payable</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">753</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">753</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Audited accounts and wages payable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous accounts payable</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">754</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">754</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accounts payable; other.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">757</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Payables to affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest matured unpaid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">755</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">755</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Interest payable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">757</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Payables to affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dividends matured unpaid</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">756</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">756</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dividends payable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">757</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Payables to affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unmatured interest accrued</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">757</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">755</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Interest payable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">757</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Payables to affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unmatured dividends declared</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">758</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">756</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dividends payable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">757</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Payables to affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accrued accounts payable</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">759</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">759</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accrued accounts payable.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Federal income taxes accrued</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">760</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">760</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Federal income taxes accrued.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other taxes accrued</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">761</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">711</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prepayments.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">761</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">State and other income taxes accrued.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">761.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other taxes accrued.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Deferred income tax credits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">762</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">762</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Deferred income tax credits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other current liabilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">763</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">763</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other current liabilities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">763.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Derivative instrument liabilities
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">763.6</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Derivative instrument liabilities—hedges
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Equipment obligations and other debt due within one year</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">764</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">764</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Equipment obligations and other long-term debt due within 1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Funded debt unmatured</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">765</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">765</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Funded debt unmatured.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Equipment obligations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">766</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">766</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Equipment obligations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Capitalized lease obligations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">766.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">766.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Capitalized lease obligations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Receivers' and trustees' securities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">767</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">767</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Receivers' and trustees' securities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Debt in default</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">768</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">768</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Debt in default.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Amounts payable to affiliated companies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">769</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">769</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accounts payable; affiliated companies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pension and welfare reserves</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">771</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">771</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accrued liability; pension and welfare.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Casualty and other reserves</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">774</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">774</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accrued liability; casualty and other claims.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">775</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other accrued liabilities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Interest in default</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">781</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">781</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Interest in default.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other liabilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">782</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">782</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other liabilities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Deferred revenues—transfers from government authorities.</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">783</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">783</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Deferred revenues—transfers from government authorities
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Unamortized premium on long-term debt</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">790.2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">770.2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unamortized premium on debt.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other deferred credits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">784</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">784</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other deferred credits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accrued liability; leased property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">785</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">772</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accrued liability; leased property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accumulated deferred income tax credits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">786</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">786</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accumulated deferred income tax credits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="4" scope="row"><E T="02">Shareholders' Equity</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Capital stock issued</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">791</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">791</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Capital stock.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Stock liability for conversion</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">792</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">792</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Liability for conversion of capital stock.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Discount on capital stock</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">793</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">793</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Discount on capital stock.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Premiums and assessment on capital stock</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">794</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">794</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Premiums and assessments on capital stock.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Paid-in surplus</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">795</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">795</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Other capital.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other capital surplus</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">796</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">795</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Retained income; appropriated</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">797</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">797</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Retained earnings; appropriated.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Retained income; unappropriated</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">798</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">798</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Retained earnings; unappropriated.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Treasury stock</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">798.5</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">798.5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Treasury stock.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">799</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 19910, Apr. 6, 2016]


</CITA>

<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.3.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Branch Line Accounting System

<HD5>900 Definitions.</HD5></HEAD>

<P>Unless otherwise required by context, the following definitions apply in this subpart:
</P>
<P><I>Account</I> means an account in the STB's Uniform System of Accounts (USOA), for Railroad companies (49 CFR Part 1201, Subpart A).
</P>
<P><I>IC Act</I> means the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 1 <I>et seq.</I>), as amended.
</P>
<P><I>Branch Line</I> or <I>Branch</I> means a rail line or segment of line which (a) has been designated on a transportation system diagram in categories (1), (2), (3), or (4) (49 CFR 1152.10(b) (1), (2), (3), (4)); or (b) is the subject of a directed service order under section 304(d)(3) of the 3R Act; or (c) is the subject of a rail continuation service agreement entered into prior to the designation of the line on a system diagram.
</P>
<P><I>STB</I> or <I>Board</I> means the Surface Transportation Board.
</P>
<P><I>Designated State agency</I> means the instrumentality created by a State or designated by appropriate authority to administer or coordinate its State rail plan as required by section 5(j)(2) of the Department of Transportation Act (90 Stat. 131) or section 402(c)(1)(A) of the 3R Act (87 Stat. 985) or regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad</I> means a common carrier by railroad, as defined in section 1(3) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 1(3)).
</P>
<P><I>3R Act</I> means the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973, Pub. L. 93-236, 87 Stat. 985, as amended.
</P>
<P><I>4R Act</I> means the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976, Pub. L. 94-210, 90 Stat. 31.
</P>
<P><I>XX,</I> when used in place of digits in a six-digit account number, means that all accounts containing the remaining four-digits are included. Example: <I>11-21-XX</I> refers to all salary and wage accounts for locomotives because <I>11</I> designates salaries and wages and <I>21</I> designates locomotives. Thus, <I>11-21-XX</I> includes all of the following accounts: 11-21-01; 11-21-40; 11-21-48; 11-21-39; and 11-21-99. Similarly, <I>XX-31-67</I> means all accounts containing <I>31</I> (train operations) and <I>67</I> (locomotive fuel).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 1733, Jan. 11, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 49596, Nov. 1, 1982; 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]

<HD5>910 Purpose and scope.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>Section 205(e)(1)(A) of the 3R Act directs the office to issue regulations which will permit the collection and publication by the Consolidated Rail Corp. (ConRail), or by profitable railroads of information necessary to determine accurately the revenues attributable, avoidable costs, and service units of light-density lines scheduled for abandonment. This accurate information is intended to facilitate the determination of the revenues and avoidable costs in abandonment proceedings and in potential offers of subsidy. This information is intended to be compatible with the Regional Subsidy Standards, for those lines which were not conveyed to ConRail under the final system plan and with the National Subsidy Standards (49 CFR Part 1152, Subpart D), for all other lines. The purpose of the Branch Line Accounting System regulations is to specify an accounting system for the collection and publication of this information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 1733, Jan. 11, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 49596, Nov. 1, 1982; 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]

<HD5>920 Collection of data.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) <I>Lines for which data collection is required.</I> The railroad shall collect data on all branch lines which meet the criteria listed in paragraphs 1 through 4 below. The data to be collected are specified in section 920(b).
</P>
<P>(1) Branch lines in categories (1), (2), and (3) on the System Diagram Map include, respectively, lines for which a carrier intends to file an abandonment application within three years, lines which the carrier has under study and are potentially subject to abandonment, and lines for which an abandonment application is pending before the Board. The collection of data on such lines shall commence on the first day of the month after the line has been designated in one of the categories and will continue so long as the branch line is retained in one of these categories. The assignment and apportionment methodology set forth in Part 1152, Subchapter B (National Subsidy Standards), shall be applied.
</P>
<P>(2) For branch lines operated under an order directing service, under section 304(d)(3) of the 3R Act, data shall be collected from the effective date of the order until the order is withdrawn. 
</P>
<P>(3) For branch lines operated under a rail service continuation agreement under section 1a(6)(a) of the IC Act, data shall be collected from the effective date of the agreement until the termination of the agreement. The assignment and apportionment methodology set forth in Part 1152, Subchapter B (National Subsidy Standards), shall be applied.
</P>
<P>(4) For branch lines operated under a rail service continuation agreement under section 304 of the 3R Act, data collection shall commence on the effective date of the agreement and shall continue until the termination date of the agreement. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Data to be collected.</I> The data collected shall include the items of revenue, expense, and service units which are specified in 49 CFR 1152, as described in the account texts listed in section 950. The format for presentation of these data is specified in section 940.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 1733, Jan. 11, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 49596, Nov. 1, 1982; 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]



<HD5>930 Publication of data.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The railroad shall file on or before June 30 of each calendar year the certification included in these regulations as Appendix I. The railroad shall include a description of each branch line using the format set forth in Appendix I of these regulations. The description of each branch line requires the same data as that submitted under 49 CFR 1152.11. This section prescribes the branch line information required in conjunction with the system diagram maps specifying the line's designation, states and counties traversed, delineation of mileposts, and location of agency and terminal stations.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Access to records.</I> The records, accounts, working papers, and other documents reflecting the revenues, cost, and service unit data of each branch line for which the railroad must maintain data shall be made available for inspection and examination by the Board and, for lines situated within its State, by the designated State agency at a time and place mutually agreeable to the parties. The railroad shall also reproduce such records for the designated State agency, provided the agency pays the reasonable cost thereof.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Waivers and modifications.</I> The STB's Office of Economics may, with respect to individual requests, upon good cause shown, waive or modify any requirement of this section not required by law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 1733, Jan. 11, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 9730, Feb. 14, 1979; 47 FR 49596, Nov. 1, 1982; 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002; 83 FR 17300, Apr. 19, 2018]



<HD5>940 Annual branch line report.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This section specifies the format in which the data collected for each branch line shall be maintained. Definitions of each account are presented in section 950.
</P>
</DIV6>

<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">(A) Attributable revenue
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">101 Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">104 Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105 Water transfers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">106 Demurrage</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">110 Incidental</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">121 Joint facility—credit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">122 Joint facility—debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">506 Revenue from property used in other than carrier operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">510 Miscellaneous rent income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">519 Miscellaneous income</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">599 Subsidy payments from preexisting contracts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">   Total attributable revenues</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">(B) On-Branch Avoidable Costs
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" rowspan="2" scope="col">Line item—(a)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" colspan="4" scope="col">Freight
</TH></TR><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Salaries and wages—(b)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Material, tools, supplies, fuels, and lubricants—(c)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Purchased services—(d)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">General—(e)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) Actual or apportioned expense accounts:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Way and structures: Administration:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">001 Track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">002 Bridge and Building</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">003 Signal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">004 Communication</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">005 Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Repair and maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">006 Roadway—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">007 Roadway—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">008 Tunnels and Subways—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">009 Tunnels and Subways—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">010 Bridges and Culverts—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">011 Bridges and Culverts—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">012 Ties—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">013 Ties—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">014 Rail—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">015 Rail—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">016 Other Track Material—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">017 Other Track Material—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">018 Ballast—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">019 Ballast—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">020 Track Laying and Surfacing—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">021 Track Laying and Surfacing—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">022 Road Property Damaged—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">023 Road Property Damaged—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">024 Road Property Damaged—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">025 Signals and Interlockers—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">026 Signals and Interlockers—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">027 Communications Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">028 Electric Power Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">029 Highway Grade Crossings—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">030 Highway Grade Crossings—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">031 Station and Office Buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">032 Shop Buildings—Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">033 Shop Buildings—Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">034 Shop Buildings—Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">101 Locomotive Servicing Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">102 Miscellaneous Buildings and Structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">103 Coal Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">104 Ore Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">105 Other Marine Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">106 TOFC/COFC—Terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">107 Motor Vehicle Loading and Distribution Facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">108 Facilities for Other Specialized Service Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">109 Roadway Machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">110 Small Tools and Supplies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">111 Snow Removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">112 Fringe Benefits—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">113 Fringe Benefits—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">114 Fringe Benefits—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">115 Casualties and Insurance—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">116 Casualties and Insurance—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">117 Casualties and Insurance—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">118 Lease Rentals—Debit—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">119 Lease Rentals—Debit—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">120 Lease Rentals—Debit—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">121 Lease Rentals—(Credit)—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">122 Lease Rentals—(Credit)—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">123 Lease Rentals—(Credit)—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">124 Joint Facility Rent—Debit—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">125 Joint Facility Rent—Debit—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">126 Joint Facility Rent—Debit—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">127 Joint Facility Rent—(Credit)—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">128 Joint Facility Rent—(Credit)—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">129 Joint Facility Rent—(Credit)—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">130 Other Rents—Debit—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">131 Other Rents—Debit—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">132 Other Rents—Debit—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">133 Other Rents—(Credit)—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">134 Other Rents—(Credit)—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">135 Other Rents—(Credit)—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">136 Depreciation—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">137 Depreciation—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">138 Depreciation—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">139 Joint Facility—Debit—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">140 Joint Facility—Debit—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">141 Joint Facility—Debit—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">142 Joint Facility—(Credit)—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">143 Joint Facility—(Credit)—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">144 Joint Facility—(Credit)—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">145 Dismantling Retired Road Property—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">146 Dismantling Retired Road Property—Switching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">147 Dismantiling Retired Road Property—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">148 Other—Running</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">149 Other—Swtiching</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">150 Other—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">151   Total Way and Structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Equipment: Locomotives:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">201 Administration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">202 Repair and Maintenance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">203 Machinery Repair</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">204 Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">205 Fringe Benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">206 Other Casualties and Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">207 Lease Rentals—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">208 Lease Rentals—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">209 Joint Facility Rent—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">210 Joint Facility Rent—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">211 Other Rents—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">212 Other Rents—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">213 Depreciation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">214 Joint Facility—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">215 Joint Facility—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">216 Repairs Billed to Others—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">217 Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">218 Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">219   Total Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Freight cars:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">220 Administration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">221 Repair and Maintenance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">222 Machinery Repair</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">223 Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">224 Fringe Benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">225 Other Casualties and Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">226 Lease Rentals—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">227 Lease Rentals—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">228 Joint Facility Rent—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">229 Joint Facility Rent—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">230 Other Rents—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">231 Other Rents—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">232 Depreciation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">233 Joint Facility—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">234 Joint Facility—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">235 Repairs Billed to Others—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">236 Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">237 Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">238   Total Freight Cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Other Equipment:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">301 Administration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Repair and Maintenance:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">302 Trucks, Trailers, and Containers—Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">303 Floating Equipment—Revenue Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">304 Floating and Other Revenue Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">305 Computers and Data Processing Systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">306 Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">307 Work and Other Non-Revenue Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">308 Equipment Damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">309 Fringe Benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">310 Other Casualties and Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">311 Lease Rentals—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">312 Lease Rentals—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">313 Joint Facility Rent—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">314 Joint Facility Rent—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">315 Other Rents—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">316 Other Rents—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">317 Depreciation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">318 Joint Facility—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">319 Joint Facility—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">320 Repairs Billed to Others—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">321 Dismantling Retired Property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">322 Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">323   Total Other Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">324   Total Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Transportation: Train operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">401 Administration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">402 Engine Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">403 Train Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">404 Dispatching Trains</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">405 Operating Signals and Interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">406 Operating Drawbridges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">407 Highway Crossing Protection</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">408 Train Inspection and Lubrication</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">409 Locomotive Fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">410 Electric Power Purchased or Produced for Motive Power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">411 Servicing Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">412 Freight Lost or Damaged—Solely Related</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">413 Clearing Wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">414 Fringe Benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">415 Other Casualties and Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">416 Joint Facility—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">417 Joint Facility—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">NA
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">418 Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">419   Total Train Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Yard Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">420 Administration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">421 Switch Crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">422 Controlling Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">423 Yard and Terminal Clerical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">424 Operating Switches, Signals Retarders and Humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">425 Locomotive Fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">426 Electric Power Purchased or Produced for Motive Power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">427 Servicing Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">428 Freight Lost or Damaged—Solely Related</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">429 Clearing Wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">430 Fringe Benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">431 Other Casualties and Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">432 Joint Facility—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">433 Joint Facility—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">434 Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">435   Total Yard Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Train and Yard Operations Common:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">501 Cleaning Car Interiors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">502 Adjusting and Transferring Loads</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">503 Car Loading Devices and Grain Doors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">504 Freight Lost or Damaged—all other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">505 Fringe Benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">506   Total Train and Yard Operations Common</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Specialized Service Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">507 Administration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">508 Pickup and Delivery and Marine Line Haul</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">509 Loading and Unloading and Local Marine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">510 Protection Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">511 Freight Lost or Damaged—Solely Related</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">512 Fringe Benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">513 Casualties and Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">514 Joint Facility—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">515 Joint Facility—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">516 Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">517   Total Specialized Services Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> Administrative Support Operations:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">518 Administration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">519 Employees Performing Clerical and Accounting Functions</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">520 Communication Systems Operation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">521 Loss and Damage Claims Processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">522 Fringe Benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">523 Casualties and Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">524 Joint Facility—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">525 Joint Facility—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">526 Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">527   Total Administrative Support Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">528   Total transportation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> General and Administrative:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">601 Officers—General Administration</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">602 Accounting, Auditing and Finance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">603 Management Services and Data Processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">604 Marketing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">605 Sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">606 Industrial Development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">607 Personnel and Labor Relations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">608 Legal and Secretarial</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">609 Public Relations and Advertising</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">610 Research and Development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">611 Fringe Benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">612 Casualties and Insurance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">613 Writedown of Uncollectible Accounts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">614 Property Taxes</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">615 Other Taxes Except on Corporate Income or Payrolls</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">616 Joint Facility—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">617 Joint Facility—(Credit)</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">N/A
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">618 Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">619   Total General and Administrative</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">620   Total Carrier Operating Expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Other Computed Cost Elements:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">651 Locomotives return on investment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">652 Freight train car costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em"> 01 Per day costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em"> 02 Mileage costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">654 Rehabilitation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">664 Deadheading, taxi and hotel costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em"> 01 Deadheading</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em"> 02 Taxi</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em"> 03 Hotel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">665 Overhead movement costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em"> 01 Transportation</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em"> 02 Equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em"> 03 Freight train cars—mileage portion</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em"> Total Computed On-Branch Costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(3) Off-Branch Avoidable Costs:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">661 Terminal Costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em"> 01 Modified terminal costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em"> 02 Normal terminal costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em"> 03 Interchange costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">662 Freight train car costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">663 Freight train revenue ton-mile costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">   Total Off-Branch Avoidable Costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(4) All Other Avoidable Costs:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">671 Working capital</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">672 Required capital expenditures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">673 Deferred maintenance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">674 Current cost of freight train cars, locomotives, and other equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">675 Foregone tax benefits</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">676 Administrative costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">677 Deferred subsidy payment costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">678 Casualty reserve expenses</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">   Total, all other avoidable costs</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">681 Reasonable return on the value of property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">682 Management fee</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(5)   Total of avoidable costs, reasonable return and management fee</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">$</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">(C) <E T="03">Service Units</E>
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Direct on-branch
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Overhead movement
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(1) On-Branch Service Units—Freight-Car Accounts:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 821 Freight train car miles (loaded and empty):
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">01 Box—Plain 40 foot</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">02 Box—Plain 50 foot or longer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">03 Box—Equipped</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">04 Gondola—Plain</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">05 Gondola—Equipped</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">06 Hopper—Covered</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">07 Hopper—Open top—General Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">08 Hopper—Open top—Special Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">09 Refrigerator—Mechanical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">10 Refrigerator—Nonmechanical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">11 Flat—TOFC/COFC</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">12 Flat—Multi-level</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">13 Flat—General Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">14 Flat—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">15 All other cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 823 Freight-train Car-days (loaded and empty):
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">01 Box—Plain 40 foot</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">02 Box—Plain 50 foot or longer</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">03 Box—Equipped</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">04 Gondola—Plain</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">05 Gondola—Equipped</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">06 Hopper—Covered</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">07 Hopper—Open top—General Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">08 Hopper—Open top—Special Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">09 Refrigerator—Mechanical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">10 Refrigerator—Nonmechanical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">11 Flat—TOFC/COFC</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">12 Flat—Multi-level</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">13 Flat—General Service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">14 Flat—Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">15 All other cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total off-branch
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Overhead movement
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Net off-branch
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive-Mile Accounts
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">813 Road locomotive unit miles</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">841 Road diesel locomotive gross ton-miles</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">842 Road electric locomotive gross ton-miles</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive Unit Hour Accounts
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">832 Road locomotive unit hours</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">833 Road diesel locomotive unit hours</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">834 Road electric locomotive unit hours</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">835 Yard locomotive unit hours</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">836 Yard diesel locomotive unit hours</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">837 Yard electric locomotive unit hours</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rented or Leased Equipment
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">851 Freight train car-days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">852 Floating equipment car-days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">855 Locomotive days</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train hours
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">861 Train hours</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col"> 
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Total off-branch
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Overhead movement
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Net off-branch
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">(2) Off-Branch Service Units—Car-Mile Accounts:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> 822 Freight train loaded car-miles by car type:
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">01 Box—General service—unequipped</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">02 Box—General service—equipped</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">03 Box—Special service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">04 Gondola—General service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">05 Gondola—Special service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">06 Hopper—open—General service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">07 Hopper—open—Special service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">08 Hopper—covered</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">09 Stock</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">10 Flat—General service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">11 Flat—Special service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">12 Flat—TOFC</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">13 Autorack</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">14 Refrigerator—Meat mechanical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">15 Refrigerator—Other mechanical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">16 Refrigerator—Meat nonmechanical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">17 Refrigerator—Other nonmechanical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">18 Tank 9,999 gallons and under</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">19 Tank 10,000-18,999 gal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">20 Tank 19,000-21,999 gal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">21 Tank 22,000-27,999 gal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">22 Tank 28,000-31,999 gal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">23 Tank 32,000 and over</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">24 All other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ton-Mile Accounts
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">831 Revenue ton-miles</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 1733, Jan. 11, 1978, as amended at 43 FR 28498, June 30, 1978; 44 FR 9730, Feb. 14, 1979]


<HD5>950 Text and chart of accounts.
</HD5></CITA>
<P>This section defines each account outlined in the format shown under section 940 of these regulations.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Attributable revenues—101 Freight.</I> (1) This account shall include revenue from the transportation of freight and from transit, stop, and recognizing privileges, upon the basis of lawful tariff rates.
</P>
<P>(2) This account shall include collections in excess of tariff charges, except where such amounts are segregated and held subject to refund.
</P>
<P>(3) Proceeds derived from the sale of unclaimed and refused freight which has been transported in accordance with the contract of shipment shall be credited to this account in cases where such items can be readily identified. Uncollectible tariff charges on such shipments shall be charged to this account.
</P>
<P>(4) Amounts determined to be uncollectible shall be accounted for in accordance with the text of account 63-61-00, “General—Uncollectible accounts.”
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Items To Be Credited
</HD1>
<P>(a) Revenue upon the basis of local freight tariff rates, regardless of class of train in which the freight is transported.
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier's proportion of revenue upon the basis of through freight tariff rates, regardless of class of train in which the freight is transported.
</P>
<P>(c) Revenue from transportation of mail matter, and empty mail pouches, at freight rates.
</P>
<P>(d) Revenue from transportation of freight on special trains at rates based on weights of shipments.
</P>
<P>(e) Revenue on basis of classifications and freight tariffs from transportation of caretakers of freight shipments.
</P>
<P>(f) Revenue from reconsigning privileges.
</P>
<P>(g) Revenue from stop privileges.
</P>
<P>(h) Revenue from transit privileges.
</P>
<P>(i) Revenue upon the basis of arbitraries out of freight, rates for water transfers (ferriage, lighterage, and floatage).
</P>
<P>(j) Revenue from transportation of trailers and containers on flat cars in TOFC/COFC service upon the basis of all-rail line-haul freight tariff rates and under arrangements for motor carrier-railroad joint haul, and from the loading and unloading of trailers and containers on and from flat cars upon the basis of tariff rates and under arrangements for motor carrier-railroad joint haul.
</P>
<HD1>Items To Be Charged
</HD1>
<P>(a) Amounts paid as bridge and ferry arbitraries on freight.
</P>
<P>(b) Amounts paid for completing a haul.
</P>
<P>(c) Amounts paid for elevation of freight.
</P>
<P>(d) Amounts paid for switching services, in connection with the transportation of freight, on the basis of switching tariffs, and allowances out of through rates, including amounts paid for switching empty cars in connection with a freight revenue movement.
</P>
<P>(e) Amounts paid for transferring freight between stations.
</P>
<P>(f) Arbitraries and allowances to others for lighterage and wharfage.
</P>
<P>(g) The carrier's proportion of overcharges resulting from the use of erroneous rates, weights, classifications or computations.
</P>
<P>(h) The carrier's proportion of refunds on account of errors in routing and billing.
</P>
<P>(i) The carrier's proportion of uncollected revenue on freight lost or destroyed in transit.
</P>
<P>(j) The carrier's proportion of uncollected tariff charges on damaged shipments for which charges neither shipper nor consignee is liable.
</P>
<P>(k) Amounts paid on basis of tariff rates for loading and unloading livestock.
</P>
<P>(l) Amounts paid to motor truck companies for hauling trailers and containers to and from TOFC/COFC terminals, and allowances to shippers who perform such service on the basis of tariff rates.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>Amounts paid for switching empty cars other than in connection with loaded movements shall be charged to operating expense account 61-32-XX, “General—Other Expenses—Transportation, Yard, Freight,” except that amounts paid for switching equipment for repairs shall be included in the appropriate equipment repair accounts.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Other carriers' proportion of revenue and of uncollectible undercharges paid by the carrier on account of its errors in routing and billing shall be charged to operating expense account 61-35-76, “General—Other Expenses—Transportation, Administrative Support.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>When a lessee company transports freight over the tracks of another carrier on the basis of a proportion of revenues under a joint arrangement, it shall include the entire compensation in its revenue and statistics, charging the appropriate joint facility expense and rental accounts with the amounts paid the lessor company, and the lessor company shall credit the corresponding accounts.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>Revenue from the transportation of caretakers of freight shipments, when not included as a part of the freight charges on the waybill covering the freight shipments, shall be credited to account 102, “Passenger.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note E:</HED>
<P>This account shall be maintained so as to show separately payments and allowances for (a) terminal collection and delivery services when performed in connection with line-haul transportation of freight on the basis of freight tariff rates, further separated between (1) TOFC/COFC service, and (2) all other freight service; also (b) payments for switching services when performed in connection with line-haul transportation of freight on the basis of switching tariffs and allowances out of freight rates, including the switching of empty cars in connection with a revenue movement, and (c) payments on basis of tariff rates for loading and unloading livestock.</P></NOTE></EXTRACT>
<P><I>104 Switching.</I> (1) This account shall include the revenue from switching service upon the basis of lawful tariff rates. To this account shall be credited the carrier's revenue upon the basis of tariff rates, or the carrier's allowance out of through rates, from the switching of cars of all kinds, loaded or empty, either locally at a station or within a switching district, between connecting lines, between local industries, or between connecting lines and local industries; revenue upon the basis of distinct tariff rates for “trapcar” and “ferry-car” service and for spotting cars; also the revenue from interwork switching at industrial plants, and the revenue from “penalty switching” incident to the improper delivery of cars by other carriers.
</P>
<P>(2) To this account shall be charged amounts paid for switching when such switching service is provided for in the switching rate charged by the carrier.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>“Penalty switching” charges paid by the carrier shall be included in expense account 61-32-XX, “General—Other Expenses—Transportation, Yard, Freight.”</P></NOTE>
<P><I>105 Water transfers.</I> (1) This account shall include the revenue, from the transfer by water (ferriage, lighterage, and floatage), of passenger, freight, vehicles, and livestock, upon the basis of lawful local tariff rates.
</P>
<P>(2) This account also shall include revenue from water transfers of other traffic, such as the revenue from towing beyond lighterage limits and all other towing for which an extra charge is made; insurance of freight afloat when billed out at other than cost; storage of freight afloat; grain overage in boats; pumping performed for outside parties; and for other similar sources.
</P>
<P>(3) To this account shall be charged amounts payable to other companies or individuals for extra lighterage, extra towing, and for all other service when such payments represent revenue collected and credited to this account and not a directed expense.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>No revenue shall be included in this account for water transfers of passengers or shipments upon the basis of arbitraries out of rates for transportation involving rail line haul.</P></NOTE>
<P><I>106 Demurrage.</I> This account shall include the revenue from the detention of cars incident to loading, unloading, reconsigning, and stops in transit upon the basis of lawful tariffs for demurrage. This account shall also include the revenue from the detention of trailers and containers used in TOFC/COFC service, incident to loading and unloading, upon the basis of tariff rates.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>This account shall be maintained so as to reflect separately (1) revenue from detention of cars, and (2) revenue from detention of trailers and containers used in TOFC/COFC service.</P></NOTE>
<P><I>110 Incidental.</I> This account is designed to show the amounts which the carrier becomes entitled to receive from services rendered incidentally with rail-line and water-line transportation; for the use of facilities of which the expenses for operation and maintenance are not separable from railway expenses and from incidental sources not provided for elsewhere. Among the items included in this account are revenues derived from (1) hotels and restaurants, (2) operations conducted at stations and on trains by individual or companies other than railway companies, (3) storage, (4) the sale of electric power, (5) renting property operated and maintained in connection with the property used in the carrier's transportation operations and from railway operations not provided for elsewhere.
</P>
<P><I>121 Joint facility, credit.</I> This account shall include the carrier's proportion of revenue collected by others in connection with the operation of joint tracks, yards, terminals, and other facilities, including revenue from hotels, restaurants, grain elevators, sale of power, and other miscellaneous operations.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The purpose of this account is to show the amounts of revenue from the operation of joint tracks, yards, terminals and other facilities operated by other companies, which under existing contracts or agreements are credited by the operating company to the tenant companies which participate therein. The bill rendered by any creditor company against a debtor company for the latter's proportion of the expense of maintenance and operation of joint facilities, which includes also a credit covering a proportion of the revenue to be paid over, shall show the distribution of the credit for such proportion of the revenue separately from the distribution of the expense of operation.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>No credits shall be made to this account representing amounts creditable by the operating company to primary accounts 101-103, 105, and 110.</P></NOTE>
<P><I>122 Joint facility, debit.</I> This account shall include that proportion of revenue from the operation of joint tracks, yards, terminals, and other facilities, which is creditable to other companies, including revenue from hotels, restaurants, grain elevators, sale of power, and other miscellaneous operations.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>The purpose of this account is to show the amount of revenue from operation of a terminal company or other carrier which, under the terms of existing contracts or agreements covering the joint use of tracks, yards, and other facilities, is credited to other carriers that participate in the benefits from such joint use. The bill rendered by a creditor company against a debtor company for the latter's proportion of expense of maintaining and operating joint facilities, which includes a credit covering the debtor company's proportion of the revenues from operation of such joint facilities, shall indicate separately the proper distribution of both the revenues and the expenses included in the bill, and such distribution shall be adhered to the debtor.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>No debits shall be made to this account representing amounts creditable by the operating company to primary accounts 101-103, 105, and 110.</P></NOTE>
<HD1>Other Income Accounts
</HD1>
<P><I>506 Revenues from property used in other than carrier operations.</I> This account shall include the total revenues derived from property used in other than carrier operations, the cost of which is includible in balance-sheet account 737, “Property used in other than carrier operations.”
</P>
<P><I>510 Miscellaneous rent income.</I> (1) This account shall include such rents of property owned and controlled by the accounting carrier as are not provided for in the foregoing accounts.
</P>
<P>(2) This account shall be charged with the cost of maintenance of the property rented, also specific incidental expenses in connection with such property, such as the cost of negotiating contracts, advertising for tenants, fees paid conveyancers, collectors' commissions, and analogous items.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note A:</HED>
<P>If property the rent of which is chargeable to account 543—“Miscellaneous rents,” is sublet by the accounting company, the rent receivable therefore shall be credited to this account.</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note B:</HED>
<P>Taxes on property the rent of which is creditable to this account shall be charged to account 553—“Taxes on property used in other than carrier operations.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note C:</HED>
<P>The rent from property carried in balance-sheet account 737—“Property used in other than carrier operations,” shall not be included in this account, but in account 506—“Revenues from property used in other than carrier operations.”</P></NOTE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note D:</HED>
<P>Rent and other income from real estate acquired for new lines or for additions and betterments shall be credited to the appropriate road and equipment accounts until the completion or coming into service of the property.</P></NOTE>
<P><I>519 Miscellaneous income.</I> (1) This account shall include all items, not provided for elsewhere, properly creditable to income accounts during the current year. Among the items which shall be included in this account are:
</P>
<P>(i) Cancellation of balance sheet accounts representing unclaimed wages and vouchered accounts written off because of carrier's inability to locate the creditor.
</P>
<P>(ii) Profit from sale of land used for transportation purposes, of noncarrier property and of securities acquired for investment purposes.
</P>
<P>(2) Gains for extinguishment of debt shall be aggregated and, if material, credited to account 570 “Extraordinary Items,” upon approval by the Commission; however, gains from extinguishment of debt (excluding debt maturing serially), which is made to satisfy sinking fund requirements, shall be recorded in this account regardless of amount.
</P>
<P><I>599 Subsidy payments from preexisting contracts.</I> This account shall include all payments made to the operating carrier of a subsidized line that (1) existed prior to the commencement of operations under a subsidy operating agreement and (2) would cease if freight service on the line were discontinued.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>On-branch avoidable cost</I>—(1) <I>Actual and apportioned expense accounts.</I>
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Personnel
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">10-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<EXTRACT>
<P>This account may be used as a control account for all accounts in the PERSONNEL Series: Salaries and Wages; Fringe Benefits Not Included in Compensation.
</P>
<P><I>Salaries and Wages—Control.</I> This control account includes the compensation payable to employees for services performed. It includes amounts payable in connection with profit sharing and stock option plans that are part of employee compensation. This control account also includes amounts of compensation payable to employees for paid time off as a fringe benefit: vacation pay, holiday pay, sick pay, and other payments considered direct compensation for time not worked. Amounts of labor billed by contractors, other companies, and joint facilities, are not considered salaries and wages of the carrier company and are not to be included in this account group. Its components shall be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with instruction 1-14 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and wages—way and structures—running: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all repair and maintenance employees and others who are associated with the repair and maintenance of the carrier's roadway and track on the line of road and outside of classification yards. Compensation payable to officers and technical and clerical employees shall only be assigned to Way and Structures—Other. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track laying and surfacing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway grade crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-11-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and wages—way and structures—switching: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all repair and maintenance employees and others who are associated with the repair and maintenance of the carrier's roadway and track within classification yards and stations. Compensation payable to officers and technical and clerical employees shall be assigned to Way and Structures—Other. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track laying and surfacing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway grade crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-12-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and wages—way and structures—other: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all repair and maintenance employees and others who are associated with the repair and maintenance of the carrier's structures other than roadway and track. Each administration account (functions 02-06) includes the compensation payable to all officers and technical and clerical employees associated with the Way and Structures Activity. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communications</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-06
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communication systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electric power systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Station and office buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive servicing facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous buildings and structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coal terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ore terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TOFC/COFC terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other marine terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Motor vehicle loading and distribution facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Facilities for other specialized services operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Small tools and supplies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Snow removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-13-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and wages—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers and technical and clerical employees, repair and maintenance employees, and others who are associated with the repair and maintenance of locomotives, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-21-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and Wages—Equipment—Freight Cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, technical and clerical employees, repair and maintenance employees, and others, who are associated with the repair and maintenance of freight cars, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-22-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and wages—equipment—other equipment: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, technical and clerical employees, repair and maintenance employees, and others, who are associated with the repair and maintenance of equipment other than locomotives and freight cars, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trucks, trailers, containers in revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating equipment—revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passenger and other revenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Computers and data processing equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Work and other non-revenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-23-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and wages—transportation—train: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, technical and clerical employees, engine and train crews, and other operational employees, who are associated with the dispatching and operation of freight trains over the roadway and outside of classification yards. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Engine crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dispatching trains</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating switches, signals, interlockers, retarders, humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating drawbridges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway crossing protection</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train inspection and lubrication</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electric power purchased/produced for motive power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Servicing locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-31-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and wages—transportation—yard: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, technical and clerical employees, engine and train crews, and other operational employees, who are associated with the movement of freight cars within classification yards and in terminal switching and transfer service. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating switches, signals, interlockers, retarders, humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Switch crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Controlling operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yard and terminal clerical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electrical power purchased/produced for motive power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Servicing locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-32-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and wages—transportation—train and yard common: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-33-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, technical and clerical employees, engine and train crews, and other operational employees performing functions incurred on behalf of both train and yard operations. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cleaning car interiors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-33-70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Adjusting and transferring loads</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-33-71
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Car loading devices and grain doors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-33-72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and wages—transportation—specialized services: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, technical and clerical employees, engine and train crews, and other operational employees who are associated with operating services which are specialized in nature and in cost characteristics. The specialized services designated by the Board appear within the definition of specialized services. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pickup and delivery, marine line haul, and rail substitute service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loading, unloading, and local marine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Protective service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-34-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and wages—transportation—administrative support: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all officers, technical and clerical employees, engine and train crews, and other operational employees, who are associated with providing direct administrative support for the Transportation Activity. For further clarification refer to the definition of the Administrative Support Operations Subactivity contained in Part 1201, Subpart A. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clerical and accounting employees</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communication systems operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and damage claims processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-35-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Salaries and wages—general and administrative: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the compensation payable to all employees who are associated with overall administration or other general support for carrier operations. Overall administration includes executive, legal, financial, treasury, accounting, budgeting, taxation, corporate planning, costing, marketing, advertising, traffic, corporate secretary, public relations, real estate, insurance administration, personnel administration, pension plan administration, general purchasing, labor relations, internal auditing, industrial engineering, and regulatory reporting. For further clarification refer to the definition of the General and Administrative Activity contained in Part 1201, Subpart A. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accounting, auditing, finance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Management services and data processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Marketing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Industrial development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Personnel and labor relations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Legal and secretarial</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Public relations and advertising</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Research and development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">11-61-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits not included in compensation—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This control account includes amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation. These benefits include the carrier portions of Railroad Retirement contributions, pension expense, unemployment taxes, dental plans, health plans, hospitalization insurance, life insurance, subsidies for employee lunchrooms, company entertainment facilities for personal use, and other benefits to employees that are not includable in direct compensation. They exclude travel expense on company business, casualties, workmen's compensation, as well as dues, memberships, and similar items when the direct beneficiary is clearly the company rather than the employee
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits not included in compensation—way and structures—running: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-11-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation for employees who are associated with the repair and maintenance of the carrier's roadway and track on the line of road and outside of classification yards.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits not included in compensation—way and structures—switching: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-12-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation for employees who are associated with repair and maintenance of the carrier's roadway and track within classification yards and stations.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits not included in compensation—way and structures—other: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-13-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation for employees who are associated with the repair and maintenance of the carrier's structures other than roadway and track, and who are associated with the Administration of the Way and Structures Activity.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits not included in compensation—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-21-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation for employees who are associated with the repair and maintenance of locomotives, whether owned by the carrier or by others.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits not included in compensation—equipment—freight cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-22-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation for employees who are associated with the repair and maintenance of freight cars, whether owned by the carrier or by others.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits not included in compensation—equipment—other equipment:</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-23-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation for employees who are associated with the repair and maintenance of equipment other than locomotives and freight cars, whether owned by the carrier or by others.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits not included in compensation—transportation—train: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-31-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation for employees who are associated with the dispatching and operating of freight trains over the roadway and outside of classification yards.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits not included in compensation—transportation—yard: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-32-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation for employees who are associated with the movement of freight cars within classification yards and in terminal switching and transfer service.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits not included in compensation—transportation—train and yard Common: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-33-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation for employees performing functions incurred on behalf of both train and yard operations.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits not included in compensation—transportation—specialized services: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-34-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation for employees who are associated with operating services which are specialized in nature and in cost characteristics. The specialized services designated by the Board appear within the definition of specialized services.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits not included in compensation—transportation—administrative support: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-35-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation for employees who are associated with providing direct administrative support for the Transportation Activity. For further clarification refer to the definition of the Administrative Support Operations Subactivity contained in Part 1201, Subpart A.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Fringe benefits not included in compensation—general and administrative: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">12-61-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the amounts payable to others, or other costs charged to expense, for employee benefits which are not considered part of direct compensation for employees who provide overall administration or other general support for carrier operations. Overall administration includes executive, legal, financial, treasury, accounting, budgeting, taxation, corporate planning, costing, marketing, advertising, traffic, corporate secretary, public relations, real estate, insurance administration, personnel administration, pension plan administration, general purchasing, labor relations, internal auditing, industrial engineering, and regulatory reporting. For further clarification refer to the definition of the General and Administrative Activity contained in Part 1201, Subpart A.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Materiel
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">20-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account may be used as a control account for the MATERIEL series: Materials, Tools, Supplies, Fuels, Lubricants.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants—Control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account group includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense in connection with carrier operations. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. This account excludes purchased services such as utilities, communications, postage and other items of similar nature.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants—way and structures—Running: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in the performance or support of the repair and maintenance of the carrier's roadway and track on the line of the road and outside of classification yards. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials, and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rails</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other track material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track laying and surfacing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway grade crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-11-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants—way and structures—switching: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in the performance or support of the repair and maintenance of the carrier's roadway and track within classification yards and stations. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ties</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-13
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Rails</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-14
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other track material</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-15
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ballast</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-16
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track laying and surfacing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway grade crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-12-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants—way and structures—other: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in the performance or support of the repair and maintenance of the carrier's structures not provided for in running or switching. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communications</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-06
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communication systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electric power systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Station and office buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—other equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive servicing facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous buildings and structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coal terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ore terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TOFC/COFC terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other marine terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Motor vehicle loading and distribution facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Facilities for other specialized services operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Small tools and supplies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Snow removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-13-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in the performance or support of the repair and maintenance of locomotives, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—General</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-21-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants—equipment—freight cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in the performance or support of the repair and maintenance of freight cars, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-22-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants—equipment—other equipment: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in the performance or support of the repair and maintenance of equipment other than locomotives and freight cars, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trucks, trailers, containers in revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating equipment—revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passenger and other revenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Computers and data processing equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Work and other nonrevenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-23-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants—transportation—train: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in association with the dispatching and operation of freight trains over the roadway and outside of classification yards. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Engine crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dispatching trains</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating switches, signals, interlockers, retarders, humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating drawbridges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway crossing protection</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train inspection and lubrication</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive fuels</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electric power purchased/produced for motive power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Servicing locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-31-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants—transportation—yard: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in association with the movement of freight cars within classification yards and in terminal switching and transfer service. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating switches, signals, interlockers, retarders, humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Switch crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Controlling operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yard and terminal clerical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electric power purchased/produced for motive power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Servicing locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-32-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants—transportation—train and yard common: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-33-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed on behalf of both train and yard operations. This account includes charges to expense for all materials, small tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants, purchased standard stationery and forms, freight-in on materials and supplies, and similar items. Its components shall be distributed to the following functions in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cleaning car interiors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-33-70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Adjusting, transferring loads</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-33-71
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Car loading devices and grain doors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-33-72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants—transportation—specialized services: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in operating services which are specialized in nature and in cost characteristics. The specialized services designated by the Commission appear within the definition of specialized services. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pick up and delivery, marine line haul, and rail substitute service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loading, unloading, and local marine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Protective services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-34-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants—transportation—administra- tive support: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in association with providing direct administrative support for the Transportation Activity. For further clarification refer to the definition of the Administrative Support Operations Subactivity contained in Part 1201, Subpart A. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clerks, accounting employees</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communication systems operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and damage claims processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-35-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, lubricants—general and administrative: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the cost of items installed or commodities consumed which are charged to expense, where such items are consumed in providing overall administration or other general support for carrier operations. For further clarification refer to the definition of the General and Administrative Activity contained in Part 1201, Subpart A. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accounting, auditing, finance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Management services and data processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Marketing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Industrial development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Personnel and labor relations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Legal and secretarial</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Public relations and advertising</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Research and development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">21-61-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Purchased Services
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">30-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account may be used as a control account for all accounts in the PURCHASED SERVICES series:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—Credit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rent—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rent—Credit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—Credit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—Credit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed by others—Debit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed to others—Credit</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—debit—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This control account includes the rentals of road property and equipment with terms of 30 days or more. This account excludes joint facility and joint trackage rents, insurance and maintenance elements of lease payments, and all elements of capital leases as defined in FASB Statement No. 13. The components of this natural expense will be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—debit—way and structures—running: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—debit—way and structures—switching: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—debit—way and structures—other: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—debit—equipment—locomotives: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—debit—equipment—freight cars: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—debit—equipment—other equipment: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">31-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—credit—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This control account includes the rentals of owned property and equipment or subleases of leased road property and equipment with terms of from 30 days to one year. Longer term leases are indicative of a non-carrier operation and all revenues and expenses related to such property and equipment should be classified accordingly and excluded from railroad operations. This account excludes joint facilities and joint trackage, capital leases, and portions of lease receipts covering maintenance and insurance. The components of this natural expense account will be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—credit—way and structures—running: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—credit—way and structures—switching: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—credit—way and structures—other: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—credit—equipment—locomotives: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—credit—equipment—freight cars: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Lease rentals—credit—equipment—other equipment: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">32-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—debit—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This control account includes amounts payable accrued as rent for equipment, tracks, yards, terminals, and other facilities owned or controlled by other carriers, companies, or individuals, and in the joint use of which the accounting company participates. Amounts paid or payable by the accounting company in reimbursement for taxes on property jointly used shall be charged to this account.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The cost of maintenance, operation, or administration of joint facilities, chargeable to the accounting company, shall be charged to the various joint facility accounts (37-XX-00). When the compensation for the use of joint facilities is a fixed amount or is based upon a charge per ton, car, or other unit, it shall be fairly apportioned between this account and Joint Facility—Dr. (37-XX-00). This apportionment shall be made by the operating company, and shall be followed by the accounting company. The components of this natural expense consist of the following accounts:</P></NOTE>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—debit—way and structures—running: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—debit—way and structures—switching: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—debit—way and structures—other: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—debit—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—debit—equiment—freight cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—debit—equipment—other equipment: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">33-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—credit—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This control account includes amounts receivable accrued for rent of equipment, tracks, yards, terminals and other facilities owned or controlled by the accounting company and used jointly with other companies or individuals. Amounts receivable from other companies in reimbursement for taxes on property jointly used shall be credited to this account.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The portion of the cost of maintenance, operation, or administration of joint facilities recoverable from others shall be credited to the various joint facility accounts (38-XX-00). When the compensation for the use of joint facilities is a fixed amount or is based upon a charge per ton, car, or other unit, it shall be fairly apportioned by the creditor between this account and Joint Facility—credit (28-XX-00).</P></NOTE>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—credit—way and structures—running: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—credit—way and structures—switching: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—credit—way and structures—other: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—credit—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—credit—equipment—freight cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility rents—credit—equipment—other equipment: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">34-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—debit—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes the rents with terms of less than 30 days which are not renewed. This account includes all time and mileage payments for interchange locomotive, freight car, and other revenue equipment hire. The components of this account will be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—debit—way and structures—running: Freight: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—debit—way and structures—switching: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—debit—way and structures—other: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—debit—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—debit—equipment—freight cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—debit—equipment—other equipment: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">35-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—credit—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes rents with terms of less than 30 days which are not renewed. This account includes all time and mileage receipts for interchanged locomotive, freight car, and other revenue equipment hire. The components of this account will be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—credit—way and structures—running: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—credit—way and structures—switching: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—credit—way and structures—other: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—credit—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—credit—equipment—freight cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other rents—credit—equipment—other equipment: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">36-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes joint trackage and joint facility costs, exclusive of rents, payable by the railroad to others. The components of this account will be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—debit—way and structures—running: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—debit—way and structures—switching: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint Facility—debit—way and structures—other: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit—equipment—freight cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit—equipment—other equipment: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit—transportation—train: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit—transportation—yard: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit—transportation—specialized services: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit—transportation—administrative support: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-35-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—debit—general and administrative: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">37-61-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes joint trackage and joint facility costs, exclusive of rents, payable by others to the railroad. The components of this account will be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—way and structures—running: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—way and structures—switching: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—way and structures—other: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—equipment—freight cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—equipment—other equipment: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—transportation—train: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—transportation—yard: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—transportation—specialized services: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—transportation—administrative support: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-35-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Joint facility—credit—general and administrative: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">38-61-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed by others—debit—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for repair and maintenance of the reporting railroad's property and equipment. The components of this account shall be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed by others—debit—way and structures—running: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for repair and maintenance of the reporting railroad's property associated with the carrier's roadway and track on the line of road and outside of classification yards. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track laying and surfacing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway grade crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed by others—debit—way and structures—switching: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for repair and maintenance of the reporting railroad's property associated with the carrier's roadway and track within classification yards and stations. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track laying and surfacing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway grade crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed by others—debit—way and structures—other: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for repair and maintenance of the carrier's structures other than roadway and track. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communication systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electric power systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Station and office buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—other equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive servicing facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous buildings and structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coal terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ore terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TOFC/COFC terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other marine terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Motor vehicle loading and distribution facilites</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Facilities for other specialized services operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Small tools and supplies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Snow removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed by others—debit—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-21-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for repair and maintenance under the locomotive subactivity. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-21-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-21-41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-21-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed by others—debit—equipment—freight cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-22-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for repair and maintenance under the freight car subactivity. This account shall be subdivided by the following function:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-22-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-22-42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-22-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed by others—debit—equipment—other equipment: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by the railroad to others for the repair and maintenance of equipment not pertaining to the locomotive or freight car subactivity. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trucks, trailers, and containers in revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating equipment—revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passenger and other revenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Computers and data processing equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Work and other nonrevenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">39-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed to others—credit—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This control account includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of others' road property and equipment. The components of this account shall be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed to others—credit—way and structures—running: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of other railroads' roadway and track on the line of road and outside of classification yards. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track laying and surfacing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway grade crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed to others—credit—way and structures—switching: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of other railroads' roadway and track within classification yards and stations. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track laying and surfacing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway grade crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed to others—credit—way and structures—other: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of other railroads' structures other than roadway and track. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communication systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electric power systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Station and office buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—other equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive servicing facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous buildings and structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coal terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ore terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TOFC/COFC terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other marine terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Motor vehicle loading and distribution facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Facilities for other specialized services operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Small tools and supplies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Snow removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed to others—credit—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-21-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of other railroads' locomotives. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-21-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-21-41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-21-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed to others—credit—equipment—freight cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-22-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of other railroads' freight cars. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-22-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-22-42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-22-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repairs billed to others—credit—equipment—other equipment: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable by others to the railroad for repair and maintenance of other railroads' other equipment. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trucks, trailers, and containers in revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating equipment—revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passenger and other revenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Computers and data processing equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Work and other non-revenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">40-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This control account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for purchased advertising; purchased printing; outside professional services such as legal, accounting, audit, engineering, and consulting; payments for detour of trains; utilities, telephone, postage, subscriptions, communications, purchased electric power for train and locomotive propulsion; and other services purchased. The components of this account shall be distributed to the following accounts in accordance with instruction 1-8 of Part 1201, Subpart A:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services—way and structures—running: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track laying and surfacing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway grade crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-11-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services—way and structures—switching: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track laying and surfacing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway grade crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-12-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services—way and structures—other: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communications</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-06
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communication systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electric power systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Station and office buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—other equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive servicing facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous buildings and structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coal terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ore terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TOFC/COFC terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other marine terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Motor vehicle loading and distribution facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Facilities for other specialized services operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Small tools and supplies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Snow removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-13-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-21-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services—equipment—freight cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-22-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services—equipment—other equipment: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trucks, trailers, containers in revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating equipment—revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passenger and other revenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Computers and data processing equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Work and other nonrevenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-23-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services—transportation—train: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Engine crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dispatching trains</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating switches, signals, interlockers, retarders, humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating drawbridges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway crossing protection</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train inspection and lubrication</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electric power purchased/produced for motive power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Servicing locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-31-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services—transportation—yard: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating switches, signals, interlockers, retarders, humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Switch crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Controlling operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yard and terminal clerical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electric power purchased/produced for motive power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Servicing locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-32-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services—transportation—train and yard common: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cleaning car interiors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-70
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Adjusting, transferring loads</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-71
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Car loading devices and grain doors</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-33-72
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services—transportation—specialized services: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pick up and delivery, marine line haul, and rail substitute service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loading, unloading, and local marine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Protective Services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-34-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services—transportation—administrative support: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clerks, accounting employees</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communication systems operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and damage claims processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-35-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other purchased services—general and administrative: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged or credited to operating expenses for other purchased services specified in control account 41-00-00. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accounting, auditing, finance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Management services and data processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Marketing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Industrial development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Personnel and labor relations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Legal and secretarial</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Public relations and advertising</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Research and development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">41-61-99</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Claims and Insurance
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">50-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account may be used as a control account for all accounts in the CLAIMS AND INSURANCE series: loss and damage claims; other casualties; insurance.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and damage claims—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable to compensate for the loss or damage of freight or other goods carried in revenue service. This account excludes amounts payable to employees or other parties for injuries sustained or loss of life; for damage to real property of others or personal property not carried in revenue service; all payments for other damages of any kind; and related insurance premiums.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and damage claims—transportation—train: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-31-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable to compensate for the loss or damage of freight or other goods carried in revenue service while operating all trains except those performing yard functions in terminals.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and damage claims—transportation—yard: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-32-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable to compensate for the loss or damage of freight or other goods carried in revenue service which is lost or damaged in yards or terminals.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and damage claims—transportation—train and yard common: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-33-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable to compensate for the loss or damage of freight or other goods carried in revenue service which are not predominantly train or yard.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and damage claims—transportation—specialized services: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-34-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable to compensate for the loss or damage of freight or other goods carried in revenue service incurred in designated specialized services operations.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other casualties—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts payable to employees or other parties for injuries sustained or loss of life in connection with the construction, maintenance, operations, and administration of railroad property and equipment; for damage to real property, property of others or personal property not carried in revenue service; all payments for other damages of any kind. This account excludes freight and other goods carried in revenue service, and insurance premiums related to the casualties chargeable to this account.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The costs of clearing wrecks and repairing casualty-caused damage to the railroad's property and equipment are properly classified under other natural expense accounts as appropriate and further classified by relevant activities and functions.
</P>
<P>These costs are appropriately charged to the following natural accounts:</P></NOTE>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other casualties—way and structures—running: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other casualties—way and structures—switching: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other casualties—way and structures—other: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other casualties—equipment—locomotives: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other casualties—equipment—freight cars: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other casualties—equipment—Other equipment: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other casualties—transportation—train: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other casualties—transportation—yard: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">51-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other casualties—transportation—specialized services: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other casualties—transportation—administrative support: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-35-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other casualties—general and administrative: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">52-61-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes premiums for insurance to cover property and equipment loss and damage, liability, business interruption, and the like. These costs are appropriately charged to the following accounts:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—way and structures—running: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—way and structures—switching: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—way and structures—other: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—equipment—locomotives: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—equipment—freight cars: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—equipment—other equipment: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—transportation—train: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-31-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—transportation—yard: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-32-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—transportation—specialized services: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-34-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—transportation—administrative support: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-35-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Insurance—general and administrative: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">53-61-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">General
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">60-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account may be used as a control account for all accounts in the GENERAL series: other expenses; depreciation; uncollectible accounts; property taxes; other taxes.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, road property and equipment retirement losses, and other items of a general nature.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses—way and structures—running: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, road property retirement losses, and other items of a general nature associated with the carrier's roadway and track on the line of road and outside of classification yards. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track laying and surfacing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway grade crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-11-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses—way and structures—switching: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amount charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, road property retirement losses, and other items of a general nature associated with the carrier's roadway and track within classification yards and stations. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-10
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Tunnels and subways</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-11
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and culverts</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-12
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track laying and surfacing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-17
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals and interlockers</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-19
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway grade crossings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-22
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-12-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses—way and structures—other: freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, road property retirement losses, and other items of a general nature associated with the carrier's structures other than roadway and track. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Track</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-02
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Bridges and buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-03
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Signals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-04
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communications</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-05
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-06
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communication systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-20
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electric power systems</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-21
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Station and office buildings</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-23
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-24
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-25
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Shop buildings—other equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-26
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive servicing facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-27
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Miscellaneous buildings and structures</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-28
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Coal terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-29
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Ore terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-30
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TOFC/COFC terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-31
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other marine terminals</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-32
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Motor vehicle loading and distribution facilities</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-33
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Facilities for other specialized services operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-35
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Roadway machines</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-36
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Small tools and supplies</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-37
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Snow removal</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-38
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-13-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees and equipment retirement losses, associated with the repair and maintenance of locomotives, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-41
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-21-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses—equipment—freight cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, equipment retirement losses, associated with the repair and maintenance of freight cars, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Freight cars</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-42
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-22-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses—equipment—other equipment: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, equipment retirement losses, associated with the repair and maintenance of equipment other than locomotives and freight cars, whether owned by the carrier or by others. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Repair and maintenance
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dismantling retired property</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-39
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Machinery</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Trucks, trailers, containers in revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-43
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Floating equipment—revenue service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-44
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Passenger and other revenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-45
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Computers and data processing equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-46
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Work and other nonrevenue equipment</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-47
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Road property and equipment damaged</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-48
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-23-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses—transportation—train: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, associated with the dispatching and operations of freight trains over the roadway and outside of classification yards. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Engine crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-56
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-57
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Dispatching trains</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-58
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating switches, signals, interlockers, retarders, humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating drawbridges</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-60
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Highway crossing protection</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-61
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Train inspection and lubrication</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-62
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electric power purchased/produced for motive power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Servicing locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-31-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses—transportation—yard: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, and other items of a general nature associated with the movement of freight cars within classification yards and in terminal switching and transfer service. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operating switches, signals, interlockers, retarders, humps</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-59
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clearing wrecks</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-63
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Switch crews</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-64
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Controlling operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-65
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Yard and terminal clerical</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-66
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Locomotive fuel</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-67
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Electric power purchased/produced for motive power</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-68
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Servicing locomotives</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-69
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-32-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses—transportation—specialized services: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, and other items of a general nature incurred in operating services which are specialized in nature and in cost characteristics. The specialized services designated by the Board appear within the definition of specialized services. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Pick up and delivery, marine line haul, and rail substitute service</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-73
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loading, unloading, and local marine</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-74
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Protective services</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-75
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-34-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses—transportation—administrative support: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, and other items of a general nature incurred in association with providing direct administrative support for the Transportation Activity. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Operations
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Clerks, accounting employees</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-76
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Communication systems operations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-77
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Loss and damage claims processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-78
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-35-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other expenses—general and administrative: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-XX</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes amounts charged to operating expenses for items not otherwise provided for in the other natural expense accounts, including travel and other expenses of employees, and other items of a general nature incurred in providing overall administration of other support for carrier operations. This account shall be subdivided by the following functions:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Administration—general</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-01
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">General
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Accounting, auditing, finance</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-86
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Management services and data processing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-87
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Marketing</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-88
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sales</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-89
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Industrial development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-90
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Personnel labor relations</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-91
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Legal and secretarial</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-92
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Public relations and advertising</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-93
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Research and development</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-94
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other—other</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">61-61-99
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This control account includes the amounts charged to operating expenses for depreciation of owned road property and equipment, and the depreciation element of road property held under capital lease in accordance with FASB Statement No. 13. These costs are appropriately charged to the following natural accounts:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—way and structures—running: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-11-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—way and structures—switching: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-12-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—way and structures—other: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-13-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—equipment—locomotives: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-21-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—equipment—freight cars: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-22-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Depreciation—equipment—other equipment: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">62-23-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uncollectible accounts—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes charges to operating expenses for the writedown of accounts and notes due to the railroad, whether classified as current or long-term. This account includes any credits to allowance accounts for collectibility and total writeoff of receivables. This account does not include writedowns of property, equipment, or investments (except accounts, notes, or other receivables held as investments). Proper adjustments of incorrect receivables are not to be charged to this account. Collections of amounts previously written off or down are to be credited to this account. The total of this account shall be charged to the following account:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Uncollectible accounts—general and administrative: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">63-61-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Property taxes—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes only taxes based on the value of real estate and personal property used in railroad operations. The total of this account shall be charged to the following account:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Property taxes—general and administrative: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">64-61-00
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other taxes—control</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65-00-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>This account includes taxes on gross receipts, franchise fees, excise taxes, and similar items. This account excludes property taxes and taxes chargeable as emloyee benefits. The total of this account shall be charged to the following account:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Other taxes—general and administrative: Freight</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">65-61-00</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV></EXTRACT>
<P>(2) <I>Other computed cost elements.</I>
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>651 Locomotives return on investment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>652 Freight train car costs.
</FP-1>
<FP2-3>01 Per day costs.
</FP2-3>
<FP2-3>02 Mileage costs.
</FP2-3>
<FP-1>654 Rehabilitation.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>664 Deadheading, taxi and hotel costs.
</FP-1>
<FP2-3>01 Deadheading.
</FP2-3>
<FP2-3>02 Taxi.
</FP2-3>
<FP2-3>03 Hotel.
</FP2-3>
<FP-1>665 Overhead movement costs.
</FP-1>
<FP2-3>01 Transportation.
</FP2-3>
<FP2-3>02 Equipment.
</FP2-3>
<FP2-3>03 Freight-train cars—mileage portion.</FP2-3></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) <I>Off-branch avoidable costs.</I>
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>661 Terminal costs.
</FP-1>
<FP2-3>01 Modified terminal costs.
</FP2-3>
<FP2-3>02 Normal terminal costs.
</FP2-3>
<FP2-3>03 Interchange costs.
</FP2-3>
<FP-1>662 Freight train car costs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>663 Freight train revenue ton-mile costs.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) <I>All other avoidable costs.</I>
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>
</P>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> Accounts 671-675 apply to Part 1152 only. Accounts 677 and 682 apply to Part 1155 only.</P></FTNT>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>671 Working capital.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>672 Required capital expenditures.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>673 Deferred maintenance.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>674 Current cost of freight train cars, locomotives, and other equipment.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>675 Foregone tax benefits.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>676 Administrative costs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>677 Deferred subsidy payment costs.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>678 Casualty reserve expenses.
</FP-1>
<FP2-3>Total, all other avoidable costs.
</FP2-3>
<FP-1>681 Reasonable return on the value of properties.
</FP-1>
<FP-1>682 Management fee.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 1733, Jan. 11, 1978, as amended at 43 FR 28498, June 30, 1978; 44 FR 9730, Feb. 14, 1979; 47 FR 49596, Nov. 1, 1982; 67 FR 57533, Sept. 11, 2002]


</CITA>

<DIV9 N="Appendix I" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.3.3.3.1.1" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix I to Part 1201—Certification of Branch Line Accounting System Records
</HEAD>
<FP-DASH>Carrier: (Exact legal title or name of the respondent)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP>Name, title, telephone number and address of the person to be contacted:
</FP>
<FP-DASH>Name
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Title
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Telephone Number: (Area Code) and (Telephone number)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>Office Address: (Street and number) (City, State, and ZIP code)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<HD1>certification
</HD1>
<FP-DASH>I, the undersigned,
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>of (Title of officer in charge of accounts)
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>
</FP-DASH>
<FP-DASH>(Full name of reporting company)
</FP-DASH>
<FP>certify that during the calendar year 19__ the branch line accounting system data were collected and maintained for each line that met the criteria set forth in 49 CFR 1201, Subpart B, section 920(a), Lines For Which Data Collection Is Required, (Docket No. 36366).
</FP>
<FP-DASH>        Signature
</FP-DASH>
<P>Date______
</P>
<P>The lines covered by this certification are described below: (Describe each branch line separately using the following format as set forth in 49 CFR 1152.11.)
</P>
<P>(a) Carrier's designation for line (Ex. Zanesville Secondary Track);
</P>
<P>(b) State or states in which line is located;
</P>
<P>(c) County or counties in which line is located;
</P>
<P>(d) Milepost delineating each line or portion of line;
</P>
<P>(e) Agency or terminal station(s) located on line or portion of line with milepost designations;
</P>
<P>(f) Current category designation and date placed in that category; and
</P>
<P>(g) Previous category.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[44 FR 9730, Feb. 14, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 49596, Nov. 1, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1202-1219" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1202-1219 [RESERVED]



<HED1>PARTS 1220-1239—PRESERVATION OF RECORDS
</HED1></HEAD>
</DIV5>

<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>Section 20(7)(b) of the Interstate Commerce Act includes the following provision:
</P>
<P>Any person who shall knowingly and willfully make, cause to be made, or participate in the making of, any false entry in any annual or other report required under this section to be filed, or in the accounts of any book of accounts or in any records or memoranda kept by a carrier, or required under this section to be kept by a lessor or other person, or who shall knowingly and willfully destroy, mutilate, alter, or by any other means or device falsify the record of any such accounts, records, or memoranda, * * * shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be subject, upon conviction in any court of the United States of competent jurisdiction to a fine of not more than five thousand dollars or imprisonment for not more than two years, or both such fine and imprisonment: <I>Provided,</I> That the Board may in its discretion issue orders specifying such operating, accounting, or financial papers, records, books, blanks, tickets, stubs, correspondence, or documents of such carriers, lessors, or other persons as may, after a reasonable time, be destroyed, and prescribing the length of time the same shall be preserved.</P></NOTE>

<DIV5 N="1220" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1220—PRESERVATION OF RECORDS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11144, 11145.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>50 FR 10775, Mar. 18, 1985; 51 FR 22083, June 18, 1986, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1220.0" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.5.0.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1220.0   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The preservation of record rules contained in this part shall apply to the following:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Railroad companies
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Electric railway companies
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Express companies
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Persons furnishing cars to railroads
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Ratemaking organizations</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP>This part applies also to the preservation of accounts, records and memoranda of traffic associations, demurrage and car service bureaus, weighing and inspection bureaus, and other joint activities maintained by or on behalf of companies listed in the above paragraph of this subpart.
</FP>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 1075, Mar. 18, 1985 and 51 FR 22083, June 18, 1986, as amended at 51 FR 44297, Dec. 9, 1986; 62 FR 50525, Sept. 26, 1997]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1220.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.5.0.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1220.1   Records required to be retained.</HEAD>
<P>Companies subject to this part shall retain records for the minimum retention periods required by § 1220.6, Schedule of records and periods of retention. After the required retention periods, the records may be destroyed at the discretion of each company's management. It shall be the obligation of the subject company to maintain records that adequately support financial and operational data required by the Board. The company may request a ruling from the Board on the retention of any record. The provisions of this part shall not be construed as excusing compliance with the lawful requirements of any other governmental body prescribing longer retention periods for any category of records.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1220.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.5.0.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1220.2   Protection and storage of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The company shall protect records subject to this part from fires, floods, and other hazards, and safeguard the records from unnecessary exposure to deterioration from excessive humidity, dryness, or lack of ventilation.
</P>
<P>(b) The company shall notify the Board if prescribed records are substantially destroyed or damaged before the term of the prescribed retention periods.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1220.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.5.0.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1220.3   Preservation of records.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All records may be preserved by any technology that is immune to alteration, modification, or erasure of the underlying data and will enable production of an accurate and unaltered paper copy.
</P>
<P>(b) Records not originally preserved on hard copy shall be accompanied by a statement executed by a person having personal knowledge of the facts indicating the type of data included within the records. One comprehensive statement may be executed in lieu of individual statements for multiple records if the type of data included in the multiple records is common to all such records. The records shall be indexed and retained in such a manner as will render them readily accessible. The company shall have facilities available to locate, identify and produce legible paper copies of the records.
</P>
<P>(c) Any significant characteristic, feature or other attribute that a particular medium will not preserve shall be clearly indicated at the beginning of the applicable records as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(d) The printed side of forms, such as instructions, need not be preserved for each record as long as the printed matter is common to all such forms and an identified specimen of the form is maintained on the medium for reference.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 10775, Mar. 18, 1985, as amended at 56 FR 30874, July 8, 1991]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1220.4" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.5.0.3.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1220.4   Companies going out of business.</HEAD>
<P>The records referred to in these regulations may be destroyed after business is discontinued and the company is completely liquidated. The records may not be destroyed until dissolution is final and all pending transactions and claims are completed. When a company is merged with another company under jurisdiction of the Board, the successor company shall preserve records of the merged company in accordance with these regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1220.5" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.5.0.3.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1220.5   Waiver of requirements of these regulations.</HEAD>
<P>A waiver from any provision of these regulations may be made by the Board upon its own initiative or upon submission of a written request by the company. Each request for waiver shall demonstrate that unusual circumstances warrant a departure from prescribed retention periods, procedures, or techniques, or that compliance with such prescribed requirements would impose an unreasonable burden on the company.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1220.6" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.5.0.3.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1220.6   Schedule of records and periods of retention.</HEAD>
<P>The following schedule shows periods that designated records shall be preserved. The descriptions specified under the various general headings are for convenient reference and identification, and are intended to apply to the items named regardless of what the records are called in individual companies and regardless of the record media. The retention periods represent the prescribed number of years from the date of the document and not calendar years. Records not listed below shall be retained as determined by the management of each company.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Schedule of Records and Periods of Retention
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Item and category of records
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Retention period
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="04">A. Corporate and General</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Incorporation and reorganization:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Charter or certificate of incorporation and amendments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Legal documents related to mergers, consolidations, reorganization, receiverships and similar actions which affect the identity or organization of the company</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Minutes of Directors, Executive Committees, Stockholders and other corporate meetings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Titles, franchises and authorities:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Certificates of public convenience and necessity issued by regulating bodies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration or cancellation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Operating authorizations and exemptions to operate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Copies of formal orders of regulatory bodies served upon the company</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Deeds, charters, and other title papers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until disposition of property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Patents and patent records</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Annual reports or statements to stockholders</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Contracts and agreements:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Service contracts, such as for operational management, accounting, financial or legal services, and agreements with agents</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration or termination plus 3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Contracts and other agreements relating to the construction, acquisition or sale of real property and equipment except as otherwise provided in (a) above</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Contracts for the purchase or sale of material and supplies except as provided in (a) above</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Shipping contracts for transportation or caretakers of freight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Contracts with employees and employee bargaining groups</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(f) Contracts, leases and agreements, not specifically provided for in this section</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration or termination plus 1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Accountant's auditor's, and inspector's reports:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Certifications and reports of examinations and audits conducted by public accountants</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Reports of examinations and audits conducted by internal auditors, time inspectors, and others</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7. Other: (See Note A)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="04">B. Treasury</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Capital stock records:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Capital stock ledger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Capital stock certificates, records of or stubs of</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Stock transfer register</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Long-term debt records:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Bond indentures, underwritings, mortgages, and other long-term credit agreements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until redemption plus 3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Registered bonds and debenture ledgers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Stubs or similar records of bonds or other long-term debt issued</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Note A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Authorizations from regulatory bodies for issuance of securities including applications, reports, and supporting papers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Records of securities owned, in treasury, or held by custodians, detailed ledgers and journals, or their equivalent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until the securities are sold, redeemed or otherwise disposed of.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Other: (See Note A)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="04">C. Financial and Accounting</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Ledgers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) General and subsidiary ledgers with indexes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until discontinuance of use plus 3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Balance sheets and trial balance sheets of general and subsidiary ledgers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Journals:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) General journals</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until discontinuance of use plus 3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Subsidiary journals and any supporting data, except as otherwise provided for, necessary to explain journal entries</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Cash books:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) General cash books</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until discontinuance of use plus 3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Subsidiary cash books</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Vouchers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Voucher registers, indexes, or equivalent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Paid and canceled vouchers, expenditure authorizations, detailed distribution sheets and other supporting data including original bills and invoices, if not provided for elsewhere</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Paid drafts, paid checks, and receipts for cash paid out</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Accounts receivable:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Record or register of accounts receivable, indexes thereto, and summaries of distribution</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after settlement.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Bills issued for collection and supporting data</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Authorization for writing off receivables</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Reports and statements showing age and status of receivables</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Records of accounting codes and instructions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after discontinuance.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7. Other: (Note A)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="04">D. Property and Equipment</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="04">Note.</E>—All accounts, records, and memoranda necessary for making a complete analysis of the cost or value of property shall be retained for the periods shown. If any of the records elsewhere provided for in this schedule are of this character, they shall be retained for the periods shown below, regardless of any lesser retention period assigned
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Property records:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Records which maintain complete information on cost or other value of all real and personal property or equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after disposition of property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Records of additions and betterments made to property and equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Records pertaining to retirements and replacements of property and equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Records pertaining to depreciation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Records of equipment number changes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(f) Records of motor and engine changes</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(g) Records of equipment lightweighed and stenciled</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Only current or latest records.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Engineering records of property changes actually made</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after disposition of property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Other: (Note A)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="04">E. Personnel and Payroll</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Personnel and payroll records</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year (Note A).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="04">F. Insurance and Claims</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Insurance records:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Schedules of insurance against fire, storms, and other hazards and records of premium payments</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration plus 1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Records of losses and recoveries from insurance companies and supporting papers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year after settlement.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Insurance policies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until expiration of coverage plus 1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Claims records:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Claim registers, card or book indexes, and other records which record personal injury, fire and other claims against the company, together with all supporting data</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year after settlement.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Claims registers, card or book indexes, and other records which record overcharges, damages, and other claims filed by the company against others, together with all supporting data</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Records giving the details of authorities issued to agents, carriers, and others for participation in freight claims</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Reports, statements and other data pertaining to personal injuries or damage to property when not necessary to support claims or vouchers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Reports, statements, tracers, and other data pertaining to unclaimed, over, short, damaged, and refused freight, when not necessary to support claims or vouchers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(f) Authorities for disposal of unclaimed, damaged, and refused freight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Other: (See Note A)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="04">G. Taxes</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Taxes. (Note A)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="04">H. Purchases and Stores</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Purchases and stores. (Note A)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="04">I. Shipping and Agency Documents</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Bills of lading and releases:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Consignors' shipping orders, consignors' shipping tickets, and copies of bills of lading freight bills from other carriers and other similar documents furnished the carrier for movement of freight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Shippers' order-to-notify bills of lading taken up and cancelled</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Freight waybills:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Local waybills</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Interline waybills received from and made to other carriers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Company freight waybills</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Express waybills</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Freight bills and settlements:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(a) Paid copy of freight bill retained to support receipt of freight charges:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(1) Bus express freight bills provided no claim has been filed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(2) All other freight bills</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(b) Paid copy of freight bill retained to support payment of freight charges to other carriers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(1) Bus express freight bills provided no claim has been filed</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(2) All other freight bills</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(c) Records of unsettled freight bills and supporting papers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year after disposition.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">(d) Records and reports of correction notices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Other freight records:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Records of freight received, forwarded, and delivered</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Notice to consignees of arrival of freight; tender of delivery</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Agency records (to include conductors, pursers, stewards, and others):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Cash books</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Remittance records, bank deposit slips and supporting papers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Balance sheets and supporting papers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Statements of corrections in agents' accounts</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Other records and reports pertaining to ticket sales, baggage handled, miscellaneous collections, refunds, adjustments, etc</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row">J. Transportation
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Records pertaining to transportation of household goods:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Estimate of charges</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Order for service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Vehicle-load manifest</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Descriptive inventory</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Records and reports pertaining to operation of marine and floating equipment:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Ship log</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Ship articles</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Passenger and room list</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Floatmen's barge, lighter, and escrow captain's reports, demurrage records, towing reports and checks sheets</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Car distribution and movement-railroads only:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Records of car allotment and distribution</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Records of cars ordered, furnished and loaded</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Records showing dates and numbers of trains, initials and number of cars, movement of cars, and mileage of cars and trains</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Report of cars interchanged with connecting lines</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(e) Reports of unfilled car orders</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1 year.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(f) Per diem and mileage reports made and received, including reclaims and discrepancy and adjustment reports</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(g) Demurrage and storage records</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4. Dispatchers' sheets, registers, and other records pertaining to movement of transportation equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5. Import and export records including bonded freight and steamship engagements</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">6. Records, reports, orders and tickets pertaining to weighting of freight</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">7. Records of loading and unloading of transportation equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">8. Records pertaining to the diversion or reconsignment of freight, including requests, tracers, and correspondence</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">9. Other: (See Note A)
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="04">K. Tariffs and Rates</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Official file copies of tariffs, classifications, division sheets, and circulars relative to the transportation of persons or property</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after expiration or cancellation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Authorities and supporting papers for transportation of property or passengers free or at reduced rates</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Records and documents required by provisions of § 1253.20 to be maintained</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="04">L. Supporting Data for Reports and Statistics</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Supporting data for reports filed with the Surface Transportation Board and regulatory bodies:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(a) Supporting data for annual financial, operating and statistical reports</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(b) Supporting data for periodical reports of operating revenues, expenses, and income</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(c) Supporting data for reports detailing use of proceeds from issuance or sale of company securities</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 4em">(d) Supporting data for valuation inventory reports and records. This includes related notes, maps and sketches, underlying engineering, land, and accounting reports, pricing schedules, summary or collection sheets, yearly reports of changes and other miscellaneous data, all relating to the valuation of the company's property by the Surface Transportation Board or other regulatory body</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years after disposition of the property.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Supporting data for periodical reports of accidents, inspections, tests, hours of service, repairs, freight car locations, etc</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3 years.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3. Supporting data for periodical statistical of operating results or performance by tonnage, mileage, passengers carried, piggyback traffic, commodities, costs, analyses of increases and decreases, or otherwise</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Do.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" colspan="2" scope="row"><E T="04">M. Miscellaneous</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1. Index of records</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Until revised as record structure changes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2. Statement listing records prematurely destroyed or lost</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">For the remainder of the period as prescribed for records destroyed.
</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">Note A: Records referenced to this note shall be maintained as determined by the designated records supervisory official. Companies should be mindful of the record retention requirements of the Internal Revenue Service, Securities and Exchange Commission, state and local jurisdictions and other regulatory agencies. Companies shall exercise reasonable care in choosing retention periods, and the choice of retention periods shall reflect past experiences, company needs, pending litigation, and regulatory requirements.</P></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[50 FR 10775, Mar. 18, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 22083, June 18, 1986]



</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1240" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1240-1259—REPORTS




</HEAD>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The report forms prescribed by parts 1240-1259 are available upon request from the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC.</P></NOTE>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1241" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1241—ANNUAL, SPECIAL, OR PERIODIC REPORTS—CARRIERS SUBJECT TO PART I OF THE INTERSTATE COMMERCE ACT




</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 11145.




</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1241.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.7.0.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1241.1   Common carriers.</HEAD>
<P>All common carriers subject to the provisions of Part I of Interstate Commerce Act, as amended, and the owners of all railroads engaged in interstate commerce as therein defined, are hereby required hereafter to file in the office of the Board on or before the 31st day of March in each year, reports covering the period of 12 months ending with the 31st day of December preceding said date, giving the particulars heretofore called for in the annual reports required by the Board of said carriers and owners of railroads.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20456, Dec. 20, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1241.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.7.0.3.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1241.2   Reporting companies defined.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every common carrier by rail which is required by the act to regulate commerce to file with the Board any tariff or schedule of rates, fares, or charges, or any concurrence in such tariff or schedule, shall be required to keep operating accounts and to file an annual operating report unless specifically excused by the Board.
</P>
<P>(b) Every railway corporation owning but not operating a railway used in interstate or foreign commerce shall be required to file with the Board an annual nonoperating report unless relieved therefrom under the provisions of rule following.
</P>
<P>(c) Any actually existing inactive corporation coming within the scope of rule given above may be relieved from the requirements of that rule if it has no outstanding stocks or obligations not held by or for its controlling corporation and the controlling corporation reports for the inactive corporation such facts as the Board may require to be reported.
</P>
<P>(d) Reports of a controlling corporation and its controlled corporations must exclude duplications in respect of investments in railway plant and equipment and in respect of securities outstanding.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20456, Dec. 20, 1967, as amended at 46 FR 9115, Jan. 28, 1981]






</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1241.11" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.7.0.3.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1241.11   Annual reports of class I railroads.</HEAD>
<P>Commencing with reports for the year ended December 31, 1973, and thereafter, until further order, all line-haul railroad companies of class I, as defined in § 1240.1 of this chapter, subject to section 20, Part I of the Interstate Commerce Act, are required to file annual reports in accordance with Railroad Annual Report Form R-1. Such annual report shall be filed in duplicate in the office of the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC, on or before March 31 of the year following the year which is being reported.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note 1 to § 1241.11:</HED>
<P>The report forms prescribed by this section are available on the Surface Transportation Board website.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[91 FR 25153, May 8, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1241.15" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.7.0.3.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1241.15   Railroad classification survey form.</HEAD>
<P>Commencing with the year ending December 31, 1982, and thereafter, until further order, all railroad companies not required to file an Annual Report (Form R-1) shall compute their adjusted revenues using the railroad revenue deflator formula. If there is a change in a carrier's classification the survey form shall be filed with the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC, on or before March 31.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[48 FR 2544, Jan. 20, 1983, as amended at 81 FR 8856, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1242" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1242—SEPARATION OF COMMON OPERATING EXPENSES BETWEEN FREIGHT SERVICE AND PASSENGER SERVICE FOR RAILROADS 
<SU>1</SU>
<FTREF/>


</HEAD>
<FTNT>
<P>
<SU>1</SU> The accounts mentioned in this part refer to and agree with part 1201 of this chapter.</P></FTNT>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11142.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>43 FR 7637, Feb. 24, 1978, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The report forms prescribed by part 1242 are available upon request from the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC.</P></NOTE>

<DIV7 N="3" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.3" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>List of Instructions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.00" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.3.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.00   Separation of common operating expenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Commencing with annual reports for the year 1978 or for any portion thereof until further order, all class I railroad companies including class I switching and terminal companies subject to section 20 of the Interstate Commerce Act as amended shall separate operating expenses common to both freight service and passenger service in accordance with the regulation in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The carrier shall maintain records supporting its common operating expense apportionments to freight and passenger services. The carrier shall report common expense apportionments to the Board as required.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 7637, Feb. 24, 1978, as amended at 67 FR 57534, Sept. 11, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="4" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.4" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.01" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.4.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.01   Expenses solely related to freight service and passenger service.</HEAD>
<P>The Uniform System of Accounts for Railroad Companies (49 CFR part 1201) requires that carriers assign directly to freight service or to passenger service, including allied services, the expenses, taxes, and purchased services incurred solely for the benefit of either freight or passenger service.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.02" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.4.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.02   Common expenses.</HEAD>
<P>The Uniform System of Accounts also requires that carriers assign to common expense accounts the remaining expenses, taxes and purchased services which are not solely related to either freight or passenger service. The following instructions govern the separation of common expense accounts between freight and passenger services.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.03" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.4.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.03   Made by accounting divisions.</HEAD>
<P>The separation shall be made by accounting divisions, where such divisions are maintained, and the aggregate of the accounting divisions reported for the quarter and for the year.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.04" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.4.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.04   Special tests.</HEAD>
<P>When the separation of common expense accounts between freight and passenger services is based upon special tests or service unit factors, such tests shall be made at sufficiently frequent intervals to represent actual operating conditions. The service unit factors used are those of the reporting period.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.05" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.4.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.05   Operating expense account number notation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The operating expense account numbers consist of a six-digit coding structure divided into three two-digit groups. The first two-digit group denotes natural expenses; the second group denotes activities/subactivities for freight, passenger or common service; and the third group signifies applicable function assignment.
</P>
<img src="/graphics/ec03mr91.050.gif"/>
<P>(b) For reporting purposes, four natural expense categories are utilized. The categories are: salaries and wages (account 11-XX-XX); material, tools, supplies, fuels and lubricants (account 21-XX-XX); purchased services (accounts 31-XX-XX to 41-XX-XX, inclusive); and general (accounts 61-XX-XX to 65-XX-XX, inclusive, 51-XX-XX, 52-XX-XX, 53-XX-XX and 12-XX-XX).
</P>
<P>(c) The symbol “XX” in the first two-digit group is used throughout the separation instructions to denote more than one natural expense associated with the same activity/subactivity-function account structure. For reporting purposes, the natural expense account numbers represented by “XX” include:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>11—Salaries and wages;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>21—Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, and lubricants;
</FP-2>
<FP-2>30 or 41—Purchased services:
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>30—Summation of certain purchased service accounts;
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>41—Other purchased services;
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>61—General.</FP-2></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) The “30” natural expense designation indicates a summation of specific purchased service accounts that are reported in total rather than individually. The specific accounts under the way and structures activity except for administration functions include 39-1X-XX, repairs billed by others, Dr.; 40-1X-XX, repairs billed to others, cr.; and 41-1X-XX, other purchased services. For the equipment activity excluding administration functions, the “30” designation denotes the summation of 39-2X-XX and 41-2X-XX.
</P>
<P>(e) The “41” natural expense designation (other purchased services) is the purchased service category of the “XX” code for the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Way and structures activity administration—function accounts,
</P>
<P>(2) Equipment activity administration—function accounts,
</P>
<P>(3) Transportation activity expense accounts, and
</P>
<P>(4) General and administration activity expense accounts.
</P>
<P>(f) The “61” general natural expense designation is applicable to all accounts with the “XX” symbol except transportation, train and yards accounts (XX-(33/43/53)-XX).
</P>
<P>(g) The natural expense account number “50” is used throughout the separation instructions to indicate the summation of accounts 52-XX-XX, Other casualties, and 53-XX-XX, Insurance, that are reported as one item, “Casualties and Insurance,” (50-XX-XX).
</P>
<P>(h) The number “98” in the function account group (last two digits) is used in the separation rules to designate the summation of a natural expense consisting of more than one functional assignment that is reported as one item. This includes Repairs Billed to Others, Cr.—Equipment (40-2X-XX). For example, the locomotive subactivity contains accounts 40-(21/24/26)-40, 40-(21/24/26)-41, and 40-(21/24/26)-48 which are treated as 40-(21/24/26)-98.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.06" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.4.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.06   Instructions for separation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Certain instructions for separating common expense accounts (dependent accounts) between freight and passenger services base the allocation on the proportional freight/passenger separation of other common expense accounts (independent accounts). The dependent account is frequently identified by an “XX” symbol in the natural expense position (first two digits) with corresponding independent accounts also identified by the “XX” natural expense symbol. Unless otherwise stated, the applicable natural expense associated with “XX” symbol shall be the same for both the dependent and independent accounts.
</P>
<P>(b) To illustrate, § 1242.10 provides instructions for separating common Way and Structures, Administration—Track accounts (dependent accounts) designated by XX-19-02. The separation is based on certain other common Way and Structures accounts including Roadway—Running, XX-17-10, and Roadway—Switching, XX-18-10.
</P>
<P>(c) As § 1242.05 states, the “XX” symbol denotes the following natural expenses for Way and Structures administration functions:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>11—Salaries and wages,
</FP-1>
<FP-1>21—Materials, tools, supplies, fuels, and lubricants,
</FP-1>
<FP-1>41—Other purchased services, and
</FP-1>
<FP-1>61—General.</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<FP>These natural expenses shall be individually applied to the separation rules in § 1242.10. In each case, the independent accounts providing the basis for freight/passenger separation of the dependent account shall have the same natural expense designation. For example, the basis of separating account 11-19-02, Salaries and Wages, Way and Structures, Administration—Track, would be based on certain independent accounts including 11-17/18-10, Salaries and Wages, Way and Structures, Running/Switching, Repair and Maintenance, Roadway.


</FP>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="5" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Operating Expenses—Way and Structures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.10" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.10   Administration—track (account XX-19-02).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common administration—track expenses between freight and passenger services in the same proportion as the common expenses of the following accounts are separated between freight and passenger services:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Roadway:
</FP>
<FP1-2>Running (XX-17-10)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Switching (XX-18-10)
</FP1-2>
<FP>Ties:
</FP>
<FP1-2>Running (21-17-13)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Switching (21-18-13)
</FP1-2>
<FP>Rails:
</FP>
<FP1-2>Running (21-17-14)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Switching (21-18-14)
</FP1-2>
<FP>Other Track Materials:
</FP>
<FP1-2>Running (21-17-15)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Switching (21-18-15)
</FP1-2>
<FP>Ballast:
</FP>
<FP1-2>Running (21-17-16)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Switching (21-18-16)
</FP1-2>
<FP>Track Laying and Surfacing:
</FP>
<FP1-2>Running (XX-17-17)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Switching (XX-18-17)
</FP1-2>
<FP>Road Property Damaged:
</FP>
<FP1-2>Running (XX-17-48)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Switching (XX-18-48)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (XX-19-48)
</FP1-2>
<FP>Dismantling Retired Road Property:
</FP>
<FP1-2>Running (XX-17-39)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Switching (XX-18-39)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other (XX-19-39)</FP1-2></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.11" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.11   Administration—bridges and buildings (account XX-19-03).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common administration—bridges and buildings expenses between freight and passenger services in the same proportion as the common expenses of the following accounts are separated between freight and passenger services:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Tunnels and Subways:
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Running (XX-17-11)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Switching (XX-18-11)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>Bridges and Culverts:
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Running (XX-17-12)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Switching (XX-18-12)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Electric Power Systems (XX-19-21)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Station and Office Buildings (XX-19-23)
</FP1-2>
<FP-2>Shop Buildings:
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Locomotives (XX-19-24)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Other Equipment (XX-19-26)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Locomotive Servicing Facilities (XX-19-27)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Miscellaneous Buildings and Structures (XX-19-28)</FP1-2></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.12" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.12   Administration—signals (account XX-19-04).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common administration—signals expenses between freight and passenger services in the same proportion as the common expenses of the following accounts are separated between freight and passenger services:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Signals and Interlockers:
</FP-2>
<FP1-2>Running (XX-17-19)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Switching (XX-18-19)</FP1-2></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.13" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.13   Administration—communications (account XX-19-05).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common administration—communications expenses between freight and passenger services in the same proportion as the common expenses of the following accounts are separated between freight and passenger services:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Communications Systems (XX-19-20)</FP-2></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.14" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.14   Administration—other (account XX-19-06).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common administration—other expenses between freight and passenger services in the same proportion as the common expenses of the following accounts are separated between freight and passenger services:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP>Administration:
</FP>
<FP1-2>Track (XX-19-02)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Bridges and Buildings (XX-19-03)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Signals (XX-19-04)
</FP1-2>
<FP1-2>Communications (XX-19-05)</FP1-2></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.15" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.15   Roadway, tunnels and subways, bridges and culverts, ties, rails, other track material, ballast, track laying and surfacing, and road property damaged (accounts XX-17-10 to XX-18-12 inclusive, 21-17-13 to 21-18-16 inclusive, XX-17-17, XX-18-17, XX-17-48, and XX-18-48).</HEAD>
<P>The expenses for running and switching subactivities shall be separated between freight service and passenger service as follows:
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Switching tracks.</I> (1) Yard: Expenses for yards used in common by freight and passenger services shall be apportioned on the basis of the respective switching locomotive unit-hours in the common yards.
</P>
<P>(2) Way: Where the tracks at any one location are used in common by both freight and passenger services, expenses may be assigned to that service which makes the dominant use of them.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Running tracks.</I> The expenses of tracks used in common by both services shall be apportioned on the basis of gross ton-miles (including locomotive ton-miles) handled over these tracks in the respective services.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.16" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.16   Road property damaged—other (account XX-19-48).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in proportion to the total common expenses assigned to freight/passenger from the following Way and Structures accounts:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Road Property Damaged—Running (XX-17-48)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Road Property Damaged—Switching (XX-18-48)</FP-1></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.17" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.17   Signals and interlockers (accounts XX-17-19 and XX-18-19).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of the total train-hours in running service, and/or the yard-switching plus train switching hours in the switching service over the tracks on which the common signals and interlockers are used.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.18" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.18   Communication systems (account XX-19-20).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of the common expense separation in:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Way and Structures—Administration—Track, Bridges and Culverts, and Signals (accounts XX-19-02 to XX-19-04, inclusive)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Equipment—Administration—Locomotives and Other Equipment (accounts XX-26-01 and XX-27-01)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Transportation—Administration—Train, Yard, and Administrative Support (accounts XX-51-01, XX-52-01, and XX-55-01)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dispatching Trains (Account XX-51-58)</FP-1></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.19" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.19   Electric power systems (account XX-19-21).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on basis of common expenses of electric power purchased or produced for motive power (accounts XX-51-68 and XX-52-68).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.20" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.20   Highway grade crossings (accounts XX-17-22 and XX-18-22).</HEAD>
<P>Separate running and switching common expenses according to distribution of the running and switching portions only of common expense accounts listed in § 1242.10, Administration—Track (account XX-19-02).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.21" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.21   Station and office buildings (account XX-19-23).</HEAD>
<P>If the sum of the direct freight and the direct passenger expenses is more than 50 percent of the total charges to this account for an accounting division, separate the common expenses on the basis of the directly assigned expenses in this account for the accounting division involved. If the sum of the direct freight and the direct passenger expenses does not aggregate to more than 50 percent of the total charges for an accounting division, the common expenses should be separated on the basis of special test. Where common expenses exist in an accounting division but the direct expenses are applicable to only one service, i.e., freight or passenger, the common expenses shall be separated on the basis of a special test. If the accounting is performed on a system basis rather than by accounting divisions, the common expenses shall be separated on the basis of a special study.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.22" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.22   Shop buildings—locomotives (account XX-19-24).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses according to distribution of common expenses in the following accounts:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Machinery Repair (XX-26-40)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Locomotive—Repair and Maintenance (XX-26-41)</FP-1></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.23" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.23   Shop buildings—freight cars (account XX-13-25).</HEAD>
<P>These accounts pertain solely to freight service and contain no common expense for separation herein.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.24" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.24   Shop buildings—other equipment (account XX-19-26).</HEAD>
<P>Assign directly to freight (or as particular facts suggest otherwise).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.25" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.25   Locomotive servicing facilities (account XX-19-27).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses according to distribution of common expenses in the following accounts:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Locomotive Fuel (XX-51-67 and XX-52-67)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Electric Power Purchased or Produced for Motive Power (XX-51-68 and XX-52-68)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Servicing Locomotives (XX-51-69 and XX-52-69)</FP-1></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.26" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.26   Miscellaneous building and structures (account XX-19-28).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses as specific facts indicate or according to distribution of common expenses listed in § 1242.10, Administration-Track (account XX-19-02).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.27" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.27   Coal marine terminals, ore marine terminals, TOFC/COFC terminals, other marine terminals, motor vehicle loading and distribution facilities, and facilities for other specialized service operations (accounts XX-13-29 to XX-13-35, inclusive).</HEAD>
<P>These accounts pertain solely to freight service and contain no common expenses for separation herein.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.28" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.28   Roadway machines, small tools and supplies, and snow removal (accounts XX-19-36 to XX-19-38, inclusive).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses according to distribution of common expenses listed in § 1242.10, Administration—Track (account XX-19-02).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.29" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.29   Fringe benefits (accounts 12-17-00, 12-18-00, and 12-19-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in the running subactivity in the same proportion as the salaries and wages, way and structures, common expenses in all accounts with a designated running subactivity. Separate common expenses in the switching subactivity in the same proportion as the salaries and wages, way and structure, common expense accounts with a designated switching activity. Separate common expenses in the other subactivity in the same proportion as the salaries and wages, way and structures, common expenses in all accounts with a designated other subactivity.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.30" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.30   Dismantling retired road property and depreciation (accounts XX-17-39, XX-18-39, XX-19-39, 62-17-00, 62-18-00, and 62-19-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in each account for each subactivity (running, switching and other) in proportion to the separation of common repair and maintenance expenses associated with the particular common properties depreciated and/or dismantled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.31" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.31   Lease rentals—debit and credit and other rents—debit and credit (accounts 31-17-00, 31-18-00, 31-19-00, 32-17-00, 32-18-00, 32-19-00, 35-17-00, 35-18-00, 35-19-00, 36-17-00, 36-18-00, and 36-19-00).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Separate common debit expense accounts in each subactivity (running, switching and other) in proportion to the separation of solely related freight or passenger service in each account. If there are no solely related expenses in an account or if the solely related expenses are assignable entirely to freight or to passenger service, separate common debit expense accounts on the basis of the same percentages calculated for the separation of administration—other (account XX-19-06).
</P>
<P>(b) Separate all common credit expense accounts on the same percentages calculated for the separation of administration—other (account XX-19-06).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.32" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.32   Joint facility rents—debit and credit and joint facility—debit and credit (accounts 33-17-00, 33-18-00, 33-19-00, 34-17-00, 34-18-00, 34-19-00, 37-17-00, 37-18-00, 37-19-00, 38-17-00, 38-18-00, and 38-19-00).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Solely related (freight or passenger service) debit expense accounts in each subactivity (running, switching and other) shall be assigned according to the use made of each facility by the reporting carrier, regardless of the use by other carriers. Common debit expenses shall be separated on the basis of the percentage separations of the solely related expenses in each individual account. If there are no solely related expenses or if the solely related expenses are assigned entirely to freight or to passenger service, separate common debit expenses on the same percentages calculated for the separation of administrative—other (account XX-19-06).
</P>
<P>(b) Separate all common credit expense accounts on the same percentages calculated for the separation of administration—other (account XX-19-06).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.33" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.5.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.33   Other expenses and casualties and insurance (accounts XX-17-99, XX-18-99, XX-19-99, 50-17-00, 50-18-00, and 50-19-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of the percentages calculated for the separation of administrative—other (account XX-19-06).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="6" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Operating Expenses—Equipment</HEAD>

<HD1>locomotives


</HD1>

<DIV8 N="§ 1242.34" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.32" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.34   Administration (account XX-26-01).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses according to distribution of common expenses in the following accounts:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Repair and Maintenance (XX-26-41)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Machinery Repair (XX-26-40)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Equipment Damage (XX-26-48)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dismantling Retired Property (XX-26-39)</FP-1></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.35" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.33" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.35   Repair and maintenance (account XX-26-41).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where the carrier maintains records of the repairs by individual locomotive units or classes of locomotive units:
</P>
<P>(1) If individual locomotive units or classes of locomotive units are used exclusively in road-freight, road-passenger, yard-freight, or yard-passenger service, the separation shall be actual.
</P>
<P>(2) If individual locomotive units or classes or locomotive units are used interchangeably (common) in road-freight (including train-switching), road passenger (including train switching), yard-freight or yard-passenger service, separate the heavy shop repairs between these services on the basis of run-out unit miles of individual locomotive units or classes of locomotive units since the previous shopping; and separate the cost of running repairs between such services on the basis of the miles run by the individual locomotive unit or class of locomotive unit in each service during the accounting period for which the separation is being made.
</P>
<P>(b) Where the carrier maintains records of heavy shop repair costs by individual locomotive units or classes of locomotive units, but does not maintain records of the cost of running repairs by individual locomotive units:
</P>
<P>(1) The heavy shop repairs shall be separated as indicated in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The common expenses of running repairs shall be separated among road-freight (including train switching), road-passenger (including train switching), yard-freight and yard-passenger services on the basis of locomotive unit miles or locomotive ton-miles for the accounting period for which the separation is being made.
</P>
<P>(c) Where the carrier does not maintain records of either heavy shop repairs or running repairs by individual locomotive units or classes of locomotive units: The expenses shall be separated among road-freight service (including train-switching), road-passenger service (including train switching), yard freight, and yard-passenger services, on the basis of locomotive unit-miles or locomotive ton-miles for the accounting period for which the separation is being made.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.36" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.34" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.36   Machinery repair and equipment damaged (accounts XX-26-40 and XX-26-48).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses according to separation of common expenses in repair and maintenance (account XX-26-41).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.37" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.35" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.37   Dismantling retired property and depreciation (accounts XX-26-39 and 62-26-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in each account in proportion to the separation of common repair and maintenance expenses associated with the particular common properties depreciated and/or dismantled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.38" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.36" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.38   Fringe benefits (account 12-26-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in proportion to the split of common salaries and wages in administration, locomotive repair and maintenance, machinery repair, equipment damaged, and dismantling retired road property (accounts 11-26-01, 11-26-41, 11-26-40, 11-26-48, and 11-26-39).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.39" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.37" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.39   Lease rentals—debit and credit, other rents—debit and credit, and repairs billed to others (accounts 31-26-00, 32-26-00, 35-26-00, 36-26-00 and 40-26-98).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Separate common debit expense accounts in proportion to the assignment of solely related freight or passenger service in each individual debit account. If there are no solely related expenses or if the solely related expenses are assigned entirely to freight or passenger service, separate common debit expense accounts on the same percentage basis calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-26-01).
</P>
<P>(b) Separate all common credit expense accounts on the same percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-26-01).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.40" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.38" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.40   Joint facility rents—debit and credit, and joint facility—debit and credit (accounts 33-26-00, 34-26-00, 37-26-00 and 38-26-00).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Solely related freight and passenger debit expense accounts shall be assigned according to the use made of each facility by the reporting carrier, regardless of the use by other carriers. Common debit expenses shall be separated on the basis of the percentage separation of the solely related expenses; or if the solely related expenses are assigned entirely to freight or passenger service, separate common expenses on the same percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-26-01).
</P>
<P>(b) Separate all common credit expense accounts on the same percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-26-01).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.41" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.39" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.41   Other and casualties and insurance (accounts XX-26-99 and 50-26-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-26-01).
</P>
<HD1>freight cars


</HD1>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.42" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.40" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.42   Administration, repair and maintenance, machinery repair, equipment damaged, dismantling retired property, fringe benefits, other casualties and insurance, lease rentals, joint facility rents, other rents, depreciation, joint facility, repairs billed to others, and other (accounts XX-22-01, XX-22-42, XX-22-40, XX-22-48, XX-22-39, 12-22-00, 50-22-00, 31-22-00 to 38-22-00 inclusive, 62-22-00, 40-22-98 and XX-22-99).</HEAD>
<P>These accounts pertain solely to freight service and contain no common expenses for separation herein.
</P>
<HD1>other equipment


</HD1>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.43" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.41" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.43   Administration (account XX-27-01).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses according to freight/passenger separation of the following accounts:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Passenger and Other Revenue Equipment (XX-27-45)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Work and Other Non-Revenue Equipment (XX-27-47)</FP-1></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.44" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.42" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.44   Trucks, trailers, and containers (revenue service) and floating equipment (revenue service) (accounts XX-23-43 and XX-23-44).</HEAD>
<P>These accounts pertain solely to freight service and contain no common expenses for separation herein.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.45" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.43" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.45   Passenger and other revenue equipment (account XX-27-45).</HEAD>
<P>Separate as particular facts suggest.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.46" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.44" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.46   Computers and data processing equipment (account XX-27-46).</HEAD>
<P>If the sum of the direct freight and the direct passenger expenses is more than 50 percent of the total charges to this account for an accounting division, separate the common expenses on the basis of the directly assigned expenses in this account for the accounting division involved. If the sum of the direct freight and the direct passenger expenses does not aggregate 50 percent of the total charges for an accounting division, the common expenses shall be separated on the basis of a special test. If common expenses exist in an accounting division but the direct expenses are applicable to only one service, i.e., freight or passenger, the common expenses shall be separated on the basis of a special test. If the accounting is performed on a system basis rather than by accounting divisions, follow the intent of the above instructions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.47" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.45" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.47   Machinery (account XX-27-40).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of the freight/passenger separation of administration (account XX-27-01).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.48" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.46" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.48   Work and other non-revenue equipment (account XX-27-47).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses according to distribution of common expenses in Way and structures—administration—other (account XX-19-06).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.49" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.47" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.49   Equipment damaged (account XX-27-48).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses according to distribution of common expenses in machinery, passenger and other revenue equipment, computer and data processing equipment and work and other non-revenue equipment accounts (accounts XX-27-40, XX-27-45, XX-27-46, and XX-27-47).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.50" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.48" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.50   Fringe benefits (account 12-27-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in proportion to the percentage separation of common salaries and wages in administration (account XX-27-01).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.51" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.49" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.51   Dismantling retired property and depreciation (accounts XX-27-39 and 62-27-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in proportion to the separation of common repair and maintenance expenses associated with the particular common property depreciated and/or dismantled.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.52" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.50" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.52   Lease rentals—debit and credit, other rents—debit and credit, repairs billed to others—credit (accounts 31-27-00, 32-27-00, 35-27-00, 36-27-00, and 40-27-98).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Separate common debit expense accounts in proportion to the separation of solely related (freight or passenger service) in each individual account. If there are no solely related expenses or if the solely related expenses are assignable entirely to freight or passenger service, separate common debit expense accounts on the same percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-27-01).
</P>
<P>(b) Separate common credit expense accounts on the basis of the same percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-27-01).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.53" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.51" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.53   Joint facility rents—debit and credit and joint facility—debit and credit (accounts 33-27-00, 34-27-00, 37-27-00 and 38-27-00).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Solely related freight and passenger service debit expense accounts shall be assigned according to the use made of each facility by the reporting carrier, regardless of the use made of the facility by other carriers. Common debit expense accounts shall be separated on the basis of the percentage separation of the solely related expenses in each individual account. If there are no solely related expenses or if the solely related expenses are assigned entirely to freight or passenger service, separate common expenses on the same percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-27-01).
</P>
<P>(b) Separate all common credit expense accounts on the basis of the same percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-27-01).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.54" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.6.52" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.54   Other and casualties and insurance (accounts XX-27-99 and 50-27-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of the percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-27-01).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="7" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Operating Expenses—Transportation</HEAD>

<HD1>train operations


</HD1>

<DIV8 N="§ 1242.55" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.53" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.55   Administration (account XX-51-01).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses according to distribution of common expenses in the following accounts:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Engine Crews (XX-51-56)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Train Crews (XX-51-57)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Dispatching Trains (XX-51-58)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Operating Signals and Interlockers (XX-51-59)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Operating Drawbridges (XX-51-60)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Highway Crossing Protection (XX-51-61)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Train Inspection and Lubrication (XX-51-62)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Locomotive Fuel (XX-51-67)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Electric Power Purchased/Produced for Motive Power (XX-51-68)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Servicing Locomotives (XX-51-69)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Clearing Wrecks (XX-51-63)</FP-1></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.56" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.54" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.56   Engine crews and train crews (accounts XX-51-56 and XX-51-57).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of direct assignment or if there are no directly assignable expenses, separate on the basis of train hours, including train switching hours.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.57" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.55" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.57   Dispatching trains (account XX-51-58).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of train hours, including train switching hours.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.58" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.56" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.58   Operating signals and interlockers, operating drawbridges, highway crossing protection (accounts XX-51-59, XX-51-60 and XX-51-61).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of total train hours (including train switching hours) of the particular common operating divisions or track segment on which the common signals, interlockers, drawbridges and highway crossings are located.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.59" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.57" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.59   Train inspection and lubrication (account XX-51-62).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on basis of directly assigned expenses. If there are no directly assignable expenses, separate on the basis of train miles.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.60" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.58" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.60   Locomotive fuel, electric power purchased/produced for motive power and servicing locomotives (accounts XX-51-67, XX-51-68 and XX-51-69).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in each account on basis of direct expenses. If there are no direct expenses, separate on the basis of train hours and way-switching service hours.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.61" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.59" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.61   Freight lost or damaged—solely related (to train) (account 51-51-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of proportion of the solely related expenses assigned to freight and passenger services or on the basis of a special study.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.62" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.60" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.62   Clearing wrecks (account XX-51-63).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses according to specific circumstances.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.63" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.61" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.63   Fringe benefits (account 12-51-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in proportion to the percentage separation calculated for the salaries and wages account—administration (account 11-51-01).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.64" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.62" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.64   Joint facility—debit and credit (accounts 37-51-00 and 38-51-00).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Solely related freight and passenger service debit expense accounts shall be assigned according to the use made of each facility by the reporting carrier, regardless of the use made of the facility by other carriers. Common debit expense accounts shall be separated on the basis of the percentage separation of the solely related expenses. If there are no solely related expenses or if the solely related expenses are assigned entirely to either freight or passenger service, separate common expenses on the same percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-51-01).
</P>
<P>(b) Separate common credit expense accounts on the basis of the percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-51-01).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.65" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.63" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.65   Other and casualties and insurance (accounts XX-51-99 and 50-51-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of the percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-51-01).
</P>
<HD1>yard operations


</HD1>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.66" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.64" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.66   Administration (account XX-52-01).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses according to distribution of common expenses in the following accounts:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>Switch Cews (XX-52-64)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Controlling Operations (XX-52-65)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Yard and Terminal Clerical (XX-52-66)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Operating Switches, Signals, Retarders and Humps (XX-52-59)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Locomotive Fuel (XX-52-67)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Servicing Locomotives (XX-52-69)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Electric Power Purchased/Produced for Motive Power (XX-52-68)
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Clearing Wrecks (XX-52-63)</FP-1></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.67" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.65" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.67   Switch crews; controlling operations; yard and terminal clerical; locomotive fuel; electric power purchased/produced for motive power; operating switches signals, retarders, and humps; and servicing locomotives (accounts XX-52-64, XX-52-65, XX-52-66, XX-52-59, XX-52-67, XX-52-68 and XX-52-69).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of the distribution of freight and passenger yard-switching hours in those yards common to both freight and passenger services.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.68" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.66" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.68   Freight lost or damaged—solely related (to yard) (account 51-52-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of the solely related freight and passenger expenses or on the basis of a special study.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.69" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.67" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.69   Clearing wrecks (account XX-52-63).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses according to specific circumstances.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.70" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.68" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.70   Fringe benefits (account 12-52-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in proportion to the percentage separation calculated for the salaries and wages administration account (account 11-52-01).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.71" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.69" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.71   Joint facility—debit and credit (accounts 37-52-00 and 38-52-00).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Solely related freight and passenger service debit expenses accounts shall be assigned according to the use made of each facility by the reporting carriers, regardless of the use made of the facility by other carriers. Common debit expenses shall be separated on the basis of the percentage separation of the solely related expenses. If there are no solely related expenses or if the solely related expenses are assigned entirely to freight or passenger service, separate common expenses on the same percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-52-01).
</P>
<P>(b) Separate common credit expense accounts on the basis of the percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-51-01).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.72" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.70" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.72   Other and casualties and insurance (accounts XX-52-99 and 50-52-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of the percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-52-01).
</P>
<HD1>train and yard operations common


</HD1>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.73" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.71" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.73   Cleaning car interiors and freight lost and damaged—all other (accounts XX-53-70 and 51-53-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on basis of solely related freight and passenger expenses or special study.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.74" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.72" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.74   Adjusting and transferring loads, and car loading devices and grain doors (accounts XX-33-71 and XX-33-72).</HEAD>
<P>These accounts pertain solely to freight service and contain no common expenses for separation herein.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.75" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.73" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.75   Fringe benefits (account 12-53-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in proportion to the freight/passenger separation calculated for the salaries and wages—cleaning car interiors common account (account 11-53-70).
</P>
<HD1>specialized service operations


</HD1>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.76" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.74" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.76   Administration; pickup and delivery, marine line haul, and rail substitute service; loading, unloading and local marine; protective services; freight lost or damaged—solely related; fringe benefits; casualties and insurance; joint facility, and other (accounts XX-34-01, XX-34-73, XX-34-74, XX-34-75, 51-34-00, 12-34-00, 50-34-00. 37-34-00, 38-34-00 and XX-34-99).</HEAD>
<P>These accounts pertain solely to freight service and contain no common expenses for separation herein.
</P>
<HD1>administrative support operations


</HD1>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.77" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.75" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.77   Administration (account XX-55-01).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in the same proportion as common expenses are separated in employees performing clerical and accounting functions, communication systems operations and loss and damage claims processing (accounts XX-55-76, XX-55-77 and XX-55-78).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.78" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.76" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.78   Employees performing clerical and accounting functions, and loss and damage claims processing (accounts XX-55-76 and XX-55-78).</HEAD>
<P>If the sum of the direct freight and the direct passenger expenses is more than 50 percent of the total charges to this account for an accounting division, separate the common expenses on the basis of the directly assigned expenses in this account for the particular accounting division. If the sum of the direct freight and the direct passenger expenses does not aggregate 50 percent of the total charges for an accounting division, the common expenses shall be separated on the basis of special test. If common expenses exist in an accounting division but the direct expenses are applicable to only one service, i.e., freight or passenger, and even though the direct charges are over 50 percent of the total charges, the common expenses shall be separated on the basis of a special test. If the accounting is performed on a system basis rather than by accounting division, follow the intent of the above instructions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.79" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.77" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.79   Communication systems operations (account XX-55-77).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on bases of the percentages calculated for the separation of Communication Systems (account XX-19-20), § 1242.18.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.80" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.78" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.80   Fringe benefits (account 12-55-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in proportion to the percentage separation calculated for the salaries and wages—administration account (account 11-55-01).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.81" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.79" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.81   Joint facility—debit and credit (accounts 37-55-00 and 38-55-00).</HEAD>
<P>Solely related freight and passenger service debit expense accounts shall be assigned according to the use made of each facility by the reporting carriers, regardless of the use made of the facility by other carriers. Common debit expenses shall be separated on the basis of the percentage separation of the solely related expenses. If there are no solely related expenses or if the solely related expenses are assigned entirely to either freight or passenger service, separate common expenses on the same percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-55-01).
</P>
<FP>Separate common credit expenses on the basis of the percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-55-01).


</FP>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.82" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.7.80" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.82   Other and casualties and insurance (accounts XX-55-99 and 50-55-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses on the basis of the percentages calculated for the separation of administration (account XX-55-01).


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>


<DIV7 N="8" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.8" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Operating Expenses</HEAD>

<HD1>general and administration


</HD1>

<DIV8 N="§ 1242.83" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.8.81" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.83   Officers—general superintendence; accounting, auditing and finance; management services and data processing; personnel and labor relations; legal and secretarial; research and development; writedown of uncollectible accounts; property taxes; other taxes except on corporate income or payrolls; and other (accounts XX-63-01, XX-63-86, XX-63-87, XX-63-91, XX-63-92, XX-63-94, 63-63-00, 64-63-00, 65-63-00 and XX-63-99).</HEAD>
<P>Separate common expenses in proportion to the separation of all other common expenses except General and Administrative Expenses.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.84" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.8.82" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.84   Marketing, sales, and public relations and advertising (accounts XX-63-88, XX-63-89 and XX-63-93).</HEAD>
<P>Separate each common expense account on the basis of the solely related freight and passenger expense accounts.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.85" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.8.83" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.85   Fringe benefits (account 12-63-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate the common expenses in proportion to the total common salaries and wages expense separation (account 11-XX-XX) determined in §§ 1242.83 and 1242.84.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.86" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.8.84" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.86   Industrial development (account XX-61-90).</HEAD>
<P>These accounts pertain solely to freight service and contain no common expenses for separation herein.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1242.87" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.8.0.8.85" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1242.87   Joint facility—debit and credit and casualties and insurance (accounts 37-63-00, 38-63-00 and 50-63-00).</HEAD>
<P>Separate the common expenses in proportion to the total of all common expense separations determined in §§ 1242.83 and 1242.84 above.
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>If compilation of the data in compliance with any of the above separation rules results in an undue burden in accounting expense, the carrier may request relief from such rules by letter to the Director, Office of Economics. If reliable data can be developed through other methods and procedures, the carrier may request substitution of such methods also by letter to the Director, Office of Economics. In both cases, the carrier shall support the request with full details.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[43 FR 7637, Feb. 24, 1978, as amended at 81 FR 8856, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1243" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1243—QUARTERLY OPERATING REPORTS—RAILROADS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11145.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>37 FR 5503, Mar. 16, 1972, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The report forms prescribed by part 1243 are available upon request from the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC.</P></NOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1243.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.9.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1243.1   Revenues, expenses and income.</HEAD>
<P>Commencing with reports for the 3 months beginning January 1, 1972, and for subsequent quarters thereafter, until further ordered, all class I railroads, except switching and terminal companies, subject to the provisions of Part I of the Interstate Commerce Act, be, and they are hereby, required to compile and file quarterly reports of revenues, expenses and income in accordance with quarterly report Form RE&amp;I, and instructions thereon. Such quarterly reports shall be submitted, in paper or electronically, to the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC, within 30 days after the end of the quarter to which they relate. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 5503, Mar. 16, 1972, as amended at 67 FR 57534, Sept. 11, 2002; 81 FR 8856, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1243.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.9.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1243.2   Condensed balance sheet.</HEAD>
<P>Commencing with reports for the 3 months beginning January 1, 1972, and for subsequent quarters thereafter, until further ordered, all class I railroads, except switching and terminal companies, subject to the provisions of Part I of the Interstate Commerce Act, be, and they are hereby, required to compile and file quarterly reports of balance sheet items in accordance with quarterly report Form CBS, and instructions thereon. Such quarterly reports shall be submitted, in paper or electronically, to the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC, within 30 days after the end of the quarter to which they relate.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[37 FR 5503, Mar. 16, 1972, as amended at 67 FR 57534, Sept. 11, 2002; 81 FR 8856, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1243.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.9.0.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1243.3   Report of fuel cost, consumption, and surcharge revenue.</HEAD>
<P>Commencing with reports for the 3 months beginning October 1, 2007, all Class I railroads are required to file quarterly a Report of Fuel Cost, Consumption, and Surcharge Revenue, in accordance with the Board's reporting form. 

 Such reports shall be submitted, in paper or electronically, to the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC, within 30 days after the end of the quarter reported.


</P>
<EXTRACT>
<HD1>Appendix to Section 49 CFR 1243.3
</HD1>
<FP-1>OMB Control No. 2140-0014
</FP-1>
<FP-1>Expires ____, 2010
</FP-1>
<HD3>Railroad Name ______
</HD3>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Quarterly Report of Fuel Cost, Consumption, and Surcharge Revenue for the Quarter Ending ____, 20__
</P><P class="gpotbl_description">[Instructions: The report shall contain data only for the reported quarter. Cost and revenue are defined as accrued or earned that quarter. The report shall be filed with the Surface Transportation Board on or before 30 days after the end of that quarter.]
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Line No.
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Data
<br/>(a)
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Amount
<br/>(in thousands)
<br/>(b)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Total fuel cost 
<sup>1</sup>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Total gallons of fuel consumed 
<sup>1</sup>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Total increase or decrease in cost of fuel 
<sup>2</sup> 
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Total revenue from fuel surcharges 
<sup>3</sup>
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">5</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Revenue from fuel surcharges on regulated traffic
</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>1</sup> Include fuel for freight, yard and work train locomotives. Include fuel charged to train and yard service (function 67—Locomotive Fuels). Include all other fuel used for railroad operations and maintenance, including motor vehicles and power equipment not charged to function 67—Locomotive Fuels.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>2</sup> Show the total increase or decrease in fuel cost over previous quarter.
</P><P class="gpotbl_note">
<sup>3</sup> Show Fuel surcharges billed for all traffic (line 4) and for only regulated traffic (line 5).</P></DIV></DIV>
<P>I, the undersigned, ______, Title: ______, state that this report was prepared by me or under my supervision and that I have carefully examined it and on the basis of my knowledge, belief, and verification declare it to be full, true and correct.
</P>
<HD1>Supplemental Information About the Fuel Surcharge Report
</HD1>
<P>The following information is provided in compliance with OMB requirements, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501 <I>et seq.:</I>
</P>
<P>Information in this report is intended to permit the Board to monitor the fuel surcharge practices of Class I carriers.
</P>
<P>The estimated annual hourly, per respondent burden for filing this report is 12 hours.
</P>
<P>This report is mandatory for Class I carriers.
</P>
<P>Information collected through this report is published on the Board's website and is maintained by the agency for at least 2 years.
</P>
<P>The display of a currently valid OMB control number for this collection is required by law. Under 5 CFR 1320.5(b), persons are not required to respond to this collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 45386, Aug. 14, 2007, as amended at 81 FR 8856, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1244" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1244—WAYBILL ANALYSIS OF TRANSPORTATION OF PROPERTY—RAILROADS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 10707, 11144, 11145.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>46 FR 26784, May 15, 1981, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1244.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.10.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1244.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Railroad</I>—an individual railroad or terminal company subject to the Interstate Commerce Act and every receiver, trustee, executor, administrator or assignee of any such railroad. If a railroad and its railroad subsidiaries report to the Board on a consolidated basis, they would collectively be considered as a <I>railroad.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) A <I>railroad subsidiary</I>—a railroad owned or controlled by another railroad.
</P>
<P>(c) A <I>waybill,</I> which may be referred to by other names such as mine tickets, is the document or instrument prepared from the bill of lading contract or shipper's instructions as to the disposition of the freight, and used by the railroad(s) involved as the authority to move the shipment and as the basis for determining the freight charges and interline settlements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1244.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.10.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1244.2   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Effective July 1, 1981 and thereafter, unless otherwise ordered, each railroad as defined in § 1244.1 above is required to file waybill sample information for all line-haul revenue waybills terminated on its lines if it terminates at least 4,500 revenue carloads in any of the three preceding years, or if it terminates at least 5% of the revenue carloads terminating in any state in any of the three preceding years. A railroad required to file waybill sample information under this section shall herein be referred to as <I>subject railroad.</I>
</P>
<P>(b) Waybill terminations shall include all line-haul revenue movements terminating for waybilling purposes on the subject railroad's line whether the lading is destined for the terminating station as denoted on the waybill or the shipment is being rebilled or forwarded to the ultimate destination by another railroad or another mode of transportation (e.g., lake cargo, inbound transit, or other rebilled movements).
</P>
<P>(c) Each subject railroad shall also file the required waybill sample information for all of its railroad subsidiaries.
</P>
<P>(d) Each subject railroad shall also file the required waybill sample information for any other railroad for which it performs revenue billing and/or interline settlements under special agreement.
</P>
<P>(e) The surviving corporate entity of railroads (subject to the Interstate Commerce Act) who have merged or reorganized shall be required to report waybill sample information if its predecessor railroad or any of its predecessor railroads were required to report under this section.
</P>
<P>(f) In order to determine the number of carloads terminated in each state, railroads not otherwise submitting waybill information must report annually the number of carloads terminated by state for the last calendar year. These reports shall be submitted by March 1 of the year following the report year.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Transition.</I> This final rule will apply to all subject waybills which are in the subject railroad's audit month of July 1981 and all audit months thereafter. The former rule will continue to apply to all subject waybills for the prior audit months up to and including June 1981.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1244.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.10.0.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1244.3   Reporting contract shipment waybills and Canadian and Mexican international waybills.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All railroads shall identify (flag) contract shipment waybills. 
</P>
<P>(b) The revenue associated with contract shipments may be encrypted (masked) to safeguard the confidentiality of the contract rates. 
</P>
<P>(1) Upon written request, the Board will provide a masking procedure for a railroad's use or will mask the contract revenues when the Waybill Sample is filed with the Board. 
</P>
<P>(2) When a railroad intends to use its own proprietary masking procedure, those procedures, and any changes in those procedures, must be approved by the Board thirty (30) days prior to their use. 
</P>
<P>(3) All railroads that use a proprietary masking procedure, and intend to continue to use the same procedure, must certify, by letter to the Board, prior to January 31 each year, that the contract revenue masking procedures are unchanged. 
</P>
<P>(4) All correspondence and certifications concerning masking procedures should be addressed to: Director, Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC ATTN: WAYBILL COORDINATOR.
</P>
<P>(c) Railroads moving traffic on the U.S. rail system to the Canadian or Mexican border shall include a representative sample of such international export traffic in the Waybill Sample. 
</P>
<P>(d) Railroads shall identify (flag) such movements as international traffic in the waybill records. 
</P>
<P>(e) Railroads may report information on the complete rail routing or report only information related to the U.S. portion of the movement. 
</P>
<P>(f) Railroads may mask revenue divisions associated with cross-border traffic following the masking procedures set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[65 FR 37711, June 16, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 53735, Oct. 24, 2001; 81 FR 8856, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1244.4" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.10.0.9.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1244.4   Sampling of waybills.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Reporting samples.</I> Subject railroads shall submit waybill sample information as a computer file containing specified information from a sample waybill.
</P>
<P>(1) Statement No. 81-1 contains information on the standards and format for the computer file.
</P>
<P>(2) Effective January 1, 2021, and thereafter, unless otherwise ordered, the sampling rates are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="table_head"><P class="gpotbl_title">Table 1 to Paragraph (<E T="01">a</E>)(2)
</P></DIV><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number of non-intermodal carloads on waybill
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Sample rate
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 to 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 to 15</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1/5
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">16 to 60</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1/4
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">61 to 100</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1/3
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">101 and over</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1/2
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="center" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Number of intermodal trailer/container units on waybill</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">Sample rate
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1 to 2</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1/40
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3 and over</TD><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell">1/5</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<P>(b) <I>Controls and Annual Counts.</I> (1) Each subject railroad shall maintain a control procedure to ensure complete and accurate reporting for the waybill sampling. All pertinent waybill data shall be included on hard copy waybill submissions including inbound references for transit waybills. All such pertinent waybill data shall be legible.
</P>
<P>(2) All subject railroads shall maintain a record of the number of line-haul revenue carloads that terminated on their line in a calendar year and shall furnish this number when requested by the Board.
</P>
<P>(3) All subject railroads shall furnish the Board the control counts and file specification information as required by Statement No. 81-1.
</P>
<P>(4) Certification by a responsible officer of the subject railroad as to the completeness and accuracy of sample shall be made once a year in accordance with the instructions on the Transmittal Form OPAD-1.</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54941, Sept. 3, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1244.5" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.10.0.9.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1244.5   Date of filing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The reporting period for which subject railroads submit waybill sample information shall be the audit (accounting) month except that subject railroads may submit waybill sample information quarterly as specified in Statement No. 81-1.
</P>
<P>(b) Waybill sample information shall be forwarded no later than 60 days from the end of the reporting period to the Board.
</P>
<P>(c) When the submitted waybill sample information is returned to the submitting railroad for correction, that railroad shall resubmit corrected data to the Board promptly but no later than 60 days after its receipt.
</P>
<P>(d) Subject railroads shall complete the Transmittal Form OPAD-1 to accompany each waybill file submission.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 26784, May 15, 1981. Redesignated at 65 FR 37711, June 16, 2000; 85 FR 54941, Sept. 3, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1244.6" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.10.0.9.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1244.6   Retention of files.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Subject railroads shall retain the underlying hard copy waybills or facsimiles capable of producing legible copies, which shall be complete including inbound references for transit waybills, for a minimum period of four years.
</P>
<P>(b) This file of retained waybills shall be maintained in such a manner that railroads may readily retrieve waybill copies using the waybill identifier code as shown on the submitted waybill record.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 54941, Sept. 3, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1244.7" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.10.0.9.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1244.7   Special studies.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Although routine submission of hard copy waybills is not required, the Board may order railroads to submit hard copies of the underlying waybills for special studies.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board may order the subject railroads to supply additional data for submitted waybill copies or records for special studies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 26784, May 15, 1981. Redesignated at 65 FR 37711, June 16, 2000; 85 FR 54942, Sept. 3, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1244.8" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.10.0.9.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1244.8   Analysis of waybill data.</HEAD>
<P>Users of the waybill sample when presenting waybill analysis before the Board shall ensure that the appropriate weighting factors are applied to account for the stratified sampling. See Statement 81-1 for guidelines for weighting waybill data and for computing sampling errors.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[46 FR 26784, May 15, 1981. Redesignated at 65 FR 37711, June 16, 2000]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1244.9" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.10.0.9.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1244.9   Procedures for the release of waybill data.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The procedures for the release of waybill data identify five classes of users of the STB Waybill Sample, define the waybill information or data that each class of users may obtain, and set forth the applicable requirements for the data's release. They also formalize notice and protest procedures for the possible release of waybill data to other users to protect against the inappropriate release of confidential data. The Director of the Office of Economics shall be responsible for releasing waybill data in accordance with these procedures.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Class of user, available data, and applicable release requirements</I>—(1) <I>Railroads.</I> Each requesting railroad may obtain any waybill record from the STB Waybill Sample covering traffic that originated, terminated, or was bridged by that railroad. The railroad shall not have access to waybill data pertaining to traffic in which it did not participate. Also, it must meet all STB and legal requirements concerning release of shipper information in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 11904(a).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Federal agencies.</I> Each requesting Federal agency (including quasi-governmental agencies) may obtain any waybill record from the STB Waybill Sample subject to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The Federal agency shall make the information contained in the STB Waybill Sample available only to its employees or those contractors working on the particular project or study requiring the waybill data.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Federal agency will ensure that railroads and shippers are afforded the same privilege and protection against disclosure of the waybill data as the Board provides.
</P>
<P>(iii) The Federal agency will not release any data to the public unless the data elements are aggregated to contain at least three shippers and to prevent identification of an individual railroad.
</P>
<P>(iv) The Federal agency will refer any requests for waybill data and accompanying documentation to the STB for processing and will so inform the requesting party of such referral to the Board.
</P>
<P>(v) The Federal agency must sign an agreement annually with the Board agreeing to these restrictions.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>States.</I> Each requesting State may obtain any waybill record pertaining to traffic that was originated, terminated, interchanged in, or that passed through its State subject to the same requirements imposed on federal agencies under paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (v) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Transportation practitioners, consulting firms, and law firms—specific proceedings.</I> Transportation practitioners, consulting firms, and law firms may use data from the STB Waybill Sample in preparing verified statements to be submitted in formal proceedings before the STB and/or State Boards (Board), or in preparing documents to be submitted in arbitration matters under part 1108, subpart B, of this chapter, subject to the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) The STB Waybill Sample is the only single source of the data or obtaining the data from other sources is burdensome or costly, and the data is relevant to issues in a pending formal proceeding before the Board or in arbitration matters under part 1108, subpart B, of this chapter (when seeking data beyond the automatic waybill data release under § 1108.27(g) of this chapter).
</P>
<P>(ii) The requestor submits to the STB a written waybill request that complies with paragraph (e) of this section or is part of the automatic waybill data release under § 1108.27(g) of this chapter for use in arbitrations pursuant to part 1108, subpart B, of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(iii) All waybill data must be returned to the STB, and the practitioner or firm must not keep any copies.
</P>
<P>(iv) A transportation practitioner, consulting firm, or law firm must submit any evidence drawn from the STB Waybill Sample only to the Board or to an arbitration panel impaneled under part 1108, subpart B, of this chapter, unless the evidence is aggregated to the level of at least three shippers and will prevent the identification of an individual railroad. Nonaggregated evidence submitted to the Board will be made part of the public record only if the Board finds that it does not reveal competitively sensitive data. However, evidence found to be sensitive may be provided to counsel or other independent representatives for other parties subject to the usual and customary protective order issued by the Board or appropriate authorized official.
</P>
<P>(v) When waybill data is provided for use in a formal Board proceeding, a practitioner or firm must sign a confidentiality agreement with the STB agreeing to the restrictions specified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) through (iv) of this section before any data will be released. This agreement will govern access and use of the released data for a period of one year from the date the agreement is signed by the user. If the data is required for an additional period of time because a proceeding is still pending before the Board or a court, the practitioner or firm must sign a new confidentiality agreement covering the data needed for each additional year the proceeding is opened.
</P>
<P>(vi) When waybill data is provided for use in arbitrations pursuant to part 1108, subpart B, of this chapter, the transportation practitioners, consulting firms, or law firms representing parties to the arbitration and each arbitrator must sign a confidentiality agreement with the STB agreeing to the restrictions specified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) through (iv) of this section before any data will be released. The agreement with practitioners and firms will govern access and use of the released data for a period of one year from the date the agreement is signed by the user. If the data is required for an additional period of time because an arbitration or appeal of an arbitration is still pending before the Board or a court, the practitioner or firm must sign a new confidentiality agreement covering the data needed for each additional year the arbitration or appeal is pending. The agreement with each arbitrator will allow that arbitrator to review any evidence that includes confidential waybill data in a particular arbitration matter.








</P>
<P>(5) <I>Public use.</I> Nonconfidential waybill data may be obtained from the “Public Use Waybill File”. Reports produced from the Public Use Waybill File may be used, published, or released. The Public Use Waybill File contains the following nonconfidential items:
</P>
<P>(i) Waybill Date (Month, Day, Year).
</P>
<P>(ii) Accounting Period (Month, Year).
</P>
<P>(iii) Number of Carloads.
</P>
<P>(iv) Car Ownership (Rail or Private).
</P>
<P>(v) AAR Car Type.
</P>
<P>(vi) AAR Mechanical Designation.
</P>
<P>(vii) STB Car Type.
</P>
<P>(viii) TOFC/COFC Plan.
</P>
<P>(ix) Number of TOFC/COFC Units.
</P>
<P>(x) TOFC/COFC Unit Ownership.
</P>
<P>(xi) TOFC/COFC Unit Type (Trailer or Container).
</P>
<P>(xii) Hazardous/Bulk Material in Box Car Flag.
</P>
<P>(xiii) Commodity Code—Excluding STCC 49/50 (All 5 digit STCC Codes, except STCC 19).
</P>
<P>(xiv) Billed Weight in Tons.
</P>
<P>(xv) Actual Weight in Tons.
</P>
<P>(xvi) Linehaul Freight Revenue.
</P>
<P>(xvii) Transit Revenue.
</P>
<P>(xviii) Miscellaneous Revenue.
</P>
<P>(xix) Interstate/Intrastate Code.
</P>
<P>(xx) Type of Move (Import/Export/Minibridge).
</P>
<P>(xxi) All Rail/Intermodal Code.
</P>
<P>(xxii) Type Move Via Water.
</P>
<P>(xxiii) Outbound Transit Code.
</P>
<P>(xxiv) Substituted Truck for Rail Service.
</P>
<P>(xxv) Rebill Code.
</P>
<P>(xxvi) Estimate of Miles.
</P>
<P>(xxvii) Stratum Identification.
</P>
<P>(xxviii) Replicate Number.
</P>
<P>(xxix) Population Count/Strata Count (expansion factor).
</P>
<P>(xxx) Theoretical Expansion Factor.
</P>
<P>(xxxi) Number of Interchanges.
</P>
<P>(xxxii) Origin BEA (omitted if STCC and BEA pair reveals competitively sensitive shipper data).
</P>
<P>(xxxiii) Origin STB Rate Territory.
</P>
<P>(xxxiv) States of Interchanges (first through ninth).
</P>
<P>(xxxv) Termination BEA (omitted if STCC and BEA pair reveals competitively sensitive shipper data).
</P>
<P>(xxxvi) Termination STB Rate Territory.
</P>
<P>(xxxvii) Waybill Reporting Period Length.
</P>
<P>(xxxviii) AAR Provided UMBLER Data.
</P>
<P>(xl) Bad Routing Code.
</P>
<P>(xli) Miscellaneous Factored Expanded Data (e.g., carloads).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other Users.</I> (1) Users other than those described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(5) of this section may file written requests in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section for permission to use data from the STB Waybill Sample.
</P>
<P>(2) All written requests filed by such users are subject to the notice and protest procedures described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notice and protest procedures for waybill requests by other users.</I> Railroads and shippers will be notified and afforded the opportunity to protest waybill requests filed by users other than those described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(5) of this section in accordance with the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Notice of request for confidential waybill data.</I> Affected railroads and shippers will receive notice by <E T="04">Federal Register</E> Publication. If railroad specific or shipper specific data are requested, those parties will be given written notice of the request.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Form of notice.</I> The notice shall identify the parties requesting the data; describe the type of waybill data requested; and state the purpose for which the data is requested. The notice shall include a statement that parties seeking information concerning the filing of objections should refer to 49 CFR 1224.9, or contact the Surface Transportation Board's Office of Economics.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Objections to release.</I> (i) Objections to release of the confidential waybill data must be filed by the railroad and/or shipper with the Director, Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC, no later than 14 calendar days from publication of the notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(ii) The objection shall identify the parties seeking the confidential waybill data, reiterate the purpose for which the data is sought, and state all grounds for objection to full or partial disclosure of the requested data.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Board determination.</I> (i) The Director of the Office of Economics will consider all objections in determining whether to release the requested waybill data. Each railroad or shipper who filed objections will be sent written notice of the Director's decision not less than 14 calendar days prior to the disclosure date.
</P>
<P>(ii) The Board reserves the right to deny the release of waybill data although no objections may be filed.
</P>
<P>(iii) Appeals must be filed with the Board within 10 days of the date of the Director's decision. Responses to appeals must be filed within 10 days thereafter (49 CFR 1011.6(b)). The filing of an appeal will automatically stay the effect of the Director's decision.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Content of waybill requests.</I> (1) All requestors under paragraphs (b)(4) and (c) of this section shall include the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) A complete and detailed explanation of the purpose for which the requested data are needed.
</P>
<P>(ii) A description of the specific waybill data or fields actually required (including pertinent geographic areas).
</P>
<P>(iii) A detailed justification as to why the specified waybill data are needed.
</P>
<P>(2) The waybill request shall be filed with the Director, Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC.
</P>
<P>(f) Aggregation of confidential shipper data.
</P>
<P>(1) Any shipper data obtained from the Waybill Sample shall not be publicly released unless the data are aggregated to include at least three shippers.
</P>
<P>(2) To aggregate the waybill data to the level of three shippers, the three-FSAC Rule shall be used. Under this rule, there must be at least three different freight stations as identified by the Freight Station Accounting Code (FSAC) on one railroad or there must be at least two more FSAC's than there are railroads present in the waybill data being aggregated.
</P>
<P>(3) The three-FSAC Rule shall apply to every number and calculation publicly released.
</P>
<P>(4) The Director of Office of Economics will consider requests to apply an alternative aggregation method provided the requestor establishes that a particular project necessitates an alternative approach and that approach effectively protects the identity of individual shippers.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Complaint procedures.</I> (1) Complaints for alleged breaches of confidentiality or misuse of confidential waybill data must include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Identification of all known parties involved in the alleged violation.
</P>
<P>(ii) The approximate date(s) of the alleged violations.
</P>
<P>(iii) A full and detailed description of the alleged violation.
</P>
<P>(iv) A description of any resulting harm to the complainant.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to filing a complaint, a complainant, upon written request, may obtain a copy of the incoming waybill request and the applicable confidentiality agreement. This request must identify the party involved, give the approximate date the data was released, briefly describe the alleged violation, and substantiate the need for this information for purposes of filing a complaint.
</P>
<P>(3) The complaint shall be filed with the Director, Office of Economics, and Administration, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC. A copy of the complaint shall also be served on the alleged violator(s).
</P>
<P>(4) An answer must be filed within 20 days after service of the complaint.
</P>
<P>(5) All parties will be notified in writing of the Director's decision. If the Director determines that a violation has occurred, the offending parties will be denied access to the waybill sample for a period of time commensurate with the nature of the violation.
</P>
<P>(6) Appeals to the Director's determination shall be filed in accordance with paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Munitions shipments.</I> All waybill requests for munition data at the 3-digit Standard Transportation Commodity Code (STCC) level or greater will be forwarded by the STB to the Department of Defense's Military Surface Deployment and Distribution Command (SDDC). The STB will not release this type of information without SDDC's consent.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[52 FR 12416, Apr. 16, 1987. Redesignated at 65 FR 37711, June 16, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 57534, Sept. 11, 2002; 81 FR 8856, Feb. 23, 2016; 83 FR 15080, Apr. 9, 2018; 83 FR 17300, Apr. 19, 2018; 84 FR 12945, Apr. 3, 2019; 88 FR 736, Jan. 4, 2023]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1245" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1245—CLASSIFICATION OF RAILROAD EMPLOYEES; REPORTS OF SERVICE AND COMPENSATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11145.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>32 FR 20462, Dec. 20, 1967, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The report forms prescribed by part 1245 are available upon request from the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC.</P></NOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1245.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.11.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1245.1   Rules governing classification of employees, service, and compensation.</HEAD>
<P>The rules governing the classification of railroad employees and reports of their service and compensation outlined in §§ 1245.3 and 1245.4 are required, and all Class I railroads within the scope of Section 11145 of the Interstate Commerce Act shall be governed by such rules in the preparation and submission of their annual and other periodic reports to the Surface Transportation Board in accordance with the forms adopted for such returns (§ 1245.2); and also with respect to any other matters covered by these rules.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 53867, Nov. 30, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1245.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.11.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1245.2   Reports of railroad employees, service and compensation.</HEAD>
<P>Each Class I railroad is required to file a Quarterly Report of Railroad Employees, Service, and Compensation, (Quarterly Wage Forms A &amp; B). In addition, such carriers shall also file an Annual Report of Railroad Employees, Service, and Compensation, (Annual Wage Forms A &amp; B) for each calendar year. Both reports shall be submitted, in paper or electronically, to the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC. The quarterly report shall be submitted within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. The annual report shall be submitted within 45 days after the end of the reporting year.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 8856, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1245.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.11.0.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1245.3   Employees; definition, service hours, and compensation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definition of “employees”.</I> The word <I>employees,</I> as used in this part, is intended to include every person in the service of the reporting carrier subject to its continuing authority to supervise and direct the manner of rendition of his service. Persons engaged to render only specifically defined service and not subject to the continuing authority of the carrier to supervise and control their acts, such as customhouse brokers, lawyers retained only for specific cases and not under general or continuing retainer, etc., are not employees in the meaning of the term used in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Counting employees.</I> Since the number of employees fluctuates, carriers are required to classify and count all of their employees at twelve different times each year.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Joint employees.</I> Each person jointly employed shall, if carried on the payrolls of the several joint employers, be counted by each employer and represented in its return of number of employees by a fraction based on the number of employers reporting him; if a person, for example, is reportable by three employers, each should include him in its number of employees as one-third of an employee. When the entire compensation of a joint employee is shown on the payroll of a single joint employer and is paid to the employee by that employer such employee should, for the purpose of returns, be treated as if employed solely by such employer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Service hours.</I> (1) The number of hours on duty, or held for duty, and the number of hours paid for are to be ascertained and recorded for every class of employee. For enginemen and trainmen, the actual number of miles run and miles paid for but not run are to be recorded, as well as the number of hours on duty and the number of hours paid for. (The service time of all classes of employees shall be recorded in hours instead of days or hours as heretofore.)
</P>
<P>(2) Whenever an employee works at more than one occupation, or in more than one class of service, both the number of hours worked and the compensation paid, should be separated and reported under the proper Reporting Divisions.
</P>
<P>(3) If an employee is paid a day's wage for a smaller number of hours than constitutes a day's work, the number of hours paid for as well as the actual number of hours the employee is on duty should be ascertained and recorded. Time allowed for meals, part holidays, holidays, absences on leave, vacations, etc., should be excluded from time actually worked, but if such time is paid for it should be appropriately reported as “Time paid for but not worked” on Form A or as a “constructive allowance” on Form B. These requirements apply to enginemen and trainmen paid on the basis of trips or of miles run, and to employees paid at piece rates, as well as to employees paid on hourly, daily, weekly, monthly, or other time basis. Service hours for officers and employees who do not receive payment for overtime should be reported as the number of hours in each month at 8 hours per day contemplated for the position.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Compensation.</I> The compensation of employees as defined in the rules in this part is to be stated in such manner and detail as the forms adopted for periodical returns require.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1245.4" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.11.0.9.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1245.4   Forms required to be used.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The report of information to the Surface Transportation Board on railroad employees, service and compensation includes two forms. Form A relates to employees other than train and engine service employees. Form B relates to train and engine service employees.
</P>
<P>(b) With general reference to the statement of the compensation of employees in Forms A and B, it should be understood that the total compensation received by the employees in each Reporting Division, as well as the amount of work they perform, should be shown properly distributed under the prescribed column heads as indicated by the forms. It should be noted that if the work of an employee varies during a report period, his time and compensation should be apportioned accordingly. Amounts reported should be gross compensation paid.
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P><I>Illustrations.</I> (a) In the course of a month, an employee works as a Machinist, and as such earns $200 and he works also as a Gang Foreman and earns $130. The pay received by him in the occupation of Machinist with corresponding time should be included in returns for Division 61, “Machinists”, and his other pay and time as indicated should be included in returns for Division 53, “Gang Foremen and Gang Leaders”. (b) When an employee works at two or more of the occupations of engineer, fireman, conductor, and brakeman, his time and compensation should be assigned in accordance with the facts. For example, in a certain month an employee earns as a Through Freight Engineer $110, as a Local or Way Freight Engineer $140, as a Yard Engineer $100, and as a Local or Way Freight Fireman $75. The time and the compensation of this employee should be correspondingly distributed among Reporting Divisions 122, 123, 124, and 127 as they are respectively applicable, without regard to the predominance of the time worked or the amount earned by him in one occupation.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(c) As elsewhere indicated, the statement of the number of employees in the service of a company with respect to Reporting Divisions depends upon the allocation of the individual employees as of the day of count.
</P>
<P>(d) The Reporting Divisions shown in Forms A and B following will also be used in connection with the employees' schedule in the annual reports of railroads of classes I and II to the Board. Railroads of class III and lessor companies shall report only the information required in the annual report forms prescribed for such companies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20462, Dec. 20, 1967, as amended at 47 FR 53867, Nov. 30, 1982]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1245.5" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.11.0.9.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1245.5   Classification of job titles.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Number
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Classification
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Typical titles
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Relation to present classification
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Executives, Officials, and Staff Assistants</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Executives and General Officers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief executives, corporate department heads and major subdepartment heads</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Controller, Treasurer, Director (head of subdepartment), General Superintendent (subdepartment head), Chief Engineer, General Manager (department or subdepartment head)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">More precisely defined than present No. 1, limited to executive management positions; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corporate Staff Managers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corporate executives and managers assisting department and subdepartment heads</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Director (other than subdepartment head), Assistant Director, Assistant General Manager (not regional), Manager, Assistant Manager, Assistant Chief Engineer, Purchasing Agent, Superintendent (not division), Assistant to (corporate executive or general officer), Executive Assistant (to corporate executive) Budget Officer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New classification, providing a specific assignment for staff managers; adds new title.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regional and Division Officers, Assistants and Staff Assistants</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Regional managers and assistants below the executive management level, and chief division officers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Assistant General Manager, Assistant Regional Manager, General Superintendent, Assistant to General Manager, Division Superintendent, Master Mechanic, Division Sales Manager, District Sales Manager, Assistant Master Mechanic, District Engineer, Assistant Superintendent, Captain of Police, Division Engineer, Manager of Materials, Safety Inspector, Real Estate Agent, Real Estate Supervisor, Tax Agent, Buyer, Assistant Buyer, Sales Agent, Assistant Sales Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Similar to present No. 2 but limited to regional and divisional management; adds new title.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Transportation Officers/Managers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Managers directly supervising train and yard operations</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Train Master, Assistant Train Master, General Yardmaster, General Road Foreman, Road Foreman, Assistant Road Foreman, Chief Power Supervisor (motive)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New classification providing specific assignment for Operations Managers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">200</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Professional and Administrative</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Professionals (other than those reported in 101 and 102)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Technical occupations requiring a high degree of training and/or supervising subprofessionals and technicians</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">General Counsel, Assistant General Counsel, General Attorney, Assistant General Attorney, Attorney, Commerce Counsel, Chief Medical Officer, Medical Officer, Surgeon, Company Surgeon, Engineer, Architect, Chief Chemist, Nurse, Tax Accountant, Internal Auditor to General Accountant, Corporate Accountant, Supervisor Programing, Senior Computer System Specialist, Senior System Analyst</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 3, but limited to professionals; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Subprofessionals</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Technical occupations requiring a high degree of knowledge and/or skill</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Draftsman, Chemist, Assistant Chemist, X-ray Technician, Supervisor Estimating, Junior Engineer, Engineering Trainee, Photographer, Computer Programmer, Computer Analyst, Market Analyst, Pricing Analyst, Employment Supervisor, Research Analyst</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 3 but limited to subprofessionals; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Auditors, Traveling Auditors or Accountants</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Traveling Auditor, Accounting Specialist Auditors, Operations Traveling Auditors, Station Auditors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 13.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">204</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">General and Administrative Supervisors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Supervisors responsible for administrative activity of a department, subdepartment, office or region</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">General Supervisor, Supervisor, Chief Clerk, Office Supervisor, Supervisor Administration, Office Manager, Supervising Clerk, Head Clerk, Assistant Chief Clerk, Supervising Cashier, Division Supervisor, Regional Supervisor, Budget Supervisor, Administrative Supervisor, Administrative Assistant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidation of present STB Nos. 4 and 5; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">205</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sales and Traffic Representatives and Agents</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Non-supervisory occupations with predominant responsibilities for sales and customer relations</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight Traffic Agent, Coal Traffic Agent, Sales Representative, Freight Sales Representative, Freight Traffic Representative, Passenger Sales Representative</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New classification, containing a portion of present STB No. 19; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight and Other Claim Agents and Investigators</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Occupations which have predominant duties investigating and handling freight and personal injury claims</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Claim Agent, Claim Investigator, Freight Claim Agent, Freight Claim Investigator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB Nos. 20 and 21; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">207</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Supervising and Chief Claim Agents</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Claim Agent, Chief Freight Claim Agent, Assistant Chief Claim Agent, Chief District Claim Agent, District Freight Claim Agent, Chief Claim Investigator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 22.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">208</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lieutenants and Sergeants of Police</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Police Lieutenant, Police Sergeant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 17.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">209</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Police Officers, Watchmen and Guards (Except Crossing and Bridge)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Police Officer, Patrolman, Watchman, Guard</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 18.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">210</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inspectors (Except Maintenance of Way and Equipment), Other Investigators, Examiners, Instructors, and Other Agents (Except Station Agents)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Miscellaneous occupations which have predominant duties of investigating, inspecting, reviewing, and instructing and which require a high degree of technical knowledge</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Rules Examiner, Supervisor Rules, Safety Supervisor, Fire Marshall, Fire Chief, Instructor, Supervisor Procedures, Supervisor Yard Procedures</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Classification for a portion of similar occupations included in present STB No. 19; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clerical Technicians and Clerical Specialists</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clerical occupations with duties to perform independently responsible work requiring special financial cost, accounting, or other technical knowledge</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Lead Clerk, Staff Assistant (clerical), Statistician, Cashier, Teller, Assistant Statistician, Rate Clerk, Pricing Clerk, Computer Technician</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 6; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Office Machine and Data Equipment Operators</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Occupations with predominant duties of operating office machines and computer equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Machine Operator, Clerk, Computer Operator, Keypunch Operator Office Machine Technician</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 8; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Secretaries, Stenographers, and Typists</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Secretaries, Stenographers, and Typists</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Secretary, Stenographer, Typists, Clerk Typist, Steno-clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB Nos. 9 and 10.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">215</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">General and Other Clerks (excluding yard clerk and crew dispatcher)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clerical occupations not otherwise classified</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">File Clerk, General Clerk, Bookkeeper, Ticket Clerk, Records Clerk, Trace Clerk, Assignment Clerk, Personnel Clerk, M of W Clerks, M of E Clerks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB NO. 7; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">216</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Telephone and Switchboard Operators</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Switchboard Operator, Chief Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Present STB No. 14.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">217</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Building and Office Attendants</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Miscellaneous occupations associated with office building functions</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Elevator Operator, Elevator Starter, Janitor, Cleaner, Porter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB Nos. 16 and 26.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">218</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Messengers and Office Persons</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Messenger, Office Person</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Present STB No. 15.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">219</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Motor Vehicle Operators</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Occupations associated with automobile and truck driving</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Truck Driver, Bus Driver, Driver, Chauffeur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB Nos. 24 and 25.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">300</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Maintenance of Way and Structures</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">301</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Supervisors, Maintenance of Way, Structures, Communication and Signals</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Occupations with supervisor responsibility for maintenance of way and structures (other than regional and divisional officers)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Roadmaster, Division Roadmaster, Supervisor Track, Supervisor Bridges and Buildings, Supervisor Communications and Signals, Assistant Supervisor, General Foreman (MW&amp;S), Assistant General Foreman (MW&amp;S), Master Carpenter, Chief Draftsman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB Nos. 27 and 44.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Maintenance of Way, Structures, Communication and Signals, and Scale Inspectors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Bridge and Building Inspector, Chief Scale Inspector, Bridge and Building Inspector, Scale Inspector, Roadway Equipment Inspector, Track and Roadway Inspector, Instrument Man, Rodman, Chainman, Inspector Communications and Signals, Signal Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 28 plus part of old No. 44.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">303</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridge and Building Gang Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gang Foreman, Lead Workman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB No. 29 with bridge and building portion of present STB No. 39.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">304</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridge and Building Carpenters</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carpenter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 30.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">305</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridge and Building Ironworkers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ironworker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 31.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridge and Building Painters</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Painter, Sign Painter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 32.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Masons, Bricklayers, Plasterers, and Plumbers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Mason, Bricklayer, Plasterer, Plumber, Operator, Grinder, Welder (M of W)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB Nos. 23 and 33.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">308</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridge and Building Helpers and Apprentices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carpenter Helper, Ironworker Helper, Mason Helper, Plumber Helper, Painter Helper, Apprentice Carpenter, Apprentice Ironworker, Apprentice Mason, Plumber Apprentice, Apprentice Painter, Welder Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 34; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">309</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridge and Building Gang and Bridge and Building Department Laborers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridge and Building Laborer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 43.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">310</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Track Gang Foremen (Extra Gang work train laborers)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gang Foreman, Assistant Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 38.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">311</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gang or Section Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gang Foreman, Assistant Foreman, Section Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 40.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">312</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Extra Gang Laborers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trackman, Fence Laborer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 41.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">313</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Section Laborers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trackman, Track and Roadway Section Laborer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 42.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">314</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Machine Operators</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Craneman, Portable Equipment Engineer, Portable Equipment Operator, Machine Operator, Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB No. 35, 36, and 37.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">315</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gang Foremen, Communications and Signals</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gang Foreman, Assistant Gang Foreman, Lead Signal Maintainer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB No. 45 with communications and signals occupations included in present STB No. 39.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signalmen and Signal Maintainers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signalman, Signal Maintainer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 46.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">317</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Linemen and Groundmen and Communications Craftsman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Communications equipment installers, Maintainers, and repairmen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electrical Worker (Lineman), Electrical Worker (Groundman) Communications maintainer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 47.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">318</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Assistant Signalmen and Assistant Signal Maintainers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Assistant Signalman, Assistant Signal Maintainer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 48.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">319</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signal Helpers and Signal Maintainer Helpers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signalman Helper, Signal Maintainer Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 49.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">320</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Camp Car Cooks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Occupations engage in food service in camp cars</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Camp Car Cook, Camp Car Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with part of present STB No. 97.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">400</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Maintenance of Equipment and Stores</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">401</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Supervisors and General Foremen, Maintenance of Equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Occupations with supervisory responsibility for maintenance of equipment (other than regional and division officers)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">General Foreman Shop, General Foreman Enginehouse, General Foreman Diesel Terminal, Assistant General Foreman (M of E)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 50; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">402</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Supervisors and General Foremen, Materials and Stores</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Occupations with supervisory responsibility for stores and materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Supervisor Materials, Assistant Supervisor Materials, General Foreman Stores, General Foreman Reclamation Plant, Assistant General Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 51; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">403</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Equipment, Shop, Electrical Inspectors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Electrical Inspector, Chief Shop and Equipment Inspector, Electrical Inspector, Equipment Inspector, Inspector Diesel Locomotive, Fuel Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with part of present STB No. 52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">404</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Materials and Supplies Inspectors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Materials and Supplies Inspector, Chief Materials and Supplies Inspector, Timber Inspector, Tie Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with part of present STB No. 52.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">405</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Storekeeper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Storekeeper, Assistant Storekeeper, Materials Clerk, Store Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to materials and stores occupation in present STB No. 11.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">406</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gang Foremen, Maintenance of Equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gang Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB Nos. 53 and 68.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">407</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Blacksmiths</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Blacksmith</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 54.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">408</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boilermakers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boilermaker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 55.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">409</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carmen (Freight)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Repair and inspect freight cars</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Car Repairmen, Car Inspector, Carman, Painter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 57.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">410</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carmen (Other)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carmen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 56.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">411</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electrical Workers (A)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electricians</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electrician, Electrical Worker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 58.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">412</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electrical Workers (B)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electrical workers—occupations specialized in operating heavy equipment</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crane Operator, Load Dispatcher, Power Station Operator, Assistant Power Director</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 59.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">413</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electrical Workers (C)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Electrical Workers—occupation specialized in heavy equipment operating at coal, grain, and ore docks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coal and Ore Elevator Operator (electrical), Grain Elevator Operator (electrical)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 60.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">414</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Machinists</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Machinist</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 61.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">415</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sheet Metal Workers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sheet Metal Worker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 63.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">416</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Skilled Trades, Helpers, Maintenance of Equipment and Stores</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 64.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">417</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Apprentices, Maintenance of Equipment and Stores</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Apprentice, Helper Apprentice</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB Nos. 65 and 66.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">418</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coach Cleaners</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Coach Cleaner</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 67.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">419</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Laborers: Shops, Enginehouses, and Power Plants</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Laborer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB Nos. 70 and 71.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">420</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gang Foremen, Materials and Stores</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gang Foremen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 69.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">421</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Equipment Operators and General Laborers, Materials and Stores</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Laborer, Materials Handler, Equipment Operators, Machine Operators</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 72, plus part of STB No. 24.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">422</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stationary Engineers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Engineer (Steam Plant) Engineer, Stationary Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 73.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">423</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stationary Firemen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stationary Fireman, Power Equipment Operator Helper, Oiler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 74.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Transportation, Other Than Train and Engine</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">501</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Transportation Supervisor and Chief Train Dispatcher</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Occupational directly supervising train operation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Train Dispatcher, Supervisor Train Operations, Transportation Supervisor, Supervisor Train Operations, Supervisor Locomotive and Car Distribution, Assistant Chief Train Dispatcher</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 75; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">502</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Train Dispatchers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Train Dispatcher</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 76.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">503</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Station, Freight and Passenger Agents</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Occupations with responsibility for station operations</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Supervising Station Agent, Assistant Supervising Station Agent, Station Agent, Freight Agent, Passenger Agent, Ticket Agent, Traveling Agent, Agent Operators</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB Nos. 12, 78, 79, and 80.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">504</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chief Operators and Wire Chiefs</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Supervising Operator, Chief Operator, Assistant Supervising Operator, Wire Chief</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 81.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">505</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clerk Operators, Towerman, Train Directors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clerk Operator, Block Operator, Operator, Towerman, Train Directors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB Nos. 77, 82 and 83.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">506</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Station Masters and Assistants, Supervising Baggage Agents, Baggage Agents and Assistants</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stationmaster, Assistant Stationmaster, Supervising Baggage Agent, Baggage Agent, Assistant Baggage Agent, Parcel Room Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB Nos. 84, 85, and 86.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">507</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Baggage, Parcel Room and Station Attendants</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Baggage Attendant, Parcel Room Attendant, Station Attendant, Gateman, Announcer, Station Usher, Red Cap, Information Bureau Attendant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 87.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">508</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">General and Assistant General Foremen, Stations, Warehouses, Grain Elevators, and Docks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">General Foreman, Assistant General Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB Nos. 88 and 89.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">509</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gang Foremen, Stations, Warehouses, Grain Elevators and Docks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Gang Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 90.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">510</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Grain Elevator, and Dock Laborers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Laborer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB Nos. 93 and 94.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">511</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Station, and Warehouse Laborers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Loader, Sealer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 91.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">512</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Truckers (Station, Warehouse and Platforms)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Trucker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 92.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">513</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Food and Lodging Manager, Supervisors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Occupations with responsibility for supervision of food service or lodging</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Manager Lodging House, Restaurant Manager, Dining Car Supervisor, Dining Car Steward</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 95.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">514</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Transportation and Dining-Service Inspectors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Instructor Chef, Restaurant Inspector, Freight Service Inspector, Baggage Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 99.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">515</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waiters and Kitchen Helpers (Restaurant and Dining Car)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Waiter-in-charge, Waiter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 97.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">516</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chefs and Cooks (Restaurant and Dining Car)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chef, Cook</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 96.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">517</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Marine Officers and Workers and Shore Workers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">All occupations with predominant duties which are the operation of marine service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Captain, Engineer, Mate, Deckhand, Oiler, Purser, Boat Master, Fireman, Wharf Master, Able Seaman, Baggageman, Boat Dispatcher</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 98.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">518</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Train Attendants</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Passenger train occupations other than train service and dining car operation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Porter, Buffet Lounge Attendant, Stewardess</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB Nos. 100 and 101.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">519</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridge Operators and Helpers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridge Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 102.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">520</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridge and Crossing Flagmen and Gatemen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bridge Flagman, Crossing Gateman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds with present STB No. 103.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">521</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yard Clerks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clerical occupations situated in yards and yard offices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yard Clerk, Yard Clerk Caller, Yard Demurrage Clerk, Yard Dispatcher Clerk, Piggyback Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New classification.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">522</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crew Dispatchers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Crew Dispatcher, Crew Caller</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New classification.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">523</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yardmasters and Assistant Yardmasters</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yardmaster, Assistant Yardmaster</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Consolidates present STB No. 105 and 106.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">600</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Transportation, Train and Engine</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">601</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Switchtenders</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Switchtender</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 107.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">602</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Car Retarder Operators and Ground Service Employees</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Ground occupations not part of yard crew</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Car Retarder Operator, Skatesman, Herder, Yard Pilot</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New classification—part of present STB No. 119; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">603</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Outside Hostlers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Outside Hostler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 108.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">604</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Outside Hostler Helpers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Outside Hostler Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 110.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">605</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inside Hostler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Inside Hostler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 109.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">606</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road Passenger Conductors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Passenger Conductor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 111.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">607</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Assistant Road Passenger Conductors and Ticket Collectors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Assistant Passenger Conductor, Ticket Collector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 112.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">608</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road Freight Conductors (Through Freight)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight Conductor, Work Train Conductor, (paid through rate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">609</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road Freight Conductors (Local and Way Freight)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight Conductor, Work Train Conductor, (paid local rate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 114.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">610</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road Passenger Baggageperson</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Baggageperson</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 115.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">611</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road Passenger Brakemen and Flagmen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Passenger Brakeman, Passenger Flagman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 116.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">612</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road Freight Brakemen and Flagmen (Through Freight)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight Brakeman, Freight Flagman, Work Train Brakeman (paid through rate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 117.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">613</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road Freight Brakemen and Flagmen (Local and Way Freight)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight Brakeman, Freight Flagman, Work Train Brakeman, (paid local rate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 118.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">614</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yard Conductors and Yard Foremen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yard Conductor, Yard Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 119 Less Car Retarder Operator and other ground occupations not part of Yard Crew.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">615</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yard Brakemen and Yard Helpers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yard Brakeman, Yard Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 120; adds new titles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">616</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road Passenger Engineers and Motormen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Passenger Engineer, Motorman, Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 121.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">617</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road Freight Engineers (Through Freight)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight Engineer, Work Train Engineer, (paid through rate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 122.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">618</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road Freight Engineers (Local and Way Freight)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight Engineer, Work Train Engineer, (paid local rate)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 123.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">619</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yard Engineers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yard Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 124.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">620</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road Passenger Firemen and Helpers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Passenger Fireman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 125.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">621</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road freight Firemen and Helpers (Through Freight)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight Fireman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 126.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">622</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Road Freight Firemen and Helpers (Local and Way Freight)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Freight Fireman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 127.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="right" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">623</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yard Firemen and Helpers</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Title is descriptive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yard Fireman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Corresponds to present STB No. 128.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 53868, Nov. 30, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 947, Jan. 8, 1985]



</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1245.6" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.11.0.9.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1245.6   Cross reference to standard occupational classification manual.</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Job title
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">SOC
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">100 <E T="03">Executives, Officials and Staff Assistants</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">101 Executive and General Officers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">President</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">121.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Vice President</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">121.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Vice President</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">121.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Controller</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">122.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Treasurer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">122.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Director (Head of Sub-Department)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">139.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Superintendent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">139.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Subdepartment Head</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">139.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342 and 1639.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Manager (Dept. or Subdepartment Head)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">102 Corporate Staff Managers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Director (Other Than Sub-department Head)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">139.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Director</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">139.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. General Manager (Not Regional)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Manager</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Manager</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Chief Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1639.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Purchasing Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1449.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Superintendent (Not Division)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. to (Corporate Executive or Gen. Officer)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">149.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Executive Assist. (To Corporate Executive)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">149.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Budget Officer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1419.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">103 Regional and Division Officers, Assistants and Staff Assistants:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. General Manager</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Regional Manager</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Superintendent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. to General Manager</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Division Superintendent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Master Mechanic</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6117.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Division Sales Manager</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">District Sales Manager</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">125.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Master Mechanic</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6117.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">District Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342 and 1639.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Superintendent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Captain of Police</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5112.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Division Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1638 and 1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Manager of Materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4525.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Safety Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1473.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Real Estate Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1353.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Real Estate Supv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1353.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Tax Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1412.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Buyer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1449.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Buyer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1449.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Sales Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4235.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Sales Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4235.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">104 Transportation Officers/Managers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Train Master</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Train Master</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Yard Master</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Road Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Road Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Road Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief, Power Supervisor (Motive)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">200 <E T="03">Professional and Administrative</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201 Professionals (Other Than Those Reported in 101 and 102):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Counsel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. General Counsel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Attorney</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. General Attorney</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Attorney</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Commerce Counsel</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">211.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Medical Officer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">261.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Medical Officer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">261.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Surgeon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">261.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Company Surgeon</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">261.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1639.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Architect</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">161.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Chemist</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1845.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Nurse</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">29 and 366.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Tax Accountant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1412.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Internal Auditor to Gen. Accountant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1412.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Corporate Accountant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1412.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supervisor Programming</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Senior Computer System</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1712.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Specialist Senior System Analyst</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1712.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">202 Subprofessionals:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Draftsman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">372.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chemist</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1845.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Chemist</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1845.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">X-ray Technician</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">365.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Estimating</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">149.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Junior Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1639.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Engineer Trainee</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1639.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Photographer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">326.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Computer Programmer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">397.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Computer Analyst</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1712.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Market Analyst</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1912.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Pricing Analyst</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4716.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Employment Supv.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">123.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Research Analyst</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1721.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">203 Auditors, Traveling Auditors or Accountants:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Traveling Auditor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1412.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Accounting Specialist Auditor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1412.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Operations Traveling Auditor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1412
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Station Auditors</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1412.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">204 General and Administrative Supervisors:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Supv.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4511 and 137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4511 and 137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4511 and 137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Office Supv.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4511 and 137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Admin.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">149.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Office Manager</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4511 and 137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Head Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4511 and 137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Chief Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4511 and 137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Cashier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4529.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Division Supv.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4511 and 137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Regional Supv.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4511 and 137.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Budget Supv.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1419.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Admin. Supv.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">149.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Admin. Assist.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">149.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">205 Sales and Traffic Representatives and Agents:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Traffic Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4152.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Coal Traffic Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4152.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Sales Representative</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4152.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Sales Representative</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4152.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Traffic Representative</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4152.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Passenger Sales Representative</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4152.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">206 Freight and other Claim Agents and Investigators:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Claim Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4712.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Claim Investigator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4783.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Claim Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4712.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Claim Investigator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4783.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">207 Supervising and Chief Claim Agents:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Claim Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4529 and 1473.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Freight Claim Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4528.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Chief Claim Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4528 and 1473.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief District Claim Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4528.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">District Freight Claim Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4528.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Claim Investigator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4783.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">208 Lieutenants and Sergeants of Police:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Police Lieutenant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5112.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Police Sergeant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5112.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">209 Police Officers, Watchmen and Guards (Except Crossing and Bridge):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Police Officer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5132.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Patrolman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5144.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Watchman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5144.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Guard</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5144.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">210 Inspectors (Except Maintenance of Wage and Equipment) other Investigators, Examiners, Instructors, and other Agents (except Station Agents):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Rules Examiner</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1473.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Rules</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1473.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Safety Supv.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1473.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Fire Marshall</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5122.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Fire Chief</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1131 and 5111.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Instructor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">239.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Procedures</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4525.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Yard Procedure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4525.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">212 Clerical Technicians and Clerical Specialists:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Lead Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4511 and 463.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Staff Assistant (Clerical)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4511 and 463.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Statistician</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1733.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Cashier</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4364.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Teller</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4364.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Statistician</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1733.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Rate Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4716.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Pricing Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4716.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Computer Technician</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4612.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">213 Office Machine and Data Equipment Operators:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Machine Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4718.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Computer Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4612.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Keypunch Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4793.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Office Machine Technician</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4718.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">214 Secretaries, Stenographers, and Typists:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Secretary</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4622.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Stenographer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4623.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Typist</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4624.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Clerk Typists</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4624.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Steno. Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4623.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">215 General and other Clerks (Excluding Yard Clerk and Crew Dispatcher):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">File Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4696.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Bookkeeper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4712.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Ticket Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4644.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Records Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4696.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Trace Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">463.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assignment Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4752.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Personnel Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4692.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">M of W Clerks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4699.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">M of E Clerks</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4699.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">216 Telephone and Switchboard Operators:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Switchboard Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4732.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4523.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">217 Building and Office Attendants:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Elevator Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5245.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Elevator Starter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5241.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Janitor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5244.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Cleaner</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5244.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Porter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5244.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">218 Messengers and Office Persons:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Messenger</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4745.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Office Person</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4745.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">219 Motor Vehicle Operators:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Truck Driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8213 and 8214.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Bus Driver</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8215.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Driver Chauffeur</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8216.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">300 <E T="03">Maintenance of Way and Structures</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">301 Supervisors, Maintenance of Way, Structures, Communication and Signals:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Roadmaster</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Division Roadmaster</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Track</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">812.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Bridges and Buildings</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">133.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Communications &amp; Signals</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1341.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Supv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1341.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. General Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Master Carpenter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6313.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Draftsman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">372.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">302 Maintenance of Way, Structures, Communication and Signals, and Scale Inspectors:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Bridges &amp; Building Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">782.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Scale Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">782.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Bridge &amp; Building Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1472.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Scale Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">782.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Roadway Equipment Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">828.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Track and Roadway Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">828.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Instrument Man</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6881 and 6151.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Roadman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1472 and 8769.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chainman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">613.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Inspector Communications &amp; Signals</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1341.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Signal Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1341.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">303 Bridge and Building Gang Foreman:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Gang Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Lead Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">304 Bridge and Building Carpenter: Carpenter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6422.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">305 Bridge and Building Ironworkers: Iron Worker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6473.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">306 Bridge and Building Painter:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Painter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6442.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Sign Painter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6863.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">307 Masons, Bricklayers, Plasterers, and Plumbers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Mason</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6413, 6444, 6463, and 6412.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Bricklayer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6412.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Plasterer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6444.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Plumber</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">645.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6467.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Grinder</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6467.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Welder</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">7714.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">308 Bridge and Building Helpers and Apprentices:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Bridge and Building Helper Appr</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6473.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Carpenter Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8642.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Iron Worker Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6473 and 862.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Mason Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8641.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Plumber Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8645.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Painter Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8644.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Apprentice, Carpenter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6422.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Apprentice, Iron Worker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6473.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Apprentice Mason</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6412, 6413, 6444, and 6463.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Plumber Apprentice</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">645.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Apprentice Painter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6442 and 8644.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Welder Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">862.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">309 Bridge and Building Gang and Bridge and Building Department Labors: Bridge and Building Labor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">871.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">310 Track Gang Foreman (Extra Gang Work Train Laborers):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Gang Foreman (Track)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">311 Gang or Section Foreman:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Gang Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Section Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">312 Extra Gang Laborers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Trackman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6467.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Fence Laborer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6479 and 8769.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">313 Section Laborers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Trackman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8769.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Track &amp; Roadway Section Labor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8769.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">314 Machine Operators:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Craneman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8315.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Portable Equipment Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8312.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Portable Equipment Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8319.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Machine Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8319.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8618.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">315 Gang Foreman, Communications and Signals:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Gang foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Gang Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Lead Signal Maintainer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">316 Signal and Signal Maintainer:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Signalman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8233.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Signal Maintainer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6151 and 8233.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">317 Linemen and Groundmen and Communications Craftsman:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Electrical Worker (lineman)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6433.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Electrical Worker (groundsman)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6432.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Communications Maintainer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6151.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">318 Assistant Signalmen and Assistant Signalmen Maintainers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Signalman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8233 and 6151.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Signal Maintainer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6151 and 8233.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">319 Signal Helpers and Signal Maintainer Helpers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Signalman Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8635.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Signalman Maintainer Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8635.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">320 Camp Car Cooks:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Camp Car Cook</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5214.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Camp Car Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5219.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">400 <E T="03">Maintenance of Equipment and Stores</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">401 Supervisors and General Foreman, Maintenance of Equipment:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Foreman Shop</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318 and 1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Foreman Enginehouse</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318 and 1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Foreman Diesel Terminal</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318 and 1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. General Foreman (M&amp;E)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318 and 1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">402 Supervisors and General Foreman, Materials and Stores:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4525.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Supv. Materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4525.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Foreman Stores</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4524.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Foreman Reclamations Plant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. General Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">403 Equipment, Shop, Electrical Inspectors:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Electrical Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6314.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Shop &amp; Equipment Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1472.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Electrical Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1472.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Equipment Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6881.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Inspector Diesel locomotive</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6881.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Fuel Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6831.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">404 Materials and Supplies Inspector:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Materials and Supplies Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">782.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Materials and Supplies</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4525.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">782.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Timber Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">782.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Tie Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">782.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">405 Storekeeper:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Storekeeper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4754.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Storekeeper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4754.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Materials Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4754.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Store Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4754.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">406 Gang Foreman, Maintenance of Equipment: Gang Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">407 Blacksmith:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Blacksmiths</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6179.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">408 Boilermakers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Boilermaker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6814.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">409 Carmen (Freight):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Car Repairmen</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6117.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Car Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">828.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Car Painter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6442.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">410 Carmen (other):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Carman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6117.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">411 Electrical Workers (A):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Electrician</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6432.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Electrical Worker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6159.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">412 Electrical Workers (B):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Crane Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8315.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Load Dispatcher</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4751.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Power Station Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6932.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Power Director</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6932.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">413 Electrical Workers (C):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Coal and Ore Elevator Operator (elec)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8319.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Grain Elevator Operator (electrical)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8319.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">414 Machinists:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Machinist</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6813.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">415 Sheet Metal Workers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Sheet Metal Worker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6824.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">416 Skilled Trades, Helpers, Maintenance of Equipment and Stores: Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">861, 862, 863, and 864.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">417 Apprentices, Maintenance of Equipment and Stores:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Apprentice</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">863.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Helper Apprentices</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">863.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">418 Coach Cleaners: Coach Cleaner</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">875.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">419 Laborers; Shops, Enginehouses, and Power Plants: Laborer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8769, 86, and 87.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">420 Gang Foreman, Materials and Stores: Gang Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">421 Equipment Operators and General Laborers, Materials and Stores:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Laborer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8725, and 8769.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Materials Handler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8726.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Equipment Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8239.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Machine Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8319.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">422 Stationary Engineers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Engineer (Steam Plant)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6932.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6932.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Stationary Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6931.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">423 Stationary Firemen:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Stationary Fireman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5122 and 8619.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Power Equipment Operator Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8319.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Oiler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">614.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">500 <E T="03">Transportation other Than Train and Engine</E>
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">501 Transportation Supervisor and Chief Train Dispatcher:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Train Dispatcher</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Train Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Transportation Supv</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Locomotives and Car Dist</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4759 and 8111.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Chief Train Dispatcher</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">502 Train Dispatchers: Train Dispatcher</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">503 Station, Freight and Passenger Agents:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Station Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4514.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Supv. Station Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4514.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Station Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4514.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4644.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Passenger Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4644.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Ticket Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4644.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Traveling Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4644.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Agent Operators</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4514.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">504 Chief Operators and Wire Chiefs:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4523.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chief Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4523.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Supv. Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4523.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Wire Chief</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4523 and 60.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">505 Clerk Operators, Towerman, Train Directors:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Clerk Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4632.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Block Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4632.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4632.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Towerman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8239.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Train Director</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">506 Station Masters and Assistants, Supervising Baggage Agents, Baggage Agents and Assistants:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Stationmaster</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Station Master</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Supv. Baggage Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4525.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Baggage Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5262.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Baggage Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5262.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Parcel Room Agent</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4744.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">507 Baggage Parcel Room and Station Attendants:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Baggage Attendant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5262.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Parcel Room Attendant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4744.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Station Attendant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4514.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Gateman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5144.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Announcer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4649.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Station Usher</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5256.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Red Cap</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5262.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Information Bureau Attendant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4649.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">508 General and Assistant General Foreman, Stations. Warehouses, Grain Elevators and Docks:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">General Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. General Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">509 Gang Foreman, Stations, Warehouses, Grain Elevators and Docks:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Gang Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6318.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">510 Grain Elevator and Dock Laborers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Laborer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8242.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">511 Station and Warehouse Laborers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Loader</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8726.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Sealer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8769 and 8724.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">512 Trucks (Station, Warehouse and Platforms):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Trucker</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8214.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">513 Food and Lodging Manager, Supervisors:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Manager Lodging House</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1351.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Restaurant Manager</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1351.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dining Car Supv.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5211, and 1473.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Dinning car Steward</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5211.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">514 Transportation and Dining Service Inspectors:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Instructor Chef</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5214.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Restaurant Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">828.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Service Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">828.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Baggage Inspector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">828.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">515 Waiters and Kitchen Helpers (Restaurant and Dining):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Waiter-in-Charge</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5211.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Waiter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5211.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">516 Chefs and Cooks (Restaurant and Dining Car):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Chef</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5211.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Cook</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5211 and 5214.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">517 Marine Officers and Workers and Shore Workers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Captain</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8242.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8244.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Mate</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8242.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Deckhand</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8243.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Oiler Purser</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8244.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Boat Master</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8241.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Fireman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8243.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Wharf Master</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Able Seaman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8243.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Baggageman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5262.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Boat Dispatcher</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1342.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">518 Train Attendants:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Porter</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5262.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Buffet Lounge Attendant</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4366.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Stewardess</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5211.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">519 Bridge Operators and Helpers: Bridge Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8245.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">520 Bridge and Crossing Flagmen and Gatemen:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Bridge Flagman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8769.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Crossing Gateman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5144.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">521 Yard Clerks:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Yard Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4754.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Yard Caller</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4745.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Yard Dispatcher Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4752.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Piggyback Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4753.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Yard Demurrage Clerk</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4715.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">522 Crew Dispatchers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Crew Dispatcher</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4751 and 4525.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Crew Caller</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4745.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">523 Yardmasters and Assistant Yardmasters:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Yardmaster</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assist. Yardmaster</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">600 <E T="03">Transportation, Train and Engine</E></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">601 Switchtenders: Switchtender</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8233.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">602 Car Retarder Operators and Ground Service Employees:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Car Retarder Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8239.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Skatesman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8769.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Herder</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8769.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Yard Pilot</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">603 Outside Hostlers: Outside Hostler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">604 Outside Hostlers Helpers: Outside Hostler Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">605 Inside Hostlers: Inside Hostler</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">606 Road Passenger Conductors: Passenger Conductor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">607 Assistant Road Passenger Conductor and Ticket Collectors:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Assistant Passenger Conductor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Ticket Collector</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5256.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">608 Road Freight Conductors (Through Freight):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Conductor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Work Train Conductor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">609 Road Freight Conductors (Local and Way Freight):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Conductor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Work Train Conductor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">610 Road Passenger Baggagepersons: Baggageperson</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5262.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">611 Road Passenger Brakeman and Flagman:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Passenger Brakeman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8233.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Passenger Flagman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5142.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">612 Road Freight Brakemen and Flagmen (Through Freight):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Brakeman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8233.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Flagman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5142.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Work Train Brakeman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8233.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">613 Road Freight Brakemen and Flagmen (Local and Way Freight):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Brakeman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8233.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Flagman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5142.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Work Train Brakeman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8233.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">614 Yard Conductors and Yard Foremen:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Yard Conductor</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Yard Foreman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8113.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">615 Yard Brakemen and Yard Helpers:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Yard Brakeman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8233.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Yard Helper</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8769.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">616 Road Passengers Engineers and Motormen:
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Passenger Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Motorman Operator</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">617 Road Freight Engineers (Through Freight):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Work Train Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">618 Road Freight Engineers (Local and Way Freight):
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Freight Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row" style="padding-left: 2em">Work Train Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">619 Yard Engineers: Yard Engineer</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">620 Road Passenger Firemen and Helpers: Passenger Fireman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">621 Road Freight Firemen and Helpers (Through Freight): Freight Fireman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">622 Road Freight Firemen and Helpers (Local and Way Freight): Freight Fireman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">623 Yard Firemen and Helpers: Yard Fireman</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">8232.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 53871, Nov. 30, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 947, Jan. 8, 1985]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1246" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1246—NUMBER OF RAILROAD EMPLOYEES


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11145.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The report forms prescribed by part 1246 are available upon request from the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC.</P></NOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1246.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.12.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1246.1   Monthly report of number of railroad employees.</HEAD>
<P>Each Class I railroad shall file a Monthly Report of Number of Railroad Employees (Form C) each month. The report should be submitted, in paper or electronically, to the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC, by the end of the month to which it applies.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 8857, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1247" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1247—REPORT OF CARS LOADED AND CARS TERMINATED 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 10707, 11144, 11145.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 1052, Jan. 5, 2001, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1247.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.13.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1247.1   Annual Report of Cars Loaded and Cars Terminated.</HEAD>
<P>Beginning with the reporting period commencing January 1, 2001, and annually thereafter, each Class I railroad shall file Form STB-54, Annual Report of Cars Loaded and Cars Terminated, together with the accompanying certification, with the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC, within 90 days after the end of the reporting year. Blank forms and instructions are available on the Board's web site (<I>www.stb.gov</I>)

 or can be obtained by contacting the Office of Economics.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 1052, Jan. 5, 2001, as amended at 81 FR 8857, Feb. 23, 2016; 83 FR 15080, Apr. 9, 2018]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1248" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1248—FREIGHT COMMODITY STATISTICS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11144 and 11145.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The report forms prescribed by part 1248 are available upon request from the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC.</P></NOTE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.14.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Railroads</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>83 FR 15080, Apr. 9, 2018, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1248.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.14.1.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1248.1   Freight commodity statistics.</HEAD>
<P>All class I railroads, as described in § 1240.1 of this chapter, subject to Part I of the Interstate Commerce Act, shall compile and report freight commodity statistics on the basis of the commodity codes named in § 1248.101. Carriers shall report quarterly on the basis of the 3, 4 and 5-digit commodity codes named in that section. Such reports shall be made in conformity with the outline of terms set forth in §§ 1248.2 to 1248.5, inclusive, as supplemented by instructions included in the appropriate report form to be supplied to the reporting railroads.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[47 FR 6880, Feb. 17, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1248.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.14.1.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1248.2   Items to be reported.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following items are to be reported quarterly and annually by class I railroads:
</P>
<P>(1) Average number of miles of road operated in freight service.
</P>
<P>(2) For each commodity code used in reporting, except that the number of carloads for commodity code 431, “Small packaged freight shipments,” shall be omitted, the following items:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-2>Revenue freight originating on respondent's road:
</FP-2>
<P>Terminating on line:
</P>
<P1>Number of carloads.


</P1>
<P1>Number of tons (2,000 pounds).
</P1>
<P>Delivered to connecting rail carriers.


</P>
<P1>Number of carloads.
</P1>
<P1>Number of tons (2,000 pounds).
</P1>
<FP-2>Revenue freight received from connecting rail carriers:
</FP-2>
<P>Terminating on line:
</P>
<P1>Number of carloads.
</P1>
<P1>Number of tons (2,000 pounds).
</P1>
<P>Delivered to connecting rail carriers:
</P>
<P1>Number of carloads.
</P1>
<P1>Number of tons (2,000 pounds).
</P1>
<P>Total revenue freight carried:
</P>
<P1>Number of carloads.
</P1>
<P1>Number of tons (2,000 pounds).
</P1>
<P>Gross freight revenue.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20466, Dec. 20, 1967, as amended at 47 FR 6880, Feb. 17, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1248.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.14.1.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1248.3   Carload and L.C.L. traffic defined.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Commodity codes 01 through 422 and 44 through 462, named in § 1248.101, shall include only carload traffic. All shipments weighing less than 10,000 pounds shall be included in commodity code 431, “Small packaged freight shipments.”
</P>
<P>(b) A <I>carload</I> for the purpose of this order shall consist of a shipment of not less than 10,000 pounds of one commodity. A mixed carload for the purpose of this order shall be treated as a carload of that commodity which forms the major portion of the shipment in weight. If a single shipment is loaded into more than one car, each car used shall be reported as a carload. If more than one <I>carload</I> shipment is loaded into one car, each shipment shall be reported separately as a carload.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20466, Dec. 20, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1248.4" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.14.1.9.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1248.4   Originating and connecting line traffic.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Revenue freight reported as <I>received from connecting rail carriers</I> shall include all shipments received from connecting rail carriers, either directly or indirectly, so far as apparent from information on the waybills or abstracts.
</P>
<P>(b) Revenue freight reported as <I>originating on respondent's road</I> shall include shipments originating on line and shipments received from water lines and highway motor truck lines, except when identified as having had previous rail transportation, as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) Freight which receives its first line-haul on respondent's road, but originates on switching roads connecting directly or indirectly with respondent's line, shall be reported as freight originated by respondent.
</P>
<P>(d) Revenue freight reported as <I>delivered to connecting rail carriers</I> shall include shipments delivered to connecting rail carriers, either directly or indirectly, as far as apparent from information on waybills or abstracts.
</P>
<P>(e) Revenue freight reported as <I>terminating on respondent's road</I> shall include shipments terminating on line and shipments delivered to water lines and highway motor truck lines, except when identified as to receive further rail transportation as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Freight which receives its last line haul on respondent's line, but is delivered to a switching road connecting directly or indirectly with respondent's line, shall be reported as freight terminated by respondent.
</P>
<P>(g) Import and export traffic received from or delivered to water carriers and traffic from and to outlying possessions of the United States received from or delivered to water carriers shall be reported as originating or terminating at the port of entry or exit.
</P>
<P>(h) Traffic interchanged with connecting rail lines operating in Canada and Mexico shall be reported as delivered to or received from connecting rail carriers.
</P>
<P>(i) Lake cargo coal delivered to lower Lake and St. Lawrence River ports for transshipment by vessel shall be reported as <I>delivered to connecting rail carrier.</I> Lake cargo coal received at upper Lake ports shall be reported as <I>received from connecting rail carriers.</I>
</P>
<P>(j) Iron ore delivered to upper Lake ports for transshipment by vessel shall be reported as <I>delivered to connecting rail carriers.</I> Iron ore received at lower Lake and St. Lawrence River ports shall be reported as <I>received from connecting rail carriers.</I>
</P>
<P>(k) Tidewater coal to Atlantic ports shall be reported as “delivered to connecting rail carriers.” Tidewater coal from Atlantic ports shall be reported as “received from connecting rail carriers.”
</P>
<P>(l) Freight accorded transit privileges shall be reported as “originated on respondent's road” at the transit point, even though the outbound shipment may move under transit balances or proportional rates.
</P>
<P>(m) “Gross freight revenue” means respondent's gross revenue from freight without adjustment for absorptions or corrections.
</P>
<P>(n) Commodity codes 44 and 441, “Freight forwarder traffic,” as named in § 1248.101, include freight traffic in carloads shipped by or consigned to any forwarder holding a certificate under Part IV of the Interstate Commerce Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20466, Dec. 20, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1248.5" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.14.1.9.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1248.5   Report forms and date of filing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Reports required from Class I carriers by this section shall be submitted, in paper or electronically, to the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC, on forms which will be furnished to the carriers.Data required under § 1248.2 shall be filed on Form QCS on or before the 60th day succeeding the close of the period for which they are compiled.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The outline of Report Form QCS follows the tenor of the order.</P></NOTE>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20466, Dec. 20, 1967, as amended at 47 FR 6881, Feb. 17, 1982; 81 FR 8857, Feb. 23, 2016]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1248.6" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.14.1.9.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1248.6   Public inspection—railroad reports.</HEAD>
<P>The individual commodity statistics reports of class I railroads, required to be filed, for the year beginning January 1, 1964, or for quarters thereof, and for the quarters of 1965, as the case might be, under the terms of § 123.1, shall not be open to public inspection, and such required commodity statistics reports, to be filed for the years beginning January 1, 1965, and for the quarters of the year beginning January 1, 1966, and later, to the extent that they involve traffic of less than three shippers, reportable in one of the commodity reporting classes, may be excluded from a railroad's regular freight commodity statistics report and filed in a supplemental report which will not be open for public inspection, except that access to supplemental reports may be given upon approval by the Board.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20466, Dec. 20, 1967, as amended at 47 FR 6881, Feb. 17, 1982]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.14.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Commodity Code</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1248.100" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.14.2.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1248.100   Commodity classification designated.</HEAD>
<P>Commencing with reports for the year or quarter beginning January 1, 1964, as the case might be, and thereafter until further order, reports of commodity statistics required to be made to the Board, shall be based on the commodity codes, up to 5 digits, in groups 01 through 40, in the Commodity Classification for Transportation Statistics, 1963, issued by the Bureau of the Budget, and on additional codes 411 through 462 shown in § 1248.101.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20466, Dec. 20, 1967. Redesignated at 46 FR 9116, Jan. 28, 1981, and 46 FR 10745, Feb. 4, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1248.101" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.14.2.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1248.101   Commodity codes required.</HEAD>
<P>Commodity codes required to be reported, as referred to in this part, are as follows:
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Code
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Farm Products.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Field Crops.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Cotton, raw.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01121</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Cotton in bales.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01131</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Barley.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01132</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Corn, except popcorn.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01133</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Oats.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01134</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Rice, rough.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01135</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Rye.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01136</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Sorghum grains.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01137</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Wheat, except buckwheat.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01139</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Grain, n.e.c.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Oil seeds, oil nuts, and oil kernels, except edible tree nuts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01144</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Soybeans.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Field seeds, except oil seeds.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Miscellaneous field crops.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Leaf tobacco.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01195</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Potatoes, other than sweet.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01197</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Sugar beets.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">012</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Fresh Fruits and Tree Nuts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0121</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Citrus fruits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0122</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Deciduous fruits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01221</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Apples.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01224</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Grapes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01226</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Peaches.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0123</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Tropical fruits, except citrus.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01232</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Bananas.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0129</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Miscellaneous fresh fruits and tree nuts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01295</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Coffee, green.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">013</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Fresh Vegetables.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0131</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Bulbs, roots, and tubers, with or without tops except potatoes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01318</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Onions, dry.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0133</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Leafy fresh vegetables.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01334</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Celery.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01335</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Lettuce.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0134</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Dry ripe vegetable seeds, etc. (except artifically dried).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01341</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Beans, dry ripe.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01342</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Peas, dry.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0139</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Miscellaneous fresh vegetables:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01392</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Watermelons.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01394</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Tomatoes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01398</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Melons, except watermelons (cantaloupes, muskmelons, etc.).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">014</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Livestock and Livestock Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0141</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Livestock.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01411</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Cattle.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01413</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Hogs and pigs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01414</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Sheep and lambs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0142</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Dairy farm products, except pasteurized.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0143</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Animal fibers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">01431</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Wool.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">015</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Poultry and Poultry Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0151</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Live poultry.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0152</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Poultry eggs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">019</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Farm Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0191</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Horticultural specialities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Animal specialties.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">08</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Forest Products</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">084</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Gums and Barks, Crude.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">08423</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Latex and allied gums (crude natural rubber).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">086</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Forest Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">09</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Fresh Fish and Other Marine Products.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">091</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Fresh Fish and Other Marine Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">0912</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Fresh fish and whale products, including frozen unpackaged fish.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">09131</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Shells (oyster, crab, clam, etc.)
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Metallic Ores.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">101</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Iron Ores.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">10112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Beneficiating-grade ore, crude.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">102</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Copper Ores.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">103</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Lead and Zinc Ores.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1031</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Lead ores.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1032</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Zinc ores.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">104</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Gold and Silver Ores.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">105</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Bauxite and Other Aluminum Ores.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">106</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Manganese Ores.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">107</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Tungsten Ores.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">108</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Chromium Ores.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">109</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Metal Ores.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Coal.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Anthracite Coal.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Raw anthracite (lump).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">11112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Cleaned or prepared anthracite (crushed, screened, or sized).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Bituminous Coal and Lignite.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">1121</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Bituminous coal.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">13</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Crude Petroleum, Natural Gas, and Natural Gasoline.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">131</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">132</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Natural Gasoline.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Nonmetallic Minerals, Except Fuels.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">141</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Dimension Stone, quarry.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">142</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Crushed and Broken Stone, including riprap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Agricultural limestone.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14219</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Crushed and broken stone, including riprap, n.e.c.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">144</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Sand and Gravel.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14411</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Sand (aggregate and ballast).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14412</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Gravel (aggregate and ballast).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14413</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Industrial sand and gravel.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">145</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Clay, Ceramic and Refractory Minerals.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14511</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Bentonite.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14512</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Fire clay.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14514</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Kaolin and ball clay.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">147</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Chemical and Fertilizer Minerals.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14711</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Barite.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14713</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Potash, soda and borate.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14714</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Phosphate rock.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14715</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Rock salt.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14716</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Sulphur.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">149</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Nonmetallic Minerals. Except Fuels.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14911</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Gypsum and anhydrite.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14913</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Native asphalt and bitumens.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">14914</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Pumice and pumicite.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">19</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Ordinance and Accessories.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">191</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Guns, Howitzers, Mortars, and Related Equipment, Over 30 mm.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">192</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Ammunition, Except for Small Arms (over 30 mm.).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Full Tracked Combat Vehicles and Parts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">194</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Sighting and Fire Control Equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">195</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Small Arms, 30 mm. and Under.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">196</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Small Arms Ammunition, 30 mm. and Under.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">199</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Ordnance and Accessories.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Food and Kindred Products.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">201</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Meat (Including Poultry and Small Game): Fresh, Chilled, or Frozen.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2011</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Meat, fresh or chilled, except salted.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2012</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Meat, fresh-frozen.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2013</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Meat products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2014</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Animal by-products, inedible.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20141</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Hides, skins, and pelts, not tanned (cattle, pig, goat, sheep, mule, and horse).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2015</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Dressed poultry, small game, and related products, fresh, chilled or canned.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2016</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Dressed poultry, small game and related products, fresh-frozen.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">202</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Dairy Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2021</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Creamery butter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2023</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Condensed, evaporated milk and dry milk.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2024</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Ice cream and related frozen desserts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2025</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Cheese and other special dairy products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2026</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Processed whole milk, skim milk, cream and other fluid products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">203</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Canned and Preserved Fruits, Vegetables and Sea Foods.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2031</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Canned and cured sea foods.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2032</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Canned specialties.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2033</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Canned fruits and vegetables.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2034</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Dried and dehydrated fruits and vegetables (except field dried) and soup mix.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2035</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Pickled fruits and vegetables; sauces and seasoning; salad dressing.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2036</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Fresh or frozen packaged fish.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2037</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Frozen fruits, fruit juices, vegetables and specialties.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">204</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Grain Mill Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2041</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Flour and other grain mill products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20411</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Wheat flour, except blended and prepared.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20421</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Prepared feeds for animals and fowls, except canned.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20423</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Canned feed for animals and poultry.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2043</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Cereal preparations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2044</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Milled rice, flour and meal.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2045</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Blended and prepared flour.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2046</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Corn starch, sirup, oil, sugar and by-products (wet process).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20461</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Corn sirup.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20462</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Corn starch.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20463</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Corn sugar.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">205</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Bakery Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">206</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Sugar (beet and cane).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2061</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Sugar mill products and by-products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20611</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Raw cane and beet sugar.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20616</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Sugar molasses, except blackstrap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20617</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Blackstrap molasses.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2062</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Sugar, refined: Cane and beet.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20625</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Sugar refining by-products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20626</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Pulp, molasses, beet.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">207</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Confectionery and related products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">208</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Beverages and flavoring extracts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20821</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Beer, ale, porter, stout: Bottled, barrels, kegs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20823</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Malt extract and brewers's spent grains.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2083</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Malt.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2084</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Wines, brandy, and brandy spirits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20851</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Distilled, rectified and blended liquors.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20859</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   By-products of liquor distilling.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2086</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Bottled and canned soft drinks and carbonated and mineral waters.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2087</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Miscellaneous flavoring extracts and flavoring sirups and compounds except chocolate syrups.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">209</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Food Preparations and Kindred Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20911</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Cottonseed oil, crude or refined.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20914</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Cottonseed cake, meal and other by-products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20921</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Soybean oil, crude or refined.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">20923</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Soybean cake, meal, flour, grits, and other by-products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2093</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Vegetable and nut oils and by-products, except cottonseed and soybean.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2094</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Marine fats and oils.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2095</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Roasted coffee, including instant coffee.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2096</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Shortening, table oils, margarine and other edible fats and oils, n.e.c.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2097</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Ice, natural or manufactured.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2098</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Macaroni, spaghetti, vermicelli, and noodles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">21</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Tobacco Products:</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Cigarettes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Cigars.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Chewing and Smoking Tobacco and Snuff.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">214</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Stemmed and Redried Tobacco.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">22</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Basic Textiles:</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">221</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Cotton Broad Woven Fabrics.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">222</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Man-made Fiber and Silk Broad Woven Fabrics.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">223</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Wool Broad Woven Fabrics.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">224</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Narrow Fabrics.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">225</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Knit Fabrics.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">227</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Carpets and Rugs, Textile.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">228</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Yarn and Thread.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">229</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Basic Textiles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2296</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Tire cord and fabrics.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2297</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Wool and mohair (scoured, combed, carbonized): Tops, noils, nubs, slubs and grease.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2298</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Cordage and twine.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">23</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Apparel and Other Finished Textile Products Including Knit.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">231</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Men's, Youths', and Boys' Clothing.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">233</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Women's, Misses', Girls', and Infants' Clothing.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">235</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Millinery, Hats and Caps.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">237</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Fur Goods.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">238</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Apparel and Accessories.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">239</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Fabricated Textile Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Lumber and Wood Products, Except Furniture.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">241</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Primary Forest Products (Pulpwood, Piling, Posts, Logs, Bolts, etc.).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Pulpwood logs.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Pulpwood chips.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24116</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Woodposts, poles and piling.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">242</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Lumber and Dimension Stock:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2421</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Lumber and dimension stock:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">24212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Sawed ties (railroads, mine, etc.).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2429</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Miscellaneous sawmill and planing mill products (shingles, cooperage stock, etc.).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">243</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Millwork, Veneer, Plywood, Prefabricated Structural Wood Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2431</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Millwood.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2432</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Veneer and plywood.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">244</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Wooden Containers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">249</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Wood Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2491</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Creosoted or oil treated wood products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">25</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Furniture and Fixtures</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">251</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Household and Office Furniture.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">253</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Public Building and Related Furniture.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">254</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Partitions, Shelving, Lockers, Office, and Store Fixtures.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">259</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Furniture and Fixtures.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Pulp, Paper and Allied Products</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">261</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Pulp and pulp mill products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Pulp.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">262</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Paper, except building paper.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Newsprint.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26216</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Coarse paper, including wrapping paper.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">263</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Paperboard, pulpboard and fiberboard, except insulating board.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">264</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Converted paper and paperboard products, except containers and boxes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2643</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Paper bags.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">265</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Containers and boxes, paperboard, fiberboard and pulpboard.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">266</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Building paper and building board.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2661</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Building paper and building board.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">26613</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Wallboard.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">27</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Printed Matter.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">271</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Newspapers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">272</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Periodicals.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">273</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Books.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">274</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Printed Matter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">276</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Manifold Business Forms.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">277</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Greeting Cards, Seals, Labels, And Tags.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">278</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Blankbooks, Looseleaf Binders and Devices.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">279</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Products of Service Industries for the Printing Trades.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Chemical and Allied Products</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">281</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Industrial Inorganic and Organic Chemicals.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2812</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Sodium, potassium, and other basic inorganic chemical compounds and chlorine.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28123</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Sodium compounds, except sodium alkalies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2813</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Industrial gases (compressed and liquefied).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2814</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Crude products from coal tar, petroleum and natural gas.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2816</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Inorganic pigments.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2818</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Miscellaneous industrial organic chemicals.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28184</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Alcohols.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2819</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Miscellaneous industrial inorganic chemicals.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28193</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Sulphuric acid.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">282</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Plastics Materials and Synthetic Resins, Synthetic Rubbers and Fibers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28212</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Synthetic rubber.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28213</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Synthetic organic fibers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">283</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Drugs (Biological Products, Medicinal Chemicals, Botanical Products and Pharmaceutical Preparations).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">284</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Soap, Detergents, and Cleaning Preparations, Perfumes, Cosmetics and Other Toilet Preparations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2841</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Soap and other detergents, except specialty cleansers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">285</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Paints, Varnishes, Lacquers, Enamels, and Allied Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">286</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Gum and Wood Chemicals.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">287</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Agricultural Chemicals.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2871</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Fertilizers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">289</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Chemical Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2892</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Explosives.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">28991</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Salt.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Petroleum and Coal Products.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">291</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Products of Petroleum Refining.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Gasoline, jet fuels and other high volatile petroleum fuels, except natural gasoline.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Kerosene.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Distillate fuel oil.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Lubricating and similar oils and derivatives.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Lubricating greases.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29116</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Asphalt, tar and pitches (petroleum, cokeoven, coal tar).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29117</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Residual fuel oil and other low volatile petroleum fuels.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Products of petroleum refining, n.e.c.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2912</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Liquefied petroleum gases and coal gases.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">295</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Paving and Roofing Materials.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2951</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Paving mixtures and blocks.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2952</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Asphalt felt and coatings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">299</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Petroleum and Coal Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">29911</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Coke and coal briquettes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">30</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Rubber and Miscellaneous Plastic Products.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">301</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Tires and Inner Tubes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">302</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Rubber Footwear.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">303</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Reclaimed Rubber.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">306</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Fabricated Rubber Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">307</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Plastics Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">31</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Leather and Leather Products.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">311</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Leather.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">312</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Industrial Leather Belting and Packing.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">313</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Boot and Shoe Cut Stock and Findings, All Materials.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">314</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Footwear, Except Rubber.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">315</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Leather Gloves and Mittens.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">316</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Luggage, Handbags, and Other Personal Leather Goods (all materials).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">319</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Leather Goods.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Stone, Clay and Glass Products.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">321</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Flat Glass.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">322</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Glass and Glassware, Pressed and Blown.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3221</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Glass containers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">324</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Hydraulic Cement.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32411</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Cement, hydraulic; Portland, natural, masonry, puzzolan.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">325</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Structural Clay Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3251</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Brick and structural clay tile.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32511</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Brick, except ceramic glazed and refractory brick.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3253</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Ceramic wall and floor tile.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3255</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Refractories, clay and nonclay.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3259</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Miscellaneous structural clay products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">32594</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Roofing tile.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">326</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Pottery and Related Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">327</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Concrete, Gypsum, and Plaster Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3271</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Concrete products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3274</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Lime.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3275</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Gypsum products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">328</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Cut Stone and Stone Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">329</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Abrasives, Asbestos, and Miscellaneous Nonmetallic Mineral Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3291</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Abrasive products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Primary Metal Products.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Steel Works and Rolling Mill Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Pig iron.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Slag.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Coke, screenings and breeze.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33119</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Coke oven and blast furnace products, n.e.c.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3312</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Primary iron and steel products, except coke oven by-products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33121</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Steel ingot and semi-finished shapes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3313</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Ferro-alloys.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3315</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Steel wire, nails, and spikes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">332</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Iron and Steel Castings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">33211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Iron and steel cast pipe and fittings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">333</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Nonferrous Metals Primary Smelter Products (Slab, Ingot, Pig, etc., and Residues).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3331</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Primary copper and copper base alloys smelter products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3332</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Primary lead and lead base alloys smelter products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3333</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Primary zinc and zinc base alloys smelter products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3334</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Primary aluminum and aluminum base alloys smelter products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">335</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Nonferrous Metal Basic Shapes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3351</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Copper, brass or bronze and other copper base alloy basic shapes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3352</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Aluminum and aluminum base alloy basic shapes except aluminum foil.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3357</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Nonferrous wire, including insulated wire.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">336</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Nonferrous and Nonferrous Base Alloy Castings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3361</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Aluminum and aluminum base alloy castings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">2262</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Brass, bronze, copper, and copper base alloy castings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">339</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Primary Metal Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3391</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Iron and steel forgings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3392</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Nonferrous forgings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">34</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Fabricated Metal Products, Except Ordnance, Machinery, and Transportation Equipment.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">341</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Metal Cans.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">342</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Cutlery, Hand Tools, and General Hardware.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">343</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Plumbing Fixtures and Heating Apparatus, Except Electric.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3433</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Heating equipment, except electric.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">344</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Fabricated structural metal products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3441</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Fabricated structural metal products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">345</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Bolts, Nuts, Screws, Rivets, Washers, and Other Industrial Fasteners.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">346</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Metal Stampings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">348</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Fabricated Wire Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">349</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Fabricated Metal Products.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3491</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Metal barrels, drums, kegs, and pails.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3494</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Valves and pipe fittings (except plumbers' brass goods and fittings), fabricated pipe and fabricated pipe fittings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">35</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Machinery, Except Electrical.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">351</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Engines and Turbines.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">352</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Farm Machinery and Equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">353</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Construction, Mining and Materials Handling Equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3531</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Construction machinery and equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3532</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Mining machinery and equipment, except oil field machinery and equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3533</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Oil field machinery and equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3537</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Industrial trucks, tractors, trailers, and stackers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">354</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Metalworking Machinery and Equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">355</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Special Industry Machinery, Except Metalworking Machinery.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">356</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> General Industrial Machinery and Equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">357</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Office, Computing, and Accounting Machines.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">358</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Service Industry Machines.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">359</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Machinery and Parts, Except Electrical.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">36</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Electrical Machinery, Equipment and Supplies.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">361</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Electrical Transmission and Distribution Equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">362</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Electrical Industrial Apparatus.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">363</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Household Appliances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3631</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Household cooking equipment, all types.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3632</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Household refrigerators and home and farm freezers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3633</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Household laundry equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">364</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Electric Lighting and Wiring Equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">365</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Radio and TV Receiving Sets, Except Communication Types.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">366</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Communication Equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">367</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Electronic Components and Accessories.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">369</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Electrical Machinery, Equipment, and Supplies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">37</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Transportation Equipment.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">371</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Motor Vehicles and Motor Vehicle Equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3711</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Motor vehicles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">37111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Passenger cars, assembled.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">37112</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Truck tractors, and trucks, assembled.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">37113</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Motor coaches, assembled (including trolley busses) and fire department vehicles.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3712</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Passenger car bodies and body parts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3713</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Truck and bus bodies and body parts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3714</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Motor vehicle parts and accessories.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3715</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Truck trailers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">372</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Aircraft and Parts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">373</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Ships and Boats.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">374</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Railroad Equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">375</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Motorcycles, Bicycles, and Parts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">379</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Transportation Equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">38</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Instruments, Photographic and Optical Goods, Watches and Clocks.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">381</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Engineering, Laboratory, and Scientific Instruments.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">382</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Measuring, Controlling, and Indicating Instruments.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">383</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Optical Instruments and Lenses.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">384</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Surgical, Medical, and Dental Instruments and Supplies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">385</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Ophthalmic or Opticians' Goods.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">386</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Photographic Equipment and Supplies.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">387</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Watches, Clocks, Clockwork Operated Devices, and Parts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">39</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Miscellaneous Products of Manufacturing.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">391</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Jewelry, Silverware, and Plated Ware.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">393</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Musical Instruments and Parts.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">394</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Toys, Amusement, Sporting and Athletic Goods.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">3949</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Sporting and athletic goods.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">395</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Pens, Pencils, and Other Office and Artists' Materials.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">396</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Costume Jewelry, Novelties, Buttons, and Notions.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">398</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Manufactured Products—A.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">399</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Miscellaneous Manufactured Products—B.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Waste and Scrap Materials.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">401</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Ashes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">402</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Waste and Scrap, Except Ashes.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4021</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Metal scrap, waste and tailings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">40211</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Iron and steel scrap, wastes and tailings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4022</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Textile waste, scrap and sweepings.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4024</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Paper waste and scrap.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">4026</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">  Rubber and plastic scrap and waste.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">41</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Misc. Freight Shipments.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">411</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Misc. Freight Shipments.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">41111</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Outfits or kits.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">41114</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Articles, used except for repair, reconditioning (41115), returned empty (421), remelting 4021).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">41115</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Articles, used, returned for repair, incl. for reconditioning.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">412</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">   Miscellaneous Commodities Not Taken in Regular Freight Service.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">42</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Containers, Shipping, Returned Empty.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">421</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Containers, Shipping, Returned Empty Inc. Carriers or Devices.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">422</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Trailers, Semi-Trailers, Returned Empty.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">44</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Freight Forwarder Traffic.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">441</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Freight Forwarder Traffic, Carload or Truckload.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">45</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Shipper Association or Similar Traffic.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">451</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Shipper Association or Similar Traffic, Carload or Truckload.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">46</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Miscellaneous Mixed Shipments Exc. Forwarder See 44 Shipper Association See 45.</E>


</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">461</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> All Freight Rate Shipments, N.E.C., Inc. TOFC.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">462</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Mixed Shipments on One Factor Rates Cnstg. of Commodities Representing Two or More Major Industry Groups Where it is Impossible to Determine the Predominant Industry.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">47</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"><E T="04">Small Packaged Freight Shipments.</E>
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">471</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"> Small Packaged Freight Shipments, Including LCL or LTL.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20466, Dec. 20, 1967. Redesignated at 46 FR 9116, Jan. 28, 1981, and 46 FR 10745, Feb. 4, 1981]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1249" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1249—REPORTS OF TARE WEIGHT AND LOSS AND DAMAGE DATA
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 11144, 11145.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>87 FR 47640, Aug. 4, 2022, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1249.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.15.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1249.1   Annual Report of Tare Weight Data.</HEAD>
<P>Class I carriers, either individually or through AAR, shall annually file tare weight data, as detailed in the Annual Report of Tare Weight Data, with the Surface Transportation Board's Office of Economics no later than May 31 of each year. Forms and instructions are available at <I>www.stb.gov</I> and may also be obtained by contacting the Office of Economics.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1249.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.15.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1249.2   Annual Report of Loss and Damage Data.</HEAD>
<P>Class I carriers, either individually or through AAR, shall annually file loss and damage data, as detailed in the Annual Report of Loss and Damage Data, with the Surface Transportation Board's Office of Economics no later than May 31 of each year. Forms and instructions are available at <I>www.stb.gov</I> and may also be obtained by contacting the Office of Economics.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1250" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1250—RAILROAD PERFORMANCE DATA REPORTING
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321 and 11145.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>81 FR 87484, Dec. 5, 2016, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1250.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.16.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1250.1   General.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The reporting period covers:
</P>
<P>(1) For § 1250.2(a)(1)-(9), 12:01 a.m. Saturday-11:59 p.m. Friday;
</P>
<P>(2) For § 1250.2(a)(10), the previous calendar month;
</P>
<P>(3) For § 1250.2(a)(11), 12:01 a.m. Sunday-11:59 p.m. Saturday;
</P>
<P>(4) For § 1250.3(a)(1)-(2), 12:01 a.m. Saturday-11:59 p.m. Friday.
</P>
<P>(b) The data required under § 1250.2 and § 1250.3(a) must be reported to the Board via the method and in the form prescribed by the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance (OPAGAC) by 5 p.m. Eastern Time on Wednesday of each week. In the event that a particular Wednesday is a Federal holiday or falls on a day when STB offices are closed for any other reason, then the data should be reported on the next business day when the offices are open.
</P>
<P>(c) Each reporting railroad shall provide an explanation of its methodology for deriving the data with its initial filing and an update if and when that methodology changes. This explanation should include the unit train definition that the railroad will use in its data reporting, which shall reflect its assignment of train codes in accordance with its normal business practices. If and when a railroad changes its definition of unit train it shall notify the Board of the change at the time it goes into effect in the form prescribed by OPAGAC.
</P>
<P>(d) Unless otherwise provided, the performance data, Chicago data and alert levels, narrative infrastructure reporting, and any methodologies or explanations of data collection reported to the Board under this part will be publicly available and posted on the Board's Web site.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1250.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.16.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1250.2   Railroad performance data elements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each Class I railroad must report the performance data elements in paragraphs (a)(1)-(9) and (11) of this section on a weekly basis, and the data elements in paragraph (a)(10) on a monthly basis, for the reporting period, as defined in § 1250.1(a). However, with regard to data elements in paragraph (a)(7) and (8), Kansas City Southern Railway Company is not required to report information by state, but instead shall report system-wide data.
</P>
<P>(1) System-average train speed for the overall system and for the following train types for the reporting week. (Train speed should be measured for line-haul movements between terminals. The average speed for each train type should be calculated by dividing total train-miles by total hours operated.)
</P>
<P>(i) Intermodal.
</P>
<P>(ii) Grain unit.
</P>
<P>(iii) Coal unit.
</P>
<P>(iv) Automotive unit.
</P>
<P>(v) Crude oil unit.
</P>
<P>(vi) Ethanol unit.
</P>
<P>(vii) Manifest.
</P>
<P>(viii) System.
</P>
<P>(2) Weekly average terminal dwell time, measured in hours, excluding cars on run-through trains (<I>i.e.,</I> cars that arrive at, and depart from, a terminal on the same through train), for the carrier's system and its 10 largest terminals in terms of railcars processed. (Terminal dwell is the average time a car resides at a specified terminal location expressed in hours.)
</P>
<P>(3) Weekly average cars on line by the following car types for the reporting week. (Each railroad shall average its daily on-line inventory of freight cars. Articulated cars should be counted as a single unit. Cars on private tracks (<I>e.g.,</I> at a customer's facility) should be counted on the last railroad on which they were located. Maintenance-of-way cars and other cars in railroad service are to be excluded.)
</P>
<P>(i) Box.
</P>
<P>(ii) Covered hopper.
</P>
<P>(iii) Gondola.
</P>
<P>(iv) Intermodal.
</P>
<P>(v) Multilevel (Automotive).
</P>
<P>(vi) Open hopper.
</P>
<P>(vii) Tank.
</P>
<P>(viii) Other.
</P>
<P>(ix) Total.
</P>
<P>(4) Weekly average dwell time at origin for the following train types: Grain unit, coal unit, automotive unit, crude oil unit, ethanol unit, and all other unit trains. (For the purposes of this data element, dwell time refers to the time period from release of a unit train at origin until actual movement by the receiving carrier.)
</P>
<P>(5) The weekly average number of trains holding per day sorted by train type (intermodal, grain unit, coal unit, automotive unit, crude oil unit, ethanol unit, other unit, and manifest) and by cause (crew, locomotive power, or other). (Railroads are instructed to run a same-time snapshot of trains holding each day, and then to calculate the average for the reporting period.)
</P>
<P>(6) The weekly average of loaded and empty cars, operating in normal movement and billed to an origin or destination, which have not moved in 48 hours or more, sorted by service type (intermodal, grain, coal, crude oil, automotive, ethanol, fertilizer (the following Standard Transportation Commodity Codes (STCCs): 2812534, 2818142, 2818146, 2818170, 2818426, 2819173, 2819454, 2819815, 2871235, 2871236, 2871238, 2871244, 2871313, 2871315, and 2871451), chemicals or allied products (all STCC 28 not otherwise reported under ethanol or fertilizer), and all other).

In order to derive the averages for the reporting period, carriers should run a same-time snapshot each day of the reporting period, capturing cars that have not moved in 48 hours or more. The number of cars captured on the daily snapshot for each category should be added, and then divided by the number of days in the reporting period. In deriving this data, carriers should include cars in normal service anywhere on their system, but should not include cars placed at a customer facility; in constructive placement; placed for interchange to another carrier; in bad order status; in storage; or operating in railroad service (<I>e.g.,</I> ballast).
</P>
<P>(7) The weekly total number of grain cars loaded and billed, reported by state, aggregated for the following STCCs: 01131 (barley), 01132 (corn), 01133 (oats), 01135 (rye), 01136 (sorghum grains), 01137 (wheat), 01139 (grain, not elsewhere classified), 01144 (soybeans), 01341 (beans, dry), 01342 (peas, dry), and 01343 (cowpeas, lentils, or lupines). “Total grain cars loaded and billed” includes cars in shuttle service; dedicated train service; reservation, lottery, open and other ordering systems; and private cars. Additionally, separately report the total cars loaded and billed in shuttle service (or dedicated train service), if any, versus total cars loaded and billed in all other ordering systems, including private cars.
</P>
<P>(8) For the aggregated STCCs listed in § 1250.2(a)(7), for railroad-owned or leased cars that will move in manifest service, each railroad shall report by state the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Running total of orders placed;
</P>
<P>(ii) The running total of orders filled;
</P>
<P>(iii) For orders which have not been filled, the number of orders that are 1-10 days past due and 11+ days past due, as measured from when the car was due for placement under the railroad's governing tariff.
</P>
<P>(9) Weekly average coal unit train loadings or carloadings versus planned loadings for the reporting week by coal production region. Railroads have the option to report unit train loadings or carloadings, but should be consistent week over week.
</P>
<P>(10) For Class I carriers operating a grain shuttle program, the average grain shuttle turns per month, for the total system and by region, versus planned turns per month, for the total system and by region. This data shall be included in the first weekly report of each month, covering the previous calendar month.
</P>
<P>(11) Weekly carloads originated and carloads received in interchange by 23 commodity categories, separated into two subgroups:
</P>
<P>(i) Twenty-two historical commodity categories.
</P>
<P>(A) Chemicals.
</P>
<P>(B) Coal.
</P>
<P>(C) Coke.
</P>
<P>(D) Crushed Stone, Sand and Gravel.
</P>
<P>(E) Farm Products except Grain.
</P>
<P>(F) Food and Kindred Products.
</P>
<P>(G) Grain Mill Products.
</P>
<P>(H) Grain.
</P>
<P>(I) Iron and Steel Scrap.
</P>
<P>(J) Lumber and Wood Products.
</P>
<P>(K) Metallic Ores.
</P>
<P>(L) Metals.
</P>
<P>(M) Motor Vehicles and Equipment.
</P>
<P>(N) Non Metallic Minerals.
</P>
<P>(O) Petroleum Products.
</P>
<P>(P) Primary Forest Products.
</P>
<P>(Q) Pulp, Paper and Allied Products.
</P>
<P>(R) Stone, Clay and Glass Products.
</P>
<P>(S) Waste and Scrap Materials.
</P>
<P>(T) All Other.
</P>
<P>(U) Containers.
</P>
<P>(V) Trailers.
</P>
<P>(ii) Fertilizer commodity category.
</P>
<P>(A) Fertilizer (for STCCs defined in paragraph (a)(6) of this section).
</P>
<P>(B) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 87484, Dec. 5, 2016, as amended at 82 FR 13402, Mar. 13, 2017; 85 FR 30851, May 21, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1250.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.16.0.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1250.3   Chicago terminal reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each Class I railroad operating at the Chicago gateway must jointly report the following performance data on a weekly basis for the reporting period, as defined in § 1250.1(a). The reports required under this section may be submitted by the Association of American Railroads (AAR).
</P>
<P>(1) Average daily car volume in the following Chicago area yards: Barr, Bensenville, Blue Island, Calumet, Cicero, Clearing, Corwith, Gibson, Kirk, Markham, and Proviso for the reporting week; and
</P>
<P>(2) Average daily number of trains held for delivery to Chicago sorted by receiving carrier for the reporting week. The average daily number should be derived by taking a same time snapshot each day of the reporting week, capturing the trains held for each railroad at that time, and then adding those snapshots together and dividing by the days in the reporting week.
</P>
<P>(i) For purposes of this request, “held for delivery” refers to a train staged by the delivering railroad short of its scheduled arrival at the Chicago gateway at the request of the receiving railroad, and that has missed its scheduled window for arrival.
</P>
<P>(ii) If Chicago terminal yards not identified in § 1250.2(b)(1) are included in the Chicago Transportation Coordination Office's (CTCO) assessment of the fluidity of the gateway for purposes of implementing service contingency measures, then the data requested in § 1250.2(b)(1) shall also be reported for those yards.
</P>
<P>(b) The Class I railroad members of the CTCO (or one Class I railroad member of the CTCO designated to file on behalf of all Class I railroad members, or AAR) must:
</P>
<P>(1) File a written notice with the Board when the CTCO changes its operating Alert Level status, within one business day of that change in status.
</P>
<P>(2) If the CTCO revises its protocol of service contingency measures, file with the Board a detailed explanation of the new protocol, including both triggers and countermeasures, within seven days of its adoption.
</P>
<P>(c) Reports under paragraph (b) of this section shall be reported to the Director of the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs and Compliance (OPAGAC) via the method and in the form prescribed by OPAGAC.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1250.4" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.16.0.9.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1250.4   Rail infrastructure projects reporting.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Class I railroads shall submit annually a narrative report of significant rail infrastructure projects that will be commenced during the current calendar year, and a six-month update on those projects. The reports should briefly describe each project, its purpose, location (state/counties), and projected date of completion.
</P>
<P>(b) A “significant rail infrastructure project” is defined as a project with anticipated expenditures of $75 million or more over the life of the project.
</P>
<P>(c) The narrative report should be submitted no later than March 1 of each calendar year and the update no later than September 1 of each calendar year via email to the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs and Compliance (OPAGAC) via the method and in the form prescribed by OPAGAC. In the event that March 1 or September 1 is a Federal holiday, weekend, or falls on a day when STB offices are closed for any other reason, then the data should be reported on the next business day when the offices are open.





,
</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1251" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1251—RAILROAD SERVICE DATA REPORTING


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321 and 49 U.S.C. 11145.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>91 FR 25153, May 8, 2026, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1251.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.17.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1251.1   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply to this part:
</P>
<P><I>Affiliated companies</I> has the same meaning as “affiliated companies” in Definition 5 of the Uniform System of Accounts (49 CFR part 1201, subpart A).
</P>
<P><I>Bad order cars</I> means cars that must undergo repair before completing their trips due to mechanical, safety, or structural problems.
</P>
<P><I>Cut-off time</I> means the deadline for requesting service within a service window, as determined in accordance with the Class I rail carrier's established protocol.
</P>
<P><I>Delivery</I> means when a shipment is actually placed at a designated destination or is constructively placed at a local railroad yard that is convenient to the designated destination. In the case of an interline movement, a shipment will be deemed to be delivered to the receiving carrier or its agent or affiliated company when the shipment is offered for interchange.
</P>
<P><I>Designated destination</I> means the final destination as specified in the bill of lading or, in the case of an interline movement, the interchange where the shipment is offered to the receiving carrier, its agent, or affiliated company.
</P>
<P><I>Industry spot and pull</I> means the local placement (“spot”) and pick-up (“pull”) of railcars (regardless of ownership) at a shipper's or receiver's facility.
</P>
<P><I>Manifest traffic</I> means shipments that move in carload or non-unit train service.
</P>
<P><I>Original estimated time of arrival</I> or <I>OETA</I> means the estimated time of arrival that the rail carrier provides when the shipper releases the shipment with all necessary and customary documentation or, in the case of an interline movement, when a shipment is reported delivered in interchange and confirmed to have physically been delivered to the receiving carrier with necessary and customary documentation for furtherance.
</P>
<P><I>Planned service window</I> means a service window for which the shipper or receiver requested local service, provided that the shipper or receiver made its request by the cut-off time for that window.
</P>
<P><I>Service window</I> means a window in which the rail carrier offers to perform local service (placements and/or pick-ups of railcars) at a shipper's or receiver's facility. A service window must be made available by a rail carrier with reasonable advance notice to the shipper or receiver and in accordance with the carrier's established protocol.
</P>
<P><I>Shipment</I> means a loaded railcar that is designated in a bill of lading.
</P>
<P><I>Time of arrival</I> means the time that a shipment is delivered to the designated destination.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1251.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.17.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1251.2   Service metrics reporting.</HEAD>
<P>All Class I rail carriers shall report to the Board on a weekly basis, in a manner and form determined by the Surface Transportation Board (Board), the data described in this section. Each Class I rail carrier shall provide, with its initial data submission, a document explaining its methodology for deriving the data. If a carrier's methodology changes, the carrier shall file an updated methodology document with the first data submission that reflects the methodology change. The Director of the Board's Office of Economics may require a carrier to revise its methodology and submit revised metrics for past periods to ensure data quality and utility. The service metrics in this section apply only to the data collection contemplated under this part.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Original estimated time of arrival</I>—(1)<I> OETA metric.</I> The OETA metric is the percentage of shipments on a carrier's system that moved in manifest service and were delivered to the designated destination no later than 24 hours after the OETA, out of all shipments on the carrier's system that moved in manifest service during that week. For the purpose of calculating the OETA metric, once a carrier has communicated an OETA to a customer, that time shall not be changed by any subsequent changes to the original trip plan of the car, unless the change to the original trip plan is made in response to a shipper's request or a shipper's failure to make cars available for pick-up.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>OETA applicability.</I> The OETA metric applies to shipments that travel as manifest traffic only within the United States. The OETA metric does not apply to cars placed in bad order status during shipment.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Industry spot and pull (ISP)</I>—(1) <I>ISP metric.</I> The ISP metric is the percentage of scheduled spots or pulls (<I>i.e.,</I> those requested by a shipper or receiver before the applicable cut-off time) that were successfully performed during the planned service windows, out of the total number of spots or pulls that were scheduled for that week. A Class I rail carrier must report the ISP metric for each of its operating divisions and for the carrier's overall system. For reporting at the operating division level, a Class I rail carrier may establish reporting regions using any geographic boundaries it chooses, provided that it identifies the boundaries in its methodology document submitted to the Board.
</P>
<P>(i) Failure to spot a constructively placed railcar that has been ordered in by the cut-off time applicable to the customer for a planned service window shall be included as a failure in calculating the ISP metric. This includes “spot on arrival” railcars (<I>i.e.,</I> railcars that may be placed without placement instructions) that have been constructively placed for any reason.
</P>
<P>(ii) Failure to spot a “spot on arrival” railcar for a planned service window shall be included as a failure in calculating the ISP metric if the railcar arrived at the local yard that services the customer and was ready for local service before the cut-off time applicable to the customer.
</P>
<P>(iii) If a Class I rail carrier cancels a service window, other than at the shipper's or receiver's request, each planned spot or pull from the cancelled service window shall be included as a failure in calculating the ISP metric.
</P>
<P>(iv) When a rail customer causes a Class I rail carrier to miss a spot or a pull during a planned service window, those spots or pulls will not be considered failures in calculating the ISP metric.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>ISP applicability.</I> The ISP metric shall not include unit trains, intermodal traffic, or cars placed in bad order status after arrival at the serving yard.






</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1252" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1252 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1253" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1253—RATE-MAKING ORGANIZATION; RECORDS AND REPORTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 10706, 13703, 11144, and 11145.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<NOTE>
<HED>Note:</HED>
<P>The report forms prescribed by part 1253 are available upon request from the Office of Economics, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC.</P></NOTE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1253.10" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.19.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1253.10   Accounts.</HEAD>
<P>Accounts shall be kept by each conference, bureau, committee, or other organization subject to sections 5a or 5b to record all receipts and expenditures of moneys. Such accounts shall be kept with sufficient particularity to show the facts pertaining to all transactions reflected in the entries made in the accounts. All receipts shall be supported by records, including records showing the basis for charges to members. All disbursements shall be supported by vouchers, payrolls, canceled checks, and other evidences of expenditures, including the basis for any apportionment of expense items to members.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20474, Dec. 20, 1967]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1253.20" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.19.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1253.20   Other records.</HEAD>
<P>Each such organization subject to sections 5a or 5b shall maintain:
</P>
<P>(a)(1) A file for each proposal relating to rates, fares, classifications, divisions, allowances, or charges (including charges between carriers and compensation paid or received for the use of facilities and equipment), or rules and regulations pertaining thereto, which shall contain the complete proposal, all procedural documents issued, protests, memoranda, amendments, reports, etc., submitted and any other correspondence respecting the matter proposed. Also reports or minutes of all proceedings at any oral, committee or public hearing held thereon and the determination relating thereto;
</P>
<P>(2) a file covering each petition or protest filed by the organization against tariff publications of a member for suspension of rates or other matters published for such member carrier;
</P>
<P>(3) a file covering each instruction or request for publication by independent action.
</P>
<P>(b) All accounts and other records covered by this part shall be filed in such manner as to be readily accessible for examination by representatives of the Board.
</P>
<P>(c) All rate bureaus are required to:
</P>
<P>(1) Advise the Board of any change in legal address by notifying the Chief of Case Administration, Office of Chief Counsel; and
</P>
<P>(2) Submit information to the Board when requested.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[32 FR 20474, Dec. 20, 1967, as amended at 47 FR 37904, Aug. 27, 1982; 74 FR 52912, Oct. 15, 2009; 91 FR 4856, Feb. 3, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1253.30" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.19.0.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1253.30   Retention of records.</HEAD>
<P>Each organization subject to sections 5a or 5b shall retain records or documents relating to its transactions or activities in accordance with part 1220, Preservation of Records, of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[40 FR 50389, Oct. 29, 1975]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1260-1269" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1260-1269 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1280-1299" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1280-1299—CLASSIFICATION AND DECLASSIFICATION OF NATIONAL SECURITY INFORMATION AND MATERIAL


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1280" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1280—HANDLING OF NATIONAL SECURITY INFORMATION AND CLASSIFIED MATERIAL
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>E.O. 12356.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>49 FR 7832, Mar. 2, 1984, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1280.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.22.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1280.1   Purpose.</HEAD>
<P>To set forth those provisions of the Surface Transportation Board Security Regulations to the extent that they affect the general public.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1280.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.22.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1280.2   Policy.</HEAD>
<P>It is the policy of the Surface Transportation Board to act in accordance with Executive Order 12356, dated April 6, 1982, in matters relating to national security information.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1280.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.22.0.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1280.3   Authority to classify.</HEAD>
<P>The Board does not have authority of its own to classify any of its internally generated documents. The only documents handled by the Board which are classified as confidential, secret, or top secret are those generated by Executive Branch Agencies with original classification authority.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1280.4" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.22.0.9.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1280.4   Responsibility for handling of classified documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Responsible Official. Primary responsibility for the handling of classified documents shall rest with the Assistant to the Director of the Office of Compliance and Consumer Assistance, who is also Emergency Coordinator for the Board. All documents bearing the terms “Top Secret,” “Secret,” and “Confidential” shall be delivered to the Emergency Coordinator or his/her alternate immediately upon receipt. The alternate is also an Assistant to the Director of the Office of Compliance and Consumer Assistance as set forth in § 1280.4(b) of the rules. All potential recipients of such documents shall be advised of the name of the Emergency Coordinator. In the event that the Emergency Coordinator or his/her alternate is not available to receive such documents, they shall be turned over to the Associate Director, Office of Compliance and Consumer Assistance, and secured, unopened, in the combination safe located in Room 5325 of the headquarters building until the Emergency Coordinator or alternate is available. All material not immediately deliverable to either the Emergency Coordinator, alternate, or the Associate Director, Office of Compliance and Consumer Assistance, shall be delivered at the earliest opportunity. Under no circumstances shall classified material that cannot be delivered to the Emergency Coordinator be stored other than in the designated safe in Room 5325 of the STB headquarters building.
</P>
<P>(b) The alternate to the Emergency Coordinator for the receipt and handling of documents mentioned in paragraph (a) of this section, shall be the other Assistant to the Director, Office of Compliance and Consumer Assistance.
</P>
<P>(c) Any person whose position requires access to classified information must execute Form SF #189.
</P>
<P>(d) Any contracts with media representatives by personnel with access to classified material and involving such material will be cleared through the Emergency Coordinator and more than one person shall be present during any briefing or interview.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1280.5" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.22.0.9.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1280.5   Safeguarding of classified material.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Reproduction of classified material shall take place only when absolutely necessary, and in accordance with section 2001.46 of the Directive. Should copies be made, they are subject to the same controls as the original document. Records showing the number and distribution of copies shall be maintained by the Emergency Coordinator and the log stored with the original documents.
</P>
<P>(b) Any suspected or actual unauthorized disclosures of classified information shall be reported to the Emergency Coordinator or Alternate. An immediate investigation will be undertaken by the Emergency Coordinator or Alternate to establish all facts surrounding the disclosure. The Emergency Coordinator or Alternate shall ascertain the nature of the information disclosed and the extent to which it has been disseminated and will maintain records of disclosures as evaluated and investigated.
</P>
<P>(c) Any suspected or actual unauthorized disclosure of classified information will be reported as soon as possible to the Department of Justice and the Information Security Oversight Office.
</P>
<P>(d) Any unauthorized disclosure of classified information or any failure to cooperate with the investigation of unauthorized disclosures by an employee shall be cause for appropriate disciplinary or other remedial action as provided in the Board's Canons of Conduct, 49 CFR 1000.735-31.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[49 FR 7832, Mar. 2, 1984, as amended at 54 FR 38998, Sept. 22, 1989]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1280.6" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.22.0.9.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1280.6   Storage of classified documents.</HEAD>
<P>All classified documents shall be stored in the safe located in Room 5325 of the STB headquarters building. In those instances where the Emergency Coordinator is not available to receive classified documents, they may be stored, unopened, in the safe located in Room 5325.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1280.7" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.22.0.9.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1280.7   Education of employees.</HEAD>
<P>All employees who have been granted a security clearance and who have occasion to handle classified materials shall be advised of the procedures outlined in 49 CFR part 1280. They shall also be required to review Executive Order 12356 and appropriate directives of the Information Security Oversight Office (ISOO). This shall be achieved by a memorandum to all affected employees at the time these procedures are implemented, and by appropriate instructions to new employees receiving security clearances in the future.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1280.8" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.22.0.9.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1280.8   Requests for mandatory review.</HEAD>
<P>Because the Board does not itself generate classified documents, any requests made for mandatory review shall be coordinated by the Emergency Coordinator with appropriate officials of the Department or Agency responsible for issuance of the document involved.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1281-1299" NODE="49:9.1.1.1.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1281-1299 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV4>


<DIV4 N="D" NODE="49:9.1.1.2" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER D—CARRIER RATES AND SERVICE TERMS


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="1300" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1300—DISCLOSURE, PUBLICATION, AND NOTICE OF CHANGE OF RATES AND OTHER SERVICE TERMS FOR RAIL COMMON CARRIAGE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321 and 11101(f).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>61 FR 35140, July 5, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1300.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.24.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1300.1   Scope; definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions of this part address the requirements imposed on rail carriers by 49 U.S.C. 11101(b), 11101(c), 11101(d) and 11101(f).
</P>
<P>(b) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the provisions of this part apply to any common carriage transportation or service provided by a rail carrier subject to the jurisdiction of the Surface Transportation Board under 49 U.S.C. 10501.
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions of this part do not apply to any transportation or service provided by a rail carrier under a contract authorized under 49 U.S.C. 10709 or former 49 U.S.C. 10713 (repealed effective January 1, 1996).
</P>
<P>(d) The provisions of this part do not apply to any transportation or service provided by a rail carrier to the extent that such transportation or service is exempted from rate notice and disclosure requirements pursuant to an exemption issued under 49 U.S.C. 10502 or former 49 U.S.C. 10505 (repealed effective January 1, 1996).
</P>
<P>(e) For the purposes of this part, “service terms” means all classifications, rules, and practices that affect the rates, charges, or level of service for rail transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1300.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.24.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1300.2   Disclosure requirement for existing rates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A rail carrier must disclose to any person, upon formal request, the specific rate(s) requested (or the basis for calculating the specific rate(s)), as well as all charges and service terms that may be applicable to transportation covered by the rate(s). For purposes of § 1300.4(a)(1) of this part, a formal request under this part is one that clearly notifies the railroad that the requester seeks not only immediate information but also notification of any future increases in the rate(s) involved or changes in pertinent service terms.
</P>
<P>(b) The information provided by a rail carrier under this section must be provided immediately. (It is expected that the response will be sent within hours, or at least by the next business day, in most situations.) Such information may be provided either in written or electronic form as agreed to by the parties. If the parties cannot agree, such information is to be provided in electronic (non-passive) form where both parties have the requisite capabilities; otherwise, it is to be provided in writing.
</P>
<P>(c) A rail carrier may, at its option, require that all requests submitted under this section be in written or electronic form, although the carrier may permit oral requests.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1300.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.24.0.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1300.3   Response to request for establishment of a new rate.</HEAD>
<P>Where a shipper or a prospective shipper or person acting on behalf of a shipper or a prospective shipper requests that the carrier establish a rate in the absence of an existing rate for particular transportation, the carrier must promptly establish and provide to the requester a rate and applicable service terms. The information may be provided either in written or electronic form, as agreed to by the parties. If the parties cannot agree, such information is to be provided in electronic (non-passive) form where both parties have the requisite capabilities; otherwise, it is to be provided in writing. The response should be provided as soon as reasonably possible, but no later than 10 business days from receipt of the request. If a carrier determines that additional information is required from the requester before a rate or term can be established, the carrier must so notify the requester as soon as possible, but no later than 10 business days after receipt of the request. Once the additional information is received, the carrier must set the rate and related service terms, and relay them to the requester, as soon as reasonably possible, but no later than 10 business days from the receipt of the additional information. (However, the parties may agree to a different time period, in which case these time periods would not apply.) A rail carrier may, at its option, require that requests submitted under this section be in written or electronic form, although the carrier may permit oral requests.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1300.4" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.24.0.9.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1300.4   Notice requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A rail carrier may not increase any rates or charges, or change any service terms (except for changes that are equivalent to rate reductions), unless 20 days have expired after written or electronic notice has been provided to all persons who, within the previous 12 months:
</P>
<P>(1) Have formally requested under ;§ 1300.2 or § 1300.3 of this part the affected rates or service terms; or
</P>
<P>(2) Have made arrangements with the carrier for a future shipment that would be subject to the increased rates or changed service terms.
</P>
<P>(b) The notice required by this section may be in written or electronic form, as agreed to by the parties. If the parties cannot agree, the information is to be provided in electronic (non-passive) form where both parties have the requisite capabilities; otherwise, it is to be provided in writing.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, a mailed notice is deemed “provided” on the date such notice is postmarked.
</P>
<P>(d) The notice required by this section must clearly identify the increases in rates or charges or the changes in service terms.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1300.5" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.24.0.9.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1300.5   Additional publication requirement for agricultural products and fertilizer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) With respect to transportation of agricultural products (including grain, as defined in 7 U.S.C. 75, and all products thereof) and fertilizer, a rail carrier shall publish, make available, and retain for public inspection its currently effective rates, schedules of rates, charges, and other service terms, and any scheduled changes to such rates, charges, and service terms. This requirement is in addition to the requirements imposed by §§ 1300.2, 1300.3, and 1300.4 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The information published under this section must include an accurate description of the services offered to the public; must provide the specific applicable rates (or the basis for calculating the specific applicable rates), charges, and service terms; and must be arranged in a way that allows for the determination of the exact rate, charges, and service terms applicable to any given shipment (or to any given group of shipments). Increases, reductions and other changes must be symbolized or highlighted in some way to facilitate ready identification of the changes, the nature of those changes and their effective dates.
</P>
<P>(c) A rail carrier must make the information available at offices where it normally keeps rate information. Access to the information at such offices must be provided to any person, without charge, during normal business hours. If a rail carrier is a Class I rail carrier, it must also make the information readily available online to any person without charge. Class I rail carriers may require persons accessing such information to register, but such registration requirements may not be overly burdensome, must provide timely access to the information, and cannot prevent specific types of persons from obtaining the information. Persons having difficulty accessing the information required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section may either send a written inquiry addressed to the Director, Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance or telephone the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance.
</P>
<P>(d) A rail carrier must also make the required publications available to all persons (hereinafter referred to as subscribers) who have subscribed to a publication service operated either by the rail carrier itself or by an agent acting at the rail carrier's direction. Such publications may be made available either in printed or in electronic form as agreed to by the parties. Any scheduled changes must be published in a manner that provides timely notice to subscribers. A rail carrier may impose reasonable charges for such publications. Publications may be limited to the specific information requested by the subscriber, and charges for such limited publications should be set accordingly.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 35140, July 5, 1996, as amended at 82 FR 31277, July 6, 2017]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1301" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1301 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1302" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.26" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1302—EXPORT AND IMPORT SHIPMENTS; RAILROADS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 884.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>32 FR 20541, Dec. 20, 1967, unless otherwise noted.
</PSPACE></SOURCE>
<CROSSREF>
<HED>Cross References:</HED>
<P>For United States Customs Service, Department of the Treasury; see Customs Duties, 19 CFR Chapter I. For Foreign-Trade Zones Board; see Commerce, 15 CFR Chapter IV. For regulations of International Trade Administration concerning foreign trade statistics; see Commerce, 15 CFR Chapter III.</P></CROSSREF>

<DIV7 N="9" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.26.0.9" TYPE="SUBJGRP">
<HEAD>Charges for Rail Transportation When Water Transportation Performed in Vessels Not Documented Under Laws of the United States</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1302.41" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.26.0.9.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1302.41   Suspension of statute.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of section 28 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, are hereby further suspended from and including the first day of January, 1921, until further order of this Board.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1302.42" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.26.0.9.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1302.42   Further suspension of statute.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Order of March 11, 1924, as modified, which terminated order of June 14, 1920, as modified, suspending provisions of section 28 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, until further order of the Board, is hereby vacated and set aside.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of said order of June 14, 1920, as modified by the supplemental orders of July 27, 1920, December 11, 1920, and February 7, 1921, specified in paragraph (a) of this section, shall continue in force until further order of the Board.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1302.43" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.26.0.9.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1302.43   Applicable rates on shipments in transit when statute becomes effective.</HEAD>
<P>The following conditions are hereby prescribed as supplemental to the orders aforesaid suspending the provisions of section 28 of the Merchant Marine Act, that is to say, that notwithstanding the provisions of the aforesaid section 28 may become effective during the time when export or import shipments are in transit to or from the ports of export or import the following conditions shall be observed.
</P>
<P>(a) With respect to all export shipments delivered to and receipted for by common carriers subject to the provisions of section 6 of the Interstate Commerce Act (section 6, 24 Stat. 380, as amended; 49 U.S.C. 6(13)) the rates to the ports in force and applicable upon said shipments via the lines of said carriers upon the date of delivery to and receipt by such carriers shall be applied to said shipments; and,
</P>
<P>(b) With respect to all import shipments delivered to and receipted for by common carriers subject to the provisions of section 6 of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 6 (13)) the rates from the ports in force and applicable to said shipments over the lines of said carriers upon the date of delivery to and receipt by such carriers shall be applied to said shipments.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV7>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1305" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.27" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1305—DISCLOSURE AND NOTICE OF CHANGE OF RATES AND OTHER SERVICE TERMS FOR PIPELINE COMMON CARRIAGE
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321(a) and 15701(e).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>61 FR 35141, July 5, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1305.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.27.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1305.1   Scope; definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions of this part address the requirements imposed on pipeline carriers by 49 U.S.C. 15701(b) and 15701(c). Such requirements apply to pipeline carriers only with respect to the transportation of commodities other than water, gas, or oil.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the provisions of this part apply to any transportation or service provided by a pipeline carrier subject to the jurisdiction of the Surface Transportation Board under 49 U.S.C. 15301.
</P>
<P>(c) The provisions of this part do not apply to any transportation or service provided by a pipeline carrier to the extent that such transportation or service is exempted from rate notice and disclosure requirements pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 15302.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purposes of this part, <I>service terms</I> means all classifications, rules, and practices that affect the rates, charges, or level of service for pipeline transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1305.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.27.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1305.2   Disclosure requirement for existing rates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A pipeline carrier must disclose to any person, on request, the specific rate(s) requested (or the basis for calculating the specific rate(s)), as well as all charges and service terms that may be applicable to transportation covered by those rate(s).
</P>
<P>(b) The information provided by a pipeline carrier under this section must be provided immediately. (It is expected that the response will be sent within hours, or at the latest by the next business day, in most situations.) Such information may be provided either in writing or in electronic form, as agreed to by the parties. If the parties cannot agree, such information is to be provided in electronic form where both parties have the requisite capabilities; otherwise, it is to be provided in writing.
</P>
<P>(c) A pipeline carrier may, at its option, require that all requests submitted under this section be in writing or electronic form, or the carrier may permit oral requests.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1305.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.27.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1305.3   Response to request for establishment of a new rate.</HEAD>
<P>Where a shipper or a prospective shipper, or a person acting on behalf of a shipper or a prospective shipper, requests that the carrier establish a rate in the absence of an existing rate for particular transportation, the carrier must promptly establish and provide to the requester a rate and applicable service terms. The information may be provided either in writing or in electronic form, as agreed to by the parties. If the parties cannot agree, such information is to be provided in electronic form where both parties have the requisite capabilities; otherwise, it is to be provided in writing. The response should be provided as soon as reasonably possible, but no later than 10 business days from receipt of the request. If a carrier determines that additional information is required from the requester before a rate or term can be established, the carrier must so notify the requester as soon as possible, but no later than 10 business days after receipt of the request. Once the additional information is received, the carrier must set the rate and related service terms, and relay them to the requester, as soon as possible, but no later than 10 business days. The time period for response set forth in this section will not apply when the parties agree to a different time period. A pipeline carrier may, at its option, require that requests submitted under this section be in writing or electronic form, or the carrier may permit oral requests.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1305.4" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.27.0.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1305.4   Notice requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A pipeline carrier may not increase any rates or charges, or change any service terms (except for changes that are equivalent to rate reductions) unless 20 days have expired after written or electronic notice has been provided to all persons who, within the previous 12 months:
</P>
<P>(1) Have requested, under § 1305.2 or § 1305.3, the affected rates or service terms; or
</P>
<P>(2) Have made arrangements with the carrier for a shipment that would be subject to the increased rates or changed service terms.
</P>
<P>(b) The notice required by this section may be provided either in writing or in electronic form, as agreed to by the parties. If the parties cannot agree, the information is to be provided in electronic form where both parties have the requisite capabilities; otherwise, it is to be provided in writing.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this section, a mailed notice is deemed “provided” on the date such notice is postmarked.
</P>
<P>(d) The notice required by this section must clearly identify the increase in rates or charges or the change in service terms.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1310" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.28" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1310—TARIFF REQUIREMENTS FOR HOUSEHOLD GOODS CARRIERS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321(a), 13702(a), 13702(c) and 13702(d).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 5171, Feb. 4, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1310.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.28.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1310.1   Scope; definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The provisions of this part address the tariff requirements imposed by 49 U.S.C. 13702 on motor carriers and freight forwarders for the transportation of household goods, and the notice requirements with which such carriers must comply in order to be entitled to enforce the provisions of their tariffs against individuals whose shipments are subject to such tariffs.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of this part apply to all movements of household goods defined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and to those movements of household goods defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section that are not provided under contracts entered into pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 14101(b) or former 49 U.S.C. 10702 (repealed January 1, 1996).
</P>
<P>(c) For the purposes of this part, the term <I>household goods</I> means personal effects and property used or to be used in a dwelling, when a part of the equipment or supply of such dwelling, and similar property if the transportation of such effects or property is:
</P>
<P>(1) Arranged and paid for by the householder, including transportation of property from a factory or store when the property is purchased by the householder with intent to use in his or her dwelling; or
</P>
<P>(2) Arranged and paid for by another party.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purposes of this part <I>service terms</I> means all classifications, rules, regulations and practices that affect the rates, charges, or level of service for movements of household goods.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1310.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.28.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1310.2   Requirement to maintain tariffs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except when providing transportation for charitable purposes without charge, carriers subject to the Board's jurisdiction under Chapter 135 of Title 49 of the United States Code may provide transportation or service for movements of household goods only if the rates, and related rules and practices, for such transportation or service are contained in a published tariff that is in effect under this section. The carrier may not charge or receive a different compensation for the transportation or service than the rate specified in the tariff, whether by returning a part of that rate to a person, by giving a person a privilege, by allowing the use of a facility that affects the value of that transportation or service, or through another device. Tariffs shall be published in the English language and rates shall be stated in money of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) Tariffs maintained pursuant to this part must be available for inspection by the Board, and must be provided to the Board promptly and free of charge, upon request, by mail or other delivery service.
</P>
<P>(c) A carrier that maintains a tariff pursuant to this part may not enforce the provisions of the tariff unless the carrier has given notice that the tariff is available for inspection in its bill of lading or by other actual notice to individuals whose shipments are subject to the tariff, as provided in § 1310.4 of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) The Board may invalidate a tariff prepared by or on behalf of a carrier under this part if that tariff violates 49 U.S.C. 13702 or the regulations contained in this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1310.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.28.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1310.3   Contents of tariffs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Tariffs prepared under this part must include an accurate description of the services offered to the public; must provide the specific applicable rates, charges and service terms; and must be arranged in a way that allows for the determination of the exact rate, charges and service terms applicable to any given shipment. Increases, reductions and other changes must be symbolized or highlighted in some way to facilitate ready identification of the changes and their effective dates.
</P>
<P>(b) All information necessary to determine applicable rates, charges and service terms for a given shipment need not be contained in a single tariff, but if multiple tariffs are used to convey that information, the tariff containing the rates must make specific reference to all other tariffs required to determine applicable rates, charges and service terms. The carrier(s) party to the rate(s) must participate in all of the tariffs so linked and all such tariffs must be made available to shippers upon reasonable request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1310.4" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.28.0.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1310.4   Incorporation of tariff provisions by reference.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Carriers that maintain tariffs pursuant to this part may incorporate the terms of such tariffs by reference (i.e., without stating their full text) into the bill of lading or other document embodying the contract of carriage for the transportation of household goods, provided that:
</P>
<P>(1) The bill of lading or other document must contain a conspicuous notice that the contract of carriage incorporates the terms of the carrier's tariffs; the carrier must give notice that its tariffs are available for inspection in its bill of lading or by other actual notice to individuals whose shipments are subject to such tariffs; and the carrier must make the full text of incorporated terms readily available for inspection by the shipper, free of charge, upon request. If such terms cannot be made available immediately, they must be made available promptly and free of charge by mail or other delivery service.
</P>
<P>(2) If the incorporated terms include any of the terms set forth in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iii) of this section, the notice on the bill of lading or other document must indicate that such terms are included; the shipper must be provided with a brief summary of the principal features of such terms on or with the document; and the shipper must be able to obtain a more complete explanation of such terms upon request.
</P>
<P>(i) Limits on the carrier's liability for loss, damage, or delay of goods, including fragile or valuable goods.
</P>
<P>(ii) Claim restrictions, including time periods within which shippers or consignees must file a claim or bring an action against the carrier for its acts or omissions or those of its agents.
</P>
<P>(iii) Rights of the carrier to impose monetary penalties on shippers or consignees, increase the price of the transportation, or change any terms of the contract.
</P>
<P>(b) A carrier may not claim the benefit as against a shipper or consignee of, and a shipper or consignee shall not be bound by, any tariff term that is incorporated by reference under this section unless the carrier has complied with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) The disclosure requirements established by this section preempt any State requirements on the same subject, for tariff terms that are incorporated by reference into the bill of lading or other document embodying the contract of carriage for the transportation of household goods.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1310.5" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.28.0.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1310.5   Availability of tariffs at carrier offices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each carrier shall maintain, at its principal office, a complete set of its effective tariffs and those to which it is a party.
</P>
<P>(b) Each carrier shall also maintain some or all of its tariffs at its other business offices, upon request. Carriers shall provide information regarding all locations where tariffs may be viewed.
</P>
<P>(c) At all points where tariffs are maintained, they shall be made available for inspection by any person during the carrier's normal business hours. The tariffs shall be accessible and readable. The carrier shall also display, in a conspicuous place in those locations, a notice, in large print, which contains a statement that the tariffs are available for public inspection.
</P>
<P>(d) At all other carrier business offices, the carrier shall display a notice advising the public of the location of the nearest available tariff. The notice shall be in large print and posted in a conspicuous place. In addition, the carrier shall, upon request, make its tariffs available at that location as soon as possible but not later than within 20 days, or provide the sought information orally if satisfactory to the requestor.
</P>
<P>(e) Any publication referred to in a tariff must be maintained with that tariff.
</P>
<P>(f) If any tariff maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section has not been used for a substantial length of time, the availability of that tariff, including its reissues, may be discontinued at that office until such time as it is again requested. It shall then be made available within 20 days.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1310.6" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.28.0.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1310.6   Furnishing copies of tariff publications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Copies of tariffs, specific tariff provisions or tariff subscriptions shall be provided upon request to any interested person.
</P>
<P>(b) Except for providing to shippers the full text of tariff terms incorporated by reference into the bill of lading or other document embodying the contract of carriage for the transportation of household goods, as described in § 1310.4(a)(1), carriers may assess charges for furnishing copies of tariff publications to interested persons. If a charge is made, the charge must be reasonable, and identical for the same publications and delivery service.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1312" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1312—REGULATIONS FOR THE PUBLICATION, FILING, AND KEEPING OF TARIFFS FOR THE TRANSPORTATION OF PROPERTY BY OR WITH A WATER CARRIER IN NONCONTIGUOUS DOMESTIC TRADE


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321(a), 13702(a), 13702(b), and 13702(d).</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 19058, Apr. 18, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1312.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.1   Scope; definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> The provisions of this part address the requirements in 49 U.S.C. 13702 that carriers subject to the Board's jurisdiction under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 135 and providing transportation or service for the movement of property (except bulk cargo, forest products, recycled metal scrap, waste paper, and paper waste) by or with a water carrier in noncontiguous domestic trade shall publish and file with the Board tariffs containing the rates for such transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exceptions.</I> The provisions of this part do not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Any transportation or service provided by a carrier pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 14101(b); or
</P>
<P>(2) The transportation of any cargo or type of cargo or service which was not subject to regulation by, or under the jurisdiction of, either the Federal Maritime Commission (FMC) or the Interstate Commerce Commission under Federal law in effect on November 1, 1995.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this part:
</P>
<P><I>Act</I> means part B of subtitle IV of title 49 of the United States Code.
</P>
<P><I>Agent</I> means a person, association or corporation authorized to publish and file rates and provisions on behalf of one or more carriers in tariffs published in the agent's name.
</P>
<P><I>Agent's tariff</I> means a tariff filed in the name of an agent.
</P>
<P><I>Board</I> means the Surface Transportation Board.
</P>
<P><I>Bound tariff</I> means a tariff consisting of two or more sheets bound at the left edge in pamphlet or book form or a single-sheet tariff.
</P>
<P><I>Carrier</I> means a motor carrier, water carrier or freight forwarder subject to the Board's jurisdiction under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 135.
</P>
<P><I>Carrier's tariff</I> means a tariff filed in the name of a carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Collectively established tariff matter</I> means a rate, charge, rule or other tariff provision established pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 13703.
</P>
<P><I>Independently established tariff matter</I> means any rate, charge, rule or other tariff provision not established pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 13703.
</P>
<P><I>Item</I> means a tariff provision of any kind bearing an item number designation.
</P>
<P><I>Joint rate</I> means a rate that applies over the lines or routes of two or more carriers made by an agreement between the carriers and effected by a concurrence or power of attorney.
</P>
<P><I>Joint tariff</I> means a tariff that contains joint rates or provisions affecting joint rates.
</P>
<P><I>Local rate</I> means a rate that applies only to one carrier.
</P>
<P><I>Local tariff</I> means a tariff that contains local rates or provisions affecting local rates.
</P>
<P><I>Looseleaf page</I> means a single page published as part of a new or reissued looseleaf tariff or as an amendment to such a tariff.
</P>
<P><I>Looseleaf tariff</I> means a tariff consisting of looseleaf pages.
</P>
<P><I>Noncontiguous domestic trade</I> means transportation subject to jurisdiction under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 135 involving traffic originating in or destined to Alaska, Hawaii, or a territory or possession of the United States.
</P>
<P><I>Original tariff</I> means a bound or looseleaf tariff as originally filed excluding amendments.
</P>
<P><I>Page</I> means that portion of a tariff or supplement printed on one side of a sheet.
</P>
<P><I>Post</I> refers to making filed tariffs available to the public.
</P>
<P><I>Publication</I> means a bound tariff, a tariff supplement, a looseleaf tariff page, or an electronically published tariff.
</P>
<P><I>Rate</I> means a rate or charge.
</P>
<P><I>Service terms</I> mean all classifications, rules and practices that affect the rates or level of service.
</P>
<P><I>Supplement</I> means a single sheet, or two or more sheets bound at the left edge in pamphlet or book form, identified as a supplement and published to amend or cancel a bound or looseleaf tariff.
</P>
<P><I>Tariff</I> means an issuance (in whole or in part) bearing designations required by this part and containing rates, rules, regulations, classifications or other provisions published and filed with the Board for compliance with 49 U.S.C. 13702.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 19058, Apr. 18, 1997, as amended at 64 FR 5195, Feb. 3, 1999; 84 FR 20294, May 9, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.2   Requirement to publish and file a tariff.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Requirement for tariff.</I> Except when providing transportation for charitable purposes without charge, or when providing transportation or service described in § 1312.1(b), carriers subject to the Board's jurisdiction under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 135 may provide transportation or service described in § 1312.1(a) only if the rates, and related rules and practices, for such transportation or service are contained in a published tariff that is on file with the Board and in effect under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Adherence to tariff.</I> The carrier may not charge or receive a different compensation for the transportation or service than the rate specified in the tariff, whether by returning a part of that rate to a person, giving a person a privilege, allowing the use of a facility that affects the value of that transportation or service, or another device.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other information.</I> Provisions for information purposes only may be included in a tariff, provided they are clearly identified as such. Such provisions may include rates and service terms covering transportation not subject to regulation by the Board, and advertising and promotional material.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effect of filing.</I> The tender of a tariff and its receipt and acceptance by the Board do not relieve a carrier of liability for violations of the Act, other laws, the Board's regulations, or any decision of the Board or a court, or have any effect on the rights of persons to file complaints for substantive violations of the Act or the Board's regulations.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Invalidation of tariffs.</I> Tariffs that violate section 13702 of the Act, or a regulation of the Board carrying out that section, may be invalidated by the Board. When a tariff is invalidated, the party that filed it will be furnished a written explanation of the reasons for such action. Tariffs issued in lieu of invalidated tariffs shall so state.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 19058, Apr. 18, 1997, as amended at 84 FR 20294, May 9, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.3   Tariff contents and standards; Essential criteria.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contents.</I> Tariffs filed with the Board, including tariffs published, filed, and kept electronically in accordance with § 1312.4(b), must: Be filed in English; include an accurate description of the services offered to the public; provide the specific applicable rates explicitly stated in U.S. dollars and cents (or the basis for calculating the specific applicable rates) and service terms; and be arranged in a way that allows for the determination of the exact rate(s) and service terms applicable to any given shipment (or to any given group of shipments). Tariffs that are electronically kept on the internet must also provide the date on which a new tariff or any change in any tariff matter first appears on the internet and the date on which it becomes effective.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Use of multiple tariffs.</I> All information necessary to determine applicable rates and service terms for a given shipment need not be contained in a single tariff, but if multiple tariffs are used to convey that information, the tariff containing the rates must make specific reference (by STB tariff designation) to all other tariffs required to determine applicable rates and service terms, and the carrier(s) party to the rates must participate in all of the tariffs so linked.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Clarity.</I> Tariff information must be presented in a way that facilitates the determination of the prices and services offered, and the related service terms. Ambiguous terms and complex methods of presentation shall not be used.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Explanations.</I> Reference marks and abbreviations, other than commonly used abbreviations, shall be explained either in the item in which they are used or in a separate item.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 19058, Apr. 18, 1997, as amended at 84 FR 20295, May 9, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.4" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.4   Filing of tariffs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Paper filing requirements.</I> (1) Two copies of each tariff publication shall be filed with the Board. Packages containing tariff filings should be prominently marked “TARIFF FILING” and addressed to: Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs and Compliance, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001. Tariffs shall be printed on paper not larger than 8
<FR>1/2</FR> x 11 inches.
</P>
<P>(2) A paper tariff filing must be accompanied by an authorized document of transmittal identifying each publication filed, and by the appropriate filing fee (see 49 CFR part 1002). Acknowledgement of Board receipt of a paper tariff filing can be obtained by enclosing a duplicate transmittal letter and a postage-paid, self-addressed return envelope. Each transmittal letter shall clearly indicate in the upper left-hand corner thereof:
</P>
<P>(i) The assigned alpha code of the issuing carrier or agent;
</P>
<P>(ii) The number of pages transmitted;
</P>
<P>(iii) The filing fee enclosed method of payment (pursuant to 49 CFR 1002.2(a)); and
</P>
<P>(iv) The transmittal number if the filer utilizes transmittal numbers.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic filing requirements.</I> As an alternative to the paper tariff filing procedures set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, a water carrier may file its tariffs electronically in accordance with the procedures and requirements of this section. Tariffs published, filed, and kept electronically in accordance with the requirements of this section shall be deemed to be on file with the Board for purposes of 49 U.S.C. 13702(b).
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Annual certification.</I> A water carrier that seeks to file its tariff electronically must electronically file an annual certification with the Board, made by the water carrier's duly authorized corporate officer. The annual certification must be submitted to the Board on the first business day in October each year. The Director of the Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance or a designee will acknowledge receipt of each carrier's certification in writing. The annual certification shall include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Certification that it is a water carrier operating in the noncontiguous domestic trade subject to the Board's jurisdiction;
</P>
<P>(ii) Certification that it is in compliance with the regulations of this section for purposes of publishing, filing, and keeping its tariff electronically;
</P>
<P>(iii) Certification that it is in compliance with all other regulations in this part, except those specifically applicable to tariffs maintained in paper format;
</P>
<P>(iv) An active link to the internet address of tariffs;
</P>
<P>(v) The assigned alpha code of the issuing carrier or agent; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Confirmation of electronic payment of the filing fee (pursuant to 49 CFR 1002.2(a)).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Sample text for the annual certification.</I>
</P>
<P>[Name of Director, Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance], Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs and Compliance, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC.
</P>
<P>Dear Director: I, [name of signor], certify that I am [title of office] of [name of water carrier], a water carrier operating in the noncontiguous domestic trade subject to the jurisdiction of the Surface Transportation Board, that [name of water carrier] is in compliance with the regulations at part 1312 for purposes of publishing, filing, and keeping its tariff electronically, and that it is in compliance with all other regulations at part 1312, except those specifically applicable to tariffs maintained in paper format.
</P>
<P>The internet address where [name of water carrier]'s tariffs can be located is:
</P>
<P>This internet address is current as of [date].
</P>
<P>I further declare (certify, verify or state) under penalty of perjury [“under the laws of the United States of America” if executed outside of the United States of America] that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on [date].
</P>
<P>Sincerely,
</P>
<P>[signature of a duly authorized corporate officer of water carrier]
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Tariff access requirement.</I> (i) A water carrier must provide the Board with at least two business days advance notice of any planned outage when its tariff will not be available on the internet, and prompt notice on any occasion when the tariff becomes unavailable due to circumstances beyond the carrier's control. Notice shall be submitted by email to <I>tariffs@stb.gov</I>. In the event of any outage, carriers are required to make alternative arrangements with the agency to ensure that the Board receives the tariffs in effect during the outage.
</P>
<P>(ii) A water carrier may establish reasonable registration requirements for purposes of public access to its current tariff and historical tariff information, such as requiring a user to provide his or her name and email address; however, such requirements may not limit tariff access to any particular group or class of users (such as shippers or potential shippers) or impose unreasonable burdens on the user, such as access fees or a showing of need.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Historical tariff information and archiving.</I> Tariffs kept on the internet by a water carrier must allow the Board and the public to retrieve historical versions, including all rates and applicable rules, for a period of not less than five years, beginning on the date when a carrier first electronically files its tariffs under these regulations.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[84 FR 20295, May 9, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.5" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.5   Amendments to tariffs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Manner of making changes.</I> An amendment is a change in, addition to, or cancellation of part of a tariff. Supplements are the tariff publications used to amend bound tariffs, and new or revised pages are the tariff publications normally used to amend looseleaf tariffs, although looseleaf tariffs can also be amended by supplements. Tariffs can also be canceled by new or reissued tariffs (see § 1312.7).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supplements.</I> Supplements issued to amend a tariff shall be consecutively numbered. Each new supplement shall identify any supplement(s) that it cancels, and any supplement(s) that are still in effect. A tariff amendment published in a supplement may be carried forward to later supplements if it is identified as reissued without change from the supplement in which it was originally published.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Looseleaf pages.</I> Looseleaf pages to an original tariff shall be designated as “Original” (e.g., Original Title Page, Original Page 1, Original Page 2, etc.). Looseleaf pages issued to amend the tariff shall bear consecutive revision numbers and shall cancel the prior version(s) of the same page (e.g., 1st Revised Page 1 Cancels Original Page 1, 2nd Revised Page 1 Cancels 1st Revised Page 1, etc.). Additional original pages may also be issued to amend a tariff, by adding new numbered pages after the last numbered page, or by adding existing numbered pages with alphabetic suffixes (e.g., a page designated as Original Page 2-A could be added between pages 2 and 3, etc.). Each looseleaf tariff shall include a Check Sheet, a Correction Number Check Sheet, or some other method of determining the looseleaf pages issued to amend such tariff.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.6" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.6   Advance notice required.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice requirement.</I> Unless otherwise specifically authorized by the Board, tariffs must be filed with the Board on not less than the notice shown in paragraph (b) of this section. Notice means the number of days the publication is on file with the Board prior to its effective date(s). The date the publication is received by the Board counts as the first day of notice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Length of notice.</I> A tariff may not become effective earlier than:
</P>
<P>(1) Thirty days after filing for all collectively established tariff matter.
</P>
<P>(2) Seven workdays after filing for independently established increased tariff matter.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon filing for independently established new tariff matter, independently established reduced tariff matter, the addition or restoration of a carrier's participation in a tariff, a correction to the list of participating carriers in a tariff (other than the cancellation of a carrier's participation), an extension of the expiration date of tariff matter, or a postponement of the effective date of proposed tariff matter.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Receipt of tariffs by the Board.</I> The Board will receive tariff filings between the hours of 8:30 A.M. and 5:00 P.M. Eastern Time on workdays. Tariff filings delivered to the Board on other than a workday, or after 5:00 P.M. on a workday, will be considered as received the next workday.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> For the purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Increased</I> means any tariff change that results in higher charges to the payer of freight charges or reduced service at the same rate;
</P>
<P><I>New</I> means an initial rate or other provision for a new service;
</P>
<P><I>Reduced</I> means any tariff change that results in lower charges to the payer of freight charges or expanded service at the same rate; and
</P>
<P><I>Workdays</I> means all days except Saturdays, Sundays and all Federal holidays observed in the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice for purposes of electronically filed tariffs.</I> A water carrier that keeps its tariffs on the internet must comply with the notice requirements set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, provided however, that the relevant notice periods set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section shall run from the date on which the tariff matter first appears in the water carrier's tariff on the internet.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 19058, Apr. 18, 1997, as amended at 64 FR 5195, Feb. 3, 1999; 84 FR 20295, May 9, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.7" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.7   STB tariff designation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Format.</I> Every tariff shall show an authorized tariff designation consisting of:
</P>
<P>(1) The characters “STB”;
</P>
<P>(2) The assigned alpha code of the carrier or agent issuing the tariff; and
</P>
<P>(3)(i) The tariff number (selected by the carrier or agent) to distinguish that tariff from all other tariffs filed by the same issuing carrier or agent. Tariff numbers shall not exceed 5 numerical digits and may be followed by not more than 2 letter suffixes. Examples of tariff numbers are:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP-1>STB XXXX 100
</FP-1>
<FP-1>STB XX 8000-A
</FP-1>
<FP-1>STB XXXX 12345-AB</FP-1></EXTRACT>
<P>(ii) Suffixes may be used only to designate reissues of tariffs. As an example, a reissue of tariff 1000 could be designated 1000-A, a reissue of tariff 1000-A could be designated 1000-B, etc.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Alpha codes.</I> Alpha codes are assigned to carriers and tariff agents by the National Motor Freight Traffic Association, Inc., 2200 Mill Road, Alexandria, VA 22314.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Fees for assignment.</I> Fees may be assessed for the assignment of codes, but may not exceed the processing costs.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Code listing.</I> A list of the assigned alphabetical codes, and the names of the carriers and agents to which they are assigned, as well as subsequent changes to the list, shall be submitted to the Board's Section of Tariffs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.8" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.8   Identification of tariff publication.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Every tariff publication filed with the Board shall include:
</P>
<P>(1) The STB tariff designation;
</P>
<P>(2) The name of the issuing carrier or agent;
</P>
<P>(3) The name of the tariff; and
</P>
<P>(4) The issue and effective dates of the publication.
</P>
<P>(b) If the publication contains matter effective on other than the general effective date, the notation (Except as Noted) shall be included with the general effective date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.9" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.9   Statement of tariff application and other title page requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Every new or reissued tariff or supplement filed with the Board shall lead with a title page. The title page of each tariff or supplement shall include the expiration date of the tariff or supplement, if applicable. The title page of each tariff shall also provide the complete name and address of the issuing carrier or agent; a contact person and telephone number; the certificate or operating authority number, if applicable; and a succinct statement of territorial application, mode of serving carrier(s), type of rates, and description of tariff content. EXAMPLES:
</P>
<P>(a) Local water carrier rates on FREIGHT, ALL KINDS from points in Alaska to points in the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) Joint motor/water commodity rates in containerized service between interior points in the United States and ports in Puerto Rico and Hawaii; and governing rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.10" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.10   Notification of tariff changes and nature of changes.</HEAD>
<P>Every publication filed with the Board containing tariff changes shall clearly identify such changes and their nature (whether an increase or decrease in service, rates or transportation charges).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.11" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.11   Special notification for ordered matter.</HEAD>
<P>Every tariff publication containing matter filed in compliance with a Board decision or court order shall indicate in the publication the relevant decision or order, and as well the number of days' notice authorized or required.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.12" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.12   Posting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General posting requirements.</I> (1) Each carrier shall maintain, at its principal office, a complete set of its tariffs (proposed and effective) and those to which it is a party.
</P>
<P>(2) Each carrier shall also maintain some or all of its tariffs at other locations, as may be useful. Carriers shall provide information regarding all locations where tariffs may be viewed.
</P>
<P>(3) At all points where tariffs are posted, they shall be made available for inspection by any person during the carrier's normal business hours. The tariffs shall be accessible and readable. The carrier shall also post, in a conspicuous place in those locations, a notice, in large print, which contains a statement that the tariffs are available for public inspection.
</P>
<P>(4) At all other carrier business offices, the carrier shall display a notice advising the public of the location of the nearest available tariff. The notice shall be in large print and posted in a conspicuous place. In addition, the carrier shall, upon request, make particular tariffs available at that location as soon as possible but not later than within 20 days, or provide the sought information orally if satisfactory to the requestor.
</P>
<P>(5) Any publication referred to in a tariff must be posted with that tariff.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Exception to the posting requirements.</I> If any tariff maintained pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section has not been used for a substantial length of time, the posting of that tariff, including its reissues, may be discontinued at that station until such time as a request is made to have it reposted. It shall then be reposted within 20 days.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Exemption for electronically filed tariffs.</I> A water carrier that publishes, files, and keeps its tariffs electronically in accordance with § 1312.4(b) is exempt from the posting requirements of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 19058, Apr. 18, 1997, as amended at 84 FR 20296, May 9, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.13" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.13   Furnishing copies of tariff publications.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Definitions. Subscriber,</I> as used in this section, means any person (other than carrier participants in a tariff) that is voluntarily furnished, or that requests that it be furnished, one or more copies of a particular tariff with or without subsequent amendments or reissues of that tariff.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Sending new publications to subscribers.</I> (1) The publishing carrier or agent shall send each newly-issued tariff, supplement, or loose-leaf page as requested to each subscriber by first class mail, or other means requested in writing by the subscriber.
</P>
<P>(2) Newly-issued tariffs, supplements, or loose-leaf pages shall be sent to each subscriber not later than the time the copies for official filing are sent to the Board.
</P>
<P>(3) Carriers or agents may, if acceptable to a subscriber, furnish only specific portions of original tariffs and amendments affecting those portions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certification.</I> The letter of transmittal accompanying the copies filed with the Board shall contain the following certification:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I certify that compliance with 49 CFR 1312.13 has been made.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Charges.</I> (1) If any charge is made, the charge for copies of tariff publications sent to subscribers shall be reasonable, and identical for the same publications.
</P>
<P>(2) No charge may be made (even for the cost of sending the publication) for any publication that is invalidated by the Board.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Notice of invalidation.</I> If a publication is invalidated, the subscribers shall be notified.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Alternative subscription services.</I> The service described in this section must be available to any subscriber requesting it; however, the requirement to offer such service does not preclude the offering of different services to subscribers requesting those services.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Exemption for electronically filed tariffs.</I> A water carrier that publishes, files, and keeps its tariffs electronically in accordance with § 1312.4(b) is exempt from this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 19058, Apr. 18, 1997, as amended at 84 FR 20296, May 9, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.14" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.14   Powers of attorney and concurrences.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Authorization.</I> Rates and services of a carrier must be filed in a tariff issued in that carrier's name unless they are filed:
</P>
<P>(1) In an agent's tariff when the carrier has executed a power of attorney authorizing that individual or entity to serve as its tariff agent; or
</P>
<P>(2) In a tariff of another carrier through issuance of a concurrence to the latter carrier authorizing the first carrier's participation in joint rates and through routes.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclosure of authorization.</I> If two or more carriers execute powers of attorney to the same agent, it is not necessary for those carriers to exchange concurrences to participate in joint rates in that agent's tariffs. Powers of attorney and concurrences are not to be filed with the Board, but shall be provided to any person on request.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.15" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.15   Change of carrier or agent.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Change in carrier.</I> When a carrier's name is lawfully changed, or a fiduciary assumes possession and control of a carrier's property, all affected tariffs must be amended to reflect the change. The amendments required by this paragraph shall be filed promptly and, if possible, prior to their effective date, but in no case later than 60 days thereafter. Regardless of the date the tariff is actually filed, the effective date for an amendment required by this paragraph is the date the event occurs. A water carrier that publishes, files, and keeps its tariffs electronically in accordance with § 1312.4(b) shall promptly submit any such change by email to <I>tariffs@stb.gov</I>, but in no case later than 20 days after the effective date.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Change of agent.</I> When a new agent is appointed to take over an agency, or when an alternate agent assumes the duties of the principal agent, each of the superseded agent's effective tariffs shall immediately be amended to reflect the change, bearing an effective date the same as the date of the transfer. In the case of a new agent, this may only occur after one or more of the participating carriers issues a power of attorney to the new agent, and revokes the previous power of attorney. At the same time, all affected tariffs will be amended to reflect the new powers of attorney, and all carriers who have not issued them must be canceled from the tariff. A water carrier that publishes, files, and keeps its tariffs electronically in accordance with § 1312.4(b) shall promptly submit any such change of agent by email to <I>tariffs@stb.gov</I>, but in no case later than 200 days after the effective date.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[62 FR 19058, Apr. 18, 1997, as amended at 84 FR 20296, May 9, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1312.16" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.29.0.10.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1312.16   Substitution of service.</HEAD>
<P>If a water or motor carrier (hereafter referred to as Carrier A) desires to have the option of substituting the services of a carrier of a different transportation mode (hereafter referred to as Carrier B) for part of its movement of a shipment, it may do so if:
</P>
<P>(a) The shipment moves on the bill of lading that would be used if Carrier A were performing the service;
</P>
<P>(b) Carrier A assumes the responsibility for the lading while it is in the possession of Carrier B; and
</P>
<P>(c) Movement of the lading has been made prior to, or will be made subsequent to, the service performed by Carrier B.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1313" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.30" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1313—RAILROAD CONTRACTS FOR THE TRANSPORTATION OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321(a) and 10709.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>61 FR 68669, Dec. 30, 1996, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1313.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.30.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1313.1   Scope; definition of terms.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part addresses the provisions of 49 U.S.C. 10709 that require rail carriers to file with the Board a summary of each contract for the transportation of agricultural products (including grain, as defined in 7 U.S.C. 75 and products thereof) and that allow complaints to be filed with the Board regarding such contracts.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of this part do not apply to any transportation that is exempted from the Board's contract regulation pursuant to an exemption issued under 49 U.S.C. 10502 or former 49 U.S.C. 10505 (repealed effective January 1, 1996).
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this part, the term contract means an agreement, including any amendment thereto, entered into by one or more rail carriers and one or more purchasers of rail services to provide specified transportation of agricultural products (including grain, as defined in 7 U.S.C. 75 and products thereof) under specified rates and conditions. The term amendment includes contract modifications agreed to by the parties.
</P>
<P>(d) An amended contract is treated as a new contract under this part. Remedies are revived and review is again available, upon complaint.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1313.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.30.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1313.2   Contract summary filing requirement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Rail carriers subject to the jurisdiction of the Surface Transportation Board under 49 U.S.C. 10501 must promptly file with the Board a summary of each contract entered into for the transportation of agricultural products.
</P>
<P>(b) Contract summaries not in compliance with this part may be rejected by the Board. If a contract summary is rejected, it will be considered as not filed, and the carrier must promptly file a corrected contract summary to replace the rejected summary.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1313.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.30.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1313.3   Board review; contract disapproval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Board review. (1) No later than 30 days after a contract summary is filed, the Board may, on complaint, begin a proceeding to review such contract on the grounds described in § 1313.9.
</P>
<P>(2) If the Board begins a proceeding, it shall determine, within 30 days after the proceeding is commenced, whether the contract is in violation of 49 U.S.C. 10709.
</P>
<P>(b) Contract disapproval. If the Board finds that the contract is in violation of 49 U.S.C. 10709, it will:
</P>
<P>(1) Disapprove the contract; or
</P>
<P>(2) Where the Board finds unreasonable discrimination, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 10709(g)(2)(B)(i), order the contracting carrier(s) to provide to the complainant(s) rates and service substantially similar to those contained in the contract at issue, with such differences in terms and conditions as are justified by the evidence.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Applicable rates/charges if a contract is disapproved.</I> If the Board disapproves a contract (or contract amendment), the appropriate non-contract rates/charges (or the contract provisions otherwise in effect) will be applicable.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1313.4" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.30.0.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1313.4   Filing procedures and formats for contract summaries.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing of Summaries.</I> (1) Two copies of each contract summary, containing the applicable information specified in §§ 1313.6, 1313.7, or 1313.8, as appropriate, must be filed with the Board as soon as possible, but no longer than 7 days after the date of the contract (or contract amendment).
</P>
<P>(2) The outside envelope or wrapper containing one or more contract summaries must be prominently marked “Rail Contract Summary” and addressed to: Tariffs Branch, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423.
</P>
<P>(3) A transmittal letter identifying the submitted publication(s), and the name and telephone number of a contact person, must accompany each filing of one or more contract summaries. Each transmittal letter shall clearly indicate in the upper left-hand corner thereof:
</P>
<P>(i) The assigned alpha code of the filing carrier;
</P>
<P>(ii) The number of summaries transmitted;
</P>
<P>(iii) The filing fee enclosed (pursuant to 49 CFR 1002.2(a)); and
</P>
<P>(iv) The transmittal number if the filer utilizes transmittal numbers.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contract summary title page.</I> The title page of each contract summary must contain only the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) In the upper right corner, the contract summary number (see paragraph (c) of this section), followed by the amendment number if an amended contract summary.
</P>
<P>(2) In the center of the page, the filing carrier's name, followed by the words “CONTRACT SUMMARY” or “AMENDED CONTRACT SUMMARY”, as applicable, in large print.
</P>
<P>(3) Date of contract and its effective date.
</P>
<P>(4) In the center lower portion, the individual submitting the filing, and the name of the individual(s) for service of complaints (if not the same individual). If not otherwise noted, a complainant may rely on service to the individual submitting the filing.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contract summary numbering system.</I> (1) The contract summary identification number must include the word “STB,” the standard carrier alphabetic code for the filing railroad (limited to four letters), the letter “C,” and a sequential number, with each separated by a hyphen. The following is an example: the 357th contract summary filed by the Conrail would have the following identification number: “STB-CR-C-357.”
</P>
<P>(2) At its option, the carrier may issue contract summaries with nonconsecutive numbers if it assigns blocks of numbers for specific uses. An index to the blocks of reserved numbers shall be filed with the Board.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Format requirements for contract summary information.</I> (1) The contract summary must enumerate and have each item required in §§ 1313.6, 1313.7 or 1313.8 of this part, as applicable, completed. When the item does not pertain to the contract, the term “Not Applicable” (“NA”) shall be used.
</P>
<P>(2) Changes in prior contract summaries must be underscored and must be followed by the words “addition,” “deletion,” “extension,” “cancellation,” or other appropriate descriptive phrase in parentheses. If the change to the contract is only in confidential matter, a statement to that effect must be made in the amended contract summary and must indicate the particular feature to which the change applies (i.e., rate, special feature, etc.). If “not applicable” is permitted in the original summary under §§ 1313.6 through 1313.8 of this part, the amended summary may use “not applicable” with a notation that a change pertained only to confidential data.
</P>
<P>(3) Amended contract summaries may not substitute phrases such as “not applicable” or “no change” where disclosure was required in the original contact summary (such as in the commodity description); amended contract summaries must set forth all required non-confidential terms in the contract, whether amended or not.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 68669, Dec. 30, 1996, as amended at 84 FR 12946, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1313.5" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.30.0.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1313.5   Contract and contract summary availability.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) A contract summary filed under these rules shall be made available for public inspection in the Tariffs Branch of the Surface Transportation Board.
</P>
<P>(2) A contract summary filed under these rules also shall be made available by the carrier(s) participating in the contract, upon reasonable request.
</P>
<P>(b) Where not already required by § 1313.10(a)(5) of this part, the contract for which a summary is filed under these rules shall be provided immediately to the Board, upon request, for its use in carrying out its functions under the statute.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1313.6" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.30.0.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1313.6   Contract summary for agricultural commodities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Summary information.</I> The summary of a contract for the transportation of agricultural commodities must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Carrier names.</I> A list, alphabetically arranged, of the corporate names of all carriers that are parties to the contract, and their addresses for service of complaints.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Specific commodity.</I> The specific commodity or commodities to be transported under the contract. Vague commodity descriptions such as “grain” are not permitted, even if that is the commodity description in the contract.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Shipper identity.</I> The specific identity of the shipper party to the contract, as well as any other party or parties on whose behalf that shipper is acting (to the extent known).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Specific origins, destinations, transit points, and other shipper facilities.</I> (i) Each specific origin and destination point to and from which the contract applies. Vague descriptions such as “various points in Kansas” are not acceptable. Broad geographic descriptions such as “all stations in Kansas” are permitted only to the extent such terms are actually used in the contract and such origins and destinations are subject to specific identification by reference to available publications.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each port involved.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each transit point identified in the contract.
</P>
<P>(iv) Each shipper facility affecting performance under the contract (if not included in the origin/destination points or transit points), to the extent identified in the contract or known to the contracting parties.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Contract duration.</I> (i) The date on which the contract has or will become applicable to the transportation services covered by the contract.
</P>
<P>(ii) The termination date of the contract, and any terms for automatic extension or renewal of the contract.
</P>
<P>(iii) Any provisions for optional extension.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Rail car data.</I> (i) Either the information in paragraph (a)(6)(A) of this section or the certified statement in paragraph (a)(6)(B) of this section as follows:
</P>
<P>(A) The number of dedicated cars (or, at the carrier's option, car days), by major car type, to be used to fulfill the contract or contract options, including those that are:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) Available and owned by the carrier(s) listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) Available and leased by those carrier(s), with average number of bad-order cars identified; and
</P>
<P>(<I>3</I>) (Optional) On order (for ownership or lease), along with delivery dates.
</P>
<P>(B) A certified statement that:
</P>
<P>(<I>1</I>) The shipper will furnish the rail cars used for the transportation provided under the contract, and that those rail cars will not be leased from the carrier; or
</P>
<P>(<I>2</I>) The contract is restricted to services which do not entail car supply.
</P>
<P>(ii) For contract summaries filed on or before September 30, 1998, a certified statement that the cumulative equipment total for all contracts for the transportation of agricultural commodities (including forest products, but not including wood pulp, wood chips, pulpwood or paper) does not exceed 40 percent of the capacity of carrier-owned and -leased cars by applicable car type.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Rates and charges.</I> (i) The specific base rates and/or charges that would apply without the contract.
</P>
<P>(ii) A summary of any escalation provisions in the contract.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Volume.</I> All volume, car and/or train size requirements, as set forth in the contract, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Movement type (single-car, multiple-car, unit-train).
</P>
<P>(ii) Minimum and actual volume requirements under the contract, by applicable period(s) (annual, quarterly, etc.).
</P>
<P>(iii) Volume breakpoints affecting the contract.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Special features.</I> The existence (but not the terms or amount) of any special features, such as transit-time commitments, credit terms, discounts, switching, special demurrage, guaranteed or minimum percentages, etc.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supplemental information.</I> In the event a complaint is filed that is directed at a carrier's ability to fulfill its common carrier obligation with carrier-furnished cars, the carrier(s) shall immediately supplement the information contained in the contract summary by submitting to the Board, and supplying to the complainant, additional data on the cars used to fulfill the challenged contract. This additional data shall include (by major car type used to fulfill the contract):
</P>
<P>(1) Total bad-car orders;
</P>
<P>(2) Assigned car obligations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Free-running cars.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1313.7" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.30.0.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1313.7   Contract summary for grain products—involving a port.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Summary information.</I> The summary of a contract for the transportation of grain products that involves service to or from a port must contain the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Carrier names.</I> A list, alphabetically arranged, of the corporate names of all carriers that are parties to the contract, and their addresses for service of complaints.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Specific commodity.</I> The specific commodities to be transported under the contract. Broad commodity descriptions such as “grain products” are permitted only to the extent that is the commodity description in the contract.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Contract duration.</I> (i) The date on which the contract has or will become applicable to the transportation services covered by the contract.
</P>
<P>(ii) The termination date of the contract, and any terms for automatic extension or renewal of the contract.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Rates and charges.</I> (i) The specific base rates and/or charges that would apply without the contract.
</P>
<P>(ii) The existence (but not the terms or amount) of any escalation provisions.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Volumes.</I> The existence (but not the terms or amount) of any provisions regarding movement type (e.g. single-car, multiple-car, unit-train) or minimum volume requirements.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Special features.</I> The existence (but not the terms or amount) of special features such as transit time commitments, guaranteed car supply, minimum percentage of traffic requirements, credit terms, discounts, etc.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Rail car data.</I> Either the information in paragraph (a)(7)(i) of this section or the certified statement in paragraph (a)(7)(ii) of this section as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The number of dedicated cars (or, at the carrier's option, car days), by major car type, to be used to fulfill the contract or contract options, including those that are:
</P>
<P>(A) Available and owned by the carrier(s) listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
</P>
<P>(B) Available and leased by those carrier(s), with average number of bad-order cars identified; and
</P>
<P>(C) (Optional) On order (for ownership or lease), along with delivery dates.
</P>
<P>(ii) A certified statement that:
</P>
<P>(A) The shipper will furnish the rail cars used for the transportation provided under the contract, and that those rail cars will not be leased from the carrier; or
</P>
<P>(B) The contract is restricted to services which do not entail car supply.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Ports.</I> (i) The port(s) involved.
</P>
<P>(ii) Either the mileages (rounded to the nearest 50 miles) between the port and each inland origin or destination, or the specific inland origin and destination points.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supplemental information.</I> In the event a complaint is filed that is directed at a carrier's ability to fulfill its common carrier obligation with carrier-furnished cars, the carrier(s) shall immediately supplement the information contained in the contract summary by submitting to the Board, and supplying to the complainant, additional data on the cars used to fulfill the challenged contract. This additional data shall include (by major car type used to fulfill the contract):
</P>
<P>(1) Total bad-car orders;
</P>
<P>(2) Assigned car obligations; and
</P>
<P>(3) Free-running cars.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1313.8" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.30.0.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1313.8   Contract summary for grain products—not involving a port.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Summary information.</I> The summary of a contract for the transportation of grain products that does not involve service to or from a port must contain the information specified in § 1313.7, paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3) and (7). It must also contain the information specified in § 1313.7(a)(6) if the contract contains such terms.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supplemental information.</I> In the event a complaint is filed that is directed at a carrier's ability to fulfill its common carrier obligation with carrier-furnished cars, the carrier(s) shall immediately supplement the information contained in the contract summary by submitting to the Board, and supplying to the complainant, additional data specified in § 1313.7(b).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1313.9" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.30.0.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1313.9   Grounds for complaints and contract review.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A complaint may be filed against a contract covered by this part:
</P>
<P>(1) By any shipper on the ground that such shipper individually will be harmed because the contract unduly impairs the ability of the contracting rail carrier or carriers to meet their common carrier obligations to the complainant under 49 U.S.C. 11101;
</P>
<P>(2) By a port on the ground that such port individually will be harmed because the contract will result in unreasonable discrimination against such port; and
</P>
<P>(3) By a shipper of agricultural commodities on the ground that such shipper individually will be harmed because:
</P>
<P>(i) The rail carrier has unreasonably discriminated by refusing to enter into a contract with such shipper for rates and services for the transportation of the same type of commodity under similar conditions to the contract at issue, and that such shipper was ready, willing, and able to enter into such a contract at a time essentially contemporaneous with the period during which the contract at issue was offered; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The contract constitutes a destructive competitive practice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Unreasonable discrimination,</I> for purposes of paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, has the same meaning as the term has under 49 U.S.C. 10741.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1313.10" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.30.0.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1313.10   Procedures for complaints and discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Complaints, discovery petitions, replies, and appeals</I>—(1) <I>Initial filing.</I> Complaints must be filed by the 18th day after the contract summary is filed. Any discovery petition must accompany the complaint.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Complaint.</I> A complaint must contain the correct, unabbreviated names and addresses of the complainant(s) and defendant(s). The complainant must set out the statutory provisions under which it has standing to file a complaint, and its reasons for requesting that the Board find the challenged contract unlawful.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Discovery petition.</I> A discovery petition must note on the front page “Petition for Discovery of Rail Contract” and note the contract (and any applicable amendment) number. It should provide the following information:
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Standing—grounds.</I> The ground upon which the petitioner's complaint is based under § 1313.9.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Standing—affected party.</I> Pertinent information regarding the petitioner's actual or potential participation in the relevant market, including:
</P>
<P>(A) The nature and volume of petitioner's relevant business.
</P>
<P>(B) The relevant commodities that petitioner ships or receives.
</P>
<P>(C) Comparisons of the petitioner's commodities, locations of shipping facilities and serving carriers, actual or potential traffic patterns and serving carrier(s), with the traffic patterns and serving carrier(s) identified in the contract summary. State whether petitioner is a consignor or consignee.
</P>
<P>(D) The petitioner's ability to ship the commodity in question at a time generally simultaneous with the challenged contract.
</P>
<P>(E) The potential effect of the contract on the petitioner's relevant business.
</P>
<P>(F) Any additional supporting information, including prior negotiations, if any.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Relevance.</I> The relevance of the information sought to the petitioner's challenge to the contract.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Nexus.</I> Where the complaint challenges a carrier's ability to perform its common carrier obligation, the nexus between the information sought and the common carrier obligation of the contracting carrier(s).
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Service of pleadings.</I> The complainant must certify that 2 copies of the complaint, and discovery petition if filed, have been sent to the contracting carrier(s) either by hand, express mail, or other overnight delivery service the same day as filed at the Board. The contracting carrier shall in turn serve the contracting shipper with a copy of the complaint and petition. Replies shall be served in the same manner on complainant/petitioner.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Submission of contract.</I> Immediately upon the filing of a complaint, the rail carrier filing the contract summary shall forward to the Board, by hand, express mail, or other overnight delivery service, the subject contract or amended contract.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Replies.</I> Replies to the complaint/petition are due within 5 days from the date of filing of the complaint/petition, and in no event later than noon on the 23rd day following filing of the contract summary.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Filings.</I> If a complaint, petition, or reply is filed in paper, it must be filed with the Board in a package marked “Confidential Rail Contract Material”. If a complaint, petition, or reply is electronically filed, it must be designated as confidential in the Board's e-filing system.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Discovery appeals.</I> If action on a petition for discovery is taken under delegated authority, that action may be appealed to the Board, subject to the following:
</P>
<P>(i) An appeal must be received within 2 days of the initial decision, but in no event later than the 28th day after the contract summary is filed.
</P>
<P>(ii) The appeal must be marked “Appeal of Delegated Authority Action Regarding Rail Contract Discovery”.
</P>
<P>(iii) Telegraphic notice or its equivalent must be given to the opposing parties.
</P>
<P>(iv) Replies to the appeal must be filed within one day after the appeal is filed.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Furnishing of information.</I> If discovery is granted, the carrier must furnish the required information to the petitioner by the 1st working day after the Board issues its decision.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Informal discovery.</I> (1) Prior to filing a petition for formal discovery under paragraph (a) of this section, a petitioner may request discovery from the carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) The carrier must promptly grant or deny the request.
</P>
<P>(3) Agreements between carriers and shippers for informal discovery are permitted under these rules.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Confidentiality.</I> If confidential contract data are filed with the Board in a pleading, the party filing these data should submit them as a separate package, clearly marked on the outside “Confidential Material Subject to Protective Order.” The order in paragraph (d) of this section applies to the parties specified in the order who receive confidential information through proceedings before the Board or through informal discovery.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Protective order.</I> Petitioner and carriers, and their duly authorized agents, shall limit to the contract complaint proceeding the use of contract information or other confidential commercial information which may be revealed in the contract, the complaint, reply, or in any other pleading relating to the contract. This restriction shall be a condition to release of any contract term to a petitioner/complainant and shall operate similarly on a carrier in possession of confidential information which may be contained in a complaint, petition for discovery, or request for informal disclosure. Any information pertaining to parties to the contract or subject to the contract (including consignors, consignees and carriers), or pertaining to the terms of the contract, or relating to the petitioner's/complainant's confidential commercial information, must be kept confidential. Neither the information nor the existence of the information shall be disclosed to third parties, except for: consultants or agents who agree, in writing, to be bound by this regulation; information which is publicly available; information which, after receipt, becomes publicly available through no fault of the party seeking to disclose the information after it has become publicly available, or is acquired from a third party free of any restriction as to its disclosure. The petitioner/complainant or carrier must take all necessary steps to assure that the information will be kept confidential by its employees and agents. No copies of the contract terms or other confidential information are to be retained by the parties not originally privy to the data subsequent to the termination of the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Contract review proceeding.</I> If the Board institutes a proceeding to review the contract, the complainant's case-in-chief is due 9 days after the institution of the proceeding, but no later than 39 days after the filing of the contract summary. Replies are due 16 days after the institution of the proceeding, but no later than 46 days after the filing of the contract summary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[61 FR 68669, Dec. 30, 1996, as amended at 84 FR 12946, Apr. 3, 2019]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1319" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.31" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1319—EXEMPTIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321(a) and 13541.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>62 FR 9110, Feb. 28, 1997, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1319.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.31.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1319.1   Exemption of freight forwarders in the noncontiguous domestic trade from tariff filing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>Freight forwarders subject to the Board's jurisdiction under 49 U.S.C. 13531 are exempted from the tariff filing requirements of 49 U.S.C. 13702.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1320-1324" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.32" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1320-1324 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1325" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.33" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1325—EXTENSION OF CREDIT TO CANDIDATES FOR FEDERAL OFFICE OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Pub. L. 92-225, the Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971, enacted Feb. 7, 1972.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>37 FR 10446, May 23, 1972, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1325.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.33.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1325.1   Extension of unsecured credit prohibited.</HEAD>
<P>Persons subject to regulation by the Surface Transportation Board shall not knowingly and willfully provide, for candidates for Federal office or their representatives, service or goods related to their campaign without obtaining either prepayment or a binding guarantee of payment through a sufficient deposit, bond, collateral, or other means of security. The extension of credit to such persons shall not exceed the amount of the security posted.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1325.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.33.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1325.2   Credit agreements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) All agreements to extend credit to candidates for Federal office or their representatives by persons subject to regulation by the Surface Transportation Board (1) must be in writing, (2) must contain a detailed description of the deposit, bond, collateral, or other means of security, used to secure payment of the debt, and (3) must be signed by all parties to the agreement. A copy of each such agreement must be filed with this Board's Bureau of Operations in Washington, DC, within 20 days of the date of its execution.
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1325.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.33.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1325.3   Federal office.</HEAD>
<P>For the purposes of this section, <I>Federal office</I> means the office of President or Vice President of the United States; or of Senator or Representative in, or Delegate or Resident Board Member to, the Congress of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1331" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.34" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1331—APPLICATIONS UNDER 49 U.S.C. 10706 AND 13703
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 10706 and 13703.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>55 FR 11206, Mar. 27, 1990, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1331.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.34.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1331.1   Form and content of application.</HEAD>
<P>The application and supporting exhibits shall conform to 49 CFR part 1104 and shall show, in the order and with the paragraph designations indicated, the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Full name and business address of the carrier applicant(s); whether each applicant is a corporation, individual, or partnership; if a corporation, the State of incorporation; and if a partnership, the names of the partners and date of the partnership's formation.
</P>
<P>(b) Full name and business address of each entity on whose behalf the application is filed and whether it is a corporation, individual, or partnership.
</P>
<P>(c) Whether applicant and each entity on whose behalf the application is filed is a rail, motor, or water carrier, a household goods freight forwarder, or express, sleeping-car, or pipeline company.
</P>
<P>(d) If the agreement of which approval is sought pertains to a conference, bureau, committee, or other organization, a complete description of such organization, including any subunits, and of its or their functions and methods of operation, together with a description of the territorial scope of such operations, and a complete description of any working or other arrangement or relationship that such organization has with any other organization. If the agreement is of any other character, a precise statement of its nature and scope and the mode of procedure thereunder.
</P>
<P>(e) The facts and circumstances relied upon to establish that the agreement will promote the national transportation policy at 49 U.S.C. 10101.
</P>
<P>(f) The name, title, and address of the person to whom correspondence is to be sent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1331.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.34.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1331.2   Required exhibits.</HEAD>
<P>There shall be filed with and made a part of each original application, and each copy, the following exhibits:
</P>
<P>(a) As Exhibit 1, a true copy of the agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) If the agreement pertains to a conference, bureau, committee, or other organization:
</P>
<P>(1) As Exhibit 2, a copy of the constitution, bylaws, or other documents or writings specifying the organization's powers, duties, and procedures, unless incorporated in the agreement filed as Exhibit 1;
</P>
<P>(2) As Exhibit 3, an organization chart; and
</P>
<P>(3) As Exhibit 4, a schedule of its charges to members or a statement showing how the expenses are divided among the members.
</P>
<P>(c) As Exhibit 5, opinion of counsel that the application meets the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 10706, with specific reference to any specially pertinent provisions of articles of incorporation or association.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1331.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.34.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1331.3   Procedure.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Applicant shall serve a copy of the application by first class mail upon the regulatory body having jurisdiction over rates, fares, or charges of each State or territory covered by the agreement, and the original application filed with the Board shall include a certificate naming the bodies upon whom the application has been served.
</P>
<P>(b) The Board will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> a notice that an application has been filed under these rules and indicating how a hearing on the application may be obtained.
</P>
<P>(c) A protest to an application should conform to 49 CFR part 1104.
</P>
<P>(d) The Board's general rules of practice govern procedural matters not specifically covered by these rules.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1331.4" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.34.0.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1331.4   New parties to an agreement.</HEAD>
<P>Where a carrier becomes a party to an agreement which has been approved by the Board, such approval will extend to such carrier upon the filing with the Board by the carrier or its authorized agent of a verified statement that it has become a party to the agreement, which statement shall show the information prescribed at § 1331.1(b). Such carrier may provide transportation under joint rates or over through routes, but may not otherwise act with carriers of a different class (as defined at 49. U.S.C. 10706(d)).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1331.5" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.34.0.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1331.5   Additional standards for retaining antitrust immunity by passenger bus industry rate bureaus.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Rate bureaus must comply with the terms of their agreements, as approved by the Board. Failure to do so will result in lack of immunity for that activity.
</P>
<P>(b) The bureaus are required to maintain detailed minutes of all meetings where immunized matters are discussed. The bureaus will be subject to withdrawal of their immunity for serious continuing violations of Board standards, and individual tariff publications will be subject to rejection, suspension, or investigation for improprieties in the rate bureau process.
</P>
<P>(c) Absent Board approval, no other changes may be made in any approved agreement.
</P>
<P>(d) For the purposes of the statute, the following definitions shall apply:
</P>
<P>(1) A <I>general increase</I> is a proposed general adjustment of substantially all the rates published in a rate bureau's tariff(s).
</P>
<P>(2) A <I>broad change in tariff structure</I> modifies in a relatively non-uniform fashion the relationship between most rates published in a rate bureau's tariff, and applies to a large area, either nationally or regionally.
</P>
<P>(3) An <I>innovative fare</I> will be determined on a case-by-case basis; the Board will, on request, issue opinions on whether particular rate proposals may be regarded as innovative. Two examples of an innovative fare are:
</P>
<P>(i) A fare for unlimited passenger travel; and
</P>
<P>(ii) An experimental fare providing for transportation at the passenger's option over the line of one or more carriers.
</P>
<P>(4) A <I>promotional fare</I> generally has three characteristics:
</P>
<P>(i) Limited duration;
</P>
<P>(ii) Attractive price or level of service quality; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Some added feature in addition to those normally offered.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1332" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.35" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1332—FILING CONTRACTS FOR SURFACE MAIL TRANSPORTATION
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>Sec. 5005(b)(3), 84 Stat. 767, 39 U.S.C. 5005.


</PSPACE></AUTH>

<DIV8 N="§ 1332.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.35.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1332.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The provisions of this part shall apply to copies of all contracts or agreements entered into by the U.S. Postal Service with any common carrier by rail or motor vehicle (including passenger-carrying vehicle), or freight forwarder, express company, or other person, for the surface transportation of mail as authorized by Chapters 50 and 52 of Title 39, United States Code, as revised and reenacted by the Postal Reorganization Act, 84 Stat. 719, 39 U.S.C. 5001 and 5201.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[36 FR 6426, Apr. 3, 1971]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1332.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.35.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1332.2   Availability of contracts.</HEAD>
<P>Upon request from any member of the public to inspect a contract(s) or agreement(s) described in § 1332.1, at any time between the effective date of such contract(s) or agreement(s) and 15 days prior thereto, the Board will obtain the requested contract(s) or agreement(s) from the U.S. Postal Service and make it (them) available for inspection.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 23539, June 4, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1332.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.35.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1332.3   Manner of submitting contracts.</HEAD>
<P>The U.S. Postal Service will submit to the Board, upon request, a copy of the requested contract(s) or agreement(s). Such contract(s) or agreement(s) will be submitted by facsimile transmission or messenger service where feasible, and, where such services are not feasible, by the fastest available mail service.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[57 FR 23539, June 4, 1992]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1333" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.36" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1333—DEMURRAGE LIABILITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 1321, 10702, and

10746.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 21412, Apr. 16, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1333.1" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.36.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1333.1   Demurrage defined.</HEAD>
<P><I>Demurrage</I> is a charge that both compensates rail carriers for the expenses incurred when rail cars are detained beyond a specified period of time (i.e., free time) for loading or unloading, and serves as a penalty for undue car detention to encourage the efficient use of rail cars in the rail network.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1333.2" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.36.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1333.2   Who may charge demurrage and who may enter into contracts pertaining to demurrage.</HEAD>
<P>A serving carrier and its customers (including those to which it delivers rail cars at origin or destination) may enter into contracts pertaining to demurrage. Additionally, a third-party intermediary may enter into contracts with a shipper (or consignee) that the shipper (or consignee) shall be billed for demurrage pursuant to section 1333.3(b). However, in the absence of such contracts, demurrage will be governed by the demurrage tariff of the serving carrier.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 26865, May 6, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1333.3" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.36.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1333.3   Who is subject to demurrage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person receiving rail cars from a rail carrier for loading or unloading who detains the cars beyond the period of free time set forth in the governing demurrage tariff may be held liable for demurrage if the carrier has provided that person with actual notice of the demurrage tariff providing for such liability prior to the placement of the rail cars. The notice required by this section shall be in written or electronic form.
</P>
<P>(b) If the rail cars are delivered to a third-party intermediary that has reached an agreement with a shipper (or consignee) that the shipper (or consignee) shall be billed for demurrage, then the serving Class I carrier shall, after being jointly notified of the agreement by the shipper (or consignee) and third-party intermediary, bill the shipper (or consignee) for demurrage charges without requiring the third-party intermediary to act as a guarantor, unless and until a party to the agreement notifies both the serving Class I carrier and the other party to the agreement that the agreement is no longer in force. Pursuant to this paragraph, the shipper (or consignee) shall be liable to the Class I carrier for demurrage but shall not be prohibited from seeking payment from the third-party intermediary for demurrage charges for which the third-party intermediary is responsible pursuant to an agreement between the shipper (or consignee) and the third-party intermediary. The joint notice required by this paragraph may be provided in hard copy or electronic form, and must contain the contact information for the shipper (or consignee) who has agreed to be billed (and liable to the Class I carrier) for demurrage and provide the date upon which the Class I carrier is to begin billing the shipper (or consignee) for demurrage (no earlier than 20 days after the notice is provided). With respect to Class I carriers' obligations for direct billing, a statement from one party that the agreement has been terminated is sufficient to end the direct-billing requirement, regardless of any disputes as to the sufficiency of the termination under the terms of the specific agreement between the shipper (or consignee) and third-party intermediary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 21412, Apr. 16, 2014, as amended at 85 FR 26865, May 6, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1333.4" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.36.0.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1333.4   Information Requirements for Demurrage Invoices</HEAD>
<P>The following information shall be provided on or with any demurrage invoices issued by Class I carriers:
</P>
<P>(a) The billing cycle covered by the invoice;
</P>
<P>(b) The unique identifying information (<I>e.g.,</I> reporting marks and number) of each car involved;
</P>
<P>(c) The following information, where applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) The date the waybill was created;
</P>
<P>(2) The status of each car as loaded or empty;
</P>
<P>(3) The commodity being shipped (if the car is loaded);
</P>
<P>(4) The identity of the shipper, consignee, and/or care-of party, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(5) The origin station and state of the shipment;
</P>
<P>(d) The dates and times of:
</P>
<P>(1) Original estimated arrival of each car, as generated promptly following interchange or release of shipment to the invoicing carrier and as based on the first movement of the invoicing carrier;
</P>
<P>(2) Receipt of each car at the last interchange with the invoicing carrier (if applicable);
</P>
<P>(3) Actual placement of each car;
</P>
<P>(4) Constructive placement of each car (if applicable and different from actual placement);
</P>
<P>(5) Notification of constructive placement to the shipper or third-party intermediary (if applicable);
</P>
<P>(6) Each car ordered in (if applicable) (<I>i.e.,</I> the date and time demurrage first stops accruing with respect to a closed-gate facility);
</P>
<P>(7) release of each car; and
</P>
<P>(e) The number of credits and debits attributable to each car (if applicable).</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 17750, Apr. 6, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1333.5" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.36.0.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1333.5   Machine-Readable Access to Information Required for Demurrage Invoices</HEAD>
<P>In addition to providing the minimum information on or with demurrage invoices, Class I carriers shall provide machine-readable access to the information listed in § 1333.4. For purposes of this part, `machine-readable' means data in an open format that can be easily processed by computer without human intervention while ensuring no semantic meaning is lost. An `open format' is a format that is not limited to a specific software program and not subject to restrictions on re-use.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[86 FR 17750, Apr. 6, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1334-1399" NODE="49:9.1.1.2.37" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1334-1399 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV4>

</DIV3>


<DIV3 N="0" NODE="49:9.1.2" TYPE="CHAPTER">
<HEAD>CHAPTER XI—RESEARCH AND INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV3>


<DIV3 N="XII" NODE="49:9.1.3" TYPE="CHAPTER">

<HEAD> CHAPTER XII—TRANSPORTATION SECURITY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</HEAD>

<DIV4 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.3" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER A—ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL RULES


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="1500" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.1" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1500—APPLICABILITY, TERMS, AND ABBREVIATIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 5103, 40113, 44901-44907, 44913-44914, 44916-44918, 44935-44936, 44939, 44942, 46105; Pub. L. 110-53 (121 Stat. 266, Aug. 3, 2007) secs. 1408 (6 U.S.C. 1137), 1501 (6 U.S.C. 1151), 1517 (6 U.S.C. 1167), and 1534 (6 U.S.C. 1184).




</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 8351, Feb. 22, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1500.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.1.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1500.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This chapter, this subchapter, and this part apply to all matters regulated by the Transportation Security Administration.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1500.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.1.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1500.3   Terms and abbreviations used in this chapter.</HEAD>
<P>As used in this chapter:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Assistant Secretary for Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration (Assistant Secretary), who is the highest-ranking TSA official, or his or her designee. Administrator also means the Under Secretary of Transportation for Security identified in 49 U.S.C. 114(b).
</P>
<P><I>Alien</I> means “alien” as defined in 8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(3).


</P>
<P><I>Authorized representative</I> means any individual who is not a direct employee of a person regulated under this title, but is authorized to act on that person's behalf to perform measures required under the Transportation Security Regulations, or a TSA security program. For purposes of this subchapter, the term “authorized representative” includes agents, contractors, and subcontractors, and employees of the same.
</P>
<P><I>Bus</I> means any of several types of motor vehicles used by public or private entities to provide transportation service for passengers.
</P>
<P><I>Bus transit system</I> means a public transportation system providing frequent transportation service (not limited to morning and evening peak travel times) for the primary purpose of moving passengers between bus stops, often through multiple connections (a bus transit system does not become a commuter bus system even if its primary purpose is the transportation of commuters). This term does not include tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations.
</P>
<P><I>Citizen of the United States</I> or <I>U.S. Citizen</I> means any person who is a United States citizen by law, birth, or naturalization as described in 8 U.S.C. 1401 <I>et seq.</I>


</P>
<P><I>Commuter bus system</I> means a system providing passenger service primarily during morning and evening peak periods, between an urban area and more distant outlying communities in a greater metropolitan area. This term does not include tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations.
</P>
<P><I>Commuter passenger train service</I> means “train, commuter” as defined in 49 CFR 238.5, and includes service provided by diesel or electric powered locomotives and railroad passenger cars to serve an urban area, its suburbs, and more distant outlying communities in the greater metropolitan area. A commuter passenger train service is part of the general railroad system of transportation regardless of whether it is physically connected to other railroads.
</P>
<P><I>Day</I> means calendar day, unless called “business day,” which refers to Monday through Friday, excluding days when the U.S. Government is closed.


</P>
<P><I>DHS</I> means the Department of Homeland Security and any directorate, bureau, or other component within the Department of Homeland Security, including the United States Coast Guard.
</P>
<P><I>DOT</I> means the Department of Transportation and any operating administration, entity, or office within the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Fixed-route service</I> means the provision of transportation service by private entities operated along a prescribed route according to a fixed schedule.
</P>
<P><I>General railroad system of transportation</I> means “the network of standard gauge track over which goods may be transported throughout the nation and passengers may travel between cities and within metropolitan and suburban areas” as defined in appendix A to 49 CFR part 209.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous material</I> means “hazardous material” as defined in 49 CFR 171.8.
</P>
<P><I>Heavy rail transit</I> means service provided by self-propelled electric railcars, typically drawing power from a third rail, operating in separate rights-of-way in multiple cars; also referred to as subways, metros or regional rail.
</P>
<P><I>Host railroad</I> means a railroad that has effective control over a segment of track.
</P>
<P><I>Improvised explosive device (IED)</I> means a device fabricated in an improvised manner that incorporates explosives or destructive, lethal, noxious, pyrotechnic, or incendiary chemicals in its design, and generally includes a power supply, a switch or timer, and a detonator or initiator.
</P>
<P><I>Intercity passenger train service</I> means both “train, long-distance intercity passenger” and “train, short-distance intercity passenger” as defined in 49 CFR 238.5.
</P>
<P><I>Lawful permanent resident</I> means a person “lawfully admitted for permanent residence” as defined in 8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(20).
</P>
<P><I>Light rail transit</I> means service provided by self-propelled electric railcars, typically drawing power from an overhead wire, operating in either exclusive or non-exclusive rights-of-way in single or multiple cars, with shorter distance trips, and frequent stops; also referred to as streetcars, trolleys, and trams.
</P>
<P><I>Motor vehicle</I> means a vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, or semitrailer propelled or drawn by mechanical power and used upon the highways in the transportation of passengers or property, or any combination thereof, but does not include any vehicle, locomotive, or car operated exclusively on a rail or rails, or a trolley bus operated by electric power derived from a fixed overhead wire, furnishing local passenger transportation similar to street-railway service.






</P>
<P><I>National of the United States</I> or <I>U.S. national</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) A citizen of the United States; or
</P>
<P>(2) A person who, though not a citizen of the United States, owes permanent allegiance to the United States, as defined in 8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(22).






</P>
<P><I>Over-the-Road Bus (OTRB)</I> means a bus characterized by an elevated passenger deck located over a baggage compartment.
</P>
<P><I>Owner/operator</I> means any person that owns, or maintains operational control over, any transportation infrastructure asset, facility, or system regulated under this title, including airport operator, aircraft operator, foreign air carrier, indirect air carrier, certified cargo screening facility, flight school within the meaning of 49 CFR 1552.1(b), motor vehicle, public transportation agency, or railroad carrier. For purposes of a maritime facility or a vessel, owner/operator has the same meaning as defined in 33 CFR 101.105.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger rail car</I> means rail rolling equipment intended to provide transportation for members of the general public and includes a self-propelled rail car designed to carry passengers, baggage, mail, or express. This term includes a rail passenger coach, cab car, and a Multiple Unit (MU) locomotive. In the context of articulated equipment, “passenger rail car” means that segment of the rail rolling equipment located between two trucks. This term does not include a private rail car.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger railroad carrier</I> means a railroad carrier that provides transportation to persons (other than employees, contractors, or persons riding equipment to observe or monitor railroad operations) by railroad in intercity passenger service or commuter or other short-haul passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger train</I> means a train that transports or is available to transport members of the general public.
</P>
<P><I>Person</I> means an individual, corporation, company, association, firm, partnership, society, joint-stock company, or governmental authority. It includes a trustee, receiver, assignee, successor, or similar representative of any of them.
</P>
<P><I>Private rail car</I> means rail rolling equipment that is used only for excursion, recreational, or private transportation purposes. A private rail car is not a passenger rail car.
</P>
<P><I>Public transportation</I> means transportation provided to the general public by a regular and continuing general or specific transportation vehicle that is owned or operated by a public transportation agency, including providing one or more of the following types of passenger transportation:
</P>
<P>(1) Intercity or commuter passenger train service or other short-haul railroad passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area (as described by 49 U.S.C. 20102(1)).
</P>
<P>(2) Heavy or light rail transit service, whether on or off the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) An automated guideway, cable car, inclined plane, funicular, or monorail system.
</P>
<P>(4) Bus transit or commuter bus service.
</P>
<P><I>Public transportation agency</I> means any publicly-owned or operated provider of regular and continuing public transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Rail hazardous materials receiver</I> means any owner/operator of a fixed-site facility that has a physical connection to the general railroad system of transportation and receives or unloads from transportation in commerce by rail one or more of the categories and quantities of rail security-sensitive materials identified in 49 CFR 1580.3, but does not include the owner/operator of a facility owned or operated by a department, agency or instrumentality of the Federal Government.
</P>
<P><I>Rail hazardous materials shipper</I> means the owner/operator of any fixed-site facility that has a physical connection to the general railroad system of transportation and offers (as defined in the definition of “person who offers or offeror” in 49 CFR 171.8), prepares or loads for transportation by rail one or more of the categories and quantities of rail security-sensitive materials as identified in 49 CFR 1580.3, but does not include the owner/operator of a facility owned or operated by a department, agency or instrumentality of the Federal Government.
</P>
<P><I>Rail secure area</I> means a secure location(s) identified by a rail hazardous materials shipper or rail hazardous materials receiver where security-related pre-transportation or transportation functions are performed or rail cars containing the categories and quantities of rail security-sensitive materials are prepared, loaded, stored, and/or unloaded.
</P>
<P><I>Rail transit facility</I> means rail transit stations, terminals, and locations at which rail transit infrastructure assets are stored, command and control operations are performed, or maintenance is performed. The term also includes rail yards, crew management centers, dispatching centers, transportation terminals and stations, fueling centers, and telecommunication centers.
</P>
<P><I>Rail transit system or “Rail Fixed Guideway System”</I> means any light, heavy, or rapid rail system, monorail, inclined plane, funicular, cable car, trolley, or automated guideway that traditionally does not operate on track that is part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad carrier</I> means an owner/operator providing railroad transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad transportation</I> means:
</P>
<P>(1) Any form of non-highway ground transportation that runs on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area; and
</P>
<P>(ii) High speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether these systems use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads.
</P>
<P>(2) Such term includes rail transit service operating on track that is part of the general railroad system of transportation but does not include rapid transit operations in an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Record</I> includes any means by which information is preserved, irrespective of format, including a book, paper, drawing, map, recording, tape, film, photograph, machine-readable material, and any information stored in an electronic format. The term record also includes any draft, proposed, or recommended change to any record.
</P>
<P><I>Sensitive security information (SSI)</I> means information that is described in and must be managed in accordance with 49 CFR part 1520.
</P>
<P><I>State</I> means a State of the United States and the District of Columbia.
</P>
<P><I>Tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operation</I> means a railroad or bus operation that carries passengers, often using antiquated equipment, with the conveyance of the passengers to a particular destination not being the principal purpose. Train or bus movements of new passenger equipment for demonstration purposes are not tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion operations.
</P>
<P><I>Transit</I> means mass transportation by a conveyance that provides regular and continuing general or special transportation to the public, but does not include school bus, charter, or sightseeing transportation. Rail transit may occur on or off the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Transportation</I> or <I>transport</I> means the movement of property including loading, unloading, and storage. Transportation or transport also includes the movement of people, boarding, and disembarking incident to that movement.
</P>
<P><I>Transportation facility</I> means a location at which transportation cargo, equipment or infrastructure assets are stored, equipment is transferred between conveyances and/or modes of transportation, transportation command and control operations are performed, or maintenance operations are performed. The term also includes, but is not limited to, passenger stations and terminals (including any fixed facility at which passengers are picked-up or discharged), vehicle storage buildings or yards, crew management centers, dispatching centers, fueling centers, and telecommunication centers.
</P>
<P><I>Transportation security equipment and systems</I> means items, both integrated into a system and stand-alone, used by owner/operators to enhance capabilities to detect, deter, prevent, or respond to a threat or incident, including, but not limited to, video surveillance, explosives detection, radiological detection, intrusion detection, motion detection, and security screening.
</P>
<P><I>Transportation Security Regulations (TSR)</I> means the regulations issued by the Transportation Security Administration, in title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations, chapter XII, which includes parts 1500 through 1699.
</P>
<P><I>Transportation Security-Sensitive Material (TSSM)</I> means hazardous materials identified in 49 CFR 172.800(b).
</P>
<P><I>TSA</I> means the Transportation Security Administration.
</P>
<P><I>United States,</I> in a geographical sense, means the States of the United States, the District of Columbia, and territories and possessions of the United States, including the territorial sea and the overlying airspace.
</P>
<P><I>Vulnerability assessment</I> includes any review, audit, or other examination of the security of a transportation system, infrastructure asset, or a transportation-related automated system or network to determine its vulnerability to unlawful interference, whether during the conception, planning, design, construction, operation, or decommissioning phase. A vulnerability assessment includes the methodology for the assessment, the results of the assessment, and any proposed, recommended, or directed actions or countermeasures to address security concerns.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 16497, Mar. 23, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 35625, May 1, 2024; 91 FR 7161, Feb. 17, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1500.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.1.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1500.5   Rules of construction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In this chapter, unless the context requires otherwise:
</P>
<P>(1) Words importing the singular include the plural.
</P>
<P>(2) Words importing the plural include the singular.
</P>
<P>(3) Words importing the masculine sex include the feminine.
</P>
<P>(b) In this chapter, the word:
</P>
<P>(1) “Must” is used in an imperative sense;
</P>
<P>(2) “May” is used in a permissive sense to state authority or permission to do the act prescribed, and the words “no person may * * *” or “a person may not * * *” mean that no person is required, authorized, or permitted to do the act prescribed; and
</P>
<P>(3) “Includes” means “includes but is not limited to”.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8351, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 90 FR 21690, May 21, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1502" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.2" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1502—ORGANIZATION, FUNCTIONS, AND PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>5 U.S.C. 3345, 49 U.S.C. 114, 40113, 44901-44907, 44913-44914, 44916-44920, 44935-44936, 44942, 46101-46105, 45107, 46110.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 48049, July 23, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1502.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.2.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1502.1   Responsibilities of the Administrator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The Administrator is responsible for the planning, direction, and control of the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) and for security in all modes of transportation. The Administrator's responsibility includes carrying out chapter 449 of title 49, United States Code, relating to civil aviation security, and related research and development activities, and security responsibilities over other modes of transportation that are exercised by the Department of Transportation. 
</P>
<P>(b) The Deputy Administrator is the “first assistant” to the Administrator for purposes of the Federal Vacancies Reform Act of 1998, and shall, in the event the Administrator dies, resigns, or is otherwise unable to perform the functions and duties of the office, serve as the Acting Administrator, subject to the limitations in the Federal Vacancies Reform Act of 1998. In the event of the absence or disability of both the Administrator and the Deputy Administrator, officials designated by TSA's internal order on succession shall serve as Acting Deputy Administrator and shall perform the duties of the Administrator, except for any non-delegable statutory and/or regulatory duties.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1503" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1503—INVESTIGATIVE AND ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority</HED><PSPACE>: 6 U.S.C. 1142; 18 U.S.C. 6002; 28 U.S.C. 2461 (note); 49 U.S.C. 114, 20109, 31105, 40113-40114, 40119, 44901-44907, 44939, 46101-46107, 46109-46110, 46301, 46305, 46311, 46313-46314; Pub. L. 110-53 (121 Stat. 266, Aug. 3, 2007) secs. 1408 (6 U.S.C. 1137), 1501 (6 U.S.C. 1151), 1517 (6 U.S.C. 1167), and 1534 (6 U.S.C. 1184).






</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>74 FR 36039, July 21, 2009, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>76 FR 22630, Apr. 22, 2011, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1503.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part provides information on TSA's investigative and enforcement procedures.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.3   Reports by the public of security problems, deficiencies, and vulnerabilities.</HEAD>
<P>This section prescribes the reporting mechanisms that persons may use in order to obtain a receipt for reports to TSA regarding transportation-related security problems, deficiencies, and vulnerabilities.
</P>
<P>(a) Any person who reports to TSA a transportation security-related problem, deficiency, or vulnerability—including the security of aviation, commercial motor vehicle, maritime, pipeline, any mode of public transportation, or railroad transportation—will receive a receipt for their report if they provide valid contact information and report through one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) U.S. mail to Transportation Security Administration HQ, TSA-2; Attn: 49 CFR 1503.3 Reports; 601 South 12th Street; Arlington, VA 20598-6002;
</P>
<P>(2) Internet at <I>http://www.tsa.gov/contact,</I> selecting “Security Issues”; or
</P>
<P>(3) Telephone (toll-free) at 1-866-289-9673.
</P>
<P>(b) Reports submitted by mail will receive a receipt through the mail, reports submitted by the Internet will receive an e-mail receipt, and reports submitted by phone will receive a call identifier number linked to TSA documents held according to published record schedules. To obtain a paper copy of reports provided by phone, the person who made the report, or their authorized representative, must contact TSA at the address identified in (a)(1) of this section within that period and provide the identifier number.
</P>
<P>(c) TSA will review and consider the information provided in any report submitted under this section and take appropriate steps to address any problems, deficiencies, or vulnerabilities identified.
</P>
<P>(d) Nothing in this section relieves a person of a separate obligation to report information to TSA under another provision of this title, a security program, or a security directive, or to another Government agency under other law.
</P>
<P>(e) Immediate or emergency security or safety concerns should be reported to the appropriate local emergency services operator, such as by telephoning 911. Alleged waste, fraud, and abuse in TSA programs should be reported to the Department of Homeland Security Inspector General: telephone (toll-free) 1-800-323-8603, or e-mail <I>DHSOIGHOTLINE@dhs.gov.</I>


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Scope of Investigative and Enforcement Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.101" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.101   TSA requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The investigative and enforcement procedures in this part apply to TSA's investigation and enforcement of violations of TSA requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this part, the term <I>TSA requirements</I> means the following statutory provisions and a regulation prescribed or order issued under any of those provisions:
</P>
<P>(1) Those provisions of title 49 U.S.C. administered by the Administrator;
</P>
<P>(2) 46 U.S.C. chapter 701; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provisions of Public Law 110-53 (121 Stat. 266, Aug. 3, 2007) not codified in title 49 U.S.C. that are administered by the Administrator.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 36039, July 21, 2009, as amended at 85 FR 16499, Mar. 23, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.103" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.103   Terms used in this part.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the terms in § 1500.3 of this chapter, the following definitions apply in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrative law judge</I> or <I>ALJ</I> means an ALJ appointed pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 3105.
</P>
<P><I>Agency attorney</I> means the Deputy Chief Counsel for Enforcement or an attorney that he or she designates. An <I>agency attorney</I> will not include—
</P>
<P>(1) Any attorney in the Office of the Chief Counsel who advises the TSA decision maker regarding an initial decision or any appeal to the TSA decision maker; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any attorney who is supervised in a civil penalty action by a person who provides such advice to the TSA decision maker in that action or a factually related action.
</P>
<P><I>Attorney</I> means any person who is eligible to practice law in, and is a member in good standing of the bar of, the highest court of any State, possession, territory, or Commonwealth of the United States, or of the District of Columbia, and is not under any order suspending, enjoining, restraining, disbarring, or otherwise restricting him or her in the practice of law.
</P>
<P><I>Enforcement Investigative Report</I> or <I>EIR</I> means a written report prepared by a TSA Inspector or other authorized agency official detailing the results of an inspection or investigation of a violation of a TSA requirement, including copies of any relevant evidence.
</P>
<P><I>Mail</I> includes regular First Class U.S. mail service, U.S. certified mail, or U.S. registered mail.
</P>
<P><I>Party</I> means the respondent or TSA.
</P>
<P><I>Personal delivery</I> includes hand-delivery or use of a contract or express messenger service, including an overnight express courier service. <I>Personal delivery</I> does not include the use of Government interoffice mail service.
</P>
<P><I>Pleading</I> means a complaint, an answer, motion and any amendment of these documents permitted under this subpart as well as any other written submission to the ALJ or a party during the course of the hearing proceedings.
</P>
<P><I>Properly addressed</I> means a document that shows an address contained in agency records, a residential, business, or other address submitted by a person on any document provided under this part, or any other address obtained by other reasonable and available means.


</P>
<P><I>Respondent</I> means the person named in a Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty, a Final Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty and Order, or a complaint.
</P>
<P><I>TSA decision maker</I> means the Administrator, acting in the capacity of the decision maker on appeal, or any person to whom the Administrator has delegated the Administrator's decision-making authority in a civil penalty action. As used in this part, the <I>TSA decision maker</I> is the official authorized to issue a final decision and order of the Administrator in a civil penalty action.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[76 FR 22630, Apr. 22, 2011, as amended at 89 FR 35625, May 1, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Investigative Procedures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.201" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.3.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.201   Reports of violations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person who knows of a violation of a TSA requirement should report it to appropriate personnel of any TSA office.
</P>
<P>(b) TSA will review each report made under this section, together with any other information TSA may have that is relevant to the matter reported, to determine the appropriate response, including additional investigation or administrative or legal enforcement action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.203" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.3.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.203   Investigations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The Administrator, or a designated official, may conduct investigations, hold hearings, issue subpoenas, require the production of relevant documents, records, and property, and take evidence and depositions.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> For the purpose of investigating alleged violations of a TSA requirement, the Administrator's authority may be exercised by the agency's various offices for matters within their respective areas for all routine investigations. When the compulsory processes of 49 U.S.C. 46104 are invoked, the Administrator's authority has been delegated to the Chief Counsel, each Deputy Chief Counsel, and in consultation with the Office of Chief Counsel, the Assistant Administrator for Security Operations, the Assistant Administrator for Transportation Sector Network Management, the Assistant Administrator for Inspections, the Assistant Administrator for Law Enforcement/Director of the Federal Air Marshal Service, each Special Agent in Charge, and each Federal Security Director.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.205" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.3.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.205   Records, documents, and reports.</HEAD>
<P>Each record, document, and report that regulations issued by the Transportation Security Administration require to be maintained, exhibited, or submitted to the Administrator may be used in any investigation conducted by the Administrator; and, except to the extent the use may be specifically limited or prohibited by the section that imposes the requirement, the records, documents, and reports may be used in any civil penalty action or other legal proceeding.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.207" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.3.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.207   Inspection authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person subject to any of the requirements in this chapter or other applicable authority must allow TSA and other authorized DHS officials, at any time and in a reasonable manner, without advance notice, to enter, assess, inspect, and test property, facilities, equipment, and operations; and to view, inspect, and copy records, as necessary to carry out TSA's security-related statutory or regulatory authorities and without a subpoena, including its authority to—
</P>
<P>(1) Assess threats to transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) Enforce security-related laws, regulations, directives, and requirements.
</P>
<P>(3) Inspect, maintain, and test the security of facilities, equipment, and systems.
</P>
<P>(4) Ensure the adequacy of security measures for the transportation of passengers and cargo.
</P>
<P>(5) Oversee the implementation, and ensure the adequacy, of security measures for conveyances and vehicles, at transportation facilities and infrastructure and other assets related to transportation.
</P>
<P>(6) Review security plans and/or programs.
</P>
<P>(7) Determine compliance with any requirements in this chapter.
</P>
<P>(8) Carry out such other duties, and exercise such other powers, relating to transportation security, as the Administrator for TSA considers appropriate, to the extent authorized by law.
</P>
<P>(b) At the request of TSA, each person subject to the requirements of this chapter must provide evidence of compliance with this chapter, including copies of records.
</P>
<P>(c) TSA and other authorized DHS officials, may enter, without advance notice, and be present within any area or within any vehicle or conveyance, terminal, or other facility covered by this chapter without access media or identification media issued or approved by a person subject to requirements in this chapter or other applicable authority in order to inspect or test compliance, or perform other such duties as TSA may direct.
</P>
<P>(d) TSA inspectors and other authorized DHS officials working with TSA will, on request, present their credentials for examination, but the credentials may not be photocopied or otherwise reproduced.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 35625, May 1, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Non-Civil Penalty Enforcement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.301" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.4.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.301   Warning notices and letters of correction.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If TSA determines that a violation or an alleged violation of a TSA requirement does not require the assessment of a civil penalty, an appropriate official of the TSA may take administrative action in disposition of the case.
</P>
<P>(b) An administrative action under this section does not constitute a formal adjudication of the matter, and may be taken by issuing the alleged violator—
</P>
<P>(1) A “Warning Notice” that recites available facts and information about the incident or condition and indicates that it may have been a violation; or
</P>
<P>(2) A “Letter of Correction” that confirms the TSA decision in the matter and states the necessary corrective action the alleged violator has taken or agrees to take. If the agreed corrective action is not fully completed, legal enforcement action may be taken.
</P>
<P>(c) The issuance of a Warning Notice or Letter of Correction is not subject to appeal under this part.
</P>
<P>(d) In the case of a public transportation agency that is determined to be in violation of a TSA requirement, an appropriate TSA official will seek correction of the violation through a written “Notice of Noncompliance” to the public transportation agency giving the public transportation agency reasonable opportunity to correct the violation or propose an alternative means of compliance acceptable to TSA.
</P>
<P>(e) TSA will not take legal enforcement action against a public transportation agency under subpart E unless it has provided the Notice of Noncompliance described in paragraph (d) of this section and the public transportation agency fails to correct the violation or propose an alternative means of compliance acceptable to TSA within the timeframe provided in the notice.
</P>
<P>(f) TSA will not initiate civil enforcement action for violations of administrative and procedural requirements pertaining to the application for, and the expenditure of, funds awarded pursuant to transportation security grant programs under Public Law 110-53.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Assessment of Civil Penalties by TSA</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.401" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.401   Maximum penalty amounts.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> TSA may assess civil penalties not exceeding the following amounts against a person for the violation of a TSA requirement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>In general.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, in the case of violation of title 49 U.S.C. or 46 U.S.C. chapter 701, or a regulation prescribed or order issued under any of those provisions, TSA may impose a civil penalty in the following amounts:
</P>
<P>(1) For violations that occurred on or before November 2, 2015, $10,000 per violation, up to a total of $50,000 per civil penalty action, in the case of an individual or small business concern (“small business concern” as defined in section 3 of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632)). For violations that occurred after November 2, 2015, $14,602 per violation, up to a total of $73,011 per civil penalty action, in the case of an individual or small business concern; and






</P>
<P>(2) For violations that occurred on or before November 2, 2015, $10,000 per violation, up to a total of $400,000 per civil penalty action, in the case of any other person. For violations that occurred after November 2, 2015, $14,602 per violation, up to a total of $584,078 per civil penalty action, in the case of any other person.




</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certain aviation related violations.</I> (1) For violations that occurred on or before November 2, 2015, $10,000 per violation, up to a total of $50,000 per civil penalty action, in the case of an individual or small business concern (“small business concern” as defined in section 3 of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632)). For violations that occurred between November 2, 2015, and May 16, 2024, $17,062 per violation, up to a total of $85,314 per civil penalty action, in the case of an individual (except an airman serving as an airman), or a small business concern. For violations that occurred on or before May 16, 2024, $10,000 per violation, up to a total of $50,000 per civil penalty action, in the case of an individual or small business concern (“small business concern” as defined in section 3 of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632)). For violations that occurred after May 16, 2024, $17,062 per violation, up to a total of $100,000 per civil penalty action, in the case of an individual (except an airman serving as an airman), or a small business concern.
</P>
<P>(2) For violations that occurred on or before November 2, 2015, $10,000 per violation, up to a total of $400,000 per civil penalty action, in the case of any other person (except an airman serving as an airman) not operating an aircraft for the transportation of passengers or property for compensation. For violations that occurred between November 2, 2015, and May 16, 2024, $17,062 per violation, up to a total of $682,509 per civil penalty action, in the case of any other person (except an airman serving as an airman) not operating an aircraft for the transportation of passengers or property for compensation. For violations that occurred on or before May 16, 2024, $10,000 per violation, up to a total of $400,000 per civil penalty action, in the case of any other person (except an airman serving as an airman) not operating an aircraft for the transportation of passengers or property for compensation. For violations that occurred after May 16, 2024, $17,062 per violation, up to a total of $1,200,000 per civil penalty action, in the case of any other person (except an airman serving as an airman) not operating an aircraft for the transportation of passengers or property for compensation.
</P>
<P>(3) For violations that occurred on or before November 2, 2015, $25,000 per violation, up to a total of $400,000 per civil penalty action, in the case of a person operating an aircraft for the transportation of passengers or property for compensation (except an individual serving as an airman). For violations that occurred between November 2, 2015, and May 16, 2024, $42,657 per violation, up to a total of $682,509 per civil penalty action, in the case of a person (except an individual serving as an airman) operating an aircraft for the transportation of passengers or property for compensation. For violations that occurred on or before May 16, 2024, $25,000 per violation, up to a total of $400,000 per civil penalty action, in the case of a person operating an aircraft for the transportation of passengers or property for compensation (except an individual serving as an airman). For violations that occurred after May 16, 2024, $42,657 per violation, up to a total of $1,200,000 per civil penalty action, in the case of a person (except an individual serving as an airman) operating an aircraft for the transportation of passengers or property for compensation.


















</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[81 FR 8583, Jan. 27, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 13838, Apr. 2, 2018; 84 FR 13512, Apr. 5, 2019; 85 FR 36482, June 17, 2020; 86 FR 57544, Oct. 18, 2021; 87 FR 1330, Jan. 11, 2022; 88 FR 2186, Jan. 13, 2023; 89 FR 53863, June 28, 2024; 90 FR 13, Jan. 2, 2025; 90 FR 60576, Dec. 29, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.403" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.403   Delegation of authority.</HEAD>
<P>The Administrator delegates the following authority to the Chief Counsel and the Deputy Chief Counsel for Enforcement, which authority may be redelegated as necessary:
</P>
<P>(a) To initiate and assess civil penalties under 49 U.S.C. 114 and 46301 and this subpart for a violation a TSA requirement;
</P>
<P>(b) To compromise civil penalties initiated under this subpart; and
</P>
<P>(c) To refer cases to the Attorney General of the United States, or the delegate of the Attorney General, for the collection of civil penalties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.405" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.405   Injunctions.</HEAD>
<P>Whenever it is determined that a person has engaged, or is about to engage, in any act or practice constituting a violation of a TSA requirement, the Chief Counsel or the Deputy Chief Counsel for Enforcement may request the Attorney General of the United States, or the delegate of the Attorney General, to bring an action in the appropriate United States district court for such relief as is necessary or appropriate, including mandatory or prohibitive injunctive relief, interim equitable relief, and punitive damages, as provided by 49 U.S.C. 114 and 46107.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.407" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.407   Military personnel.</HEAD>
<P>If a report made under this part indicates that, while performing official duties, a member of the Armed Forces, or a civilian employee of the Department of Defense who is subject to the Uniform Code of Military Justice (10 U.S.C. chapter 47), has violated a TSA requirement, an agency official will send a copy of the report to the appropriate military authority for such disciplinary action as that authority considers appropriate and a report to the Administrator thereon.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.409" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.409   Service of documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This section governs service of documents required to be made under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type of service.</I> A person may serve documents by:
</P>
<P>(1) Personal delivery;
</P>
<P>(2) Mail, or
</P>
<P>(3) Electronic mail or facsimile transmission, if consented to in writing by the person served, except that such service is not effective if the party making service receives credible information indicating that the attempted service did not reach the person to be served.
</P>
<P>(c) If a party serves a pleading on another party during the course of hearing proceedings by electronic mail or facsimile transmission, the party making service must file with the Enforcement Docket Clerk a copy of the consent of the receiving party to accept such method of service.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Date of service.</I> The date of service will be:
</P>
<P>(1) The date of personal delivery.
</P>
<P>(2) If mailed, the mailing date stated on the certificate of service, the date shown on the postmark if there is no certificate of service, or other mailing date shown by other evidence if there is no certificate of service or postmark.
</P>
<P>(3) If sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission, the date of transmission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Valid service.</I> A document served by mail or personal delivery that was properly addressed, was sent in accordance with this part, and that was returned, that was not claimed, or that was refused, is deemed to have been served in accordance with this part. The service will be considered valid as of the date and the time that the document was deposited with a contract or express messenger, the document was mailed, or personal delivery of the document was attempted and refused.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Presumption of service.</I> There will be a presumption of service where a party or a person, who customarily receives mail, or receives it in the ordinary course of business, at either the person's residence or the person's principal place of business, acknowledges receipt of the document.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Additional time after service by mail.</I> Whenever a party has a right or a duty to act or to make any response within a prescribed period after service by mail, or on a date certain after service by mail, 5 days will be added to the prescribed period.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Service of documents filed with the Enforcement Docket.</I> A person must serve a copy of any document filed with the Enforcement Docket on each party and the ALJ or the chief ALJ if no judge has been assigned to the proceeding at the time of filing. Service on a party's attorney of record or a party's designated representative is service on the party.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Certificate of service.</I> Each party must attach a certificate of service to any document tendered for filing with the Enforcement Docket Clerk. A certificate of service must consist of a statement, dated and signed by the person who effected service, of the name(s) of the person(s) served, and the method by which each person was served and the date that the service was made.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Service by the ALJ.</I> The ALJ must serve a copy of each document he or she issues including, but not limited to, notices of pre-hearing conferences and hearings, rulings on motions, decisions, and orders, upon each party to the proceedings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.411" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.411   Computation of time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies to any period of time prescribed or allowed by this part, or by notice or order of an ALJ.
</P>
<P>(b) The date of an act, event, or default, after which a designated time period begins to run, is not included in a computation of time under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(c) The last day of a time period is included in a computation of time unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, a legal holiday, or a day on which the enforcement docket is officially closed. If the last day of the time period is a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday, or a day on which the enforcement docket is officially closed, the time period runs until the end of the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday, or a day on which the enforcement docket is officially closed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.413" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.413   Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Issuance.</I> TSA may initiate a civil penalty action under this section by serving a Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty on the person charged with a violation of a TSA requirement. TSA will serve the Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty on the individual charged with a violation or on the president of the corporation or company charged with a violation, or other representative or employee previously identified in writing to TSA as designated to receive such service. A corporation or company may designate in writing to TSA another person to receive service of any subsequent documents in that civil penalty action.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> The Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty contains a statement of the facts alleged, the statute, regulation, or order allegedly violated, the amount of the proposed civil penalty, and a certificate of service.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response.</I> Not later than 30 days after receipt of the Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty, the person charged with a violation may take one, and only one, of the following options.
</P>
<P>(1) Submit a certified check or money order in the amount of the proposed civil penalty made payable to Transportation Security Administration, at the address specified in the Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty, or make payment electronically through <I>http://www.pay.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) Submit to the agency attorney who issued the Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty one of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) A written request that TSA issue an Order Assessing Civil Penalty in the amount stated in the Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty without further notice, in which case the person waives the right to request a Formal Hearing, and payment is due within 30 days of receipt of the Order.
</P>
<P>(ii) Written information and other evidence, including documents and witness statements, demonstrating that a violation of the regulations did not occur as alleged, or that the proposed penalty is not warranted by the circumstances.
</P>
<P>(iii) A written request to reduce the proposed civil penalty, the amount of requested reduction, together with any documents supporting a reduction of the proposed civil penalty, which reflect a current financial inability to pay or records showing that payment of the proposed civil penalty would prevent the person from continuing in business.
</P>
<P>(iv) A written request for an Informal Conference, at a date to be determined by the agency attorney, to discuss the matter with the agency attorney and to submit supporting evidence and information to the agency attorney before the date of the Informal Conference.
</P>
<P>(3) Submit to the agency attorney and to TSA's Enforcement Docket Clerk a written request for a Formal Hearing before an ALJ in accordance with subpart G of this part. TSA's Enforcement Docket Clerk is currently located at the United States Coast Guard (USCG) ALJ Docketing Center, 40 S. Gay Street, Room 412, Baltimore, Maryland 21202-4022. If this location changes, TSA will provide notice of the change by notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.415" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.415   Request for portions of the enforcement investigative report (EIR).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon receipt of a Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty, a person charged with a violation of a TSA requirement, or a representative designated in writing by that person, may request from the agency attorney who issued the Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty portions of the relevant EIR that are not privileged (<I>e.g.,</I> under the deliberative process, attorney work-product, or attorney-client privileges). This information will be provided for the sole purpose of providing the information necessary to prepare a response to the allegations contained in the Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty. Sensitive Security Information (SSI) contained in the EIR may be released pursuant to 49 CFR part 1520. Information released under this section is not produced under the Freedom of Information Act.
</P>
<P>(b) Any person not listed in paragraph (a) of this section that is interested in obtaining a copy of the EIR must submit a FOIA request pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552, <I>et seq.,</I> 49 CFR part 7, and any applicable DHS regulations. Portions of the EIR may be exempt from disclosure pursuant to FOIA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.417" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.417   Final Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty and Order.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Issuance.</I> TSA may issue a Final Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty and Order (“Final Notice and Order”) to a person charged with a violation in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) The person has failed to respond to a Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty within 30 days after receipt of that notice.
</P>
<P>(2) The person requested an Informal Conference under § 1503.413(c)(2), but failed to attend the conference or continuation of the conference or provide the agency attorney with a written request showing good cause for rescheduling of the informal conference to a specified alternate date.
</P>
<P>(3) The parties have participated in an Informal Conference or other informal proceedings as provided in § 1503.413(c)(2) and the parties have not agreed to compromise the action or the agency attorney has not agreed to withdraw the notice of proposed civil penalty.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> The Final Notice and Order will contain a statement of the facts alleged, the law allegedly violated by the respondent, and the amount of the proposed civil penalty. The Final Notice and Order may reflect a modified allegation or proposed civil penalty as a result of information submitted to the agency attorney during the informal proceedings held under § 1503.413(c)(2).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.419" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.419   Order Assessing Civil Penalty.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Issuance pursuant to a settlement.</I> TSA will issue an Order Assessing Civil Penalty if the parties have participated in an Informal Conference or other informal proceedings as provided in § 1503.413(c)(2) and agreed to a civil penalty amount in compromise of the matter, in which case the person waives the right to request a formal hearing, and payment is due within 30 days of receipt of the Order.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Automatic issuance.</I> A Final Notice and Order automatically converts to an Order Assessing Civil Penalty if—
</P>
<P>(1) The person charged with a violation submits a certified check or money order in the amount reflected in the Final Notice and Order to Transportation Security Administration, to the address specified in the Final Notice and Order, or makes such payment electronically through <I>http://www.pay.gov</I>; or
</P>
<P>(2) The person fails to respond to the Final Notice and Order or request a formal hearing within 15 days after receipt of that notice.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.421" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.421   Streamlined civil penalty procedures for certain security violations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice of violation.</I> TSA, at the agency's discretion, may initiate a civil penalty action through issuance of a Notice of Violation for violations described in the section and as otherwise provided by the Administrator. TSA may serve a Notice of Violation on an individual who violates a TSA requirement by presenting a weapon, explosive, or incendiary for screening at an airport or in checked baggage, where the amount of the proposed civil penalty is less than $5,000.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> A Notice of Violation contains a statement of the charges, the amount of the proposed civil penalty, and an offer to settle the matter for a lesser specified penalty amount.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response.</I> Not later than 30 days after receipt of the Notice of Violation, the individual charged with a violation must respond to TSA by taking one, and only one, of the following options.
</P>
<P>(1) Submit a certified check or money order for the lesser specified penalty amount in the Notice of Violation, made payable to Transportation Security Administration and sent to the address specified in the Notice of Violation, or make such payment electronically through <I>http://www.pay.gov.</I>
</P>
<P>(2) Submit to the office identified in the Notice of Violation one of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Written information and other evidence, including documents and witness statements, demonstrating that a violation of the regulations did not occur as alleged, or that the proposed penalty is not warranted by the circumstances.
</P>
<P>(ii) A written request to reduce the proposed civil penalty, the amount of requested reduction, together with any documents supporting a reduction of the proposed civil penalty, which reflect a current financial inability to pay or records showing that payment of the proposed civil penalty would prevent the person from continuing in business.
</P>
<P>(iii) A written request for an Informal Conference, at a date to be determined by an agency official, to discuss the matter with the agency official and to submit supporting evidence and information to the agency official before the date of the Informal Conference.
</P>
<P>(3) Submit to the office identified in the Notice of Violation and to TSA's Enforcement Docket Clerk a written request for a formal hearing before an ALJ in accordance with subpart G. A request for a formal hearing before an ALJ must be submitted to the address provided in § 1503.413(c)(3).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Final Notice of Violation and Civil Penalty Assessment Order.</I> TSA may issue a Final Notice of Violation and Civil Penalty Assessment Order (“Final Notice and Order”) to the recipient of a Notice of Violation in the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual has failed to respond to a Notice of Violation within 30 days after receipt of that notice.
</P>
<P>(2) The individual requested an Informal Conference under § 1503.421(c)(2)(iii) but failed to attend the conference or continuation of the conference or provide the agency official with a written request showing good cause for rescheduling the informal conference to a specified alternate date.
</P>
<P>(3) The parties have participated in an Informal Conference or other informal proceedings as provided in § 1503.421(c)(2) and the parties have not agreed to compromise the action or the agency official has not agreed to withdraw the Notice of Violation.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Order Assessing Civil Penalty.</I> A Final Notice and Order automatically converts to an Order Assessing Civil Penalty if—
</P>
<P>(1) The individual charged with a violation submits a certified check or money order in the amount reflected in the Final Notice and Order to Transportation Security Administration at the address specified in the Final Notice and Order, or makes such payment electronically through <I>http://www.pay.gov</I>; or
</P>
<P>(2) The individual fails to respond to the Final Notice and Order or request a formal hearing within 15 days after receipt of that notice.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Delegation of authority.</I> The authority of the Administrator, under 49 U.S.C. 46301, to initiate, negotiate, and settle civil penalty actions under this section is delegated to the Assistant Administrator for Security Operations. This authority may be further delegated.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.423" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.423   Consent orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Issuance.</I> At any time before the issuance of an Order Assessing Civil Penalty under this subpart, an agency attorney and a person subject to a Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty, or an agency official and a person subject to a Notice of Violation, may agree to dispose of the case by the issuance of a consent order by TSA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> A consent order contains the following:
</P>
<P>(1) An admission of all jurisdictional facts.
</P>
<P>(2) An admission of agreed-upon allegations.
</P>
<P>(3) A statement of the law violated.
</P>
<P>(4) A finding of violation.
</P>
<P>(5) An express waiver of the right to further procedural steps and of all rights to administrative and judicial review.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.425" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.425   Compromise orders.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Issuance.</I> At any time before the issuance of an Order Assessing Civil Penalty under this subpart, an agency attorney and a person subject to a Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty, or an agency official and a person subject to a Notice of Violation, may agree to dispose of the case by the issuance of a compromise order by TSA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> A compromise order contains the following:
</P>
<P>(1) All jurisdictional facts.
</P>
<P>(2) All allegations.
</P>
<P>(3) A statement that the person agrees to pay the civil penalty specified.
</P>
<P>(4) A statement that TSA makes no finding of a violation.
</P>
<P>(5) A statement that the compromise order will not be used as evidence of a prior violation in any subsequent civil penalty proceeding.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.427" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.427   Request for a formal hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Any respondent may request a formal hearing, pursuant to § 1503.413(c)(3) or § 1503.421(c)(3), to be conducted in accordance with the procedures in subpart G of this part. The filing of a request for a formal hearing does not guarantee a person an opportunity to appear before an ALJ in person, because the ALJ may issue an initial decision or dispositive order resolving the case prior to the commencement of the formal hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form.</I> The person submitting a request for hearing must date and sign the request, and must include his or her current address. The request for hearing must be typewritten or legibly handwritten.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Submission of request.</I> A person requesting a hearing must file a written request for a hearing with the Enforcement Docket Clerk in accordance with § 1503.429 and must serve a copy of the request on the agency attorney or other agency official who issued the Notice of Proposed Civil Penalty, or Notice of Violation, as applicable, and any other party, in accordance with § 1503.429.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.429" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.429   Filing of documents with the Enforcement Docket Clerk.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This section governs filing of documents with the Enforcement Docket Clerk when required under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Type of service.</I> A person must file a document with the Enforcement Docket Clerk by delivering two copies of the document as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) By personal delivery or mail, to United States Coast Guard (USCG) ALJ Docketing Center, ATTN: Enforcement Docket Clerk, at the address specified in § 1503.413(c)(3).
</P>
<P>(2) By electronic mail, to <I>ALJdocket@ALJBalt.USCG.MIL.</I> If this e-mail address changes, TSA will provide notice of the change by notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(3) By facsimile transmission, to 410-962-1746. If this number changes, TSA will provide notice of the change by notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents.</I> Unless otherwise specified in this part, each document must contain a short, plain statement of the facts supporting the person's position and a brief statement of the action requested in the document. Each document must be typewritten or legibly handwritten.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Date of filing.</I> The date of filing will be as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The date of personal delivery.
</P>
<P>(2) If mailed, the mailing date stated on the certificate of service, the date shown on the postmark if there is no certificate of service, or other mailing date shown by other evidence if there is no certificate of service or postmark.
</P>
<P>(3) If sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission, the date of transmission.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Service of documents filed with the Enforcement Docket.</I> A person must serve a copy of any document filed with the Enforcement Docket on each party and the ALJ or the chief ALJ if no judge has been assigned to the proceeding at the time of filing. Service on a party's attorney of record or a party's designated representative is service on the party.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.431" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.5.10.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.431   Certification of documents.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> This section governs each document tendered for filing with the Enforcement Docket Clerk under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Signature required.</I> The attorney of record, the party, or the party's representative must sign each document tendered for filing with the Enforcement Docket Clerk, or served on the ALJ, the TSA decision maker on appeal, or each party.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Effect of signing a document.</I> By signing a document, the attorney of record, the party, or the party's representative certifies that he or she has read the document and, based on reasonable inquiry and to the best of that person's knowledge, information, and belief, the document is—
</P>
<P>(1) Consistent with the rules in this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Warranted by existing law or that a good faith and nonfrivolous argument exists for extension, modification, or reversal of existing law;
</P>
<P>(3) Not unreasonable or unduly burdensome or expensive, not made to harass any person, not made to cause unnecessary delay, not made to cause needless increase in the cost of the proceedings, or for any other improper purpose; and
</P>
<P>(4) Supported by evidence, and any denials of factual contentions are warranted on the evidence.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Sanctions.</I> On motion of a party, if the ALJ or TSA decision maker finds that any attorney of record, the party, or the party's representative has signed a document in violation of this section, the ALJ or the TSA decision maker, as appropriate, will do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Strike the pleading signed in violation of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Strike the request for discovery or the discovery response signed in violation of this section and preclude further discovery by the party.
</P>
<P>(3) Deny the motion or request signed in violation of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Exclude the document signed in violation of this section from the record.
</P>
<P>(5) Dismiss the interlocutory appeal and preclude further appeal on that issue by the party who filed the appeal until an initial decision has been entered on the record.
</P>
<P>(6) Dismiss the appeal of the ALJ's initial decision to the TSA decision maker.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="G" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart G—Rules of Practice in TSA Civil Penalty Actions</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.601" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.601   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart applies to a civil penalty action in which the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section are satisfied.
</P>
<P>(1) There is an alleged violation of a TSA requirement.
</P>
<P>(2) The amount in controversy does not exceed—
</P>
<P>(i) $50,000 if the violation was committed by an individual or a small business concern;
</P>
<P>(ii) $400,000 if the violation was committed by any other person.
</P>
<P>(3) The person charged with the violation has requested a hearing in accordance with § 1503.427 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) This subpart does not apply to the adjudication of the validity of any TSA rule or other requirement under the U.S. Constitution, the Administrative Procedure Act, or any other law.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.603" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.603   Separation of functions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Civil penalty proceedings, including hearings, will be prosecuted only by an agency attorney, except to the extent another agency official is permitted to issue and prosecute civil penalties under § 1503.421 of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) An agency employee engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecutorial functions in a civil penalty action must not, in that case or a factually related case, participate or give advice in a decision by the ALJ or by the TSA decision maker on appeal, except as counsel or a witness in the public proceedings.
</P>
<P>(c) The Chief Counsel or an agency attorney not covered by paragraph (b) of this section will advise the TSA decision maker regarding an initial decision or any appeal of a civil penalty action to the TSA decision maker.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.605" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.605   Appearances and rights of parties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any party may appear and be heard in person.
</P>
<P>(b) Any party may be accompanied, represented, or advised by an attorney or representative designated by the party and may be examined by that attorney or representative in any proceeding governed by this subpart. An attorney or representative who represents a respondent and has not previously filed a pleading in the matter must file a notice of appearance in the action, in the manner provided in § 1503.429, and must serve a copy of the notice of appearance on each party, in the manner provided in § 1503.409, before participating in any proceeding governed by this subpart. The attorney or representative must include the name, address, and telephone number of the attorney or representative in the notice of appearance.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.607" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.607   Administrative law judges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Powers of an ALJ.</I> In accordance with the rules of this subpart, an ALJ may:
</P>
<P>(1) Give notice of, and hold, prehearing conferences and hearings.
</P>
<P>(2) Issue scheduling orders and other appropriate orders regarding discovery or other matters that come before him or her consistent with the rules of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(3) Administer oaths and affirmations.
</P>
<P>(4) Issue subpoenas authorized by law.
</P>
<P>(5) Rule on offers of proof.
</P>
<P>(6) Receive relevant and material evidence.
</P>
<P>(7) Regulate the course of the hearing in accordance with the rules of this subpart.
</P>
<P>(8) Hold conferences to settle or to simplify the issues on his or her own motion or by consent of the parties.
</P>
<P>(9) Rule on procedural motions and requests.
</P>
<P>(10) Make findings of fact and conclusions of law, and issue an initial decision.
</P>
<P>(11) Strike unsigned documents unless omission of the signature is corrected promptly after being called to the attention of the attorney or party.
</P>
<P>(12) Order payment of witness fees in accordance with § 1503.649.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limitations on the power of the ALJ.</I> (1) The ALJ may not:
</P>
<P>(i) Issue an order of contempt.
</P>
<P>(ii) Award costs to any party.
</P>
<P>(iii) Impose any sanction not specified in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(iv) Adopt or follow a standard of proof or procedure contrary to that set forth in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(v) Decide issues involving the validity of a TSA regulation, order, or other requirement under the U.S. Constitution, the Administrative Procedure Act, or other law.
</P>
<P>(2) If the ALJ imposes any sanction not specified in this subpart, a party may file an interlocutory appeal of right pursuant to § 1503.631(c)(3).
</P>
<P>(3) This section does not preclude an ALJ from issuing an order that bars a person from a specific proceeding based on a finding of obstreperous or disruptive behavior in that specific proceeding.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disqualification.</I> The ALJ may disqualify himself or herself at any time. A party may file a motion, pursuant to § 1503.629(f)(6), requesting that an ALJ be disqualified from the proceedings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.609" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.609   Complaint.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing.</I> The agency attorney must file the complaint with the Enforcement Docket Clerk in accordance with § 1503.429, or may file a written motion pursuant to § 1503.629(f)(2)(i) instead of filing a complaint, not later than 30 days after receipt by the agency attorney of a request for hearing. The agency attorney should suggest a location for the hearing when filing the complaint.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> A complaint must set forth the facts alleged, any statute, regulation, or order allegedly violated by the respondent, and the proposed civil penalty in sufficient detail to provide notice of any factual or legal allegation and proposed civil penalty.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.611" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.611   Answer.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing.</I> A respondent must file a written answer to the complaint in accordance with § 1503.429, or may file a written motion pursuant to § 1503.629(f)(1)-(4) instead of filing an answer, not later than 30 days after service of the complaint. Subject to paragraph (c) of this section, the answer may be in the form of a letter, but must be dated and signed by the person responding to the complaint. An answer may be typewritten or may be legibly handwritten. The person filing an answer should suggest a location for the hearing when filing the answer.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> An answer must specifically state any affirmative defense that the respondent intends to assert at the hearing. A person filing an answer may include a brief statement of any relief requested in the answer.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Specific denial of allegations required.</I> A person filing an answer must admit, deny, or state that the person is without sufficient knowledge or information to admit or deny, each numbered paragraph of the complaint. Any statement or allegation contained in the complaint that is not specifically denied in the answer may be deemed an admission of the truth of that allegation. A general denial of the complaint is deemed a failure to file an answer.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Failure to file answer.</I> A person's failure to file an answer without good cause, as determined by the ALJ, will be deemed an admission of the truth of each allegation contained in the complaint.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.613" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.613   Consolidation and separation of cases.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Consolidation.</I> If two or more actions involve common questions of law or fact, the Chief Administrative Law Judge may do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Order a joint hearing or trial on any or all such questions.
</P>
<P>(2) Order the consolidation of such actions.
</P>
<P>(3) Otherwise make such orders concerning the proceedings as may tend to avoid unnecessary costs or delay.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Consolidation shall not affect the applicability of this part.</I> Consolidation of two or more actions that individually meet the jurisdictional amounts set forth in § 1503.601(a)(2) shall not cause the resulting consolidated action to come under the exclusive jurisdiction of the district courts of the United States as specified in 49 U.S.C. 46301(d)(4)(A).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Separate trials.</I> The Chief Administrative Law Judge, in furtherance of convenience or to avoid prejudice, or when separate trials will be conducive to expedition and economy, may order a separate trial of any claim, or of any separate issue, or any number of claims or issues.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.615" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.615   Notice of hearing.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice.</I> The ALJ must give each party at least 60 days notice of the date, time, and location of the hearing. With the consent of the ALJ, the parties may agree to hold the hearing on an earlier date than the date specified in the notice of hearing.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Date, time, and location of the hearing.</I> The ALJ to whom the proceedings have been assigned must set a reasonable date, time, and location for the hearing. The ALJ must consider the need for discovery and any joint procedural or discovery schedule submitted by the parties when determining the hearing date. The ALJ must give due regard to the convenience of the parties, the location where the majority of the witnesses reside or work, and whether the location is served by a scheduled air carrier.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.617" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.617   Extension of time.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Oral requests.</I> The parties may agree to extend for a reasonable period the time for filing a document under this subpart. If the parties agree, the ALJ must grant one extension of time to each party. The party seeking the extension of time must submit a draft order to the ALJ to be signed by the ALJ and filed with the Enforcement Docket Clerk. The ALJ may grant additional oral requests for an extension of time where the parties agree to the extension.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Written motion.</I> A party must file a written motion for an extension of time not later than 7 days before the document is due unless the party shows good cause for the late filing. The ALJ may grant the extension of time if the party shows good cause.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Request for continuance of hearing.</I> Either party may request in writing a continuance of the date of a hearing, for good cause shown, no later than seven days before the scheduled date of the hearing. Good cause does not include a scheduling conflict involving the parties or their attorneys which by due diligence could have been foreseen.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Failure to rule.</I> If the ALJ fails to rule on a written motion for an extension of time by the date the document was due, the motion for an extension of time is deemed granted for no more than 20 days after the original date the document was to be filed. If the ALJ fails to rule on a request for continuance by the scheduled hearing date, the request is deemed granted for no more than 10 days after the scheduled hearing date.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.619" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.619   Intervention.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A person may file a motion for leave to intervene as a party in a civil penalty action. The person must file a motion for leave to intervene not later than 10 days before the hearing unless the person shows good cause for the late filing.
</P>
<P>(b) If the ALJ finds that intervention will not unduly broaden the issues or delay the proceedings, the ALJ may grant a motion for leave to intervene if the person will be bound by any order or decision entered in the action or the person has a property, financial, or other legitimate interest that may not be addressed adequately by the parties. The ALJ may determine the extent to which an intervenor may participate in the proceedings.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.621" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.621   Amendment of pleadings.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Filing and service.</I> A party must file the amendment with the Enforcement Docket Clerk and must serve a copy of the amendment on the ALJ and all parties to the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Time.</I> A party must file an amendment to a complaint or an answer within the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Not later than 15 days before the scheduled date of a hearing, a party may amend a complaint or an answer without the consent of the ALJ.
</P>
<P>(2) Less than 15 days before the scheduled date of a hearing, the ALJ may allow amendment of a complaint or an answer only for good cause shown in a motion to amend.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Responses.</I> The ALJ must allow a reasonable time, but not more than 20 days from the date of filing, for other parties to respond if an amendment to a complaint, answer, or other pleading has been filed with the ALJ.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.623" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.623   Withdrawal of complaint or request for hearing.</HEAD>
<P>At any time before or during a hearing, an agency attorney may withdraw a complaint or a respondent may withdraw a request for a hearing without the consent of the ALJ. If an agency attorney withdraws the complaint or a party withdraws the request for a hearing and the answer, the ALJ must dismiss the proceedings under this subpart with prejudice, unless the withdrawing party shows good cause for dismissal without prejudice, except that a party may withdraw a request for hearing without prejudice at any time before a complaint has been filed.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.625" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.625   Waivers.</HEAD>
<P>Waivers of any rights provided by statute or regulation must be in writing or by stipulation made at a hearing and entered into the record. The parties must set forth the precise terms of the waiver and any conditions.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.627" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.627   Joint procedural or discovery schedule.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> The parties may agree to submit a schedule for filing all prehearing motions, a schedule for conducting discovery in the proceedings, or a schedule that will govern all prehearing motions and discovery in the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and content of schedule.</I> If the parties agree to a joint procedural or discovery schedule, one of the parties must file the joint schedule with the ALJ, setting forth the dates to which the parties have agreed, and must serve a copy of the joint schedule on each party.
</P>
<P>(1) The joint schedule may include, but need not be limited to, requests for discovery, any objections to discovery requests, responses to discovery requests to which there are no objections, submission of prehearing motions, responses to prehearing motions, exchange of exhibits to be introduced at the hearing, and a list of witnesses that may be called at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(2) Each party must sign the original joint schedule to be filed with the Enforcement Docket Clerk.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Time.</I> The parties may agree to submit all prehearing motions and responses and may agree to close discovery in the proceedings under the joint schedule within a reasonable time before the date of the hearing, but not later than 15 days before the hearing.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Order establishing joint schedule.</I> The ALJ must approve the joint schedule filed by the parties. One party must submit a draft order establishing a joint schedule to the ALJ to be signed by the ALJ and filed with the Enforcement Docket Clerk.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Disputes.</I> The ALJ must resolve disputes regarding discovery or disputes regarding compliance with the joint schedule as soon as possible so that the parties may continue to comply with the joint schedule.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Sanctions for failure to comply with joint schedule.</I> If a party fails to comply with the ALJ's order establishing a joint schedule, the ALJ may direct that party to comply with a motion or discovery request or, limited to the extent of the party's failure to comply with a motion or discovery request, the ALJ may do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Strike that portion of a party's pleadings.
</P>
<P>(2) Preclude prehearing or discovery motions by that party.
</P>
<P>(3) Preclude admission of that portion of a party's evidence at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(4) Preclude that portion of the testimony of that party's witnesses at the hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.629" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.629   Motions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A party applying for an order or ruling not specifically provided in this subpart must do so by motion. A party must comply with the requirements of this section when filing a motion. A party must serve a copy of each motion on each party.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and contents.</I> A party must state the relief sought by the motion and the particular grounds supporting that relief. If a party has evidence in support of a motion, the party must attach any supporting evidence, including affidavits, to the motion.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Filing of motions.</I> A motion made prior to the hearing must be in writing or orally on the record. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties or for good cause shown, a party must file any prehearing motion, and must serve a copy on each party, not later than 30 days before the hearing. Motions introduced during a hearing may be made orally on the record unless the ALJ directs otherwise.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Reply to motions.</I> Any party may file a reply, with affidavits or other evidence in support of the reply, not later than 30 days after service of a written motion on that party. When a motion is made during a hearing, the reply may be made at the hearing on the record, orally or in writing, within a reasonable time determined by the ALJ. At the discretion of the ALJ, the moving party may file a response to the reply.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Rulings on motions.</I> The ALJ must rule on all motions as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Discovery motions.</I> The ALJ must resolve all pending discovery motions not later than 10 days before the hearing.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Prehearing motions.</I> The ALJ must resolve all pending prehearing motions not later than 7 days before the hearing. If the ALJ issues a ruling or order orally, the ALJ must serve a written copy of the ruling or order, within 3 days, on each party. In all other cases, the ALJ must issue rulings and orders in writing and must serve a copy of the ruling or order on each party.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Motions made during the hearing.</I> The ALJ may issue rulings and orders on motions made during the hearing orally. Oral rulings or orders on motions must be made on the record.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Specific motions.</I> A party may file, but is not limited to, the following motions with the Enforcement Docket Clerk:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Motion to dismiss for insufficiency.</I> A respondent may file a motion to dismiss the complaint for insufficiency instead of filing an answer. If the ALJ denies the motion to dismiss the complaint for insufficiency, the respondent must file an answer not later than 20 days after service of the ALJ's denial of the motion. A motion to dismiss the complaint for insufficiency must show that the complaint fails to state a violation of a TSA requirement. If the ALJ grants the motion to dismiss the complaint for insufficiency, the agency attorney may amend the complaint in accordance with § 1503.621.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Motion to dismiss.</I> A party may file a motion to dismiss, specifying the grounds for dismissal. If an ALJ grants a motion to dismiss in part, a party may appeal the ALJ's ruling on the motion to dismiss under § 1503.631(b).
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Motion to dismiss a request for a hearing.</I> An agency attorney may file a motion to dismiss a request for a hearing as untimely instead of filing a complaint. If the motion to dismiss is not granted, the agency attorney must file the complaint and must serve a copy of the complaint on each party not later than 20 days after service of the ALJ's ruling or order on the motion to dismiss. If the motion to dismiss is granted and the proceedings are terminated without a hearing, the respondent may file an appeal pursuant to § 1503.657. If required by the decision on appeal, the agency attorney must file a complaint and must serve a copy of the complaint on each party not later than 30 days after service of the decision on appeal.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Motion to dismiss a complaint.</I> A respondent may file a motion to dismiss a complaint instead of filing an answer, on the ground that the complaint was not timely filed or on other grounds. If the ALJ does not grant the motion to dismiss, the respondent must file an answer and must serve a copy of the answer on each party not later than 30 days after service of the ALJ's ruling or order on the motion to dismiss. If the ALJ grants the motion to dismiss and the proceedings are terminated without a hearing, the agency attorney may file an appeal pursuant to § 1503.657. If required by the decision on appeal, the respondent must file an answer and must serve a copy of the answer on each party not later than 20 days after service of the decision on appeal.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Motion to dismiss based on settlement.</I> A party may file a motion to dismiss based on a mutual settlement of the parties.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Motion for more definite statement.</I> A party may file a motion for more definite statement of any pleading that requires a response under this subpart. A party must set forth, in detail, the indefinite or uncertain allegations contained in a complaint or response to any pleading and must submit the details that the party believes would make the allegation or response definite and certain.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Complaint.</I> A respondent may file a motion requesting a more definite statement of the allegations contained in the complaint instead of filing an answer. If the ALJ grants the motion, the agency attorney must supply a more definite statement not later than 15 days after service of the ruling granting the motion. If the agency attorney fails to supply a more definite statement, the ALJ must strike the allegations in the complaint to which the motion is directed. If the ALJ denies the motion, the respondent must file an answer and must serve a copy of the answer on each party not later than 20 days after service of the order of denial.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Answer.</I> An agency attorney may file a motion requesting a more definite statement if an answer fails to respond clearly to the allegations in the complaint. If the ALJ grants the motion, the respondent must supply a more definite statement not later than 15 days after service of the ruling on the motion. If the respondent fails to supply a more definite statement, the ALJ must strike those statements in the answer to which the motion is directed. The respondent's failure to supply a more definite statement may be deemed an admission of unanswered allegations in the complaint.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Motion to strike.</I> Any party may move to strike any insufficient allegation or defense, or any redundant, immaterial, or irrelevant matter in a pleading. A party must file a motion to strike before a response is required under this subpart or, if a response is not required, not later than 10 days after service of the pleading.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Motion for decision.</I> A party may move for decision, regarding all or any part of the proceedings, at any time before the ALJ has issued an initial decision in the proceedings. A party may include with a motion for decision affidavits as well as any other evidence in support of the motion. The ALJ must grant a party's motion for decision if the pleadings, depositions, answers to interrogatories, admissions, affidavits, matters that the ALJ has officially noticed, or evidence introduced during the hearing show that there is no genuine issue of material fact and that the party making the motion is entitled to a decision as a matter of law. The party moving for decision has the burden of showing that there is no genuine issue of material fact.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Motion for disqualification.</I> A party may file the motion at any time after the ALJ has been assigned to the proceedings but must make the motion before the ALJ files an initial decision in the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Motion and supporting affidavit.</I> A party must state the grounds for disqualification, including, but not limited to, personal bias, pecuniary interest, or other factors supporting disqualification, in the motion for disqualification. A party must submit an affidavit with the motion for disqualification that sets forth, in detail, the matters alleged to constitute grounds for disqualification.
</P>
<P>(ii) <I>Answer.</I> A party must respond to the motion for disqualification not later than 5 days after service of the motion for disqualification.
</P>
<P>(iii) <I>Decision on motion for disqualification.</I> The ALJ must render a decision on the motion for disqualification not later than 20 days after the motion has been filed. If the ALJ finds that the motion for disqualification and supporting affidavit show a basis for disqualification, the ALJ must withdraw from the proceedings immediately. If the ALJ finds that disqualification is not warranted, the ALJ must deny the motion and state the grounds for the denial on the record. If the ALJ fails to rule on a party's motion for disqualification within 20 days after the motion has been filed, the motion is deemed granted.
</P>
<P>(iv) <I>Appeal.</I> A party may appeal the ALJ's denial of the motion for disqualification in accordance with § 1503.631(b).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 36039, July 21, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 58333, Sept. 24, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.631" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.631   Interlocutory appeals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Unless otherwise provided in this subpart, a party may not appeal a ruling or decision of the ALJ to the TSA decision maker until the initial decision has been entered on the record. A decision or order of the TSA decision maker on the interlocutory appeal does not constitute a final order of the Administrator for the purposes of judicial appellate review under 49 U.S.C. 46110.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interlocutory appeal for cause.</I> If a party files a written request for an interlocutory appeal for cause with the ALJ, or orally requests an interlocutory appeal for cause, the proceedings are stayed until the ALJ issues a decision on the request. If the ALJ grants the request, the proceedings are stayed until the TSA decision maker issues a decision on the interlocutory appeal. The ALJ must grant an interlocutory appeal for cause if a party shows that delay of the appeal would be detrimental to the public interest or would result in undue prejudice to any party.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Interlocutory appeals of right.</I> If a party notifies the ALJ of an interlocutory appeal of right, the proceedings are stayed until the TSA decision maker issues a decision on the interlocutory appeal. A party may file an interlocutory appeal, without the consent of the ALJ, before an initial decision has been entered in the following cases:
</P>
<P>(1) A ruling or order by the ALJ barring a person from the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(2) Failure of the ALJ to dismiss the proceedings in accordance with § 1503.623.
</P>
<P>(3) A ruling or order by the ALJ in violation of § 1503.607(b).
</P>
<P>(4) A ruling or order by the ALJ regarding public access to a particular docket or documents.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Procedure.</I> Not later than 10 days after the ALJ's decision forming the basis of an interlocutory appeal of right or not later than 10 days after the ALJ's decision granting an interlocutory appeal for cause, a party must file a notice of interlocutory appeal, with supporting documents, and the party must serve a copy of the notice and supporting documents on each party. Not later than 10 days after service of the appeal brief, a party must file a reply brief, if any, and the party must serve a copy of the reply brief on each party. The TSA decision maker must render a decision on the interlocutory appeal, on the record and as a part of the decision in the proceedings, within a reasonable time after receipt of the interlocutory appeal.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Frivolous appeals.</I> The TSA decision maker may reject frivolous, repetitive, or dilatory appeals, and may issue an order precluding one or more parties from making further interlocutory appeals in a proceeding in which there have been frivolous, repetitive, or dilatory interlocutory appeals.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 36039, July 21, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 58334, Sept. 24, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.633" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.633   Discovery.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initiation of discovery.</I> Any party may initiate discovery described in this section, without the consent or approval of the ALJ, at any time after a complaint has been filed in the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Methods of discovery.</I> The following methods of discovery are permitted under this section: depositions on oral examination or written questions of any person; written interrogatories directed to a party; requests for production of documents or tangible items to any person; and requests for admission by a party. A party is not required to file written discovery requests and responses with the ALJ or the Enforcement Docket Clerk. In the event of a discovery dispute, a party must attach a copy of these documents in support of a motion made under this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service on the agency.</I> A party must serve each discovery request directed to the agency or any agency employee on the agency attorney of record.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Time for response to discovery requests.</I> Unless otherwise directed by this subpart, agreed by the parties, or by order of the ALJ, a party must respond to a request for discovery, including filing objections to a request for discovery, not later than 30 days after service of the request.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Scope of discovery.</I> Subject to the limits on discovery set forth in paragraph (f) of this section, a party may discover any matter that is not privileged and that is relevant to the subject matter of the proceeding. A party may discover information that relates to the claim or defense of any party including the existence, description, nature, custody, condition, and location of any document or other tangible item and the identity and location of any person having knowledge of discoverable matter. A party may discover facts known, or opinions held, by an expert who any other party expects to call to testify at the hearing. A party may not object to a discovery request on the basis that the information sought would not be admissible at the hearing if the information sought during discovery is reasonably calculated to lead to the discovery of admissible evidence.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Limiting discovery.</I> The ALJ must limit the frequency and extent of discovery permitted by this section if a party shows that—
</P>
<P>(1) The information requested is cumulative or repetitious;
</P>
<P>(2) The information requested can be obtained from another less burdensome and more convenient source;
</P>
<P>(3) The party requesting the information has had ample opportunity to obtain the information through other discovery methods permitted under this section; or
</P>
<P>(4) The method or scope of discovery requested by the party is unduly burdensome or expensive.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Disclosure of Sensitive Security Information (SSI).</I> At the request of a party, TSA may provide SSI to the party when, in the sole discretion of TSA, access to the SSI is necessary for the party to prepare a response to allegations contained the complaint. TSA may provide such information subject to such restrictions on further disclosure and such safeguarding requirements as TSA determines appropriate.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Confidential orders.</I> A party or person who has received a discovery request for information, other than SSI, that is related to a trade secret, confidential or sensitive material, competitive or commercial information, proprietary data, or information on research and development, may file a motion for a confidential order with the ALJ and must serve a copy of the motion for a confidential order on each party.
</P>
<P>(1) The party or person making the motion must show that the confidential order is necessary to protect the information from disclosure to the public.
</P>
<P>(2) If the ALJ determines that the requested material is not necessary to decide the case, the ALJ must preclude any inquiry into the matter by any party.
</P>
<P>(3) If the ALJ determines that the requested material may be disclosed during discovery, the ALJ may order that the material may be discovered and disclosed under limited conditions or may be used only under certain terms and conditions.
</P>
<P>(4) If the ALJ determines that the requested material is necessary to decide the case and that a confidential order is warranted, the ALJ must provide the following:
</P>
<P>(i) An opportunity for review of the document by the parties off the record.
</P>
<P>(ii) Procedures for excluding the information from the record.
</P>
<P>(iii) An order that the parties must not disclose the information in any manner and the parties must not use the information in any other proceeding.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Protective orders.</I> A party or a person who has received a request for discovery may file a motion for protective order and must serve a copy of the motion for protective order on each party. The party or person making the motion must show that the protective order is necessary to protect the party or the person from annoyance, embarrassment, oppression, or undue burden or expense. As part of the protective order, the ALJ may do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Deny the discovery request.
</P>
<P>(2) Order that discovery be conducted only on specified terms and conditions, including a designation of the time or place for discovery or a determination of the method of discovery.
</P>
<P>(3) Limit the scope of discovery or preclude any inquiry into certain matters during discovery.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Duty to supplement or amend responses.</I> A party who has responded to a discovery request has a duty to supplement or amend the response, as soon as the information is known, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) A party must supplement or amend any response to a question requesting the identity and location of any person having knowledge of discoverable matters.
</P>
<P>(2) A party must supplement or amend any response to a question requesting the identity of each person who will be called to testify at the hearing as an expert witness and the subject matter and substance of that witness' testimony.
</P>
<P>(3) A party must supplement or amend any response that was incorrect when made or any response that was correct when made but is no longer correct, accurate, or complete.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Depositions.</I> The following rules apply to depositions taken pursuant to this section:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Form.</I> A deposition must be taken on the record and reduced to writing. The person being deposed must sign the deposition unless the parties agree to waive the requirement of a signature.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Administration of oaths.</I> Within the United States, or a territory or possession subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, a party must take a deposition before a person authorized to administer oaths by the laws of the United States or authorized by the law of the place where the examination is held. Outside the United States, a party will take a deposition in any manner allowed by the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (28 U.S.C. App.).
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Notice of deposition.</I> A party must serve a notice of deposition, stating the time and place of the deposition and the name and address of each person to be examined, on the person to be deposed, on the ALJ, on the Enforcement Docket Clerk, and on each party not later than 7 days before the deposition. A party may serve a notice of deposition less than 7 days before the deposition only with consent of the ALJ and for good cause shown. If a subpoena “duces tecum” is to be served on the person to be examined, the party must attach a copy of the subpoena duces tecum that describes the materials to be produced at the deposition to the notice of deposition.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Use of depositions.</I> A party may use any part or all of a deposition at a hearing authorized under this subpart only upon a showing of good cause. The deposition may be used against any party who was present or represented at the deposition or who had reasonable notice of the deposition.
</P>
<P>(l) <I>Interrogatories.</I> A party, the party's attorney, or the party's representative may sign the party's responses to interrogatories. A party must answer each interrogatory separately and completely in writing. If a party objects to an interrogatory, the party must state the objection and the reasons for the objection. An opposing party may use any part or all of a party's responses to interrogatories at a hearing authorized under this subpart to the extent that the response is relevant, material, and not repetitious.
</P>
<P>(1) A party must not serve more than 30 interrogatories to each other party. Each subpart of an interrogatory will be counted as a separate interrogatory.
</P>
<P>(2) Before serving additional interrogatories on a party, a party must file a motion for leave to serve additional interrogatories on a party with the ALJ and must serve a copy on each party before serving additional interrogatories on a party. The ALJ may grant the motion only if the party shows good cause for the party's failure to inquire about the information previously and that the information cannot reasonably be obtained using less burdensome discovery methods or be obtained from other sources.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Requests for admission.</I> A party may serve a written request for admission of the truth of any matter within the scope of discovery under this section or the authenticity of any document described in the request. A party must set forth each request for admission separately. A party must serve copies of documents referenced in the request for admission unless the documents have been provided or are reasonably available for inspection and copying.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Time.</I> A party's failure to respond to a request for admission, in writing and signed by the attorney or the party, not later than 30 days after service of the request, is deemed an admission of the truth of the statement or statements contained in the request for admission. The ALJ may determine that a failure to respond to a request for admission is not deemed an admission of the truth if a party shows that the failure was due to circumstances beyond the control of the party or the party's attorney.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Response.</I> A party may object to a request for admission and must state the reasons for objection. A party may specifically deny the truth of the matter or describe the reasons why the party is unable to truthfully deny or admit the matter. If a party is unable to deny or admit the truth of the matter, the party must show that the party has made reasonable inquiry into the matter or that the information known to, or readily obtainable by, the party is insufficient to enable the party to admit or deny the matter. A party may admit or deny any part of the request for admission. If the ALJ determines that a response does not comply with the requirements of this rule or that the response is insufficient, the matter is deemed admitted.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Effect of admission.</I> Any matter admitted or deemed admitted under this section is conclusively established for the purpose of the hearing and appeal.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Motion to compel discovery.</I> A party may move to compel discovery if a person refuses to answer a question during a deposition, a party fails or refuses to answer an interrogatory, if a person gives an evasive or incomplete answer during a deposition or when responding to an interrogatory, or a party fails or refuses to produce documents or tangible items. During a deposition, the proponent of a question may complete the deposition or may adjourn the examination before moving to compel if a person refuses to answer.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Failure to comply with a discovery order or order to compel.</I> If a party fails to comply with a discovery order or an order to compel, the ALJ, limited to the extent of the party's failure to comply with the discovery order or motion to compel, may do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Strike that portion of a party's pleadings.
</P>
<P>(2) Preclude prehearing or discovery motions by that party.
</P>
<P>(3) Preclude admission of that portion of a party's evidence at the hearing.
</P>
<P>(4) Preclude that portion of the testimony of that party's witnesses at the hearing.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.635" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.635   Evidence.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A party is entitled to present the party's case or defense by oral, documentary, or demonstrative evidence, to submit rebuttal evidence, and to conduct any cross-examination that may be required for a full and true disclosure of the facts.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Admissibility.</I> A party may introduce any oral, documentary, or demonstrative evidence in support of the party's case or defense. The ALJ must admit any oral, documentary, or demonstrative evidence introduced by a party, but must exclude irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious evidence.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Hearsay evidence.</I> Hearsay evidence is admissible in proceedings governed by this subpart. The fact that evidence submitted by a party is hearsay goes only to the weight of the evidence and does not affect its admissibility.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.637" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.637   Standard of proof.</HEAD>
<P>The ALJ may issue an initial decision or may rule in a party's favor only if the decision or ruling is supported by a preponderance of the evidence contained in the record. In order to prevail, the party with the burden of proof must prove the party's case or defense by a preponderance of the evidence.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.639" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.639   Burden of proof.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except in the case of an affirmative defense, the burden of proof is on the agency.
</P>
<P>(b) Except as otherwise provided by statute or rule, the proponent of a motion, request, or order has the burden of proof.
</P>
<P>(c) A party who has asserted an affirmative defense has the burden of proving the affirmative defense.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.641" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.641   Offer of proof.</HEAD>
<P>A party whose evidence has been excluded by a ruling of the ALJ may offer the evidence for the record on appeal.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.643" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.643   Public disclosure of evidence.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to information other than Sensitive Security Information (SSI). All release of SSI is governed by § 1503.415 and 49 CFR part 1520.
</P>
<P>(a) The ALJ may order that any other information contained in the record be withheld from public disclosure. Any person may object to disclosure of information in the record by filing a written motion to withhold specific information with the ALJ and serving a copy of the motion on each party. The party must state the specific grounds for nondisclosure in the motion.
</P>
<P>(b) The ALJ must grant the motion to withhold information in the record if, based on the motion and any response to the motion, the ALJ determines that disclosure would be detrimental to transportation safety, disclosure would not be in the public interest, or that the information is not otherwise required to be made available to the public.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.645" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.645   Expert or opinion witnesses.</HEAD>
<P>An employee of the agency may not be called as an expert or opinion witness, for any party other than TSA, in any proceeding governed by this subpart. An employee of a respondent may not be called by an agency attorney as an expert or opinion witness for TSA in any proceeding governed by this subpart to which the respondent is a party.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.647" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.24" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.647   Subpoenas.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for subpoena.</I> A party may obtain a subpoena to compel the attendance of a witness at a deposition or hearing, or to require the production of documents or tangible items, from the ALJ who is assigned to the case, or, if no ALJ is assigned or the assigned law judge is unavailable, from the chief ALJ. The party must complete the subpoena, stating the title of the action and the date and time for the witness' attendance or production of documents or items. The party who obtained the subpoena must serve the subpoena on the witness or the custodian of the documents or tangible items sought to be produced.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Motion to quash or modify the subpoena.</I> A party, or any person upon whom a subpoena has been served, may file a motion to quash or modify the subpoena at or before the time specified in the subpoena for compliance. The applicant must describe, in detail, the basis for the application to quash or modify the subpoena including, but not limited to, a statement that the testimony, document, or tangible evidence is not relevant to the proceeding, that the subpoena is not reasonably tailored to the scope of the proceeding, or that the subpoena is unreasonable and oppressive. A motion to quash or modify the subpoena will stay the effect of the subpoena pending a decision by the ALJ on the motion.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Enforcement of subpoena.</I> Upon a showing that a person has failed or refused to comply with a subpoena, a party may apply to the U.S. district court having jurisdiction to seek judicial enforcement of the subpoena in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 46104.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.649" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.25" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.649   Witness fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Unless otherwise authorized by the ALJ, the party who applies for a subpoena to compel the attendance of a witness at a deposition or hearing, or the party at whose request a witness appears at a deposition or hearing, must pay the witness fees described in this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Amount.</I> Except for an employee of the agency who appears at the direction of the agency, a witness who appears at a deposition or hearing is entitled to the same fees and mileage expenses as are paid to a witness in a court of the United States in comparable circumstances.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.651" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.26" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.651   Record.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Exclusive record.</I> The request for hearing, complaint, answer, transcript of all testimony in the hearing, all exhibits received into evidence, and all motions, responses to motions, applications, requests, and rulings will constitute the exclusive record for decision of the proceedings and the basis for the issuance of any orders in the proceeding.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Examination and copying of record.</I> (1) <I>Generally.</I> Any person interested in reviewing or obtaining a copy of a record may do so only by submitting a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request under 5 U.S.C. 552, <I>et seq.</I>, 49 CFR part 7, and any applicable DHS regulations. Portions of the record may be exempt from disclosure pursuant to FOIA.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Docket Files or Documents Not for Public Disclosure.</I> (i) Only the following persons may review docket files or particular documents that are not for public disclosure:
</P>
<P>(A) Parties to the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(B) Their designated representatives.
</P>
<P>(C) Persons who have a need to know as determined by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(ii) Those persons with permission to review these documents or docket files may view the materials at the TSA Headquarters, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, Virginia 20598-6002. Persons with access to these records may have a copy of the records after payment of reasonable costs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.653" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.27" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.653   Argument before the ALJ.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Arguments during the hearing.</I> During the hearing, the ALJ must give the parties a reasonable opportunity to present arguments on the record supporting or opposing motions, objections, and rulings if the parties request an opportunity for argument. The ALJ may request written arguments during the hearing if the ALJ finds that submission of written arguments is necessary before the ALJ issues the ruling or order.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Final oral argument.</I> At the conclusion of the hearing and before the ALJ issues an initial decision in the proceedings, the parties are entitled to submit oral proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law, exceptions to rulings of the ALJ, and supporting arguments for the findings, conclusions, or exceptions. At the conclusion of the hearing, a party may waive final oral argument.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Posthearing briefs.</I> The ALJ may request written posthearing briefs before the ALJ issues an initial decision in the proceedings. If a party files a written posthearing brief, the party must include proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law, exceptions to rulings of the ALJ, and supporting arguments for the findings, conclusions, or exceptions. The ALJ must give the parties a reasonable opportunity, not more than 30 days after receipt of the transcript, to prepare and submit the briefs.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.655" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.28" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.655   Initial decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contents.</I> The ALJ may issue an initial decision after the conclusion of the hearing or after the submission of written posthearing briefs, if so ordered. In each oral or written decision, the ALJ must include findings of fact and conclusions of law, and the grounds supporting those findings and conclusions, upon all material issues of fact, the credibility of witnesses, the applicable law, any exercise of the ALJ's discretion, the amount of any civil penalty found appropriate by the ALJ, and a discussion of the basis for any order issued in the proceedings. The ALJ is not required to provide a written explanation for rulings on objections, procedural motions, and other matters not directly relevant to the substance of the initial decision. If the ALJ refers to any previous unreported or unpublished initial decision, the ALJ must make copies of that initial decision available to all parties and the TSA decision maker.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Written decision.</I> At the conclusion of the hearing, the ALJ may issue the initial decision and order orally on the record. The ALJ must issue a written initial decision and order not later than 30 days after the conclusion of the hearing or submission of the last posthearing brief. The ALJ must serve a copy of any written initial decision on each party.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Order assessing civil penalty.</I> Unless appealed pursuant to § 1503.657, the initial decision issued by the ALJ will be considered an order assessing civil penalty if the ALJ finds that an alleged violation occurred and determines that a civil penalty, in an amount found appropriate by the ALJ, is warranted.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Effect of initial decision.</I> An initial decision of an ALJ is persuasive authority in any other civil penalty action, unless appealed and reversed by the TSA decision maker or a court of competent jurisdiction.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.657" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.29" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.657   Appeal from initial decision.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice of appeal.</I> Either party may appeal the initial decision, and any decision not previously appealed pursuant to § 1503.631, by filing a notice of appeal with the Enforcement Docket Clerk. A party must file the notice of appeal with USCG ALJ Docketing Center, ATTN: Enforcement Docket Clerk, 40 S. Gay Street, Room 412, Baltimore, Maryland 21202-4022. A party must file the notice of appeal not later than 10 days after entry of the oral initial decision on the record or service of the written initial decision on the parties and must serve a copy of the notice of appeal on each party. Upon filing of a notice of appeal, the effectiveness of the initial decision is stayed until a final decision and order of the TSA decision maker have been entered on the record.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Issues on appeal.</I> A party may appeal only the following issues:
</P>
<P>(1) Whether each finding of fact is supported by a preponderance of the evidence.
</P>
<P>(2) Whether each conclusion of law is made in accordance with applicable law, precedent, and public policy.
</P>
<P>(3) Whether the ALJ committed any prejudicial errors during the hearing that support the appeal.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Perfecting an appeal.</I> Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, a party must perfect an appeal, not later than 50 days after entry of the oral initial decision on the record or service of the written initial decision on the party, by filing an appeal brief with the Enforcement Docket Clerk.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Extension of time by agreement of the parties.</I> The parties may agree to extend the time for perfecting the appeal with the consent of the TSA decision maker. If the TSA decision maker grants an extension of time to perfect the appeal, the Enforcement Docket Clerk will serve a letter confirming the extension of time on each party.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Written motion for extension.</I> If the parties do not agree to an extension of time for perfecting an appeal, a party desiring an extension of time may file a written motion for an extension with the Enforcement Docket Clerk and must serve a copy of the motion on each party. The TSA decision maker may grant an extension if good cause for the extension is shown in the motion.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Appeal briefs.</I> A party must file the appeal brief with the Enforcement Docket Clerk and must serve a copy of the appeal brief on each party.
</P>
<P>(1) In the appeal brief, a party must set forth, in detail, the party's specific objections to the initial decision or rulings, the basis for the appeal, the reasons supporting the appeal, and the relief requested in the appeal. If, for the appeal, the party relies on evidence contained in the record for the appeal, the party must specifically refer in the appeal brief to the pertinent evidence contained in the transcript.
</P>
<P>(2) The TSA decision maker may dismiss an appeal, on the TSA decision maker's own initiative or upon motion of any other party, where a party has filed a notice of appeal but fails to perfect the appeal by timely filing an appeal brief.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reply brief.</I> Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, any party may file a reply brief not later than 35 days after the appeal brief has been served on that party. The party filing the reply brief must serve a copy of the reply brief on each party. If the party relies on evidence contained in the record for the reply, the party must specifically refer to the pertinent evidence contained in the transcript in the reply brief.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Extension of time by agreement of the parties.</I> The parties may agree to extend the time for filing a reply brief with the consent of the TSA decision maker. If the TSA decision maker grants an extension of time to file the reply brief, the Enforcement Docket Clerk will serve a letter confirming the extension of time on each party.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Written motion for extension.</I> If the parties do not agree to an extension of time for filing a reply brief, a party desiring an extension of time may file a written motion for an extension and will serve a copy of the motion on each party. The TSA decision maker may grant an extension if good cause for the extension is shown in the motion.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Other briefs.</I> The TSA decision maker may allow any person to submit an amicus curiae brief in an appeal of an initial decision. A party may not file more than one appeal brief or reply brief. A party may petition the TSA decision maker, in writing, for leave to file an additional brief and must serve a copy of the petition on each party. The party may not file the additional brief with the petition. The TSA decision maker may grant leave to file an additional brief if the party demonstrates good cause for allowing additional argument on the appeal. The TSA decision maker will allow a reasonable time for the party to file the additional brief.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Number of copies.</I> A party must file the original appeal brief or the original reply brief, and two copies of the brief, with the Enforcement Docket Clerk.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Oral argument.</I> The TSA decision maker has sole discretion to permit oral argument on the appeal. On the TSA decision maker's own initiative or upon written motion by any party, the TSA decision maker may find that oral argument will contribute substantially to the development of the issues on appeal and may grant the parties an opportunity for oral argument.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Waiver of objections on appeal.</I> If a party fails to object to any alleged error regarding the proceedings in an appeal or a reply brief, the party waives any objection to the alleged error. The TSA decision maker is not required to consider any objection in an appeal brief or any argument in the reply brief if a party's objection is based on evidence contained in the record and the party does not specifically refer to the pertinent evidence from the record in the brief.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>The TSA decision maker's decision on appeal.</I> The TSA decision maker will review the briefs on appeal and the oral argument, if any, to determine if the ALJ committed prejudicial error in the proceedings or that the initial decision should be affirmed, modified, or reversed. The TSA decision maker may affirm, modify, or reverse the initial decision, make any necessary findings, or may remand the case for any proceedings that the TSA decision maker determines may be necessary.
</P>
<P>(1) The TSA decision maker may raise any issue, on the TSA decision maker's own initiative, that is required for proper disposition of the proceedings. The TSA decision maker will give the parties a reasonable opportunity to submit arguments on the new issues before making a decision on appeal. If an issue raised by the TSA decision maker requires the consideration of additional testimony or evidence, the TSA decision maker will remand the case to the ALJ for further proceedings and an initial decision related to that issue. If the TSA decision maker raises an issue that is solely an issue of law, or the issue was addressed at the hearing but was not raised by a party in the briefs on appeal, the TSA decision maker need not remand the case to the ALJ for further proceedings but has the discretion to do so.
</P>
<P>(2) The TSA decision maker will issue the final decision and order of the Administrator on appeal in writing and will serve a copy of the decision and order on each party. Unless a petition for review is filed pursuant to § 1503.659, a final decision and order of the Administrator will be considered an order assessing civil penalty if the TSA decision maker finds that an alleged violation occurred and a civil penalty is warranted.
</P>
<P>(3) A final decision and order of the Administrator after appeal is binding precedent in any other civil penalty action unless appealed and reversed by a court of competent jurisdiction.
</P>
<P>(4) The TSA decision maker will determine whether the decision and order of the TSA decision maker, with the ALJ's initial decision or order attached, may be released to the public, either in whole or in redacted form. In making this determination, the TSA decision maker will consider whether disclosure of any of the information in the decision and order would be detrimental to transportation security, would not be in the public interest, or should not otherwise be required to be made available to the public.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.659" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.30" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.659   Petition to reconsider or modify a final decision and order of the TSA decision maker on appeal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Any party may petition the TSA decision maker to reconsider or modify a final decision and order issued by the TSA decision maker on appeal from an initial decision. A party must file a petition to reconsider or modify not later than 30 days after service of the TSA decision maker's final decision and order on appeal and must serve a copy of the petition on each party. The TSA decision maker will not reconsider or modify an initial decision and order issued by an ALJ that has not been appealed by any party to the TSA decision maker and filed with the Enforcement Docket Clerk.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Form and number of copies.</I> A party must file in writing a petition to reconsider or modify. The party must file the original petition with the Enforcement Docket Clerk and must serve a copy of the petition on each party.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Contents.</I> A party must state briefly and specifically the alleged errors in the final decision and order on appeal, the relief sought by the party, and the grounds that support the petition to reconsider or modify.
</P>
<P>(1) If the petition is based, in whole or in part, on allegations regarding the consequences of the TSA decision maker's decision, the party must describe and support those allegations.
</P>
<P>(2) If the petition is based, in whole or in part, on new material not previously raised in the proceedings, the party must set forth the new material and include affidavits of prospective witnesses and authenticated documents that would be introduced in support of the new material. The party must explain, in detail, why the new material was not discovered through due diligence prior to the hearing.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Repetitious and frivolous petitions.</I> The TSA decision maker will not consider repetitious or frivolous petitions. The TSA decision maker may summarily dismiss repetitious or frivolous petitions to reconsider or modify.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Reply petitions.</I> Any other party may reply to a petition to reconsider or modify, not later than 30 days after service of the petition on that party, by filing a reply with the Enforcement Docket Clerk. A party must serve a copy of the reply on each party.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effect of filing petition.</I> Unless otherwise ordered by the TSA decision maker, filing a petition pursuant to this section will stay the effective date of the TSA decision maker's final decision and order on appeal.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>The TSA decision maker's decision on petition.</I> The TSA decision maker has sole discretion to grant or deny a petition to reconsider or modify. The TSA decision maker will grant or deny a petition to reconsider or modify within a reasonable time after receipt of the petition or receipt of the reply petition, if any. The TSA decision maker may affirm, modify, or reverse the final decision and order on appeal, or may remand the case for any proceedings that the TSA decision maker determines may be necessary.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 36039, July 21, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 58334, Sept. 24, 2010]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.661" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.7.10.31" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.661   Judicial review of a final order.</HEAD>
<P>For violations of a TSA requirement, a party may petition for review of a final order of the Administrator only to the courts of appeals of the United States or the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 46110. A party seeking judicial review of a final order must file a petition for review not later than 60 days after the final order has been served on the party.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="H" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.8" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart H—Judicial Assessment of Civil Penalties</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.701" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.8.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.701   Applicability of this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Jurisdictional minimums.</I> This subpart applies to a civil penalty action under this part in which the total amount in controversy exceeds the following amounts.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>In general.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, in the case of violation of title 49 U.S.C. or 46 U.S.C chapter 701, a regulation prescribed, or order issued under any of those provisions, the amount in controversy exceeds the following:
</P>
<P>(1) $50,000, in the case of violation by an individual or small business concern, as defined in section 3 of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632).
</P>
<P>(2) $400,000, in the case of violation by any other person.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Certain aviation related violations.</I> In the case of a violation of 49 U.S. C. chapter 449 (except sections 44902, 44903(d), 44907(a)-(d)(1)(A), 44907(d)(1)(C)-(f), 44908, and 44909), or a regulation prescribed or order issued under any of those provisions, the amount in controversy exceeds the following:
</P>
<P>(1) $50,000, in the case of violation by an individual (except an airman serving as an airman), any person not operating an aircraft for the transportation of passengers or property for compensation, or a small business concern, as defined in section 3 of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632).
</P>
<P>(2) $400,000, in the case of violation by a person operating an aircraft for the transportation of passengers or property for compensation (except an individual serving as an airman).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.703" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.8.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.703   Civil penalty letter; referral.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Issuance.</I> In a civil penalty action in which the amount in controversy exceeds the amounts set forth in § 1503.701, the Administrator will send a civil penalty letter to the person charged with a violation of a TSA requirement.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Contents.</I> The civil penalty letter will contain a statement of the charges; the applicable law, rule, regulation, or order; the amount of civil penalty that the Administrator will accept in full settlement of the action or an offer to compromise the civil penalty.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response.</I> Not later than 30 days after receipt of the civil penalty letter, the person charged with a violation may present to the agency attorney any material or information in answer to the charges, either orally or in writing, that may explain, mitigate, or deny the violation or that may show extenuating circumstances. The Administrator will consider any material or information submitted in accordance with this paragraph (c) to determine whether the person is subject to a civil penalty or to determine the amount for which the Administrator will compromise the action.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compromise.</I> If the person charged with a violation offers to compromise the civil penalty action for a specific amount, that person must send payment in a form and manner acceptable to TSA for that amount to the agency, made payable to the Transportation Security Administration, or make payment electronically through <I>http://www.pay.gov.</I> The Chief Counsel or the Deputy Chief Counsel for Civil Enforcement may accept the payment or may refuse and return the payment. If the Administrator accepts the offer to compromise, the agency will send a letter to the person charged with the violation stating that the payment is accepted in full settlement of the civil penalty action and that the matter is closed.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Referral for prosecution and collection.</I> If the parties cannot agree to compromise the civil penalty action or the offer to compromise is rejected and the payment submitted in compromise is returned, the Administrator may refer the civil penalty action to the United States Attorney General, or the delegate of the Attorney General, to begin proceedings in a United States district court, pursuant to the authority in 49 U.S.C. 114 or 46305 to prosecute and collect the civil penalty.
</P>
<P>(f) The Administrator delegates to the Chief Counsel and the Deputy Chief Counsel for Enforcement the authority to carry out any function of the Administrator described in this § 1503.703.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="I" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.9" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart I—Formal Complaints</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1503.801" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.3.9.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1503.801   Formal complaints.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Any person may file a complaint with the Administrator with respect to any act or omission by any person in contravention of 49 U.S.C., subtitle VII, part A, (except sections 44902, 44903(d), 44907(a)-(d)(1)(A), 44907(d)(1)(C)-(f), 44908, and 44909) administered by the Administrator, or a regulation prescribed or order issued under any of those provisions. This section does not apply to complaints against the Administrator or employees of the TSA acting within the scope of their employment.
</P>
<P>(b) Complaints filed under this section must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be submitted in writing and identified as a complaint filed for the purpose of seeking an appropriate order or other enforcement action;
</P>
<P>(2) Be submitted to the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration, by following the instructions to complete a “complaint” contact form by following the instructions on the TSA Web site, currently accessible at <I>http://www.tsa.gov/contact/index.shtm.</I>
</P>
<P>(3) Set forth the name and address, if known, of each person who is the subject of the complaint and, with respect to each person, the specific provisions of the statute, regulation, or order that the person filing the complaint believes were violated;
</P>
<P>(4) Contain a concise, but complete, statement of the facts relied upon to substantiate each allegation;
</P>
<P>(5) State the name, address, and telephone number of the person filing the complaint; and
</P>
<P>(6) Be signed by the person filing the complaint or a duly authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(c) TSA will consider complaints that do not meet the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section as reports under § 1503.1.
</P>
<P>(d) TSA will place complaints that meet the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section in the docket and will mail a copy to each person named in the complaint.
</P>
<P>(e) TSA will refer any complaint against a member of the Armed Forces of the United States acting in the performance of official duties to the Secretary of the Department concerned in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 1503.407.
</P>
<P>(f) The person named in the complaint must file an answer within 20 days after service of a copy of the complaint.
</P>
<P>(g) After the complaint has been answered or after the allotted time in which to file an answer has expired, the Administrator, or a designated official, will determine if there are reasonable grounds for investigating the complaint.
</P>
<P>(h) If the Administrator, or a designated official, determines that a complaint does not state facts that warrant an investigation or action, the Administrator or designated official may dismiss the complaint without a hearing and, if so, will provide the reason for the dismissal, in writing, to the person who filed the complaint and the person(s) named in the complaint.
</P>
<P>(i) If the Administrator, or a designated official, determines that reasonable grounds exist, an informal investigation may be initiated. Each person named in the complaint will be advised which official has been delegated the responsibility under § 1503.203 for conducting the investigation.
</P>
<P>(j) If the investigation substantiates the allegations set forth in the complaint, a notice of proposed order may be issued or other enforcement action taken in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(k) The complaint and other pleadings and official TSA records relating to the disposition of the complaint are maintained in current docket form at: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration, Office of the Chief Counsel, TSA-2, Complaint Docket, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, VA 20598-6002. If this location changes, TSA will give notice of the change by publishing a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Generally.</I> Any person interested in reviewing or obtaining a copy of a record may do so only by submitting a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request under 5 U.S.C. 552, <I>et seq.</I> and 49 CFR part 7. Portions of the record may be exempt from disclosure pursuant to FOIA.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Docket files or documents not for public disclosure.</I> (i) Only the following persons may review docket files or particular documents that are not for public disclosure:
</P>
<P>(A) Parties to the proceedings.
</P>
<P>(B) Representatives designated in writing by a party.
</P>
<P>(C) Persons who have a need to know as determined by the Administrator.
</P>
<P>(ii) Those persons with permission to review these documents or docket files may view the materials at the Complaint Docket, TSA Headquarters, Visitor Center, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, Virginia 20598-6002, Attn: Office of Chief Counsel. If this address changes, TSA will give notice by publishing a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Persons with access to these records may have a copy of the records after payment of reasonable costs.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1507" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.4" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1507—PRIVACY ACT-EXEMPTIONS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114(l)(1), 40113, 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and (k).
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>69 FR 35537, June 25, 2004, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1507.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.4.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1507.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part implements provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974 (the Act) that permit TSA to exempt any system of records within the agency from certain requirements of the Act. The procedures governing access to, and correction of, records in a TSA system of records are set forth in 6 CFR part 5, subpart B.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1507.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.4.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1507.3   Exemptions.</HEAD>
<P>The following TSA systems of records are exempt from certain provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974 pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j), (k), or both, as set forth in this section. During the course of normal agency functions, exempt materials from one system of records may become part of one or more other systems of records. To the extent that any portion of system of records becomes part of another Privacy Act system of records, TSA hereby claims the same exemptions as were claimed in the original primary system of which they are a part and claims any additional exemptions in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Transportation Security Enforcement Record System (DHS/TSA 001).</I> The Transportation Security Enforcement Record System (TSERS) (DHS/TSA 001) enables TSA to maintain a system of records related to the screening of passengers and property and they may be used to identify, review, analyze, investigate, and prosecute violations or potential violations of criminal statutes and transportation security laws. Pursuant to exemptions (j)(2), (k)(1), and (k)(2) of the Privacy Act, DHS/TSA 001 is exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(3), (e)(4)(G), (H), and (I), and (f). Exemptions from the particular subsections are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From subsection (c)(3) (Accounting for Disclosures) because release of the accounting of disclosures could alert the subject of an investigation of an actual or potential criminal, civil, or regulatory violation to the existence of the investigation and reveal investigative interest on the part of TSA, as well as the recipient agency. Disclosure of the accounting would therefore present a serious impediment to transportation security, law enforcement efforts, and efforts to preserve national security. Disclosure of the accounting would also permit the individual who is the subject of a record to impede the investigation and avoid detection or apprehension, which undermines the entire system.
</P>
<P>(2) From subsection (d) (Access to Records) because access to the records contained in this system of records could inform the subject of an investigation of an actual or potential criminal, civil, or regulatory violation to the existence of the investigation and reveal investigative interest on the part of TSA, as well as the recipient agency. Access to the records would permit the individual who is the subject of a record to impede the investigation and avoid detection or apprehension. Amendment of the records would interfere with ongoing investigations and law enforcement activities, and impose an impossible administrative burden by requiring investigations to be continuously reinvestigated. The information contained in the system may also include properly classified information, the release of which would pose a threat to national defense and/or foreign policy. In addition, permitting access and amendment to such information also could disclose sensitive security information, which could be detrimental to transportation security.
</P>
<P>(3) From subsection (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information) because in the course of investigations into potential violations of transportation security laws, the accuracy of information obtained or introduced occasionally may be unclear or the information may not be strictly relevant or necessary to a specific investigation. In the interests of effective enforcement of transportation security laws, it is appropriate to retain all information that may aid in establishing patterns of unlawful activity.
</P>
<P>(4) From subsection (e)(3) (Privacy Act Statement) because disclosing the authority, purpose, routine uses, and potential consequences of not providing information could reveal the investigative interests of TSA, as well as the nature and scope of an investigation, the disclosure of which could enable individuals to circumvent agency regulations or statutes.
</P>
<P>(5) From subsections (e)(4)(G), (H), and (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules), because this system is exempt from the access provisions of subsection (d).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transportation Workers Employment Investigations System (DHS/TSA 002).</I> The Transportation Workers Employment Investigations System (TWEI) (DHS/TSA 002) enables TSA to facilitate the performance of background checks on employees of transportation operators and others who are issued credentials or clearances by transportation operators, other than TSA employees. Pursuant to exemptions (k)(1) and (k)(2) of the Privacy Act, DHS/TSA 002 is exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (H) and (I), and (f). Exemptions from the particular subsections are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From subsection (c)(3) (Accounting for Disclosures), because release of the accounting of disclosures could reveal investigative interest on the part of the recipient agency that obtained the record pursuant to a routine use. Disclosure of the accounting could therefore present a serious impediment to law enforcement efforts on the part of the recipient agency, as the individual who is the subject of a record would learn of third-agency investigate interests and thereby avoid detection or apprehension.
</P>
<P>(2) From subsection (d) (Access to Records), because access to the records contained in this system could reveal investigate techniques and procedures in the transportation workers employment investigation process, as well as the nature and scope of the employment investigation, the disclosure of which could enable individuals to circumvent agency regulations or statutes and obtain access to sensitive information and restricted areas in the transportation industry. The information contained in the system might include properly classified information, the release of which would pose a threat to national defense and/or foreign policy. In addition, permitting access and amendment to such information could reveal sensitive security information protected pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 114(s), the disclosure of which could be detrimental to the security of transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) From subsection (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information), because third-agency records obtained or made available to TSA during the course of an employment investigation may occasionally contain information that is not strictly relevant or necessary to a specific employment investigation. In the interests of administering an effective and comprehensive transportation worker employment investigation program, it is appropriate and necessary for TSA to retain all such information that may aid in that process.
</P>
<P>(4) From subsections (e)(4)(G), (H), and (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules), because this system is exempt from the access provisions of subsection (d).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Personnel Background Investigation File System (DHS/TSA 004).</I> The Personnel Background Investigation File System (PBIFS) (DHS/TSA 004) enables TSA to maintain investigative and background material used to make suitability and eligibility determinations regarding current and former TSA employees, applicants for TSA employment, and TSA contract employees. Pursuant to exemptions (k)(1) and (k)(5) of the Privacy Act, the Personnel Background Investigation File System is exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3) (Accounting of Disclosures) and (d) (Access to Records). Exemptions from the particular subsections are justified because this system contains investigatory material compiled solely for determining suitability, eligibility, and qualifications for Federal civilian employment. To the extent that the disclosure of material would reveal any classified material or the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, or, prior to September 27, 1975, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, the applicability of exemption (k)(5) will be required to honor promises of confidentiality should the data subject request access to or amendment of the record, or access to the accounting of disclosures of the record. Exemption (k)(1) will be required to protect any classified information that may be in this system.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Internal Investigation Record System (DHS/TSA 005).</I> The Internal Investigation Record System (IIRS) (DHS/TSA 005) contains records of internal investigations for all modes of transportation for which TSA has security-related duties. This system covers information regarding investigations of allegations or appearances of misconduct of current or former TSA employees or contractors and provides support for any adverse action that may occur as a result of the findings of the investigation. It is being modified to cover investigations of security-related incidents and reviews of TSA programs and operations. Pursuant to exemptions (j)(2), (k)(1), and (k)(2) of the Privacy Act, DHS/TSA 005 is exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(3), (e)(4)(G), (H), and (I), and (f). Exemptions from the particular subsections are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From subsection (c)(3) (Accounting for Disclosures) because release of the accounting of disclosures could reveal investigative interest on the part of the recipient agency that obtained the record pursuant to a routine use. Disclosure of the accounting could, therefore, present a serious impediment to law enforcement efforts on the part of the recipient agency, as the individual who is the subject of a record would learn of third-agency investigative interests and thereby avoid detection or apprehension, as well as to TSA investigative efforts.
</P>
<P>(2) From subsection (d) (Access to Records) because access to the records contained in this system could reveal investigative techniques and procedures of the investigators, as well as the nature and scope of the investigation, the disclosure of which could enable individuals to circumvent agency regulations or statutes. The information contained in the system might include properly classified information, the release of which would pose a threat to national defense and/or foreign policy. In addition, permitting access and amendment to such records could reveal sensitive security information protected pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 114(s), the disclosure of which could be detrimental to the security of transportation.
</P>
<P>(3) From subsection (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information) because third agency records obtained or made available to TSA during the course of an investigation may occasionally contain information that is not strictly relevant or necessary to a specific investigation. In the interests of administering an effective and comprehensive investigation program, it is appropriate and necessary for TSA to retain all such information that may aid in that process.
</P>
<P>(4) From subsection (e)(3) (Privacy Act Statement) because disclosing the authority, purpose, routine uses, and potential consequences of not providing information could reveal the targets of interests of the investigating office, as well as the nature and scope of an investigation, the disclosure of which could enable individuals to circumvent agency regulations or statutes.
</P>
<P>(5) From subsections (e)(4)(G), (H) and (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules), because this system is exempt from the access provisions of subsection (d).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Correspondence and Matters Tracking Records (DHS/TSA 006).</I> The Correspondence and Matters Tracking Records (CMTR) (DHS/TSA 006) system allows TSA to manage, track, retrieve, and respond to incoming correspondence, inquiries, claims and other matters presented to TSA for disposition, and to monitor the assignment, disposition and status of such matters. This system covers information coming into TSA from individuals as well as information recorded by TSA employees in the performance of their duties. Pursuant to exemptions (k)(1) and (k)(2) of the Privacy Act, DHS/TSA 006 is exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (H) and (I), and (f). Exemptions from the particular subsections are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From subsection (c)(3) (Accounting for Disclosures), because release of the accounting of disclosures could reveal investigative interest on the part of the recipient agency that obtained the record pursuant to a routine use. Disclosure of the accounting could therefore present a serious impediment to law enforcement efforts on the part of the recipient agency, as the individual who is the subject of a record would lean of third-agency investigative interests and thereby avoid detection or apprehension.
</P>
<P>(2) From subsection (d) (Access to Records), because access to the records contained in this system could reveal investigative interest on the part of TSA or other agency and the nature of that interest, the disclosure of which could enable individuals to circumvent agency regulations or statutes. The information contained in the system might include properly classified information, the release of which would pose a threat to national defense and/or foreign policy. In addition, permitting access and amendment to such information could reveal sensitive security information protected pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 114(s), the disclosure of which could be detrimental to transportation security.
</P>
<P>(3) From subsection (e)(1) (Relevancy and necessity of Information), because third-agency records obtained or made available to TSA during the course of an investigation may occasionally contain information that is not strictly relevant or necessary to a specific investigation. In the interests of administering an effective and comprehensive investigation program, it is appropriate and necessary for TSA to retain all such information that may aid in that process.
</P>
<P>(4) From subsections (e)(4)(G), (H) and (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency rules), because this system is exempt from the access provisions of subsection (d).
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Freedom of Information and Privacy Act Records (DHS/TSA 007).</I> The Freedom of Information and Privacy Act (FOIA/PA) Records System (DHS/TSA 007) system enables TSA to maintain records that will assist in processing access requests and administrative appeals under FOIA and access and amendments requests and appeals under the PA; participate in associated litigation; and assist TSA in carrying out any other responsibilities under FOIA/PA. Pursuant to exemptions (k)(1) and (k)(2) of the Privacy Act, Freedom of Information and Privacy Act Records are exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (H) and (I), and (f). Exemptions from the particular subsections are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From subsection (c)(3) (Accounting for Disclosures), because release of the accounting of disclosures could reveal investigative interest on the part of the recipient agency that obtained the record pursuant to a routine use. Disclosure of the accounting could therefore present a serious impediment to law enforcement efforts on the part of the recipient agency, as the individual who is the subject of a record would learn of third-agency investigative interests and thereby avoid detection or apprehension.
</P>
<P>(2) From subsection (d) (Access to Records), because access to the records contained in this system could reveal investigative interest on the part of TSA or other agency and the nature of that interest, the disclosure of which could enable individuals to circumvent agency regulations or statutes. The information contained in the system might include properly classified information, the release of which would pose a threat to national defense and/or foreign policy. In addition, permitting access and amendment to such information could reveal sensitive security information protected pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 114(s), the disclosure of which would be detrimental to transportation security.
</P>
<P>(3) From subsection (e)(1) (Relevancy and necessity of Information), because third-agency records obtained or made available to TSA during the course of an investigation may occasionally contain information that is not strictly relevant or necessary to a specific investigation. In the interests of administering an effective and comprehensive investigation program, it is appropriate and necessary for TSA to retain all such information that may aid in that process.
</P>
<P>(4) From subsections (e)(4)(G), (H) and (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules), because this system is exempt from the access provisions of subsection (d).
</P>
<P>(g) <I>General Legal Records System (DHS/TSA 009).</I> The General Legal Records (GLR) System (DHS/TSA 009) enables TSA to maintain records that will assist attorneys to perform their functions within the office of Chief Counsel, to include providing legal advice, responding to claims filed by employees and others, and assisting in litigation and in the settlement of claims. Pursuant to exemptions (k)(1) and (k)(2) of the Privacy Act, DHS/TSA 009 is exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (H) and (I), and (f). Exemptions from the particular subsections are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From subsection (c)(3) (Accounting for Disclosures), because release of the accounting of disclosures could reveal investigative interest on the part of the recipient agency that obtained the record pursuant to a routine use. Disclosure of the accounting could therefore present a serious impediment to law enforcement efforts on the part of the recipient agency, as the individual who is the subject of a record would learn of third-agency investigative interests and thereby avoid detection or apprehension.
</P>
<P>(2) From subsection (d) (Access to Records), because access to the records contained in this system could reveal investigative interest on the part of TSA or other agency and the nature of that interest, the disclosure of which would enable individuals to circumvent agency regulations or statutes. The information contained in the system might include properly classified information, the release of which would pose a threat to national defense and/or foreign policy. In addition, permitting access and amendment to such information could reveal sensitive security information protected pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 114(s), the disclosure of which could be detrimental to transportation security.
</P>
<P>(3) From subsection (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information), because third-agency records obtained or made available to TSA during the course of an investigation may occasionally contain information that is not strictly relevant or necessary to a specific investigation. In the interests of administering an effective and comprehensive investigation program, it is appropriate and necessary for TSA to retain all such information that may aid in that process.
</P>
<P>(4) From subsections (e)(4)(G), (H) and (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules), because this system is exempt from the access provisions of subsections (d).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Federal Flight Deck Officer Records System (DHS/TSA 013).</I> The Federal Flight Deck Officer Record System (FFDORS) (DHS/TSA 013) enables TSA to maintain a system of records documenting the application, selection, training, and requalification of pilots deputized by TSA to perform the duties of a Federal Flight Deck Officer (FFDO). Pursuant to exemptions (k)(1), (k)(2), and (k)(6) of the Privacy Act, DHS/TSA 013 is exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), and (e)(1). Exemptions from the particular subsections are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From (c)(3) (Accounting of Certain Disclosures) and (d) (Access to Records), because access to the accounting of disclosures in this system could reveal the identity of a confidential source that provided information during the background check process. Without the ability to protect the identity of a confidential source, the agency's ability to gather pertinent information about candidates for the program may be limited. In addition, the system might contain information that is properly classified, the release of which would pose a threat to national security and/or foreign policy, or information the disclosure of which could be detrimental to the security of transportation pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 114(s). Finally, the agency must be able to protect against access to testing or examination material as release of this material could compromise the effectiveness of the testing and examination procedure itself. The examination material contained in this system is so similar in form and content to the examination material used in the selection process for TSA security screeners, or potential selection processes that TSA may utilize in the future, that release of the material would compromise the objectivity or fairness of the testing or examination process of those TSA employees.
</P>
<P>(2) From (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information), because information obtained or made available to TSA from other agencies and other sources during the evaluation of an individual's suitability for an FFDO position may occasionally include information that is not strictly relevant or necessary to the specific determination regarding that individual. In the interests of effective program administration, it is appropriate and necessary for TSA to collect all such information that may aid in the FFDO selection process.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Registered Traveler Operations Files (DHS/TSA 015).</I> The purpose of this system is to pre-screen and positively identify volunteer travelers using advanced identification technologies and conduct a security threat assessment to ensure that the volunteer does not pose a security threat. This system may expedite the pre-boarding process for the traveler and improve the allocation of TSA's security resources on individuals who may pose a security threat. Pursuant to exemptions (k)(1) and (k)(2) of the Privacy Act, DHS/TSA 015 is exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (H) and (I), and (f). Exemptions from the particular subsections are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From subsection (c)(3) (Accounting for Disclosures) because release of the accounting of disclosures could alert the subject of heightened security concerns relating to an actual or potential criminal, civil, or regulatory violation to the existence of an investigative interest on the part of the Department of Homeland Security or another Federal law enforcement or other recipient agency. Disclosure of the accounting would therefore present a serious impediment to transportation security law enforcement efforts and efforts to preserve national security. Disclosure of the accounting would also permit the individual who is the subject of a record to impede the program suitability determination, which undermines the entire system.
</P>
<P>(2) From subsection (d) (Access to Records) because access to some of the records contained in this system of records could permit the individual who is the subject of a record to impede the program suitability determination. Amendment of the records would interfere with ongoing security assessment investigations and program suitability determinations and impose an impossible administrative burden by requiring such investigations to be continuously reinvestigated. The information contained in the system may also include classified information, the release of which would pose a threat to national defense and/or foreign policy. In addition, permitting access and amendment to such information also could disclose sensitive security information protected pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 114(s) and 49 CFR part 1520, the disclosure of which could be detrimental to transportation security.
</P>
<P>(3) From subsection (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information) because in the course of screening applicants for program suitability, TSA must be able to review information from a variety of sources. What information is relevant and necessary may not always be apparent until after the evaluation is completed. In the interests of transportation security, it is appropriate to include a broad range of information that may aid in determining an applicant's suitability for the Registered Traveler program.
</P>
<P>(4) From subsections (e)(4)(G), (H) and (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules), because this system is exempt from the access and amendment provisions of subsection (d).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Transportation Security Intelligence Service (TSIS) Operations Files.</I> Transportation Security Intelligence Service Operations Files (TSIS) (DHS/TSA 011) enables TSA to maintain a system of records related to intelligence gathering activities used to identify, review, analyze, investigate, and prevent violations or potential violations of transportation security laws. This system also contains records relating to determinations about individuals' qualifications, eligibility, or suitability for access to classified information. Pursuant to exemptions (j)(2), (k)(1), (k)(2), and (k)(5) of the Privacy Act, DHS/TSA 011 is exempt from 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (H), and (I), and (f). Exemptions from particular subsections are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(1) From subsection (c)(3) (Accounting for Disclosures) because release of the accounting of disclosures could alert the subject of intelligence gather operations and reveal investigative interest on the part of the Transportation Security Administration, as well as the recipient agency. Disclosure of the accounting would therefore present a serious impediment to transportation security law enforcement efforts and efforts to preserve national security. Disclosure of the accounting would also permit the individual who is the subject of a record to impede operations and avoid detection and apprehension, which undermined the entire system. Disclosure of the accounting may also reveal the existence of information that is classified or sensitive security information, the release of which would be detrimental to the security of transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) From subsection (d) (Access to Records) because access to the records contained in this system of records could inform the subject of intelligence gathering operations and reveal investigative interest on the part of the Transportation Security Administration. Access to the records would permit the individual who is the subject of a record to impede operations and possibly avoid detection or apprehension. Amendment of the records would interfere with ongoing intelligence and law enforcement activities and impose an impossible administrative burden by requiring investigations to be continually reinvestigated. The information contained in the system may also include properly classified information, the release of which would pose a threat to national defense and/or foreign policy. In addition, permitting access and amendment to such information also could disclose sensitive security information, which could be detrimental to transportation security if released. This system may also include information necessary to make a determination as to an individual's qualifications, eligibility, or suitability for access to classified information, the release of which would reveal the identity of a source who received an express or implied assurance that their identity would not be revealed to the subject of the record.
</P>
<P>(3) From subsection (e)(1) (Relevancy and Necessity of Information) because in the course of gathering and analyzing information about potential threats to transportation security, the accuracy of information obtained or introduced occasionally may be unclear or the information may not be strictly relevant or necessary to a specific operation. In the interests of transportation security, it is appropriate to retain all information that may aid in identifying threats to transportation security and establishing other patterns of unlawful activity.
</P>
<P>(4) From subsections (e)(4)(G), (H), and (I) (Agency Requirements), and (f) (Agency Rules), because this system is exempt from the access and amendment provisions of subsection (d).
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Secure Flight Records.</I> (1) Secure Flight Records (DHS/TSA 019) enables TSA to maintain a system of records related to watch list matching applied to air passengers and to non-traveling individuals authorized to enter an airport sterile area. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2) and (k)(2), TSA is claiming the following exemptions for certain records within the Secure Flight Records system: 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3) and (4); (d)(1), (2), (3), and (4); (e)(1), (2), (3), (4)(G) through (I), (5), and (8); (f), and (g).
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to records under the control of TSA, the Secure Flight system of records may include records originating from systems of records of other law enforcement and intelligence agencies which may be exempt from certain provisions of the Privacy Act. However, TSA does not assert exemption to any provisions of the Privacy Act with respect to information submitted by or on behalf of individual passengers or non-travelers in the course of making a reservation or seeking access to a secured area under the Secure Flight program.
</P>
<P>(3) To the extent the Secure Flight system contains records originating from other systems of records, TSA will rely on the exemptions claimed for those records in the originating system of records. Exemptions for certain records within the Secure Flight Records system from particular subsections of the Privacy Act are justified for the following reasons:
</P>
<P>(i) From subsection (c)(3) (Accounting for Disclosures) because giving a record subject access to the accounting of disclosures from records concerning him or her could reveal investigative interest on the part of the recipient agency that obtained the record pursuant to a routine use. Disclosure of the accounting could therefore present a serious impediment to law enforcement efforts on the part of the recipient agency because the individual who is the subject of the record would learn of third agency investigative interests and could take steps to evade detection or apprehension. Disclosure of the accounting also could reveal the details of watch list matching measures under the Secure Flight program, as well as capabilities and vulnerabilities of the watch list matching process, the release of which could permit an individual to evade future detection and thereby impede efforts to ensure transportation security.
</P>
<P>(ii) From subsection (c)(4) because portions of this system are exempt from the access and amendment provisions of subsection (d).
</P>
<P>(iii) From subsections (d)(1), (2), (3), and (4) because these provisions concern individual access to and amendment of certain records contained in this system, including law enforcement counterterrorism, investigatory and intelligence records. Compliance with these provisions could alert the subject of an investigation of the fact and nature of the investigation, and/or the investigative interest of intelligence or law enforcement agencies; compromise sensitive information related to national security; interfere with the overall law enforcement process by leading to the destruction of evidence, improper influencing of witnesses, fabrication of testimony, and/or flight of the subject; identify a confidential source or disclose information which would constitute an unwarranted invasion of another's personal privacy; reveal a sensitive investigative or intelligence technique; or constitute a potential danger to the health or safety of law enforcement personnel, confidential informants, and witnesses. Amendment of these records would interfere with ongoing counterterrorism, law enforcement, or intelligence investigations and analysis activities and impose an impossible administrative burden by requiring investigations, analyses, and reports to be continuously reinvestigated and revised.
</P>
<P>(iv) From subsection (e)(1) because it is not always possible for TSA or other agencies to know in advance what information is both relevant and necessary for it to complete an identity comparison between aviation passengers or certain non-travelers and a known or suspected terrorist. In addition, because TSA and other agencies may not always know what information about an encounter with a known or suspected terrorist will be relevant to law enforcement for the purpose of conducting an operational response.
</P>
<P>(v) From subsection (e)(2) because application of this provision could present a serious impediment to counterterrorism, law enforcement, or intelligence efforts in that it would put the subject of an investigation, study or analysis on notice of that fact, thereby permitting the subject to engage in conduct designed to frustrate or impede that activity. The nature of counterterrorism, law enforcement, or intelligence investigations is such that vital information about an individual frequently can be obtained only from other persons who are familiar with such individual and his/her activities. In such investigations, it is not feasible to rely upon information furnished by the individual concerning his own activities.
</P>
<P>(vi) From subsection (e)(3), to the extent that this subsection is interpreted to require TSA to provide notice to an individual if TSA or another agency receives or collects information about that individual during an investigation or from a third party. Should the subsection be so interpreted, exemption from this provision is necessary to avoid impeding counterterrorism, law enforcement, or intelligence efforts by putting the subject of an investigation, study or analysis on notice of that fact, thereby permitting the subject to engage in conduct intended to frustrate or impede that activity.
</P>
<P>(vii) From subsections (e)(4)(G) and (H) (Agency Requirements) and (f) (Agency Rules), because this system is exempt from the access provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a(d).
</P>
<P>(viii) From subsection (e)(5) because many of the records in this system coming from other system of records are derived from other domestic and foreign agency record systems and therefore it is not possible for TSA to ensure their compliance with this provision, however, TSA has implemented internal quality assurance procedures to ensure that data used in the watch list matching process is as thorough, accurate, and current as possible. In addition, in the collection of information for law enforcement, counterterrorism, and intelligence purposes, it is impossible to determine in advance what information is accurate, relevant, timely, and complete. With the passage of time, seemingly irrelevant or untimely information may acquire new significance as further investigation brings new details to light. The restrictions imposed by (e)(5) would limit the ability of those agencies' trained investigators and intelligence analysts to exercise their judgment in conducting investigations and impede the development of intelligence necessary for effective law enforcement and counterterrorism efforts. However, TSA has implemented internal quality assurance procedures to ensure that the data used in the watch list matching process is as thorough, accurate, and current as possible.
</P>
<P>(ix) From subsection (e)(8) because to require individual notice of disclosure of information due to compulsory legal process would pose an impossible administrative burden on TSA and other agencies and could alert the subjects of counterterrorism, law enforcement, or intelligence investigations to the fact of those investigations when not previously known.
</P>
<P>(x) From subsection (f) (Agency Rules) because portions of this system are exempt from the access and amendment provisions of subsection (d).
</P>
<P>(xi) From subsection (g) to the extent that the system is exempt from other specific subsections of the Privacy Act.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 35537, June 25, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 33384, June 8, 2005; 71 FR 44227, Aug. 4, 2006; 72 FR 63709, Nov. 9, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1510" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.5" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1510—PASSENGER CIVIL AVIATION SECURITY SERVICE FEES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 40113, and 44940.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>66 FR 67701, Dec. 31, 2001, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1510.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.5.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1510.1   Applicability and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes a uniform fee to be paid by passengers of direct air carriers and foreign air carriers in air transportation, foreign air transportation, and intrastate air transportation originating at airports in the United States.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 35472, June 20, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1510.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.5.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1510.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the definitions in §§ 1500.3, 1503.103, and 1540.5 of this chapter, the following terms are used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Air carrier</I> means a citizen of the United States who undertakes directly to engage in or provide air transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Air transportation</I> means continental interstate air transportation, continental intrastate air transportation, foreign air transportation, non-continental interstate air transportation, or non-continental intrastate air transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Aircraft</I> means a device that is used or intended to be used for flight in the air. 
</P>
<P><I>Airport</I> means any landing area used regularly by aircraft for receiving or discharging passengers or cargo. 
</P>
<P><I>Continental interstate air transportation</I> means the carriage by aircraft of persons for compensation or hire within the continental United States.
</P>
<P><I>Continental intrastate air transportation</I> means the carriage by aircraft of persons for compensation or hire wholly within the same state of the continental United States.
</P>
<P><I>Continental United States</I> means the District of Columbia and the States other than Alaska and Hawaii.
</P>
<P><I>Co-terminal</I> means an airport serving a multi-airport city or metropolitan area that has been approved by TSA to be used as the same point for purposes of determining application of the security service fee imposed under § 1510.5 of this part. Copies of the approved list are available on TSA's Web site at <I>www.tsa.gov</I> or by contacting <I>tsa-fees@dhs.gov.</I>
</P>
<P><I>Direct air carrier and foreign air carrier</I> means a selling carrier. 
</P>
<P><I>Foreign air carrier</I> means any person other than a citizen of the United States who undertakes directly to engage in or provide air transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Foreign air transportation</I> means the carriage by aircraft of persons for compensation or hire between a place in the United States and any place outside of the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>Frequent flyer award</I> means a zero-fare award of air transportation that a domestic air carrier or foreign air carrier provides to a passenger in exchange for accumulated travel mileage credits in a customer loyalty program, whether or not the term frequent flyer is used in the definition of that program. 
</P>
<P><I>Non-continental interstate air transportation</I> means the carriage by aircraft of persons for compensation or hire within the United States, but outside the continental United States.
</P>
<P><I>Non-continental intrastate air transportation</I> means the carriage by aircraft of persons for compensation or hire wholly within the same state, territory or possession of the United States, but outside the continental United States.
</P>
<P><I>Nonrevenue passenger</I> means a passenger receiving air transportation from an air carrier or foreign air carrier for which the air carrier or foreign air carrier does not receive remuneration. 
</P>
<P><I>One-way trip</I> means continuous air transportation, during which a stopover does not occur; there may be multiple one-way trips on the same air travel itinerary.
</P>
<P><I>Origin point</I> means the location at which a trip on a complete air travel itinerary begins.
</P>
<P><I>Principal</I> means the aggregate amount of all passenger security services fees due to be remitted to the Transportation Security Administration by an air carrier as required by this part. 
</P>
<P><I>Round trip</I> means a trip on an air travel itinerary that terminates or has a stopover at the origin point (or co-terminal).
</P>
<P><I>Selling carrier</I> means an air carrier or foreign air carrier that provides or offers to provide air transportation and has control over the operational functions performed in providing that air transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Stopover</I> means a break in travel of more than:
</P>
<P>(1) Four (4) hours for continental interstate air transportation or continental intrastate air transportation, and
</P>
<P>(2) Twelve (12) hours for non-continental interstate air transportation, non-continental intrastate air transportation, or foreign air transportation.
</P>
<P><I>Terminates</I> means the location at which a trip on a complete air travel itinerary ends.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 67701, Dec. 31, 2001, as amended at 68 FR 49720, Aug. 19, 2003; 79 FR 35473, June 20, 2014; 80 FR 31857, June 4, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1510.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.5.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1510.5   Imposition of security service fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each direct air carrier and foreign air carrier described in § 1510.9(a) shall impose a security service fee of $5.60 per one-way trip for air transportation originating at an airport in the United States. Passengers may not be charged more than $5.60 per one-way trip or $11.20 per round trip.
</P>
<P>(b) The security service fee must be imposed on passengers who obtained the ticket for air transportation with a frequent flyer award, but may not be imposed on any other nonrevenue passengers.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 35473, June 20, 2014, as amended at 80 FR 31857, June 4, 2015]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1510.7" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.5.0.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1510.7   Air transportation advertisements and solicitations.</HEAD>
<P>A direct air carrier and foreign air carrier must identify the security service fee imposed by this part as “September 11th Security Fee” in all its advertisements and solicitations for air transportation. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1510.9" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.5.0.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1510.9   Collection of security service fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following direct air carriers and foreign air carriers must collect security service fees from passengers on—
</P>
<P>(1) A scheduled passenger or public charter passenger operation with an aircraft having passenger seating configuration of more than 60 seats.
</P>
<P>(2) A scheduled passenger or public charter passenger operation with an aircraft having a passenger seating configuration of less than 61 seats when passengers are enplaned from or deplaned into a sterile area.
</P>
<P>(b) Direct air carriers and foreign air carriers must collect from each passenger, to the extent provided in § 1510.5, a security service fee on air transportation sold on or after 12:00 a.m. (Eastern Daylight Time) on July 21, 2014. The security service fee must be based on the air travel itinerary at the time the air transportation is sold. Any changes by the passenger to the itinerary are subject to additional collection or refund of the security service fee by the direct air carrier or foreign air carrier, as appropriate.</P>
<P>(c) Whether or not the security service fee is collected as required by this part, the direct air carrier or foreign air carrier selling the air transportation is solely liable to TSA for the fee and must remit the fee as required in § 1510.13. 
</P>
<P>(d) Direct air carriers and foreign air carriers may not collect security service fees not imposed by this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 67701, Dec. 31, 2001, as amended at 79 FR 35473, June 20, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1510.11" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.5.0.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1510.11   Handling of security service fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Direct air carriers and foreign air carriers are responsible for the safekeeping of all security service fees from the time of collection to remittance. 
</P>
<P>(b) Security service fees collected by a direct air carrier or foreign air carrier are held in trust by that direct carrier for the beneficial interest of the United States in paying for the costs of providing civil aviation security services described in 49 U.S.C. 44940. The direct air carrier or foreign air carrier holds neither legal nor equitable interest in the security service fees except for the right to retain any accrued interest on the principal amounts collected pursuant to § 1510.13(b). 
</P>
<P>(c) Direct air carriers and foreign air carriers must account for security service fees separately, but the fees may be commingled with the carriers' other sources of revenue. 
</P>
<P>(d) Direct air carriers and foreign air carriers must disclose in their financial statements the existence and the amount of security service fee held in trust. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1510.13" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.5.0.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1510.13   Remittance of security service fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each direct air carrier and foreign air carrier must remit all security service fees imposed each calendar month to TSA, as directed by the Administrator, by the last calendar day of the month following the imposition. 
</P>
<P>(b) Direct air carriers and foreign air carriers may retain any interest that accrues on the principal amounts collected between the date of collection and the date the fee is remitted to TSA in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(c) Direct air carriers and foreign air carriers are prohibited from retaining any portion of the principal to offset the costs of collecting, handling, or remitting the passenger security service fees. 
</P>
<P>(d) Security service fees are payable to the “Transportation Security Administration” in U.S. currency and drawn on a U.S. bank. 
</P>
<P>(1) Fees of $1,000 or more must be remitted by electronic funds transfer. 
</P>
<P>(2) Fees under $1,000 may be remitted by electronic funds transfer, check, money order, wire transfer, or draft. 
</P>
<P>(e) Direct air carriers and foreign air carriers are responsible for paying any bank processing charges on the security service fees collected or remitted under this part when such charges are assessed on the U.S. government. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1510.15" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.5.0.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1510.15   Accounting and auditing requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Direct air carriers and foreign air carriers must establish and maintain an accounting system to account for the security service fees imposed, collected, refunded and remitted. The accounting records must identify the airports at which the passengers were enplaned. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each direct air carrier and foreign air carrier that collects security services fees from more than 50,000 passengers annually must provide for an audit at least annually of its security service fee activities or accounts. 
</P>
<P>(c) Audits pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section must be performed by an independent certified public accountant and may be of limited scope. The accountant must express an opinion on the fairness and reasonableness of the direct air carrier's and foreign air carrier's procedures for collecting, holding, and remitting the fees. The opinion must also address whether the quarterly reports required in § 1510.17 fairly represent the net transactions in the security service fee accounts. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1510.17" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.5.0.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1510.17   Reporting requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each direct air carrier and foreign air carrier collecting security service fees must provide TSA with quarterly reports that provide an accounting of fees imposed, collected, refunded and remitted. 
</P>
<P>(b) Quarterly reports must state: 
</P>
<P>(1) The direct air carrier or foreign air carrier involved; 
</P>
<P>(2) The total amount of September 11th Security Fees imposed on passengers in U.S. currency for each month during the previous quarter of the calendar year; 
</P>
<P>(3) The net amount of September 11th Security Fees collected in U.S. currency by the direct air carrier or foreign air carrier for each month during the previous quarter of the calendar year; 
</P>
<P>(4) The total amount of September 11th Security Fees refunded in U.S. currency by the direct air carrier or foreign air carrier for each month during the previous quarter of the calendar year; and 
</P>
<P>(5) The total amount of September 11th Security Fees remitted in U.S. currency by the direct air carrier or foreign air carrier for each month during the previous quarter of the calendar year. 
</P>
<P>(c) The report must be filed by the last day of the calendar month following the quarter of the calendar year in which the fees were imposed.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[66 FR 67701, Dec. 31, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 14881, Mar. 28, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1510.19" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.5.0.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1510.19   Federal oversight.</HEAD>
<P>Direct air carriers and foreign air carriers must allow any authorized representative of the Administrator, the Secretary of Transportation, the Secretary of Homeland Security, the Inspector General of the Department of Transportation, the Inspector General of the Department of Homeland Security, or the Comptroller General of the United States to audit or review any of its books and records and provide any other information necessary to verify that the security service fees were properly collected and remitted consistent with this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 49720, Aug. 19, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1510.21" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.5.0.10.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1510.21   Enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>A direct air carrier's or foreign air carrier's failure to comply with the requirements 49 U.S.C. 44940 or the provisions of this part may be considered to be an unfair and deceptive practice in violation of 49 U.S.C. 41712 and may also result in a claim due the United States by the carrier collectible pursuant to 49 CFR part 89. These remedies are in addition to any others remedies provided by law.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1511" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.6" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1511—AVIATION SECURITY INFRASTRUCTURE FEE 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 40113, 44901, and 44940.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 7929, Feb. 20, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1511.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.6.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1511.1   Applicability and purpose.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes the imposition of a fee on air carriers and foreign air carriers in air transportation to pay for the costs of providing U.S. civil aviation security services as described in 49 U.S.C. 44940. 
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this part, the fee will be described as the “Aviation Security Infrastructure Fee.” 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1511.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.6.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1511.3   Definitions.</HEAD>
<P>The following definitions apply for purposes of this part. For other definitions that may be applicable to this part refer to 49 U.S.C. 40102.
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration or the Administrator's designee. 
</P>
<P><I>Air transportation</I> means the carriage by passenger aircraft of persons or property for compensation or hire in intrastate air transportation, interstate air transportation, or foreign air transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Aircraft</I> means a device that is used or intended to be used for flight in the air. 
</P>
<P><I>Fiscal year</I> means the fiscal year for the Federal government, which begins each year October 1 and ends on September 30. The fiscal year is designated by the calendar year in which it ends, <I>e.g.,</I> fiscal year 2002 is the year beginning October 1, 2001, and ending September 30, 2002. 
</P>
<P><I>Foreign air transportation</I> means air transportation between a place in the United States and any place outside of the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>Interstate air transportation</I> means air transportation within the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>Intrastate air transportation</I> means air transportation wholly within the same State of the United States. 
</P>
<P><I>Passenger aircraft</I> means an aircraft that is used to transport passengers in air transportation. 
</P>
<P><I>Property</I> means mail, cargo, carry-on and checked baggage, and any other articles transported by passenger aircraft operated by an air carrier or foreign air carrier in air transportation, but excluding property transported under the “Known Shipper Program.” 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 7929, Feb. 20, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 49720, Aug. 19, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1511.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.6.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1511.5   Imposition of Aviation Security Infrastructure Fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Effective February 18, 2002, an Aviation Security Infrastructure Fee will be imposed on air carriers and foreign air carriers engaged in air transportation. 
</P>
<P>(b) The amount of the Aviation Security Infrastructure Fee for each fiscal year will not exceed, in the aggregate, the amounts paid in calendar year 2000 by air carriers and foreign air carriers for the screening of passengers and property transported by passenger aircraft in the United States, as determined by the Administrator. 
</P>
<P>(c) For fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004, the amount of the Aviation Security Infrastructure Fee imposed on each air carrier and foreign air carrier will not exceed the amount each such carrier paid for the screening of passengers and property transported by passenger aircraft in the United States during calendar year 2000, as determined by the Administrator. 
</P>
<P>(d) Each air carrier and foreign air carrier that paid for the screening of passengers and property in calendar year 2000 must fully complete the form set forth in Appendix A to this part titled, “Calendar Year 2000 Costs Paid for Passenger and Property Screening,” and submit the completed form to the Transportation Security Administration by May 18, 2002. 
</P>
<P>(e) In the case of a merger, acquisition, corporate restructuring, reorganization, or name change involving an air carrier or foreign air carrier that paid for the screening of passengers and property transported by passenger aircraft in the United States during calendar year 2000, the successor entity must include those screening costs in Appendix A of this part and submit those costs together with its own costs on one form in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section. Any other air carrier or foreign air carrier that paid for the screening of passengers and property transported by passenger aircraft in the United States during calendar year 2000 but is no longer providing air transportation must also complete the form set forth in Appendix A and submit the form in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(f) The Administrator has determined that the information submitted pursuant to this part and 49 U.S.C. 44940(a)(2)(B) is Sensitive Security Information and is subject to the non-disclosure requirements of 49 U.S.C. 40119(b). 
</P>
<P>(g) The amount of the Aviation Security Infrastructure Fee imposed on each air carrier and foreign air carrier will be redetermined for fiscal years 2005 and beyond, and such redeterminations may be based on the carrier's respective market share or any other appropriate measure in lieu of the measure provided in paragraph (c) of this section. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1511.7" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.6.0.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1511.7   Remittance of Aviation Security Infrastructure Fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No later than May 31, 2002, each air carrier and foreign air carrier engaged in air transportation must remit to TSA. 
</P>
<P>(1) 3.273 percent of the total amount the carrier has indicated in Appendix A of this part, or an amount as otherwise determined by the Administrator, which will represent the Aviation Security Infrastructure Fee due for the period running from February 18 through February 28, 2002; and, 
</P>
<P>(2) 16.666 percent of the total amount the carrier has indicated in Appendix A of this part, or an amount as otherwise determined by the Administrator, which will represent the Aviation Security Infrastructure Fee due for period running from March 1 through April 30, 2002. 
</P>
<P>(b) Each air carrier and foreign air carrier engaged in air transportation must remit to TSA 8.333 percent of the total amount the carrier has indicated in Appendix A of this part, or an amount as otherwise determined by the Administrator, by the last calendar day of each month following May 2002 up to and including September 2004. 
</P>
<P>(c) Each air carrier and foreign air carrier engaged in air transportation must remit to TSA 8.333 percent of the total amount as determined by the Administrator pursuant to section 1511.5(g) of this part by the last calendar day of each month following September 2004. 
</P>
<P>(d) Aviation Security Infrastructure Fees must be payable to the “Transportation Security Administration” in U.S. currency and drawn on a U.S. bank. 
</P>
<P>(1) Aviation Security Infrastructure Fees of $1,000 or more must be remitted by electronic funds transfer. 
</P>
<P>(2) Aviation Security Infrastructure Fees under $1,000 may be remitted by electronic funds transfer, check, money order, wire transfer, or draft. 
</P>
<P>(e) Air carriers and foreign air carriers are responsible for paying any bank processing charges on Aviation Security Infrastructure Fees remitted under this part when such charges are assessed on the U.S. government.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 7929, Feb. 20, 2002; 67 FR 8579, Feb. 25, 2002] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1511.9" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.6.0.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1511.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1511.11" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.6.0.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1511.11   Federal oversight.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Upon request, air carriers and foreign air carriers must allow any authorized representative of the Administrator, the Secretary of Transportation, the Secretary of Homeland Security, the Inspector General of the Department of Transportation, the Inspector General of the Department of Homeland Security, or the Comptroller General of the United States to audit or review any of the books and records and provide any other information necessary to verify that:
</P>
<P>(1) The information submitted pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 44940(a)(2)(B) and this part, including that provided in Appendix A, is true and correct; or 
</P>
<P>(2) The Aviation Security Infrastructure Fees were remitted consistent with this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 7929, Feb. 20, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 49720, Aug. 19, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1511.13" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.6.0.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1511.13   Enforcement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In addition to any other remedies allowed by law, willful falsification by any party, directly or indirectly, of information provided by an air carrier or foreign air carrier pursuant to this part, including information submitted in Appendix A as required by section 1511.5 of this part, may be prosecuted criminally resulting in a fine and/or imprisonment under 18 U.S.C 1001. 
</P>
<P>(b) An air carrier's or foreign air carrier's failure to comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 44940 or the provisions of this part may result in a claim due the United States by the carrier, which claim shall be collectible pursuant to 31 U.S.C. Chapter 37 and the Department of Transportation's implementing regulations at 49 CFR part 89. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1511.15" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.6.0.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1511.15   Cessation of the Aviation Security Infrastructure Fee.</HEAD>
<P>Notwithstanding 49 CFR 1511.5 and 1511.7, or any other provision of this part, beginning 11:59 p.m. (Eastern Daylight Time) on September 30, 2014, an air carrier or foreign air carrier engaged in air transportation will not incur any further obligations to make payments to TSA that otherwise would be required under this part. Any unremitted Aviation Security Infrastructure Fees incurred by an air carrier or foreign air carrier before 11:59 p.m. (Eastern Daylight Time) on September 30, 2014, are due by October 31, 2014.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[79 FR 56668, Sept. 23, 2014]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.6.0.10.9.2" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 1511—Aviation Security Infrastructure Fee 
</HEAD>
<HD2>Instructions 
</HD2>
<HD3>General guidance 
</HD3>
<P>When filling out this form, the responding air carrier or foreign air carrier shall include all costs incurred in calendar year 2000 by that air carrier for the screening of passengers and property. Costs are those attributed to the screening of passengers and property in the United States for both flights within the United States and flights from the United States to foreign destinations. Reported costs must be consistent with the air carrier's financial accounting information reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 
</P>
<P>Where actual costs of screening passengers and property cannot be directly identified through an air carrier's accounting system, the air carrier shall use an appropriate alternate cost assignment methodology. Documentation that explains and supports the assignment methodology used, the applicable pool and the allocation basis must be made available upon request. For costs related to capitalized property, please report the associated depreciation expense incurred during calendar year 2000. Capitalization policy must also be made available upon request. 
</P>
<P>To the extent necessary, the reporting air carrier may aggregate those specific costs that have been incurred but cannot be stated in the detailed cost categories requested by this form. However, all of the costs identified by this form must be included in the total calculations. In addition, explanations regarding costs that have been aggregated need to be provided. Costs reported in Appendix A do not need to include costs that may have been incurred for a position higher than those of the air carrier's director of security (or equivalent). Costs incurred for higher positions, such as those of the air carrier's chief executive officer, do not need to be included. 
</P>
<P>When including cost information on acquired and/or merged air carriers, the successor air carrier must specify the names of all of such entities whose calendar year 2000 passenger and property screening costs are included in that air carrier's submission as Appendix A. 
</P>
<P>The costs listed below are to be in US dollars, rounded to the nearest dollar. Place a zero in the appropriate box to indicate cost categories in which the air carrier did not incur costs for passenger and property screening in calendar year 2000. 
</P>
<HD3>Supporting Notes 
</HD3>
<P>Examples of cost types that appear in the supporting notes below are for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to set forth all relevant costs that must be reported by air carriers and foreign air carriers. In submitting information to TSA, air carriers and foreign air carriers must submit all of their relevant costs, regardless of whether those costs have been specifically illustrated in the notes. 
</P>
<HD3>Submission of Data 
</HD3>
<P>This form will be available electronically from the Department of Transportation's website at <I>www.dot.gov.</I> Air carriers are asked to return the completed form by certified mail to: Chief Financial Officer, Transportation Security Administration, Department of Transportation, 400 Seventh Street SW, Washington, DC 20590. Please also submit the same information in Microsoft Word either on a computer disk or by e-mail to <I>TSA-Fees@ost.dot.gov.</I>
</P>
<HD3>Confidentiality of Data 
</HD3>
<P>Consistent with 49 CFR § 1511.5(f), information submitted in Appendix A is deemed to be Sensitive Security Information and will be so protected from public disclosure under 49 U.S.C. 40119(b). In addition, confidential business information and economic information provided in Appendix A will be protected from public disclosure, as appropriate, under 5 U.S.C. § 552 (the Freedom of Information Act), 14 CFR § 302.12, and 18 U.S.C. § 1905. Requests for confidentiality must be filed with the Office of the General Counsel, Department of Transportation (C-10), 400 Seventh Street, SW, Room 10102, Washington, DC 20590. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er20fe02.007.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er20fe02.008.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er20fe02.009.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er20fe02.010.gif"/>
<HD3>Supporting Notes 
</HD3>
<P>a. These are costs that the air carrier incurred directly. Includes costs incurred for air carrier personnel salaries and benefits, equipment owned, leased or rented directly by that air carrier and any other costs directly incurred. 
</P>
<P>b. These are costs that the air carrier incurred through contracts with security firms. Includes personnel, equipment and other costs incurred through contracts with third party security companies. 
</P>
<P>c. These are costs that the air carrier incurred through other means. Includes costs incurred through air carrier security consortiums. 
</P>
<P>1. Salary, benefits, overtime, retirement and other costs of checkpoint screening personnel. 
</P>
<P>2. Salary, benefits, overtime, retirement and other costs of exit lane monitors. 
</P>
<P>3. Salary, benefits, overtime, retirement and other costs of cargo screeners. 
</P>
<P>4. Salary, benefits, overtime, retirement and other costs of checked baggage screeners. 
</P>
<P>5. Salary, benefits, overtime, retirement and other costs of all baggage runners who move property such as baggage to and from screening areas. 
</P>
<P>6. Salary, benefits, overtime, retirement and other costs of all supervisory personnel, including Checkpoint Screening Supervisors. 
</P>
<P>7. All associated expensed non-labor costs including computers, communications equipment, time management systems, supplies, parking, identification badging, furniture, fixtures, and travel. 
</P>
<P>8. All costs of performing required background investigations on all screening personnel and supervisors. Screening personnel and supervisors includes checkpoint screening personnel, exit lane monitors, cargo screeners, checked baggage screeners, baggage runners, and their supervisors. 
</P>
<P>9. All costs incurred for the training and testing of all screening personnel and supervisors, including initial, recurrent and remedial training. Includes any computer-based training and the development of training programs for the screening of persons and property as well as any travel, room and board, and all other such expenses related to training. 
</P>
<P>10. The costs of implementing and maintaining training records for all screening personnel and supervisors. 
</P>
<P>11. The costs of completing evaluations for all screening personnel and supervisors. 
</P>
<P>12. All costs for drug and alcohol testing as well as any associated counseling and/or treatment for all screening personnel and supervisors. 
</P>
<P>13. All costs of renting, purchasing, maintaining, and/or cleaning of uniforms and any related equipment such as flashlights and batons for all screening personnel and supervisors. 
</P>
<P>14. All costs incurred by air carriers for the use of canines and their handlers used for the screening of persons and property. 
</P>
<P>15. All costs associated with obtaining security clearances for personnel relating to the screening of persons and property. 
</P>
<P>16. All costs associated with the purchase, installation, and testing of all screening equipment. In instances where the equipment is capitalized, provide the depreciation expense in lieu of costs associated with purchase, installation, and final acceptance testing. This includes such equipment as Metal Detection Devices, Hand Wands, X-ray screening machines, Explosives Trace Detection Devices, Explosives Detection Systems, or any other such similar technologies. Includes any costs incurred or depreciation costs recognized in calendar year 2000 for the modification and/or construction of any facility needed to accommodate screening, including architecture and engineering. Also includes the costs of any refurbishment and/or modernization of the equipment. 
</P>
<P>17. Costs of operating, maintaining, and calibrating installed screening equipment. This includes such equipment as Metal Detection Devices, Hand Wands, X-ray screening machines, Explosives Trace Detection Devices, Explosives Detection Systems, or any other such similar technologies. Includes such costs as test objects and X-ray radiation surveys, electricity costs and maintenance contract costs incurred for the operations of such equipment. 
</P>
<P>18. Costs of maintaining integrity of sterile areas. Includes costs of opening sterile areas, emergency evacuations of sterile areas, and re-screenings not included elsewhere. 
</P>
<P>19. The cost of purchase or rent, installation, testing, and maintenance of checkpoint signs, barriers, lane markers, and exit lane doors. 
</P>
<P>20. Any additional costs for special screening such as for disabled passengers, VIP passengers, classified and/or high value items. 
</P>
<P>21. All security company contract costs for the screening of persons and property that cannot be detailed into any other cost category. 
</P>
<P>22. All direct costs for the real estate utilized for the screening of persons and property. Includes space at airports for the performance of these functions, as well as such space used for break rooms, private screening rooms, storages space, training rooms, and office space. Also includes appropriate space for the oversight of the screening functions outside of airports such as in headquarters or regional offices. 
</P>
<P>23. All costs for utilities used for screening. Includes electricity, heating/ventilation/cooling, and telecommunications costs not elsewhere specified. 
</P>
<P>24. All costs incurred for the Ground Security Coordinator's oversight of the screening functions. Includes personnel salaries, benefits, retirement, training, and non-labor costs. 
</P>
<P>25. All air carrier head office, regional, or airport specific costs associated with the administration and oversight of screening not elsewhere specified. Includes personnel salaries, benefits, retirement, training, and non-labor costs. 
</P>
<P>26. All costs associated with the administration and oversight of screening contracts. Includes personnel, benefits, retirement, training, and non-labor costs. 
</P>
<P>27. All costs not elsewhere specified for background audit checks for all screeners and supervisors. 
</P>
<P>28. All legal support costs incurred during calendar year 2000 relating to aviation security screening. Includes legal assistance for the implementation and execution of security screening contracts. 
</P>
<P>29. All costs for accounting and financial services incurred for the support of the screening functions. 
</P>
<P>30. Includes all labor and non-labor costs for such items as human resource administration, clerical assistance, information technology, and other support functions related to screening. 
</P>
<P>31. All insurance costs relating to screening. Includes worker's compensation and general liability insurance. 
</P>
<P>32. All costs incurred by the air carriers for law enforcement personnel costs that were reimbursed by the air carriers for services performed in connection with the screening of persons and property. 
</P>
<P>33. All costs associated with the recruitment of screening personnel and supervisors. Includes signing bonuses, travel, and other recruitment expenses. 
</P>
<P>34. Any costs incurred for fees charged by other organizations for the management of contracts for the screening of persons and property. 
</P>
<P>35. Any costs incurred not elsewhere specified during calendar year 2000 for the screening of passengers and property. These costs should be itemized on a separate sheet. Includes any fines or monetary penalties incurred for screening as well as any profit/bonuses paid to contractors for screening services not included elsewhere on the form. 
</P>
<img src="/graphics/er20fe02.011.gif"/>
<img src="/graphics/er20fe02.012.gif"/>
</DIV9>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1515" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.7" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1515—APPEAL AND WAIVER PROCEDURES FOR SECURITY THREAT ASSESSMENTS FOR INDIVIDUALS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>46 U.S.C. 70105; 49 U.S.C. 114, 5103a, 40113, and 46105; 18 U.S.C. 842, 845; 6 U.S.C. 469. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>72 FR 3588, Jan. 25, 2007, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1515.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.7.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1515.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Appeal.</I> This part applies to applicants who are appealing an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment or an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation in a security threat assessment (STA) as described in each of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) 49 CFR part 1572 for a hazardous materials endorsement (HME) or a Transportation Worker Identification Credential (TWIC).
</P>
<P>(2) 49 CFR part 1540, subpart C, which includes individuals engaged in air cargo operations who work for certain aircraft operators, foreign air carriers, indirect air carriers (IACs), or certified cargo screening facilities.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Waivers.</I> This part applies to applicants for an HME or TWIC who undergo a security threat assessment described in 49 CFR part 1572 and are eligible to request a waiver of certain standards. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3588, Jan. 25, 2007, as amended at 74 FR 47695, Sept. 16, 2009; 76 FR 51867, Aug. 18, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1515.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.7.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1515.3   Terms used in this part.</HEAD>
<P>The terms used in 49 CFR parts 1500, 1540, 1570, and 1572 also apply in this part. In addition, the following terms are used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrative law judge</I> means an administrative law judge appointed pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 3105.
</P>
<P><I>Applicant</I> means an individual who has applied for one of the security threat assessments identified in 49 CFR 1515.1. This includes an individual who previously applied for and was found to meet the standards for the security threat assessment but TSA later determined that the individual poses a security threat.
</P>
<P><I>Date of service</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) In the case of personal service, the date of personal delivery to the residential address listed on the application;
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of mailing with a certificate of service, the date shown on the certificate of service;
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of mailing and there is no certificate of service, 10 days from the date mailed to the address designated on the application as the mailing address;
</P>
<P>(4) In the case of mailing with no certificate of service or postmark, the date mailed to the address designated on the application as the mailing address shown by other evidence; or
</P>
<P>(5) The date on which an electronic transmission occurs.




</P>
<P><I>Final Agency Order</I> means an order issued by the TSA Final Decision Maker.
</P>
<P><I>Decision denying a review of a waiver</I> means a document issued by an administrative law judge denying a waiver requested under 49 CFR 1515.7.
</P>
<P><I>Mail</I> includes U.S. mail, or use of an express courier service.
</P>
<P><I>Party</I> means the applicant or the agency attorney.
</P>
<P><I>Personal delivery</I> includes hand-delivery or use of a contract or express messenger service, but does not include the use of Government interoffice mail service.
</P>
<P><I>Properly addressed</I> means a document that shows an address contained in agency records, a residential, business, or other address submitted by a person on any document provided under this subpart, or any other address shown by other reasonable and available means.
</P>
<P><I>Substantial Evidence</I> means such relevant evidence as a reasonable person might accept as adequate to support a conclusion.
</P>
<P><I>Security threat assessment</I> means the threat assessment for which the applicant has applied, as described in 49 CFR 1515.1.
</P>
<P><I>TSA Final Decision Maker</I> means the Administrator, acting in the capacity of the decision maker on appeal, or any person to whom the Administrator has delegated the Administrator's decision-making authority. As used in this subpart, the <I>TSA Final Decision Maker</I> is the official authorized to issue a final decision and order of the Administrator. 


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3588, Jan. 25, 2007, as amended at 89 FR 35626, May 1, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1515.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.7.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1515.5   Appeal of Initial Determination of Threat Assessment based on criminal conviction, immigration status, or mental capacity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section applies to applicants appealing from an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment that was based on one or more of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) TSA has determined that an applicant for an HME or a TWIC has a disqualifying criminal offense described in 49 CFR 1572.103.
</P>
<P>(2) TSA has determined that an applicant for an HME or a TWIC does not meet the immigration status requirements as described in 49 CFR 1572.105.
</P>
<P>(3) TSA has determined that an applicant for an HME or a TWIC is lacking mental capacity as described in 49 CFR 1572.109.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Grounds for appeal.</I> An applicant may appeal an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment if the applicant is asserting that he or she meets the standards for the security threat assessment for which he or she is applying.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Initiating an appeal.</I> An applicant initiates an appeal by submitting a written reply to TSA, a written request for materials from TSA, or by requesting an extension of time in accordance with § 1515.5(f). If the applicant does not initiate an appeal within 60 days of receipt, the Initial Determination of Threat Assessment becomes a Final Determination of Threat Assessment.
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of an HME, TSA also serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment on the licensing State.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a mariner applying for TWIC, TSA also serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment on the Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of a TWIC, TSA serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment on the appropriate Federal Maritime Security Coordinator (FMSC).
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Request for materials.</I> Within 60 days of the date of service of the Initial Determination of Threat Assessment, the applicant may serve upon TSA a written request for copies of the materials upon which the Initial Determination was based.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>TSA response.</I> (i) Within 60 days of receiving the applicant's request for materials, TSA serves the applicant with copies of the releasable materials upon the applicant on which the Initial Determination was based. TSA will not include any classified information or other protected information described in paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within 60 days of receiving the applicant's request for materials or written reply, TSA may request additional information or documents from the applicant that TSA believes are necessary to make a Final Determination.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Correction of records.</I> If the Initial Determination of Threat Assessment was based on a record that the applicant believes is erroneous, the applicant may correct the record, as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) The applicant contacts the jurisdiction or entity responsible for the information and attempts to correct or complete information contained in his or her record.
</P>
<P>(ii) The applicant provides TSA with the revised record, or a certified true copy of the information from the appropriate entity, before TSA determines that the applicant meets the standards for the security threat assessment.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Reply.</I> (i) The applicant may serve upon TSA a written reply to the Initial Determination of Threat Assessment within 60 days of service of the Initial Determination, or 60 days after the date of service of TSA's response to the applicant's request for materials under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, if the applicant served such request. The reply must include the rationale and information on which the applicant disputes TSA's Initial Determination.
</P>
<P>(ii) In an applicant's reply, TSA will consider only material that is relevant to whether the applicant meets the standards applicable for the security threat assessment for which the applicant is applying.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Final determination.</I> Within 60 days after TSA receives the applicant's reply, TSA serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment or a Withdrawal of the Initial Determination as provided in paragraphs (c) or (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Final Determination of Threat Assessment.</I> (1) If the Assistant Administrator concludes that an HME or TWIC applicant does not meet the standards described in 49 CFR 1572.103, 1572.105, or 1572.109, TSA serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment upon the applicant. In addition—
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of an HME, TSA serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment on the licensing State.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a TWIC, TSA serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment on the Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(2) The Final Determination includes a statement that the Assistant Administrator has reviewed the Initial Determination, the applicant's reply and any accompanying information, and any other materials or information available to him or her, and has determined that the applicant poses a security threat warranting denial of the security threat assessment for which the applicant has applied.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Withdrawal of Initial Determination.</I> If the Assistant Administrator or Assistant Secretary concludes that the applicant does not pose a security threat, TSA serves a Withdrawal of the Initial Determination upon the applicant, and the applicant's employer where applicable.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Nondisclosure of certain information.</I> In connection with the procedures under this section, TSA does not disclose classified information to the applicant, as defined in E.O. 12968 sec. 1.1(d), and reserves the right not to disclose any other information or material not warranting disclosure or protected from disclosure under law.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Extension of time.</I> TSA may grant an applicant an extension of time of the limits for good cause shown. An applicant's request for an extension of time must be in writing and be received by TSA within a reasonable time before the due date to be extended; or an applicant may request an extension after the expiration of a due date by sending a written request describing why the failure to file within the time limits was excusable. TSA may grant itself an extension of time for good cause.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Judicial review.</I> For purposes of judicial review, the Final Determination of Threat Assessment constitutes a final TSA order of the determination that the applicant does not meet the standards for a security threat assessment, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 46110. The Final Determination is not a final TSA order to grant or deny a waiver, the procedures for which are in 49 CFR 1515.7 and 1515.11.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Appeal of immediate revocation.</I> If TSA directs an immediate revocation, the applicant may appeal this determination by following the appeal procedures described in paragraph (b) of this section. This applies—
</P>
<P>(1) If TSA directs a State to revoke an HME pursuant to 49 CFR 1572.13(a).
</P>
<P>(2) If TSA invalidates a TWIC by issuing an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation pursuant to 49 CFR 1572.21(d)(3). 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3588, Jan. 25, 2007; 72 FR 14049, Mar. 26, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1515.7" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.7.0.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1515.7   Procedures for waiver of criminal offenses, immigration status, or mental capacity standards.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section applies to the following applicants:
</P>
<P>(i) An applicant for an HME or TWIC who has a disqualifying criminal offense described in 49 CFR 1572.103(a)(5) through (a)(12) or 1572.103(b) and who requests a waiver.
</P>
<P>(ii) An applicant for an HME or TWIC who is an alien under temporary protected status as described in 49 CFR 1572.105 and who requests a waiver.
</P>
<P>(iii) An applicant applying for an HME or TWIC who lacks mental capacity as described in 49 CFR 1572.109 and who requests a waiver.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Grounds for waiver.</I> TSA may issue a waiver of the standards described in paragraph (a) and grant an HME or TWIC if TSA determines that an applicant does not pose a security threat based on a review of information described in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Initiating waiver.</I> (1) An applicant initiates a waiver as follows:
</P>
<P>(i) Providing to TSA the information required in 49 CFR 1572.9 for an HME or 49 CFR 1572.17 for a TWIC.
</P>
<P>(ii) Paying the fees required in 49 CFR 1572.405 for an HME or in 49 CFR 1572.501 for a TWIC.
</P>
<P>(iii) Sending a written request to TSA for a waiver at any time, but not later than 60 days after the date of service of the Final Determination of Threat Assessment. The applicant may request a waiver during the application process, or may first pursue some or all of the appeal procedures in 49 CFR 1515.5 to assert that he or she does not have a disqualifying condition.
</P>
<P>(2) In determining whether to grant a waiver, TSA will consider the following factors, as applicable to the disqualifying condition:
</P>
<P>(i) The circumstances of the disqualifying act or offense.
</P>
<P>(ii) Restitution made by the applicant.
</P>
<P>(iii) Any Federal or State mitigation remedies.
</P>
<P>(iv) Court records or official medical release documents indicating that the applicant no longer lacks mental capacity.
</P>
<P>(v) Other factors that indicate the applicant does not pose a security threat warranting denial of the HME or TWIC.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Grant or denial of waivers.</I> (1) The Assistant Administrator will send a written decision granting or denying the waiver to the applicant within 60 days of service of the applicant's request for a waiver, or longer period as TSA may determine for good cause.
</P>
<P>(2) In the case of an HME, if the Assistant Administrator grants the waiver, the Assistant Administrator will send a Determination of No Security Threat to the licensing State within 60 days of service of the applicant's request for a waiver, or longer period as TSA may determine for good cause.
</P>
<P>(3) In the case of a mariner applying for a TWIC, if the Assistant Administrator grants the waiver, the Assistant Administrator will send a Determination of No Security Threat to the Coast Guard within 60 days of service of the applicant's request for a waiver, or longer period as TSA may determine for good cause.
</P>
<P>(4) If the Assistant Administrator denies the waiver the applicant may seek review in accordance with 49 CFR 1515.11. A denial of a waiver under this section does not constitute a final order of TSA as provided in 49 U.S.C. 46110.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Extension of time.</I> TSA may grant an applicant an extension of the time limits for good cause shown. An applicant's request for an extension of time must be in writing and be received by TSA within a reasonable time before the due date to be extended; or an applicant may request an extension after the expiration of a due date by sending a written request describing why the failure to file within the time limits was excusable. TSA may grant itself an extension of time for good cause. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1515.9" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.7.0.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1515.9   Appeal of security threat assessment based on other analyses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section applies to an applicant appealing an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) TSA has determined that the applicant for an HME or TWIC poses a security threat as provided in 49 CFR 1572.107.
</P>
<P>(2) TSA had determined that an air cargo worker poses a security threat as provided in 49 CFR 1540.205.
</P>
<P>(3) TSA had determined that an individual engaged in air cargo operations who works for certain aircraft operators, foreign air carriers, IACs, or certified cargo screening facilities, poses a security threat as provided in 49 CFR 1549.109.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Grounds for appeal.</I> An applicant may appeal an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment if the applicant is asserting that he or she does not pose a security threat. The appeal will be conducted in accordance with the procedures set forth in 49 CFR 1515.5(b), (e), and (f) and this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Final Determination of Threat Assessment.</I> (1) If the Assistant Administrator concludes that the applicant poses a security threat, following an appeal, TSA serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment upon the applicant. In addition—
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of an HME, TSA serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment on the licensing State.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a TWIC, TSA serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment on the Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of an air cargo worker, TSA serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment on the operator.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of a certified cargo screening facilities worker, TSA serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment on the operator.
</P>
<P>(2) The Final Determination includes a statement that the Assistant Administrator has reviewed the Initial Determination, the applicant's reply and any accompanying information, and any other materials or information available to him or her, and has determined that the applicant poses a security threat warranting denial of the security threat assessment for which the applicant has applied.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Withdrawal of Initial Determination.</I> If the Assistant Administrator concludes that the applicant does not pose a security threat, TSA serves a Withdrawal of the Initial Determination upon the applicant, and the applicant's employer where applicable.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Further review.</I> If the Assistant Administrator denies the appeal, the applicant may seek review in accordance with § 1515.11 of this part. A Final Determination issued under this section does not constitute a final order of TSA as provided in 49 U.S.C. 46110.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Appeal of immediate revocation.</I> If TSA directs an immediate revocation, the applicant may appeal this determination by following the appeal procedures described in paragraph (b) of this section. This applies—
</P>
<P>(1) If TSA directs a State to revoke an HME pursuant to 49 CFR 1572.13(a).
</P>
<P>(2) If TSA invalidates a TWIC by issuing an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation pursuant to 49 CFR 1572.21(d)(3).
</P>
<P>(3) If TSA withdraws a Determination of No Security Threat for an individual engaged in air cargo operations who works for certain aircraft operators, foreign air carriers, IACs, or certified cargo screening facilities.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3588, Jan. 25, 2007, as amended at 74 FR 47695, Sept. 16, 2009; 76 FR 51867, Aug. 18, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1515.11" NODE="49:9.1.3.3.7.0.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1515.11   Review by administrative law judge and TSA Final Decision Maker.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section applies to the following applicants:
</P>
<P>(1) An applicant who seeks review of a decision by TSA denying a request for a waiver under 49 CFR 1515.7.
</P>
<P>(2) An applicant for an HME or a TWIC who has been issued a Final Determination of Threat Assessment on the grounds that he or she poses a security threat after an appeal as described in 49 CFR 1515.9.
</P>
<P>(3) An individual engaged in air cargo operations who works for certain aircraft operators, foreign air carriers, IACs, or certified cargo screening facilities who has been issued a Final Determination of Threat Assessment after an appeal as described in 49 CFR 1515.9.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Request for review.</I> No later than 30 calendar days from the date of service of the decision by TSA denying a waiver or of the Final Determination of Threat Assessment, the applicant may request a review. The review will be conducted by an administrative law judge who possesses the appropriate security clearance necessary to review classified or otherwise protected information and evidence. If the applicant fails to seek review within 30 calendar days, the Final Determination of Threat Assessment will be final with respect to the parties.
</P>
<P>(1) The request for review must clearly state the issue(s) to be considered by the administrative law judge (ALJ), and include the following documents in support of the request:
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of a review of a denial of waiver, a copy of the applicant's request for a waiver under 49 CFR 1515.7, including all materials provided by the applicant to TSA in support of the waiver request; and a copy of the decision issued by TSA denying the waiver request. The request for review may not include evidence or information that was not presented to TSA in the request for a waiver under 49 CFR 1515.7. The ALJ may consider only evidence or information that was presented to TSA in the waiver request. If the applicant has new evidence or information, the applicant must file a new request for a waiver under § 1515.7 and the pending request for review of a denial of a waiver will be dismissed.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of a review of a Final Determination of Threat Assessment, a copy of the Initial Notification of Threat Assessment and Final Notification of Threat Assessment; and a copy of the applicant's appeal under 49 CFR 1515.9, including all materials provided by the applicant to TSA in support of the appeal. The request for review may not include evidence or information that was not presented to TSA in the appeal under § 1515.9. The ALJ may consider only evidence or information that was presented to TSA in the appeal. If the applicant has new evidence or information, the applicant must file a new appeal under § 1515.9 and the pending request for review of the Final Determination will be dismissed.
</P>
<P>(2) The applicant may include in the request for review a request for an in-person hearing before the ALJ.
</P>
<P>(3) The applicant must file the request for review with the ALJ Docketing Center, U.S. Coast Guard, 40 S. Gay Street, Room 412, Baltimore, Maryland 21202-4022, ATTN: Hearing Docket Clerk.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Extension of Time.</I> The ALJ may grant an extension of the time limits described in this section for good cause shown. A request for an extension of time must be in writing and be received by the ALJ within a reasonable time before the due date to be extended; or an applicant may request an extension after the expiration of a due date by sending a written request describing why the failure to file within the time limits was excusable. This paragraph does not apply to time limits set by the administrative law judge during the hearing.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Duties of the Administrative Law Judge.</I> The ALJ may:
</P>
<P>(1) Receive information and evidence presented to TSA in the request for a waiver under 49 CFR 1515.7 or an appeal under 49 CFR 1515.9.
</P>
<P>(2) Consider the following criteria to determine whether a request for an in-person hearing is warranted:
</P>
<P>(i) The credibility of evidence or information submitted in the applicant's request for a waiver; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether TSA's waiver denial was made in accordance with the governing regulations codified at 49 CFR part 1515 and 49 CFR part 1572.
</P>
<P>(3) Give notice of and hold conferences and hearings;
</P>
<P>(4) Administer oaths and affirmations;
</P>
<P>(5) Examine witnesses;
</P>
<P>(6) Regulate the course of the hearing including granting extensions of time limits; and
</P>
<P>(7) Dispose of procedural motions and requests, and issue a decision.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Hearing.</I> If the ALJ grants a request for a hearing, except for good cause shown, it will begin within 60 calendar days of the date of receipt of the request for hearing. The hearing is a limited discovery proceeding and is conducted as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If applicable and upon request, TSA will provide to the applicant requesting a review an unclassified summary of classified evidence upon which the denial of the waiver or Final Determination was based.
</P>
<P>(i) TSA will not disclose to the applicant, or the applicant's counsel, classified information, as defined in E.O. 12968 section 1.1(d).
</P>
<P>(ii) TSA reserves the right not to disclose any other information or material not warranting disclosure or protected from disclosure by law or regulation.
</P>
<P>(2) The applicant may present the case by oral testimony, documentary, or demonstrative evidence, submit rebuttal evidence, and conduct cross-examination, as permitted by the ALJ. Oral testimony is limited to the evidence or information that was presented to TSA in the request for a waiver or during the appeal. The Federal Rules of Evidence may serve as guidance, but are not binding.
</P>
<P>(3) The ALJ will review any classified information on an ex parte, in camera basis, and may consider such information in rendering a decision if the information appears to be material and relevant.
</P>
<P>(4) The standard of proof is substantial evidence on the record.
</P>
<P>(5) The parties may submit proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law.
</P>
<P>(6) If the applicant fails to appear, the ALJ may issue a default judgment.
</P>
<P>(7) A verbatim transcript will be made of the hearing and will be provided upon request at the expense of the requesting party. In cases in which classified or otherwise protected evidence is received, the transcript may require redaction of the classified or otherwise protected information.
</P>
<P>(8) The hearing will be held at TSA's Headquarters building or, on request of a party, at an alternate location selected by the administrative law judge for good cause shown.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Decision of the Administrative Law Judge.</I> (1) The record is closed once the certified transcript and all documents and materials have been submitted for the record.
</P>
<P>(2) The ALJ issues an unclassified written decision to the applicant no later than 30 calendar days from the close of the record and serves the decision on the parties. The ALJ may issue a classified decision to TSA.
</P>
<P>(3) The ALJ's decision may be appealed by either party to the TSA Final Decision Maker in accordance with paragraph (g).
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of review of a waiver denial, unless appealed to the TSA Final Decision Maker, if the ALJ upholds the denial of the applicant's request for waiver, TSA will issue a Final Order Denying a Waiver to the applicant.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of review of a waiver denial, unless appealed to the TSA Final Decision Maker, if the ALJ reverses the denial of the applicant's request for waiver, TSA will issue a Final Order granting a waiver to the applicant; and
</P>
<P>(A) In the case of an HME, send a Determination of No Security Threat to the licensing State.
</P>
<P>(B) In the case applicant for a TWIC, send a Determination of No Security Threat to the Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(C) In the case of an air cargo worker, send a Determination of No Security Threat to the operator.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of review of an appeal under 49 CFR 1515.9, unless appealed to the TSA Final Decision Maker, if the ALJ determines that the applicant poses a security threat, TSA will issue a Final Order of Threat Assessment to the applicant.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of review of an appeal under 49 CFR 1515.9, unless appealed to the TSA Final Decision Maker, if the ALJ determines that the applicant does not pose a security threat, TSA will issue a Withdrawal of the Final Determination to the applicant, and to the applicant's employer where applicable.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Review by the TSA Final Decision Maker.</I> (1) Either party may request that the TSA Final Decision Maker review the ALJ's decision by serving the request no later than 30 calendar days after the date of service of the decision of the ALJ.
</P>
<P>(i) The request must be in writing, served on the other party, and may only address whether the decision is supported by substantial evidence on the record.
</P>
<P>(ii) No later than 30 calendar days after receipt of the request, the other party may file a response.
</P>
<P>(2) The ALJ will provide the TSA Final Decision Maker with a certified transcript of the hearing and all unclassified documents and material submitted for the record. TSA will provide any classified materials previously submitted.
</P>
<P>(3) No later than 60 calendar days after receipt of the request, or if the other party files a response, 30 calendar days after receipt of the response, or such longer period as may be required, the TSA Final Decision Maker issues an unclassified decision and serves the decision on the parties. The TSA Final Decision Maker may issue a classified opinion to TSA, if applicable. The decision of the TSA Final Decision Maker is a final agency order.
</P>
<P>(i) In the case of review of a waiver denial, if the TSA Final Decision Maker upholds the denial of the applicant's request for waiver, TSA issues a Final Order Denying a Waiver to the applicant.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of review of a waiver denial, if the TSA Final Decision Maker reverses the denial of the applicant's request for waiver, TSA will grant the waiver; and
</P>
<P>(A) In the case of an HME, send a Determination of No Security Threat to the applicant and to the licensing State.
</P>
<P>(B) In the case of a TWIC, send a Determination of No Security Threat to the applicant and to the Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(C) In the case of an air cargo worker, send a Determination of No Security Threat to the applicant and the operator.
</P>
<P>(iii) In the case of review of an appeal under 49 CFR 1515.9, if the TSA Final Decision Maker determines that the applicant poses a security threat, TSA will issue a Final Order of Threat Assessment to the applicant.
</P>
<P>(iv) In the case of review of an appeal under 49 CFR 1515.9, if the TSA Final Decision Maker determines that the applicant does not pose a security threat, TSA will issue a Withdrawal of the Final Determination to the applicant, and to the applicant's employer where applicable.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Judicial Review of a Final Order Denying a Waiver.</I> A person may seek judicial review of a final order of the TSA Final Decision Maker as provided in 49 U.S.C. 46110.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3588, Jan. 25, 2007; 72 FR 5633, Feb. 7, 2007; 74 FR 47695, Sept. 16, 2009; 76 FR 51867, Aug. 18, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>

</DIV4>


<DIV4 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.4" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER B—SECURITY RULES FOR ALL MODES OF TRANSPORTATION


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="1520" NODE="49:9.1.3.4.8" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1520—PROTECTION OF SENSITIVE SECURITY INFORMATION 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>46 U.S.C. 70102-70106, 70117; 49 U.S.C. 114, 40113, 44901-44907, 44913-44914, 44916-44918, 44935-44936, 44942, 46105.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>69 FR 28082, May 18, 2004, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1520.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.4.8.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1520.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This part governs the maintenance, safeguarding, and disclosure of records and information that TSA has determined to be Sensitive Security Information, as defined in § 1520.5. This part does not apply to the maintenance, safeguarding, or disclosure of classified national security information, as defined by Executive Order 12968, or to other sensitive unclassified information that is not SSI, but that nonetheless may be exempt from public disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act. In addition, in the case of information that has been designated as critical infrastructure information under section 214 of the Homeland Security Act, the receipt, maintenance, or disclosure of such information by a Federal agency or employee is governed by section 214 and any implementing regulations, not by this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Delegation.</I> The authority of TSA and the Coast Guard under this part may be further delegated within TSA and the Coast Guard, respectively.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1520.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.4.8.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1520.3   Terms used in this part.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the terms in § 1500.3 of this chapter, the following terms apply in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Under Secretary of Transportation for Security referred to in 49 U.S.C. 114(b), or his or her designee.
</P>
<P><I>Coast Guard</I> means the United States Coast Guard.
</P>
<P><I>Covered person</I> means any organization, entity, individual, or other person described in § 1520.7. In the case of an individual, <I>covered person</I> includes any individual applying for employment in a position that would be a covered person, or in training for such a position, regardless of whether that individual is receiving a wage, salary, or other form of payment. <I>Covered person</I> includes a person applying for certification or other form of approval that, if granted, would make the person a covered person described in § 1520.7.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Flight Deck Officer</I> means a pilot participating in the Federal Flight Deck Officer Program under 49 U.S.C. 44921 and implementing regulations.
</P>
<P><I>Maritime facility</I> means any facility as defined in 33 CFR part 101.
</P>
<P><I>Rail secure area</I> means “rail secure area” as defined in 49 CFR 1580.3.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad carrier</I> means “railroad carrier” as defined in 49 U.S.C. 20102(2).
</P>
<P><I>Security contingency plan</I> means a plan detailing response procedures to address a transportation security incident, threat assessment, or specific threat against transportation, including details of preparation, response, mitigation, recovery, and reconstitution procedures, continuity of government, continuity of transportation operations, and crisis management.
</P>
<P><I>Security screening</I> means evaluating a person or property to determine whether either poses a threat to security.
</P>
<P><I>SSI</I> means sensitive security information, as described in § 1520.5.
</P>
<P><I>Threat image projection system</I> means an evaluation tool that involves periodic presentation of fictional threat images to operators and is used in connection with x-ray or explosives detection systems equipment.
</P>
<P><I>TSA</I> means the Transportation Security Administration.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 28082, May 18, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 41599, July 19, 2005; 73 FR 72172, Nov. 26, 2008; 74 FR 47695, Sept. 16, 2009; 85 FR 16499, Mar. 23, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1520.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.4.8.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1520.5   Sensitive security information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 114(s), SSI is information obtained or developed in the conduct of security activities, including research and development, the disclosure of which TSA has determined would— 
</P>
<P>(1) Constitute an unwarranted invasion of privacy (including, but not limited to, information contained in any personnel, medical, or similar file);
</P>
<P>(2) Reveal trade secrets or privileged or confidential information obtained from any person; or
</P>
<P>(3) Be detrimental to the security of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information constituting SSI.</I> Except as otherwise provided in writing by TSA in the interest of public safety or in furtherance of transportation security, the following information, and records containing such information, constitute SSI:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Security programs, security plans, and contingency plans.</I> Any security program, security plan, or security contingency plan issued, established, required, received, or approved by DHS or DOT, including any comments, instructions, or implementing guidance, including—
</P>
<P>(i) Any aircraft operator, airport operator, fixed base operator, or air cargo security program, or security contingency plan under this chapter;
</P>
<P>(ii) Any vessel, maritime facility, or port area security plan required or directed under Federal law;
</P>
<P>(iii) Any national or area security plan prepared under 46 U.S.C. 70103;
</P>
<P>(iv) Any security incident response plan established under 46 U.S.C. 70104, and
</P>
<P>(v) Any security program or plan required under subchapter D of this title.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Security Directives.</I> Any Security Directive or order—
</P>
<P>(i) Issued by TSA under 49 CFR 1542.303, 1544.305, 1548.19, or other authority;
</P>
<P>(ii) Issued by the Coast Guard under the Maritime Transportation Security Act, 33 CFR part 6, or 33 U.S.C. 1221 <I>et seq.</I> related to maritime security; or
</P>
<P>(iii) Any comments, instructions, and implementing guidance pertaining thereto.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Information Circulars.</I> Any notice issued by DHS or DOT regarding a threat to aviation or maritime transportation, including any—
</P>
<P>(i) Information circular issued by TSA under 49 CFR 1542.303, 1544.305, 1548.19, or other authority; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Navigation or Vessel Inspection Circular issued by the Coast Guard related to maritime security.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Performance specifications.</I> Any performance specification and any description of a test object or test procedure, for—
</P>
<P>(i) Any device used by the Federal Government or any other person pursuant to any aviation or maritime transportation security requirements of Federal law for the detection of any person, and any weapon, explosive, incendiary, or destructive device, item, or substance; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Any communications equipment used by the Federal government or any other person in carrying out or complying with any aviation or maritime transportation security requirements of Federal law.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Vulnerability assessments.</I> Any vulnerability assessment directed, created, held, funded, or approved by the DOT, DHS, or that will be provided to DOT or DHS in support of a Federal security program.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Security inspection or investigative information.</I> 

(i) Details of any aviation, maritime, or surface transportation inspection, or any investigation or an alleged violation of aviation, maritime, or surface transportation security requirements of Federal law, that could reveal a security vulnerability, including the identity of the Federal special agent or other Federal employee who conducted the inspection or investigation, and including any recommendations concerning the inspection or investigation.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of inspections or investigations performed by TSA, this includes the following information as to events that occurred within 12 months of the date of release of the information: the name of the airport where a violation occurred, the airport identifier in the case number, a description of the violation, the regulation allegedly violated, and the identity of any aircraft operator in connection with specific locations or specific security procedures. Such information will be released after the relevant 12-month period, except that TSA will not release the specific gate or other location on an airport where an event occurred, regardless of the amount of time that has passed since its occurrence. During the period within 12 months of the date of release of the information, TSA may release summaries of an aircraft operator's, but not an airport operator's, total security violations in a specified time range without identifying specific violations or locations. Summaries may include total enforcement actions, total proposed civil penalty amounts, number of cases opened, number of cases referred to TSA or FAA counsel for legal enforcement action, and number of cases closed.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Threat information.</I> Any information held by the Federal government concerning threats against transportation or transportation systems and sources and methods used to gather or develop threat information, including threats against cyber infrastructure.
</P>
<P>(8) <I>Security measures.</I> Specific details of aviation, maritime, or surface transportation security measures, both operational and technical, whether applied directly by the Federal government or another person, including the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Security measures or protocols recommended by the Federal government;
</P>
<P>(ii) Information concerning the deployments, numbers, and operations of Coast Guard personnel engaged in maritime security duties and Federal Air Marshals, to the extent it is not classified national security information; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Information concerning the deployments and operations of Federal Flight Deck Officers, and numbers of Federal Flight Deck Officers aggregated by aircraft operator.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any armed security officer procedures issued by TSA under 49 CFR part 1562.
</P>
<P>(9) <I>Security screening information.</I> The following information regarding security screening under aviation or maritime transportation security requirements of Federal law:
</P>
<P>(i) Any procedures, including selection criteria and any comments, instructions, and implementing guidance pertaining thereto, for screening of persons, accessible property, checked baggage, U.S. mail, stores, and cargo, that is conducted by the Federal government or any other authorized person.
</P>
<P>(ii) Information and sources of information used by a passenger or property screening program or system, including an automated screening system.
</P>
<P>(iii) Detailed information about the locations at which particular screening methods or equipment are used, only if determined by TSA to be SSI.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any security screener test and scores of such tests.
</P>
<P>(v) Performance or testing data from security equipment or screening systems.
</P>
<P>(vi) Any electronic image shown on any screening equipment monitor, including threat images and descriptions of threat images for threat image projection systems.
</P>
<P>(10) <I>Security training materials.</I> Records created or obtained for the purpose of training persons employed by, contracted with, or acting for the Federal government or another person to carry out aviation, maritime, or surface transportation security measures required or recommended by DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(11) <I>Identifying information of certain transportation security personnel.</I> (i) Lists of the names or other identifying information that identify persons as—
</P>
<P>(A) Having unescorted access to a secure area of an airport, a rail secure area, or a secure or restricted area of a maritime facility, port area, or vessel; 
</P>
<P>(B) Holding a position as a security screener employed by or under contract with the Federal government pursuant to aviation or maritime transportation security requirements of Federal law, where such lists are aggregated by airport;
</P>
<P>(C) Holding a position with the Coast Guard responsible for conducting vulnerability assessments, security boardings, or engaged in operations to enforce maritime security requirements or conduct force protection;
</P>
<P>(D) Holding a position as a Federal Air Marshal; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The name or other identifying information that identifies a person as a current, former, or applicant for Federal Flight Deck Officer.
</P>
<P>(12) <I>Critical transportation infrastructure asset information.</I> Any list identifying systems or assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the aviation, maritime, or surface transportation that the incapacity or destruction of such assets would have a debilitating impact on transportation security, if the list is—
</P>
<P>(i) Prepared by DHS or DOT; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Prepared by a State or local government agency and submitted by the agency to DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(13) <I>Systems security information.</I> Any information involving the security of operational or administrative data systems operated by the Federal government that have been identified by the DOT or DHS as critical to aviation or maritime transportation safety or security, including automated information security procedures and systems, security inspections, and vulnerability information concerning those systems.
</P>
<P>(14) <I>Confidential business information.</I> (i) Solicited or unsolicited proposals received by DHS or DOT, and negotiations arising therefrom, to perform work pursuant to a grant, contract, cooperative agreement, or other transaction, but only to the extent that the subject matter of the proposal relates to aviation or maritime transportation security measures;
</P>
<P>(ii) Trade secret information, including information required or requested by regulation or Security Directive, obtained by DHS or DOT in carrying out aviation or maritime transportation security responsibilities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Commercial or financial information, including information required or requested by regulation or Security Directive, obtained by DHS or DOT in carrying out aviation or maritime transportation security responsibilities, but only if the source of the information does not customarily disclose it to the public.
</P>
<P>(15) <I>Research and development.</I> Information obtained or developed in the conduct of research related to aviation, maritime, or surface transportation, where such research is approved, accepted, funded, recommended, or directed by DHS or DOT, including research results.
</P>
<P>(16) <I>Other information.</I> Any information not otherwise described in this section that TSA determines is SSI under 49 U.S.C. 114(s) or that the Secretary of DOT determines is SSI under 49 U.S.C. 40119. Upon the request of another Federal agency, TSA or the Secretary of DOT may designate as SSI information not otherwise described in this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Loss of SSI designation.</I> TSA or the Coast Guard may determine in writing that information or records described in paragraph (b) of this section do not constitute SSI because they no longer meet the criteria set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 28082, May 18, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 41599, July 19, 2005; 71 FR 30507, May 26, 2006; 73 FR 72172, Nov. 26, 2008; 74 FR 47695, Sept. 16, 2009; 85 FR 16499, Mar. 23, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1520.7" NODE="49:9.1.3.4.8.0.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1520.7   Covered persons.</HEAD>
<P>Persons subject to the requirements of part 1520 are:
</P>
<P>(a) Each airport operator, aircraft operator, and fixed base operator subject to the requirements of subchapter C of this chapter, and each armed security officer under subpart B of part 1562.
</P>
<P>(b) Each indirect air carrier (IAC), as described in 49 CFR part 1548; and each certified cargo screening facility and its personnel, as described in 49 CFR part 1549.
</P>
<P>(c) Each owner, charterer, or operator of a vessel, including foreign vessel owners, charterers, and operators, required to have a security plan under Federal or International law.
</P>
<P>(d) Each owner or operator of a maritime facility required to have a security plan under the Maritime Transportation Security Act, (Pub.L. 107-295), 46 U.S.C. 70101 <I>et seq.,</I> 33 CFR part 6, or 33 U.S.C. 1221 <I>et seq.</I>
</P>
<P>(e) Each person performing the function of a computer reservation system or global distribution system for airline passenger information.
</P>
<P>(f) Each person participating in a national or area security committee established under 46 U.S.C. 70112, or a port security committee.
</P>
<P>(g) Each industry trade association that represents covered persons and has entered into a non-disclosure agreement with the DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(h) DHS and DOT.
</P>
<P>(i) Each person conducting research and development activities that relate to aviation or maritime transportation security and are approved, accepted, funded, recommended, or directed by DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(j) Each person who has access to SSI, as specified in § 1520.11.
</P>
<P>(k) Each person employed by, contracted to, or acting for a covered person, including a grantee of DHS or DOT, and including a person formerly in such position.
</P>
<P>(l) Each person for which a vulnerability assessment has been directed, created, held, funded, or approved by the DOT, DHS, or that has prepared a vulnerability assessment that will be provided to DOT or DHS in support of a Federal security program.
</P>
<P>(m) Each person receiving SSI under § 1520.15(d) or (e).
</P>
<P>(n) Each owner/operator of maritime or surface transportation subject to the requirements of subchapter D of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 28082, May 18, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 41600, July 19, 2005; 73 FR 72173, Nov. 26, 2008; 74 FR 47695, Sept. 16, 2009; 76 FR 51867, Aug. 18, 2011; 85 FR 16499, Mar. 23, 2020]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1520.9" NODE="49:9.1.3.4.8.0.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1520.9   Restrictions on the disclosure of SSI.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Duty to protect information.</I> A covered person must—
</P>
<P>(1) Take reasonable steps to safeguard SSI in that person's possession or control from unauthorized disclosure. When a person is not in physical possession of SSI, the person must store it a secure container, such as a locked desk or file cabinet or in a locked room.
</P>
<P>(2) Disclose, or otherwise provide access to, SSI only to covered persons who have a need to know, unless otherwise authorized in writing by TSA, the Coast Guard, or the Secretary of DOT.
</P>
<P>(3) Refer requests by other persons for SSI to TSA or the applicable component or agency within DOT or DHS.
</P>
<P>(4) Mark SSI as specified in § 1520.13.
</P>
<P>(5) Dispose of SSI as specified in § 1520.19.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Unmarked SSI.</I> If a covered person receives a record containing SSI that is not marked as specified in § 1520.13, the covered person must—
</P>
<P>(1) Mark the record as specified in § 1520.13; and
</P>
<P>(2) Inform the sender of the record that the record must be marked as specified in § 1520.13.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Duty to report unauthorized disclosure.</I> When a covered person becomes aware that SSI has been released to unauthorized persons, the covered person must promptly inform TSA or the applicable DOT or DHS component or agency.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Additional Requirements for Critical Infrastructure Information.</I> In the case of information that is both SSI and has been designated as critical infrastructure information under section 214 of the Homeland Security Act, any covered person who is a Federal employee in possession of such information must comply with the disclosure restrictions and other requirements applicable to such information under section 214 and any implementing regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1520.11" NODE="49:9.1.3.4.8.0.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1520.11   Persons with a need to know.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> A person has a need to know SSI in each of the following circumstances:
</P>
<P>(1) When the person requires access to specific SSI to carry out transportation security activities approved, accepted, funded, recommended, or directed by DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(2) When the person is in training to carry out transportation security activities approved, accepted, funded, recommended, or directed by DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(3) When the information is necessary for the person to supervise or otherwise manage individuals carrying out transportation security activities approved, accepted, funded, recommended, or directed by the DHS or DOT.
</P>
<P>(4) When the person needs the information to provide technical or legal advice to a covered person regarding transportation security requirements of Federal law.
</P>
<P>(5) When the person needs the information to represent a covered person in connection with any judicial or administrative proceeding regarding those requirements.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Federal, State, local, or tribal government employees, contractors, and grantees.</I> (1) A Federal, State, local, or tribal government employee has a need to know SSI if access to the information is necessary for performance of the employee's official duties, on behalf or in defense of the interests of the Federal, State, local, or tribal government.
</P>
<P>(2) A person acting in the performance of a contract with or grant from a Federal, State, local, or tribal government agency has a need to know SSI if access to the information is necessary to performance of the contract or grant.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Background check.</I> TSA or Coast Guard may make an individual's access to the SSI contingent upon satisfactory completion of a security background check or other procedures and requirements for safeguarding SSI that are satisfactory to TSA or the Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Need to know further limited by the DHS or DOT.</I> For some specific SSI, DHS or DOT may make a finding that only specific persons or classes of persons have a need to know.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[69 FR 28082, May 18, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 1382, Jan. 7, 2005; 73 FR 72173, Nov. 26, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1520.13" NODE="49:9.1.3.4.8.0.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1520.13   Marking SSI.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Marking of paper records.</I> In the case of paper records containing SSI, a covered person must mark the record by placing the protective marking conspicuously on the top, and the distribution limitation statement on the bottom, of—
</P>
<P>(1) The outside of any front and back cover, including a binder cover or folder, if the document has a front and back cover;
</P>
<P>(2) Any title page; and
</P>
<P>(3) Each page of the document.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Protective marking.</I> The protective marking is: SENSITIVE SECURITY INFORMATION.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Distribution limitation statement.</I> The distribution limitation statement is:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<FP><I>WARNING:</I> This record contains Sensitive Security Information that is controlled under 49 CFR parts 15 and 1520. No part of this record may be disclosed to persons without a “need to know”, as defined in 49 CFR parts 15 and 1520, except with the written permission of the Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration or the Secretary of Transportation. Unauthorized release may result in civil penalty or other action. For U.S. government agencies, public disclosure is governed by 5 U.S.C. 552 and 49 CFR parts 15 and 1520.</FP></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) <I>Other types of records.</I> In the case of non-paper records that contain SSI, including motion picture films, videotape recordings, audio recording, and electronic and magnetic records, a covered person must clearly and conspicuously mark the records with the protective marking and the distribution limitation statement such that the viewer or listener is reasonably likely to see or hear them when obtaining access to the contents of the record.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1520.15" NODE="49:9.1.3.4.8.0.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1520.15   SSI disclosed by TSA or the Coast Guard.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>In general.</I> Except as otherwise provided in this section, and notwithstanding the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552), the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a), and other laws, records containing SSI are not available for public inspection or copying, nor does TSA or the Coast Guard release such records to persons without a need to know.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act and the Privacy Act.</I> If a record contains both SSI and information that is not SSI, TSA or the Coast Guard, on a proper Freedom of Information Act or Privacy Act request, may disclose the record with the SSI redacted, provided the record is not otherwise exempt from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act or Privacy Act.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Disclosures to committees of Congress and the General Accounting Office.</I> Nothing in this part precludes TSA or the Coast Guard from disclosing SSI to a committee of Congress authorized to have the information or to the Comptroller General, or to any authorized representative of the Comptroller General.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disclosure in enforcement proceedings</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> TSA or the Coast Guard may provide SSI to a person in the context of an administrative enforcement proceeding when, in the sole discretion of TSA or the Coast Guard, as appropriate, access to the SSI is necessary for the person to prepare a response to allegations contained in a legal enforcement action document issued by TSA or the Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Security background check.</I> Prior to providing SSI to a person under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, TSA or the Coast Guard may require the individual or, in the case of an entity, the individuals representing the entity, and their counsel, to undergo and satisfy, in the judgment of TSA or the Coast Guard, a security background check.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Other conditional disclosure.</I> TSA may authorize a conditional disclosure of specific records or information that constitute SSI upon the written determination by TSA that disclosure of such records or information, subject to such limitations and restrictions as TSA may prescribe, would not be detrimental to transportation security.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Obligation to protect information.</I> When an individual receives SSI pursuant to paragraph (d) or (e) of this section that individual becomes a covered person under § 1520.7 and is subject to the obligations of a covered person under this part.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>No release under FOIA.</I> When TSA discloses SSI pursuant to paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, TSA makes the disclosure for the sole purpose described in that paragraph. Such disclosure is not a public release of information under the Freedom of Information Act.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Disclosure of Critical Infrastructure Information.</I> Disclosure of information that is both SSI and has been designated as critical infrastructure information under section 214 of the Homeland Security Act is governed solely by the requirements of section 214 and any implementing regulations.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1520.17" NODE="49:9.1.3.4.8.0.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1520.17   Consequences of unauthorized disclosure of SSI.</HEAD>
<P>Violation of this part is grounds for a civil penalty and other enforcement or corrective action by DHS, and appropriate personnel actions for Federal employees. Corrective action may include issuance of an order requiring retrieval of SSI to remedy unauthorized disclosure or an order to cease future unauthorized disclosure.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1520.19" NODE="49:9.1.3.4.8.0.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1520.19   Destruction of SSI.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>DHS.</I> Subject to the requirements of the Federal Records Act (5 U.S.C. 105), including the duty to preserve records containing documentation of a Federal agency's policies, decisions, and essential transactions, DHS destroys SSI when no longer needed to carry out the agency's function.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Other covered persons</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> A covered person must destroy SSI completely to preclude recognition or reconstruction of the information when the covered person no longer needs the SSI to carry out transportation security measures.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Exception.</I> Paragraph (b)(1) of this section does not require a State or local government agency to destroy information that the agency is required to preserve under State or local law.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>

</DIV4>


<DIV4 N="C" NODE="49:9.1.3.5" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER C—CIVIL AVIATION SECURITY


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="1540" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1540—CIVIL AVIATION SECURITY: GENERAL RULES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 5103, 40113, 44901-44907, 44913-44914, 44916-44918, 44925, 44935-44936, 44942, 46105.


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 8353, Feb. 22, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.1   Applicability of this subchapter and this part.</HEAD>
<P>This subchapter and this part apply to persons engaged in aviation-related activities.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.3   Delegation of authority.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Where the Administrator is named in this subchapter as exercising authority over a function, the authority is exercised by the Administrator or the Deputy Administrator, or any individual formally designated to act as the Administrator or the Deputy Administrator.
</P>
<P>(b) Where TSA or the designated official is named in this subchapter as exercising authority over a function, the authority is exercised by the official designated by the Administrator to perform that function.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.1.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.5   Terms used in this subchapter.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the terms in part 1500 of this chapter, the following terms are used in this subchapter:
</P>
<P><I>Air operations area (AOA)</I> means a portion of an airport, specified in the airport security program, in which security measures specified in this part are carried out. This area includes aircraft movement areas, aircraft parking areas, loading ramps, and safety areas, for use by aircraft regulated under 49 CFR part 1544 or 1546, and any adjacent areas (such as general aviation areas) that are not separated by adequate security systems, measures, or procedures. This area does not include the secured area.
</P>
<P><I>Aircraft operator</I> means a person who uses, causes to be used, or authorizes to be used an aircraft, with or without the right of legal control (as owner, lessee, or otherwise), for the purpose of air navigation including the piloting of aircraft, or on any part of the surface of an airport. In specific parts or sections of this subchapter, “aircraft operator” is used to refer to specific types of operators as described in those parts or sections.
</P>
<P><I>Airport operator</I> means a person that operates an airport serving an aircraft operator or a foreign air carrier required to have a security program under part 1544 or 1546 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Airport security program</I> means a security program approved by TSA under § 1542.101 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Airport tenant</I> means any person, other than an aircraft operator or foreign air carrier that has a security program under part 1544 or 1546 of this chapter, that has an agreement with the airport operator to conduct business on airport property.
</P>
<P><I>Airport tenant security program</I> means the agreement between the airport operator and an airport tenant that specifies the measures by which the tenant will perform security functions, and approved by TSA, under § 1542.113 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Approved,</I> unless used with reference to another person, means approved by TSA.
</P>
<P><I>Cargo</I> means property tendered for air transportation accounted for on an air waybill. All accompanied commercial courier consignments, whether or not accounted for on an air waybill, are also classified as cargo. Aircraft operator security programs further define the term “cargo.”
</P>
<P><I>Certified cargo screening facility (CCSF)</I> means a facility certified by TSA to screen air cargo in accordance with part 1549. As used in this subchapter, “certified cargo screening facility” refers to the legal entity that operates a CCSF at a particular location.
</P>
<P><I>Certified cargo screening program (CCSP)</I> means the program under which facilities are authorized to screen cargo to be offered for transport on certain passenger aircraft in accordance with 49 CFR part 1549.
</P>
<P><I>Checked baggage</I> means property tendered by or on behalf of a passenger and accepted by an aircraft operator for transport, which is inaccessible to passengers during flight. Accompanied commercial courier consignments are not classified as checked baggage.
</P>
<P><I>Escort</I> means to accompany or monitor the activities of an individual who does not have unescorted access authority into or within a secured area or SIDA.
</P>
<P><I>Exclusive area</I> means any portion of a secured area, AOA, or SIDA, including individual access points, for which an aircraft operator or foreign air carrier that has a security program under part 1544 or 1546 of this chapter has assumed responsibility under § 1542.111 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>Exclusive area agreement</I> means an agreement between the airport operator and an aircraft operator or a foreign air carrier that has a security program under parts 1544 or 1546 of this chapter that permits such an aircraft operator or foreign air carrier to assume responsibility for specified security measures in accordance with § 1542.111 of this chapter.
</P>
<P><I>FAA</I> means the Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P><I>Flightcrew member</I> means a pilot, flight engineer, or flight navigator assigned to duty in an aircraft during flight time.
</P>
<P><I>Indirect air carrier (IAC)</I> means any person or entity within the United States not in possession of an FAA air carrier operating certificate, that undertakes to engage indirectly in air transportation of property, and uses for all or any part of such transportation the services of an air carrier. This does not include the United States Postal Service (USPS) or its representative while acting on the behalf of the USPS.
</P>
<P><I>Loaded firearm</I> means a firearm that has a live round of ammunition, or any component thereof, in the chamber or cylinder or in a magazine inserted in the firearm.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger seating configuration</I> means the total maximum number of seats for which the aircraft is type certificated that can be made available for passenger use aboard a flight, regardless of the number of seats actually installed, and includes that seat in certain aircraft that may be used by a representative of the FAA to conduct flight checks but is available for revenue purposes on other occasions.
</P>
<P><I>Private charter</I> means any aircraft operator flight—
</P>
<P>(1) For which the charterer engages the total passenger capacity of the aircraft for the carriage of passengers; the passengers are invited by the charterer; the cost of the flight is borne entirely by the charterer and not directly or indirectly by any individual passenger; and the flight is not advertised to the public, in any way, to solicit passengers.
</P>
<P>(2) For which the total passenger capacity of the aircraft is used for the purpose of civilian or military air movement conducted under contract with the Government of the United States or the government of a foreign country.
</P>
<P><I>Public charter</I> means any charter flight that is not a private charter.
</P>
<P><I>Scheduled passenger operation</I> means an air transportation operation (a flight) from identified air terminals at a set time, which is held out to the public and announced by timetable or schedule, published in a newspaper, magazine, or other advertising medium.
</P>
<P><I>Screening function</I> means the inspection of individuals and property for weapons, explosives, and incendiaries.
</P>
<P><I>Screening location</I> means each site at which individuals or property are inspected for the presence of weapons, explosives, or incendiaries.
</P>
<P><I>Secured area</I> means a portion of an airport, specified in the airport security program, in which certain security measures specified in part 1542 of this chapter are carried out. This area is where aircraft operators and foreign air carriers that have a security program under part 1544 or 1546 of this chapter enplane and deplane passengers and sort and load baggage and any adjacent areas that are not separated by adequate security measures.
</P>
<P><I>Security Identification Display Area (SIDA)</I> means a portion of an airport, specified in the airport security program, in which security measures specified in this part are carried out. This area includes the secured area and may include other areas of the airport.
</P>
<P><I>Standard security program</I> means a security program issued by TSA that serves as a baseline for a particular type of operator. If TSA has issued a standard security program for a particular type of operator, unless otherwise authorized by TSA, each operator's security program consists of the standard security program together with any amendments and alternative procedures approved or accepted by TSA.
</P>
<P><I>Sterile area</I> means a portion of an airport defined in the airport security program that provides passengers access to boarding aircraft and to which the access generally is controlled by TSA, or by an aircraft operator under part 1544 of this chapter or a foreign air carrier under part 1546 of this chapter, through the screening of persons and property.
</P>
<P><I>Unescorted access authority</I> means the authority granted by an airport operator, an aircraft operator, foreign air carrier, or airport tenant under part 1542, 1544, or 1546 of this chapter, to individuals to gain entry to, and be present without an escort in, secured areas and SIDA's of airports.
</P>
<P><I>Unescorted access to cargo</I> means the authority granted by an aircraft operator or IAC to individuals to have access to air cargo without an escort.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8353, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 8209, Feb. 22, 2002; 71 FR 30507, May 26, 2006; 74 FR 47700, Sept. 16, 2009]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.7" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.1.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.7   Severability.</HEAD>
<P>Any provision of this subchapter held to be invalid or unenforceable as applied to any person or circumstance shall be construed so as to continue to give the maximum effect to the provision permitted by law, including as applied to persons not similarly situated or to dissimilar circumstances, unless such holding is that the provision of this subpart is invalid and unenforceable in all circumstances, in which event the provision shall be severable from the remainder of this subchapter and shall not affect the remainder thereof.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 35626, May 1, 2024]




</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Responsibilities of Passengers and Other Individuals and Persons</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.101" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.101   Applicability of this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to individuals and other persons.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.103" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.103   Fraud and intentional falsification of records.</HEAD>
<P>No person may make, or cause to be made, any of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Any fraudulent or intentionally false statement in any application for any security program, access medium, or identification medium, or any amendment thereto, under this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Any fraudulent or intentionally false entry in any record or report that is kept, made, or used to show compliance with this subchapter, or exercise any privileges under this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) Any reproduction or alteration, for fraudulent purpose, of any report, record, security program, access medium, or identification medium issued under this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.105" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.105   Security responsibilities of employees and other persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may:
</P>
<P>(1) Tamper or interfere with, compromise, modify, attempt to circumvent, or cause a person to tamper or interfere with, compromise, modify, or attempt to circumvent any security system, measure, or procedure implemented under this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Enter, or be present within, a secured area, AOA, SIDA or sterile area without complying with the systems, measures, or procedures being applied to control access to, or presence or movement in, such areas.
</P>
<P>(3) Use, allow to be used, or cause to be used, any airport-issued or airport-approved access medium or identification medium that authorizes the access, presence, or movement of persons or vehicles in secured areas, AOA's, or SIDA's in any other manner than that for which it was issued by the appropriate authority under this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to conducting inspections or tests to determine compliance with this part or 49 U.S.C. Subtitle VII authorized by:
</P>
<P>(1) TSA, or
</P>
<P>(2) The airport operator, aircraft operator, or foreign air carrier, when acting in accordance with the procedures described in a security program approved by TSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.107" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.2.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.107   Submission to screening and inspection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No individual may enter a sterile area or board an aircraft without submitting to the screening and inspection of his or her person and accessible property in accordance with the procedures being applied to control access to that area or aircraft under this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) An individual must provide his or her full name, as defined in § 1560.3 of this chapter, date of birth, and sex when—
</P>
<P>(1) The individual, or a person on the individual's behalf, makes a reservation for a covered flight, as defined in § 1560.3 of this chapter, or
</P>
<P>(2) The individual makes a request for authorization to enter a sterile area.
</P>
<P>(c) An individual may not enter a sterile area or board an aircraft if the individual does not present a verifying identity document as defined in § 1560.3 of this chapter, when requested for purposes of watch list matching under § 1560.105(c), unless otherwise authorized by TSA on a case-by-case basis.
</P>
<P>(d) The screening and inspection described in paragraph (a) of this section may include the use of advanced imaging technology. Advanced imaging technology used for the screening of passengers under this section must be equipped with and employ automatic target recognition software and any other requirement TSA deems necessary to address privacy considerations.
</P>
<P>(1) For purposes of this section, advanced imaging technology-
</P>
<P>(i) Means a device used in the screening of passengers that creates a visual image of an individual showing the surface of the skin and revealing other objects on the body; and
</P>
<P>(ii) May include devices using backscatter x-rays or millimeter waves and devices referred to as whole body imaging technology or body scanning machines.
</P>
<P>(2) For purposes of this section, automatic target recognition software means software installed on an advanced imaging technology device that produces a generic image of the individual being screened that is the same as the images produced for all other screened individuals.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 64061, Oct. 28, 2008, as amended at 81 FR 11405, Mar. 3, 2016; 90 FR 21690, May 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.109" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.2.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.109   Prohibition against interference with screening personnel.</HEAD>
<P>No person may interfere with, assault, threaten, or intimidate screening personnel in the performance of their screening duties under this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.111" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.2.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.111   Carriage of weapons, explosives, and incendiaries by individuals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>On an individual's person or accessible property—prohibitions.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, an individual may not have a weapon, explosive, or incendiary, on or about the individual's person or accessible property—
</P>
<P>(1) When performance has begun of the inspection of the individual's person or accessible property before entering a sterile area, or before boarding an aircraft for which screening is conducted under this subchapter;
</P>
<P>(2) When the individual is entering or in a sterile area; or
</P>
<P>(3) When the individual is attempting to board or onboard an aircraft for which screening is conducted under §§ 1544.201, 1546.201, or 1562.23 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>On an individual's person or accessible property—permitted carriage of a weapon.</I> Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply as to carriage of firearms and other weapons if the individual is one of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Law enforcement personnel required to carry a firearm or other weapons while in the performance of law enforcement duty at the airport.
</P>
<P>(2) An individual authorized to carry a weapon in accordance with §§ 1544.219, 1544.221, 1544.223, 1546.211, or subpart B of part 1562 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) An individual authorized to carry a weapon in a sterile area under a security program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>In checked baggage.</I> A passenger may not transport or offer for transport in checked baggage or in baggage carried in an inaccessible cargo hold under § 1562.23 of this chapter:
</P>
<P>(1) Any loaded firearm(s).
</P>
<P>(2) Any unloaded firearm(s) unless—
</P>
<P>(i) The passenger declares to the aircraft operator, either orally or in writing, before checking the baggage, that the passenger has a firearm in his or her bag and that it is unloaded;
</P>
<P>(ii) The firearm is unloaded;
</P>
<P>(iii) The firearm is carried in a hard-sided container; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The container in which it is carried is locked, and only the passenger retains the key or combination.
</P>
<P>(3) Any unauthorized explosive or incendiary.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Ammunition.</I> This section does not prohibit the carriage of ammunition in checked baggage or in the same container as a firearm. Title 49 CFR part 175 provides additional requirements governing carriage of ammunition on aircraft.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8353, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 41639, June 19, 2002; 70 FR 41600, July 19, 2005; 71 FR 30507, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.113" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.2.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.113   Inspection of airman certificate.</HEAD>
<P>Each individual who holds an airman certificate, medical certificate, authorization, or license issued by the FAA must present it for inspection upon a request from TSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.115" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.2.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.115   Threat assessments regarding citizens of the United States holding or applying for FAA certificates, ratings, or authorizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies when TSA has determined that an individual who is a United States citizen and who holds, or is applying for, an airman certificate, rating, or authorization issued by the Administrator, poses a security threat. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> The following terms apply in this section:
</P>
<P><I>Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration. 
</P>
<P><I>Assistant Administrator</I> means the Assistant Administrator for Intelligence for TSA. 
</P>
<P><I>Date of service</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) The date of personal delivery in the case of personal service; 
</P>
<P>(2) The mailing date shown on the certificate of service; 
</P>
<P>(3) The date shown on the postmark if there is no certificate of service; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Another mailing date shown by other evidence if there is no certificate of service or postmark. 
</P>
<P><I>Deputy Administrator</I> means the officer next in rank below the Administrator. 
</P>
<P><I>FAA Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration. 
</P>
<P><I>Individual</I> means an individual whom TSA determines poses a security threat. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Security threat.</I> An individual poses a security threat when the individual is suspected of posing, or is known to pose— 
</P>
<P>(1) A threat to transportation or national security; 
</P>
<P>(2) A threat of air piracy or terrorism; 
</P>
<P>(3) A threat to airline or passenger security; or 
</P>
<P>(4) A threat to civil aviation security. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Representation by counsel.</I> The individual may, if he or she so chooses, be represented by counsel at his or her own expense. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Initial Notification of Threat Assessment</I>—(1) <I>Issuance.</I> If the Assistant Administrator determines that an individual poses a security threat, the Assistant Administrator serves upon the individual an Initial Notification of Threat Assessment and serves the determination upon the FAA Administrator. The Initial Notification includes— 
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that the Assistant Administrator personally has reviewed the materials upon which the Initial Notification was based; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement that the Assistant Administrator has determined that the individual poses a security threat. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Request for Materials.</I> Not later than 15 calendar days after the date of service of the Initial Notification, the individual may serve a written request for copies of the releasable materials upon which the Initial Notification was based. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>TSA response.</I> Not later than 30 calendar days, or such longer period as TSA may determine for good cause, after receiving the individual's request for copies of the releasable materials upon which the Initial Notification was based, TSA serves a response. TSA will not include in its response any classified information or other information described in paragraph (g) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Reply.</I> The individual may serve upon TSA a written reply to the Initial Notification of Threat Assessment not later than 15 calendar days after the date of service of the Initial Notification, or the date of service of TSA's response to the individual's request under paragraph (e)(2) if such a request was served. The reply may include any information that the individual believes TSA should consider in reviewing the basis for the Initial Notification. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>TSA final determination.</I> Not later than 30 calendar days, or such longer period as TSA may determine for good cause, after TSA receives the individual's reply, TSA serves a final determination in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Final Notification of Threat Assessment</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The Deputy Administrator reviews the Initial Notification, the materials upon which the Initial Notification was based, the individual's reply, if any, and any other materials or information available to him. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Review and Issuance of Final Notification.</I> If the Deputy Administrator determines that the individual poses a security threat, the Administrator reviews the Initial Notification, the materials upon which the Initial Notification was based, the individual's reply, if any, and any other materials or information available to him. If the Administrator determines that the individual poses a security threat, the Administrator serves upon the individual a Final Notification of Threat Assessment and serves the determination upon the FAA Administrator. The Final Notification includes a statement that the Administrator personally has reviewed the Initial Notification, the individual's reply, if any, and any other materials or information available to him, and has determined that the individual poses a security threat. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Withdrawal of Initial Notification.</I> If the Deputy Administrator does not determine that the individual poses a security threat, or upon review, the Administrator does not determine that the individual poses a security threat, TSA serves upon the individual a Withdrawal of the Initial Notification and provides a copy of the Withdrawal to the FAA Administrator. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Nondisclosure of certain information.</I> In connection with the procedures under this section, TSA does not disclose to the individual classified information, as defined in Executive Order 12968 section 1.1(d), and reserves the right not to disclose any other information or material not warranting disclosure or protected from disclosure under law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 3761, Jan. 24, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 49721, Aug. 19, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.117" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.2.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.117   Threat assessments regarding aliens holding or applying for FAA certificates, ratings, or authorizations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Applicability. This section applies when TSA has determined that an individual who is not a citizen of the United States and who holds, or is applying for, an airman certificate, rating, or authorization issued by the FAA Administrator, poses a security threat. 
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> The following terms apply in this section: 
</P>
<P><I>Assistant Administrator</I> means the Assistant Administrator for Intelligence for TSA. 
</P>
<P><I>Date of service</I> means— 
</P>
<P>(1) The date of personal delivery in the case of personal service; 
</P>
<P>(2) The mailing date shown on the certificate of service; 
</P>
<P>(3) The date shown on the postmark if there is no certificate of service; or 
</P>
<P>(4) Another mailing date shown by other evidence if there is no certificate of service or postmark. 
</P>
<P><I>Deputy Administrator</I> means the officer next in rank below the Administrator. 
</P>
<P><I>FAA Administrator</I> means the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration. 
</P>
<P><I>Individual</I> means an individual whom TSA determines poses a security threat. 
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Security threat.</I> An individual poses a security threat when the individual is suspected of posing, or is known to pose— 
</P>
<P>(1) A threat to transportation or national security; 
</P>
<P>(2) A threat of air piracy or terrorism; 
</P>
<P>(3) A threat to airline or passenger security; or 
</P>
<P>(4) A threat to civil aviation security. 
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Representation by counsel.</I> The individual may, if he or she so chooses, be represented by counsel at his or her own expense. 
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Initial Notification of Threat Assessment</I>—(1) <I>Issuance.</I> If the Assistant Administrator determines that an individual poses a security threat, the Assistant Administrator serves upon the individual an Initial Notification of Threat Assessment and serves the determination upon the FAA Administrator. The Initial Notification includes— 
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that the Assistant Administrator personally has reviewed the materials upon which the Initial Notification was based; and 
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement that the Assistant Administrator has determined that the individual poses a security threat. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Request for materials.</I> Not later than 15 calendar days after the date of service of the Initial Notification, the individual may serve a written request for copies of the releasable materials upon which the Initial Notification was based. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>TSA response.</I> Not later than 30 calendar days, or such longer period as TSA may determine for good cause, after receiving the individual's request for copies of the releasable materials upon which the Initial Notification was based, TSA serves a response. TSA will not include in its response any classified information or other information described in paragraph (g) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Reply.</I> The individual may serve upon TSA a written reply to the Initial Notification of Threat Assessment not later than 15 calendar days after the date of service of the Initial Notification, or the date of service of TSA's response to the individual's request under paragraph (e)(2) if such a request was served. The reply may include any information that the individual believes TSA should consider in reviewing the basis for the Initial Notification. 
</P>
<P>(5) <I>TSA final determination.</I> Not later than 30 calendar days, or such longer period as TSA may determine for good cause, after TSA receives the individual's reply, TSA serves a final determination in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Final Notification of Threat Assessment</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> The Deputy Administrator reviews the Initial Notification, the materials upon which the Initial Notification was based, the individual's reply, if any, and any other materials or information available to him. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Issuance of Final Notification.</I> If the Deputy Administrator determines that the individual poses a security threat, the Deputy Administrator serves upon the individual a Final Notification of Threat Assessment and serves the determination upon the FAA Administrator. The Final Notification includes a statement that the Deputy Administrator personally has reviewed the Initial Notification, the individual's reply, if any, and any other materials or information available to him, and has determined that the individual poses a security threat. 
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Withdrawal of Initial Notification.</I> If the Deputy Administrator does not determine that the individual poses a security threat, TSA serves upon the individual a Withdrawal of the Initial Notification and provides a copy of the Withdrawal to the FAA Administrator. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Nondisclosure of certain information.</I> In connection with the procedures under this section, TSA does not disclose to the individual classified information, as defined in Executive Order 12968 section 1.1(d), and TSA reserves the right not to disclose any other information or material not warranting disclosure or protected from disclosure under law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[68 FR 3768, Jan. 24, 2003]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Security Threat Assessments</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>74 FR 47700, Sept. 16, 2009, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1540.201" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.3.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.201   Applicability and terms used in this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This subpart includes the procedures that certain aircraft operators, foreign air carriers, indirect air carriers, and certified cargo screening facilities must use to have security threat assessments performed on certain individuals pursuant to 49 CFR 1544.228, 1546.213, 1548.7, 1548.15, 1548.16 and 1549.111. This subpart applies to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Each aircraft operator operating under a full program or full all-cargo program described in 49 CFR 1544.101(a) or (h).
</P>
<P>(2) Each foreign air carrier operating under a program described in 49 CFR 1546.101(a), (b), or (e).
</P>
<P>(3) Each indirect air carrier operating under a security program described in 49 CFR part 1548.
</P>
<P>(4) Each applicant applying for unescorted access to cargo under one of the programs described in (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Each proprietor, general partner, officer, director, or owner of an indirect air carrier as described in 49 CFR 1548.16.
</P>
<P>(6) Each certified cargo screening facility described in 49 CFR part 1549.
</P>
<P>(7) Each individual a certified cargo screening facility authorizes to perform screening or supervise screening.
</P>
<P>(8) Each individual the certified cargo screening facility authorizes to have unescorted access to cargo at any time from the time it is screened until the time it is tendered to an indirect air carrier under 49 CFR part 1548, an aircraft operator under part 1544, or a foreign air carrier under part 1546.
</P>
<P>(9) The senior manager or representative of its facility in control of the operations of a certified cargo screening facility under 49 CFR part 1549.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this subpart—
</P>
<P><I>Applicant</I> means the individuals listed in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P><I>Operator</I> means an aircraft operator, foreign air carrier, and indirect air carrier listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section, and a certified cargo screening facility described in paragraph (a)(6) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) An applicant poses a security threat under this subpart when TSA determines that he or she is known to pose or is suspected of posing a threat—
</P>
<P>(1) To national security;
</P>
<P>(2) To transportation security; or
</P>
<P>(3) Of terrorism.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 47700, Sept. 16, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 51867, Aug. 18, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.203" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.3.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.203   Security threat assessment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each operator subject to this subpart must ensure that each of the following undergoes a security threat assessment or a comparable security threat assessment described in § 1540.205:
</P>
<P>(1) Cargo personnel in the United States, as described in § 1544.228.
</P>
<P>(2) Cargo personnel in the United States, as described in § 1546.213.
</P>
<P>(3) Individuals with unescorted access to cargo, as described in § 1548.15.
</P>
<P>(4) Proprietors, general partners, officers, directors, and owners of an indirect air carrier, as described in § 1548.16.
</P>
<P>(5) Personnel of certified cargo screening facilities, as described in § 1549.111.
</P>
<P>(b) Each operator must verify the identity and work authorization of each applicant and examine the document(s) presented by the applicant to prove identity and work authorization to determine whether they appear to be genuine and relate to the applicant presenting them.
</P>
<P>(c) Each operator must submit to TSA a security threat assessment application for each applicant that is dated and signed by the applicant and that includes the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Legal name, including first, middle, and last; any applicable suffix; and any other names used previously.
</P>
<P>(2) Current mailing address, including residential address if it differs from the current mailing address; all other residential addresses for the previous five years; and e-mail address if the applicant has an e-mail address.
</P>
<P>(3) Date and place of birth.
</P>
<P>(4) Social security number (submission is voluntary, although failure to provide it may delay or prevent completion of the threat assessment).
</P>
<P>(5) Sex.
</P>
<P>(6) Country of citizenship.
</P>
<P>(7) If the applicant is a U.S. citizen born abroad or a naturalized U.S. citizen, their U.S. passport number; or the 10-digit document number from the applicant's Certificate of Birth Abroad, Form DS-1350.
</P>
<P>(8) If the applicant is not a U.S. citizen, the applicant's Alien Registration Number; a Form I-94 Arrival and Departure record containing an I-94 number; or other document as authorized by TSA and listed on the TSA website as permissible for this purpose.


</P>
<P>(9) The applicant's daytime telephone number.
</P>
<P>(10) The applicant's current employer(s), and the address and telephone number of the employer(s).
</P>
<P>(11) A Privacy Notice as required in the security program and the following statement:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The information I have provided on this application is true, complete, and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief and is provided in good faith. I understand that a knowing and willful false statement, or an omission of a material fact, on this application can be punished by fine or imprisonment or both (<I>see</I> section 1001 of Title 18 United States Code), and may be grounds for denial of authorization or in the case of parties regulated under this section, removal of authorization to operate under this chapter, if applicable.
</P>
<P>I acknowledge that if I do not successfully complete the security threat assessment, the Transportation Security Administration may notify my employer. If TSA or other law enforcement agency becomes aware that I may pose an imminent threat to an operator or facility, TSA may provide limited information necessary to reduce the risk of injury or damage to the operator or facility.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) Each operator must retain the following for 180 days following the end of the applicant's service to the operator:
</P>
<P>(1) The applicant's signed security threat assessment application.
</P>
<P>(2) Copies of the applicant's document(s) used to verify identity and work authorization.
</P>
<P>(3) Any notifications or documents sent to or received from TSA relating to the applicant's application and security threat assessment.
</P>
<P>(4) As applicable, a copy of the applicant's credential evidencing completion of a threat assessment deemed comparable under paragraph (f) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) Records under this section may include electronic documents with electronic signature or other means of personal authentication, where accepted by TSA.
</P>
<P>(f) TSA may determine that a security threat assessment conducted by another governmental agency is comparable to a security threat assessment conducted under this subpart. Individuals who have successfully completed a comparable security threat assessment are not required to undergo the security threat assessments described in this subpart. If TSA makes a comparability determination under this section, TSA will so notify the public. In making a comparability determination, TSA will consider—
</P>
<P>(i) The minimum standards used for the security threat assessment;
</P>
<P>(ii) The frequency of the security threat assessment;
</P>
<P>(iii) The date of the most recent threat assessment; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Other factors TSA deems appropriate.
</P>
<P>(g) To apply for a comparability determination, the agency seeking the determination must contact the Assistant Program Manager, Attn: Federal Agency Comparability Check, Hazmat Threat Assessment Program, Transportation Security Administration, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, VA 20598-6019.
</P>
<P>(h) TSA has determined that each of the following are comparable to the security threat assessment required in this subpart:
</P>
<P>(1) A CHRC conducted in accordance with §§ 1542.209, 1544.229, or 1544.230 that includes a name-based check conducted by TSA.
</P>
<P>(2) A security threat assessment conducted under 49 CFR part 1572 for the Transportation Worker Identification Credential or Hazardous Materials Endorsement programs.
</P>
<P>(3) A security threat assessment conducted for the Free and Secure Trade (FAST) program administered by U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
</P>
<P>(i) If asserting completion of a comparable threat assessment listed in paragraph (h) of this section, an individual must—
</P>
<P>(1) Present the credential that corresponds to successful completion of the comparable assessment to the operator so the operator may retain a copy of it; and
</P>
<P>(2) Notify the operator when the credential that corresponds to successful completion of the comparable assessment expires or is revoked for any reason.
</P>
<P>(j) A security threat assessment conducted under this subpart remains valid for five years from the date that TSA issues a Determination of No Security Threat or a Final Determination of Threat Assessment, except—
</P>
<P>(1) If the applicant is no longer authorized to be in the United States, the security threat assessment and the privileges it conveys expire on the date lawful presence expires; or
</P>
<P>(2) If the applicant asserts completion of a comparable threat assessment, it expires five years from the date of issuance of the credential that corresponds to the comparable assessment, or the date on which the credential is revoked for any reason.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 47700, Sept. 16, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 51867, Aug. 18, 2011; 89 FR 66289, Aug. 15, 2024; 90 FR 21690, May 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.205" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.3.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.205   Procedures for security threat assessment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contents of security threat assessment.</I> The security threat assessment TSA conducts under this subpart includes an intelligence-related check and a final disposition.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Intelligence-related check.</I> To conduct an intelligence-related check, TSA completes the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) Reviews the applicant information required in 49 CFR 1540.203.
</P>
<P>(2) Searches domestic and international government databases to determine if an applicant meets the requirements of 49 CFR 1540.201(c) or to confirm an applicant's identity.
</P>
<P>(3) Adjudicates the results in accordance with 49 CFR 1540.201(c).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Wants, warrants, deportable aliens.</I> If the searches listed in paragraph (b)(2) of this section indicate that an applicant has an outstanding want or warrant, or is a deportable alien under the immigration laws of the United States, TSA sends the applicant's information to the appropriate law enforcement or immigration agency.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Final disposition.</I> Following completion of the procedures described in paragraph (b), the following procedures apply, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) TSA serves a Determination of No Security Threat on the applicant and operator if TSA determines that the applicant meets the security threat assessment standards in 49 CFR 1540.201(c).
</P>
<P>(2) TSA serves an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment on the applicant, if TSA determines that the applicant does not meet the security threat assessment standards in 49 CFR 1540.201(c). The Initial Determination of Threat Assessment includes—
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that TSA has determined that the applicant is suspected of posing or poses a security threat;
</P>
<P>(ii) The basis for the determination;
</P>
<P>(iii) Information about how the applicant may appeal the determination, as described in 49 CFR 1515.9; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement that if the applicant chooses not to appeal TSA's determination within 60 days of receipt of the Initial Determination, or does not request an extension of time within 60 days of the Initial Determination of Threat Assessment in order to file an appeal, the Initial Determination becomes a Final Determination of Security Threat Assessment.
</P>
<P>(3) TSA serves an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation on the applicant and the applicant's operator or other operator as approved by TSA, where appropriate, if TSA determines that the applicant does not meet the security threat assessment standards in 49 CFR 1540.201(c) and may pose an imminent threat to transportation or national security, or of terrorism. The Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation includes—
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that TSA has determined that the applicant is suspected of posing or poses an imminent security threat;
</P>
<P>(ii) The basis for the determination;
</P>
<P>(iii) Information about how the applicant may appeal the determination, as described in 49 CFR 1515.5(h) or 1515.9(h), as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement that if the applicant chooses not to appeal TSA's determination within 60 days of receipt of the Initial Determination, or does not request an extension of time within 60 days of the Initial Determination of Threat Assessment in order to file an appeal, the Initial Determination becomes a Final Determination of Security Threat Assessment.
</P>
<P>(4) If the applicant does not appeal the Initial Determination of Threat Assessment or Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation, or if TSA does not grant the appeal, TSA serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment on the individual and the applicant.
</P>
<P>(5) If the applicant appeals an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment, the procedures in 49 CFR 1515.5 or 1515.9 apply.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.207" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.3.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.207   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.209" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.3.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.209   Fees for security threat assessment.</HEAD>
<P>This section describes the payment process for completion of the security threat assessments required under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Fees for security threat assessment.</I> (1) TSA routinely establishes and collects fees to conduct the security threat assessment process. These fees apply to all entities requesting a security threat assessment. TSA reviews the amount of the fee periodically, at least once every two years, to determine the current cost of conducting security threat assessments. TSA determines fee amounts and any necessary revisions to the fee amounts based on current costs, using a method of analysis consistent with widely accepted accounting principles and practices, and calculated in accordance with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 9701 and other applicable Federal law.
</P>
<P>(2) TSA will publish fee amounts and any revisions to the fee amounts as a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P>(b) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Remittance of fees.</I> (1) The fees required under this subpart must be remitted to TSA in a form and manner acceptable to TSA each time the applicant or an aircraft operator, foreign air carrier, indirect air carrier, or certified cargo screening facility submits the information required under § 1540.203 or § 1540.207 to TSA.
</P>
<P>(2) Fees remitted to TSA under this subpart must be payable to the “Transportation Security Administration” in U.S. currency and drawn on a U.S. bank.
</P>
<P>(3) TSA will not issue any fee refunds, unless a fee was paid in error.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 47700, Sept. 16, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 51867, Aug. 18, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Responsibilities of Holders of TSA-Approved Security Programs</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>74 FR 47703, Sept. 16, 2009, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1540.301" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.4.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.301   Withdrawal of approval of a security program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to holders of a security program approved or accepted by TSA under 49 CFR chapter XII, subchapter C.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Withdrawal of security program approval.</I> TSA may withdraw the approval of a security program, if TSA determines continued operation is contrary to security and the public interest, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Notice of proposed withdrawal of approval.</I> TSA will serve a Notice of Proposed Withdrawal of Approval, which notifies the holder of the security program, in writing, of the facts, charges, and applicable law, regulation, or order that form the basis of the determination.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Security program holder's reply.</I> The holder of the security program may respond to the Notice of Proposed Withdrawal of Approval no later than 15 calendar days after receipt of the withdrawal by providing the designated official, in writing, with any material facts, arguments, applicable law, and regulation.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>TSA review.</I> The designated official will consider all information available, including any relevant material or information submitted by the holder of the security program, before either issuing a Withdrawal of Approval of the security program or rescinding the Notice of Proposed Withdrawal of Approval. If TSA issues a Withdrawal of Approval, it becomes effective upon receipt by the holder of the security program, or 15 calendar days after service, whichever occurs first.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Petition for reconsideration.</I> The holder of the security program may petition TSA to reconsider its Withdrawal of Approval by serving a petition for consideration no later than 15 calendar days after the holder of the security program receives the Withdrawal of Approval. The holder of the security program must serve the Petition for Reconsideration on the designated official. Submission of a Petition for Reconsideration will not stay the Withdrawal of Approval. The holder of the security program may request the designated official to stay the Withdrawal of Approval pending review of and decision on the Petition.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Assistant Secretary's review.</I> The designated official transmits the Petition together with all pertinent information to the Assistant Secretary for reconsideration. The Assistant Secretary will dispose of the Petition within 15 calendar days of receipt by either directing the designated official to rescind the Withdrawal of Approval or by affirming the Withdrawal of Approval. The decision of the Assistant Secretary constitutes a final agency order subject to judicial review in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 46110.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Emergency withdrawal.</I> If TSA finds that there is an emergency with respect to aviation security requiring immediate action that makes the procedures in this section contrary to the public interest, the designated official may issue an Emergency Withdrawal of Approval of a security program without first issuing a Notice of Proposed Withdrawal of Approval. The Emergency Withdrawal would be effective on the date that the holder of the security program receives the emergency withdrawal. In such a case, the designated official will send the holder of the security program a brief statement of the facts, charges, applicable law, regulation, or order that forms the basis for the Emergency Withdrawal. The holder of the security program may submit a Petition for Reconsideration under the procedures in paragraphs (b)(4) through (b)(5) of this section; however, this petition will not stay the effective date of the Emergency Withdrawal.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Service of documents for withdrawal of approval of security program proceedings.</I> Service may be accomplished by personal delivery, certified mail, or express courier. Documents served on the holder of a security program will be served at its official place of business as designated in its application for approval or its security program. Documents served on TSA must be served to the address noted in the Notice of Withdrawal of Approval or Withdrawal of Approval, whichever is applicable.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Certificate of service.</I> An individual may attach a certificate of service to a document tendered for filing. A certificate of service must consist of a statement, dated and signed by the person filing the document, that the document was personally delivered, served by certified mail on a specific date, or served by express courier on a specific date.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Date of service.</I> The date of service is—
</P>
<P>(i) The date of personal delivery;
</P>
<P>(ii) If served by certified mail, the mailing date shown on the certificate of service, the date shown on the postmark if there is no certificate of service, or other mailing date shown by other evidence if there is no certificate of service or postmark; or
</P>
<P>(iii) If served by express courier, the service date shown on the certificate of service, or by other evidence if there is no certificate of service.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Extension of time.</I> TSA may grant an extension of time to the limits set forth in this section for good cause shown. A security program holder must submit a request for an extension of time in writing, and TSA must receive it at least two days before the due date in order to be considered. TSA may grant itself an extension of time for good cause.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1540.303" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.9.4.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1540.303   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1542" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1542—AIRPORT SECURITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 5103, 40113, 44901-44905, 44907, 44913-44914, 44916-44917, 44935-44936, 44942, 46105.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 8355, Feb. 22, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.1   Applicability of this part.</HEAD>
<P>This part describes aviation security rules governing:
</P>
<P>(a) The operation of airports regularly serving aircraft operations required to be under a security program under part 1544 of this chapter, as described in this part.
</P>
<P>(b) The operation of airport regularly serving foreign air carrier operations required to be under a security program under part 1546 of this chapter, as described in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Each airport operator that receives a Security Directive or Information Circular and each person who receives information from a Security Directive or Information Circular issued by the Designated official for Civil Aviation Security.
</P>
<P>(d) Each airport operator that does not have a security program under this part that serves an aircraft operator operating under a security program under part 1544 of this chapter, or a foreign air carrier operating under a security program under part 1546 of this chapter. Such airport operators must comply with § 1542.5(e).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8355, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 30509, May 26, 2006] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.3   Airport security coordinator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each airport operator must designate one or more Airport Security Coordinator(s) (ASC) in its security program.
</P>
<P>(b) The airport operator must ensure that one or more ASCs:
</P>
<P>(1) Serve as the airport operator's primary and immediate contact for security-related activities and communications with TSA. Any individual designated as an ASC may perform other duties in addition to those described in this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(2) Is available to TSA on a 24-hour basis.
</P>
<P>(3) Review with sufficient frequency all security-related functions to ensure that all are effective and in compliance with this part, its security program, and applicable Security Directives.
</P>
<P>(4) Immediately initiate corrective action for any instance of non-compliance with this part, its security program, and applicable Security Directives.
</P>
<P>(5) Review and control the results of employment history, verification, and criminal history records checks required under § 1542.209.
</P>
<P>(6) Serve as the contact to receive notification from individuals applying for unescorted access of their intent to seek correction of their criminal history record with the FBI.
</P>
<P>(c) After July 17, 2003, no airport operator may use, nor may it designate any person as, an ASC unless that individual has completed subject matter training, as specified in its security program, to prepare the individual to assume the duties of the position. The airport operator must maintain ASC training documentation until at least 180 days after the withdrawal of an individual's designation as an ASC.
</P>
<P>(d) An individual's satisfactory completion of initial ASC training required under paragraph (c) of this section satisfies that requirement for all future ASC designations for that individual, except for site specific information, unless there has been a two or more year break in service as an active and designated ASC.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.1.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.5   </HEAD>
<HEAD>§ 1542.5   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Airport Security Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.101" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.101   General requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may operate an airport subject to § 1542.103 unless it adopts and carries out a security program that—
</P>
<P>(1) Provides for the safety and security of persons and property on an aircraft operating in air transportation or intrastate air transportation against an act of criminal violence, aircraft piracy, and the introduction of an unauthorized weapon, explosive, or incendiary onto an aircraft;
</P>
<P>(2) Is in writing and is signed by the airport operator;
</P>
<P>(3) Includes the applicable items listed in § 1542.103;
</P>
<P>(4) Includes an index organized in the same subject area sequence as § 1542.103; and
</P>
<P>(5) Has been approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(b) Each airport operator subject to § 1542.103 must maintain one current and complete copy of its security program and provide a copy to TSA upon request.
</P>
<P>(c) Each airport operator subject to § 1542.103 must— 
</P>
<P>(1) Restrict the distribution, disclosure, and availability of sensitive security information (SSI), as defined in part 1520 of this chapter, to persons with a need to know; and
</P>
<P>(2) Refer all requests for SSI by other persons to TSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8355, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 30509, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.103" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.103   Content.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Complete program.</I> Except as otherwise approved by TSA, each airport operator regularly serving operations of an aircraft operator or foreign air carrier described in § 1544.101(a)(1) or § 1546.101(a) of this chapter, must include in its security program the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The name, means of contact, duties, and training requirements of the ASC required under § 1542.3.
</P>
<P>(2) [Reserved]
</P>
<P>(3) A description of the secured areas, including—
</P>
<P>(i) A description and map detailing boundaries and pertinent features;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each activity or entity on, or adjacent to, a secured area that affects security;
</P>
<P>(iii) Measures used to perform the access control functions required under § 1542.201(b)(1);
</P>
<P>(iv) Procedures to control movement within the secured area, including identification media required under § 1542.201(b)(3); and
</P>
<P>(v) A description of the notification signs required under § 1542.201(b)(6).
</P>
<P>(4) A description of the AOA, including—
</P>
<P>(i) A description and map detailing boundaries, and pertinent features;
</P>
<P>(ii) Each activity or entity on, or adjacent to, an AOA that affects security;
</P>
<P>(iii) Measures used to perform the access control functions required under § 1542.203(b)(1);
</P>
<P>(iv) Measures to control movement within the AOA, including identification media as appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(v) A description of the notification signs required under § 1542.203(b)(4).
</P>
<P>(5) A description of the SIDA's, including—
</P>
<P>(i) A description and map detailing boundaries and pertinent features; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Each activity or entity on, or adjacent to, a SIDA.
</P>
<P>(6) A description of the sterile areas, including—
</P>
<P>(i) A diagram with dimensions detailing boundaries and pertinent features;
</P>
<P>(ii) Access controls to be used when the passenger-screening checkpoint is non-operational and the entity responsible for that access control; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Measures used to control access as specified in § 1542.207.
</P>
<P>(7) Procedures used to comply with § 1542.209 regarding fingerprint-based criminal history records checks.
</P>
<P>(8) A description of the personnel identification systems as described in § 1542.211.
</P>
<P>(9) Escort procedures in accordance with § 1542.211(e).
</P>
<P>(10) Challenge procedures in accordance with § 1542.211(d).
</P>
<P>(11) Training programs required under §§ 1542.213 and 1542.217(c)(2), if applicable.
</P>
<P>(12) A description of law enforcement support used to comply with § 1542.215(a).
</P>
<P>(13) A system for maintaining the records described in § 1542.221.
</P>
<P>(14) The procedures and a description of facilities and equipment used to support TSA inspection of individuals and property, and aircraft operator or foreign air carrier screening functions of parts 1544 and 1546 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(15) A contingency plan required under § 1542.301.
</P>
<P>(16) Procedures for the distribution, storage, and disposal of security programs, Security Directives, Information Circulars, implementing instructions, and, as appropriate, classified information.
</P>
<P>(17) Procedures for posting of public advisories as specified in § 1542.305.
</P>
<P>(18) Incident management procedures used to comply with § 1542.307.
</P>
<P>(19) Alternate security procedures, if any, that the airport operator intends to use in the event of natural disasters, and other emergency or unusual conditions.
</P>
<P>(20) Each exclusive area agreement as specified in § 1542.111.
</P>
<P>(21) Each airport tenant security program as specified in § 1542.113.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Supporting program.</I> Except as otherwise approved by TSA, each airport regularly serving operations of an aircraft operator or foreign air carrier described in § 1544.101(a)(2) or (f), or § 1546.101(b) or (c) of this chapter, must include in its security program a description of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Name, means of contact, duties, and training requirements of the ASC, as required under § 1542.3.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the law enforcement support used to comply with § 1542.215(a).
</P>
<P>(3) Training program for law enforcement personnel required under § 1542.217(c)(2), if applicable.
</P>
<P>(4) A system for maintaining the records described in § 1542.221.
</P>
<P>(5) The contingency plan required under § 1542.301.
</P>
<P>(6) Procedures for the distribution, storage, and disposal of security programs, Security Directives, Information Circulars, implementing instructions, and, as appropriate, classified information.
</P>
<P>(7) Procedures for public advisories as specified in § 1542.305.
</P>
<P>(8) Incident management procedures used to comply with § 1542.307.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Partial program.</I> Except as otherwise approved by TSA, each airport regularly serving operations of an aircraft operator or foreign air carrier described in § 1544.101(b) or § 1546.101(d) of this chapter, must include in its security program a description of the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Name, means of contact, duties, and training requirements of the ASC as required under § 1542.3.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the law enforcement support used to comply with § 1542.215(b).
</P>
<P>(3) Training program for law enforcement personnel required under § 1542.217(c)(2), if applicable.
</P>
<P>(4) A system for maintaining the records described in § 1542.221.
</P>
<P>(5) Procedures for the distribution, storage, and disposal of security programs, Security Directives, Information Circulars, implementing instructions, and, as appropriate, classified information.
</P>
<P>(6) Procedures for public advisories as specified in § 1542.305.
</P>
<P>(7) Incident management procedures used to comply with § 1542.307.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Use of appendices.</I> The airport operator may comply with paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section by including in its security program, as an appendix, any document that contains the information required by paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section. The appendix must be referenced in the corresponding section(s) of the security program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.105" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.105   Approval and amendments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial approval of security program.</I> Unless otherwise authorized by the designated official, each airport operator required to have a security program under this part must submit its initial proposed security program to the designated official for approval at least 90 days before the date any aircraft operator or foreign air carrier required to have a security program under part 1544 or part 1546 of this chapter is expected to begin operations. Such requests will be processed as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The designated official, within 30 days after receiving the proposed security program, will either approve the program or give the airport operator written notice to modify the program to comply with the applicable requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The airport operator may either submit a modified security program to the designated official for approval, or petition the Administrator to reconsider the notice to modify within 30 days of receiving a notice to modify. A petition for reconsideration must be filed with the designated official.
</P>
<P>(3) The designated official, upon receipt of a petition for reconsideration, either amends or withdraws the notice, or transmits the petition, together with any pertinent information, to the Administrator for reconsideration. The Administrator disposes of the petition within 30 days of receipt by either directing the designated official to withdraw or amend the notice to modify, or by affirming the notice to modify.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Amendment requested by an airport operator.</I> Except as provided in § 1542.103(c), an airport operator may submit a request to the designated official to amend its security program, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The request for an amendment must be filed with the designated official at least 45 days before the date it proposes for the amendment to become effective, unless a shorter period is allowed by the designated official.
</P>
<P>(2) Within 30 days after receiving a proposed amendment, the designated official, in writing, either approves or denies the request to amend.
</P>
<P>(3) An amendment to a security program may be approved if the designated official determines that safety and the public interest will allow it, and the proposed amendment provides the level of security required under this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Within 30 days after receiving a denial, the airport operator may petition the Administrator to reconsider the denial.
</P>
<P>(5) Upon receipt of a petition for reconsideration, the designated official either approves the request to amend or transmits the petition within 30 days of receipt, together with any pertinent information, to the Administrator for reconsideration. The Administrator disposes of the petition within 30 days of receipt by either directing the designated official to approve the amendment or affirming the denial.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amendment by TSA.</I> If safety and the public interest require an amendment, the designated official may amend a security program as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The designated official sends to the airport operator a notice, in writing, of the proposed amendment, fixing a period of not less than 30 days within which the airport operator may submit written information, views, and arguments on the amendment.
</P>
<P>(2) After considering all relevant material, the designated official notifies the airport operator of any amendment adopted or rescinds the notice. If the amendment is adopted, it becomes effective not less than 30 days after the airport operator receives the notice of amendment, unless the airport operator petitions the Administrator to reconsider no later than 15 days before the effective date of the amendment. The airport operator must send the petition for reconsideration to the designated official. A timely petition for reconsideration stays the effective date of the amendment.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon receipt of a petition for reconsideration, the designated official either amends or withdraws the notice, or transmits the petition, together with any pertinent information to the Administrator for reconsideration. The Administrator disposes of the petition within 30 days of receipt by either directing the designated official to withdraw or amend the amendment, or by affirming the amendment.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Emergency amendments.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (c) of this section, if the designated official finds that there is an emergency requiring immediate action with respect to safety and security in air transportation or in air commerce that makes procedures in this section contrary to the public interest, the designated official may issue an amendment, effective without stay on the date the airport operator receives the notice of it. In such a case, the designated official must incorporate in the notice a brief statement of the reasons and findings for the amendment to be adopted. The airport operator may file a petition for reconsideration under paragraph (c) of this section; however, this does not stay the effective date of the emergency amendment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.107" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.2.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.107   Changed conditions affecting security.</HEAD>
<P>(a) After approval of the security program, each airport operator must notify TSA when changes have occurred to the—
</P>
<P>(1) Measures, training, area descriptions, or staffing, described in the security program;
</P>
<P>(2) Operations of an aircraft operator or foreign air carrier that would require modifications to the security program as required under § 1542.103; or
</P>
<P>(3) Layout or physical structure of any area under the control of the airport operator, airport tenant, aircraft operator, or foreign air carrier used to support the screening process, access, presence, or movement control functions required under part 1542, 1544, or 1546 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Each airport operator must notify TSA no more than 6 hours after the discovery of any changed condition described in paragraph (a) of this section, or within the time specified in its security program, of the discovery of any changed condition described in paragraph (a) of this section. The airport operator must inform TSA of each interim measure being taken to maintain adequate security until an appropriate amendment to the security program is approved. Each interim measure must be acceptable to TSA.
</P>
<P>(c) For changed conditions expected to be less than 60 days duration, each airport operator must forward the information required in paragraph (b) of this section in writing to TSA within 72 hours of the original notification of the change condition(s). TSA will notify the airport operator of the disposition of the notification in writing. If approved by TSA, this written notification becomes a part of the airport security program for the duration of the changed condition(s).
</P>
<P>(d) For changed conditions expected to be 60 days or more duration, each airport operator must forward the information required in paragraph (b) of this section in the form of a proposed amendment to the airport operator's security program, as required under § 1542.105. The request for an amendment must be made within 30 days of the discovery of the changed condition(s). TSA will respond to the request in accordance with § 1542.105.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.109" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.2.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.109   Alternate means of compliance.</HEAD>
<P>If in TSA's judgment, the overall safety and security of the airport, and aircraft operator or foreign air carrier operations are not diminished, TSA may approve a security program that provides for the use of alternate measures. Such a program may be considered only for an operator of an airport at which service by aircraft operators or foreign air carriers under part 1544 or 1546 of this chapter is determined by TSA to be seasonal or infrequent.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.111" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.2.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.111   Exclusive area agreements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) TSA may approve an amendment to an airport security program under which an aircraft operator or foreign air carrier that has a security program under part 1544 or 1546 of this chapter assumes responsibility for specified security measures for all or portions of the secured area, AOA, or SIDA, including access points, as provided in § 1542.201, § 1542.203, or § 1542.205. The assumption of responsibility must be exclusive to one aircraft operator or foreign air carrier, and shared responsibility among aircraft operators or foreign air carriers is not permitted for an exclusive area.
</P>
<P>(b) An exclusive area agreement must be in writing, signed by the airport operator and aircraft operator or foreign air carrier, and maintained in the airport security program. This agreement must contain the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A description, a map, and, where appropriate, a diagram of the boundaries and pertinent features of each area, including individual access points, over which the aircraft operator or foreign air carrier will exercise exclusive security responsibility.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the measures used by the aircraft operator or foreign air carrier to comply with § 1542.201, § 1542.203, or § 1542.205, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(3) Procedures by which the aircraft operator or foreign air carrier will immediately notify the airport operator and provide for alternative security measures when there are changed conditions as described in § 1542.103(a).
</P>
<P>(c) Any exclusive area agreements in effect on November 14, 2001, must meet the requirements of this section and § 1544.227 no later than November 14, 2002.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.113" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.2.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.113   Airport tenant security programs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) TSA may approve an airport tenant security program as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The tenant must assume responsibility for specified security measures of the secured area, AOA, or SIDA as provided in §§ 1542.201, 1542.203, and 1542.205.
</P>
<P>(2) The tenant may not assume responsibility for law enforcement support under § 1542.215.
</P>
<P>(3) The tenant must assume the responsibility within the tenant's leased areas or areas designated for the tenant's exclusive use. A tenant may not assume responsibility under a tenant security program for the airport passenger terminal.
</P>
<P>(4) Responsibility must be exclusive to one tenant, and shared responsibility among tenants is not permitted.
</P>
<P>(5) TSA must find that the tenant is able and willing to carry out the airport tenant security program.
</P>
<P>(b) An airport tenant security program must be in writing, signed by the airport operator and the airport tenant, and maintained in the airport security program. The airport tenant security program must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) A description and a map of the boundaries and pertinent features of each area over which the airport tenant will exercise security responsibilities.
</P>
<P>(2) A description of the measures the airport tenant has assumed.
</P>
<P>(3) Measures by which the airport operator will monitor and audit the tenant's compliance with the security program.
</P>
<P>(4) Monetary and other penalties to which the tenant may be subject if it fails to carry out the airport tenant security program.
</P>
<P>(5) Circumstances under which the airport operator will terminate the airport tenant security program for cause.
</P>
<P>(6) A provision acknowledging that the tenant is subject to inspection by TSA in accordance with § 1542.5.
</P>
<P>(7) A provision acknowledging that individuals who carry out the tenant security program are contracted to or acting for the airport operator and are required to protect sensitive information in accordance with part 1520 of this chapter, and may be subject to civil penalties for failing to protect sensitive security information.
</P>
<P>(8) Procedures by which the tenant will immediately notify the airport operator of and provide for alternative security measures for changed conditions as described in § 1542.103(a).
</P>
<P>(c) If TSA has approved an airport tenant security program, the airport operator may not be found to be in violation of a requirement of this part in any case in which the airport operator demonstrates that:
</P>
<P>(1) The tenant or an employee, permittee, or invitee of the tenant, is responsible for such violation; and
</P>
<P>(2) The airport operator has complied with all measures in its security program to ensure the tenant has complied with the airport tenant security program.
</P>
<P>(d) TSA may amend or terminate an airport tenant security program in accordance with § 1542.105.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Operations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.201" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.3.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.201   Security of the secured area.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each airport operator required to have a security program under § 1542.103(a) must establish at least one secured area.
</P>
<P>(b) Each airport operator required to establish a secured area must prevent and detect the unauthorized entry, presence, and movement of individuals and ground vehicles into and within the secured area by doing the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish and carry out measures for controlling entry to secured areas of the airport in accordance with § 1542.207.
</P>
<P>(2) Provide for detection of, and response to, each unauthorized presence or movement in, or attempted entry to, the secured area by an individual whose access is not authorized in accordance with its security program.
</P>
<P>(3) Establish and carry out a personnel identification system described under § 1542.211.
</P>
<P>(4) Subject each individual to employment history verification as described in § 1542.209 before authorizing unescorted access to a secured area.
</P>
<P>(5) Train each individual before granting unescorted access to the secured area, as required in § 1542.213(b).
</P>
<P>(6) Post signs at secured area access points and on the perimeter that provide warning of the prohibition against unauthorized entry. Signs must be posted by each airport operator in accordance with its security program not later than November 14, 2003.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.203" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.3.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.203   Security of the air operations area (AOA).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each airport operator required to have a security program under § 1542.103(a) must establish an AOA, unless the entire area is designated as a secured area.
</P>
<P>(b) Each airport operator required to establish an AOA must prevent and detect the unauthorized entry, presence, and movement of individuals and ground vehicles into or within the AOA by doing the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish and carry out measures for controlling entry to the AOA of the airport in accordance with § 1542.207.
</P>
<P>(2) Provide for detection of, and response to, each unauthorized presence or movement in, or attempted entry to, the AOA by an individual whose access is not authorized in accordance with its security program.
</P>
<P>(3) Provide security information as described in § 1542.213(c) to each individual with unescorted access to the AOA.
</P>
<P>(4) Post signs on AOA access points and perimeters that provide warning of the prohibition against unauthorized entry to the AOA. Signs must be posted by each airport operator in accordance with its security program not later than November 14, 2003.
</P>
<P>(5) If approved by TSA, the airport operator may designate all or portions of its AOA as a SIDA, or may use another personnel identification system, as part of its means of meeting the requirements of this section. If it uses another personnel identification system, the media must be clearly distinguishable from those used in the secured area and SIDA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.205" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.3.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.205   Security of the security identification display area (SIDA).</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each airport operator required to have a complete program under § 1542.103(a) must establish at least one SIDA, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Each secured area must be a SIDA.
</P>
<P>(2) Each part of the air operations area that is regularly used to load cargo on, or unload cargo from, an aircraft that is operated under a full program or a full all-cargo program as provided in § 1544.101(a) or (h) of this chapter, or a foreign air carrier under a security program as provided in § 1546.101(a), (b), or (e), must be a SIDA.
</P>
<P>(3) Each area on an airport where cargo is present after an aircraft operator operating under a full program or a full all-cargo program under § 1544.101(a) or (h) of this chapter, or a foreign air carrier operating under a security program under § 1546.101(a), (b), or (e) of this chapter, or an indirect air carrier, accepts it must be a SIDA. This includes areas such as: Cargo facilities; loading and unloading vehicle docks; and areas where an aircraft operator, foreign air carrier, or indirect air carrier sorts, stores, stages, consolidates, processes, screens, or transfers cargo.
</P>
<P>(4) Other areas of the airport may be SIDAs.
</P>
<P>(b) Each airport operator required to establish a SIDA must establish and carry out measures to prevent the unauthorized presence and movement of individuals in the SIDA and must do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Establish and carry out a personnel identification system described under § 1542.211.
</P>
<P>(2) Subject each individual to a criminal history records check as described in § 1542.209 before authorizing unescorted access to the SIDA.
</P>
<P>(3) Train each individual before granting unescorted access to the SIDA, as required in § 1542.213(b).
</P>
<P>(c) An airport operator that is not required to have a complete program under § 1542.103(a) is not required to establish a SIDA under this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8355, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 30509, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.207" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.3.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.207   Access control systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Secured area.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the measures for controlling entry to the secured area required under § 1542.201(b)(1) must—
</P>
<P>(1) Ensure that only those individuals authorized to have unescorted access to the secured area are able to gain entry;
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure that an individual is immediately denied entry to a secured area when that person's access authority for that area is withdrawn; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provide a means to differentiate between individuals authorized to have access to an entire secured area and individuals authorized access to only a particular portion of a secured area.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Alternative systems.</I> TSA may approve an amendment to a security program that provides alternative measures that provide an overall level of security equal to that which would be provided by the measures described in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Air operations area.</I> The measures for controlling entry to the AOA required under § 1542.203(b)(1) must incorporate accountability procedures to maintain their integrity.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Secondary access media.</I> An airport operator may issue a second access medium to an individual who has unescorted access to secured areas or the AOA, but is temporarily not in possession of the original access medium, if the airport operator follows measures and procedures in the security program that—
</P>
<P>(1) Verifies the authorization of the individual to have unescorted access to secured areas or AOAs;
</P>
<P>(2) Restricts the time period of entry with the second access medium;
</P>
<P>(3) Retrieves the second access medium when expired;
</P>
<P>(4) Deactivates or invalidates the original access medium until the individual returns the second access medium; and
</P>
<P>(5) Provides that any second access media that is also used as identification media meet the criteria of § 1542.211(b).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.209" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.3.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.209   Fingerprint-based criminal history records checks (CHRC).</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> The following persons are within the scope of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) Each airport operator and airport user.
</P>
<P>(2) Each individual currently having unescorted access to a SIDA, and each individual with authority to authorize others to have unescorted access to a SIDA (referred to as unescorted access authority).
</P>
<P>(3) Each individual seeking unescorted access authority.
</P>
<P>(4) Each airport user and aircraft operator making a certification to an airport operator pursuant to paragraph (n) of this section, or 14 CFR 108.31(n) in effect prior to November 14, 2001 (see 14 CFR Parts 60 to 139 revised as of January 1, 2001). An airport user, for the purposes of this section only, is any person other than an aircraft operator subject to § 1544.229 of this chapter making a certification under this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Individuals seeking unescorted access authority.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (m) of this section, each airport operator must ensure that no individual is granted unescorted access authority unless the individual has undergone a fingerprint-based CHRC that does not disclose that he or she has a disqualifying criminal offense, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Individuals who have not had a CHRC.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (m) of this section, each airport operator must ensure that after December 6, 2002, no individual retains unescorted access authority, unless the airport operator has obtained and submitted a fingerprint under this part.
</P>
<P>(2) When a CHRC discloses a disqualifying criminal offense for which the conviction or finding of not guilty by reason of insanity was on or after December 6, 1991, the airport operator must immediately suspend that individual's authority.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disqualifying criminal offenses.</I> An individual has a disqualifying criminal offense if the individual has been convicted, or found not guilty of by reason of insanity, of any of the disqualifying crimes listed in this paragraph (d) in any jurisdiction during the 10 years before the date of the individual's application for unescorted access authority, or while the individual has unescorted access authority. The disqualifying criminal offenses are as follows—
</P>
<P>(1) Forgery of certificates, false marking of aircraft, and other aircraft registration violation; 49 U.S.C. 46306.
</P>
<P>(2) Interference with air navigation; 49 U.S.C. 46308.
</P>
<P>(3) Improper transportation of a hazardous material; 49 U.S.C. 46312.
</P>
<P>(4) Aircraft piracy; 49 U.S.C. 46502.
</P>
<P>(5) Interference with flight crew members or flight attendants; 49 U.S.C. 46504.
</P>
<P>(6) Commission of certain crimes aboard aircraft in flight; 49 U.S.C. 46506.
</P>
<P>(7) Carrying a weapon or explosive aboard aircraft; 49 U.S.C. 46505.
</P>
<P>(8) Conveying false information and threats; 49 U.S.C. 46507.
</P>
<P>(9) Aircraft piracy outside the special aircraft jurisdiction of the United States; 49 U.S.C. 46502(b).
</P>
<P>(10) Lighting violations involving transporting controlled substances; 49 U.S.C. 46315.
</P>
<P>(11) Unlawful entry into an aircraft or airport area that serves air carriers or foreign air carriers contrary to established security requirements; 49 U.S.C. 46314.
</P>
<P>(12) Destruction of an aircraft or aircraft facility; 18 U.S.C. 32.
</P>
<P>(13) Murder.
</P>
<P>(14) Assault with intent to murder.
</P>
<P>(15) Espionage.
</P>
<P>(16) Sedition.
</P>
<P>(17) Kidnapping or hostage taking.
</P>
<P>(18) Treason.
</P>
<P>(19) Rape or aggravated sexual abuse.
</P>
<P>(20) Unlawful possession, use, sale, distribution, or manufacture of an explosive or weapon.
</P>
<P>(21) Extortion.
</P>
<P>(22) Armed or felony unarmed robbery.
</P>
<P>(23) Distribution of, or intent to distribute, a controlled substance.
</P>
<P>(24) Felony arson.
</P>
<P>(25) Felony involving a threat.
</P>
<P>(26) Felony involving—
</P>
<P>(i) Willful destruction of property;
</P>
<P>(ii) Importation or manufacture of a controlled substance;
</P>
<P>(iii) Burglary;
</P>
<P>(iv) Theft;
</P>
<P>(v) Dishonesty, fraud, or misrepresentation;
</P>
<P>(vi) Possession or distribution of stolen property;
</P>
<P>(vii) Aggravated assault;
</P>
<P>(viii) Bribery; or
</P>
<P>(ix) Illegal possession of a controlled substance punishable by a maximum term of imprisonment of more than 1 year.
</P>
<P>(27) Violence at international airports; 18 U.S.C. 37.
</P>
<P>(28) Conspiracy or attempt to commit any of the criminal acts listed in this paragraph (d).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Fingerprint application and processing.</I> (1) At the time of fingerprinting, the airport operator must provide the individual to be fingerprinted a fingerprint application that includes only the following—
</P>
<P>(i) The disqualifying criminal offenses described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement that the individual signing the application does not have a disqualifying criminal offense.
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement informing the individual that Federal regulations under 49 CFR 1542.209 (l) impose a continuing obligation to disclose to the airport operator within 24 hours if he or she is convicted of any disqualifying criminal offense that occurs while he or she has unescorted access authority. After February 17, 2002, the airport operator may use statements that have already been printed referring to 14 CFR 107.209 until stocks of such statements are used up.
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement reading, “The information I have provided on this application is true, complete, and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief and is provided in good faith. I understand that a knowing and willful false statement on this application can be punished by fine or imprisonment or both. (See section 1001 of Title 18 United States Code.)”
</P>
<P>(v) A line for the printed name of the individual.
</P>
<P>(vi) A line for the individual's signature and date of signature.
</P>
<P>(2) Each individual must complete and sign the application prior to submitting his or her fingerprints.
</P>
<P>(3) The airport operator must verify the identity of the individual through two forms of identification prior to fingerprinting, and ensure that the printed name on the fingerprint application is legible. At least one of the two forms of identification must have been issued by a government authority, and at least one must include a photo.
</P>
<P>(4) The airport operator must advise the individual that:
</P>
<P>(i) A copy of the criminal record received from the FBI will be provided to the individual, if requested by the individual in writing; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The ASC is the individual's point of contact if he or she has questions about the results of the CHRC.
</P>
<P>(5) The airport operator must collect, control, and process one set of legible and classifiable fingerprints under direct observation of the airport operator or a law enforcement officer.
</P>
<P>(6) Fingerprints may be obtained and processed electronically, or recorded on fingerprint cards approved by the FBI and distributed by TSA for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(7) The fingerprint submission must be forwarded to TSA in the manner specified by TSA.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Fingerprinting fees.</I> Airport operators must pay for all fingerprints in a form and manner approved by TSA. The payment must be made at the designated rate (available from the local TSA security office) for each set of fingerprints submitted. Information about payment options is available though the designated TSA headquarters point of contact. Individual personal checks are not acceptable.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Determination of arrest status.</I> (1) When a CHRC on an individual seeking unescorted access authority discloses an arrest for any disqualifying criminal offense listed in paragraph (d) of this section without indicating a disposition, the airport operator must determine, after investigation, that the arrest did not result in a disqualifying offense before granting that authority. If there is no disposition, or if the disposition did not result in a conviction or in a finding of not guilty by reason of insanity of one of the offenses listed in paragraph (d) of this section, the individual is not disqualified under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) When a CHRC on an individual with unescorted access authority discloses an arrest for any disqualifying criminal offense without indicating a disposition, the airport operator must suspend the individual's unescorted access authority not later than 45 days after obtaining the CHRC unless the airport operator determines, after investigation, that the arrest did not result in a disqualifying criminal offense. If there is no disposition, or if the disposition did not result in a conviction or in a finding of not guilty by reason of insanity of one of the offenses listed in paragraph (d) of this section, the individual is not disqualified under this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The airport operator may only make the determinations required in paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this section for individuals for whom it is issuing, or has issued, unescorted access authority, and who are not covered by a certification from an aircraft operator under paragraph (n) of this section. The airport operator may not make determinations for individuals described in § 1544.229 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Correction of FBI records and notification of disqualification.</I> (1) Before making a final decision to deny unescorted access authority to an individual described in paragraph (b) of this section, the airport operator must advise him or her that the FBI criminal record discloses information that would disqualify him or her from receiving or retaining unescorted access authority and provide the individual with a copy of the FBI record if he or she requests it.
</P>
<P>(2) The airport operator must notify an individual that a final decision has been made to grant or deny unescorted access authority.
</P>
<P>(3) Immediately following the suspension of unescorted access authority of an individual, the airport operator must advise him or her that the FBI criminal record discloses information that disqualifies him or her from retaining unescorted access authority and provide the individual with a copy of the FBI record if he or she requests it.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Corrective action by the individual.</I> The individual may contact the local jurisdiction responsible for the information and the FBI to complete or correct the information contained in his or her record, subject to the following conditions—
</P>
<P>(1) For an individual seeking unescorted access authority on or after December 6, 2001, the following applies:
</P>
<P>(i) Within 30 days after being advised that the criminal record received from the FBI discloses a disqualifying criminal offense, the individual must notify the airport operator in writing of his or her intent to correct any information he or she believes to be inaccurate. The airport operator must obtain a copy, or accept a copy from the individual, of the revised FBI record, or a certified true copy of the information from the appropriate court, prior to granting unescorted access authority.
</P>
<P>(ii) If no notification, as described in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, is received within 30 days, the airport operator may make a final determination to deny unescorted access authority.
</P>
<P>(2) For an individual with unescorted access authority before December 6, 2001, the following applies: Within 30 days after being advised of suspension because the criminal record received from the FBI discloses a disqualifying criminal offense, the individual must notify the airport operator in writing of his or her intent to correct any information he or she believes to be inaccurate. The airport operator must obtain a copy, or accept a copy from the individual, of the revised FBI record, or a certified true copy of the information from the appropriate court, prior to reinstating unescorted access authority.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Limits on dissemination of results.</I> Criminal record information provided by the FBI may be used only to carry out this section and § 1544.229 of this chapter. No person may disseminate the results of a CHRC to anyone other than:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual to whom the record pertains, or that individual's authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(2) Officials of other airport operators who are determining whether to grant unescorted access to the individual under this part.
</P>
<P>(3) Aircraft operators who are determining whether to grant unescorted access to the individual or authorize the individual to perform screening functions under part 1544 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(4) Others designated by TSA.


</P>
<P>(k) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The airport operator must maintain the following information associated with an individual's current identification (ID) media in electronic or paper form, as authorized by TSA:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Fingerprint application.</I> Except when the airport operator has received a certification under paragraph (n) of this section, the airport operator must physically maintain, control, and, as appropriate, destroy the fingerprint application and the criminal record. Only direct airport operator employees may carry out the responsibility for maintaining, controlling, and destroying criminal records.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Certifications.</I> The airport operator must maintain the certifications provided under paragraph (n) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Protection of records.</I> The records required by this section must be maintained in a manner that is acceptable to TSA and in a manner that protects the confidentiality of the individual.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Duration.</I> The records identified in this section with regard to an individual must be maintained until 180 days after the termination of the individual's unescorted access authority. When files are no longer maintained, the criminal record must be destroyed.




</P>
<P>(l) <I>Continuing responsibilities.</I> (1) Each individual with unescorted access authority on December 6, 2001, who had a disqualifying criminal offense in paragraph (d) of this section on or after December 6, 1991, must, by January 7, 2002, report the conviction to the airport operator and surrender the SIDA access medium to the issuer.
</P>
<P>(2) Each individual with unescorted access authority who has a disqualifying criminal offense must report the offense to the airport operator and surrender the SIDA access medium to the issuer within 24 hours of the conviction or the finding of not guilty by reason of insanity.
</P>
<P>(3) If information becomes available to the airport operator or the airport user indicating that an individual with unescorted access authority has a disqualifying criminal offense, the airport operator must determine the status of the conviction. If a disqualifying offense is confirmed the airport operator must immediately revoke any unescorted access authority.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Exceptions.</I> Notwithstanding the requirements of this section, an airport operator must authorize the following individuals to have unescorted access authority:
</P>
<P>(1) An employee of the Federal, state, or local government (including a law enforcement officer) who, as a condition of employment, has been subjected to an employment investigation that includes a criminal records check.
</P>
<P>(2) Notwithstanding the requirements of this section, an airport operator may authorize the following individuals to have unescorted access authority:
</P>
<P>(i) An individual who has been continuously employed in a position requiring unescorted access authority by another airport operator, airport user, or aircraft operator, or contractor to such an entity, provided the grant for his or her unescorted access authority was based upon a fingerprint-based CHRC through TSA or FAA.
</P>
<P>(ii) An individual who has been continuously employed by an aircraft operator or aircraft operator contractor, in a position with authority to perform screening functions, provided the grant for his or her authority to perform screening functions was based upon a fingerprint-based CHRC through TSA or FAA.
</P>
<P>(n) <I>Certifications by aircraft operators.</I> An airport operator is in compliance with its obligation under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section when the airport operator accepts, for each individual seeking unescorted access authority, certification from an aircraft operator subject to part 1544 of this chapter indicating it has complied with § 1544.229 of this chapter for the aircraft operator's employees and contractors seeking unescorted access authority. If the airport operator accepts a certification from the aircraft operator, the airport operator may not require the aircraft operator to provide a copy of the CHRC.
</P>
<P>(o) <I>Airport operator responsibility.</I> The airport operator must—
</P>
<P>(1) Designate the ASC, in the security program, or a direct employee if the ASC is not a direct employee, to be responsible for maintaining, controlling, and destroying the criminal record files when their maintenance is no longer required by paragraph (k) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Designate the ASC, in the security program, to serve as the contact to receive notification from individuals applying for unescorted access authority of their intent to seek correction of their FBI criminal record.
</P>
<P>(3) Audit the employment history investigations performed by the airport operator in accordance with this section and 14 CFR 107.31 in effect prior to November 14, 2001 (see 14 CFR Parts 60 through 139 revised as of January 1, 2001), and those investigations conducted by the airport users who provided certification to the airport operator. The audit program must be set forth in the airport security program.
</P>
<P>(p) <I>Airport user responsibility.</I> (1) The airport user must report to the airport operator information, as it becomes available, that indicates an individual with unescorted access authority may have a disqualifying criminal offense.
</P>
<P>(2) The airport user must maintain and control, in compliance with paragraph (k) of this section, the employment history investigation files for investigations conducted before December 6, 2001, unless the airport operator decides to maintain and control the employment history investigation file.
</P>
<P>(3) The airport user must provide the airport operator with either the name or title of the individual acting as custodian of the files described in this paragraph (p), the address of the location where the files are maintained, and the phone number of that location. The airport user must provide the airport operator and TSA with access to these files.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8355, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 90 FR 3719, Jan. 15, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.211" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.3.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.211   Identification systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Personnel identification system.</I> The personnel identification system under §§ 1542.201(b)(3) and 1542.205(b)(1) must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Personnel identification media that—
</P>
<P>(i) Convey a full-face image, full name, employer, and identification number of the individual to whom the identification medium is issued;
</P>
<P>(ii) Indicate clearly the scope of the individual's access and movement privileges;
</P>
<P>(iii) Indicate clearly an expiration date; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Are of sufficient size and appearance as to be readily observable for challenge purposes.
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures to ensure that each individual in the secured area or SIDA continuously displays the identification medium issued to that individual on the outermost garment above waist level, or is under escort.
</P>
<P>(3) Procedures to ensure accountability through the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Retrieving expired identification media and media of persons who no longer have unescorted access authority.
</P>
<P>(ii) Reporting lost or stolen identification media.
</P>
<P>(iii) Securing unissued identification media stock and supplies.
</P>
<P>(iv) Auditing the system at a minimum of once a year or sooner, as necessary, to ensure the integrity and accountability of all identification media.
</P>
<P>(v) As specified in the security program, revalidate the identification system or reissue identification media if a portion of all issued, unexpired identification media are lost, stolen, or otherwise unaccounted for, including identification media that are combined with access media.
</P>
<P>(vi) Ensure that only one identification medium is issued to an individual at a time, except for personnel who are employed with more than one company and require additional identification media to carry out employment duties. A replacement identification medium may only be issued if an individual declares in writing that the medium has been lost, stolen, or destroyed.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Temporary identification media.</I> Each airport operator may issue personnel identification media in accordance with its security program to persons whose duties are expected to be temporary. The temporary identification media system must include procedures and methods to—
</P>
<P>(1) Retrieve temporary identification media;
</P>
<P>(2) Authorize the use of a temporary media for a limited time only;
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure that temporary media are distinct from other identification media and clearly display an expiration date; and
</P>
<P>(4) Ensure that any identification media also being used as an access media meet the criteria of § 1542.207(d).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Airport-approved identification media.</I> TSA may approve an amendment to the airport security program that provides for the use of identification media meeting the criteria of this section that are issued by entities other than the airport operator, as described in the security program.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Challenge program.</I> Each airport operator must establish and carry out a challenge program that requires each individual who has authorized unescorted access to secured areas and SIDA's to ascertain the authority of any individual who is not displaying an identification medium authorizing the individual to be present in the area. The challenge program must include procedures to challenge individuals not displaying airport approved identification media. The procedure must—
</P>
<P>(1) Apply uniformly in secured areas, SIDAs, and exclusive areas;
</P>
<P>(2) Describe how to challenge an individual directly or report any individual not visibly displaying an authorized identification medium, including procedures to notify the appropriate authority; and
</P>
<P>(3) Describe support of challenge procedures, including law enforcement and any other responses to reports of individuals not displaying authorized identification media.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Escorting.</I> Each airport operator must establish and implement procedures for escorting individuals who do not have unescorted access authority to a secured area or SIDA that—
</P>
<P>(1) Ensure that only individuals with unescorted access authority are permitted to escort;
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure that the escorted individuals are continuously accompanied or monitored while within the secured area or SIDA in a manner sufficient to identify whether the escorted individual is engaged in activities other than those for which escorted access was granted, and to take action in accordance with the airport security program;
</P>
<P>(3) Identify what action is to be taken by the escort, or other authorized individual, should individuals under escort engage in activities other than those for which access was granted;
</P>
<P>(4) Prescribe law enforcement support for escort procedures; and
</P>
<P>(5) Ensure that individuals escorted into a sterile area without being screened under § 1544.201 of this chapter remain under escort until they exit the sterile area, or submit to screening pursuant to § 1544.201 or § 1546.201 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Effective date.</I> The identification systems described in this section must be implemented by each airport operator not later than November 14, 2003.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.213" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.3.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.213   Training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each airport operator must ensure that individuals performing security-related functions for the airport operator are briefed on the provisions of this part, Security Directives, and Information Circulars, and the security program, to the extent that such individuals need to know in order to perform their duties.
</P>
<P>(b) An airport operator may not authorize any individual unescorted access to the secured area or SIDA, except as provided in § 1542.5, unless that individual has successfully completed training in accordance with TSA-approved curriculum specified in the security program. This curriculum must detail the methods of instruction, provide attendees with an opportunity to ask questions, and include at least the following topics—
</P>
<P>(1) The unescorted access authority of the individual to enter and be present in various areas of the airport;
</P>
<P>(2) Control, use, and display of airport-approved access and identification media;
</P>
<P>(3) Escort and challenge procedures and the law enforcement support for these procedures;
</P>
<P>(4) Security responsibilities as specified in § 1540.105;
</P>
<P>(5) Restrictions on divulging sensitive security information as described in part 1520 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any other topics specified in the security program.
</P>
<P>(c) An airport operator may not authorize any individual unescorted access to the AOA, except as provided in § 1542.5, unless that individual has been provided information in accordance with the security program, including—
</P>
<P>(1) The unescorted access authority of the individual to enter and be present in various areas of the airport;
</P>
<P>(2) Control, use, and display of airport-approved access and identification media, if appropriate;
</P>
<P>(3) Escort and challenge procedures and the law enforcement support for these procedures, where applicable;
</P>
<P>(4) Security responsibilities as specified in § 1540.105;
</P>
<P>(5) Restrictions on divulging sensitive security information as described in part 1520 of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(6) Any other topics specified in the security program.
</P>
<P>(d) Each airport operator must maintain a record of all training and information given to each individual under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section for 180 days after the termination of that person's unescorted access authority.
</P>
<P>(e) As to persons with unescorted access to the SIDA on November 14, 2001, training on responsibility under § 1540.105 can be provided by making relevant security information available.
</P>
<P>(f) Training described in paragraph (c) of this section must be implemented by each airport operator not later than November 14, 2002.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.215" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.3.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.215   Law enforcement support.</HEAD>
<P>(a) In accordance with § 1542.217, each airport operator required to have a security program under § 1542.103(a) or (b) must provide:
</P>
<P>(1) Law enforcement personnel in the number and manner adequate to support its security program.
</P>
<P>(2) Uniformed law enforcement personnel in the number and manner adequate to support each system for screening persons and accessible property required under part 1544 or 1546 of this chapter, except to the extent that TSA provides Federal law enforcement support for the system.
</P>
<P>(b) Each airport required to have a security program under § 1542.103(c) must ensure that:
</P>
<P>(1) Law enforcement personnel are available and committed to respond to an incident in support of a civil aviation security program when requested by an aircraft operator or foreign air carrier that has a security program under part 1544 or 1546 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) The procedures by which to request law enforcement support are provided to each aircraft operator or foreign air carrier that has a security program under part 1544 or 1546 of this chapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.217" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.3.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.217   Law enforcement personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each airport operator must ensure that law enforcement personnel used to meet the requirements of § 1542.215, meet the following qualifications while on duty at the airport—
</P>
<P>(1) Have arrest authority described in paragraph (b) of this section;
</P>
<P>(2) Are identifiable by appropriate indicia of authority;
</P>
<P>(3) Are armed with a firearm and authorized to use it; and
</P>
<P>(4) Have completed a training program that meets the requirements of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each airport operator must ensure that each individual used to meet the requirements of § 1542.215 have the authority to arrest, with or without a warrant, while on duty at the airport for the following violations of the criminal laws of the State and local jurisdictions in which the airport is located—
</P>
<P>(1) A crime committed in the presence of the individual; and
</P>
<P>(2) A felony, when the individual has reason to believe that the suspect has committed it.
</P>
<P>(c) The training program required by paragraph (a)(4) of this section must—
</P>
<P>(1) Meet the training standard for law enforcement officers prescribed by either the State or local jurisdiction in which the airport is located for law enforcement officers performing comparable functions.
</P>
<P>(2) Specify and require training standards for private law enforcement personnel acceptable to TSA, if the State and local jurisdictions in which the airport is located do not prescribe training standards for private law enforcement personnel that meets the standards in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Include training in—
</P>
<P>(i) The use of firearms;
</P>
<P>(ii) The courteous and efficient treatment of persons subject to inspection, detention, search, arrest, and other aviation security activities;
</P>
<P>(iii) The responsibilities of law enforcement personnel under the security program; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other subject TSA determines is necessary.
</P>
<P>(d) Each airport operator must document the training program required by paragraph (a)(4) of this section and maintain documentation of training at a location specified in the security program until 180 days after the departure or removal of each person providing law enforcement support at the airport.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.219" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.3.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.219   Supplementing law enforcement personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) When TSA decides, after being notified by an airport operator as prescribed in this section, that not enough qualified State, local, and private law enforcement personnel are available to carry out the requirements of § 1542.215, TSA may authorize the airport operator to use, on a reimbursable basis, personnel employed by TSA, or by another department, agency, or instrumentality of the Government with the consent of the head of the department, agency, or instrumentality to supplement State, local, and private law enforcement personnel.
</P>
<P>(b) Each request for the use of Federal personnel must be submitted to TSA and include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) The number of passengers enplaned at the airport during the preceding calendar year and the current calendar year as of the date of the request.
</P>
<P>(2) The anticipated risk of criminal violence, sabotage, aircraft piracy, and other unlawful interference to civil aviation operations.
</P>
<P>(3) A copy of that portion of the security program which describes the law enforcement support necessary to comply with § 1542.215.
</P>
<P>(4) The availability of law enforcement personnel who meet the requirements of § 1542.217, including a description of the airport operator's efforts to obtain law enforcement support from State, local, and private agencies and the responses of those agencies.
</P>
<P>(5) The airport operator's estimate of the number of Federal personnel needed to supplement available law enforcement personnel and the period of time for which they are needed.
</P>
<P>(6) A statement acknowledging responsibility for providing reimbursement for the cost of providing Federal personnel.
</P>
<P>(7) Any other information TSA considers necessary.
</P>
<P>(c) In response to a request submitted in accordance with this section, TSA may authorize, on a reimbursable basis, the use of personnel employed by a Federal agency, with the consent of the head of that agency.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.221" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.3.10.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.221   Records of law enforcement response.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each airport operator must ensure that—
</P>
<P>(1) A record is made of each law enforcement action taken in furtherance of this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) The record is maintained for a minimum of 180 days.
</P>
<P>(b) Data developed in response to paragraph (a) of this section must include at least the following, except as authorized by TSA:
</P>
<P>(1) The number and type of weapons, explosives, or incendiaries discovered during any passenger-screening process, and the method of detection of each.
</P>
<P>(2) The number of acts and attempted acts of aircraft piracy.
</P>
<P>(3) The number of bomb threats received, real and simulated bombs found, and actual detonations on the airport.
</P>
<P>(4) The number of arrests, including—
</P>
<P>(i) Name, address, and the immediate disposition of each individual arrested;
</P>
<P>(ii) Type of weapon, explosive, or incendiary confiscated, as appropriate; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Identification of the aircraft operators or foreign air carriers on which the individual arrested was, or was scheduled to be, a passenger or which screened that individual, as appropriate.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Contingency Measures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.301" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.4.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.301   Contingency plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each airport operator required to have a security program under § 1542.103(a) and (b) must adopt a contingency plan and must:
</P>
<P>(1) Implement its contingency plan when directed by TSA.
</P>
<P>(2) Conduct reviews and exercises of its contingency plan as specified in the security program with all persons having responsibilities under the plan.
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure that all parties involved know their responsibilities and that all information contained in the plan is current.
</P>
<P>(b) TSA may approve alternative implementation measures, reviews, and exercises to the contingency plan which will provide an overall level of security equal to the contingency plan under paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.303" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.4.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.303   Security Directives and Information Circulars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) TSA may issue an Information Circular to notify airport operators of security concerns. When TSA determines that additional security measures are necessary to respond to a threat assessment or to a specific threat against civil aviation, TSA issues a Security Directive setting forth mandatory measures.
</P>
<P>(b) Each airport operator must comply with each Security Directive issued to the airport operator within the time prescribed in the Security Directive.
</P>
<P>(c) Each airport operator that receives a Security Directive must—
</P>
<P>(1) Within the time prescribed in the Security Directive, verbally acknowledge receipt of the Security Directive to TSA.
</P>
<P>(2) Within the time prescribed in the Security Directive, specify the method by which the measures in the Security Directive have been implemented (or will be implemented, if the Security Directive is not yet effective).
</P>
<P>(d) In the event that the airport operator is unable to implement the measures in the Security Directive, the airport operator must submit proposed alternative measures and the basis for submitting the alternative measures to TSA for approval. The airport operator must submit the proposed alternative measures within the time prescribed in the Security Directive. The airport operator must implement any alternative measures approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(e) Each airport operator that receives a Security Directive may comment on the Security Directive by submitting data, views, or arguments in writing to TSA. TSA may amend the Security Directive based on comments received. Submission of a comment does not delay the effective date of the Security Directive.
</P>
<P>(f) Each airport operator that receives a Security Directive or an Information Circular and each person who receives information from a Security Directive or an Information Circular must:
</P>
<P>(1) Restrict the availability of the Security Directive or Information Circular, and information contained in either document, to those persons with an operational need-to-know.
</P>
<P>(2) Refuse to release the Security Directive or Information Circular, and information contained in either document, to persons other than those who have an operational need to know without the prior written consent of TSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.305" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.4.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.305   Public advisories.</HEAD>
<P>When advised by TSA, each airport operator must prominently display and maintain in public areas information concerning foreign airports that, in the judgment of the Secretary of Transportation, do not maintain and administer effective security measures. This information must be posted in the manner specified in the security program and for such a period of time determined by the Secretary of Transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1542.307" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.10.4.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1542.307   Incident management.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each airport operator must establish procedures to evaluate bomb threats, threats of sabotage, aircraft piracy, and other unlawful interference to civil aviation operations.
</P>
<P>(b) Immediately upon direct or referred receipt of a threat of any of the incidents described in paragraph (a) of this section, each airport operator must—
</P>
<P>(1) Evaluate the threat in accordance with its security program;
</P>
<P>(2) Initiate appropriate action as specified in the Airport Emergency Plan under 14 CFR 139.325; and
</P>
<P>(3) Immediately notify TSA of acts, or suspected acts, of unlawful interference to civil aviation operations, including specific bomb threats to aircraft and airport facilities.
</P>
<P>(c) Airport operators required to have a security program under § 1542.103(c) but not subject to 14 CFR part 139, must develop emergency response procedures to incidents of threats identified in paragraph (a) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) To ensure that all parties know their responsibilities and that all procedures are current, at least once every 12 calendar months each airport operator must review the procedures required in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section with all persons having responsibilities for such procedures.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1544" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1544—AIRCRAFT OPERATOR SECURITY: AIR CARRIERS AND COMMERCIAL OPERATORS
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 5103, 40113, 44901-44905, 44907, 44913-44914, 44916-44918, 44932, 44935-44936, 44942, 46105.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 8364, Feb. 22, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.1   Applicability of this part.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part prescribes aviation security rules governing the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The operations of aircraft operators holding operating certificates under 14 CFR part 119 for scheduled passenger operations, public charter passenger operations, private charter passenger operations; the operations of aircraft operators holding operating certificates under 14 CFR part 119 operating aircraft with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of 12,500 pounds or more; and other aircraft operators adopting and obtaining approval of an aircraft operator security program. 
</P>
<P>(2) Each law enforcement officer flying armed aboard an aircraft operated by an aircraft operator described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Each aircraft operator that receives a Security Directive or Information Circular and each person who receives information from a Security Directive or Information Circular issued by TSA.
</P>
<P>(b) As used in this part, “aircraft operator” means an aircraft operator subject to this part as described in § 1544.101.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8364, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 8209, Feb. 22, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.3   </HEAD>
<HEAD>§ 1544.3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Security Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.101" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.101   Adoption and implementation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Full program.</I> Each aircraft operator must carry out subparts C, D, and E of this part and must adopt and carry out a security program that meets the requirements of § 1544.103 for each of the following operations:
</P>
<P>(1) A scheduled passenger or public charter passenger operation with an aircraft having a passenger seating configuration of 61 or more seats.
</P>
<P>(2) A scheduled passenger or public charter passenger operation with an aircraft having a passenger seating configuration of 60 or fewer seats when passengers are enplaned from or deplaned into a sterile area.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Partial program—adoption.</I> Each aircraft operator must carry out the requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section for each of the following operations:
</P>
<P>(1) A scheduled passenger or public charter passenger operation with an aircraft having a passenger-seating configuration of 31 or more but 60 or fewer seats that does not enplane from or deplane into a sterile area.
</P>
<P>(2) A scheduled passenger or public charter passenger operation with an aircraft having a passenger-seating configuration of 60 or fewer seats engaged in operations to, from, or outside the United States that does not enplane from or deplane into a sterile area.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Partial program-content:</I> For operations described in paragraph (b) of this section, the aircraft operator must carry out the following, and must adopt and carry out a security program that meets the applicable requirements in § 1544.103 (c):
</P>
<P>(1) The requirements of §§ 1544.215, 1544.217, 1544.219, 1544.223, 1544.230, 1544.235, 1544.237, 1544.301, 1544.303, and 1544.305.
</P>
<P>(2) Other provisions of subparts C, D, and E of this part that TSA has approved upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) The remaining requirements of subparts C, D, and E when TSA notifies the aircraft operator in writing that a security threat exists concerning that operation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Twelve-five program-adoption:</I> Each aircraft operator must carry out the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section for each operation that meets all of the following—
</P>
<P>(1) Is an aircraft with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of more than 12,500 pounds;
</P>
<P>(2) Is in scheduled or charter service;
</P>
<P>(3) Is carrying passengers or cargo or both; and
</P>
<P>(4) Is not under a full program, partial program, or full all-cargo program under paragraph (a), (b), or (h) of this section.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Twelve-five program-contents:</I> For each operation described in paragraph (d) of this section, the aircraft operator must carry out the following, and must adopt and carry out a security program that meets the applicable requirements of § 1544.103 (c):
</P>
<P>(1) The requirements of §§ 1544.215, 1544.217, 1544.219, 1544.223, 1544.230, 1544.235, 1544.237, 1544.301(a) and (b), 1544.303, and 1544.305; and in addition, for all-cargo operations of §§ 1544.202, 1544.205(a), (b), (d), and (f).
</P>
<P>(2) Other provisions of subparts C, D, and E that TSA has approved upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) The remaining requirements of subparts C, D, and E when TSA notifies the aircraft operator in writing that a security threat exists concerning that operation.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Private charter program.</I> In addition to paragraph (d) of this section, if applicable, each aircraft operator must carry out §§ 1544.201, 1544.207, 1544.209, 1544.211, 1544.215, 1544.217, 1544.219, 1544.225, 1544.229, 1544.230, 1544.233, 1544.235, 1544.303, and 1544.305, and subpart E of this part and— 
</P>
<P>(1) Must adopt and carry out a security program that meets the applicable requirements of § 1544.103 for each private charter passenger operation in which—
</P>
<P>(i) The passengers are enplaned from or deplaned into a sterile area; or 
</P>
<P>(ii) The aircraft has a maximum certificated takeoff weight greater than 45,500 kg (100,309.3 pounds), or a passenger-seating configuration of 61 or more, and is not a government charter under paragraph (2) of the definition of private charter in § 1540.5 of this chapter. 
</P>
<P>(2) The Administrator may authorize alternate procedures under paragraph (f)(1) of this section as appropriate. 
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Limited program:</I> In addition to paragraph (d) of this section, if applicable, TSA may approve a security program after receiving a request by an aircraft operator holding a certificate under 14 CFR part 119, other than one identified in paragraph (a), (b), (d), or (f) of this section. The aircraft operator must—
</P>
<P>(1) Carry out selected provisions of subparts C, D, and E;
</P>
<P>(2) Carry out the provisions of § 1544.305, as specified in its security program; and
</P>
<P>(3) Adopt and carry out a security program that meets the applicable requirements of § 1544.103 (c).
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Full all-cargo program—adoption:</I> Each aircraft operator must carry out the requirements of paragraph (i) of this section for each operation that is—
</P>
<P>(1) In an aircraft with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of more than 45,500 kg (100,309.3 pounds); and
</P>
<P>(2) Carrying cargo and authorized persons and no passengers.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Full all-cargo program—contents:</I> For each operation described in paragraph (h) of this section, the aircraft operator must carry out the following, and must adopt and carry out a security program that meets the applicable requirements of § 1544.103(c):
</P>
<P>(1) The requirements of §§ 1544.202, 1544.205, 1544.207, 1544.209, 1544.211, 1544.215, 1544.217, 1544.219, 1544.225, 1544.227, 1544.228, 1544.229, 1544.230, 1544.231, 1544.233, 1544.235, 1544.237, 1544.301, 1544.303, and 1544.305.
</P>
<P>(2) Other provisions of subpart C of this part that TSA has approved upon request.
</P>
<P>(3) The remaining requirements of subpart C of this part when TSA notifies the aircraft operator in writing that a security threat exists concerning that operation.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8364, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 8209, Feb. 22, 2002; 67 FR 41639, June 19, 2002; 67 FR 79887, Dec. 31, 2002; 71 FR 30510, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.103" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.103   Form, content, and availability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> Each security program must:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide for the safety of persons and property traveling on flights provided by the aircraft operator against acts of criminal violence and air piracy, and the introduction of explosives, incendiaries, or weapons aboard an aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) Be in writing and signed by the aircraft operator or any person delegated authority in this matter.
</P>
<P>(3) Be approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Availability.</I> Each aircraft operator having a security program must:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain an original copy of the security program at its corporate office.
</P>
<P>(2) Have accessible a complete copy, or the pertinent portions of its security program, or appropriate implementing instructions, at each airport served. An electronic version of the program is adequate.
</P>
<P>(3) Make a copy of the security program available for inspection upon request of TSA.
</P>
<P>(4) Restrict the distribution, disclosure, and availability of information contained in the security program to persons with a need-to-know as described in part 1520 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) Refer requests for such information by other persons to TSA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Content.</I> The security program must include, as specified for that aircraft operator in § 1544.101, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The procedures and description of the facilities and equipment used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.201 regarding the acceptance and screening of individuals and their accessible property, including, if applicable, the carriage weapons as part of State-required emergency equipment.
</P>
<P>(2) The procedures and description of the facilities and equipment used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.203 regarding the acceptance and screening of checked baggage.
</P>
<P>(3) The procedures and description of the facilities and equipment used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.205 regarding the acceptance and screening of cargo.
</P>
<P>(4) The procedures and description of the facilities and equipment used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.207 regarding the screening of individuals and property.
</P>
<P>(5) The procedures and description of the facilities and equipment used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.209 regarding the use of metal detection devices.
</P>
<P>(6) The procedures and description of the facilities and equipment used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.211 regarding the use of x-ray systems.
</P>
<P>(7) The procedures and description of the facilities and equipment used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.213 regarding the use of explosives detection systems.
</P>
<P>(8) The procedures used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.215 regarding the responsibilities of security coordinators. The names of the Aircraft Operator Security Coordinator (AOSC) and any alternate, and the means for contacting the AOSC(s) on a 24-hour basis, as provided in § 1544.215.
</P>
<P>(9) The procedures used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.217 regarding the requirements for law enforcement personnel.
</P>
<P>(10) The procedures used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.219 regarding carriage of accessible weapons.
</P>
<P>(11) The procedures used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.221 regarding carriage of prisoners under the control of armed law enforcement officers.
</P>
<P>(12) The procedures used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.223 regarding transportation of Federal Air Marshals.
</P>
<P>(13) The procedures and description of the facilities and equipment used to perform the aircraft and facilities control function specified in § 1544.225.
</P>
<P>(14) The specific locations where the air carrier has entered into an exclusive area agreement under § 1544.227.
</P>
<P>(15) The procedures used to comply with the applicable requirements of §§ 1544.229 and 1544.230 regarding fingerprint-based criminal history records checks.
</P>
<P>(16) The procedures used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.231 regarding personnel identification systems.
</P>
<P>(17) The procedures and syllabi used to accomplish the training required under § 1544.233.
</P>
<P>(18) The procedures and syllabi used to accomplish the training required under § 1544.235.
</P>
<P>(19) An aviation security contingency plan as specified under § 1544.301.
</P>
<P>(20) The procedures used to comply with the requirements of § 1544.303 regarding bomb and air piracy threats.
</P>
<P>(21) The procedures used to comply with § 1544.237 regarding flight deck privileges.
</P>
<P>(22) The Aircraft Operator Implementation Plan (AOIP) as required under 49 CFR 1560.109.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8364, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 8209, Feb. 22, 2002; 73 FR 64061, Oct. 28, 2008]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.105" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.105   Approval and amendments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial approval of security program.</I> Unless otherwise authorized by TSA, each aircraft operator required to have a security program under this part must submit its proposed security program to the designated official for approval at least 90 days before the intended date of operations. The proposed security program must meet the requirements applicable to its operation as described in § 1544.101. Such requests will be processed as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The designated official, within 30 days after receiving the proposed aircraft operator security program, will either approve the program or give the aircraft operator written notice to modify the program to comply with the applicable requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(2) The aircraft operator may either submit a modified security program to the designated official for approval, or petition the Administrator to reconsider the notice to modify within 30 days of receiving a notice to modify. A petition for reconsideration must be filed with the designated official.
</P>
<P>(3) The designated official, upon receipt of a petition for reconsideration, either amends or withdraws the notice, or transmits the petition, together with any pertinent information, to the Administrator for reconsideration. The Administrator disposes of the petition within 30 days of receipt by either directing the designated official to withdraw or amend the notice to modify, or by affirming the notice to modify.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Amendment requested by an aircraft operator.</I> An aircraft operator may submit a request to TSA to amend its security program as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The request for an amendment must be filed with the designated official at least 45 days before the date it proposes for the amendment to become effective, unless a shorter period is allowed by the designated official.
</P>
<P>(2) Within 30 days after receiving a proposed amendment, the designated official, in writing, either approves or denies the request to amend.
</P>
<P>(3) An amendment to an aircraft operator security program may be approved if the designated official determines that safety and the public interest will allow it, and the proposed amendment provides the level of security required under this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Within 30 days after receiving a denial, the aircraft operator may petition the Administrator to reconsider the denial. A petition for reconsideration must be filed with the designated official.
</P>
<P>(5) Upon receipt of a petition for reconsideration, the designated official either approves the request to amend or transmits the petition, together with any pertinent information, to the Administrator for reconsideration. The Administrator disposes of the petition within 30 days of receipt by either directing the designated official to approve the amendment, or affirming the denial.
</P>
<P>(6) Any aircraft operator may submit a group proposal for an amendment that is on behalf of it and other aircraft operators that co-sign the proposal.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amendment by TSA.</I> If safety and the public interest require an amendment, TSA may amend a security program as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The designated official notifies the aircraft operator, in writing, of the proposed amendment, fixing a period of not less than 30 days within which the aircraft operator may submit written information, views, and arguments on the amendment.
</P>
<P>(2) After considering all relevant material, the designated official notifies the aircraft operator of any amendment adopted or rescinds the notice. If the amendment is adopted, it becomes effective not less than 30 days after the aircraft operator receives the notice of amendment, unless the aircraft operator petitions the Administrator to reconsider no later than 15 days before the effective date of the amendment. The aircraft operator must send the petition for reconsideration to the designated official. A timely petition for reconsideration stays the effective date of the amendment.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon receipt of a petition for reconsideration, the designated official either amends or withdraws the notice or transmits the petition, together with any pertinent information, to the Administrator for reconsideration. The Administrator disposes of the petition within 30 days of receipt by either directing the designated official to withdraw or amend the amendment, or by affirming the amendment.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Emergency amendments.</I> If the designated official finds that there is an emergency requiring immediate action with respect to safety in air transportation or in air commerce that makes procedures in this section contrary to the public interest, the designated official may issue an amendment, without the prior notice and comment procedures in paragraph (c) of this section, effective without stay on the date the aircraft operator receives notice of it. In such a case, the designated official will incorporate in the notice a brief statement of the reasons and findings for the amendment to be adopted. The aircraft operator may file a petition for reconsideration under paragraph (c) of this section; however, this does not stay the effective date of the emergency amendment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8353, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 76 FR 51867, Aug. 18, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Operations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.201" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.201   Acceptance and screening of individuals and accessible property.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preventing or deterring the carriage of any explosive, incendiary, or deadly or dangerous weapon.</I> Each aircraft operator must use the measures in its security program to prevent or deter the carriage of any weapon, explosive, or incendiary on or about each individual's person or accessible property before boarding an aircraft or entering a sterile area.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Screening of individuals and accessible property.</I> Except as provided in its security program, each aircraft operator must ensure that each individual entering a sterile area at each preboard screening checkpoint for which it is responsible, and all accessible property under that individual's control, are inspected for weapons, explosives, and incendiaries as provided in § 1544.207.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Refusal to transport.</I> Each aircraft operator must deny entry into a sterile area and must refuse to transport—
</P>
<P>(1) Any individual who does not consent to a search or inspection of his or her person in accordance with the system prescribed in this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any property of any individual or other person who does not consent to a search or inspection of that property in accordance with the system prescribed by this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Prohibitions on carrying a weapon, explosive, or incendiary.</I> Except as provided in §§ 1544.219, 1544.221, and 1544.223, no aircraft operator may permit any individual to have a weapon, explosive, or incendiary, on or about the individual's person or accessible property when onboard an aircraft.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Staffing.</I> Each aircraft operator must staff its security screening checkpoints with supervisory and non-supervisory personnel in accordance with the standards specified in its security program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.202" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.202   Persons and property onboard an all-cargo aircraft.</HEAD>
<P>Each aircraft operator operating under a full all-cargo program, or a twelve-five program in an all-cargo operation, must apply the security measures in its security program for persons who board the aircraft for transportation, and for their property, to prevent or deter the carriage of any unauthorized persons, and any unauthorized weapons, explosives, incendiaries, and other destructive devices, items, or substances.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30510, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.203" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.203   Acceptance and screening of checked baggage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preventing or deterring the carriage of any explosive or incendiary.</I> Each aircraft operator must use the procedures, facilities, and equipment described in its security program to prevent or deter the carriage of any unauthorized explosive or incendiary onboard aircraft in checked baggage.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Acceptance.</I> Each aircraft operator must ensure that checked baggage carried in the aircraft is received by its authorized aircraft operator representative.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Screening of checked baggage.</I> Except as provided in its security program, each aircraft operator must ensure that all checked baggage is inspected for explosives and incendiaries before loading it on its aircraft, in accordance with § 1544.207.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Control.</I> Each aircraft operator must use the procedures in its security program to control checked baggage that it accepts for transport on an aircraft, in a manner that:
</P>
<P>(1) Prevents the unauthorized carriage of any explosive or incendiary aboard the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) Prevents access by persons other than an aircraft operator employee or its agent.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Refusal to transport.</I> Each aircraft operator must refuse to transport any individual's checked baggage or property if the individual does not consent to a search or inspection of that checked baggage or property in accordance with the system prescribed by this part.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Firearms in checked baggage.</I> No aircraft operator may knowingly permit any person to transport in checked baggage:
</P>
<P>(1) Any loaded firearm(s).
</P>
<P>(2) Any unloaded firearm(s) unless—
</P>
<P>(i) The passenger declares to the aircraft operator, either orally or in writing before checking the baggage that any firearm carried in the baggage is unloaded;
</P>
<P>(ii) The firearm is carried in a hard-sided container;
</P>
<P>(iii) The container in which it is carried is locked, and only the individual checking the baggage retains the key or combination; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The checked baggage containing the firearm is carried in an area that is inaccessible to passengers, and is not carried in the flightcrew compartment,.
</P>
<P>(3) Any unauthorized explosive or incendiary.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Ammunition.</I> This section does not prohibit the carriage of ammunition in checked baggage or in the same container as a firearm. Title 49 CFR part 175 provides additional requirements governing carriage of ammunition on aircraft.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.205" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.205   Acceptance and screening of cargo.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preventing or deterring the carriage of any explosive or incendiary.</I> Each aircraft operator operating under a full program, a full all-cargo program, or a twelve-five program in an all-cargo operation, must use the procedures, facilities, and equipment described in its security program to prevent or deter the carriage of any unauthorized persons, and any unauthorized explosives, incendiaries, and other destructive substances or items in cargo onboard an aircraft.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Screening and inspection of cargo.</I> Each aircraft operator operating under a full program or a full all-cargo program, or a twelve-five program in an all-cargo operation, must ensure that cargo is screened and inspected for any unauthorized person, and any unauthorized explosive, incendiary, and other destructive substance or item as provided in the aircraft operator's security program and § 1544.207, and as provided in § 1544.239 for operations under a full program, before loading it on its aircraft.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Control.</I> Each aircraft operator operating under a full program or a full all-cargo program must use the procedures in its security program to control cargo that it accepts for transport on an aircraft in a manner that:
</P>
<P>(1) Prevents the carriage of any unauthorized person, and any unauthorized explosive, incendiary, and other destructive substance or item in cargo onboard an aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) Prevents unescorted access by persons other than an authorized aircraft operator employee or agent, or persons authorized by the airport operator or host government.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Refusal to transport.</I> Except as otherwise provided in its program, each aircraft operator operating under a full program, a full all-cargo program, or a twelve-five program in an all-cargo operation, must refuse to transport any cargo if the shipper does not consent to a search or inspection of that cargo in accordance with the system prescribed by this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Acceptance of cargo only from specified persons.</I> Each aircraft operator operating under a full program or a full all-cargo program may accept cargo to be loaded in the United States for air transportation only from the shipper, an aircraft operator, foreign air carrier, or indirect air carrier operating under a security program under this chapter with a comparable cargo security program, or, in the case of an operator under a full program, from a certified cargo screening facility, as provided in its security program.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Acceptance and screening of cargo outside the United States.</I> For cargo to be loaded on its aircraft outside the United States, each aircraft operator must carry out the requirements of its security program.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Screening of cargo loaded inside the United States by a full program operator.</I> For cargo to be loaded in the United States, each operator under a full program in § 1544.101(a) must ensure that all cargo is screened in the United States as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Amount screened.</I> (i) Not later than February 3, 2009, each operator under a full program must ensure that at least 50 percent of its cargo is screened prior to transport on a passenger aircraft.
</P>
<P>(ii) Not later than August 3, 2010, each operator under a full program must ensure that 100 percent of its cargo is screened prior to transport on a passenger aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Methods of screening.</I> For the purposes of this paragraph (g), the aircraft operator must ensure that cargo is screened using a physical examination or non-intrusive method of assessing whether cargo poses a threat to transportation security, as provided in its security program. Such methods may include TSA-approved x-ray systems, explosives detection systems, explosives trace detection, explosives detection canine teams certified by TSA, or a physical search together with manifest verification, or other method approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Limitation on who may conduct screening.</I> Screening must be conducted by the aircraft operator, by another aircraft operator or foreign air carrier operating under a security program under this chapter with a comparable cargo security program, by a certified cargo screening facility in accordance with 49 CFR part 1549, or by TSA.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Verification.</I> The aircraft operator must verify that the chain of custody measures for the screened cargo are intact prior to loading such cargo on aircraft, or must ensure that the cargo is re-screened in accordance with this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30510, May 26, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 47703, Sept. 16, 2009; 76 FR 51867, Aug. 18, 2011; 76 FR 53080, Aug. 25, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.207" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.207   Screening of individuals and property.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability of this section.</I> This section applies to the inspection of individuals, accessible property, checked baggage, and cargo as required under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Locations within the United States at which TSA conducts screening.</I> Each aircraft operator must ensure that the individuals or property have been inspected by TSA before boarding or loading on its aircraft. This paragraph applies when TSA is conducting screening using TSA employees or when using companies under contract with TSA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Aircraft operator conducting screening.</I> Each aircraft operator must use the measures in its security program and in subpart E of this part to inspect the individual or property. This paragraph does not apply at locations identified in paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Locations outside the United States at which the foreign government conducts screening.</I> Each aircraft operator must ensure that all individuals and property have been inspected by the foreign government. This paragraph applies when the host government is conducting screening using government employees or when using companies under contract with the government.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.209" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.209   Use of metal detection devices.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No aircraft operator may use a metal detection device within the United States or under the aircraft operator's operational control outside the United States to inspect persons, unless specifically authorized under a security program under this part. No aircraft operator may use such a device contrary to its security program.
</P>
<P>(b) Metal detection devices must meet the calibration standards established by TSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.211" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.211   Use of X-ray systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>TSA authorization required.</I> No aircraft operator may use any X-ray system within the United States or under the aircraft operator's operational control outside the United States to inspect accessible property or checked baggage, unless specifically authorized under its security program. No aircraft operator may use such a system in a manner contrary to its security program. TSA authorizes aircraft operators to use X-ray systems for inspecting accessible property or checked baggage under a security program if the aircraft operator shows that—
</P>
<P>(1) The system meets the standards for cabinet X-ray systems primarily for the inspection of baggage issued by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and published in 21 CFR 1020.40;
</P>
<P>(2) A program for initial and recurrent training of operators of the system is established, which includes training in radiation safety, the efficient use of X-ray systems, and the identification of weapons, explosives, and incendiaries; and
</P>
<P>(3) The system meets the imaging requirements set forth in its security program using the step wedge specified in American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard F792-88 (Reapproved 1993). This standard is incorporated by reference in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Annual radiation survey.</I> No aircraft operator may use any X-ray system unless, within the preceding 12 calendar months, a radiation survey is conducted that shows that the system meets the applicable performance standards in 21 CFR 1020.40.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Radiation survey after installation or moving.</I> No aircraft operator may use any X-ray system after the system has been installed at a screening point or after the system has been moved unless a radiation survey is conducted which shows that the system meets the applicable performance standards in 21 CFR 1020.40. A radiation survey is not required for an X-ray system that is designed and constructed as a mobile unit and the aircraft operator shows that it can be moved without altering its performance.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Defect notice or modification order.</I> No aircraft operator may use any X-ray system that is not in full compliance with any defect notice or modification order issued for that system by the FDA, unless the FDA has advised TSA that the defect or failure to comply does not create a significant risk of injury, including genetic injury, to any person.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Signs and inspection of photographic equipment and film.</I> (1) At locations at which an aircraft operator uses an X-ray system to inspect accessible property the aircraft operator must ensure that a sign is posted in a conspicuous place at the screening checkpoint. At locations outside the United States at which a foreign government uses an X-ray system to inspect accessible property the aircraft operator must ensure that a sign is posted in a conspicuous place at the screening checkpoint.
</P>
<P>(2) At locations at which an aircraft operator or TSA uses an X-ray system to inspect checked baggage the aircraft operator must ensure that a sign is posted in a conspicuous place where the aircraft operator accepts checked baggage.
</P>
<P>(3) The signs required under this paragraph (e) must notify individuals that such items are being inspected by an X-ray and advise them to remove all X-ray, scientific, and high-speed film from accessible property and checked baggage before inspection. This sign must also advise individuals that they may request that an inspection be made of their photographic equipment and film packages without exposure to an X-ray system. If the X-ray system exposes any accessible property or checked baggage to more than one milliroentgen during the inspection, the sign must advise individuals to remove film of all kinds from their articles before inspection.
</P>
<P>(4) If requested by individuals, their photographic equipment and film packages must be inspected without exposure to an X-ray system.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Radiation survey verification after installation or moving.</I> Each aircraft operator must maintain at least one copy of the results of the most recent radiation survey conducted under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section and must make it available for inspection upon request by TSA at each of the following locations—
</P>
<P>(1) The aircraft operator's principal business office; and
</P>
<P>(2) The place where the X-ray system is in operation.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard F792-88 (Reapproved 1993), “Standard Practice for Design and Use of Ionizing Radiation Equipment for the Detection of Items Prohibited in Controlled Access Areas,” is approved for incorporation by reference by the Director of the Federal Register pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and l CFR part 51. ASTM Standard F792-88 may be examined at the Department of Transportation (DOT) Docket, 400 Seventh Street SW, Room Plaza 401, Washington, DC 20590, or on DOT's Docket Management System (DMS) web page at <I>http://dms.dot.gov/search</I> (under docket number FAA-2001-8725). Copies of the standard may be examined also at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I> In addition, ASTM Standard F792-88 (Reapproved 1993) may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Duty time limitations.</I> Each aircraft operator must comply with the X-ray operator duty time limitations specified in its security program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8364, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.213" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.213   Use of explosives detection systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Use of explosive detection equipment.</I> If TSA so requires by an amendment to an aircraft operator's security program, each aircraft operator required to conduct screening under a security program must use an explosives detection system approved by TSA to screen checked baggage on international flights.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Signs and inspection of photographic equipment and film.</I> (1) At locations at which an aircraft operator or TSA uses an explosives detection system that uses X-ray technology to inspect checked baggage the aircraft operator must ensure that a sign is posted in a conspicuous place where the aircraft operator accepts checked baggage. The sign must notify individuals that such items are being inspected by an explosives detection system and advise them to remove all X-ray, scientific, and high-speed film from checked baggage before inspection. This sign must also advise individuals that they may request that an inspection be made of their photographic equipment and film packages without exposure to an explosives detection system.
</P>
<P>(2) If the explosives detection system exposes any checked baggage to more than one milliroentgen during the inspection the aircraft operator must post a sign which advises individuals to remove film of all kinds from their articles before inspection. If requested by individuals, their photographic equipment and film packages must be inspected without exposure to an explosives detection system.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.215" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.215   Security coordinators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Aircraft Operator Security Coordinator.</I> Each aircraft operator must designate and use an Aircraft Operator Security Coordinator (AOSC). The AOSC and any alternates must be appointed at the corporate level and must serve as the aircraft operator's primary contact for security-related activities and communications with TSA, as set forth in the security program. Either the AOSC, or an alternate AOSC, must be available on a 24-hour basis.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Ground Security Coordinator.</I> Each aircraft operator must designate and use a Ground Security Coordinator for each domestic and international flight departure to carry out the Ground Security Coordinator duties specified in the aircraft operator's security program. The Ground Security Coordinator at each airport must conduct the following daily:
</P>
<P>(1) A review of all security-related functions for which the aircraft operator is responsible, for effectiveness and compliance with this part, the aircraft operator's security program, and applicable Security Directives.
</P>
<P>(2) Immediate initiation of corrective action for each instance of noncompliance with this part, the aircraft operator's security program, and applicable Security Directives. At foreign airports where such security measures are provided by an agency or contractor of a host government, the aircraft operator must notify TSA for assistance in resolving noncompliance issues.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>In-flight Security Coordinator.</I> Each aircraft operator must designate and use the pilot in command as the In-flight Security Coordinator for each domestic and international flight to perform duties specified in the aircraft operator's security program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.217" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.217   Law enforcement personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) The following applies to operations at airports within the United States that are not required to hold a security program under part 1542 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(1) For operations described in § 1544.101(a) each aircraft operator must provide for law enforcement personnel meeting the qualifications and standards specified in §§ 1542.215 and 1542.217 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(2) For operations under a partial program under § 1544.101(b) and (c), a twelve-five program under § 1544.101(d) and (e), a private charter program under § 1544.101(f), or a full all-cargo program under § 1544.101(h) and (i), each aircraft operator must—
</P>
<P>(i) Arrange for law enforcement personnel meeting the qualifications and standards specified in § 1542.217 of this chapter to be available to respond to an incident; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Provide its employees, including crewmembers, current information regarding procedures for obtaining law enforcement assistance at that airport.
</P>
<P>(b) The following applies to operations at airports required to hold security programs under part 1542 of this chapter. For operations under a partial program under § 1544.101(b) and (c), a twelve-five program under § 1544.101(d) and (e), a private charter program under § 1544.101(f), or a full all-cargo program under § 1544.101(h) and (i), each aircraft operator must—
</P>
<P>(1) Arrange with TSA and the airport operator, as appropriate, for law enforcement personnel meeting the qualifications and standards specified in § 1542.217 of this chapter to be available to respond to incidents, and
</P>
<P>(2) Provide its employees, including crewmembers, current information regarding procedures for obtaining law enforcement assistance at that airport.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8364, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 30510, May 26, 2006] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.219" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.219   Carriage of accessible weapons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Flights for which screening is conducted.</I> The provisions of § 1544.201(d), with respect to accessible weapons, do not apply to a law enforcement officer (LEO) aboard a flight for which screening is required if the requirements of this section are met. Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to a Federal Air Marshal on duty status under § 1544.223.
</P>
<P>(1) Unless otherwise authorized by TSA, the armed LEO must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) Be a Federal law enforcement officer or a full-time municipal, county, or state law enforcement officer who is a direct employee of a government agency.
</P>
<P>(ii) Be sworn and commissioned to enforce criminal statutes or immigration statutes.
</P>
<P>(iii) Be authorized by the employing agency to have the weapon in connection with assigned duties.
</P>
<P>(iv) Has completed the training program “Law Enforcement Officers Flying Armed.”
</P>
<P>(2) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the armed LEO must have a need to have the weapon accessible from the time he or she would otherwise check the weapon until the time it would be claimed after deplaning. The need to have the weapon accessible must be determined by the employing agency, department, or service and be based on one of the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The provision of protective duty, for instance, assigned to a principal or advance team, or on travel required to be prepared to engage in a protective function.
</P>
<P>(ii) The conduct of a hazardous surveillance operation.
</P>
<P>(iii) On official travel required to report to another location, armed and prepared for duty.
</P>
<P>(iv) Employed as a Federal LEO, whether or not on official travel, and armed in accordance with an agency-wide policy governing that type of travel established by the employing agency by directive or policy statement.
</P>
<P>(v) Control of a prisoner, in accordance with § 1544.221, or an armed LEO on a round trip ticket returning from escorting, or traveling to pick up, a prisoner.
</P>
<P>(vi) TSA Federal Air Marshal on duty status.
</P>
<P>(3) The armed LEO must comply with the following notification requirements:
</P>
<P>(i) All armed LEOs must notify the aircraft operator of the flight(s) on which he or she needs to have the weapon accessible at least 1 hour, or in an emergency as soon as practicable, before departure.
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify himself or herself to the aircraft operator by presenting credentials that include a clear full-face picture, the signature of the armed LEO, and the signature of the authorizing official of the agency, service, or department or the official seal of the agency, service, or department. A badge, shield, or similar device may not be used, or accepted, as the sole means of identification.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the armed LEO is a State, county, or municipal law enforcement officer, he or she must present an original letter of authority, signed by an authorizing official from his or her employing agency, service or department, confirming the need to travel armed and detailing the itinerary of the travel while armed.
</P>
<P>(iv) If the armed LEO is an escort for a foreign official then this paragraph (a)(3) may be satisfied by a State Department notification.
</P>
<P>(4) The aircraft operator must do the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Obtain information or documentation required in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) Advise the armed LEO, before boarding, of the aircraft operator's procedures for carrying out this section.
</P>
<P>(iii) Have the LEO confirm he/she has completed the training program “Law Enforcement Officers Flying Armed” as required by TSA, unless otherwise authorized by TSA.
</P>
<P>(iv) Ensure that the identity of the armed LEO is known to the appropriate personnel who are responsible for security during the boarding of the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(v) Notify the pilot in command and other appropriate crewmembers, of the location of each armed LEO aboard the aircraft. Notify any other armed LEO of the location of each armed LEO, including FAM's. Under circumstances described in the security program, the aircraft operator must not close the doors until the notification is complete.
</P>
<P>(vi) Ensure that the information required in paragraphs (a)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section is furnished to the flight crew of each additional connecting flight by the Ground Security Coordinator or other designated agent at each location.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Flights for which screening is not conducted.</I> The provisions of § 1544.201(d), with respect to accessible weapons, do not apply to a LEO aboard a flight for which screening is not required if the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1), (3), and (4) of this section are met.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Alcohol.</I> (1) No aircraft operator may serve any alcoholic beverage to an armed LEO.
</P>
<P>(2) No armed LEO may:
</P>
<P>(i) Consume any alcoholic beverage while aboard an aircraft operated by an aircraft operator.
</P>
<P>(ii) Board an aircraft armed if they have consumed an alcoholic beverage within the previous 8 hours.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Location of weapon.</I> (1) Any individual traveling aboard an aircraft while armed must at all times keep their weapon:
</P>
<P>(i) Concealed and out of view, either on their person or in immediate reach, if the armed LEO is not in uniform.
</P>
<P>(ii) On their person, if the armed LEO is in uniform.
</P>
<P>(2) No individual may place a weapon in an overhead storage bin.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.221" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.221   Carriage of prisoners under the control of armed law enforcement officers.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This section applies as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) This section applies to the transport of prisoners under the escort of an armed law enforcement officer.
</P>
<P>(2) This section does not apply to the carriage of passengers under voluntary protective escort.
</P>
<P>(3) This section does not apply to the escort of non-violent detainees of the Immigration and Naturalization Service. This section does not apply to individuals who may be traveling with a prisoner and armed escort, such as the family of a deportee who is under armed escort.
</P>
<P>(b) For the purpose of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) “High risk prisoner” means a prisoner who is an exceptional escape risk, as determined by the law enforcement agency, and charged with, or convicted of, a violent crime.
</P>
<P>(2) “Low risk prisoner” means any prisoner who has not been designated as “high risk.”
</P>
<P>(c) No aircraft operator may carry a prisoner in the custody of an armed law enforcement officer aboard an aircraft for which screening is required unless, in addition to the requirements in § 1544.219, the following requirements are met:
</P>
<P>(1) The agency responsible for control of the prisoner has determined whether the prisoner is considered a high risk or a low risk.
</P>
<P>(2) Unless otherwise authorized by TSA, no more than one high risk prisoner may be carried on the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(d) No aircraft operator may carry a prisoner in the custody of an armed law enforcement officer aboard an aircraft for which screening is required unless the following staffing requirements are met:
</P>
<P>(1) A minimum of one armed law enforcement officer must control a low risk prisoner on a flight that is scheduled for 4 hours or less. One armed law enforcement officer may control no more than two low risk prisoners.
</P>
<P>(2) A minimum of two armed law enforcement officers must control a low risk prisoner on a flight that is scheduled for more than 4 hours. Two armed law enforcement officers may control no more than two low risk prisoners.
</P>
<P>(3) For high-risk prisoners:
</P>
<P>(i) For one high-risk prisoner on a flight: A minimum of two armed law enforcement officers must control a high risk prisoner. No other prisoners may be under the control of those two armed law enforcement officers.
</P>
<P>(ii) If TSA has authorized more than one high-risk prisoner to be on the flight under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a minimum of one armed law enforcement officer for each prisoner and one additional armed law enforcement officer must control the prisoners. No other prisoners may be under the control of those armed law enforcement officers.
</P>
<P>(e) An armed law enforcement officer who is escorting a prisoner—
</P>
<P>(1) Must notify the aircraft operator at least 24 hours before the scheduled departure, or, if that is not possible as far in advance as possible of the following—
</P>
<P>(i) The identity of the prisoner to be carried and the flight on which it is proposed to carry the prisoner; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Whether or not the prisoner is considered to be a high risk or a low risk.
</P>
<P>(2) Must arrive at the check-in counter at least 1 hour before to the scheduled departure.
</P>
<P>(3) Must assure the aircraft operator, before departure, that each prisoner under the control of the officer(s) has been searched and does not have on or about his or her person or property anything that can be used as a weapon.
</P>
<P>(4) Must be seated between the prisoner and any aisle.
</P>
<P>(5) Must accompany the prisoner at all times, and keep the prisoner under control while aboard the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(f) No aircraft operator may carry a prisoner in the custody of an armed law enforcement officer aboard an aircraft unless the following are met:
</P>
<P>(1) When practicable, the prisoner must be boarded before any other boarding passengers and deplaned after all other deplaning passengers.
</P>
<P>(2) The prisoner must be seated in a seat that is neither located in any passenger lounge area nor located next to or directly across from any exit and, when practicable, the aircraft operator should seat the prisoner in the rearmost seat of the passenger cabin.
</P>
<P>(g) Each armed law enforcement officer escorting a prisoner and each aircraft operator must ensure that the prisoner is restrained from full use of his or her hands by an appropriate device that provides for minimum movement of the prisoner's hands, and must ensure that leg irons are not used.
</P>
<P>(h) No aircraft operator may provide a prisoner under the control of a law enforcement officer—
</P>
<P>(1) With food or beverage or metal eating utensils unless authorized to do so by the armed law enforcement officer.
</P>
<P>(2) With any alcoholic beverage.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.223" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.223   Transportation of Federal Air Marshals.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A Federal Air Marshal on duty status may have a weapon accessible while aboard an aircraft for which screening is required.
</P>
<P>(b) Each aircraft operator must carry Federal Air Marshals, in the number and manner specified by TSA, on each scheduled passenger operation, and public charter passenger operation designated by TSA.
</P>
<P>(c) Each Federal Air Marshal must be carried on a first priority basis and without charge while on duty, including positioning and repositioning flights. When a Federal Air Marshal is assigned to a scheduled flight that is canceled for any reason, the aircraft operator must carry that Federal Air Marshal without charge on another flight as designated by TSA.
</P>
<P>(d) Each aircraft operator must assign the specific seat requested by a Federal Air Marshal who is on duty status. If another LEO is assigned to that seat or requests that seat, the aircraft operator must inform the Federal Air Marshal. The Federal Air Marshal will coordinate seat assignments with the other LEO.
</P>
<P>(e) The Federal Air Marshal identifies himself or herself to the aircraft operator by presenting credentials that include a clear, full-face picture, the signature of the Federal Air Marshal, and the signature of the FAA Administrator. A badge, shield, or similar device may not be used or accepted as the sole means of identification.
</P>
<P>(f) The requirements of § 1544.219(a) do not apply for a Federal Air Marshal on duty status.
</P>
<P>(g) Each aircraft operator must restrict any information concerning the presence, seating, names, and purpose of Federal Air Marshals at any station or on any flight to those persons with an operational need to know.
</P>
<P>(h) Law enforcement officers authorized to carry a weapon during a flight will be contacted directly by a Federal Air Marshal who is on that same flight.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.225" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.14" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.225   Security of aircraft and facilities.</HEAD>
<P>Each aircraft operator must use the procedures included, and the facilities and equipment described, in its security program to perform the following control functions with respect to each aircraft operation:
</P>
<P>(a) Prevent unauthorized access to areas controlled by the aircraft operator under an exclusive area agreement in accordance with § 1542.111 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Prevent unauthorized access to each aircraft.
</P>
<P>(c) Conduct a security inspection of each aircraft before placing it into passenger operations if access has not been controlled in accordance with the aircraft operator security program and as otherwise required in the security program.
</P>
<P>(d) When operating under a full program or a full all-cargo program, prevent unauthorized access to the operational area of the aircraft while loading or unloading cargo.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8364, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 30510, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.227" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.15" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.227   Exclusive area agreement.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An aircraft operator that has entered into an exclusive area agreement with an airport operator, under § 1542.111 of this chapter must carry out that exclusive area agreement.
</P>
<P>(b) The aircraft operator must list in its security program the locations at which it has entered into exclusive area agreements with an airport operator.
</P>
<P>(c) The aircraft operator must provide the exclusive area agreement to TSA upon request.
</P>
<P>(d) Any exclusive area agreements in effect on November 14, 2001, must meet the requirements of this section and § 1542.111 of this chapter no later than November 14, 2002.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.228" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.16" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.228   Access to cargo and cargo screening: Security threat assessments for cargo personnel in the United States.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies in the United States to each aircraft operator operating under a full program under § 1544.101(a) or a full all-cargo program under § 1544.101(h).
</P>
<P>(a) Before an aircraft operator authorizes and before an individual performs a function described in paragraph (b) of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) Each individual must successfully complete a security threat assessment or comparable security threat assessment described in part 1540 subpart C of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each aircraft operator must complete the requirements in part 1540 subpart C.
</P>
<P>(b) The security threat assessment required in paragraph (a) of this section applies to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Each individual who has unescorted access to cargo and access to information that such cargo will be transported on a passenger aircraft; or who has unescorted access to cargo that has been screened for transport on a passenger aircraft; or who performs certain functions related to the transportation, dispatch, or security of cargo for transport on a passenger aircraft or all-cargo aircraft, as specified in the aircraft operator's security program; from the time—
</P>
<P>(i) The cargo reaches a location where an aircraft operator with a full all-cargo program consolidates or inspects it pursuant to security program requirements until the cargo enters an airport Security Identification Display Area or is transferred to another TSA-regulated aircraft operator, foreign air carrier, or indirect air carrier; or
</P>
<P>(ii) An aircraft operator with a full program accepts the cargo until the cargo—
</P>
<P>(A) Enters an airport Security Identification Display Area;
</P>
<P>(B) Is removed from the destination airport; or
</P>
<P>(C) Is transferred to another TSA-regulated aircraft operator, foreign air carrier, or indirect air carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) Each individual the aircraft operator authorizes to screen cargo or to supervise the screening of cargo under § 1544.205.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 47704, Sept. 16, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.229" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.17" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.229   Fingerprint-based criminal history records checks (CHRC): Unescorted access authority, authority to perform screening functions, and authority to perform checked baggage or cargo functions.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to each aircraft operator operating under a full program, a private charter program, or a full all-cargo program.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> The following individuals are within the scope of this section. Unescorted access authority, authority to perform screening functions, and authority to perform checked baggage or cargo functions, are collectively referred to as “covered functions.”
</P>
<P>(1) <I>New unescorted access authority or authority to perform screening functions.</I> (i) Each employee or contract employee covered under a certification made to an airport operator on or after December 6, 2001, pursuant to 14 CFR 107.209(n) in effect prior to November 14, 2001 (see 14 CFR parts 60 to 139 revised as of January 1, 2001) or § 1542.209(n) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each individual issued on or after December 6, 2001, an aircraft operator identification media that one or more airports accepts as airport-approved media for unescorted access authority within a security identification display area (SIDA), as described in § 1542.205 of this chapter (referred to as “unescorted access authority”).
</P>
<P>(iii) Each individual granted authority to perform the following screening functions at locations within the United States (referred to as “authority to perform screening functions”):
</P>
<P>(A) Screening passengers or property that will be carried in a cabin of an aircraft of an aircraft operator required to screen passengers under this part.
</P>
<P>(B) Serving as an immediate supervisor (checkpoint security supervisor (CSS)), and the next supervisory level (shift or site supervisor), to those individuals described in paragraphs (a)(1)(iii)(A) or (a)(1)(iii)(C) of this section.
</P>
<P>(C) Screening cargo that will be carried on an aircraft of an aircraft operator with a full all-cargo program. 
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Current unescorted access authority or authority to perform screening functions.</I> (i) Each employee or contract employee covered under a certification made to an airport operator pursuant to 14 CFR 107.31(n) in effect prior to November 14, 2001 (see 14 CFR parts 60 to 139 revised as of January 1, 2001), or pursuant to 14 CFR 107.209(n) in effect prior to December 6, 2001 (see 14 CFR parts 60 to 139 revised as of January 1, 2001).
</P>
<P>(ii) Each individual who holds on December 6, 2001, an aircraft operator identification media that one or more airports accepts as airport-approved media for unescorted access authority within a security identification display area (SIDA), as described in § 1542.205 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(iii) Each individual who is performing on December 6, 2001, a screening function identified in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>New authority to perform checked baggage or cargo functions.</I> Each individual who, on and after February 17, 2002, is granted the authority to perform the following checked baggage and cargo functions (referred to as “authority to perform checked baggage or cargo functions”), except for individuals described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
</P>
<P>(i) Screening of checked baggage or cargo of an aircraft operator required to screen passengers under this part, or serving as an immediate supervisor of such an individual.
</P>
<P>(ii) Accepting checked baggage for transport on behalf of an aircraft operator required to screen passengers under this part.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Current authority to perform checked baggage or cargo functions.</I> Each individual who holds on February 17, 2002, authority to perform checked baggage or cargo functions, except for individuals described in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Individuals seeking unescorted access authority, authority to perform screening functions, or authority to perform checked baggage or cargo functions.</I> Each aircraft operator must ensure that each individual identified in paragraph (a)(1) or (3) of this section has undergone a fingerprint-based CHRC that does not disclose that he or she has a disqualifying criminal offense, as described in paragraph (d) of this section, before—
</P>
<P>(1) Making a certification to an airport operator regarding that individual;
</P>
<P>(2) Issuing an aircraft operator identification medium to that individual;
</P>
<P>(3) Authorizing that individual to perform screening functions; or
</P>
<P>(4) Authorizing that individual to perform checked baggage or cargo functions.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Individuals who have not had a CHRC</I>—(1) <I>Deadline for conducting a CHRC.</I> Each aircraft operator must ensure that, on and after December 6, 2002:
</P>
<P>(i) No individual retains unescorted access authority, whether obtained as a result of a certification to an airport operator under 14 CFR 107.31(n) in effect prior to November 14, 2001 (see 14 CFR parts 60 to 139 revised as of January 1, 2001), or under 14 CFR 107.209(n) in effect prior to December 6, 2001 (see 14 CFR Parts 60 to 139 revised as of January 1, 2001), or obtained as a result of the issuance of an aircraft operator's identification media, unless the individual has been subject to a fingerprint-based CHRC for unescorted access authority under this part.
</P>
<P>(ii) No individual continues to have authority to perform screening functions described in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, unless the individual has been subject to a fingerprint-based CHRC under this part.
</P>
<P>(iii) No individual continues to have authority to perform checked baggage or cargo functions described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, unless the individual has been subject to a fingerprint-based CHRC under this part.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Lookback for individuals with unescorted access authority or authority to perform screening functions.</I> When a CHRC discloses a disqualifying criminal offense for which the conviction or finding was on or after December 6, 1991, the aircraft operator must immediately suspend that individual's unescorted access authority or authority to perform screening functions.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Lookback for individuals with authority to perform checked baggage or cargo functions.</I> When a CHRC discloses a disqualifying criminal offense for which the conviction or finding was on or after February 17, 1992, the aircraft operator must immediately suspend that individual's authority to perform checked baggage or cargo functions.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Disqualifying criminal offenses.</I> An individual has a disqualifying criminal offense if the individual has been convicted, or found not guilty by reason of insanity, of any of the disqualifying crimes listed in this paragraph in any jurisdiction during the 10 years before the date of the individual's application for authority to perform covered functions, or while the individual has authority to perform covered functions. The disqualifying criminal offenses are as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) Forgery of certificates, false marking of aircraft, and other aircraft registration violation; 49 U.S.C. 46306.
</P>
<P>(2) Interference with air navigation; 49 U.S.C. 46308.
</P>
<P>(3) Improper transportation of a hazardous material; 49 U.S.C. 46312.
</P>
<P>(4) Aircraft piracy; 49 U.S.C. 46502.
</P>
<P>(5) Interference with flight crew members or flight attendants; 49 U.S.C. 46504.
</P>
<P>(6) Commission of certain crimes aboard aircraft in flight; 49 U.S.C. 46506.
</P>
<P>(7) Carrying a weapon or explosive aboard aircraft; 49 U.S.C. 46505.
</P>
<P>(8) Conveying false information and threats; 49 U.S.C. 46507.
</P>
<P>(9) Aircraft piracy outside the special aircraft jurisdiction of the United States; 49 U.S.C. 46502(b).
</P>
<P>(10) Lighting violations involving transporting controlled substances; 49 U.S.C. 46315.
</P>
<P>(11) Unlawful entry into an aircraft or airport area that serves air carriers or foreign air carriers contrary to established security requirements; 49 U.S.C. 46314.
</P>
<P>(12) Destruction of an aircraft or aircraft facility; 18 U.S.C. 32.
</P>
<P>(13) Murder.
</P>
<P>(14) Assault with intent to murder.
</P>
<P>(15) Espionage.
</P>
<P>(16) Sedition.
</P>
<P>(17) Kidnapping or hostage taking.
</P>
<P>(18) Treason.
</P>
<P>(19) Rape or aggravated sexual abuse.
</P>
<P>(20) Unlawful possession, use, sale, distribution, or manufacture of an explosive or weapon.
</P>
<P>(21) Extortion.
</P>
<P>(22) Armed or felony unarmed robbery.
</P>
<P>(23) Distribution of, or intent to distribute, a controlled substance.
</P>
<P>(24) Felony arson.
</P>
<P>(25) Felony involving a threat.
</P>
<P>(26) Felony involving—
</P>
<P>(i) Willful destruction of property;
</P>
<P>(ii) Importation or manufacture of a controlled substance;
</P>
<P>(iii) Burglary;
</P>
<P>(iv) Theft;
</P>
<P>(v) Dishonesty, fraud, or misrepresentation;
</P>
<P>(vi) Possession or distribution of stolen property;
</P>
<P>(vii) Aggravated assault;
</P>
<P>(viii) Bribery; or
</P>
<P>(ix) Illegal possession of a controlled substance punishable by a maximum term of imprisonment of more than 1 year.
</P>
<P>(27) Violence at international airports; 18 U.S.C. 37.
</P>
<P>(28) Conspiracy or attempt to commit any of the criminal acts listed in this paragraph (d).
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Fingerprint application and processing.</I> (1) At the time of fingerprinting, the aircraft operator must provide the individual to be fingerprinted a fingerprint application that includes only the following—
</P>
<P>(i) The disqualifying criminal offenses described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) A statement that the individual signing the application does not have a disqualifying criminal offense.
</P>
<P>(iii) A statement informing the individual that Federal regulations under 49 CFR 1544.229 impose a continuing obligation to disclose to the aircraft operator within 24 hours if he or she is convicted of any disqualifying criminal offense that occurs while he or she has authority to perform a covered function.
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement reading, “The information I have provided on this application is true, complete, and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief and is provided in good faith. I understand that a knowing and willful false statement on this application can be punished by fine or imprisonment or both. (See section 1001 of Title 18 United States Code.)”
</P>
<P>(v) A line for the printed name of the individual.
</P>
<P>(vi) A line for the individual's signature and date of signature.
</P>
<P>(2) Each individual must complete and sign the application prior to submitting his or her fingerprints.
</P>
<P>(3) The aircraft operator must verify the identity of the individual through two forms of identification prior to fingerprinting, and ensure that the printed name on the fingerprint application is legible. At least one of the two forms of identification must have been issued by a government authority, and at least one must include a photo.
</P>
<P>(4) The aircraft operator must:
</P>
<P>(i) Advise the individual that a copy of the criminal record received from the FBI will be provided to the individual, if requested by the individual in writing; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Identify a point of contact if the individual has questions about the results of the CHRC.
</P>
<P>(5) The aircraft operator must collect, control, and process one set of legible and classifiable fingerprints under direct observation by the aircraft operator or a law enforcement officer.
</P>
<P>(6) Fingerprints may be obtained and processed electronically, or recorded on fingerprint cards approved by the FBI and distributed by TSA for that purpose.
</P>
<P>(7) The fingerprint submission must be forwarded to TSA in the manner specified by TSA.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Fingerprinting fees.</I> Aircraft operators must pay for all fingerprints in a form and manner approved by TSA. The payment must be made at the designated rate (available from the local TSA security office) for each set of fingerprints submitted. Information about payment options is available though the designated TSA headquarters point of contact. Individual personal checks are not acceptable.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Determination of arrest status.</I> (1) When a CHRC on an individual described in paragraph (a)(1) or (3) of this section discloses an arrest for any disqualifying criminal offense listed in paragraph (d) of this section without indicating a disposition, the aircraft operator must determine, after investigation, that the arrest did not result in a disqualifying offense before granting authority to perform a covered function. If there is no disposition, or if the disposition did not result in a conviction or in a finding of not guilty by reason of insanity of one of the offenses listed in paragraph (d) of this section, the individual is not disqualified under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) When a CHRC on an individual described in paragraph (a)(2) or (4) of this section discloses an arrest for any disqualifying criminal offense without indicating a disposition, the aircraft operator must suspend the individual's authority to perform a covered function not later than 45 days after obtaining the CHRC unless the aircraft operator determines, after investigation, that the arrest did not result in a disqualifying criminal offense. If there is no disposition, or if the disposition did not result in a conviction or in a finding of not guilty by reason of insanity of one of the offenses listed in paragraph (d) of this section, the individual is not disqualified under this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The aircraft operator may only make the determinations required in paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this section for individuals for whom it is issuing, or has issued, authority to perform a covered function; and individuals who are covered by a certification from an aircraft operator under § 1542.209(n) of this chapter. The aircraft operator may not make determinations for individuals described in § 1542.209(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Correction of FBI records and notification of disqualification.</I> (1) Before making a final decision to deny authority to an individual described in paragraph (a)(1) or (3) of this section, the aircraft operator must advise him or her that the FBI criminal record discloses information that would disqualify him or her from receiving or retaining authority to perform a covered function and provide the individual with a copy of the FBI record if he or she requests it.
</P>
<P>(2) The aircraft operator must notify an individual that a final decision has been made to grant or deny authority to perform a covered function.
</P>
<P>(3) Immediately following the suspension of authority to perform a covered function, the aircraft operator must advise the individual that the FBI criminal record discloses information that disqualifies him or her from retaining his or her authority, and provide the individual with a copy of the FBI record if he or she requests it.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Corrective action by the individual.</I> The individual may contact the local jurisdiction responsible for the information and the FBI to complete or correct the information contained in his or her record, subject to the following conditions—
</P>
<P>(1) For an individual seeking unescorted access authority or authority to perform screening functions on or after December 6, 2001; or an individual seeking authority to perform checked baggage or cargo functions on or after February 17, 2002; the following applies:
</P>
<P>(i) Within 30 days after being advised that the criminal record received from the FBI discloses a disqualifying criminal offense, the individual must notify the aircraft operator in writing of his or her intent to correct any information he or she believes to be inaccurate. The aircraft operator must obtain a copy, or accept a copy from the individual, of the revised FBI record or a certified true copy of the information from the appropriate court, prior to authority to perform a covered function.
</P>
<P>(ii) If no notification, as described in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, is received within 30 days, the aircraft operator may make a final determination to deny authority to perform a covered function.
</P>
<P>(2) For an individual with unescorted access authority or authority to perform screening functions before December 6, 2001; or an individual with authority to perform checked baggage or cargo functions before February 17, 2002; the following applies: Within 30 days after being advised of suspension because the criminal record received from the FBI discloses a disqualifying criminal offense, the individual must notify the aircraft operator in writing of his or her intent to correct any information he or she believes to be inaccurate. The aircraft operator must obtain a copy, or accept a copy from the individual, of the revised FBI record, or a certified true copy of the information from the appropriate court, prior to reinstating authority to perform a covered function.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Limits on dissemination of results.</I> Criminal record information provided by the FBI may be used only to carry out this section and § 1542.209 of this chapter. No person may disseminate the results of a CHRC to anyone other than:
</P>
<P>(1) The individual to whom the record pertains, or that individual's authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(2) Officials of airport operators who are determining whether to grant unescorted access to the individual under part 1542 of this chapter when the determination is not based on the aircraft operator's certification under § 1542.209(n) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(3) Other aircraft operators who are determining whether to grant authority to perform a covered function under this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Others designated by TSA.


</P>
<P>(k) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The aircraft operator must maintain the following information associated with an individual's current identification (ID) media, CHRC certification, or authorization to perform a covered function in electronic or paper form, as authorized by TSA:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Fingerprint application.</I> The aircraft operator must physically maintain, control, and, as appropriate, destroy the fingerprint application and the criminal record. Only direct aircraft operator employees may carry out the responsibility for maintaining, controlling, and destroying criminal records.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Protection of records.</I> The records required by this section must be maintained in a manner that is acceptable to TSA and in a manner that protects the confidentiality of the individual.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Duration.</I> The records identified in this section with regard to an individual must be maintained until 180 days after the termination of the individual's authority to perform a covered function. When files are no longer maintained, the criminal record must be destroyed.




</P>
<P>(l) <I>Continuing responsibilities.</I> (1) Each individual with unescorted access authority or the authority to perform screening functions on December 6, 2001, who had a disqualifying criminal offense in paragraph (d) of this section on or after December 6, 1991, must, by January 7, 2002, report the conviction to the aircraft operator and surrender the SIDA access medium to the issuer and cease performing screening functions, as applicable.
</P>
<P>(2) Each individual with authority to perform a covered function who has a disqualifying criminal offense must report the offense to the aircraft operator and surrender the SIDA access medium to the issuer within 24 hours of the conviction or the finding of not guilty by reason of insanity.
</P>
<P>(3) If information becomes available to the aircraft operator indicating that an individual with authority to perform a covered function has a possible conviction for any disqualifying criminal offense in paragraph (d) of this section, the aircraft operator must determine the status of the conviction. If a disqualifying criminal offense is confirmed the aircraft operator must immediately revoke any authority to perform a covered function.
</P>
<P>(4) Each individual with authority to perform checked baggage or cargo functions on February 17, 2002, who had a disqualifying criminal offense in paragraph (d) of this section on or after February 17, 1992, must, by March 25 2002, report the conviction to the aircraft operator and cease performing check baggage or cargo functions.
</P>
<P>(m) <I>Aircraft operator responsibility.</I> The aircraft operator must—
</P>
<P>(1) Designate an individual(s) to be responsible for maintaining and controlling the employment history investigations for those whom the aircraft operator has made a certification to an airport operator under 14 CFR 107.209(n) in effect prior to November 14, 2001 (see 14 CFR parts 60 to 139 revised as of January 1, 2001), and for those whom the aircraft operator has issued identification media that are airport-accepted. The aircraft operator must designate a direct employee to maintain, control, and, as appropriate, destroy criminal records.
</P>
<P>(2) Designate an individual(s) to maintain the employment history investigations of individuals with authority to perform screening functions whose files must be maintained at the location or station where the screener is performing his or her duties.
</P>
<P>(3) Designate an individual(s) at appropriate locations to serve as the contact to receive notification from individuals seeking authority to perform covered functions of their intent to seek correction of their FBI criminal record.
</P>
<P>(4) Audit the employment history investigations performed in accordance with this section and 14 CFR 108.33 in effect prior to November 14, 2001 (see 14 CFR parts 60 to 139 revised as of January 1, 2001). The aircraft operator must set forth the audit procedures in its security program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8364, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 30511, May 26, 2006; 90 FR 3719, Jan. 15, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.230" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.18" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.230   Fingerprint-based criminal history records checks (CHRC): Flightcrew members.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section applies to each flightcrew member for each aircraft operator, except that this section does not apply to flightcrew members who are subject to § 1544.229.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>CHRC required.</I> Each aircraft operator must ensure that each flightcrew member has undergone a fingerprint-based CHRC that does not disclose that he or she has a disqualifying criminal offense, as described in § 1544.229(d), before allowing that individual to serve as a flightcrew member.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Application and fees.</I> Each aircraft operator must ensure that each flightcrew member's fingerprints are obtained and submitted as described in § 1544.229 (e) and (f).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Determination of arrest status.</I> (1) When a CHRC on an individual described in paragraph (a) of this section discloses an arrest for any disqualifying criminal offense listed in § 1544.229(d) without indicating a disposition, the aircraft operator must determine, after investigation, that the arrest did not result in a disqualifying offense before the individual may serve as a flightcrew member. If there is no disposition, or if the disposition did not result in a conviction or in a finding of not guilty by reason of insanity of one of the offenses listed in § 1544.229(d), the flight crewmember is not disqualified under this section.
</P>
<P>(2) When a CHRC on an individual described in paragraph (a) of this section discloses an arrest for any disqualifying criminal offense listed in § 1544.229(d) without indicating a disposition, the aircraft operator must suspend the individual's flightcrew member privileges not later than 45 days after obtaining a CHRC, unless the aircraft operator determines, after investigation, that the arrest did not result in a disqualifying criminal offense. If there is no disposition, or if the disposition did not result in a conviction or in a finding of not guilty by reason of insanity of one of the offenses listed in § 1544.229(d), the flight crewmember is not disqualified under this section.
</P>
<P>(3) The aircraft operator may only make the determinations required in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section for individuals whom it is using, or will use, as a flightcrew member. The aircraft operator may not make determinations for individuals described in § 1542.209(a) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Correction of FBI records and notification of disqualification.</I> (1) Before making a final decision to deny the individual the ability to serve as a flightcrew member, the aircraft operator must advise the individual that the FBI criminal record discloses information that would disqualify the individual from serving as a flightcrew member and provide the individual with a copy of the FBI record if the individual requests it.
</P>
<P>(2) The aircraft operator must notify the individual that a final decision has been made to allow or deny the individual flightcrew member status.
</P>
<P>(3) Immediately following the denial of flightcrew member status, the aircraft operator must advise the individual that the FBI criminal record discloses information that disqualifies him or her from retaining his or her flightcrew member status, and provide the individual with a copy of the FBI record if he or she requests it.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Corrective action by the individual.</I> The individual may contact the local jurisdiction responsible for the information and the FBI to complete or correct the information contained in his or her record, subject to the following conditions—
</P>
<P>(1) Within 30 days after being advised that the criminal record received from the FBI discloses a disqualifying criminal offense, the individual must notify the aircraft operator in writing of his or her intent to correct any information he or she believes to be inaccurate. The aircraft operator must obtain a copy, or accept a copy from the individual, of the revised FBI record or a certified true copy of the information from the appropriate court, prior to allowing the individual to serve as a flightcrew member.
</P>
<P>(2) If no notification, as described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, is received within 30 days, the aircraft operator may make a final determination to deny the individual flightcrew member status.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Limits on the dissemination of results.</I> Criminal record information provided by the FBI may be used only to carry out this section. No person may disseminate the results of a CHRC to anyone other than—
</P>
<P>(1) The individual to whom the record pertains, or that individual's authorized representative.
</P>
<P>(2) Others designated by TSA.


</P>
<P>(h) <I>Recordkeeping.</I> The aircraft operator must maintain the following information associated with a current authorization to be a flightcrew member, in electronic or paper form, as authorized by TSA:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Fingerprint application process.</I> The aircraft operator must physically maintain, control, and, as appropriate, destroy the fingerprint application and the criminal record. Only direct aircraft operator employees may carry out the responsibility for maintaining, controlling, and destroying criminal records.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Protection of records.</I> The records required by this section must be maintained by the aircraft operator in a manner that is acceptable to TSA and in a manner that protects the confidentiality of the individual.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Duration.</I> The records identified in this section with regard to an individual must be made available upon request by TSA and maintained until 180 days after the termination of the individual's privileges to perform flightcrew member duties with the aircraft operator. When files are no longer maintained, the criminal record must be destroyed.




</P>
<P>(i) <I>Continuing responsibilities.</I> (1) Each flightcrew member identified in paragraph (a) of this section who has a disqualifying criminal offense must report the offense to the aircraft operator within 24 hours of the conviction or the finding of not guilty by reason of insanity.
</P>
<P>(2) If information becomes available to the aircraft operator indicating that a flightcrew member identified in paragraph (a) of this section has a possible conviction for any disqualifying criminal offense in § 1544.229 (d), the aircraft operator must determine the status of the conviction. If a disqualifying criminal offense is confirmed, the aircraft operator may not assign that individual to flightcrew duties in operations identified in paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Aircraft operator responsibility.</I> The aircraft operator must—(1) Designate a direct employee to maintain, control, and, as appropriate, destroy criminal records.
</P>
<P>(2) Designate an individual(s) to maintain the CHRC results.
</P>
<P>(3) Designate an individual(s) at appropriate locations to receive notification from individuals of their intent to seek correction of their FBI criminal record.
</P>
<P>(k) <I>Compliance date.</I> Each aircraft operator must comply with this section for each flightcrew member described in paragraph (a) of this section not later than December 6, 2002.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8209, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 90 FR 3719, Jan. 15, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.231" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.19" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.231   Airport-approved and exclusive area personnel identification systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each aircraft operator must establish and carry out a personnel identification system for identification media that are airport-approved, or identification media that are issued for use in an exclusive area. The system must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Personnel identification media that—
</P>
<P>(i) Convey a full face image, full name, employer, and identification number of the individual to whom the identification medium is issued;
</P>
<P>(ii) Indicate clearly the scope of the individual's access and movement privileges;
</P>
<P>(iii) Indicate clearly an expiration date; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Are of sufficient size and appearance as to be readily observable for challenge purposes.
</P>
<P>(2) Procedures to ensure that each individual in the secured area or SIDA continuously displays the identification medium issued to that individual on the outermost garment above waist level, or is under escort.
</P>
<P>(3) Procedures to ensure accountability through the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Retrieving expired identification media.
</P>
<P>(ii) Reporting lost or stolen identification media.
</P>
<P>(iii) Securing unissued identification media stock and supplies.
</P>
<P>(iv) Auditing the system at a minimum of once a year, or sooner, as necessary to ensure the integrity and accountability of all identification media.
</P>
<P>(v) As specified in the aircraft operator security program, revalidate the identification system or reissue identification media if a portion of all issued, unexpired identification media are lost, stolen, or unretrieved, including identification media that are combined with access media.
</P>
<P>(vi) Ensure that only one identification medium is issued to an individual at a time. A replacement identification medium may only be issued if an individual declares in writing that the medium has been lost or stolen.
</P>
<P>(b) The aircraft operator may request approval of a temporary identification media system that meets the standards in § 1542.211(b) of this chapter, or may arrange with the airport to use temporary airport identification media in accordance with that section.
</P>
<P>(c) Each aircraft operator must submit a plan to carry out this section to TSA no later than May 13, 2002. Each aircraft operator must fully implement its plan no later than November 14, 2003.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.233" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.20" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.233   Security coordinators and crewmembers, training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No aircraft operator may use any individual as a Ground Security Coordinator unless, within the preceding 12-calendar months, that individual has satisfactorily completed the security training as specified in the aircraft operator's security program.
</P>
<P>(b) No aircraft operator may use any individual as an in-flight security coordinator or crewmember on any domestic or international flight unless, within the preceding 12-calendar months or within the time period specified in an Advanced Qualifications Program approved under SFAR 58 in 14 CFR part 121, that individual has satisfactorily completed the security training required by 14 CFR 121.417(b)(3)(v) or 135.331(b)(3)(v), and as specified in the aircraft operator's security program.
</P>
<P>(c) With respect to training conducted under this section, whenever an individual completes recurrent training within one calendar month earlier, or one calendar month after the date it was required, that individual is considered to have completed the training in the calendar month in which it was required.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.235" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.21" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.235   Training and knowledge for individuals with security-related duties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No aircraft operator may use any direct or contractor employee to perform any security-related duties to meet the requirements of its security program unless that individual has received training as specified in its security program including their individual responsibilities in § 1540.105 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Each aircraft operator must ensure that individuals performing security-related duties for the aircraft operator have knowledge of the provisions of this part, applicable Security Directives and Information Circulars, the approved airport security program applicable to their location, and the aircraft operator's security program to the extent that such individuals need to know in order to perform their duties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.237" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.22" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.237   Flight deck privileges.</HEAD>
<P>(a) For each aircraft that has a door to the flight deck, each aircraft operator must restrict access to the flight deck as provided in its security program.
</P>
<P>(b) This section does not restrict access for an FAA air carrier inspector, an authorized representative of the National Transportation Safety Board, or for an Agent of the United States Secret Service, under 14 CFR parts 121, 125, or 135. This section does not restrict access for a Federal Air Marshal under this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8210, Feb. 22, 2002]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.239" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.3.10.23" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.239   Known shipper program.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to each aircraft operator operating under a full program under § 1544.101(a) of this part and to each aircraft operator with a TSA security program approved for transfer of cargo to an aircraft operator with a full program or a foreign air carrier under paragraphs § 1546.101(a) or (b) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(a) For cargo to be loaded on its aircraft in the United States, each aircraft operator must have and carry out a known shipper program in accordance with its security program. The program must—
</P>
<P>(1) Determine the shipper's validity and integrity as provided in the security program;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide that the aircraft operator will separate known shipper cargo from unknown shipper cargo; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provide for the aircraft operator to ensure that cargo is screened or inspected as set forth in its security program.
</P>
<P>(b) When required by TSA, each aircraft operator must submit in a form and manner acceptable to TSA—
</P>
<P>(1) Information identified in its security program regarding a known shipper, or an applicant for that status; and
</P>
<P>(2) Corrections and updates of this information upon learning of a change to the information specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30511, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Threat and Threat Response</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.301" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.4.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.301   Contingency plan.</HEAD>
<P>Each aircraft operator must adopt a contingency plan and must:
</P>
<P>(a) Implement its contingency plan when directed by TSA.
</P>
<P>(b) Ensure that all information contained in the plan is updated annually and that appropriate persons are notified of any changes.
</P>
<P>(c) Participate in an airport-sponsored exercise of the airport contingency plan or its equivalent, as provided in its security program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.303" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.4.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.303   Bomb or air piracy threats.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Flight: Notification.</I> Upon receipt of a specific and credible threat to the security of a flight, the aircraft operator must—
</P>
<P>(1) Immediately notify the ground and in-flight security coordinators of the threat, any evaluation thereof, and any measures to be applied; and
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure that the in-flight security coordinator notifies all crewmembers of the threat, any evaluation thereof, and any measures to be applied; and
</P>
<P>(3) Immediately notify the appropriate airport operator.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Flight: Inspection.</I> Upon receipt of a specific and credible threat to the security of a flight, each aircraft operator must attempt to determine whether or not any explosive or incendiary is present by doing the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Conduct a security inspection on the ground before the next flight or, if the aircraft is in flight, immediately after its next landing.
</P>
<P>(2) If the aircraft is on the ground, immediately deplane all passengers and submit that aircraft to a security search.
</P>
<P>(3) If the aircraft is in flight, immediately advise the pilot in command of all pertinent information available so that necessary emergency action can be taken.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Ground facility.</I> Upon receipt of a specific and credible threat to a specific ground facility at the airport, the aircraft operator must:
</P>
<P>(1) Immediately notify the appropriate airport operator.
</P>
<P>(2) Inform all other aircraft operators and foreign air carriers at the threatened facility.
</P>
<P>(3) Conduct a security inspection.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Notification.</I> Upon receipt of any bomb threat against the security of a flight or facility, or upon receiving information that an act or suspected act of air piracy has been committed, the aircraft operator also must notify TSA. If the aircraft is in airspace under other than U.S. jurisdiction, the aircraft operator must also notify the appropriate authorities of the State in whose territory the aircraft is located and, if the aircraft is in flight, the appropriate authorities of the State in whose territory the aircraft is to land. Notification of the appropriate air traffic controlling authority is sufficient action to meet this requirement.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.305" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.4.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.305   Security Directives and Information Circulars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) TSA may issue an Information Circular to notify aircraft operators of security concerns. When TSA determines that additional security measures are necessary to respond to a threat assessment or to a specific threat against civil aviation, TSA issues a Security Directive setting forth mandatory measures.
</P>
<P>(b) Each aircraft operator required to have an approved aircraft operator security program must comply with each Security Directive issued to the aircraft operator by TSA, within the time prescribed in the Security Directive for compliance.
</P>
<P>(c) Each aircraft operator that receives a Security Directive must—
</P>
<P>(1) Within the time prescribed in the Security Directive, verbally acknowledge receipt of the Security Directive to TSA.
</P>
<P>(2) Within the time prescribed in the Security Directive, specify the method by which the measures in the Security Directive have been implemented (or will be implemented, if the Security Directive is not yet effective).
</P>
<P>(d) In the event that the aircraft operator is unable to implement the measures in the Security Directive, the aircraft operator must submit proposed alternative measures and the basis for submitting the alternative measures to TSA for approval. The aircraft operator must submit the proposed alternative measures within the time prescribed in the Security Directive. The aircraft operator must implement any alternative measures approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(e) Each aircraft operator that receives a Security Directive may comment on the Security Directive by submitting data, views, or arguments in writing to TSA. TSA may amend the Security Directive based on comments received. Submission of a comment does not delay the effective date of the Security Directive.
</P>
<P>(f) Each aircraft operator that receives a Security Directive or Information Circular and each person who receives information from a Security Directive or Information Circular must:
</P>
<P>(1) Restrict the availability of the Security Directive or Information Circular, and information contained in either document, to those persons with an operational need-to-know.
</P>
<P>(2) Refuse to release the Security Directive or Information Circular, and information contained in either document, to persons other than those with an operational need-to-know without the prior written consent of TSA.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Screener Qualifications When the Aircraft Operator Performs Screening</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.401" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.5.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.401   Applicability of this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies when the aircraft operator is conducting inspections as provided in § 1544.207.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 47704, Sept. 16, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.403" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.5.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.403   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.405" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.5.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.405   Qualifications of screening personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No individual subject to this subpart may perform a screening function unless that individual has the qualifications described in §§ 1544.405 through 1544.411. No aircraft operator may use such an individual to perform a screening function unless that person complies with the requirements of §§ 1544.405 through 1544.411.
</P>
<P>(b) A screener must have a satisfactory or better score on a screener selection test administered by TSA.
</P>
<P>(c) A screener must be a citizen of the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) A screener must have a high school diploma, a General Equivalency Diploma, or a combination of education and experience that the TSA has determined to be sufficient for the individual to perform the duties of the position.
</P>
<P>(e) A screener must have basic aptitudes and physical abilities including color perception, visual and aural acuity, physical coordination, and motor skills to the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) Screeners operating screening equipment must be able to distinguish on the screening equipment monitor the appropriate imaging standard specified in the aircraft operator's security program.
</P>
<P>(2) Screeners operating any screening equipment must be able to distinguish each color displayed on every type of screening equipment and explain what each color signifies.
</P>
<P>(3) Screeners must be able to hear and respond to the spoken voice and to audible alarms generated by screening equipment at an active screening location.
</P>
<P>(4) Screeners who perform physical searches or other related operations must be able to efficiently and thoroughly manipulate and handle such baggage, containers, cargo, and other objects subject to screening.
</P>
<P>(5) Screeners who perform pat-downs or hand-held metal detector searches of individuals must have sufficient dexterity and capability to thoroughly conduct those procedures over an individual's entire body.
</P>
<P>(f) A screener must have the ability to read, speak, and write English well enough to—
</P>
<P>(1) Carry out written and oral instructions regarding the proper performance of screening duties;
</P>
<P>(2) Read English language identification media, credentials, airline tickets, documents, air waybills, invoices, and labels on items normally encountered in the screening process;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide direction to and understand and answer questions from English-speaking individuals undergoing screening; and
</P>
<P>(4) Write incident reports and statements and log entries into security records in the English language.
</P>
<P>(g) At locations outside the United States where the aircraft operator has operational control over a screening function, the aircraft operator may use screeners who do not meet the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section, provided that at least one representative of the aircraft operator who has the ability to functionally read and speak English is present while the aircraft operator's passengers are undergoing security screening. At such locations the aircraft operator may use screeners who are not United States citizens.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.407" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.5.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.407   Training, testing, and knowledge of individuals who perform screening functions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Training required.</I> Before performing screening functions, an individual must have completed initial, recurrent, and appropriate specialized training as specified in this section and the aircraft operator's security program. No aircraft operator may use any screener, screener in charge, or checkpoint security supervisor unless that individual has satisfactorily completed the required training. This paragraph does not prohibit the performance of screening functions during on-the-job training as provided in § 1544.409 (b).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Use of training programs.</I> Training for screeners must be conducted under programs provided by TSA. Training programs for screeners-in-charge and checkpoint security supervisors must be conducted in accordance with the aircraft operator's security program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Citizenship.</I> A screener must be a citizen or national of the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Screener readiness test.</I> Before beginning on-the-job training, a screener trainee must pass the screener readiness test prescribed by TSA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>On-the-job training and testing.</I> Each screener must complete at least 60 hours of on-the-job training and must pass an on-the-job training test prescribed by TSA. No aircraft operator may permit a screener trainee to exercise independent judgment as a screener, until the individual passes an on-the-job training test prescribed by TSA.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Knowledge requirements.</I> Each aircraft operator must ensure that individuals performing as screeners, screeners-in-charge, and checkpoint security supervisors for the aircraft operator have knowledge of the provisions of this part, the aircraft operator's security program, and applicable Security Directives and Information Circulars to the extent necessary to perform their duties.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Disclosure of sensitive security information during training.</I> The aircraft operator may not permit a trainee to have access to sensitive security information during screener training unless a criminal history records check has successfully been completed for that individual in accordance with § 1544.229, and the individual has no disqualifying criminal offense.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8364, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 74 FR 47704, Sept. 16, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.409" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.5.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.409   Integrity of screener tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Cheating or other unauthorized conduct.</I> (1) Except as authorized by the TSA, no person may—
</P>
<P>(i) Copy or intentionally remove a test under this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Give to another or receive from another any part or copy of that test;
</P>
<P>(iii) Give help on that test to or receive help on that test from any person during the period that the test is being given; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Use any material or aid during the period that the test is being given.
</P>
<P>(2) No person may take any part of that test on behalf of another person.
</P>
<P>(3) No person may cause, assist, or participate intentionally in any act prohibited by this paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Administering and monitoring screener tests.</I> (1) Each aircraft operator must notify TSA of the time and location at which it will administer each screener readiness test required under § 1544.405(d).
</P>
<P>(2) Either TSA or the aircraft operator must administer and monitor the screener readiness test. Where more than one aircraft operator or foreign air carrier uses a screening location, TSA may authorize an employee of one or more of the aircraft operators or foreign air carriers to monitor the test for a trainee who will screen at that location.
</P>
<P>(3) If TSA or a representative of TSA is not available to administer and monitor a screener readiness test, the aircraft operator must provide a direct employee to administer and monitor the screener readiness test.
</P>
<P>(4) An aircraft operator employee who administers and monitors a screener readiness test must not be an instructor, screener, screener-in-charge, checkpoint security supervisor, or other screening supervisor. The employee must be familiar with the procedures for administering and monitoring the test and must be capable of observing whether the trainee or others are engaging in cheating or other unauthorized conduct.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1544.411" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.11.5.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1544.411   Continuing qualifications of screening personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Impairment.</I> No individual may perform a screening function if he or she shows evidence of impairment, such as impairment due to illegal drugs, sleep deprivation, medication, or alcohol.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Training not complete.</I> An individual who has not completed the training required by § 1544.405 may be deployed during the on-the-job portion of training to perform security functions provided that the individual—
</P>
<P>(1) Is closely supervised; and
</P>
<P>(2) Does not make independent judgments as to whether individuals or property may enter a sterile area or aircraft without further inspection.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Failure of operational test.</I> No aircraft operator may use an individual to perform a screening function after that individual has failed an operational test related to that function, until that individual has successfully completed the remedial training specified in the aircraft operator's security program.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Annual proficiency review.</I> Each individual assigned screening duties shall receive an annual evaluation. The aircraft operator must ensure that a Ground Security Coordinator conducts and documents an annual evaluation of each individual who performs screening functions. An individual who performs screening functions may not continue to perform such functions unless the evaluation demonstrates that the individual—
</P>
<P>(1) Continues to meet all qualifications and standards required to perform a screening function;
</P>
<P>(2) Has a satisfactory record of performance and attention to duty based on the standards and requirements in the aircraft operator's security program; and
</P>
<P>(3) Demonstrates the current knowledge and skills necessary to courteously, vigilantly, and effectively perform screening functions.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1546" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1546—FOREIGN AIR CARRIER SECURITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 5103, 40113, 44901-44905, 44907, 44914, 44916-44917, 44935-44936, 44942, 46105.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 8377, Feb. 22, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.1   Applicability of this part.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes aviation security rules governing the following:
</P>
<P>(a) The operation within the United States of each foreign air carrier holding a permit issued by the Department of Transportation under 49 U.S.C. 41302 or other appropriate authority issued by the former Civil Aeronautics Board or the Department of Transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) Each law enforcement officer flying armed aboard an aircraft operated by a foreign air carrier described in paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.3   </HEAD>
<HEAD>§ 1546.3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Security Program</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.101" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.101   Adoption and implementation.</HEAD>
<P>Each foreign air carrier landing or taking off in the United States must adopt and carry out, for each scheduled and public charter passenger operation or all-cargo operation, a security program that meets the requirements of—
</P>
<P>(a) Section 1546.103(b) and subparts C, D, and E of this part for each operation with an aircraft having a passenger seating configuration of 61 or more seats;
</P>
<P>(b) Section 1546.103(b) for each operation that will provide deplaned passengers access to a sterile area, or enplane passengers from a sterile area, when that access is not controlled by an aircraft operator using a security program under part 1544 of this chapter or a foreign air carrier using a security program under this part;
</P>
<P>(c) Section 1546.103(b) for each operation with an airplane having a passenger seating configuration of 31 or more seats but 60 or fewer seats for which TSA has notified the foreign air carrier in writing that a threat exists; and
</P>
<P>(d) Section 1546.103(c) for each operation with an airplane having a passenger seating configuration of 31 or more seats but 60 or fewer seats, when TSA has not notified the foreign air carrier in writing that a threat exists with respect to that operation.
</P>
<P>(e) Sections 1546.103(b)(2) and (b)(4), 1546.202, 1546.205(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f), 1546.207, 1546.211, 1546.213, and 1546.301 for each all-cargo operation with an aircraft having a maximum certificated take-off weight more than 45,500 kg (100,309.3 lbs.); and
</P>
<P>(f) Sections 1546.103(b)(2) and (b)(4), 1546.202, 1546.205(a), (b), (d), and (f), 1546.211, and 1546.301 for each all-cargo operation with an aircraft having a maximum certificated take-off weight more than 12,500 pounds but not more than 45,500 kg (100,309.3 lbs.).
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8377, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 30511, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.103" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.103   Form, content, and availability of security program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirements.</I> The security program must be:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Acceptable to TSA.</I> A foreign air carrier's security program is acceptable only if TSA finds that the security program provides a level of protection similar to the level of protection provided by U.S. aircraft operators serving the same airports. Foreign air carriers must employ procedures equivalent to those required of U.S. aircraft operators serving the same airport, if TSA determines that such procedures are necessary to provide a similar level of protection.
</P>
<P>(2) In English unless TSA requests that the program be submitted in the official language of the foreign air carrier's country.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content of security program.</I> Each security program required by § 1546.101(a), (b), (c), (e), or (f) must be designed to—
</P>
<P>(1) Prevent or deter the carriage aboard airplanes of any unauthorized explosive, incendiary, or weapon on or about each individual's person or accessible property, except as provided in § 1546.201(d), through screening by weapon-detecting procedures or facilities;
</P>
<P>(2) Prohibit unauthorized access to airplanes;
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure that checked baggage is accepted by a responsible agent of the foreign air carrier; and
</P>
<P>(4) Prevent cargo and checked baggage from being loaded aboard its airplanes unless handled in accordance with the foreign air carrier's security procedures.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Law enforcement support.</I> Each security program required by § 1546.101(d) must include the procedures used to comply with the applicable requirements of § 1546.209 regarding law enforcement officers.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Availability.</I> Each foreign air carrier required to adopt and use a security program under this part must—
</P>
<P>(1) Restrict the distribution, disclosure, and availability of sensitive security information, as defined in part 1520 of this chapter, to persons with a need to know; and
</P>
<P>(2) Refer requests for sensitive security information by other persons to TSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8377, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 30512, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.105" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.105   Acceptance of and amendments to the security program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial acceptance of security program.</I> Unless otherwise authorized by TSA, each foreign air carrier required to have a security program by this part must submit its proposed program to TSA at least 90 days before the intended date of passenger operations. TSA will notify the foreign air carrier of the security program's acceptability, or the need to modify the proposed security program for it to be acceptable under this part, within 30 days after receiving the proposed security program. The foreign air carrier may petition TSA to reconsider the notice to modify the security program within 30 days after receiving a notice to modify.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Amendment requested by a foreign air carrier.</I> A foreign air carrier may submit a request to TSA to amend its accepted security program as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The proposed amendment must be filed with the designated official at least 45 calendar days before the date it proposes for the amendment to become effective, unless a shorter period is allowed by the designated official.
</P>
<P>(2) Within 30 calendar days after receiving a proposed amendment, the designated official, in writing, either approves or denies the request to amend.
</P>
<P>(3) An amendment to a foreign air carrier security program may be approved if the designated official determines that safety and the public interest will allow it, and the proposed amendment provides the level of security required under this part.
</P>
<P>(4) Within 45 calendar days after receiving a denial, the foreign air carrier may petition the Administrator to reconsider the denial. A petition for reconsideration must be filed with the designated official.
</P>
<P>(5) Upon receipt of a petition for reconsideration, the designated official either approves the request to amend or transmits the petition, together with any pertinent information, to the Administrator for reconsideration. The Administrator disposes of the petition within 30 calendar days of receipt by either directing the designated official to approve the amendment, or affirming the denial.
</P>
<P>(6) Any foreign air carrier may submit a group proposal for an amendment that is on behalf of it and other aircraft operators that co-sign the proposal.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amendment by TSA.</I> If the safety and the public interest require an amendment, the designated official may amend an accepted security program as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The designated official notifies the foreign air carrier, in writing, of the proposed amendment, fixing a period of not less than 45 calendar days within which the foreign air carrier may submit written information, views, and arguments on the amendment.
</P>
<P>(2) After considering all relevant material, the designated official notifies the foreign air carrier of any amendment adopted or rescinds the notice. If the amendment is adopted, it becomes effective not less than 30 calendar days after the foreign air carrier receives the notice of amendment, unless the foreign air carrier petitions the Administrator to reconsider no later than 15 calendar days before the effective date of the amendment. The foreign air carrier must send the petition for reconsideration to the designated official. A timely petition for reconsideration stays the effective date of the amendment.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon receipt of a petition for reconsideration, the designated official either amends or withdraws the notice or transmits the petition, together with any pertinent information, to the Administrator for reconsideration. The Administrator disposes of the petition within 30 calendar days of receipt by either directing the designated official to withdraw or amend the amendment, or by affirming the amendment.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Emergency amendments.</I> If the designated official finds that there is an emergency requiring immediate action with respect to safety in air transportation or in air commerce that makes procedures in this section contrary to the public interest, the designated official may issue an amendment, without the prior notice and comment procedures in paragraph (c) of this section, effective without stay on the date the foreign air carrier receives notice of it. In such a case, the designated official will incorporate in the notice a brief statement of the reasons and findings for the amendment to be adopted. The foreign air carrier may file a petition for reconsideration under paragraph (c) of this section; however, this does not stay the effectiveness of the emergency amendment.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Operations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.201" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.3.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.201   Acceptance and screening of individuals and accessible property.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preventing or deterring the carriage of any explosive, incendiary, or weapon.</I> Unless otherwise authorized by TSA, each foreign air carrier must use the measures in its security program to prevent or deter the carriage of any explosive, incendiary, or weapon on or about each individual's person or accessible property before boarding an aircraft or entering a sterile area.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Screening of individuals and accessible property.</I> Except as provided in its security program, each foreign air carrier must ensure that each individual entering a sterile area at each preboard screening checkpoint for which it is responsible, and all accessible property under that individual's control, are inspected for weapons, explosives, and incendiaries as provided in § 1546.207.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Refusal to transport.</I> Each foreign air carrier conducting an operation for which a security program is required by § 1546.101(a), (b), or (c) must refuse to transport—
</P>
<P>(1) Any individual who does not consent to a search or inspection of his or her person in accordance with the system prescribed in this part; and
</P>
<P>(2) Any property of any individual or other person who does not consent to a search or inspection of that property in accordance with the system prescribed by this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Explosive, incendiary, weapon: Prohibitions and exceptions.</I> No individual may, while on board an aircraft being operated by a foreign air carrier in the United States, carry on or about his person a deadly or dangerous weapon, either concealed or unconcealed. This paragraph (d) does not apply to—
</P>
<P>(1) Officials or employees of the state of registry of the aircraft who are authorized by that state to carry arms; and
</P>
<P>(2) Crewmembers and other individuals authorized by the foreign air carrier to carry arms.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.202" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.3.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.202   Persons and property onboard the aircraft.</HEAD>
<P>Each foreign air carrier operating under § 1546.101(e) or (f) must apply the security measures in its security program for persons who board the aircraft for transportation, and for their property, to prevent or deter the carriage of any unauthorized persons, and any unauthorized weapons, explosives, incendiaries, and other destructive devices, items, or substances.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30512, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.203" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.3.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.203   Acceptance and screening of checked baggage.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preventing or deterring the carriage of any explosive or incendiary.</I> Each foreign air carrier must use the procedures, facilities, and equipment described in its security program to prevent or deter the carriage of any unauthorized explosive or incendiary onboard aircraft in checked baggage.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Refusal to transport.</I> Each foreign air carrier must refuse to transport any individual's checked baggage or property if the individual does not consent to a search or inspection of that checked baggage or property in accordance with the system prescribed by this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Firearms in checked baggage.</I> No foreign air carrier may knowingly permit any person to transport, nor may any person transport, while aboard an aircraft being operated in the United States by that carrier, in checked baggage, a firearm, unless:
</P>
<P>(1) The person has notified the foreign air carrier before checking the baggage that the firearm is in the baggage; and
</P>
<P>(2) The baggage is carried in an area inaccessible to passengers.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.205" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.3.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.205   Acceptance and screening of cargo.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preventing or deterring the carriage of any explosive or incendiary.</I> Each foreign air carrier operating a program under § 1546.101(a), (b), (e), or (f) must use the procedures, facilities, and equipment described in its security program to prevent or deter the carriage of any unauthorized person, and any unauthorized explosive, incendiary, and other destructive substance or item in cargo onboard an aircraft.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Refusal to transport.</I> Each foreign air carrier operating a program under § 1546.101(a), (b), (e), or (f) must refuse to transport any cargo, if the shipper does not consent to a search or inspection of that cargo in accordance with the system prescribed by this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Control.</I> Each foreign air carrier operating a program under § 1546.101(a), (b), or (e) must use the procedures in its security program to control cargo that it accepts for transport on an aircraft in a manner that—
</P>
<P>(1) Prevents the carriage of any unauthorized person, and any unauthorized explosive, incendiary, and other destructive substance or item onboard the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) Prevents access by unauthorized persons other than an authorized foreign air carrier employee or agent, or persons authorized by the airport operator or host government.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Screening and inspection of cargo in the United States.</I> For cargo to be loaded in the United States, each foreign air carrier operating a program under § 1546.101(1)(a), (b), (e), or (f) must ensure that cargo is screened and inspected for any unauthorized person, and any unauthorized explosive, incendiary, and other destructive substances or items as provided in the foreign air carrier's security program and § 1546.207, and as provided in § 1546.213 for operations under § 1546.101(a) or (b), before loading it on its aircraft in the United States.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Acceptance of cargo only from specified persons.</I> Except as otherwise provided in its program, each foreign air carrier operating a program under § 1546.101(a), (b), (e) or (f) may accept cargo for air transportation to be loaded in the United States only from the shipper, or from an aircraft operator, foreign air carrier, or indirect air carrier operating under a security program under this chapter with a comparable cargo security program, or, in the case of a foreign air carrier under § 1546.101(a) or (b), from a certified cargo screening facility, as provided in its security program.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Acceptance of cargo to be loaded for transport to the United States.</I> Each foreign air carrier subject to this part that accepts cargo to be loaded on its aircraft for transport to the United States must carry out the requirements of its security program.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Screening of cargo loaded inside the United States under § 1546.101(a) or (b).</I> For cargo to be loaded in the United States, each foreign air carrier under § 1546.101(a) or (b) must ensure that all cargo is screened in the United States as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Amount screened.</I> (i) Not later than February 3, 2009, each foreign air carrier must ensure that at least 50 percent of its cargo is screened prior to transport on a passenger aircraft.
</P>
<P>(ii) Not later than August 3, 2010, each foreign air carrier must ensure that 100 percent of its cargo is screened prior to transport on a passenger aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Methods of screening.</I> For the purposes of this paragraph (g), the foreign air carrier must ensure that cargo is screened using a physical examination or non-intrusive method of assessing whether cargo poses a threat to transportation security, as provided in its security program. Such methods may include TSA-approved x-ray systems, explosives detection systems, explosives trace detection, explosives detection canine teams certified by TSA, a physical search together with manifest verification, or other method approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Limitation on who may conduct screening.</I> Screening must be conducted by the foreign air carrier, by another aircraft operator or foreign air carrier operating under a security program under this chapter with a comparable cargo security program, by a certified cargo screening facility in accordance with 49 CFR part 1549, or by TSA.
</P>
<P>(4) The foreign air carrier must verify that the chain of custody measures for the screened cargo are intact prior to loading such cargo on aircraft, or must ensure that the cargo is re-screened in accordance with this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30512, May 26, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 47704, Sept. 16, 2009; 76 FR 51868, Aug. 18, 2011; 76 FR 53081, Aug. 25, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.207" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.3.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.207   Screening of individuals and property.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability of this section.</I> This section applies to the inspection of individuals, accessible property, checked baggage, and cargo as required under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Locations within the United States at which TSA conducts screening.</I> As required in its security program, each foreign air carrier must ensure that all individuals or property have been inspected by TSA before boarding or loading on its aircraft. This paragraph applies when TSA is conducting screening using TSA employees or when using companies under contract with TSA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Foreign air carrier conducting screening.</I> Each foreign air carrier must use the measures in its security program to inspect the individual or property. This paragraph does not apply at locations identified in paragraphs (b) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.209" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.3.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.209   Use of X-ray systems.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>TSA authorization required.</I> No foreign air carrier may use any X-ray system within the United States to screen accessible property or checked baggage, unless specifically authorized under its security program. No foreign air carrier may use such a system in a manner contrary to its security program. TSA authorizes foreign air carriers to use X-ray systems for inspecting accessible property or checked baggage under a security program if the foreign air carrier shows that—
</P>
<P>(1) The system meets the standards for cabinet X-ray systems primarily for the inspection of baggage issued by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and published in 21 CFR 1020.40;
</P>
<P>(2) A program for initial and recurrent training of operators of the system is established, which includes training in radiation safety, the efficient use of X-ray systems, and the identification of weapons, explosives, and incendiaries; and
</P>
<P>(3) The system meets the imaging requirements set forth in its security program using the step wedge specified in American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard F792-88 (Reapproved 1993). This standard is incorporated by reference in paragraph (g) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Annual radiation survey.</I> No foreign air carrier may use any X-ray system unless, within the preceding 12 calendar months, a radiation survey is conducted that shows that the system meets the applicable performance standards in 21 CFR 1020.40.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Radiation survey after installation or moving.</I> No foreign air carrier may use any X-ray system after the system has been installed at a screening point or after the system has been moved unless a radiation survey is conducted which shows that the system meets the applicable performance standards in 21 CFR 1020.40. A radiation survey is not required for an X-ray system that is designed and constructed as a mobile unit and the foreign air carrier shows that it can be moved without altering its performance.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Defect notice or modification order.</I> No foreign air carrier may use any X-ray system that is not in full compliance with any defect notice or modification order issued for that system by the FDA, unless the FDA has advised TSA that the defect or failure to comply does not create a significant risk of injury, including genetic injury, to any person.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Signs and inspection of photographic equipment and film.</I> (1) At locations at which a foreign air carrier uses an X-ray system to inspect accessible property the foreign air carrier must ensure that a sign is posted in a conspicuous place at the screening checkpoint.
</P>
<P>(2) At locations at which a foreign air carrier or TSA uses an X-ray system to inspect checked baggage the foreign air carrier must ensure that a sign is posted in a conspicuous place where the foreign air carrier accepts checked baggage.
</P>
<P>(3) The signs required under this paragraph must notify individuals that such items are being inspected by an X-ray and advise them to remove all X-ray, scientific, and high-speed film from accessible property and checked baggage before inspection. This sign must also advise individuals that they may request that an inspection be made of their photographic equipment and film packages without exposure to an X-ray system. If the X-ray system exposes any accessible property or checked baggage to more than one milliroentgen during the inspection, the sign must advise individuals to remove film of all kinds from their articles before inspection.
</P>
<P>(4) If requested by individuals, their photographic equipment and film packages must be inspected without exposure to an X-ray system.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Radiation survey verification after installation or moving.</I> Each foreign air carrier must maintain at least one copy of the results of the most recent radiation survey conducted under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section and must make it available for inspection upon request by TSA at each of the following locations—
</P>
<P>(1) The foreign air carrier's principal business office; and
</P>
<P>(2) The place where the X-ray system is in operation.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Incorporation by reference.</I> The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard F792-88 (Reapproved 1993), “Standard Practice for Design and Use of Ionizing Radiation Equipment for the Detection of Items Prohibited in Controlled Access Areas,” is approved for incorporation by reference by the Director of the Federal Register pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. ASTM Standard F792-88 may be examined at the Department of Transportation (DOT) Docket, 400 Seventh Street SW, Room Plaza 401, Washington, DC 20590, or on DOT's Docket Management System (DMS) web page at <I>http://dms.dot.gov/search</I> (under docket number FAA-2001-8725). Copies of the standard may be examined also at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: <I>http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</I> In addition, ASTM Standard F792-88 (Reapproved 1993) may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
</P>
<P>(h) Each foreign air carrier must comply with the X-ray operator duty time limitations specified in its security program.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8377, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.211" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.3.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.211   Law enforcement personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) At airports within the United States not governed by part 1542 of this chapter, each foreign air carrier engaging in public charter passenger operations must—
</P>
<P>(1) When using a screening system required by § 1546.101(a), (b), or (c), provide for law enforcement officers meeting the qualifications and standards, and in the number and manner, specified in part 1542; and
</P>
<P>(2) When using an airplane having a passenger seating configuration of 31 or more but 60 or fewer seats for which a screening system is not required by § 1546.101(a), (b), or (c), arrange for law enforcement officers meeting the qualifications and standards specified in part 1542 of this chapter to be available to respond to an incident and provide to appropriate employees, including crewmembers, current information with respect to procedures for obtaining law enforcement assistance at that airport.
</P>
<P>(b) At airports governed by part 1542 of this chapter, each foreign air carrier engaging in scheduled passenger operations or public charter passenger operations when using an airplane with a passenger seating configuration of 31 or more and 60 or fewer seats under § 1546.101(c), must arrange for law enforcement personnel meeting the qualifications and standards specified in part 1542 of this chapter to be available to respond to an incident and provide to appropriate employees, including crewmembers, current information with respect to procedures for obtaining law enforcement assistance at that airport.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.213" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.3.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.213   Access to cargo: Security threat assessments for cargo personnel in the United States.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies in the United States to each foreign air carrier operating under § 1546.101(a), (b), or (e).
</P>
<P>(a) Before a foreign air carrier authorizes and before an individual performs a function described in paragraph (b) of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) Each individual must successfully complete a security threat assessment or comparable security threat assessment described in part 1540 subpart C of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each aircraft operator must complete the requirements in part 1540 subpart C.
</P>
<P>(b) The security threat assessment required in paragraph (a) of this section applies to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Each individual who has unescorted access to cargo and access to information that such cargo will be transported on a passenger aircraft; or who has unescorted access to cargo that has been screened for transport on a passenger aircraft; or who performs certain functions related to the transportation, dispatch or security of cargo for transport on a passenger aircraft or all-cargo aircraft, as specified in the foreign air craft operator's or foreign air carrier's security program; from the time—
</P>
<P>(i) The cargo reaches a location where a foreign air carrier operating under § 1546.101(e) consolidates or inspects it pursuant to security program requirements, until the cargo enters an airport Security Identification Display Area or is transferred to another TSA-regulated aircraft operator, foreign air carrier, or indirect air carrier; or
</P>
<P>(ii) A foreign air carrier under §§ 1546.101(a) or (b) accepts the cargo, until the cargo—
</P>
<P>(A) Enters an airport Security Identification Display Area;
</P>
<P>(B) Is removed from the destination airport; or
</P>
<P>(C) Is transferred to another TSA-regulated aircraft operator, foreign air carrier, or indirect air carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) Each individual the foreign air carrier authorizes to screen cargo or to supervise the screening of cargo under § 1546.205.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 47705, Sept. 16, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.215" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.3.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.215   Known shipper program.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to each foreign air carrier operating a program under § 1546.101(a) or (b).
</P>
<P>(a) For cargo to be loaded on its aircraft in the United States, each foreign air carrier must have and carry out a known shipper program in accordance with its security program. The program must—
</P>
<P>(1) Determine the shipper's validity and integrity as provided in the foreign air carrier's security program;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide that the foreign air carrier will separate known shipper cargo from unknown shipper cargo; and
</P>
<P>(3) Provide for the foreign air carrier to ensure that cargo is screened or inspected as set forth in its security program.
</P>
<P>(b) When required by TSA, each foreign air carrier must submit in a form and manner acceptable to TSA—
</P>
<P>(1) Information identified in its security program regarding an applicant to be a known shipper or a known shipper; and
</P>
<P>(2) Corrections and updates to the information upon learning of a change to the information specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30512, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Threat and Threat Response</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.301" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.4.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.301   Bomb or air piracy threats.</HEAD>
<P>No foreign air carrier may land or take off an airplane in the United States after receiving a bomb or air piracy threat against that airplane, unless the following actions are taken:
</P>
<P>(a) If the airplane is on the ground when a bomb threat is received and the next scheduled flight of the threatened airplane is to or from a place in the United States, the foreign air carrier ensures that the pilot in command is advised to submit the airplane immediately for a security inspection and an inspection of the airplane is conducted before the next flight.
</P>
<P>(b) If the airplane is in flight to a place in the United States when a bomb threat is received, the foreign air carrier ensures that the pilot in command is advised immediately to take the emergency action necessary under the circumstances and a security inspection of the airplane is conducted immediately after the next landing.
</P>
<P>(c) If information is received of a bomb or air piracy threat against an airplane engaged in an operation specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, the foreign air carrier ensures that notification of the threat is given to the appropriate authorities of the State in whose territory the airplane is located or, if in flight, the appropriate authorities of the State in whose territory the airplane is to land.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8377, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 30513, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Screener Qualifications When the Foreign Air Carrier Conducts Screening</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.401" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.5.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.401   Applicability of this subpart.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies when the aircraft operator is conducting inspections as provided in § 1546.207.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 47705, Sept. 16, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.403" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.5.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.403   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.405" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.5.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.405   Qualifications of screening personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No individual subject to this subpart may perform a screening function unless that individual has the qualifications described in §§ 1546.405 through 1546.411. No foreign air carrier may use such an individual to perform a screening function unless that person complies with the requirements of §§ 1546.405 through 1546.411.
</P>
<P>(b) A screener must have a satisfactory or better score on a screener selection test administered by TSA.
</P>
<P>(c) A screener must be a citizen of the United States.
</P>
<P>(d) A screener must have a high school diploma, a General Equivalency Diploma, or a combination of education and experience that TSA has determined to be sufficient for the individual to perform the duties of the position.
</P>
<P>(e) A screener must have basic aptitudes and physical abilities including color perception, visual and aural acuity, physical coordination, and motor skills to the following standards:
</P>
<P>(1) Screeners operating screening equipment must be able to distinguish on the screening equipment monitor the appropriate imaging standard specified in the foreign air carrier's security program.
</P>
<P>(2) Screeners operating any screening equipment must be able to distinguish each color displayed on every type of screening equipment and explain what each color signifies.
</P>
<P>(3) Screeners must be able to hear and respond to the spoken voice and to audible alarms generated by screening equipment at an active screening location.
</P>
<P>(4) Screeners who perform physical searches or other related operations must be able to efficiently and thoroughly manipulate and handle such baggage, containers, cargo, and other objects subject to screening.
</P>
<P>(5) Screeners who perform pat-downs or hand-held metal detector searches of individuals must have sufficient dexterity and capability to thoroughly conduct those procedures over an individual's entire body.
</P>
<P>(f) A screener must have the ability to read, speak, and write English well enough to—
</P>
<P>(1) Carry out written and oral instructions regarding the proper performance of screening duties;
</P>
<P>(2) Read English language identification media, credentials, airline tickets, documents, air waybills, invoices, and labels on items normally encountered in the screening process;
</P>
<P>(3) Provide direction to and understand and answer questions from English-speaking individuals undergoing screening; and
</P>
<P>(4) Write incident reports and statements and log entries into security records in the English language.
</P>
<P>(g) At locations outside the United States that are the last point of departure to the United States, and where the foreign air carrier has operational control over a screening function, the foreign air carrier may use screeners who do not meet the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section. At such locations the foreign air carrier may use screeners who are not United States citizens.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.407" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.5.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.407   Training, testing, and knowledge of individuals who perform screening functions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Training required.</I> Before performing screening functions, an individual must have completed initial, recurrent, and appropriate specialized training as specified in this section and the foreign air carrier's security program. No foreign air carrier may use any screener, screener in charge, or checkpoint security supervisor unless that individual has satisfactorily completed the required training. This paragraph does not prohibit the performance of screening functions during on-the-job training as provided in § 1544.409(b).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Use of training programs.</I> Training for screeners must be conducted under programs provided by TSA. Training programs for screeners-in-charge and checkpoint security supervisors must be conducted in accordance with the foreign air carrier's security program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Classroom instruction.</I> Each screener must complete at least 40 hours of classroom instruction or successfully complete a program that TSA determines will train individuals to a level of proficiency equivalent to the level that would be achieved by such classroom instruction.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Screener readiness test.</I> Before beginning on-the-job training, a screener trainee must pass the screener readiness test prescribed by TSA.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>On-the-job training and testing.</I> Each screener must complete at least 60 hours of on-the-job training and must pass an on-the-job training test prescribed by TSA. No foreign air carrier may permit a screener trainee to exercise independent judgment as a screener, until the individual passes an on-the-job training test prescribed by TSA.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Knowledge requirements.</I> Each foreign air carrier must ensure that individuals performing as screeners, screeners-in-charge, and checkpoint security supervisors for the foreign air carrier have knowledge of the provisions of this part, the foreign air carrier's security program, and applicable emergency amendments to the foreign air carrier's security program to the extent necessary to perform their duties.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.409" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.5.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.409   Integrity of screener tests.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Cheating or other unauthorized conduct.</I> (1) Except as authorized by TSA, no person may—
</P>
<P>(i) Copy or intentionally remove a test under this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Give to another or receive from another any part or copy of that test;
</P>
<P>(iii) Give help on that test to or receive help on that test from any person during the period that the test is being given; or
</P>
<P>(iv) Use any material or aid during the period that the test is being given.
</P>
<P>(2) No person may take any part of that test on behalf of another person.
</P>
<P>(3) No person may cause, assist, or participate intentionally in any act prohibited by this paragraph (a).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Administering and monitoring screener tests.</I> (1) Each foreign air carrier must notify TSA of the time and location at which it will administer each screener readiness test required under § 1544.405 (d).
</P>
<P>(2) Either TSA or the foreign air carrier must administer and monitor the screener readiness test. Where more than one foreign air carrier or foreign air carrier uses a screening location, TSA may authorize an employee of one or more of the foreign air carriers or foreign air carriers to monitor the test for a trainee who will screen at that location.
</P>
<P>(3) If TSA or a representative of TSA is not available to administer and monitor a screener readiness test, the foreign air carrier must provide a direct employee to administer and monitor the screener readiness test.
</P>
<P>(4) An foreign air carrier employee who administers and monitors a screener readiness test must not be an instructor, screener, screener-in-charge, checkpoint security supervisor, or other screening supervisor. The employee must be familiar with the procedures for administering and monitoring the test and must be capable of observing whether the trainee or others are engaging in cheating or other unauthorized conduct.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1546.411" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.12.5.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1546.411   Continuing qualifications of screening personnel.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Impairment.</I> No individual may perform a screening function if he or she shows evidence of impairment, such as impairment due to illegal drugs, sleep deprivation, medication, or alcohol.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Training not complete.</I> An individual who has not completed the training required by § 1546.405 may be deployed during the on-the-job portion of training to perform security functions provided that the individual—
</P>
<P>(1) Is closely supervised; and
</P>
<P>(2) Does not make independent judgments as to whether individuals or property may enter a sterile area or aircraft without further inspection.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Failure of operational test.</I> No foreign air carrier may use an individual to perform a screening function after that individual has failed an operational test related to that function, until that individual has successfully completed the remedial training specified in the foreign air carrier's security program.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Annual proficiency review.</I> Each individual assigned screening duties shall receive an annual evaluation. The foreign air carrier must conduct and document an annual evaluation of each individual who performs screening functions. An individual who performs screening functions may not continue to perform such functions unless the evaluation demonstrates that the individual—
</P>
<P>(1) Continues to meet all qualifications and standards required to perform a screening function;
</P>
<P>(2) Has a satisfactory record of performance and attention to duty based on the standards and requirements in the foreign air carrier's security program; and
</P>
<P>(3) Demonstrates the current knowledge and skills necessary to courteously, vigilantly, and effectively perform screening functions.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1548" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.13" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1548—INDIRECT AIR CARRIER SECURITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 5103, 40113, 44901-44905, 44913-44914, 44916-44917, 44932, 44935-44936, 46105.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 8382, Feb. 22, 2002, unless otherwise noted. 


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1548.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.13.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1548.1   Applicability of this part.</HEAD>
<P>This part prescribes aviation security rules governing each indirect air carrier engaged indirectly in the air transportation of property on aircraft.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8382, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 33255, June 8, 2006] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1548.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.13.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1548.3   </HEAD>
<HEAD>§ 1548.3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1548.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.13.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1548.5   Adoption and implementation of the security program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Security program required.</I> No indirect air carrier may offer cargo to an aircraft operator operating under a full program or a full all-cargo program specified in part 1544 of this subchapter, or to a foreign air carrier operating under a program under § 1546.101(a), (b), or (e) of this subchapter, unless that indirect air carrier has and carries out an approved security program under this part. Each indirect air carrier that does not currently hold a security program under part 1548, and that offers cargo to an aircraft operator operating under a full all-cargo program or a comparable operation by a foreign air carrier must comply with this section not later than December 1, 2006.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements.</I> (1) The security program must provide for the security of the aircraft, as well as that of persons and property traveling in air transportation against acts of criminal violence and air piracy and against the introduction into the aircraft of any unauthorized person, and any unauthorized explosive, incendiary, and other destructive substance or item as provided in the indirect air carrier's security program. This requirement applies—
</P>
<P>(i) From the time the indirect air carrier accepts the cargo to the time it transfers the cargo to an entity that is not an employee or agent of the indirect air carrier;
</P>
<P>(ii) While the cargo is stored, en route, or otherwise being handled by an employee or agent of the indirect air carrier; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Regardless of whether the indirect air carrier has or ever had physical possession of the cargo.
</P>
<P>(2) The indirect air carrier must ensure that its employees and agents carry out the requirements of this chapter and the indirect air carrier's security program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Content.</I> Each security program under this part must—
</P>
<P>(1) Be designed to prevent or deter the introduction of any unauthorized person, and any unauthorized explosive, incendiary, and other destructive substance or item onto an aircraft.
</P>
<P>(2) Include the procedures and description of the facilities and equipment used to comply with the requirements of §§ 1548.9 and 1548.17 regarding the acceptance and offering of cargo.
</P>
<P>(3) Include the procedures and syllabi used to accomplish the training required under § 1548.11 of persons who accept, handle, transport, or deliver cargo on behalf of the indirect air carrier.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Availability.</I> Each indirect air carrier having a security program must:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain an original of the security program at its corporate office.
</P>
<P>(2) Have accessible a complete copy, or the pertinent portions of its security program, or appropriate implementing instructions, at each office where cargo is accepted. An electronic version is adequate.
</P>
<P>(3) Make a copy of the security program available for inspection upon the request of TSA.
</P>
<P>(4) Restrict the distribution, disclosure, and availability of information contained in its security program to persons with a need to know, as described in part 1520 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) Refer requests for such information by other persons to TSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[67 FR 8382, Feb. 22, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 30513, May 26, 2006; 71 FR 31964, June 2, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1548.7" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.13.0.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1548.7   Approval, amendment, annual renewal, and withdrawal of approval of the security program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Original Application</I>—(1) <I>Application.</I> The applicant must apply for a security program in a form and a manner prescribed by TSA not less than 90 calendar days before the applicant intends to begin operations. The application must be in writing and include:
</P>
<P>(i) The business name; other names, including doing business as; state of incorporation, if applicable; and tax identification number.
</P>
<P>(ii) The applicant names, addresses, and dates of birth of each proprietor, general partner, officer, director, and owner identified under § 1548.16.
</P>
<P>(iii) A signed statement from each person listed in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section stating whether he or she has been a proprietor, general partner, officer, director, or owner of an IAC that had its security program withdrawn by TSA.
</P>
<P>(iv) Copies of government-issued identification of persons listed in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) Addresses of all business locations in the United States.
</P>
<P>(vi) A statement declaring whether the business is a “'small business”' pursuant to section 3 of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632).
</P>
<P>(vii) A statement acknowledging and ensuring that each employee and agent of the indirect air carrier, who is subject to training under § 1548.11, will have successfully completed the training outlined in its security program before performing security-related duties.
</P>
<P>(viii) Other information requested by TSA concerning Security Threat Assessments.
</P>
<P>(ix) A statement acknowledging and ensuring that each employee and agent will successfully complete a Security Threat Assessment under § 1548.15 before authorizing the individual to have unescorted access to cargo.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Approval.</I> TSA will approve the security program by providing the indirect air carrier with the Indirect Air Carrier Standard Security Program and any Security Directive upon determining that—
</P>
<P>(i) The indirect air carrier has met the requirements of this part, its security program, and any applicable Security Directive;
</P>
<P>(ii) The approval of its security program is not contrary to the interests of security and the public interest; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The indirect air carrier has not held a security program that was withdrawn within the previous year, unless otherwise authorized by TSA.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Commencement of operations.</I> The indirect air carrier may operate under a security program when it meets all requirements, including but not limited to successful completion of training and Security Threat Assessments by relevant personnel.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Duration of security program.</I> The security program will remain effective until the end of the calendar month 3 years after the month it was approved, or until the program has been surrendered or withdrawn, whichever is earlier.</P>
<P>(5) <I>Requirement to report changes in information.</I> Each indirect air carrier with an approved security program under this part must notify TSA, in a form and manner approved by TSA, of any changes to the information submitted during its initial or renewal application.
</P>
<P>(i) This notification must be submitted to the designated official not later than 30 days after the date the change occurred.
</P>
<P>(ii) Changes included in the requirement of this paragraph include, but are not limited to, changes in the indirect air carrier's contact information, owners, business addresses and locations, and form of business entity.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Renewal Application.</I> Upon timely submittal of an application for renewal, and unless and until TSA denies the application, the indirect air carrier's approved security program remains in effect.
</P>
<P>(1) Unless otherwise authorized by TSA, each indirect air carrier that has a security program under this part must timely submit to TSA, at least 30 calendar days before the 36th month after the initial approval of its security program, an application for renewal of its security program in a form and a manner approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(2) The application for renewal must be in writing and include a signed statement that the indirect air carrier has reviewed and ensures the continuing accuracy of the contents of its initial application for a security program, subsequent renewal applications, or other submissions to TSA confirming a change of information and noting the date such applications and submissions were sent to TSA, including the following certification:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>[Name of indirect air carrier] (hereinafter “the IAC”) has adopted and is currently carrying out a security program in accordance with the Transportation Security Regulations as originally approved on [Insert date of TSA initial approval]. In accordance with TSA regulations, the IAC has notified TSA of any new or changed information required for the IAC's initial security program. If new or changed information is being submitted to TSA as part of this application for reapproval, that information is stated in this filing.
</P>
<P>The IAC understands that intentional falsification of certification to an air carrier or to TSA may be subject to both civil and criminal penalties under 49 CFR 1540 and 1548 and 18 U.S.C. 1001. Failure to notify TSA of any new or changed information required for initial approval of the IAC's security program in a timely fashion and in a form acceptable to TSA may result in withdrawal by TSA of approval of the IAC's security program.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(3) TSA will renew approval of the security program if TSA determines that—
</P>
<P>(i) The indirect air carrier has met the requirements of this chapter, its security program, and any Security Directive; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The renewal of its security program is not contrary to the interests of security and the public interest.
</P>
<P>(4) If TSA determines that the indirect air carrier meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) of this section, it will renew the indirect air carrier's security program. The security program will remain effective until the end of the calendar month 3 years after the month it was renewed, or until the program has been surrendered or withdrawn, whichever is earlier.</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amendment requested by an indirect air carrier or applicant.</I> An indirect air carrier or applicant may file a request for an amendment to its security program with the TSA designated official at least 45 calendar days before the date it proposes for the amendment to become effective, unless the designated official allows a shorter period. Any indirect air carrier may submit a group proposal for an amendment that is on behalf of it and other indirect air carriers that co-sign the proposal.
</P>
<P>(1) Within 30 calendar days after receiving a proposed amendment, the designated official, in writing, either approves or denies the request to amend.
</P>
<P>(2) An amendment to an indirect air carrier security program may be approved, if the designated official determines that safety and the public interest will allow it, and if the proposed amendment provides the level of security required under this part.
</P>
<P>(3) Within 30 calendar days after receiving a denial of the proposed amendment, the indirect air carrier may petition TSA to reconsider the denial. A petition for reconsideration must be filed with the designated official.
</P>
<P>(4) Upon receipt of a petition for reconsideration, the designated official either approves the request to amend or transmits the petition, together with any pertinent information, to the TSA for reconsideration. TSA will dispose of the petition within 30 calendar days of receipt by either directing the designated official to approve the amendment or by affirming the denial.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amendment by TSA.</I> TSA may amend a security program in the interest of safety and the public interest, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) TSA notifies the indirect air carrier, in writing, of the proposed amendment, fixing a period of not less than 30 calendar days within which the indirect air carrier may submit written information, views, and arguments on the amendment.
</P>
<P>(2) After considering all relevant material, the designated official notifies the indirect air carrier of any amendment adopted or rescinds the notice of amendment. If the amendment is adopted, it becomes effective not less than 30 calendar days after the indirect air carrier receives the notice of amendment, unless the indirect air carrier disagrees with the proposed amendment and petitions the TSA to reconsider, no later than 15 calendar days before the effective date of the amendment. The indirect air carrier must send the petition for reconsideration to the designated official. A timely petition for reconsideration stays the effective date of the amendment.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon receipt of a petition for reconsideration, the designated official either amends or withdraws the notice of amendment, or transmits the petition, together with any pertinent information, to TSA for reconsideration. TSA disposes of the petition within 30 calendar days of receipt, either by directing the designated official to withdraw or amend the notice of amendment, or by affirming the notice of amendment.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Emergency Amendments.</I> (1) If TSA finds that there is an emergency requiring immediate action, with respect to aviation security that makes procedures in this section contrary to the public interest, the designated official may issue an emergency amendment, without the prior notice and comment procedures described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The emergency amendment is effective without stay on the date the indirect air carrier receives notification. TSA will incorporate in the notification a brief statement of the reasons and findings for the emergency amendment to be adopted.
</P>
<P>(3) The indirect air carrier may file a petition for reconsideration with the TSA no later than 15 calendar days after TSA issued the emergency amendment. The indirect air carrier must send the petition for reconsideration to the designated official; however, the filing does not stay the effective date of the emergency amendment.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Withdrawal of approval of a security program.</I> Section 1540.301 includes procedures for withdrawal of approval of a security program.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Service of documents for withdrawal of approval of security program proceedings.</I> Service may be accomplished by personal delivery, certified mail, or express courier. Documents served on an indirect air carrier will be served at the indirect air carrier's official place of business as designated in its application for approval or its security program. Documents served on TSA must be served to the address noted in the notice of withdrawal of approval or withdrawal of approval, whichever is applicable.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Certificate of service.</I> An individual may attach a certificate of service to a document tendered for filing. A certificate of service must consist of a statement, dated and signed by the person filing the document, that the document was personally delivered, served by certified mail on a specific date, or served by express courier on a specific date.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Date of service.</I> The date of service will be—
</P>
<P>(i) The date of personal delivery;
</P>
<P>(ii) If served by certified mail, the mailing date shown on the certificate of service, the date shown on the postmark, if there is no certificate of service, or other mailing date shown by other evidence if there is no certificate of service or postmark; or
</P>
<P>(iii) If served by express courier, the service date shown on the certificate of service, or by other evidence if there is no certificate of service.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Extension of time.</I> TSA may grant an extension of time of the limits set forth in this section for good cause shown. An indirect air carrier's request for an extension of time must be in writing and be received by TSA at least 2 days before the due date to be extended. TSA may grant itself an extension of time for good cause.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30513, May 26, 2006, as amended at 74 FR 47705, Sept. 16, 2009; 89 FR 8557, Feb. 8, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1548.9" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.13.0.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1548.9   Acceptance of cargo.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preventing or deterring the carriage of any explosive or incendiary.</I> Each indirect air carrier must use the facilities, equipment, and procedures described in its security program to prevent or deter the carriage onboard an aircraft of any unauthorized person, and any unauthorized explosive, incendiary, and other destructive substance or item, as provided in the indirect air carrier's security program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Refusal to transport.</I> Each indirect air carrier must refuse to offer for transport on an aircraft any cargo, if the shipper does not consent to a search or inspection of that cargo in accordance with this part, or parts 1544 or 1546 of this chapter.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30515, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1548.11" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.13.0.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1548.11   Training and knowledge for individuals with security-related duties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No indirect air carrier may use an employee or agent to perform any security-related duties to meet the requirements of its security program, unless that individual has received training, as specified in its security program, including his or her personal responsibilities in § 1540.105 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Each indirect air carrier must ensure that each of its authorized employees or agents who accept, handle, transport, or deliver cargo have knowledge of the—
</P>
<P>(1) Applicable provisions of this part;
</P>
<P>(2) Applicable Security Directives and Information Circulars;
</P>
<P>(3) The approved airport security program(s) applicable to their location(s); and
</P>
<P>(4) The aircraft operator's or indirect air carrier's security program, to the extent necessary in order to perform their duties.
</P>
<P>(c) Each indirect air carrier must ensure that each of its authorized employees or agents under paragraph (b) of this section successfully completes recurrent training at least annually on their individual responsibilities in—
</P>
<P>(1) Section 1540.105 of this chapter;
</P>
<P>(2) The applicable provisions of this part;
</P>
<P>(3) Applicable Security Directives and Information Circulars;
</P>
<P>(4) The approved airport security program(s) applicable to their location(s); and
</P>
<P>(5) The aircraft operator's or indirect air carrier's security program, to the extent that such individuals need to know in order to perform their duties.
</P>
<P>(d) Operators must comply with the requirements of this section not later than November 22, 2006, for direct employees and not later than June 15, 2007, for agents.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30515, May 26, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 62549, Oct. 25, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1548.13" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.13.0.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1548.13   Security coordinators.</HEAD>
<P>Each indirect air carrier must designate and use an Indirect Air Carrier Security Coordinator (IACSC). The IACSC and alternates must be appointed at the corporate level and must serve as the indirect air carrier's primary contact for security-related activities and communications with TSA, as set forth in the security program. Either the IACSC or an alternate IACSC must be available on a 24-hour basis.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30515, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1548.15" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.13.0.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1548.15   Access to cargo: Security threat assessments for individuals having unescorted access to cargo.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before an indirect air carrier authorizes and before an individual performs a function described in paragraph (b) of this section—
</P>
<P>(1) Each individual must successfully complete a security threat assessment or comparable security threat assessment described in part 1540 subpart C of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each indirect air carrier must complete the requirements in part 1540 subpart C.
</P>
<P>(b) The security threat assessment required in paragraph (a) of this section applies to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Each individual who has unescorted access to cargo and access to information that such cargo will be transported on a passenger aircraft; or who has unescorted access to cargo screened for transport on a passenger aircraft; or who performs certain functions related to the transportation, dispatch or security of cargo for transport on a passenger aircraft or all-cargo aircraft, as specified in the indirect air carrier's security program; from the time—
</P>
<P>(i) Cargo to be transported on an all-cargo aircraft operated by an aircraft operator with a full all-cargo program under § 1544.101(h) of this chapter, or by a foreign air carrier under § 1546.101(e) of this chapter, reaches an indirect air carrier facility where the indirect air carrier consolidates or holds the cargo, until the indirect air carrier transfers the cargo to an aircraft operator or foreign air carrier; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Cargo to be transported on a passenger aircraft operated by an aircraft operator with a full program under § 1544.101(a) or by a foreign air carrier under § 1546.101(a) or (b) of this chapter, is accepted by the indirect air carrier, until the indirect air carrier transfers the cargo to an aircraft operator or foreign air carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) Each individual the indirect air carrier authorizes to screen cargo or to supervise the screening of cargo under § 1548.21.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 47705, Sept. 16, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 51868, Aug. 18, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1548.16" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.13.0.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1548.16   Security threat assessments for each proprietor, general partner, officer, director, and certain owners of the entity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Before an indirect air carrier permits a proprietor, general partner, officer, director, or owner of the entity to perform those functions—
</P>
<P>(1) The proprietor, general partner, officer, director, or owner of the entity must successfully complete a security threat assessment or comparable security threat assessment described in part 1540 subpart C of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each indirect air carrier must complete the requirements in 49 CFR part 1540, subpart C.
</P>
<P>(b) For purposes of this section, <I>owner</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) A person who directly or indirectly owns, controls, or has power to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities or other voting interests of an IAC or applicant to be an IAC; or
</P>
<P>(2) A person who directly or indirectly controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors (or individuals exercising similar functions) of an IAC, or applicant to be an IAC.
</P>
<P>(c) For purposes of this definition of <I>owner</I>—
</P>
<P>(1) Members of the same family must be considered to be one person.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Same family</I> means parents, spouses, children, siblings, uncles, aunts, grandparents, grandchildren, first cousins, stepchildren, stepsiblings, and parents-in-law, and spouses of any of the foregoing.
</P>
<P>(ii) Each member of the same family, who has an ownership interest in an IAC, or an applicant to be an IAC, must be identified if the family is an owner as a result of aggregating the ownership interests of the members of the family.
</P>
<P>(iii) In determining the ownership of interests of the same family, any voting interest of any family member must be taken into account.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Voting securities or other voting interests</I> means securities or other interests that entitle the holder to vote for or select directors (or individuals exercising similar functions).
</P>
<P>(d) Each indirect air carrier, or applicant to be an indirect air carrier, must ensure that each proprietor, general partner, officer, director and owner of the entity has successfully completed a Security Threat Assessment under part 1540, subpart C, of this chapter not later than a date to be specified by TSA in a future rule in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30516, May 26, 2006; 71 FR 31965, June 2, 2006, as amended at 71 FR 62550, Oct. 25, 2006; 72 FR 13026, Mar. 20, 2007; 74 FR 47706, Sept. 16, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1548.17" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.13.0.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1548.17   Known shipper program.</HEAD>
<P>This section applies to cargo that an indirect air carrier offers to an aircraft operator operating under a full program under § 1544.101(a) of this chapter, or to a foreign air carrier operating under § 1546.101(a) or (b) of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(a) For cargo to be loaded on aircraft in the United States, each indirect air carrier must have and carry out a known shipper program in accordance with its security program. The program must—
</P>
<P>(1) Determine the shipper's validity and integrity as provided in its security program;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide that the indirect air carrier will separate known shipper cargo from unknown shipper cargo.
</P>
<P>(b) When required by TSA, each indirect air carrier must submit to TSA, in a form and manner acceptable to TSA—
</P>
<P>(1) Information identified in its security program regarding an applicant to be a known shipper or a known shipper; and
</P>
<P>(2) Corrections and updates of this information upon learning of a change to the information specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30516, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1548.19" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.13.0.10.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1548.19   Security Directives and Information Circulars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) TSA may issue an Information Circular to notify indirect air carriers of security concerns.
</P>
<P>(b) When TSA determines that additional security measures are necessary to respond to a threat assessment, or to a specific threat against civil aviation, TSA issues a Security Directive setting forth mandatory measures.
</P>
<P>(1) Each indirect air carrier that is required to have an approved indirect air carrier security program must comply with each Security Directive that TSA issues to it, within the time prescribed in the Security Directive for compliance.
</P>
<P>(2) Each indirect air carrier that receives a Security Directive must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Within the time prescribed in the Security Directive, acknowledge in writing receipt of the Security Directive to TSA.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within the time prescribed in the Security Directive, specify the method by which the measures in the Security Directive have been implemented (or will be implemented, if the Security Directive is not yet effective).
</P>
<P>(3) In the event that the indirect air carrier is unable to implement the measures in the Security Directive, the indirect air carrier must submit proposed alternative measures and the basis for submitting the alternative measures to TSA for approval.
</P>
<P>(i) The indirect air carrier must submit the proposed alternative measures within the time prescribed in the Security Directive.
</P>
<P>(ii) The indirect air carrier must implement any alternative measures approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(4) Each indirect air carrier that receives a Security Directive may comment on it by submitting data, views, or arguments in writing to TSA.
</P>
<P>(i) TSA may amend the Security Directive based on comments received.
</P>
<P>(ii) Submission of a comment does not delay the effective date of the Security Directive.
</P>
<P>(5) Each indirect air carrier that receives a Security Directive or Information Circular, and each person who receives information from a Security Directive or Information Circular, must:
</P>
<P>(i) Restrict the availability of the Security Directive or Information Circular, and information contained in either document, to those persons with a need-to-know.
</P>
<P>(ii) Refuse to release the Security Directive or Information Circular, and information contained in either document, to persons other than those with a need-to-know without the prior written consent of TSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[71 FR 30516, May 26, 2006]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1548.21" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.13.0.10.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1548.21   Screening of cargo.</HEAD>
<P>An IAC may only screen cargo for transport on a passenger aircraft under §§ 1544.205 and 1546.205 if the IAC is a certified cargo screening facility as provided in part 1549.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 47706, Sept. 16, 2009]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1549" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.14" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1549—CERTIFIED CARGO SCREENING PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 5103, 40113, 44901-44905, 44913-44914, 44916-44917, 44932, 44935-44936, 46105.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>74 FR 47706, Sept. 16, 2009, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.14.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1549.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.14.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1549.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to each facility applying for or certified by TSA as a certified cargo screening facility to screen cargo that will be transported on a passenger aircraft operated under a full program under 49 CFR 1544.101(a), or a foreign air carrier operating under a program under 49 CFR 1546.101(a) or (b).


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1549.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.14.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1549.3   </HEAD>
<HEAD>§ 1549.3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1549.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.14.1.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1549.5   Adoption and implementation of the security program.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Security program required.</I> No person may screen cargo to be tendered to an aircraft operator operating under a full program under part 1544, a foreign air carrier operating under § 1546.101(a) or (b), or an indirect air carrier operating under § 1548.5 for carriage on a passenger aircraft, unless that person holds and carries out an approved security program under this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Content.</I> Each security program under this part must—
</P>
<P>(1) Provide for the security of the aircraft, as well as that of persons and property traveling in air transportation against acts of criminal violence and air piracy and against the introduction into the aircraft of any unauthorized explosive, incendiary, and other destructive substance or item as provided in the certified cargo screening facility's security program;
</P>
<P>(2) Be designed to prevent or deter the introduction of any unauthorized explosive, incendiary, and other destructive substance or item onto an aircraft; and
</P>
<P>(3) Include the procedures and description of the facilities and equipment used to comply with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Employees and agents.</I> The certified cargo screening facility must ensure that its employees and agents carry out the requirements of this chapter and the certified cargo screening facility's security program.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Facility's security program.</I> The certified cargo screening facility standard security program together with approved alternate procedures and amendments issued to a particular facility constitutes that facility's security program.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Availability.</I> Each certified cargo screening facility must:
</P>
<P>(1) Maintain an original of the security program at its corporate office.
</P>
<P>(2) Have accessible a complete copy, or the pertinent portions of its security program, or appropriate implementing instructions, at its facility. An electronic version is adequate.
</P>
<P>(3) Make a copy of the security program available for inspection upon the request of TSA.
</P>
<P>(4) Restrict the distribution, disclosure, and availability of information contained in its security program to persons with a need to know, as described in part 1520 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(5) Refer requests for such information by other persons to TSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1549.7" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.14.1.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1549.7   Approval, amendment, renewal of the security program and certification of a certified cargo screening facility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial application and approval.</I>— (1) <I>Application.</I> Unless otherwise authorized by TSA, each applicant must apply for a security program and for certification as a certified cargo screening facility at a particular location, in a form and a manner prescribed by TSA not less than 90 calendar days before the applicant intends to begin operations. TSA will only approve a facility to operate as a CCSF if it is located in the United States. The CCSF application must be in writing and include the following:
</P>
<P>(i) The business name; other names, including doing business as; state of incorporation, if applicable; and tax identification number.
</P>
<P>(ii) The name of the senior manager or representative of the applicant in control of the operations at the facility.
</P>
<P>(iii) A signed statement from each person listed in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section stating whether he or she has been a senior manager or representative of a facility that had its security program withdrawn by TSA.
</P>
<P>(iv) Copies of government-issued identification of persons listed in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section.
</P>
<P>(v) The street address of the facility where screening will be conducted.
</P>
<P>(vi) A statement acknowledging and ensuring that each individual and agent of the applicant, who is subject to training under § 1549.11, will have successfully completed the training outlined in its security program before performing security-related duties.
</P>
<P>(vii) Other information requested by TSA concerning Security Threat Assessments.
</P>
<P>(viii) A statement acknowledging and ensuring that each individual will successfully complete a Security Threat Assessment under § 1549.111 before the applicant authorizes the individual to have unescorted access to screened cargo or to screen or supervise the screening of cargo.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Standard security program and assessment.</I> (i) After the Security Coordinator for an applicant successfully completes a security threat assessment, TSA will provide to the applicant the certified cargo screening standard security program, any security directives, and amendments to the security program and other alternative procedures that apply to the facility. The applicant may either accept the standard security program or submit a proposed modified security program to the designated official for approval. TSA will approve the security program under paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) of the section or issue a written notice to modify under paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
</P>
<P>(ii) An applicant must successfully undergo an assessment by TSA.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Review.</I> TSA will review a facility at a particular location to determine whether—
</P>
<P>(i) The applicant has met the requirements of this part, its security program, and any applicable Security Directive;
</P>
<P>(ii) The applicant has successfully undergone an assessment by TSA;
</P>
<P>(iii) The applicant is able and willing to carry out the requirements of this part, its security program, and an applicable Security Directive;
</P>
<P>(iv) The approval of such applicant's security program is not contrary to the interests of security and the public interest;
</P>
<P>(v) The applicant has not held a security program that was withdrawn within the previous year, unless otherwise authorized by TSA; and
</P>
<P>(vi) TSA determines that the applicant is qualified to be a certified cargo screening facility.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Approval and certification.</I> If TSA determines that the requirements of paragraph (a)(4) of this section are met and the application is approved, TSA will send the applicant a written notice of approval of its security program, and certification to operate as a certified cargo screening facility.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Commencement of operations.</I> The certified cargo screening facility may operate under a security program when it meets all TSA requirements, including but not limited to an assessment by TSA, successful completion of training, and Security Threat Assessments by relevant personnel.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Duration of security program.</I> The security program will remain effective until the end of the calendar month three years after the month it was approved or until the program has been surrendered or withdrawn, whichever is earlier.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Requirement to report changes in information.</I> Each certified cargo screening facility under this part must notify TSA, in a form and manner approved by TSA, of any changes to the information submitted during its initial application.
</P>
<P>(i) The CCSF must submit this notification to TSA not later than 30 days prior to the date the change is expected to occur.
</P>
<P>(ii) Changes included in the requirement of this paragraph include, but are not limited to, changes in the certified cargo screening facility's contact information, senior manager or representative, business addresses and locations, and form of business facility.
</P>
<P>(iii) If the certified cargo screening facility relocates, TSA will withdraw the existing certification and require the new facility to undergo a validation and certification process.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Renewal Application.</I> Upon timely submittal of an application for renewal, and unless and until TSA denies the application, the certified cargo screening facility's approved security program remains in effect.
</P>
<P>(1) Unless otherwise authorized by TSA, each certified cargo screening facility must timely submit to TSA, at least 30 calendar days prior to the first day of the 36th anniversary month of initial approval of its security program, an application for renewal of its security program in a form and a manner approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(2) The certified cargo screening facility must demonstrate that it has successfully undergone a revalidation of its operations by TSA prior to the first day of the 36th anniversary month of initial approval of its security program.
</P>
<P>(3) The application for renewal must be in writing and include a signed statement that the certified cargo screening facility has reviewed and ensures the continuing accuracy of the contents of its initial application for a security program, subsequent renewal applications, or other submissions to TSA confirming a change of information and noting the date such applications and submissions were sent to TSA, including the following certification:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>[Name of certified cargo screening facility] (hereinafter “the CCSF”) has adopted and is currently carrying out a security program in accordance with the Transportation Security Regulations as originally approved on [Insert date of TSA initial approval]. In accordance with TSA regulations, the CCSF has notified TSA of any new or changed information required for the CCSF's initial security program. If new or changed information is being submitted to TSA as part of this application for reapproval, that information is stated in this filing.
</P>
<P>The CCSF understands that intentional falsification of certification to an aircraft operator, foreign air carrier, indirect air carrier, or to TSA may be subject to both civil and criminal penalties under 49 CFR part 1540 and 18 U.S.C. 1001. Failure to notify TSA of any new or changed information required for initial approval of the CCSF's security program in a timely fashion and in a form acceptable to TSA may result in withdrawal by TSA of approval of the CCSF's security program.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(4) TSA will renew approval of the security program if TSA determines that—
</P>
<P>(i) The CCSF has met the requirements of this chapter, its security program, and any Security Directive; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The renewal of its security program is not contrary to the interests of security and the public interest.
</P>
<P>(5) If TSA determines that the certified cargo screening facility meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) of this section, it will renew the certified cargo screening facility's security program and certification. The security program and certification will remain effective until the end of the calendar month three years after the month it was renewed.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Amendment requested by a certified cargo screening entity or applicant.</I> A certified cargo screening facility or applicant may file a request for an amendment to its security program with the TSA designated official at least 45 calendar days before the date it proposes for the amendment to become effective, unless the designated official allows a shorter period. Any certified cargo screening facility may submit to TSA a group proposal for an amendment that is on behalf of it and other certified cargo screening facilities that co-sign the proposal.
</P>
<P>(1) Within 30 calendar days after receiving a proposed amendment, the designated official, in writing, either approves or denies the request to amend.
</P>
<P>(2) TSA may approve an amendment to a certified cargo screening facility's security program, if the TSA designated official determines that safety and the public interest will allow it, and if the proposed amendment provides the level of security required under this part.
</P>
<P>(3) Within 30 calendar days after receiving a denial of the proposed amendment, the certified cargo screening facility may petition TSA to reconsider the denial. The CCSF must file the Petition for Reconsideration with the designated official.
</P>
<P>(4) Upon receipt of a Petition for Reconsideration, the designated official either approves the request to amend or transmits the petition, together with any pertinent information, to TSA for reconsideration. TSA will dispose of the petition within 30 calendar days of receipt by either directing the designated official to approve the amendment or by affirming the denial.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amendment by TSA.</I> TSA may amend a security program in the interest of safety and the public interest, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) TSA notifies the certified cargo screening facility, in writing, of the proposed amendment, fixing a period of not less than 30 calendar days within which the certified cargo screening facility may submit written information, views, and arguments on the amendment.
</P>
<P>(2) After considering all relevant material, the designated official notifies the certified cargo screening facility of any amendment adopted or rescinds the notice of amendment. If the amendment is adopted, it becomes effective not less than 30 calendar days after the certified cargo screening facility receives the notice of amendment, unless the certified cargo screening facility disagrees with the proposed amendment and petitions the TSA to reconsider, no later than 15 calendar days before the effective date of the amendment. The certified cargo screening facility must send the petition for reconsideration to the designated official. A timely Petition for Reconsideration stays the effective date of the amendment.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon receipt of a Petition for Reconsideration, the designated official either amends or withdraws the notice of amendment, or transmits the Petition, together with any pertinent information, to TSA for reconsideration. TSA disposes of the Petition within 30 calendar days of receipt, either by directing the designated official to withdraw or amend the notice of amendment, or by affirming the notice of amendment.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Emergency amendments.</I> (1) If TSA finds that there is an emergency requiring immediate action, with respect to aviation security that makes procedures in this section contrary to the public interest, the designated official may issue an emergency amendment, without the prior notice and comment procedures described in paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The emergency amendment is effective without stay on the date the certified cargo screening facility receives notification. TSA will incorporate in the notification a brief statement of the reasons and findings for the emergency amendment to be adopted.
</P>
<P>(3) The certified cargo screening facility may file a Petition for Reconsideration with the TSA no later than 15 calendar days after TSA issued the emergency amendment. The certified cargo screening facility must send the Petition for Reconsideration to the designated official; however, the filing does not stay the effective date of the emergency amendment.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 47706, Sept. 16, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 51868, Aug. 18, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.14.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Operations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1549.101" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.14.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1549.101   Acceptance, screening, and transfer of cargo.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Preventing or deterring the carriage of any explosive or incendiary.</I> Each certified cargo screening facility must use the facilities, equipment, and procedures described in its security program to prevent or deter the carriage onboard an aircraft of any unauthorized explosives, incendiaries, and other destructive substances or items in cargo onboard an aircraft, as provided in the facility's security program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Screening and inspection of cargo.</I> Each certified cargo screening facility must ensure that cargo is screened and inspected for any unauthorized explosive, incendiary, and other destructive substance or item as provided in the facility's security program before it is tendered to another certified cargo screening facility, an aircraft operator with a full program under part 1544, a foreign air carrier operating under §§ 1546.101(a) or (b), or an indirect air carrier operating under § 1548.5 for transport on a passenger aircraft. Cargo that the facility represents as screened, must be screened in accordance with this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Refusal to transport.</I> Each certified cargo screening facility must refuse to offer to another certified cargo screening facility, an aircraft operator with a full program under part 1544, a foreign air carrier operating under §§ 1546.101(a) or (b), or an indirect air carrier operating under § 1548.5 for transport on a passenger aircraft any cargo, if the shipper does not consent to a search or inspection of that cargo in accordance with this part, or parts 1544, 1546, or 1548 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Chain of custody.</I> Each certified cargo screening facility must protect the cargo from unauthorized access from the time it is screened until the time it is tendered to another certified cargo screening facility as approved by TSA, an indirect air carrier under 49 CFR part 1548, an aircraft operator under part 1544, or a foreign air carrier under part 1546.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1549.103" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.14.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1549.103   Qualifications and training of individuals with security-related duties.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Security threat assessments.</I> Each certified cargo screening facility must ensure that individuals listed in 49 CFR 1540.201(a)(6), (7), (8), (9), and (12) relating to a certified cargo screening facility complete a security threat assessment or comparable security threat assessment described in part 1540, subpart C of this chapter, before conducting screening or supervising screening or before having unescorted access to screened cargo, unless the individual is authorized to serve as law enforcement personnel at that location.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Training required.</I> Each certified cargo screening facility must ensure that individuals have received training, as specified in this section and its security program, before such individual perform any duties to meet the requirements of its security program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Knowledge and training requirements.</I> Each certified cargo screening facility must ensure that each individual who performs duties to meet the requirements of its security program have knowledge of, and annual training in, the—
</P>
<P>(1) Applicable provisions of this chapter, including this part, part 1520, and § 1540.105;
</P>
<P>(2) The certified cargo screening facility's security program, to the extent that such individuals need to know in order to perform their duties;
</P>
<P>(3) Applicable Security Directives and Information Circulars; and
</P>
<P>(4) The applicable portions of approved airport security program(s) and aircraft operator security program(s).
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Screener qualifications.</I> Each certified cargo screening facility must ensure that each individual who screens cargo or who supervises cargo screening—
</P>
<P>(1) Is a citizen or national of the United States, or an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence;
</P>
<P>(2) Has a high school diploma, a General Equivalency Diploma, or a combination of education and experience that the certified cargo screening facility has determined to have equipped the person to perform the duties of the position;
</P>
<P>(3) Has basic aptitudes and physical abilities including color perception, visual and aural acuity, physical coordination, and motor skills to the extent required to effectively operate cargo screening technologies that the facility is authorized to use. These include:
</P>
<P>(i) The ability to operate x-ray equipment and to distinguish on the x-ray monitor the appropriate imaging standard specified in the certified cargo screening facility security program. Wherever the x-ray system displays colors, the operator must be able to perceive each color.
</P>
<P>(ii) The ability to distinguish each color displayed on every type of screening equipment and explain what each color signifies.
</P>
<P>(iii) The ability to hear and respond to the spoken voice and to audible alarms generated by screening equipment.
</P>
<P>(4) Has the ability to read, write and understand English well enough to carry out written and oral instructions regarding the proper performance of screening duties or be under the direct supervision of someone who has this ability, including reading labels and shipping papers, and writing log entries into security records in English.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1549.105" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.14.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1549.105   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each certified cargo screening facility must maintain records demonstrating compliance with all statutes, regulations, directives, orders, and security programs that apply to operation as a certified cargo screening facility, including the records listed below, at the facility location or other location as approved by TSA:
</P>
<P>(1) Records of all training and instructions given to each individual under § 1549.103. The CCSF must retain these records for 180 days after the individual is no longer employed by the certified cargo screening facility or is no longer acting as the facility's agent.
</P>
<P>(2) Copies of all documents related to applications for, or renewals of, TSA certification to operate under part 1549.
</P>
<P>(3) Documents establishing TSA's certification and renewal of certification as required by part 1549.
</P>
<P>(4) Records demonstrating that each individual has complied with the security threat assessment provisions of § 1549.111.
</P>
<P>(b) Unless otherwise stated, records must be retained until the next re-certification.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[74 FR 47706, Sept. 16, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 51868, Aug. 18, 2011]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1549.107" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.14.2.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1549.107   Security coordinators.</HEAD>
<P>Each certified cargo screening facility must have a Security Coordinator and designated alternate Security Coordinator appointed at the corporate level. In addition, each certified cargo screening facility must have a facility Security Coordinator and alternate facility Security Coordinator appointed at the facility level. The facility Security Coordinator must serve as the certified cargo screening facility's primary contact for security-related activities and communications with TSA, as set forth in the security program. The Security Coordinator and alternate appointed at the corporate level, as well as the facility Security Coordinator and alternate, must be available on a 24-hour, 7-days a week basis.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1549.109" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.14.2.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1549.109   Security Directives and Information Circulars.</HEAD>
<P>(a) TSA may issue an Information Circular to notify certified cargo screening facilities of security concerns.
</P>
<P>(b) When TSA determines that additional security measures are necessary to respond to a threat assessment, or to a specific threat against civil aviation, TSA issues a Security Directive setting forth mandatory measures.
</P>
<P>(1) Each certified cargo screening facility must comply with each Security Directive that TSA issues to it, within the time prescribed in the Security Directive for compliance.
</P>
<P>(2) Each certified cargo screening facility that receives a Security Directive must comply with the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Within the time prescribed in the Security Directive, acknowledge in writing receipt of the Security Directive to TSA.
</P>
<P>(ii) Within the time prescribed in the Security Directive, specify the method by which the measures in the Security Directive have been implemented (or will be implemented, if the Security Directive is not yet effective).
</P>
<P>(3) In the event that the certified cargo screening facility is unable to implement the measures in the Security Directive, the certified cargo screening facility must submit proposed alternative measures and the basis for submitting the alternative measures to TSA for approval.
</P>
<P>(i) The certified cargo screening facility must submit the proposed alternative measures within the time prescribed in the Security Directive.
</P>
<P>(ii) The certified cargo screening facility must implement any alternative measures approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(4) Each certified cargo screening facility that receives a Security Directive may comment on it by submitting data, views, or arguments in writing to TSA.
</P>
<P>(i) TSA may amend the Security Directive based on comments received.
</P>
<P>(ii) Submission of a comment does not delay the effective date of the Security Directive.
</P>
<P>(5) Each certified cargo screening facility that receives a Security Directive or Information Circular, and each person who receives information from a Security Directive or Information Circular, must—
</P>
<P>(i) Restrict the availability of the Security Directive or Information Circular, and information contained in either document, to those persons with a need-to-know; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Refuse to release the Security Directive or Information Circular, and information contained in either document, to persons other than those with a need-to-know without the prior written consent of TSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1549.111" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.14.2.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1549.111   Security threat assessments for personnel of certified cargo screening facilities.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section applies to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Each individual the certified cargo screening facility authorizes to perform cargo screening or supervise cargo screening.
</P>
<P>(2) Each individual the certified cargo screening facility authorizes to have unescorted access to cargo at any time from the time it is screened until the time it is tendered to another certified cargo screening facility, an indirect air carrier under 49 CFR part 1548 for transport on a passenger aircraft, an aircraft operator under part 1544, or a foreign air carrier under part 1546.
</P>
<P>(3) The senior manager or representative of its facility in control of the operations.
</P>
<P>(4) The security coordinators and their alternates.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Security threat assessment.</I> Before a certified cargo screening facility authorizes an individual to perform the functions described in paragraph (a) of this section, and before the individual performs those functions—
</P>
<P>(1) Each individual must successfully complete a security threat assessment or comparable security threat assessment described in part 1540, subpart C of this chapter; and
</P>
<P>(2) Each certified screening facility must complete the requirements in 49 CFR part 1540, subpart C.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1550" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.15" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1550—AIRCRAFT SECURITY UNDER GENERAL OPERATING AND FLIGHT RULES
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 5103, 40113, 44901-44907, 44913-44914, 44916-44918, 44935-44936, 44942, 46105.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>67 FR 8383, Feb. 22, 2002, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1550.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.15.0.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1550.1   Applicability of this part.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to the operation of aircraft for which there are no security requirements in other parts of this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1550.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.15.0.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1550.3   </HEAD>
<HEAD>§ 1550.3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1550.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.15.0.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1550.5   Operations using a sterile area.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability of this section.</I> This section applies to all aircraft operations in which passengers, crewmembers, or other individuals are enplaned from or deplaned into a sterile area, except for scheduled passenger operations, public charter passenger operations, and private charter passenger operations, that are in accordance with a security program issued under part 1544 or 1546 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedures.</I> Any person conducting an operation identified in paragraph (a) of this section must conduct a search of the aircraft before departure and must screen passengers, crewmembers, and other individuals and their accessible property (carry-on items) before boarding in accordance with security procedures approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Sensitive security information.</I> The security program procedures approved by TSA for operations specified in paragraph (a) of this section are sensitive security information. The operator must restrict the distribution, disclosure, and availability of information contained in the security procedures to persons with a need to know as described in part 1520 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Compliance date.</I> Persons conducting operations identified in paragraph (a) of this section must implement security procedures on October 6, 2001.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Waivers.</I> TSA may permit a person conducting an operation under this section to deviate from the provisions of this section if TSA finds that the operation can be conducted safely under the terms of the waiver.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1550.7" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.15.0.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1550.7   Operations in aircraft of 12,500 pounds or more.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability of this section.</I> This section applies to each aircraft operation conducted in an aircraft with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of 12,500 pounds or more except for those operations specified in § 1550.5 and those operations conducted under a security program under part 1544 or 1546 of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Procedures.</I> Any person conducting an operation identified in paragraph (a) of this section must conduct a search of the aircraft before departure and screen passengers, crewmembers, and other persons and their accessible property (carry-on items) before boarding in accordance with security procedures approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Compliance date.</I> Persons identified in paragraph (a) of this section must implement security procedures when notified by TSA. TSA will notify operators by NOTAM, letter, or other communication when they must implement security procedures.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Waivers.</I> TSA may permit a person conducting an operation identified in this section to deviate from the provisions of this section if TSA finds that the operation can be conducted safely under the terms of the waiver.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1552" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1552—FLIGHT TRAINING SECURITY PROGRAM
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 44939, and 6 U.S.C. 469.




</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>89 FR 35626, May 1, 2024, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Definitions and General Requirements</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part includes requirements for the following persons:
</P>
<P>(a) Persons who provide flight training or flight training equipment governed by 49 U.S.C. subtitle VII, part A, to any individual.
</P>
<P>(b) Persons who lease flight training equipment.
</P>
<P>(c) Aliens who apply for or participate in flight training.
</P>
<P>(d) U.S. citizens and U.S. nationals who participate in flight training.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 35626, May 1, 2024, as amended at 91 FR 7161, Feb. 17, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.3   Terms used in this part.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the terms in §§ 1500.3 and 1540.5 of this chapter, the following terms apply to this part:
</P>
<P><I>Aircraft simulator</I> means a flight simulator or flight training device, as those terms are defined under 14 CFR part 61. Simulated flights for entertainment purposes or personal computer, video game, or mobile device software programs involving aircraft flight are not aircraft simulators for purposes of the requirements in this part.
</P>
<P><I>Candidate</I> means a alien who applies for flight training or recurrent training from a flight training provider. The term does not include foreign military personnel who are endorsed for flight training by the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), as described in § 1552.7(a)(2); and does not include a alien providing in-aircraft or in-simulator services or support to another candidate's training event (commonly referred to as “side-seat support”) if the individual providing this support holds a type rating or other set of pilot certificates required to operate the aircraft or simulator in which the supported individual is receiving instruction.
</P>
<P><I>Demonstration flight for marketing purposes</I> means a flight for the purpose of demonstrating aircraft capabilities or characteristics to a potential purchaser; an orientation, familiarization, discovery flight for the purpose of demonstrating a flight training provider's training program to a potential candidate; or an acceptance flight after an aircraft manufacturer delivers an aircraft to a purchaser.
</P>
<P><I>DoD</I> means the Department of Defense.
</P>
<P><I>DoD endorsee</I> means a alien who is or will be employed as a pilot by a foreign military, endorsed by the DoD or one of its component services, and validated by a DoD attaché for flight training as required by § 1552.7(a)(2).
</P>
<P><I>Determination of Eligibility</I> means a finding by TSA, upon completion of a security threat assessment, that an individual meets the standards of a security threat assessment, and is eligible for a program, benefit, or credential administered by TSA.
</P>
<P><I>Determination of Ineligibility</I> means a finding by TSA, upon completion of a security threat assessment, that an individual does not meet the standards of a security threat assessment, and is not eligible for a program, benefit, or credential administered by TSA.
</P>
<P><I>Flight training</I> means instruction in a fixed-wing or rotary-wing aircraft or aircraft simulator that is consistent with the requirements to obtain a new skill, certificate, or type rating, or to maintain a pilot certificate or rating. For the purposes of this rule, flight training does not include instruction in a balloon, glider, ultralight, or unmanned aircraft; ground training; demonstration flights for marketing purposes; simulated flights for entertainment purposes; or any flight training provided by the DoD, the U.S. Coast Guard, or any entity providing flight training under a contract with the DoD or the Coast Guard.
</P>
<P><I>Flight training provider</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) Any person that provides instruction under 49 U.S.C. subtitle VII, part A, in the operation of any aircraft or aircraft simulator in the United States or outside the United States, including any pilot school, flight training center, air carrier flight training facility, or individual flight instructor certificated under 14 CFR parts 61, 121, 135, 141, or 142;
</P>
<P>(2) Similar persons certificated by foreign aviation authorities recognized by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), who provide flight training services in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(3) Any lessor of an aircraft or aircraft simulator for flight training, if the person leasing their equipment is not covered by paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition.
</P>
<P><I>Flight training provider employee</I> means an individual who provides services to a flight training provider in return for financial or other compensation, or a volunteer, and who has direct contact with flight training students and candidates. A flight training provider employee may be an instructor, other authorized representative, or independent contractor.
</P>
<P><I>Flight Training Security Program (FTSP)</I> means the TSA program that provides regulatory oversight of the requirements in this part and provides related resources for individuals within the scope of this part.
</P>
<P><I>FTSP Portal</I> means a website that must be used to submit and receive certain information and notices as required by this part.
</P>
<P><I>FTSP Portal account</I> means an account created to access the FTSP Portal.
</P>
<P><I>Recurrent training</I> means
</P>
<P>(1) Periodic flight training—
</P>
<P>(i) Required for certificated pilots under 14 CFR parts 61, 121, 125, 135, or subpart K of part 91 to maintain a certificate or type rating; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Similar training required by a civil aviation authority recognized by the FAA and conducted within the United States and its territories.
</P>
<P>(2) Recurrent training does not include—
</P>
<P>(i) Training that may be credited toward a new certificate or a new type rating; or
</P>
<P>(ii) Checks or tests that do not affect the validity of the certificate(s) or the qualifications of a type rating.
</P>
<P><I>Security threat</I> means an individual determined by TSA to pose or to be suspected of posing a threat to national security, to transportation security, or of terrorism.
</P>
<P><I>Security threat assessment</I> means both a product and process of evaluating information regarding an individual seeking or holding approval for a program administered by TSA, including criminal, immigration, intelligence, law enforcement, and other security-related records, to verify the individual's identity and to determine whether the individual meets the eligibility criteria for the program. An individual who TSA determines is a security threat, or who does not otherwise meet the eligibility criteria for the program, is ineligible for that program.
</P>
<P><I>Simulated flight for entertainment purposes</I> means a ground-based aviation experience offered exclusively for the purpose of entertainment by a person that is not a flight training provider. Any simulated aviation experience that could be applied or credited toward an airman certification is not a simulated flight for entertainment purposes.
</P>
<P><I>Type rating</I> means an endorsement on a pilot certificate that the holder of the certificate has completed the appropriate training and testing required by a civil or military aviation authority to operate a certain make and type of aircraft.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[89 FR 35626, May 1, 2024, as amended at 91 FR 7161, Feb. 17, 2026]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.1.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.5   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>Each of the following persons must comply with the requirements in this part:
</P>
<P>(a) Any individual applying for flight training or recurrent flight training from a flight training provider;
</P>
<P>(b) Flight training providers;
</P>
<P>(c) Flight training provider employees; and
</P>
<P>(d) Persons using a leased aircraft simulator to provide flight training as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) If one or more persons using the leased aircraft simulator to provide flight training is certificated by the FAA as a flight instructor, then at least one of those certificated persons must register with TSA as a flight training provider and comply with the requirements of this part; or
</P>
<P>(2) If one or more persons using a leased aircraft simulator to provide flight training are neither registered with TSA as a flight training provider nor certificated by the FAA as an instructor, then the lessor of the aircraft simulator must register with TSA as a flight training provider and comply with the requirements of this part.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.7" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.1.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.7   Verification of eligibility.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No flight training provider may provide flight training or access to flight training equipment to any individual before establishing that the individual is a U.S. citizen, U.S. national, DoD endorsee, or candidate with a valid Determination of Eligibility resulting from a TSA-accepted security threat assessment completed in accordance with subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(1) To establish that an individual is a U.S. citizen or a U.S. national, each flight training provider must examine the individual's government-issued documentation as proof of U.S. citizenship or U.S. nationality. A student who claims to be a U.S. citizen or a U.S. national and who fails to provide valid, acceptable identification documents must be denied flight training. A list of acceptable identification documents may be found on the FTSP Portal.
</P>
<P>(2) To establish that an individual has been endorsed by the DoD to receive U.S. Government-sponsored flight training in the United States, each flight training provider must use the FTSP Portal to confirm that the endorsee's government-issued photo identification matches the information provided in the U.S. DoD endorsement available on the FTSP Portal. A DoD endorsee is exempt from the requirement to undergo the security threat assessment required by this part if the DoD attaché with jurisdiction for the foreign military pilot's country of citizenship has notified TSA through the FTSP Portal that the pilot may participate in U.S. Government-sponsored flight training.
</P>
<P>(3) To establish that a candidate has undergone a TSA-accepted security threat assessment, each flight training provider must use the FTSP Portal to confirm that TSA has issued a Determination of Eligibility to that candidate and that the determination is valid.
</P>
<P>(b) Each flight training provider must immediately terminate a candidate's participation in all ongoing or planned flight training events when TSA either sends a Determination of Ineligibility for that candidate or notifies the flight training provider that the candidate presents a security threat.
</P>
<P>(c) Each flight training provider must acknowledge through the FTSP Portal receipt of any of the following TSA notifications: Determination of Ineligibility; Candidate Security Threat; and Deny Candidate Flight Training.
</P>
<P>(d) Each flight training provider must notify TSA if the provider becomes aware that a candidate is involved in any alleged criminal disqualifying offenses, as described under § 1544.229(d) of this subchapter; is no longer permitted to remain in the United States, as described in § 1552.35; or has reason to believe the individual otherwise poses a security threat.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.9" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.1.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.9   Security Coordinator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Designation of a Security Coordinator.</I> Each flight training provider must designate and use a primary Security Coordinator. The Security Coordinator must be designated at the corporate level.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notification to TSA.</I> Each flight training provider must provide to TSA the names, title(s), phone number(s), and email address(es) of the Security Coordinator and the alternate Security Coordinator(s), as applicable, no later than November 1, 2024. Once a flight training provider has notified TSA of the contact information for the designated Security Coordinator and the alternate Security Coordinator(s), as applicable, the provider must notify TSA within 5 days of any changes in any of the information required by this section. This information must be provided through the FTSP Portal.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Role of Security Coordinator.</I> Each flight training provider must ensure that at least one Security Coordinator—
</P>
<P>(1) Serves as the primary contact for intelligence information and security-related activities and communications with TSA. Any individual designated as a Security Coordinator may perform other duties in addition to those described in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Is accessible to TSA on a 24-hours a day, 7 days a week basis.
</P>
<P>(3) Coordinates security practices and procedures internally, and with appropriate law enforcement and emergency response agencies.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Training for Security Coordinator.</I> Security Coordinator must satisfactorily complete the security awareness training required by § 1552.13, and have the resources and knowledge necessary to quickly contact the following, as applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) Their local TSA office;
</P>
<P>(2) The local Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) office; and
</P>
<P>(3) Local law enforcement, if a situation or an individual's behavior could pose an immediate threat.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.11" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.1.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.11   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.13" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.1.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.13   Security awareness training.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each flight training provider must ensure that each flight training provider employee who has direct contact with flight students completes a security awareness training program that meets the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) Each flight training provider must ensure that each flight training provider employee who has direct contact with flight students receives initial security awareness training within 60 days of hiring. At a minimum, initial security awareness training must—
</P>
<P>(1) Require direct participation by the flight training provider employee receiving the training, either in person or through an online training module;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide situational scenarios requiring the flight training provider employee receiving the training to assess specific situations and determine appropriate courses of action; and
</P>
<P>(3) Contain information that enables a flight training provider employee to identify the following:
</P>
<P>(i) Any restricted areas of the flight training provider or airport where the flight training provider operates and individuals authorized to be in these areas or in or on equipment, including designations such as uniforms or badges unique to the flight training provider and required to be worn by employees or other authorized persons.
</P>
<P>(ii) Behavior that may be considered suspicious, including, but not limited to—
</P>
<P>(A) Excessive or unusual interest in restricted airspace or restricted ground structures by unauthorized individuals;
</P>
<P>(B) Unusual questions or interest regarding aircraft capabilities;
</P>
<P>(C) Aeronautical knowledge inconsistent with the individual's existing airman credentialing; and
</P>
<P>(D) Sudden termination of instruction by a candidate or other student.
</P>
<P>(iii) Indications that candidates are being trained without a Determination of Eligibility or validation of exempt status.
</P>
<P>(iv) Behavior by other persons on site that may be considered suspicious, including, but not limited to—
</P>
<P>(A) Loitering on or around the operations of a flight training provider for extended periods of time; and
</P>
<P>(B) Entering “authorized access only” areas without permission.
</P>
<P>(v) Circumstances regarding aircraft that may be considered suspicious, including, but not limited to—
</P>
<P>(A) Unusual modifications to aircraft, such as the strengthening of landing gear, changes to the tail number, or stripping of the aircraft of seating or equipment;
</P>
<P>(B) Damage to propeller locks or other parts of an aircraft that is inconsistent with the pilot training or aircraft flight log; and
</P>
<P>(C) Dangerous or hazardous cargo loaded into an aircraft.
</P>
<P>(vi) Appropriate flight training provider employee responses to specific situations and scenarios, including—
</P>
<P>(A) Identifying suspicious behavior requiring action, such as identifying anomalies within the operational environment considering the totality of the circumstances, and appropriate actions to take;
</P>
<P>(B) When and how to safely question an individual if the individual's behavior is suspicious; and
</P>
<P>(C) Informing a supervisor and the flight training provider's Security Coordinator, if a situation or an individual's behavior warrants further investigation.
</P>
<P>(vii) Any other information relevant to security measures or procedures unique to the flight training provider's business, such as threats, past security incidents, or a site-specific TSA requirement.
</P>
<P>(c) All flight training providers must ensure that each employee receives refresher security awareness training at least every 2 years. At a minimum, a refresher security awareness training program must—
</P>
<P>(1) Include all the elements from the initial security awareness training;
</P>
<P>(2) Provide instruction on any new security measures or procedures implemented by the flight training provider since the last security awareness training program;
</P>
<P>(3) Relay information about recent security incidents at the flight training provider's business, if any, and any lessons learned as a result of such incidents;
</P>
<P>(4) Cover any new threats posed by, or incidents involving, general or commercial aviation aircraft; and
</P>
<P>(5) Provide instruction on any new TSA requirements concerning the security of general or commercial aviation aircraft, airports, or flight training operations.
</P>
<P>(d) Flight training providers who must conduct security awareness training under part 1544 or 1546 of this subchapter may deliver that training in lieu of compliance with paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.15" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.1.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.15   Recordkeeping.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Retention.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, each flight training provider subject to the requirements in this part must, at a minimum, retain the records described in this section to demonstrate compliance with TSA's requirements and make these records available to TSA upon request for inspection and copying.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Employee records.</I> Each flight training provider required to provide security awareness training under § 1552.13 must—
</P>
<P>(1) Retain security awareness training records for each employee required to receive training that includes, at a minimum—
</P>
<P>(i) The employee's name;
</P>
<P>(ii) The dates the employee received security awareness training;
</P>
<P>(iii) The name of the instructor or manager for training; and
</P>
<P>(iv) The curricula or syllabus used for the most recently provided training that establishes the training meets the criteria specified in § 1552.13.
</P>
<P>(2) Retain records of security training for no less than 1 year after the individual is no longer an employee.
</P>
<P>(3) Provide records to current and former employees upon request and at no charge as necessary to provide proof of training. At a minimum, the information provided must include—
</P>
<P>(i) The information in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, except that, in lieu of providing the curriculum or syllabus, the flight training provider may provide a statement certifying that the training program used by the flight training provider met the criteria specified in § 1552.13; and
</P>
<P>(ii) The signature or e-signature of an authorized official of the provider.
</P>
<P>(4) A flight training provider that conducts security awareness training under parts 1544 or 1546 of this subchapter may retain that documentation in lieu of compliance with this section.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Records demonstrating eligibility for flight training for U.S. citizens and U.S. nationals.</I> (1) Each flight training provider must maintain records that document the provider's verification of U.S. citizenship or U.S. nationality as described in § 1552.7(a)(1).
</P>
<P>(2) Each flight training provider may certify that verification of U.S. citizenship or U.S. nationality occurred by making the following endorsement in both the instructor's and the student's logbooks: “I certify that [insert student's full name] has presented to me a [insert type of document presented, such as U.S. birth certificate or U.S. passport, and the relevant control or sequential number on the document, if any] establishing that [the student] is a U.S. citizen or U.S. national in accordance with 49 CFR 1552.7(a). [Insert date and the instructor's signature and certificate number.]”
</P>
<P>(3) In lieu of paragraph (c)(1) or (2) of this section, the flight training provider may make and retain copies of the documentation establishing an individual as a U.S. citizen or U.S. national.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Leasing agreements.</I> Each flight training provider must retain all lease agreement records for aircraft simulators leased from another person, as identified under this section, as necessary to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this part.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Records maintenance.</I> (1) With the exception of the retention schedule for training records required under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, all records required by this part must be maintained electronically using methods approved by TSA or as paper records for at least 5 years after expiration or discontinuance of use.
</P>
<P>(2) A flight training provider that uses its FTSP Portal account to confirm or manage the following records is not required to maintain separate electronic or paper copies of the following records:
</P>
<P>(i) Security awareness training records;
</P>
<P>(ii) Security Coordinator training records;
</P>
<P>(iii) Verification of U.S. citizenship or U.S. nationality;
</P>
<P>(iv) Verification of DoD Endorsee identity; or
</P>
<P>(v) Aircraft or aircraft simulator lease agreements.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.17" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.1.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.17   FTSP Portal.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Candidates must obtain an FTSP Portal account and use the FTSP Portal to submit the information and fees necessary to initiate a security threat assessment under subpart B of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Flight training providers who provide flight training to candidates must obtain an FTSP Portal account and use the FTSP Portal to notify TSA of all candidate flight training events and confirm that a candidate is eligible for flight training. The flight training provider also may use the FTSP Portal for other recordkeeping purposes related to the requirements in § 1552.15.
</P>
<P>(c) The FTSP Portal account administrator for flight training providers who operate under 14 CFR part 61, either as an individual certified flight instructor, or for a group of certified flight instructors, must be an FAA certificate holder. The FTSP Portal account administrator for flight training providers who operate under 14 CFR parts 121, 135, 141, and 142 is not required to be an FAA certificate holder.
</P>
<P>(d) TSA may suspend a flight training provider's access to the FTSP Portal at any time, without advance notice.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.19" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.1.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.19   Fraud, falsification, misrepresentation, or omission.</HEAD>
<P>If an individual covered by this part commits fraud, makes a false statement or misrepresentation, or omits a material fact when submitting any information required under this part, the individual may be—
</P>
<P>(a) Subject to fine or imprisonment or both under Federal law, including, but not limited to, 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 49 U.S.C. 46301;
</P>
<P>(b) Denied a security threat assessment under this chapter; and/or
</P>
<P>(c) Subject to other enforcement or administrative action, as appropriate, including, but not limited to, proceedings under § 1540.103 of this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Security Threat Assessments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.31" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.31   Security threat assessment required for flight training candidates.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope of security threat assessment.</I> Each candidate must complete a security threat assessment and receive a Determination of Eligibility from TSA prior to initiating flight training.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Information required.</I> To apply for a security threat assessment, each candidate must submit the following, in a form and manner acceptable to TSA—
</P>
<P>(1) Biographic and biometric information determined by TSA to be necessary for conducting a security threat assessment;
</P>
<P>(2) Identity verification documents; and
</P>
<P>(3) The applicable security threat assessment fee identified in § 1552.39.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>TSA Determination of Eligibility.</I> TSA may issue a Determination of Eligibility to the flight training provider after conducting a security threat assessment of the candidate that includes, at a minimum—
</P>
<P>(1) Confirmation of the candidate's identity;
</P>
<P>(2) A check of relevant databases and other information to determine whether the candidate may pose or poses a security threat and to confirm the individual's identity;
</P>
<P>(3) An immigration check; and
</P>
<P>(4) An FBI fingerprint-based criminal history records check to determine whether the individual has a disqualifying criminal offense in accordance with the requirements of § 1544.229 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Term of TSA Determination of Eligibility.</I> (1) The TSA Determination of Eligibility expires 5 years after the date it was issued, unless—
</P>
<P>(i) The candidate commits a disqualifying criminal offense described in § 1544.229(d) of this subchapter and, in such case, the Determination of Eligibility expires on the date the candidate was convicted or found not guilty by reason of insanity;
</P>
<P>(ii) TSA determines that the candidate poses a security threat; or
</P>
<P>(iii) The candidate's authorization to remain in the United States expires earlier than 5 years and, in such case, the Determination of Eligibility expires on the date that the candidate's authorization to remain in the United States expires. Candidates may extend the term of their Determination of Eligibility up to a total of 5 years by submitting updated documentation of authorization to remain in the United States.
</P>
<P>(2) No candidate may engage in flight training after the expiration of the candidate's Determination of Eligibility.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Processing time.</I> TSA will process complete security threat assessment applications within 30 days.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Correction of the record.</I> A Determination of Ineligibility made by TSA on the basis of a candidate's complete and accurate record is final. If the Determination of Ineligibility was based on a record that the candidate believes is erroneous, the candidate may correct the record by submitting all missing or corrected documents, plus all additional documents or information that TSA may request, within 180 days of TSA's initial determination.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.33" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.33   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.35" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.35   Presence in the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A candidate may be eligible to participate in flight training if the candidate—
</P>
<P>(1) Is lawfully admitted to the United States, or entered the United States and has been granted permission to stay by the U.S. Government, or is otherwise authorized to be employed in the United States; and
</P>
<P>(2) Is within their period of authorized stay in the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) A candidate who has yet to obtain a valid document issued by the United States evidencing eligibility to take flight training may be issued a preliminary Determination of Eligibility pending the individual's ability to provide proof of eligibility.
</P>
<P>(c) A candidate who engages in a flight training event that takes place entirely outside the United States is not required to provide eligibility for flight training in the United States, but must provide any United States visas held by the candidate.
</P>
<P>(d) Any history of denial of a United States visa may be a factor in determining whether a candidate is eligible to participate in flight training, regardless of training location.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.37" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.2.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.37   Comparable security threat assessments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) TSA may accept the results of a comparable, valid, and unexpired security threat assessment, background check, or investigation conducted by TSA or by another U.S. Government agency, which TSA generally describes as a Determination of Eligibility. A candidate seeking to rely on a comparable security threat assessment must submit documents confirming their Determination of Eligibility through the FTSP Portal, including the biographic and biometric information required under § 1552.31. TSA will post a list of acceptable comparable security threat assessments on the FTSP Portal.
</P>
<P>(b) TSA will charge a fee to cover the costs of confirming a comparable security threat assessment, but this fee may be a reduced fee.
</P>
<P>(c) An FTSP reduced-fee security threat assessment based on a comparable security threat assessment will be valid in accordance with § 1552.31.




</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.39" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.2.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.39   Fees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Imposition of fees.</I> (1) A candidate must remit the fees required by this part, as determined by TSA, which will be published through notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and posted on the FTSP Portal.
</P>
<P>(2) Changes to the fee amounts will be published through notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and posted on the FTSP Portal.
</P>
<P>(3) TSA will publish the details of the fee methodology in the rulemaking docket.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Refunding fees.</I> TSA will not issue fee refunds unless the fee is paid in error.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Flight Training Event Management</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1552.51" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.16.3.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1552.51   Notification and processing of flight training events.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notification of flight training events.</I> Each flight training provider must notify TSA through the FTSP Portal of all proposed and actual flight training events scheduled by a candidate, without regard to whether that training is intended to result in certification.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Training event details.</I> Each flight training provider must include the following information with each flight training event notification:
</P>
<P>(1) Candidate name;
</P>
<P>(2) The rating(s) that the candidate could receive upon completion of the flight training, if any;
</P>
<P>(3) For recurrent flight training, the type rating for which the recurrent training is required;
</P>
<P>(4) Estimated start and end dates of the flight training; and
</P>
<P>(5) Location(s) where the flight training is anticipated to occur.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Acknowledgement.</I> TSA will acknowledge receipt of the information required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Candidate photograph.</I> When the candidate arrives for training, each flight training provider must take a photograph of the candidate and must upload it to the FTSP Portal within 5 business days of the date that the candidate arrived for flight training.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Waiting period.</I> Each flight training provider may initiate flight training if more than 30 days have elapsed since TSA acknowledged receipt of the information required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Waiting period for expedited processing.</I> A flight training provider may initiate flight training if:
</P>
<P>(1) More than 5 business days have elapsed since TSA acknowledged receipt of the information required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(2) TSA has provided confirmation in its acknowledgement to the flight training provider that the candidate is eligible for expedited processing. A candidate is eligible for expedited processing if the candidate has provided proof to TSA that the candidate—
</P>
<P>(i) Holds an FAA airman certificate with a type rating;
</P>
<P>(ii) Holds an airman certificate, with a type rating, from a foreign country that is recognized by an agency of the United States, including a military agency;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is employed by a domestic or foreign air carrier that has an approved security program under parts 1544 or 1546 of this subchapter, respectively;
</P>
<P>(iv) Is an individual that has unescorted access to a secured area of an airport as determined under part 1542 of this subchapter; or
</P>
<P>(v) Is a lawful permanent resident.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Update training event details.</I> Each flight training provider must update on the FTSP Portal the following information for each reported flight training event:
</P>
<P>(1) Actual start and end dates.
</P>
<P>(2) Actual training location(s).
</P>
<P>(3) Notification if training was not completed, to include a brief description of why the training was not completed, <I>e.g.,</I> cancellation by the provider or the candidate, failure of the candidate to meet the required standard, or abandonment of training by the candidate.








</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1554" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.17" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1554—AIRCRAFT REPAIR STATION SECURITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 40113, 44903, 44924.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>79 FR 2140, Jan. 13, 2014, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.17.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1554.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.17.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1554.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) This part applies to repair stations that are certificated by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) pursuant to 14 CFR part 145, except for a part 145 certificated repair station located on a U.S. or foreign government military installation.
</P>
<P>(b) In addition to the terms in 49 CFR 1500.3 and 1540.5, for purposes of this part, “large aircraft” means any aircraft with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of more than 12,500 pounds and “attended” aircraft means an aircraft to which access is limited to authorized individuals and property.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1554.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.17.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1554.3   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.17.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Security Measures</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1554.101" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.17.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1554.101   Security Measures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability of this section.</I> This section applies to part 145 certificated repair stations located—
</P>
<P>(1) <I>On airport.</I> On an air operations area or security identification display area of an airport covered by an airport security program under 49 CFR part 1542 in the United States, or on the security restricted area of any commensurate airport outside the United States regulated by a government entity; or
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Adjacent to an airport.</I> Adjacent to an area of the airport described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section if there is an access point between the repair station and the airport of sufficient size to allow the movement of large aircraft between the repair station and the area described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Security Measures.</I> Each repair station described in paragraph (a) of this section must carry out the following measures:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide TSA with the name and means of contact on a 24-hour basis of a person or persons designated by the repair station with responsibility for—
</P>
<P>(i) Compliance with the regulations in this part;
</P>
<P>(ii) Serving as the primary point(s) of contact for security-related activities and communications with TSA;
</P>
<P>(iii) Maintaining a record of all employees responsible for controlling keys or other means used to control access to aircraft described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Maintaining all records necessary to comply with paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) When not attended, prevent the unauthorized operation of all large aircraft capable of flight, by using one or more of the means listed in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section. In these examples, a key, if used, must only be available to an individual authorized by the repair station who has successfully undergone a check as described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
</P>
<P>(i) Block the path of the aircraft such that it cannot be moved, and control the vehicle key if a vehicle is used to block the path.
</P>
<P>(ii) Park the aircraft in a locked hangar and control the key to the hangar.
</P>
<P>(iii) Move stairs away from the aircraft and shut and, if feasible, lock all cabin and/or cargo doors, and control the key.
</P>
<P>(iv) Other means approved in writing by TSA.
</P>
<P>(3) Verify background information of those individuals who are designated as the TSA point(s) of contact and those who have access to any keys or other means used to prevent the operation of large aircraft described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section by one or more of the following means:
</P>
<P>(i) Verify an employee's employment history. The repair station obtains the employee's employment history for the most recent five year period or the time period since the employee's 18th birthday, whichever period is shorter. The repair station verifies the employee's employment history for the most recent 5-year period via telephone, email, or in writing. If the information is verified telephonically, the repair station must record the date of the communication and with whom the information was verified. If there is a gap in employment of six months or longer, without a satisfactory explanation of the gap, employment history is not verified. The repair station must retain employment history verification records for at least 180 days after the individual's employment ends. The repair station must maintain these records electronically or in hardcopy, and provide them to TSA upon request.
</P>
<P>(ii) Confirm an employee holds an airman certificate issued by the Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(iii) Confirm an employee of a repair station located within the United States has obtained a security threat assessment or comparable security threat assessment pursuant to part 1540, subpart C of this chapter, such as by holding a SIDA identification media issued by an airport operator that holds a complete program under 49 CFR part 1542.
</P>
<P>(iv) Confirm an employee of a repair station located outside the United States has successfully completed a security threat assessment commensurate to a security threat assessment described in part 1540, subpart C of this chapter.
</P>
<P>(v) Other means approved in writing by TSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1554.103" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.17.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1554.103   Security Directives.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> When TSA determines that additional security measures are necessary to respond to a threat assessment or to a specific threat against civil aviation, TSA issues a Security Directive setting forth mandatory measures.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Compliance.</I> Each repair station must comply with each Security Directive TSA issues to the repair station within the time prescribed. Each repair station that receives a Security Directive must—
</P>
<P>(1) Acknowledge receipt of the Security Directive as directed by TSA;
</P>
<P>(2) Specify the method by which security measures have been or will be implemented to meet the effective date; and
</P>
<P>(3) Notify TSA to obtain approval of alternative measures if the repair station is unable to implement the measures in the Security Directive.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Availability.</I> Each repair station that receives a Security Directive and each person who receives information from a Security Directive must—
</P>
<P>(1) Restrict the availability of the Security Directive and the information contained in the document to persons who have an operational need to know; and
</P>
<P>(2) Refuse to release the Security Directive or the information contained in the document to persons other than those who have an operational need to know without the prior written consent of TSA.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Comments.</I> Each repair station that receives a Security Directive may comment on the Security Directive by submitting data, views, or arguments in writing to TSA. TSA may amend the Security Directive based on comments received. Submission of a comment does not delay the effective date of the Security Directive.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.17.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Compliance and Enforcement</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1554.201" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.17.3.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1554.201   Notification of security deficiencies; suspension of certificate and review process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> A repair station may be subject to suspension of its FAA certificate, if security deficiencies are identified and are not corrected.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Notice of security deficiencies.</I> TSA provides written notification to a repair station and to the FAA of any security deficiency identified by TSA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Response.</I> A repair station must provide TSA with a written explanation in English of all efforts, methods, and procedures used to correct the security deficiencies identified by TSA within 45 calendar days of receipt of the written notification described in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Suspension of certificate.</I> If the repair station does not correct security deficiencies within 90 calendar days of the repair station's receipt of the written notice of security deficiencies, or if TSA determines that the security deficiencies have not been addressed sufficiently to comply with this section, the TSA designated official will provide written notification to the repair station and to the FAA that the repair station's certificate must be suspended. The notification will include an explanation of the basis for the suspension. The suspension remains in effect until TSA determines that the security deficiencies have been corrected.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Petition for reconsideration.</I> The repair station may petition TSA to reconsider its determination under paragraph (d) of this section by serving a petition for reconsideration no later than 20 calendar days after the repair station receives the notification. The repair station must serve the petition on the TSA designated official. Submission of a petition for reconsideration will not automatically stay the suspension. The repair station may request TSA to notify the FAA to stay the suspension pending review of and decision on the petition. The petition must be in writing, in English, signed by the repair station operator or owner, and include—
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that reconsideration is requested; and
</P>
<P>(2) A response to the suspension, including any information TSA should consider in reviewing the suspension.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Review by the TSA designated official.</I> The TSA designated official will consider all relevant material and information and will act on the petition no later than 15 calendar days after TSA receives the petition. The TSA designated official will either notify the repair station and the FAA that the suspension be withdrawn or affirm the suspension. The decision of the TSA designated official constitutes a final agency order subject to judicial review in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 46110.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Service of documents.</I> Service may be accomplished by personal delivery, certified mail, or express courier. Documents served on a repair station will be served at its official place of business. Documents served on TSA must be served at the address contained in the written notice of suspension.
</P>
<P>(1) A certificate of service may be attached to a document tendered for filing. A certificate of service must consist of a statement, dated and signed by the person filing the document, that the document was personally delivered, served by certified mail on a specific date, or served by express courier on a specific date.
</P>
<P>(2) The date of service is—
</P>
<P>(i) The date of personal delivery;
</P>
<P>(ii) If served by certified mail, the mailing date shown on the certificate of service, the date shown on the postmark if there is no certificate of service, or other mailing date shown by other evidence if there is no certificate of service or postmark; or
</P>
<P>(iii) If served by express courier, the service date shown on the certificate of service, or by other evidence if there is no certificate of service.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Extension of time.</I> TSA may grant an extension of time to the limits set forth in this section for good cause shown. A repair station must request an extension of time in writing, and TSA must receive it at least two days before the due date in order to be considered. TSA may grant itself an extension of time for good cause.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1554.203" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.17.3.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1554.203   Immediate risk to security; revocation of certificate and review process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notice.</I> The TSA designated official will determine whether any repair station poses an immediate risk to security. If such a determination is made, TSA will provide written notification of its determination to the repair station and to the FAA that the certificate must be revoked. The notification will include an explanation of the basis for the revocation. TSA does not include classified information or other information described in § 1554.205.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Petition for reconsideration.</I> The repair station may petition TSA to reconsider its determination by serving a petition for reconsideration no later than 20 calendar days after the repair station receives the notification. The repair station must serve the petition on the TSA designated official. Submission of a petition for reconsideration will not automatically stay the revocation. The repair station may request TSA to notify FAA to stay the revocation pending review of and decision on the petition. The petition must be in writing, in English, signed by the repair station operator or owner, and include—
</P>
<P>(1) A statement that a review is requested; and
</P>
<P>(2) A response to the determination of immediate risk to security, including any information TSA should consider in reviewing the basis for the determination.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Review by the Administrator.</I> The TSA designated official transmits the petition together with all relevant information to the Administrator for reconsideration. The Administrator will act on the petition within 15 calendar days of receipt by either directing the TSA designated official to notify FAA and the repair station that the determination is rescinded and the certificate may be reinstated or by affirming the determination. The decision by the Administrator constitutes a final agency order subject to judicial review in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 46110.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Service of documents.</I> Service may be accomplished by personal delivery, certified mail, or express courier. Documents served on a repair station will be served at its official place of business. Documents served on TSA must be served at the address contained in the written notice of revocation.
</P>
<P>(1) A certificate of service may be attached to a document tendered for filing. A certificate of service must consist of a statement, dated and signed by the person filing the document, that the document was personally delivered, served by certified mail on a specific date, or served by express courier on a specific date.
</P>
<P>(2) The date of service is—
</P>
<P>(i) The date of personal delivery;
</P>
<P>(ii) If served by certified mail, the mailing date shown on the certificate of service, the date shown on the postmark if there is no certificate of service, or other mailing date shown by other evidence if there is no certificate of service or postmark; or
</P>
<P>(iii) If served by express courier, the service date shown on the certificate of service, or by other evidence if there is no certificate of service.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Extension of time.</I> TSA may grant an extension of time to the limits set forth in this section for good cause shown. A repair station must request an extension of time in writing, and TSA must receive it at least two days before the due date in order to be considered. TSA may grant itself an extension of time for good cause.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1554.205" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.17.3.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1554.205   Nondisclosure of certain information.</HEAD>
<P>In connection with the procedures under this subpart, TSA does not disclose classified information, as defined in Executive Order 12968, section 1.1(d), or any successor order, and TSA reserves the right not to disclose any other information or material not warranting disclosure or protected from disclosure under law or regulation.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1560" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1560—SECURE FLIGHT PROGRAM 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 40113, 44901, 44902, 44903. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>73 FR 64061, Oct. 28, 2008, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1560.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1560.1   Scope, purpose, and implementation.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This part applies to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Aircraft operators required to adopt a full program under 49 CFR 1544.101(a).
</P>
<P>(2) Foreign air carriers required to adopt a security program under 49 CFR 1546.101(a) or (b).
</P>
<P>(3) Airport operators that seek to authorize individuals to enter a sterile area for purposes approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(4) Individuals who seek redress in accordance with subpart C of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Purpose.</I> The purpose of this part is to enhance the security of air travel within the United States and support the Federal government's counterterrorism efforts by assisting in the detection of individuals identified on Federal government watch lists who seek to travel by air, and to facilitate the secure travel of the public. This part enables TSA to operate a watch list matching program known as Secure Flight, which involves the comparison of passenger and non-traveler information with the identifying information of individuals on Federal government watch lists.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Implementation.</I> Each covered aircraft operator must begin requesting the information described in § 1560.101(a)(1) and have the capability to transmit SFPD to TSA in accordance with its Aircraft Operator Implementation Plan (AOIP) as approved by TSA. Each covered aircraft operator must begin transmitting information to TSA as required in § 1560.101(b) on the date specified in, and in accordance with, its AOIP as approved by TSA. TSA will inform each covered aircraft operator 60 days prior to the date on which TSA will assume the watch list matching function from that aircraft operator. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1560.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1560.3   Terms used in this part.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the terms in §§ 1500.3 and 1540.5 of this chapter, the following terms apply to this part:
</P>
<P><I>Aircraft Operator Implementation Plan</I> or <I>AOIP</I> means a written procedure describing how and when a covered aircraft operator or airport operator transmits passenger and flight information and non-traveler information to TSA, as well as other related matters.
</P>
<P><I>Airport code</I> means the official code, designated by the International Air Transport Association (IATA), for an airport.
</P>
<P><I>Consolidated User Guide</I> means a document developed by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to provide guidance to aircraft operators that must transmit passenger information to one or more components of DHS on operational processing and transmission of passenger information to all required components in a unified manner. The Consolidated User Guide is part of the covered aircraft operator's security program.
</P>
<P><I>Covered aircraft operator</I> means each aircraft operator required to carry out a full program under 49 CFR 1544.101(a) or a security program under 49 CFR 1546.101(a) or (b).
</P>
<P><I>Covered airport operator</I> means each airport operator that seeks to authorize non-traveling individuals to enter a sterile area for a purpose permitted by TSA.
</P>
<P><I>Covered flight</I> means any operation of an aircraft that is subject to or operates under a full program under 49 CFR 1544.101(a). <I>Covered flight</I> also means any operation of an aircraft that is subject to or operates under a security program under 49 CFR 1546.101(a) or (b) arriving in or departing from the United States, or overflying the continental United States. <I>Covered flight</I> does not include any flight for which TSA has determined that the Federal government is conducting passenger matching comparable to the matching conducted pursuant to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Date of birth</I> means the day, month, and year of an individual's birth.
</P>
<P><I>Department of Homeland Security Traveler Redress Inquiry Program</I> or <I>DHS TRIP</I> means the voluntary program through which individuals may request redress if they believe they have been:
</P>
<P>(1) Denied or delayed boarding transportation due to DHS screening programs;
</P>
<P>(2) Denied or delayed entry into or departure from the United States at a port of entry; or
</P>
<P>(3) Identified for additional (secondary) screening at U.S. transportation facilities, including airports, and seaports.
</P>
<P><I>Full name</I> means an individual's full name as it appears on a verifying identity document held by the individual.
</P>
<P><I>Inhibited status</I> means the status of a passenger or non-traveling individual to whom TSA has instructed a covered aircraft operator or a covered airport operator not to issue a boarding pass or to provide access to the sterile area.
</P>
<P><I>Itinerary information</I> means information reflecting a passenger's or non-traveling individual's itinerary specified in the covered aircraft operator's AOIP. For non-traveling individuals, itinerary information is the airport code for the sterile area to which the non-traveler seeks access. For passengers, itinerary information includes the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Departure airport code.
</P>
<P>(2) Aircraft operator.
</P>
<P>(3) Scheduled departure date.
</P>
<P>(4) Scheduled departure time.
</P>
<P>(5) Scheduled arrival date.
</P>
<P>(6) Scheduled arrival time.
</P>
<P>(7) Arrival airport code.
</P>
<P>(8) Flight number.
</P>
<P>(9) Operating carrier (if available).
</P>
<P><I>Known Traveler Number</I> means a unique number assigned to an individual for whom the Federal government has conducted a security threat assessment and determined does not pose a security threat.
</P>
<P><I>Non-traveling individual</I> or <I>non-traveler</I> means an individual to whom a covered aircraft operator or covered airport operator seeks to issue an authorization to enter the sterile area of an airport in order to escort a minor or a passenger with disabilities or for some other purpose permitted by TSA. The term <I>non-traveling individual</I> or <I>non-traveler</I> does not include employees or agents of airport or aircraft operators or other individuals whose access to a sterile area is governed by another TSA requirement.
</P>
<P><I>Overflying the continental United States</I> means departing from an airport or location outside the United States and transiting the airspace of the continental United States en route to another airport or location outside the United States. Airspace of the continental United States includes the airspace over the lower 48 states of the United States, not including Alaska or Hawaii, and the airspace overlying the territorial waters between the U.S. coast of the lower 48 states and 12 nautical miles from the continental U.S. coast. <I>Overflying the continental United States</I> does not apply to:
</P>
<P>(1) Flights that transit the airspace of the continental United States between two airports or locations in the same country, where that country is Canada or Mexico; or
</P>
<P>(2) Any other category of flights that the Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security (Transportation Security Administration) designates in a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
</P>
<P><I>Passenger</I> means an individual who is traveling on a covered flight. The term <I>passenger</I> does not include:
</P>
<P>(1) A crew member who is listed as a crew member on the flight manifest; or
</P>
<P>(2) An individual with flight deck privileges under 49 CFR 1544.237 traveling on the flight deck.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger Resolution Information</I> or <I>PRI</I> means the information that a covered aircraft operator or covered airport operator transmits to TSA for an individual who TSA places in an inhibited status and from whom the covered aircraft operator or covered airport operator is required to request additional information and a Verifying Identity Document. <I>Passenger Resolution Information</I> includes, but is not limited to, the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Covered aircraft operator's agent identification number or agent sine.
</P>
<P>(2) Type of Verifying Identity Document presented by the passenger.
</P>
<P>(3) The identification number on the Verifying Identity Document.
</P>
<P>(4) Issue date of the Verifying Identity Document.
</P>
<P>(5) Name of the governmental authority that issued the Verifying Identity Document.
</P>
<P>(6) Physical attributes of the passenger such as height, eye color, or scars, if requested by TSA.
</P>
<P><I>Passport information</I> means the following information from an individual's passport:
</P>
<P>(1) Passport number.
</P>
<P>(2) Country of issuance.
</P>
<P>(3) Expiration date.
</P>
<P>(4) Sex.
</P>
<P>(5) Full name.
</P>
<P><I>Redress Number</I> means the number assigned by DHS to an individual processed through the redress procedures described in 49 CFR part 1560, subpart C.
</P>
<P><I>Secure Flight Passenger Data</I> or (<I>SFPD</I>) means information regarding a passenger or non-traveling individual that a covered aircraft operator or covered airport operator transmits to TSA, to the extent available, pursuant to § 1560.101. <I>SFPD</I> is the following information regarding a passenger or non-traveling individual:
</P>
<P>(1) Full name.
</P>
<P>(2) Date of birth.
</P>
<P>(3) Sex.
</P>
<P>(4) Redress number or Known Traveler Number (once implemented).
</P>
<P>(5) Passport information.
</P>
<P>(6) Reservation control number.
</P>
<P>(7) Record sequence number.
</P>
<P>(8) Record type.
</P>
<P>(9) Passenger update indicator.
</P>
<P>(10) Traveler reference number.
</P>
<P>(11) Itinerary information.
</P>
<P><I>Self-service kiosk</I> means a kiosk operated by a covered aircraft operator that is capable of accepting a passenger reservation or a request for authorization to enter a sterile area from a non-traveling individual.
</P>
<P><I>Sterile area</I> means “sterile area” as defined in 49 CFR 1540.5.
</P>
<P><I>Terrorist Screening Center</I> or <I>TSC</I> means the entity established by the Attorney General to carry out Homeland Security Presidential Directive 6 (HSPD-6), dated September 16, 2003, to consolidate the Federal government's approach to terrorism screening and provide for the appropriate and lawful use of terrorist information in screening processes.
</P>
<P><I>Verifying Identity Document</I> means one of the following documents:
</P>
<P>(1) An unexpired passport issued by a foreign government.
</P>
<P>(2) An unexpired document issued by a U.S. Federal, State, or tribal government that includes the following information for the individual:
</P>
<P>(i) Full name.
</P>
<P>(ii) Date of birth.
</P>
<P>(iii) Photograph.
</P>
<P>(3) Such other documents that TSA may designate as valid verifying identity documents.
</P>
<P><I>Watch list</I> refers to the No Fly and Selectee List components of the Terrorist Screening Database maintained by the Terrorist Screening Center. For certain flights, the “watch list” may include the larger set of watch lists maintained by the Federal government as warranted by security considerations. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Collection and Transmission of Secure Flight Passenger Data for Watch List Matching</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1560.101" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1560.101   Request for and transmission of information to TSA.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Request for information.</I> (1) Each covered aircraft operator must request the full name, sex, date of birth, and Redress Number for passengers on a covered flight and non-traveling individuals seeking access to an airport sterile area. For reservations made 72 hours prior to the scheduled time of departure for each covered flight, the covered aircraft operator must collect full name, sex, and date of birth for each passenger when the reservation is made or at a time no later than 72 hours prior to the scheduled time of departure of the covered flight. For an individual that makes a reservation for a covered flight within 72 hours of the scheduled time of departure for the covered flight, the covered aircraft operator must collect the individual's full name, date of birth, and sex at the time of reservation. The covered aircraft operator must include the information provided by the individual in response to this request in the SFPD.
</P>
<P>(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, each covered aircraft operator must begin requesting the information described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section in accordance with its AOIP as approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(ii) An aircraft operator that becomes a covered aircraft operator after the effective date of this part must begin requesting the information on the date it becomes a covered aircraft operator.
</P>
<P>(2) Beginning on a date no later than 30 days after being notified in writing by TSA, each covered aircraft operator must additionally request the Known Traveler Number for passengers on a covered flight and non-traveling individuals seeking access to an airport sterile area. The covered aircraft operator must include the Known Traveler Number provided by the passenger in response to this request in the SFPD.
</P>
<P>(3) Each covered aircraft operator may not submit SFPD for any passenger on a covered flight who does not provide a full name, date of birth and sex. Each covered aircraft operator may not accept a request for authorization to enter a sterile area from a non-traveling individual who does not provide a full name, date of birth and sex.
</P>
<P>(4) Each covered aircraft operator must ensure that each third party that accepts a reservation, or accepts a request for authorization to enter a sterile area, on the covered aircraft operator's behalf complies with the requirements of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) If the covered aircraft operator also has an operation of an aircraft that is subject to 49 CFR 1544.101(b) through (i), the covered aircraft operator may submit SFPD for passengers on these operations for watch list matching under this part, provided that the covered aircraft operator—
</P>
<P>(i) Collects and transmits the SFPD for the passengers in accordance with this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides the privacy notice to the passengers in accordance with 49 CFR 1560.103; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Complies with the requirements of 49 CFR 1560.105 and 1560.107.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Transmission of Secure Flight Passenger Data to TSA.</I> Beginning on the date provided in a covered aircraft operator's AOIP, the covered aircraft operator must electronically transmit SFPD to TSA, prior to the scheduled departure of each covered flight, in accordance with its AOIP as approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(1) To the extent available, each covered aircraft operator must electronically transmit SFPD to TSA for each passenger on a covered flight.
</P>
<P>(2) Each covered aircraft operator must transmit SFPD to TSA prior to the scheduled flight departure time, in accordance with its AOIP as approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Transmission of non-traveler information to TSA.</I> Beginning on the date provided in a covered aircraft operator's AOIP, the covered aircraft operator must electronically transmit SFPD to TSA for each non-traveling individual, prior to authorizing access to an airport sterile area.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Retransmission of information.</I> Each covered aircraft operator must retransmit to TSA updates to the information listed in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section to reflect most recent changes to that information, as specified in its AOIP as approved by TSA. 


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[73 FR 64061, Oct. 28, 2008, as amended at 90 FR 21690, May 21, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1560.103" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1560.103   Privacy notice.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Electronic collection of information</I>—(1) <I>Current electronic collection of information.</I> Prior to collecting information through a Web site or self-service kiosk from a passenger or non-traveling individual in order to comply with § 1560.101(a), a covered aircraft operator must make available the complete privacy notice set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Other electronic collection of information.</I> If a covered aircraft operator collects information directly from a passenger or non-traveling individual in order to comply with § 1560.101(a) through an electronic means not described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the covered aircraft operator must make available the complete privacy notice set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Third party Web site.</I> Each covered aircraft operator must ensure that each third party that maintains a Web site capable of making a reservation for the covered aircraft operator's reservation system, make available on its Web site the complete privacy notice set forth in paragraph (b) of this section prior to collecting information through the Web site.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Privacy notice.</I> The covered aircraft operator may substitute its name for the word “us,” but the complete privacy notice otherwise must be identical to the following paragraph unless TSA has approved alternative language: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The Transportation Security Administration of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security requires us to collect information from you for purposes of watch list screening, under the authority of 49 U.S.C. section 114, and the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004. Providing this information is voluntary; however, if it is not provided, you may be subject to additional screening or denied transport or authorization to enter a sterile area. TSA may share information you provide with law enforcement or intelligence agencies or others under its published system of records notice. For more on TSA Privacy policies, or to view the system of records notice and the privacy impact assessment, please see TSA's Web site at <I>www.tsa.gov.</I></P></EXTRACT>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1560.105" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1560.105   Denial of transport or sterile area access; designation for enhanced screening.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> (1) This section applies to each covered aircraft operator beginning on the date that TSA assumes the watch list matching function for the passengers and non-traveling individuals to whom that covered aircraft operator issues a boarding pass or other authorization to enter a sterile area. TSA will provide prior written notification to the covered aircraft operator no later than 60 days before the date on which it will assume the watch list matching function from that covered aircraft operator.
</P>
<P>(2) Prior to the date that TSA assumes the watch list matching function from a covered aircraft operator, the covered aircraft operator must comply with existing watch list matching procedures for passengers and non-traveling individuals, including denial of transport or sterile area access or designation for enhanced screening for individuals identified by the covered aircraft operator or TSA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Watch list matching results.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a covered aircraft operator must not issue a boarding pass or other authorization to enter a sterile area to a passenger or a non-traveling individual, and must not allow that individual to board an aircraft or enter a sterile area, until TSA informs the covered aircraft operator of the results of watch list matching for that passenger or non-traveling individual, in response to the covered aircraft operator's most recent SFPD submission for that passenger or non-traveling individual.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Denial of boarding pass.</I> If TSA sends a covered aircraft operator a boarding pass printing result that says the passenger or non-traveling individual must be placed on inhibited status, the covered aircraft operator must not issue a boarding pass or other authorization to enter a sterile area to that individual and must not allow that individual to board an aircraft or enter a sterile area.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Selection for enhanced screening.</I> If TSA sends a covered aircraft operator a boarding pass printing result that says the passenger has been selected for enhanced screening at a security checkpoint, the covered aircraft operator may issue a boarding pass to that individual and must identify the individual for enhanced screening, in accordance with procedures approved by TSA. The covered aircraft operator must place a code on the boarding pass that meets the requirements described in the Consolidated User Guide. If TSA sends a covered aircraft operator a boarding pass printing result that says the non-traveling individual has been selected for enhanced screening at a security checkpoint, the covered aircraft operator must not issue an authorization to enter a sterile area to that individual.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Cleared for boarding or entry into a sterile area.</I> If TSA sends a covered aircraft operator a boarding pass printing result that instructs a covered aircraft operator that a passenger or non-traveling individual is cleared, the covered aircraft operator may issue a boarding pass or other authorization to enter a sterile area to that individual, unless required under another TSA requirement to identify the passenger or non-traveling individual for enhanced screening or to deny entry into the sterile area. The covered aircraft operator must place a code on the boarding pass or authorization to enter the sterile area that meets the requirements described in the Consolidated User Guide.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Override by a covered aircraft operator.</I> No covered aircraft operator may override a TSA boarding pass printing result that instructs a covered aircraft operator to place a passenger or non-traveling individual in an inhibited status or to identify a passenger or non-traveling individual for enhanced screening, unless explicitly authorized by TSA to do so.
</P>
<P>(5) <I>Updated SFPD from covered aircraft operator.</I> When a covered aircraft operator sends updated SFPD to TSA under § 1560.101(d) for a passenger or non-traveling individual for whom TSA has already issued a boarding pass printing result, all previous TSA results concerning the passenger or non-traveling individual are voided. The covered aircraft operator may not issue a boarding pass or grant authorization to enter a sterile area until it receives an updated result from TSA authorizing the issuance of a boarding pass or authorization to enter a sterile area. Upon receiving an updated result from TSA, the covered aircraft operator must acknowledge receipt of the updated result, comply with the updated result, and disregard all previous boarding pass printing results.
</P>
<P>(6) <I>Updated boarding pass printing results from TSA.</I> After TSA sends a covered aircraft operator a result under paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section, TSA may receive additional information concerning the passenger or non-traveling individual and may send an updated boarding pass printing result concerning that passenger or non-traveling individual to the covered aircraft operator. Upon receiving an updated boarding pass printing result from TSA, the covered aircraft operator must acknowledge receipt of the updated result, comply with the updated result, and disregard all previous results.
</P>
<P>(7) <I>Boarding pass issuance for covered flights to or overflying the United States.</I> Covered aircraft operators may permit another aircraft operator to issue a boarding pass for a covered flight departing from a foreign location to the United States or overflying the United States without regard to the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(6) of this section provided that—
</P>
<P>(i) Before allowing the individual to board the aircraft for a covered flight, the covered aircraft operator confirms that it has received a boarding pass printing result from DHS for individuals who are issued boarding passes under paragraph (b)(7) of this section;
</P>
<P>(ii) Before allowing the individual to board an aircraft for a covered flight, the covered aircraft operator applies the measures in its security program to prevent an individual for whom DHS has returned an inhibited status boarding pass printing result under paragraph (b)(1) of this section from boarding the aircraft; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The covered aircraft operator applies the measures in its security program, as provided in 49 CFR part 1544, subpart B or 49 CFR part 1546, subpart B, to ensure that an individual for whom DHS returns a Selectee result under paragraph (b)(2) of this section undergoes enhanced screening pursuant to the covered aircraft operator's security program prior to that individual boarding the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Request for identification</I>—(1) <I>In general.</I> If TSA has not informed the covered aircraft operator of the results of watch list matching for an individual by the time the individual attempts to check in, or informs the covered aircraft operator that an individual has been placed in inhibited status, the aircraft operator must request from the individual a verifying identity document pursuant to procedures in its security program., as provided in 49 CFR part 1544, subpart B or 49 CFR part 1546, subpart B. The individual must present a verifying identity document to the covered aircraft operator at the airport.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Transmission of Updated Secure Flight Passenger Data.</I> Upon reviewing a passenger's verifying identity document, the covered aircraft operator must transmit the SFPD elements from the individual's verifying identity document to TSA.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Provision of Passenger Resolution Information.</I> If requested by TSA, the covered aircraft operator must also provide to TSA the individual's Passenger Resolution Information as specified by TSA.
</P>
<P>(4) <I>Exception for minors.</I> If a covered aircraft operator is required to obtain information from an individual's verifying identity document under this paragraph (c), and the individual is younger than 18 years of age and does not have a verifying identity document, TSA may, on a case-by-case basis, authorize the minor or an adult accompanying the minor to state the individual's full name and date of birth in lieu of providing a verifying identity document.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Failure to obtain identification.</I> If a passenger or non-traveling individual does not present a verifying identity document when requested by the covered aircraft operator, in order to comply with paragraph (c) of this section, the covered aircraft operator must not issue a boarding pass or give authorization to enter a sterile area to that individual and must not allow that individual to board an aircraft or enter a sterile area, unless otherwise authorized by TSA. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1560.107" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.2.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1560.107   Use of watch list matching results by covered aircraft operators.</HEAD>
<P>A covered aircraft operator must not use any watch list matching results provided by TSA for purposes other than those provided in § 1560.105 and other security purposes. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1560.109" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.2.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1560.109   Aircraft Operator Implementation Plan.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Content of the Aircraft Operator Implementation Plan (AOIP).</I> Each covered aircraft operator must adopt and carry out an AOIP that sets forth the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The covered aircraft operator's test plan with TSA.
</P>
<P>(2) When the covered operator will begin to collect and transmit to TSA each data element of the SFPD for each covered flight.
</P>
<P>(3) The specific means by which the covered aircraft operator will request and transmit information under § 1560.101, the timing and frequency of transmission, and any other related matters, in accordance with the Consolidated User Guide.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Adoption of Aircraft Operator Implementation Plan (AOIP).</I> Each covered aircraft operator must adopt an AOIP pursuant to the procedures set forth in this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(1) TSA notifies each covered aircraft operator in writing of a proposed AOIP, fixing a period of not less than 30 days within which the covered aircraft operator may submit written information, views, and arguments on the proposed AOIP.
</P>
<P>(2) After considering all relevant material, TSA's designated official notifies each covered aircraft operator of its AOIP. The AOIP becomes effective not less than 30 days after the covered aircraft operator receives the notice of its AOIP, unless the covered aircraft operator petitions the Assistant Secretary or designated official to reconsider no later than 15 days before the effective date of the AOIP. The covered aircraft operator must send the petition for reconsideration to the designated official. A timely petition for reconsideration stays the effective date of the AOIP.
</P>
<P>(3) Upon receipt of a petition for reconsideration, the designated official either amends the AOIP or transmits the petition, together with any pertinent information, to the Assistant Secretary or designee for reconsideration. The Assistant Secretary or designee disposes of the petition within 30 days of receipt by either directing the designated official to withdraw or amend the AOIP, or by affirming the AOIP.
</P>
<P>(4) TSA may, at its discretion, grant extensions to any schedule deadlines, on its own initiative or upon the request of a covered aircraft operator.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Incorporation into Security Program.</I> Once an AOIP is approved, the AOIP becomes part of the covered aircraft operator's security program as described in 49 CFR part 1544, subpart B, or 49 CFR part 1546, subpart B, as appropriate, and any amendments will be made in accordance with the procedures in those subparts.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Handling of Aircraft Operator Implementation Plan (AOIP).</I> An AOIP contains sensitive security information (SSI) and must be handled and protected in accordance with 49 CFR part 1520. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1560.111" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.2.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1560.111   Covered airport operators.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to a covered airport operator that has a program approved by TSA through which the covered airport operator may authorize non-traveling individuals to enter a sterile area.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Requirements.</I> A covered airport operator must adopt and carry out an AOIP in accordance with § 1560.109. Each covered airport operator must comply with the procedures required of covered aircraft operators in §§ 1560.101(a), (c), and (d), 1560.103, and 1560.107 of this part and any other applicable TSA requirements when authorizing non-traveling individuals to enter a sterile area. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Passenger Redress</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1560.201" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.3.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1560.201   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to individuals who believe they have been improperly or unfairly delayed or prohibited from boarding an aircraft or entering a sterile area as a result of the Secure Flight program. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1560.203" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.3.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1560.203   Representation by counsel.</HEAD>
<P>A person may be represented by counsel at his or her own expense during the redress process. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1560.205" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.3.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1560.205   Redress process.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an individual believes he or she has been improperly or unfairly delayed or prohibited from boarding an aircraft or entering a sterile area as a result of the Secure Flight program, the individual may seek assistance through the redress process established under this section.
</P>
<P>(b) An individual may obtain the forms and information necessary to initiate the redress process on the DHS TRIP Web site at <I>http://www.dhs.gov/trip</I> or by contacting the DHS TRIP office by mail. Individuals should send written requests for forms to the DHS TRIP office and include their name and address in the request. DHS will provide the necessary forms and information to individuals through its Web site or by mail.
</P>
<P>(c) The individual must send to the DHS TRIP office the personal information and copies of the specified identification documents. If TSA needs additional information in order to continue the redress process, TSA will so notify the individual in writing and request that additional information. The DHS TRIP Office will assign the passenger a unique identifier, which TSA will recognize as the Redress Number, and the passenger may use that Redress Number in future correspondence with TSA and when making future travel reservations.
</P>
<P>(d) TSA, in coordination with the TSC and other appropriate Federal law enforcement or intelligence agencies, if necessary, will review all the documentation and information requested from the individual, correct any erroneous information, and provide the individual with a timely written response. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1560.207" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.18.3.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1560.207   Oversight of process.</HEAD>
<P>The redress process and its implementation are subject to review by the TSA and DHS Privacy Offices and the TSA and DHS Offices for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1562" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.19" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1562—OPERATIONS IN THE WASHINGTON, DC, METROPOLITAN AREA
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114, 40114, Sec. 823, Pub. L. 108-176, 117 Stat. 2595.
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 7162, Feb. 10, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.19.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Maryland Three Airports: Enhanced Security Procedures for Operations at Certain Airports in the Washington, DC, Metropolitan Area Flight Restricted Zone</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1562.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.19.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1562.1   Scope and definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This subpart applies to the following airports, and individuals who operate an aircraft to or from those airports, that are located within the airspace designated as the Washington, DC, Metropolitan Area Flight Restricted Zone by the Federal Aviation Administration:
</P>
<P>(1) College Park Airport (CGS);
</P>
<P>(2) Potomac Airfield (VKX); and
</P>
<P>(3) Washington Executive/Hyde Field (W32).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Airport security coordinator</I> means the official at a Maryland Three Airport who is responsible for ensuring that the airport's security procedures are implemented and followed.
</P>
<P><I>Maryland Three Airport</I> means any of the airports specified in paragraph (a) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1562.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.19.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1562.3   Operating requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Airport operator requirements.</I> Each operator of a Maryland Three Airport must:
</P>
<P>(1) Appoint an airport employee as the airport security coordinator;
</P>
<P>(2) Maintain and carry out security procedures approved by TSA;
</P>
<P>(3) Maintain at the airport a copy of the airport's TSA-approved security procedures;
</P>
<P>(4) Maintain at the airport a copy of each Federal Aviation Administration Notice to Airmen and rule that affects security procedures at the Maryland Three Airports; and
</P>
<P>(5) Permit officials authorized by TSA to inspect—
</P>
<P>(i) The airport;
</P>
<P>(ii) The airport's TSA-approved security procedures; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Any other documents required under this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Airport security coordinator requirements.</I> Each airport security coordinator for a Maryland Three Airport must be approved by TSA. To obtain TSA approval, an airport security coordinator must:
</P>
<P>(1) Present to TSA, in a form and manner acceptable to TSA, his or her—
</P>
<P>(i) Name;
</P>
<P>(ii) Social Security Number;
</P>
<P>(iii) Date of birth;
</P>
<P>(iv) Address;
</P>
<P>(v) Phone number; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Fingerprints.
</P>
<P>(2) Successfully complete a TSA terrorist threat assessment; and
</P>
<P>(3) Not have been convicted or found not guilty by reason of insanity, in any jurisdiction, during the 10 years prior to applying for authorization to operate to or from the airport, or while authorized to operate to or from the airport, of any crime specified in 49 CFR 1542.209 or 1572.103.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Security procedures.</I> To be approved by TSA, an airport's security procedures, at a minimum, must:
</P>
<P>(1) Identify and provide contact information for the airport's airport security coordinator.
</P>
<P>(2) Contain a current record of the individuals and aircraft authorized to operate to or from the airport.
</P>
<P>(3) Contain procedures to—
</P>
<P>(i) Monitor the security of aircraft at the airport during operational and non-operational hours; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Alert the aircraft owner(s) and operator(s), the airport operator, and TSA of unsecured aircraft.
</P>
<P>(4) Contain procedures to implement and maintain security awareness procedures at the airport.
</P>
<P>(5) Contain procedures for limited approval of pilots who violate the Washington, DC, Metropolitan Area Flight Restricted Zone and are forced to land at the airport.
</P>
<P>(6) Contain any additional procedures required by TSA to provide for the security of aircraft operations to or from the airport.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Amendments to security procedures.</I> Airport security procedures approved by TSA remain in effect unless TSA determines that—
</P>
<P>(1) Operations at the airport have not been conducted in accordance with those procedures; or
</P>
<P>(2) The procedures must be amended to provide for the security of aircraft operations to or from the airport.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Pilot requirements for TSA approval.</I> Except as specified in paragraph (g) of this section, each pilot of an aircraft operating to or from any of the Maryland Three Airports must be approved by TSA. To obtain TSA approval, a pilot must:
</P>
<P>(1) Present to TSA—
</P>
<P>(i) The pilot's name;
</P>
<P>(ii) The pilot's Social Security Number;
</P>
<P>(iii) The pilot's date of birth;
</P>
<P>(iv) The pilot's address;
</P>
<P>(v) The pilot's phone number;
</P>
<P>(vi) The pilot's current and valid airman certificate or current student pilot certificate;
</P>
<P>(vii) The pilot's current medical certificate;
</P>
<P>(viii) One form of Government-issued picture identification of the pilot;
</P>
<P>(ix) The pilot's fingerprints, in a form and manner acceptable to TSA; and
</P>
<P>(x) A list containing the make, model, and registration number of each aircraft that the pilot intends to operate to or from the airport.
</P>
<P>(2) Successfully complete a TSA terrorist threat assessment.
</P>
<P>(3) Receive a briefing acceptable to TSA and the Federal Aviation Administration that describes procedures for operating to and from the airport.
</P>
<P>(4) Not have been convicted or found not guilty by reason of insanity, in any jurisdiction, during the 10 years prior to applying for authorization to operate to or from the airport, or while authorized to operate to or from the airport, of any crime specified in 49 CFR 1542.209 or 1572.103.
</P>
<P>(5) Not, in TSA's discretion, have a record on file with the Federal Aviation Administration of a violation of—
</P>
<P>(i) A prohibited area designated under 14 CFR part 73;
</P>
<P>(ii) A flight restriction established under 14 CFR 91.141;
</P>
<P>(iii) Special security instructions issued under 14 CFR 99.7;
</P>
<P>(iv) A restricted area designated under 14 CFR part 73;
</P>
<P>(v) Emergency air traffic rules issued under 14 CFR 91.139;
</P>
<P>(vi) A temporary flight restriction designated under 14 CFR 91.137, 91.138, or 91.145; or
</P>
<P>(vii) An area designated under 14 CFR 91.143.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Additional pilot requirements.</I> Except as specified in paragraph (g) of this section, each pilot of an aircraft operating to or from any of the Maryland Three Airports must:
</P>
<P>(1) Protect from unauthorized disclosure any identification information issued by TSA or the Federal Aviation Administration for the conduct of operations to or from the airport.
</P>
<P>(2) Secure the aircraft after returning to the airport from any flight.
</P>
<P>(3) Comply with any other requirements for operating to or from the airport specified by TSA or the Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Operations to any of the Maryland Three Airports.</I> A pilot who is approved by TSA in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section may operate an aircraft to any of the Maryland Three Airports, provided that the pilot—
</P>
<P>(1) Files an instrument flight rules or visual flight rules flight plan with Leesburg Automated Flight Service Station;
</P>
<P>(2) Obtains an Air Traffic Control clearance with a discrete transponder code; and
</P>
<P>(3) Follows any arrival/departure procedures required by the Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>U.S. Armed forces, law enforcement, and aeromedical services aircraft.</I> An individual may operate a U.S. Armed Forces, law enforcement, or aeromedical services aircraft on an authorized mission to or from any of the Maryland Three Airports provided that the individual complies with any requirements for operating to or from the airport specified by TSA or the Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Continuing responsibilities.</I> (1) If an airport security coordinator, or a pilot who is approved to operate to or from any of the Maryland Three Airports, is convicted or found not guilty by reason of insanity, in any jurisdiction, of any crime specified in 49 CFR 1542.209 or 1572.103, the airport security coordinator or pilot must notify TSA within 24 hours of the conviction or finding of not guilty by reason of insanity. TSA may withdraw its approval of the airport security coordinator or pilot as a result of the conviction or finding of not guilty by reason of insanity.
</P>
<P>(2) If a pilot who is approved to operate to or from any of the Maryland Three Airports commits any of the violations described in paragraph (e)(5) of this section, the pilot must notify TSA within 24 hours of the violation. TSA, in its discretion, may withdraw its approval of the pilot as a result of the violation.
</P>
<P>(3) If an airport security coordinator, or a pilot who is approved to operate to or from any of the Maryland Three Airports, is determined by TSA to pose a threat to national or transportation security, or a threat of terrorism, TSA may withdraw its approval of the airport security coordinator or pilot.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Waivers.</I> TSA, in coordination with the Federal Aviation Administration, the United States Secret Service, and any other relevant agency, may permit an operation to or from any of the Maryland Three Airports, in deviation from the provisions of this section, if TSA finds that such action—
</P>
<P>(1) Is in the public interest; and
</P>
<P>(2) Provides the level of security required by this section.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.19.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport: Enhanced Security Procedures for Certain Operations</HEAD>

<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>70 FR 41600, July 19, 2005, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV8 N="§ 1562.21" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.19.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1562.21   Scope, general requirements, and definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This subpart applies to aircraft operations into or out of Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport (DCA), fixed base operators located at DCA or gateway airports; individuals designated as a security coordinator by aircraft operators or fixed base operators; and crewmembers, passengers, and armed security officers on aircraft operations subject to this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements.</I> Each person operating an aircraft into or out of DCA must comply with this subpart, except:
</P>
<P>(1) Military, law enforcement, and medivac aircraft operations;
</P>
<P>(2) Federal and State government aircraft operations operating under an airspace waiver approved by TSA and the Federal Aviation Administration;
</P>
<P>(3) All-cargo aircraft operations; and
</P>
<P>(4) Passenger aircraft operations conducted under:
</P>
<P>(i) A full security program approved by TSA in accordance with 49 CFR 1544.101(a); or
</P>
<P>(ii) A foreign air carrier security program approved by TSA in accordance with 49 CFR 1546.101(a) or (b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Other security programs.</I> Each aircraft operator required to comply with this subpart for an aircraft operation into or out of DCA must also comply with any other TSA-approved security program that covers that operation. If any requirements of the DASSP conflict with the requirements of another TSA-approved security program, the aircraft operation must be conducted in accordance with the requirements of the DASSP.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Definitions.</I> For purposes of this subpart, the following definitions apply:
</P>
<P><I>Armed Security Officer Program</I> means the security program approved by TSA, in coordination with the Federal Air Marshal Service, for security officers authorized to carry a firearm under § 1562.29 of this part.
</P>
<P><I>Crewmember</I> means a person assigned to perform duty in an aircraft during flight time. This does not include an armed security officer.
</P>
<P><I>DCA</I> means Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport.
</P>
<P><I>DASSP</I> means the aircraft operator security program (DCA Access Standard Security Program) approved by TSA under this part for aircraft operations into and out of DCA.
</P>
<P><I>FBO</I> means a fixed base operator that has been approved by TSA under this part to serve as a last point of departure for flights into or out of DCA.
</P>
<P><I>FBO Security Program</I> means the security program approved by TSA under this part for FBOs to serve flights into or out of DCA.
</P>
<P><I>Flightcrew member</I> means a pilot, flight engineer, or flight navigator assigned to duty in an aircraft during flight time.
</P>
<P><I>Gateway airport</I> means an airport that has been approved by TSA under this part as a last point of departure for flights into DCA under this part.
</P>
<P><I>Passenger</I> means any person on an aircraft other than a flightcrew member. A “passenger” includes an armed security officer authorized to carry a firearm in accordance with the rule.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1562.23" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.19.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1562.23   Aircraft operator and passenger requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> To operate into or out of DCA, an aircraft operator must:
</P>
<P>(1) Designate a security coordinator responsible for implementing the DASSP and other security requirements required under this section, and provide TSA with the security coordinator's contact information and availability in accordance with the DASSP.
</P>
<P>(2) Adopt and carry out the DASSP.
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure that each crewmember of an aircraft operating into or out of DCA meets the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Apply for and receive a reservation from the Federal Aviation Administration and authorization from TSA for each flight into and out of DCA in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) Comply with the operating requirements in paragraph (e) of this section for each flight into and out of DCA.
</P>
<P>(6) Pay any costs and fees required under this part.
</P>
<P>(7) Restrict the distribution, disclosure, and availability of sensitive security information (SSI), as defined in part 1520 of this chapter, to persons with a need to know, and refer all requests for SSI by other persons to TSA.
</P>
<P>(8) Comply with any additional security procedures required by TSA through order, Security Directive, or other means.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Security coordinator.</I> Each security coordinator designated by an aircraft operator under paragraph (a) of this section:
</P>
<P>(1) Must undergo a fingerprint-based criminal history records check that does not disclose that he or she has a disqualifying criminal offense as described in § 1544.229(d) of this chapter. This standard is met if the security coordinator is in compliance with the fingerprint-based criminal history records check requirements of §§ 1542.209, 1544.229, or 1544.230 of this chapter with his or her current employer.
</P>
<P>(2) Must submit to TSA his or her:
</P>
<P>(i) Legal name, including first, middle, and last; any applicable suffix, and any other names used.
</P>
<P>(ii) Current mailing address, including residential address if different than current mailing address.
</P>
<P>(iii) Date and place of birth.
</P>
<P>(iv) Social security number, (submission is voluntary, although recommended).
</P>
<P>(v) Citizenship status and date of naturalization if the individual is a naturalized citizen of the United States.
</P>
<P>(vi) Alien registration number, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(3) Must successfully complete a TSA security threat assessment.
</P>
<P>(4) May, if informed that a disqualifying offense has been disclosed, correct the record in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraphs (h) and (i) of § 1544.229 of this chapter regarding notification and correction of records.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Flightcrew member requirements.</I> Each flightcrew member of an aircraft, as defined in 49 CFR 1540.5, operating into or out of DCA:
</P>
<P>(1) Must undergo a fingerprint-based criminal history records check that does not disclose that he or she has a disqualifying criminal offense as described in § 1544.229(d) of this chapter. This standard is met if the flightcrew member is in compliance with the fingerprint-based criminal history records check requirements of §§ 1542.209, 1544.229, or 1544.230 of this chapter with his or her current employer.
</P>
<P>(2) Must not have a record on file with the Federal Aviation Administration of a violation of—
</P>
<P>(i) A prohibited area designated under 14 CFR part 73;
</P>
<P>(ii) A flight restriction established under 14 CFR 91.141;
</P>
<P>(iii) Special security instructions issued under 14 CFR 99.7;
</P>
<P>(iv) A restricted area designated under 14 CFR part 73;
</P>
<P>(v) Emergency air traffic rules issued under 14 CFR 91.139;
</P>
<P>(vi) A temporary flight restriction designated under 14 CFR 91.137, 91.138, or 91.145; or
</P>
<P>(vii) An area designated under 14 CFR 91.143.
</P>
<P>(3) May, if informed that a disqualifying offense has been disclosed, correct the record in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraphs (h) and (i) of § 1544.229 of this chapter regarding notification and correction of records.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Flight authorization requirements.</I> To receive authorization to operate an aircraft into or out of DCA, an aircraft operator must follow the procedures in this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(1) The aircraft operator must apply to the Federal Aviation Administration for a tentative reservation, in a form and manner approved by the Federal Aviation Administration.
</P>
<P>(2) The aircraft operator must submit to TSA, in a form and manner approved by TSA, the following information at least 24 hours prior to aircraft departure:
</P>
<P>(i) For each passenger and crewmember on the aircraft:
</P>
<P>(A) Legal name, including first, middle, and last; any applicable suffix, and any other names used.
</P>
<P>(B) Current mailing address, including residential address if different than current mailing address.
</P>
<P>(C) Date and place of birth.
</P>
<P>(D) Social security number, (submission is voluntary, although recommended).
</P>
<P>(E) Citizenship status and date of naturalization if the individual is a naturalized citizen of the United States.
</P>
<P>(F) Alien registration number, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(ii) The registration number of the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(iii) The flight plan.
</P>
<P>(iv) Any other information required by TSA.
</P>
<P>(3) TSA will conduct a name-based security threat assessment for each passenger and crewmember. If TSA notifies the aircraft operator that a passenger or crewmember may pose a security threat, the aircraft operator must ensure that the passenger or crewmember does not board the aircraft before the aircraft departs out of DCA or out of a gateway airport to DCA.
</P>
<P>(4) If TSA approves the flight, TSA will transmit such approval to the Federal Aviation Administration for assignment of a final reservation to operate into or out of DCA. Once the Federal Aviation Administration assigns the final reservation, TSA will notify the aircraft operator.
</P>
<P>(5) TSA may, at its discretion, cancel any or all flight approvals at any time without prior notice to the aircraft operator.
</P>
<P>(6) TSA may, at its discretion, permit a flight into or out of DCA to deviate from the requirements of this subpart, if TSA finds that such action would not be detrimental to transportation security or the safe operation of the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(7) TSA may, at its discretion, require any flight into or out of DCA under this subpart to comply with additional security measures.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Operating requirements.</I> Each aircraft operator must:
</P>
<P>(1) Ensure that each flight into DCA departs from a gateway airport and makes no intermediate stops before arrival at DCA.
</P>
<P>(2) Ensure that each passenger and crewmember on an aircraft operating into or out of DCA has been screened in accordance with the DASSP prior to boarding the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(3) Ensure that all accessible property and property in inaccessible cargo holds on an aircraft operating into or out of DCA has been screened in accordance with the DASSP prior to boarding the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(4) Ensure that each aircraft operating into or out of DCA has been searched in accordance with the DASSP.
</P>
<P>(5) Ensure that each passenger and crewmember on an aircraft operating into or out of DCA provides TSA with a valid government-issued picture identification in accordance with the DASSP.
</P>
<P>(6) If the aircraft operating into or out of DCA is equipped with a cockpit door, ensure that the door is closed and locked at all times during the operation of the aircraft to or from DCA, unless Federal Aviation Administration regulations require the door to remain open.
</P>
<P>(7) Ensure that each aircraft operating into or out of DCA has onboard at least one armed security officer who meets the requirements of § 1562.29 of this chapter. This requirement does not apply if—
</P>
<P>(i) There is a Federal Air Marshal onboard; or
</P>
<P>(ii) The aircraft is being flown without passengers into DCA to pick up passengers, or out of DCA after deplaning all passengers.
</P>
<P>(8) Ensure that an aircraft operating into or out of DCA has any Federal Air Marshal onboard, at no cost to the Federal Government, if TSA or the Federal Air Marshal Service so requires.
</P>
<P>(9) Notify the National Capital Region Coordination Center prior to departure of the aircraft from DCA or a gateway airport.
</P>
<P>(10) Ensure that each aircraft operating into or out of DCA operates under instrument flight rules.
</P>
<P>(11) Ensure that each passenger complies with any security measures mandated by TSA.
</P>
<P>(12) Ensure that no prohibited items are onboard the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Compliance.</I> (1) Each aircraft operator must:
</P>
<P>(i) Permit TSA to conduct any inspections or tests, including copying records, to determine compliance with this part and the DASSP.
</P>
<P>(ii) At the request of TSA, provide evidence of compliance with this part and the DASSP, including copies of records.
</P>
<P>(2) Noncompliance with this part or the DASSP may result in the cancellation of an aircraft operator's flight approvals and other remedial or enforcement action, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Passenger requirements.</I> Each passenger, including each armed security officer, who boards or attempts to board an aircraft under this section must:
</P>
<P>(1) Provide information to the aircraft operator as provided in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Provide to TSA upon request a valid government-issued photo identification.
</P>
<P>(3) Comply with security measures as conveyed by the aircraft operator.
</P>
<P>(4) Comply with all applicable regulations in this chapter, including § 1540.107 regarding submission to screening and inspection, § 1540.109 regarding prohibition against interference with screening personnel, and § 1540.111 regarding carriage of weapons, explosives, and incendiaries by individuals. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1562.25" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.19.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1562.25   Fixed base operator requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Security program.</I> Each FBO must adopt and carry out an FBO Security Program.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Screening and other duties.</I> Each FBO must—
</P>
<P>(1) Designate a security coordinator who meets the requirements in § 1562.23(b) of this part and is responsible for implementing the FBO Security Program and other security requirements required under this section, and provide TSA with the security coordinator's contact information and availability in accordance with the FBO Security Program.
</P>
<P>(2) Support the screening of persons and property in accordance with the requirements of this subpart and the FBO Security Program.
</P>
<P>(3) Support the search of aircraft in accordance with the requirements of this subpart and the FBO Security Program.
</P>
<P>(4) Restrict the distribution, disclosure, and availability of sensitive security information (SSI), as defined in part 1520 of this chapter, to persons with a need to know, and refer all requests for SSI by other persons to TSA.
</P>
<P>(5) Perform any other duties required under the FBO Security Program.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Compliance.</I> (1) Each FBO must:
</P>
<P>(i) Permit TSA to conduct any inspections or tests, including copying records, to determine compliance with this part and the FBO Security Program.
</P>
<P>(ii) At the request of TSA, provide evidence of compliance with this part and the FBO Security Program, including copies of records.
</P>
<P>(2) Noncompliance with this part or the FBO Security Program may result in the cancellation of an aircraft operator's flight approvals and other remedial or enforcement action, as appropriate. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1562.27" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.19.2.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1562.27   Costs.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each aircraft operator must pay a threat assessment fee of $15 for each passenger and crewmember whose information the aircraft operator submits to TSA in accordance with § 1562.23(d) of this part.
</P>
<P>(b) Each aircraft operator must pay to TSA the costs associated with carrying out this subpart, as provided in its DASSP.
</P>
<P>(c) All fees and reimbursement must be remitted to TSA in a form and manner approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(d) TSA will not issue any refunds, unless any fees or reimbursement funds were paid in error.
</P>
<P>(e) If an aircraft operator does not remit to TSA the fees and reimbursement funds required under this section, TSA may decline to process any requests for authorization from the aircraft operator. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1562.29" NODE="49:9.1.3.5.19.2.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1562.29   Armed security officer requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General.</I> Unless otherwise authorized by TSA, each armed security officer must meet the following requirements:
</P>
<P>(1) Be qualified to carry a firearm in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Successfully complete a TSA security threat assessment as described in paragraph (c) of this section.
</P>
<P>(3) Meet such other requirements as TSA, in coordination with the Federal Air Marshal Service, may establish in the Armed Security Officer Security Program.
</P>
<P>(4) Be authorized by TSA, in coordination with the Federal Air Marshal Service, under 49 U.S.C. 44903(d).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Qualifications.</I> To be qualified to carry a firearm under this subpart, an individual must meet the requirements in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of this section, unless otherwise authorized by TSA, in coordination with the Federal Air Marshal Service.
</P>
<P>(1) <I>Active law enforcement officers.</I> An active law enforcement officer must be an employee of a governmental agency who—
</P>
<P>(i) Is authorized by law to engage in or supervise the prevention, detection, investigation, or prosecution of, or the incarceration of any person for, any violation of law;
</P>
<P>(ii) Has statutory powers of arrest;
</P>
<P>(iii) Is authorized by the agency to carry a firearm;
</P>
<P>(iv) Is not the subject of any disciplinary action by the agency;
</P>
<P>(v) Is not under the influence of alcohol or another intoxicating or hallucinatory drug or substance; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Is not prohibited by Federal law from receiving a firearm.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Retired law enforcement officers.</I> A retired law enforcement officer must be an individual who—
</P>
<P>(i) Retired in good standing from service with a public agency as a law enforcement officer, other than for reasons of mental instability;
</P>
<P>(ii) Before such retirement, was authorized by law to engage in or supervise the prevention, detection, investigation, or prosecution of, or the incarceration of any person for, any violation of law, and had statutory powers of arrest;
</P>
<P>(iii) Before such retirement, was regularly employed as a law enforcement officer for an aggregate of 15 years or more, or retired from service with such agency, after completing any applicable probationary period of such service, due to a service-connected disability, as determined by such agency;
</P>
<P>(iv) Has a non-forfeitable right to benefits under the retirement plan of the agency;
</P>
<P>(v) Is not under the influence of alcohol or another intoxicating or hallucinatory drug or substance; and
</P>
<P>(vi) Is not prohibited by Federal law from receiving a firearm.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Other individuals.</I> Any other individual must—
</P>
<P>(i) Meet qualifications established by TSA, in coordination with the Federal Air Marshal Service, in the Armed Security Officer Program;
</P>
<P>(ii) Not be under the influence of alcohol or another intoxicating or hallucinatory drug or substance; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Not be prohibited by Federal law from receiving a firearm.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Threat assessments.</I> To be authorized under this section, each armed security officer:
</P>
<P>(1) Must undergo a fingerprint-based criminal history records check that does not disclose that he or she has a criminal offense that would disqualify him or her from possessing a firearm under 18 U.S.C. 922(g).
</P>
<P>(2) May, if informed that a disqualifying offense has been disclosed, correct the record in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraphs (h) and (i) of § 1544.229 of this chapter regarding notification and correction of records.
</P>
<P>(3) Must submit to TSA his or her:
</P>
<P>(i) Legal name, including first, middle, and last; any applicable suffix, and any other names used.
</P>
<P>(ii) Current mailing address, including residential address if different than current mailing address.
</P>
<P>(iii) Date and place of birth.
</P>
<P>(iv) Social security number, (submission is voluntary, although recommended).
</P>
<P>(v) Citizenship status and date of naturalization if the individual is a naturalized citizen of the United States.
</P>
<P>(vi) Alien registration number, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(4) Must undergo a threat assessment by TSA prior to receiving authorization under this section and prior to boarding an aircraft operating into or out of DCA as provided in § 1562.23(d)(1) of this part.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Training.</I> Each armed security officer onboard an aircraft operating into or out of DCA must:
</P>
<P>(1) Have basic law enforcement training acceptable to TSA; and
</P>
<P>(2) Successfully complete a TSA-approved training course, developed in coordination with the Federal Air Marshal Service, at the expense of the armed security officer.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Armed security officer program.</I> (1) Each armed security officer onboard an aircraft operating into or out of DCA must—
</P>
<P>(i) Comply with the Armed Security Officer Program.
</P>
<P>(ii) Restrict the distribution, disclosure, and availability of sensitive security information (SSI), as defined in part 1520 of this chapter, to persons with a need to know, and refer all requests for SSI by other persons to TSA.
</P>
<P>(2) TSA and the Federal Air Marshal Service may conduct random inspections of armed security officers to ensure compliance with the Armed Security Officer Program.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Authority to carry firearm.</I> An armed security officer approved under this section is authorized—
</P>
<P>(1) To carry a firearm in accordance with the Armed Security Officer Program on an aircraft operating under a DASSP into or out of DCA; and
</P>
<P>(2) To transport a firearm in accordance with the Armed Security Officer Program at any airport as needed to carry out duties under this subpart, including for travel to and from flights conducted under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Use of force.</I> Each armed security officer authorized to carry a firearm under this section may use force, including deadly force, in accordance with the Armed Security Officer Program.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Use of alcohol or intoxicating or hallucinatory drugs or substances.</I> An armed security officer onboard an aircraft operating into or out of DCA may not consume alcohol or use an intoxicating or hallucinatory drug or substance during the flight and within 8 hours before boarding the aircraft.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Credential</I>—(1) <I>TSA credential.</I> An armed security officer under this section must carry a credential issued by TSA.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Inspection of credential.</I> An armed security officer must present the TSA-issued credential for inspection when requested by an authorized representative of TSA, the Federal Aviation Administration, the Federal Air Marshal Service, the National Transportation Safety Board, any Federal, State, or local law enforcement officer, or any authorized aircraft operator representative.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Preflight identification to crewmembers.</I> When carrying a firearm, an armed security officer must identify himself or herself to all crewmembers either personally or through another member of the crew before the flight.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Suspension or withdrawal of authorization.</I> At the discretion of TSA, authorization under this subpart and 49 U.S.C. 44903(d) is suspended or withdrawn upon notification by TSA.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>

</DIV4>


<DIV4 N="D" NODE="49:9.1.3.6" TYPE="SUBCHAP">
<HEAD>SUBCHAPTER D—MARITIME AND SURFACE TRANSPORTATION SECURITY


</HEAD>

<DIV5 N="1570" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1570—GENERAL RULES


</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>18 U.S.C. 842, 845; 46 U.S.C. 70105; 49 U.S.C. 114, 5103a, 40113, and 46105; Pub. L. 108-90 (117 Stat. 1156, Oct. 1, 2003), sec. 520 (6 U.S.C. 469), as amended by Pub. L. 110-329 (122 Stat. 3689, Sept. 30, 2008) sec. 543 (6 U.S.C. 469); Pub. L. 110-53 (121 Stat. 266, Aug. 3, 2007) secs. 1402 (6 U.S.C. 1131), 1405 (6 U.S.C. 1134), 1408 (6 U.S.C. 1137), 1413 (6 U.S.C. 1142), 1414 (6 U.S.C. 1143), 1501 (6 U.S.C. 1151), 1512 (6 U.S.C. 1162), 1517 (6 U.S.C. 1167), 1522 (6 U.S.C. 1170), 1531 (6 U.S.C. 1181), and 1534 (6 U.S.C. 1184).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 16499, Mar. 23, 2020, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to any person involved in maritime or surface transportation as specified in this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.3   Terms used in this subchapter.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the definitions in §§ 1500.3, 1500.5, and 1503.202 of subchapter A, the following terms are used in this subchapter:
</P>
<P><I>Adjudicate</I> means to make an administrative determination of whether an applicant meets the standards in this subchapter, based on the merits of the issues raised.




</P>
<P><I>Applicant</I> means a person who has applied for one of the security threat assessments identified in this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Commercial driver's license (CDL)</I> is used as defined in 49 CFR 383.5.
</P>
<P><I>Contractor</I> means a person or organization that provides a service for an owner/operator regulated under this subchapter consistent with a specific understanding or arrangement. The understanding can be a written contract or an informal arrangement that reflects an ongoing relationship between the parties.
</P>
<P><I>Convicted</I> means any plea of guilty or nolo contendere, or any finding of guilt, except when the finding of guilt is subsequently overturned on appeal, pardoned, or expunged. For purposes of this subchapter, a conviction is expunged when the conviction is removed from the individual's criminal history record and there are no legal disabilities or restrictions associated with the expunged conviction, other than the fact that the conviction may be used for sentencing purposes for subsequent convictions. In addition, where an individual is allowed to withdraw an original plea of guilty or nolo contendere and enter a plea of not guilty and the case is subsequently dismissed, the individual is no longer considered to have a conviction for purposes of this subchapter.
</P>
<P><I>Determination of No Security Threat</I> means an administrative determination by TSA that an individual does not pose a security threat warranting denial of an HME or a TWIC.
</P>
<P><I>Employee</I> means an individual who is engaged or compensated by an owner/operator regulated under this subchapter, or by a contractor to an owner/operator regulated under this subchapter. The term includes direct employees, contractor employees, authorized representatives, immediate supervisors, and individuals who are self-employed.
</P>
<P><I>Federal Maritime Security Coordinator (FMSC)</I> has the same meaning as defined in 46 U.S.C. 70103(a)(2)(G); is the Captain of the Port (COTP) exercising authority for the COTP zones described in 33 CFR part 3, and is the Port Facility Security Officer as described in the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code, part A.
</P>
<P><I>Final Determination of Threat Assessment</I> means a final administrative determination by TSA, including the resolution of related appeals, that an individual poses a security threat warranting denial of an HME or a TWIC.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous materials endorsement (HME)</I> means the authorization for an individual to transport hazardous materials in commerce, an indication of which must be on the individual's commercial driver's license, as provided in the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration regulations in 49 CFR part 383.
</P>
<P><I>Immediate supervisor</I> means a manager, supervisor, or agent of the owner/operator to the extent the individual:
</P>
<P>(1) Performs the work of a security-sensitive employee; or
</P>
<P>(2) Supervises and otherwise directs the performance of a security-sensitive employee.
</P>
<P><I>Imprisoned</I> or <I>imprisonment</I> means confined to a prison, jail, or institution for the criminally insane, on a full-time basis, pursuant to a sentence imposed as the result of a criminal conviction or finding of not guilty by reason of insanity. Time spent confined or restricted to a half-way house, treatment facility, or similar institution, pursuant to a sentence imposed as the result of a criminal conviction or finding of not guilty by reason of insanity, does not constitute imprisonment for purposes of this rule.
</P>
<P><I>Incarceration</I> means confined or otherwise restricted to a jail-type institution, half-way house, treatment facility, or another institution on a full or part-time basis, pursuant to a sentence imposed as the result of a criminal conviction or finding of not guilty by reason of insanity.
</P>
<P><I>Initial Determination of Threat Assessment</I> means an initial administrative determination by TSA that an applicant poses a security threat warranting denial of an HME or a TWIC.
</P>
<P><I>Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation</I> means an initial administrative determination that an individual poses a security threat that warrants immediate revocation of an HME or invalidation of a TWIC. In the case of an HME, the State must immediately revoke the HME if TSA issues an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation. In the case of a TWIC, TSA invalidates the TWIC when TSA issues an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation.
</P>
<P><I>Invalidate</I> means the action TSA takes to make a credential inoperative when it is reported as lost, stolen, damaged, no longer needed, or when TSA determines an applicant does not meet the security threat assessment standards of 49 CFR part 1572.


</P>
<P><I>Maritime facility</I> has the same meaning as “facility” together with “OCS facility” (Outer Continental Shelf facility), as defined in 33 CFR 101.105.
</P>
<P><I>Mental health facility</I> means a mental institution, mental hospital, sanitarium, psychiatric facility, and any other facility that provides diagnoses by licensed professionals of mental retardation or mental illness, including a psychiatric ward in a general hospital.


</P>
<P><I>Revocation</I> means the termination, deactivation, rescission, invalidation, cancellation, or withdrawal of the privileges and duties conferred by an HME or TWIC, when TSA determines an applicant does not meet the security threat assessment standards of 49 CFR part 1572.
</P>
<P><I>Secure area</I> means the area on board a vessel or at a facility or outer continental shelf facility, over which the owner/operator has implemented security measures for access control, as defined by a Coast Guard approved security plan. It does not include passenger access areas or public access areas, as these terms are defined in 33 CFR 104.106 and 105.106 respectively. Vessels operating under the waivers provided for at 46 U.S.C. 8103(b)(3)(A) or (B) have no secure areas. Facilities subject to 33 CFR chapter I, subchapter H, part 105 may, with approval of the Coast Guard, designate only those portions of their facility that are directly connected to maritime transportation or are at risk of being involved in a transportation security incident as their secure areas.
</P>
<P><I>Security-sensitive employee,</I> for purposes of this part, means “security sensitive employee” as defined in § 1580.3, § 1582.3, or § 1584.3 of this title.


</P>
<P><I>Security-sensitive job function,</I> for purposes of this part, means a job function identified in appendix B to part 1580, appendix B to part 1582, and appendix B to part 1584 of this title.


</P>
<P><I>Transportation Worker Identification Credential (TWIC)</I> means a Federal biometric credential, issued to an individual, when TSA determines that the individual does not pose a security threat.
</P>
<P><I>Withdrawal of Initial Determination of Threat Assessment</I> is the document that TSA issues after issuing an Initial Determination of Security Threat, when TSA determines that an individual does not pose a security threat that warrants denial of an HME or TWIC.


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 16499, Mar. 23, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 35631, May 1, 2024; 91 FR 7161, Feb. 17, 2026]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.1.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.5   Fraud and intentional falsification of records.</HEAD>
<P>No person may make, cause to be made, attempt, or cause to attempt any of the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Any fraudulent or intentionally false statement in any record or report that is kept, made, or used to show compliance with the subchapter, or exercise any privileges under this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) Any reproduction or alteration, for fraudulent purpose, of any record, report, security program, access medium, or identification medium issued under this subchapter or pursuant to standards in this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.7" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.1.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.7   Security responsibilities of employees and other persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may—
</P>
<P>(1) Tamper or interfere with, compromise, modify, attempt to circumvent, or cause another person to tamper or interfere with, compromise, modify, or attempt to circumvent any security measure implemented under this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Enter, or be present within, a secured or restricted area without complying with the security measures applied as required under this subchapter to control access to, or presence or movement in, such areas.
</P>
<P>(3) Use, allow to be used, or cause to be used, any approved access medium or identification medium that authorizes the access, presence, or movement of persons or vehicles in secured or restricted areas in any other manner than that for which it was issued by the appropriate authority to meet the requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to conducting inspections or tests to determine compliance with this subchapter authorized by—
</P>
<P>(1) TSA and DHS officials working with TSA; or
</P>
<P>(2) The owner/operator when acting in accordance with the procedures described in a security plan and/or program approved by TSA.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.9" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.1.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.9   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Security Programs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.101" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.101   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements of this subpart address general security program requirements applicable to each owner/operator required to have a security program under subpart B to 49 CFR parts 1580, 1582, and 1584.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.103" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.103   Content.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Security program.</I> Except as otherwise approved by TSA, each owner/operator required to have a security program must address each of the security program requirements identified in subpart B to 49 CFR parts 1580, 1582, and 1584.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Use of appendices.</I> The owner/operator may comply with the requirements referenced in paragraph (a) of this section by including in its security program, as an appendix, any document that contains the information required by the applicable subpart B, including procedures, protocols or memorandums of understanding related to external agency response to security incidents or events. The appendix must be referenced in the corresponding section(s) of the security program.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.105" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.105   Responsibility for Determinations.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Higher-risk operations.</I> While TSA has determined the criteria for applicability of the requirements in subpart B to 49 CFR parts 1580, 1582, and 1584 based on risk-assessments for freight railroad, public transportation system, passenger railroad, or over-the-road (OTRB) owner/operators are required to determine if the applicability criteria identified in subpart B to parts 1580, 1582, and 1584 apply to their operations. Owner/operators are required to notify TSA of applicability within 30 days of June 22, 2020.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>New or modified operations.</I> If an owner/operator commences new operations or modifies existing operations after June 22, 2020, that person is responsible for determining whether the new or modified operations would meet the applicability criteria in subpart B to 49 CFR part 1580, 1582, or 1584 and must notify TSA no later than 90 calendar days before commencing operations or implementing modifications.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.107" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.2.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.107   Recognition of prior or established security measures or programs.</HEAD>
<P>Previously provided security training may be credited towards satisfying the requirements of this subchapter provided the owner/operator—
</P>
<P>(a) Obtains a complete record of such training and validates the training meets requirements of § 1580.115, § 1582.115, or § 1584.115 of this subchapter as it relates to the function of the individual security-sensitive employee and the training was provided within the schedule required for recurrent training.
</P>
<P>(b) Retains a record of such training in compliance with the requirements of § 1570.121 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.109" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.2.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.109   Submission and approval.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Submission of security program.</I> Each owner/operator required under parts 1580, 1582, or 1584 of this subchapter to adopt and carry out a security program must submit it to TSA for approval in a form and manner prescribed by TSA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Security training deadlines.</I> Except as otherwise directed by TSA, each owner/operator required under subpart B to part 1580, 1582, or 1584 of this subchapter to develop a security training program must—
</P>
<P>(1) Submit its program to TSA for approval no later than June 21, 2021.
</P>
<P>(2) If commencing or modifying operations so as to be subject to the requirements of subpart B to 49 CFR parts 1580, 1582, or 1584 after June 21, 2021, submit a training program to TSA no later than 90 calendar days before commencing new or modified operations.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>TSA approval.</I> (1) No later than 60 calendar days after receiving the proposed security program required by subpart B to 49 CFR parts 1580, 1582, and 1584, TSA will either approve the program or provide the owner/operator with written notice to modify the program to comply with the applicable requirements of this subchapter. TSA will notify the owner/operator if it needs an extension of time to approve the program or provide the owner/operator with written notice to modify the program to comply with the applicable requirements of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Notice to modify.</I> If TSA provides the owner/operator with written notice to modify the security program to comply with the applicable requirements of this subchapter, the owner/operator must provide a modified security program to TSA for approval within the timeframe specified by TSA.
</P>
<P>(3) TSA may request additional information, and the owner/operator must provide the information within the time period TSA prescribes. The 60-day period for TSA approval or modification will begin when the owner/operator provides the additional information.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Petition for reconsideration.</I> Within 30 days of receiving the notice to modify, the owner/operator may file a petition for reconsideration under § 1570.119 of this part.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 16499, Mar. 23, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 67683, Oct. 26, 2020; 86 FR 23632, May 4, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.111" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.2.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.111   Implementation schedules.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Initial security training.</I> Each owner/operator required under parts 1580, 1582, or 1584 of this subchapter to adopt and carry out a security program must provide initial security training to security-sensitive employees, using the curriculum approved by TSA and in compliance with the following schedule.
</P>
<P>(1) For security training programs submitted to TSA for approval on or before March 22, 2021, if the employee is employed to perform a security-sensitive function on the date TSA approves the program, then initial training must be provided no later than fifteen months after the date that TSA approves the owner/operator's security training program.
</P>
<P>(2) For security training programs submitted to TSA for approval after March 22, 2021, if the employee is employed to perform a security-sensitive function on the date TSA approves the program, then initial training must be provided no later than twelve months after the date that TSA approves the owner/operator's security training program.
</P>
<P>(3) If performance of a security-sensitive job function is initiated after TSA approves the owner/operator's security training program, then initial training must be provided no later than 60 calendar days after the employee first performs the security-sensitive job function.
</P>
<P>(4) If the security-sensitive job function is performed intermittently, then no later than the 60th calendar day of employment performing a security-sensitive function, aggregated over a consecutive 12-month period.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Recurrent security training.</I> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a security-sensitive employee required to receive training under part 1580, 1582, or 1584 of this subchapter must receive the required training at least once every three years.
</P>
<P>(2) If an owner/operator modifies a security program or security plan for which training is required under § 1580.203(b), § 1582.115(b), or § 1584.115(b) of this subchapter, the owner/operator must ensure each security-sensitive employee with position- or function-specific responsibilities related to the revised plan or program changes receives training on the revisions within 90 days of implementation of the revised plan or program changes. All other employees must receive training that reflects the changes to the operating security requirements as part of their regularly scheduled recurrent training.
</P>
<P>(3) The three-year recurrent training cycle is based on the anniversary calendar month of the employee's initial security training. If the owner/operator provides the recurrent security training in the month of, the month before, or the month after it is due, the employee is considered to have taken the training in the month it is due.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Extensions of time.</I> TSA may grant an extension of time for implementing a security program identified in subpart B to parts 1580, 1582, and 1584 of this subchapter upon a showing of good cause. The owner/operator must request the extension of time in writing and TSA must receive the request within a reasonable time before the due date to be extended; an owner/operator may request an extension after the expiration of a due date by sending a written request describing why the failure to meet the due date was excusable. TSA will respond to the request in writing.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 16499, Mar. 23, 2020, as amended at 86 FR 23632, May 4, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.113" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.2.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.113   Amendments requested by owner/operator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Changes to ownership or control of operations.</I> Each owner/operator required under part 1580, 1582, or 1584 of this subchapter to adopt and carry out a security program must submit a request to amend its security program if, after approval, there are any changes to the ownership or control of the operation.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Changes to conditions affecting security.</I> Each owner/operator required under part 1580, 1582, or 1584 of this subchapter to adopt and carry out a security program must submit a request to amend its security program if, after approval, the owner/operator makes, or intends to make, permanent changes to any of the following procedures, measures, or other aspects of security or emergency response planning implemented by the owner/operator to address:
</P>
<P>(1) Specific procedures implemented or used to prevent and detect unauthorized access to restricted areas designated by the owner/operator;
</P>
<P>(2) Measures to be implemented in response to a period of heightened security risk, communicated through a DHS enhanced security notification, including the process used to notify all employees of changes in alert level status or requirements to implement specific elements of the security plan and verify that appropriate enhanced security measures have been implemented at all relevant locations.
</P>
<P>(3) Emergency response plans, including:
</P>
<P>(i) Coordinated response plans establishing procedures for appropriate interaction with State, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies, emergency responders, and Federal officials in order to coordinate security measures and plans for response in the event of a terrorist threat, attack, or other transportation security-related incident;
</P>
<P>(ii) Specific procedures to be implemented or used by the owner/operator in response to a terrorist attack, including evacuation and communication plans that include individuals with disabilities; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Additional measures to be adopted to address weaknesses in emergency response procedures identified during regular drills or exercises that test corporate capabilities to direct, coordinate, and execute prevention and response activities for terrorist attacks or other security threats, including tunnel evacuation procedures, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(iv) Redundant and backup systems to ensure the continuity of operations of critical assets and infrastructure system in the event of a terrorist attack or other transportation security-related incident.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Changes to security training curriculum.</I> Each owner/operator required under part 1580, 1582, or 1584 of this subchapter to adopt and carry out a security program must submit a request to amend its security program if, after approval, the owner/operator makes, or intends to make, permanent changes to its security training curriculum required under part 1580, 1582, or 1584, including changes to address:
</P>
<P>(1) Determinations that the security training program is ineffective based on the approved method for evaluating effectiveness in the security training program approved by TSA under subpart B of parts 1580, 1582, and 1584; or
</P>
<P>(2) Development of recurrent training material for purposes of meeting the requirements in § 1570.111(b) of this part or other alternative training materials not previously approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Permanent change.</I> For purposes of this section, a “permanent change” is one intended to be in effect for 60 or more calendar days.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Schedule for requesting amendment.</I> The owner/operator must file the request for an amendment with TSA no later than 65 calendar days after the change in subsection (b) takes effect, unless TSA allows a shorter time period.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>TSA approval.</I> (1) Within 30 calendar days after receiving a proposed amendment, TSA will, in writing, either approve or deny the request to amend. TSA will notify the owner/operator if it needs an extension of time to consider the proposed amendment.
</P>
<P>(2) TSA may approve—
</P>
<P>(i) An amendment to a security program if TSA determines that it is in the interest of the public and transportation security and the proposed amendment provides the level of security required under this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(ii) Modification to security training curriculum, including alternative training for purposes of meeting the recurrent training requirement, if all the required training elements are addressed and the material is consistent with the most recent iteration of the security program submitted to, and approved by, TSA (including amendments made to reflect relevant changes to operations and/or security measures and response plans).
</P>
<P>(iii) TSA may request additional information from the owner/operator before rendering a decision.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Petition for reconsideration.</I> No later than 30 calendar days after receiving a denial, the owner/operator may file a petition for reconsideration under § 1570.119 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.115" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.2.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.115   Amendments required by TSA.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Notification of requirement to amend.</I> TSA may require amendments to a security program in the interest of the public and transportation security, including any new information about emerging threats, or methods for addressing emerging threats, as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) TSA will notify the owner/operator of the proposed amendment, fixing a period of not less than 30 calendar days within which the owner/operator may submit written information, views, and arguments on the amendment.
</P>
<P>(2) After TSA considers all relevant material received, TSA will notify the owner/operator of any amendment adopted or rescind the notice.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Effective date of amendment.</I> If TSA adopts the amendment, it becomes effective not less than 30 calendar days after the owner/operator receives the notice of amendment, unless the owner/operator disagrees with the proposed amendment and files a petition for reconsideration under § 1570.119 of this part no later than 15 calendar days before the effective date of the amendment. A timely petition for reconsideration stays the effective date of the amendment.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Emergency amendments.</I> If TSA determines that there is an emergency requiring immediate action in the interest of the public or transportation security, TSA may issue an amendment, without the prior notice and comment procedures in paragraph (a) of this section, effective without stay on the date the covered owner/operator receives notice of it. In such a case, TSA will incorporate in the notice a brief statement of the reasons and findings for the amendment to be adopted. The owner/operator may file a petition for reconsideration under § 1570.119 of this part; however, this does not stay the effective date of the emergency amendment.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.117" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.2.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.117   Alternative measures.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If in TSA's judgment, the overall security of transportation provided by an owner/operator subject to the requirements of 49 CFR part 1580, 1582, or 1584 are not diminished, TSA may approve alternative measures.
</P>
<P>(b) Each owner/operator requesting alternative measures must file the request for approval in a form and manner prescribed by TSA. The filing of such a request does not affect the owner/operator's responsibility for compliance while the request is being considered.
</P>
<P>(c) TSA may request additional information, and the owner/operator must provide the information within the time period TSA prescribes. Within 30 calendar days after receiving a request for alternative measures and all requested information, TSA will, in writing, either approve or deny the request.
</P>
<P>(d) If TSA finds that the use of the alternative measures is in the interest of the public and transportation security, it may grant the request subject to any conditions TSA deems necessary. In considering the request for alternative measures, TSA will review all relevant factors including—
</P>
<P>(1) The risks associated with the type of operation, for example, whether the owner/operator transports hazardous materials or passengers within a high threat urban area, whether the owner/operator transports passengers and the volume of passengers transported, or whether the owner/operator hosts a passenger operation.
</P>
<P>(2) Any relevant threat information.
</P>
<P>(3) Other circumstances concerning potential risk to the public and transportation security.
</P>
<P>(e) No later than 30 calendar days after receiving a denial, the owner/operator may petition for reconsideration under § 1570.119 of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.119" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.2.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.119   Petitions for reconsideration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) If an owner/operator seeks to petition for reconsideration of a determination, required modification, denial of a request for amendment by the owner/operator, denial to rescind a TSA-required amendment, or denial of an alternative measure, the owner/operator must submit a written petition for reconsideration that includes a statement and any supporting documentation explaining why the owner/operator believes TSA's decision is incorrect.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon review of the petition for reconsideration, the Administrator or designee will dispose of the petition by affirming, modifying, or rescinding its previous decision. This is considered a final agency action.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.121" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.2.10.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.121   Recordkeeping and availability.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Retention.</I> Each owner/operator required to have a security program under subpart B to parts 1580, 1582, and 1584 of this subchapter must—
</P>
<P>(1) Retain security training records for each individual required to receive security training under §§ 1580.115, 1582.115, and 1584.115 that, at a minimum—
</P>
<P>(i) Includes employee's full name, job title or function, date of hire, and date of initial and recurrent security training; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Identifies the date, course name, course length, and list of topics addressed for the security training most recently provided in each of the areas required under §§ 1580.115, 1582.115, and 1584.115 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(2) Retain records of initial and recurrent security training for no less than five (5) years from the date of training.
</P>
<P>(3) Provide records to current and former employees upon request and at no charge as necessary to provide proof of training.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Electronic records.</I> Each owner/operator required to retain records under this section may keep them in electronic form. An owner/operator may maintain and transfer records through electronic transmission, storage, and retrieval provided that the electronic system provides for the maintenance of records as originally submitted without corruption, loss of data, or tampering.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Protection of SSI.</I> Each owner/operator must restrict the distribution, disclosure, and availability of security sensitive information, as identified in part 1520 of this chapter, to persons with a need to know. The owner/operator must refer requests for such information by other persons to TSA.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Availability.</I> Each owner/operator must make the records available to TSA upon request for inspection and copying.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Operations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.201" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.3.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.201   Security Coordinator.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, each owner/operator identified in §§ 1580.1, 1582.1, and 1584.101 of this subchapter must designate and use a primary and at least one alternate Security Coordinator.
</P>
<P>(b) An owner/operator identified in § 1582.1(a)(2) of this subchapter (public transportation agency) that owns or operates a bus-only operation must designate and use a primary and at least one alternate Security Coordinator only if the owner/operator is identified in appendix A to part 1582 of this subchapter or is notified by TSA in writing that a threat exists concerning that operation.
</P>
<P>(c) An owner/operator identified in § 1580.1(a)(5) or § 1582.1(a)(4) of this subchapter (private rail car, tourist, scenic, historic, or excursion rail operations) must designate and use a primary and at least one alternate Security Coordinator, only if notified by TSA in writing that a threat exists concerning that type of operation.
</P>
<P>(d) The Security Coordinator and alternate(s) must be appointed at the corporate level.
</P>
<P>(e) Each owner/operator required to have a Security Coordinator must provide in writing to TSA the names, U.S. citizenship status, titles, phone number(s), and email address(es) of the Security Coordinator and alternate Security Coordinator(s) within 37 calendar days of the effective date of this rule, commencement of operations, or change in any of the information required by this section.
</P>
<P>(f) Each owner/operator required to have a Security Coordinator must ensure that at least one Security Coordinator—
</P>
<P>(1) Serves as the primary contact for intelligence information and security-related activities and communications with TSA. Any individual designated as a Security Coordinator may perform other duties in addition to the duties described in this section.
</P>
<P>(2) Is accessible to TSA on a 24 hours a day, 7 days a week basis.
</P>
<P>(3) Coordinates security practices and procedures internally and with appropriate law enforcement and emergency response agencies.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.203" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.3.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.203   Reporting significant security concerns.</HEAD>
<P>(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, each owner/operator identified in §§ 1580.1, 1582.1, and 1584.101 of this subchapter must report, within 24 hours of initial discovery, any potential threats and significant security concerns involving transportation-related operations in the United States or transportation to, from, or within the United States as soon as possible by the methods prescribed by TSA.
</P>
<P>(2) An owner/operator identified in § 1582.1(a)(2) of this subchapter (public transportation agency) that owns or operates a bus-only operation must only comply with the requirements in this section if the owner/operator is identified in appendix A to part 1582 of this subchapter or is notified by TSA in writing that a threat exists concerning that operation.
</P>
<P>(b) Potential threats or significant security concerns encompass incidents, suspicious activities, and threat information including, but not limited to, the categories of reportable events listed in appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Information reported must include the following, as available and applicable:
</P>
<P>(1) The name of the reporting individual and contact information, including a telephone number or email address.
</P>
<P>(2) The affected freight or passenger train, transit vehicle, motor vehicle, station, terminal, rail hazardous materials facility, or other facility or infrastructure, including identifying information and current location.
</P>
<P>(3) Scheduled origination and termination locations for the affected freight or passenger train, transit vehicle, or motor vehicle-including departure and destination city and route.
</P>
<P>(4) Description of the threat, incident, or activity, including who has been notified and what action has been taken.
</P>
<P>(5) The names, other available biographical data, and/or descriptions (including vehicle or license plate information) of individuals or motor vehicles known or suspected to be involved in the threat, incident, or activity.
</P>
<P>(6) The source of any threat information.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 16499, Mar. 23, 2020, as amended at 86 FR 23632, May 4, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D—Security Threat Assessments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.301" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.4.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.301   Fraudulent use or manufacture; responsibilities of persons.</HEAD>
<P>(a) No person may use or attempt to use a credential, security threat assessment, access control medium, or identification medium issued or conducted under this subchapter that was issued or conducted for another person.
</P>
<P>(b) No person may make, produce, use or attempt to use a false or fraudulently created access control medium, identification medium or security threat assessment issued or conducted under this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(c) No person may tamper or interfere with, compromise, modify, attempt to circumvent, or circumvent TWIC access control procedures.
</P>
<P>(d) No person may cause or attempt to cause another person to violate paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.303" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.4.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.303   Inspection of credential.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Each person who has been issued or possesses a TWIC must present the TWIC for inspection upon a request from TSA, the Coast Guard, or other authorized DHS representative; an authorized representative of the National Transportation Safety Board; or a Federal, State, or local law enforcement officer.
</P>
<P>(b) Each person who has been issued or who possesses a TWIC must allow his or her TWIC to be read by a reader and must submit his or her reference biometric, such as a fingerprint, and any other required information, such as a PIN, to the reader, upon a request from TSA, the Coast Guard, other authorized DHS representative; or a Federal, State, or local law enforcement officer.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1570.305" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.4.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1570.305   False statements regarding security background checks by public transportation agency or railroad carrier.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This section implements sections 1414(e) (6 U.S.C. 1143) and 1522(e) (6 U.S.C. 1170) of the “Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007,” Public Law 110-53 (121 Stat. 266, Aug. 3, 2007).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Definitions.</I> In addition to the terms in §§ 1500.3, 1500.5, and 1503.202 of subchapter A and § 1570.3 of subchapter D of this chapter, the following term applies to this part:
</P>
<P><I>Security background check</I> means reviewing the following for the purpose of identifying individuals who may pose a threat to transportation security, national security, or of terrorism:
</P>
<P>(i) Relevant criminal history databases.
</P>
<P>(ii) In the case of an alien (as defined in sec. 101 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(3)), the relevant databases to determine the status of the alien under the immigration laws of the United States.
</P>
<P>(iii) Other relevant information or databases, as determined by the Secretary of Homeland Security.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prohibitions.</I> (1) A public transportation agency or a contractor or subcontractor of a public transportation agency may not knowingly misrepresent to an employee or other relevant person, including an arbiter involved in a labor arbitration, the scope, application, or meaning of any rules, regulations, directives, or guidance issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security related to security background check requirements for employees when conducting a security background check.
</P>
<P>(2) A railroad carrier or a contractor or subcontractor of a railroad carrier may not knowingly misrepresent to an employee or other relevant person, including an arbiter involved in a labor arbitration, the scope, application, or meaning of any rules, regulations, directives, or guidance issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security related to security background check requirements for employees when conducting a security background check.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.20.4.10.4.3" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 1570—Reporting of Significant Security Concerns
</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Category
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Description
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Breach, Attempted Intrusion, and/or Interference</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Unauthorized personnel attempting to or actually entering a restricted area or secure site relating to a transportation facility or conveyance owned, operated, or used by an owner/operator subject to this part. This includes individuals entering or attempting to enter by impersonation of authorized personnel (for example, police/security, janitor, vehicle owner/operator). Activity that could interfere with the ability of employees to perform duties to the extent that security is threatened.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Misrepresentation</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Presenting false, or misusing, insignia, documents, and/or identification, to misrepresent one's affiliation with an owner/operator subject to this part to cover possible illicit activity that may pose a risk to transportation security.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Theft, Loss, and/or Diversion</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Stealing or diverting identification media or badges, uniforms, vehicles, keys, tools capable of compromising track integrity, portable derails, technology, or classified or sensitive security information documents which are proprietary to the facility or conveyance owned, operated, or used by an owner/operator subject to this part.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Sabotage, Tampering, and/or Vandalism</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Damaging, manipulating, or defeating safety and security appliances in connection with a facility, infrastructure, conveyance, or routing mechanism, resulting in the compromised use or the temporary or permanent loss of use of the facility, infrastructure, conveyance or routing mechanism. Placing or attaching a foreign object to a rail car(s).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Cyber Attack</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Compromising, or attempting to compromise or disrupt the information/technology infrastructure of an owner/operator subject to this part.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Expressed or Implied Threat</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Communicating a spoken or written threat to damage or compromise a facility/infrastructure/conveyance owned, operated, or used by an owner/operator subject to this part (for example, a bomb threat or active shooter).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Eliciting Information</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Questioning that may pose a risk to transportation or national security, such as asking one or more employees of an owner/operator subject to this part about particular facets of a facility's conveyance's purpose, operations, or security procedures.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Testing or Probing of Security</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Deliberate interactions with employees of an owner/operator subject to this part or challenges to facilities or systems owned, operated, or used by an owner/operator subject to this part that reveal physical, personnel, or cyber security capabilities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Photography</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Taking photographs or video of facilities, conveyances, or infrastructure owned, operated, or used by an owner/operator subject to this part in a manner that may pose a risk to transportation or national security. Examples include taking photographs or video of infrequently used access points, personnel performing security functions (for example, patrols, badge/vehicle checking), or security-related equipment (for example, perimeter fencing, security cameras).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Observation or Surveillance</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Demonstrating unusual interest in facilities or loitering near conveyances, railcar routing appliances or any potentially critical infrastructure owned or operated by an owner/operator subject to this part in a manner that may pose a risk to transportation or national security. Examples include observation through binoculars, taking notes, or attempting to measure distances.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Materials Acquisition and/or Storage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Acquisition and/or storage by an employee of an owner/operator subject to this part of materials such as cell phones, pagers, fuel, chemicals, toxic materials, and/or timers that may pose a risk to transportation or national security (for example, storage of chemicals not needed by an employee for the performance of his or her job duties).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Weapons Discovery, Discharge, or Seizure.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Weapons or explosives in or around a facility, conveyance, or infrastructure of an owner/operator subject to this part that may present a risk to transportation or national security (for example, discovery of weapons inconsistent with the type or quantity traditionally used by company security personnel).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Suspicious Items or Activity</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Discovery or observation of suspicious items, activity or behavior in or around a facility, conveyance, or infrastructure of an owner/operator subject to this part that results in the disruption or termination of operations (for example, halting the operation of a conveyance while law enforcement personnel investigate a suspicious bag, briefcase, or package).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1572" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1572—CREDENTIALING AND SECURITY THREAT ASSESSMENTS 
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>46 U.S.C. 70105; 49 U.S.C. 114, 5103a, 40113, and 46105; 18 U.S.C. 842, 845; 6 U.S.C. 469. 
</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>72 FR 3595, Jan. 25, 2007, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—Procedures and General Standards</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.1   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This part establishes regulations for credentialing and security threat assessments for certain maritime and land transportation workers. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.3   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part applies to—
</P>
<P>(a) State agencies responsible for issuing a hazardous materials endorsement (HME); and
</P>
<P>(b) An applicant who—
</P>
<P>(1) Is qualified to hold a commercial driver's license under 49 CFR parts 383 and 384, and is applying to obtain, renew, or transfer an HME; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is applying to obtain or renew a TWIC in accordance with 33 CFR parts 104 through 106 or 46 CFR part 10; is a commercial driver licensed in Canada or Mexico and is applying for a TWIC to transport hazardous materials in accordance with 49 CFR 1572.201; or other individuals approved by TSA.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3595, Jan. 25, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55048, Sept. 28, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.5   Standards for security threat assessments.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Standards.</I> TSA determines that an applicant poses a security threat warranting denial of an HME or TWIC, if—
</P>
<P>(1) The applicant has a disqualifying criminal offense described in 49 CFR 1572.103;
</P>
<P>(2) The applicant does not meet the immigration status requirements described in 49 CFR 1572.105;
</P>
<P>(3) TSA conducts the analyses described in 49 CFR 1572.107 and determines that the applicant poses a security threat; or
</P>
<P>(4) The applicant has been adjudicated as lacking mental capacity or committed to a mental health facility, as described in 49 CFR 1572.109.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Immediate Revocation/Invalidation.</I> TSA may invalidate a TWIC or direct a State to revoke an HME immediately, if TSA determines during the security threat assessment that an applicant poses an immediate threat to transportation security, national security, or of terrorism.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Violation of FMCSA Standards.</I> The regulations of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) provide that an applicant is disqualified from operating a commercial motor vehicle for specified periods, if he or she has an offense that is listed in the FMCSA rules at 49 CFR 383.51. If records indicate that an applicant has committed an offense that would disqualify the applicant from operating a commercial motor vehicle under 49 CFR 383.51, TSA will not issue a Determination of No Security Threat until the State or the FMCSA determine that the applicant is not disqualified under that section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Waiver.</I> In accordance with the requirements of § 1515.7, applicants may apply for a waiver of certain security threat assessment standards.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Comparability of Other Security Threat Assessment Standards.</I> TSA may determine that security threat assessments conducted by other governmental agencies are comparable to the threat assessment described in this part, which TSA conducts for HME and TWIC applicants.
</P>
<P>(1) In making a comparability determination, TSA will consider—
</P>
<P>(i) The minimum standards used for the security threat assessment;
</P>
<P>(ii) The frequency of the threat assessment;
</P>
<P>(iii) The date of the most recent threat assessment; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Whether the threat assessment includes biometric identification and a biometric credential.
</P>
<P>(2) To apply for a comparability determination, the agency seeking the determination must contact the Assistant Program Manager, Attn: Federal Agency Comparability Check, Hazmat Threat Assessment Program, Transportation Security Administration, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, VA 20598-6019.
</P>
<P>(3) TSA will notify the public when a comparability determination is made.
</P>
<P>(4) An applicant, who has completed a security threat assessment that is determined to be comparable under this section to the threat assessment described in this part, must complete the enrollment process and provide biometric information to obtain a TWIC, if the applicant seeks unescorted access to a secure area of a vessel or facility. The applicant must pay the fee listed in 49 CFR 1572.503 for information collection/credential issuance.
</P>
<P>(5) TSA has determined that the security threat assessment for an HME under this part is comparable to the security threat assessment for TWIC.
</P>
<P>(6) TSA has determined that the security threat assessment for a FAST card, under the Free and Secure Trade program administered by U.S. Customs and Border Protection, is comparable to the security threat assessment described in this part. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3595, Jan. 25, 2007, as amended at 77 FR 18717, Mar. 28, 2012]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.7" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.7   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.9" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.9   Applicant information required for HME security threat assessment.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant must supply the information required in this section, in a form acceptable to TSA, when applying to obtain or renew an HME. When applying to transfer an HME from one State to another, 49 CFR 1572.13(e) applies.
</P>
<P>(a) Except as provided in (a)(12) through (16), the applicant must provide the following identifying information:
</P>
<P>(1) Legal name, including first, middle, and last; any applicable suffix; and any other name used previously.
</P>
<P>(2) Current and previous mailing address, current residential address if it differs from the current mailing address, and e-mail address if available. If the applicant prefers to receive correspondence and notification via e-mail, the applicant should so state.
</P>
<P>(3) Date of birth.
</P>
<P>(4) Sex.
</P>
<P>(5) Height, weight, hair color, and eye color.
</P>
<P>(6) City, state, and country of birth.
</P>
<P>(7) Immigration status and, if the applicant is a naturalized citizen of the United States, the date of naturalization.
</P>
<P>(8) Alien registration number, if applicable.
</P>
<P>(9) The State of application, CDL number, and type of HME(s) held.
</P>
<P>(10) Name, telephone number, facsimile number, and address of the applicant's current employer(s), if the applicant's work for the employer(s) requires an HME. If the applicant's current employer is the U.S. military service, include branch of the service.
</P>
<P>(11) Whether the applicant is applying to obtain, renew, or transfer an HME or for a waiver.
</P>
<P>(12) Social security number. Providing the social security number is voluntary; however, failure to provide it will delay and may prevent completion of the threat assessment.
</P>
<P>(13) Passport number. This information is voluntary and may expedite the adjudication process for applicants who are U.S. citizens born abroad.
</P>
<P>(14) Department of State Consular Report of Birth Abroad. This information is voluntary and may expedite the adjudication process for applicants who are U.S. citizens born abroad.
</P>
<P>(15) Whether the applicant has previously completed a TSA threat assessment, and if so the date and program for which it was completed. This information is voluntary and may expedite the adjudication process for applicants who have completed a TSA security threat assessment.
</P>
<P>(16) Whether the applicant currently holds a federal security clearance, and if so, the date of and agency for which the clearance was performed. This information is voluntary and may expedite the adjudication process for applicants who have completed a federal security threat assessment.
</P>
<P>(b) The applicant must provide a statement, signature, and date of signature that he or she—
</P>
<P>(1) Was not convicted, or found not guilty by reason of insanity, of a disqualifying crime listed in 49 CFR 1572.103(b), in a civilian or military jurisdiction, during the seven years before the date of the application, or is applying for a waiver;
</P>
<P>(2) Was not released from incarceration, in a civilian or military jurisdiction, for committing a disqualifying crime listed in 49 CFR 1572.103(b), during the five years before the date of the application, or is applying for a waiver;
</P>
<P>(3) Is not wanted, or under indictment, in a civilian or military jurisdiction, for a disqualifying criminal offense identified in 49 CFR 1572.103, or is applying for a waiver;
</P>
<P>(4) Was not convicted, or found not guilty by reason of insanity, of a disqualifying criminal offense identified in 49 CFR 1572.103(a), in a civilian or military jurisdiction, or is applying for a waiver;
</P>
<P>(5) Has not been adjudicated as lacking mental capacity or committed to a mental health facility involuntarily or is applying for a waiver;
</P>
<P>(6) Meets the immigration status requirements described in 49 CFR 1572.105;
</P>
<P>(7) Has or has not served in the military, and if so, the branch in which he or she served, the date of discharge, and the type of discharge; and
</P>
<P>(8) Has been informed that Federal regulations, under 49 CFR 1572.11, impose a continuing obligation on the HME holder to disclose to the State if he or she is convicted, or found not guilty by reason of insanity, of a disqualifying crime, adjudicated as lacking mental capacity, or committed to a mental health facility.
</P>
<P>(c) The applicant must certify and date receipt the following statement:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Privacy Act Notice: Authority: The authority for collecting this information is 49 U.S.C. 114, 40113, and 5103a. Purpose: This information is needed to verify your identity and to conduct a security threat assessment to evaluate your suitability for a hazardous materials endorsement for a commercial driver's license. Furnishing this information, including your SSN or alien registration number, is voluntary; however, failure to provide it will delay and may prevent completion of your security threat assessment. Routine Uses: Routine uses of this information include disclosure to the FBI to retrieve your criminal history record; to TSA contractors or other agents who are providing services relating to the security threat assessments; to appropriate governmental agencies for licensing, law enforcement, or security purposes, or in the interests of national security; and to foreign and international governmental authorities in accordance with law and international agreement.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(d) The applicant must certify and date receipt the following statement, immediately before the signature line:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The information I have provided on this application is true, complete, and correct, to the best of my knowledge and belief, and is provided in good faith. I understand that a knowing and willful false statement, or an omission of a material fact on this application can be punished by fine or imprisonment or both (<I>See</I> section 1001 of Title 18 United States Code), and may be grounds for denial of a hazardous materials endorsement.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) The applicant must certify the following statement in writing:
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I acknowledge that if the Transportation Security Administration determines that I pose a security threat, my employer, as listed on this application, may be notified. If TSA or other law enforcement agency becomes aware of an imminent threat to a maritime facility or vessel, TSA may provide limited information necessary to reduce the risk of injury or damage to the facility or vessel.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3595, Jan. 25, 2007, as amended at 90 FR 21690, May 21, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.11" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.11   Applicant responsibilities for HME security threat assessment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Surrender of HME.</I> If an individual is disqualified from holding an HME under 49 CFR 1572.5(c), he or she must surrender the HME to the licensing State. Failure to surrender the HME to the State may result in immediate revocation under 49 CFR 1572.13(a) and/or civil penalties.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Continuing responsibilities.</I> An individual who holds an HME must surrender the HME as required in paragraph (a) of this section within 24 hours, if the individual—
</P>
<P>(1) Is convicted of, wanted, under indictment or complaint, or found not guilty by reason of insanity, in a civilian or military jurisdiction, for a disqualifying criminal offense identified in 49 CFR 1572.103; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is adjudicated as lacking mental capacity, or committed to a mental health facility, as described in 49 CFR 1572.109; or
</P>
<P>(3) Renounces or loses U.S. citizenship or status as a lawful permanent resident; or
</P>
<P>(4) Violates his or her immigration status, and/or is ordered removed from the United States.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Submission of fingerprints and information.</I> (1) An HME applicant must submit fingerprints and the information required in 49 CFR 1572.9, in a form acceptable to TSA, when so notified by the State, or when the applicant applies to obtain or renew an HME. The procedures outlined in 49 CFR 1572.13(e) apply to HME transfers.
</P>
<P>(2) When submitting fingerprints and the information required in 49 CFR 1572.9, the fee described in 49 CFR 1572.503 must be remitted to TSA. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.13" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.13   State responsibilities for issuance of hazardous materials endorsement.</HEAD>
<P>Each State must revoke an individual's HME immediately, if TSA informs the State that the individual does not meet the standards for security threat assessment in 49 CFR 1572.5 and issues an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation.
</P>
<P>(a) No State may issue or renew an HME for a CDL, unless the State receives a Determination of No Security Threat from TSA.
</P>
<P>(b) Each State must notify each individual holding an HME issued by that State that he or she will be subject to the security threat assessment described in this part as part of an application for renewal of the HME, at least 60 days prior to the expiration date of the individual's HME. The notice must inform the individual that he or she may initiate the security threat assessment required by this section at any time after receiving the notice, but no later than 60 days before the expiration date of the individual's HME.
</P>
<P>(c) The State that issued an HME may extend the expiration date of the HME for 90 days, if TSA has not provided a Determination of No Security Threat or a Final Determination of Threat Assessment before the expiration date. Any additional extension must be approved in advance by TSA.
</P>
<P>(d) Within 15 days of receipt of a Determination of No Security Threat or Final Determination of Threat Assessment from TSA, the State must—
</P>
<P>(1) Update the applicant's permanent record to reflect:
</P>
<P>(i) The results of the security threat assessment;
</P>
<P>(ii) The issuance or denial of an HME; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The new expiration date of the HME.
</P>
<P>(2) Notify the Commercial Drivers License Information System (CDLIS) operator of the results of the security threat assessment.
</P>
<P>(3) Revoke or deny the applicant's HME if TSA serves the State with a Final Determination of Threat Assessment.
</P>
<P>(e) For applicants who apply to transfer an existing HME from one State to another, the second State will not require the applicant to undergo a new security threat assessment until the security threat assessment renewal period established in the preceding issuing State, not to exceed five years, expires.
</P>
<P>(f) A State that is not using TSA's agent to conduct enrollment for the security threat assessment must retain the application and information required in 49 CFR 1572.9, for at least one year, in paper or electronic form. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.15" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.15   Procedures for HME security threat assessment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contents of security threat assessment.</I> The security threat assessment TSA completes includes a fingerprint-based criminal history records check (CHRC), an intelligence-related background check, and a final disposition.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fingerprint-based check.</I> In order to conduct a fingerprint-based CHRC, the following procedures must be completed:
</P>
<P>(1) The State notifies the applicant that he or she will be subject to the security threat assessment at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the applicant's HME, and that the applicant must begin the security threat assessment no later than 30 days before the date of the expiration of the HME.
</P>
<P>(2) Where the State elects to collect fingerprints and applicant information, the State—
</P>
<P>(i) Collects fingerprints and applicant information required in 49 CFR 1572.9;
</P>
<P>(ii) Provides the applicant information to TSA electronically, unless otherwise authorized by TSA;
</P>
<P>(iii) Transmits the fingerprints to the FBI/Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS), in accordance with the FBI/CJIS fingerprint submission standards; and
</P>
<P>(iv) Retains the signed application, in paper or electronic form, for one year and provides it to TSA, if requested.
</P>
<P>(3) Where the State elects to have a TSA agent collect fingerprints and applicant information—
</P>
<P>(i) TSA provides a copy of the signed application to the State;
</P>
<P>(ii) The State retains the signed application, in paper or electronic form, for one year and provides it to TSA, if requested; and
</P>
<P>(iii) TSA transmits the fingerprints to the FBI/CJIS, in accordance with the FBI/CJIS fingerprint submission standards.
</P>
<P>(4) TSA receives the results from the FBI/CJIS and adjudicates the results of the check, in accordance with 49 CFR 1572.103 and, if applicable, 49 CFR 1572.107.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Intelligence-related check.</I> To conduct an intelligence-related check, TSA completes the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) Reviews the applicant information required in 49 CFR 1572.9.
</P>
<P>(2) Searches domestic and international Government databases described in 49 CFR 1572.105, 1572.107, and 1572.109.
</P>
<P>(3) Adjudicates the results of the check in accordance with 49 CFR 1572.103, 1572.105, 1572.107, and 1572.109.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Final disposition.</I> Following completion of the procedures described in paragraphs (b) and/or (c) of this section, the following procedures apply, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) TSA serves a Determination of No Security Threat on the State in which the applicant is authorized to hold an HME, if TSA determines that an applicant meets the security threat assessment standards described in 49 CFR 1572.5.
</P>
<P>(2) TSA serves an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment on the applicant, if TSA determines that the applicant does not meet the security threat assessment standards described in 49 CFR 1572.5. The Initial Determination of Threat Assessment includes—
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that TSA has determined that the applicant poses a security threat warranting denial of the HME;
</P>
<P>(ii) The basis for the determination;
</P>
<P>(iii) Information about how the applicant may appeal the determination, as described in 49 CFR 1515.5 or 1515.9, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement that if the applicant chooses not to appeal TSA's determination within 60 days of receipt of the Initial Determination, or does not request an extension of time within 60 days of receipt of the Initial Determination in order to file an appeal, the Initial Determination becomes a Final Determination of Security Threat Assessment.
</P>
<P>(3) TSA serves an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation on the applicant, the applicant's employer where appropriate, and the State, if TSA determines that the applicant does not meet the security threat assessment standards described in 49 CFR 1572.5 and may pose an imminent threat to transportation or national security, or of terrorism. The Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation includes—
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that TSA has determined that the applicant poses a security threat warranting immediate revocation of an HME;
</P>
<P>(ii) The basis for the determination;
</P>
<P>(iii) Information about how the applicant may appeal the determination, as described in 49 CFR 1515.5(h) or 1515.9(f), as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement that if the applicant chooses not to appeal TSA's determination within 60 days of receipt of the Initial Determination and Immediate Revocation, the Initial Determination and Immediate Revocation becomes a Final Determination of Threat Assessment.
</P>
<P>(4) If the applicant does not appeal the Initial Determination of Threat Assessment or Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation, TSA serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment on the State in which the applicant applied for the HME, the applicant's employer where appropriate, and on the applicant, if the appeal of the Initial Determination results in a finding that the applicant poses a security threat.
</P>
<P>(5) If the applicant appeals the Initial Determination of Threat Assessment or the Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation, the procedures in 49 CFR 1515.5 or 1515.9 apply.
</P>
<P>(6) Applicants who do not meet certain standards in 49 CFR 1572.103, 1572.105, or 1572.109 may seek a waiver in accordance with 49 CFR 1515.7. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.17" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1.10.9" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.17   Applicant information required for TWIC security threat assessment.</HEAD>
<P>An applicant must supply the information required in this section, in a form acceptable to TSA, when applying to obtain or renew a TWIC.
</P>
<P>(a) Except as provided in (a)(12) through (16), the applicant must provide the following identifying information:
</P>
<P>(1) Legal name, including first, middle, and last; any applicable suffix; and any other name used previously.
</P>
<P>(2) Current and previous mailing address, current residential address if it differs from the current mailing address, and e-mail address if available. If the applicant wishes to receive notification that the TWIC is ready to be retrieved from the enrollment center via telephone rather than e-mail address, the applicant should state this and provide the correct telephone number.
</P>
<P>(3) Date of birth.
</P>
<P>(4) Sex.
</P>
<P>(5) Height, weight, hair color, and eye color.
</P>
<P>(6) City, state, and country of birth.
</P>
<P>(7) Immigration status, and
</P>
<P>(i) If the applicant is a naturalized citizen of the United States, the date of naturalization;
</P>
<P>(ii) If the applicant is present in the United States based on a Visa, the type of Visa, the Visa number, and the date on which it expires; and
</P>
<P>(iii) If the applicant is a commercial driver licensed in Canada and does not hold a FAST card, a Canadian passport.
</P>
<P>(8) If not a national or citizen of the United States, the alien registration number and/or the number assigned to the applicant on the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Arrival-Departure Record, Form I-94.
</P>
<P>(9) Except as described in paragraph (a)(9)(i) of this section, the reason that the applicant requires a TWIC, including, as applicable, the applicant's job description and the primary facility, vessel, or maritime port location(s) where the applicant will most likely require unescorted access, if known. This statement does not limit access to other facilities, vessels, or ports, but establishes eligibility for a TWIC.
</P>
<P>(i) Applicants who are commercial drivers licensed in Canada or Mexico who are applying for a TWIC in order to transport hazardous materials in accordance with 49 CFR 1572.201 and not to access secure areas of a facility or vessel, must explain this in response to the information requested in paragraph (a)(9) of this section.
</P>
<P>(10) The name, telephone number, and address of the applicant's current employer(s), if working for the employer requires a TWIC. If the applicant's current employer is the U.S. military service, include the branch of the service. An applicant whose current employer does not require possession of a TWIC, does not have a single employer, or is self-employed, must provide the primary vessel or port location(s) where the applicant requires unescorted access, if known. This statement does not limit access to other facilities, vessels, or ports, but establishes eligibility for a TWIC.
</P>
<P>(11) If a credentialed mariner or applying to become a credentialed mariner, proof of citizenship as required in 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter B.
</P>
<P>(12) Social security number. Providing the social security number is voluntary; however, failure to provide it will delay and may prevent completion of the threat assessment.
</P>
<P>(13) Passport number, city of issuance, date of issuance, and date of expiration. This information is voluntary and may expedite the adjudication process for applicants who are U.S. citizens born abroad.
</P>
<P>(14) Department of State Consular Report of Birth Abroad. This information is voluntary and may expedite the adjudication process for applicants who are U.S. citizens born abroad.
</P>
<P>(15) Whether the applicant has previously completed a TSA threat assessment, and if so the date and program for which it was completed. This information is voluntary and may expedite the adjudication process for applicants who have completed a TSA security threat assessment.
</P>
<P>(16) Whether the applicant currently holds a federal security clearance, and if so, the date of and agency for which the clearance was performed. This information is voluntary and may expedite the adjudication process for applicants who have completed a federal security threat assessment.
</P>
<P>(b) The applicant must provide a statement, signature, and date of signature that he or she—
</P>
<P>(1) Was not convicted, or found not guilty by reason of insanity, of a disqualifying crime listed in 49 CFR 1572.103(b), in a civilian or military jurisdiction, during the seven years before the date of the application, or is applying for a waiver;
</P>
<P>(2) Was not released from incarceration, in a civilian or military jurisdiction, for committing a disqualifying crime listed in 49 CFR 1572.103(b), during the five years before the date of the application, or is applying for a waiver;
</P>
<P>(3) Is not wanted, or under indictment, in a civilian or military jurisdiction, for a disqualifying criminal offense identified in 49 CFR 1572.103, or is applying for a waiver;
</P>
<P>(4) Was not convicted, or found not guilty by reason of insanity, of a disqualifying criminal offense identified in 49 CFR 1572.103(a), in a civilian or military jurisdiction, or is applying for a waiver;
</P>
<P>(5) Has not been adjudicated as lacking mental capacity, or committed to a mental health facility involuntarily, or is applying for a waiver;
</P>
<P>(6) Meets the immigration status requirements described in 49 CFR 1572.105;
</P>
<P>(7) Has, or has not, served in the military, and if so, the branch in which he or she served, the date of discharge, and the type of discharge; and
</P>
<P>(8) Has been informed that Federal regulations under 49 CFR 1572.19 impose a continuing obligation on the TWIC holder to disclose to TSA if he or she is convicted, or found not guilty by reason of insanity, of a disqualifying crime, adjudicated as lacking mental capacity, or committed to a mental health facility.
</P>
<P>(c) Applicants, applying to obtain or renew a TWIC, must submit biometric information to be used for identity verification purposes. If an individual cannot provide the selected biometric, TSA will collect an alternative biometric identifier.
</P>
<P>(d) The applicant must certify and date receipt the following statement: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>Privacy Act Notice: Authority: The authority for collecting this information is 49 U.S.C. 114, 40113, and 5103a. Purpose: This information is needed to verify your identity and to conduct a security threat assessment to evaluate your suitability for a Transportation Worker Identification Credential. Furnishing this information, including your SSN or alien registration number, is voluntary; however, failure to provide it will delay and may prevent completion of your security threat assessment. Routine Uses: Routine uses of this information include disclosure to the FBI to retrieve your criminal history record; to TSA contractors or other agents who are providing services relating to the security threat assessments; to appropriate governmental agencies for licensing, law enforcement, or security purposes, or in the interests of national security; and to foreign and international governmental authorities in accordance with law and international agreement.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(e) The applicant must certify the following statement in writing: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>As part of my employment duties, I am required to have unescorted access to secure areas of maritime facilities or vessels in which a Transportation Worker Identification Credential is required; I am now, or I am applying to be, a credentialed merchant mariner; or I am a commercial driver licensed in Canada or Mexico transporting hazardous materials in accordance with 49 CFR 1572.201.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(f) The applicant must certify and date receipt the following statement, immediately before the signature line: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>The information I have provided on this application is true, complete, and correct, to the best of my knowledge and belief, and is provided in good faith. I understand that a knowing and willful false statement, or an omission of a material fact on this application, can be punished by fine or imprisonment or both (see section 1001 of Title 18 United States Code), and may be grounds for denial of a Transportation Worker Identification Credential.</P></EXTRACT>
<P>(g) The applicant must certify the following statement in writing: 
</P>
<EXTRACT>
<P>I acknowledge that if the Transportation Security Administration determines that I pose a security threat, my employer, as listed on this application, may be notified. If TSA or other law enforcement agency becomes aware of an imminent threat to a maritime facility or vessel, TSA may provide limited information necessary to reduce the risk of injury or damage to the facility or vessel.</P></EXTRACT>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3595, Jan. 25, 2007, as amended at 90 FR, May 21, 2025]




</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.19" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1.10.10" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.19   Applicant responsibilities for a TWIC security threat assessment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Implementation schedule.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, applicants must provide the information required in 49 CFR 1572.17, when so directed by the owner/operator.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Implementation schedule for certain mariners.</I> An applicant, who holds a Merchant Mariner Document (MMD) issued after February 3, 2003, and before April 15, 2009, or a Merchant Marine License (License) issued after January 13, 2006, and before April 15, 2009, must submit the information required in this section, but is not required to undergo the security threat assessment described in this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Surrender of TWIC.</I> The TWIC is property of the Transportation Security Administration. If an individual is disqualified from holding a TWIC under 49 CFR 1572.5, he or she must surrender the TWIC to TSA. Failure to surrender the TWIC to TSA may result in immediate revocation under 49 CFR 1572.5(b) and/or civil penalties.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Continuing responsibilities.</I> An individual who holds a TWIC must surrender the TWIC, as required in paragraph (a) of this section, within 24 hours if the individual—
</P>
<P>(1) Is convicted of, wanted, under indictment or complaint, or found not guilty by reason of insanity, in a civilian or military jurisdiction, for a disqualifying criminal offense identified in 49 CFR 1572.103; or
</P>
<P>(2) Is adjudicated as lacking mental capacity or committed to a mental health facility, as described in 49 CFR 1572.109; or
</P>
<P>(3) Renounces or loses U.S. citizenship or status as a lawful permanent resident; or
</P>
<P>(4) Violates his or her immigration status and/or is ordered removed from the United States.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Submission of fingerprints and information.</I> (1) TWIC applicants must submit fingerprints and the information required in 49 CFR 1572.17, in a form acceptable to TSA, to obtain or renew a TWIC.
</P>
<P>(2) When submitting fingerprints and the information required in 49 CFR 1572.17, the fee required in 49 CFR 1572.503 must be remitted to TSA.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Lost, damaged, or stolen credentials.</I> If an individual's TWIC is damaged, or if a TWIC holder loses possession of his or her credential, he or she must notify TSA immediately. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3595, Jan. 25, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55048, Sept. 28, 2007; 73 FR 25566, May 7, 2008; 90 FR 21690, May 21, 2025]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.21" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1.10.11" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.21   Procedures for TWIC security threat assessment.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Contents of security threat assessment.</I> The security threat assessment TSA conducts includes a fingerprint-based criminal history records check (CHRC), an intelligence-related check, and a final disposition.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Fingerprint-based check.</I> The following procedures must be completed to conduct a fingerprint-based CHRC:
</P>
<P>(1) Consistent with the implementation schedule described in 49 CFR 1572.19(a) and (b), and as required in 33 CFR 104.200, 105.200, or 106.200, applicants are notified.
</P>
<P>(2) During enrollment, TSA—
</P>
<P>(i) Collects fingerprints, applicant information, and the fee required in 49 CFR 1572.17;
</P>
<P>(ii) Transmits the fingerprints to the FBI/CJIS in accordance with the FBI/CJIS fingerprint submission standards.
</P>
<P>(iii) Receives and adjudicates the results of the check from FBI/CJIS, in accordance with 49 CFR 1572.103 and, if applicable, 49 CFR 1572.107.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Intelligence-related check.</I> To conduct an intelligence-related check, TSA completes the following procedures:
</P>
<P>(1) Reviews the applicant information required in 49 CFR 1572.17;
</P>
<P>(2) Searches domestic and international Government databases required to determine if the applicant meets the requirements of 49 CFR 1572.105, 1572.107, and 1572.109;
</P>
<P>(3) Adjudicates the results of the check in accordance with 49 CFR 1572.103, 1572.105, 1572.107, and 1572.109.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Final disposition.</I> Following completion of the procedures described in paragraphs (b) and/or (c) of this section, the following procedures apply, as appropriate:
</P>
<P>(1) TSA serves a Determination of No Security Threat on the applicant if TSA determines that the applicant meets the security threat assessment standards described in 49 CFR 1572.5. In the case of a mariner, TSA also serves a Determination of No Security Threat on the Coast Guard.
</P>
<P>(2) TSA serves an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment on the applicant if TSA determines that the applicant does not meet the security threat assessment standards described in 49 CFR 1572.5. The Initial Determination of Threat Assessment includes—
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that TSA has determined that the applicant poses a security threat warranting denial of the TWIC;
</P>
<P>(ii) The basis for the determination;
</P>
<P>(iii) Information about how the applicant may appeal the determination, as described in 49 CFR 1515.5 or 1515.9, as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement that if the applicant chooses not to appeal TSA's determination within 60 days of receipt of the Initial Determination, or does not request an extension of time within 60 days of receipt of the Initial Determination in order to file an appeal, the Initial Determination becomes a Final Determination of Security Threat Assessment.
</P>
<P>(3) TSA serves an Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation on the applicant, the applicant's employer where appropriate, the FMSC, and in the case of a mariner applying for a TWIC, on the Coast Guard, if TSA determines that the applicant does not meet the security threat assessment standards described in 49 CFR 1572.5 and may pose an imminent security threat. The Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation includes—
</P>
<P>(i) A statement that TSA has determined that the applicant poses a security threat warranting immediate revocation of a TWIC and unescorted access to secure areas;
</P>
<P>(ii) The basis for the determination;
</P>
<P>(iii) Information about how the applicant may appeal the determination, as described in 49 CFR 1515.5(h) or 1515.9(f), as applicable; and
</P>
<P>(iv) A statement that if the applicant chooses not to appeal TSA's determination within 60 days of receipt of the Initial Determination and Immediate Revocation, the Initial Determination and Immediate Revocation becomes a Final Determination of Threat Assessment.
</P>
<P>(4) If the applicant does not appeal the Initial Determination of Threat Assessment or Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation, TSA serves a Final Determination of Threat Assessment on the FMSC and in the case of a mariner, on the Coast Guard, and the applicant's employer where appropriate.
</P>
<P>(5) If the applicant appeals the Initial Determination of Threat Assessment or the Initial Determination of Threat Assessment and Immediate Revocation, the procedures in 49 CFR 1515.5 or 1515.9 apply.
</P>
<P>(6) Applicants who do not meet certain standards in 49 CFR 1572.103, 1572.105, or 1572.109 may seek a waiver in accordance with 49 CFR 1515.7. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.23" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1.10.12" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.23   TWIC expiration.</HEAD>
<P>(a) A TWIC expires five years after the date it was issued at the end of the calendar day, except as follows:
</P>
<P>(1) The TWIC was issued based on a determination that the applicant completed a comparable threat assessment. If issued pursuant to a comparable threat assessment, the TWIC expires five years from the date on the credential associated with the comparable threat assessment.
</P>
<P>(2) The applicant is in a lawful nonimmigrant status category listed in 1572.105(a)(7), and the status expires, the employer terminates the employment relationship with the applicant, or the applicant otherwise ceases working for the employer. Under any of these circumstances, TSA deems the TWIC to have expired regardless of the expiration date on the face of the TWIC.
</P>
<P>(b) TSA may issue a TWIC for a term less than five years to match the expiration of a visa. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 1572.24-1572.40" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.1.10.13" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 1572.24-1572.40   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Standards for Security Threat Assessments</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.101" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.101   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to applicants who hold or are applying to obtain or renew an HME or TWIC, or transfer an HME. Applicants for an HME also are subject to safety requirements issued by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration under 49 CFR part 383 and by the State issuing the HME, including additional immigration status and criminal history standards. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.103" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.103   Disqualifying criminal offenses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Permanent disqualifying criminal offenses.</I> An applicant has a permanent disqualifying offense if convicted, or found not guilty by reason of insanity, in a civilian or military jurisdiction of any of the following felonies:
</P>
<P>(1) Espionage or conspiracy to commit espionage.
</P>
<P>(2) Sedition, or conspiracy to commit sedition.
</P>
<P>(3) Treason, or conspiracy to commit treason.
</P>
<P>(4) A federal crime of terrorism as defined in 18 U.S.C. 2332b(g), or comparable State law, or conspiracy to commit such crime.
</P>
<P>(5) A crime involving a transportation security incident. A transportation security incident is a security incident resulting in a significant loss of life, environmental damage, transportation system disruption, or economic disruption in a particular area, as defined in 46 U.S.C. 70101. The term “economic disruption” does not include a work stoppage or other employee-related action not related to terrorism and resulting from an employer-employee dispute.
</P>
<P>(6) Improper transportation of a hazardous material under 49 U.S.C. 5124, or a State law that is comparable.
</P>
<P>(7) Unlawful possession, use, sale, distribution, manufacture, purchase, receipt, transfer, shipping, transporting, import, export, storage of, or dealing in an explosive or explosive device. An explosive or explosive device includes, but is not limited to, an explosive or explosive material as defined in 18 U.S.C. 232(5), 841(c) through 841(f), and 844(j); and a destructive device, as defined in 18 U.S.C. 921(a)(4) and 26 U.S.C. 5845(f).
</P>
<P>(8) Murder.
</P>
<P>(9) Making any threat, or maliciously conveying false information knowing the same to be false, concerning the deliverance, placement, or detonation of an explosive or other lethal device in or against a place of public use, a state or government facility, a public transportations system, or an infrastructure facility.
</P>
<P>(10) Violations of the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, 18 U.S.C. 1961, <I>et seq.,</I> or a comparable State law, where one of the predicate acts found by a jury or admitted by the defendant, consists of one of the crimes listed in paragraph (a) of this section. 
</P>
<P>(11) Attempt to commit the crimes in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4).
</P>
<P>(12) Conspiracy or attempt to commit the crimes in paragraphs (a)(5) through (a)(10).
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Interim disqualifying criminal offenses.</I> (1) The felonies listed in paragraphs (b)(2) of this section are disqualifying, if either:
</P>
<P>(i) the applicant was convicted, or found not guilty by reason of insanity, of the crime in a civilian or military jurisdiction, within seven years of the date of the application; or
</P>
<P>(ii) the applicant was incarcerated for that crime and released from incarceration within five years of the date of the TWIC application.
</P>
<P>(2) The interim disqualifying felonies are:
</P>
<P>(i) Unlawful possession, use, sale, manufacture, purchase, distribution, receipt, transfer, shipping, transporting, delivery, import, export of, or dealing in a firearm or other weapon. A firearm or other weapon includes, but is not limited to, firearms as defined in 18 U.S.C. 921(a)(3) or 26 U.S.C. 5 845(a), or items contained on the U.S. Munitions Import List at 27 CFR 447.21.
</P>
<P>(ii) Extortion.
</P>
<P>(iii) Dishonesty, fraud, or misrepresentation, including identity fraud and money laundering where the money laundering is related to a crime described in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section. Welfare fraud and passing bad checks do not constitute dishonesty, fraud, or misrepresentation for purposes of this paragraph.
</P>
<P>(iv) Bribery.
</P>
<P>(v) Smuggling.
</P>
<P>(vi) Immigration violations.
</P>
<P>(vii) Distribution of, possession with intent to distribute, or importation of a controlled substance.
</P>
<P>(viii) Arson.
</P>
<P>(ix) Kidnapping or hostage taking.
</P>
<P>(x) Rape or aggravated sexual abuse.
</P>
<P>(xi) Assault with intent to kill.
</P>
<P>(xii) Robbery.
</P>
<P>(xiii) Fraudulent entry into a seaport as described in 18 U.S.C. 1036, or a comparable State law.
</P>
<P>(xiv) Violations of the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, 18 U.S.C. 1961, <I>et seq.,</I> or a comparable State law, other than the violations listed in paragraph (a)(10) of this section.
</P>
<P>(xv) Conspiracy or attempt to commit the crimes in this paragraph (b).
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Under want, warrant, or indictment.</I> An applicant who is wanted, or under indictment in any civilian or military jurisdiction for a felony listed in this section, is disqualified until the want or warrant is released or the indictment is dismissed.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Determination of arrest status.</I> (1) When a fingerprint-based check discloses an arrest for a disqualifying crime listed in this section without indicating a disposition, TSA will so notify the applicant and provide instructions on how the applicant must clear the disposition, in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(2) The applicant must provide TSA with written proof that the arrest did not result in conviction for the disqualifying criminal offense, within 60 days after the service date of the notification in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. If TSA does not receive proof in that time, TSA will notify the applicant that he or she is disqualified. In the case of an HME, TSA will notify the State that the applicant is disqualified, and in the case of a mariner applying for TWIC, TSA will notify the Coast Guard that the applicant is disqualified. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3595, Jan. 25, 2007; 72 FR 5633, Feb. 7, 2007; 72 FR 14050, Mar. 26, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.105" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.105   Immigration status.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An individual applying for a security threat assessment for a TWIC or HME must be a national of the United States or—
</P>
<P>(1) A lawful permanent resident of the United States;
</P>
<P>(2) A refugee admitted under 8 U.S.C. 1157;
</P>
<P>(3) An alien granted asylum under 8 U.S.C. 1158;
</P>
<P>(4) An alien in valid M-1 nonimmigrant status who is enrolled in the United States Merchant Marine Academy or a comparable State maritime academy. Such individuals may serve as unlicensed mariners on a documented vessel, regardless of their nationality, under 46 U.S.C. 8103.
</P>
<P>(5) A nonimmigrant alien admitted under the Compact of Free Association between the United States and the Federated States of Micronesia, the United States and the Republic of the Marshall Islands, or the United States and Palau.
</P>
<P>(6) An alien in lawful nonimmigrant status who has unrestricted authorization to work in the United States, except—
</P>
<P>(i) An alien in valid S-5 (informant of criminal organization information) lawful nonimmigrant status;
</P>
<P>(ii) An alien in valid S-6 (informant of terrorism information) lawful nonimmigrant status;
</P>
<P>(iii) An alien in valid K-1 (Fianco(e)) lawful nonimmigrant status; or
</P>
<P>(iv) An alien in valid K-2 (Minor child of Fianco(e)) lawful nonimmigrant status.
</P>
<P>(7) An alien in the following lawful nonimmigrant status who has restricted authorization to work in the United States—
</P>
<P>(i) B1/OCS Business Visitor/Outer Continental Shelf;
</P>
<P>(ii) C-1/D Crewman Visa;
</P>
<P>(iii) H-1B Special Occupations;
</P>
<P>(iv) H-1B1 Free Trade Agreement;
</P>
<P>(v) E-1 Treaty Trader;
</P>
<P>(vi) E-3 Australian in Specialty Occupation;
</P>
<P>(vii) L-1 Intracompany Executive Transfer;
</P>
<P>(viii) O-1 Extraordinary Ability;
</P>
<P>(ix) TN North American Free Trade Agreement;
</P>
<P>(x) E-2 Treaty Investor; or
</P>
<P>(xi) Another authorization that confers legal status, when TSA determines that the legal status is comparable to the legal status set out in paragraph (a)(7) of this section.
</P>
<P>(8) A commercial driver licensed in Canada or Mexico who is admitted to the United States under 8 CFR 214.2(b)(4)(i)(E) to conduct business in the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) Upon expiration of a nonimmigrant status listed in paragraph (a)(7) of this section, an employer must retrieve the TWIC from the applicant and provide it to TSA.
</P>
<P>(c) Upon expiration of a nonimmigrant status listed in paragraph (a)(7) of this section, an employee must surrender his or her TWIC to the employer.
</P>
<P>(d) If an employer terminates an applicant working under a nonimmigrant status listed in paragraph (a)(7) of this section, or the applicant otherwise ceases working for the employer, the employer must notify TSA within 5 business days and provide the TWIC to TSA if possible.
</P>
<P>(e) Any individual in removal proceedings or subject to an order of removal under the immigration laws of the United States is not eligible to apply for a TWIC.
</P>
<P>(f) To determine an applicant's immigration status, TSA will check relevant Federal databases and may perform other checks, including the validity of the applicant's alien registration number, social security number, or I-94 Arrival-Departure Form number. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3595, Jan. 25, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55049, Sept. 28, 2007; 73 FR 13156, Mar. 12, 2008] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.107" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.2.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.107   Other analyses.</HEAD>
<P>(a) TSA may determine that an applicant poses a security threat based on a search of the following databases:
</P>
<P>(1) Interpol and other international databases, as appropriate.
</P>
<P>(2) Terrorist watchlists and related databases.
</P>
<P>(3) Any other databases relevant to determining whether an applicant poses, or is suspected of posing, a security threat, or that confirm an applicant's identity.
</P>
<P>(b) TSA may also determine that an applicant poses a security threat, if the search conducted under this part reveals extensive foreign or domestic criminal convictions, a conviction for a serious crime not listed in 49 CFR 1572.103, or a period of foreign or domestic imprisonment that exceeds 365 consecutive days. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.109" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.2.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.109   Mental capacity.</HEAD>
<P>(a) An applicant has mental incapacity, if he or she has been—
</P>
<P>(1) Adjudicated as lacking mental capacity; or
</P>
<P>(2) Committed to a mental health facility.
</P>
<P>(b) An applicant is adjudicated as lacking mental capacity if—
</P>
<P>(1) A court, board, commission, or other lawful authority has determined that the applicant, as a result of marked subnormal intelligence, mental illness, incompetence, condition, or disease, is a danger to himself or herself or to others, or lacks the mental capacity to conduct or manage his or her own affairs.
</P>
<P>(2) This includes a finding of insanity by a court in a criminal case and a finding of incompetence to stand trial; or a finding of not guilty by reason of lack of mental responsibility, by any court, or pursuant to articles 50a and 76b of the Uniform Code of Military Justice (10 U.S.C. 850a and 876b).
</P>
<P>(c) An applicant is committed to a mental health facility if he or she is formally committed to a mental health facility by a court, board, commission, or other lawful authority, including involuntary commitment and commitment for lacking mental capacity, mental illness, and drug use. This does not include commitment to a mental health facility for observation or voluntary admission to a mental health facility. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§§ 1572.111-1572.139" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.2.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§§ 1572.111-1572.139   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Transportation of Hazardous Materials From Canada or Mexico To and Within the United States by Land Modes</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.201" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.3.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.201   Transportation of hazardous materials via commercial motor vehicle from Canada or Mexico to and within the United States.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to commercial motor vehicle drivers licensed by Canada and Mexico.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Terms used in this section.</I> The terms used in 49 CFR parts 1500, 1570, and 1572 also apply in this subpart. In addition, the following terms are used in this subpart for purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>FAST</I> means Free and Secure Trade program of the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection (CBP), a cooperative effort between CBP and the governments of Canada and Mexico to coordinate processes for the clearance of commercial shipments at the border.
</P>
<P><I>Hazardous materials</I> means material that has been designated as hazardous under 49 U.S.C. 5103 and is required to be placarded under subpart F of 49 CFR part 172 or any quantity of material that listed as a select agent or toxin in 42 CFR part 73.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Background check required.</I> A commercial motor vehicle driver who is licensed by Canada or Mexico may not transport hazardous materials into or within the United States unless the driver has undergone a background check similar to the one required of U.S.-licensed operators with a hazardous materials endorsement (HME) on a commercial driver's license, as prescribed in 49 CFR 1572.5.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>FAST card.</I> A commercial motor vehicle driver who holds a current Free and Secure Trade (FAST) program card satisfies the requirements of this section. Commercial motor vehicle drivers who wish to apply for a FAST program card must contact the FAST Commercial Driver Program, Bureau of Customs and Border Protection (CBP), Department of Homeland Security.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>TWIC.</I> A commercial motor vehicle driver who holds a TWIC satisfies the requirements of this section. Commercial vehicle drivers who wish to apply for a TWIC must comply with the rules in 49 CFR part 1572. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.203" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.3.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.203   Transportation of explosives from Canada to the United States via railroad carrier.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Applicability.</I> This section applies to railroad carriers that carry explosives from Canada to the United States, using a train crew member who is not a U.S. citizen or lawful permanent resident alien of the United States.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Terms under this section.</I> For purposes of this section:
</P>
<P><I>Customs and Border Protection</I> (CBP) means the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection, an agency within the U.S. Department of Homeland Security.
</P>
<P><I>Explosive</I> means a material that has been examined by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Research and Special Programs Administration, in accordance with 49 CFR 173.56, and determined to meet the definition for a Class 1 material in 49 CFR 173.50.
</P>
<P><I>Known railroad carrier</I> means a person that has been determined by the Governments of Canada and the United States to be a legitimate business, operating in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations governing the transportation of explosives.
</P>
<P><I>Known offeror</I> means an offeror that has been determined by the Governments of Canada and the United States to be a legitimate business, operating in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations governing the transportation of explosives.
</P>
<P><I>Known train crew member</I> means an individual used to transport explosives from Canada to the United States, who has been determined by the Governments of Canada and the United States to present no known security concern.
</P>
<P><I>Lawful permanent resident alien</I> means an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence, as defined by 8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(20).
</P>
<P><I>Offeror</I> means the person offering a shipment to the railroad carrier for transportation from Canada to the United States, and may also be known as the “consignor” in Canada.
</P>
<P><I>Railroad carrier</I> means “railroad carrier” as defined in 49 U.S.C. 20102.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prior approval of railroad carrier, offeror, and train crew member.</I> (1) No railroad carrier may transport in commerce any explosive into the United States from Canada, via a train operated by a crew member who is not a U.S. national or lawful permanent resident alien, unless the railroad carrier, offeror, and train crew member are identified on a TSA list as a known railroad carrier, known offeror, and known train crew member, respectively.
</P>
<P>(2) The railroad carrier must ensure that it, its offeror, and each of its crew members have been determined to be a known railroad carrier, known offeror, and known train crew member, respectively. If any has not been so determined, the railroad carrier must submit the following information to Transport Canada:
</P>
<P>(i) The railroad carrier's identification, including—
</P>
<P>(A) Official name;
</P>
<P>(B) Business number;
</P>
<P>(C) Any trade names; and
</P>
<P>(D) Address.
</P>
<P>(ii) The following information about any offeror of explosives whose shipments it will carry:
</P>
<P>(A) Official name.
</P>
<P>(B) Business number.
</P>
<P>(C) Address.
</P>
<P>(iii) The following information about any train crew member the railroad carrier may use to transport explosives into the United States from Canada, who is neither a U.S. national nor lawful permanent resident alien:
</P>
<P>(A) Full name.
</P>
<P>(B) Both current and most recent prior residential addresses.
</P>
<P>(3) Transport Canada will determine whether the railroad carrier and offeror are legitimately doing business in Canada and will also determine whether the train crew members present no known problems for purposes of this section. Transport Canada will notify TSA of these determinations by forwarding to TSA lists of known railroad carriers, offerors, and train crew members and their identifying information.
</P>
<P>(4) TSA will update and maintain the list of known railroad carriers, offerors, and train crew members and forward the list to CBP.
</P>
<P>(5) Once included on the list, the railroad carriers, offerors, and train crew members need not obtain prior approval for future transport of explosives under this section.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>TSA checks.</I> TSA may periodically check the data on the railroad carriers, offerors, and train crew members to confirm their continued eligibility, and may remove from the list any that TSA determines is not known or is a threat to security.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>At the border.</I> (1) Train crew members who are not U.S. nationals or lawful permanent resident aliens. Upon arrival at a point designated by CBP for inspection of trains crossing into the United States, the train crew members of a train transporting explosives must provide sufficient identification to CBP to enable that agency to determine if each crew member is on the list of known train crew members maintained by TSA.
</P>
<P>(2) <I>Train crew members who are U.S. nationals or lawful permanent resident aliens.</I> If CBP cannot verify that the crew member is on the list and the crew member is a U.S. national or lawful permanent resident alien, the crew member may be cleared by CBP upon providing—
</P>
<P>(i) A valid U.S. passport; or
</P>
<P>(ii) One or more other document(s), including a form of U.S. Federal or state Government-issued identification with photograph, acceptable to CBP.
</P>
<P>(3) <I>Compliance.</I> If a carrier attempts to enter the U.S. without having complied with this section, CBP will deny entry of the explosives and may take other appropriate action. 


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="D" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.4" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart D [Reserved]</HEAD>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="E" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.5" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart E—Fees for Security Threat Assessments for Hazmat Drivers</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.400" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.5.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.400   Scope and definitions.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This part applies to—
</P>
<P>(1) States that issue an HME for a commercial driver's license;
</P>
<P>(2) Individuals who apply to obtain or renew an HME for a commercial driver's license and must undergo a security threat assessment under 49 CFR part 1572; and
</P>
<P>(3) Entities who collect fees from such individuals on behalf of TSA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Terms.</I> As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>Commercial driver's license (CDL)</I> is used as defined in 49 CFR 383.5.
</P>
<P><I>FBI Fee</I> means the fee required for the cost of the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) to process fingerprint records.
</P>
<P><I>Information Collection Fee</I> means the fee required, in this part, for the cost of collecting and transmitting fingerprints and other applicant information under 49 CFR part 1572.
</P>
<P><I>Threat Assessment Fee</I> means the fee required, in this part, for the cost of TSA adjudicating security threat assessments, appeals, and waivers under 49 CFR part 1572.
</P>
<P><I>TSA agent</I> means an entity approved by TSA to collect and transmit fingerprints and applicant information, in accordance with 49 CFR part 1572, and fees in accordance with this part. 


</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 16499, Mar. 23, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 35631, May 1, 2024]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.401" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.5.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.401   Fee collection options.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>State collection and transmission.</I> If a State collects fingerprints and applicant information under 49 CFR part 1572, the State must collect and transmit to TSA the Threat Assessment Fee, in accordance with the requirements of 49 CFR 1572.403. The State also must collect and remit the FBI fee, in accordance with established procedures.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>TSA agent collection and transmission.</I> If a TSA agent collects fingerprints and applicant information under 49 CFR part 1572, the agent must—
</P>
<P>(1) Collect the Information Collection Fee, Threat Assessment Fee, and FBI Fee, in accordance with procedures approved by TSA;
</P>
<P>(2) Transmit to TSA the Threat Assessment Fee, in accordance with procedures approved by TSA; and
</P>
<P>(3) Transmit to TSA the FBI Fee, in accordance with procedures approved by TSA and the FBI. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3595, Jan. 25, 2007; 72 FR 14050, Mar. 26, 2007]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.403" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.5.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.403   Procedures for collection by States.</HEAD>
<P>This section describes the procedures that a State, which collects fingerprints and applicant information under 49 CFR part 1572; and the procedures an individual who applies to obtain or renew an HME, for a CDL in that State, must follow for collection and transmission of the Threat Assessment Fee and the FBI Fee.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Imposition of fees.</I> (1) An individual who applies to obtain or renew an HME, or the individuals' employer, must remit to the State the Threat Assessment Fee and the FBI Fee, in a form and manner approved by TSA and the State, when the individual submits the application for the HME to the State.
</P>
<P>(2) TSA shall publish the Threat Assessment Fee described in this subpart for an individual who applies to obtain or renew and HME as a Notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> TSA reviews the amount of the fees periodically, at least once every two years, to determine the current cost of conducting security threat assessments. Fee amounts and any necessary revisions to the fee amounts shall be determined by current costs, using a method of analysis consistent with widely accepted accounting principles and practices, and calculated in accordance with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 9701 and other applicable Federal law.
</P>
<P>(3) The FBI Fee required for the FBI to process fingerprint identification records and name checks required under 49 CFR part 1572 is determined by the FBI under Public Law 101-515. If the FBI amends this fee, the individual must remit the amended fee.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Collection of fees.</I> (1) A State must collect the Threat Assessment Fee and FBI Fee, when an individual submits an application to the State to obtain or renew an HME.
</P>
<P>(2) Once TSA receives an application from a State for a security threat assessment under 49 CFR part 1572, the State is liable for the Threat Assessment Fee.
</P>
<P>(3) Nothing in this subpart prevents a State from collecting any other fees that a State may impose on an individual who applies to obtain or renew an HME.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Handling of fees.</I> (1) A State must safeguard all Threat Assessment Fees, from the time of collection until remittance to TSA.
</P>
<P>(2) All Threat Assessment Fees are held in trust by a State for the beneficial interest of the United States in paying for the costs of conducting the security threat assessment, required by 49 U.S.C. 5103a and 49 CFR part 1572. A State holds neither legal nor equitable interest in the Threat Assessment Fees, except for the right to retain any accrued interest on the principal amounts collected pursuant to this section.
</P>
<P>(3) A State must account for Threat Assessment Fees separately, but may commingle such fees with other sources of revenue.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Remittance of fees.</I> (1) TSA will generate and provide an invoice to a State on a monthly basis. The invoice will indicate the total fee dollars (number of applicants times the Threat Assessment Fee) that are due for the month.
</P>
<P>(2) A State must remit to TSA full payment for the invoice, within 30 days after TSA sends the invoice.
</P>
<P>(3) TSA accepts Threat Assessment Fees only from a State, not from an individual applicant for an HME.
</P>
<P>(4) A State may retain any interest that accrues on the principal amounts collected between the date of collection and the date the Threat Assessment Fee is remitted to TSA, in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
</P>
<P>(5) A State may not retain any portion of the Threat Assessment Fee to offset the costs of collecting, handling, or remitting Threat Assessment Fees.
</P>
<P>(6) Threat Assessment Fees, remitted to TSA by a State, must be in U.S. currency, drawn on a U.S. bank, and made payable to the “Transportation Security Administration.”
</P>
<P>(7) Threat Assessment Fees must be remitted by check, money order, wire, or any other payment method acceptable to TSA.
</P>
<P>(8) TSA will not issue any refunds of Threat Assessment Fees.
</P>
<P>(9) If a State does not remit the Threat Assessment Fees for any month, TSA may decline to process any HME applications from that State. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3595, Jan. 25, 2007, as amended at 78 FR 24359, Apr. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.405" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.5.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.405   Procedures for collection by TSA.</HEAD>
<P>This section describes the procedures that an individual, who applies to obtain or renew an HME for a CDL, must follow if a TSA agent collects and transmits the Information Collection Fee, Threat Assessment Fee, and FBI Fee.
</P>
<P>(a) <I>Imposition of fees.</I> (1) An individual who applies to obtain or renew an HME, or the individuals' employer, must remit to the TSA agent the Information Collection Fee, Threat Assessment Fee, and FBI Fee, in a form and manner approved by TSA, when the individual submits the application required under 49 CFR part 1572.
</P>
<P>(2) TSA shall publish the Information Collection Fee and Threat Assessment Fee described in this subpart for an individual who applies to obtain or renew an HME as a Notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> TSA reviews the amount of the fees periodically, at least once every two years, to determine the current cost of conducting security threat assessments. Fee amounts and any necessary revisions to the fee amounts shall be determined by current costs, using a method of analysis consistent with widely accepted accounting principles and practices, and calculated in accordance with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 9701 and other applicable Federal law.
</P>
<P>(3) The FBI Fee required for the FBI to process fingerprint identification records and name checks required under 49 CFR part 1572 is determined by the FBI under Public Law 101-515. If the FBI amends this fee, TSA or its agent, will collect the amended fee.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Collection of fees.</I> A TSA agent will collect the fees required under this section, when an individual submits an application to the TSA agent, in accordance with 49 CFR part 1572.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Remittance of fees.</I> (1) Fees required under this section, which are remitted to a TSA agent, must be made in U.S. currency, drawn on a U.S. bank, and made payable to the “Transportation Security Administration.”
</P>
<P>(2) Fees required under this section must be remitted by check, money order, wire, or any other payment method acceptable to TSA.
</P>
<P>(3) TSA will not issue any refunds of fees required under this section.
</P>
<P>(4) Applications, submitted in accordance with 49 CFR part 1572, will be processed only upon receipt of all applicable fees under this section. 
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3595, Jan. 25, 2007, as amended at 78 FR 24359, Apr. 25, 2013]


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="F" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.6" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart F—Fees for Security Threat Assessments for Transportation Worker Identification Credential (TWIC)</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.500" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.6.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.500   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Scope.</I> This part applies to—
</P>
<P>(1) Individuals who apply to obtain or renew a Transportation Worker Identification Credential and must undergo a security threat assessment under 49 CFR part 1572; and
</P>
<P>(2) Entities that collect fees from such individuals on behalf of TSA.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Terms.</I> As used in this part:
</P>
<P><I>TSA agent</I> means the entity approved by TSA to collect and transmit fingerprints and applicant information, and collect fees in accordance with this part. 


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1572.501" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.21.6.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1572.501   Fee collection.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>When fee must be paid.</I> When an applicant submits the information and fingerprints required under 49 CFR part 1572 to obtain or renew a TWIC, the fee must be remitted to TSA or its agent in accordance with the requirements of this section. Applications submitted in accordance with 49 CFR part 1572 will be processed only upon receipt of all required fees under this section.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Standard TWIC Fees.</I> The fee to obtain or renew a TWIC, except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, includes the following segments:
</P>
<P>(1) The Enrollment Segment Fee covers the costs for TSA or its agent to enroll applicants.
</P>
<P>(2) The Full Card Production/Security Threat Assessment Segment Fee covers the costs for TSA or its agent to conduct a security threat assessment and produce the TWIC.
</P>
<P>(3) The FBI Segment Fee covers the costs for the FBI to process fingerprint identification records, and is the amount collected by the FBI under Pub. L. 101-515. If the FBI amends this fee, TSA or its agent will collect the amended fee.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Reduced TWIC Fee.</I> The fee to obtain a TWIC when the applicant has undergone a comparable threat assessment in connection with an HME, FAST card, other threat assessment deemed to be comparable under 49 CFR 1572.5(e) or holds a Merchant Mariner Document or Merchant Mariner License is made up of the total of the following segments:
</P>
<P>(1) The Enrollment Segment Fee covers the costs for TSA or its agent to enroll applicants.
</P>
<P>(2) The Reduced Card Production/Security Threat Assessment Segment covers the costs for TSA to conduct a portion of the security threat assessment and issue a TWIC.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Card Replacement Fee.</I> The Card Replacement Fee covers the costs for TSA to replace a TWIC when a TWIC holder reports that his/her TWIC has been lost, stolen, or damaged.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Form of fee.</I> The TSA vendor will collect the fee required to obtain or renew a TWIC and will determine the method of acceptable payment, subject to approval by TSA.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Refunds.</I> TSA will not issue any refunds of fees required under this section.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Imposition of fees.</I> TSA routinely establishes and collects fees to conduct the security threat assessment and credentialing process. These fees apply to all entities requesting a security threat assessment and/or credential. The fees described in this section for an individual who applies to obtain, renew, or replace a TWIC under 49 CFR part 1572, shall be published as a Notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> TSA reviews the amount of these fees periodically, at least once every two years, to determine the current cost of conducting security threat assessments. Fee amounts and any necessary revisions to the fee amounts shall be determined by current costs, using a method of analysis consistent with widely-accepted accounting principles and practices, and calculated in accordance with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 9701 and other applicable Federal law.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[72 FR 3595, Jan. 25, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55049, Sept. 28, 2007; 78 FR 24359, Apr. 25, 2013] 


</CITA>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1580" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1580—FREIGHT RAIL TRANSPORTATION SECURITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114; Pub. L. 110-53 (121 Stat. 266, Aug. 3, 2007) secs. 1501 (6 U.S.C. 1151), 1512 (6 U.S.C. 1162) and 1517 (6 U.S.C. 1167).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 16506, Mar. 23, 2020, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part includes requirements for the following persons. Specific sections in this part provide detailed requirements.
</P>
<P>(1) Each freight railroad carrier that operates rolling equipment on track that is part of the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(2) Each rail hazardous materials shipper.
</P>
<P>(3) Each rail hazardous materials receiver located within an HTUA.
</P>
<P>(4) Each freight railroad carrier serving as a host railroad to a freight railroad operation described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section or a passenger operation described in § 1582.1 of this subchapter.
</P>
<P>(5) Each owner/operator of private rail cars, including business/office cars and circus trains, on or connected to the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to a freight railroad carrier that operates rolling equipment only on track inside an installation that is not part of the general railroad system of transportation.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.3   Terms used in this part.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the terms in §§ 1500.3, 1500.5, and 1503.202 of subchapter A and § 1570.3 of subchapter D of this chapter, the following terms apply to this part:
</P>
<P><I>Class I</I> means Class I as assigned by regulations of the Surface Transportation Board (STB) (49 CFR part 1201; General Instructions 1-1).
</P>
<P><I>Attended,</I> in reference to a rail car, means an employee—
</P>
<P>(1) Is physically located on-site in reasonable proximity to the rail car;
</P>
<P>(2) Is capable of promptly responding to unauthorized access or activity at or near the rail car, including immediately contacting law enforcement or other authorities; and
</P>
<P>(3) Immediately responds to any unauthorized access or activity at or near the rail car either personally or by contacting law enforcement or other authorities.
</P>
<P><I>Document the transfer</I> means documentation uniquely identifying that the rail car was attended during the transfer of custody, including:
</P>
<P>(1) Car initial and number.
</P>
<P>(2) Identification of individuals who attended the transfer (names or uniquely identifying employee number).
</P>
<P>(3) Location of transfer.
</P>
<P>(4) Date and time the transfer was completed.
</P>
<P><I>High threat urban area (HTUA)</I> means, for purposes of this part, an area comprising one or more cities and surrounding areas including a 10-mile buffer zone, as listed in appendix A to this part 1580.
</P>
<P><I>Maintains positive control</I> means that the rail hazardous materials receiver and the railroad carrier communicate and cooperate with each other to provide for the security of the rail car during the physical transfer of custody. <I>Attending</I> the rail car is a component of maintaining positive control.
</P>
<P><I>Rail security-sensitive materials (RSSM)</I> means—
</P>
<P>(1) A rail car containing more than 2,268 kg (5,000 lbs.) of a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) material, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50;
</P>
<P>(2) A tank car containing a material poisonous by inhalation as defined in 49 CFR 171.8, including anhydrous ammonia, Division 2.3 gases poisonous by inhalation as set forth in 49 CFR 173.115(c), and Division 6.1 liquids meeting the defining criteria in 49 CFR 173.132(a)(1)(iii) and assigned to hazard zone A or hazard zone B in accordance with 49 CFR 173.133(a), excluding residue quantities of these materials; and
</P>
<P>(3) A rail car containing a highway route-controlled quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403.
</P>
<P><I>Residue</I> means the hazardous material remaining in a packaging, including a tank car, after its contents have been unloaded to the maximum extent practicable and before the packaging is either refilled or cleaned of hazardous material and purged to remove any hazardous vapors.
</P>
<P><I>Security-sensitive employee</I> means an employee who performs—
</P>
<P>(1) Service subject to the Federal hours of service laws (49 U.S.C. chapter 211), regardless of whether the employee actually performs such service during a particular duty tour; or
</P>
<P>(2) One or more of the security-sensitive job functions identified in Appendix B to this part where the security-sensitive function is performed in the United States or in direct support of the common carriage of persons or property between a place in the United States and any place outside of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.1.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.5   Preemptive effect.</HEAD>
<P>Under 49 U.S.C. 20106, issuance of the regulations in this subchapter preempts any State law, regulation, or order covering the same subject matter, except an additional or more stringent law, regulation, or order that is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially local security hazard; that is not incompatible with a law, regulation, or order of the U.S. Government; and that does not unreasonably burden interstate commerce. For example, under 49 U.S.C. 20106, issuance of 49 CFR 1580.205 preempts any State or tribal law, rule, regulation, order or common law requirement covering the same subject matter.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Security Programs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.101" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.101   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to each of the following owner/operators:
</P>
<P>(a) Described in § 1580.1(a)(1) of this part that is a Class I freight railroad.
</P>
<P>(b) Described in § 1580.1(a)(1) of this part that transports one or more of the categories and quantities of RSSM in an HTUA.
</P>
<P>(c) Described in § 1580.1(a)(4) of this part that serves as a host railroad to a freight railroad described in paragraph (a) of (b) of this section or a passenger operation described in § 1582.101 of this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.103" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.103   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.105" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.105   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.107" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.2.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.107   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.109" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.2.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.109   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.111" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.2.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.111   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.113" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.2.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.113   Security training program general requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Security training program required.</I> Each owner/operator identified in § 1580.101 of this part is required to adopt and carry out a security training program under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements.</I> The security training program must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of owner/operator.
</P>
<P>(2) Name, title, telephone number, and email address of the primary individual to be contacted with regard to review of the security training program.
</P>
<P>(3) Number, by specific job function category identified in Appendix B to this part, of security-sensitive employees trained or to be trained.
</P>
<P>(4) Implementation schedule that identifies a specific date by which initial and recurrent security training required by § 1570.111 of this subchapter will be completed.
</P>
<P>(5) Location where training program records will be maintained.
</P>
<P>(6) Curriculum or lesson plan, including learning objectives and method of delivery (such as instructor-led or computer-based training) for each course used to meet the requirements of § 1580.115 of this part. TSA may request additional information regarding the curriculum during the review and approval process. If recurrent training under § 1570.111 of this subchapter is not the same as initial training, a curriculum or lesson plan for the recurrent training will need to be submitted and approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(7) Plan for ensuring supervision of untrained security-sensitive employees performing functions identified in Appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(8) Plan for notifying employees of changes to security measures that could change information provided in previously provided training.
</P>
<P>(9) Method(s) for evaluating the effectiveness of the security training program in each area required by § 1580.115 of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Relation to other training.</I> (1) Training conducted by owner/operators to comply other requirements or standards, such as emergency preparedness training required by the Department of Transportation (DOT) (49 CFR part 239) or other training for communicating with emergency responders to arrange the evacuation of passengers, may be combined with and used to satisfy elements of the training requirements in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) If the owner/operator submits a security training program that relies on pre-existing or previous training materials to meet the requirements of subpart B, the program submitted for approval must include an index, organized in the same sequence as the requirements in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Submission and implementation.</I> The owner/operator must submit and implement the security training program in accordance with the schedules identified in §§ 1570.109 and 1570.111 of this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.115" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.2.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.115   Security training and knowledge for security-sensitive employees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Training required for security-sensitive employees.</I> No owner/operator required to have a security training program under § 1580.101 of this part may use a security-sensitive employee to perform a function identified in Appendix B to this part, unless that individual has received training as part of a security training program approved by TSA under 49 CFR part 1570, subpart B, or is under the direct supervision of an employee who has received the training required by this section as applicable to that security-sensitive function.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limits on use of untrained employees.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, a security-sensitive employee may not perform a security-sensitive function for more than sixty (60) calendar days without receiving security training.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prepare.</I> (1) Each owner/operator must ensure that each of its security-sensitive employees with position- or function-specific responsibilities under the owner/operator's security program has knowledge of how to fulfill those responsibilities in the event of a security threat, breach, or incident to ensure—
</P>
<P>(i) Employees with responsibility for transportation security equipment and systems are aware of their responsibilities and can verify the equipment and systems are operating and properly maintained; and
</P>
<P>(ii) Employees with other duties and responsibilities under the company's security plans and/or programs, including those required by Federal law, know their assignments and the steps or resources needed to fulfill them.
</P>
<P>(2) Each employee who performs any security-related functions under § 1580.205 of this subpart must be provided training specifically applicable to the functions the employee performs. As applicable, this training must address—
</P>
<P>(i) Inspecting rail cars for signs of tampering or compromise, IEDs, suspicious items, and items that do not belong;
</P>
<P>(ii) Identification of rail cars that contain rail security-sensitive materials, including the owner/operator's procedures for identifying rail security-sensitive material cars on train documents, shipping papers, and in computer train/car management systems; and
</P>
<P>(iii) Procedures for completing transfer of custody documentation.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Observe.</I> Each owner/operator must ensure that each of its security-sensitive employees has knowledge of the observational skills necessary to recognize—
</P>
<P>(1) Suspicious and/or dangerous items (such as substances, packages, or conditions (for example, characteristics of an IED and signs of equipment tampering or sabotage);
</P>
<P>(2) Combinations of actions and individual behaviors that appear suspicious and/or dangerous, inappropriate, inconsistent, or out of the ordinary for the employee's work environment, which could indicate a threat to transportation security; and
</P>
<P>(3) How a terrorist or someone with malicious intent may attempt to gain sensitive information or take advantage of vulnerabilities.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Assess.</I> Each owner/operator must ensure that each of its security-sensitive employees has knowledge necessary to—
</P>
<P>(1) Determine whether the item, individual, behavior, or situation requires a response as a potential terrorist threat based on the respective transportation environment; and
</P>
<P>(2) Identify appropriate responses based on observations and context.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Respond.</I> Each owner/operator must ensure that each of its security-sensitive employees has knowledge of how to—
</P>
<P>(1) Appropriately report a security threat, including knowing how and when to report internally to other employees, supervisors, or management, and externally to local, state, or Federal agencies according to the owner/operator's security procedures or other relevant plans;
</P>
<P>(2) Interact with the public and first responders at the scene of the threat or incident, including communication with passengers on evacuation and any specific procedures for individuals with disabilities and the elderly; and
</P>
<P>(3) Use any applicable self-defense devices or other protective equipment provided to employees by the owner/operator.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="C" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.3" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart C—Operations</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.201" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.3.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.201   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>This subpart applies to the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Each owner/operator described in § 1580.1(a)(1) of this part that transports one or more of the categories and quantities of rail security-sensitive materials.
</P>
<P>(2) Each owner/operator described in § 1580.1(a)(2) and (3) of this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.203" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.3.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.203   Location and shipping information.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>General requirement.</I> Each owner/operator described in § 1580.201 of this part must have procedures in place to determine the location and shipping information for each rail car under its physical custody and control that contains one or more of the categories and quantities of rail security-sensitive materials.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Required information.</I> The location and shipping information must include the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The rail car's current location by city, county, and state, including, for freight railroad carriers, the railroad milepost, track designation, and the time that the rail car's location was determined.
</P>
<P>(2) The rail car's routing, if a freight railroad carrier.
</P>
<P>(3) A list of the total number of rail cars containing rail security-sensitive materials, broken down by—
</P>
<P>(i) The shipping name prescribed for the material in column 2 of the table in 49 CFR 172.101;
</P>
<P>(ii) The hazard class or division number prescribed for the material in column 3 of the table in 49 CFR 172.101; and
</P>
<P>(iii) The identification number prescribed for the material in column 4 of the table in 49 CFR 172.101.
</P>
<P>(4) Each rail car's initial and number.
</P>
<P>(5) Whether the rail car is in a train, rail yard, siding, rail spur, or rail hazardous materials shipper or receiver facility, including the name of the rail yard or siding designation.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Timing-Class I freight railroad carriers.</I> Upon request by TSA, each Class I freight railroad carrier described in paragraph (a) of this section must provide the location and shipping information to TSA no later than—
</P>
<P>(1) Five minutes if the request applies to a single (one) rail car; and
</P>
<P>(2) Thirty minutes if the request concerns multiple rail cars or a geographic region.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Timing-other than Class I freight railroad carriers.</I> Upon request by TSA, all owner/operators described in paragraph (a) of this section, other than Class I freight railroad carriers, must provide the location and shipping information to TSA no later than 30 minutes, regardless of the number of cars covered by the request.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Method.</I> All owner/operators described in paragraph (a) of this section must provide the requested location and shipping information to TSA by one of the following methods:
</P>
<P>(1) Electronic data transmission in spreadsheet format.
</P>
<P>(2) Electronic data transmission in Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) format.
</P>
<P>(3) Electronic data transmission in Extensible Markup Language (XML).
</P>
<P>(4) Facsimile transmission of a hard copy spreadsheet in tabular format.
</P>
<P>(5) Posting the information to a secure website address approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(6) Another format approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Telephone number.</I> Each owner/operator described in § 1580.201 of this part must provide a telephone number for use by TSA to request the information required in paragraph (b) of this section.
</P>
<P>(1) The telephone number must be monitored at all times.
</P>
<P>(2) A telephone number that requires a call back (such as an answering service, answering machine, or beeper device) does not meet the requirements of this paragraph.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.205" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.3.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.205   Chain of custody and control requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Within or outside of an HTUA, rail hazardous materials shipper transferring to carrier.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, at each location within or outside of an HTUA, a rail hazardous materials shipper transferring custody of a rail car containing one or more of the categories and quantities of rail security-sensitive materials to a freight railroad carrier must do the following:
</P>
<P>(1) Physically inspect the rail car before loading for signs of tampering, including closures and seals; other signs that the security of the car may have been compromised; and suspicious items or items that do not belong, including the presence of an improvised explosive device.
</P>
<P>(2) Keep the rail car in a rail secure area from the time the security inspection required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section or by 49 CFR 173.31(d), whichever occurs first, until the freight railroad carrier takes physical custody of the rail car.
</P>
<P>(3) Document the transfer of custody to the railroad carrier in hard copy or electronically.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Within or outside of an HTUA, carrier receiving from a rail hazardous materials shipper.</I> At each location within or outside of an HTUA where a freight railroad carrier receives from a rail hazardous materials shipper custody of a rail car containing one or more of the categories and quantities of rail security-sensitive materials, the freight railroad carrier must document the transfer in hard copy or electronically and perform the required security inspection in accordance with 49 CFR 174.9.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Within an HTUA, carrier transferring to carrier.</I> Within an HTUA, whenever a freight railroad carrier transfers a rail car containing one or more of the categories and quantities of rail security-sensitive materials to another freight railroad carrier, each freight railroad carrier must adopt and carry out procedures to ensure that the rail car is not left unattended at any time during the physical transfer of custody. These procedures must include the receiving freight railroad carrier performing the required security inspection in accordance with 49 CFR 174.9. Both the transferring and the receiving railroad carrier must document the transfer of custody in hard copy or electronically.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Outside of an HTUA, carrier transferring to carrier.</I> Outside an HTUA, whenever a freight railroad carrier transfers a rail car containing one or more of the categories and quantities of rail security-sensitive materials to another freight railroad carrier, and the rail car containing this hazardous material may subsequently enter an HTUA, each freight railroad carrier must adopt and carry out procedures to ensure that the rail car is not left unattended at any time during the physical transfer of custody. These procedures must include the receiving railroad carrier performing the required security inspection in accordance with 49 CFR 174.9. Both the transferring and the receiving railroad carrier must document the transfer of custody in hard copy or electronically.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Within an HTUA, carrier transferring to rail hazardous materials receiver.</I> A freight railroad carrier delivering a rail car containing one or more of the categories and quantities of rail security-sensitive materials to a rail hazardous materials receiver located within an HTUA must not leave the rail car unattended in a non-secure area until the rail hazardous materials receiver accepts custody of the rail car. Both the railroad carrier and the rail hazardous materials receiver must document the transfer of custody in hard copy or electronically.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Within an HTUA, rail hazardous materials receiver receiving from carrier.</I> Except as provided in paragraph (j) of this section, a rail hazardous materials receiver located within an HTUA that receives a rail car containing one or more of the categories and quantities of rail security-sensitive materials from a freight railroad carrier must—
</P>
<P>(1) Ensure that the rail hazardous materials receiver or railroad carrier maintains positive control of the rail car during the physical transfer of custody of the rail car;
</P>
<P>(2) Keep the rail car in a rail secure area until the car is unloaded; and
</P>
<P>(3) Document the transfer of custody from the railroad carrier in hard copy or electronically.
</P>
<P>(g) <I>Within or outside of an HTUA, rail hazardous materials receiver rejecting car.</I> This section does not apply to a rail hazardous materials receiver that does not routinely offer, prepare, or load for transportation by rail one or more of the categories and quantities of rail security-sensitive materials. If such a receiver rejects and returns a rail car containing one or more of the categories and quantities of rail security-sensitive materials to the originating offeror or shipper, the requirements of this section do not apply to the receiver. The requirements of this section do apply to any railroad carrier to which the receiver transfers custody of the rail car.
</P>
<P>(h) <I>Document retention.</I> Covered entities must maintain the documents required under this section for at least 60 calendar days and make them available to TSA upon request.
</P>
<P>(i) <I>Rail secure area.</I> The rail hazardous materials shipper and the rail hazardous materials receiver must use physical security measures to ensure that no unauthorized individual gains access to the rail secure area.
</P>
<P>(j) <I>Exemption for rail hazardous materials receivers.</I> A rail hazardous materials receiver located within an HTUA may request from TSA an exemption from some or all of the requirements of this section if the receiver demonstrates that the potential risk from its activities is insufficient to warrant compliance with this section. TSA will consider all relevant circumstances, including the following:
</P>
<P>(1) The amounts and types of all hazardous materials received.
</P>
<P>(2) The geography of the area surrounding the receiver's facility.
</P>
<P>(3) Proximity to entities that may be attractive targets, including other businesses, housing, schools, and hospitals.
</P>
<P>(4) Any information regarding threats to the facility.
</P>
<P>(5) Other circumstances that indicate the potential risk of the receiver's facility does not warrant compliance with this section.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1580.207" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.3.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1580.207   Harmonization of Federal regulation of nuclear facilities.</HEAD>
<P>TSA will coordinate activities under this subpart with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) and the Department of Energy (DOE) with respect to regulation of rail hazardous materials shippers and receivers that are also licensed or regulated by the NRC or DOE under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, to maintain consistency with the requirements imposed by the NRC and DOE.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.3.10.5.4" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 1580—High Threat Urban Areas (HTUAs)


</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">State
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Urban area
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Geographic areas
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">AZ</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Phoenix Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chandler, Gilbert, Glendale, Mesa, Peoria, Phoenix, Scottsdale, Tempe, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Anaheim/Santa Ana Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Anaheim, Costa Mesa, Garden Grove, Fullerton, Huntington Beach, Irvine, Orange, Santa Ana, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bay Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Berkeley, Daly City, Fremont, Hayward, Oakland, Palo Alto, Richmond, San Francisco, San Jose, Santa Clara, Sunnyvale, Vallejo, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Los Angeles/Long Beach Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Burbank, Glendale, Inglewood, Long Beach, Los Angeles, Pasadena, Santa Monica, Santa Clarita, Torrance, Simi Valley, Thousand Oaks, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Sacramento Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Elk Grove, Sacramento, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">San Diego Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chula Vista, Escondido, and San Diego, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Denver
<br/>Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arvada, Aurora, Denver, Lakewood, Westminster, Thornton, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DC</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">National Capital Region</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">National Capital Region and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">FL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fort Lauderdale Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Fort Lauderdale, Hollywood, Miami Gardens, Miramar, Pembroke Pines, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jacksonville Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jacksonville and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Miami Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Hialeah, Miami, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Orlando Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Orlando and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Tampa Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Clearwater, St. Petersburg, Tampa, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">GA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Atlanta Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Atlanta and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">HI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Honolulu Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Honolulu and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IL</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chicago Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chicago and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indianapolis Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Indianapolis and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">KY</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Louisville Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Louisville and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">LA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Baton Rouge Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Baton Rouge and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New Orleans Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New Orleans and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boston Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boston, Cambridge, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MD</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Baltimore Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Baltimore and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detroit Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Detroit, Sterling Heights, Warren, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Twin Cities Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Minneapolis, St. Paul, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined entity.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MO</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Kansas City Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Independence, Kansas City (MO), Kansas City (KS), Olathe, Overland Park, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">St. Louis Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">St. Louis and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NC</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charlotte Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Charlotte and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NE</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Omaha Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Omaha and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NJ</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Jersey City/Newark Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Elizabeth, Jersey City, Newark, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NV</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Las Vegas Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Las Vegas, North Las Vegas, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined entity.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NY</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Buffalo Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Buffalo and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York City Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York City, Yonkers, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">OH</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cincinnati Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cincinnati and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cleveland Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Cleveland and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Columbus Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Columbus and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Toledo Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oregon, Toledo, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">OK</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Oklahoma City Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Norman, Oklahoma and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">OR</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Portland Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Portland, Vancouver, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Philadelphia Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Philadelphia and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pittsburgh Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pittsburgh and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Memphis Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Memphis and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TX</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dallas/Fort Worth/Arlington Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arlington, Carrollton, Dallas, Fort Worth, Garland, Grand Prairie, Irving, Mesquite, Plano, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Houston Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Houston, Pasadena, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined entity.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">San Antonio Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">San Antonio and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">WA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Seattle Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Seattle, Bellevue, and a 10-mile buffer extending from the border of the combined area.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">WI</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Milwaukee Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Milwaukee and a 10-mile buffer extending from the city border.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.22.3.10.5.5" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 1580—Security-Sensitive Functions for Freight Rail
</HEAD>
<P>This table identifies security-sensitive job functions for owner/operators regulated under this part. All employees performing security-sensitive functions are “security-sensitive employees” for purposes of this rule and must be trained.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Categories
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Security-sensitive job functions for
<br/>freight rail
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Examples of job titles applicable to these functions *
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A. Operating a vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1. Employees who operate or directly control the movements of locomotives or other self-powered rail vehicles</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Engineer, conductor
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Train conductor, trainman, brakeman, or utility employee or performs acceptance inspections, couples and uncouples rail cars, applies handbrakes, or similar functions
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3. Employees covered under the Federal hours of service laws as “train employees.” <E T="03">See</E> 49 U.S.C. 21101(5) and 21103.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B. Inspecting and maintaining vehicles</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who inspect or repair rail cars and locomotives</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Carman, car repairman, car inspector, engineer, conductor.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C. Inspecting or maintaining building or transportation infrastructure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1. Employees who—
<br/>a. Maintain, install, or inspect communications and signal equipment.
<br/>b. Maintain, install, or inspect track and structures, including, but not limited to, bridges, trestles, and tunnels.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Signalman, signal maintainer, track-man, gang foreman, bridge and building laborer, roadmaster, bridge, and building inspector/operator.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Employees covered under the Federal hours of service laws as “signal employees.” <E T="03">See</E> 49 U.S.C. 21101(3) and 21104
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D. Controlling dispatch or movement of a vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1. Employees who—
<br/>a. Dispatch, direct, or control the movement of trains.
<br/>b. Operate or supervise the operations of moveable bridges.</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Yardmaster, dispatcher, block operator, bridge operator.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">c. Supervise the activities of train crews, car movements, and switching operations in a yard or terminal.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Employees covered under the Federal hours of service laws as “dispatching service employees.” <E T="03">See</E> 49 U.S.C. 21101(2) and 21105
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E. Providing security of the owner/operator's equipment and property</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who provide for the security of the railroad carrier's equipment and property, including acting as a railroad police officer (as that term is defined in 49 CFR 207.2)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Police officer, special agent; patrolman; watchman; guard.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F. Loading or unloading cargo or baggage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Includes, but is not limited to, employees that load or unload hazardous materials</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Service track employee.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G. Interacting with travelling public (on board a vehicle or within a transportation facility)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees of a freight railroad operating in passenger service</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Conductor, engineer, agent.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H. Complying with security programs or measures, including those required by Federal law</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1. Employees who serve as security coordinators designated in § 1570.201 of this subchapter, as well as any designated alternates or secondary security coordinators</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Security coordinator, train master, assistant train master, roadmaster, division roadmaster.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Employees who—
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">a. Conduct training and testing of employees when the training or testing is required by TSA's security regulations.
<br/>b. Perform inspections or operations required by § 1580.205 of this subchapter.
<br/>c. Manage or direct implementation of security plan requirements.
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR></TABLE></DIV><DIV class="table_foot"><P class="gpotbl_note">* These job titles are provided solely as a resource to help understand the functions described; whether an employee must be trained is based upon the function, not the job title.</P></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1581" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.23" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1581 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1582" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1582—PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION AND PASSENGER RAILROAD SECURITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114; Pub. L. 110-53 (121 Stat. 266, Aug. 3, 2007) secs. 1402 (6 U.S.C. 1131), 1405 (6 U.S.C. 1134), and 1408 (6 U.S.C. 1137).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 16511, Mar. 23, 2020, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1582.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1582.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part includes requirements for the following persons. Specific sections in this part provide detailed requirements.
</P>
<P>(1) Each passenger railroad carrier.
</P>
<P>(2) Each public transportation agency.
</P>
<P>(3) Each operator of a rail transit system that is not operating on track that is part of the general railroad system of transportation, including heavy rail transit, light rail transit, automated guideway, cable car, inclined plane, funicular, and monorail systems.
</P>
<P>(4) Each tourist, scenic, historic, and excursion rail owner/operator, whether operating on or off the general railroad system of transportation.
</P>
<P>(b) This part does not apply to a ferry system required to conduct training pursuant to 46 U.S.C. 70103.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1582.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1582.3   Terms used in this part.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the terms in §§ 1500.3, 1500.5, and 1503.202 of subchapter A and § 1570.3 of subchapter D of this chapter, the following term applies to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Security-sensitive employee</I> means an employee whose responsibilities for the owner/operator include one or more of the security-sensitive job functions identified in appendix B to this part if the security-sensitive function is performed in the United States or in direct support of the common carriage of persons or property between a place in the United States and any place outside of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1582.5" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.1.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1582.5   Preemptive effect.</HEAD>
<P>Under 49 U.S.C. 20106, issuance of the passenger railroad and public transportation regulations in this subchapter preempts any State law, regulation, or order covering the same subject matter, except an additional or more stringent law, regulation, or order that is necessary to eliminate or reduce an essentially local security hazard; that is not incompatible with a law, regulation, or order of the U.S. Government; and that does not unreasonably burden interstate commerce.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Security Programs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1582.101" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1582.101   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements of this subpart apply to the following:
</P>
<P>(a) Amtrak (also known as the National Railroad Passenger Corporation).
</P>
<P>(b) Each owner/operator identified in Appendix A to this part.
</P>
<P>(c) Each owner/operator described in § 1582.1(a)(1) through (3) that serves as a host railroad to a freight operation described in § 1580.101 of this subchapter or to a passenger train operation described in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.
</P>
<CITA TYPE="N">[85 FR 16511, Mar. 23, 2020, as amended at 86 FR 23633, May 4, 2021]


</CITA>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1582.103" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1582.103   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1582.105" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1582.105   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1582.107" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.2.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1582.107   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1582.109" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.2.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1582.109   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1582.111" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.2.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1582.111   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1582.113" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.2.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1582.113   Security training program general requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Security training program required.</I> Each owner/operator identified in § 1582.101 of this part is required to adopt and carry out a security training program under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements.</I> The security training program must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of owner/operator.
</P>
<P>(2) Name, title, telephone number, and email address of the primary individual to be contacted with regard to review of the security training program.
</P>
<P>(3) Number, by specific job function category identified in Appendix B to this part, of security-sensitive employees trained or to be trained.
</P>
<P>(4) Implementation schedule that identifies a specific date by which initial and recurrent security training required by § 1570.111 of this subchapter will be completed.
</P>
<P>(5) Location where training program records will be maintained.
</P>
<P>(6) Curriculum or lesson plan, including learning objectives and method of delivery (such as instructor-led or computer-based training) for each course used to meet the requirements of § 1582.115 of this part. TSA may request additional information regarding the curriculum during the review and approval process. If recurrent training under § 1570.111 of this subchapter is not the same as initial training, a curriculum or lesson plan for the recurrent training will need to be submitted and approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(7) Plan for ensuring supervision of untrained security-sensitive employees performing functions identified in Appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(8) Plan for notifying employees of changes to security measures that could change information provided in previously provided training.
</P>
<P>(9) Method(s) for evaluating the effectiveness of the security training program in each area required by § 1582.115 of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Relation to other training.</I> (1) Training conducted by owner/operators to comply other requirements or standards, such as emergency preparedness training required by the Department of Transportation (DOT) (49 CFR part 239) or other training for communicating with emergency responders to arrange the evacuation of passengers, may be combined with and used to satisfy elements of the training requirements in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) If the owner/operator submits a security training program that relies on pre-existing or previous training materials to meet the requirements of subpart B, the program submitted for approval must include an index, organized in the same sequence as the requirements in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Submission and implementation.</I> The owner/operator must submit and implement the security training program in accordance with the schedules identified in §§ 1570.109 and 1570.111 of this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1582.115" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.2.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1582.115   Security training and knowledge for security-sensitive employees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Training required for security-sensitive employees.</I> No owner/operator required to have a security training program under § 1582.101 of this part may use a security-sensitive employee to perform a function identified in appendix B to this part unless that individual has received training as part of a security training program approved by TSA under 49 CFR part 1570, subpart B, or is under the direct supervision of an employee who has received the training required by this section as applicable to that security-sensitive function.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limits on use of untrained employees.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, a security-sensitive employee may not perform a security-sensitive function for more than sixty (60) calendar days without receiving security training.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prepare.</I> Each owner/operator must ensure that each of its security-sensitive employees with position- or function-specific responsibilities under the owner/operator's security program have knowledge of how to fulfill those responsibilities in the event of a security threat, breach, or incident to ensure—
</P>
<P>(1) Employees with responsibility for transportation security equipment and systems are aware of their responsibilities and can verify the equipment and systems are operating and properly maintained; and
</P>
<P>(2) Employees with other duties and responsibilities under the company's security plans and/or programs, including those required by Federal law, know their assignments and the steps or resources needed to fulfill them.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Observe.</I> Each owner/operator must ensure that each of its security-sensitive employees has knowledge of the observational skills necessary to recognize—
</P>
<P>(1) Suspicious and/or dangerous items (such as substances, packages, or conditions (for example, characteristics of an IED and signs of equipment tampering or sabotage);
</P>
<P>(2) Combinations of actions and individual behaviors that appear suspicious and/or dangerous, inappropriate, inconsistent, or out of the ordinary for the employee's work environment, which could indicate a threat to transportation security; and
</P>
<P>(3) How a terrorist or someone with malicious intent may attempt to gain sensitive information or take advantage of vulnerabilities.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Assess.</I> Each owner/operator must ensure that each of its security-sensitive employees has knowledge necessary to—
</P>
<P>(1) Determine whether the item, individual, behavior, or situation requires a response as a potential terrorist threat based on the respective transportation environment; and
</P>
<P>(2) Identify appropriate responses based on observations and context.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Respond.</I> Each owner/operator must ensure that each of its security-sensitive employees has knowledge of how to—
</P>
<P>(1) Appropriately report a security threat, including knowing how and when to report internally to other employees, supervisors, or management, and externally to local, state, or Federal agencies according to the owner/operator's security procedures or other relevant plans;
</P>
<P>(2) Interact with the public and first responders at the scene of the threat or incident, including communication with passengers on evacuation and any specific procedures for individuals with disabilities and the elderly; and
</P>
<P>(3) Use any applicable self-defense devices or other protective equipment provided to employees by the owner/operator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.2.10.9.6" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 1582—Determinations for Public Transportation and Passenger Railroads


</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">State
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Urban area
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Systems
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Bay Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alameda-Contra Costa Transit District (AC Transit).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Altamont -Corridor Express (ACE).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">City and County of San Francisco (San Francisco Bay Area Rapid Transit District) (BART).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Central Contra Costa Transit Authority.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">&gt;Golden Gate Bridge, Highway and Transportation District (GGBHTD).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Peninsula Corridor Joint Powers Board (PCJPB) (Caltrain).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">San Francisco Municipal Railway (MUNI) (San Francisco Municipal Transportation Agency).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">San Mateo County Transit District (San Mateo County Transit Authority) (SamTrans).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Santa Clara Valley Transportation Authority (VTA).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Transbay Joint Powers Authority.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater Los Angeles Area (Los Angeles/Long Beach and Anaheim/Santa Ana urban Areas).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">City of Los Angeles Department of Transportation (LADOT)
<br/>Foothill Transit.
<br/>Long Beach Transit (LBT).
<br/>Los Angeles County Metropolitan Transportation Authority (LACMTA).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">City of Montebello (Montebello Bus Lines) (MBL).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Omnitrans (OMNI).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Orange County Transportation Authority (OCTA).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">City of Santa Monica (Santa Monica's Big Blue Bus) (Big Blue Bus).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Southern California Regional Rail Authority (Metrolink).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DC/MD/VA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Greater National Capital Region (National Capital Region and Baltimore urban Areas).</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Arlington County, Virginia (Arlington Transit).
<br/>City of Alexandria (Alexandria Transit Company) (Dash).
<br/>Fairfax County Department of Transportation—Fairfax Connector Bus System.
<br/>Maryland Transit Administration (MTA).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Montgomery County Department of Transportation (Ride-On Montgomery County Transit).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Potomac and Rappahannock Transportation Commission.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Prince George's County Department of Public Works and Transportation (The Bus).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Virginia Railway Express (VRE).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (WMATA).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">GA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Atlanta Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Georgia Regional Transportation Authority (GRTA, within State Road and Tollway Authority (SRTA)).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">Metropolitan Atlanta Rapid Transit Authority (MARTA).
</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"/></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IL/IN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chicago Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chicago Transit Authority (CTA).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Northeast Illinois Regional Commuter Railroad Corporation (Metra/NIRCRC).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Northern Indiana Commuter Transportation District (NICTD).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">PACE Suburban Bus Company.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boston Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority (MBTA).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NY/NJ/CT</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York City/Northern New Jersey Area (New York City and Jersey City/Newark urban Areas)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Connecticut Department of Transportation (CDOT).
<br/>Connecticut Transit (Hartford Division and New Haven Divisions of CTTransit).
<br/>Metropolitan Transportation Authority (All Agencies).
<br/>New Jersey Transit Corp. (NJT).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York City Department of Transportation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Port Authority Trans-Hudson Corporation (Port Authority of New York and New Jersey) (PANYNJ) (excluding ferry).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Westchester County Department of Transportation Bee-Line System (The Bee-Line System).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PA/NJ</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Philadelphia Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Delaware River Port Authority (DRPA)—Port Authority Transit Corporation (PATCO).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Delaware Transit Corporation (DTC).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New Jersey Transit Corp. (NJT) (covered under NY).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Pennsylvania Department of Transportation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell"></TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority (SEPTA).</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.24.2.10.9.7" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 1582—Security-Sensitive Job Functions For Public Transportation and Passenger Railroads
</HEAD>
<P>This table identifies security-sensitive job functions for owner/operators regulated under this part. All employees performing security-sensitive functions are “security-sensitive employees” for purposes of this rule and must be trained.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Categories
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Security-sensitive job functions for public transportation and passenger railroads (PTPR)
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A. Operating a vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1. Employees who—
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">a. Operate or control the movements of trains, other rail vehicles, or transit buses.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">b. Act as train conductor, trainman, brakeman, or utility employee or performs acceptance inspections, couples and uncouples rail cars, applies handbrakes, or similar functions.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Employees covered under the Federal hours of service laws as “train employees.” <E T="03">See</E> 49 U.S.C. 21101(5) and 21103.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B. Inspecting and maintaining vehicles</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who—
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1. Perform activities related to the diagnosis, inspection, maintenance, adjustment, repair, or overhaul of electrical or mechanical equipment relating to vehicles, including functions performed by mechanics and automotive technicians.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Provide cleaning services to vehicles owned, operated, or controlled by an owner/operator regulated under this subchapter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C. Inspecting or maintaining building or transportation infrastructure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who—
<br/>1. Maintain, install, or inspect communication systems and signal equipment related to the delivery of transportation services.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Maintain, install, or inspect track and structures, including, but not limited to, bridges, trestles, and tunnels.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3. Provide cleaning services to stations and terminals owned, operated, or controlled by an owner/operator regulated under this subchapter that are accessible to the general public or passengers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4. Provide maintenance services to stations, terminals, yards, tunnels, bridges, and operation control centers owned, operated, or controlled by an owner/operator regulated under this subchapter.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5. Employees covered under the Federal hours of service laws as “signal employees.” <E T="03">See</E> 49 U.S.C. 21101(4) and 21104.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D. Controlling dispatch or movement of a vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who—
<br/>1. Dispatch, report, transport, receive or deliver orders pertaining to specific vehicles, coordination of transportation schedules, tracking of vehicles and equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Manage day-to-day management delivery of transportation services and the prevention of, response to, and redress of service disruptions.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3. Supervise the activities of train crews, car movements, and switching operations in a yard or terminal.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">4. Dispatch, direct, or control the movement of trains or buses.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">5. Operate or supervise the operations of moveable bridges.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">6. Employees covered under the Federal hours of service laws as “dispatching service employees.” <E T="03">See</E> 49 U.S.C. 21101(2) and 21105.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E. Providing security of the owner/operator's equipment and property</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who—
<br/>1. Provide for the security of PTPR equipment and property, including acting as a police officer.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Patrol and inspect property of an owner/operator regulated under this subchapter to protect the property, personnel, passengers and/or cargo.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F. Loading or unloading cargo or baggage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who load, or oversee loading of, property tendered by or on behalf of a passenger on or off of a portion of a train that will be inaccessible to the passenger while the train is in operation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G. Interacting with travelling public (on board a vehicle or within a transportation facility)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who provide services to passengers on-board a train or bus, including collecting tickets or cash for fares, providing information, and other similar services. Including:
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1. On-board food or beverage employees.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Functions on behalf of an owner/operator regulated under this subchapter that require regular interaction with travelling public within a transportation facility, such as ticket agents.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H. Complying with security programs or measures, including those required by Federal law</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1. Employees who serve as security coordinators designated in § 1570.201 of this subchapter, as well as any designated alternates or secondary security coordinators.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Employees who—
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">a. Conduct training and testing of employees when the training or testing is required by TSA's security regulations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">b. Manage or direct implementation of security plan requirements.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1583" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.25" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1583 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1584" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PART 1584—HIGHWAY AND MOTOR CARRIER SECURITY
</HEAD>
<AUTH>
<HED>Authority:</HED><PSPACE>49 U.S.C. 114; Pub. L. 110-53 (121 Stat. 266, Aug. 3, 2007) secs. 1501 (6 U.S.C. 1151), 1531 (6 U.S.C. 1181), and 1534 (6 U.S.C. 1184).


</PSPACE></AUTH>
<SOURCE>
<HED>Source:</HED><PSPACE>85 FR 16515, Mar. 23, 2020, unless otherwise noted.


</PSPACE></SOURCE>

<DIV6 N="A" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.1" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart A—General</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1584.1" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.1.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1584.1   Scope.</HEAD>
<P>This part includes requirements for persons providing transportation by an over-the-road bus (OTRB). Specific sections in this part provide detailed requirements.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1584.3" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.1.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1584.3   Terms used in this part.</HEAD>
<P>In addition to the terms in §§ 1500.3, 1500.5, and 1503.202 of subchapter A and § 1570.3 of subchapter D of this chapter, the following term applies to this part.
</P>
<P><I>Security-sensitive employee</I> means an employee whose responsibilities for the owner/operator include one or more of the security-sensitive job functions identified in Appendix B to this part where the security-sensitive function is performed in the United States or in direct support of the common carriage of persons or property between a place in the United States and any place outside of the United States.


</P>
</DIV8>

</DIV6>


<DIV6 N="B" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.2" TYPE="SUBPART">
<HEAD>Subpart B—Security Programs</HEAD>


<DIV8 N="§ 1584.101" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.2.10.1" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1584.101   Applicability.</HEAD>
<P>The requirements of this subpart apply to each OTRB owner/operator providing fixed-route service that originates, travels through, or ends in a geographic location identified in appendix A to this part.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1584.103" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.2.10.2" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1584.103   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1584.105" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.2.10.3" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1584.105   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1584.107" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.2.10.4" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1584.107   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1584.109" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.2.10.5" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1584.109   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1584.111" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.2.10.6" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1584.111   [Reserved]</HEAD>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1584.113" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.2.10.7" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1584.113   Security training program general requirements.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Security training program required.</I> Each owner/operator identified in § 1584.101 of this part is required to adopt and carry out a security training program under this subpart.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>General requirements.</I> The security training program must include the following information:
</P>
<P>(1) Name of owner/operator.
</P>
<P>(2) Name, title, telephone number, and email address of the primary individual to be contacted with regard to review of the security training program.
</P>
<P>(3) Number, by specific job function category identified in Appendix B to this part, of security-sensitive employees trained or to be trained.
</P>
<P>(4) Implementation schedule that identifies a specific date by which initial and recurrent security training required by § 1570.111 of this subchapter will be completed.
</P>
<P>(5) Location where training program records will be maintained.
</P>
<P>(6) Curriculum or lesson plan, including learning objectives and method of delivery (such as instructor-led or computer-based training) for each course used to meet the requirements of § 1584.115 of this part. TSA may request additional information regarding the curriculum during the review and approval process. If recurrent training under § 1570.111 of this subchapter is not the same as initial training, a curriculum or lesson plan for the recurrent training will need to be submitted and approved by TSA.
</P>
<P>(7) Plan for ensuring supervision of untrained security-sensitive employees performing functions identified in Appendix B to this part.
</P>
<P>(8) Plan for notifying employees of changes to security measures that could change information provided in previously provided training.
</P>
<P>(9) Method(s) for evaluating the effectiveness of the security training program in each area required by § 1584.115 of this part.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Relation to other training.</I> (1) Training conducted by owner/operators to comply other requirements or standards may be combined with and used to satisfy elements of the training requirements in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(2) If the owner/operator submits a security training program that relies on pre-existing or previous training materials to meet the requirements of subpart B, the program submitted for approval must include an index, organized in the same sequence as the requirements in this subpart.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Submission and Implementation.</I> The owner/operator must submit and implement the security training program in accordance with the schedules identified in §§ 1570.109 and 1570.111 of this subchapter.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV8 N="§ 1584.115" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.2.10.8" TYPE="SECTION">
<HEAD>§ 1584.115   Security training and knowledge for security-sensitive employees.</HEAD>
<P>(a) <I>Training required for security-sensitive employees.</I> No owner/operator required to have a security training program under § 1584.101 of this part may use a security-sensitive employee to perform a function identified in Appendix B to this part unless that individual has received training as part of a security training program approved by TSA under 49 CFR part 1570, subpart B, or is under the direct supervision of an employee who has received the training required by this section as applicable to that security-sensitive function.
</P>
<P>(b) <I>Limits on use of untrained employees.</I> Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, a security-sensitive employee may not perform a security-sensitive function for more than sixty (60) calendar days without receiving security training.
</P>
<P>(c) <I>Prepare.</I> Each owner/operator must ensure that each of its security-sensitive employees with position- or function-specific responsibilities under the owner/operator's security program have knowledge of how to fulfill those responsibilities in the event of a security threat, breach, or incident to ensure—
</P>
<P>(1) Employees with responsibility for transportation security equipment and systems are aware of their responsibilities and can verify the equipment and systems are operating and properly maintained; and
</P>
<P>(2) Employees with other duties and responsibilities under the company's security plans and/or programs, including those required by Federal law, know their assignments and the steps or resources needed to fulfill them.
</P>
<P>(d) <I>Observe.</I> Each owner/operator must ensure that each of its security-sensitive employees has knowledge of the observational skills necessary to recognize—
</P>
<P>(1) Suspicious and/or dangerous items (such as substances, packages, or conditions (for example, characteristics of an IED and signs of equipment tampering or sabotage);
</P>
<P>(2) Combinations of actions and individual behaviors that appear suspicious and/or dangerous, inappropriate, inconsistent, or out of the ordinary for the employee's work environment, which could indicate a threat to transportation security; and
</P>
<P>(3) How a terrorist or someone with malicious intent may attempt to gain sensitive information or take advantage of vulnerabilities.
</P>
<P>(e) <I>Assess.</I> Each owner/operator must ensure that each of its security-sensitive employees has knowledge necessary to—
</P>
<P>(1) Determine whether the item, individual, behavior, or situation requires a response as a potential terrorist threat based on the respective transportation environment; and
</P>
<P>(2) Identify appropriate responses based on observations and context.
</P>
<P>(f) <I>Respond.</I> Each owner/operator must ensure that each of its security-sensitive employees has knowledge of how to—
</P>
<P>(1) Appropriately report a security threat, including knowing how and when to report internally to other employees, supervisors, or management, and externally to local, state, or Federal agencies according to the owner/operator's security procedures or other relevant plans;
</P>
<P>(2) Interact with the public and first responders at the scene of the threat or incident, including communication with passengers on evacuation and any specific procedures for individuals with disabilities and the elderly; and
</P>
<P>(3) Use any applicable self-defense devices or other protective equipment provided to employees by the owner/operator.


</P>
</DIV8>


<DIV9 N="Appendix A" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.2.10.9.8" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix A to Part 1584—Urban Area Determinations for Over-the-Road Buses
</HEAD>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">State
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Urban area
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Geographic areas
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">CA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Anaheim/Los Angeles/Long Beach/Santa Ana Areas</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Los Angeles and Orange Counties.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">San Diego Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">San Diego County.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">San Francisco Bay Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Alameda, Contra Costa, Marin, San Francisco, and San Mateo Counties.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">DC (VA, MD, and WV)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">National Capital Region</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">District of Columbia; Counties of Calvert, Charles, Frederick, Montgomery, and Prince George's, MD; Counties of Arlington, Clarke, Fairfax, Fauquier, Loudoun, Prince William, Spotsylvania, Stafford, and Warren County, VA; Cities of Alexandria, Fairfax, Falls Church, Fredericksburg, Manassas, and Manassas Park City, VA; Jefferson County, WV.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">IL/IN</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Chicago Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counties of Cook, DeKalb, DuPage, Grundy, Kane, Kendall, Lake, McHenry, and Will, IL; Counties of Jasper, Lake, Newton, and Porter, IN; Kenosha County, WI.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">MA</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Boston Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counties of Essex, Norfolk, Plymouth, Suffolk, Middlesex, MA; Counties of Rockingham and Strafford, NH.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">NY (NJ and PA)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">New York City/Jersey City/Newark Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counties of Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk, and Westchester, NY; Counties of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Ocean, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex, and Union, NJ; Pike County, PA.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">PA (DE and NJ)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Philadelphia Area/Southern New Jersey Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Counties of Burlington, Camden, and Gloucester, NJ; Counties of Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery, and Philadelphia, PA; New Castle County, DE; Cecil County, MD; Salem County, NJ.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">TX</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Dallas Fort Worth/Arlington Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Collin, Dallas, Delta, Denton, Ellis, Hunt, Kaufman, Rockwall, Johnson, Parker, Tarrant, and Wise Counties, TX.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Houston Area</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Austin, Brazoria, Chambers, Fort Bend, Galveston, Harris, Liberty, Montgomery, San Jacinto, and Waller Counties, TX.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>


<DIV9 N="Appendix B" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.26.2.10.9.9" TYPE="APPENDIX">
<HEAD>Appendix B to Part 1584—Security-Sensitive Job Functions for Over-the-Road Buses
</HEAD>
<P>This table identifies security-sensitive job functions for owner/operators regulated under this part. All employees performing security-sensitive functions are “security-sensitive employees” for purposes of this rule and must be trained.
</P>
<DIV width="100%"><DIV class="gpotbl_div"><TABLE border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" class="gpotbl_table" frame="void" width="100%"><TR><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Categories
</TH><TH class="gpotbl_colhed" scope="col">Security-sensitive job functions for over-the-road buses
</TH></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">A. Operating a vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who have a CDL and operate an OTRB.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">B. Inspecting and maintaining vehicles</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who—
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1. Perform activities related to the diagnosis, inspection, maintenance, adjustment, repair, or overhaul of electrical or mechanical equipment relating to vehicles, including functions performed by mechanics and automotive technicians.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Does not include cleaning or janitorial activities.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">C. Inspecting or maintaining building or transportation infrastructure</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who—
<br/>1. Provide cleaning services to areas of facilities owned, operated, or controlled by an owner/operator regulated under this subchapter that are accessible to the general public or passengers.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Provide cleaning services to vehicles owned, operated, or controlled by an owner/operator regulated under this part (does not include vehicle maintenance).
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3. Provide general building maintenance services to buildings owned, operated, or controlled by an owner/operator regulated under this part.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">D. Controlling dispatch or movement of a vehicle</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who—
<br/>1. Dispatch, report, transport, receive or deliver orders pertaining to specific vehicles, coordination of transportation schedules, tracking of vehicles and equipment.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Manage day-to-day delivery of transportation services and the prevention of, response to, and redress of disruptions to these services.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">3. Perform tasks requiring access to or knowledge of specific route information.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">E. Providing security of the owner/operator's equipment and property</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who patrol and inspect property of an owner/operator regulated under this part to protect the property, personnel, passengers and/or cargo.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">F. Loading or unloading cargo or baggage</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who load, or oversee loading of, property tendered by or on behalf of a passenger on or off of a portion of a bus that will be inaccessible to the passenger while the vehicle is in operation.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">G. Interacting with travelling public (on board a vehicle or within a transportation facility)</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">Employees who—
<br/>1. Provide services to passengers on-board a bus, including collecting tickets or cash for fares, providing information, and other similar services.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Includes food or beverage employees, tour guides, and functions on behalf of an owner/operator regulated under this part that require regular interaction with travelling public within a transportation facility, such as ticket agents.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row">H. Complying with security programs or measures, including those required by Federal law</TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">1. Employees who serve as security coordinators designated in § 1570.201 of this subchapter, as well as any designated alternates or secondary security coordinators.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">2. Employees who—
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">a. Conduct training and testing of employees when the training or testing is required by TSA's security regulations.
</TD></TR><TR><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell" scope="row"> </TD><TD align="left" class="gpotbl_cell">b. Manage or direct implementation of security plan requirements.</TD></TR></TABLE></DIV></DIV>
</DIV9>

</DIV6>

</DIV5>


<DIV5 N="1585-1699" NODE="49:9.1.3.6.27" TYPE="PART">
<HEAD>PARTS 1585-1699 [RESERVED]


</HEAD>
</DIV5>

</DIV4>

</DIV3>

</DIV2>

</DIV1>

</ECFRBRWS>
</BODY>
</TEXT>
</DLPSTEXTCLASS>
